GIF89a php
Current File : //tmp/phpncYbza
/* Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _ALIASES_H
#define _ALIASES_H	1

#include <features.h>

#include <sys/types.h>


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Structure to represent one entry of the alias data base.  */
struct aliasent
  {
    char *alias_name;
    size_t alias_members_len;
    char **alias_members;
    int alias_local;
  };


/* Open alias data base files.  */
extern void setaliasent (void) __THROW;

/* Close alias data base files.  */
extern void endaliasent (void) __THROW;

/* Get the next entry from the alias data base.  */
extern struct aliasent *getaliasent (void) __THROW;

/* Get the next entry from the alias data base and put it in RESULT_BUF.  */
extern int getaliasent_r (struct aliasent *__restrict __result_buf,
			  char *__restrict __buffer, size_t __buflen,
			  struct aliasent **__restrict __result) __THROW;

/* Get alias entry corresponding to NAME.  */
extern struct aliasent *getaliasbyname (const char *__name) __THROW;

/* Get alias entry corresponding to NAME and put it in RESULT_BUF.  */
extern int getaliasbyname_r (const char *__restrict __name,
			     struct aliasent *__restrict __result_buf,
			     char *__restrict __buffer, size_t __buflen,
			     struct aliasent **__restrict __result) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* aliases.h */
#ifndef __STDC_HEADERS_H
#define __STDC_HEADERS_H
/***************************************************************************
 *                                  _   _ ____  _
 *  Project                     ___| | | |  _ \| |
 *                             / __| | | | |_) | |
 *                            | (__| |_| |  _ <| |___
 *                             \___|\___/|_| \_\_____|
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2016, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al.
 *
 * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which
 * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms
 * are also available at https://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html.
 *
 * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell
 * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is
 * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file.
 *
 * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
 * KIND, either express or implied.
 *
 ***************************************************************************/

#include <sys/types.h>

size_t fread(void *, size_t, size_t, FILE *);
size_t fwrite(const void *, size_t, size_t, FILE *);

int strcasecmp(const char *, const char *);
int strncasecmp(const char *, const char *, size_t);

#endif /* __STDC_HEADERS_H */
#ifndef __CURL_URLAPI_H
#define __CURL_URLAPI_H
/***************************************************************************
 *                                  _   _ ____  _
 *  Project                     ___| | | |  _ \| |
 *                             / __| | | | |_) | |
 *                            | (__| |_| |  _ <| |___
 *                             \___|\___/|_| \_\_____|
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2018, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al.
 *
 * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which
 * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms
 * are also available at https://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html.
 *
 * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell
 * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is
 * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file.
 *
 * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
 * KIND, either express or implied.
 *
 ***************************************************************************/

#ifdef  __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* the error codes for the URL API */
typedef enum {
  CURLUE_OK,
  CURLUE_BAD_HANDLE,          /* 1 */
  CURLUE_BAD_PARTPOINTER,     /* 2 */
  CURLUE_MALFORMED_INPUT,     /* 3 */
  CURLUE_BAD_PORT_NUMBER,     /* 4 */
  CURLUE_UNSUPPORTED_SCHEME,  /* 5 */
  CURLUE_URLDECODE,           /* 6 */
  CURLUE_OUT_OF_MEMORY,       /* 7 */
  CURLUE_USER_NOT_ALLOWED,    /* 8 */
  CURLUE_UNKNOWN_PART,        /* 9 */
  CURLUE_NO_SCHEME,           /* 10 */
  CURLUE_NO_USER,             /* 11 */
  CURLUE_NO_PASSWORD,         /* 12 */
  CURLUE_NO_OPTIONS,          /* 13 */
  CURLUE_NO_HOST,             /* 14 */
  CURLUE_NO_PORT,             /* 15 */
  CURLUE_NO_QUERY,            /* 16 */
  CURLUE_NO_FRAGMENT          /* 17 */
} CURLUcode;

typedef enum {
  CURLUPART_URL,
  CURLUPART_SCHEME,
  CURLUPART_USER,
  CURLUPART_PASSWORD,
  CURLUPART_OPTIONS,
  CURLUPART_HOST,
  CURLUPART_PORT,
  CURLUPART_PATH,
  CURLUPART_QUERY,
  CURLUPART_FRAGMENT
} CURLUPart;

#define CURLU_DEFAULT_PORT (1<<0)       /* return default port number */
#define CURLU_NO_DEFAULT_PORT (1<<1)    /* act as if no port number was set,
                                           if the port number matches the
                                           default for the scheme */
#define CURLU_DEFAULT_SCHEME (1<<2)     /* return default scheme if
                                           missing */
#define CURLU_NON_SUPPORT_SCHEME (1<<3) /* allow non-supported scheme */
#define CURLU_PATH_AS_IS (1<<4)         /* leave dot sequences */
#define CURLU_DISALLOW_USER (1<<5)      /* no user+password allowed */
#define CURLU_URLDECODE (1<<6)          /* URL decode on get */
#define CURLU_URLENCODE (1<<7)          /* URL encode on set */
#define CURLU_APPENDQUERY (1<<8)        /* append a form style part */
#define CURLU_GUESS_SCHEME (1<<9)       /* legacy curl-style guessing */

typedef struct Curl_URL CURLU;

/*
 * curl_url() creates a new CURLU handle and returns a pointer to it.
 * Must be freed with curl_url_cleanup().
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLU *curl_url(void);

/*
 * curl_url_cleanup() frees the CURLU handle and related resources used for
 * the URL parsing. It will not free strings previously returned with the URL
 * API.
 */
CURL_EXTERN void curl_url_cleanup(CURLU *handle);

/*
 * curl_url_dup() duplicates a CURLU handle and returns a new copy. The new
 * handle must also be freed with curl_url_cleanup().
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLU *curl_url_dup(CURLU *in);

/*
 * curl_url_get() extracts a specific part of the URL from a CURLU
 * handle. Returns error code. The returned pointer MUST be freed with
 * curl_free() afterwards.
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLUcode curl_url_get(CURLU *handle, CURLUPart what,
                                   char **part, unsigned int flags);

/*
 * curl_url_set() sets a specific part of the URL in a CURLU handle. Returns
 * error code. The passed in string will be copied. Passing a NULL instead of
 * a part string, clears that part.
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLUcode curl_url_set(CURLU *handle, CURLUPart what,
                                   const char *part, unsigned int flags);


#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* end of extern "C" */
#endif

#endif
#ifndef __CURL_CURLVER_H
#define __CURL_CURLVER_H
/***************************************************************************
 *                                  _   _ ____  _
 *  Project                     ___| | | |  _ \| |
 *                             / __| | | | |_) | |
 *                            | (__| |_| |  _ <| |___
 *                             \___|\___/|_| \_\_____|
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2018, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al.
 *
 * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which
 * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms
 * are also available at https://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html.
 *
 * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell
 * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is
 * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file.
 *
 * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
 * KIND, either express or implied.
 *
 ***************************************************************************/

/* This header file contains nothing but libcurl version info, generated by
   a script at release-time. This was made its own header file in 7.11.2 */

/* This is the global package copyright */
#define LIBCURL_COPYRIGHT "1996 - 2018 Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>."

/* This is the version number of the libcurl package from which this header
   file origins: */
#define LIBCURL_VERSION "7.61.1"

/* The numeric version number is also available "in parts" by using these
   defines: */
#define LIBCURL_VERSION_MAJOR 7
#define LIBCURL_VERSION_MINOR 61
#define LIBCURL_VERSION_PATCH 1

/* This is the numeric version of the libcurl version number, meant for easier
   parsing and comparions by programs. The LIBCURL_VERSION_NUM define will
   always follow this syntax:

         0xXXYYZZ

   Where XX, YY and ZZ are the main version, release and patch numbers in
   hexadecimal (using 8 bits each). All three numbers are always represented
   using two digits.  1.2 would appear as "0x010200" while version 9.11.7
   appears as "0x090b07".

   This 6-digit (24 bits) hexadecimal number does not show pre-release number,
   and it is always a greater number in a more recent release. It makes
   comparisons with greater than and less than work.

   Note: This define is the full hex number and _does not_ use the
   CURL_VERSION_BITS() macro since curl's own configure script greps for it
   and needs it to contain the full number.
*/
#define LIBCURL_VERSION_NUM 0x073d01

/*
 * This is the date and time when the full source package was created. The
 * timestamp is not stored in git, as the timestamp is properly set in the
 * tarballs by the maketgz script.
 *
 * The format of the date follows this template:
 *
 * "2007-11-23"
 */
#define LIBCURL_TIMESTAMP "2018-09-05"

#define CURL_VERSION_BITS(x,y,z) ((x)<<16|(y)<<8|z)
#define CURL_AT_LEAST_VERSION(x,y,z) \
  (LIBCURL_VERSION_NUM >= CURL_VERSION_BITS(x, y, z))

#endif /* __CURL_CURLVER_H */
#ifndef __CURL_EASY_H
#define __CURL_EASY_H
/***************************************************************************
 *                                  _   _ ____  _
 *  Project                     ___| | | |  _ \| |
 *                             / __| | | | |_) | |
 *                            | (__| |_| |  _ <| |___
 *                             \___|\___/|_| \_\_____|
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2016, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al.
 *
 * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which
 * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms
 * are also available at https://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html.
 *
 * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell
 * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is
 * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file.
 *
 * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
 * KIND, either express or implied.
 *
 ***************************************************************************/
#ifdef  __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

CURL_EXTERN CURL *curl_easy_init(void);
CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_easy_setopt(CURL *curl, CURLoption option, ...);
CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_easy_perform(CURL *curl);
CURL_EXTERN void curl_easy_cleanup(CURL *curl);

/*
 * NAME curl_easy_getinfo()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Request internal information from the curl session with this function.  The
 * third argument MUST be a pointer to a long, a pointer to a char * or a
 * pointer to a double (as the documentation describes elsewhere).  The data
 * pointed to will be filled in accordingly and can be relied upon only if the
 * function returns CURLE_OK.  This function is intended to get used *AFTER* a
 * performed transfer, all results from this function are undefined until the
 * transfer is completed.
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_easy_getinfo(CURL *curl, CURLINFO info, ...);


/*
 * NAME curl_easy_duphandle()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Creates a new curl session handle with the same options set for the handle
 * passed in. Duplicating a handle could only be a matter of cloning data and
 * options, internal state info and things like persistent connections cannot
 * be transferred. It is useful in multithreaded applications when you can run
 * curl_easy_duphandle() for each new thread to avoid a series of identical
 * curl_easy_setopt() invokes in every thread.
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURL *curl_easy_duphandle(CURL *curl);

/*
 * NAME curl_easy_reset()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Re-initializes a CURL handle to the default values. This puts back the
 * handle to the same state as it was in when it was just created.
 *
 * It does keep: live connections, the Session ID cache, the DNS cache and the
 * cookies.
 */
CURL_EXTERN void curl_easy_reset(CURL *curl);

/*
 * NAME curl_easy_recv()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Receives data from the connected socket. Use after successful
 * curl_easy_perform() with CURLOPT_CONNECT_ONLY option.
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_easy_recv(CURL *curl, void *buffer, size_t buflen,
                                    size_t *n);

/*
 * NAME curl_easy_send()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Sends data over the connected socket. Use after successful
 * curl_easy_perform() with CURLOPT_CONNECT_ONLY option.
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_easy_send(CURL *curl, const void *buffer,
                                    size_t buflen, size_t *n);

#ifdef  __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
#ifndef __CURL_MPRINTF_H
#define __CURL_MPRINTF_H
/***************************************************************************
 *                                  _   _ ____  _
 *  Project                     ___| | | |  _ \| |
 *                             / __| | | | |_) | |
 *                            | (__| |_| |  _ <| |___
 *                             \___|\___/|_| \_\_____|
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2016, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al.
 *
 * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which
 * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms
 * are also available at https://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html.
 *
 * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell
 * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is
 * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file.
 *
 * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
 * KIND, either express or implied.
 *
 ***************************************************************************/

#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdio.h> /* needed for FILE */
#include "curl.h"  /* for CURL_EXTERN */

#ifdef  __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

CURL_EXTERN int curl_mprintf(const char *format, ...);
CURL_EXTERN int curl_mfprintf(FILE *fd, const char *format, ...);
CURL_EXTERN int curl_msprintf(char *buffer, const char *format, ...);
CURL_EXTERN int curl_msnprintf(char *buffer, size_t maxlength,
                               const char *format, ...);
CURL_EXTERN int curl_mvprintf(const char *format, va_list args);
CURL_EXTERN int curl_mvfprintf(FILE *fd, const char *format, va_list args);
CURL_EXTERN int curl_mvsprintf(char *buffer, const char *format, va_list args);
CURL_EXTERN int curl_mvsnprintf(char *buffer, size_t maxlength,
                                const char *format, va_list args);
CURL_EXTERN char *curl_maprintf(const char *format, ...);
CURL_EXTERN char *curl_mvaprintf(const char *format, va_list args);

#ifdef  __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* __CURL_MPRINTF_H */
#ifndef __CURL_TYPECHECK_GCC_H
#define __CURL_TYPECHECK_GCC_H
/***************************************************************************
 *                                  _   _ ____  _
 *  Project                     ___| | | |  _ \| |
 *                             / __| | | | |_) | |
 *                            | (__| |_| |  _ <| |___
 *                             \___|\___/|_| \_\_____|
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2017, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al.
 *
 * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which
 * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms
 * are also available at https://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html.
 *
 * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell
 * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is
 * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file.
 *
 * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
 * KIND, either express or implied.
 *
 ***************************************************************************/

/* wraps curl_easy_setopt() with typechecking */

/* To add a new kind of warning, add an
 *   if(_curl_is_sometype_option(_curl_opt))
 *     if(!_curl_is_sometype(value))
 *       _curl_easy_setopt_err_sometype();
 * block and define _curl_is_sometype_option, _curl_is_sometype and
 * _curl_easy_setopt_err_sometype below
 *
 * NOTE: We use two nested 'if' statements here instead of the && operator, in
 *       order to work around gcc bug #32061.  It affects only gcc 4.3.x/4.4.x
 *       when compiling with -Wlogical-op.
 *
 * To add an option that uses the same type as an existing option, you'll just
 * need to extend the appropriate _curl_*_option macro
 */
#define curl_easy_setopt(handle, option, value)                               \
__extension__ ({                                                              \
  __typeof__(option) _curl_opt = option;                                     \
  if(__builtin_constant_p(_curl_opt)) {                                       \
    if(_curl_is_long_option(_curl_opt))                                       \
      if(!_curl_is_long(value))                                               \
        _curl_easy_setopt_err_long();                                         \
    if(_curl_is_off_t_option(_curl_opt))                                      \
      if(!_curl_is_off_t(value))                                              \
        _curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_off_t();                                   \
    if(_curl_is_string_option(_curl_opt))                                     \
      if(!_curl_is_string(value))                                             \
        _curl_easy_setopt_err_string();                                       \
    if(_curl_is_write_cb_option(_curl_opt))                                   \
      if(!_curl_is_write_cb(value))                                           \
        _curl_easy_setopt_err_write_callback();                               \
    if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_RESOLVER_START_FUNCTION)                        \
      if(!_curl_is_resolver_start_callback(value))                            \
        _curl_easy_setopt_err_resolver_start_callback();                      \
    if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_READFUNCTION)                                   \
      if(!_curl_is_read_cb(value))                                            \
        _curl_easy_setopt_err_read_cb();                                      \
    if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_IOCTLFUNCTION)                                  \
      if(!_curl_is_ioctl_cb(value))                                           \
        _curl_easy_setopt_err_ioctl_cb();                                     \
    if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_SOCKOPTFUNCTION)                                \
      if(!_curl_is_sockopt_cb(value))                                         \
        _curl_easy_setopt_err_sockopt_cb();                                   \
    if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_OPENSOCKETFUNCTION)                             \
      if(!_curl_is_opensocket_cb(value))                                      \
        _curl_easy_setopt_err_opensocket_cb();                                \
    if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_PROGRESSFUNCTION)                               \
      if(!_curl_is_progress_cb(value))                                        \
        _curl_easy_setopt_err_progress_cb();                                  \
    if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_DEBUGFUNCTION)                                  \
      if(!_curl_is_debug_cb(value))                                           \
        _curl_easy_setopt_err_debug_cb();                                     \
    if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_SSL_CTX_FUNCTION)                               \
      if(!_curl_is_ssl_ctx_cb(value))                                         \
        _curl_easy_setopt_err_ssl_ctx_cb();                                   \
    if(_curl_is_conv_cb_option(_curl_opt))                                    \
      if(!_curl_is_conv_cb(value))                                            \
        _curl_easy_setopt_err_conv_cb();                                      \
    if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_SEEKFUNCTION)                                   \
      if(!_curl_is_seek_cb(value))                                            \
        _curl_easy_setopt_err_seek_cb();                                      \
    if(_curl_is_cb_data_option(_curl_opt))                                    \
      if(!_curl_is_cb_data(value))                                            \
        _curl_easy_setopt_err_cb_data();                                      \
    if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_ERRORBUFFER)                                    \
      if(!_curl_is_error_buffer(value))                                       \
        _curl_easy_setopt_err_error_buffer();                                 \
    if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_STDERR)                                         \
      if(!_curl_is_FILE(value))                                               \
        _curl_easy_setopt_err_FILE();                                         \
    if(_curl_is_postfields_option(_curl_opt))                                 \
      if(!_curl_is_postfields(value))                                         \
        _curl_easy_setopt_err_postfields();                                   \
    if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_HTTPPOST)                                       \
      if(!_curl_is_arr((value), struct curl_httppost))                        \
        _curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_httpost();                                 \
    if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_MIMEPOST)                                       \
      if(!_curl_is_ptr((value), curl_mime))                                   \
        _curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_mimepost();                                \
    if(_curl_is_slist_option(_curl_opt))                                      \
      if(!_curl_is_arr((value), struct curl_slist))                           \
        _curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_slist();                                   \
    if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_SHARE)                                          \
      if(!_curl_is_ptr((value), CURLSH))                                      \
        _curl_easy_setopt_err_CURLSH();                                       \
  }                                                                           \
  curl_easy_setopt(handle, _curl_opt, value);                                 \
})

/* wraps curl_easy_getinfo() with typechecking */
/* FIXME: don't allow const pointers */
#define curl_easy_getinfo(handle, info, arg)                                  \
__extension__ ({                                                              \
  __typeof__(info) _curl_info = info;                                         \
  if(__builtin_constant_p(_curl_info)) {                                      \
    if(_curl_is_string_info(_curl_info))                                      \
      if(!_curl_is_arr((arg), char *))                                        \
        _curl_easy_getinfo_err_string();                                      \
    if(_curl_is_long_info(_curl_info))                                        \
      if(!_curl_is_arr((arg), long))                                          \
        _curl_easy_getinfo_err_long();                                        \
    if(_curl_is_double_info(_curl_info))                                      \
      if(!_curl_is_arr((arg), double))                                        \
        _curl_easy_getinfo_err_double();                                      \
    if(_curl_is_slist_info(_curl_info))                                       \
      if(!_curl_is_arr((arg), struct curl_slist *))                           \
        _curl_easy_getinfo_err_curl_slist();                                  \
    if(_curl_is_tlssessioninfo_info(_curl_info))                              \
      if(!_curl_is_arr((arg), struct curl_tlssessioninfo *))                  \
        _curl_easy_getinfo_err_curl_tlssesssioninfo();                        \
    if(_curl_is_certinfo_info(_curl_info))                                    \
      if(!_curl_is_arr((arg), struct curl_certinfo *))                        \
        _curl_easy_getinfo_err_curl_certinfo();                               \
    if(_curl_is_socket_info(_curl_info))                                      \
      if(!_curl_is_arr((arg), curl_socket_t))                                 \
        _curl_easy_getinfo_err_curl_socket();                                 \
    if(_curl_is_off_t_info(_curl_info))                                       \
      if(!_curl_is_arr((arg), curl_off_t))                                    \
        _curl_easy_getinfo_err_curl_off_t();                                  \
  }                                                                           \
  curl_easy_getinfo(handle, _curl_info, arg);                                 \
})

/* TODO: typechecking for curl_share_setopt() and curl_multi_setopt(),
 * for now just make sure that the functions are called with three
 * arguments
 */
#define curl_share_setopt(share,opt,param) curl_share_setopt(share,opt,param)
#define curl_multi_setopt(handle,opt,param) curl_multi_setopt(handle,opt,param)


/* the actual warnings, triggered by calling the _curl_easy_setopt_err*
 * functions */

/* To define a new warning, use _CURL_WARNING(identifier, "message") */
#define _CURL_WARNING(id, message)                                            \
  static void __attribute__((__warning__(message)))                           \
  __attribute__((__unused__)) __attribute__((__noinline__))                   \
  id(void) { __asm__(""); }

_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_long,
  "curl_easy_setopt expects a long argument for this option")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_off_t,
  "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_off_t argument for this option")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_string,
              "curl_easy_setopt expects a "
              "string ('char *' or char[]) argument for this option"
  )
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_write_callback,
  "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_write_callback argument for this option")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_resolver_start_callback,
              "curl_easy_setopt expects a "
              "curl_resolver_start_callback argument for this option"
  )
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_read_cb,
  "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_read_callback argument for this option")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_ioctl_cb,
  "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_ioctl_callback argument for this option")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_sockopt_cb,
  "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_sockopt_callback argument for this option")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_opensocket_cb,
              "curl_easy_setopt expects a "
              "curl_opensocket_callback argument for this option"
  )
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_progress_cb,
  "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_progress_callback argument for this option")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_debug_cb,
  "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_debug_callback argument for this option")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_ssl_ctx_cb,
  "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_ssl_ctx_callback argument for this option")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_conv_cb,
  "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_conv_callback argument for this option")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_seek_cb,
  "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_seek_callback argument for this option")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_cb_data,
              "curl_easy_setopt expects a "
              "private data pointer as argument for this option")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_error_buffer,
              "curl_easy_setopt expects a "
              "char buffer of CURL_ERROR_SIZE as argument for this option")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_FILE,
  "curl_easy_setopt expects a 'FILE *' argument for this option")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_postfields,
  "curl_easy_setopt expects a 'void *' or 'char *' argument for this option")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_httpost,
              "curl_easy_setopt expects a 'struct curl_httppost *' "
              "argument for this option")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_mimepost,
              "curl_easy_setopt expects a 'curl_mime *' "
              "argument for this option")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_slist,
  "curl_easy_setopt expects a 'struct curl_slist *' argument for this option")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_CURLSH,
  "curl_easy_setopt expects a CURLSH* argument for this option")

_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_getinfo_err_string,
  "curl_easy_getinfo expects a pointer to 'char *' for this info")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_getinfo_err_long,
  "curl_easy_getinfo expects a pointer to long for this info")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_getinfo_err_double,
  "curl_easy_getinfo expects a pointer to double for this info")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_getinfo_err_curl_slist,
  "curl_easy_getinfo expects a pointer to 'struct curl_slist *' for this info")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_getinfo_err_curl_tlssesssioninfo,
              "curl_easy_getinfo expects a pointer to "
              "'struct curl_tlssessioninfo *' for this info")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_getinfo_err_curl_certinfo,
              "curl_easy_getinfo expects a pointer to "
              "'struct curl_certinfo *' for this info")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_getinfo_err_curl_socket,
  "curl_easy_getinfo expects a pointer to curl_socket_t for this info")
_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_getinfo_err_curl_off_t,
  "curl_easy_getinfo expects a pointer to curl_off_t for this info")

/* groups of curl_easy_setops options that take the same type of argument */

/* To add a new option to one of the groups, just add
 *   (option) == CURLOPT_SOMETHING
 * to the or-expression. If the option takes a long or curl_off_t, you don't
 * have to do anything
 */

/* evaluates to true if option takes a long argument */
#define _curl_is_long_option(option)                                          \
  (0 < (option) && (option) < CURLOPTTYPE_OBJECTPOINT)

#define _curl_is_off_t_option(option)                                         \
  ((option) > CURLOPTTYPE_OFF_T)

/* evaluates to true if option takes a char* argument */
#define _curl_is_string_option(option)                                        \
  ((option) == CURLOPT_ABSTRACT_UNIX_SOCKET ||                                \
   (option) == CURLOPT_ACCEPT_ENCODING ||                                     \
   (option) == CURLOPT_CAINFO ||                                              \
   (option) == CURLOPT_CAPATH ||                                              \
   (option) == CURLOPT_COOKIE ||                                              \
   (option) == CURLOPT_COOKIEFILE ||                                          \
   (option) == CURLOPT_COOKIEJAR ||                                           \
   (option) == CURLOPT_COOKIELIST ||                                          \
   (option) == CURLOPT_CRLFILE ||                                             \
   (option) == CURLOPT_CUSTOMREQUEST ||                                       \
   (option) == CURLOPT_DEFAULT_PROTOCOL ||                                    \
   (option) == CURLOPT_DNS_INTERFACE ||                                       \
   (option) == CURLOPT_DNS_LOCAL_IP4 ||                                       \
   (option) == CURLOPT_DNS_LOCAL_IP6 ||                                       \
   (option) == CURLOPT_DNS_SERVERS ||                                         \
   (option) == CURLOPT_EGDSOCKET ||                                           \
   (option) == CURLOPT_FTPPORT ||                                             \
   (option) == CURLOPT_FTP_ACCOUNT ||                                         \
   (option) == CURLOPT_FTP_ALTERNATIVE_TO_USER ||                             \
   (option) == CURLOPT_INTERFACE ||                                           \
   (option) == CURLOPT_ISSUERCERT ||                                          \
   (option) == CURLOPT_KEYPASSWD ||                                           \
   (option) == CURLOPT_KRBLEVEL ||                                            \
   (option) == CURLOPT_LOGIN_OPTIONS ||                                       \
   (option) == CURLOPT_MAIL_AUTH ||                                           \
   (option) == CURLOPT_MAIL_FROM ||                                           \
   (option) == CURLOPT_NETRC_FILE ||                                          \
   (option) == CURLOPT_NOPROXY ||                                             \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PASSWORD ||                                            \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PINNEDPUBLICKEY ||                                     \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PRE_PROXY ||                                           \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PROXY ||                                               \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PROXYPASSWORD ||                                       \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PROXYUSERNAME ||                                       \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PROXYUSERPWD ||                                        \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_CAINFO ||                                        \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_CAPATH ||                                        \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_CRLFILE ||                                       \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_KEYPASSWD ||                                     \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_PINNEDPUBLICKEY ||                               \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_SERVICE_NAME ||                                  \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_SSLCERT ||                                       \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_SSLCERTTYPE ||                                   \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_SSLKEY ||                                        \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_SSLKEYTYPE ||                                    \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_SSL_CIPHER_LIST ||                               \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_TLSAUTH_PASSWORD ||                              \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_TLSAUTH_USERNAME ||                              \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_TLSAUTH_TYPE ||                                  \
   (option) == CURLOPT_RANDOM_FILE ||                                         \
   (option) == CURLOPT_RANGE ||                                               \
   (option) == CURLOPT_REFERER ||                                             \
   (option) == CURLOPT_RTSP_SESSION_ID ||                                     \
   (option) == CURLOPT_RTSP_STREAM_URI ||                                     \
   (option) == CURLOPT_RTSP_TRANSPORT ||                                      \
   (option) == CURLOPT_SERVICE_NAME ||                                        \
   (option) == CURLOPT_SOCKS5_GSSAPI_SERVICE ||                               \
   (option) == CURLOPT_SSH_HOST_PUBLIC_KEY_MD5 ||                             \
   (option) == CURLOPT_SSH_KNOWNHOSTS ||                                      \
   (option) == CURLOPT_SSH_PRIVATE_KEYFILE ||                                 \
   (option) == CURLOPT_SSH_PUBLIC_KEYFILE ||                                  \
   (option) == CURLOPT_SSLCERT ||                                             \
   (option) == CURLOPT_SSLCERTTYPE ||                                         \
   (option) == CURLOPT_SSLENGINE ||                                           \
   (option) == CURLOPT_SSLKEY ||                                              \
   (option) == CURLOPT_SSLKEYTYPE ||                                          \
   (option) == CURLOPT_SSL_CIPHER_LIST ||                                     \
   (option) == CURLOPT_TLSAUTH_PASSWORD ||                                    \
   (option) == CURLOPT_TLSAUTH_TYPE ||                                        \
   (option) == CURLOPT_TLSAUTH_USERNAME ||                                    \
   (option) == CURLOPT_UNIX_SOCKET_PATH ||                                    \
   (option) == CURLOPT_URL ||                                                 \
   (option) == CURLOPT_USERAGENT ||                                           \
   (option) == CURLOPT_USERNAME ||                                            \
   (option) == CURLOPT_USERPWD ||                                             \
   (option) == CURLOPT_XOAUTH2_BEARER ||                                      \
   0)

/* evaluates to true if option takes a curl_write_callback argument */
#define _curl_is_write_cb_option(option)                                      \
  ((option) == CURLOPT_HEADERFUNCTION ||                                      \
   (option) == CURLOPT_WRITEFUNCTION)

/* evaluates to true if option takes a curl_conv_callback argument */
#define _curl_is_conv_cb_option(option)                                       \
  ((option) == CURLOPT_CONV_TO_NETWORK_FUNCTION ||                            \
   (option) == CURLOPT_CONV_FROM_NETWORK_FUNCTION ||                          \
   (option) == CURLOPT_CONV_FROM_UTF8_FUNCTION)

/* evaluates to true if option takes a data argument to pass to a callback */
#define _curl_is_cb_data_option(option)                                       \
  ((option) == CURLOPT_CHUNK_DATA ||                                          \
   (option) == CURLOPT_CLOSESOCKETDATA ||                                     \
   (option) == CURLOPT_DEBUGDATA ||                                           \
   (option) == CURLOPT_FNMATCH_DATA ||                                        \
   (option) == CURLOPT_HEADERDATA ||                                          \
   (option) == CURLOPT_INTERLEAVEDATA ||                                      \
   (option) == CURLOPT_IOCTLDATA ||                                           \
   (option) == CURLOPT_OPENSOCKETDATA ||                                      \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PRIVATE ||                                             \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PROGRESSDATA ||                                        \
   (option) == CURLOPT_READDATA ||                                            \
   (option) == CURLOPT_SEEKDATA ||                                            \
   (option) == CURLOPT_SOCKOPTDATA ||                                         \
   (option) == CURLOPT_SSH_KEYDATA ||                                         \
   (option) == CURLOPT_SSL_CTX_DATA ||                                        \
   (option) == CURLOPT_WRITEDATA ||                                           \
   (option) == CURLOPT_RESOLVER_START_DATA ||                                 \
   0)

/* evaluates to true if option takes a POST data argument (void* or char*) */
#define _curl_is_postfields_option(option)                                    \
  ((option) == CURLOPT_POSTFIELDS ||                                          \
   (option) == CURLOPT_COPYPOSTFIELDS ||                                      \
   0)

/* evaluates to true if option takes a struct curl_slist * argument */
#define _curl_is_slist_option(option)                                         \
  ((option) == CURLOPT_HTTP200ALIASES ||                                      \
   (option) == CURLOPT_HTTPHEADER ||                                          \
   (option) == CURLOPT_MAIL_RCPT ||                                           \
   (option) == CURLOPT_POSTQUOTE ||                                           \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PREQUOTE ||                                            \
   (option) == CURLOPT_PROXYHEADER ||                                         \
   (option) == CURLOPT_QUOTE ||                                               \
   (option) == CURLOPT_RESOLVE ||                                             \
   (option) == CURLOPT_TELNETOPTIONS ||                                       \
   0)

/* groups of curl_easy_getinfo infos that take the same type of argument */

/* evaluates to true if info expects a pointer to char * argument */
#define _curl_is_string_info(info)                                            \
  (CURLINFO_STRING < (info) && (info) < CURLINFO_LONG)

/* evaluates to true if info expects a pointer to long argument */
#define _curl_is_long_info(info)                                              \
  (CURLINFO_LONG < (info) && (info) < CURLINFO_DOUBLE)

/* evaluates to true if info expects a pointer to double argument */
#define _curl_is_double_info(info)                                            \
  (CURLINFO_DOUBLE < (info) && (info) < CURLINFO_SLIST)

/* true if info expects a pointer to struct curl_slist * argument */
#define _curl_is_slist_info(info)                                       \
  (((info) == CURLINFO_SSL_ENGINES) || ((info) == CURLINFO_COOKIELIST))

/* true if info expects a pointer to struct curl_tlssessioninfo * argument */
#define _curl_is_tlssessioninfo_info(info)                              \
  (((info) == CURLINFO_TLS_SSL_PTR) || ((info) == CURLINFO_TLS_SESSION))

/* true if info expects a pointer to struct curl_certinfo * argument */
#define _curl_is_certinfo_info(info) ((info) == CURLINFO_CERTINFO)

/* true if info expects a pointer to struct curl_socket_t argument */
#define _curl_is_socket_info(info)                                            \
  (CURLINFO_SOCKET < (info) && (info) < CURLINFO_OFF_T)

/* true if info expects a pointer to curl_off_t argument */
#define _curl_is_off_t_info(info)                                             \
  (CURLINFO_OFF_T < (info))


/* typecheck helpers -- check whether given expression has requested type*/

/* For pointers, you can use the _curl_is_ptr/_curl_is_arr macros,
 * otherwise define a new macro. Search for __builtin_types_compatible_p
 * in the GCC manual.
 * NOTE: these macros MUST NOT EVALUATE their arguments! The argument is
 * the actual expression passed to the curl_easy_setopt macro. This
 * means that you can only apply the sizeof and __typeof__ operators, no
 * == or whatsoever.
 */

/* XXX: should evaluate to true if expr is a pointer */
#define _curl_is_any_ptr(expr)                                                \
  (sizeof(expr) == sizeof(void *))

/* evaluates to true if expr is NULL */
/* XXX: must not evaluate expr, so this check is not accurate */
#define _curl_is_NULL(expr)                                                   \
  (__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), __typeof__(NULL)))

/* evaluates to true if expr is type*, const type* or NULL */
#define _curl_is_ptr(expr, type)                                              \
  (_curl_is_NULL(expr) ||                                                     \
   __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), type *) ||                  \
   __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), const type *))

/* evaluates to true if expr is one of type[], type*, NULL or const type* */
#define _curl_is_arr(expr, type)                                              \
  (_curl_is_ptr((expr), type) ||                                              \
   __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), type []))

/* evaluates to true if expr is a string */
#define _curl_is_string(expr)                                                 \
  (_curl_is_arr((expr), char) ||                                              \
   _curl_is_arr((expr), signed char) ||                                       \
   _curl_is_arr((expr), unsigned char))

/* evaluates to true if expr is a long (no matter the signedness)
 * XXX: for now, int is also accepted (and therefore short and char, which
 * are promoted to int when passed to a variadic function) */
#define _curl_is_long(expr)                                                   \
  (__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), long) ||                    \
   __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), signed long) ||             \
   __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), unsigned long) ||           \
   __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), int) ||                     \
   __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), signed int) ||              \
   __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), unsigned int) ||            \
   __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), short) ||                   \
   __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), signed short) ||            \
   __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), unsigned short) ||          \
   __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), char) ||                    \
   __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), signed char) ||             \
   __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), unsigned char))

/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_off_t */
#define _curl_is_off_t(expr)                                                  \
  (__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), curl_off_t))

/* evaluates to true if expr is abuffer suitable for CURLOPT_ERRORBUFFER */
/* XXX: also check size of an char[] array? */
#define _curl_is_error_buffer(expr)                                           \
  (_curl_is_NULL(expr) ||                                                     \
   __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), char *) ||                  \
   __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), char[]))

/* evaluates to true if expr is of type (const) void* or (const) FILE* */
#if 0
#define _curl_is_cb_data(expr)                                                \
  (_curl_is_ptr((expr), void) ||                                              \
   _curl_is_ptr((expr), FILE))
#else /* be less strict */
#define _curl_is_cb_data(expr)                                                \
  _curl_is_any_ptr(expr)
#endif

/* evaluates to true if expr is of type FILE* */
#define _curl_is_FILE(expr)                                             \
  (_curl_is_NULL(expr) ||                                              \
   (__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), FILE *)))

/* evaluates to true if expr can be passed as POST data (void* or char*) */
#define _curl_is_postfields(expr)                                             \
  (_curl_is_ptr((expr), void) ||                                              \
   _curl_is_arr((expr), char))

/* FIXME: the whole callback checking is messy...
 * The idea is to tolerate char vs. void and const vs. not const
 * pointers in arguments at least
 */
/* helper: __builtin_types_compatible_p distinguishes between functions and
 * function pointers, hide it */
#define _curl_callback_compatible(func, type)                                 \
  (__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(func), type) ||                    \
   __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(func) *, type))

/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_resolver_start_callback */
#define _curl_is_resolver_start_callback(expr)       \
  (_curl_is_NULL(expr) || \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), curl_resolver_start_callback))

/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_read_callback or "similar" */
#define _curl_is_read_cb(expr)                                          \
  (_curl_is_NULL(expr) ||                                                     \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), __typeof__(fread) *) ||                  \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), curl_read_callback) ||                   \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_read_callback1) ||                 \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_read_callback2) ||                 \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_read_callback3) ||                 \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_read_callback4) ||                 \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_read_callback5) ||                 \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_read_callback6))
typedef size_t (*_curl_read_callback1)(char *, size_t, size_t, void *);
typedef size_t (*_curl_read_callback2)(char *, size_t, size_t, const void *);
typedef size_t (*_curl_read_callback3)(char *, size_t, size_t, FILE *);
typedef size_t (*_curl_read_callback4)(void *, size_t, size_t, void *);
typedef size_t (*_curl_read_callback5)(void *, size_t, size_t, const void *);
typedef size_t (*_curl_read_callback6)(void *, size_t, size_t, FILE *);

/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_write_callback or "similar" */
#define _curl_is_write_cb(expr)                                               \
  (_curl_is_read_cb(expr) ||                                            \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), __typeof__(fwrite) *) ||                 \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), curl_write_callback) ||                  \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_write_callback1) ||                \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_write_callback2) ||                \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_write_callback3) ||                \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_write_callback4) ||                \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_write_callback5) ||                \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_write_callback6))
typedef size_t (*_curl_write_callback1)(const char *, size_t, size_t, void *);
typedef size_t (*_curl_write_callback2)(const char *, size_t, size_t,
                                       const void *);
typedef size_t (*_curl_write_callback3)(const char *, size_t, size_t, FILE *);
typedef size_t (*_curl_write_callback4)(const void *, size_t, size_t, void *);
typedef size_t (*_curl_write_callback5)(const void *, size_t, size_t,
                                       const void *);
typedef size_t (*_curl_write_callback6)(const void *, size_t, size_t, FILE *);

/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_ioctl_callback or "similar" */
#define _curl_is_ioctl_cb(expr)                                         \
  (_curl_is_NULL(expr) ||                                                     \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), curl_ioctl_callback) ||                  \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ioctl_callback1) ||                \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ioctl_callback2) ||                \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ioctl_callback3) ||                \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ioctl_callback4))
typedef curlioerr (*_curl_ioctl_callback1)(CURL *, int, void *);
typedef curlioerr (*_curl_ioctl_callback2)(CURL *, int, const void *);
typedef curlioerr (*_curl_ioctl_callback3)(CURL *, curliocmd, void *);
typedef curlioerr (*_curl_ioctl_callback4)(CURL *, curliocmd, const void *);

/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_sockopt_callback or "similar" */
#define _curl_is_sockopt_cb(expr)                                       \
  (_curl_is_NULL(expr) ||                                                     \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), curl_sockopt_callback) ||                \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_sockopt_callback1) ||              \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_sockopt_callback2))
typedef int (*_curl_sockopt_callback1)(void *, curl_socket_t, curlsocktype);
typedef int (*_curl_sockopt_callback2)(const void *, curl_socket_t,
                                      curlsocktype);

/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_opensocket_callback or
   "similar" */
#define _curl_is_opensocket_cb(expr)                                    \
  (_curl_is_NULL(expr) ||                                                     \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), curl_opensocket_callback) ||             \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_opensocket_callback1) ||           \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_opensocket_callback2) ||           \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_opensocket_callback3) ||           \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_opensocket_callback4))
typedef curl_socket_t (*_curl_opensocket_callback1)
  (void *, curlsocktype, struct curl_sockaddr *);
typedef curl_socket_t (*_curl_opensocket_callback2)
  (void *, curlsocktype, const struct curl_sockaddr *);
typedef curl_socket_t (*_curl_opensocket_callback3)
  (const void *, curlsocktype, struct curl_sockaddr *);
typedef curl_socket_t (*_curl_opensocket_callback4)
  (const void *, curlsocktype, const struct curl_sockaddr *);

/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_progress_callback or "similar" */
#define _curl_is_progress_cb(expr)                                      \
  (_curl_is_NULL(expr) ||                                                     \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), curl_progress_callback) ||               \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_progress_callback1) ||             \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_progress_callback2))
typedef int (*_curl_progress_callback1)(void *,
    double, double, double, double);
typedef int (*_curl_progress_callback2)(const void *,
    double, double, double, double);

/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_debug_callback or "similar" */
#define _curl_is_debug_cb(expr)                                         \
  (_curl_is_NULL(expr) ||                                                     \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), curl_debug_callback) ||                  \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback1) ||                \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback2) ||                \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback3) ||                \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback4) ||                \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback5) ||                \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback6) ||                \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback7) ||                \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback8))
typedef int (*_curl_debug_callback1) (CURL *,
    curl_infotype, char *, size_t, void *);
typedef int (*_curl_debug_callback2) (CURL *,
    curl_infotype, char *, size_t, const void *);
typedef int (*_curl_debug_callback3) (CURL *,
    curl_infotype, const char *, size_t, void *);
typedef int (*_curl_debug_callback4) (CURL *,
    curl_infotype, const char *, size_t, const void *);
typedef int (*_curl_debug_callback5) (CURL *,
    curl_infotype, unsigned char *, size_t, void *);
typedef int (*_curl_debug_callback6) (CURL *,
    curl_infotype, unsigned char *, size_t, const void *);
typedef int (*_curl_debug_callback7) (CURL *,
    curl_infotype, const unsigned char *, size_t, void *);
typedef int (*_curl_debug_callback8) (CURL *,
    curl_infotype, const unsigned char *, size_t, const void *);

/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_ssl_ctx_callback or "similar" */
/* this is getting even messier... */
#define _curl_is_ssl_ctx_cb(expr)                                       \
  (_curl_is_NULL(expr) ||                                                     \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), curl_ssl_ctx_callback) ||                \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback1) ||              \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback2) ||              \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback3) ||              \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback4) ||              \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback5) ||              \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback6) ||              \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback7) ||              \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback8))
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_ssl_ctx_callback1)(CURL *, void *, void *);
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_ssl_ctx_callback2)(CURL *, void *, const void *);
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_ssl_ctx_callback3)(CURL *, const void *, void *);
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_ssl_ctx_callback4)(CURL *, const void *,
                                            const void *);
#ifdef HEADER_SSL_H
/* hack: if we included OpenSSL's ssl.h, we know about SSL_CTX
 * this will of course break if we're included before OpenSSL headers...
 */
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_ssl_ctx_callback5)(CURL *, SSL_CTX, void *);
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_ssl_ctx_callback6)(CURL *, SSL_CTX, const void *);
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_ssl_ctx_callback7)(CURL *, const SSL_CTX, void *);
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_ssl_ctx_callback8)(CURL *, const SSL_CTX,
                                           const void *);
#else
typedef _curl_ssl_ctx_callback1 _curl_ssl_ctx_callback5;
typedef _curl_ssl_ctx_callback1 _curl_ssl_ctx_callback6;
typedef _curl_ssl_ctx_callback1 _curl_ssl_ctx_callback7;
typedef _curl_ssl_ctx_callback1 _curl_ssl_ctx_callback8;
#endif

/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_conv_callback or "similar" */
#define _curl_is_conv_cb(expr)                                          \
  (_curl_is_NULL(expr) ||                                                     \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), curl_conv_callback) ||                   \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_conv_callback1) ||                 \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_conv_callback2) ||                 \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_conv_callback3) ||                 \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_conv_callback4))
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_conv_callback1)(char *, size_t length);
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_conv_callback2)(const char *, size_t length);
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_conv_callback3)(void *, size_t length);
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_conv_callback4)(const void *, size_t length);

/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_seek_callback or "similar" */
#define _curl_is_seek_cb(expr)                                          \
  (_curl_is_NULL(expr) ||                                                     \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), curl_seek_callback) ||                   \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_seek_callback1) ||                 \
   _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_seek_callback2))
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_seek_callback1)(void *, curl_off_t, int);
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_seek_callback2)(const void *, curl_off_t, int);


#endif /* __CURL_TYPECHECK_GCC_H */
#ifndef __CURL_MULTI_H
#define __CURL_MULTI_H
/***************************************************************************
 *                                  _   _ ____  _
 *  Project                     ___| | | |  _ \| |
 *                             / __| | | | |_) | |
 *                            | (__| |_| |  _ <| |___
 *                             \___|\___/|_| \_\_____|
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2017, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al.
 *
 * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which
 * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms
 * are also available at https://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html.
 *
 * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell
 * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is
 * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file.
 *
 * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
 * KIND, either express or implied.
 *
 ***************************************************************************/
/*
  This is an "external" header file. Don't give away any internals here!

  GOALS

  o Enable a "pull" interface. The application that uses libcurl decides where
    and when to ask libcurl to get/send data.

  o Enable multiple simultaneous transfers in the same thread without making it
    complicated for the application.

  o Enable the application to select() on its own file descriptors and curl's
    file descriptors simultaneous easily.

*/

/*
 * This header file should not really need to include "curl.h" since curl.h
 * itself includes this file and we expect user applications to do #include
 * <curl/curl.h> without the need for especially including multi.h.
 *
 * For some reason we added this include here at one point, and rather than to
 * break existing (wrongly written) libcurl applications, we leave it as-is
 * but with this warning attached.
 */
#include "curl.h"

#ifdef  __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#if defined(BUILDING_LIBCURL) || defined(CURL_STRICTER)
typedef struct Curl_multi CURLM;
#else
typedef void CURLM;
#endif

typedef enum {
  CURLM_CALL_MULTI_PERFORM = -1, /* please call curl_multi_perform() or
                                    curl_multi_socket*() soon */
  CURLM_OK,
  CURLM_BAD_HANDLE,      /* the passed-in handle is not a valid CURLM handle */
  CURLM_BAD_EASY_HANDLE, /* an easy handle was not good/valid */
  CURLM_OUT_OF_MEMORY,   /* if you ever get this, you're in deep sh*t */
  CURLM_INTERNAL_ERROR,  /* this is a libcurl bug */
  CURLM_BAD_SOCKET,      /* the passed in socket argument did not match */
  CURLM_UNKNOWN_OPTION,  /* curl_multi_setopt() with unsupported option */
  CURLM_ADDED_ALREADY,   /* an easy handle already added to a multi handle was
                            attempted to get added - again */
  CURLM_RECURSIVE_API_CALL, /* an api function was called from inside a
                               callback */
  CURLM_LAST
} CURLMcode;

/* just to make code nicer when using curl_multi_socket() you can now check
   for CURLM_CALL_MULTI_SOCKET too in the same style it works for
   curl_multi_perform() and CURLM_CALL_MULTI_PERFORM */
#define CURLM_CALL_MULTI_SOCKET CURLM_CALL_MULTI_PERFORM

/* bitmask bits for CURLMOPT_PIPELINING */
#define CURLPIPE_NOTHING   0L
#define CURLPIPE_HTTP1     1L
#define CURLPIPE_MULTIPLEX 2L

typedef enum {
  CURLMSG_NONE, /* first, not used */
  CURLMSG_DONE, /* This easy handle has completed. 'result' contains
                   the CURLcode of the transfer */
  CURLMSG_LAST /* last, not used */
} CURLMSG;

struct CURLMsg {
  CURLMSG msg;       /* what this message means */
  CURL *easy_handle; /* the handle it concerns */
  union {
    void *whatever;    /* message-specific data */
    CURLcode result;   /* return code for transfer */
  } data;
};
typedef struct CURLMsg CURLMsg;

/* Based on poll(2) structure and values.
 * We don't use pollfd and POLL* constants explicitly
 * to cover platforms without poll(). */
#define CURL_WAIT_POLLIN    0x0001
#define CURL_WAIT_POLLPRI   0x0002
#define CURL_WAIT_POLLOUT   0x0004

struct curl_waitfd {
  curl_socket_t fd;
  short events;
  short revents; /* not supported yet */
};

/*
 * Name:    curl_multi_init()
 *
 * Desc:    inititalize multi-style curl usage
 *
 * Returns: a new CURLM handle to use in all 'curl_multi' functions.
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLM *curl_multi_init(void);

/*
 * Name:    curl_multi_add_handle()
 *
 * Desc:    add a standard curl handle to the multi stack
 *
 * Returns: CURLMcode type, general multi error code.
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_add_handle(CURLM *multi_handle,
                                            CURL *curl_handle);

 /*
  * Name:    curl_multi_remove_handle()
  *
  * Desc:    removes a curl handle from the multi stack again
  *
  * Returns: CURLMcode type, general multi error code.
  */
CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_remove_handle(CURLM *multi_handle,
                                               CURL *curl_handle);

 /*
  * Name:    curl_multi_fdset()
  *
  * Desc:    Ask curl for its fd_set sets. The app can use these to select() or
  *          poll() on. We want curl_multi_perform() called as soon as one of
  *          them are ready.
  *
  * Returns: CURLMcode type, general multi error code.
  */
CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_fdset(CURLM *multi_handle,
                                       fd_set *read_fd_set,
                                       fd_set *write_fd_set,
                                       fd_set *exc_fd_set,
                                       int *max_fd);

/*
 * Name:     curl_multi_wait()
 *
 * Desc:     Poll on all fds within a CURLM set as well as any
 *           additional fds passed to the function.
 *
 * Returns:  CURLMcode type, general multi error code.
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_wait(CURLM *multi_handle,
                                      struct curl_waitfd extra_fds[],
                                      unsigned int extra_nfds,
                                      int timeout_ms,
                                      int *ret);

 /*
  * Name:    curl_multi_perform()
  *
  * Desc:    When the app thinks there's data available for curl it calls this
  *          function to read/write whatever there is right now. This returns
  *          as soon as the reads and writes are done. This function does not
  *          require that there actually is data available for reading or that
  *          data can be written, it can be called just in case. It returns
  *          the number of handles that still transfer data in the second
  *          argument's integer-pointer.
  *
  * Returns: CURLMcode type, general multi error code. *NOTE* that this only
  *          returns errors etc regarding the whole multi stack. There might
  *          still have occurred problems on individual transfers even when
  *          this returns OK.
  */
CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_perform(CURLM *multi_handle,
                                         int *running_handles);

 /*
  * Name:    curl_multi_cleanup()
  *
  * Desc:    Cleans up and removes a whole multi stack. It does not free or
  *          touch any individual easy handles in any way. We need to define
  *          in what state those handles will be if this function is called
  *          in the middle of a transfer.
  *
  * Returns: CURLMcode type, general multi error code.
  */
CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_cleanup(CURLM *multi_handle);

/*
 * Name:    curl_multi_info_read()
 *
 * Desc:    Ask the multi handle if there's any messages/informationals from
 *          the individual transfers. Messages include informationals such as
 *          error code from the transfer or just the fact that a transfer is
 *          completed. More details on these should be written down as well.
 *
 *          Repeated calls to this function will return a new struct each
 *          time, until a special "end of msgs" struct is returned as a signal
 *          that there is no more to get at this point.
 *
 *          The data the returned pointer points to will not survive calling
 *          curl_multi_cleanup().
 *
 *          The 'CURLMsg' struct is meant to be very simple and only contain
 *          very basic information. If more involved information is wanted,
 *          we will provide the particular "transfer handle" in that struct
 *          and that should/could/would be used in subsequent
 *          curl_easy_getinfo() calls (or similar). The point being that we
 *          must never expose complex structs to applications, as then we'll
 *          undoubtably get backwards compatibility problems in the future.
 *
 * Returns: A pointer to a filled-in struct, or NULL if it failed or ran out
 *          of structs. It also writes the number of messages left in the
 *          queue (after this read) in the integer the second argument points
 *          to.
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLMsg *curl_multi_info_read(CURLM *multi_handle,
                                          int *msgs_in_queue);

/*
 * Name:    curl_multi_strerror()
 *
 * Desc:    The curl_multi_strerror function may be used to turn a CURLMcode
 *          value into the equivalent human readable error string.  This is
 *          useful for printing meaningful error messages.
 *
 * Returns: A pointer to a zero-terminated error message.
 */
CURL_EXTERN const char *curl_multi_strerror(CURLMcode);

/*
 * Name:    curl_multi_socket() and
 *          curl_multi_socket_all()
 *
 * Desc:    An alternative version of curl_multi_perform() that allows the
 *          application to pass in one of the file descriptors that have been
 *          detected to have "action" on them and let libcurl perform.
 *          See man page for details.
 */
#define CURL_POLL_NONE   0
#define CURL_POLL_IN     1
#define CURL_POLL_OUT    2
#define CURL_POLL_INOUT  3
#define CURL_POLL_REMOVE 4

#define CURL_SOCKET_TIMEOUT CURL_SOCKET_BAD

#define CURL_CSELECT_IN   0x01
#define CURL_CSELECT_OUT  0x02
#define CURL_CSELECT_ERR  0x04

typedef int (*curl_socket_callback)(CURL *easy,      /* easy handle */
                                    curl_socket_t s, /* socket */
                                    int what,        /* see above */
                                    void *userp,     /* private callback
                                                        pointer */
                                    void *socketp);  /* private socket
                                                        pointer */
/*
 * Name:    curl_multi_timer_callback
 *
 * Desc:    Called by libcurl whenever the library detects a change in the
 *          maximum number of milliseconds the app is allowed to wait before
 *          curl_multi_socket() or curl_multi_perform() must be called
 *          (to allow libcurl's timed events to take place).
 *
 * Returns: The callback should return zero.
 */
typedef int (*curl_multi_timer_callback)(CURLM *multi,    /* multi handle */
                                         long timeout_ms, /* see above */
                                         void *userp);    /* private callback
                                                             pointer */

CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_socket(CURLM *multi_handle, curl_socket_t s,
                                        int *running_handles);

CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_socket_action(CURLM *multi_handle,
                                               curl_socket_t s,
                                               int ev_bitmask,
                                               int *running_handles);

CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_socket_all(CURLM *multi_handle,
                                            int *running_handles);

#ifndef CURL_ALLOW_OLD_MULTI_SOCKET
/* This macro below was added in 7.16.3 to push users who recompile to use
   the new curl_multi_socket_action() instead of the old curl_multi_socket()
*/
#define curl_multi_socket(x,y,z) curl_multi_socket_action(x,y,0,z)
#endif

/*
 * Name:    curl_multi_timeout()
 *
 * Desc:    Returns the maximum number of milliseconds the app is allowed to
 *          wait before curl_multi_socket() or curl_multi_perform() must be
 *          called (to allow libcurl's timed events to take place).
 *
 * Returns: CURLM error code.
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_timeout(CURLM *multi_handle,
                                         long *milliseconds);

#undef CINIT /* re-using the same name as in curl.h */

#ifdef CURL_ISOCPP
#define CINIT(name,type,num) CURLMOPT_ ## name = CURLOPTTYPE_ ## type + num
#else
/* The macro "##" is ISO C, we assume pre-ISO C doesn't support it. */
#define LONG          CURLOPTTYPE_LONG
#define OBJECTPOINT   CURLOPTTYPE_OBJECTPOINT
#define FUNCTIONPOINT CURLOPTTYPE_FUNCTIONPOINT
#define OFF_T         CURLOPTTYPE_OFF_T
#define CINIT(name,type,number) CURLMOPT_/**/name = type + number
#endif

typedef enum {
  /* This is the socket callback function pointer */
  CINIT(SOCKETFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 1),

  /* This is the argument passed to the socket callback */
  CINIT(SOCKETDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 2),

    /* set to 1 to enable pipelining for this multi handle */
  CINIT(PIPELINING, LONG, 3),

   /* This is the timer callback function pointer */
  CINIT(TIMERFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 4),

  /* This is the argument passed to the timer callback */
  CINIT(TIMERDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 5),

  /* maximum number of entries in the connection cache */
  CINIT(MAXCONNECTS, LONG, 6),

  /* maximum number of (pipelining) connections to one host */
  CINIT(MAX_HOST_CONNECTIONS, LONG, 7),

  /* maximum number of requests in a pipeline */
  CINIT(MAX_PIPELINE_LENGTH, LONG, 8),

  /* a connection with a content-length longer than this
     will not be considered for pipelining */
  CINIT(CONTENT_LENGTH_PENALTY_SIZE, OFF_T, 9),

  /* a connection with a chunk length longer than this
     will not be considered for pipelining */
  CINIT(CHUNK_LENGTH_PENALTY_SIZE, OFF_T, 10),

  /* a list of site names(+port) that are blacklisted from
     pipelining */
  CINIT(PIPELINING_SITE_BL, OBJECTPOINT, 11),

  /* a list of server types that are blacklisted from
     pipelining */
  CINIT(PIPELINING_SERVER_BL, OBJECTPOINT, 12),

  /* maximum number of open connections in total */
  CINIT(MAX_TOTAL_CONNECTIONS, LONG, 13),

   /* This is the server push callback function pointer */
  CINIT(PUSHFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 14),

  /* This is the argument passed to the server push callback */
  CINIT(PUSHDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 15),

  CURLMOPT_LASTENTRY /* the last unused */
} CURLMoption;


/*
 * Name:    curl_multi_setopt()
 *
 * Desc:    Sets options for the multi handle.
 *
 * Returns: CURLM error code.
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_setopt(CURLM *multi_handle,
                                        CURLMoption option, ...);


/*
 * Name:    curl_multi_assign()
 *
 * Desc:    This function sets an association in the multi handle between the
 *          given socket and a private pointer of the application. This is
 *          (only) useful for curl_multi_socket uses.
 *
 * Returns: CURLM error code.
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_assign(CURLM *multi_handle,
                                        curl_socket_t sockfd, void *sockp);


/*
 * Name: curl_push_callback
 *
 * Desc: This callback gets called when a new stream is being pushed by the
 *       server. It approves or denies the new stream.
 *
 * Returns: CURL_PUSH_OK or CURL_PUSH_DENY.
 */
#define CURL_PUSH_OK   0
#define CURL_PUSH_DENY 1

struct curl_pushheaders;  /* forward declaration only */

CURL_EXTERN char *curl_pushheader_bynum(struct curl_pushheaders *h,
                                        size_t num);
CURL_EXTERN char *curl_pushheader_byname(struct curl_pushheaders *h,
                                         const char *name);

typedef int (*curl_push_callback)(CURL *parent,
                                  CURL *easy,
                                  size_t num_headers,
                                  struct curl_pushheaders *headers,
                                  void *userp);

#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* end of extern "C" */
#endif

#endif
#ifndef __CURL_SYSTEM_H
#define __CURL_SYSTEM_H
/***************************************************************************
 *                                  _   _ ____  _
 *  Project                     ___| | | |  _ \| |
 *                             / __| | | | |_) | |
 *                            | (__| |_| |  _ <| |___
 *                             \___|\___/|_| \_\_____|
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2017, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al.
 *
 * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which
 * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms
 * are also available at https://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html.
 *
 * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell
 * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is
 * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file.
 *
 * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
 * KIND, either express or implied.
 *
 ***************************************************************************/

/*
 * Try to keep one section per platform, compiler and architecture, otherwise,
 * if an existing section is reused for a different one and later on the
 * original is adjusted, probably the piggybacking one can be adversely
 * changed.
 *
 * In order to differentiate between platforms/compilers/architectures use
 * only compiler built in predefined preprocessor symbols.
 *
 * curl_off_t
 * ----------
 *
 * For any given platform/compiler curl_off_t must be typedef'ed to a 64-bit
 * wide signed integral data type. The width of this data type must remain
 * constant and independent of any possible large file support settings.
 *
 * As an exception to the above, curl_off_t shall be typedef'ed to a 32-bit
 * wide signed integral data type if there is no 64-bit type.
 *
 * As a general rule, curl_off_t shall not be mapped to off_t. This rule shall
 * only be violated if off_t is the only 64-bit data type available and the
 * size of off_t is independent of large file support settings. Keep your
 * build on the safe side avoiding an off_t gating.  If you have a 64-bit
 * off_t then take for sure that another 64-bit data type exists, dig deeper
 * and you will find it.
 *
 */

#if defined(__DJGPP__) || defined(__GO32__)
#  if defined(__DJGPP__) && (__DJGPP__ > 1)
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long long
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "lld"
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "llu"
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     LL
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    ULL
#  else
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "ld"
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "lu"
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     L
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    UL
#  endif
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T int

#elif defined(__SALFORDC__)
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long
#  define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "ld"
#  define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "lu"
#  define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     L
#  define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    UL
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T int

#elif defined(__BORLANDC__)
#  if (__BORLANDC__ < 0x520)
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "ld"
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "lu"
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     L
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    UL
#  else
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     __int64
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "I64d"
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "I64u"
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     i64
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    ui64
#  endif
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T int

#elif defined(__TURBOC__)
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long
#  define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "ld"
#  define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "lu"
#  define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     L
#  define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    UL
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T int

#elif defined(__WATCOMC__)
#  if defined(__386__)
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     __int64
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "I64d"
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "I64u"
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     i64
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    ui64
#  else
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "ld"
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "lu"
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     L
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    UL
#  endif
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T int

#elif defined(__POCC__)
#  if (__POCC__ < 280)
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "ld"
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "lu"
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     L
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    UL
#  elif defined(_MSC_VER)
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     __int64
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "I64d"
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "I64u"
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     i64
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    ui64
#  else
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long long
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "lld"
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "llu"
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     LL
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    ULL
#  endif
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T int

#elif defined(__LCC__)
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long
#  define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "ld"
#  define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "lu"
#  define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     L
#  define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    UL
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T int

#elif defined(__SYMBIAN32__)
#  if defined(__EABI__)  /* Treat all ARM compilers equally */
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long long
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "lld"
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "llu"
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     LL
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    ULL
#  elif defined(__CW32__)
#    pragma longlong on
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long long
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "lld"
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "llu"
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     LL
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    ULL
#  elif defined(__VC32__)
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     __int64
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "lld"
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "llu"
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     LL
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    ULL
#  endif
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T unsigned int

#elif defined(__MWERKS__)
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long long
#  define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "lld"
#  define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "llu"
#  define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     LL
#  define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    ULL
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T int

#elif defined(_WIN32_WCE)
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     __int64
#  define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "I64d"
#  define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "I64u"
#  define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     i64
#  define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    ui64
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T int

#elif defined(__MINGW32__)
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long long
#  define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "I64d"
#  define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "I64u"
#  define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     LL
#  define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    ULL
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T socklen_t
#  define CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H      1
#  define CURL_PULL_WS2TCPIP_H       1

#elif defined(__VMS)
#  if defined(__VAX)
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "ld"
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "lu"
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     L
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    UL
#  else
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long long
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "lld"
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "llu"
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     LL
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    ULL
#  endif
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T unsigned int

#elif defined(__OS400__)
#  if defined(__ILEC400__)
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long long
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "lld"
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "llu"
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     LL
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    ULL
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T socklen_t
#    define CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H      1
#    define CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H     1
#  endif

#elif defined(__MVS__)
#  if defined(__IBMC__) || defined(__IBMCPP__)
#    if defined(_ILP32)
#    elif defined(_LP64)
#    endif
#    if defined(_LONG_LONG)
#      define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long long
#      define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "lld"
#      define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "llu"
#      define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     LL
#      define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    ULL
#    elif defined(_LP64)
#      define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long
#      define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "ld"
#      define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "lu"
#      define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     L
#      define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    UL
#    else
#      define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long
#      define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "ld"
#      define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "lu"
#      define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     L
#      define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    UL
#    endif
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T socklen_t
#    define CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H      1
#    define CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H     1
#  endif

#elif defined(__370__)
#  if defined(__IBMC__) || defined(__IBMCPP__)
#    if defined(_ILP32)
#    elif defined(_LP64)
#    endif
#    if defined(_LONG_LONG)
#      define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long long
#      define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "lld"
#      define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "llu"
#      define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     LL
#      define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    ULL
#    elif defined(_LP64)
#      define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long
#      define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "ld"
#      define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "lu"
#      define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     L
#      define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    UL
#    else
#      define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long
#      define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "ld"
#      define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "lu"
#      define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     L
#      define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    UL
#    endif
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T socklen_t
#    define CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H      1
#    define CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H     1
#  endif

#elif defined(TPF)
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long
#  define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "ld"
#  define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "lu"
#  define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     L
#  define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    UL
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T int

#elif defined(__TINYC__) /* also known as tcc */

#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long long
#  define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "lld"
#  define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "llu"
#  define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     LL
#  define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    ULL
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T socklen_t
#  define CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H      1
#  define CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H     1

#elif defined(__SUNPRO_C) /* Oracle Solaris Studio */
#  if !defined(__LP64) && (defined(__ILP32) ||                          \
                           defined(__i386) ||                           \
                           defined(__sparcv8) ||                        \
                           defined(__sparcv8plus))
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long long
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "lld"
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "llu"
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     LL
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    ULL
#  elif defined(__LP64) || \
        defined(__amd64) || defined(__sparcv9)
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "ld"
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "lu"
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     L
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    UL
#  endif
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T socklen_t
#  define CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H      1
#  define CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H     1

#elif defined(__xlc__) /* IBM xlc compiler */
#  if !defined(_LP64)
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long long
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "lld"
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "llu"
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     LL
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    ULL
#  else
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "ld"
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "lu"
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     L
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    UL
#  endif
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T socklen_t
#  define CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H      1
#  define CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H     1

/* ===================================== */
/*    KEEP MSVC THE PENULTIMATE ENTRY    */
/* ===================================== */

#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
#  if (_MSC_VER >= 900) && (_INTEGRAL_MAX_BITS >= 64)
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     __int64
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "I64d"
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "I64u"
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     i64
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    ui64
#  else
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "ld"
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "lu"
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     L
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    UL
#  endif
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T int

/* ===================================== */
/*    KEEP GENERIC GCC THE LAST ENTRY    */
/* ===================================== */

#elif defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(_SCO_DS)
#  if !defined(__LP64__) &&                                             \
  (defined(__ILP32__) || defined(__i386__) || defined(__hppa__) ||      \
   defined(__ppc__) || defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__arm__) ||      \
   defined(__sparc__) || defined(__mips__) || defined(__sh__) ||        \
   defined(__XTENSA__) ||                                               \
   (defined(__SIZEOF_LONG__) && __SIZEOF_LONG__ == 4)  ||               \
   (defined(__LONG_MAX__) && __LONG_MAX__ == 2147483647L))
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long long
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "lld"
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "llu"
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     LL
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    ULL
#  elif defined(__LP64__) || \
        defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__ppc64__) || defined(__sparc64__) || \
        (defined(__SIZEOF_LONG__) && __SIZEOF_LONG__ == 8) || \
        (defined(__LONG_MAX__) && __LONG_MAX__ == 9223372036854775807L)
#    define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "ld"
#    define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "lu"
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     L
#    define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    UL
#  endif
#  define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T socklen_t
#  define CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H      1
#  define CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H     1

#else
/* generic "safe guess" on old 32 bit style */
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T     long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T     "ld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU    "lu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T     L
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU    UL
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T int
#endif

#ifdef _AIX
/* AIX needs <sys/poll.h> */
#define CURL_PULL_SYS_POLL_H
#endif


/* CURL_PULL_WS2TCPIP_H is defined above when inclusion of header file  */
/* ws2tcpip.h is required here to properly make type definitions below. */
#ifdef CURL_PULL_WS2TCPIP_H
#  include <winsock2.h>
#  include <windows.h>
#  include <ws2tcpip.h>
#endif

/* CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H is defined above when inclusion of header file  */
/* sys/types.h is required here to properly make type definitions below. */
#ifdef CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H
#  include <sys/types.h>
#endif

/* CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H is defined above when inclusion of header file  */
/* sys/socket.h is required here to properly make type definitions below. */
#ifdef CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H
#  include <sys/socket.h>
#endif

/* CURL_PULL_SYS_POLL_H is defined above when inclusion of header file    */
/* sys/poll.h is required here to properly make type definitions below.   */
#ifdef CURL_PULL_SYS_POLL_H
#  include <sys/poll.h>
#endif

/* Data type definition of curl_socklen_t. */
#ifdef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T
  typedef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T curl_socklen_t;
#endif

/* Data type definition of curl_off_t. */

#ifdef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T
  typedef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T curl_off_t;
#endif

/*
 * CURL_ISOCPP and CURL_OFF_T_C definitions are done here in order to allow
 * these to be visible and exported by the external libcurl interface API,
 * while also making them visible to the library internals, simply including
 * curl_setup.h, without actually needing to include curl.h internally.
 * If some day this section would grow big enough, all this should be moved
 * to its own header file.
 */

/*
 * Figure out if we can use the ## preprocessor operator, which is supported
 * by ISO/ANSI C and C++. Some compilers support it without setting __STDC__
 * or  __cplusplus so we need to carefully check for them too.
 */

#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__cplusplus) || \
  defined(__HP_aCC) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined(__LCC__) || \
  defined(__POCC__) || defined(__SALFORDC__) || defined(__HIGHC__) || \
  defined(__ILEC400__)
  /* This compiler is believed to have an ISO compatible preprocessor */
#define CURL_ISOCPP
#else
  /* This compiler is believed NOT to have an ISO compatible preprocessor */
#undef CURL_ISOCPP
#endif

/*
 * Macros for minimum-width signed and unsigned curl_off_t integer constants.
 */

#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && (__BORLANDC__ == 0x0551)
#  define __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR2(x) x
#  define __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR1(x) __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR2(x)
#  define CURL_OFF_T_C(Val)  __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR1(Val) ## \
                             __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR1(CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T)
#  define CURL_OFF_TU_C(Val) __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR1(Val) ## \
                             __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR1(CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU)
#else
#  ifdef CURL_ISOCPP
#    define __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR2(Val,Suffix) Val ## Suffix
#  else
#    define __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR2(Val,Suffix) Val/**/Suffix
#  endif
#  define __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR1(Val,Suffix) __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR2(Val,Suffix)
#  define CURL_OFF_T_C(Val)  __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR1(Val,CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T)
#  define CURL_OFF_TU_C(Val) __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR1(Val,CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU)
#endif

#endif /* __CURL_SYSTEM_H */
#ifndef __CURL_CURL_H
#define __CURL_CURL_H
/***************************************************************************
 *                                  _   _ ____  _
 *  Project                     ___| | | |  _ \| |
 *                             / __| | | | |_) | |
 *                            | (__| |_| |  _ <| |___
 *                             \___|\___/|_| \_\_____|
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2018, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al.
 *
 * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which
 * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms
 * are also available at https://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html.
 *
 * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell
 * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is
 * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file.
 *
 * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
 * KIND, either express or implied.
 *
 ***************************************************************************/

/*
 * If you have libcurl problems, all docs and details are found here:
 *   https://curl.haxx.se/libcurl/
 *
 * curl-library mailing list subscription and unsubscription web interface:
 *   https://cool.haxx.se/mailman/listinfo/curl-library/
 */

#ifdef CURL_NO_OLDIES
#define CURL_STRICTER
#endif

#include "curlver.h"         /* libcurl version defines   */
#include "system.h"          /* determine things run-time */

/*
 * Define WIN32 when build target is Win32 API
 */

#if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(__WIN32__)) && \
     !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__SYMBIAN32__)
#define WIN32
#endif

#include <stdio.h>
#include <limits.h>

#if defined(__FreeBSD__) && (__FreeBSD__ >= 2)
/* Needed for __FreeBSD_version symbol definition */
#include <osreldate.h>
#endif

/* The include stuff here below is mainly for time_t! */
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <time.h>

#if defined(WIN32) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
#if !(defined(_WINSOCKAPI_) || defined(_WINSOCK_H) || \
      defined(__LWIP_OPT_H__) || defined(LWIP_HDR_OPT_H))
/* The check above prevents the winsock2 inclusion if winsock.h already was
   included, since they can't co-exist without problems */
#include <winsock2.h>
#include <ws2tcpip.h>
#endif
#endif

/* HP-UX systems version 9, 10 and 11 lack sys/select.h and so does oldish
   libc5-based Linux systems. Only include it on systems that are known to
   require it! */
#if defined(_AIX) || defined(__NOVELL_LIBC__) || defined(__NetBSD__) || \
    defined(__minix) || defined(__SYMBIAN32__) || defined(__INTEGRITY) || \
    defined(ANDROID) || defined(__ANDROID__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || \
    defined(__CYGWIN__) || \
   (defined(__FreeBSD_version) && (__FreeBSD_version < 800000))
#include <sys/select.h>
#endif

#if !defined(WIN32) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE)
#include <sys/socket.h>
#endif

#if !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__WATCOMC__) && !defined(__VXWORKS__)
#include <sys/time.h>
#endif

#ifdef __BEOS__
#include <support/SupportDefs.h>
#endif

#ifdef  __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#if defined(BUILDING_LIBCURL) || defined(CURL_STRICTER)
typedef struct Curl_easy CURL;
typedef struct Curl_share CURLSH;
#else
typedef void CURL;
typedef void CURLSH;
#endif

/*
 * libcurl external API function linkage decorations.
 */

#ifdef CURL_STATICLIB
#  define CURL_EXTERN
#elif defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32) || defined(__SYMBIAN32__)
#  if defined(BUILDING_LIBCURL)
#    define CURL_EXTERN  __declspec(dllexport)
#  else
#    define CURL_EXTERN  __declspec(dllimport)
#  endif
#elif defined(BUILDING_LIBCURL) && defined(CURL_HIDDEN_SYMBOLS)
#  define CURL_EXTERN CURL_EXTERN_SYMBOL
#else
#  define CURL_EXTERN
#endif

#ifndef curl_socket_typedef
/* socket typedef */
#if defined(WIN32) && !defined(__LWIP_OPT_H__) && !defined(LWIP_HDR_OPT_H)
typedef SOCKET curl_socket_t;
#define CURL_SOCKET_BAD INVALID_SOCKET
#else
typedef int curl_socket_t;
#define CURL_SOCKET_BAD -1
#endif
#define curl_socket_typedef
#endif /* curl_socket_typedef */

/* enum for the different supported SSL backends */
typedef enum {
  CURLSSLBACKEND_NONE = 0,
  CURLSSLBACKEND_OPENSSL = 1,
  CURLSSLBACKEND_GNUTLS = 2,
  CURLSSLBACKEND_NSS = 3,
  CURLSSLBACKEND_OBSOLETE4 = 4,  /* Was QSOSSL. */
  CURLSSLBACKEND_GSKIT = 5,
  CURLSSLBACKEND_POLARSSL = 6,
  CURLSSLBACKEND_WOLFSSL = 7,
  CURLSSLBACKEND_SCHANNEL = 8,
  CURLSSLBACKEND_DARWINSSL = 9,
  CURLSSLBACKEND_AXTLS = 10,
  CURLSSLBACKEND_MBEDTLS = 11
} curl_sslbackend;

/* aliases for library clones and renames */
#define CURLSSLBACKEND_LIBRESSL CURLSSLBACKEND_OPENSSL
#define CURLSSLBACKEND_BORINGSSL CURLSSLBACKEND_OPENSSL
#define CURLSSLBACKEND_CYASSL CURLSSLBACKEND_WOLFSSL

struct curl_httppost {
  struct curl_httppost *next;       /* next entry in the list */
  char *name;                       /* pointer to allocated name */
  long namelength;                  /* length of name length */
  char *contents;                   /* pointer to allocated data contents */
  long contentslength;              /* length of contents field, see also
                                       CURL_HTTPPOST_LARGE */
  char *buffer;                     /* pointer to allocated buffer contents */
  long bufferlength;                /* length of buffer field */
  char *contenttype;                /* Content-Type */
  struct curl_slist *contentheader; /* list of extra headers for this form */
  struct curl_httppost *more;       /* if one field name has more than one
                                       file, this link should link to following
                                       files */
  long flags;                       /* as defined below */

/* specified content is a file name */
#define CURL_HTTPPOST_FILENAME (1<<0)
/* specified content is a file name */
#define CURL_HTTPPOST_READFILE (1<<1)
/* name is only stored pointer do not free in formfree */
#define CURL_HTTPPOST_PTRNAME (1<<2)
/* contents is only stored pointer do not free in formfree */
#define CURL_HTTPPOST_PTRCONTENTS (1<<3)
/* upload file from buffer */
#define CURL_HTTPPOST_BUFFER (1<<4)
/* upload file from pointer contents */
#define CURL_HTTPPOST_PTRBUFFER (1<<5)
/* upload file contents by using the regular read callback to get the data and
   pass the given pointer as custom pointer */
#define CURL_HTTPPOST_CALLBACK (1<<6)
/* use size in 'contentlen', added in 7.46.0 */
#define CURL_HTTPPOST_LARGE (1<<7)

  char *showfilename;               /* The file name to show. If not set, the
                                       actual file name will be used (if this
                                       is a file part) */
  void *userp;                      /* custom pointer used for
                                       HTTPPOST_CALLBACK posts */
  curl_off_t contentlen;            /* alternative length of contents
                                       field. Used if CURL_HTTPPOST_LARGE is
                                       set. Added in 7.46.0 */
};

/* This is the CURLOPT_PROGRESSFUNCTION callback proto. It is now considered
   deprecated but was the only choice up until 7.31.0 */
typedef int (*curl_progress_callback)(void *clientp,
                                      double dltotal,
                                      double dlnow,
                                      double ultotal,
                                      double ulnow);

/* This is the CURLOPT_XFERINFOFUNCTION callback proto. It was introduced in
   7.32.0, it avoids floating point and provides more detailed information. */
typedef int (*curl_xferinfo_callback)(void *clientp,
                                      curl_off_t dltotal,
                                      curl_off_t dlnow,
                                      curl_off_t ultotal,
                                      curl_off_t ulnow);

#ifndef CURL_MAX_READ_SIZE
  /* The maximum receive buffer size configurable via CURLOPT_BUFFERSIZE. */
#define CURL_MAX_READ_SIZE 524288
#endif

#ifndef CURL_MAX_WRITE_SIZE
  /* Tests have proven that 20K is a very bad buffer size for uploads on
     Windows, while 16K for some odd reason performed a lot better.
     We do the ifndef check to allow this value to easier be changed at build
     time for those who feel adventurous. The practical minimum is about
     400 bytes since libcurl uses a buffer of this size as a scratch area
     (unrelated to network send operations). */
#define CURL_MAX_WRITE_SIZE 16384
#endif

#ifndef CURL_MAX_HTTP_HEADER
/* The only reason to have a max limit for this is to avoid the risk of a bad
   server feeding libcurl with a never-ending header that will cause reallocs
   infinitely */
#define CURL_MAX_HTTP_HEADER (100*1024)
#endif

/* This is a magic return code for the write callback that, when returned,
   will signal libcurl to pause receiving on the current transfer. */
#define CURL_WRITEFUNC_PAUSE 0x10000001

typedef size_t (*curl_write_callback)(char *buffer,
                                      size_t size,
                                      size_t nitems,
                                      void *outstream);

/* This callback will be called when a new resolver request is made */
typedef int (*curl_resolver_start_callback)(void *resolver_state,
                                            void *reserved, void *userdata);

/* enumeration of file types */
typedef enum {
  CURLFILETYPE_FILE = 0,
  CURLFILETYPE_DIRECTORY,
  CURLFILETYPE_SYMLINK,
  CURLFILETYPE_DEVICE_BLOCK,
  CURLFILETYPE_DEVICE_CHAR,
  CURLFILETYPE_NAMEDPIPE,
  CURLFILETYPE_SOCKET,
  CURLFILETYPE_DOOR, /* is possible only on Sun Solaris now */

  CURLFILETYPE_UNKNOWN /* should never occur */
} curlfiletype;

#define CURLFINFOFLAG_KNOWN_FILENAME    (1<<0)
#define CURLFINFOFLAG_KNOWN_FILETYPE    (1<<1)
#define CURLFINFOFLAG_KNOWN_TIME        (1<<2)
#define CURLFINFOFLAG_KNOWN_PERM        (1<<3)
#define CURLFINFOFLAG_KNOWN_UID         (1<<4)
#define CURLFINFOFLAG_KNOWN_GID         (1<<5)
#define CURLFINFOFLAG_KNOWN_SIZE        (1<<6)
#define CURLFINFOFLAG_KNOWN_HLINKCOUNT  (1<<7)

/* Content of this structure depends on information which is known and is
   achievable (e.g. by FTP LIST parsing). Please see the url_easy_setopt(3) man
   page for callbacks returning this structure -- some fields are mandatory,
   some others are optional. The FLAG field has special meaning. */
struct curl_fileinfo {
  char *filename;
  curlfiletype filetype;
  time_t time;
  unsigned int perm;
  int uid;
  int gid;
  curl_off_t size;
  long int hardlinks;

  struct {
    /* If some of these fields is not NULL, it is a pointer to b_data. */
    char *time;
    char *perm;
    char *user;
    char *group;
    char *target; /* pointer to the target filename of a symlink */
  } strings;

  unsigned int flags;

  /* used internally */
  char *b_data;
  size_t b_size;
  size_t b_used;
};

/* return codes for CURLOPT_CHUNK_BGN_FUNCTION */
#define CURL_CHUNK_BGN_FUNC_OK      0
#define CURL_CHUNK_BGN_FUNC_FAIL    1 /* tell the lib to end the task */
#define CURL_CHUNK_BGN_FUNC_SKIP    2 /* skip this chunk over */

/* if splitting of data transfer is enabled, this callback is called before
   download of an individual chunk started. Note that parameter "remains" works
   only for FTP wildcard downloading (for now), otherwise is not used */
typedef long (*curl_chunk_bgn_callback)(const void *transfer_info,
                                        void *ptr,
                                        int remains);

/* return codes for CURLOPT_CHUNK_END_FUNCTION */
#define CURL_CHUNK_END_FUNC_OK      0
#define CURL_CHUNK_END_FUNC_FAIL    1 /* tell the lib to end the task */

/* If splitting of data transfer is enabled this callback is called after
   download of an individual chunk finished.
   Note! After this callback was set then it have to be called FOR ALL chunks.
   Even if downloading of this chunk was skipped in CHUNK_BGN_FUNC.
   This is the reason why we don't need "transfer_info" parameter in this
   callback and we are not interested in "remains" parameter too. */
typedef long (*curl_chunk_end_callback)(void *ptr);

/* return codes for FNMATCHFUNCTION */
#define CURL_FNMATCHFUNC_MATCH    0 /* string corresponds to the pattern */
#define CURL_FNMATCHFUNC_NOMATCH  1 /* pattern doesn't match the string */
#define CURL_FNMATCHFUNC_FAIL     2 /* an error occurred */

/* callback type for wildcard downloading pattern matching. If the
   string matches the pattern, return CURL_FNMATCHFUNC_MATCH value, etc. */
typedef int (*curl_fnmatch_callback)(void *ptr,
                                     const char *pattern,
                                     const char *string);

/* These are the return codes for the seek callbacks */
#define CURL_SEEKFUNC_OK       0
#define CURL_SEEKFUNC_FAIL     1 /* fail the entire transfer */
#define CURL_SEEKFUNC_CANTSEEK 2 /* tell libcurl seeking can't be done, so
                                    libcurl might try other means instead */
typedef int (*curl_seek_callback)(void *instream,
                                  curl_off_t offset,
                                  int origin); /* 'whence' */

/* This is a return code for the read callback that, when returned, will
   signal libcurl to immediately abort the current transfer. */
#define CURL_READFUNC_ABORT 0x10000000
/* This is a return code for the read callback that, when returned, will
   signal libcurl to pause sending data on the current transfer. */
#define CURL_READFUNC_PAUSE 0x10000001

typedef size_t (*curl_read_callback)(char *buffer,
                                      size_t size,
                                      size_t nitems,
                                      void *instream);

typedef enum {
  CURLSOCKTYPE_IPCXN,  /* socket created for a specific IP connection */
  CURLSOCKTYPE_ACCEPT, /* socket created by accept() call */
  CURLSOCKTYPE_LAST    /* never use */
} curlsocktype;

/* The return code from the sockopt_callback can signal information back
   to libcurl: */
#define CURL_SOCKOPT_OK 0
#define CURL_SOCKOPT_ERROR 1 /* causes libcurl to abort and return
                                CURLE_ABORTED_BY_CALLBACK */
#define CURL_SOCKOPT_ALREADY_CONNECTED 2

typedef int (*curl_sockopt_callback)(void *clientp,
                                     curl_socket_t curlfd,
                                     curlsocktype purpose);

struct curl_sockaddr {
  int family;
  int socktype;
  int protocol;
  unsigned int addrlen; /* addrlen was a socklen_t type before 7.18.0 but it
                           turned really ugly and painful on the systems that
                           lack this type */
  struct sockaddr addr;
};

typedef curl_socket_t
(*curl_opensocket_callback)(void *clientp,
                            curlsocktype purpose,
                            struct curl_sockaddr *address);

typedef int
(*curl_closesocket_callback)(void *clientp, curl_socket_t item);

typedef enum {
  CURLIOE_OK,            /* I/O operation successful */
  CURLIOE_UNKNOWNCMD,    /* command was unknown to callback */
  CURLIOE_FAILRESTART,   /* failed to restart the read */
  CURLIOE_LAST           /* never use */
} curlioerr;

typedef enum {
  CURLIOCMD_NOP,         /* no operation */
  CURLIOCMD_RESTARTREAD, /* restart the read stream from start */
  CURLIOCMD_LAST         /* never use */
} curliocmd;

typedef curlioerr (*curl_ioctl_callback)(CURL *handle,
                                         int cmd,
                                         void *clientp);

#ifndef CURL_DID_MEMORY_FUNC_TYPEDEFS
/*
 * The following typedef's are signatures of malloc, free, realloc, strdup and
 * calloc respectively.  Function pointers of these types can be passed to the
 * curl_global_init_mem() function to set user defined memory management
 * callback routines.
 */
typedef void *(*curl_malloc_callback)(size_t size);
typedef void (*curl_free_callback)(void *ptr);
typedef void *(*curl_realloc_callback)(void *ptr, size_t size);
typedef char *(*curl_strdup_callback)(const char *str);
typedef void *(*curl_calloc_callback)(size_t nmemb, size_t size);

#define CURL_DID_MEMORY_FUNC_TYPEDEFS
#endif

/* the kind of data that is passed to information_callback*/
typedef enum {
  CURLINFO_TEXT = 0,
  CURLINFO_HEADER_IN,    /* 1 */
  CURLINFO_HEADER_OUT,   /* 2 */
  CURLINFO_DATA_IN,      /* 3 */
  CURLINFO_DATA_OUT,     /* 4 */
  CURLINFO_SSL_DATA_IN,  /* 5 */
  CURLINFO_SSL_DATA_OUT, /* 6 */
  CURLINFO_END
} curl_infotype;

typedef int (*curl_debug_callback)
       (CURL *handle,      /* the handle/transfer this concerns */
        curl_infotype type, /* what kind of data */
        char *data,        /* points to the data */
        size_t size,       /* size of the data pointed to */
        void *userptr);    /* whatever the user please */

/* All possible error codes from all sorts of curl functions. Future versions
   may return other values, stay prepared.

   Always add new return codes last. Never *EVER* remove any. The return
   codes must remain the same!
 */

typedef enum {
  CURLE_OK = 0,
  CURLE_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL,    /* 1 */
  CURLE_FAILED_INIT,             /* 2 */
  CURLE_URL_MALFORMAT,           /* 3 */
  CURLE_NOT_BUILT_IN,            /* 4 - [was obsoleted in August 2007 for
                                    7.17.0, reused in April 2011 for 7.21.5] */
  CURLE_COULDNT_RESOLVE_PROXY,   /* 5 */
  CURLE_COULDNT_RESOLVE_HOST,    /* 6 */
  CURLE_COULDNT_CONNECT,         /* 7 */
  CURLE_WEIRD_SERVER_REPLY,      /* 8 */
  CURLE_REMOTE_ACCESS_DENIED,    /* 9 a service was denied by the server
                                    due to lack of access - when login fails
                                    this is not returned. */
  CURLE_FTP_ACCEPT_FAILED,       /* 10 - [was obsoleted in April 2006 for
                                    7.15.4, reused in Dec 2011 for 7.24.0]*/
  CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_PASS_REPLY,    /* 11 */
  CURLE_FTP_ACCEPT_TIMEOUT,      /* 12 - timeout occurred accepting server
                                    [was obsoleted in August 2007 for 7.17.0,
                                    reused in Dec 2011 for 7.24.0]*/
  CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_PASV_REPLY,    /* 13 */
  CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_227_FORMAT,    /* 14 */
  CURLE_FTP_CANT_GET_HOST,       /* 15 */
  CURLE_HTTP2,                   /* 16 - A problem in the http2 framing layer.
                                    [was obsoleted in August 2007 for 7.17.0,
                                    reused in July 2014 for 7.38.0] */
  CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_SET_TYPE,    /* 17 */
  CURLE_PARTIAL_FILE,            /* 18 */
  CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_RETR_FILE,   /* 19 */
  CURLE_OBSOLETE20,              /* 20 - NOT USED */
  CURLE_QUOTE_ERROR,             /* 21 - quote command failure */
  CURLE_HTTP_RETURNED_ERROR,     /* 22 */
  CURLE_WRITE_ERROR,             /* 23 */
  CURLE_OBSOLETE24,              /* 24 - NOT USED */
  CURLE_UPLOAD_FAILED,           /* 25 - failed upload "command" */
  CURLE_READ_ERROR,              /* 26 - couldn't open/read from file */
  CURLE_OUT_OF_MEMORY,           /* 27 */
  /* Note: CURLE_OUT_OF_MEMORY may sometimes indicate a conversion error
           instead of a memory allocation error if CURL_DOES_CONVERSIONS
           is defined
  */
  CURLE_OPERATION_TIMEDOUT,      /* 28 - the timeout time was reached */
  CURLE_OBSOLETE29,              /* 29 - NOT USED */
  CURLE_FTP_PORT_FAILED,         /* 30 - FTP PORT operation failed */
  CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_USE_REST,    /* 31 - the REST command failed */
  CURLE_OBSOLETE32,              /* 32 - NOT USED */
  CURLE_RANGE_ERROR,             /* 33 - RANGE "command" didn't work */
  CURLE_HTTP_POST_ERROR,         /* 34 */
  CURLE_SSL_CONNECT_ERROR,       /* 35 - wrong when connecting with SSL */
  CURLE_BAD_DOWNLOAD_RESUME,     /* 36 - couldn't resume download */
  CURLE_FILE_COULDNT_READ_FILE,  /* 37 */
  CURLE_LDAP_CANNOT_BIND,        /* 38 */
  CURLE_LDAP_SEARCH_FAILED,      /* 39 */
  CURLE_OBSOLETE40,              /* 40 - NOT USED */
  CURLE_FUNCTION_NOT_FOUND,      /* 41 - NOT USED starting with 7.53.0 */
  CURLE_ABORTED_BY_CALLBACK,     /* 42 */
  CURLE_BAD_FUNCTION_ARGUMENT,   /* 43 */
  CURLE_OBSOLETE44,              /* 44 - NOT USED */
  CURLE_INTERFACE_FAILED,        /* 45 - CURLOPT_INTERFACE failed */
  CURLE_OBSOLETE46,              /* 46 - NOT USED */
  CURLE_TOO_MANY_REDIRECTS,      /* 47 - catch endless re-direct loops */
  CURLE_UNKNOWN_OPTION,          /* 48 - User specified an unknown option */
  CURLE_TELNET_OPTION_SYNTAX,    /* 49 - Malformed telnet option */
  CURLE_OBSOLETE50,              /* 50 - NOT USED */
  CURLE_PEER_FAILED_VERIFICATION, /* 51 - peer's certificate or fingerprint
                                     wasn't verified fine */
  CURLE_GOT_NOTHING,             /* 52 - when this is a specific error */
  CURLE_SSL_ENGINE_NOTFOUND,     /* 53 - SSL crypto engine not found */
  CURLE_SSL_ENGINE_SETFAILED,    /* 54 - can not set SSL crypto engine as
                                    default */
  CURLE_SEND_ERROR,              /* 55 - failed sending network data */
  CURLE_RECV_ERROR,              /* 56 - failure in receiving network data */
  CURLE_OBSOLETE57,              /* 57 - NOT IN USE */
  CURLE_SSL_CERTPROBLEM,         /* 58 - problem with the local certificate */
  CURLE_SSL_CIPHER,              /* 59 - couldn't use specified cipher */
  CURLE_SSL_CACERT,              /* 60 - problem with the CA cert (path?) */
  CURLE_BAD_CONTENT_ENCODING,    /* 61 - Unrecognized/bad encoding */
  CURLE_LDAP_INVALID_URL,        /* 62 - Invalid LDAP URL */
  CURLE_FILESIZE_EXCEEDED,       /* 63 - Maximum file size exceeded */
  CURLE_USE_SSL_FAILED,          /* 64 - Requested FTP SSL level failed */
  CURLE_SEND_FAIL_REWIND,        /* 65 - Sending the data requires a rewind
                                    that failed */
  CURLE_SSL_ENGINE_INITFAILED,   /* 66 - failed to initialise ENGINE */
  CURLE_LOGIN_DENIED,            /* 67 - user, password or similar was not
                                    accepted and we failed to login */
  CURLE_TFTP_NOTFOUND,           /* 68 - file not found on server */
  CURLE_TFTP_PERM,               /* 69 - permission problem on server */
  CURLE_REMOTE_DISK_FULL,        /* 70 - out of disk space on server */
  CURLE_TFTP_ILLEGAL,            /* 71 - Illegal TFTP operation */
  CURLE_TFTP_UNKNOWNID,          /* 72 - Unknown transfer ID */
  CURLE_REMOTE_FILE_EXISTS,      /* 73 - File already exists */
  CURLE_TFTP_NOSUCHUSER,         /* 74 - No such user */
  CURLE_CONV_FAILED,             /* 75 - conversion failed */
  CURLE_CONV_REQD,               /* 76 - caller must register conversion
                                    callbacks using curl_easy_setopt options
                                    CURLOPT_CONV_FROM_NETWORK_FUNCTION,
                                    CURLOPT_CONV_TO_NETWORK_FUNCTION, and
                                    CURLOPT_CONV_FROM_UTF8_FUNCTION */
  CURLE_SSL_CACERT_BADFILE,      /* 77 - could not load CACERT file, missing
                                    or wrong format */
  CURLE_REMOTE_FILE_NOT_FOUND,   /* 78 - remote file not found */
  CURLE_SSH,                     /* 79 - error from the SSH layer, somewhat
                                    generic so the error message will be of
                                    interest when this has happened */

  CURLE_SSL_SHUTDOWN_FAILED,     /* 80 - Failed to shut down the SSL
                                    connection */
  CURLE_AGAIN,                   /* 81 - socket is not ready for send/recv,
                                    wait till it's ready and try again (Added
                                    in 7.18.2) */
  CURLE_SSL_CRL_BADFILE,         /* 82 - could not load CRL file, missing or
                                    wrong format (Added in 7.19.0) */
  CURLE_SSL_ISSUER_ERROR,        /* 83 - Issuer check failed.  (Added in
                                    7.19.0) */
  CURLE_FTP_PRET_FAILED,         /* 84 - a PRET command failed */
  CURLE_RTSP_CSEQ_ERROR,         /* 85 - mismatch of RTSP CSeq numbers */
  CURLE_RTSP_SESSION_ERROR,      /* 86 - mismatch of RTSP Session Ids */
  CURLE_FTP_BAD_FILE_LIST,       /* 87 - unable to parse FTP file list */
  CURLE_CHUNK_FAILED,            /* 88 - chunk callback reported error */
  CURLE_NO_CONNECTION_AVAILABLE, /* 89 - No connection available, the
                                    session will be queued */
  CURLE_SSL_PINNEDPUBKEYNOTMATCH, /* 90 - specified pinned public key did not
                                     match */
  CURLE_SSL_INVALIDCERTSTATUS,   /* 91 - invalid certificate status */
  CURLE_HTTP2_STREAM,            /* 92 - stream error in HTTP/2 framing layer
                                    */
  CURLE_RECURSIVE_API_CALL,      /* 93 - an api function was called from
                                    inside a callback */
  CURL_LAST /* never use! */
} CURLcode;

#ifndef CURL_NO_OLDIES /* define this to test if your app builds with all
                          the obsolete stuff removed! */

/* Previously obsolete error code re-used in 7.38.0 */
#define CURLE_OBSOLETE16 CURLE_HTTP2

/* Previously obsolete error codes re-used in 7.24.0 */
#define CURLE_OBSOLETE10 CURLE_FTP_ACCEPT_FAILED
#define CURLE_OBSOLETE12 CURLE_FTP_ACCEPT_TIMEOUT

/*  compatibility with older names */
#define CURLOPT_ENCODING CURLOPT_ACCEPT_ENCODING
#define CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_SERVER_REPLY CURLE_WEIRD_SERVER_REPLY

/* The following were added in 7.21.5, April 2011 */
#define CURLE_UNKNOWN_TELNET_OPTION CURLE_UNKNOWN_OPTION

/* The following were added in 7.17.1 */
/* These are scheduled to disappear by 2009 */
#define CURLE_SSL_PEER_CERTIFICATE CURLE_PEER_FAILED_VERIFICATION

/* The following were added in 7.17.0 */
/* These are scheduled to disappear by 2009 */
#define CURLE_OBSOLETE CURLE_OBSOLETE50 /* no one should be using this! */
#define CURLE_BAD_PASSWORD_ENTERED CURLE_OBSOLETE46
#define CURLE_BAD_CALLING_ORDER CURLE_OBSOLETE44
#define CURLE_FTP_USER_PASSWORD_INCORRECT CURLE_OBSOLETE10
#define CURLE_FTP_CANT_RECONNECT CURLE_OBSOLETE16
#define CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_GET_SIZE CURLE_OBSOLETE32
#define CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_SET_ASCII CURLE_OBSOLETE29
#define CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_USER_REPLY CURLE_OBSOLETE12
#define CURLE_FTP_WRITE_ERROR CURLE_OBSOLETE20
#define CURLE_LIBRARY_NOT_FOUND CURLE_OBSOLETE40
#define CURLE_MALFORMAT_USER CURLE_OBSOLETE24
#define CURLE_SHARE_IN_USE CURLE_OBSOLETE57
#define CURLE_URL_MALFORMAT_USER CURLE_NOT_BUILT_IN

#define CURLE_FTP_ACCESS_DENIED CURLE_REMOTE_ACCESS_DENIED
#define CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_SET_BINARY CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_SET_TYPE
#define CURLE_FTP_QUOTE_ERROR CURLE_QUOTE_ERROR
#define CURLE_TFTP_DISKFULL CURLE_REMOTE_DISK_FULL
#define CURLE_TFTP_EXISTS CURLE_REMOTE_FILE_EXISTS
#define CURLE_HTTP_RANGE_ERROR CURLE_RANGE_ERROR
#define CURLE_FTP_SSL_FAILED CURLE_USE_SSL_FAILED

/* The following were added earlier */

#define CURLE_OPERATION_TIMEOUTED CURLE_OPERATION_TIMEDOUT

#define CURLE_HTTP_NOT_FOUND CURLE_HTTP_RETURNED_ERROR
#define CURLE_HTTP_PORT_FAILED CURLE_INTERFACE_FAILED
#define CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_STOR_FILE CURLE_UPLOAD_FAILED

#define CURLE_FTP_PARTIAL_FILE CURLE_PARTIAL_FILE
#define CURLE_FTP_BAD_DOWNLOAD_RESUME CURLE_BAD_DOWNLOAD_RESUME

/* This was the error code 50 in 7.7.3 and a few earlier versions, this
   is no longer used by libcurl but is instead #defined here only to not
   make programs break */
#define CURLE_ALREADY_COMPLETE 99999

/* Provide defines for really old option names */
#define CURLOPT_FILE CURLOPT_WRITEDATA /* name changed in 7.9.7 */
#define CURLOPT_INFILE CURLOPT_READDATA /* name changed in 7.9.7 */
#define CURLOPT_WRITEHEADER CURLOPT_HEADERDATA

/* Since long deprecated options with no code in the lib that does anything
   with them. */
#define CURLOPT_WRITEINFO CURLOPT_OBSOLETE40
#define CURLOPT_CLOSEPOLICY CURLOPT_OBSOLETE72

#endif /*!CURL_NO_OLDIES*/

/* This prototype applies to all conversion callbacks */
typedef CURLcode (*curl_conv_callback)(char *buffer, size_t length);

typedef CURLcode (*curl_ssl_ctx_callback)(CURL *curl,    /* easy handle */
                                          void *ssl_ctx, /* actually an
                                                            OpenSSL SSL_CTX */
                                          void *userptr);

typedef enum {
  CURLPROXY_HTTP = 0,   /* added in 7.10, new in 7.19.4 default is to use
                           CONNECT HTTP/1.1 */
  CURLPROXY_HTTP_1_0 = 1,   /* added in 7.19.4, force to use CONNECT
                               HTTP/1.0  */
  CURLPROXY_HTTPS = 2, /* added in 7.52.0 */
  CURLPROXY_SOCKS4 = 4, /* support added in 7.15.2, enum existed already
                           in 7.10 */
  CURLPROXY_SOCKS5 = 5, /* added in 7.10 */
  CURLPROXY_SOCKS4A = 6, /* added in 7.18.0 */
  CURLPROXY_SOCKS5_HOSTNAME = 7 /* Use the SOCKS5 protocol but pass along the
                                   host name rather than the IP address. added
                                   in 7.18.0 */
} curl_proxytype;  /* this enum was added in 7.10 */

/*
 * Bitmasks for CURLOPT_HTTPAUTH and CURLOPT_PROXYAUTH options:
 *
 * CURLAUTH_NONE         - No HTTP authentication
 * CURLAUTH_BASIC        - HTTP Basic authentication (default)
 * CURLAUTH_DIGEST       - HTTP Digest authentication
 * CURLAUTH_NEGOTIATE    - HTTP Negotiate (SPNEGO) authentication
 * CURLAUTH_GSSNEGOTIATE - Alias for CURLAUTH_NEGOTIATE (deprecated)
 * CURLAUTH_NTLM         - HTTP NTLM authentication
 * CURLAUTH_DIGEST_IE    - HTTP Digest authentication with IE flavour
 * CURLAUTH_NTLM_WB      - HTTP NTLM authentication delegated to winbind helper
 * CURLAUTH_BEARER       - HTTP Bearer token authentication
 * CURLAUTH_ONLY         - Use together with a single other type to force no
 *                         authentication or just that single type
 * CURLAUTH_ANY          - All fine types set
 * CURLAUTH_ANYSAFE      - All fine types except Basic
 */

#define CURLAUTH_NONE         ((unsigned long)0)
#define CURLAUTH_BASIC        (((unsigned long)1)<<0)
#define CURLAUTH_DIGEST       (((unsigned long)1)<<1)
#define CURLAUTH_NEGOTIATE    (((unsigned long)1)<<2)
/* Deprecated since the advent of CURLAUTH_NEGOTIATE */
#define CURLAUTH_GSSNEGOTIATE CURLAUTH_NEGOTIATE
/* Used for CURLOPT_SOCKS5_AUTH to stay terminologically correct */
#define CURLAUTH_GSSAPI CURLAUTH_NEGOTIATE
#define CURLAUTH_NTLM         (((unsigned long)1)<<3)
#define CURLAUTH_DIGEST_IE    (((unsigned long)1)<<4)
#define CURLAUTH_NTLM_WB      (((unsigned long)1)<<5)
#define CURLAUTH_AWS_SIGV4    (((unsigned long)1)<<7)
#define CURLAUTH_BEARER       (((unsigned long)1)<<6)
#define CURLAUTH_ONLY         (((unsigned long)1)<<31)
#define CURLAUTH_ANY          (~CURLAUTH_DIGEST_IE)
#define CURLAUTH_ANYSAFE      (~(CURLAUTH_BASIC|CURLAUTH_DIGEST_IE))

#define CURLSSH_AUTH_ANY       ~0     /* all types supported by the server */
#define CURLSSH_AUTH_NONE      0      /* none allowed, silly but complete */
#define CURLSSH_AUTH_PUBLICKEY (1<<0) /* public/private key files */
#define CURLSSH_AUTH_PASSWORD  (1<<1) /* password */
#define CURLSSH_AUTH_HOST      (1<<2) /* host key files */
#define CURLSSH_AUTH_KEYBOARD  (1<<3) /* keyboard interactive */
#define CURLSSH_AUTH_AGENT     (1<<4) /* agent (ssh-agent, pageant...) */
#define CURLSSH_AUTH_GSSAPI    (1<<5) /* gssapi (kerberos, ...) */
#define CURLSSH_AUTH_DEFAULT CURLSSH_AUTH_ANY

#define CURLGSSAPI_DELEGATION_NONE        0      /* no delegation (default) */
#define CURLGSSAPI_DELEGATION_POLICY_FLAG (1<<0) /* if permitted by policy */
#define CURLGSSAPI_DELEGATION_FLAG        (1<<1) /* delegate always */

#define CURL_ERROR_SIZE 256

enum curl_khtype {
  CURLKHTYPE_UNKNOWN,
  CURLKHTYPE_RSA1,
  CURLKHTYPE_RSA,
  CURLKHTYPE_DSS,
  CURLKHTYPE_ECDSA,
  CURLKHTYPE_ED25519
};

struct curl_khkey {
  const char *key; /* points to a zero-terminated string encoded with base64
                      if len is zero, otherwise to the "raw" data */
  size_t len;
  enum curl_khtype keytype;
};

/* this is the set of return values expected from the curl_sshkeycallback
   callback */
enum curl_khstat {
  CURLKHSTAT_FINE_ADD_TO_FILE,
  CURLKHSTAT_FINE,
  CURLKHSTAT_REJECT, /* reject the connection, return an error */
  CURLKHSTAT_DEFER,  /* do not accept it, but we can't answer right now so
                        this causes a CURLE_DEFER error but otherwise the
                        connection will be left intact etc */
  CURLKHSTAT_LAST    /* not for use, only a marker for last-in-list */
};

/* this is the set of status codes pass in to the callback */
enum curl_khmatch {
  CURLKHMATCH_OK,       /* match */
  CURLKHMATCH_MISMATCH, /* host found, key mismatch! */
  CURLKHMATCH_MISSING,  /* no matching host/key found */
  CURLKHMATCH_LAST      /* not for use, only a marker for last-in-list */
};

typedef int
  (*curl_sshkeycallback) (CURL *easy,     /* easy handle */
                          const struct curl_khkey *knownkey, /* known */
                          const struct curl_khkey *foundkey, /* found */
                          enum curl_khmatch, /* libcurl's view on the keys */
                          void *clientp); /* custom pointer passed from app */

/* parameter for the CURLOPT_USE_SSL option */
typedef enum {
  CURLUSESSL_NONE,    /* do not attempt to use SSL */
  CURLUSESSL_TRY,     /* try using SSL, proceed anyway otherwise */
  CURLUSESSL_CONTROL, /* SSL for the control connection or fail */
  CURLUSESSL_ALL,     /* SSL for all communication or fail */
  CURLUSESSL_LAST     /* not an option, never use */
} curl_usessl;

/* Definition of bits for the CURLOPT_SSL_OPTIONS argument: */

/* - ALLOW_BEAST tells libcurl to allow the BEAST SSL vulnerability in the
   name of improving interoperability with older servers. Some SSL libraries
   have introduced work-arounds for this flaw but those work-arounds sometimes
   make the SSL communication fail. To regain functionality with those broken
   servers, a user can this way allow the vulnerability back. */
#define CURLSSLOPT_ALLOW_BEAST (1<<0)

/* - NO_REVOKE tells libcurl to disable certificate revocation checks for those
   SSL backends where such behavior is present. */
#define CURLSSLOPT_NO_REVOKE (1<<1)

/* - NO_PARTIALCHAIN tells libcurl to *NOT* accept a partial certificate chain
   if possible. The OpenSSL backend has this ability. */
#define CURLSSLOPT_NO_PARTIALCHAIN (1<<2)

/* The default connection attempt delay in milliseconds for happy eyeballs.
   CURLOPT_HAPPY_EYEBALLS_TIMEOUT_MS.3 and happy-eyeballs-timeout-ms.d document
   this value, keep them in sync. */
#define CURL_HET_DEFAULT 200L

#ifndef CURL_NO_OLDIES /* define this to test if your app builds with all
                          the obsolete stuff removed! */

/* Backwards compatibility with older names */
/* These are scheduled to disappear by 2009 */

#define CURLFTPSSL_NONE CURLUSESSL_NONE
#define CURLFTPSSL_TRY CURLUSESSL_TRY
#define CURLFTPSSL_CONTROL CURLUSESSL_CONTROL
#define CURLFTPSSL_ALL CURLUSESSL_ALL
#define CURLFTPSSL_LAST CURLUSESSL_LAST
#define curl_ftpssl curl_usessl
#endif /*!CURL_NO_OLDIES*/

/* parameter for the CURLOPT_FTP_SSL_CCC option */
typedef enum {
  CURLFTPSSL_CCC_NONE,    /* do not send CCC */
  CURLFTPSSL_CCC_PASSIVE, /* Let the server initiate the shutdown */
  CURLFTPSSL_CCC_ACTIVE,  /* Initiate the shutdown */
  CURLFTPSSL_CCC_LAST     /* not an option, never use */
} curl_ftpccc;

/* parameter for the CURLOPT_FTPSSLAUTH option */
typedef enum {
  CURLFTPAUTH_DEFAULT, /* let libcurl decide */
  CURLFTPAUTH_SSL,     /* use "AUTH SSL" */
  CURLFTPAUTH_TLS,     /* use "AUTH TLS" */
  CURLFTPAUTH_LAST /* not an option, never use */
} curl_ftpauth;

/* parameter for the CURLOPT_FTP_CREATE_MISSING_DIRS option */
typedef enum {
  CURLFTP_CREATE_DIR_NONE,  /* do NOT create missing dirs! */
  CURLFTP_CREATE_DIR,       /* (FTP/SFTP) if CWD fails, try MKD and then CWD
                               again if MKD succeeded, for SFTP this does
                               similar magic */
  CURLFTP_CREATE_DIR_RETRY, /* (FTP only) if CWD fails, try MKD and then CWD
                               again even if MKD failed! */
  CURLFTP_CREATE_DIR_LAST   /* not an option, never use */
} curl_ftpcreatedir;

/* parameter for the CURLOPT_FTP_FILEMETHOD option */
typedef enum {
  CURLFTPMETHOD_DEFAULT,   /* let libcurl pick */
  CURLFTPMETHOD_MULTICWD,  /* single CWD operation for each path part */
  CURLFTPMETHOD_NOCWD,     /* no CWD at all */
  CURLFTPMETHOD_SINGLECWD, /* one CWD to full dir, then work on file */
  CURLFTPMETHOD_LAST       /* not an option, never use */
} curl_ftpmethod;

/* bitmask defines for CURLOPT_HEADEROPT */
#define CURLHEADER_UNIFIED  0
#define CURLHEADER_SEPARATE (1<<0)

/* CURLPROTO_ defines are for the CURLOPT_*PROTOCOLS options */
#define CURLPROTO_HTTP   (1<<0)
#define CURLPROTO_HTTPS  (1<<1)
#define CURLPROTO_FTP    (1<<2)
#define CURLPROTO_FTPS   (1<<3)
#define CURLPROTO_SCP    (1<<4)
#define CURLPROTO_SFTP   (1<<5)
#define CURLPROTO_TELNET (1<<6)
#define CURLPROTO_LDAP   (1<<7)
#define CURLPROTO_LDAPS  (1<<8)
#define CURLPROTO_DICT   (1<<9)
#define CURLPROTO_FILE   (1<<10)
#define CURLPROTO_TFTP   (1<<11)
#define CURLPROTO_IMAP   (1<<12)
#define CURLPROTO_IMAPS  (1<<13)
#define CURLPROTO_POP3   (1<<14)
#define CURLPROTO_POP3S  (1<<15)
#define CURLPROTO_SMTP   (1<<16)
#define CURLPROTO_SMTPS  (1<<17)
#define CURLPROTO_RTSP   (1<<18)
#define CURLPROTO_RTMP   (1<<19)
#define CURLPROTO_RTMPT  (1<<20)
#define CURLPROTO_RTMPE  (1<<21)
#define CURLPROTO_RTMPTE (1<<22)
#define CURLPROTO_RTMPS  (1<<23)
#define CURLPROTO_RTMPTS (1<<24)
#define CURLPROTO_GOPHER (1<<25)
#define CURLPROTO_SMB    (1<<26)
#define CURLPROTO_SMBS   (1<<27)
#define CURLPROTO_ALL    (~0) /* enable everything */

/* long may be 32 or 64 bits, but we should never depend on anything else
   but 32 */
#define CURLOPTTYPE_LONG          0
#define CURLOPTTYPE_OBJECTPOINT   10000
#define CURLOPTTYPE_STRINGPOINT   10000
#define CURLOPTTYPE_FUNCTIONPOINT 20000
#define CURLOPTTYPE_OFF_T         30000

/* *STRINGPOINT is an alias for OBJECTPOINT to allow tools to extract the
   string options from the header file */

/* name is uppercase CURLOPT_<name>,
   type is one of the defined CURLOPTTYPE_<type>
   number is unique identifier */
#ifdef CINIT
#undef CINIT
#endif

#ifdef CURL_ISOCPP
#define CINIT(na,t,nu) CURLOPT_ ## na = CURLOPTTYPE_ ## t + nu
#else
/* The macro "##" is ISO C, we assume pre-ISO C doesn't support it. */
#define LONG          CURLOPTTYPE_LONG
#define OBJECTPOINT   CURLOPTTYPE_OBJECTPOINT
#define STRINGPOINT   CURLOPTTYPE_OBJECTPOINT
#define FUNCTIONPOINT CURLOPTTYPE_FUNCTIONPOINT
#define OFF_T         CURLOPTTYPE_OFF_T
#define CINIT(name,type,number) CURLOPT_/**/name = type + number
#endif

/*
 * This macro-mania below setups the CURLOPT_[what] enum, to be used with
 * curl_easy_setopt(). The first argument in the CINIT() macro is the [what]
 * word.
 */

typedef enum {
  /* This is the FILE * or void * the regular output should be written to. */
  CINIT(WRITEDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 1),

  /* The full URL to get/put */
  CINIT(URL, STRINGPOINT, 2),

  /* Port number to connect to, if other than default. */
  CINIT(PORT, LONG, 3),

  /* Name of proxy to use. */
  CINIT(PROXY, STRINGPOINT, 4),

  /* "user:password;options" to use when fetching. */
  CINIT(USERPWD, STRINGPOINT, 5),

  /* "user:password" to use with proxy. */
  CINIT(PROXYUSERPWD, STRINGPOINT, 6),

  /* Range to get, specified as an ASCII string. */
  CINIT(RANGE, STRINGPOINT, 7),

  /* not used */

  /* Specified file stream to upload from (use as input): */
  CINIT(READDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 9),

  /* Buffer to receive error messages in, must be at least CURL_ERROR_SIZE
   * bytes big. */
  CINIT(ERRORBUFFER, OBJECTPOINT, 10),

  /* Function that will be called to store the output (instead of fwrite). The
   * parameters will use fwrite() syntax, make sure to follow them. */
  CINIT(WRITEFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 11),

  /* Function that will be called to read the input (instead of fread). The
   * parameters will use fread() syntax, make sure to follow them. */
  CINIT(READFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 12),

  /* Time-out the read operation after this amount of seconds */
  CINIT(TIMEOUT, LONG, 13),

  /* If the CURLOPT_INFILE is used, this can be used to inform libcurl about
   * how large the file being sent really is. That allows better error
   * checking and better verifies that the upload was successful. -1 means
   * unknown size.
   *
   * For large file support, there is also a _LARGE version of the key
   * which takes an off_t type, allowing platforms with larger off_t
   * sizes to handle larger files.  See below for INFILESIZE_LARGE.
   */
  CINIT(INFILESIZE, LONG, 14),

  /* POST static input fields. */
  CINIT(POSTFIELDS, OBJECTPOINT, 15),

  /* Set the referrer page (needed by some CGIs) */
  CINIT(REFERER, STRINGPOINT, 16),

  /* Set the FTP PORT string (interface name, named or numerical IP address)
     Use i.e '-' to use default address. */
  CINIT(FTPPORT, STRINGPOINT, 17),

  /* Set the User-Agent string (examined by some CGIs) */
  CINIT(USERAGENT, STRINGPOINT, 18),

  /* If the download receives less than "low speed limit" bytes/second
   * during "low speed time" seconds, the operations is aborted.
   * You could i.e if you have a pretty high speed connection, abort if
   * it is less than 2000 bytes/sec during 20 seconds.
   */

  /* Set the "low speed limit" */
  CINIT(LOW_SPEED_LIMIT, LONG, 19),

  /* Set the "low speed time" */
  CINIT(LOW_SPEED_TIME, LONG, 20),

  /* Set the continuation offset.
   *
   * Note there is also a _LARGE version of this key which uses
   * off_t types, allowing for large file offsets on platforms which
   * use larger-than-32-bit off_t's.  Look below for RESUME_FROM_LARGE.
   */
  CINIT(RESUME_FROM, LONG, 21),

  /* Set cookie in request: */
  CINIT(COOKIE, STRINGPOINT, 22),

  /* This points to a linked list of headers, struct curl_slist kind. This
     list is also used for RTSP (in spite of its name) */
  CINIT(HTTPHEADER, OBJECTPOINT, 23),

  /* This points to a linked list of post entries, struct curl_httppost */
  CINIT(HTTPPOST, OBJECTPOINT, 24),

  /* name of the file keeping your private SSL-certificate */
  CINIT(SSLCERT, STRINGPOINT, 25),

  /* password for the SSL or SSH private key */
  CINIT(KEYPASSWD, STRINGPOINT, 26),

  /* send TYPE parameter? */
  CINIT(CRLF, LONG, 27),

  /* send linked-list of QUOTE commands */
  CINIT(QUOTE, OBJECTPOINT, 28),

  /* send FILE * or void * to store headers to, if you use a callback it
     is simply passed to the callback unmodified */
  CINIT(HEADERDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 29),

  /* point to a file to read the initial cookies from, also enables
     "cookie awareness" */
  CINIT(COOKIEFILE, STRINGPOINT, 31),

  /* What version to specifically try to use.
     See CURL_SSLVERSION defines below. */
  CINIT(SSLVERSION, LONG, 32),

  /* What kind of HTTP time condition to use, see defines */
  CINIT(TIMECONDITION, LONG, 33),

  /* Time to use with the above condition. Specified in number of seconds
     since 1 Jan 1970 */
  CINIT(TIMEVALUE, LONG, 34),

  /* 35 = OBSOLETE */

  /* Custom request, for customizing the get command like
     HTTP: DELETE, TRACE and others
     FTP: to use a different list command
     */
  CINIT(CUSTOMREQUEST, STRINGPOINT, 36),

  /* FILE handle to use instead of stderr */
  CINIT(STDERR, OBJECTPOINT, 37),

  /* 38 is not used */

  /* send linked-list of post-transfer QUOTE commands */
  CINIT(POSTQUOTE, OBJECTPOINT, 39),

  CINIT(OBSOLETE40, OBJECTPOINT, 40), /* OBSOLETE, do not use! */

  CINIT(VERBOSE, LONG, 41),      /* talk a lot */
  CINIT(HEADER, LONG, 42),       /* throw the header out too */
  CINIT(NOPROGRESS, LONG, 43),   /* shut off the progress meter */
  CINIT(NOBODY, LONG, 44),       /* use HEAD to get http document */
  CINIT(FAILONERROR, LONG, 45),  /* no output on http error codes >= 400 */
  CINIT(UPLOAD, LONG, 46),       /* this is an upload */
  CINIT(POST, LONG, 47),         /* HTTP POST method */
  CINIT(DIRLISTONLY, LONG, 48),  /* bare names when listing directories */

  CINIT(APPEND, LONG, 50),       /* Append instead of overwrite on upload! */

  /* Specify whether to read the user+password from the .netrc or the URL.
   * This must be one of the CURL_NETRC_* enums below. */
  CINIT(NETRC, LONG, 51),

  CINIT(FOLLOWLOCATION, LONG, 52),  /* use Location: Luke! */

  CINIT(TRANSFERTEXT, LONG, 53), /* transfer data in text/ASCII format */
  CINIT(PUT, LONG, 54),          /* HTTP PUT */

  /* 55 = OBSOLETE */

  /* DEPRECATED
   * Function that will be called instead of the internal progress display
   * function. This function should be defined as the curl_progress_callback
   * prototype defines. */
  CINIT(PROGRESSFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 56),

  /* Data passed to the CURLOPT_PROGRESSFUNCTION and CURLOPT_XFERINFOFUNCTION
     callbacks */
  CINIT(PROGRESSDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 57),
#define CURLOPT_XFERINFODATA CURLOPT_PROGRESSDATA

  /* We want the referrer field set automatically when following locations */
  CINIT(AUTOREFERER, LONG, 58),

  /* Port of the proxy, can be set in the proxy string as well with:
     "[host]:[port]" */
  CINIT(PROXYPORT, LONG, 59),

  /* size of the POST input data, if strlen() is not good to use */
  CINIT(POSTFIELDSIZE, LONG, 60),

  /* tunnel non-http operations through a HTTP proxy */
  CINIT(HTTPPROXYTUNNEL, LONG, 61),

  /* Set the interface string to use as outgoing network interface */
  CINIT(INTERFACE, STRINGPOINT, 62),

  /* Set the krb4/5 security level, this also enables krb4/5 awareness.  This
   * is a string, 'clear', 'safe', 'confidential' or 'private'.  If the string
   * is set but doesn't match one of these, 'private' will be used.  */
  CINIT(KRBLEVEL, STRINGPOINT, 63),

  /* Set if we should verify the peer in ssl handshake, set 1 to verify. */
  CINIT(SSL_VERIFYPEER, LONG, 64),

  /* The CApath or CAfile used to validate the peer certificate
     this option is used only if SSL_VERIFYPEER is true */
  CINIT(CAINFO, STRINGPOINT, 65),

  /* 66 = OBSOLETE */
  /* 67 = OBSOLETE */

  /* Maximum number of http redirects to follow */
  CINIT(MAXREDIRS, LONG, 68),

  /* Pass a long set to 1 to get the date of the requested document (if
     possible)! Pass a zero to shut it off. */
  CINIT(FILETIME, LONG, 69),

  /* This points to a linked list of telnet options */
  CINIT(TELNETOPTIONS, OBJECTPOINT, 70),

  /* Max amount of cached alive connections */
  CINIT(MAXCONNECTS, LONG, 71),

  CINIT(OBSOLETE72, LONG, 72), /* OBSOLETE, do not use! */

  /* 73 = OBSOLETE */

  /* Set to explicitly use a new connection for the upcoming transfer.
     Do not use this unless you're absolutely sure of this, as it makes the
     operation slower and is less friendly for the network. */
  CINIT(FRESH_CONNECT, LONG, 74),

  /* Set to explicitly forbid the upcoming transfer's connection to be re-used
     when done. Do not use this unless you're absolutely sure of this, as it
     makes the operation slower and is less friendly for the network. */
  CINIT(FORBID_REUSE, LONG, 75),

  /* Set to a file name that contains random data for libcurl to use to
     seed the random engine when doing SSL connects. */
  CINIT(RANDOM_FILE, STRINGPOINT, 76),

  /* Set to the Entropy Gathering Daemon socket pathname */
  CINIT(EGDSOCKET, STRINGPOINT, 77),

  /* Time-out connect operations after this amount of seconds, if connects are
     OK within this time, then fine... This only aborts the connect phase. */
  CINIT(CONNECTTIMEOUT, LONG, 78),

  /* Function that will be called to store headers (instead of fwrite). The
   * parameters will use fwrite() syntax, make sure to follow them. */
  CINIT(HEADERFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 79),

  /* Set this to force the HTTP request to get back to GET. Only really usable
     if POST, PUT or a custom request have been used first.
   */
  CINIT(HTTPGET, LONG, 80),

  /* Set if we should verify the Common name from the peer certificate in ssl
   * handshake, set 1 to check existence, 2 to ensure that it matches the
   * provided hostname. */
  CINIT(SSL_VERIFYHOST, LONG, 81),

  /* Specify which file name to write all known cookies in after completed
     operation. Set file name to "-" (dash) to make it go to stdout. */
  CINIT(COOKIEJAR, STRINGPOINT, 82),

  /* Specify which SSL ciphers to use */
  CINIT(SSL_CIPHER_LIST, STRINGPOINT, 83),

  /* Specify which HTTP version to use! This must be set to one of the
     CURL_HTTP_VERSION* enums set below. */
  CINIT(HTTP_VERSION, LONG, 84),

  /* Specifically switch on or off the FTP engine's use of the EPSV command. By
     default, that one will always be attempted before the more traditional
     PASV command. */
  CINIT(FTP_USE_EPSV, LONG, 85),

  /* type of the file keeping your SSL-certificate ("DER", "PEM", "ENG") */
  CINIT(SSLCERTTYPE, STRINGPOINT, 86),

  /* name of the file keeping your private SSL-key */
  CINIT(SSLKEY, STRINGPOINT, 87),

  /* type of the file keeping your private SSL-key ("DER", "PEM", "ENG") */
  CINIT(SSLKEYTYPE, STRINGPOINT, 88),

  /* crypto engine for the SSL-sub system */
  CINIT(SSLENGINE, STRINGPOINT, 89),

  /* set the crypto engine for the SSL-sub system as default
     the param has no meaning...
   */
  CINIT(SSLENGINE_DEFAULT, LONG, 90),

  /* Non-zero value means to use the global dns cache */
  CINIT(DNS_USE_GLOBAL_CACHE, LONG, 91), /* DEPRECATED, do not use! */

  /* DNS cache timeout */
  CINIT(DNS_CACHE_TIMEOUT, LONG, 92),

  /* send linked-list of pre-transfer QUOTE commands */
  CINIT(PREQUOTE, OBJECTPOINT, 93),

  /* set the debug function */
  CINIT(DEBUGFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 94),

  /* set the data for the debug function */
  CINIT(DEBUGDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 95),

  /* mark this as start of a cookie session */
  CINIT(COOKIESESSION, LONG, 96),

  /* The CApath directory used to validate the peer certificate
     this option is used only if SSL_VERIFYPEER is true */
  CINIT(CAPATH, STRINGPOINT, 97),

  /* Instruct libcurl to use a smaller receive buffer */
  CINIT(BUFFERSIZE, LONG, 98),

  /* Instruct libcurl to not use any signal/alarm handlers, even when using
     timeouts. This option is useful for multi-threaded applications.
     See libcurl-the-guide for more background information. */
  CINIT(NOSIGNAL, LONG, 99),

  /* Provide a CURLShare for mutexing non-ts data */
  CINIT(SHARE, OBJECTPOINT, 100),

  /* indicates type of proxy. accepted values are CURLPROXY_HTTP (default),
     CURLPROXY_HTTPS, CURLPROXY_SOCKS4, CURLPROXY_SOCKS4A and
     CURLPROXY_SOCKS5. */
  CINIT(PROXYTYPE, LONG, 101),

  /* Set the Accept-Encoding string. Use this to tell a server you would like
     the response to be compressed. Before 7.21.6, this was known as
     CURLOPT_ENCODING */
  CINIT(ACCEPT_ENCODING, STRINGPOINT, 102),

  /* Set pointer to private data */
  CINIT(PRIVATE, OBJECTPOINT, 103),

  /* Set aliases for HTTP 200 in the HTTP Response header */
  CINIT(HTTP200ALIASES, OBJECTPOINT, 104),

  /* Continue to send authentication (user+password) when following locations,
     even when hostname changed. This can potentially send off the name
     and password to whatever host the server decides. */
  CINIT(UNRESTRICTED_AUTH, LONG, 105),

  /* Specifically switch on or off the FTP engine's use of the EPRT command (
     it also disables the LPRT attempt). By default, those ones will always be
     attempted before the good old traditional PORT command. */
  CINIT(FTP_USE_EPRT, LONG, 106),

  /* Set this to a bitmask value to enable the particular authentications
     methods you like. Use this in combination with CURLOPT_USERPWD.
     Note that setting multiple bits may cause extra network round-trips. */
  CINIT(HTTPAUTH, LONG, 107),

  /* Set the ssl context callback function, currently only for OpenSSL ssl_ctx
     in second argument. The function must be matching the
     curl_ssl_ctx_callback proto. */
  CINIT(SSL_CTX_FUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 108),

  /* Set the userdata for the ssl context callback function's third
     argument */
  CINIT(SSL_CTX_DATA, OBJECTPOINT, 109),

  /* FTP Option that causes missing dirs to be created on the remote server.
     In 7.19.4 we introduced the convenience enums for this option using the
     CURLFTP_CREATE_DIR prefix.
  */
  CINIT(FTP_CREATE_MISSING_DIRS, LONG, 110),

  /* Set this to a bitmask value to enable the particular authentications
     methods you like. Use this in combination with CURLOPT_PROXYUSERPWD.
     Note that setting multiple bits may cause extra network round-trips. */
  CINIT(PROXYAUTH, LONG, 111),

  /* FTP option that changes the timeout, in seconds, associated with
     getting a response.  This is different from transfer timeout time and
     essentially places a demand on the FTP server to acknowledge commands
     in a timely manner. */
  CINIT(FTP_RESPONSE_TIMEOUT, LONG, 112),
#define CURLOPT_SERVER_RESPONSE_TIMEOUT CURLOPT_FTP_RESPONSE_TIMEOUT

  /* Set this option to one of the CURL_IPRESOLVE_* defines (see below) to
     tell libcurl to resolve names to those IP versions only. This only has
     affect on systems with support for more than one, i.e IPv4 _and_ IPv6. */
  CINIT(IPRESOLVE, LONG, 113),

  /* Set this option to limit the size of a file that will be downloaded from
     an HTTP or FTP server.

     Note there is also _LARGE version which adds large file support for
     platforms which have larger off_t sizes.  See MAXFILESIZE_LARGE below. */
  CINIT(MAXFILESIZE, LONG, 114),

  /* See the comment for INFILESIZE above, but in short, specifies
   * the size of the file being uploaded.  -1 means unknown.
   */
  CINIT(INFILESIZE_LARGE, OFF_T, 115),

  /* Sets the continuation offset.  There is also a LONG version of this;
   * look above for RESUME_FROM.
   */
  CINIT(RESUME_FROM_LARGE, OFF_T, 116),

  /* Sets the maximum size of data that will be downloaded from
   * an HTTP or FTP server.  See MAXFILESIZE above for the LONG version.
   */
  CINIT(MAXFILESIZE_LARGE, OFF_T, 117),

  /* Set this option to the file name of your .netrc file you want libcurl
     to parse (using the CURLOPT_NETRC option). If not set, libcurl will do
     a poor attempt to find the user's home directory and check for a .netrc
     file in there. */
  CINIT(NETRC_FILE, STRINGPOINT, 118),

  /* Enable SSL/TLS for FTP, pick one of:
     CURLUSESSL_TRY     - try using SSL, proceed anyway otherwise
     CURLUSESSL_CONTROL - SSL for the control connection or fail
     CURLUSESSL_ALL     - SSL for all communication or fail
  */
  CINIT(USE_SSL, LONG, 119),

  /* The _LARGE version of the standard POSTFIELDSIZE option */
  CINIT(POSTFIELDSIZE_LARGE, OFF_T, 120),

  /* Enable/disable the TCP Nagle algorithm */
  CINIT(TCP_NODELAY, LONG, 121),

  /* 122 OBSOLETE, used in 7.12.3. Gone in 7.13.0 */
  /* 123 OBSOLETE. Gone in 7.16.0 */
  /* 124 OBSOLETE, used in 7.12.3. Gone in 7.13.0 */
  /* 125 OBSOLETE, used in 7.12.3. Gone in 7.13.0 */
  /* 126 OBSOLETE, used in 7.12.3. Gone in 7.13.0 */
  /* 127 OBSOLETE. Gone in 7.16.0 */
  /* 128 OBSOLETE. Gone in 7.16.0 */

  /* When FTP over SSL/TLS is selected (with CURLOPT_USE_SSL), this option
     can be used to change libcurl's default action which is to first try
     "AUTH SSL" and then "AUTH TLS" in this order, and proceed when a OK
     response has been received.

     Available parameters are:
     CURLFTPAUTH_DEFAULT - let libcurl decide
     CURLFTPAUTH_SSL     - try "AUTH SSL" first, then TLS
     CURLFTPAUTH_TLS     - try "AUTH TLS" first, then SSL
  */
  CINIT(FTPSSLAUTH, LONG, 129),

  CINIT(IOCTLFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 130),
  CINIT(IOCTLDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 131),

  /* 132 OBSOLETE. Gone in 7.16.0 */
  /* 133 OBSOLETE. Gone in 7.16.0 */

  /* zero terminated string for pass on to the FTP server when asked for
     "account" info */
  CINIT(FTP_ACCOUNT, STRINGPOINT, 134),

  /* feed cookie into cookie engine */
  CINIT(COOKIELIST, STRINGPOINT, 135),

  /* ignore Content-Length */
  CINIT(IGNORE_CONTENT_LENGTH, LONG, 136),

  /* Set to non-zero to skip the IP address received in a 227 PASV FTP server
     response. Typically used for FTP-SSL purposes but is not restricted to
     that. libcurl will then instead use the same IP address it used for the
     control connection. */
  CINIT(FTP_SKIP_PASV_IP, LONG, 137),

  /* Select "file method" to use when doing FTP, see the curl_ftpmethod
     above. */
  CINIT(FTP_FILEMETHOD, LONG, 138),

  /* Local port number to bind the socket to */
  CINIT(LOCALPORT, LONG, 139),

  /* Number of ports to try, including the first one set with LOCALPORT.
     Thus, setting it to 1 will make no additional attempts but the first.
  */
  CINIT(LOCALPORTRANGE, LONG, 140),

  /* no transfer, set up connection and let application use the socket by
     extracting it with CURLINFO_LASTSOCKET */
  CINIT(CONNECT_ONLY, LONG, 141),

  /* Function that will be called to convert from the
     network encoding (instead of using the iconv calls in libcurl) */
  CINIT(CONV_FROM_NETWORK_FUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 142),

  /* Function that will be called to convert to the
     network encoding (instead of using the iconv calls in libcurl) */
  CINIT(CONV_TO_NETWORK_FUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 143),

  /* Function that will be called to convert from UTF8
     (instead of using the iconv calls in libcurl)
     Note that this is used only for SSL certificate processing */
  CINIT(CONV_FROM_UTF8_FUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 144),

  /* if the connection proceeds too quickly then need to slow it down */
  /* limit-rate: maximum number of bytes per second to send or receive */
  CINIT(MAX_SEND_SPEED_LARGE, OFF_T, 145),
  CINIT(MAX_RECV_SPEED_LARGE, OFF_T, 146),

  /* Pointer to command string to send if USER/PASS fails. */
  CINIT(FTP_ALTERNATIVE_TO_USER, STRINGPOINT, 147),

  /* callback function for setting socket options */
  CINIT(SOCKOPTFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 148),
  CINIT(SOCKOPTDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 149),

  /* set to 0 to disable session ID re-use for this transfer, default is
     enabled (== 1) */
  CINIT(SSL_SESSIONID_CACHE, LONG, 150),

  /* allowed SSH authentication methods */
  CINIT(SSH_AUTH_TYPES, LONG, 151),

  /* Used by scp/sftp to do public/private key authentication */
  CINIT(SSH_PUBLIC_KEYFILE, STRINGPOINT, 152),
  CINIT(SSH_PRIVATE_KEYFILE, STRINGPOINT, 153),

  /* Send CCC (Clear Command Channel) after authentication */
  CINIT(FTP_SSL_CCC, LONG, 154),

  /* Same as TIMEOUT and CONNECTTIMEOUT, but with ms resolution */
  CINIT(TIMEOUT_MS, LONG, 155),
  CINIT(CONNECTTIMEOUT_MS, LONG, 156),

  /* set to zero to disable the libcurl's decoding and thus pass the raw body
     data to the application even when it is encoded/compressed */
  CINIT(HTTP_TRANSFER_DECODING, LONG, 157),
  CINIT(HTTP_CONTENT_DECODING, LONG, 158),

  /* Permission used when creating new files and directories on the remote
     server for protocols that support it, SFTP/SCP/FILE */
  CINIT(NEW_FILE_PERMS, LONG, 159),
  CINIT(NEW_DIRECTORY_PERMS, LONG, 160),

  /* Set the behaviour of POST when redirecting. Values must be set to one
     of CURL_REDIR* defines below. This used to be called CURLOPT_POST301 */
  CINIT(POSTREDIR, LONG, 161),

  /* used by scp/sftp to verify the host's public key */
  CINIT(SSH_HOST_PUBLIC_KEY_MD5, STRINGPOINT, 162),

  /* Callback function for opening socket (instead of socket(2)). Optionally,
     callback is able change the address or refuse to connect returning
     CURL_SOCKET_BAD.  The callback should have type
     curl_opensocket_callback */
  CINIT(OPENSOCKETFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 163),
  CINIT(OPENSOCKETDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 164),

  /* POST volatile input fields. */
  CINIT(COPYPOSTFIELDS, OBJECTPOINT, 165),

  /* set transfer mode (;type=<a|i>) when doing FTP via an HTTP proxy */
  CINIT(PROXY_TRANSFER_MODE, LONG, 166),

  /* Callback function for seeking in the input stream */
  CINIT(SEEKFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 167),
  CINIT(SEEKDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 168),

  /* CRL file */
  CINIT(CRLFILE, STRINGPOINT, 169),

  /* Issuer certificate */
  CINIT(ISSUERCERT, STRINGPOINT, 170),

  /* (IPv6) Address scope */
  CINIT(ADDRESS_SCOPE, LONG, 171),

  /* Collect certificate chain info and allow it to get retrievable with
     CURLINFO_CERTINFO after the transfer is complete. */
  CINIT(CERTINFO, LONG, 172),

  /* "name" and "pwd" to use when fetching. */
  CINIT(USERNAME, STRINGPOINT, 173),
  CINIT(PASSWORD, STRINGPOINT, 174),

    /* "name" and "pwd" to use with Proxy when fetching. */
  CINIT(PROXYUSERNAME, STRINGPOINT, 175),
  CINIT(PROXYPASSWORD, STRINGPOINT, 176),

  /* Comma separated list of hostnames defining no-proxy zones. These should
     match both hostnames directly, and hostnames within a domain. For
     example, local.com will match local.com and www.local.com, but NOT
     notlocal.com or www.notlocal.com. For compatibility with other
     implementations of this, .local.com will be considered to be the same as
     local.com. A single * is the only valid wildcard, and effectively
     disables the use of proxy. */
  CINIT(NOPROXY, STRINGPOINT, 177),

  /* block size for TFTP transfers */
  CINIT(TFTP_BLKSIZE, LONG, 178),

  /* Socks Service */
  CINIT(SOCKS5_GSSAPI_SERVICE, STRINGPOINT, 179), /* DEPRECATED, do not use! */

  /* Socks Service */
  CINIT(SOCKS5_GSSAPI_NEC, LONG, 180),

  /* set the bitmask for the protocols that are allowed to be used for the
     transfer, which thus helps the app which takes URLs from users or other
     external inputs and want to restrict what protocol(s) to deal
     with. Defaults to CURLPROTO_ALL. */
  CINIT(PROTOCOLS, LONG, 181),

  /* set the bitmask for the protocols that libcurl is allowed to follow to,
     as a subset of the CURLOPT_PROTOCOLS ones. That means the protocol needs
     to be set in both bitmasks to be allowed to get redirected to. Defaults
     to all protocols except FILE and SCP. */
  CINIT(REDIR_PROTOCOLS, LONG, 182),

  /* set the SSH knownhost file name to use */
  CINIT(SSH_KNOWNHOSTS, STRINGPOINT, 183),

  /* set the SSH host key callback, must point to a curl_sshkeycallback
     function */
  CINIT(SSH_KEYFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 184),

  /* set the SSH host key callback custom pointer */
  CINIT(SSH_KEYDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 185),

  /* set the SMTP mail originator */
  CINIT(MAIL_FROM, STRINGPOINT, 186),

  /* set the list of SMTP mail receiver(s) */
  CINIT(MAIL_RCPT, OBJECTPOINT, 187),

  /* FTP: send PRET before PASV */
  CINIT(FTP_USE_PRET, LONG, 188),

  /* RTSP request method (OPTIONS, SETUP, PLAY, etc...) */
  CINIT(RTSP_REQUEST, LONG, 189),

  /* The RTSP session identifier */
  CINIT(RTSP_SESSION_ID, STRINGPOINT, 190),

  /* The RTSP stream URI */
  CINIT(RTSP_STREAM_URI, STRINGPOINT, 191),

  /* The Transport: header to use in RTSP requests */
  CINIT(RTSP_TRANSPORT, STRINGPOINT, 192),

  /* Manually initialize the client RTSP CSeq for this handle */
  CINIT(RTSP_CLIENT_CSEQ, LONG, 193),

  /* Manually initialize the server RTSP CSeq for this handle */
  CINIT(RTSP_SERVER_CSEQ, LONG, 194),

  /* The stream to pass to INTERLEAVEFUNCTION. */
  CINIT(INTERLEAVEDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 195),

  /* Let the application define a custom write method for RTP data */
  CINIT(INTERLEAVEFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 196),

  /* Turn on wildcard matching */
  CINIT(WILDCARDMATCH, LONG, 197),

  /* Directory matching callback called before downloading of an
     individual file (chunk) started */
  CINIT(CHUNK_BGN_FUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 198),

  /* Directory matching callback called after the file (chunk)
     was downloaded, or skipped */
  CINIT(CHUNK_END_FUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 199),

  /* Change match (fnmatch-like) callback for wildcard matching */
  CINIT(FNMATCH_FUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 200),

  /* Let the application define custom chunk data pointer */
  CINIT(CHUNK_DATA, OBJECTPOINT, 201),

  /* FNMATCH_FUNCTION user pointer */
  CINIT(FNMATCH_DATA, OBJECTPOINT, 202),

  /* send linked-list of name:port:address sets */
  CINIT(RESOLVE, OBJECTPOINT, 203),

  /* Set a username for authenticated TLS */
  CINIT(TLSAUTH_USERNAME, STRINGPOINT, 204),

  /* Set a password for authenticated TLS */
  CINIT(TLSAUTH_PASSWORD, STRINGPOINT, 205),

  /* Set authentication type for authenticated TLS */
  CINIT(TLSAUTH_TYPE, STRINGPOINT, 206),

  /* Set to 1 to enable the "TE:" header in HTTP requests to ask for
     compressed transfer-encoded responses. Set to 0 to disable the use of TE:
     in outgoing requests. The current default is 0, but it might change in a
     future libcurl release.

     libcurl will ask for the compressed methods it knows of, and if that
     isn't any, it will not ask for transfer-encoding at all even if this
     option is set to 1.

  */
  CINIT(TRANSFER_ENCODING, LONG, 207),

  /* Callback function for closing socket (instead of close(2)). The callback
     should have type curl_closesocket_callback */
  CINIT(CLOSESOCKETFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 208),
  CINIT(CLOSESOCKETDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 209),

  /* allow GSSAPI credential delegation */
  CINIT(GSSAPI_DELEGATION, LONG, 210),

  /* Set the name servers to use for DNS resolution */
  CINIT(DNS_SERVERS, STRINGPOINT, 211),

  /* Time-out accept operations (currently for FTP only) after this amount
     of milliseconds. */
  CINIT(ACCEPTTIMEOUT_MS, LONG, 212),

  /* Set TCP keepalive */
  CINIT(TCP_KEEPALIVE, LONG, 213),

  /* non-universal keepalive knobs (Linux, AIX, HP-UX, more) */
  CINIT(TCP_KEEPIDLE, LONG, 214),
  CINIT(TCP_KEEPINTVL, LONG, 215),

  /* Enable/disable specific SSL features with a bitmask, see CURLSSLOPT_* */
  CINIT(SSL_OPTIONS, LONG, 216),

  /* Set the SMTP auth originator */
  CINIT(MAIL_AUTH, STRINGPOINT, 217),

  /* Enable/disable SASL initial response */
  CINIT(SASL_IR, LONG, 218),

  /* Function that will be called instead of the internal progress display
   * function. This function should be defined as the curl_xferinfo_callback
   * prototype defines. (Deprecates CURLOPT_PROGRESSFUNCTION) */
  CINIT(XFERINFOFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 219),

  /* The XOAUTH2 bearer token */
  CINIT(XOAUTH2_BEARER, STRINGPOINT, 220),

  /* Set the interface string to use as outgoing network
   * interface for DNS requests.
   * Only supported by the c-ares DNS backend */
  CINIT(DNS_INTERFACE, STRINGPOINT, 221),

  /* Set the local IPv4 address to use for outgoing DNS requests.
   * Only supported by the c-ares DNS backend */
  CINIT(DNS_LOCAL_IP4, STRINGPOINT, 222),

  /* Set the local IPv6 address to use for outgoing DNS requests.
   * Only supported by the c-ares DNS backend */
  CINIT(DNS_LOCAL_IP6, STRINGPOINT, 223),

  /* Set authentication options directly */
  CINIT(LOGIN_OPTIONS, STRINGPOINT, 224),

  /* Enable/disable TLS NPN extension (http2 over ssl might fail without) */
  CINIT(SSL_ENABLE_NPN, LONG, 225),

  /* Enable/disable TLS ALPN extension (http2 over ssl might fail without) */
  CINIT(SSL_ENABLE_ALPN, LONG, 226),

  /* Time to wait for a response to a HTTP request containing an
   * Expect: 100-continue header before sending the data anyway. */
  CINIT(EXPECT_100_TIMEOUT_MS, LONG, 227),

  /* This points to a linked list of headers used for proxy requests only,
     struct curl_slist kind */
  CINIT(PROXYHEADER, OBJECTPOINT, 228),

  /* Pass in a bitmask of "header options" */
  CINIT(HEADEROPT, LONG, 229),

  /* The public key in DER form used to validate the peer public key
     this option is used only if SSL_VERIFYPEER is true */
  CINIT(PINNEDPUBLICKEY, STRINGPOINT, 230),

  /* Path to Unix domain socket */
  CINIT(UNIX_SOCKET_PATH, STRINGPOINT, 231),

  /* Set if we should verify the certificate status. */
  CINIT(SSL_VERIFYSTATUS, LONG, 232),

  /* Set if we should enable TLS false start. */
  CINIT(SSL_FALSESTART, LONG, 233),

  /* Do not squash dot-dot sequences */
  CINIT(PATH_AS_IS, LONG, 234),

  /* Proxy Service Name */
  CINIT(PROXY_SERVICE_NAME, STRINGPOINT, 235),

  /* Service Name */
  CINIT(SERVICE_NAME, STRINGPOINT, 236),

  /* Wait/don't wait for pipe/mutex to clarify */
  CINIT(PIPEWAIT, LONG, 237),

  /* Set the protocol used when curl is given a URL without a protocol */
  CINIT(DEFAULT_PROTOCOL, STRINGPOINT, 238),

  /* Set stream weight, 1 - 256 (default is 16) */
  CINIT(STREAM_WEIGHT, LONG, 239),

  /* Set stream dependency on another CURL handle */
  CINIT(STREAM_DEPENDS, OBJECTPOINT, 240),

  /* Set E-xclusive stream dependency on another CURL handle */
  CINIT(STREAM_DEPENDS_E, OBJECTPOINT, 241),

  /* Do not send any tftp option requests to the server */
  CINIT(TFTP_NO_OPTIONS, LONG, 242),

  /* Linked-list of host:port:connect-to-host:connect-to-port,
     overrides the URL's host:port (only for the network layer) */
  CINIT(CONNECT_TO, OBJECTPOINT, 243),

  /* Set TCP Fast Open */
  CINIT(TCP_FASTOPEN, LONG, 244),

  /* Continue to send data if the server responds early with an
   * HTTP status code >= 300 */
  CINIT(KEEP_SENDING_ON_ERROR, LONG, 245),

  /* The CApath or CAfile used to validate the proxy certificate
     this option is used only if PROXY_SSL_VERIFYPEER is true */
  CINIT(PROXY_CAINFO, STRINGPOINT, 246),

  /* The CApath directory used to validate the proxy certificate
     this option is used only if PROXY_SSL_VERIFYPEER is true */
  CINIT(PROXY_CAPATH, STRINGPOINT, 247),

  /* Set if we should verify the proxy in ssl handshake,
     set 1 to verify. */
  CINIT(PROXY_SSL_VERIFYPEER, LONG, 248),

  /* Set if we should verify the Common name from the proxy certificate in ssl
   * handshake, set 1 to check existence, 2 to ensure that it matches
   * the provided hostname. */
  CINIT(PROXY_SSL_VERIFYHOST, LONG, 249),

  /* What version to specifically try to use for proxy.
     See CURL_SSLVERSION defines below. */
  CINIT(PROXY_SSLVERSION, LONG, 250),

  /* Set a username for authenticated TLS for proxy */
  CINIT(PROXY_TLSAUTH_USERNAME, STRINGPOINT, 251),

  /* Set a password for authenticated TLS for proxy */
  CINIT(PROXY_TLSAUTH_PASSWORD, STRINGPOINT, 252),

  /* Set authentication type for authenticated TLS for proxy */
  CINIT(PROXY_TLSAUTH_TYPE, STRINGPOINT, 253),

  /* name of the file keeping your private SSL-certificate for proxy */
  CINIT(PROXY_SSLCERT, STRINGPOINT, 254),

  /* type of the file keeping your SSL-certificate ("DER", "PEM", "ENG") for
     proxy */
  CINIT(PROXY_SSLCERTTYPE, STRINGPOINT, 255),

  /* name of the file keeping your private SSL-key for proxy */
  CINIT(PROXY_SSLKEY, STRINGPOINT, 256),

  /* type of the file keeping your private SSL-key ("DER", "PEM", "ENG") for
     proxy */
  CINIT(PROXY_SSLKEYTYPE, STRINGPOINT, 257),

  /* password for the SSL private key for proxy */
  CINIT(PROXY_KEYPASSWD, STRINGPOINT, 258),

  /* Specify which SSL ciphers to use for proxy */
  CINIT(PROXY_SSL_CIPHER_LIST, STRINGPOINT, 259),

  /* CRL file for proxy */
  CINIT(PROXY_CRLFILE, STRINGPOINT, 260),

  /* Enable/disable specific SSL features with a bitmask for proxy, see
     CURLSSLOPT_* */
  CINIT(PROXY_SSL_OPTIONS, LONG, 261),

  /* Name of pre proxy to use. */
  CINIT(PRE_PROXY, STRINGPOINT, 262),

  /* The public key in DER form used to validate the proxy public key
     this option is used only if PROXY_SSL_VERIFYPEER is true */
  CINIT(PROXY_PINNEDPUBLICKEY, STRINGPOINT, 263),

  /* Path to an abstract Unix domain socket */
  CINIT(ABSTRACT_UNIX_SOCKET, STRINGPOINT, 264),

  /* Suppress proxy CONNECT response headers from user callbacks */
  CINIT(SUPPRESS_CONNECT_HEADERS, LONG, 265),

  /* The request target, instead of extracted from the URL */
  CINIT(REQUEST_TARGET, STRINGPOINT, 266),

  /* bitmask of allowed auth methods for connections to SOCKS5 proxies */
  CINIT(SOCKS5_AUTH, LONG, 267),

  /* Enable/disable SSH compression */
  CINIT(SSH_COMPRESSION, LONG, 268),

  /* Post MIME data. */
  CINIT(MIMEPOST, OBJECTPOINT, 269),

  /* Time to use with the CURLOPT_TIMECONDITION. Specified in number of
     seconds since 1 Jan 1970. */
  CINIT(TIMEVALUE_LARGE, OFF_T, 270),

  /* Head start in milliseconds to give happy eyeballs. */
  CINIT(HAPPY_EYEBALLS_TIMEOUT_MS, LONG, 271),

  /* Function that will be called before a resolver request is made */
  CINIT(RESOLVER_START_FUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 272),

  /* User data to pass to the resolver start callback. */
  CINIT(RESOLVER_START_DATA, OBJECTPOINT, 273),

  /* send HAProxy PROXY protocol header? */
  CINIT(HAPROXYPROTOCOL, LONG, 274),

  /* shuffle addresses before use when DNS returns multiple */
  CINIT(DNS_SHUFFLE_ADDRESSES, LONG, 275),

  /* Specify which TLS 1.3 ciphers suites to use */
  CINIT(TLS13_CIPHERS, STRINGPOINT, 276),
  CINIT(PROXY_TLS13_CIPHERS, STRINGPOINT, 277),

  /* Disallow specifying username/login in URL. */
  CINIT(DISALLOW_USERNAME_IN_URL, LONG, 278),

  /* AWS HTTP V4 Signature */
  CINIT(AWS_SIGV4, STRINGPOINT, 279),

  CURLOPT_LASTENTRY /* the last unused */
} CURLoption;

#ifndef CURL_NO_OLDIES /* define this to test if your app builds with all
                          the obsolete stuff removed! */

/* Backwards compatibility with older names */
/* These are scheduled to disappear by 2011 */

/* This was added in version 7.19.1 */
#define CURLOPT_POST301 CURLOPT_POSTREDIR

/* These are scheduled to disappear by 2009 */

/* The following were added in 7.17.0 */
#define CURLOPT_SSLKEYPASSWD CURLOPT_KEYPASSWD
#define CURLOPT_FTPAPPEND CURLOPT_APPEND
#define CURLOPT_FTPLISTONLY CURLOPT_DIRLISTONLY
#define CURLOPT_FTP_SSL CURLOPT_USE_SSL

/* The following were added earlier */

#define CURLOPT_SSLCERTPASSWD CURLOPT_KEYPASSWD
#define CURLOPT_KRB4LEVEL CURLOPT_KRBLEVEL

#else
/* This is set if CURL_NO_OLDIES is defined at compile-time */
#undef CURLOPT_DNS_USE_GLOBAL_CACHE /* soon obsolete */
#endif


  /* Below here follows defines for the CURLOPT_IPRESOLVE option. If a host
     name resolves addresses using more than one IP protocol version, this
     option might be handy to force libcurl to use a specific IP version. */
#define CURL_IPRESOLVE_WHATEVER 0 /* default, resolves addresses to all IP
                                     versions that your system allows */
#define CURL_IPRESOLVE_V4       1 /* resolve to IPv4 addresses */
#define CURL_IPRESOLVE_V6       2 /* resolve to IPv6 addresses */

  /* three convenient "aliases" that follow the name scheme better */
#define CURLOPT_RTSPHEADER CURLOPT_HTTPHEADER

  /* These enums are for use with the CURLOPT_HTTP_VERSION option. */
enum {
  CURL_HTTP_VERSION_NONE, /* setting this means we don't care, and that we'd
                             like the library to choose the best possible
                             for us! */
  CURL_HTTP_VERSION_1_0,  /* please use HTTP 1.0 in the request */
  CURL_HTTP_VERSION_1_1,  /* please use HTTP 1.1 in the request */
  CURL_HTTP_VERSION_2_0,  /* please use HTTP 2 in the request */
  CURL_HTTP_VERSION_2TLS, /* use version 2 for HTTPS, version 1.1 for HTTP */
  CURL_HTTP_VERSION_2_PRIOR_KNOWLEDGE,  /* please use HTTP 2 without HTTP/1.1
                                           Upgrade */

  CURL_HTTP_VERSION_LAST /* *ILLEGAL* http version */
};

/* Convenience definition simple because the name of the version is HTTP/2 and
   not 2.0. The 2_0 version of the enum name was set while the version was
   still planned to be 2.0 and we stick to it for compatibility. */
#define CURL_HTTP_VERSION_2 CURL_HTTP_VERSION_2_0

/*
 * Public API enums for RTSP requests
 */
enum {
    CURL_RTSPREQ_NONE, /* first in list */
    CURL_RTSPREQ_OPTIONS,
    CURL_RTSPREQ_DESCRIBE,
    CURL_RTSPREQ_ANNOUNCE,
    CURL_RTSPREQ_SETUP,
    CURL_RTSPREQ_PLAY,
    CURL_RTSPREQ_PAUSE,
    CURL_RTSPREQ_TEARDOWN,
    CURL_RTSPREQ_GET_PARAMETER,
    CURL_RTSPREQ_SET_PARAMETER,
    CURL_RTSPREQ_RECORD,
    CURL_RTSPREQ_RECEIVE,
    CURL_RTSPREQ_LAST /* last in list */
};

  /* These enums are for use with the CURLOPT_NETRC option. */
enum CURL_NETRC_OPTION {
  CURL_NETRC_IGNORED,     /* The .netrc will never be read.
                           * This is the default. */
  CURL_NETRC_OPTIONAL,    /* A user:password in the URL will be preferred
                           * to one in the .netrc. */
  CURL_NETRC_REQUIRED,    /* A user:password in the URL will be ignored.
                           * Unless one is set programmatically, the .netrc
                           * will be queried. */
  CURL_NETRC_LAST
};

enum {
  CURL_SSLVERSION_DEFAULT,
  CURL_SSLVERSION_TLSv1, /* TLS 1.x */
  CURL_SSLVERSION_SSLv2,
  CURL_SSLVERSION_SSLv3,
  CURL_SSLVERSION_TLSv1_0,
  CURL_SSLVERSION_TLSv1_1,
  CURL_SSLVERSION_TLSv1_2,
  CURL_SSLVERSION_TLSv1_3,

  CURL_SSLVERSION_LAST /* never use, keep last */
};

enum {
  CURL_SSLVERSION_MAX_NONE =     0,
  CURL_SSLVERSION_MAX_DEFAULT =  (CURL_SSLVERSION_TLSv1   << 16),
  CURL_SSLVERSION_MAX_TLSv1_0 =  (CURL_SSLVERSION_TLSv1_0 << 16),
  CURL_SSLVERSION_MAX_TLSv1_1 =  (CURL_SSLVERSION_TLSv1_1 << 16),
  CURL_SSLVERSION_MAX_TLSv1_2 =  (CURL_SSLVERSION_TLSv1_2 << 16),
  CURL_SSLVERSION_MAX_TLSv1_3 =  (CURL_SSLVERSION_TLSv1_3 << 16),

  /* never use, keep last */
  CURL_SSLVERSION_MAX_LAST =     (CURL_SSLVERSION_LAST    << 16)
};

enum CURL_TLSAUTH {
  CURL_TLSAUTH_NONE,
  CURL_TLSAUTH_SRP,
  CURL_TLSAUTH_LAST /* never use, keep last */
};

/* symbols to use with CURLOPT_POSTREDIR.
   CURL_REDIR_POST_301, CURL_REDIR_POST_302 and CURL_REDIR_POST_303
   can be bitwise ORed so that CURL_REDIR_POST_301 | CURL_REDIR_POST_302
   | CURL_REDIR_POST_303 == CURL_REDIR_POST_ALL */

#define CURL_REDIR_GET_ALL  0
#define CURL_REDIR_POST_301 1
#define CURL_REDIR_POST_302 2
#define CURL_REDIR_POST_303 4
#define CURL_REDIR_POST_ALL \
    (CURL_REDIR_POST_301|CURL_REDIR_POST_302|CURL_REDIR_POST_303)

typedef enum {
  CURL_TIMECOND_NONE,

  CURL_TIMECOND_IFMODSINCE,
  CURL_TIMECOND_IFUNMODSINCE,
  CURL_TIMECOND_LASTMOD,

  CURL_TIMECOND_LAST
} curl_TimeCond;

/* Special size_t value signaling a zero-terminated string. */
#define CURL_ZERO_TERMINATED ((size_t) -1)

/* curl_strequal() and curl_strnequal() are subject for removal in a future
   release */
CURL_EXTERN int curl_strequal(const char *s1, const char *s2);
CURL_EXTERN int curl_strnequal(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n);

/* Mime/form handling support. */
typedef struct curl_mime_s      curl_mime;      /* Mime context. */
typedef struct curl_mimepart_s  curl_mimepart;  /* Mime part context. */

/*
 * NAME curl_mime_init()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Create a mime context and return its handle. The easy parameter is the
 * target handle.
 */
CURL_EXTERN curl_mime *curl_mime_init(CURL *easy);

/*
 * NAME curl_mime_free()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * release a mime handle and its substructures.
 */
CURL_EXTERN void curl_mime_free(curl_mime *mime);

/*
 * NAME curl_mime_addpart()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Append a new empty part to the given mime context and return a handle to
 * the created part.
 */
CURL_EXTERN curl_mimepart *curl_mime_addpart(curl_mime *mime);

/*
 * NAME curl_mime_name()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Set mime/form part name.
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_mime_name(curl_mimepart *part, const char *name);

/*
 * NAME curl_mime_filename()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Set mime part remote file name.
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_mime_filename(curl_mimepart *part,
                                        const char *filename);

/*
 * NAME curl_mime_type()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Set mime part type.
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_mime_type(curl_mimepart *part, const char *mimetype);

/*
 * NAME curl_mime_encoder()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Set mime data transfer encoder.
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_mime_encoder(curl_mimepart *part,
                                       const char *encoding);

/*
 * NAME curl_mime_data()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Set mime part data source from memory data,
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_mime_data(curl_mimepart *part,
                                    const char *data, size_t datasize);

/*
 * NAME curl_mime_filedata()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Set mime part data source from named file.
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_mime_filedata(curl_mimepart *part,
                                        const char *filename);

/*
 * NAME curl_mime_data_cb()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Set mime part data source from callback function.
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_mime_data_cb(curl_mimepart *part,
                                       curl_off_t datasize,
                                       curl_read_callback readfunc,
                                       curl_seek_callback seekfunc,
                                       curl_free_callback freefunc,
                                       void *arg);

/*
 * NAME curl_mime_subparts()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Set mime part data source from subparts.
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_mime_subparts(curl_mimepart *part,
                                        curl_mime *subparts);
/*
 * NAME curl_mime_headers()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Set mime part headers.
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_mime_headers(curl_mimepart *part,
                                       struct curl_slist *headers,
                                       int take_ownership);

/* Old form API. */
/* name is uppercase CURLFORM_<name> */
#ifdef CFINIT
#undef CFINIT
#endif

#ifdef CURL_ISOCPP
#define CFINIT(name) CURLFORM_ ## name
#else
/* The macro "##" is ISO C, we assume pre-ISO C doesn't support it. */
#define CFINIT(name) CURLFORM_/**/name
#endif

typedef enum {
  CFINIT(NOTHING),        /********* the first one is unused ************/

  /*  */
  CFINIT(COPYNAME),
  CFINIT(PTRNAME),
  CFINIT(NAMELENGTH),
  CFINIT(COPYCONTENTS),
  CFINIT(PTRCONTENTS),
  CFINIT(CONTENTSLENGTH),
  CFINIT(FILECONTENT),
  CFINIT(ARRAY),
  CFINIT(OBSOLETE),
  CFINIT(FILE),

  CFINIT(BUFFER),
  CFINIT(BUFFERPTR),
  CFINIT(BUFFERLENGTH),

  CFINIT(CONTENTTYPE),
  CFINIT(CONTENTHEADER),
  CFINIT(FILENAME),
  CFINIT(END),
  CFINIT(OBSOLETE2),

  CFINIT(STREAM),
  CFINIT(CONTENTLEN), /* added in 7.46.0, provide a curl_off_t length */

  CURLFORM_LASTENTRY /* the last unused */
} CURLformoption;

#undef CFINIT /* done */

/* structure to be used as parameter for CURLFORM_ARRAY */
struct curl_forms {
  CURLformoption option;
  const char     *value;
};

/* use this for multipart formpost building */
/* Returns code for curl_formadd()
 *
 * Returns:
 * CURL_FORMADD_OK             on success
 * CURL_FORMADD_MEMORY         if the FormInfo allocation fails
 * CURL_FORMADD_OPTION_TWICE   if one option is given twice for one Form
 * CURL_FORMADD_NULL           if a null pointer was given for a char
 * CURL_FORMADD_MEMORY         if the allocation of a FormInfo struct failed
 * CURL_FORMADD_UNKNOWN_OPTION if an unknown option was used
 * CURL_FORMADD_INCOMPLETE     if the some FormInfo is not complete (or error)
 * CURL_FORMADD_MEMORY         if a curl_httppost struct cannot be allocated
 * CURL_FORMADD_MEMORY         if some allocation for string copying failed.
 * CURL_FORMADD_ILLEGAL_ARRAY  if an illegal option is used in an array
 *
 ***************************************************************************/
typedef enum {
  CURL_FORMADD_OK, /* first, no error */

  CURL_FORMADD_MEMORY,
  CURL_FORMADD_OPTION_TWICE,
  CURL_FORMADD_NULL,
  CURL_FORMADD_UNKNOWN_OPTION,
  CURL_FORMADD_INCOMPLETE,
  CURL_FORMADD_ILLEGAL_ARRAY,
  CURL_FORMADD_DISABLED, /* libcurl was built with this disabled */

  CURL_FORMADD_LAST /* last */
} CURLFORMcode;

/*
 * NAME curl_formadd()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Pretty advanced function for building multi-part formposts. Each invoke
 * adds one part that together construct a full post. Then use
 * CURLOPT_HTTPPOST to send it off to libcurl.
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLFORMcode curl_formadd(struct curl_httppost **httppost,
                                      struct curl_httppost **last_post,
                                      ...);

/*
 * callback function for curl_formget()
 * The void *arg pointer will be the one passed as second argument to
 *   curl_formget().
 * The character buffer passed to it must not be freed.
 * Should return the buffer length passed to it as the argument "len" on
 *   success.
 */
typedef size_t (*curl_formget_callback)(void *arg, const char *buf,
                                        size_t len);

/*
 * NAME curl_formget()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Serialize a curl_httppost struct built with curl_formadd().
 * Accepts a void pointer as second argument which will be passed to
 * the curl_formget_callback function.
 * Returns 0 on success.
 */
CURL_EXTERN int curl_formget(struct curl_httppost *form, void *arg,
                             curl_formget_callback append);
/*
 * NAME curl_formfree()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Free a multipart formpost previously built with curl_formadd().
 */
CURL_EXTERN void curl_formfree(struct curl_httppost *form);

/*
 * NAME curl_getenv()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Returns a malloc()'ed string that MUST be curl_free()ed after usage is
 * complete. DEPRECATED - see lib/README.curlx
 */
CURL_EXTERN char *curl_getenv(const char *variable);

/*
 * NAME curl_version()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Returns a static ascii string of the libcurl version.
 */
CURL_EXTERN char *curl_version(void);

/*
 * NAME curl_easy_escape()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Escapes URL strings (converts all letters consider illegal in URLs to their
 * %XX versions). This function returns a new allocated string or NULL if an
 * error occurred.
 */
CURL_EXTERN char *curl_easy_escape(CURL *handle,
                                   const char *string,
                                   int length);

/* the previous version: */
CURL_EXTERN char *curl_escape(const char *string,
                              int length);


/*
 * NAME curl_easy_unescape()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Unescapes URL encoding in strings (converts all %XX codes to their 8bit
 * versions). This function returns a new allocated string or NULL if an error
 * occurred.
 * Conversion Note: On non-ASCII platforms the ASCII %XX codes are
 * converted into the host encoding.
 */
CURL_EXTERN char *curl_easy_unescape(CURL *handle,
                                     const char *string,
                                     int length,
                                     int *outlength);

/* the previous version */
CURL_EXTERN char *curl_unescape(const char *string,
                                int length);

/*
 * NAME curl_free()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Provided for de-allocation in the same translation unit that did the
 * allocation. Added in libcurl 7.10
 */
CURL_EXTERN void curl_free(void *p);

/*
 * NAME curl_global_init()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * curl_global_init() should be invoked exactly once for each application that
 * uses libcurl and before any call of other libcurl functions.
 *
 * This function is not thread-safe!
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_global_init(long flags);

/*
 * NAME curl_global_init_mem()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * curl_global_init() or curl_global_init_mem() should be invoked exactly once
 * for each application that uses libcurl.  This function can be used to
 * initialize libcurl and set user defined memory management callback
 * functions.  Users can implement memory management routines to check for
 * memory leaks, check for mis-use of the curl library etc.  User registered
 * callback routines with be invoked by this library instead of the system
 * memory management routines like malloc, free etc.
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_global_init_mem(long flags,
                                          curl_malloc_callback m,
                                          curl_free_callback f,
                                          curl_realloc_callback r,
                                          curl_strdup_callback s,
                                          curl_calloc_callback c);

/*
 * NAME curl_global_cleanup()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * curl_global_cleanup() should be invoked exactly once for each application
 * that uses libcurl
 */
CURL_EXTERN void curl_global_cleanup(void);

/* linked-list structure for the CURLOPT_QUOTE option (and other) */
struct curl_slist {
  char *data;
  struct curl_slist *next;
};

/*
 * NAME curl_global_sslset()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * When built with multiple SSL backends, curl_global_sslset() allows to
 * choose one. This function can only be called once, and it must be called
 * *before* curl_global_init().
 *
 * The backend can be identified by the id (e.g. CURLSSLBACKEND_OPENSSL). The
 * backend can also be specified via the name parameter (passing -1 as id).
 * If both id and name are specified, the name will be ignored. If neither id
 * nor name are specified, the function will fail with
 * CURLSSLSET_UNKNOWN_BACKEND and set the "avail" pointer to the
 * NULL-terminated list of available backends.
 *
 * Upon success, the function returns CURLSSLSET_OK.
 *
 * If the specified SSL backend is not available, the function returns
 * CURLSSLSET_UNKNOWN_BACKEND and sets the "avail" pointer to a NULL-terminated
 * list of available SSL backends.
 *
 * The SSL backend can be set only once. If it has already been set, a
 * subsequent attempt to change it will result in a CURLSSLSET_TOO_LATE.
 */

typedef struct {
  curl_sslbackend id;
  const char *name;
} curl_ssl_backend;

typedef enum {
  CURLSSLSET_OK = 0,
  CURLSSLSET_UNKNOWN_BACKEND,
  CURLSSLSET_TOO_LATE,
  CURLSSLSET_NO_BACKENDS /* libcurl was built without any SSL support */
} CURLsslset;

CURL_EXTERN CURLsslset curl_global_sslset(curl_sslbackend id, const char *name,
                                          const curl_ssl_backend ***avail);

/*
 * NAME curl_slist_append()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Appends a string to a linked list. If no list exists, it will be created
 * first. Returns the new list, after appending.
 */
CURL_EXTERN struct curl_slist *curl_slist_append(struct curl_slist *,
                                                 const char *);

/*
 * NAME curl_slist_free_all()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * free a previously built curl_slist.
 */
CURL_EXTERN void curl_slist_free_all(struct curl_slist *);

/*
 * NAME curl_getdate()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * Returns the time, in seconds since 1 Jan 1970 of the time string given in
 * the first argument. The time argument in the second parameter is unused
 * and should be set to NULL.
 */
CURL_EXTERN time_t curl_getdate(const char *p, const time_t *unused);

/* info about the certificate chain, only for OpenSSL builds. Asked
   for with CURLOPT_CERTINFO / CURLINFO_CERTINFO */
struct curl_certinfo {
  int num_of_certs;             /* number of certificates with information */
  struct curl_slist **certinfo; /* for each index in this array, there's a
                                   linked list with textual information in the
                                   format "name: value" */
};

/* Information about the SSL library used and the respective internal SSL
   handle, which can be used to obtain further information regarding the
   connection. Asked for with CURLINFO_TLS_SSL_PTR or CURLINFO_TLS_SESSION. */
struct curl_tlssessioninfo {
  curl_sslbackend backend;
  void *internals;
};

#define CURLINFO_STRING   0x100000
#define CURLINFO_LONG     0x200000
#define CURLINFO_DOUBLE   0x300000
#define CURLINFO_SLIST    0x400000
#define CURLINFO_PTR      0x400000 /* same as SLIST */
#define CURLINFO_SOCKET   0x500000
#define CURLINFO_OFF_T    0x600000
#define CURLINFO_MASK     0x0fffff
#define CURLINFO_TYPEMASK 0xf00000

typedef enum {
  CURLINFO_NONE, /* first, never use this */
  CURLINFO_EFFECTIVE_URL    = CURLINFO_STRING + 1,
  CURLINFO_RESPONSE_CODE    = CURLINFO_LONG   + 2,
  CURLINFO_TOTAL_TIME       = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 3,
  CURLINFO_NAMELOOKUP_TIME  = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 4,
  CURLINFO_CONNECT_TIME     = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 5,
  CURLINFO_PRETRANSFER_TIME = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 6,
  CURLINFO_SIZE_UPLOAD      = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 7,
  CURLINFO_SIZE_UPLOAD_T    = CURLINFO_OFF_T  + 7,
  CURLINFO_SIZE_DOWNLOAD    = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 8,
  CURLINFO_SIZE_DOWNLOAD_T  = CURLINFO_OFF_T  + 8,
  CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD   = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 9,
  CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD_T = CURLINFO_OFF_T  + 9,
  CURLINFO_SPEED_UPLOAD     = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 10,
  CURLINFO_SPEED_UPLOAD_T   = CURLINFO_OFF_T  + 10,
  CURLINFO_HEADER_SIZE      = CURLINFO_LONG   + 11,
  CURLINFO_REQUEST_SIZE     = CURLINFO_LONG   + 12,
  CURLINFO_SSL_VERIFYRESULT = CURLINFO_LONG   + 13,
  CURLINFO_FILETIME         = CURLINFO_LONG   + 14,
  CURLINFO_FILETIME_T       = CURLINFO_OFF_T  + 14,
  CURLINFO_CONTENT_LENGTH_DOWNLOAD   = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 15,
  CURLINFO_CONTENT_LENGTH_DOWNLOAD_T = CURLINFO_OFF_T  + 15,
  CURLINFO_CONTENT_LENGTH_UPLOAD     = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 16,
  CURLINFO_CONTENT_LENGTH_UPLOAD_T   = CURLINFO_OFF_T  + 16,
  CURLINFO_STARTTRANSFER_TIME = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 17,
  CURLINFO_CONTENT_TYPE     = CURLINFO_STRING + 18,
  CURLINFO_REDIRECT_TIME    = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 19,
  CURLINFO_REDIRECT_COUNT   = CURLINFO_LONG   + 20,
  CURLINFO_PRIVATE          = CURLINFO_STRING + 21,
  CURLINFO_HTTP_CONNECTCODE = CURLINFO_LONG   + 22,
  CURLINFO_HTTPAUTH_AVAIL   = CURLINFO_LONG   + 23,
  CURLINFO_PROXYAUTH_AVAIL  = CURLINFO_LONG   + 24,
  CURLINFO_OS_ERRNO         = CURLINFO_LONG   + 25,
  CURLINFO_NUM_CONNECTS     = CURLINFO_LONG   + 26,
  CURLINFO_SSL_ENGINES      = CURLINFO_SLIST  + 27,
  CURLINFO_COOKIELIST       = CURLINFO_SLIST  + 28,
  CURLINFO_LASTSOCKET       = CURLINFO_LONG   + 29,
  CURLINFO_FTP_ENTRY_PATH   = CURLINFO_STRING + 30,
  CURLINFO_REDIRECT_URL     = CURLINFO_STRING + 31,
  CURLINFO_PRIMARY_IP       = CURLINFO_STRING + 32,
  CURLINFO_APPCONNECT_TIME  = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 33,
  CURLINFO_CERTINFO         = CURLINFO_PTR    + 34,
  CURLINFO_CONDITION_UNMET  = CURLINFO_LONG   + 35,
  CURLINFO_RTSP_SESSION_ID  = CURLINFO_STRING + 36,
  CURLINFO_RTSP_CLIENT_CSEQ = CURLINFO_LONG   + 37,
  CURLINFO_RTSP_SERVER_CSEQ = CURLINFO_LONG   + 38,
  CURLINFO_RTSP_CSEQ_RECV   = CURLINFO_LONG   + 39,
  CURLINFO_PRIMARY_PORT     = CURLINFO_LONG   + 40,
  CURLINFO_LOCAL_IP         = CURLINFO_STRING + 41,
  CURLINFO_LOCAL_PORT       = CURLINFO_LONG   + 42,
  CURLINFO_TLS_SESSION      = CURLINFO_PTR    + 43,
  CURLINFO_ACTIVESOCKET     = CURLINFO_SOCKET + 44,
  CURLINFO_TLS_SSL_PTR      = CURLINFO_PTR    + 45,
  CURLINFO_HTTP_VERSION     = CURLINFO_LONG   + 46,
  CURLINFO_PROXY_SSL_VERIFYRESULT = CURLINFO_LONG + 47,
  CURLINFO_PROTOCOL         = CURLINFO_LONG   + 48,
  CURLINFO_SCHEME           = CURLINFO_STRING + 49,
  /* Fill in new entries below here! */

  /* Preferably these would be defined conditionally based on the
     sizeof curl_off_t being 64-bits */
  CURLINFO_TOTAL_TIME_T     = CURLINFO_OFF_T + 50,
  CURLINFO_NAMELOOKUP_TIME_T = CURLINFO_OFF_T + 51,
  CURLINFO_CONNECT_TIME_T   = CURLINFO_OFF_T + 52,
  CURLINFO_PRETRANSFER_TIME_T = CURLINFO_OFF_T + 53,
  CURLINFO_STARTTRANSFER_TIME_T = CURLINFO_OFF_T + 54,
  CURLINFO_REDIRECT_TIME_T  = CURLINFO_OFF_T + 55,
  CURLINFO_APPCONNECT_TIME_T = CURLINFO_OFF_T + 56,

  CURLINFO_LASTONE          = 56
} CURLINFO;

/* CURLINFO_RESPONSE_CODE is the new name for the option previously known as
   CURLINFO_HTTP_CODE */
#define CURLINFO_HTTP_CODE CURLINFO_RESPONSE_CODE

typedef enum {
  CURLCLOSEPOLICY_NONE, /* first, never use this */

  CURLCLOSEPOLICY_OLDEST,
  CURLCLOSEPOLICY_LEAST_RECENTLY_USED,
  CURLCLOSEPOLICY_LEAST_TRAFFIC,
  CURLCLOSEPOLICY_SLOWEST,
  CURLCLOSEPOLICY_CALLBACK,

  CURLCLOSEPOLICY_LAST /* last, never use this */
} curl_closepolicy;

#define CURL_GLOBAL_SSL (1<<0) /* no purpose since since 7.57.0 */
#define CURL_GLOBAL_WIN32 (1<<1)
#define CURL_GLOBAL_ALL (CURL_GLOBAL_SSL|CURL_GLOBAL_WIN32)
#define CURL_GLOBAL_NOTHING 0
#define CURL_GLOBAL_DEFAULT CURL_GLOBAL_ALL
#define CURL_GLOBAL_ACK_EINTR (1<<2)


/*****************************************************************************
 * Setup defines, protos etc for the sharing stuff.
 */

/* Different data locks for a single share */
typedef enum {
  CURL_LOCK_DATA_NONE = 0,
  /*  CURL_LOCK_DATA_SHARE is used internally to say that
   *  the locking is just made to change the internal state of the share
   *  itself.
   */
  CURL_LOCK_DATA_SHARE,
  CURL_LOCK_DATA_COOKIE,
  CURL_LOCK_DATA_DNS,
  CURL_LOCK_DATA_SSL_SESSION,
  CURL_LOCK_DATA_CONNECT,
  CURL_LOCK_DATA_PSL,
  CURL_LOCK_DATA_LAST
} curl_lock_data;

/* Different lock access types */
typedef enum {
  CURL_LOCK_ACCESS_NONE = 0,   /* unspecified action */
  CURL_LOCK_ACCESS_SHARED = 1, /* for read perhaps */
  CURL_LOCK_ACCESS_SINGLE = 2, /* for write perhaps */
  CURL_LOCK_ACCESS_LAST        /* never use */
} curl_lock_access;

typedef void (*curl_lock_function)(CURL *handle,
                                   curl_lock_data data,
                                   curl_lock_access locktype,
                                   void *userptr);
typedef void (*curl_unlock_function)(CURL *handle,
                                     curl_lock_data data,
                                     void *userptr);


typedef enum {
  CURLSHE_OK,  /* all is fine */
  CURLSHE_BAD_OPTION, /* 1 */
  CURLSHE_IN_USE,     /* 2 */
  CURLSHE_INVALID,    /* 3 */
  CURLSHE_NOMEM,      /* 4 out of memory */
  CURLSHE_NOT_BUILT_IN, /* 5 feature not present in lib */
  CURLSHE_LAST        /* never use */
} CURLSHcode;

typedef enum {
  CURLSHOPT_NONE,  /* don't use */
  CURLSHOPT_SHARE,   /* specify a data type to share */
  CURLSHOPT_UNSHARE, /* specify which data type to stop sharing */
  CURLSHOPT_LOCKFUNC,   /* pass in a 'curl_lock_function' pointer */
  CURLSHOPT_UNLOCKFUNC, /* pass in a 'curl_unlock_function' pointer */
  CURLSHOPT_USERDATA,   /* pass in a user data pointer used in the lock/unlock
                           callback functions */
  CURLSHOPT_LAST  /* never use */
} CURLSHoption;

CURL_EXTERN CURLSH *curl_share_init(void);
CURL_EXTERN CURLSHcode curl_share_setopt(CURLSH *, CURLSHoption option, ...);
CURL_EXTERN CURLSHcode curl_share_cleanup(CURLSH *);

/****************************************************************************
 * Structures for querying information about the curl library at runtime.
 */

typedef enum {
  CURLVERSION_FIRST,
  CURLVERSION_SECOND,
  CURLVERSION_THIRD,
  CURLVERSION_FOURTH,
  CURLVERSION_FIFTH,
  CURLVERSION_LAST /* never actually use this */
} CURLversion;

/* The 'CURLVERSION_NOW' is the symbolic name meant to be used by
   basically all programs ever that want to get version information. It is
   meant to be a built-in version number for what kind of struct the caller
   expects. If the struct ever changes, we redefine the NOW to another enum
   from above. */
#define CURLVERSION_NOW CURLVERSION_FIFTH

typedef struct {
  CURLversion age;          /* age of the returned struct */
  const char *version;      /* LIBCURL_VERSION */
  unsigned int version_num; /* LIBCURL_VERSION_NUM */
  const char *host;         /* OS/host/cpu/machine when configured */
  int features;             /* bitmask, see defines below */
  const char *ssl_version;  /* human readable string */
  long ssl_version_num;     /* not used anymore, always 0 */
  const char *libz_version; /* human readable string */
  /* protocols is terminated by an entry with a NULL protoname */
  const char * const *protocols;

  /* The fields below this were added in CURLVERSION_SECOND */
  const char *ares;
  int ares_num;

  /* This field was added in CURLVERSION_THIRD */
  const char *libidn;

  /* These field were added in CURLVERSION_FOURTH */

  /* Same as '_libiconv_version' if built with HAVE_ICONV */
  int iconv_ver_num;

  const char *libssh_version; /* human readable string */

  /* These fields were added in CURLVERSION_FIFTH */

  unsigned int brotli_ver_num; /* Numeric Brotli version
                                  (MAJOR << 24) | (MINOR << 12) | PATCH */
  const char *brotli_version; /* human readable string. */

} curl_version_info_data;

#define CURL_VERSION_IPV6         (1<<0)  /* IPv6-enabled */
#define CURL_VERSION_KERBEROS4    (1<<1)  /* Kerberos V4 auth is supported
                                             (deprecated) */
#define CURL_VERSION_SSL          (1<<2)  /* SSL options are present */
#define CURL_VERSION_LIBZ         (1<<3)  /* libz features are present */
#define CURL_VERSION_NTLM         (1<<4)  /* NTLM auth is supported */
#define CURL_VERSION_GSSNEGOTIATE (1<<5)  /* Negotiate auth is supported
                                             (deprecated) */
#define CURL_VERSION_DEBUG        (1<<6)  /* Built with debug capabilities */
#define CURL_VERSION_ASYNCHDNS    (1<<7)  /* Asynchronous DNS resolves */
#define CURL_VERSION_SPNEGO       (1<<8)  /* SPNEGO auth is supported */
#define CURL_VERSION_LARGEFILE    (1<<9)  /* Supports files larger than 2GB */
#define CURL_VERSION_IDN          (1<<10) /* Internationized Domain Names are
                                             supported */
#define CURL_VERSION_SSPI         (1<<11) /* Built against Windows SSPI */
#define CURL_VERSION_CONV         (1<<12) /* Character conversions supported */
#define CURL_VERSION_CURLDEBUG    (1<<13) /* Debug memory tracking supported */
#define CURL_VERSION_TLSAUTH_SRP  (1<<14) /* TLS-SRP auth is supported */
#define CURL_VERSION_NTLM_WB      (1<<15) /* NTLM delegation to winbind helper
                                             is supported */
#define CURL_VERSION_HTTP2        (1<<16) /* HTTP2 support built-in */
#define CURL_VERSION_GSSAPI       (1<<17) /* Built against a GSS-API library */
#define CURL_VERSION_KERBEROS5    (1<<18) /* Kerberos V5 auth is supported */
#define CURL_VERSION_UNIX_SOCKETS (1<<19) /* Unix domain sockets support */
#define CURL_VERSION_PSL          (1<<20) /* Mozilla's Public Suffix List, used
                                             for cookie domain verification */
#define CURL_VERSION_HTTPS_PROXY  (1<<21) /* HTTPS-proxy support built-in */
#define CURL_VERSION_MULTI_SSL    (1<<22) /* Multiple SSL backends available */
#define CURL_VERSION_BROTLI       (1<<23) /* Brotli features are present. */

 /*
 * NAME curl_version_info()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * This function returns a pointer to a static copy of the version info
 * struct. See above.
 */
CURL_EXTERN curl_version_info_data *curl_version_info(CURLversion);

/*
 * NAME curl_easy_strerror()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * The curl_easy_strerror function may be used to turn a CURLcode value
 * into the equivalent human readable error string.  This is useful
 * for printing meaningful error messages.
 */
CURL_EXTERN const char *curl_easy_strerror(CURLcode);

/*
 * NAME curl_share_strerror()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * The curl_share_strerror function may be used to turn a CURLSHcode value
 * into the equivalent human readable error string.  This is useful
 * for printing meaningful error messages.
 */
CURL_EXTERN const char *curl_share_strerror(CURLSHcode);

/*
 * NAME curl_easy_pause()
 *
 * DESCRIPTION
 *
 * The curl_easy_pause function pauses or unpauses transfers. Select the new
 * state by setting the bitmask, use the convenience defines below.
 *
 */
CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_easy_pause(CURL *handle, int bitmask);

#define CURLPAUSE_RECV      (1<<0)
#define CURLPAUSE_RECV_CONT (0)

#define CURLPAUSE_SEND      (1<<2)
#define CURLPAUSE_SEND_CONT (0)

#define CURLPAUSE_ALL       (CURLPAUSE_RECV|CURLPAUSE_SEND)
#define CURLPAUSE_CONT      (CURLPAUSE_RECV_CONT|CURLPAUSE_SEND_CONT)

#ifdef  __cplusplus
}
#endif

/* unfortunately, the easy.h and multi.h include files need options and info
  stuff before they can be included! */
#include "easy.h" /* nothing in curl is fun without the easy stuff */
#include "multi.h"
#include "urlapi.h"

/* the typechecker doesn't work in C++ (yet) */
#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__GNUC_MINOR__) && \
    ((__GNUC__ > 4) || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)) && \
    !defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(CURL_DISABLE_TYPECHECK)
#include "typecheck-gcc.h"
#else
#if defined(__STDC__) && (__STDC__ >= 1)
/* This preprocessor magic that replaces a call with the exact same call is
   only done to make sure application authors pass exactly three arguments
   to these functions. */
#define curl_easy_setopt(handle,opt,param) curl_easy_setopt(handle,opt,param)
#define curl_easy_getinfo(handle,info,arg) curl_easy_getinfo(handle,info,arg)
#define curl_share_setopt(share,opt,param) curl_share_setopt(share,opt,param)
#define curl_multi_setopt(handle,opt,param) curl_multi_setopt(handle,opt,param)
#endif /* __STDC__ >= 1 */
#endif /* gcc >= 4.3 && !__cplusplus */

#endif /* __CURL_CURL_H */
/* User functions for run-time dynamic loading.
   Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_DLFCN_H
#define	_DLFCN_H 1

#include <features.h>
#define __need_size_t
#include <stddef.h>

/* Collect various system dependent definitions and declarations.  */
#include <bits/dlfcn.h>


#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* If the first argument of `dlsym' or `dlvsym' is set to RTLD_NEXT
   the run-time address of the symbol called NAME in the next shared
   object is returned.  The "next" relation is defined by the order
   the shared objects were loaded.  */
# define RTLD_NEXT	((void *) -1l)

/* If the first argument to `dlsym' or `dlvsym' is set to RTLD_DEFAULT
   the run-time address of the symbol called NAME in the global scope
   is returned.  */
# define RTLD_DEFAULT	((void *) 0)


/* Type for namespace indeces.  */
typedef long int Lmid_t;

/* Special namespace ID values.  */
# define LM_ID_BASE	0	/* Initial namespace.  */
# define LM_ID_NEWLM	-1	/* For dlmopen: request new namespace.  */
#endif


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Open the shared object FILE and map it in; return a handle that can be
   passed to `dlsym' to get symbol values from it.  */
extern void *dlopen (const char *__file, int __mode) __THROWNL;

/* Unmap and close a shared object opened by `dlopen'.
   The handle cannot be used again after calling `dlclose'.  */
extern int dlclose (void *__handle) __THROWNL __nonnull ((1));

/* Find the run-time address in the shared object HANDLE refers to
   of the symbol called NAME.  */
extern void *dlsym (void *__restrict __handle,
		    const char *__restrict __name) __THROW __nonnull ((2));

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Like `dlopen', but request object to be allocated in a new namespace.  */
extern void *dlmopen (Lmid_t __nsid, const char *__file, int __mode) __THROWNL;

/* Find the run-time address in the shared object HANDLE refers to
   of the symbol called NAME with VERSION.  */
extern void *dlvsym (void *__restrict __handle,
		     const char *__restrict __name,
		     const char *__restrict __version)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2, 3));
#endif

/* When any of the above functions fails, call this function
   to return a string describing the error.  Each call resets
   the error string so that a following call returns null.  */
extern char *dlerror (void) __THROW;


#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Structure containing information about object searched using
   `dladdr'.  */
typedef struct
{
  const char *dli_fname;	/* File name of defining object.  */
  void *dli_fbase;		/* Load address of that object.  */
  const char *dli_sname;	/* Name of nearest symbol.  */
  void *dli_saddr;		/* Exact value of nearest symbol.  */
} Dl_info;

/* Fill in *INFO with the following information about ADDRESS.
   Returns 0 iff no shared object's segments contain that address.  */
extern int dladdr (const void *__address, Dl_info *__info)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2));

/* Same as `dladdr', but additionally sets *EXTRA_INFO according to FLAGS.  */
extern int dladdr1 (const void *__address, Dl_info *__info,
		    void **__extra_info, int __flags) __THROW __nonnull ((2));

/* These are the possible values for the FLAGS argument to `dladdr1'.
   This indicates what extra information is stored at *EXTRA_INFO.
   It may also be zero, in which case the EXTRA_INFO argument is not used.  */
enum
  {
    /* Matching symbol table entry (const ElfNN_Sym *).  */
    RTLD_DL_SYMENT = 1,

    /* The object containing the address (struct link_map *).  */
    RTLD_DL_LINKMAP = 2
  };


/* Get information about the shared object HANDLE refers to.
   REQUEST is from among the values below, and determines the use of ARG.

   On success, returns zero.  On failure, returns -1 and records an error
   message to be fetched with `dlerror'.  */
extern int dlinfo (void *__restrict __handle,
		   int __request, void *__restrict __arg)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 3));

/* These are the possible values for the REQUEST argument to `dlinfo'.  */
enum
  {
    /* Treat ARG as `lmid_t *'; store namespace ID for HANDLE there.  */
    RTLD_DI_LMID = 1,

    /* Treat ARG as `struct link_map **';
       store the `struct link_map *' for HANDLE there.  */
    RTLD_DI_LINKMAP = 2,

    RTLD_DI_CONFIGADDR = 3,	/* Unsupported, defined by Solaris.  */

    /* Treat ARG as `Dl_serinfo *' (see below), and fill in to describe the
       directories that will be searched for dependencies of this object.
       RTLD_DI_SERINFOSIZE fills in just the `dls_cnt' and `dls_size'
       entries to indicate the size of the buffer that must be passed to
       RTLD_DI_SERINFO to fill in the full information.  */
    RTLD_DI_SERINFO = 4,
    RTLD_DI_SERINFOSIZE = 5,

    /* Treat ARG as `char *', and store there the directory name used to
       expand $ORIGIN in this shared object's dependency file names.  */
    RTLD_DI_ORIGIN = 6,

    RTLD_DI_PROFILENAME = 7,	/* Unsupported, defined by Solaris.  */
    RTLD_DI_PROFILEOUT = 8,	/* Unsupported, defined by Solaris.  */

    /* Treat ARG as `size_t *', and store there the TLS module ID
       of this object's PT_TLS segment, as used in TLS relocations;
       store zero if this object does not define a PT_TLS segment.  */
    RTLD_DI_TLS_MODID = 9,

    /* Treat ARG as `void **', and store there a pointer to the calling
       thread's TLS block corresponding to this object's PT_TLS segment.
       Store a null pointer if this object does not define a PT_TLS
       segment, or if the calling thread has not allocated a block for it.  */
    RTLD_DI_TLS_DATA = 10,

    /* Treat ARG as const ElfW(Phdr) **, and store the address of the
       program header array at that location.  The dlinfo call returns
       the number of program headers in the array.  */
    RTLD_DI_PHDR = 11,

    RTLD_DI_MAX = 11
  };


/* This is the type of elements in `Dl_serinfo', below.
   The `dls_name' member points to space in the buffer passed to `dlinfo'.  */
typedef struct
{
  char *dls_name;		/* Name of library search path directory.  */
  unsigned int dls_flags;	/* Indicates where this directory came from. */
} Dl_serpath;

/* This is the structure that must be passed (by reference) to `dlinfo' for
   the RTLD_DI_SERINFO and RTLD_DI_SERINFOSIZE requests.  */
typedef struct
{
  size_t dls_size;		/* Size in bytes of the whole buffer.  */
  unsigned int dls_cnt;		/* Number of elements in `dls_serpath'.  */
  Dl_serpath dls_serpath[1];	/* Actually longer, dls_cnt elements.  */
} Dl_serinfo;
#endif /* __USE_GNU */


__END_DECLS

#endif	/* dlfcn.h */
/* Functions to access FILE structure internals.
   Copyright (C) 2000-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/* This header contains the same definitions as the header of the same name
   on Sun's Solaris OS.  */

#ifndef _STDIO_EXT_H
#define _STDIO_EXT_H	1

#include <stdio.h>

enum
{
  /* Query current state of the locking status.  */
  FSETLOCKING_QUERY = 0,
#define FSETLOCKING_QUERY	FSETLOCKING_QUERY
  /* The library protects all uses of the stream functions, except for
     uses of the *_unlocked functions, by calls equivalent to flockfile().  */
  FSETLOCKING_INTERNAL,
#define FSETLOCKING_INTERNAL	FSETLOCKING_INTERNAL
  /* The user will take care of locking.  */
  FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER
#define FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER	FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER
};


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Return the size of the buffer of FP in bytes currently in use by
   the given stream.  */
extern size_t __fbufsize (FILE *__fp) __THROW;


/* Return non-zero value iff the stream FP is opened readonly, or if the
   last operation on the stream was a read operation.  */
extern int __freading (FILE *__fp) __THROW;

/* Return non-zero value iff the stream FP is opened write-only or
   append-only, or if the last operation on the stream was a write
   operation.  */
extern int __fwriting (FILE *__fp) __THROW;


/* Return non-zero value iff stream FP is not opened write-only or
   append-only.  */
extern int __freadable (FILE *__fp) __THROW;

/* Return non-zero value iff stream FP is not opened read-only.  */
extern int __fwritable (FILE *__fp) __THROW;


/* Return non-zero value iff the stream FP is line-buffered.  */
extern int __flbf (FILE *__fp) __THROW;


/* Discard all pending buffered I/O on the stream FP.  */
extern void __fpurge (FILE *__fp) __THROW;

/* Return amount of output in bytes pending on a stream FP.  */
extern size_t __fpending (FILE *__fp) __THROW;

/* Flush all line-buffered files.  */
extern void _flushlbf (void);


/* Set locking status of stream FP to TYPE.  */
extern int __fsetlocking (FILE *__fp, int __type) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif	/* stdio_ext.h */
/*  Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _RE_COMP_H
#define _RE_COMP_H	1

/* This is only a wrapper around the <regex.h> file.  XPG4.2 mentions
   this name.  */
#include <regex.h>

#endif /* re_comp.h */
/* Unicode name database interface */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_UCNHASH_H
#define Py_UCNHASH_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* revised ucnhash CAPI interface (exported through a "wrapper") */

#define PyUnicodeData_CAPSULE_NAME "unicodedata.ucnhash_CAPI"

typedef struct {

    /* Size of this struct */
    int size;

    /* Get name for a given character code.  Returns non-zero if
       success, zero if not.  Does not set Python exceptions.
       If self is NULL, data come from the default version of the database.
       If it is not NULL, it should be a unicodedata.ucd_X_Y_Z object */
    int (*getname)(PyObject *self, Py_UCS4 code, char* buffer, int buflen,
                   int with_alias_and_seq);

    /* Get character code for a given name.  Same error handling
       as for getname. */
    int (*getcode)(PyObject *self, const char* name, int namelen, Py_UCS4* code,
                   int with_named_seq);

} _PyUnicode_Name_CAPI;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_UCNHASH_H */
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

#ifndef Py_INTRCHECK_H
#define Py_INTRCHECK_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyOS_InterruptOccurred(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyOS_InitInterrupts(void);
#ifdef HAVE_FORK
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03070000
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyOS_BeforeFork(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyOS_AfterFork_Parent(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyOS_AfterFork_Child(void);
#endif
#endif
/* Deprecated, please use PyOS_AfterFork_Child() instead */
Py_DEPRECATED(3.7) PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyOS_AfterFork(void);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyOS_IsMainThread(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PySignal_AfterFork(void);

#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
/* windows.h is not included by Python.h so use void* instead of HANDLE */
PyAPI_FUNC(void*) _PyOS_SigintEvent(void);
#endif
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_INTRCHECK_H */
/* Set object interface */

#ifndef Py_SETOBJECT_H
#define Py_SETOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API

/* There are three kinds of entries in the table:

1. Unused:  key == NULL and hash == 0
2. Dummy:   key == dummy and hash == -1
3. Active:  key != NULL and key != dummy and hash != -1

The hash field of Unused slots is always zero.

The hash field of Dummy slots are set to -1
meaning that dummy entries can be detected by
either entry->key==dummy or by entry->hash==-1.
*/

#define PySet_MINSIZE 8

typedef struct {
    PyObject *key;
    Py_hash_t hash;             /* Cached hash code of the key */
} setentry;

/* The SetObject data structure is shared by set and frozenset objects.

Invariant for sets:
 - hash is -1

Invariants for frozensets:
 - data is immutable.
 - hash is the hash of the frozenset or -1 if not computed yet.

*/

typedef struct {
    PyObject_HEAD

    Py_ssize_t fill;            /* Number active and dummy entries*/
    Py_ssize_t used;            /* Number active entries */

    /* The table contains mask + 1 slots, and that's a power of 2.
     * We store the mask instead of the size because the mask is more
     * frequently needed.
     */
    Py_ssize_t mask;

    /* The table points to a fixed-size smalltable for small tables
     * or to additional malloc'ed memory for bigger tables.
     * The table pointer is never NULL which saves us from repeated
     * runtime null-tests.
     */
    setentry *table;
    Py_hash_t hash;             /* Only used by frozenset objects */
    Py_ssize_t finger;          /* Search finger for pop() */

    setentry smalltable[PySet_MINSIZE];
    PyObject *weakreflist;      /* List of weak references */
} PySetObject;

#define PySet_GET_SIZE(so) (assert(PyAnySet_Check(so)),(((PySetObject *)(so))->used))

PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) _PySet_Dummy;

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PySet_NextEntry(PyObject *set, Py_ssize_t *pos, PyObject **key, Py_hash_t *hash);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PySet_Update(PyObject *set, PyObject *iterable);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySet_ClearFreeList(void);

#endif /* Section excluded by Py_LIMITED_API */

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PySet_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyFrozenSet_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PySetIter_Type;

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySet_New(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyFrozenSet_New(PyObject *);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySet_Add(PyObject *set, PyObject *key);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySet_Clear(PyObject *set);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySet_Contains(PyObject *anyset, PyObject *key);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySet_Discard(PyObject *set, PyObject *key);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySet_Pop(PyObject *set);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PySet_Size(PyObject *anyset);

#define PyFrozenSet_CheckExact(ob) (Py_TYPE(ob) == &PyFrozenSet_Type)
#define PyAnySet_CheckExact(ob) \
    (Py_TYPE(ob) == &PySet_Type || Py_TYPE(ob) == &PyFrozenSet_Type)
#define PyAnySet_Check(ob) \
    (Py_TYPE(ob) == &PySet_Type || Py_TYPE(ob) == &PyFrozenSet_Type || \
      PyType_IsSubtype(Py_TYPE(ob), &PySet_Type) || \
      PyType_IsSubtype(Py_TYPE(ob), &PyFrozenSet_Type))
#define PySet_Check(ob) \
    (Py_TYPE(ob) == &PySet_Type || \
    PyType_IsSubtype(Py_TYPE(ob), &PySet_Type))
#define   PyFrozenSet_Check(ob) \
    (Py_TYPE(ob) == &PyFrozenSet_Type || \
      PyType_IsSubtype(Py_TYPE(ob), &PyFrozenSet_Type))

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_SETOBJECT_H */
/* An arena-like memory interface for the compiler.
 */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_PYARENA_H
#define Py_PYARENA_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

  typedef struct _arena PyArena;

  /* PyArena_New() and PyArena_Free() create a new arena and free it,
     respectively.  Once an arena has been created, it can be used
     to allocate memory via PyArena_Malloc().  Pointers to PyObject can
     also be registered with the arena via PyArena_AddPyObject(), and the
     arena will ensure that the PyObjects stay alive at least until
     PyArena_Free() is called.  When an arena is freed, all the memory it
     allocated is freed, the arena releases internal references to registered
     PyObject*, and none of its pointers are valid.
     XXX (tim) What does "none of its pointers are valid" mean?  Does it
     XXX mean that pointers previously obtained via PyArena_Malloc() are
     XXX no longer valid?  (That's clearly true, but not sure that's what
     XXX the text is trying to say.)

     PyArena_New() returns an arena pointer.  On error, it
     returns a negative number and sets an exception.
     XXX (tim):  Not true.  On error, PyArena_New() actually returns NULL,
     XXX and looks like it may or may not set an exception (e.g., if the
     XXX internal PyList_New(0) returns NULL, PyArena_New() passes that on
     XXX and an exception is set; OTOH, if the internal
     XXX block_new(DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE) returns NULL, that's passed on but
     XXX an exception is not set in that case).
  */
  PyAPI_FUNC(PyArena *) PyArena_New(void);
  PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyArena_Free(PyArena *);

  /* Mostly like malloc(), return the address of a block of memory spanning
   * `size` bytes, or return NULL (without setting an exception) if enough
   * new memory can't be obtained.  Unlike malloc(0), PyArena_Malloc() with
   * size=0 does not guarantee to return a unique pointer (the pointer
   * returned may equal one or more other pointers obtained from
   * PyArena_Malloc()).
   * Note that pointers obtained via PyArena_Malloc() must never be passed to
   * the system free() or realloc(), or to any of Python's similar memory-
   * management functions.  PyArena_Malloc()-obtained pointers remain valid
   * until PyArena_Free(ar) is called, at which point all pointers obtained
   * from the arena `ar` become invalid simultaneously.
   */
  PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyArena_Malloc(PyArena *, size_t size);

  /* This routine isn't a proper arena allocation routine.  It takes
   * a PyObject* and records it so that it can be DECREFed when the
   * arena is freed.
   */
  PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyArena_AddPyObject(PyArena *, PyObject *);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* !Py_PYARENA_H */
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */
#ifndef Py_UNICODEOBJECT_H
#define Py_UNICODEOBJECT_H

#include <stdarg.h>

/*

Unicode implementation based on original code by Fredrik Lundh,
modified by Marc-Andre Lemburg (mal@lemburg.com) according to the
Unicode Integration Proposal. (See
http://www.egenix.com/files/python/unicode-proposal.txt).

Copyright (c) Corporation for National Research Initiatives.


 Original header:
 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 * Yet another Unicode string type for Python.  This type supports the
 * 16-bit Basic Multilingual Plane (BMP) only.
 *
 * Written by Fredrik Lundh, January 1999.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1999 by Secret Labs AB.
 * Copyright (c) 1999 by Fredrik Lundh.
 *
 * fredrik@pythonware.com
 * http://www.pythonware.com
 *
 * --------------------------------------------------------------------
 * This Unicode String Type is
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1999 by Secret Labs AB
 * Copyright (c) 1999 by Fredrik Lundh
 *
 * By obtaining, using, and/or copying this software and/or its
 * associated documentation, you agree that you have read, understood,
 * and will comply with the following terms and conditions:
 *
 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
 * associated documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
 * granted, provided that the above copyright notice appears in all
 * copies, and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice
 * appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Secret Labs
 * AB or the author not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to
 * distribution of the software without specific, written prior
 * permission.
 *
 * SECRET LABS AB AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO
 * THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
 * FITNESS.  IN NO EVENT SHALL SECRET LABS AB OR THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
 * ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT
 * OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
 * -------------------------------------------------------------------- */

#include <ctype.h>

/* === Internal API ======================================================= */

/* --- Internal Unicode Format -------------------------------------------- */

/* Python 3.x requires unicode */
#define Py_USING_UNICODE

#ifndef SIZEOF_WCHAR_T
#error Must define SIZEOF_WCHAR_T
#endif

#define Py_UNICODE_SIZE SIZEOF_WCHAR_T

/* If wchar_t can be used for UCS-4 storage, set Py_UNICODE_WIDE.
   Otherwise, Unicode strings are stored as UCS-2 (with limited support
   for UTF-16) */

#if Py_UNICODE_SIZE >= 4
#define Py_UNICODE_WIDE
#endif

/* Set these flags if the platform has "wchar.h" and the
   wchar_t type is a 16-bit unsigned type */
/* #define HAVE_WCHAR_H */
/* #define HAVE_USABLE_WCHAR_T */

/* If the compiler provides a wchar_t type we try to support it
   through the interface functions PyUnicode_FromWideChar(),
   PyUnicode_AsWideChar() and PyUnicode_AsWideCharString(). */

#ifdef HAVE_USABLE_WCHAR_T
# ifndef HAVE_WCHAR_H
#  define HAVE_WCHAR_H
# endif
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_H
#  include <wchar.h>
#endif

/* Py_UCS4 and Py_UCS2 are typedefs for the respective
   unicode representations. */
typedef uint32_t Py_UCS4;
typedef uint16_t Py_UCS2;
typedef uint8_t Py_UCS1;

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyUnicode_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyUnicodeIter_Type;

#define PyUnicode_Check(op) \
                 PyType_FastSubclass(Py_TYPE(op), Py_TPFLAGS_UNICODE_SUBCLASS)
#define PyUnicode_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyUnicode_Type)

/* --- Constants ---------------------------------------------------------- */

/* This Unicode character will be used as replacement character during
   decoding if the errors argument is set to "replace". Note: the
   Unicode character U+FFFD is the official REPLACEMENT CHARACTER in
   Unicode 3.0. */

#define Py_UNICODE_REPLACEMENT_CHARACTER ((Py_UCS4) 0xFFFD)

/* === Public API ========================================================= */

/* Similar to PyUnicode_FromUnicode(), but u points to UTF-8 encoded bytes */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_FromStringAndSize(
    const char *u,             /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t size            /* size of buffer */
    );

/* Similar to PyUnicode_FromUnicode(), but u points to null-terminated
   UTF-8 encoded bytes.  The size is determined with strlen(). */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_FromString(
    const char *u              /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    );

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_Substring(
    PyObject *str,
    Py_ssize_t start,
    Py_ssize_t end);
#endif

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
/* Copy the string into a UCS4 buffer including the null character if copy_null
   is set. Return NULL and raise an exception on error. Raise a SystemError if
   the buffer is smaller than the string. Return buffer on success.

   buflen is the length of the buffer in (Py_UCS4) characters. */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UCS4*) PyUnicode_AsUCS4(
    PyObject *unicode,
    Py_UCS4* buffer,
    Py_ssize_t buflen,
    int copy_null);

/* Copy the string into a UCS4 buffer. A new buffer is allocated using
 * PyMem_Malloc; if this fails, NULL is returned with a memory error
   exception set. */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UCS4*) PyUnicode_AsUCS4Copy(PyObject *unicode);
#endif

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
/* Get the length of the Unicode object. */

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyUnicode_GetLength(
    PyObject *unicode
);
#endif

/* Get the number of Py_UNICODE units in the
   string representation. */

Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyUnicode_GetSize(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
/* Read a character from the string. */

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UCS4) PyUnicode_ReadChar(
    PyObject *unicode,
    Py_ssize_t index
    );

/* Write a character to the string. The string must have been created through
   PyUnicode_New, must not be shared, and must not have been hashed yet.

   Return 0 on success, -1 on error. */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicode_WriteChar(
    PyObject *unicode,
    Py_ssize_t index,
    Py_UCS4 character
    );
#endif

/* Resize a Unicode object. The length is the number of characters, except
   if the kind of the string is PyUnicode_WCHAR_KIND: in this case, the length
   is the number of Py_UNICODE characters.

   *unicode is modified to point to the new (resized) object and 0
   returned on success.

   Try to resize the string in place (which is usually faster than allocating
   a new string and copy characters), or create a new string.

   Error handling is implemented as follows: an exception is set, -1
   is returned and *unicode left untouched.

   WARNING: The function doesn't check string content, the result may not be a
            string in canonical representation. */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicode_Resize(
    PyObject **unicode,         /* Pointer to the Unicode object */
    Py_ssize_t length           /* New length */
    );

/* Decode obj to a Unicode object.

   bytes, bytearray and other bytes-like objects are decoded according to the
   given encoding and error handler. The encoding and error handler can be
   NULL to have the interface use UTF-8 and "strict".

   All other objects (including Unicode objects) raise an exception.

   The API returns NULL in case of an error. The caller is responsible
   for decref'ing the returned objects.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_FromEncodedObject(
    PyObject *obj,              /* Object */
    const char *encoding,       /* encoding */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

/* Copy an instance of a Unicode subtype to a new true Unicode object if
   necessary. If obj is already a true Unicode object (not a subtype), return
   the reference with *incremented* refcount.

   The API returns NULL in case of an error. The caller is responsible
   for decref'ing the returned objects.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_FromObject(
    PyObject *obj      /* Object */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicode_FromFormatV(
    const char *format,   /* ASCII-encoded string  */
    va_list vargs
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicode_FromFormat(
    const char *format,   /* ASCII-encoded string  */
    ...
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyUnicode_InternInPlace(PyObject **);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyUnicode_InternImmortal(PyObject **);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicode_InternFromString(
    const char *u              /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    );

/* Use only if you know it's a string */
#define PyUnicode_CHECK_INTERNED(op) \
    (((PyASCIIObject *)(op))->state.interned)

/* --- wchar_t support for platforms which support it --------------------- */

#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_H

/* Create a Unicode Object from the wchar_t buffer w of the given
   size.

   The buffer is copied into the new object. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_FromWideChar(
    const wchar_t *w,           /* wchar_t buffer */
    Py_ssize_t size             /* size of buffer */
    );

/* Copies the Unicode Object contents into the wchar_t buffer w.  At
   most size wchar_t characters are copied.

   Note that the resulting wchar_t string may or may not be
   0-terminated.  It is the responsibility of the caller to make sure
   that the wchar_t string is 0-terminated in case this is required by
   the application.

   Returns the number of wchar_t characters copied (excluding a
   possibly trailing 0-termination character) or -1 in case of an
   error. */

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyUnicode_AsWideChar(
    PyObject *unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    wchar_t *w,                 /* wchar_t buffer */
    Py_ssize_t size             /* size of buffer */
    );

/* Convert the Unicode object to a wide character string. The output string
   always ends with a nul character. If size is not NULL, write the number of
   wide characters (excluding the null character) into *size.

   Returns a buffer allocated by PyMem_Malloc() (use PyMem_Free() to free it)
   on success. On error, returns NULL, *size is undefined and raises a
   MemoryError. */

PyAPI_FUNC(wchar_t*) PyUnicode_AsWideCharString(
    PyObject *unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    Py_ssize_t *size            /* number of characters of the result */
    );

#endif

/* --- Unicode ordinals --------------------------------------------------- */

/* Create a Unicode Object from the given Unicode code point ordinal.

   The ordinal must be in range(0x110000). A ValueError is
   raised in case it is not.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_FromOrdinal(int ordinal);

/* --- Free-list management ----------------------------------------------- */

/* Clear the free list used by the Unicode implementation.

   This can be used to release memory used for objects on the free
   list back to the Python memory allocator.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicode_ClearFreeList(void);

/* === Builtin Codecs =====================================================

   Many of these APIs take two arguments encoding and errors. These
   parameters encoding and errors have the same semantics as the ones
   of the builtin str() API.

   Setting encoding to NULL causes the default encoding (UTF-8) to be used.

   Error handling is set by errors which may also be set to NULL
   meaning to use the default handling defined for the codec. Default
   error handling for all builtin codecs is "strict" (ValueErrors are
   raised).

   The codecs all use a similar interface. Only deviation from the
   generic ones are documented.

*/

/* --- Manage the default encoding ---------------------------------------- */

/* Returns "utf-8".  */
PyAPI_FUNC(const char*) PyUnicode_GetDefaultEncoding(void);

/* --- Generic Codecs ----------------------------------------------------- */

/* Create a Unicode object by decoding the encoded string s of the
   given size. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_Decode(
    const char *s,              /* encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t size,            /* size of buffer */
    const char *encoding,       /* encoding */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

/* Decode a Unicode object unicode and return the result as Python
   object.

   This API is DEPRECATED. The only supported standard encoding is rot13.
   Use PyCodec_Decode() to decode with rot13 and non-standard codecs
   that decode from str. */

Py_DEPRECATED(3.6) PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsDecodedObject(
    PyObject *unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    const char *encoding,       /* encoding */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

/* Decode a Unicode object unicode and return the result as Unicode
   object.

   This API is DEPRECATED. The only supported standard encoding is rot13.
   Use PyCodec_Decode() to decode with rot13 and non-standard codecs
   that decode from str to str. */

Py_DEPRECATED(3.6) PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsDecodedUnicode(
    PyObject *unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    const char *encoding,       /* encoding */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

/* Encodes a Unicode object and returns the result as Python
   object.

   This API is DEPRECATED.  It is superseded by PyUnicode_AsEncodedString()
   since all standard encodings (except rot13) encode str to bytes.
   Use PyCodec_Encode() for encoding with rot13 and non-standard codecs
   that encode form str to non-bytes. */

Py_DEPRECATED(3.6) PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsEncodedObject(
    PyObject *unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    const char *encoding,       /* encoding */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

/* Encodes a Unicode object and returns the result as Python string
   object. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsEncodedString(
    PyObject *unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    const char *encoding,       /* encoding */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

/* Encodes a Unicode object and returns the result as Unicode
   object.

   This API is DEPRECATED.  The only supported standard encodings is rot13.
   Use PyCodec_Encode() to encode with rot13 and non-standard codecs
   that encode from str to str. */

Py_DEPRECATED(3.6) PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsEncodedUnicode(
    PyObject *unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    const char *encoding,       /* encoding */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

/* Build an encoding map. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_BuildEncodingMap(
    PyObject* string            /* 256 character map */
   );

/* --- UTF-7 Codecs ------------------------------------------------------- */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeUTF7(
    const char *string,         /* UTF-7 encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeUTF7Stateful(
    const char *string,         /* UTF-7 encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors,         /* error handling */
    Py_ssize_t *consumed        /* bytes consumed */
    );

/* --- UTF-8 Codecs ------------------------------------------------------- */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeUTF8(
    const char *string,         /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeUTF8Stateful(
    const char *string,         /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors,         /* error handling */
    Py_ssize_t *consumed        /* bytes consumed */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsUTF8String(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

/* --- UTF-32 Codecs ------------------------------------------------------ */

/* Decodes length bytes from a UTF-32 encoded buffer string and returns
   the corresponding Unicode object.

   errors (if non-NULL) defines the error handling. It defaults
   to "strict".

   If byteorder is non-NULL, the decoder starts decoding using the
   given byte order:

    *byteorder == -1: little endian
    *byteorder == 0:  native order
    *byteorder == 1:  big endian

   In native mode, the first four bytes of the stream are checked for a
   BOM mark. If found, the BOM mark is analysed, the byte order
   adjusted and the BOM skipped.  In the other modes, no BOM mark
   interpretation is done. After completion, *byteorder is set to the
   current byte order at the end of input data.

   If byteorder is NULL, the codec starts in native order mode.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeUTF32(
    const char *string,         /* UTF-32 encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors,         /* error handling */
    int *byteorder              /* pointer to byteorder to use
                                   0=native;-1=LE,1=BE; updated on
                                   exit */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeUTF32Stateful(
    const char *string,         /* UTF-32 encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors,         /* error handling */
    int *byteorder,             /* pointer to byteorder to use
                                   0=native;-1=LE,1=BE; updated on
                                   exit */
    Py_ssize_t *consumed        /* bytes consumed */
    );

/* Returns a Python string using the UTF-32 encoding in native byte
   order. The string always starts with a BOM mark.  */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsUTF32String(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

/* Returns a Python string object holding the UTF-32 encoded value of
   the Unicode data.

   If byteorder is not 0, output is written according to the following
   byte order:

   byteorder == -1: little endian
   byteorder == 0:  native byte order (writes a BOM mark)
   byteorder == 1:  big endian

   If byteorder is 0, the output string will always start with the
   Unicode BOM mark (U+FEFF). In the other two modes, no BOM mark is
   prepended.

*/

/* --- UTF-16 Codecs ------------------------------------------------------ */

/* Decodes length bytes from a UTF-16 encoded buffer string and returns
   the corresponding Unicode object.

   errors (if non-NULL) defines the error handling. It defaults
   to "strict".

   If byteorder is non-NULL, the decoder starts decoding using the
   given byte order:

    *byteorder == -1: little endian
    *byteorder == 0:  native order
    *byteorder == 1:  big endian

   In native mode, the first two bytes of the stream are checked for a
   BOM mark. If found, the BOM mark is analysed, the byte order
   adjusted and the BOM skipped.  In the other modes, no BOM mark
   interpretation is done. After completion, *byteorder is set to the
   current byte order at the end of input data.

   If byteorder is NULL, the codec starts in native order mode.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeUTF16(
    const char *string,         /* UTF-16 encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors,         /* error handling */
    int *byteorder              /* pointer to byteorder to use
                                   0=native;-1=LE,1=BE; updated on
                                   exit */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeUTF16Stateful(
    const char *string,         /* UTF-16 encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors,         /* error handling */
    int *byteorder,             /* pointer to byteorder to use
                                   0=native;-1=LE,1=BE; updated on
                                   exit */
    Py_ssize_t *consumed        /* bytes consumed */
    );

/* Returns a Python string using the UTF-16 encoding in native byte
   order. The string always starts with a BOM mark.  */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsUTF16String(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

/* --- Unicode-Escape Codecs ---------------------------------------------- */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeUnicodeEscape(
    const char *string,         /* Unicode-Escape encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsUnicodeEscapeString(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

/* --- Raw-Unicode-Escape Codecs ------------------------------------------ */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeRawUnicodeEscape(
    const char *string,         /* Raw-Unicode-Escape encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsRawUnicodeEscapeString(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

/* --- Latin-1 Codecs -----------------------------------------------------

   Note: Latin-1 corresponds to the first 256 Unicode ordinals. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeLatin1(
    const char *string,         /* Latin-1 encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsLatin1String(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

/* --- ASCII Codecs -------------------------------------------------------

   Only 7-bit ASCII data is excepted. All other codes generate errors.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeASCII(
    const char *string,         /* ASCII encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsASCIIString(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

/* --- Character Map Codecs -----------------------------------------------

   This codec uses mappings to encode and decode characters.

   Decoding mappings must map byte ordinals (integers in the range from 0 to
   255) to Unicode strings, integers (which are then interpreted as Unicode
   ordinals) or None.  Unmapped data bytes (ones which cause a LookupError)
   as well as mapped to None, 0xFFFE or '\ufffe' are treated as "undefined
   mapping" and cause an error.

   Encoding mappings must map Unicode ordinal integers to bytes objects,
   integers in the range from 0 to 255 or None.  Unmapped character
   ordinals (ones which cause a LookupError) as well as mapped to
   None are treated as "undefined mapping" and cause an error.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeCharmap(
    const char *string,         /* Encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    PyObject *mapping,          /* decoding mapping */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsCharmapString(
    PyObject *unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    PyObject *mapping           /* encoding mapping */
    );

/* --- MBCS codecs for Windows -------------------------------------------- */

#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeMBCS(
    const char *string,         /* MBCS encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeMBCSStateful(
    const char *string,         /* MBCS encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors,         /* error handling */
    Py_ssize_t *consumed        /* bytes consumed */
    );

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeCodePageStateful(
    int code_page,              /* code page number */
    const char *string,         /* encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors,         /* error handling */
    Py_ssize_t *consumed        /* bytes consumed */
    );
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsMBCSString(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeCodePage(
    int code_page,              /* code page number */
    PyObject *unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );
#endif

#endif /* MS_WINDOWS */

/* --- Locale encoding --------------------------------------------------- */

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
/* Decode a string from the current locale encoding. The decoder is strict if
   *surrogateescape* is equal to zero, otherwise it uses the 'surrogateescape'
   error handler (PEP 383) to escape undecodable bytes. If a byte sequence can
   be decoded as a surrogate character and *surrogateescape* is not equal to
   zero, the byte sequence is escaped using the 'surrogateescape' error handler
   instead of being decoded. *str* must end with a null character but cannot
   contain embedded null characters. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeLocaleAndSize(
    const char *str,
    Py_ssize_t len,
    const char *errors);

/* Similar to PyUnicode_DecodeLocaleAndSize(), but compute the string
   length using strlen(). */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeLocale(
    const char *str,
    const char *errors);

/* Encode a Unicode object to the current locale encoding. The encoder is
   strict is *surrogateescape* is equal to zero, otherwise the
   "surrogateescape" error handler is used. Return a bytes object. The string
   cannot contain embedded null characters. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeLocale(
    PyObject *unicode,
    const char *errors
    );
#endif

/* --- File system encoding ---------------------------------------------- */

/* ParseTuple converter: encode str objects to bytes using
   PyUnicode_EncodeFSDefault(); bytes objects are output as-is. */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicode_FSConverter(PyObject*, void*);

/* ParseTuple converter: decode bytes objects to unicode using
   PyUnicode_DecodeFSDefaultAndSize(); str objects are output as-is. */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicode_FSDecoder(PyObject*, void*);

/* Decode a null-terminated string using Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding
   and the "surrogateescape" error handler.

   If Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding is not set, fall back to the locale
   encoding.

   Use PyUnicode_DecodeFSDefaultAndSize() if the string length is known.
*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeFSDefault(
    const char *s               /* encoded string */
    );

/* Decode a string using Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding
   and the "surrogateescape" error handler.

   If Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding is not set, fall back to the locale
   encoding.
*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeFSDefaultAndSize(
    const char *s,               /* encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t size              /* size */
    );

/* Encode a Unicode object to Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding with the
   "surrogateescape" error handler, and return bytes.

   If Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding is not set, fall back to the locale
   encoding.
*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeFSDefault(
    PyObject *unicode
    );

/* --- Methods & Slots ----------------------------------------------------

   These are capable of handling Unicode objects and strings on input
   (we refer to them as strings in the descriptions) and return
   Unicode objects or integers as appropriate. */

/* Concat two strings giving a new Unicode string. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_Concat(
    PyObject *left,             /* Left string */
    PyObject *right             /* Right string */
    );

/* Concat two strings and put the result in *pleft
   (sets *pleft to NULL on error) */

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyUnicode_Append(
    PyObject **pleft,           /* Pointer to left string */
    PyObject *right             /* Right string */
    );

/* Concat two strings, put the result in *pleft and drop the right object
   (sets *pleft to NULL on error) */

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyUnicode_AppendAndDel(
    PyObject **pleft,           /* Pointer to left string */
    PyObject *right             /* Right string */
    );

/* Split a string giving a list of Unicode strings.

   If sep is NULL, splitting will be done at all whitespace
   substrings. Otherwise, splits occur at the given separator.

   At most maxsplit splits will be done. If negative, no limit is set.

   Separators are not included in the resulting list.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_Split(
    PyObject *s,                /* String to split */
    PyObject *sep,              /* String separator */
    Py_ssize_t maxsplit         /* Maxsplit count */
    );

/* Dito, but split at line breaks.

   CRLF is considered to be one line break. Line breaks are not
   included in the resulting list. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_Splitlines(
    PyObject *s,                /* String to split */
    int keepends                /* If true, line end markers are included */
    );

/* Partition a string using a given separator. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_Partition(
    PyObject *s,                /* String to partition */
    PyObject *sep               /* String separator */
    );

/* Partition a string using a given separator, searching from the end of the
   string. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_RPartition(
    PyObject *s,                /* String to partition */
    PyObject *sep               /* String separator */
    );

/* Split a string giving a list of Unicode strings.

   If sep is NULL, splitting will be done at all whitespace
   substrings. Otherwise, splits occur at the given separator.

   At most maxsplit splits will be done. But unlike PyUnicode_Split
   PyUnicode_RSplit splits from the end of the string. If negative,
   no limit is set.

   Separators are not included in the resulting list.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_RSplit(
    PyObject *s,                /* String to split */
    PyObject *sep,              /* String separator */
    Py_ssize_t maxsplit         /* Maxsplit count */
    );

/* Translate a string by applying a character mapping table to it and
   return the resulting Unicode object.

   The mapping table must map Unicode ordinal integers to Unicode strings,
   Unicode ordinal integers or None (causing deletion of the character).

   Mapping tables may be dictionaries or sequences. Unmapped character
   ordinals (ones which cause a LookupError) are left untouched and
   are copied as-is.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicode_Translate(
    PyObject *str,              /* String */
    PyObject *table,            /* Translate table */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

/* Join a sequence of strings using the given separator and return
   the resulting Unicode string. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_Join(
    PyObject *separator,        /* Separator string */
    PyObject *seq               /* Sequence object */
    );

/* Return 1 if substr matches str[start:end] at the given tail end, 0
   otherwise. */

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyUnicode_Tailmatch(
    PyObject *str,              /* String */
    PyObject *substr,           /* Prefix or Suffix string */
    Py_ssize_t start,           /* Start index */
    Py_ssize_t end,             /* Stop index */
    int direction               /* Tail end: -1 prefix, +1 suffix */
    );

/* Return the first position of substr in str[start:end] using the
   given search direction or -1 if not found. -2 is returned in case
   an error occurred and an exception is set. */

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyUnicode_Find(
    PyObject *str,              /* String */
    PyObject *substr,           /* Substring to find */
    Py_ssize_t start,           /* Start index */
    Py_ssize_t end,             /* Stop index */
    int direction               /* Find direction: +1 forward, -1 backward */
    );

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
/* Like PyUnicode_Find, but search for single character only. */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyUnicode_FindChar(
    PyObject *str,
    Py_UCS4 ch,
    Py_ssize_t start,
    Py_ssize_t end,
    int direction
    );
#endif

/* Count the number of occurrences of substr in str[start:end]. */

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyUnicode_Count(
    PyObject *str,              /* String */
    PyObject *substr,           /* Substring to count */
    Py_ssize_t start,           /* Start index */
    Py_ssize_t end              /* Stop index */
    );

/* Replace at most maxcount occurrences of substr in str with replstr
   and return the resulting Unicode object. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicode_Replace(
    PyObject *str,              /* String */
    PyObject *substr,           /* Substring to find */
    PyObject *replstr,          /* Substring to replace */
    Py_ssize_t maxcount         /* Max. number of replacements to apply;
                                   -1 = all */
    );

/* Compare two strings and return -1, 0, 1 for less than, equal,
   greater than resp.
   Raise an exception and return -1 on error. */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicode_Compare(
    PyObject *left,             /* Left string */
    PyObject *right             /* Right string */
    );

/* Compare a Unicode object with C string and return -1, 0, 1 for less than,
   equal, and greater than, respectively.  It is best to pass only
   ASCII-encoded strings, but the function interprets the input string as
   ISO-8859-1 if it contains non-ASCII characters.
   This function does not raise exceptions. */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicode_CompareWithASCIIString(
    PyObject *left,
    const char *right           /* ASCII-encoded string */
    );

/* Rich compare two strings and return one of the following:

   - NULL in case an exception was raised
   - Py_True or Py_False for successful comparisons
   - Py_NotImplemented in case the type combination is unknown

   Possible values for op:

     Py_GT, Py_GE, Py_EQ, Py_NE, Py_LT, Py_LE

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicode_RichCompare(
    PyObject *left,             /* Left string */
    PyObject *right,            /* Right string */
    int op                      /* Operation: Py_EQ, Py_NE, Py_GT, etc. */
    );

/* Apply an argument tuple or dictionary to a format string and return
   the resulting Unicode string. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicode_Format(
    PyObject *format,           /* Format string */
    PyObject *args              /* Argument tuple or dictionary */
    );

/* Checks whether element is contained in container and return 1/0
   accordingly.

   element has to coerce to a one element Unicode string. -1 is
   returned in case of an error. */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicode_Contains(
    PyObject *container,        /* Container string */
    PyObject *element           /* Element string */
    );

/* Checks whether argument is a valid identifier. */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicode_IsIdentifier(PyObject *s);

/* === Characters Type APIs =============================================== */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#  define Py_CPYTHON_UNICODEOBJECT_H
#  include  "cpython/unicodeobject.h"
#  undef Py_CPYTHON_UNICODEOBJECT_H
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_UNICODEOBJECT_H */

/* Python version identification scheme.

   When the major or minor version changes, the VERSION variable in
   configure.ac must also be changed.

   There is also (independent) API version information in modsupport.h.
*/

/* Values for PY_RELEASE_LEVEL */
#define PY_RELEASE_LEVEL_ALPHA  0xA
#define PY_RELEASE_LEVEL_BETA   0xB
#define PY_RELEASE_LEVEL_GAMMA  0xC     /* For release candidates */
#define PY_RELEASE_LEVEL_FINAL  0xF     /* Serial should be 0 here */
                                        /* Higher for patch releases */

/* Version parsed out into numeric values */
/*--start constants--*/
#define PY_MAJOR_VERSION        3
#define PY_MINOR_VERSION        8
#define PY_MICRO_VERSION        17
#define PY_RELEASE_LEVEL        PY_RELEASE_LEVEL_FINAL
#define PY_RELEASE_SERIAL       0

/* Version as a string */
#define PY_VERSION              "3.8.17"
/*--end constants--*/

/* Version as a single 4-byte hex number, e.g. 0x010502B2 == 1.5.2b2.
   Use this for numeric comparisons, e.g. #if PY_VERSION_HEX >= ... */
#define PY_VERSION_HEX ((PY_MAJOR_VERSION << 24) | \
                        (PY_MINOR_VERSION << 16) | \
                        (PY_MICRO_VERSION <<  8) | \
                        (PY_RELEASE_LEVEL <<  4) | \
                        (PY_RELEASE_SERIAL << 0))
/* The PyObject_ memory family:  high-level object memory interfaces.
   See pymem.h for the low-level PyMem_ family.
*/

#ifndef Py_OBJIMPL_H
#define Py_OBJIMPL_H

#include "pymem.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* BEWARE:

   Each interface exports both functions and macros.  Extension modules should
   use the functions, to ensure binary compatibility across Python versions.
   Because the Python implementation is free to change internal details, and
   the macros may (or may not) expose details for speed, if you do use the
   macros you must recompile your extensions with each Python release.

   Never mix calls to PyObject_ memory functions with calls to the platform
   malloc/realloc/ calloc/free, or with calls to PyMem_.
*/

/*
Functions and macros for modules that implement new object types.

 - PyObject_New(type, typeobj) allocates memory for a new object of the given
   type, and initializes part of it.  'type' must be the C structure type used
   to represent the object, and 'typeobj' the address of the corresponding
   type object.  Reference count and type pointer are filled in; the rest of
   the bytes of the object are *undefined*!  The resulting expression type is
   'type *'.  The size of the object is determined by the tp_basicsize field
   of the type object.

 - PyObject_NewVar(type, typeobj, n) is similar but allocates a variable-size
   object with room for n items.  In addition to the refcount and type pointer
   fields, this also fills in the ob_size field.

 - PyObject_Del(op) releases the memory allocated for an object.  It does not
   run a destructor -- it only frees the memory.  PyObject_Free is identical.

 - PyObject_Init(op, typeobj) and PyObject_InitVar(op, typeobj, n) don't
   allocate memory.  Instead of a 'type' parameter, they take a pointer to a
   new object (allocated by an arbitrary allocator), and initialize its object
   header fields.

Note that objects created with PyObject_{New, NewVar} are allocated using the
specialized Python allocator (implemented in obmalloc.c), if WITH_PYMALLOC is
enabled.  In addition, a special debugging allocator is used if PYMALLOC_DEBUG
is also #defined.

In case a specific form of memory management is needed (for example, if you
must use the platform malloc heap(s), or shared memory, or C++ local storage or
operator new), you must first allocate the object with your custom allocator,
then pass its pointer to PyObject_{Init, InitVar} for filling in its Python-
specific fields:  reference count, type pointer, possibly others.  You should
be aware that Python has no control over these objects because they don't
cooperate with the Python memory manager.  Such objects may not be eligible
for automatic garbage collection and you have to make sure that they are
released accordingly whenever their destructor gets called (cf. the specific
form of memory management you're using).

Unless you have specific memory management requirements, use
PyObject_{New, NewVar, Del}.
*/

/*
 * Raw object memory interface
 * ===========================
 */

/* Functions to call the same malloc/realloc/free as used by Python's
   object allocator.  If WITH_PYMALLOC is enabled, these may differ from
   the platform malloc/realloc/free.  The Python object allocator is
   designed for fast, cache-conscious allocation of many "small" objects,
   and with low hidden memory overhead.

   PyObject_Malloc(0) returns a unique non-NULL pointer if possible.

   PyObject_Realloc(NULL, n) acts like PyObject_Malloc(n).
   PyObject_Realloc(p != NULL, 0) does not return  NULL, or free the memory
   at p.

   Returned pointers must be checked for NULL explicitly; no action is
   performed on failure other than to return NULL (no warning it printed, no
   exception is set, etc).

   For allocating objects, use PyObject_{New, NewVar} instead whenever
   possible.  The PyObject_{Malloc, Realloc, Free} family is exposed
   so that you can exploit Python's small-block allocator for non-object
   uses.  If you must use these routines to allocate object memory, make sure
   the object gets initialized via PyObject_{Init, InitVar} after obtaining
   the raw memory.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyObject_Malloc(size_t size);
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03050000
PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyObject_Calloc(size_t nelem, size_t elsize);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyObject_Realloc(void *ptr, size_t new_size);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyObject_Free(void *ptr);


/* Macros */
#define PyObject_MALLOC         PyObject_Malloc
#define PyObject_REALLOC        PyObject_Realloc
#define PyObject_FREE           PyObject_Free
#define PyObject_Del            PyObject_Free
#define PyObject_DEL            PyObject_Free


/*
 * Generic object allocator interface
 * ==================================
 */

/* Functions */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_Init(PyObject *, PyTypeObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyVarObject *) PyObject_InitVar(PyVarObject *,
                                                 PyTypeObject *, Py_ssize_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_New(PyTypeObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyVarObject *) _PyObject_NewVar(PyTypeObject *, Py_ssize_t);

#define PyObject_New(type, typeobj) \
                ( (type *) _PyObject_New(typeobj) )
#define PyObject_NewVar(type, typeobj, n) \
                ( (type *) _PyObject_NewVar((typeobj), (n)) )

/* Inline functions trading binary compatibility for speed:
   PyObject_INIT() is the fast version of PyObject_Init(), and
   PyObject_INIT_VAR() is the fast version of PyObject_InitVar.
   See also pymem.h.

   These inline functions expect non-NULL object pointers. */
static inline PyObject*
_PyObject_INIT(PyObject *op, PyTypeObject *typeobj)
{
    assert(op != NULL);
    Py_TYPE(op) = typeobj;
    if (PyType_GetFlags(typeobj) & Py_TPFLAGS_HEAPTYPE) {
        Py_INCREF(typeobj);
    }
    _Py_NewReference(op);
    return op;
}

#define PyObject_INIT(op, typeobj) \
    _PyObject_INIT(_PyObject_CAST(op), (typeobj))

static inline PyVarObject*
_PyObject_INIT_VAR(PyVarObject *op, PyTypeObject *typeobj, Py_ssize_t size)
{
    assert(op != NULL);
    Py_SIZE(op) = size;
    PyObject_INIT((PyObject *)op, typeobj);
    return op;
}

#define PyObject_INIT_VAR(op, typeobj, size) \
    _PyObject_INIT_VAR(_PyVarObject_CAST(op), (typeobj), (size))

#define _PyObject_SIZE(typeobj) ( (typeobj)->tp_basicsize )

/* _PyObject_VAR_SIZE returns the number of bytes (as size_t) allocated for a
   vrbl-size object with nitems items, exclusive of gc overhead (if any).  The
   value is rounded up to the closest multiple of sizeof(void *), in order to
   ensure that pointer fields at the end of the object are correctly aligned
   for the platform (this is of special importance for subclasses of, e.g.,
   str or int, so that pointers can be stored after the embedded data).

   Note that there's no memory wastage in doing this, as malloc has to
   return (at worst) pointer-aligned memory anyway.
*/
#if ((SIZEOF_VOID_P - 1) & SIZEOF_VOID_P) != 0
#   error "_PyObject_VAR_SIZE requires SIZEOF_VOID_P be a power of 2"
#endif

#define _PyObject_VAR_SIZE(typeobj, nitems)     \
    _Py_SIZE_ROUND_UP((typeobj)->tp_basicsize + \
        (nitems)*(typeobj)->tp_itemsize,        \
        SIZEOF_VOID_P)

#define PyObject_NEW(type, typeobj) \
( (type *) PyObject_Init( \
    (PyObject *) PyObject_MALLOC( _PyObject_SIZE(typeobj) ), (typeobj)) )

#define PyObject_NEW_VAR(type, typeobj, n) \
( (type *) PyObject_InitVar( \
      (PyVarObject *) PyObject_MALLOC(_PyObject_VAR_SIZE((typeobj),(n)) ),\
      (typeobj), (n)) )

/* This example code implements an object constructor with a custom
   allocator, where PyObject_New is inlined, and shows the important
   distinction between two steps (at least):
       1) the actual allocation of the object storage;
       2) the initialization of the Python specific fields
      in this storage with PyObject_{Init, InitVar}.

   PyObject *
   YourObject_New(...)
   {
       PyObject *op;

       op = (PyObject *) Your_Allocator(_PyObject_SIZE(YourTypeStruct));
       if (op == NULL)
       return PyErr_NoMemory();

       PyObject_Init(op, &YourTypeStruct);

       op->ob_field = value;
       ...
       return op;
   }

   Note that in C++, the use of the new operator usually implies that
   the 1st step is performed automatically for you, so in a C++ class
   constructor you would start directly with PyObject_Init/InitVar
*/



/*
 * Garbage Collection Support
 * ==========================
 */

/* C equivalent of gc.collect() which ignores the state of gc.enabled. */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyGC_Collect(void);

/* Test if a type has a GC head */
#define PyType_IS_GC(t) PyType_HasFeature((t), Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_GC)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyVarObject *) _PyObject_GC_Resize(PyVarObject *, Py_ssize_t);
#define PyObject_GC_Resize(type, op, n) \
                ( (type *) _PyObject_GC_Resize(_PyVarObject_CAST(op), (n)) )



PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_GC_New(PyTypeObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyVarObject *) _PyObject_GC_NewVar(PyTypeObject *, Py_ssize_t);

/* Tell the GC to track this object.
 *
 * See also private _PyObject_GC_TRACK() macro. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyObject_GC_Track(void *);

/* Tell the GC to stop tracking this object.
 *
 * See also private _PyObject_GC_UNTRACK() macro. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyObject_GC_UnTrack(void *);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyObject_GC_Del(void *);

#define PyObject_GC_New(type, typeobj) \
                ( (type *) _PyObject_GC_New(typeobj) )
#define PyObject_GC_NewVar(type, typeobj, n) \
                ( (type *) _PyObject_GC_NewVar((typeobj), (n)) )


/* Utility macro to help write tp_traverse functions.
 * To use this macro, the tp_traverse function must name its arguments
 * "visit" and "arg".  This is intended to keep tp_traverse functions
 * looking as much alike as possible.
 */
#define Py_VISIT(op)                                                    \
    do {                                                                \
        if (op) {                                                       \
            int vret = visit(_PyObject_CAST(op), arg);                  \
            if (vret)                                                   \
                return vret;                                            \
        }                                                               \
    } while (0)

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#  define Py_CPYTHON_OBJIMPL_H
#  include  "cpython/objimpl.h"
#  undef Py_CPYTHON_OBJIMPL_H
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_OBJIMPL_H */
/* Abstract Object Interface (many thanks to Jim Fulton) */

#ifndef Py_ABSTRACTOBJECT_H
#define Py_ABSTRACTOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* === Object Protocol ================================================== */

/* Implemented elsewhere:

   int PyObject_Print(PyObject *o, FILE *fp, int flags);

   Print an object 'o' on file 'fp'.  Returns -1 on error. The flags argument
   is used to enable certain printing options. The only option currently
   supported is Py_Print_RAW.

   (What should be said about Py_Print_RAW?). */


/* Implemented elsewhere:

   int PyObject_HasAttrString(PyObject *o, const char *attr_name);

   Returns 1 if object 'o' has the attribute attr_name, and 0 otherwise.

   This is equivalent to the Python expression: hasattr(o,attr_name).

   This function always succeeds. */


/* Implemented elsewhere:

   PyObject* PyObject_GetAttrString(PyObject *o, const char *attr_name);

   Retrieve an attributed named attr_name form object o.
   Returns the attribute value on success, or NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o.attr_name. */


/* Implemented elsewhere:

   int PyObject_HasAttr(PyObject *o, PyObject *attr_name);

   Returns 1 if o has the attribute attr_name, and 0 otherwise.

   This is equivalent to the Python expression: hasattr(o,attr_name).

   This function always succeeds. */

/* Implemented elsewhere:

   PyObject* PyObject_GetAttr(PyObject *o, PyObject *attr_name);

   Retrieve an attributed named 'attr_name' form object 'o'.
   Returns the attribute value on success, or NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o.attr_name. */


/* Implemented elsewhere:

   int PyObject_SetAttrString(PyObject *o, const char *attr_name, PyObject *v);

   Set the value of the attribute named attr_name, for object 'o',
   to the value 'v'. Raise an exception and return -1 on failure; return 0 on
   success.

   This is the equivalent of the Python statement o.attr_name=v. */


/* Implemented elsewhere:

   int PyObject_SetAttr(PyObject *o, PyObject *attr_name, PyObject *v);

   Set the value of the attribute named attr_name, for object 'o', to the value
   'v'. an exception and return -1 on failure; return 0 on success.

   This is the equivalent of the Python statement o.attr_name=v. */

/* Implemented as a macro:

   int PyObject_DelAttrString(PyObject *o, const char *attr_name);

   Delete attribute named attr_name, for object o. Returns
   -1 on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python statement: del o.attr_name. */
#define PyObject_DelAttrString(O,A) PyObject_SetAttrString((O),(A), NULL)


/* Implemented as a macro:

   int PyObject_DelAttr(PyObject *o, PyObject *attr_name);

   Delete attribute named attr_name, for object o. Returns -1
   on failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python
   statement: del o.attr_name. */
#define  PyObject_DelAttr(O,A) PyObject_SetAttr((O),(A), NULL)


/* Implemented elsewhere:

   PyObject *PyObject_Repr(PyObject *o);

   Compute the string representation of object 'o'.  Returns the
   string representation on success, NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: repr(o).

   Called by the repr() built-in function. */


/* Implemented elsewhere:

   PyObject *PyObject_Str(PyObject *o);

   Compute the string representation of object, o.  Returns the
   string representation on success, NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: str(o).

   Called by the str() and print() built-in functions. */


/* Declared elsewhere

   PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyCallable_Check(PyObject *o);

   Determine if the object, o, is callable.  Return 1 if the object is callable
   and 0 otherwise.

   This function always succeeds. */


#ifdef PY_SSIZE_T_CLEAN
#  define PyObject_CallFunction _PyObject_CallFunction_SizeT
#  define PyObject_CallMethod _PyObject_CallMethod_SizeT
#endif


/* Call a callable Python object 'callable' with arguments given by the
   tuple 'args' and keywords arguments given by the dictionary 'kwargs'.

   'args' must not be NULL, use an empty tuple if no arguments are
   needed. If no named arguments are needed, 'kwargs' can be NULL.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression:
   callable(*args, **kwargs). */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_Call(PyObject *callable,
                                     PyObject *args, PyObject *kwargs);


/* Call a callable Python object 'callable', with arguments given by the
   tuple 'args'.  If no arguments are needed, then 'args' can be NULL.

   Returns the result of the call on success, or NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression:
   callable(*args). */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_CallObject(PyObject *callable,
                                           PyObject *args);

/* Call a callable Python object, callable, with a variable number of C
   arguments. The C arguments are described using a mkvalue-style format
   string.

   The format may be NULL, indicating that no arguments are provided.

   Returns the result of the call on success, or NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression:
   callable(arg1, arg2, ...). */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_CallFunction(PyObject *callable,
                                             const char *format, ...);

/* Call the method named 'name' of object 'obj' with a variable number of
   C arguments.  The C arguments are described by a mkvalue format string.

   The format can be NULL, indicating that no arguments are provided.

   Returns the result of the call on success, or NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression:
   obj.name(arg1, arg2, ...). */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_CallMethod(PyObject *obj,
                                           const char *name,
                                           const char *format, ...);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_CallFunction_SizeT(PyObject *callable,
                                                    const char *format,
                                                    ...);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_CallMethod_SizeT(PyObject *obj,
                                                  const char *name,
                                                  const char *format,
                                                  ...);

/* Call a callable Python object 'callable' with a variable number of C
   arguments. The C arguments are provided as PyObject* values, terminated
   by a NULL.

   Returns the result of the call on success, or NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression:
   callable(arg1, arg2, ...). */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_CallFunctionObjArgs(PyObject *callable,
                                                    ...);

/* Call the method named 'name' of object 'obj' with a variable number of
   C arguments.  The C arguments are provided as PyObject* values, terminated
   by NULL.

   Returns the result of the call on success, or NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: obj.name(*args). */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_CallMethodObjArgs(
    PyObject *obj,
    PyObject *name,
    ...);


/* Implemented elsewhere:

   Py_hash_t PyObject_Hash(PyObject *o);

   Compute and return the hash, hash_value, of an object, o.  On
   failure, return -1.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: hash(o). */


/* Implemented elsewhere:

   int PyObject_IsTrue(PyObject *o);

   Returns 1 if the object, o, is considered to be true, 0 if o is
   considered to be false and -1 on failure.

   This is equivalent to the Python expression: not not o. */


/* Implemented elsewhere:

   int PyObject_Not(PyObject *o);

   Returns 0 if the object, o, is considered to be true, 1 if o is
   considered to be false and -1 on failure.

   This is equivalent to the Python expression: not o. */


/* Get the type of an object.

   On success, returns a type object corresponding to the object type of object
   'o'. On failure, returns NULL.

   This is equivalent to the Python expression: type(o) */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_Type(PyObject *o);


/* Return the size of object 'o'.  If the object 'o' provides both sequence and
   mapping protocols, the sequence size is returned.

   On error, -1 is returned.

   This is the equivalent to the Python expression: len(o) */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyObject_Size(PyObject *o);


/* For DLL compatibility */
#undef PyObject_Length
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyObject_Length(PyObject *o);
#define PyObject_Length PyObject_Size

/* Return element of 'o' corresponding to the object 'key'. Return NULL
  on failure.

  This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o[key] */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_GetItem(PyObject *o, PyObject *key);


/* Map the object 'key' to the value 'v' into 'o'.

   Raise an exception and return -1 on failure; return 0 on success.

   This is the equivalent of the Python statement: o[key]=v. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_SetItem(PyObject *o, PyObject *key, PyObject *v);

/* Remove the mapping for the string 'key' from the object 'o'.
   Returns -1 on failure.

   This is equivalent to the Python statement: del o[key]. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_DelItemString(PyObject *o, const char *key);

/* Delete the mapping for the object 'key' from the object 'o'.
   Returns -1 on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python statement: del o[key]. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_DelItem(PyObject *o, PyObject *key);


/* === Old Buffer API ============================================ */

/* FIXME:  usage of these should all be replaced in Python itself
   but for backwards compatibility we will implement them.
   Their usage without a corresponding "unlock" mechanism
   may create issues (but they would already be there). */

/* Takes an arbitrary object which must support the (character, single segment)
   buffer interface and returns a pointer to a read-only memory location
   useable as character based input for subsequent processing.

   Return 0 on success.  buffer and buffer_len are only set in case no error
   occurs. Otherwise, -1 is returned and an exception set. */
Py_DEPRECATED(3.0)
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_AsCharBuffer(PyObject *obj,
                                      const char **buffer,
                                      Py_ssize_t *buffer_len);

/* Checks whether an arbitrary object supports the (character, single segment)
   buffer interface.

   Returns 1 on success, 0 on failure. */
Py_DEPRECATED(3.0) PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_CheckReadBuffer(PyObject *obj);

/* Same as PyObject_AsCharBuffer() except that this API expects (readable,
   single segment) buffer interface and returns a pointer to a read-only memory
   location which can contain arbitrary data.

   0 is returned on success.  buffer and buffer_len are only set in case no
   error occurs.  Otherwise, -1 is returned and an exception set. */
Py_DEPRECATED(3.0)
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_AsReadBuffer(PyObject *obj,
                                      const void **buffer,
                                      Py_ssize_t *buffer_len);

/* Takes an arbitrary object which must support the (writable, single segment)
   buffer interface and returns a pointer to a writable memory location in
   buffer of size 'buffer_len'.

   Return 0 on success.  buffer and buffer_len are only set in case no error
   occurs. Otherwise, -1 is returned and an exception set. */
Py_DEPRECATED(3.0)
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_AsWriteBuffer(PyObject *obj,
                                       void **buffer,
                                       Py_ssize_t *buffer_len);


/* === New Buffer API ============================================ */

/* Takes an arbitrary object and returns the result of calling
   obj.__format__(format_spec). */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_Format(PyObject *obj,
                                       PyObject *format_spec);


/* ==== Iterators ================================================ */

/* Takes an object and returns an iterator for it.
   This is typically a new iterator but if the argument is an iterator, this
   returns itself. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_GetIter(PyObject *);

/* Returns 1 if the object 'obj' provides iterator protocols, and 0 otherwise.

   This function always succeeds. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyIter_Check(PyObject *);

/* Takes an iterator object and calls its tp_iternext slot,
   returning the next value.

   If the iterator is exhausted, this returns NULL without setting an
   exception.

   NULL with an exception means an error occurred. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyIter_Next(PyObject *);


/* === Number Protocol ================================================== */

/* Returns 1 if the object 'o' provides numeric protocols, and 0 otherwise.

   This function always succeeds. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyNumber_Check(PyObject *o);

/* Returns the result of adding o1 and o2, or NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 + o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Add(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

/* Returns the result of subtracting o2 from o1, or NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 - o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Subtract(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

/* Returns the result of multiplying o1 and o2, or NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 * o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Multiply(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03050000
/* This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 @ o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_MatrixMultiply(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);
#endif

/* Returns the result of dividing o1 by o2 giving an integral result,
   or NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 // o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_FloorDivide(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

/* Returns the result of dividing o1 by o2 giving a float result, or NULL on
   failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 / o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_TrueDivide(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

/* Returns the remainder of dividing o1 by o2, or NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 % o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Remainder(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

/* See the built-in function divmod.

   Returns NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: divmod(o1, o2). */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Divmod(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

/* See the built-in function pow. Returns NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: pow(o1, o2, o3),
   where o3 is optional. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Power(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2,
                                      PyObject *o3);

/* Returns the negation of o on success, or NULL on failure.

 This is the equivalent of the Python expression: -o. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Negative(PyObject *o);

/* Returns the positive of o on success, or NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: +o. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Positive(PyObject *o);

/* Returns the absolute value of 'o', or NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: abs(o). */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Absolute(PyObject *o);

/* Returns the bitwise negation of 'o' on success, or NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: ~o. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Invert(PyObject *o);

/* Returns the result of left shifting o1 by o2 on success, or NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 << o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Lshift(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

/* Returns the result of right shifting o1 by o2 on success, or NULL on
   failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 >> o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Rshift(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

/* Returns the result of bitwise and of o1 and o2 on success, or NULL on
   failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 & o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_And(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

/* Returns the bitwise exclusive or of o1 by o2 on success, or NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 ^ o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Xor(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

/* Returns the result of bitwise or on o1 and o2 on success, or NULL on
   failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 | o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Or(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

/* Returns 1 if obj is an index integer (has the nb_index slot of the
   tp_as_number structure filled in), and 0 otherwise. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyIndex_Check(PyObject *);

/* Returns the object 'o' converted to a Python int, or NULL with an exception
   raised on failure. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Index(PyObject *o);

/* Returns the object 'o' converted to Py_ssize_t by going through
   PyNumber_Index() first.

   If an overflow error occurs while converting the int to Py_ssize_t, then the
   second argument 'exc' is the error-type to return.  If it is NULL, then the
   overflow error is cleared and the value is clipped. */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyNumber_AsSsize_t(PyObject *o, PyObject *exc);

/* Returns the object 'o' converted to an integer object on success, or NULL
   on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: int(o). */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Long(PyObject *o);

/* Returns the object 'o' converted to a float object on success, or NULL
  on failure.

  This is the equivalent of the Python expression: float(o). */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Float(PyObject *o);


/* --- In-place variants of (some of) the above number protocol functions -- */

/* Returns the result of adding o2 to o1, possibly in-place, or NULL
   on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 += o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlaceAdd(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

/* Returns the result of subtracting o2 from o1, possibly in-place or
   NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 -= o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlaceSubtract(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

/* Returns the result of multiplying o1 by o2, possibly in-place, or NULL on
   failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 *= o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlaceMultiply(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03050000
/* This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 @= o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlaceMatrixMultiply(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);
#endif

/* Returns the result of dividing o1 by o2 giving an integral result, possibly
   in-place, or NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 /= o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlaceFloorDivide(PyObject *o1,
                                                   PyObject *o2);

/* Returns the result of dividing o1 by o2 giving a float result, possibly
   in-place, or null on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 /= o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlaceTrueDivide(PyObject *o1,
                                                  PyObject *o2);

/* Returns the remainder of dividing o1 by o2, possibly in-place, or NULL on
   failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 %= o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlaceRemainder(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

/* Returns the result of raising o1 to the power of o2, possibly in-place,
   or NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 **= o2,
   or o1 = pow(o1, o2, o3) if o3 is present. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlacePower(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2,
                                             PyObject *o3);

/* Returns the result of left shifting o1 by o2, possibly in-place, or NULL
   on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 <<= o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlaceLshift(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

/* Returns the result of right shifting o1 by o2, possibly in-place or NULL
   on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 >>= o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlaceRshift(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

/* Returns the result of bitwise and of o1 and o2, possibly in-place, or NULL
   on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 &= o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlaceAnd(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

/* Returns the bitwise exclusive or of o1 by o2, possibly in-place, or NULL
   on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 ^= o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlaceXor(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

/* Returns the result of bitwise or of o1 and o2, possibly in-place,
   or NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 |= o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlaceOr(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

/* Returns the integer n converted to a string with a base, with a base
   marker of 0b, 0o or 0x prefixed if applicable.

   If n is not an int object, it is converted with PyNumber_Index first. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_ToBase(PyObject *n, int base);


/* === Sequence protocol ================================================ */

/* Return 1 if the object provides sequence protocol, and zero
   otherwise.

   This function always succeeds. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySequence_Check(PyObject *o);

/* Return the size of sequence object o, or -1 on failure. */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PySequence_Size(PyObject *o);

/* For DLL compatibility */
#undef PySequence_Length
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PySequence_Length(PyObject *o);
#define PySequence_Length PySequence_Size


/* Return the concatenation of o1 and o2 on success, and NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 + o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySequence_Concat(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

/* Return the result of repeating sequence object 'o' 'count' times,
  or NULL on failure.

  This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o * count. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySequence_Repeat(PyObject *o, Py_ssize_t count);

/* Return the ith element of o, or NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o[i]. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySequence_GetItem(PyObject *o, Py_ssize_t i);

/* Return the slice of sequence object o between i1 and i2, or NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o[i1:i2]. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySequence_GetSlice(PyObject *o, Py_ssize_t i1, Py_ssize_t i2);

/* Assign object 'v' to the ith element of the sequence 'o'. Raise an exception
   and return -1 on failure; return 0 on success.

   This is the equivalent of the Python statement o[i] = v. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySequence_SetItem(PyObject *o, Py_ssize_t i, PyObject *v);

/* Delete the 'i'-th element of the sequence 'v'. Returns -1 on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python statement: del o[i]. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySequence_DelItem(PyObject *o, Py_ssize_t i);

/* Assign the sequence object 'v' to the slice in sequence object 'o',
   from 'i1' to 'i2'. Returns -1 on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python statement: o[i1:i2] = v. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySequence_SetSlice(PyObject *o, Py_ssize_t i1, Py_ssize_t i2,
                                    PyObject *v);

/* Delete the slice in sequence object 'o' from 'i1' to 'i2'.
   Returns -1 on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python statement: del o[i1:i2]. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySequence_DelSlice(PyObject *o, Py_ssize_t i1, Py_ssize_t i2);

/* Returns the sequence 'o' as a tuple on success, and NULL on failure.

   This is equivalent to the Python expression: tuple(o). */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySequence_Tuple(PyObject *o);

/* Returns the sequence 'o' as a list on success, and NULL on failure.
   This is equivalent to the Python expression: list(o) */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySequence_List(PyObject *o);

/* Return the sequence 'o' as a list, unless it's already a tuple or list.

   Use PySequence_Fast_GET_ITEM to access the members of this list, and
   PySequence_Fast_GET_SIZE to get its length.

   Returns NULL on failure.  If the object does not support iteration, raises a
   TypeError exception with 'm' as the message text. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySequence_Fast(PyObject *o, const char* m);

/* Return the size of the sequence 'o', assuming that 'o' was returned by
   PySequence_Fast and is not NULL. */
#define PySequence_Fast_GET_SIZE(o) \
    (PyList_Check(o) ? PyList_GET_SIZE(o) : PyTuple_GET_SIZE(o))

/* Return the 'i'-th element of the sequence 'o', assuming that o was returned
   by PySequence_Fast, and that i is within bounds. */
#define PySequence_Fast_GET_ITEM(o, i)\
     (PyList_Check(o) ? PyList_GET_ITEM(o, i) : PyTuple_GET_ITEM(o, i))

/* Return a pointer to the underlying item array for
   an object retured by PySequence_Fast */
#define PySequence_Fast_ITEMS(sf) \
    (PyList_Check(sf) ? ((PyListObject *)(sf))->ob_item \
                      : ((PyTupleObject *)(sf))->ob_item)

/* Return the number of occurrences on value on 'o', that is, return
   the number of keys for which o[key] == value.

   On failure, return -1.  This is equivalent to the Python expression:
   o.count(value). */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PySequence_Count(PyObject *o, PyObject *value);

/* Return 1 if 'ob' is in the sequence 'seq'; 0 if 'ob' is not in the sequence
   'seq'; -1 on error.

   Use __contains__ if possible, else _PySequence_IterSearch(). */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySequence_Contains(PyObject *seq, PyObject *ob);

/* For DLL-level backwards compatibility */
#undef PySequence_In
/* Determine if the sequence 'o' contains 'value'. If an item in 'o' is equal
   to 'value', return 1, otherwise return 0. On error, return -1.

   This is equivalent to the Python expression: value in o. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySequence_In(PyObject *o, PyObject *value);

/* For source-level backwards compatibility */
#define PySequence_In PySequence_Contains


/* Return the first index for which o[i] == value.
   On error, return -1.

   This is equivalent to the Python expression: o.index(value). */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PySequence_Index(PyObject *o, PyObject *value);


/* --- In-place versions of some of the above Sequence functions --- */

/* Append sequence 'o2' to sequence 'o1', in-place when possible. Return the
   resulting object, which could be 'o1', or NULL on failure.

  This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 += o2. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySequence_InPlaceConcat(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

/* Repeat sequence 'o' by 'count', in-place when possible. Return the resulting
   object, which could be 'o', or NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 *= count.  */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySequence_InPlaceRepeat(PyObject *o, Py_ssize_t count);


/* === Mapping protocol ================================================= */

/* Return 1 if the object provides mapping protocol, and 0 otherwise.

   This function always succeeds. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyMapping_Check(PyObject *o);

/* Returns the number of keys in mapping object 'o' on success, and -1 on
  failure. This is equivalent to the Python expression: len(o). */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyMapping_Size(PyObject *o);

/* For DLL compatibility */
#undef PyMapping_Length
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyMapping_Length(PyObject *o);
#define PyMapping_Length PyMapping_Size


/* Implemented as a macro:

   int PyMapping_DelItemString(PyObject *o, const char *key);

   Remove the mapping for the string 'key' from the mapping 'o'. Returns -1 on
   failure.

   This is equivalent to the Python statement: del o[key]. */
#define PyMapping_DelItemString(O,K) PyObject_DelItemString((O),(K))

/* Implemented as a macro:

   int PyMapping_DelItem(PyObject *o, PyObject *key);

   Remove the mapping for the object 'key' from the mapping object 'o'.
   Returns -1 on failure.

   This is equivalent to the Python statement: del o[key]. */
#define PyMapping_DelItem(O,K) PyObject_DelItem((O),(K))

/* On success, return 1 if the mapping object 'o' has the key 'key',
   and 0 otherwise.

   This is equivalent to the Python expression: key in o.

   This function always succeeds. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyMapping_HasKeyString(PyObject *o, const char *key);

/* Return 1 if the mapping object has the key 'key', and 0 otherwise.

   This is equivalent to the Python expression: key in o.

   This function always succeeds. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyMapping_HasKey(PyObject *o, PyObject *key);

/* On success, return a list or tuple of the keys in mapping object 'o'.
   On failure, return NULL. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMapping_Keys(PyObject *o);

/* On success, return a list or tuple of the values in mapping object 'o'.
   On failure, return NULL. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMapping_Values(PyObject *o);

/* On success, return a list or tuple of the items in mapping object 'o',
   where each item is a tuple containing a key-value pair. On failure, return
   NULL. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMapping_Items(PyObject *o);

/* Return element of 'o' corresponding to the string 'key' or NULL on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o[key]. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMapping_GetItemString(PyObject *o,
                                               const char *key);

/* Map the string 'key' to the value 'v' in the mapping 'o'.
   Returns -1 on failure.

   This is the equivalent of the Python statement: o[key]=v. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyMapping_SetItemString(PyObject *o, const char *key,
                                        PyObject *value);

/* isinstance(object, typeorclass) */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_IsInstance(PyObject *object, PyObject *typeorclass);

/* issubclass(object, typeorclass) */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_IsSubclass(PyObject *object, PyObject *typeorclass);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#  define Py_CPYTHON_ABSTRACTOBJECT_H
#  include  "cpython/abstract.h"
#  undef Py_CPYTHON_ABSTRACTOBJECT_H
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* Py_ABSTRACTOBJECT_H */

/* Capsule objects let you wrap a C "void *" pointer in a Python
   object.  They're a way of passing data through the Python interpreter
   without creating your own custom type.

   Capsules are used for communication between extension modules.
   They provide a way for an extension module to export a C interface
   to other extension modules, so that extension modules can use the
   Python import mechanism to link to one another.

   For more information, please see "c-api/capsule.html" in the
   documentation.
*/

#ifndef Py_CAPSULE_H
#define Py_CAPSULE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyCapsule_Type;

typedef void (*PyCapsule_Destructor)(PyObject *);

#define PyCapsule_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyCapsule_Type)


PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCapsule_New(
    void *pointer,
    const char *name,
    PyCapsule_Destructor destructor);

PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyCapsule_GetPointer(PyObject *capsule, const char *name);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyCapsule_Destructor) PyCapsule_GetDestructor(PyObject *capsule);

PyAPI_FUNC(const char *) PyCapsule_GetName(PyObject *capsule);

PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyCapsule_GetContext(PyObject *capsule);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyCapsule_IsValid(PyObject *capsule, const char *name);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyCapsule_SetPointer(PyObject *capsule, void *pointer);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyCapsule_SetDestructor(PyObject *capsule, PyCapsule_Destructor destructor);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyCapsule_SetName(PyObject *capsule, const char *name);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyCapsule_SetContext(PyObject *capsule, void *context);

PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyCapsule_Import(
    const char *name,           /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    int no_block);


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_CAPSULE_H */
/* Parser-tokenizer link interface */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_PARSETOK_H
#define Py_PARSETOK_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include "grammar.h"      /* grammar */
#include "node.h"         /* node */

typedef struct {
    int error;
    PyObject *filename;
    int lineno;
    int offset;
    char *text;                 /* UTF-8-encoded string */
    int token;
    int expected;
} perrdetail;

#if 0
#define PyPARSE_YIELD_IS_KEYWORD        0x0001
#endif

#define PyPARSE_DONT_IMPLY_DEDENT       0x0002

#if 0
#define PyPARSE_WITH_IS_KEYWORD         0x0003
#define PyPARSE_PRINT_IS_FUNCTION       0x0004
#define PyPARSE_UNICODE_LITERALS        0x0008
#endif

#define PyPARSE_IGNORE_COOKIE 0x0010
#define PyPARSE_BARRY_AS_BDFL 0x0020
#define PyPARSE_TYPE_COMMENTS 0x0040
#define PyPARSE_ASYNC_HACKS   0x0080

PyAPI_FUNC(node *) PyParser_ParseString(const char *, grammar *, int,
                                              perrdetail *);
PyAPI_FUNC(node *) PyParser_ParseFile (FILE *, const char *, grammar *, int,
                                             const char *, const char *,
                                             perrdetail *);

PyAPI_FUNC(node *) PyParser_ParseStringFlags(const char *, grammar *, int,
                                              perrdetail *, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(node *) PyParser_ParseFileFlags(
    FILE *fp,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    const char *enc,
    grammar *g,
    int start,
    const char *ps1,
    const char *ps2,
    perrdetail *err_ret,
    int flags);
PyAPI_FUNC(node *) PyParser_ParseFileFlagsEx(
    FILE *fp,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    const char *enc,
    grammar *g,
    int start,
    const char *ps1,
    const char *ps2,
    perrdetail *err_ret,
    int *flags);
PyAPI_FUNC(node *) PyParser_ParseFileObject(
    FILE *fp,
    PyObject *filename,
    const char *enc,
    grammar *g,
    int start,
    const char *ps1,
    const char *ps2,
    perrdetail *err_ret,
    int *flags);

PyAPI_FUNC(node *) PyParser_ParseStringFlagsFilename(
    const char *s,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    grammar *g,
    int start,
    perrdetail *err_ret,
    int flags);
PyAPI_FUNC(node *) PyParser_ParseStringFlagsFilenameEx(
    const char *s,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    grammar *g,
    int start,
    perrdetail *err_ret,
    int *flags);
PyAPI_FUNC(node *) PyParser_ParseStringObject(
    const char *s,
    PyObject *filename,
    grammar *g,
    int start,
    perrdetail *err_ret,
    int *flags);

/* Note that the following functions are defined in pythonrun.c,
   not in parsetok.c */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyParser_SetError(perrdetail *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyParser_ClearError(perrdetail *);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_PARSETOK_H */
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */
#ifndef Py_STRUCTMEMBER_H
#define Py_STRUCTMEMBER_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


/* Interface to map C struct members to Python object attributes */

#include <stddef.h> /* For offsetof */

/* An array of PyMemberDef structures defines the name, type and offset
   of selected members of a C structure.  These can be read by
   PyMember_GetOne() and set by PyMember_SetOne() (except if their READONLY
   flag is set).  The array must be terminated with an entry whose name
   pointer is NULL. */

typedef struct PyMemberDef {
    const char *name;
    int type;
    Py_ssize_t offset;
    int flags;
    const char *doc;
} PyMemberDef;

/* Types */
#define T_SHORT     0
#define T_INT       1
#define T_LONG      2
#define T_FLOAT     3
#define T_DOUBLE    4
#define T_STRING    5
#define T_OBJECT    6
/* XXX the ordering here is weird for binary compatibility */
#define T_CHAR      7   /* 1-character string */
#define T_BYTE      8   /* 8-bit signed int */
/* unsigned variants: */
#define T_UBYTE     9
#define T_USHORT    10
#define T_UINT      11
#define T_ULONG     12

/* Added by Jack: strings contained in the structure */
#define T_STRING_INPLACE    13

/* Added by Lillo: bools contained in the structure (assumed char) */
#define T_BOOL      14

#define T_OBJECT_EX 16  /* Like T_OBJECT, but raises AttributeError
                           when the value is NULL, instead of
                           converting to None. */
#define T_LONGLONG      17
#define T_ULONGLONG     18

#define T_PYSSIZET      19      /* Py_ssize_t */
#define T_NONE          20      /* Value is always None */


/* Flags */
#define READONLY            1
#define READ_RESTRICTED     2
#define PY_WRITE_RESTRICTED 4
#define RESTRICTED          (READ_RESTRICTED | PY_WRITE_RESTRICTED)


/* Current API, use this */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMember_GetOne(const char *, struct PyMemberDef *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyMember_SetOne(char *, struct PyMemberDef *, PyObject *);


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_STRUCTMEMBER_H */
#ifndef Py_PYMATH_H
#define Py_PYMATH_H

#include "pyconfig.h" /* include for defines */

/**************************************************************************
Symbols and macros to supply platform-independent interfaces to mathematical
functions and constants
**************************************************************************/

/* Python provides implementations for copysign, round and hypot in
 * Python/pymath.c just in case your math library doesn't provide the
 * functions.
 *
 *Note: PC/pyconfig.h defines copysign as _copysign
 */
#ifndef HAVE_COPYSIGN
extern double copysign(double, double);
#endif

#ifndef HAVE_ROUND
extern double round(double);
#endif

#ifndef HAVE_HYPOT
extern double hypot(double, double);
#endif

/* extra declarations */
#ifndef _MSC_VER
#ifndef __STDC__
extern double fmod (double, double);
extern double frexp (double, int *);
extern double ldexp (double, int);
extern double modf (double, double *);
extern double pow(double, double);
#endif /* __STDC__ */
#endif /* _MSC_VER */

/* High precision definition of pi and e (Euler)
 * The values are taken from libc6's math.h.
 */
#ifndef Py_MATH_PIl
#define Py_MATH_PIl 3.1415926535897932384626433832795029L
#endif
#ifndef Py_MATH_PI
#define Py_MATH_PI 3.14159265358979323846
#endif

#ifndef Py_MATH_El
#define Py_MATH_El 2.7182818284590452353602874713526625L
#endif

#ifndef Py_MATH_E
#define Py_MATH_E 2.7182818284590452354
#endif

/* Tau (2pi) to 40 digits, taken from tauday.com/tau-digits. */
#ifndef Py_MATH_TAU
#define Py_MATH_TAU 6.2831853071795864769252867665590057683943L
#endif


/* On x86, Py_FORCE_DOUBLE forces a floating-point number out of an x87 FPU
   register and into a 64-bit memory location, rounding from extended
   precision to double precision in the process.  On other platforms it does
   nothing. */

/* we take double rounding as evidence of x87 usage */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_FORCE_DOUBLE
#  ifdef X87_DOUBLE_ROUNDING
PyAPI_FUNC(double) _Py_force_double(double);
#    define Py_FORCE_DOUBLE(X) (_Py_force_double(X))
#  else
#    define Py_FORCE_DOUBLE(X) (X)
#  endif
#endif
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifdef HAVE_GCC_ASM_FOR_X87
PyAPI_FUNC(unsigned short) _Py_get_387controlword(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_set_387controlword(unsigned short);
#endif
#endif

/* Py_IS_NAN(X)
 * Return 1 if float or double arg is a NaN, else 0.
 * Caution:
 *     X is evaluated more than once.
 *     This may not work on all platforms.  Each platform has *some*
 *     way to spell this, though -- override in pyconfig.h if you have
 *     a platform where it doesn't work.
 * Note: PC/pyconfig.h defines Py_IS_NAN as _isnan
 */
#ifndef Py_IS_NAN
#if defined HAVE_DECL_ISNAN && HAVE_DECL_ISNAN == 1
#define Py_IS_NAN(X) isnan(X)
#else
#define Py_IS_NAN(X) ((X) != (X))
#endif
#endif

/* Py_IS_INFINITY(X)
 * Return 1 if float or double arg is an infinity, else 0.
 * Caution:
 *    X is evaluated more than once.
 *    This implementation may set the underflow flag if |X| is very small;
 *    it really can't be implemented correctly (& easily) before C99.
 *    Override in pyconfig.h if you have a better spelling on your platform.
 *  Py_FORCE_DOUBLE is used to avoid getting false negatives from a
 *    non-infinite value v sitting in an 80-bit x87 register such that
 *    v becomes infinite when spilled from the register to 64-bit memory.
 * Note: PC/pyconfig.h defines Py_IS_INFINITY as _isinf
 */
#ifndef Py_IS_INFINITY
#  if defined HAVE_DECL_ISINF && HAVE_DECL_ISINF == 1
#    define Py_IS_INFINITY(X) isinf(X)
#  else
#    define Py_IS_INFINITY(X) ((X) &&                                   \
                               (Py_FORCE_DOUBLE(X)*0.5 == Py_FORCE_DOUBLE(X)))
#  endif
#endif

/* Py_IS_FINITE(X)
 * Return 1 if float or double arg is neither infinite nor NAN, else 0.
 * Some compilers (e.g. VisualStudio) have intrisics for this, so a special
 * macro for this particular test is useful
 * Note: PC/pyconfig.h defines Py_IS_FINITE as _finite
 */
#ifndef Py_IS_FINITE
#if defined HAVE_DECL_ISFINITE && HAVE_DECL_ISFINITE == 1
#define Py_IS_FINITE(X) isfinite(X)
#elif defined HAVE_FINITE
#define Py_IS_FINITE(X) finite(X)
#else
#define Py_IS_FINITE(X) (!Py_IS_INFINITY(X) && !Py_IS_NAN(X))
#endif
#endif

/* HUGE_VAL is supposed to expand to a positive double infinity.  Python
 * uses Py_HUGE_VAL instead because some platforms are broken in this
 * respect.  We used to embed code in pyport.h to try to worm around that,
 * but different platforms are broken in conflicting ways.  If you're on
 * a platform where HUGE_VAL is defined incorrectly, fiddle your Python
 * config to #define Py_HUGE_VAL to something that works on your platform.
 */
#ifndef Py_HUGE_VAL
#define Py_HUGE_VAL HUGE_VAL
#endif

/* Py_NAN
 * A value that evaluates to a NaN. On IEEE 754 platforms INF*0 or
 * INF/INF works. Define Py_NO_NAN in pyconfig.h if your platform
 * doesn't support NaNs.
 */
#if !defined(Py_NAN) && !defined(Py_NO_NAN)
#if !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
    #define Py_NAN (Py_HUGE_VAL * 0.)
#else /* __INTEL_COMPILER */
    #if defined(ICC_NAN_STRICT)
        #pragma float_control(push)
        #pragma float_control(precise, on)
        #pragma float_control(except,  on)
        #if defined(_MSC_VER)
            __declspec(noinline)
        #else /* Linux */
            __attribute__((noinline))
        #endif /* _MSC_VER */
        static double __icc_nan()
        {
            return sqrt(-1.0);
        }
        #pragma float_control (pop)
        #define Py_NAN __icc_nan()
    #else /* ICC_NAN_RELAXED as default for Intel Compiler */
        static const union { unsigned char buf[8]; double __icc_nan; } __nan_store = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0xf8,0x7f};
        #define Py_NAN (__nan_store.__icc_nan)
    #endif /* ICC_NAN_STRICT */
#endif /* __INTEL_COMPILER */
#endif

/* Py_OVERFLOWED(X)
 * Return 1 iff a libm function overflowed.  Set errno to 0 before calling
 * a libm function, and invoke this macro after, passing the function
 * result.
 * Caution:
 *    This isn't reliable.  C99 no longer requires libm to set errno under
 *        any exceptional condition, but does require +- HUGE_VAL return
 *        values on overflow.  A 754 box *probably* maps HUGE_VAL to a
 *        double infinity, and we're cool if that's so, unless the input
 *        was an infinity and an infinity is the expected result.  A C89
 *        system sets errno to ERANGE, so we check for that too.  We're
 *        out of luck if a C99 754 box doesn't map HUGE_VAL to +Inf, or
 *        if the returned result is a NaN, or if a C89 box returns HUGE_VAL
 *        in non-overflow cases.
 *    X is evaluated more than once.
 * Some platforms have better way to spell this, so expect some #ifdef'ery.
 *
 * OpenBSD uses 'isinf()' because a compiler bug on that platform causes
 * the longer macro version to be mis-compiled. This isn't optimal, and
 * should be removed once a newer compiler is available on that platform.
 * The system that had the failure was running OpenBSD 3.2 on Intel, with
 * gcc 2.95.3.
 *
 * According to Tim's checkin, the FreeBSD systems use isinf() to work
 * around a FPE bug on that platform.
 */
#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__)
#define Py_OVERFLOWED(X) isinf(X)
#else
#define Py_OVERFLOWED(X) ((X) != 0.0 && (errno == ERANGE ||    \
                                         (X) == Py_HUGE_VAL || \
                                         (X) == -Py_HUGE_VAL))
#endif

/* Return whether integral type *type* is signed or not. */
#define _Py_IntegralTypeSigned(type) ((type)(-1) < 0)
/* Return the maximum value of integral type *type*. */
#define _Py_IntegralTypeMax(type) ((_Py_IntegralTypeSigned(type)) ? (((((type)1 << (sizeof(type)*CHAR_BIT - 2)) - 1) << 1) + 1) : ~(type)0)
/* Return the minimum value of integral type *type*. */
#define _Py_IntegralTypeMin(type) ((_Py_IntegralTypeSigned(type)) ? -_Py_IntegralTypeMax(type) - 1 : 0)
/* Check whether *v* is in the range of integral type *type*. This is most
 * useful if *v* is floating-point, since demoting a floating-point *v* to an
 * integral type that cannot represent *v*'s integral part is undefined
 * behavior. */
#define _Py_InIntegralTypeRange(type, v) (_Py_IntegralTypeMin(type) <= v && v <= _Py_IntegralTypeMax(type))

#endif /* Py_PYMATH_H */

/* Interfaces to parse and execute pieces of python code */

#ifndef Py_PYTHONRUN_H
#define Py_PYTHONRUN_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyRun_SimpleStringFlags(const char *, PyCompilerFlags *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyRun_AnyFileExFlags(
    FILE *fp,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    int closeit,
    PyCompilerFlags *flags);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyRun_SimpleFileExFlags(
    FILE *fp,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    int closeit,
    PyCompilerFlags *flags);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyRun_InteractiveOneFlags(
    FILE *fp,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    PyCompilerFlags *flags);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyRun_InteractiveOneObject(
    FILE *fp,
    PyObject *filename,
    PyCompilerFlags *flags);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyRun_InteractiveLoopFlags(
    FILE *fp,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    PyCompilerFlags *flags);

PyAPI_FUNC(struct _mod *) PyParser_ASTFromString(
    const char *s,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    int start,
    PyCompilerFlags *flags,
    PyArena *arena);
PyAPI_FUNC(struct _mod *) PyParser_ASTFromStringObject(
    const char *s,
    PyObject *filename,
    int start,
    PyCompilerFlags *flags,
    PyArena *arena);
PyAPI_FUNC(struct _mod *) PyParser_ASTFromFile(
    FILE *fp,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    const char* enc,
    int start,
    const char *ps1,
    const char *ps2,
    PyCompilerFlags *flags,
    int *errcode,
    PyArena *arena);
PyAPI_FUNC(struct _mod *) PyParser_ASTFromFileObject(
    FILE *fp,
    PyObject *filename,
    const char* enc,
    int start,
    const char *ps1,
    const char *ps2,
    PyCompilerFlags *flags,
    int *errcode,
    PyArena *arena);
#endif

#ifndef PyParser_SimpleParseString
#define PyParser_SimpleParseString(S, B) \
    PyParser_SimpleParseStringFlags(S, B, 0)
#define PyParser_SimpleParseFile(FP, S, B) \
    PyParser_SimpleParseFileFlags(FP, S, B, 0)
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(struct _node *) PyParser_SimpleParseStringFlags(const char *, int,
                                                           int);
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(struct _node *) PyParser_SimpleParseStringFlagsFilename(const char *,
                                                                   const char *,
                                                                   int, int);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(struct _node *) PyParser_SimpleParseFileFlags(FILE *, const char *,
                                                         int, int);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyRun_StringFlags(const char *, int, PyObject *,
                                         PyObject *, PyCompilerFlags *);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyRun_FileExFlags(
    FILE *fp,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    int start,
    PyObject *globals,
    PyObject *locals,
    int closeit,
    PyCompilerFlags *flags);
#endif

#ifdef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) Py_CompileString(const char *, const char *, int);
#else
#define Py_CompileString(str, p, s) Py_CompileStringExFlags(str, p, s, NULL, -1)
#define Py_CompileStringFlags(str, p, s, f) Py_CompileStringExFlags(str, p, s, f, -1)
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) Py_CompileStringExFlags(
    const char *str,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    int start,
    PyCompilerFlags *flags,
    int optimize);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) Py_CompileStringObject(
    const char *str,
    PyObject *filename, int start,
    PyCompilerFlags *flags,
    int optimize);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(struct symtable *) Py_SymtableString(
    const char *str,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    int start);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(const char *) _Py_SourceAsString(
    PyObject *cmd,
    const char *funcname,
    const char *what,
    PyCompilerFlags *cf,
    PyObject **cmd_copy);

PyAPI_FUNC(struct symtable *) Py_SymtableStringObject(
    const char *str,
    PyObject *filename,
    int start);

PyAPI_FUNC(struct symtable *) _Py_SymtableStringObjectFlags(
    const char *str,
    PyObject *filename,
    int start,
    PyCompilerFlags *flags);
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyErr_Print(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyErr_PrintEx(int);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyErr_Display(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* A function flavor is also exported by libpython. It is required when
    libpython is accessed directly rather than using header files which defines
    macros below. On Windows, for example, PyAPI_FUNC() uses dllexport to
    export functions in pythonXX.dll. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyRun_String(const char *str, int s, PyObject *g, PyObject *l);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyRun_AnyFile(FILE *fp, const char *name);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyRun_AnyFileEx(FILE *fp, const char *name, int closeit);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyRun_AnyFileFlags(FILE *, const char *, PyCompilerFlags *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyRun_SimpleString(const char *s);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyRun_SimpleFile(FILE *f, const char *p);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyRun_SimpleFileEx(FILE *f, const char *p, int c);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyRun_InteractiveOne(FILE *f, const char *p);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyRun_InteractiveLoop(FILE *f, const char *p);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyRun_File(FILE *fp, const char *p, int s, PyObject *g, PyObject *l);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyRun_FileEx(FILE *fp, const char *p, int s, PyObject *g, PyObject *l, int c);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyRun_FileFlags(FILE *fp, const char *p, int s, PyObject *g, PyObject *l, PyCompilerFlags *flags);

/* Use macros for a bunch of old variants */
#define PyRun_String(str, s, g, l) PyRun_StringFlags(str, s, g, l, NULL)
#define PyRun_AnyFile(fp, name) PyRun_AnyFileExFlags(fp, name, 0, NULL)
#define PyRun_AnyFileEx(fp, name, closeit) \
    PyRun_AnyFileExFlags(fp, name, closeit, NULL)
#define PyRun_AnyFileFlags(fp, name, flags) \
    PyRun_AnyFileExFlags(fp, name, 0, flags)
#define PyRun_SimpleString(s) PyRun_SimpleStringFlags(s, NULL)
#define PyRun_SimpleFile(f, p) PyRun_SimpleFileExFlags(f, p, 0, NULL)
#define PyRun_SimpleFileEx(f, p, c) PyRun_SimpleFileExFlags(f, p, c, NULL)
#define PyRun_InteractiveOne(f, p) PyRun_InteractiveOneFlags(f, p, NULL)
#define PyRun_InteractiveLoop(f, p) PyRun_InteractiveLoopFlags(f, p, NULL)
#define PyRun_File(fp, p, s, g, l) \
    PyRun_FileExFlags(fp, p, s, g, l, 0, NULL)
#define PyRun_FileEx(fp, p, s, g, l, c) \
    PyRun_FileExFlags(fp, p, s, g, l, c, NULL)
#define PyRun_FileFlags(fp, p, s, g, l, flags) \
    PyRun_FileExFlags(fp, p, s, g, l, 0, flags)
#endif

/* Stuff with no proper home (yet) */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(char *) PyOS_Readline(FILE *, FILE *, const char *);
#endif
PyAPI_DATA(int) (*PyOS_InputHook)(void);
PyAPI_DATA(char) *(*PyOS_ReadlineFunctionPointer)(FILE *, FILE *, const char *);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_DATA(PyThreadState*) _PyOS_ReadlineTState;
#endif

/* Stack size, in "pointers" (so we get extra safety margins
   on 64-bit platforms).  On a 32-bit platform, this translates
   to an 8k margin. */
#define PYOS_STACK_MARGIN 2048

#if defined(WIN32) && !defined(MS_WIN64) && !defined(_M_ARM) && defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1300
/* Enable stack checking under Microsoft C */
#define USE_STACKCHECK
#endif

#ifdef USE_STACKCHECK
/* Check that we aren't overflowing our stack */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyOS_CheckStack(void);
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_PYTHONRUN_H */
#ifndef Py_INTERPRETERIDOBJECT_H
#define Py_INTERPRETERIDOBJECT_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#  define Py_CPYTHON_INTERPRETERIDOBJECT_H
#  include  "cpython/interpreteridobject.h"
#  undef Py_CPYTHON_INTERPRETERIDOBJECT_H
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_INTERPRETERIDOBJECT_H */
/* Former class object interface -- now only bound methods are here  */

/* Revealing some structures (not for general use) */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_CLASSOBJECT_H
#define Py_CLASSOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct {
    PyObject_HEAD
    PyObject *im_func;   /* The callable object implementing the method */
    PyObject *im_self;   /* The instance it is bound to */
    PyObject *im_weakreflist; /* List of weak references */
    vectorcallfunc vectorcall;
} PyMethodObject;

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyMethod_Type;

#define PyMethod_Check(op) ((op)->ob_type == &PyMethod_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMethod_New(PyObject *, PyObject *);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMethod_Function(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMethod_Self(PyObject *);

/* Macros for direct access to these values. Type checks are *not*
   done, so use with care. */
#define PyMethod_GET_FUNCTION(meth) \
        (((PyMethodObject *)meth) -> im_func)
#define PyMethod_GET_SELF(meth) \
        (((PyMethodObject *)meth) -> im_self)

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyMethod_ClearFreeList(void);

typedef struct {
    PyObject_HEAD
    PyObject *func;
} PyInstanceMethodObject;

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyInstanceMethod_Type;

#define PyInstanceMethod_Check(op) ((op)->ob_type == &PyInstanceMethod_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyInstanceMethod_New(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyInstanceMethod_Function(PyObject *);

/* Macros for direct access to these values. Type checks are *not*
   done, so use with care. */
#define PyInstanceMethod_GET_FUNCTION(meth) \
        (((PyInstanceMethodObject *)meth) -> func)

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_CLASSOBJECT_H */
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */
#ifndef Py_ODICTOBJECT_H
#define Py_ODICTOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


/* OrderedDict */
/* This API is optional and mostly redundant. */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API

typedef struct _odictobject PyODictObject;

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyODict_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyODictIter_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyODictKeys_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyODictItems_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyODictValues_Type;

#define PyODict_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, &PyODict_Type)
#define PyODict_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyODict_Type)
#define PyODict_SIZE(op) PyDict_GET_SIZE((op))

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyODict_New(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyODict_SetItem(PyObject *od, PyObject *key, PyObject *item);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyODict_DelItem(PyObject *od, PyObject *key);

/* wrappers around PyDict* functions */
#define PyODict_GetItem(od, key) PyDict_GetItem(_PyObject_CAST(od), key)
#define PyODict_GetItemWithError(od, key) \
    PyDict_GetItemWithError(_PyObject_CAST(od), key)
#define PyODict_Contains(od, key) PyDict_Contains(_PyObject_CAST(od), key)
#define PyODict_Size(od) PyDict_Size(_PyObject_CAST(od))
#define PyODict_GetItemString(od, key) \
    PyDict_GetItemString(_PyObject_CAST(od), key)

#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_ODICTOBJECT_H */
#ifndef Py_CONTEXT_H
#define Py_CONTEXT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API


PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyContext_Type;
typedef struct _pycontextobject PyContext;

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyContextVar_Type;
typedef struct _pycontextvarobject PyContextVar;

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyContextToken_Type;
typedef struct _pycontexttokenobject PyContextToken;


#define PyContext_CheckExact(o) (Py_TYPE(o) == &PyContext_Type)
#define PyContextVar_CheckExact(o) (Py_TYPE(o) == &PyContextVar_Type)
#define PyContextToken_CheckExact(o) (Py_TYPE(o) == &PyContextToken_Type)


PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyContext_New(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyContext_Copy(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyContext_CopyCurrent(void);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyContext_Enter(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyContext_Exit(PyObject *);


/* Create a new context variable.

   default_value can be NULL.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyContextVar_New(
    const char *name, PyObject *default_value);


/* Get a value for the variable.

   Returns -1 if an error occurred during lookup.

   Returns 0 if value either was or was not found.

   If value was found, *value will point to it.
   If not, it will point to:

   - default_value, if not NULL;
   - the default value of "var", if not NULL;
   - NULL.

   '*value' will be a new ref, if not NULL.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyContextVar_Get(
    PyObject *var, PyObject *default_value, PyObject **value);


/* Set a new value for the variable.
   Returns NULL if an error occurs.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyContextVar_Set(PyObject *var, PyObject *value);


/* Reset a variable to its previous value.
   Returns 0 on success, -1 on error.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyContextVar_Reset(PyObject *var, PyObject *token);


/* This method is exposed only for CPython tests. Don not use it. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyContext_NewHamtForTests(void);


PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyContext_ClearFreeList(void);


#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_CONTEXT_H */
/* PickleBuffer object. This is built-in for ease of use from third-party
 * C extensions.
 */

#ifndef Py_PICKLEBUFOBJECT_H
#define Py_PICKLEBUFOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyPickleBuffer_Type;

#define PyPickleBuffer_Check(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyPickleBuffer_Type)

/* Create a PickleBuffer redirecting to the given buffer-enabled object */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyPickleBuffer_FromObject(PyObject *);
/* Get the PickleBuffer's underlying view to the original object
 * (NULL if released)
 */
PyAPI_FUNC(const Py_buffer *) PyPickleBuffer_GetBuffer(PyObject *);
/* Release the PickleBuffer.  Returns 0 on success, -1 on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyPickleBuffer_Release(PyObject *);

#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_PICKLEBUFOBJECT_H */
#ifndef Py_DICTOBJECT_H
#define Py_DICTOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Dictionary object type -- mapping from hashable object to object */

/* The distribution includes a separate file, Objects/dictnotes.txt,
   describing explorations into dictionary design and optimization.
   It covers typical dictionary use patterns, the parameters for
   tuning dictionaries, and several ideas for possible optimizations.
*/

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyDict_Type;

#define PyDict_Check(op) \
                 PyType_FastSubclass(Py_TYPE(op), Py_TPFLAGS_DICT_SUBCLASS)
#define PyDict_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyDict_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyDict_New(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyDict_GetItem(PyObject *mp, PyObject *key);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyDict_GetItemWithError(PyObject *mp, PyObject *key);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyDict_SetItem(PyObject *mp, PyObject *key, PyObject *item);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyDict_DelItem(PyObject *mp, PyObject *key);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyDict_Clear(PyObject *mp);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyDict_Next(
    PyObject *mp, Py_ssize_t *pos, PyObject **key, PyObject **value);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyDict_Keys(PyObject *mp);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyDict_Values(PyObject *mp);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyDict_Items(PyObject *mp);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyDict_Size(PyObject *mp);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyDict_Copy(PyObject *mp);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyDict_Contains(PyObject *mp, PyObject *key);

/* PyDict_Update(mp, other) is equivalent to PyDict_Merge(mp, other, 1). */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyDict_Update(PyObject *mp, PyObject *other);

/* PyDict_Merge updates/merges from a mapping object (an object that
   supports PyMapping_Keys() and PyObject_GetItem()).  If override is true,
   the last occurrence of a key wins, else the first.  The Python
   dict.update(other) is equivalent to PyDict_Merge(dict, other, 1).
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyDict_Merge(PyObject *mp,
                             PyObject *other,
                             int override);

/* PyDict_MergeFromSeq2 updates/merges from an iterable object producing
   iterable objects of length 2.  If override is true, the last occurrence
   of a key wins, else the first.  The Python dict constructor dict(seq2)
   is equivalent to dict={}; PyDict_MergeFromSeq(dict, seq2, 1).
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyDict_MergeFromSeq2(PyObject *d,
                                     PyObject *seq2,
                                     int override);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyDict_GetItemString(PyObject *dp, const char *key);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyDict_SetItemString(PyObject *dp, const char *key, PyObject *item);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyDict_DelItemString(PyObject *dp, const char *key);

/* Dictionary (keys, values, items) views */

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyDictKeys_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyDictValues_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyDictItems_Type;

#define PyDictKeys_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, &PyDictKeys_Type)
#define PyDictValues_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, &PyDictValues_Type)
#define PyDictItems_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, &PyDictItems_Type)
/* This excludes Values, since they are not sets. */
# define PyDictViewSet_Check(op) \
    (PyDictKeys_Check(op) || PyDictItems_Check(op))

/* Dictionary (key, value, items) iterators */

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyDictIterKey_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyDictIterValue_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyDictIterItem_Type;

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyDictRevIterKey_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyDictRevIterItem_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyDictRevIterValue_Type;


#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#  define Py_CPYTHON_DICTOBJECT_H
#  include  "cpython/dictobject.h"
#  undef Py_CPYTHON_DICTOBJECT_H
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_DICTOBJECT_H */
/* Do not renumber the file; these numbers are part of the stable ABI. */
/* Disabled, see #10181 */
#undef Py_bf_getbuffer
#undef Py_bf_releasebuffer
#define Py_mp_ass_subscript 3
#define Py_mp_length 4
#define Py_mp_subscript 5
#define Py_nb_absolute 6
#define Py_nb_add 7
#define Py_nb_and 8
#define Py_nb_bool 9
#define Py_nb_divmod 10
#define Py_nb_float 11
#define Py_nb_floor_divide 12
#define Py_nb_index 13
#define Py_nb_inplace_add 14
#define Py_nb_inplace_and 15
#define Py_nb_inplace_floor_divide 16
#define Py_nb_inplace_lshift 17
#define Py_nb_inplace_multiply 18
#define Py_nb_inplace_or 19
#define Py_nb_inplace_power 20
#define Py_nb_inplace_remainder 21
#define Py_nb_inplace_rshift 22
#define Py_nb_inplace_subtract 23
#define Py_nb_inplace_true_divide 24
#define Py_nb_inplace_xor 25
#define Py_nb_int 26
#define Py_nb_invert 27
#define Py_nb_lshift 28
#define Py_nb_multiply 29
#define Py_nb_negative 30
#define Py_nb_or 31
#define Py_nb_positive 32
#define Py_nb_power 33
#define Py_nb_remainder 34
#define Py_nb_rshift 35
#define Py_nb_subtract 36
#define Py_nb_true_divide 37
#define Py_nb_xor 38
#define Py_sq_ass_item 39
#define Py_sq_concat 40
#define Py_sq_contains 41
#define Py_sq_inplace_concat 42
#define Py_sq_inplace_repeat 43
#define Py_sq_item 44
#define Py_sq_length 45
#define Py_sq_repeat 46
#define Py_tp_alloc 47
#define Py_tp_base 48
#define Py_tp_bases 49
#define Py_tp_call 50
#define Py_tp_clear 51
#define Py_tp_dealloc 52
#define Py_tp_del 53
#define Py_tp_descr_get 54
#define Py_tp_descr_set 55
#define Py_tp_doc 56
#define Py_tp_getattr 57
#define Py_tp_getattro 58
#define Py_tp_hash 59
#define Py_tp_init 60
#define Py_tp_is_gc 61
#define Py_tp_iter 62
#define Py_tp_iternext 63
#define Py_tp_methods 64
#define Py_tp_new 65
#define Py_tp_repr 66
#define Py_tp_richcompare 67
#define Py_tp_setattr 68
#define Py_tp_setattro 69
#define Py_tp_str 70
#define Py_tp_traverse 71
#define Py_tp_members 72
#define Py_tp_getset 73
#define Py_tp_free 74
#define Py_nb_matrix_multiply 75
#define Py_nb_inplace_matrix_multiply 76
#define Py_am_await 77
#define Py_am_aiter 78
#define Py_am_anext 79
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03050000
/* New in 3.5 */
#define Py_tp_finalize 80
#endif

/* Grammar interface */

#ifndef Py_GRAMMAR_H
#define Py_GRAMMAR_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include "bitset.h" /* Sigh... */

/* A label of an arc */

typedef struct {
    int          lb_type;
    const char  *lb_str;
} label;

#define EMPTY 0         /* Label number 0 is by definition the empty label */

/* A list of labels */

typedef struct {
    int          ll_nlabels;
    const label *ll_label;
} labellist;

/* An arc from one state to another */

typedef struct {
    short       a_lbl;          /* Label of this arc */
    short       a_arrow;        /* State where this arc goes to */
} arc;

/* A state in a DFA */

typedef struct {
    int          s_narcs;
    const arc   *s_arc;         /* Array of arcs */

    /* Optional accelerators */
    int          s_lower;       /* Lowest label index */
    int          s_upper;       /* Highest label index */
    int         *s_accel;       /* Accelerator */
    int          s_accept;      /* Nonzero for accepting state */
} state;

/* A DFA */

typedef struct {
    int          d_type;        /* Non-terminal this represents */
    char        *d_name;        /* For printing */
    int          d_nstates;
    state       *d_state;       /* Array of states */
    bitset       d_first;
} dfa;

/* A grammar */

typedef struct {
    int          g_ndfas;
    const dfa   *g_dfa;         /* Array of DFAs */
    const labellist g_ll;
    int          g_start;       /* Start symbol of the grammar */
    int          g_accel;       /* Set if accelerators present */
} grammar;

/* FUNCTIONS */
const dfa *PyGrammar_FindDFA(grammar *g, int type);
const char *PyGrammar_LabelRepr(label *lb);
void PyGrammar_AddAccelerators(grammar *g);
void PyGrammar_RemoveAccelerators(grammar *);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_GRAMMAR_H */
/*  datetime.h
 */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef DATETIME_H
#define DATETIME_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Fields are packed into successive bytes, each viewed as unsigned and
 * big-endian, unless otherwise noted:
 *
 * byte offset
 *  0           year     2 bytes, 1-9999
 *  2           month    1 byte, 1-12
 *  3           day      1 byte, 1-31
 *  4           hour     1 byte, 0-23
 *  5           minute   1 byte, 0-59
 *  6           second   1 byte, 0-59
 *  7           usecond  3 bytes, 0-999999
 * 10
 */

/* # of bytes for year, month, and day. */
#define _PyDateTime_DATE_DATASIZE 4

/* # of bytes for hour, minute, second, and usecond. */
#define _PyDateTime_TIME_DATASIZE 6

/* # of bytes for year, month, day, hour, minute, second, and usecond. */
#define _PyDateTime_DATETIME_DATASIZE 10


typedef struct
{
    PyObject_HEAD
    Py_hash_t hashcode;         /* -1 when unknown */
    int days;                   /* -MAX_DELTA_DAYS <= days <= MAX_DELTA_DAYS */
    int seconds;                /* 0 <= seconds < 24*3600 is invariant */
    int microseconds;           /* 0 <= microseconds < 1000000 is invariant */
} PyDateTime_Delta;

typedef struct
{
    PyObject_HEAD               /* a pure abstract base class */
} PyDateTime_TZInfo;


/* The datetime and time types have hashcodes, and an optional tzinfo member,
 * present if and only if hastzinfo is true.
 */
#define _PyTZINFO_HEAD          \
    PyObject_HEAD               \
    Py_hash_t hashcode;         \
    char hastzinfo;             /* boolean flag */

/* No _PyDateTime_BaseTZInfo is allocated; it's just to have something
 * convenient to cast to, when getting at the hastzinfo member of objects
 * starting with _PyTZINFO_HEAD.
 */
typedef struct
{
    _PyTZINFO_HEAD
} _PyDateTime_BaseTZInfo;

/* All time objects are of PyDateTime_TimeType, but that can be allocated
 * in two ways, with or without a tzinfo member.  Without is the same as
 * tzinfo == None, but consumes less memory.  _PyDateTime_BaseTime is an
 * internal struct used to allocate the right amount of space for the
 * "without" case.
 */
#define _PyDateTime_TIMEHEAD    \
    _PyTZINFO_HEAD              \
    unsigned char data[_PyDateTime_TIME_DATASIZE];

typedef struct
{
    _PyDateTime_TIMEHEAD
} _PyDateTime_BaseTime;         /* hastzinfo false */

typedef struct
{
    _PyDateTime_TIMEHEAD
    unsigned char fold;
    PyObject *tzinfo;
} PyDateTime_Time;              /* hastzinfo true */


/* All datetime objects are of PyDateTime_DateTimeType, but that can be
 * allocated in two ways too, just like for time objects above.  In addition,
 * the plain date type is a base class for datetime, so it must also have
 * a hastzinfo member (although it's unused there).
 */
typedef struct
{
    _PyTZINFO_HEAD
    unsigned char data[_PyDateTime_DATE_DATASIZE];
} PyDateTime_Date;

#define _PyDateTime_DATETIMEHEAD        \
    _PyTZINFO_HEAD                      \
    unsigned char data[_PyDateTime_DATETIME_DATASIZE];

typedef struct
{
    _PyDateTime_DATETIMEHEAD
} _PyDateTime_BaseDateTime;     /* hastzinfo false */

typedef struct
{
    _PyDateTime_DATETIMEHEAD
    unsigned char fold;
    PyObject *tzinfo;
} PyDateTime_DateTime;          /* hastzinfo true */


/* Apply for date and datetime instances. */
#define PyDateTime_GET_YEAR(o)     ((((PyDateTime_Date*)o)->data[0] << 8) | \
                     ((PyDateTime_Date*)o)->data[1])
#define PyDateTime_GET_MONTH(o)    (((PyDateTime_Date*)o)->data[2])
#define PyDateTime_GET_DAY(o)      (((PyDateTime_Date*)o)->data[3])

#define PyDateTime_DATE_GET_HOUR(o)        (((PyDateTime_DateTime*)o)->data[4])
#define PyDateTime_DATE_GET_MINUTE(o)      (((PyDateTime_DateTime*)o)->data[5])
#define PyDateTime_DATE_GET_SECOND(o)      (((PyDateTime_DateTime*)o)->data[6])
#define PyDateTime_DATE_GET_MICROSECOND(o)              \
    ((((PyDateTime_DateTime*)o)->data[7] << 16) |       \
     (((PyDateTime_DateTime*)o)->data[8] << 8)  |       \
      ((PyDateTime_DateTime*)o)->data[9])
#define PyDateTime_DATE_GET_FOLD(o)        (((PyDateTime_DateTime*)o)->fold)

/* Apply for time instances. */
#define PyDateTime_TIME_GET_HOUR(o)        (((PyDateTime_Time*)o)->data[0])
#define PyDateTime_TIME_GET_MINUTE(o)      (((PyDateTime_Time*)o)->data[1])
#define PyDateTime_TIME_GET_SECOND(o)      (((PyDateTime_Time*)o)->data[2])
#define PyDateTime_TIME_GET_MICROSECOND(o)              \
    ((((PyDateTime_Time*)o)->data[3] << 16) |           \
     (((PyDateTime_Time*)o)->data[4] << 8)  |           \
      ((PyDateTime_Time*)o)->data[5])
#define PyDateTime_TIME_GET_FOLD(o)        (((PyDateTime_Time*)o)->fold)

/* Apply for time delta instances */
#define PyDateTime_DELTA_GET_DAYS(o)         (((PyDateTime_Delta*)o)->days)
#define PyDateTime_DELTA_GET_SECONDS(o)      (((PyDateTime_Delta*)o)->seconds)
#define PyDateTime_DELTA_GET_MICROSECONDS(o)            \
    (((PyDateTime_Delta*)o)->microseconds)


/* Define structure for C API. */
typedef struct {
    /* type objects */
    PyTypeObject *DateType;
    PyTypeObject *DateTimeType;
    PyTypeObject *TimeType;
    PyTypeObject *DeltaType;
    PyTypeObject *TZInfoType;

    /* singletons */
    PyObject *TimeZone_UTC;

    /* constructors */
    PyObject *(*Date_FromDate)(int, int, int, PyTypeObject*);
    PyObject *(*DateTime_FromDateAndTime)(int, int, int, int, int, int, int,
        PyObject*, PyTypeObject*);
    PyObject *(*Time_FromTime)(int, int, int, int, PyObject*, PyTypeObject*);
    PyObject *(*Delta_FromDelta)(int, int, int, int, PyTypeObject*);
    PyObject *(*TimeZone_FromTimeZone)(PyObject *offset, PyObject *name);

    /* constructors for the DB API */
    PyObject *(*DateTime_FromTimestamp)(PyObject*, PyObject*, PyObject*);
    PyObject *(*Date_FromTimestamp)(PyObject*, PyObject*);

    /* PEP 495 constructors */
    PyObject *(*DateTime_FromDateAndTimeAndFold)(int, int, int, int, int, int, int,
        PyObject*, int, PyTypeObject*);
    PyObject *(*Time_FromTimeAndFold)(int, int, int, int, PyObject*, int, PyTypeObject*);

} PyDateTime_CAPI;

#define PyDateTime_CAPSULE_NAME "datetime.datetime_CAPI"


/* This block is only used as part of the public API and should not be
 * included in _datetimemodule.c, which does not use the C API capsule.
 * See bpo-35081 for more details.
 * */
#ifndef _PY_DATETIME_IMPL
/* Define global variable for the C API and a macro for setting it. */
static PyDateTime_CAPI *PyDateTimeAPI = NULL;

#define PyDateTime_IMPORT \
    PyDateTimeAPI = (PyDateTime_CAPI *)PyCapsule_Import(PyDateTime_CAPSULE_NAME, 0)

/* Macro for access to the UTC singleton */
#define PyDateTime_TimeZone_UTC PyDateTimeAPI->TimeZone_UTC

/* Macros for type checking when not building the Python core. */
#define PyDate_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, PyDateTimeAPI->DateType)
#define PyDate_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == PyDateTimeAPI->DateType)

#define PyDateTime_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, PyDateTimeAPI->DateTimeType)
#define PyDateTime_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == PyDateTimeAPI->DateTimeType)

#define PyTime_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, PyDateTimeAPI->TimeType)
#define PyTime_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == PyDateTimeAPI->TimeType)

#define PyDelta_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, PyDateTimeAPI->DeltaType)
#define PyDelta_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == PyDateTimeAPI->DeltaType)

#define PyTZInfo_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, PyDateTimeAPI->TZInfoType)
#define PyTZInfo_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == PyDateTimeAPI->TZInfoType)


/* Macros for accessing constructors in a simplified fashion. */
#define PyDate_FromDate(year, month, day) \
    PyDateTimeAPI->Date_FromDate(year, month, day, PyDateTimeAPI->DateType)

#define PyDateTime_FromDateAndTime(year, month, day, hour, min, sec, usec) \
    PyDateTimeAPI->DateTime_FromDateAndTime(year, month, day, hour, \
        min, sec, usec, Py_None, PyDateTimeAPI->DateTimeType)

#define PyDateTime_FromDateAndTimeAndFold(year, month, day, hour, min, sec, usec, fold) \
    PyDateTimeAPI->DateTime_FromDateAndTimeAndFold(year, month, day, hour, \
        min, sec, usec, Py_None, fold, PyDateTimeAPI->DateTimeType)

#define PyTime_FromTime(hour, minute, second, usecond) \
    PyDateTimeAPI->Time_FromTime(hour, minute, second, usecond, \
        Py_None, PyDateTimeAPI->TimeType)

#define PyTime_FromTimeAndFold(hour, minute, second, usecond, fold) \
    PyDateTimeAPI->Time_FromTimeAndFold(hour, minute, second, usecond, \
        Py_None, fold, PyDateTimeAPI->TimeType)

#define PyDelta_FromDSU(days, seconds, useconds) \
    PyDateTimeAPI->Delta_FromDelta(days, seconds, useconds, 1, \
        PyDateTimeAPI->DeltaType)

#define PyTimeZone_FromOffset(offset) \
    PyDateTimeAPI->TimeZone_FromTimeZone(offset, NULL)

#define PyTimeZone_FromOffsetAndName(offset, name) \
    PyDateTimeAPI->TimeZone_FromTimeZone(offset, name)

/* Macros supporting the DB API. */
#define PyDateTime_FromTimestamp(args) \
    PyDateTimeAPI->DateTime_FromTimestamp( \
        (PyObject*) (PyDateTimeAPI->DateTimeType), args, NULL)

#define PyDate_FromTimestamp(args) \
    PyDateTimeAPI->Date_FromTimestamp( \
        (PyObject*) (PyDateTimeAPI->DateType), args)

#endif   /* !defined(_PY_DATETIME_IMPL) */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */
#ifndef Py_BLTINMODULE_H
#define Py_BLTINMODULE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyFilter_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyMap_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyZip_Type;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_BLTINMODULE_H */
#ifndef Py_ITEROBJECT_H
#define Py_ITEROBJECT_H
/* Iterators (the basic kind, over a sequence) */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PySeqIter_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyCallIter_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyCmpWrapper_Type;

#define PySeqIter_Check(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PySeqIter_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySeqIter_New(PyObject *);


#define PyCallIter_Check(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyCallIter_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCallIter_New(PyObject *, PyObject *);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_ITEROBJECT_H */


/* System module interface */

#ifndef Py_SYSMODULE_H
#define Py_SYSMODULE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySys_GetObject(const char *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySys_SetObject(const char *, PyObject *);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySys_SetArgv(int, wchar_t **);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySys_SetArgvEx(int, wchar_t **, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySys_SetPath(const wchar_t *);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySys_WriteStdout(const char *format, ...)
                 Py_GCC_ATTRIBUTE((format(printf, 1, 2)));
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySys_WriteStderr(const char *format, ...)
                 Py_GCC_ATTRIBUTE((format(printf, 1, 2)));
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySys_FormatStdout(const char *format, ...);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySys_FormatStderr(const char *format, ...);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySys_ResetWarnOptions(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySys_AddWarnOption(const wchar_t *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySys_AddWarnOptionUnicode(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySys_HasWarnOptions(void);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySys_AddXOption(const wchar_t *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySys_GetXOptions(void);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#  define Py_CPYTHON_SYSMODULE_H
#  include  "cpython/sysmodule.h"
#  undef Py_CPYTHON_SYSMODULE_H
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_SYSMODULE_H */
#ifndef Py_ASDL_H
#define Py_ASDL_H

typedef PyObject * identifier;
typedef PyObject * string;
typedef PyObject * bytes;
typedef PyObject * object;
typedef PyObject * singleton;
typedef PyObject * constant;

/* It would be nice if the code generated by asdl_c.py was completely
   independent of Python, but it is a goal the requires too much work
   at this stage.  So, for example, I'll represent identifiers as
   interned Python strings.
*/

/* XXX A sequence should be typed so that its use can be typechecked. */

typedef struct {
    Py_ssize_t size;
    void *elements[1];
} asdl_seq;

typedef struct {
    Py_ssize_t size;
    int elements[1];
} asdl_int_seq;

asdl_seq *_Py_asdl_seq_new(Py_ssize_t size, PyArena *arena);
asdl_int_seq *_Py_asdl_int_seq_new(Py_ssize_t size, PyArena *arena);

#define asdl_seq_GET(S, I) (S)->elements[(I)]
#define asdl_seq_LEN(S) ((S) == NULL ? 0 : (S)->size)
#ifdef Py_DEBUG
#define asdl_seq_SET(S, I, V) \
    do { \
        Py_ssize_t _asdl_i = (I); \
        assert((S) != NULL); \
        assert(0 <= _asdl_i && _asdl_i < (S)->size); \
        (S)->elements[_asdl_i] = (V); \
    } while (0)
#else
#define asdl_seq_SET(S, I, V) (S)->elements[I] = (V)
#endif

#endif /* !Py_ASDL_H */

/* Interface for marshal.c */

#ifndef Py_MARSHAL_H
#define Py_MARSHAL_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define Py_MARSHAL_VERSION 4

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyMarshal_WriteLongToFile(long, FILE *, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyMarshal_WriteObjectToFile(PyObject *, FILE *, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMarshal_WriteObjectToString(PyObject *, int);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(long) PyMarshal_ReadLongFromFile(FILE *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyMarshal_ReadShortFromFile(FILE *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMarshal_ReadObjectFromFile(FILE *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMarshal_ReadLastObjectFromFile(FILE *);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMarshal_ReadObjectFromString(const char *,
                                                      Py_ssize_t);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_MARSHAL_H */
/* ByteArray object interface */

#ifndef Py_BYTEARRAYOBJECT_H
#define Py_BYTEARRAYOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <stdarg.h>

/* Type PyByteArrayObject represents a mutable array of bytes.
 * The Python API is that of a sequence;
 * the bytes are mapped to ints in [0, 256).
 * Bytes are not characters; they may be used to encode characters.
 * The only way to go between bytes and str/unicode is via encoding
 * and decoding.
 * For the convenience of C programmers, the bytes type is considered
 * to contain a char pointer, not an unsigned char pointer.
 */

/* Object layout */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef struct {
    PyObject_VAR_HEAD
    Py_ssize_t ob_alloc; /* How many bytes allocated in ob_bytes */
    char *ob_bytes;      /* Physical backing buffer */
    char *ob_start;      /* Logical start inside ob_bytes */
    /* XXX(nnorwitz): should ob_exports be Py_ssize_t? */
    int ob_exports;      /* How many buffer exports */
} PyByteArrayObject;
#endif

/* Type object */
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyByteArray_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyByteArrayIter_Type;

/* Type check macros */
#define PyByteArray_Check(self) PyObject_TypeCheck(self, &PyByteArray_Type)
#define PyByteArray_CheckExact(self) (Py_TYPE(self) == &PyByteArray_Type)

/* Direct API functions */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyByteArray_FromObject(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyByteArray_Concat(PyObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyByteArray_FromStringAndSize(const char *, Py_ssize_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyByteArray_Size(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(char *) PyByteArray_AsString(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyByteArray_Resize(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t);

/* Macros, trading safety for speed */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#define PyByteArray_AS_STRING(self) \
    (assert(PyByteArray_Check(self)), \
     Py_SIZE(self) ? ((PyByteArrayObject *)(self))->ob_start : _PyByteArray_empty_string)
#define PyByteArray_GET_SIZE(self) (assert(PyByteArray_Check(self)), Py_SIZE(self))

PyAPI_DATA(char) _PyByteArray_empty_string[];
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_BYTEARRAYOBJECT_H */
/* Tuple object interface */

#ifndef Py_TUPLEOBJECT_H
#define Py_TUPLEOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
Another generally useful object type is a tuple of object pointers.
For Python, this is an immutable type.  C code can change the tuple items
(but not their number), and even use tuples as general-purpose arrays of
object references, but in general only brand new tuples should be mutated,
not ones that might already have been exposed to Python code.

*** WARNING *** PyTuple_SetItem does not increment the new item's reference
count, but does decrement the reference count of the item it replaces,
if not nil.  It does *decrement* the reference count if it is *not*
inserted in the tuple.  Similarly, PyTuple_GetItem does not increment the
returned item's reference count.
*/

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyTuple_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyTupleIter_Type;

#define PyTuple_Check(op) \
                 PyType_FastSubclass(Py_TYPE(op), Py_TPFLAGS_TUPLE_SUBCLASS)
#define PyTuple_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyTuple_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyTuple_New(Py_ssize_t size);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyTuple_Size(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyTuple_GetItem(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyTuple_SetItem(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyTuple_GetSlice(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t, Py_ssize_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyTuple_Pack(Py_ssize_t, ...);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyTuple_ClearFreeList(void);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#  define Py_CPYTHON_TUPLEOBJECT_H
#  include  "cpython/tupleobject.h"
#  undef Py_CPYTHON_TUPLEOBJECT_H
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_TUPLEOBJECT_H */
#ifndef Py_SLICEOBJECT_H
#define Py_SLICEOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* The unique ellipsis object "..." */

PyAPI_DATA(PyObject) _Py_EllipsisObject; /* Don't use this directly */

#define Py_Ellipsis (&_Py_EllipsisObject)

/* Slice object interface */

/*

A slice object containing start, stop, and step data members (the
names are from range).  After much talk with Guido, it was decided to
let these be any arbitrary python type.  Py_None stands for omitted values.
*/
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef struct {
    PyObject_HEAD
    PyObject *start, *stop, *step;      /* not NULL */
} PySliceObject;
#endif

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PySlice_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyEllipsis_Type;

#define PySlice_Check(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PySlice_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySlice_New(PyObject* start, PyObject* stop,
                                  PyObject* step);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PySlice_FromIndices(Py_ssize_t start, Py_ssize_t stop);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PySlice_GetLongIndices(PySliceObject *self, PyObject *length,
                                 PyObject **start_ptr, PyObject **stop_ptr,
                                 PyObject **step_ptr);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySlice_GetIndices(PyObject *r, Py_ssize_t length,
                                  Py_ssize_t *start, Py_ssize_t *stop, Py_ssize_t *step);
Py_DEPRECATED(3.7)
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySlice_GetIndicesEx(PyObject *r, Py_ssize_t length,
                                     Py_ssize_t *start, Py_ssize_t *stop,
                                     Py_ssize_t *step,
                                     Py_ssize_t *slicelength);

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || (Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03050400 && Py_LIMITED_API+0 < 0x03060000) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03060100
#define PySlice_GetIndicesEx(slice, length, start, stop, step, slicelen) (  \
    PySlice_Unpack((slice), (start), (stop), (step)) < 0 ?                  \
    ((*(slicelen) = 0), -1) :                                               \
    ((*(slicelen) = PySlice_AdjustIndices((length), (start), (stop), *(step))), \
     0))
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySlice_Unpack(PyObject *slice,
                               Py_ssize_t *start, Py_ssize_t *stop, Py_ssize_t *step);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PySlice_AdjustIndices(Py_ssize_t length,
                                             Py_ssize_t *start, Py_ssize_t *stop,
                                             Py_ssize_t step);
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_SLICEOBJECT_H */
#ifndef Py_ENUMOBJECT_H
#define Py_ENUMOBJECT_H

/* Enumerate Object */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyEnum_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyReversed_Type;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* !Py_ENUMOBJECT_H */
/* Cell object interface */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_CELLOBJECT_H
#define Py_CELLOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct {
    PyObject_HEAD
    PyObject *ob_ref;       /* Content of the cell or NULL when empty */
} PyCellObject;

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyCell_Type;

#define PyCell_Check(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyCell_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCell_New(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCell_Get(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyCell_Set(PyObject *, PyObject *);

#define PyCell_GET(op) (((PyCellObject *)(op))->ob_ref)
#define PyCell_SET(op, v) (((PyCellObject *)(op))->ob_ref = v)

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_TUPLEOBJECT_H */
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */
/* Auto-generated by Tools/scripts/generate_token.py */

/* Token types */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_TOKEN_H
#define Py_TOKEN_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#undef TILDE   /* Prevent clash of our definition with system macro. Ex AIX, ioctl.h */

#define ENDMARKER       0
#define NAME            1
#define NUMBER          2
#define STRING          3
#define NEWLINE         4
#define INDENT          5
#define DEDENT          6
#define LPAR            7
#define RPAR            8
#define LSQB            9
#define RSQB            10
#define COLON           11
#define COMMA           12
#define SEMI            13
#define PLUS            14
#define MINUS           15
#define STAR            16
#define SLASH           17
#define VBAR            18
#define AMPER           19
#define LESS            20
#define GREATER         21
#define EQUAL           22
#define DOT             23
#define PERCENT         24
#define LBRACE          25
#define RBRACE          26
#define EQEQUAL         27
#define NOTEQUAL        28
#define LESSEQUAL       29
#define GREATEREQUAL    30
#define TILDE           31
#define CIRCUMFLEX      32
#define LEFTSHIFT       33
#define RIGHTSHIFT      34
#define DOUBLESTAR      35
#define PLUSEQUAL       36
#define MINEQUAL        37
#define STAREQUAL       38
#define SLASHEQUAL      39
#define PERCENTEQUAL    40
#define AMPEREQUAL      41
#define VBAREQUAL       42
#define CIRCUMFLEXEQUAL 43
#define LEFTSHIFTEQUAL  44
#define RIGHTSHIFTEQUAL 45
#define DOUBLESTAREQUAL 46
#define DOUBLESLASH     47
#define DOUBLESLASHEQUAL 48
#define AT              49
#define ATEQUAL         50
#define RARROW          51
#define ELLIPSIS        52
#define COLONEQUAL      53
#define OP              54
#define AWAIT           55
#define ASYNC           56
#define TYPE_IGNORE     57
#define TYPE_COMMENT    58
#define ERRORTOKEN      59
#define N_TOKENS        63
#define NT_OFFSET       256

/* Special definitions for cooperation with parser */

#define ISTERMINAL(x)           ((x) < NT_OFFSET)
#define ISNONTERMINAL(x)        ((x) >= NT_OFFSET)
#define ISEOF(x)                ((x) == ENDMARKER)


PyAPI_DATA(const char * const) _PyParser_TokenNames[]; /* Token names */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyToken_OneChar(int);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyToken_TwoChars(int, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyToken_ThreeChars(int, int, int);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_TOKEN_H */
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */

/* Interface to execute compiled code */

#ifndef Py_EVAL_H
#define Py_EVAL_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyEval_EvalCode(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyEval_EvalCodeEx(PyObject *co,
                                         PyObject *globals,
                                         PyObject *locals,
                                         PyObject *const *args, int argc,
                                         PyObject *const *kwds, int kwdc,
                                         PyObject *const *defs, int defc,
                                         PyObject *kwdefs, PyObject *closure);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyEval_EvalCodeWithName(
    PyObject *co,
    PyObject *globals, PyObject *locals,
    PyObject *const *args, Py_ssize_t argcount,
    PyObject *const *kwnames, PyObject *const *kwargs,
    Py_ssize_t kwcount, int kwstep,
    PyObject *const *defs, Py_ssize_t defcount,
    PyObject *kwdefs, PyObject *closure,
    PyObject *name, PyObject *qualname);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyEval_CallTracing(PyObject *func, PyObject *args);
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_EVAL_H */
/* Static DTrace probes interface */

#ifndef Py_DTRACE_H
#define Py_DTRACE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifdef WITH_DTRACE

#include "pydtrace_probes.h"

/* pydtrace_probes.h, on systems with DTrace, is auto-generated to include
   `PyDTrace_{PROBE}` and `PyDTrace_{PROBE}_ENABLED()` macros for every probe
   defined in pydtrace_provider.d.

   Calling these functions must be guarded by a `PyDTrace_{PROBE}_ENABLED()`
   check to minimize performance impact when probing is off. For example:

       if (PyDTrace_FUNCTION_ENTRY_ENABLED())
           PyDTrace_FUNCTION_ENTRY(f);
*/

#else

/* Without DTrace, compile to nothing. */

static inline void PyDTrace_LINE(const char *arg0, const char *arg1, int arg2) {}
static inline void PyDTrace_FUNCTION_ENTRY(const char *arg0, const char *arg1, int arg2)  {}
static inline void PyDTrace_FUNCTION_RETURN(const char *arg0, const char *arg1, int arg2) {}
static inline void PyDTrace_GC_START(int arg0) {}
static inline void PyDTrace_GC_DONE(Py_ssize_t arg0) {}
static inline void PyDTrace_INSTANCE_NEW_START(int arg0) {}
static inline void PyDTrace_INSTANCE_NEW_DONE(int arg0) {}
static inline void PyDTrace_INSTANCE_DELETE_START(int arg0) {}
static inline void PyDTrace_INSTANCE_DELETE_DONE(int arg0) {}
static inline void PyDTrace_IMPORT_FIND_LOAD_START(const char *arg0) {}
static inline void PyDTrace_IMPORT_FIND_LOAD_DONE(const char *arg0, int arg1) {}
static inline void PyDTrace_AUDIT(const char *arg0, void *arg1) {}

static inline int PyDTrace_LINE_ENABLED(void) { return 0; }
static inline int PyDTrace_FUNCTION_ENTRY_ENABLED(void) { return 0; }
static inline int PyDTrace_FUNCTION_RETURN_ENABLED(void) { return 0; }
static inline int PyDTrace_GC_START_ENABLED(void) { return 0; }
static inline int PyDTrace_GC_DONE_ENABLED(void) { return 0; }
static inline int PyDTrace_INSTANCE_NEW_START_ENABLED(void) { return 0; }
static inline int PyDTrace_INSTANCE_NEW_DONE_ENABLED(void) { return 0; }
static inline int PyDTrace_INSTANCE_DELETE_START_ENABLED(void) { return 0; }
static inline int PyDTrace_INSTANCE_DELETE_DONE_ENABLED(void) { return 0; }
static inline int PyDTrace_IMPORT_FIND_LOAD_START_ENABLED(void) { return 0; }
static inline int PyDTrace_IMPORT_FIND_LOAD_DONE_ENABLED(void) { return 0; }
static inline int PyDTrace_AUDIT_ENABLED(void) { return 0; }

#endif /* !WITH_DTRACE */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_DTRACE_H */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_PYDEBUG_H
#define Py_PYDEBUG_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* These global variable are defined in pylifecycle.c */
/* XXX (ncoghlan): move these declarations to pylifecycle.h? */
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_DebugFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_VerboseFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_QuietFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_InteractiveFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_InspectFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_OptimizeFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_NoSiteFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_BytesWarningFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_FrozenFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_IgnoreEnvironmentFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_DontWriteBytecodeFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_NoUserSiteDirectory;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_UnbufferedStdioFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_HashRandomizationFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_IsolatedFlag;

#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_LegacyWindowsFSEncodingFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_LegacyWindowsStdioFlag;
#endif

/* this is a wrapper around getenv() that pays attention to
   Py_IgnoreEnvironmentFlag.  It should be used for getting variables like
   PYTHONPATH and PYTHONHOME from the environment */
#define Py_GETENV(s) (Py_IgnoreEnvironmentFlag ? NULL : getenv(s))

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_PYDEBUG_H */
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */
#ifndef Py_PYPORT_H
#define Py_PYPORT_H

#include "pyconfig.h" /* include for defines */

#include <inttypes.h>


/* Defines to build Python and its standard library:
 *
 * - Py_BUILD_CORE: Build Python core. Give access to Python internals, but
 *   should not be used by third-party modules.
 * - Py_BUILD_CORE_BUILTIN: Build a Python stdlib module as a built-in module.
 * - Py_BUILD_CORE_MODULE: Build a Python stdlib module as a dynamic library.
 *
 * Py_BUILD_CORE_BUILTIN and Py_BUILD_CORE_MODULE imply Py_BUILD_CORE.
 *
 * On Windows, Py_BUILD_CORE_MODULE exports "PyInit_xxx" symbol, whereas
 * Py_BUILD_CORE_BUILTIN does not.
 */
#if defined(Py_BUILD_CORE_BUILTIN) && !defined(Py_BUILD_CORE)
#  define Py_BUILD_CORE
#endif
#if defined(Py_BUILD_CORE_MODULE) && !defined(Py_BUILD_CORE)
#  define Py_BUILD_CORE
#endif


/**************************************************************************
Symbols and macros to supply platform-independent interfaces to basic
C language & library operations whose spellings vary across platforms.

Please try to make documentation here as clear as possible:  by definition,
the stuff here is trying to illuminate C's darkest corners.

Config #defines referenced here:

SIGNED_RIGHT_SHIFT_ZERO_FILLS
Meaning:  To be defined iff i>>j does not extend the sign bit when i is a
          signed integral type and i < 0.
Used in:  Py_ARITHMETIC_RIGHT_SHIFT

Py_DEBUG
Meaning:  Extra checks compiled in for debug mode.
Used in:  Py_SAFE_DOWNCAST

**************************************************************************/

/* typedefs for some C9X-defined synonyms for integral types.
 *
 * The names in Python are exactly the same as the C9X names, except with a
 * Py_ prefix.  Until C9X is universally implemented, this is the only way
 * to ensure that Python gets reliable names that don't conflict with names
 * in non-Python code that are playing their own tricks to define the C9X
 * names.
 *
 * NOTE: don't go nuts here!  Python has no use for *most* of the C9X
 * integral synonyms.  Only define the ones we actually need.
 */

/* long long is required. Ensure HAVE_LONG_LONG is defined for compatibility. */
#ifndef HAVE_LONG_LONG
#define HAVE_LONG_LONG 1
#endif
#ifndef PY_LONG_LONG
#define PY_LONG_LONG long long
/* If LLONG_MAX is defined in limits.h, use that. */
#define PY_LLONG_MIN LLONG_MIN
#define PY_LLONG_MAX LLONG_MAX
#define PY_ULLONG_MAX ULLONG_MAX
#endif

#define PY_UINT32_T uint32_t
#define PY_UINT64_T uint64_t

/* Signed variants of the above */
#define PY_INT32_T int32_t
#define PY_INT64_T int64_t

/* If PYLONG_BITS_IN_DIGIT is not defined then we'll use 30-bit digits if all
   the necessary integer types are available, and we're on a 64-bit platform
   (as determined by SIZEOF_VOID_P); otherwise we use 15-bit digits. */

#ifndef PYLONG_BITS_IN_DIGIT
#if SIZEOF_VOID_P >= 8
#define PYLONG_BITS_IN_DIGIT 30
#else
#define PYLONG_BITS_IN_DIGIT 15
#endif
#endif

/* uintptr_t is the C9X name for an unsigned integral type such that a
 * legitimate void* can be cast to uintptr_t and then back to void* again
 * without loss of information.  Similarly for intptr_t, wrt a signed
 * integral type.
 */
typedef uintptr_t       Py_uintptr_t;
typedef intptr_t        Py_intptr_t;

/* Py_ssize_t is a signed integral type such that sizeof(Py_ssize_t) ==
 * sizeof(size_t).  C99 doesn't define such a thing directly (size_t is an
 * unsigned integral type).  See PEP 353 for details.
 */
#ifdef HAVE_SSIZE_T
typedef ssize_t         Py_ssize_t;
#elif SIZEOF_VOID_P == SIZEOF_SIZE_T
typedef Py_intptr_t     Py_ssize_t;
#else
#   error "Python needs a typedef for Py_ssize_t in pyport.h."
#endif

/* Py_hash_t is the same size as a pointer. */
#define SIZEOF_PY_HASH_T SIZEOF_SIZE_T
typedef Py_ssize_t Py_hash_t;
/* Py_uhash_t is the unsigned equivalent needed to calculate numeric hash. */
#define SIZEOF_PY_UHASH_T SIZEOF_SIZE_T
typedef size_t Py_uhash_t;

/* Only used for compatibility with code that may not be PY_SSIZE_T_CLEAN. */
#ifdef PY_SSIZE_T_CLEAN
typedef Py_ssize_t Py_ssize_clean_t;
#else
typedef int Py_ssize_clean_t;
#endif

/* Largest possible value of size_t. */
#define PY_SIZE_MAX SIZE_MAX

/* Largest positive value of type Py_ssize_t. */
#define PY_SSIZE_T_MAX ((Py_ssize_t)(((size_t)-1)>>1))
/* Smallest negative value of type Py_ssize_t. */
#define PY_SSIZE_T_MIN (-PY_SSIZE_T_MAX-1)

/* PY_FORMAT_SIZE_T is a platform-specific modifier for use in a printf
 * format to convert an argument with the width of a size_t or Py_ssize_t.
 * C99 introduced "z" for this purpose, but not all platforms support that;
 * e.g., MS compilers use "I" instead.
 *
 * These "high level" Python format functions interpret "z" correctly on
 * all platforms (Python interprets the format string itself, and does whatever
 * the platform C requires to convert a size_t/Py_ssize_t argument):
 *
 *     PyBytes_FromFormat
 *     PyErr_Format
 *     PyBytes_FromFormatV
 *     PyUnicode_FromFormatV
 *
 * Lower-level uses require that you interpolate the correct format modifier
 * yourself (e.g., calling printf, fprintf, sprintf, PyOS_snprintf); for
 * example,
 *
 *     Py_ssize_t index;
 *     fprintf(stderr, "index %" PY_FORMAT_SIZE_T "d sucks\n", index);
 *
 * That will expand to %ld, or %Id, or to something else correct for a
 * Py_ssize_t on the platform.
 */
#ifndef PY_FORMAT_SIZE_T
#   if SIZEOF_SIZE_T == SIZEOF_INT && !defined(__APPLE__)
#       define PY_FORMAT_SIZE_T ""
#   elif SIZEOF_SIZE_T == SIZEOF_LONG
#       define PY_FORMAT_SIZE_T "l"
#   elif defined(MS_WINDOWS)
#       define PY_FORMAT_SIZE_T "I"
#   else
#       error "This platform's pyconfig.h needs to define PY_FORMAT_SIZE_T"
#   endif
#endif

/* Py_LOCAL can be used instead of static to get the fastest possible calling
 * convention for functions that are local to a given module.
 *
 * Py_LOCAL_INLINE does the same thing, and also explicitly requests inlining,
 * for platforms that support that.
 *
 * If PY_LOCAL_AGGRESSIVE is defined before python.h is included, more
 * "aggressive" inlining/optimization is enabled for the entire module.  This
 * may lead to code bloat, and may slow things down for those reasons.  It may
 * also lead to errors, if the code relies on pointer aliasing.  Use with
 * care.
 *
 * NOTE: You can only use this for functions that are entirely local to a
 * module; functions that are exported via method tables, callbacks, etc,
 * should keep using static.
 */

#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#  if defined(PY_LOCAL_AGGRESSIVE)
   /* enable more aggressive optimization for visual studio */
#  pragma optimize("agtw", on)
#endif
   /* ignore warnings if the compiler decides not to inline a function */
#  pragma warning(disable: 4710)
   /* fastest possible local call under MSVC */
#  define Py_LOCAL(type) static type __fastcall
#  define Py_LOCAL_INLINE(type) static __inline type __fastcall
#else
#  define Py_LOCAL(type) static type
#  define Py_LOCAL_INLINE(type) static inline type
#endif

/* Py_MEMCPY is kept for backwards compatibility,
 * see https://bugs.python.org/issue28126 */
#define Py_MEMCPY memcpy

#include <stdlib.h>

#ifdef HAVE_IEEEFP_H
#include <ieeefp.h>  /* needed for 'finite' declaration on some platforms */
#endif

#include <math.h> /* Moved here from the math section, before extern "C" */

/********************************************
 * WRAPPER FOR <time.h> and/or <sys/time.h> *
 ********************************************/

#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <time.h>
#else /* !TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME */
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
#include <sys/time.h>
#else /* !HAVE_SYS_TIME_H */
#include <time.h>
#endif /* !HAVE_SYS_TIME_H */
#endif /* !TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME */


/******************************
 * WRAPPER FOR <sys/select.h> *
 ******************************/

/* NB caller must include <sys/types.h> */

#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
#include <sys/select.h>
#endif /* !HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H */

/*******************************
 * stat() and fstat() fiddling *
 *******************************/

#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
#include <sys/stat.h>
#elif defined(HAVE_STAT_H)
#include <stat.h>
#endif

#ifndef S_IFMT
/* VisualAge C/C++ Failed to Define MountType Field in sys/stat.h */
#define S_IFMT 0170000
#endif

#ifndef S_IFLNK
/* Windows doesn't define S_IFLNK but posixmodule.c maps
 * IO_REPARSE_TAG_SYMLINK to S_IFLNK */
#  define S_IFLNK 0120000
#endif

#ifndef S_ISREG
#define S_ISREG(x) (((x) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
#endif

#ifndef S_ISDIR
#define S_ISDIR(x) (((x) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
#endif

#ifndef S_ISCHR
#define S_ISCHR(x) (((x) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
/* Move this down here since some C++ #include's don't like to be included
   inside an extern "C" */
extern "C" {
#endif


/* Py_ARITHMETIC_RIGHT_SHIFT
 * C doesn't define whether a right-shift of a signed integer sign-extends
 * or zero-fills.  Here a macro to force sign extension:
 * Py_ARITHMETIC_RIGHT_SHIFT(TYPE, I, J)
 *    Return I >> J, forcing sign extension.  Arithmetically, return the
 *    floor of I/2**J.
 * Requirements:
 *    I should have signed integer type.  In the terminology of C99, this can
 *    be either one of the five standard signed integer types (signed char,
 *    short, int, long, long long) or an extended signed integer type.
 *    J is an integer >= 0 and strictly less than the number of bits in the
 *    type of I (because C doesn't define what happens for J outside that
 *    range either).
 *    TYPE used to specify the type of I, but is now ignored.  It's been left
 *    in for backwards compatibility with versions <= 2.6 or 3.0.
 * Caution:
 *    I may be evaluated more than once.
 */
#ifdef SIGNED_RIGHT_SHIFT_ZERO_FILLS
#define Py_ARITHMETIC_RIGHT_SHIFT(TYPE, I, J) \
    ((I) < 0 ? -1-((-1-(I)) >> (J)) : (I) >> (J))
#else
#define Py_ARITHMETIC_RIGHT_SHIFT(TYPE, I, J) ((I) >> (J))
#endif

/* Py_FORCE_EXPANSION(X)
 * "Simply" returns its argument.  However, macro expansions within the
 * argument are evaluated.  This unfortunate trickery is needed to get
 * token-pasting to work as desired in some cases.
 */
#define Py_FORCE_EXPANSION(X) X

/* Py_SAFE_DOWNCAST(VALUE, WIDE, NARROW)
 * Cast VALUE to type NARROW from type WIDE.  In Py_DEBUG mode, this
 * assert-fails if any information is lost.
 * Caution:
 *    VALUE may be evaluated more than once.
 */
#ifdef Py_DEBUG
#define Py_SAFE_DOWNCAST(VALUE, WIDE, NARROW) \
    (assert((WIDE)(NARROW)(VALUE) == (VALUE)), (NARROW)(VALUE))
#else
#define Py_SAFE_DOWNCAST(VALUE, WIDE, NARROW) (NARROW)(VALUE)
#endif

/* Py_SET_ERRNO_ON_MATH_ERROR(x)
 * If a libm function did not set errno, but it looks like the result
 * overflowed or not-a-number, set errno to ERANGE or EDOM.  Set errno
 * to 0 before calling a libm function, and invoke this macro after,
 * passing the function result.
 * Caution:
 *    This isn't reliable.  See Py_OVERFLOWED comments.
 *    X is evaluated more than once.
 */
#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || (defined(__hpux) && defined(__ia64))
#define _Py_SET_EDOM_FOR_NAN(X) if (isnan(X)) errno = EDOM;
#else
#define _Py_SET_EDOM_FOR_NAN(X) ;
#endif
#define Py_SET_ERRNO_ON_MATH_ERROR(X) \
    do { \
        if (errno == 0) { \
            if ((X) == Py_HUGE_VAL || (X) == -Py_HUGE_VAL) \
                errno = ERANGE; \
            else _Py_SET_EDOM_FOR_NAN(X) \
        } \
    } while(0)

/* Py_SET_ERANGE_IF_OVERFLOW(x)
 * An alias of Py_SET_ERRNO_ON_MATH_ERROR for backward-compatibility.
 */
#define Py_SET_ERANGE_IF_OVERFLOW(X) Py_SET_ERRNO_ON_MATH_ERROR(X)

/* Py_ADJUST_ERANGE1(x)
 * Py_ADJUST_ERANGE2(x, y)
 * Set errno to 0 before calling a libm function, and invoke one of these
 * macros after, passing the function result(s) (Py_ADJUST_ERANGE2 is useful
 * for functions returning complex results).  This makes two kinds of
 * adjustments to errno:  (A) If it looks like the platform libm set
 * errno=ERANGE due to underflow, clear errno. (B) If it looks like the
 * platform libm overflowed but didn't set errno, force errno to ERANGE.  In
 * effect, we're trying to force a useful implementation of C89 errno
 * behavior.
 * Caution:
 *    This isn't reliable.  See Py_OVERFLOWED comments.
 *    X and Y may be evaluated more than once.
 */
#define Py_ADJUST_ERANGE1(X)                                            \
    do {                                                                \
        if (errno == 0) {                                               \
            if ((X) == Py_HUGE_VAL || (X) == -Py_HUGE_VAL)              \
                errno = ERANGE;                                         \
        }                                                               \
        else if (errno == ERANGE && (X) == 0.0)                         \
            errno = 0;                                                  \
    } while(0)

#define Py_ADJUST_ERANGE2(X, Y)                                         \
    do {                                                                \
        if ((X) == Py_HUGE_VAL || (X) == -Py_HUGE_VAL ||                \
            (Y) == Py_HUGE_VAL || (Y) == -Py_HUGE_VAL) {                \
                        if (errno == 0)                                 \
                                errno = ERANGE;                         \
        }                                                               \
        else if (errno == ERANGE)                                       \
            errno = 0;                                                  \
    } while(0)

/*  The functions _Py_dg_strtod and _Py_dg_dtoa in Python/dtoa.c (which are
 *  required to support the short float repr introduced in Python 3.1) require
 *  that the floating-point unit that's being used for arithmetic operations
 *  on C doubles is set to use 53-bit precision.  It also requires that the
 *  FPU rounding mode is round-half-to-even, but that's less often an issue.
 *
 *  If your FPU isn't already set to 53-bit precision/round-half-to-even, and
 *  you want to make use of _Py_dg_strtod and _Py_dg_dtoa, then you should
 *
 *     #define HAVE_PY_SET_53BIT_PRECISION 1
 *
 *  and also give appropriate definitions for the following three macros:
 *
 *    _PY_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_START : store original FPU settings, and
 *        set FPU to 53-bit precision/round-half-to-even
 *    _PY_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_END : restore original FPU settings
 *    _PY_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_HEADER : any variable declarations needed to
 *        use the two macros above.
 *
 * The macros are designed to be used within a single C function: see
 * Python/pystrtod.c for an example of their use.
 */

/* get and set x87 control word for gcc/x86 */
#ifdef HAVE_GCC_ASM_FOR_X87
#define HAVE_PY_SET_53BIT_PRECISION 1
/* _Py_get/set_387controlword functions are defined in Python/pymath.c */
#define _Py_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_HEADER                          \
    unsigned short old_387controlword, new_387controlword
#define _Py_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_START                                   \
    do {                                                                \
        old_387controlword = _Py_get_387controlword();                  \
        new_387controlword = (old_387controlword & ~0x0f00) | 0x0200; \
        if (new_387controlword != old_387controlword)                   \
            _Py_set_387controlword(new_387controlword);                 \
    } while (0)
#define _Py_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_END                             \
    if (new_387controlword != old_387controlword)               \
        _Py_set_387controlword(old_387controlword)
#endif

/* get and set x87 control word for VisualStudio/x86 */
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_WIN64) && !defined(_M_ARM) /* x87 not supported in 64-bit or ARM */
#define HAVE_PY_SET_53BIT_PRECISION 1
#define _Py_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_HEADER \
    unsigned int old_387controlword, new_387controlword, out_387controlword
/* We use the __control87_2 function to set only the x87 control word.
   The SSE control word is unaffected. */
#define _Py_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_START                                   \
    do {                                                                \
        __control87_2(0, 0, &old_387controlword, NULL);                 \
        new_387controlword =                                            \
          (old_387controlword & ~(_MCW_PC | _MCW_RC)) | (_PC_53 | _RC_NEAR); \
        if (new_387controlword != old_387controlword)                   \
            __control87_2(new_387controlword, _MCW_PC | _MCW_RC,        \
                          &out_387controlword, NULL);                   \
    } while (0)
#define _Py_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_END                                     \
    do {                                                                \
        if (new_387controlword != old_387controlword)                   \
            __control87_2(old_387controlword, _MCW_PC | _MCW_RC,        \
                          &out_387controlword, NULL);                   \
    } while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_GCC_ASM_FOR_MC68881
#define HAVE_PY_SET_53BIT_PRECISION 1
#define _Py_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_HEADER \
  unsigned int old_fpcr, new_fpcr
#define _Py_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_START                                   \
  do {                                                                  \
    __asm__ ("fmove.l %%fpcr,%0" : "=g" (old_fpcr));                    \
    /* Set double precision / round to nearest.  */                     \
    new_fpcr = (old_fpcr & ~0xf0) | 0x80;                               \
    if (new_fpcr != old_fpcr)                                           \
      __asm__ volatile ("fmove.l %0,%%fpcr" : : "g" (new_fpcr));        \
  } while (0)
#define _Py_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_END                                     \
  do {                                                                  \
    if (new_fpcr != old_fpcr)                                           \
      __asm__ volatile ("fmove.l %0,%%fpcr" : : "g" (old_fpcr));        \
  } while (0)
#endif

/* default definitions are empty */
#ifndef HAVE_PY_SET_53BIT_PRECISION
#define _Py_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_HEADER
#define _Py_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_START
#define _Py_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_END
#endif

/* If we can't guarantee 53-bit precision, don't use the code
   in Python/dtoa.c, but fall back to standard code.  This
   means that repr of a float will be long (17 sig digits).

   Realistically, there are two things that could go wrong:

   (1) doubles aren't IEEE 754 doubles, or
   (2) we're on x86 with the rounding precision set to 64-bits
       (extended precision), and we don't know how to change
       the rounding precision.
 */

#if !defined(DOUBLE_IS_LITTLE_ENDIAN_IEEE754) && \
    !defined(DOUBLE_IS_BIG_ENDIAN_IEEE754) && \
    !defined(DOUBLE_IS_ARM_MIXED_ENDIAN_IEEE754)
#define PY_NO_SHORT_FLOAT_REPR
#endif

/* double rounding is symptomatic of use of extended precision on x86.  If
   we're seeing double rounding, and we don't have any mechanism available for
   changing the FPU rounding precision, then don't use Python/dtoa.c. */
#if defined(X87_DOUBLE_ROUNDING) && !defined(HAVE_PY_SET_53BIT_PRECISION)
#define PY_NO_SHORT_FLOAT_REPR
#endif


/* Py_DEPRECATED(version)
 * Declare a variable, type, or function deprecated.
 * The macro must be placed before the declaration.
 * Usage:
 *    Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) extern int old_var;
 *    Py_DEPRECATED(3.4) typedef int T1;
 *    Py_DEPRECATED(3.8) PyAPI_FUNC(int) Py_OldFunction(void);
 */
#if defined(__GNUC__) \
    && ((__GNUC__ >= 4) || (__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1))
#define Py_DEPRECATED(VERSION_UNUSED) __attribute__((__deprecated__))
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
#define Py_DEPRECATED(VERSION) __declspec(deprecated( \
                                          "deprecated in " #VERSION))
#else
#define Py_DEPRECATED(VERSION_UNUSED)
#endif


/* _Py_HOT_FUNCTION
 * The hot attribute on a function is used to inform the compiler that the
 * function is a hot spot of the compiled program. The function is optimized
 * more aggressively and on many target it is placed into special subsection of
 * the text section so all hot functions appears close together improving
 * locality.
 *
 * Usage:
 *    int _Py_HOT_FUNCTION x(void) { return 3; }
 *
 * Issue #28618: This attribute must not be abused, otherwise it can have a
 * negative effect on performance. Only the functions were Python spend most of
 * its time must use it. Use a profiler when running performance benchmark
 * suite to find these functions.
 */
#if defined(__GNUC__) \
    && ((__GNUC__ >= 5) || (__GNUC__ == 4) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3))
#define _Py_HOT_FUNCTION __attribute__((hot))
#else
#define _Py_HOT_FUNCTION
#endif

/* _Py_NO_INLINE
 * Disable inlining on a function. For example, it helps to reduce the C stack
 * consumption.
 *
 * Usage:
 *    int _Py_NO_INLINE x(void) { return 3; }
 */
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#  define _Py_NO_INLINE __declspec(noinline)
#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
#  define _Py_NO_INLINE __attribute__ ((noinline))
#else
#  define _Py_NO_INLINE
#endif

/**************************************************************************
Prototypes that are missing from the standard include files on some systems
(and possibly only some versions of such systems.)

Please be conservative with adding new ones, document them and enclose them
in platform-specific #ifdefs.
**************************************************************************/

#ifdef SOLARIS
/* Unchecked */
extern int gethostname(char *, int);
#endif

#ifdef HAVE__GETPTY
#include <sys/types.h>          /* we need to import mode_t */
extern char * _getpty(int *, int, mode_t, int);
#endif

/* On QNX 6, struct termio must be declared by including sys/termio.h
   if TCGETA, TCSETA, TCSETAW, or TCSETAF are used.  sys/termio.h must
   be included before termios.h or it will generate an error. */
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_TERMIO_H) && !defined(__hpux)
#include <sys/termio.h>
#endif


/* On 4.4BSD-descendants, ctype functions serves the whole range of
 * wchar_t character set rather than single byte code points only.
 * This characteristic can break some operations of string object
 * including str.upper() and str.split() on UTF-8 locales.  This
 * workaround was provided by Tim Robbins of FreeBSD project.
 */

#if defined(__APPLE__)
#  define _PY_PORT_CTYPE_UTF8_ISSUE
#endif

#ifdef _PY_PORT_CTYPE_UTF8_ISSUE
#ifndef __cplusplus
   /* The workaround below is unsafe in C++ because
    * the <locale> defines these symbols as real functions,
    * with a slightly different signature.
    * See issue #10910
    */
#include <ctype.h>
#include <wctype.h>
#undef isalnum
#define isalnum(c) iswalnum(btowc(c))
#undef isalpha
#define isalpha(c) iswalpha(btowc(c))
#undef islower
#define islower(c) iswlower(btowc(c))
#undef isspace
#define isspace(c) iswspace(btowc(c))
#undef isupper
#define isupper(c) iswupper(btowc(c))
#undef tolower
#define tolower(c) towlower(btowc(c))
#undef toupper
#define toupper(c) towupper(btowc(c))
#endif
#endif


/* Declarations for symbol visibility.

  PyAPI_FUNC(type): Declares a public Python API function and return type
  PyAPI_DATA(type): Declares public Python data and its type
  PyMODINIT_FUNC:   A Python module init function.  If these functions are
                    inside the Python core, they are private to the core.
                    If in an extension module, it may be declared with
                    external linkage depending on the platform.

  As a number of platforms support/require "__declspec(dllimport/dllexport)",
  we support a HAVE_DECLSPEC_DLL macro to save duplication.
*/

/*
  All windows ports, except cygwin, are handled in PC/pyconfig.h.

  Cygwin is the only other autoconf platform requiring special
  linkage handling and it uses __declspec().
*/
#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
#       define HAVE_DECLSPEC_DLL
#endif

/* only get special linkage if built as shared or platform is Cygwin */
#if defined(Py_ENABLE_SHARED) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
#       if defined(HAVE_DECLSPEC_DLL)
#               if defined(Py_BUILD_CORE) && !defined(Py_BUILD_CORE_MODULE)
#                       define PyAPI_FUNC(RTYPE) __declspec(dllexport) RTYPE
#                       define PyAPI_DATA(RTYPE) extern __declspec(dllexport) RTYPE
        /* module init functions inside the core need no external linkage */
        /* except for Cygwin to handle embedding */
#                       if defined(__CYGWIN__)
#                               define PyMODINIT_FUNC __declspec(dllexport) PyObject*
#                       else /* __CYGWIN__ */
#                               define PyMODINIT_FUNC PyObject*
#                       endif /* __CYGWIN__ */
#               else /* Py_BUILD_CORE */
        /* Building an extension module, or an embedded situation */
        /* public Python functions and data are imported */
        /* Under Cygwin, auto-import functions to prevent compilation */
        /* failures similar to those described at the bottom of 4.1: */
        /* http://docs.python.org/extending/windows.html#a-cookbook-approach */
#                       if !defined(__CYGWIN__)
#                               define PyAPI_FUNC(RTYPE) __declspec(dllimport) RTYPE
#                       endif /* !__CYGWIN__ */
#                       define PyAPI_DATA(RTYPE) extern __declspec(dllimport) RTYPE
        /* module init functions outside the core must be exported */
#                       if defined(__cplusplus)
#                               define PyMODINIT_FUNC extern "C" __declspec(dllexport) PyObject*
#                       else /* __cplusplus */
#                               define PyMODINIT_FUNC __declspec(dllexport) PyObject*
#                       endif /* __cplusplus */
#               endif /* Py_BUILD_CORE */
#       endif /* HAVE_DECLSPEC_DLL */
#endif /* Py_ENABLE_SHARED */

/* If no external linkage macros defined by now, create defaults */
#ifndef PyAPI_FUNC
#       define PyAPI_FUNC(RTYPE) RTYPE
#endif
#ifndef PyAPI_DATA
#       define PyAPI_DATA(RTYPE) extern RTYPE
#endif
#ifndef PyMODINIT_FUNC
#       if defined(__cplusplus)
#               define PyMODINIT_FUNC extern "C" PyObject*
#       else /* __cplusplus */
#               define PyMODINIT_FUNC PyObject*
#       endif /* __cplusplus */
#endif

/* limits.h constants that may be missing */

#ifndef INT_MAX
#define INT_MAX 2147483647
#endif

#ifndef LONG_MAX
#if SIZEOF_LONG == 4
#define LONG_MAX 0X7FFFFFFFL
#elif SIZEOF_LONG == 8
#define LONG_MAX 0X7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFL
#else
#error "could not set LONG_MAX in pyport.h"
#endif
#endif

#ifndef LONG_MIN
#define LONG_MIN (-LONG_MAX-1)
#endif

#ifndef LONG_BIT
#define LONG_BIT (8 * SIZEOF_LONG)
#endif

#if LONG_BIT != 8 * SIZEOF_LONG
/* 04-Oct-2000 LONG_BIT is apparently (mis)defined as 64 on some recent
 * 32-bit platforms using gcc.  We try to catch that here at compile-time
 * rather than waiting for integer multiplication to trigger bogus
 * overflows.
 */
#error "LONG_BIT definition appears wrong for platform (bad gcc/glibc config?)."
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

/*
 * Hide GCC attributes from compilers that don't support them.
 */
#if (!defined(__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2 || \
     (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7) )
#define Py_GCC_ATTRIBUTE(x)
#else
#define Py_GCC_ATTRIBUTE(x) __attribute__(x)
#endif

/*
 * Specify alignment on compilers that support it.
 */
#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 3
#define Py_ALIGNED(x) __attribute__((aligned(x)))
#else
#define Py_ALIGNED(x)
#endif

/* Eliminate end-of-loop code not reached warnings from SunPro C
 * when using do{...}while(0) macros
 */
#ifdef __SUNPRO_C
#pragma error_messages (off,E_END_OF_LOOP_CODE_NOT_REACHED)
#endif

#ifndef Py_LL
#define Py_LL(x) x##LL
#endif

#ifndef Py_ULL
#define Py_ULL(x) Py_LL(x##U)
#endif

#define Py_VA_COPY va_copy

/*
 * Convenient macros to deal with endianness of the platform. WORDS_BIGENDIAN is
 * detected by configure and defined in pyconfig.h. The code in pyconfig.h
 * also takes care of Apple's universal builds.
 */

#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
#define PY_BIG_ENDIAN 1
#define PY_LITTLE_ENDIAN 0
#else
#define PY_BIG_ENDIAN 0
#define PY_LITTLE_ENDIAN 1
#endif

#ifdef Py_BUILD_CORE
/*
 * Macros to protect CRT calls against instant termination when passed an
 * invalid parameter (issue23524).
 */
#if defined _MSC_VER && _MSC_VER >= 1900

extern _invalid_parameter_handler _Py_silent_invalid_parameter_handler;
#define _Py_BEGIN_SUPPRESS_IPH { _invalid_parameter_handler _Py_old_handler = \
    _set_thread_local_invalid_parameter_handler(_Py_silent_invalid_parameter_handler);
#define _Py_END_SUPPRESS_IPH _set_thread_local_invalid_parameter_handler(_Py_old_handler); }

#else

#define _Py_BEGIN_SUPPRESS_IPH
#define _Py_END_SUPPRESS_IPH

#endif /* _MSC_VER >= 1900 */
#endif /* Py_BUILD_CORE */

#ifdef __ANDROID__
   /* The Android langinfo.h header is not used. */
#  undef HAVE_LANGINFO_H
#  undef CODESET
#endif

/* Maximum value of the Windows DWORD type */
#define PY_DWORD_MAX 4294967295U

/* This macro used to tell whether Python was built with multithreading
 * enabled.  Now multithreading is always enabled, but keep the macro
 * for compatibility.
 */
#ifndef WITH_THREAD
#  define WITH_THREAD
#endif

/* Check that ALT_SOABI is consistent with Py_TRACE_REFS:
   ./configure --with-trace-refs should must be used to define Py_TRACE_REFS */
#if defined(ALT_SOABI) && defined(Py_TRACE_REFS)
#  error "Py_TRACE_REFS ABI is not compatible with release and debug ABI"
#endif

#if defined(__ANDROID__) || defined(__VXWORKS__)
   /* Ignore the locale encoding: force UTF-8 */
#  define _Py_FORCE_UTF8_LOCALE
#endif

#if defined(_Py_FORCE_UTF8_LOCALE) || defined(__APPLE__)
   /* Use UTF-8 as filesystem encoding */
#  define _Py_FORCE_UTF8_FS_ENCODING
#endif

/* Mark a function which cannot return. Example:

   PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_NO_RETURN PyThread_exit_thread(void); */
#if defined(__clang__) || \
    (defined(__GNUC__) && \
     ((__GNUC__ >= 3) || \
      (__GNUC__ == 2) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 5)))
#  define _Py_NO_RETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__))
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
#  define _Py_NO_RETURN __declspec(noreturn)
#else
#  define _Py_NO_RETURN
#endif

#endif /* Py_PYPORT_H */
#ifndef Py_TRACEBACK_H
#define Py_TRACEBACK_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

struct _frame;

/* Traceback interface */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyTraceBack_Here(struct _frame *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyTraceBack_Print(PyObject *, PyObject *);

/* Reveal traceback type so we can typecheck traceback objects */
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyTraceBack_Type;
#define PyTraceBack_Check(v) (Py_TYPE(v) == &PyTraceBack_Type)


#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#  define Py_CPYTHON_TRACEBACK_H
#  include  "cpython/traceback.h"
#  undef Py_CPYTHON_TRACEBACK_H
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_TRACEBACK_H */
#ifndef Py_LONGOBJECT_H
#define Py_LONGOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


/* Long (arbitrary precision) integer object interface */

typedef struct _longobject PyLongObject; /* Revealed in longintrepr.h */

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyLong_Type;

#define PyLong_Check(op) \
        PyType_FastSubclass(Py_TYPE(op), Py_TPFLAGS_LONG_SUBCLASS)
#define PyLong_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyLong_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyLong_FromLong(long);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyLong_FromUnsignedLong(unsigned long);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyLong_FromSize_t(size_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyLong_FromSsize_t(Py_ssize_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyLong_FromDouble(double);
PyAPI_FUNC(long) PyLong_AsLong(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(long) PyLong_AsLongAndOverflow(PyObject *, int *);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyLong_AsSsize_t(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(size_t) PyLong_AsSize_t(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(unsigned long) PyLong_AsUnsignedLong(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(unsigned long) PyLong_AsUnsignedLongMask(PyObject *);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyLong_AsInt(PyObject *);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyLong_GetInfo(void);

/* It may be useful in the future. I've added it in the PyInt -> PyLong
   cleanup to keep the extra information. [CH] */
#define PyLong_AS_LONG(op) PyLong_AsLong(op)

/* Issue #1983: pid_t can be longer than a C long on some systems */
#if !defined(SIZEOF_PID_T) || SIZEOF_PID_T == SIZEOF_INT
#define _Py_PARSE_PID "i"
#define PyLong_FromPid PyLong_FromLong
#define PyLong_AsPid PyLong_AsLong
#elif SIZEOF_PID_T == SIZEOF_LONG
#define _Py_PARSE_PID "l"
#define PyLong_FromPid PyLong_FromLong
#define PyLong_AsPid PyLong_AsLong
#elif defined(SIZEOF_LONG_LONG) && SIZEOF_PID_T == SIZEOF_LONG_LONG
#define _Py_PARSE_PID "L"
#define PyLong_FromPid PyLong_FromLongLong
#define PyLong_AsPid PyLong_AsLongLong
#else
#error "sizeof(pid_t) is neither sizeof(int), sizeof(long) or sizeof(long long)"
#endif /* SIZEOF_PID_T */

#if SIZEOF_VOID_P == SIZEOF_INT
#  define _Py_PARSE_INTPTR "i"
#  define _Py_PARSE_UINTPTR "I"
#elif SIZEOF_VOID_P == SIZEOF_LONG
#  define _Py_PARSE_INTPTR "l"
#  define _Py_PARSE_UINTPTR "k"
#elif defined(SIZEOF_LONG_LONG) && SIZEOF_VOID_P == SIZEOF_LONG_LONG
#  define _Py_PARSE_INTPTR "L"
#  define _Py_PARSE_UINTPTR "K"
#else
#  error "void* different in size from int, long and long long"
#endif /* SIZEOF_VOID_P */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyLong_UnsignedShort_Converter(PyObject *, void *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyLong_UnsignedInt_Converter(PyObject *, void *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyLong_UnsignedLong_Converter(PyObject *, void *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyLong_UnsignedLongLong_Converter(PyObject *, void *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyLong_Size_t_Converter(PyObject *, void *);
#endif

/* Used by Python/mystrtoul.c, _PyBytes_FromHex(),
   _PyBytes_DecodeEscapeRecode(), etc. */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_DATA(unsigned char) _PyLong_DigitValue[256];
#endif

/* _PyLong_Frexp returns a double x and an exponent e such that the
   true value is approximately equal to x * 2**e.  e is >= 0.  x is
   0.0 if and only if the input is 0 (in which case, e and x are both
   zeroes); otherwise, 0.5 <= abs(x) < 1.0.  On overflow, which is
   possible if the number of bits doesn't fit into a Py_ssize_t, sets
   OverflowError and returns -1.0 for x, 0 for e. */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(double) _PyLong_Frexp(PyLongObject *a, Py_ssize_t *e);
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(double) PyLong_AsDouble(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyLong_FromVoidPtr(void *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyLong_AsVoidPtr(PyObject *);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyLong_FromLongLong(long long);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyLong_FromUnsignedLongLong(unsigned long long);
PyAPI_FUNC(long long) PyLong_AsLongLong(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(unsigned long long) PyLong_AsUnsignedLongLong(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(unsigned long long) PyLong_AsUnsignedLongLongMask(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(long long) PyLong_AsLongLongAndOverflow(PyObject *, int *);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyLong_FromString(const char *, char **, int);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
Py_DEPRECATED(3.3)
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyLong_FromUnicode(Py_UNICODE*, Py_ssize_t, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyLong_FromUnicodeObject(PyObject *u, int base);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyLong_FromBytes(const char *, Py_ssize_t, int);
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* _PyLong_Sign.  Return 0 if v is 0, -1 if v < 0, +1 if v > 0.
   v must not be NULL, and must be a normalized long.
   There are no error cases.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyLong_Sign(PyObject *v);


/* _PyLong_NumBits.  Return the number of bits needed to represent the
   absolute value of a long.  For example, this returns 1 for 1 and -1, 2
   for 2 and -2, and 2 for 3 and -3.  It returns 0 for 0.
   v must not be NULL, and must be a normalized long.
   (size_t)-1 is returned and OverflowError set if the true result doesn't
   fit in a size_t.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(size_t) _PyLong_NumBits(PyObject *v);

/* _PyLong_DivmodNear.  Given integers a and b, compute the nearest
   integer q to the exact quotient a / b, rounding to the nearest even integer
   in the case of a tie.  Return (q, r), where r = a - q*b.  The remainder r
   will satisfy abs(r) <= abs(b)/2, with equality possible only if q is
   even.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyLong_DivmodNear(PyObject *, PyObject *);

/* _PyLong_FromByteArray:  View the n unsigned bytes as a binary integer in
   base 256, and return a Python int with the same numeric value.
   If n is 0, the integer is 0.  Else:
   If little_endian is 1/true, bytes[n-1] is the MSB and bytes[0] the LSB;
   else (little_endian is 0/false) bytes[0] is the MSB and bytes[n-1] the
   LSB.
   If is_signed is 0/false, view the bytes as a non-negative integer.
   If is_signed is 1/true, view the bytes as a 2's-complement integer,
   non-negative if bit 0x80 of the MSB is clear, negative if set.
   Error returns:
   + Return NULL with the appropriate exception set if there's not
     enough memory to create the Python int.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyLong_FromByteArray(
    const unsigned char* bytes, size_t n,
    int little_endian, int is_signed);

/* _PyLong_AsByteArray: Convert the least-significant 8*n bits of long
   v to a base-256 integer, stored in array bytes.  Normally return 0,
   return -1 on error.
   If little_endian is 1/true, store the MSB at bytes[n-1] and the LSB at
   bytes[0]; else (little_endian is 0/false) store the MSB at bytes[0] and
   the LSB at bytes[n-1].
   If is_signed is 0/false, it's an error if v < 0; else (v >= 0) n bytes
   are filled and there's nothing special about bit 0x80 of the MSB.
   If is_signed is 1/true, bytes is filled with the 2's-complement
   representation of v's value.  Bit 0x80 of the MSB is the sign bit.
   Error returns (-1):
   + is_signed is 0 and v < 0.  TypeError is set in this case, and bytes
     isn't altered.
   + n isn't big enough to hold the full mathematical value of v.  For
     example, if is_signed is 0 and there are more digits in the v than
     fit in n; or if is_signed is 1, v < 0, and n is just 1 bit shy of
     being large enough to hold a sign bit.  OverflowError is set in this
     case, but bytes holds the least-significant n bytes of the true value.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyLong_AsByteArray(PyLongObject* v,
    unsigned char* bytes, size_t n,
    int little_endian, int is_signed);

/* _PyLong_FromNbInt: Convert the given object to a PyLongObject
   using the nb_int slot, if available.  Raise TypeError if either the
   nb_int slot is not available or the result of the call to nb_int
   returns something not of type int.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyLong_FromNbInt(PyObject *);

/* Convert the given object to a PyLongObject using the nb_index or
   nb_int slots, if available (the latter is deprecated).
   Raise TypeError if either nb_index and nb_int slots are not
   available or the result of the call to nb_index or nb_int
   returns something not of type int.
   Should be replaced with PyNumber_Index after the end of the
   deprecation period.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyLong_FromNbIndexOrNbInt(PyObject *);

/* _PyLong_Format: Convert the long to a string object with given base,
   appending a base prefix of 0[box] if base is 2, 8 or 16. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyLong_Format(PyObject *obj, int base);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyLong_FormatWriter(
    _PyUnicodeWriter *writer,
    PyObject *obj,
    int base,
    int alternate);

PyAPI_FUNC(char*) _PyLong_FormatBytesWriter(
    _PyBytesWriter *writer,
    char *str,
    PyObject *obj,
    int base,
    int alternate);

/* Format the object based on the format_spec, as defined in PEP 3101
   (Advanced String Formatting). */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyLong_FormatAdvancedWriter(
    _PyUnicodeWriter *writer,
    PyObject *obj,
    PyObject *format_spec,
    Py_ssize_t start,
    Py_ssize_t end);
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */

/* These aren't really part of the int object, but they're handy. The
   functions are in Python/mystrtoul.c.
 */
PyAPI_FUNC(unsigned long) PyOS_strtoul(const char *, char **, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(long) PyOS_strtol(const char *, char **, int);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* For use by the gcd function in mathmodule.c */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyLong_GCD(PyObject *, PyObject *);
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) _PyLong_Zero;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) _PyLong_One;

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyLong_Rshift(PyObject *, size_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyLong_Lshift(PyObject *, size_t);
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_LONGOBJECT_H */
#ifndef Py_OBJECT_H
#define Py_OBJECT_H

#include "pymem.h"   /* _Py_tracemalloc_config */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


/* Object and type object interface */

/*
Objects are structures allocated on the heap.  Special rules apply to
the use of objects to ensure they are properly garbage-collected.
Objects are never allocated statically or on the stack; they must be
accessed through special macros and functions only.  (Type objects are
exceptions to the first rule; the standard types are represented by
statically initialized type objects, although work on type/class unification
for Python 2.2 made it possible to have heap-allocated type objects too).

An object has a 'reference count' that is increased or decreased when a
pointer to the object is copied or deleted; when the reference count
reaches zero there are no references to the object left and it can be
removed from the heap.

An object has a 'type' that determines what it represents and what kind
of data it contains.  An object's type is fixed when it is created.
Types themselves are represented as objects; an object contains a
pointer to the corresponding type object.  The type itself has a type
pointer pointing to the object representing the type 'type', which
contains a pointer to itself!.

Objects do not float around in memory; once allocated an object keeps
the same size and address.  Objects that must hold variable-size data
can contain pointers to variable-size parts of the object.  Not all
objects of the same type have the same size; but the size cannot change
after allocation.  (These restrictions are made so a reference to an
object can be simply a pointer -- moving an object would require
updating all the pointers, and changing an object's size would require
moving it if there was another object right next to it.)

Objects are always accessed through pointers of the type 'PyObject *'.
The type 'PyObject' is a structure that only contains the reference count
and the type pointer.  The actual memory allocated for an object
contains other data that can only be accessed after casting the pointer
to a pointer to a longer structure type.  This longer type must start
with the reference count and type fields; the macro PyObject_HEAD should be
used for this (to accommodate for future changes).  The implementation
of a particular object type can cast the object pointer to the proper
type and back.

A standard interface exists for objects that contain an array of items
whose size is determined when the object is allocated.
*/

/* Py_DEBUG implies Py_REF_DEBUG. */
#if defined(Py_DEBUG) && !defined(Py_REF_DEBUG)
#define Py_REF_DEBUG
#endif

#if defined(Py_LIMITED_API) && defined(Py_REF_DEBUG)
#error Py_LIMITED_API is incompatible with Py_DEBUG, Py_TRACE_REFS, and Py_REF_DEBUG
#endif


#ifdef Py_TRACE_REFS
/* Define pointers to support a doubly-linked list of all live heap objects. */
#define _PyObject_HEAD_EXTRA            \
    struct _object *_ob_next;           \
    struct _object *_ob_prev;

#define _PyObject_EXTRA_INIT 0, 0,

#else
#define _PyObject_HEAD_EXTRA
#define _PyObject_EXTRA_INIT
#endif

/* PyObject_HEAD defines the initial segment of every PyObject. */
#define PyObject_HEAD                   PyObject ob_base;

#define PyObject_HEAD_INIT(type)        \
    { _PyObject_EXTRA_INIT              \
    1, type },

#define PyVarObject_HEAD_INIT(type, size)       \
    { PyObject_HEAD_INIT(type) size },

/* PyObject_VAR_HEAD defines the initial segment of all variable-size
 * container objects.  These end with a declaration of an array with 1
 * element, but enough space is malloc'ed so that the array actually
 * has room for ob_size elements.  Note that ob_size is an element count,
 * not necessarily a byte count.
 */
#define PyObject_VAR_HEAD      PyVarObject ob_base;
#define Py_INVALID_SIZE (Py_ssize_t)-1

/* Nothing is actually declared to be a PyObject, but every pointer to
 * a Python object can be cast to a PyObject*.  This is inheritance built
 * by hand.  Similarly every pointer to a variable-size Python object can,
 * in addition, be cast to PyVarObject*.
 */
typedef struct _object {
    _PyObject_HEAD_EXTRA
    Py_ssize_t ob_refcnt;
    struct _typeobject *ob_type;
} PyObject;

/* Cast argument to PyObject* type. */
#define _PyObject_CAST(op) ((PyObject*)(op))

typedef struct {
    PyObject ob_base;
    Py_ssize_t ob_size; /* Number of items in variable part */
} PyVarObject;

/* Cast argument to PyVarObject* type. */
#define _PyVarObject_CAST(op) ((PyVarObject*)(op))

#define Py_REFCNT(ob)           (_PyObject_CAST(ob)->ob_refcnt)
#define Py_TYPE(ob)             (_PyObject_CAST(ob)->ob_type)
#define Py_SIZE(ob)             (_PyVarObject_CAST(ob)->ob_size)

/*
Type objects contain a string containing the type name (to help somewhat
in debugging), the allocation parameters (see PyObject_New() and
PyObject_NewVar()),
and methods for accessing objects of the type.  Methods are optional, a
nil pointer meaning that particular kind of access is not available for
this type.  The Py_DECREF() macro uses the tp_dealloc method without
checking for a nil pointer; it should always be implemented except if
the implementation can guarantee that the reference count will never
reach zero (e.g., for statically allocated type objects).

NB: the methods for certain type groups are now contained in separate
method blocks.
*/

typedef PyObject * (*unaryfunc)(PyObject *);
typedef PyObject * (*binaryfunc)(PyObject *, PyObject *);
typedef PyObject * (*ternaryfunc)(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);
typedef int (*inquiry)(PyObject *);
typedef Py_ssize_t (*lenfunc)(PyObject *);
typedef PyObject *(*ssizeargfunc)(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t);
typedef PyObject *(*ssizessizeargfunc)(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t, Py_ssize_t);
typedef int(*ssizeobjargproc)(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t, PyObject *);
typedef int(*ssizessizeobjargproc)(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t, Py_ssize_t, PyObject *);
typedef int(*objobjargproc)(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);

typedef int (*objobjproc)(PyObject *, PyObject *);
typedef int (*visitproc)(PyObject *, void *);
typedef int (*traverseproc)(PyObject *, visitproc, void *);


typedef void (*freefunc)(void *);
typedef void (*destructor)(PyObject *);
typedef PyObject *(*getattrfunc)(PyObject *, char *);
typedef PyObject *(*getattrofunc)(PyObject *, PyObject *);
typedef int (*setattrfunc)(PyObject *, char *, PyObject *);
typedef int (*setattrofunc)(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);
typedef PyObject *(*reprfunc)(PyObject *);
typedef Py_hash_t (*hashfunc)(PyObject *);
typedef PyObject *(*richcmpfunc) (PyObject *, PyObject *, int);
typedef PyObject *(*getiterfunc) (PyObject *);
typedef PyObject *(*iternextfunc) (PyObject *);
typedef PyObject *(*descrgetfunc) (PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);
typedef int (*descrsetfunc) (PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);
typedef int (*initproc)(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);
typedef PyObject *(*newfunc)(struct _typeobject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);
typedef PyObject *(*allocfunc)(struct _typeobject *, Py_ssize_t);

#ifdef Py_LIMITED_API
/* In Py_LIMITED_API, PyTypeObject is an opaque structure. */
typedef struct _typeobject PyTypeObject;
#else
/* PyTypeObject is defined in cpython/object.h */
#endif

typedef struct{
    int slot;    /* slot id, see below */
    void *pfunc; /* function pointer */
} PyType_Slot;

typedef struct{
    const char* name;
    int basicsize;
    int itemsize;
    unsigned int flags;
    PyType_Slot *slots; /* terminated by slot==0. */
} PyType_Spec;

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyType_FromSpec(PyType_Spec*);
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyType_FromSpecWithBases(PyType_Spec*, PyObject*);
#endif
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03040000
PyAPI_FUNC(void*) PyType_GetSlot(struct _typeobject*, int);
#endif

/* Generic type check */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyType_IsSubtype(struct _typeobject *, struct _typeobject *);
#define PyObject_TypeCheck(ob, tp) \
    (Py_TYPE(ob) == (tp) || PyType_IsSubtype(Py_TYPE(ob), (tp)))

PyAPI_DATA(struct _typeobject) PyType_Type; /* built-in 'type' */
PyAPI_DATA(struct _typeobject) PyBaseObject_Type; /* built-in 'object' */
PyAPI_DATA(struct _typeobject) PySuper_Type; /* built-in 'super' */

PyAPI_FUNC(unsigned long) PyType_GetFlags(struct _typeobject*);

#define PyType_Check(op) \
    PyType_FastSubclass(Py_TYPE(op), Py_TPFLAGS_TYPE_SUBCLASS)
#define PyType_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyType_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyType_Ready(struct _typeobject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyType_GenericAlloc(struct _typeobject *, Py_ssize_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyType_GenericNew(struct _typeobject *,
                                               PyObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(unsigned int) PyType_ClearCache(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyType_Modified(struct _typeobject *);

/* Generic operations on objects */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_Repr(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_Str(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_ASCII(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_Bytes(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_RichCompare(PyObject *, PyObject *, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_RichCompareBool(PyObject *, PyObject *, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_GetAttrString(PyObject *, const char *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_SetAttrString(PyObject *, const char *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_HasAttrString(PyObject *, const char *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_GetAttr(PyObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_SetAttr(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_HasAttr(PyObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_SelfIter(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_GenericGetAttr(PyObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_GenericSetAttr(PyObject *,
                                              PyObject *, PyObject *);
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_GenericSetDict(PyObject *, PyObject *, void *);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_hash_t) PyObject_Hash(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_hash_t) PyObject_HashNotImplemented(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_IsTrue(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_Not(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyCallable_Check(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyObject_ClearWeakRefs(PyObject *);

/* PyObject_Dir(obj) acts like Python builtins.dir(obj), returning a
   list of strings.  PyObject_Dir(NULL) is like builtins.dir(),
   returning the names of the current locals.  In this case, if there are
   no current locals, NULL is returned, and PyErr_Occurred() is false.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_Dir(PyObject *);


/* Helpers for printing recursive container types */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) Py_ReprEnter(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) Py_ReprLeave(PyObject *);

/* Flag bits for printing: */
#define Py_PRINT_RAW    1       /* No string quotes etc. */

/*
Type flags (tp_flags)

These flags are used to change expected features and behavior for a
particular type.

Arbitration of the flag bit positions will need to be coordinated among
all extension writers who publicly release their extensions (this will
be fewer than you might expect!).

Most flags were removed as of Python 3.0 to make room for new flags.  (Some
flags are not for backwards compatibility but to indicate the presence of an
optional feature; these flags remain of course.)

Type definitions should use Py_TPFLAGS_DEFAULT for their tp_flags value.

Code can use PyType_HasFeature(type_ob, flag_value) to test whether the
given type object has a specified feature.
*/

/* Set if the type object is dynamically allocated */
#define Py_TPFLAGS_HEAPTYPE (1UL << 9)

/* Set if the type allows subclassing */
#define Py_TPFLAGS_BASETYPE (1UL << 10)

/* Set if the type implements the vectorcall protocol (PEP 590) */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#define _Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_VECTORCALL (1UL << 11)
#endif

/* Set if the type is 'ready' -- fully initialized */
#define Py_TPFLAGS_READY (1UL << 12)

/* Set while the type is being 'readied', to prevent recursive ready calls */
#define Py_TPFLAGS_READYING (1UL << 13)

/* Objects support garbage collection (see objimpl.h) */
#define Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_GC (1UL << 14)

/* These two bits are preserved for Stackless Python, next after this is 17 */
#ifdef STACKLESS
#define Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_STACKLESS_EXTENSION (3UL << 15)
#else
#define Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_STACKLESS_EXTENSION 0
#endif

/* Objects behave like an unbound method */
#define Py_TPFLAGS_METHOD_DESCRIPTOR (1UL << 17)

/* Objects support type attribute cache */
#define Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_VERSION_TAG   (1UL << 18)
#define Py_TPFLAGS_VALID_VERSION_TAG  (1UL << 19)

/* Type is abstract and cannot be instantiated */
#define Py_TPFLAGS_IS_ABSTRACT (1UL << 20)

/* These flags are used to determine if a type is a subclass. */
#define Py_TPFLAGS_LONG_SUBCLASS        (1UL << 24)
#define Py_TPFLAGS_LIST_SUBCLASS        (1UL << 25)
#define Py_TPFLAGS_TUPLE_SUBCLASS       (1UL << 26)
#define Py_TPFLAGS_BYTES_SUBCLASS       (1UL << 27)
#define Py_TPFLAGS_UNICODE_SUBCLASS     (1UL << 28)
#define Py_TPFLAGS_DICT_SUBCLASS        (1UL << 29)
#define Py_TPFLAGS_BASE_EXC_SUBCLASS    (1UL << 30)
#define Py_TPFLAGS_TYPE_SUBCLASS        (1UL << 31)

#define Py_TPFLAGS_DEFAULT  ( \
                 Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_STACKLESS_EXTENSION | \
                 Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_VERSION_TAG | \
                0)

/* NOTE: The following flags reuse lower bits (removed as part of the
 * Python 3.0 transition). */

/* The following flag is kept for compatibility.  Starting with 3.8,
 * binary compatibility of C extensions accross feature releases of
 * Python is not supported anymore, except when using the stable ABI.
 */

/* Type structure has tp_finalize member (3.4) */
#define Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_FINALIZE (1UL << 0)

#ifdef Py_LIMITED_API
#  define PyType_HasFeature(t,f)  ((PyType_GetFlags(t) & (f)) != 0)
#endif
#define PyType_FastSubclass(t,f)  PyType_HasFeature(t,f)


/*
The macros Py_INCREF(op) and Py_DECREF(op) are used to increment or decrement
reference counts.  Py_DECREF calls the object's deallocator function when
the refcount falls to 0; for
objects that don't contain references to other objects or heap memory
this can be the standard function free().  Both macros can be used
wherever a void expression is allowed.  The argument must not be a
NULL pointer.  If it may be NULL, use Py_XINCREF/Py_XDECREF instead.
The macro _Py_NewReference(op) initialize reference counts to 1, and
in special builds (Py_REF_DEBUG, Py_TRACE_REFS) performs additional
bookkeeping appropriate to the special build.

We assume that the reference count field can never overflow; this can
be proven when the size of the field is the same as the pointer size, so
we ignore the possibility.  Provided a C int is at least 32 bits (which
is implicitly assumed in many parts of this code), that's enough for
about 2**31 references to an object.

XXX The following became out of date in Python 2.2, but I'm not sure
XXX what the full truth is now.  Certainly, heap-allocated type objects
XXX can and should be deallocated.
Type objects should never be deallocated; the type pointer in an object
is not considered to be a reference to the type object, to save
complications in the deallocation function.  (This is actually a
decision that's up to the implementer of each new type so if you want,
you can count such references to the type object.)
*/

/* First define a pile of simple helper macros, one set per special
 * build symbol.  These either expand to the obvious things, or to
 * nothing at all when the special mode isn't in effect.  The main
 * macros can later be defined just once then, yet expand to different
 * things depending on which special build options are and aren't in effect.
 * Trust me <wink>:  while painful, this is 20x easier to understand than,
 * e.g, defining _Py_NewReference five different times in a maze of nested
 * #ifdefs (we used to do that -- it was impenetrable).
 */
#ifdef Py_REF_DEBUG
PyAPI_DATA(Py_ssize_t) _Py_RefTotal;
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_NegativeRefcount(const char *filename, int lineno,
                                      PyObject *op);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) _Py_GetRefTotal(void);
#define _Py_INC_REFTOTAL        _Py_RefTotal++
#define _Py_DEC_REFTOTAL        _Py_RefTotal--

/* Py_REF_DEBUG also controls the display of refcounts and memory block
 * allocations at the interactive prompt and at interpreter shutdown
 */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyDebug_PrintTotalRefs(void);
#else
#define _Py_INC_REFTOTAL
#define _Py_DEC_REFTOTAL
#endif /* Py_REF_DEBUG */

#ifdef COUNT_ALLOCS
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_inc_count(struct _typeobject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_dec_count(struct _typeobject *);
#define _Py_INC_TPALLOCS(OP)    _Py_inc_count(Py_TYPE(OP))
#define _Py_INC_TPFREES(OP)     _Py_dec_count(Py_TYPE(OP))
#define _Py_DEC_TPFREES(OP)     Py_TYPE(OP)->tp_frees--
#define _Py_COUNT_ALLOCS_COMMA  ,
#else
#define _Py_INC_TPALLOCS(OP)
#define _Py_INC_TPFREES(OP)
#define _Py_DEC_TPFREES(OP)
#define _Py_COUNT_ALLOCS_COMMA
#endif /* COUNT_ALLOCS */

/* Update the Python traceback of an object. This function must be called
   when a memory block is reused from a free list. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyTraceMalloc_NewReference(PyObject *op);

#ifdef Py_TRACE_REFS
/* Py_TRACE_REFS is such major surgery that we call external routines. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_NewReference(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_ForgetReference(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_PrintReferences(FILE *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_PrintReferenceAddresses(FILE *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_AddToAllObjects(PyObject *, int force);
#else
/* Without Py_TRACE_REFS, there's little enough to do that we expand code
   inline. */
static inline void _Py_NewReference(PyObject *op)
{
    if (_Py_tracemalloc_config.tracing) {
        _PyTraceMalloc_NewReference(op);
    }
    _Py_INC_TPALLOCS(op);
    _Py_INC_REFTOTAL;
    Py_REFCNT(op) = 1;
}

static inline void _Py_ForgetReference(PyObject *op)
{
    (void)op; /* may be unused, shut up -Wunused-parameter */
    _Py_INC_TPFREES(op);
}
#endif /* !Py_TRACE_REFS */


PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_Dealloc(PyObject *);

static inline void _Py_INCREF(PyObject *op)
{
    _Py_INC_REFTOTAL;
    op->ob_refcnt++;
}

#define Py_INCREF(op) _Py_INCREF(_PyObject_CAST(op))

static inline void _Py_DECREF(const char *filename, int lineno,
                              PyObject *op)
{
    (void)filename; /* may be unused, shut up -Wunused-parameter */
    (void)lineno; /* may be unused, shut up -Wunused-parameter */
    _Py_DEC_REFTOTAL;
    if (--op->ob_refcnt != 0) {
#ifdef Py_REF_DEBUG
        if (op->ob_refcnt < 0) {
            _Py_NegativeRefcount(filename, lineno, op);
        }
#endif
    }
    else {
        _Py_Dealloc(op);
    }
}

#define Py_DECREF(op) _Py_DECREF(__FILE__, __LINE__, _PyObject_CAST(op))


/* Safely decref `op` and set `op` to NULL, especially useful in tp_clear
 * and tp_dealloc implementations.
 *
 * Note that "the obvious" code can be deadly:
 *
 *     Py_XDECREF(op);
 *     op = NULL;
 *
 * Typically, `op` is something like self->containee, and `self` is done
 * using its `containee` member.  In the code sequence above, suppose
 * `containee` is non-NULL with a refcount of 1.  Its refcount falls to
 * 0 on the first line, which can trigger an arbitrary amount of code,
 * possibly including finalizers (like __del__ methods or weakref callbacks)
 * coded in Python, which in turn can release the GIL and allow other threads
 * to run, etc.  Such code may even invoke methods of `self` again, or cause
 * cyclic gc to trigger, but-- oops! --self->containee still points to the
 * object being torn down, and it may be in an insane state while being torn
 * down.  This has in fact been a rich historic source of miserable (rare &
 * hard-to-diagnose) segfaulting (and other) bugs.
 *
 * The safe way is:
 *
 *      Py_CLEAR(op);
 *
 * That arranges to set `op` to NULL _before_ decref'ing, so that any code
 * triggered as a side-effect of `op` getting torn down no longer believes
 * `op` points to a valid object.
 *
 * There are cases where it's safe to use the naive code, but they're brittle.
 * For example, if `op` points to a Python integer, you know that destroying
 * one of those can't cause problems -- but in part that relies on that
 * Python integers aren't currently weakly referencable.  Best practice is
 * to use Py_CLEAR() even if you can't think of a reason for why you need to.
 */
#define Py_CLEAR(op)                            \
    do {                                        \
        PyObject *_py_tmp = _PyObject_CAST(op); \
        if (_py_tmp != NULL) {                  \
            (op) = NULL;                        \
            Py_DECREF(_py_tmp);                 \
        }                                       \
    } while (0)

/* Function to use in case the object pointer can be NULL: */
static inline void _Py_XINCREF(PyObject *op)
{
    if (op != NULL) {
        Py_INCREF(op);
    }
}

#define Py_XINCREF(op) _Py_XINCREF(_PyObject_CAST(op))

static inline void _Py_XDECREF(PyObject *op)
{
    if (op != NULL) {
        Py_DECREF(op);
    }
}

#define Py_XDECREF(op) _Py_XDECREF(_PyObject_CAST(op))

/*
These are provided as conveniences to Python runtime embedders, so that
they can have object code that is not dependent on Python compilation flags.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(void) Py_IncRef(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) Py_DecRef(PyObject *);

/*
_Py_NoneStruct is an object of undefined type which can be used in contexts
where NULL (nil) is not suitable (since NULL often means 'error').

Don't forget to apply Py_INCREF() when returning this value!!!
*/
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject) _Py_NoneStruct; /* Don't use this directly */
#define Py_None (&_Py_NoneStruct)

/* Macro for returning Py_None from a function */
#define Py_RETURN_NONE return Py_INCREF(Py_None), Py_None

/*
Py_NotImplemented is a singleton used to signal that an operation is
not implemented for a given type combination.
*/
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject) _Py_NotImplementedStruct; /* Don't use this directly */
#define Py_NotImplemented (&_Py_NotImplementedStruct)

/* Macro for returning Py_NotImplemented from a function */
#define Py_RETURN_NOTIMPLEMENTED \
    return Py_INCREF(Py_NotImplemented), Py_NotImplemented

/* Rich comparison opcodes */
#define Py_LT 0
#define Py_LE 1
#define Py_EQ 2
#define Py_NE 3
#define Py_GT 4
#define Py_GE 5

/*
 * Macro for implementing rich comparisons
 *
 * Needs to be a macro because any C-comparable type can be used.
 */
#define Py_RETURN_RICHCOMPARE(val1, val2, op)                               \
    do {                                                                    \
        switch (op) {                                                       \
        case Py_EQ: if ((val1) == (val2)) Py_RETURN_TRUE; Py_RETURN_FALSE;  \
        case Py_NE: if ((val1) != (val2)) Py_RETURN_TRUE; Py_RETURN_FALSE;  \
        case Py_LT: if ((val1) < (val2)) Py_RETURN_TRUE; Py_RETURN_FALSE;   \
        case Py_GT: if ((val1) > (val2)) Py_RETURN_TRUE; Py_RETURN_FALSE;   \
        case Py_LE: if ((val1) <= (val2)) Py_RETURN_TRUE; Py_RETURN_FALSE;  \
        case Py_GE: if ((val1) >= (val2)) Py_RETURN_TRUE; Py_RETURN_FALSE;  \
        default:                                                            \
            Py_UNREACHABLE();                                               \
        }                                                                   \
    } while (0)


/*
More conventions
================

Argument Checking
-----------------

Functions that take objects as arguments normally don't check for nil
arguments, but they do check the type of the argument, and return an
error if the function doesn't apply to the type.

Failure Modes
-------------

Functions may fail for a variety of reasons, including running out of
memory.  This is communicated to the caller in two ways: an error string
is set (see errors.h), and the function result differs: functions that
normally return a pointer return NULL for failure, functions returning
an integer return -1 (which could be a legal return value too!), and
other functions return 0 for success and -1 for failure.
Callers should always check for errors before using the result.  If
an error was set, the caller must either explicitly clear it, or pass
the error on to its caller.

Reference Counts
----------------

It takes a while to get used to the proper usage of reference counts.

Functions that create an object set the reference count to 1; such new
objects must be stored somewhere or destroyed again with Py_DECREF().
Some functions that 'store' objects, such as PyTuple_SetItem() and
PyList_SetItem(),
don't increment the reference count of the object, since the most
frequent use is to store a fresh object.  Functions that 'retrieve'
objects, such as PyTuple_GetItem() and PyDict_GetItemString(), also
don't increment
the reference count, since most frequently the object is only looked at
quickly.  Thus, to retrieve an object and store it again, the caller
must call Py_INCREF() explicitly.

NOTE: functions that 'consume' a reference count, like
PyList_SetItem(), consume the reference even if the object wasn't
successfully stored, to simplify error handling.

It seems attractive to make other functions that take an object as
argument consume a reference count; however, this may quickly get
confusing (even the current practice is already confusing).  Consider
it carefully, it may save lots of calls to Py_INCREF() and Py_DECREF() at
times.
*/


/* Trashcan mechanism, thanks to Christian Tismer.

When deallocating a container object, it's possible to trigger an unbounded
chain of deallocations, as each Py_DECREF in turn drops the refcount on "the
next" object in the chain to 0.  This can easily lead to stack overflows,
especially in threads (which typically have less stack space to work with).

A container object can avoid this by bracketing the body of its tp_dealloc
function with a pair of macros:

static void
mytype_dealloc(mytype *p)
{
    ... declarations go here ...

    PyObject_GC_UnTrack(p);        // must untrack first
    Py_TRASHCAN_BEGIN(p, mytype_dealloc)
    ... The body of the deallocator goes here, including all calls ...
    ... to Py_DECREF on contained objects.                         ...
    Py_TRASHCAN_END                // there should be no code after this
}

CAUTION:  Never return from the middle of the body!  If the body needs to
"get out early", put a label immediately before the Py_TRASHCAN_END
call, and goto it.  Else the call-depth counter (see below) will stay
above 0 forever, and the trashcan will never get emptied.

How it works:  The BEGIN macro increments a call-depth counter.  So long
as this counter is small, the body of the deallocator is run directly without
further ado.  But if the counter gets large, it instead adds p to a list of
objects to be deallocated later, skips the body of the deallocator, and
resumes execution after the END macro.  The tp_dealloc routine then returns
without deallocating anything (and so unbounded call-stack depth is avoided).

When the call stack finishes unwinding again, code generated by the END macro
notices this, and calls another routine to deallocate all the objects that
may have been added to the list of deferred deallocations.  In effect, a
chain of N deallocations is broken into (N-1)/(PyTrash_UNWIND_LEVEL-1) pieces,
with the call stack never exceeding a depth of PyTrash_UNWIND_LEVEL.

Since the tp_dealloc of a subclass typically calls the tp_dealloc of the base
class, we need to ensure that the trashcan is only triggered on the tp_dealloc
of the actual class being deallocated. Otherwise we might end up with a
partially-deallocated object. To check this, the tp_dealloc function must be
passed as second argument to Py_TRASHCAN_BEGIN().
*/

/* The new thread-safe private API, invoked by the macros below. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyTrash_thread_deposit_object(PyObject*);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyTrash_thread_destroy_chain(void);

#define PyTrash_UNWIND_LEVEL 50

#define Py_TRASHCAN_BEGIN_CONDITION(op, cond) \
    do { \
        PyThreadState *_tstate = NULL; \
        /* If "cond" is false, then _tstate remains NULL and the deallocator \
         * is run normally without involving the trashcan */ \
        if (cond) { \
            _tstate = PyThreadState_GET(); \
            if (_tstate->trash_delete_nesting >= PyTrash_UNWIND_LEVEL) { \
                /* Store the object (to be deallocated later) and jump past \
                 * Py_TRASHCAN_END, skipping the body of the deallocator */ \
                _PyTrash_thread_deposit_object(_PyObject_CAST(op)); \
                break; \
            } \
            ++_tstate->trash_delete_nesting; \
        }
        /* The body of the deallocator is here. */
#define Py_TRASHCAN_END \
        if (_tstate) { \
            --_tstate->trash_delete_nesting; \
            if (_tstate->trash_delete_later && _tstate->trash_delete_nesting <= 0) \
                _PyTrash_thread_destroy_chain(); \
        } \
    } while (0);

#define Py_TRASHCAN_BEGIN(op, dealloc) Py_TRASHCAN_BEGIN_CONDITION(op, \
        Py_TYPE(op)->tp_dealloc == (destructor)(dealloc))

/* For backwards compatibility, these macros enable the trashcan
 * unconditionally */
#define Py_TRASHCAN_SAFE_BEGIN(op) Py_TRASHCAN_BEGIN_CONDITION(op, 1)
#define Py_TRASHCAN_SAFE_END(op) Py_TRASHCAN_END


#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#  define Py_CPYTHON_OBJECT_H
#  include  "cpython/object.h"
#  undef Py_CPYTHON_OBJECT_H
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_OBJECT_H */

#ifndef Py_CURSES_H
#define Py_CURSES_H

#ifdef __APPLE__
/*
** On Mac OS X 10.2 [n]curses.h and stdlib.h use different guards
** against multiple definition of wchar_t.
*/
#ifdef _BSD_WCHAR_T_DEFINED_
#define _WCHAR_T
#endif
#endif /* __APPLE__ */

/* On FreeBSD, [n]curses.h and stdlib.h/wchar.h use different guards
   against multiple definition of wchar_t and wint_t. */
#if defined(__FreeBSD__) && defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED)
# ifndef __wchar_t
#   define __wchar_t
# endif
# ifndef __wint_t
#   define __wint_t
# endif
#endif

#if !defined(HAVE_CURSES_IS_PAD) && defined(WINDOW_HAS_FLAGS)
/* The following definition is necessary for ncurses 5.7; without it,
   some of [n]curses.h set NCURSES_OPAQUE to 1, and then Python
   can't get at the WINDOW flags field. */
#define NCURSES_OPAQUE 0
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_NCURSES_H
#include <ncurses.h>
#else
#include <curses.h>
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_NCURSES_H
/* configure was checking <curses.h>, but we will
   use <ncurses.h>, which has some or all these features. */
#if !defined(WINDOW_HAS_FLAGS) && !(NCURSES_OPAQUE+0)
#define WINDOW_HAS_FLAGS 1
#endif
#if !defined(HAVE_CURSES_IS_PAD) && NCURSES_VERSION_PATCH+0 >= 20090906
#define HAVE_CURSES_IS_PAD 1
#endif
#ifndef MVWDELCH_IS_EXPRESSION
#define MVWDELCH_IS_EXPRESSION 1
#endif
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define PyCurses_API_pointers 4

/* Type declarations */

typedef struct {
    PyObject_HEAD
    WINDOW *win;
    char *encoding;
} PyCursesWindowObject;

#define PyCursesWindow_Check(v)  (Py_TYPE(v) == &PyCursesWindow_Type)

#define PyCurses_CAPSULE_NAME "_curses._C_API"


#ifdef CURSES_MODULE
/* This section is used when compiling _cursesmodule.c */

#else
/* This section is used in modules that use the _cursesmodule API */

static void **PyCurses_API;

#define PyCursesWindow_Type (*(PyTypeObject *) PyCurses_API[0])
#define PyCursesSetupTermCalled  {if (! ((int (*)(void))PyCurses_API[1]) () ) return NULL;}
#define PyCursesInitialised      {if (! ((int (*)(void))PyCurses_API[2]) () ) return NULL;}
#define PyCursesInitialisedColor {if (! ((int (*)(void))PyCurses_API[3]) () ) return NULL;}

#define import_curses() \
    PyCurses_API = (void **)PyCapsule_Import(PyCurses_CAPSULE_NAME, 1);

#endif

/* general error messages */
static const char catchall_ERR[]  = "curses function returned ERR";
static const char catchall_NULL[] = "curses function returned NULL";

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* !defined(Py_CURSES_H) */


#ifndef Py_PYMACRO_H
#define Py_PYMACRO_H

/* Minimum value between x and y */
#define Py_MIN(x, y) (((x) > (y)) ? (y) : (x))

/* Maximum value between x and y */
#define Py_MAX(x, y) (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))

/* Absolute value of the number x */
#define Py_ABS(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))

#define _Py_XSTRINGIFY(x) #x

/* Convert the argument to a string. For example, Py_STRINGIFY(123) is replaced
   with "123" by the preprocessor. Defines are also replaced by their value.
   For example Py_STRINGIFY(__LINE__) is replaced by the line number, not
   by "__LINE__". */
#define Py_STRINGIFY(x) _Py_XSTRINGIFY(x)

/* Get the size of a structure member in bytes */
#define Py_MEMBER_SIZE(type, member) sizeof(((type *)0)->member)

/* Argument must be a char or an int in [-128, 127] or [0, 255]. */
#define Py_CHARMASK(c) ((unsigned char)((c) & 0xff))

/* Assert a build-time dependency, as an expression.

   Your compile will fail if the condition isn't true, or can't be evaluated
   by the compiler. This can be used in an expression: its value is 0.

   Example:

   #define foo_to_char(foo)  \
       ((char *)(foo)        \
        + Py_BUILD_ASSERT_EXPR(offsetof(struct foo, string) == 0))

   Written by Rusty Russell, public domain, http://ccodearchive.net/ */
#define Py_BUILD_ASSERT_EXPR(cond) \
    (sizeof(char [1 - 2*!(cond)]) - 1)

#define Py_BUILD_ASSERT(cond)  do {         \
        (void)Py_BUILD_ASSERT_EXPR(cond);   \
    } while(0)

/* Get the number of elements in a visible array

   This does not work on pointers, or arrays declared as [], or function
   parameters. With correct compiler support, such usage will cause a build
   error (see Py_BUILD_ASSERT_EXPR).

   Written by Rusty Russell, public domain, http://ccodearchive.net/

   Requires at GCC 3.1+ */
#if (defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) && \
    (((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1)) || (__GNUC__ >= 4)))
/* Two gcc extensions.
   &a[0] degrades to a pointer: a different type from an array */
#define Py_ARRAY_LENGTH(array) \
    (sizeof(array) / sizeof((array)[0]) \
     + Py_BUILD_ASSERT_EXPR(!__builtin_types_compatible_p(typeof(array), \
                                                          typeof(&(array)[0]))))
#else
#define Py_ARRAY_LENGTH(array) \
    (sizeof(array) / sizeof((array)[0]))
#endif


/* Define macros for inline documentation. */
#define PyDoc_VAR(name) static const char name[]
#define PyDoc_STRVAR(name,str) PyDoc_VAR(name) = PyDoc_STR(str)
#ifdef WITH_DOC_STRINGS
#define PyDoc_STR(str) str
#else
#define PyDoc_STR(str) ""
#endif

/* Below "a" is a power of 2. */
/* Round down size "n" to be a multiple of "a". */
#define _Py_SIZE_ROUND_DOWN(n, a) ((size_t)(n) & ~(size_t)((a) - 1))
/* Round up size "n" to be a multiple of "a". */
#define _Py_SIZE_ROUND_UP(n, a) (((size_t)(n) + \
        (size_t)((a) - 1)) & ~(size_t)((a) - 1))
/* Round pointer "p" down to the closest "a"-aligned address <= "p". */
#define _Py_ALIGN_DOWN(p, a) ((void *)((uintptr_t)(p) & ~(uintptr_t)((a) - 1)))
/* Round pointer "p" up to the closest "a"-aligned address >= "p". */
#define _Py_ALIGN_UP(p, a) ((void *)(((uintptr_t)(p) + \
        (uintptr_t)((a) - 1)) & ~(uintptr_t)((a) - 1)))
/* Check if pointer "p" is aligned to "a"-bytes boundary. */
#define _Py_IS_ALIGNED(p, a) (!((uintptr_t)(p) & (uintptr_t)((a) - 1)))

/* Use this for unused arguments in a function definition to silence compiler
 * warnings. Example:
 *
 * int func(int a, int Py_UNUSED(b)) { return a; }
 */
#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
#  define Py_UNUSED(name) _unused_ ## name __attribute__((unused))
#else
#  define Py_UNUSED(name) _unused_ ## name
#endif

#define Py_UNREACHABLE() \
    Py_FatalError("Unreachable C code path reached")

#endif /* Py_PYMACRO_H */

/* Module definition and import interface */

#ifndef Py_IMPORT_H
#define Py_IMPORT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyMODINIT_FUNC PyInit__imp(void);
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */
PyAPI_FUNC(long) PyImport_GetMagicNumber(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(const char *) PyImport_GetMagicTag(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_ExecCodeModule(
    const char *name,           /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    PyObject *co
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_ExecCodeModuleEx(
    const char *name,           /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    PyObject *co,
    const char *pathname        /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_ExecCodeModuleWithPathnames(
    const char *name,           /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    PyObject *co,
    const char *pathname,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    const char *cpathname       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    );
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_ExecCodeModuleObject(
    PyObject *name,
    PyObject *co,
    PyObject *pathname,
    PyObject *cpathname
    );
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_GetModuleDict(void);
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03070000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_GetModule(PyObject *name);
#endif
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyImport_IsInitialized(PyInterpreterState *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyImport_GetModuleId(struct _Py_Identifier *name);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyImport_AddModuleObject(PyObject *name,
                                                 PyObject *modules);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyImport_SetModule(PyObject *name, PyObject *module);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyImport_SetModuleString(const char *name, PyObject* module);
#endif
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_AddModuleObject(
    PyObject *name
    );
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_AddModule(
    const char *name            /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_ImportModule(
    const char *name            /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_ImportModuleNoBlock(
    const char *name            /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_ImportModuleLevel(
    const char *name,           /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    PyObject *globals,
    PyObject *locals,
    PyObject *fromlist,
    int level
    );
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03050000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_ImportModuleLevelObject(
    PyObject *name,
    PyObject *globals,
    PyObject *locals,
    PyObject *fromlist,
    int level
    );
#endif

#define PyImport_ImportModuleEx(n, g, l, f) \
    PyImport_ImportModuleLevel(n, g, l, f, 0)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_GetImporter(PyObject *path);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_Import(PyObject *name);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_ReloadModule(PyObject *m);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyImport_Cleanup(void);
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyImport_ImportFrozenModuleObject(
    PyObject *name
    );
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyImport_ImportFrozenModule(
    const char *name            /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    );

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyImport_AcquireLock(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyImport_ReleaseLock(void);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyImport_ReInitLock(void);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyImport_FindBuiltin(
    const char *name,            /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    PyObject *modules
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyImport_FindExtensionObject(PyObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyImport_FindExtensionObjectEx(PyObject *, PyObject *,
                                                       PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyImport_FixupBuiltin(
    PyObject *mod,
    const char *name,            /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    PyObject *modules
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyImport_FixupExtensionObject(PyObject*, PyObject *,
                                               PyObject *, PyObject *);

struct _inittab {
    const char *name;           /* ASCII encoded string */
    PyObject* (*initfunc)(void);
};
PyAPI_DATA(struct _inittab *) PyImport_Inittab;
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyImport_ExtendInittab(struct _inittab *newtab);
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyNullImporter_Type;

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyImport_AppendInittab(
    const char *name,           /* ASCII encoded string */
    PyObject* (*initfunc)(void)
    );

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
struct _frozen {
    const char *name;                 /* ASCII encoded string */
    const unsigned char *code;
    int size;
};

/* Embedding apps may change this pointer to point to their favorite
   collection of frozen modules: */

PyAPI_DATA(const struct _frozen *) PyImport_FrozenModules;
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_IMPORT_H */
/* Boolean object interface */

#ifndef Py_BOOLOBJECT_H
#define Py_BOOLOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyBool_Type;

#define PyBool_Check(x) (Py_TYPE(x) == &PyBool_Type)

/* Py_False and Py_True are the only two bools in existence.
Don't forget to apply Py_INCREF() when returning either!!! */

/* Don't use these directly */
PyAPI_DATA(struct _longobject) _Py_FalseStruct, _Py_TrueStruct;

/* Use these macros */
#define Py_False ((PyObject *) &_Py_FalseStruct)
#define Py_True ((PyObject *) &_Py_TrueStruct)

/* Macros for returning Py_True or Py_False, respectively */
#define Py_RETURN_TRUE return Py_INCREF(Py_True), Py_True
#define Py_RETURN_FALSE return Py_INCREF(Py_False), Py_False

/* Function to return a bool from a C long */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyBool_FromLong(long);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_BOOLOBJECT_H */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_BYTES_CTYPE_H
#define Py_BYTES_CTYPE_H

/*
 * The internal implementation behind PyBytes (bytes) and PyByteArray (bytearray)
 * methods of the given names, they operate on ASCII byte strings.
 */
extern PyObject* _Py_bytes_isspace(const char *cptr, Py_ssize_t len);
extern PyObject* _Py_bytes_isalpha(const char *cptr, Py_ssize_t len);
extern PyObject* _Py_bytes_isalnum(const char *cptr, Py_ssize_t len);
extern PyObject* _Py_bytes_isascii(const char *cptr, Py_ssize_t len);
extern PyObject* _Py_bytes_isdigit(const char *cptr, Py_ssize_t len);
extern PyObject* _Py_bytes_islower(const char *cptr, Py_ssize_t len);
extern PyObject* _Py_bytes_isupper(const char *cptr, Py_ssize_t len);
extern PyObject* _Py_bytes_istitle(const char *cptr, Py_ssize_t len);

/* These store their len sized answer in the given preallocated *result arg. */
extern void _Py_bytes_lower(char *result, const char *cptr, Py_ssize_t len);
extern void _Py_bytes_upper(char *result, const char *cptr, Py_ssize_t len);
extern void _Py_bytes_title(char *result, const char *s, Py_ssize_t len);
extern void _Py_bytes_capitalize(char *result, const char *s, Py_ssize_t len);
extern void _Py_bytes_swapcase(char *result, const char *s, Py_ssize_t len);

extern PyObject *_Py_bytes_find(const char *str, Py_ssize_t len, PyObject *args);
extern PyObject *_Py_bytes_index(const char *str, Py_ssize_t len, PyObject *args);
extern PyObject *_Py_bytes_rfind(const char *str, Py_ssize_t len, PyObject *args);
extern PyObject *_Py_bytes_rindex(const char *str, Py_ssize_t len, PyObject *args);
extern PyObject *_Py_bytes_count(const char *str, Py_ssize_t len, PyObject *args);
extern int _Py_bytes_contains(const char *str, Py_ssize_t len, PyObject *arg);
extern PyObject *_Py_bytes_startswith(const char *str, Py_ssize_t len, PyObject *args);
extern PyObject *_Py_bytes_endswith(const char *str, Py_ssize_t len, PyObject *args);

/* The maketrans() static method. */
extern PyObject* _Py_bytes_maketrans(Py_buffer *frm, Py_buffer *to);

/* Shared __doc__ strings. */
extern const char _Py_isspace__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_isalpha__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_isalnum__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_isascii__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_isdigit__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_islower__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_isupper__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_istitle__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_lower__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_upper__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_title__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_capitalize__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_swapcase__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_count__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_find__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_index__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_rfind__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_rindex__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_startswith__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_endswith__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_maketrans__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_expandtabs__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_ljust__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_rjust__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_center__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_zfill__doc__[];

/* this is needed because some docs are shared from the .o, not static */
#define PyDoc_STRVAR_shared(name,str) const char name[] = PyDoc_STR(str)

#endif /* !Py_BYTES_CTYPE_H */
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */
/* Auto-generated by Tools/scripts/generate_opcode_h.py from Lib/opcode.py */
#ifndef Py_OPCODE_H
#define Py_OPCODE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


    /* Instruction opcodes for compiled code */
#define POP_TOP                   1
#define ROT_TWO                   2
#define ROT_THREE                 3
#define DUP_TOP                   4
#define DUP_TOP_TWO               5
#define ROT_FOUR                  6
#define NOP                       9
#define UNARY_POSITIVE           10
#define UNARY_NEGATIVE           11
#define UNARY_NOT                12
#define UNARY_INVERT             15
#define BINARY_MATRIX_MULTIPLY   16
#define INPLACE_MATRIX_MULTIPLY  17
#define BINARY_POWER             19
#define BINARY_MULTIPLY          20
#define BINARY_MODULO            22
#define BINARY_ADD               23
#define BINARY_SUBTRACT          24
#define BINARY_SUBSCR            25
#define BINARY_FLOOR_DIVIDE      26
#define BINARY_TRUE_DIVIDE       27
#define INPLACE_FLOOR_DIVIDE     28
#define INPLACE_TRUE_DIVIDE      29
#define GET_AITER                50
#define GET_ANEXT                51
#define BEFORE_ASYNC_WITH        52
#define BEGIN_FINALLY            53
#define END_ASYNC_FOR            54
#define INPLACE_ADD              55
#define INPLACE_SUBTRACT         56
#define INPLACE_MULTIPLY         57
#define INPLACE_MODULO           59
#define STORE_SUBSCR             60
#define DELETE_SUBSCR            61
#define BINARY_LSHIFT            62
#define BINARY_RSHIFT            63
#define BINARY_AND               64
#define BINARY_XOR               65
#define BINARY_OR                66
#define INPLACE_POWER            67
#define GET_ITER                 68
#define GET_YIELD_FROM_ITER      69
#define PRINT_EXPR               70
#define LOAD_BUILD_CLASS         71
#define YIELD_FROM               72
#define GET_AWAITABLE            73
#define INPLACE_LSHIFT           75
#define INPLACE_RSHIFT           76
#define INPLACE_AND              77
#define INPLACE_XOR              78
#define INPLACE_OR               79
#define WITH_CLEANUP_START       81
#define WITH_CLEANUP_FINISH      82
#define RETURN_VALUE             83
#define IMPORT_STAR              84
#define SETUP_ANNOTATIONS        85
#define YIELD_VALUE              86
#define POP_BLOCK                87
#define END_FINALLY              88
#define POP_EXCEPT               89
#define HAVE_ARGUMENT            90
#define STORE_NAME               90
#define DELETE_NAME              91
#define UNPACK_SEQUENCE          92
#define FOR_ITER                 93
#define UNPACK_EX                94
#define STORE_ATTR               95
#define DELETE_ATTR              96
#define STORE_GLOBAL             97
#define DELETE_GLOBAL            98
#define LOAD_CONST              100
#define LOAD_NAME               101
#define BUILD_TUPLE             102
#define BUILD_LIST              103
#define BUILD_SET               104
#define BUILD_MAP               105
#define LOAD_ATTR               106
#define COMPARE_OP              107
#define IMPORT_NAME             108
#define IMPORT_FROM             109
#define JUMP_FORWARD            110
#define JUMP_IF_FALSE_OR_POP    111
#define JUMP_IF_TRUE_OR_POP     112
#define JUMP_ABSOLUTE           113
#define POP_JUMP_IF_FALSE       114
#define POP_JUMP_IF_TRUE        115
#define LOAD_GLOBAL             116
#define SETUP_FINALLY           122
#define LOAD_FAST               124
#define STORE_FAST              125
#define DELETE_FAST             126
#define RAISE_VARARGS           130
#define CALL_FUNCTION           131
#define MAKE_FUNCTION           132
#define BUILD_SLICE             133
#define LOAD_CLOSURE            135
#define LOAD_DEREF              136
#define STORE_DEREF             137
#define DELETE_DEREF            138
#define CALL_FUNCTION_KW        141
#define CALL_FUNCTION_EX        142
#define SETUP_WITH              143
#define EXTENDED_ARG            144
#define LIST_APPEND             145
#define SET_ADD                 146
#define MAP_ADD                 147
#define LOAD_CLASSDEREF         148
#define BUILD_LIST_UNPACK       149
#define BUILD_MAP_UNPACK        150
#define BUILD_MAP_UNPACK_WITH_CALL 151
#define BUILD_TUPLE_UNPACK      152
#define BUILD_SET_UNPACK        153
#define SETUP_ASYNC_WITH        154
#define FORMAT_VALUE            155
#define BUILD_CONST_KEY_MAP     156
#define BUILD_STRING            157
#define BUILD_TUPLE_UNPACK_WITH_CALL 158
#define LOAD_METHOD             160
#define CALL_METHOD             161
#define CALL_FINALLY            162
#define POP_FINALLY             163

/* EXCEPT_HANDLER is a special, implicit block type which is created when
   entering an except handler. It is not an opcode but we define it here
   as we want it to be available to both frameobject.c and ceval.c, while
   remaining private.*/
#define EXCEPT_HANDLER 257


enum cmp_op {PyCmp_LT=Py_LT, PyCmp_LE=Py_LE, PyCmp_EQ=Py_EQ, PyCmp_NE=Py_NE,
                PyCmp_GT=Py_GT, PyCmp_GE=Py_GE, PyCmp_IN, PyCmp_NOT_IN,
                PyCmp_IS, PyCmp_IS_NOT, PyCmp_EXC_MATCH, PyCmp_BAD};

#define HAS_ARG(op) ((op) >= HAVE_ARGUMENT)

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_OPCODE_H */

/* Module object interface */

#ifndef Py_MODULEOBJECT_H
#define Py_MODULEOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyModule_Type;

#define PyModule_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, &PyModule_Type)
#define PyModule_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyModule_Type)

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyModule_NewObject(
    PyObject *name
    );
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyModule_New(
    const char *name            /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyModule_GetDict(PyObject *);
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyModule_GetNameObject(PyObject *);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(const char *) PyModule_GetName(PyObject *);
Py_DEPRECATED(3.2) PyAPI_FUNC(const char *) PyModule_GetFilename(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyModule_GetFilenameObject(PyObject *);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyModule_Clear(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyModule_ClearDict(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyModuleSpec_IsInitializing(PyObject *);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(struct PyModuleDef*) PyModule_GetDef(PyObject*);
PyAPI_FUNC(void*) PyModule_GetState(PyObject*);

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03050000
/* New in 3.5 */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyModuleDef_Init(struct PyModuleDef*);
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyModuleDef_Type;
#endif

typedef struct PyModuleDef_Base {
  PyObject_HEAD
  PyObject* (*m_init)(void);
  Py_ssize_t m_index;
  PyObject* m_copy;
} PyModuleDef_Base;

#define PyModuleDef_HEAD_INIT { \
    PyObject_HEAD_INIT(NULL)    \
    NULL, /* m_init */          \
    0,    /* m_index */         \
    NULL, /* m_copy */          \
  }

struct PyModuleDef_Slot;
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03050000
/* New in 3.5 */
typedef struct PyModuleDef_Slot{
    int slot;
    void *value;
} PyModuleDef_Slot;

#define Py_mod_create 1
#define Py_mod_exec 2

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#define _Py_mod_LAST_SLOT 2
#endif

#endif /* New in 3.5 */

typedef struct PyModuleDef{
  PyModuleDef_Base m_base;
  const char* m_name;
  const char* m_doc;
  Py_ssize_t m_size;
  PyMethodDef *m_methods;
  struct PyModuleDef_Slot* m_slots;
  traverseproc m_traverse;
  inquiry m_clear;
  freefunc m_free;
} PyModuleDef;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_MODULEOBJECT_H */
/* File object interface (what's left of it -- see io.py) */

#ifndef Py_FILEOBJECT_H
#define Py_FILEOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define PY_STDIOTEXTMODE "b"

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyFile_FromFd(int, const char *, const char *, int,
                                     const char *, const char *,
                                     const char *, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyFile_GetLine(PyObject *, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyFile_WriteObject(PyObject *, PyObject *, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyFile_WriteString(const char *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_AsFileDescriptor(PyObject *);

/* The default encoding used by the platform file system APIs
   If non-NULL, this is different than the default encoding for strings
*/
PyAPI_DATA(const char *) Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding;
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03060000
PyAPI_DATA(const char *) Py_FileSystemDefaultEncodeErrors;
#endif
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_HasFileSystemDefaultEncoding;

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03070000
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_UTF8Mode;
#endif

/* A routine to check if a file descriptor can be select()-ed. */
#ifdef _MSC_VER
    /* On Windows, any socket fd can be select()-ed, no matter how high */
    #define _PyIsSelectable_fd(FD) (1)
#else
    #define _PyIsSelectable_fd(FD) ((unsigned int)(FD) < (unsigned int)FD_SETSIZE)
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#  define Py_CPYTHON_FILEOBJECT_H
#  include  "cpython/fileobject.h"
#  undef Py_CPYTHON_FILEOBJECT_H
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_FILEOBJECT_H */

#ifndef Py_PYTHREAD_H
#define Py_PYTHREAD_H

typedef void *PyThread_type_lock;
typedef void *PyThread_type_sema;

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Return status codes for Python lock acquisition.  Chosen for maximum
 * backwards compatibility, ie failure -> 0, success -> 1.  */
typedef enum PyLockStatus {
    PY_LOCK_FAILURE = 0,
    PY_LOCK_ACQUIRED = 1,
    PY_LOCK_INTR
} PyLockStatus;

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#define PYTHREAD_INVALID_THREAD_ID ((unsigned long)-1)
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyThread_init_thread(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(unsigned long) PyThread_start_new_thread(void (*)(void *), void *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_NO_RETURN PyThread_exit_thread(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(unsigned long) PyThread_get_thread_ident(void);

#if defined(__APPLE__) || defined(__linux__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(_WIN32) || defined(_AIX)
#define PY_HAVE_THREAD_NATIVE_ID
PyAPI_FUNC(unsigned long) PyThread_get_thread_native_id(void);
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(PyThread_type_lock) PyThread_allocate_lock(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyThread_free_lock(PyThread_type_lock);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyThread_acquire_lock(PyThread_type_lock, int);
#define WAIT_LOCK       1
#define NOWAIT_LOCK     0

/* PY_TIMEOUT_T is the integral type used to specify timeouts when waiting
   on a lock (see PyThread_acquire_lock_timed() below).
   PY_TIMEOUT_MAX is the highest usable value (in microseconds) of that
   type, and depends on the system threading API.

   NOTE: this isn't the same value as `_thread.TIMEOUT_MAX`.  The _thread
   module exposes a higher-level API, with timeouts expressed in seconds
   and floating-point numbers allowed.
*/
#define PY_TIMEOUT_T long long

#if defined(_POSIX_THREADS)
   /* PyThread_acquire_lock_timed() uses _PyTime_FromNanoseconds(us * 1000),
      convert microseconds to nanoseconds. */
#  define PY_TIMEOUT_MAX (PY_LLONG_MAX / 1000)
#elif defined (NT_THREADS)
   /* In the NT API, the timeout is a DWORD and is expressed in milliseconds */
#  if 0xFFFFFFFFLL * 1000 < PY_LLONG_MAX
#    define PY_TIMEOUT_MAX (0xFFFFFFFFLL * 1000)
#  else
#    define PY_TIMEOUT_MAX PY_LLONG_MAX
#  endif
#else
#  define PY_TIMEOUT_MAX PY_LLONG_MAX
#endif


/* If microseconds == 0, the call is non-blocking: it returns immediately
   even when the lock can't be acquired.
   If microseconds > 0, the call waits up to the specified duration.
   If microseconds < 0, the call waits until success (or abnormal failure)

   microseconds must be less than PY_TIMEOUT_MAX. Behaviour otherwise is
   undefined.

   If intr_flag is true and the acquire is interrupted by a signal, then the
   call will return PY_LOCK_INTR.  The caller may reattempt to acquire the
   lock.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(PyLockStatus) PyThread_acquire_lock_timed(PyThread_type_lock,
                                                     PY_TIMEOUT_T microseconds,
                                                     int intr_flag);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyThread_release_lock(PyThread_type_lock);

PyAPI_FUNC(size_t) PyThread_get_stacksize(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyThread_set_stacksize(size_t);

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyThread_GetInfo(void);
#endif


/* Thread Local Storage (TLS) API
   TLS API is DEPRECATED.  Use Thread Specific Storage (TSS) API.

   The existing TLS API has used int to represent TLS keys across all
   platforms, but it is not POSIX-compliant.  Therefore, the new TSS API uses
   opaque data type to represent TSS keys to be compatible (see PEP 539).
*/
Py_DEPRECATED(3.7) PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyThread_create_key(void);
Py_DEPRECATED(3.7) PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyThread_delete_key(int key);
Py_DEPRECATED(3.7) PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyThread_set_key_value(int key,
                                                          void *value);
Py_DEPRECATED(3.7) PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyThread_get_key_value(int key);
Py_DEPRECATED(3.7) PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyThread_delete_key_value(int key);

/* Cleanup after a fork */
Py_DEPRECATED(3.7) PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyThread_ReInitTLS(void);


#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03070000
/* New in 3.7 */
/* Thread Specific Storage (TSS) API */

typedef struct _Py_tss_t Py_tss_t;  /* opaque */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#if defined(_POSIX_THREADS)
    /* Darwin needs pthread.h to know type name the pthread_key_t. */
#   include <pthread.h>
#   define NATIVE_TSS_KEY_T     pthread_key_t
#elif defined(NT_THREADS)
    /* In Windows, native TSS key type is DWORD,
       but hardcode the unsigned long to avoid errors for include directive.
    */
#   define NATIVE_TSS_KEY_T     unsigned long
#else
#   error "Require native threads. See https://bugs.python.org/issue31370"
#endif

/* When Py_LIMITED_API is not defined, the type layout of Py_tss_t is
   exposed to allow static allocation in the API clients.  Even in this case,
   you must handle TSS keys through API functions due to compatibility.
*/
struct _Py_tss_t {
    int _is_initialized;
    NATIVE_TSS_KEY_T _key;
};

#undef NATIVE_TSS_KEY_T

/* When static allocation, you must initialize with Py_tss_NEEDS_INIT. */
#define Py_tss_NEEDS_INIT   {0}
#endif  /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_tss_t *) PyThread_tss_alloc(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyThread_tss_free(Py_tss_t *key);

/* The parameter key must not be NULL. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyThread_tss_is_created(Py_tss_t *key);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyThread_tss_create(Py_tss_t *key);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyThread_tss_delete(Py_tss_t *key);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyThread_tss_set(Py_tss_t *key, void *value);
PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyThread_tss_get(Py_tss_t *key);
#endif  /* New in 3.7 */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* !Py_PYTHREAD_H */

/* Bytes (String) object interface */

#ifndef Py_BYTESOBJECT_H
#define Py_BYTESOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <stdarg.h>

/*
Type PyBytesObject represents a character string.  An extra zero byte is
reserved at the end to ensure it is zero-terminated, but a size is
present so strings with null bytes in them can be represented.  This
is an immutable object type.

There are functions to create new string objects, to test
an object for string-ness, and to get the
string value.  The latter function returns a null pointer
if the object is not of the proper type.
There is a variant that takes an explicit size as well as a
variant that assumes a zero-terminated string.  Note that none of the
functions should be applied to nil objects.
*/

/* Caching the hash (ob_shash) saves recalculation of a string's hash value.
   This significantly speeds up dict lookups. */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef struct {
    PyObject_VAR_HEAD
    Py_hash_t ob_shash;
    char ob_sval[1];

    /* Invariants:
     *     ob_sval contains space for 'ob_size+1' elements.
     *     ob_sval[ob_size] == 0.
     *     ob_shash is the hash of the string or -1 if not computed yet.
     */
} PyBytesObject;
#endif

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyBytes_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyBytesIter_Type;

#define PyBytes_Check(op) \
                 PyType_FastSubclass(Py_TYPE(op), Py_TPFLAGS_BYTES_SUBCLASS)
#define PyBytes_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyBytes_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyBytes_FromStringAndSize(const char *, Py_ssize_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyBytes_FromString(const char *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyBytes_FromObject(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyBytes_FromFormatV(const char*, va_list)
                                Py_GCC_ATTRIBUTE((format(printf, 1, 0)));
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyBytes_FromFormat(const char*, ...)
                                Py_GCC_ATTRIBUTE((format(printf, 1, 2)));
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyBytes_Size(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(char *) PyBytes_AsString(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyBytes_Repr(PyObject *, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyBytes_Concat(PyObject **, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyBytes_ConcatAndDel(PyObject **, PyObject *);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyBytes_Resize(PyObject **, Py_ssize_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyBytes_FormatEx(
    const char *format,
    Py_ssize_t format_len,
    PyObject *args,
    int use_bytearray);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyBytes_FromHex(
    PyObject *string,
    int use_bytearray);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyBytes_DecodeEscape(const char *, Py_ssize_t,
                                            const char *, Py_ssize_t,
                                            const char *);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Helper for PyBytes_DecodeEscape that detects invalid escape chars. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyBytes_DecodeEscape(const char *, Py_ssize_t,
                                             const char *, Py_ssize_t,
                                             const char *,
                                             const char **);
#endif

/* Macro, trading safety for speed */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#define PyBytes_AS_STRING(op) (assert(PyBytes_Check(op)), \
                                (((PyBytesObject *)(op))->ob_sval))
#define PyBytes_GET_SIZE(op)  (assert(PyBytes_Check(op)),Py_SIZE(op))
#endif

/* _PyBytes_Join(sep, x) is like sep.join(x).  sep must be PyBytesObject*,
   x must be an iterable object. */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyBytes_Join(PyObject *sep, PyObject *x);
#endif

/* Provides access to the internal data buffer and size of a string
   object or the default encoded version of a Unicode object. Passing
   NULL as *len parameter will force the string buffer to be
   0-terminated (passing a string with embedded NULL characters will
   cause an exception).  */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyBytes_AsStringAndSize(
    PyObject *obj,      /* string or Unicode object */
    char **s,           /* pointer to buffer variable */
    Py_ssize_t *len     /* pointer to length variable or NULL
                           (only possible for 0-terminated
                           strings) */
    );

/* Using the current locale, insert the thousands grouping
   into the string pointed to by buffer.  For the argument descriptions,
   see Objects/stringlib/localeutil.h */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) _PyBytes_InsertThousandsGroupingLocale(char *buffer,
                                                   Py_ssize_t n_buffer,
                                                   char *digits,
                                                   Py_ssize_t n_digits,
                                                   Py_ssize_t min_width);

/* Using explicit passed-in values, insert the thousands grouping
   into the string pointed to by buffer.  For the argument descriptions,
   see Objects/stringlib/localeutil.h */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) _PyBytes_InsertThousandsGrouping(char *buffer,
                                                   Py_ssize_t n_buffer,
                                                   char *digits,
                                                   Py_ssize_t n_digits,
                                                   Py_ssize_t min_width,
                                                   const char *grouping,
                                                   const char *thousands_sep);
#endif

/* Flags used by string formatting */
#define F_LJUST (1<<0)
#define F_SIGN  (1<<1)
#define F_BLANK (1<<2)
#define F_ALT   (1<<3)
#define F_ZERO  (1<<4)

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* The _PyBytesWriter structure is big: it contains an embedded "stack buffer".
   A _PyBytesWriter variable must be declared at the end of variables in a
   function to optimize the memory allocation on the stack. */
typedef struct {
    /* bytes, bytearray or NULL (when the small buffer is used) */
    PyObject *buffer;

    /* Number of allocated size. */
    Py_ssize_t allocated;

    /* Minimum number of allocated bytes,
       incremented by _PyBytesWriter_Prepare() */
    Py_ssize_t min_size;

    /* If non-zero, use a bytearray instead of a bytes object for buffer. */
    int use_bytearray;

    /* If non-zero, overallocate the buffer (default: 0).
       This flag must be zero if use_bytearray is non-zero. */
    int overallocate;

    /* Stack buffer */
    int use_small_buffer;
    char small_buffer[512];
} _PyBytesWriter;

/* Initialize a bytes writer

   By default, the overallocation is disabled. Set the overallocate attribute
   to control the allocation of the buffer. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyBytesWriter_Init(_PyBytesWriter *writer);

/* Get the buffer content and reset the writer.
   Return a bytes object, or a bytearray object if use_bytearray is non-zero.
   Raise an exception and return NULL on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyBytesWriter_Finish(_PyBytesWriter *writer,
    void *str);

/* Deallocate memory of a writer (clear its internal buffer). */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyBytesWriter_Dealloc(_PyBytesWriter *writer);

/* Allocate the buffer to write size bytes.
   Return the pointer to the beginning of buffer data.
   Raise an exception and return NULL on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void*) _PyBytesWriter_Alloc(_PyBytesWriter *writer,
    Py_ssize_t size);

/* Ensure that the buffer is large enough to write *size* bytes.
   Add size to the writer minimum size (min_size attribute).

   str is the current pointer inside the buffer.
   Return the updated current pointer inside the buffer.
   Raise an exception and return NULL on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void*) _PyBytesWriter_Prepare(_PyBytesWriter *writer,
    void *str,
    Py_ssize_t size);

/* Resize the buffer to make it larger.
   The new buffer may be larger than size bytes because of overallocation.
   Return the updated current pointer inside the buffer.
   Raise an exception and return NULL on error.

   Note: size must be greater than the number of allocated bytes in the writer.

   This function doesn't use the writer minimum size (min_size attribute).

   See also _PyBytesWriter_Prepare().
   */
PyAPI_FUNC(void*) _PyBytesWriter_Resize(_PyBytesWriter *writer,
    void *str,
    Py_ssize_t size);

/* Write bytes.
   Raise an exception and return NULL on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void*) _PyBytesWriter_WriteBytes(_PyBytesWriter *writer,
    void *str,
    const void *bytes,
    Py_ssize_t size);
#endif   /* Py_LIMITED_API */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_BYTESOBJECT_H */

/* Parse tree node interface */

#ifndef Py_NODE_H
#define Py_NODE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct _node {
    short               n_type;
    char                *n_str;
    int                 n_lineno;
    int                 n_col_offset;
    int                 n_nchildren;
    struct _node        *n_child;
    int                 n_end_lineno;
    int                 n_end_col_offset;
} node;

PyAPI_FUNC(node *) PyNode_New(int type);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyNode_AddChild(node *n, int type,
                                char *str, int lineno, int col_offset,
                                int end_lineno, int end_col_offset);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyNode_Free(node *n);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) _PyNode_SizeOf(node *n);
#endif

/* Node access functions */
#define NCH(n)          ((n)->n_nchildren)

#define CHILD(n, i)     (&(n)->n_child[i])
#define RCHILD(n, i)    (CHILD(n, NCH(n) + i))
#define TYPE(n)         ((n)->n_type)
#define STR(n)          ((n)->n_str)
#define LINENO(n)       ((n)->n_lineno)

/* Assert that the type of a node is what we expect */
#define REQ(n, type) assert(TYPE(n) == (type))

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyNode_ListTree(node *);
void _PyNode_FinalizeEndPos(node *n);  // helper also used in parsetok.c

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_NODE_H */
/* Copyright (c) 2008-2009, Google Inc.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
 * met:
 *
 *     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
 * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
 * this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
 * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
 * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
 * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 * ---
 * Author: Kostya Serebryany
 * Copied to CPython by Jeffrey Yasskin, with all macros renamed to
 * start with _Py_ to avoid colliding with users embedding Python, and
 * with deprecated macros removed.
 */

/* This file defines dynamic annotations for use with dynamic analysis
   tool such as valgrind, PIN, etc.

   Dynamic annotation is a source code annotation that affects
   the generated code (that is, the annotation is not a comment).
   Each such annotation is attached to a particular
   instruction and/or to a particular object (address) in the program.

   The annotations that should be used by users are macros in all upper-case
   (e.g., _Py_ANNOTATE_NEW_MEMORY).

   Actual implementation of these macros may differ depending on the
   dynamic analysis tool being used.

   See http://code.google.com/p/data-race-test/  for more information.

   This file supports the following dynamic analysis tools:
   - None (DYNAMIC_ANNOTATIONS_ENABLED is not defined or zero).
      Macros are defined empty.
   - ThreadSanitizer, Helgrind, DRD (DYNAMIC_ANNOTATIONS_ENABLED is 1).
      Macros are defined as calls to non-inlinable empty functions
      that are intercepted by Valgrind. */

#ifndef __DYNAMIC_ANNOTATIONS_H__
#define __DYNAMIC_ANNOTATIONS_H__

#ifndef DYNAMIC_ANNOTATIONS_ENABLED
# define DYNAMIC_ANNOTATIONS_ENABLED 0
#endif

#if DYNAMIC_ANNOTATIONS_ENABLED != 0

  /* -------------------------------------------------------------
     Annotations useful when implementing condition variables such as CondVar,
     using conditional critical sections (Await/LockWhen) and when constructing
     user-defined synchronization mechanisms.

     The annotations _Py_ANNOTATE_HAPPENS_BEFORE() and
     _Py_ANNOTATE_HAPPENS_AFTER() can be used to define happens-before arcs in
     user-defined synchronization mechanisms: the race detector will infer an
     arc from the former to the latter when they share the same argument
     pointer.

     Example 1 (reference counting):

     void Unref() {
       _Py_ANNOTATE_HAPPENS_BEFORE(&refcount_);
       if (AtomicDecrementByOne(&refcount_) == 0) {
         _Py_ANNOTATE_HAPPENS_AFTER(&refcount_);
         delete this;
       }
     }

     Example 2 (message queue):

     void MyQueue::Put(Type *e) {
       MutexLock lock(&mu_);
       _Py_ANNOTATE_HAPPENS_BEFORE(e);
       PutElementIntoMyQueue(e);
     }

     Type *MyQueue::Get() {
       MutexLock lock(&mu_);
       Type *e = GetElementFromMyQueue();
       _Py_ANNOTATE_HAPPENS_AFTER(e);
       return e;
     }

     Note: when possible, please use the existing reference counting and message
     queue implementations instead of inventing new ones. */

  /* Report that wait on the condition variable at address "cv" has succeeded
     and the lock at address "lock" is held. */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_CONDVAR_LOCK_WAIT(cv, lock) \
    AnnotateCondVarWait(__FILE__, __LINE__, cv, lock)

  /* Report that wait on the condition variable at "cv" has succeeded.  Variant
     w/o lock. */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_CONDVAR_WAIT(cv) \
    AnnotateCondVarWait(__FILE__, __LINE__, cv, NULL)

  /* Report that we are about to signal on the condition variable at address
     "cv". */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_CONDVAR_SIGNAL(cv) \
    AnnotateCondVarSignal(__FILE__, __LINE__, cv)

  /* Report that we are about to signal_all on the condition variable at "cv". */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_CONDVAR_SIGNAL_ALL(cv) \
    AnnotateCondVarSignalAll(__FILE__, __LINE__, cv)

  /* Annotations for user-defined synchronization mechanisms. */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_HAPPENS_BEFORE(obj) _Py_ANNOTATE_CONDVAR_SIGNAL(obj)
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_HAPPENS_AFTER(obj)  _Py_ANNOTATE_CONDVAR_WAIT(obj)

  /* Report that the bytes in the range [pointer, pointer+size) are about
     to be published safely. The race checker will create a happens-before
     arc from the call _Py_ANNOTATE_PUBLISH_MEMORY_RANGE(pointer, size) to
     subsequent accesses to this memory.
     Note: this annotation may not work properly if the race detector uses
     sampling, i.e. does not observe all memory accesses.
     */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_PUBLISH_MEMORY_RANGE(pointer, size) \
    AnnotatePublishMemoryRange(__FILE__, __LINE__, pointer, size)

  /* Instruct the tool to create a happens-before arc between mu->Unlock() and
     mu->Lock(). This annotation may slow down the race detector and hide real
     races. Normally it is used only when it would be difficult to annotate each
     of the mutex's critical sections individually using the annotations above.
     This annotation makes sense only for hybrid race detectors. For pure
     happens-before detectors this is a no-op. For more details see
     http://code.google.com/p/data-race-test/wiki/PureHappensBeforeVsHybrid . */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_PURE_HAPPENS_BEFORE_MUTEX(mu) \
    AnnotateMutexIsUsedAsCondVar(__FILE__, __LINE__, mu)

  /* -------------------------------------------------------------
     Annotations useful when defining memory allocators, or when memory that
     was protected in one way starts to be protected in another. */

  /* Report that a new memory at "address" of size "size" has been allocated.
     This might be used when the memory has been retrieved from a free list and
     is about to be reused, or when the locking discipline for a variable
     changes. */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_NEW_MEMORY(address, size) \
    AnnotateNewMemory(__FILE__, __LINE__, address, size)

  /* -------------------------------------------------------------
     Annotations useful when defining FIFO queues that transfer data between
     threads. */

  /* Report that the producer-consumer queue (such as ProducerConsumerQueue) at
     address "pcq" has been created.  The _Py_ANNOTATE_PCQ_* annotations should
     be used only for FIFO queues.  For non-FIFO queues use
     _Py_ANNOTATE_HAPPENS_BEFORE (for put) and _Py_ANNOTATE_HAPPENS_AFTER (for
     get). */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_PCQ_CREATE(pcq) \
    AnnotatePCQCreate(__FILE__, __LINE__, pcq)

  /* Report that the queue at address "pcq" is about to be destroyed. */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_PCQ_DESTROY(pcq) \
    AnnotatePCQDestroy(__FILE__, __LINE__, pcq)

  /* Report that we are about to put an element into a FIFO queue at address
     "pcq". */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_PCQ_PUT(pcq) \
    AnnotatePCQPut(__FILE__, __LINE__, pcq)

  /* Report that we've just got an element from a FIFO queue at address "pcq". */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_PCQ_GET(pcq) \
    AnnotatePCQGet(__FILE__, __LINE__, pcq)

  /* -------------------------------------------------------------
     Annotations that suppress errors.  It is usually better to express the
     program's synchronization using the other annotations, but these can
     be used when all else fails. */

  /* Report that we may have a benign race at "pointer", with size
     "sizeof(*(pointer))". "pointer" must be a non-void* pointer.  Insert at the
     point where "pointer" has been allocated, preferably close to the point
     where the race happens.  See also _Py_ANNOTATE_BENIGN_RACE_STATIC. */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_BENIGN_RACE(pointer, description) \
    AnnotateBenignRaceSized(__FILE__, __LINE__, pointer, \
                            sizeof(*(pointer)), description)

  /* Same as _Py_ANNOTATE_BENIGN_RACE(address, description), but applies to
     the memory range [address, address+size). */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_BENIGN_RACE_SIZED(address, size, description) \
    AnnotateBenignRaceSized(__FILE__, __LINE__, address, size, description)

  /* Request the analysis tool to ignore all reads in the current thread
     until _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_READS_END is called.
     Useful to ignore intentional racey reads, while still checking
     other reads and all writes.
     See also _Py_ANNOTATE_UNPROTECTED_READ. */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_READS_BEGIN() \
    AnnotateIgnoreReadsBegin(__FILE__, __LINE__)

  /* Stop ignoring reads. */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_READS_END() \
    AnnotateIgnoreReadsEnd(__FILE__, __LINE__)

  /* Similar to _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_READS_BEGIN, but ignore writes. */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_WRITES_BEGIN() \
    AnnotateIgnoreWritesBegin(__FILE__, __LINE__)

  /* Stop ignoring writes. */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_WRITES_END() \
    AnnotateIgnoreWritesEnd(__FILE__, __LINE__)

  /* Start ignoring all memory accesses (reads and writes). */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_READS_AND_WRITES_BEGIN() \
    do {\
      _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_READS_BEGIN();\
      _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_WRITES_BEGIN();\
    }while(0)\

  /* Stop ignoring all memory accesses. */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_READS_AND_WRITES_END() \
    do {\
      _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_WRITES_END();\
      _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_READS_END();\
    }while(0)\

  /* Similar to _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_READS_BEGIN, but ignore synchronization events:
     RWLOCK* and CONDVAR*. */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_SYNC_BEGIN() \
    AnnotateIgnoreSyncBegin(__FILE__, __LINE__)

  /* Stop ignoring sync events. */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_SYNC_END() \
    AnnotateIgnoreSyncEnd(__FILE__, __LINE__)


  /* Enable (enable!=0) or disable (enable==0) race detection for all threads.
     This annotation could be useful if you want to skip expensive race analysis
     during some period of program execution, e.g. during initialization. */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_ENABLE_RACE_DETECTION(enable) \
    AnnotateEnableRaceDetection(__FILE__, __LINE__, enable)

  /* -------------------------------------------------------------
     Annotations useful for debugging. */

  /* Request to trace every access to "address". */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_TRACE_MEMORY(address) \
    AnnotateTraceMemory(__FILE__, __LINE__, address)

  /* Report the current thread name to a race detector. */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_THREAD_NAME(name) \
    AnnotateThreadName(__FILE__, __LINE__, name)

  /* -------------------------------------------------------------
     Annotations useful when implementing locks.  They are not
     normally needed by modules that merely use locks.
     The "lock" argument is a pointer to the lock object. */

  /* Report that a lock has been created at address "lock". */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_RWLOCK_CREATE(lock) \
    AnnotateRWLockCreate(__FILE__, __LINE__, lock)

  /* Report that the lock at address "lock" is about to be destroyed. */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_RWLOCK_DESTROY(lock) \
    AnnotateRWLockDestroy(__FILE__, __LINE__, lock)

  /* Report that the lock at address "lock" has been acquired.
     is_w=1 for writer lock, is_w=0 for reader lock. */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_RWLOCK_ACQUIRED(lock, is_w) \
    AnnotateRWLockAcquired(__FILE__, __LINE__, lock, is_w)

  /* Report that the lock at address "lock" is about to be released. */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_RWLOCK_RELEASED(lock, is_w) \
    AnnotateRWLockReleased(__FILE__, __LINE__, lock, is_w)

  /* -------------------------------------------------------------
     Annotations useful when implementing barriers.  They are not
     normally needed by modules that merely use barriers.
     The "barrier" argument is a pointer to the barrier object. */

  /* Report that the "barrier" has been initialized with initial "count".
   If 'reinitialization_allowed' is true, initialization is allowed to happen
   multiple times w/o calling barrier_destroy() */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_BARRIER_INIT(barrier, count, reinitialization_allowed) \
    AnnotateBarrierInit(__FILE__, __LINE__, barrier, count, \
                        reinitialization_allowed)

  /* Report that we are about to enter barrier_wait("barrier"). */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_BARRIER_WAIT_BEFORE(barrier) \
    AnnotateBarrierWaitBefore(__FILE__, __LINE__, barrier)

  /* Report that we just exited barrier_wait("barrier"). */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_BARRIER_WAIT_AFTER(barrier) \
    AnnotateBarrierWaitAfter(__FILE__, __LINE__, barrier)

  /* Report that the "barrier" has been destroyed. */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_BARRIER_DESTROY(barrier) \
    AnnotateBarrierDestroy(__FILE__, __LINE__, barrier)

  /* -------------------------------------------------------------
     Annotations useful for testing race detectors. */

  /* Report that we expect a race on the variable at "address".
     Use only in unit tests for a race detector. */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_EXPECT_RACE(address, description) \
    AnnotateExpectRace(__FILE__, __LINE__, address, description)

  /* A no-op. Insert where you like to test the interceptors. */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_NO_OP(arg) \
    AnnotateNoOp(__FILE__, __LINE__, arg)

  /* Force the race detector to flush its state. The actual effect depends on
   * the implementation of the detector. */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_FLUSH_STATE() \
    AnnotateFlushState(__FILE__, __LINE__)


#else  /* DYNAMIC_ANNOTATIONS_ENABLED == 0 */

#define _Py_ANNOTATE_RWLOCK_CREATE(lock) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_RWLOCK_DESTROY(lock) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_RWLOCK_ACQUIRED(lock, is_w) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_RWLOCK_RELEASED(lock, is_w) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_BARRIER_INIT(barrier, count, reinitialization_allowed) /* */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_BARRIER_WAIT_BEFORE(barrier) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_BARRIER_WAIT_AFTER(barrier) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_BARRIER_DESTROY(barrier) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_CONDVAR_LOCK_WAIT(cv, lock) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_CONDVAR_WAIT(cv) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_CONDVAR_SIGNAL(cv) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_CONDVAR_SIGNAL_ALL(cv) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_HAPPENS_BEFORE(obj) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_HAPPENS_AFTER(obj) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_PUBLISH_MEMORY_RANGE(address, size) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_UNPUBLISH_MEMORY_RANGE(address, size)  /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_SWAP_MEMORY_RANGE(address, size)  /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_PCQ_CREATE(pcq) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_PCQ_DESTROY(pcq) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_PCQ_PUT(pcq) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_PCQ_GET(pcq) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_NEW_MEMORY(address, size) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_EXPECT_RACE(address, description) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_BENIGN_RACE(address, description) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_BENIGN_RACE_SIZED(address, size, description) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_PURE_HAPPENS_BEFORE_MUTEX(mu) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_MUTEX_IS_USED_AS_CONDVAR(mu) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_TRACE_MEMORY(arg) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_THREAD_NAME(name) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_READS_BEGIN() /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_READS_END() /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_WRITES_BEGIN() /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_WRITES_END() /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_READS_AND_WRITES_BEGIN() /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_READS_AND_WRITES_END() /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_SYNC_BEGIN() /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_SYNC_END() /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_ENABLE_RACE_DETECTION(enable) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_NO_OP(arg) /* empty */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_FLUSH_STATE() /* empty */

#endif  /* DYNAMIC_ANNOTATIONS_ENABLED */

/* Use the macros above rather than using these functions directly. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
void AnnotateRWLockCreate(const char *file, int line,
                          const volatile void *lock);
void AnnotateRWLockDestroy(const char *file, int line,
                           const volatile void *lock);
void AnnotateRWLockAcquired(const char *file, int line,
                            const volatile void *lock, long is_w);
void AnnotateRWLockReleased(const char *file, int line,
                            const volatile void *lock, long is_w);
void AnnotateBarrierInit(const char *file, int line,
                         const volatile void *barrier, long count,
                         long reinitialization_allowed);
void AnnotateBarrierWaitBefore(const char *file, int line,
                               const volatile void *barrier);
void AnnotateBarrierWaitAfter(const char *file, int line,
                              const volatile void *barrier);
void AnnotateBarrierDestroy(const char *file, int line,
                            const volatile void *barrier);
void AnnotateCondVarWait(const char *file, int line,
                         const volatile void *cv,
                         const volatile void *lock);
void AnnotateCondVarSignal(const char *file, int line,
                           const volatile void *cv);
void AnnotateCondVarSignalAll(const char *file, int line,
                              const volatile void *cv);
void AnnotatePublishMemoryRange(const char *file, int line,
                                const volatile void *address,
                                long size);
void AnnotateUnpublishMemoryRange(const char *file, int line,
                                  const volatile void *address,
                                  long size);
void AnnotatePCQCreate(const char *file, int line,
                       const volatile void *pcq);
void AnnotatePCQDestroy(const char *file, int line,
                        const volatile void *pcq);
void AnnotatePCQPut(const char *file, int line,
                    const volatile void *pcq);
void AnnotatePCQGet(const char *file, int line,
                    const volatile void *pcq);
void AnnotateNewMemory(const char *file, int line,
                       const volatile void *address,
                       long size);
void AnnotateExpectRace(const char *file, int line,
                        const volatile void *address,
                        const char *description);
void AnnotateBenignRace(const char *file, int line,
                        const volatile void *address,
                        const char *description);
void AnnotateBenignRaceSized(const char *file, int line,
                        const volatile void *address,
                        long size,
                        const char *description);
void AnnotateMutexIsUsedAsCondVar(const char *file, int line,
                                  const volatile void *mu);
void AnnotateTraceMemory(const char *file, int line,
                         const volatile void *arg);
void AnnotateThreadName(const char *file, int line,
                        const char *name);
void AnnotateIgnoreReadsBegin(const char *file, int line);
void AnnotateIgnoreReadsEnd(const char *file, int line);
void AnnotateIgnoreWritesBegin(const char *file, int line);
void AnnotateIgnoreWritesEnd(const char *file, int line);
void AnnotateEnableRaceDetection(const char *file, int line, int enable);
void AnnotateNoOp(const char *file, int line,
                  const volatile void *arg);
void AnnotateFlushState(const char *file, int line);

/* Return non-zero value if running under valgrind.

  If "valgrind.h" is included into dynamic_annotations.c,
  the regular valgrind mechanism will be used.
  See http://valgrind.org/docs/manual/manual-core-adv.html about
  RUNNING_ON_VALGRIND and other valgrind "client requests".
  The file "valgrind.h" may be obtained by doing
     svn co svn://svn.valgrind.org/valgrind/trunk/include

  If for some reason you can't use "valgrind.h" or want to fake valgrind,
  there are two ways to make this function return non-zero:
    - Use environment variable: export RUNNING_ON_VALGRIND=1
    - Make your tool intercept the function RunningOnValgrind() and
      change its return value.
 */
int RunningOnValgrind(void);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#if DYNAMIC_ANNOTATIONS_ENABLED != 0 && defined(__cplusplus)

  /* _Py_ANNOTATE_UNPROTECTED_READ is the preferred way to annotate racey reads.

     Instead of doing
        _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_READS_BEGIN();
        ... = x;
        _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_READS_END();
     one can use
        ... = _Py_ANNOTATE_UNPROTECTED_READ(x); */
  template <class T>
  inline T _Py_ANNOTATE_UNPROTECTED_READ(const volatile T &x) {
    _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_READS_BEGIN();
    T res = x;
    _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_READS_END();
    return res;
  }
  /* Apply _Py_ANNOTATE_BENIGN_RACE_SIZED to a static variable. */
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_BENIGN_RACE_STATIC(static_var, description)        \
    namespace {                                                       \
      class static_var ## _annotator {                                \
       public:                                                        \
        static_var ## _annotator() {                                  \
          _Py_ANNOTATE_BENIGN_RACE_SIZED(&static_var,                     \
                                      sizeof(static_var),             \
            # static_var ": " description);                           \
        }                                                             \
      };                                                              \
      static static_var ## _annotator the ## static_var ## _annotator;\
    }
#else /* DYNAMIC_ANNOTATIONS_ENABLED == 0 */

#define _Py_ANNOTATE_UNPROTECTED_READ(x) (x)
#define _Py_ANNOTATE_BENIGN_RACE_STATIC(static_var, description)  /* empty */

#endif /* DYNAMIC_ANNOTATIONS_ENABLED */

#endif  /* __DYNAMIC_ANNOTATIONS_H__ */
/* Thread and interpreter state structures and their interfaces */


#ifndef Py_PYSTATE_H
#define Py_PYSTATE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include "pythread.h"

/* This limitation is for performance and simplicity. If needed it can be
removed (with effort). */
#define MAX_CO_EXTRA_USERS 255

/* Forward declarations for PyFrameObject, PyThreadState
   and PyInterpreterState */
struct _frame;
struct _ts;
struct _is;

/* struct _ts is defined in cpython/pystate.h */
typedef struct _ts PyThreadState;
/* struct _is is defined in internal/pycore_pystate.h */
typedef struct _is PyInterpreterState;

PyAPI_FUNC(PyInterpreterState *) PyInterpreterState_New(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyInterpreterState_Clear(PyInterpreterState *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyInterpreterState_Delete(PyInterpreterState *);

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03080000
/* New in 3.8 */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyInterpreterState_GetDict(PyInterpreterState *);
#endif

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03070000
/* New in 3.7 */
PyAPI_FUNC(int64_t) PyInterpreterState_GetID(PyInterpreterState *);
#endif
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000

/* State unique per thread */

/* New in 3.3 */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyState_AddModule(PyObject*, struct PyModuleDef*);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyState_RemoveModule(struct PyModuleDef*);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyState_FindModule(struct PyModuleDef*);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyThreadState *) PyThreadState_New(PyInterpreterState *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyThreadState_Clear(PyThreadState *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyThreadState_Delete(PyThreadState *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyThreadState_DeleteCurrent(void);

/* Get the current thread state.

   When the current thread state is NULL, this issues a fatal error (so that
   the caller needn't check for NULL).

   The caller must hold the GIL.

   See also PyThreadState_GET() and _PyThreadState_GET(). */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyThreadState *) PyThreadState_Get(void);

/* Get the current Python thread state.

   Macro using PyThreadState_Get() or _PyThreadState_GET() depending if
   pycore_pystate.h is included or not (this header redefines the macro).

   If PyThreadState_Get() is used, issue a fatal error if the current thread
   state is NULL.

   See also PyThreadState_Get() and _PyThreadState_GET(). */
#define PyThreadState_GET() PyThreadState_Get()

PyAPI_FUNC(PyThreadState *) PyThreadState_Swap(PyThreadState *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyThreadState_GetDict(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyThreadState_SetAsyncExc(unsigned long, PyObject *);

typedef
    enum {PyGILState_LOCKED, PyGILState_UNLOCKED}
        PyGILState_STATE;


/* Ensure that the current thread is ready to call the Python
   C API, regardless of the current state of Python, or of its
   thread lock.  This may be called as many times as desired
   by a thread so long as each call is matched with a call to
   PyGILState_Release().  In general, other thread-state APIs may
   be used between _Ensure() and _Release() calls, so long as the
   thread-state is restored to its previous state before the Release().
   For example, normal use of the Py_BEGIN_ALLOW_THREADS/
   Py_END_ALLOW_THREADS macros are acceptable.

   The return value is an opaque "handle" to the thread state when
   PyGILState_Ensure() was called, and must be passed to
   PyGILState_Release() to ensure Python is left in the same state. Even
   though recursive calls are allowed, these handles can *not* be shared -
   each unique call to PyGILState_Ensure must save the handle for its
   call to PyGILState_Release.

   When the function returns, the current thread will hold the GIL.

   Failure is a fatal error.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(PyGILState_STATE) PyGILState_Ensure(void);

/* Release any resources previously acquired.  After this call, Python's
   state will be the same as it was prior to the corresponding
   PyGILState_Ensure() call (but generally this state will be unknown to
   the caller, hence the use of the GILState API.)

   Every call to PyGILState_Ensure must be matched by a call to
   PyGILState_Release on the same thread.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyGILState_Release(PyGILState_STATE);

/* Helper/diagnostic function - get the current thread state for
   this thread.  May return NULL if no GILState API has been used
   on the current thread.  Note that the main thread always has such a
   thread-state, even if no auto-thread-state call has been made
   on the main thread.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(PyThreadState *) PyGILState_GetThisThreadState(void);


#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#  define Py_CPYTHON_PYSTATE_H
#  include  "cpython/pystate.h"
#  undef Py_CPYTHON_PYSTATE_H
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_PYSTATE_H */

/* Function object interface */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_FUNCOBJECT_H
#define Py_FUNCOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Function objects and code objects should not be confused with each other:
 *
 * Function objects are created by the execution of the 'def' statement.
 * They reference a code object in their __code__ attribute, which is a
 * purely syntactic object, i.e. nothing more than a compiled version of some
 * source code lines.  There is one code object per source code "fragment",
 * but each code object can be referenced by zero or many function objects
 * depending only on how many times the 'def' statement in the source was
 * executed so far.
 */

typedef struct {
    PyObject_HEAD
    PyObject *func_code;        /* A code object, the __code__ attribute */
    PyObject *func_globals;     /* A dictionary (other mappings won't do) */
    PyObject *func_defaults;    /* NULL or a tuple */
    PyObject *func_kwdefaults;  /* NULL or a dict */
    PyObject *func_closure;     /* NULL or a tuple of cell objects */
    PyObject *func_doc;         /* The __doc__ attribute, can be anything */
    PyObject *func_name;        /* The __name__ attribute, a string object */
    PyObject *func_dict;        /* The __dict__ attribute, a dict or NULL */
    PyObject *func_weakreflist; /* List of weak references */
    PyObject *func_module;      /* The __module__ attribute, can be anything */
    PyObject *func_annotations; /* Annotations, a dict or NULL */
    PyObject *func_qualname;    /* The qualified name */
    vectorcallfunc vectorcall;

    /* Invariant:
     *     func_closure contains the bindings for func_code->co_freevars, so
     *     PyTuple_Size(func_closure) == PyCode_GetNumFree(func_code)
     *     (func_closure may be NULL if PyCode_GetNumFree(func_code) == 0).
     */
} PyFunctionObject;

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyFunction_Type;

#define PyFunction_Check(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyFunction_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyFunction_New(PyObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyFunction_NewWithQualName(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyFunction_GetCode(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyFunction_GetGlobals(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyFunction_GetModule(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyFunction_GetDefaults(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyFunction_SetDefaults(PyObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyFunction_GetKwDefaults(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyFunction_SetKwDefaults(PyObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyFunction_GetClosure(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyFunction_SetClosure(PyObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyFunction_GetAnnotations(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyFunction_SetAnnotations(PyObject *, PyObject *);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyFunction_FastCallDict(
    PyObject *func,
    PyObject *const *args,
    Py_ssize_t nargs,
    PyObject *kwargs);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyFunction_Vectorcall(
    PyObject *func,
    PyObject *const *stack,
    size_t nargsf,
    PyObject *kwnames);
#endif

/* Macros for direct access to these values. Type checks are *not*
   done, so use with care. */
#define PyFunction_GET_CODE(func) \
        (((PyFunctionObject *)func) -> func_code)
#define PyFunction_GET_GLOBALS(func) \
        (((PyFunctionObject *)func) -> func_globals)
#define PyFunction_GET_MODULE(func) \
        (((PyFunctionObject *)func) -> func_module)
#define PyFunction_GET_DEFAULTS(func) \
        (((PyFunctionObject *)func) -> func_defaults)
#define PyFunction_GET_KW_DEFAULTS(func) \
        (((PyFunctionObject *)func) -> func_kwdefaults)
#define PyFunction_GET_CLOSURE(func) \
        (((PyFunctionObject *)func) -> func_closure)
#define PyFunction_GET_ANNOTATIONS(func) \
        (((PyFunctionObject *)func) -> func_annotations)

/* The classmethod and staticmethod types lives here, too */
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyClassMethod_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyStaticMethod_Type;

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyClassMethod_New(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyStaticMethod_New(PyObject *);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_FUNCOBJECT_H */
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef PY_NO_SHORT_FLOAT_REPR
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(double) _Py_dg_strtod(const char *str, char **ptr);
PyAPI_FUNC(char *) _Py_dg_dtoa(double d, int mode, int ndigits,
                        int *decpt, int *sign, char **rve);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_dg_freedtoa(char *s);
PyAPI_FUNC(double) _Py_dg_stdnan(int sign);
PyAPI_FUNC(double) _Py_dg_infinity(int sign);


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
#endif
#ifndef Py_TRACEMALLOC_H
#define Py_TRACEMALLOC_H

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Track an allocated memory block in the tracemalloc module.
   Return 0 on success, return -1 on error (failed to allocate memory to store
   the trace).

   Return -2 if tracemalloc is disabled.

   If memory block is already tracked, update the existing trace. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyTraceMalloc_Track(
    unsigned int domain,
    uintptr_t ptr,
    size_t size);

/* Untrack an allocated memory block in the tracemalloc module.
   Do nothing if the block was not tracked.

   Return -2 if tracemalloc is disabled, otherwise return 0. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyTraceMalloc_Untrack(
    unsigned int domain,
    uintptr_t ptr);

/* Get the traceback where a memory block was allocated.

   Return a tuple of (filename: str, lineno: int) tuples.

   Return None if the tracemalloc module is disabled or if the memory block
   is not tracked by tracemalloc.

   Raise an exception and return NULL on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyTraceMalloc_GetTraceback(
    unsigned int domain,
    uintptr_t ptr);
#endif

#endif /* !Py_TRACEMALLOC_H */
#ifndef Py_ERRCODE_H
#define Py_ERRCODE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


/* Error codes passed around between file input, tokenizer, parser and
   interpreter.  This is necessary so we can turn them into Python
   exceptions at a higher level.  Note that some errors have a
   slightly different meaning when passed from the tokenizer to the
   parser than when passed from the parser to the interpreter; e.g.
   the parser only returns E_EOF when it hits EOF immediately, and it
   never returns E_OK. */

#define E_OK            10      /* No error */
#define E_EOF           11      /* End Of File */
#define E_INTR          12      /* Interrupted */
#define E_TOKEN         13      /* Bad token */
#define E_SYNTAX        14      /* Syntax error */
#define E_NOMEM         15      /* Ran out of memory */
#define E_DONE          16      /* Parsing complete */
#define E_ERROR         17      /* Execution error */
#define E_TABSPACE      18      /* Inconsistent mixing of tabs and spaces */
#define E_OVERFLOW      19      /* Node had too many children */
#define E_TOODEEP       20      /* Too many indentation levels */
#define E_DEDENT        21      /* No matching outer block for dedent */
#define E_DECODE        22      /* Error in decoding into Unicode */
#define E_EOFS          23      /* EOF in triple-quoted string */
#define E_EOLS          24      /* EOL in single-quoted string */
#define E_LINECONT      25      /* Unexpected characters after a line continuation */
#define E_IDENTIFIER    26      /* Invalid characters in identifier */
#define E_BADSINGLE     27      /* Ill-formed single statement input */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_ERRCODE_H */

/* Range object interface */

#ifndef Py_RANGEOBJECT_H
#define Py_RANGEOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
A range object represents an integer range.  This is an immutable object;
a range cannot change its value after creation.

Range objects behave like the corresponding tuple objects except that
they are represented by a start, stop, and step datamembers.
*/

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyRange_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyRangeIter_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyLongRangeIter_Type;

#define PyRange_Check(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyRange_Type)

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_RANGEOBJECT_H */
/* Stuff to export relevant 'expat' entry points from pyexpat to other
 * parser modules, such as cElementTree. */

/* note: you must import expat.h before importing this module! */

#define PyExpat_CAPI_MAGIC  "pyexpat.expat_CAPI 1.1"
#define PyExpat_CAPSULE_NAME "pyexpat.expat_CAPI"

struct PyExpat_CAPI
{
    char* magic; /* set to PyExpat_CAPI_MAGIC */
    int size; /* set to sizeof(struct PyExpat_CAPI) */
    int MAJOR_VERSION;
    int MINOR_VERSION;
    int MICRO_VERSION;
    /* pointers to selected expat functions.  add new functions at
       the end, if needed */
    const XML_LChar * (*ErrorString)(enum XML_Error code);
    enum XML_Error (*GetErrorCode)(XML_Parser parser);
    XML_Size (*GetErrorColumnNumber)(XML_Parser parser);
    XML_Size (*GetErrorLineNumber)(XML_Parser parser);
    enum XML_Status (*Parse)(
        XML_Parser parser, const char *s, int len, int isFinal);
    XML_Parser (*ParserCreate_MM)(
        const XML_Char *encoding, const XML_Memory_Handling_Suite *memsuite,
        const XML_Char *namespaceSeparator);
    void (*ParserFree)(XML_Parser parser);
    void (*SetCharacterDataHandler)(
        XML_Parser parser, XML_CharacterDataHandler handler);
    void (*SetCommentHandler)(
        XML_Parser parser, XML_CommentHandler handler);
    void (*SetDefaultHandlerExpand)(
        XML_Parser parser, XML_DefaultHandler handler);
    void (*SetElementHandler)(
        XML_Parser parser, XML_StartElementHandler start,
        XML_EndElementHandler end);
    void (*SetNamespaceDeclHandler)(
        XML_Parser parser, XML_StartNamespaceDeclHandler start,
        XML_EndNamespaceDeclHandler end);
    void (*SetProcessingInstructionHandler)(
        XML_Parser parser, XML_ProcessingInstructionHandler handler);
    void (*SetUnknownEncodingHandler)(
        XML_Parser parser, XML_UnknownEncodingHandler handler,
        void *encodingHandlerData);
    void (*SetUserData)(XML_Parser parser, void *userData);
    void (*SetStartDoctypeDeclHandler)(XML_Parser parser,
                                       XML_StartDoctypeDeclHandler start);
    enum XML_Status (*SetEncoding)(XML_Parser parser, const XML_Char *encoding);
    int (*DefaultUnknownEncodingHandler)(
        void *encodingHandlerData, const XML_Char *name, XML_Encoding *info);
    /* might be none for expat < 2.1.0 */
    int (*SetHashSalt)(XML_Parser parser, unsigned long hash_salt);
    /* always add new stuff to the end! */
};

/* Definitions for bytecode */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_CODE_H
#define Py_CODE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef uint16_t _Py_CODEUNIT;

#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
#  define _Py_OPCODE(word) ((word) >> 8)
#  define _Py_OPARG(word) ((word) & 255)
#else
#  define _Py_OPCODE(word) ((word) & 255)
#  define _Py_OPARG(word) ((word) >> 8)
#endif

typedef struct _PyOpcache _PyOpcache;

/* Bytecode object */
typedef struct {
    PyObject_HEAD
    int co_argcount;            /* #arguments, except *args */
    int co_posonlyargcount;     /* #positional only arguments */
    int co_kwonlyargcount;      /* #keyword only arguments */
    int co_nlocals;             /* #local variables */
    int co_stacksize;           /* #entries needed for evaluation stack */
    int co_flags;               /* CO_..., see below */
    int co_firstlineno;         /* first source line number */
    PyObject *co_code;          /* instruction opcodes */
    PyObject *co_consts;        /* list (constants used) */
    PyObject *co_names;         /* list of strings (names used) */
    PyObject *co_varnames;      /* tuple of strings (local variable names) */
    PyObject *co_freevars;      /* tuple of strings (free variable names) */
    PyObject *co_cellvars;      /* tuple of strings (cell variable names) */
    /* The rest aren't used in either hash or comparisons, except for co_name,
       used in both. This is done to preserve the name and line number
       for tracebacks and debuggers; otherwise, constant de-duplication
       would collapse identical functions/lambdas defined on different lines.
    */
    Py_ssize_t *co_cell2arg;    /* Maps cell vars which are arguments. */
    PyObject *co_filename;      /* unicode (where it was loaded from) */
    PyObject *co_name;          /* unicode (name, for reference) */
    PyObject *co_lnotab;        /* string (encoding addr<->lineno mapping) See
                                   Objects/lnotab_notes.txt for details. */
    void *co_zombieframe;       /* for optimization only (see frameobject.c) */
    PyObject *co_weakreflist;   /* to support weakrefs to code objects */
    /* Scratch space for extra data relating to the code object.
       Type is a void* to keep the format private in codeobject.c to force
       people to go through the proper APIs. */
    void *co_extra;

    /* Per opcodes just-in-time cache
     *
     * To reduce cache size, we use indirect mapping from opcode index to
     * cache object:
     *   cache = co_opcache[co_opcache_map[next_instr - first_instr] - 1]
     */

    // co_opcache_map is indexed by (next_instr - first_instr).
    //  * 0 means there is no cache for this opcode.
    //  * n > 0 means there is cache in co_opcache[n-1].
    unsigned char *co_opcache_map;
    _PyOpcache *co_opcache;
    int co_opcache_flag;  // used to determine when create a cache.
    unsigned char co_opcache_size;  // length of co_opcache.
} PyCodeObject;

/* Masks for co_flags above */
#define CO_OPTIMIZED    0x0001
#define CO_NEWLOCALS    0x0002
#define CO_VARARGS      0x0004
#define CO_VARKEYWORDS  0x0008
#define CO_NESTED       0x0010
#define CO_GENERATOR    0x0020
/* The CO_NOFREE flag is set if there are no free or cell variables.
   This information is redundant, but it allows a single flag test
   to determine whether there is any extra work to be done when the
   call frame it setup.
*/
#define CO_NOFREE       0x0040

/* The CO_COROUTINE flag is set for coroutine functions (defined with
   ``async def`` keywords) */
#define CO_COROUTINE            0x0080
#define CO_ITERABLE_COROUTINE   0x0100
#define CO_ASYNC_GENERATOR      0x0200

/* bpo-39562: These constant values are changed in Python 3.9
   to prevent collision with compiler flags. CO_FUTURE_ and PyCF_
   constants must be kept unique. PyCF_ constants can use bits from
   0x0100 to 0x10000. CO_FUTURE_ constants use bits starting at 0x20000. */
#define CO_FUTURE_DIVISION      0x20000
#define CO_FUTURE_ABSOLUTE_IMPORT 0x40000 /* do absolute imports by default */
#define CO_FUTURE_WITH_STATEMENT  0x80000
#define CO_FUTURE_PRINT_FUNCTION  0x100000
#define CO_FUTURE_UNICODE_LITERALS 0x200000

#define CO_FUTURE_BARRY_AS_BDFL  0x400000
#define CO_FUTURE_GENERATOR_STOP  0x800000
#define CO_FUTURE_ANNOTATIONS    0x1000000

/* This value is found in the co_cell2arg array when the associated cell
   variable does not correspond to an argument. */
#define CO_CELL_NOT_AN_ARG (-1)

/* This should be defined if a future statement modifies the syntax.
   For example, when a keyword is added.
*/
#define PY_PARSER_REQUIRES_FUTURE_KEYWORD

#define CO_MAXBLOCKS 20 /* Max static block nesting within a function */

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyCode_Type;

#define PyCode_Check(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyCode_Type)
#define PyCode_GetNumFree(op) (PyTuple_GET_SIZE((op)->co_freevars))

/* Public interface */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyCodeObject *) PyCode_New(
        int, int, int, int, int, PyObject *, PyObject *,
        PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *,
        PyObject *, PyObject *, int, PyObject *);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyCodeObject *) PyCode_NewWithPosOnlyArgs(
        int, int, int, int, int, int, PyObject *, PyObject *,
        PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *,
        PyObject *, PyObject *, int, PyObject *);
        /* same as struct above */

/* Creates a new empty code object with the specified source location. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyCodeObject *)
PyCode_NewEmpty(const char *filename, const char *funcname, int firstlineno);

/* Return the line number associated with the specified bytecode index
   in this code object.  If you just need the line number of a frame,
   use PyFrame_GetLineNumber() instead. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyCode_Addr2Line(PyCodeObject *, int);

/* for internal use only */
typedef struct _addr_pair {
        int ap_lower;
        int ap_upper;
} PyAddrPair;

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Update *bounds to describe the first and one-past-the-last instructions in the
   same line as lasti.  Return the number of that line.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyCode_CheckLineNumber(PyCodeObject* co,
                                        int lasti, PyAddrPair *bounds);

/* Create a comparable key used to compare constants taking in account the
 * object type. It is used to make sure types are not coerced (e.g., float and
 * complex) _and_ to distinguish 0.0 from -0.0 e.g. on IEEE platforms
 *
 * Return (type(obj), obj, ...): a tuple with variable size (at least 2 items)
 * depending on the type and the value. The type is the first item to not
 * compare bytes and str which can raise a BytesWarning exception. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyCode_ConstantKey(PyObject *obj);
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyCode_Optimize(PyObject *code, PyObject* consts,
                                      PyObject *names, PyObject *lnotab);


#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyCode_GetExtra(PyObject *code, Py_ssize_t index,
                                 void **extra);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyCode_SetExtra(PyObject *code, Py_ssize_t index,
                                 void *extra);
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_CODE_H */
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */
#ifndef Py_WARNINGS_H
#define Py_WARNINGS_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyWarnings_Init(void);
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyErr_WarnEx(
    PyObject *category,
    const char *message,        /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t stack_level);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyErr_WarnFormat(
    PyObject *category,
    Py_ssize_t stack_level,
    const char *format,         /* ASCII-encoded string  */
    ...);

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03060000
/* Emit a ResourceWarning warning */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyErr_ResourceWarning(
    PyObject *source,
    Py_ssize_t stack_level,
    const char *format,         /* ASCII-encoded string  */
    ...);
#endif
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyErr_WarnExplicitObject(
    PyObject *category,
    PyObject *message,
    PyObject *filename,
    int lineno,
    PyObject *module,
    PyObject *registry);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyErr_WarnExplicit(
    PyObject *category,
    const char *message,        /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    int lineno,
    const char *module,         /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    PyObject *registry);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int)
PyErr_WarnExplicitFormat(PyObject *category,
                         const char *filename, int lineno,
                         const char *module, PyObject *registry,
                         const char *format, ...);
#endif

/* DEPRECATED: Use PyErr_WarnEx() instead. */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#define PyErr_Warn(category, msg) PyErr_WarnEx(category, msg, 1)
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
void _PyErr_WarnUnawaitedCoroutine(PyObject *coro);
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_WARNINGS_H */


/* Interfaces to configure, query, create & destroy the Python runtime */

#ifndef Py_PYLIFECYCLE_H
#define Py_PYLIFECYCLE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


/* Initialization and finalization */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) Py_Initialize(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) Py_InitializeEx(int);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) Py_Finalize(void);
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03060000
PyAPI_FUNC(int) Py_FinalizeEx(void);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(int) Py_IsInitialized(void);

/* Subinterpreter support */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyThreadState *) Py_NewInterpreter(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) Py_EndInterpreter(PyThreadState *);


/* Py_PyAtExit is for the atexit module, Py_AtExit is for low-level
 * exit functions.
 */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) Py_AtExit(void (*func)(void));

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_NO_RETURN Py_Exit(int);

/* Bootstrap __main__ (defined in Modules/main.c) */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) Py_Main(int argc, wchar_t **argv);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) Py_BytesMain(int argc, char **argv);

/* In pathconfig.c */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) Py_SetProgramName(const wchar_t *);
PyAPI_FUNC(wchar_t *) Py_GetProgramName(void);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) Py_SetPythonHome(const wchar_t *);
PyAPI_FUNC(wchar_t *) Py_GetPythonHome(void);

PyAPI_FUNC(wchar_t *) Py_GetProgramFullPath(void);

PyAPI_FUNC(wchar_t *) Py_GetPrefix(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(wchar_t *) Py_GetExecPrefix(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(wchar_t *) Py_GetPath(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void)      Py_SetPath(const wchar_t *);
#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
int _Py_CheckPython3(void);
#endif

/* In their own files */
PyAPI_FUNC(const char *) Py_GetVersion(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(const char *) Py_GetPlatform(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(const char *) Py_GetCopyright(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(const char *) Py_GetCompiler(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(const char *) Py_GetBuildInfo(void);

/* Signals */
typedef void (*PyOS_sighandler_t)(int);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyOS_sighandler_t) PyOS_getsig(int);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyOS_sighandler_t) PyOS_setsig(int, PyOS_sighandler_t);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#  define Py_CPYTHON_PYLIFECYCLE_H
#  include  "cpython/pylifecycle.h"
#  undef Py_CPYTHON_PYLIFECYCLE_H
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_PYLIFECYCLE_H */
#ifndef Py_INTERNAL_CONTEXT_H
#define Py_INTERNAL_CONTEXT_H

#ifndef Py_BUILD_CORE
#  error "this header requires Py_BUILD_CORE define"
#endif

#include "pycore_hamt.h"

struct _pycontextobject {
    PyObject_HEAD
    PyContext *ctx_prev;
    PyHamtObject *ctx_vars;
    PyObject *ctx_weakreflist;
    int ctx_entered;
};


struct _pycontextvarobject {
    PyObject_HEAD
    PyObject *var_name;
    PyObject *var_default;
    PyObject *var_cached;
    uint64_t var_cached_tsid;
    uint64_t var_cached_tsver;
    Py_hash_t var_hash;
};


struct _pycontexttokenobject {
    PyObject_HEAD
    PyContext *tok_ctx;
    PyContextVar *tok_var;
    PyObject *tok_oldval;
    int tok_used;
};


int _PyContext_Init(void);
void _PyContext_Fini(void);

#endif /* !Py_INTERNAL_CONTEXT_H */
#ifndef Py_INTERNAL_PYSTATE_H
#define Py_INTERNAL_PYSTATE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_BUILD_CORE
#  error "this header requires Py_BUILD_CORE define"
#endif

#include "cpython/initconfig.h"
#include "fileobject.h"
#include "pystate.h"
#include "pythread.h"
#include "sysmodule.h"

#include "pycore_gil.h"   /* _gil_runtime_state  */
#include "pycore_pathconfig.h"
#include "pycore_pymem.h"
#include "pycore_warnings.h"


/* ceval state */

struct _pending_calls {
    int finishing;
    PyThread_type_lock lock;
    /* Request for running pending calls. */
    _Py_atomic_int calls_to_do;
    /* Request for looking at the `async_exc` field of the current
       thread state.
       Guarded by the GIL. */
    int async_exc;
#define NPENDINGCALLS 32
    struct {
        int (*func)(void *);
        void *arg;
    } calls[NPENDINGCALLS];
    int first;
    int last;
};

struct _ceval_runtime_state {
    int recursion_limit;
    /* Records whether tracing is on for any thread.  Counts the number
       of threads for which tstate->c_tracefunc is non-NULL, so if the
       value is 0, we know we don't have to check this thread's
       c_tracefunc.  This speeds up the if statement in
       PyEval_EvalFrameEx() after fast_next_opcode. */
    int tracing_possible;
    /* This single variable consolidates all requests to break out of
       the fast path in the eval loop. */
    _Py_atomic_int eval_breaker;
    /* Request for dropping the GIL */
    _Py_atomic_int gil_drop_request;
    struct _pending_calls pending;
    /* Request for checking signals. */
    _Py_atomic_int signals_pending;
    struct _gil_runtime_state gil;
};

/* interpreter state */

typedef PyObject* (*_PyFrameEvalFunction)(struct _frame *, int);

// The PyInterpreterState typedef is in Include/pystate.h.
struct _is {

    struct _is *next;
    struct _ts *tstate_head;

    int64_t id;
    int64_t id_refcount;
    int requires_idref;
    PyThread_type_lock id_mutex;

    int finalizing;

    PyObject *modules;
    PyObject *modules_by_index;
    PyObject *sysdict;
    PyObject *builtins;
    PyObject *importlib;

    /* Used in Python/sysmodule.c. */
    int check_interval;

    /* Used in Modules/_threadmodule.c. */
    long num_threads;
    /* Support for runtime thread stack size tuning.
       A value of 0 means using the platform's default stack size
       or the size specified by the THREAD_STACK_SIZE macro. */
    /* Used in Python/thread.c. */
    size_t pythread_stacksize;

    PyObject *codec_search_path;
    PyObject *codec_search_cache;
    PyObject *codec_error_registry;
    int codecs_initialized;

    /* fs_codec.encoding is initialized to NULL.
       Later, it is set to a non-NULL string by _PyUnicode_InitEncodings(). */
    struct {
        char *encoding;   /* Filesystem encoding (encoded to UTF-8) */
        char *errors;     /* Filesystem errors (encoded to UTF-8) */
        _Py_error_handler error_handler;
    } fs_codec;

    PyConfig config;
#ifdef HAVE_DLOPEN
    int dlopenflags;
#endif

    PyObject *dict;  /* Stores per-interpreter state */

    PyObject *builtins_copy;
    PyObject *import_func;
    /* Initialized to PyEval_EvalFrameDefault(). */
    _PyFrameEvalFunction eval_frame;

    Py_ssize_t co_extra_user_count;
    freefunc co_extra_freefuncs[MAX_CO_EXTRA_USERS];

#ifdef HAVE_FORK
    PyObject *before_forkers;
    PyObject *after_forkers_parent;
    PyObject *after_forkers_child;
#endif
    /* AtExit module */
    void (*pyexitfunc)(PyObject *);
    PyObject *pyexitmodule;

    uint64_t tstate_next_unique_id;

    struct _warnings_runtime_state warnings;

    PyObject *audit_hooks;

    int int_max_str_digits;
};

PyAPI_FUNC(struct _is*) _PyInterpreterState_LookUpID(PY_INT64_T);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyInterpreterState_IDInitref(struct _is *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyInterpreterState_IDIncref(struct _is *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyInterpreterState_IDDecref(struct _is *);


/* cross-interpreter data registry */

/* For now we use a global registry of shareable classes.  An
   alternative would be to add a tp_* slot for a class's
   crossinterpdatafunc. It would be simpler and more efficient. */

struct _xidregitem;

struct _xidregitem {
    PyTypeObject *cls;
    crossinterpdatafunc getdata;
    struct _xidregitem *next;
};

/* runtime audit hook state */

typedef struct _Py_AuditHookEntry {
    struct _Py_AuditHookEntry *next;
    Py_AuditHookFunction hookCFunction;
    void *userData;
} _Py_AuditHookEntry;

/* GIL state */

struct _gilstate_runtime_state {
    int check_enabled;
    /* Assuming the current thread holds the GIL, this is the
       PyThreadState for the current thread. */
    _Py_atomic_address tstate_current;
    PyThreadFrameGetter getframe;
    /* The single PyInterpreterState used by this process'
       GILState implementation
    */
    /* TODO: Given interp_main, it may be possible to kill this ref */
    PyInterpreterState *autoInterpreterState;
    Py_tss_t autoTSSkey;
};

/* hook for PyEval_GetFrame(), requested for Psyco */
#define _PyThreadState_GetFrame _PyRuntime.gilstate.getframe

/* Issue #26558: Flag to disable PyGILState_Check().
   If set to non-zero, PyGILState_Check() always return 1. */
#define _PyGILState_check_enabled _PyRuntime.gilstate.check_enabled


/* Full Python runtime state */

typedef struct pyruntimestate {
    /* Is running Py_PreInitialize()? */
    int preinitializing;

    /* Is Python preinitialized? Set to 1 by Py_PreInitialize() */
    int preinitialized;

    /* Is Python core initialized? Set to 1 by _Py_InitializeCore() */
    int core_initialized;

    /* Is Python fully initialized? Set to 1 by Py_Initialize() */
    int initialized;

    /* Set by Py_FinalizeEx(). Only reset to NULL if Py_Initialize()
       is called again. */
    PyThreadState *finalizing;

    struct pyinterpreters {
        PyThread_type_lock mutex;
        PyInterpreterState *head;
        PyInterpreterState *main;
        /* _next_interp_id is an auto-numbered sequence of small
           integers.  It gets initialized in _PyInterpreterState_Init(),
           which is called in Py_Initialize(), and used in
           PyInterpreterState_New().  A negative interpreter ID
           indicates an error occurred.  The main interpreter will
           always have an ID of 0.  Overflow results in a RuntimeError.
           If that becomes a problem later then we can adjust, e.g. by
           using a Python int. */
        int64_t next_id;
    } interpreters;
    // XXX Remove this field once we have a tp_* slot.
    struct _xidregistry {
        PyThread_type_lock mutex;
        struct _xidregitem *head;
    } xidregistry;

    unsigned long main_thread;

#define NEXITFUNCS 32
    void (*exitfuncs[NEXITFUNCS])(void);
    int nexitfuncs;

    struct _gc_runtime_state gc;
    struct _ceval_runtime_state ceval;
    struct _gilstate_runtime_state gilstate;

    PyPreConfig preconfig;

    Py_OpenCodeHookFunction open_code_hook;
    void *open_code_userdata;
    _Py_AuditHookEntry *audit_hook_head;

    // XXX Consolidate globals found via the check-c-globals script.
} _PyRuntimeState;

#define _PyRuntimeState_INIT \
    {.preinitialized = 0, .core_initialized = 0, .initialized = 0}
/* Note: _PyRuntimeState_INIT sets other fields to 0/NULL */

PyAPI_DATA(_PyRuntimeState) _PyRuntime;
PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) _PyRuntimeState_Init(_PyRuntimeState *runtime);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyRuntimeState_Fini(_PyRuntimeState *runtime);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyRuntimeState_ReInitThreads(_PyRuntimeState *runtime);

/* Initialize _PyRuntimeState.
   Return NULL on success, or return an error message on failure. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) _PyRuntime_Initialize(void);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyRuntime_Finalize(void);

#define _Py_CURRENTLY_FINALIZING(runtime, tstate) \
    (runtime->finalizing == tstate)


/* Variable and macro for in-line access to current thread
   and interpreter state */

#define _PyRuntimeState_GetThreadState(runtime) \
    ((PyThreadState*)_Py_atomic_load_relaxed(&(runtime)->gilstate.tstate_current))

/* Get the current Python thread state.

   Efficient macro reading directly the 'gilstate.tstate_current' atomic
   variable. The macro is unsafe: it does not check for error and it can
   return NULL.

   The caller must hold the GIL.

   See also PyThreadState_Get() and PyThreadState_GET(). */
#define _PyThreadState_GET() _PyRuntimeState_GetThreadState(&_PyRuntime)

/* Redefine PyThreadState_GET() as an alias to _PyThreadState_GET() */
#undef PyThreadState_GET
#define PyThreadState_GET() _PyThreadState_GET()

/* Get the current interpreter state.

   The macro is unsafe: it does not check for error and it can return NULL.

   The caller must hold the GIL.

   See also _PyInterpreterState_Get()
   and _PyGILState_GetInterpreterStateUnsafe(). */
#define _PyInterpreterState_GET_UNSAFE() (_PyThreadState_GET()->interp)


/* Other */

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyThreadState_Init(
    _PyRuntimeState *runtime,
    PyThreadState *tstate);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyThreadState_DeleteExcept(
    _PyRuntimeState *runtime,
    PyThreadState *tstate);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyThreadState *) _PyThreadState_Swap(
    struct _gilstate_runtime_state *gilstate,
    PyThreadState *newts);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) _PyInterpreterState_Enable(_PyRuntimeState *runtime);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyInterpreterState_DeleteExceptMain(_PyRuntimeState *runtime);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyGILState_Reinit(_PyRuntimeState *runtime);


PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyOS_InterruptOccurred(PyThreadState *tstate);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_INTERNAL_PYSTATE_H */
#ifndef Py_INTERNAL_CEVAL_H
#define Py_INTERNAL_CEVAL_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_BUILD_CORE
#  error "this header requires Py_BUILD_CORE define"
#endif

#include "pycore_atomic.h"
#include "pycore_pystate.h"
#include "pythread.h"

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_FinishPendingCalls(_PyRuntimeState *runtime);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyEval_Initialize(struct _ceval_runtime_state *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyEval_FiniThreads(
    struct _ceval_runtime_state *ceval);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyEval_SignalReceived(
    struct _ceval_runtime_state *ceval);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyEval_AddPendingCall(
    PyThreadState *tstate,
    struct _ceval_runtime_state *ceval,
    int (*func)(void *),
    void *arg);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyEval_SignalAsyncExc(
    struct _ceval_runtime_state *ceval);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyEval_ReInitThreads(
    _PyRuntimeState *runtime);

/* Private function */
void _PyEval_Fini(void);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_INTERNAL_CEVAL_H */
#ifndef Py_INTERNAL_LIFECYCLE_H
#define Py_INTERNAL_LIFECYCLE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_BUILD_CORE
#  error "this header requires Py_BUILD_CORE define"
#endif

#include "pycore_initconfig.h"   /* _PyArgv */
#include "pycore_pystate.h"      /* _PyRuntimeState */

/* True if the main interpreter thread exited due to an unhandled
 * KeyboardInterrupt exception, suggesting the user pressed ^C. */
PyAPI_DATA(int) _Py_UnhandledKeyboardInterrupt;

extern int _Py_SetFileSystemEncoding(
    const char *encoding,
    const char *errors);
extern void _Py_ClearFileSystemEncoding(void);
extern PyStatus _PyUnicode_InitEncodings(PyThreadState *tstate);
#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
extern int _PyUnicode_EnableLegacyWindowsFSEncoding(void);
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_ClearStandardStreamEncoding(void);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_IsLocaleCoercionTarget(const char *ctype_loc);

/* Various one-time initializers */

extern PyStatus _PyUnicode_Init(void);
extern int _PyStructSequence_Init(void);
extern int _PyLong_Init(void);
extern PyStatus _PyFaulthandler_Init(int enable);
extern int _PyTraceMalloc_Init(int enable);
extern PyObject * _PyBuiltin_Init(void);
extern PyStatus _PySys_Create(
    _PyRuntimeState *runtime,
    PyInterpreterState *interp,
    PyObject **sysmod_p);
extern PyStatus _PySys_SetPreliminaryStderr(PyObject *sysdict);
extern PyStatus _PySys_ReadPreinitWarnOptions(PyWideStringList *options);
extern PyStatus _PySys_ReadPreinitXOptions(PyConfig *config);
extern int _PySys_InitMain(
    _PyRuntimeState *runtime,
    PyInterpreterState *interp);
extern PyStatus _PyImport_Init(PyInterpreterState *interp);
extern PyStatus _PyExc_Init(void);
extern PyStatus _PyErr_Init(void);
extern PyStatus _PyBuiltins_AddExceptions(PyObject * bltinmod);
extern PyStatus _PyImportHooks_Init(void);
extern int _PyFloat_Init(void);
extern PyStatus _Py_HashRandomization_Init(const PyConfig *);

extern PyStatus _PyTypes_Init(void);
extern PyStatus _PyImportZip_Init(PyInterpreterState *interp);


/* Various internal finalizers */

extern void PyMethod_Fini(void);
extern void PyFrame_Fini(void);
extern void PyCFunction_Fini(void);
extern void PyDict_Fini(void);
extern void PyTuple_Fini(void);
extern void PyList_Fini(void);
extern void PySet_Fini(void);
extern void PyBytes_Fini(void);
extern void PyFloat_Fini(void);

extern int _PySignal_Init(int install_signal_handlers);
extern void PyOS_FiniInterrupts(void);
extern void PySlice_Fini(void);
extern void PyAsyncGen_Fini(void);

extern void _PyExc_Fini(void);
extern void _PyImport_Fini(void);
extern void _PyImport_Fini2(void);
extern void _PyGC_Fini(_PyRuntimeState *runtime);
extern void _PyType_Fini(void);
extern void _Py_HashRandomization_Fini(void);
extern void _PyUnicode_Fini(void);
extern void PyLong_Fini(void);
extern void _PyFaulthandler_Fini(void);
extern void _PyHash_Fini(void);
extern void _PyTraceMalloc_Fini(void);
extern void _PyWarnings_Fini(PyInterpreterState *interp);

extern void _PyGILState_Init(
    _PyRuntimeState *runtime,
    PyInterpreterState *interp,
    PyThreadState *tstate);
extern void _PyGILState_Fini(_PyRuntimeState *runtime);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyGC_DumpShutdownStats(_PyRuntimeState *runtime);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) _Py_PreInitializeFromPyArgv(
    const PyPreConfig *src_config,
    const _PyArgv *args);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) _Py_PreInitializeFromConfig(
    const PyConfig *config,
    const _PyArgv *args);


PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_HandleSystemExit(int *exitcode_p);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyErr_WriteUnraisableDefaultHook(PyObject *unraisable);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyErr_Print(PyThreadState *tstate);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyErr_Display(PyObject *file, PyObject *exception,
                                PyObject *value, PyObject *tb);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_INTERNAL_LIFECYCLE_H */
#ifndef Py_INTERNAL_OBJECT_H
#define Py_INTERNAL_OBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_BUILD_CORE
#  error "this header requires Py_BUILD_CORE define"
#endif

#include "pycore_pystate.h"   /* _PyRuntime */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyType_CheckConsistency(PyTypeObject *type);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyDict_CheckConsistency(PyObject *mp, int check_content);

/* Tell the GC to track this object.
 *
 * NB: While the object is tracked by the collector, it must be safe to call the
 * ob_traverse method.
 *
 * Internal note: _PyRuntime.gc.generation0->_gc_prev doesn't have any bit flags
 * because it's not object header.  So we don't use _PyGCHead_PREV() and
 * _PyGCHead_SET_PREV() for it to avoid unnecessary bitwise operations.
 *
 * The PyObject_GC_Track() function is the public version of this macro.
 */
static inline void _PyObject_GC_TRACK_impl(const char *filename, int lineno,
                                           PyObject *op)
{
    _PyObject_ASSERT_FROM(op, !_PyObject_GC_IS_TRACKED(op),
                          "object already tracked by the garbage collector",
                          filename, lineno, "_PyObject_GC_TRACK");

    PyGC_Head *gc = _Py_AS_GC(op);
    _PyObject_ASSERT_FROM(op,
                          (gc->_gc_prev & _PyGC_PREV_MASK_COLLECTING) == 0,
                          "object is in generation which is garbage collected",
                          filename, lineno, "_PyObject_GC_TRACK");

    PyGC_Head *last = (PyGC_Head*)(_PyRuntime.gc.generation0->_gc_prev);
    _PyGCHead_SET_NEXT(last, gc);
    _PyGCHead_SET_PREV(gc, last);
    _PyGCHead_SET_NEXT(gc, _PyRuntime.gc.generation0);
    _PyRuntime.gc.generation0->_gc_prev = (uintptr_t)gc;
}

#define _PyObject_GC_TRACK(op) \
    _PyObject_GC_TRACK_impl(__FILE__, __LINE__, _PyObject_CAST(op))

/* Tell the GC to stop tracking this object.
 *
 * Internal note: This may be called while GC. So _PyGC_PREV_MASK_COLLECTING
 * must be cleared. But _PyGC_PREV_MASK_FINALIZED bit is kept.
 *
 * The object must be tracked by the GC.
 *
 * The PyObject_GC_UnTrack() function is the public version of this macro.
 */
static inline void _PyObject_GC_UNTRACK_impl(const char *filename, int lineno,
                                             PyObject *op)
{
    _PyObject_ASSERT_FROM(op, _PyObject_GC_IS_TRACKED(op),
                          "object not tracked by the garbage collector",
                          filename, lineno, "_PyObject_GC_UNTRACK");

    PyGC_Head *gc = _Py_AS_GC(op);
    PyGC_Head *prev = _PyGCHead_PREV(gc);
    PyGC_Head *next = _PyGCHead_NEXT(gc);
    _PyGCHead_SET_NEXT(prev, next);
    _PyGCHead_SET_PREV(next, prev);
    gc->_gc_next = 0;
    gc->_gc_prev &= _PyGC_PREV_MASK_FINALIZED;
}

#define _PyObject_GC_UNTRACK(op) \
    _PyObject_GC_UNTRACK_impl(__FILE__, __LINE__, _PyObject_CAST(op))

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_INTERNAL_OBJECT_H */
#ifndef Py_INTERNAL_TUPLEOBJECT_H
#define Py_INTERNAL_TUPLEOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_BUILD_CORE
#  error "this header requires Py_BUILD_CORE define"
#endif

#include "tupleobject.h"

#define _PyTuple_ITEMS(op) (_PyTuple_CAST(op)->ob_item)
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyTuple_FromArray(PyObject *const *, Py_ssize_t);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif   /* !Py_INTERNAL_TUPLEOBJECT_H */
#ifndef Py_INTERNAL_CONDVAR_H
#define Py_INTERNAL_CONDVAR_H

#ifndef Py_BUILD_CORE
#  error "this header requires Py_BUILD_CORE define"
#endif

#ifndef _POSIX_THREADS
/* This means pthreads are not implemented in libc headers, hence the macro
   not present in unistd.h. But they still can be implemented as an external
   library (e.g. gnu pth in pthread emulation) */
# ifdef HAVE_PTHREAD_H
#  include <pthread.h> /* _POSIX_THREADS */
# endif
#endif

#ifdef _POSIX_THREADS
/*
 * POSIX support
 */
#define Py_HAVE_CONDVAR

#include <pthread.h>

#define PyMUTEX_T pthread_mutex_t
#define PyCOND_T pthread_cond_t

#elif defined(NT_THREADS)
/*
 * Windows (XP, 2003 server and later, as well as (hopefully) CE) support
 *
 * Emulated condition variables ones that work with XP and later, plus
 * example native support on VISTA and onwards.
 */
#define Py_HAVE_CONDVAR

/* include windows if it hasn't been done before */
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <windows.h>

/* options */
/* non-emulated condition variables are provided for those that want
 * to target Windows Vista.  Modify this macro to enable them.
 */
#ifndef _PY_EMULATED_WIN_CV
#define _PY_EMULATED_WIN_CV 1  /* use emulated condition variables */
#endif

/* fall back to emulation if not targeting Vista */
#if !defined NTDDI_VISTA || NTDDI_VERSION < NTDDI_VISTA
#undef _PY_EMULATED_WIN_CV
#define _PY_EMULATED_WIN_CV 1
#endif

#if _PY_EMULATED_WIN_CV

typedef CRITICAL_SECTION PyMUTEX_T;

/* The ConditionVariable object.  From XP onwards it is easily emulated
   with a Semaphore.
   Semaphores are available on Windows XP (2003 server) and later.
   We use a Semaphore rather than an auto-reset event, because although
   an auto-resent event might appear to solve the lost-wakeup bug (race
   condition between releasing the outer lock and waiting) because it
   maintains state even though a wait hasn't happened, there is still
   a lost wakeup problem if more than one thread are interrupted in the
   critical place.  A semaphore solves that, because its state is
   counted, not Boolean.
   Because it is ok to signal a condition variable with no one
   waiting, we need to keep track of the number of
   waiting threads.  Otherwise, the semaphore's state could rise
   without bound.  This also helps reduce the number of "spurious wakeups"
   that would otherwise happen.
 */

typedef struct _PyCOND_T
{
    HANDLE sem;
    int waiting; /* to allow PyCOND_SIGNAL to be a no-op */
} PyCOND_T;

#else /* !_PY_EMULATED_WIN_CV */

/* Use native Win7 primitives if build target is Win7 or higher */

/* SRWLOCK is faster and better than CriticalSection */
typedef SRWLOCK PyMUTEX_T;

typedef CONDITION_VARIABLE  PyCOND_T;

#endif /* _PY_EMULATED_WIN_CV */

#endif /* _POSIX_THREADS, NT_THREADS */

#endif /* Py_INTERNAL_CONDVAR_H */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_INTERNAL_ACCU_H
#define Py_INTERNAL_ACCU_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*** This is a private API for use by the interpreter and the stdlib.
 *** Its definition may be changed or removed at any moment.
 ***/

#ifndef Py_BUILD_CORE
#  error "this header requires Py_BUILD_CORE define"
#endif

/*
 * A two-level accumulator of unicode objects that avoids both the overhead
 * of keeping a huge number of small separate objects, and the quadratic
 * behaviour of using a naive repeated concatenation scheme.
 */

#undef small /* defined by some Windows headers */

typedef struct {
    PyObject *large;  /* A list of previously accumulated large strings */
    PyObject *small;  /* Pending small strings */
} _PyAccu;

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyAccu_Init(_PyAccu *acc);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyAccu_Accumulate(_PyAccu *acc, PyObject *unicode);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyAccu_FinishAsList(_PyAccu *acc);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyAccu_Finish(_PyAccu *acc);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyAccu_Destroy(_PyAccu *acc);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_INTERNAL_ACCU_H */
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */
#ifndef Py_INTERNAL_PYGETOPT_H
#define Py_INTERNAL_PYGETOPT_H

#ifndef Py_BUILD_CORE
#  error "this header requires Py_BUILD_CORE define"
#endif

extern int _PyOS_opterr;
extern Py_ssize_t _PyOS_optind;
extern const wchar_t *_PyOS_optarg;

extern void _PyOS_ResetGetOpt(void);

typedef struct {
    const wchar_t *name;
    int has_arg;
    int val;
} _PyOS_LongOption;

extern int _PyOS_GetOpt(Py_ssize_t argc, wchar_t * const *argv, int *longindex);

#endif /* !Py_INTERNAL_PYGETOPT_H */
#ifndef Py_INTERNAL_WARNINGS_H
#define Py_INTERNAL_WARNINGS_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_BUILD_CORE
#  error "this header requires Py_BUILD_CORE define"
#endif

#include "object.h"

struct _warnings_runtime_state {
    /* Both 'filters' and 'onceregistry' can be set in warnings.py;
       get_warnings_attr() will reset these variables accordingly. */
    PyObject *filters;  /* List */
    PyObject *once_registry;  /* Dict */
    PyObject *default_action; /* String */
    long filters_version;
};

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_INTERNAL_WARNINGS_H */
#ifndef Py_INTERNAL_PATHCONFIG_H
#define Py_INTERNAL_PATHCONFIG_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_BUILD_CORE
#  error "this header requires Py_BUILD_CORE define"
#endif

typedef struct _PyPathConfig {
    /* Full path to the Python program */
    wchar_t *program_full_path;
    wchar_t *prefix;
    wchar_t *exec_prefix;
    /* Set by Py_SetPath(), or computed by _PyConfig_InitPathConfig() */
    wchar_t *module_search_path;
    /* Python program name */
    wchar_t *program_name;
    /* Set by Py_SetPythonHome() or PYTHONHOME environment variable */
    wchar_t *home;
#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
    /* isolated and site_import are used to set Py_IsolatedFlag and
       Py_NoSiteFlag flags on Windows in read_pth_file(). These fields
       are ignored when their value are equal to -1 (unset). */
    int isolated;
    int site_import;
    /* Set when a venv is detected */
    wchar_t *base_executable;
#endif
} _PyPathConfig;

#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
#  define _PyPathConfig_INIT \
      {.module_search_path = NULL, \
       .isolated = -1, \
       .site_import = -1}
#else
#  define _PyPathConfig_INIT \
      {.module_search_path = NULL}
#endif
/* Note: _PyPathConfig_INIT sets other fields to 0/NULL */

PyAPI_DATA(_PyPathConfig) _Py_path_config;
#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
PyAPI_DATA(wchar_t*) _Py_dll_path;
#endif

extern void _PyPathConfig_ClearGlobal(void);
extern PyStatus _PyPathConfig_SetGlobal(
    const struct _PyPathConfig *pathconfig);

extern PyStatus _PyPathConfig_Calculate(
    _PyPathConfig *pathconfig,
    const PyConfig *config);
extern int _PyPathConfig_ComputeSysPath0(
    const PyWideStringList *argv,
    PyObject **path0);
extern int _Py_FindEnvConfigValue(
    FILE *env_file,
    const wchar_t *key,
    wchar_t *value,
    size_t value_size);

#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
extern wchar_t* _Py_GetDLLPath(void);
#endif

extern PyStatus _PyConfig_WritePathConfig(const PyConfig *config);
extern void _Py_DumpPathConfig(PyThreadState *tstate);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_INTERNAL_PATHCONFIG_H */
#ifndef Py_INTERNAL_CORECONFIG_H
#define Py_INTERNAL_CORECONFIG_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_BUILD_CORE
#  error "this header requires Py_BUILD_CORE define"
#endif

#include "pycore_pystate.h"   /* _PyRuntimeState */

/* --- PyStatus ----------------------------------------------- */

/* Almost all errors causing Python initialization to fail */
#ifdef _MSC_VER
   /* Visual Studio 2015 doesn't implement C99 __func__ in C */
#  define _PyStatus_GET_FUNC() __FUNCTION__
#else
#  define _PyStatus_GET_FUNC() __func__
#endif

#define _PyStatus_OK() \
    (PyStatus){._type = _PyStatus_TYPE_OK,}
    /* other fields are set to 0 */
#define _PyStatus_ERR(ERR_MSG) \
    (PyStatus){ \
        ._type = _PyStatus_TYPE_ERROR, \
        .func = _PyStatus_GET_FUNC(), \
        .err_msg = (ERR_MSG)}
        /* other fields are set to 0 */
#define _PyStatus_NO_MEMORY() _PyStatus_ERR("memory allocation failed")
#define _PyStatus_EXIT(EXITCODE) \
    (PyStatus){ \
        ._type = _PyStatus_TYPE_EXIT, \
        .exitcode = (EXITCODE)}
#define _PyStatus_IS_ERROR(err) \
    (err._type == _PyStatus_TYPE_ERROR)
#define _PyStatus_IS_EXIT(err) \
    (err._type == _PyStatus_TYPE_EXIT)
#define _PyStatus_EXCEPTION(err) \
    (err._type != _PyStatus_TYPE_OK)
#define _PyStatus_UPDATE_FUNC(err) \
    do { err.func = _PyStatus_GET_FUNC(); } while (0)

/* --- PyWideStringList ------------------------------------------------ */

#define _PyWideStringList_INIT (PyWideStringList){.length = 0, .items = NULL}

#ifndef NDEBUG
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyWideStringList_CheckConsistency(const PyWideStringList *list);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyWideStringList_Clear(PyWideStringList *list);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyWideStringList_Copy(PyWideStringList *list,
    const PyWideStringList *list2);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) _PyWideStringList_Extend(PyWideStringList *list,
    const PyWideStringList *list2);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyWideStringList_AsList(const PyWideStringList *list);


/* --- _PyArgv ---------------------------------------------------- */

typedef struct {
    Py_ssize_t argc;
    int use_bytes_argv;
    char * const *bytes_argv;
    wchar_t * const *wchar_argv;
} _PyArgv;

PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) _PyArgv_AsWstrList(const _PyArgv *args,
    PyWideStringList *list);


/* --- Helper functions ------------------------------------------- */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_str_to_int(
    const char *str,
    int *result);
PyAPI_FUNC(const wchar_t*) _Py_get_xoption(
    const PyWideStringList *xoptions,
    const wchar_t *name);
PyAPI_FUNC(const char*) _Py_GetEnv(
    int use_environment,
    const char *name);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_get_env_flag(
    int use_environment,
    int *flag,
    const char *name);

/* Py_GetArgcArgv() helper */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_ClearArgcArgv(void);


/* --- _PyPreCmdline ------------------------------------------------- */

typedef struct {
    PyWideStringList argv;
    PyWideStringList xoptions;     /* "-X value" option */
    int isolated;             /* -I option */
    int use_environment;      /* -E option */
    int dev_mode;             /* -X dev and PYTHONDEVMODE */
} _PyPreCmdline;

#define _PyPreCmdline_INIT \
    (_PyPreCmdline){ \
        .use_environment = -1, \
        .isolated = -1, \
        .dev_mode = -1}
/* Note: _PyPreCmdline_INIT sets other fields to 0/NULL */

extern void _PyPreCmdline_Clear(_PyPreCmdline *cmdline);
extern PyStatus _PyPreCmdline_SetArgv(_PyPreCmdline *cmdline,
    const _PyArgv *args);
extern PyStatus _PyPreCmdline_SetConfig(
    const _PyPreCmdline *cmdline,
    PyConfig *config);
extern PyStatus _PyPreCmdline_Read(_PyPreCmdline *cmdline,
    const PyPreConfig *preconfig);


/* --- PyPreConfig ----------------------------------------------- */

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyPreConfig_InitCompatConfig(PyPreConfig *preconfig);
extern void _PyPreConfig_InitFromConfig(
    PyPreConfig *preconfig,
    const PyConfig *config);
extern PyStatus _PyPreConfig_InitFromPreConfig(
    PyPreConfig *preconfig,
    const PyPreConfig *config2);
extern PyObject* _PyPreConfig_AsDict(const PyPreConfig *preconfig);
extern void _PyPreConfig_GetConfig(PyPreConfig *preconfig,
    const PyConfig *config);
extern PyStatus _PyPreConfig_Read(PyPreConfig *preconfig,
    const _PyArgv *args);
extern PyStatus _PyPreConfig_Write(const PyPreConfig *preconfig);


/* --- PyConfig ---------------------------------------------- */

typedef enum {
    /* Py_Initialize() API: backward compatibility with Python 3.6 and 3.7 */
    _PyConfig_INIT_COMPAT = 1,
    _PyConfig_INIT_PYTHON = 2,
    _PyConfig_INIT_ISOLATED = 3
} _PyConfigInitEnum;

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyConfig_InitCompatConfig(PyConfig *config);
extern PyStatus _PyConfig_Copy(
    PyConfig *config,
    const PyConfig *config2);
extern PyStatus _PyConfig_InitPathConfig(PyConfig *config);
extern void _PyConfig_Write(const PyConfig *config,
    _PyRuntimeState *runtime);
extern PyStatus _PyConfig_SetPyArgv(
    PyConfig *config,
    const _PyArgv *args);

extern int _Py_global_config_int_max_str_digits;


/* --- Function used for testing ---------------------------------- */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _Py_GetConfigsAsDict(void);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_INTERNAL_CORECONFIG_H */
#ifndef Py_INTERNAL_HAMT_H
#define Py_INTERNAL_HAMT_H

#ifndef Py_BUILD_CORE
#  error "this header requires Py_BUILD_CORE define"
#endif


/*
HAMT tree is shaped by hashes of keys. Every group of 5 bits of a hash denotes
the exact position of the key in one level of the tree. Since we're using
32 bit hashes, we can have at most 7 such levels. Although if there are
two distinct keys with equal hashes, they will have to occupy the same
cell in the 7th level of the tree -- so we'd put them in a "collision" node.
Which brings the total possible tree depth to 8. Read more about the actual
layout of the HAMT tree in `hamt.c`.

This constant is used to define a datastucture for storing iteration state.
*/
#define _Py_HAMT_MAX_TREE_DEPTH 8


#define PyHamt_Check(o) (Py_TYPE(o) == &_PyHamt_Type)


/* Abstract tree node. */
typedef struct {
    PyObject_HEAD
} PyHamtNode;


/* An HAMT immutable mapping collection. */
typedef struct {
    PyObject_HEAD
    PyHamtNode *h_root;
    PyObject *h_weakreflist;
    Py_ssize_t h_count;
} PyHamtObject;


/* A struct to hold the state of depth-first traverse of the tree.

   HAMT is an immutable collection.  Iterators will hold a strong reference
   to it, and every node in the HAMT has strong references to its children.

   So for iterators, we can implement zero allocations and zero reference
   inc/dec depth-first iteration.

   - i_nodes: an array of seven pointers to tree nodes
   - i_level: the current node in i_nodes
   - i_pos: an array of positions within nodes in i_nodes.
*/
typedef struct {
    PyHamtNode *i_nodes[_Py_HAMT_MAX_TREE_DEPTH];
    Py_ssize_t i_pos[_Py_HAMT_MAX_TREE_DEPTH];
    int8_t i_level;
} PyHamtIteratorState;


/* Base iterator object.

   Contains the iteration state, a pointer to the HAMT tree,
   and a pointer to the 'yield function'.  The latter is a simple
   function that returns a key/value tuple for the 'Items' iterator,
   just a key for the 'Keys' iterator, and a value for the 'Values'
   iterator.
*/
typedef struct {
    PyObject_HEAD
    PyHamtObject *hi_obj;
    PyHamtIteratorState hi_iter;
    binaryfunc hi_yield;
} PyHamtIterator;


PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) _PyHamt_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) _PyHamt_ArrayNode_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) _PyHamt_BitmapNode_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) _PyHamt_CollisionNode_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) _PyHamtKeys_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) _PyHamtValues_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) _PyHamtItems_Type;


/* Create a new HAMT immutable mapping. */
PyHamtObject * _PyHamt_New(void);

/* Return a new collection based on "o", but with an additional
   key/val pair. */
PyHamtObject * _PyHamt_Assoc(PyHamtObject *o, PyObject *key, PyObject *val);

/* Return a new collection based on "o", but without "key". */
PyHamtObject * _PyHamt_Without(PyHamtObject *o, PyObject *key);

/* Find "key" in the "o" collection.

   Return:
   - -1: An error occurred.
   - 0: "key" wasn't found in "o".
   - 1: "key" is in "o"; "*val" is set to its value (a borrowed ref).
*/
int _PyHamt_Find(PyHamtObject *o, PyObject *key, PyObject **val);

/* Check if "v" is equal to "w".

   Return:
   - 0: v != w
   - 1: v == w
   - -1: An error occurred.
*/
int _PyHamt_Eq(PyHamtObject *v, PyHamtObject *w);

/* Return the size of "o"; equivalent of "len(o)". */
Py_ssize_t _PyHamt_Len(PyHamtObject *o);

/* Return a Keys iterator over "o". */
PyObject * _PyHamt_NewIterKeys(PyHamtObject *o);

/* Return a Values iterator over "o". */
PyObject * _PyHamt_NewIterValues(PyHamtObject *o);

/* Return a Items iterator over "o". */
PyObject * _PyHamt_NewIterItems(PyHamtObject *o);

int _PyHamt_Init(void);
void _PyHamt_Fini(void);

#endif /* !Py_INTERNAL_HAMT_H */
#ifndef Py_INTERNAL_LONG_H
#define Py_INTERNAL_LONG_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_BUILD_CORE
#  error "this header requires Py_BUILD_CORE define"
#endif

/*
 * Default int base conversion size limitation: Denial of Service prevention.
 *
 * Chosen such that this isn't wildly slow on modern hardware and so that
 * everyone's existing deployed numpy test suite passes before
 * https://github.com/numpy/numpy/issues/22098 is widely available.
 *
 * $ python -m timeit -s 's = "1"*4300' 'int(s)'
 * 2000 loops, best of 5: 125 usec per loop
 * $ python -m timeit -s 's = "1"*4300; v = int(s)' 'str(v)'
 * 1000 loops, best of 5: 311 usec per loop
 * (zen2 cloud VM)
 *
 * 4300 decimal digits fits a ~14284 bit number.
 */
#define _PY_LONG_DEFAULT_MAX_STR_DIGITS 4300
/*
 * Threshold for max digits check.  For performance reasons int() and
 * int.__str__() don't checks values that are smaller than this
 * threshold.  Acts as a guaranteed minimum size limit for bignums that
 * applications can expect from CPython.
 *
 * % python -m timeit -s 's = "1"*640; v = int(s)' 'str(int(s))'
 * 20000 loops, best of 5: 12 usec per loop
 *
 * "640 digits should be enough for anyone." - gps
 * fits a ~2126 bit decimal number.
 */
#define _PY_LONG_MAX_STR_DIGITS_THRESHOLD 640

#if ((_PY_LONG_DEFAULT_MAX_STR_DIGITS != 0) && \
   (_PY_LONG_DEFAULT_MAX_STR_DIGITS < _PY_LONG_MAX_STR_DIGITS_THRESHOLD))
# error "_PY_LONG_DEFAULT_MAX_STR_DIGITS smaller than threshold."
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_INTERNAL_LONG_H */
#ifndef Py_INTERNAL_HASH_H
#define Py_INTERNAL_HASH_H

#ifndef Py_BUILD_CORE
#  error "this header requires Py_BUILD_CORE define"
#endif

uint64_t _Py_KeyedHash(uint64_t, const char *, Py_ssize_t);

#endif
#ifndef Py_ATOMIC_H
#define Py_ATOMIC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_BUILD_CORE
#  error "this header requires Py_BUILD_CORE define"
#endif

#include "dynamic_annotations.h"

#include "pyconfig.h"

#if defined(HAVE_STD_ATOMIC)
#include <stdatomic.h>
#endif


#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#include <intrin.h>
#if defined(_M_IX86) || defined(_M_X64)
#  include <immintrin.h>
#endif
#endif

/* This is modeled after the atomics interface from C1x, according to
 * the draft at
 * http://www.open-std.org/JTC1/SC22/wg14/www/docs/n1425.pdf.
 * Operations and types are named the same except with a _Py_ prefix
 * and have the same semantics.
 *
 * Beware, the implementations here are deep magic.
 */

#if defined(HAVE_STD_ATOMIC)

typedef enum _Py_memory_order {
    _Py_memory_order_relaxed = memory_order_relaxed,
    _Py_memory_order_acquire = memory_order_acquire,
    _Py_memory_order_release = memory_order_release,
    _Py_memory_order_acq_rel = memory_order_acq_rel,
    _Py_memory_order_seq_cst = memory_order_seq_cst
} _Py_memory_order;

typedef struct _Py_atomic_address {
    atomic_uintptr_t _value;
} _Py_atomic_address;

typedef struct _Py_atomic_int {
    atomic_int _value;
} _Py_atomic_int;

#define _Py_atomic_signal_fence(/*memory_order*/ ORDER) \
    atomic_signal_fence(ORDER)

#define _Py_atomic_thread_fence(/*memory_order*/ ORDER) \
    atomic_thread_fence(ORDER)

#define _Py_atomic_store_explicit(ATOMIC_VAL, NEW_VAL, ORDER) \
    atomic_store_explicit(&((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value), NEW_VAL, ORDER)

#define _Py_atomic_load_explicit(ATOMIC_VAL, ORDER) \
    atomic_load_explicit(&((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value), ORDER)

/* Use builtin atomic operations in GCC >= 4.7 */
#elif defined(HAVE_BUILTIN_ATOMIC)

typedef enum _Py_memory_order {
    _Py_memory_order_relaxed = __ATOMIC_RELAXED,
    _Py_memory_order_acquire = __ATOMIC_ACQUIRE,
    _Py_memory_order_release = __ATOMIC_RELEASE,
    _Py_memory_order_acq_rel = __ATOMIC_ACQ_REL,
    _Py_memory_order_seq_cst = __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST
} _Py_memory_order;

typedef struct _Py_atomic_address {
    uintptr_t _value;
} _Py_atomic_address;

typedef struct _Py_atomic_int {
    int _value;
} _Py_atomic_int;

#define _Py_atomic_signal_fence(/*memory_order*/ ORDER) \
    __atomic_signal_fence(ORDER)

#define _Py_atomic_thread_fence(/*memory_order*/ ORDER) \
    __atomic_thread_fence(ORDER)

#define _Py_atomic_store_explicit(ATOMIC_VAL, NEW_VAL, ORDER) \
    (assert((ORDER) == __ATOMIC_RELAXED                       \
            || (ORDER) == __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST                    \
            || (ORDER) == __ATOMIC_RELEASE),                  \
     __atomic_store_n(&((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value), NEW_VAL, ORDER))

#define _Py_atomic_load_explicit(ATOMIC_VAL, ORDER)           \
    (assert((ORDER) == __ATOMIC_RELAXED                       \
            || (ORDER) == __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST                    \
            || (ORDER) == __ATOMIC_ACQUIRE                    \
            || (ORDER) == __ATOMIC_CONSUME),                  \
     __atomic_load_n(&((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value), ORDER))

/* Only support GCC (for expression statements) and x86 (for simple
 * atomic semantics) and MSVC x86/x64/ARM */
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__amd64))
typedef enum _Py_memory_order {
    _Py_memory_order_relaxed,
    _Py_memory_order_acquire,
    _Py_memory_order_release,
    _Py_memory_order_acq_rel,
    _Py_memory_order_seq_cst
} _Py_memory_order;

typedef struct _Py_atomic_address {
    uintptr_t _value;
} _Py_atomic_address;

typedef struct _Py_atomic_int {
    int _value;
} _Py_atomic_int;


static __inline__ void
_Py_atomic_signal_fence(_Py_memory_order order)
{
    if (order != _Py_memory_order_relaxed)
        __asm__ volatile("":::"memory");
}

static __inline__ void
_Py_atomic_thread_fence(_Py_memory_order order)
{
    if (order != _Py_memory_order_relaxed)
        __asm__ volatile("mfence":::"memory");
}

/* Tell the race checker about this operation's effects. */
static __inline__ void
_Py_ANNOTATE_MEMORY_ORDER(const volatile void *address, _Py_memory_order order)
{
    (void)address;              /* shut up -Wunused-parameter */
    switch(order) {
    case _Py_memory_order_release:
    case _Py_memory_order_acq_rel:
    case _Py_memory_order_seq_cst:
        _Py_ANNOTATE_HAPPENS_BEFORE(address);
        break;
    case _Py_memory_order_relaxed:
    case _Py_memory_order_acquire:
        break;
    }
    switch(order) {
    case _Py_memory_order_acquire:
    case _Py_memory_order_acq_rel:
    case _Py_memory_order_seq_cst:
        _Py_ANNOTATE_HAPPENS_AFTER(address);
        break;
    case _Py_memory_order_relaxed:
    case _Py_memory_order_release:
        break;
    }
}

#define _Py_atomic_store_explicit(ATOMIC_VAL, NEW_VAL, ORDER) \
    __extension__ ({ \
        __typeof__(ATOMIC_VAL) atomic_val = ATOMIC_VAL; \
        __typeof__(atomic_val->_value) new_val = NEW_VAL;\
        volatile __typeof__(new_val) *volatile_data = &atomic_val->_value; \
        _Py_memory_order order = ORDER; \
        _Py_ANNOTATE_MEMORY_ORDER(atomic_val, order); \
        \
        /* Perform the operation. */ \
        _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_WRITES_BEGIN(); \
        switch(order) { \
        case _Py_memory_order_release: \
            _Py_atomic_signal_fence(_Py_memory_order_release); \
            /* fallthrough */ \
        case _Py_memory_order_relaxed: \
            *volatile_data = new_val; \
            break; \
        \
        case _Py_memory_order_acquire: \
        case _Py_memory_order_acq_rel: \
        case _Py_memory_order_seq_cst: \
            __asm__ volatile("xchg %0, %1" \
                         : "+r"(new_val) \
                         : "m"(atomic_val->_value) \
                         : "memory"); \
            break; \
        } \
        _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_WRITES_END(); \
    })

#define _Py_atomic_load_explicit(ATOMIC_VAL, ORDER) \
    __extension__ ({  \
        __typeof__(ATOMIC_VAL) atomic_val = ATOMIC_VAL; \
        __typeof__(atomic_val->_value) result; \
        volatile __typeof__(result) *volatile_data = &atomic_val->_value; \
        _Py_memory_order order = ORDER; \
        _Py_ANNOTATE_MEMORY_ORDER(atomic_val, order); \
        \
        /* Perform the operation. */ \
        _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_READS_BEGIN(); \
        switch(order) { \
        case _Py_memory_order_release: \
        case _Py_memory_order_acq_rel: \
        case _Py_memory_order_seq_cst: \
            /* Loads on x86 are not releases by default, so need a */ \
            /* thread fence. */ \
            _Py_atomic_thread_fence(_Py_memory_order_release); \
            break; \
        default: \
            /* No fence */ \
            break; \
        } \
        result = *volatile_data; \
        switch(order) { \
        case _Py_memory_order_acquire: \
        case _Py_memory_order_acq_rel: \
        case _Py_memory_order_seq_cst: \
            /* Loads on x86 are automatically acquire operations so */ \
            /* can get by with just a compiler fence. */ \
            _Py_atomic_signal_fence(_Py_memory_order_acquire); \
            break; \
        default: \
            /* No fence */ \
            break; \
        } \
        _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_READS_END(); \
        result; \
    })

#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
/*  _Interlocked* functions provide a full memory barrier and are therefore
    enough for acq_rel and seq_cst. If the HLE variants aren't available
    in hardware they will fall back to a full memory barrier as well.

    This might affect performance but likely only in some very specific and
    hard to meassure scenario.
*/
#if defined(_M_IX86) || defined(_M_X64)
typedef enum _Py_memory_order {
    _Py_memory_order_relaxed,
    _Py_memory_order_acquire,
    _Py_memory_order_release,
    _Py_memory_order_acq_rel,
    _Py_memory_order_seq_cst
} _Py_memory_order;

typedef struct _Py_atomic_address {
    volatile uintptr_t _value;
} _Py_atomic_address;

typedef struct _Py_atomic_int {
    volatile int _value;
} _Py_atomic_int;


#if defined(_M_X64)
#define _Py_atomic_store_64bit(ATOMIC_VAL, NEW_VAL, ORDER) \
    switch (ORDER) { \
    case _Py_memory_order_acquire: \
      _InterlockedExchange64_HLEAcquire((__int64 volatile*)&((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value), (__int64)(NEW_VAL)); \
      break; \
    case _Py_memory_order_release: \
      _InterlockedExchange64_HLERelease((__int64 volatile*)&((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value), (__int64)(NEW_VAL)); \
      break; \
    default: \
      _InterlockedExchange64((__int64 volatile*)&((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value), (__int64)(NEW_VAL)); \
      break; \
  }
#else
#define _Py_atomic_store_64bit(ATOMIC_VAL, NEW_VAL, ORDER) ((void)0);
#endif

#define _Py_atomic_store_32bit(ATOMIC_VAL, NEW_VAL, ORDER) \
  switch (ORDER) { \
  case _Py_memory_order_acquire: \
    _InterlockedExchange_HLEAcquire((volatile long*)&((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value), (int)(NEW_VAL)); \
    break; \
  case _Py_memory_order_release: \
    _InterlockedExchange_HLERelease((volatile long*)&((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value), (int)(NEW_VAL)); \
    break; \
  default: \
    _InterlockedExchange((volatile long*)&((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value), (int)(NEW_VAL)); \
    break; \
  }

#if defined(_M_X64)
/*  This has to be an intptr_t for now.
    gil_created() uses -1 as a sentinel value, if this returns
    a uintptr_t it will do an unsigned compare and crash
*/
inline intptr_t _Py_atomic_load_64bit_impl(volatile uintptr_t* value, int order) {
    __int64 old;
    switch (order) {
    case _Py_memory_order_acquire:
    {
      do {
        old = *value;
      } while(_InterlockedCompareExchange64_HLEAcquire((volatile __int64*)value, old, old) != old);
      break;
    }
    case _Py_memory_order_release:
    {
      do {
        old = *value;
      } while(_InterlockedCompareExchange64_HLERelease((volatile __int64*)value, old, old) != old);
      break;
    }
    case _Py_memory_order_relaxed:
      old = *value;
      break;
    default:
    {
      do {
        old = *value;
      } while(_InterlockedCompareExchange64((volatile __int64*)value, old, old) != old);
      break;
    }
    }
    return old;
}

#define _Py_atomic_load_64bit(ATOMIC_VAL, ORDER) \
    _Py_atomic_load_64bit_impl((volatile uintptr_t*)&((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value), (ORDER))

#else
#define _Py_atomic_load_64bit(ATOMIC_VAL, ORDER) ((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value)
#endif

inline int _Py_atomic_load_32bit_impl(volatile int* value, int order) {
    long old;
    switch (order) {
    case _Py_memory_order_acquire:
    {
      do {
        old = *value;
      } while(_InterlockedCompareExchange_HLEAcquire((volatile long*)value, old, old) != old);
      break;
    }
    case _Py_memory_order_release:
    {
      do {
        old = *value;
      } while(_InterlockedCompareExchange_HLERelease((volatile long*)value, old, old) != old);
      break;
    }
    case _Py_memory_order_relaxed:
      old = *value;
      break;
    default:
    {
      do {
        old = *value;
      } while(_InterlockedCompareExchange((volatile long*)value, old, old) != old);
      break;
    }
    }
    return old;
}

#define _Py_atomic_load_32bit(ATOMIC_VAL, ORDER) \
    _Py_atomic_load_32bit_impl((volatile int*)&((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value), (ORDER))

#define _Py_atomic_store_explicit(ATOMIC_VAL, NEW_VAL, ORDER) \
  if (sizeof((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value) == 8) { \
    _Py_atomic_store_64bit((ATOMIC_VAL), NEW_VAL, ORDER) } else { \
    _Py_atomic_store_32bit((ATOMIC_VAL), NEW_VAL, ORDER) }

#define _Py_atomic_load_explicit(ATOMIC_VAL, ORDER) \
  ( \
    sizeof((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value) == 8 ? \
    _Py_atomic_load_64bit((ATOMIC_VAL), ORDER) : \
    _Py_atomic_load_32bit((ATOMIC_VAL), ORDER) \
  )
#elif defined(_M_ARM) || defined(_M_ARM64)
typedef enum _Py_memory_order {
    _Py_memory_order_relaxed,
    _Py_memory_order_acquire,
    _Py_memory_order_release,
    _Py_memory_order_acq_rel,
    _Py_memory_order_seq_cst
} _Py_memory_order;

typedef struct _Py_atomic_address {
    volatile uintptr_t _value;
} _Py_atomic_address;

typedef struct _Py_atomic_int {
    volatile int _value;
} _Py_atomic_int;


#if defined(_M_ARM64)
#define _Py_atomic_store_64bit(ATOMIC_VAL, NEW_VAL, ORDER) \
    switch (ORDER) { \
    case _Py_memory_order_acquire: \
      _InterlockedExchange64_acq((__int64 volatile*)&((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value), (__int64)NEW_VAL); \
      break; \
    case _Py_memory_order_release: \
      _InterlockedExchange64_rel((__int64 volatile*)&((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value), (__int64)NEW_VAL); \
      break; \
    default: \
      _InterlockedExchange64((__int64 volatile*)&((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value), (__int64)NEW_VAL); \
      break; \
  }
#else
#define _Py_atomic_store_64bit(ATOMIC_VAL, NEW_VAL, ORDER) ((void)0);
#endif

#define _Py_atomic_store_32bit(ATOMIC_VAL, NEW_VAL, ORDER) \
  switch (ORDER) { \
  case _Py_memory_order_acquire: \
    _InterlockedExchange_acq((volatile long*)&((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value), (int)NEW_VAL); \
    break; \
  case _Py_memory_order_release: \
    _InterlockedExchange_rel((volatile long*)&((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value), (int)NEW_VAL); \
    break; \
  default: \
    _InterlockedExchange((volatile long*)&((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value), (int)NEW_VAL); \
    break; \
  }

#if defined(_M_ARM64)
/*  This has to be an intptr_t for now.
    gil_created() uses -1 as a sentinel value, if this returns
    a uintptr_t it will do an unsigned compare and crash
*/
inline intptr_t _Py_atomic_load_64bit_impl(volatile uintptr_t* value, int order) {
    uintptr_t old;
    switch (order) {
    case _Py_memory_order_acquire:
    {
      do {
        old = *value;
      } while(_InterlockedCompareExchange64_acq(value, old, old) != old);
      break;
    }
    case _Py_memory_order_release:
    {
      do {
        old = *value;
      } while(_InterlockedCompareExchange64_rel(value, old, old) != old);
      break;
    }
    case _Py_memory_order_relaxed:
      old = *value;
      break;
    default:
    {
      do {
        old = *value;
      } while(_InterlockedCompareExchange64(value, old, old) != old);
      break;
    }
    }
    return old;
}

#define _Py_atomic_load_64bit(ATOMIC_VAL, ORDER) \
    _Py_atomic_load_64bit_impl((volatile uintptr_t*)&((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value), (ORDER))

#else
#define _Py_atomic_load_64bit(ATOMIC_VAL, ORDER) ((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value)
#endif

inline int _Py_atomic_load_32bit_impl(volatile int* value, int order) {
    int old;
    switch (order) {
    case _Py_memory_order_acquire:
    {
      do {
        old = *value;
      } while(_InterlockedCompareExchange_acq(value, old, old) != old);
      break;
    }
    case _Py_memory_order_release:
    {
      do {
        old = *value;
      } while(_InterlockedCompareExchange_rel(value, old, old) != old);
      break;
    }
    case _Py_memory_order_relaxed:
      old = *value;
      break;
    default:
    {
      do {
        old = *value;
      } while(_InterlockedCompareExchange(value, old, old) != old);
      break;
    }
    }
    return old;
}

#define _Py_atomic_load_32bit(ATOMIC_VAL, ORDER) \
    _Py_atomic_load_32bit_impl((volatile int*)&((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value), (ORDER))

#define _Py_atomic_store_explicit(ATOMIC_VAL, NEW_VAL, ORDER) \
  if (sizeof((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value) == 8) { \
    _Py_atomic_store_64bit((ATOMIC_VAL), (NEW_VAL), (ORDER)) } else { \
    _Py_atomic_store_32bit((ATOMIC_VAL), (NEW_VAL), (ORDER)) }

#define _Py_atomic_load_explicit(ATOMIC_VAL, ORDER) \
  ( \
    sizeof((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value) == 8 ? \
    _Py_atomic_load_64bit((ATOMIC_VAL), (ORDER)) : \
    _Py_atomic_load_32bit((ATOMIC_VAL), (ORDER)) \
  )
#endif
#else  /* !gcc x86  !_msc_ver */
typedef enum _Py_memory_order {
    _Py_memory_order_relaxed,
    _Py_memory_order_acquire,
    _Py_memory_order_release,
    _Py_memory_order_acq_rel,
    _Py_memory_order_seq_cst
} _Py_memory_order;

typedef struct _Py_atomic_address {
    uintptr_t _value;
} _Py_atomic_address;

typedef struct _Py_atomic_int {
    int _value;
} _Py_atomic_int;
/* Fall back to other compilers and processors by assuming that simple
   volatile accesses are atomic.  This is false, so people should port
   this. */
#define _Py_atomic_signal_fence(/*memory_order*/ ORDER) ((void)0)
#define _Py_atomic_thread_fence(/*memory_order*/ ORDER) ((void)0)
#define _Py_atomic_store_explicit(ATOMIC_VAL, NEW_VAL, ORDER) \
    ((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value = NEW_VAL)
#define _Py_atomic_load_explicit(ATOMIC_VAL, ORDER) \
    ((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value)
#endif

/* Standardized shortcuts. */
#define _Py_atomic_store(ATOMIC_VAL, NEW_VAL) \
    _Py_atomic_store_explicit((ATOMIC_VAL), (NEW_VAL), _Py_memory_order_seq_cst)
#define _Py_atomic_load(ATOMIC_VAL) \
    _Py_atomic_load_explicit((ATOMIC_VAL), _Py_memory_order_seq_cst)

/* Python-local extensions */

#define _Py_atomic_store_relaxed(ATOMIC_VAL, NEW_VAL) \
    _Py_atomic_store_explicit((ATOMIC_VAL), (NEW_VAL), _Py_memory_order_relaxed)
#define _Py_atomic_load_relaxed(ATOMIC_VAL) \
    _Py_atomic_load_explicit((ATOMIC_VAL), _Py_memory_order_relaxed)

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif  /* Py_ATOMIC_H */
#ifndef Py_INTERNAL_PYMEM_H
#define Py_INTERNAL_PYMEM_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_BUILD_CORE
#  error "this header requires Py_BUILD_CORE define"
#endif

#include "objimpl.h"
#include "pymem.h"


/* GC runtime state */

/* If we change this, we need to change the default value in the
   signature of gc.collect. */
#define NUM_GENERATIONS 3

/*
   NOTE: about the counting of long-lived objects.

   To limit the cost of garbage collection, there are two strategies;
     - make each collection faster, e.g. by scanning fewer objects
     - do less collections
   This heuristic is about the latter strategy.

   In addition to the various configurable thresholds, we only trigger a
   full collection if the ratio
    long_lived_pending / long_lived_total
   is above a given value (hardwired to 25%).

   The reason is that, while "non-full" collections (i.e., collections of
   the young and middle generations) will always examine roughly the same
   number of objects -- determined by the aforementioned thresholds --,
   the cost of a full collection is proportional to the total number of
   long-lived objects, which is virtually unbounded.

   Indeed, it has been remarked that doing a full collection every
   <constant number> of object creations entails a dramatic performance
   degradation in workloads which consist in creating and storing lots of
   long-lived objects (e.g. building a large list of GC-tracked objects would
   show quadratic performance, instead of linear as expected: see issue #4074).

   Using the above ratio, instead, yields amortized linear performance in
   the total number of objects (the effect of which can be summarized
   thusly: "each full garbage collection is more and more costly as the
   number of objects grows, but we do fewer and fewer of them").

   This heuristic was suggested by Martin von Löwis on python-dev in
   June 2008. His original analysis and proposal can be found at:
    http://mail.python.org/pipermail/python-dev/2008-June/080579.html
*/

/*
   NOTE: about untracking of mutable objects.

   Certain types of container cannot participate in a reference cycle, and
   so do not need to be tracked by the garbage collector. Untracking these
   objects reduces the cost of garbage collections. However, determining
   which objects may be untracked is not free, and the costs must be
   weighed against the benefits for garbage collection.

   There are two possible strategies for when to untrack a container:

   i) When the container is created.
   ii) When the container is examined by the garbage collector.

   Tuples containing only immutable objects (integers, strings etc, and
   recursively, tuples of immutable objects) do not need to be tracked.
   The interpreter creates a large number of tuples, many of which will
   not survive until garbage collection. It is therefore not worthwhile
   to untrack eligible tuples at creation time.

   Instead, all tuples except the empty tuple are tracked when created.
   During garbage collection it is determined whether any surviving tuples
   can be untracked. A tuple can be untracked if all of its contents are
   already not tracked. Tuples are examined for untracking in all garbage
   collection cycles. It may take more than one cycle to untrack a tuple.

   Dictionaries containing only immutable objects also do not need to be
   tracked. Dictionaries are untracked when created. If a tracked item is
   inserted into a dictionary (either as a key or value), the dictionary
   becomes tracked. During a full garbage collection (all generations),
   the collector will untrack any dictionaries whose contents are not
   tracked.

   The module provides the python function is_tracked(obj), which returns
   the CURRENT tracking status of the object. Subsequent garbage
   collections may change the tracking status of the object.

   Untracking of certain containers was introduced in issue #4688, and
   the algorithm was refined in response to issue #14775.
*/

struct gc_generation {
    PyGC_Head head;
    int threshold; /* collection threshold */
    int count; /* count of allocations or collections of younger
                  generations */
};

/* Running stats per generation */
struct gc_generation_stats {
    /* total number of collections */
    Py_ssize_t collections;
    /* total number of collected objects */
    Py_ssize_t collected;
    /* total number of uncollectable objects (put into gc.garbage) */
    Py_ssize_t uncollectable;
};

struct _gc_runtime_state {
    /* List of objects that still need to be cleaned up, singly linked
     * via their gc headers' gc_prev pointers.  */
    PyObject *trash_delete_later;
    /* Current call-stack depth of tp_dealloc calls. */
    int trash_delete_nesting;

    int enabled;
    int debug;
    /* linked lists of container objects */
    struct gc_generation generations[NUM_GENERATIONS];
    PyGC_Head *generation0;
    /* a permanent generation which won't be collected */
    struct gc_generation permanent_generation;
    struct gc_generation_stats generation_stats[NUM_GENERATIONS];
    /* true if we are currently running the collector */
    int collecting;
    /* list of uncollectable objects */
    PyObject *garbage;
    /* a list of callbacks to be invoked when collection is performed */
    PyObject *callbacks;
    /* This is the number of objects that survived the last full
       collection. It approximates the number of long lived objects
       tracked by the GC.

       (by "full collection", we mean a collection of the oldest
       generation). */
    Py_ssize_t long_lived_total;
    /* This is the number of objects that survived all "non-full"
       collections, and are awaiting to undergo a full collection for
       the first time. */
    Py_ssize_t long_lived_pending;
};

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyGC_Initialize(struct _gc_runtime_state *);


/* Set the memory allocator of the specified domain to the default.
   Save the old allocator into *old_alloc if it's non-NULL.
   Return on success, or return -1 if the domain is unknown. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyMem_SetDefaultAllocator(
    PyMemAllocatorDomain domain,
    PyMemAllocatorEx *old_alloc);

/* Special bytes broadcast into debug memory blocks at appropriate times.
   Strings of these are unlikely to be valid addresses, floats, ints or
   7-bit ASCII.

   - PYMEM_CLEANBYTE: clean (newly allocated) memory
   - PYMEM_DEADBYTE dead (newly freed) memory
   - PYMEM_FORBIDDENBYTE: untouchable bytes at each end of a block

   Byte patterns 0xCB, 0xDB and 0xFB have been replaced with 0xCD, 0xDD and
   0xFD to use the same values than Windows CRT debug malloc() and free().
   If modified, _PyMem_IsPtrFreed() should be updated as well. */
#define PYMEM_CLEANBYTE      0xCD
#define PYMEM_DEADBYTE       0xDD
#define PYMEM_FORBIDDENBYTE  0xFD

/* Heuristic checking if a pointer value is newly allocated
   (uninitialized), newly freed or NULL (is equal to zero).

   The pointer is not dereferenced, only the pointer value is checked.

   The heuristic relies on the debug hooks on Python memory allocators which
   fills newly allocated memory with CLEANBYTE (0xCD) and newly freed memory
   with DEADBYTE (0xDD). Detect also "untouchable bytes" marked
   with FORBIDDENBYTE (0xFD). */
static inline int _PyMem_IsPtrFreed(void *ptr)
{
    uintptr_t value = (uintptr_t)ptr;
#if SIZEOF_VOID_P == 8
    return (value == 0
            || value == (uintptr_t)0xCDCDCDCDCDCDCDCD
            || value == (uintptr_t)0xDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
            || value == (uintptr_t)0xFDFDFDFDFDFDFDFD);
#elif SIZEOF_VOID_P == 4
    return (value == 0
            || value == (uintptr_t)0xCDCDCDCD
            || value == (uintptr_t)0xDDDDDDDD
            || value == (uintptr_t)0xFDFDFDFD);
#else
#  error "unknown pointer size"
#endif
}

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyMem_GetAllocatorName(
    const char *name,
    PyMemAllocatorName *allocator);

/* Configure the Python memory allocators.
   Pass PYMEM_ALLOCATOR_DEFAULT to use default allocators.
   PYMEM_ALLOCATOR_NOT_SET does nothing. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyMem_SetupAllocators(PyMemAllocatorName allocator);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_INTERNAL_PYMEM_H */
#ifndef Py_INTERNAL_TRACEBACK_H
#define Py_INTERNAL_TRACEBACK_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_BUILD_CORE
#  error "this header requires Py_BUILD_CORE define"
#endif

#include "pystate.h"   /* PyInterpreterState */

/* Write the Python traceback into the file 'fd'. For example:

       Traceback (most recent call first):
         File "xxx", line xxx in <xxx>
         File "xxx", line xxx in <xxx>
         ...
         File "xxx", line xxx in <xxx>

   This function is written for debug purpose only, to dump the traceback in
   the worst case: after a segmentation fault, at fatal error, etc. That's why,
   it is very limited. Strings are truncated to 100 characters and encoded to
   ASCII with backslashreplace. It doesn't write the source code, only the
   function name, filename and line number of each frame. Write only the first
   100 frames: if the traceback is truncated, write the line " ...".

   This function is signal safe. */

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_DumpTraceback(
    int fd,
    PyThreadState *tstate);

/* Write the traceback of all threads into the file 'fd'. current_thread can be
   NULL.

   Return NULL on success, or an error message on error.

   This function is written for debug purpose only. It calls
   _Py_DumpTraceback() for each thread, and so has the same limitations. It
   only write the traceback of the first 100 threads: write "..." if there are
   more threads.

   If current_tstate is NULL, the function tries to get the Python thread state
   of the current thread. It is not an error if the function is unable to get
   the current Python thread state.

   If interp is NULL, the function tries to get the interpreter state from
   the current Python thread state, or from
   _PyGILState_GetInterpreterStateUnsafe() in last resort.

   It is better to pass NULL to interp and current_tstate, the function tries
   different options to retrieve these informations.

   This function is signal safe. */

PyAPI_FUNC(const char*) _Py_DumpTracebackThreads(
    int fd,
    PyInterpreterState *interp,
    PyThreadState *current_tstate);

/* Write a Unicode object into the file descriptor fd. Encode the string to
   ASCII using the backslashreplace error handler.

   Do nothing if text is not a Unicode object. The function accepts Unicode
   string which is not ready (PyUnicode_WCHAR_KIND).

   This function is signal safe. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_DumpASCII(int fd, PyObject *text);

/* Format an integer as decimal into the file descriptor fd.

   This function is signal safe. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_DumpDecimal(
    int fd,
    unsigned long value);

/* Format an integer as hexadecimal into the file descriptor fd with at least
   width digits.

   The maximum width is sizeof(unsigned long)*2 digits.

   This function is signal safe. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_DumpHexadecimal(
    int fd,
    unsigned long value,
    Py_ssize_t width);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyTraceBack_FromFrame(
    PyObject *tb_next,
    struct _frame *frame);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_INTERNAL_TRACEBACK_H */
#ifndef Py_INTERNAL_CODE_H
#define Py_INTERNAL_CODE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
 
typedef struct {
    PyObject *ptr;  /* Cached pointer (borrowed reference) */
    uint64_t globals_ver;  /* ma_version of global dict */
    uint64_t builtins_ver; /* ma_version of builtin dict */
} _PyOpcache_LoadGlobal;

struct _PyOpcache {
    union {
        _PyOpcache_LoadGlobal lg;
    } u;
    char optimized;
};

/* Private API */
int _PyCode_InitOpcache(PyCodeObject *co);


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_INTERNAL_CODE_H */
#ifndef Py_INTERNAL_PYERRORS_H
#define Py_INTERNAL_PYERRORS_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_BUILD_CORE
#  error "this header requires Py_BUILD_CORE define"
#endif

static inline PyObject* _PyErr_Occurred(PyThreadState *tstate)
{
    return tstate == NULL ? NULL : tstate->curexc_type;
}


PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyErr_Fetch(
    PyThreadState *tstate,
    PyObject **type,
    PyObject **value,
    PyObject **traceback);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyErr_ExceptionMatches(
    PyThreadState *tstate,
    PyObject *exc);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyErr_Restore(
    PyThreadState *tstate,
    PyObject *type,
    PyObject *value,
    PyObject *traceback);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyErr_SetObject(
    PyThreadState *tstate,
    PyObject *type,
    PyObject *value);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyErr_Clear(PyThreadState *tstate);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyErr_SetNone(PyThreadState *tstate, PyObject *exception);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyErr_SetString(
    PyThreadState *tstate,
    PyObject *exception,
    const char *string);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyErr_Format(
    PyThreadState *tstate,
    PyObject *exception,
    const char *format,
    ...);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyErr_NormalizeException(
    PyThreadState *tstate,
    PyObject **exc,
    PyObject **val,
    PyObject **tb);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_INTERNAL_PYERRORS_H */
#ifndef Py_INTERNAL_FILEUTILS_H
#define Py_INTERNAL_FILEUTILS_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_BUILD_CORE
#  error "Py_BUILD_CORE must be defined to include this header"
#endif

#include <locale.h>   /* struct lconv */

PyAPI_DATA(int) _Py_HasFileSystemDefaultEncodeErrors;

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_DecodeUTF8Ex(
    const char *arg,
    Py_ssize_t arglen,
    wchar_t **wstr,
    size_t *wlen,
    const char **reason,
    _Py_error_handler errors);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_EncodeUTF8Ex(
    const wchar_t *text,
    char **str,
    size_t *error_pos,
    const char **reason,
    int raw_malloc,
    _Py_error_handler errors);

PyAPI_FUNC(wchar_t*) _Py_DecodeUTF8_surrogateescape(
    const char *arg,
    Py_ssize_t arglen,
    size_t *wlen);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_GetForceASCII(void);

/* Reset "force ASCII" mode (if it was initialized).

   This function should be called when Python changes the LC_CTYPE locale,
   so the "force ASCII" mode can be detected again on the new locale
   encoding. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_ResetForceASCII(void);


PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_GetLocaleconvNumeric(
    struct lconv *lc,
    PyObject **decimal_point,
    PyObject **thousands_sep);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_INTERNAL_FILEUTILS_H */
#ifndef Py_INTERNAL_GIL_H
#define Py_INTERNAL_GIL_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_BUILD_CORE
#  error "this header requires Py_BUILD_CORE define"
#endif

#include "pycore_condvar.h"
#include "pycore_atomic.h"

#ifndef Py_HAVE_CONDVAR
#  error You need either a POSIX-compatible or a Windows system!
#endif

/* Enable if you want to force the switching of threads at least
   every `interval`. */
#undef FORCE_SWITCHING
#define FORCE_SWITCHING

struct _gil_runtime_state {
    /* microseconds (the Python API uses seconds, though) */
    unsigned long interval;
    /* Last PyThreadState holding / having held the GIL. This helps us
       know whether anyone else was scheduled after we dropped the GIL. */
    _Py_atomic_address last_holder;
    /* Whether the GIL is already taken (-1 if uninitialized). This is
       atomic because it can be read without any lock taken in ceval.c. */
    _Py_atomic_int locked;
    /* Number of GIL switches since the beginning. */
    unsigned long switch_number;
    /* This condition variable allows one or several threads to wait
       until the GIL is released. In addition, the mutex also protects
       the above variables. */
    PyCOND_T cond;
    PyMUTEX_T mutex;
#ifdef FORCE_SWITCHING
    /* This condition variable helps the GIL-releasing thread wait for
       a GIL-awaiting thread to be scheduled and take the GIL. */
    PyCOND_T switch_cond;
    PyMUTEX_T switch_mutex;
#endif
};

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_INTERNAL_GIL_H */
#ifndef Py_HASH_H

#define Py_HASH_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Helpers for hash functions */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_hash_t) _Py_HashDouble(double);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_hash_t) _Py_HashPointer(void*);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_hash_t) _Py_HashBytes(const void*, Py_ssize_t);
#endif

/* Prime multiplier used in string and various other hashes. */
#define _PyHASH_MULTIPLIER 1000003UL  /* 0xf4243 */

/* Parameters used for the numeric hash implementation.  See notes for
   _Py_HashDouble in Python/pyhash.c.  Numeric hashes are based on
   reduction modulo the prime 2**_PyHASH_BITS - 1. */

#if SIZEOF_VOID_P >= 8
#  define _PyHASH_BITS 61
#else
#  define _PyHASH_BITS 31
#endif

#define _PyHASH_MODULUS (((size_t)1 << _PyHASH_BITS) - 1)
#define _PyHASH_INF 314159
#define _PyHASH_NAN 0
#define _PyHASH_IMAG _PyHASH_MULTIPLIER


/* hash secret
 *
 * memory layout on 64 bit systems
 *   cccccccc cccccccc cccccccc  uc -- unsigned char[24]
 *   pppppppp ssssssss ........  fnv -- two Py_hash_t
 *   k0k0k0k0 k1k1k1k1 ........  siphash -- two uint64_t
 *   ........ ........ ssssssss  djbx33a -- 16 bytes padding + one Py_hash_t
 *   ........ ........ eeeeeeee  pyexpat XML hash salt
 *
 * memory layout on 32 bit systems
 *   cccccccc cccccccc cccccccc  uc
 *   ppppssss ........ ........  fnv -- two Py_hash_t
 *   k0k0k0k0 k1k1k1k1 ........  siphash -- two uint64_t (*)
 *   ........ ........ ssss....  djbx33a -- 16 bytes padding + one Py_hash_t
 *   ........ ........ eeee....  pyexpat XML hash salt
 *
 * (*) The siphash member may not be available on 32 bit platforms without
 *     an unsigned int64 data type.
 */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef union {
    /* ensure 24 bytes */
    unsigned char uc[24];
    /* two Py_hash_t for FNV */
    struct {
        Py_hash_t prefix;
        Py_hash_t suffix;
    } fnv;
    /* two uint64 for SipHash24 */
    struct {
        uint64_t k0;
        uint64_t k1;
    } siphash;
    /* a different (!) Py_hash_t for small string optimization */
    struct {
        unsigned char padding[16];
        Py_hash_t suffix;
    } djbx33a;
    struct {
        unsigned char padding[16];
        Py_hash_t hashsalt;
    } expat;
} _Py_HashSecret_t;
PyAPI_DATA(_Py_HashSecret_t) _Py_HashSecret;
#endif

#ifdef Py_DEBUG
PyAPI_DATA(int) _Py_HashSecret_Initialized;
#endif


/* hash function definition */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef struct {
    Py_hash_t (*const hash)(const void *, Py_ssize_t);
    const char *name;
    const int hash_bits;
    const int seed_bits;
} PyHash_FuncDef;

PyAPI_FUNC(PyHash_FuncDef*) PyHash_GetFuncDef(void);
#endif


/* cutoff for small string DJBX33A optimization in range [1, cutoff).
 *
 * About 50% of the strings in a typical Python application are smaller than
 * 6 to 7 chars. However DJBX33A is vulnerable to hash collision attacks.
 * NEVER use DJBX33A for long strings!
 *
 * A Py_HASH_CUTOFF of 0 disables small string optimization. 32 bit platforms
 * should use a smaller cutoff because it is easier to create colliding
 * strings. A cutoff of 7 on 64bit platforms and 5 on 32bit platforms should
 * provide a decent safety margin.
 */
#ifndef Py_HASH_CUTOFF
#  define Py_HASH_CUTOFF 0
#elif (Py_HASH_CUTOFF > 7 || Py_HASH_CUTOFF < 0)
#  error Py_HASH_CUTOFF must in range 0...7.
#endif /* Py_HASH_CUTOFF */


/* hash algorithm selection
 *
 * The values for Py_HASH_SIPHASH24 and Py_HASH_FNV are hard-coded in the
 * configure script.
 *
 * - FNV is available on all platforms and architectures.
 * - SIPHASH24 only works on platforms that don't require aligned memory for integers.
 * - With EXTERNAL embedders can provide an alternative implementation with::
 *
 *     PyHash_FuncDef PyHash_Func = {...};
 *
 * XXX: Figure out __declspec() for extern PyHash_FuncDef.
 */
#define Py_HASH_EXTERNAL 0
#define Py_HASH_SIPHASH24 1
#define Py_HASH_FNV 2

#ifndef Py_HASH_ALGORITHM
#  ifndef HAVE_ALIGNED_REQUIRED
#    define Py_HASH_ALGORITHM Py_HASH_SIPHASH24
#  else
#    define Py_HASH_ALGORITHM Py_HASH_FNV
#  endif /* uint64_t && uint32_t && aligned */
#endif /* Py_HASH_ALGORITHM */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* !Py_HASH_H */

/* Float object interface */

/*
PyFloatObject represents a (double precision) floating point number.
*/

#ifndef Py_FLOATOBJECT_H
#define Py_FLOATOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef struct {
    PyObject_HEAD
    double ob_fval;
} PyFloatObject;
#endif

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyFloat_Type;

#define PyFloat_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, &PyFloat_Type)
#define PyFloat_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyFloat_Type)

#ifdef Py_NAN
#define Py_RETURN_NAN return PyFloat_FromDouble(Py_NAN)
#endif

#define Py_RETURN_INF(sign) do                     \
    if (copysign(1., sign) == 1.) {                \
        return PyFloat_FromDouble(Py_HUGE_VAL);    \
    } else {                        \
        return PyFloat_FromDouble(-Py_HUGE_VAL);   \
    } while(0)

PyAPI_FUNC(double) PyFloat_GetMax(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(double) PyFloat_GetMin(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyFloat_GetInfo(void);

/* Return Python float from string PyObject. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyFloat_FromString(PyObject*);

/* Return Python float from C double. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyFloat_FromDouble(double);

/* Extract C double from Python float.  The macro version trades safety for
   speed. */
PyAPI_FUNC(double) PyFloat_AsDouble(PyObject *);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#define PyFloat_AS_DOUBLE(op) (((PyFloatObject *)(op))->ob_fval)
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* _PyFloat_{Pack,Unpack}{4,8}
 *
 * The struct and pickle (at least) modules need an efficient platform-
 * independent way to store floating-point values as byte strings.
 * The Pack routines produce a string from a C double, and the Unpack
 * routines produce a C double from such a string.  The suffix (4 or 8)
 * specifies the number of bytes in the string.
 *
 * On platforms that appear to use (see _PyFloat_Init()) IEEE-754 formats
 * these functions work by copying bits.  On other platforms, the formats the
 * 4- byte format is identical to the IEEE-754 single precision format, and
 * the 8-byte format to the IEEE-754 double precision format, although the
 * packing of INFs and NaNs (if such things exist on the platform) isn't
 * handled correctly, and attempting to unpack a string containing an IEEE
 * INF or NaN will raise an exception.
 *
 * On non-IEEE platforms with more precision, or larger dynamic range, than
 * 754 supports, not all values can be packed; on non-IEEE platforms with less
 * precision, or smaller dynamic range, not all values can be unpacked.  What
 * happens in such cases is partly accidental (alas).
 */

/* The pack routines write 2, 4 or 8 bytes, starting at p.  le is a bool
 * argument, true if you want the string in little-endian format (exponent
 * last, at p+1, p+3 or p+7), false if you want big-endian format (exponent
 * first, at p).
 * Return value:  0 if all is OK, -1 if error (and an exception is
 * set, most likely OverflowError).
 * There are two problems on non-IEEE platforms:
 * 1):  What this does is undefined if x is a NaN or infinity.
 * 2):  -0.0 and +0.0 produce the same string.
 */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyFloat_Pack2(double x, unsigned char *p, int le);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyFloat_Pack4(double x, unsigned char *p, int le);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyFloat_Pack8(double x, unsigned char *p, int le);

/* Needed for the old way for marshal to store a floating point number.
   Returns the string length copied into p, -1 on error.
 */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyFloat_Repr(double x, char *p, size_t len);

/* Used to get the important decimal digits of a double */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyFloat_Digits(char *buf, double v, int *signum);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyFloat_DigitsInit(void);

/* The unpack routines read 2, 4 or 8 bytes, starting at p.  le is a bool
 * argument, true if the string is in little-endian format (exponent
 * last, at p+1, p+3 or p+7), false if big-endian (exponent first, at p).
 * Return value:  The unpacked double.  On error, this is -1.0 and
 * PyErr_Occurred() is true (and an exception is set, most likely
 * OverflowError).  Note that on a non-IEEE platform this will refuse
 * to unpack a string that represents a NaN or infinity.
 */
PyAPI_FUNC(double) _PyFloat_Unpack2(const unsigned char *p, int le);
PyAPI_FUNC(double) _PyFloat_Unpack4(const unsigned char *p, int le);
PyAPI_FUNC(double) _PyFloat_Unpack8(const unsigned char *p, int le);

/* free list api */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyFloat_ClearFreeList(void);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyFloat_DebugMallocStats(FILE* out);

/* Format the object based on the format_spec, as defined in PEP 3101
   (Advanced String Formatting). */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyFloat_FormatAdvancedWriter(
    _PyUnicodeWriter *writer,
    PyObject *obj,
    PyObject *format_spec,
    Py_ssize_t start,
    Py_ssize_t end);
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_FLOATOBJECT_H */
/* Weak references objects for Python. */

#ifndef Py_WEAKREFOBJECT_H
#define Py_WEAKREFOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


typedef struct _PyWeakReference PyWeakReference;

/* PyWeakReference is the base struct for the Python ReferenceType, ProxyType,
 * and CallableProxyType.
 */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
struct _PyWeakReference {
    PyObject_HEAD

    /* The object to which this is a weak reference, or Py_None if none.
     * Note that this is a stealth reference:  wr_object's refcount is
     * not incremented to reflect this pointer.
     */
    PyObject *wr_object;

    /* A callable to invoke when wr_object dies, or NULL if none. */
    PyObject *wr_callback;

    /* A cache for wr_object's hash code.  As usual for hashes, this is -1
     * if the hash code isn't known yet.
     */
    Py_hash_t hash;

    /* If wr_object is weakly referenced, wr_object has a doubly-linked NULL-
     * terminated list of weak references to it.  These are the list pointers.
     * If wr_object goes away, wr_object is set to Py_None, and these pointers
     * have no meaning then.
     */
    PyWeakReference *wr_prev;
    PyWeakReference *wr_next;
};
#endif

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) _PyWeakref_RefType;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) _PyWeakref_ProxyType;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) _PyWeakref_CallableProxyType;

#define PyWeakref_CheckRef(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, &_PyWeakref_RefType)
#define PyWeakref_CheckRefExact(op) \
        (Py_TYPE(op) == &_PyWeakref_RefType)
#define PyWeakref_CheckProxy(op) \
        ((Py_TYPE(op) == &_PyWeakref_ProxyType) || \
         (Py_TYPE(op) == &_PyWeakref_CallableProxyType))

#define PyWeakref_Check(op) \
        (PyWeakref_CheckRef(op) || PyWeakref_CheckProxy(op))


PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyWeakref_NewRef(PyObject *ob,
                                              PyObject *callback);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyWeakref_NewProxy(PyObject *ob,
                                                PyObject *callback);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyWeakref_GetObject(PyObject *ref);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) _PyWeakref_GetWeakrefCount(PyWeakReference *head);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyWeakref_ClearRef(PyWeakReference *self);
#endif

/* Explanation for the Py_REFCNT() check: when a weakref's target is part
   of a long chain of deallocations which triggers the trashcan mechanism,
   clearing the weakrefs can be delayed long after the target's refcount
   has dropped to zero.  In the meantime, code accessing the weakref will
   be able to "see" the target object even though it is supposed to be
   unreachable.  See issue #16602. */

#define PyWeakref_GET_OBJECT(ref)                           \
    (Py_REFCNT(((PyWeakReference *)(ref))->wr_object) > 0   \
     ? ((PyWeakReference *)(ref))->wr_object                \
     : Py_None)


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_WEAKREFOBJECT_H */
/* The PyMem_ family:  low-level memory allocation interfaces.
   See objimpl.h for the PyObject_ memory family.
*/

#ifndef Py_PYMEM_H
#define Py_PYMEM_H

#include "pyport.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* BEWARE:

   Each interface exports both functions and macros.  Extension modules should
   use the functions, to ensure binary compatibility across Python versions.
   Because the Python implementation is free to change internal details, and
   the macros may (or may not) expose details for speed, if you do use the
   macros you must recompile your extensions with each Python release.

   Never mix calls to PyMem_ with calls to the platform malloc/realloc/
   calloc/free.  For example, on Windows different DLLs may end up using
   different heaps, and if you use PyMem_Malloc you'll get the memory from the
   heap used by the Python DLL; it could be a disaster if you free()'ed that
   directly in your own extension.  Using PyMem_Free instead ensures Python
   can return the memory to the proper heap.  As another example, in
   PYMALLOC_DEBUG mode, Python wraps all calls to all PyMem_ and PyObject_
   memory functions in special debugging wrappers that add additional
   debugging info to dynamic memory blocks.  The system routines have no idea
   what to do with that stuff, and the Python wrappers have no idea what to do
   with raw blocks obtained directly by the system routines then.

   The GIL must be held when using these APIs.
*/

/*
 * Raw memory interface
 * ====================
 */

/* Functions

   Functions supplying platform-independent semantics for malloc/realloc/
   free.  These functions make sure that allocating 0 bytes returns a distinct
   non-NULL pointer (whenever possible -- if we're flat out of memory, NULL
   may be returned), even if the platform malloc and realloc don't.
   Returned pointers must be checked for NULL explicitly.  No action is
   performed on failure (no exception is set, no warning is printed, etc).
*/

PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyMem_Malloc(size_t size);
PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyMem_Realloc(void *ptr, size_t new_size);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyMem_Free(void *ptr);

/* Macros. */

/* PyMem_MALLOC(0) means malloc(1). Some systems would return NULL
   for malloc(0), which would be treated as an error. Some platforms
   would return a pointer with no memory behind it, which would break
   pymalloc. To solve these problems, allocate an extra byte. */
/* Returns NULL to indicate error if a negative size or size larger than
   Py_ssize_t can represent is supplied.  Helps prevents security holes. */
#define PyMem_MALLOC(n)         PyMem_Malloc(n)
#define PyMem_REALLOC(p, n)     PyMem_Realloc(p, n)
#define PyMem_FREE(p)           PyMem_Free(p)

/*
 * Type-oriented memory interface
 * ==============================
 *
 * Allocate memory for n objects of the given type.  Returns a new pointer
 * or NULL if the request was too large or memory allocation failed.  Use
 * these macros rather than doing the multiplication yourself so that proper
 * overflow checking is always done.
 */

#define PyMem_New(type, n) \
  ( ((size_t)(n) > PY_SSIZE_T_MAX / sizeof(type)) ? NULL :      \
        ( (type *) PyMem_Malloc((n) * sizeof(type)) ) )
#define PyMem_NEW(type, n) \
  ( ((size_t)(n) > PY_SSIZE_T_MAX / sizeof(type)) ? NULL :      \
        ( (type *) PyMem_MALLOC((n) * sizeof(type)) ) )

/*
 * The value of (p) is always clobbered by this macro regardless of success.
 * The caller MUST check if (p) is NULL afterwards and deal with the memory
 * error if so.  This means the original value of (p) MUST be saved for the
 * caller's memory error handler to not lose track of it.
 */
#define PyMem_Resize(p, type, n) \
  ( (p) = ((size_t)(n) > PY_SSIZE_T_MAX / sizeof(type)) ? NULL :        \
        (type *) PyMem_Realloc((p), (n) * sizeof(type)) )
#define PyMem_RESIZE(p, type, n) \
  ( (p) = ((size_t)(n) > PY_SSIZE_T_MAX / sizeof(type)) ? NULL :        \
        (type *) PyMem_REALLOC((p), (n) * sizeof(type)) )

/* PyMem{Del,DEL} are left over from ancient days, and shouldn't be used
 * anymore.  They're just confusing aliases for PyMem_{Free,FREE} now.
 */
#define PyMem_Del               PyMem_Free
#define PyMem_DEL               PyMem_FREE

/* bpo-35053: expose _Py_tracemalloc_config for performance:
   _Py_NewReference() needs an efficient check to test if tracemalloc is
   tracing.

   It has to be defined in pymem.h, before object.h is included. */
struct _PyTraceMalloc_Config {
    /* Module initialized?
       Variable protected by the GIL */
    enum {
        TRACEMALLOC_NOT_INITIALIZED,
        TRACEMALLOC_INITIALIZED,
        TRACEMALLOC_FINALIZED
    } initialized;

    /* Is tracemalloc tracing memory allocations?
       Variable protected by the GIL */
    int tracing;

    /* limit of the number of frames in a traceback, 1 by default.
       Variable protected by the GIL. */
    int max_nframe;

    /* use domain in trace key?
       Variable protected by the GIL. */
    int use_domain;
};

PyAPI_DATA(struct _PyTraceMalloc_Config) _Py_tracemalloc_config;

#define _PyTraceMalloc_Config_INIT \
    {.initialized = TRACEMALLOC_NOT_INITIALIZED, \
     .tracing = 0, \
     .max_nframe = 1, \
     .use_domain = 0}


#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#  define Py_CPYTHON_PYMEM_H
#  include  "cpython/pymem.h"
#  undef Py_CPYTHON_PYMEM_H
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* !Py_PYMEM_H */
#ifndef Py_ERRORS_H
#define Py_ERRORS_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Error handling definitions */

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyErr_SetNone(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyErr_SetObject(PyObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyErr_SetString(
    PyObject *exception,
    const char *string   /* decoded from utf-8 */
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyErr_Occurred(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyErr_Clear(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyErr_Fetch(PyObject **, PyObject **, PyObject **);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyErr_Restore(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyErr_GetExcInfo(PyObject **, PyObject **, PyObject **);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyErr_SetExcInfo(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);
#endif

/* Defined in Python/pylifecycle.c */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_NO_RETURN Py_FatalError(const char *message);

#if defined(Py_DEBUG) || defined(Py_LIMITED_API)
#define _PyErr_OCCURRED() PyErr_Occurred()
#else
#define _PyErr_OCCURRED() (PyThreadState_GET()->curexc_type)
#endif

/* Error testing and normalization */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyErr_GivenExceptionMatches(PyObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyErr_ExceptionMatches(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyErr_NormalizeException(PyObject**, PyObject**, PyObject**);

/* Traceback manipulation (PEP 3134) */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyException_SetTraceback(PyObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyException_GetTraceback(PyObject *);

/* Cause manipulation (PEP 3134) */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyException_GetCause(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyException_SetCause(PyObject *, PyObject *);

/* Context manipulation (PEP 3134) */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyException_GetContext(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyException_SetContext(PyObject *, PyObject *);

/* */

#define PyExceptionClass_Check(x)                                       \
    (PyType_Check((x)) &&                                               \
     PyType_FastSubclass((PyTypeObject*)(x), Py_TPFLAGS_BASE_EXC_SUBCLASS))

#define PyExceptionInstance_Check(x)                    \
    PyType_FastSubclass((x)->ob_type, Py_TPFLAGS_BASE_EXC_SUBCLASS)

PyAPI_FUNC(const char *) PyExceptionClass_Name(PyObject *);

#define PyExceptionInstance_Class(x) ((PyObject*)((x)->ob_type))


/* Predefined exceptions */

PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_BaseException;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_Exception;
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03050000
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_StopAsyncIteration;
#endif
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_StopIteration;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_GeneratorExit;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_ArithmeticError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_LookupError;

PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_AssertionError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_AttributeError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_BufferError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_EOFError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_FloatingPointError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_OSError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_ImportError;
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03060000
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_ModuleNotFoundError;
#endif
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_IndexError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_KeyError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_KeyboardInterrupt;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_MemoryError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_NameError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_OverflowError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_RuntimeError;
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03050000
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_RecursionError;
#endif
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_NotImplementedError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_SyntaxError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_IndentationError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_TabError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_ReferenceError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_SystemError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_SystemExit;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_TypeError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_UnboundLocalError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_UnicodeError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_UnicodeEncodeError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_UnicodeDecodeError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_UnicodeTranslateError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_ValueError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_ZeroDivisionError;

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_BlockingIOError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_BrokenPipeError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_ChildProcessError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_ConnectionError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_ConnectionAbortedError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_ConnectionRefusedError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_ConnectionResetError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_FileExistsError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_FileNotFoundError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_InterruptedError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_IsADirectoryError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_NotADirectoryError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_PermissionError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_ProcessLookupError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_TimeoutError;
#endif


/* Compatibility aliases */
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_EnvironmentError;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_IOError;
#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_WindowsError;
#endif

/* Predefined warning categories */
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_Warning;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_UserWarning;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_DeprecationWarning;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_PendingDeprecationWarning;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_SyntaxWarning;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_RuntimeWarning;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_FutureWarning;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_ImportWarning;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_UnicodeWarning;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_BytesWarning;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) PyExc_ResourceWarning;


/* Convenience functions */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyErr_BadArgument(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyErr_NoMemory(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyErr_SetFromErrno(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyErr_SetFromErrnoWithFilenameObject(
    PyObject *, PyObject *);
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03040000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyErr_SetFromErrnoWithFilenameObjects(
    PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyErr_SetFromErrnoWithFilename(
    PyObject *exc,
    const char *filename   /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyErr_Format(
    PyObject *exception,
    const char *format,   /* ASCII-encoded string  */
    ...
    );
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03050000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyErr_FormatV(
    PyObject *exception,
    const char *format,
    va_list vargs);
#endif

#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyErr_SetFromWindowsErrWithFilename(
    int ierr,
    const char *filename        /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyErr_SetFromWindowsErr(int);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyErr_SetExcFromWindowsErrWithFilenameObject(
    PyObject *,int, PyObject *);
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03040000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyErr_SetExcFromWindowsErrWithFilenameObjects(
    PyObject *,int, PyObject *, PyObject *);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyErr_SetExcFromWindowsErrWithFilename(
    PyObject *exc,
    int ierr,
    const char *filename        /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyErr_SetExcFromWindowsErr(PyObject *, int);
#endif /* MS_WINDOWS */

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03060000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyErr_SetImportErrorSubclass(PyObject *, PyObject *,
    PyObject *, PyObject *);
#endif
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyErr_SetImportError(PyObject *, PyObject *,
    PyObject *);
#endif

/* Export the old function so that the existing API remains available: */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyErr_BadInternalCall(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyErr_BadInternalCall(const char *filename, int lineno);
/* Mask the old API with a call to the new API for code compiled under
   Python 2.0: */
#define PyErr_BadInternalCall() _PyErr_BadInternalCall(__FILE__, __LINE__)

/* Function to create a new exception */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyErr_NewException(
    const char *name, PyObject *base, PyObject *dict);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyErr_NewExceptionWithDoc(
    const char *name, const char *doc, PyObject *base, PyObject *dict);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyErr_WriteUnraisable(PyObject *);


/* In signalmodule.c */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyErr_CheckSignals(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyErr_SetInterrupt(void);

/* Support for adding program text to SyntaxErrors */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyErr_SyntaxLocation(
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    int lineno);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyErr_SyntaxLocationEx(
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    int lineno,
    int col_offset);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyErr_ProgramText(
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    int lineno);

/* The following functions are used to create and modify unicode
   exceptions from C */

/* create a UnicodeDecodeError object */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicodeDecodeError_Create(
    const char *encoding,       /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    const char *object,
    Py_ssize_t length,
    Py_ssize_t start,
    Py_ssize_t end,
    const char *reason          /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    );

/* get the encoding attribute */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicodeEncodeError_GetEncoding(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicodeDecodeError_GetEncoding(PyObject *);

/* get the object attribute */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicodeEncodeError_GetObject(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicodeDecodeError_GetObject(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicodeTranslateError_GetObject(PyObject *);

/* get the value of the start attribute (the int * may not be NULL)
   return 0 on success, -1 on failure */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicodeEncodeError_GetStart(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicodeDecodeError_GetStart(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicodeTranslateError_GetStart(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t *);

/* assign a new value to the start attribute
   return 0 on success, -1 on failure */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicodeEncodeError_SetStart(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicodeDecodeError_SetStart(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicodeTranslateError_SetStart(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t);

/* get the value of the end attribute (the int *may not be NULL)
 return 0 on success, -1 on failure */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicodeEncodeError_GetEnd(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicodeDecodeError_GetEnd(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicodeTranslateError_GetEnd(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t *);

/* assign a new value to the end attribute
   return 0 on success, -1 on failure */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicodeEncodeError_SetEnd(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicodeDecodeError_SetEnd(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicodeTranslateError_SetEnd(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t);

/* get the value of the reason attribute */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicodeEncodeError_GetReason(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicodeDecodeError_GetReason(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicodeTranslateError_GetReason(PyObject *);

/* assign a new value to the reason attribute
   return 0 on success, -1 on failure */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicodeEncodeError_SetReason(
    PyObject *exc,
    const char *reason          /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicodeDecodeError_SetReason(
    PyObject *exc,
    const char *reason          /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicodeTranslateError_SetReason(
    PyObject *exc,
    const char *reason          /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    );

/* These APIs aren't really part of the error implementation, but
   often needed to format error messages; the native C lib APIs are
   not available on all platforms, which is why we provide emulations
   for those platforms in Python/mysnprintf.c,
   WARNING:  The return value of snprintf varies across platforms; do
   not rely on any particular behavior; eventually the C99 defn may
   be reliable.
*/
#if defined(MS_WIN32) && !defined(HAVE_SNPRINTF)
# define HAVE_SNPRINTF
# define snprintf _snprintf
# define vsnprintf _vsnprintf
#endif

#include <stdarg.h>
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyOS_snprintf(char *str, size_t size, const char  *format, ...)
                        Py_GCC_ATTRIBUTE((format(printf, 3, 4)));
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyOS_vsnprintf(char *str, size_t size, const char  *format, va_list va)
                        Py_GCC_ATTRIBUTE((format(printf, 3, 0)));

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#  define Py_CPYTHON_ERRORS_H
#  include  "cpython/pyerrors.h"
#  undef Py_CPYTHON_ERRORS_H
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_ERRORS_H */
#include <bits/wordsize.h>

#if __WORDSIZE == 32
#include "pyconfig-32.h"
#elif __WORDSIZE == 64
#include "pyconfig-64.h"
#else
#error "Unknown word size"
#endif
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef PYCTYPE_H
#define PYCTYPE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define PY_CTF_LOWER  0x01
#define PY_CTF_UPPER  0x02
#define PY_CTF_ALPHA  (PY_CTF_LOWER|PY_CTF_UPPER)
#define PY_CTF_DIGIT  0x04
#define PY_CTF_ALNUM  (PY_CTF_ALPHA|PY_CTF_DIGIT)
#define PY_CTF_SPACE  0x08
#define PY_CTF_XDIGIT 0x10

PyAPI_DATA(const unsigned int) _Py_ctype_table[256];

/* Unlike their C counterparts, the following macros are not meant to
 * handle an int with any of the values [EOF, 0-UCHAR_MAX]. The argument
 * must be a signed/unsigned char. */
#define Py_ISLOWER(c)  (_Py_ctype_table[Py_CHARMASK(c)] & PY_CTF_LOWER)
#define Py_ISUPPER(c)  (_Py_ctype_table[Py_CHARMASK(c)] & PY_CTF_UPPER)
#define Py_ISALPHA(c)  (_Py_ctype_table[Py_CHARMASK(c)] & PY_CTF_ALPHA)
#define Py_ISDIGIT(c)  (_Py_ctype_table[Py_CHARMASK(c)] & PY_CTF_DIGIT)
#define Py_ISXDIGIT(c) (_Py_ctype_table[Py_CHARMASK(c)] & PY_CTF_XDIGIT)
#define Py_ISALNUM(c)  (_Py_ctype_table[Py_CHARMASK(c)] & PY_CTF_ALNUM)
#define Py_ISSPACE(c)  (_Py_ctype_table[Py_CHARMASK(c)] & PY_CTF_SPACE)

PyAPI_DATA(const unsigned char) _Py_ctype_tolower[256];
PyAPI_DATA(const unsigned char) _Py_ctype_toupper[256];

#define Py_TOLOWER(c) (_Py_ctype_tolower[Py_CHARMASK(c)])
#define Py_TOUPPER(c) (_Py_ctype_toupper[Py_CHARMASK(c)])

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !PYCTYPE_H */
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

#ifndef Py_BITSET_H
#define Py_BITSET_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Bitset interface */

#define BYTE            char
typedef BYTE *bitset;

#define testbit(ss, ibit) (((ss)[BIT2BYTE(ibit)] & BIT2MASK(ibit)) != 0)

#define BITSPERBYTE     (8*sizeof(BYTE))
#define BIT2BYTE(ibit)  ((ibit) / BITSPERBYTE)
#define BIT2SHIFT(ibit) ((ibit) % BITSPERBYTE)
#define BIT2MASK(ibit)  (1 << BIT2SHIFT(ibit))

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_BITSET_H */
/* pyconfig.h.  Generated from pyconfig.h.in by configure.  */
/* pyconfig.h.in.  Generated from configure.ac by autoheader.  */


#ifndef Py_PYCONFIG_H
#define Py_PYCONFIG_H


/* Define if building universal (internal helper macro) */
/* #undef AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD */

/* Define for AIX if your compiler is a genuine IBM xlC/xlC_r and you want
   support for AIX C++ shared extension modules. */
/* #undef AIX_GENUINE_CPLUSPLUS */

/* Alternative SOABI used in debug build to load C extensions built in release
   mode */
/* #undef ALT_SOABI */

/* The Android API level. */
/* #undef ANDROID_API_LEVEL */

/* Define if C doubles are 64-bit IEEE 754 binary format, stored in ARM
   mixed-endian order (byte order 45670123) */
/* #undef DOUBLE_IS_ARM_MIXED_ENDIAN_IEEE754 */

/* Define if C doubles are 64-bit IEEE 754 binary format, stored with the most
   significant byte first */
/* #undef DOUBLE_IS_BIG_ENDIAN_IEEE754 */

/* Define if C doubles are 64-bit IEEE 754 binary format, stored with the
   least significant byte first */
#define DOUBLE_IS_LITTLE_ENDIAN_IEEE754 1

/* Define if --enable-ipv6 is specified */
#define ENABLE_IPV6 1

/* Define to 1 if your system stores words within floats with the most
   significant word first */
/* #undef FLOAT_WORDS_BIGENDIAN */

/* Define if flock needs to be linked with bsd library. */
/* #undef FLOCK_NEEDS_LIBBSD */

/* Define if getpgrp() must be called as getpgrp(0). */
/* #undef GETPGRP_HAVE_ARG */

/* Define if gettimeofday() does not have second (timezone) argument This is
   the case on Motorola V4 (R40V4.2) */
/* #undef GETTIMEOFDAY_NO_TZ */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `accept4' function. */
#define HAVE_ACCEPT4 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `acosh' function. */
#define HAVE_ACOSH 1

/* struct addrinfo (netdb.h) */
#define HAVE_ADDRINFO 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `alarm' function. */
#define HAVE_ALARM 1

/* Define if aligned memory access is required */
/* #undef HAVE_ALIGNED_REQUIRED */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <alloca.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1

/* Define this if your time.h defines altzone. */
/* #undef HAVE_ALTZONE */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `asinh' function. */
#define HAVE_ASINH 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <asm/types.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_ASM_TYPES_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `atanh' function. */
#define HAVE_ATANH 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `bind_textdomain_codeset' function. */
#define HAVE_BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <bluetooth/bluetooth.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_BLUETOOTH_BLUETOOTH_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <bluetooth.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_BLUETOOTH_H */

/* Define if mbstowcs(NULL, "text", 0) does not return the number of wide
   chars that would be converted. */
/* #undef HAVE_BROKEN_MBSTOWCS */

/* Define if nice() returns success/failure instead of the new priority. */
/* #undef HAVE_BROKEN_NICE */

/* Define if the system reports an invalid PIPE_BUF value. */
/* #undef HAVE_BROKEN_PIPE_BUF */

/* Define if poll() sets errno on invalid file descriptors. */
/* #undef HAVE_BROKEN_POLL */

/* Define if the Posix semaphores do not work on your system */
/* #undef HAVE_BROKEN_POSIX_SEMAPHORES */

/* Define if pthread_sigmask() does not work on your system. */
/* #undef HAVE_BROKEN_PTHREAD_SIGMASK */

/* define to 1 if your sem_getvalue is broken. */
/* #undef HAVE_BROKEN_SEM_GETVALUE */

/* Define if `unsetenv` does not return an int. */
/* #undef HAVE_BROKEN_UNSETENV */

/* Has builtin atomics */
#define HAVE_BUILTIN_ATOMIC 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the 'chflags' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_CHFLAGS */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `chown' function. */
#define HAVE_CHOWN 1

/* Define if you have the 'chroot' function. */
#define HAVE_CHROOT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `clock' function. */
#define HAVE_CLOCK 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `clock_getres' function. */
#define HAVE_CLOCK_GETRES 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `clock_gettime' function. */
#define HAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `clock_settime' function. */
#define HAVE_CLOCK_SETTIME 1

/* Define if the C compiler supports computed gotos. */
#define HAVE_COMPUTED_GOTOS 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `confstr' function. */
#define HAVE_CONFSTR 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <conio.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_CONIO_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `copysign' function. */
#define HAVE_COPYSIGN 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `copy_file_range' function. */
#define HAVE_COPY_FILE_RANGE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <crypt.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_CRYPT_H 1

/* Define if you have the crypt_r() function. */
#define HAVE_CRYPT_R 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `ctermid' function. */
#define HAVE_CTERMID 1

/* Define if you have the 'ctermid_r' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_CTERMID_R */

/* Define if you have the 'filter' function. */
#define HAVE_CURSES_FILTER 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <curses.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_CURSES_H 1

/* Define if you have the 'has_key' function. */
#define HAVE_CURSES_HAS_KEY 1

/* Define if you have the 'immedok' function. */
#define HAVE_CURSES_IMMEDOK 1

/* Define if you have the 'is_pad' function or macro. */
#define HAVE_CURSES_IS_PAD 1

/* Define if you have the 'is_term_resized' function. */
#define HAVE_CURSES_IS_TERM_RESIZED 1

/* Define if you have the 'resizeterm' function. */
#define HAVE_CURSES_RESIZETERM 1

/* Define if you have the 'resize_term' function. */
#define HAVE_CURSES_RESIZE_TERM 1

/* Define if you have the 'syncok' function. */
#define HAVE_CURSES_SYNCOK 1

/* Define if you have the 'typeahead' function. */
#define HAVE_CURSES_TYPEAHEAD 1

/* Define if you have the 'use_env' function. */
#define HAVE_CURSES_USE_ENV 1

/* Define if you have the 'wchgat' function. */
#define HAVE_CURSES_WCHGAT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `isfinite', and to 0 if you
   don't. */
#define HAVE_DECL_ISFINITE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `isinf', and to 0 if you don't.
   */
#define HAVE_DECL_ISINF 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `isnan', and to 0 if you don't.
   */
#define HAVE_DECL_ISNAN 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `RTLD_DEEPBIND', and to 0 if you
   don't. */
#define HAVE_DECL_RTLD_DEEPBIND 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `RTLD_GLOBAL', and to 0 if you
   don't. */
#define HAVE_DECL_RTLD_GLOBAL 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `RTLD_LAZY', and to 0 if you
   don't. */
#define HAVE_DECL_RTLD_LAZY 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `RTLD_LOCAL', and to 0 if you
   don't. */
#define HAVE_DECL_RTLD_LOCAL 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `RTLD_MEMBER', and to 0 if you
   don't. */
#define HAVE_DECL_RTLD_MEMBER 0

/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `RTLD_NODELETE', and to 0 if you
   don't. */
#define HAVE_DECL_RTLD_NODELETE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `RTLD_NOLOAD', and to 0 if you
   don't. */
#define HAVE_DECL_RTLD_NOLOAD 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `RTLD_NOW', and to 0 if you
   don't. */
#define HAVE_DECL_RTLD_NOW 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `tzname', and to 0 if you don't.
   */
/* #undef HAVE_DECL_TZNAME */

/* Define to 1 if you have the device macros. */
#define HAVE_DEVICE_MACROS 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the /dev/ptc device file. */
/* #undef HAVE_DEV_PTC */

/* Define to 1 if you have the /dev/ptmx device file. */
#define HAVE_DEV_PTMX 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <direct.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_DIRECT_H */

/* Define to 1 if the dirent structure has a d_type field */
#define HAVE_DIRENT_D_TYPE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <dirent.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'.
   */
#define HAVE_DIRENT_H 1

/* Define if you have the 'dirfd' function or macro. */
#define HAVE_DIRFD 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_DLFCN_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `dlopen' function. */
#define HAVE_DLOPEN 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `dup2' function. */
#define HAVE_DUP2 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `dup3' function. */
#define HAVE_DUP3 1

/* Define if you have the '_dyld_shared_cache_contains_path' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_DYLD_SHARED_CACHE_CONTAINS_PATH */

/* Defined when any dynamic module loading is enabled. */
#define HAVE_DYNAMIC_LOADING 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <endian.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_ENDIAN_H 1

/* Define if you have the 'epoll' functions. */
#define HAVE_EPOLL 1

/* Define if you have the 'epoll_create1' function. */
#define HAVE_EPOLL_CREATE1 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `erf' function. */
#define HAVE_ERF 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `erfc' function. */
#define HAVE_ERFC 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <errno.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_ERRNO_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `execv' function. */
#define HAVE_EXECV 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `explicit_bzero' function. */
#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `explicit_memset' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_EXPLICIT_MEMSET */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `expm1' function. */
#define HAVE_EXPM1 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `faccessat' function. */
#define HAVE_FACCESSAT 1

/* Define if you have the 'fchdir' function. */
#define HAVE_FCHDIR 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `fchmod' function. */
#define HAVE_FCHMOD 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `fchmodat' function. */
#define HAVE_FCHMODAT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `fchown' function. */
#define HAVE_FCHOWN 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `fchownat' function. */
#define HAVE_FCHOWNAT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1

/* Define if you have the 'fdatasync' function. */
#define HAVE_FDATASYNC 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `fdopendir' function. */
#define HAVE_FDOPENDIR 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `fdwalk' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_FDWALK */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `fexecve' function. */
#define HAVE_FEXECVE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `finite' function. */
#define HAVE_FINITE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `flock' function. */
#define HAVE_FLOCK 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `fork' function. */
#define HAVE_FORK 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `forkpty' function. */
#define HAVE_FORKPTY 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `fpathconf' function. */
#define HAVE_FPATHCONF 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `fseek64' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_FSEEK64 */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `fseeko' function. */
#define HAVE_FSEEKO 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `fstatat' function. */
#define HAVE_FSTATAT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `fstatvfs' function. */
#define HAVE_FSTATVFS 1

/* Define if you have the 'fsync' function. */
#define HAVE_FSYNC 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `ftell64' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_FTELL64 */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `ftello' function. */
#define HAVE_FTELLO 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `ftime' function. */
#define HAVE_FTIME 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `ftruncate' function. */
#define HAVE_FTRUNCATE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `futimens' function. */
#define HAVE_FUTIMENS 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `futimes' function. */
#define HAVE_FUTIMES 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `futimesat' function. */
#define HAVE_FUTIMESAT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `gai_strerror' function. */
#define HAVE_GAI_STRERROR 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `gamma' function. */
#define HAVE_GAMMA 1

/* Define if we can use gcc inline assembler to get and set mc68881 fpcr */
/* #undef HAVE_GCC_ASM_FOR_MC68881 */

/* Define if we can use x64 gcc inline assembler */
#define HAVE_GCC_ASM_FOR_X64 1

/* Define if we can use gcc inline assembler to get and set x87 control word
   */
#define HAVE_GCC_ASM_FOR_X87 1

/* Define if your compiler provides __uint128_t */
#define HAVE_GCC_UINT128_T 1

/* Define if you have the getaddrinfo function. */
#define HAVE_GETADDRINFO 1

/* Define this if you have flockfile(), getc_unlocked(), and funlockfile() */
#define HAVE_GETC_UNLOCKED 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getentropy' function. */
#define HAVE_GETENTROPY 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getgrgid_r' function. */
#define HAVE_GETGRGID_R 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getgrnam_r' function. */
#define HAVE_GETGRNAM_R 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getgrouplist' function. */
#define HAVE_GETGROUPLIST 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getgroups' function. */
#define HAVE_GETGROUPS 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `gethostbyname' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME */

/* Define this if you have some version of gethostbyname_r() */
#define HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R 1

/* Define this if you have the 3-arg version of gethostbyname_r(). */
/* #undef HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_3_ARG */

/* Define this if you have the 5-arg version of gethostbyname_r(). */
/* #undef HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_5_ARG */

/* Define this if you have the 6-arg version of gethostbyname_r(). */
#define HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_6_ARG 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getitimer' function. */
#define HAVE_GETITIMER 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getloadavg' function. */
#define HAVE_GETLOADAVG 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getlogin' function. */
#define HAVE_GETLOGIN 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getnameinfo' function. */
#define HAVE_GETNAMEINFO 1

/* Define if you have the 'getpagesize' function. */
#define HAVE_GETPAGESIZE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpeername' function. */
#define HAVE_GETPEERNAME 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpgid' function. */
#define HAVE_GETPGID 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpgrp' function. */
#define HAVE_GETPGRP 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpid' function. */
#define HAVE_GETPID 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpriority' function. */
#define HAVE_GETPRIORITY 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpwent' function. */
#define HAVE_GETPWENT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpwnam_r' function. */
#define HAVE_GETPWNAM_R 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpwuid_r' function. */
#define HAVE_GETPWUID_R 1

/* Define to 1 if the getrandom() function is available */
#define HAVE_GETRANDOM 1

/* Define to 1 if the Linux getrandom() syscall is available */
#define HAVE_GETRANDOM_SYSCALL 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getresgid' function. */
#define HAVE_GETRESGID 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getresuid' function. */
#define HAVE_GETRESUID 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getsid' function. */
#define HAVE_GETSID 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getspent' function. */
#define HAVE_GETSPENT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getspnam' function. */
#define HAVE_GETSPNAM 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `gettimeofday' function. */
#define HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getwd' function. */
#define HAVE_GETWD 1

/* Define if glibc has incorrect _FORTIFY_SOURCE wrappers for memmove and
   bcopy. */
/* #undef HAVE_GLIBC_MEMMOVE_BUG */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <grp.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_GRP_H 1

/* Define if you have the 'hstrerror' function. */
#define HAVE_HSTRERROR 1

/* Define this if you have le64toh() */
#define HAVE_HTOLE64 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `hypot' function. */
#define HAVE_HYPOT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <ieeefp.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_IEEEFP_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `if_nameindex' function. */
#define HAVE_IF_NAMEINDEX 1

/* Define if you have the 'inet_aton' function. */
#define HAVE_INET_ATON 1

/* Define if you have the 'inet_pton' function. */
#define HAVE_INET_PTON 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `initgroups' function. */
#define HAVE_INITGROUPS 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <io.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_IO_H */

/* Define if gcc has the ipa-pure-const bug. */
/* #undef HAVE_IPA_PURE_CONST_BUG */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `kill' function. */
#define HAVE_KILL 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `killpg' function. */
#define HAVE_KILLPG 1

/* Define if you have the 'kqueue' functions. */
/* #undef HAVE_KQUEUE */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <langinfo.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_LANGINFO_H 1

/* Defined to enable large file support when an off_t is bigger than a long
   and long long is at least as big as an off_t. You may need to add some
   flags for configuration and compilation to enable this mode. (For Solaris
   and Linux, the necessary defines are already defined.) */
/* #undef HAVE_LARGEFILE_SUPPORT */

/* Define to 1 if you have the 'lchflags' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_LCHFLAGS */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `lchmod' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_LCHMOD */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `lchown' function. */
#define HAVE_LCHOWN 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `lgamma' function. */
#define HAVE_LGAMMA 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `dl' library (-ldl). */
#define HAVE_LIBDL 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `dld' library (-ldld). */
/* #undef HAVE_LIBDLD */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `ieee' library (-lieee). */
/* #undef HAVE_LIBIEEE */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <libintl.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_LIBINTL_H 1

/* Define if you have the readline library (-lreadline). */
#define HAVE_LIBREADLINE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `resolv' library (-lresolv). */
/* #undef HAVE_LIBRESOLV */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sendfile' library (-lsendfile). */
/* #undef HAVE_LIBSENDFILE */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <libutil.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_LIBUTIL_H */

/* Define if you have the 'link' function. */
#define HAVE_LINK 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `linkat' function. */
#define HAVE_LINKAT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <linux/can/bcm.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_LINUX_CAN_BCM_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <linux/can.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_LINUX_CAN_H 1

/* Define if compiling using Linux 3.6 or later. */
#define HAVE_LINUX_CAN_RAW_FD_FRAMES 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <linux/can/raw.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_LINUX_CAN_RAW_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <linux/memfd.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_LINUX_MEMFD_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <linux/netlink.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_LINUX_NETLINK_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <linux/qrtr.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_LINUX_QRTR_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <linux/random.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_LINUX_RANDOM_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <linux/tipc.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_LINUX_TIPC_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <linux/vm_sockets.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_LINUX_VM_SOCKETS_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `lockf' function. */
#define HAVE_LOCKF 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `log1p' function. */
#define HAVE_LOG1P 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `log2' function. */
#define HAVE_LOG2 1

/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `long double'. */
#define HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `lstat' function. */
#define HAVE_LSTAT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `lutimes' function. */
#define HAVE_LUTIMES 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `madvise' function. */
#define HAVE_MADVISE 1

/* Define this if you have the makedev macro. */
#define HAVE_MAKEDEV 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `mbrtowc' function. */
#define HAVE_MBRTOWC 1

/* Define if you have the 'memfd_create' function. */
#define HAVE_MEMFD_CREATE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `memrchr' function. */
#define HAVE_MEMRCHR 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkdirat' function. */
#define HAVE_MKDIRAT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkfifo' function. */
#define HAVE_MKFIFO 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkfifoat' function. */
#define HAVE_MKFIFOAT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `mknod' function. */
#define HAVE_MKNOD 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `mknodat' function. */
#define HAVE_MKNODAT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `mktime' function. */
#define HAVE_MKTIME 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `mmap' function. */
#define HAVE_MMAP 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `mremap' function. */
#define HAVE_MREMAP 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <ncurses.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_NCURSES_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <ndir.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'. */
/* #undef HAVE_NDIR_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <netpacket/packet.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_NETPACKET_PACKET_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <net/if.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_NET_IF_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `nice' function. */
#define HAVE_NICE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `openat' function. */
#define HAVE_OPENAT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `openpty' function. */
#define HAVE_OPENPTY 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `pathconf' function. */
#define HAVE_PATHCONF 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `pause' function. */
#define HAVE_PAUSE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `pipe2' function. */
#define HAVE_PIPE2 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `plock' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_PLOCK */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `poll' function. */
#define HAVE_POLL 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <poll.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_POLL_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `posix_fadvise' function. */
#define HAVE_POSIX_FADVISE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `posix_fallocate' function. */
#define HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `posix_spawn' function. */
#define HAVE_POSIX_SPAWN 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `posix_spawnp' function. */
#define HAVE_POSIX_SPAWNP 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `pread' function. */
#define HAVE_PREAD 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `preadv' function. */
#define HAVE_PREADV 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `preadv2' function. */
#define HAVE_PREADV2 1

/* Define if you have the 'prlimit' functions. */
#define HAVE_PRLIMIT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <process.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_PROCESS_H */

/* Define if your compiler supports function prototype */
#define HAVE_PROTOTYPES 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `pthread_condattr_setclock' function. */
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_SETCLOCK 1

/* Defined for Solaris 2.6 bug in pthread header. */
/* #undef HAVE_PTHREAD_DESTRUCTOR */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `pthread_getcpuclockid' function. */
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_GETCPUCLOCKID 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <pthread.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `pthread_init' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_PTHREAD_INIT */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `pthread_kill' function. */
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_KILL 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `pthread_sigmask' function. */
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <pty.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_PTY_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `putenv' function. */
#define HAVE_PUTENV 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `pwrite' function. */
#define HAVE_PWRITE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `pwritev' function. */
#define HAVE_PWRITEV 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `pwritev2' function. */
#define HAVE_PWRITEV2 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `readlink' function. */
#define HAVE_READLINK 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `readlinkat' function. */
#define HAVE_READLINKAT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `readv' function. */
#define HAVE_READV 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `realpath' function. */
#define HAVE_REALPATH 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `renameat' function. */
#define HAVE_RENAMEAT 1

/* Define if readline supports append_history */
#define HAVE_RL_APPEND_HISTORY 1

/* Define if you can turn off readline's signal handling. */
#define HAVE_RL_CATCH_SIGNAL 1

/* Define if you have readline 2.2 */
#define HAVE_RL_COMPLETION_APPEND_CHARACTER 1

/* Define if you have readline 4.0 */
#define HAVE_RL_COMPLETION_DISPLAY_MATCHES_HOOK 1

/* Define if you have readline 4.2 */
#define HAVE_RL_COMPLETION_MATCHES 1

/* Define if you have rl_completion_suppress_append */
#define HAVE_RL_COMPLETION_SUPPRESS_APPEND 1

/* Define if you have readline 4.0 */
#define HAVE_RL_PRE_INPUT_HOOK 1

/* Define if you have readline 4.0 */
#define HAVE_RL_RESIZE_TERMINAL 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `round' function. */
#define HAVE_ROUND 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `rtpSpawn' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_RTPSPAWN */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sched_get_priority_max' function. */
#define HAVE_SCHED_GET_PRIORITY_MAX 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sched.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SCHED_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sched_rr_get_interval' function. */
#define HAVE_SCHED_RR_GET_INTERVAL 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sched_setaffinity' function. */
#define HAVE_SCHED_SETAFFINITY 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sched_setparam' function. */
#define HAVE_SCHED_SETPARAM 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sched_setscheduler' function. */
#define HAVE_SCHED_SETSCHEDULER 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sem_getvalue' function. */
#define HAVE_SEM_GETVALUE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sem_open' function. */
#define HAVE_SEM_OPEN 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sem_timedwait' function. */
#define HAVE_SEM_TIMEDWAIT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sem_unlink' function. */
#define HAVE_SEM_UNLINK 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sendfile' function. */
#define HAVE_SENDFILE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `setegid' function. */
#define HAVE_SETEGID 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `seteuid' function. */
#define HAVE_SETEUID 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `setgid' function. */
#define HAVE_SETGID 1

/* Define if you have the 'setgroups' function. */
#define HAVE_SETGROUPS 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sethostname' function. */
#define HAVE_SETHOSTNAME 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `setitimer' function. */
#define HAVE_SETITIMER 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `setlocale' function. */
#define HAVE_SETLOCALE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `setpgid' function. */
#define HAVE_SETPGID 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `setpgrp' function. */
#define HAVE_SETPGRP 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `setpriority' function. */
#define HAVE_SETPRIORITY 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `setregid' function. */
#define HAVE_SETREGID 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `setresgid' function. */
#define HAVE_SETRESGID 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `setresuid' function. */
#define HAVE_SETRESUID 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `setreuid' function. */
#define HAVE_SETREUID 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `setsid' function. */
#define HAVE_SETSID 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `setuid' function. */
#define HAVE_SETUID 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `setvbuf' function. */
#define HAVE_SETVBUF 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <shadow.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SHADOW_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `shm_open' function. */
#define HAVE_SHM_OPEN 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `shm_unlink' function. */
#define HAVE_SHM_UNLINK 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigaction' function. */
#define HAVE_SIGACTION 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigaltstack' function. */
#define HAVE_SIGALTSTACK 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigfillset' function. */
#define HAVE_SIGFILLSET 1

/* Define to 1 if `si_band' is a member of `siginfo_t'. */
#define HAVE_SIGINFO_T_SI_BAND 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `siginterrupt' function. */
#define HAVE_SIGINTERRUPT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <signal.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SIGNAL_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigpending' function. */
#define HAVE_SIGPENDING 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigrelse' function. */
#define HAVE_SIGRELSE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigtimedwait' function. */
#define HAVE_SIGTIMEDWAIT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigwait' function. */
#define HAVE_SIGWAIT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigwaitinfo' function. */
#define HAVE_SIGWAITINFO 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `snprintf' function. */
#define HAVE_SNPRINTF 1

/* struct sockaddr_alg (linux/if_alg.h) */
#define HAVE_SOCKADDR_ALG 1

/* Define if sockaddr has sa_len member */
/* #undef HAVE_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN */

/* struct sockaddr_storage (sys/socket.h) */
#define HAVE_SOCKADDR_STORAGE 1

/* Define if you have the 'socketpair' function. */
#define HAVE_SOCKETPAIR 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <spawn.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SPAWN_H 1

/* Define if your compiler provides ssize_t */
#define HAVE_SSIZE_T 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `statvfs' function. */
#define HAVE_STATVFS 1

/* Define if you have struct stat.st_mtim.tv_nsec */
#define HAVE_STAT_TV_NSEC 1

/* Define if you have struct stat.st_mtimensec */
/* #undef HAVE_STAT_TV_NSEC2 */

/* Define if your compiler supports variable length function prototypes (e.g.
   void fprintf(FILE *, char *, ...);) *and* <stdarg.h> */
#define HAVE_STDARG_PROTOTYPES 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1

/* Has stdatomic.h with atomic_int and atomic_uintptr_t */
#define HAVE_STD_ATOMIC 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function. */
#define HAVE_STRDUP 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `strftime' function. */
#define HAVE_STRFTIME 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STRING_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `strlcpy' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_STRLCPY */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <stropts.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_STROPTS_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `strsignal' function. */
#define HAVE_STRSIGNAL 1

/* Define to 1 if `pw_gecos' is a member of `struct passwd'. */
#define HAVE_STRUCT_PASSWD_PW_GECOS 1

/* Define to 1 if `pw_passwd' is a member of `struct passwd'. */
#define HAVE_STRUCT_PASSWD_PW_PASSWD 1

/* Define to 1 if `st_birthtime' is a member of `struct stat'. */
/* #undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BIRTHTIME */

/* Define to 1 if `st_blksize' is a member of `struct stat'. */
#define HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLKSIZE 1

/* Define to 1 if `st_blocks' is a member of `struct stat'. */
#define HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS 1

/* Define to 1 if `st_flags' is a member of `struct stat'. */
/* #undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_FLAGS */

/* Define to 1 if `st_gen' is a member of `struct stat'. */
/* #undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_GEN */

/* Define to 1 if `st_rdev' is a member of `struct stat'. */
#define HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV 1

/* Define to 1 if `tm_zone' is a member of `struct tm'. */
#define HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE 1

/* Define if you have the 'symlink' function. */
#define HAVE_SYMLINK 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `symlinkat' function. */
#define HAVE_SYMLINKAT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sync' function. */
#define HAVE_SYNC 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sysconf' function. */
#define HAVE_SYSCONF 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sysexits.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYSEXITS_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/audioio.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_AUDIOIO_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/bsdtty.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_BSDTTY_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/devpoll.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_DEVPOLL_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/dir.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'.
   */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/endian.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_ENDIAN_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/epoll.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_EPOLL_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/event.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_EVENT_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/file.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_FILE_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ioctl.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/kern_control.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_KERN_CONTROL_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/loadavg.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_LOADAVG_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/lock.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_LOCK_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/memfd.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_MEMFD_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/mkdev.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_MKDEV_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/mman.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/modem.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_MODEM_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ndir.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'.
   */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/poll.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_POLL_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/random.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_RANDOM_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/resource.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/select.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/sendfile.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_SENDFILE_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/socket.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/statvfs.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_STATVFS_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/syscall.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_SYSCALL_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/sysmacros.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_SYSMACROS_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/sys_domain.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_SYS_DOMAIN_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/termio.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_TERMIO_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/times.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_TIME_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/uio.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_UIO_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/un.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_UN_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/utsname.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/wait.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/xattr.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_XATTR_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `tcgetpgrp' function. */
#define HAVE_TCGETPGRP 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `tcsetpgrp' function. */
#define HAVE_TCSETPGRP 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `tempnam' function. */
#define HAVE_TEMPNAM 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <termios.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_TERMIOS_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <term.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_TERM_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `tgamma' function. */
#define HAVE_TGAMMA 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `timegm' function. */
#define HAVE_TIMEGM 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `times' function. */
#define HAVE_TIMES 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `tmpfile' function. */
#define HAVE_TMPFILE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `tmpnam' function. */
#define HAVE_TMPNAM 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `tmpnam_r' function. */
#define HAVE_TMPNAM_R 1

/* Define to 1 if your `struct tm' has `tm_zone'. Deprecated, use
   `HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE' instead. */
#define HAVE_TM_ZONE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `truncate' function. */
#define HAVE_TRUNCATE 1

/* Define to 1 if you don't have `tm_zone' but do have the external array
   `tzname'. */
/* #undef HAVE_TZNAME */

/* Define this if you have tcl and TCL_UTF_MAX==6 */
/* #undef HAVE_UCS4_TCL */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `uname' function. */
#define HAVE_UNAME 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `unlinkat' function. */
#define HAVE_UNLINKAT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `unsetenv' function. */
#define HAVE_UNSETENV 1

/* Define if you have a useable wchar_t type defined in wchar.h; useable means
   wchar_t must be an unsigned type with at least 16 bits. (see
   Include/unicodeobject.h). */
/* #undef HAVE_USABLE_WCHAR_T */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <util.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_UTIL_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `utimensat' function. */
#define HAVE_UTIMENSAT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `utimes' function. */
#define HAVE_UTIMES 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <utime.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_UTIME_H 1

/* Define if uuid_create() exists. */
/* #undef HAVE_UUID_CREATE */

/* Define if uuid_enc_be() exists. */
/* #undef HAVE_UUID_ENC_BE */

/* Define if uuid_generate_time_safe() exists. */
#define HAVE_UUID_GENERATE_TIME_SAFE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <uuid.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_UUID_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <uuid/uuid.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_UUID_UUID_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `wait3' function. */
#define HAVE_WAIT3 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `wait4' function. */
#define HAVE_WAIT4 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `waitid' function. */
#define HAVE_WAITID 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `waitpid' function. */
#define HAVE_WAITPID 1

/* Define if the compiler provides a wchar.h header file. */
#define HAVE_WCHAR_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcscoll' function. */
#define HAVE_WCSCOLL 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcsftime' function. */
#define HAVE_WCSFTIME 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcsxfrm' function. */
#define HAVE_WCSXFRM 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `wmemcmp' function. */
#define HAVE_WMEMCMP 1

/* Define if tzset() actually switches the local timezone in a meaningful way.
   */
#define HAVE_WORKING_TZSET 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `writev' function. */
#define HAVE_WRITEV 1

/* Define if libssl has X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set1_host and related function */
#define HAVE_X509_VERIFY_PARAM_SET1_HOST 1

/* Define if the zlib library has inflateCopy */
#define HAVE_ZLIB_COPY 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `_getpty' function. */
/* #undef HAVE__GETPTY */

/* Define to 1 if `major', `minor', and `makedev' are declared in <mkdev.h>.
   */
/* #undef MAJOR_IN_MKDEV */

/* Define to 1 if `major', `minor', and `makedev' are declared in
   <sysmacros.h>. */
#define MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS 1

/* Define if mvwdelch in curses.h is an expression. */
#define MVWDELCH_IS_EXPRESSION 1

/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
/* #undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT */

/* Define to the full name of this package. */
/* #undef PACKAGE_NAME */

/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
/* #undef PACKAGE_STRING */

/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
/* #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME */

/* Define to the home page for this package. */
/* #undef PACKAGE_URL */

/* Define to the version of this package. */
/* #undef PACKAGE_VERSION */

/* Define if POSIX semaphores aren't enabled on your system */
/* #undef POSIX_SEMAPHORES_NOT_ENABLED */

/* Define if pthread_key_t is compatible with int. */
#define PTHREAD_KEY_T_IS_COMPATIBLE_WITH_INT 1

/* Defined if PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM supported. */
#define PTHREAD_SYSTEM_SCHED_SUPPORTED 1

/* Define as the preferred size in bits of long digits */
/* #undef PYLONG_BITS_IN_DIGIT */

/* Define if you want to coerce the C locale to a UTF-8 based locale */
#define PY_COERCE_C_LOCALE 1

/* Define to printf format modifier for Py_ssize_t */
#define PY_FORMAT_SIZE_T "z"

/* Default cipher suites list for ssl module. 1: Python's preferred selection,
   2: leave OpenSSL defaults untouched, 0: custom string */
#define PY_SSL_DEFAULT_CIPHERS 2

/* Cipher suite string for PY_SSL_DEFAULT_CIPHERS=0 */
/* #undef PY_SSL_DEFAULT_CIPHER_STRING */

/* Define if you want to build an interpreter with many run-time checks. */
/* #undef Py_DEBUG */

/* Defined if Python is built as a shared library. */
#define Py_ENABLE_SHARED 1

/* Define hash algorithm for str, bytes and memoryview. SipHash24: 1, FNV: 2,
   externally defined: 0 */
/* #undef Py_HASH_ALGORITHM */

/* Define if you want to enable tracing references for debugging purpose */
/* #undef Py_TRACE_REFS */

/* assume C89 semantics that RETSIGTYPE is always void */
#define RETSIGTYPE void

/* Define if setpgrp() must be called as setpgrp(0, 0). */
/* #undef SETPGRP_HAVE_ARG */

/* Define to 1 if you must link with -lrt for shm_open(). */
#define SHM_NEEDS_LIBRT 1

/* Define if i>>j for signed int i does not extend the sign bit when i < 0 */
/* #undef SIGNED_RIGHT_SHIFT_ZERO_FILLS */

/* The size of `double', as computed by sizeof. */
#define SIZEOF_DOUBLE 8

/* The size of `float', as computed by sizeof. */
#define SIZEOF_FLOAT 4

/* The size of `fpos_t', as computed by sizeof. */
#define SIZEOF_FPOS_T 16

/* The size of `int', as computed by sizeof. */
#define SIZEOF_INT 4

/* The size of `long', as computed by sizeof. */
#define SIZEOF_LONG 8

/* The size of `long double', as computed by sizeof. */
#define SIZEOF_LONG_DOUBLE 16

/* The size of `long long', as computed by sizeof. */
#define SIZEOF_LONG_LONG 8

/* The size of `off_t', as computed by sizeof. */
#define SIZEOF_OFF_T 8

/* The size of `pid_t', as computed by sizeof. */
#define SIZEOF_PID_T 4

/* The size of `pthread_key_t', as computed by sizeof. */
#define SIZEOF_PTHREAD_KEY_T 4

/* The size of `pthread_t', as computed by sizeof. */
#define SIZEOF_PTHREAD_T 8

/* The size of `short', as computed by sizeof. */
#define SIZEOF_SHORT 2

/* The size of `size_t', as computed by sizeof. */
#define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 8

/* The size of `time_t', as computed by sizeof. */
#define SIZEOF_TIME_T 8

/* The size of `uintptr_t', as computed by sizeof. */
#define SIZEOF_UINTPTR_T 8

/* The size of `void *', as computed by sizeof. */
#define SIZEOF_VOID_P 8

/* The size of `wchar_t', as computed by sizeof. */
#define SIZEOF_WCHAR_T 4

/* The size of `_Bool', as computed by sizeof. */
#define SIZEOF__BOOL 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
#define STDC_HEADERS 1

/* Define if you can safely include both <sys/select.h> and <sys/time.h>
   (which you can't on SCO ODT 3.0). */
#define SYS_SELECT_WITH_SYS_TIME 1

/* Library needed by timemodule.c: librt may be needed for clock_gettime() */
/* #undef TIMEMODULE_LIB */

/* Define to 1 if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */
#define TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME 1

/* Define to 1 if your <sys/time.h> declares `struct tm'. */
/* #undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME */

/* Define if you want to use computed gotos in ceval.c. */
#define USE_COMPUTED_GOTOS 1

/* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix.  */
#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
# define _ALL_SOURCE 1
#endif
/* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them.  */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
/* Enable threading extensions on Solaris.  */
#ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
# define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1
#endif
/* Enable extensions on HP NonStop.  */
#ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE
# define _TANDEM_SOURCE 1
#endif
/* Enable general extensions on Solaris.  */
#ifndef __EXTENSIONS__
# define __EXTENSIONS__ 1
#endif


/* Define if WINDOW in curses.h offers a field _flags. */
#define WINDOW_HAS_FLAGS 1

/* Define if you want build the _decimal module using a coroutine-local rather
   than a thread-local context */
#define WITH_DECIMAL_CONTEXTVAR 1

/* Define if you want documentation strings in extension modules */
#define WITH_DOC_STRINGS 1

/* Define if you want to compile in DTrace support */
#define WITH_DTRACE 1

/* Define if you want to use the new-style (Openstep, Rhapsody, MacOS) dynamic
   linker (dyld) instead of the old-style (NextStep) dynamic linker (rld).
   Dyld is necessary to support frameworks. */
/* #undef WITH_DYLD */

/* Define to 1 if libintl is needed for locale functions. */
/* #undef WITH_LIBINTL */

/* Define if you want to produce an OpenStep/Rhapsody framework (shared
   library plus accessory files). */
/* #undef WITH_NEXT_FRAMEWORK */

/* Define if you want to compile in Python-specific mallocs */
#define WITH_PYMALLOC 1

/* Define if you want pymalloc to be disabled when running under valgrind */
#define WITH_VALGRIND 1

/* Define WORDS_BIGENDIAN to 1 if your processor stores words with the most
   significant byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel). */
#if defined AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD
# if defined __BIG_ENDIAN__
#  define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
# endif
#else
# ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
/* #  undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN */
# endif
#endif

/* Define if arithmetic is subject to x87-style double rounding issue */
/* #undef X87_DOUBLE_ROUNDING */

/* Define on OpenBSD to activate all library features */
/* #undef _BSD_SOURCE */

/* Define on Darwin to activate all library features */
#define _DARWIN_C_SOURCE 1

/* This must be set to 64 on some systems to enable large file support. */
#define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64

/* Define on Linux to activate all library features */
#define _GNU_SOURCE 1

/* Define to include mbstate_t for mbrtowc */
/* #undef _INCLUDE__STDC_A1_SOURCE */

/* This must be defined on some systems to enable large file support. */
#define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1

/* This must be defined on AIX systems to enable large file support. */
/* #undef _LARGE_FILES */

/* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */
/* #undef _MINIX */

/* Define on NetBSD to activate all library features */
#define _NETBSD_SOURCE 1

/* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with
   this defined. */
/* #undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE */

/* Define to activate features from IEEE Stds 1003.1-2008 */
#define _POSIX_C_SOURCE 200809L

/* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */
/* #undef _POSIX_SOURCE */

/* Define if you have POSIX threads, and your system does not define that. */
/* #undef _POSIX_THREADS */

/* framework name */
#define _PYTHONFRAMEWORK ""

/* Define to force use of thread-safe errno, h_errno, and other functions */
/* #undef _REENTRANT */

/* Define to the level of X/Open that your system supports */
#define _XOPEN_SOURCE 700

/* Define to activate Unix95-and-earlier features */
#define _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED 1

/* Define on FreeBSD to activate all library features */
#define __BSD_VISIBLE 1

/* Define to 1 if type `char' is unsigned and you are not using gcc.  */
#ifndef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
/* # undef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__ */
#endif

/* Define to 'long' if <time.h> doesn't define. */
/* #undef clock_t */

/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
/* #undef const */

/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
/* #undef gid_t */

/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
/* #undef mode_t */

/* Define to `long int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
/* #undef off_t */

/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
/* #undef pid_t */

/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work. */
/* #undef signed */

/* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
/* #undef size_t */

/* Define to `int' if <sys/socket.h> does not define. */
/* #undef socklen_t */

/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
/* #undef uid_t */


/* Define the macros needed if on a UnixWare 7.x system. */
#if defined(__USLC__) && defined(__SCO_VERSION__)
#define STRICT_SYSV_CURSES /* Don't use ncurses extensions */
#endif

#endif /*Py_PYCONFIG_H*/

#ifndef Py_STRTOD_H
#define Py_STRTOD_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


PyAPI_FUNC(double) PyOS_string_to_double(const char *str,
                                         char **endptr,
                                         PyObject *overflow_exception);

/* The caller is responsible for calling PyMem_Free to free the buffer
   that's is returned. */
PyAPI_FUNC(char *) PyOS_double_to_string(double val,
                                         char format_code,
                                         int precision,
                                         int flags,
                                         int *type);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _Py_string_to_number_with_underscores(
    const char *str, Py_ssize_t len, const char *what, PyObject *obj, void *arg,
    PyObject *(*innerfunc)(const char *, Py_ssize_t, void *));

PyAPI_FUNC(double) _Py_parse_inf_or_nan(const char *p, char **endptr);
#endif


/* PyOS_double_to_string's "flags" parameter can be set to 0 or more of: */
#define Py_DTSF_SIGN      0x01 /* always add the sign */
#define Py_DTSF_ADD_DOT_0 0x02 /* if the result is an integer add ".0" */
#define Py_DTSF_ALT       0x04 /* "alternate" formatting. it's format_code
                                  specific */

/* PyOS_double_to_string's "type", if non-NULL, will be set to one of: */
#define Py_DTST_FINITE 0
#define Py_DTST_INFINITE 1
#define Py_DTST_NAN 2

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* !Py_STRTOD_H */

/* os module interface */

#ifndef Py_OSMODULE_H
#define Py_OSMODULE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03060000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyOS_FSPath(PyObject *path);
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_OSMODULE_H */
#ifndef Py_AST_H
#define Py_AST_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include "Python-ast.h"   /* mod_ty */
#include "node.h"         /* node */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyAST_Validate(mod_ty);
PyAPI_FUNC(mod_ty) PyAST_FromNode(
    const node *n,
    PyCompilerFlags *flags,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    PyArena *arena);
PyAPI_FUNC(mod_ty) PyAST_FromNodeObject(
    const node *n,
    PyCompilerFlags *flags,
    PyObject *filename,
    PyArena *arena);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API

/* _PyAST_ExprAsUnicode is defined in ast_unparse.c */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyAST_ExprAsUnicode(expr_ty);

/* Return the borrowed reference to the first literal string in the
   sequence of statemnts or NULL if it doesn't start from a literal string.
   Doesn't set exception. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyAST_GetDocString(asdl_seq *);

#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_AST_H */

/* Generator object interface */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_GENOBJECT_H
#define Py_GENOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include "pystate.h"   /* _PyErr_StackItem */

struct _frame; /* Avoid including frameobject.h */

/* _PyGenObject_HEAD defines the initial segment of generator
   and coroutine objects. */
#define _PyGenObject_HEAD(prefix)                                           \
    PyObject_HEAD                                                           \
    /* Note: gi_frame can be NULL if the generator is "finished" */         \
    struct _frame *prefix##_frame;                                          \
    /* True if generator is being executed. */                              \
    char prefix##_running;                                                  \
    /* The code object backing the generator */                             \
    PyObject *prefix##_code;                                                \
    /* List of weak reference. */                                           \
    PyObject *prefix##_weakreflist;                                         \
    /* Name of the generator. */                                            \
    PyObject *prefix##_name;                                                \
    /* Qualified name of the generator. */                                  \
    PyObject *prefix##_qualname;                                            \
    _PyErr_StackItem prefix##_exc_state;

typedef struct {
    /* The gi_ prefix is intended to remind of generator-iterator. */
    _PyGenObject_HEAD(gi)
} PyGenObject;

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyGen_Type;

#define PyGen_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, &PyGen_Type)
#define PyGen_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyGen_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyGen_New(struct _frame *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyGen_NewWithQualName(struct _frame *,
    PyObject *name, PyObject *qualname);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyGen_NeedsFinalizing(PyGenObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyGen_SetStopIterationValue(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyGen_FetchStopIterationValue(PyObject **);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyGen_Send(PyGenObject *, PyObject *);
PyObject *_PyGen_yf(PyGenObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyGen_Finalize(PyObject *self);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef struct {
    _PyGenObject_HEAD(cr)
    PyObject *cr_origin;
} PyCoroObject;

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyCoro_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) _PyCoroWrapper_Type;

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) _PyAIterWrapper_Type;

#define PyCoro_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyCoro_Type)
PyObject *_PyCoro_GetAwaitableIter(PyObject *o);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCoro_New(struct _frame *,
    PyObject *name, PyObject *qualname);

/* Asynchronous Generators */

typedef struct {
    _PyGenObject_HEAD(ag)
    PyObject *ag_finalizer;

    /* Flag is set to 1 when hooks set up by sys.set_asyncgen_hooks
       were called on the generator, to avoid calling them more
       than once. */
    int ag_hooks_inited;

    /* Flag is set to 1 when aclose() is called for the first time, or
       when a StopAsyncIteration exception is raised. */
    int ag_closed;

    int ag_running_async;
} PyAsyncGenObject;

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyAsyncGen_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) _PyAsyncGenASend_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) _PyAsyncGenWrappedValue_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) _PyAsyncGenAThrow_Type;

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyAsyncGen_New(struct _frame *,
    PyObject *name, PyObject *qualname);

#define PyAsyncGen_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyAsyncGen_Type)

PyObject *_PyAsyncGenValueWrapperNew(PyObject *);

int PyAsyncGen_ClearFreeLists(void);

#endif

#undef _PyGenObject_HEAD

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_GENOBJECT_H */
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */
/* Complex number structure */

#ifndef Py_COMPLEXOBJECT_H
#define Py_COMPLEXOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef struct {
    double real;
    double imag;
} Py_complex;

/* Operations on complex numbers from complexmodule.c */

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_complex) _Py_c_sum(Py_complex, Py_complex);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_complex) _Py_c_diff(Py_complex, Py_complex);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_complex) _Py_c_neg(Py_complex);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_complex) _Py_c_prod(Py_complex, Py_complex);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_complex) _Py_c_quot(Py_complex, Py_complex);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_complex) _Py_c_pow(Py_complex, Py_complex);
PyAPI_FUNC(double) _Py_c_abs(Py_complex);
#endif

/* Complex object interface */

/*
PyComplexObject represents a complex number with double-precision
real and imaginary parts.
*/
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef struct {
    PyObject_HEAD
    Py_complex cval;
} PyComplexObject;
#endif

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyComplex_Type;

#define PyComplex_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, &PyComplex_Type)
#define PyComplex_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyComplex_Type)

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyComplex_FromCComplex(Py_complex);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyComplex_FromDoubles(double real, double imag);

PyAPI_FUNC(double) PyComplex_RealAsDouble(PyObject *op);
PyAPI_FUNC(double) PyComplex_ImagAsDouble(PyObject *op);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_complex) PyComplex_AsCComplex(PyObject *op);
#endif

/* Format the object based on the format_spec, as defined in PEP 3101
   (Advanced String Formatting). */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyComplex_FormatAdvancedWriter(
    _PyUnicodeWriter *writer,
    PyObject *obj,
    PyObject *format_spec,
    Py_ssize_t start,
    Py_ssize_t end);
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_COMPLEXOBJECT_H */
#ifndef Py_CPYTHON_UNICODEOBJECT_H
#  error "this header file must not be included directly"
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Py_UNICODE was the native Unicode storage format (code unit) used by
   Python and represents a single Unicode element in the Unicode type.
   With PEP 393, Py_UNICODE is deprecated and replaced with a
   typedef to wchar_t. */
#define PY_UNICODE_TYPE wchar_t
/* Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) */ typedef wchar_t Py_UNICODE;

/* --- Internal Unicode Operations ---------------------------------------- */

/* Since splitting on whitespace is an important use case, and
   whitespace in most situations is solely ASCII whitespace, we
   optimize for the common case by using a quick look-up table
   _Py_ascii_whitespace (see below) with an inlined check.

 */
#define Py_UNICODE_ISSPACE(ch) \
    ((Py_UCS4)(ch) < 128U ? _Py_ascii_whitespace[(ch)] : _PyUnicode_IsWhitespace(ch))

#define Py_UNICODE_ISLOWER(ch) _PyUnicode_IsLowercase(ch)
#define Py_UNICODE_ISUPPER(ch) _PyUnicode_IsUppercase(ch)
#define Py_UNICODE_ISTITLE(ch) _PyUnicode_IsTitlecase(ch)
#define Py_UNICODE_ISLINEBREAK(ch) _PyUnicode_IsLinebreak(ch)

#define Py_UNICODE_TOLOWER(ch) _PyUnicode_ToLowercase(ch)
#define Py_UNICODE_TOUPPER(ch) _PyUnicode_ToUppercase(ch)
#define Py_UNICODE_TOTITLE(ch) _PyUnicode_ToTitlecase(ch)

#define Py_UNICODE_ISDECIMAL(ch) _PyUnicode_IsDecimalDigit(ch)
#define Py_UNICODE_ISDIGIT(ch) _PyUnicode_IsDigit(ch)
#define Py_UNICODE_ISNUMERIC(ch) _PyUnicode_IsNumeric(ch)
#define Py_UNICODE_ISPRINTABLE(ch) _PyUnicode_IsPrintable(ch)

#define Py_UNICODE_TODECIMAL(ch) _PyUnicode_ToDecimalDigit(ch)
#define Py_UNICODE_TODIGIT(ch) _PyUnicode_ToDigit(ch)
#define Py_UNICODE_TONUMERIC(ch) _PyUnicode_ToNumeric(ch)

#define Py_UNICODE_ISALPHA(ch) _PyUnicode_IsAlpha(ch)

#define Py_UNICODE_ISALNUM(ch) \
       (Py_UNICODE_ISALPHA(ch) || \
    Py_UNICODE_ISDECIMAL(ch) || \
    Py_UNICODE_ISDIGIT(ch) || \
    Py_UNICODE_ISNUMERIC(ch))

#define Py_UNICODE_COPY(target, source, length) \
    memcpy((target), (source), (length)*sizeof(Py_UNICODE))

#define Py_UNICODE_FILL(target, value, length) \
    do {Py_ssize_t i_; Py_UNICODE *t_ = (target); Py_UNICODE v_ = (value);\
        for (i_ = 0; i_ < (length); i_++) t_[i_] = v_;\
    } while (0)

/* macros to work with surrogates */
#define Py_UNICODE_IS_SURROGATE(ch) (0xD800 <= (ch) && (ch) <= 0xDFFF)
#define Py_UNICODE_IS_HIGH_SURROGATE(ch) (0xD800 <= (ch) && (ch) <= 0xDBFF)
#define Py_UNICODE_IS_LOW_SURROGATE(ch) (0xDC00 <= (ch) && (ch) <= 0xDFFF)
/* Join two surrogate characters and return a single Py_UCS4 value. */
#define Py_UNICODE_JOIN_SURROGATES(high, low)  \
    (((((Py_UCS4)(high) & 0x03FF) << 10) |      \
      ((Py_UCS4)(low) & 0x03FF)) + 0x10000)
/* high surrogate = top 10 bits added to D800 */
#define Py_UNICODE_HIGH_SURROGATE(ch) (0xD800 - (0x10000 >> 10) + ((ch) >> 10))
/* low surrogate = bottom 10 bits added to DC00 */
#define Py_UNICODE_LOW_SURROGATE(ch) (0xDC00 + ((ch) & 0x3FF))

/* Check if substring matches at given offset.  The offset must be
   valid, and the substring must not be empty. */

#define Py_UNICODE_MATCH(string, offset, substring) \
    ((*((string)->wstr + (offset)) == *((substring)->wstr)) && \
     ((*((string)->wstr + (offset) + (substring)->wstr_length-1) == *((substring)->wstr + (substring)->wstr_length-1))) && \
     !memcmp((string)->wstr + (offset), (substring)->wstr, (substring)->wstr_length*sizeof(Py_UNICODE)))

/* --- Unicode Type ------------------------------------------------------- */

/* ASCII-only strings created through PyUnicode_New use the PyASCIIObject
   structure. state.ascii and state.compact are set, and the data
   immediately follow the structure. utf8_length and wstr_length can be found
   in the length field; the utf8 pointer is equal to the data pointer. */
typedef struct {
    /* There are 4 forms of Unicode strings:

       - compact ascii:

         * structure = PyASCIIObject
         * test: PyUnicode_IS_COMPACT_ASCII(op)
         * kind = PyUnicode_1BYTE_KIND
         * compact = 1
         * ascii = 1
         * ready = 1
         * (length is the length of the utf8 and wstr strings)
         * (data starts just after the structure)
         * (since ASCII is decoded from UTF-8, the utf8 string are the data)

       - compact:

         * structure = PyCompactUnicodeObject
         * test: PyUnicode_IS_COMPACT(op) && !PyUnicode_IS_ASCII(op)
         * kind = PyUnicode_1BYTE_KIND, PyUnicode_2BYTE_KIND or
           PyUnicode_4BYTE_KIND
         * compact = 1
         * ready = 1
         * ascii = 0
         * utf8 is not shared with data
         * utf8_length = 0 if utf8 is NULL
         * wstr is shared with data and wstr_length=length
           if kind=PyUnicode_2BYTE_KIND and sizeof(wchar_t)=2
           or if kind=PyUnicode_4BYTE_KIND and sizeof(wchar_t)=4
         * wstr_length = 0 if wstr is NULL
         * (data starts just after the structure)

       - legacy string, not ready:

         * structure = PyUnicodeObject
         * test: kind == PyUnicode_WCHAR_KIND
         * length = 0 (use wstr_length)
         * hash = -1
         * kind = PyUnicode_WCHAR_KIND
         * compact = 0
         * ascii = 0
         * ready = 0
         * interned = SSTATE_NOT_INTERNED
         * wstr is not NULL
         * data.any is NULL
         * utf8 is NULL
         * utf8_length = 0

       - legacy string, ready:

         * structure = PyUnicodeObject structure
         * test: !PyUnicode_IS_COMPACT(op) && kind != PyUnicode_WCHAR_KIND
         * kind = PyUnicode_1BYTE_KIND, PyUnicode_2BYTE_KIND or
           PyUnicode_4BYTE_KIND
         * compact = 0
         * ready = 1
         * data.any is not NULL
         * utf8 is shared and utf8_length = length with data.any if ascii = 1
         * utf8_length = 0 if utf8 is NULL
         * wstr is shared with data.any and wstr_length = length
           if kind=PyUnicode_2BYTE_KIND and sizeof(wchar_t)=2
           or if kind=PyUnicode_4BYTE_KIND and sizeof(wchar_4)=4
         * wstr_length = 0 if wstr is NULL

       Compact strings use only one memory block (structure + characters),
       whereas legacy strings use one block for the structure and one block
       for characters.

       Legacy strings are created by PyUnicode_FromUnicode() and
       PyUnicode_FromStringAndSize(NULL, size) functions. They become ready
       when PyUnicode_READY() is called.

       See also _PyUnicode_CheckConsistency().
    */
    PyObject_HEAD
    Py_ssize_t length;          /* Number of code points in the string */
    Py_hash_t hash;             /* Hash value; -1 if not set */
    struct {
        /*
           SSTATE_NOT_INTERNED (0)
           SSTATE_INTERNED_MORTAL (1)
           SSTATE_INTERNED_IMMORTAL (2)

           If interned != SSTATE_NOT_INTERNED, the two references from the
           dictionary to this object are *not* counted in ob_refcnt.
         */
        unsigned int interned:2;
        /* Character size:

           - PyUnicode_WCHAR_KIND (0):

             * character type = wchar_t (16 or 32 bits, depending on the
               platform)

           - PyUnicode_1BYTE_KIND (1):

             * character type = Py_UCS1 (8 bits, unsigned)
             * all characters are in the range U+0000-U+00FF (latin1)
             * if ascii is set, all characters are in the range U+0000-U+007F
               (ASCII), otherwise at least one character is in the range
               U+0080-U+00FF

           - PyUnicode_2BYTE_KIND (2):

             * character type = Py_UCS2 (16 bits, unsigned)
             * all characters are in the range U+0000-U+FFFF (BMP)
             * at least one character is in the range U+0100-U+FFFF

           - PyUnicode_4BYTE_KIND (4):

             * character type = Py_UCS4 (32 bits, unsigned)
             * all characters are in the range U+0000-U+10FFFF
             * at least one character is in the range U+10000-U+10FFFF
         */
        unsigned int kind:3;
        /* Compact is with respect to the allocation scheme. Compact unicode
           objects only require one memory block while non-compact objects use
           one block for the PyUnicodeObject struct and another for its data
           buffer. */
        unsigned int compact:1;
        /* The string only contains characters in the range U+0000-U+007F (ASCII)
           and the kind is PyUnicode_1BYTE_KIND. If ascii is set and compact is
           set, use the PyASCIIObject structure. */
        unsigned int ascii:1;
        /* The ready flag indicates whether the object layout is initialized
           completely. This means that this is either a compact object, or
           the data pointer is filled out. The bit is redundant, and helps
           to minimize the test in PyUnicode_IS_READY(). */
        unsigned int ready:1;
        /* Padding to ensure that PyUnicode_DATA() is always aligned to
           4 bytes (see issue #19537 on m68k). */
        unsigned int :24;
    } state;
    wchar_t *wstr;              /* wchar_t representation (null-terminated) */
} PyASCIIObject;

/* Non-ASCII strings allocated through PyUnicode_New use the
   PyCompactUnicodeObject structure. state.compact is set, and the data
   immediately follow the structure. */
typedef struct {
    PyASCIIObject _base;
    Py_ssize_t utf8_length;     /* Number of bytes in utf8, excluding the
                                 * terminating \0. */
    char *utf8;                 /* UTF-8 representation (null-terminated) */
    Py_ssize_t wstr_length;     /* Number of code points in wstr, possible
                                 * surrogates count as two code points. */
} PyCompactUnicodeObject;

/* Strings allocated through PyUnicode_FromUnicode(NULL, len) use the
   PyUnicodeObject structure. The actual string data is initially in the wstr
   block, and copied into the data block using _PyUnicode_Ready. */
typedef struct {
    PyCompactUnicodeObject _base;
    union {
        void *any;
        Py_UCS1 *latin1;
        Py_UCS2 *ucs2;
        Py_UCS4 *ucs4;
    } data;                     /* Canonical, smallest-form Unicode buffer */
} PyUnicodeObject;

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_CheckConsistency(
    PyObject *op,
    int check_content);

/* Fast access macros */
#define PyUnicode_WSTR_LENGTH(op) \
    (PyUnicode_IS_COMPACT_ASCII(op) ?                  \
     ((PyASCIIObject*)op)->length :                    \
     ((PyCompactUnicodeObject*)op)->wstr_length)

/* Returns the deprecated Py_UNICODE representation's size in code units
   (this includes surrogate pairs as 2 units).
   If the Py_UNICODE representation is not available, it will be computed
   on request.  Use PyUnicode_GET_LENGTH() for the length in code points. */

/* Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) */
#define PyUnicode_GET_SIZE(op)                       \
    (assert(PyUnicode_Check(op)),                    \
     (((PyASCIIObject *)(op))->wstr) ?               \
      PyUnicode_WSTR_LENGTH(op) :                    \
      ((void)PyUnicode_AsUnicode(_PyObject_CAST(op)),\
       assert(((PyASCIIObject *)(op))->wstr),        \
       PyUnicode_WSTR_LENGTH(op)))

/* Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) */
#define PyUnicode_GET_DATA_SIZE(op) \
    (PyUnicode_GET_SIZE(op) * Py_UNICODE_SIZE)

/* Alias for PyUnicode_AsUnicode().  This will create a wchar_t/Py_UNICODE
   representation on demand.  Using this macro is very inefficient now,
   try to port your code to use the new PyUnicode_*BYTE_DATA() macros or
   use PyUnicode_WRITE() and PyUnicode_READ(). */

/* Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) */
#define PyUnicode_AS_UNICODE(op) \
    (assert(PyUnicode_Check(op)), \
     (((PyASCIIObject *)(op))->wstr) ? (((PyASCIIObject *)(op))->wstr) : \
      PyUnicode_AsUnicode(_PyObject_CAST(op)))

/* Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) */
#define PyUnicode_AS_DATA(op) \
    ((const char *)(PyUnicode_AS_UNICODE(op)))


/* --- Flexible String Representation Helper Macros (PEP 393) -------------- */

/* Values for PyASCIIObject.state: */

/* Interning state. */
#define SSTATE_NOT_INTERNED 0
#define SSTATE_INTERNED_MORTAL 1
#define SSTATE_INTERNED_IMMORTAL 2

/* Return true if the string contains only ASCII characters, or 0 if not. The
   string may be compact (PyUnicode_IS_COMPACT_ASCII) or not, but must be
   ready. */
#define PyUnicode_IS_ASCII(op)                   \
    (assert(PyUnicode_Check(op)),                \
     assert(PyUnicode_IS_READY(op)),             \
     ((PyASCIIObject*)op)->state.ascii)

/* Return true if the string is compact or 0 if not.
   No type checks or Ready calls are performed. */
#define PyUnicode_IS_COMPACT(op) \
    (((PyASCIIObject*)(op))->state.compact)

/* Return true if the string is a compact ASCII string (use PyASCIIObject
   structure), or 0 if not.  No type checks or Ready calls are performed. */
#define PyUnicode_IS_COMPACT_ASCII(op)                 \
    (((PyASCIIObject*)op)->state.ascii && PyUnicode_IS_COMPACT(op))

enum PyUnicode_Kind {
/* String contains only wstr byte characters.  This is only possible
   when the string was created with a legacy API and _PyUnicode_Ready()
   has not been called yet.  */
    PyUnicode_WCHAR_KIND = 0,
/* Return values of the PyUnicode_KIND() macro: */
    PyUnicode_1BYTE_KIND = 1,
    PyUnicode_2BYTE_KIND = 2,
    PyUnicode_4BYTE_KIND = 4
};

/* Return pointers to the canonical representation cast to unsigned char,
   Py_UCS2, or Py_UCS4 for direct character access.
   No checks are performed, use PyUnicode_KIND() before to ensure
   these will work correctly. */

#define PyUnicode_1BYTE_DATA(op) ((Py_UCS1*)PyUnicode_DATA(op))
#define PyUnicode_2BYTE_DATA(op) ((Py_UCS2*)PyUnicode_DATA(op))
#define PyUnicode_4BYTE_DATA(op) ((Py_UCS4*)PyUnicode_DATA(op))

/* Return one of the PyUnicode_*_KIND values defined above. */
#define PyUnicode_KIND(op) \
    (assert(PyUnicode_Check(op)), \
     assert(PyUnicode_IS_READY(op)),            \
     ((PyASCIIObject *)(op))->state.kind)

/* Return a void pointer to the raw unicode buffer. */
#define _PyUnicode_COMPACT_DATA(op)                     \
    (PyUnicode_IS_ASCII(op) ?                   \
     ((void*)((PyASCIIObject*)(op) + 1)) :              \
     ((void*)((PyCompactUnicodeObject*)(op) + 1)))

#define _PyUnicode_NONCOMPACT_DATA(op)                  \
    (assert(((PyUnicodeObject*)(op))->data.any),        \
     ((((PyUnicodeObject *)(op))->data.any)))

#define PyUnicode_DATA(op) \
    (assert(PyUnicode_Check(op)), \
     PyUnicode_IS_COMPACT(op) ? _PyUnicode_COMPACT_DATA(op) :   \
     _PyUnicode_NONCOMPACT_DATA(op))

/* In the access macros below, "kind" may be evaluated more than once.
   All other macro parameters are evaluated exactly once, so it is safe
   to put side effects into them (such as increasing the index). */

/* Write into the canonical representation, this macro does not do any sanity
   checks and is intended for usage in loops.  The caller should cache the
   kind and data pointers obtained from other macro calls.
   index is the index in the string (starts at 0) and value is the new
   code point value which should be written to that location. */
#define PyUnicode_WRITE(kind, data, index, value) \
    do { \
        switch ((kind)) { \
        case PyUnicode_1BYTE_KIND: { \
            ((Py_UCS1 *)(data))[(index)] = (Py_UCS1)(value); \
            break; \
        } \
        case PyUnicode_2BYTE_KIND: { \
            ((Py_UCS2 *)(data))[(index)] = (Py_UCS2)(value); \
            break; \
        } \
        default: { \
            assert((kind) == PyUnicode_4BYTE_KIND); \
            ((Py_UCS4 *)(data))[(index)] = (Py_UCS4)(value); \
        } \
        } \
    } while (0)

/* Read a code point from the string's canonical representation.  No checks
   or ready calls are performed. */
#define PyUnicode_READ(kind, data, index) \
    ((Py_UCS4) \
    ((kind) == PyUnicode_1BYTE_KIND ? \
        ((const Py_UCS1 *)(data))[(index)] : \
        ((kind) == PyUnicode_2BYTE_KIND ? \
            ((const Py_UCS2 *)(data))[(index)] : \
            ((const Py_UCS4 *)(data))[(index)] \
        ) \
    ))

/* PyUnicode_READ_CHAR() is less efficient than PyUnicode_READ() because it
   calls PyUnicode_KIND() and might call it twice.  For single reads, use
   PyUnicode_READ_CHAR, for multiple consecutive reads callers should
   cache kind and use PyUnicode_READ instead. */
#define PyUnicode_READ_CHAR(unicode, index) \
    (assert(PyUnicode_Check(unicode)),          \
     assert(PyUnicode_IS_READY(unicode)),       \
     (Py_UCS4)                                  \
        (PyUnicode_KIND((unicode)) == PyUnicode_1BYTE_KIND ? \
            ((const Py_UCS1 *)(PyUnicode_DATA((unicode))))[(index)] : \
            (PyUnicode_KIND((unicode)) == PyUnicode_2BYTE_KIND ? \
                ((const Py_UCS2 *)(PyUnicode_DATA((unicode))))[(index)] : \
                ((const Py_UCS4 *)(PyUnicode_DATA((unicode))))[(index)] \
            ) \
        ))

/* Returns the length of the unicode string. The caller has to make sure that
   the string has it's canonical representation set before calling
   this macro.  Call PyUnicode_(FAST_)Ready to ensure that. */
#define PyUnicode_GET_LENGTH(op)                \
    (assert(PyUnicode_Check(op)),               \
     assert(PyUnicode_IS_READY(op)),            \
     ((PyASCIIObject *)(op))->length)


/* Fast check to determine whether an object is ready. Equivalent to
   PyUnicode_IS_COMPACT(op) || ((PyUnicodeObject*)(op))->data.any) */

#define PyUnicode_IS_READY(op) (((PyASCIIObject*)op)->state.ready)

/* PyUnicode_READY() does less work than _PyUnicode_Ready() in the best
   case.  If the canonical representation is not yet set, it will still call
   _PyUnicode_Ready().
   Returns 0 on success and -1 on errors. */
#define PyUnicode_READY(op)                        \
    (assert(PyUnicode_Check(op)),                       \
     (PyUnicode_IS_READY(op) ?                          \
      0 : _PyUnicode_Ready(_PyObject_CAST(op))))

/* Return a maximum character value which is suitable for creating another
   string based on op.  This is always an approximation but more efficient
   than iterating over the string. */
#define PyUnicode_MAX_CHAR_VALUE(op) \
    (assert(PyUnicode_IS_READY(op)),                                    \
     (PyUnicode_IS_ASCII(op) ?                                          \
      (0x7f) :                                                          \
      (PyUnicode_KIND(op) == PyUnicode_1BYTE_KIND ?                     \
       (0xffU) :                                                        \
       (PyUnicode_KIND(op) == PyUnicode_2BYTE_KIND ?                    \
        (0xffffU) :                                                     \
        (0x10ffffU)))))

/* === Public API ========================================================= */

/* --- Plain Py_UNICODE --------------------------------------------------- */

/* With PEP 393, this is the recommended way to allocate a new unicode object.
   This function will allocate the object and its buffer in a single memory
   block.  Objects created using this function are not resizable. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_New(
    Py_ssize_t size,            /* Number of code points in the new string */
    Py_UCS4 maxchar             /* maximum code point value in the string */
    );

/* Initializes the canonical string representation from the deprecated
   wstr/Py_UNICODE representation. This function is used to convert Unicode
   objects which were created using the old API to the new flexible format
   introduced with PEP 393.

   Don't call this function directly, use the public PyUnicode_READY() macro
   instead. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_Ready(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

/* Get a copy of a Unicode string. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_Copy(
    PyObject *unicode
    );

/* Copy character from one unicode object into another, this function performs
   character conversion when necessary and falls back to memcpy() if possible.

   Fail if to is too small (smaller than *how_many* or smaller than
   len(from)-from_start), or if kind(from[from_start:from_start+how_many]) >
   kind(to), or if *to* has more than 1 reference.

   Return the number of written character, or return -1 and raise an exception
   on error.

   Pseudo-code:

       how_many = min(how_many, len(from) - from_start)
       to[to_start:to_start+how_many] = from[from_start:from_start+how_many]
       return how_many

   Note: The function doesn't write a terminating null character.
   */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyUnicode_CopyCharacters(
    PyObject *to,
    Py_ssize_t to_start,
    PyObject *from,
    Py_ssize_t from_start,
    Py_ssize_t how_many
    );

/* Unsafe version of PyUnicode_CopyCharacters(): don't check arguments and so
   may crash if parameters are invalid (e.g. if the output string
   is too short). */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyUnicode_FastCopyCharacters(
    PyObject *to,
    Py_ssize_t to_start,
    PyObject *from,
    Py_ssize_t from_start,
    Py_ssize_t how_many
    );

/* Fill a string with a character: write fill_char into
   unicode[start:start+length].

   Fail if fill_char is bigger than the string maximum character, or if the
   string has more than 1 reference.

   Return the number of written character, or return -1 and raise an exception
   on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyUnicode_Fill(
    PyObject *unicode,
    Py_ssize_t start,
    Py_ssize_t length,
    Py_UCS4 fill_char
    );

/* Unsafe version of PyUnicode_Fill(): don't check arguments and so may crash
   if parameters are invalid (e.g. if length is longer than the string). */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyUnicode_FastFill(
    PyObject *unicode,
    Py_ssize_t start,
    Py_ssize_t length,
    Py_UCS4 fill_char
    );

/* Create a Unicode Object from the Py_UNICODE buffer u of the given
   size.

   u may be NULL which causes the contents to be undefined. It is the
   user's responsibility to fill in the needed data afterwards. Note
   that modifying the Unicode object contents after construction is
   only allowed if u was set to NULL.

   The buffer is copied into the new object. */
/* Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) */ PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_FromUnicode(
    const Py_UNICODE *u,        /* Unicode buffer */
    Py_ssize_t size             /* size of buffer */
    );

/* Create a new string from a buffer of Py_UCS1, Py_UCS2 or Py_UCS4 characters.
   Scan the string to find the maximum character. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_FromKindAndData(
    int kind,
    const void *buffer,
    Py_ssize_t size);

/* Create a new string from a buffer of ASCII characters.
   WARNING: Don't check if the string contains any non-ASCII character. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_FromASCII(
    const char *buffer,
    Py_ssize_t size);

/* Compute the maximum character of the substring unicode[start:end].
   Return 127 for an empty string. */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UCS4) _PyUnicode_FindMaxChar (
    PyObject *unicode,
    Py_ssize_t start,
    Py_ssize_t end);

/* Return a read-only pointer to the Unicode object's internal
   Py_UNICODE buffer.
   If the wchar_t/Py_UNICODE representation is not yet available, this
   function will calculate it. */
/* Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) */ PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UNICODE *) PyUnicode_AsUnicode(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

/* Similar to PyUnicode_AsUnicode(), but raises a ValueError if the string
   contains null characters. */
PyAPI_FUNC(const Py_UNICODE *) _PyUnicode_AsUnicode(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

/* Return a read-only pointer to the Unicode object's internal
   Py_UNICODE buffer and save the length at size.
   If the wchar_t/Py_UNICODE representation is not yet available, this
   function will calculate it. */

/* Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) */ PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UNICODE *) PyUnicode_AsUnicodeAndSize(
    PyObject *unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    Py_ssize_t *size            /* location where to save the length */
    );

/* Get the maximum ordinal for a Unicode character. */
Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UNICODE) PyUnicode_GetMax(void);


/* --- _PyUnicodeWriter API ----------------------------------------------- */

typedef struct {
    PyObject *buffer;
    void *data;
    enum PyUnicode_Kind kind;
    Py_UCS4 maxchar;
    Py_ssize_t size;
    Py_ssize_t pos;

    /* minimum number of allocated characters (default: 0) */
    Py_ssize_t min_length;

    /* minimum character (default: 127, ASCII) */
    Py_UCS4 min_char;

    /* If non-zero, overallocate the buffer (default: 0). */
    unsigned char overallocate;

    /* If readonly is 1, buffer is a shared string (cannot be modified)
       and size is set to 0. */
    unsigned char readonly;
} _PyUnicodeWriter ;

/* Initialize a Unicode writer.
 *
 * By default, the minimum buffer size is 0 character and overallocation is
 * disabled. Set min_length, min_char and overallocate attributes to control
 * the allocation of the buffer. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void)
_PyUnicodeWriter_Init(_PyUnicodeWriter *writer);

/* Prepare the buffer to write 'length' characters
   with the specified maximum character.

   Return 0 on success, raise an exception and return -1 on error. */
#define _PyUnicodeWriter_Prepare(WRITER, LENGTH, MAXCHAR)             \
    (((MAXCHAR) <= (WRITER)->maxchar                                  \
      && (LENGTH) <= (WRITER)->size - (WRITER)->pos)                  \
     ? 0                                                              \
     : (((LENGTH) == 0)                                               \
        ? 0                                                           \
        : _PyUnicodeWriter_PrepareInternal((WRITER), (LENGTH), (MAXCHAR))))

/* Don't call this function directly, use the _PyUnicodeWriter_Prepare() macro
   instead. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int)
_PyUnicodeWriter_PrepareInternal(_PyUnicodeWriter *writer,
                                 Py_ssize_t length, Py_UCS4 maxchar);

/* Prepare the buffer to have at least the kind KIND.
   For example, kind=PyUnicode_2BYTE_KIND ensures that the writer will
   support characters in range U+000-U+FFFF.

   Return 0 on success, raise an exception and return -1 on error. */
#define _PyUnicodeWriter_PrepareKind(WRITER, KIND)                    \
    (assert((KIND) != PyUnicode_WCHAR_KIND),                          \
     (KIND) <= (WRITER)->kind                                         \
     ? 0                                                              \
     : _PyUnicodeWriter_PrepareKindInternal((WRITER), (KIND)))

/* Don't call this function directly, use the _PyUnicodeWriter_PrepareKind()
   macro instead. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int)
_PyUnicodeWriter_PrepareKindInternal(_PyUnicodeWriter *writer,
                                     enum PyUnicode_Kind kind);

/* Append a Unicode character.
   Return 0 on success, raise an exception and return -1 on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int)
_PyUnicodeWriter_WriteChar(_PyUnicodeWriter *writer,
    Py_UCS4 ch
    );

/* Append a Unicode string.
   Return 0 on success, raise an exception and return -1 on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int)
_PyUnicodeWriter_WriteStr(_PyUnicodeWriter *writer,
    PyObject *str               /* Unicode string */
    );

/* Append a substring of a Unicode string.
   Return 0 on success, raise an exception and return -1 on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int)
_PyUnicodeWriter_WriteSubstring(_PyUnicodeWriter *writer,
    PyObject *str,              /* Unicode string */
    Py_ssize_t start,
    Py_ssize_t end
    );

/* Append an ASCII-encoded byte string.
   Return 0 on success, raise an exception and return -1 on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int)
_PyUnicodeWriter_WriteASCIIString(_PyUnicodeWriter *writer,
    const char *str,           /* ASCII-encoded byte string */
    Py_ssize_t len             /* number of bytes, or -1 if unknown */
    );

/* Append a latin1-encoded byte string.
   Return 0 on success, raise an exception and return -1 on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int)
_PyUnicodeWriter_WriteLatin1String(_PyUnicodeWriter *writer,
    const char *str,           /* latin1-encoded byte string */
    Py_ssize_t len             /* length in bytes */
    );

/* Get the value of the writer as a Unicode string. Clear the
   buffer of the writer. Raise an exception and return NULL
   on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *)
_PyUnicodeWriter_Finish(_PyUnicodeWriter *writer);

/* Deallocate memory of a writer (clear its internal buffer). */
PyAPI_FUNC(void)
_PyUnicodeWriter_Dealloc(_PyUnicodeWriter *writer);


/* Format the object based on the format_spec, as defined in PEP 3101
   (Advanced String Formatting). */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_FormatAdvancedWriter(
    _PyUnicodeWriter *writer,
    PyObject *obj,
    PyObject *format_spec,
    Py_ssize_t start,
    Py_ssize_t end);

/* --- wchar_t support for platforms which support it --------------------- */

#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_H
PyAPI_FUNC(void*) _PyUnicode_AsKind(PyObject *s, unsigned int kind);
#endif

/* --- Manage the default encoding ---------------------------------------- */

/* Returns a pointer to the default encoding (UTF-8) of the
   Unicode object unicode and the size of the encoded representation
   in bytes stored in *size.

   In case of an error, no *size is set.

   This function caches the UTF-8 encoded string in the unicodeobject
   and subsequent calls will return the same string.  The memory is released
   when the unicodeobject is deallocated.

   _PyUnicode_AsStringAndSize is a #define for PyUnicode_AsUTF8AndSize to
   support the previous internal function with the same behaviour.

   *** This API is for interpreter INTERNAL USE ONLY and will likely
   *** be removed or changed in the future.

   *** If you need to access the Unicode object as UTF-8 bytes string,
   *** please use PyUnicode_AsUTF8String() instead.
*/

PyAPI_FUNC(const char *) PyUnicode_AsUTF8AndSize(
    PyObject *unicode,
    Py_ssize_t *size);

#define _PyUnicode_AsStringAndSize PyUnicode_AsUTF8AndSize

/* Returns a pointer to the default encoding (UTF-8) of the
   Unicode object unicode.

   Like PyUnicode_AsUTF8AndSize(), this also caches the UTF-8 representation
   in the unicodeobject.

   _PyUnicode_AsString is a #define for PyUnicode_AsUTF8 to
   support the previous internal function with the same behaviour.

   Use of this API is DEPRECATED since no size information can be
   extracted from the returned data.

   *** This API is for interpreter INTERNAL USE ONLY and will likely
   *** be removed or changed for Python 3.1.

   *** If you need to access the Unicode object as UTF-8 bytes string,
   *** please use PyUnicode_AsUTF8String() instead.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(const char *) PyUnicode_AsUTF8(PyObject *unicode);

#define _PyUnicode_AsString PyUnicode_AsUTF8

/* --- Generic Codecs ----------------------------------------------------- */

/* Encodes a Py_UNICODE buffer of the given size and returns a
   Python string object. */
Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_Encode(
    const Py_UNICODE *s,        /* Unicode char buffer */
    Py_ssize_t size,            /* number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    const char *encoding,       /* encoding */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

/* --- UTF-7 Codecs ------------------------------------------------------- */

Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeUTF7(
    const Py_UNICODE *data,     /* Unicode char buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    int base64SetO,             /* Encode RFC2152 Set O characters in base64 */
    int base64WhiteSpace,       /* Encode whitespace (sp, ht, nl, cr) in base64 */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_EncodeUTF7(
    PyObject *unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    int base64SetO,             /* Encode RFC2152 Set O characters in base64 */
    int base64WhiteSpace,       /* Encode whitespace (sp, ht, nl, cr) in base64 */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

/* --- UTF-8 Codecs ------------------------------------------------------- */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_AsUTF8String(
    PyObject *unicode,
    const char *errors);

Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeUTF8(
    const Py_UNICODE *data,     /* Unicode char buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

/* --- UTF-32 Codecs ------------------------------------------------------ */

Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeUTF32(
    const Py_UNICODE *data,     /* Unicode char buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    const char *errors,         /* error handling */
    int byteorder               /* byteorder to use 0=BOM+native;-1=LE,1=BE */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_EncodeUTF32(
    PyObject *object,           /* Unicode object */
    const char *errors,         /* error handling */
    int byteorder               /* byteorder to use 0=BOM+native;-1=LE,1=BE */
    );

/* --- UTF-16 Codecs ------------------------------------------------------ */

/* Returns a Python string object holding the UTF-16 encoded value of
   the Unicode data.

   If byteorder is not 0, output is written according to the following
   byte order:

   byteorder == -1: little endian
   byteorder == 0:  native byte order (writes a BOM mark)
   byteorder == 1:  big endian

   If byteorder is 0, the output string will always start with the
   Unicode BOM mark (U+FEFF). In the other two modes, no BOM mark is
   prepended.

   Note that Py_UNICODE data is being interpreted as UTF-16 reduced to
   UCS-2. This trick makes it possible to add full UTF-16 capabilities
   at a later point without compromising the APIs.

*/
Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeUTF16(
    const Py_UNICODE *data,     /* Unicode char buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    const char *errors,         /* error handling */
    int byteorder               /* byteorder to use 0=BOM+native;-1=LE,1=BE */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_EncodeUTF16(
    PyObject* unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    const char *errors,         /* error handling */
    int byteorder               /* byteorder to use 0=BOM+native;-1=LE,1=BE */
    );

/* --- Unicode-Escape Codecs ---------------------------------------------- */

/* Helper for PyUnicode_DecodeUnicodeEscape that detects invalid escape
   chars. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_DecodeUnicodeEscape(
        const char *string,     /* Unicode-Escape encoded string */
        Py_ssize_t length,      /* size of string */
        const char *errors,     /* error handling */
        const char **first_invalid_escape  /* on return, points to first
                                              invalid escaped char in
                                              string. */
);

Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeUnicodeEscape(
    const Py_UNICODE *data,     /* Unicode char buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length           /* Number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    );

/* --- Raw-Unicode-Escape Codecs ------------------------------------------ */

Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeRawUnicodeEscape(
    const Py_UNICODE *data,     /* Unicode char buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length           /* Number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    );

/* --- Latin-1 Codecs ----------------------------------------------------- */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_AsLatin1String(
    PyObject* unicode,
    const char* errors);

Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeLatin1(
    const Py_UNICODE *data,     /* Unicode char buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* Number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

/* --- ASCII Codecs ------------------------------------------------------- */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_AsASCIIString(
    PyObject* unicode,
    const char* errors);

Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeASCII(
    const Py_UNICODE *data,     /* Unicode char buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* Number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

/* --- Character Map Codecs ----------------------------------------------- */

Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeCharmap(
    const Py_UNICODE *data,     /* Unicode char buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* Number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    PyObject *mapping,          /* encoding mapping */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_EncodeCharmap(
    PyObject *unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    PyObject *mapping,          /* encoding mapping */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

/* Translate a Py_UNICODE buffer of the given length by applying a
   character mapping table to it and return the resulting Unicode
   object.

   The mapping table must map Unicode ordinal integers to Unicode strings,
   Unicode ordinal integers or None (causing deletion of the character).

   Mapping tables may be dictionaries or sequences. Unmapped character
   ordinals (ones which cause a LookupError) are left untouched and
   are copied as-is.

*/
Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicode_TranslateCharmap(
    const Py_UNICODE *data,     /* Unicode char buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* Number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    PyObject *table,            /* Translate table */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

/* --- MBCS codecs for Windows -------------------------------------------- */

#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeMBCS(
    const Py_UNICODE *data,     /* Unicode char buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );
#endif

/* --- Decimal Encoder ---------------------------------------------------- */

/* Takes a Unicode string holding a decimal value and writes it into
   an output buffer using standard ASCII digit codes.

   The output buffer has to provide at least length+1 bytes of storage
   area. The output string is 0-terminated.

   The encoder converts whitespace to ' ', decimal characters to their
   corresponding ASCII digit and all other Latin-1 characters except
   \0 as-is. Characters outside this range (Unicode ordinals 1-256)
   are treated as errors. This includes embedded NULL bytes.

   Error handling is defined by the errors argument:

      NULL or "strict": raise a ValueError
      "ignore": ignore the wrong characters (these are not copied to the
                output buffer)
      "replace": replaces illegal characters with '?'

   Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure.

*/

/* Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) */ PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicode_EncodeDecimal(
    Py_UNICODE *s,              /* Unicode buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* Number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    char *output,               /* Output buffer; must have size >= length */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

/* Transforms code points that have decimal digit property to the
   corresponding ASCII digit code points.

   Returns a new Unicode string on success, NULL on failure.
*/

/* Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_TransformDecimalToASCII(
    Py_UNICODE *s,              /* Unicode buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length           /* Number of Py_UNICODE chars to transform */
    );

/* Coverts a Unicode object holding a decimal value to an ASCII string
   for using in int, float and complex parsers.
   Transforms code points that have decimal digit property to the
   corresponding ASCII digit code points.  Transforms spaces to ASCII.
   Transforms code points starting from the first non-ASCII code point that
   is neither a decimal digit nor a space to the end into '?'. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_TransformDecimalAndSpaceToASCII(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

/* --- Methods & Slots ---------------------------------------------------- */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyUnicode_JoinArray(
    PyObject *separator,
    PyObject *const *items,
    Py_ssize_t seqlen
    );

/* Test whether a unicode is equal to ASCII identifier.  Return 1 if true,
   0 otherwise.  The right argument must be ASCII identifier.
   Any error occurs inside will be cleared before return. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_EqualToASCIIId(
    PyObject *left,             /* Left string */
    _Py_Identifier *right       /* Right identifier */
    );

/* Test whether a unicode is equal to ASCII string.  Return 1 if true,
   0 otherwise.  The right argument must be ASCII-encoded string.
   Any error occurs inside will be cleared before return. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_EqualToASCIIString(
    PyObject *left,
    const char *right           /* ASCII-encoded string */
    );

/* Externally visible for str.strip(unicode) */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyUnicode_XStrip(
    PyObject *self,
    int striptype,
    PyObject *sepobj
    );

/* Using explicit passed-in values, insert the thousands grouping
   into the string pointed to by buffer.  For the argument descriptions,
   see Objects/stringlib/localeutil.h */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) _PyUnicode_InsertThousandsGrouping(
    _PyUnicodeWriter *writer,
    Py_ssize_t n_buffer,
    PyObject *digits,
    Py_ssize_t d_pos,
    Py_ssize_t n_digits,
    Py_ssize_t min_width,
    const char *grouping,
    PyObject *thousands_sep,
    Py_UCS4 *maxchar);

/* === Characters Type APIs =============================================== */

/* Helper array used by Py_UNICODE_ISSPACE(). */

PyAPI_DATA(const unsigned char) _Py_ascii_whitespace[];

/* These should not be used directly. Use the Py_UNICODE_IS* and
   Py_UNICODE_TO* macros instead.

   These APIs are implemented in Objects/unicodectype.c.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsLowercase(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsUppercase(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsTitlecase(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsXidStart(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsXidContinue(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsWhitespace(
    const Py_UCS4 ch         /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsLinebreak(
    const Py_UCS4 ch         /* Unicode character */
    );

/* Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) */ PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UCS4) _PyUnicode_ToLowercase(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

/* Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) */ PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UCS4) _PyUnicode_ToUppercase(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UCS4) _PyUnicode_ToTitlecase(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_ToLowerFull(
    Py_UCS4 ch,       /* Unicode character */
    Py_UCS4 *res
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_ToTitleFull(
    Py_UCS4 ch,       /* Unicode character */
    Py_UCS4 *res
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_ToUpperFull(
    Py_UCS4 ch,       /* Unicode character */
    Py_UCS4 *res
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_ToFoldedFull(
    Py_UCS4 ch,       /* Unicode character */
    Py_UCS4 *res
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsCaseIgnorable(
    Py_UCS4 ch         /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsCased(
    Py_UCS4 ch         /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_ToDecimalDigit(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_ToDigit(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(double) _PyUnicode_ToNumeric(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsDecimalDigit(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsDigit(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsNumeric(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsPrintable(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsAlpha(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(size_t) Py_UNICODE_strlen(
    const Py_UNICODE *u
    );

Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UNICODE*) Py_UNICODE_strcpy(
    Py_UNICODE *s1,
    const Py_UNICODE *s2);

Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UNICODE*) Py_UNICODE_strcat(
    Py_UNICODE *s1, const Py_UNICODE *s2);

Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UNICODE*) Py_UNICODE_strncpy(
    Py_UNICODE *s1,
    const Py_UNICODE *s2,
    size_t n);

Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(int) Py_UNICODE_strcmp(
    const Py_UNICODE *s1,
    const Py_UNICODE *s2
    );

Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(int) Py_UNICODE_strncmp(
    const Py_UNICODE *s1,
    const Py_UNICODE *s2,
    size_t n
    );

Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UNICODE*) Py_UNICODE_strchr(
    const Py_UNICODE *s,
    Py_UNICODE c
    );

Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UNICODE*) Py_UNICODE_strrchr(
    const Py_UNICODE *s,
    Py_UNICODE c
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_FormatLong(PyObject *, int, int, int);

/* Create a copy of a unicode string ending with a nul character. Return NULL
   and raise a MemoryError exception on memory allocation failure, otherwise
   return a new allocated buffer (use PyMem_Free() to free the buffer). */

Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UNICODE*) PyUnicode_AsUnicodeCopy(
    PyObject *unicode
    );

/* Return an interned Unicode object for an Identifier; may fail if there is no memory.*/
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_FromId(_Py_Identifier*);
/* Clear all static strings. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyUnicode_ClearStaticStrings(void);

/* Fast equality check when the inputs are known to be exact unicode types
   and where the hash values are equal (i.e. a very probable match) */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_EQ(PyObject *, PyObject *);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#ifndef Py_CPYTHON_OBJIMPL_H
#  error "this header file must not be included directly"
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* This function returns the number of allocated memory blocks, regardless of size */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) _Py_GetAllocatedBlocks(void);

/* Macros */
#ifdef WITH_PYMALLOC
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyObject_DebugMallocStats(FILE *out);
#endif


typedef struct {
    /* user context passed as the first argument to the 2 functions */
    void *ctx;

    /* allocate an arena of size bytes */
    void* (*alloc) (void *ctx, size_t size);

    /* free an arena */
    void (*free) (void *ctx, void *ptr, size_t size);
} PyObjectArenaAllocator;

/* Get the arena allocator. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyObject_GetArenaAllocator(PyObjectArenaAllocator *allocator);

/* Set the arena allocator. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyObject_SetArenaAllocator(PyObjectArenaAllocator *allocator);


PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) _PyGC_CollectNoFail(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) _PyGC_CollectIfEnabled(void);


/* Test if an object has a GC head */
#define PyObject_IS_GC(o) \
    (PyType_IS_GC(Py_TYPE(o)) \
     && (Py_TYPE(o)->tp_is_gc == NULL || Py_TYPE(o)->tp_is_gc(o)))

/* GC information is stored BEFORE the object structure. */
typedef struct {
    // Pointer to next object in the list.
    // 0 means the object is not tracked
    uintptr_t _gc_next;

    // Pointer to previous object in the list.
    // Lowest two bits are used for flags documented later.
    uintptr_t _gc_prev;
} PyGC_Head;

#define _Py_AS_GC(o) ((PyGC_Head *)(o)-1)

/* True if the object is currently tracked by the GC. */
#define _PyObject_GC_IS_TRACKED(o) (_Py_AS_GC(o)->_gc_next != 0)

/* True if the object may be tracked by the GC in the future, or already is.
   This can be useful to implement some optimizations. */
#define _PyObject_GC_MAY_BE_TRACKED(obj) \
    (PyObject_IS_GC(obj) && \
        (!PyTuple_CheckExact(obj) || _PyObject_GC_IS_TRACKED(obj)))


/* Bit flags for _gc_prev */
/* Bit 0 is set when tp_finalize is called */
#define _PyGC_PREV_MASK_FINALIZED  (1)
/* Bit 1 is set when the object is in generation which is GCed currently. */
#define _PyGC_PREV_MASK_COLLECTING (2)
/* The (N-2) most significant bits contain the real address. */
#define _PyGC_PREV_SHIFT           (2)
#define _PyGC_PREV_MASK            (((uintptr_t) -1) << _PyGC_PREV_SHIFT)

// Lowest bit of _gc_next is used for flags only in GC.
// But it is always 0 for normal code.
#define _PyGCHead_NEXT(g)        ((PyGC_Head*)(g)->_gc_next)
#define _PyGCHead_SET_NEXT(g, p) ((g)->_gc_next = (uintptr_t)(p))

// Lowest two bits of _gc_prev is used for _PyGC_PREV_MASK_* flags.
#define _PyGCHead_PREV(g) ((PyGC_Head*)((g)->_gc_prev & _PyGC_PREV_MASK))
#define _PyGCHead_SET_PREV(g, p) do { \
    assert(((uintptr_t)p & ~_PyGC_PREV_MASK) == 0); \
    (g)->_gc_prev = ((g)->_gc_prev & ~_PyGC_PREV_MASK) \
        | ((uintptr_t)(p)); \
    } while (0)

#define _PyGCHead_FINALIZED(g) \
    (((g)->_gc_prev & _PyGC_PREV_MASK_FINALIZED) != 0)
#define _PyGCHead_SET_FINALIZED(g) \
    ((g)->_gc_prev |= _PyGC_PREV_MASK_FINALIZED)

#define _PyGC_FINALIZED(o) \
    _PyGCHead_FINALIZED(_Py_AS_GC(o))
#define _PyGC_SET_FINALIZED(o) \
    _PyGCHead_SET_FINALIZED(_Py_AS_GC(o))


PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_GC_Malloc(size_t size);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_GC_Calloc(size_t size);


/* Test if a type supports weak references */
#define PyType_SUPPORTS_WEAKREFS(t) ((t)->tp_weaklistoffset > 0)

#define PyObject_GET_WEAKREFS_LISTPTR(o) \
    ((PyObject **) (((char *) (o)) + Py_TYPE(o)->tp_weaklistoffset))

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#ifndef Py_CPYTHON_ABSTRACTOBJECT_H
#  error "this header file must not be included directly"
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* === Object Protocol ================================================== */

#ifdef PY_SSIZE_T_CLEAN
#  define _PyObject_CallMethodId _PyObject_CallMethodId_SizeT
#endif

/* Convert keyword arguments from the FASTCALL (stack: C array, kwnames: tuple)
   format to a Python dictionary ("kwargs" dict).

   The type of kwnames keys is not checked. The final function getting
   arguments is responsible to check if all keys are strings, for example using
   PyArg_ParseTupleAndKeywords() or PyArg_ValidateKeywordArguments().

   Duplicate keys are merged using the last value. If duplicate keys must raise
   an exception, the caller is responsible to implement an explicit keys on
   kwnames. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyStack_AsDict(
    PyObject *const *values,
    PyObject *kwnames);

/* Convert (args, nargs, kwargs: dict) into a (stack, nargs, kwnames: tuple).

   Return 0 on success, raise an exception and return -1 on error.

   Write the new stack into *p_stack. If *p_stack is differen than args, it
   must be released by PyMem_Free().

   The stack uses borrowed references.

   The type of keyword keys is not checked, these checks should be done
   later (ex: _PyArg_ParseStackAndKeywords). */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyStack_UnpackDict(
    PyObject *const *args,
    Py_ssize_t nargs,
    PyObject *kwargs,
    PyObject *const **p_stack,
    PyObject **p_kwnames);

/* Suggested size (number of positional arguments) for arrays of PyObject*
   allocated on a C stack to avoid allocating memory on the heap memory. Such
   array is used to pass positional arguments to call functions of the
   _PyObject_Vectorcall() family.

   The size is chosen to not abuse the C stack and so limit the risk of stack
   overflow. The size is also chosen to allow using the small stack for most
   function calls of the Python standard library. On 64-bit CPU, it allocates
   40 bytes on the stack. */
#define _PY_FASTCALL_SMALL_STACK 5

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _Py_CheckFunctionResult(PyObject *callable,
                                               PyObject *result,
                                               const char *where);

/* === Vectorcall protocol (PEP 590) ============================= */

/* Call callable using tp_call. Arguments are like _PyObject_Vectorcall()
   or _PyObject_FastCallDict() (both forms are supported),
   except that nargs is plainly the number of arguments without flags. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_MakeTpCall(
    PyObject *callable,
    PyObject *const *args, Py_ssize_t nargs,
    PyObject *keywords);

#define PY_VECTORCALL_ARGUMENTS_OFFSET ((size_t)1 << (8 * sizeof(size_t) - 1))

static inline Py_ssize_t
PyVectorcall_NARGS(size_t n)
{
    return n & ~PY_VECTORCALL_ARGUMENTS_OFFSET;
}

static inline vectorcallfunc
_PyVectorcall_Function(PyObject *callable)
{
    PyTypeObject *tp = Py_TYPE(callable);
    Py_ssize_t offset = tp->tp_vectorcall_offset;
    vectorcallfunc ptr;
    if (!PyType_HasFeature(tp, _Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_VECTORCALL)) {
        return NULL;
    }
    assert(PyCallable_Check(callable));
    assert(offset > 0);
    memcpy(&ptr, (char *) callable + offset, sizeof(ptr));
    return ptr;
}

/* Call the callable object 'callable' with the "vectorcall" calling
   convention.

   args is a C array for positional arguments.

   nargsf is the number of positional arguments plus optionally the flag
   PY_VECTORCALL_ARGUMENTS_OFFSET which means that the caller is allowed to
   modify args[-1].

   kwnames is a tuple of keyword names. The values of the keyword arguments
   are stored in "args" after the positional arguments (note that the number
   of keyword arguments does not change nargsf). kwnames can also be NULL if
   there are no keyword arguments.

   keywords must only contains str strings (no subclass), and all keys must
   be unique.

   Return the result on success. Raise an exception and return NULL on
   error. */
static inline PyObject *
_PyObject_Vectorcall(PyObject *callable, PyObject *const *args,
                     size_t nargsf, PyObject *kwnames)
{
    PyObject *res;
    vectorcallfunc func;
    assert(kwnames == NULL || PyTuple_Check(kwnames));
    assert(args != NULL || PyVectorcall_NARGS(nargsf) == 0);
    func = _PyVectorcall_Function(callable);
    if (func == NULL) {
        Py_ssize_t nargs = PyVectorcall_NARGS(nargsf);
        return _PyObject_MakeTpCall(callable, args, nargs, kwnames);
    }
    res = func(callable, args, nargsf, kwnames);
    return _Py_CheckFunctionResult(callable, res, NULL);
}

/* Same as _PyObject_Vectorcall except that keyword arguments are passed as
   dict, which may be NULL if there are no keyword arguments. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_FastCallDict(
    PyObject *callable,
    PyObject *const *args,
    size_t nargsf,
    PyObject *kwargs);

/* Call "callable" (which must support vectorcall) with positional arguments
   "tuple" and keyword arguments "dict". "dict" may also be NULL */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyVectorcall_Call(PyObject *callable, PyObject *tuple, PyObject *dict);

/* Same as _PyObject_Vectorcall except without keyword arguments */
static inline PyObject *
_PyObject_FastCall(PyObject *func, PyObject *const *args, Py_ssize_t nargs)
{
    return _PyObject_Vectorcall(func, args, (size_t)nargs, NULL);
}

/* Call a callable without any arguments */
static inline PyObject *
_PyObject_CallNoArg(PyObject *func) {
    return _PyObject_Vectorcall(func, NULL, 0, NULL);
}

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_Call_Prepend(
    PyObject *callable,
    PyObject *obj,
    PyObject *args,
    PyObject *kwargs);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_FastCall_Prepend(
    PyObject *callable,
    PyObject *obj,
    PyObject *const *args,
    Py_ssize_t nargs);

/* Like PyObject_CallMethod(), but expect a _Py_Identifier*
   as the method name. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_CallMethodId(PyObject *obj,
                                              _Py_Identifier *name,
                                              const char *format, ...);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_CallMethodId_SizeT(PyObject *obj,
                                                    _Py_Identifier *name,
                                                    const char *format,
                                                    ...);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_CallMethodIdObjArgs(
    PyObject *obj,
    struct _Py_Identifier *name,
    ...);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyObject_HasLen(PyObject *o);

/* Guess the size of object 'o' using len(o) or o.__length_hint__().
   If neither of those return a non-negative value, then return the default
   value.  If one of the calls fails, this function returns -1. */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyObject_LengthHint(PyObject *o, Py_ssize_t);

/* === New Buffer API ============================================ */

/* Return 1 if the getbuffer function is available, otherwise return 0. */
#define PyObject_CheckBuffer(obj) \
    (((obj)->ob_type->tp_as_buffer != NULL) &&  \
     ((obj)->ob_type->tp_as_buffer->bf_getbuffer != NULL))

/* This is a C-API version of the getbuffer function call.  It checks
   to make sure object has the required function pointer and issues the
   call.

   Returns -1 and raises an error on failure and returns 0 on success. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_GetBuffer(PyObject *obj, Py_buffer *view,
                                   int flags);

/* Get the memory area pointed to by the indices for the buffer given.
   Note that view->ndim is the assumed size of indices. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyBuffer_GetPointer(Py_buffer *view, Py_ssize_t *indices);

/* Return the implied itemsize of the data-format area from a
   struct-style description. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyBuffer_SizeFromFormat(const char *);

/* Implementation in memoryobject.c */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyBuffer_ToContiguous(void *buf, Py_buffer *view,
                                      Py_ssize_t len, char order);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyBuffer_FromContiguous(Py_buffer *view, void *buf,
                                        Py_ssize_t len, char order);

/* Copy len bytes of data from the contiguous chunk of memory
   pointed to by buf into the buffer exported by obj.  Return
   0 on success and return -1 and raise a PyBuffer_Error on
   error (i.e. the object does not have a buffer interface or
   it is not working).

   If fort is 'F', then if the object is multi-dimensional,
   then the data will be copied into the array in
   Fortran-style (first dimension varies the fastest).  If
   fort is 'C', then the data will be copied into the array
   in C-style (last dimension varies the fastest).  If fort
   is 'A', then it does not matter and the copy will be made
   in whatever way is more efficient. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_CopyData(PyObject *dest, PyObject *src);

/* Copy the data from the src buffer to the buffer of destination. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyBuffer_IsContiguous(const Py_buffer *view, char fort);

/*Fill the strides array with byte-strides of a contiguous
  (Fortran-style if fort is 'F' or C-style otherwise)
  array of the given shape with the given number of bytes
  per element. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyBuffer_FillContiguousStrides(int ndims,
                                               Py_ssize_t *shape,
                                               Py_ssize_t *strides,
                                               int itemsize,
                                               char fort);

/* Fills in a buffer-info structure correctly for an exporter
   that can only share a contiguous chunk of memory of
   "unsigned bytes" of the given length.

   Returns 0 on success and -1 (with raising an error) on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyBuffer_FillInfo(Py_buffer *view, PyObject *o, void *buf,
                                  Py_ssize_t len, int readonly,
                                  int flags);

/* Releases a Py_buffer obtained from getbuffer ParseTuple's "s*". */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyBuffer_Release(Py_buffer *view);

/* ==== Iterators ================================================ */

#define PyIter_Check(obj) \
    ((obj)->ob_type->tp_iternext != NULL && \
     (obj)->ob_type->tp_iternext != &_PyObject_NextNotImplemented)

/* === Number Protocol ================================================== */

#define PyIndex_Check(obj)                              \
    ((obj)->ob_type->tp_as_number != NULL &&            \
     (obj)->ob_type->tp_as_number->nb_index != NULL)

/* === Sequence protocol ================================================ */

/* Assume tp_as_sequence and sq_item exist and that 'i' does not
   need to be corrected for a negative index. */
#define PySequence_ITEM(o, i)\
    ( Py_TYPE(o)->tp_as_sequence->sq_item(o, i) )

#define PY_ITERSEARCH_COUNT    1
#define PY_ITERSEARCH_INDEX    2
#define PY_ITERSEARCH_CONTAINS 3

/* Iterate over seq.

   Result depends on the operation:

   PY_ITERSEARCH_COUNT:  return # of times obj appears in seq; -1 if
     error.
   PY_ITERSEARCH_INDEX:  return 0-based index of first occurrence of
     obj in seq; set ValueError and return -1 if none found;
     also return -1 on error.
   PY_ITERSEARCH_CONTAINS:  return 1 if obj in seq, else 0; -1 on
     error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) _PySequence_IterSearch(PyObject *seq,
                                              PyObject *obj, int operation);

/* === Mapping protocol ================================================= */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyObject_RealIsInstance(PyObject *inst, PyObject *cls);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyObject_RealIsSubclass(PyObject *derived, PyObject *cls);

PyAPI_FUNC(char *const *) _PySequence_BytesToCharpArray(PyObject* self);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_FreeCharPArray(char *const array[]);

/* For internal use by buffer API functions */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_add_one_to_index_F(int nd, Py_ssize_t *index,
                                        const Py_ssize_t *shape);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_add_one_to_index_C(int nd, Py_ssize_t *index,
                                        const Py_ssize_t *shape);

/* Convert Python int to Py_ssize_t. Do nothing if the argument is None. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_convert_optional_to_ssize_t(PyObject *, void *);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#ifndef Py_CPYTHON_INTERPRETERIDOBJECT_H
#  error "this header file must not be included directly"
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Interpreter ID Object */

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) _PyInterpreterID_Type;

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyInterpreterID_New(int64_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyInterpreterState_GetIDObject(PyInterpreterState *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyInterpreterState *) _PyInterpreterID_LookUp(PyObject *);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#ifndef Py_CPYTHON_DICTOBJECT_H
#  error "this header file must not be included directly"
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct _dictkeysobject PyDictKeysObject;

/* The ma_values pointer is NULL for a combined table
 * or points to an array of PyObject* for a split table
 */
typedef struct {
    PyObject_HEAD

    /* Number of items in the dictionary */
    Py_ssize_t ma_used;

    /* Dictionary version: globally unique, value change each time
       the dictionary is modified */
    uint64_t ma_version_tag;

    PyDictKeysObject *ma_keys;

    /* If ma_values is NULL, the table is "combined": keys and values
       are stored in ma_keys.

       If ma_values is not NULL, the table is splitted:
       keys are stored in ma_keys and values are stored in ma_values */
    PyObject **ma_values;
} PyDictObject;

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyDict_GetItem_KnownHash(PyObject *mp, PyObject *key,
                                       Py_hash_t hash);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyDict_GetItemIdWithError(PyObject *dp,
                                                  struct _Py_Identifier *key);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyDict_GetItemStringWithError(PyObject *, const char *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyDict_SetDefault(
    PyObject *mp, PyObject *key, PyObject *defaultobj);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyDict_SetItem_KnownHash(PyObject *mp, PyObject *key,
                                          PyObject *item, Py_hash_t hash);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyDict_DelItem_KnownHash(PyObject *mp, PyObject *key,
                                          Py_hash_t hash);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyDict_DelItemIf(PyObject *mp, PyObject *key,
                                  int (*predicate)(PyObject *value));
PyDictKeysObject *_PyDict_NewKeysForClass(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_GenericGetDict(PyObject *, void *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyDict_Next(
    PyObject *mp, Py_ssize_t *pos, PyObject **key, PyObject **value, Py_hash_t *hash);

/* Get the number of items of a dictionary. */
#define PyDict_GET_SIZE(mp)  (assert(PyDict_Check(mp)),((PyDictObject *)mp)->ma_used)
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyDict_Contains(PyObject *mp, PyObject *key, Py_hash_t hash);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyDict_NewPresized(Py_ssize_t minused);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyDict_MaybeUntrack(PyObject *mp);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyDict_HasOnlyStringKeys(PyObject *mp);
Py_ssize_t _PyDict_KeysSize(PyDictKeysObject *keys);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) _PyDict_SizeOf(PyDictObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyDict_Pop(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);
PyObject *_PyDict_Pop_KnownHash(PyObject *, PyObject *, Py_hash_t, PyObject *);
PyObject *_PyDict_FromKeys(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);
#define _PyDict_HasSplitTable(d) ((d)->ma_values != NULL)

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyDict_ClearFreeList(void);

/* Like PyDict_Merge, but override can be 0, 1 or 2.  If override is 0,
   the first occurrence of a key wins, if override is 1, the last occurrence
   of a key wins, if override is 2, a KeyError with conflicting key as
   argument is raised.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyDict_MergeEx(PyObject *mp, PyObject *other, int override);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyDict_GetItemId(PyObject *dp, struct _Py_Identifier *key);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyDict_SetItemId(PyObject *dp, struct _Py_Identifier *key, PyObject *item);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyDict_DelItemId(PyObject *mp, struct _Py_Identifier *key);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyDict_DebugMallocStats(FILE *out);

int _PyObjectDict_SetItem(PyTypeObject *tp, PyObject **dictptr, PyObject *name, PyObject *value);
PyObject *_PyDict_LoadGlobal(PyDictObject *, PyDictObject *, PyObject *);

/* _PyDictView */

typedef struct {
    PyObject_HEAD
    PyDictObject *dv_dict;
} _PyDictViewObject;

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyDictView_New(PyObject *, PyTypeObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyDictView_Intersect(PyObject* self, PyObject *other);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#ifndef Py_CPYTHON_SYSMODULE_H
#  error "this header file must not be included directly"
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PySys_GetObjectId(_Py_Identifier *key);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PySys_SetObjectId(_Py_Identifier *key, PyObject *);

PyAPI_FUNC(size_t) _PySys_GetSizeOf(PyObject *);

typedef int(*Py_AuditHookFunction)(const char *, PyObject *, void *);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySys_Audit(const char*, const char *, ...);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySys_AddAuditHook(Py_AuditHookFunction, void*);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#ifndef Py_CPYTHON_TUPLEOBJECT_H
#  error "this header file must not be included directly"
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct {
    PyObject_VAR_HEAD
    /* ob_item contains space for 'ob_size' elements.
       Items must normally not be NULL, except during construction when
       the tuple is not yet visible outside the function that builds it. */
    PyObject *ob_item[1];
} PyTupleObject;

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyTuple_Resize(PyObject **, Py_ssize_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyTuple_MaybeUntrack(PyObject *);

/* Macros trading safety for speed */

/* Cast argument to PyTupleObject* type. */
#define _PyTuple_CAST(op) (assert(PyTuple_Check(op)), (PyTupleObject *)(op))

#define PyTuple_GET_SIZE(op)    Py_SIZE(_PyTuple_CAST(op))

#define PyTuple_GET_ITEM(op, i) (_PyTuple_CAST(op)->ob_item[i])

/* Macro, *only* to be used to fill in brand new tuples */
#define PyTuple_SET_ITEM(op, i, v) (_PyTuple_CAST(op)->ob_item[i] = v)

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyTuple_DebugMallocStats(FILE *out);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#ifndef Py_CPYTHON_TRACEBACK_H
#  error "this header file must not be included directly"
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct _traceback {
    PyObject_HEAD
    struct _traceback *tb_next;
    struct _frame *tb_frame;
    int tb_lasti;
    int tb_lineno;
} PyTracebackObject;

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_DisplaySourceLine(PyObject *, PyObject *, int, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyTraceback_Add(const char *, const char *, int);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#ifndef Py_CPYTHON_OBJECT_H
#  error "this header file must not be included directly"
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/********************* String Literals ****************************************/
/* This structure helps managing static strings. The basic usage goes like this:
   Instead of doing

       r = PyObject_CallMethod(o, "foo", "args", ...);

   do

       _Py_IDENTIFIER(foo);
       ...
       r = _PyObject_CallMethodId(o, &PyId_foo, "args", ...);

   PyId_foo is a static variable, either on block level or file level. On first
   usage, the string "foo" is interned, and the structures are linked. On interpreter
   shutdown, all strings are released (through _PyUnicode_ClearStaticStrings).

   Alternatively, _Py_static_string allows choosing the variable name.
   _PyUnicode_FromId returns a borrowed reference to the interned string.
   _PyObject_{Get,Set,Has}AttrId are __getattr__ versions using _Py_Identifier*.
*/
typedef struct _Py_Identifier {
    struct _Py_Identifier *next;
    const char* string;
    PyObject *object;
} _Py_Identifier;

#define _Py_static_string_init(value) { .next = NULL, .string = value, .object = NULL }
#define _Py_static_string(varname, value)  static _Py_Identifier varname = _Py_static_string_init(value)
#define _Py_IDENTIFIER(varname) _Py_static_string(PyId_##varname, #varname)

/* buffer interface */
typedef struct bufferinfo {
    void *buf;
    PyObject *obj;        /* owned reference */
    Py_ssize_t len;
    Py_ssize_t itemsize;  /* This is Py_ssize_t so it can be
                             pointed to by strides in simple case.*/
    int readonly;
    int ndim;
    char *format;
    Py_ssize_t *shape;
    Py_ssize_t *strides;
    Py_ssize_t *suboffsets;
    void *internal;
} Py_buffer;

typedef int (*getbufferproc)(PyObject *, Py_buffer *, int);
typedef void (*releasebufferproc)(PyObject *, Py_buffer *);

typedef PyObject *(*vectorcallfunc)(PyObject *callable, PyObject *const *args,
                                    size_t nargsf, PyObject *kwnames);

/* Maximum number of dimensions */
#define PyBUF_MAX_NDIM 64

/* Flags for getting buffers */
#define PyBUF_SIMPLE 0
#define PyBUF_WRITABLE 0x0001
/*  we used to include an E, backwards compatible alias  */
#define PyBUF_WRITEABLE PyBUF_WRITABLE
#define PyBUF_FORMAT 0x0004
#define PyBUF_ND 0x0008
#define PyBUF_STRIDES (0x0010 | PyBUF_ND)
#define PyBUF_C_CONTIGUOUS (0x0020 | PyBUF_STRIDES)
#define PyBUF_F_CONTIGUOUS (0x0040 | PyBUF_STRIDES)
#define PyBUF_ANY_CONTIGUOUS (0x0080 | PyBUF_STRIDES)
#define PyBUF_INDIRECT (0x0100 | PyBUF_STRIDES)

#define PyBUF_CONTIG (PyBUF_ND | PyBUF_WRITABLE)
#define PyBUF_CONTIG_RO (PyBUF_ND)

#define PyBUF_STRIDED (PyBUF_STRIDES | PyBUF_WRITABLE)
#define PyBUF_STRIDED_RO (PyBUF_STRIDES)

#define PyBUF_RECORDS (PyBUF_STRIDES | PyBUF_WRITABLE | PyBUF_FORMAT)
#define PyBUF_RECORDS_RO (PyBUF_STRIDES | PyBUF_FORMAT)

#define PyBUF_FULL (PyBUF_INDIRECT | PyBUF_WRITABLE | PyBUF_FORMAT)
#define PyBUF_FULL_RO (PyBUF_INDIRECT | PyBUF_FORMAT)


#define PyBUF_READ  0x100
#define PyBUF_WRITE 0x200
/* End buffer interface */


typedef struct {
    /* Number implementations must check *both*
       arguments for proper type and implement the necessary conversions
       in the slot functions themselves. */

    binaryfunc nb_add;
    binaryfunc nb_subtract;
    binaryfunc nb_multiply;
    binaryfunc nb_remainder;
    binaryfunc nb_divmod;
    ternaryfunc nb_power;
    unaryfunc nb_negative;
    unaryfunc nb_positive;
    unaryfunc nb_absolute;
    inquiry nb_bool;
    unaryfunc nb_invert;
    binaryfunc nb_lshift;
    binaryfunc nb_rshift;
    binaryfunc nb_and;
    binaryfunc nb_xor;
    binaryfunc nb_or;
    unaryfunc nb_int;
    void *nb_reserved;  /* the slot formerly known as nb_long */
    unaryfunc nb_float;

    binaryfunc nb_inplace_add;
    binaryfunc nb_inplace_subtract;
    binaryfunc nb_inplace_multiply;
    binaryfunc nb_inplace_remainder;
    ternaryfunc nb_inplace_power;
    binaryfunc nb_inplace_lshift;
    binaryfunc nb_inplace_rshift;
    binaryfunc nb_inplace_and;
    binaryfunc nb_inplace_xor;
    binaryfunc nb_inplace_or;

    binaryfunc nb_floor_divide;
    binaryfunc nb_true_divide;
    binaryfunc nb_inplace_floor_divide;
    binaryfunc nb_inplace_true_divide;

    unaryfunc nb_index;

    binaryfunc nb_matrix_multiply;
    binaryfunc nb_inplace_matrix_multiply;
} PyNumberMethods;

typedef struct {
    lenfunc sq_length;
    binaryfunc sq_concat;
    ssizeargfunc sq_repeat;
    ssizeargfunc sq_item;
    void *was_sq_slice;
    ssizeobjargproc sq_ass_item;
    void *was_sq_ass_slice;
    objobjproc sq_contains;

    binaryfunc sq_inplace_concat;
    ssizeargfunc sq_inplace_repeat;
} PySequenceMethods;

typedef struct {
    lenfunc mp_length;
    binaryfunc mp_subscript;
    objobjargproc mp_ass_subscript;
} PyMappingMethods;

typedef struct {
    unaryfunc am_await;
    unaryfunc am_aiter;
    unaryfunc am_anext;
} PyAsyncMethods;

typedef struct {
     getbufferproc bf_getbuffer;
     releasebufferproc bf_releasebuffer;
} PyBufferProcs;

/* Allow printfunc in the tp_vectorcall_offset slot for
 * backwards-compatibility */
typedef Py_ssize_t printfunc;

typedef struct _typeobject {
    PyObject_VAR_HEAD
    const char *tp_name; /* For printing, in format "<module>.<name>" */
    Py_ssize_t tp_basicsize, tp_itemsize; /* For allocation */

    /* Methods to implement standard operations */

    destructor tp_dealloc;
    Py_ssize_t tp_vectorcall_offset;
    getattrfunc tp_getattr;
    setattrfunc tp_setattr;
    PyAsyncMethods *tp_as_async; /* formerly known as tp_compare (Python 2)
                                    or tp_reserved (Python 3) */
    reprfunc tp_repr;

    /* Method suites for standard classes */

    PyNumberMethods *tp_as_number;
    PySequenceMethods *tp_as_sequence;
    PyMappingMethods *tp_as_mapping;

    /* More standard operations (here for binary compatibility) */

    hashfunc tp_hash;
    ternaryfunc tp_call;
    reprfunc tp_str;
    getattrofunc tp_getattro;
    setattrofunc tp_setattro;

    /* Functions to access object as input/output buffer */
    PyBufferProcs *tp_as_buffer;

    /* Flags to define presence of optional/expanded features */
    unsigned long tp_flags;

    const char *tp_doc; /* Documentation string */

    /* Assigned meaning in release 2.0 */
    /* call function for all accessible objects */
    traverseproc tp_traverse;

    /* delete references to contained objects */
    inquiry tp_clear;

    /* Assigned meaning in release 2.1 */
    /* rich comparisons */
    richcmpfunc tp_richcompare;

    /* weak reference enabler */
    Py_ssize_t tp_weaklistoffset;

    /* Iterators */
    getiterfunc tp_iter;
    iternextfunc tp_iternext;

    /* Attribute descriptor and subclassing stuff */
    struct PyMethodDef *tp_methods;
    struct PyMemberDef *tp_members;
    struct PyGetSetDef *tp_getset;
    struct _typeobject *tp_base;
    PyObject *tp_dict;
    descrgetfunc tp_descr_get;
    descrsetfunc tp_descr_set;
    Py_ssize_t tp_dictoffset;
    initproc tp_init;
    allocfunc tp_alloc;
    newfunc tp_new;
    freefunc tp_free; /* Low-level free-memory routine */
    inquiry tp_is_gc; /* For PyObject_IS_GC */
    PyObject *tp_bases;
    PyObject *tp_mro; /* method resolution order */
    PyObject *tp_cache;
    PyObject *tp_subclasses;
    PyObject *tp_weaklist;
    destructor tp_del;

    /* Type attribute cache version tag. Added in version 2.6 */
    unsigned int tp_version_tag;

    destructor tp_finalize;
    vectorcallfunc tp_vectorcall;

    /* bpo-37250: kept for backwards compatibility in CPython 3.8 only */
    Py_DEPRECATED(3.8) int (*tp_print)(PyObject *, FILE *, int);

#ifdef COUNT_ALLOCS
    /* these must be last and never explicitly initialized */
    Py_ssize_t tp_allocs;
    Py_ssize_t tp_frees;
    Py_ssize_t tp_maxalloc;
    struct _typeobject *tp_prev;
    struct _typeobject *tp_next;
#endif
} PyTypeObject;

/* The *real* layout of a type object when allocated on the heap */
typedef struct _heaptypeobject {
    /* Note: there's a dependency on the order of these members
       in slotptr() in typeobject.c . */
    PyTypeObject ht_type;
    PyAsyncMethods as_async;
    PyNumberMethods as_number;
    PyMappingMethods as_mapping;
    PySequenceMethods as_sequence; /* as_sequence comes after as_mapping,
                                      so that the mapping wins when both
                                      the mapping and the sequence define
                                      a given operator (e.g. __getitem__).
                                      see add_operators() in typeobject.c . */
    PyBufferProcs as_buffer;
    PyObject *ht_name, *ht_slots, *ht_qualname;
    struct _dictkeysobject *ht_cached_keys;
    /* here are optional user slots, followed by the members. */
} PyHeapTypeObject;

/* access macro to the members which are floating "behind" the object */
#define PyHeapType_GET_MEMBERS(etype) \
    ((PyMemberDef *)(((char *)etype) + Py_TYPE(etype)->tp_basicsize))

PyAPI_FUNC(const char *) _PyType_Name(PyTypeObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyType_Lookup(PyTypeObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyType_LookupId(PyTypeObject *, _Py_Identifier *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_LookupSpecial(PyObject *, _Py_Identifier *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyTypeObject *) _PyType_CalculateMetaclass(PyTypeObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyType_GetDocFromInternalDoc(const char *, const char *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyType_GetTextSignatureFromInternalDoc(const char *, const char *);

struct _Py_Identifier;
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_Print(PyObject *, FILE *, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_BreakPoint(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyObject_Dump(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyObject_IsFreed(PyObject *);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyObject_IsAbstract(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_GetAttrId(PyObject *, struct _Py_Identifier *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyObject_SetAttrId(PyObject *, struct _Py_Identifier *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyObject_HasAttrId(PyObject *, struct _Py_Identifier *);
/* Replacements of PyObject_GetAttr() and _PyObject_GetAttrId() which
   don't raise AttributeError.

   Return 1 and set *result != NULL if an attribute is found.
   Return 0 and set *result == NULL if an attribute is not found;
   an AttributeError is silenced.
   Return -1 and set *result == NULL if an error other than AttributeError
   is raised.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyObject_LookupAttr(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject **);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyObject_LookupAttrId(PyObject *, struct _Py_Identifier *, PyObject **);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject **) _PyObject_GetDictPtr(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_NextNotImplemented(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyObject_CallFinalizer(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_CallFinalizerFromDealloc(PyObject *);

/* Same as PyObject_Generic{Get,Set}Attr, but passing the attributes
   dict as the last parameter. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *)
_PyObject_GenericGetAttrWithDict(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(int)
_PyObject_GenericSetAttrWithDict(PyObject *, PyObject *,
                                 PyObject *, PyObject *);

#define PyType_HasFeature(t,f)  (((t)->tp_flags & (f)) != 0)

static inline void _Py_Dealloc_inline(PyObject *op)
{
    destructor dealloc = Py_TYPE(op)->tp_dealloc;
#ifdef Py_TRACE_REFS
    _Py_ForgetReference(op);
#else
    _Py_INC_TPFREES(op);
#endif
    (*dealloc)(op);
}
#define _Py_Dealloc(op) _Py_Dealloc_inline(op)


/* Safely decref `op` and set `op` to `op2`.
 *
 * As in case of Py_CLEAR "the obvious" code can be deadly:
 *
 *     Py_DECREF(op);
 *     op = op2;
 *
 * The safe way is:
 *
 *      Py_SETREF(op, op2);
 *
 * That arranges to set `op` to `op2` _before_ decref'ing, so that any code
 * triggered as a side-effect of `op` getting torn down no longer believes
 * `op` points to a valid object.
 *
 * Py_XSETREF is a variant of Py_SETREF that uses Py_XDECREF instead of
 * Py_DECREF.
 */

#define Py_SETREF(op, op2)                      \
    do {                                        \
        PyObject *_py_tmp = _PyObject_CAST(op); \
        (op) = (op2);                           \
        Py_DECREF(_py_tmp);                     \
    } while (0)

#define Py_XSETREF(op, op2)                     \
    do {                                        \
        PyObject *_py_tmp = _PyObject_CAST(op); \
        (op) = (op2);                           \
        Py_XDECREF(_py_tmp);                    \
    } while (0)


PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) _PyNone_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) _PyNotImplemented_Type;

/* Maps Py_LT to Py_GT, ..., Py_GE to Py_LE.
 * Defined in object.c.
 */
PyAPI_DATA(int) _Py_SwappedOp[];

/* This is the old private API, invoked by the macros before 3.2.4.
   Kept for binary compatibility of extensions using the stable ABI. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyTrash_deposit_object(PyObject*);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyTrash_destroy_chain(void);

PyAPI_FUNC(void)
_PyDebugAllocatorStats(FILE *out, const char *block_name, int num_blocks,
                       size_t sizeof_block);
PyAPI_FUNC(void)
_PyObject_DebugTypeStats(FILE *out);

/* Define a pair of assertion macros:
   _PyObject_ASSERT_FROM(), _PyObject_ASSERT_WITH_MSG() and _PyObject_ASSERT().

   These work like the regular C assert(), in that they will abort the
   process with a message on stderr if the given condition fails to hold,
   but compile away to nothing if NDEBUG is defined.

   However, before aborting, Python will also try to call _PyObject_Dump() on
   the given object.  This may be of use when investigating bugs in which a
   particular object is corrupt (e.g. buggy a tp_visit method in an extension
   module breaking the garbage collector), to help locate the broken objects.

   The WITH_MSG variant allows you to supply an additional message that Python
   will attempt to print to stderr, after the object dump. */
#ifdef NDEBUG
   /* No debugging: compile away the assertions: */
#  define _PyObject_ASSERT_FROM(obj, expr, msg, filename, lineno, func) \
    ((void)0)
#else
   /* With debugging: generate checks: */
#  define _PyObject_ASSERT_FROM(obj, expr, msg, filename, lineno, func) \
    ((expr) \
      ? (void)(0) \
      : _PyObject_AssertFailed((obj), Py_STRINGIFY(expr), \
                               (msg), (filename), (lineno), (func)))
#endif

#define _PyObject_ASSERT_WITH_MSG(obj, expr, msg) \
    _PyObject_ASSERT_FROM(obj, expr, msg, __FILE__, __LINE__, __func__)
#define _PyObject_ASSERT(obj, expr) \
    _PyObject_ASSERT_WITH_MSG(obj, expr, NULL)

#define _PyObject_ASSERT_FAILED_MSG(obj, msg) \
    _PyObject_AssertFailed((obj), NULL, (msg), __FILE__, __LINE__, __func__)

/* Declare and define _PyObject_AssertFailed() even when NDEBUG is defined,
   to avoid causing compiler/linker errors when building extensions without
   NDEBUG against a Python built with NDEBUG defined.

   msg, expr and function can be NULL. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyObject_AssertFailed(
    PyObject *obj,
    const char *expr,
    const char *msg,
    const char *file,
    int line,
    const char *function);

/* Check if an object is consistent. For example, ensure that the reference
   counter is greater than or equal to 1, and ensure that ob_type is not NULL.

   Call _PyObject_AssertFailed() if the object is inconsistent.

   If check_content is zero, only check header fields: reduce the overhead.

   The function always return 1. The return value is just here to be able to
   write:

   assert(_PyObject_CheckConsistency(obj, 1)); */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyObject_CheckConsistency(
    PyObject *op,
    int check_content);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#ifndef Py_CPYTHON_FILEOBJECT_H
#  error "this header file must not be included directly"
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(char *) Py_UniversalNewlineFgets(char *, int, FILE*, PyObject *);

/* The std printer acts as a preliminary sys.stderr until the new io
   infrastructure is in place. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyFile_NewStdPrinter(int);
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyStdPrinter_Type;

typedef PyObject * (*Py_OpenCodeHookFunction)(PyObject *, void *);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyFile_OpenCode(const char *utf8path);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyFile_OpenCodeObject(PyObject *path);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyFile_SetOpenCodeHook(Py_OpenCodeHookFunction hook, void *userData);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#ifndef Py_CPYTHON_PYSTATE_H
#  error "this header file must not be included directly"
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include "cpython/initconfig.h"

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyInterpreterState_RequiresIDRef(PyInterpreterState *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyInterpreterState_RequireIDRef(PyInterpreterState *, int);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyInterpreterState_GetMainModule(PyInterpreterState *);

/* State unique per thread */

/* Py_tracefunc return -1 when raising an exception, or 0 for success. */
typedef int (*Py_tracefunc)(PyObject *, struct _frame *, int, PyObject *);

/* The following values are used for 'what' for tracefunc functions
 *
 * To add a new kind of trace event, also update "trace_init" in
 * Python/sysmodule.c to define the Python level event name
 */
#define PyTrace_CALL 0
#define PyTrace_EXCEPTION 1
#define PyTrace_LINE 2
#define PyTrace_RETURN 3
#define PyTrace_C_CALL 4
#define PyTrace_C_EXCEPTION 5
#define PyTrace_C_RETURN 6
#define PyTrace_OPCODE 7


typedef struct _err_stackitem {
    /* This struct represents an entry on the exception stack, which is a
     * per-coroutine state. (Coroutine in the computer science sense,
     * including the thread and generators).
     * This ensures that the exception state is not impacted by "yields"
     * from an except handler.
     */
    PyObject *exc_type, *exc_value, *exc_traceback;

    struct _err_stackitem *previous_item;

} _PyErr_StackItem;


// The PyThreadState typedef is in Include/pystate.h.
struct _ts {
    /* See Python/ceval.c for comments explaining most fields */

    struct _ts *prev;
    struct _ts *next;
    PyInterpreterState *interp;

    /* Borrowed reference to the current frame (it can be NULL) */
    struct _frame *frame;
    int recursion_depth;
    char overflowed; /* The stack has overflowed. Allow 50 more calls
                        to handle the runtime error. */
    char recursion_critical; /* The current calls must not cause
                                a stack overflow. */
    int stackcheck_counter;

    /* 'tracing' keeps track of the execution depth when tracing/profiling.
       This is to prevent the actual trace/profile code from being recorded in
       the trace/profile. */
    int tracing;
    int use_tracing;

    Py_tracefunc c_profilefunc;
    Py_tracefunc c_tracefunc;
    PyObject *c_profileobj;
    PyObject *c_traceobj;

    /* The exception currently being raised */
    PyObject *curexc_type;
    PyObject *curexc_value;
    PyObject *curexc_traceback;

    /* The exception currently being handled, if no coroutines/generators
     * are present. Always last element on the stack referred to be exc_info.
     */
    _PyErr_StackItem exc_state;

    /* Pointer to the top of the stack of the exceptions currently
     * being handled */
    _PyErr_StackItem *exc_info;

    PyObject *dict;  /* Stores per-thread state */

    int gilstate_counter;

    PyObject *async_exc; /* Asynchronous exception to raise */
    unsigned long thread_id; /* Thread id where this tstate was created */

    int trash_delete_nesting;
    PyObject *trash_delete_later;

    /* Called when a thread state is deleted normally, but not when it
     * is destroyed after fork().
     * Pain:  to prevent rare but fatal shutdown errors (issue 18808),
     * Thread.join() must wait for the join'ed thread's tstate to be unlinked
     * from the tstate chain.  That happens at the end of a thread's life,
     * in pystate.c.
     * The obvious way doesn't quite work:  create a lock which the tstate
     * unlinking code releases, and have Thread.join() wait to acquire that
     * lock.  The problem is that we _are_ at the end of the thread's life:
     * if the thread holds the last reference to the lock, decref'ing the
     * lock will delete the lock, and that may trigger arbitrary Python code
     * if there's a weakref, with a callback, to the lock.  But by this time
     * _PyRuntime.gilstate.tstate_current is already NULL, so only the simplest
     * of C code can be allowed to run (in particular it must not be possible to
     * release the GIL).
     * So instead of holding the lock directly, the tstate holds a weakref to
     * the lock:  that's the value of on_delete_data below.  Decref'ing a
     * weakref is harmless.
     * on_delete points to _threadmodule.c's static release_sentinel() function.
     * After the tstate is unlinked, release_sentinel is called with the
     * weakref-to-lock (on_delete_data) argument, and release_sentinel releases
     * the indirectly held lock.
     */
    void (*on_delete)(void *);
    void *on_delete_data;

    int coroutine_origin_tracking_depth;

    PyObject *async_gen_firstiter;
    PyObject *async_gen_finalizer;

    PyObject *context;
    uint64_t context_ver;

    /* Unique thread state id. */
    uint64_t id;

    /* XXX signal handlers should also be here */

};

/* Get the current interpreter state.

   Issue a fatal error if there no current Python thread state or no current
   interpreter. It cannot return NULL.

   The caller must hold the GIL.*/
PyAPI_FUNC(PyInterpreterState *) _PyInterpreterState_Get(void);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyState_AddModule(PyObject*, struct PyModuleDef*);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyState_ClearModules(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyThreadState *) _PyThreadState_Prealloc(PyInterpreterState *);

/* Similar to PyThreadState_Get(), but don't issue a fatal error
 * if it is NULL. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyThreadState *) _PyThreadState_UncheckedGet(void);

/* PyGILState */

/* Helper/diagnostic function - return 1 if the current thread
   currently holds the GIL, 0 otherwise.

   The function returns 1 if _PyGILState_check_enabled is non-zero. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyGILState_Check(void);

/* Get the single PyInterpreterState used by this process' GILState
   implementation.

   This function doesn't check for error. Return NULL before _PyGILState_Init()
   is called and after _PyGILState_Fini() is called.

   See also _PyInterpreterState_Get() and _PyInterpreterState_GET_UNSAFE(). */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyInterpreterState *) _PyGILState_GetInterpreterStateUnsafe(void);

/* The implementation of sys._current_frames()  Returns a dict mapping
   thread id to that thread's current frame.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyThread_CurrentFrames(void);

/* Routines for advanced debuggers, requested by David Beazley.
   Don't use unless you know what you are doing! */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyInterpreterState *) PyInterpreterState_Main(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyInterpreterState *) PyInterpreterState_Head(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyInterpreterState *) PyInterpreterState_Next(PyInterpreterState *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyThreadState *) PyInterpreterState_ThreadHead(PyInterpreterState *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyThreadState *) PyThreadState_Next(PyThreadState *);

typedef struct _frame *(*PyThreadFrameGetter)(PyThreadState *self_);

/* cross-interpreter data */

struct _xid;

// _PyCrossInterpreterData is similar to Py_buffer as an effectively
// opaque struct that holds data outside the object machinery.  This
// is necessary to pass safely between interpreters in the same process.
typedef struct _xid {
    // data is the cross-interpreter-safe derivation of a Python object
    // (see _PyObject_GetCrossInterpreterData).  It will be NULL if the
    // new_object func (below) encodes the data.
    void *data;
    // obj is the Python object from which the data was derived.  This
    // is non-NULL only if the data remains bound to the object in some
    // way, such that the object must be "released" (via a decref) when
    // the data is released.  In that case the code that sets the field,
    // likely a registered "crossinterpdatafunc", is responsible for
    // ensuring it owns the reference (i.e. incref).
    PyObject *obj;
    // interp is the ID of the owning interpreter of the original
    // object.  It corresponds to the active interpreter when
    // _PyObject_GetCrossInterpreterData() was called.  This should only
    // be set by the cross-interpreter machinery.
    //
    // We use the ID rather than the PyInterpreterState to avoid issues
    // with deleted interpreters.  Note that IDs are never re-used, so
    // each one will always correspond to a specific interpreter
    // (whether still alive or not).
    int64_t interp;
    // new_object is a function that returns a new object in the current
    // interpreter given the data.  The resulting object (a new
    // reference) will be equivalent to the original object.  This field
    // is required.
    PyObject *(*new_object)(struct _xid *);
    // free is called when the data is released.  If it is NULL then
    // nothing will be done to free the data.  For some types this is
    // okay (e.g. bytes) and for those types this field should be set
    // to NULL.  However, for most the data was allocated just for
    // cross-interpreter use, so it must be freed when
    // _PyCrossInterpreterData_Release is called or the memory will
    // leak.  In that case, at the very least this field should be set
    // to PyMem_RawFree (the default if not explicitly set to NULL).
    // The call will happen with the original interpreter activated.
    void (*free)(void *);
} _PyCrossInterpreterData;

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyObject_GetCrossInterpreterData(PyObject *, _PyCrossInterpreterData *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyCrossInterpreterData_NewObject(_PyCrossInterpreterData *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyCrossInterpreterData_Release(_PyCrossInterpreterData *);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyObject_CheckCrossInterpreterData(PyObject *);

/* cross-interpreter data registry */

typedef int (*crossinterpdatafunc)(PyObject *, struct _xid *);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyCrossInterpreterData_RegisterClass(PyTypeObject *, crossinterpdatafunc);
PyAPI_FUNC(crossinterpdatafunc) _PyCrossInterpreterData_Lookup(PyObject *);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#ifndef Py_CPYTHON_PYLIFECYCLE_H
#  error "this header file must not be included directly"
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Only used by applications that embed the interpreter and need to
 * override the standard encoding determination mechanism
 */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) Py_SetStandardStreamEncoding(const char *encoding,
                                             const char *errors);

/* PEP 432 Multi-phase initialization API (Private while provisional!) */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) Py_PreInitialize(
    const PyPreConfig *src_config);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) Py_PreInitializeFromBytesArgs(
    const PyPreConfig *src_config,
    Py_ssize_t argc,
    char **argv);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) Py_PreInitializeFromArgs(
    const PyPreConfig *src_config,
    Py_ssize_t argc,
    wchar_t **argv);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_IsCoreInitialized(void);


/* Initialization and finalization */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) Py_InitializeFromConfig(
    const PyConfig *config);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) _Py_InitializeFromArgs(
    const PyConfig *config,
    Py_ssize_t argc,
    char * const *argv);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) _Py_InitializeFromWideArgs(
    const PyConfig *config,
    Py_ssize_t argc,
    wchar_t * const *argv);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) _Py_InitializeMain(void);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) Py_RunMain(void);


PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_NO_RETURN Py_ExitStatusException(PyStatus err);

/* Py_PyAtExit is for the atexit module, Py_AtExit is for low-level
 * exit functions.
 */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_PyAtExit(void (*func)(PyObject *), PyObject *);

/* Restore signals that the interpreter has called SIG_IGN on to SIG_DFL. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_RestoreSignals(void);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) Py_FdIsInteractive(FILE *, const char *);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_SetProgramFullPath(const wchar_t *);

PyAPI_FUNC(const char *) _Py_gitidentifier(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(const char *) _Py_gitversion(void);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_IsFinalizing(void);

/* Random */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyOS_URandom(void *buffer, Py_ssize_t size);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyOS_URandomNonblock(void *buffer, Py_ssize_t size);

/* Legacy locale support */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_CoerceLegacyLocale(int warn);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_LegacyLocaleDetected(int warn);
PyAPI_FUNC(char *) _Py_SetLocaleFromEnv(int category);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#ifndef Py_CPYTHON_PYMEM_H
#  error "this header file must not be included directly"
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyMem_RawMalloc(size_t size);
PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyMem_RawCalloc(size_t nelem, size_t elsize);
PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyMem_RawRealloc(void *ptr, size_t new_size);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyMem_RawFree(void *ptr);

/* Try to get the allocators name set by _PyMem_SetupAllocators(). */
PyAPI_FUNC(const char*) _PyMem_GetCurrentAllocatorName(void);

PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyMem_Calloc(size_t nelem, size_t elsize);

/* strdup() using PyMem_RawMalloc() */
PyAPI_FUNC(char *) _PyMem_RawStrdup(const char *str);

/* strdup() using PyMem_Malloc() */
PyAPI_FUNC(char *) _PyMem_Strdup(const char *str);

/* wcsdup() using PyMem_RawMalloc() */
PyAPI_FUNC(wchar_t*) _PyMem_RawWcsdup(const wchar_t *str);


typedef enum {
    /* PyMem_RawMalloc(), PyMem_RawRealloc() and PyMem_RawFree() */
    PYMEM_DOMAIN_RAW,

    /* PyMem_Malloc(), PyMem_Realloc() and PyMem_Free() */
    PYMEM_DOMAIN_MEM,

    /* PyObject_Malloc(), PyObject_Realloc() and PyObject_Free() */
    PYMEM_DOMAIN_OBJ
} PyMemAllocatorDomain;

typedef enum {
    PYMEM_ALLOCATOR_NOT_SET = 0,
    PYMEM_ALLOCATOR_DEFAULT = 1,
    PYMEM_ALLOCATOR_DEBUG = 2,
    PYMEM_ALLOCATOR_MALLOC = 3,
    PYMEM_ALLOCATOR_MALLOC_DEBUG = 4,
#ifdef WITH_PYMALLOC
    PYMEM_ALLOCATOR_PYMALLOC = 5,
    PYMEM_ALLOCATOR_PYMALLOC_DEBUG = 6,
#endif
} PyMemAllocatorName;


typedef struct {
    /* user context passed as the first argument to the 4 functions */
    void *ctx;

    /* allocate a memory block */
    void* (*malloc) (void *ctx, size_t size);

    /* allocate a memory block initialized by zeros */
    void* (*calloc) (void *ctx, size_t nelem, size_t elsize);

    /* allocate or resize a memory block */
    void* (*realloc) (void *ctx, void *ptr, size_t new_size);

    /* release a memory block */
    void (*free) (void *ctx, void *ptr);
} PyMemAllocatorEx;

/* Get the memory block allocator of the specified domain. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyMem_GetAllocator(PyMemAllocatorDomain domain,
                                    PyMemAllocatorEx *allocator);

/* Set the memory block allocator of the specified domain.

   The new allocator must return a distinct non-NULL pointer when requesting
   zero bytes.

   For the PYMEM_DOMAIN_RAW domain, the allocator must be thread-safe: the GIL
   is not held when the allocator is called.

   If the new allocator is not a hook (don't call the previous allocator), the
   PyMem_SetupDebugHooks() function must be called to reinstall the debug hooks
   on top on the new allocator. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyMem_SetAllocator(PyMemAllocatorDomain domain,
                                    PyMemAllocatorEx *allocator);

/* Setup hooks to detect bugs in the following Python memory allocator
   functions:

   - PyMem_RawMalloc(), PyMem_RawRealloc(), PyMem_RawFree()
   - PyMem_Malloc(), PyMem_Realloc(), PyMem_Free()
   - PyObject_Malloc(), PyObject_Realloc() and PyObject_Free()

   Newly allocated memory is filled with the byte 0xCB, freed memory is filled
   with the byte 0xDB. Additional checks:

   - detect API violations, ex: PyObject_Free() called on a buffer allocated
     by PyMem_Malloc()
   - detect write before the start of the buffer (buffer underflow)
   - detect write after the end of the buffer (buffer overflow)

   The function does nothing if Python is not compiled is debug mode. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyMem_SetupDebugHooks(void);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#ifndef Py_CPYTHON_ERRORS_H
#  error "this header file must not be included directly"
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Error objects */

/* PyException_HEAD defines the initial segment of every exception class. */
#define PyException_HEAD PyObject_HEAD PyObject *dict;\
             PyObject *args; PyObject *traceback;\
             PyObject *context; PyObject *cause;\
             char suppress_context;

typedef struct {
    PyException_HEAD
} PyBaseExceptionObject;

typedef struct {
    PyException_HEAD
    PyObject *msg;
    PyObject *filename;
    PyObject *lineno;
    PyObject *offset;
    PyObject *text;
    PyObject *print_file_and_line;
} PySyntaxErrorObject;

typedef struct {
    PyException_HEAD
    PyObject *msg;
    PyObject *name;
    PyObject *path;
} PyImportErrorObject;

typedef struct {
    PyException_HEAD
    PyObject *encoding;
    PyObject *object;
    Py_ssize_t start;
    Py_ssize_t end;
    PyObject *reason;
} PyUnicodeErrorObject;

typedef struct {
    PyException_HEAD
    PyObject *code;
} PySystemExitObject;

typedef struct {
    PyException_HEAD
    PyObject *myerrno;
    PyObject *strerror;
    PyObject *filename;
    PyObject *filename2;
#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
    PyObject *winerror;
#endif
    Py_ssize_t written;   /* only for BlockingIOError, -1 otherwise */
} PyOSErrorObject;

typedef struct {
    PyException_HEAD
    PyObject *value;
} PyStopIterationObject;

/* Compatibility typedefs */
typedef PyOSErrorObject PyEnvironmentErrorObject;
#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
typedef PyOSErrorObject PyWindowsErrorObject;
#endif

/* Error handling definitions */

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyErr_SetKeyError(PyObject *);
_PyErr_StackItem *_PyErr_GetTopmostException(PyThreadState *tstate);

/* Context manipulation (PEP 3134) */

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyErr_ChainExceptions(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);

/* */

#define PyExceptionClass_Name(x)  (((PyTypeObject*)(x))->tp_name)

/* Convenience functions */

#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
Py_DEPRECATED(3.3)
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyErr_SetFromErrnoWithUnicodeFilename(
    PyObject *, const Py_UNICODE *);
#endif /* MS_WINDOWS */

/* Like PyErr_Format(), but saves current exception as __context__ and
   __cause__.
 */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyErr_FormatFromCause(
    PyObject *exception,
    const char *format,   /* ASCII-encoded string  */
    ...
    );

#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
/* XXX redeclare to use WSTRING */
Py_DEPRECATED(3.3)
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyErr_SetFromWindowsErrWithUnicodeFilename(
    int, const Py_UNICODE *);
Py_DEPRECATED(3.3)
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyErr_SetExcFromWindowsErrWithUnicodeFilename(
    PyObject *,int, const Py_UNICODE *);
#endif

/* In exceptions.c */

/* Helper that attempts to replace the current exception with one of the
 * same type but with a prefix added to the exception text. The resulting
 * exception description looks like:
 *
 *     prefix (exc_type: original_exc_str)
 *
 * Only some exceptions can be safely replaced. If the function determines
 * it isn't safe to perform the replacement, it will leave the original
 * unmodified exception in place.
 *
 * Returns a borrowed reference to the new exception (if any), NULL if the
 * existing exception was left in place.
 */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyErr_TrySetFromCause(
    const char *prefix_format,   /* ASCII-encoded string  */
    ...
    );

/* In signalmodule.c */

int PySignal_SetWakeupFd(int fd);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyErr_CheckSignals(void);

/* Support for adding program text to SyntaxErrors */

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyErr_SyntaxLocationObject(
    PyObject *filename,
    int lineno,
    int col_offset);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyErr_ProgramTextObject(
    PyObject *filename,
    int lineno);

/* Create a UnicodeEncodeError object.
 *
 * TODO: This API will be removed in Python 3.11.
 */
Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicodeEncodeError_Create(
    const char *encoding,       /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    const Py_UNICODE *object,
    Py_ssize_t length,
    Py_ssize_t start,
    Py_ssize_t end,
    const char *reason          /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    );

/* Create a UnicodeTranslateError object.
 *
 * TODO: This API will be removed in Python 3.11.
 */
Py_DEPRECATED(3.3) PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicodeTranslateError_Create(
    const Py_UNICODE *object,
    Py_ssize_t length,
    Py_ssize_t start,
    Py_ssize_t end,
    const char *reason          /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyUnicodeTranslateError_Create(
    PyObject *object,
    Py_ssize_t start,
    Py_ssize_t end,
    const char *reason          /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyErr_WriteUnraisableMsg(
    const char *err_msg,
    PyObject *obj);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#ifndef Py_PYCORECONFIG_H
#define Py_PYCORECONFIG_H
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* --- PyStatus ----------------------------------------------- */

typedef struct {
    enum {
        _PyStatus_TYPE_OK=0,
        _PyStatus_TYPE_ERROR=1,
        _PyStatus_TYPE_EXIT=2
    } _type;
    const char *func;
    const char *err_msg;
    int exitcode;
} PyStatus;

PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) PyStatus_Ok(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) PyStatus_Error(const char *err_msg);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) PyStatus_NoMemory(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) PyStatus_Exit(int exitcode);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyStatus_IsError(PyStatus err);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyStatus_IsExit(PyStatus err);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyStatus_Exception(PyStatus err);

/* --- PyWideStringList ------------------------------------------------ */

typedef struct {
    /* If length is greater than zero, items must be non-NULL
       and all items strings must be non-NULL */
    Py_ssize_t length;
    wchar_t **items;
} PyWideStringList;

PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) PyWideStringList_Append(PyWideStringList *list,
    const wchar_t *item);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) PyWideStringList_Insert(PyWideStringList *list,
    Py_ssize_t index,
    const wchar_t *item);


/* --- PyPreConfig ----------------------------------------------- */

typedef struct {
    int _config_init;     /* _PyConfigInitEnum value */

    /* Parse Py_PreInitializeFromBytesArgs() arguments?
       See PyConfig.parse_argv */
    int parse_argv;

    /* If greater than 0, enable isolated mode: sys.path contains
       neither the script's directory nor the user's site-packages directory.

       Set to 1 by the -I command line option. If set to -1 (default), inherit
       Py_IsolatedFlag value. */
    int isolated;

    /* If greater than 0: use environment variables.
       Set to 0 by -E command line option. If set to -1 (default), it is
       set to !Py_IgnoreEnvironmentFlag. */
    int use_environment;

    /* Set the LC_CTYPE locale to the user preferred locale? If equals to 0,
       set coerce_c_locale and coerce_c_locale_warn to 0. */
    int configure_locale;

    /* Coerce the LC_CTYPE locale if it's equal to "C"? (PEP 538)

       Set to 0 by PYTHONCOERCECLOCALE=0. Set to 1 by PYTHONCOERCECLOCALE=1.
       Set to 2 if the user preferred LC_CTYPE locale is "C".

       If it is equal to 1, LC_CTYPE locale is read to decide if it should be
       coerced or not (ex: PYTHONCOERCECLOCALE=1). Internally, it is set to 2
       if the LC_CTYPE locale must be coerced.

       Disable by default (set to 0). Set it to -1 to let Python decide if it
       should be enabled or not. */
    int coerce_c_locale;

    /* Emit a warning if the LC_CTYPE locale is coerced?

       Set to 1 by PYTHONCOERCECLOCALE=warn.

       Disable by default (set to 0). Set it to -1 to let Python decide if it
       should be enabled or not. */
    int coerce_c_locale_warn;

#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
    /* If greater than 1, use the "mbcs" encoding instead of the UTF-8
       encoding for the filesystem encoding.

       Set to 1 if the PYTHONLEGACYWINDOWSFSENCODING environment variable is
       set to a non-empty string. If set to -1 (default), inherit
       Py_LegacyWindowsFSEncodingFlag value.

       See PEP 529 for more details. */
    int legacy_windows_fs_encoding;
#endif

    /* Enable UTF-8 mode? (PEP 540)

       Disabled by default (equals to 0).

       Set to 1 by "-X utf8" and "-X utf8=1" command line options.
       Set to 1 by PYTHONUTF8=1 environment variable.

       Set to 0 by "-X utf8=0" and PYTHONUTF8=0.

       If equals to -1, it is set to 1 if the LC_CTYPE locale is "C" or
       "POSIX", otherwise it is set to 0. Inherit Py_UTF8Mode value value. */
    int utf8_mode;

    int dev_mode;           /* Development mode. PYTHONDEVMODE, -X dev */

    /* Memory allocator: PYTHONMALLOC env var.
       See PyMemAllocatorName for valid values. */
    int allocator;
} PyPreConfig;

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyPreConfig_InitPythonConfig(PyPreConfig *config);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyPreConfig_InitIsolatedConfig(PyPreConfig *config);


/* --- PyConfig ---------------------------------------------- */

typedef struct {
    int _config_init;     /* _PyConfigInitEnum value */

    int isolated;         /* Isolated mode? see PyPreConfig.isolated */
    int use_environment;  /* Use environment variables? see PyPreConfig.use_environment */
    int dev_mode;         /* Development mode? See PyPreConfig.dev_mode */

    /* Install signal handlers? Yes by default. */
    int install_signal_handlers;

    int use_hash_seed;      /* PYTHONHASHSEED=x */
    unsigned long hash_seed;

    /* Enable faulthandler?
       Set to 1 by -X faulthandler and PYTHONFAULTHANDLER. -1 means unset. */
    int faulthandler;

    /* Enable tracemalloc?
       Set by -X tracemalloc=N and PYTHONTRACEMALLOC. -1 means unset */
    int tracemalloc;

    int import_time;        /* PYTHONPROFILEIMPORTTIME, -X importtime */
    int show_ref_count;     /* -X showrefcount */
    int show_alloc_count;   /* -X showalloccount */
    int dump_refs;          /* PYTHONDUMPREFS */
    int malloc_stats;       /* PYTHONMALLOCSTATS */

    /* Python filesystem encoding and error handler:
       sys.getfilesystemencoding() and sys.getfilesystemencodeerrors().

       Default encoding and error handler:

       * if Py_SetStandardStreamEncoding() has been called: they have the
         highest priority;
       * PYTHONIOENCODING environment variable;
       * The UTF-8 Mode uses UTF-8/surrogateescape;
       * If Python forces the usage of the ASCII encoding (ex: C locale
         or POSIX locale on FreeBSD or HP-UX), use ASCII/surrogateescape;
       * locale encoding: ANSI code page on Windows, UTF-8 on Android and
         VxWorks, LC_CTYPE locale encoding on other platforms;
       * On Windows, "surrogateescape" error handler;
       * "surrogateescape" error handler if the LC_CTYPE locale is "C" or "POSIX";
       * "surrogateescape" error handler if the LC_CTYPE locale has been coerced
         (PEP 538);
       * "strict" error handler.

       Supported error handlers: "strict", "surrogateescape" and
       "surrogatepass". The surrogatepass error handler is only supported
       if Py_DecodeLocale() and Py_EncodeLocale() use directly the UTF-8 codec;
       it's only used on Windows.

       initfsencoding() updates the encoding to the Python codec name.
       For example, "ANSI_X3.4-1968" is replaced with "ascii".

       On Windows, sys._enablelegacywindowsfsencoding() sets the
       encoding/errors to mbcs/replace at runtime.


       See Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding and Py_FileSystemDefaultEncodeErrors.
       */
    wchar_t *filesystem_encoding;
    wchar_t *filesystem_errors;

    wchar_t *pycache_prefix;  /* PYTHONPYCACHEPREFIX, -X pycache_prefix=PATH */
    int parse_argv;           /* Parse argv command line arguments? */

    /* Command line arguments (sys.argv).

       Set parse_argv to 1 to parse argv as Python command line arguments
       and then strip Python arguments from argv.

       If argv is empty, an empty string is added to ensure that sys.argv
       always exists and is never empty. */
    PyWideStringList argv;

    /* Program name:

       - If Py_SetProgramName() was called, use its value.
       - On macOS, use PYTHONEXECUTABLE environment variable if set.
       - If WITH_NEXT_FRAMEWORK macro is defined, use __PYVENV_LAUNCHER__
         environment variable is set.
       - Use argv[0] if available and non-empty.
       - Use "python" on Windows, or "python3 on other platforms. */
    wchar_t *program_name;

    PyWideStringList xoptions;     /* Command line -X options */

    /* Warnings options: lowest to highest priority. warnings.filters
       is built in the reverse order (highest to lowest priority). */
    PyWideStringList warnoptions;

    /* If equal to zero, disable the import of the module site and the
       site-dependent manipulations of sys.path that it entails. Also disable
       these manipulations if site is explicitly imported later (call
       site.main() if you want them to be triggered).

       Set to 0 by the -S command line option. If set to -1 (default), it is
       set to !Py_NoSiteFlag. */
    int site_import;

    /* Bytes warnings:

       * If equal to 1, issue a warning when comparing bytes or bytearray with
         str or bytes with int.
       * If equal or greater to 2, issue an error.

       Incremented by the -b command line option. If set to -1 (default), inherit
       Py_BytesWarningFlag value. */
    int bytes_warning;

    /* If greater than 0, enable inspect: when a script is passed as first
       argument or the -c option is used, enter interactive mode after
       executing the script or the command, even when sys.stdin does not appear
       to be a terminal.

       Incremented by the -i command line option. Set to 1 if the PYTHONINSPECT
       environment variable is non-empty. If set to -1 (default), inherit
       Py_InspectFlag value. */
    int inspect;

    /* If greater than 0: enable the interactive mode (REPL).

       Incremented by the -i command line option. If set to -1 (default),
       inherit Py_InteractiveFlag value. */
    int interactive;

    /* Optimization level.

       Incremented by the -O command line option. Set by the PYTHONOPTIMIZE
       environment variable. If set to -1 (default), inherit Py_OptimizeFlag
       value. */
    int optimization_level;

    /* If greater than 0, enable the debug mode: turn on parser debugging
       output (for expert only, depending on compilation options).

       Incremented by the -d command line option. Set by the PYTHONDEBUG
       environment variable. If set to -1 (default), inherit Py_DebugFlag
       value. */
    int parser_debug;

    /* If equal to 0, Python won't try to write ``.pyc`` files on the
       import of source modules.

       Set to 0 by the -B command line option and the PYTHONDONTWRITEBYTECODE
       environment variable. If set to -1 (default), it is set to
       !Py_DontWriteBytecodeFlag. */
    int write_bytecode;

    /* If greater than 0, enable the verbose mode: print a message each time a
       module is initialized, showing the place (filename or built-in module)
       from which it is loaded.

       If greater or equal to 2, print a message for each file that is checked
       for when searching for a module. Also provides information on module
       cleanup at exit.

       Incremented by the -v option. Set by the PYTHONVERBOSE environment
       variable. If set to -1 (default), inherit Py_VerboseFlag value. */
    int verbose;

    /* If greater than 0, enable the quiet mode: Don't display the copyright
       and version messages even in interactive mode.

       Incremented by the -q option. If set to -1 (default), inherit
       Py_QuietFlag value. */
    int quiet;

   /* If greater than 0, don't add the user site-packages directory to
      sys.path.

      Set to 0 by the -s and -I command line options , and the PYTHONNOUSERSITE
      environment variable. If set to -1 (default), it is set to
      !Py_NoUserSiteDirectory. */
    int user_site_directory;

    /* If non-zero, configure C standard steams (stdio, stdout,
       stderr):

       - Set O_BINARY mode on Windows.
       - If buffered_stdio is equal to zero, make streams unbuffered.
         Otherwise, enable streams buffering if interactive is non-zero. */
    int configure_c_stdio;

    /* If equal to 0, enable unbuffered mode: force the stdout and stderr
       streams to be unbuffered.

       Set to 0 by the -u option. Set by the PYTHONUNBUFFERED environment
       variable.
       If set to -1 (default), it is set to !Py_UnbufferedStdioFlag. */
    int buffered_stdio;

    /* Encoding of sys.stdin, sys.stdout and sys.stderr.
       Value set from PYTHONIOENCODING environment variable and
       Py_SetStandardStreamEncoding() function.
       See also 'stdio_errors' attribute. */
    wchar_t *stdio_encoding;

    /* Error handler of sys.stdin and sys.stdout.
       Value set from PYTHONIOENCODING environment variable and
       Py_SetStandardStreamEncoding() function.
       See also 'stdio_encoding' attribute. */
    wchar_t *stdio_errors;

#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
    /* If greater than zero, use io.FileIO instead of WindowsConsoleIO for sys
       standard streams.

       Set to 1 if the PYTHONLEGACYWINDOWSSTDIO environment variable is set to
       a non-empty string. If set to -1 (default), inherit
       Py_LegacyWindowsStdioFlag value.

       See PEP 528 for more details. */
    int legacy_windows_stdio;
#endif

    /* Value of the --check-hash-based-pycs command line option:

       - "default" means the 'check_source' flag in hash-based pycs
         determines invalidation
       - "always" causes the interpreter to hash the source file for
         invalidation regardless of value of 'check_source' bit
       - "never" causes the interpreter to always assume hash-based pycs are
         valid

       The default value is "default".

       See PEP 552 "Deterministic pycs" for more details. */
    wchar_t *check_hash_pycs_mode;

    /* --- Path configuration inputs ------------ */

    /* If greater than 0, suppress _PyPathConfig_Calculate() warnings on Unix.
       The parameter has no effect on Windows.

       If set to -1 (default), inherit !Py_FrozenFlag value. */
    int pathconfig_warnings;

    wchar_t *pythonpath_env; /* PYTHONPATH environment variable */
    wchar_t *home;          /* PYTHONHOME environment variable,
                               see also Py_SetPythonHome(). */

    /* --- Path configuration outputs ----------- */

    int module_search_paths_set;  /* If non-zero, use module_search_paths */
    PyWideStringList module_search_paths;  /* sys.path paths. Computed if
                                       module_search_paths_set is equal
                                       to zero. */

    wchar_t *executable;        /* sys.executable */
    wchar_t *base_executable;   /* sys._base_executable */
    wchar_t *prefix;            /* sys.prefix */
    wchar_t *base_prefix;       /* sys.base_prefix */
    wchar_t *exec_prefix;       /* sys.exec_prefix */
    wchar_t *base_exec_prefix;  /* sys.base_exec_prefix */

    /* --- Parameter only used by Py_Main() ---------- */

    /* Skip the first line of the source ('run_filename' parameter), allowing use of non-Unix forms of
       "#!cmd".  This is intended for a DOS specific hack only.

       Set by the -x command line option. */
    int skip_source_first_line;

    wchar_t *run_command;   /* -c command line argument */
    wchar_t *run_module;    /* -m command line argument */
    wchar_t *run_filename;  /* Trailing command line argument without -c or -m */

    /* --- Private fields ---------------------------- */

    /* Install importlib? If set to 0, importlib is not initialized at all.
       Needed by freeze_importlib. */
    int _install_importlib;

    /* If equal to 0, stop Python initialization before the "main" phase */
    int _init_main;
} PyConfig;

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyConfig_InitPythonConfig(PyConfig *config);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyConfig_InitIsolatedConfig(PyConfig *config);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyConfig_Clear(PyConfig *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) PyConfig_SetString(
    PyConfig *config,
    wchar_t **config_str,
    const wchar_t *str);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) PyConfig_SetBytesString(
    PyConfig *config,
    wchar_t **config_str,
    const char *str);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) PyConfig_Read(PyConfig *config);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) PyConfig_SetBytesArgv(
    PyConfig *config,
    Py_ssize_t argc,
    char * const *argv);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) PyConfig_SetArgv(PyConfig *config,
    Py_ssize_t argc,
    wchar_t * const *argv);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyStatus) PyConfig_SetWideStringList(PyConfig *config,
    PyWideStringList *list,
    Py_ssize_t length, wchar_t **items);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */
#endif /* !Py_PYCORECONFIG_H */
/* Descriptors */
#ifndef Py_DESCROBJECT_H
#define Py_DESCROBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef PyObject *(*getter)(PyObject *, void *);
typedef int (*setter)(PyObject *, PyObject *, void *);

typedef struct PyGetSetDef {
    const char *name;
    getter get;
    setter set;
    const char *doc;
    void *closure;
} PyGetSetDef;

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef PyObject *(*wrapperfunc)(PyObject *self, PyObject *args,
                                 void *wrapped);

typedef PyObject *(*wrapperfunc_kwds)(PyObject *self, PyObject *args,
                                      void *wrapped, PyObject *kwds);

struct wrapperbase {
    const char *name;
    int offset;
    void *function;
    wrapperfunc wrapper;
    const char *doc;
    int flags;
    PyObject *name_strobj;
};

/* Flags for above struct */
#define PyWrapperFlag_KEYWORDS 1 /* wrapper function takes keyword args */

/* Various kinds of descriptor objects */

typedef struct {
    PyObject_HEAD
    PyTypeObject *d_type;
    PyObject *d_name;
    PyObject *d_qualname;
} PyDescrObject;

#define PyDescr_COMMON PyDescrObject d_common

#define PyDescr_TYPE(x) (((PyDescrObject *)(x))->d_type)
#define PyDescr_NAME(x) (((PyDescrObject *)(x))->d_name)

typedef struct {
    PyDescr_COMMON;
    PyMethodDef *d_method;
    vectorcallfunc vectorcall;
} PyMethodDescrObject;

typedef struct {
    PyDescr_COMMON;
    struct PyMemberDef *d_member;
} PyMemberDescrObject;

typedef struct {
    PyDescr_COMMON;
    PyGetSetDef *d_getset;
} PyGetSetDescrObject;

typedef struct {
    PyDescr_COMMON;
    struct wrapperbase *d_base;
    void *d_wrapped; /* This can be any function pointer */
} PyWrapperDescrObject;
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyClassMethodDescr_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyGetSetDescr_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyMemberDescr_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyMethodDescr_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyWrapperDescr_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyDictProxy_Type;
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) _PyMethodWrapper_Type;
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyDescr_NewMethod(PyTypeObject *, PyMethodDef *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyDescr_NewClassMethod(PyTypeObject *, PyMethodDef *);
struct PyMemberDef; /* forward declaration for following prototype */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyDescr_NewMember(PyTypeObject *,
                                               struct PyMemberDef *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyDescr_NewGetSet(PyTypeObject *,
                                               struct PyGetSetDef *);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyDescr_NewWrapper(PyTypeObject *,
                                                struct wrapperbase *, void *);
#define PyDescr_IsData(d) (Py_TYPE(d)->tp_descr_set != NULL)
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyDictProxy_New(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyWrapper_New(PyObject *, PyObject *);


PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyProperty_Type;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_DESCROBJECT_H */


/* Named tuple object interface */

#ifndef Py_STRUCTSEQ_H
#define Py_STRUCTSEQ_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct PyStructSequence_Field {
    const char *name;
    const char *doc;
} PyStructSequence_Field;

typedef struct PyStructSequence_Desc {
    const char *name;
    const char *doc;
    struct PyStructSequence_Field *fields;
    int n_in_sequence;
} PyStructSequence_Desc;

extern char* PyStructSequence_UnnamedField;

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyStructSequence_InitType(PyTypeObject *type,
                                           PyStructSequence_Desc *desc);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyStructSequence_InitType2(PyTypeObject *type,
                                           PyStructSequence_Desc *desc);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyTypeObject*) PyStructSequence_NewType(PyStructSequence_Desc *desc);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyStructSequence_New(PyTypeObject* type);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef PyTupleObject PyStructSequence;

/* Macro, *only* to be used to fill in brand new objects */
#define PyStructSequence_SET_ITEM(op, i, v) PyTuple_SET_ITEM(op, i, v)

#define PyStructSequence_GET_ITEM(op, i) PyTuple_GET_ITEM(op, i)
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyStructSequence_SetItem(PyObject*, Py_ssize_t, PyObject*);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyStructSequence_GetItem(PyObject*, Py_ssize_t);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_STRUCTSEQ_H */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_SYMTABLE_H
#define Py_SYMTABLE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include "Python-ast.h"   /* mod_ty */

/* XXX(ncoghlan): This is a weird mix of public names and interpreter internal
 *                names.
 */

typedef enum _block_type { FunctionBlock, ClassBlock, ModuleBlock }
    _Py_block_ty;

struct _symtable_entry;

struct symtable {
    PyObject *st_filename;          /* name of file being compiled,
                                       decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    struct _symtable_entry *st_cur; /* current symbol table entry */
    struct _symtable_entry *st_top; /* symbol table entry for module */
    PyObject *st_blocks;            /* dict: map AST node addresses
                                     *       to symbol table entries */
    PyObject *st_stack;             /* list: stack of namespace info */
    PyObject *st_global;            /* borrowed ref to st_top->ste_symbols */
    int st_nblocks;                 /* number of blocks used. kept for
                                       consistency with the corresponding
                                       compiler structure */
    PyObject *st_private;           /* name of current class or NULL */
    PyFutureFeatures *st_future;    /* module's future features that affect
                                       the symbol table */
    int recursion_depth;            /* current recursion depth */
    int recursion_limit;            /* recursion limit */
};

typedef struct _symtable_entry {
    PyObject_HEAD
    PyObject *ste_id;        /* int: key in ste_table->st_blocks */
    PyObject *ste_symbols;   /* dict: variable names to flags */
    PyObject *ste_name;      /* string: name of current block */
    PyObject *ste_varnames;  /* list of function parameters */
    PyObject *ste_children;  /* list of child blocks */
    PyObject *ste_directives;/* locations of global and nonlocal statements */
    _Py_block_ty ste_type;   /* module, class, or function */
    int ste_nested;      /* true if block is nested */
    unsigned ste_free : 1;        /* true if block has free variables */
    unsigned ste_child_free : 1;  /* true if a child block has free vars,
                                     including free refs to globals */
    unsigned ste_generator : 1;   /* true if namespace is a generator */
    unsigned ste_coroutine : 1;   /* true if namespace is a coroutine */
    unsigned ste_comprehension : 1; /* true if namespace is a list comprehension */
    unsigned ste_varargs : 1;     /* true if block has varargs */
    unsigned ste_varkeywords : 1; /* true if block has varkeywords */
    unsigned ste_returns_value : 1;  /* true if namespace uses return with
                                        an argument */
    unsigned ste_needs_class_closure : 1; /* for class scopes, true if a
                                             closure over __class__
                                             should be created */
    unsigned ste_comp_iter_target : 1; /* true if visiting comprehension target */
    int ste_comp_iter_expr; /* non-zero if visiting a comprehension range expression */
    int ste_lineno;          /* first line of block */
    int ste_col_offset;      /* offset of first line of block */
    int ste_opt_lineno;      /* lineno of last exec or import * */
    int ste_opt_col_offset;  /* offset of last exec or import * */
    struct symtable *ste_table;
} PySTEntryObject;

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PySTEntry_Type;

#define PySTEntry_Check(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PySTEntry_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyST_GetScope(PySTEntryObject *, PyObject *);

PyAPI_FUNC(struct symtable *) PySymtable_Build(
    mod_ty mod,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    PyFutureFeatures *future);
PyAPI_FUNC(struct symtable *) PySymtable_BuildObject(
    mod_ty mod,
    PyObject *filename,
    PyFutureFeatures *future);
PyAPI_FUNC(PySTEntryObject *) PySymtable_Lookup(struct symtable *, void *);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySymtable_Free(struct symtable *);

/* Flags for def-use information */

#define DEF_GLOBAL 1           /* global stmt */
#define DEF_LOCAL 2            /* assignment in code block */
#define DEF_PARAM 2<<1         /* formal parameter */
#define DEF_NONLOCAL 2<<2      /* nonlocal stmt */
#define USE 2<<3               /* name is used */
#define DEF_FREE 2<<4          /* name used but not defined in nested block */
#define DEF_FREE_CLASS 2<<5    /* free variable from class's method */
#define DEF_IMPORT 2<<6        /* assignment occurred via import */
#define DEF_ANNOT 2<<7         /* this name is annotated */
#define DEF_COMP_ITER 2<<8     /* this name is a comprehension iteration variable */

#define DEF_BOUND (DEF_LOCAL | DEF_PARAM | DEF_IMPORT)

/* GLOBAL_EXPLICIT and GLOBAL_IMPLICIT are used internally by the symbol
   table.  GLOBAL is returned from PyST_GetScope() for either of them.
   It is stored in ste_symbols at bits 12-15.
*/
#define SCOPE_OFFSET 11
#define SCOPE_MASK (DEF_GLOBAL | DEF_LOCAL | DEF_PARAM | DEF_NONLOCAL)

#define LOCAL 1
#define GLOBAL_EXPLICIT 2
#define GLOBAL_IMPLICIT 3
#define FREE 4
#define CELL 5

#define GENERATOR 1
#define GENERATOR_EXPRESSION 2

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_SYMTABLE_H */
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_LONGINTREPR_H
#define Py_LONGINTREPR_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


/* This is published for the benefit of "friends" marshal.c and _decimal.c. */

/* Parameters of the integer representation.  There are two different
   sets of parameters: one set for 30-bit digits, stored in an unsigned 32-bit
   integer type, and one set for 15-bit digits with each digit stored in an
   unsigned short.  The value of PYLONG_BITS_IN_DIGIT, defined either at
   configure time or in pyport.h, is used to decide which digit size to use.

   Type 'digit' should be able to hold 2*PyLong_BASE-1, and type 'twodigits'
   should be an unsigned integer type able to hold all integers up to
   PyLong_BASE*PyLong_BASE-1.  x_sub assumes that 'digit' is an unsigned type,
   and that overflow is handled by taking the result modulo 2**N for some N >
   PyLong_SHIFT.  The majority of the code doesn't care about the precise
   value of PyLong_SHIFT, but there are some notable exceptions:

   - long_pow() requires that PyLong_SHIFT be divisible by 5

   - PyLong_{As,From}ByteArray require that PyLong_SHIFT be at least 8

   - long_hash() requires that PyLong_SHIFT is *strictly* less than the number
     of bits in an unsigned long, as do the PyLong <-> long (or unsigned long)
     conversion functions

   - the Python int <-> size_t/Py_ssize_t conversion functions expect that
     PyLong_SHIFT is strictly less than the number of bits in a size_t

   - the marshal code currently expects that PyLong_SHIFT is a multiple of 15

   - NSMALLNEGINTS and NSMALLPOSINTS should be small enough to fit in a single
     digit; with the current values this forces PyLong_SHIFT >= 9

  The values 15 and 30 should fit all of the above requirements, on any
  platform.
*/

#if PYLONG_BITS_IN_DIGIT == 30
typedef uint32_t digit;
typedef int32_t sdigit; /* signed variant of digit */
typedef uint64_t twodigits;
typedef int64_t stwodigits; /* signed variant of twodigits */
#define PyLong_SHIFT    30
#define _PyLong_DECIMAL_SHIFT   9 /* max(e such that 10**e fits in a digit) */
#define _PyLong_DECIMAL_BASE    ((digit)1000000000) /* 10 ** DECIMAL_SHIFT */
#elif PYLONG_BITS_IN_DIGIT == 15
typedef unsigned short digit;
typedef short sdigit; /* signed variant of digit */
typedef unsigned long twodigits;
typedef long stwodigits; /* signed variant of twodigits */
#define PyLong_SHIFT    15
#define _PyLong_DECIMAL_SHIFT   4 /* max(e such that 10**e fits in a digit) */
#define _PyLong_DECIMAL_BASE    ((digit)10000) /* 10 ** DECIMAL_SHIFT */
#else
#error "PYLONG_BITS_IN_DIGIT should be 15 or 30"
#endif
#define PyLong_BASE     ((digit)1 << PyLong_SHIFT)
#define PyLong_MASK     ((digit)(PyLong_BASE - 1))

#if PyLong_SHIFT % 5 != 0
#error "longobject.c requires that PyLong_SHIFT be divisible by 5"
#endif

/* Long integer representation.
   The absolute value of a number is equal to
        SUM(for i=0 through abs(ob_size)-1) ob_digit[i] * 2**(SHIFT*i)
   Negative numbers are represented with ob_size < 0;
   zero is represented by ob_size == 0.
   In a normalized number, ob_digit[abs(ob_size)-1] (the most significant
   digit) is never zero.  Also, in all cases, for all valid i,
        0 <= ob_digit[i] <= MASK.
   The allocation function takes care of allocating extra memory
   so that ob_digit[0] ... ob_digit[abs(ob_size)-1] are actually available.

   CAUTION:  Generic code manipulating subtypes of PyVarObject has to
   aware that ints abuse  ob_size's sign bit.
*/

struct _longobject {
    PyObject_VAR_HEAD
    digit ob_digit[1];
};

PyAPI_FUNC(PyLongObject *) _PyLong_New(Py_ssize_t);

/* Return a copy of src. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyLong_Copy(PyLongObject *src);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_LONGINTREPR_H */
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */

/* List object interface */

/*
Another generally useful object type is a list of object pointers.
This is a mutable type: the list items can be changed, and items can be
added or removed.  Out-of-range indices or non-list objects are ignored.

*** WARNING *** PyList_SetItem does not increment the new item's reference
count, but does decrement the reference count of the item it replaces,
if not nil.  It does *decrement* the reference count if it is *not*
inserted in the list.  Similarly, PyList_GetItem does not increment the
returned item's reference count.
*/

#ifndef Py_LISTOBJECT_H
#define Py_LISTOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef struct {
    PyObject_VAR_HEAD
    /* Vector of pointers to list elements.  list[0] is ob_item[0], etc. */
    PyObject **ob_item;

    /* ob_item contains space for 'allocated' elements.  The number
     * currently in use is ob_size.
     * Invariants:
     *     0 <= ob_size <= allocated
     *     len(list) == ob_size
     *     ob_item == NULL implies ob_size == allocated == 0
     * list.sort() temporarily sets allocated to -1 to detect mutations.
     *
     * Items must normally not be NULL, except during construction when
     * the list is not yet visible outside the function that builds it.
     */
    Py_ssize_t allocated;
} PyListObject;
#endif

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyList_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyListIter_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyListRevIter_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PySortWrapper_Type;

#define PyList_Check(op) \
    PyType_FastSubclass(Py_TYPE(op), Py_TPFLAGS_LIST_SUBCLASS)
#define PyList_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyList_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyList_New(Py_ssize_t size);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyList_Size(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyList_GetItem(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyList_SetItem(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyList_Insert(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyList_Append(PyObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyList_GetSlice(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t, Py_ssize_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyList_SetSlice(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t, Py_ssize_t, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyList_Sort(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyList_Reverse(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyList_AsTuple(PyObject *);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyList_Extend(PyListObject *, PyObject *);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyList_ClearFreeList(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyList_DebugMallocStats(FILE *out);
#endif

/* Macro, trading safety for speed */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#define PyList_GET_ITEM(op, i) (((PyListObject *)(op))->ob_item[i])
#define PyList_SET_ITEM(op, i, v) (((PyListObject *)(op))->ob_item[i] = (v))
#define PyList_GET_SIZE(op)    (assert(PyList_Check(op)),Py_SIZE(op))
#define _PyList_ITEMS(op)      (((PyListObject *)(op))->ob_item)
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_LISTOBJECT_H */
/* Frame object interface */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_FRAMEOBJECT_H
#define Py_FRAMEOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct {
    int b_type;                 /* what kind of block this is */
    int b_handler;              /* where to jump to find handler */
    int b_level;                /* value stack level to pop to */
} PyTryBlock;

typedef struct _frame {
    PyObject_VAR_HEAD
    struct _frame *f_back;      /* previous frame, or NULL */
    PyCodeObject *f_code;       /* code segment */
    PyObject *f_builtins;       /* builtin symbol table (PyDictObject) */
    PyObject *f_globals;        /* global symbol table (PyDictObject) */
    PyObject *f_locals;         /* local symbol table (any mapping) */
    PyObject **f_valuestack;    /* points after the last local */
    /* Next free slot in f_valuestack.  Frame creation sets to f_valuestack.
       Frame evaluation usually NULLs it, but a frame that yields sets it
       to the current stack top. */
    PyObject **f_stacktop;
    PyObject *f_trace;          /* Trace function */
    char f_trace_lines;         /* Emit per-line trace events? */
    char f_trace_opcodes;       /* Emit per-opcode trace events? */

    /* Borrowed reference to a generator, or NULL */
    PyObject *f_gen;

    int f_lasti;                /* Last instruction if called */
    /* Call PyFrame_GetLineNumber() instead of reading this field
       directly.  As of 2.3 f_lineno is only valid when tracing is
       active (i.e. when f_trace is set).  At other times we use
       PyCode_Addr2Line to calculate the line from the current
       bytecode index. */
    int f_lineno;               /* Current line number */
    int f_iblock;               /* index in f_blockstack */
    char f_executing;           /* whether the frame is still executing */
    PyTryBlock f_blockstack[CO_MAXBLOCKS]; /* for try and loop blocks */
    PyObject *f_localsplus[1];  /* locals+stack, dynamically sized */
} PyFrameObject;


/* Standard object interface */

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyFrame_Type;

#define PyFrame_Check(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyFrame_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyFrameObject *) PyFrame_New(PyThreadState *, PyCodeObject *,
                                        PyObject *, PyObject *);

/* only internal use */
PyFrameObject* _PyFrame_New_NoTrack(PyThreadState *, PyCodeObject *,
                                    PyObject *, PyObject *);


/* The rest of the interface is specific for frame objects */

/* Block management functions */

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyFrame_BlockSetup(PyFrameObject *, int, int, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyTryBlock *) PyFrame_BlockPop(PyFrameObject *);

/* Extend the value stack */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject **) PyFrame_ExtendStack(PyFrameObject *, int, int);

/* Conversions between "fast locals" and locals in dictionary */

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyFrame_LocalsToFast(PyFrameObject *, int);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyFrame_FastToLocalsWithError(PyFrameObject *f);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyFrame_FastToLocals(PyFrameObject *);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyFrame_ClearFreeList(void);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyFrame_DebugMallocStats(FILE *out);

/* Return the line of code the frame is currently executing. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyFrame_GetLineNumber(PyFrameObject *);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_FRAMEOBJECT_H */
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */

/* Method object interface */

#ifndef Py_METHODOBJECT_H
#define Py_METHODOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* This is about the type 'builtin_function_or_method',
   not Python methods in user-defined classes.  See classobject.h
   for the latter. */

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyCFunction_Type;

#define PyCFunction_Check(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyCFunction_Type)

typedef PyObject *(*PyCFunction)(PyObject *, PyObject *);
typedef PyObject *(*_PyCFunctionFast) (PyObject *, PyObject *const *, Py_ssize_t);
typedef PyObject *(*PyCFunctionWithKeywords)(PyObject *, PyObject *,
                                             PyObject *);
typedef PyObject *(*_PyCFunctionFastWithKeywords) (PyObject *,
                                                   PyObject *const *, Py_ssize_t,
                                                   PyObject *);
typedef PyObject *(*PyNoArgsFunction)(PyObject *);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyCFunction) PyCFunction_GetFunction(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCFunction_GetSelf(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyCFunction_GetFlags(PyObject *);

/* Macros for direct access to these values. Type checks are *not*
   done, so use with care. */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#define PyCFunction_GET_FUNCTION(func) \
        (((PyCFunctionObject *)func) -> m_ml -> ml_meth)
#define PyCFunction_GET_SELF(func) \
        (((PyCFunctionObject *)func) -> m_ml -> ml_flags & METH_STATIC ? \
         NULL : ((PyCFunctionObject *)func) -> m_self)
#define PyCFunction_GET_FLAGS(func) \
        (((PyCFunctionObject *)func) -> m_ml -> ml_flags)
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCFunction_Call(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyCFunction_FastCallDict(PyObject *func,
    PyObject *const *args,
    Py_ssize_t nargs,
    PyObject *kwargs);
#endif

struct PyMethodDef {
    const char  *ml_name;   /* The name of the built-in function/method */
    PyCFunction ml_meth;    /* The C function that implements it */
    int         ml_flags;   /* Combination of METH_xxx flags, which mostly
                               describe the args expected by the C func */
    const char  *ml_doc;    /* The __doc__ attribute, or NULL */
};
typedef struct PyMethodDef PyMethodDef;

#define PyCFunction_New(ML, SELF) PyCFunction_NewEx((ML), (SELF), NULL)
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCFunction_NewEx(PyMethodDef *, PyObject *,
                                         PyObject *);

/* Flag passed to newmethodobject */
/* #define METH_OLDARGS  0x0000   -- unsupported now */
#define METH_VARARGS  0x0001
#define METH_KEYWORDS 0x0002
/* METH_NOARGS and METH_O must not be combined with the flags above. */
#define METH_NOARGS   0x0004
#define METH_O        0x0008

/* METH_CLASS and METH_STATIC are a little different; these control
   the construction of methods for a class.  These cannot be used for
   functions in modules. */
#define METH_CLASS    0x0010
#define METH_STATIC   0x0020

/* METH_COEXIST allows a method to be entered even though a slot has
   already filled the entry.  When defined, the flag allows a separate
   method, "__contains__" for example, to coexist with a defined
   slot like sq_contains. */

#define METH_COEXIST   0x0040

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#define METH_FASTCALL  0x0080
#endif

/* This bit is preserved for Stackless Python */
#ifdef STACKLESS
#define METH_STACKLESS 0x0100
#else
#define METH_STACKLESS 0x0000
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef struct {
    PyObject_HEAD
    PyMethodDef *m_ml; /* Description of the C function to call */
    PyObject    *m_self; /* Passed as 'self' arg to the C func, can be NULL */
    PyObject    *m_module; /* The __module__ attribute, can be anything */
    PyObject    *m_weakreflist; /* List of weak references */
    vectorcallfunc vectorcall;
} PyCFunctionObject;

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyMethodDef_RawFastCallDict(
    PyMethodDef *method,
    PyObject *self,
    PyObject *const *args,
    Py_ssize_t nargs,
    PyObject *kwargs);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyMethodDef_RawFastCallKeywords(
    PyMethodDef *method,
    PyObject *self,
    PyObject *const *args,
    Py_ssize_t nargs,
    PyObject *kwnames);
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyCFunction_ClearFreeList(void);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyCFunction_DebugMallocStats(FILE *out);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyMethod_DebugMallocStats(FILE *out);
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_METHODOBJECT_H */
#ifndef Py_COMPILE_H
#define Py_COMPILE_H

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#include "code.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Public interface */
struct _node; /* Declare the existence of this type */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyCodeObject *) PyNode_Compile(struct _node *, const char *);
/* XXX (ncoghlan): Unprefixed type name in a public API! */

#define PyCF_MASK (CO_FUTURE_DIVISION | CO_FUTURE_ABSOLUTE_IMPORT | \
                   CO_FUTURE_WITH_STATEMENT | CO_FUTURE_PRINT_FUNCTION | \
                   CO_FUTURE_UNICODE_LITERALS | CO_FUTURE_BARRY_AS_BDFL | \
                   CO_FUTURE_GENERATOR_STOP | CO_FUTURE_ANNOTATIONS)
#define PyCF_MASK_OBSOLETE (CO_NESTED)

/* bpo-39562: CO_FUTURE_ and PyCF_ constants must be kept unique.
   PyCF_ constants can use bits from 0x0100 to 0x10000.
   CO_FUTURE_ constants use bits starting at 0x20000. */
#define PyCF_SOURCE_IS_UTF8  0x0100
#define PyCF_DONT_IMPLY_DEDENT 0x0200
#define PyCF_ONLY_AST 0x0400
#define PyCF_IGNORE_COOKIE 0x0800
#define PyCF_TYPE_COMMENTS 0x1000
#define PyCF_ALLOW_TOP_LEVEL_AWAIT 0x2000
#define PyCF_COMPILE_MASK (PyCF_ONLY_AST | PyCF_ALLOW_TOP_LEVEL_AWAIT | \
                           PyCF_TYPE_COMMENTS | PyCF_DONT_IMPLY_DEDENT)

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef struct {
    int cf_flags;  /* bitmask of CO_xxx flags relevant to future */
    int cf_feature_version;  /* minor Python version (PyCF_ONLY_AST) */
} PyCompilerFlags;

#define _PyCompilerFlags_INIT \
    (PyCompilerFlags){.cf_flags = 0, .cf_feature_version = PY_MINOR_VERSION}
#endif

/* Future feature support */

typedef struct {
    int ff_features;      /* flags set by future statements */
    int ff_lineno;        /* line number of last future statement */
} PyFutureFeatures;

#define FUTURE_NESTED_SCOPES "nested_scopes"
#define FUTURE_GENERATORS "generators"
#define FUTURE_DIVISION "division"
#define FUTURE_ABSOLUTE_IMPORT "absolute_import"
#define FUTURE_WITH_STATEMENT "with_statement"
#define FUTURE_PRINT_FUNCTION "print_function"
#define FUTURE_UNICODE_LITERALS "unicode_literals"
#define FUTURE_BARRY_AS_BDFL "barry_as_FLUFL"
#define FUTURE_GENERATOR_STOP "generator_stop"
#define FUTURE_ANNOTATIONS "annotations"

struct _mod; /* Declare the existence of this type */
#define PyAST_Compile(mod, s, f, ar) PyAST_CompileEx(mod, s, f, -1, ar)
PyAPI_FUNC(PyCodeObject *) PyAST_CompileEx(
    struct _mod *mod,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    PyCompilerFlags *flags,
    int optimize,
    PyArena *arena);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyCodeObject *) PyAST_CompileObject(
    struct _mod *mod,
    PyObject *filename,
    PyCompilerFlags *flags,
    int optimize,
    PyArena *arena);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyFutureFeatures *) PyFuture_FromAST(
    struct _mod * mod,
    const char *filename        /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyFutureFeatures *) PyFuture_FromASTObject(
    struct _mod * mod,
    PyObject *filename
    );

/* _Py_Mangle is defined in compile.c */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _Py_Mangle(PyObject *p, PyObject *name);

#define PY_INVALID_STACK_EFFECT INT_MAX
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyCompile_OpcodeStackEffect(int opcode, int oparg);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyCompile_OpcodeStackEffectWithJump(int opcode, int oparg, int jump);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyAST_Optimize(struct _mod *, PyArena *arena, int optimize);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

/* These definitions must match corresponding definitions in graminit.h. */
#define Py_single_input 256
#define Py_file_input 257
#define Py_eval_input 258
#define Py_func_type_input 345

#endif /* !Py_COMPILE_H */
#ifndef Py_STRCMP_H
#define Py_STRCMP_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyOS_mystrnicmp(const char *, const char *, Py_ssize_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyOS_mystricmp(const char *, const char *);

#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
#define PyOS_strnicmp strnicmp
#define PyOS_stricmp stricmp
#else
#define PyOS_strnicmp PyOS_mystrnicmp
#define PyOS_stricmp PyOS_mystricmp
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* !Py_STRCMP_H */
#ifndef Py_PYFPE_H
#define Py_PYFPE_H

/* These macros used to do something when Python was built with --with-fpectl,
 * but support for that was dropped in 3.7. We continue to define them though,
 * to avoid breaking API users.
 */

#define PyFPE_START_PROTECT(err_string, leave_stmt)
#define PyFPE_END_PROTECT(v)

#endif /* !Py_PYFPE_H */
/* File automatically generated by Parser/asdl_c.py. */

#ifndef Py_PYTHON_AST_H
#define Py_PYTHON_AST_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include "asdl.h"

#undef Yield   /* undefine macro conflicting with <winbase.h> */

typedef struct _mod *mod_ty;

typedef struct _stmt *stmt_ty;

typedef struct _expr *expr_ty;

typedef enum _expr_context { Load=1, Store=2, Del=3, AugLoad=4, AugStore=5,
                             Param=6 } expr_context_ty;

typedef struct _slice *slice_ty;

typedef enum _boolop { And=1, Or=2 } boolop_ty;

typedef enum _operator { Add=1, Sub=2, Mult=3, MatMult=4, Div=5, Mod=6, Pow=7,
                         LShift=8, RShift=9, BitOr=10, BitXor=11, BitAnd=12,
                         FloorDiv=13 } operator_ty;

typedef enum _unaryop { Invert=1, Not=2, UAdd=3, USub=4 } unaryop_ty;

typedef enum _cmpop { Eq=1, NotEq=2, Lt=3, LtE=4, Gt=5, GtE=6, Is=7, IsNot=8,
                      In=9, NotIn=10 } cmpop_ty;

typedef struct _comprehension *comprehension_ty;

typedef struct _excepthandler *excepthandler_ty;

typedef struct _arguments *arguments_ty;

typedef struct _arg *arg_ty;

typedef struct _keyword *keyword_ty;

typedef struct _alias *alias_ty;

typedef struct _withitem *withitem_ty;

typedef struct _type_ignore *type_ignore_ty;


enum _mod_kind {Module_kind=1, Interactive_kind=2, Expression_kind=3,
                 FunctionType_kind=4, Suite_kind=5};
struct _mod {
    enum _mod_kind kind;
    union {
        struct {
            asdl_seq *body;
            asdl_seq *type_ignores;
        } Module;

        struct {
            asdl_seq *body;
        } Interactive;

        struct {
            expr_ty body;
        } Expression;

        struct {
            asdl_seq *argtypes;
            expr_ty returns;
        } FunctionType;

        struct {
            asdl_seq *body;
        } Suite;

    } v;
};

enum _stmt_kind {FunctionDef_kind=1, AsyncFunctionDef_kind=2, ClassDef_kind=3,
                  Return_kind=4, Delete_kind=5, Assign_kind=6,
                  AugAssign_kind=7, AnnAssign_kind=8, For_kind=9,
                  AsyncFor_kind=10, While_kind=11, If_kind=12, With_kind=13,
                  AsyncWith_kind=14, Raise_kind=15, Try_kind=16,
                  Assert_kind=17, Import_kind=18, ImportFrom_kind=19,
                  Global_kind=20, Nonlocal_kind=21, Expr_kind=22, Pass_kind=23,
                  Break_kind=24, Continue_kind=25};
struct _stmt {
    enum _stmt_kind kind;
    union {
        struct {
            identifier name;
            arguments_ty args;
            asdl_seq *body;
            asdl_seq *decorator_list;
            expr_ty returns;
            string type_comment;
        } FunctionDef;

        struct {
            identifier name;
            arguments_ty args;
            asdl_seq *body;
            asdl_seq *decorator_list;
            expr_ty returns;
            string type_comment;
        } AsyncFunctionDef;

        struct {
            identifier name;
            asdl_seq *bases;
            asdl_seq *keywords;
            asdl_seq *body;
            asdl_seq *decorator_list;
        } ClassDef;

        struct {
            expr_ty value;
        } Return;

        struct {
            asdl_seq *targets;
        } Delete;

        struct {
            asdl_seq *targets;
            expr_ty value;
            string type_comment;
        } Assign;

        struct {
            expr_ty target;
            operator_ty op;
            expr_ty value;
        } AugAssign;

        struct {
            expr_ty target;
            expr_ty annotation;
            expr_ty value;
            int simple;
        } AnnAssign;

        struct {
            expr_ty target;
            expr_ty iter;
            asdl_seq *body;
            asdl_seq *orelse;
            string type_comment;
        } For;

        struct {
            expr_ty target;
            expr_ty iter;
            asdl_seq *body;
            asdl_seq *orelse;
            string type_comment;
        } AsyncFor;

        struct {
            expr_ty test;
            asdl_seq *body;
            asdl_seq *orelse;
        } While;

        struct {
            expr_ty test;
            asdl_seq *body;
            asdl_seq *orelse;
        } If;

        struct {
            asdl_seq *items;
            asdl_seq *body;
            string type_comment;
        } With;

        struct {
            asdl_seq *items;
            asdl_seq *body;
            string type_comment;
        } AsyncWith;

        struct {
            expr_ty exc;
            expr_ty cause;
        } Raise;

        struct {
            asdl_seq *body;
            asdl_seq *handlers;
            asdl_seq *orelse;
            asdl_seq *finalbody;
        } Try;

        struct {
            expr_ty test;
            expr_ty msg;
        } Assert;

        struct {
            asdl_seq *names;
        } Import;

        struct {
            identifier module;
            asdl_seq *names;
            int level;
        } ImportFrom;

        struct {
            asdl_seq *names;
        } Global;

        struct {
            asdl_seq *names;
        } Nonlocal;

        struct {
            expr_ty value;
        } Expr;

    } v;
    int lineno;
    int col_offset;
    int end_lineno;
    int end_col_offset;
};

enum _expr_kind {BoolOp_kind=1, NamedExpr_kind=2, BinOp_kind=3, UnaryOp_kind=4,
                  Lambda_kind=5, IfExp_kind=6, Dict_kind=7, Set_kind=8,
                  ListComp_kind=9, SetComp_kind=10, DictComp_kind=11,
                  GeneratorExp_kind=12, Await_kind=13, Yield_kind=14,
                  YieldFrom_kind=15, Compare_kind=16, Call_kind=17,
                  FormattedValue_kind=18, JoinedStr_kind=19, Constant_kind=20,
                  Attribute_kind=21, Subscript_kind=22, Starred_kind=23,
                  Name_kind=24, List_kind=25, Tuple_kind=26};
struct _expr {
    enum _expr_kind kind;
    union {
        struct {
            boolop_ty op;
            asdl_seq *values;
        } BoolOp;

        struct {
            expr_ty target;
            expr_ty value;
        } NamedExpr;

        struct {
            expr_ty left;
            operator_ty op;
            expr_ty right;
        } BinOp;

        struct {
            unaryop_ty op;
            expr_ty operand;
        } UnaryOp;

        struct {
            arguments_ty args;
            expr_ty body;
        } Lambda;

        struct {
            expr_ty test;
            expr_ty body;
            expr_ty orelse;
        } IfExp;

        struct {
            asdl_seq *keys;
            asdl_seq *values;
        } Dict;

        struct {
            asdl_seq *elts;
        } Set;

        struct {
            expr_ty elt;
            asdl_seq *generators;
        } ListComp;

        struct {
            expr_ty elt;
            asdl_seq *generators;
        } SetComp;

        struct {
            expr_ty key;
            expr_ty value;
            asdl_seq *generators;
        } DictComp;

        struct {
            expr_ty elt;
            asdl_seq *generators;
        } GeneratorExp;

        struct {
            expr_ty value;
        } Await;

        struct {
            expr_ty value;
        } Yield;

        struct {
            expr_ty value;
        } YieldFrom;

        struct {
            expr_ty left;
            asdl_int_seq *ops;
            asdl_seq *comparators;
        } Compare;

        struct {
            expr_ty func;
            asdl_seq *args;
            asdl_seq *keywords;
        } Call;

        struct {
            expr_ty value;
            int conversion;
            expr_ty format_spec;
        } FormattedValue;

        struct {
            asdl_seq *values;
        } JoinedStr;

        struct {
            constant value;
            string kind;
        } Constant;

        struct {
            expr_ty value;
            identifier attr;
            expr_context_ty ctx;
        } Attribute;

        struct {
            expr_ty value;
            slice_ty slice;
            expr_context_ty ctx;
        } Subscript;

        struct {
            expr_ty value;
            expr_context_ty ctx;
        } Starred;

        struct {
            identifier id;
            expr_context_ty ctx;
        } Name;

        struct {
            asdl_seq *elts;
            expr_context_ty ctx;
        } List;

        struct {
            asdl_seq *elts;
            expr_context_ty ctx;
        } Tuple;

    } v;
    int lineno;
    int col_offset;
    int end_lineno;
    int end_col_offset;
};

enum _slice_kind {Slice_kind=1, ExtSlice_kind=2, Index_kind=3};
struct _slice {
    enum _slice_kind kind;
    union {
        struct {
            expr_ty lower;
            expr_ty upper;
            expr_ty step;
        } Slice;

        struct {
            asdl_seq *dims;
        } ExtSlice;

        struct {
            expr_ty value;
        } Index;

    } v;
};

struct _comprehension {
    expr_ty target;
    expr_ty iter;
    asdl_seq *ifs;
    int is_async;
};

enum _excepthandler_kind {ExceptHandler_kind=1};
struct _excepthandler {
    enum _excepthandler_kind kind;
    union {
        struct {
            expr_ty type;
            identifier name;
            asdl_seq *body;
        } ExceptHandler;

    } v;
    int lineno;
    int col_offset;
    int end_lineno;
    int end_col_offset;
};

struct _arguments {
    asdl_seq *posonlyargs;
    asdl_seq *args;
    arg_ty vararg;
    asdl_seq *kwonlyargs;
    asdl_seq *kw_defaults;
    arg_ty kwarg;
    asdl_seq *defaults;
};

struct _arg {
    identifier arg;
    expr_ty annotation;
    string type_comment;
    int lineno;
    int col_offset;
    int end_lineno;
    int end_col_offset;
};

struct _keyword {
    identifier arg;
    expr_ty value;
};

struct _alias {
    identifier name;
    identifier asname;
};

struct _withitem {
    expr_ty context_expr;
    expr_ty optional_vars;
};

enum _type_ignore_kind {TypeIgnore_kind=1};
struct _type_ignore {
    enum _type_ignore_kind kind;
    union {
        struct {
            int lineno;
            string tag;
        } TypeIgnore;

    } v;
};


// Note: these macros affect function definitions, not only call sites.
#define Module(a0, a1, a2) _Py_Module(a0, a1, a2)
mod_ty _Py_Module(asdl_seq * body, asdl_seq * type_ignores, PyArena *arena);
#define Interactive(a0, a1) _Py_Interactive(a0, a1)
mod_ty _Py_Interactive(asdl_seq * body, PyArena *arena);
#define Expression(a0, a1) _Py_Expression(a0, a1)
mod_ty _Py_Expression(expr_ty body, PyArena *arena);
#define FunctionType(a0, a1, a2) _Py_FunctionType(a0, a1, a2)
mod_ty _Py_FunctionType(asdl_seq * argtypes, expr_ty returns, PyArena *arena);
#define Suite(a0, a1) _Py_Suite(a0, a1)
mod_ty _Py_Suite(asdl_seq * body, PyArena *arena);
#define FunctionDef(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9, a10) _Py_FunctionDef(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9, a10)
stmt_ty _Py_FunctionDef(identifier name, arguments_ty args, asdl_seq * body,
                        asdl_seq * decorator_list, expr_ty returns, string
                        type_comment, int lineno, int col_offset, int
                        end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define AsyncFunctionDef(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9, a10) _Py_AsyncFunctionDef(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9, a10)
stmt_ty _Py_AsyncFunctionDef(identifier name, arguments_ty args, asdl_seq *
                             body, asdl_seq * decorator_list, expr_ty returns,
                             string type_comment, int lineno, int col_offset,
                             int end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena
                             *arena);
#define ClassDef(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9) _Py_ClassDef(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9)
stmt_ty _Py_ClassDef(identifier name, asdl_seq * bases, asdl_seq * keywords,
                     asdl_seq * body, asdl_seq * decorator_list, int lineno,
                     int col_offset, int end_lineno, int end_col_offset,
                     PyArena *arena);
#define Return(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5) _Py_Return(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5)
stmt_ty _Py_Return(expr_ty value, int lineno, int col_offset, int end_lineno,
                   int end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define Delete(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5) _Py_Delete(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5)
stmt_ty _Py_Delete(asdl_seq * targets, int lineno, int col_offset, int
                   end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define Assign(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7) _Py_Assign(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7)
stmt_ty _Py_Assign(asdl_seq * targets, expr_ty value, string type_comment, int
                   lineno, int col_offset, int end_lineno, int end_col_offset,
                   PyArena *arena);
#define AugAssign(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7) _Py_AugAssign(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7)
stmt_ty _Py_AugAssign(expr_ty target, operator_ty op, expr_ty value, int
                      lineno, int col_offset, int end_lineno, int
                      end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define AnnAssign(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8) _Py_AnnAssign(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8)
stmt_ty _Py_AnnAssign(expr_ty target, expr_ty annotation, expr_ty value, int
                      simple, int lineno, int col_offset, int end_lineno, int
                      end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define For(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9) _Py_For(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9)
stmt_ty _Py_For(expr_ty target, expr_ty iter, asdl_seq * body, asdl_seq *
                orelse, string type_comment, int lineno, int col_offset, int
                end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define AsyncFor(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9) _Py_AsyncFor(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9)
stmt_ty _Py_AsyncFor(expr_ty target, expr_ty iter, asdl_seq * body, asdl_seq *
                     orelse, string type_comment, int lineno, int col_offset,
                     int end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define While(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7) _Py_While(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7)
stmt_ty _Py_While(expr_ty test, asdl_seq * body, asdl_seq * orelse, int lineno,
                  int col_offset, int end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena
                  *arena);
#define If(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7) _Py_If(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7)
stmt_ty _Py_If(expr_ty test, asdl_seq * body, asdl_seq * orelse, int lineno,
               int col_offset, int end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena
               *arena);
#define With(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7) _Py_With(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7)
stmt_ty _Py_With(asdl_seq * items, asdl_seq * body, string type_comment, int
                 lineno, int col_offset, int end_lineno, int end_col_offset,
                 PyArena *arena);
#define AsyncWith(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7) _Py_AsyncWith(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7)
stmt_ty _Py_AsyncWith(asdl_seq * items, asdl_seq * body, string type_comment,
                      int lineno, int col_offset, int end_lineno, int
                      end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define Raise(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6) _Py_Raise(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6)
stmt_ty _Py_Raise(expr_ty exc, expr_ty cause, int lineno, int col_offset, int
                  end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define Try(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8) _Py_Try(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8)
stmt_ty _Py_Try(asdl_seq * body, asdl_seq * handlers, asdl_seq * orelse,
                asdl_seq * finalbody, int lineno, int col_offset, int
                end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define Assert(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6) _Py_Assert(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6)
stmt_ty _Py_Assert(expr_ty test, expr_ty msg, int lineno, int col_offset, int
                   end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define Import(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5) _Py_Import(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5)
stmt_ty _Py_Import(asdl_seq * names, int lineno, int col_offset, int
                   end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define ImportFrom(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7) _Py_ImportFrom(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7)
stmt_ty _Py_ImportFrom(identifier module, asdl_seq * names, int level, int
                       lineno, int col_offset, int end_lineno, int
                       end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define Global(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5) _Py_Global(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5)
stmt_ty _Py_Global(asdl_seq * names, int lineno, int col_offset, int
                   end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define Nonlocal(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5) _Py_Nonlocal(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5)
stmt_ty _Py_Nonlocal(asdl_seq * names, int lineno, int col_offset, int
                     end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define Expr(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5) _Py_Expr(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5)
stmt_ty _Py_Expr(expr_ty value, int lineno, int col_offset, int end_lineno, int
                 end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define Pass(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4) _Py_Pass(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4)
stmt_ty _Py_Pass(int lineno, int col_offset, int end_lineno, int
                 end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define Break(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4) _Py_Break(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4)
stmt_ty _Py_Break(int lineno, int col_offset, int end_lineno, int
                  end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define Continue(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4) _Py_Continue(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4)
stmt_ty _Py_Continue(int lineno, int col_offset, int end_lineno, int
                     end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define BoolOp(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6) _Py_BoolOp(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6)
expr_ty _Py_BoolOp(boolop_ty op, asdl_seq * values, int lineno, int col_offset,
                   int end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define NamedExpr(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6) _Py_NamedExpr(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6)
expr_ty _Py_NamedExpr(expr_ty target, expr_ty value, int lineno, int
                      col_offset, int end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena
                      *arena);
#define BinOp(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7) _Py_BinOp(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7)
expr_ty _Py_BinOp(expr_ty left, operator_ty op, expr_ty right, int lineno, int
                  col_offset, int end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena
                  *arena);
#define UnaryOp(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6) _Py_UnaryOp(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6)
expr_ty _Py_UnaryOp(unaryop_ty op, expr_ty operand, int lineno, int col_offset,
                    int end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define Lambda(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6) _Py_Lambda(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6)
expr_ty _Py_Lambda(arguments_ty args, expr_ty body, int lineno, int col_offset,
                   int end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define IfExp(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7) _Py_IfExp(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7)
expr_ty _Py_IfExp(expr_ty test, expr_ty body, expr_ty orelse, int lineno, int
                  col_offset, int end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena
                  *arena);
#define Dict(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6) _Py_Dict(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6)
expr_ty _Py_Dict(asdl_seq * keys, asdl_seq * values, int lineno, int
                 col_offset, int end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena
                 *arena);
#define Set(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5) _Py_Set(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5)
expr_ty _Py_Set(asdl_seq * elts, int lineno, int col_offset, int end_lineno,
                int end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define ListComp(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6) _Py_ListComp(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6)
expr_ty _Py_ListComp(expr_ty elt, asdl_seq * generators, int lineno, int
                     col_offset, int end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena
                     *arena);
#define SetComp(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6) _Py_SetComp(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6)
expr_ty _Py_SetComp(expr_ty elt, asdl_seq * generators, int lineno, int
                    col_offset, int end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena
                    *arena);
#define DictComp(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7) _Py_DictComp(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7)
expr_ty _Py_DictComp(expr_ty key, expr_ty value, asdl_seq * generators, int
                     lineno, int col_offset, int end_lineno, int
                     end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define GeneratorExp(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6) _Py_GeneratorExp(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6)
expr_ty _Py_GeneratorExp(expr_ty elt, asdl_seq * generators, int lineno, int
                         col_offset, int end_lineno, int end_col_offset,
                         PyArena *arena);
#define Await(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5) _Py_Await(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5)
expr_ty _Py_Await(expr_ty value, int lineno, int col_offset, int end_lineno,
                  int end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define Yield(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5) _Py_Yield(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5)
expr_ty _Py_Yield(expr_ty value, int lineno, int col_offset, int end_lineno,
                  int end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define YieldFrom(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5) _Py_YieldFrom(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5)
expr_ty _Py_YieldFrom(expr_ty value, int lineno, int col_offset, int
                      end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define Compare(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7) _Py_Compare(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7)
expr_ty _Py_Compare(expr_ty left, asdl_int_seq * ops, asdl_seq * comparators,
                    int lineno, int col_offset, int end_lineno, int
                    end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define Call(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7) _Py_Call(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7)
expr_ty _Py_Call(expr_ty func, asdl_seq * args, asdl_seq * keywords, int
                 lineno, int col_offset, int end_lineno, int end_col_offset,
                 PyArena *arena);
#define FormattedValue(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7) _Py_FormattedValue(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7)
expr_ty _Py_FormattedValue(expr_ty value, int conversion, expr_ty format_spec,
                           int lineno, int col_offset, int end_lineno, int
                           end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define JoinedStr(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5) _Py_JoinedStr(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5)
expr_ty _Py_JoinedStr(asdl_seq * values, int lineno, int col_offset, int
                      end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define Constant(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6) _Py_Constant(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6)
expr_ty _Py_Constant(constant value, string kind, int lineno, int col_offset,
                     int end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define Attribute(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7) _Py_Attribute(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7)
expr_ty _Py_Attribute(expr_ty value, identifier attr, expr_context_ty ctx, int
                      lineno, int col_offset, int end_lineno, int
                      end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define Subscript(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7) _Py_Subscript(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7)
expr_ty _Py_Subscript(expr_ty value, slice_ty slice, expr_context_ty ctx, int
                      lineno, int col_offset, int end_lineno, int
                      end_col_offset, PyArena *arena);
#define Starred(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6) _Py_Starred(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6)
expr_ty _Py_Starred(expr_ty value, expr_context_ty ctx, int lineno, int
                    col_offset, int end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena
                    *arena);
#define Name(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6) _Py_Name(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6)
expr_ty _Py_Name(identifier id, expr_context_ty ctx, int lineno, int
                 col_offset, int end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena
                 *arena);
#define List(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6) _Py_List(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6)
expr_ty _Py_List(asdl_seq * elts, expr_context_ty ctx, int lineno, int
                 col_offset, int end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena
                 *arena);
#define Tuple(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6) _Py_Tuple(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6)
expr_ty _Py_Tuple(asdl_seq * elts, expr_context_ty ctx, int lineno, int
                  col_offset, int end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena
                  *arena);
#define Slice(a0, a1, a2, a3) _Py_Slice(a0, a1, a2, a3)
slice_ty _Py_Slice(expr_ty lower, expr_ty upper, expr_ty step, PyArena *arena);
#define ExtSlice(a0, a1) _Py_ExtSlice(a0, a1)
slice_ty _Py_ExtSlice(asdl_seq * dims, PyArena *arena);
#define Index(a0, a1) _Py_Index(a0, a1)
slice_ty _Py_Index(expr_ty value, PyArena *arena);
#define comprehension(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4) _Py_comprehension(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4)
comprehension_ty _Py_comprehension(expr_ty target, expr_ty iter, asdl_seq *
                                   ifs, int is_async, PyArena *arena);
#define ExceptHandler(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7) _Py_ExceptHandler(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7)
excepthandler_ty _Py_ExceptHandler(expr_ty type, identifier name, asdl_seq *
                                   body, int lineno, int col_offset, int
                                   end_lineno, int end_col_offset, PyArena
                                   *arena);
#define arguments(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7) _Py_arguments(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7)
arguments_ty _Py_arguments(asdl_seq * posonlyargs, asdl_seq * args, arg_ty
                           vararg, asdl_seq * kwonlyargs, asdl_seq *
                           kw_defaults, arg_ty kwarg, asdl_seq * defaults,
                           PyArena *arena);
#define arg(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7) _Py_arg(a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7)
arg_ty _Py_arg(identifier arg, expr_ty annotation, string type_comment, int
               lineno, int col_offset, int end_lineno, int end_col_offset,
               PyArena *arena);
#define keyword(a0, a1, a2) _Py_keyword(a0, a1, a2)
keyword_ty _Py_keyword(identifier arg, expr_ty value, PyArena *arena);
#define alias(a0, a1, a2) _Py_alias(a0, a1, a2)
alias_ty _Py_alias(identifier name, identifier asname, PyArena *arena);
#define withitem(a0, a1, a2) _Py_withitem(a0, a1, a2)
withitem_ty _Py_withitem(expr_ty context_expr, expr_ty optional_vars, PyArena
                         *arena);
#define TypeIgnore(a0, a1, a2) _Py_TypeIgnore(a0, a1, a2)
type_ignore_ty _Py_TypeIgnore(int lineno, string tag, PyArena *arena);

PyObject* PyAST_mod2obj(mod_ty t);
mod_ty PyAST_obj2mod(PyObject* ast, PyArena* arena, int mode);
int PyAST_Check(PyObject* obj);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_PYTHON_AST_H */
#ifndef Py_HASHOPENSSL_H
#define Py_HASHOPENSSL_H

#include "Python.h"
#include <openssl/crypto.h>
#include <openssl/err.h>

/* LCOV_EXCL_START */
static PyObject *
_setException(PyObject *exc)
{
    unsigned long errcode;
    const char *lib, *func, *reason;

    errcode = ERR_peek_last_error();
    if (!errcode) {
        PyErr_SetString(exc, "unknown reasons");
        return NULL;
    }
    ERR_clear_error();

    lib = ERR_lib_error_string(errcode);
    func = ERR_func_error_string(errcode);
    reason = ERR_reason_error_string(errcode);

    if (lib && func) {
        PyErr_Format(exc, "[%s: %s] %s", lib, func, reason);
    }
    else if (lib) {
        PyErr_Format(exc, "[%s] %s", lib, reason);
    }
    else {
        PyErr_SetString(exc, reason);
    }
    return NULL;
}
/* LCOV_EXCL_STOP */


__attribute__((__unused__))
static int
_Py_hashlib_fips_error(PyObject *exc, char *name) {
    int result = FIPS_mode();
    if (result == 0) {
        // XXX: This function skips error checking.
        // This is only appropriate for RHEL.
        // See _hashlib.get_fips_mode for details.

        return 0;
    }
    PyErr_Format(exc, "%s is not available in FIPS mode", name);
    return 1;
}

#define FAIL_RETURN_IN_FIPS_MODE(exc, name) do { \
    if (_Py_hashlib_fips_error(exc, name)) return NULL; \
} while (0)

#endif  // !Py_HASHOPENSSL_H
#ifndef Py_FILEUTILS_H
#define Py_FILEUTILS_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03050000
PyAPI_FUNC(wchar_t *) Py_DecodeLocale(
    const char *arg,
    size_t *size);

PyAPI_FUNC(char*) Py_EncodeLocale(
    const wchar_t *text,
    size_t *error_pos);

PyAPI_FUNC(char*) _Py_EncodeLocaleRaw(
    const wchar_t *text,
    size_t *error_pos);
#endif


#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03080000
typedef enum {
    _Py_ERROR_UNKNOWN=0,
    _Py_ERROR_STRICT,
    _Py_ERROR_SURROGATEESCAPE,
    _Py_ERROR_REPLACE,
    _Py_ERROR_IGNORE,
    _Py_ERROR_BACKSLASHREPLACE,
    _Py_ERROR_SURROGATEPASS,
    _Py_ERROR_XMLCHARREFREPLACE,
    _Py_ERROR_OTHER
} _Py_error_handler;

PyAPI_FUNC(_Py_error_handler) _Py_GetErrorHandler(const char *errors);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_DecodeLocaleEx(
    const char *arg,
    wchar_t **wstr,
    size_t *wlen,
    const char **reason,
    int current_locale,
    _Py_error_handler errors);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_EncodeLocaleEx(
    const wchar_t *text,
    char **str,
    size_t *error_pos,
    const char **reason,
    int current_locale,
    _Py_error_handler errors);
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _Py_device_encoding(int);

#if defined(MS_WINDOWS) || defined(__APPLE__)
    /* On Windows, the count parameter of read() is an int (bpo-9015, bpo-9611).
       On macOS 10.13, read() and write() with more than INT_MAX bytes
       fail with EINVAL (bpo-24658). */
#   define _PY_READ_MAX  INT_MAX
#   define _PY_WRITE_MAX INT_MAX
#else
    /* write() should truncate the input to PY_SSIZE_T_MAX bytes,
       but it's safer to do it ourself to have a portable behaviour */
#   define _PY_READ_MAX  PY_SSIZE_T_MAX
#   define _PY_WRITE_MAX PY_SSIZE_T_MAX
#endif

#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
struct _Py_stat_struct {
    unsigned long st_dev;
    uint64_t st_ino;
    unsigned short st_mode;
    int st_nlink;
    int st_uid;
    int st_gid;
    unsigned long st_rdev;
    __int64 st_size;
    time_t st_atime;
    int st_atime_nsec;
    time_t st_mtime;
    int st_mtime_nsec;
    time_t st_ctime;
    int st_ctime_nsec;
    unsigned long st_file_attributes;
    unsigned long st_reparse_tag;
};
#else
#  define _Py_stat_struct stat
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_fstat(
    int fd,
    struct _Py_stat_struct *status);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_fstat_noraise(
    int fd,
    struct _Py_stat_struct *status);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_stat(
    PyObject *path,
    struct stat *status);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_open(
    const char *pathname,
    int flags);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_open_noraise(
    const char *pathname,
    int flags);

PyAPI_FUNC(FILE *) _Py_wfopen(
    const wchar_t *path,
    const wchar_t *mode);

PyAPI_FUNC(FILE*) _Py_fopen(
    const char *pathname,
    const char *mode);

PyAPI_FUNC(FILE*) _Py_fopen_obj(
    PyObject *path,
    const char *mode);

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) _Py_read(
    int fd,
    void *buf,
    size_t count);

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) _Py_write(
    int fd,
    const void *buf,
    size_t count);

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) _Py_write_noraise(
    int fd,
    const void *buf,
    size_t count);

#ifdef HAVE_READLINK
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_wreadlink(
    const wchar_t *path,
    wchar_t *buf,
    /* Number of characters of 'buf' buffer
       including the trailing NUL character */
    size_t buflen);
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_REALPATH
PyAPI_FUNC(wchar_t*) _Py_wrealpath(
    const wchar_t *path,
    wchar_t *resolved_path,
    /* Number of characters of 'resolved_path' buffer
       including the trailing NUL character */
    size_t resolved_path_len);
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(wchar_t*) _Py_wgetcwd(
    wchar_t *buf,
    /* Number of characters of 'buf' buffer
       including the trailing NUL character */
    size_t buflen);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_get_inheritable(int fd);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_set_inheritable(int fd, int inheritable,
                                    int *atomic_flag_works);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_set_inheritable_async_safe(int fd, int inheritable,
                                               int *atomic_flag_works);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_dup(int fd);

#ifndef MS_WINDOWS
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_get_blocking(int fd);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_set_blocking(int fd, int blocking);
#endif   /* !MS_WINDOWS */

#endif   /* Py_LIMITED_API */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_FILEUTILS_H */
#ifndef Py_PYTHON_H
#define Py_PYTHON_H
/* Since this is a "meta-include" file, no #ifdef __cplusplus / extern "C" { */

/* Include nearly all Python header files */

#include "patchlevel.h"
#include "pyconfig.h"
#include "pymacconfig.h"

#include <limits.h>

#ifndef UCHAR_MAX
#error "Something's broken.  UCHAR_MAX should be defined in limits.h."
#endif

#if UCHAR_MAX != 255
#error "Python's source code assumes C's unsigned char is an 8-bit type."
#endif

#if defined(__sgi) && !defined(_SGI_MP_SOURCE)
#define _SGI_MP_SOURCE
#endif

#include <stdio.h>
#ifndef NULL
#   error "Python.h requires that stdio.h define NULL."
#endif

#include <string.h>
#ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H
#include <errno.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#ifndef MS_WINDOWS
#include <unistd.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_CRYPT_H
#if defined(HAVE_CRYPT_R) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
/* Required for glibc to expose the crypt_r() function prototype. */
#  define _GNU_SOURCE
#  define _Py_GNU_SOURCE_FOR_CRYPT
#endif
#include <crypt.h>
#ifdef _Py_GNU_SOURCE_FOR_CRYPT
/* Don't leak the _GNU_SOURCE define to other headers. */
#  undef _GNU_SOURCE
#  undef _Py_GNU_SOURCE_FOR_CRYPT
#endif
#endif

/* For size_t? */
#ifdef HAVE_STDDEF_H
#include <stddef.h>
#endif

/* CAUTION:  Build setups should ensure that NDEBUG is defined on the
 * compiler command line when building Python in release mode; else
 * assert() calls won't be removed.
 */
#include <assert.h>

#include "pyport.h"
#include "pymacro.h"

/* A convenient way for code to know if clang's memory sanitizer is enabled. */
#if defined(__has_feature)
#  if __has_feature(memory_sanitizer)
#    if !defined(_Py_MEMORY_SANITIZER)
#      define _Py_MEMORY_SANITIZER
#    endif
#  endif
#endif

/* Debug-mode build with pymalloc implies PYMALLOC_DEBUG.
 *  PYMALLOC_DEBUG is in error if pymalloc is not in use.
 */
#if defined(Py_DEBUG) && defined(WITH_PYMALLOC) && !defined(PYMALLOC_DEBUG)
#define PYMALLOC_DEBUG
#endif
#if defined(PYMALLOC_DEBUG) && !defined(WITH_PYMALLOC)
#error "PYMALLOC_DEBUG requires WITH_PYMALLOC"
#endif
#include "pymath.h"
#include "pytime.h"
#include "pymem.h"

#include "object.h"
#include "objimpl.h"
#include "typeslots.h"
#include "pyhash.h"

#include "pydebug.h"

#include "bytearrayobject.h"
#include "bytesobject.h"
#include "unicodeobject.h"
#include "longobject.h"
#include "longintrepr.h"
#include "boolobject.h"
#include "floatobject.h"
#include "complexobject.h"
#include "rangeobject.h"
#include "memoryobject.h"
#include "tupleobject.h"
#include "listobject.h"
#include "dictobject.h"
#include "odictobject.h"
#include "enumobject.h"
#include "setobject.h"
#include "methodobject.h"
#include "moduleobject.h"
#include "funcobject.h"
#include "classobject.h"
#include "fileobject.h"
#include "pycapsule.h"
#include "traceback.h"
#include "sliceobject.h"
#include "cellobject.h"
#include "iterobject.h"
#include "genobject.h"
#include "descrobject.h"
#include "warnings.h"
#include "weakrefobject.h"
#include "structseq.h"
#include "namespaceobject.h"
#include "picklebufobject.h"

#include "codecs.h"
#include "pyerrors.h"

#include "cpython/initconfig.h"
#include "pystate.h"
#include "context.h"

#include "pyarena.h"
#include "modsupport.h"
#include "compile.h"
#include "pythonrun.h"
#include "pylifecycle.h"
#include "ceval.h"
#include "sysmodule.h"
#include "osmodule.h"
#include "intrcheck.h"
#include "import.h"

#include "abstract.h"
#include "bltinmodule.h"

#include "eval.h"

#include "pyctype.h"
#include "pystrtod.h"
#include "pystrcmp.h"
#include "dtoa.h"
#include "fileutils.h"
#include "pyfpe.h"
#include "tracemalloc.h"

#endif /* !Py_PYTHON_H */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_PYTIME_H
#define Py_PYTIME_H

#include "pyconfig.h" /* include for defines */
#include "object.h"

/**************************************************************************
Symbols and macros to supply platform-independent interfaces to time related
functions and constants
**************************************************************************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* _PyTime_t: Python timestamp with subsecond precision. It can be used to
   store a duration, and so indirectly a date (related to another date, like
   UNIX epoch). */
typedef int64_t _PyTime_t;
#define _PyTime_MIN INT64_MIN
#define _PyTime_MAX INT64_MAX

typedef enum {
    /* Round towards minus infinity (-inf).
       For example, used to read a clock. */
    _PyTime_ROUND_FLOOR=0,
    /* Round towards infinity (+inf).
       For example, used for timeout to wait "at least" N seconds. */
    _PyTime_ROUND_CEILING=1,
    /* Round to nearest with ties going to nearest even integer.
       For example, used to round from a Python float. */
    _PyTime_ROUND_HALF_EVEN=2,
    /* Round away from zero
       For example, used for timeout. _PyTime_ROUND_CEILING rounds
       -1e-9 to 0 milliseconds which causes bpo-31786 issue.
       _PyTime_ROUND_UP rounds -1e-9 to -1 millisecond which keeps
       the timeout sign as expected. select.poll(timeout) must block
       for negative values." */
    _PyTime_ROUND_UP=3,
    /* _PyTime_ROUND_TIMEOUT (an alias for _PyTime_ROUND_UP) should be
       used for timeouts. */
    _PyTime_ROUND_TIMEOUT = _PyTime_ROUND_UP
} _PyTime_round_t;


/* Convert a time_t to a PyLong. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyLong_FromTime_t(
    time_t sec);

/* Convert a PyLong to a time_t. */
PyAPI_FUNC(time_t) _PyLong_AsTime_t(
    PyObject *obj);

/* Convert a number of seconds, int or float, to time_t. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyTime_ObjectToTime_t(
    PyObject *obj,
    time_t *sec,
    _PyTime_round_t);

/* Convert a number of seconds, int or float, to a timeval structure.
   usec is in the range [0; 999999] and rounded towards zero.
   For example, -1.2 is converted to (-2, 800000). */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyTime_ObjectToTimeval(
    PyObject *obj,
    time_t *sec,
    long *usec,
    _PyTime_round_t);

/* Convert a number of seconds, int or float, to a timespec structure.
   nsec is in the range [0; 999999999] and rounded towards zero.
   For example, -1.2 is converted to (-2, 800000000). */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyTime_ObjectToTimespec(
    PyObject *obj,
    time_t *sec,
    long *nsec,
    _PyTime_round_t);


/* Create a timestamp from a number of seconds. */
PyAPI_FUNC(_PyTime_t) _PyTime_FromSeconds(int seconds);

/* Macro to create a timestamp from a number of seconds, no integer overflow.
   Only use the macro for small values, prefer _PyTime_FromSeconds(). */
#define _PYTIME_FROMSECONDS(seconds) \
            ((_PyTime_t)(seconds) * (1000 * 1000 * 1000))

/* Create a timestamp from a number of nanoseconds. */
PyAPI_FUNC(_PyTime_t) _PyTime_FromNanoseconds(_PyTime_t ns);

/* Create a timestamp from nanoseconds (Python int). */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyTime_FromNanosecondsObject(_PyTime_t *t,
    PyObject *obj);

/* Convert a number of seconds (Python float or int) to a timetamp.
   Raise an exception and return -1 on error, return 0 on success. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyTime_FromSecondsObject(_PyTime_t *t,
    PyObject *obj,
    _PyTime_round_t round);

/* Convert a number of milliseconds (Python float or int, 10^-3) to a timetamp.
   Raise an exception and return -1 on error, return 0 on success. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyTime_FromMillisecondsObject(_PyTime_t *t,
    PyObject *obj,
    _PyTime_round_t round);

/* Convert a timestamp to a number of seconds as a C double. */
PyAPI_FUNC(double) _PyTime_AsSecondsDouble(_PyTime_t t);

/* Convert timestamp to a number of milliseconds (10^-3 seconds). */
PyAPI_FUNC(_PyTime_t) _PyTime_AsMilliseconds(_PyTime_t t,
    _PyTime_round_t round);

/* Convert timestamp to a number of microseconds (10^-6 seconds). */
PyAPI_FUNC(_PyTime_t) _PyTime_AsMicroseconds(_PyTime_t t,
    _PyTime_round_t round);

/* Convert timestamp to a number of nanoseconds (10^-9 seconds) as a Python int
   object. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyTime_AsNanosecondsObject(_PyTime_t t);

/* Create a timestamp from a timeval structure.
   Raise an exception and return -1 on overflow, return 0 on success. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyTime_FromTimeval(_PyTime_t *tp, struct timeval *tv);

/* Convert a timestamp to a timeval structure (microsecond resolution).
   tv_usec is always positive.
   Raise an exception and return -1 if the conversion overflowed,
   return 0 on success. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyTime_AsTimeval(_PyTime_t t,
    struct timeval *tv,
    _PyTime_round_t round);

/* Similar to _PyTime_AsTimeval(), but don't raise an exception on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyTime_AsTimeval_noraise(_PyTime_t t,
    struct timeval *tv,
    _PyTime_round_t round);

/* Convert a timestamp to a number of seconds (secs) and microseconds (us).
   us is always positive. This function is similar to _PyTime_AsTimeval()
   except that secs is always a time_t type, whereas the timeval structure
   uses a C long for tv_sec on Windows.
   Raise an exception and return -1 if the conversion overflowed,
   return 0 on success. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyTime_AsTimevalTime_t(
    _PyTime_t t,
    time_t *secs,
    int *us,
    _PyTime_round_t round);

#if defined(HAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME) || defined(HAVE_KQUEUE)
/* Create a timestamp from a timespec structure.
   Raise an exception and return -1 on overflow, return 0 on success. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyTime_FromTimespec(_PyTime_t *tp, struct timespec *ts);

/* Convert a timestamp to a timespec structure (nanosecond resolution).
   tv_nsec is always positive.
   Raise an exception and return -1 on error, return 0 on success. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyTime_AsTimespec(_PyTime_t t, struct timespec *ts);
#endif

/* Compute ticks * mul / div.
   The caller must ensure that ((div - 1) * mul) cannot overflow. */
PyAPI_FUNC(_PyTime_t) _PyTime_MulDiv(_PyTime_t ticks,
    _PyTime_t mul,
    _PyTime_t div);

/* Get the current time from the system clock.

   The function cannot fail. _PyTime_Init() ensures that the system clock
   works. */
PyAPI_FUNC(_PyTime_t) _PyTime_GetSystemClock(void);

/* Get the time of a monotonic clock, i.e. a clock that cannot go backwards.
   The clock is not affected by system clock updates. The reference point of
   the returned value is undefined, so that only the difference between the
   results of consecutive calls is valid.

   The function cannot fail. _PyTime_Init() ensures that a monotonic clock
   is available and works. */
PyAPI_FUNC(_PyTime_t) _PyTime_GetMonotonicClock(void);


/* Structure used by time.get_clock_info() */
typedef struct {
    const char *implementation;
    int monotonic;
    int adjustable;
    double resolution;
} _Py_clock_info_t;

/* Get the current time from the system clock.
 * Fill clock information if info is not NULL.
 * Raise an exception and return -1 on error, return 0 on success.
 */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyTime_GetSystemClockWithInfo(
    _PyTime_t *t,
    _Py_clock_info_t *info);

/* Get the time of a monotonic clock, i.e. a clock that cannot go backwards.
   The clock is not affected by system clock updates. The reference point of
   the returned value is undefined, so that only the difference between the
   results of consecutive calls is valid.

   Fill info (if set) with information of the function used to get the time.

   Return 0 on success, raise an exception and return -1 on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyTime_GetMonotonicClockWithInfo(
    _PyTime_t *t,
    _Py_clock_info_t *info);


/* Initialize time.
   Return 0 on success, raise an exception and return -1 on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyTime_Init(void);

/* Converts a timestamp to the Gregorian time, using the local time zone.
   Return 0 on success, raise an exception and return -1 on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyTime_localtime(time_t t, struct tm *tm);

/* Converts a timestamp to the Gregorian time, assuming UTC.
   Return 0 on success, raise an exception and return -1 on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyTime_gmtime(time_t t, struct tm *tm);

/* Get the performance counter: clock with the highest available resolution to
   measure a short duration.

   The function cannot fail. _PyTime_Init() ensures that the system clock
   works. */
PyAPI_FUNC(_PyTime_t) _PyTime_GetPerfCounter(void);

/* Get the performance counter: clock with the highest available resolution to
   measure a short duration.

   Fill info (if set) with information of the function used to get the time.

   Return 0 on success, raise an exception and return -1 on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyTime_GetPerfCounterWithInfo(
    _PyTime_t *t,
    _Py_clock_info_t *info);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* Py_PYTIME_H */
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */
#ifndef PYMACCONFIG_H
#define PYMACCONFIG_H
     /*
      * This file moves some of the autoconf magic to compile-time
      * when building on MacOSX. This is needed for building 4-way
      * universal binaries and for 64-bit universal binaries because
      * the values redefined below aren't configure-time constant but
      * only compile-time constant in these scenarios.
      */

#if defined(__APPLE__)

# undef SIZEOF_LONG
# undef SIZEOF_PTHREAD_T
# undef SIZEOF_SIZE_T
# undef SIZEOF_TIME_T
# undef SIZEOF_VOID_P
# undef SIZEOF__BOOL
# undef SIZEOF_UINTPTR_T
# undef SIZEOF_PTHREAD_T
# undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
# undef DOUBLE_IS_ARM_MIXED_ENDIAN_IEEE754
# undef DOUBLE_IS_BIG_ENDIAN_IEEE754
# undef DOUBLE_IS_LITTLE_ENDIAN_IEEE754
# undef HAVE_GCC_ASM_FOR_X87

#    undef VA_LIST_IS_ARRAY
#    if defined(__LP64__) && defined(__x86_64__)
#        define VA_LIST_IS_ARRAY 1
#    endif

#    undef HAVE_LARGEFILE_SUPPORT
#    ifndef __LP64__
#         define HAVE_LARGEFILE_SUPPORT 1
#    endif

#    undef SIZEOF_LONG
#    ifdef __LP64__
#        define SIZEOF__BOOL            1
#        define SIZEOF__BOOL            1
#        define SIZEOF_LONG             8
#        define SIZEOF_PTHREAD_T        8
#        define SIZEOF_SIZE_T           8
#        define SIZEOF_TIME_T           8
#        define SIZEOF_VOID_P           8
#        define SIZEOF_UINTPTR_T        8
#        define SIZEOF_PTHREAD_T        8
#    else
#        ifdef __ppc__
#           define SIZEOF__BOOL         4
#        else
#           define SIZEOF__BOOL         1
#        endif
#        define SIZEOF_LONG             4
#        define SIZEOF_PTHREAD_T        4
#        define SIZEOF_SIZE_T           4
#        define SIZEOF_TIME_T           4
#        define SIZEOF_VOID_P           4
#        define SIZEOF_UINTPTR_T        4
#        define SIZEOF_PTHREAD_T        4
#    endif

#    if defined(__LP64__)
     /* MacOSX 10.4 (the first release to support 64-bit code
      * at all) only supports 64-bit in the UNIX layer.
      * Therefore suppress the toolbox-glue in 64-bit mode.
      */

    /* In 64-bit mode setpgrp always has no arguments, in 32-bit
     * mode that depends on the compilation environment
     */
#       undef SETPGRP_HAVE_ARG

#    endif

#ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
#define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
#define DOUBLE_IS_BIG_ENDIAN_IEEE754
#else
#define DOUBLE_IS_LITTLE_ENDIAN_IEEE754
#endif /* __BIG_ENDIAN */

#ifdef __i386__
# define HAVE_GCC_ASM_FOR_X87
#endif

    /*
     * The definition in pyconfig.h is only valid on the OS release
     * where configure ran on and not necessarily for all systems where
     * the executable can be used on.
     *
     * Specifically: OSX 10.4 has limited supported for '%zd', while
     * 10.5 has full support for '%zd'. A binary built on 10.5 won't
     * work properly on 10.4 unless we suppress the definition
     * of PY_FORMAT_SIZE_T
     */
#undef  PY_FORMAT_SIZE_T


#endif /* defined(_APPLE__) */

#endif /* PYMACCONFIG_H */

/* simple namespace object interface */

#ifndef NAMESPACEOBJECT_H
#define NAMESPACEOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) _PyNamespace_Type;

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyNamespace_New(PyObject *kwds);
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !NAMESPACEOBJECT_H */
#ifndef Py_STRHEX_H
#define Py_STRHEX_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Returns a str() containing the hex representation of argbuf. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _Py_strhex(const char* argbuf, const Py_ssize_t arglen);
/* Returns a bytes() containing the ASCII hex representation of argbuf. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _Py_strhex_bytes(const char* argbuf, const Py_ssize_t arglen);
/* These variants include support for a separator between every N bytes: */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _Py_strhex_with_sep(const char* argbuf, const Py_ssize_t arglen, const PyObject* sep, const int bytes_per_group);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _Py_strhex_bytes_with_sep(const char* argbuf, const Py_ssize_t arglen, const PyObject* sep, const int bytes_per_group);
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* !Py_STRHEX_H */
/* Memory view object. In Python this is available as "memoryview". */

#ifndef Py_MEMORYOBJECT_H
#define Py_MEMORYOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) _PyManagedBuffer_Type;
#endif
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyMemoryView_Type;

#define PyMemoryView_Check(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyMemoryView_Type)

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Get a pointer to the memoryview's private copy of the exporter's buffer. */
#define PyMemoryView_GET_BUFFER(op) (&((PyMemoryViewObject *)(op))->view)
/* Get a pointer to the exporting object (this may be NULL!). */
#define PyMemoryView_GET_BASE(op) (((PyMemoryViewObject *)(op))->view.obj)
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMemoryView_FromObject(PyObject *base);
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMemoryView_FromMemory(char *mem, Py_ssize_t size,
                                               int flags);
#endif
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMemoryView_FromBuffer(Py_buffer *info);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMemoryView_GetContiguous(PyObject *base,
                                                  int buffertype,
                                                  char order);


/* The structs are declared here so that macros can work, but they shouldn't
   be considered public. Don't access their fields directly, use the macros
   and functions instead! */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#define _Py_MANAGED_BUFFER_RELEASED    0x001  /* access to exporter blocked */
#define _Py_MANAGED_BUFFER_FREE_FORMAT 0x002  /* free format */
typedef struct {
    PyObject_HEAD
    int flags;          /* state flags */
    Py_ssize_t exports; /* number of direct memoryview exports */
    Py_buffer master; /* snapshot buffer obtained from the original exporter */
} _PyManagedBufferObject;


/* memoryview state flags */
#define _Py_MEMORYVIEW_RELEASED    0x001  /* access to master buffer blocked */
#define _Py_MEMORYVIEW_C           0x002  /* C-contiguous layout */
#define _Py_MEMORYVIEW_FORTRAN     0x004  /* Fortran contiguous layout */
#define _Py_MEMORYVIEW_SCALAR      0x008  /* scalar: ndim = 0 */
#define _Py_MEMORYVIEW_PIL         0x010  /* PIL-style layout */

typedef struct {
    PyObject_VAR_HEAD
    _PyManagedBufferObject *mbuf; /* managed buffer */
    Py_hash_t hash;               /* hash value for read-only views */
    int flags;                    /* state flags */
    Py_ssize_t exports;           /* number of buffer re-exports */
    Py_buffer view;               /* private copy of the exporter's view */
    PyObject *weakreflist;
    Py_ssize_t ob_array[1];       /* shape, strides, suboffsets */
} PyMemoryViewObject;
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_MEMORYOBJECT_H */
#ifndef Py_OSDEFS_H
#define Py_OSDEFS_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


/* Operating system dependencies */

#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
#define SEP L'\\'
#define ALTSEP L'/'
#define MAXPATHLEN 256
#define DELIM L';'
#endif

#ifdef __VXWORKS__
#define DELIM L';'
#endif

/* Filename separator */
#ifndef SEP
#define SEP L'/'
#endif

/* Max pathname length */
#ifdef __hpux
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <limits.h>
#ifndef PATH_MAX
#define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
#endif
#endif

#ifndef MAXPATHLEN
#if defined(PATH_MAX) && PATH_MAX > 1024
#define MAXPATHLEN PATH_MAX
#else
#define MAXPATHLEN 1024
#endif
#endif

/* Search path entry delimiter */
#ifndef DELIM
#define DELIM L':'
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_OSDEFS_H */
#ifndef Py_CEVAL_H
#define Py_CEVAL_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


/* Interface to random parts in ceval.c */

/* PyEval_CallObjectWithKeywords(), PyEval_CallObject(), PyEval_CallFunction
 * and PyEval_CallMethod are kept for backward compatibility: PyObject_Call(),
 * PyObject_CallFunction() and PyObject_CallMethod() are recommended to call
 * a callable object.
 */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyEval_CallObjectWithKeywords(
    PyObject *callable,
    PyObject *args,
    PyObject *kwargs);

/* Inline this */
#define PyEval_CallObject(callable, arg) \
    PyEval_CallObjectWithKeywords(callable, arg, (PyObject *)NULL)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyEval_CallFunction(PyObject *callable,
                                           const char *format, ...);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyEval_CallMethod(PyObject *obj,
                                         const char *name,
                                         const char *format, ...);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyEval_SetProfile(Py_tracefunc, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyEval_SetTrace(Py_tracefunc, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyEval_SetCoroutineOriginTrackingDepth(int new_depth);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyEval_GetCoroutineOriginTrackingDepth(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyEval_SetAsyncGenFirstiter(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyEval_GetAsyncGenFirstiter(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyEval_SetAsyncGenFinalizer(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyEval_GetAsyncGenFinalizer(void);
#endif

struct _frame; /* Avoid including frameobject.h */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyEval_GetBuiltins(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyEval_GetGlobals(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyEval_GetLocals(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(struct _frame *) PyEval_GetFrame(void);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Helper to look up a builtin object */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyEval_GetBuiltinId(_Py_Identifier *);
/* Look at the current frame's (if any) code's co_flags, and turn on
   the corresponding compiler flags in cf->cf_flags.  Return 1 if any
   flag was set, else return 0. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyEval_MergeCompilerFlags(PyCompilerFlags *cf);
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(int) Py_AddPendingCall(int (*func)(void *), void *arg);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) Py_MakePendingCalls(void);

/* Protection against deeply nested recursive calls

   In Python 3.0, this protection has two levels:
   * normal anti-recursion protection is triggered when the recursion level
     exceeds the current recursion limit. It raises a RecursionError, and sets
     the "overflowed" flag in the thread state structure. This flag
     temporarily *disables* the normal protection; this allows cleanup code
     to potentially outgrow the recursion limit while processing the
     RecursionError.
   * "last chance" anti-recursion protection is triggered when the recursion
     level exceeds "current recursion limit + 50". By construction, this
     protection can only be triggered when the "overflowed" flag is set. It
     means the cleanup code has itself gone into an infinite loop, or the
     RecursionError has been mistakingly ignored. When this protection is
     triggered, the interpreter aborts with a Fatal Error.

   In addition, the "overflowed" flag is automatically reset when the
   recursion level drops below "current recursion limit - 50". This heuristic
   is meant to ensure that the normal anti-recursion protection doesn't get
   disabled too long.

   Please note: this scheme has its own limitations. See:
   http://mail.python.org/pipermail/python-dev/2008-August/082106.html
   for some observations.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(void) Py_SetRecursionLimit(int);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) Py_GetRecursionLimit(void);

#define Py_EnterRecursiveCall(where)  \
            (_Py_MakeRecCheck(PyThreadState_GET()->recursion_depth) &&  \
             _Py_CheckRecursiveCall(where))
#define Py_LeaveRecursiveCall()                         \
    do{ if(_Py_MakeEndRecCheck(PyThreadState_GET()->recursion_depth))  \
      PyThreadState_GET()->overflowed = 0;  \
    } while(0)
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_CheckRecursiveCall(const char *where);

/* Due to the macros in which it's used, _Py_CheckRecursionLimit is in
   the stable ABI.  It should be removed therefrom when possible.
*/
PyAPI_DATA(int) _Py_CheckRecursionLimit;

#ifdef USE_STACKCHECK
/* With USE_STACKCHECK, trigger stack checks in _Py_CheckRecursiveCall()
   on every 64th call to Py_EnterRecursiveCall.
*/
#  define _Py_MakeRecCheck(x)  \
    (++(x) > _Py_CheckRecursionLimit || \
     ++(PyThreadState_GET()->stackcheck_counter) > 64)
#else
#  define _Py_MakeRecCheck(x)  (++(x) > _Py_CheckRecursionLimit)
#endif

/* Compute the "lower-water mark" for a recursion limit. When
 * Py_LeaveRecursiveCall() is called with a recursion depth below this mark,
 * the overflowed flag is reset to 0. */
#define _Py_RecursionLimitLowerWaterMark(limit) \
    (((limit) > 200) \
        ? ((limit) - 50) \
        : (3 * ((limit) >> 2)))

#define _Py_MakeEndRecCheck(x) \
    (--(x) < _Py_RecursionLimitLowerWaterMark(_Py_CheckRecursionLimit))

#define Py_ALLOW_RECURSION \
  do { unsigned char _old = PyThreadState_GET()->recursion_critical;\
    PyThreadState_GET()->recursion_critical = 1;

#define Py_END_ALLOW_RECURSION \
    PyThreadState_GET()->recursion_critical = _old; \
  } while(0);

PyAPI_FUNC(const char *) PyEval_GetFuncName(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(const char *) PyEval_GetFuncDesc(PyObject *);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyEval_EvalFrame(struct _frame *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyEval_EvalFrameEx(struct _frame *f, int exc);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyEval_EvalFrameDefault(struct _frame *f, int exc);
#endif

/* Interface for threads.

   A module that plans to do a blocking system call (or something else
   that lasts a long time and doesn't touch Python data) can allow other
   threads to run as follows:

    ...preparations here...
    Py_BEGIN_ALLOW_THREADS
    ...blocking system call here...
    Py_END_ALLOW_THREADS
    ...interpret result here...

   The Py_BEGIN_ALLOW_THREADS/Py_END_ALLOW_THREADS pair expands to a
   {}-surrounded block.
   To leave the block in the middle (e.g., with return), you must insert
   a line containing Py_BLOCK_THREADS before the return, e.g.

    if (...premature_exit...) {
        Py_BLOCK_THREADS
        PyErr_SetFromErrno(PyExc_OSError);
        return NULL;
    }

   An alternative is:

    Py_BLOCK_THREADS
    if (...premature_exit...) {
        PyErr_SetFromErrno(PyExc_OSError);
        return NULL;
    }
    Py_UNBLOCK_THREADS

   For convenience, that the value of 'errno' is restored across
   Py_END_ALLOW_THREADS and Py_BLOCK_THREADS.

   WARNING: NEVER NEST CALLS TO Py_BEGIN_ALLOW_THREADS AND
   Py_END_ALLOW_THREADS!!!

   The function PyEval_InitThreads() should be called only from
   init_thread() in "_threadmodule.c".

   Note that not yet all candidates have been converted to use this
   mechanism!
*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyThreadState *) PyEval_SaveThread(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyEval_RestoreThread(PyThreadState *);

PyAPI_FUNC(int)  PyEval_ThreadsInitialized(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyEval_InitThreads(void);
Py_DEPRECATED(3.2) PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyEval_AcquireLock(void);
/* Py_DEPRECATED(3.2) */ PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyEval_ReleaseLock(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyEval_AcquireThread(PyThreadState *tstate);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyEval_ReleaseThread(PyThreadState *tstate);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyEval_SetSwitchInterval(unsigned long microseconds);
PyAPI_FUNC(unsigned long) _PyEval_GetSwitchInterval(void);
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) _PyEval_RequestCodeExtraIndex(freefunc);
#endif

#define Py_BEGIN_ALLOW_THREADS { \
                        PyThreadState *_save; \
                        _save = PyEval_SaveThread();
#define Py_BLOCK_THREADS        PyEval_RestoreThread(_save);
#define Py_UNBLOCK_THREADS      _save = PyEval_SaveThread();
#define Py_END_ALLOW_THREADS    PyEval_RestoreThread(_save); \
                 }

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyEval_SliceIndex(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyEval_SliceIndexNotNone(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t *);
#endif

/* Masks and values used by FORMAT_VALUE opcode. */
#define FVC_MASK      0x3
#define FVC_NONE      0x0
#define FVC_STR       0x1
#define FVC_REPR      0x2
#define FVC_ASCII     0x3
#define FVS_MASK      0x4
#define FVS_HAVE_SPEC 0x4

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_CEVAL_H */
#ifndef Py_CODECREGISTRY_H
#define Py_CODECREGISTRY_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Python Codec Registry and support functions


Written by Marc-Andre Lemburg (mal@lemburg.com).

Copyright (c) Corporation for National Research Initiatives.

   ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */

/* Register a new codec search function.

   As side effect, this tries to load the encodings package, if not
   yet done, to make sure that it is always first in the list of
   search functions.

   The search_function's refcount is incremented by this function. */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyCodec_Register(
       PyObject *search_function
       );

/* Codec registry lookup API.

   Looks up the given encoding and returns a CodecInfo object with
   function attributes which implement the different aspects of
   processing the encoding.

   The encoding string is looked up converted to all lower-case
   characters. This makes encodings looked up through this mechanism
   effectively case-insensitive.

   If no codec is found, a KeyError is set and NULL returned.

   As side effect, this tries to load the encodings package, if not
   yet done. This is part of the lazy load strategy for the encodings
   package.

 */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyCodec_Lookup(
       const char *encoding
       );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyCodec_Forget(
       const char *encoding
       );
#endif

/* Codec registry encoding check API.

   Returns 1/0 depending on whether there is a registered codec for
   the given encoding.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyCodec_KnownEncoding(
       const char *encoding
       );

/* Generic codec based encoding API.

   object is passed through the encoder function found for the given
   encoding using the error handling method defined by errors. errors
   may be NULL to use the default method defined for the codec.

   Raises a LookupError in case no encoder can be found.

 */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCodec_Encode(
       PyObject *object,
       const char *encoding,
       const char *errors
       );

/* Generic codec based decoding API.

   object is passed through the decoder function found for the given
   encoding using the error handling method defined by errors. errors
   may be NULL to use the default method defined for the codec.

   Raises a LookupError in case no encoder can be found.

 */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCodec_Decode(
       PyObject *object,
       const char *encoding,
       const char *errors
       );

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Text codec specific encoding and decoding API.

   Checks the encoding against a list of codecs which do not
   implement a str<->bytes encoding before attempting the
   operation.

   Please note that these APIs are internal and should not
   be used in Python C extensions.

   XXX (ncoghlan): should we make these, or something like them, public
   in Python 3.5+?

 */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyCodec_LookupTextEncoding(
       const char *encoding,
       const char *alternate_command
       );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyCodec_EncodeText(
       PyObject *object,
       const char *encoding,
       const char *errors
       );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyCodec_DecodeText(
       PyObject *object,
       const char *encoding,
       const char *errors
       );

/* These two aren't actually text encoding specific, but _io.TextIOWrapper
 * is the only current API consumer.
 */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyCodecInfo_GetIncrementalDecoder(
       PyObject *codec_info,
       const char *errors
       );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyCodecInfo_GetIncrementalEncoder(
       PyObject *codec_info,
       const char *errors
       );
#endif



/* --- Codec Lookup APIs --------------------------------------------------

   All APIs return a codec object with incremented refcount and are
   based on _PyCodec_Lookup().  The same comments w/r to the encoding
   name also apply to these APIs.

*/

/* Get an encoder function for the given encoding. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCodec_Encoder(
       const char *encoding
       );

/* Get a decoder function for the given encoding. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCodec_Decoder(
       const char *encoding
       );

/* Get an IncrementalEncoder object for the given encoding. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCodec_IncrementalEncoder(
       const char *encoding,
       const char *errors
       );

/* Get an IncrementalDecoder object function for the given encoding. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCodec_IncrementalDecoder(
       const char *encoding,
       const char *errors
       );

/* Get a StreamReader factory function for the given encoding. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCodec_StreamReader(
       const char *encoding,
       PyObject *stream,
       const char *errors
       );

/* Get a StreamWriter factory function for the given encoding. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCodec_StreamWriter(
       const char *encoding,
       PyObject *stream,
       const char *errors
       );

/* Unicode encoding error handling callback registry API */

/* Register the error handling callback function error under the given
   name. This function will be called by the codec when it encounters
   unencodable characters/undecodable bytes and doesn't know the
   callback name, when name is specified as the error parameter
   in the call to the encode/decode function.
   Return 0 on success, -1 on error */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyCodec_RegisterError(const char *name, PyObject *error);

/* Lookup the error handling callback function registered under the given
   name. As a special case NULL can be passed, in which case
   the error handling callback for "strict" will be returned. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCodec_LookupError(const char *name);

/* raise exc as an exception */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCodec_StrictErrors(PyObject *exc);

/* ignore the unicode error, skipping the faulty input */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCodec_IgnoreErrors(PyObject *exc);

/* replace the unicode encode error with ? or U+FFFD */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCodec_ReplaceErrors(PyObject *exc);

/* replace the unicode encode error with XML character references */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCodec_XMLCharRefReplaceErrors(PyObject *exc);

/* replace the unicode encode error with backslash escapes (\x, \u and \U) */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCodec_BackslashReplaceErrors(PyObject *exc);

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03050000
/* replace the unicode encode error with backslash escapes (\N, \x, \u and \U) */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCodec_NameReplaceErrors(PyObject *exc);
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_DATA(const char *) Py_hexdigits;
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_CODECREGISTRY_H */

#ifndef Py_MODSUPPORT_H
#define Py_MODSUPPORT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Module support interface */

#include <stdarg.h>

/* If PY_SSIZE_T_CLEAN is defined, each functions treats #-specifier
   to mean Py_ssize_t */
#ifdef PY_SSIZE_T_CLEAN
#define PyArg_Parse                     _PyArg_Parse_SizeT
#define PyArg_ParseTuple                _PyArg_ParseTuple_SizeT
#define PyArg_ParseTupleAndKeywords     _PyArg_ParseTupleAndKeywords_SizeT
#define PyArg_VaParse                   _PyArg_VaParse_SizeT
#define PyArg_VaParseTupleAndKeywords   _PyArg_VaParseTupleAndKeywords_SizeT
#define Py_BuildValue                   _Py_BuildValue_SizeT
#define Py_VaBuildValue                 _Py_VaBuildValue_SizeT
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#define _Py_VaBuildStack                _Py_VaBuildStack_SizeT
#endif
#else
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _Py_VaBuildValue_SizeT(const char *, va_list);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject **) _Py_VaBuildStack_SizeT(
    PyObject **small_stack,
    Py_ssize_t small_stack_len,
    const char *format,
    va_list va,
    Py_ssize_t *p_nargs);
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */
#endif

/* Due to a glitch in 3.2, the _SizeT versions weren't exported from the DLL. */
#if !defined(PY_SSIZE_T_CLEAN) || !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyArg_Parse(PyObject *, const char *, ...);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyArg_ParseTuple(PyObject *, const char *, ...);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyArg_ParseTupleAndKeywords(PyObject *, PyObject *,
                                                  const char *, char **, ...);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyArg_VaParse(PyObject *, const char *, va_list);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyArg_VaParseTupleAndKeywords(PyObject *, PyObject *,
                                                  const char *, char **, va_list);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyArg_ValidateKeywordArguments(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyArg_UnpackTuple(PyObject *, const char *, Py_ssize_t, Py_ssize_t, ...);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) Py_BuildValue(const char *, ...);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _Py_BuildValue_SizeT(const char *, ...);


#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyArg_UnpackStack(
    PyObject *const *args,
    Py_ssize_t nargs,
    const char *name,
    Py_ssize_t min,
    Py_ssize_t max,
    ...);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyArg_NoKeywords(const char *funcname, PyObject *kwargs);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyArg_NoPositional(const char *funcname, PyObject *args);
#define _PyArg_NoKeywords(funcname, kwargs) \
    ((kwargs) == NULL || _PyArg_NoKeywords((funcname), (kwargs)))
#define _PyArg_NoPositional(funcname, args) \
    ((args) == NULL || _PyArg_NoPositional((funcname), (args)))

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyArg_BadArgument(const char *, const char *, const char *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyArg_CheckPositional(const char *, Py_ssize_t,
                                       Py_ssize_t, Py_ssize_t);
#define _PyArg_CheckPositional(funcname, nargs, min, max) \
    (((min) <= (nargs) && (nargs) <= (max)) \
     || _PyArg_CheckPositional((funcname), (nargs), (min), (max)))

#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) Py_VaBuildValue(const char *, va_list);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject **) _Py_VaBuildStack(
    PyObject **small_stack,
    Py_ssize_t small_stack_len,
    const char *format,
    va_list va,
    Py_ssize_t *p_nargs);
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef struct _PyArg_Parser {
    const char *format;
    const char * const *keywords;
    const char *fname;
    const char *custom_msg;
    int pos;            /* number of positional-only arguments */
    int min;            /* minimal number of arguments */
    int max;            /* maximal number of positional arguments */
    PyObject *kwtuple;  /* tuple of keyword parameter names */
    struct _PyArg_Parser *next;
} _PyArg_Parser;
#ifdef PY_SSIZE_T_CLEAN
#define _PyArg_ParseTupleAndKeywordsFast  _PyArg_ParseTupleAndKeywordsFast_SizeT
#define _PyArg_ParseStack  _PyArg_ParseStack_SizeT
#define _PyArg_ParseStackAndKeywords  _PyArg_ParseStackAndKeywords_SizeT
#define _PyArg_VaParseTupleAndKeywordsFast  _PyArg_VaParseTupleAndKeywordsFast_SizeT
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyArg_ParseTupleAndKeywordsFast(PyObject *, PyObject *,
                                                 struct _PyArg_Parser *, ...);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyArg_ParseStack(
    PyObject *const *args,
    Py_ssize_t nargs,
    const char *format,
    ...);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyArg_ParseStackAndKeywords(
    PyObject *const *args,
    Py_ssize_t nargs,
    PyObject *kwnames,
    struct _PyArg_Parser *,
    ...);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyArg_VaParseTupleAndKeywordsFast(PyObject *, PyObject *,
                                                   struct _PyArg_Parser *, va_list);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject * const *) _PyArg_UnpackKeywords(
        PyObject *const *args, Py_ssize_t nargs,
        PyObject *kwargs, PyObject *kwnames,
        struct _PyArg_Parser *parser,
        int minpos, int maxpos, int minkw,
        PyObject **buf);
#define _PyArg_UnpackKeywords(args, nargs, kwargs, kwnames, parser, minpos, maxpos, minkw, buf) \
    (((minkw) == 0 && (kwargs) == NULL && (kwnames) == NULL && \
      (minpos) <= (nargs) && (nargs) <= (maxpos) && args != NULL) ? (args) : \
     _PyArg_UnpackKeywords((args), (nargs), (kwargs), (kwnames), (parser), \
                           (minpos), (maxpos), (minkw), (buf)))

void _PyArg_Fini(void);
#endif   /* Py_LIMITED_API */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyModule_AddObject(PyObject *, const char *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyModule_AddIntConstant(PyObject *, const char *, long);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyModule_AddStringConstant(PyObject *, const char *, const char *);
#define PyModule_AddIntMacro(m, c) PyModule_AddIntConstant(m, #c, c)
#define PyModule_AddStringMacro(m, c) PyModule_AddStringConstant(m, #c, c)

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03050000
/* New in 3.5 */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyModule_SetDocString(PyObject *, const char *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyModule_AddFunctions(PyObject *, PyMethodDef *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyModule_ExecDef(PyObject *module, PyModuleDef *def);
#endif

#define Py_CLEANUP_SUPPORTED 0x20000

#define PYTHON_API_VERSION 1013
#define PYTHON_API_STRING "1013"
/* The API version is maintained (independently from the Python version)
   so we can detect mismatches between the interpreter and dynamically
   loaded modules.  These are diagnosed by an error message but
   the module is still loaded (because the mismatch can only be tested
   after loading the module).  The error message is intended to
   explain the core dump a few seconds later.

   The symbol PYTHON_API_STRING defines the same value as a string
   literal.  *** PLEASE MAKE SURE THE DEFINITIONS MATCH. ***

   Please add a line or two to the top of this log for each API
   version change:

   22-Feb-2006  MvL     1013    PEP 353 - long indices for sequence lengths

   19-Aug-2002  GvR     1012    Changes to string object struct for
                                interning changes, saving 3 bytes.

   17-Jul-2001  GvR     1011    Descr-branch, just to be on the safe side

   25-Jan-2001  FLD     1010    Parameters added to PyCode_New() and
                                PyFrame_New(); Python 2.1a2

   14-Mar-2000  GvR     1009    Unicode API added

   3-Jan-1999   GvR     1007    Decided to change back!  (Don't reuse 1008!)

   3-Dec-1998   GvR     1008    Python 1.5.2b1

   18-Jan-1997  GvR     1007    string interning and other speedups

   11-Oct-1996  GvR     renamed Py_Ellipses to Py_Ellipsis :-(

   30-Jul-1996  GvR     Slice and ellipses syntax added

   23-Jul-1996  GvR     For 1.4 -- better safe than sorry this time :-)

   7-Nov-1995   GvR     Keyword arguments (should've been done at 1.3 :-( )

   10-Jan-1995  GvR     Renamed globals to new naming scheme

   9-Jan-1995   GvR     Initial version (incompatible with older API)
*/

/* The PYTHON_ABI_VERSION is introduced in PEP 384. For the lifetime of
   Python 3, it will stay at the value of 3; changes to the limited API
   must be performed in a strictly backwards-compatible manner. */
#define PYTHON_ABI_VERSION 3
#define PYTHON_ABI_STRING "3"

#ifdef Py_TRACE_REFS
 /* When we are tracing reference counts, rename module creation functions so
    modules compiled with incompatible settings will generate a
    link-time error. */
 #define PyModule_Create2 PyModule_Create2TraceRefs
 #define PyModule_FromDefAndSpec2 PyModule_FromDefAndSpec2TraceRefs
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyModule_Create2(struct PyModuleDef*,
                                     int apiver);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyModule_CreateInitialized(struct PyModuleDef*,
                                                   int apiver);
#endif

#ifdef Py_LIMITED_API
#define PyModule_Create(module) \
        PyModule_Create2(module, PYTHON_ABI_VERSION)
#else
#define PyModule_Create(module) \
        PyModule_Create2(module, PYTHON_API_VERSION)
#endif

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03050000
/* New in 3.5 */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyModule_FromDefAndSpec2(PyModuleDef *def,
                                                PyObject *spec,
                                                int module_api_version);

#ifdef Py_LIMITED_API
#define PyModule_FromDefAndSpec(module, spec) \
    PyModule_FromDefAndSpec2(module, spec, PYTHON_ABI_VERSION)
#else
#define PyModule_FromDefAndSpec(module, spec) \
    PyModule_FromDefAndSpec2(module, spec, PYTHON_API_VERSION)
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */
#endif /* New in 3.5 */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_DATA(const char *) _Py_PackageContext;
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_MODSUPPORT_H */
/* Generated by Parser/pgen */

#define single_input 256
#define file_input 257
#define eval_input 258
#define decorator 259
#define decorators 260
#define decorated 261
#define async_funcdef 262
#define funcdef 263
#define parameters 264
#define typedargslist 265
#define tfpdef 266
#define varargslist 267
#define vfpdef 268
#define stmt 269
#define simple_stmt 270
#define small_stmt 271
#define expr_stmt 272
#define annassign 273
#define testlist_star_expr 274
#define augassign 275
#define del_stmt 276
#define pass_stmt 277
#define flow_stmt 278
#define break_stmt 279
#define continue_stmt 280
#define return_stmt 281
#define yield_stmt 282
#define raise_stmt 283
#define import_stmt 284
#define import_name 285
#define import_from 286
#define import_as_name 287
#define dotted_as_name 288
#define import_as_names 289
#define dotted_as_names 290
#define dotted_name 291
#define global_stmt 292
#define nonlocal_stmt 293
#define assert_stmt 294
#define compound_stmt 295
#define async_stmt 296
#define if_stmt 297
#define while_stmt 298
#define for_stmt 299
#define try_stmt 300
#define with_stmt 301
#define with_item 302
#define except_clause 303
#define suite 304
#define namedexpr_test 305
#define test 306
#define test_nocond 307
#define lambdef 308
#define lambdef_nocond 309
#define or_test 310
#define and_test 311
#define not_test 312
#define comparison 313
#define comp_op 314
#define star_expr 315
#define expr 316
#define xor_expr 317
#define and_expr 318
#define shift_expr 319
#define arith_expr 320
#define term 321
#define factor 322
#define power 323
#define atom_expr 324
#define atom 325
#define testlist_comp 326
#define trailer 327
#define subscriptlist 328
#define subscript 329
#define sliceop 330
#define exprlist 331
#define testlist 332
#define dictorsetmaker 333
#define classdef 334
#define arglist 335
#define argument 336
#define comp_iter 337
#define sync_comp_for 338
#define comp_for 339
#define comp_if 340
#define encoding_decl 341
#define yield_expr 342
#define yield_arg 343
#define func_body_suite 344
#define func_type_input 345
#define func_type 346
#define typelist 347
/* libtiff/tiffconf.h.  Generated from tiffconf.h.in by configure.  */
/*
  Configuration defines for installed libtiff.
  This file maintained for backward compatibility. Do not use definitions
  from this file in your programs.
*/

#ifndef _TIFFCONF_
#define _TIFFCONF_

/* Signed 16-bit type */
#define TIFF_INT16_T signed short

/* Signed 32-bit type */
#define TIFF_INT32_T signed int

/* Signed 64-bit type */
#define TIFF_INT64_T signed long

/* Signed 8-bit type */
#define TIFF_INT8_T signed char

/* Unsigned 16-bit type */
#define TIFF_UINT16_T unsigned short

/* Unsigned 32-bit type */
#define TIFF_UINT32_T unsigned int

/* Unsigned 64-bit type */
#define TIFF_UINT64_T unsigned long

/* Unsigned 8-bit type */
#define TIFF_UINT8_T unsigned char

/* Signed size type */
#define TIFF_SSIZE_T signed long

/* Pointer difference type */
#define TIFF_PTRDIFF_T ptrdiff_t

/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `int16'. */
/* #undef HAVE_INT16 */

/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `int32'. */
/* #undef HAVE_INT32 */

/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `int8'. */
/* #undef HAVE_INT8 */

/* Compatibility stuff. */

/* Define as 0 or 1 according to the floating point format suported by the
   machine */
#define HAVE_IEEEFP 1

/* Set the native cpu bit order (FILLORDER_LSB2MSB or FILLORDER_MSB2LSB) */
#define HOST_FILLORDER FILLORDER_LSB2MSB

/* Native cpu byte order: 1 if big-endian (Motorola) or 0 if little-endian
   (Intel) */
#define HOST_BIGENDIAN 0

/* Support CCITT Group 3 & 4 algorithms */
#define CCITT_SUPPORT 1

/* Support JPEG compression (requires IJG JPEG library) */
#define JPEG_SUPPORT 1

/* Support JBIG compression (requires JBIG-KIT library) */
#define JBIG_SUPPORT 1

/* Support LogLuv high dynamic range encoding */
#define LOGLUV_SUPPORT 1

/* Support LZW algorithm */
#define LZW_SUPPORT 1

/* Support NeXT 2-bit RLE algorithm */
#define NEXT_SUPPORT 1

/* Support Old JPEG compresson (read contrib/ojpeg/README first! Compilation
   fails with unpatched IJG JPEG library) */
#define OJPEG_SUPPORT 1

/* Support Macintosh PackBits algorithm */
#define PACKBITS_SUPPORT 1

/* Support Pixar log-format algorithm (requires Zlib) */
#define PIXARLOG_SUPPORT 1

/* Support ThunderScan 4-bit RLE algorithm */
#define THUNDER_SUPPORT 1

/* Support Deflate compression */
#define ZIP_SUPPORT 1

/* Support strip chopping (whether or not to convert single-strip uncompressed
   images to mutiple strips of ~8Kb to reduce memory usage) */
#define STRIPCHOP_DEFAULT TIFF_STRIPCHOP

/* Enable SubIFD tag (330) support */
#define SUBIFD_SUPPORT 1

/* Treat extra sample as alpha (default enabled). The RGBA interface will
   treat a fourth sample with no EXTRASAMPLE_ value as being ASSOCALPHA. Many
   packages produce RGBA files but don't mark the alpha properly. */
#define DEFAULT_EXTRASAMPLE_AS_ALPHA 1

/* Pick up YCbCr subsampling info from the JPEG data stream to support files
   lacking the tag (default enabled). */
#define CHECK_JPEG_YCBCR_SUBSAMPLING 1

/* Support MS MDI magic number files as TIFF */
#define MDI_SUPPORT 1

/*
 * Feature support definitions.
 * XXX: These macros are obsoleted. Don't use them in your apps!
 * Macros stays here for backward compatibility and should be always defined.
 */
#define COLORIMETRY_SUPPORT
#define YCBCR_SUPPORT
#define CMYK_SUPPORT
#define ICC_SUPPORT
#define PHOTOSHOP_SUPPORT
#define IPTC_SUPPORT

#endif /* _TIFFCONF_ */
/**************************************************************************
 *
 * Copyright © 2009-2022 VMware, Inc., Palo Alto, CA., USA
 * All Rights Reserved.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 * distribute, sub license, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
 * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
 * the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
 * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
 * of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
 * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS, AUTHORS AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
 * USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 *
 **************************************************************************/

#ifndef __VMWGFX_DRM_H__
#define __VMWGFX_DRM_H__

#include "drm.h"

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

#define DRM_VMW_MAX_SURFACE_FACES 6
#define DRM_VMW_MAX_MIP_LEVELS 24


#define DRM_VMW_GET_PARAM            0
#define DRM_VMW_ALLOC_DMABUF         1
#define DRM_VMW_ALLOC_BO             1
#define DRM_VMW_UNREF_DMABUF         2
#define DRM_VMW_HANDLE_CLOSE         2
#define DRM_VMW_CURSOR_BYPASS        3
/* guarded by DRM_VMW_PARAM_NUM_STREAMS != 0*/
#define DRM_VMW_CONTROL_STREAM       4
#define DRM_VMW_CLAIM_STREAM         5
#define DRM_VMW_UNREF_STREAM         6
/* guarded by DRM_VMW_PARAM_3D == 1 */
#define DRM_VMW_CREATE_CONTEXT       7
#define DRM_VMW_UNREF_CONTEXT        8
#define DRM_VMW_CREATE_SURFACE       9
#define DRM_VMW_UNREF_SURFACE        10
#define DRM_VMW_REF_SURFACE          11
#define DRM_VMW_EXECBUF              12
#define DRM_VMW_GET_3D_CAP           13
#define DRM_VMW_FENCE_WAIT           14
#define DRM_VMW_FENCE_SIGNALED       15
#define DRM_VMW_FENCE_UNREF          16
#define DRM_VMW_FENCE_EVENT          17
#define DRM_VMW_PRESENT              18
#define DRM_VMW_PRESENT_READBACK     19
#define DRM_VMW_UPDATE_LAYOUT        20
#define DRM_VMW_CREATE_SHADER        21
#define DRM_VMW_UNREF_SHADER         22
#define DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_CREATE    23
#define DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_REF       24
#define DRM_VMW_SYNCCPU              25
#define DRM_VMW_CREATE_EXTENDED_CONTEXT 26
#define DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_CREATE_EXT   27
#define DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_REF_EXT      28
#define DRM_VMW_MSG                     29
#define DRM_VMW_MKSSTAT_RESET           30
#define DRM_VMW_MKSSTAT_ADD             31
#define DRM_VMW_MKSSTAT_REMOVE          32

/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_GET_PARAM - get device information.
 *
 * DRM_VMW_PARAM_FIFO_OFFSET:
 * Offset to use to map the first page of the FIFO read-only.
 * The fifo is mapped using the mmap() system call on the drm device.
 *
 * DRM_VMW_PARAM_OVERLAY_IOCTL:
 * Does the driver support the overlay ioctl.
 *
 * DRM_VMW_PARAM_SM4_1
 * SM4_1 support is enabled.
 *
 * DRM_VMW_PARAM_SM5
 * SM5 support is enabled.
 *
 * DRM_VMW_PARAM_GL43
 * SM5.1+GL4.3 support is enabled.
 *
 * DRM_VMW_PARAM_DEVICE_ID
 * PCI ID of the underlying SVGA device.
 */

#define DRM_VMW_PARAM_NUM_STREAMS      0
#define DRM_VMW_PARAM_NUM_FREE_STREAMS 1
#define DRM_VMW_PARAM_3D               2
#define DRM_VMW_PARAM_HW_CAPS          3
#define DRM_VMW_PARAM_FIFO_CAPS        4
#define DRM_VMW_PARAM_MAX_FB_SIZE      5
#define DRM_VMW_PARAM_FIFO_HW_VERSION  6
#define DRM_VMW_PARAM_MAX_SURF_MEMORY  7
#define DRM_VMW_PARAM_3D_CAPS_SIZE     8
#define DRM_VMW_PARAM_MAX_MOB_MEMORY   9
#define DRM_VMW_PARAM_MAX_MOB_SIZE     10
#define DRM_VMW_PARAM_SCREEN_TARGET    11
#define DRM_VMW_PARAM_DX               12
#define DRM_VMW_PARAM_HW_CAPS2         13
#define DRM_VMW_PARAM_SM4_1            14
#define DRM_VMW_PARAM_SM5              15
#define DRM_VMW_PARAM_GL43             16
#define DRM_VMW_PARAM_DEVICE_ID        17

/**
 * enum drm_vmw_handle_type - handle type for ref ioctls
 *
 */
enum drm_vmw_handle_type {
	DRM_VMW_HANDLE_LEGACY = 0,
	DRM_VMW_HANDLE_PRIME = 1
};

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_getparam_arg
 *
 * @value: Returned value. //Out
 * @param: Parameter to query. //In.
 *
 * Argument to the DRM_VMW_GET_PARAM Ioctl.
 */

struct drm_vmw_getparam_arg {
	__u64 value;
	__u32 param;
	__u32 pad64;
};

/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_CREATE_CONTEXT - Create a host context.
 *
 * Allocates a device unique context id, and queues a create context command
 * for the host. Does not wait for host completion.
 */

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_context_arg
 *
 * @cid: Device unique context ID.
 *
 * Output argument to the DRM_VMW_CREATE_CONTEXT Ioctl.
 * Input argument to the DRM_VMW_UNREF_CONTEXT Ioctl.
 */

struct drm_vmw_context_arg {
	__s32 cid;
	__u32 pad64;
};

/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_UNREF_CONTEXT - Create a host context.
 *
 * Frees a global context id, and queues a destroy host command for the host.
 * Does not wait for host completion. The context ID can be used directly
 * in the command stream and shows up as the same context ID on the host.
 */

/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_CREATE_SURFACE - Create a host suface.
 *
 * Allocates a device unique surface id, and queues a create surface command
 * for the host. Does not wait for host completion. The surface ID can be
 * used directly in the command stream and shows up as the same surface
 * ID on the host.
 */

/**
 * struct drm_wmv_surface_create_req
 *
 * @flags: Surface flags as understood by the host.
 * @format: Surface format as understood by the host.
 * @mip_levels: Number of mip levels for each face.
 * An unused face should have 0 encoded.
 * @size_addr: Address of a user-space array of sruct drm_vmw_size
 * cast to an __u64 for 32-64 bit compatibility.
 * The size of the array should equal the total number of mipmap levels.
 * @shareable: Boolean whether other clients (as identified by file descriptors)
 * may reference this surface.
 * @scanout: Boolean whether the surface is intended to be used as a
 * scanout.
 *
 * Input data to the DRM_VMW_CREATE_SURFACE Ioctl.
 * Output data from the DRM_VMW_REF_SURFACE Ioctl.
 */

struct drm_vmw_surface_create_req {
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 format;
	__u32 mip_levels[DRM_VMW_MAX_SURFACE_FACES];
	__u64 size_addr;
	__s32 shareable;
	__s32 scanout;
};

/**
 * struct drm_wmv_surface_arg
 *
 * @sid: Surface id of created surface or surface to destroy or reference.
 * @handle_type: Handle type for DRM_VMW_REF_SURFACE Ioctl.
 *
 * Output data from the DRM_VMW_CREATE_SURFACE Ioctl.
 * Input argument to the DRM_VMW_UNREF_SURFACE Ioctl.
 * Input argument to the DRM_VMW_REF_SURFACE Ioctl.
 */

struct drm_vmw_surface_arg {
	__s32 sid;
	enum drm_vmw_handle_type handle_type;
};

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_size ioctl.
 *
 * @width - mip level width
 * @height - mip level height
 * @depth - mip level depth
 *
 * Description of a mip level.
 * Input data to the DRM_WMW_CREATE_SURFACE Ioctl.
 */

struct drm_vmw_size {
	__u32 width;
	__u32 height;
	__u32 depth;
	__u32 pad64;
};

/**
 * union drm_vmw_surface_create_arg
 *
 * @rep: Output data as described above.
 * @req: Input data as described above.
 *
 * Argument to the DRM_VMW_CREATE_SURFACE Ioctl.
 */

union drm_vmw_surface_create_arg {
	struct drm_vmw_surface_arg rep;
	struct drm_vmw_surface_create_req req;
};

/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_REF_SURFACE - Reference a host surface.
 *
 * Puts a reference on a host surface with a give sid, as previously
 * returned by the DRM_VMW_CREATE_SURFACE ioctl.
 * A reference will make sure the surface isn't destroyed while we hold
 * it and will allow the calling client to use the surface ID in the command
 * stream.
 *
 * On successful return, the Ioctl returns the surface information given
 * in the DRM_VMW_CREATE_SURFACE ioctl.
 */

/**
 * union drm_vmw_surface_reference_arg
 *
 * @rep: Output data as described above.
 * @req: Input data as described above.
 *
 * Argument to the DRM_VMW_REF_SURFACE Ioctl.
 */

union drm_vmw_surface_reference_arg {
	struct drm_vmw_surface_create_req rep;
	struct drm_vmw_surface_arg req;
};

/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_UNREF_SURFACE - Unreference a host surface.
 *
 * Clear a reference previously put on a host surface.
 * When all references are gone, including the one implicitly placed
 * on creation,
 * a destroy surface command will be queued for the host.
 * Does not wait for completion.
 */

/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_EXECBUF
 *
 * Submit a command buffer for execution on the host, and return a
 * fence seqno that when signaled, indicates that the command buffer has
 * executed.
 */

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_execbuf_arg
 *
 * @commands: User-space address of a command buffer cast to an __u64.
 * @command-size: Size in bytes of the command buffer.
 * @throttle-us: Sleep until software is less than @throttle_us
 * microseconds ahead of hardware. The driver may round this value
 * to the nearest kernel tick.
 * @fence_rep: User-space address of a struct drm_vmw_fence_rep cast to an
 * __u64.
 * @version: Allows expanding the execbuf ioctl parameters without breaking
 * backwards compatibility, since user-space will always tell the kernel
 * which version it uses.
 * @flags: Execbuf flags.
 * @imported_fence_fd:  FD for a fence imported from another device
 *
 * Argument to the DRM_VMW_EXECBUF Ioctl.
 */

#define DRM_VMW_EXECBUF_VERSION 2

#define DRM_VMW_EXECBUF_FLAG_IMPORT_FENCE_FD (1 << 0)
#define DRM_VMW_EXECBUF_FLAG_EXPORT_FENCE_FD (1 << 1)

struct drm_vmw_execbuf_arg {
	__u64 commands;
	__u32 command_size;
	__u32 throttle_us;
	__u64 fence_rep;
	__u32 version;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 context_handle;
	__s32 imported_fence_fd;
};

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_fence_rep
 *
 * @handle: Fence object handle for fence associated with a command submission.
 * @mask: Fence flags relevant for this fence object.
 * @seqno: Fence sequence number in fifo. A fence object with a lower
 * seqno will signal the EXEC flag before a fence object with a higher
 * seqno. This can be used by user-space to avoid kernel calls to determine
 * whether a fence has signaled the EXEC flag. Note that @seqno will
 * wrap at 32-bit.
 * @passed_seqno: The highest seqno number processed by the hardware
 * so far. This can be used to mark user-space fence objects as signaled, and
 * to determine whether a fence seqno might be stale.
 * @fd: FD associated with the fence, -1 if not exported
 * @error: This member should've been set to -EFAULT on submission.
 * The following actions should be take on completion:
 * error == -EFAULT: Fence communication failed. The host is synchronized.
 * Use the last fence id read from the FIFO fence register.
 * error != 0 && error != -EFAULT:
 * Fence submission failed. The host is synchronized. Use the fence_seq member.
 * error == 0: All is OK, The host may not be synchronized.
 * Use the fence_seq member.
 *
 * Input / Output data to the DRM_VMW_EXECBUF Ioctl.
 */

struct drm_vmw_fence_rep {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 mask;
	__u32 seqno;
	__u32 passed_seqno;
	__s32 fd;
	__s32 error;
};

/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_ALLOC_BO
 *
 * Allocate a buffer object that is visible also to the host.
 * NOTE: The buffer is
 * identified by a handle and an offset, which are private to the guest, but
 * useable in the command stream. The guest kernel may translate these
 * and patch up the command stream accordingly. In the future, the offset may
 * be zero at all times, or it may disappear from the interface before it is
 * fixed.
 *
 * The buffer object may stay user-space mapped in the guest at all times,
 * and is thus suitable for sub-allocation.
 *
 * Buffer objects are mapped using the mmap() syscall on the drm device.
 */

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_alloc_bo_req
 *
 * @size: Required minimum size of the buffer.
 *
 * Input data to the DRM_VMW_ALLOC_BO Ioctl.
 */

struct drm_vmw_alloc_bo_req {
	__u32 size;
	__u32 pad64;
};
#define drm_vmw_alloc_dmabuf_req drm_vmw_alloc_bo_req

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_bo_rep
 *
 * @map_handle: Offset to use in the mmap() call used to map the buffer.
 * @handle: Handle unique to this buffer. Used for unreferencing.
 * @cur_gmr_id: GMR id to use in the command stream when this buffer is
 * referenced. See not above.
 * @cur_gmr_offset: Offset to use in the command stream when this buffer is
 * referenced. See note above.
 *
 * Output data from the DRM_VMW_ALLOC_BO Ioctl.
 */

struct drm_vmw_bo_rep {
	__u64 map_handle;
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 cur_gmr_id;
	__u32 cur_gmr_offset;
	__u32 pad64;
};
#define drm_vmw_dmabuf_rep drm_vmw_bo_rep

/**
 * union drm_vmw_alloc_bo_arg
 *
 * @req: Input data as described above.
 * @rep: Output data as described above.
 *
 * Argument to the DRM_VMW_ALLOC_BO Ioctl.
 */

union drm_vmw_alloc_bo_arg {
	struct drm_vmw_alloc_bo_req req;
	struct drm_vmw_bo_rep rep;
};
#define drm_vmw_alloc_dmabuf_arg drm_vmw_alloc_bo_arg

/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_CONTROL_STREAM - Control overlays, aka streams.
 *
 * This IOCTL controls the overlay units of the svga device.
 * The SVGA overlay units does not work like regular hardware units in
 * that they do not automaticaly read back the contents of the given dma
 * buffer. But instead only read back for each call to this ioctl, and
 * at any point between this call being made and a following call that
 * either changes the buffer or disables the stream.
 */

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_rect
 *
 * Defines a rectangle. Used in the overlay ioctl to define
 * source and destination rectangle.
 */

struct drm_vmw_rect {
	__s32 x;
	__s32 y;
	__u32 w;
	__u32 h;
};

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_control_stream_arg
 *
 * @stream_id: Stearm to control
 * @enabled: If false all following arguments are ignored.
 * @handle: Handle to buffer for getting data from.
 * @format: Format of the overlay as understood by the host.
 * @width: Width of the overlay.
 * @height: Height of the overlay.
 * @size: Size of the overlay in bytes.
 * @pitch: Array of pitches, the two last are only used for YUV12 formats.
 * @offset: Offset from start of dma buffer to overlay.
 * @src: Source rect, must be within the defined area above.
 * @dst: Destination rect, x and y may be negative.
 *
 * Argument to the DRM_VMW_CONTROL_STREAM Ioctl.
 */

struct drm_vmw_control_stream_arg {
	__u32 stream_id;
	__u32 enabled;

	__u32 flags;
	__u32 color_key;

	__u32 handle;
	__u32 offset;
	__s32 format;
	__u32 size;
	__u32 width;
	__u32 height;
	__u32 pitch[3];

	__u32 pad64;
	struct drm_vmw_rect src;
	struct drm_vmw_rect dst;
};

/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_CURSOR_BYPASS - Give extra information about cursor bypass.
 *
 */

#define DRM_VMW_CURSOR_BYPASS_ALL    (1 << 0)
#define DRM_VMW_CURSOR_BYPASS_FLAGS       (1)

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_cursor_bypass_arg
 *
 * @flags: Flags.
 * @crtc_id: Crtc id, only used if DMR_CURSOR_BYPASS_ALL isn't passed.
 * @xpos: X position of cursor.
 * @ypos: Y position of cursor.
 * @xhot: X hotspot.
 * @yhot: Y hotspot.
 *
 * Argument to the DRM_VMW_CURSOR_BYPASS Ioctl.
 */

struct drm_vmw_cursor_bypass_arg {
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 crtc_id;
	__s32 xpos;
	__s32 ypos;
	__s32 xhot;
	__s32 yhot;
};

/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_CLAIM_STREAM - Claim a single stream.
 */

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_context_arg
 *
 * @stream_id: Device unique context ID.
 *
 * Output argument to the DRM_VMW_CREATE_CONTEXT Ioctl.
 * Input argument to the DRM_VMW_UNREF_CONTEXT Ioctl.
 */

struct drm_vmw_stream_arg {
	__u32 stream_id;
	__u32 pad64;
};

/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_UNREF_STREAM - Unclaim a stream.
 *
 * Return a single stream that was claimed by this process. Also makes
 * sure that the stream has been stopped.
 */

/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_GET_3D_CAP
 *
 * Read 3D capabilities from the FIFO
 *
 */

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_get_3d_cap_arg
 *
 * @buffer: Pointer to a buffer for capability data, cast to an __u64
 * @size: Max size to copy
 *
 * Input argument to the DRM_VMW_GET_3D_CAP_IOCTL
 * ioctls.
 */

struct drm_vmw_get_3d_cap_arg {
	__u64 buffer;
	__u32 max_size;
	__u32 pad64;
};

/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_FENCE_WAIT
 *
 * Waits for a fence object to signal. The wait is interruptible, so that
 * signals may be delivered during the interrupt. The wait may timeout,
 * in which case the calls returns -EBUSY. If the wait is restarted,
 * that is restarting without resetting @cookie_valid to zero,
 * the timeout is computed from the first call.
 *
 * The flags argument to the DRM_VMW_FENCE_WAIT ioctl indicates what to wait
 * on:
 * DRM_VMW_FENCE_FLAG_EXEC: All commands ahead of the fence in the command
 * stream
 * have executed.
 * DRM_VMW_FENCE_FLAG_QUERY: All query results resulting from query finish
 * commands
 * in the buffer given to the EXECBUF ioctl returning the fence object handle
 * are available to user-space.
 *
 * DRM_VMW_WAIT_OPTION_UNREF: If this wait option is given, and the
 * fenc wait ioctl returns 0, the fence object has been unreferenced after
 * the wait.
 */

#define DRM_VMW_FENCE_FLAG_EXEC   (1 << 0)
#define DRM_VMW_FENCE_FLAG_QUERY  (1 << 1)

#define DRM_VMW_WAIT_OPTION_UNREF (1 << 0)

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_fence_wait_arg
 *
 * @handle: Fence object handle as returned by the DRM_VMW_EXECBUF ioctl.
 * @cookie_valid: Must be reset to 0 on first call. Left alone on restart.
 * @kernel_cookie: Set to 0 on first call. Left alone on restart.
 * @timeout_us: Wait timeout in microseconds. 0 for indefinite timeout.
 * @lazy: Set to 1 if timing is not critical. Allow more than a kernel tick
 * before returning.
 * @flags: Fence flags to wait on.
 * @wait_options: Options that control the behaviour of the wait ioctl.
 *
 * Input argument to the DRM_VMW_FENCE_WAIT ioctl.
 */

struct drm_vmw_fence_wait_arg {
	__u32 handle;
	__s32  cookie_valid;
	__u64 kernel_cookie;
	__u64 timeout_us;
	__s32 lazy;
	__s32 flags;
	__s32 wait_options;
	__s32 pad64;
};

/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_FENCE_SIGNALED
 *
 * Checks if a fence object is signaled..
 */

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_fence_signaled_arg
 *
 * @handle: Fence object handle as returned by the DRM_VMW_EXECBUF ioctl.
 * @flags: Fence object flags input to DRM_VMW_FENCE_SIGNALED ioctl
 * @signaled: Out: Flags signaled.
 * @sequence: Out: Highest sequence passed so far. Can be used to signal the
 * EXEC flag of user-space fence objects.
 *
 * Input/Output argument to the DRM_VMW_FENCE_SIGNALED and DRM_VMW_FENCE_UNREF
 * ioctls.
 */

struct drm_vmw_fence_signaled_arg {
	 __u32 handle;
	 __u32 flags;
	 __s32 signaled;
	 __u32 passed_seqno;
	 __u32 signaled_flags;
	 __u32 pad64;
};

/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_FENCE_UNREF
 *
 * Unreferences a fence object, and causes it to be destroyed if there are no
 * other references to it.
 *
 */

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_fence_arg
 *
 * @handle: Fence object handle as returned by the DRM_VMW_EXECBUF ioctl.
 *
 * Input/Output argument to the DRM_VMW_FENCE_UNREF ioctl..
 */

struct drm_vmw_fence_arg {
	 __u32 handle;
	 __u32 pad64;
};


/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_FENCE_EVENT
 *
 * Queues an event on a fence to be delivered on the drm character device
 * when the fence has signaled the DRM_VMW_FENCE_FLAG_EXEC flag.
 * Optionally the approximate time when the fence signaled is
 * given by the event.
 */

/*
 * The event type
 */
#define DRM_VMW_EVENT_FENCE_SIGNALED 0x80000000

struct drm_vmw_event_fence {
	struct drm_event base;
	__u64 user_data;
	__u32 tv_sec;
	__u32 tv_usec;
};

/*
 * Flags that may be given to the command.
 */
/* Request fence signaled time on the event. */
#define DRM_VMW_FE_FLAG_REQ_TIME (1 << 0)

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_fence_event_arg
 *
 * @fence_rep: Pointer to fence_rep structure cast to __u64 or 0 if
 * the fence is not supposed to be referenced by user-space.
 * @user_info: Info to be delivered with the event.
 * @handle: Attach the event to this fence only.
 * @flags: A set of flags as defined above.
 */
struct drm_vmw_fence_event_arg {
	__u64 fence_rep;
	__u64 user_data;
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 flags;
};


/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_PRESENT
 *
 * Executes an SVGA present on a given fb for a given surface. The surface
 * is placed on the framebuffer. Cliprects are given relative to the given
 * point (the point disignated by dest_{x|y}).
 *
 */

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_present_arg
 * @fb_id: framebuffer id to present / read back from.
 * @sid: Surface id to present from.
 * @dest_x: X placement coordinate for surface.
 * @dest_y: Y placement coordinate for surface.
 * @clips_ptr: Pointer to an array of clip rects cast to an __u64.
 * @num_clips: Number of cliprects given relative to the framebuffer origin,
 * in the same coordinate space as the frame buffer.
 * @pad64: Unused 64-bit padding.
 *
 * Input argument to the DRM_VMW_PRESENT ioctl.
 */

struct drm_vmw_present_arg {
	__u32 fb_id;
	__u32 sid;
	__s32 dest_x;
	__s32 dest_y;
	__u64 clips_ptr;
	__u32 num_clips;
	__u32 pad64;
};


/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_PRESENT_READBACK
 *
 * Executes an SVGA present readback from a given fb to the dma buffer
 * currently bound as the fb. If there is no dma buffer bound to the fb,
 * an error will be returned.
 *
 */

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_present_arg
 * @fb_id: fb_id to present / read back from.
 * @num_clips: Number of cliprects.
 * @clips_ptr: Pointer to an array of clip rects cast to an __u64.
 * @fence_rep: Pointer to a struct drm_vmw_fence_rep, cast to an __u64.
 * If this member is NULL, then the ioctl should not return a fence.
 */

struct drm_vmw_present_readback_arg {
	 __u32 fb_id;
	 __u32 num_clips;
	 __u64 clips_ptr;
	 __u64 fence_rep;
};

/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_UPDATE_LAYOUT - Update layout
 *
 * Updates the preferred modes and connection status for connectors. The
 * command consists of one drm_vmw_update_layout_arg pointing to an array
 * of num_outputs drm_vmw_rect's.
 */

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_update_layout_arg
 *
 * @num_outputs: number of active connectors
 * @rects: pointer to array of drm_vmw_rect cast to an __u64
 *
 * Input argument to the DRM_VMW_UPDATE_LAYOUT Ioctl.
 */
struct drm_vmw_update_layout_arg {
	__u32 num_outputs;
	__u32 pad64;
	__u64 rects;
};


/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_CREATE_SHADER - Create shader
 *
 * Creates a shader and optionally binds it to a dma buffer containing
 * the shader byte-code.
 */

/**
 * enum drm_vmw_shader_type - Shader types
 */
enum drm_vmw_shader_type {
	drm_vmw_shader_type_vs = 0,
	drm_vmw_shader_type_ps,
};


/**
 * struct drm_vmw_shader_create_arg
 *
 * @shader_type: Shader type of the shader to create.
 * @size: Size of the byte-code in bytes.
 * where the shader byte-code starts
 * @buffer_handle: Buffer handle identifying the buffer containing the
 * shader byte-code
 * @shader_handle: On successful completion contains a handle that
 * can be used to subsequently identify the shader.
 * @offset: Offset in bytes into the buffer given by @buffer_handle,
 *
 * Input / Output argument to the DRM_VMW_CREATE_SHADER Ioctl.
 */
struct drm_vmw_shader_create_arg {
	enum drm_vmw_shader_type shader_type;
	__u32 size;
	__u32 buffer_handle;
	__u32 shader_handle;
	__u64 offset;
};

/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_UNREF_SHADER - Unreferences a shader
 *
 * Destroys a user-space reference to a shader, optionally destroying
 * it.
 */

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_shader_arg
 *
 * @handle: Handle identifying the shader to destroy.
 *
 * Input argument to the DRM_VMW_UNREF_SHADER ioctl.
 */
struct drm_vmw_shader_arg {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pad64;
};

/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_CREATE - Create a host guest-backed surface.
 *
 * Allocates a surface handle and queues a create surface command
 * for the host on the first use of the surface. The surface ID can
 * be used as the surface ID in commands referencing the surface.
 */

/**
 * enum drm_vmw_surface_flags
 *
 * @drm_vmw_surface_flag_shareable:     Whether the surface is shareable
 * @drm_vmw_surface_flag_scanout:       Whether the surface is a scanout
 *                                      surface.
 * @drm_vmw_surface_flag_create_buffer: Create a backup buffer if none is
 *                                      given.
 * @drm_vmw_surface_flag_coherent:      Back surface with coherent memory.
 */
enum drm_vmw_surface_flags {
	drm_vmw_surface_flag_shareable = (1 << 0),
	drm_vmw_surface_flag_scanout = (1 << 1),
	drm_vmw_surface_flag_create_buffer = (1 << 2),
	drm_vmw_surface_flag_coherent = (1 << 3),
};

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_create_req
 *
 * @svga3d_flags:     SVGA3d surface flags for the device.
 * @format:           SVGA3d format.
 * @mip_level:        Number of mip levels for all faces.
 * @drm_surface_flags Flags as described above.
 * @multisample_count Future use. Set to 0.
 * @autogen_filter    Future use. Set to 0.
 * @buffer_handle     Buffer handle of backup buffer. SVGA3D_INVALID_ID
 *                    if none.
 * @base_size         Size of the base mip level for all faces.
 * @array_size        Must be zero for non-DX hardware, and if non-zero
 *                    svga3d_flags must have proper bind flags setup.
 *
 * Input argument to the  DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_CREATE Ioctl.
 * Part of output argument for the DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_REF Ioctl.
 */
struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_create_req {
	__u32 svga3d_flags;
	__u32 format;
	__u32 mip_levels;
	enum drm_vmw_surface_flags drm_surface_flags;
	__u32 multisample_count;
	__u32 autogen_filter;
	__u32 buffer_handle;
	__u32 array_size;
	struct drm_vmw_size base_size;
};

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_create_rep
 *
 * @handle:            Surface handle.
 * @backup_size:       Size of backup buffers for this surface.
 * @buffer_handle:     Handle of backup buffer. SVGA3D_INVALID_ID if none.
 * @buffer_size:       Actual size of the buffer identified by
 *                     @buffer_handle
 * @buffer_map_handle: Offset into device address space for the buffer
 *                     identified by @buffer_handle.
 *
 * Part of output argument for the DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_REF ioctl.
 * Output argument for the DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_CREATE ioctl.
 */
struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_create_rep {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 backup_size;
	__u32 buffer_handle;
	__u32 buffer_size;
	__u64 buffer_map_handle;
};

/**
 * union drm_vmw_gb_surface_create_arg
 *
 * @req: Input argument as described above.
 * @rep: Output argument as described above.
 *
 * Argument to the DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_CREATE ioctl.
 */
union drm_vmw_gb_surface_create_arg {
	struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_create_rep rep;
	struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_create_req req;
};

/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_REF - Reference a host surface.
 *
 * Puts a reference on a host surface with a given handle, as previously
 * returned by the DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_CREATE ioctl.
 * A reference will make sure the surface isn't destroyed while we hold
 * it and will allow the calling client to use the surface handle in
 * the command stream.
 *
 * On successful return, the Ioctl returns the surface information given
 * to and returned from the DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_CREATE ioctl.
 */

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_reference_arg
 *
 * @creq: The data used as input when the surface was created, as described
 *        above at "struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_create_req"
 * @crep: Additional data output when the surface was created, as described
 *        above at "struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_create_rep"
 *
 * Output Argument to the DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_REF ioctl.
 */
struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_ref_rep {
	struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_create_req creq;
	struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_create_rep crep;
};

/**
 * union drm_vmw_gb_surface_reference_arg
 *
 * @req: Input data as described above at "struct drm_vmw_surface_arg"
 * @rep: Output data as described above at "struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_ref_rep"
 *
 * Argument to the DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_REF Ioctl.
 */
union drm_vmw_gb_surface_reference_arg {
	struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_ref_rep rep;
	struct drm_vmw_surface_arg req;
};


/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_SYNCCPU - Sync a DMA buffer / MOB for CPU access.
 *
 * Idles any previously submitted GPU operations on the buffer and
 * by default blocks command submissions that reference the buffer.
 * If the file descriptor used to grab a blocking CPU sync is closed, the
 * cpu sync is released.
 * The flags argument indicates how the grab / release operation should be
 * performed:
 */

/**
 * enum drm_vmw_synccpu_flags - Synccpu flags:
 *
 * @drm_vmw_synccpu_read: Sync for read. If sync is done for read only, it's a
 * hint to the kernel to allow command submissions that references the buffer
 * for read-only.
 * @drm_vmw_synccpu_write: Sync for write. Block all command submissions
 * referencing this buffer.
 * @drm_vmw_synccpu_dontblock: Dont wait for GPU idle, but rather return
 * -EBUSY should the buffer be busy.
 * @drm_vmw_synccpu_allow_cs: Allow command submission that touches the buffer
 * while the buffer is synced for CPU. This is similar to the GEM bo idle
 * behavior.
 */
enum drm_vmw_synccpu_flags {
	drm_vmw_synccpu_read = (1 << 0),
	drm_vmw_synccpu_write = (1 << 1),
	drm_vmw_synccpu_dontblock = (1 << 2),
	drm_vmw_synccpu_allow_cs = (1 << 3)
};

/**
 * enum drm_vmw_synccpu_op - Synccpu operations:
 *
 * @drm_vmw_synccpu_grab:    Grab the buffer for CPU operations
 * @drm_vmw_synccpu_release: Release a previous grab.
 */
enum drm_vmw_synccpu_op {
	drm_vmw_synccpu_grab,
	drm_vmw_synccpu_release
};

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_synccpu_arg
 *
 * @op:			     The synccpu operation as described above.
 * @handle:		     Handle identifying the buffer object.
 * @flags:		     Flags as described above.
 */
struct drm_vmw_synccpu_arg {
	enum drm_vmw_synccpu_op op;
	enum drm_vmw_synccpu_flags flags;
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pad64;
};

/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_CREATE_EXTENDED_CONTEXT - Create a host context.
 *
 * Allocates a device unique context id, and queues a create context command
 * for the host. Does not wait for host completion.
 */
enum drm_vmw_extended_context {
	drm_vmw_context_legacy,
	drm_vmw_context_dx
};

/**
 * union drm_vmw_extended_context_arg
 *
 * @req: Context type.
 * @rep: Context identifier.
 *
 * Argument to the DRM_VMW_CREATE_EXTENDED_CONTEXT Ioctl.
 */
union drm_vmw_extended_context_arg {
	enum drm_vmw_extended_context req;
	struct drm_vmw_context_arg rep;
};

/*************************************************************************/
/*
 * DRM_VMW_HANDLE_CLOSE - Close a user-space handle and release its
 * underlying resource.
 *
 * Note that this ioctl is overlaid on the deprecated DRM_VMW_UNREF_DMABUF
 * Ioctl.
 */

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_handle_close_arg
 *
 * @handle: Handle to close.
 *
 * Argument to the DRM_VMW_HANDLE_CLOSE Ioctl.
 */
struct drm_vmw_handle_close_arg {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pad64;
};
#define drm_vmw_unref_dmabuf_arg drm_vmw_handle_close_arg

/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_CREATE_EXT - Create a host guest-backed surface.
 *
 * Allocates a surface handle and queues a create surface command
 * for the host on the first use of the surface. The surface ID can
 * be used as the surface ID in commands referencing the surface.
 *
 * This new command extends DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_CREATE by adding version
 * parameter and 64 bit svga flag.
 */

/**
 * enum drm_vmw_surface_version
 *
 * @drm_vmw_surface_gb_v1: Corresponds to current gb surface format with
 * svga3d surface flags split into 2, upper half and lower half.
 */
enum drm_vmw_surface_version {
	drm_vmw_gb_surface_v1,
};

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_create_ext_req
 *
 * @base: Surface create parameters.
 * @version: Version of surface create ioctl.
 * @svga3d_flags_upper_32_bits: Upper 32 bits of svga3d flags.
 * @multisample_pattern: Multisampling pattern when msaa is supported.
 * @quality_level: Precision settings for each sample.
 * @buffer_byte_stride: Buffer byte stride.
 * @must_be_zero: Reserved for future usage.
 *
 * Input argument to the  DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_CREATE_EXT Ioctl.
 * Part of output argument for the DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_REF_EXT Ioctl.
 */
struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_create_ext_req {
	struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_create_req base;
	enum drm_vmw_surface_version version;
	__u32 svga3d_flags_upper_32_bits;
	__u32 multisample_pattern;
	__u32 quality_level;
	__u32 buffer_byte_stride;
	__u32 must_be_zero;
};

/**
 * union drm_vmw_gb_surface_create_ext_arg
 *
 * @req: Input argument as described above.
 * @rep: Output argument as described above.
 *
 * Argument to the DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_CREATE_EXT ioctl.
 */
union drm_vmw_gb_surface_create_ext_arg {
	struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_create_rep rep;
	struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_create_ext_req req;
};

/*************************************************************************/
/**
 * DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_REF_EXT - Reference a host surface.
 *
 * Puts a reference on a host surface with a given handle, as previously
 * returned by the DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_CREATE_EXT ioctl.
 * A reference will make sure the surface isn't destroyed while we hold
 * it and will allow the calling client to use the surface handle in
 * the command stream.
 *
 * On successful return, the Ioctl returns the surface information given
 * to and returned from the DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_CREATE_EXT ioctl.
 */

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_ref_ext_rep
 *
 * @creq: The data used as input when the surface was created, as described
 *        above at "struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_create_ext_req"
 * @crep: Additional data output when the surface was created, as described
 *        above at "struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_create_rep"
 *
 * Output Argument to the DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_REF_EXT ioctl.
 */
struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_ref_ext_rep {
	struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_create_ext_req creq;
	struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_create_rep crep;
};

/**
 * union drm_vmw_gb_surface_reference_ext_arg
 *
 * @req: Input data as described above at "struct drm_vmw_surface_arg"
 * @rep: Output data as described above at
 *       "struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_ref_ext_rep"
 *
 * Argument to the DRM_VMW_GB_SURFACE_REF Ioctl.
 */
union drm_vmw_gb_surface_reference_ext_arg {
	struct drm_vmw_gb_surface_ref_ext_rep rep;
	struct drm_vmw_surface_arg req;
};

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_msg_arg
 *
 * @send: Pointer to user-space msg string (null terminated).
 * @receive: Pointer to user-space receive buffer.
 * @send_only: Boolean whether this is only sending or receiving too.
 *
 * Argument to the DRM_VMW_MSG ioctl.
 */
struct drm_vmw_msg_arg {
	__u64 send;
	__u64 receive;
	__s32 send_only;
	__u32 receive_len;
};

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_mksstat_add_arg
 *
 * @stat: Pointer to user-space stat-counters array, page-aligned.
 * @info: Pointer to user-space counter-infos array, page-aligned.
 * @strs: Pointer to user-space stat strings, page-aligned.
 * @stat_len: Length in bytes of stat-counters array.
 * @info_len: Length in bytes of counter-infos array.
 * @strs_len: Length in bytes of the stat strings, terminators included.
 * @description: Pointer to instance descriptor string; will be truncated
 *               to MKS_GUEST_STAT_INSTANCE_DESC_LENGTH chars.
 * @id: Output identifier of the produced record; -1 if error.
 *
 * Argument to the DRM_VMW_MKSSTAT_ADD ioctl.
 */
struct drm_vmw_mksstat_add_arg {
	__u64 stat;
	__u64 info;
	__u64 strs;
	__u64 stat_len;
	__u64 info_len;
	__u64 strs_len;
	__u64 description;
	__u64 id;
};

/**
 * struct drm_vmw_mksstat_remove_arg
 *
 * @id: Identifier of the record being disposed, originally obtained through
 *      DRM_VMW_MKSSTAT_ADD ioctl.
 *
 * Argument to the DRM_VMW_MKSSTAT_REMOVE ioctl.
 */
struct drm_vmw_mksstat_remove_arg {
	__u64 id;
};

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif
/*
 * Copyright 2013 Red Hat
 * All Rights Reserved.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
 * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
 * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
 * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
 * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
 * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
 * Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
 * THE AUTHORS AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
 * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
 * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
 * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 */
#ifndef QXL_DRM_H
#define QXL_DRM_H

#include "drm.h"

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Please note that modifications to all structs defined here are
 * subject to backwards-compatibility constraints.
 *
 * Do not use pointers, use __u64 instead for 32 bit / 64 bit user/kernel
 * compatibility Keep fields aligned to their size
 */

#define QXL_GEM_DOMAIN_CPU 0
#define QXL_GEM_DOMAIN_VRAM 1
#define QXL_GEM_DOMAIN_SURFACE 2

#define DRM_QXL_ALLOC       0x00
#define DRM_QXL_MAP         0x01
#define DRM_QXL_EXECBUFFER  0x02
#define DRM_QXL_UPDATE_AREA 0x03
#define DRM_QXL_GETPARAM    0x04
#define DRM_QXL_CLIENTCAP   0x05

#define DRM_QXL_ALLOC_SURF  0x06

struct drm_qxl_alloc {
	__u32 size;
	__u32 handle; /* 0 is an invalid handle */
};

struct drm_qxl_map {
	__u64 offset; /* use for mmap system call */
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pad;
};

/*
 * dest is the bo we are writing the relocation into
 * src is bo we are relocating.
 * *(dest_handle.base_addr + dest_offset) = physical_address(src_handle.addr +
 * src_offset)
 */
#define QXL_RELOC_TYPE_BO 1
#define QXL_RELOC_TYPE_SURF 2

struct drm_qxl_reloc {
	__u64 src_offset; /* offset into src_handle or src buffer */
	__u64 dst_offset; /* offset in dest handle */
	__u32 src_handle; /* dest handle to compute address from */
	__u32 dst_handle; /* 0 if to command buffer */
	__u32 reloc_type;
	__u32 pad;
};

struct drm_qxl_command {
	__u64		command; /* void* */
	__u64		relocs; /* struct drm_qxl_reloc* */
	__u32		type;
	__u32		command_size;
	__u32		relocs_num;
	__u32                pad;
};

struct drm_qxl_execbuffer {
	__u32		flags;		/* for future use */
	__u32		commands_num;
	__u64		commands;	/* struct drm_qxl_command* */
};

struct drm_qxl_update_area {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 top;
	__u32 left;
	__u32 bottom;
	__u32 right;
	__u32 pad;
};

#define QXL_PARAM_NUM_SURFACES 1 /* rom->n_surfaces */
#define QXL_PARAM_MAX_RELOCS 2
struct drm_qxl_getparam {
	__u64 param;
	__u64 value;
};

/* these are one bit values */
struct drm_qxl_clientcap {
	__u32 index;
	__u32 pad;
};

struct drm_qxl_alloc_surf {
	__u32 format;
	__u32 width;
	__u32 height;
	__s32 stride;
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pad;
};

#define DRM_IOCTL_QXL_ALLOC \
	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_QXL_ALLOC, struct drm_qxl_alloc)

#define DRM_IOCTL_QXL_MAP \
	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_QXL_MAP, struct drm_qxl_map)

#define DRM_IOCTL_QXL_EXECBUFFER \
	DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_QXL_EXECBUFFER,\
		struct drm_qxl_execbuffer)

#define DRM_IOCTL_QXL_UPDATE_AREA \
	DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_QXL_UPDATE_AREA,\
		struct drm_qxl_update_area)

#define DRM_IOCTL_QXL_GETPARAM \
	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_QXL_GETPARAM,\
		struct drm_qxl_getparam)

#define DRM_IOCTL_QXL_CLIENTCAP \
	DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_QXL_CLIENTCAP,\
		struct drm_qxl_clientcap)

#define DRM_IOCTL_QXL_ALLOC_SURF \
	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_QXL_ALLOC_SURF,\
		struct drm_qxl_alloc_surf)

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif
/*
 * Copyright © 2014-2018 Broadcom
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
 * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
 * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
 * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
 * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
 * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
 * Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
 * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
 * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
 * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
 * IN THE SOFTWARE.
 */

#ifndef _V3D_DRM_H_
#define _V3D_DRM_H_

#include "drm.h"

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

#define DRM_V3D_SUBMIT_CL                         0x00
#define DRM_V3D_WAIT_BO                           0x01
#define DRM_V3D_CREATE_BO                         0x02
#define DRM_V3D_MMAP_BO                           0x03
#define DRM_V3D_GET_PARAM                         0x04
#define DRM_V3D_GET_BO_OFFSET                     0x05
#define DRM_V3D_SUBMIT_TFU                        0x06
#define DRM_V3D_SUBMIT_CSD                        0x07
#define DRM_V3D_PERFMON_CREATE                    0x08
#define DRM_V3D_PERFMON_DESTROY                   0x09
#define DRM_V3D_PERFMON_GET_VALUES                0x0a

#define DRM_IOCTL_V3D_SUBMIT_CL           DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_V3D_SUBMIT_CL, struct drm_v3d_submit_cl)
#define DRM_IOCTL_V3D_WAIT_BO             DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_V3D_WAIT_BO, struct drm_v3d_wait_bo)
#define DRM_IOCTL_V3D_CREATE_BO           DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_V3D_CREATE_BO, struct drm_v3d_create_bo)
#define DRM_IOCTL_V3D_MMAP_BO             DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_V3D_MMAP_BO, struct drm_v3d_mmap_bo)
#define DRM_IOCTL_V3D_GET_PARAM           DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_V3D_GET_PARAM, struct drm_v3d_get_param)
#define DRM_IOCTL_V3D_GET_BO_OFFSET       DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_V3D_GET_BO_OFFSET, struct drm_v3d_get_bo_offset)
#define DRM_IOCTL_V3D_SUBMIT_TFU          DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_V3D_SUBMIT_TFU, struct drm_v3d_submit_tfu)
#define DRM_IOCTL_V3D_SUBMIT_CSD          DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_V3D_SUBMIT_CSD, struct drm_v3d_submit_csd)
#define DRM_IOCTL_V3D_PERFMON_CREATE      DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_V3D_PERFMON_CREATE, \
						   struct drm_v3d_perfmon_create)
#define DRM_IOCTL_V3D_PERFMON_DESTROY     DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_V3D_PERFMON_DESTROY, \
						   struct drm_v3d_perfmon_destroy)
#define DRM_IOCTL_V3D_PERFMON_GET_VALUES  DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_V3D_PERFMON_GET_VALUES, \
						   struct drm_v3d_perfmon_get_values)

#define DRM_V3D_SUBMIT_CL_FLUSH_CACHE             0x01
#define DRM_V3D_SUBMIT_EXTENSION		  0x02

/* struct drm_v3d_extension - ioctl extensions
 *
 * Linked-list of generic extensions where the id identify which struct is
 * pointed by ext_data. Therefore, DRM_V3D_EXT_ID_* is used on id to identify
 * the extension type.
 */
struct drm_v3d_extension {
	__u64 next;
	__u32 id;
#define DRM_V3D_EXT_ID_MULTI_SYNC		0x01
	__u32 flags; /* mbz */
};

/* struct drm_v3d_sem - wait/signal semaphore
 *
 * If binary semaphore, it only takes syncobj handle and ignores flags and
 * point fields. Point is defined for timeline syncobj feature.
 */
struct drm_v3d_sem {
	__u32 handle; /* syncobj */
	/* rsv below, for future uses */
	__u32 flags;
	__u64 point;  /* for timeline sem support */
	__u64 mbz[2]; /* must be zero, rsv */
};

/* Enum for each of the V3D queues. */
enum v3d_queue {
	V3D_BIN,
	V3D_RENDER,
	V3D_TFU,
	V3D_CSD,
	V3D_CACHE_CLEAN,
};

/**
 * struct drm_v3d_multi_sync - ioctl extension to add support multiples
 * syncobjs for commands submission.
 *
 * When an extension of DRM_V3D_EXT_ID_MULTI_SYNC id is defined, it points to
 * this extension to define wait and signal dependencies, instead of single
 * in/out sync entries on submitting commands. The field flags is used to
 * determine the stage to set wait dependencies.
 */
struct drm_v3d_multi_sync {
	struct drm_v3d_extension base;
	/* Array of wait and signal semaphores */
	__u64 in_syncs;
	__u64 out_syncs;

	/* Number of entries */
	__u32 in_sync_count;
	__u32 out_sync_count;

	/* set the stage (v3d_queue) to sync */
	__u32 wait_stage;

	__u32 pad; /* mbz */
};

/**
 * struct drm_v3d_submit_cl - ioctl argument for submitting commands to the 3D
 * engine.
 *
 * This asks the kernel to have the GPU execute an optional binner
 * command list, and a render command list.
 *
 * The L1T, slice, L2C, L2T, and GCA caches will be flushed before
 * each CL executes.  The VCD cache should be flushed (if necessary)
 * by the submitted CLs.  The TLB writes are guaranteed to have been
 * flushed by the time the render done IRQ happens, which is the
 * trigger for out_sync.  Any dirtying of cachelines by the job (only
 * possible using TMU writes) must be flushed by the caller using the
 * DRM_V3D_SUBMIT_CL_FLUSH_CACHE_FLAG flag.
 */
struct drm_v3d_submit_cl {
	/* Pointer to the binner command list.
	 *
	 * This is the first set of commands executed, which runs the
	 * coordinate shader to determine where primitives land on the screen,
	 * then writes out the state updates and draw calls necessary per tile
	 * to the tile allocation BO.
	 *
	 * This BCL will block on any previous BCL submitted on the
	 * same FD, but not on any RCL or BCLs submitted by other
	 * clients -- that is left up to the submitter to control
	 * using in_sync_bcl if necessary.
	 */
	__u32 bcl_start;

	/** End address of the BCL (first byte after the BCL) */
	__u32 bcl_end;

	/* Offset of the render command list.
	 *
	 * This is the second set of commands executed, which will either
	 * execute the tiles that have been set up by the BCL, or a fixed set
	 * of tiles (in the case of RCL-only blits).
	 *
	 * This RCL will block on this submit's BCL, and any previous
	 * RCL submitted on the same FD, but not on any RCL or BCLs
	 * submitted by other clients -- that is left up to the
	 * submitter to control using in_sync_rcl if necessary.
	 */
	__u32 rcl_start;

	/** End address of the RCL (first byte after the RCL) */
	__u32 rcl_end;

	/** An optional sync object to wait on before starting the BCL. */
	__u32 in_sync_bcl;
	/** An optional sync object to wait on before starting the RCL. */
	__u32 in_sync_rcl;
	/** An optional sync object to place the completion fence in. */
	__u32 out_sync;

	/* Offset of the tile alloc memory
	 *
	 * This is optional on V3D 3.3 (where the CL can set the value) but
	 * required on V3D 4.1.
	 */
	__u32 qma;

	/** Size of the tile alloc memory. */
	__u32 qms;

	/** Offset of the tile state data array. */
	__u32 qts;

	/* Pointer to a u32 array of the BOs that are referenced by the job.
	 */
	__u64 bo_handles;

	/* Number of BO handles passed in (size is that times 4). */
	__u32 bo_handle_count;

	/* DRM_V3D_SUBMIT_* properties */
	__u32 flags;

	/* ID of the perfmon to attach to this job. 0 means no perfmon. */
	__u32 perfmon_id;

	__u32 pad;

	/* Pointer to an array of ioctl extensions*/
	__u64 extensions;
};

/**
 * struct drm_v3d_wait_bo - ioctl argument for waiting for
 * completion of the last DRM_V3D_SUBMIT_CL on a BO.
 *
 * This is useful for cases where multiple processes might be
 * rendering to a BO and you want to wait for all rendering to be
 * completed.
 */
struct drm_v3d_wait_bo {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pad;
	__u64 timeout_ns;
};

/**
 * struct drm_v3d_create_bo - ioctl argument for creating V3D BOs.
 *
 * There are currently no values for the flags argument, but it may be
 * used in a future extension.
 */
struct drm_v3d_create_bo {
	__u32 size;
	__u32 flags;
	/** Returned GEM handle for the BO. */
	__u32 handle;
	/**
	 * Returned offset for the BO in the V3D address space.  This offset
	 * is private to the DRM fd and is valid for the lifetime of the GEM
	 * handle.
	 *
	 * This offset value will always be nonzero, since various HW
	 * units treat 0 specially.
	 */
	__u32 offset;
};

/**
 * struct drm_v3d_mmap_bo - ioctl argument for mapping V3D BOs.
 *
 * This doesn't actually perform an mmap.  Instead, it returns the
 * offset you need to use in an mmap on the DRM device node.  This
 * means that tools like valgrind end up knowing about the mapped
 * memory.
 *
 * There are currently no values for the flags argument, but it may be
 * used in a future extension.
 */
struct drm_v3d_mmap_bo {
	/** Handle for the object being mapped. */
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 flags;
	/** offset into the drm node to use for subsequent mmap call. */
	__u64 offset;
};

enum drm_v3d_param {
	DRM_V3D_PARAM_V3D_UIFCFG,
	DRM_V3D_PARAM_V3D_HUB_IDENT1,
	DRM_V3D_PARAM_V3D_HUB_IDENT2,
	DRM_V3D_PARAM_V3D_HUB_IDENT3,
	DRM_V3D_PARAM_V3D_CORE0_IDENT0,
	DRM_V3D_PARAM_V3D_CORE0_IDENT1,
	DRM_V3D_PARAM_V3D_CORE0_IDENT2,
	DRM_V3D_PARAM_SUPPORTS_TFU,
	DRM_V3D_PARAM_SUPPORTS_CSD,
	DRM_V3D_PARAM_SUPPORTS_CACHE_FLUSH,
	DRM_V3D_PARAM_SUPPORTS_PERFMON,
	DRM_V3D_PARAM_SUPPORTS_MULTISYNC_EXT,
};

struct drm_v3d_get_param {
	__u32 param;
	__u32 pad;
	__u64 value;
};

/**
 * Returns the offset for the BO in the V3D address space for this DRM fd.
 * This is the same value returned by drm_v3d_create_bo, if that was called
 * from this DRM fd.
 */
struct drm_v3d_get_bo_offset {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 offset;
};

struct drm_v3d_submit_tfu {
	__u32 icfg;
	__u32 iia;
	__u32 iis;
	__u32 ica;
	__u32 iua;
	__u32 ioa;
	__u32 ios;
	__u32 coef[4];
	/* First handle is the output BO, following are other inputs.
	 * 0 for unused.
	 */
	__u32 bo_handles[4];
	/* sync object to block on before running the TFU job.  Each TFU
	 * job will execute in the order submitted to its FD.  Synchronization
	 * against rendering jobs requires using sync objects.
	 */
	__u32 in_sync;
	/* Sync object to signal when the TFU job is done. */
	__u32 out_sync;

	__u32 flags;

	/* Pointer to an array of ioctl extensions*/
	__u64 extensions;
};

/* Submits a compute shader for dispatch.  This job will block on any
 * previous compute shaders submitted on this fd, and any other
 * synchronization must be performed with in_sync/out_sync.
 */
struct drm_v3d_submit_csd {
	__u32 cfg[7];
	__u32 coef[4];

	/* Pointer to a u32 array of the BOs that are referenced by the job.
	 */
	__u64 bo_handles;

	/* Number of BO handles passed in (size is that times 4). */
	__u32 bo_handle_count;

	/* sync object to block on before running the CSD job.  Each
	 * CSD job will execute in the order submitted to its FD.
	 * Synchronization against rendering/TFU jobs or CSD from
	 * other fds requires using sync objects.
	 */
	__u32 in_sync;
	/* Sync object to signal when the CSD job is done. */
	__u32 out_sync;

	/* ID of the perfmon to attach to this job. 0 means no perfmon. */
	__u32 perfmon_id;

	/* Pointer to an array of ioctl extensions*/
	__u64 extensions;

	__u32 flags;

	__u32 pad;
};

enum {
	V3D_PERFCNT_FEP_VALID_PRIMTS_NO_PIXELS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_FEP_VALID_PRIMS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_FEP_EZ_NFCLIP_QUADS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_FEP_VALID_QUADS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_TLB_QUADS_STENCIL_FAIL,
	V3D_PERFCNT_TLB_QUADS_STENCILZ_FAIL,
	V3D_PERFCNT_TLB_QUADS_STENCILZ_PASS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_TLB_QUADS_ZERO_COV,
	V3D_PERFCNT_TLB_QUADS_NONZERO_COV,
	V3D_PERFCNT_TLB_QUADS_WRITTEN,
	V3D_PERFCNT_PTB_PRIM_VIEWPOINT_DISCARD,
	V3D_PERFCNT_PTB_PRIM_CLIP,
	V3D_PERFCNT_PTB_PRIM_REV,
	V3D_PERFCNT_QPU_IDLE_CYCLES,
	V3D_PERFCNT_QPU_ACTIVE_CYCLES_VERTEX_COORD_USER,
	V3D_PERFCNT_QPU_ACTIVE_CYCLES_FRAG,
	V3D_PERFCNT_QPU_CYCLES_VALID_INSTR,
	V3D_PERFCNT_QPU_CYCLES_TMU_STALL,
	V3D_PERFCNT_QPU_CYCLES_SCOREBOARD_STALL,
	V3D_PERFCNT_QPU_CYCLES_VARYINGS_STALL,
	V3D_PERFCNT_QPU_IC_HIT,
	V3D_PERFCNT_QPU_IC_MISS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_QPU_UC_HIT,
	V3D_PERFCNT_QPU_UC_MISS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_TMU_TCACHE_ACCESS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_TMU_TCACHE_MISS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_VPM_VDW_STALL,
	V3D_PERFCNT_VPM_VCD_STALL,
	V3D_PERFCNT_BIN_ACTIVE,
	V3D_PERFCNT_RDR_ACTIVE,
	V3D_PERFCNT_L2T_HITS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_L2T_MISSES,
	V3D_PERFCNT_CYCLE_COUNT,
	V3D_PERFCNT_QPU_CYCLES_STALLED_VERTEX_COORD_USER,
	V3D_PERFCNT_QPU_CYCLES_STALLED_FRAGMENT,
	V3D_PERFCNT_PTB_PRIMS_BINNED,
	V3D_PERFCNT_AXI_WRITES_WATCH_0,
	V3D_PERFCNT_AXI_READS_WATCH_0,
	V3D_PERFCNT_AXI_WRITE_STALLS_WATCH_0,
	V3D_PERFCNT_AXI_READ_STALLS_WATCH_0,
	V3D_PERFCNT_AXI_WRITE_BYTES_WATCH_0,
	V3D_PERFCNT_AXI_READ_BYTES_WATCH_0,
	V3D_PERFCNT_AXI_WRITES_WATCH_1,
	V3D_PERFCNT_AXI_READS_WATCH_1,
	V3D_PERFCNT_AXI_WRITE_STALLS_WATCH_1,
	V3D_PERFCNT_AXI_READ_STALLS_WATCH_1,
	V3D_PERFCNT_AXI_WRITE_BYTES_WATCH_1,
	V3D_PERFCNT_AXI_READ_BYTES_WATCH_1,
	V3D_PERFCNT_TLB_PARTIAL_QUADS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_TMU_CONFIG_ACCESSES,
	V3D_PERFCNT_L2T_NO_ID_STALL,
	V3D_PERFCNT_L2T_COM_QUE_STALL,
	V3D_PERFCNT_L2T_TMU_WRITES,
	V3D_PERFCNT_TMU_ACTIVE_CYCLES,
	V3D_PERFCNT_TMU_STALLED_CYCLES,
	V3D_PERFCNT_CLE_ACTIVE,
	V3D_PERFCNT_L2T_TMU_READS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_L2T_CLE_READS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_L2T_VCD_READS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_L2T_TMUCFG_READS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_L2T_SLC0_READS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_L2T_SLC1_READS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_L2T_SLC2_READS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_L2T_TMU_W_MISSES,
	V3D_PERFCNT_L2T_TMU_R_MISSES,
	V3D_PERFCNT_L2T_CLE_MISSES,
	V3D_PERFCNT_L2T_VCD_MISSES,
	V3D_PERFCNT_L2T_TMUCFG_MISSES,
	V3D_PERFCNT_L2T_SLC0_MISSES,
	V3D_PERFCNT_L2T_SLC1_MISSES,
	V3D_PERFCNT_L2T_SLC2_MISSES,
	V3D_PERFCNT_CORE_MEM_WRITES,
	V3D_PERFCNT_L2T_MEM_WRITES,
	V3D_PERFCNT_PTB_MEM_WRITES,
	V3D_PERFCNT_TLB_MEM_WRITES,
	V3D_PERFCNT_CORE_MEM_READS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_L2T_MEM_READS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_PTB_MEM_READS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_PSE_MEM_READS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_TLB_MEM_READS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_GMP_MEM_READS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_PTB_W_MEM_WORDS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_TLB_W_MEM_WORDS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_PSE_R_MEM_WORDS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_TLB_R_MEM_WORDS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_TMU_MRU_HITS,
	V3D_PERFCNT_COMPUTE_ACTIVE,
	V3D_PERFCNT_NUM,
};

#define DRM_V3D_MAX_PERF_COUNTERS                 32

struct drm_v3d_perfmon_create {
	__u32 id;
	__u32 ncounters;
	__u8 counters[DRM_V3D_MAX_PERF_COUNTERS];
};

struct drm_v3d_perfmon_destroy {
	__u32 id;
};

/*
 * Returns the values of the performance counters tracked by this
 * perfmon (as an array of ncounters u64 values).
 *
 * No implicit synchronization is performed, so the user has to
 * guarantee that any jobs using this perfmon have already been
 * completed  (probably by blocking on the seqno returned by the
 * last exec that used the perfmon).
 */
struct drm_v3d_perfmon_get_values {
	__u32 id;
	__u32 pad;
	__u64 values_ptr;
};

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif /* _V3D_DRM_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note
 *
 * Copyright 2016-2022 HabanaLabs, Ltd.
 * All Rights Reserved.
 *
 */

#ifndef HABANALABS_H_
#define HABANALABS_H_

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

/*
 * Defines that are asic-specific but constitutes as ABI between kernel driver
 * and userspace
 */
#define GOYA_KMD_SRAM_RESERVED_SIZE_FROM_START		0x8000	/* 32KB */
#define GAUDI_DRIVER_SRAM_RESERVED_SIZE_FROM_START	0x80	/* 128 bytes */

/*
 * 128 SOBs reserved for collective wait
 * 16 SOBs reserved for sync stream
 */
#define GAUDI_FIRST_AVAILABLE_W_S_SYNC_OBJECT		144

/*
 * 64 monitors reserved for collective wait
 * 8 monitors reserved for sync stream
 */
#define GAUDI_FIRST_AVAILABLE_W_S_MONITOR		72

/* Max number of elements in timestamps registration buffers */
#define	TS_MAX_ELEMENTS_NUM				(1 << 20) /* 1MB */

/*
 * Goya queue Numbering
 *
 * The external queues (PCI DMA channels) MUST be before the internal queues
 * and each group (PCI DMA channels and internal) must be contiguous inside
 * itself but there can be a gap between the two groups (although not
 * recommended)
 */

enum goya_queue_id {
	GOYA_QUEUE_ID_DMA_0 = 0,
	GOYA_QUEUE_ID_DMA_1 = 1,
	GOYA_QUEUE_ID_DMA_2 = 2,
	GOYA_QUEUE_ID_DMA_3 = 3,
	GOYA_QUEUE_ID_DMA_4 = 4,
	GOYA_QUEUE_ID_CPU_PQ = 5,
	GOYA_QUEUE_ID_MME = 6,	/* Internal queues start here */
	GOYA_QUEUE_ID_TPC0 = 7,
	GOYA_QUEUE_ID_TPC1 = 8,
	GOYA_QUEUE_ID_TPC2 = 9,
	GOYA_QUEUE_ID_TPC3 = 10,
	GOYA_QUEUE_ID_TPC4 = 11,
	GOYA_QUEUE_ID_TPC5 = 12,
	GOYA_QUEUE_ID_TPC6 = 13,
	GOYA_QUEUE_ID_TPC7 = 14,
	GOYA_QUEUE_ID_SIZE
};

/*
 * Gaudi queue Numbering
 * External queues (PCI DMA channels) are DMA_0_*, DMA_1_* and DMA_5_*.
 * Except one CPU queue, all the rest are internal queues.
 */

enum gaudi_queue_id {
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_0_0 = 0,	/* external */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_0_1 = 1,	/* external */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_0_2 = 2,	/* external */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_0_3 = 3,	/* external */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_1_0 = 4,	/* external */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_1_1 = 5,	/* external */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_1_2 = 6,	/* external */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_1_3 = 7,	/* external */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_CPU_PQ = 8,	/* CPU */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_2_0 = 9,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_2_1 = 10,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_2_2 = 11,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_2_3 = 12,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_3_0 = 13,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_3_1 = 14,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_3_2 = 15,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_3_3 = 16,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_4_0 = 17,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_4_1 = 18,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_4_2 = 19,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_4_3 = 20,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_5_0 = 21,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_5_1 = 22,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_5_2 = 23,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_5_3 = 24,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_6_0 = 25,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_6_1 = 26,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_6_2 = 27,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_6_3 = 28,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_7_0 = 29,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_7_1 = 30,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_7_2 = 31,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_DMA_7_3 = 32,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_MME_0_0 = 33,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_MME_0_1 = 34,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_MME_0_2 = 35,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_MME_0_3 = 36,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_MME_1_0 = 37,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_MME_1_1 = 38,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_MME_1_2 = 39,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_MME_1_3 = 40,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_0_0 = 41,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_0_1 = 42,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_0_2 = 43,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_0_3 = 44,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_1_0 = 45,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_1_1 = 46,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_1_2 = 47,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_1_3 = 48,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_2_0 = 49,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_2_1 = 50,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_2_2 = 51,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_2_3 = 52,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_3_0 = 53,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_3_1 = 54,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_3_2 = 55,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_3_3 = 56,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_4_0 = 57,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_4_1 = 58,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_4_2 = 59,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_4_3 = 60,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_5_0 = 61,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_5_1 = 62,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_5_2 = 63,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_5_3 = 64,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_6_0 = 65,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_6_1 = 66,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_6_2 = 67,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_6_3 = 68,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_7_0 = 69,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_7_1 = 70,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_7_2 = 71,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_TPC_7_3 = 72,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_0_0 = 73,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_0_1 = 74,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_0_2 = 75,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_0_3 = 76,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_1_0 = 77,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_1_1 = 78,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_1_2 = 79,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_1_3 = 80,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_2_0 = 81,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_2_1 = 82,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_2_2 = 83,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_2_3 = 84,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_3_0 = 85,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_3_1 = 86,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_3_2 = 87,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_3_3 = 88,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_4_0 = 89,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_4_1 = 90,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_4_2 = 91,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_4_3 = 92,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_5_0 = 93,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_5_1 = 94,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_5_2 = 95,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_5_3 = 96,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_6_0 = 97,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_6_1 = 98,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_6_2 = 99,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_6_3 = 100,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_7_0 = 101,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_7_1 = 102,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_7_2 = 103,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_7_3 = 104,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_8_0 = 105,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_8_1 = 106,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_8_2 = 107,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_8_3 = 108,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_9_0 = 109,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_9_1 = 110,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_9_2 = 111,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_NIC_9_3 = 112,	/* internal */
	GAUDI_QUEUE_ID_SIZE
};

/*
 * In GAUDI2 we have two modes of operation in regard to queues:
 * 1. Legacy mode, where each QMAN exposes 4 streams to the user
 * 2. F/W mode, where we use F/W to schedule the JOBS to the different queues.
 *
 * When in legacy mode, the user sends the queue id per JOB according to
 * enum gaudi2_queue_id below.
 *
 * When in F/W mode, the user sends a stream id per Command Submission. The
 * stream id is a running number from 0 up to (N-1), where N is the number
 * of streams the F/W exposes and is passed to the user in
 * struct hl_info_hw_ip_info
 */

enum gaudi2_queue_id {
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_PDMA_0_0 = 0,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_PDMA_0_1 = 1,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_PDMA_0_2 = 2,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_PDMA_0_3 = 3,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_PDMA_1_0 = 4,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_PDMA_1_1 = 5,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_PDMA_1_2 = 6,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_PDMA_1_3 = 7,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_EDMA_0_0 = 8,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_EDMA_0_1 = 9,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_EDMA_0_2 = 10,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_EDMA_0_3 = 11,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_EDMA_1_0 = 12,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_EDMA_1_1 = 13,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_EDMA_1_2 = 14,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_EDMA_1_3 = 15,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_MME_0_0 = 16,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_MME_0_1 = 17,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_MME_0_2 = 18,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_MME_0_3 = 19,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_0_0 = 20,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_0_1 = 21,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_0_2 = 22,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_0_3 = 23,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_1_0 = 24,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_1_1 = 25,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_1_2 = 26,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_1_3 = 27,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_2_0 = 28,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_2_1 = 29,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_2_2 = 30,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_2_3 = 31,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_3_0 = 32,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_3_1 = 33,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_3_2 = 34,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_3_3 = 35,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_4_0 = 36,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_4_1 = 37,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_4_2 = 38,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_4_3 = 39,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_5_0 = 40,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_5_1 = 41,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_5_2 = 42,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_5_3 = 43,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_6_0 = 44,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_6_1 = 45,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_6_2 = 46,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE0_TPC_6_3 = 47,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_EDMA_0_0 = 48,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_EDMA_0_1 = 49,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_EDMA_0_2 = 50,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_EDMA_0_3 = 51,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_EDMA_1_0 = 52,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_EDMA_1_1 = 53,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_EDMA_1_2 = 54,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_EDMA_1_3 = 55,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_MME_0_0 = 56,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_MME_0_1 = 57,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_MME_0_2 = 58,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_MME_0_3 = 59,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_TPC_0_0 = 60,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_TPC_0_1 = 61,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_TPC_0_2 = 62,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_TPC_0_3 = 63,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_TPC_1_0 = 64,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_TPC_1_1 = 65,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_TPC_1_2 = 66,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_TPC_1_3 = 67,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_TPC_2_0 = 68,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_TPC_2_1 = 69,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_TPC_2_2 = 70,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_TPC_2_3 = 71,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_TPC_3_0 = 72,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_TPC_3_1 = 73,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_TPC_3_2 = 74,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_TPC_3_3 = 75,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_TPC_4_0 = 76,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_TPC_4_1 = 77,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_TPC_4_2 = 78,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_TPC_4_3 = 79,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_TPC_5_0 = 80,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_TPC_5_1 = 81,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_TPC_5_2 = 82,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE1_TPC_5_3 = 83,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_EDMA_0_0 = 84,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_EDMA_0_1 = 85,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_EDMA_0_2 = 86,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_EDMA_0_3 = 87,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_EDMA_1_0 = 88,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_EDMA_1_1 = 89,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_EDMA_1_2 = 90,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_EDMA_1_3 = 91,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_MME_0_0 = 92,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_MME_0_1 = 93,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_MME_0_2 = 94,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_MME_0_3 = 95,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_TPC_0_0 = 96,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_TPC_0_1 = 97,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_TPC_0_2 = 98,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_TPC_0_3 = 99,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_TPC_1_0 = 100,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_TPC_1_1 = 101,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_TPC_1_2 = 102,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_TPC_1_3 = 103,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_TPC_2_0 = 104,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_TPC_2_1 = 105,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_TPC_2_2 = 106,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_TPC_2_3 = 107,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_TPC_3_0 = 108,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_TPC_3_1 = 109,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_TPC_3_2 = 110,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_TPC_3_3 = 111,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_TPC_4_0 = 112,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_TPC_4_1 = 113,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_TPC_4_2 = 114,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_TPC_4_3 = 115,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_TPC_5_0 = 116,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_TPC_5_1 = 117,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_TPC_5_2 = 118,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE2_TPC_5_3 = 119,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_EDMA_0_0 = 120,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_EDMA_0_1 = 121,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_EDMA_0_2 = 122,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_EDMA_0_3 = 123,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_EDMA_1_0 = 124,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_EDMA_1_1 = 125,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_EDMA_1_2 = 126,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_EDMA_1_3 = 127,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_MME_0_0 = 128,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_MME_0_1 = 129,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_MME_0_2 = 130,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_MME_0_3 = 131,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_TPC_0_0 = 132,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_TPC_0_1 = 133,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_TPC_0_2 = 134,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_TPC_0_3 = 135,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_TPC_1_0 = 136,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_TPC_1_1 = 137,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_TPC_1_2 = 138,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_TPC_1_3 = 139,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_TPC_2_0 = 140,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_TPC_2_1 = 141,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_TPC_2_2 = 142,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_TPC_2_3 = 143,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_TPC_3_0 = 144,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_TPC_3_1 = 145,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_TPC_3_2 = 146,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_TPC_3_3 = 147,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_TPC_4_0 = 148,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_TPC_4_1 = 149,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_TPC_4_2 = 150,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_TPC_4_3 = 151,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_TPC_5_0 = 152,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_TPC_5_1 = 153,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_TPC_5_2 = 154,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_DCORE3_TPC_5_3 = 155,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_0_0 = 156,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_0_1 = 157,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_0_2 = 158,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_0_3 = 159,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_1_0 = 160,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_1_1 = 161,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_1_2 = 162,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_1_3 = 163,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_2_0 = 164,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_2_1 = 165,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_2_2 = 166,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_2_3 = 167,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_3_0 = 168,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_3_1 = 169,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_3_2 = 170,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_3_3 = 171,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_4_0 = 172,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_4_1 = 173,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_4_2 = 174,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_4_3 = 175,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_5_0 = 176,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_5_1 = 177,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_5_2 = 178,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_5_3 = 179,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_6_0 = 180,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_6_1 = 181,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_6_2 = 182,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_6_3 = 183,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_7_0 = 184,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_7_1 = 185,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_7_2 = 186,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_7_3 = 187,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_8_0 = 188,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_8_1 = 189,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_8_2 = 190,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_8_3 = 191,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_9_0 = 192,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_9_1 = 193,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_9_2 = 194,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_9_3 = 195,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_10_0 = 196,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_10_1 = 197,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_10_2 = 198,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_10_3 = 199,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_11_0 = 200,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_11_1 = 201,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_11_2 = 202,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_11_3 = 203,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_12_0 = 204,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_12_1 = 205,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_12_2 = 206,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_12_3 = 207,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_13_0 = 208,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_13_1 = 209,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_13_2 = 210,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_13_3 = 211,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_14_0 = 212,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_14_1 = 213,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_14_2 = 214,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_14_3 = 215,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_15_0 = 216,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_15_1 = 217,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_15_2 = 218,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_15_3 = 219,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_16_0 = 220,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_16_1 = 221,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_16_2 = 222,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_16_3 = 223,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_17_0 = 224,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_17_1 = 225,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_17_2 = 226,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_17_3 = 227,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_18_0 = 228,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_18_1 = 229,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_18_2 = 230,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_18_3 = 231,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_19_0 = 232,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_19_1 = 233,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_19_2 = 234,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_19_3 = 235,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_20_0 = 236,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_20_1 = 237,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_20_2 = 238,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_20_3 = 239,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_21_0 = 240,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_21_1 = 241,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_21_2 = 242,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_21_3 = 243,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_22_0 = 244,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_22_1 = 245,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_22_2 = 246,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_22_3 = 247,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_23_0 = 248,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_23_1 = 249,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_23_2 = 250,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_NIC_23_3 = 251,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_ROT_0_0 = 252,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_ROT_0_1 = 253,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_ROT_0_2 = 254,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_ROT_0_3 = 255,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_ROT_1_0 = 256,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_ROT_1_1 = 257,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_ROT_1_2 = 258,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_ROT_1_3 = 259,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_CPU_PQ = 260,
	GAUDI2_QUEUE_ID_SIZE
};

/*
 * Engine Numbering
 *
 * Used in the "busy_engines_mask" field in `struct hl_info_hw_idle'
 */

enum goya_engine_id {
	GOYA_ENGINE_ID_DMA_0 = 0,
	GOYA_ENGINE_ID_DMA_1,
	GOYA_ENGINE_ID_DMA_2,
	GOYA_ENGINE_ID_DMA_3,
	GOYA_ENGINE_ID_DMA_4,
	GOYA_ENGINE_ID_MME_0,
	GOYA_ENGINE_ID_TPC_0,
	GOYA_ENGINE_ID_TPC_1,
	GOYA_ENGINE_ID_TPC_2,
	GOYA_ENGINE_ID_TPC_3,
	GOYA_ENGINE_ID_TPC_4,
	GOYA_ENGINE_ID_TPC_5,
	GOYA_ENGINE_ID_TPC_6,
	GOYA_ENGINE_ID_TPC_7,
	GOYA_ENGINE_ID_SIZE
};

enum gaudi_engine_id {
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_DMA_0 = 0,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_DMA_1,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_DMA_2,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_DMA_3,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_DMA_4,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_DMA_5,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_DMA_6,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_DMA_7,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_MME_0,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_MME_1,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_MME_2,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_MME_3,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_TPC_0,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_TPC_1,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_TPC_2,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_TPC_3,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_TPC_4,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_TPC_5,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_TPC_6,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_TPC_7,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_NIC_0,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_NIC_1,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_NIC_2,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_NIC_3,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_NIC_4,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_NIC_5,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_NIC_6,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_NIC_7,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_NIC_8,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_NIC_9,
	GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_SIZE
};

enum gaudi2_engine_id {
	GAUDI2_DCORE0_ENGINE_ID_EDMA_0 = 0,
	GAUDI2_DCORE0_ENGINE_ID_EDMA_1,
	GAUDI2_DCORE0_ENGINE_ID_MME,
	GAUDI2_DCORE0_ENGINE_ID_TPC_0,
	GAUDI2_DCORE0_ENGINE_ID_TPC_1,
	GAUDI2_DCORE0_ENGINE_ID_TPC_2,
	GAUDI2_DCORE0_ENGINE_ID_TPC_3,
	GAUDI2_DCORE0_ENGINE_ID_TPC_4,
	GAUDI2_DCORE0_ENGINE_ID_TPC_5,
	GAUDI2_DCORE0_ENGINE_ID_DEC_0,
	GAUDI2_DCORE0_ENGINE_ID_DEC_1,
	GAUDI2_DCORE1_ENGINE_ID_EDMA_0,
	GAUDI2_DCORE1_ENGINE_ID_EDMA_1,
	GAUDI2_DCORE1_ENGINE_ID_MME,
	GAUDI2_DCORE1_ENGINE_ID_TPC_0,
	GAUDI2_DCORE1_ENGINE_ID_TPC_1,
	GAUDI2_DCORE1_ENGINE_ID_TPC_2,
	GAUDI2_DCORE1_ENGINE_ID_TPC_3,
	GAUDI2_DCORE1_ENGINE_ID_TPC_4,
	GAUDI2_DCORE1_ENGINE_ID_TPC_5,
	GAUDI2_DCORE1_ENGINE_ID_DEC_0,
	GAUDI2_DCORE1_ENGINE_ID_DEC_1,
	GAUDI2_DCORE2_ENGINE_ID_EDMA_0,
	GAUDI2_DCORE2_ENGINE_ID_EDMA_1,
	GAUDI2_DCORE2_ENGINE_ID_MME,
	GAUDI2_DCORE2_ENGINE_ID_TPC_0,
	GAUDI2_DCORE2_ENGINE_ID_TPC_1,
	GAUDI2_DCORE2_ENGINE_ID_TPC_2,
	GAUDI2_DCORE2_ENGINE_ID_TPC_3,
	GAUDI2_DCORE2_ENGINE_ID_TPC_4,
	GAUDI2_DCORE2_ENGINE_ID_TPC_5,
	GAUDI2_DCORE2_ENGINE_ID_DEC_0,
	GAUDI2_DCORE2_ENGINE_ID_DEC_1,
	GAUDI2_DCORE3_ENGINE_ID_EDMA_0,
	GAUDI2_DCORE3_ENGINE_ID_EDMA_1,
	GAUDI2_DCORE3_ENGINE_ID_MME,
	GAUDI2_DCORE3_ENGINE_ID_TPC_0,
	GAUDI2_DCORE3_ENGINE_ID_TPC_1,
	GAUDI2_DCORE3_ENGINE_ID_TPC_2,
	GAUDI2_DCORE3_ENGINE_ID_TPC_3,
	GAUDI2_DCORE3_ENGINE_ID_TPC_4,
	GAUDI2_DCORE3_ENGINE_ID_TPC_5,
	GAUDI2_DCORE3_ENGINE_ID_DEC_0,
	GAUDI2_DCORE3_ENGINE_ID_DEC_1,
	GAUDI2_DCORE0_ENGINE_ID_TPC_6,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_PDMA_0,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_PDMA_1,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_ROT_0,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_ROT_1,
	GAUDI2_PCIE_ENGINE_ID_DEC_0,
	GAUDI2_PCIE_ENGINE_ID_DEC_1,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_NIC0_0,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_NIC0_1,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_NIC1_0,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_NIC1_1,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_NIC2_0,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_NIC2_1,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_NIC3_0,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_NIC3_1,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_NIC4_0,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_NIC4_1,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_NIC5_0,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_NIC5_1,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_NIC6_0,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_NIC6_1,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_NIC7_0,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_NIC7_1,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_NIC8_0,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_NIC8_1,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_NIC9_0,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_NIC9_1,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_NIC10_0,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_NIC10_1,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_NIC11_0,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_NIC11_1,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_PCIE,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_PSOC,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_ARC_FARM,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_KDMA,
	GAUDI2_ENGINE_ID_SIZE
};

/*
 * ASIC specific PLL index
 *
 * Used to retrieve in frequency info of different IPs via
 * HL_INFO_PLL_FREQUENCY under HL_IOCTL_INFO IOCTL. The enums need to be
 * used as an index in struct hl_pll_frequency_info
 */

enum hl_goya_pll_index {
	HL_GOYA_CPU_PLL = 0,
	HL_GOYA_IC_PLL,
	HL_GOYA_MC_PLL,
	HL_GOYA_MME_PLL,
	HL_GOYA_PCI_PLL,
	HL_GOYA_EMMC_PLL,
	HL_GOYA_TPC_PLL,
	HL_GOYA_PLL_MAX
};

enum hl_gaudi_pll_index {
	HL_GAUDI_CPU_PLL = 0,
	HL_GAUDI_PCI_PLL,
	HL_GAUDI_SRAM_PLL,
	HL_GAUDI_HBM_PLL,
	HL_GAUDI_NIC_PLL,
	HL_GAUDI_DMA_PLL,
	HL_GAUDI_MESH_PLL,
	HL_GAUDI_MME_PLL,
	HL_GAUDI_TPC_PLL,
	HL_GAUDI_IF_PLL,
	HL_GAUDI_PLL_MAX
};

enum hl_gaudi2_pll_index {
	HL_GAUDI2_CPU_PLL = 0,
	HL_GAUDI2_PCI_PLL,
	HL_GAUDI2_SRAM_PLL,
	HL_GAUDI2_HBM_PLL,
	HL_GAUDI2_NIC_PLL,
	HL_GAUDI2_DMA_PLL,
	HL_GAUDI2_MESH_PLL,
	HL_GAUDI2_MME_PLL,
	HL_GAUDI2_TPC_PLL,
	HL_GAUDI2_IF_PLL,
	HL_GAUDI2_VID_PLL,
	HL_GAUDI2_MSS_PLL,
	HL_GAUDI2_PLL_MAX
};

/**
 * enum hl_goya_dma_direction - Direction of DMA operation inside a LIN_DMA packet that is
 *                              submitted to the GOYA's DMA QMAN. This attribute is not relevant
 *                              to the H/W but the kernel driver use it to parse the packet's
 *                              addresses and patch/validate them.
 * @HL_DMA_HOST_TO_DRAM: DMA operation from Host memory to GOYA's DDR.
 * @HL_DMA_HOST_TO_SRAM: DMA operation from Host memory to GOYA's SRAM.
 * @HL_DMA_DRAM_TO_SRAM: DMA operation from GOYA's DDR to GOYA's SRAM.
 * @HL_DMA_SRAM_TO_DRAM: DMA operation from GOYA's SRAM to GOYA's DDR.
 * @HL_DMA_SRAM_TO_HOST: DMA operation from GOYA's SRAM to Host memory.
 * @HL_DMA_DRAM_TO_HOST: DMA operation from GOYA's DDR to Host memory.
 * @HL_DMA_DRAM_TO_DRAM: DMA operation from GOYA's DDR to GOYA's DDR.
 * @HL_DMA_SRAM_TO_SRAM: DMA operation from GOYA's SRAM to GOYA's SRAM.
 * @HL_DMA_ENUM_MAX: number of values in enum
 */
enum hl_goya_dma_direction {
	HL_DMA_HOST_TO_DRAM,
	HL_DMA_HOST_TO_SRAM,
	HL_DMA_DRAM_TO_SRAM,
	HL_DMA_SRAM_TO_DRAM,
	HL_DMA_SRAM_TO_HOST,
	HL_DMA_DRAM_TO_HOST,
	HL_DMA_DRAM_TO_DRAM,
	HL_DMA_SRAM_TO_SRAM,
	HL_DMA_ENUM_MAX
};

/**
 * enum hl_device_status - Device status information.
 * @HL_DEVICE_STATUS_OPERATIONAL: Device is operational.
 * @HL_DEVICE_STATUS_IN_RESET: Device is currently during reset.
 * @HL_DEVICE_STATUS_MALFUNCTION: Device is unusable.
 * @HL_DEVICE_STATUS_NEEDS_RESET: Device needs reset because auto reset was disabled.
 * @HL_DEVICE_STATUS_IN_DEVICE_CREATION: Device is operational but its creation is still in
 *                                       progress.
 * @HL_DEVICE_STATUS_IN_RESET_AFTER_DEVICE_RELEASE: Device is currently during reset that was
 *                                                  triggered because the user released the device
 * @HL_DEVICE_STATUS_LAST: Last status.
 */
enum hl_device_status {
	HL_DEVICE_STATUS_OPERATIONAL,
	HL_DEVICE_STATUS_IN_RESET,
	HL_DEVICE_STATUS_MALFUNCTION,
	HL_DEVICE_STATUS_NEEDS_RESET,
	HL_DEVICE_STATUS_IN_DEVICE_CREATION,
	HL_DEVICE_STATUS_IN_RESET_AFTER_DEVICE_RELEASE,
	HL_DEVICE_STATUS_LAST = HL_DEVICE_STATUS_IN_RESET_AFTER_DEVICE_RELEASE
};

enum hl_server_type {
	HL_SERVER_TYPE_UNKNOWN = 0,
	HL_SERVER_GAUDI_HLS1 = 1,
	HL_SERVER_GAUDI_HLS1H = 2,
	HL_SERVER_GAUDI_TYPE1 = 3,
	HL_SERVER_GAUDI_TYPE2 = 4,
	HL_SERVER_GAUDI2_HLS2 = 5
};

/*
 * Notifier event values - for the notification mechanism and the HL_INFO_GET_EVENTS command
 *
 * HL_NOTIFIER_EVENT_TPC_ASSERT		- Indicates TPC assert event
 * HL_NOTIFIER_EVENT_UNDEFINED_OPCODE	- Indicates undefined operation code
 * HL_NOTIFIER_EVENT_DEVICE_RESET	- Indicates device requires a reset
 * HL_NOTIFIER_EVENT_CS_TIMEOUT		- Indicates CS timeout error
 * HL_NOTIFIER_EVENT_DEVICE_UNAVAILABLE	- Indicates device is unavailable
 * HL_NOTIFIER_EVENT_USER_ENGINE_ERR	- Indicates device engine in error state
 * HL_NOTIFIER_EVENT_GENERAL_HW_ERR     - Indicates device HW error
 * HL_NOTIFIER_EVENT_RAZWI              - Indicates razwi happened
 * HL_NOTIFIER_EVENT_PAGE_FAULT         - Indicates page fault happened
 */
#define HL_NOTIFIER_EVENT_TPC_ASSERT		(1ULL << 0)
#define HL_NOTIFIER_EVENT_UNDEFINED_OPCODE	(1ULL << 1)
#define HL_NOTIFIER_EVENT_DEVICE_RESET		(1ULL << 2)
#define HL_NOTIFIER_EVENT_CS_TIMEOUT		(1ULL << 3)
#define HL_NOTIFIER_EVENT_DEVICE_UNAVAILABLE	(1ULL << 4)
#define HL_NOTIFIER_EVENT_USER_ENGINE_ERR	(1ULL << 5)
#define HL_NOTIFIER_EVENT_GENERAL_HW_ERR	(1ULL << 6)
#define HL_NOTIFIER_EVENT_RAZWI			(1ULL << 7)
#define HL_NOTIFIER_EVENT_PAGE_FAULT		(1ULL << 8)

/* Opcode for management ioctl
 *
 * HW_IP_INFO            - Receive information about different IP blocks in the
 *                         device.
 * HL_INFO_HW_EVENTS     - Receive an array describing how many times each event
 *                         occurred since the last hard reset.
 * HL_INFO_DRAM_USAGE    - Retrieve the dram usage inside the device and of the
 *                         specific context. This is relevant only for devices
 *                         where the dram is managed by the kernel driver
 * HL_INFO_HW_IDLE       - Retrieve information about the idle status of each
 *                         internal engine.
 * HL_INFO_DEVICE_STATUS - Retrieve the device's status. This opcode doesn't
 *                         require an open context.
 * HL_INFO_DEVICE_UTILIZATION  - Retrieve the total utilization of the device
 *                               over the last period specified by the user.
 *                               The period can be between 100ms to 1s, in
 *                               resolution of 100ms. The return value is a
 *                               percentage of the utilization rate.
 * HL_INFO_HW_EVENTS_AGGREGATE - Receive an array describing how many times each
 *                               event occurred since the driver was loaded.
 * HL_INFO_CLK_RATE            - Retrieve the current and maximum clock rate
 *                               of the device in MHz. The maximum clock rate is
 *                               configurable via sysfs parameter
 * HL_INFO_RESET_COUNT   - Retrieve the counts of the soft and hard reset
 *                         operations performed on the device since the last
 *                         time the driver was loaded.
 * HL_INFO_TIME_SYNC     - Retrieve the device's time alongside the host's time
 *                         for synchronization.
 * HL_INFO_CS_COUNTERS   - Retrieve command submission counters
 * HL_INFO_PCI_COUNTERS  - Retrieve PCI counters
 * HL_INFO_CLK_THROTTLE_REASON - Retrieve clock throttling reason
 * HL_INFO_SYNC_MANAGER  - Retrieve sync manager info per dcore
 * HL_INFO_TOTAL_ENERGY  - Retrieve total energy consumption
 * HL_INFO_PLL_FREQUENCY - Retrieve PLL frequency
 * HL_INFO_POWER         - Retrieve power information
 * HL_INFO_OPEN_STATS    - Retrieve info regarding recent device open calls
 * HL_INFO_DRAM_REPLACED_ROWS - Retrieve DRAM replaced rows info
 * HL_INFO_DRAM_PENDING_ROWS - Retrieve DRAM pending rows num
 * HL_INFO_LAST_ERR_OPEN_DEV_TIME - Retrieve timestamp of the last time the device was opened
 *                                  and CS timeout or razwi error occurred.
 * HL_INFO_CS_TIMEOUT_EVENT - Retrieve CS timeout timestamp and its related CS sequence number.
 * HL_INFO_RAZWI_EVENT - Retrieve parameters of razwi:
 *                            Timestamp of razwi.
 *                            The address which accessing it caused the razwi.
 *                            Razwi initiator.
 *                            Razwi cause, was it a page fault or MMU access error.
 * HL_INFO_DEV_MEM_ALLOC_PAGE_SIZES - Retrieve valid page sizes for device memory allocation
 * HL_INFO_SECURED_ATTESTATION - Retrieve attestation report of the boot.
 * HL_INFO_REGISTER_EVENTFD   - Register eventfd for event notifications.
 * HL_INFO_UNREGISTER_EVENTFD - Unregister eventfd
 * HL_INFO_GET_EVENTS         - Retrieve the last occurred events
 * HL_INFO_UNDEFINED_OPCODE_EVENT - Retrieve last undefined opcode error information.
 * HL_INFO_ENGINE_STATUS - Retrieve the status of all the h/w engines in the asic.
 * HL_INFO_PAGE_FAULT_EVENT - Retrieve parameters of captured page fault.
 * HL_INFO_USER_MAPPINGS - Retrieve user mappings, captured after page fault event.
 * HL_INFO_FW_GENERIC_REQ - Send generic request to FW.
 */
#define HL_INFO_HW_IP_INFO			0
#define HL_INFO_HW_EVENTS			1
#define HL_INFO_DRAM_USAGE			2
#define HL_INFO_HW_IDLE				3
#define HL_INFO_DEVICE_STATUS			4
#define HL_INFO_DEVICE_UTILIZATION		6
#define HL_INFO_HW_EVENTS_AGGREGATE		7
#define HL_INFO_CLK_RATE			8
#define HL_INFO_RESET_COUNT			9
#define HL_INFO_TIME_SYNC			10
#define HL_INFO_CS_COUNTERS			11
#define HL_INFO_PCI_COUNTERS			12
#define HL_INFO_CLK_THROTTLE_REASON		13
#define HL_INFO_SYNC_MANAGER			14
#define HL_INFO_TOTAL_ENERGY			15
#define HL_INFO_PLL_FREQUENCY			16
#define HL_INFO_POWER				17
#define HL_INFO_OPEN_STATS			18
#define HL_INFO_DRAM_REPLACED_ROWS		21
#define HL_INFO_DRAM_PENDING_ROWS		22
#define HL_INFO_LAST_ERR_OPEN_DEV_TIME		23
#define HL_INFO_CS_TIMEOUT_EVENT		24
#define HL_INFO_RAZWI_EVENT			25
#define HL_INFO_DEV_MEM_ALLOC_PAGE_SIZES	26
#define HL_INFO_SECURED_ATTESTATION		27
#define HL_INFO_REGISTER_EVENTFD		28
#define HL_INFO_UNREGISTER_EVENTFD		29
#define HL_INFO_GET_EVENTS			30
#define HL_INFO_UNDEFINED_OPCODE_EVENT		31
#define HL_INFO_ENGINE_STATUS			32
#define HL_INFO_PAGE_FAULT_EVENT		33
#define HL_INFO_USER_MAPPINGS			34
#define HL_INFO_FW_GENERIC_REQ			35

#define HL_INFO_VERSION_MAX_LEN			128
#define HL_INFO_CARD_NAME_MAX_LEN		16

/* Maximum buffer size for retrieving engines status */
#define HL_ENGINES_DATA_MAX_SIZE	SZ_1M

/**
 * struct hl_info_hw_ip_info - hardware information on various IPs in the ASIC
 * @sram_base_address: The first SRAM physical base address that is free to be
 *                     used by the user.
 * @dram_base_address: The first DRAM virtual or physical base address that is
 *                     free to be used by the user.
 * @dram_size: The DRAM size that is available to the user.
 * @sram_size: The SRAM size that is available to the user.
 * @num_of_events: The number of events that can be received from the f/w. This
 *                 is needed so the user can what is the size of the h/w events
 *                 array he needs to pass to the kernel when he wants to fetch
 *                 the event counters.
 * @device_id: PCI device ID of the ASIC.
 * @module_id: Module ID of the ASIC for mezzanine cards in servers
 *             (From OCP spec).
 * @decoder_enabled_mask: Bit-mask that represents which decoders are enabled.
 * @first_available_interrupt_id: The first available interrupt ID for the user
 *                                to be used when it works with user interrupts.
 *                                Relevant for Gaudi2 and later.
 * @server_type: Server type that the Gaudi ASIC is currently installed in.
 *               The value is according to enum hl_server_type
 * @cpld_version: CPLD version on the board.
 * @psoc_pci_pll_nr: PCI PLL NR value. Needed by the profiler in some ASICs.
 * @psoc_pci_pll_nf: PCI PLL NF value. Needed by the profiler in some ASICs.
 * @psoc_pci_pll_od: PCI PLL OD value. Needed by the profiler in some ASICs.
 * @psoc_pci_pll_div_factor: PCI PLL DIV factor value. Needed by the profiler
 *                           in some ASICs.
 * @tpc_enabled_mask: Bit-mask that represents which TPCs are enabled. Relevant
 *                    for Goya/Gaudi only.
 * @dram_enabled: Whether the DRAM is enabled.
 * @security_enabled: Whether security is enabled on device.
 * @mme_master_slave_mode: Indicate whether the MME is working in master/slave
 *                         configuration. Relevant for Greco and later.
 * @cpucp_version: The CPUCP f/w version.
 * @card_name: The card name as passed by the f/w.
 * @tpc_enabled_mask_ext: Bit-mask that represents which TPCs are enabled.
 *                        Relevant for Greco and later.
 * @dram_page_size: The DRAM physical page size.
 * @edma_enabled_mask: Bit-mask that represents which EDMAs are enabled.
 *                     Relevant for Gaudi2 and later.
 * @number_of_user_interrupts: The number of interrupts that are available to the userspace
 *                             application to use. Relevant for Gaudi2 and later.
 * @device_mem_alloc_default_page_size: default page size used in device memory allocation.
 * @revision_id: PCI revision ID of the ASIC.
 */
struct hl_info_hw_ip_info {
	__u64 sram_base_address;
	__u64 dram_base_address;
	__u64 dram_size;
	__u32 sram_size;
	__u32 num_of_events;
	__u32 device_id;
	__u32 module_id;
	__u32 decoder_enabled_mask;
	__u16 first_available_interrupt_id;
	__u16 server_type;
	__u32 cpld_version;
	__u32 psoc_pci_pll_nr;
	__u32 psoc_pci_pll_nf;
	__u32 psoc_pci_pll_od;
	__u32 psoc_pci_pll_div_factor;
	__u8 tpc_enabled_mask;
	__u8 dram_enabled;
	__u8 security_enabled;
	__u8 mme_master_slave_mode;
	__u8 cpucp_version[HL_INFO_VERSION_MAX_LEN];
	__u8 card_name[HL_INFO_CARD_NAME_MAX_LEN];
	__u64 tpc_enabled_mask_ext;
	__u64 dram_page_size;
	__u32 edma_enabled_mask;
	__u16 number_of_user_interrupts;
	__u16 pad2;
	__u64 reserved4;
	__u64 device_mem_alloc_default_page_size;
	__u64 reserved5;
	__u64 reserved6;
	__u32 reserved7;
	__u8 reserved8;
	__u8 revision_id;
	__u8 pad[2];
};

struct hl_info_dram_usage {
	__u64 dram_free_mem;
	__u64 ctx_dram_mem;
};

#define HL_BUSY_ENGINES_MASK_EXT_SIZE	4

struct hl_info_hw_idle {
	__u32 is_idle;
	/*
	 * Bitmask of busy engines.
	 * Bits definition is according to `enum <chip>_engine_id'.
	 */
	__u32 busy_engines_mask;

	/*
	 * Extended Bitmask of busy engines.
	 * Bits definition is according to `enum <chip>_engine_id'.
	 */
	__u64 busy_engines_mask_ext[HL_BUSY_ENGINES_MASK_EXT_SIZE];
};

struct hl_info_device_status {
	__u32 status;
	__u32 pad;
};

struct hl_info_device_utilization {
	__u32 utilization;
	__u32 pad;
};

struct hl_info_clk_rate {
	__u32 cur_clk_rate_mhz;
	__u32 max_clk_rate_mhz;
};

struct hl_info_reset_count {
	__u32 hard_reset_cnt;
	__u32 soft_reset_cnt;
};

struct hl_info_time_sync {
	__u64 device_time;
	__u64 host_time;
};

/**
 * struct hl_info_pci_counters - pci counters
 * @rx_throughput: PCI rx throughput KBps
 * @tx_throughput: PCI tx throughput KBps
 * @replay_cnt: PCI replay counter
 */
struct hl_info_pci_counters {
	__u64 rx_throughput;
	__u64 tx_throughput;
	__u64 replay_cnt;
};

enum hl_clk_throttling_type {
	HL_CLK_THROTTLE_TYPE_POWER,
	HL_CLK_THROTTLE_TYPE_THERMAL,
	HL_CLK_THROTTLE_TYPE_MAX
};

/* clk_throttling_reason masks */
#define HL_CLK_THROTTLE_POWER		(1 << HL_CLK_THROTTLE_TYPE_POWER)
#define HL_CLK_THROTTLE_THERMAL		(1 << HL_CLK_THROTTLE_TYPE_THERMAL)

/**
 * struct hl_info_clk_throttle - clock throttling reason
 * @clk_throttling_reason: each bit represents a clk throttling reason
 * @clk_throttling_timestamp_us: represents CPU timestamp in microseconds of the start-event
 * @clk_throttling_duration_ns: the clock throttle time in nanosec
 */
struct hl_info_clk_throttle {
	__u32 clk_throttling_reason;
	__u32 pad;
	__u64 clk_throttling_timestamp_us[HL_CLK_THROTTLE_TYPE_MAX];
	__u64 clk_throttling_duration_ns[HL_CLK_THROTTLE_TYPE_MAX];
};

/**
 * struct hl_info_energy - device energy information
 * @total_energy_consumption: total device energy consumption
 */
struct hl_info_energy {
	__u64 total_energy_consumption;
};

#define HL_PLL_NUM_OUTPUTS 4

struct hl_pll_frequency_info {
	__u16 output[HL_PLL_NUM_OUTPUTS];
};

/**
 * struct hl_open_stats_info - device open statistics information
 * @open_counter: ever growing counter, increased on each successful dev open
 * @last_open_period_ms: duration (ms) device was open last time
 * @is_compute_ctx_active: Whether there is an active compute context executing
 * @compute_ctx_in_release: true if the current compute context is being released
 */
struct hl_open_stats_info {
	__u64 open_counter;
	__u64 last_open_period_ms;
	__u8 is_compute_ctx_active;
	__u8 compute_ctx_in_release;
	__u8 pad[6];
};

/**
 * struct hl_power_info - power information
 * @power: power consumption
 */
struct hl_power_info {
	__u64 power;
};

/**
 * struct hl_info_sync_manager - sync manager information
 * @first_available_sync_object: first available sob
 * @first_available_monitor: first available monitor
 * @first_available_cq: first available cq
 */
struct hl_info_sync_manager {
	__u32 first_available_sync_object;
	__u32 first_available_monitor;
	__u32 first_available_cq;
	__u32 reserved;
};

/**
 * struct hl_info_cs_counters - command submission counters
 * @total_out_of_mem_drop_cnt: total dropped due to memory allocation issue
 * @ctx_out_of_mem_drop_cnt: context dropped due to memory allocation issue
 * @total_parsing_drop_cnt: total dropped due to error in packet parsing
 * @ctx_parsing_drop_cnt: context dropped due to error in packet parsing
 * @total_queue_full_drop_cnt: total dropped due to queue full
 * @ctx_queue_full_drop_cnt: context dropped due to queue full
 * @total_device_in_reset_drop_cnt: total dropped due to device in reset
 * @ctx_device_in_reset_drop_cnt: context dropped due to device in reset
 * @total_max_cs_in_flight_drop_cnt: total dropped due to maximum CS in-flight
 * @ctx_max_cs_in_flight_drop_cnt: context dropped due to maximum CS in-flight
 * @total_validation_drop_cnt: total dropped due to validation error
 * @ctx_validation_drop_cnt: context dropped due to validation error
 */
struct hl_info_cs_counters {
	__u64 total_out_of_mem_drop_cnt;
	__u64 ctx_out_of_mem_drop_cnt;
	__u64 total_parsing_drop_cnt;
	__u64 ctx_parsing_drop_cnt;
	__u64 total_queue_full_drop_cnt;
	__u64 ctx_queue_full_drop_cnt;
	__u64 total_device_in_reset_drop_cnt;
	__u64 ctx_device_in_reset_drop_cnt;
	__u64 total_max_cs_in_flight_drop_cnt;
	__u64 ctx_max_cs_in_flight_drop_cnt;
	__u64 total_validation_drop_cnt;
	__u64 ctx_validation_drop_cnt;
};

/**
 * struct hl_info_last_err_open_dev_time - last error boot information.
 * @timestamp: timestamp of last time the device was opened and error occurred.
 */
struct hl_info_last_err_open_dev_time {
	__s64 timestamp;
};

/**
 * struct hl_info_cs_timeout_event - last CS timeout information.
 * @timestamp: timestamp when last CS timeout event occurred.
 * @seq: sequence number of last CS timeout event.
 */
struct hl_info_cs_timeout_event {
	__s64 timestamp;
	__u64 seq;
};

#define HL_RAZWI_NA_ENG_ID U16_MAX
#define HL_RAZWI_MAX_NUM_OF_ENGINES_PER_RTR 128
#define HL_RAZWI_READ		BIT(0)
#define HL_RAZWI_WRITE		BIT(1)
#define HL_RAZWI_LBW		BIT(2)
#define HL_RAZWI_HBW		BIT(3)
#define HL_RAZWI_RR		BIT(4)
#define HL_RAZWI_ADDR_DEC	BIT(5)

/**
 * struct hl_info_razwi_event - razwi information.
 * @timestamp: timestamp of razwi.
 * @addr: address which accessing it caused razwi.
 * @engine_id: engine id of the razwi initiator, if it was initiated by engine that does not
 *             have engine id it will be set to HL_RAZWI_NA_ENG_ID. If there are several possible
 *             engines which caused the razwi, it will hold all of them.
 * @num_of_possible_engines: contains number of possible engine ids. In some asics, razwi indication
 *                           might be common for several engines and there is no way to get the
 *                           exact engine. In this way, engine_id array will be filled with all
 *                           possible engines caused this razwi. Also, there might be possibility
 *                           in gaudi, where we don't indication on specific engine, in that case
 *                           the value of this parameter will be zero.
 * @flags: bitmask for additional data: HL_RAZWI_READ - razwi caused by read operation
 *                                      HL_RAZWI_WRITE - razwi caused by write operation
 *                                      HL_RAZWI_LBW - razwi caused by lbw fabric transaction
 *                                      HL_RAZWI_HBW - razwi caused by hbw fabric transaction
 *                                      HL_RAZWI_RR - razwi caused by range register
 *                                      HL_RAZWI_ADDR_DEC - razwi caused by address decode error
 *         Note: this data is not supported by all asics, in that case the relevant bits will not
 *               be set.
 */
struct hl_info_razwi_event {
	__s64 timestamp;
	__u64 addr;
	__u16 engine_id[HL_RAZWI_MAX_NUM_OF_ENGINES_PER_RTR];
	__u16 num_of_possible_engines;
	__u8 flags;
	__u8 pad[5];
};

#define MAX_QMAN_STREAMS_INFO		4
#define OPCODE_INFO_MAX_ADDR_SIZE	8
/**
 * struct hl_info_undefined_opcode_event - info about last undefined opcode error
 * @timestamp: timestamp of the undefined opcode error
 * @cb_addr_streams: CB addresses (per stream) that are currently exists in the PQ
 *                   entries. In case all streams array entries are
 *                   filled with values, it means the execution was in Lower-CP.
 * @cq_addr: the address of the current handled command buffer
 * @cq_size: the size of the current handled command buffer
 * @cb_addr_streams_len: num of streams - actual len of cb_addr_streams array.
 *                       should be equal to 1 in case of undefined opcode
 *                       in Upper-CP (specific stream) and equal to 4 incase
 *                       of undefined opcode in Lower-CP.
 * @engine_id: engine-id that the error occurred on
 * @stream_id: the stream id the error occurred on. In case the stream equals to
 *             MAX_QMAN_STREAMS_INFO it means the error occurred on a Lower-CP.
 */
struct hl_info_undefined_opcode_event {
	__s64 timestamp;
	__u64 cb_addr_streams[MAX_QMAN_STREAMS_INFO][OPCODE_INFO_MAX_ADDR_SIZE];
	__u64 cq_addr;
	__u32 cq_size;
	__u32 cb_addr_streams_len;
	__u32 engine_id;
	__u32 stream_id;
};

/**
 * struct hl_info_dev_memalloc_page_sizes - valid page sizes in device mem alloc information.
 * @page_order_bitmask: bitmap in which a set bit represents the order of the supported page size
 *                      (e.g. 0x2100000 means that 1MB and 32MB pages are supported).
 */
struct hl_info_dev_memalloc_page_sizes {
	__u64 page_order_bitmask;
};

#define SEC_PCR_DATA_BUF_SZ	256
#define SEC_PCR_QUOTE_BUF_SZ	510	/* (512 - 2) 2 bytes used for size */
#define SEC_SIGNATURE_BUF_SZ	255	/* (256 - 1) 1 byte used for size */
#define SEC_PUB_DATA_BUF_SZ	510	/* (512 - 2) 2 bytes used for size */
#define SEC_CERTIFICATE_BUF_SZ	2046	/* (2048 - 2) 2 bytes used for size */

/*
 * struct hl_info_sec_attest - attestation report of the boot
 * @nonce: number only used once. random number provided by host. this also passed to the quote
 *         command as a qualifying data.
 * @pcr_quote_len: length of the attestation quote data (bytes)
 * @pub_data_len: length of the public data (bytes)
 * @certificate_len: length of the certificate (bytes)
 * @pcr_num_reg: number of PCR registers in the pcr_data array
 * @pcr_reg_len: length of each PCR register in the pcr_data array (bytes)
 * @quote_sig_len: length of the attestation report signature (bytes)
 * @pcr_data: raw values of the PCR registers
 * @pcr_quote: attestation report data structure
 * @quote_sig: signature structure of the attestation report
 * @public_data: public key for the signed attestation
 *		 (outPublic + name + qualifiedName)
 * @certificate: certificate for the attestation signing key
 */
struct hl_info_sec_attest {
	__u32 nonce;
	__u16 pcr_quote_len;
	__u16 pub_data_len;
	__u16 certificate_len;
	__u8 pcr_num_reg;
	__u8 pcr_reg_len;
	__u8 quote_sig_len;
	__u8 pcr_data[SEC_PCR_DATA_BUF_SZ];
	__u8 pcr_quote[SEC_PCR_QUOTE_BUF_SZ];
	__u8 quote_sig[SEC_SIGNATURE_BUF_SZ];
	__u8 public_data[SEC_PUB_DATA_BUF_SZ];
	__u8 certificate[SEC_CERTIFICATE_BUF_SZ];
	__u8 pad0[2];
};

/**
 * struct hl_page_fault_info - page fault information.
 * @timestamp: timestamp of page fault.
 * @addr: address which accessing it caused page fault.
 * @engine_id: engine id which caused the page fault, supported only in gaudi3.
 */
struct hl_page_fault_info {
	__s64 timestamp;
	__u64 addr;
	__u16 engine_id;
	__u8 pad[6];
};

/**
 * struct hl_user_mapping - user mapping information.
 * @dev_va: device virtual address.
 * @size: virtual address mapping size.
 */
struct hl_user_mapping {
	__u64 dev_va;
	__u64 size;
};

enum gaudi_dcores {
	HL_GAUDI_WS_DCORE,
	HL_GAUDI_WN_DCORE,
	HL_GAUDI_EN_DCORE,
	HL_GAUDI_ES_DCORE
};

/**
 * struct hl_info_args - Main structure to retrieve device related information.
 * @return_pointer: User space address of the relevant structure related to HL_INFO_* operation
 *                  mentioned in @op.
 * @return_size: Size of the structure used in @return_pointer, just like "size" in "snprintf", it
 *               limits how many bytes the kernel can write. For hw_events array, the size should be
 *               hl_info_hw_ip_info.num_of_events * sizeof(__u32).
 * @op: Defines which type of information to be retrieved. Refer HL_INFO_* for details.
 * @dcore_id: DCORE id for which the information is relevant (for Gaudi refer to enum gaudi_dcores).
 * @ctx_id: Context ID of the user. Currently not in use.
 * @period_ms: Period value, in milliseconds, for utilization rate in range 100ms - 1000ms in 100 ms
 *             resolution. Currently not in use.
 * @pll_index: Index as defined in hl_<asic type>_pll_index enumeration.
 * @eventfd: event file descriptor for event notifications.
 * @user_buffer_actual_size: Actual data size which was copied to user allocated buffer by the
 *                           driver. It is possible for the user to allocate buffer larger than
 *                           needed, hence updating this variable so user will know the exact amount
 *                           of bytes copied by the kernel to the buffer.
 * @sec_attest_nonce: Nonce number used for attestation report.
 * @array_size: Number of array members copied to user buffer.
 *              Relevant for HL_INFO_USER_MAPPINGS info ioctl.
 * @fw_sub_opcode: generic requests sub opcodes.
 * @pad: Padding to 64 bit.
 */
struct hl_info_args {
	__u64 return_pointer;
	__u32 return_size;
	__u32 op;

	union {
		__u32 dcore_id;
		__u32 ctx_id;
		__u32 period_ms;
		__u32 pll_index;
		__u32 eventfd;
		__u32 user_buffer_actual_size;
		__u32 sec_attest_nonce;
		__u32 array_size;
		__u32 fw_sub_opcode;
	};

	__u32 pad;
};

/* Opcode to create a new command buffer */
#define HL_CB_OP_CREATE		0
/* Opcode to destroy previously created command buffer */
#define HL_CB_OP_DESTROY	1
/* Opcode to retrieve information about a command buffer */
#define HL_CB_OP_INFO		2

/* 2MB minus 32 bytes for 2xMSG_PROT */
#define HL_MAX_CB_SIZE		(0x200000 - 32)

/* Indicates whether the command buffer should be mapped to the device's MMU */
#define HL_CB_FLAGS_MAP			0x1

/* Used with HL_CB_OP_INFO opcode to get the device va address for kernel mapped CB */
#define HL_CB_FLAGS_GET_DEVICE_VA	0x2

struct hl_cb_in {
	/* Handle of CB or 0 if we want to create one */
	__u64 cb_handle;
	/* HL_CB_OP_* */
	__u32 op;

	/* Size of CB. Maximum size is HL_MAX_CB_SIZE. The minimum size that
	 * will be allocated, regardless of this parameter's value, is PAGE_SIZE
	 */
	__u32 cb_size;

	/* Context ID - Currently not in use */
	__u32 ctx_id;
	/* HL_CB_FLAGS_* */
	__u32 flags;
};

struct hl_cb_out {
	union {
		/* Handle of CB */
		__u64 cb_handle;

		union {
			/* Information about CB */
			struct {
				/* Usage count of CB */
				__u32 usage_cnt;
				__u32 pad;
			};

			/* CB mapped address to device MMU */
			__u64 device_va;
		};
	};
};

union hl_cb_args {
	struct hl_cb_in in;
	struct hl_cb_out out;
};

/* HL_CS_CHUNK_FLAGS_ values
 *
 * HL_CS_CHUNK_FLAGS_USER_ALLOC_CB:
 *      Indicates if the CB was allocated and mapped by userspace
 *      (relevant to greco and above). User allocated CB is a command buffer,
 *      allocated by the user, via malloc (or similar). After allocating the
 *      CB, the user invokes - “memory ioctl” to map the user memory into a
 *      device virtual address. The user provides this address via the
 *      cb_handle field. The interface provides the ability to create a
 *      large CBs, Which aren’t limited to “HL_MAX_CB_SIZE”. Therefore, it
 *      increases the PCI-DMA queues throughput. This CB allocation method
 *      also reduces the use of Linux DMA-able memory pool. Which are limited
 *      and used by other Linux sub-systems.
 */
#define HL_CS_CHUNK_FLAGS_USER_ALLOC_CB 0x1

/*
 * This structure size must always be fixed to 64-bytes for backward
 * compatibility
 */
struct hl_cs_chunk {
	union {
		/* Goya/Gaudi:
		 * For external queue, this represents a Handle of CB on the
		 * Host.
		 * For internal queue in Goya, this represents an SRAM or
		 * a DRAM address of the internal CB. In Gaudi, this might also
		 * represent a mapped host address of the CB.
		 *
		 * Greco onwards:
		 * For H/W queue, this represents either a Handle of CB on the
		 * Host, or an SRAM, a DRAM, or a mapped host address of the CB.
		 *
		 * A mapped host address is in the device address space, after
		 * a host address was mapped by the device MMU.
		 */
		__u64 cb_handle;

		/* Relevant only when HL_CS_FLAGS_WAIT or
		 * HL_CS_FLAGS_COLLECTIVE_WAIT is set
		 * This holds address of array of u64 values that contain
		 * signal CS sequence numbers. The wait described by
		 * this job will listen on all those signals
		 * (wait event per signal)
		 */
		__u64 signal_seq_arr;

		/*
		 * Relevant only when HL_CS_FLAGS_WAIT or
		 * HL_CS_FLAGS_COLLECTIVE_WAIT is set
		 * along with HL_CS_FLAGS_ENCAP_SIGNALS.
		 * This is the CS sequence which has the encapsulated signals.
		 */
		__u64 encaps_signal_seq;
	};

	/* Index of queue to put the CB on */
	__u32 queue_index;

	union {
		/*
		 * Size of command buffer with valid packets
		 * Can be smaller then actual CB size
		 */
		__u32 cb_size;

		/* Relevant only when HL_CS_FLAGS_WAIT or
		 * HL_CS_FLAGS_COLLECTIVE_WAIT is set.
		 * Number of entries in signal_seq_arr
		 */
		__u32 num_signal_seq_arr;

		/* Relevant only when HL_CS_FLAGS_WAIT or
		 * HL_CS_FLAGS_COLLECTIVE_WAIT is set along
		 * with HL_CS_FLAGS_ENCAP_SIGNALS
		 * This set the signals range that the user want to wait for
		 * out of the whole reserved signals range.
		 * e.g if the signals range is 20, and user don't want
		 * to wait for signal 8, so he set this offset to 7, then
		 * he call the API again with 9 and so on till 20.
		 */
		__u32 encaps_signal_offset;
	};

	/* HL_CS_CHUNK_FLAGS_* */
	__u32 cs_chunk_flags;

	/* Relevant only when HL_CS_FLAGS_COLLECTIVE_WAIT is set.
	 * This holds the collective engine ID. The wait described by this job
	 * will sync with this engine and with all NICs before completion.
	 */
	__u32 collective_engine_id;

	/* Align structure to 64 bytes */
	__u32 pad[10];
};

/* SIGNAL/WAIT/COLLECTIVE_WAIT flags are mutually exclusive */
#define HL_CS_FLAGS_FORCE_RESTORE		0x1
#define HL_CS_FLAGS_SIGNAL			0x2
#define HL_CS_FLAGS_WAIT			0x4
#define HL_CS_FLAGS_COLLECTIVE_WAIT		0x8

#define HL_CS_FLAGS_TIMESTAMP			0x20
#define HL_CS_FLAGS_STAGED_SUBMISSION		0x40
#define HL_CS_FLAGS_STAGED_SUBMISSION_FIRST	0x80
#define HL_CS_FLAGS_STAGED_SUBMISSION_LAST	0x100
#define HL_CS_FLAGS_CUSTOM_TIMEOUT		0x200
#define HL_CS_FLAGS_SKIP_RESET_ON_TIMEOUT	0x400

/*
 * The encapsulated signals CS is merged into the existing CS ioctls.
 * In order to use this feature need to follow the below procedure:
 * 1. Reserve signals, set the CS type to HL_CS_FLAGS_RESERVE_SIGNALS_ONLY
 *    the output of this API will be the SOB offset from CFG_BASE.
 *    this address will be used to patch CB cmds to do the signaling for this
 *    SOB by incrementing it's value.
 *    for reverting the reservation use HL_CS_FLAGS_UNRESERVE_SIGNALS_ONLY
 *    CS type, note that this might fail if out-of-sync happened to the SOB
 *    value, in case other signaling request to the same SOB occurred between
 *    reserve-unreserve calls.
 * 2. Use the staged CS to do the encapsulated signaling jobs.
 *    use HL_CS_FLAGS_STAGED_SUBMISSION and HL_CS_FLAGS_STAGED_SUBMISSION_FIRST
 *    along with HL_CS_FLAGS_ENCAP_SIGNALS flag, and set encaps_signal_offset
 *    field. This offset allows app to wait on part of the reserved signals.
 * 3. Use WAIT/COLLECTIVE WAIT CS along with HL_CS_FLAGS_ENCAP_SIGNALS flag
 *    to wait for the encapsulated signals.
 */
#define HL_CS_FLAGS_ENCAP_SIGNALS		0x800
#define HL_CS_FLAGS_RESERVE_SIGNALS_ONLY	0x1000
#define HL_CS_FLAGS_UNRESERVE_SIGNALS_ONLY	0x2000

/*
 * The engine cores CS is merged into the existing CS ioctls.
 * Use it to control the engine cores mode.
 */
#define HL_CS_FLAGS_ENGINE_CORE_COMMAND		0x4000

/*
 * The flush HBW PCI writes is merged into the existing CS ioctls.
 * Used to flush all HBW PCI writes.
 * This is a blocking operation and for this reason the user shall not use
 * the return sequence number (which will be invalid anyway)
 */
#define HL_CS_FLAGS_FLUSH_PCI_HBW_WRITES	0x8000

#define HL_CS_STATUS_SUCCESS		0

#define HL_MAX_JOBS_PER_CS		512

/* HL_ENGINE_CORE_ values
 *
 * HL_ENGINE_CORE_HALT: engine core halt
 * HL_ENGINE_CORE_RUN:  engine core run
 */
#define HL_ENGINE_CORE_HALT	(1 << 0)
#define HL_ENGINE_CORE_RUN	(1 << 1)

struct hl_cs_in {

	union {
		struct {
			/* this holds address of array of hl_cs_chunk for restore phase */
			__u64 chunks_restore;

			/* holds address of array of hl_cs_chunk for execution phase */
			__u64 chunks_execute;
		};

		/* Valid only when HL_CS_FLAGS_ENGINE_CORE_COMMAND is set */
		struct {
			/* this holds address of array of uint32 for engine_cores */
			__u64 engine_cores;

			/* number of engine cores in engine_cores array */
			__u32 num_engine_cores;

			/* the core command to be sent towards engine cores */
			__u32 core_command;
		};
	};

	union {
		/*
		 * Sequence number of a staged submission CS
		 * valid only if HL_CS_FLAGS_STAGED_SUBMISSION is set and
		 * HL_CS_FLAGS_STAGED_SUBMISSION_FIRST is unset.
		 */
		__u64 seq;

		/*
		 * Encapsulated signals handle id
		 * Valid for two flows:
		 * 1. CS with encapsulated signals:
		 *    when HL_CS_FLAGS_STAGED_SUBMISSION and
		 *    HL_CS_FLAGS_STAGED_SUBMISSION_FIRST
		 *    and HL_CS_FLAGS_ENCAP_SIGNALS are set.
		 * 2. unreserve signals:
		 *    valid when HL_CS_FLAGS_UNRESERVE_SIGNALS_ONLY is set.
		 */
		__u32 encaps_sig_handle_id;

		/* Valid only when HL_CS_FLAGS_RESERVE_SIGNALS_ONLY is set */
		struct {
			/* Encapsulated signals number */
			__u32 encaps_signals_count;

			/* Encapsulated signals queue index (stream) */
			__u32 encaps_signals_q_idx;
		};
	};

	/* Number of chunks in restore phase array. Maximum number is
	 * HL_MAX_JOBS_PER_CS
	 */
	__u32 num_chunks_restore;

	/* Number of chunks in execution array. Maximum number is
	 * HL_MAX_JOBS_PER_CS
	 */
	__u32 num_chunks_execute;

	/* timeout in seconds - valid only if HL_CS_FLAGS_CUSTOM_TIMEOUT
	 * is set
	 */
	__u32 timeout;

	/* HL_CS_FLAGS_* */
	__u32 cs_flags;

	/* Context ID - Currently not in use */
	__u32 ctx_id;
	__u8 pad[4];
};

struct hl_cs_out {
	union {
		/*
		 * seq holds the sequence number of the CS to pass to wait
		 * ioctl. All values are valid except for 0 and ULLONG_MAX
		 */
		__u64 seq;

		/* Valid only when HL_CS_FLAGS_RESERVE_SIGNALS_ONLY is set */
		struct {
			/* This is the reserved signal handle id */
			__u32 handle_id;

			/* This is the signals count */
			__u32 count;
		};
	};

	/* HL_CS_STATUS */
	__u32 status;

	/*
	 * SOB base address offset
	 * Valid only when HL_CS_FLAGS_RESERVE_SIGNALS_ONLY or HL_CS_FLAGS_SIGNAL is set
	 */
	__u32 sob_base_addr_offset;

	/*
	 * Count of completed signals in SOB before current signal submission.
	 * Valid only when (HL_CS_FLAGS_ENCAP_SIGNALS & HL_CS_FLAGS_STAGED_SUBMISSION)
	 * or HL_CS_FLAGS_SIGNAL is set
	 */
	__u16 sob_count_before_submission;
	__u16 pad[3];
};

union hl_cs_args {
	struct hl_cs_in in;
	struct hl_cs_out out;
};

#define HL_WAIT_CS_FLAGS_INTERRUPT		0x2
#define HL_WAIT_CS_FLAGS_INTERRUPT_MASK		0xFFF00000
#define HL_WAIT_CS_FLAGS_ANY_CQ_INTERRUPT	0xFFF00000
#define HL_WAIT_CS_FLAGS_ANY_DEC_INTERRUPT	0xFFE00000
#define HL_WAIT_CS_FLAGS_MULTI_CS		0x4
#define HL_WAIT_CS_FLAGS_INTERRUPT_KERNEL_CQ	0x10
#define HL_WAIT_CS_FLAGS_REGISTER_INTERRUPT	0x20

#define HL_WAIT_MULTI_CS_LIST_MAX_LEN	32

struct hl_wait_cs_in {
	union {
		struct {
			/*
			 * In case of wait_cs holds the CS sequence number.
			 * In case of wait for multi CS hold a user pointer to
			 * an array of CS sequence numbers
			 */
			__u64 seq;
			/* Absolute timeout to wait for command submission
			 * in microseconds
			 */
			__u64 timeout_us;
		};

		struct {
			union {
				/* User address for completion comparison.
				 * upon interrupt, driver will compare the value pointed
				 * by this address with the supplied target value.
				 * in order not to perform any comparison, set address
				 * to all 1s.
				 * Relevant only when HL_WAIT_CS_FLAGS_INTERRUPT is set
				 */
				__u64 addr;

				/* cq_counters_handle to a kernel mapped cb which contains
				 * cq counters.
				 * Relevant only when HL_WAIT_CS_FLAGS_INTERRUPT_KERNEL_CQ is set
				 */
				__u64 cq_counters_handle;
			};

			/* Target value for completion comparison */
			__u64 target;
		};
	};

	/* Context ID - Currently not in use */
	__u32 ctx_id;

	/* HL_WAIT_CS_FLAGS_*
	 * If HL_WAIT_CS_FLAGS_INTERRUPT is set, this field should include
	 * interrupt id according to HL_WAIT_CS_FLAGS_INTERRUPT_MASK
	 *
	 * in order to wait for any CQ interrupt, set interrupt value to
	 * HL_WAIT_CS_FLAGS_ANY_CQ_INTERRUPT.
	 *
	 * in order to wait for any decoder interrupt, set interrupt value to
	 * HL_WAIT_CS_FLAGS_ANY_DEC_INTERRUPT.
	 */
	__u32 flags;

	union {
		struct {
			/* Multi CS API info- valid entries in multi-CS array */
			__u8 seq_arr_len;
			__u8 pad[7];
		};

		/* Absolute timeout to wait for an interrupt in microseconds.
		 * Relevant only when HL_WAIT_CS_FLAGS_INTERRUPT is set
		 */
		__u64 interrupt_timeout_us;
	};

	/*
	 * cq counter offset inside the counters cb pointed by cq_counters_handle above.
	 * upon interrupt, driver will compare the value pointed
	 * by this address (cq_counters_handle + cq_counters_offset)
	 * with the supplied target value.
	 * relevant only when HL_WAIT_CS_FLAGS_INTERRUPT_KERNEL_CQ is set
	 */
	__u64 cq_counters_offset;

	/*
	 * Timestamp_handle timestamps buffer handle.
	 * relevant only when HL_WAIT_CS_FLAGS_REGISTER_INTERRUPT is set
	 */
	__u64 timestamp_handle;

	/*
	 * Timestamp_offset is offset inside the timestamp buffer pointed by timestamp_handle above.
	 * upon interrupt, if the cq reached the target value then driver will write
	 * timestamp to this offset.
	 * relevant only when HL_WAIT_CS_FLAGS_REGISTER_INTERRUPT is set
	 */
	__u64 timestamp_offset;
};

#define HL_WAIT_CS_STATUS_COMPLETED	0
#define HL_WAIT_CS_STATUS_BUSY		1
#define HL_WAIT_CS_STATUS_TIMEDOUT	2
#define HL_WAIT_CS_STATUS_ABORTED	3

#define HL_WAIT_CS_STATUS_FLAG_GONE		0x1
#define HL_WAIT_CS_STATUS_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_VLD	0x2

struct hl_wait_cs_out {
	/* HL_WAIT_CS_STATUS_* */
	__u32 status;
	/* HL_WAIT_CS_STATUS_FLAG* */
	__u32 flags;
	/*
	 * valid only if HL_WAIT_CS_STATUS_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_VLD is set
	 * for wait_cs: timestamp of CS completion
	 * for wait_multi_cs: timestamp of FIRST CS completion
	 */
	__s64 timestamp_nsec;
	/* multi CS completion bitmap */
	__u32 cs_completion_map;
	__u32 pad;
};

union hl_wait_cs_args {
	struct hl_wait_cs_in in;
	struct hl_wait_cs_out out;
};

/* Opcode to allocate device memory */
#define HL_MEM_OP_ALLOC			0

/* Opcode to free previously allocated device memory */
#define HL_MEM_OP_FREE			1

/* Opcode to map host and device memory */
#define HL_MEM_OP_MAP			2

/* Opcode to unmap previously mapped host and device memory */
#define HL_MEM_OP_UNMAP			3

/* Opcode to map a hw block */
#define HL_MEM_OP_MAP_BLOCK		4

/* Opcode to create DMA-BUF object for an existing device memory allocation
 * and to export an FD of that DMA-BUF back to the caller
 */
#define HL_MEM_OP_EXPORT_DMABUF_FD	5

/* Opcode to create timestamps pool for user interrupts registration support
 * The memory will be allocated by the kernel driver, A timestamp buffer which the user
 * will get handle to it for mmap, and another internal buffer used by the
 * driver for registration management
 * The memory will be freed when the user closes the file descriptor(ctx close)
 */
#define HL_MEM_OP_TS_ALLOC		6

/* Memory flags */
#define HL_MEM_CONTIGUOUS	0x1
#define HL_MEM_SHARED		0x2
#define HL_MEM_USERPTR		0x4
#define HL_MEM_FORCE_HINT	0x8
#define HL_MEM_PREFETCH		0x40

/**
 * structure hl_mem_in - structure that handle input args for memory IOCTL
 * @union arg: union of structures to be used based on the input operation
 * @op: specify the requested memory operation (one of the HL_MEM_OP_* definitions).
 * @flags: flags for the memory operation (one of the HL_MEM_* definitions).
 *         For the HL_MEM_OP_EXPORT_DMABUF_FD opcode, this field holds the DMA-BUF file/FD flags.
 * @ctx_id: context ID - currently not in use.
 * @num_of_elements: number of timestamp elements used only with HL_MEM_OP_TS_ALLOC opcode.
 */
struct hl_mem_in {
	union {
		/**
		 * structure for device memory allocation (used with the HL_MEM_OP_ALLOC op)
		 * @mem_size: memory size to allocate
		 * @page_size: page size to use on allocation. when the value is 0 the default page
		 *             size will be taken.
		 */
		struct {
			__u64 mem_size;
			__u64 page_size;
		} alloc;

		/**
		 * structure for free-ing device memory (used with the HL_MEM_OP_FREE op)
		 * @handle: handle returned from HL_MEM_OP_ALLOC
		 */
		struct {
			__u64 handle;
		} free;

		/**
		 * structure for mapping device memory (used with the HL_MEM_OP_MAP op)
		 * @hint_addr: requested virtual address of mapped memory.
		 *             the driver will try to map the requested region to this hint
		 *             address, as long as the address is valid and not already mapped.
		 *             the user should check the returned address of the IOCTL to make
		 *             sure he got the hint address.
		 *             passing 0 here means that the driver will choose the address itself.
		 * @handle: handle returned from HL_MEM_OP_ALLOC.
		 */
		struct {
			__u64 hint_addr;
			__u64 handle;
		} map_device;

		/**
		 * structure for mapping host memory (used with the HL_MEM_OP_MAP op)
		 * @host_virt_addr: address of allocated host memory.
		 * @hint_addr: requested virtual address of mapped memory.
		 *             the driver will try to map the requested region to this hint
		 *             address, as long as the address is valid and not already mapped.
		 *             the user should check the returned address of the IOCTL to make
		 *             sure he got the hint address.
		 *             passing 0 here means that the driver will choose the address itself.
		 * @size: size of allocated host memory.
		 */
		struct {
			__u64 host_virt_addr;
			__u64 hint_addr;
			__u64 mem_size;
		} map_host;

		/**
		 * structure for mapping hw block (used with the HL_MEM_OP_MAP_BLOCK op)
		 * @block_addr:HW block address to map, a handle and size will be returned
		 *             to the user and will be used to mmap the relevant block.
		 *             only addresses from configuration space are allowed.
		 */
		struct {
			__u64 block_addr;
		} map_block;

		/**
		 * structure for unmapping host memory (used with the HL_MEM_OP_UNMAP op)
		 * @device_virt_addr: virtual address returned from HL_MEM_OP_MAP
		 */
		struct {
			__u64 device_virt_addr;
		} unmap;

		/**
		 * structure for exporting DMABUF object (used with
		 * the HL_MEM_OP_EXPORT_DMABUF_FD op)
		 * @addr: for Gaudi1, the driver expects a physical address
		 *        inside the device's DRAM. this is because in Gaudi1
		 *        we don't have MMU that covers the device's DRAM.
		 *        for all other ASICs, the driver expects a device
		 *        virtual address that represents the start address of
		 *        a mapped DRAM memory area inside the device.
		 *        the address must be the same as was received from the
		 *        driver during a previous HL_MEM_OP_MAP operation.
		 * @mem_size: size of memory to export.
		 * @offset: for Gaudi1, this value must be 0. For all other ASICs,
		 *          the driver expects an offset inside of the memory area
		 *          describe by addr. the offset represents the start
		 *          address of that the exported dma-buf object describes.
		 */
		struct {
			__u64 addr;
			__u64 mem_size;
			__u64 offset;
		} export_dmabuf_fd;
	};

	__u32 op;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 ctx_id;
	__u32 num_of_elements;
};

struct hl_mem_out {
	union {
		/*
		 * Used for HL_MEM_OP_MAP as the virtual address that was
		 * assigned in the device VA space.
		 * A value of 0 means the requested operation failed.
		 */
		__u64 device_virt_addr;

		/*
		 * Used in HL_MEM_OP_ALLOC
		 * This is the assigned handle for the allocated memory
		 */
		__u64 handle;

		struct {
			/*
			 * Used in HL_MEM_OP_MAP_BLOCK.
			 * This is the assigned handle for the mapped block
			 */
			__u64 block_handle;

			/*
			 * Used in HL_MEM_OP_MAP_BLOCK
			 * This is the size of the mapped block
			 */
			__u32 block_size;

			__u32 pad;
		};

		/* Returned in HL_MEM_OP_EXPORT_DMABUF_FD. Represents the
		 * DMA-BUF object that was created to describe a memory
		 * allocation on the device's memory space. The FD should be
		 * passed to the importer driver
		 */
		__s32 fd;
	};
};

union hl_mem_args {
	struct hl_mem_in in;
	struct hl_mem_out out;
};

#define HL_DEBUG_MAX_AUX_VALUES		10

struct hl_debug_params_etr {
	/* Address in memory to allocate buffer */
	__u64 buffer_address;

	/* Size of buffer to allocate */
	__u64 buffer_size;

	/* Sink operation mode: SW fifo, HW fifo, Circular buffer */
	__u32 sink_mode;
	__u32 pad;
};

struct hl_debug_params_etf {
	/* Address in memory to allocate buffer */
	__u64 buffer_address;

	/* Size of buffer to allocate */
	__u64 buffer_size;

	/* Sink operation mode: SW fifo, HW fifo, Circular buffer */
	__u32 sink_mode;
	__u32 pad;
};

struct hl_debug_params_stm {
	/* Two bit masks for HW event and Stimulus Port */
	__u64 he_mask;
	__u64 sp_mask;

	/* Trace source ID */
	__u32 id;

	/* Frequency for the timestamp register */
	__u32 frequency;
};

struct hl_debug_params_bmon {
	/* Two address ranges that the user can request to filter */
	__u64 start_addr0;
	__u64 addr_mask0;

	__u64 start_addr1;
	__u64 addr_mask1;

	/* Capture window configuration */
	__u32 bw_win;
	__u32 win_capture;

	/* Trace source ID */
	__u32 id;

	/* Control register */
	__u32 control;

	/* Two more address ranges that the user can request to filter */
	__u64 start_addr2;
	__u64 end_addr2;

	__u64 start_addr3;
	__u64 end_addr3;
};

struct hl_debug_params_spmu {
	/* Event types selection */
	__u64 event_types[HL_DEBUG_MAX_AUX_VALUES];

	/* Number of event types selection */
	__u32 event_types_num;

	/* TRC configuration register values */
	__u32 pmtrc_val;
	__u32 trc_ctrl_host_val;
	__u32 trc_en_host_val;
};

/* Opcode for ETR component */
#define HL_DEBUG_OP_ETR		0
/* Opcode for ETF component */
#define HL_DEBUG_OP_ETF		1
/* Opcode for STM component */
#define HL_DEBUG_OP_STM		2
/* Opcode for FUNNEL component */
#define HL_DEBUG_OP_FUNNEL	3
/* Opcode for BMON component */
#define HL_DEBUG_OP_BMON	4
/* Opcode for SPMU component */
#define HL_DEBUG_OP_SPMU	5
/* Opcode for timestamp (deprecated) */
#define HL_DEBUG_OP_TIMESTAMP	6
/* Opcode for setting the device into or out of debug mode. The enable
 * variable should be 1 for enabling debug mode and 0 for disabling it
 */
#define HL_DEBUG_OP_SET_MODE	7

struct hl_debug_args {
	/*
	 * Pointer to user input structure.
	 * This field is relevant to specific opcodes.
	 */
	__u64 input_ptr;
	/* Pointer to user output structure */
	__u64 output_ptr;
	/* Size of user input structure */
	__u32 input_size;
	/* Size of user output structure */
	__u32 output_size;
	/* HL_DEBUG_OP_* */
	__u32 op;
	/*
	 * Register index in the component, taken from the debug_regs_index enum
	 * in the various ASIC header files
	 */
	__u32 reg_idx;
	/* Enable/disable */
	__u32 enable;
	/* Context ID - Currently not in use */
	__u32 ctx_id;
};

/*
 * Various information operations such as:
 * - H/W IP information
 * - Current dram usage
 *
 * The user calls this IOCTL with an opcode that describes the required
 * information. The user should supply a pointer to a user-allocated memory
 * chunk, which will be filled by the driver with the requested information.
 *
 * The user supplies the maximum amount of size to copy into the user's memory,
 * in order to prevent data corruption in case of differences between the
 * definitions of structures in kernel and userspace, e.g. in case of old
 * userspace and new kernel driver
 */
#define HL_IOCTL_INFO	\
		_IOWR('H', 0x01, struct hl_info_args)

/*
 * Command Buffer
 * - Request a Command Buffer
 * - Destroy a Command Buffer
 *
 * The command buffers are memory blocks that reside in DMA-able address
 * space and are physically contiguous so they can be accessed by the device
 * directly. They are allocated using the coherent DMA API.
 *
 * When creating a new CB, the IOCTL returns a handle of it, and the user-space
 * process needs to use that handle to mmap the buffer so it can access them.
 *
 * In some instances, the device must access the command buffer through the
 * device's MMU, and thus its memory should be mapped. In these cases, user can
 * indicate the driver that such a mapping is required.
 * The resulting device virtual address will be used internally by the driver,
 * and won't be returned to user.
 *
 */
#define HL_IOCTL_CB		\
		_IOWR('H', 0x02, union hl_cb_args)

/*
 * Command Submission
 *
 * To submit work to the device, the user need to call this IOCTL with a set
 * of JOBS. That set of JOBS constitutes a CS object.
 * Each JOB will be enqueued on a specific queue, according to the user's input.
 * There can be more then one JOB per queue.
 *
 * The CS IOCTL will receive two sets of JOBS. One set is for "restore" phase
 * and a second set is for "execution" phase.
 * The JOBS on the "restore" phase are enqueued only after context-switch
 * (or if its the first CS for this context). The user can also order the
 * driver to run the "restore" phase explicitly
 *
 * Goya/Gaudi:
 * There are two types of queues - external and internal. External queues
 * are DMA queues which transfer data from/to the Host. All other queues are
 * internal. The driver will get completion notifications from the device only
 * on JOBS which are enqueued in the external queues.
 *
 * Greco onwards:
 * There is a single type of queue for all types of engines, either DMA engines
 * for transfers from/to the host or inside the device, or compute engines.
 * The driver will get completion notifications from the device for all queues.
 *
 * For jobs on external queues, the user needs to create command buffers
 * through the CB ioctl and give the CB's handle to the CS ioctl. For jobs on
 * internal queues, the user needs to prepare a "command buffer" with packets
 * on either the device SRAM/DRAM or the host, and give the device address of
 * that buffer to the CS ioctl.
 * For jobs on H/W queues both options of command buffers are valid.
 *
 * This IOCTL is asynchronous in regard to the actual execution of the CS. This
 * means it returns immediately after ALL the JOBS were enqueued on their
 * relevant queues. Therefore, the user mustn't assume the CS has been completed
 * or has even started to execute.
 *
 * Upon successful enqueue, the IOCTL returns a sequence number which the user
 * can use with the "Wait for CS" IOCTL to check whether the handle's CS
 * non-internal JOBS have been completed. Note that if the CS has internal JOBS
 * which can execute AFTER the external JOBS have finished, the driver might
 * report that the CS has finished executing BEFORE the internal JOBS have
 * actually finished executing.
 *
 * Even though the sequence number increments per CS, the user can NOT
 * automatically assume that if CS with sequence number N finished, then CS
 * with sequence number N-1 also finished. The user can make this assumption if
 * and only if CS N and CS N-1 are exactly the same (same CBs for the same
 * queues).
 */
#define HL_IOCTL_CS			\
		_IOWR('H', 0x03, union hl_cs_args)

/*
 * Wait for Command Submission
 *
 * The user can call this IOCTL with a handle it received from the CS IOCTL
 * to wait until the handle's CS has finished executing. The user will wait
 * inside the kernel until the CS has finished or until the user-requested
 * timeout has expired.
 *
 * If the timeout value is 0, the driver won't sleep at all. It will check
 * the status of the CS and return immediately
 *
 * The return value of the IOCTL is a standard Linux error code. The possible
 * values are:
 *
 * EINTR     - Kernel waiting has been interrupted, e.g. due to OS signal
 *             that the user process received
 * ETIMEDOUT - The CS has caused a timeout on the device
 * EIO       - The CS was aborted (usually because the device was reset)
 * ENODEV    - The device wants to do hard-reset (so user need to close FD)
 *
 * The driver also returns a custom define in case the IOCTL call returned 0.
 * The define can be one of the following:
 *
 * HL_WAIT_CS_STATUS_COMPLETED   - The CS has been completed successfully (0)
 * HL_WAIT_CS_STATUS_BUSY        - The CS is still executing (0)
 * HL_WAIT_CS_STATUS_TIMEDOUT    - The CS has caused a timeout on the device
 *                                 (ETIMEDOUT)
 * HL_WAIT_CS_STATUS_ABORTED     - The CS was aborted, usually because the
 *                                 device was reset (EIO)
 */

#define HL_IOCTL_WAIT_CS			\
		_IOWR('H', 0x04, union hl_wait_cs_args)

/*
 * Memory
 * - Map host memory to device MMU
 * - Unmap host memory from device MMU
 *
 * This IOCTL allows the user to map host memory to the device MMU
 *
 * For host memory, the IOCTL doesn't allocate memory. The user is supposed
 * to allocate the memory in user-space (malloc/new). The driver pins the
 * physical pages (up to the allowed limit by the OS), assigns a virtual
 * address in the device VA space and initializes the device MMU.
 *
 * There is an option for the user to specify the requested virtual address.
 *
 */
#define HL_IOCTL_MEMORY		\
		_IOWR('H', 0x05, union hl_mem_args)

/*
 * Debug
 * - Enable/disable the ETR/ETF/FUNNEL/STM/BMON/SPMU debug traces
 *
 * This IOCTL allows the user to get debug traces from the chip.
 *
 * Before the user can send configuration requests of the various
 * debug/profile engines, it needs to set the device into debug mode.
 * This is because the debug/profile infrastructure is shared component in the
 * device and we can't allow multiple users to access it at the same time.
 *
 * Once a user set the device into debug mode, the driver won't allow other
 * users to "work" with the device, i.e. open a FD. If there are multiple users
 * opened on the device, the driver won't allow any user to debug the device.
 *
 * For each configuration request, the user needs to provide the register index
 * and essential data such as buffer address and size.
 *
 * Once the user has finished using the debug/profile engines, he should
 * set the device into non-debug mode, i.e. disable debug mode.
 *
 * The driver can decide to "kick out" the user if he abuses this interface.
 *
 */
#define HL_IOCTL_DEBUG		\
		_IOWR('H', 0x06, struct hl_debug_args)

#define HL_COMMAND_START	0x01
#define HL_COMMAND_END		0x07

#endif /* HABANALABS_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT */
/*
 * Copyright © 2014-2018 Broadcom
 * Copyright © 2019 Collabora ltd.
 */
#ifndef _PANFROST_DRM_H_
#define _PANFROST_DRM_H_

#include "drm.h"

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

#define DRM_PANFROST_SUBMIT			0x00
#define DRM_PANFROST_WAIT_BO			0x01
#define DRM_PANFROST_CREATE_BO			0x02
#define DRM_PANFROST_MMAP_BO			0x03
#define DRM_PANFROST_GET_PARAM			0x04
#define DRM_PANFROST_GET_BO_OFFSET		0x05
#define DRM_PANFROST_PERFCNT_ENABLE		0x06
#define DRM_PANFROST_PERFCNT_DUMP		0x07
#define DRM_PANFROST_MADVISE			0x08

#define DRM_IOCTL_PANFROST_SUBMIT		DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_PANFROST_SUBMIT, struct drm_panfrost_submit)
#define DRM_IOCTL_PANFROST_WAIT_BO		DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_PANFROST_WAIT_BO, struct drm_panfrost_wait_bo)
#define DRM_IOCTL_PANFROST_CREATE_BO		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_PANFROST_CREATE_BO, struct drm_panfrost_create_bo)
#define DRM_IOCTL_PANFROST_MMAP_BO		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_PANFROST_MMAP_BO, struct drm_panfrost_mmap_bo)
#define DRM_IOCTL_PANFROST_GET_PARAM		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_PANFROST_GET_PARAM, struct drm_panfrost_get_param)
#define DRM_IOCTL_PANFROST_GET_BO_OFFSET	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_PANFROST_GET_BO_OFFSET, struct drm_panfrost_get_bo_offset)
#define DRM_IOCTL_PANFROST_MADVISE		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_PANFROST_MADVISE, struct drm_panfrost_madvise)

/*
 * Unstable ioctl(s): only exposed when the unsafe unstable_ioctls module
 * param is set to true.
 * All these ioctl(s) are subject to deprecation, so please don't rely on
 * them for anything but debugging purpose.
 */
#define DRM_IOCTL_PANFROST_PERFCNT_ENABLE	DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_PANFROST_PERFCNT_ENABLE, struct drm_panfrost_perfcnt_enable)
#define DRM_IOCTL_PANFROST_PERFCNT_DUMP		DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_PANFROST_PERFCNT_DUMP, struct drm_panfrost_perfcnt_dump)

#define PANFROST_JD_REQ_FS (1 << 0)
/**
 * struct drm_panfrost_submit - ioctl argument for submitting commands to the 3D
 * engine.
 *
 * This asks the kernel to have the GPU execute a render command list.
 */
struct drm_panfrost_submit {

	/** Address to GPU mapping of job descriptor */
	__u64 jc;

	/** An optional array of sync objects to wait on before starting this job. */
	__u64 in_syncs;

	/** Number of sync objects to wait on before starting this job. */
	__u32 in_sync_count;

	/** An optional sync object to place the completion fence in. */
	__u32 out_sync;

	/** Pointer to a u32 array of the BOs that are referenced by the job. */
	__u64 bo_handles;

	/** Number of BO handles passed in (size is that times 4). */
	__u32 bo_handle_count;

	/** A combination of PANFROST_JD_REQ_* */
	__u32 requirements;
};

/**
 * struct drm_panfrost_wait_bo - ioctl argument for waiting for
 * completion of the last DRM_PANFROST_SUBMIT on a BO.
 *
 * This is useful for cases where multiple processes might be
 * rendering to a BO and you want to wait for all rendering to be
 * completed.
 */
struct drm_panfrost_wait_bo {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pad;
	__s64 timeout_ns;	/* absolute */
};

/* Valid flags to pass to drm_panfrost_create_bo */
#define PANFROST_BO_NOEXEC	1
#define PANFROST_BO_HEAP	2

/**
 * struct drm_panfrost_create_bo - ioctl argument for creating Panfrost BOs.
 *
 * The flags argument is a bit mask of PANFROST_BO_* flags.
 */
struct drm_panfrost_create_bo {
	__u32 size;
	__u32 flags;
	/** Returned GEM handle for the BO. */
	__u32 handle;
	/* Pad, must be zero-filled. */
	__u32 pad;
	/**
	 * Returned offset for the BO in the GPU address space.  This offset
	 * is private to the DRM fd and is valid for the lifetime of the GEM
	 * handle.
	 *
	 * This offset value will always be nonzero, since various HW
	 * units treat 0 specially.
	 */
	__u64 offset;
};

/**
 * struct drm_panfrost_mmap_bo - ioctl argument for mapping Panfrost BOs.
 *
 * This doesn't actually perform an mmap.  Instead, it returns the
 * offset you need to use in an mmap on the DRM device node.  This
 * means that tools like valgrind end up knowing about the mapped
 * memory.
 *
 * There are currently no values for the flags argument, but it may be
 * used in a future extension.
 */
struct drm_panfrost_mmap_bo {
	/** Handle for the object being mapped. */
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 flags;
	/** offset into the drm node to use for subsequent mmap call. */
	__u64 offset;
};

enum drm_panfrost_param {
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_GPU_PROD_ID,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_GPU_REVISION,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_SHADER_PRESENT,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_TILER_PRESENT,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_L2_PRESENT,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_STACK_PRESENT,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_AS_PRESENT,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_JS_PRESENT,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_L2_FEATURES,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_CORE_FEATURES,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_TILER_FEATURES,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_MEM_FEATURES,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_MMU_FEATURES,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_THREAD_FEATURES,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_MAX_THREADS,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_THREAD_MAX_WORKGROUP_SZ,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_THREAD_MAX_BARRIER_SZ,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_COHERENCY_FEATURES,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_TEXTURE_FEATURES0,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_TEXTURE_FEATURES1,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_TEXTURE_FEATURES2,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_TEXTURE_FEATURES3,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_JS_FEATURES0,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_JS_FEATURES1,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_JS_FEATURES2,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_JS_FEATURES3,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_JS_FEATURES4,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_JS_FEATURES5,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_JS_FEATURES6,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_JS_FEATURES7,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_JS_FEATURES8,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_JS_FEATURES9,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_JS_FEATURES10,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_JS_FEATURES11,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_JS_FEATURES12,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_JS_FEATURES13,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_JS_FEATURES14,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_JS_FEATURES15,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_NR_CORE_GROUPS,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_THREAD_TLS_ALLOC,
	DRM_PANFROST_PARAM_AFBC_FEATURES,
};

struct drm_panfrost_get_param {
	__u32 param;
	__u32 pad;
	__u64 value;
};

/**
 * Returns the offset for the BO in the GPU address space for this DRM fd.
 * This is the same value returned by drm_panfrost_create_bo, if that was called
 * from this DRM fd.
 */
struct drm_panfrost_get_bo_offset {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pad;
	__u64 offset;
};

struct drm_panfrost_perfcnt_enable {
	__u32 enable;
	/*
	 * On bifrost we have 2 sets of counters, this parameter defines the
	 * one to track.
	 */
	__u32 counterset;
};

struct drm_panfrost_perfcnt_dump {
	__u64 buf_ptr;
};

/* madvise provides a way to tell the kernel in case a buffers contents
 * can be discarded under memory pressure, which is useful for userspace
 * bo cache where we want to optimistically hold on to buffer allocate
 * and potential mmap, but allow the pages to be discarded under memory
 * pressure.
 *
 * Typical usage would involve madvise(DONTNEED) when buffer enters BO
 * cache, and madvise(WILLNEED) if trying to recycle buffer from BO cache.
 * In the WILLNEED case, 'retained' indicates to userspace whether the
 * backing pages still exist.
 */
#define PANFROST_MADV_WILLNEED 0	/* backing pages are needed, status returned in 'retained' */
#define PANFROST_MADV_DONTNEED 1	/* backing pages not needed */

struct drm_panfrost_madvise {
	__u32 handle;         /* in, GEM handle */
	__u32 madv;           /* in, PANFROST_MADV_x */
	__u32 retained;       /* out, whether backing store still exists */
};

/* Definitions for coredump decoding in user space */
#define PANFROSTDUMP_MAJOR 1
#define PANFROSTDUMP_MINOR 0

#define PANFROSTDUMP_MAGIC 0x464E4150 /* PANF */

#define PANFROSTDUMP_BUF_REG 0
#define PANFROSTDUMP_BUF_BOMAP (PANFROSTDUMP_BUF_REG + 1)
#define PANFROSTDUMP_BUF_BO (PANFROSTDUMP_BUF_BOMAP + 1)
#define PANFROSTDUMP_BUF_TRAILER (PANFROSTDUMP_BUF_BO + 1)

/*
 * This structure is the native endianness of the dumping machine, tools can
 * detect the endianness by looking at the value in 'magic'.
 */
struct panfrost_dump_object_header {
	__u32 magic;
	__u32 type;
	__u32 file_size;
	__u32 file_offset;

	union {
		struct {
			__u64 jc;
			__u32 gpu_id;
			__u32 major;
			__u32 minor;
			__u64 nbos;
		} reghdr;

		struct {
			__u32 valid;
			__u64 iova;
			__u32 data[2];
		} bomap;

		/*
		 * Force same size in case we want to expand the header
		 * with new fields and also keep it 512-byte aligned
		 */

		__u32 sizer[496];
	};
};

/* Registers object, an array of these */
struct panfrost_dump_registers {
	__u32 reg;
	__u32 value;
};

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif /* _PANFROST_DRM_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2015 Etnaviv Project
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
 * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
 * more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
 * this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */

#ifndef __ETNAVIV_DRM_H__
#define __ETNAVIV_DRM_H__

#include "drm.h"

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Please note that modifications to all structs defined here are
 * subject to backwards-compatibility constraints:
 *  1) Do not use pointers, use __u64 instead for 32 bit / 64 bit
 *     user/kernel compatibility
 *  2) Keep fields aligned to their size
 *  3) Because of how drm_ioctl() works, we can add new fields at
 *     the end of an ioctl if some care is taken: drm_ioctl() will
 *     zero out the new fields at the tail of the ioctl, so a zero
 *     value should have a backwards compatible meaning.  And for
 *     output params, userspace won't see the newly added output
 *     fields.. so that has to be somehow ok.
 */

/* timeouts are specified in clock-monotonic absolute times (to simplify
 * restarting interrupted ioctls).  The following struct is logically the
 * same as 'struct timespec' but 32/64b ABI safe.
 */
struct drm_etnaviv_timespec {
	__s64 tv_sec;          /* seconds */
	__s64 tv_nsec;         /* nanoseconds */
};

#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_MODEL                     0x01
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_REVISION                  0x02
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_FEATURES_0                0x03
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_FEATURES_1                0x04
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_FEATURES_2                0x05
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_FEATURES_3                0x06
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_FEATURES_4                0x07
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_FEATURES_5                0x08
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_FEATURES_6                0x09
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_FEATURES_7                0x0a
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_FEATURES_8                0x0b
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_FEATURES_9                0x0c
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_FEATURES_10               0x0d
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_FEATURES_11               0x0e
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_FEATURES_12               0x0f

#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_STREAM_COUNT              0x10
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_REGISTER_MAX              0x11
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_THREAD_COUNT              0x12
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_VERTEX_CACHE_SIZE         0x13
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_SHADER_CORE_COUNT         0x14
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_PIXEL_PIPES               0x15
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_VERTEX_OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE 0x16
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_BUFFER_SIZE               0x17
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_INSTRUCTION_COUNT         0x18
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_NUM_CONSTANTS             0x19
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_NUM_VARYINGS              0x1a
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_SOFTPIN_START_ADDR            0x1b
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_PRODUCT_ID                0x1c
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_CUSTOMER_ID               0x1d
#define ETNAVIV_PARAM_GPU_ECO_ID                    0x1e

#define ETNA_MAX_PIPES 4

struct drm_etnaviv_param {
	__u32 pipe;           /* in */
	__u32 param;          /* in, ETNAVIV_PARAM_x */
	__u64 value;          /* out (get_param) or in (set_param) */
};

/*
 * GEM buffers:
 */

#define ETNA_BO_CACHE_MASK   0x000f0000
/* cache modes */
#define ETNA_BO_CACHED       0x00010000
#define ETNA_BO_WC           0x00020000
#define ETNA_BO_UNCACHED     0x00040000
/* map flags */
#define ETNA_BO_FORCE_MMU    0x00100000

struct drm_etnaviv_gem_new {
	__u64 size;           /* in */
	__u32 flags;          /* in, mask of ETNA_BO_x */
	__u32 handle;         /* out */
};

struct drm_etnaviv_gem_info {
	__u32 handle;         /* in */
	__u32 pad;
	__u64 offset;         /* out, offset to pass to mmap() */
};

#define ETNA_PREP_READ        0x01
#define ETNA_PREP_WRITE       0x02
#define ETNA_PREP_NOSYNC      0x04

struct drm_etnaviv_gem_cpu_prep {
	__u32 handle;         /* in */
	__u32 op;             /* in, mask of ETNA_PREP_x */
	struct drm_etnaviv_timespec timeout;   /* in */
};

struct drm_etnaviv_gem_cpu_fini {
	__u32 handle;         /* in */
	__u32 flags;          /* in, placeholder for now, no defined values */
};

/*
 * Cmdstream Submission:
 */

/* The value written into the cmdstream is logically:
 * relocbuf->gpuaddr + reloc_offset
 *
 * NOTE that reloc's must be sorted by order of increasing submit_offset,
 * otherwise EINVAL.
 */
struct drm_etnaviv_gem_submit_reloc {
	__u32 submit_offset;  /* in, offset from submit_bo */
	__u32 reloc_idx;      /* in, index of reloc_bo buffer */
	__u64 reloc_offset;   /* in, offset from start of reloc_bo */
	__u32 flags;          /* in, placeholder for now, no defined values */
};

/* Each buffer referenced elsewhere in the cmdstream submit (ie. the
 * cmdstream buffer(s) themselves or reloc entries) has one (and only
 * one) entry in the submit->bos[] table.
 *
 * As a optimization, the current buffer (gpu virtual address) can be
 * passed back through the 'presumed' field.  If on a subsequent reloc,
 * userspace passes back a 'presumed' address that is still valid,
 * then patching the cmdstream for this entry is skipped.  This can
 * avoid kernel needing to map/access the cmdstream bo in the common
 * case.
 * If the submit is a softpin submit (ETNA_SUBMIT_SOFTPIN) the 'presumed'
 * field is interpreted as the fixed location to map the bo into the gpu
 * virtual address space. If the kernel is unable to map the buffer at
 * this location the submit will fail. This means userspace is responsible
 * for the whole gpu virtual address management.
 */
#define ETNA_SUBMIT_BO_READ             0x0001
#define ETNA_SUBMIT_BO_WRITE            0x0002
struct drm_etnaviv_gem_submit_bo {
	__u32 flags;          /* in, mask of ETNA_SUBMIT_BO_x */
	__u32 handle;         /* in, GEM handle */
	__u64 presumed;       /* in/out, presumed buffer address */
};

/* performance monitor request (pmr) */
#define ETNA_PM_PROCESS_PRE             0x0001
#define ETNA_PM_PROCESS_POST            0x0002
struct drm_etnaviv_gem_submit_pmr {
	__u32 flags;          /* in, when to process request (ETNA_PM_PROCESS_x) */
	__u8  domain;         /* in, pm domain */
	__u8  pad;
	__u16 signal;         /* in, pm signal */
	__u32 sequence;       /* in, sequence number */
	__u32 read_offset;    /* in, offset from read_bo */
	__u32 read_idx;       /* in, index of read_bo buffer */
};

/* Each cmdstream submit consists of a table of buffers involved, and
 * one or more cmdstream buffers.  This allows for conditional execution
 * (context-restore), and IB buffers needed for per tile/bin draw cmds.
 */
#define ETNA_SUBMIT_NO_IMPLICIT         0x0001
#define ETNA_SUBMIT_FENCE_FD_IN         0x0002
#define ETNA_SUBMIT_FENCE_FD_OUT        0x0004
#define ETNA_SUBMIT_SOFTPIN             0x0008
#define ETNA_SUBMIT_FLAGS		(ETNA_SUBMIT_NO_IMPLICIT | \
					 ETNA_SUBMIT_FENCE_FD_IN | \
					 ETNA_SUBMIT_FENCE_FD_OUT| \
					 ETNA_SUBMIT_SOFTPIN)
#define ETNA_PIPE_3D      0x00
#define ETNA_PIPE_2D      0x01
#define ETNA_PIPE_VG      0x02
struct drm_etnaviv_gem_submit {
	__u32 fence;          /* out */
	__u32 pipe;           /* in */
	__u32 exec_state;     /* in, initial execution state (ETNA_PIPE_x) */
	__u32 nr_bos;         /* in, number of submit_bo's */
	__u32 nr_relocs;      /* in, number of submit_reloc's */
	__u32 stream_size;    /* in, cmdstream size */
	__u64 bos;            /* in, ptr to array of submit_bo's */
	__u64 relocs;         /* in, ptr to array of submit_reloc's */
	__u64 stream;         /* in, ptr to cmdstream */
	__u32 flags;          /* in, mask of ETNA_SUBMIT_x */
	__s32 fence_fd;       /* in/out, fence fd (see ETNA_SUBMIT_FENCE_FD_x) */
	__u64 pmrs;           /* in, ptr to array of submit_pmr's */
	__u32 nr_pmrs;        /* in, number of submit_pmr's */
	__u32 pad;
};

/* The normal way to synchronize with the GPU is just to CPU_PREP on
 * a buffer if you need to access it from the CPU (other cmdstream
 * submission from same or other contexts, PAGE_FLIP ioctl, etc, all
 * handle the required synchronization under the hood).  This ioctl
 * mainly just exists as a way to implement the gallium pipe_fence
 * APIs without requiring a dummy bo to synchronize on.
 */
#define ETNA_WAIT_NONBLOCK      0x01
struct drm_etnaviv_wait_fence {
	__u32 pipe;           /* in */
	__u32 fence;          /* in */
	__u32 flags;          /* in, mask of ETNA_WAIT_x */
	__u32 pad;
	struct drm_etnaviv_timespec timeout;   /* in */
};

#define ETNA_USERPTR_READ	0x01
#define ETNA_USERPTR_WRITE	0x02
struct drm_etnaviv_gem_userptr {
	__u64 user_ptr;	/* in, page aligned user pointer */
	__u64 user_size;	/* in, page aligned user size */
	__u32 flags;		/* in, flags */
	__u32 handle;	/* out, non-zero handle */
};

struct drm_etnaviv_gem_wait {
	__u32 pipe;				/* in */
	__u32 handle;				/* in, bo to be waited for */
	__u32 flags;				/* in, mask of ETNA_WAIT_x  */
	__u32 pad;
	struct drm_etnaviv_timespec timeout;	/* in */
};

/*
 * Performance Monitor (PM):
 */

struct drm_etnaviv_pm_domain {
	__u32 pipe;       /* in */
	__u8  iter;       /* in/out, select pm domain at index iter */
	__u8  id;         /* out, id of domain */
	__u16 nr_signals; /* out, how many signals does this domain provide */
	char  name[64];   /* out, name of domain */
};

struct drm_etnaviv_pm_signal {
	__u32 pipe;       /* in */
	__u8  domain;     /* in, pm domain index */
	__u8  pad;
	__u16 iter;       /* in/out, select pm source at index iter */
	__u16 id;         /* out, id of signal */
	char  name[64];   /* out, name of domain */
};

#define DRM_ETNAVIV_GET_PARAM          0x00
/* placeholder:
#define DRM_ETNAVIV_SET_PARAM          0x01
 */
#define DRM_ETNAVIV_GEM_NEW            0x02
#define DRM_ETNAVIV_GEM_INFO           0x03
#define DRM_ETNAVIV_GEM_CPU_PREP       0x04
#define DRM_ETNAVIV_GEM_CPU_FINI       0x05
#define DRM_ETNAVIV_GEM_SUBMIT         0x06
#define DRM_ETNAVIV_WAIT_FENCE         0x07
#define DRM_ETNAVIV_GEM_USERPTR        0x08
#define DRM_ETNAVIV_GEM_WAIT           0x09
#define DRM_ETNAVIV_PM_QUERY_DOM       0x0a
#define DRM_ETNAVIV_PM_QUERY_SIG       0x0b
#define DRM_ETNAVIV_NUM_IOCTLS         0x0c

#define DRM_IOCTL_ETNAVIV_GET_PARAM    DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_ETNAVIV_GET_PARAM, struct drm_etnaviv_param)
#define DRM_IOCTL_ETNAVIV_GEM_NEW      DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_ETNAVIV_GEM_NEW, struct drm_etnaviv_gem_new)
#define DRM_IOCTL_ETNAVIV_GEM_INFO     DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_ETNAVIV_GEM_INFO, struct drm_etnaviv_gem_info)
#define DRM_IOCTL_ETNAVIV_GEM_CPU_PREP DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_ETNAVIV_GEM_CPU_PREP, struct drm_etnaviv_gem_cpu_prep)
#define DRM_IOCTL_ETNAVIV_GEM_CPU_FINI DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_ETNAVIV_GEM_CPU_FINI, struct drm_etnaviv_gem_cpu_fini)
#define DRM_IOCTL_ETNAVIV_GEM_SUBMIT   DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_ETNAVIV_GEM_SUBMIT, struct drm_etnaviv_gem_submit)
#define DRM_IOCTL_ETNAVIV_WAIT_FENCE   DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_ETNAVIV_WAIT_FENCE, struct drm_etnaviv_wait_fence)
#define DRM_IOCTL_ETNAVIV_GEM_USERPTR  DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_ETNAVIV_GEM_USERPTR, struct drm_etnaviv_gem_userptr)
#define DRM_IOCTL_ETNAVIV_GEM_WAIT     DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_ETNAVIV_GEM_WAIT, struct drm_etnaviv_gem_wait)
#define DRM_IOCTL_ETNAVIV_PM_QUERY_DOM DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_ETNAVIV_PM_QUERY_DOM, struct drm_etnaviv_pm_domain)
#define DRM_IOCTL_ETNAVIV_PM_QUERY_SIG DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_ETNAVIV_PM_QUERY_SIG, struct drm_etnaviv_pm_signal)

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif /* __ETNAVIV_DRM_H__ */
/*
 * Copyright 2005 Stephane Marchesin.
 * All Rights Reserved.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
 * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
 * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
 * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
 * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
 * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
 * Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
 * VA LINUX SYSTEMS AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
 * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
 * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
 * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 */

#ifndef __NOUVEAU_DRM_H__
#define __NOUVEAU_DRM_H__

#define DRM_NOUVEAU_EVENT_NVIF                                       0x80000000

#include "drm.h"

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

#define NOUVEAU_GEM_DOMAIN_CPU       (1 << 0)
#define NOUVEAU_GEM_DOMAIN_VRAM      (1 << 1)
#define NOUVEAU_GEM_DOMAIN_GART      (1 << 2)
#define NOUVEAU_GEM_DOMAIN_MAPPABLE  (1 << 3)
#define NOUVEAU_GEM_DOMAIN_COHERENT  (1 << 4)

#define NOUVEAU_GEM_TILE_COMP        0x00030000 /* nv50-only */
#define NOUVEAU_GEM_TILE_LAYOUT_MASK 0x0000ff00
#define NOUVEAU_GEM_TILE_16BPP       0x00000001
#define NOUVEAU_GEM_TILE_32BPP       0x00000002
#define NOUVEAU_GEM_TILE_ZETA        0x00000004
#define NOUVEAU_GEM_TILE_NONCONTIG   0x00000008

struct drm_nouveau_gem_info {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 domain;
	__u64 size;
	__u64 offset;
	__u64 map_handle;
	__u32 tile_mode;
	__u32 tile_flags;
};

struct drm_nouveau_gem_new {
	struct drm_nouveau_gem_info info;
	__u32 channel_hint;
	__u32 align;
};

#define NOUVEAU_GEM_MAX_BUFFERS 1024
struct drm_nouveau_gem_pushbuf_bo_presumed {
	__u32 valid;
	__u32 domain;
	__u64 offset;
};

struct drm_nouveau_gem_pushbuf_bo {
	__u64 user_priv;
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 read_domains;
	__u32 write_domains;
	__u32 valid_domains;
	struct drm_nouveau_gem_pushbuf_bo_presumed presumed;
};

#define NOUVEAU_GEM_RELOC_LOW  (1 << 0)
#define NOUVEAU_GEM_RELOC_HIGH (1 << 1)
#define NOUVEAU_GEM_RELOC_OR   (1 << 2)
#define NOUVEAU_GEM_MAX_RELOCS 1024
struct drm_nouveau_gem_pushbuf_reloc {
	__u32 reloc_bo_index;
	__u32 reloc_bo_offset;
	__u32 bo_index;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 data;
	__u32 vor;
	__u32 tor;
};

#define NOUVEAU_GEM_MAX_PUSH 512
struct drm_nouveau_gem_pushbuf_push {
	__u32 bo_index;
	__u32 pad;
	__u64 offset;
	__u64 length;
};

struct drm_nouveau_gem_pushbuf {
	__u32 channel;
	__u32 nr_buffers;
	__u64 buffers;
	__u32 nr_relocs;
	__u32 nr_push;
	__u64 relocs;
	__u64 push;
	__u32 suffix0;
	__u32 suffix1;
#define NOUVEAU_GEM_PUSHBUF_SYNC                                    (1ULL << 0)
	__u64 vram_available;
	__u64 gart_available;
};

#define NOUVEAU_GEM_CPU_PREP_NOWAIT                                  0x00000001
#define NOUVEAU_GEM_CPU_PREP_WRITE                                   0x00000004
struct drm_nouveau_gem_cpu_prep {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 flags;
};

struct drm_nouveau_gem_cpu_fini {
	__u32 handle;
};

#define DRM_NOUVEAU_GETPARAM           0x00 /* deprecated */
#define DRM_NOUVEAU_SETPARAM           0x01 /* deprecated */
#define DRM_NOUVEAU_CHANNEL_ALLOC      0x02 /* deprecated */
#define DRM_NOUVEAU_CHANNEL_FREE       0x03 /* deprecated */
#define DRM_NOUVEAU_GROBJ_ALLOC        0x04 /* deprecated */
#define DRM_NOUVEAU_NOTIFIEROBJ_ALLOC  0x05 /* deprecated */
#define DRM_NOUVEAU_GPUOBJ_FREE        0x06 /* deprecated */
#define DRM_NOUVEAU_NVIF               0x07
#define DRM_NOUVEAU_SVM_INIT           0x08
#define DRM_NOUVEAU_SVM_BIND           0x09
#define DRM_NOUVEAU_GEM_NEW            0x40
#define DRM_NOUVEAU_GEM_PUSHBUF        0x41
#define DRM_NOUVEAU_GEM_CPU_PREP       0x42
#define DRM_NOUVEAU_GEM_CPU_FINI       0x43
#define DRM_NOUVEAU_GEM_INFO           0x44

struct drm_nouveau_svm_init {
	__u64 unmanaged_addr;
	__u64 unmanaged_size;
};

struct drm_nouveau_svm_bind {
	__u64 header;
	__u64 va_start;
	__u64 va_end;
	__u64 npages;
	__u64 stride;
	__u64 result;
	__u64 reserved0;
	__u64 reserved1;
};

#define NOUVEAU_SVM_BIND_COMMAND_SHIFT          0
#define NOUVEAU_SVM_BIND_COMMAND_BITS           8
#define NOUVEAU_SVM_BIND_COMMAND_MASK           ((1 << 8) - 1)
#define NOUVEAU_SVM_BIND_PRIORITY_SHIFT         8
#define NOUVEAU_SVM_BIND_PRIORITY_BITS          8
#define NOUVEAU_SVM_BIND_PRIORITY_MASK          ((1 << 8) - 1)
#define NOUVEAU_SVM_BIND_TARGET_SHIFT           16
#define NOUVEAU_SVM_BIND_TARGET_BITS            32
#define NOUVEAU_SVM_BIND_TARGET_MASK            0xffffffff

/*
 * Below is use to validate ioctl argument, userspace can also use it to make
 * sure that no bit are set beyond known fields for a given kernel version.
 */
#define NOUVEAU_SVM_BIND_VALID_BITS     48
#define NOUVEAU_SVM_BIND_VALID_MASK     ((1ULL << NOUVEAU_SVM_BIND_VALID_BITS) - 1)


/*
 * NOUVEAU_BIND_COMMAND__MIGRATE: synchronous migrate to target memory.
 * result: number of page successfuly migrate to the target memory.
 */
#define NOUVEAU_SVM_BIND_COMMAND__MIGRATE               0

/*
 * NOUVEAU_SVM_BIND_HEADER_TARGET__GPU_VRAM: target the GPU VRAM memory.
 */
#define NOUVEAU_SVM_BIND_TARGET__GPU_VRAM               (1UL << 31)


#define DRM_IOCTL_NOUVEAU_SVM_INIT           DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_NOUVEAU_SVM_INIT, struct drm_nouveau_svm_init)
#define DRM_IOCTL_NOUVEAU_SVM_BIND           DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_NOUVEAU_SVM_BIND, struct drm_nouveau_svm_bind)

#define DRM_IOCTL_NOUVEAU_GEM_NEW            DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_NOUVEAU_GEM_NEW, struct drm_nouveau_gem_new)
#define DRM_IOCTL_NOUVEAU_GEM_PUSHBUF        DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_NOUVEAU_GEM_PUSHBUF, struct drm_nouveau_gem_pushbuf)
#define DRM_IOCTL_NOUVEAU_GEM_CPU_PREP       DRM_IOW (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_NOUVEAU_GEM_CPU_PREP, struct drm_nouveau_gem_cpu_prep)
#define DRM_IOCTL_NOUVEAU_GEM_CPU_FINI       DRM_IOW (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_NOUVEAU_GEM_CPU_FINI, struct drm_nouveau_gem_cpu_fini)
#define DRM_IOCTL_NOUVEAU_GEM_INFO           DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_NOUVEAU_GEM_INFO, struct drm_nouveau_gem_info)

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif /* __NOUVEAU_DRM_H__ */
/*
 * Copyright 2011 Intel Corporation
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
 * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
 * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
 * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
 * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
 * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
 * Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
 * VA LINUX SYSTEMS AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
 * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
 * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
 * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 */

#ifndef DRM_FOURCC_H
#define DRM_FOURCC_H

#include "drm.h"

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * DOC: overview
 *
 * In the DRM subsystem, framebuffer pixel formats are described using the
 * fourcc codes defined in `include/uapi/drm/drm_fourcc.h`. In addition to the
 * fourcc code, a Format Modifier may optionally be provided, in order to
 * further describe the buffer's format - for example tiling or compression.
 *
 * Format Modifiers
 * ----------------
 *
 * Format modifiers are used in conjunction with a fourcc code, forming a
 * unique fourcc:modifier pair. This format:modifier pair must fully define the
 * format and data layout of the buffer, and should be the only way to describe
 * that particular buffer.
 *
 * Having multiple fourcc:modifier pairs which describe the same layout should
 * be avoided, as such aliases run the risk of different drivers exposing
 * different names for the same data format, forcing userspace to understand
 * that they are aliases.
 *
 * Format modifiers may change any property of the buffer, including the number
 * of planes and/or the required allocation size. Format modifiers are
 * vendor-namespaced, and as such the relationship between a fourcc code and a
 * modifier is specific to the modifer being used. For example, some modifiers
 * may preserve meaning - such as number of planes - from the fourcc code,
 * whereas others may not.
 *
 * Modifiers must uniquely encode buffer layout. In other words, a buffer must
 * match only a single modifier. A modifier must not be a subset of layouts of
 * another modifier. For instance, it's incorrect to encode pitch alignment in
 * a modifier: a buffer may match a 64-pixel aligned modifier and a 32-pixel
 * aligned modifier. That said, modifiers can have implicit minimal
 * requirements.
 *
 * For modifiers where the combination of fourcc code and modifier can alias,
 * a canonical pair needs to be defined and used by all drivers. Preferred
 * combinations are also encouraged where all combinations might lead to
 * confusion and unnecessarily reduced interoperability. An example for the
 * latter is AFBC, where the ABGR layouts are preferred over ARGB layouts.
 *
 * There are two kinds of modifier users:
 *
 * - Kernel and user-space drivers: for drivers it's important that modifiers
 *   don't alias, otherwise two drivers might support the same format but use
 *   different aliases, preventing them from sharing buffers in an efficient
 *   format.
 * - Higher-level programs interfacing with KMS/GBM/EGL/Vulkan/etc: these users
 *   see modifiers as opaque tokens they can check for equality and intersect.
 *   These users musn't need to know to reason about the modifier value
 *   (i.e. they are not expected to extract information out of the modifier).
 *
 * Vendors should document their modifier usage in as much detail as
 * possible, to ensure maximum compatibility across devices, drivers and
 * applications.
 *
 * The authoritative list of format modifier codes is found in
 * `include/uapi/drm/drm_fourcc.h`
 *
 * Open Source User Waiver
 * -----------------------
 *
 * Because this is the authoritative source for pixel formats and modifiers
 * referenced by GL, Vulkan extensions and other standards and hence used both
 * by open source and closed source driver stacks, the usual requirement for an
 * upstream in-kernel or open source userspace user does not apply.
 *
 * To ensure, as much as feasible, compatibility across stacks and avoid
 * confusion with incompatible enumerations stakeholders for all relevant driver
 * stacks should approve additions.
 */

#define fourcc_code(a, b, c, d) ((__u32)(a) | ((__u32)(b) << 8) | \
				 ((__u32)(c) << 16) | ((__u32)(d) << 24))

#define DRM_FORMAT_BIG_ENDIAN (1U<<31) /* format is big endian instead of little endian */

/* Reserve 0 for the invalid format specifier */
#define DRM_FORMAT_INVALID	0

/* color index */
#define DRM_FORMAT_C1		fourcc_code('C', '1', ' ', ' ') /* [7:0] C0:C1:C2:C3:C4:C5:C6:C7 1:1:1:1:1:1:1:1 eight pixels/byte */
#define DRM_FORMAT_C2		fourcc_code('C', '2', ' ', ' ') /* [7:0] C0:C1:C2:C3 2:2:2:2 four pixels/byte */
#define DRM_FORMAT_C4		fourcc_code('C', '4', ' ', ' ') /* [7:0] C0:C1 4:4 two pixels/byte */
#define DRM_FORMAT_C8		fourcc_code('C', '8', ' ', ' ') /* [7:0] C */

/* 1 bpp Darkness (inverse relationship between channel value and brightness) */
#define DRM_FORMAT_D1		fourcc_code('D', '1', ' ', ' ') /* [7:0] D0:D1:D2:D3:D4:D5:D6:D7 1:1:1:1:1:1:1:1 eight pixels/byte */

/* 2 bpp Darkness (inverse relationship between channel value and brightness) */
#define DRM_FORMAT_D2		fourcc_code('D', '2', ' ', ' ') /* [7:0] D0:D1:D2:D3 2:2:2:2 four pixels/byte */

/* 4 bpp Darkness (inverse relationship between channel value and brightness) */
#define DRM_FORMAT_D4		fourcc_code('D', '4', ' ', ' ') /* [7:0] D0:D1 4:4 two pixels/byte */

/* 8 bpp Darkness (inverse relationship between channel value and brightness) */
#define DRM_FORMAT_D8		fourcc_code('D', '8', ' ', ' ') /* [7:0] D */

/* 1 bpp Red (direct relationship between channel value and brightness) */
#define DRM_FORMAT_R1		fourcc_code('R', '1', ' ', ' ') /* [7:0] R0:R1:R2:R3:R4:R5:R6:R7 1:1:1:1:1:1:1:1 eight pixels/byte */

/* 2 bpp Red (direct relationship between channel value and brightness) */
#define DRM_FORMAT_R2		fourcc_code('R', '2', ' ', ' ') /* [7:0] R0:R1:R2:R3 2:2:2:2 four pixels/byte */

/* 4 bpp Red (direct relationship between channel value and brightness) */
#define DRM_FORMAT_R4		fourcc_code('R', '4', ' ', ' ') /* [7:0] R0:R1 4:4 two pixels/byte */

/* 8 bpp Red (direct relationship between channel value and brightness) */
#define DRM_FORMAT_R8		fourcc_code('R', '8', ' ', ' ') /* [7:0] R */

/* 10 bpp Red (direct relationship between channel value and brightness) */
#define DRM_FORMAT_R10		fourcc_code('R', '1', '0', ' ') /* [15:0] x:R 6:10 little endian */

/* 12 bpp Red (direct relationship between channel value and brightness) */
#define DRM_FORMAT_R12		fourcc_code('R', '1', '2', ' ') /* [15:0] x:R 4:12 little endian */

/* 16 bpp Red (direct relationship between channel value and brightness) */
#define DRM_FORMAT_R16		fourcc_code('R', '1', '6', ' ') /* [15:0] R little endian */

/* 16 bpp RG */
#define DRM_FORMAT_RG88		fourcc_code('R', 'G', '8', '8') /* [15:0] R:G 8:8 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_GR88		fourcc_code('G', 'R', '8', '8') /* [15:0] G:R 8:8 little endian */

/* 32 bpp RG */
#define DRM_FORMAT_RG1616	fourcc_code('R', 'G', '3', '2') /* [31:0] R:G 16:16 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_GR1616	fourcc_code('G', 'R', '3', '2') /* [31:0] G:R 16:16 little endian */

/* 8 bpp RGB */
#define DRM_FORMAT_RGB332	fourcc_code('R', 'G', 'B', '8') /* [7:0] R:G:B 3:3:2 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_BGR233	fourcc_code('B', 'G', 'R', '8') /* [7:0] B:G:R 2:3:3 */

/* 16 bpp RGB */
#define DRM_FORMAT_XRGB4444	fourcc_code('X', 'R', '1', '2') /* [15:0] x:R:G:B 4:4:4:4 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_XBGR4444	fourcc_code('X', 'B', '1', '2') /* [15:0] x:B:G:R 4:4:4:4 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_RGBX4444	fourcc_code('R', 'X', '1', '2') /* [15:0] R:G:B:x 4:4:4:4 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_BGRX4444	fourcc_code('B', 'X', '1', '2') /* [15:0] B:G:R:x 4:4:4:4 little endian */

#define DRM_FORMAT_ARGB4444	fourcc_code('A', 'R', '1', '2') /* [15:0] A:R:G:B 4:4:4:4 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_ABGR4444	fourcc_code('A', 'B', '1', '2') /* [15:0] A:B:G:R 4:4:4:4 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_RGBA4444	fourcc_code('R', 'A', '1', '2') /* [15:0] R:G:B:A 4:4:4:4 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_BGRA4444	fourcc_code('B', 'A', '1', '2') /* [15:0] B:G:R:A 4:4:4:4 little endian */

#define DRM_FORMAT_XRGB1555	fourcc_code('X', 'R', '1', '5') /* [15:0] x:R:G:B 1:5:5:5 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_XBGR1555	fourcc_code('X', 'B', '1', '5') /* [15:0] x:B:G:R 1:5:5:5 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_RGBX5551	fourcc_code('R', 'X', '1', '5') /* [15:0] R:G:B:x 5:5:5:1 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_BGRX5551	fourcc_code('B', 'X', '1', '5') /* [15:0] B:G:R:x 5:5:5:1 little endian */

#define DRM_FORMAT_ARGB1555	fourcc_code('A', 'R', '1', '5') /* [15:0] A:R:G:B 1:5:5:5 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_ABGR1555	fourcc_code('A', 'B', '1', '5') /* [15:0] A:B:G:R 1:5:5:5 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_RGBA5551	fourcc_code('R', 'A', '1', '5') /* [15:0] R:G:B:A 5:5:5:1 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_BGRA5551	fourcc_code('B', 'A', '1', '5') /* [15:0] B:G:R:A 5:5:5:1 little endian */

#define DRM_FORMAT_RGB565	fourcc_code('R', 'G', '1', '6') /* [15:0] R:G:B 5:6:5 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_BGR565	fourcc_code('B', 'G', '1', '6') /* [15:0] B:G:R 5:6:5 little endian */

/* 24 bpp RGB */
#define DRM_FORMAT_RGB888	fourcc_code('R', 'G', '2', '4') /* [23:0] R:G:B little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_BGR888	fourcc_code('B', 'G', '2', '4') /* [23:0] B:G:R little endian */

/* 32 bpp RGB */
#define DRM_FORMAT_XRGB8888	fourcc_code('X', 'R', '2', '4') /* [31:0] x:R:G:B 8:8:8:8 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_XBGR8888	fourcc_code('X', 'B', '2', '4') /* [31:0] x:B:G:R 8:8:8:8 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_RGBX8888	fourcc_code('R', 'X', '2', '4') /* [31:0] R:G:B:x 8:8:8:8 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_BGRX8888	fourcc_code('B', 'X', '2', '4') /* [31:0] B:G:R:x 8:8:8:8 little endian */

#define DRM_FORMAT_ARGB8888	fourcc_code('A', 'R', '2', '4') /* [31:0] A:R:G:B 8:8:8:8 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_ABGR8888	fourcc_code('A', 'B', '2', '4') /* [31:0] A:B:G:R 8:8:8:8 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_RGBA8888	fourcc_code('R', 'A', '2', '4') /* [31:0] R:G:B:A 8:8:8:8 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_BGRA8888	fourcc_code('B', 'A', '2', '4') /* [31:0] B:G:R:A 8:8:8:8 little endian */

#define DRM_FORMAT_XRGB2101010	fourcc_code('X', 'R', '3', '0') /* [31:0] x:R:G:B 2:10:10:10 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_XBGR2101010	fourcc_code('X', 'B', '3', '0') /* [31:0] x:B:G:R 2:10:10:10 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_RGBX1010102	fourcc_code('R', 'X', '3', '0') /* [31:0] R:G:B:x 10:10:10:2 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_BGRX1010102	fourcc_code('B', 'X', '3', '0') /* [31:0] B:G:R:x 10:10:10:2 little endian */

#define DRM_FORMAT_ARGB2101010	fourcc_code('A', 'R', '3', '0') /* [31:0] A:R:G:B 2:10:10:10 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_ABGR2101010	fourcc_code('A', 'B', '3', '0') /* [31:0] A:B:G:R 2:10:10:10 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_RGBA1010102	fourcc_code('R', 'A', '3', '0') /* [31:0] R:G:B:A 10:10:10:2 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_BGRA1010102	fourcc_code('B', 'A', '3', '0') /* [31:0] B:G:R:A 10:10:10:2 little endian */

/* 64 bpp RGB */
#define DRM_FORMAT_XRGB16161616	fourcc_code('X', 'R', '4', '8') /* [63:0] x:R:G:B 16:16:16:16 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_XBGR16161616	fourcc_code('X', 'B', '4', '8') /* [63:0] x:B:G:R 16:16:16:16 little endian */

#define DRM_FORMAT_ARGB16161616	fourcc_code('A', 'R', '4', '8') /* [63:0] A:R:G:B 16:16:16:16 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_ABGR16161616	fourcc_code('A', 'B', '4', '8') /* [63:0] A:B:G:R 16:16:16:16 little endian */

/*
 * Floating point 64bpp RGB
 * IEEE 754-2008 binary16 half-precision float
 * [15:0] sign:exponent:mantissa 1:5:10
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_XRGB16161616F fourcc_code('X', 'R', '4', 'H') /* [63:0] x:R:G:B 16:16:16:16 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_XBGR16161616F fourcc_code('X', 'B', '4', 'H') /* [63:0] x:B:G:R 16:16:16:16 little endian */

#define DRM_FORMAT_ARGB16161616F fourcc_code('A', 'R', '4', 'H') /* [63:0] A:R:G:B 16:16:16:16 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_ABGR16161616F fourcc_code('A', 'B', '4', 'H') /* [63:0] A:B:G:R 16:16:16:16 little endian */

/*
 * RGBA format with 10-bit components packed in 64-bit per pixel, with 6 bits
 * of unused padding per component:
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_AXBXGXRX106106106106 fourcc_code('A', 'B', '1', '0') /* [63:0] A:x:B:x:G:x:R:x 10:6:10:6:10:6:10:6 little endian */

/* packed YCbCr */
#define DRM_FORMAT_YUYV		fourcc_code('Y', 'U', 'Y', 'V') /* [31:0] Cr0:Y1:Cb0:Y0 8:8:8:8 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_YVYU		fourcc_code('Y', 'V', 'Y', 'U') /* [31:0] Cb0:Y1:Cr0:Y0 8:8:8:8 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_UYVY		fourcc_code('U', 'Y', 'V', 'Y') /* [31:0] Y1:Cr0:Y0:Cb0 8:8:8:8 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_VYUY		fourcc_code('V', 'Y', 'U', 'Y') /* [31:0] Y1:Cb0:Y0:Cr0 8:8:8:8 little endian */

#define DRM_FORMAT_AYUV		fourcc_code('A', 'Y', 'U', 'V') /* [31:0] A:Y:Cb:Cr 8:8:8:8 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_AVUY8888	fourcc_code('A', 'V', 'U', 'Y') /* [31:0] A:Cr:Cb:Y 8:8:8:8 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_XYUV8888	fourcc_code('X', 'Y', 'U', 'V') /* [31:0] X:Y:Cb:Cr 8:8:8:8 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_XVUY8888	fourcc_code('X', 'V', 'U', 'Y') /* [31:0] X:Cr:Cb:Y 8:8:8:8 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_VUY888	fourcc_code('V', 'U', '2', '4') /* [23:0] Cr:Cb:Y 8:8:8 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_VUY101010	fourcc_code('V', 'U', '3', '0') /* Y followed by U then V, 10:10:10. Non-linear modifier only */

/*
 * packed Y2xx indicate for each component, xx valid data occupy msb
 * 16-xx padding occupy lsb
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_Y210         fourcc_code('Y', '2', '1', '0') /* [63:0] Cr0:0:Y1:0:Cb0:0:Y0:0 10:6:10:6:10:6:10:6 little endian per 2 Y pixels */
#define DRM_FORMAT_Y212         fourcc_code('Y', '2', '1', '2') /* [63:0] Cr0:0:Y1:0:Cb0:0:Y0:0 12:4:12:4:12:4:12:4 little endian per 2 Y pixels */
#define DRM_FORMAT_Y216         fourcc_code('Y', '2', '1', '6') /* [63:0] Cr0:Y1:Cb0:Y0 16:16:16:16 little endian per 2 Y pixels */

/*
 * packed Y4xx indicate for each component, xx valid data occupy msb
 * 16-xx padding occupy lsb except Y410
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_Y410         fourcc_code('Y', '4', '1', '0') /* [31:0] A:Cr:Y:Cb 2:10:10:10 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_Y412         fourcc_code('Y', '4', '1', '2') /* [63:0] A:0:Cr:0:Y:0:Cb:0 12:4:12:4:12:4:12:4 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_Y416         fourcc_code('Y', '4', '1', '6') /* [63:0] A:Cr:Y:Cb 16:16:16:16 little endian */

#define DRM_FORMAT_XVYU2101010	fourcc_code('X', 'V', '3', '0') /* [31:0] X:Cr:Y:Cb 2:10:10:10 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_XVYU12_16161616	fourcc_code('X', 'V', '3', '6') /* [63:0] X:0:Cr:0:Y:0:Cb:0 12:4:12:4:12:4:12:4 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_XVYU16161616	fourcc_code('X', 'V', '4', '8') /* [63:0] X:Cr:Y:Cb 16:16:16:16 little endian */

/*
 * packed YCbCr420 2x2 tiled formats
 * first 64 bits will contain Y,Cb,Cr components for a 2x2 tile
 */
/* [63:0]   A3:A2:Y3:0:Cr0:0:Y2:0:A1:A0:Y1:0:Cb0:0:Y0:0  1:1:8:2:8:2:8:2:1:1:8:2:8:2:8:2 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_Y0L0		fourcc_code('Y', '0', 'L', '0')
/* [63:0]   X3:X2:Y3:0:Cr0:0:Y2:0:X1:X0:Y1:0:Cb0:0:Y0:0  1:1:8:2:8:2:8:2:1:1:8:2:8:2:8:2 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_X0L0		fourcc_code('X', '0', 'L', '0')

/* [63:0]   A3:A2:Y3:Cr0:Y2:A1:A0:Y1:Cb0:Y0  1:1:10:10:10:1:1:10:10:10 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_Y0L2		fourcc_code('Y', '0', 'L', '2')
/* [63:0]   X3:X2:Y3:Cr0:Y2:X1:X0:Y1:Cb0:Y0  1:1:10:10:10:1:1:10:10:10 little endian */
#define DRM_FORMAT_X0L2		fourcc_code('X', '0', 'L', '2')

/*
 * 1-plane YUV 4:2:0
 * In these formats, the component ordering is specified (Y, followed by U
 * then V), but the exact Linear layout is undefined.
 * These formats can only be used with a non-Linear modifier.
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_YUV420_8BIT	fourcc_code('Y', 'U', '0', '8')
#define DRM_FORMAT_YUV420_10BIT	fourcc_code('Y', 'U', '1', '0')

/*
 * 2 plane RGB + A
 * index 0 = RGB plane, same format as the corresponding non _A8 format has
 * index 1 = A plane, [7:0] A
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_XRGB8888_A8	fourcc_code('X', 'R', 'A', '8')
#define DRM_FORMAT_XBGR8888_A8	fourcc_code('X', 'B', 'A', '8')
#define DRM_FORMAT_RGBX8888_A8	fourcc_code('R', 'X', 'A', '8')
#define DRM_FORMAT_BGRX8888_A8	fourcc_code('B', 'X', 'A', '8')
#define DRM_FORMAT_RGB888_A8	fourcc_code('R', '8', 'A', '8')
#define DRM_FORMAT_BGR888_A8	fourcc_code('B', '8', 'A', '8')
#define DRM_FORMAT_RGB565_A8	fourcc_code('R', '5', 'A', '8')
#define DRM_FORMAT_BGR565_A8	fourcc_code('B', '5', 'A', '8')

/*
 * 2 plane YCbCr
 * index 0 = Y plane, [7:0] Y
 * index 1 = Cr:Cb plane, [15:0] Cr:Cb little endian
 * or
 * index 1 = Cb:Cr plane, [15:0] Cb:Cr little endian
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_NV12		fourcc_code('N', 'V', '1', '2') /* 2x2 subsampled Cr:Cb plane */
#define DRM_FORMAT_NV21		fourcc_code('N', 'V', '2', '1') /* 2x2 subsampled Cb:Cr plane */
#define DRM_FORMAT_NV16		fourcc_code('N', 'V', '1', '6') /* 2x1 subsampled Cr:Cb plane */
#define DRM_FORMAT_NV61		fourcc_code('N', 'V', '6', '1') /* 2x1 subsampled Cb:Cr plane */
#define DRM_FORMAT_NV24		fourcc_code('N', 'V', '2', '4') /* non-subsampled Cr:Cb plane */
#define DRM_FORMAT_NV42		fourcc_code('N', 'V', '4', '2') /* non-subsampled Cb:Cr plane */
/*
 * 2 plane YCbCr
 * index 0 = Y plane, [39:0] Y3:Y2:Y1:Y0 little endian
 * index 1 = Cr:Cb plane, [39:0] Cr1:Cb1:Cr0:Cb0 little endian
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_NV15		fourcc_code('N', 'V', '1', '5') /* 2x2 subsampled Cr:Cb plane */

/*
 * 2 plane YCbCr MSB aligned
 * index 0 = Y plane, [15:0] Y:x [10:6] little endian
 * index 1 = Cr:Cb plane, [31:0] Cr:x:Cb:x [10:6:10:6] little endian
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_P210		fourcc_code('P', '2', '1', '0') /* 2x1 subsampled Cr:Cb plane, 10 bit per channel */

/*
 * 2 plane YCbCr MSB aligned
 * index 0 = Y plane, [15:0] Y:x [10:6] little endian
 * index 1 = Cr:Cb plane, [31:0] Cr:x:Cb:x [10:6:10:6] little endian
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_P010		fourcc_code('P', '0', '1', '0') /* 2x2 subsampled Cr:Cb plane 10 bits per channel */

/*
 * 2 plane YCbCr MSB aligned
 * index 0 = Y plane, [15:0] Y:x [12:4] little endian
 * index 1 = Cr:Cb plane, [31:0] Cr:x:Cb:x [12:4:12:4] little endian
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_P012		fourcc_code('P', '0', '1', '2') /* 2x2 subsampled Cr:Cb plane 12 bits per channel */

/*
 * 2 plane YCbCr MSB aligned
 * index 0 = Y plane, [15:0] Y little endian
 * index 1 = Cr:Cb plane, [31:0] Cr:Cb [16:16] little endian
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_P016		fourcc_code('P', '0', '1', '6') /* 2x2 subsampled Cr:Cb plane 16 bits per channel */

/* 2 plane YCbCr420.
 * 3 10 bit components and 2 padding bits packed into 4 bytes.
 * index 0 = Y plane, [31:0] x:Y2:Y1:Y0 2:10:10:10 little endian
 * index 1 = Cr:Cb plane, [63:0] x:Cr2:Cb2:Cr1:x:Cb1:Cr0:Cb0 [2:10:10:10:2:10:10:10] little endian
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_P030		fourcc_code('P', '0', '3', '0') /* 2x2 subsampled Cr:Cb plane 10 bits per channel packed */

/* 3 plane non-subsampled (444) YCbCr
 * 16 bits per component, but only 10 bits are used and 6 bits are padded
 * index 0: Y plane, [15:0] Y:x [10:6] little endian
 * index 1: Cb plane, [15:0] Cb:x [10:6] little endian
 * index 2: Cr plane, [15:0] Cr:x [10:6] little endian
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_Q410		fourcc_code('Q', '4', '1', '0')

/* 3 plane non-subsampled (444) YCrCb
 * 16 bits per component, but only 10 bits are used and 6 bits are padded
 * index 0: Y plane, [15:0] Y:x [10:6] little endian
 * index 1: Cr plane, [15:0] Cr:x [10:6] little endian
 * index 2: Cb plane, [15:0] Cb:x [10:6] little endian
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_Q401		fourcc_code('Q', '4', '0', '1')

/*
 * 3 plane YCbCr
 * index 0: Y plane, [7:0] Y
 * index 1: Cb plane, [7:0] Cb
 * index 2: Cr plane, [7:0] Cr
 * or
 * index 1: Cr plane, [7:0] Cr
 * index 2: Cb plane, [7:0] Cb
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_YUV410	fourcc_code('Y', 'U', 'V', '9') /* 4x4 subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes */
#define DRM_FORMAT_YVU410	fourcc_code('Y', 'V', 'U', '9') /* 4x4 subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes */
#define DRM_FORMAT_YUV411	fourcc_code('Y', 'U', '1', '1') /* 4x1 subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes */
#define DRM_FORMAT_YVU411	fourcc_code('Y', 'V', '1', '1') /* 4x1 subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes */
#define DRM_FORMAT_YUV420	fourcc_code('Y', 'U', '1', '2') /* 2x2 subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes */
#define DRM_FORMAT_YVU420	fourcc_code('Y', 'V', '1', '2') /* 2x2 subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes */
#define DRM_FORMAT_YUV422	fourcc_code('Y', 'U', '1', '6') /* 2x1 subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes */
#define DRM_FORMAT_YVU422	fourcc_code('Y', 'V', '1', '6') /* 2x1 subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes */
#define DRM_FORMAT_YUV444	fourcc_code('Y', 'U', '2', '4') /* non-subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes */
#define DRM_FORMAT_YVU444	fourcc_code('Y', 'V', '2', '4') /* non-subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes */


/*
 * Format Modifiers:
 *
 * Format modifiers describe, typically, a re-ordering or modification
 * of the data in a plane of an FB.  This can be used to express tiled/
 * swizzled formats, or compression, or a combination of the two.
 *
 * The upper 8 bits of the format modifier are a vendor-id as assigned
 * below.  The lower 56 bits are assigned as vendor sees fit.
 */

/* Vendor Ids: */
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_VENDOR_NONE    0
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_VENDOR_INTEL   0x01
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_VENDOR_AMD     0x02
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_VENDOR_NVIDIA  0x03
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_VENDOR_SAMSUNG 0x04
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_VENDOR_QCOM    0x05
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_VENDOR_VIVANTE 0x06
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_VENDOR_BROADCOM 0x07
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_VENDOR_ARM     0x08
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_VENDOR_ALLWINNER 0x09
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_VENDOR_AMLOGIC 0x0a

/* add more to the end as needed */

#define DRM_FORMAT_RESERVED	      ((1ULL << 56) - 1)

#define fourcc_mod_get_vendor(modifier) \
	(((modifier) >> 56) & 0xff)

#define fourcc_mod_is_vendor(modifier, vendor) \
	(fourcc_mod_get_vendor(modifier) == DRM_FORMAT_MOD_VENDOR_## vendor)

#define fourcc_mod_code(vendor, val) \
	((((__u64)DRM_FORMAT_MOD_VENDOR_## vendor) << 56) | ((val) & 0x00ffffffffffffffULL))

/*
 * Format Modifier tokens:
 *
 * When adding a new token please document the layout with a code comment,
 * similar to the fourcc codes above. drm_fourcc.h is considered the
 * authoritative source for all of these.
 *
 * Generic modifier names:
 *
 * DRM_FORMAT_MOD_GENERIC_* definitions are used to provide vendor-neutral names
 * for layouts which are common across multiple vendors. To preserve
 * compatibility, in cases where a vendor-specific definition already exists and
 * a generic name for it is desired, the common name is a purely symbolic alias
 * and must use the same numerical value as the original definition.
 *
 * Note that generic names should only be used for modifiers which describe
 * generic layouts (such as pixel re-ordering), which may have
 * independently-developed support across multiple vendors.
 *
 * In future cases where a generic layout is identified before merging with a
 * vendor-specific modifier, a new 'GENERIC' vendor or modifier using vendor
 * 'NONE' could be considered. This should only be for obvious, exceptional
 * cases to avoid polluting the 'GENERIC' namespace with modifiers which only
 * apply to a single vendor.
 *
 * Generic names should not be used for cases where multiple hardware vendors
 * have implementations of the same standardised compression scheme (such as
 * AFBC). In those cases, all implementations should use the same format
 * modifier(s), reflecting the vendor of the standard.
 */

#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_GENERIC_16_16_TILE DRM_FORMAT_MOD_SAMSUNG_16_16_TILE

/*
 * Invalid Modifier
 *
 * This modifier can be used as a sentinel to terminate the format modifiers
 * list, or to initialize a variable with an invalid modifier. It might also be
 * used to report an error back to userspace for certain APIs.
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID	fourcc_mod_code(NONE, DRM_FORMAT_RESERVED)

/*
 * Linear Layout
 *
 * Just plain linear layout. Note that this is different from no specifying any
 * modifier (e.g. not setting DRM_MODE_FB_MODIFIERS in the DRM_ADDFB2 ioctl),
 * which tells the driver to also take driver-internal information into account
 * and so might actually result in a tiled framebuffer.
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_LINEAR	fourcc_mod_code(NONE, 0)

/*
 * Deprecated: use DRM_FORMAT_MOD_LINEAR instead
 *
 * The "none" format modifier doesn't actually mean that the modifier is
 * implicit, instead it means that the layout is linear. Whether modifiers are
 * used is out-of-band information carried in an API-specific way (e.g. in a
 * flag for drm_mode_fb_cmd2).
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_NONE	0

/* Intel framebuffer modifiers */

/*
 * Intel X-tiling layout
 *
 * This is a tiled layout using 4Kb tiles (except on gen2 where the tiles 2Kb)
 * in row-major layout. Within the tile bytes are laid out row-major, with
 * a platform-dependent stride. On top of that the memory can apply
 * platform-depending swizzling of some higher address bits into bit6.
 *
 * Note that this layout is only accurate on intel gen 8+ or valleyview chipsets.
 * On earlier platforms the is highly platforms specific and not useful for
 * cross-driver sharing. It exists since on a given platform it does uniquely
 * identify the layout in a simple way for i915-specific userspace, which
 * facilitated conversion of userspace to modifiers. Additionally the exact
 * format on some really old platforms is not known.
 */
#define I915_FORMAT_MOD_X_TILED	fourcc_mod_code(INTEL, 1)

/*
 * Intel Y-tiling layout
 *
 * This is a tiled layout using 4Kb tiles (except on gen2 where the tiles 2Kb)
 * in row-major layout. Within the tile bytes are laid out in OWORD (16 bytes)
 * chunks column-major, with a platform-dependent height. On top of that the
 * memory can apply platform-depending swizzling of some higher address bits
 * into bit6.
 *
 * Note that this layout is only accurate on intel gen 8+ or valleyview chipsets.
 * On earlier platforms the is highly platforms specific and not useful for
 * cross-driver sharing. It exists since on a given platform it does uniquely
 * identify the layout in a simple way for i915-specific userspace, which
 * facilitated conversion of userspace to modifiers. Additionally the exact
 * format on some really old platforms is not known.
 */
#define I915_FORMAT_MOD_Y_TILED	fourcc_mod_code(INTEL, 2)

/*
 * Intel Yf-tiling layout
 *
 * This is a tiled layout using 4Kb tiles in row-major layout.
 * Within the tile pixels are laid out in 16 256 byte units / sub-tiles which
 * are arranged in four groups (two wide, two high) with column-major layout.
 * Each group therefore consits out of four 256 byte units, which are also laid
 * out as 2x2 column-major.
 * 256 byte units are made out of four 64 byte blocks of pixels, producing
 * either a square block or a 2:1 unit.
 * 64 byte blocks of pixels contain four pixel rows of 16 bytes, where the width
 * in pixel depends on the pixel depth.
 */
#define I915_FORMAT_MOD_Yf_TILED fourcc_mod_code(INTEL, 3)

/*
 * Intel color control surface (CCS) for render compression
 *
 * The framebuffer format must be one of the 8:8:8:8 RGB formats.
 * The main surface will be plane index 0 and must be Y/Yf-tiled,
 * the CCS will be plane index 1.
 *
 * Each CCS tile matches a 1024x512 pixel area of the main surface.
 * To match certain aspects of the 3D hardware the CCS is
 * considered to be made up of normal 128Bx32 Y tiles, Thus
 * the CCS pitch must be specified in multiples of 128 bytes.
 *
 * In reality the CCS tile appears to be a 64Bx64 Y tile, composed
 * of QWORD (8 bytes) chunks instead of OWORD (16 bytes) chunks.
 * But that fact is not relevant unless the memory is accessed
 * directly.
 */
#define I915_FORMAT_MOD_Y_TILED_CCS	fourcc_mod_code(INTEL, 4)
#define I915_FORMAT_MOD_Yf_TILED_CCS	fourcc_mod_code(INTEL, 5)

/*
 * Intel color control surfaces (CCS) for Gen-12 render compression.
 *
 * The main surface is Y-tiled and at plane index 0, the CCS is linear and
 * at index 1. A 64B CCS cache line corresponds to an area of 4x1 tiles in
 * main surface. In other words, 4 bits in CCS map to a main surface cache
 * line pair. The main surface pitch is required to be a multiple of four
 * Y-tile widths.
 */
#define I915_FORMAT_MOD_Y_TILED_GEN12_RC_CCS fourcc_mod_code(INTEL, 6)

/*
 * Intel color control surfaces (CCS) for Gen-12 media compression
 *
 * The main surface is Y-tiled and at plane index 0, the CCS is linear and
 * at index 1. A 64B CCS cache line corresponds to an area of 4x1 tiles in
 * main surface. In other words, 4 bits in CCS map to a main surface cache
 * line pair. The main surface pitch is required to be a multiple of four
 * Y-tile widths. For semi-planar formats like NV12, CCS planes follow the
 * Y and UV planes i.e., planes 0 and 1 are used for Y and UV surfaces,
 * planes 2 and 3 for the respective CCS.
 */
#define I915_FORMAT_MOD_Y_TILED_GEN12_MC_CCS fourcc_mod_code(INTEL, 7)

/*
 * Intel Color Control Surface with Clear Color (CCS) for Gen-12 render
 * compression.
 *
 * The main surface is Y-tiled and is at plane index 0 whereas CCS is linear
 * and at index 1. The clear color is stored at index 2, and the pitch should
 * be 64 bytes aligned. The clear color structure is 256 bits. The first 128 bits
 * represents Raw Clear Color Red, Green, Blue and Alpha color each represented
 * by 32 bits. The raw clear color is consumed by the 3d engine and generates
 * the converted clear color of size 64 bits. The first 32 bits store the Lower
 * Converted Clear Color value and the next 32 bits store the Higher Converted
 * Clear Color value when applicable. The Converted Clear Color values are
 * consumed by the DE. The last 64 bits are used to store Color Discard Enable
 * and Depth Clear Value Valid which are ignored by the DE. A CCS cache line
 * corresponds to an area of 4x1 tiles in the main surface. The main surface
 * pitch is required to be a multiple of 4 tile widths.
 */
#define I915_FORMAT_MOD_Y_TILED_GEN12_RC_CCS_CC fourcc_mod_code(INTEL, 8)

/*
 * Intel Tile 4 layout
 *
 * This is a tiled layout using 4KB tiles in a row-major layout. It has the same
 * shape as Tile Y at two granularities: 4KB (128B x 32) and 64B (16B x 4). It
 * only differs from Tile Y at the 256B granularity in between. At this
 * granularity, Tile Y has a shape of 16B x 32 rows, but this tiling has a shape
 * of 64B x 8 rows.
 */
#define I915_FORMAT_MOD_4_TILED         fourcc_mod_code(INTEL, 9)

/*
 * Intel color control surfaces (CCS) for DG2 render compression.
 *
 * The main surface is Tile 4 and at plane index 0. The CCS data is stored
 * outside of the GEM object in a reserved memory area dedicated for the
 * storage of the CCS data for all RC/RC_CC/MC compressible GEM objects. The
 * main surface pitch is required to be a multiple of four Tile 4 widths.
 */
#define I915_FORMAT_MOD_4_TILED_DG2_RC_CCS fourcc_mod_code(INTEL, 10)

/*
 * Intel color control surfaces (CCS) for DG2 media compression.
 *
 * The main surface is Tile 4 and at plane index 0. For semi-planar formats
 * like NV12, the Y and UV planes are Tile 4 and are located at plane indices
 * 0 and 1, respectively. The CCS for all planes are stored outside of the
 * GEM object in a reserved memory area dedicated for the storage of the
 * CCS data for all RC/RC_CC/MC compressible GEM objects. The main surface
 * pitch is required to be a multiple of four Tile 4 widths.
 */
#define I915_FORMAT_MOD_4_TILED_DG2_MC_CCS fourcc_mod_code(INTEL, 11)

/*
 * Intel Color Control Surface with Clear Color (CCS) for DG2 render compression.
 *
 * The main surface is Tile 4 and at plane index 0. The CCS data is stored
 * outside of the GEM object in a reserved memory area dedicated for the
 * storage of the CCS data for all RC/RC_CC/MC compressible GEM objects. The
 * main surface pitch is required to be a multiple of four Tile 4 widths. The
 * clear color is stored at plane index 1 and the pitch should be 64 bytes
 * aligned. The format of the 256 bits of clear color data matches the one used
 * for the I915_FORMAT_MOD_Y_TILED_GEN12_RC_CCS_CC modifier, see its description
 * for details.
 */
#define I915_FORMAT_MOD_4_TILED_DG2_RC_CCS_CC fourcc_mod_code(INTEL, 12)

/*
 * Tiled, NV12MT, grouped in 64 (pixels) x 32 (lines) -sized macroblocks
 *
 * Macroblocks are laid in a Z-shape, and each pixel data is following the
 * standard NV12 style.
 * As for NV12, an image is the result of two frame buffers: one for Y,
 * one for the interleaved Cb/Cr components (1/2 the height of the Y buffer).
 * Alignment requirements are (for each buffer):
 * - multiple of 128 pixels for the width
 * - multiple of  32 pixels for the height
 *
 * For more information: see https://linuxtv.org/downloads/v4l-dvb-apis/re32.html
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_SAMSUNG_64_32_TILE	fourcc_mod_code(SAMSUNG, 1)

/*
 * Tiled, 16 (pixels) x 16 (lines) - sized macroblocks
 *
 * This is a simple tiled layout using tiles of 16x16 pixels in a row-major
 * layout. For YCbCr formats Cb/Cr components are taken in such a way that
 * they correspond to their 16x16 luma block.
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_SAMSUNG_16_16_TILE	fourcc_mod_code(SAMSUNG, 2)

/*
 * Qualcomm Compressed Format
 *
 * Refers to a compressed variant of the base format that is compressed.
 * Implementation may be platform and base-format specific.
 *
 * Each macrotile consists of m x n (mostly 4 x 4) tiles.
 * Pixel data pitch/stride is aligned with macrotile width.
 * Pixel data height is aligned with macrotile height.
 * Entire pixel data buffer is aligned with 4k(bytes).
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_QCOM_COMPRESSED	fourcc_mod_code(QCOM, 1)

/*
 * Qualcomm Tiled Format
 *
 * Similar to DRM_FORMAT_MOD_QCOM_COMPRESSED but not compressed.
 * Implementation may be platform and base-format specific.
 *
 * Each macrotile consists of m x n (mostly 4 x 4) tiles.
 * Pixel data pitch/stride is aligned with macrotile width.
 * Pixel data height is aligned with macrotile height.
 * Entire pixel data buffer is aligned with 4k(bytes).
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_QCOM_TILED3	fourcc_mod_code(QCOM, 3)

/*
 * Qualcomm Alternate Tiled Format
 *
 * Alternate tiled format typically only used within GMEM.
 * Implementation may be platform and base-format specific.
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_QCOM_TILED2	fourcc_mod_code(QCOM, 2)


/* Vivante framebuffer modifiers */

/*
 * Vivante 4x4 tiling layout
 *
 * This is a simple tiled layout using tiles of 4x4 pixels in a row-major
 * layout.
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_VIVANTE_TILED		fourcc_mod_code(VIVANTE, 1)

/*
 * Vivante 64x64 super-tiling layout
 *
 * This is a tiled layout using 64x64 pixel super-tiles, where each super-tile
 * contains 8x4 groups of 2x4 tiles of 4x4 pixels (like above) each, all in row-
 * major layout.
 *
 * For more information: see
 * https://github.com/etnaviv/etna_viv/blob/master/doc/hardware.md#texture-tiling
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_VIVANTE_SUPER_TILED	fourcc_mod_code(VIVANTE, 2)

/*
 * Vivante 4x4 tiling layout for dual-pipe
 *
 * Same as the 4x4 tiling layout, except every second 4x4 pixel tile starts at a
 * different base address. Offsets from the base addresses are therefore halved
 * compared to the non-split tiled layout.
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_VIVANTE_SPLIT_TILED	fourcc_mod_code(VIVANTE, 3)

/*
 * Vivante 64x64 super-tiling layout for dual-pipe
 *
 * Same as the 64x64 super-tiling layout, except every second 4x4 pixel tile
 * starts at a different base address. Offsets from the base addresses are
 * therefore halved compared to the non-split super-tiled layout.
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_VIVANTE_SPLIT_SUPER_TILED fourcc_mod_code(VIVANTE, 4)

/*
 * Vivante TS (tile-status) buffer modifiers. They can be combined with all of
 * the color buffer tiling modifiers defined above. When TS is present it's a
 * separate buffer containing the clear/compression status of each tile. The
 * modifiers are defined as VIVANTE_MOD_TS_c_s, where c is the color buffer
 * tile size in bytes covered by one entry in the status buffer and s is the
 * number of status bits per entry.
 * We reserve the top 8 bits of the Vivante modifier space for tile status
 * clear/compression modifiers, as future cores might add some more TS layout
 * variations.
 */
#define VIVANTE_MOD_TS_64_4               (1ULL << 48)
#define VIVANTE_MOD_TS_64_2               (2ULL << 48)
#define VIVANTE_MOD_TS_128_4              (3ULL << 48)
#define VIVANTE_MOD_TS_256_4              (4ULL << 48)
#define VIVANTE_MOD_TS_MASK               (0xfULL << 48)

/*
 * Vivante compression modifiers. Those depend on a TS modifier being present
 * as the TS bits get reinterpreted as compression tags instead of simple
 * clear markers when compression is enabled.
 */
#define VIVANTE_MOD_COMP_DEC400           (1ULL << 52)
#define VIVANTE_MOD_COMP_MASK             (0xfULL << 52)

/* Masking out the extension bits will yield the base modifier. */
#define VIVANTE_MOD_EXT_MASK              (VIVANTE_MOD_TS_MASK | \
                                           VIVANTE_MOD_COMP_MASK)

/* NVIDIA frame buffer modifiers */

/*
 * Tegra Tiled Layout, used by Tegra 2, 3 and 4.
 *
 * Pixels are arranged in simple tiles of 16 x 16 bytes.
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_NVIDIA_TEGRA_TILED fourcc_mod_code(NVIDIA, 1)

/*
 * Generalized Block Linear layout, used by desktop GPUs starting with NV50/G80,
 * and Tegra GPUs starting with Tegra K1.
 *
 * Pixels are arranged in Groups of Bytes (GOBs).  GOB size and layout varies
 * based on the architecture generation.  GOBs themselves are then arranged in
 * 3D blocks, with the block dimensions (in terms of GOBs) always being a power
 * of two, and hence expressible as their log2 equivalent (E.g., "2" represents
 * a block depth or height of "4").
 *
 * Chapter 20 "Pixel Memory Formats" of the Tegra X1 TRM describes this format
 * in full detail.
 *
 *       Macro
 * Bits  Param Description
 * ----  ----- -----------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 *  3:0  h     log2(height) of each block, in GOBs.  Placed here for
 *             compatibility with the existing
 *             DRM_FORMAT_MOD_NVIDIA_16BX2_BLOCK()-based modifiers.
 *
 *  4:4  -     Must be 1, to indicate block-linear layout.  Necessary for
 *             compatibility with the existing
 *             DRM_FORMAT_MOD_NVIDIA_16BX2_BLOCK()-based modifiers.
 *
 *  8:5  -     Reserved (To support 3D-surfaces with variable log2(depth) block
 *             size).  Must be zero.
 *
 *             Note there is no log2(width) parameter.  Some portions of the
 *             hardware support a block width of two gobs, but it is impractical
 *             to use due to lack of support elsewhere, and has no known
 *             benefits.
 *
 * 11:9  -     Reserved (To support 2D-array textures with variable array stride
 *             in blocks, specified via log2(tile width in blocks)).  Must be
 *             zero.
 *
 * 19:12 k     Page Kind.  This value directly maps to a field in the page
 *             tables of all GPUs >= NV50.  It affects the exact layout of bits
 *             in memory and can be derived from the tuple
 *
 *               (format, GPU model, compression type, samples per pixel)
 *
 *             Where compression type is defined below.  If GPU model were
 *             implied by the format modifier, format, or memory buffer, page
 *             kind would not need to be included in the modifier itself, but
 *             since the modifier should define the layout of the associated
 *             memory buffer independent from any device or other context, it
 *             must be included here.
 *
 * 21:20 g     GOB Height and Page Kind Generation.  The height of a GOB changed
 *             starting with Fermi GPUs.  Additionally, the mapping between page
 *             kind and bit layout has changed at various points.
 *
 *               0 = Gob Height 8, Fermi - Volta, Tegra K1+ Page Kind mapping
 *               1 = Gob Height 4, G80 - GT2XX Page Kind mapping
 *               2 = Gob Height 8, Turing+ Page Kind mapping
 *               3 = Reserved for future use.
 *
 * 22:22 s     Sector layout.  On Tegra GPUs prior to Xavier, there is a further
 *             bit remapping step that occurs at an even lower level than the
 *             page kind and block linear swizzles.  This causes the layout of
 *             surfaces mapped in those SOC's GPUs to be incompatible with the
 *             equivalent mapping on other GPUs in the same system.
 *
 *               0 = Tegra K1 - Tegra Parker/TX2 Layout.
 *               1 = Desktop GPU and Tegra Xavier+ Layout
 *
 * 25:23 c     Lossless Framebuffer Compression type.
 *
 *               0 = none
 *               1 = ROP/3D, layout 1, exact compression format implied by Page
 *                   Kind field
 *               2 = ROP/3D, layout 2, exact compression format implied by Page
 *                   Kind field
 *               3 = CDE horizontal
 *               4 = CDE vertical
 *               5 = Reserved for future use
 *               6 = Reserved for future use
 *               7 = Reserved for future use
 *
 * 55:25 -     Reserved for future use.  Must be zero.
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_NVIDIA_BLOCK_LINEAR_2D(c, s, g, k, h) \
	fourcc_mod_code(NVIDIA, (0x10 | \
				 ((h) & 0xf) | \
				 (((k) & 0xff) << 12) | \
				 (((g) & 0x3) << 20) | \
				 (((s) & 0x1) << 22) | \
				 (((c) & 0x7) << 23)))

/* To grandfather in prior block linear format modifiers to the above layout,
 * the page kind "0", which corresponds to "pitch/linear" and hence is unusable
 * with block-linear layouts, is remapped within drivers to the value 0xfe,
 * which corresponds to the "generic" kind used for simple single-sample
 * uncompressed color formats on Fermi - Volta GPUs.
 */
static __inline__ __u64
drm_fourcc_canonicalize_nvidia_format_mod(__u64 modifier)
{
	if (!(modifier & 0x10) || (modifier & (0xff << 12)))
		return modifier;
	else
		return modifier | (0xfe << 12);
}

/*
 * 16Bx2 Block Linear layout, used by Tegra K1 and later
 *
 * Pixels are arranged in 64x8 Groups Of Bytes (GOBs). GOBs are then stacked
 * vertically by a power of 2 (1 to 32 GOBs) to form a block.
 *
 * Within a GOB, data is ordered as 16B x 2 lines sectors laid in Z-shape.
 *
 * Parameter 'v' is the log2 encoding of the number of GOBs stacked vertically.
 * Valid values are:
 *
 * 0 == ONE_GOB
 * 1 == TWO_GOBS
 * 2 == FOUR_GOBS
 * 3 == EIGHT_GOBS
 * 4 == SIXTEEN_GOBS
 * 5 == THIRTYTWO_GOBS
 *
 * Chapter 20 "Pixel Memory Formats" of the Tegra X1 TRM describes this format
 * in full detail.
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_NVIDIA_16BX2_BLOCK(v) \
	DRM_FORMAT_MOD_NVIDIA_BLOCK_LINEAR_2D(0, 0, 0, 0, (v))

#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_NVIDIA_16BX2_BLOCK_ONE_GOB \
	DRM_FORMAT_MOD_NVIDIA_16BX2_BLOCK(0)
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_NVIDIA_16BX2_BLOCK_TWO_GOB \
	DRM_FORMAT_MOD_NVIDIA_16BX2_BLOCK(1)
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_NVIDIA_16BX2_BLOCK_FOUR_GOB \
	DRM_FORMAT_MOD_NVIDIA_16BX2_BLOCK(2)
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_NVIDIA_16BX2_BLOCK_EIGHT_GOB \
	DRM_FORMAT_MOD_NVIDIA_16BX2_BLOCK(3)
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_NVIDIA_16BX2_BLOCK_SIXTEEN_GOB \
	DRM_FORMAT_MOD_NVIDIA_16BX2_BLOCK(4)
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_NVIDIA_16BX2_BLOCK_THIRTYTWO_GOB \
	DRM_FORMAT_MOD_NVIDIA_16BX2_BLOCK(5)

/*
 * Some Broadcom modifiers take parameters, for example the number of
 * vertical lines in the image. Reserve the lower 32 bits for modifier
 * type, and the next 24 bits for parameters. Top 8 bits are the
 * vendor code.
 */
#define __fourcc_mod_broadcom_param_shift 8
#define __fourcc_mod_broadcom_param_bits 48
#define fourcc_mod_broadcom_code(val, params) \
	fourcc_mod_code(BROADCOM, ((((__u64)params) << __fourcc_mod_broadcom_param_shift) | val))
#define fourcc_mod_broadcom_param(m) \
	((int)(((m) >> __fourcc_mod_broadcom_param_shift) &	\
	       ((1ULL << __fourcc_mod_broadcom_param_bits) - 1)))
#define fourcc_mod_broadcom_mod(m) \
	((m) & ~(((1ULL << __fourcc_mod_broadcom_param_bits) - 1) <<	\
		 __fourcc_mod_broadcom_param_shift))

/*
 * Broadcom VC4 "T" format
 *
 * This is the primary layout that the V3D GPU can texture from (it
 * can't do linear).  The T format has:
 *
 * - 64b utiles of pixels in a raster-order grid according to cpp.  It's 4x4
 *   pixels at 32 bit depth.
 *
 * - 1k subtiles made of a 4x4 raster-order grid of 64b utiles (so usually
 *   16x16 pixels).
 *
 * - 4k tiles made of a 2x2 grid of 1k subtiles (so usually 32x32 pixels).  On
 *   even 4k tile rows, they're arranged as (BL, TL, TR, BR), and on odd rows
 *   they're (TR, BR, BL, TL), where bottom left is start of memory.
 *
 * - an image made of 4k tiles in rows either left-to-right (even rows of 4k
 *   tiles) or right-to-left (odd rows of 4k tiles).
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_BROADCOM_VC4_T_TILED fourcc_mod_code(BROADCOM, 1)

/*
 * Broadcom SAND format
 *
 * This is the native format that the H.264 codec block uses.  For VC4
 * HVS, it is only valid for H.264 (NV12/21) and RGBA modes.
 *
 * The image can be considered to be split into columns, and the
 * columns are placed consecutively into memory.  The width of those
 * columns can be either 32, 64, 128, or 256 pixels, but in practice
 * only 128 pixel columns are used.
 *
 * The pitch between the start of each column is set to optimally
 * switch between SDRAM banks. This is passed as the number of lines
 * of column width in the modifier (we can't use the stride value due
 * to various core checks that look at it , so you should set the
 * stride to width*cpp).
 *
 * Note that the column height for this format modifier is the same
 * for all of the planes, assuming that each column contains both Y
 * and UV.  Some SAND-using hardware stores UV in a separate tiled
 * image from Y to reduce the column height, which is not supported
 * with these modifiers.
 *
 * The DRM_FORMAT_MOD_BROADCOM_SAND128_COL_HEIGHT modifier is also
 * supported for DRM_FORMAT_P030 where the columns remain as 128 bytes
 * wide, but as this is a 10 bpp format that translates to 96 pixels.
 */

#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_BROADCOM_SAND32_COL_HEIGHT(v) \
	fourcc_mod_broadcom_code(2, v)
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_BROADCOM_SAND64_COL_HEIGHT(v) \
	fourcc_mod_broadcom_code(3, v)
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_BROADCOM_SAND128_COL_HEIGHT(v) \
	fourcc_mod_broadcom_code(4, v)
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_BROADCOM_SAND256_COL_HEIGHT(v) \
	fourcc_mod_broadcom_code(5, v)

#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_BROADCOM_SAND32 \
	DRM_FORMAT_MOD_BROADCOM_SAND32_COL_HEIGHT(0)
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_BROADCOM_SAND64 \
	DRM_FORMAT_MOD_BROADCOM_SAND64_COL_HEIGHT(0)
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_BROADCOM_SAND128 \
	DRM_FORMAT_MOD_BROADCOM_SAND128_COL_HEIGHT(0)
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_BROADCOM_SAND256 \
	DRM_FORMAT_MOD_BROADCOM_SAND256_COL_HEIGHT(0)

/* Broadcom UIF format
 *
 * This is the common format for the current Broadcom multimedia
 * blocks, including V3D 3.x and newer, newer video codecs, and
 * displays.
 *
 * The image consists of utiles (64b blocks), UIF blocks (2x2 utiles),
 * and macroblocks (4x4 UIF blocks).  Those 4x4 UIF block groups are
 * stored in columns, with padding between the columns to ensure that
 * moving from one column to the next doesn't hit the same SDRAM page
 * bank.
 *
 * To calculate the padding, it is assumed that each hardware block
 * and the software driving it knows the platform's SDRAM page size,
 * number of banks, and XOR address, and that it's identical between
 * all blocks using the format.  This tiling modifier will use XOR as
 * necessary to reduce the padding.  If a hardware block can't do XOR,
 * the assumption is that a no-XOR tiling modifier will be created.
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_BROADCOM_UIF fourcc_mod_code(BROADCOM, 6)

/*
 * Arm Framebuffer Compression (AFBC) modifiers
 *
 * AFBC is a proprietary lossless image compression protocol and format.
 * It provides fine-grained random access and minimizes the amount of data
 * transferred between IP blocks.
 *
 * AFBC has several features which may be supported and/or used, which are
 * represented using bits in the modifier. Not all combinations are valid,
 * and different devices or use-cases may support different combinations.
 *
 * Further information on the use of AFBC modifiers can be found in
 * Documentation/gpu/afbc.rst
 */

/*
 * The top 4 bits (out of the 56 bits alloted for specifying vendor specific
 * modifiers) denote the category for modifiers. Currently we have three
 * categories of modifiers ie AFBC, MISC and AFRC. We can have a maximum of
 * sixteen different categories.
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_ARM_CODE(__type, __val) \
	fourcc_mod_code(ARM, ((__u64)(__type) << 52) | ((__val) & 0x000fffffffffffffULL))

#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_ARM_TYPE_AFBC 0x00
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_ARM_TYPE_MISC 0x01

#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_ARM_AFBC(__afbc_mode) \
	DRM_FORMAT_MOD_ARM_CODE(DRM_FORMAT_MOD_ARM_TYPE_AFBC, __afbc_mode)

/*
 * AFBC superblock size
 *
 * Indicates the superblock size(s) used for the AFBC buffer. The buffer
 * size (in pixels) must be aligned to a multiple of the superblock size.
 * Four lowest significant bits(LSBs) are reserved for block size.
 *
 * Where one superblock size is specified, it applies to all planes of the
 * buffer (e.g. 16x16, 32x8). When multiple superblock sizes are specified,
 * the first applies to the Luma plane and the second applies to the Chroma
 * plane(s). e.g. (32x8_64x4 means 32x8 Luma, with 64x4 Chroma).
 * Multiple superblock sizes are only valid for multi-plane YCbCr formats.
 */
#define AFBC_FORMAT_MOD_BLOCK_SIZE_MASK      0xf
#define AFBC_FORMAT_MOD_BLOCK_SIZE_16x16     (1ULL)
#define AFBC_FORMAT_MOD_BLOCK_SIZE_32x8      (2ULL)
#define AFBC_FORMAT_MOD_BLOCK_SIZE_64x4      (3ULL)
#define AFBC_FORMAT_MOD_BLOCK_SIZE_32x8_64x4 (4ULL)

/*
 * AFBC lossless colorspace transform
 *
 * Indicates that the buffer makes use of the AFBC lossless colorspace
 * transform.
 */
#define AFBC_FORMAT_MOD_YTR     (1ULL <<  4)

/*
 * AFBC block-split
 *
 * Indicates that the payload of each superblock is split. The second
 * half of the payload is positioned at a predefined offset from the start
 * of the superblock payload.
 */
#define AFBC_FORMAT_MOD_SPLIT   (1ULL <<  5)

/*
 * AFBC sparse layout
 *
 * This flag indicates that the payload of each superblock must be stored at a
 * predefined position relative to the other superblocks in the same AFBC
 * buffer. This order is the same order used by the header buffer. In this mode
 * each superblock is given the same amount of space as an uncompressed
 * superblock of the particular format would require, rounding up to the next
 * multiple of 128 bytes in size.
 */
#define AFBC_FORMAT_MOD_SPARSE  (1ULL <<  6)

/*
 * AFBC copy-block restrict
 *
 * Buffers with this flag must obey the copy-block restriction. The restriction
 * is such that there are no copy-blocks referring across the border of 8x8
 * blocks. For the subsampled data the 8x8 limitation is also subsampled.
 */
#define AFBC_FORMAT_MOD_CBR     (1ULL <<  7)

/*
 * AFBC tiled layout
 *
 * The tiled layout groups superblocks in 8x8 or 4x4 tiles, where all
 * superblocks inside a tile are stored together in memory. 8x8 tiles are used
 * for pixel formats up to and including 32 bpp while 4x4 tiles are used for
 * larger bpp formats. The order between the tiles is scan line.
 * When the tiled layout is used, the buffer size (in pixels) must be aligned
 * to the tile size.
 */
#define AFBC_FORMAT_MOD_TILED   (1ULL <<  8)

/*
 * AFBC solid color blocks
 *
 * Indicates that the buffer makes use of solid-color blocks, whereby bandwidth
 * can be reduced if a whole superblock is a single color.
 */
#define AFBC_FORMAT_MOD_SC      (1ULL <<  9)

/*
 * AFBC double-buffer
 *
 * Indicates that the buffer is allocated in a layout safe for front-buffer
 * rendering.
 */
#define AFBC_FORMAT_MOD_DB      (1ULL << 10)

/*
 * AFBC buffer content hints
 *
 * Indicates that the buffer includes per-superblock content hints.
 */
#define AFBC_FORMAT_MOD_BCH     (1ULL << 11)

/* AFBC uncompressed storage mode
 *
 * Indicates that the buffer is using AFBC uncompressed storage mode.
 * In this mode all superblock payloads in the buffer use the uncompressed
 * storage mode, which is usually only used for data which cannot be compressed.
 * The buffer layout is the same as for AFBC buffers without USM set, this only
 * affects the storage mode of the individual superblocks. Note that even a
 * buffer without USM set may use uncompressed storage mode for some or all
 * superblocks, USM just guarantees it for all.
 */
#define AFBC_FORMAT_MOD_USM	(1ULL << 12)

/*
 * Arm Fixed-Rate Compression (AFRC) modifiers
 *
 * AFRC is a proprietary fixed rate image compression protocol and format,
 * designed to provide guaranteed bandwidth and memory footprint
 * reductions in graphics and media use-cases.
 *
 * AFRC buffers consist of one or more planes, with the same components
 * and meaning as an uncompressed buffer using the same pixel format.
 *
 * Within each plane, the pixel/luma/chroma values are grouped into
 * "coding unit" blocks which are individually compressed to a
 * fixed size (in bytes). All coding units within a given plane of a buffer
 * store the same number of values, and have the same compressed size.
 *
 * The coding unit size is configurable, allowing different rates of compression.
 *
 * The start of each AFRC buffer plane must be aligned to an alignment granule which
 * depends on the coding unit size.
 *
 * Coding Unit Size   Plane Alignment
 * ----------------   ---------------
 * 16 bytes           1024 bytes
 * 24 bytes           512  bytes
 * 32 bytes           2048 bytes
 *
 * Coding units are grouped into paging tiles. AFRC buffer dimensions must be aligned
 * to a multiple of the paging tile dimensions.
 * The dimensions of each paging tile depend on whether the buffer is optimised for
 * scanline (SCAN layout) or rotated (ROT layout) access.
 *
 * Layout   Paging Tile Width   Paging Tile Height
 * ------   -----------------   ------------------
 * SCAN     16 coding units     4 coding units
 * ROT      8  coding units     8 coding units
 *
 * The dimensions of each coding unit depend on the number of components
 * in the compressed plane and whether the buffer is optimised for
 * scanline (SCAN layout) or rotated (ROT layout) access.
 *
 * Number of Components in Plane   Layout      Coding Unit Width   Coding Unit Height
 * -----------------------------   ---------   -----------------   ------------------
 * 1                               SCAN        16 samples          4 samples
 * Example: 16x4 luma samples in a 'Y' plane
 *          16x4 chroma 'V' values, in the 'V' plane of a fully-planar YUV buffer
 * -----------------------------   ---------   -----------------   ------------------
 * 1                               ROT         8 samples           8 samples
 * Example: 8x8 luma samples in a 'Y' plane
 *          8x8 chroma 'V' values, in the 'V' plane of a fully-planar YUV buffer
 * -----------------------------   ---------   -----------------   ------------------
 * 2                               DONT CARE   8 samples           4 samples
 * Example: 8x4 chroma pairs in the 'UV' plane of a semi-planar YUV buffer
 * -----------------------------   ---------   -----------------   ------------------
 * 3                               DONT CARE   4 samples           4 samples
 * Example: 4x4 pixels in an RGB buffer without alpha
 * -----------------------------   ---------   -----------------   ------------------
 * 4                               DONT CARE   4 samples           4 samples
 * Example: 4x4 pixels in an RGB buffer with alpha
 */

#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_ARM_TYPE_AFRC 0x02

#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_ARM_AFRC(__afrc_mode) \
	DRM_FORMAT_MOD_ARM_CODE(DRM_FORMAT_MOD_ARM_TYPE_AFRC, __afrc_mode)

/*
 * AFRC coding unit size modifier.
 *
 * Indicates the number of bytes used to store each compressed coding unit for
 * one or more planes in an AFRC encoded buffer. The coding unit size for chrominance
 * is the same for both Cb and Cr, which may be stored in separate planes.
 *
 * AFRC_FORMAT_MOD_CU_SIZE_P0 indicates the number of bytes used to store
 * each compressed coding unit in the first plane of the buffer. For RGBA buffers
 * this is the only plane, while for semi-planar and fully-planar YUV buffers,
 * this corresponds to the luma plane.
 *
 * AFRC_FORMAT_MOD_CU_SIZE_P12 indicates the number of bytes used to store
 * each compressed coding unit in the second and third planes in the buffer.
 * For semi-planar and fully-planar YUV buffers, this corresponds to the chroma plane(s).
 *
 * For single-plane buffers, AFRC_FORMAT_MOD_CU_SIZE_P0 must be specified
 * and AFRC_FORMAT_MOD_CU_SIZE_P12 must be zero.
 * For semi-planar and fully-planar buffers, both AFRC_FORMAT_MOD_CU_SIZE_P0 and
 * AFRC_FORMAT_MOD_CU_SIZE_P12 must be specified.
 */
#define AFRC_FORMAT_MOD_CU_SIZE_MASK 0xf
#define AFRC_FORMAT_MOD_CU_SIZE_16 (1ULL)
#define AFRC_FORMAT_MOD_CU_SIZE_24 (2ULL)
#define AFRC_FORMAT_MOD_CU_SIZE_32 (3ULL)

#define AFRC_FORMAT_MOD_CU_SIZE_P0(__afrc_cu_size) (__afrc_cu_size)
#define AFRC_FORMAT_MOD_CU_SIZE_P12(__afrc_cu_size) ((__afrc_cu_size) << 4)

/*
 * AFRC scanline memory layout.
 *
 * Indicates if the buffer uses the scanline-optimised layout
 * for an AFRC encoded buffer, otherwise, it uses the rotation-optimised layout.
 * The memory layout is the same for all planes.
 */
#define AFRC_FORMAT_MOD_LAYOUT_SCAN (1ULL << 8)

/*
 * Arm 16x16 Block U-Interleaved modifier
 *
 * This is used by Arm Mali Utgard and Midgard GPUs. It divides the image
 * into 16x16 pixel blocks. Blocks are stored linearly in order, but pixels
 * in the block are reordered.
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_ARM_16X16_BLOCK_U_INTERLEAVED \
	DRM_FORMAT_MOD_ARM_CODE(DRM_FORMAT_MOD_ARM_TYPE_MISC, 1ULL)

/*
 * Allwinner tiled modifier
 *
 * This tiling mode is implemented by the VPU found on all Allwinner platforms,
 * codenamed sunxi. It is associated with a YUV format that uses either 2 or 3
 * planes.
 *
 * With this tiling, the luminance samples are disposed in tiles representing
 * 32x32 pixels and the chrominance samples in tiles representing 32x64 pixels.
 * The pixel order in each tile is linear and the tiles are disposed linearly,
 * both in row-major order.
 */
#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_ALLWINNER_TILED fourcc_mod_code(ALLWINNER, 1)

/*
 * Amlogic Video Framebuffer Compression modifiers
 *
 * Amlogic uses a proprietary lossless image compression protocol and format
 * for their hardware video codec accelerators, either video decoders or
 * video input encoders.
 *
 * It considerably reduces memory bandwidth while writing and reading
 * frames in memory.
 *
 * The underlying storage is considered to be 3 components, 8bit or 10-bit
 * per component YCbCr 420, single plane :
 * - DRM_FORMAT_YUV420_8BIT
 * - DRM_FORMAT_YUV420_10BIT
 *
 * The first 8 bits of the mode defines the layout, then the following 8 bits
 * defines the options changing the layout.
 *
 * Not all combinations are valid, and different SoCs may support different
 * combinations of layout and options.
 */
#define __fourcc_mod_amlogic_layout_mask 0xff
#define __fourcc_mod_amlogic_options_shift 8
#define __fourcc_mod_amlogic_options_mask 0xff

#define DRM_FORMAT_MOD_AMLOGIC_FBC(__layout, __options) \
	fourcc_mod_code(AMLOGIC, \
			((__layout) & __fourcc_mod_amlogic_layout_mask) | \
			(((__options) & __fourcc_mod_amlogic_options_mask) \
			 << __fourcc_mod_amlogic_options_shift))

/* Amlogic FBC Layouts */

/*
 * Amlogic FBC Basic Layout
 *
 * The basic layout is composed of:
 * - a body content organized in 64x32 superblocks with 4096 bytes per
 *   superblock in default mode.
 * - a 32 bytes per 128x64 header block
 *
 * This layout is transferrable between Amlogic SoCs supporting this modifier.
 */
#define AMLOGIC_FBC_LAYOUT_BASIC		(1ULL)

/*
 * Amlogic FBC Scatter Memory layout
 *
 * Indicates the header contains IOMMU references to the compressed
 * frames content to optimize memory access and layout.
 *
 * In this mode, only the header memory address is needed, thus the
 * content memory organization is tied to the current producer
 * execution and cannot be saved/dumped neither transferrable between
 * Amlogic SoCs supporting this modifier.
 *
 * Due to the nature of the layout, these buffers are not expected to
 * be accessible by the user-space clients, but only accessible by the
 * hardware producers and consumers.
 *
 * The user-space clients should expect a failure while trying to mmap
 * the DMA-BUF handle returned by the producer.
 */
#define AMLOGIC_FBC_LAYOUT_SCATTER		(2ULL)

/* Amlogic FBC Layout Options Bit Mask */

/*
 * Amlogic FBC Memory Saving mode
 *
 * Indicates the storage is packed when pixel size is multiple of word
 * boudaries, i.e. 8bit should be stored in this mode to save allocation
 * memory.
 *
 * This mode reduces body layout to 3072 bytes per 64x32 superblock with
 * the basic layout and 3200 bytes per 64x32 superblock combined with
 * the scatter layout.
 */
#define AMLOGIC_FBC_OPTION_MEM_SAVING		(1ULL << 0)

/*
 * AMD modifiers
 *
 * Memory layout:
 *
 * without DCC:
 *   - main surface
 *
 * with DCC & without DCC_RETILE:
 *   - main surface in plane 0
 *   - DCC surface in plane 1 (RB-aligned, pipe-aligned if DCC_PIPE_ALIGN is set)
 *
 * with DCC & DCC_RETILE:
 *   - main surface in plane 0
 *   - displayable DCC surface in plane 1 (not RB-aligned & not pipe-aligned)
 *   - pipe-aligned DCC surface in plane 2 (RB-aligned & pipe-aligned)
 *
 * For multi-plane formats the above surfaces get merged into one plane for
 * each format plane, based on the required alignment only.
 *
 * Bits  Parameter                Notes
 * ----- ------------------------ ---------------------------------------------
 *
 *   7:0 TILE_VERSION             Values are AMD_FMT_MOD_TILE_VER_*
 *  12:8 TILE                     Values are AMD_FMT_MOD_TILE_<version>_*
 *    13 DCC
 *    14 DCC_RETILE
 *    15 DCC_PIPE_ALIGN
 *    16 DCC_INDEPENDENT_64B
 *    17 DCC_INDEPENDENT_128B
 * 19:18 DCC_MAX_COMPRESSED_BLOCK Values are AMD_FMT_MOD_DCC_BLOCK_*
 *    20 DCC_CONSTANT_ENCODE
 * 23:21 PIPE_XOR_BITS            Only for some chips
 * 26:24 BANK_XOR_BITS            Only for some chips
 * 29:27 PACKERS                  Only for some chips
 * 32:30 RB                       Only for some chips
 * 35:33 PIPE                     Only for some chips
 * 55:36 -                        Reserved for future use, must be zero
 */
#define AMD_FMT_MOD fourcc_mod_code(AMD, 0)

#define IS_AMD_FMT_MOD(val) (((val) >> 56) == DRM_FORMAT_MOD_VENDOR_AMD)

/* Reserve 0 for GFX8 and older */
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_TILE_VER_GFX9 1
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_TILE_VER_GFX10 2
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_TILE_VER_GFX10_RBPLUS 3
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_TILE_VER_GFX11 4

/*
 * 64K_S is the same for GFX9/GFX10/GFX10_RBPLUS and hence has GFX9 as canonical
 * version.
 */
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_TILE_GFX9_64K_S 9

/*
 * 64K_D for non-32 bpp is the same for GFX9/GFX10/GFX10_RBPLUS and hence has
 * GFX9 as canonical version.
 */
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_TILE_GFX9_64K_D 10
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_TILE_GFX9_64K_S_X 25
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_TILE_GFX9_64K_D_X 26
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_TILE_GFX9_64K_R_X 27
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_TILE_GFX11_256K_R_X 31

#define AMD_FMT_MOD_DCC_BLOCK_64B 0
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_DCC_BLOCK_128B 1
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_DCC_BLOCK_256B 2

#define AMD_FMT_MOD_TILE_VERSION_SHIFT 0
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_TILE_VERSION_MASK 0xFF
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_TILE_SHIFT 8
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_TILE_MASK 0x1F

/* Whether DCC compression is enabled. */
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_DCC_SHIFT 13
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_DCC_MASK 0x1

/*
 * Whether to include two DCC surfaces, one which is rb & pipe aligned, and
 * one which is not-aligned.
 */
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_DCC_RETILE_SHIFT 14
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_DCC_RETILE_MASK 0x1

/* Only set if DCC_RETILE = false */
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_DCC_PIPE_ALIGN_SHIFT 15
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_DCC_PIPE_ALIGN_MASK 0x1

#define AMD_FMT_MOD_DCC_INDEPENDENT_64B_SHIFT 16
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_DCC_INDEPENDENT_64B_MASK 0x1
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_DCC_INDEPENDENT_128B_SHIFT 17
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_DCC_INDEPENDENT_128B_MASK 0x1
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_DCC_MAX_COMPRESSED_BLOCK_SHIFT 18
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_DCC_MAX_COMPRESSED_BLOCK_MASK 0x3

/*
 * DCC supports embedding some clear colors directly in the DCC surface.
 * However, on older GPUs the rendering HW ignores the embedded clear color
 * and prefers the driver provided color. This necessitates doing a fastclear
 * eliminate operation before a process transfers control.
 *
 * If this bit is set that means the fastclear eliminate is not needed for these
 * embeddable colors.
 */
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_DCC_CONSTANT_ENCODE_SHIFT 20
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_DCC_CONSTANT_ENCODE_MASK 0x1

/*
 * The below fields are for accounting for per GPU differences. These are only
 * relevant for GFX9 and later and if the tile field is *_X/_T.
 *
 * PIPE_XOR_BITS = always needed
 * BANK_XOR_BITS = only for TILE_VER_GFX9
 * PACKERS = only for TILE_VER_GFX10_RBPLUS
 * RB = only for TILE_VER_GFX9 & DCC
 * PIPE = only for TILE_VER_GFX9 & DCC & (DCC_RETILE | DCC_PIPE_ALIGN)
 */
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_PIPE_XOR_BITS_SHIFT 21
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_PIPE_XOR_BITS_MASK 0x7
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_BANK_XOR_BITS_SHIFT 24
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_BANK_XOR_BITS_MASK 0x7
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_PACKERS_SHIFT 27
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_PACKERS_MASK 0x7
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_RB_SHIFT 30
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_RB_MASK 0x7
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_PIPE_SHIFT 33
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_PIPE_MASK 0x7

#define AMD_FMT_MOD_SET(field, value) \
	((__u64)(value) << AMD_FMT_MOD_##field##_SHIFT)
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_GET(field, value) \
	(((value) >> AMD_FMT_MOD_##field##_SHIFT) & AMD_FMT_MOD_##field##_MASK)
#define AMD_FMT_MOD_CLEAR(field) \
	(~((__u64)AMD_FMT_MOD_##field##_MASK << AMD_FMT_MOD_##field##_SHIFT))

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif /* DRM_FOURCC_H */
/* radeon_drm.h -- Public header for the radeon driver -*- linux-c -*-
 *
 * Copyright 2000 Precision Insight, Inc., Cedar Park, Texas.
 * Copyright 2000 VA Linux Systems, Inc., Fremont, California.
 * Copyright 2002 Tungsten Graphics, Inc., Cedar Park, Texas.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
 * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
 * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
 * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
 * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
 * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
 * Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
 * PRECISION INSIGHT AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
 * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
 * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
 * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 *
 * Authors:
 *    Kevin E. Martin <martin@valinux.com>
 *    Gareth Hughes <gareth@valinux.com>
 *    Keith Whitwell <keith@tungstengraphics.com>
 */

#ifndef __RADEON_DRM_H__
#define __RADEON_DRM_H__

#include "drm.h"

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

/* WARNING: If you change any of these defines, make sure to change the
 * defines in the X server file (radeon_sarea.h)
 */
#ifndef __RADEON_SAREA_DEFINES__
#define __RADEON_SAREA_DEFINES__

/* Old style state flags, required for sarea interface (1.1 and 1.2
 * clears) and 1.2 drm_vertex2 ioctl.
 */
#define RADEON_UPLOAD_CONTEXT		0x00000001
#define RADEON_UPLOAD_VERTFMT		0x00000002
#define RADEON_UPLOAD_LINE		0x00000004
#define RADEON_UPLOAD_BUMPMAP		0x00000008
#define RADEON_UPLOAD_MASKS		0x00000010
#define RADEON_UPLOAD_VIEWPORT		0x00000020
#define RADEON_UPLOAD_SETUP		0x00000040
#define RADEON_UPLOAD_TCL		0x00000080
#define RADEON_UPLOAD_MISC		0x00000100
#define RADEON_UPLOAD_TEX0		0x00000200
#define RADEON_UPLOAD_TEX1		0x00000400
#define RADEON_UPLOAD_TEX2		0x00000800
#define RADEON_UPLOAD_TEX0IMAGES	0x00001000
#define RADEON_UPLOAD_TEX1IMAGES	0x00002000
#define RADEON_UPLOAD_TEX2IMAGES	0x00004000
#define RADEON_UPLOAD_CLIPRECTS		0x00008000	/* handled client-side */
#define RADEON_REQUIRE_QUIESCENCE	0x00010000
#define RADEON_UPLOAD_ZBIAS		0x00020000	/* version 1.2 and newer */
#define RADEON_UPLOAD_ALL		0x003effff
#define RADEON_UPLOAD_CONTEXT_ALL       0x003e01ff

/* New style per-packet identifiers for use in cmd_buffer ioctl with
 * the RADEON_EMIT_PACKET command.  Comments relate new packets to old
 * state bits and the packet size:
 */
#define RADEON_EMIT_PP_MISC                         0	/* context/7 */
#define RADEON_EMIT_PP_CNTL                         1	/* context/3 */
#define RADEON_EMIT_RB3D_COLORPITCH                 2	/* context/1 */
#define RADEON_EMIT_RE_LINE_PATTERN                 3	/* line/2 */
#define RADEON_EMIT_SE_LINE_WIDTH                   4	/* line/1 */
#define RADEON_EMIT_PP_LUM_MATRIX                   5	/* bumpmap/1 */
#define RADEON_EMIT_PP_ROT_MATRIX_0                 6	/* bumpmap/2 */
#define RADEON_EMIT_RB3D_STENCILREFMASK             7	/* masks/3 */
#define RADEON_EMIT_SE_VPORT_XSCALE                 8	/* viewport/6 */
#define RADEON_EMIT_SE_CNTL                         9	/* setup/2 */
#define RADEON_EMIT_SE_CNTL_STATUS                  10	/* setup/1 */
#define RADEON_EMIT_RE_MISC                         11	/* misc/1 */
#define RADEON_EMIT_PP_TXFILTER_0                   12	/* tex0/6 */
#define RADEON_EMIT_PP_BORDER_COLOR_0               13	/* tex0/1 */
#define RADEON_EMIT_PP_TXFILTER_1                   14	/* tex1/6 */
#define RADEON_EMIT_PP_BORDER_COLOR_1               15	/* tex1/1 */
#define RADEON_EMIT_PP_TXFILTER_2                   16	/* tex2/6 */
#define RADEON_EMIT_PP_BORDER_COLOR_2               17	/* tex2/1 */
#define RADEON_EMIT_SE_ZBIAS_FACTOR                 18	/* zbias/2 */
#define RADEON_EMIT_SE_TCL_OUTPUT_VTX_FMT           19	/* tcl/11 */
#define RADEON_EMIT_SE_TCL_MATERIAL_EMMISSIVE_RED   20	/* material/17 */
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXCBLEND_0                     21	/* tex0/4 */
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXCBLEND_1                     22	/* tex1/4 */
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXCBLEND_2                     23	/* tex2/4 */
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXCBLEND_3                     24	/* tex3/4 */
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXCBLEND_4                     25	/* tex4/4 */
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXCBLEND_5                     26	/* tex5/4 */
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXCBLEND_6                     27	/* /4 */
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXCBLEND_7                     28	/* /4 */
#define R200_EMIT_TCL_LIGHT_MODEL_CTL_0             29	/* tcl/7 */
#define R200_EMIT_TFACTOR_0                         30	/* tf/7 */
#define R200_EMIT_VTX_FMT_0                         31	/* vtx/5 */
#define R200_EMIT_VAP_CTL                           32	/* vap/1 */
#define R200_EMIT_MATRIX_SELECT_0                   33	/* msl/5 */
#define R200_EMIT_TEX_PROC_CTL_2                    34	/* tcg/5 */
#define R200_EMIT_TCL_UCP_VERT_BLEND_CTL            35	/* tcl/1 */
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXFILTER_0                     36	/* tex0/6 */
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXFILTER_1                     37	/* tex1/6 */
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXFILTER_2                     38	/* tex2/6 */
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXFILTER_3                     39	/* tex3/6 */
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXFILTER_4                     40	/* tex4/6 */
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXFILTER_5                     41	/* tex5/6 */
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXOFFSET_0                     42	/* tex0/1 */
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXOFFSET_1                     43	/* tex1/1 */
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXOFFSET_2                     44	/* tex2/1 */
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXOFFSET_3                     45	/* tex3/1 */
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXOFFSET_4                     46	/* tex4/1 */
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXOFFSET_5                     47	/* tex5/1 */
#define R200_EMIT_VTE_CNTL                          48	/* vte/1 */
#define R200_EMIT_OUTPUT_VTX_COMP_SEL               49	/* vtx/1 */
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TAM_DEBUG3                     50	/* tam/1 */
#define R200_EMIT_PP_CNTL_X                         51	/* cst/1 */
#define R200_EMIT_RB3D_DEPTHXY_OFFSET               52	/* cst/1 */
#define R200_EMIT_RE_AUX_SCISSOR_CNTL               53	/* cst/1 */
#define R200_EMIT_RE_SCISSOR_TL_0                   54	/* cst/2 */
#define R200_EMIT_RE_SCISSOR_TL_1                   55	/* cst/2 */
#define R200_EMIT_RE_SCISSOR_TL_2                   56	/* cst/2 */
#define R200_EMIT_SE_VAP_CNTL_STATUS                57	/* cst/1 */
#define R200_EMIT_SE_VTX_STATE_CNTL                 58	/* cst/1 */
#define R200_EMIT_RE_POINTSIZE                      59	/* cst/1 */
#define R200_EMIT_TCL_INPUT_VTX_VECTOR_ADDR_0       60	/* cst/4 */
#define R200_EMIT_PP_CUBIC_FACES_0                  61
#define R200_EMIT_PP_CUBIC_OFFSETS_0                62
#define R200_EMIT_PP_CUBIC_FACES_1                  63
#define R200_EMIT_PP_CUBIC_OFFSETS_1                64
#define R200_EMIT_PP_CUBIC_FACES_2                  65
#define R200_EMIT_PP_CUBIC_OFFSETS_2                66
#define R200_EMIT_PP_CUBIC_FACES_3                  67
#define R200_EMIT_PP_CUBIC_OFFSETS_3                68
#define R200_EMIT_PP_CUBIC_FACES_4                  69
#define R200_EMIT_PP_CUBIC_OFFSETS_4                70
#define R200_EMIT_PP_CUBIC_FACES_5                  71
#define R200_EMIT_PP_CUBIC_OFFSETS_5                72
#define RADEON_EMIT_PP_TEX_SIZE_0                   73
#define RADEON_EMIT_PP_TEX_SIZE_1                   74
#define RADEON_EMIT_PP_TEX_SIZE_2                   75
#define R200_EMIT_RB3D_BLENDCOLOR                   76
#define R200_EMIT_TCL_POINT_SPRITE_CNTL             77
#define RADEON_EMIT_PP_CUBIC_FACES_0                78
#define RADEON_EMIT_PP_CUBIC_OFFSETS_T0             79
#define RADEON_EMIT_PP_CUBIC_FACES_1                80
#define RADEON_EMIT_PP_CUBIC_OFFSETS_T1             81
#define RADEON_EMIT_PP_CUBIC_FACES_2                82
#define RADEON_EMIT_PP_CUBIC_OFFSETS_T2             83
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TRI_PERF_CNTL                  84
#define R200_EMIT_PP_AFS_0                          85
#define R200_EMIT_PP_AFS_1                          86
#define R200_EMIT_ATF_TFACTOR                       87
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXCTLALL_0                     88
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXCTLALL_1                     89
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXCTLALL_2                     90
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXCTLALL_3                     91
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXCTLALL_4                     92
#define R200_EMIT_PP_TXCTLALL_5                     93
#define R200_EMIT_VAP_PVS_CNTL                      94
#define RADEON_MAX_STATE_PACKETS                    95

/* Commands understood by cmd_buffer ioctl.  More can be added but
 * obviously these can't be removed or changed:
 */
#define RADEON_CMD_PACKET      1	/* emit one of the register packets above */
#define RADEON_CMD_SCALARS     2	/* emit scalar data */
#define RADEON_CMD_VECTORS     3	/* emit vector data */
#define RADEON_CMD_DMA_DISCARD 4	/* discard current dma buf */
#define RADEON_CMD_PACKET3     5	/* emit hw packet */
#define RADEON_CMD_PACKET3_CLIP 6	/* emit hw packet wrapped in cliprects */
#define RADEON_CMD_SCALARS2     7	/* r200 stopgap */
#define RADEON_CMD_WAIT         8	/* emit hw wait commands -- note:
					 *  doesn't make the cpu wait, just
					 *  the graphics hardware */
#define RADEON_CMD_VECLINEAR	9       /* another r200 stopgap */

typedef union {
	int i;
	struct {
		unsigned char cmd_type, pad0, pad1, pad2;
	} header;
	struct {
		unsigned char cmd_type, packet_id, pad0, pad1;
	} packet;
	struct {
		unsigned char cmd_type, offset, stride, count;
	} scalars;
	struct {
		unsigned char cmd_type, offset, stride, count;
	} vectors;
	struct {
		unsigned char cmd_type, addr_lo, addr_hi, count;
	} veclinear;
	struct {
		unsigned char cmd_type, buf_idx, pad0, pad1;
	} dma;
	struct {
		unsigned char cmd_type, flags, pad0, pad1;
	} wait;
} drm_radeon_cmd_header_t;

#define RADEON_WAIT_2D  0x1
#define RADEON_WAIT_3D  0x2

/* Allowed parameters for R300_CMD_PACKET3
 */
#define R300_CMD_PACKET3_CLEAR		0
#define R300_CMD_PACKET3_RAW		1

/* Commands understood by cmd_buffer ioctl for R300.
 * The interface has not been stabilized, so some of these may be removed
 * and eventually reordered before stabilization.
 */
#define R300_CMD_PACKET0		1
#define R300_CMD_VPU			2	/* emit vertex program upload */
#define R300_CMD_PACKET3		3	/* emit a packet3 */
#define R300_CMD_END3D			4	/* emit sequence ending 3d rendering */
#define R300_CMD_CP_DELAY		5
#define R300_CMD_DMA_DISCARD		6
#define R300_CMD_WAIT			7
#	define R300_WAIT_2D		0x1
#	define R300_WAIT_3D		0x2
/* these two defines are DOING IT WRONG - however
 * we have userspace which relies on using these.
 * The wait interface is backwards compat new 
 * code should use the NEW_WAIT defines below
 * THESE ARE NOT BIT FIELDS
 */
#	define R300_WAIT_2D_CLEAN	0x3
#	define R300_WAIT_3D_CLEAN	0x4

#	define R300_NEW_WAIT_2D_3D	0x3
#	define R300_NEW_WAIT_2D_2D_CLEAN	0x4
#	define R300_NEW_WAIT_3D_3D_CLEAN	0x6
#	define R300_NEW_WAIT_2D_2D_CLEAN_3D_3D_CLEAN	0x8

#define R300_CMD_SCRATCH		8
#define R300_CMD_R500FP                 9

typedef union {
	unsigned int u;
	struct {
		unsigned char cmd_type, pad0, pad1, pad2;
	} header;
	struct {
		unsigned char cmd_type, count, reglo, reghi;
	} packet0;
	struct {
		unsigned char cmd_type, count, adrlo, adrhi;
	} vpu;
	struct {
		unsigned char cmd_type, packet, pad0, pad1;
	} packet3;
	struct {
		unsigned char cmd_type, packet;
		unsigned short count;	/* amount of packet2 to emit */
	} delay;
	struct {
		unsigned char cmd_type, buf_idx, pad0, pad1;
	} dma;
	struct {
		unsigned char cmd_type, flags, pad0, pad1;
	} wait;
	struct {
		unsigned char cmd_type, reg, n_bufs, flags;
	} scratch;
	struct {
		unsigned char cmd_type, count, adrlo, adrhi_flags;
	} r500fp;
} drm_r300_cmd_header_t;

#define RADEON_FRONT			0x1
#define RADEON_BACK			0x2
#define RADEON_DEPTH			0x4
#define RADEON_STENCIL			0x8
#define RADEON_CLEAR_FASTZ		0x80000000
#define RADEON_USE_HIERZ		0x40000000
#define RADEON_USE_COMP_ZBUF		0x20000000

#define R500FP_CONSTANT_TYPE  (1 << 1)
#define R500FP_CONSTANT_CLAMP (1 << 2)

/* Primitive types
 */
#define RADEON_POINTS			0x1
#define RADEON_LINES			0x2
#define RADEON_LINE_STRIP		0x3
#define RADEON_TRIANGLES		0x4
#define RADEON_TRIANGLE_FAN		0x5
#define RADEON_TRIANGLE_STRIP		0x6

/* Vertex/indirect buffer size
 */
#define RADEON_BUFFER_SIZE		65536

/* Byte offsets for indirect buffer data
 */
#define RADEON_INDEX_PRIM_OFFSET	20

#define RADEON_SCRATCH_REG_OFFSET	32

#define R600_SCRATCH_REG_OFFSET         256

#define RADEON_NR_SAREA_CLIPRECTS	12

/* There are 2 heaps (local/GART).  Each region within a heap is a
 * minimum of 64k, and there are at most 64 of them per heap.
 */
#define RADEON_LOCAL_TEX_HEAP		0
#define RADEON_GART_TEX_HEAP		1
#define RADEON_NR_TEX_HEAPS		2
#define RADEON_NR_TEX_REGIONS		64
#define RADEON_LOG_TEX_GRANULARITY	16

#define RADEON_MAX_TEXTURE_LEVELS	12
#define RADEON_MAX_TEXTURE_UNITS	3

#define RADEON_MAX_SURFACES		8

/* Blits have strict offset rules.  All blit offset must be aligned on
 * a 1K-byte boundary.
 */
#define RADEON_OFFSET_SHIFT             10
#define RADEON_OFFSET_ALIGN             (1 << RADEON_OFFSET_SHIFT)
#define RADEON_OFFSET_MASK              (RADEON_OFFSET_ALIGN - 1)

#endif				/* __RADEON_SAREA_DEFINES__ */

typedef struct {
	unsigned int red;
	unsigned int green;
	unsigned int blue;
	unsigned int alpha;
} radeon_color_regs_t;

typedef struct {
	/* Context state */
	unsigned int pp_misc;	/* 0x1c14 */
	unsigned int pp_fog_color;
	unsigned int re_solid_color;
	unsigned int rb3d_blendcntl;
	unsigned int rb3d_depthoffset;
	unsigned int rb3d_depthpitch;
	unsigned int rb3d_zstencilcntl;

	unsigned int pp_cntl;	/* 0x1c38 */
	unsigned int rb3d_cntl;
	unsigned int rb3d_coloroffset;
	unsigned int re_width_height;
	unsigned int rb3d_colorpitch;
	unsigned int se_cntl;

	/* Vertex format state */
	unsigned int se_coord_fmt;	/* 0x1c50 */

	/* Line state */
	unsigned int re_line_pattern;	/* 0x1cd0 */
	unsigned int re_line_state;

	unsigned int se_line_width;	/* 0x1db8 */

	/* Bumpmap state */
	unsigned int pp_lum_matrix;	/* 0x1d00 */

	unsigned int pp_rot_matrix_0;	/* 0x1d58 */
	unsigned int pp_rot_matrix_1;

	/* Mask state */
	unsigned int rb3d_stencilrefmask;	/* 0x1d7c */
	unsigned int rb3d_ropcntl;
	unsigned int rb3d_planemask;

	/* Viewport state */
	unsigned int se_vport_xscale;	/* 0x1d98 */
	unsigned int se_vport_xoffset;
	unsigned int se_vport_yscale;
	unsigned int se_vport_yoffset;
	unsigned int se_vport_zscale;
	unsigned int se_vport_zoffset;

	/* Setup state */
	unsigned int se_cntl_status;	/* 0x2140 */

	/* Misc state */
	unsigned int re_top_left;	/* 0x26c0 */
	unsigned int re_misc;
} drm_radeon_context_regs_t;

typedef struct {
	/* Zbias state */
	unsigned int se_zbias_factor;	/* 0x1dac */
	unsigned int se_zbias_constant;
} drm_radeon_context2_regs_t;

/* Setup registers for each texture unit
 */
typedef struct {
	unsigned int pp_txfilter;
	unsigned int pp_txformat;
	unsigned int pp_txoffset;
	unsigned int pp_txcblend;
	unsigned int pp_txablend;
	unsigned int pp_tfactor;
	unsigned int pp_border_color;
} drm_radeon_texture_regs_t;

typedef struct {
	unsigned int start;
	unsigned int finish;
	unsigned int prim:8;
	unsigned int stateidx:8;
	unsigned int numverts:16;	/* overloaded as offset/64 for elt prims */
	unsigned int vc_format;	/* vertex format */
} drm_radeon_prim_t;

typedef struct {
	drm_radeon_context_regs_t context;
	drm_radeon_texture_regs_t tex[RADEON_MAX_TEXTURE_UNITS];
	drm_radeon_context2_regs_t context2;
	unsigned int dirty;
} drm_radeon_state_t;

typedef struct {
	/* The channel for communication of state information to the
	 * kernel on firing a vertex buffer with either of the
	 * obsoleted vertex/index ioctls.
	 */
	drm_radeon_context_regs_t context_state;
	drm_radeon_texture_regs_t tex_state[RADEON_MAX_TEXTURE_UNITS];
	unsigned int dirty;
	unsigned int vertsize;
	unsigned int vc_format;

	/* The current cliprects, or a subset thereof.
	 */
	struct drm_clip_rect boxes[RADEON_NR_SAREA_CLIPRECTS];
	unsigned int nbox;

	/* Counters for client-side throttling of rendering clients.
	 */
	unsigned int last_frame;
	unsigned int last_dispatch;
	unsigned int last_clear;

	struct drm_tex_region tex_list[RADEON_NR_TEX_HEAPS][RADEON_NR_TEX_REGIONS +
						       1];
	unsigned int tex_age[RADEON_NR_TEX_HEAPS];
	int ctx_owner;
	int pfState;		/* number of 3d windows (0,1,2ormore) */
	int pfCurrentPage;	/* which buffer is being displayed? */
	int crtc2_base;		/* CRTC2 frame offset */
	int tiling_enabled;	/* set by drm, read by 2d + 3d clients */
} drm_radeon_sarea_t;

/* WARNING: If you change any of these defines, make sure to change the
 * defines in the Xserver file (xf86drmRadeon.h)
 *
 * KW: actually it's illegal to change any of this (backwards compatibility).
 */

/* Radeon specific ioctls
 * The device specific ioctl range is 0x40 to 0x79.
 */
#define DRM_RADEON_CP_INIT    0x00
#define DRM_RADEON_CP_START   0x01
#define DRM_RADEON_CP_STOP    0x02
#define DRM_RADEON_CP_RESET   0x03
#define DRM_RADEON_CP_IDLE    0x04
#define DRM_RADEON_RESET      0x05
#define DRM_RADEON_FULLSCREEN 0x06
#define DRM_RADEON_SWAP       0x07
#define DRM_RADEON_CLEAR      0x08
#define DRM_RADEON_VERTEX     0x09
#define DRM_RADEON_INDICES    0x0A
#define DRM_RADEON_NOT_USED
#define DRM_RADEON_STIPPLE    0x0C
#define DRM_RADEON_INDIRECT   0x0D
#define DRM_RADEON_TEXTURE    0x0E
#define DRM_RADEON_VERTEX2    0x0F
#define DRM_RADEON_CMDBUF     0x10
#define DRM_RADEON_GETPARAM   0x11
#define DRM_RADEON_FLIP       0x12
#define DRM_RADEON_ALLOC      0x13
#define DRM_RADEON_FREE       0x14
#define DRM_RADEON_INIT_HEAP  0x15
#define DRM_RADEON_IRQ_EMIT   0x16
#define DRM_RADEON_IRQ_WAIT   0x17
#define DRM_RADEON_CP_RESUME  0x18
#define DRM_RADEON_SETPARAM   0x19
#define DRM_RADEON_SURF_ALLOC 0x1a
#define DRM_RADEON_SURF_FREE  0x1b
/* KMS ioctl */
#define DRM_RADEON_GEM_INFO		0x1c
#define DRM_RADEON_GEM_CREATE		0x1d
#define DRM_RADEON_GEM_MMAP		0x1e
#define DRM_RADEON_GEM_PREAD		0x21
#define DRM_RADEON_GEM_PWRITE		0x22
#define DRM_RADEON_GEM_SET_DOMAIN	0x23
#define DRM_RADEON_GEM_WAIT_IDLE	0x24
#define DRM_RADEON_CS			0x26
#define DRM_RADEON_INFO			0x27
#define DRM_RADEON_GEM_SET_TILING	0x28
#define DRM_RADEON_GEM_GET_TILING	0x29
#define DRM_RADEON_GEM_BUSY		0x2a
#define DRM_RADEON_GEM_VA		0x2b
#define DRM_RADEON_GEM_OP		0x2c
#define DRM_RADEON_GEM_USERPTR		0x2d

#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_CP_INIT    DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_CP_INIT, drm_radeon_init_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_CP_START   DRM_IO(  DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_CP_START)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_CP_STOP    DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_CP_STOP, drm_radeon_cp_stop_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_CP_RESET   DRM_IO(  DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_CP_RESET)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_CP_IDLE    DRM_IO(  DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_CP_IDLE)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_RESET      DRM_IO(  DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_RESET)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_FULLSCREEN DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_FULLSCREEN, drm_radeon_fullscreen_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_SWAP       DRM_IO(  DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_SWAP)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_CLEAR      DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_CLEAR, drm_radeon_clear_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_VERTEX     DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_VERTEX, drm_radeon_vertex_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_INDICES    DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_INDICES, drm_radeon_indices_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_STIPPLE    DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_STIPPLE, drm_radeon_stipple_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_INDIRECT   DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_INDIRECT, drm_radeon_indirect_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_TEXTURE    DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_TEXTURE, drm_radeon_texture_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_VERTEX2    DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_VERTEX2, drm_radeon_vertex2_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_CMDBUF     DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_CMDBUF, drm_radeon_cmd_buffer_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_GETPARAM   DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_GETPARAM, drm_radeon_getparam_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_FLIP       DRM_IO(  DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_FLIP)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_ALLOC      DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_ALLOC, drm_radeon_mem_alloc_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_FREE       DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_FREE, drm_radeon_mem_free_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_INIT_HEAP  DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_INIT_HEAP, drm_radeon_mem_init_heap_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_IRQ_EMIT   DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_IRQ_EMIT, drm_radeon_irq_emit_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_IRQ_WAIT   DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_IRQ_WAIT, drm_radeon_irq_wait_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_CP_RESUME  DRM_IO(  DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_CP_RESUME)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_SETPARAM   DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_SETPARAM, drm_radeon_setparam_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_SURF_ALLOC DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_SURF_ALLOC, drm_radeon_surface_alloc_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_SURF_FREE  DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_SURF_FREE, drm_radeon_surface_free_t)
/* KMS */
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_GEM_INFO	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_GEM_INFO, struct drm_radeon_gem_info)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_GEM_CREATE	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_GEM_CREATE, struct drm_radeon_gem_create)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_GEM_MMAP	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_GEM_MMAP, struct drm_radeon_gem_mmap)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_GEM_PREAD	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_GEM_PREAD, struct drm_radeon_gem_pread)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_GEM_PWRITE	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_GEM_PWRITE, struct drm_radeon_gem_pwrite)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_GEM_SET_DOMAIN	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_GEM_SET_DOMAIN, struct drm_radeon_gem_set_domain)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_GEM_WAIT_IDLE	DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_GEM_WAIT_IDLE, struct drm_radeon_gem_wait_idle)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_CS		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_CS, struct drm_radeon_cs)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_INFO		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_INFO, struct drm_radeon_info)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_GEM_SET_TILING	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_GEM_SET_TILING, struct drm_radeon_gem_set_tiling)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_GEM_GET_TILING	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_GEM_GET_TILING, struct drm_radeon_gem_get_tiling)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_GEM_BUSY	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_GEM_BUSY, struct drm_radeon_gem_busy)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_GEM_VA		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_GEM_VA, struct drm_radeon_gem_va)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_GEM_OP		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_GEM_OP, struct drm_radeon_gem_op)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_GEM_USERPTR	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_GEM_USERPTR, struct drm_radeon_gem_userptr)

typedef struct drm_radeon_init {
	enum {
		RADEON_INIT_CP = 0x01,
		RADEON_CLEANUP_CP = 0x02,
		RADEON_INIT_R200_CP = 0x03,
		RADEON_INIT_R300_CP = 0x04,
		RADEON_INIT_R600_CP = 0x05
	} func;
	unsigned long sarea_priv_offset;
	int is_pci;
	int cp_mode;
	int gart_size;
	int ring_size;
	int usec_timeout;

	unsigned int fb_bpp;
	unsigned int front_offset, front_pitch;
	unsigned int back_offset, back_pitch;
	unsigned int depth_bpp;
	unsigned int depth_offset, depth_pitch;

	unsigned long fb_offset;
	unsigned long mmio_offset;
	unsigned long ring_offset;
	unsigned long ring_rptr_offset;
	unsigned long buffers_offset;
	unsigned long gart_textures_offset;
} drm_radeon_init_t;

typedef struct drm_radeon_cp_stop {
	int flush;
	int idle;
} drm_radeon_cp_stop_t;

typedef struct drm_radeon_fullscreen {
	enum {
		RADEON_INIT_FULLSCREEN = 0x01,
		RADEON_CLEANUP_FULLSCREEN = 0x02
	} func;
} drm_radeon_fullscreen_t;

#define CLEAR_X1	0
#define CLEAR_Y1	1
#define CLEAR_X2	2
#define CLEAR_Y2	3
#define CLEAR_DEPTH	4

typedef union drm_radeon_clear_rect {
	float f[5];
	unsigned int ui[5];
} drm_radeon_clear_rect_t;

typedef struct drm_radeon_clear {
	unsigned int flags;
	unsigned int clear_color;
	unsigned int clear_depth;
	unsigned int color_mask;
	unsigned int depth_mask;	/* misnamed field:  should be stencil */
	drm_radeon_clear_rect_t *depth_boxes;
} drm_radeon_clear_t;

typedef struct drm_radeon_vertex {
	int prim;
	int idx;		/* Index of vertex buffer */
	int count;		/* Number of vertices in buffer */
	int discard;		/* Client finished with buffer? */
} drm_radeon_vertex_t;

typedef struct drm_radeon_indices {
	int prim;
	int idx;
	int start;
	int end;
	int discard;		/* Client finished with buffer? */
} drm_radeon_indices_t;

/* v1.2 - obsoletes drm_radeon_vertex and drm_radeon_indices
 *      - allows multiple primitives and state changes in a single ioctl
 *      - supports driver change to emit native primitives
 */
typedef struct drm_radeon_vertex2 {
	int idx;		/* Index of vertex buffer */
	int discard;		/* Client finished with buffer? */
	int nr_states;
	drm_radeon_state_t *state;
	int nr_prims;
	drm_radeon_prim_t *prim;
} drm_radeon_vertex2_t;

/* v1.3 - obsoletes drm_radeon_vertex2
 *      - allows arbitrarily large cliprect list
 *      - allows updating of tcl packet, vector and scalar state
 *      - allows memory-efficient description of state updates
 *      - allows state to be emitted without a primitive
 *           (for clears, ctx switches)
 *      - allows more than one dma buffer to be referenced per ioctl
 *      - supports tcl driver
 *      - may be extended in future versions with new cmd types, packets
 */
typedef struct drm_radeon_cmd_buffer {
	int bufsz;
	char *buf;
	int nbox;
	struct drm_clip_rect *boxes;
} drm_radeon_cmd_buffer_t;

typedef struct drm_radeon_tex_image {
	unsigned int x, y;	/* Blit coordinates */
	unsigned int width, height;
	const void *data;
} drm_radeon_tex_image_t;

typedef struct drm_radeon_texture {
	unsigned int offset;
	int pitch;
	int format;
	int width;		/* Texture image coordinates */
	int height;
	drm_radeon_tex_image_t *image;
} drm_radeon_texture_t;

typedef struct drm_radeon_stipple {
	unsigned int *mask;
} drm_radeon_stipple_t;

typedef struct drm_radeon_indirect {
	int idx;
	int start;
	int end;
	int discard;
} drm_radeon_indirect_t;

/* enum for card type parameters */
#define RADEON_CARD_PCI 0
#define RADEON_CARD_AGP 1
#define RADEON_CARD_PCIE 2

/* 1.3: An ioctl to get parameters that aren't available to the 3d
 * client any other way.
 */
#define RADEON_PARAM_GART_BUFFER_OFFSET    1	/* card offset of 1st GART buffer */
#define RADEON_PARAM_LAST_FRAME            2
#define RADEON_PARAM_LAST_DISPATCH         3
#define RADEON_PARAM_LAST_CLEAR            4
/* Added with DRM version 1.6. */
#define RADEON_PARAM_IRQ_NR                5
#define RADEON_PARAM_GART_BASE             6	/* card offset of GART base */
/* Added with DRM version 1.8. */
#define RADEON_PARAM_REGISTER_HANDLE       7	/* for drmMap() */
#define RADEON_PARAM_STATUS_HANDLE         8
#define RADEON_PARAM_SAREA_HANDLE          9
#define RADEON_PARAM_GART_TEX_HANDLE       10
#define RADEON_PARAM_SCRATCH_OFFSET        11
#define RADEON_PARAM_CARD_TYPE             12
#define RADEON_PARAM_VBLANK_CRTC           13   /* VBLANK CRTC */
#define RADEON_PARAM_FB_LOCATION           14   /* FB location */
#define RADEON_PARAM_NUM_GB_PIPES          15   /* num GB pipes */
#define RADEON_PARAM_DEVICE_ID             16
#define RADEON_PARAM_NUM_Z_PIPES           17   /* num Z pipes */

typedef struct drm_radeon_getparam {
	int param;
	void *value;
} drm_radeon_getparam_t;

/* 1.6: Set up a memory manager for regions of shared memory:
 */
#define RADEON_MEM_REGION_GART 1
#define RADEON_MEM_REGION_FB   2

typedef struct drm_radeon_mem_alloc {
	int region;
	int alignment;
	int size;
	int *region_offset;	/* offset from start of fb or GART */
} drm_radeon_mem_alloc_t;

typedef struct drm_radeon_mem_free {
	int region;
	int region_offset;
} drm_radeon_mem_free_t;

typedef struct drm_radeon_mem_init_heap {
	int region;
	int size;
	int start;
} drm_radeon_mem_init_heap_t;

/* 1.6: Userspace can request & wait on irq's:
 */
typedef struct drm_radeon_irq_emit {
	int *irq_seq;
} drm_radeon_irq_emit_t;

typedef struct drm_radeon_irq_wait {
	int irq_seq;
} drm_radeon_irq_wait_t;

/* 1.10: Clients tell the DRM where they think the framebuffer is located in
 * the card's address space, via a new generic ioctl to set parameters
 */

typedef struct drm_radeon_setparam {
	unsigned int param;
	__s64 value;
} drm_radeon_setparam_t;

#define RADEON_SETPARAM_FB_LOCATION    1	/* determined framebuffer location */
#define RADEON_SETPARAM_SWITCH_TILING  2	/* enable/disable color tiling */
#define RADEON_SETPARAM_PCIGART_LOCATION 3	/* PCI Gart Location */
#define RADEON_SETPARAM_NEW_MEMMAP 4		/* Use new memory map */
#define RADEON_SETPARAM_PCIGART_TABLE_SIZE 5    /* PCI GART Table Size */
#define RADEON_SETPARAM_VBLANK_CRTC 6           /* VBLANK CRTC */
/* 1.14: Clients can allocate/free a surface
 */
typedef struct drm_radeon_surface_alloc {
	unsigned int address;
	unsigned int size;
	unsigned int flags;
} drm_radeon_surface_alloc_t;

typedef struct drm_radeon_surface_free {
	unsigned int address;
} drm_radeon_surface_free_t;

#define	DRM_RADEON_VBLANK_CRTC1		1
#define	DRM_RADEON_VBLANK_CRTC2		2

/*
 * Kernel modesetting world below.
 */
#define RADEON_GEM_DOMAIN_CPU		0x1
#define RADEON_GEM_DOMAIN_GTT		0x2
#define RADEON_GEM_DOMAIN_VRAM		0x4

struct drm_radeon_gem_info {
	__u64	gart_size;
	__u64	vram_size;
	__u64	vram_visible;
};

#define RADEON_GEM_NO_BACKING_STORE	(1 << 0)
#define RADEON_GEM_GTT_UC		(1 << 1)
#define RADEON_GEM_GTT_WC		(1 << 2)
/* BO is expected to be accessed by the CPU */
#define RADEON_GEM_CPU_ACCESS		(1 << 3)
/* CPU access is not expected to work for this BO */
#define RADEON_GEM_NO_CPU_ACCESS	(1 << 4)

struct drm_radeon_gem_create {
	__u64	size;
	__u64	alignment;
	__u32	handle;
	__u32	initial_domain;
	__u32	flags;
};

/*
 * This is not a reliable API and you should expect it to fail for any
 * number of reasons and have fallback path that do not use userptr to
 * perform any operation.
 */
#define RADEON_GEM_USERPTR_READONLY	(1 << 0)
#define RADEON_GEM_USERPTR_ANONONLY	(1 << 1)
#define RADEON_GEM_USERPTR_VALIDATE	(1 << 2)
#define RADEON_GEM_USERPTR_REGISTER	(1 << 3)

struct drm_radeon_gem_userptr {
	__u64		addr;
	__u64		size;
	__u32		flags;
	__u32		handle;
};

#define RADEON_TILING_MACRO				0x1
#define RADEON_TILING_MICRO				0x2
#define RADEON_TILING_SWAP_16BIT			0x4
#define RADEON_TILING_SWAP_32BIT			0x8
/* this object requires a surface when mapped - i.e. front buffer */
#define RADEON_TILING_SURFACE				0x10
#define RADEON_TILING_MICRO_SQUARE			0x20
#define RADEON_TILING_EG_BANKW_SHIFT			8
#define RADEON_TILING_EG_BANKW_MASK			0xf
#define RADEON_TILING_EG_BANKH_SHIFT			12
#define RADEON_TILING_EG_BANKH_MASK			0xf
#define RADEON_TILING_EG_MACRO_TILE_ASPECT_SHIFT	16
#define RADEON_TILING_EG_MACRO_TILE_ASPECT_MASK		0xf
#define RADEON_TILING_EG_TILE_SPLIT_SHIFT		24
#define RADEON_TILING_EG_TILE_SPLIT_MASK		0xf
#define RADEON_TILING_EG_STENCIL_TILE_SPLIT_SHIFT	28
#define RADEON_TILING_EG_STENCIL_TILE_SPLIT_MASK	0xf

struct drm_radeon_gem_set_tiling {
	__u32	handle;
	__u32	tiling_flags;
	__u32	pitch;
};

struct drm_radeon_gem_get_tiling {
	__u32	handle;
	__u32	tiling_flags;
	__u32	pitch;
};

struct drm_radeon_gem_mmap {
	__u32	handle;
	__u32	pad;
	__u64	offset;
	__u64	size;
	__u64	addr_ptr;
};

struct drm_radeon_gem_set_domain {
	__u32	handle;
	__u32	read_domains;
	__u32	write_domain;
};

struct drm_radeon_gem_wait_idle {
	__u32	handle;
	__u32	pad;
};

struct drm_radeon_gem_busy {
	__u32	handle;
	__u32        domain;
};

struct drm_radeon_gem_pread {
	/** Handle for the object being read. */
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pad;
	/** Offset into the object to read from */
	__u64 offset;
	/** Length of data to read */
	__u64 size;
	/** Pointer to write the data into. */
	/* void *, but pointers are not 32/64 compatible */
	__u64 data_ptr;
};

struct drm_radeon_gem_pwrite {
	/** Handle for the object being written to. */
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pad;
	/** Offset into the object to write to */
	__u64 offset;
	/** Length of data to write */
	__u64 size;
	/** Pointer to read the data from. */
	/* void *, but pointers are not 32/64 compatible */
	__u64 data_ptr;
};

/* Sets or returns a value associated with a buffer. */
struct drm_radeon_gem_op {
	__u32	handle; /* buffer */
	__u32	op;     /* RADEON_GEM_OP_* */
	__u64	value;  /* input or return value */
};

#define RADEON_GEM_OP_GET_INITIAL_DOMAIN	0
#define RADEON_GEM_OP_SET_INITIAL_DOMAIN	1

#define RADEON_VA_MAP			1
#define RADEON_VA_UNMAP			2

#define RADEON_VA_RESULT_OK		0
#define RADEON_VA_RESULT_ERROR		1
#define RADEON_VA_RESULT_VA_EXIST	2

#define RADEON_VM_PAGE_VALID		(1 << 0)
#define RADEON_VM_PAGE_READABLE		(1 << 1)
#define RADEON_VM_PAGE_WRITEABLE	(1 << 2)
#define RADEON_VM_PAGE_SYSTEM		(1 << 3)
#define RADEON_VM_PAGE_SNOOPED		(1 << 4)

struct drm_radeon_gem_va {
	__u32		handle;
	__u32		operation;
	__u32		vm_id;
	__u32		flags;
	__u64		offset;
};

#define RADEON_CHUNK_ID_RELOCS	0x01
#define RADEON_CHUNK_ID_IB	0x02
#define RADEON_CHUNK_ID_FLAGS	0x03
#define RADEON_CHUNK_ID_CONST_IB	0x04

/* The first dword of RADEON_CHUNK_ID_FLAGS is a uint32 of these flags: */
#define RADEON_CS_KEEP_TILING_FLAGS 0x01
#define RADEON_CS_USE_VM            0x02
#define RADEON_CS_END_OF_FRAME      0x04 /* a hint from userspace which CS is the last one */
/* The second dword of RADEON_CHUNK_ID_FLAGS is a uint32 that sets the ring type */
#define RADEON_CS_RING_GFX          0
#define RADEON_CS_RING_COMPUTE      1
#define RADEON_CS_RING_DMA          2
#define RADEON_CS_RING_UVD          3
#define RADEON_CS_RING_VCE          4
/* The third dword of RADEON_CHUNK_ID_FLAGS is a sint32 that sets the priority */
/* 0 = normal, + = higher priority, - = lower priority */

struct drm_radeon_cs_chunk {
	__u32		chunk_id;
	__u32		length_dw;
	__u64		chunk_data;
};

/* drm_radeon_cs_reloc.flags */
#define RADEON_RELOC_PRIO_MASK		(0xf << 0)

struct drm_radeon_cs_reloc {
	__u32		handle;
	__u32		read_domains;
	__u32		write_domain;
	__u32		flags;
};

struct drm_radeon_cs {
	__u32		num_chunks;
	__u32		cs_id;
	/* this points to __u64 * which point to cs chunks */
	__u64		chunks;
	/* updates to the limits after this CS ioctl */
	__u64		gart_limit;
	__u64		vram_limit;
};

#define RADEON_INFO_DEVICE_ID		0x00
#define RADEON_INFO_NUM_GB_PIPES	0x01
#define RADEON_INFO_NUM_Z_PIPES 	0x02
#define RADEON_INFO_ACCEL_WORKING	0x03
#define RADEON_INFO_CRTC_FROM_ID	0x04
#define RADEON_INFO_ACCEL_WORKING2	0x05
#define RADEON_INFO_TILING_CONFIG	0x06
#define RADEON_INFO_WANT_HYPERZ		0x07
#define RADEON_INFO_WANT_CMASK		0x08 /* get access to CMASK on r300 */
#define RADEON_INFO_CLOCK_CRYSTAL_FREQ	0x09 /* clock crystal frequency */
#define RADEON_INFO_NUM_BACKENDS	0x0a /* DB/backends for r600+ - need for OQ */
#define RADEON_INFO_NUM_TILE_PIPES	0x0b /* tile pipes for r600+ */
#define RADEON_INFO_FUSION_GART_WORKING	0x0c /* fusion writes to GTT were broken before this */
#define RADEON_INFO_BACKEND_MAP		0x0d /* pipe to backend map, needed by mesa */
/* virtual address start, va < start are reserved by the kernel */
#define RADEON_INFO_VA_START		0x0e
/* maximum size of ib using the virtual memory cs */
#define RADEON_INFO_IB_VM_MAX_SIZE	0x0f
/* max pipes - needed for compute shaders */
#define RADEON_INFO_MAX_PIPES		0x10
/* timestamp for GL_ARB_timer_query (OpenGL), returns the current GPU clock */
#define RADEON_INFO_TIMESTAMP		0x11
/* max shader engines (SE) - needed for geometry shaders, etc. */
#define RADEON_INFO_MAX_SE		0x12
/* max SH per SE */
#define RADEON_INFO_MAX_SH_PER_SE	0x13
/* fast fb access is enabled */
#define RADEON_INFO_FASTFB_WORKING	0x14
/* query if a RADEON_CS_RING_* submission is supported */
#define RADEON_INFO_RING_WORKING	0x15
/* SI tile mode array */
#define RADEON_INFO_SI_TILE_MODE_ARRAY	0x16
/* query if CP DMA is supported on the compute ring */
#define RADEON_INFO_SI_CP_DMA_COMPUTE	0x17
/* CIK macrotile mode array */
#define RADEON_INFO_CIK_MACROTILE_MODE_ARRAY	0x18
/* query the number of render backends */
#define RADEON_INFO_SI_BACKEND_ENABLED_MASK	0x19
/* max engine clock - needed for OpenCL */
#define RADEON_INFO_MAX_SCLK		0x1a
/* version of VCE firmware */
#define RADEON_INFO_VCE_FW_VERSION	0x1b
/* version of VCE feedback */
#define RADEON_INFO_VCE_FB_VERSION	0x1c
#define RADEON_INFO_NUM_BYTES_MOVED	0x1d
#define RADEON_INFO_VRAM_USAGE		0x1e
#define RADEON_INFO_GTT_USAGE		0x1f
#define RADEON_INFO_ACTIVE_CU_COUNT	0x20
#define RADEON_INFO_CURRENT_GPU_TEMP	0x21
#define RADEON_INFO_CURRENT_GPU_SCLK	0x22
#define RADEON_INFO_CURRENT_GPU_MCLK	0x23
#define RADEON_INFO_READ_REG		0x24
#define RADEON_INFO_VA_UNMAP_WORKING	0x25
#define RADEON_INFO_GPU_RESET_COUNTER	0x26

struct drm_radeon_info {
	__u32		request;
	__u32		pad;
	__u64		value;
};

/* Those correspond to the tile index to use, this is to explicitly state
 * the API that is implicitly defined by the tile mode array.
 */
#define SI_TILE_MODE_COLOR_LINEAR_ALIGNED	8
#define SI_TILE_MODE_COLOR_1D			13
#define SI_TILE_MODE_COLOR_1D_SCANOUT		9
#define SI_TILE_MODE_COLOR_2D_8BPP		14
#define SI_TILE_MODE_COLOR_2D_16BPP		15
#define SI_TILE_MODE_COLOR_2D_32BPP		16
#define SI_TILE_MODE_COLOR_2D_64BPP		17
#define SI_TILE_MODE_COLOR_2D_SCANOUT_16BPP	11
#define SI_TILE_MODE_COLOR_2D_SCANOUT_32BPP	12
#define SI_TILE_MODE_DEPTH_STENCIL_1D		4
#define SI_TILE_MODE_DEPTH_STENCIL_2D		0
#define SI_TILE_MODE_DEPTH_STENCIL_2D_2AA	3
#define SI_TILE_MODE_DEPTH_STENCIL_2D_4AA	3
#define SI_TILE_MODE_DEPTH_STENCIL_2D_8AA	2

#define CIK_TILE_MODE_DEPTH_STENCIL_1D		5

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2007 Dave Airlie <airlied@linux.ie>
 * Copyright (c) 2007 Jakob Bornecrantz <wallbraker@gmail.com>
 * Copyright (c) 2008 Red Hat Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2008 Tungsten Graphics, Inc., Cedar Park, TX., USA
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2008 Intel Corporation
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
 * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
 * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
 * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
 * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
 * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
 * AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
 * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
 * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
 * IN THE SOFTWARE.
 */

#ifndef _DRM_MODE_H
#define _DRM_MODE_H

#include "drm.h"

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * DOC: overview
 *
 * DRM exposes many UAPI and structure definition to have a consistent
 * and standardized interface with user.
 * Userspace can refer to these structure definitions and UAPI formats
 * to communicate to driver
 */

#define DRM_CONNECTOR_NAME_LEN	32
#define DRM_DISPLAY_MODE_LEN	32
#define DRM_PROP_NAME_LEN	32

#define DRM_MODE_TYPE_BUILTIN	(1<<0) /* deprecated */
#define DRM_MODE_TYPE_CLOCK_C	((1<<1) | DRM_MODE_TYPE_BUILTIN) /* deprecated */
#define DRM_MODE_TYPE_CRTC_C	((1<<2) | DRM_MODE_TYPE_BUILTIN) /* deprecated */
#define DRM_MODE_TYPE_PREFERRED	(1<<3)
#define DRM_MODE_TYPE_DEFAULT	(1<<4) /* deprecated */
#define DRM_MODE_TYPE_USERDEF	(1<<5)
#define DRM_MODE_TYPE_DRIVER	(1<<6)

#define DRM_MODE_TYPE_ALL	(DRM_MODE_TYPE_PREFERRED |	\
				 DRM_MODE_TYPE_USERDEF |	\
				 DRM_MODE_TYPE_DRIVER)

/* Video mode flags */
/* bit compatible with the xrandr RR_ definitions (bits 0-13)
 *
 * ABI warning: Existing userspace really expects
 * the mode flags to match the xrandr definitions. Any
 * changes that don't match the xrandr definitions will
 * likely need a new client cap or some other mechanism
 * to avoid breaking existing userspace. This includes
 * allocating new flags in the previously unused bits!
 */
#define DRM_MODE_FLAG_PHSYNC			(1<<0)
#define DRM_MODE_FLAG_NHSYNC			(1<<1)
#define DRM_MODE_FLAG_PVSYNC			(1<<2)
#define DRM_MODE_FLAG_NVSYNC			(1<<3)
#define DRM_MODE_FLAG_INTERLACE			(1<<4)
#define DRM_MODE_FLAG_DBLSCAN			(1<<5)
#define DRM_MODE_FLAG_CSYNC			(1<<6)
#define DRM_MODE_FLAG_PCSYNC			(1<<7)
#define DRM_MODE_FLAG_NCSYNC			(1<<8)
#define DRM_MODE_FLAG_HSKEW			(1<<9) /* hskew provided */
#define DRM_MODE_FLAG_BCAST			(1<<10) /* deprecated */
#define DRM_MODE_FLAG_PIXMUX			(1<<11) /* deprecated */
#define DRM_MODE_FLAG_DBLCLK			(1<<12)
#define DRM_MODE_FLAG_CLKDIV2			(1<<13)
 /*
  * When adding a new stereo mode don't forget to adjust DRM_MODE_FLAGS_3D_MAX
  * (define not exposed to user space).
  */
#define DRM_MODE_FLAG_3D_MASK			(0x1f<<14)
#define  DRM_MODE_FLAG_3D_NONE		(0<<14)
#define  DRM_MODE_FLAG_3D_FRAME_PACKING		(1<<14)
#define  DRM_MODE_FLAG_3D_FIELD_ALTERNATIVE	(2<<14)
#define  DRM_MODE_FLAG_3D_LINE_ALTERNATIVE	(3<<14)
#define  DRM_MODE_FLAG_3D_SIDE_BY_SIDE_FULL	(4<<14)
#define  DRM_MODE_FLAG_3D_L_DEPTH		(5<<14)
#define  DRM_MODE_FLAG_3D_L_DEPTH_GFX_GFX_DEPTH	(6<<14)
#define  DRM_MODE_FLAG_3D_TOP_AND_BOTTOM	(7<<14)
#define  DRM_MODE_FLAG_3D_SIDE_BY_SIDE_HALF	(8<<14)

/* Picture aspect ratio options */
#define DRM_MODE_PICTURE_ASPECT_NONE		0
#define DRM_MODE_PICTURE_ASPECT_4_3		1
#define DRM_MODE_PICTURE_ASPECT_16_9		2
#define DRM_MODE_PICTURE_ASPECT_64_27		3
#define DRM_MODE_PICTURE_ASPECT_256_135		4

/* Content type options */
#define DRM_MODE_CONTENT_TYPE_NO_DATA		0
#define DRM_MODE_CONTENT_TYPE_GRAPHICS		1
#define DRM_MODE_CONTENT_TYPE_PHOTO		2
#define DRM_MODE_CONTENT_TYPE_CINEMA		3
#define DRM_MODE_CONTENT_TYPE_GAME		4

/* Aspect ratio flag bitmask (4 bits 22:19) */
#define DRM_MODE_FLAG_PIC_AR_MASK		(0x0F<<19)
#define  DRM_MODE_FLAG_PIC_AR_NONE \
			(DRM_MODE_PICTURE_ASPECT_NONE<<19)
#define  DRM_MODE_FLAG_PIC_AR_4_3 \
			(DRM_MODE_PICTURE_ASPECT_4_3<<19)
#define  DRM_MODE_FLAG_PIC_AR_16_9 \
			(DRM_MODE_PICTURE_ASPECT_16_9<<19)
#define  DRM_MODE_FLAG_PIC_AR_64_27 \
			(DRM_MODE_PICTURE_ASPECT_64_27<<19)
#define  DRM_MODE_FLAG_PIC_AR_256_135 \
			(DRM_MODE_PICTURE_ASPECT_256_135<<19)

#define  DRM_MODE_FLAG_ALL	(DRM_MODE_FLAG_PHSYNC |		\
				 DRM_MODE_FLAG_NHSYNC |		\
				 DRM_MODE_FLAG_PVSYNC |		\
				 DRM_MODE_FLAG_NVSYNC |		\
				 DRM_MODE_FLAG_INTERLACE |	\
				 DRM_MODE_FLAG_DBLSCAN |	\
				 DRM_MODE_FLAG_CSYNC |		\
				 DRM_MODE_FLAG_PCSYNC |		\
				 DRM_MODE_FLAG_NCSYNC |		\
				 DRM_MODE_FLAG_HSKEW |		\
				 DRM_MODE_FLAG_DBLCLK |		\
				 DRM_MODE_FLAG_CLKDIV2 |	\
				 DRM_MODE_FLAG_3D_MASK)

/* DPMS flags */
/* bit compatible with the xorg definitions. */
#define DRM_MODE_DPMS_ON	0
#define DRM_MODE_DPMS_STANDBY	1
#define DRM_MODE_DPMS_SUSPEND	2
#define DRM_MODE_DPMS_OFF	3

/* Scaling mode options */
#define DRM_MODE_SCALE_NONE		0 /* Unmodified timing (display or
					     software can still scale) */
#define DRM_MODE_SCALE_FULLSCREEN	1 /* Full screen, ignore aspect */
#define DRM_MODE_SCALE_CENTER		2 /* Centered, no scaling */
#define DRM_MODE_SCALE_ASPECT		3 /* Full screen, preserve aspect */

/* Dithering mode options */
#define DRM_MODE_DITHERING_OFF	0
#define DRM_MODE_DITHERING_ON	1
#define DRM_MODE_DITHERING_AUTO 2

/* Dirty info options */
#define DRM_MODE_DIRTY_OFF      0
#define DRM_MODE_DIRTY_ON       1
#define DRM_MODE_DIRTY_ANNOTATE 2

/* Link Status options */
#define DRM_MODE_LINK_STATUS_GOOD	0
#define DRM_MODE_LINK_STATUS_BAD	1

/*
 * DRM_MODE_ROTATE_<degrees>
 *
 * Signals that a drm plane is been rotated <degrees> degrees in counter
 * clockwise direction.
 *
 * This define is provided as a convenience, looking up the property id
 * using the name->prop id lookup is the preferred method.
 */
#define DRM_MODE_ROTATE_0       (1<<0)
#define DRM_MODE_ROTATE_90      (1<<1)
#define DRM_MODE_ROTATE_180     (1<<2)
#define DRM_MODE_ROTATE_270     (1<<3)

/*
 * DRM_MODE_ROTATE_MASK
 *
 * Bitmask used to look for drm plane rotations.
 */
#define DRM_MODE_ROTATE_MASK (\
		DRM_MODE_ROTATE_0  | \
		DRM_MODE_ROTATE_90  | \
		DRM_MODE_ROTATE_180 | \
		DRM_MODE_ROTATE_270)

/*
 * DRM_MODE_REFLECT_<axis>
 *
 * Signals that the contents of a drm plane is reflected along the <axis> axis,
 * in the same way as mirroring.
 * See kerneldoc chapter "Plane Composition Properties" for more details.
 *
 * This define is provided as a convenience, looking up the property id
 * using the name->prop id lookup is the preferred method.
 */
#define DRM_MODE_REFLECT_X      (1<<4)
#define DRM_MODE_REFLECT_Y      (1<<5)

/*
 * DRM_MODE_REFLECT_MASK
 *
 * Bitmask used to look for drm plane reflections.
 */
#define DRM_MODE_REFLECT_MASK (\
		DRM_MODE_REFLECT_X | \
		DRM_MODE_REFLECT_Y)

/* Content Protection Flags */
#define DRM_MODE_CONTENT_PROTECTION_UNDESIRED	0
#define DRM_MODE_CONTENT_PROTECTION_DESIRED     1
#define DRM_MODE_CONTENT_PROTECTION_ENABLED     2

/**
 * struct drm_mode_modeinfo - Display mode information.
 * @clock: pixel clock in kHz
 * @hdisplay: horizontal display size
 * @hsync_start: horizontal sync start
 * @hsync_end: horizontal sync end
 * @htotal: horizontal total size
 * @hskew: horizontal skew
 * @vdisplay: vertical display size
 * @vsync_start: vertical sync start
 * @vsync_end: vertical sync end
 * @vtotal: vertical total size
 * @vscan: vertical scan
 * @vrefresh: approximate vertical refresh rate in Hz
 * @flags: bitmask of misc. flags, see DRM_MODE_FLAG_* defines
 * @type: bitmask of type flags, see DRM_MODE_TYPE_* defines
 * @name: string describing the mode resolution
 *
 * This is the user-space API display mode information structure. For the
 * kernel version see struct drm_display_mode.
 */
struct drm_mode_modeinfo {
	__u32 clock;
	__u16 hdisplay;
	__u16 hsync_start;
	__u16 hsync_end;
	__u16 htotal;
	__u16 hskew;
	__u16 vdisplay;
	__u16 vsync_start;
	__u16 vsync_end;
	__u16 vtotal;
	__u16 vscan;

	__u32 vrefresh;

	__u32 flags;
	__u32 type;
	char name[DRM_DISPLAY_MODE_LEN];
};

struct drm_mode_card_res {
	__u64 fb_id_ptr;
	__u64 crtc_id_ptr;
	__u64 connector_id_ptr;
	__u64 encoder_id_ptr;
	__u32 count_fbs;
	__u32 count_crtcs;
	__u32 count_connectors;
	__u32 count_encoders;
	__u32 min_width;
	__u32 max_width;
	__u32 min_height;
	__u32 max_height;
};

struct drm_mode_crtc {
	__u64 set_connectors_ptr;
	__u32 count_connectors;

	__u32 crtc_id; /**< Id */
	__u32 fb_id; /**< Id of framebuffer */

	__u32 x; /**< x Position on the framebuffer */
	__u32 y; /**< y Position on the framebuffer */

	__u32 gamma_size;
	__u32 mode_valid;
	struct drm_mode_modeinfo mode;
};

#define DRM_MODE_PRESENT_TOP_FIELD	(1<<0)
#define DRM_MODE_PRESENT_BOTTOM_FIELD	(1<<1)

/* Planes blend with or override other bits on the CRTC */
struct drm_mode_set_plane {
	__u32 plane_id;
	__u32 crtc_id;
	__u32 fb_id; /* fb object contains surface format type */
	__u32 flags; /* see above flags */

	/* Signed dest location allows it to be partially off screen */
	__s32 crtc_x;
	__s32 crtc_y;
	__u32 crtc_w;
	__u32 crtc_h;

	/* Source values are 16.16 fixed point */
	__u32 src_x;
	__u32 src_y;
	__u32 src_h;
	__u32 src_w;
};

/**
 * struct drm_mode_get_plane - Get plane metadata.
 *
 * Userspace can perform a GETPLANE ioctl to retrieve information about a
 * plane.
 *
 * To retrieve the number of formats supported, set @count_format_types to zero
 * and call the ioctl. @count_format_types will be updated with the value.
 *
 * To retrieve these formats, allocate an array with the memory needed to store
 * @count_format_types formats. Point @format_type_ptr to this array and call
 * the ioctl again (with @count_format_types still set to the value returned in
 * the first ioctl call).
 */
struct drm_mode_get_plane {
	/**
	 * @plane_id: Object ID of the plane whose information should be
	 * retrieved. Set by caller.
	 */
	__u32 plane_id;

	/** @crtc_id: Object ID of the current CRTC. */
	__u32 crtc_id;
	/** @fb_id: Object ID of the current fb. */
	__u32 fb_id;

	/**
	 * @possible_crtcs: Bitmask of CRTC's compatible with the plane. CRTC's
	 * are created and they receive an index, which corresponds to their
	 * position in the bitmask. Bit N corresponds to
	 * :ref:`CRTC index<crtc_index>` N.
	 */
	__u32 possible_crtcs;
	/** @gamma_size: Never used. */
	__u32 gamma_size;

	/** @count_format_types: Number of formats. */
	__u32 count_format_types;
	/**
	 * @format_type_ptr: Pointer to ``__u32`` array of formats that are
	 * supported by the plane. These formats do not require modifiers.
	 */
	__u64 format_type_ptr;
};

struct drm_mode_get_plane_res {
	__u64 plane_id_ptr;
	__u32 count_planes;
};

#define DRM_MODE_ENCODER_NONE	0
#define DRM_MODE_ENCODER_DAC	1
#define DRM_MODE_ENCODER_TMDS	2
#define DRM_MODE_ENCODER_LVDS	3
#define DRM_MODE_ENCODER_TVDAC	4
#define DRM_MODE_ENCODER_VIRTUAL 5
#define DRM_MODE_ENCODER_DSI	6
#define DRM_MODE_ENCODER_DPMST	7
#define DRM_MODE_ENCODER_DPI	8

struct drm_mode_get_encoder {
	__u32 encoder_id;
	__u32 encoder_type;

	__u32 crtc_id; /**< Id of crtc */

	__u32 possible_crtcs;
	__u32 possible_clones;
};

/* This is for connectors with multiple signal types. */
/* Try to match DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_X as closely as possible. */
enum drm_mode_subconnector {
	DRM_MODE_SUBCONNECTOR_Automatic   = 0,  /* DVI-I, TV     */
	DRM_MODE_SUBCONNECTOR_Unknown     = 0,  /* DVI-I, TV, DP */
	DRM_MODE_SUBCONNECTOR_VGA	  = 1,  /*            DP */
	DRM_MODE_SUBCONNECTOR_DVID	  = 3,  /* DVI-I      DP */
	DRM_MODE_SUBCONNECTOR_DVIA	  = 4,  /* DVI-I         */
	DRM_MODE_SUBCONNECTOR_Composite   = 5,  /*        TV     */
	DRM_MODE_SUBCONNECTOR_SVIDEO	  = 6,  /*        TV     */
	DRM_MODE_SUBCONNECTOR_Component   = 8,  /*        TV     */
	DRM_MODE_SUBCONNECTOR_SCART	  = 9,  /*        TV     */
	DRM_MODE_SUBCONNECTOR_DisplayPort = 10, /*            DP */
	DRM_MODE_SUBCONNECTOR_HDMIA       = 11, /*            DP */
	DRM_MODE_SUBCONNECTOR_Native      = 15, /*            DP */
	DRM_MODE_SUBCONNECTOR_Wireless    = 18, /*            DP */
};

#define DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_Unknown	0
#define DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_VGA		1
#define DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_DVII		2
#define DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_DVID		3
#define DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_DVIA		4
#define DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_Composite	5
#define DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_SVIDEO	6
#define DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_LVDS		7
#define DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_Component	8
#define DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_9PinDIN	9
#define DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_DisplayPort	10
#define DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_HDMIA	11
#define DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_HDMIB	12
#define DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_TV		13
#define DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_eDP		14
#define DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_VIRTUAL      15
#define DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_DSI		16
#define DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_DPI		17
#define DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_WRITEBACK	18
#define DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_SPI		19
#define DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_USB		20

/**
 * struct drm_mode_get_connector - Get connector metadata.
 *
 * User-space can perform a GETCONNECTOR ioctl to retrieve information about a
 * connector. User-space is expected to retrieve encoders, modes and properties
 * by performing this ioctl at least twice: the first time to retrieve the
 * number of elements, the second time to retrieve the elements themselves.
 *
 * To retrieve the number of elements, set @count_props and @count_encoders to
 * zero, set @count_modes to 1, and set @modes_ptr to a temporary struct
 * drm_mode_modeinfo element.
 *
 * To retrieve the elements, allocate arrays for @encoders_ptr, @modes_ptr,
 * @props_ptr and @prop_values_ptr, then set @count_modes, @count_props and
 * @count_encoders to their capacity.
 *
 * Performing the ioctl only twice may be racy: the number of elements may have
 * changed with a hotplug event in-between the two ioctls. User-space is
 * expected to retry the last ioctl until the number of elements stabilizes.
 * The kernel won't fill any array which doesn't have the expected length.
 *
 * **Force-probing a connector**
 *
 * If the @count_modes field is set to zero and the DRM client is the current
 * DRM master, the kernel will perform a forced probe on the connector to
 * refresh the connector status, modes and EDID. A forced-probe can be slow,
 * might cause flickering and the ioctl will block.
 *
 * User-space needs to force-probe connectors to ensure their metadata is
 * up-to-date at startup and after receiving a hot-plug event. User-space
 * may perform a forced-probe when the user explicitly requests it. User-space
 * shouldn't perform a forced-probe in other situations.
 */
struct drm_mode_get_connector {
	/** @encoders_ptr: Pointer to ``__u32`` array of object IDs. */
	__u64 encoders_ptr;
	/** @modes_ptr: Pointer to struct drm_mode_modeinfo array. */
	__u64 modes_ptr;
	/** @props_ptr: Pointer to ``__u32`` array of property IDs. */
	__u64 props_ptr;
	/** @prop_values_ptr: Pointer to ``__u64`` array of property values. */
	__u64 prop_values_ptr;

	/** @count_modes: Number of modes. */
	__u32 count_modes;
	/** @count_props: Number of properties. */
	__u32 count_props;
	/** @count_encoders: Number of encoders. */
	__u32 count_encoders;

	/** @encoder_id: Object ID of the current encoder. */
	__u32 encoder_id;
	/** @connector_id: Object ID of the connector. */
	__u32 connector_id;
	/**
	 * @connector_type: Type of the connector.
	 *
	 * See DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_* defines.
	 */
	__u32 connector_type;
	/**
	 * @connector_type_id: Type-specific connector number.
	 *
	 * This is not an object ID. This is a per-type connector number. Each
	 * (type, type_id) combination is unique across all connectors of a DRM
	 * device.
	 */
	__u32 connector_type_id;

	/**
	 * @connection: Status of the connector.
	 *
	 * See enum drm_connector_status.
	 */
	__u32 connection;
	/** @mm_width: Width of the connected sink in millimeters. */
	__u32 mm_width;
	/** @mm_height: Height of the connected sink in millimeters. */
	__u32 mm_height;
	/**
	 * @subpixel: Subpixel order of the connected sink.
	 *
	 * See enum subpixel_order.
	 */
	__u32 subpixel;

	/** @pad: Padding, must be zero. */
	__u32 pad;
};

#define DRM_MODE_PROP_PENDING	(1<<0) /* deprecated, do not use */
#define DRM_MODE_PROP_RANGE	(1<<1)
#define DRM_MODE_PROP_IMMUTABLE	(1<<2)
#define DRM_MODE_PROP_ENUM	(1<<3) /* enumerated type with text strings */
#define DRM_MODE_PROP_BLOB	(1<<4)
#define DRM_MODE_PROP_BITMASK	(1<<5) /* bitmask of enumerated types */

/* non-extended types: legacy bitmask, one bit per type: */
#define DRM_MODE_PROP_LEGACY_TYPE  ( \
		DRM_MODE_PROP_RANGE | \
		DRM_MODE_PROP_ENUM | \
		DRM_MODE_PROP_BLOB | \
		DRM_MODE_PROP_BITMASK)

/* extended-types: rather than continue to consume a bit per type,
 * grab a chunk of the bits to use as integer type id.
 */
#define DRM_MODE_PROP_EXTENDED_TYPE	0x0000ffc0
#define DRM_MODE_PROP_TYPE(n)		((n) << 6)
#define DRM_MODE_PROP_OBJECT		DRM_MODE_PROP_TYPE(1)
#define DRM_MODE_PROP_SIGNED_RANGE	DRM_MODE_PROP_TYPE(2)

/* the PROP_ATOMIC flag is used to hide properties from userspace that
 * is not aware of atomic properties.  This is mostly to work around
 * older userspace (DDX drivers) that read/write each prop they find,
 * witout being aware that this could be triggering a lengthy modeset.
 */
#define DRM_MODE_PROP_ATOMIC        0x80000000

/**
 * struct drm_mode_property_enum - Description for an enum/bitfield entry.
 * @value: numeric value for this enum entry.
 * @name: symbolic name for this enum entry.
 *
 * See struct drm_property_enum for details.
 */
struct drm_mode_property_enum {
	__u64 value;
	char name[DRM_PROP_NAME_LEN];
};

/**
 * struct drm_mode_get_property - Get property metadata.
 *
 * User-space can perform a GETPROPERTY ioctl to retrieve information about a
 * property. The same property may be attached to multiple objects, see
 * "Modeset Base Object Abstraction".
 *
 * The meaning of the @values_ptr field changes depending on the property type.
 * See &drm_property.flags for more details.
 *
 * The @enum_blob_ptr and @count_enum_blobs fields are only meaningful when the
 * property has the type &DRM_MODE_PROP_ENUM or &DRM_MODE_PROP_BITMASK. For
 * backwards compatibility, the kernel will always set @count_enum_blobs to
 * zero when the property has the type &DRM_MODE_PROP_BLOB. User-space must
 * ignore these two fields if the property has a different type.
 *
 * User-space is expected to retrieve values and enums by performing this ioctl
 * at least twice: the first time to retrieve the number of elements, the
 * second time to retrieve the elements themselves.
 *
 * To retrieve the number of elements, set @count_values and @count_enum_blobs
 * to zero, then call the ioctl. @count_values will be updated with the number
 * of elements. If the property has the type &DRM_MODE_PROP_ENUM or
 * &DRM_MODE_PROP_BITMASK, @count_enum_blobs will be updated as well.
 *
 * To retrieve the elements themselves, allocate an array for @values_ptr and
 * set @count_values to its capacity. If the property has the type
 * &DRM_MODE_PROP_ENUM or &DRM_MODE_PROP_BITMASK, allocate an array for
 * @enum_blob_ptr and set @count_enum_blobs to its capacity. Calling the ioctl
 * again will fill the arrays.
 */
struct drm_mode_get_property {
	/** @values_ptr: Pointer to a ``__u64`` array. */
	__u64 values_ptr;
	/** @enum_blob_ptr: Pointer to a struct drm_mode_property_enum array. */
	__u64 enum_blob_ptr;

	/**
	 * @prop_id: Object ID of the property which should be retrieved. Set
	 * by the caller.
	 */
	__u32 prop_id;
	/**
	 * @flags: ``DRM_MODE_PROP_*`` bitfield. See &drm_property.flags for
	 * a definition of the flags.
	 */
	__u32 flags;
	/**
	 * @name: Symbolic property name. User-space should use this field to
	 * recognize properties.
	 */
	char name[DRM_PROP_NAME_LEN];

	/** @count_values: Number of elements in @values_ptr. */
	__u32 count_values;
	/** @count_enum_blobs: Number of elements in @enum_blob_ptr. */
	__u32 count_enum_blobs;
};

struct drm_mode_connector_set_property {
	__u64 value;
	__u32 prop_id;
	__u32 connector_id;
};

#define DRM_MODE_OBJECT_CRTC 0xcccccccc
#define DRM_MODE_OBJECT_CONNECTOR 0xc0c0c0c0
#define DRM_MODE_OBJECT_ENCODER 0xe0e0e0e0
#define DRM_MODE_OBJECT_MODE 0xdededede
#define DRM_MODE_OBJECT_PROPERTY 0xb0b0b0b0
#define DRM_MODE_OBJECT_FB 0xfbfbfbfb
#define DRM_MODE_OBJECT_BLOB 0xbbbbbbbb
#define DRM_MODE_OBJECT_PLANE 0xeeeeeeee
#define DRM_MODE_OBJECT_ANY 0

struct drm_mode_obj_get_properties {
	__u64 props_ptr;
	__u64 prop_values_ptr;
	__u32 count_props;
	__u32 obj_id;
	__u32 obj_type;
};

struct drm_mode_obj_set_property {
	__u64 value;
	__u32 prop_id;
	__u32 obj_id;
	__u32 obj_type;
};

struct drm_mode_get_blob {
	__u32 blob_id;
	__u32 length;
	__u64 data;
};

struct drm_mode_fb_cmd {
	__u32 fb_id;
	__u32 width;
	__u32 height;
	__u32 pitch;
	__u32 bpp;
	__u32 depth;
	/* driver specific handle */
	__u32 handle;
};

#define DRM_MODE_FB_INTERLACED	(1<<0) /* for interlaced framebuffers */
#define DRM_MODE_FB_MODIFIERS	(1<<1) /* enables ->modifer[] */

/**
 * struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 - Frame-buffer metadata.
 *
 * This struct holds frame-buffer metadata. There are two ways to use it:
 *
 * - User-space can fill this struct and perform a &DRM_IOCTL_MODE_ADDFB2
 *   ioctl to register a new frame-buffer. The new frame-buffer object ID will
 *   be set by the kernel in @fb_id.
 * - User-space can set @fb_id and perform a &DRM_IOCTL_MODE_GETFB2 ioctl to
 *   fetch metadata about an existing frame-buffer.
 *
 * In case of planar formats, this struct allows up to 4 buffer objects with
 * offsets and pitches per plane. The pitch and offset order are dictated by
 * the format FourCC as defined by ``drm_fourcc.h``, e.g. NV12 is described as:
 *
 *     YUV 4:2:0 image with a plane of 8-bit Y samples followed by an
 *     interleaved U/V plane containing 8-bit 2x2 subsampled colour difference
 *     samples.
 *
 * So it would consist of a Y plane at ``offsets[0]`` and a UV plane at
 * ``offsets[1]``.
 *
 * To accommodate tiled, compressed, etc formats, a modifier can be specified.
 * For more information see the "Format Modifiers" section. Note that even
 * though it looks like we have a modifier per-plane, we in fact do not. The
 * modifier for each plane must be identical. Thus all combinations of
 * different data layouts for multi-plane formats must be enumerated as
 * separate modifiers.
 *
 * All of the entries in @handles, @pitches, @offsets and @modifier must be
 * zero when unused. Warning, for @offsets and @modifier zero can't be used to
 * figure out whether the entry is used or not since it's a valid value (a zero
 * offset is common, and a zero modifier is &DRM_FORMAT_MOD_LINEAR).
 */
struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 {
	/** @fb_id: Object ID of the frame-buffer. */
	__u32 fb_id;
	/** @width: Width of the frame-buffer. */
	__u32 width;
	/** @height: Height of the frame-buffer. */
	__u32 height;
	/**
	 * @pixel_format: FourCC format code, see ``DRM_FORMAT_*`` constants in
	 * ``drm_fourcc.h``.
	 */
	__u32 pixel_format;
	/**
	 * @flags: Frame-buffer flags (see &DRM_MODE_FB_INTERLACED and
	 * &DRM_MODE_FB_MODIFIERS).
	 */
	__u32 flags;

	/**
	 * @handles: GEM buffer handle, one per plane. Set to 0 if the plane is
	 * unused. The same handle can be used for multiple planes.
	 */
	__u32 handles[4];
	/** @pitches: Pitch (aka. stride) in bytes, one per plane. */
	__u32 pitches[4];
	/** @offsets: Offset into the buffer in bytes, one per plane. */
	__u32 offsets[4];
	/**
	 * @modifier: Format modifier, one per plane. See ``DRM_FORMAT_MOD_*``
	 * constants in ``drm_fourcc.h``. All planes must use the same
	 * modifier. Ignored unless &DRM_MODE_FB_MODIFIERS is set in @flags.
	 */
	__u64 modifier[4];
};

#define DRM_MODE_FB_DIRTY_ANNOTATE_COPY 0x01
#define DRM_MODE_FB_DIRTY_ANNOTATE_FILL 0x02
#define DRM_MODE_FB_DIRTY_FLAGS         0x03

#define DRM_MODE_FB_DIRTY_MAX_CLIPS     256

/*
 * Mark a region of a framebuffer as dirty.
 *
 * Some hardware does not automatically update display contents
 * as a hardware or software draw to a framebuffer. This ioctl
 * allows userspace to tell the kernel and the hardware what
 * regions of the framebuffer have changed.
 *
 * The kernel or hardware is free to update more then just the
 * region specified by the clip rects. The kernel or hardware
 * may also delay and/or coalesce several calls to dirty into a
 * single update.
 *
 * Userspace may annotate the updates, the annotates are a
 * promise made by the caller that the change is either a copy
 * of pixels or a fill of a single color in the region specified.
 *
 * If the DRM_MODE_FB_DIRTY_ANNOTATE_COPY flag is given then
 * the number of updated regions are half of num_clips given,
 * where the clip rects are paired in src and dst. The width and
 * height of each one of the pairs must match.
 *
 * If the DRM_MODE_FB_DIRTY_ANNOTATE_FILL flag is given the caller
 * promises that the region specified of the clip rects is filled
 * completely with a single color as given in the color argument.
 */

struct drm_mode_fb_dirty_cmd {
	__u32 fb_id;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 color;
	__u32 num_clips;
	__u64 clips_ptr;
};

struct drm_mode_mode_cmd {
	__u32 connector_id;
	struct drm_mode_modeinfo mode;
};

#define DRM_MODE_CURSOR_BO	0x01
#define DRM_MODE_CURSOR_MOVE	0x02
#define DRM_MODE_CURSOR_FLAGS	0x03

/*
 * depending on the value in flags different members are used.
 *
 * CURSOR_BO uses
 *    crtc_id
 *    width
 *    height
 *    handle - if 0 turns the cursor off
 *
 * CURSOR_MOVE uses
 *    crtc_id
 *    x
 *    y
 */
struct drm_mode_cursor {
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 crtc_id;
	__s32 x;
	__s32 y;
	__u32 width;
	__u32 height;
	/* driver specific handle */
	__u32 handle;
};

struct drm_mode_cursor2 {
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 crtc_id;
	__s32 x;
	__s32 y;
	__u32 width;
	__u32 height;
	/* driver specific handle */
	__u32 handle;
	__s32 hot_x;
	__s32 hot_y;
};

struct drm_mode_crtc_lut {
	__u32 crtc_id;
	__u32 gamma_size;

	/* pointers to arrays */
	__u64 red;
	__u64 green;
	__u64 blue;
};

struct drm_color_ctm {
	/*
	 * Conversion matrix in S31.32 sign-magnitude
	 * (not two's complement!) format.
	 */
	__u64 matrix[9];
};

struct drm_color_lut {
	/*
	 * Values are mapped linearly to 0.0 - 1.0 range, with 0x0 == 0.0 and
	 * 0xffff == 1.0.
	 */
	__u16 red;
	__u16 green;
	__u16 blue;
	__u16 reserved;
};

/**
 * struct hdr_metadata_infoframe - HDR Metadata Infoframe Data.
 *
 * HDR Metadata Infoframe as per CTA 861.G spec. This is expected
 * to match exactly with the spec.
 *
 * Userspace is expected to pass the metadata information as per
 * the format described in this structure.
 */
struct hdr_metadata_infoframe {
	/**
	 * @eotf: Electro-Optical Transfer Function (EOTF)
	 * used in the stream.
	 */
	__u8 eotf;
	/**
	 * @metadata_type: Static_Metadata_Descriptor_ID.
	 */
	__u8 metadata_type;
	/**
	 * @display_primaries: Color Primaries of the Data.
	 * These are coded as unsigned 16-bit values in units of
	 * 0.00002, where 0x0000 represents zero and 0xC350
	 * represents 1.0000.
	 * @display_primaries.x: X cordinate of color primary.
	 * @display_primaries.y: Y cordinate of color primary.
	 */
	struct {
		__u16 x, y;
		} display_primaries[3];
	/**
	 * @white_point: White Point of Colorspace Data.
	 * These are coded as unsigned 16-bit values in units of
	 * 0.00002, where 0x0000 represents zero and 0xC350
	 * represents 1.0000.
	 * @white_point.x: X cordinate of whitepoint of color primary.
	 * @white_point.y: Y cordinate of whitepoint of color primary.
	 */
	struct {
		__u16 x, y;
		} white_point;
	/**
	 * @max_display_mastering_luminance: Max Mastering Display Luminance.
	 * This value is coded as an unsigned 16-bit value in units of 1 cd/m2,
	 * where 0x0001 represents 1 cd/m2 and 0xFFFF represents 65535 cd/m2.
	 */
	__u16 max_display_mastering_luminance;
	/**
	 * @min_display_mastering_luminance: Min Mastering Display Luminance.
	 * This value is coded as an unsigned 16-bit value in units of
	 * 0.0001 cd/m2, where 0x0001 represents 0.0001 cd/m2 and 0xFFFF
	 * represents 6.5535 cd/m2.
	 */
	__u16 min_display_mastering_luminance;
	/**
	 * @max_cll: Max Content Light Level.
	 * This value is coded as an unsigned 16-bit value in units of 1 cd/m2,
	 * where 0x0001 represents 1 cd/m2 and 0xFFFF represents 65535 cd/m2.
	 */
	__u16 max_cll;
	/**
	 * @max_fall: Max Frame Average Light Level.
	 * This value is coded as an unsigned 16-bit value in units of 1 cd/m2,
	 * where 0x0001 represents 1 cd/m2 and 0xFFFF represents 65535 cd/m2.
	 */
	__u16 max_fall;
};

/**
 * struct hdr_output_metadata - HDR output metadata
 *
 * Metadata Information to be passed from userspace
 */
struct hdr_output_metadata {
	/**
	 * @metadata_type: Static_Metadata_Descriptor_ID.
	 */
	__u32 metadata_type;
	/**
	 * @hdmi_metadata_type1: HDR Metadata Infoframe.
	 */
	union {
		struct hdr_metadata_infoframe hdmi_metadata_type1;
	};
};

/**
 * DRM_MODE_PAGE_FLIP_EVENT
 *
 * Request that the kernel sends back a vblank event (see
 * struct drm_event_vblank) with the &DRM_EVENT_FLIP_COMPLETE type when the
 * page-flip is done.
 */
#define DRM_MODE_PAGE_FLIP_EVENT 0x01
/**
 * DRM_MODE_PAGE_FLIP_ASYNC
 *
 * Request that the page-flip is performed as soon as possible, ie. with no
 * delay due to waiting for vblank. This may cause tearing to be visible on
 * the screen.
 */
#define DRM_MODE_PAGE_FLIP_ASYNC 0x02
#define DRM_MODE_PAGE_FLIP_TARGET_ABSOLUTE 0x4
#define DRM_MODE_PAGE_FLIP_TARGET_RELATIVE 0x8
#define DRM_MODE_PAGE_FLIP_TARGET (DRM_MODE_PAGE_FLIP_TARGET_ABSOLUTE | \
				   DRM_MODE_PAGE_FLIP_TARGET_RELATIVE)
/**
 * DRM_MODE_PAGE_FLIP_FLAGS
 *
 * Bitmask of flags suitable for &drm_mode_crtc_page_flip_target.flags.
 */
#define DRM_MODE_PAGE_FLIP_FLAGS (DRM_MODE_PAGE_FLIP_EVENT | \
				  DRM_MODE_PAGE_FLIP_ASYNC | \
				  DRM_MODE_PAGE_FLIP_TARGET)

/*
 * Request a page flip on the specified crtc.
 *
 * This ioctl will ask KMS to schedule a page flip for the specified
 * crtc.  Once any pending rendering targeting the specified fb (as of
 * ioctl time) has completed, the crtc will be reprogrammed to display
 * that fb after the next vertical refresh.  The ioctl returns
 * immediately, but subsequent rendering to the current fb will block
 * in the execbuffer ioctl until the page flip happens.  If a page
 * flip is already pending as the ioctl is called, EBUSY will be
 * returned.
 *
 * Flag DRM_MODE_PAGE_FLIP_EVENT requests that drm sends back a vblank
 * event (see drm.h: struct drm_event_vblank) when the page flip is
 * done.  The user_data field passed in with this ioctl will be
 * returned as the user_data field in the vblank event struct.
 *
 * Flag DRM_MODE_PAGE_FLIP_ASYNC requests that the flip happen
 * 'as soon as possible', meaning that it not delay waiting for vblank.
 * This may cause tearing on the screen.
 *
 * The reserved field must be zero.
 */

struct drm_mode_crtc_page_flip {
	__u32 crtc_id;
	__u32 fb_id;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 reserved;
	__u64 user_data;
};

/*
 * Request a page flip on the specified crtc.
 *
 * Same as struct drm_mode_crtc_page_flip, but supports new flags and
 * re-purposes the reserved field:
 *
 * The sequence field must be zero unless either of the
 * DRM_MODE_PAGE_FLIP_TARGET_ABSOLUTE/RELATIVE flags is specified. When
 * the ABSOLUTE flag is specified, the sequence field denotes the absolute
 * vblank sequence when the flip should take effect. When the RELATIVE
 * flag is specified, the sequence field denotes the relative (to the
 * current one when the ioctl is called) vblank sequence when the flip
 * should take effect. NOTE: DRM_IOCTL_WAIT_VBLANK must still be used to
 * make sure the vblank sequence before the target one has passed before
 * calling this ioctl. The purpose of the
 * DRM_MODE_PAGE_FLIP_TARGET_ABSOLUTE/RELATIVE flags is merely to clarify
 * the target for when code dealing with a page flip runs during a
 * vertical blank period.
 */

struct drm_mode_crtc_page_flip_target {
	__u32 crtc_id;
	__u32 fb_id;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 sequence;
	__u64 user_data;
};

/* create a dumb scanout buffer */
struct drm_mode_create_dumb {
	__u32 height;
	__u32 width;
	__u32 bpp;
	__u32 flags;
	/* handle, pitch, size will be returned */
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pitch;
	__u64 size;
};

/* set up for mmap of a dumb scanout buffer */
struct drm_mode_map_dumb {
	/** Handle for the object being mapped. */
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pad;
	/**
	 * Fake offset to use for subsequent mmap call
	 *
	 * This is a fixed-size type for 32/64 compatibility.
	 */
	__u64 offset;
};

struct drm_mode_destroy_dumb {
	__u32 handle;
};

/**
 * DRM_MODE_ATOMIC_TEST_ONLY
 *
 * Do not apply the atomic commit, instead check whether the hardware supports
 * this configuration.
 *
 * See &drm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_check for more details on test-only
 * commits.
 */
#define DRM_MODE_ATOMIC_TEST_ONLY 0x0100
/**
 * DRM_MODE_ATOMIC_NONBLOCK
 *
 * Do not block while applying the atomic commit. The &DRM_IOCTL_MODE_ATOMIC
 * IOCTL returns immediately instead of waiting for the changes to be applied
 * in hardware. Note, the driver will still check that the update can be
 * applied before retuning.
 */
#define DRM_MODE_ATOMIC_NONBLOCK  0x0200
/**
 * DRM_MODE_ATOMIC_ALLOW_MODESET
 *
 * Allow the update to result in temporary or transient visible artifacts while
 * the update is being applied. Applying the update may also take significantly
 * more time than a page flip. All visual artifacts will disappear by the time
 * the update is completed, as signalled through the vblank event's timestamp
 * (see struct drm_event_vblank).
 *
 * This flag must be set when the KMS update might cause visible artifacts.
 * Without this flag such KMS update will return a EINVAL error. What kind of
 * update may cause visible artifacts depends on the driver and the hardware.
 * User-space that needs to know beforehand if an update might cause visible
 * artifacts can use &DRM_MODE_ATOMIC_TEST_ONLY without
 * &DRM_MODE_ATOMIC_ALLOW_MODESET to see if it fails.
 *
 * To the best of the driver's knowledge, visual artifacts are guaranteed to
 * not appear when this flag is not set. Some sinks might display visual
 * artifacts outside of the driver's control.
 */
#define DRM_MODE_ATOMIC_ALLOW_MODESET 0x0400

/**
 * DRM_MODE_ATOMIC_FLAGS
 *
 * Bitfield of flags accepted by the &DRM_IOCTL_MODE_ATOMIC IOCTL in
 * &drm_mode_atomic.flags.
 */
#define DRM_MODE_ATOMIC_FLAGS (\
		DRM_MODE_PAGE_FLIP_EVENT |\
		DRM_MODE_PAGE_FLIP_ASYNC |\
		DRM_MODE_ATOMIC_TEST_ONLY |\
		DRM_MODE_ATOMIC_NONBLOCK |\
		DRM_MODE_ATOMIC_ALLOW_MODESET)

struct drm_mode_atomic {
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 count_objs;
	__u64 objs_ptr;
	__u64 count_props_ptr;
	__u64 props_ptr;
	__u64 prop_values_ptr;
	__u64 reserved;
	__u64 user_data;
};

struct drm_format_modifier_blob {
#define FORMAT_BLOB_CURRENT 1
	/* Version of this blob format */
	__u32 version;

	/* Flags */
	__u32 flags;

	/* Number of fourcc formats supported */
	__u32 count_formats;

	/* Where in this blob the formats exist (in bytes) */
	__u32 formats_offset;

	/* Number of drm_format_modifiers */
	__u32 count_modifiers;

	/* Where in this blob the modifiers exist (in bytes) */
	__u32 modifiers_offset;

	/* __u32 formats[] */
	/* struct drm_format_modifier modifiers[] */
};

struct drm_format_modifier {
	/* Bitmask of formats in get_plane format list this info applies to. The
	 * offset allows a sliding window of which 64 formats (bits).
	 *
	 * Some examples:
	 * In today's world with < 65 formats, and formats 0, and 2 are
	 * supported
	 * 0x0000000000000005
	 *		  ^-offset = 0, formats = 5
	 *
	 * If the number formats grew to 128, and formats 98-102 are
	 * supported with the modifier:
	 *
	 * 0x0000007c00000000 0000000000000000
	 *		  ^
	 *		  |__offset = 64, formats = 0x7c00000000
	 *
	 */
	__u64 formats;
	__u32 offset;
	__u32 pad;

	/* The modifier that applies to the >get_plane format list bitmask. */
	__u64 modifier;
};

/**
 * struct drm_mode_create_blob - Create New blob property
 *
 * Create a new 'blob' data property, copying length bytes from data pointer,
 * and returning new blob ID.
 */
struct drm_mode_create_blob {
	/** @data: Pointer to data to copy. */
	__u64 data;
	/** @length: Length of data to copy. */
	__u32 length;
	/** @blob_id: Return: new property ID. */
	__u32 blob_id;
};

/**
 * struct drm_mode_destroy_blob - Destroy user blob
 * @blob_id: blob_id to destroy
 *
 * Destroy a user-created blob property.
 *
 * User-space can release blobs as soon as they do not need to refer to them by
 * their blob object ID.  For instance, if you are using a MODE_ID blob in an
 * atomic commit and you will not make another commit re-using the same ID, you
 * can destroy the blob as soon as the commit has been issued, without waiting
 * for it to complete.
 */
struct drm_mode_destroy_blob {
	__u32 blob_id;
};

/**
 * struct drm_mode_create_lease - Create lease
 *
 * Lease mode resources, creating another drm_master.
 *
 * The @object_ids array must reference at least one CRTC, one connector and
 * one plane if &DRM_CLIENT_CAP_UNIVERSAL_PLANES is enabled. Alternatively,
 * the lease can be completely empty.
 */
struct drm_mode_create_lease {
	/** @object_ids: Pointer to array of object ids (__u32) */
	__u64 object_ids;
	/** @object_count: Number of object ids */
	__u32 object_count;
	/** @flags: flags for new FD (O_CLOEXEC, etc) */
	__u32 flags;

	/** @lessee_id: Return: unique identifier for lessee. */
	__u32 lessee_id;
	/** @fd: Return: file descriptor to new drm_master file */
	__u32 fd;
};

/**
 * struct drm_mode_list_lessees - List lessees
 *
 * List lesses from a drm_master.
 */
struct drm_mode_list_lessees {
	/**
	 * @count_lessees: Number of lessees.
	 *
	 * On input, provides length of the array.
	 * On output, provides total number. No
	 * more than the input number will be written
	 * back, so two calls can be used to get
	 * the size and then the data.
	 */
	__u32 count_lessees;
	/** @pad: Padding. */
	__u32 pad;

	/**
	 * @lessees_ptr: Pointer to lessees.
	 *
	 * Pointer to __u64 array of lessee ids
	 */
	__u64 lessees_ptr;
};

/**
 * struct drm_mode_get_lease - Get Lease
 *
 * Get leased objects.
 */
struct drm_mode_get_lease {
	/**
	 * @count_objects: Number of leased objects.
	 *
	 * On input, provides length of the array.
	 * On output, provides total number. No
	 * more than the input number will be written
	 * back, so two calls can be used to get
	 * the size and then the data.
	 */
	__u32 count_objects;
	/** @pad: Padding. */
	__u32 pad;

	/**
	 * @objects_ptr: Pointer to objects.
	 *
	 * Pointer to __u32 array of object ids.
	 */
	__u64 objects_ptr;
};

/**
 * struct drm_mode_revoke_lease - Revoke lease
 */
struct drm_mode_revoke_lease {
	/** @lessee_id: Unique ID of lessee */
	__u32 lessee_id;
};

/**
 * struct drm_mode_rect - Two dimensional rectangle.
 * @x1: Horizontal starting coordinate (inclusive).
 * @y1: Vertical starting coordinate (inclusive).
 * @x2: Horizontal ending coordinate (exclusive).
 * @y2: Vertical ending coordinate (exclusive).
 *
 * With drm subsystem using struct drm_rect to manage rectangular area this
 * export it to user-space.
 *
 * Currently used by drm_mode_atomic blob property FB_DAMAGE_CLIPS.
 */
struct drm_mode_rect {
	__s32 x1;
	__s32 y1;
	__s32 x2;
	__s32 y2;
};

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * include/uapi/drm/omap_drm.h
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2011 Texas Instruments
 * Author: Rob Clark <rob@ti.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
 * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
 * more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
 * this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */

#ifndef __OMAP_DRM_H__
#define __OMAP_DRM_H__

#include "drm.h"

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Please note that modifications to all structs defined here are
 * subject to backwards-compatibility constraints.
 */

#define OMAP_PARAM_CHIPSET_ID	1	/* ie. 0x3430, 0x4430, etc */

struct drm_omap_param {
	__u64 param;			/* in */
	__u64 value;			/* in (set_param), out (get_param) */
};

/* Scanout buffer, consumable by DSS */
#define OMAP_BO_SCANOUT		0x00000001

/* Buffer CPU caching mode: cached, write-combining or uncached. */
#define OMAP_BO_CACHED		0x00000000
#define OMAP_BO_WC		0x00000002
#define OMAP_BO_UNCACHED	0x00000004
#define OMAP_BO_CACHE_MASK	0x00000006

/* Use TILER for the buffer. The TILER container unit can be 8, 16 or 32 bits. */
#define OMAP_BO_TILED_8		0x00000100
#define OMAP_BO_TILED_16	0x00000200
#define OMAP_BO_TILED_32	0x00000300
#define OMAP_BO_TILED_MASK	0x00000f00

union omap_gem_size {
	__u32 bytes;		/* (for non-tiled formats) */
	struct {
		__u16 width;
		__u16 height;
	} tiled;		/* (for tiled formats) */
};

struct drm_omap_gem_new {
	union omap_gem_size size;	/* in */
	__u32 flags;			/* in */
	__u32 handle;			/* out */
	__u32 __pad;
};

/* mask of operations: */
enum omap_gem_op {
	OMAP_GEM_READ = 0x01,
	OMAP_GEM_WRITE = 0x02,
};

struct drm_omap_gem_cpu_prep {
	__u32 handle;			/* buffer handle (in) */
	__u32 op;			/* mask of omap_gem_op (in) */
};

struct drm_omap_gem_cpu_fini {
	__u32 handle;			/* buffer handle (in) */
	__u32 op;			/* mask of omap_gem_op (in) */
	/* TODO maybe here we pass down info about what regions are touched
	 * by sw so we can be clever about cache ops?  For now a placeholder,
	 * set to zero and we just do full buffer flush..
	 */
	__u32 nregions;
	__u32 __pad;
};

struct drm_omap_gem_info {
	__u32 handle;			/* buffer handle (in) */
	__u32 pad;
	__u64 offset;			/* mmap offset (out) */
	/* note: in case of tiled buffers, the user virtual size can be
	 * different from the physical size (ie. how many pages are needed
	 * to back the object) which is returned in DRM_IOCTL_GEM_OPEN..
	 * This size here is the one that should be used if you want to
	 * mmap() the buffer:
	 */
	__u32 size;			/* virtual size for mmap'ing (out) */
	__u32 __pad;
};

#define DRM_OMAP_GET_PARAM		0x00
#define DRM_OMAP_SET_PARAM		0x01
#define DRM_OMAP_GEM_NEW		0x03
#define DRM_OMAP_GEM_CPU_PREP		0x04	/* Deprecated, to be removed */
#define DRM_OMAP_GEM_CPU_FINI		0x05	/* Deprecated, to be removed */
#define DRM_OMAP_GEM_INFO		0x06
#define DRM_OMAP_NUM_IOCTLS		0x07

#define DRM_IOCTL_OMAP_GET_PARAM	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_OMAP_GET_PARAM, struct drm_omap_param)
#define DRM_IOCTL_OMAP_SET_PARAM	DRM_IOW (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_OMAP_SET_PARAM, struct drm_omap_param)
#define DRM_IOCTL_OMAP_GEM_NEW		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_OMAP_GEM_NEW, struct drm_omap_gem_new)
#define DRM_IOCTL_OMAP_GEM_CPU_PREP	DRM_IOW (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_OMAP_GEM_CPU_PREP, struct drm_omap_gem_cpu_prep)
#define DRM_IOCTL_OMAP_GEM_CPU_FINI	DRM_IOW (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_OMAP_GEM_CPU_FINI, struct drm_omap_gem_cpu_fini)
#define DRM_IOCTL_OMAP_GEM_INFO		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_OMAP_GEM_INFO, struct drm_omap_gem_info)

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif /* __OMAP_DRM_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2020-2023 Intel Corporation
 */

#ifndef __UAPI_IVPU_DRM_H__
#define __UAPI_IVPU_DRM_H__

#include "drm.h"

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

#define DRM_IVPU_DRIVER_MAJOR 1
#define DRM_IVPU_DRIVER_MINOR 0

#define DRM_IVPU_GET_PARAM		  0x00
#define DRM_IVPU_SET_PARAM		  0x01
#define DRM_IVPU_BO_CREATE		  0x02
#define DRM_IVPU_BO_INFO		  0x03
#define DRM_IVPU_SUBMIT			  0x05
#define DRM_IVPU_BO_WAIT		  0x06

#define DRM_IOCTL_IVPU_GET_PARAM                                               \
	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_IVPU_GET_PARAM, struct drm_ivpu_param)

#define DRM_IOCTL_IVPU_SET_PARAM                                               \
	DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_IVPU_SET_PARAM, struct drm_ivpu_param)

#define DRM_IOCTL_IVPU_BO_CREATE                                               \
	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_IVPU_BO_CREATE, struct drm_ivpu_bo_create)

#define DRM_IOCTL_IVPU_BO_INFO                                                 \
	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_IVPU_BO_INFO, struct drm_ivpu_bo_info)

#define DRM_IOCTL_IVPU_SUBMIT                                                  \
	DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_IVPU_SUBMIT, struct drm_ivpu_submit)

#define DRM_IOCTL_IVPU_BO_WAIT                                                 \
	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_IVPU_BO_WAIT, struct drm_ivpu_bo_wait)

/**
 * DOC: contexts
 *
 * VPU contexts have private virtual address space, job queues and priority.
 * Each context is identified by an unique ID. Context is created on open().
 */

#define DRM_IVPU_PARAM_DEVICE_ID	    0
#define DRM_IVPU_PARAM_DEVICE_REVISION	    1
#define DRM_IVPU_PARAM_PLATFORM_TYPE	    2
#define DRM_IVPU_PARAM_CORE_CLOCK_RATE	    3
#define DRM_IVPU_PARAM_NUM_CONTEXTS	    4
#define DRM_IVPU_PARAM_CONTEXT_BASE_ADDRESS 5
#define DRM_IVPU_PARAM_CONTEXT_PRIORITY	    6
#define DRM_IVPU_PARAM_CONTEXT_ID	    7
#define DRM_IVPU_PARAM_FW_API_VERSION	    8
#define DRM_IVPU_PARAM_ENGINE_HEARTBEAT	    9
#define DRM_IVPU_PARAM_UNIQUE_INFERENCE_ID  10
#define DRM_IVPU_PARAM_TILE_CONFIG	    11
#define DRM_IVPU_PARAM_SKU		    12

#define DRM_IVPU_PLATFORM_TYPE_SILICON	    0

#define DRM_IVPU_CONTEXT_PRIORITY_IDLE	    0
#define DRM_IVPU_CONTEXT_PRIORITY_NORMAL    1
#define DRM_IVPU_CONTEXT_PRIORITY_FOCUS	    2
#define DRM_IVPU_CONTEXT_PRIORITY_REALTIME  3

/**
 * struct drm_ivpu_param - Get/Set VPU parameters
 */
struct drm_ivpu_param {
	/**
	 * @param:
	 *
	 * Supported params:
	 *
	 * %DRM_IVPU_PARAM_DEVICE_ID:
	 * PCI Device ID of the VPU device (read-only)
	 *
	 * %DRM_IVPU_PARAM_DEVICE_REVISION:
	 * VPU device revision (read-only)
	 *
	 * %DRM_IVPU_PARAM_PLATFORM_TYPE:
	 * Returns %DRM_IVPU_PLATFORM_TYPE_SILICON on real hardware or device specific
	 * platform type when executing on a simulator or emulator (read-only)
	 *
	 * %DRM_IVPU_PARAM_CORE_CLOCK_RATE:
	 * Current PLL frequency (read-only)
	 *
	 * %DRM_IVPU_PARAM_NUM_CONTEXTS:
	 * Maximum number of simultaneously existing contexts (read-only)
	 *
	 * %DRM_IVPU_PARAM_CONTEXT_BASE_ADDRESS:
	 * Lowest VPU virtual address available in the current context (read-only)
	 *
	 * %DRM_IVPU_PARAM_CONTEXT_PRIORITY:
	 * Value of current context scheduling priority (read-write).
	 * See DRM_IVPU_CONTEXT_PRIORITY_* for possible values.
	 *
	 * %DRM_IVPU_PARAM_CONTEXT_ID:
	 * Current context ID, always greater than 0 (read-only)
	 *
	 * %DRM_IVPU_PARAM_FW_API_VERSION:
	 * Firmware API version array (read-only)
	 *
	 * %DRM_IVPU_PARAM_ENGINE_HEARTBEAT:
	 * Heartbeat value from an engine (read-only).
	 * Engine ID (i.e. DRM_IVPU_ENGINE_COMPUTE) is given via index.
	 *
	 * %DRM_IVPU_PARAM_UNIQUE_INFERENCE_ID:
	 * Device-unique inference ID (read-only)
	 *
	 * %DRM_IVPU_PARAM_TILE_CONFIG:
	 * VPU tile configuration  (read-only)
	 *
	 * %DRM_IVPU_PARAM_SKU:
	 * VPU SKU ID (read-only)
	 *
	 */
	__u32 param;

	/** @index: Index for params that have multiple instances */
	__u32 index;

	/** @value: Param value */
	__u64 value;
};

#define DRM_IVPU_BO_HIGH_MEM   0x00000001
#define DRM_IVPU_BO_MAPPABLE   0x00000002

#define DRM_IVPU_BO_CACHED     0x00000000
#define DRM_IVPU_BO_UNCACHED   0x00010000
#define DRM_IVPU_BO_WC	       0x00020000
#define DRM_IVPU_BO_CACHE_MASK 0x00030000

#define DRM_IVPU_BO_FLAGS \
	(DRM_IVPU_BO_HIGH_MEM | \
	 DRM_IVPU_BO_MAPPABLE | \
	 DRM_IVPU_BO_CACHE_MASK)

/**
 * struct drm_ivpu_bo_create - Create BO backed by SHMEM
 *
 * Create GEM buffer object allocated in SHMEM memory.
 */
struct drm_ivpu_bo_create {
	/** @size: The size in bytes of the allocated memory */
	__u64 size;

	/**
	 * @flags:
	 *
	 * Supported flags:
	 *
	 * %DRM_IVPU_BO_HIGH_MEM:
	 *
	 * Allocate VPU address from >4GB range.
	 * Buffer object with vpu address >4GB can be always accessed by the
	 * VPU DMA engine, but some HW generation may not be able to access
	 * this memory from then firmware running on the VPU management processor.
	 * Suitable for input, output and some scratch buffers.
	 *
	 * %DRM_IVPU_BO_MAPPABLE:
	 *
	 * Buffer object can be mapped using mmap().
	 *
	 * %DRM_IVPU_BO_CACHED:
	 *
	 * Allocated BO will be cached on host side (WB) and snooped on the VPU side.
	 * This is the default caching mode.
	 *
	 * %DRM_IVPU_BO_UNCACHED:
	 *
	 * Allocated BO will not be cached on host side nor snooped on the VPU side.
	 *
	 * %DRM_IVPU_BO_WC:
	 *
	 * Allocated BO will use write combining buffer for writes but reads will be
	 * uncached.
	 */
	__u32 flags;

	/** @handle: Returned GEM object handle */
	__u32 handle;

	/** @vpu_addr: Returned VPU virtual address */
	__u64 vpu_addr;
};

/**
 * struct drm_ivpu_bo_info - Query buffer object info
 */
struct drm_ivpu_bo_info {
	/** @handle: Handle of the queried BO */
	__u32 handle;

	/** @flags: Returned flags used to create the BO */
	__u32 flags;

	/** @vpu_addr: Returned VPU virtual address */
	__u64 vpu_addr;

	/**
	 * @mmap_offset:
	 *
	 * Returned offset to be used in mmap(). 0 in case the BO is not mappable.
	 */
	__u64 mmap_offset;

	/** @size: Returned GEM object size, aligned to PAGE_SIZE */
	__u64 size;
};

/* drm_ivpu_submit engines */
#define DRM_IVPU_ENGINE_COMPUTE 0
#define DRM_IVPU_ENGINE_COPY    1

/**
 * struct drm_ivpu_submit - Submit commands to the VPU
 *
 * Execute a single command buffer on a given VPU engine.
 * Handles to all referenced buffer objects have to be provided in @buffers_ptr.
 *
 * User space may wait on job completion using %DRM_IVPU_BO_WAIT ioctl.
 */
struct drm_ivpu_submit {
	/**
	 * @buffers_ptr:
	 *
	 * A pointer to an u32 array of GEM handles of the BOs required for this job.
	 * The number of elements in the array must be equal to the value given by @buffer_count.
	 *
	 * The first BO is the command buffer. The rest of array has to contain all
	 * BOs referenced from the command buffer.
	 */
	__u64 buffers_ptr;

	/** @buffer_count: Number of elements in the @buffers_ptr */
	__u32 buffer_count;

	/**
	 * @engine: Select the engine this job should be executed on
	 *
	 * %DRM_IVPU_ENGINE_COMPUTE:
	 *
	 * Performs Deep Learning Neural Compute Inference Operations
	 *
	 * %DRM_IVPU_ENGINE_COPY:
	 *
	 * Performs memory copy operations to/from system memory allocated for VPU
	 */
	__u32 engine;

	/** @flags: Reserved for future use - must be zero */
	__u32 flags;

	/**
	 * @commands_offset:
	 *
	 * Offset inside the first buffer in @buffers_ptr containing commands
	 * to be executed. The offset has to be 8-byte aligned.
	 */
	__u32 commands_offset;
};

/* drm_ivpu_bo_wait job status codes */
#define DRM_IVPU_JOB_STATUS_SUCCESS 0

/**
 * struct drm_ivpu_bo_wait - Wait for BO to become inactive
 *
 * Blocks until a given buffer object becomes inactive.
 * With @timeout_ms set to 0 returns immediately.
 */
struct drm_ivpu_bo_wait {
	/** @handle: Handle to the buffer object to be waited on */
	__u32 handle;

	/** @flags: Reserved for future use - must be zero */
	__u32 flags;

	/** @timeout_ns: Absolute timeout in nanoseconds (may be zero) */
	__s64 timeout_ns;

	/**
	 * @job_status:
	 *
	 * Job status code which is updated after the job is completed.
	 * &DRM_IVPU_JOB_STATUS_SUCCESS or device specific error otherwise.
	 * Valid only if @handle points to a command buffer.
	 */
	__u32 job_status;

	/** @pad: Padding - must be zero */
	__u32 pad;
};

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif /* __UAPI_IVPU_DRM_H__ */
/*
 * Copyright 2016 Intel Corporation
 * All Rights Reserved.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 * distribute, sub license, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
 * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
 * the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
 * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
 * of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL TUNGSTEN GRAPHICS AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR
 * ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
 * TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
 * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 *
 */

#ifndef _VGEM_DRM_H_
#define _VGEM_DRM_H_

#include "drm.h"

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Please note that modifications to all structs defined here are
 * subject to backwards-compatibility constraints.
 */
#define DRM_VGEM_FENCE_ATTACH	0x1
#define DRM_VGEM_FENCE_SIGNAL	0x2

#define DRM_IOCTL_VGEM_FENCE_ATTACH	DRM_IOWR( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VGEM_FENCE_ATTACH, struct drm_vgem_fence_attach)
#define DRM_IOCTL_VGEM_FENCE_SIGNAL	DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VGEM_FENCE_SIGNAL, struct drm_vgem_fence_signal)

struct drm_vgem_fence_attach {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 flags;
#define VGEM_FENCE_WRITE	0x1
	__u32 out_fence;
	__u32 pad;
};

struct drm_vgem_fence_signal {
	__u32 fence;
	__u32 flags;
};

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif /* _VGEM_DRM_H_ */
/* amdgpu_drm.h -- Public header for the amdgpu driver -*- linux-c -*-
 *
 * Copyright 2000 Precision Insight, Inc., Cedar Park, Texas.
 * Copyright 2000 VA Linux Systems, Inc., Fremont, California.
 * Copyright 2002 Tungsten Graphics, Inc., Cedar Park, Texas.
 * Copyright 2014 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
 * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
 * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
 * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
 * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
 * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
 * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
 * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
 * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
 * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 *
 * Authors:
 *    Kevin E. Martin <martin@valinux.com>
 *    Gareth Hughes <gareth@valinux.com>
 *    Keith Whitwell <keith@tungstengraphics.com>
 */

#ifndef __AMDGPU_DRM_H__
#define __AMDGPU_DRM_H__

#include "drm.h"

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

#define DRM_AMDGPU_GEM_CREATE		0x00
#define DRM_AMDGPU_GEM_MMAP		0x01
#define DRM_AMDGPU_CTX			0x02
#define DRM_AMDGPU_BO_LIST		0x03
#define DRM_AMDGPU_CS			0x04
#define DRM_AMDGPU_INFO			0x05
#define DRM_AMDGPU_GEM_METADATA		0x06
#define DRM_AMDGPU_GEM_WAIT_IDLE	0x07
#define DRM_AMDGPU_GEM_VA		0x08
#define DRM_AMDGPU_WAIT_CS		0x09
#define DRM_AMDGPU_GEM_OP		0x10
#define DRM_AMDGPU_GEM_USERPTR		0x11
#define DRM_AMDGPU_WAIT_FENCES		0x12
#define DRM_AMDGPU_VM			0x13
#define DRM_AMDGPU_FENCE_TO_HANDLE	0x14
#define DRM_AMDGPU_SCHED		0x15

#define DRM_IOCTL_AMDGPU_GEM_CREATE	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_AMDGPU_GEM_CREATE, union drm_amdgpu_gem_create)
#define DRM_IOCTL_AMDGPU_GEM_MMAP	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_AMDGPU_GEM_MMAP, union drm_amdgpu_gem_mmap)
#define DRM_IOCTL_AMDGPU_CTX		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_AMDGPU_CTX, union drm_amdgpu_ctx)
#define DRM_IOCTL_AMDGPU_BO_LIST	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_AMDGPU_BO_LIST, union drm_amdgpu_bo_list)
#define DRM_IOCTL_AMDGPU_CS		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_AMDGPU_CS, union drm_amdgpu_cs)
#define DRM_IOCTL_AMDGPU_INFO		DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_AMDGPU_INFO, struct drm_amdgpu_info)
#define DRM_IOCTL_AMDGPU_GEM_METADATA	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_AMDGPU_GEM_METADATA, struct drm_amdgpu_gem_metadata)
#define DRM_IOCTL_AMDGPU_GEM_WAIT_IDLE	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_AMDGPU_GEM_WAIT_IDLE, union drm_amdgpu_gem_wait_idle)
#define DRM_IOCTL_AMDGPU_GEM_VA		DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_AMDGPU_GEM_VA, struct drm_amdgpu_gem_va)
#define DRM_IOCTL_AMDGPU_WAIT_CS	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_AMDGPU_WAIT_CS, union drm_amdgpu_wait_cs)
#define DRM_IOCTL_AMDGPU_GEM_OP		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_AMDGPU_GEM_OP, struct drm_amdgpu_gem_op)
#define DRM_IOCTL_AMDGPU_GEM_USERPTR	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_AMDGPU_GEM_USERPTR, struct drm_amdgpu_gem_userptr)
#define DRM_IOCTL_AMDGPU_WAIT_FENCES	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_AMDGPU_WAIT_FENCES, union drm_amdgpu_wait_fences)
#define DRM_IOCTL_AMDGPU_VM		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_AMDGPU_VM, union drm_amdgpu_vm)
#define DRM_IOCTL_AMDGPU_FENCE_TO_HANDLE DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_AMDGPU_FENCE_TO_HANDLE, union drm_amdgpu_fence_to_handle)
#define DRM_IOCTL_AMDGPU_SCHED		DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_AMDGPU_SCHED, union drm_amdgpu_sched)

/**
 * DOC: memory domains
 *
 * %AMDGPU_GEM_DOMAIN_CPU	System memory that is not GPU accessible.
 * Memory in this pool could be swapped out to disk if there is pressure.
 *
 * %AMDGPU_GEM_DOMAIN_GTT	GPU accessible system memory, mapped into the
 * GPU's virtual address space via gart. Gart memory linearizes non-contiguous
 * pages of system memory, allows GPU access system memory in a linearized
 * fashion.
 *
 * %AMDGPU_GEM_DOMAIN_VRAM	Local video memory. For APUs, it is memory
 * carved out by the BIOS.
 *
 * %AMDGPU_GEM_DOMAIN_GDS	Global on-chip data storage used to share data
 * across shader threads.
 *
 * %AMDGPU_GEM_DOMAIN_GWS	Global wave sync, used to synchronize the
 * execution of all the waves on a device.
 *
 * %AMDGPU_GEM_DOMAIN_OA	Ordered append, used by 3D or Compute engines
 * for appending data.
 */
#define AMDGPU_GEM_DOMAIN_CPU		0x1
#define AMDGPU_GEM_DOMAIN_GTT		0x2
#define AMDGPU_GEM_DOMAIN_VRAM		0x4
#define AMDGPU_GEM_DOMAIN_GDS		0x8
#define AMDGPU_GEM_DOMAIN_GWS		0x10
#define AMDGPU_GEM_DOMAIN_OA		0x20
#define AMDGPU_GEM_DOMAIN_MASK		(AMDGPU_GEM_DOMAIN_CPU | \
					 AMDGPU_GEM_DOMAIN_GTT | \
					 AMDGPU_GEM_DOMAIN_VRAM | \
					 AMDGPU_GEM_DOMAIN_GDS | \
					 AMDGPU_GEM_DOMAIN_GWS | \
					 AMDGPU_GEM_DOMAIN_OA)

/* Flag that CPU access will be required for the case of VRAM domain */
#define AMDGPU_GEM_CREATE_CPU_ACCESS_REQUIRED	(1 << 0)
/* Flag that CPU access will not work, this VRAM domain is invisible */
#define AMDGPU_GEM_CREATE_NO_CPU_ACCESS		(1 << 1)
/* Flag that USWC attributes should be used for GTT */
#define AMDGPU_GEM_CREATE_CPU_GTT_USWC		(1 << 2)
/* Flag that the memory should be in VRAM and cleared */
#define AMDGPU_GEM_CREATE_VRAM_CLEARED		(1 << 3)
/* Flag that allocating the BO should use linear VRAM */
#define AMDGPU_GEM_CREATE_VRAM_CONTIGUOUS	(1 << 5)
/* Flag that BO is always valid in this VM */
#define AMDGPU_GEM_CREATE_VM_ALWAYS_VALID	(1 << 6)
/* Flag that BO sharing will be explicitly synchronized */
#define AMDGPU_GEM_CREATE_EXPLICIT_SYNC		(1 << 7)
/* Flag that indicates allocating MQD gart on GFX9, where the mtype
 * for the second page onward should be set to NC. It should never
 * be used by user space applications.
 */
#define AMDGPU_GEM_CREATE_CP_MQD_GFX9		(1 << 8)
/* Flag that BO may contain sensitive data that must be wiped before
 * releasing the memory
 */
#define AMDGPU_GEM_CREATE_VRAM_WIPE_ON_RELEASE	(1 << 9)
/* Flag that BO will be encrypted and that the TMZ bit should be
 * set in the PTEs when mapping this buffer via GPUVM or
 * accessing it with various hw blocks
 */
#define AMDGPU_GEM_CREATE_ENCRYPTED		(1 << 10)
/* Flag that BO will be used only in preemptible context, which does
 * not require GTT memory accounting
 */
#define AMDGPU_GEM_CREATE_PREEMPTIBLE		(1 << 11)
/* Flag that BO can be discarded under memory pressure without keeping the
 * content.
 */
#define AMDGPU_GEM_CREATE_DISCARDABLE		(1 << 12)
/* Flag that BO is shared coherently between multiple devices or CPU threads.
 * May depend on GPU instructions to flush caches explicitly
 *
 * This influences the choice of MTYPE in the PTEs on GFXv9 and later GPUs and
 * may override the MTYPE selected in AMDGPU_VA_OP_MAP.
 */
#define AMDGPU_GEM_CREATE_COHERENT		(1 << 13)
/* Flag that BO should not be cached by GPU. Coherent without having to flush
 * GPU caches explicitly
 *
 * This influences the choice of MTYPE in the PTEs on GFXv9 and later GPUs and
 * may override the MTYPE selected in AMDGPU_VA_OP_MAP.
 */
#define AMDGPU_GEM_CREATE_UNCACHED		(1 << 14)

struct drm_amdgpu_gem_create_in  {
	/** the requested memory size */
	__u64 bo_size;
	/** physical start_addr alignment in bytes for some HW requirements */
	__u64 alignment;
	/** the requested memory domains */
	__u64 domains;
	/** allocation flags */
	__u64 domain_flags;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_gem_create_out  {
	/** returned GEM object handle */
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 _pad;
};

union drm_amdgpu_gem_create {
	struct drm_amdgpu_gem_create_in		in;
	struct drm_amdgpu_gem_create_out	out;
};

/** Opcode to create new residency list.  */
#define AMDGPU_BO_LIST_OP_CREATE	0
/** Opcode to destroy previously created residency list */
#define AMDGPU_BO_LIST_OP_DESTROY	1
/** Opcode to update resource information in the list */
#define AMDGPU_BO_LIST_OP_UPDATE	2

struct drm_amdgpu_bo_list_in {
	/** Type of operation */
	__u32 operation;
	/** Handle of list or 0 if we want to create one */
	__u32 list_handle;
	/** Number of BOs in list  */
	__u32 bo_number;
	/** Size of each element describing BO */
	__u32 bo_info_size;
	/** Pointer to array describing BOs */
	__u64 bo_info_ptr;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_bo_list_entry {
	/** Handle of BO */
	__u32 bo_handle;
	/** New (if specified) BO priority to be used during migration */
	__u32 bo_priority;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_bo_list_out {
	/** Handle of resource list  */
	__u32 list_handle;
	__u32 _pad;
};

union drm_amdgpu_bo_list {
	struct drm_amdgpu_bo_list_in in;
	struct drm_amdgpu_bo_list_out out;
};

/* context related */
#define AMDGPU_CTX_OP_ALLOC_CTX	1
#define AMDGPU_CTX_OP_FREE_CTX	2
#define AMDGPU_CTX_OP_QUERY_STATE	3
#define AMDGPU_CTX_OP_QUERY_STATE2	4
#define AMDGPU_CTX_OP_GET_STABLE_PSTATE	5
#define AMDGPU_CTX_OP_SET_STABLE_PSTATE	6

/* GPU reset status */
#define AMDGPU_CTX_NO_RESET		0
/* this the context caused it */
#define AMDGPU_CTX_GUILTY_RESET		1
/* some other context caused it */
#define AMDGPU_CTX_INNOCENT_RESET	2
/* unknown cause */
#define AMDGPU_CTX_UNKNOWN_RESET	3

/* indicate gpu reset occured after ctx created */
#define AMDGPU_CTX_QUERY2_FLAGS_RESET    (1<<0)
/* indicate vram lost occured after ctx created */
#define AMDGPU_CTX_QUERY2_FLAGS_VRAMLOST (1<<1)
/* indicate some job from this context once cause gpu hang */
#define AMDGPU_CTX_QUERY2_FLAGS_GUILTY   (1<<2)
/* indicate some errors are detected by RAS */
#define AMDGPU_CTX_QUERY2_FLAGS_RAS_CE   (1<<3)
#define AMDGPU_CTX_QUERY2_FLAGS_RAS_UE   (1<<4)

/* Context priority level */
#define AMDGPU_CTX_PRIORITY_UNSET       -2048
#define AMDGPU_CTX_PRIORITY_VERY_LOW    -1023
#define AMDGPU_CTX_PRIORITY_LOW         -512
#define AMDGPU_CTX_PRIORITY_NORMAL      0
/*
 * When used in struct drm_amdgpu_ctx_in, a priority above NORMAL requires
 * CAP_SYS_NICE or DRM_MASTER
*/
#define AMDGPU_CTX_PRIORITY_HIGH        512
#define AMDGPU_CTX_PRIORITY_VERY_HIGH   1023

/* select a stable profiling pstate for perfmon tools */
#define AMDGPU_CTX_STABLE_PSTATE_FLAGS_MASK  0xf
#define AMDGPU_CTX_STABLE_PSTATE_NONE  0
#define AMDGPU_CTX_STABLE_PSTATE_STANDARD  1
#define AMDGPU_CTX_STABLE_PSTATE_MIN_SCLK  2
#define AMDGPU_CTX_STABLE_PSTATE_MIN_MCLK  3
#define AMDGPU_CTX_STABLE_PSTATE_PEAK  4

struct drm_amdgpu_ctx_in {
	/** AMDGPU_CTX_OP_* */
	__u32	op;
	/** Flags */
	__u32	flags;
	__u32	ctx_id;
	/** AMDGPU_CTX_PRIORITY_* */
	__s32	priority;
};

union drm_amdgpu_ctx_out {
		struct {
			__u32	ctx_id;
			__u32	_pad;
		} alloc;

		struct {
			/** For future use, no flags defined so far */
			__u64	flags;
			/** Number of resets caused by this context so far. */
			__u32	hangs;
			/** Reset status since the last call of the ioctl. */
			__u32	reset_status;
		} state;

		struct {
			__u32	flags;
			__u32	_pad;
		} pstate;
};

union drm_amdgpu_ctx {
	struct drm_amdgpu_ctx_in in;
	union drm_amdgpu_ctx_out out;
};

/* vm ioctl */
#define AMDGPU_VM_OP_RESERVE_VMID	1
#define AMDGPU_VM_OP_UNRESERVE_VMID	2

struct drm_amdgpu_vm_in {
	/** AMDGPU_VM_OP_* */
	__u32	op;
	__u32	flags;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_vm_out {
	/** For future use, no flags defined so far */
	__u64	flags;
};

union drm_amdgpu_vm {
	struct drm_amdgpu_vm_in in;
	struct drm_amdgpu_vm_out out;
};

/* sched ioctl */
#define AMDGPU_SCHED_OP_PROCESS_PRIORITY_OVERRIDE	1
#define AMDGPU_SCHED_OP_CONTEXT_PRIORITY_OVERRIDE	2

struct drm_amdgpu_sched_in {
	/* AMDGPU_SCHED_OP_* */
	__u32	op;
	__u32	fd;
	/** AMDGPU_CTX_PRIORITY_* */
	__s32	priority;
	__u32   ctx_id;
};

union drm_amdgpu_sched {
	struct drm_amdgpu_sched_in in;
};

/*
 * This is not a reliable API and you should expect it to fail for any
 * number of reasons and have fallback path that do not use userptr to
 * perform any operation.
 */
#define AMDGPU_GEM_USERPTR_READONLY	(1 << 0)
#define AMDGPU_GEM_USERPTR_ANONONLY	(1 << 1)
#define AMDGPU_GEM_USERPTR_VALIDATE	(1 << 2)
#define AMDGPU_GEM_USERPTR_REGISTER	(1 << 3)

struct drm_amdgpu_gem_userptr {
	__u64		addr;
	__u64		size;
	/* AMDGPU_GEM_USERPTR_* */
	__u32		flags;
	/* Resulting GEM handle */
	__u32		handle;
};

/* SI-CI-VI: */
/* same meaning as the GB_TILE_MODE and GL_MACRO_TILE_MODE fields */
#define AMDGPU_TILING_ARRAY_MODE_SHIFT			0
#define AMDGPU_TILING_ARRAY_MODE_MASK			0xf
#define AMDGPU_TILING_PIPE_CONFIG_SHIFT			4
#define AMDGPU_TILING_PIPE_CONFIG_MASK			0x1f
#define AMDGPU_TILING_TILE_SPLIT_SHIFT			9
#define AMDGPU_TILING_TILE_SPLIT_MASK			0x7
#define AMDGPU_TILING_MICRO_TILE_MODE_SHIFT		12
#define AMDGPU_TILING_MICRO_TILE_MODE_MASK		0x7
#define AMDGPU_TILING_BANK_WIDTH_SHIFT			15
#define AMDGPU_TILING_BANK_WIDTH_MASK			0x3
#define AMDGPU_TILING_BANK_HEIGHT_SHIFT			17
#define AMDGPU_TILING_BANK_HEIGHT_MASK			0x3
#define AMDGPU_TILING_MACRO_TILE_ASPECT_SHIFT		19
#define AMDGPU_TILING_MACRO_TILE_ASPECT_MASK		0x3
#define AMDGPU_TILING_NUM_BANKS_SHIFT			21
#define AMDGPU_TILING_NUM_BANKS_MASK			0x3

/* GFX9 and later: */
#define AMDGPU_TILING_SWIZZLE_MODE_SHIFT		0
#define AMDGPU_TILING_SWIZZLE_MODE_MASK			0x1f
#define AMDGPU_TILING_DCC_OFFSET_256B_SHIFT		5
#define AMDGPU_TILING_DCC_OFFSET_256B_MASK		0xFFFFFF
#define AMDGPU_TILING_DCC_PITCH_MAX_SHIFT		29
#define AMDGPU_TILING_DCC_PITCH_MAX_MASK		0x3FFF
#define AMDGPU_TILING_DCC_INDEPENDENT_64B_SHIFT		43
#define AMDGPU_TILING_DCC_INDEPENDENT_64B_MASK		0x1
#define AMDGPU_TILING_DCC_INDEPENDENT_128B_SHIFT	44
#define AMDGPU_TILING_DCC_INDEPENDENT_128B_MASK		0x1
#define AMDGPU_TILING_SCANOUT_SHIFT			63
#define AMDGPU_TILING_SCANOUT_MASK			0x1

/* Set/Get helpers for tiling flags. */
#define AMDGPU_TILING_SET(field, value) \
	(((__u64)(value) & AMDGPU_TILING_##field##_MASK) << AMDGPU_TILING_##field##_SHIFT)
#define AMDGPU_TILING_GET(value, field) \
	(((__u64)(value) >> AMDGPU_TILING_##field##_SHIFT) & AMDGPU_TILING_##field##_MASK)

#define AMDGPU_GEM_METADATA_OP_SET_METADATA                  1
#define AMDGPU_GEM_METADATA_OP_GET_METADATA                  2

/** The same structure is shared for input/output */
struct drm_amdgpu_gem_metadata {
	/** GEM Object handle */
	__u32	handle;
	/** Do we want get or set metadata */
	__u32	op;
	struct {
		/** For future use, no flags defined so far */
		__u64	flags;
		/** family specific tiling info */
		__u64	tiling_info;
		__u32	data_size_bytes;
		__u32	data[64];
	} data;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_gem_mmap_in {
	/** the GEM object handle */
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 _pad;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_gem_mmap_out {
	/** mmap offset from the vma offset manager */
	__u64 addr_ptr;
};

union drm_amdgpu_gem_mmap {
	struct drm_amdgpu_gem_mmap_in   in;
	struct drm_amdgpu_gem_mmap_out out;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_gem_wait_idle_in {
	/** GEM object handle */
	__u32 handle;
	/** For future use, no flags defined so far */
	__u32 flags;
	/** Absolute timeout to wait */
	__u64 timeout;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_gem_wait_idle_out {
	/** BO status:  0 - BO is idle, 1 - BO is busy */
	__u32 status;
	/** Returned current memory domain */
	__u32 domain;
};

union drm_amdgpu_gem_wait_idle {
	struct drm_amdgpu_gem_wait_idle_in  in;
	struct drm_amdgpu_gem_wait_idle_out out;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_wait_cs_in {
	/* Command submission handle
         * handle equals 0 means none to wait for
         * handle equals ~0ull means wait for the latest sequence number
         */
	__u64 handle;
	/** Absolute timeout to wait */
	__u64 timeout;
	__u32 ip_type;
	__u32 ip_instance;
	__u32 ring;
	__u32 ctx_id;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_wait_cs_out {
	/** CS status:  0 - CS completed, 1 - CS still busy */
	__u64 status;
};

union drm_amdgpu_wait_cs {
	struct drm_amdgpu_wait_cs_in in;
	struct drm_amdgpu_wait_cs_out out;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_fence {
	__u32 ctx_id;
	__u32 ip_type;
	__u32 ip_instance;
	__u32 ring;
	__u64 seq_no;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_wait_fences_in {
	/** This points to uint64_t * which points to fences */
	__u64 fences;
	__u32 fence_count;
	__u32 wait_all;
	__u64 timeout_ns;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_wait_fences_out {
	__u32 status;
	__u32 first_signaled;
};

union drm_amdgpu_wait_fences {
	struct drm_amdgpu_wait_fences_in in;
	struct drm_amdgpu_wait_fences_out out;
};

#define AMDGPU_GEM_OP_GET_GEM_CREATE_INFO	0
#define AMDGPU_GEM_OP_SET_PLACEMENT		1

/* Sets or returns a value associated with a buffer. */
struct drm_amdgpu_gem_op {
	/** GEM object handle */
	__u32	handle;
	/** AMDGPU_GEM_OP_* */
	__u32	op;
	/** Input or return value */
	__u64	value;
};

#define AMDGPU_VA_OP_MAP			1
#define AMDGPU_VA_OP_UNMAP			2
#define AMDGPU_VA_OP_CLEAR			3
#define AMDGPU_VA_OP_REPLACE			4

/* Delay the page table update till the next CS */
#define AMDGPU_VM_DELAY_UPDATE		(1 << 0)

/* Mapping flags */
/* readable mapping */
#define AMDGPU_VM_PAGE_READABLE		(1 << 1)
/* writable mapping */
#define AMDGPU_VM_PAGE_WRITEABLE	(1 << 2)
/* executable mapping, new for VI */
#define AMDGPU_VM_PAGE_EXECUTABLE	(1 << 3)
/* partially resident texture */
#define AMDGPU_VM_PAGE_PRT		(1 << 4)
/* MTYPE flags use bit 5 to 8 */
#define AMDGPU_VM_MTYPE_MASK		(0xf << 5)
/* Default MTYPE. Pre-AI must use this.  Recommended for newer ASICs. */
#define AMDGPU_VM_MTYPE_DEFAULT		(0 << 5)
/* Use Non Coherent MTYPE instead of default MTYPE */
#define AMDGPU_VM_MTYPE_NC		(1 << 5)
/* Use Write Combine MTYPE instead of default MTYPE */
#define AMDGPU_VM_MTYPE_WC		(2 << 5)
/* Use Cache Coherent MTYPE instead of default MTYPE */
#define AMDGPU_VM_MTYPE_CC		(3 << 5)
/* Use UnCached MTYPE instead of default MTYPE */
#define AMDGPU_VM_MTYPE_UC		(4 << 5)
/* Use Read Write MTYPE instead of default MTYPE */
#define AMDGPU_VM_MTYPE_RW		(5 << 5)
/* don't allocate MALL */
#define AMDGPU_VM_PAGE_NOALLOC		(1 << 9)

struct drm_amdgpu_gem_va {
	/** GEM object handle */
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 _pad;
	/** AMDGPU_VA_OP_* */
	__u32 operation;
	/** AMDGPU_VM_PAGE_* */
	__u32 flags;
	/** va address to assign . Must be correctly aligned.*/
	__u64 va_address;
	/** Specify offset inside of BO to assign. Must be correctly aligned.*/
	__u64 offset_in_bo;
	/** Specify mapping size. Must be correctly aligned. */
	__u64 map_size;
};

#define AMDGPU_HW_IP_GFX          0
#define AMDGPU_HW_IP_COMPUTE      1
#define AMDGPU_HW_IP_DMA          2
#define AMDGPU_HW_IP_UVD          3
#define AMDGPU_HW_IP_VCE          4
#define AMDGPU_HW_IP_UVD_ENC      5
#define AMDGPU_HW_IP_VCN_DEC      6
/*
 * From VCN4, AMDGPU_HW_IP_VCN_ENC is re-used to support
 * both encoding and decoding jobs.
 */
#define AMDGPU_HW_IP_VCN_ENC      7
#define AMDGPU_HW_IP_VCN_JPEG     8
#define AMDGPU_HW_IP_NUM          9

#define AMDGPU_HW_IP_INSTANCE_MAX_COUNT 1

#define AMDGPU_CHUNK_ID_IB		0x01
#define AMDGPU_CHUNK_ID_FENCE		0x02
#define AMDGPU_CHUNK_ID_DEPENDENCIES	0x03
#define AMDGPU_CHUNK_ID_SYNCOBJ_IN      0x04
#define AMDGPU_CHUNK_ID_SYNCOBJ_OUT     0x05
#define AMDGPU_CHUNK_ID_BO_HANDLES      0x06
#define AMDGPU_CHUNK_ID_SCHEDULED_DEPENDENCIES	0x07
#define AMDGPU_CHUNK_ID_SYNCOBJ_TIMELINE_WAIT    0x08
#define AMDGPU_CHUNK_ID_SYNCOBJ_TIMELINE_SIGNAL  0x09

struct drm_amdgpu_cs_chunk {
	__u32		chunk_id;
	__u32		length_dw;
	__u64		chunk_data;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_cs_in {
	/** Rendering context id */
	__u32		ctx_id;
	/**  Handle of resource list associated with CS */
	__u32		bo_list_handle;
	__u32		num_chunks;
	__u32		flags;
	/** this points to __u64 * which point to cs chunks */
	__u64		chunks;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_cs_out {
	__u64 handle;
};

union drm_amdgpu_cs {
	struct drm_amdgpu_cs_in in;
	struct drm_amdgpu_cs_out out;
};

/* Specify flags to be used for IB */

/* This IB should be submitted to CE */
#define AMDGPU_IB_FLAG_CE	(1<<0)

/* Preamble flag, which means the IB could be dropped if no context switch */
#define AMDGPU_IB_FLAG_PREAMBLE (1<<1)

/* Preempt flag, IB should set Pre_enb bit if PREEMPT flag detected */
#define AMDGPU_IB_FLAG_PREEMPT (1<<2)

/* The IB fence should do the L2 writeback but not invalidate any shader
 * caches (L2/vL1/sL1/I$). */
#define AMDGPU_IB_FLAG_TC_WB_NOT_INVALIDATE (1 << 3)

/* Set GDS_COMPUTE_MAX_WAVE_ID = DEFAULT before PACKET3_INDIRECT_BUFFER.
 * This will reset wave ID counters for the IB.
 */
#define AMDGPU_IB_FLAG_RESET_GDS_MAX_WAVE_ID (1 << 4)

/* Flag the IB as secure (TMZ)
 */
#define AMDGPU_IB_FLAGS_SECURE  (1 << 5)

/* Tell KMD to flush and invalidate caches
 */
#define AMDGPU_IB_FLAG_EMIT_MEM_SYNC  (1 << 6)

struct drm_amdgpu_cs_chunk_ib {
	__u32 _pad;
	/** AMDGPU_IB_FLAG_* */
	__u32 flags;
	/** Virtual address to begin IB execution */
	__u64 va_start;
	/** Size of submission */
	__u32 ib_bytes;
	/** HW IP to submit to */
	__u32 ip_type;
	/** HW IP index of the same type to submit to  */
	__u32 ip_instance;
	/** Ring index to submit to */
	__u32 ring;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_cs_chunk_dep {
	__u32 ip_type;
	__u32 ip_instance;
	__u32 ring;
	__u32 ctx_id;
	__u64 handle;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_cs_chunk_fence {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 offset;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_cs_chunk_sem {
	__u32 handle;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_cs_chunk_syncobj {
       __u32 handle;
       __u32 flags;
       __u64 point;
};

#define AMDGPU_FENCE_TO_HANDLE_GET_SYNCOBJ	0
#define AMDGPU_FENCE_TO_HANDLE_GET_SYNCOBJ_FD	1
#define AMDGPU_FENCE_TO_HANDLE_GET_SYNC_FILE_FD	2

union drm_amdgpu_fence_to_handle {
	struct {
		struct drm_amdgpu_fence fence;
		__u32 what;
		__u32 pad;
	} in;
	struct {
		__u32 handle;
	} out;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_cs_chunk_data {
	union {
		struct drm_amdgpu_cs_chunk_ib		ib_data;
		struct drm_amdgpu_cs_chunk_fence	fence_data;
	};
};

/*
 *  Query h/w info: Flag that this is integrated (a.h.a. fusion) GPU
 *
 */
#define AMDGPU_IDS_FLAGS_FUSION         0x1
#define AMDGPU_IDS_FLAGS_PREEMPTION     0x2
#define AMDGPU_IDS_FLAGS_TMZ            0x4
#define AMDGPU_IDS_FLAGS_CONFORMANT_TRUNC_COORD 0x8

/* indicate if acceleration can be working */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_ACCEL_WORKING		0x00
/* get the crtc_id from the mode object id? */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_CRTC_FROM_ID		0x01
/* query hw IP info */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_HW_IP_INFO			0x02
/* query hw IP instance count for the specified type */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_HW_IP_COUNT			0x03
/* timestamp for GL_ARB_timer_query */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_TIMESTAMP			0x05
/* Query the firmware version */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_VERSION			0x0e
	/* Subquery id: Query VCE firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_VCE		0x1
	/* Subquery id: Query UVD firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_UVD		0x2
	/* Subquery id: Query GMC firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_GMC		0x03
	/* Subquery id: Query GFX ME firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_GFX_ME		0x04
	/* Subquery id: Query GFX PFP firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_GFX_PFP		0x05
	/* Subquery id: Query GFX CE firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_GFX_CE		0x06
	/* Subquery id: Query GFX RLC firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_GFX_RLC		0x07
	/* Subquery id: Query GFX MEC firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_GFX_MEC		0x08
	/* Subquery id: Query SMC firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_SMC		0x0a
	/* Subquery id: Query SDMA firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_SDMA		0x0b
	/* Subquery id: Query PSP SOS firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_SOS		0x0c
	/* Subquery id: Query PSP ASD firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_ASD		0x0d
	/* Subquery id: Query VCN firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_VCN		0x0e
	/* Subquery id: Query GFX RLC SRLC firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_GFX_RLC_RESTORE_LIST_CNTL 0x0f
	/* Subquery id: Query GFX RLC SRLG firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_GFX_RLC_RESTORE_LIST_GPM_MEM 0x10
	/* Subquery id: Query GFX RLC SRLS firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_GFX_RLC_RESTORE_LIST_SRM_MEM 0x11
	/* Subquery id: Query DMCU firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_DMCU		0x12
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_TA		0x13
	/* Subquery id: Query DMCUB firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_DMCUB		0x14
	/* Subquery id: Query TOC firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_TOC		0x15
	/* Subquery id: Query CAP firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_CAP		0x16
	/* Subquery id: Query GFX RLCP firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_GFX_RLCP		0x17
	/* Subquery id: Query GFX RLCV firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_GFX_RLCV		0x18
	/* Subquery id: Query MES_KIQ firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_MES_KIQ		0x19
	/* Subquery id: Query MES firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_MES		0x1a
	/* Subquery id: Query IMU firmware version */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_FW_IMU		0x1b

/* number of bytes moved for TTM migration */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_NUM_BYTES_MOVED		0x0f
/* the used VRAM size */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_VRAM_USAGE			0x10
/* the used GTT size */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_GTT_USAGE			0x11
/* Information about GDS, etc. resource configuration */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_GDS_CONFIG			0x13
/* Query information about VRAM and GTT domains */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_VRAM_GTT			0x14
/* Query information about register in MMR address space*/
#define AMDGPU_INFO_READ_MMR_REG		0x15
/* Query information about device: rev id, family, etc. */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_DEV_INFO			0x16
/* visible vram usage */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_VIS_VRAM_USAGE		0x17
/* number of TTM buffer evictions */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_NUM_EVICTIONS		0x18
/* Query memory about VRAM and GTT domains */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_MEMORY			0x19
/* Query vce clock table */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_VCE_CLOCK_TABLE		0x1A
/* Query vbios related information */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_VBIOS			0x1B
	/* Subquery id: Query vbios size */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_VBIOS_SIZE		0x1
	/* Subquery id: Query vbios image */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_VBIOS_IMAGE		0x2
	/* Subquery id: Query vbios info */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_VBIOS_INFO		0x3
/* Query UVD handles */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_NUM_HANDLES			0x1C
/* Query sensor related information */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_SENSOR			0x1D
	/* Subquery id: Query GPU shader clock */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_SENSOR_GFX_SCLK		0x1
	/* Subquery id: Query GPU memory clock */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_SENSOR_GFX_MCLK		0x2
	/* Subquery id: Query GPU temperature */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_SENSOR_GPU_TEMP		0x3
	/* Subquery id: Query GPU load */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_SENSOR_GPU_LOAD		0x4
	/* Subquery id: Query average GPU power	*/
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_SENSOR_GPU_AVG_POWER	0x5
	/* Subquery id: Query northbridge voltage */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_SENSOR_VDDNB		0x6
	/* Subquery id: Query graphics voltage */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_SENSOR_VDDGFX		0x7
	/* Subquery id: Query GPU stable pstate shader clock */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_SENSOR_STABLE_PSTATE_GFX_SCLK		0x8
	/* Subquery id: Query GPU stable pstate memory clock */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_SENSOR_STABLE_PSTATE_GFX_MCLK		0x9
	/* Subquery id: Query GPU peak pstate shader clock */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_SENSOR_PEAK_PSTATE_GFX_SCLK			0xa
	/* Subquery id: Query GPU peak pstate memory clock */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_SENSOR_PEAK_PSTATE_GFX_MCLK			0xb
/* Number of VRAM page faults on CPU access. */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_NUM_VRAM_CPU_PAGE_FAULTS	0x1E
#define AMDGPU_INFO_VRAM_LOST_COUNTER		0x1F
/* query ras mask of enabled features*/
#define AMDGPU_INFO_RAS_ENABLED_FEATURES	0x20
/* RAS MASK: UMC (VRAM) */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_RAS_ENABLED_UMC			(1 << 0)
/* RAS MASK: SDMA */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_RAS_ENABLED_SDMA			(1 << 1)
/* RAS MASK: GFX */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_RAS_ENABLED_GFX			(1 << 2)
/* RAS MASK: MMHUB */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_RAS_ENABLED_MMHUB			(1 << 3)
/* RAS MASK: ATHUB */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_RAS_ENABLED_ATHUB			(1 << 4)
/* RAS MASK: PCIE */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_RAS_ENABLED_PCIE			(1 << 5)
/* RAS MASK: HDP */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_RAS_ENABLED_HDP			(1 << 6)
/* RAS MASK: XGMI */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_RAS_ENABLED_XGMI			(1 << 7)
/* RAS MASK: DF */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_RAS_ENABLED_DF			(1 << 8)
/* RAS MASK: SMN */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_RAS_ENABLED_SMN			(1 << 9)
/* RAS MASK: SEM */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_RAS_ENABLED_SEM			(1 << 10)
/* RAS MASK: MP0 */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_RAS_ENABLED_MP0			(1 << 11)
/* RAS MASK: MP1 */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_RAS_ENABLED_MP1			(1 << 12)
/* RAS MASK: FUSE */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_RAS_ENABLED_FUSE			(1 << 13)
/* query video encode/decode caps */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_VIDEO_CAPS			0x21
	/* Subquery id: Decode */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_VIDEO_CAPS_DECODE		0
	/* Subquery id: Encode */
	#define AMDGPU_INFO_VIDEO_CAPS_ENCODE		1

#define AMDGPU_INFO_MMR_SE_INDEX_SHIFT	0
#define AMDGPU_INFO_MMR_SE_INDEX_MASK	0xff
#define AMDGPU_INFO_MMR_SH_INDEX_SHIFT	8
#define AMDGPU_INFO_MMR_SH_INDEX_MASK	0xff

struct drm_amdgpu_query_fw {
	/** AMDGPU_INFO_FW_* */
	__u32 fw_type;
	/**
	 * Index of the IP if there are more IPs of
	 * the same type.
	 */
	__u32 ip_instance;
	/**
	 * Index of the engine. Whether this is used depends
	 * on the firmware type. (e.g. MEC, SDMA)
	 */
	__u32 index;
	__u32 _pad;
};

/* Input structure for the INFO ioctl */
struct drm_amdgpu_info {
	/* Where the return value will be stored */
	__u64 return_pointer;
	/* The size of the return value. Just like "size" in "snprintf",
	 * it limits how many bytes the kernel can write. */
	__u32 return_size;
	/* The query request id. */
	__u32 query;

	union {
		struct {
			__u32 id;
			__u32 _pad;
		} mode_crtc;

		struct {
			/** AMDGPU_HW_IP_* */
			__u32 type;
			/**
			 * Index of the IP if there are more IPs of the same
			 * type. Ignored by AMDGPU_INFO_HW_IP_COUNT.
			 */
			__u32 ip_instance;
		} query_hw_ip;

		struct {
			__u32 dword_offset;
			/** number of registers to read */
			__u32 count;
			__u32 instance;
			/** For future use, no flags defined so far */
			__u32 flags;
		} read_mmr_reg;

		struct drm_amdgpu_query_fw query_fw;

		struct {
			__u32 type;
			__u32 offset;
		} vbios_info;

		struct {
			__u32 type;
		} sensor_info;

		struct {
			__u32 type;
		} video_cap;
	};
};

struct drm_amdgpu_info_gds {
	/** GDS GFX partition size */
	__u32 gds_gfx_partition_size;
	/** GDS compute partition size */
	__u32 compute_partition_size;
	/** total GDS memory size */
	__u32 gds_total_size;
	/** GWS size per GFX partition */
	__u32 gws_per_gfx_partition;
	/** GSW size per compute partition */
	__u32 gws_per_compute_partition;
	/** OA size per GFX partition */
	__u32 oa_per_gfx_partition;
	/** OA size per compute partition */
	__u32 oa_per_compute_partition;
	__u32 _pad;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_info_vram_gtt {
	__u64 vram_size;
	__u64 vram_cpu_accessible_size;
	__u64 gtt_size;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_heap_info {
	/** max. physical memory */
	__u64 total_heap_size;

	/** Theoretical max. available memory in the given heap */
	__u64 usable_heap_size;

	/**
	 * Number of bytes allocated in the heap. This includes all processes
	 * and private allocations in the kernel. It changes when new buffers
	 * are allocated, freed, and moved. It cannot be larger than
	 * heap_size.
	 */
	__u64 heap_usage;

	/**
	 * Theoretical possible max. size of buffer which
	 * could be allocated in the given heap
	 */
	__u64 max_allocation;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_memory_info {
	struct drm_amdgpu_heap_info vram;
	struct drm_amdgpu_heap_info cpu_accessible_vram;
	struct drm_amdgpu_heap_info gtt;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_info_firmware {
	__u32 ver;
	__u32 feature;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_info_vbios {
	__u8 name[64];
	__u8 vbios_pn[64];
	__u32 version;
	__u32 pad;
	__u8 vbios_ver_str[32];
	__u8 date[32];
};

#define AMDGPU_VRAM_TYPE_UNKNOWN 0
#define AMDGPU_VRAM_TYPE_GDDR1 1
#define AMDGPU_VRAM_TYPE_DDR2  2
#define AMDGPU_VRAM_TYPE_GDDR3 3
#define AMDGPU_VRAM_TYPE_GDDR4 4
#define AMDGPU_VRAM_TYPE_GDDR5 5
#define AMDGPU_VRAM_TYPE_HBM   6
#define AMDGPU_VRAM_TYPE_DDR3  7
#define AMDGPU_VRAM_TYPE_DDR4  8
#define AMDGPU_VRAM_TYPE_GDDR6 9
#define AMDGPU_VRAM_TYPE_DDR5  10
#define AMDGPU_VRAM_TYPE_LPDDR4 11
#define AMDGPU_VRAM_TYPE_LPDDR5 12

struct drm_amdgpu_info_device {
	/** PCI Device ID */
	__u32 device_id;
	/** Internal chip revision: A0, A1, etc.) */
	__u32 chip_rev;
	__u32 external_rev;
	/** Revision id in PCI Config space */
	__u32 pci_rev;
	__u32 family;
	__u32 num_shader_engines;
	__u32 num_shader_arrays_per_engine;
	/* in KHz */
	__u32 gpu_counter_freq;
	__u64 max_engine_clock;
	__u64 max_memory_clock;
	/* cu information */
	__u32 cu_active_number;
	/* NOTE: cu_ao_mask is INVALID, DON'T use it */
	__u32 cu_ao_mask;
	__u32 cu_bitmap[4][4];
	/** Render backend pipe mask. One render backend is CB+DB. */
	__u32 enabled_rb_pipes_mask;
	__u32 num_rb_pipes;
	__u32 num_hw_gfx_contexts;
	/* PCIe version (the smaller of the GPU and the CPU/motherboard) */
	__u32 pcie_gen;
	__u64 ids_flags;
	/** Starting virtual address for UMDs. */
	__u64 virtual_address_offset;
	/** The maximum virtual address */
	__u64 virtual_address_max;
	/** Required alignment of virtual addresses. */
	__u32 virtual_address_alignment;
	/** Page table entry - fragment size */
	__u32 pte_fragment_size;
	__u32 gart_page_size;
	/** constant engine ram size*/
	__u32 ce_ram_size;
	/** video memory type info*/
	__u32 vram_type;
	/** video memory bit width*/
	__u32 vram_bit_width;
	/* vce harvesting instance */
	__u32 vce_harvest_config;
	/* gfx double offchip LDS buffers */
	__u32 gc_double_offchip_lds_buf;
	/* NGG Primitive Buffer */
	__u64 prim_buf_gpu_addr;
	/* NGG Position Buffer */
	__u64 pos_buf_gpu_addr;
	/* NGG Control Sideband */
	__u64 cntl_sb_buf_gpu_addr;
	/* NGG Parameter Cache */
	__u64 param_buf_gpu_addr;
	__u32 prim_buf_size;
	__u32 pos_buf_size;
	__u32 cntl_sb_buf_size;
	__u32 param_buf_size;
	/* wavefront size*/
	__u32 wave_front_size;
	/* shader visible vgprs*/
	__u32 num_shader_visible_vgprs;
	/* CU per shader array*/
	__u32 num_cu_per_sh;
	/* number of tcc blocks*/
	__u32 num_tcc_blocks;
	/* gs vgt table depth*/
	__u32 gs_vgt_table_depth;
	/* gs primitive buffer depth*/
	__u32 gs_prim_buffer_depth;
	/* max gs wavefront per vgt*/
	__u32 max_gs_waves_per_vgt;
	/* PCIe number of lanes (the smaller of the GPU and the CPU/motherboard) */
	__u32 pcie_num_lanes;
	/* always on cu bitmap */
	__u32 cu_ao_bitmap[4][4];
	/** Starting high virtual address for UMDs. */
	__u64 high_va_offset;
	/** The maximum high virtual address */
	__u64 high_va_max;
	/* gfx10 pa_sc_tile_steering_override */
	__u32 pa_sc_tile_steering_override;
	/* disabled TCCs */
	__u64 tcc_disabled_mask;
	__u64 min_engine_clock;
	__u64 min_memory_clock;
	/* The following fields are only set on gfx11+, older chips set 0. */
	__u32 tcp_cache_size;       /* AKA GL0, VMEM cache */
	__u32 num_sqc_per_wgp;
	__u32 sqc_data_cache_size;  /* AKA SMEM cache */
	__u32 sqc_inst_cache_size;
	__u32 gl1c_cache_size;
	__u32 gl2c_cache_size;
	__u64 mall_size;            /* AKA infinity cache */
	/* high 32 bits of the rb pipes mask */
	__u32 enabled_rb_pipes_mask_hi;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_info_hw_ip {
	/** Version of h/w IP */
	__u32  hw_ip_version_major;
	__u32  hw_ip_version_minor;
	/** Capabilities */
	__u64  capabilities_flags;
	/** command buffer address start alignment*/
	__u32  ib_start_alignment;
	/** command buffer size alignment*/
	__u32  ib_size_alignment;
	/** Bitmask of available rings. Bit 0 means ring 0, etc. */
	__u32  available_rings;
	/** version info: bits 23:16 major, 15:8 minor, 7:0 revision */
	__u32  ip_discovery_version;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_info_num_handles {
	/** Max handles as supported by firmware for UVD */
	__u32  uvd_max_handles;
	/** Handles currently in use for UVD */
	__u32  uvd_used_handles;
};

#define AMDGPU_VCE_CLOCK_TABLE_ENTRIES		6

struct drm_amdgpu_info_vce_clock_table_entry {
	/** System clock */
	__u32 sclk;
	/** Memory clock */
	__u32 mclk;
	/** VCE clock */
	__u32 eclk;
	__u32 pad;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_info_vce_clock_table {
	struct drm_amdgpu_info_vce_clock_table_entry entries[AMDGPU_VCE_CLOCK_TABLE_ENTRIES];
	__u32 num_valid_entries;
	__u32 pad;
};

/* query video encode/decode caps */
#define AMDGPU_INFO_VIDEO_CAPS_CODEC_IDX_MPEG2			0
#define AMDGPU_INFO_VIDEO_CAPS_CODEC_IDX_MPEG4			1
#define AMDGPU_INFO_VIDEO_CAPS_CODEC_IDX_VC1			2
#define AMDGPU_INFO_VIDEO_CAPS_CODEC_IDX_MPEG4_AVC		3
#define AMDGPU_INFO_VIDEO_CAPS_CODEC_IDX_HEVC			4
#define AMDGPU_INFO_VIDEO_CAPS_CODEC_IDX_JPEG			5
#define AMDGPU_INFO_VIDEO_CAPS_CODEC_IDX_VP9			6
#define AMDGPU_INFO_VIDEO_CAPS_CODEC_IDX_AV1			7
#define AMDGPU_INFO_VIDEO_CAPS_CODEC_IDX_COUNT			8

struct drm_amdgpu_info_video_codec_info {
	__u32 valid;
	__u32 max_width;
	__u32 max_height;
	__u32 max_pixels_per_frame;
	__u32 max_level;
	__u32 pad;
};

struct drm_amdgpu_info_video_caps {
	struct drm_amdgpu_info_video_codec_info codec_info[AMDGPU_INFO_VIDEO_CAPS_CODEC_IDX_COUNT];
};

/*
 * Supported GPU families
 */
#define AMDGPU_FAMILY_UNKNOWN			0
#define AMDGPU_FAMILY_SI			110 /* Hainan, Oland, Verde, Pitcairn, Tahiti */
#define AMDGPU_FAMILY_CI			120 /* Bonaire, Hawaii */
#define AMDGPU_FAMILY_KV			125 /* Kaveri, Kabini, Mullins */
#define AMDGPU_FAMILY_VI			130 /* Iceland, Tonga */
#define AMDGPU_FAMILY_CZ			135 /* Carrizo, Stoney */
#define AMDGPU_FAMILY_AI			141 /* Vega10 */
#define AMDGPU_FAMILY_RV			142 /* Raven */
#define AMDGPU_FAMILY_NV			143 /* Navi10 */
#define AMDGPU_FAMILY_VGH			144 /* Van Gogh */
#define AMDGPU_FAMILY_GC_11_0_0			145 /* GC 11.0.0 */
#define AMDGPU_FAMILY_YC			146 /* Yellow Carp */
#define AMDGPU_FAMILY_GC_11_0_1			148 /* GC 11.0.1 */
#define AMDGPU_FAMILY_GC_10_3_6			149 /* GC 10.3.6 */
#define AMDGPU_FAMILY_GC_10_3_7			151 /* GC 10.3.7 */

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2013 Red Hat
 * Author: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
 * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
 * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
 * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
 * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
 * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
 * Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
 * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
 * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
 * OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
 * SOFTWARE.
 */

#ifndef __MSM_DRM_H__
#define __MSM_DRM_H__

#include "drm.h"

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Please note that modifications to all structs defined here are
 * subject to backwards-compatibility constraints:
 *  1) Do not use pointers, use __u64 instead for 32 bit / 64 bit
 *     user/kernel compatibility
 *  2) Keep fields aligned to their size
 *  3) Because of how drm_ioctl() works, we can add new fields at
 *     the end of an ioctl if some care is taken: drm_ioctl() will
 *     zero out the new fields at the tail of the ioctl, so a zero
 *     value should have a backwards compatible meaning.  And for
 *     output params, userspace won't see the newly added output
 *     fields.. so that has to be somehow ok.
 */

#define MSM_PIPE_NONE        0x00
#define MSM_PIPE_2D0         0x01
#define MSM_PIPE_2D1         0x02
#define MSM_PIPE_3D0         0x10

/* The pipe-id just uses the lower bits, so can be OR'd with flags in
 * the upper 16 bits (which could be extended further, if needed, maybe
 * we extend/overload the pipe-id some day to deal with multiple rings,
 * but even then I don't think we need the full lower 16 bits).
 */
#define MSM_PIPE_ID_MASK     0xffff
#define MSM_PIPE_ID(x)       ((x) & MSM_PIPE_ID_MASK)
#define MSM_PIPE_FLAGS(x)    ((x) & ~MSM_PIPE_ID_MASK)

/* timeouts are specified in clock-monotonic absolute times (to simplify
 * restarting interrupted ioctls).  The following struct is logically the
 * same as 'struct timespec' but 32/64b ABI safe.
 */
struct drm_msm_timespec {
	__s64 tv_sec;          /* seconds */
	__s64 tv_nsec;         /* nanoseconds */
};

/* Below "RO" indicates a read-only param, "WO" indicates write-only, and
 * "RW" indicates a param that can be both read (GET_PARAM) and written
 * (SET_PARAM)
 */
#define MSM_PARAM_GPU_ID     0x01  /* RO */
#define MSM_PARAM_GMEM_SIZE  0x02  /* RO */
#define MSM_PARAM_CHIP_ID    0x03  /* RO */
#define MSM_PARAM_MAX_FREQ   0x04  /* RO */
#define MSM_PARAM_TIMESTAMP  0x05  /* RO */
#define MSM_PARAM_GMEM_BASE  0x06  /* RO */
#define MSM_PARAM_PRIORITIES 0x07  /* RO: The # of priority levels */
#define MSM_PARAM_PP_PGTABLE 0x08  /* RO: Deprecated, always returns zero */
#define MSM_PARAM_FAULTS     0x09  /* RO */
#define MSM_PARAM_SUSPENDS   0x0a  /* RO */
#define MSM_PARAM_SYSPROF    0x0b  /* WO: 1 preserves perfcntrs, 2 also disables suspend */
#define MSM_PARAM_COMM       0x0c  /* WO: override for task->comm */
#define MSM_PARAM_CMDLINE    0x0d  /* WO: override for task cmdline */
#define MSM_PARAM_VA_START   0x0e  /* RO: start of valid GPU iova range */
#define MSM_PARAM_VA_SIZE    0x0f  /* RO: size of valid GPU iova range (bytes) */

/* For backwards compat.  The original support for preemption was based on
 * a single ring per priority level so # of priority levels equals the #
 * of rings.  With drm/scheduler providing additional levels of priority,
 * the number of priorities is greater than the # of rings.  The param is
 * renamed to better reflect this.
 */
#define MSM_PARAM_NR_RINGS   MSM_PARAM_PRIORITIES

struct drm_msm_param {
	__u32 pipe;           /* in, MSM_PIPE_x */
	__u32 param;          /* in, MSM_PARAM_x */
	__u64 value;          /* out (get_param) or in (set_param) */
	__u32 len;            /* zero for non-pointer params */
	__u32 pad;            /* must be zero */
};

/*
 * GEM buffers:
 */

#define MSM_BO_SCANOUT       0x00000001     /* scanout capable */
#define MSM_BO_GPU_READONLY  0x00000002
#define MSM_BO_CACHE_MASK    0x000f0000
/* cache modes */
#define MSM_BO_CACHED        0x00010000
#define MSM_BO_WC            0x00020000
#define MSM_BO_UNCACHED      0x00040000 /* deprecated, use MSM_BO_WC */
#define MSM_BO_CACHED_COHERENT 0x080000

#define MSM_BO_FLAGS         (MSM_BO_SCANOUT | \
                              MSM_BO_GPU_READONLY | \
                              MSM_BO_CACHE_MASK)

struct drm_msm_gem_new {
	__u64 size;           /* in */
	__u32 flags;          /* in, mask of MSM_BO_x */
	__u32 handle;         /* out */
};

/* Get or set GEM buffer info.  The requested value can be passed
 * directly in 'value', or for data larger than 64b 'value' is a
 * pointer to userspace buffer, with 'len' specifying the number of
 * bytes copied into that buffer.  For info returned by pointer,
 * calling the GEM_INFO ioctl with null 'value' will return the
 * required buffer size in 'len'
 */
#define MSM_INFO_GET_OFFSET	0x00   /* get mmap() offset, returned by value */
#define MSM_INFO_GET_IOVA	0x01   /* get iova, returned by value */
#define MSM_INFO_SET_NAME	0x02   /* set the debug name (by pointer) */
#define MSM_INFO_GET_NAME	0x03   /* get debug name, returned by pointer */
#define MSM_INFO_SET_IOVA	0x04   /* set the iova, passed by value */
#define MSM_INFO_GET_FLAGS	0x05   /* get the MSM_BO_x flags */

struct drm_msm_gem_info {
	__u32 handle;         /* in */
	__u32 info;           /* in - one of MSM_INFO_* */
	__u64 value;          /* in or out */
	__u32 len;            /* in or out */
	__u32 pad;
};

#define MSM_PREP_READ        0x01
#define MSM_PREP_WRITE       0x02
#define MSM_PREP_NOSYNC      0x04

#define MSM_PREP_FLAGS       (MSM_PREP_READ | MSM_PREP_WRITE | MSM_PREP_NOSYNC)

struct drm_msm_gem_cpu_prep {
	__u32 handle;         /* in */
	__u32 op;             /* in, mask of MSM_PREP_x */
	struct drm_msm_timespec timeout;   /* in */
};

struct drm_msm_gem_cpu_fini {
	__u32 handle;         /* in */
};

/*
 * Cmdstream Submission:
 */

/* The value written into the cmdstream is logically:
 *
 *   ((relocbuf->gpuaddr + reloc_offset) << shift) | or
 *
 * When we have GPU's w/ >32bit ptrs, it should be possible to deal
 * with this by emit'ing two reloc entries with appropriate shift
 * values.  Or a new MSM_SUBMIT_CMD_x type would also be an option.
 *
 * NOTE that reloc's must be sorted by order of increasing submit_offset,
 * otherwise EINVAL.
 */
struct drm_msm_gem_submit_reloc {
	__u32 submit_offset;  /* in, offset from submit_bo */
	__u32 or;             /* in, value OR'd with result */
	__s32 shift;          /* in, amount of left shift (can be negative) */
	__u32 reloc_idx;      /* in, index of reloc_bo buffer */
	__u64 reloc_offset;   /* in, offset from start of reloc_bo */
};

/* submit-types:
 *   BUF - this cmd buffer is executed normally.
 *   IB_TARGET_BUF - this cmd buffer is an IB target.  Reloc's are
 *      processed normally, but the kernel does not setup an IB to
 *      this buffer in the first-level ringbuffer
 *   CTX_RESTORE_BUF - only executed if there has been a GPU context
 *      switch since the last SUBMIT ioctl
 */
#define MSM_SUBMIT_CMD_BUF             0x0001
#define MSM_SUBMIT_CMD_IB_TARGET_BUF   0x0002
#define MSM_SUBMIT_CMD_CTX_RESTORE_BUF 0x0003
struct drm_msm_gem_submit_cmd {
	__u32 type;           /* in, one of MSM_SUBMIT_CMD_x */
	__u32 submit_idx;     /* in, index of submit_bo cmdstream buffer */
	__u32 submit_offset;  /* in, offset into submit_bo */
	__u32 size;           /* in, cmdstream size */
	__u32 pad;
	__u32 nr_relocs;      /* in, number of submit_reloc's */
	__u64 relocs;         /* in, ptr to array of submit_reloc's */
};

/* Each buffer referenced elsewhere in the cmdstream submit (ie. the
 * cmdstream buffer(s) themselves or reloc entries) has one (and only
 * one) entry in the submit->bos[] table.
 *
 * As a optimization, the current buffer (gpu virtual address) can be
 * passed back through the 'presumed' field.  If on a subsequent reloc,
 * userspace passes back a 'presumed' address that is still valid,
 * then patching the cmdstream for this entry is skipped.  This can
 * avoid kernel needing to map/access the cmdstream bo in the common
 * case.
 */
#define MSM_SUBMIT_BO_READ             0x0001
#define MSM_SUBMIT_BO_WRITE            0x0002
#define MSM_SUBMIT_BO_DUMP             0x0004
#define MSM_SUBMIT_BO_NO_IMPLICIT      0x0008

#define MSM_SUBMIT_BO_FLAGS            (MSM_SUBMIT_BO_READ | \
					MSM_SUBMIT_BO_WRITE | \
					MSM_SUBMIT_BO_DUMP | \
					MSM_SUBMIT_BO_NO_IMPLICIT)

struct drm_msm_gem_submit_bo {
	__u32 flags;          /* in, mask of MSM_SUBMIT_BO_x */
	__u32 handle;         /* in, GEM handle */
	__u64 presumed;       /* in/out, presumed buffer address */
};

/* Valid submit ioctl flags: */
#define MSM_SUBMIT_NO_IMPLICIT   0x80000000 /* disable implicit sync */
#define MSM_SUBMIT_FENCE_FD_IN   0x40000000 /* enable input fence_fd */
#define MSM_SUBMIT_FENCE_FD_OUT  0x20000000 /* enable output fence_fd */
#define MSM_SUBMIT_SUDO          0x10000000 /* run submitted cmds from RB */
#define MSM_SUBMIT_SYNCOBJ_IN    0x08000000 /* enable input syncobj */
#define MSM_SUBMIT_SYNCOBJ_OUT   0x04000000 /* enable output syncobj */
#define MSM_SUBMIT_FENCE_SN_IN   0x02000000 /* userspace passes in seqno fence */
#define MSM_SUBMIT_FLAGS                ( \
		MSM_SUBMIT_NO_IMPLICIT   | \
		MSM_SUBMIT_FENCE_FD_IN   | \
		MSM_SUBMIT_FENCE_FD_OUT  | \
		MSM_SUBMIT_SUDO          | \
		MSM_SUBMIT_SYNCOBJ_IN    | \
		MSM_SUBMIT_SYNCOBJ_OUT   | \
		MSM_SUBMIT_FENCE_SN_IN   | \
		0)

#define MSM_SUBMIT_SYNCOBJ_RESET 0x00000001 /* Reset syncobj after wait. */
#define MSM_SUBMIT_SYNCOBJ_FLAGS        ( \
		MSM_SUBMIT_SYNCOBJ_RESET | \
		0)

struct drm_msm_gem_submit_syncobj {
	__u32 handle;     /* in, syncobj handle. */
	__u32 flags;      /* in, from MSM_SUBMIT_SYNCOBJ_FLAGS */
	__u64 point;      /* in, timepoint for timeline syncobjs. */
};

/* Each cmdstream submit consists of a table of buffers involved, and
 * one or more cmdstream buffers.  This allows for conditional execution
 * (context-restore), and IB buffers needed for per tile/bin draw cmds.
 */
struct drm_msm_gem_submit {
	__u32 flags;          /* MSM_PIPE_x | MSM_SUBMIT_x */
	__u32 fence;          /* out (or in with MSM_SUBMIT_FENCE_SN_IN flag) */
	__u32 nr_bos;         /* in, number of submit_bo's */
	__u32 nr_cmds;        /* in, number of submit_cmd's */
	__u64 bos;            /* in, ptr to array of submit_bo's */
	__u64 cmds;           /* in, ptr to array of submit_cmd's */
	__s32 fence_fd;       /* in/out fence fd (see MSM_SUBMIT_FENCE_FD_IN/OUT) */
	__u32 queueid;        /* in, submitqueue id */
	__u64 in_syncobjs;    /* in, ptr to array of drm_msm_gem_submit_syncobj */
	__u64 out_syncobjs;   /* in, ptr to array of drm_msm_gem_submit_syncobj */
	__u32 nr_in_syncobjs; /* in, number of entries in in_syncobj */
	__u32 nr_out_syncobjs; /* in, number of entries in out_syncobj. */
	__u32 syncobj_stride; /* in, stride of syncobj arrays. */
	__u32 pad;            /*in, reserved for future use, always 0. */

};

/* The normal way to synchronize with the GPU is just to CPU_PREP on
 * a buffer if you need to access it from the CPU (other cmdstream
 * submission from same or other contexts, PAGE_FLIP ioctl, etc, all
 * handle the required synchronization under the hood).  This ioctl
 * mainly just exists as a way to implement the gallium pipe_fence
 * APIs without requiring a dummy bo to synchronize on.
 */
struct drm_msm_wait_fence {
	__u32 fence;          /* in */
	__u32 pad;
	struct drm_msm_timespec timeout;   /* in */
	__u32 queueid;         /* in, submitqueue id */
};

/* madvise provides a way to tell the kernel in case a buffers contents
 * can be discarded under memory pressure, which is useful for userspace
 * bo cache where we want to optimistically hold on to buffer allocate
 * and potential mmap, but allow the pages to be discarded under memory
 * pressure.
 *
 * Typical usage would involve madvise(DONTNEED) when buffer enters BO
 * cache, and madvise(WILLNEED) if trying to recycle buffer from BO cache.
 * In the WILLNEED case, 'retained' indicates to userspace whether the
 * backing pages still exist.
 */
#define MSM_MADV_WILLNEED 0       /* backing pages are needed, status returned in 'retained' */
#define MSM_MADV_DONTNEED 1       /* backing pages not needed */
#define __MSM_MADV_PURGED 2       /* internal state */

struct drm_msm_gem_madvise {
	__u32 handle;         /* in, GEM handle */
	__u32 madv;           /* in, MSM_MADV_x */
	__u32 retained;       /* out, whether backing store still exists */
};

/*
 * Draw queues allow the user to set specific submission parameter. Command
 * submissions specify a specific submitqueue to use.  ID 0 is reserved for
 * backwards compatibility as a "default" submitqueue
 */

#define MSM_SUBMITQUEUE_FLAGS (0)

/*
 * The submitqueue priority should be between 0 and MSM_PARAM_PRIORITIES-1,
 * a lower numeric value is higher priority.
 */
struct drm_msm_submitqueue {
	__u32 flags;   /* in, MSM_SUBMITQUEUE_x */
	__u32 prio;    /* in, Priority level */
	__u32 id;      /* out, identifier */
};

#define MSM_SUBMITQUEUE_PARAM_FAULTS   0

struct drm_msm_submitqueue_query {
	__u64 data;
	__u32 id;
	__u32 param;
	__u32 len;
	__u32 pad;
};

#define DRM_MSM_GET_PARAM              0x00
#define DRM_MSM_SET_PARAM              0x01
#define DRM_MSM_GEM_NEW                0x02
#define DRM_MSM_GEM_INFO               0x03
#define DRM_MSM_GEM_CPU_PREP           0x04
#define DRM_MSM_GEM_CPU_FINI           0x05
#define DRM_MSM_GEM_SUBMIT             0x06
#define DRM_MSM_WAIT_FENCE             0x07
#define DRM_MSM_GEM_MADVISE            0x08
/* placeholder:
#define DRM_MSM_GEM_SVM_NEW            0x09
 */
#define DRM_MSM_SUBMITQUEUE_NEW        0x0A
#define DRM_MSM_SUBMITQUEUE_CLOSE      0x0B
#define DRM_MSM_SUBMITQUEUE_QUERY      0x0C

#define DRM_IOCTL_MSM_GET_PARAM        DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_MSM_GET_PARAM, struct drm_msm_param)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MSM_SET_PARAM        DRM_IOW (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_MSM_SET_PARAM, struct drm_msm_param)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MSM_GEM_NEW          DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_MSM_GEM_NEW, struct drm_msm_gem_new)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MSM_GEM_INFO         DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_MSM_GEM_INFO, struct drm_msm_gem_info)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MSM_GEM_CPU_PREP     DRM_IOW (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_MSM_GEM_CPU_PREP, struct drm_msm_gem_cpu_prep)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MSM_GEM_CPU_FINI     DRM_IOW (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_MSM_GEM_CPU_FINI, struct drm_msm_gem_cpu_fini)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MSM_GEM_SUBMIT       DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_MSM_GEM_SUBMIT, struct drm_msm_gem_submit)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MSM_WAIT_FENCE       DRM_IOW (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_MSM_WAIT_FENCE, struct drm_msm_wait_fence)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MSM_GEM_MADVISE      DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_MSM_GEM_MADVISE, struct drm_msm_gem_madvise)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MSM_SUBMITQUEUE_NEW    DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_MSM_SUBMITQUEUE_NEW, struct drm_msm_submitqueue)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MSM_SUBMITQUEUE_CLOSE  DRM_IOW (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_MSM_SUBMITQUEUE_CLOSE, __u32)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MSM_SUBMITQUEUE_QUERY  DRM_IOW (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_MSM_SUBMITQUEUE_QUERY, struct drm_msm_submitqueue_query)

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif /* __MSM_DRM_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT */
/* Copyright (c) 2012-2020 NVIDIA Corporation */

#ifndef _TEGRA_DRM_H_
#define _TEGRA_DRM_H_

#include "drm.h"

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Tegra DRM legacy UAPI. Only enabled with STAGING */

#define DRM_TEGRA_GEM_CREATE_TILED     (1 << 0)
#define DRM_TEGRA_GEM_CREATE_BOTTOM_UP (1 << 1)

/**
 * struct drm_tegra_gem_create - parameters for the GEM object creation IOCTL
 */
struct drm_tegra_gem_create {
	/**
	 * @size:
	 *
	 * The size, in bytes, of the buffer object to be created.
	 */
	__u64 size;

	/**
	 * @flags:
	 *
	 * A bitmask of flags that influence the creation of GEM objects:
	 *
	 * DRM_TEGRA_GEM_CREATE_TILED
	 *   Use the 16x16 tiling format for this buffer.
	 *
	 * DRM_TEGRA_GEM_CREATE_BOTTOM_UP
	 *   The buffer has a bottom-up layout.
	 */
	__u32 flags;

	/**
	 * @handle:
	 *
	 * The handle of the created GEM object. Set by the kernel upon
	 * successful completion of the IOCTL.
	 */
	__u32 handle;
};

/**
 * struct drm_tegra_gem_mmap - parameters for the GEM mmap IOCTL
 */
struct drm_tegra_gem_mmap {
	/**
	 * @handle:
	 *
	 * Handle of the GEM object to obtain an mmap offset for.
	 */
	__u32 handle;

	/**
	 * @pad:
	 *
	 * Structure padding that may be used in the future. Must be 0.
	 */
	__u32 pad;

	/**
	 * @offset:
	 *
	 * The mmap offset for the given GEM object. Set by the kernel upon
	 * successful completion of the IOCTL.
	 */
	__u64 offset;
};

/**
 * struct drm_tegra_syncpt_read - parameters for the read syncpoint IOCTL
 */
struct drm_tegra_syncpt_read {
	/**
	 * @id:
	 *
	 * ID of the syncpoint to read the current value from.
	 */
	__u32 id;

	/**
	 * @value:
	 *
	 * The current syncpoint value. Set by the kernel upon successful
	 * completion of the IOCTL.
	 */
	__u32 value;
};

/**
 * struct drm_tegra_syncpt_incr - parameters for the increment syncpoint IOCTL
 */
struct drm_tegra_syncpt_incr {
	/**
	 * @id:
	 *
	 * ID of the syncpoint to increment.
	 */
	__u32 id;

	/**
	 * @pad:
	 *
	 * Structure padding that may be used in the future. Must be 0.
	 */
	__u32 pad;
};

/**
 * struct drm_tegra_syncpt_wait - parameters for the wait syncpoint IOCTL
 */
struct drm_tegra_syncpt_wait {
	/**
	 * @id:
	 *
	 * ID of the syncpoint to wait on.
	 */
	__u32 id;

	/**
	 * @thresh:
	 *
	 * Threshold value for which to wait.
	 */
	__u32 thresh;

	/**
	 * @timeout:
	 *
	 * Timeout, in milliseconds, to wait.
	 */
	__u32 timeout;

	/**
	 * @value:
	 *
	 * The new syncpoint value after the wait. Set by the kernel upon
	 * successful completion of the IOCTL.
	 */
	__u32 value;
};

#define DRM_TEGRA_NO_TIMEOUT	(0xffffffff)

/**
 * struct drm_tegra_open_channel - parameters for the open channel IOCTL
 */
struct drm_tegra_open_channel {
	/**
	 * @client:
	 *
	 * The client ID for this channel.
	 */
	__u32 client;

	/**
	 * @pad:
	 *
	 * Structure padding that may be used in the future. Must be 0.
	 */
	__u32 pad;

	/**
	 * @context:
	 *
	 * The application context of this channel. Set by the kernel upon
	 * successful completion of the IOCTL. This context needs to be passed
	 * to the DRM_TEGRA_CHANNEL_CLOSE or the DRM_TEGRA_SUBMIT IOCTLs.
	 */
	__u64 context;
};

/**
 * struct drm_tegra_close_channel - parameters for the close channel IOCTL
 */
struct drm_tegra_close_channel {
	/**
	 * @context:
	 *
	 * The application context of this channel. This is obtained from the
	 * DRM_TEGRA_OPEN_CHANNEL IOCTL.
	 */
	__u64 context;
};

/**
 * struct drm_tegra_get_syncpt - parameters for the get syncpoint IOCTL
 */
struct drm_tegra_get_syncpt {
	/**
	 * @context:
	 *
	 * The application context identifying the channel for which to obtain
	 * the syncpoint ID.
	 */
	__u64 context;

	/**
	 * @index:
	 *
	 * Index of the client syncpoint for which to obtain the ID.
	 */
	__u32 index;

	/**
	 * @id:
	 *
	 * The ID of the given syncpoint. Set by the kernel upon successful
	 * completion of the IOCTL.
	 */
	__u32 id;
};

/**
 * struct drm_tegra_get_syncpt_base - parameters for the get wait base IOCTL
 */
struct drm_tegra_get_syncpt_base {
	/**
	 * @context:
	 *
	 * The application context identifying for which channel to obtain the
	 * wait base.
	 */
	__u64 context;

	/**
	 * @syncpt:
	 *
	 * ID of the syncpoint for which to obtain the wait base.
	 */
	__u32 syncpt;

	/**
	 * @id:
	 *
	 * The ID of the wait base corresponding to the client syncpoint. Set
	 * by the kernel upon successful completion of the IOCTL.
	 */
	__u32 id;
};

/**
 * struct drm_tegra_syncpt - syncpoint increment operation
 */
struct drm_tegra_syncpt {
	/**
	 * @id:
	 *
	 * ID of the syncpoint to operate on.
	 */
	__u32 id;

	/**
	 * @incrs:
	 *
	 * Number of increments to perform for the syncpoint.
	 */
	__u32 incrs;
};

/**
 * struct drm_tegra_cmdbuf - structure describing a command buffer
 */
struct drm_tegra_cmdbuf {
	/**
	 * @handle:
	 *
	 * Handle to a GEM object containing the command buffer.
	 */
	__u32 handle;

	/**
	 * @offset:
	 *
	 * Offset, in bytes, into the GEM object identified by @handle at
	 * which the command buffer starts.
	 */
	__u32 offset;

	/**
	 * @words:
	 *
	 * Number of 32-bit words in this command buffer.
	 */
	__u32 words;

	/**
	 * @pad:
	 *
	 * Structure padding that may be used in the future. Must be 0.
	 */
	__u32 pad;
};

/**
 * struct drm_tegra_reloc - GEM object relocation structure
 */
struct drm_tegra_reloc {
	struct {
		/**
		 * @cmdbuf.handle:
		 *
		 * Handle to the GEM object containing the command buffer for
		 * which to perform this GEM object relocation.
		 */
		__u32 handle;

		/**
		 * @cmdbuf.offset:
		 *
		 * Offset, in bytes, into the command buffer at which to
		 * insert the relocated address.
		 */
		__u32 offset;
	} cmdbuf;
	struct {
		/**
		 * @target.handle:
		 *
		 * Handle to the GEM object to be relocated.
		 */
		__u32 handle;

		/**
		 * @target.offset:
		 *
		 * Offset, in bytes, into the target GEM object at which the
		 * relocated data starts.
		 */
		__u32 offset;
	} target;

	/**
	 * @shift:
	 *
	 * The number of bits by which to shift relocated addresses.
	 */
	__u32 shift;

	/**
	 * @pad:
	 *
	 * Structure padding that may be used in the future. Must be 0.
	 */
	__u32 pad;
};

/**
 * struct drm_tegra_waitchk - wait check structure
 */
struct drm_tegra_waitchk {
	/**
	 * @handle:
	 *
	 * Handle to the GEM object containing a command stream on which to
	 * perform the wait check.
	 */
	__u32 handle;

	/**
	 * @offset:
	 *
	 * Offset, in bytes, of the location in the command stream to perform
	 * the wait check on.
	 */
	__u32 offset;

	/**
	 * @syncpt:
	 *
	 * ID of the syncpoint to wait check.
	 */
	__u32 syncpt;

	/**
	 * @thresh:
	 *
	 * Threshold value for which to check.
	 */
	__u32 thresh;
};

/**
 * struct drm_tegra_submit - job submission structure
 */
struct drm_tegra_submit {
	/**
	 * @context:
	 *
	 * The application context identifying the channel to use for the
	 * execution of this job.
	 */
	__u64 context;

	/**
	 * @num_syncpts:
	 *
	 * The number of syncpoints operated on by this job. This defines the
	 * length of the array pointed to by @syncpts.
	 */
	__u32 num_syncpts;

	/**
	 * @num_cmdbufs:
	 *
	 * The number of command buffers to execute as part of this job. This
	 * defines the length of the array pointed to by @cmdbufs.
	 */
	__u32 num_cmdbufs;

	/**
	 * @num_relocs:
	 *
	 * The number of relocations to perform before executing this job.
	 * This defines the length of the array pointed to by @relocs.
	 */
	__u32 num_relocs;

	/**
	 * @num_waitchks:
	 *
	 * The number of wait checks to perform as part of this job. This
	 * defines the length of the array pointed to by @waitchks.
	 */
	__u32 num_waitchks;

	/**
	 * @waitchk_mask:
	 *
	 * Bitmask of valid wait checks.
	 */
	__u32 waitchk_mask;

	/**
	 * @timeout:
	 *
	 * Timeout, in milliseconds, before this job is cancelled.
	 */
	__u32 timeout;

	/**
	 * @syncpts:
	 *
	 * A pointer to an array of &struct drm_tegra_syncpt structures that
	 * specify the syncpoint operations performed as part of this job.
	 * The number of elements in the array must be equal to the value
	 * given by @num_syncpts.
	 */
	__u64 syncpts;

	/**
	 * @cmdbufs:
	 *
	 * A pointer to an array of &struct drm_tegra_cmdbuf structures that
	 * define the command buffers to execute as part of this job. The
	 * number of elements in the array must be equal to the value given
	 * by @num_syncpts.
	 */
	__u64 cmdbufs;

	/**
	 * @relocs:
	 *
	 * A pointer to an array of &struct drm_tegra_reloc structures that
	 * specify the relocations that need to be performed before executing
	 * this job. The number of elements in the array must be equal to the
	 * value given by @num_relocs.
	 */
	__u64 relocs;

	/**
	 * @waitchks:
	 *
	 * A pointer to an array of &struct drm_tegra_waitchk structures that
	 * specify the wait checks to be performed while executing this job.
	 * The number of elements in the array must be equal to the value
	 * given by @num_waitchks.
	 */
	__u64 waitchks;

	/**
	 * @fence:
	 *
	 * The threshold of the syncpoint associated with this job after it
	 * has been completed. Set by the kernel upon successful completion of
	 * the IOCTL. This can be used with the DRM_TEGRA_SYNCPT_WAIT IOCTL to
	 * wait for this job to be finished.
	 */
	__u32 fence;

	/**
	 * @reserved:
	 *
	 * This field is reserved for future use. Must be 0.
	 */
	__u32 reserved[5];
};

#define DRM_TEGRA_GEM_TILING_MODE_PITCH 0
#define DRM_TEGRA_GEM_TILING_MODE_TILED 1
#define DRM_TEGRA_GEM_TILING_MODE_BLOCK 2

/**
 * struct drm_tegra_gem_set_tiling - parameters for the set tiling IOCTL
 */
struct drm_tegra_gem_set_tiling {
	/**
	 * @handle:
	 *
	 * Handle to the GEM object for which to set the tiling parameters.
	 */
	__u32 handle;

	/**
	 * @mode:
	 *
	 * The tiling mode to set. Must be one of:
	 *
	 * DRM_TEGRA_GEM_TILING_MODE_PITCH
	 *   pitch linear format
	 *
	 * DRM_TEGRA_GEM_TILING_MODE_TILED
	 *   16x16 tiling format
	 *
	 * DRM_TEGRA_GEM_TILING_MODE_BLOCK
	 *   16Bx2 tiling format
	 */
	__u32 mode;

	/**
	 * @value:
	 *
	 * The value to set for the tiling mode parameter.
	 */
	__u32 value;

	/**
	 * @pad:
	 *
	 * Structure padding that may be used in the future. Must be 0.
	 */
	__u32 pad;
};

/**
 * struct drm_tegra_gem_get_tiling - parameters for the get tiling IOCTL
 */
struct drm_tegra_gem_get_tiling {
	/**
	 * @handle:
	 *
	 * Handle to the GEM object for which to query the tiling parameters.
	 */
	__u32 handle;

	/**
	 * @mode:
	 *
	 * The tiling mode currently associated with the GEM object. Set by
	 * the kernel upon successful completion of the IOCTL.
	 */
	__u32 mode;

	/**
	 * @value:
	 *
	 * The tiling mode parameter currently associated with the GEM object.
	 * Set by the kernel upon successful completion of the IOCTL.
	 */
	__u32 value;

	/**
	 * @pad:
	 *
	 * Structure padding that may be used in the future. Must be 0.
	 */
	__u32 pad;
};

#define DRM_TEGRA_GEM_BOTTOM_UP		(1 << 0)
#define DRM_TEGRA_GEM_FLAGS		(DRM_TEGRA_GEM_BOTTOM_UP)

/**
 * struct drm_tegra_gem_set_flags - parameters for the set flags IOCTL
 */
struct drm_tegra_gem_set_flags {
	/**
	 * @handle:
	 *
	 * Handle to the GEM object for which to set the flags.
	 */
	__u32 handle;

	/**
	 * @flags:
	 *
	 * The flags to set for the GEM object.
	 */
	__u32 flags;
};

/**
 * struct drm_tegra_gem_get_flags - parameters for the get flags IOCTL
 */
struct drm_tegra_gem_get_flags {
	/**
	 * @handle:
	 *
	 * Handle to the GEM object for which to query the flags.
	 */
	__u32 handle;

	/**
	 * @flags:
	 *
	 * The flags currently associated with the GEM object. Set by the
	 * kernel upon successful completion of the IOCTL.
	 */
	__u32 flags;
};

#define DRM_TEGRA_GEM_CREATE		0x00
#define DRM_TEGRA_GEM_MMAP		0x01
#define DRM_TEGRA_SYNCPT_READ		0x02
#define DRM_TEGRA_SYNCPT_INCR		0x03
#define DRM_TEGRA_SYNCPT_WAIT		0x04
#define DRM_TEGRA_OPEN_CHANNEL	        0x05
#define DRM_TEGRA_CLOSE_CHANNEL	        0x06
#define DRM_TEGRA_GET_SYNCPT		0x07
#define DRM_TEGRA_SUBMIT		0x08
#define DRM_TEGRA_GET_SYNCPT_BASE	0x09
#define DRM_TEGRA_GEM_SET_TILING	0x0a
#define DRM_TEGRA_GEM_GET_TILING	0x0b
#define DRM_TEGRA_GEM_SET_FLAGS		0x0c
#define DRM_TEGRA_GEM_GET_FLAGS		0x0d

#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_GEM_CREATE DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_TEGRA_GEM_CREATE, struct drm_tegra_gem_create)
#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_GEM_MMAP DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_TEGRA_GEM_MMAP, struct drm_tegra_gem_mmap)
#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_SYNCPT_READ DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_TEGRA_SYNCPT_READ, struct drm_tegra_syncpt_read)
#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_SYNCPT_INCR DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_TEGRA_SYNCPT_INCR, struct drm_tegra_syncpt_incr)
#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_SYNCPT_WAIT DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_TEGRA_SYNCPT_WAIT, struct drm_tegra_syncpt_wait)
#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_OPEN_CHANNEL DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_TEGRA_OPEN_CHANNEL, struct drm_tegra_open_channel)
#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_CLOSE_CHANNEL DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_TEGRA_CLOSE_CHANNEL, struct drm_tegra_close_channel)
#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_GET_SYNCPT DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_TEGRA_GET_SYNCPT, struct drm_tegra_get_syncpt)
#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_SUBMIT DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_TEGRA_SUBMIT, struct drm_tegra_submit)
#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_GET_SYNCPT_BASE DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_TEGRA_GET_SYNCPT_BASE, struct drm_tegra_get_syncpt_base)
#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_GEM_SET_TILING DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_TEGRA_GEM_SET_TILING, struct drm_tegra_gem_set_tiling)
#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_GEM_GET_TILING DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_TEGRA_GEM_GET_TILING, struct drm_tegra_gem_get_tiling)
#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_GEM_SET_FLAGS DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_TEGRA_GEM_SET_FLAGS, struct drm_tegra_gem_set_flags)
#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_GEM_GET_FLAGS DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_TEGRA_GEM_GET_FLAGS, struct drm_tegra_gem_get_flags)

/* New Tegra DRM UAPI */

/*
 * Reported by the driver in the `capabilities` field.
 *
 * DRM_TEGRA_CHANNEL_CAP_CACHE_COHERENT: If set, the engine is cache coherent
 * with regard to the system memory.
 */
#define DRM_TEGRA_CHANNEL_CAP_CACHE_COHERENT (1 << 0)

struct drm_tegra_channel_open {
	/**
	 * @host1x_class: [in]
	 *
	 * Host1x class of the engine that will be programmed using this
	 * channel.
	 */
	__u32 host1x_class;

	/**
	 * @flags: [in]
	 *
	 * Flags.
	 */
	__u32 flags;

	/**
	 * @context: [out]
	 *
	 * Opaque identifier corresponding to the opened channel.
	 */
	__u32 context;

	/**
	 * @version: [out]
	 *
	 * Version of the engine hardware. This can be used by userspace
	 * to determine how the engine needs to be programmed.
	 */
	__u32 version;

	/**
	 * @capabilities: [out]
	 *
	 * Flags describing the hardware capabilities.
	 */
	__u32 capabilities;
	__u32 padding;
};

struct drm_tegra_channel_close {
	/**
	 * @context: [in]
	 *
	 * Identifier of the channel to close.
	 */
	__u32 context;
	__u32 padding;
};

/*
 * Mapping flags that can be used to influence how the mapping is created.
 *
 * DRM_TEGRA_CHANNEL_MAP_READ: create mapping that allows HW read access
 * DRM_TEGRA_CHANNEL_MAP_WRITE: create mapping that allows HW write access
 */
#define DRM_TEGRA_CHANNEL_MAP_READ  (1 << 0)
#define DRM_TEGRA_CHANNEL_MAP_WRITE (1 << 1)
#define DRM_TEGRA_CHANNEL_MAP_READ_WRITE (DRM_TEGRA_CHANNEL_MAP_READ | \
					  DRM_TEGRA_CHANNEL_MAP_WRITE)

struct drm_tegra_channel_map {
	/**
	 * @context: [in]
	 *
	 * Identifier of the channel to which make memory available for.
	 */
	__u32 context;

	/**
	 * @handle: [in]
	 *
	 * GEM handle of the memory to map.
	 */
	__u32 handle;

	/**
	 * @flags: [in]
	 *
	 * Flags.
	 */
	__u32 flags;

	/**
	 * @mapping: [out]
	 *
	 * Identifier corresponding to the mapping, to be used for
	 * relocations or unmapping later.
	 */
	__u32 mapping;
};

struct drm_tegra_channel_unmap {
	/**
	 * @context: [in]
	 *
	 * Channel identifier of the channel to unmap memory from.
	 */
	__u32 context;

	/**
	 * @mapping: [in]
	 *
	 * Mapping identifier of the memory mapping to unmap.
	 */
	__u32 mapping;
};

/* Submission */

/**
 * Specify that bit 39 of the patched-in address should be set to switch
 * swizzling between Tegra and non-Tegra sector layout on systems that store
 * surfaces in system memory in non-Tegra sector layout.
 */
#define DRM_TEGRA_SUBMIT_RELOC_SECTOR_LAYOUT (1 << 0)

struct drm_tegra_submit_buf {
	/**
	 * @mapping: [in]
	 *
	 * Identifier of the mapping to use in the submission.
	 */
	__u32 mapping;

	/**
	 * @flags: [in]
	 *
	 * Flags.
	 */
	__u32 flags;

	/**
	 * Information for relocation patching.
	 */
	struct {
		/**
		 * @target_offset: [in]
		 *
		 * Offset from the start of the mapping of the data whose
		 * address is to be patched into the gather.
		 */
		__u64 target_offset;

		/**
		 * @gather_offset_words: [in]
		 *
		 * Offset in words from the start of the gather data to
		 * where the address should be patched into.
		 */
		__u32 gather_offset_words;

		/**
		 * @shift: [in]
		 *
		 * Number of bits the address should be shifted right before
		 * patching in.
		 */
		__u32 shift;
	} reloc;
};

/**
 * Execute `words` words of Host1x opcodes specified in the `gather_data_ptr`
 * buffer. Each GATHER_UPTR command uses successive words from the buffer.
 */
#define DRM_TEGRA_SUBMIT_CMD_GATHER_UPTR		0
/**
 * Wait for a syncpoint to reach a value before continuing with further
 * commands.
 */
#define DRM_TEGRA_SUBMIT_CMD_WAIT_SYNCPT		1
/**
 * Wait for a syncpoint to reach a value before continuing with further
 * commands. The threshold is calculated relative to the start of the job.
 */
#define DRM_TEGRA_SUBMIT_CMD_WAIT_SYNCPT_RELATIVE	2

struct drm_tegra_submit_cmd_gather_uptr {
	__u32 words;
	__u32 reserved[3];
};

struct drm_tegra_submit_cmd_wait_syncpt {
	__u32 id;
	__u32 value;
	__u32 reserved[2];
};

struct drm_tegra_submit_cmd {
	/**
	 * @type: [in]
	 *
	 * Command type to execute. One of the DRM_TEGRA_SUBMIT_CMD*
	 * defines.
	 */
	__u32 type;

	/**
	 * @flags: [in]
	 *
	 * Flags.
	 */
	__u32 flags;

	union {
		struct drm_tegra_submit_cmd_gather_uptr gather_uptr;
		struct drm_tegra_submit_cmd_wait_syncpt wait_syncpt;
		__u32 reserved[4];
	};
};

struct drm_tegra_submit_syncpt {
	/**
	 * @id: [in]
	 *
	 * ID of the syncpoint that the job will increment.
	 */
	__u32 id;

	/**
	 * @flags: [in]
	 *
	 * Flags.
	 */
	__u32 flags;

	/**
	 * @increments: [in]
	 *
	 * Number of times the job will increment this syncpoint.
	 */
	__u32 increments;

	/**
	 * @value: [out]
	 *
	 * Value the syncpoint will have once the job has completed all
	 * its specified syncpoint increments.
	 *
	 * Note that the kernel may increment the syncpoint before or after
	 * the job. These increments are not reflected in this field.
	 *
	 * If the job hangs or times out, not all of the increments may
	 * get executed.
	 */
	__u32 value;
};

struct drm_tegra_channel_submit {
	/**
	 * @context: [in]
	 *
	 * Identifier of the channel to submit this job to.
	 */
	__u32 context;

	/**
	 * @num_bufs: [in]
	 *
	 * Number of elements in the `bufs_ptr` array.
	 */
	__u32 num_bufs;

	/**
	 * @num_cmds: [in]
	 *
	 * Number of elements in the `cmds_ptr` array.
	 */
	__u32 num_cmds;

	/**
	 * @gather_data_words: [in]
	 *
	 * Number of 32-bit words in the `gather_data_ptr` array.
	 */
	__u32 gather_data_words;

	/**
	 * @bufs_ptr: [in]
	 *
	 * Pointer to an array of drm_tegra_submit_buf structures.
	 */
	__u64 bufs_ptr;

	/**
	 * @cmds_ptr: [in]
	 *
	 * Pointer to an array of drm_tegra_submit_cmd structures.
	 */
	__u64 cmds_ptr;

	/**
	 * @gather_data_ptr: [in]
	 *
	 * Pointer to an array of Host1x opcodes to be used by GATHER_UPTR
	 * commands.
	 */
	__u64 gather_data_ptr;

	/**
	 * @syncobj_in: [in]
	 *
	 * Handle for DRM syncobj that will be waited before submission.
	 * Ignored if zero.
	 */
	__u32 syncobj_in;

	/**
	 * @syncobj_out: [in]
	 *
	 * Handle for DRM syncobj that will have its fence replaced with
	 * the job's completion fence. Ignored if zero.
	 */
	__u32 syncobj_out;

	/**
	 * @syncpt_incr: [in,out]
	 *
	 * Information about the syncpoint the job will increment.
	 */
	struct drm_tegra_submit_syncpt syncpt;
};

struct drm_tegra_syncpoint_allocate {
	/**
	 * @id: [out]
	 *
	 * ID of allocated syncpoint.
	 */
	__u32 id;
	__u32 padding;
};

struct drm_tegra_syncpoint_free {
	/**
	 * @id: [in]
	 *
	 * ID of syncpoint to free.
	 */
	__u32 id;
	__u32 padding;
};

struct drm_tegra_syncpoint_wait {
	/**
	 * @timeout: [in]
	 *
	 * Absolute timestamp at which the wait will time out.
	 */
	__s64 timeout_ns;

	/**
	 * @id: [in]
	 *
	 * ID of syncpoint to wait on.
	 */
	__u32 id;

	/**
	 * @threshold: [in]
	 *
	 * Threshold to wait for.
	 */
	__u32 threshold;

	/**
	 * @value: [out]
	 *
	 * Value of the syncpoint upon wait completion.
	 */
	__u32 value;

	__u32 padding;
};

#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_CHANNEL_OPEN DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + 0x10, struct drm_tegra_channel_open)
#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_CHANNEL_CLOSE DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + 0x11, struct drm_tegra_channel_close)
#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_CHANNEL_MAP DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + 0x12, struct drm_tegra_channel_map)
#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_CHANNEL_UNMAP DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + 0x13, struct drm_tegra_channel_unmap)
#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_CHANNEL_SUBMIT DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + 0x14, struct drm_tegra_channel_submit)

#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_SYNCPOINT_ALLOCATE DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + 0x20, struct drm_tegra_syncpoint_allocate)
#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_SYNCPOINT_FREE DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + 0x21, struct drm_tegra_syncpoint_free)
#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_SYNCPOINT_WAIT DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + 0x22, struct drm_tegra_syncpoint_wait)

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif
/*
 * Copyright © 2014-2015 Broadcom
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
 * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
 * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
 * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
 * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
 * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
 * Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
 * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
 * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
 * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
 * IN THE SOFTWARE.
 */

#ifndef _VC4_DRM_H_
#define _VC4_DRM_H_

#include "drm.h"

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

#define DRM_VC4_SUBMIT_CL                         0x00
#define DRM_VC4_WAIT_SEQNO                        0x01
#define DRM_VC4_WAIT_BO                           0x02
#define DRM_VC4_CREATE_BO                         0x03
#define DRM_VC4_MMAP_BO                           0x04
#define DRM_VC4_CREATE_SHADER_BO                  0x05
#define DRM_VC4_GET_HANG_STATE                    0x06
#define DRM_VC4_GET_PARAM                         0x07
#define DRM_VC4_SET_TILING                        0x08
#define DRM_VC4_GET_TILING                        0x09
#define DRM_VC4_LABEL_BO                          0x0a
#define DRM_VC4_GEM_MADVISE                       0x0b
#define DRM_VC4_PERFMON_CREATE                    0x0c
#define DRM_VC4_PERFMON_DESTROY                   0x0d
#define DRM_VC4_PERFMON_GET_VALUES                0x0e

#define DRM_IOCTL_VC4_SUBMIT_CL           DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VC4_SUBMIT_CL, struct drm_vc4_submit_cl)
#define DRM_IOCTL_VC4_WAIT_SEQNO          DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VC4_WAIT_SEQNO, struct drm_vc4_wait_seqno)
#define DRM_IOCTL_VC4_WAIT_BO             DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VC4_WAIT_BO, struct drm_vc4_wait_bo)
#define DRM_IOCTL_VC4_CREATE_BO           DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VC4_CREATE_BO, struct drm_vc4_create_bo)
#define DRM_IOCTL_VC4_MMAP_BO             DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VC4_MMAP_BO, struct drm_vc4_mmap_bo)
#define DRM_IOCTL_VC4_CREATE_SHADER_BO    DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VC4_CREATE_SHADER_BO, struct drm_vc4_create_shader_bo)
#define DRM_IOCTL_VC4_GET_HANG_STATE      DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VC4_GET_HANG_STATE, struct drm_vc4_get_hang_state)
#define DRM_IOCTL_VC4_GET_PARAM           DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VC4_GET_PARAM, struct drm_vc4_get_param)
#define DRM_IOCTL_VC4_SET_TILING          DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VC4_SET_TILING, struct drm_vc4_set_tiling)
#define DRM_IOCTL_VC4_GET_TILING          DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VC4_GET_TILING, struct drm_vc4_get_tiling)
#define DRM_IOCTL_VC4_LABEL_BO            DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VC4_LABEL_BO, struct drm_vc4_label_bo)
#define DRM_IOCTL_VC4_GEM_MADVISE         DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VC4_GEM_MADVISE, struct drm_vc4_gem_madvise)
#define DRM_IOCTL_VC4_PERFMON_CREATE      DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VC4_PERFMON_CREATE, struct drm_vc4_perfmon_create)
#define DRM_IOCTL_VC4_PERFMON_DESTROY     DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VC4_PERFMON_DESTROY, struct drm_vc4_perfmon_destroy)
#define DRM_IOCTL_VC4_PERFMON_GET_VALUES  DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VC4_PERFMON_GET_VALUES, struct drm_vc4_perfmon_get_values)

struct drm_vc4_submit_rcl_surface {
	__u32 hindex; /* Handle index, or ~0 if not present. */
	__u32 offset; /* Offset to start of buffer. */
	/*
	 * Bits for either render config (color_write) or load/store packet.
	 * Bits should all be 0 for MSAA load/stores.
	 */
	__u16 bits;

#define VC4_SUBMIT_RCL_SURFACE_READ_IS_FULL_RES		(1 << 0)
	__u16 flags;
};

/**
 * struct drm_vc4_submit_cl - ioctl argument for submitting commands to the 3D
 * engine.
 *
 * Drivers typically use GPU BOs to store batchbuffers / command lists and
 * their associated state.  However, because the VC4 lacks an MMU, we have to
 * do validation of memory accesses by the GPU commands.  If we were to store
 * our commands in BOs, we'd need to do uncached readback from them to do the
 * validation process, which is too expensive.  Instead, userspace accumulates
 * commands and associated state in plain memory, then the kernel copies the
 * data to its own address space, and then validates and stores it in a GPU
 * BO.
 */
struct drm_vc4_submit_cl {
	/* Pointer to the binner command list.
	 *
	 * This is the first set of commands executed, which runs the
	 * coordinate shader to determine where primitives land on the screen,
	 * then writes out the state updates and draw calls necessary per tile
	 * to the tile allocation BO.
	 */
	__u64 bin_cl;

	/* Pointer to the shader records.
	 *
	 * Shader records are the structures read by the hardware that contain
	 * pointers to uniforms, shaders, and vertex attributes.  The
	 * reference to the shader record has enough information to determine
	 * how many pointers are necessary (fixed number for shaders/uniforms,
	 * and an attribute count), so those BO indices into bo_handles are
	 * just stored as __u32s before each shader record passed in.
	 */
	__u64 shader_rec;

	/* Pointer to uniform data and texture handles for the textures
	 * referenced by the shader.
	 *
	 * For each shader state record, there is a set of uniform data in the
	 * order referenced by the record (FS, VS, then CS).  Each set of
	 * uniform data has a __u32 index into bo_handles per texture
	 * sample operation, in the order the QPU_W_TMUn_S writes appear in
	 * the program.  Following the texture BO handle indices is the actual
	 * uniform data.
	 *
	 * The individual uniform state blocks don't have sizes passed in,
	 * because the kernel has to determine the sizes anyway during shader
	 * code validation.
	 */
	__u64 uniforms;
	__u64 bo_handles;

	/* Size in bytes of the binner command list. */
	__u32 bin_cl_size;
	/* Size in bytes of the set of shader records. */
	__u32 shader_rec_size;
	/* Number of shader records.
	 *
	 * This could just be computed from the contents of shader_records and
	 * the address bits of references to them from the bin CL, but it
	 * keeps the kernel from having to resize some allocations it makes.
	 */
	__u32 shader_rec_count;
	/* Size in bytes of the uniform state. */
	__u32 uniforms_size;

	/* Number of BO handles passed in (size is that times 4). */
	__u32 bo_handle_count;

	/* RCL setup: */
	__u16 width;
	__u16 height;
	__u8 min_x_tile;
	__u8 min_y_tile;
	__u8 max_x_tile;
	__u8 max_y_tile;
	struct drm_vc4_submit_rcl_surface color_read;
	struct drm_vc4_submit_rcl_surface color_write;
	struct drm_vc4_submit_rcl_surface zs_read;
	struct drm_vc4_submit_rcl_surface zs_write;
	struct drm_vc4_submit_rcl_surface msaa_color_write;
	struct drm_vc4_submit_rcl_surface msaa_zs_write;
	__u32 clear_color[2];
	__u32 clear_z;
	__u8 clear_s;

	__u32 pad:24;

#define VC4_SUBMIT_CL_USE_CLEAR_COLOR			(1 << 0)
/* By default, the kernel gets to choose the order that the tiles are
 * rendered in.  If this is set, then the tiles will be rendered in a
 * raster order, with the right-to-left vs left-to-right and
 * top-to-bottom vs bottom-to-top dictated by
 * VC4_SUBMIT_CL_RCL_ORDER_INCREASING_*.  This allows overlapping
 * blits to be implemented using the 3D engine.
 */
#define VC4_SUBMIT_CL_FIXED_RCL_ORDER			(1 << 1)
#define VC4_SUBMIT_CL_RCL_ORDER_INCREASING_X		(1 << 2)
#define VC4_SUBMIT_CL_RCL_ORDER_INCREASING_Y		(1 << 3)
	__u32 flags;

	/* Returned value of the seqno of this render job (for the
	 * wait ioctl).
	 */
	__u64 seqno;

	/* ID of the perfmon to attach to this job. 0 means no perfmon. */
	__u32 perfmonid;

	/* Syncobj handle to wait on. If set, processing of this render job
	 * will not start until the syncobj is signaled. 0 means ignore.
	 */
	__u32 in_sync;

	/* Syncobj handle to export fence to. If set, the fence in the syncobj
	 * will be replaced with a fence that signals upon completion of this
	 * render job. 0 means ignore.
	 */
	__u32 out_sync;

	__u32 pad2;
};

/**
 * struct drm_vc4_wait_seqno - ioctl argument for waiting for
 * DRM_VC4_SUBMIT_CL completion using its returned seqno.
 *
 * timeout_ns is the timeout in nanoseconds, where "0" means "don't
 * block, just return the status."
 */
struct drm_vc4_wait_seqno {
	__u64 seqno;
	__u64 timeout_ns;
};

/**
 * struct drm_vc4_wait_bo - ioctl argument for waiting for
 * completion of the last DRM_VC4_SUBMIT_CL on a BO.
 *
 * This is useful for cases where multiple processes might be
 * rendering to a BO and you want to wait for all rendering to be
 * completed.
 */
struct drm_vc4_wait_bo {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pad;
	__u64 timeout_ns;
};

/**
 * struct drm_vc4_create_bo - ioctl argument for creating VC4 BOs.
 *
 * There are currently no values for the flags argument, but it may be
 * used in a future extension.
 */
struct drm_vc4_create_bo {
	__u32 size;
	__u32 flags;
	/** Returned GEM handle for the BO. */
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pad;
};

/**
 * struct drm_vc4_mmap_bo - ioctl argument for mapping VC4 BOs.
 *
 * This doesn't actually perform an mmap.  Instead, it returns the
 * offset you need to use in an mmap on the DRM device node.  This
 * means that tools like valgrind end up knowing about the mapped
 * memory.
 *
 * There are currently no values for the flags argument, but it may be
 * used in a future extension.
 */
struct drm_vc4_mmap_bo {
	/** Handle for the object being mapped. */
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 flags;
	/** offset into the drm node to use for subsequent mmap call. */
	__u64 offset;
};

/**
 * struct drm_vc4_create_shader_bo - ioctl argument for creating VC4
 * shader BOs.
 *
 * Since allowing a shader to be overwritten while it's also being
 * executed from would allow privlege escalation, shaders must be
 * created using this ioctl, and they can't be mmapped later.
 */
struct drm_vc4_create_shader_bo {
	/* Size of the data argument. */
	__u32 size;
	/* Flags, currently must be 0. */
	__u32 flags;

	/* Pointer to the data. */
	__u64 data;

	/** Returned GEM handle for the BO. */
	__u32 handle;
	/* Pad, must be 0. */
	__u32 pad;
};

struct drm_vc4_get_hang_state_bo {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 paddr;
	__u32 size;
	__u32 pad;
};

/**
 * struct drm_vc4_hang_state - ioctl argument for collecting state
 * from a GPU hang for analysis.
*/
struct drm_vc4_get_hang_state {
	/** Pointer to array of struct drm_vc4_get_hang_state_bo. */
	__u64 bo;
	/**
	 * On input, the size of the bo array.  Output is the number
	 * of bos to be returned.
	 */
	__u32 bo_count;

	__u32 start_bin, start_render;

	__u32 ct0ca, ct0ea;
	__u32 ct1ca, ct1ea;
	__u32 ct0cs, ct1cs;
	__u32 ct0ra0, ct1ra0;

	__u32 bpca, bpcs;
	__u32 bpoa, bpos;

	__u32 vpmbase;

	__u32 dbge;
	__u32 fdbgo;
	__u32 fdbgb;
	__u32 fdbgr;
	__u32 fdbgs;
	__u32 errstat;

	/* Pad that we may save more registers into in the future. */
	__u32 pad[16];
};

#define DRM_VC4_PARAM_V3D_IDENT0		0
#define DRM_VC4_PARAM_V3D_IDENT1		1
#define DRM_VC4_PARAM_V3D_IDENT2		2
#define DRM_VC4_PARAM_SUPPORTS_BRANCHES		3
#define DRM_VC4_PARAM_SUPPORTS_ETC1		4
#define DRM_VC4_PARAM_SUPPORTS_THREADED_FS	5
#define DRM_VC4_PARAM_SUPPORTS_FIXED_RCL_ORDER	6
#define DRM_VC4_PARAM_SUPPORTS_MADVISE		7
#define DRM_VC4_PARAM_SUPPORTS_PERFMON		8

struct drm_vc4_get_param {
	__u32 param;
	__u32 pad;
	__u64 value;
};

struct drm_vc4_get_tiling {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 flags;
	__u64 modifier;
};

struct drm_vc4_set_tiling {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 flags;
	__u64 modifier;
};

/**
 * struct drm_vc4_label_bo - Attach a name to a BO for debug purposes.
 */
struct drm_vc4_label_bo {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 len;
	__u64 name;
};

/*
 * States prefixed with '__' are internal states and cannot be passed to the
 * DRM_IOCTL_VC4_GEM_MADVISE ioctl.
 */
#define VC4_MADV_WILLNEED			0
#define VC4_MADV_DONTNEED			1
#define __VC4_MADV_PURGED			2
#define __VC4_MADV_NOTSUPP			3

struct drm_vc4_gem_madvise {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 madv;
	__u32 retained;
	__u32 pad;
};

enum {
	VC4_PERFCNT_FEP_VALID_PRIMS_NO_RENDER,
	VC4_PERFCNT_FEP_VALID_PRIMS_RENDER,
	VC4_PERFCNT_FEP_CLIPPED_QUADS,
	VC4_PERFCNT_FEP_VALID_QUADS,
	VC4_PERFCNT_TLB_QUADS_NOT_PASSING_STENCIL,
	VC4_PERFCNT_TLB_QUADS_NOT_PASSING_Z_AND_STENCIL,
	VC4_PERFCNT_TLB_QUADS_PASSING_Z_AND_STENCIL,
	VC4_PERFCNT_TLB_QUADS_ZERO_COVERAGE,
	VC4_PERFCNT_TLB_QUADS_NON_ZERO_COVERAGE,
	VC4_PERFCNT_TLB_QUADS_WRITTEN_TO_COLOR_BUF,
	VC4_PERFCNT_PLB_PRIMS_OUTSIDE_VIEWPORT,
	VC4_PERFCNT_PLB_PRIMS_NEED_CLIPPING,
	VC4_PERFCNT_PSE_PRIMS_REVERSED,
	VC4_PERFCNT_QPU_TOTAL_IDLE_CYCLES,
	VC4_PERFCNT_QPU_TOTAL_CLK_CYCLES_VERTEX_COORD_SHADING,
	VC4_PERFCNT_QPU_TOTAL_CLK_CYCLES_FRAGMENT_SHADING,
	VC4_PERFCNT_QPU_TOTAL_CLK_CYCLES_EXEC_VALID_INST,
	VC4_PERFCNT_QPU_TOTAL_CLK_CYCLES_WAITING_TMUS,
	VC4_PERFCNT_QPU_TOTAL_CLK_CYCLES_WAITING_SCOREBOARD,
	VC4_PERFCNT_QPU_TOTAL_CLK_CYCLES_WAITING_VARYINGS,
	VC4_PERFCNT_QPU_TOTAL_INST_CACHE_HIT,
	VC4_PERFCNT_QPU_TOTAL_INST_CACHE_MISS,
	VC4_PERFCNT_QPU_TOTAL_UNIFORM_CACHE_HIT,
	VC4_PERFCNT_QPU_TOTAL_UNIFORM_CACHE_MISS,
	VC4_PERFCNT_TMU_TOTAL_TEXT_QUADS_PROCESSED,
	VC4_PERFCNT_TMU_TOTAL_TEXT_CACHE_MISS,
	VC4_PERFCNT_VPM_TOTAL_CLK_CYCLES_VDW_STALLED,
	VC4_PERFCNT_VPM_TOTAL_CLK_CYCLES_VCD_STALLED,
	VC4_PERFCNT_L2C_TOTAL_L2_CACHE_HIT,
	VC4_PERFCNT_L2C_TOTAL_L2_CACHE_MISS,
	VC4_PERFCNT_NUM_EVENTS,
};

#define DRM_VC4_MAX_PERF_COUNTERS	16

struct drm_vc4_perfmon_create {
	__u32 id;
	__u32 ncounters;
	__u8 events[DRM_VC4_MAX_PERF_COUNTERS];
};

struct drm_vc4_perfmon_destroy {
	__u32 id;
};

/*
 * Returns the values of the performance counters tracked by this
 * perfmon (as an array of ncounters u64 values).
 *
 * No implicit synchronization is performed, so the user has to
 * guarantee that any jobs using this perfmon have already been
 * completed  (probably by blocking on the seqno returned by the
 * last exec that used the perfmon).
 */
struct drm_vc4_perfmon_get_values {
	__u32 id;
	__u64 values_ptr;
};

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif /* _VC4_DRM_H_ */
/**
 * \file drm_sarea.h
 * \brief SAREA definitions
 *
 * \author Michel Dänzer <michel@daenzer.net>
 */

/*
 * Copyright 2002 Tungsten Graphics, Inc., Cedar Park, Texas.
 * All Rights Reserved.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
 * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
 * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
 * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
 * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
 * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
 * Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
 * TUNGSTEN GRAPHICS AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
 * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
 * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
 * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 */

#ifndef _DRM_SAREA_H_
#define _DRM_SAREA_H_

#include "drm.h"

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

/* SAREA area needs to be at least a page */
#if defined(__alpha__)
#define SAREA_MAX                       0x2000U
#elif defined(__mips__)
#define SAREA_MAX                       0x4000U
#elif defined(__ia64__)
#define SAREA_MAX                       0x10000U	/* 64kB */
#else
/* Intel 830M driver needs at least 8k SAREA */
#define SAREA_MAX                       0x2000U
#endif

/** Maximum number of drawables in the SAREA */
#define SAREA_MAX_DRAWABLES		256

#define SAREA_DRAWABLE_CLAIMED_ENTRY    0x80000000

/** SAREA drawable */
struct drm_sarea_drawable {
	unsigned int stamp;
	unsigned int flags;
};

/** SAREA frame */
struct drm_sarea_frame {
	unsigned int x;
	unsigned int y;
	unsigned int width;
	unsigned int height;
	unsigned int fullscreen;
};

/** SAREA */
struct drm_sarea {
    /** first thing is always the DRM locking structure */
	struct drm_hw_lock lock;
    /** \todo Use readers/writer lock for drm_sarea::drawable_lock */
	struct drm_hw_lock drawable_lock;
	struct drm_sarea_drawable drawableTable[SAREA_MAX_DRAWABLES];	/**< drawables */
	struct drm_sarea_frame frame;	/**< frame */
	drm_context_t dummy_context;
};

typedef struct drm_sarea_drawable drm_sarea_drawable_t;
typedef struct drm_sarea_frame drm_sarea_frame_t;
typedef struct drm_sarea drm_sarea_t;

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif				/* _DRM_SAREA_H_ */
/*
 * Copyright 2013 Red Hat
 * All Rights Reserved.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
 * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
 * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
 * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
 * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
 * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
 * Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
 * THE AUTHORS AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
 * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
 * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
 * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 */
#ifndef VIRTGPU_DRM_H
#define VIRTGPU_DRM_H

#include "drm.h"

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Please note that modifications to all structs defined here are
 * subject to backwards-compatibility constraints.
 *
 * Do not use pointers, use __u64 instead for 32 bit / 64 bit user/kernel
 * compatibility Keep fields aligned to their size
 */

#define DRM_VIRTGPU_MAP         0x01
#define DRM_VIRTGPU_EXECBUFFER  0x02
#define DRM_VIRTGPU_GETPARAM    0x03
#define DRM_VIRTGPU_RESOURCE_CREATE 0x04
#define DRM_VIRTGPU_RESOURCE_INFO     0x05
#define DRM_VIRTGPU_TRANSFER_FROM_HOST 0x06
#define DRM_VIRTGPU_TRANSFER_TO_HOST 0x07
#define DRM_VIRTGPU_WAIT     0x08
#define DRM_VIRTGPU_GET_CAPS  0x09
#define DRM_VIRTGPU_RESOURCE_CREATE_BLOB 0x0a
#define DRM_VIRTGPU_CONTEXT_INIT 0x0b

#define VIRTGPU_EXECBUF_FENCE_FD_IN	0x01
#define VIRTGPU_EXECBUF_FENCE_FD_OUT	0x02
#define VIRTGPU_EXECBUF_RING_IDX	0x04
#define VIRTGPU_EXECBUF_FLAGS  (\
		VIRTGPU_EXECBUF_FENCE_FD_IN |\
		VIRTGPU_EXECBUF_FENCE_FD_OUT |\
		VIRTGPU_EXECBUF_RING_IDX |\
		0)

struct drm_virtgpu_map {
	__u64 offset; /* use for mmap system call */
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pad;
};

/* fence_fd is modified on success if VIRTGPU_EXECBUF_FENCE_FD_OUT flag is set. */
struct drm_virtgpu_execbuffer {
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 size;
	__u64 command; /* void* */
	__u64 bo_handles;
	__u32 num_bo_handles;
	__s32 fence_fd; /* in/out fence fd (see VIRTGPU_EXECBUF_FENCE_FD_IN/OUT) */
	__u32 ring_idx; /* command ring index (see VIRTGPU_EXECBUF_RING_IDX) */
	__u32 pad;
};

#define VIRTGPU_PARAM_3D_FEATURES 1 /* do we have 3D features in the hw */
#define VIRTGPU_PARAM_CAPSET_QUERY_FIX 2 /* do we have the capset fix */
#define VIRTGPU_PARAM_RESOURCE_BLOB 3 /* DRM_VIRTGPU_RESOURCE_CREATE_BLOB */
#define VIRTGPU_PARAM_HOST_VISIBLE 4 /* Host blob resources are mappable */
#define VIRTGPU_PARAM_CROSS_DEVICE 5 /* Cross virtio-device resource sharing  */
#define VIRTGPU_PARAM_CONTEXT_INIT 6 /* DRM_VIRTGPU_CONTEXT_INIT */
#define VIRTGPU_PARAM_SUPPORTED_CAPSET_IDs 7 /* Bitmask of supported capability set ids */

struct drm_virtgpu_getparam {
	__u64 param;
	__u64 value;
};

/* NO_BO flags? NO resource flag? */
/* resource flag for y_0_top */
struct drm_virtgpu_resource_create {
	__u32 target;
	__u32 format;
	__u32 bind;
	__u32 width;
	__u32 height;
	__u32 depth;
	__u32 array_size;
	__u32 last_level;
	__u32 nr_samples;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 bo_handle; /* if this is set - recreate a new resource attached to this bo ? */
	__u32 res_handle;  /* returned by kernel */
	__u32 size;        /* validate transfer in the host */
	__u32 stride;      /* validate transfer in the host */
};

struct drm_virtgpu_resource_info {
	__u32 bo_handle;
	__u32 res_handle;
	__u32 size;
	__u32 blob_mem;
};

struct drm_virtgpu_3d_box {
	__u32 x;
	__u32 y;
	__u32 z;
	__u32 w;
	__u32 h;
	__u32 d;
};

struct drm_virtgpu_3d_transfer_to_host {
	__u32 bo_handle;
	struct drm_virtgpu_3d_box box;
	__u32 level;
	__u32 offset;
	__u32 stride;
	__u32 layer_stride;
};

struct drm_virtgpu_3d_transfer_from_host {
	__u32 bo_handle;
	struct drm_virtgpu_3d_box box;
	__u32 level;
	__u32 offset;
	__u32 stride;
	__u32 layer_stride;
};

#define VIRTGPU_WAIT_NOWAIT 1 /* like it */
struct drm_virtgpu_3d_wait {
	__u32 handle; /* 0 is an invalid handle */
	__u32 flags;
};

struct drm_virtgpu_get_caps {
	__u32 cap_set_id;
	__u32 cap_set_ver;
	__u64 addr;
	__u32 size;
	__u32 pad;
};

struct drm_virtgpu_resource_create_blob {
#define VIRTGPU_BLOB_MEM_GUEST             0x0001
#define VIRTGPU_BLOB_MEM_HOST3D            0x0002
#define VIRTGPU_BLOB_MEM_HOST3D_GUEST      0x0003

#define VIRTGPU_BLOB_FLAG_USE_MAPPABLE     0x0001
#define VIRTGPU_BLOB_FLAG_USE_SHAREABLE    0x0002
#define VIRTGPU_BLOB_FLAG_USE_CROSS_DEVICE 0x0004
	/* zero is invalid blob_mem */
	__u32 blob_mem;
	__u32 blob_flags;
	__u32 bo_handle;
	__u32 res_handle;
	__u64 size;

	/*
	 * for 3D contexts with VIRTGPU_BLOB_MEM_HOST3D_GUEST and
	 * VIRTGPU_BLOB_MEM_HOST3D otherwise, must be zero.
	 */
	__u32 pad;
	__u32 cmd_size;
	__u64 cmd;
	__u64 blob_id;
};

#define VIRTGPU_CONTEXT_PARAM_CAPSET_ID       0x0001
#define VIRTGPU_CONTEXT_PARAM_NUM_RINGS       0x0002
#define VIRTGPU_CONTEXT_PARAM_POLL_RINGS_MASK 0x0003
struct drm_virtgpu_context_set_param {
	__u64 param;
	__u64 value;
};

struct drm_virtgpu_context_init {
	__u32 num_params;
	__u32 pad;

	/* pointer to drm_virtgpu_context_set_param array */
	__u64 ctx_set_params;
};

/*
 * Event code that's given when VIRTGPU_CONTEXT_PARAM_POLL_RINGS_MASK is in
 * effect.  The event size is sizeof(drm_event), since there is no additional
 * payload.
 */
#define VIRTGPU_EVENT_FENCE_SIGNALED 0x90000000

#define DRM_IOCTL_VIRTGPU_MAP \
	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VIRTGPU_MAP, struct drm_virtgpu_map)

#define DRM_IOCTL_VIRTGPU_EXECBUFFER \
	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VIRTGPU_EXECBUFFER,\
		struct drm_virtgpu_execbuffer)

#define DRM_IOCTL_VIRTGPU_GETPARAM \
	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VIRTGPU_GETPARAM,\
		struct drm_virtgpu_getparam)

#define DRM_IOCTL_VIRTGPU_RESOURCE_CREATE			\
	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VIRTGPU_RESOURCE_CREATE,	\
		struct drm_virtgpu_resource_create)

#define DRM_IOCTL_VIRTGPU_RESOURCE_INFO \
	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VIRTGPU_RESOURCE_INFO, \
		 struct drm_virtgpu_resource_info)

#define DRM_IOCTL_VIRTGPU_TRANSFER_FROM_HOST \
	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VIRTGPU_TRANSFER_FROM_HOST,	\
		struct drm_virtgpu_3d_transfer_from_host)

#define DRM_IOCTL_VIRTGPU_TRANSFER_TO_HOST \
	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VIRTGPU_TRANSFER_TO_HOST,	\
		struct drm_virtgpu_3d_transfer_to_host)

#define DRM_IOCTL_VIRTGPU_WAIT				\
	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VIRTGPU_WAIT,	\
		struct drm_virtgpu_3d_wait)

#define DRM_IOCTL_VIRTGPU_GET_CAPS \
	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VIRTGPU_GET_CAPS, \
	struct drm_virtgpu_get_caps)

#define DRM_IOCTL_VIRTGPU_RESOURCE_CREATE_BLOB				\
	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VIRTGPU_RESOURCE_CREATE_BLOB,	\
		struct drm_virtgpu_resource_create_blob)

#define DRM_IOCTL_VIRTGPU_CONTEXT_INIT					\
	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_VIRTGPU_CONTEXT_INIT,		\
		struct drm_virtgpu_context_init)

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif
/*
 * Copyright 2003 Tungsten Graphics, Inc., Cedar Park, Texas.
 * All Rights Reserved.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 * distribute, sub license, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
 * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
 * the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
 * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
 * of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL TUNGSTEN GRAPHICS AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR
 * ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
 * TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
 * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 *
 */

#ifndef _I915_DRM_H_
#define _I915_DRM_H_

#include "drm.h"

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Please note that modifications to all structs defined here are
 * subject to backwards-compatibility constraints.
 */

/**
 * DOC: uevents generated by i915 on it's device node
 *
 * I915_L3_PARITY_UEVENT - Generated when the driver receives a parity mismatch
 *	event from the gpu l3 cache. Additional information supplied is ROW,
 *	BANK, SUBBANK, SLICE of the affected cacheline. Userspace should keep
 *	track of these events and if a specific cache-line seems to have a
 *	persistent error remap it with the l3 remapping tool supplied in
 *	intel-gpu-tools.  The value supplied with the event is always 1.
 *
 * I915_ERROR_UEVENT - Generated upon error detection, currently only via
 *	hangcheck. The error detection event is a good indicator of when things
 *	began to go badly. The value supplied with the event is a 1 upon error
 *	detection, and a 0 upon reset completion, signifying no more error
 *	exists. NOTE: Disabling hangcheck or reset via module parameter will
 *	cause the related events to not be seen.
 *
 * I915_RESET_UEVENT - Event is generated just before an attempt to reset the
 *	GPU. The value supplied with the event is always 1. NOTE: Disable
 *	reset via module parameter will cause this event to not be seen.
 */
#define I915_L3_PARITY_UEVENT		"L3_PARITY_ERROR"
#define I915_ERROR_UEVENT		"ERROR"
#define I915_RESET_UEVENT		"RESET"

/**
 * struct i915_user_extension - Base class for defining a chain of extensions
 *
 * Many interfaces need to grow over time. In most cases we can simply
 * extend the struct and have userspace pass in more data. Another option,
 * as demonstrated by Vulkan's approach to providing extensions for forward
 * and backward compatibility, is to use a list of optional structs to
 * provide those extra details.
 *
 * The key advantage to using an extension chain is that it allows us to
 * redefine the interface more easily than an ever growing struct of
 * increasing complexity, and for large parts of that interface to be
 * entirely optional. The downside is more pointer chasing; chasing across
 * the boundary with pointers encapsulated inside u64.
 *
 * Example chaining:
 *
 * .. code-block:: C
 *
 *	struct i915_user_extension ext3 {
 *		.next_extension = 0, // end
 *		.name = ...,
 *	};
 *	struct i915_user_extension ext2 {
 *		.next_extension = (uintptr_t)&ext3,
 *		.name = ...,
 *	};
 *	struct i915_user_extension ext1 {
 *		.next_extension = (uintptr_t)&ext2,
 *		.name = ...,
 *	};
 *
 * Typically the struct i915_user_extension would be embedded in some uAPI
 * struct, and in this case we would feed it the head of the chain(i.e ext1),
 * which would then apply all of the above extensions.
 *
 */
struct i915_user_extension {
	/**
	 * @next_extension:
	 *
	 * Pointer to the next struct i915_user_extension, or zero if the end.
	 */
	__u64 next_extension;
	/**
	 * @name: Name of the extension.
	 *
	 * Note that the name here is just some integer.
	 *
	 * Also note that the name space for this is not global for the whole
	 * driver, but rather its scope/meaning is limited to the specific piece
	 * of uAPI which has embedded the struct i915_user_extension.
	 */
	__u32 name;
	/**
	 * @flags: MBZ
	 *
	 * All undefined bits must be zero.
	 */
	__u32 flags;
	/**
	 * @rsvd: MBZ
	 *
	 * Reserved for future use; must be zero.
	 */
	__u32 rsvd[4];
};

/*
 * MOCS indexes used for GPU surfaces, defining the cacheability of the
 * surface data and the coherency for this data wrt. CPU vs. GPU accesses.
 */
enum i915_mocs_table_index {
	/*
	 * Not cached anywhere, coherency between CPU and GPU accesses is
	 * guaranteed.
	 */
	I915_MOCS_UNCACHED,
	/*
	 * Cacheability and coherency controlled by the kernel automatically
	 * based on the DRM_I915_GEM_SET_CACHING IOCTL setting and the current
	 * usage of the surface (used for display scanout or not).
	 */
	I915_MOCS_PTE,
	/*
	 * Cached in all GPU caches available on the platform.
	 * Coherency between CPU and GPU accesses to the surface is not
	 * guaranteed without extra synchronization.
	 */
	I915_MOCS_CACHED,
};

/**
 * enum drm_i915_gem_engine_class - uapi engine type enumeration
 *
 * Different engines serve different roles, and there may be more than one
 * engine serving each role.  This enum provides a classification of the role
 * of the engine, which may be used when requesting operations to be performed
 * on a certain subset of engines, or for providing information about that
 * group.
 */
enum drm_i915_gem_engine_class {
	/**
	 * @I915_ENGINE_CLASS_RENDER:
	 *
	 * Render engines support instructions used for 3D, Compute (GPGPU),
	 * and programmable media workloads.  These instructions fetch data and
	 * dispatch individual work items to threads that operate in parallel.
	 * The threads run small programs (called "kernels" or "shaders") on
	 * the GPU's execution units (EUs).
	 */
	I915_ENGINE_CLASS_RENDER	= 0,

	/**
	 * @I915_ENGINE_CLASS_COPY:
	 *
	 * Copy engines (also referred to as "blitters") support instructions
	 * that move blocks of data from one location in memory to another,
	 * or that fill a specified location of memory with fixed data.
	 * Copy engines can perform pre-defined logical or bitwise operations
	 * on the source, destination, or pattern data.
	 */
	I915_ENGINE_CLASS_COPY		= 1,

	/**
	 * @I915_ENGINE_CLASS_VIDEO:
	 *
	 * Video engines (also referred to as "bit stream decode" (BSD) or
	 * "vdbox") support instructions that perform fixed-function media
	 * decode and encode.
	 */
	I915_ENGINE_CLASS_VIDEO		= 2,

	/**
	 * @I915_ENGINE_CLASS_VIDEO_ENHANCE:
	 *
	 * Video enhancement engines (also referred to as "vebox") support
	 * instructions related to image enhancement.
	 */
	I915_ENGINE_CLASS_VIDEO_ENHANCE	= 3,

	/**
	 * @I915_ENGINE_CLASS_COMPUTE:
	 *
	 * Compute engines support a subset of the instructions available
	 * on render engines:  compute engines support Compute (GPGPU) and
	 * programmable media workloads, but do not support the 3D pipeline.
	 */
	I915_ENGINE_CLASS_COMPUTE	= 4,

	/* Values in this enum should be kept compact. */

	/**
	 * @I915_ENGINE_CLASS_INVALID:
	 *
	 * Placeholder value to represent an invalid engine class assignment.
	 */
	I915_ENGINE_CLASS_INVALID	= -1
};

/**
 * struct i915_engine_class_instance - Engine class/instance identifier
 *
 * There may be more than one engine fulfilling any role within the system.
 * Each engine of a class is given a unique instance number and therefore
 * any engine can be specified by its class:instance tuplet. APIs that allow
 * access to any engine in the system will use struct i915_engine_class_instance
 * for this identification.
 */
struct i915_engine_class_instance {
	/**
	 * @engine_class:
	 *
	 * Engine class from enum drm_i915_gem_engine_class
	 */
	__u16 engine_class;
#define I915_ENGINE_CLASS_INVALID_NONE -1
#define I915_ENGINE_CLASS_INVALID_VIRTUAL -2

	/**
	 * @engine_instance:
	 *
	 * Engine instance.
	 */
	__u16 engine_instance;
};

/**
 * DOC: perf_events exposed by i915 through /sys/bus/event_sources/drivers/i915
 *
 */

enum drm_i915_pmu_engine_sample {
	I915_SAMPLE_BUSY = 0,
	I915_SAMPLE_WAIT = 1,
	I915_SAMPLE_SEMA = 2
};

#define I915_PMU_SAMPLE_BITS (4)
#define I915_PMU_SAMPLE_MASK (0xf)
#define I915_PMU_SAMPLE_INSTANCE_BITS (8)
#define I915_PMU_CLASS_SHIFT \
	(I915_PMU_SAMPLE_BITS + I915_PMU_SAMPLE_INSTANCE_BITS)

#define __I915_PMU_ENGINE(class, instance, sample) \
	((class) << I915_PMU_CLASS_SHIFT | \
	(instance) << I915_PMU_SAMPLE_BITS | \
	(sample))

#define I915_PMU_ENGINE_BUSY(class, instance) \
	__I915_PMU_ENGINE(class, instance, I915_SAMPLE_BUSY)

#define I915_PMU_ENGINE_WAIT(class, instance) \
	__I915_PMU_ENGINE(class, instance, I915_SAMPLE_WAIT)

#define I915_PMU_ENGINE_SEMA(class, instance) \
	__I915_PMU_ENGINE(class, instance, I915_SAMPLE_SEMA)

#define __I915_PMU_OTHER(x) (__I915_PMU_ENGINE(0xff, 0xff, 0xf) + 1 + (x))

#define I915_PMU_ACTUAL_FREQUENCY	__I915_PMU_OTHER(0)
#define I915_PMU_REQUESTED_FREQUENCY	__I915_PMU_OTHER(1)
#define I915_PMU_INTERRUPTS		__I915_PMU_OTHER(2)
#define I915_PMU_RC6_RESIDENCY		__I915_PMU_OTHER(3)
#define I915_PMU_SOFTWARE_GT_AWAKE_TIME	__I915_PMU_OTHER(4)

#define I915_PMU_LAST /* Deprecated - do not use */ I915_PMU_RC6_RESIDENCY

/* Each region is a minimum of 16k, and there are at most 255 of them.
 */
#define I915_NR_TEX_REGIONS 255	/* table size 2k - maximum due to use
				 * of chars for next/prev indices */
#define I915_LOG_MIN_TEX_REGION_SIZE 14

typedef struct _drm_i915_init {
	enum {
		I915_INIT_DMA = 0x01,
		I915_CLEANUP_DMA = 0x02,
		I915_RESUME_DMA = 0x03
	} func;
	unsigned int mmio_offset;
	int sarea_priv_offset;
	unsigned int ring_start;
	unsigned int ring_end;
	unsigned int ring_size;
	unsigned int front_offset;
	unsigned int back_offset;
	unsigned int depth_offset;
	unsigned int w;
	unsigned int h;
	unsigned int pitch;
	unsigned int pitch_bits;
	unsigned int back_pitch;
	unsigned int depth_pitch;
	unsigned int cpp;
	unsigned int chipset;
} drm_i915_init_t;

typedef struct _drm_i915_sarea {
	struct drm_tex_region texList[I915_NR_TEX_REGIONS + 1];
	int last_upload;	/* last time texture was uploaded */
	int last_enqueue;	/* last time a buffer was enqueued */
	int last_dispatch;	/* age of the most recently dispatched buffer */
	int ctxOwner;		/* last context to upload state */
	int texAge;
	int pf_enabled;		/* is pageflipping allowed? */
	int pf_active;
	int pf_current_page;	/* which buffer is being displayed? */
	int perf_boxes;		/* performance boxes to be displayed */
	int width, height;      /* screen size in pixels */

	drm_handle_t front_handle;
	int front_offset;
	int front_size;

	drm_handle_t back_handle;
	int back_offset;
	int back_size;

	drm_handle_t depth_handle;
	int depth_offset;
	int depth_size;

	drm_handle_t tex_handle;
	int tex_offset;
	int tex_size;
	int log_tex_granularity;
	int pitch;
	int rotation;           /* 0, 90, 180 or 270 */
	int rotated_offset;
	int rotated_size;
	int rotated_pitch;
	int virtualX, virtualY;

	unsigned int front_tiled;
	unsigned int back_tiled;
	unsigned int depth_tiled;
	unsigned int rotated_tiled;
	unsigned int rotated2_tiled;

	int pipeA_x;
	int pipeA_y;
	int pipeA_w;
	int pipeA_h;
	int pipeB_x;
	int pipeB_y;
	int pipeB_w;
	int pipeB_h;

	/* fill out some space for old userspace triple buffer */
	drm_handle_t unused_handle;
	__u32 unused1, unused2, unused3;

	/* buffer object handles for static buffers. May change
	 * over the lifetime of the client.
	 */
	__u32 front_bo_handle;
	__u32 back_bo_handle;
	__u32 unused_bo_handle;
	__u32 depth_bo_handle;

} drm_i915_sarea_t;

/* due to userspace building against these headers we need some compat here */
#define planeA_x pipeA_x
#define planeA_y pipeA_y
#define planeA_w pipeA_w
#define planeA_h pipeA_h
#define planeB_x pipeB_x
#define planeB_y pipeB_y
#define planeB_w pipeB_w
#define planeB_h pipeB_h

/* Flags for perf_boxes
 */
#define I915_BOX_RING_EMPTY    0x1
#define I915_BOX_FLIP          0x2
#define I915_BOX_WAIT          0x4
#define I915_BOX_TEXTURE_LOAD  0x8
#define I915_BOX_LOST_CONTEXT  0x10

/*
 * i915 specific ioctls.
 *
 * The device specific ioctl range is [DRM_COMMAND_BASE, DRM_COMMAND_END) ie
 * [0x40, 0xa0) (a0 is excluded). The numbers below are defined as offset
 * against DRM_COMMAND_BASE and should be between [0x0, 0x60).
 */
#define DRM_I915_INIT		0x00
#define DRM_I915_FLUSH		0x01
#define DRM_I915_FLIP		0x02
#define DRM_I915_BATCHBUFFER	0x03
#define DRM_I915_IRQ_EMIT	0x04
#define DRM_I915_IRQ_WAIT	0x05
#define DRM_I915_GETPARAM	0x06
#define DRM_I915_SETPARAM	0x07
#define DRM_I915_ALLOC		0x08
#define DRM_I915_FREE		0x09
#define DRM_I915_INIT_HEAP	0x0a
#define DRM_I915_CMDBUFFER	0x0b
#define DRM_I915_DESTROY_HEAP	0x0c
#define DRM_I915_SET_VBLANK_PIPE	0x0d
#define DRM_I915_GET_VBLANK_PIPE	0x0e
#define DRM_I915_VBLANK_SWAP	0x0f
#define DRM_I915_HWS_ADDR	0x11
#define DRM_I915_GEM_INIT	0x13
#define DRM_I915_GEM_EXECBUFFER	0x14
#define DRM_I915_GEM_PIN	0x15
#define DRM_I915_GEM_UNPIN	0x16
#define DRM_I915_GEM_BUSY	0x17
#define DRM_I915_GEM_THROTTLE	0x18
#define DRM_I915_GEM_ENTERVT	0x19
#define DRM_I915_GEM_LEAVEVT	0x1a
#define DRM_I915_GEM_CREATE	0x1b
#define DRM_I915_GEM_PREAD	0x1c
#define DRM_I915_GEM_PWRITE	0x1d
#define DRM_I915_GEM_MMAP	0x1e
#define DRM_I915_GEM_SET_DOMAIN	0x1f
#define DRM_I915_GEM_SW_FINISH	0x20
#define DRM_I915_GEM_SET_TILING	0x21
#define DRM_I915_GEM_GET_TILING	0x22
#define DRM_I915_GEM_GET_APERTURE 0x23
#define DRM_I915_GEM_MMAP_GTT	0x24
#define DRM_I915_GET_PIPE_FROM_CRTC_ID	0x25
#define DRM_I915_GEM_MADVISE	0x26
#define DRM_I915_OVERLAY_PUT_IMAGE	0x27
#define DRM_I915_OVERLAY_ATTRS	0x28
#define DRM_I915_GEM_EXECBUFFER2	0x29
#define DRM_I915_GEM_EXECBUFFER2_WR	DRM_I915_GEM_EXECBUFFER2
#define DRM_I915_GET_SPRITE_COLORKEY	0x2a
#define DRM_I915_SET_SPRITE_COLORKEY	0x2b
#define DRM_I915_GEM_WAIT	0x2c
#define DRM_I915_GEM_CONTEXT_CREATE	0x2d
#define DRM_I915_GEM_CONTEXT_DESTROY	0x2e
#define DRM_I915_GEM_SET_CACHING	0x2f
#define DRM_I915_GEM_GET_CACHING	0x30
#define DRM_I915_REG_READ		0x31
#define DRM_I915_GET_RESET_STATS	0x32
#define DRM_I915_GEM_USERPTR		0x33
#define DRM_I915_GEM_CONTEXT_GETPARAM	0x34
#define DRM_I915_GEM_CONTEXT_SETPARAM	0x35
#define DRM_I915_PERF_OPEN		0x36
#define DRM_I915_PERF_ADD_CONFIG	0x37
#define DRM_I915_PERF_REMOVE_CONFIG	0x38
#define DRM_I915_QUERY			0x39
#define DRM_I915_GEM_VM_CREATE		0x3a
#define DRM_I915_GEM_VM_DESTROY		0x3b
#define DRM_I915_GEM_CREATE_EXT		0x3c
/* Must be kept compact -- no holes */

#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_INIT		DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_INIT, drm_i915_init_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_FLUSH		DRM_IO ( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_FLUSH)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_FLIP		DRM_IO ( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_FLIP)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_BATCHBUFFER	DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_BATCHBUFFER, drm_i915_batchbuffer_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_IRQ_EMIT         DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_IRQ_EMIT, drm_i915_irq_emit_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_IRQ_WAIT         DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_IRQ_WAIT, drm_i915_irq_wait_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GETPARAM         DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GETPARAM, drm_i915_getparam_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_SETPARAM         DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_SETPARAM, drm_i915_setparam_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_ALLOC            DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_ALLOC, drm_i915_mem_alloc_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_FREE             DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_FREE, drm_i915_mem_free_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_INIT_HEAP        DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_INIT_HEAP, drm_i915_mem_init_heap_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_CMDBUFFER	DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_CMDBUFFER, drm_i915_cmdbuffer_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_DESTROY_HEAP	DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_DESTROY_HEAP, drm_i915_mem_destroy_heap_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_SET_VBLANK_PIPE	DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_SET_VBLANK_PIPE, drm_i915_vblank_pipe_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GET_VBLANK_PIPE	DRM_IOR( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GET_VBLANK_PIPE, drm_i915_vblank_pipe_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_VBLANK_SWAP	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_VBLANK_SWAP, drm_i915_vblank_swap_t)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_HWS_ADDR		DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_HWS_ADDR, struct drm_i915_gem_init)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_INIT		DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_INIT, struct drm_i915_gem_init)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_EXECBUFFER	DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_EXECBUFFER, struct drm_i915_gem_execbuffer)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_EXECBUFFER2	DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_EXECBUFFER2, struct drm_i915_gem_execbuffer2)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_EXECBUFFER2_WR	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_EXECBUFFER2_WR, struct drm_i915_gem_execbuffer2)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_PIN		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_PIN, struct drm_i915_gem_pin)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_UNPIN	DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_UNPIN, struct drm_i915_gem_unpin)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_BUSY		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_BUSY, struct drm_i915_gem_busy)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_SET_CACHING		DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_SET_CACHING, struct drm_i915_gem_caching)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_GET_CACHING		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_GET_CACHING, struct drm_i915_gem_caching)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_THROTTLE	DRM_IO ( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_THROTTLE)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_ENTERVT	DRM_IO(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_ENTERVT)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_LEAVEVT	DRM_IO(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_LEAVEVT)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_CREATE	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_CREATE, struct drm_i915_gem_create)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_CREATE_EXT	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_CREATE_EXT, struct drm_i915_gem_create_ext)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_PREAD	DRM_IOW (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_PREAD, struct drm_i915_gem_pread)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_PWRITE	DRM_IOW (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_PWRITE, struct drm_i915_gem_pwrite)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_MMAP		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_MMAP, struct drm_i915_gem_mmap)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_MMAP_GTT	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_MMAP_GTT, struct drm_i915_gem_mmap_gtt)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_MMAP_OFFSET	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_MMAP_GTT, struct drm_i915_gem_mmap_offset)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_SET_DOMAIN	DRM_IOW (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_SET_DOMAIN, struct drm_i915_gem_set_domain)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_SW_FINISH	DRM_IOW (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_SW_FINISH, struct drm_i915_gem_sw_finish)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_SET_TILING	DRM_IOWR (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_SET_TILING, struct drm_i915_gem_set_tiling)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_GET_TILING	DRM_IOWR (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_GET_TILING, struct drm_i915_gem_get_tiling)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_GET_APERTURE	DRM_IOR  (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_GET_APERTURE, struct drm_i915_gem_get_aperture)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GET_PIPE_FROM_CRTC_ID DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GET_PIPE_FROM_CRTC_ID, struct drm_i915_get_pipe_from_crtc_id)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_MADVISE	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_MADVISE, struct drm_i915_gem_madvise)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_OVERLAY_PUT_IMAGE	DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_OVERLAY_PUT_IMAGE, struct drm_intel_overlay_put_image)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_OVERLAY_ATTRS	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_OVERLAY_ATTRS, struct drm_intel_overlay_attrs)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_SET_SPRITE_COLORKEY DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_SET_SPRITE_COLORKEY, struct drm_intel_sprite_colorkey)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GET_SPRITE_COLORKEY DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GET_SPRITE_COLORKEY, struct drm_intel_sprite_colorkey)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_WAIT		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_WAIT, struct drm_i915_gem_wait)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_CONTEXT_CREATE	DRM_IOWR (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_CONTEXT_CREATE, struct drm_i915_gem_context_create)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_CONTEXT_CREATE_EXT	DRM_IOWR (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_CONTEXT_CREATE, struct drm_i915_gem_context_create_ext)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_CONTEXT_DESTROY	DRM_IOW (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_CONTEXT_DESTROY, struct drm_i915_gem_context_destroy)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_REG_READ			DRM_IOWR (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_REG_READ, struct drm_i915_reg_read)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GET_RESET_STATS		DRM_IOWR (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GET_RESET_STATS, struct drm_i915_reset_stats)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_USERPTR			DRM_IOWR (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_USERPTR, struct drm_i915_gem_userptr)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_CONTEXT_GETPARAM	DRM_IOWR (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_CONTEXT_GETPARAM, struct drm_i915_gem_context_param)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_CONTEXT_SETPARAM	DRM_IOWR (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_CONTEXT_SETPARAM, struct drm_i915_gem_context_param)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_PERF_OPEN	DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_PERF_OPEN, struct drm_i915_perf_open_param)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_PERF_ADD_CONFIG	DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_PERF_ADD_CONFIG, struct drm_i915_perf_oa_config)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_PERF_REMOVE_CONFIG	DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_PERF_REMOVE_CONFIG, __u64)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_QUERY			DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_QUERY, struct drm_i915_query)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_VM_CREATE	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_VM_CREATE, struct drm_i915_gem_vm_control)
#define DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_VM_DESTROY	DRM_IOW (DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_I915_GEM_VM_DESTROY, struct drm_i915_gem_vm_control)

/* Allow drivers to submit batchbuffers directly to hardware, relying
 * on the security mechanisms provided by hardware.
 */
typedef struct drm_i915_batchbuffer {
	int start;		/* agp offset */
	int used;		/* nr bytes in use */
	int DR1;		/* hw flags for GFX_OP_DRAWRECT_INFO */
	int DR4;		/* window origin for GFX_OP_DRAWRECT_INFO */
	int num_cliprects;	/* mulitpass with multiple cliprects? */
	struct drm_clip_rect *cliprects;	/* pointer to userspace cliprects */
} drm_i915_batchbuffer_t;

/* As above, but pass a pointer to userspace buffer which can be
 * validated by the kernel prior to sending to hardware.
 */
typedef struct _drm_i915_cmdbuffer {
	char *buf;	/* pointer to userspace command buffer */
	int sz;			/* nr bytes in buf */
	int DR1;		/* hw flags for GFX_OP_DRAWRECT_INFO */
	int DR4;		/* window origin for GFX_OP_DRAWRECT_INFO */
	int num_cliprects;	/* mulitpass with multiple cliprects? */
	struct drm_clip_rect *cliprects;	/* pointer to userspace cliprects */
} drm_i915_cmdbuffer_t;

/* Userspace can request & wait on irq's:
 */
typedef struct drm_i915_irq_emit {
	int *irq_seq;
} drm_i915_irq_emit_t;

typedef struct drm_i915_irq_wait {
	int irq_seq;
} drm_i915_irq_wait_t;

/*
 * Different modes of per-process Graphics Translation Table,
 * see I915_PARAM_HAS_ALIASING_PPGTT
 */
#define I915_GEM_PPGTT_NONE	0
#define I915_GEM_PPGTT_ALIASING	1
#define I915_GEM_PPGTT_FULL	2

/* Ioctl to query kernel params:
 */
#define I915_PARAM_IRQ_ACTIVE            1
#define I915_PARAM_ALLOW_BATCHBUFFER     2
#define I915_PARAM_LAST_DISPATCH         3
#define I915_PARAM_CHIPSET_ID            4
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_GEM               5
#define I915_PARAM_NUM_FENCES_AVAIL      6
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_OVERLAY           7
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_PAGEFLIPPING	 8
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_EXECBUF2          9
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_BSD		 10
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_BLT		 11
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_RELAXED_FENCING	 12
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_COHERENT_RINGS	 13
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_EXEC_CONSTANTS	 14
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_RELAXED_DELTA	 15
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_GEN7_SOL_RESET	 16
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_LLC     	 	 17
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_ALIASING_PPGTT	 18
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_WAIT_TIMEOUT	 19
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_SEMAPHORES	 20
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_PRIME_VMAP_FLUSH	 21
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_VEBOX		 22
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_SECURE_BATCHES	 23
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_PINNED_BATCHES	 24
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_EXEC_NO_RELOC	 25
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_EXEC_HANDLE_LUT   26
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_WT     	 	 27
#define I915_PARAM_CMD_PARSER_VERSION	 28
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_COHERENT_PHYS_GTT 29
#define I915_PARAM_MMAP_VERSION          30
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_BSD2		 31
#define I915_PARAM_REVISION              32
#define I915_PARAM_SUBSLICE_TOTAL	 33
#define I915_PARAM_EU_TOTAL		 34
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_GPU_RESET	 35
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_RESOURCE_STREAMER 36
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_EXEC_SOFTPIN	 37
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_POOLED_EU	 38
#define I915_PARAM_MIN_EU_IN_POOL	 39
#define I915_PARAM_MMAP_GTT_VERSION	 40

/*
 * Query whether DRM_I915_GEM_EXECBUFFER2 supports user defined execution
 * priorities and the driver will attempt to execute batches in priority order.
 * The param returns a capability bitmask, nonzero implies that the scheduler
 * is enabled, with different features present according to the mask.
 *
 * The initial priority for each batch is supplied by the context and is
 * controlled via I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_PRIORITY.
 */
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_SCHEDULER	 41
#define   I915_SCHEDULER_CAP_ENABLED	(1ul << 0)
#define   I915_SCHEDULER_CAP_PRIORITY	(1ul << 1)
#define   I915_SCHEDULER_CAP_PREEMPTION	(1ul << 2)
#define   I915_SCHEDULER_CAP_SEMAPHORES	(1ul << 3)
#define   I915_SCHEDULER_CAP_ENGINE_BUSY_STATS	(1ul << 4)
/*
 * Indicates the 2k user priority levels are statically mapped into 3 buckets as
 * follows:
 *
 * -1k to -1	Low priority
 * 0		Normal priority
 * 1 to 1k	Highest priority
 */
#define   I915_SCHEDULER_CAP_STATIC_PRIORITY_MAP	(1ul << 5)

/*
 * Query the status of HuC load.
 *
 * The query can fail in the following scenarios with the listed error codes:
 *  -ENODEV if HuC is not present on this platform,
 *  -EOPNOTSUPP if HuC firmware usage is disabled,
 *  -ENOPKG if HuC firmware fetch failed,
 *  -ENOEXEC if HuC firmware is invalid or mismatched,
 *  -ENOMEM if i915 failed to prepare the FW objects for transfer to the uC,
 *  -EIO if the FW transfer or the FW authentication failed.
 *
 * If the IOCTL is successful, the returned parameter will be set to one of the
 * following values:
 *  * 0 if HuC firmware load is not complete,
 *  * 1 if HuC firmware is authenticated and running.
 */
#define I915_PARAM_HUC_STATUS		 42

/* Query whether DRM_I915_GEM_EXECBUFFER2 supports the ability to opt-out of
 * synchronisation with implicit fencing on individual objects.
 * See EXEC_OBJECT_ASYNC.
 */
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_EXEC_ASYNC	 43

/* Query whether DRM_I915_GEM_EXECBUFFER2 supports explicit fence support -
 * both being able to pass in a sync_file fd to wait upon before executing,
 * and being able to return a new sync_file fd that is signaled when the
 * current request is complete. See I915_EXEC_FENCE_IN and I915_EXEC_FENCE_OUT.
 */
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_EXEC_FENCE	 44

/* Query whether DRM_I915_GEM_EXECBUFFER2 supports the ability to capture
 * user specified bufffers for post-mortem debugging of GPU hangs. See
 * EXEC_OBJECT_CAPTURE.
 */
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_EXEC_CAPTURE	 45

#define I915_PARAM_SLICE_MASK		 46

/* Assuming it's uniform for each slice, this queries the mask of subslices
 * per-slice for this system.
 */
#define I915_PARAM_SUBSLICE_MASK	 47

/*
 * Query whether DRM_I915_GEM_EXECBUFFER2 supports supplying the batch buffer
 * as the first execobject as opposed to the last. See I915_EXEC_BATCH_FIRST.
 */
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_EXEC_BATCH_FIRST	 48

/* Query whether DRM_I915_GEM_EXECBUFFER2 supports supplying an array of
 * drm_i915_gem_exec_fence structures.  See I915_EXEC_FENCE_ARRAY.
 */
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_EXEC_FENCE_ARRAY  49

/*
 * Query whether every context (both per-file default and user created) is
 * isolated (insofar as HW supports). If this parameter is not true, then
 * freshly created contexts may inherit values from an existing context,
 * rather than default HW values. If true, it also ensures (insofar as HW
 * supports) that all state set by this context will not leak to any other
 * context.
 *
 * As not every engine across every gen support contexts, the returned
 * value reports the support of context isolation for individual engines by
 * returning a bitmask of each engine class set to true if that class supports
 * isolation.
 */
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_CONTEXT_ISOLATION 50

/* Frequency of the command streamer timestamps given by the *_TIMESTAMP
 * registers. This used to be fixed per platform but from CNL onwards, this
 * might vary depending on the parts.
 */
#define I915_PARAM_CS_TIMESTAMP_FREQUENCY 51

/*
 * Once upon a time we supposed that writes through the GGTT would be
 * immediately in physical memory (once flushed out of the CPU path). However,
 * on a few different processors and chipsets, this is not necessarily the case
 * as the writes appear to be buffered internally. Thus a read of the backing
 * storage (physical memory) via a different path (with different physical tags
 * to the indirect write via the GGTT) will see stale values from before
 * the GGTT write. Inside the kernel, we can for the most part keep track of
 * the different read/write domains in use (e.g. set-domain), but the assumption
 * of coherency is baked into the ABI, hence reporting its true state in this
 * parameter.
 *
 * Reports true when writes via mmap_gtt are immediately visible following an
 * lfence to flush the WCB.
 *
 * Reports false when writes via mmap_gtt are indeterminately delayed in an in
 * internal buffer and are _not_ immediately visible to third parties accessing
 * directly via mmap_cpu/mmap_wc. Use of mmap_gtt as part of an IPC
 * communications channel when reporting false is strongly disadvised.
 */
#define I915_PARAM_MMAP_GTT_COHERENT	52

/*
 * Query whether DRM_I915_GEM_EXECBUFFER2 supports coordination of parallel
 * execution through use of explicit fence support.
 * See I915_EXEC_FENCE_OUT and I915_EXEC_FENCE_SUBMIT.
 */
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_EXEC_SUBMIT_FENCE 53

/*
 * Revision of the i915-perf uAPI. The value returned helps determine what
 * i915-perf features are available. See drm_i915_perf_property_id.
 */
#define I915_PARAM_PERF_REVISION	54

/* Query whether DRM_I915_GEM_EXECBUFFER2 supports supplying an array of
 * timeline syncobj through drm_i915_gem_execbuffer_ext_timeline_fences. See
 * I915_EXEC_USE_EXTENSIONS.
 */
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_EXEC_TIMELINE_FENCES 55

/* Query if the kernel supports the I915_USERPTR_PROBE flag. */
#define I915_PARAM_HAS_USERPTR_PROBE 56

/*
 * Frequency of the timestamps in OA reports. This used to be the same as the CS
 * timestamp frequency, but differs on some platforms.
 */
#define I915_PARAM_OA_TIMESTAMP_FREQUENCY 57

/* Must be kept compact -- no holes and well documented */

/**
 * struct drm_i915_getparam - Driver parameter query structure.
 */
struct drm_i915_getparam {
	/** @param: Driver parameter to query. */
	__s32 param;

	/**
	 * @value: Address of memory where queried value should be put.
	 *
	 * WARNING: Using pointers instead of fixed-size u64 means we need to write
	 * compat32 code. Don't repeat this mistake.
	 */
	int *value;
};

/**
 * typedef drm_i915_getparam_t - Driver parameter query structure.
 * See struct drm_i915_getparam.
 */
typedef struct drm_i915_getparam drm_i915_getparam_t;

/* Ioctl to set kernel params:
 */
#define I915_SETPARAM_USE_MI_BATCHBUFFER_START            1
#define I915_SETPARAM_TEX_LRU_LOG_GRANULARITY             2
#define I915_SETPARAM_ALLOW_BATCHBUFFER                   3
#define I915_SETPARAM_NUM_USED_FENCES                     4
/* Must be kept compact -- no holes */

typedef struct drm_i915_setparam {
	int param;
	int value;
} drm_i915_setparam_t;

/* A memory manager for regions of shared memory:
 */
#define I915_MEM_REGION_AGP 1

typedef struct drm_i915_mem_alloc {
	int region;
	int alignment;
	int size;
	int *region_offset;	/* offset from start of fb or agp */
} drm_i915_mem_alloc_t;

typedef struct drm_i915_mem_free {
	int region;
	int region_offset;
} drm_i915_mem_free_t;

typedef struct drm_i915_mem_init_heap {
	int region;
	int size;
	int start;
} drm_i915_mem_init_heap_t;

/* Allow memory manager to be torn down and re-initialized (eg on
 * rotate):
 */
typedef struct drm_i915_mem_destroy_heap {
	int region;
} drm_i915_mem_destroy_heap_t;

/* Allow X server to configure which pipes to monitor for vblank signals
 */
#define	DRM_I915_VBLANK_PIPE_A	1
#define	DRM_I915_VBLANK_PIPE_B	2

typedef struct drm_i915_vblank_pipe {
	int pipe;
} drm_i915_vblank_pipe_t;

/* Schedule buffer swap at given vertical blank:
 */
typedef struct drm_i915_vblank_swap {
	drm_drawable_t drawable;
	enum drm_vblank_seq_type seqtype;
	unsigned int sequence;
} drm_i915_vblank_swap_t;

typedef struct drm_i915_hws_addr {
	__u64 addr;
} drm_i915_hws_addr_t;

struct drm_i915_gem_init {
	/**
	 * Beginning offset in the GTT to be managed by the DRM memory
	 * manager.
	 */
	__u64 gtt_start;
	/**
	 * Ending offset in the GTT to be managed by the DRM memory
	 * manager.
	 */
	__u64 gtt_end;
};

struct drm_i915_gem_create {
	/**
	 * Requested size for the object.
	 *
	 * The (page-aligned) allocated size for the object will be returned.
	 */
	__u64 size;
	/**
	 * Returned handle for the object.
	 *
	 * Object handles are nonzero.
	 */
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pad;
};

struct drm_i915_gem_pread {
	/** Handle for the object being read. */
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pad;
	/** Offset into the object to read from */
	__u64 offset;
	/** Length of data to read */
	__u64 size;
	/**
	 * Pointer to write the data into.
	 *
	 * This is a fixed-size type for 32/64 compatibility.
	 */
	__u64 data_ptr;
};

struct drm_i915_gem_pwrite {
	/** Handle for the object being written to. */
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pad;
	/** Offset into the object to write to */
	__u64 offset;
	/** Length of data to write */
	__u64 size;
	/**
	 * Pointer to read the data from.
	 *
	 * This is a fixed-size type for 32/64 compatibility.
	 */
	__u64 data_ptr;
};

struct drm_i915_gem_mmap {
	/** Handle for the object being mapped. */
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pad;
	/** Offset in the object to map. */
	__u64 offset;
	/**
	 * Length of data to map.
	 *
	 * The value will be page-aligned.
	 */
	__u64 size;
	/**
	 * Returned pointer the data was mapped at.
	 *
	 * This is a fixed-size type for 32/64 compatibility.
	 */
	__u64 addr_ptr;

	/**
	 * Flags for extended behaviour.
	 *
	 * Added in version 2.
	 */
	__u64 flags;
#define I915_MMAP_WC 0x1
};

struct drm_i915_gem_mmap_gtt {
	/** Handle for the object being mapped. */
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pad;
	/**
	 * Fake offset to use for subsequent mmap call
	 *
	 * This is a fixed-size type for 32/64 compatibility.
	 */
	__u64 offset;
};

/**
 * struct drm_i915_gem_mmap_offset - Retrieve an offset so we can mmap this buffer object.
 *
 * This struct is passed as argument to the `DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_MMAP_OFFSET` ioctl,
 * and is used to retrieve the fake offset to mmap an object specified by &handle.
 *
 * The legacy way of using `DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_MMAP` is removed on gen12+.
 * `DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_MMAP_GTT` is an older supported alias to this struct, but will behave
 * as setting the &extensions to 0, and &flags to `I915_MMAP_OFFSET_GTT`.
 */
struct drm_i915_gem_mmap_offset {
	/** @handle: Handle for the object being mapped. */
	__u32 handle;
	/** @pad: Must be zero */
	__u32 pad;
	/**
	 * @offset: The fake offset to use for subsequent mmap call
	 *
	 * This is a fixed-size type for 32/64 compatibility.
	 */
	__u64 offset;

	/**
	 * @flags: Flags for extended behaviour.
	 *
	 * It is mandatory that one of the `MMAP_OFFSET` types
	 * should be included:
	 *
	 * - `I915_MMAP_OFFSET_GTT`: Use mmap with the object bound to GTT. (Write-Combined)
	 * - `I915_MMAP_OFFSET_WC`: Use Write-Combined caching.
	 * - `I915_MMAP_OFFSET_WB`: Use Write-Back caching.
	 * - `I915_MMAP_OFFSET_FIXED`: Use object placement to determine caching.
	 *
	 * On devices with local memory `I915_MMAP_OFFSET_FIXED` is the only valid
	 * type. On devices without local memory, this caching mode is invalid.
	 *
	 * As caching mode when specifying `I915_MMAP_OFFSET_FIXED`, WC or WB will
	 * be used, depending on the object placement on creation. WB will be used
	 * when the object can only exist in system memory, WC otherwise.
	 */
	__u64 flags;

#define I915_MMAP_OFFSET_GTT	0
#define I915_MMAP_OFFSET_WC	1
#define I915_MMAP_OFFSET_WB	2
#define I915_MMAP_OFFSET_UC	3
#define I915_MMAP_OFFSET_FIXED	4

	/**
	 * @extensions: Zero-terminated chain of extensions.
	 *
	 * No current extensions defined; mbz.
	 */
	__u64 extensions;
};

/**
 * struct drm_i915_gem_set_domain - Adjust the objects write or read domain, in
 * preparation for accessing the pages via some CPU domain.
 *
 * Specifying a new write or read domain will flush the object out of the
 * previous domain(if required), before then updating the objects domain
 * tracking with the new domain.
 *
 * Note this might involve waiting for the object first if it is still active on
 * the GPU.
 *
 * Supported values for @read_domains and @write_domain:
 *
 *	- I915_GEM_DOMAIN_WC: Uncached write-combined domain
 *	- I915_GEM_DOMAIN_CPU: CPU cache domain
 *	- I915_GEM_DOMAIN_GTT: Mappable aperture domain
 *
 * All other domains are rejected.
 *
 * Note that for discrete, starting from DG1, this is no longer supported, and
 * is instead rejected. On such platforms the CPU domain is effectively static,
 * where we also only support a single &drm_i915_gem_mmap_offset cache mode,
 * which can't be set explicitly and instead depends on the object placements,
 * as per the below.
 *
 * Implicit caching rules, starting from DG1:
 *
 *	- If any of the object placements (see &drm_i915_gem_create_ext_memory_regions)
 *	  contain I915_MEMORY_CLASS_DEVICE then the object will be allocated and
 *	  mapped as write-combined only.
 *
 *	- Everything else is always allocated and mapped as write-back, with the
 *	  guarantee that everything is also coherent with the GPU.
 *
 * Note that this is likely to change in the future again, where we might need
 * more flexibility on future devices, so making this all explicit as part of a
 * new &drm_i915_gem_create_ext extension is probable.
 */
struct drm_i915_gem_set_domain {
	/** @handle: Handle for the object. */
	__u32 handle;

	/** @read_domains: New read domains. */
	__u32 read_domains;

	/**
	 * @write_domain: New write domain.
	 *
	 * Note that having something in the write domain implies it's in the
	 * read domain, and only that read domain.
	 */
	__u32 write_domain;
};

struct drm_i915_gem_sw_finish {
	/** Handle for the object */
	__u32 handle;
};

struct drm_i915_gem_relocation_entry {
	/**
	 * Handle of the buffer being pointed to by this relocation entry.
	 *
	 * It's appealing to make this be an index into the mm_validate_entry
	 * list to refer to the buffer, but this allows the driver to create
	 * a relocation list for state buffers and not re-write it per
	 * exec using the buffer.
	 */
	__u32 target_handle;

	/**
	 * Value to be added to the offset of the target buffer to make up
	 * the relocation entry.
	 */
	__u32 delta;

	/** Offset in the buffer the relocation entry will be written into */
	__u64 offset;

	/**
	 * Offset value of the target buffer that the relocation entry was last
	 * written as.
	 *
	 * If the buffer has the same offset as last time, we can skip syncing
	 * and writing the relocation.  This value is written back out by
	 * the execbuffer ioctl when the relocation is written.
	 */
	__u64 presumed_offset;

	/**
	 * Target memory domains read by this operation.
	 */
	__u32 read_domains;

	/**
	 * Target memory domains written by this operation.
	 *
	 * Note that only one domain may be written by the whole
	 * execbuffer operation, so that where there are conflicts,
	 * the application will get -EINVAL back.
	 */
	__u32 write_domain;
};

/** @{
 * Intel memory domains
 *
 * Most of these just align with the various caches in
 * the system and are used to flush and invalidate as
 * objects end up cached in different domains.
 */
/** CPU cache */
#define I915_GEM_DOMAIN_CPU		0x00000001
/** Render cache, used by 2D and 3D drawing */
#define I915_GEM_DOMAIN_RENDER		0x00000002
/** Sampler cache, used by texture engine */
#define I915_GEM_DOMAIN_SAMPLER		0x00000004
/** Command queue, used to load batch buffers */
#define I915_GEM_DOMAIN_COMMAND		0x00000008
/** Instruction cache, used by shader programs */
#define I915_GEM_DOMAIN_INSTRUCTION	0x00000010
/** Vertex address cache */
#define I915_GEM_DOMAIN_VERTEX		0x00000020
/** GTT domain - aperture and scanout */
#define I915_GEM_DOMAIN_GTT		0x00000040
/** WC domain - uncached access */
#define I915_GEM_DOMAIN_WC		0x00000080
/** @} */

struct drm_i915_gem_exec_object {
	/**
	 * User's handle for a buffer to be bound into the GTT for this
	 * operation.
	 */
	__u32 handle;

	/** Number of relocations to be performed on this buffer */
	__u32 relocation_count;
	/**
	 * Pointer to array of struct drm_i915_gem_relocation_entry containing
	 * the relocations to be performed in this buffer.
	 */
	__u64 relocs_ptr;

	/** Required alignment in graphics aperture */
	__u64 alignment;

	/**
	 * Returned value of the updated offset of the object, for future
	 * presumed_offset writes.
	 */
	__u64 offset;
};

/* DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_EXECBUFFER was removed in Linux 5.13 */
struct drm_i915_gem_execbuffer {
	/**
	 * List of buffers to be validated with their relocations to be
	 * performend on them.
	 *
	 * This is a pointer to an array of struct drm_i915_gem_validate_entry.
	 *
	 * These buffers must be listed in an order such that all relocations
	 * a buffer is performing refer to buffers that have already appeared
	 * in the validate list.
	 */
	__u64 buffers_ptr;
	__u32 buffer_count;

	/** Offset in the batchbuffer to start execution from. */
	__u32 batch_start_offset;
	/** Bytes used in batchbuffer from batch_start_offset */
	__u32 batch_len;
	__u32 DR1;
	__u32 DR4;
	__u32 num_cliprects;
	/** This is a struct drm_clip_rect *cliprects */
	__u64 cliprects_ptr;
};

struct drm_i915_gem_exec_object2 {
	/**
	 * User's handle for a buffer to be bound into the GTT for this
	 * operation.
	 */
	__u32 handle;

	/** Number of relocations to be performed on this buffer */
	__u32 relocation_count;
	/**
	 * Pointer to array of struct drm_i915_gem_relocation_entry containing
	 * the relocations to be performed in this buffer.
	 */
	__u64 relocs_ptr;

	/** Required alignment in graphics aperture */
	__u64 alignment;

	/**
	 * When the EXEC_OBJECT_PINNED flag is specified this is populated by
	 * the user with the GTT offset at which this object will be pinned.
	 *
	 * When the I915_EXEC_NO_RELOC flag is specified this must contain the
	 * presumed_offset of the object.
	 *
	 * During execbuffer2 the kernel populates it with the value of the
	 * current GTT offset of the object, for future presumed_offset writes.
	 *
	 * See struct drm_i915_gem_create_ext for the rules when dealing with
	 * alignment restrictions with I915_MEMORY_CLASS_DEVICE, on devices with
	 * minimum page sizes, like DG2.
	 */
	__u64 offset;

#define EXEC_OBJECT_NEEDS_FENCE		 (1<<0)
#define EXEC_OBJECT_NEEDS_GTT		 (1<<1)
#define EXEC_OBJECT_WRITE		 (1<<2)
#define EXEC_OBJECT_SUPPORTS_48B_ADDRESS (1<<3)
#define EXEC_OBJECT_PINNED		 (1<<4)
#define EXEC_OBJECT_PAD_TO_SIZE		 (1<<5)
/* The kernel implicitly tracks GPU activity on all GEM objects, and
 * synchronises operations with outstanding rendering. This includes
 * rendering on other devices if exported via dma-buf. However, sometimes
 * this tracking is too coarse and the user knows better. For example,
 * if the object is split into non-overlapping ranges shared between different
 * clients or engines (i.e. suballocating objects), the implicit tracking
 * by kernel assumes that each operation affects the whole object rather
 * than an individual range, causing needless synchronisation between clients.
 * The kernel will also forgo any CPU cache flushes prior to rendering from
 * the object as the client is expected to be also handling such domain
 * tracking.
 *
 * The kernel maintains the implicit tracking in order to manage resources
 * used by the GPU - this flag only disables the synchronisation prior to
 * rendering with this object in this execbuf.
 *
 * Opting out of implicit synhronisation requires the user to do its own
 * explicit tracking to avoid rendering corruption. See, for example,
 * I915_PARAM_HAS_EXEC_FENCE to order execbufs and execute them asynchronously.
 */
#define EXEC_OBJECT_ASYNC		(1<<6)
/* Request that the contents of this execobject be copied into the error
 * state upon a GPU hang involving this batch for post-mortem debugging.
 * These buffers are recorded in no particular order as "user" in
 * /sys/class/drm/cardN/error. Query I915_PARAM_HAS_EXEC_CAPTURE to see
 * if the kernel supports this flag.
 */
#define EXEC_OBJECT_CAPTURE		(1<<7)
/* All remaining bits are MBZ and RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE */
#define __EXEC_OBJECT_UNKNOWN_FLAGS -(EXEC_OBJECT_CAPTURE<<1)
	__u64 flags;

	union {
		__u64 rsvd1;
		__u64 pad_to_size;
	};
	__u64 rsvd2;
};

/**
 * struct drm_i915_gem_exec_fence - An input or output fence for the execbuf
 * ioctl.
 *
 * The request will wait for input fence to signal before submission.
 *
 * The returned output fence will be signaled after the completion of the
 * request.
 */
struct drm_i915_gem_exec_fence {
	/** @handle: User's handle for a drm_syncobj to wait on or signal. */
	__u32 handle;

	/**
	 * @flags: Supported flags are:
	 *
	 * I915_EXEC_FENCE_WAIT:
	 * Wait for the input fence before request submission.
	 *
	 * I915_EXEC_FENCE_SIGNAL:
	 * Return request completion fence as output
	 */
	__u32 flags;
#define I915_EXEC_FENCE_WAIT            (1<<0)
#define I915_EXEC_FENCE_SIGNAL          (1<<1)
#define __I915_EXEC_FENCE_UNKNOWN_FLAGS (-(I915_EXEC_FENCE_SIGNAL << 1))
};

/**
 * struct drm_i915_gem_execbuffer_ext_timeline_fences - Timeline fences
 * for execbuf ioctl.
 *
 * This structure describes an array of drm_syncobj and associated points for
 * timeline variants of drm_syncobj. It is invalid to append this structure to
 * the execbuf if I915_EXEC_FENCE_ARRAY is set.
 */
struct drm_i915_gem_execbuffer_ext_timeline_fences {
#define DRM_I915_GEM_EXECBUFFER_EXT_TIMELINE_FENCES 0
	/** @base: Extension link. See struct i915_user_extension. */
	struct i915_user_extension base;

	/**
	 * @fence_count: Number of elements in the @handles_ptr & @value_ptr
	 * arrays.
	 */
	__u64 fence_count;

	/**
	 * @handles_ptr: Pointer to an array of struct drm_i915_gem_exec_fence
	 * of length @fence_count.
	 */
	__u64 handles_ptr;

	/**
	 * @values_ptr: Pointer to an array of u64 values of length
	 * @fence_count.
	 * Values must be 0 for a binary drm_syncobj. A Value of 0 for a
	 * timeline drm_syncobj is invalid as it turns a drm_syncobj into a
	 * binary one.
	 */
	__u64 values_ptr;
};

/**
 * struct drm_i915_gem_execbuffer2 - Structure for DRM_I915_GEM_EXECBUFFER2
 * ioctl.
 */
struct drm_i915_gem_execbuffer2 {
	/** @buffers_ptr: Pointer to a list of gem_exec_object2 structs */
	__u64 buffers_ptr;

	/** @buffer_count: Number of elements in @buffers_ptr array */
	__u32 buffer_count;

	/**
	 * @batch_start_offset: Offset in the batchbuffer to start execution
	 * from.
	 */
	__u32 batch_start_offset;

	/**
	 * @batch_len: Length in bytes of the batch buffer, starting from the
	 * @batch_start_offset. If 0, length is assumed to be the batch buffer
	 * object size.
	 */
	__u32 batch_len;

	/** @DR1: deprecated */
	__u32 DR1;

	/** @DR4: deprecated */
	__u32 DR4;

	/** @num_cliprects: See @cliprects_ptr */
	__u32 num_cliprects;

	/**
	 * @cliprects_ptr: Kernel clipping was a DRI1 misfeature.
	 *
	 * It is invalid to use this field if I915_EXEC_FENCE_ARRAY or
	 * I915_EXEC_USE_EXTENSIONS flags are not set.
	 *
	 * If I915_EXEC_FENCE_ARRAY is set, then this is a pointer to an array
	 * of &drm_i915_gem_exec_fence and @num_cliprects is the length of the
	 * array.
	 *
	 * If I915_EXEC_USE_EXTENSIONS is set, then this is a pointer to a
	 * single &i915_user_extension and num_cliprects is 0.
	 */
	__u64 cliprects_ptr;

	/** @flags: Execbuf flags */
	__u64 flags;
#define I915_EXEC_RING_MASK              (0x3f)
#define I915_EXEC_DEFAULT                (0<<0)
#define I915_EXEC_RENDER                 (1<<0)
#define I915_EXEC_BSD                    (2<<0)
#define I915_EXEC_BLT                    (3<<0)
#define I915_EXEC_VEBOX                  (4<<0)

/* Used for switching the constants addressing mode on gen4+ RENDER ring.
 * Gen6+ only supports relative addressing to dynamic state (default) and
 * absolute addressing.
 *
 * These flags are ignored for the BSD and BLT rings.
 */
#define I915_EXEC_CONSTANTS_MASK 	(3<<6)
#define I915_EXEC_CONSTANTS_REL_GENERAL (0<<6) /* default */
#define I915_EXEC_CONSTANTS_ABSOLUTE 	(1<<6)
#define I915_EXEC_CONSTANTS_REL_SURFACE (2<<6) /* gen4/5 only */

/** Resets the SO write offset registers for transform feedback on gen7. */
#define I915_EXEC_GEN7_SOL_RESET	(1<<8)

/** Request a privileged ("secure") batch buffer. Note only available for
 * DRM_ROOT_ONLY | DRM_MASTER processes.
 */
#define I915_EXEC_SECURE		(1<<9)

/** Inform the kernel that the batch is and will always be pinned. This
 * negates the requirement for a workaround to be performed to avoid
 * an incoherent CS (such as can be found on 830/845). If this flag is
 * not passed, the kernel will endeavour to make sure the batch is
 * coherent with the CS before execution. If this flag is passed,
 * userspace assumes the responsibility for ensuring the same.
 */
#define I915_EXEC_IS_PINNED		(1<<10)

/** Provide a hint to the kernel that the command stream and auxiliary
 * state buffers already holds the correct presumed addresses and so the
 * relocation process may be skipped if no buffers need to be moved in
 * preparation for the execbuffer.
 */
#define I915_EXEC_NO_RELOC		(1<<11)

/** Use the reloc.handle as an index into the exec object array rather
 * than as the per-file handle.
 */
#define I915_EXEC_HANDLE_LUT		(1<<12)

/** Used for switching BSD rings on the platforms with two BSD rings */
#define I915_EXEC_BSD_SHIFT	 (13)
#define I915_EXEC_BSD_MASK	 (3 << I915_EXEC_BSD_SHIFT)
/* default ping-pong mode */
#define I915_EXEC_BSD_DEFAULT	 (0 << I915_EXEC_BSD_SHIFT)
#define I915_EXEC_BSD_RING1	 (1 << I915_EXEC_BSD_SHIFT)
#define I915_EXEC_BSD_RING2	 (2 << I915_EXEC_BSD_SHIFT)

/** Tell the kernel that the batchbuffer is processed by
 *  the resource streamer.
 */
#define I915_EXEC_RESOURCE_STREAMER     (1<<15)

/* Setting I915_EXEC_FENCE_IN implies that lower_32_bits(rsvd2) represent
 * a sync_file fd to wait upon (in a nonblocking manner) prior to executing
 * the batch.
 *
 * Returns -EINVAL if the sync_file fd cannot be found.
 */
#define I915_EXEC_FENCE_IN		(1<<16)

/* Setting I915_EXEC_FENCE_OUT causes the ioctl to return a sync_file fd
 * in the upper_32_bits(rsvd2) upon success. Ownership of the fd is given
 * to the caller, and it should be close() after use. (The fd is a regular
 * file descriptor and will be cleaned up on process termination. It holds
 * a reference to the request, but nothing else.)
 *
 * The sync_file fd can be combined with other sync_file and passed either
 * to execbuf using I915_EXEC_FENCE_IN, to atomic KMS ioctls (so that a flip
 * will only occur after this request completes), or to other devices.
 *
 * Using I915_EXEC_FENCE_OUT requires use of
 * DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_EXECBUFFER2_WR ioctl so that the result is written
 * back to userspace. Failure to do so will cause the out-fence to always
 * be reported as zero, and the real fence fd to be leaked.
 */
#define I915_EXEC_FENCE_OUT		(1<<17)

/*
 * Traditionally the execbuf ioctl has only considered the final element in
 * the execobject[] to be the executable batch. Often though, the client
 * will known the batch object prior to construction and being able to place
 * it into the execobject[] array first can simplify the relocation tracking.
 * Setting I915_EXEC_BATCH_FIRST tells execbuf to use element 0 of the
 * execobject[] as the * batch instead (the default is to use the last
 * element).
 */
#define I915_EXEC_BATCH_FIRST		(1<<18)

/* Setting I915_FENCE_ARRAY implies that num_cliprects and cliprects_ptr
 * define an array of i915_gem_exec_fence structures which specify a set of
 * dma fences to wait upon or signal.
 */
#define I915_EXEC_FENCE_ARRAY   (1<<19)

/*
 * Setting I915_EXEC_FENCE_SUBMIT implies that lower_32_bits(rsvd2) represent
 * a sync_file fd to wait upon (in a nonblocking manner) prior to executing
 * the batch.
 *
 * Returns -EINVAL if the sync_file fd cannot be found.
 */
#define I915_EXEC_FENCE_SUBMIT		(1 << 20)

/*
 * Setting I915_EXEC_USE_EXTENSIONS implies that
 * drm_i915_gem_execbuffer2.cliprects_ptr is treated as a pointer to an linked
 * list of i915_user_extension. Each i915_user_extension node is the base of a
 * larger structure. The list of supported structures are listed in the
 * drm_i915_gem_execbuffer_ext enum.
 */
#define I915_EXEC_USE_EXTENSIONS	(1 << 21)
#define __I915_EXEC_UNKNOWN_FLAGS (-(I915_EXEC_USE_EXTENSIONS << 1))

	/** @rsvd1: Context id */
	__u64 rsvd1;

	/**
	 * @rsvd2: in and out sync_file file descriptors.
	 *
	 * When I915_EXEC_FENCE_IN or I915_EXEC_FENCE_SUBMIT flag is set, the
	 * lower 32 bits of this field will have the in sync_file fd (input).
	 *
	 * When I915_EXEC_FENCE_OUT flag is set, the upper 32 bits of this
	 * field will have the out sync_file fd (output).
	 */
	__u64 rsvd2;
};

#define I915_EXEC_CONTEXT_ID_MASK	(0xffffffff)
#define i915_execbuffer2_set_context_id(eb2, context) \
	(eb2).rsvd1 = context & I915_EXEC_CONTEXT_ID_MASK
#define i915_execbuffer2_get_context_id(eb2) \
	((eb2).rsvd1 & I915_EXEC_CONTEXT_ID_MASK)

struct drm_i915_gem_pin {
	/** Handle of the buffer to be pinned. */
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pad;

	/** alignment required within the aperture */
	__u64 alignment;

	/** Returned GTT offset of the buffer. */
	__u64 offset;
};

struct drm_i915_gem_unpin {
	/** Handle of the buffer to be unpinned. */
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pad;
};

struct drm_i915_gem_busy {
	/** Handle of the buffer to check for busy */
	__u32 handle;

	/** Return busy status
	 *
	 * A return of 0 implies that the object is idle (after
	 * having flushed any pending activity), and a non-zero return that
	 * the object is still in-flight on the GPU. (The GPU has not yet
	 * signaled completion for all pending requests that reference the
	 * object.) An object is guaranteed to become idle eventually (so
	 * long as no new GPU commands are executed upon it). Due to the
	 * asynchronous nature of the hardware, an object reported
	 * as busy may become idle before the ioctl is completed.
	 *
	 * Furthermore, if the object is busy, which engine is busy is only
	 * provided as a guide and only indirectly by reporting its class
	 * (there may be more than one engine in each class). There are race
	 * conditions which prevent the report of which engines are busy from
	 * being always accurate.  However, the converse is not true. If the
	 * object is idle, the result of the ioctl, that all engines are idle,
	 * is accurate.
	 *
	 * The returned dword is split into two fields to indicate both
	 * the engine classess on which the object is being read, and the
	 * engine class on which it is currently being written (if any).
	 *
	 * The low word (bits 0:15) indicate if the object is being written
	 * to by any engine (there can only be one, as the GEM implicit
	 * synchronisation rules force writes to be serialised). Only the
	 * engine class (offset by 1, I915_ENGINE_CLASS_RENDER is reported as
	 * 1 not 0 etc) for the last write is reported.
	 *
	 * The high word (bits 16:31) are a bitmask of which engines classes
	 * are currently reading from the object. Multiple engines may be
	 * reading from the object simultaneously.
	 *
	 * The value of each engine class is the same as specified in the
	 * I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_ENGINES context parameter and via perf, i.e.
	 * I915_ENGINE_CLASS_RENDER, I915_ENGINE_CLASS_COPY, etc.
	 * Some hardware may have parallel execution engines, e.g. multiple
	 * media engines, which are mapped to the same class identifier and so
	 * are not separately reported for busyness.
	 *
	 * Caveat emptor:
	 * Only the boolean result of this query is reliable; that is whether
	 * the object is idle or busy. The report of which engines are busy
	 * should be only used as a heuristic.
	 */
	__u32 busy;
};

/**
 * struct drm_i915_gem_caching - Set or get the caching for given object
 * handle.
 *
 * Allow userspace to control the GTT caching bits for a given object when the
 * object is later mapped through the ppGTT(or GGTT on older platforms lacking
 * ppGTT support, or if the object is used for scanout). Note that this might
 * require unbinding the object from the GTT first, if its current caching value
 * doesn't match.
 *
 * Note that this all changes on discrete platforms, starting from DG1, the
 * set/get caching is no longer supported, and is now rejected.  Instead the CPU
 * caching attributes(WB vs WC) will become an immutable creation time property
 * for the object, along with the GTT caching level. For now we don't expose any
 * new uAPI for this, instead on DG1 this is all implicit, although this largely
 * shouldn't matter since DG1 is coherent by default(without any way of
 * controlling it).
 *
 * Implicit caching rules, starting from DG1:
 *
 *     - If any of the object placements (see &drm_i915_gem_create_ext_memory_regions)
 *       contain I915_MEMORY_CLASS_DEVICE then the object will be allocated and
 *       mapped as write-combined only.
 *
 *     - Everything else is always allocated and mapped as write-back, with the
 *       guarantee that everything is also coherent with the GPU.
 *
 * Note that this is likely to change in the future again, where we might need
 * more flexibility on future devices, so making this all explicit as part of a
 * new &drm_i915_gem_create_ext extension is probable.
 *
 * Side note: Part of the reason for this is that changing the at-allocation-time CPU
 * caching attributes for the pages might be required(and is expensive) if we
 * need to then CPU map the pages later with different caching attributes. This
 * inconsistent caching behaviour, while supported on x86, is not universally
 * supported on other architectures. So for simplicity we opt for setting
 * everything at creation time, whilst also making it immutable, on discrete
 * platforms.
 */
struct drm_i915_gem_caching {
	/**
	 * @handle: Handle of the buffer to set/get the caching level.
	 */
	__u32 handle;

	/**
	 * @caching: The GTT caching level to apply or possible return value.
	 *
	 * The supported @caching values:
	 *
	 * I915_CACHING_NONE:
	 *
	 * GPU access is not coherent with CPU caches.  Default for machines
	 * without an LLC. This means manual flushing might be needed, if we
	 * want GPU access to be coherent.
	 *
	 * I915_CACHING_CACHED:
	 *
	 * GPU access is coherent with CPU caches and furthermore the data is
	 * cached in last-level caches shared between CPU cores and the GPU GT.
	 *
	 * I915_CACHING_DISPLAY:
	 *
	 * Special GPU caching mode which is coherent with the scanout engines.
	 * Transparently falls back to I915_CACHING_NONE on platforms where no
	 * special cache mode (like write-through or gfdt flushing) is
	 * available. The kernel automatically sets this mode when using a
	 * buffer as a scanout target.  Userspace can manually set this mode to
	 * avoid a costly stall and clflush in the hotpath of drawing the first
	 * frame.
	 */
#define I915_CACHING_NONE		0
#define I915_CACHING_CACHED		1
#define I915_CACHING_DISPLAY		2
	__u32 caching;
};

#define I915_TILING_NONE	0
#define I915_TILING_X		1
#define I915_TILING_Y		2
/*
 * Do not add new tiling types here.  The I915_TILING_* values are for
 * de-tiling fence registers that no longer exist on modern platforms.  Although
 * the hardware may support new types of tiling in general (e.g., Tile4), we
 * do not need to add them to the uapi that is specific to now-defunct ioctls.
 */
#define I915_TILING_LAST	I915_TILING_Y

#define I915_BIT_6_SWIZZLE_NONE		0
#define I915_BIT_6_SWIZZLE_9		1
#define I915_BIT_6_SWIZZLE_9_10		2
#define I915_BIT_6_SWIZZLE_9_11		3
#define I915_BIT_6_SWIZZLE_9_10_11	4
/* Not seen by userland */
#define I915_BIT_6_SWIZZLE_UNKNOWN	5
/* Seen by userland. */
#define I915_BIT_6_SWIZZLE_9_17		6
#define I915_BIT_6_SWIZZLE_9_10_17	7

struct drm_i915_gem_set_tiling {
	/** Handle of the buffer to have its tiling state updated */
	__u32 handle;

	/**
	 * Tiling mode for the object (I915_TILING_NONE, I915_TILING_X,
	 * I915_TILING_Y).
	 *
	 * This value is to be set on request, and will be updated by the
	 * kernel on successful return with the actual chosen tiling layout.
	 *
	 * The tiling mode may be demoted to I915_TILING_NONE when the system
	 * has bit 6 swizzling that can't be managed correctly by GEM.
	 *
	 * Buffer contents become undefined when changing tiling_mode.
	 */
	__u32 tiling_mode;

	/**
	 * Stride in bytes for the object when in I915_TILING_X or
	 * I915_TILING_Y.
	 */
	__u32 stride;

	/**
	 * Returned address bit 6 swizzling required for CPU access through
	 * mmap mapping.
	 */
	__u32 swizzle_mode;
};

struct drm_i915_gem_get_tiling {
	/** Handle of the buffer to get tiling state for. */
	__u32 handle;

	/**
	 * Current tiling mode for the object (I915_TILING_NONE, I915_TILING_X,
	 * I915_TILING_Y).
	 */
	__u32 tiling_mode;

	/**
	 * Returned address bit 6 swizzling required for CPU access through
	 * mmap mapping.
	 */
	__u32 swizzle_mode;

	/**
	 * Returned address bit 6 swizzling required for CPU access through
	 * mmap mapping whilst bound.
	 */
	__u32 phys_swizzle_mode;
};

struct drm_i915_gem_get_aperture {
	/** Total size of the aperture used by i915_gem_execbuffer, in bytes */
	__u64 aper_size;

	/**
	 * Available space in the aperture used by i915_gem_execbuffer, in
	 * bytes
	 */
	__u64 aper_available_size;
};

struct drm_i915_get_pipe_from_crtc_id {
	/** ID of CRTC being requested **/
	__u32 crtc_id;

	/** pipe of requested CRTC **/
	__u32 pipe;
};

#define I915_MADV_WILLNEED 0
#define I915_MADV_DONTNEED 1
#define __I915_MADV_PURGED 2 /* internal state */

struct drm_i915_gem_madvise {
	/** Handle of the buffer to change the backing store advice */
	__u32 handle;

	/* Advice: either the buffer will be needed again in the near future,
	 *         or wont be and could be discarded under memory pressure.
	 */
	__u32 madv;

	/** Whether the backing store still exists. */
	__u32 retained;
};

/* flags */
#define I915_OVERLAY_TYPE_MASK 		0xff
#define I915_OVERLAY_YUV_PLANAR 	0x01
#define I915_OVERLAY_YUV_PACKED 	0x02
#define I915_OVERLAY_RGB		0x03

#define I915_OVERLAY_DEPTH_MASK		0xff00
#define I915_OVERLAY_RGB24		0x1000
#define I915_OVERLAY_RGB16		0x2000
#define I915_OVERLAY_RGB15		0x3000
#define I915_OVERLAY_YUV422		0x0100
#define I915_OVERLAY_YUV411		0x0200
#define I915_OVERLAY_YUV420		0x0300
#define I915_OVERLAY_YUV410		0x0400

#define I915_OVERLAY_SWAP_MASK		0xff0000
#define I915_OVERLAY_NO_SWAP		0x000000
#define I915_OVERLAY_UV_SWAP		0x010000
#define I915_OVERLAY_Y_SWAP		0x020000
#define I915_OVERLAY_Y_AND_UV_SWAP	0x030000

#define I915_OVERLAY_FLAGS_MASK		0xff000000
#define I915_OVERLAY_ENABLE		0x01000000

struct drm_intel_overlay_put_image {
	/* various flags and src format description */
	__u32 flags;
	/* source picture description */
	__u32 bo_handle;
	/* stride values and offsets are in bytes, buffer relative */
	__u16 stride_Y; /* stride for packed formats */
	__u16 stride_UV;
	__u32 offset_Y; /* offset for packet formats */
	__u32 offset_U;
	__u32 offset_V;
	/* in pixels */
	__u16 src_width;
	__u16 src_height;
	/* to compensate the scaling factors for partially covered surfaces */
	__u16 src_scan_width;
	__u16 src_scan_height;
	/* output crtc description */
	__u32 crtc_id;
	__u16 dst_x;
	__u16 dst_y;
	__u16 dst_width;
	__u16 dst_height;
};

/* flags */
#define I915_OVERLAY_UPDATE_ATTRS	(1<<0)
#define I915_OVERLAY_UPDATE_GAMMA	(1<<1)
#define I915_OVERLAY_DISABLE_DEST_COLORKEY	(1<<2)
struct drm_intel_overlay_attrs {
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 color_key;
	__s32 brightness;
	__u32 contrast;
	__u32 saturation;
	__u32 gamma0;
	__u32 gamma1;
	__u32 gamma2;
	__u32 gamma3;
	__u32 gamma4;
	__u32 gamma5;
};

/*
 * Intel sprite handling
 *
 * Color keying works with a min/mask/max tuple.  Both source and destination
 * color keying is allowed.
 *
 * Source keying:
 * Sprite pixels within the min & max values, masked against the color channels
 * specified in the mask field, will be transparent.  All other pixels will
 * be displayed on top of the primary plane.  For RGB surfaces, only the min
 * and mask fields will be used; ranged compares are not allowed.
 *
 * Destination keying:
 * Primary plane pixels that match the min value, masked against the color
 * channels specified in the mask field, will be replaced by corresponding
 * pixels from the sprite plane.
 *
 * Note that source & destination keying are exclusive; only one can be
 * active on a given plane.
 */

#define I915_SET_COLORKEY_NONE		(1<<0) /* Deprecated. Instead set
						* flags==0 to disable colorkeying.
						*/
#define I915_SET_COLORKEY_DESTINATION	(1<<1)
#define I915_SET_COLORKEY_SOURCE	(1<<2)
struct drm_intel_sprite_colorkey {
	__u32 plane_id;
	__u32 min_value;
	__u32 channel_mask;
	__u32 max_value;
	__u32 flags;
};

struct drm_i915_gem_wait {
	/** Handle of BO we shall wait on */
	__u32 bo_handle;
	__u32 flags;
	/** Number of nanoseconds to wait, Returns time remaining. */
	__s64 timeout_ns;
};

struct drm_i915_gem_context_create {
	__u32 ctx_id; /* output: id of new context*/
	__u32 pad;
};

/**
 * struct drm_i915_gem_context_create_ext - Structure for creating contexts.
 */
struct drm_i915_gem_context_create_ext {
	/** @ctx_id: Id of the created context (output) */
	__u32 ctx_id;

	/**
	 * @flags: Supported flags are:
	 *
	 * I915_CONTEXT_CREATE_FLAGS_USE_EXTENSIONS:
	 *
	 * Extensions may be appended to this structure and driver must check
	 * for those. See @extensions.
	 *
	 * I915_CONTEXT_CREATE_FLAGS_SINGLE_TIMELINE
	 *
	 * Created context will have single timeline.
	 */
	__u32 flags;
#define I915_CONTEXT_CREATE_FLAGS_USE_EXTENSIONS	(1u << 0)
#define I915_CONTEXT_CREATE_FLAGS_SINGLE_TIMELINE	(1u << 1)
#define I915_CONTEXT_CREATE_FLAGS_UNKNOWN \
	(-(I915_CONTEXT_CREATE_FLAGS_SINGLE_TIMELINE << 1))

	/**
	 * @extensions: Zero-terminated chain of extensions.
	 *
	 * I915_CONTEXT_CREATE_EXT_SETPARAM:
	 * Context parameter to set or query during context creation.
	 * See struct drm_i915_gem_context_create_ext_setparam.
	 *
	 * I915_CONTEXT_CREATE_EXT_CLONE:
	 * This extension has been removed. On the off chance someone somewhere
	 * has attempted to use it, never re-use this extension number.
	 */
	__u64 extensions;
#define I915_CONTEXT_CREATE_EXT_SETPARAM 0
#define I915_CONTEXT_CREATE_EXT_CLONE 1
};

/**
 * struct drm_i915_gem_context_param - Context parameter to set or query.
 */
struct drm_i915_gem_context_param {
	/** @ctx_id: Context id */
	__u32 ctx_id;

	/** @size: Size of the parameter @value */
	__u32 size;

	/** @param: Parameter to set or query */
	__u64 param;
#define I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_BAN_PERIOD	0x1
/* I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_NO_ZEROMAP has been removed.  On the off chance
 * someone somewhere has attempted to use it, never re-use this context
 * param number.
 */
#define I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_NO_ZEROMAP	0x2
#define I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_GTT_SIZE	0x3
#define I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_NO_ERROR_CAPTURE	0x4
#define I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_BANNABLE	0x5
#define I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_PRIORITY	0x6
#define   I915_CONTEXT_MAX_USER_PRIORITY	1023 /* inclusive */
#define   I915_CONTEXT_DEFAULT_PRIORITY		0
#define   I915_CONTEXT_MIN_USER_PRIORITY	-1023 /* inclusive */
	/*
	 * When using the following param, value should be a pointer to
	 * drm_i915_gem_context_param_sseu.
	 */
#define I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_SSEU		0x7

/*
 * Not all clients may want to attempt automatic recover of a context after
 * a hang (for example, some clients may only submit very small incremental
 * batches relying on known logical state of previous batches which will never
 * recover correctly and each attempt will hang), and so would prefer that
 * the context is forever banned instead.
 *
 * If set to false (0), after a reset, subsequent (and in flight) rendering
 * from this context is discarded, and the client will need to create a new
 * context to use instead.
 *
 * If set to true (1), the kernel will automatically attempt to recover the
 * context by skipping the hanging batch and executing the next batch starting
 * from the default context state (discarding the incomplete logical context
 * state lost due to the reset).
 *
 * On creation, all new contexts are marked as recoverable.
 */
#define I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_RECOVERABLE	0x8

	/*
	 * The id of the associated virtual memory address space (ppGTT) of
	 * this context. Can be retrieved and passed to another context
	 * (on the same fd) for both to use the same ppGTT and so share
	 * address layouts, and avoid reloading the page tables on context
	 * switches between themselves.
	 *
	 * See DRM_I915_GEM_VM_CREATE and DRM_I915_GEM_VM_DESTROY.
	 */
#define I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_VM		0x9

/*
 * I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_ENGINES:
 *
 * Bind this context to operate on this subset of available engines. Henceforth,
 * the I915_EXEC_RING selector for DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_EXECBUFFER2 operates as
 * an index into this array of engines; I915_EXEC_DEFAULT selecting engine[0]
 * and upwards. Slots 0...N are filled in using the specified (class, instance).
 * Use
 *	engine_class: I915_ENGINE_CLASS_INVALID,
 *	engine_instance: I915_ENGINE_CLASS_INVALID_NONE
 * to specify a gap in the array that can be filled in later, e.g. by a
 * virtual engine used for load balancing.
 *
 * Setting the number of engines bound to the context to 0, by passing a zero
 * sized argument, will revert back to default settings.
 *
 * See struct i915_context_param_engines.
 *
 * Extensions:
 *   i915_context_engines_load_balance (I915_CONTEXT_ENGINES_EXT_LOAD_BALANCE)
 *   i915_context_engines_bond (I915_CONTEXT_ENGINES_EXT_BOND)
 *   i915_context_engines_parallel_submit (I915_CONTEXT_ENGINES_EXT_PARALLEL_SUBMIT)
 */
#define I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_ENGINES	0xa

/*
 * I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_PERSISTENCE:
 *
 * Allow the context and active rendering to survive the process until
 * completion. Persistence allows fire-and-forget clients to queue up a
 * bunch of work, hand the output over to a display server and then quit.
 * If the context is marked as not persistent, upon closing (either via
 * an explicit DRM_I915_GEM_CONTEXT_DESTROY or implicitly from file closure
 * or process termination), the context and any outstanding requests will be
 * cancelled (and exported fences for cancelled requests marked as -EIO).
 *
 * By default, new contexts allow persistence.
 */
#define I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_PERSISTENCE	0xb

/* This API has been removed.  On the off chance someone somewhere has
 * attempted to use it, never re-use this context param number.
 */
#define I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_RINGSIZE	0xc

/*
 * I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_PROTECTED_CONTENT:
 *
 * Mark that the context makes use of protected content, which will result
 * in the context being invalidated when the protected content session is.
 * Given that the protected content session is killed on suspend, the device
 * is kept awake for the lifetime of a protected context, so the user should
 * make sure to dispose of them once done.
 * This flag can only be set at context creation time and, when set to true,
 * must be preceded by an explicit setting of I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_RECOVERABLE
 * to false. This flag can't be set to true in conjunction with setting the
 * I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_BANNABLE flag to false. Creation example:
 *
 * .. code-block:: C
 *
 *	struct drm_i915_gem_context_create_ext_setparam p_protected = {
 *		.base = {
 *			.name = I915_CONTEXT_CREATE_EXT_SETPARAM,
 *		},
 *		.param = {
 *			.param = I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_PROTECTED_CONTENT,
 *			.value = 1,
 *		}
 *	};
 *	struct drm_i915_gem_context_create_ext_setparam p_norecover = {
 *		.base = {
 *			.name = I915_CONTEXT_CREATE_EXT_SETPARAM,
 *			.next_extension = to_user_pointer(&p_protected),
 *		},
 *		.param = {
 *			.param = I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_RECOVERABLE,
 *			.value = 0,
 *		}
 *	};
 *	struct drm_i915_gem_context_create_ext create = {
 *		.flags = I915_CONTEXT_CREATE_FLAGS_USE_EXTENSIONS,
 *		.extensions = to_user_pointer(&p_norecover);
 *	};
 *
 *	ctx_id = gem_context_create_ext(drm_fd, &create);
 *
 * In addition to the normal failure cases, setting this flag during context
 * creation can result in the following errors:
 *
 * -ENODEV: feature not available
 * -EPERM: trying to mark a recoverable or not bannable context as protected
 */
#define I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_PROTECTED_CONTENT    0xd
/* Must be kept compact -- no holes and well documented */

	/** @value: Context parameter value to be set or queried */
	__u64 value;
};

/*
 * Context SSEU programming
 *
 * It may be necessary for either functional or performance reason to configure
 * a context to run with a reduced number of SSEU (where SSEU stands for Slice/
 * Sub-slice/EU).
 *
 * This is done by configuring SSEU configuration using the below
 * @struct drm_i915_gem_context_param_sseu for every supported engine which
 * userspace intends to use.
 *
 * Not all GPUs or engines support this functionality in which case an error
 * code -ENODEV will be returned.
 *
 * Also, flexibility of possible SSEU configuration permutations varies between
 * GPU generations and software imposed limitations. Requesting such a
 * combination will return an error code of -EINVAL.
 *
 * NOTE: When perf/OA is active the context's SSEU configuration is ignored in
 * favour of a single global setting.
 */
struct drm_i915_gem_context_param_sseu {
	/*
	 * Engine class & instance to be configured or queried.
	 */
	struct i915_engine_class_instance engine;

	/*
	 * Unknown flags must be cleared to zero.
	 */
	__u32 flags;
#define I915_CONTEXT_SSEU_FLAG_ENGINE_INDEX (1u << 0)

	/*
	 * Mask of slices to enable for the context. Valid values are a subset
	 * of the bitmask value returned for I915_PARAM_SLICE_MASK.
	 */
	__u64 slice_mask;

	/*
	 * Mask of subslices to enable for the context. Valid values are a
	 * subset of the bitmask value return by I915_PARAM_SUBSLICE_MASK.
	 */
	__u64 subslice_mask;

	/*
	 * Minimum/Maximum number of EUs to enable per subslice for the
	 * context. min_eus_per_subslice must be inferior or equal to
	 * max_eus_per_subslice.
	 */
	__u16 min_eus_per_subslice;
	__u16 max_eus_per_subslice;

	/*
	 * Unused for now. Must be cleared to zero.
	 */
	__u32 rsvd;
};

/**
 * DOC: Virtual Engine uAPI
 *
 * Virtual engine is a concept where userspace is able to configure a set of
 * physical engines, submit a batch buffer, and let the driver execute it on any
 * engine from the set as it sees fit.
 *
 * This is primarily useful on parts which have multiple instances of a same
 * class engine, like for example GT3+ Skylake parts with their two VCS engines.
 *
 * For instance userspace can enumerate all engines of a certain class using the
 * previously described `Engine Discovery uAPI`_. After that userspace can
 * create a GEM context with a placeholder slot for the virtual engine (using
 * `I915_ENGINE_CLASS_INVALID` and `I915_ENGINE_CLASS_INVALID_NONE` for class
 * and instance respectively) and finally using the
 * `I915_CONTEXT_ENGINES_EXT_LOAD_BALANCE` extension place a virtual engine in
 * the same reserved slot.
 *
 * Example of creating a virtual engine and submitting a batch buffer to it:
 *
 * .. code-block:: C
 *
 * 	I915_DEFINE_CONTEXT_ENGINES_LOAD_BALANCE(virtual, 2) = {
 * 		.base.name = I915_CONTEXT_ENGINES_EXT_LOAD_BALANCE,
 * 		.engine_index = 0, // Place this virtual engine into engine map slot 0
 * 		.num_siblings = 2,
 * 		.engines = { { I915_ENGINE_CLASS_VIDEO, 0 },
 * 			     { I915_ENGINE_CLASS_VIDEO, 1 }, },
 * 	};
 * 	I915_DEFINE_CONTEXT_PARAM_ENGINES(engines, 1) = {
 * 		.engines = { { I915_ENGINE_CLASS_INVALID,
 * 			       I915_ENGINE_CLASS_INVALID_NONE } },
 * 		.extensions = to_user_pointer(&virtual), // Chains after load_balance extension
 * 	};
 * 	struct drm_i915_gem_context_create_ext_setparam p_engines = {
 * 		.base = {
 * 			.name = I915_CONTEXT_CREATE_EXT_SETPARAM,
 * 		},
 * 		.param = {
 * 			.param = I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_ENGINES,
 * 			.value = to_user_pointer(&engines),
 * 			.size = sizeof(engines),
 * 		},
 * 	};
 * 	struct drm_i915_gem_context_create_ext create = {
 * 		.flags = I915_CONTEXT_CREATE_FLAGS_USE_EXTENSIONS,
 * 		.extensions = to_user_pointer(&p_engines);
 * 	};
 *
 * 	ctx_id = gem_context_create_ext(drm_fd, &create);
 *
 * 	// Now we have created a GEM context with its engine map containing a
 * 	// single virtual engine. Submissions to this slot can go either to
 * 	// vcs0 or vcs1, depending on the load balancing algorithm used inside
 * 	// the driver. The load balancing is dynamic from one batch buffer to
 * 	// another and transparent to userspace.
 *
 * 	...
 * 	execbuf.rsvd1 = ctx_id;
 * 	execbuf.flags = 0; // Submits to index 0 which is the virtual engine
 * 	gem_execbuf(drm_fd, &execbuf);
 */

/*
 * i915_context_engines_load_balance:
 *
 * Enable load balancing across this set of engines.
 *
 * Into the I915_EXEC_DEFAULT slot [0], a virtual engine is created that when
 * used will proxy the execbuffer request onto one of the set of engines
 * in such a way as to distribute the load evenly across the set.
 *
 * The set of engines must be compatible (e.g. the same HW class) as they
 * will share the same logical GPU context and ring.
 *
 * To intermix rendering with the virtual engine and direct rendering onto
 * the backing engines (bypassing the load balancing proxy), the context must
 * be defined to use a single timeline for all engines.
 */
struct i915_context_engines_load_balance {
	struct i915_user_extension base;

	__u16 engine_index;
	__u16 num_siblings;
	__u32 flags; /* all undefined flags must be zero */

	__u64 mbz64; /* reserved for future use; must be zero */

	struct i915_engine_class_instance engines[];
} __attribute__((packed));

#define I915_DEFINE_CONTEXT_ENGINES_LOAD_BALANCE(name__, N__) struct { \
	struct i915_user_extension base; \
	__u16 engine_index; \
	__u16 num_siblings; \
	__u32 flags; \
	__u64 mbz64; \
	struct i915_engine_class_instance engines[N__]; \
} __attribute__((packed)) name__

/*
 * i915_context_engines_bond:
 *
 * Constructed bonded pairs for execution within a virtual engine.
 *
 * All engines are equal, but some are more equal than others. Given
 * the distribution of resources in the HW, it may be preferable to run
 * a request on a given subset of engines in parallel to a request on a
 * specific engine. We enable this selection of engines within a virtual
 * engine by specifying bonding pairs, for any given master engine we will
 * only execute on one of the corresponding siblings within the virtual engine.
 *
 * To execute a request in parallel on the master engine and a sibling requires
 * coordination with a I915_EXEC_FENCE_SUBMIT.
 */
struct i915_context_engines_bond {
	struct i915_user_extension base;

	struct i915_engine_class_instance master;

	__u16 virtual_index; /* index of virtual engine in ctx->engines[] */
	__u16 num_bonds;

	__u64 flags; /* all undefined flags must be zero */
	__u64 mbz64[4]; /* reserved for future use; must be zero */

	struct i915_engine_class_instance engines[];
} __attribute__((packed));

#define I915_DEFINE_CONTEXT_ENGINES_BOND(name__, N__) struct { \
	struct i915_user_extension base; \
	struct i915_engine_class_instance master; \
	__u16 virtual_index; \
	__u16 num_bonds; \
	__u64 flags; \
	__u64 mbz64[4]; \
	struct i915_engine_class_instance engines[N__]; \
} __attribute__((packed)) name__

/**
 * struct i915_context_engines_parallel_submit - Configure engine for
 * parallel submission.
 *
 * Setup a slot in the context engine map to allow multiple BBs to be submitted
 * in a single execbuf IOCTL. Those BBs will then be scheduled to run on the GPU
 * in parallel. Multiple hardware contexts are created internally in the i915 to
 * run these BBs. Once a slot is configured for N BBs only N BBs can be
 * submitted in each execbuf IOCTL and this is implicit behavior e.g. The user
 * doesn't tell the execbuf IOCTL there are N BBs, the execbuf IOCTL knows how
 * many BBs there are based on the slot's configuration. The N BBs are the last
 * N buffer objects or first N if I915_EXEC_BATCH_FIRST is set.
 *
 * The default placement behavior is to create implicit bonds between each
 * context if each context maps to more than 1 physical engine (e.g. context is
 * a virtual engine). Also we only allow contexts of same engine class and these
 * contexts must be in logically contiguous order. Examples of the placement
 * behavior are described below. Lastly, the default is to not allow BBs to be
 * preempted mid-batch. Rather insert coordinated preemption points on all
 * hardware contexts between each set of BBs. Flags could be added in the future
 * to change both of these default behaviors.
 *
 * Returns -EINVAL if hardware context placement configuration is invalid or if
 * the placement configuration isn't supported on the platform / submission
 * interface.
 * Returns -ENODEV if extension isn't supported on the platform / submission
 * interface.
 *
 * .. code-block:: none
 *
 *	Examples syntax:
 *	CS[X] = generic engine of same class, logical instance X
 *	INVALID = I915_ENGINE_CLASS_INVALID, I915_ENGINE_CLASS_INVALID_NONE
 *
 *	Example 1 pseudo code:
 *	set_engines(INVALID)
 *	set_parallel(engine_index=0, width=2, num_siblings=1,
 *		     engines=CS[0],CS[1])
 *
 *	Results in the following valid placement:
 *	CS[0], CS[1]
 *
 *	Example 2 pseudo code:
 *	set_engines(INVALID)
 *	set_parallel(engine_index=0, width=2, num_siblings=2,
 *		     engines=CS[0],CS[2],CS[1],CS[3])
 *
 *	Results in the following valid placements:
 *	CS[0], CS[1]
 *	CS[2], CS[3]
 *
 *	This can be thought of as two virtual engines, each containing two
 *	engines thereby making a 2D array. However, there are bonds tying the
 *	entries together and placing restrictions on how they can be scheduled.
 *	Specifically, the scheduler can choose only vertical columns from the 2D
 *	array. That is, CS[0] is bonded to CS[1] and CS[2] to CS[3]. So if the
 *	scheduler wants to submit to CS[0], it must also choose CS[1] and vice
 *	versa. Same for CS[2] requires also using CS[3].
 *	VE[0] = CS[0], CS[2]
 *	VE[1] = CS[1], CS[3]
 *
 *	Example 3 pseudo code:
 *	set_engines(INVALID)
 *	set_parallel(engine_index=0, width=2, num_siblings=2,
 *		     engines=CS[0],CS[1],CS[1],CS[3])
 *
 *	Results in the following valid and invalid placements:
 *	CS[0], CS[1]
 *	CS[1], CS[3] - Not logically contiguous, return -EINVAL
 */
struct i915_context_engines_parallel_submit {
	/**
	 * @base: base user extension.
	 */
	struct i915_user_extension base;

	/**
	 * @engine_index: slot for parallel engine
	 */
	__u16 engine_index;

	/**
	 * @width: number of contexts per parallel engine or in other words the
	 * number of batches in each submission
	 */
	__u16 width;

	/**
	 * @num_siblings: number of siblings per context or in other words the
	 * number of possible placements for each submission
	 */
	__u16 num_siblings;

	/**
	 * @mbz16: reserved for future use; must be zero
	 */
	__u16 mbz16;

	/**
	 * @flags: all undefined flags must be zero, currently not defined flags
	 */
	__u64 flags;

	/**
	 * @mbz64: reserved for future use; must be zero
	 */
	__u64 mbz64[3];

	/**
	 * @engines: 2-d array of engine instances to configure parallel engine
	 *
	 * length = width (i) * num_siblings (j)
	 * index = j + i * num_siblings
	 */
	struct i915_engine_class_instance engines[];

} __attribute__((packed));

#define I915_DEFINE_CONTEXT_ENGINES_PARALLEL_SUBMIT(name__, N__) struct { \
	struct i915_user_extension base; \
	__u16 engine_index; \
	__u16 width; \
	__u16 num_siblings; \
	__u16 mbz16; \
	__u64 flags; \
	__u64 mbz64[3]; \
	struct i915_engine_class_instance engines[N__]; \
} __attribute__((packed)) name__

/**
 * DOC: Context Engine Map uAPI
 *
 * Context engine map is a new way of addressing engines when submitting batch-
 * buffers, replacing the existing way of using identifiers like `I915_EXEC_BLT`
 * inside the flags field of `struct drm_i915_gem_execbuffer2`.
 *
 * To use it created GEM contexts need to be configured with a list of engines
 * the user is intending to submit to. This is accomplished using the
 * `I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_ENGINES` parameter and `struct
 * i915_context_param_engines`.
 *
 * For such contexts the `I915_EXEC_RING_MASK` field becomes an index into the
 * configured map.
 *
 * Example of creating such context and submitting against it:
 *
 * .. code-block:: C
 *
 * 	I915_DEFINE_CONTEXT_PARAM_ENGINES(engines, 2) = {
 * 		.engines = { { I915_ENGINE_CLASS_RENDER, 0 },
 * 			     { I915_ENGINE_CLASS_COPY, 0 } }
 * 	};
 * 	struct drm_i915_gem_context_create_ext_setparam p_engines = {
 * 		.base = {
 * 			.name = I915_CONTEXT_CREATE_EXT_SETPARAM,
 * 		},
 * 		.param = {
 * 			.param = I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_ENGINES,
 * 			.value = to_user_pointer(&engines),
 * 			.size = sizeof(engines),
 * 		},
 * 	};
 * 	struct drm_i915_gem_context_create_ext create = {
 * 		.flags = I915_CONTEXT_CREATE_FLAGS_USE_EXTENSIONS,
 * 		.extensions = to_user_pointer(&p_engines);
 * 	};
 *
 * 	ctx_id = gem_context_create_ext(drm_fd, &create);
 *
 * 	// We have now created a GEM context with two engines in the map:
 * 	// Index 0 points to rcs0 while index 1 points to bcs0. Other engines
 * 	// will not be accessible from this context.
 *
 * 	...
 * 	execbuf.rsvd1 = ctx_id;
 * 	execbuf.flags = 0; // Submits to index 0, which is rcs0 for this context
 * 	gem_execbuf(drm_fd, &execbuf);
 *
 * 	...
 * 	execbuf.rsvd1 = ctx_id;
 * 	execbuf.flags = 1; // Submits to index 0, which is bcs0 for this context
 * 	gem_execbuf(drm_fd, &execbuf);
 */

struct i915_context_param_engines {
	__u64 extensions; /* linked chain of extension blocks, 0 terminates */
#define I915_CONTEXT_ENGINES_EXT_LOAD_BALANCE 0 /* see i915_context_engines_load_balance */
#define I915_CONTEXT_ENGINES_EXT_BOND 1 /* see i915_context_engines_bond */
#define I915_CONTEXT_ENGINES_EXT_PARALLEL_SUBMIT 2 /* see i915_context_engines_parallel_submit */
	struct i915_engine_class_instance engines[0];
} __attribute__((packed));

#define I915_DEFINE_CONTEXT_PARAM_ENGINES(name__, N__) struct { \
	__u64 extensions; \
	struct i915_engine_class_instance engines[N__]; \
} __attribute__((packed)) name__

/**
 * struct drm_i915_gem_context_create_ext_setparam - Context parameter
 * to set or query during context creation.
 */
struct drm_i915_gem_context_create_ext_setparam {
	/** @base: Extension link. See struct i915_user_extension. */
	struct i915_user_extension base;

	/**
	 * @param: Context parameter to set or query.
	 * See struct drm_i915_gem_context_param.
	 */
	struct drm_i915_gem_context_param param;
};

struct drm_i915_gem_context_destroy {
	__u32 ctx_id;
	__u32 pad;
};

/**
 * struct drm_i915_gem_vm_control - Structure to create or destroy VM.
 *
 * DRM_I915_GEM_VM_CREATE -
 *
 * Create a new virtual memory address space (ppGTT) for use within a context
 * on the same file. Extensions can be provided to configure exactly how the
 * address space is setup upon creation.
 *
 * The id of new VM (bound to the fd) for use with I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_VM is
 * returned in the outparam @id.
 *
 * An extension chain maybe provided, starting with @extensions, and terminated
 * by the @next_extension being 0. Currently, no extensions are defined.
 *
 * DRM_I915_GEM_VM_DESTROY -
 *
 * Destroys a previously created VM id, specified in @vm_id.
 *
 * No extensions or flags are allowed currently, and so must be zero.
 */
struct drm_i915_gem_vm_control {
	/** @extensions: Zero-terminated chain of extensions. */
	__u64 extensions;

	/** @flags: reserved for future usage, currently MBZ */
	__u32 flags;

	/** @vm_id: Id of the VM created or to be destroyed */
	__u32 vm_id;
};

struct drm_i915_reg_read {
	/*
	 * Register offset.
	 * For 64bit wide registers where the upper 32bits don't immediately
	 * follow the lower 32bits, the offset of the lower 32bits must
	 * be specified
	 */
	__u64 offset;
#define I915_REG_READ_8B_WA (1ul << 0)

	__u64 val; /* Return value */
};

/* Known registers:
 *
 * Render engine timestamp - 0x2358 + 64bit - gen7+
 * - Note this register returns an invalid value if using the default
 *   single instruction 8byte read, in order to workaround that pass
 *   flag I915_REG_READ_8B_WA in offset field.
 *
 */

struct drm_i915_reset_stats {
	__u32 ctx_id;
	__u32 flags;

	/* All resets since boot/module reload, for all contexts */
	__u32 reset_count;

	/* Number of batches lost when active in GPU, for this context */
	__u32 batch_active;

	/* Number of batches lost pending for execution, for this context */
	__u32 batch_pending;

	__u32 pad;
};

/**
 * struct drm_i915_gem_userptr - Create GEM object from user allocated memory.
 *
 * Userptr objects have several restrictions on what ioctls can be used with the
 * object handle.
 */
struct drm_i915_gem_userptr {
	/**
	 * @user_ptr: The pointer to the allocated memory.
	 *
	 * Needs to be aligned to PAGE_SIZE.
	 */
	__u64 user_ptr;

	/**
	 * @user_size:
	 *
	 * The size in bytes for the allocated memory. This will also become the
	 * object size.
	 *
	 * Needs to be aligned to PAGE_SIZE, and should be at least PAGE_SIZE,
	 * or larger.
	 */
	__u64 user_size;

	/**
	 * @flags:
	 *
	 * Supported flags:
	 *
	 * I915_USERPTR_READ_ONLY:
	 *
	 * Mark the object as readonly, this also means GPU access can only be
	 * readonly. This is only supported on HW which supports readonly access
	 * through the GTT. If the HW can't support readonly access, an error is
	 * returned.
	 *
	 * I915_USERPTR_PROBE:
	 *
	 * Probe the provided @user_ptr range and validate that the @user_ptr is
	 * indeed pointing to normal memory and that the range is also valid.
	 * For example if some garbage address is given to the kernel, then this
	 * should complain.
	 *
	 * Returns -EFAULT if the probe failed.
	 *
	 * Note that this doesn't populate the backing pages, and also doesn't
	 * guarantee that the object will remain valid when the object is
	 * eventually used.
	 *
	 * The kernel supports this feature if I915_PARAM_HAS_USERPTR_PROBE
	 * returns a non-zero value.
	 *
	 * I915_USERPTR_UNSYNCHRONIZED:
	 *
	 * NOT USED. Setting this flag will result in an error.
	 */
	__u32 flags;
#define I915_USERPTR_READ_ONLY 0x1
#define I915_USERPTR_PROBE 0x2
#define I915_USERPTR_UNSYNCHRONIZED 0x80000000
	/**
	 * @handle: Returned handle for the object.
	 *
	 * Object handles are nonzero.
	 */
	__u32 handle;
};

enum drm_i915_oa_format {
	I915_OA_FORMAT_A13 = 1,	    /* HSW only */
	I915_OA_FORMAT_A29,	    /* HSW only */
	I915_OA_FORMAT_A13_B8_C8,   /* HSW only */
	I915_OA_FORMAT_B4_C8,	    /* HSW only */
	I915_OA_FORMAT_A45_B8_C8,   /* HSW only */
	I915_OA_FORMAT_B4_C8_A16,   /* HSW only */
	I915_OA_FORMAT_C4_B8,	    /* HSW+ */

	/* Gen8+ */
	I915_OA_FORMAT_A12,
	I915_OA_FORMAT_A12_B8_C8,
	I915_OA_FORMAT_A32u40_A4u32_B8_C8,

	/* DG2 */
	I915_OAR_FORMAT_A32u40_A4u32_B8_C8,
	I915_OA_FORMAT_A24u40_A14u32_B8_C8,

	I915_OA_FORMAT_MAX	    /* non-ABI */
};

enum drm_i915_perf_property_id {
	/**
	 * Open the stream for a specific context handle (as used with
	 * execbuffer2). A stream opened for a specific context this way
	 * won't typically require root privileges.
	 *
	 * This property is available in perf revision 1.
	 */
	DRM_I915_PERF_PROP_CTX_HANDLE = 1,

	/**
	 * A value of 1 requests the inclusion of raw OA unit reports as
	 * part of stream samples.
	 *
	 * This property is available in perf revision 1.
	 */
	DRM_I915_PERF_PROP_SAMPLE_OA,

	/**
	 * The value specifies which set of OA unit metrics should be
	 * configured, defining the contents of any OA unit reports.
	 *
	 * This property is available in perf revision 1.
	 */
	DRM_I915_PERF_PROP_OA_METRICS_SET,

	/**
	 * The value specifies the size and layout of OA unit reports.
	 *
	 * This property is available in perf revision 1.
	 */
	DRM_I915_PERF_PROP_OA_FORMAT,

	/**
	 * Specifying this property implicitly requests periodic OA unit
	 * sampling and (at least on Haswell) the sampling frequency is derived
	 * from this exponent as follows:
	 *
	 *   80ns * 2^(period_exponent + 1)
	 *
	 * This property is available in perf revision 1.
	 */
	DRM_I915_PERF_PROP_OA_EXPONENT,

	/**
	 * Specifying this property is only valid when specify a context to
	 * filter with DRM_I915_PERF_PROP_CTX_HANDLE. Specifying this property
	 * will hold preemption of the particular context we want to gather
	 * performance data about. The execbuf2 submissions must include a
	 * drm_i915_gem_execbuffer_ext_perf parameter for this to apply.
	 *
	 * This property is available in perf revision 3.
	 */
	DRM_I915_PERF_PROP_HOLD_PREEMPTION,

	/**
	 * Specifying this pins all contexts to the specified SSEU power
	 * configuration for the duration of the recording.
	 *
	 * This parameter's value is a pointer to a struct
	 * drm_i915_gem_context_param_sseu.
	 *
	 * This property is available in perf revision 4.
	 */
	DRM_I915_PERF_PROP_GLOBAL_SSEU,

	/**
	 * This optional parameter specifies the timer interval in nanoseconds
	 * at which the i915 driver will check the OA buffer for available data.
	 * Minimum allowed value is 100 microseconds. A default value is used by
	 * the driver if this parameter is not specified. Note that larger timer
	 * values will reduce cpu consumption during OA perf captures. However,
	 * excessively large values would potentially result in OA buffer
	 * overwrites as captures reach end of the OA buffer.
	 *
	 * This property is available in perf revision 5.
	 */
	DRM_I915_PERF_PROP_POLL_OA_PERIOD,

	DRM_I915_PERF_PROP_MAX /* non-ABI */
};

struct drm_i915_perf_open_param {
	__u32 flags;
#define I915_PERF_FLAG_FD_CLOEXEC	(1<<0)
#define I915_PERF_FLAG_FD_NONBLOCK	(1<<1)
#define I915_PERF_FLAG_DISABLED		(1<<2)

	/** The number of u64 (id, value) pairs */
	__u32 num_properties;

	/**
	 * Pointer to array of u64 (id, value) pairs configuring the stream
	 * to open.
	 */
	__u64 properties_ptr;
};

/*
 * Enable data capture for a stream that was either opened in a disabled state
 * via I915_PERF_FLAG_DISABLED or was later disabled via
 * I915_PERF_IOCTL_DISABLE.
 *
 * It is intended to be cheaper to disable and enable a stream than it may be
 * to close and re-open a stream with the same configuration.
 *
 * It's undefined whether any pending data for the stream will be lost.
 *
 * This ioctl is available in perf revision 1.
 */
#define I915_PERF_IOCTL_ENABLE	_IO('i', 0x0)

/*
 * Disable data capture for a stream.
 *
 * It is an error to try and read a stream that is disabled.
 *
 * This ioctl is available in perf revision 1.
 */
#define I915_PERF_IOCTL_DISABLE	_IO('i', 0x1)

/*
 * Change metrics_set captured by a stream.
 *
 * If the stream is bound to a specific context, the configuration change
 * will performed __inline__ with that context such that it takes effect before
 * the next execbuf submission.
 *
 * Returns the previously bound metrics set id, or a negative error code.
 *
 * This ioctl is available in perf revision 2.
 */
#define I915_PERF_IOCTL_CONFIG	_IO('i', 0x2)

/*
 * Common to all i915 perf records
 */
struct drm_i915_perf_record_header {
	__u32 type;
	__u16 pad;
	__u16 size;
};

enum drm_i915_perf_record_type {

	/**
	 * Samples are the work horse record type whose contents are extensible
	 * and defined when opening an i915 perf stream based on the given
	 * properties.
	 *
	 * Boolean properties following the naming convention
	 * DRM_I915_PERF_SAMPLE_xyz_PROP request the inclusion of 'xyz' data in
	 * every sample.
	 *
	 * The order of these sample properties given by userspace has no
	 * affect on the ordering of data within a sample. The order is
	 * documented here.
	 *
	 * struct {
	 *     struct drm_i915_perf_record_header header;
	 *
	 *     { u32 oa_report[]; } && DRM_I915_PERF_PROP_SAMPLE_OA
	 * };
	 */
	DRM_I915_PERF_RECORD_SAMPLE = 1,

	/*
	 * Indicates that one or more OA reports were not written by the
	 * hardware. This can happen for example if an MI_REPORT_PERF_COUNT
	 * command collides with periodic sampling - which would be more likely
	 * at higher sampling frequencies.
	 */
	DRM_I915_PERF_RECORD_OA_REPORT_LOST = 2,

	/**
	 * An error occurred that resulted in all pending OA reports being lost.
	 */
	DRM_I915_PERF_RECORD_OA_BUFFER_LOST = 3,

	DRM_I915_PERF_RECORD_MAX /* non-ABI */
};

/**
 * struct drm_i915_perf_oa_config
 *
 * Structure to upload perf dynamic configuration into the kernel.
 */
struct drm_i915_perf_oa_config {
	/**
	 * @uuid:
	 *
	 * String formatted like "%\08x-%\04x-%\04x-%\04x-%\012x"
	 */
	char uuid[36];

	/**
	 * @n_mux_regs:
	 *
	 * Number of mux regs in &mux_regs_ptr.
	 */
	__u32 n_mux_regs;

	/**
	 * @n_boolean_regs:
	 *
	 * Number of boolean regs in &boolean_regs_ptr.
	 */
	__u32 n_boolean_regs;

	/**
	 * @n_flex_regs:
	 *
	 * Number of flex regs in &flex_regs_ptr.
	 */
	__u32 n_flex_regs;

	/**
	 * @mux_regs_ptr:
	 *
	 * Pointer to tuples of u32 values (register address, value) for mux
	 * registers.  Expected length of buffer is (2 * sizeof(u32) *
	 * &n_mux_regs).
	 */
	__u64 mux_regs_ptr;

	/**
	 * @boolean_regs_ptr:
	 *
	 * Pointer to tuples of u32 values (register address, value) for mux
	 * registers.  Expected length of buffer is (2 * sizeof(u32) *
	 * &n_boolean_regs).
	 */
	__u64 boolean_regs_ptr;

	/**
	 * @flex_regs_ptr:
	 *
	 * Pointer to tuples of u32 values (register address, value) for mux
	 * registers.  Expected length of buffer is (2 * sizeof(u32) *
	 * &n_flex_regs).
	 */
	__u64 flex_regs_ptr;
};

/**
 * struct drm_i915_query_item - An individual query for the kernel to process.
 *
 * The behaviour is determined by the @query_id. Note that exactly what
 * @data_ptr is also depends on the specific @query_id.
 */
struct drm_i915_query_item {
	/**
	 * @query_id:
	 *
	 * The id for this query.  Currently accepted query IDs are:
	 *  - %DRM_I915_QUERY_TOPOLOGY_INFO (see struct drm_i915_query_topology_info)
	 *  - %DRM_I915_QUERY_ENGINE_INFO (see struct drm_i915_engine_info)
	 *  - %DRM_I915_QUERY_PERF_CONFIG (see struct drm_i915_query_perf_config)
	 *  - %DRM_I915_QUERY_MEMORY_REGIONS (see struct drm_i915_query_memory_regions)
	 *  - %DRM_I915_QUERY_HWCONFIG_BLOB (see `GuC HWCONFIG blob uAPI`)
	 *  - %DRM_I915_QUERY_GEOMETRY_SUBSLICES (see struct drm_i915_query_topology_info)
	 */
	__u64 query_id;
#define DRM_I915_QUERY_TOPOLOGY_INFO		1
#define DRM_I915_QUERY_ENGINE_INFO		2
#define DRM_I915_QUERY_PERF_CONFIG		3
#define DRM_I915_QUERY_MEMORY_REGIONS		4
#define DRM_I915_QUERY_HWCONFIG_BLOB		5
#define DRM_I915_QUERY_GEOMETRY_SUBSLICES	6
/* Must be kept compact -- no holes and well documented */

	/**
	 * @length:
	 *
	 * When set to zero by userspace, this is filled with the size of the
	 * data to be written at the @data_ptr pointer. The kernel sets this
	 * value to a negative value to signal an error on a particular query
	 * item.
	 */
	__s32 length;

	/**
	 * @flags:
	 *
	 * When &query_id == %DRM_I915_QUERY_TOPOLOGY_INFO, must be 0.
	 *
	 * When &query_id == %DRM_I915_QUERY_PERF_CONFIG, must be one of the
	 * following:
	 *
	 *	- %DRM_I915_QUERY_PERF_CONFIG_LIST
	 *      - %DRM_I915_QUERY_PERF_CONFIG_DATA_FOR_UUID
	 *      - %DRM_I915_QUERY_PERF_CONFIG_FOR_UUID
	 *
	 * When &query_id == %DRM_I915_QUERY_GEOMETRY_SUBSLICES must contain
	 * a struct i915_engine_class_instance that references a render engine.
	 */
	__u32 flags;
#define DRM_I915_QUERY_PERF_CONFIG_LIST          1
#define DRM_I915_QUERY_PERF_CONFIG_DATA_FOR_UUID 2
#define DRM_I915_QUERY_PERF_CONFIG_DATA_FOR_ID   3

	/**
	 * @data_ptr:
	 *
	 * Data will be written at the location pointed by @data_ptr when the
	 * value of @length matches the length of the data to be written by the
	 * kernel.
	 */
	__u64 data_ptr;
};

/**
 * struct drm_i915_query - Supply an array of struct drm_i915_query_item for the
 * kernel to fill out.
 *
 * Note that this is generally a two step process for each struct
 * drm_i915_query_item in the array:
 *
 * 1. Call the DRM_IOCTL_I915_QUERY, giving it our array of struct
 *    drm_i915_query_item, with &drm_i915_query_item.length set to zero. The
 *    kernel will then fill in the size, in bytes, which tells userspace how
 *    memory it needs to allocate for the blob(say for an array of properties).
 *
 * 2. Next we call DRM_IOCTL_I915_QUERY again, this time with the
 *    &drm_i915_query_item.data_ptr equal to our newly allocated blob. Note that
 *    the &drm_i915_query_item.length should still be the same as what the
 *    kernel previously set. At this point the kernel can fill in the blob.
 *
 * Note that for some query items it can make sense for userspace to just pass
 * in a buffer/blob equal to or larger than the required size. In this case only
 * a single ioctl call is needed. For some smaller query items this can work
 * quite well.
 *
 */
struct drm_i915_query {
	/** @num_items: The number of elements in the @items_ptr array */
	__u32 num_items;

	/**
	 * @flags: Unused for now. Must be cleared to zero.
	 */
	__u32 flags;

	/**
	 * @items_ptr:
	 *
	 * Pointer to an array of struct drm_i915_query_item. The number of
	 * array elements is @num_items.
	 */
	__u64 items_ptr;
};

/**
 * struct drm_i915_query_topology_info
 *
 * Describes slice/subslice/EU information queried by
 * %DRM_I915_QUERY_TOPOLOGY_INFO
 */
struct drm_i915_query_topology_info {
	/**
	 * @flags:
	 *
	 * Unused for now. Must be cleared to zero.
	 */
	__u16 flags;

	/**
	 * @max_slices:
	 *
	 * The number of bits used to express the slice mask.
	 */
	__u16 max_slices;

	/**
	 * @max_subslices:
	 *
	 * The number of bits used to express the subslice mask.
	 */
	__u16 max_subslices;

	/**
	 * @max_eus_per_subslice:
	 *
	 * The number of bits in the EU mask that correspond to a single
	 * subslice's EUs.
	 */
	__u16 max_eus_per_subslice;

	/**
	 * @subslice_offset:
	 *
	 * Offset in data[] at which the subslice masks are stored.
	 */
	__u16 subslice_offset;

	/**
	 * @subslice_stride:
	 *
	 * Stride at which each of the subslice masks for each slice are
	 * stored.
	 */
	__u16 subslice_stride;

	/**
	 * @eu_offset:
	 *
	 * Offset in data[] at which the EU masks are stored.
	 */
	__u16 eu_offset;

	/**
	 * @eu_stride:
	 *
	 * Stride at which each of the EU masks for each subslice are stored.
	 */
	__u16 eu_stride;

	/**
	 * @data:
	 *
	 * Contains 3 pieces of information :
	 *
	 * - The slice mask with one bit per slice telling whether a slice is
	 *   available. The availability of slice X can be queried with the
	 *   following formula :
	 *
	 *   .. code:: c
	 *
	 *      (data[X / 8] >> (X % 8)) & 1
	 *
	 *   Starting with Xe_HP platforms, Intel hardware no longer has
	 *   traditional slices so i915 will always report a single slice
	 *   (hardcoded slicemask = 0x1) which contains all of the platform's
	 *   subslices.  I.e., the mask here does not reflect any of the newer
	 *   hardware concepts such as "gslices" or "cslices" since userspace
	 *   is capable of inferring those from the subslice mask.
	 *
	 * - The subslice mask for each slice with one bit per subslice telling
	 *   whether a subslice is available.  Starting with Gen12 we use the
	 *   term "subslice" to refer to what the hardware documentation
	 *   describes as a "dual-subslices."  The availability of subslice Y
	 *   in slice X can be queried with the following formula :
	 *
	 *   .. code:: c
	 *
	 *      (data[subslice_offset + X * subslice_stride + Y / 8] >> (Y % 8)) & 1
	 *
	 * - The EU mask for each subslice in each slice, with one bit per EU
	 *   telling whether an EU is available. The availability of EU Z in
	 *   subslice Y in slice X can be queried with the following formula :
	 *
	 *   .. code:: c
	 *
	 *      (data[eu_offset +
	 *            (X * max_subslices + Y) * eu_stride +
	 *            Z / 8
	 *       ] >> (Z % 8)) & 1
	 */
	__u8 data[];
};

/**
 * DOC: Engine Discovery uAPI
 *
 * Engine discovery uAPI is a way of enumerating physical engines present in a
 * GPU associated with an open i915 DRM file descriptor. This supersedes the old
 * way of using `DRM_IOCTL_I915_GETPARAM` and engine identifiers like
 * `I915_PARAM_HAS_BLT`.
 *
 * The need for this interface came starting with Icelake and newer GPUs, which
 * started to establish a pattern of having multiple engines of a same class,
 * where not all instances were always completely functionally equivalent.
 *
 * Entry point for this uapi is `DRM_IOCTL_I915_QUERY` with the
 * `DRM_I915_QUERY_ENGINE_INFO` as the queried item id.
 *
 * Example for getting the list of engines:
 *
 * .. code-block:: C
 *
 * 	struct drm_i915_query_engine_info *info;
 * 	struct drm_i915_query_item item = {
 * 		.query_id = DRM_I915_QUERY_ENGINE_INFO;
 * 	};
 * 	struct drm_i915_query query = {
 * 		.num_items = 1,
 * 		.items_ptr = (uintptr_t)&item,
 * 	};
 * 	int err, i;
 *
 * 	// First query the size of the blob we need, this needs to be large
 * 	// enough to hold our array of engines. The kernel will fill out the
 * 	// item.length for us, which is the number of bytes we need.
 * 	//
 * 	// Alternatively a large buffer can be allocated straight away enabling
 * 	// querying in one pass, in which case item.length should contain the
 * 	// length of the provided buffer.
 * 	err = ioctl(fd, DRM_IOCTL_I915_QUERY, &query);
 * 	if (err) ...
 *
 * 	info = calloc(1, item.length);
 * 	// Now that we allocated the required number of bytes, we call the ioctl
 * 	// again, this time with the data_ptr pointing to our newly allocated
 * 	// blob, which the kernel can then populate with info on all engines.
 * 	item.data_ptr = (uintptr_t)&info,
 *
 * 	err = ioctl(fd, DRM_IOCTL_I915_QUERY, &query);
 * 	if (err) ...
 *
 * 	// We can now access each engine in the array
 * 	for (i = 0; i < info->num_engines; i++) {
 * 		struct drm_i915_engine_info einfo = info->engines[i];
 * 		u16 class = einfo.engine.class;
 * 		u16 instance = einfo.engine.instance;
 * 		....
 * 	}
 *
 * 	free(info);
 *
 * Each of the enumerated engines, apart from being defined by its class and
 * instance (see `struct i915_engine_class_instance`), also can have flags and
 * capabilities defined as documented in i915_drm.h.
 *
 * For instance video engines which support HEVC encoding will have the
 * `I915_VIDEO_CLASS_CAPABILITY_HEVC` capability bit set.
 *
 * Engine discovery only fully comes to its own when combined with the new way
 * of addressing engines when submitting batch buffers using contexts with
 * engine maps configured.
 */

/**
 * struct drm_i915_engine_info
 *
 * Describes one engine and it's capabilities as known to the driver.
 */
struct drm_i915_engine_info {
	/** @engine: Engine class and instance. */
	struct i915_engine_class_instance engine;

	/** @rsvd0: Reserved field. */
	__u32 rsvd0;

	/** @flags: Engine flags. */
	__u64 flags;
#define I915_ENGINE_INFO_HAS_LOGICAL_INSTANCE		(1 << 0)

	/** @capabilities: Capabilities of this engine. */
	__u64 capabilities;
#define I915_VIDEO_CLASS_CAPABILITY_HEVC		(1 << 0)
#define I915_VIDEO_AND_ENHANCE_CLASS_CAPABILITY_SFC	(1 << 1)

	/** @logical_instance: Logical instance of engine */
	__u16 logical_instance;

	/** @rsvd1: Reserved fields. */
	__u16 rsvd1[3];
	/** @rsvd2: Reserved fields. */
	__u64 rsvd2[3];
};

/**
 * struct drm_i915_query_engine_info
 *
 * Engine info query enumerates all engines known to the driver by filling in
 * an array of struct drm_i915_engine_info structures.
 */
struct drm_i915_query_engine_info {
	/** @num_engines: Number of struct drm_i915_engine_info structs following. */
	__u32 num_engines;

	/** @rsvd: MBZ */
	__u32 rsvd[3];

	/** @engines: Marker for drm_i915_engine_info structures. */
	struct drm_i915_engine_info engines[];
};

/**
 * struct drm_i915_query_perf_config
 *
 * Data written by the kernel with query %DRM_I915_QUERY_PERF_CONFIG and
 * %DRM_I915_QUERY_GEOMETRY_SUBSLICES.
 */
struct drm_i915_query_perf_config {
	union {
		/**
		 * @n_configs:
		 *
		 * When &drm_i915_query_item.flags ==
		 * %DRM_I915_QUERY_PERF_CONFIG_LIST, i915 sets this fields to
		 * the number of configurations available.
		 */
		__u64 n_configs;

		/**
		 * @config:
		 *
		 * When &drm_i915_query_item.flags ==
		 * %DRM_I915_QUERY_PERF_CONFIG_DATA_FOR_ID, i915 will use the
		 * value in this field as configuration identifier to decide
		 * what data to write into config_ptr.
		 */
		__u64 config;

		/**
		 * @uuid:
		 *
		 * When &drm_i915_query_item.flags ==
		 * %DRM_I915_QUERY_PERF_CONFIG_DATA_FOR_UUID, i915 will use the
		 * value in this field as configuration identifier to decide
		 * what data to write into config_ptr.
		 *
		 * String formatted like "%08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x"
		 */
		char uuid[36];
	};

	/**
	 * @flags:
	 *
	 * Unused for now. Must be cleared to zero.
	 */
	__u32 flags;

	/**
	 * @data:
	 *
	 * When &drm_i915_query_item.flags == %DRM_I915_QUERY_PERF_CONFIG_LIST,
	 * i915 will write an array of __u64 of configuration identifiers.
	 *
	 * When &drm_i915_query_item.flags == %DRM_I915_QUERY_PERF_CONFIG_DATA,
	 * i915 will write a struct drm_i915_perf_oa_config. If the following
	 * fields of struct drm_i915_perf_oa_config are not set to 0, i915 will
	 * write into the associated pointers the values of submitted when the
	 * configuration was created :
	 *
	 *  - &drm_i915_perf_oa_config.n_mux_regs
	 *  - &drm_i915_perf_oa_config.n_boolean_regs
	 *  - &drm_i915_perf_oa_config.n_flex_regs
	 */
	__u8 data[];
};

/**
 * enum drm_i915_gem_memory_class - Supported memory classes
 */
enum drm_i915_gem_memory_class {
	/** @I915_MEMORY_CLASS_SYSTEM: System memory */
	I915_MEMORY_CLASS_SYSTEM = 0,
	/** @I915_MEMORY_CLASS_DEVICE: Device local-memory */
	I915_MEMORY_CLASS_DEVICE,
};

/**
 * struct drm_i915_gem_memory_class_instance - Identify particular memory region
 */
struct drm_i915_gem_memory_class_instance {
	/** @memory_class: See enum drm_i915_gem_memory_class */
	__u16 memory_class;

	/** @memory_instance: Which instance */
	__u16 memory_instance;
};

/**
 * struct drm_i915_memory_region_info - Describes one region as known to the
 * driver.
 *
 * Note this is using both struct drm_i915_query_item and struct drm_i915_query.
 * For this new query we are adding the new query id DRM_I915_QUERY_MEMORY_REGIONS
 * at &drm_i915_query_item.query_id.
 */
struct drm_i915_memory_region_info {
	/** @region: The class:instance pair encoding */
	struct drm_i915_gem_memory_class_instance region;

	/** @rsvd0: MBZ */
	__u32 rsvd0;

	/**
	 * @probed_size: Memory probed by the driver
	 *
	 * Note that it should not be possible to ever encounter a zero value
	 * here, also note that no current region type will ever return -1 here.
	 * Although for future region types, this might be a possibility. The
	 * same applies to the other size fields.
	 */
	__u64 probed_size;

	/**
	 * @unallocated_size: Estimate of memory remaining
	 *
	 * Requires CAP_PERFMON or CAP_SYS_ADMIN to get reliable accounting.
	 * Without this (or if this is an older kernel) the value here will
	 * always equal the @probed_size. Note this is only currently tracked
	 * for I915_MEMORY_CLASS_DEVICE regions (for other types the value here
	 * will always equal the @probed_size).
	 */
	__u64 unallocated_size;

	union {
		/** @rsvd1: MBZ */
		__u64 rsvd1[8];
		struct {
			/**
			 * @probed_cpu_visible_size: Memory probed by the driver
			 * that is CPU accessible.
			 *
			 * This will be always be <= @probed_size, and the
			 * remainder (if there is any) will not be CPU
			 * accessible.
			 *
			 * On systems without small BAR, the @probed_size will
			 * always equal the @probed_cpu_visible_size, since all
			 * of it will be CPU accessible.
			 *
			 * Note this is only tracked for
			 * I915_MEMORY_CLASS_DEVICE regions (for other types the
			 * value here will always equal the @probed_size).
			 *
			 * Note that if the value returned here is zero, then
			 * this must be an old kernel which lacks the relevant
			 * small-bar uAPI support (including
			 * I915_GEM_CREATE_EXT_FLAG_NEEDS_CPU_ACCESS), but on
			 * such systems we should never actually end up with a
			 * small BAR configuration, assuming we are able to load
			 * the kernel module. Hence it should be safe to treat
			 * this the same as when @probed_cpu_visible_size ==
			 * @probed_size.
			 */
			__u64 probed_cpu_visible_size;

			/**
			 * @unallocated_cpu_visible_size: Estimate of CPU
			 * visible memory remaining.
			 *
			 * Note this is only tracked for
			 * I915_MEMORY_CLASS_DEVICE regions (for other types the
			 * value here will always equal the
			 * @probed_cpu_visible_size).
			 *
			 * Requires CAP_PERFMON or CAP_SYS_ADMIN to get reliable
			 * accounting.  Without this the value here will always
			 * equal the @probed_cpu_visible_size. Note this is only
			 * currently tracked for I915_MEMORY_CLASS_DEVICE
			 * regions (for other types the value here will also
			 * always equal the @probed_cpu_visible_size).
			 *
			 * If this is an older kernel the value here will be
			 * zero, see also @probed_cpu_visible_size.
			 */
			__u64 unallocated_cpu_visible_size;
		};
	};
};

/**
 * struct drm_i915_query_memory_regions
 *
 * The region info query enumerates all regions known to the driver by filling
 * in an array of struct drm_i915_memory_region_info structures.
 *
 * Example for getting the list of supported regions:
 *
 * .. code-block:: C
 *
 *	struct drm_i915_query_memory_regions *info;
 *	struct drm_i915_query_item item = {
 *		.query_id = DRM_I915_QUERY_MEMORY_REGIONS;
 *	};
 *	struct drm_i915_query query = {
 *		.num_items = 1,
 *		.items_ptr = (uintptr_t)&item,
 *	};
 *	int err, i;
 *
 *	// First query the size of the blob we need, this needs to be large
 *	// enough to hold our array of regions. The kernel will fill out the
 *	// item.length for us, which is the number of bytes we need.
 *	err = ioctl(fd, DRM_IOCTL_I915_QUERY, &query);
 *	if (err) ...
 *
 *	info = calloc(1, item.length);
 *	// Now that we allocated the required number of bytes, we call the ioctl
 *	// again, this time with the data_ptr pointing to our newly allocated
 *	// blob, which the kernel can then populate with the all the region info.
 *	item.data_ptr = (uintptr_t)&info,
 *
 *	err = ioctl(fd, DRM_IOCTL_I915_QUERY, &query);
 *	if (err) ...
 *
 *	// We can now access each region in the array
 *	for (i = 0; i < info->num_regions; i++) {
 *		struct drm_i915_memory_region_info mr = info->regions[i];
 *		u16 class = mr.region.class;
 *		u16 instance = mr.region.instance;
 *
 *		....
 *	}
 *
 *	free(info);
 */
struct drm_i915_query_memory_regions {
	/** @num_regions: Number of supported regions */
	__u32 num_regions;

	/** @rsvd: MBZ */
	__u32 rsvd[3];

	/** @regions: Info about each supported region */
	struct drm_i915_memory_region_info regions[];
};

/**
 * DOC: GuC HWCONFIG blob uAPI
 *
 * The GuC produces a blob with information about the current device.
 * i915 reads this blob from GuC and makes it available via this uAPI.
 *
 * The format and meaning of the blob content are documented in the
 * Programmer's Reference Manual.
 */

/**
 * struct drm_i915_gem_create_ext - Existing gem_create behaviour, with added
 * extension support using struct i915_user_extension.
 *
 * Note that new buffer flags should be added here, at least for the stuff that
 * is immutable. Previously we would have two ioctls, one to create the object
 * with gem_create, and another to apply various parameters, however this
 * creates some ambiguity for the params which are considered immutable. Also in
 * general we're phasing out the various SET/GET ioctls.
 */
struct drm_i915_gem_create_ext {
	/**
	 * @size: Requested size for the object.
	 *
	 * The (page-aligned) allocated size for the object will be returned.
	 *
	 * On platforms like DG2/ATS the kernel will always use 64K or larger
	 * pages for I915_MEMORY_CLASS_DEVICE. The kernel also requires a
	 * minimum of 64K GTT alignment for such objects.
	 *
	 * NOTE: Previously the ABI here required a minimum GTT alignment of 2M
	 * on DG2/ATS, due to how the hardware implemented 64K GTT page support,
	 * where we had the following complications:
	 *
	 *   1) The entire PDE (which covers a 2MB virtual address range), must
	 *   contain only 64K PTEs, i.e mixing 4K and 64K PTEs in the same
	 *   PDE is forbidden by the hardware.
	 *
	 *   2) We still need to support 4K PTEs for I915_MEMORY_CLASS_SYSTEM
	 *   objects.
	 *
	 * However on actual production HW this was completely changed to now
	 * allow setting a TLB hint at the PTE level (see PS64), which is a lot
	 * more flexible than the above. With this the 2M restriction was
	 * dropped where we now only require 64K.
	 */
	__u64 size;

	/**
	 * @handle: Returned handle for the object.
	 *
	 * Object handles are nonzero.
	 */
	__u32 handle;

	/**
	 * @flags: Optional flags.
	 *
	 * Supported values:
	 *
	 * I915_GEM_CREATE_EXT_FLAG_NEEDS_CPU_ACCESS - Signal to the kernel that
	 * the object will need to be accessed via the CPU.
	 *
	 * Only valid when placing objects in I915_MEMORY_CLASS_DEVICE, and only
	 * strictly required on configurations where some subset of the device
	 * memory is directly visible/mappable through the CPU (which we also
	 * call small BAR), like on some DG2+ systems. Note that this is quite
	 * undesirable, but due to various factors like the client CPU, BIOS etc
	 * it's something we can expect to see in the wild. See
	 * &drm_i915_memory_region_info.probed_cpu_visible_size for how to
	 * determine if this system applies.
	 *
	 * Note that one of the placements MUST be I915_MEMORY_CLASS_SYSTEM, to
	 * ensure the kernel can always spill the allocation to system memory,
	 * if the object can't be allocated in the mappable part of
	 * I915_MEMORY_CLASS_DEVICE.
	 *
	 * Also note that since the kernel only supports flat-CCS on objects
	 * that can *only* be placed in I915_MEMORY_CLASS_DEVICE, we therefore
	 * don't support I915_GEM_CREATE_EXT_FLAG_NEEDS_CPU_ACCESS together with
	 * flat-CCS.
	 *
	 * Without this hint, the kernel will assume that non-mappable
	 * I915_MEMORY_CLASS_DEVICE is preferred for this object. Note that the
	 * kernel can still migrate the object to the mappable part, as a last
	 * resort, if userspace ever CPU faults this object, but this might be
	 * expensive, and so ideally should be avoided.
	 *
	 * On older kernels which lack the relevant small-bar uAPI support (see
	 * also &drm_i915_memory_region_info.probed_cpu_visible_size),
	 * usage of the flag will result in an error, but it should NEVER be
	 * possible to end up with a small BAR configuration, assuming we can
	 * also successfully load the i915 kernel module. In such cases the
	 * entire I915_MEMORY_CLASS_DEVICE region will be CPU accessible, and as
	 * such there are zero restrictions on where the object can be placed.
	 */
#define I915_GEM_CREATE_EXT_FLAG_NEEDS_CPU_ACCESS (1 << 0)
	__u32 flags;

	/**
	 * @extensions: The chain of extensions to apply to this object.
	 *
	 * This will be useful in the future when we need to support several
	 * different extensions, and we need to apply more than one when
	 * creating the object. See struct i915_user_extension.
	 *
	 * If we don't supply any extensions then we get the same old gem_create
	 * behaviour.
	 *
	 * For I915_GEM_CREATE_EXT_MEMORY_REGIONS usage see
	 * struct drm_i915_gem_create_ext_memory_regions.
	 *
	 * For I915_GEM_CREATE_EXT_PROTECTED_CONTENT usage see
	 * struct drm_i915_gem_create_ext_protected_content.
	 */
#define I915_GEM_CREATE_EXT_MEMORY_REGIONS 0
#define I915_GEM_CREATE_EXT_PROTECTED_CONTENT 1
	__u64 extensions;
};

/**
 * struct drm_i915_gem_create_ext_memory_regions - The
 * I915_GEM_CREATE_EXT_MEMORY_REGIONS extension.
 *
 * Set the object with the desired set of placements/regions in priority
 * order. Each entry must be unique and supported by the device.
 *
 * This is provided as an array of struct drm_i915_gem_memory_class_instance, or
 * an equivalent layout of class:instance pair encodings. See struct
 * drm_i915_query_memory_regions and DRM_I915_QUERY_MEMORY_REGIONS for how to
 * query the supported regions for a device.
 *
 * As an example, on discrete devices, if we wish to set the placement as
 * device local-memory we can do something like:
 *
 * .. code-block:: C
 *
 *	struct drm_i915_gem_memory_class_instance region_lmem = {
 *              .memory_class = I915_MEMORY_CLASS_DEVICE,
 *              .memory_instance = 0,
 *      };
 *      struct drm_i915_gem_create_ext_memory_regions regions = {
 *              .base = { .name = I915_GEM_CREATE_EXT_MEMORY_REGIONS },
 *              .regions = (uintptr_t)&region_lmem,
 *              .num_regions = 1,
 *      };
 *      struct drm_i915_gem_create_ext create_ext = {
 *              .size = 16 * PAGE_SIZE,
 *              .extensions = (uintptr_t)&regions,
 *      };
 *
 *      int err = ioctl(fd, DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_CREATE_EXT, &create_ext);
 *      if (err) ...
 *
 * At which point we get the object handle in &drm_i915_gem_create_ext.handle,
 * along with the final object size in &drm_i915_gem_create_ext.size, which
 * should account for any rounding up, if required.
 *
 * Note that userspace has no means of knowing the current backing region
 * for objects where @num_regions is larger than one. The kernel will only
 * ensure that the priority order of the @regions array is honoured, either
 * when initially placing the object, or when moving memory around due to
 * memory pressure
 *
 * On Flat-CCS capable HW, compression is supported for the objects residing
 * in I915_MEMORY_CLASS_DEVICE. When such objects (compressed) have other
 * memory class in @regions and migrated (by i915, due to memory
 * constraints) to the non I915_MEMORY_CLASS_DEVICE region, then i915 needs to
 * decompress the content. But i915 doesn't have the required information to
 * decompress the userspace compressed objects.
 *
 * So i915 supports Flat-CCS, on the objects which can reside only on
 * I915_MEMORY_CLASS_DEVICE regions.
 */
struct drm_i915_gem_create_ext_memory_regions {
	/** @base: Extension link. See struct i915_user_extension. */
	struct i915_user_extension base;

	/** @pad: MBZ */
	__u32 pad;
	/** @num_regions: Number of elements in the @regions array. */
	__u32 num_regions;
	/**
	 * @regions: The regions/placements array.
	 *
	 * An array of struct drm_i915_gem_memory_class_instance.
	 */
	__u64 regions;
};

/**
 * struct drm_i915_gem_create_ext_protected_content - The
 * I915_OBJECT_PARAM_PROTECTED_CONTENT extension.
 *
 * If this extension is provided, buffer contents are expected to be protected
 * by PXP encryption and require decryption for scan out and processing. This
 * is only possible on platforms that have PXP enabled, on all other scenarios
 * using this extension will cause the ioctl to fail and return -ENODEV. The
 * flags parameter is reserved for future expansion and must currently be set
 * to zero.
 *
 * The buffer contents are considered invalid after a PXP session teardown.
 *
 * The encryption is guaranteed to be processed correctly only if the object
 * is submitted with a context created using the
 * I915_CONTEXT_PARAM_PROTECTED_CONTENT flag. This will also enable extra checks
 * at submission time on the validity of the objects involved.
 *
 * Below is an example on how to create a protected object:
 *
 * .. code-block:: C
 *
 *      struct drm_i915_gem_create_ext_protected_content protected_ext = {
 *              .base = { .name = I915_GEM_CREATE_EXT_PROTECTED_CONTENT },
 *              .flags = 0,
 *      };
 *      struct drm_i915_gem_create_ext create_ext = {
 *              .size = PAGE_SIZE,
 *              .extensions = (uintptr_t)&protected_ext,
 *      };
 *
 *      int err = ioctl(fd, DRM_IOCTL_I915_GEM_CREATE_EXT, &create_ext);
 *      if (err) ...
 */
struct drm_i915_gem_create_ext_protected_content {
	/** @base: Extension link. See struct i915_user_extension. */
	struct i915_user_extension base;
	/** @flags: reserved for future usage, currently MBZ */
	__u32 flags;
};

/* ID of the protected content session managed by i915 when PXP is active */
#define I915_PROTECTED_CONTENT_DEFAULT_SESSION 0xf

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif /* _I915_DRM_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2012 Russell King
 *  With inspiration from the i915 driver
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
 */
#ifndef DRM_ARMADA_IOCTL_H
#define DRM_ARMADA_IOCTL_H

#include "drm.h"

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

#define DRM_ARMADA_GEM_CREATE		0x00
#define DRM_ARMADA_GEM_MMAP		0x02
#define DRM_ARMADA_GEM_PWRITE		0x03

#define ARMADA_IOCTL(dir, name, str) \
	DRM_##dir(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_ARMADA_##name, struct drm_armada_##str)

struct drm_armada_gem_create {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 size;
};
#define DRM_IOCTL_ARMADA_GEM_CREATE \
	ARMADA_IOCTL(IOWR, GEM_CREATE, gem_create)

struct drm_armada_gem_mmap {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pad;
	__u64 offset;
	__u64 size;
	__u64 addr;
};
#define DRM_IOCTL_ARMADA_GEM_MMAP \
	ARMADA_IOCTL(IOWR, GEM_MMAP, gem_mmap)

struct drm_armada_gem_pwrite {
	__u64 ptr;
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 offset;
	__u32 size;
};
#define DRM_IOCTL_ARMADA_GEM_PWRITE \
	ARMADA_IOCTL(IOW, GEM_PWRITE, gem_pwrite)

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT */
/* Copyright 2017-2018 Qiang Yu <yuq825@gmail.com> */

#ifndef __LIMA_DRM_H__
#define __LIMA_DRM_H__

#include "drm.h"

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

enum drm_lima_param_gpu_id {
	DRM_LIMA_PARAM_GPU_ID_UNKNOWN,
	DRM_LIMA_PARAM_GPU_ID_MALI400,
	DRM_LIMA_PARAM_GPU_ID_MALI450,
};

enum drm_lima_param {
	DRM_LIMA_PARAM_GPU_ID,
	DRM_LIMA_PARAM_NUM_PP,
	DRM_LIMA_PARAM_GP_VERSION,
	DRM_LIMA_PARAM_PP_VERSION,
};

/**
 * get various information of the GPU
 */
struct drm_lima_get_param {
	__u32 param; /* in, value in enum drm_lima_param */
	__u32 pad;   /* pad, must be zero */
	__u64 value; /* out, parameter value */
};

/*
 * heap buffer dynamically increase backup memory size when GP task fail
 * due to lack of heap memory. size field of heap buffer is an up bound of
 * the backup memory which can be set to a fairly large value.
 */
#define LIMA_BO_FLAG_HEAP  (1 << 0)

/**
 * create a buffer for used by GPU
 */
struct drm_lima_gem_create {
	__u32 size;    /* in, buffer size */
	__u32 flags;   /* in, buffer flags */
	__u32 handle;  /* out, GEM buffer handle */
	__u32 pad;     /* pad, must be zero */
};

/**
 * get information of a buffer
 */
struct drm_lima_gem_info {
	__u32 handle;  /* in, GEM buffer handle */
	__u32 va;      /* out, virtual address mapped into GPU MMU */
	__u64 offset;  /* out, used to mmap this buffer to CPU */
};

#define LIMA_SUBMIT_BO_READ   0x01
#define LIMA_SUBMIT_BO_WRITE  0x02

/* buffer information used by one task */
struct drm_lima_gem_submit_bo {
	__u32 handle;  /* in, GEM buffer handle */
	__u32 flags;   /* in, buffer read/write by GPU */
};

#define LIMA_GP_FRAME_REG_NUM 6

/* frame used to setup GP for each task */
struct drm_lima_gp_frame {
	__u32 frame[LIMA_GP_FRAME_REG_NUM];
};

#define LIMA_PP_FRAME_REG_NUM 23
#define LIMA_PP_WB_REG_NUM 12

/* frame used to setup mali400 GPU PP for each task */
struct drm_lima_m400_pp_frame {
	__u32 frame[LIMA_PP_FRAME_REG_NUM];
	__u32 num_pp;
	__u32 wb[3 * LIMA_PP_WB_REG_NUM];
	__u32 plbu_array_address[4];
	__u32 fragment_stack_address[4];
};

/* frame used to setup mali450 GPU PP for each task */
struct drm_lima_m450_pp_frame {
	__u32 frame[LIMA_PP_FRAME_REG_NUM];
	__u32 num_pp;
	__u32 wb[3 * LIMA_PP_WB_REG_NUM];
	__u32 use_dlbu;
	__u32 _pad;
	union {
		__u32 plbu_array_address[8];
		__u32 dlbu_regs[4];
	};
	__u32 fragment_stack_address[8];
};

#define LIMA_PIPE_GP  0x00
#define LIMA_PIPE_PP  0x01

#define LIMA_SUBMIT_FLAG_EXPLICIT_FENCE (1 << 0)

/**
 * submit a task to GPU
 *
 * User can always merge multi sync_file and drm_syncobj
 * into one drm_syncobj as in_sync[0], but we reserve
 * in_sync[1] for another task's out_sync to avoid the
 * export/import/merge pass when explicit sync.
 */
struct drm_lima_gem_submit {
	__u32 ctx;         /* in, context handle task is submitted to */
	__u32 pipe;        /* in, which pipe to use, GP/PP */
	__u32 nr_bos;      /* in, array length of bos field */
	__u32 frame_size;  /* in, size of frame field */
	__u64 bos;         /* in, array of drm_lima_gem_submit_bo */
	__u64 frame;       /* in, GP/PP frame */
	__u32 flags;       /* in, submit flags */
	__u32 out_sync;    /* in, drm_syncobj handle used to wait task finish after submission */
	__u32 in_sync[2];  /* in, drm_syncobj handle used to wait before start this task */
};

#define LIMA_GEM_WAIT_READ   0x01
#define LIMA_GEM_WAIT_WRITE  0x02

/**
 * wait pending GPU task finish of a buffer
 */
struct drm_lima_gem_wait {
	__u32 handle;      /* in, GEM buffer handle */
	__u32 op;          /* in, CPU want to read/write this buffer */
	__s64 timeout_ns;  /* in, wait timeout in absulute time */
};

/**
 * create a context
 */
struct drm_lima_ctx_create {
	__u32 id;          /* out, context handle */
	__u32 _pad;        /* pad, must be zero */
};

/**
 * free a context
 */
struct drm_lima_ctx_free {
	__u32 id;          /* in, context handle */
	__u32 _pad;        /* pad, must be zero */
};

#define DRM_LIMA_GET_PARAM   0x00
#define DRM_LIMA_GEM_CREATE  0x01
#define DRM_LIMA_GEM_INFO    0x02
#define DRM_LIMA_GEM_SUBMIT  0x03
#define DRM_LIMA_GEM_WAIT    0x04
#define DRM_LIMA_CTX_CREATE  0x05
#define DRM_LIMA_CTX_FREE    0x06

#define DRM_IOCTL_LIMA_GET_PARAM DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_LIMA_GET_PARAM, struct drm_lima_get_param)
#define DRM_IOCTL_LIMA_GEM_CREATE DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_LIMA_GEM_CREATE, struct drm_lima_gem_create)
#define DRM_IOCTL_LIMA_GEM_INFO DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_LIMA_GEM_INFO, struct drm_lima_gem_info)
#define DRM_IOCTL_LIMA_GEM_SUBMIT DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_LIMA_GEM_SUBMIT, struct drm_lima_gem_submit)
#define DRM_IOCTL_LIMA_GEM_WAIT DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_LIMA_GEM_WAIT, struct drm_lima_gem_wait)
#define DRM_IOCTL_LIMA_CTX_CREATE DRM_IOR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_LIMA_CTX_CREATE, struct drm_lima_ctx_create)
#define DRM_IOCTL_LIMA_CTX_FREE DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_LIMA_CTX_FREE, struct drm_lima_ctx_free)

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif /* __LIMA_DRM_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* exynos_drm.h
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2011 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
 * Authors:
 *	Inki Dae <inki.dae@samsung.com>
 *	Joonyoung Shim <jy0922.shim@samsung.com>
 *	Seung-Woo Kim <sw0312.kim@samsung.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute  it and/or modify it
 * under  the terms of  the GNU General  Public License as published by the
 * Free Software Foundation;  either version 2 of the  License, or (at your
 * option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef _EXYNOS_DRM_H_
#define _EXYNOS_DRM_H_

#include "drm.h"

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * User-desired buffer creation information structure.
 *
 * @size: user-desired memory allocation size.
 *	- this size value would be page-aligned internally.
 * @flags: user request for setting memory type or cache attributes.
 * @handle: returned a handle to created gem object.
 *	- this handle will be set by gem module of kernel side.
 */
struct drm_exynos_gem_create {
	__u64 size;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 handle;
};

/**
 * A structure for getting a fake-offset that can be used with mmap.
 *
 * @handle: handle of gem object.
 * @reserved: just padding to be 64-bit aligned.
 * @offset: a fake-offset of gem object.
 */
struct drm_exynos_gem_map {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 reserved;
	__u64 offset;
};

/**
 * A structure to gem information.
 *
 * @handle: a handle to gem object created.
 * @flags: flag value including memory type and cache attribute and
 *	this value would be set by driver.
 * @size: size to memory region allocated by gem and this size would
 *	be set by driver.
 */
struct drm_exynos_gem_info {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 flags;
	__u64 size;
};

/**
 * A structure for user connection request of virtual display.
 *
 * @connection: indicate whether doing connection or not by user.
 * @extensions: if this value is 1 then the vidi driver would need additional
 *	128bytes edid data.
 * @edid: the edid data pointer from user side.
 */
struct drm_exynos_vidi_connection {
	__u32 connection;
	__u32 extensions;
	__u64 edid;
};

/* memory type definitions. */
enum e_drm_exynos_gem_mem_type {
	/* Physically Continuous memory and used as default. */
	EXYNOS_BO_CONTIG	= 0 << 0,
	/* Physically Non-Continuous memory. */
	EXYNOS_BO_NONCONTIG	= 1 << 0,
	/* non-cachable mapping and used as default. */
	EXYNOS_BO_NONCACHABLE	= 0 << 1,
	/* cachable mapping. */
	EXYNOS_BO_CACHABLE	= 1 << 1,
	/* write-combine mapping. */
	EXYNOS_BO_WC		= 1 << 2,
	EXYNOS_BO_MASK		= EXYNOS_BO_NONCONTIG | EXYNOS_BO_CACHABLE |
					EXYNOS_BO_WC
};

struct drm_exynos_g2d_get_ver {
	__u32	major;
	__u32	minor;
};

struct drm_exynos_g2d_cmd {
	__u32	offset;
	__u32	data;
};

enum drm_exynos_g2d_buf_type {
	G2D_BUF_USERPTR = 1 << 31,
};

enum drm_exynos_g2d_event_type {
	G2D_EVENT_NOT,
	G2D_EVENT_NONSTOP,
	G2D_EVENT_STOP,		/* not yet */
};

struct drm_exynos_g2d_userptr {
	unsigned long userptr;
	unsigned long size;
};

struct drm_exynos_g2d_set_cmdlist {
	__u64					cmd;
	__u64					cmd_buf;
	__u32					cmd_nr;
	__u32					cmd_buf_nr;

	/* for g2d event */
	__u64					event_type;
	__u64					user_data;
};

struct drm_exynos_g2d_exec {
	__u64					async;
};

/* Exynos DRM IPP v2 API */

/**
 * Enumerate available IPP hardware modules.
 *
 * @count_ipps: size of ipp_id array / number of ipp modules (set by driver)
 * @reserved: padding
 * @ipp_id_ptr: pointer to ipp_id array or NULL
 */
struct drm_exynos_ioctl_ipp_get_res {
	__u32 count_ipps;
	__u32 reserved;
	__u64 ipp_id_ptr;
};

enum drm_exynos_ipp_format_type {
	DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_FORMAT_SOURCE		= 0x01,
	DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_FORMAT_DESTINATION	= 0x02,
};

struct drm_exynos_ipp_format {
	__u32 fourcc;
	__u32 type;
	__u64 modifier;
};

enum drm_exynos_ipp_capability {
	DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_CAP_CROP		= 0x01,
	DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_CAP_ROTATE	= 0x02,
	DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_CAP_SCALE	= 0x04,
	DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_CAP_CONVERT	= 0x08,
};

/**
 * Get IPP hardware capabilities and supported image formats.
 *
 * @ipp_id: id of IPP module to query
 * @capabilities: bitmask of drm_exynos_ipp_capability (set by driver)
 * @reserved: padding
 * @formats_count: size of formats array (in entries) / number of filled
 *		   formats (set by driver)
 * @formats_ptr: pointer to formats array or NULL
 */
struct drm_exynos_ioctl_ipp_get_caps {
	__u32 ipp_id;
	__u32 capabilities;
	__u32 reserved;
	__u32 formats_count;
	__u64 formats_ptr;
};

enum drm_exynos_ipp_limit_type {
	/* size (horizontal/vertial) limits, in pixels (min, max, alignment) */
	DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_LIMIT_TYPE_SIZE		= 0x0001,
	/* scale ratio (horizonta/vertial), 16.16 fixed point (min, max) */
	DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_LIMIT_TYPE_SCALE		= 0x0002,

	/* image buffer area */
	DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_LIMIT_SIZE_BUFFER	= 0x0001 << 16,
	/* src/dst rectangle area */
	DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_LIMIT_SIZE_AREA		= 0x0002 << 16,
	/* src/dst rectangle area when rotation enabled */
	DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_LIMIT_SIZE_ROTATED	= 0x0003 << 16,

	DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_LIMIT_TYPE_MASK		= 0x000f,
	DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_LIMIT_SIZE_MASK		= 0x000f << 16,
};

struct drm_exynos_ipp_limit_val {
	__u32 min;
	__u32 max;
	__u32 align;
	__u32 reserved;
};

/**
 * IPP module limitation.
 *
 * @type: limit type (see drm_exynos_ipp_limit_type enum)
 * @reserved: padding
 * @h: horizontal limits
 * @v: vertical limits
 */
struct drm_exynos_ipp_limit {
	__u32 type;
	__u32 reserved;
	struct drm_exynos_ipp_limit_val h;
	struct drm_exynos_ipp_limit_val v;
};

/**
 * Get IPP limits for given image format.
 *
 * @ipp_id: id of IPP module to query
 * @fourcc: image format code (see DRM_FORMAT_* in drm_fourcc.h)
 * @modifier: image format modifier (see DRM_FORMAT_MOD_* in drm_fourcc.h)
 * @type: source/destination identifier (drm_exynos_ipp_format_flag enum)
 * @limits_count: size of limits array (in entries) / number of filled entries
 *		 (set by driver)
 * @limits_ptr: pointer to limits array or NULL
 */
struct drm_exynos_ioctl_ipp_get_limits {
	__u32 ipp_id;
	__u32 fourcc;
	__u64 modifier;
	__u32 type;
	__u32 limits_count;
	__u64 limits_ptr;
};

enum drm_exynos_ipp_task_id {
	/* buffer described by struct drm_exynos_ipp_task_buffer */
	DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_TASK_BUFFER		= 0x0001,
	/* rectangle described by struct drm_exynos_ipp_task_rect */
	DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_TASK_RECTANGLE		= 0x0002,
	/* transformation described by struct drm_exynos_ipp_task_transform */
	DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_TASK_TRANSFORM		= 0x0003,
	/* alpha configuration described by struct drm_exynos_ipp_task_alpha */
	DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_TASK_ALPHA		= 0x0004,

	/* source image data (for buffer and rectangle chunks) */
	DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_TASK_TYPE_SOURCE		= 0x0001 << 16,
	/* destination image data (for buffer and rectangle chunks) */
	DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_TASK_TYPE_DESTINATION	= 0x0002 << 16,
};

/**
 * Memory buffer with image data.
 *
 * @id: must be DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_TASK_BUFFER
 * other parameters are same as for AddFB2 generic DRM ioctl
 */
struct drm_exynos_ipp_task_buffer {
	__u32	id;
	__u32	fourcc;
	__u32	width, height;
	__u32	gem_id[4];
	__u32	offset[4];
	__u32	pitch[4];
	__u64	modifier;
};

/**
 * Rectangle for processing.
 *
 * @id: must be DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_TASK_RECTANGLE
 * @reserved: padding
 * @x,@y: left corner in pixels
 * @w,@h: width/height in pixels
 */
struct drm_exynos_ipp_task_rect {
	__u32	id;
	__u32	reserved;
	__u32	x;
	__u32	y;
	__u32	w;
	__u32	h;
};

/**
 * Image tranformation description.
 *
 * @id: must be DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_TASK_TRANSFORM
 * @rotation: DRM_MODE_ROTATE_* and DRM_MODE_REFLECT_* values
 */
struct drm_exynos_ipp_task_transform {
	__u32	id;
	__u32	rotation;
};

/**
 * Image global alpha configuration for formats without alpha values.
 *
 * @id: must be DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_TASK_ALPHA
 * @value: global alpha value (0-255)
 */
struct drm_exynos_ipp_task_alpha {
	__u32	id;
	__u32	value;
};

enum drm_exynos_ipp_flag {
	/* generate DRM event after processing */
	DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_FLAG_EVENT	= 0x01,
	/* dry run, only check task parameters */
	DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_FLAG_TEST_ONLY	= 0x02,
	/* non-blocking processing */
	DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_FLAG_NONBLOCK	= 0x04,
};

#define DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_FLAGS (DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_FLAG_EVENT |\
		DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_FLAG_TEST_ONLY | DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_FLAG_NONBLOCK)

/**
 * Perform image processing described by array of drm_exynos_ipp_task_*
 * structures (parameters array).
 *
 * @ipp_id: id of IPP module to run the task
 * @flags: bitmask of drm_exynos_ipp_flag values
 * @reserved: padding
 * @params_size: size of parameters array (in bytes)
 * @params_ptr: pointer to parameters array or NULL
 * @user_data: (optional) data for drm event
 */
struct drm_exynos_ioctl_ipp_commit {
	__u32 ipp_id;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 reserved;
	__u32 params_size;
	__u64 params_ptr;
	__u64 user_data;
};

#define DRM_EXYNOS_GEM_CREATE		0x00
#define DRM_EXYNOS_GEM_MAP		0x01
/* Reserved 0x03 ~ 0x05 for exynos specific gem ioctl */
#define DRM_EXYNOS_GEM_GET		0x04
#define DRM_EXYNOS_VIDI_CONNECTION	0x07

/* G2D */
#define DRM_EXYNOS_G2D_GET_VER		0x20
#define DRM_EXYNOS_G2D_SET_CMDLIST	0x21
#define DRM_EXYNOS_G2D_EXEC		0x22

/* Reserved 0x30 ~ 0x33 for obsolete Exynos IPP ioctls */
/* IPP - Image Post Processing */
#define DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_GET_RESOURCES	0x40
#define DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_GET_CAPS		0x41
#define DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_GET_LIMITS	0x42
#define DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_COMMIT		0x43

#define DRM_IOCTL_EXYNOS_GEM_CREATE		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + \
		DRM_EXYNOS_GEM_CREATE, struct drm_exynos_gem_create)
#define DRM_IOCTL_EXYNOS_GEM_MAP		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + \
		DRM_EXYNOS_GEM_MAP, struct drm_exynos_gem_map)
#define DRM_IOCTL_EXYNOS_GEM_GET	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + \
		DRM_EXYNOS_GEM_GET,	struct drm_exynos_gem_info)

#define DRM_IOCTL_EXYNOS_VIDI_CONNECTION	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + \
		DRM_EXYNOS_VIDI_CONNECTION, struct drm_exynos_vidi_connection)

#define DRM_IOCTL_EXYNOS_G2D_GET_VER		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + \
		DRM_EXYNOS_G2D_GET_VER, struct drm_exynos_g2d_get_ver)
#define DRM_IOCTL_EXYNOS_G2D_SET_CMDLIST	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + \
		DRM_EXYNOS_G2D_SET_CMDLIST, struct drm_exynos_g2d_set_cmdlist)
#define DRM_IOCTL_EXYNOS_G2D_EXEC		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + \
		DRM_EXYNOS_G2D_EXEC, struct drm_exynos_g2d_exec)

#define DRM_IOCTL_EXYNOS_IPP_GET_RESOURCES	DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + \
		DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_GET_RESOURCES, \
		struct drm_exynos_ioctl_ipp_get_res)
#define DRM_IOCTL_EXYNOS_IPP_GET_CAPS		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + \
		DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_GET_CAPS, struct drm_exynos_ioctl_ipp_get_caps)
#define DRM_IOCTL_EXYNOS_IPP_GET_LIMITS		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + \
		DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_GET_LIMITS, \
		struct drm_exynos_ioctl_ipp_get_limits)
#define DRM_IOCTL_EXYNOS_IPP_COMMIT		DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + \
		DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_COMMIT, struct drm_exynos_ioctl_ipp_commit)

/* Exynos specific events */
#define DRM_EXYNOS_G2D_EVENT		0x80000000
#define DRM_EXYNOS_IPP_EVENT		0x80000002

struct drm_exynos_g2d_event {
	struct drm_event	base;
	__u64			user_data;
	__u32			tv_sec;
	__u32			tv_usec;
	__u32			cmdlist_no;
	__u32			reserved;
};

struct drm_exynos_ipp_event {
	struct drm_event	base;
	__u64			user_data;
	__u32			tv_sec;
	__u32			tv_usec;
	__u32			ipp_id;
	__u32			sequence;
	__u64			reserved;
};

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif /* _EXYNOS_DRM_H_ */
/*
 * Header for the Direct Rendering Manager
 *
 * Author: Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@valinux.com>
 *
 * Acknowledgments:
 * Dec 1999, Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>, move to generic cmpxchg.
 */

/*
 * Copyright 1999 Precision Insight, Inc., Cedar Park, Texas.
 * Copyright 2000 VA Linux Systems, Inc., Sunnyvale, California.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
 * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
 * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
 * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
 * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
 * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
 * Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
 * VA LINUX SYSTEMS AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
 * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
 * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
 * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 */

#ifndef _DRM_H_
#define _DRM_H_

#if   defined(__linux__)

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <asm/ioctl.h>
typedef unsigned int drm_handle_t;

#else /* One of the BSDs */

#include <stdint.h>
#include <sys/ioccom.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
typedef int8_t   __s8;
typedef uint8_t  __u8;
typedef int16_t  __s16;
typedef uint16_t __u16;
typedef int32_t  __s32;
typedef uint32_t __u32;
typedef int64_t  __s64;
typedef uint64_t __u64;
typedef size_t   __kernel_size_t;
typedef unsigned long drm_handle_t;

#endif

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

#define DRM_NAME	"drm"	  /**< Name in kernel, /dev, and /proc */
#define DRM_MIN_ORDER	5	  /**< At least 2^5 bytes = 32 bytes */
#define DRM_MAX_ORDER	22	  /**< Up to 2^22 bytes = 4MB */
#define DRM_RAM_PERCENT 10	  /**< How much system ram can we lock? */

#define _DRM_LOCK_HELD	0x80000000U /**< Hardware lock is held */
#define _DRM_LOCK_CONT	0x40000000U /**< Hardware lock is contended */
#define _DRM_LOCK_IS_HELD(lock)	   ((lock) & _DRM_LOCK_HELD)
#define _DRM_LOCK_IS_CONT(lock)	   ((lock) & _DRM_LOCK_CONT)
#define _DRM_LOCKING_CONTEXT(lock) ((lock) & ~(_DRM_LOCK_HELD|_DRM_LOCK_CONT))

typedef unsigned int drm_context_t;
typedef unsigned int drm_drawable_t;
typedef unsigned int drm_magic_t;

/*
 * Cliprect.
 *
 * \warning: If you change this structure, make sure you change
 * XF86DRIClipRectRec in the server as well
 *
 * \note KW: Actually it's illegal to change either for
 * backwards-compatibility reasons.
 */
struct drm_clip_rect {
	unsigned short x1;
	unsigned short y1;
	unsigned short x2;
	unsigned short y2;
};

/*
 * Drawable information.
 */
struct drm_drawable_info {
	unsigned int num_rects;
	struct drm_clip_rect *rects;
};

/*
 * Texture region,
 */
struct drm_tex_region {
	unsigned char next;
	unsigned char prev;
	unsigned char in_use;
	unsigned char padding;
	unsigned int age;
};

/*
 * Hardware lock.
 *
 * The lock structure is a simple cache-line aligned integer.  To avoid
 * processor bus contention on a multiprocessor system, there should not be any
 * other data stored in the same cache line.
 */
struct drm_hw_lock {
	__volatile__ unsigned int lock;		/**< lock variable */
	char padding[60];			/**< Pad to cache line */
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_VERSION ioctl argument type.
 *
 * \sa drmGetVersion().
 */
struct drm_version {
	int version_major;	  /**< Major version */
	int version_minor;	  /**< Minor version */
	int version_patchlevel;	  /**< Patch level */
	__kernel_size_t name_len;	  /**< Length of name buffer */
	char *name;	  /**< Name of driver */
	__kernel_size_t date_len;	  /**< Length of date buffer */
	char *date;	  /**< User-space buffer to hold date */
	__kernel_size_t desc_len;	  /**< Length of desc buffer */
	char *desc;	  /**< User-space buffer to hold desc */
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_GET_UNIQUE ioctl argument type.
 *
 * \sa drmGetBusid() and drmSetBusId().
 */
struct drm_unique {
	__kernel_size_t unique_len;	  /**< Length of unique */
	char *unique;	  /**< Unique name for driver instantiation */
};

struct drm_list {
	int count;		  /**< Length of user-space structures */
	struct drm_version *version;
};

struct drm_block {
	int unused;
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_CONTROL ioctl argument type.
 *
 * \sa drmCtlInstHandler() and drmCtlUninstHandler().
 */
struct drm_control {
	enum {
		DRM_ADD_COMMAND,
		DRM_RM_COMMAND,
		DRM_INST_HANDLER,
		DRM_UNINST_HANDLER
	} func;
	int irq;
};

/*
 * Type of memory to map.
 */
enum drm_map_type {
	_DRM_FRAME_BUFFER = 0,	  /**< WC (no caching), no core dump */
	_DRM_REGISTERS = 1,	  /**< no caching, no core dump */
	_DRM_SHM = 2,		  /**< shared, cached */
	_DRM_AGP = 3,		  /**< AGP/GART */
	_DRM_SCATTER_GATHER = 4,  /**< Scatter/gather memory for PCI DMA */
	_DRM_CONSISTENT = 5	  /**< Consistent memory for PCI DMA */
};

/*
 * Memory mapping flags.
 */
enum drm_map_flags {
	_DRM_RESTRICTED = 0x01,	     /**< Cannot be mapped to user-virtual */
	_DRM_READ_ONLY = 0x02,
	_DRM_LOCKED = 0x04,	     /**< shared, cached, locked */
	_DRM_KERNEL = 0x08,	     /**< kernel requires access */
	_DRM_WRITE_COMBINING = 0x10, /**< use write-combining if available */
	_DRM_CONTAINS_LOCK = 0x20,   /**< SHM page that contains lock */
	_DRM_REMOVABLE = 0x40,	     /**< Removable mapping */
	_DRM_DRIVER = 0x80	     /**< Managed by driver */
};

struct drm_ctx_priv_map {
	unsigned int ctx_id;	 /**< Context requesting private mapping */
	void *handle;		 /**< Handle of map */
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_GET_MAP, DRM_IOCTL_ADD_MAP and DRM_IOCTL_RM_MAP ioctls
 * argument type.
 *
 * \sa drmAddMap().
 */
struct drm_map {
	unsigned long offset;	 /**< Requested physical address (0 for SAREA)*/
	unsigned long size;	 /**< Requested physical size (bytes) */
	enum drm_map_type type;	 /**< Type of memory to map */
	enum drm_map_flags flags;	 /**< Flags */
	void *handle;		 /**< User-space: "Handle" to pass to mmap() */
				 /**< Kernel-space: kernel-virtual address */
	int mtrr;		 /**< MTRR slot used */
	/*   Private data */
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_GET_CLIENT ioctl argument type.
 */
struct drm_client {
	int idx;		/**< Which client desired? */
	int auth;		/**< Is client authenticated? */
	unsigned long pid;	/**< Process ID */
	unsigned long uid;	/**< User ID */
	unsigned long magic;	/**< Magic */
	unsigned long iocs;	/**< Ioctl count */
};

enum drm_stat_type {
	_DRM_STAT_LOCK,
	_DRM_STAT_OPENS,
	_DRM_STAT_CLOSES,
	_DRM_STAT_IOCTLS,
	_DRM_STAT_LOCKS,
	_DRM_STAT_UNLOCKS,
	_DRM_STAT_VALUE,	/**< Generic value */
	_DRM_STAT_BYTE,		/**< Generic byte counter (1024bytes/K) */
	_DRM_STAT_COUNT,	/**< Generic non-byte counter (1000/k) */

	_DRM_STAT_IRQ,		/**< IRQ */
	_DRM_STAT_PRIMARY,	/**< Primary DMA bytes */
	_DRM_STAT_SECONDARY,	/**< Secondary DMA bytes */
	_DRM_STAT_DMA,		/**< DMA */
	_DRM_STAT_SPECIAL,	/**< Special DMA (e.g., priority or polled) */
	_DRM_STAT_MISSED	/**< Missed DMA opportunity */
	    /* Add to the *END* of the list */
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_GET_STATS ioctl argument type.
 */
struct drm_stats {
	unsigned long count;
	struct {
		unsigned long value;
		enum drm_stat_type type;
	} data[15];
};

/*
 * Hardware locking flags.
 */
enum drm_lock_flags {
	_DRM_LOCK_READY = 0x01,	     /**< Wait until hardware is ready for DMA */
	_DRM_LOCK_QUIESCENT = 0x02,  /**< Wait until hardware quiescent */
	_DRM_LOCK_FLUSH = 0x04,	     /**< Flush this context's DMA queue first */
	_DRM_LOCK_FLUSH_ALL = 0x08,  /**< Flush all DMA queues first */
	/* These *HALT* flags aren't supported yet
	   -- they will be used to support the
	   full-screen DGA-like mode. */
	_DRM_HALT_ALL_QUEUES = 0x10, /**< Halt all current and future queues */
	_DRM_HALT_CUR_QUEUES = 0x20  /**< Halt all current queues */
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_LOCK, DRM_IOCTL_UNLOCK and DRM_IOCTL_FINISH ioctl argument type.
 *
 * \sa drmGetLock() and drmUnlock().
 */
struct drm_lock {
	int context;
	enum drm_lock_flags flags;
};

/*
 * DMA flags
 *
 * \warning
 * These values \e must match xf86drm.h.
 *
 * \sa drm_dma.
 */
enum drm_dma_flags {
	/* Flags for DMA buffer dispatch */
	_DRM_DMA_BLOCK = 0x01,	      /**<
				       * Block until buffer dispatched.
				       *
				       * \note The buffer may not yet have
				       * been processed by the hardware --
				       * getting a hardware lock with the
				       * hardware quiescent will ensure
				       * that the buffer has been
				       * processed.
				       */
	_DRM_DMA_WHILE_LOCKED = 0x02, /**< Dispatch while lock held */
	_DRM_DMA_PRIORITY = 0x04,     /**< High priority dispatch */

	/* Flags for DMA buffer request */
	_DRM_DMA_WAIT = 0x10,	      /**< Wait for free buffers */
	_DRM_DMA_SMALLER_OK = 0x20,   /**< Smaller-than-requested buffers OK */
	_DRM_DMA_LARGER_OK = 0x40     /**< Larger-than-requested buffers OK */
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_ADD_BUFS and DRM_IOCTL_MARK_BUFS ioctl argument type.
 *
 * \sa drmAddBufs().
 */
struct drm_buf_desc {
	int count;		 /**< Number of buffers of this size */
	int size;		 /**< Size in bytes */
	int low_mark;		 /**< Low water mark */
	int high_mark;		 /**< High water mark */
	enum {
		_DRM_PAGE_ALIGN = 0x01,	/**< Align on page boundaries for DMA */
		_DRM_AGP_BUFFER = 0x02,	/**< Buffer is in AGP space */
		_DRM_SG_BUFFER = 0x04,	/**< Scatter/gather memory buffer */
		_DRM_FB_BUFFER = 0x08,	/**< Buffer is in frame buffer */
		_DRM_PCI_BUFFER_RO = 0x10 /**< Map PCI DMA buffer read-only */
	} flags;
	unsigned long agp_start; /**<
				  * Start address of where the AGP buffers are
				  * in the AGP aperture
				  */
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_INFO_BUFS ioctl argument type.
 */
struct drm_buf_info {
	int count;		/**< Entries in list */
	struct drm_buf_desc *list;
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_FREE_BUFS ioctl argument type.
 */
struct drm_buf_free {
	int count;
	int *list;
};

/*
 * Buffer information
 *
 * \sa drm_buf_map.
 */
struct drm_buf_pub {
	int idx;		       /**< Index into the master buffer list */
	int total;		       /**< Buffer size */
	int used;		       /**< Amount of buffer in use (for DMA) */
	void *address;	       /**< Address of buffer */
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_MAP_BUFS ioctl argument type.
 */
struct drm_buf_map {
	int count;		/**< Length of the buffer list */
#ifdef __cplusplus
	void *virt;
#else
	void *virtual;		/**< Mmap'd area in user-virtual */
#endif
	struct drm_buf_pub *list;	/**< Buffer information */
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_DMA ioctl argument type.
 *
 * Indices here refer to the offset into the buffer list in drm_buf_get.
 *
 * \sa drmDMA().
 */
struct drm_dma {
	int context;			  /**< Context handle */
	int send_count;			  /**< Number of buffers to send */
	int *send_indices;	  /**< List of handles to buffers */
	int *send_sizes;		  /**< Lengths of data to send */
	enum drm_dma_flags flags;	  /**< Flags */
	int request_count;		  /**< Number of buffers requested */
	int request_size;		  /**< Desired size for buffers */
	int *request_indices;	  /**< Buffer information */
	int *request_sizes;
	int granted_count;		  /**< Number of buffers granted */
};

enum drm_ctx_flags {
	_DRM_CONTEXT_PRESERVED = 0x01,
	_DRM_CONTEXT_2DONLY = 0x02
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_ADD_CTX ioctl argument type.
 *
 * \sa drmCreateContext() and drmDestroyContext().
 */
struct drm_ctx {
	drm_context_t handle;
	enum drm_ctx_flags flags;
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_RES_CTX ioctl argument type.
 */
struct drm_ctx_res {
	int count;
	struct drm_ctx *contexts;
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_ADD_DRAW and DRM_IOCTL_RM_DRAW ioctl argument type.
 */
struct drm_draw {
	drm_drawable_t handle;
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_UPDATE_DRAW ioctl argument type.
 */
typedef enum {
	DRM_DRAWABLE_CLIPRECTS
} drm_drawable_info_type_t;

struct drm_update_draw {
	drm_drawable_t handle;
	unsigned int type;
	unsigned int num;
	unsigned long long data;
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_GET_MAGIC and DRM_IOCTL_AUTH_MAGIC ioctl argument type.
 */
struct drm_auth {
	drm_magic_t magic;
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_IRQ_BUSID ioctl argument type.
 *
 * \sa drmGetInterruptFromBusID().
 */
struct drm_irq_busid {
	int irq;	/**< IRQ number */
	int busnum;	/**< bus number */
	int devnum;	/**< device number */
	int funcnum;	/**< function number */
};

enum drm_vblank_seq_type {
	_DRM_VBLANK_ABSOLUTE = 0x0,	/**< Wait for specific vblank sequence number */
	_DRM_VBLANK_RELATIVE = 0x1,	/**< Wait for given number of vblanks */
	/* bits 1-6 are reserved for high crtcs */
	_DRM_VBLANK_HIGH_CRTC_MASK = 0x0000003e,
	_DRM_VBLANK_EVENT = 0x4000000,   /**< Send event instead of blocking */
	_DRM_VBLANK_FLIP = 0x8000000,   /**< Scheduled buffer swap should flip */
	_DRM_VBLANK_NEXTONMISS = 0x10000000,	/**< If missed, wait for next vblank */
	_DRM_VBLANK_SECONDARY = 0x20000000,	/**< Secondary display controller */
	_DRM_VBLANK_SIGNAL = 0x40000000	/**< Send signal instead of blocking, unsupported */
};
#define _DRM_VBLANK_HIGH_CRTC_SHIFT 1

#define _DRM_VBLANK_TYPES_MASK (_DRM_VBLANK_ABSOLUTE | _DRM_VBLANK_RELATIVE)
#define _DRM_VBLANK_FLAGS_MASK (_DRM_VBLANK_EVENT | _DRM_VBLANK_SIGNAL | \
				_DRM_VBLANK_SECONDARY | _DRM_VBLANK_NEXTONMISS)

struct drm_wait_vblank_request {
	enum drm_vblank_seq_type type;
	unsigned int sequence;
	unsigned long signal;
};

struct drm_wait_vblank_reply {
	enum drm_vblank_seq_type type;
	unsigned int sequence;
	long tval_sec;
	long tval_usec;
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_WAIT_VBLANK ioctl argument type.
 *
 * \sa drmWaitVBlank().
 */
union drm_wait_vblank {
	struct drm_wait_vblank_request request;
	struct drm_wait_vblank_reply reply;
};

#define _DRM_PRE_MODESET 1
#define _DRM_POST_MODESET 2

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_MODESET_CTL ioctl argument type
 *
 * \sa drmModesetCtl().
 */
struct drm_modeset_ctl {
	__u32 crtc;
	__u32 cmd;
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_AGP_ENABLE ioctl argument type.
 *
 * \sa drmAgpEnable().
 */
struct drm_agp_mode {
	unsigned long mode;	/**< AGP mode */
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_AGP_ALLOC and DRM_IOCTL_AGP_FREE ioctls argument type.
 *
 * \sa drmAgpAlloc() and drmAgpFree().
 */
struct drm_agp_buffer {
	unsigned long size;	/**< In bytes -- will round to page boundary */
	unsigned long handle;	/**< Used for binding / unbinding */
	unsigned long type;	/**< Type of memory to allocate */
	unsigned long physical;	/**< Physical used by i810 */
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_AGP_BIND and DRM_IOCTL_AGP_UNBIND ioctls argument type.
 *
 * \sa drmAgpBind() and drmAgpUnbind().
 */
struct drm_agp_binding {
	unsigned long handle;	/**< From drm_agp_buffer */
	unsigned long offset;	/**< In bytes -- will round to page boundary */
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_AGP_INFO ioctl argument type.
 *
 * \sa drmAgpVersionMajor(), drmAgpVersionMinor(), drmAgpGetMode(),
 * drmAgpBase(), drmAgpSize(), drmAgpMemoryUsed(), drmAgpMemoryAvail(),
 * drmAgpVendorId() and drmAgpDeviceId().
 */
struct drm_agp_info {
	int agp_version_major;
	int agp_version_minor;
	unsigned long mode;
	unsigned long aperture_base;	/* physical address */
	unsigned long aperture_size;	/* bytes */
	unsigned long memory_allowed;	/* bytes */
	unsigned long memory_used;

	/* PCI information */
	unsigned short id_vendor;
	unsigned short id_device;
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_SG_ALLOC ioctl argument type.
 */
struct drm_scatter_gather {
	unsigned long size;	/**< In bytes -- will round to page boundary */
	unsigned long handle;	/**< Used for mapping / unmapping */
};

/*
 * DRM_IOCTL_SET_VERSION ioctl argument type.
 */
struct drm_set_version {
	int drm_di_major;
	int drm_di_minor;
	int drm_dd_major;
	int drm_dd_minor;
};

/* DRM_IOCTL_GEM_CLOSE ioctl argument type */
struct drm_gem_close {
	/** Handle of the object to be closed. */
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pad;
};

/* DRM_IOCTL_GEM_FLINK ioctl argument type */
struct drm_gem_flink {
	/** Handle for the object being named */
	__u32 handle;

	/** Returned global name */
	__u32 name;
};

/* DRM_IOCTL_GEM_OPEN ioctl argument type */
struct drm_gem_open {
	/** Name of object being opened */
	__u32 name;

	/** Returned handle for the object */
	__u32 handle;

	/** Returned size of the object */
	__u64 size;
};

/**
 * DRM_CAP_DUMB_BUFFER
 *
 * If set to 1, the driver supports creating dumb buffers via the
 * &DRM_IOCTL_MODE_CREATE_DUMB ioctl.
 */
#define DRM_CAP_DUMB_BUFFER		0x1
/**
 * DRM_CAP_VBLANK_HIGH_CRTC
 *
 * If set to 1, the kernel supports specifying a :ref:`CRTC index<crtc_index>`
 * in the high bits of &drm_wait_vblank_request.type.
 *
 * Starting kernel version 2.6.39, this capability is always set to 1.
 */
#define DRM_CAP_VBLANK_HIGH_CRTC	0x2
/**
 * DRM_CAP_DUMB_PREFERRED_DEPTH
 *
 * The preferred bit depth for dumb buffers.
 *
 * The bit depth is the number of bits used to indicate the color of a single
 * pixel excluding any padding. This is different from the number of bits per
 * pixel. For instance, XRGB8888 has a bit depth of 24 but has 32 bits per
 * pixel.
 *
 * Note that this preference only applies to dumb buffers, it's irrelevant for
 * other types of buffers.
 */
#define DRM_CAP_DUMB_PREFERRED_DEPTH	0x3
/**
 * DRM_CAP_DUMB_PREFER_SHADOW
 *
 * If set to 1, the driver prefers userspace to render to a shadow buffer
 * instead of directly rendering to a dumb buffer. For best speed, userspace
 * should do streaming ordered memory copies into the dumb buffer and never
 * read from it.
 *
 * Note that this preference only applies to dumb buffers, it's irrelevant for
 * other types of buffers.
 */
#define DRM_CAP_DUMB_PREFER_SHADOW	0x4
/**
 * DRM_CAP_PRIME
 *
 * Bitfield of supported PRIME sharing capabilities. See &DRM_PRIME_CAP_IMPORT
 * and &DRM_PRIME_CAP_EXPORT.
 *
 * PRIME buffers are exposed as dma-buf file descriptors. See
 * Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst, section "PRIME Buffer Sharing".
 */
#define DRM_CAP_PRIME			0x5
/**
 * DRM_PRIME_CAP_IMPORT
 *
 * If this bit is set in &DRM_CAP_PRIME, the driver supports importing PRIME
 * buffers via the &DRM_IOCTL_PRIME_FD_TO_HANDLE ioctl.
 */
#define  DRM_PRIME_CAP_IMPORT		0x1
/**
 * DRM_PRIME_CAP_EXPORT
 *
 * If this bit is set in &DRM_CAP_PRIME, the driver supports exporting PRIME
 * buffers via the &DRM_IOCTL_PRIME_HANDLE_TO_FD ioctl.
 */
#define  DRM_PRIME_CAP_EXPORT		0x2
/**
 * DRM_CAP_TIMESTAMP_MONOTONIC
 *
 * If set to 0, the kernel will report timestamps with ``CLOCK_REALTIME`` in
 * struct drm_event_vblank. If set to 1, the kernel will report timestamps with
 * ``CLOCK_MONOTONIC``. See ``clock_gettime(2)`` for the definition of these
 * clocks.
 *
 * Starting from kernel version 2.6.39, the default value for this capability
 * is 1. Starting kernel version 4.15, this capability is always set to 1.
 */
#define DRM_CAP_TIMESTAMP_MONOTONIC	0x6
/**
 * DRM_CAP_ASYNC_PAGE_FLIP
 *
 * If set to 1, the driver supports &DRM_MODE_PAGE_FLIP_ASYNC.
 */
#define DRM_CAP_ASYNC_PAGE_FLIP		0x7
/**
 * DRM_CAP_CURSOR_WIDTH
 *
 * The ``CURSOR_WIDTH`` and ``CURSOR_HEIGHT`` capabilities return a valid
 * width x height combination for the hardware cursor. The intention is that a
 * hardware agnostic userspace can query a cursor plane size to use.
 *
 * Note that the cross-driver contract is to merely return a valid size;
 * drivers are free to attach another meaning on top, eg. i915 returns the
 * maximum plane size.
 */
#define DRM_CAP_CURSOR_WIDTH		0x8
/**
 * DRM_CAP_CURSOR_HEIGHT
 *
 * See &DRM_CAP_CURSOR_WIDTH.
 */
#define DRM_CAP_CURSOR_HEIGHT		0x9
/**
 * DRM_CAP_ADDFB2_MODIFIERS
 *
 * If set to 1, the driver supports supplying modifiers in the
 * &DRM_IOCTL_MODE_ADDFB2 ioctl.
 */
#define DRM_CAP_ADDFB2_MODIFIERS	0x10
/**
 * DRM_CAP_PAGE_FLIP_TARGET
 *
 * If set to 1, the driver supports the &DRM_MODE_PAGE_FLIP_TARGET_ABSOLUTE and
 * &DRM_MODE_PAGE_FLIP_TARGET_RELATIVE flags in
 * &drm_mode_crtc_page_flip_target.flags for the &DRM_IOCTL_MODE_PAGE_FLIP
 * ioctl.
 */
#define DRM_CAP_PAGE_FLIP_TARGET	0x11
/**
 * DRM_CAP_CRTC_IN_VBLANK_EVENT
 *
 * If set to 1, the kernel supports reporting the CRTC ID in
 * &drm_event_vblank.crtc_id for the &DRM_EVENT_VBLANK and
 * &DRM_EVENT_FLIP_COMPLETE events.
 *
 * Starting kernel version 4.12, this capability is always set to 1.
 */
#define DRM_CAP_CRTC_IN_VBLANK_EVENT	0x12
/**
 * DRM_CAP_SYNCOBJ
 *
 * If set to 1, the driver supports sync objects. See
 * Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst, section "DRM Sync Objects".
 */
#define DRM_CAP_SYNCOBJ		0x13
/**
 * DRM_CAP_SYNCOBJ_TIMELINE
 *
 * If set to 1, the driver supports timeline operations on sync objects. See
 * Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst, section "DRM Sync Objects".
 */
#define DRM_CAP_SYNCOBJ_TIMELINE	0x14

/* DRM_IOCTL_GET_CAP ioctl argument type */
struct drm_get_cap {
	__u64 capability;
	__u64 value;
};

/**
 * DRM_CLIENT_CAP_STEREO_3D
 *
 * If set to 1, the DRM core will expose the stereo 3D capabilities of the
 * monitor by advertising the supported 3D layouts in the flags of struct
 * drm_mode_modeinfo. See ``DRM_MODE_FLAG_3D_*``.
 *
 * This capability is always supported for all drivers starting from kernel
 * version 3.13.
 */
#define DRM_CLIENT_CAP_STEREO_3D	1

/**
 * DRM_CLIENT_CAP_UNIVERSAL_PLANES
 *
 * If set to 1, the DRM core will expose all planes (overlay, primary, and
 * cursor) to userspace.
 *
 * This capability has been introduced in kernel version 3.15. Starting from
 * kernel version 3.17, this capability is always supported for all drivers.
 */
#define DRM_CLIENT_CAP_UNIVERSAL_PLANES  2

/**
 * DRM_CLIENT_CAP_ATOMIC
 *
 * If set to 1, the DRM core will expose atomic properties to userspace. This
 * implicitly enables &DRM_CLIENT_CAP_UNIVERSAL_PLANES and
 * &DRM_CLIENT_CAP_ASPECT_RATIO.
 *
 * If the driver doesn't support atomic mode-setting, enabling this capability
 * will fail with -EOPNOTSUPP.
 *
 * This capability has been introduced in kernel version 4.0. Starting from
 * kernel version 4.2, this capability is always supported for atomic-capable
 * drivers.
 */
#define DRM_CLIENT_CAP_ATOMIC	3

/**
 * DRM_CLIENT_CAP_ASPECT_RATIO
 *
 * If set to 1, the DRM core will provide aspect ratio information in modes.
 * See ``DRM_MODE_FLAG_PIC_AR_*``.
 *
 * This capability is always supported for all drivers starting from kernel
 * version 4.18.
 */
#define DRM_CLIENT_CAP_ASPECT_RATIO    4

/**
 * DRM_CLIENT_CAP_WRITEBACK_CONNECTORS
 *
 * If set to 1, the DRM core will expose special connectors to be used for
 * writing back to memory the scene setup in the commit. The client must enable
 * &DRM_CLIENT_CAP_ATOMIC first.
 *
 * This capability is always supported for atomic-capable drivers starting from
 * kernel version 4.19.
 */
#define DRM_CLIENT_CAP_WRITEBACK_CONNECTORS	5

/* DRM_IOCTL_SET_CLIENT_CAP ioctl argument type */
struct drm_set_client_cap {
	__u64 capability;
	__u64 value;
};

#define DRM_RDWR O_RDWR
#define DRM_CLOEXEC O_CLOEXEC
struct drm_prime_handle {
	__u32 handle;

	/** Flags.. only applicable for handle->fd */
	__u32 flags;

	/** Returned dmabuf file descriptor */
	__s32 fd;
};

struct drm_syncobj_create {
	__u32 handle;
#define DRM_SYNCOBJ_CREATE_SIGNALED (1 << 0)
	__u32 flags;
};

struct drm_syncobj_destroy {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 pad;
};

#define DRM_SYNCOBJ_FD_TO_HANDLE_FLAGS_IMPORT_SYNC_FILE (1 << 0)
#define DRM_SYNCOBJ_HANDLE_TO_FD_FLAGS_EXPORT_SYNC_FILE (1 << 0)
struct drm_syncobj_handle {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 flags;

	__s32 fd;
	__u32 pad;
};

struct drm_syncobj_transfer {
	__u32 src_handle;
	__u32 dst_handle;
	__u64 src_point;
	__u64 dst_point;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 pad;
};

#define DRM_SYNCOBJ_WAIT_FLAGS_WAIT_ALL (1 << 0)
#define DRM_SYNCOBJ_WAIT_FLAGS_WAIT_FOR_SUBMIT (1 << 1)
#define DRM_SYNCOBJ_WAIT_FLAGS_WAIT_AVAILABLE (1 << 2) /* wait for time point to become available */
struct drm_syncobj_wait {
	__u64 handles;
	/* absolute timeout */
	__s64 timeout_nsec;
	__u32 count_handles;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 first_signaled; /* only valid when not waiting all */
	__u32 pad;
};

struct drm_syncobj_timeline_wait {
	__u64 handles;
	/* wait on specific timeline point for every handles*/
	__u64 points;
	/* absolute timeout */
	__s64 timeout_nsec;
	__u32 count_handles;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 first_signaled; /* only valid when not waiting all */
	__u32 pad;
};


struct drm_syncobj_array {
	__u64 handles;
	__u32 count_handles;
	__u32 pad;
};

#define DRM_SYNCOBJ_QUERY_FLAGS_LAST_SUBMITTED (1 << 0) /* last available point on timeline syncobj */
struct drm_syncobj_timeline_array {
	__u64 handles;
	__u64 points;
	__u32 count_handles;
	__u32 flags;
};


/* Query current scanout sequence number */
struct drm_crtc_get_sequence {
	__u32 crtc_id;		/* requested crtc_id */
	__u32 active;		/* return: crtc output is active */
	__u64 sequence;		/* return: most recent vblank sequence */
	__s64 sequence_ns;	/* return: most recent time of first pixel out */
};

/* Queue event to be delivered at specified sequence. Time stamp marks
 * when the first pixel of the refresh cycle leaves the display engine
 * for the display
 */
#define DRM_CRTC_SEQUENCE_RELATIVE		0x00000001	/* sequence is relative to current */
#define DRM_CRTC_SEQUENCE_NEXT_ON_MISS		0x00000002	/* Use next sequence if we've missed */

struct drm_crtc_queue_sequence {
	__u32 crtc_id;
	__u32 flags;
	__u64 sequence;		/* on input, target sequence. on output, actual sequence */
	__u64 user_data;	/* user data passed to event */
};

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#include "drm_mode.h"

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

#define DRM_IOCTL_BASE			'd'
#define DRM_IO(nr)			_IO(DRM_IOCTL_BASE,nr)
#define DRM_IOR(nr,type)		_IOR(DRM_IOCTL_BASE,nr,type)
#define DRM_IOW(nr,type)		_IOW(DRM_IOCTL_BASE,nr,type)
#define DRM_IOWR(nr,type)		_IOWR(DRM_IOCTL_BASE,nr,type)

#define DRM_IOCTL_VERSION		DRM_IOWR(0x00, struct drm_version)
#define DRM_IOCTL_GET_UNIQUE		DRM_IOWR(0x01, struct drm_unique)
#define DRM_IOCTL_GET_MAGIC		DRM_IOR( 0x02, struct drm_auth)
#define DRM_IOCTL_IRQ_BUSID		DRM_IOWR(0x03, struct drm_irq_busid)
#define DRM_IOCTL_GET_MAP               DRM_IOWR(0x04, struct drm_map)
#define DRM_IOCTL_GET_CLIENT            DRM_IOWR(0x05, struct drm_client)
#define DRM_IOCTL_GET_STATS             DRM_IOR( 0x06, struct drm_stats)
#define DRM_IOCTL_SET_VERSION		DRM_IOWR(0x07, struct drm_set_version)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODESET_CTL           DRM_IOW(0x08, struct drm_modeset_ctl)
#define DRM_IOCTL_GEM_CLOSE		DRM_IOW (0x09, struct drm_gem_close)
#define DRM_IOCTL_GEM_FLINK		DRM_IOWR(0x0a, struct drm_gem_flink)
#define DRM_IOCTL_GEM_OPEN		DRM_IOWR(0x0b, struct drm_gem_open)
#define DRM_IOCTL_GET_CAP		DRM_IOWR(0x0c, struct drm_get_cap)
#define DRM_IOCTL_SET_CLIENT_CAP	DRM_IOW( 0x0d, struct drm_set_client_cap)

#define DRM_IOCTL_SET_UNIQUE		DRM_IOW( 0x10, struct drm_unique)
#define DRM_IOCTL_AUTH_MAGIC		DRM_IOW( 0x11, struct drm_auth)
#define DRM_IOCTL_BLOCK			DRM_IOWR(0x12, struct drm_block)
#define DRM_IOCTL_UNBLOCK		DRM_IOWR(0x13, struct drm_block)
#define DRM_IOCTL_CONTROL		DRM_IOW( 0x14, struct drm_control)
#define DRM_IOCTL_ADD_MAP		DRM_IOWR(0x15, struct drm_map)
#define DRM_IOCTL_ADD_BUFS		DRM_IOWR(0x16, struct drm_buf_desc)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MARK_BUFS		DRM_IOW( 0x17, struct drm_buf_desc)
#define DRM_IOCTL_INFO_BUFS		DRM_IOWR(0x18, struct drm_buf_info)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MAP_BUFS		DRM_IOWR(0x19, struct drm_buf_map)
#define DRM_IOCTL_FREE_BUFS		DRM_IOW( 0x1a, struct drm_buf_free)

#define DRM_IOCTL_RM_MAP		DRM_IOW( 0x1b, struct drm_map)

#define DRM_IOCTL_SET_SAREA_CTX		DRM_IOW( 0x1c, struct drm_ctx_priv_map)
#define DRM_IOCTL_GET_SAREA_CTX 	DRM_IOWR(0x1d, struct drm_ctx_priv_map)

#define DRM_IOCTL_SET_MASTER            DRM_IO(0x1e)
#define DRM_IOCTL_DROP_MASTER           DRM_IO(0x1f)

#define DRM_IOCTL_ADD_CTX		DRM_IOWR(0x20, struct drm_ctx)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RM_CTX		DRM_IOWR(0x21, struct drm_ctx)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MOD_CTX		DRM_IOW( 0x22, struct drm_ctx)
#define DRM_IOCTL_GET_CTX		DRM_IOWR(0x23, struct drm_ctx)
#define DRM_IOCTL_SWITCH_CTX		DRM_IOW( 0x24, struct drm_ctx)
#define DRM_IOCTL_NEW_CTX		DRM_IOW( 0x25, struct drm_ctx)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RES_CTX		DRM_IOWR(0x26, struct drm_ctx_res)
#define DRM_IOCTL_ADD_DRAW		DRM_IOWR(0x27, struct drm_draw)
#define DRM_IOCTL_RM_DRAW		DRM_IOWR(0x28, struct drm_draw)
#define DRM_IOCTL_DMA			DRM_IOWR(0x29, struct drm_dma)
#define DRM_IOCTL_LOCK			DRM_IOW( 0x2a, struct drm_lock)
#define DRM_IOCTL_UNLOCK		DRM_IOW( 0x2b, struct drm_lock)
#define DRM_IOCTL_FINISH		DRM_IOW( 0x2c, struct drm_lock)

#define DRM_IOCTL_PRIME_HANDLE_TO_FD    DRM_IOWR(0x2d, struct drm_prime_handle)
#define DRM_IOCTL_PRIME_FD_TO_HANDLE    DRM_IOWR(0x2e, struct drm_prime_handle)

#define DRM_IOCTL_AGP_ACQUIRE		DRM_IO(  0x30)
#define DRM_IOCTL_AGP_RELEASE		DRM_IO(  0x31)
#define DRM_IOCTL_AGP_ENABLE		DRM_IOW( 0x32, struct drm_agp_mode)
#define DRM_IOCTL_AGP_INFO		DRM_IOR( 0x33, struct drm_agp_info)
#define DRM_IOCTL_AGP_ALLOC		DRM_IOWR(0x34, struct drm_agp_buffer)
#define DRM_IOCTL_AGP_FREE		DRM_IOW( 0x35, struct drm_agp_buffer)
#define DRM_IOCTL_AGP_BIND		DRM_IOW( 0x36, struct drm_agp_binding)
#define DRM_IOCTL_AGP_UNBIND		DRM_IOW( 0x37, struct drm_agp_binding)

#define DRM_IOCTL_SG_ALLOC		DRM_IOWR(0x38, struct drm_scatter_gather)
#define DRM_IOCTL_SG_FREE		DRM_IOW( 0x39, struct drm_scatter_gather)

#define DRM_IOCTL_WAIT_VBLANK		DRM_IOWR(0x3a, union drm_wait_vblank)

#define DRM_IOCTL_CRTC_GET_SEQUENCE	DRM_IOWR(0x3b, struct drm_crtc_get_sequence)
#define DRM_IOCTL_CRTC_QUEUE_SEQUENCE	DRM_IOWR(0x3c, struct drm_crtc_queue_sequence)

#define DRM_IOCTL_UPDATE_DRAW		DRM_IOW(0x3f, struct drm_update_draw)

#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_GETRESOURCES	DRM_IOWR(0xA0, struct drm_mode_card_res)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_GETCRTC		DRM_IOWR(0xA1, struct drm_mode_crtc)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_SETCRTC		DRM_IOWR(0xA2, struct drm_mode_crtc)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_CURSOR		DRM_IOWR(0xA3, struct drm_mode_cursor)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_GETGAMMA		DRM_IOWR(0xA4, struct drm_mode_crtc_lut)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_SETGAMMA		DRM_IOWR(0xA5, struct drm_mode_crtc_lut)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_GETENCODER	DRM_IOWR(0xA6, struct drm_mode_get_encoder)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_GETCONNECTOR	DRM_IOWR(0xA7, struct drm_mode_get_connector)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_ATTACHMODE	DRM_IOWR(0xA8, struct drm_mode_mode_cmd) /* deprecated (never worked) */
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_DETACHMODE	DRM_IOWR(0xA9, struct drm_mode_mode_cmd) /* deprecated (never worked) */

#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_GETPROPERTY	DRM_IOWR(0xAA, struct drm_mode_get_property)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_SETPROPERTY	DRM_IOWR(0xAB, struct drm_mode_connector_set_property)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_GETPROPBLOB	DRM_IOWR(0xAC, struct drm_mode_get_blob)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_GETFB		DRM_IOWR(0xAD, struct drm_mode_fb_cmd)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_ADDFB		DRM_IOWR(0xAE, struct drm_mode_fb_cmd)
/**
 * DRM_IOCTL_MODE_RMFB - Remove a framebuffer.
 *
 * This removes a framebuffer previously added via ADDFB/ADDFB2. The IOCTL
 * argument is a framebuffer object ID.
 *
 * Warning: removing a framebuffer currently in-use on an enabled plane will
 * disable that plane. The CRTC the plane is linked to may also be disabled
 * (depending on driver capabilities).
 */
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_RMFB		DRM_IOWR(0xAF, unsigned int)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_PAGE_FLIP	DRM_IOWR(0xB0, struct drm_mode_crtc_page_flip)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_DIRTYFB		DRM_IOWR(0xB1, struct drm_mode_fb_dirty_cmd)

#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_CREATE_DUMB DRM_IOWR(0xB2, struct drm_mode_create_dumb)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_MAP_DUMB    DRM_IOWR(0xB3, struct drm_mode_map_dumb)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_DESTROY_DUMB    DRM_IOWR(0xB4, struct drm_mode_destroy_dumb)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_GETPLANERESOURCES DRM_IOWR(0xB5, struct drm_mode_get_plane_res)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_GETPLANE	DRM_IOWR(0xB6, struct drm_mode_get_plane)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_SETPLANE	DRM_IOWR(0xB7, struct drm_mode_set_plane)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_ADDFB2		DRM_IOWR(0xB8, struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_OBJ_GETPROPERTIES	DRM_IOWR(0xB9, struct drm_mode_obj_get_properties)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_OBJ_SETPROPERTY	DRM_IOWR(0xBA, struct drm_mode_obj_set_property)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_CURSOR2		DRM_IOWR(0xBB, struct drm_mode_cursor2)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_ATOMIC		DRM_IOWR(0xBC, struct drm_mode_atomic)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_CREATEPROPBLOB	DRM_IOWR(0xBD, struct drm_mode_create_blob)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_DESTROYPROPBLOB	DRM_IOWR(0xBE, struct drm_mode_destroy_blob)

#define DRM_IOCTL_SYNCOBJ_CREATE	DRM_IOWR(0xBF, struct drm_syncobj_create)
#define DRM_IOCTL_SYNCOBJ_DESTROY	DRM_IOWR(0xC0, struct drm_syncobj_destroy)
#define DRM_IOCTL_SYNCOBJ_HANDLE_TO_FD	DRM_IOWR(0xC1, struct drm_syncobj_handle)
#define DRM_IOCTL_SYNCOBJ_FD_TO_HANDLE	DRM_IOWR(0xC2, struct drm_syncobj_handle)
#define DRM_IOCTL_SYNCOBJ_WAIT		DRM_IOWR(0xC3, struct drm_syncobj_wait)
#define DRM_IOCTL_SYNCOBJ_RESET		DRM_IOWR(0xC4, struct drm_syncobj_array)
#define DRM_IOCTL_SYNCOBJ_SIGNAL	DRM_IOWR(0xC5, struct drm_syncobj_array)

#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_CREATE_LEASE	DRM_IOWR(0xC6, struct drm_mode_create_lease)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_LIST_LESSEES	DRM_IOWR(0xC7, struct drm_mode_list_lessees)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_GET_LEASE	DRM_IOWR(0xC8, struct drm_mode_get_lease)
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_REVOKE_LEASE	DRM_IOWR(0xC9, struct drm_mode_revoke_lease)

#define DRM_IOCTL_SYNCOBJ_TIMELINE_WAIT	DRM_IOWR(0xCA, struct drm_syncobj_timeline_wait)
#define DRM_IOCTL_SYNCOBJ_QUERY		DRM_IOWR(0xCB, struct drm_syncobj_timeline_array)
#define DRM_IOCTL_SYNCOBJ_TRANSFER	DRM_IOWR(0xCC, struct drm_syncobj_transfer)
#define DRM_IOCTL_SYNCOBJ_TIMELINE_SIGNAL	DRM_IOWR(0xCD, struct drm_syncobj_timeline_array)

/**
 * DRM_IOCTL_MODE_GETFB2 - Get framebuffer metadata.
 *
 * This queries metadata about a framebuffer. User-space fills
 * &drm_mode_fb_cmd2.fb_id as the input, and the kernels fills the rest of the
 * struct as the output.
 *
 * If the client is DRM master or has &CAP_SYS_ADMIN, &drm_mode_fb_cmd2.handles
 * will be filled with GEM buffer handles. Planes are valid until one has a
 * zero handle -- this can be used to compute the number of planes.
 *
 * Otherwise, &drm_mode_fb_cmd2.handles will be zeroed and planes are valid
 * until one has a zero &drm_mode_fb_cmd2.pitches.
 *
 * If the framebuffer has a format modifier, &DRM_MODE_FB_MODIFIERS will be set
 * in &drm_mode_fb_cmd2.flags and &drm_mode_fb_cmd2.modifier will contain the
 * modifier. Otherwise, user-space must ignore &drm_mode_fb_cmd2.modifier.
 */
#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_GETFB2		DRM_IOWR(0xCE, struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2)

/*
 * Device specific ioctls should only be in their respective headers
 * The device specific ioctl range is from 0x40 to 0x9f.
 * Generic IOCTLS restart at 0xA0.
 *
 * \sa drmCommandNone(), drmCommandRead(), drmCommandWrite(), and
 * drmCommandReadWrite().
 */
#define DRM_COMMAND_BASE                0x40
#define DRM_COMMAND_END			0xA0

/*
 * Header for events written back to userspace on the drm fd.  The
 * type defines the type of event, the length specifies the total
 * length of the event (including the header), and user_data is
 * typically a 64 bit value passed with the ioctl that triggered the
 * event.  A read on the drm fd will always only return complete
 * events, that is, if for example the read buffer is 100 bytes, and
 * there are two 64 byte events pending, only one will be returned.
 *
 * Event types 0 - 0x7fffffff are generic drm events, 0x80000000 and
 * up are chipset specific.
 */
struct drm_event {
	__u32 type;
	__u32 length;
};

#define DRM_EVENT_VBLANK 0x01
#define DRM_EVENT_FLIP_COMPLETE 0x02
#define DRM_EVENT_CRTC_SEQUENCE	0x03

struct drm_event_vblank {
	struct drm_event base;
	__u64 user_data;
	__u32 tv_sec;
	__u32 tv_usec;
	__u32 sequence;
	__u32 crtc_id; /* 0 on older kernels that do not support this */
};

/* Event delivered at sequence. Time stamp marks when the first pixel
 * of the refresh cycle leaves the display engine for the display
 */
struct drm_event_crtc_sequence {
	struct drm_event	base;
	__u64			user_data;
	__s64			time_ns;
	__u64			sequence;
};

/* typedef area */
typedef struct drm_clip_rect drm_clip_rect_t;
typedef struct drm_drawable_info drm_drawable_info_t;
typedef struct drm_tex_region drm_tex_region_t;
typedef struct drm_hw_lock drm_hw_lock_t;
typedef struct drm_version drm_version_t;
typedef struct drm_unique drm_unique_t;
typedef struct drm_list drm_list_t;
typedef struct drm_block drm_block_t;
typedef struct drm_control drm_control_t;
typedef enum drm_map_type drm_map_type_t;
typedef enum drm_map_flags drm_map_flags_t;
typedef struct drm_ctx_priv_map drm_ctx_priv_map_t;
typedef struct drm_map drm_map_t;
typedef struct drm_client drm_client_t;
typedef enum drm_stat_type drm_stat_type_t;
typedef struct drm_stats drm_stats_t;
typedef enum drm_lock_flags drm_lock_flags_t;
typedef struct drm_lock drm_lock_t;
typedef enum drm_dma_flags drm_dma_flags_t;
typedef struct drm_buf_desc drm_buf_desc_t;
typedef struct drm_buf_info drm_buf_info_t;
typedef struct drm_buf_free drm_buf_free_t;
typedef struct drm_buf_pub drm_buf_pub_t;
typedef struct drm_buf_map drm_buf_map_t;
typedef struct drm_dma drm_dma_t;
typedef union drm_wait_vblank drm_wait_vblank_t;
typedef struct drm_agp_mode drm_agp_mode_t;
typedef enum drm_ctx_flags drm_ctx_flags_t;
typedef struct drm_ctx drm_ctx_t;
typedef struct drm_ctx_res drm_ctx_res_t;
typedef struct drm_draw drm_draw_t;
typedef struct drm_update_draw drm_update_draw_t;
typedef struct drm_auth drm_auth_t;
typedef struct drm_irq_busid drm_irq_busid_t;
typedef enum drm_vblank_seq_type drm_vblank_seq_type_t;

typedef struct drm_agp_buffer drm_agp_buffer_t;
typedef struct drm_agp_binding drm_agp_binding_t;
typedef struct drm_agp_info drm_agp_info_t;
typedef struct drm_scatter_gather drm_scatter_gather_t;
typedef struct drm_set_version drm_set_version_t;

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif
/*
 * jmorecfg.h
 *
 * This file was part of the Independent JPEG Group's software:
 * Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
 * Modified 1997-2009 by Guido Vollbeding.
 * libjpeg-turbo Modifications:
 * Copyright (C) 2009, 2011, 2014-2015, D. R. Commander.
 * For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README.ijg
 * file.
 *
 * This file contains additional configuration options that customize the
 * JPEG software for special applications or support machine-dependent
 * optimizations.  Most users will not need to touch this file.
 */


/*
 * Maximum number of components (color channels) allowed in JPEG image.
 * To meet the letter of the JPEG spec, set this to 255.  However, darn
 * few applications need more than 4 channels (maybe 5 for CMYK + alpha
 * mask).  We recommend 10 as a reasonable compromise; use 4 if you are
 * really short on memory.  (Each allowed component costs a hundred or so
 * bytes of storage, whether actually used in an image or not.)
 */

#define MAX_COMPONENTS  10      /* maximum number of image components */


/*
 * Basic data types.
 * You may need to change these if you have a machine with unusual data
 * type sizes; for example, "char" not 8 bits, "short" not 16 bits,
 * or "long" not 32 bits.  We don't care whether "int" is 16 or 32 bits,
 * but it had better be at least 16.
 */

/* Representation of a single sample (pixel element value).
 * We frequently allocate large arrays of these, so it's important to keep
 * them small.  But if you have memory to burn and access to char or short
 * arrays is very slow on your hardware, you might want to change these.
 */

#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..255.
 * You can use a signed char by having GETJSAMPLE mask it with 0xFF.
 */

#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR

typedef unsigned char JSAMPLE;
#define GETJSAMPLE(value)  ((int) (value))

#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */

typedef char JSAMPLE;
#ifdef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
#define GETJSAMPLE(value)  ((int) (value))
#else
#define GETJSAMPLE(value)  ((int) (value) & 0xFF)
#endif /* __CHAR_UNSIGNED__ */

#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */

#define MAXJSAMPLE      255
#define CENTERJSAMPLE   128

#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8 */


#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 12
/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..4095.
 * On nearly all machines "short" will do nicely.
 */

typedef short JSAMPLE;
#define GETJSAMPLE(value)  ((int) (value))

#define MAXJSAMPLE      4095
#define CENTERJSAMPLE   2048

#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 12 */


/* Representation of a DCT frequency coefficient.
 * This should be a signed value of at least 16 bits; "short" is usually OK.
 * Again, we allocate large arrays of these, but you can change to int
 * if you have memory to burn and "short" is really slow.
 */

typedef short JCOEF;


/* Compressed datastreams are represented as arrays of JOCTET.
 * These must be EXACTLY 8 bits wide, at least once they are written to
 * external storage.  Note that when using the stdio data source/destination
 * managers, this is also the data type passed to fread/fwrite.
 */

#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR

typedef unsigned char JOCTET;
#define GETJOCTET(value)  (value)

#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */

typedef char JOCTET;
#ifdef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
#define GETJOCTET(value)  (value)
#else
#define GETJOCTET(value)  ((value) & 0xFF)
#endif /* __CHAR_UNSIGNED__ */

#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */


/* These typedefs are used for various table entries and so forth.
 * They must be at least as wide as specified; but making them too big
 * won't cost a huge amount of memory, so we don't provide special
 * extraction code like we did for JSAMPLE.  (In other words, these
 * typedefs live at a different point on the speed/space tradeoff curve.)
 */

/* UINT8 must hold at least the values 0..255. */

#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
typedef unsigned char UINT8;
#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
#ifdef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
typedef char UINT8;
#else /* not __CHAR_UNSIGNED__ */
typedef short UINT8;
#endif /* __CHAR_UNSIGNED__ */
#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */

/* UINT16 must hold at least the values 0..65535. */

#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT
typedef unsigned short UINT16;
#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT */
typedef unsigned int UINT16;
#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT */

/* INT16 must hold at least the values -32768..32767. */

#ifndef XMD_H                   /* X11/xmd.h correctly defines INT16 */
typedef short INT16;
#endif

/* INT32 must hold at least signed 32-bit values.
 *
 * NOTE: The INT32 typedef dates back to libjpeg v5 (1994.)  Integers were
 * sometimes 16-bit back then (MS-DOS), which is why INT32 is typedef'd to
 * long.  It also wasn't common (or at least as common) in 1994 for INT32 to be
 * defined by platform headers.  Since then, however, INT32 is defined in
 * several other common places:
 *
 * Xmd.h (X11 header) typedefs INT32 to int on 64-bit platforms and long on
 * 32-bit platforms (i.e always a 32-bit signed type.)
 *
 * basetsd.h (Win32 header) typedefs INT32 to int (always a 32-bit signed type
 * on modern platforms.)
 *
 * qglobal.h (Qt header) typedefs INT32 to int (always a 32-bit signed type on
 * modern platforms.)
 *
 * This is a recipe for conflict, since "long" and "int" aren't always
 * compatible types.  Since the definition of INT32 has technically been part
 * of the libjpeg API for more than 20 years, we can't remove it, but we do not
 * use it internally any longer.  We instead define a separate type (JLONG)
 * for internal use, which ensures that internal behavior will always be the
 * same regardless of any external headers that may be included.
 */

#ifndef XMD_H                   /* X11/xmd.h correctly defines INT32 */
#ifndef _BASETSD_H_		/* Microsoft defines it in basetsd.h */
#ifndef _BASETSD_H		/* MinGW is slightly different */
#ifndef QGLOBAL_H		/* Qt defines it in qglobal.h */
typedef long INT32;
#endif
#endif
#endif
#endif

/* Datatype used for image dimensions.  The JPEG standard only supports
 * images up to 64K*64K due to 16-bit fields in SOF markers.  Therefore
 * "unsigned int" is sufficient on all machines.  However, if you need to
 * handle larger images and you don't mind deviating from the spec, you
 * can change this datatype.  (Note that changing this datatype will
 * potentially require modifying the SIMD code.  The x86-64 SIMD extensions,
 * in particular, assume a 32-bit JDIMENSION.)
 */

typedef unsigned int JDIMENSION;

#define JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION  65500L  /* a tad under 64K to prevent overflows */


/* These macros are used in all function definitions and extern declarations.
 * You could modify them if you need to change function linkage conventions;
 * in particular, you'll need to do that to make the library a Windows DLL.
 * Another application is to make all functions global for use with debuggers
 * or code profilers that require it.
 */

/* a function called through method pointers: */
#define METHODDEF(type)         static type
/* a function used only in its module: */
#define LOCAL(type)             static type
/* a function referenced thru EXTERNs: */
#define GLOBAL(type)            type
/* a reference to a GLOBAL function: */
#define EXTERN(type)            extern type


/* Originally, this macro was used as a way of defining function prototypes
 * for both modern compilers as well as older compilers that did not support
 * prototype parameters.  libjpeg-turbo has never supported these older,
 * non-ANSI compilers, but the macro is still included because there is some
 * software out there that uses it.
 */

#define JMETHOD(type,methodname,arglist)  type (*methodname) arglist


/* libjpeg-turbo no longer supports platforms that have far symbols (MS-DOS),
 * but again, some software relies on this macro.
 */

#undef FAR
#define FAR


/*
 * On a few systems, type boolean and/or its values FALSE, TRUE may appear
 * in standard header files.  Or you may have conflicts with application-
 * specific header files that you want to include together with these files.
 * Defining HAVE_BOOLEAN before including jpeglib.h should make it work.
 */

#ifndef HAVE_BOOLEAN
typedef int boolean;
#endif
#ifndef FALSE                   /* in case these macros already exist */
#define FALSE   0               /* values of boolean */
#endif
#ifndef TRUE
#define TRUE    1
#endif


/*
 * The remaining options affect code selection within the JPEG library,
 * but they don't need to be visible to most applications using the library.
 * To minimize application namespace pollution, the symbols won't be
 * defined unless JPEG_INTERNALS or JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS has been defined.
 */

#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS
#define JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS
#endif

#ifdef JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS


/*
 * These defines indicate whether to include various optional functions.
 * Undefining some of these symbols will produce a smaller but less capable
 * library.  Note that you can leave certain source files out of the
 * compilation/linking process if you've #undef'd the corresponding symbols.
 * (You may HAVE to do that if your compiler doesn't like null source files.)
 */

/* Capability options common to encoder and decoder: */

#define DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED     /* slow but accurate integer algorithm */
#define DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED     /* faster, less accurate integer method */
#define DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED     /* floating-point: accurate, fast on fast HW */

/* Encoder capability options: */

#define C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED /* Multiple-scan JPEG files? */
#define C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED     /* Progressive JPEG? (Requires MULTISCAN)*/
#define ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED       /* Optimization of entropy coding parms? */
/* Note: if you selected 12-bit data precision, it is dangerous to turn off
 * ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED.  The standard Huffman tables are only good for 8-bit
 * precision, so jchuff.c normally uses entropy optimization to compute
 * usable tables for higher precision.  If you don't want to do optimization,
 * you'll have to supply different default Huffman tables.
 * The exact same statements apply for progressive JPEG: the default tables
 * don't work for progressive mode.  (This may get fixed, however.)
 */
#define INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED   /* Input image smoothing option? */

/* Decoder capability options: */

#define D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED /* Multiple-scan JPEG files? */
#define D_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED     /* Progressive JPEG? (Requires MULTISCAN)*/
#define SAVE_MARKERS_SUPPORTED      /* jpeg_save_markers() needed? */
#define BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED   /* Block smoothing? (Progressive only) */
#define IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED      /* Output rescaling via IDCT? */
#undef  UPSAMPLE_SCALING_SUPPORTED  /* Output rescaling at upsample stage? */
#define UPSAMPLE_MERGING_SUPPORTED  /* Fast path for sloppy upsampling? */
#define QUANT_1PASS_SUPPORTED       /* 1-pass color quantization? */
#define QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED       /* 2-pass color quantization? */

/* more capability options later, no doubt */


/*
 * The RGB_RED, RGB_GREEN, RGB_BLUE, and RGB_PIXELSIZE macros are a vestigial
 * feature of libjpeg.  The idea was that, if an application developer needed
 * to compress from/decompress to a BGR/BGRX/RGBX/XBGR/XRGB buffer, they could
 * change these macros, rebuild libjpeg, and link their application statically
 * with it.  In reality, few people ever did this, because there were some
 * severe restrictions involved (cjpeg and djpeg no longer worked properly,
 * compressing/decompressing RGB JPEGs no longer worked properly, and the color
 * quantizer wouldn't work with pixel sizes other than 3.)  Further, since all
 * of the O/S-supplied versions of libjpeg were built with the default values
 * of RGB_RED, RGB_GREEN, RGB_BLUE, and RGB_PIXELSIZE, many applications have
 * come to regard these values as immutable.
 *
 * The libjpeg-turbo colorspace extensions provide a much cleaner way of
 * compressing from/decompressing to buffers with arbitrary component orders
 * and pixel sizes.  Thus, we do not support changing the values of RGB_RED,
 * RGB_GREEN, RGB_BLUE, or RGB_PIXELSIZE.  In addition to the restrictions
 * listed above, changing these values will also break the SIMD extensions and
 * the regression tests.
 */

#define RGB_RED         0       /* Offset of Red in an RGB scanline element */
#define RGB_GREEN       1       /* Offset of Green */
#define RGB_BLUE        2       /* Offset of Blue */
#define RGB_PIXELSIZE   3       /* JSAMPLEs per RGB scanline element */

#define JPEG_NUMCS 17

#define EXT_RGB_RED        0
#define EXT_RGB_GREEN      1
#define EXT_RGB_BLUE       2
#define EXT_RGB_PIXELSIZE  3

#define EXT_RGBX_RED       0
#define EXT_RGBX_GREEN     1
#define EXT_RGBX_BLUE      2
#define EXT_RGBX_PIXELSIZE 4

#define EXT_BGR_RED        2
#define EXT_BGR_GREEN      1
#define EXT_BGR_BLUE       0
#define EXT_BGR_PIXELSIZE  3

#define EXT_BGRX_RED       2
#define EXT_BGRX_GREEN     1
#define EXT_BGRX_BLUE      0
#define EXT_BGRX_PIXELSIZE 4

#define EXT_XBGR_RED       3
#define EXT_XBGR_GREEN     2
#define EXT_XBGR_BLUE      1
#define EXT_XBGR_PIXELSIZE 4

#define EXT_XRGB_RED       1
#define EXT_XRGB_GREEN     2
#define EXT_XRGB_BLUE      3
#define EXT_XRGB_PIXELSIZE 4

static const int rgb_red[JPEG_NUMCS] = {
  -1, -1, RGB_RED, -1, -1, -1, EXT_RGB_RED, EXT_RGBX_RED,
  EXT_BGR_RED, EXT_BGRX_RED, EXT_XBGR_RED, EXT_XRGB_RED,
  EXT_RGBX_RED, EXT_BGRX_RED, EXT_XBGR_RED, EXT_XRGB_RED,
  -1
};

static const int rgb_green[JPEG_NUMCS] = {
  -1, -1, RGB_GREEN, -1, -1, -1, EXT_RGB_GREEN, EXT_RGBX_GREEN,
  EXT_BGR_GREEN, EXT_BGRX_GREEN, EXT_XBGR_GREEN, EXT_XRGB_GREEN,
  EXT_RGBX_GREEN, EXT_BGRX_GREEN, EXT_XBGR_GREEN, EXT_XRGB_GREEN,
  -1
};

static const int rgb_blue[JPEG_NUMCS] = {
  -1, -1, RGB_BLUE, -1, -1, -1, EXT_RGB_BLUE, EXT_RGBX_BLUE,
  EXT_BGR_BLUE, EXT_BGRX_BLUE, EXT_XBGR_BLUE, EXT_XRGB_BLUE,
  EXT_RGBX_BLUE, EXT_BGRX_BLUE, EXT_XBGR_BLUE, EXT_XRGB_BLUE,
  -1
};

static const int rgb_pixelsize[JPEG_NUMCS] = {
  -1, -1, RGB_PIXELSIZE, -1, -1, -1, EXT_RGB_PIXELSIZE, EXT_RGBX_PIXELSIZE,
  EXT_BGR_PIXELSIZE, EXT_BGRX_PIXELSIZE, EXT_XBGR_PIXELSIZE, EXT_XRGB_PIXELSIZE,
  EXT_RGBX_PIXELSIZE, EXT_BGRX_PIXELSIZE, EXT_XBGR_PIXELSIZE, EXT_XRGB_PIXELSIZE,
  -1
};

/* Definitions for speed-related optimizations. */

/* On some machines (notably 68000 series) "int" is 32 bits, but multiplying
 * two 16-bit shorts is faster than multiplying two ints.  Define MULTIPLIER
 * as short on such a machine.  MULTIPLIER must be at least 16 bits wide.
 */

#ifndef MULTIPLIER
#ifndef WITH_SIMD
#define MULTIPLIER  int         /* type for fastest integer multiply */
#else
#define MULTIPLIER short  /* prefer 16-bit with SIMD for parellelism */
#endif
#endif


/* FAST_FLOAT should be either float or double, whichever is done faster
 * by your compiler.  (Note that this type is only used in the floating point
 * DCT routines, so it only matters if you've defined DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED.)
 */

#ifndef FAST_FLOAT
#define FAST_FLOAT  float
#endif

#endif /* JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS */
/* Prototypes and definition for malloc implementation.
   Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _MALLOC_H
#define _MALLOC_H 1

#include <features.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>

#ifdef _LIBC
# define __MALLOC_HOOK_VOLATILE
# define __MALLOC_DEPRECATED
#else
# define __MALLOC_HOOK_VOLATILE volatile
# define __MALLOC_DEPRECATED __attribute_deprecated__
#endif


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Allocate SIZE bytes of memory.  */
extern void *malloc (size_t __size) __THROW __attribute_malloc__ __wur;

/* Allocate NMEMB elements of SIZE bytes each, all initialized to 0.  */
extern void *calloc (size_t __nmemb, size_t __size)
__THROW __attribute_malloc__ __wur;

/* Re-allocate the previously allocated block in __ptr, making the new
   block SIZE bytes long.  */
/* __attribute_malloc__ is not used, because if realloc returns
   the same pointer that was passed to it, aliasing needs to be allowed
   between objects pointed by the old and new pointers.  */
extern void *realloc (void *__ptr, size_t __size)
__THROW __attribute_warn_unused_result__;

/* Re-allocate the previously allocated block in PTR, making the new
   block large enough for NMEMB elements of SIZE bytes each.  */
/* __attribute_malloc__ is not used, because if reallocarray returns
   the same pointer that was passed to it, aliasing needs to be allowed
   between objects pointed by the old and new pointers.  */
extern void *reallocarray (void *__ptr, size_t __nmemb, size_t __size)
__THROW __attribute_warn_unused_result__;

/* Free a block allocated by `malloc', `realloc' or `calloc'.  */
extern void free (void *__ptr) __THROW;

/* Allocate SIZE bytes allocated to ALIGNMENT bytes.  */
extern void *memalign (size_t __alignment, size_t __size)
__THROW __attribute_malloc__ __wur;

/* Allocate SIZE bytes on a page boundary.  */
extern void *valloc (size_t __size) __THROW __attribute_malloc__ __wur;

/* Equivalent to valloc(minimum-page-that-holds(n)), that is, round up
   __size to nearest pagesize. */
extern void *pvalloc (size_t __size) __THROW __attribute_malloc__ __wur;

/* Underlying allocation function; successive calls should return
   contiguous pieces of memory.  */
extern void *(*__morecore) (ptrdiff_t __size);

/* Default value of `__morecore'.  */
extern void *__default_morecore (ptrdiff_t __size)
__THROW __attribute_malloc__;

/* SVID2/XPG mallinfo structure */

struct mallinfo
{
  int arena;    /* non-mmapped space allocated from system */
  int ordblks;  /* number of free chunks */
  int smblks;   /* number of fastbin blocks */
  int hblks;    /* number of mmapped regions */
  int hblkhd;   /* space in mmapped regions */
  int usmblks;  /* always 0, preserved for backwards compatibility */
  int fsmblks;  /* space available in freed fastbin blocks */
  int uordblks; /* total allocated space */
  int fordblks; /* total free space */
  int keepcost; /* top-most, releasable (via malloc_trim) space */
};

/* Returns a copy of the updated current mallinfo. */
extern struct mallinfo mallinfo (void) __THROW;

/* SVID2/XPG mallopt options */
#ifndef M_MXFAST
# define M_MXFAST  1    /* maximum request size for "fastbins" */
#endif
#ifndef M_NLBLKS
# define M_NLBLKS  2    /* UNUSED in this malloc */
#endif
#ifndef M_GRAIN
# define M_GRAIN   3    /* UNUSED in this malloc */
#endif
#ifndef M_KEEP
# define M_KEEP    4    /* UNUSED in this malloc */
#endif

/* mallopt options that actually do something */
#define M_TRIM_THRESHOLD    -1
#define M_TOP_PAD           -2
#define M_MMAP_THRESHOLD    -3
#define M_MMAP_MAX          -4
#define M_CHECK_ACTION      -5
#define M_PERTURB           -6
#define M_ARENA_TEST        -7
#define M_ARENA_MAX         -8

/* General SVID/XPG interface to tunable parameters. */
extern int mallopt (int __param, int __val) __THROW;

/* Release all but __pad bytes of freed top-most memory back to the
   system. Return 1 if successful, else 0. */
extern int malloc_trim (size_t __pad) __THROW;

/* Report the number of usable allocated bytes associated with allocated
   chunk __ptr. */
extern size_t malloc_usable_size (void *__ptr) __THROW;

/* Prints brief summary statistics on stderr. */
extern void malloc_stats (void) __THROW;

/* Output information about state of allocator to stream FP.  */
extern int malloc_info (int __options, FILE *__fp) __THROW;

/* Hooks for debugging and user-defined versions. */
extern void (*__MALLOC_HOOK_VOLATILE __free_hook) (void *__ptr,
                                                   const void *)
__MALLOC_DEPRECATED;
extern void *(*__MALLOC_HOOK_VOLATILE __malloc_hook)(size_t __size,
                                                     const void *)
__MALLOC_DEPRECATED;
extern void *(*__MALLOC_HOOK_VOLATILE __realloc_hook)(void *__ptr,
                                                      size_t __size,
                                                      const void *)
__MALLOC_DEPRECATED;
extern void *(*__MALLOC_HOOK_VOLATILE __memalign_hook)(size_t __alignment,
                                                       size_t __size,
                                                       const void *)
__MALLOC_DEPRECATED;
extern void (*__MALLOC_HOOK_VOLATILE __after_morecore_hook) (void);

/* Activate a standard set of debugging hooks. */
extern void __malloc_check_init (void) __THROW __MALLOC_DEPRECATED;


__END_DECLS
#endif /* malloc.h */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2000-2007 Niels Provos <provos@citi.umich.edu>
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT1_EVDNS_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT1_EVDNS_H_INCLUDED_

/** @file evdns.h

  A dns subsystem for Libevent.

  The <evdns.h> header is deprecated in Libevent 2.0 and later; please
  use <event2/evdns.h> instead.  Depending on what functionality you
  need, you may also want to include more of the other <event2/...>
  headers.
 */

#include <event.h>
#include <event2/dns.h>
#include <event2/dns_compat.h>
#include <event2/dns_struct.h>

#endif /* EVENT1_EVDNS_H_INCLUDED_ */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2014 by Farsight Security, Inc.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
 * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
 * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
 * the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
 * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
 * CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
 * TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
 * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 *
 */

#ifndef FSTRM_UNIX_WRITER_H
#define FSTRM_UNIX_WRITER_H

/**
 * \defgroup fstrm_unix_writer fstrm_unix_writer
 *
 * `fstrm_unix_writer` is an interface for opening an \ref fstrm_writer object
 * that is backed by I/O on a stream-oriented (`SOCK_STREAM`) Unix socket.
 *
 * @{
 */

/**
 * Initialize an `fstrm_unix_writer_options` object, which is needed to
 * configure the socket path to be opened by the writer.
 *
 * \return
 *	`fstrm_unix_writer_options` object.
 */
struct fstrm_unix_writer_options *
fstrm_unix_writer_options_init(void);

/**
 * Destroy an `fstrm_unix_writer_options` object.
 * 
 * \param uwopt
 *	Pointer to `fstrm_unix_writer_options` object.
 */
void
fstrm_unix_writer_options_destroy(
	struct fstrm_unix_writer_options **uwopt);

/**
 * Set the `socket_path` option. This is a filesystem path that will be
 * connected to as an `AF_UNIX` socket.
 *
 * \param uwopt
 *	`fstrm_unix_writer_options` object.
 * \param socket_path
 *	The filesystem path to the `AF_UNIX` socket.
 */
void
fstrm_unix_writer_options_set_socket_path(
	struct fstrm_unix_writer_options *uwopt,
	const char *socket_path);

/**
 * Initialize the `fstrm_writer` object. Note that the `AF_UNIX` socket will not
 * actually be opened until a subsequent call to fstrm_writer_open().
 *
 * \param uwopt
 *	`fstrm_unix_writer_options` object. Must be non-NULL, and have the
 *	`socket_path` option set.
 * \param wopt
 *	`fstrm_writer_options` object. May be NULL, in which chase default
 *	values will be used.
 *
 * \return
 *	`fstrm_writer` object.
 * \retval
 *	NULL on failure.
 */
struct fstrm_writer *
fstrm_unix_writer_init(
	const struct fstrm_unix_writer_options *uwopt,
	const struct fstrm_writer_options *wopt);

/**@}*/

#endif /* FSTRM_UNIX_WRITER_H */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2014 by Farsight Security, Inc.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
 * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
 * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
 * the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
 * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
 * CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
 * TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
 * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 *
 */

#ifndef FSTRM_READER_H
#define FSTRM_READER_H

/**
 * \defgroup fstrm_reader fstrm_reader
 *
 * `fstrm_reader` is an interface for reading Frame Streams data from a byte
 * stream. The underlying byte stream I/O operations are abstracted by the
 * \ref fstrm_rdwr interface. Thus, the `fstrm_reader` interface can be used to
 * read Frame Streams data from any source whose read/write operations are
 * wrapped by an `fstrm_rdwr` object.
 *
 * Some basic `fstrm_reader` implementations are already provided in the `fstrm`
 * library. See fstrm_file_reader_init() to create an `fstrm_reader` object that
 * reads Frame Streams data from a regular file.
 *
 * @{
 */

/**
 * The default `max_frame_size` value.
 */
#define FSTRM_READER_MAX_FRAME_SIZE_DEFAULT	1048576

/**
 * Initialize an `fstrm_reader_options` object.
 *
 * \return
 *	`fstrm_reader_options` object.
 */
struct fstrm_reader_options *
fstrm_reader_options_init(void);

/**
 * Destroy an `fstrm_reader_options` object.
 *
 * \param ropt
 *	Pointer to `fstrm_reader_options` object.
 */
void
fstrm_reader_options_destroy(
	struct fstrm_reader_options **ropt);

/**
 * Add a "Content Type" value to the set of content types accepted by the
 * `fstrm_reader`. This function makes a copy of the provided string. This
 * function may be called multiple times, in which case multiple "Content Type"
 * values will be accepted by the reader.
 *
 * If the reader has no content types set, it will accept any content type.
 *
 * \param ropt
 *	`fstrm_reader_options` object.
 * \param content_type
 *	The "Content Type" string to copy. Note that this string is not
 *	NUL-terminated and may contain embedded NULs.
 * \param len_content_type
 *	The number of bytes in `content_type`.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 *	The "Content Type" field was successfully added.
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 *	The "Content Type" string is too long.
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_reader_options_add_content_type(
	struct fstrm_reader_options *ropt,
	const void *content_type,
	size_t len_content_type);

/**
 * Set the maximum frame size that the reader is willing to accept. This
 * enforces an upper limit on the amount of memory used to buffer incoming data
 * from the reader's byte stream.
 *
 * If this option is not set, it defaults to
 * #FSTRM_READER_MAX_FRAME_SIZE_DEFAULT.
 *
 * \param ropt
 *	`fstrm_reader_options` object.
 * \param max_frame_size
 *	The maximum frame size value.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 *	The `max_frame_size` value was successfully set.
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 *	The `max_frame_size` value was too large or too small.
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_reader_options_set_max_frame_size(
	struct fstrm_reader_options *ropt,
	size_t max_frame_size);

/**
 * Initialize a new `fstrm_reader` object based on an underlying `fstrm_rdwr`
 * object and an `fstrm_reader_options` object.
 *
 * The underlying `fstrm_rdwr` object MUST have a `read` method. It MAY
 * optionally have a `write` method, in which case the stream will be treated as
 * a bi-directional, handshaked stream. Otherwise, if there is no `write` method
 * the stream will be treated as a uni-directional stream.
 *
 * This function is useful for implementing functions that return new types of
 * `fstrm_reader` objects, such as fstrm_file_reader_init().
 *
 * After a successful call to this function, the ownership of the `fstrm_rdwr`
 * object passes from the caller to the `fstrm_reader` object. The caller
 * should perform no further calls on the `fstrm_rdwr` object. The `fstrm_rdwr`
 * object will be cleaned up on a call to fstrm_reader_destroy().
 *
 * \param ropt
 *	`fstrm_reader_options` object. May be NULL, in which case default values
 *	will be used.
 *
 * \param rdwr
 *	Pointer to `fstrm_rdwr` object. Must be non-NULL. The `fstrm_rdwr`
 *	object must have a `read` method, and may optionally have a `write`
 *	method.
 *
 * \return
 *	`fstrm_reader` object.
 * \retval
 *	NULL on failure.
 */
struct fstrm_reader *
fstrm_reader_init(
	const struct fstrm_reader_options *ropt,
	struct fstrm_rdwr **rdwr);

/**
 * Destroy an `fstrm_reader` object. This implicitly calls fstrm_reader_close()
 * if necessary.
 *
 * \param r
 *	Pointer to `fstrm_reader` object.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_reader_destroy(struct fstrm_reader **r);

/**
 * Open an `fstrm_reader` object and prepare it to read data.
 *
 * This checks that the content type in the byte stream, if specified, matches
 * one of the content types specified in the `fstrm_reader_options` object used
 * to initialize the `fstrm_reader` object.
 *
 * This function may fail if there was an underlying problem opening the input
 * stream.
 *
 * \param r
 *	`fstrm_reader` object.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_reader_open(struct fstrm_reader *r);

/**
 * Close an `fstrm_reader` object. Once it has been closed, no data frames may
 * subsequently be read.
 *
 * Calling this function is optional; it may be implicitly invoked by a call to
 * fstrm_reader_destroy().
 *
 * \param r
 *	`fstrm_reader` object.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_reader_close(struct fstrm_reader *r);

/**
 * Read a data frame from an `fstrm_reader` object. This frame is held in an
 * internal buffer owned by the `fstrm_reader` object and should not be modified
 * by the caller. The contents of this buffer will be overwritten by a
 * subsequent call to fstrm_reader_read().
 *
 * This function implicitly calls fstrm_reader_open() if necessary.
 *
 * \param r
 *	`fstrm_reader` object.
 * \param[out] data
 *	Pointer to buffer containing the data frame payload.
 * \param[out] len_data
 *	The number of bytes available in `data`.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 *	A data frame was successfully read.
 * \retval #fstrm_res_stop
 *	The end of the stream has been reached.
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_reader_read(
	struct fstrm_reader *r,
	const uint8_t **data,
	size_t *len_data);

/**
 * Obtain a pointer to an `fstrm_control` object used during processing. Objects
 * returned by this function are owned by the `fstrm_reader` object and must not
 * be modified by the caller. After a call to fstrm_reader_destroy() these
 * pointers will no longer be valid.
 *
 * For example, this function can be used to obtain a pointer to the START
 * control frame, which can be queried to see which "Content Type" was
 * negotiated during the opening of the reader.
 *
 * This function implicitly calls fstrm_reader_open() if necessary.
 *
 * \param r
 *	`fstrm_reader` object.
 * \param type
 *	Which control frame to return.
 * \param[out] control
 *	The `fstrm_control` object.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 *	If an `fstrm_control` object was returned.
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_reader_get_control(
	struct fstrm_reader *r,
	fstrm_control_type type,
	const struct fstrm_control **control);

/**@}*/

#endif /* FSTRM_READER_H */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2014 by Farsight Security, Inc.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
 * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
 * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
 * the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
 * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
 * CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
 * TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
 * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 *
 */

#ifndef FSTRM_CONTROL_H
#define FSTRM_CONTROL_H

/**
 * \defgroup fstrm_control fstrm_control
 *
 * `fstrm_control` is an interface for encoding and decoding Frame Streams
 * control frames.
 *
 * Two types of frames are possible in a Frame Streams byte stream: **data
 * frames** and **control frames**. Both are variable length byte sequences
 * prefixed by a 32-bit big endian unsigned integer (the **frame length**)
 * specifying the length of the following byte sequence. If this frame length
 * value is greater than zero, the **frame length** specifies the **data frame
 * length**, and a data frame follows it. If the frame length is zero (i.e., it
 * is the four byte sequence `00 00 00 00`), this is an **escape sequence**,
 * which means that a control frame follows. The control frame itself is
 * prefixed by a 32-bit big endian unsigned integer (the **control frame
 * length**) specifying the length of the following **control frame payload**.
 *
 * There are two types of control frames used for uni-directional streams:
 * `START` and `STOP`. These control frame types bracket the stream of data
 * frames. `START` indicates the beginning of the stream and communicates
 * metadata about the stream to follow, and `STOP` indicates the end of the
 * stream.
 *
 * Bi-directional streams make use of three additional control frame types:
 * `READY`, `ACCEPT`, and `FINISH`. These control frame types are used in a
 * simple handshake protocol between sender and receiver.
 *
 * A uni-directional Frame Streams byte stream normally consists of the
 * following:
 *
 * 1. The `START` control frame.
 * 2. A sequence of zero or more data frames or control frames that are not of
 *      the control frame types `START`, `STOP`, `ACCEPT`, `READY`, or
 *      `FINISH`.
 * 3. The `STOP` control frame.
 *
 * The `START` and `STOP` control frames are not optional. The `START` control
 * frame must appear at the beginning of the byte stream, and the `STOP` control
 * frame must appear at the end of the byte stream. (If the byte stream has an
 * end.) `START` control frames must not appear anywhere other than at the
 * beginning of the byte stream, and `STOP` control frames must not appear
 * anywhere other than at the end of the byte stream. Only one `START` control
 * frame and only one `STOP` control frame may appear in a Frame Streams byte
 * stream.
 *
 * Control frames may optionally include zero or more **control frame fields**.
 * There is currently one type of control frame field defined: `CONTENT_TYPE`.
 * This field specifies a variable length byte sequence describing the encoding
 * of data frames that appear in the Frame Streams byte stream. This field is
 * used by cooperating programs to unambiguously identify how to interpret the
 * data frames in a particular Frame Streams byte stream. For instance, this
 * field may specify a particular schema to use to interpret the data frames
 * appearing in the byte stream. Zero, one, or more `CONTENT_TYPE` fields may
 * appear in `READY` or `ACCEPT` control frames. Zero or one `CONTENT_TYPE`
 * fields may appear in `START` control frames. No `CONTENT_TYPE` fields may
 * appear in `STOP` or `FINISH` control frames.
 *
 * A uni-directional Frame Streams encoder would normally produce a byte stream
 * as follows:
 *
 * 1. Write the `START` **control frame**.
 *      + At the start of the byte stream, write the four byte **escape
 *      sequence** `00 00 00 00` that precedes control frames.
 *      + Write the **control frame length** as a 32-bit big endian unsigned
 *      integer.
 *      + Write the **control frame payload**. It must be a `START` control
 *      frame. It may optionally specify a `CONTENT_TYPE` field.
 * 2. Write zero or more **data frames**.
 * 3. Write the `STOP` **control frame**.
 *      + At the start of the byte stream, write the four byte **escape
 *      sequence** `00 00 00 00` that precedes control frames.
 *      + Write the **control frame length** as a 32-bit big endian unsigned
 *      integer.
 *      + Write the **control frame payload**. It must be a `STOP` control
 *      frame.
 *
 * A uni-directional Frame Streams decoder would normally process the byte
 * stream as follows:
 *
 * 1. Read the `START` control frame.
 *      + At the start of the byte stream, read the four byte **escape
 *      sequence** `00 00 00 00` that precedes control frames.
 *      + Read the 32-bit big endian unsigned integer specifying the **control
 *      frame length**.
 *      + Decode the **control frame payload**. It must be a `START` control
 *      frame. It may optionally specify a `CONTENT_TYPE` field.
 * 2. Repeatedly read data frames or control frames following the `START`
 * control frame.
 *      + Read the **frame length**, a 32-bit big endian unsigned integer.
 *      + If the **frame length** is zero, a control frame follows:
 *              + Read the 32-bit big endian unsigned integer specifying the
 *              **control frame length**.
 *              + Decode the **control frame payload**. If it is a `STOP`
 *              control frame, the end of the Frame Streams byte stream has
 *              occurred, and no frames follow. Break out of the decoding loop
 *              and halt processing. (`READY`, `ACCEPT`, `START`, and `FINISH`
 *              may not occur here. For forward compatibility, control frames of
 *              types other than the types `READY`, `ACCEPT`, `START`, `STOP`,
 *              and `FINISH` must be ignored here. No control frames specified
 *              in the future may alter the encoding of succeeding frames.)
 *      + If the **frame length** is non-zero, it specifies the number of bytes
 *      in the following **data frame**. Consume these bytes from the byte
 *      stream.
 *
 * The functions fstrm_control_encode() and fstrm_control_decode() are provided
 * to encode and decode control frames. See the detailed descriptions of those
 * functions for code examples showing their usage.
 *
 * @{
 */

/**
 * The maximum length in bytes of an "Accept", "Start", or "Stop" control frame
 * payload. This excludes the escape sequence and the control frame length.
 */
#define FSTRM_CONTROL_FRAME_LENGTH_MAX			512

/**
 * The maximum length in bytes of a "Content Type" control frame field payload.
 * This excludes the field type and payload length.
 */
#define FSTRM_CONTROL_FIELD_CONTENT_TYPE_LENGTH_MAX	256

/**
 * Control frame types.
 */
typedef enum {
	/** Control frame type value for "Accept" control frames. */
	FSTRM_CONTROL_ACCEPT	= 0x01,

	/** Control frame type value for "Start" control frames. */
	FSTRM_CONTROL_START	= 0x02,

	/** Control frame type value for "Stop" control frames. */
	FSTRM_CONTROL_STOP	= 0x03,

	/** Control frame type value for "Ready" control frames. */
	FSTRM_CONTROL_READY	= 0x04,

	/** Control frame type value for "Finish" control frames. */
	FSTRM_CONTROL_FINISH	= 0x05,
} fstrm_control_type;

/**
 * Control frame field types. These are optional fields that can appear in
 * control frames.
 */
typedef enum {
	/**
	 * Control frame field type value for the "Content Type" control frame
	 * option.
	 */
	FSTRM_CONTROL_FIELD_CONTENT_TYPE	= 0x01,
} fstrm_control_field;

/**
 * Flags for controlling the behavior of the encoding and decoding functions.
 */
typedef enum {
	/**
	 * Set to control whether to include the control frame header in
	 * encoding/decoding operations.
	 *
	 * Causes fstrm_control_encode() and fstrm_control_encoded_size() to
	 * include the control frame header containing the escape sequence and
	 * control frame payload length in the encoded output. Otherwise, only
	 * the control frame payload itself is encoded.
	 *
	 * Tells fstrm_control_decode() that the input buffer to be decoded
	 * begins with the control frame header containing the escape sequence
	 * and control frame payload length. (Note that this requires the caller
	 * to peek at the input buffer to calculate the right buffer length.)
	 * Otherwise, the input buffer begins with the control frame payload.
	 */
	FSTRM_CONTROL_FLAG_WITH_HEADER		= (1 << 0),
} fstrm_control_flag;

/**
 * Convert an `fstrm_control_type` enum value to a string representation.
 * Unknown values are represented as `"FSTRM_CONTROL_UNKNOWN"`.
 *
 * \param type The `fstrm_control_type` enum value.
 * \return The string representation of the enum value. (Always non-NULL.)
 */
const char *
fstrm_control_type_to_str(fstrm_control_type type);

/**
 * Convert an `fstrm_control_field` enum value to a string representation.
 * Unknown values are represented as `"FSTRM_CONTROL_FIELD_UNKNOWN"`.
 *
 * \param f_type The `fstrm_control_field` enum value.
 * \return The string representation of the enum value. (Always non-NULL.)
 */
const char *
fstrm_control_field_type_to_str(fstrm_control_field f_type);

/**
 * Initialize an `fstrm_control` object. This object represents Frame Streams
 * control frames and is used for encoding and decoding control frames.
 *
 * \return
 *	An `fstrm_control` object.
 */
struct fstrm_control *
fstrm_control_init(void);

/**
 * Destroy an `fstrm_control` object.
 *
 * \param[in] c
 *	Pointer to an `fstrm_control` object.
 */
void
fstrm_control_destroy(struct fstrm_control **c);

/**
 * Reinitialize an `fstrm_control` object. This resets the internal state to
 * default values.
 *
 * \param c
 *	`fstrm_control` object.
 */
void
fstrm_control_reset(struct fstrm_control *c);

/**
 * Retrieve the type of the control frame.
 *
 * \param c
 *	`fstrm_control` object.
 * \param[out] type
 *	Type of the control frame.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_control_get_type(
	const struct fstrm_control *c,
	fstrm_control_type *type);

/**
 * Set the type of the control frame.
 *
 * \param c
 *	`fstrm_control` object.
 * \param[in] type
 *	Type of the control frame.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_control_set_type(
	struct fstrm_control *c,
	fstrm_control_type type);

/**
 * Retrieve the number of "Content Type" fields present in the control frame.
 *
 * \param c
 *	`fstrm_control` object.
 * \param[out] n_content_type
 *	The number of "Content Type" fields.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_control_get_num_field_content_type(
	const struct fstrm_control *c,
	size_t *n_content_type);

/**
 * Retrieve a "Content Type" field from the control frame. This function
 * returns a reference which must not be modified. Control frames may contain
 * zero, one, or more "Content Type" fields.
 *
 * \see fstrm_control_get_num_field_content_type()
 *
 * \param c
 *	`fstrm_control` object.
 * \param[in] idx
 *	The index of the "Content Type" field to retrieve.
 * \param[out] content_type
 *	Pointer to where the reference to the "Content Type" string will be
 *	stored. Note that this string is not NUL-terminated and may contain
 *	embedded NULs.
 * \param[out] len_content_type
 *	The number of bytes in `content_type`.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 *	The control frame has a "Content Type" field.
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 *	The control frame does not have a "Content Type" field.
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_control_get_field_content_type(
	const struct fstrm_control *c,
	const size_t idx,
	const uint8_t **content_type,
	size_t *len_content_type);

/**
 * Add a "Content Type" field to the control frame. This function makes a copy
 * of the provided string. This function may be called multiple times, in which
 * case multiple "Content Type" fields will be added to the control frame.
 *
 * The "Content Type" fields are removed on a call to fstrm_control_reset().
 *
 * \param c
 *	`fstrm_control` object.
 * \param[in] content_type
 *	The "Content Type" string to copy. Note that this string is not
 *	NUL-terminated and may contain embedded NULs.
 * \param[in] len_content_type
 *	The number of bytes in `content_type`.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 *	The "Content Type" field was successfully added.
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 *	The "Content Type" string is too long.
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_control_add_field_content_type(
	struct fstrm_control *c,
	const uint8_t *content_type,
	size_t len_content_type);

/**
 * Check if the control frame matches a particular content type value. That is,
 * the content type given in the `match` and `len_match` parameters is checked
 * for compatibility with the content types (if any) specified in the control
 * frame.
 *
 * \param c
 *	`fstrm_control` object.
 * \param match
 *	The "Content Type" string to match. Note that this string is not
 *	NUL-terminated and may contain embedded NULs. May be NULL, in which case
 *	the control frame must not have any content type fields in order to
 *	match.
 * \param len_match
 *	The number of bytes in `match`.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 *	A match was found.
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 *	A match was not found.
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_control_match_field_content_type(
	const struct fstrm_control *c,
	const uint8_t *match,
	const size_t len_match);

/**
 * Decode a control frame from a buffer. The buffer starts with either the
 * escape sequence or the control frame payload depending on whether the
 * `FSTRM_CONTROL_FLAG_WITH_HEADER` flag is set or not. In either case, the
 * 'len_control_frame' parameter must be exact. Underflow or overflow is not
 * permitted.
 *
 * The following code example shows a function that decodes a control frame
 * payload:
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
static fstrm_res
decode_control_frame(const void *control_frame, size_t len_control_frame)
{
        fstrm_res res;
        fstrm_control_type c_type;
        struct fstrm_control *c;
        uint32_t flags = 0;

        c = fstrm_control_init();

        res = fstrm_control_decode(c, control_frame, len_control_frame, flags);
        if (res != fstrm_res_success) {
                puts("fstrm_control_decode() failed.");
                fstrm_control_destroy(&c);
                return res;
        }

        res = fstrm_control_get_type(c, &c_type);
        if (res != fstrm_res_success) {
                puts("fstrm_control_get_type() failed.");
                fstrm_control_destroy(&c);
                return res;
        }
        printf("The control frame is of type %s (%u).\n",
               fstrm_control_type_to_str(c_type), c_type);

	size_t n_content_type;
	res = fstrm_control_get_num_field_content_type(c, &n_content_type);
	if (res != fstrm_res_success) {
		puts("fstrm_control_get_num_field_content_type() failed.");
		fstrm_control_destroy(&c);
		return res;
	}

        const uint8_t *content_type;
        size_t len_content_type;
	for (size_t idx = 0; idx < n_content_type; idx++) {
		res = fstrm_control_get_field_content_type(c, idx,
			&content_type, &len_content_type);
		if (res == fstrm_res_success) {
			printf("The control frame has a CONTENT_TYPE field of length %zd.\n",
			       len_content_type);
		}
	}

        fstrm_control_destroy(&c);
        return fstrm_res_success;
}
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 *
 * \param c
 *	`fstrm_control` object. Its state will be overwritten.
 * \param[in] control_frame
 *	Buffer containing the serialized control frame.
 * \param[in] len_control_frame
 *	The number of bytes in `control_frame`. This parameter must specify the
 *	exact number of bytes in the control frame.
 * \param flags
 *	Flags controlling the decoding process. See #fstrm_control_flag.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_control_decode(
	struct fstrm_control *c,
	const void *control_frame,
	size_t len_control_frame,
	const uint32_t flags);

/**
 * Calculate the number of bytes needed to serialize the control frame.
 *
 * \param c
 *	`fstrm_control` object.
 * \param[out] len_control_frame
 *	The number of bytes needed to encode `c`.
 * \param flags
 *	Flags controlling the encoding process. See #fstrm_control_flag.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_control_encoded_size(
	const struct fstrm_control *c,
	size_t *len_control_frame,
	const uint32_t flags);

/**
 * Encode a control frame into a buffer. Since a Frame Streams control frame is
 * a variable length byte sequence of up to #FSTRM_CONTROL_FRAME_LENGTH_MAX
 * bytes, this function can be used in two different ways. The first way is to
 * call fstrm_control_encoded_size() to obtain the exact number of bytes needed
 * to encode the frame, and then pass a buffer of this exact size to
 * fstrm_control_encode(). The following example shows this usage:
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
	fstrm_res res;
	struct fstrm_control *c;
	uint8_t *control_frame;
	size_t len_control_frame;
	uint32_t flags = 0;

	c = fstrm_control_init();
	res = fstrm_control_set_type(c, FSTRM_CONTROL_START);
	if (res != fstrm_res_success) {
		// Error handling goes here.
	}

	// Calculate the number of bytes needed.
	res = fstrm_control_encoded_size(c, &len_control_frame, flags);
	if (res != fstrm_res_success) {
		// Error handling goes here.
	}

	// 'len_control_frame' now specifies the number of bytes required for
	// the control frame. Allocate the needed space.
	control_frame = malloc(len_control_frame);
	if (!control_frame) {
		// Error handling goes here.
	}

	// Serialize the control frame into the allocated buffer.
	res = fstrm_control_encode(c, control_frame, &len_control_frame, 0);
	if (res != fstrm_res_success) {
		// Error handling goes here.
	}

	// Do something with 'control_frame' and 'len_control_frame'.

	// Clean up.
	free(control_frame);
	fstrm_control_destroy(&c);
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 *
 * The second way to use fstrm_control_encode() is to allocate a statically
 * sized buffer of #FSTRM_CONTROL_FRAME_LENGTH_MAX bytes. The exact number of
 * bytes serialized by the encoder will be returned in the `len_control_frame`
 * parameter. The following example shows this usage:
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
	fstrm_res res;
	struct fstrm_control *c;
	uint8_t control_frame[FSTRM_CONTROL_FRAME_LENGTH_MAX];
	size_t len_control_frame = sizeof(control_frame);

	c = fstrm_control_init();
	res = fstrm_control_set_type(c, FSTRM_CONTROL_START);
	if (res != fstrm_res_success) {
		// Error handling.
	}

	// Serialize the control frame.
	res = fstrm_control_encode(c, control_frame, &len_control_frame, 0);
	if (res != fstrm_res_success) {
		// Error handling goes here.
	}

	// Do something with 'control_frame' and 'len_control_frame'.

	// Clean up.
	fstrm_control_destroy(&c);
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 *
 * \param c
 *	`fstrm_control` object.
 * \param[out] control_frame
 *	The buffer in which to serialize the control frame.
 * \param[in,out] len_control_frame
 *	The size in bytes of `control_frame`. On a successful return, contains
 *	the number of bytes actually written into `control_frame`.
 * \param flags
 *	Flags controlling the encoding process. See #fstrm_control_flag.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_control_encode(
	const struct fstrm_control *c,
	void *control_frame,
	size_t *len_control_frame,
	const uint32_t flags);

/**@}*/

#endif /* FSTRM_CONTROL_H */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2014, 2018 by Farsight Security, Inc.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
 * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
 * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
 * the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
 * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
 * CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
 * TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
 * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 *
 */

#ifndef FSTRM_TCP_WRITER_H
#define FSTRM_TCP_WRITER_H

/**
 * \defgroup fstrm_tcp_writer fstrm_tcp_writer
 *
 * `fstrm_tcp_writer` is an interface for opening an \ref fstrm_writer object
 * that is backed by I/O on a TCP socket.
 *
 * @{
 */

/**
 * Initialize an `fstrm_tcp_writer_options` object, which is needed to
 * configure the socket address and socket port to be opened by the writer.
 *
 * \return
 *	`fstrm_tcp_writer_options` object.
 */
struct fstrm_tcp_writer_options *
fstrm_tcp_writer_options_init(void);

/**
 * Destroy an `fstrm_tcp_writer_options` object.
 *
 * \param twopt
 *	Pointer to `fstrm_tcp_writer_options` object.
 */
void
fstrm_tcp_writer_options_destroy(
	struct fstrm_tcp_writer_options **twopt);

/**
 * Set the `socket_address` option. This is the IPv4 or IPv6 address in
 * presentation format to be connected by the TCP socket.
 *
 * \param twopt
 *	`fstrm_tcp_writer_options` object.
 * \param socket_address
 *	The socket address.
 */
void
fstrm_tcp_writer_options_set_socket_address(
	struct fstrm_tcp_writer_options *twopt,
	const char *socket_address);

/**
 * Set the `socket_port` option. This is the TCP port number to be connected by
 * the TCP socket.
 *
 * \param twopt
 *	`fstrm_tcp_writer_options` object.
 * \param socket_port
 *	The TCP socket port number provided as a character string.
 *	(When converted, the maximum allowed unsigned integer is 65535.)
 */
void
fstrm_tcp_writer_options_set_socket_port(
	struct fstrm_tcp_writer_options *twopt,
	const char *socket_port);

/**
 * Initialize the `fstrm_writer` object. Note that the TCP socket will not
 * actually be opened until a subsequent call to fstrm_writer_open().
 *
 * \param twopt
 *	`fstrm_tcp_writer_options` object. Must be non-NULL, and have the
 *	`socket_address` and `socket_port` options set.
 * \param wopt
 *	`fstrm_writer_options` object. May be NULL, in which chase default
 *	values will be used.
 *
 * \return
 *	`fstrm_writer` object.
 * \retval
 *	NULL on failure.
 */
struct fstrm_writer *
fstrm_tcp_writer_init(
	const struct fstrm_tcp_writer_options *twopt,
	const struct fstrm_writer_options *wopt);

/**@}*/

#endif /* FSTRM_TCP_WRITER_H */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2014 by Farsight Security, Inc.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
 * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
 * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
 * the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
 * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
 * CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
 * TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
 * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 *
 */

#ifndef FSTRM_RDWR_H
#define FSTRM_RDWR_H

/**
 * \defgroup fstrm_rdwr fstrm_rdwr
 *
 * `fstrm_rdwr` is an interface for abstracting the process of reading and
 * writing data to byte streams. It allows extending the `fstrm` library to
 * support reading and writing Frame Streams data to new kinds of byte stream
 * transports. (It also allows building mock interfaces for testing the correct
 * functioning of the library.)
 *
 * `fstrm_rdwr` is a low-level interface that is used in conjunction with the
 * higher level \ref fstrm_reader and \ref fstrm_writer interfaces. The
 * following methods need to be defined for `fstrm_rdwr` implementations:
 *
 * Method name  | Method type                   | Method description
 * ------------ | ----------------------------- | ------------------
 * `destroy`    | #fstrm_rdwr_destroy_func      | Destroys the instance.
 * `open`       | #fstrm_rdwr_open_func         | Opens the stream.
 * `close`      | #fstrm_rdwr_close_func        | Closes the stream.
 * `read`       | #fstrm_rdwr_read_func         | Reads bytes from the stream.
 * `write`      | #fstrm_rdwr_write_func        | Writes bytes to the stream.
 *
 * The `destroy` method is optional. It cleans up any remaining resources
 * associated with the instance.
 *
 * The `open` method is required. It should perform the actual opening of the
 * byte stream and prepare it to read or write data.
 *
 * The `close` method is required. It should perform the actual closing of the
 * byte stream.
 *
 * If the `fstrm_rdwr` object is to be used in an `fstrm_reader` object, it must
 * have a `read` method. If the `fstrm_rdwr` object embedded in an
 * `fstrm_reader` object also has a `write` method, the stream will be
 * considered bi-directional (that is, it supports both reading and writing) and
 * handshaking will be performed. If a `read` method is supplied but a `write`
 * method is not, the reader's stream will instead be considered
 * uni-directional. See \ref fstrm_reader for details.
 *
 * If the `fstrm_rdwr` object is to be used in an `fstrm_writer` object, it must
 * have a `write` method. If the `fstrm_rdwr` object embedded in an
 * `fstrm_writer` object also has a `read` method, the stream will be considered
 * bi-directional and shaking will be performed. If a `write` method is supplied
 * but a `read` method is not, the writer's stream will instead be considered
 * uni-directional. See \ref fstrm_writer for details.
 *
 * An `fstrm_rdwr` instance is created with a call to `fstrm_rdwr_init()`,
 * optionally passing a pointer to some state object associated with the
 * instance. This pointer will be passed as the first argument to each of the
 * methods described above. Then, the various `fstrm_rdwr_set_*()` functions
 * should be used to configure the functions to be used to invoke the methods
 * required for the `fstrm_rdwr` object.
 *
 * @{
 */

/**
 * `destroy` method function type. This method is invoked to deallocate any
 * per-stream resources used by an `fstrm_rdwr` implementation.
 *
 * \see fstrm_rdwr_set_destroy()
 *
 * \param obj
 *      The `obj` value passed to `fstrm_rdwr_init()`.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
typedef fstrm_res
(*fstrm_rdwr_destroy_func)(void *obj);

/**
 * `open` method function type. This method is invoked to open the stream and
 * prepare it for reading or writing. For example, if an `fstrm_rdwr`
 * implementation is backed by file I/O, this method might be responsible for
 * opening a file descriptor.
 *
 * \see fstrm_rdwr_set_open()
 *
 * \param obj
 *      The `obj` value passed to `fstrm_rdwr_init()`.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
typedef fstrm_res
(*fstrm_rdwr_open_func)(void *obj);

/**
 * `close` method function type. This method is invoked to close the stream. For
 * example, if an `fstrm_rdwr` implementation is backed by file I/O, this method
 * might be responsible for closing a file descriptor.
 *
 * \see fstrm_rdwr_set_close()
 *
 * \param obj
 *      The `obj` value passed to `fstrm_rdwr_init()`.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
typedef fstrm_res
(*fstrm_rdwr_close_func)(void *obj);

/**
 * `read` method function type. This method is used to read data from a stream.
 * It must satisfy the full amount of data requested, unless the stream has
 * ended.
 *
 * \see fstrm_rdwr_set_read()
 *
 * \param obj
 *      The `obj` value passed to `fstrm_rdwr_init()`.
 * \param data
 *      The buffer in which to place the data read.
 * \param count
 *      The number of bytes requested.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 *      The data was read successfully.
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 *      An unexpected failure occurred.
 * \retval #fstrm_res_stop
 *      The end of the stream has occurred.
 */
typedef fstrm_res
(*fstrm_rdwr_read_func)(void *obj, void *data, size_t count);

/**
 * `write` method function type. This method is used to write data to a stream.
 * It must perform the full write of all data, unless an error has occurred.
 *
 * \see fstrm_rdwr_set_write()
 *
 * \param obj
 *      The `obj` value passed to `fstrm_rdwr_init()`.
 * \param iov
 *      Array of `struct iovec` objects.
 * \param iovcnt
 *      Number of `struct iovec` objects in `iov`.
 *
 * \return #fstrm_res_success
 * \return #fstrm_res_failure
 */
typedef fstrm_res
(*fstrm_rdwr_write_func)(void *obj, const struct iovec *iov, int iovcnt);

/**
 * Initialize a new `fstrm_rdwr` object.
 *
 * \param obj
 *      Per-object state.
 *
 * \return
 *      `fstrm_rdwr` object.
 * \retval
 *      NULL on failure.
 */
struct fstrm_rdwr *
fstrm_rdwr_init(void *obj);

/**
 * Destroy an `fstrm_rdwr` object. This invokes the underlying `destroy` method
 * as well.
 *
 * \param rdwr
 *      Pointer to an `fstrm_rdwr` object.
 *
 * \return #fstrm_res_success
 * \return #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_rdwr_destroy(struct fstrm_rdwr **rdwr);

/**
 * Invoke the `open` method on an `fstrm_rdwr` object.
 *
 * \param rdwr
 *      The `fstrm_rdwr` object.
 *
 * \return #fstrm_res_success
 * \return #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_rdwr_open(struct fstrm_rdwr *rdwr);

/**
 * Invoke the `close` method on an `fstrm_rdwr` object.
 *
 * \param rdwr
 *      The `fstrm_rdwr` object.
 *
 * \return #fstrm_res_success
 * \return #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_rdwr_close(struct fstrm_rdwr *rdwr);

/**
 * Invoke the `read` method on an `fstrm_rdwr` object.
 *
 * \param rdwr
 *      The `fstrm_rdwr` object.
 * \param data
 *      The buffer in which to place the data read.
 * \param count
 *      The number of bytes to read.
 *
 * \return #fstrm_res_success
 * \return #fstrm_res_failure
 * \return #fstrm_res_stop
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_rdwr_read(struct fstrm_rdwr *rdwr, void *data, size_t count);

/**
 * Invoke the `write` method on an `fstrm_rdwr` object.
 *
 * \param rdwr
 *      The `fstrm_rdwr` object.
 * \param iov
 *      Array of `struct iovec` objects.
 * \param iovcnt
 *      Number of `struct iovec` objects in `iov`.
 *
 * \return #fstrm_res_success
 * \return #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_rdwr_write(struct fstrm_rdwr *rdwr, const struct iovec *iov, int iovcnt);

/**
 * Set the `destroy` method for an `fstrm_rdwr` object.
 *
 * \param rdwr
 *      The `fstrm_rdwr` object.
 * \param fn
 *      Function to use.
 */
void
fstrm_rdwr_set_destroy(
	struct fstrm_rdwr *rdwr,
	fstrm_rdwr_destroy_func fn);

/**
 * Set the `open` method for an `fstrm_rdwr` object.
 *
 * \param rdwr
 *      The `fstrm_rdwr` object.
 * \param fn
 *      Function to use.
 */
void
fstrm_rdwr_set_open(
	struct fstrm_rdwr *rdwr,
	fstrm_rdwr_open_func fn);

/**
 * Set the `close` method for an `fstrm_rdwr` object.
 *
 * \param rdwr
 *      The `fstrm_rdwr` object.
 * \param fn
 *      Function to use.
 */
void
fstrm_rdwr_set_close(
	struct fstrm_rdwr *rdwr,
	fstrm_rdwr_close_func fn);

/**
 * Set the `read` method for an `fstrm_rdwr` object.
 *
 * \param rdwr
 *      The `fstrm_rdwr` object.
 * \param fn
 *      Function to use.
 */
void
fstrm_rdwr_set_read(
	struct fstrm_rdwr *rdwr,
	fstrm_rdwr_read_func fn);

/**
 * Set the `write` method for an `fstrm_rdwr` object.
 *
 * \param rdwr
 *      The `fstrm_rdwr` object.
 * \param fn
 *      Function to use.
 */
void
fstrm_rdwr_set_write(
	struct fstrm_rdwr *rdwr,
	fstrm_rdwr_write_func fn);

/**@}*/

#endif /* FSTRM_RDWR_H */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2014 by Farsight Security, Inc.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
 * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
 * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
 * the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
 * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
 * CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
 * TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
 * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 *
 */

#ifndef FSTRM_FILE_H
#define FSTRM_FILE_H

/**
 * \defgroup fstrm_file fstrm_file
 *
 * `fstrm_file` contains interfaces for opening \ref fstrm_reader or
 * \ref fstrm_writer objects that are backed by file I/O.
 *
 * @{
 */

/**
 * Initialize an `fstrm_file_options` object, which is needed to configure the
 * file path to be opened by fstrm_file_reader_init() or
 * fstrm_file_writer_init().
 *
 * \return
 *	`fstrm_file_options` object.
 */
struct fstrm_file_options *
fstrm_file_options_init(void);

/**
 * Destroy an `fstrm_file_options` object.
 *
 * \param fopt
 *	Pointer to `fstrm_file_options` object.
 */
void
fstrm_file_options_destroy(struct fstrm_file_options **fopt);

/**
 * Set the `file_path` option. This is a filesystem path to a regular file to be
 * opened for reading or writing.
 *
 * \param fopt
 *	`fstrm_file_options` object.
 * \param file_path
 *	The filesystem path for a regular file.
 */
void
fstrm_file_options_set_file_path(struct fstrm_file_options *fopt,
				 const char *file_path);

/**
 * Open a file containing Frame Streams data for reading.
 *
 * \param fopt
 *	`fstrm_file_options` object. Must be non-NULL, and have the `file_path`
 *	option set.
 * \param ropt
 *	`fstrm_reader_options` object. May be NULL, in which case default values
 *	will be used.
 *
 * \return
 *	`fstrm_reader` object.
 * \retval
 *	NULL on failure.
 */
struct fstrm_reader *
fstrm_file_reader_init(const struct fstrm_file_options *fopt,
		       const struct fstrm_reader_options *ropt);

/**
 * Open a file for writing Frame Streams data. The file will be truncated if it
 * already exists.
 *
 * \param fopt
 *	`fstrm_file_options` object. Must be non-NULL, and have the `file_path`
 *	option set.
 * \param wopt
 *	`fstrm_writer_options` object. May be NULL, in which case default values
 *	will be used.
 *
 * \return
 *	`fstrm_writer` object.
 * \retval
 *	NULL on failure.
 */
struct fstrm_writer *
fstrm_file_writer_init(const struct fstrm_file_options *fopt,
		       const struct fstrm_writer_options *wopt);

/**@}*/

#endif /* FSTRM_FILE_H */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2014 by Farsight Security, Inc.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
 * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
 * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
 * the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
 * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
 * CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
 * TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
 * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 *
 */

#ifndef FSTRM_IOTHR_H
#define FSTRM_IOTHR_H

/**
 * \defgroup fstrm_iothr fstrm_iothr
 *
 * The `fstrm_iothr` interface creates a background I/O thread which writes
 * Frame Streams encapsulated data frames into an output stream specified by an
 * \ref fstrm_writer object. It exposes non-blocking input queues that can be
 * used by worker threads to asynchronously write data frames to the output
 * stream. A deferred deallocation callback is invoked after the I/O thread has
 * disposed of a queued data frame.
 *
 * In order to create an `fstrm_iothr` object, the caller must first configure
 * and instantiate an `fstrm_writer` object and pass this instance to the
 * fstrm_iothr_init() function. The `fstrm_iothr` object then takes ownership of
 * the `fstrm_writer` object. It is responsible for serializing writes and will
 * take care of destroying the captive `fstrm_writer` object at the same time
 * the `fstrm_iothr` object is destroyed. The caller should not perform any
 * operations on the captive `fstrm_writer` object after it has been passed to
 * `fstrm_iothr_init()`.
 *
 * Parameters used to configure the I/O thread are passed through an
 * `fstrm_iothr_options` object. These options have to be specified in advance
 * and are mostly performance knobs which have reasonable defaults.
 *
 * Once the `fstrm_iothr` object has been created, handles to the input queues
 * used to submit data frames can be obtained by calling
 * `fstrm_iothr_get_input_queue()`. This function can be called up to
 * **num_input_queues** times, and can be safely called concurrently. For
 * instance, in an application with a fixed number of worker threads, an input
 * queue can be dedicated to each worker thread by setting the
 * **num_input_queues** option to the number of worker threads, and then calling
 * `fstrm_iothr_get_input_queue()` from each worker thread's startup function to
 * obtain a per-thread input queue.
 *
 * @{
 */

/**
 * Initialize an `fstrm_iothr_options` object. This is needed to pass
 * configuration parameters to fstrm_iothr_init().
 *
 * \return
 *	`fstrm_iothr_options` object.
 */
struct fstrm_iothr_options *
fstrm_iothr_options_init(void);

/**
 * Destroy an `fstrm_iothr_options` object.
 *
 * \param opt
 *	Pointer to `fstrm_iothr_options` object.
 */
void
fstrm_iothr_options_destroy(struct fstrm_iothr_options **opt);

/**
 * Set the `buffer_hint` parameter. This is the threshold number of bytes to
 * accumulate in the output buffer before forcing a buffer flush.
 *
 * \param opt
 *	`fstrm_iothr_options` object.
 * \param buffer_hint
 *	New `buffer_hint` value.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_iothr_options_set_buffer_hint(
	struct fstrm_iothr_options *opt,
	unsigned buffer_hint);

/** Minimum `buffer_hint` value. */
#define FSTRM_IOTHR_BUFFER_HINT_MIN			1024

/** Default `buffer_hint` value. */
#define FSTRM_IOTHR_BUFFER_HINT_DEFAULT			8192

/** Maximum `buffer_hint` value. */
#define FSTRM_IOTHR_BUFFER_HINT_MAX			65536

/**
 * Set the `flush_timeout` parameter. This is the number of seconds to allow
 * unflushed data to remain in the output buffer.
 *
 * \param opt
 *	`fstrm_iothr_options` object.
 * \param flush_timeout
 *	New `flush_timeout` value.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_iothr_options_set_flush_timeout(
	struct fstrm_iothr_options *opt,
	unsigned flush_timeout);

/** Minimum `flush_timeout` value. */
#define FSTRM_IOTHR_FLUSH_TIMEOUT_MIN			1

/** Default `flush_timeout` value. */
#define FSTRM_IOTHR_FLUSH_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT		1

/** Maximum `flush_timeout` value. */
#define FSTRM_IOTHR_FLUSH_TIMEOUT_MAX			600

/**
 * Set the `input_queue_size` parameter. This is the number of queue entries to
 * allocate per each input queue. This option controls the number of outstanding
 * data frames per input queue that can be outstanding for deferred processing
 * by the `fstrm_iothr` object and thus affects performance and memory usage.
 *
 * This parameter must be a power-of-2.
 *
 * \param opt
 *	`fstrm_iothr_options` object.
 * \param input_queue_size
 *	New `input_queue_size` value.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_iothr_options_set_input_queue_size(
	struct fstrm_iothr_options *opt,
	unsigned input_queue_size);

/** Minimum `input_queue_size` value. */
#define FSTRM_IOTHR_INPUT_QUEUE_SIZE_MIN		2

/** Default `input_queue_size` value. */
#define FSTRM_IOTHR_INPUT_QUEUE_SIZE_DEFAULT		512

/** Maximum `input_queue_size` value. */
#define FSTRM_IOTHR_INPUT_QUEUE_SIZE_MAX		16384

/**
 * Set the `num_input_queues` parameter. This is the number of input queues to
 * create and must match the number of times that fstrm_iothr_get_input_queue()
 * is called on the corresponding `fstrm_iothr` object.
 *
 * \param opt
 *	`fstrm_iothr_options` object.
 * \param num_input_queues
 *	New `num_input_queues` value.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_iothr_options_set_num_input_queues(
	struct fstrm_iothr_options *opt,
	unsigned num_input_queues);

/** Minimum `num_input_queues` value. */
#define FSTRM_IOTHR_NUM_INPUT_QUEUES_MIN		1

/** Default `num_input_queues` value. */
#define FSTRM_IOTHR_NUM_INPUT_QUEUES_DEFAULT		1

/**
 * Set the `output_queue_size` parameter. This is the number of queue entries to
 * allocate for the output queue. This option controls the maximum number of
 * data frames that can be accumulated in the output queue before a buffer flush
 * must occur and thus affects performance and memory usage.
 *
 * \param opt
 *	`fstrm_iothr_options` object.
 * \param output_queue_size
 *	New `output_queue_size` value.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_iothr_options_set_output_queue_size(
	struct fstrm_iothr_options *opt,
	unsigned output_queue_size);

/** Minimum `output_queue_size` value. */
#define FSTRM_IOTHR_OUTPUT_QUEUE_SIZE_MIN		2

/** Default `output_queue_size` value. */
#define FSTRM_IOTHR_OUTPUT_QUEUE_SIZE_DEFAULT		64

/** Maximum `output_queue_size` value. */
#define FSTRM_IOTHR_OUTPUT_QUEUE_SIZE_MAX		IOV_MAX

/**
 * Queue models.
 * \see fstrm_iothr_options_set_queue_model()
 */
typedef enum {
	/** Single Producer, Single Consumer. */
	FSTRM_IOTHR_QUEUE_MODEL_SPSC,

	/** Multiple Producer, Single Consumer. */
	FSTRM_IOTHR_QUEUE_MODEL_MPSC,
} fstrm_iothr_queue_model;


/**
 * Set the `queue_model` parameter. This controls what queueing semantics to use
 * for `fstrm_iothr_queue` objects. Single Producer queues
 * (#FSTRM_IOTHR_QUEUE_MODEL_SPSC) may only have a single thread at a time
 * calling fstrm_iothr_submit() on a given `fstrm_iothr_queue` object, while
 * Multiple Producer queues (#FSTRM_IOTHR_QUEUE_MODEL_MPSC) may have multiple
 * threads concurrently calling fstrm_iothr_submit() on a given
 * `fstrm_iothr_queue` object.
 *
 * \param opt
 *	`fstrm_iothr_options` object.
 * \param queue_model
 *	New `queue_model` value.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_iothr_options_set_queue_model(
	struct fstrm_iothr_options *opt,
	fstrm_iothr_queue_model queue_model);

/** Default `queue_model` value. */
#define FSTRM_IOTHR_QUEUE_MODEL_DEFAULT			FSTRM_IOTHR_QUEUE_MODEL_SPSC

/**
 * Set the `queue_notify_threshold` parameter. This controls the number of
 * outstanding queue entries to allow on an input queue before waking the I/O
 * thread, which will cause the outstanding queue entries to begin draining.
 *
 * \param opt
 *	`fstrm_iothr_options` object.
 * \param queue_notify_threshold
 *	New `queue_notify_threshold` value.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_iothr_options_set_queue_notify_threshold(
	struct fstrm_iothr_options *opt,
	unsigned queue_notify_threshold);

/** Minimum `queue_notify_threshold` value. */
#define FSTRM_IOTHR_QUEUE_NOTIFY_THRESHOLD_MIN		1

/** Default `queue_notify_threshold` value. */
#define FSTRM_IOTHR_QUEUE_NOTIFY_THRESHOLD_DEFAULT	32

/**
 * Set the `reopen_interval` parameter. This controls the number of seconds to
 * wait between attempts to reopen a closed `fstrm_writer` output stream.
 *
 * \param opt
 *	`fstrm_iothr_options` object.
 * \param reopen_interval
 *	New `queue_notify_threshold` value.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_iothr_options_set_reopen_interval(
	struct fstrm_iothr_options *opt,
	unsigned reopen_interval);

/** Minimum `reopen_interval` value. */
#define FSTRM_IOTHR_REOPEN_INTERVAL_MIN			1

/** Default `reopen_interval` value. */
#define FSTRM_IOTHR_REOPEN_INTERVAL_DEFAULT		5

/** Maximum `reopen_interval` value. */
#define FSTRM_IOTHR_REOPEN_INTERVAL_MAX			600

/**
 * Initialize an `fstrm_iothr` object. This creates a background I/O thread
 * which asynchronously writes data frames submitted by other threads which call
 * fstrm_iothr_submit().
 *
 * \param opt
 *	`fstrm_iothr_options` object. May be NULL, in which case default values
 *	will be used.
 *
 * \param writer
 *	Pointer to `fstrm_writer` object. Must be non-NULL.
 *
 * \return
 *	`fstrm_iothr` object.
 * \retval
 *	NULL on failure.
 */
struct fstrm_iothr *
fstrm_iothr_init(
	const struct fstrm_iothr_options *opt,
	struct fstrm_writer **writer);

/**
 * Destroy an `fstrm_iothr` object. This signals the background I/O thread to
 * flush or discard any queued data frames and deallocates any resources used
 * internally. This function blocks until the I/O thread has terminated.
 *
 * \param iothr
 *	Pointer to `fstrm_iothr` object.
 */
void
fstrm_iothr_destroy(struct fstrm_iothr **iothr);

/**
 * Obtain an `fstrm_iothr_queue` object for submitting data frames to the
 * `fstrm_iothr` object. `fstrm_iothr_queue` objects are child objects of their
 * parent `fstrm_iothr` object and will be destroyed when fstrm_iothr_destroy()
 * is called on the parent `fstrm_iothr` object.
 *
 * This function is thread-safe and may be called simultaneously from any
 * thread. For example, in a program which employs a fixed number of worker
 * threads to handle requests, fstrm_iothr_get_input_queue() may be called from
 * a thread startup routine without synchronization.
 *
 * `fstrm_iothr` objects allocate a fixed total number of `fstrm_iothr_queue`
 * objects during the call to fstrm_iothr_init(). To adjust this parameter, use
 * fstrm_iothr_options_set_num_input_queues().
 *
 * This function will fail if it is called more than **num_input_queues** times.
 * By default, only one input queue is initialized per `fstrm_iothr` object.
 *
 * For optimum performance in a threaded program, each worker thread submitting
 * data frames should have a dedicated `fstrm_iothr_queue` object. This allows
 * each worker thread to have its own queue which is processed independently by
 * the I/O thread. If the queue model for the `fstrm_iothr` object is set to
 * #FSTRM_IOTHR_QUEUE_MODEL_SPSC, this results in contention-free access to the
 * input queue.
 *
 * \param iothr
 *	`fstrm_iothr` object.
 *
 * \return
 *	`fstrm_iothr_queue` object.
 * \retval
 *	NULL on failure.
 */
struct fstrm_iothr_queue *
fstrm_iothr_get_input_queue(struct fstrm_iothr *iothr);

/**
 * Obtain an `fstrm_iothr_queue` object for submitting data frames to the
 * `fstrm_iothr` object. This function is like fstrm_iothr_get_input_queue()
 * except it indexes into the `fstrm_iothr_queue`'s array of input queues.
 *
 * \param iothr
 *	`fstrm_iothr` object.
 * \param idx
 *	Index of the `fstrm_iothr_queue` object to retrieve. This value is
 *	limited by the **num_input_queues** option.
 *
 * \return
 *	`fstrm_iothr_queue` object.
 * \retval
 *	NULL on failure.
 */
struct fstrm_iothr_queue *
fstrm_iothr_get_input_queue_idx(struct fstrm_iothr *iothr, size_t idx);

/**
 * Submit a data frame to the background I/O thread. If successfully queued and
 * the I/O thread has an active output stream opened, the data frame will be
 * asynchronously written to the output stream.
 *
 * When this function returns #fstrm_res_success, responsibility for
 * deallocating the data frame specified by the `data` parameter passes to the
 * `fstrm` library. The caller **MUST** ensure that the `data` object remains
 * valid after fstrm_iothr_submit() returns. The callback function specified by
 * the `free_func` parameter will be invoked once the data frame is no longer
 * needed by the `fstrm` library. For example, if the data frame is dynamically
 * allocated, the data frame may be deallocated in the callback function.
 *
 * Note that if this function returns #fstrm_res_failure, the responsibility for
 * deallocating the data frame remains with the caller.
 *
 * As a convenience, if `data` is allocated with the system's `malloc()`,
 * `fstrm_free_wrapper` may be provided as the `free_func` parameter with the
 * `free_data` parameter set to `NULL`. This will cause the system's `free()` to
 * be invoked to deallocate `data`.
 *
 * `free_func` may be NULL, in which case no callback function will be invoked
 * to dispose of `buf`. This behavior may be useful if `data` is a global,
 * statically allocated object.
 *
 * \param iothr
 *      `fstrm_iothr` object.
 * \param ioq
 *      `fstrm_iothr_queue` object.
 * \param data
 *      Data frame bytes.
 * \param len
 *      Number of bytes in `data`.
 * \param free_func
 *      Callback function to deallocate the data frame. The `data` and
 *      `free_data` parameters passed to this callback will be the same values
 *      originally supplied in the call to fstrm_iothr_submit().
 * \param free_data
 *      Parameter to pass to `free_func`.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 *      The data frame was successfully queued.
 * \retval #fstrm_res_again
 *      The queue is full.
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 *      Permanent failure.
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_iothr_submit(
	struct fstrm_iothr *iothr, struct fstrm_iothr_queue *ioq,
	void *data, size_t len,
	void (*free_func)(void *buf, void *free_data), void *free_data);

/**
 * Wrapper function for the system's `free()`, suitable for use as the
 * `free_func` callback for fstrm_iothr_submit().
 *
 * \param data
 *	Object to call `free()` on.
 * \param free_data
 *	Unused.
 */
void
fstrm_free_wrapper(void *data, void *free_data);

/**@}*/

#endif /* FSTRM_IOTHR_H */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2014, 2018 by Farsight Security, Inc.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
 * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
 * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
 * the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
 * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
 * CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
 * TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
 * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 *
 */

#ifndef FSTRM_WRITER_H
#define FSTRM_WRITER_H

/**
 * \defgroup fstrm_writer fstrm_writer
 *
 * `fstrm_writer` is an interface for writing Frame Streams data into a byte
 * stream. The underlying byte stream I/O operations are abstracted by the
 * \ref fstrm_rdwr interface. Thus, the `fstrm_writer` interface can be used to
 * write Frame Streams data to any type of output whose read/write operations
 * are wrapped by an `fstrm_rdwr` object.
 *
 * Some basic `fstrm_writer` implementations are already provided in the `fstrm`
 * library. See fstrm_file_writer_init() for an implementation that writes to
 * a regular file, fstrm_tcp_writer_init() for an implementation that writes to
 * a TCP socket, and fstrm_unix_writer_init() for an implementation that writes
 * to a Unix socket.
 *
 * @{
 */

/**
 * Initialize an `fstrm_writer_options` object.
 *
 * \return
 *	`fstrm_writer_options` object.
 */
struct fstrm_writer_options *
fstrm_writer_options_init(void);

/**
 * Destroy an `fstrm_writer_options` object.
 *
 * \param wopt
 *	Pointer to `fstrm_writer_options` object.
 */
void
fstrm_writer_options_destroy(
	struct fstrm_writer_options **wopt);

/**
 * Add a "Content Type" value to the set of content types that can be negotiated
 * by the writer. This function makes a copy of the provided string. This
 * function may be called multiple times, in which case multiple "Content Type"
 * values will be accepted by the reader.
 *
 * For uni-directional streams like regular files, the negotiated content type
 * will simply be the first content type provided to this function. For
 * bi-directional streams like sockets, a handshake occurs and the remote end
 * determines which content type should be sent. In the latter case, after the
 * writer has been successfully opened with a call to fstrm_writer_open(), the
 * fstrm_writer_get_control() function should be called with `type` set to
 * `FSTRM_CONTROL_ACCEPT` and the control frame queried in order to determine
 * the negotiated content type.
 *
 * \param wopt
 *	`fstrm_writer_options` object.
 * \param content_type
 *	The "Content Type" string to copy. Note that this string is not
 *	NUL-terminated and may contain embedded NULs.
 * \param len_content_type
 *	The number of bytes in `content_type`.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 *	The "Content Type" field was successfully added.
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 *	The "Content Type" string is too long.
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_writer_options_add_content_type(
	struct fstrm_writer_options *wopt,
	const void *content_type,
	size_t len_content_type);

/**
 * Initialize a new `fstrm_writer` object based on an underlying `fstrm_rdwr`
 * object and an `fstrm_writer_options` object.
 *
 * The underlying `fstrm_rdwr` object MUST have a `write` method. It MAY
 * optionally have a `read` method, in which case the stream will be treated as
 * a bi-directional, handshaked stream. Otherwise, if there is no `read` method
 * the stream will be treated as a uni-directional stream.
 *
 * This function is useful for implementing functions that return new types of
 * `fstrm_writer` objects, such as fstrm_file_writer_init() and
 * fstrm_unix_writer_init().
 *
 * After a successful call to this function, the ownership of the `fstrm_rdwr`
 * object passes from the caller to the `fstrm_writer` object. The caller
 * should perform no further calls on the `fstrm_rdwr` object. The `fstrm_rdwr`
 * object will be cleaned up on a call to fstrm_writer_destroy().
 *
 * \param wopt
 *      `fstrm_writer_options` object. May be NULL, in which case default values
 *      will be used.
 *
 * \param rdwr
 *      Pointer to `fstrm_rdwr` object. Must be non-NULL. The `fstrm_rdwr`
 *      object must have a `write` method, and may optionally have a `read`
 *      method.
 *
 * \return
 *      `fstrm_writer` object.
 * \retval
 *      NULL on failure.
 */
struct fstrm_writer *
fstrm_writer_init(
	const struct fstrm_writer_options *wopt,
	struct fstrm_rdwr **rdwr);

/**
 * Destroy an `fstrm_writer` object. This implicitly calls fstrm_writer_close()
 * if necessary.
 *
 * \param w
 *	Pointer to `fstrm_writer` object.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_writer_destroy(struct fstrm_writer **w);

/**
 * Open an `fstrm_writer` object and prepare it to write data. For
 * bi-directional writer implementations, this performs content type
 * negotiation.
 *
 * This function may fail if there was an underlying problem opening the output
 * stream.
 *
 * \param w
 *	`fstrm_writer` object.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_writer_open(struct fstrm_writer *w);

/**
 * Close an `fstrm_writer` object. Open it has been closed, no data frames may
 * subsequently be written.
 *
 * Calling this function is optional; it may be implicitly invoked by a call to
 * fstrm_writer_destroy().
 *
 * \param w
 *	`fstrm_writer` object.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_writer_close(struct fstrm_writer *w);

/**
 * Write a data frame to an `fstrm_writer` object.
 *
 * This function implicitly calls fstrm_writer_open() if necessary.
 *
 * \param w
 *	`fstrm_writer` object.
 * \param[in] data
 *	Buffer containing the data frame payload.
 * \param[in] len_data
 *	The number of bytes in `data`.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 *	The data frame was successfully written.
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_writer_write(
	struct fstrm_writer *w,
	const void *data,
	size_t len_data);

/**
 * Write multiple data frames to an `fstrm_writer` object.
 *
 * This function implicitly calls fstrm_writer_open() if necessary.
 * 
 * Data frames are passed similarly to the `writev()` system call, with an array
 * of `struct iovec` objects describing the data frame payloads and their
 * lengths. The complete set of data frames will be written to the output
 * stream after a successful call.
 *
 * \param w
 *	`fstrm_writer` object.
 * \param iov
 *	Array of `struct iovec` objects.
 * \param iovcnt
 *	Number of `struct iovec` objects in `iov`.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 *	The data frames were successfully written.
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_writer_writev(
	struct fstrm_writer *w,
	const struct iovec *iov,
	int iovcnt);

/**
 * Obtain a pointer to an `fstrm_control` object used during processing. Objects
 * returned by this function are owned by the `fstrm_reader` object and must not
 * be modified by the caller. After a call to fstrm_reader_destroy() these
 * pointers will no longer be valid.
 *
 * For example, with bi-directional streams this function can be used to obtain
 * a pointer to the ACCEPT control frame, which can be queried to see which
 * "Content Type" was negotiated during the opening of the writer.
 *
 * This function implicitly calls fstrm_writer_open() if necessary.
 *
 * \param w
 *      `fstrm_writer` object.
 * \param type
 *      Which control frame to return.
 * \param[out] control
 *      The `fstrm_control` object.
 *
 * \retval #fstrm_res_success
 *      If an `fstrm_control` object was returned.
 * \retval #fstrm_res_failure
 */
fstrm_res
fstrm_writer_get_control(
	struct fstrm_writer *w,
	fstrm_control_type type,
	struct fstrm_control **control);

/**@}*/

#endif /* FSTRM_WRITER_H */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
 *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 *	@(#)rwhod.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/2/93
 */

#ifndef _PROTOCOLS_RWHOD_H
#define	_PROTOCOLS_RWHOD_H 1

#include <sys/types.h>

/*
 * rwho protocol packet format.
 */
struct	outmp {
	char	out_line[8];		/* tty name */
	char	out_name[8];		/* user id */
	int32_t	out_time;		/* time on */
};

struct	whod {
	char	wd_vers;		/* protocol version # */
	char	wd_type;		/* packet type, see below */
	char	wd_pad[2];
	int	wd_sendtime;		/* time stamp by sender */
	int	wd_recvtime;		/* time stamp applied by receiver */
	char	wd_hostname[32];	/* hosts's name */
	int	wd_loadav[3];		/* load average as in uptime */
	int	wd_boottime;		/* time system booted */
	struct	whoent {
		struct	outmp we_utmp;	/* active tty info */
		int	we_idle;	/* tty idle time */
	} wd_we[1024 / sizeof (struct whoent)];
};

#define	WHODVERSION	1
#define	WHODTYPE_STATUS	1		/* host status */

/* We used to define _PATH_RWHODIR here but it's now in <paths.h>.  */
#include <paths.h>

#endif /* protocols/rwhod.h */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
 *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 *	@(#)talkd.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/2/93
 */

#ifndef _PROTOCOLS_TALKD_H
#define	_PROTOCOLS_TALKD_H 1

/*
 * This describes the protocol used by the talk server and clients.
 *
 * The talk server acts a repository of invitations, responding to
 * requests by clients wishing to rendezvous for the purpose of
 * holding a conversation.  In normal operation, a client, the caller,
 * initiates a rendezvous by sending a CTL_MSG to the server of
 * type LOOK_UP.  This causes the server to search its invitation
 * tables to check if an invitation currently exists for the caller
 * (to speak to the callee specified in the message).  If the lookup
 * fails, the caller then sends an ANNOUNCE message causing the server
 * to broadcast an announcement on the callee's login ports requesting
 * contact.  When the callee responds, the local server uses the
 * recorded invitation to respond with the appropriate rendezvous
 * address and the caller and callee client programs establish a
 * stream connection through which the conversation takes place.
 */

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <bits/types/struct_osockaddr.h>

/*
 * Client->server request message format.
 */
typedef struct {
	unsigned char	vers;	/* protocol version */
	unsigned char	type;	/* request type, see below */
	unsigned char	answer;	/* not used */
	unsigned char	pad;
	uint32_t id_num;	/* message id */
	struct	osockaddr addr;		/* old (4.3) style */
	struct	osockaddr ctl_addr;	/* old (4.3) style */
	int32_t	pid;		/* caller's process id */
#define	NAME_SIZE	12
	char	l_name[NAME_SIZE];/* caller's name */
	char	r_name[NAME_SIZE];/* callee's name */
#define	TTY_SIZE	16
	char	r_tty[TTY_SIZE];/* callee's tty name */
} CTL_MSG;

/*
 * Server->client response message format.
 */
typedef struct {
	unsigned char	vers;	/* protocol version */
	unsigned char	type;	/* type of request message, see below */
	unsigned char	answer;	/* response to request message, see below */
	unsigned char	pad;
	uint32_t	id_num;	/* message id */
	struct	osockaddr addr;	/* address for establishing conversation */
} CTL_RESPONSE;

#define	TALK_VERSION	1		/* protocol version */

/* message type values */
#define LEAVE_INVITE	0	/* leave invitation with server */
#define LOOK_UP		1	/* check for invitation by callee */
#define DELETE		2	/* delete invitation by caller */
#define ANNOUNCE	3	/* announce invitation by caller */

/* answer values */
#define SUCCESS		0	/* operation completed properly */
#define NOT_HERE	1	/* callee not logged in */
#define FAILED		2	/* operation failed for unexplained reason */
#define MACHINE_UNKNOWN	3	/* caller's machine name unknown */
#define PERMISSION_DENIED 4	/* callee's tty doesn't permit announce */
#define UNKNOWN_REQUEST	5	/* request has invalid type value */
#define	BADVERSION	6	/* request has invalid protocol version */
#define	BADADDR		7	/* request has invalid addr value */
#define	BADCTLADDR	8	/* request has invalid ctl_addr value */

/*
 * Operational parameters.
 */
#define MAX_LIFE	60	/* max time daemon saves invitations */
/* RING_WAIT should be 10's of seconds less than MAX_LIFE */
#define RING_WAIT	30	/* time to wait before resending invitation */

#endif /* protocols/talkd.h */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
 *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 *	@(#)timed.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/2/93
 */

#ifndef	_PROTOCOLS_TIMED_H
#define	_PROTOCOLS_TIMED_H 1

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/time.h>

/*
 * Time Synchronization Protocol
 */

#define	TSPVERSION	1
#define ANYADDR 	NULL
#define MAXHOSTNAMELEN	64

struct tsp {
	unsigned char	tsp_type;
	unsigned char	tsp_vers;
	unsigned short	tsp_seq;
	union {
		struct timeval tspu_time;
		char tspu_hopcnt;
	} tsp_u;
	char tsp_name[MAXHOSTNAMELEN];
};

#define	tsp_time	tsp_u.tspu_time
#define	tsp_hopcnt	tsp_u.tspu_hopcnt

/*
 * Command types.
 */
#define	TSP_ANY			0	/* match any types */
#define	TSP_ADJTIME		1	/* send adjtime */
#define	TSP_ACK			2	/* generic acknowledgement */
#define	TSP_MASTERREQ		3	/* ask for master's name */
#define	TSP_MASTERACK		4	/* acknowledge master request */
#define	TSP_SETTIME		5	/* send network time */
#define	TSP_MASTERUP		6	/* inform slaves that master is up */
#define	TSP_SLAVEUP		7	/* slave is up but not polled */
#define	TSP_ELECTION		8	/* advance candidature for master */
#define	TSP_ACCEPT		9	/* support candidature of master */
#define	TSP_REFUSE		10	/* reject candidature of master */
#define	TSP_CONFLICT		11	/* two or more masters present */
#define	TSP_RESOLVE		12	/* masters' conflict resolution */
#define	TSP_QUIT		13	/* reject candidature if master is up */
#define	TSP_DATE		14	/* reset the time (date command) */
#define	TSP_DATEREQ		15	/* remote request to reset the time */
#define	TSP_DATEACK		16	/* acknowledge time setting  */
#define	TSP_TRACEON		17	/* turn tracing on */
#define	TSP_TRACEOFF		18	/* turn tracing off */
#define	TSP_MSITE		19	/* find out master's site */
#define	TSP_MSITEREQ		20	/* remote master's site request */
#define	TSP_TEST		21	/* for testing election algo */
#define	TSP_SETDATE		22	/* New from date command */
#define	TSP_SETDATEREQ		23	/* New remote for above */
#define	TSP_LOOP		24	/* loop detection packet */

#define	TSPTYPENUMBER		25

#ifdef TSPTYPES
char *tsptype[TSPTYPENUMBER] =
  { "ANY", "ADJTIME", "ACK", "MASTERREQ", "MASTERACK", "SETTIME", "MASTERUP",
  "SLAVEUP", "ELECTION", "ACCEPT", "REFUSE", "CONFLICT", "RESOLVE", "QUIT",
  "DATE", "DATEREQ", "DATEACK", "TRACEON", "TRACEOFF", "MSITE", "MSITEREQ",
  "TEST", "SETDATE", "SETDATEREQ", "LOOP" };
#endif

#endif /* protocols/timed.h */
/*-
 * Copyright (c) 1983, 1989, 1993
 *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 *	@(#)routed.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/2/93
 */

#ifndef _PROTOCOLS_ROUTED_H
#define	_PROTOCOLS_ROUTED_H 1

#include <sys/socket.h>
/*
 * Routing Information Protocol
 *
 * Derived from Xerox NS Routing Information Protocol
 * by changing 32-bit net numbers to sockaddr's and
 * padding stuff to 32-bit boundaries.
 */
#define	RIPVERSION	1

struct netinfo {
	struct	sockaddr rip_dst;	/* destination net/host */
	int	rip_metric;		/* cost of route */
};

struct rip {
	unsigned char	rip_cmd;		/* request/response */
	unsigned char	rip_vers;		/* protocol version # */
	unsigned char	rip_res1[2];		/* pad to 32-bit boundary */
	union {
		struct	netinfo ru_nets[1];	/* variable length... */
		char	ru_tracefile[1];	/* ditto ... */
	} ripun;
#define	rip_nets	ripun.ru_nets
#define	rip_tracefile	ripun.ru_tracefile
};

/*
 * Packet types.
 */
#define	RIPCMD_REQUEST		1	/* want info */
#define	RIPCMD_RESPONSE		2	/* responding to request */
#define	RIPCMD_TRACEON		3	/* turn tracing on */
#define	RIPCMD_TRACEOFF		4	/* turn it off */

#define	RIPCMD_MAX		5
#ifdef RIPCMDS
char *ripcmds[RIPCMD_MAX] =
  { "#0", "REQUEST", "RESPONSE", "TRACEON", "TRACEOFF" };
#endif

#define	HOPCNT_INFINITY		16	/* per Xerox NS */
#define	MAXPACKETSIZE		512	/* max broadcast size */

/*
 * Timer values used in managing the routing table.
 * Complete tables are broadcast every SUPPLY_INTERVAL seconds.
 * If changes occur between updates, dynamic updates containing only changes
 * may be sent.  When these are sent, a timer is set for a random value
 * between MIN_WAITTIME and MAX_WAITTIME, and no additional dynamic updates
 * are sent until the timer expires.
 *
 * Every update of a routing entry forces an entry's timer to be reset.
 * After EXPIRE_TIME without updates, the entry is marked invalid,
 * but held onto until GARBAGE_TIME so that others may
 * see it "be deleted".
 */
#define	TIMER_RATE		30	/* alarm clocks every 30 seconds */

#define	SUPPLY_INTERVAL		30	/* time to supply tables */
#define	MIN_WAITTIME		2	/* min. interval to broadcast changes */
#define	MAX_WAITTIME		5	/* max. time to delay changes */

#define	EXPIRE_TIME		180	/* time to mark entry invalid */
#define	GARBAGE_TIME		240	/* time to garbage collect */

#endif /* protocols/routed.h */
// * This makes emacs happy -*-Mode: C++;-*-
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2012,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
 *   Author: Juergen Pfeifer, 1997                                          *
 ****************************************************************************/

// $Id: etip.h.in,v 1.41 2017/06/24 21:57:16 tom Exp $

#ifndef NCURSES_ETIP_H_incl
#define NCURSES_ETIP_H_incl 1

// These are substituted at configure/build time
#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_H
#define HAVE_BUILTIN_H 0
#endif

#ifndef HAVE_GXX_BUILTIN_H
#define HAVE_GXX_BUILTIN_H 0
#endif

#ifndef HAVE_GPP_BUILTIN_H
#define HAVE_GPP_BUILTIN_H 0
#endif

#ifndef HAVE_IOSTREAM
#define HAVE_IOSTREAM 1
#endif

#ifndef HAVE_TYPEINFO
#define HAVE_TYPEINFO 1
#endif

#ifndef HAVE_VALUES_H
#define HAVE_VALUES_H 0
#endif

#ifndef ETIP_NEEDS_MATH_H
#define ETIP_NEEDS_MATH_H 0
#endif

#ifndef ETIP_NEEDS_MATH_EXCEPTION
#define ETIP_NEEDS_MATH_EXCEPTION 0
#endif

#ifndef CPP_HAS_PARAM_INIT
#define CPP_HAS_PARAM_INIT 0
#endif

#ifndef CPP_HAS_STATIC_CAST
#define CPP_HAS_STATIC_CAST 1
#endif

#ifndef IOSTREAM_NAMESPACE
#define IOSTREAM_NAMESPACE 1
#endif

#ifdef __GNUG__
#  if ((__GNUG__ <= 2) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ < 8))
#    if HAVE_TYPEINFO
#      include <typeinfo>
#    endif
#  endif
#endif

#if defined(__GNUG__)
#  if HAVE_BUILTIN_H || HAVE_GXX_BUILTIN_H || HAVE_GPP_BUILTIN_H
#    if ETIP_NEEDS_MATH_H
#      if ETIP_NEEDS_MATH_EXCEPTION
#        undef exception
#        define exception math_exception
#      endif
#      include <math.h>
#    endif
#    undef exception
#    define exception builtin_exception
#    if HAVE_GPP_BUILTIN_H
#     include <gpp/builtin.h>
#    elif HAVE_GXX_BUILTIN_H
#     include <g++/builtin.h>
#    else
#     include <builtin.h>
#    endif
#    undef exception
#  endif
#elif defined (__SUNPRO_CC)
#  include <generic.h>
#endif

#include <ncurses_dll.h>

extern "C" {
#if HAVE_VALUES_H
#  include <values.h>
#endif

#include <assert.h>
#include <eti.h>
#include <errno.h>
}

// Language features
#if CPP_HAS_PARAM_INIT
#define NCURSES_PARAM_INIT(value) = value
#else
#define NCURSES_PARAM_INIT(value) /*nothing*/
#endif

#if CPP_HAS_STATIC_CAST
#define STATIC_CAST(s) static_cast<s>
#else
#define STATIC_CAST(s) (s)
#endif

// Forward Declarations
class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesPanel;
class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesMenu;
class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesForm;

class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesException
{
public:
  const char *message;
  int errorno;

  NCursesException (const char* msg, int err)
    : message(msg), errorno (err)
    {};

  NCursesException (const char* msg)
    : message(msg), errorno (E_SYSTEM_ERROR)
    {};

  NCursesException& operator=(const NCursesException& rhs)
  {
    errorno = rhs.errorno;
    return *this;
  }

  NCursesException(const NCursesException& rhs)
    : message(rhs.message), errorno(rhs.errorno)
  {
  }

  virtual const char *classname() const {
    return "NCursesWindow";
  }

  virtual ~NCursesException()
  {
  }
};

class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesPanelException : public NCursesException
{
public:
  const NCursesPanel* p;

  NCursesPanelException (const char *msg, int err) :
    NCursesException (msg, err),
    p (0)
    {};

  NCursesPanelException (const NCursesPanel* panel,
			 const char *msg,
			 int err) :
    NCursesException (msg, err),
    p (panel)
    {};

  NCursesPanelException (int err) :
    NCursesException ("panel library error", err),
    p (0)
    {};

  NCursesPanelException (const NCursesPanel* panel,
			 int err) :
    NCursesException ("panel library error", err),
    p (panel)
    {};

  NCursesPanelException& operator=(const NCursesPanelException& rhs)
  {
    if (this != &rhs) {
      NCursesException::operator=(rhs);
      p = rhs.p;
    }
    return *this;
  }

  NCursesPanelException(const NCursesPanelException& rhs)
    : NCursesException(rhs), p(rhs.p)
  {
  }

  virtual const char *classname() const {
    return "NCursesPanel";
  }

  virtual ~NCursesPanelException()
  {
  }
};

class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesMenuException : public NCursesException
{
public:
  const NCursesMenu* m;

  NCursesMenuException (const char *msg, int err) :
    NCursesException (msg, err),
    m (0)
    {};

  NCursesMenuException (const NCursesMenu* menu,
			const char *msg,
			int err) :
    NCursesException (msg, err),
    m (menu)
    {};

  NCursesMenuException (int err) :
    NCursesException ("menu library error", err),
    m (0)
    {};

  NCursesMenuException (const NCursesMenu* menu,
			int err) :
    NCursesException ("menu library error", err),
    m (menu)
    {};

  NCursesMenuException& operator=(const NCursesMenuException& rhs)
  {
    if (this != &rhs) {
      NCursesException::operator=(rhs);
      m = rhs.m;
    }
    return *this;
  }

  NCursesMenuException(const NCursesMenuException& rhs)
    : NCursesException(rhs), m(rhs.m)
  {
  }

  virtual const char *classname() const {
    return "NCursesMenu";
  }

  virtual ~NCursesMenuException()
  {
  }
};

class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesFormException : public NCursesException
{
public:
  const NCursesForm* f;

  NCursesFormException (const char *msg, int err) :
    NCursesException (msg, err),
    f (0)
    {};

  NCursesFormException (const NCursesForm* form,
			const char *msg,
			int err) :
    NCursesException (msg, err),
    f (form)
    {};

  NCursesFormException (int err) :
    NCursesException ("form library error", err),
    f (0)
    {};

  NCursesFormException (const NCursesForm* form,
			int err) :
    NCursesException ("form library error", err),
    f (form)
    {};

  NCursesFormException& operator=(const NCursesFormException& rhs)
  {
    if (this != &rhs) {
      NCursesException::operator=(rhs);
      f = rhs.f;
    }
    return *this;
  }

  NCursesFormException(const NCursesFormException& rhs)
    : NCursesException(rhs), f(rhs.f)
  {
  }

  virtual const char *classname() const {
    return "NCursesForm";
  }

  virtual ~NCursesFormException()
  {
  }
};

#if !((defined(__GNUG__) && defined(__EXCEPTIONS) && (__GNUG__ < 7)) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC))
#  if HAVE_IOSTREAM
#     include <iostream>
#     if IOSTREAM_NAMESPACE
using std::cerr;
using std::endl;
#     endif
#  else
#     include <iostream.h>
#  endif
   extern "C" void exit(int);
#endif

inline void THROW(const NCursesException *e) {
#if defined(__GNUG__) && defined(__EXCEPTIONS)
#  if ((__GNUG__ <= 2) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ < 8))
      (*lib_error_handler)(e ? e->classname() : "", e ? e->message : "");
#  elif (__GNUG__ >= 7)
     // g++ 7.0 warns about deprecation, but lacks the predefined symbols
      ::endwin();
      std::cerr << "Found a problem - goodbye" << std::endl;
      exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
#  else
#    define CPP_HAS_TRY_CATCH 1
#  endif
#elif defined(__SUNPRO_CC)
#  if !defined(__SUNPRO_CC_COMPAT) || (__SUNPRO_CC_COMPAT < 5)
  genericerror(1, ((e != 0) ? (char *)(e->message) : ""));
#  else
#    define CPP_HAS_TRY_CATCH 1
#  endif
#else
  if (e)
    cerr << e->message << endl;
  exit(0);
#endif

#ifndef CPP_HAS_TRY_CATCH
#define CPP_HAS_TRY_CATCH 0
#define NCURSES_CPP_TRY		/* nothing */
#define NCURSES_CPP_CATCH(e)	if (false)
#define THROWS(s)		/* nothing */
#define THROW2(s,t)		/* nothing */
#elif CPP_HAS_TRY_CATCH
  throw *e;
#define NCURSES_CPP_TRY		try
#define NCURSES_CPP_CATCH(e)	catch(e)
#if defined(__cpp_noexcept_function_type) && (__cpp_noexcept_function_type >= 201510)
// C++17 deprecates the usage of throw().
#define THROWS(s)		/* nothing */
#define THROW2(s,t)		/* nothing */
#else
#define THROWS(s)		throw(s)
#define THROW2(s,t)		throw(s,t)
#endif
#endif
}

#endif /* NCURSES_ETIP_H_incl */
#ifndef _GDFONTS_H_
#define _GDFONTS_H_ 1

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif

/*
	This is a header file for gd font, generated using
	bdftogd version 0.5 by Jan Pazdziora, adelton@fi.muni.cz
	from bdf font
	-misc-fixed-medium-r-semicondensed-sans-12-116-75-75-c-60-iso8859-2
	at Thu Jan  8 14:13:20 1998.
	No copyright info was found in the original bdf.
 */

#include "gd.h"

extern BGD_EXPORT_DATA_PROT gdFontPtr gdFontSmall;
BGD_DECLARE(gdFontPtr) gdFontGetSmall(void);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/* /usr/include/libaio.h
 *
 * Copyright 2000,2001,2002 Red Hat, Inc.
 *
 * Written by Benjamin LaHaise <bcrl@redhat.com>
 *
 * libaio Linux async I/O interface
 *
 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
 * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
 * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 * Lesser General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
 * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307  USA
 */
#ifndef __LIBAIO_H
#define __LIBAIO_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <signal.h>

struct timespec;
struct sockaddr;
struct iovec;

typedef struct io_context *io_context_t;

typedef enum io_iocb_cmd {
	IO_CMD_PREAD = 0,
	IO_CMD_PWRITE = 1,

	IO_CMD_FSYNC = 2,
	IO_CMD_FDSYNC = 3,

	IO_CMD_POLL = 5,
	IO_CMD_NOOP = 6,
	IO_CMD_PREADV = 7,
	IO_CMD_PWRITEV = 8,
} io_iocb_cmd_t;

/* little endian, 32 bits */
#if defined(__i386__) || (defined(__arm__) && !defined(__ARMEB__)) || \
    defined(__sh__) || defined(__bfin__) || defined(__MIPSEL__) || \
    defined(__cris__) || (defined(__riscv) && __riscv_xlen == 32) || \
    (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__BYTE_ORDER__) && \
         __BYTE_ORDER__ == __ORDER_LITTLE_ENDIAN__ && __SIZEOF_LONG__ == 4)
#define PADDED(x, y)	x; unsigned y
#define PADDEDptr(x, y)	x; unsigned y
#define PADDEDul(x, y)	unsigned long x; unsigned y

/* little endian, 64 bits */
#elif defined(__ia64__) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__alpha__) || \
      (defined(__aarch64__) && defined(__AARCH64EL__)) || \
      (defined(__riscv) && __riscv_xlen == 64) || \
      (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__BYTE_ORDER__) && \
          __BYTE_ORDER__ == __ORDER_LITTLE_ENDIAN__ && __SIZEOF_LONG__ == 8)
#define PADDED(x, y)	x, y
#define PADDEDptr(x, y)	x
#define PADDEDul(x, y)	unsigned long x

/* big endian, 64 bits */
#elif defined(__powerpc64__) || defined(__s390x__) || \
      (defined(__sparc__) && defined(__arch64__)) || \
      (defined(__aarch64__) && defined(__AARCH64EB__)) || \
      (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__BYTE_ORDER__) && \
           __BYTE_ORDER__ == __ORDER_BIG_ENDIAN__ && __SIZEOF_LONG__ == 8)
#define PADDED(x, y)	unsigned y; x
#define PADDEDptr(x,y)	x
#define PADDEDul(x, y)	unsigned long x

/* big endian, 32 bits */
#elif defined(__PPC__) || defined(__s390__) || \
      (defined(__arm__) && defined(__ARMEB__)) || \
      defined(__sparc__) || defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__m68k__) || \
      defined(__hppa__) || defined(__frv__) || defined(__avr32__) || \
      (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__BYTE_ORDER__) && \
           __BYTE_ORDER__ == __ORDER_BIG_ENDIAN__ && __SIZEOF_LONG__ == 4)
#define PADDED(x, y)	unsigned y; x
#define PADDEDptr(x, y)	unsigned y; x
#define PADDEDul(x, y)	unsigned y; unsigned long x

#else
#error	endian?
#endif

struct io_iocb_poll {
	PADDED(int events, __pad1);
};	/* result code is the set of result flags or -'ve errno */

struct io_iocb_sockaddr {
	struct sockaddr *addr;
	int		len;
};	/* result code is the length of the sockaddr, or -'ve errno */

struct io_iocb_common {
	PADDEDptr(void	*buf, __pad1);
	PADDEDul(nbytes, __pad2);
	long long	offset;
	long long	__pad3;
	unsigned	flags;
	unsigned	resfd;
};	/* result code is the amount read or -'ve errno */

struct io_iocb_vector {
	const struct iovec	*vec;
	int			nr;
	long long		offset;
};	/* result code is the amount read or -'ve errno */

struct iocb {
	PADDEDptr(void *data, __pad1);	/* Return in the io completion event */
	/* key: For use in identifying io requests */
	/* aio_rw_flags: RWF_* flags (such as RWF_NOWAIT) */
	PADDED(unsigned key, aio_rw_flags);

	short		aio_lio_opcode;	
	short		aio_reqprio;
	int		aio_fildes;

	union {
		struct io_iocb_common		c;
		struct io_iocb_vector		v;
		struct io_iocb_poll		poll;
		struct io_iocb_sockaddr	saddr;
	} u;
};

struct io_event {
	PADDEDptr(void *data, __pad1);
	PADDEDptr(struct iocb *obj,  __pad2);
	PADDEDul(res,  __pad3);
	PADDEDul(res2, __pad4);
};

#undef PADDED
#undef PADDEDptr
#undef PADDEDul

typedef void (*io_callback_t)(io_context_t ctx, struct iocb *iocb, long res, long res2);

/* library wrappers */
extern int io_queue_init(int maxevents, io_context_t *ctxp);
/*extern int io_queue_grow(io_context_t ctx, int new_maxevents);*/
extern int io_queue_release(io_context_t ctx);
/*extern int io_queue_wait(io_context_t ctx, struct timespec *timeout);*/
extern int io_queue_run(io_context_t ctx);

/* Actual syscalls */
extern int io_setup(int maxevents, io_context_t *ctxp);
extern int io_destroy(io_context_t ctx);
extern int io_submit(io_context_t ctx, long nr, struct iocb *ios[]);
extern int io_cancel(io_context_t ctx, struct iocb *iocb, struct io_event *evt);
extern int io_getevents(io_context_t ctx_id, long min_nr, long nr, struct io_event *events, struct timespec *timeout);
extern int io_pgetevents(io_context_t ctx_id, long min_nr, long nr,
		struct io_event *events, struct timespec *timeout,
		sigset_t *sigmask);


static inline void io_set_callback(struct iocb *iocb, io_callback_t cb)
{
	iocb->data = (void *)cb;
}

static inline void io_prep_pread(struct iocb *iocb, int fd, void *buf, size_t count, long long offset)
{
	memset(iocb, 0, sizeof(*iocb));
	iocb->aio_fildes = fd;
	iocb->aio_lio_opcode = IO_CMD_PREAD;
	iocb->aio_reqprio = 0;
	iocb->u.c.buf = buf;
	iocb->u.c.nbytes = count;
	iocb->u.c.offset = offset;
}

static inline void io_prep_pwrite(struct iocb *iocb, int fd, void *buf, size_t count, long long offset)
{
	memset(iocb, 0, sizeof(*iocb));
	iocb->aio_fildes = fd;
	iocb->aio_lio_opcode = IO_CMD_PWRITE;
	iocb->aio_reqprio = 0;
	iocb->u.c.buf = buf;
	iocb->u.c.nbytes = count;
	iocb->u.c.offset = offset;
}

static inline void io_prep_preadv(struct iocb *iocb, int fd, const struct iovec *iov, int iovcnt, long long offset)
{
	memset(iocb, 0, sizeof(*iocb));
	iocb->aio_fildes = fd;
	iocb->aio_lio_opcode = IO_CMD_PREADV;
	iocb->aio_reqprio = 0;
	iocb->u.c.buf = (void *)iov;
	iocb->u.c.nbytes = iovcnt;
	iocb->u.c.offset = offset;
}

static inline void io_prep_pwritev(struct iocb *iocb, int fd, const struct iovec *iov, int iovcnt, long long offset)
{
	memset(iocb, 0, sizeof(*iocb));
	iocb->aio_fildes = fd;
	iocb->aio_lio_opcode = IO_CMD_PWRITEV;
	iocb->aio_reqprio = 0;
	iocb->u.c.buf = (void *)iov;
	iocb->u.c.nbytes = iovcnt;
	iocb->u.c.offset = offset;
}

static inline void io_prep_preadv2(struct iocb *iocb, int fd, const struct iovec *iov, int iovcnt, long long offset, int flags)
{
	memset(iocb, 0, sizeof(*iocb));
	iocb->aio_fildes = fd;
	iocb->aio_lio_opcode = IO_CMD_PREADV;
	iocb->aio_reqprio = 0;
	iocb->aio_rw_flags = flags;
	iocb->u.c.buf = (void *)iov;
	iocb->u.c.nbytes = iovcnt;
	iocb->u.c.offset = offset;
}

static inline void io_prep_pwritev2(struct iocb *iocb, int fd, const struct iovec *iov, int iovcnt, long long offset, int flags)
{
	memset(iocb, 0, sizeof(*iocb));
	iocb->aio_fildes = fd;
	iocb->aio_lio_opcode = IO_CMD_PWRITEV;
	iocb->aio_reqprio = 0;
	iocb->aio_rw_flags = flags;
	iocb->u.c.buf = (void *)iov;
	iocb->u.c.nbytes = iovcnt;
	iocb->u.c.offset = offset;
}

static inline void io_prep_poll(struct iocb *iocb, int fd, int events)
{
        memset(iocb, 0, sizeof(*iocb));
        iocb->aio_fildes = fd;
        iocb->aio_lio_opcode = IO_CMD_POLL;
        iocb->aio_reqprio = 0;
        iocb->u.poll.events = events;
}

static inline int io_poll(io_context_t ctx, struct iocb *iocb, io_callback_t cb, int fd, int events)
{
        io_prep_poll(iocb, fd, events);
        io_set_callback(iocb, cb);
        return io_submit(ctx, 1, &iocb);
}

static inline void io_prep_fsync(struct iocb *iocb, int fd)
{
	memset(iocb, 0, sizeof(*iocb));
	iocb->aio_fildes = fd;
	iocb->aio_lio_opcode = IO_CMD_FSYNC;
	iocb->aio_reqprio = 0;
}

static inline int io_fsync(io_context_t ctx, struct iocb *iocb, io_callback_t cb, int fd)
{
	io_prep_fsync(iocb, fd);
	io_set_callback(iocb, cb);
	return io_submit(ctx, 1, &iocb);
}

static inline void io_prep_fdsync(struct iocb *iocb, int fd)
{
	memset(iocb, 0, sizeof(*iocb));
	iocb->aio_fildes = fd;
	iocb->aio_lio_opcode = IO_CMD_FDSYNC;
	iocb->aio_reqprio = 0;
}

static inline int io_fdsync(io_context_t ctx, struct iocb *iocb, io_callback_t cb, int fd)
{
	io_prep_fdsync(iocb, fd);
	io_set_callback(iocb, cb);
	return io_submit(ctx, 1, &iocb);
}

static inline void io_set_eventfd(struct iocb *iocb, int eventfd)
{
	iocb->u.c.flags |= (1 << 0) /* IOCB_FLAG_RESFD */;
	iocb->u.c.resfd = eventfd;
}

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* __LIBAIO_H */
/* Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 * ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996 6.7: Asynchronous Input and Output
 */

#ifndef _AIO_H
#define _AIO_H	1

#include <features.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <bits/types/sigevent_t.h>
#include <bits/sigevent-consts.h>
#include <bits/types/struct_timespec.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Asynchronous I/O control block.  */
struct aiocb
{
  int aio_fildes;		/* File desriptor.  */
  int aio_lio_opcode;		/* Operation to be performed.  */
  int aio_reqprio;		/* Request priority offset.  */
  volatile void *aio_buf;	/* Location of buffer.  */
  size_t aio_nbytes;		/* Length of transfer.  */
  struct sigevent aio_sigevent;	/* Signal number and value.  */

  /* Internal members.  */
  struct aiocb *__next_prio;
  int __abs_prio;
  int __policy;
  int __error_code;
  __ssize_t __return_value;

#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
  __off_t aio_offset;		/* File offset.  */
  char __pad[sizeof (__off64_t) - sizeof (__off_t)];
#else
  __off64_t aio_offset;		/* File offset.  */
#endif
  char __glibc_reserved[32];
};

/* The same for the 64bit offsets.  Please note that the members aio_fildes
   to __return_value have to be the same in aiocb and aiocb64.  */
#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
struct aiocb64
{
  int aio_fildes;		/* File desriptor.  */
  int aio_lio_opcode;		/* Operation to be performed.  */
  int aio_reqprio;		/* Request priority offset.  */
  volatile void *aio_buf;	/* Location of buffer.  */
  size_t aio_nbytes;		/* Length of transfer.  */
  struct sigevent aio_sigevent;	/* Signal number and value.  */

  /* Internal members.  */
  struct aiocb *__next_prio;
  int __abs_prio;
  int __policy;
  int __error_code;
  __ssize_t __return_value;

  __off64_t aio_offset;		/* File offset.  */
  char __glibc_reserved[32];
};
#endif


#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* To customize the implementation one can use the following struct.
   This implementation follows the one in Irix.  */
struct aioinit
  {
    int aio_threads;		/* Maximal number of threads.  */
    int aio_num;		/* Number of expected simultanious requests. */
    int aio_locks;		/* Not used.  */
    int aio_usedba;		/* Not used.  */
    int aio_debug;		/* Not used.  */
    int aio_numusers;		/* Not used.  */
    int aio_idle_time;		/* Number of seconds before idle thread
				   terminates.  */
    int aio_reserved;
  };
#endif


/* Return values of cancelation function.  */
enum
{
  AIO_CANCELED,
#define AIO_CANCELED AIO_CANCELED
  AIO_NOTCANCELED,
#define AIO_NOTCANCELED AIO_NOTCANCELED
  AIO_ALLDONE
#define AIO_ALLDONE AIO_ALLDONE
};


/* Operation codes for `aio_lio_opcode'.  */
enum
{
  LIO_READ,
#define LIO_READ LIO_READ
  LIO_WRITE,
#define LIO_WRITE LIO_WRITE
  LIO_NOP
#define LIO_NOP LIO_NOP
};


/* Synchronization options for `lio_listio' function.  */
enum
{
  LIO_WAIT,
#define LIO_WAIT LIO_WAIT
  LIO_NOWAIT
#define LIO_NOWAIT LIO_NOWAIT
};


/* Allow user to specify optimization.  */
#ifdef __USE_GNU
extern void aio_init (const struct aioinit *__init) __THROW __nonnull ((1));
#endif


#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
/* Enqueue read request for given number of bytes and the given priority.  */
extern int aio_read (struct aiocb *__aiocbp) __THROW __nonnull ((1));
/* Enqueue write request for given number of bytes and the given priority.  */
extern int aio_write (struct aiocb *__aiocbp) __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Initiate list of I/O requests.  */
extern int lio_listio (int __mode,
		       struct aiocb *const __list[__restrict_arr],
		       int __nent, struct sigevent *__restrict __sig)
  __THROW __nonnull ((2));

/* Retrieve error status associated with AIOCBP.  */
extern int aio_error (const struct aiocb *__aiocbp) __THROW __nonnull ((1));
/* Return status associated with AIOCBP.  */
extern __ssize_t aio_return (struct aiocb *__aiocbp) __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Try to cancel asynchronous I/O requests outstanding against file
   descriptor FILDES.  */
extern int aio_cancel (int __fildes, struct aiocb *__aiocbp) __THROW;

/* Suspend calling thread until at least one of the asynchronous I/O
   operations referenced by LIST has completed.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int aio_suspend (const struct aiocb *const __list[], int __nent,
			const struct timespec *__restrict __timeout)
  __nonnull ((1));

/* Force all operations associated with file desriptor described by
   `aio_fildes' member of AIOCBP.  */
extern int aio_fsync (int __operation, struct aiocb *__aiocbp)
  __THROW __nonnull ((2));
#else
# ifdef __REDIRECT_NTH
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (aio_read, (struct aiocb *__aiocbp), aio_read64)
  __nonnull ((1));
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (aio_write, (struct aiocb *__aiocbp), aio_write64)
  __nonnull ((1));

extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (lio_listio,
			   (int __mode,
			    struct aiocb *const __list[__restrict_arr],
			    int __nent, struct sigevent *__restrict __sig),
			   lio_listio64) __nonnull ((2));

extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (aio_error, (const struct aiocb *__aiocbp),
			   aio_error64) __nonnull ((1));
extern __ssize_t __REDIRECT_NTH (aio_return, (struct aiocb *__aiocbp),
				 aio_return64) __nonnull ((1));

extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (aio_cancel,
			   (int __fildes, struct aiocb *__aiocbp),
			   aio_cancel64);

extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (aio_suspend,
			   (const struct aiocb *const __list[], int __nent,
			    const struct timespec *__restrict __timeout),
			   aio_suspend64) __nonnull ((1));

extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (aio_fsync,
			   (int __operation, struct aiocb *__aiocbp),
			   aio_fsync64) __nonnull ((2));

# else
#  define aio_read aio_read64
#  define aio_write aio_write64
#  define lio_listio lio_listio64
#  define aio_error aio_error64
#  define aio_return aio_return64
#  define aio_cancel aio_cancel64
#  define aio_suspend aio_suspend64
#  define aio_fsync aio_fsync64
# endif
#endif

#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
extern int aio_read64 (struct aiocb64 *__aiocbp) __THROW __nonnull ((1));
extern int aio_write64 (struct aiocb64 *__aiocbp) __THROW __nonnull ((1));

extern int lio_listio64 (int __mode,
			 struct aiocb64 *const __list[__restrict_arr],
			 int __nent, struct sigevent *__restrict __sig)
  __THROW __nonnull ((2));

extern int aio_error64 (const struct aiocb64 *__aiocbp)
  __THROW __nonnull ((1));
extern __ssize_t aio_return64 (struct aiocb64 *__aiocbp)
  __THROW __nonnull ((1));

extern int aio_cancel64 (int __fildes, struct aiocb64 *__aiocbp) __THROW;

extern int aio_suspend64 (const struct aiocb64 *const __list[], int __nent,
			  const struct timespec *__restrict __timeout)
  __THROW __nonnull ((1));

extern int aio_fsync64 (int __operation, struct aiocb64 *__aiocbp)
  __THROW __nonnull ((2));
#endif

__END_DECLS

#endif /* aio.h */
// * This makes emacs happy -*-Mode: C++;-*-
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2012,2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
 *   Author: Juergen Pfeifer, 1997                                          *
 ****************************************************************************/

// $Id: cursesm.h,v 1.30 2014/08/09 22:06:18 Adam.Jiang Exp $

#ifndef NCURSES_CURSESM_H_incl
#define NCURSES_CURSESM_H_incl 1

#include <cursesp.h>

extern "C" {
#  include <menu.h>
}
//
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This wraps the ITEM type of <menu.h>
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesMenuItem
{
  friend class NCursesMenu;

protected:
  ITEM *item;

  inline void OnError (int err) const THROW2(NCursesException const, NCursesMenuException) {
    if (err != E_OK)
      THROW(new NCursesMenuException (err));
  }

public:
  NCursesMenuItem (const char* p_name     = NULL,
		   const char* p_descript = NULL)
    : item(0)
  {
    item = p_name ? ::new_item (p_name, p_descript) : STATIC_CAST(ITEM*)(0);
    if (p_name && !item)
      OnError (E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
  }
  // Create an item. If you pass both parameters as NULL, a delimiting
  // item is constructed which can be used to terminate a list of
  // NCursesMenu objects.

  NCursesMenuItem& operator=(const NCursesMenuItem& rhs)
  {
    if (this != &rhs) {
      *this = rhs;
    }
    return *this;
  }

  NCursesMenuItem(const NCursesMenuItem& rhs)
    : item(0)
  {
    (void) rhs;
  }

  virtual ~NCursesMenuItem ();
  // Release the items memory

  inline const char* name () const {
    return ::item_name (item);
  }
  // Name of the item

  inline const char* description () const {
    return ::item_description (item);
  }
  // Description of the item

  inline int (index) (void) const {
    return ::item_index (item);
  }
  // Index of the item in an item array (or -1)

  inline void options_on (Item_Options opts) {
    OnError (::item_opts_on (item, opts));
  }
  // Switch on the items options

  inline void options_off (Item_Options opts) {
    OnError (::item_opts_off (item, opts));
  }
  // Switch off the item's option

  inline Item_Options options () const {
    return ::item_opts (item);
  }
  // Retrieve the items options

  inline void set_options (Item_Options opts) {
    OnError (::set_item_opts (item, opts));
  }
  // Set the items options

  inline void set_value (bool f) {
    OnError (::set_item_value (item,f));
  }
  // Set/Reset the items selection state

  inline bool value () const {
    return ::item_value (item);
  }
  // Retrieve the items selection state

  inline bool visible () const {
    return ::item_visible (item);
  }
  // Retrieve visibility of the item

  virtual bool action();
  // Perform an action associated with this item; you may use this in an
  // user supplied driver for a menu; you may derive from this class and
  // overload action() to supply items with different actions.
  // If an action returns true, the menu will be exited. The default action
  // is to do nothing.
};

// Prototype for an items callback function.
typedef bool ITEMCALLBACK(NCursesMenuItem&);

// If you don't like to create a child class for individual items to
// overload action(), you may use this class and provide a callback
// function pointer for items.
class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesMenuCallbackItem : public NCursesMenuItem
{
private:
  ITEMCALLBACK* p_fct;

public:
  NCursesMenuCallbackItem(ITEMCALLBACK* fct       = NULL,
			  const char* p_name      = NULL,
			  const char* p_descript  = NULL )
    : NCursesMenuItem (p_name, p_descript),
      p_fct (fct) {
  }

  NCursesMenuCallbackItem& operator=(const NCursesMenuCallbackItem& rhs)
  {
    if (this != &rhs) {
      *this = rhs;
    }
    return *this;
  }

  NCursesMenuCallbackItem(const NCursesMenuCallbackItem& rhs)
    : NCursesMenuItem(rhs),
      p_fct(0)
  {
  }

  virtual ~NCursesMenuCallbackItem();

  bool action();
};

  // This are the built-in hook functions in this C++ binding. In C++ we use
  // virtual member functions (see below On_..._Init and On_..._Termination)
  // to provide this functionality in an object oriented manner.
extern "C" {
  void _nc_xx_mnu_init(MENU *);
  void _nc_xx_mnu_term(MENU *);
  void _nc_xx_itm_init(MENU *);
  void _nc_xx_itm_term(MENU *);
}

//
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This wraps the MENU type of <menu.h>
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesMenu : public NCursesPanel
{
protected:
  MENU *menu;

private:
  NCursesWindow* sub;   // the subwindow object
  bool b_sub_owner;     // is this our own subwindow?
  bool b_framed;        // has the menu a border?
  bool b_autoDelete;    // Delete items when deleting menu?

  NCursesMenuItem** my_items; // The array of items for this menu

  // This structure is used for the menu's user data field to link the
  // MENU* to the C++ object and to provide extra space for a user pointer.
  typedef struct {
    void*              m_user;      // the pointer for the user's data
    const NCursesMenu* m_back;      // backward pointer to C++ object
    const MENU*        m_owner;
  } UserHook;

  // Get the backward pointer to the C++ object from a MENU
  static inline NCursesMenu* getHook(const MENU *m) {
    UserHook* hook = STATIC_CAST(UserHook*)(::menu_userptr(m));
    assert(hook != 0 && hook->m_owner==m);
    return const_cast<NCursesMenu*>(hook->m_back);
  }

  friend void _nc_xx_mnu_init(MENU *);
  friend void _nc_xx_mnu_term(MENU *);
  friend void _nc_xx_itm_init(MENU *);
  friend void _nc_xx_itm_term(MENU *);

  // Calculate ITEM* array for the menu
  ITEM** mapItems(NCursesMenuItem* nitems[]);

protected:
  // internal routines
  inline void set_user(void *user) {
    UserHook* uptr = STATIC_CAST(UserHook*)(::menu_userptr (menu));
    assert (uptr != 0 && uptr->m_back==this && uptr->m_owner==menu);
    uptr->m_user = user;
  }

  inline void *get_user() {
    UserHook* uptr = STATIC_CAST(UserHook*)(::menu_userptr (menu));
    assert (uptr != 0 && uptr->m_back==this && uptr->m_owner==menu);
    return uptr->m_user;
  }

  void InitMenu (NCursesMenuItem* menu[],
		 bool with_frame,
		 bool autoDeleteItems);

  inline void OnError (int err) const THROW2(NCursesException const, NCursesMenuException) {
    if (err != E_OK)
      THROW(new NCursesMenuException (this, err));
  }

  // this wraps the menu_driver call.
  virtual int driver (int c) ;

  // 'Internal' constructor to create a menu without association to
  // an array of items.
  NCursesMenu( int  nlines,
	       int  ncols,
	       int  begin_y = 0,
	       int  begin_x = 0)
    : NCursesPanel(nlines,ncols,begin_y,begin_x),
      menu (STATIC_CAST(MENU*)(0)),
      sub(0),
      b_sub_owner(0),
      b_framed(0),
      b_autoDelete(0),
      my_items(0)
  {
  }

public:
  // Make a full window size menu
  NCursesMenu (NCursesMenuItem* Items[],
	       bool with_frame=FALSE,        // Reserve space for a frame?
	       bool autoDelete_Items=FALSE)  // Autocleanup of Items?
    : NCursesPanel(),
      menu(0),
      sub(0),
      b_sub_owner(0),
      b_framed(0),
      b_autoDelete(0),
      my_items(0)
  {
      InitMenu(Items, with_frame, autoDelete_Items);
  }

  // Make a menu with a window of this size.
  NCursesMenu (NCursesMenuItem* Items[],
	       int  nlines,
	       int  ncols,
	       int  begin_y = 0,
	       int  begin_x = 0,
	       bool with_frame=FALSE,        // Reserve space for a frame?
	       bool autoDelete_Items=FALSE)  // Autocleanup of Items?
    : NCursesPanel(nlines, ncols, begin_y, begin_x),
      menu(0),
      sub(0),
      b_sub_owner(0),
      b_framed(0),
      b_autoDelete(0),
      my_items(0)
  {
      InitMenu(Items, with_frame, autoDelete_Items);
  }

  NCursesMenu& operator=(const NCursesMenu& rhs)
  {
    if (this != &rhs) {
      *this = rhs;
      NCursesPanel::operator=(rhs);
    }
    return *this;
  }

  NCursesMenu(const NCursesMenu& rhs)
    : NCursesPanel(rhs),
      menu(rhs.menu),
      sub(rhs.sub),
      b_sub_owner(rhs.b_sub_owner),
      b_framed(rhs.b_framed),
      b_autoDelete(rhs.b_autoDelete),
      my_items(rhs.my_items)
  {
  }

  virtual ~NCursesMenu ();

  // Retrieve the menus subwindow
  inline NCursesWindow& subWindow() const {
    assert(sub!=NULL);
    return *sub;
  }

  // Set the menus subwindow
  void setSubWindow(NCursesWindow& sub);

  // Set these items for the menu
  inline void setItems(NCursesMenuItem* Items[]) {
    OnError(::set_menu_items(menu,mapItems(Items)));
  }

  // Remove the menu from the screen
  inline void unpost (void) {
    OnError (::unpost_menu (menu));
  }

  // Post the menu to the screen if flag is true, unpost it otherwise
  inline void post(bool flag = TRUE) {
    flag ? OnError (::post_menu(menu)) : OnError (::unpost_menu (menu));
  }

  // Get the numer of rows and columns for this menu
  inline void scale (int& mrows, int& mcols) const  {
    OnError (::scale_menu (menu, &mrows, &mcols));
  }

  // Set the format of this menu
  inline void set_format(int mrows, int mcols) {
    OnError (::set_menu_format(menu, mrows, mcols));
  }

  // Get the format of this menu
  inline void menu_format(int& rows,int& ncols) {
    ::menu_format(menu,&rows,&ncols);
  }

  // Items of the menu
  inline NCursesMenuItem* items() const {
    return *my_items;
  }

  // Get the number of items in this menu
  inline int count() const {
    return ::item_count(menu);
  }

  // Get the current item (i.e. the one the cursor is located)
  inline NCursesMenuItem* current_item() const {
    return my_items[::item_index(::current_item(menu))];
  }

  // Get the marker string
  inline const char* mark() const {
    return ::menu_mark(menu);
  }

  // Set the marker string
  inline void set_mark(const char *marker) {
    OnError (::set_menu_mark (menu, marker));
  }

  // Get the name of the request code c
  inline static const char* request_name(int c) {
    return ::menu_request_name(c);
  }

  // Get the current pattern
  inline char* pattern() const {
    return ::menu_pattern(menu);
  }

  // true if there is a pattern match, false otherwise.
  bool set_pattern (const char *pat);

  // set the default attributes for the menu
  // i.e. set fore, back and grey attribute
  virtual void setDefaultAttributes();

  // Get the menus background attributes
  inline chtype back() const {
    return ::menu_back(menu);
  }

  // Get the menus foreground attributes
  inline chtype fore() const {
    return ::menu_fore(menu);
  }

  // Get the menus grey attributes (used for unselectable items)
  inline chtype grey() const {
    return ::menu_grey(menu);
  }

  // Set the menus background attributes
  inline chtype set_background(chtype a) {
    return ::set_menu_back(menu,a);
  }

  // Set the menus foreground attributes
  inline chtype set_foreground(chtype a) {
    return ::set_menu_fore(menu,a);
  }

  // Set the menus grey attributes (used for unselectable items)
  inline chtype set_grey(chtype a) {
    return ::set_menu_grey(menu,a);
  }

  inline void options_on (Menu_Options opts) {
    OnError (::menu_opts_on (menu,opts));
  }

  inline void options_off(Menu_Options opts) {
    OnError (::menu_opts_off(menu,opts));
  }

  inline Menu_Options options() const {
    return ::menu_opts(menu);
  }

  inline void set_options (Menu_Options opts) {
    OnError (::set_menu_opts (menu,opts));
  }

  inline int pad() const {
    return ::menu_pad(menu);
  }

  inline void set_pad (int padch) {
    OnError (::set_menu_pad (menu, padch));
  }

  // Position the cursor to the current item
  inline void position_cursor () const {
    OnError (::pos_menu_cursor (menu));
  }

  // Set the current item
  inline void set_current(NCursesMenuItem& I) {
    OnError (::set_current_item(menu, I.item));
  }

  // Get the current top row of the menu
  inline int top_row (void) const {
    return ::top_row (menu);
  }

  // Set the current top row of the menu
  inline void set_top_row (int row) {
    OnError (::set_top_row (menu, row));
  }

  // spacing control
  // Set the spacing for the menu
  inline void setSpacing(int spc_description,
			 int spc_rows,
			 int spc_columns) {
    OnError(::set_menu_spacing(menu,
			       spc_description,
			       spc_rows,
			       spc_columns));
  }

  // Get the spacing info for the menu
  inline void Spacing(int& spc_description,
		      int& spc_rows,
		      int& spc_columns) const {
    OnError(::menu_spacing(menu,
			   &spc_description,
			   &spc_rows,
			   &spc_columns));
  }

  // Decorations
  inline void frame(const char *title=NULL, const char* btitle=NULL) {
    if (b_framed)
      NCursesPanel::frame(title,btitle);
    else
      OnError(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
  }

  inline void boldframe(const char *title=NULL, const char* btitle=NULL) {
    if (b_framed)
      NCursesPanel::boldframe(title,btitle);
    else
      OnError(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
  }

  inline void label(const char *topLabel, const char *bottomLabel) {
    if (b_framed)
      NCursesPanel::label(topLabel,bottomLabel);
    else
      OnError(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
  }

  // -----
  // Hooks
  // -----

  // Called after the menu gets repositioned in its window.
  // This is especially true if the menu is posted.
  virtual void On_Menu_Init();

  // Called before the menu gets repositioned in its window.
  // This is especially true if the menu is unposted.
  virtual void On_Menu_Termination();

  // Called after the item became the current item
  virtual void On_Item_Init(NCursesMenuItem& item);

  // Called before this item is left as current item.
  virtual void On_Item_Termination(NCursesMenuItem& item);

  // Provide a default key virtualization. Translate the keyboard
  // code c into a menu request code.
  // The default implementation provides a hopefully straightforward
  // mapping for the most common keystrokes and menu requests.
  virtual int virtualize(int c);


  // Operators
  inline NCursesMenuItem* operator[](int i) const {
    if ( (i < 0) || (i >= ::item_count (menu)) )
      OnError (E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
    return (my_items[i]);
  }

  // Perform the menu's operation
  // Return the item where you left the selection mark for a single
  // selection menu, or NULL for a multivalued menu.
  virtual NCursesMenuItem* operator()(void);

  // --------------------
  // Exception handlers
  // Called by operator()
  // --------------------

  // Called if the request is denied
  virtual void On_Request_Denied(int c) const;

  // Called if the item is not selectable
  virtual void On_Not_Selectable(int c) const;

  // Called if pattern doesn't match
  virtual void On_No_Match(int c) const;

  // Called if the command is unknown
  virtual void On_Unknown_Command(int c) const;

};
//
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This is the typical C++ typesafe way to allow to attach
// user data to an item of a menu. Its assumed that the user
// data belongs to some class T. Use T as template argument
// to create a UserItem.
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
template<class T> class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesUserItem : public NCursesMenuItem
{
public:
  NCursesUserItem (const char* p_name,
		   const char* p_descript = NULL,
		   const T* p_UserData    = STATIC_CAST(T*)(0))
    : NCursesMenuItem (p_name, p_descript) {
      if (item)
	OnError (::set_item_userptr (item, const_cast<void *>(reinterpret_cast<const void*>(p_UserData))));
  }

  virtual ~NCursesUserItem() {}

  inline const T* UserData (void) const {
    return reinterpret_cast<const T*>(::item_userptr (item));
  };

  inline virtual void setUserData(const T* p_UserData) {
    if (item)
      OnError (::set_item_userptr (item, const_cast<void *>(reinterpret_cast<const void *>(p_UserData))));
  }
};
//
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
// The same mechanism is used to attach user data to a menu
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
template<class T> class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesUserMenu : public NCursesMenu
{
protected:
  NCursesUserMenu( int  nlines,
		   int  ncols,
		   int  begin_y = 0,
		   int  begin_x = 0,
		   const T* p_UserData = STATIC_CAST(T*)(0))
    : NCursesMenu(nlines,ncols,begin_y,begin_x) {
      if (menu)
	set_user (const_cast<void *>(reinterpret_cast<const void*>(p_UserData)));
  }

public:
  NCursesUserMenu (NCursesMenuItem* Items[],
		   const T* p_UserData = STATIC_CAST(T*)(0),
		   bool with_frame=FALSE,
		   bool autoDelete_Items=FALSE)
    : NCursesMenu (Items, with_frame, autoDelete_Items) {
      if (menu)
	set_user (const_cast<void *>(reinterpret_cast<const void*>(p_UserData)));
  };

  NCursesUserMenu (NCursesMenuItem* Items[],
		   int nlines,
		   int ncols,
		   int begin_y = 0,
		   int begin_x = 0,
		   const T* p_UserData = STATIC_CAST(T*)(0),
		   bool with_frame=FALSE)
    : NCursesMenu (Items, nlines, ncols, begin_y, begin_x, with_frame) {
      if (menu)
	set_user (const_cast<void *>(reinterpret_cast<const void*>(p_UserData)));
  };

  virtual ~NCursesUserMenu() {
  };

  inline T* UserData (void) {
    return reinterpret_cast<T*>(get_user ());
  };

  inline virtual void setUserData (const T* p_UserData) {
    if (menu)
      set_user (const_cast<void *>(reinterpret_cast<const void*>(p_UserData)));
  }
};

#endif /* NCURSES_CURSESM_H_incl */
// Copyright 2011 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the COPYING file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
//  RIFF container manipulation and encoding for WebP images.
//
// Authors: Urvang (urvang@google.com)
//          Vikas (vikasa@google.com)

#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_MUX_H_
#define WEBP_WEBP_MUX_H_

#include "./mux_types.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define WEBP_MUX_ABI_VERSION 0x0108        // MAJOR(8b) + MINOR(8b)

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Mux API
//
// This API allows manipulation of WebP container images containing features
// like color profile, metadata, animation.
//
// Code Example#1: Create a WebPMux object with image data, color profile and
// XMP metadata.
/*
  int copy_data = 0;
  WebPMux* mux = WebPMuxNew();
  // ... (Prepare image data).
  WebPMuxSetImage(mux, &image, copy_data);
  // ... (Prepare ICCP color profile data).
  WebPMuxSetChunk(mux, "ICCP", &icc_profile, copy_data);
  // ... (Prepare XMP metadata).
  WebPMuxSetChunk(mux, "XMP ", &xmp, copy_data);
  // Get data from mux in WebP RIFF format.
  WebPMuxAssemble(mux, &output_data);
  WebPMuxDelete(mux);
  // ... (Consume output_data; e.g. write output_data.bytes to file).
  WebPDataClear(&output_data);
*/

// Code Example#2: Get image and color profile data from a WebP file.
/*
  int copy_data = 0;
  // ... (Read data from file).
  WebPMux* mux = WebPMuxCreate(&data, copy_data);
  WebPMuxGetFrame(mux, 1, &image);
  // ... (Consume image; e.g. call WebPDecode() to decode the data).
  WebPMuxGetChunk(mux, "ICCP", &icc_profile);
  // ... (Consume icc_data).
  WebPMuxDelete(mux);
  free(data);
*/

// Note: forward declaring enumerations is not allowed in (strict) C and C++,
// the types are left here for reference.
// typedef enum WebPMuxError WebPMuxError;
// typedef enum WebPChunkId WebPChunkId;
typedef struct WebPMux WebPMux;   // main opaque object.
typedef struct WebPMuxFrameInfo WebPMuxFrameInfo;
typedef struct WebPMuxAnimParams WebPMuxAnimParams;
typedef struct WebPAnimEncoderOptions WebPAnimEncoderOptions;

// Error codes
typedef enum WebPMuxError {
  WEBP_MUX_OK                 =  1,
  WEBP_MUX_NOT_FOUND          =  0,
  WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT   = -1,
  WEBP_MUX_BAD_DATA           = -2,
  WEBP_MUX_MEMORY_ERROR       = -3,
  WEBP_MUX_NOT_ENOUGH_DATA    = -4
} WebPMuxError;

// IDs for different types of chunks.
typedef enum WebPChunkId {
  WEBP_CHUNK_VP8X,        // VP8X
  WEBP_CHUNK_ICCP,        // ICCP
  WEBP_CHUNK_ANIM,        // ANIM
  WEBP_CHUNK_ANMF,        // ANMF
  WEBP_CHUNK_DEPRECATED,  // (deprecated from FRGM)
  WEBP_CHUNK_ALPHA,       // ALPH
  WEBP_CHUNK_IMAGE,       // VP8/VP8L
  WEBP_CHUNK_EXIF,        // EXIF
  WEBP_CHUNK_XMP,         // XMP
  WEBP_CHUNK_UNKNOWN,     // Other chunks.
  WEBP_CHUNK_NIL
} WebPChunkId;

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

// Returns the version number of the mux library, packed in hexadecimal using
// 8bits for each of major/minor/revision. E.g: v2.5.7 is 0x020507.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPGetMuxVersion(void);

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Life of a Mux object

// Internal, version-checked, entry point
WEBP_EXTERN WebPMux* WebPNewInternal(int);

// Creates an empty mux object.
// Returns:
//   A pointer to the newly created empty mux object.
//   Or NULL in case of memory error.
static WEBP_INLINE WebPMux* WebPMuxNew(void) {
  return WebPNewInternal(WEBP_MUX_ABI_VERSION);
}

// Deletes the mux object.
// Parameters:
//   mux - (in/out) object to be deleted
WEBP_EXTERN void WebPMuxDelete(WebPMux* mux);

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Mux creation.

// Internal, version-checked, entry point
WEBP_EXTERN WebPMux* WebPMuxCreateInternal(const WebPData*, int, int);

// Creates a mux object from raw data given in WebP RIFF format.
// Parameters:
//   bitstream - (in) the bitstream data in WebP RIFF format
//   copy_data - (in) value 1 indicates given data WILL be copied to the mux
//               object and value 0 indicates data will NOT be copied.
// Returns:
//   A pointer to the mux object created from given data - on success.
//   NULL - In case of invalid data or memory error.
static WEBP_INLINE WebPMux* WebPMuxCreate(const WebPData* bitstream,
                                          int copy_data) {
  return WebPMuxCreateInternal(bitstream, copy_data, WEBP_MUX_ABI_VERSION);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Non-image chunks.

// Note: Only non-image related chunks should be managed through chunk APIs.
// (Image related chunks are: "ANMF", "VP8 ", "VP8L" and "ALPH").
// To add, get and delete images, use WebPMuxSetImage(), WebPMuxPushFrame(),
// WebPMuxGetFrame() and WebPMuxDeleteFrame().

// Adds a chunk with id 'fourcc' and data 'chunk_data' in the mux object.
// Any existing chunk(s) with the same id will be removed.
// Parameters:
//   mux - (in/out) object to which the chunk is to be added
//   fourcc - (in) a character array containing the fourcc of the given chunk;
//                 e.g., "ICCP", "XMP ", "EXIF" etc.
//   chunk_data - (in) the chunk data to be added
//   copy_data - (in) value 1 indicates given data WILL be copied to the mux
//               object and value 0 indicates data will NOT be copied.
// Returns:
//   WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux, fourcc or chunk_data is NULL
//                               or if fourcc corresponds to an image chunk.
//   WEBP_MUX_MEMORY_ERROR - on memory allocation error.
//   WEBP_MUX_OK - on success.
WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxSetChunk(
    WebPMux* mux, const char fourcc[4], const WebPData* chunk_data,
    int copy_data);

// Gets a reference to the data of the chunk with id 'fourcc' in the mux object.
// The caller should NOT free the returned data.
// Parameters:
//   mux - (in) object from which the chunk data is to be fetched
//   fourcc - (in) a character array containing the fourcc of the chunk;
//                 e.g., "ICCP", "XMP ", "EXIF" etc.
//   chunk_data - (out) returned chunk data
// Returns:
//   WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux, fourcc or chunk_data is NULL
//                               or if fourcc corresponds to an image chunk.
//   WEBP_MUX_NOT_FOUND - If mux does not contain a chunk with the given id.
//   WEBP_MUX_OK - on success.
WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxGetChunk(
    const WebPMux* mux, const char fourcc[4], WebPData* chunk_data);

// Deletes the chunk with the given 'fourcc' from the mux object.
// Parameters:
//   mux - (in/out) object from which the chunk is to be deleted
//   fourcc - (in) a character array containing the fourcc of the chunk;
//                 e.g., "ICCP", "XMP ", "EXIF" etc.
// Returns:
//   WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux or fourcc is NULL
//                               or if fourcc corresponds to an image chunk.
//   WEBP_MUX_NOT_FOUND - If mux does not contain a chunk with the given fourcc.
//   WEBP_MUX_OK - on success.
WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxDeleteChunk(
    WebPMux* mux, const char fourcc[4]);

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Images.

// Encapsulates data about a single frame.
struct WebPMuxFrameInfo {
  WebPData    bitstream;  // image data: can be a raw VP8/VP8L bitstream
                          // or a single-image WebP file.
  int         x_offset;   // x-offset of the frame.
  int         y_offset;   // y-offset of the frame.
  int         duration;   // duration of the frame (in milliseconds).

  WebPChunkId id;         // frame type: should be one of WEBP_CHUNK_ANMF
                          // or WEBP_CHUNK_IMAGE
  WebPMuxAnimDispose dispose_method;  // Disposal method for the frame.
  WebPMuxAnimBlend   blend_method;    // Blend operation for the frame.
  uint32_t    pad[1];     // padding for later use
};

// Sets the (non-animated) image in the mux object.
// Note: Any existing images (including frames) will be removed.
// Parameters:
//   mux - (in/out) object in which the image is to be set
//   bitstream - (in) can be a raw VP8/VP8L bitstream or a single-image
//               WebP file (non-animated)
//   copy_data - (in) value 1 indicates given data WILL be copied to the mux
//               object and value 0 indicates data will NOT be copied.
// Returns:
//   WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux is NULL or bitstream is NULL.
//   WEBP_MUX_MEMORY_ERROR - on memory allocation error.
//   WEBP_MUX_OK - on success.
WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxSetImage(
    WebPMux* mux, const WebPData* bitstream, int copy_data);

// Adds a frame at the end of the mux object.
// Notes: (1) frame.id should be WEBP_CHUNK_ANMF
//        (2) For setting a non-animated image, use WebPMuxSetImage() instead.
//        (3) Type of frame being pushed must be same as the frames in mux.
//        (4) As WebP only supports even offsets, any odd offset will be snapped
//            to an even location using: offset &= ~1
// Parameters:
//   mux - (in/out) object to which the frame is to be added
//   frame - (in) frame data.
//   copy_data - (in) value 1 indicates given data WILL be copied to the mux
//               object and value 0 indicates data will NOT be copied.
// Returns:
//   WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux or frame is NULL
//                               or if content of 'frame' is invalid.
//   WEBP_MUX_MEMORY_ERROR - on memory allocation error.
//   WEBP_MUX_OK - on success.
WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxPushFrame(
    WebPMux* mux, const WebPMuxFrameInfo* frame, int copy_data);

// Gets the nth frame from the mux object.
// The content of 'frame->bitstream' is allocated using malloc(), and NOT
// owned by the 'mux' object. It MUST be deallocated by the caller by calling
// WebPDataClear().
// nth=0 has a special meaning - last position.
// Parameters:
//   mux - (in) object from which the info is to be fetched
//   nth - (in) index of the frame in the mux object
//   frame - (out) data of the returned frame
// Returns:
//   WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux or frame is NULL.
//   WEBP_MUX_NOT_FOUND - if there are less than nth frames in the mux object.
//   WEBP_MUX_BAD_DATA - if nth frame chunk in mux is invalid.
//   WEBP_MUX_MEMORY_ERROR - on memory allocation error.
//   WEBP_MUX_OK - on success.
WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxGetFrame(
    const WebPMux* mux, uint32_t nth, WebPMuxFrameInfo* frame);

// Deletes a frame from the mux object.
// nth=0 has a special meaning - last position.
// Parameters:
//   mux - (in/out) object from which a frame is to be deleted
//   nth - (in) The position from which the frame is to be deleted
// Returns:
//   WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux is NULL.
//   WEBP_MUX_NOT_FOUND - If there are less than nth frames in the mux object
//                        before deletion.
//   WEBP_MUX_OK - on success.
WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxDeleteFrame(WebPMux* mux, uint32_t nth);

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Animation.

// Animation parameters.
struct WebPMuxAnimParams {
  uint32_t bgcolor;  // Background color of the canvas stored (in MSB order) as:
                     // Bits 00 to 07: Alpha.
                     // Bits 08 to 15: Red.
                     // Bits 16 to 23: Green.
                     // Bits 24 to 31: Blue.
  int loop_count;    // Number of times to repeat the animation [0 = infinite].
};

// Sets the animation parameters in the mux object. Any existing ANIM chunks
// will be removed.
// Parameters:
//   mux - (in/out) object in which ANIM chunk is to be set/added
//   params - (in) animation parameters.
// Returns:
//   WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux or params is NULL.
//   WEBP_MUX_MEMORY_ERROR - on memory allocation error.
//   WEBP_MUX_OK - on success.
WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxSetAnimationParams(
    WebPMux* mux, const WebPMuxAnimParams* params);

// Gets the animation parameters from the mux object.
// Parameters:
//   mux - (in) object from which the animation parameters to be fetched
//   params - (out) animation parameters extracted from the ANIM chunk
// Returns:
//   WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux or params is NULL.
//   WEBP_MUX_NOT_FOUND - if ANIM chunk is not present in mux object.
//   WEBP_MUX_OK - on success.
WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxGetAnimationParams(
    const WebPMux* mux, WebPMuxAnimParams* params);

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Misc Utilities.

// Sets the canvas size for the mux object. The width and height can be
// specified explicitly or left as zero (0, 0).
// * When width and height are specified explicitly, then this frame bound is
//   enforced during subsequent calls to WebPMuxAssemble() and an error is
//   reported if any animated frame does not completely fit within the canvas.
// * When unspecified (0, 0), the constructed canvas will get the frame bounds
//   from the bounding-box over all frames after calling WebPMuxAssemble().
// Parameters:
//   mux - (in) object to which the canvas size is to be set
//   width - (in) canvas width
//   height - (in) canvas height
// Returns:
//   WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux is NULL; or
//                               width or height are invalid or out of bounds
//   WEBP_MUX_OK - on success.
WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxSetCanvasSize(WebPMux* mux,
                                              int width, int height);

// Gets the canvas size from the mux object.
// Note: This method assumes that the VP8X chunk, if present, is up-to-date.
// That is, the mux object hasn't been modified since the last call to
// WebPMuxAssemble() or WebPMuxCreate().
// Parameters:
//   mux - (in) object from which the canvas size is to be fetched
//   width - (out) canvas width
//   height - (out) canvas height
// Returns:
//   WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux, width or height is NULL.
//   WEBP_MUX_BAD_DATA - if VP8X/VP8/VP8L chunk or canvas size is invalid.
//   WEBP_MUX_OK - on success.
WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxGetCanvasSize(const WebPMux* mux,
                                              int* width, int* height);

// Gets the feature flags from the mux object.
// Note: This method assumes that the VP8X chunk, if present, is up-to-date.
// That is, the mux object hasn't been modified since the last call to
// WebPMuxAssemble() or WebPMuxCreate().
// Parameters:
//   mux - (in) object from which the features are to be fetched
//   flags - (out) the flags specifying which features are present in the
//           mux object. This will be an OR of various flag values.
//           Enum 'WebPFeatureFlags' can be used to test individual flag values.
// Returns:
//   WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux or flags is NULL.
//   WEBP_MUX_BAD_DATA - if VP8X/VP8/VP8L chunk or canvas size is invalid.
//   WEBP_MUX_OK - on success.
WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxGetFeatures(const WebPMux* mux,
                                            uint32_t* flags);

// Gets number of chunks with the given 'id' in the mux object.
// Parameters:
//   mux - (in) object from which the info is to be fetched
//   id - (in) chunk id specifying the type of chunk
//   num_elements - (out) number of chunks with the given chunk id
// Returns:
//   WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux, or num_elements is NULL.
//   WEBP_MUX_OK - on success.
WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxNumChunks(const WebPMux* mux,
                                          WebPChunkId id, int* num_elements);

// Assembles all chunks in WebP RIFF format and returns in 'assembled_data'.
// This function also validates the mux object.
// Note: The content of 'assembled_data' will be ignored and overwritten.
// Also, the content of 'assembled_data' is allocated using malloc(), and NOT
// owned by the 'mux' object. It MUST be deallocated by the caller by calling
// WebPDataClear(). It's always safe to call WebPDataClear() upon return,
// even in case of error.
// Parameters:
//   mux - (in/out) object whose chunks are to be assembled
//   assembled_data - (out) assembled WebP data
// Returns:
//   WEBP_MUX_BAD_DATA - if mux object is invalid.
//   WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux or assembled_data is NULL.
//   WEBP_MUX_MEMORY_ERROR - on memory allocation error.
//   WEBP_MUX_OK - on success.
WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxAssemble(WebPMux* mux,
                                         WebPData* assembled_data);

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// WebPAnimEncoder API
//
// This API allows encoding (possibly) animated WebP images.
//
// Code Example:
/*
  WebPAnimEncoderOptions enc_options;
  WebPAnimEncoderOptionsInit(&enc_options);
  // Tune 'enc_options' as needed.
  WebPAnimEncoder* enc = WebPAnimEncoderNew(width, height, &enc_options);
  while(<there are more frames>) {
    WebPConfig config;
    WebPConfigInit(&config);
    // Tune 'config' as needed.
    WebPAnimEncoderAdd(enc, frame, timestamp_ms, &config);
  }
  WebPAnimEncoderAdd(enc, NULL, timestamp_ms, NULL);
  WebPAnimEncoderAssemble(enc, webp_data);
  WebPAnimEncoderDelete(enc);
  // Write the 'webp_data' to a file, or re-mux it further.
*/

typedef struct WebPAnimEncoder WebPAnimEncoder;  // Main opaque object.

// Forward declarations. Defined in encode.h.
struct WebPPicture;
struct WebPConfig;

// Global options.
struct WebPAnimEncoderOptions {
  WebPMuxAnimParams anim_params;  // Animation parameters.
  int minimize_size;    // If true, minimize the output size (slow). Implicitly
                        // disables key-frame insertion.
  int kmin;
  int kmax;             // Minimum and maximum distance between consecutive key
                        // frames in the output. The library may insert some key
                        // frames as needed to satisfy this criteria.
                        // Note that these conditions should hold: kmax > kmin
                        // and kmin >= kmax / 2 + 1. Also, if kmax <= 0, then
                        // key-frame insertion is disabled; and if kmax == 1,
                        // then all frames will be key-frames (kmin value does
                        // not matter for these special cases).
  int allow_mixed;      // If true, use mixed compression mode; may choose
                        // either lossy and lossless for each frame.
  int verbose;          // If true, print info and warning messages to stderr.

  uint32_t padding[4];  // Padding for later use.
};

// Internal, version-checked, entry point.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPAnimEncoderOptionsInitInternal(
    WebPAnimEncoderOptions*, int);

// Should always be called, to initialize a fresh WebPAnimEncoderOptions
// structure before modification. Returns false in case of version mismatch.
// WebPAnimEncoderOptionsInit() must have succeeded before using the
// 'enc_options' object.
static WEBP_INLINE int WebPAnimEncoderOptionsInit(
    WebPAnimEncoderOptions* enc_options) {
  return WebPAnimEncoderOptionsInitInternal(enc_options, WEBP_MUX_ABI_VERSION);
}

// Internal, version-checked, entry point.
WEBP_EXTERN WebPAnimEncoder* WebPAnimEncoderNewInternal(
    int, int, const WebPAnimEncoderOptions*, int);

// Creates and initializes a WebPAnimEncoder object.
// Parameters:
//   width/height - (in) canvas width and height of the animation.
//   enc_options - (in) encoding options; can be passed NULL to pick
//                      reasonable defaults.
// Returns:
//   A pointer to the newly created WebPAnimEncoder object.
//   Or NULL in case of memory error.
static WEBP_INLINE WebPAnimEncoder* WebPAnimEncoderNew(
    int width, int height, const WebPAnimEncoderOptions* enc_options) {
  return WebPAnimEncoderNewInternal(width, height, enc_options,
                                    WEBP_MUX_ABI_VERSION);
}

// Optimize the given frame for WebP, encode it and add it to the
// WebPAnimEncoder object.
// The last call to 'WebPAnimEncoderAdd' should be with frame = NULL, which
// indicates that no more frames are to be added. This call is also used to
// determine the duration of the last frame.
// Parameters:
//   enc - (in/out) object to which the frame is to be added.
//   frame - (in/out) frame data in ARGB or YUV(A) format. If it is in YUV(A)
//           format, it will be converted to ARGB, which incurs a small loss.
//   timestamp_ms - (in) timestamp of this frame in milliseconds.
//                       Duration of a frame would be calculated as
//                       "timestamp of next frame - timestamp of this frame".
//                       Hence, timestamps should be in non-decreasing order.
//   config - (in) encoding options; can be passed NULL to pick
//            reasonable defaults.
// Returns:
//   On error, returns false and frame->error_code is set appropriately.
//   Otherwise, returns true.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPAnimEncoderAdd(
    WebPAnimEncoder* enc, struct WebPPicture* frame, int timestamp_ms,
    const struct WebPConfig* config);

// Assemble all frames added so far into a WebP bitstream.
// This call should be preceded by  a call to 'WebPAnimEncoderAdd' with
// frame = NULL; if not, the duration of the last frame will be internally
// estimated.
// Parameters:
//   enc - (in/out) object from which the frames are to be assembled.
//   webp_data - (out) generated WebP bitstream.
// Returns:
//   True on success.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPAnimEncoderAssemble(WebPAnimEncoder* enc,
                                        WebPData* webp_data);

// Get error string corresponding to the most recent call using 'enc'. The
// returned string is owned by 'enc' and is valid only until the next call to
// WebPAnimEncoderAdd() or WebPAnimEncoderAssemble() or WebPAnimEncoderDelete().
// Parameters:
//   enc - (in/out) object from which the error string is to be fetched.
// Returns:
//   NULL if 'enc' is NULL. Otherwise, returns the error string if the last call
//   to 'enc' had an error, or an empty string if the last call was a success.
WEBP_EXTERN const char* WebPAnimEncoderGetError(WebPAnimEncoder* enc);

// Deletes the WebPAnimEncoder object.
// Parameters:
//   enc - (in/out) object to be deleted
WEBP_EXTERN void WebPAnimEncoderDelete(WebPAnimEncoder* enc);

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

#ifdef __cplusplus
}    // extern "C"
#endif

#endif  /* WEBP_WEBP_MUX_H_ */
// Copyright 2010 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the COPYING file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
//  Common types
//
// Author: Skal (pascal.massimino@gmail.com)

#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_TYPES_H_
#define WEBP_WEBP_TYPES_H_

#include <stddef.h>  // for size_t

#ifndef _MSC_VER
#include <inttypes.h>
#if defined(__cplusplus) || !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) || \
    (defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
#define WEBP_INLINE inline
#else
#define WEBP_INLINE
#endif
#else
typedef signed   char int8_t;
typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
typedef signed   short int16_t;
typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
typedef signed   int int32_t;
typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
typedef unsigned long long int uint64_t;
typedef long long int int64_t;
#define WEBP_INLINE __forceinline
#endif  /* _MSC_VER */

#ifndef WEBP_EXTERN
// This explicitly marks library functions and allows for changing the
// signature for e.g., Windows DLL builds.
# if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 4
#  define WEBP_EXTERN extern __attribute__ ((visibility ("default")))
# else
#  define WEBP_EXTERN extern
# endif  /* __GNUC__ >= 4 */
#endif  /* WEBP_EXTERN */

// Macro to check ABI compatibility (same major revision number)
#define WEBP_ABI_IS_INCOMPATIBLE(a, b) (((a) >> 8) != ((b) >> 8))

#endif  /* WEBP_WEBP_TYPES_H_ */
// Copyright 2010 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the COPYING file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
//  Main decoding functions for WebP images.
//
// Author: Skal (pascal.massimino@gmail.com)

#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_DECODE_H_
#define WEBP_WEBP_DECODE_H_

#include "./types.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION 0x0208    // MAJOR(8b) + MINOR(8b)

// Note: forward declaring enumerations is not allowed in (strict) C and C++,
// the types are left here for reference.
// typedef enum VP8StatusCode VP8StatusCode;
// typedef enum WEBP_CSP_MODE WEBP_CSP_MODE;
typedef struct WebPRGBABuffer WebPRGBABuffer;
typedef struct WebPYUVABuffer WebPYUVABuffer;
typedef struct WebPDecBuffer WebPDecBuffer;
typedef struct WebPIDecoder WebPIDecoder;
typedef struct WebPBitstreamFeatures WebPBitstreamFeatures;
typedef struct WebPDecoderOptions WebPDecoderOptions;
typedef struct WebPDecoderConfig WebPDecoderConfig;

// Return the decoder's version number, packed in hexadecimal using 8bits for
// each of major/minor/revision. E.g: v2.5.7 is 0x020507.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPGetDecoderVersion(void);

// Retrieve basic header information: width, height.
// This function will also validate the header, returning true on success,
// false otherwise. '*width' and '*height' are only valid on successful return.
// Pointers 'width' and 'height' can be passed NULL if deemed irrelevant.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPGetInfo(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
                            int* width, int* height);

// Decodes WebP images pointed to by 'data' and returns RGBA samples, along
// with the dimensions in *width and *height. The ordering of samples in
// memory is R, G, B, A, R, G, B, A... in scan order (endian-independent).
// The returned pointer should be deleted calling WebPFree().
// Returns NULL in case of error.
WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeRGBA(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
                                    int* width, int* height);

// Same as WebPDecodeRGBA, but returning A, R, G, B, A, R, G, B... ordered data.
WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeARGB(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
                                    int* width, int* height);

// Same as WebPDecodeRGBA, but returning B, G, R, A, B, G, R, A... ordered data.
WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeBGRA(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
                                    int* width, int* height);

// Same as WebPDecodeRGBA, but returning R, G, B, R, G, B... ordered data.
// If the bitstream contains transparency, it is ignored.
WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeRGB(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
                                   int* width, int* height);

// Same as WebPDecodeRGB, but returning B, G, R, B, G, R... ordered data.
WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeBGR(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
                                   int* width, int* height);


// Decode WebP images pointed to by 'data' to Y'UV format(*). The pointer
// returned is the Y samples buffer. Upon return, *u and *v will point to
// the U and V chroma data. These U and V buffers need NOT be passed to
// WebPFree(), unlike the returned Y luma one. The dimension of the U and V
// planes are both (*width + 1) / 2 and (*height + 1)/ 2.
// Upon return, the Y buffer has a stride returned as '*stride', while U and V
// have a common stride returned as '*uv_stride'.
// Return NULL in case of error.
// (*) Also named Y'CbCr. See: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YCbCr
WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeYUV(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
                                   int* width, int* height,
                                   uint8_t** u, uint8_t** v,
                                   int* stride, int* uv_stride);

// Releases memory returned by the WebPDecode*() functions above.
WEBP_EXTERN void WebPFree(void* ptr);

// These five functions are variants of the above ones, that decode the image
// directly into a pre-allocated buffer 'output_buffer'. The maximum storage
// available in this buffer is indicated by 'output_buffer_size'. If this
// storage is not sufficient (or an error occurred), NULL is returned.
// Otherwise, output_buffer is returned, for convenience.
// The parameter 'output_stride' specifies the distance (in bytes)
// between scanlines. Hence, output_buffer_size is expected to be at least
// output_stride x picture-height.
WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeRGBAInto(
    const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
    uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride);
WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeARGBInto(
    const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
    uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride);
WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeBGRAInto(
    const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
    uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride);

// RGB and BGR variants. Here too the transparency information, if present,
// will be dropped and ignored.
WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeRGBInto(
    const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
    uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride);
WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeBGRInto(
    const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
    uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride);

// WebPDecodeYUVInto() is a variant of WebPDecodeYUV() that operates directly
// into pre-allocated luma/chroma plane buffers. This function requires the
// strides to be passed: one for the luma plane and one for each of the
// chroma ones. The size of each plane buffer is passed as 'luma_size',
// 'u_size' and 'v_size' respectively.
// Pointer to the luma plane ('*luma') is returned or NULL if an error occurred
// during decoding (or because some buffers were found to be too small).
WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeYUVInto(
    const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
    uint8_t* luma, size_t luma_size, int luma_stride,
    uint8_t* u, size_t u_size, int u_stride,
    uint8_t* v, size_t v_size, int v_stride);

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Output colorspaces and buffer

// Colorspaces
// Note: the naming describes the byte-ordering of packed samples in memory.
// For instance, MODE_BGRA relates to samples ordered as B,G,R,A,B,G,R,A,...
// Non-capital names (e.g.:MODE_Argb) relates to pre-multiplied RGB channels.
// RGBA-4444 and RGB-565 colorspaces are represented by following byte-order:
// RGBA-4444: [r3 r2 r1 r0 g3 g2 g1 g0], [b3 b2 b1 b0 a3 a2 a1 a0], ...
// RGB-565: [r4 r3 r2 r1 r0 g5 g4 g3], [g2 g1 g0 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0], ...
// In the case WEBP_SWAP_16BITS_CSP is defined, the bytes are swapped for
// these two modes:
// RGBA-4444: [b3 b2 b1 b0 a3 a2 a1 a0], [r3 r2 r1 r0 g3 g2 g1 g0], ...
// RGB-565: [g2 g1 g0 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0], [r4 r3 r2 r1 r0 g5 g4 g3], ...

typedef enum WEBP_CSP_MODE {
  MODE_RGB = 0, MODE_RGBA = 1,
  MODE_BGR = 2, MODE_BGRA = 3,
  MODE_ARGB = 4, MODE_RGBA_4444 = 5,
  MODE_RGB_565 = 6,
  // RGB-premultiplied transparent modes (alpha value is preserved)
  MODE_rgbA = 7,
  MODE_bgrA = 8,
  MODE_Argb = 9,
  MODE_rgbA_4444 = 10,
  // YUV modes must come after RGB ones.
  MODE_YUV = 11, MODE_YUVA = 12,  // yuv 4:2:0
  MODE_LAST = 13
} WEBP_CSP_MODE;

// Some useful macros:
static WEBP_INLINE int WebPIsPremultipliedMode(WEBP_CSP_MODE mode) {
  return (mode == MODE_rgbA || mode == MODE_bgrA || mode == MODE_Argb ||
          mode == MODE_rgbA_4444);
}

static WEBP_INLINE int WebPIsAlphaMode(WEBP_CSP_MODE mode) {
  return (mode == MODE_RGBA || mode == MODE_BGRA || mode == MODE_ARGB ||
          mode == MODE_RGBA_4444 || mode == MODE_YUVA ||
          WebPIsPremultipliedMode(mode));
}

static WEBP_INLINE int WebPIsRGBMode(WEBP_CSP_MODE mode) {
  return (mode < MODE_YUV);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// WebPDecBuffer: Generic structure for describing the output sample buffer.

struct WebPRGBABuffer {    // view as RGBA
  uint8_t* rgba;    // pointer to RGBA samples
  int stride;       // stride in bytes from one scanline to the next.
  size_t size;      // total size of the *rgba buffer.
};

struct WebPYUVABuffer {              // view as YUVA
  uint8_t* y, *u, *v, *a;     // pointer to luma, chroma U/V, alpha samples
  int y_stride;               // luma stride
  int u_stride, v_stride;     // chroma strides
  int a_stride;               // alpha stride
  size_t y_size;              // luma plane size
  size_t u_size, v_size;      // chroma planes size
  size_t a_size;              // alpha-plane size
};

// Output buffer
struct WebPDecBuffer {
  WEBP_CSP_MODE colorspace;  // Colorspace.
  int width, height;         // Dimensions.
  int is_external_memory;    // If non-zero, 'internal_memory' pointer is not
                             // used. If value is '2' or more, the external
                             // memory is considered 'slow' and multiple
                             // read/write will be avoided.
  union {
    WebPRGBABuffer RGBA;
    WebPYUVABuffer YUVA;
  } u;                       // Nameless union of buffer parameters.
  uint32_t       pad[4];     // padding for later use

  uint8_t* private_memory;   // Internally allocated memory (only when
                             // is_external_memory is 0). Should not be used
                             // externally, but accessed via the buffer union.
};

// Internal, version-checked, entry point
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPInitDecBufferInternal(WebPDecBuffer*, int);

// Initialize the structure as empty. Must be called before any other use.
// Returns false in case of version mismatch
static WEBP_INLINE int WebPInitDecBuffer(WebPDecBuffer* buffer) {
  return WebPInitDecBufferInternal(buffer, WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION);
}

// Free any memory associated with the buffer. Must always be called last.
// Note: doesn't free the 'buffer' structure itself.
WEBP_EXTERN void WebPFreeDecBuffer(WebPDecBuffer* buffer);

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Enumeration of the status codes

typedef enum VP8StatusCode {
  VP8_STATUS_OK = 0,
  VP8_STATUS_OUT_OF_MEMORY,
  VP8_STATUS_INVALID_PARAM,
  VP8_STATUS_BITSTREAM_ERROR,
  VP8_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE,
  VP8_STATUS_SUSPENDED,
  VP8_STATUS_USER_ABORT,
  VP8_STATUS_NOT_ENOUGH_DATA
} VP8StatusCode;

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Incremental decoding
//
// This API allows streamlined decoding of partial data.
// Picture can be incrementally decoded as data become available thanks to the
// WebPIDecoder object. This object can be left in a SUSPENDED state if the
// picture is only partially decoded, pending additional input.
// Code example:
//
//   WebPInitDecBuffer(&output_buffer);
//   output_buffer.colorspace = mode;
//   ...
//   WebPIDecoder* idec = WebPINewDecoder(&output_buffer);
//   while (additional_data_is_available) {
//     // ... (get additional data in some new_data[] buffer)
//     status = WebPIAppend(idec, new_data, new_data_size);
//     if (status != VP8_STATUS_OK && status != VP8_STATUS_SUSPENDED) {
//       break;    // an error occurred.
//     }
//
//     // The above call decodes the current available buffer.
//     // Part of the image can now be refreshed by calling
//     // WebPIDecGetRGB()/WebPIDecGetYUVA() etc.
//   }
//   WebPIDelete(idec);

// Creates a new incremental decoder with the supplied buffer parameter.
// This output_buffer can be passed NULL, in which case a default output buffer
// is used (with MODE_RGB). Otherwise, an internal reference to 'output_buffer'
// is kept, which means that the lifespan of 'output_buffer' must be larger than
// that of the returned WebPIDecoder object.
// The supplied 'output_buffer' content MUST NOT be changed between calls to
// WebPIAppend() or WebPIUpdate() unless 'output_buffer.is_external_memory' is
// not set to 0. In such a case, it is allowed to modify the pointers, size and
// stride of output_buffer.u.RGBA or output_buffer.u.YUVA, provided they remain
// within valid bounds.
// All other fields of WebPDecBuffer MUST remain constant between calls.
// Returns NULL if the allocation failed.
WEBP_EXTERN WebPIDecoder* WebPINewDecoder(WebPDecBuffer* output_buffer);

// This function allocates and initializes an incremental-decoder object, which
// will output the RGB/A samples specified by 'csp' into a preallocated
// buffer 'output_buffer'. The size of this buffer is at least
// 'output_buffer_size' and the stride (distance in bytes between two scanlines)
// is specified by 'output_stride'.
// Additionally, output_buffer can be passed NULL in which case the output
// buffer will be allocated automatically when the decoding starts. The
// colorspace 'csp' is taken into account for allocating this buffer. All other
// parameters are ignored.
// Returns NULL if the allocation failed, or if some parameters are invalid.
WEBP_EXTERN WebPIDecoder* WebPINewRGB(
    WEBP_CSP_MODE csp,
    uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride);

// This function allocates and initializes an incremental-decoder object, which
// will output the raw luma/chroma samples into a preallocated planes if
// supplied. The luma plane is specified by its pointer 'luma', its size
// 'luma_size' and its stride 'luma_stride'. Similarly, the chroma-u plane
// is specified by the 'u', 'u_size' and 'u_stride' parameters, and the chroma-v
// plane by 'v' and 'v_size'. And same for the alpha-plane. The 'a' pointer
// can be pass NULL in case one is not interested in the transparency plane.
// Conversely, 'luma' can be passed NULL if no preallocated planes are supplied.
// In this case, the output buffer will be automatically allocated (using
// MODE_YUVA) when decoding starts. All parameters are then ignored.
// Returns NULL if the allocation failed or if a parameter is invalid.
WEBP_EXTERN WebPIDecoder* WebPINewYUVA(
    uint8_t* luma, size_t luma_size, int luma_stride,
    uint8_t* u, size_t u_size, int u_stride,
    uint8_t* v, size_t v_size, int v_stride,
    uint8_t* a, size_t a_size, int a_stride);

// Deprecated version of the above, without the alpha plane.
// Kept for backward compatibility.
WEBP_EXTERN WebPIDecoder* WebPINewYUV(
    uint8_t* luma, size_t luma_size, int luma_stride,
    uint8_t* u, size_t u_size, int u_stride,
    uint8_t* v, size_t v_size, int v_stride);

// Deletes the WebPIDecoder object and associated memory. Must always be called
// if WebPINewDecoder, WebPINewRGB or WebPINewYUV succeeded.
WEBP_EXTERN void WebPIDelete(WebPIDecoder* idec);

// Copies and decodes the next available data. Returns VP8_STATUS_OK when
// the image is successfully decoded. Returns VP8_STATUS_SUSPENDED when more
// data is expected. Returns error in other cases.
WEBP_EXTERN VP8StatusCode WebPIAppend(
    WebPIDecoder* idec, const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size);

// A variant of the above function to be used when data buffer contains
// partial data from the beginning. In this case data buffer is not copied
// to the internal memory.
// Note that the value of the 'data' pointer can change between calls to
// WebPIUpdate, for instance when the data buffer is resized to fit larger data.
WEBP_EXTERN VP8StatusCode WebPIUpdate(
    WebPIDecoder* idec, const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size);

// Returns the RGB/A image decoded so far. Returns NULL if output params
// are not initialized yet. The RGB/A output type corresponds to the colorspace
// specified during call to WebPINewDecoder() or WebPINewRGB().
// *last_y is the index of last decoded row in raster scan order. Some pointers
// (*last_y, *width etc.) can be NULL if corresponding information is not
// needed. The values in these pointers are only valid on successful (non-NULL)
// return.
WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPIDecGetRGB(
    const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* last_y,
    int* width, int* height, int* stride);

// Same as above function to get a YUVA image. Returns pointer to the luma
// plane or NULL in case of error. If there is no alpha information
// the alpha pointer '*a' will be returned NULL.
WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPIDecGetYUVA(
    const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* last_y,
    uint8_t** u, uint8_t** v, uint8_t** a,
    int* width, int* height, int* stride, int* uv_stride, int* a_stride);

// Deprecated alpha-less version of WebPIDecGetYUVA(): it will ignore the
// alpha information (if present). Kept for backward compatibility.
static WEBP_INLINE uint8_t* WebPIDecGetYUV(
    const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* last_y, uint8_t** u, uint8_t** v,
    int* width, int* height, int* stride, int* uv_stride) {
  return WebPIDecGetYUVA(idec, last_y, u, v, NULL, width, height,
                         stride, uv_stride, NULL);
}

// Generic call to retrieve information about the displayable area.
// If non NULL, the left/right/width/height pointers are filled with the visible
// rectangular area so far.
// Returns NULL in case the incremental decoder object is in an invalid state.
// Otherwise returns the pointer to the internal representation. This structure
// is read-only, tied to WebPIDecoder's lifespan and should not be modified.
WEBP_EXTERN const WebPDecBuffer* WebPIDecodedArea(
    const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* left, int* top, int* width, int* height);

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Advanced decoding parametrization
//
//  Code sample for using the advanced decoding API
/*
     // A) Init a configuration object
     WebPDecoderConfig config;
     CHECK(WebPInitDecoderConfig(&config));

     // B) optional: retrieve the bitstream's features.
     CHECK(WebPGetFeatures(data, data_size, &config.input) == VP8_STATUS_OK);

     // C) Adjust 'config', if needed
     config.no_fancy_upsampling = 1;
     config.output.colorspace = MODE_BGRA;
     // etc.

     // Note that you can also make config.output point to an externally
     // supplied memory buffer, provided it's big enough to store the decoded
     // picture. Otherwise, config.output will just be used to allocate memory
     // and store the decoded picture.

     // D) Decode!
     CHECK(WebPDecode(data, data_size, &config) == VP8_STATUS_OK);

     // E) Decoded image is now in config.output (and config.output.u.RGBA)

     // F) Reclaim memory allocated in config's object. It's safe to call
     // this function even if the memory is external and wasn't allocated
     // by WebPDecode().
     WebPFreeDecBuffer(&config.output);
*/

// Features gathered from the bitstream
struct WebPBitstreamFeatures {
  int width;          // Width in pixels, as read from the bitstream.
  int height;         // Height in pixels, as read from the bitstream.
  int has_alpha;      // True if the bitstream contains an alpha channel.
  int has_animation;  // True if the bitstream is an animation.
  int format;         // 0 = undefined (/mixed), 1 = lossy, 2 = lossless

  uint32_t pad[5];    // padding for later use
};

// Internal, version-checked, entry point
WEBP_EXTERN VP8StatusCode WebPGetFeaturesInternal(
    const uint8_t*, size_t, WebPBitstreamFeatures*, int);

// Retrieve features from the bitstream. The *features structure is filled
// with information gathered from the bitstream.
// Returns VP8_STATUS_OK when the features are successfully retrieved. Returns
// VP8_STATUS_NOT_ENOUGH_DATA when more data is needed to retrieve the
// features from headers. Returns error in other cases.
static WEBP_INLINE VP8StatusCode WebPGetFeatures(
    const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
    WebPBitstreamFeatures* features) {
  return WebPGetFeaturesInternal(data, data_size, features,
                                 WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION);
}

// Decoding options
struct WebPDecoderOptions {
  int bypass_filtering;               // if true, skip the in-loop filtering
  int no_fancy_upsampling;            // if true, use faster pointwise upsampler
  int use_cropping;                   // if true, cropping is applied _first_
  int crop_left, crop_top;            // top-left position for cropping.
                                      // Will be snapped to even values.
  int crop_width, crop_height;        // dimension of the cropping area
  int use_scaling;                    // if true, scaling is applied _afterward_
  int scaled_width, scaled_height;    // final resolution
  int use_threads;                    // if true, use multi-threaded decoding
  int dithering_strength;             // dithering strength (0=Off, 100=full)
  int flip;                           // flip output vertically
  int alpha_dithering_strength;       // alpha dithering strength in [0..100]

  uint32_t pad[5];                    // padding for later use
};

// Main object storing the configuration for advanced decoding.
struct WebPDecoderConfig {
  WebPBitstreamFeatures input;  // Immutable bitstream features (optional)
  WebPDecBuffer output;         // Output buffer (can point to external mem)
  WebPDecoderOptions options;   // Decoding options
};

// Internal, version-checked, entry point
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPInitDecoderConfigInternal(WebPDecoderConfig*, int);

// Initialize the configuration as empty. This function must always be
// called first, unless WebPGetFeatures() is to be called.
// Returns false in case of mismatched version.
static WEBP_INLINE int WebPInitDecoderConfig(WebPDecoderConfig* config) {
  return WebPInitDecoderConfigInternal(config, WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION);
}

// Instantiate a new incremental decoder object with the requested
// configuration. The bitstream can be passed using 'data' and 'data_size'
// parameter, in which case the features will be parsed and stored into
// config->input. Otherwise, 'data' can be NULL and no parsing will occur.
// Note that 'config' can be NULL too, in which case a default configuration
// is used. If 'config' is not NULL, it must outlive the WebPIDecoder object
// as some references to its fields will be used. No internal copy of 'config'
// is made.
// The return WebPIDecoder object must always be deleted calling WebPIDelete().
// Returns NULL in case of error (and config->status will then reflect
// the error condition, if available).
WEBP_EXTERN WebPIDecoder* WebPIDecode(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
                                      WebPDecoderConfig* config);

// Non-incremental version. This version decodes the full data at once, taking
// 'config' into account. Returns decoding status (which should be VP8_STATUS_OK
// if the decoding was successful). Note that 'config' cannot be NULL.
WEBP_EXTERN VP8StatusCode WebPDecode(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
                                     WebPDecoderConfig* config);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}    // extern "C"
#endif

#endif  /* WEBP_WEBP_DECODE_H_ */
// Copyright 2012 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the COPYING file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// Demux API.
// Enables extraction of image and extended format data from WebP files.

// Code Example: Demuxing WebP data to extract all the frames, ICC profile
// and EXIF/XMP metadata.
/*
  WebPDemuxer* demux = WebPDemux(&webp_data);

  uint32_t width = WebPDemuxGetI(demux, WEBP_FF_CANVAS_WIDTH);
  uint32_t height = WebPDemuxGetI(demux, WEBP_FF_CANVAS_HEIGHT);
  // ... (Get information about the features present in the WebP file).
  uint32_t flags = WebPDemuxGetI(demux, WEBP_FF_FORMAT_FLAGS);

  // ... (Iterate over all frames).
  WebPIterator iter;
  if (WebPDemuxGetFrame(demux, 1, &iter)) {
    do {
      // ... (Consume 'iter'; e.g. Decode 'iter.fragment' with WebPDecode(),
      // ... and get other frame properties like width, height, offsets etc.
      // ... see 'struct WebPIterator' below for more info).
    } while (WebPDemuxNextFrame(&iter));
    WebPDemuxReleaseIterator(&iter);
  }

  // ... (Extract metadata).
  WebPChunkIterator chunk_iter;
  if (flags & ICCP_FLAG) WebPDemuxGetChunk(demux, "ICCP", 1, &chunk_iter);
  // ... (Consume the ICC profile in 'chunk_iter.chunk').
  WebPDemuxReleaseChunkIterator(&chunk_iter);
  if (flags & EXIF_FLAG) WebPDemuxGetChunk(demux, "EXIF", 1, &chunk_iter);
  // ... (Consume the EXIF metadata in 'chunk_iter.chunk').
  WebPDemuxReleaseChunkIterator(&chunk_iter);
  if (flags & XMP_FLAG) WebPDemuxGetChunk(demux, "XMP ", 1, &chunk_iter);
  // ... (Consume the XMP metadata in 'chunk_iter.chunk').
  WebPDemuxReleaseChunkIterator(&chunk_iter);
  WebPDemuxDelete(demux);
*/

#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_DEMUX_H_
#define WEBP_WEBP_DEMUX_H_

#include "./decode.h"     // for WEBP_CSP_MODE
#include "./mux_types.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define WEBP_DEMUX_ABI_VERSION 0x0107    // MAJOR(8b) + MINOR(8b)

// Note: forward declaring enumerations is not allowed in (strict) C and C++,
// the types are left here for reference.
// typedef enum WebPDemuxState WebPDemuxState;
// typedef enum WebPFormatFeature WebPFormatFeature;
typedef struct WebPDemuxer WebPDemuxer;
typedef struct WebPIterator WebPIterator;
typedef struct WebPChunkIterator WebPChunkIterator;
typedef struct WebPAnimInfo WebPAnimInfo;
typedef struct WebPAnimDecoderOptions WebPAnimDecoderOptions;

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

// Returns the version number of the demux library, packed in hexadecimal using
// 8bits for each of major/minor/revision. E.g: v2.5.7 is 0x020507.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPGetDemuxVersion(void);

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Life of a Demux object

typedef enum WebPDemuxState {
  WEBP_DEMUX_PARSE_ERROR    = -1,  // An error occurred while parsing.
  WEBP_DEMUX_PARSING_HEADER =  0,  // Not enough data to parse full header.
  WEBP_DEMUX_PARSED_HEADER  =  1,  // Header parsing complete,
                                   // data may be available.
  WEBP_DEMUX_DONE           =  2   // Entire file has been parsed.
} WebPDemuxState;

// Internal, version-checked, entry point
WEBP_EXTERN WebPDemuxer* WebPDemuxInternal(
    const WebPData*, int, WebPDemuxState*, int);

// Parses the full WebP file given by 'data'. For single images the WebP file
// header alone or the file header and the chunk header may be absent.
// Returns a WebPDemuxer object on successful parse, NULL otherwise.
static WEBP_INLINE WebPDemuxer* WebPDemux(const WebPData* data) {
  return WebPDemuxInternal(data, 0, NULL, WEBP_DEMUX_ABI_VERSION);
}

// Parses the possibly incomplete WebP file given by 'data'.
// If 'state' is non-NULL it will be set to indicate the status of the demuxer.
// Returns NULL in case of error or if there isn't enough data to start parsing;
// and a WebPDemuxer object on successful parse.
// Note that WebPDemuxer keeps internal pointers to 'data' memory segment.
// If this data is volatile, the demuxer object should be deleted (by calling
// WebPDemuxDelete()) and WebPDemuxPartial() called again on the new data.
// This is usually an inexpensive operation.
static WEBP_INLINE WebPDemuxer* WebPDemuxPartial(
    const WebPData* data, WebPDemuxState* state) {
  return WebPDemuxInternal(data, 1, state, WEBP_DEMUX_ABI_VERSION);
}

// Frees memory associated with 'dmux'.
WEBP_EXTERN void WebPDemuxDelete(WebPDemuxer* dmux);

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Data/information extraction.

typedef enum WebPFormatFeature {
  WEBP_FF_FORMAT_FLAGS,      // bit-wise combination of WebPFeatureFlags
                             // corresponding to the 'VP8X' chunk (if present).
  WEBP_FF_CANVAS_WIDTH,
  WEBP_FF_CANVAS_HEIGHT,
  WEBP_FF_LOOP_COUNT,        // only relevant for animated file
  WEBP_FF_BACKGROUND_COLOR,  // idem.
  WEBP_FF_FRAME_COUNT        // Number of frames present in the demux object.
                             // In case of a partial demux, this is the number
                             // of frames seen so far, with the last frame
                             // possibly being partial.
} WebPFormatFeature;

// Get the 'feature' value from the 'dmux'.
// NOTE: values are only valid if WebPDemux() was used or WebPDemuxPartial()
// returned a state > WEBP_DEMUX_PARSING_HEADER.
// If 'feature' is WEBP_FF_FORMAT_FLAGS, the returned value is a bit-wise
// combination of WebPFeatureFlags values.
// If 'feature' is WEBP_FF_LOOP_COUNT, WEBP_FF_BACKGROUND_COLOR, the returned
// value is only meaningful if the bitstream is animated.
WEBP_EXTERN uint32_t WebPDemuxGetI(
    const WebPDemuxer* dmux, WebPFormatFeature feature);

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Frame iteration.

struct WebPIterator {
  int frame_num;
  int num_frames;          // equivalent to WEBP_FF_FRAME_COUNT.
  int x_offset, y_offset;  // offset relative to the canvas.
  int width, height;       // dimensions of this frame.
  int duration;            // display duration in milliseconds.
  WebPMuxAnimDispose dispose_method;  // dispose method for the frame.
  int complete;   // true if 'fragment' contains a full frame. partial images
                  // may still be decoded with the WebP incremental decoder.
  WebPData fragment;  // The frame given by 'frame_num'. Note for historical
                      // reasons this is called a fragment.
  int has_alpha;      // True if the frame contains transparency.
  WebPMuxAnimBlend blend_method;  // Blend operation for the frame.

  uint32_t pad[2];         // padding for later use.
  void* private_;          // for internal use only.
};

// Retrieves frame 'frame_number' from 'dmux'.
// 'iter->fragment' points to the frame on return from this function.
// Setting 'frame_number' equal to 0 will return the last frame of the image.
// Returns false if 'dmux' is NULL or frame 'frame_number' is not present.
// Call WebPDemuxReleaseIterator() when use of the iterator is complete.
// NOTE: 'dmux' must persist for the lifetime of 'iter'.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPDemuxGetFrame(
    const WebPDemuxer* dmux, int frame_number, WebPIterator* iter);

// Sets 'iter->fragment' to point to the next ('iter->frame_num' + 1) or
// previous ('iter->frame_num' - 1) frame. These functions do not loop.
// Returns true on success, false otherwise.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPDemuxNextFrame(WebPIterator* iter);
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPDemuxPrevFrame(WebPIterator* iter);

// Releases any memory associated with 'iter'.
// Must be called before any subsequent calls to WebPDemuxGetChunk() on the same
// iter. Also, must be called before destroying the associated WebPDemuxer with
// WebPDemuxDelete().
WEBP_EXTERN void WebPDemuxReleaseIterator(WebPIterator* iter);

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Chunk iteration.

struct WebPChunkIterator {
  // The current and total number of chunks with the fourcc given to
  // WebPDemuxGetChunk().
  int chunk_num;
  int num_chunks;
  WebPData chunk;    // The payload of the chunk.

  uint32_t pad[6];   // padding for later use
  void* private_;
};

// Retrieves the 'chunk_number' instance of the chunk with id 'fourcc' from
// 'dmux'.
// 'fourcc' is a character array containing the fourcc of the chunk to return,
// e.g., "ICCP", "XMP ", "EXIF", etc.
// Setting 'chunk_number' equal to 0 will return the last chunk in a set.
// Returns true if the chunk is found, false otherwise. Image related chunk
// payloads are accessed through WebPDemuxGetFrame() and related functions.
// Call WebPDemuxReleaseChunkIterator() when use of the iterator is complete.
// NOTE: 'dmux' must persist for the lifetime of the iterator.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPDemuxGetChunk(const WebPDemuxer* dmux,
                                  const char fourcc[4], int chunk_number,
                                  WebPChunkIterator* iter);

// Sets 'iter->chunk' to point to the next ('iter->chunk_num' + 1) or previous
// ('iter->chunk_num' - 1) chunk. These functions do not loop.
// Returns true on success, false otherwise.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPDemuxNextChunk(WebPChunkIterator* iter);
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPDemuxPrevChunk(WebPChunkIterator* iter);

// Releases any memory associated with 'iter'.
// Must be called before destroying the associated WebPDemuxer with
// WebPDemuxDelete().
WEBP_EXTERN void WebPDemuxReleaseChunkIterator(WebPChunkIterator* iter);

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// WebPAnimDecoder API
//
// This API allows decoding (possibly) animated WebP images.
//
// Code Example:
/*
  WebPAnimDecoderOptions dec_options;
  WebPAnimDecoderOptionsInit(&dec_options);
  // Tune 'dec_options' as needed.
  WebPAnimDecoder* dec = WebPAnimDecoderNew(webp_data, &dec_options);
  WebPAnimInfo anim_info;
  WebPAnimDecoderGetInfo(dec, &anim_info);
  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < anim_info.loop_count; ++i) {
    while (WebPAnimDecoderHasMoreFrames(dec)) {
      uint8_t* buf;
      int timestamp;
      WebPAnimDecoderGetNext(dec, &buf, &timestamp);
      // ... (Render 'buf' based on 'timestamp').
      // ... (Do NOT free 'buf', as it is owned by 'dec').
    }
    WebPAnimDecoderReset(dec);
  }
  const WebPDemuxer* demuxer = WebPAnimDecoderGetDemuxer(dec);
  // ... (Do something using 'demuxer'; e.g. get EXIF/XMP/ICC data).
  WebPAnimDecoderDelete(dec);
*/

typedef struct WebPAnimDecoder WebPAnimDecoder;  // Main opaque object.

// Global options.
struct WebPAnimDecoderOptions {
  // Output colorspace. Only the following modes are supported:
  // MODE_RGBA, MODE_BGRA, MODE_rgbA and MODE_bgrA.
  WEBP_CSP_MODE color_mode;
  int use_threads;           // If true, use multi-threaded decoding.
  uint32_t padding[7];       // Padding for later use.
};

// Internal, version-checked, entry point.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPAnimDecoderOptionsInitInternal(
    WebPAnimDecoderOptions*, int);

// Should always be called, to initialize a fresh WebPAnimDecoderOptions
// structure before modification. Returns false in case of version mismatch.
// WebPAnimDecoderOptionsInit() must have succeeded before using the
// 'dec_options' object.
static WEBP_INLINE int WebPAnimDecoderOptionsInit(
    WebPAnimDecoderOptions* dec_options) {
  return WebPAnimDecoderOptionsInitInternal(dec_options,
                                            WEBP_DEMUX_ABI_VERSION);
}

// Internal, version-checked, entry point.
WEBP_EXTERN WebPAnimDecoder* WebPAnimDecoderNewInternal(
    const WebPData*, const WebPAnimDecoderOptions*, int);

// Creates and initializes a WebPAnimDecoder object.
// Parameters:
//   webp_data - (in) WebP bitstream. This should remain unchanged during the
//                    lifetime of the output WebPAnimDecoder object.
//   dec_options - (in) decoding options. Can be passed NULL to choose
//                      reasonable defaults (in particular, color mode MODE_RGBA
//                      will be picked).
// Returns:
//   A pointer to the newly created WebPAnimDecoder object, or NULL in case of
//   parsing error, invalid option or memory error.
static WEBP_INLINE WebPAnimDecoder* WebPAnimDecoderNew(
    const WebPData* webp_data, const WebPAnimDecoderOptions* dec_options) {
  return WebPAnimDecoderNewInternal(webp_data, dec_options,
                                    WEBP_DEMUX_ABI_VERSION);
}

// Global information about the animation..
struct WebPAnimInfo {
  uint32_t canvas_width;
  uint32_t canvas_height;
  uint32_t loop_count;
  uint32_t bgcolor;
  uint32_t frame_count;
  uint32_t pad[4];   // padding for later use
};

// Get global information about the animation.
// Parameters:
//   dec - (in) decoder instance to get information from.
//   info - (out) global information fetched from the animation.
// Returns:
//   True on success.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPAnimDecoderGetInfo(const WebPAnimDecoder* dec,
                                       WebPAnimInfo* info);

// Fetch the next frame from 'dec' based on options supplied to
// WebPAnimDecoderNew(). This will be a fully reconstructed canvas of size
// 'canvas_width * 4 * canvas_height', and not just the frame sub-rectangle. The
// returned buffer 'buf' is valid only until the next call to
// WebPAnimDecoderGetNext(), WebPAnimDecoderReset() or WebPAnimDecoderDelete().
// Parameters:
//   dec - (in/out) decoder instance from which the next frame is to be fetched.
//   buf - (out) decoded frame.
//   timestamp - (out) timestamp of the frame in milliseconds.
// Returns:
//   False if any of the arguments are NULL, or if there is a parsing or
//   decoding error, or if there are no more frames. Otherwise, returns true.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPAnimDecoderGetNext(WebPAnimDecoder* dec,
                                       uint8_t** buf, int* timestamp);

// Check if there are more frames left to decode.
// Parameters:
//   dec - (in) decoder instance to be checked.
// Returns:
//   True if 'dec' is not NULL and some frames are yet to be decoded.
//   Otherwise, returns false.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPAnimDecoderHasMoreFrames(const WebPAnimDecoder* dec);

// Resets the WebPAnimDecoder object, so that next call to
// WebPAnimDecoderGetNext() will restart decoding from 1st frame. This would be
// helpful when all frames need to be decoded multiple times (e.g.
// info.loop_count times) without destroying and recreating the 'dec' object.
// Parameters:
//   dec - (in/out) decoder instance to be reset
WEBP_EXTERN void WebPAnimDecoderReset(WebPAnimDecoder* dec);

// Grab the internal demuxer object.
// Getting the demuxer object can be useful if one wants to use operations only
// available through demuxer; e.g. to get XMP/EXIF/ICC metadata. The returned
// demuxer object is owned by 'dec' and is valid only until the next call to
// WebPAnimDecoderDelete().
//
// Parameters:
//   dec - (in) decoder instance from which the demuxer object is to be fetched.
WEBP_EXTERN const WebPDemuxer* WebPAnimDecoderGetDemuxer(
    const WebPAnimDecoder* dec);

// Deletes the WebPAnimDecoder object.
// Parameters:
//   dec - (in/out) decoder instance to be deleted
WEBP_EXTERN void WebPAnimDecoderDelete(WebPAnimDecoder* dec);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}    // extern "C"
#endif

#endif  /* WEBP_WEBP_DEMUX_H_ */
// Copyright 2011 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the COPYING file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
//   WebP encoder: main interface
//
// Author: Skal (pascal.massimino@gmail.com)

#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_ENCODE_H_
#define WEBP_WEBP_ENCODE_H_

#include "./types.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION 0x020e    // MAJOR(8b) + MINOR(8b)

// Note: forward declaring enumerations is not allowed in (strict) C and C++,
// the types are left here for reference.
// typedef enum WebPImageHint WebPImageHint;
// typedef enum WebPEncCSP WebPEncCSP;
// typedef enum WebPPreset WebPPreset;
// typedef enum WebPEncodingError WebPEncodingError;
typedef struct WebPConfig WebPConfig;
typedef struct WebPPicture WebPPicture;   // main structure for I/O
typedef struct WebPAuxStats WebPAuxStats;
typedef struct WebPMemoryWriter WebPMemoryWriter;

// Return the encoder's version number, packed in hexadecimal using 8bits for
// each of major/minor/revision. E.g: v2.5.7 is 0x020507.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPGetEncoderVersion(void);

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// One-stop-shop call! No questions asked:

// Returns the size of the compressed data (pointed to by *output), or 0 if
// an error occurred. The compressed data must be released by the caller
// using the call 'WebPFree(*output)'.
// These functions compress using the lossy format, and the quality_factor
// can go from 0 (smaller output, lower quality) to 100 (best quality,
// larger output).
WEBP_EXTERN size_t WebPEncodeRGB(const uint8_t* rgb,
                                 int width, int height, int stride,
                                 float quality_factor, uint8_t** output);
WEBP_EXTERN size_t WebPEncodeBGR(const uint8_t* bgr,
                                 int width, int height, int stride,
                                 float quality_factor, uint8_t** output);
WEBP_EXTERN size_t WebPEncodeRGBA(const uint8_t* rgba,
                                  int width, int height, int stride,
                                  float quality_factor, uint8_t** output);
WEBP_EXTERN size_t WebPEncodeBGRA(const uint8_t* bgra,
                                  int width, int height, int stride,
                                  float quality_factor, uint8_t** output);

// These functions are the equivalent of the above, but compressing in a
// lossless manner. Files are usually larger than lossy format, but will
// not suffer any compression loss.
WEBP_EXTERN size_t WebPEncodeLosslessRGB(const uint8_t* rgb,
                                         int width, int height, int stride,
                                         uint8_t** output);
WEBP_EXTERN size_t WebPEncodeLosslessBGR(const uint8_t* bgr,
                                         int width, int height, int stride,
                                         uint8_t** output);
WEBP_EXTERN size_t WebPEncodeLosslessRGBA(const uint8_t* rgba,
                                          int width, int height, int stride,
                                          uint8_t** output);
WEBP_EXTERN size_t WebPEncodeLosslessBGRA(const uint8_t* bgra,
                                          int width, int height, int stride,
                                          uint8_t** output);

// Releases memory returned by the WebPEncode*() functions above.
WEBP_EXTERN void WebPFree(void* ptr);

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Coding parameters

// Image characteristics hint for the underlying encoder.
typedef enum WebPImageHint {
  WEBP_HINT_DEFAULT = 0,  // default preset.
  WEBP_HINT_PICTURE,      // digital picture, like portrait, inner shot
  WEBP_HINT_PHOTO,        // outdoor photograph, with natural lighting
  WEBP_HINT_GRAPH,        // Discrete tone image (graph, map-tile etc).
  WEBP_HINT_LAST
} WebPImageHint;

// Compression parameters.
struct WebPConfig {
  int lossless;           // Lossless encoding (0=lossy(default), 1=lossless).
  float quality;          // between 0 and 100. For lossy, 0 gives the smallest
                          // size and 100 the largest. For lossless, this
                          // parameter is the amount of effort put into the
                          // compression: 0 is the fastest but gives larger
                          // files compared to the slowest, but best, 100.
  int method;             // quality/speed trade-off (0=fast, 6=slower-better)

  WebPImageHint image_hint;  // Hint for image type (lossless only for now).

  int target_size;        // if non-zero, set the desired target size in bytes.
                          // Takes precedence over the 'compression' parameter.
  float target_PSNR;      // if non-zero, specifies the minimal distortion to
                          // try to achieve. Takes precedence over target_size.
  int segments;           // maximum number of segments to use, in [1..4]
  int sns_strength;       // Spatial Noise Shaping. 0=off, 100=maximum.
  int filter_strength;    // range: [0 = off .. 100 = strongest]
  int filter_sharpness;   // range: [0 = off .. 7 = least sharp]
  int filter_type;        // filtering type: 0 = simple, 1 = strong (only used
                          // if filter_strength > 0 or autofilter > 0)
  int autofilter;         // Auto adjust filter's strength [0 = off, 1 = on]
  int alpha_compression;  // Algorithm for encoding the alpha plane (0 = none,
                          // 1 = compressed with WebP lossless). Default is 1.
  int alpha_filtering;    // Predictive filtering method for alpha plane.
                          //  0: none, 1: fast, 2: best. Default if 1.
  int alpha_quality;      // Between 0 (smallest size) and 100 (lossless).
                          // Default is 100.
  int pass;               // number of entropy-analysis passes (in [1..10]).

  int show_compressed;    // if true, export the compressed picture back.
                          // In-loop filtering is not applied.
  int preprocessing;      // preprocessing filter:
                          // 0=none, 1=segment-smooth, 2=pseudo-random dithering
  int partitions;         // log2(number of token partitions) in [0..3]. Default
                          // is set to 0 for easier progressive decoding.
  int partition_limit;    // quality degradation allowed to fit the 512k limit
                          // on prediction modes coding (0: no degradation,
                          // 100: maximum possible degradation).
  int emulate_jpeg_size;  // If true, compression parameters will be remapped
                          // to better match the expected output size from
                          // JPEG compression. Generally, the output size will
                          // be similar but the degradation will be lower.
  int thread_level;       // If non-zero, try and use multi-threaded encoding.
  int low_memory;         // If set, reduce memory usage (but increase CPU use).

  int near_lossless;      // Near lossless encoding [0 = max loss .. 100 = off
                          // (default)].
  int exact;              // if non-zero, preserve the exact RGB values under
                          // transparent area. Otherwise, discard this invisible
                          // RGB information for better compression. The default
                          // value is 0.

  int use_delta_palette;  // reserved for future lossless feature
  int use_sharp_yuv;      // if needed, use sharp (and slow) RGB->YUV conversion

  uint32_t pad[2];        // padding for later use
};

// Enumerate some predefined settings for WebPConfig, depending on the type
// of source picture. These presets are used when calling WebPConfigPreset().
typedef enum WebPPreset {
  WEBP_PRESET_DEFAULT = 0,  // default preset.
  WEBP_PRESET_PICTURE,      // digital picture, like portrait, inner shot
  WEBP_PRESET_PHOTO,        // outdoor photograph, with natural lighting
  WEBP_PRESET_DRAWING,      // hand or line drawing, with high-contrast details
  WEBP_PRESET_ICON,         // small-sized colorful images
  WEBP_PRESET_TEXT          // text-like
} WebPPreset;

// Internal, version-checked, entry point
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPConfigInitInternal(WebPConfig*, WebPPreset, float, int);

// Should always be called, to initialize a fresh WebPConfig structure before
// modification. Returns false in case of version mismatch. WebPConfigInit()
// must have succeeded before using the 'config' object.
// Note that the default values are lossless=0 and quality=75.
static WEBP_INLINE int WebPConfigInit(WebPConfig* config) {
  return WebPConfigInitInternal(config, WEBP_PRESET_DEFAULT, 75.f,
                                WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION);
}

// This function will initialize the configuration according to a predefined
// set of parameters (referred to by 'preset') and a given quality factor.
// This function can be called as a replacement to WebPConfigInit(). Will
// return false in case of error.
static WEBP_INLINE int WebPConfigPreset(WebPConfig* config,
                                        WebPPreset preset, float quality) {
  return WebPConfigInitInternal(config, preset, quality,
                                WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION);
}

// Activate the lossless compression mode with the desired efficiency level
// between 0 (fastest, lowest compression) and 9 (slower, best compression).
// A good default level is '6', providing a fair tradeoff between compression
// speed and final compressed size.
// This function will overwrite several fields from config: 'method', 'quality'
// and 'lossless'. Returns false in case of parameter error.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPConfigLosslessPreset(WebPConfig* config, int level);

// Returns true if 'config' is non-NULL and all configuration parameters are
// within their valid ranges.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPValidateConfig(const WebPConfig* config);

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Input / Output
// Structure for storing auxiliary statistics.

struct WebPAuxStats {
  int coded_size;         // final size

  float PSNR[5];          // peak-signal-to-noise ratio for Y/U/V/All/Alpha
  int block_count[3];     // number of intra4/intra16/skipped macroblocks
  int header_bytes[2];    // approximate number of bytes spent for header
                          // and mode-partition #0
  int residual_bytes[3][4];  // approximate number of bytes spent for
                             // DC/AC/uv coefficients for each (0..3) segments.
  int segment_size[4];    // number of macroblocks in each segments
  int segment_quant[4];   // quantizer values for each segments
  int segment_level[4];   // filtering strength for each segments [0..63]

  int alpha_data_size;    // size of the transparency data
  int layer_data_size;    // size of the enhancement layer data

  // lossless encoder statistics
  uint32_t lossless_features;  // bit0:predictor bit1:cross-color transform
                               // bit2:subtract-green bit3:color indexing
  int histogram_bits;          // number of precision bits of histogram
  int transform_bits;          // precision bits for transform
  int cache_bits;              // number of bits for color cache lookup
  int palette_size;            // number of color in palette, if used
  int lossless_size;           // final lossless size
  int lossless_hdr_size;       // lossless header (transform, huffman etc) size
  int lossless_data_size;      // lossless image data size

  uint32_t pad[2];        // padding for later use
};

// Signature for output function. Should return true if writing was successful.
// data/data_size is the segment of data to write, and 'picture' is for
// reference (and so one can make use of picture->custom_ptr).
typedef int (*WebPWriterFunction)(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
                                  const WebPPicture* picture);

// WebPMemoryWrite: a special WebPWriterFunction that writes to memory using
// the following WebPMemoryWriter object (to be set as a custom_ptr).
struct WebPMemoryWriter {
  uint8_t* mem;       // final buffer (of size 'max_size', larger than 'size').
  size_t   size;      // final size
  size_t   max_size;  // total capacity
  uint32_t pad[1];    // padding for later use
};

// The following must be called first before any use.
WEBP_EXTERN void WebPMemoryWriterInit(WebPMemoryWriter* writer);

// The following must be called to deallocate writer->mem memory. The 'writer'
// object itself is not deallocated.
WEBP_EXTERN void WebPMemoryWriterClear(WebPMemoryWriter* writer);
// The custom writer to be used with WebPMemoryWriter as custom_ptr. Upon
// completion, writer.mem and writer.size will hold the coded data.
// writer.mem must be freed by calling WebPMemoryWriterClear.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPMemoryWrite(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
                                const WebPPicture* picture);

// Progress hook, called from time to time to report progress. It can return
// false to request an abort of the encoding process, or true otherwise if
// everything is OK.
typedef int (*WebPProgressHook)(int percent, const WebPPicture* picture);

// Color spaces.
typedef enum WebPEncCSP {
  // chroma sampling
  WEBP_YUV420  = 0,        // 4:2:0
  WEBP_YUV420A = 4,        // alpha channel variant
  WEBP_CSP_UV_MASK = 3,    // bit-mask to get the UV sampling factors
  WEBP_CSP_ALPHA_BIT = 4   // bit that is set if alpha is present
} WebPEncCSP;

// Encoding error conditions.
typedef enum WebPEncodingError {
  VP8_ENC_OK = 0,
  VP8_ENC_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY,            // memory error allocating objects
  VP8_ENC_ERROR_BITSTREAM_OUT_OF_MEMORY,  // memory error while flushing bits
  VP8_ENC_ERROR_NULL_PARAMETER,           // a pointer parameter is NULL
  VP8_ENC_ERROR_INVALID_CONFIGURATION,    // configuration is invalid
  VP8_ENC_ERROR_BAD_DIMENSION,            // picture has invalid width/height
  VP8_ENC_ERROR_PARTITION0_OVERFLOW,      // partition is bigger than 512k
  VP8_ENC_ERROR_PARTITION_OVERFLOW,       // partition is bigger than 16M
  VP8_ENC_ERROR_BAD_WRITE,                // error while flushing bytes
  VP8_ENC_ERROR_FILE_TOO_BIG,             // file is bigger than 4G
  VP8_ENC_ERROR_USER_ABORT,               // abort request by user
  VP8_ENC_ERROR_LAST                      // list terminator. always last.
} WebPEncodingError;

// maximum width/height allowed (inclusive), in pixels
#define WEBP_MAX_DIMENSION 16383

// Main exchange structure (input samples, output bytes, statistics)
struct WebPPicture {
  //   INPUT
  //////////////
  // Main flag for encoder selecting between ARGB or YUV input.
  // It is recommended to use ARGB input (*argb, argb_stride) for lossless
  // compression, and YUV input (*y, *u, *v, etc.) for lossy compression
  // since these are the respective native colorspace for these formats.
  int use_argb;

  // YUV input (mostly used for input to lossy compression)
  WebPEncCSP colorspace;     // colorspace: should be YUV420 for now (=Y'CbCr).
  int width, height;         // dimensions (less or equal to WEBP_MAX_DIMENSION)
  uint8_t *y, *u, *v;        // pointers to luma/chroma planes.
  int y_stride, uv_stride;   // luma/chroma strides.
  uint8_t* a;                // pointer to the alpha plane
  int a_stride;              // stride of the alpha plane
  uint32_t pad1[2];          // padding for later use

  // ARGB input (mostly used for input to lossless compression)
  uint32_t* argb;            // Pointer to argb (32 bit) plane.
  int argb_stride;           // This is stride in pixels units, not bytes.
  uint32_t pad2[3];          // padding for later use

  //   OUTPUT
  ///////////////
  // Byte-emission hook, to store compressed bytes as they are ready.
  WebPWriterFunction writer;  // can be NULL
  void* custom_ptr;           // can be used by the writer.

  // map for extra information (only for lossy compression mode)
  int extra_info_type;    // 1: intra type, 2: segment, 3: quant
                          // 4: intra-16 prediction mode,
                          // 5: chroma prediction mode,
                          // 6: bit cost, 7: distortion
  uint8_t* extra_info;    // if not NULL, points to an array of size
                          // ((width + 15) / 16) * ((height + 15) / 16) that
                          // will be filled with a macroblock map, depending
                          // on extra_info_type.

  //   STATS AND REPORTS
  ///////////////////////////
  // Pointer to side statistics (updated only if not NULL)
  WebPAuxStats* stats;

  // Error code for the latest error encountered during encoding
  WebPEncodingError error_code;

  // If not NULL, report progress during encoding.
  WebPProgressHook progress_hook;

  void* user_data;        // this field is free to be set to any value and
                          // used during callbacks (like progress-report e.g.).

  uint32_t pad3[3];       // padding for later use

  // Unused for now
  uint8_t *pad4, *pad5;
  uint32_t pad6[8];       // padding for later use

  // PRIVATE FIELDS
  ////////////////////
  void* memory_;          // row chunk of memory for yuva planes
  void* memory_argb_;     // and for argb too.
  void* pad7[2];          // padding for later use
};

// Internal, version-checked, entry point
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureInitInternal(WebPPicture*, int);

// Should always be called, to initialize the structure. Returns false in case
// of version mismatch. WebPPictureInit() must have succeeded before using the
// 'picture' object.
// Note that, by default, use_argb is false and colorspace is WEBP_YUV420.
static WEBP_INLINE int WebPPictureInit(WebPPicture* picture) {
  return WebPPictureInitInternal(picture, WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// WebPPicture utils

// Convenience allocation / deallocation based on picture->width/height:
// Allocate y/u/v buffers as per colorspace/width/height specification.
// Note! This function will free the previous buffer if needed.
// Returns false in case of memory error.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureAlloc(WebPPicture* picture);

// Release the memory allocated by WebPPictureAlloc() or WebPPictureImport*().
// Note that this function does _not_ free the memory used by the 'picture'
// object itself.
// Besides memory (which is reclaimed) all other fields of 'picture' are
// preserved.
WEBP_EXTERN void WebPPictureFree(WebPPicture* picture);

// Copy the pixels of *src into *dst, using WebPPictureAlloc. Upon return, *dst
// will fully own the copied pixels (this is not a view). The 'dst' picture need
// not be initialized as its content is overwritten.
// Returns false in case of memory allocation error.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureCopy(const WebPPicture* src, WebPPicture* dst);

// Compute the single distortion for packed planes of samples.
// 'src' will be compared to 'ref', and the raw distortion stored into
// '*distortion'. The refined metric (log(MSE), log(1 - ssim),...' will be
// stored in '*result'.
// 'x_step' is the horizontal stride (in bytes) between samples.
// 'src/ref_stride' is the byte distance between rows.
// Returns false in case of error (bad parameter, memory allocation error, ...).
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPlaneDistortion(const uint8_t* src, size_t src_stride,
                                    const uint8_t* ref, size_t ref_stride,
                                    int width, int height,
                                    size_t x_step,
                                    int type,   // 0 = PSNR, 1 = SSIM, 2 = LSIM
                                    float* distortion, float* result);

// Compute PSNR, SSIM or LSIM distortion metric between two pictures. Results
// are in dB, stored in result[] in the B/G/R/A/All order. The distortion is
// always performed using ARGB samples. Hence if the input is YUV(A), the
// picture will be internally converted to ARGB (just for the measurement).
// Warning: this function is rather CPU-intensive.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureDistortion(
    const WebPPicture* src, const WebPPicture* ref,
    int metric_type,           // 0 = PSNR, 1 = SSIM, 2 = LSIM
    float result[5]);

// self-crops a picture to the rectangle defined by top/left/width/height.
// Returns false in case of memory allocation error, or if the rectangle is
// outside of the source picture.
// The rectangle for the view is defined by the top-left corner pixel
// coordinates (left, top) as well as its width and height. This rectangle
// must be fully be comprised inside the 'src' source picture. If the source
// picture uses the YUV420 colorspace, the top and left coordinates will be
// snapped to even values.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureCrop(WebPPicture* picture,
                                int left, int top, int width, int height);

// Extracts a view from 'src' picture into 'dst'. The rectangle for the view
// is defined by the top-left corner pixel coordinates (left, top) as well
// as its width and height. This rectangle must be fully be comprised inside
// the 'src' source picture. If the source picture uses the YUV420 colorspace,
// the top and left coordinates will be snapped to even values.
// Picture 'src' must out-live 'dst' picture. Self-extraction of view is allowed
// ('src' equal to 'dst') as a mean of fast-cropping (but note that doing so,
// the original dimension will be lost). Picture 'dst' need not be initialized
// with WebPPictureInit() if it is different from 'src', since its content will
// be overwritten.
// Returns false in case of memory allocation error or invalid parameters.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureView(const WebPPicture* src,
                                int left, int top, int width, int height,
                                WebPPicture* dst);

// Returns true if the 'picture' is actually a view and therefore does
// not own the memory for pixels.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureIsView(const WebPPicture* picture);

// Rescale a picture to new dimension width x height.
// If either 'width' or 'height' (but not both) is 0 the corresponding
// dimension will be calculated preserving the aspect ratio.
// No gamma correction is applied.
// Returns false in case of error (invalid parameter or insufficient memory).
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureRescale(WebPPicture* pic, int width, int height);

// Colorspace conversion function to import RGB samples.
// Previous buffer will be free'd, if any.
// *rgb buffer should have a size of at least height * rgb_stride.
// Returns false in case of memory error.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureImportRGB(
    WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* rgb, int rgb_stride);
// Same, but for RGBA buffer.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureImportRGBA(
    WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* rgba, int rgba_stride);
// Same, but for RGBA buffer. Imports the RGB direct from the 32-bit format
// input buffer ignoring the alpha channel. Avoids needing to copy the data
// to a temporary 24-bit RGB buffer to import the RGB only.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureImportRGBX(
    WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* rgbx, int rgbx_stride);

// Variants of the above, but taking BGR(A|X) input.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureImportBGR(
    WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* bgr, int bgr_stride);
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureImportBGRA(
    WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* bgra, int bgra_stride);
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureImportBGRX(
    WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* bgrx, int bgrx_stride);

// Converts picture->argb data to the YUV420A format. The 'colorspace'
// parameter is deprecated and should be equal to WEBP_YUV420.
// Upon return, picture->use_argb is set to false. The presence of real
// non-opaque transparent values is detected, and 'colorspace' will be
// adjusted accordingly. Note that this method is lossy.
// Returns false in case of error.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureARGBToYUVA(WebPPicture* picture,
                                      WebPEncCSP /*colorspace = WEBP_YUV420*/);

// Same as WebPPictureARGBToYUVA(), but the conversion is done using
// pseudo-random dithering with a strength 'dithering' between
// 0.0 (no dithering) and 1.0 (maximum dithering). This is useful
// for photographic picture.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureARGBToYUVADithered(
    WebPPicture* picture, WebPEncCSP colorspace, float dithering);

// Performs 'sharp' RGBA->YUVA420 downsampling and colorspace conversion.
// Downsampling is handled with extra care in case of color clipping. This
// method is roughly 2x slower than WebPPictureARGBToYUVA() but produces better
// and sharper YUV representation.
// Returns false in case of error.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureSharpARGBToYUVA(WebPPicture* picture);
// kept for backward compatibility:
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureSmartARGBToYUVA(WebPPicture* picture);

// Converts picture->yuv to picture->argb and sets picture->use_argb to true.
// The input format must be YUV_420 or YUV_420A. The conversion from YUV420 to
// ARGB incurs a small loss too.
// Note that the use of this colorspace is discouraged if one has access to the
// raw ARGB samples, since using YUV420 is comparatively lossy.
// Returns false in case of error.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureYUVAToARGB(WebPPicture* picture);

// Helper function: given a width x height plane of RGBA or YUV(A) samples
// clean-up or smoothen the YUV or RGB samples under fully transparent area,
// to help compressibility (no guarantee, though).
WEBP_EXTERN void WebPCleanupTransparentArea(WebPPicture* picture);

// Scan the picture 'picture' for the presence of non fully opaque alpha values.
// Returns true in such case. Otherwise returns false (indicating that the
// alpha plane can be ignored altogether e.g.).
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureHasTransparency(const WebPPicture* picture);

// Remove the transparency information (if present) by blending the color with
// the background color 'background_rgb' (specified as 24bit RGB triplet).
// After this call, all alpha values are reset to 0xff.
WEBP_EXTERN void WebPBlendAlpha(WebPPicture* pic, uint32_t background_rgb);

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Main call

// Main encoding call, after config and picture have been initialized.
// 'picture' must be less than 16384x16384 in dimension (cf WEBP_MAX_DIMENSION),
// and the 'config' object must be a valid one.
// Returns false in case of error, true otherwise.
// In case of error, picture->error_code is updated accordingly.
// 'picture' can hold the source samples in both YUV(A) or ARGB input, depending
// on the value of 'picture->use_argb'. It is highly recommended to use
// the former for lossy encoding, and the latter for lossless encoding
// (when config.lossless is true). Automatic conversion from one format to
// another is provided but they both incur some loss.
WEBP_EXTERN int WebPEncode(const WebPConfig* config, WebPPicture* picture);

//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

#ifdef __cplusplus
}    // extern "C"
#endif

#endif  /* WEBP_WEBP_ENCODE_H_ */
// Copyright 2012 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the COPYING file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// Data-types common to the mux and demux libraries.
//
// Author: Urvang (urvang@google.com)

#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_MUX_TYPES_H_
#define WEBP_WEBP_MUX_TYPES_H_

#include <stdlib.h>  // free()
#include <string.h>  // memset()
#include "./types.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

// Note: forward declaring enumerations is not allowed in (strict) C and C++,
// the types are left here for reference.
// typedef enum WebPFeatureFlags WebPFeatureFlags;
// typedef enum WebPMuxAnimDispose WebPMuxAnimDispose;
// typedef enum WebPMuxAnimBlend WebPMuxAnimBlend;
typedef struct WebPData WebPData;

// VP8X Feature Flags.
typedef enum WebPFeatureFlags {
  ANIMATION_FLAG  = 0x00000002,
  XMP_FLAG        = 0x00000004,
  EXIF_FLAG       = 0x00000008,
  ALPHA_FLAG      = 0x00000010,
  ICCP_FLAG       = 0x00000020,

  ALL_VALID_FLAGS = 0x0000003e
} WebPFeatureFlags;

// Dispose method (animation only). Indicates how the area used by the current
// frame is to be treated before rendering the next frame on the canvas.
typedef enum WebPMuxAnimDispose {
  WEBP_MUX_DISPOSE_NONE,       // Do not dispose.
  WEBP_MUX_DISPOSE_BACKGROUND  // Dispose to background color.
} WebPMuxAnimDispose;

// Blend operation (animation only). Indicates how transparent pixels of the
// current frame are blended with those of the previous canvas.
typedef enum WebPMuxAnimBlend {
  WEBP_MUX_BLEND,              // Blend.
  WEBP_MUX_NO_BLEND            // Do not blend.
} WebPMuxAnimBlend;

// Data type used to describe 'raw' data, e.g., chunk data
// (ICC profile, metadata) and WebP compressed image data.
struct WebPData {
  const uint8_t* bytes;
  size_t size;
};

// Initializes the contents of the 'webp_data' object with default values.
static WEBP_INLINE void WebPDataInit(WebPData* webp_data) {
  if (webp_data != NULL) {
    memset(webp_data, 0, sizeof(*webp_data));
  }
}

// Clears the contents of the 'webp_data' object by calling free(). Does not
// deallocate the object itself.
static WEBP_INLINE void WebPDataClear(WebPData* webp_data) {
  if (webp_data != NULL) {
    free((void*)webp_data->bytes);
    WebPDataInit(webp_data);
  }
}

// Allocates necessary storage for 'dst' and copies the contents of 'src'.
// Returns true on success.
static WEBP_INLINE int WebPDataCopy(const WebPData* src, WebPData* dst) {
  if (src == NULL || dst == NULL) return 0;
  WebPDataInit(dst);
  if (src->bytes != NULL && src->size != 0) {
    dst->bytes = (uint8_t*)malloc(src->size);
    if (dst->bytes == NULL) return 0;
    memcpy((void*)dst->bytes, src->bytes, src->size);
    dst->size = src->size;
  }
  return 1;
}

#ifdef __cplusplus
}    // extern "C"
#endif

#endif  /* WEBP_WEBP_MUX_TYPES_H_ */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2008-2017, Dave Benson and the protobuf-c authors.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
 * met:
 *
 *     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *
 *     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
 * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
 * in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 * distribution.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
 * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
 * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
 * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

/*! \file
 * \mainpage Introduction
 *
 * This is [protobuf-c], a C implementation of [Protocol Buffers].
 *
 * This file defines the public API for the `libprotobuf-c` support library.
 * This API includes interfaces that can be used directly by client code as well
 * as the interfaces used by the code generated by the `protoc-c` compiler.
 *
 * The `libprotobuf-c` support library performs the actual serialization and
 * deserialization of Protocol Buffers messages. It interacts with structures,
 * definitions, and metadata generated by the `protoc-c` compiler from .proto
 * files.
 *
 * \authors Dave Benson and the `protobuf-c` authors.
 *
 * \copyright 2008-2014. Licensed under the terms of the [BSD-2-Clause] license.
 *
 * [protobuf-c]:       https://github.com/protobuf-c/protobuf-c
 * [Protocol Buffers]: https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
 * [BSD-2-Clause]:     http://opensource.org/licenses/BSD-2-Clause
 *
 * \page gencode Generated Code
 *
 * For each enum, we generate a C enum. For each message, we generate a C
 * structure which can be cast to a `ProtobufCMessage`.
 *
 * For each enum and message, we generate a descriptor object that allows us to
 * implement a kind of reflection on the structures.
 *
 * First, some naming conventions:
 *
 * - The name of the type for enums and messages and services is camel case
 *   (meaning WordsAreCrammedTogether) except that double underscores are used
 *   to delimit scopes. For example, the following `.proto` file:
 *
~~~{.proto}
        package foo.bar;
        message BazBah {
            optional int32 val = 1;
        }
~~~
 *
 * would generate a C type `Foo__Bar__BazBah`.
 *
 * - Identifiers for functions and globals are all lowercase, with camel case
 *   words separated by single underscores. For example, one of the function
 *   prototypes generated by `protoc-c` for the above example:
 *
~~~{.c}
Foo__Bar__BazBah *
       foo__bar__baz_bah__unpack
                     (ProtobufCAllocator  *allocator,
                      size_t               len,
                      const uint8_t       *data);
~~~
 *
 * - Identifiers for enum values contain an uppercase prefix which embeds the
 *   package name and the enum type name.
 *
 * - A double underscore is used to separate further components of identifier
 *   names.
 *
 * For example, in the name of the unpack function above, the package name
 * `foo.bar` has become `foo__bar`, the message name BazBah has become
 * `baz_bah`, and the method name is `unpack`. These are all joined with double
 * underscores to form the C identifier `foo__bar__baz_bah__unpack`.
 *
 * We also generate descriptor objects for messages and enums. These are
 * declared in the `.pb-c.h` files:
 *
~~~{.c}
extern const ProtobufCMessageDescriptor foo__bar__baz_bah__descriptor;
~~~
 *
 * The message structures all begin with `ProtobufCMessageDescriptor *` which is
 * sufficient to allow them to be cast to `ProtobufCMessage`.
 *
 * For each message defined in a `.proto` file, we generate a number of
 * functions and macros. Each function name contains a prefix based on the
 * package name and message name in order to make it a unique C identifier.
 *
 * - `INIT`. Statically initializes a message object, initializing its
 *   descriptor and setting its fields to default values. Uninitialized
 *   messages cannot be processed by the protobuf-c library.
 *
~~~{.c}
#define FOO__BAR__BAZ_BAH__INIT \
 { PROTOBUF_C_MESSAGE_INIT (&foo__bar__baz_bah__descriptor), 0 }
~~~
 * - `init()`. Initializes a message object, initializing its descriptor and
 *   setting its fields to default values. Uninitialized messages cannot be
 *   processed by the protobuf-c library.
 *
~~~{.c}
void foo__bar__baz_bah__init
                     (Foo__Bar__BazBah *message);
~~~
 * - `unpack()`. Unpacks data for a particular message format. Note that the
 *   `allocator` parameter is usually `NULL` to indicate that the system's
 *   `malloc()` and `free()` functions should be used for dynamically allocating
 *   memory.
 *
~~~{.c}
Foo__Bar__BazBah *
       foo__bar__baz_bah__unpack
                     (ProtobufCAllocator  *allocator,
                      size_t               len,
                      const uint8_t       *data);
~~~
 *
 * - `free_unpacked()`. Frees a message object obtained with the `unpack()`
 *   method. Freeing `NULL` is allowed (the same as with `free()`).
 *
~~~{.c}
void   foo__bar__baz_bah__free_unpacked
                     (Foo__Bar__BazBah *message,
                      ProtobufCAllocator *allocator);
~~~
 *
 * - `get_packed_size()`. Calculates the length in bytes of the serialized
 *   representation of the message object.
 *
~~~{.c}
size_t foo__bar__baz_bah__get_packed_size
                     (const Foo__Bar__BazBah   *message);
~~~
 *
 * - `pack()`. Pack a message object into a preallocated buffer. Assumes that
 *   the buffer is large enough. (Use `get_packed_size()` first.)
 *
~~~{.c}
size_t foo__bar__baz_bah__pack
                     (const Foo__Bar__BazBah   *message,
                      uint8_t             *out);
~~~
 *
 * - `pack_to_buffer()`. Packs a message into a "virtual buffer". This is an
 *   object which defines an "append bytes" callback to consume data as it is
 *   serialized.
 *
~~~{.c}
size_t foo__bar__baz_bah__pack_to_buffer
                     (const Foo__Bar__BazBah   *message,
                      ProtobufCBuffer     *buffer);
~~~
 *
 * \page pack Packing and unpacking messages
 *
 * To pack a message, first compute the packed size of the message with
 * protobuf_c_message_get_packed_size(), then allocate a buffer of at least
 * that size, then call protobuf_c_message_pack().
 *
 * Alternatively, a message can be serialized without calculating the final size
 * first. Use the protobuf_c_message_pack_to_buffer() function and provide a
 * ProtobufCBuffer object which implements an "append" method that consumes
 * data.
 *
 * To unpack a message, call the protobuf_c_message_unpack() function. The
 * result can be cast to an object of the type that matches the descriptor for
 * the message.
 *
 * The result of unpacking a message should be freed with
 * protobuf_c_message_free_unpacked().
 */

#ifndef PROTOBUF_C_H
#define PROTOBUF_C_H

#include <assert.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
# define PROTOBUF_C__BEGIN_DECLS	extern "C" {
# define PROTOBUF_C__END_DECLS		}
#else
# define PROTOBUF_C__BEGIN_DECLS
# define PROTOBUF_C__END_DECLS
#endif

PROTOBUF_C__BEGIN_DECLS

#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(PROTOBUF_C_USE_SHARED_LIB)
# ifdef PROTOBUF_C_EXPORT
#  define PROTOBUF_C__API __declspec(dllexport)
# else
#  define PROTOBUF_C__API __declspec(dllimport)
# endif
#else
# define PROTOBUF_C__API
#endif

#if !defined(PROTOBUF_C__NO_DEPRECATED) && \
	((__GNUC__ > 3) || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1))
# define PROTOBUF_C__DEPRECATED __attribute__((__deprecated__))
#else
# define PROTOBUF_C__DEPRECATED
#endif

#ifndef PROTOBUF_C__FORCE_ENUM_TO_BE_INT_SIZE
 #define PROTOBUF_C__FORCE_ENUM_TO_BE_INT_SIZE(enum_name) \
  , _##enum_name##_IS_INT_SIZE = INT_MAX
#endif

#define PROTOBUF_C__SERVICE_DESCRIPTOR_MAGIC    0x14159bc3
#define PROTOBUF_C__MESSAGE_DESCRIPTOR_MAGIC    0x28aaeef9
#define PROTOBUF_C__ENUM_DESCRIPTOR_MAGIC       0x114315af

/* Empty string used for initializers */
extern const char protobuf_c_empty_string[];

/**
 * \defgroup api Public API
 *
 * This is the public API for `libprotobuf-c`. These interfaces are stable and
 * subject to Semantic Versioning guarantees.
 *
 * @{
 */

/**
 * Values for the `flags` word in `ProtobufCFieldDescriptor`.
 */
typedef enum {
	/** Set if the field is repeated and marked with the `packed` option. */
	PROTOBUF_C_FIELD_FLAG_PACKED		= (1 << 0),

	/** Set if the field is marked with the `deprecated` option. */
	PROTOBUF_C_FIELD_FLAG_DEPRECATED	= (1 << 1),

	/** Set if the field is a member of a oneof (union). */
	PROTOBUF_C_FIELD_FLAG_ONEOF		= (1 << 2),
} ProtobufCFieldFlag;

/**
 * Message field rules.
 *
 * \see [Defining A Message Type] in the Protocol Buffers documentation.
 *
 * [Defining A Message Type]:
 *      https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto#simple
 */
typedef enum {
	/** A well-formed message must have exactly one of this field. */
	PROTOBUF_C_LABEL_REQUIRED,

	/**
	 * A well-formed message can have zero or one of this field (but not
	 * more than one).
	 */
	PROTOBUF_C_LABEL_OPTIONAL,

	/**
	 * This field can be repeated any number of times (including zero) in a
	 * well-formed message. The order of the repeated values will be
	 * preserved.
	 */
	PROTOBUF_C_LABEL_REPEATED,

	/**
	 * This field has no label. This is valid only in proto3 and is
	 * equivalent to OPTIONAL but no "has" quantifier will be consulted.
	 */
	PROTOBUF_C_LABEL_NONE,
} ProtobufCLabel;

/**
 * Field value types.
 *
 * \see [Scalar Value Types] in the Protocol Buffers documentation.
 *
 * [Scalar Value Types]:
 *      https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto#scalar
 */
typedef enum {
	PROTOBUF_C_TYPE_INT32,      /**< int32 */
	PROTOBUF_C_TYPE_SINT32,     /**< signed int32 */
	PROTOBUF_C_TYPE_SFIXED32,   /**< signed int32 (4 bytes) */
	PROTOBUF_C_TYPE_INT64,      /**< int64 */
	PROTOBUF_C_TYPE_SINT64,     /**< signed int64 */
	PROTOBUF_C_TYPE_SFIXED64,   /**< signed int64 (8 bytes) */
	PROTOBUF_C_TYPE_UINT32,     /**< unsigned int32 */
	PROTOBUF_C_TYPE_FIXED32,    /**< unsigned int32 (4 bytes) */
	PROTOBUF_C_TYPE_UINT64,     /**< unsigned int64 */
	PROTOBUF_C_TYPE_FIXED64,    /**< unsigned int64 (8 bytes) */
	PROTOBUF_C_TYPE_FLOAT,      /**< float */
	PROTOBUF_C_TYPE_DOUBLE,     /**< double */
	PROTOBUF_C_TYPE_BOOL,       /**< boolean */
	PROTOBUF_C_TYPE_ENUM,       /**< enumerated type */
	PROTOBUF_C_TYPE_STRING,     /**< UTF-8 or ASCII string */
	PROTOBUF_C_TYPE_BYTES,      /**< arbitrary byte sequence */
	PROTOBUF_C_TYPE_MESSAGE,    /**< nested message */
} ProtobufCType;

/**
 * Field wire types.
 *
 * \see [Message Structure] in the Protocol Buffers documentation.
 *
 * [Message Structure]:
 *      https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/encoding#structure
 */
typedef enum {
	PROTOBUF_C_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT = 0,
	PROTOBUF_C_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT = 1,
	PROTOBUF_C_WIRE_TYPE_LENGTH_PREFIXED = 2,
	/* "Start group" and "end group" wire types are unsupported. */
	PROTOBUF_C_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT = 5,
} ProtobufCWireType;

struct ProtobufCAllocator;
struct ProtobufCBinaryData;
struct ProtobufCBuffer;
struct ProtobufCBufferSimple;
struct ProtobufCEnumDescriptor;
struct ProtobufCEnumValue;
struct ProtobufCEnumValueIndex;
struct ProtobufCFieldDescriptor;
struct ProtobufCIntRange;
struct ProtobufCMessage;
struct ProtobufCMessageDescriptor;
struct ProtobufCMessageUnknownField;
struct ProtobufCMethodDescriptor;
struct ProtobufCService;
struct ProtobufCServiceDescriptor;

typedef struct ProtobufCAllocator ProtobufCAllocator;
typedef struct ProtobufCBinaryData ProtobufCBinaryData;
typedef struct ProtobufCBuffer ProtobufCBuffer;
typedef struct ProtobufCBufferSimple ProtobufCBufferSimple;
typedef struct ProtobufCEnumDescriptor ProtobufCEnumDescriptor;
typedef struct ProtobufCEnumValue ProtobufCEnumValue;
typedef struct ProtobufCEnumValueIndex ProtobufCEnumValueIndex;
typedef struct ProtobufCFieldDescriptor ProtobufCFieldDescriptor;
typedef struct ProtobufCIntRange ProtobufCIntRange;
typedef struct ProtobufCMessage ProtobufCMessage;
typedef struct ProtobufCMessageDescriptor ProtobufCMessageDescriptor;
typedef struct ProtobufCMessageUnknownField ProtobufCMessageUnknownField;
typedef struct ProtobufCMethodDescriptor ProtobufCMethodDescriptor;
typedef struct ProtobufCService ProtobufCService;
typedef struct ProtobufCServiceDescriptor ProtobufCServiceDescriptor;

/** Boolean type. */
typedef int protobuf_c_boolean;

typedef void (*ProtobufCClosure)(const ProtobufCMessage *, void *closure_data);
typedef void (*ProtobufCMessageInit)(ProtobufCMessage *);
typedef void (*ProtobufCServiceDestroy)(ProtobufCService *);

/**
 * Structure for defining a custom memory allocator.
 */
struct ProtobufCAllocator {
	/** Function to allocate memory. */
	void		*(*alloc)(void *allocator_data, size_t size);

	/** Function to free memory. */
	void		(*free)(void *allocator_data, void *pointer);

	/** Opaque pointer passed to `alloc` and `free` functions. */
	void		*allocator_data;
};

/**
 * Structure for the protobuf `bytes` scalar type.
 *
 * The data contained in a `ProtobufCBinaryData` is an arbitrary sequence of
 * bytes. It may contain embedded `NUL` characters and is not required to be
 * `NUL`-terminated.
 */
struct ProtobufCBinaryData {
	size_t	len;        /**< Number of bytes in the `data` field. */
	uint8_t	*data;      /**< Data bytes. */
};

/**
 * Structure for defining a virtual append-only buffer. Used by
 * protobuf_c_message_pack_to_buffer() to abstract the consumption of serialized
 * bytes.
 *
 * `ProtobufCBuffer` "subclasses" may be defined on the stack. For example, to
 * write to a `FILE` object:
 *
~~~{.c}
typedef struct {
        ProtobufCBuffer base;
        FILE *fp;
} BufferAppendToFile;

static void
my_buffer_file_append(ProtobufCBuffer *buffer,
                      size_t len,
                      const uint8_t *data)
{
        BufferAppendToFile *file_buf = (BufferAppendToFile *) buffer;
        fwrite(data, len, 1, file_buf->fp); // XXX: No error handling!
}
~~~
 *
 * To use this new type of ProtobufCBuffer, it could be called as follows:
 *
~~~{.c}
...
BufferAppendToFile tmp = {0};
tmp.base.append = my_buffer_file_append;
tmp.fp = fp;
protobuf_c_message_pack_to_buffer(&message, &tmp);
...
~~~
 */
struct ProtobufCBuffer {
	/** Append function. Consumes the `len` bytes stored at `data`. */
	void		(*append)(ProtobufCBuffer *buffer,
				  size_t len,
				  const uint8_t *data);
};

/**
 * Simple buffer "subclass" of `ProtobufCBuffer`.
 *
 * A `ProtobufCBufferSimple` object is declared on the stack and uses a
 * scratch buffer provided by the user for the initial allocation. It performs
 * exponential resizing, using dynamically allocated memory. A
 * `ProtobufCBufferSimple` object can be created and used as follows:
 *
~~~{.c}
uint8_t pad[128];
ProtobufCBufferSimple simple = PROTOBUF_C_BUFFER_SIMPLE_INIT(pad);
ProtobufCBuffer *buffer = (ProtobufCBuffer *) &simple;
~~~
 *
 * `buffer` can now be used with `protobuf_c_message_pack_to_buffer()`. Once a
 * message has been serialized to a `ProtobufCBufferSimple` object, the
 * serialized data bytes can be accessed from the `.data` field.
 *
 * To free the memory allocated by a `ProtobufCBufferSimple` object, if any,
 * call PROTOBUF_C_BUFFER_SIMPLE_CLEAR() on the object, for example:
 *
~~~{.c}
PROTOBUF_C_BUFFER_SIMPLE_CLEAR(&simple);
~~~
 *
 * \see PROTOBUF_C_BUFFER_SIMPLE_INIT
 * \see PROTOBUF_C_BUFFER_SIMPLE_CLEAR
 */
struct ProtobufCBufferSimple {
	/** "Base class". */
	ProtobufCBuffer		base;
	/** Number of bytes allocated in `data`. */
	size_t			alloced;
	/** Number of bytes currently stored in `data`. */
	size_t			len;
	/** Data bytes. */
	uint8_t			*data;
	/** Whether `data` must be freed. */
	protobuf_c_boolean	must_free_data;
	/** Allocator to use. May be NULL to indicate the system allocator. */
	ProtobufCAllocator	*allocator;
};

/**
 * Describes an enumeration as a whole, with all of its values.
 */
struct ProtobufCEnumDescriptor {
	/** Magic value checked to ensure that the API is used correctly. */
	uint32_t			magic;

	/** The qualified name (e.g., "namespace.Type"). */
	const char			*name;
	/** The unqualified name as given in the .proto file (e.g., "Type"). */
	const char			*short_name;
	/** Identifier used in generated C code. */
	const char			*c_name;
	/** The dot-separated namespace. */
	const char			*package_name;

	/** Number elements in `values`. */
	unsigned			n_values;
	/** Array of distinct values, sorted by numeric value. */
	const ProtobufCEnumValue	*values;

	/** Number of elements in `values_by_name`. */
	unsigned			n_value_names;
	/** Array of named values, including aliases, sorted by name. */
	const ProtobufCEnumValueIndex	*values_by_name;

	/** Number of elements in `value_ranges`. */
	unsigned			n_value_ranges;
	/** Value ranges, for faster lookups by numeric value. */
	const ProtobufCIntRange		*value_ranges;

	/** Reserved for future use. */
	void				*reserved1;
	/** Reserved for future use. */
	void				*reserved2;
	/** Reserved for future use. */
	void				*reserved3;
	/** Reserved for future use. */
	void				*reserved4;
};

/**
 * Represents a single value of an enumeration.
 */
struct ProtobufCEnumValue {
	/** The string identifying this value in the .proto file. */
	const char	*name;

	/** The string identifying this value in generated C code. */
	const char	*c_name;

	/** The numeric value assigned in the .proto file. */
	int		value;
};

/**
 * Used by `ProtobufCEnumDescriptor` to look up enum values.
 */
struct ProtobufCEnumValueIndex {
	/** Name of the enum value. */
	const char      *name;
	/** Index into values[] array. */
	unsigned        index;
};

/**
 * Describes a single field in a message.
 */
struct ProtobufCFieldDescriptor {
	/** Name of the field as given in the .proto file. */
	const char		*name;

	/** Tag value of the field as given in the .proto file. */
	uint32_t		id;

	/** Whether the field is `REQUIRED`, `OPTIONAL`, or `REPEATED`. */
	ProtobufCLabel		label;

	/** The type of the field. */
	ProtobufCType		type;

	/**
	 * The offset in bytes of the message's C structure's quantifier field
	 * (the `has_MEMBER` field for optional members or the `n_MEMBER` field
	 * for repeated members or the case enum for oneofs).
	 */
	unsigned		quantifier_offset;

	/**
	 * The offset in bytes into the message's C structure for the member
	 * itself.
	 */
	unsigned		offset;

	/**
	 * A type-specific descriptor.
	 *
	 * If `type` is `PROTOBUF_C_TYPE_ENUM`, then `descriptor` points to the
	 * corresponding `ProtobufCEnumDescriptor`.
	 *
	 * If `type` is `PROTOBUF_C_TYPE_MESSAGE`, then `descriptor` points to
	 * the corresponding `ProtobufCMessageDescriptor`.
	 *
	 * Otherwise this field is NULL.
	 */
	const void		*descriptor; /* for MESSAGE and ENUM types */

	/** The default value for this field, if defined. May be NULL. */
	const void		*default_value;

	/**
	 * A flag word. Zero or more of the bits defined in the
	 * `ProtobufCFieldFlag` enum may be set.
	 */
	uint32_t		flags;

	/** Reserved for future use. */
	unsigned		reserved_flags;
	/** Reserved for future use. */
	void			*reserved2;
	/** Reserved for future use. */
	void			*reserved3;
};

/**
 * Helper structure for optimizing int => index lookups in the case
 * where the keys are mostly consecutive values, as they presumably are for
 * enums and fields.
 *
 * The data structures requires that the values in the original array are
 * sorted.
 */
struct ProtobufCIntRange {
	int             start_value;
	unsigned        orig_index;
	/*
	 * NOTE: the number of values in the range can be inferred by looking
	 * at the next element's orig_index. A dummy element is added to make
	 * this simple.
	 */
};

/**
 * An instance of a message.
 *
 * `ProtobufCMessage` is a light-weight "base class" for all messages.
 *
 * In particular, `ProtobufCMessage` doesn't have any allocation policy
 * associated with it. That's because it's common to create `ProtobufCMessage`
 * objects on the stack. In fact, that's what we recommend for sending messages.
 * If the object is allocated from the stack, you can't really have a memory
 * leak.
 *
 * This means that calls to functions like protobuf_c_message_unpack() which
 * return a `ProtobufCMessage` must be paired with a call to a free function,
 * like protobuf_c_message_free_unpacked().
 */
struct ProtobufCMessage {
	/** The descriptor for this message type. */
	const ProtobufCMessageDescriptor	*descriptor;
	/** The number of elements in `unknown_fields`. */
	unsigned				n_unknown_fields;
	/** The fields that weren't recognized by the parser. */
	ProtobufCMessageUnknownField		*unknown_fields;
};

/**
 * Describes a message.
 */
struct ProtobufCMessageDescriptor {
	/** Magic value checked to ensure that the API is used correctly. */
	uint32_t			magic;

	/** The qualified name (e.g., "namespace.Type"). */
	const char			*name;
	/** The unqualified name as given in the .proto file (e.g., "Type"). */
	const char			*short_name;
	/** Identifier used in generated C code. */
	const char			*c_name;
	/** The dot-separated namespace. */
	const char			*package_name;

	/**
	 * Size in bytes of the C structure representing an instance of this
	 * type of message.
	 */
	size_t				sizeof_message;

	/** Number of elements in `fields`. */
	unsigned			n_fields;
	/** Field descriptors, sorted by tag number. */
	const ProtobufCFieldDescriptor	*fields;
	/** Used for looking up fields by name. */
	const unsigned			*fields_sorted_by_name;

	/** Number of elements in `field_ranges`. */
	unsigned			n_field_ranges;
	/** Used for looking up fields by id. */
	const ProtobufCIntRange		*field_ranges;

	/** Message initialisation function. */
	ProtobufCMessageInit		message_init;

	/** Reserved for future use. */
	void				*reserved1;
	/** Reserved for future use. */
	void				*reserved2;
	/** Reserved for future use. */
	void				*reserved3;
};

/**
 * An unknown message field.
 */
struct ProtobufCMessageUnknownField {
	/** The tag number. */
	uint32_t		tag;
	/** The wire type of the field. */
	ProtobufCWireType	wire_type;
	/** Number of bytes in `data`. */
	size_t			len;
	/** Field data. */
	uint8_t			*data;
};

/**
 * Method descriptor.
 */
struct ProtobufCMethodDescriptor {
	/** Method name. */
	const char				*name;
	/** Input message descriptor. */
	const ProtobufCMessageDescriptor	*input;
	/** Output message descriptor. */
	const ProtobufCMessageDescriptor	*output;
};

/**
 * Service.
 */
struct ProtobufCService {
	/** Service descriptor. */
	const ProtobufCServiceDescriptor *descriptor;
	/** Function to invoke the service. */
	void (*invoke)(ProtobufCService *service,
		       unsigned method_index,
		       const ProtobufCMessage *input,
		       ProtobufCClosure closure,
		       void *closure_data);
	/** Function to destroy the service. */
	void (*destroy)(ProtobufCService *service);
};

/**
 * Service descriptor.
 */
struct ProtobufCServiceDescriptor {
	/** Magic value checked to ensure that the API is used correctly. */
	uint32_t			magic;

	/** Service name. */
	const char			*name;
	/** Short version of service name. */
	const char			*short_name;
	/** C identifier for the service name. */
	const char			*c_name;
	/** Package name. */
	const char			*package;
	/** Number of elements in `methods`. */
	unsigned			n_methods;
	/** Method descriptors, in the order defined in the .proto file. */
	const ProtobufCMethodDescriptor	*methods;
	/** Sort index of methods. */
	const unsigned			*method_indices_by_name;
};

/**
 * Get the version of the protobuf-c library. Note that this is the version of
 * the library linked against, not the version of the headers compiled against.
 *
 * \return A string containing the version number of protobuf-c.
 */
PROTOBUF_C__API
const char *
protobuf_c_version(void);

/**
 * Get the version of the protobuf-c library. Note that this is the version of
 * the library linked against, not the version of the headers compiled against.
 *
 * \return A 32 bit unsigned integer containing the version number of
 *      protobuf-c, represented in base-10 as (MAJOR*1E6) + (MINOR*1E3) + PATCH.
 */
PROTOBUF_C__API
uint32_t
protobuf_c_version_number(void);

/**
 * The version of the protobuf-c headers, represented as a string using the same
 * format as protobuf_c_version().
 */
#define PROTOBUF_C_VERSION		"1.3.0"

/**
 * The version of the protobuf-c headers, represented as an integer using the
 * same format as protobuf_c_version_number().
 */
#define PROTOBUF_C_VERSION_NUMBER	1003000

/**
 * The minimum protoc-c version which works with the current version of the
 * protobuf-c headers.
 */
#define PROTOBUF_C_MIN_COMPILER_VERSION	1000000

/**
 * Look up a `ProtobufCEnumValue` from a `ProtobufCEnumDescriptor` by name.
 *
 * \param desc
 *      The `ProtobufCEnumDescriptor` object.
 * \param name
 *      The `name` field from the corresponding `ProtobufCEnumValue` object to
 *      match.
 * \return
 *      A `ProtobufCEnumValue` object.
 * \retval NULL
 *      If not found or if the optimize_for = CODE_SIZE option was set.
 */
PROTOBUF_C__API
const ProtobufCEnumValue *
protobuf_c_enum_descriptor_get_value_by_name(
	const ProtobufCEnumDescriptor *desc,
	const char *name);

/**
 * Look up a `ProtobufCEnumValue` from a `ProtobufCEnumDescriptor` by numeric
 * value.
 *
 * \param desc
 *      The `ProtobufCEnumDescriptor` object.
 * \param value
 *      The `value` field from the corresponding `ProtobufCEnumValue` object to
 *      match.
 *
 * \return
 *      A `ProtobufCEnumValue` object.
 * \retval NULL
 *      If not found.
 */
PROTOBUF_C__API
const ProtobufCEnumValue *
protobuf_c_enum_descriptor_get_value(
	const ProtobufCEnumDescriptor *desc,
	int value);

/**
 * Look up a `ProtobufCFieldDescriptor` from a `ProtobufCMessageDescriptor` by
 * the name of the field.
 *
 * \param desc
 *      The `ProtobufCMessageDescriptor` object.
 * \param name
 *      The name of the field.
 * \return
 *      A `ProtobufCFieldDescriptor` object.
 * \retval NULL
 *      If not found or if the optimize_for = CODE_SIZE option was set.
 */
PROTOBUF_C__API
const ProtobufCFieldDescriptor *
protobuf_c_message_descriptor_get_field_by_name(
	const ProtobufCMessageDescriptor *desc,
	const char *name);

/**
 * Look up a `ProtobufCFieldDescriptor` from a `ProtobufCMessageDescriptor` by
 * the tag value of the field.
 *
 * \param desc
 *      The `ProtobufCMessageDescriptor` object.
 * \param value
 *      The tag value of the field.
 * \return
 *      A `ProtobufCFieldDescriptor` object.
 * \retval NULL
 *      If not found.
 */
PROTOBUF_C__API
const ProtobufCFieldDescriptor *
protobuf_c_message_descriptor_get_field(
	const ProtobufCMessageDescriptor *desc,
	unsigned value);

/**
 * Determine the number of bytes required to store the serialised message.
 *
 * \param message
 *      The message object to serialise.
 * \return
 *      Number of bytes.
 */
PROTOBUF_C__API
size_t
protobuf_c_message_get_packed_size(const ProtobufCMessage *message);

/**
 * Serialise a message from its in-memory representation.
 *
 * This function stores the serialised bytes of the message in a pre-allocated
 * buffer.
 *
 * \param message
 *      The message object to serialise.
 * \param[out] out
 *      Buffer to store the bytes of the serialised message. This buffer must
 *      have enough space to store the packed message. Use
 *      protobuf_c_message_get_packed_size() to determine the number of bytes
 *      required.
 * \return
 *      Number of bytes stored in `out`.
 */
PROTOBUF_C__API
size_t
protobuf_c_message_pack(const ProtobufCMessage *message, uint8_t *out);

/**
 * Serialise a message from its in-memory representation to a virtual buffer.
 *
 * This function calls the `append` method of a `ProtobufCBuffer` object to
 * consume the bytes generated by the serialiser.
 *
 * \param message
 *      The message object to serialise.
 * \param buffer
 *      The virtual buffer object.
 * \return
 *      Number of bytes passed to the virtual buffer.
 */
PROTOBUF_C__API
size_t
protobuf_c_message_pack_to_buffer(
	const ProtobufCMessage *message,
	ProtobufCBuffer *buffer);

/**
 * Unpack a serialised message into an in-memory representation.
 *
 * \param descriptor
 *      The message descriptor.
 * \param allocator
 *      `ProtobufCAllocator` to use for memory allocation. May be NULL to
 *      specify the default allocator.
 * \param len
 *      Length in bytes of the serialised message.
 * \param data
 *      Pointer to the serialised message.
 * \return
 *      An unpacked message object.
 * \retval NULL
 *      If an error occurred during unpacking.
 */
PROTOBUF_C__API
ProtobufCMessage *
protobuf_c_message_unpack(
	const ProtobufCMessageDescriptor *descriptor,
	ProtobufCAllocator *allocator,
	size_t len,
	const uint8_t *data);

/**
 * Free an unpacked message object.
 *
 * This function should be used to deallocate the memory used by a call to
 * protobuf_c_message_unpack().
 *
 * \param message
 *      The message object to free. May be NULL.
 * \param allocator
 *      `ProtobufCAllocator` to use for memory deallocation. May be NULL to
 *      specify the default allocator.
 */
PROTOBUF_C__API
void
protobuf_c_message_free_unpacked(
	ProtobufCMessage *message,
	ProtobufCAllocator *allocator);

/**
 * Check the validity of a message object.
 *
 * Makes sure all required fields (`PROTOBUF_C_LABEL_REQUIRED`) are present.
 * Recursively checks nested messages.
 *
 * \retval TRUE
 *      Message is valid.
 * \retval FALSE
 *      Message is invalid.
 */
PROTOBUF_C__API
protobuf_c_boolean
protobuf_c_message_check(const ProtobufCMessage *);

/** Message initialiser. */
#define PROTOBUF_C_MESSAGE_INIT(descriptor) { descriptor, 0, NULL }

/**
 * Initialise a message object from a message descriptor.
 *
 * \param descriptor
 *      Message descriptor.
 * \param message
 *      Allocated block of memory of size `descriptor->sizeof_message`.
 */
PROTOBUF_C__API
void
protobuf_c_message_init(
	const ProtobufCMessageDescriptor *descriptor,
	void *message);

/**
 * Free a service.
 *
 * \param service
 *      The service object to free.
 */
PROTOBUF_C__API
void
protobuf_c_service_destroy(ProtobufCService *service);

/**
 * Look up a `ProtobufCMethodDescriptor` by name.
 *
 * \param desc
 *      Service descriptor.
 * \param name
 *      Name of the method.
 *
 * \return
 *      A `ProtobufCMethodDescriptor` object.
 * \retval NULL
 *      If not found or if the optimize_for = CODE_SIZE option was set.
 */
PROTOBUF_C__API
const ProtobufCMethodDescriptor *
protobuf_c_service_descriptor_get_method_by_name(
	const ProtobufCServiceDescriptor *desc,
	const char *name);

/**
 * Initialise a `ProtobufCBufferSimple` object.
 */
#define PROTOBUF_C_BUFFER_SIMPLE_INIT(array_of_bytes)                   \
{                                                                       \
	{ protobuf_c_buffer_simple_append },                            \
	sizeof(array_of_bytes),                                         \
	0,                                                              \
	(array_of_bytes),                                               \
	0,                                                              \
	NULL                                                            \
}

/**
 * Clear a `ProtobufCBufferSimple` object, freeing any allocated memory.
 */
#define PROTOBUF_C_BUFFER_SIMPLE_CLEAR(simp_buf)                        \
do {                                                                    \
	if ((simp_buf)->must_free_data) {                               \
		if ((simp_buf)->allocator != NULL)                      \
			(simp_buf)->allocator->free(                    \
				(simp_buf)->allocator,                  \
				(simp_buf)->data);			\
		else                                                    \
			free((simp_buf)->data);                         \
	}                                                               \
} while (0)

/**
 * The `append` method for `ProtobufCBufferSimple`.
 *
 * \param buffer
 *      The buffer object to append to. Must actually be a
 *      `ProtobufCBufferSimple` object.
 * \param len
 *      Number of bytes in `data`.
 * \param data
 *      Data to append.
 */
PROTOBUF_C__API
void
protobuf_c_buffer_simple_append(
	ProtobufCBuffer *buffer,
	size_t len,
	const unsigned char *data);

PROTOBUF_C__API
void
protobuf_c_service_generated_init(
	ProtobufCService *service,
	const ProtobufCServiceDescriptor *descriptor,
	ProtobufCServiceDestroy destroy);

PROTOBUF_C__API
void
protobuf_c_service_invoke_internal(
	ProtobufCService *service,
	unsigned method_index,
	const ProtobufCMessage *input,
	ProtobufCClosure closure,
	void *closure_data);

/**@}*/

PROTOBUF_C__END_DECLS

#endif /* PROTOBUF_C_H */
/*************************************************
*      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
*************************************************/

/* PCRE2 is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.

                       Written by Philip Hazel
     Original API code Copyright (c) 1997-2012 University of Cambridge
         New API code Copyright (c) 2016 University of Cambridge

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.

    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
      documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

    * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
      this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/


/* Have to include stdlib.h in order to ensure that size_t is defined. */

#include <stdlib.h>

/* Allow for C++ users */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Options, mostly defined by POSIX, but with some extras. */

#define REG_ICASE     0x0001  /* Maps to PCRE2_CASELESS */
#define REG_NEWLINE   0x0002  /* Maps to PCRE2_MULTILINE */
#define REG_NOTBOL    0x0004  /* Maps to PCRE2_NOTBOL */
#define REG_NOTEOL    0x0008  /* Maps to PCRE2_NOTEOL */
#define REG_DOTALL    0x0010  /* NOT defined by POSIX; maps to PCRE2_DOTALL */
#define REG_NOSUB     0x0020  /* Do not report what was matched */
#define REG_UTF       0x0040  /* NOT defined by POSIX; maps to PCRE2_UTF */
#define REG_STARTEND  0x0080  /* BSD feature: pass subject string by so,eo */
#define REG_NOTEMPTY  0x0100  /* NOT defined by POSIX; maps to PCRE2_NOTEMPTY */
#define REG_UNGREEDY  0x0200  /* NOT defined by POSIX; maps to PCRE2_UNGREEDY */
#define REG_UCP       0x0400  /* NOT defined by POSIX; maps to PCRE2_UCP */
#define REG_PEND      0x0800  /* GNU feature: pass end pattern by re_endp */
#define REG_NOSPEC    0x1000  /* Maps to PCRE2_LITERAL */

/* This is not used by PCRE2, but by defining it we make it easier
to slot PCRE2 into existing programs that make POSIX calls. */

#define REG_EXTENDED  0

/* Error values. Not all these are relevant or used by the wrapper. */

enum {
  REG_ASSERT = 1,  /* internal error ? */
  REG_BADBR,       /* invalid repeat counts in {} */
  REG_BADPAT,      /* pattern error */
  REG_BADRPT,      /* ? * + invalid */
  REG_EBRACE,      /* unbalanced {} */
  REG_EBRACK,      /* unbalanced [] */
  REG_ECOLLATE,    /* collation error - not relevant */
  REG_ECTYPE,      /* bad class */
  REG_EESCAPE,     /* bad escape sequence */
  REG_EMPTY,       /* empty expression */
  REG_EPAREN,      /* unbalanced () */
  REG_ERANGE,      /* bad range inside [] */
  REG_ESIZE,       /* expression too big */
  REG_ESPACE,      /* failed to get memory */
  REG_ESUBREG,     /* bad back reference */
  REG_INVARG,      /* bad argument */
  REG_NOMATCH      /* match failed */
};


/* The structure representing a compiled regular expression. It is also used
for passing the pattern end pointer when REG_PEND is set. */

typedef struct {
  void *re_pcre2_code;
  void *re_match_data;
  const char *re_endp;
  size_t re_nsub;
  size_t re_erroffset;
  int re_cflags;
} regex_t;

/* The structure in which a captured offset is returned. */

typedef int regoff_t;

typedef struct {
  regoff_t rm_so;
  regoff_t rm_eo;
} regmatch_t;

/* When an application links to a PCRE2 DLL in Windows, the symbols that are
imported have to be identified as such. When building PCRE2, the appropriate
export settings are needed, and are set in pcre2posix.c before including this
file. */

#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(PCRE2_STATIC) && !defined(PCRE2POSIX_EXP_DECL)
#  define PCRE2POSIX_EXP_DECL  extern __declspec(dllimport)
#  define PCRE2POSIX_EXP_DEFN  __declspec(dllimport)
#endif

/* By default, we use the standard "extern" declarations. */

#ifndef PCRE2POSIX_EXP_DECL
#  ifdef __cplusplus
#    define PCRE2POSIX_EXP_DECL  extern "C"
#    define PCRE2POSIX_EXP_DEFN  extern "C"
#  else
#    define PCRE2POSIX_EXP_DECL  extern
#    define PCRE2POSIX_EXP_DEFN  extern
#  endif
#endif

/* The functions */

PCRE2POSIX_EXP_DECL int regcomp(regex_t *, const char *, int);
PCRE2POSIX_EXP_DECL int regexec(const regex_t *, const char *, size_t,
                     regmatch_t *, int);
PCRE2POSIX_EXP_DECL size_t regerror(int, const regex_t *, char *, size_t);
PCRE2POSIX_EXP_DECL void regfree(regex_t *);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}   /* extern "C" */
#endif

/* End of pcre2posix.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef __NETINET_IF_ETHER_H

#define __NETINET_IF_ETHER_H	1
#include <features.h>
#include <sys/types.h>

/* Get definitions from kernel header file.  */
#include <linux/if_ether.h>

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/*
 * Copyright (c) 1982, 1986, 1993
 *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 *	@(#)if_ether.h	8.3 (Berkeley) 5/2/95
 *	$FreeBSD$
 */

#include <net/ethernet.h>
#include <net/if_arp.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS
/*
 * Ethernet Address Resolution Protocol.
 *
 * See RFC 826 for protocol description.  Structure below is adapted
 * to resolving internet addresses.  Field names used correspond to
 * RFC 826.
 */
struct	ether_arp {
	struct	arphdr ea_hdr;		/* fixed-size header */
	uint8_t arp_sha[ETH_ALEN];	/* sender hardware address */
	uint8_t arp_spa[4];		/* sender protocol address */
	uint8_t arp_tha[ETH_ALEN];	/* target hardware address */
	uint8_t arp_tpa[4];		/* target protocol address */
};
#define	arp_hrd	ea_hdr.ar_hrd
#define	arp_pro	ea_hdr.ar_pro
#define	arp_hln	ea_hdr.ar_hln
#define	arp_pln	ea_hdr.ar_pln
#define	arp_op	ea_hdr.ar_op

/*
 * Macro to map an IP multicast address to an Ethernet multicast address.
 * The high-order 25 bits of the Ethernet address are statically assigned,
 * and the low-order 23 bits are taken from the low end of the IP address.
 */
#define ETHER_MAP_IP_MULTICAST(ipaddr, enaddr) \
	/* struct in_addr *ipaddr; */ \
	/* uint8_t enaddr[ETH_ALEN]; */ \
{ \
	(enaddr)[0] = 0x01; \
	(enaddr)[1] = 0x00; \
	(enaddr)[2] = 0x5e; \
	(enaddr)[3] = ((uint8_t *)ipaddr)[1] & 0x7f; \
	(enaddr)[4] = ((uint8_t *)ipaddr)[2]; \
	(enaddr)[5] = ((uint8_t *)ipaddr)[3]; \
}

__END_DECLS
#endif /* __USE_MISC */

#endif /* netinet/if_ether.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _NETINET_IF_FDDI_H
#define	_NETINET_IF_FDDI_H 1

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <linux/if_fddi.h>

#ifdef __USE_MISC

struct fddi_header {
  uint8_t fddi_fc;                    /* Frame Control (FC) value */
  uint8_t fddi_dhost[FDDI_K_ALEN];    /* Destination host */
  uint8_t fddi_shost[FDDI_K_ALEN];    /* Source host */
};
#endif

#endif	/* netinet/if_fddi.h */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 1982, 1986, 1993
 *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 *	@(#)tcp.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/10/93
 */

#ifndef _NETINET_TCP_H
#define _NETINET_TCP_H	1

#include <features.h>

/*
 * User-settable options (used with setsockopt).
 */
#define	TCP_NODELAY		 1  /* Don't delay send to coalesce packets  */
#define	TCP_MAXSEG		 2  /* Set maximum segment size  */
#define TCP_CORK		 3  /* Control sending of partial frames  */
#define TCP_KEEPIDLE		 4  /* Start keeplives after this period */
#define TCP_KEEPINTVL		 5  /* Interval between keepalives */
#define TCP_KEEPCNT		 6  /* Number of keepalives before death */
#define TCP_SYNCNT		 7  /* Number of SYN retransmits */
#define TCP_LINGER2		 8  /* Life time of orphaned FIN-WAIT-2 state */
#define TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT	 9  /* Wake up listener only when data arrive */
#define TCP_WINDOW_CLAMP	 10 /* Bound advertised window */
#define TCP_INFO		 11 /* Information about this connection. */
#define	TCP_QUICKACK		 12 /* Bock/reenable quick ACKs.  */
#define TCP_CONGESTION		 13 /* Congestion control algorithm.  */
#define TCP_MD5SIG		 14 /* TCP MD5 Signature (RFC2385) */
#define TCP_COOKIE_TRANSACTIONS	 15 /* TCP Cookie Transactions */
#define TCP_THIN_LINEAR_TIMEOUTS 16 /* Use linear timeouts for thin streams*/
#define TCP_THIN_DUPACK		 17 /* Fast retrans. after 1 dupack */
#define TCP_USER_TIMEOUT	 18 /* How long for loss retry before timeout */
#define TCP_REPAIR		 19 /* TCP sock is under repair right now */
#define TCP_REPAIR_QUEUE	 20 /* Set TCP queue to repair */
#define TCP_QUEUE_SEQ		 21 /* Set sequence number of repaired queue. */
#define TCP_REPAIR_OPTIONS	 22 /* Repair TCP connection options */
#define TCP_FASTOPEN		 23 /* Enable FastOpen on listeners */
#define TCP_TIMESTAMP		 24 /* TCP time stamp */
#define TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT	 25 /* Limit number of unsent bytes in
				       write queue.  */
#define TCP_CC_INFO		 26 /* Get Congestion Control
				       (optional) info.  */
#define TCP_SAVE_SYN		 27 /* Record SYN headers for new
				       connections.  */
#define TCP_SAVED_SYN		 28 /* Get SYN headers recorded for
				       connection.  */
#define TCP_REPAIR_WINDOW	 29 /* Get/set window parameters.  */
#define TCP_FASTOPEN_CONNECT	 30 /* Attempt FastOpen with connect.  */
#define TCP_ULP			 31 /* Attach a ULP to a TCP connection.  */
#define TCP_MD5SIG_EXT		 32 /* TCP MD5 Signature with extensions.  */
#define TCP_FASTOPEN_KEY	 33 /* Set the key for Fast Open (cookie).  */
#define TCP_FASTOPEN_NO_COOKIE	 34 /* Enable TFO without a TFO cookie.  */

#ifdef __USE_MISC
# include <sys/types.h>
# include <sys/socket.h>
# include <stdint.h>

typedef	uint32_t tcp_seq;
/*
 * TCP header.
 * Per RFC 793, September, 1981.
 */
struct tcphdr
  {
    __extension__ union
    {
      struct
      {
	uint16_t th_sport;	/* source port */
	uint16_t th_dport;	/* destination port */
	tcp_seq th_seq;		/* sequence number */
	tcp_seq th_ack;		/* acknowledgement number */
# if __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
	uint8_t th_x2:4;	/* (unused) */
	uint8_t th_off:4;	/* data offset */
# endif
# if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
	uint8_t th_off:4;	/* data offset */
	uint8_t th_x2:4;	/* (unused) */
# endif
	uint8_t th_flags;
# define TH_FIN	0x01
# define TH_SYN	0x02
# define TH_RST	0x04
# define TH_PUSH	0x08
# define TH_ACK	0x10
# define TH_URG	0x20
	uint16_t th_win;	/* window */
	uint16_t th_sum;	/* checksum */
	uint16_t th_urp;	/* urgent pointer */
      };
      struct
      {
	uint16_t source;
	uint16_t dest;
	uint32_t seq;
	uint32_t ack_seq;
# if __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
	uint16_t res1:4;
	uint16_t doff:4;
	uint16_t fin:1;
	uint16_t syn:1;
	uint16_t rst:1;
	uint16_t psh:1;
	uint16_t ack:1;
	uint16_t urg:1;
	uint16_t res2:2;
# elif __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
	uint16_t doff:4;
	uint16_t res1:4;
	uint16_t res2:2;
	uint16_t urg:1;
	uint16_t ack:1;
	uint16_t psh:1;
	uint16_t rst:1;
	uint16_t syn:1;
	uint16_t fin:1;
# else
#  error "Adjust your <bits/endian.h> defines"
# endif
	uint16_t window;
	uint16_t check;
	uint16_t urg_ptr;
      };
    };
};

enum
{
  TCP_ESTABLISHED = 1,
  TCP_SYN_SENT,
  TCP_SYN_RECV,
  TCP_FIN_WAIT1,
  TCP_FIN_WAIT2,
  TCP_TIME_WAIT,
  TCP_CLOSE,
  TCP_CLOSE_WAIT,
  TCP_LAST_ACK,
  TCP_LISTEN,
  TCP_CLOSING   /* now a valid state */
};

# define TCPOPT_EOL		0
# define TCPOPT_NOP		1
# define TCPOPT_MAXSEG		2
# define TCPOLEN_MAXSEG		4
# define TCPOPT_WINDOW		3
# define TCPOLEN_WINDOW		3
# define TCPOPT_SACK_PERMITTED	4		/* Experimental */
# define TCPOLEN_SACK_PERMITTED	2
# define TCPOPT_SACK		5		/* Experimental */
# define TCPOPT_TIMESTAMP	8
# define TCPOLEN_TIMESTAMP	10
# define TCPOLEN_TSTAMP_APPA	(TCPOLEN_TIMESTAMP+2) /* appendix A */

# define TCPOPT_TSTAMP_HDR	\
    (TCPOPT_NOP<<24|TCPOPT_NOP<<16|TCPOPT_TIMESTAMP<<8|TCPOLEN_TIMESTAMP)

/*
 * Default maximum segment size for TCP.
 * With an IP MSS of 576, this is 536,
 * but 512 is probably more convenient.
 * This should be defined as MIN(512, IP_MSS - sizeof (struct tcpiphdr)).
 */
# define TCP_MSS	512

# define TCP_MAXWIN	65535	/* largest value for (unscaled) window */

# define TCP_MAX_WINSHIFT	14	/* maximum window shift */

# define SOL_TCP		6	/* TCP level */


# define TCPI_OPT_TIMESTAMPS	1
# define TCPI_OPT_SACK		2
# define TCPI_OPT_WSCALE	4
# define TCPI_OPT_ECN		8  /* ECN was negociated at TCP session init */
# define TCPI_OPT_ECN_SEEN	16 /* we received at least one packet with ECT */
# define TCPI_OPT_SYN_DATA	32 /* SYN-ACK acked data in SYN sent or rcvd */

/* Values for tcpi_state.  */
enum tcp_ca_state
{
  TCP_CA_Open = 0,
  TCP_CA_Disorder = 1,
  TCP_CA_CWR = 2,
  TCP_CA_Recovery = 3,
  TCP_CA_Loss = 4
};

struct tcp_info
{
  uint8_t	tcpi_state;
  uint8_t	tcpi_ca_state;
  uint8_t	tcpi_retransmits;
  uint8_t	tcpi_probes;
  uint8_t	tcpi_backoff;
  uint8_t	tcpi_options;
  uint8_t	tcpi_snd_wscale : 4, tcpi_rcv_wscale : 4;

  uint32_t	tcpi_rto;
  uint32_t	tcpi_ato;
  uint32_t	tcpi_snd_mss;
  uint32_t	tcpi_rcv_mss;

  uint32_t	tcpi_unacked;
  uint32_t	tcpi_sacked;
  uint32_t	tcpi_lost;
  uint32_t	tcpi_retrans;
  uint32_t	tcpi_fackets;

  /* Times. */
  uint32_t	tcpi_last_data_sent;
  uint32_t	tcpi_last_ack_sent;	/* Not remembered, sorry.  */
  uint32_t	tcpi_last_data_recv;
  uint32_t	tcpi_last_ack_recv;

  /* Metrics. */
  uint32_t	tcpi_pmtu;
  uint32_t	tcpi_rcv_ssthresh;
  uint32_t	tcpi_rtt;
  uint32_t	tcpi_rttvar;
  uint32_t	tcpi_snd_ssthresh;
  uint32_t	tcpi_snd_cwnd;
  uint32_t	tcpi_advmss;
  uint32_t	tcpi_reordering;

  uint32_t	tcpi_rcv_rtt;
  uint32_t	tcpi_rcv_space;

  uint32_t	tcpi_total_retrans;
};


/* For TCP_MD5SIG socket option.  */
#define TCP_MD5SIG_MAXKEYLEN	80

/* tcp_md5sig extension flags for TCP_MD5SIG_EXT.  */
#define TCP_MD5SIG_FLAG_PREFIX	1 /* Address prefix length.  */

struct tcp_md5sig
{
  struct sockaddr_storage tcpm_addr;		/* Address associated.  */
  uint8_t	tcpm_flags;			/* Extension flags.  */
  uint8_t	tcpm_prefixlen;			/* Address prefix.  */
  uint16_t	tcpm_keylen;			/* Key length.  */
  uint32_t	__tcpm_pad;			/* Zero.  */
  uint8_t	tcpm_key[TCP_MD5SIG_MAXKEYLEN];	/* Key (binary).  */
};

/* For socket repair options.  */
struct tcp_repair_opt
{
  uint32_t	opt_code;
  uint32_t	opt_val;
};

/* Queue to repair, for TCP_REPAIR_QUEUE.  */
enum
{
  TCP_NO_QUEUE,
  TCP_RECV_QUEUE,
  TCP_SEND_QUEUE,
  TCP_QUEUES_NR,
};

/* For cookie transactions socket options.  */
#define TCP_COOKIE_MIN		8		/*  64-bits */
#define TCP_COOKIE_MAX		16		/* 128-bits */
#define TCP_COOKIE_PAIR_SIZE	(2*TCP_COOKIE_MAX)

/* Flags for both getsockopt and setsockopt */
#define TCP_COOKIE_IN_ALWAYS	(1 << 0)	/* Discard SYN without cookie */
#define TCP_COOKIE_OUT_NEVER	(1 << 1)	/* Prohibit outgoing cookies,
						 * supercedes everything. */

/* Flags for getsockopt */
#define TCP_S_DATA_IN		(1 << 2)	/* Was data received? */
#define TCP_S_DATA_OUT		(1 << 3)	/* Was data sent? */

#define TCP_MSS_DEFAULT		 536U	/* IPv4 (RFC1122, RFC2581) */
#define TCP_MSS_DESIRED		1220U	/* IPv6 (tunneled), EDNS0 (RFC3226) */

struct tcp_cookie_transactions
{
  uint16_t	tcpct_flags;
  uint8_t	__tcpct_pad1;
  uint8_t	tcpct_cookie_desired;
  uint16_t	tcpct_s_data_desired;
  uint16_t	tcpct_used;
  uint8_t	tcpct_value[TCP_MSS_DEFAULT];
};

/* For use with TCP_REPAIR_WINDOW.  */
struct tcp_repair_window
{
  uint32_t snd_wl1;
  uint32_t snd_wnd;
  uint32_t max_window;
  uint32_t rcv_wnd;
  uint32_t rcv_wup;
};

#endif /* Misc.  */

#endif /* netinet/tcp.h */
/* Functions for storing Ethernet addresses in ASCII and mapping to hostnames.
   Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _NETINET_ETHER_H
#define _NETINET_ETHER_H	1

#include <features.h>

/* Get definition of `struct ether_addr'.  */
#include <netinet/if_ether.h>

#ifdef __USE_MISC
__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Convert 48 bit Ethernet ADDRess to ASCII.  */
extern char *ether_ntoa (const struct ether_addr *__addr) __THROW;
extern char *ether_ntoa_r (const struct ether_addr *__addr, char *__buf)
     __THROW;

/* Convert ASCII string S to 48 bit Ethernet address.  */
extern struct ether_addr *ether_aton (const char *__asc) __THROW;
extern struct ether_addr *ether_aton_r (const char *__asc,
					struct ether_addr *__addr) __THROW;

/* Map 48 bit Ethernet number ADDR to HOSTNAME.  */
extern int ether_ntohost (char *__hostname, const struct ether_addr *__addr)
     __THROW;

/* Map HOSTNAME to 48 bit Ethernet address.  */
extern int ether_hostton (const char *__hostname, struct ether_addr *__addr)
     __THROW;

/* Scan LINE and set ADDR and HOSTNAME.  */
extern int ether_line (const char *__line, struct ether_addr *__addr,
		       char *__hostname) __THROW;

__END_DECLS
#endif /* Use misc.  */

#endif /* netinet/ether.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef __NETINET_IP_ICMP_H
#define __NETINET_IP_ICMP_H    1

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdint.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

struct icmphdr
{
  uint8_t type;		/* message type */
  uint8_t code;		/* type sub-code */
  uint16_t checksum;
  union
  {
    struct
    {
      uint16_t	id;
      uint16_t	sequence;
    } echo;			/* echo datagram */
    uint32_t	gateway;	/* gateway address */
    struct
    {
      uint16_t	__glibc_reserved;
      uint16_t	mtu;
    } frag;			/* path mtu discovery */
  } un;
};

#define ICMP_ECHOREPLY		0	/* Echo Reply			*/
#define ICMP_DEST_UNREACH	3	/* Destination Unreachable	*/
#define ICMP_SOURCE_QUENCH	4	/* Source Quench		*/
#define ICMP_REDIRECT		5	/* Redirect (change route)	*/
#define ICMP_ECHO		8	/* Echo Request			*/
#define ICMP_TIME_EXCEEDED	11	/* Time Exceeded		*/
#define ICMP_PARAMETERPROB	12	/* Parameter Problem		*/
#define ICMP_TIMESTAMP		13	/* Timestamp Request		*/
#define ICMP_TIMESTAMPREPLY	14	/* Timestamp Reply		*/
#define ICMP_INFO_REQUEST	15	/* Information Request		*/
#define ICMP_INFO_REPLY		16	/* Information Reply		*/
#define ICMP_ADDRESS		17	/* Address Mask Request		*/
#define ICMP_ADDRESSREPLY	18	/* Address Mask Reply		*/
#define NR_ICMP_TYPES		18


/* Codes for UNREACH. */
#define ICMP_NET_UNREACH	0	/* Network Unreachable		*/
#define ICMP_HOST_UNREACH	1	/* Host Unreachable		*/
#define ICMP_PROT_UNREACH	2	/* Protocol Unreachable		*/
#define ICMP_PORT_UNREACH	3	/* Port Unreachable		*/
#define ICMP_FRAG_NEEDED	4	/* Fragmentation Needed/DF set	*/
#define ICMP_SR_FAILED		5	/* Source Route failed		*/
#define ICMP_NET_UNKNOWN	6
#define ICMP_HOST_UNKNOWN	7
#define ICMP_HOST_ISOLATED	8
#define ICMP_NET_ANO		9
#define ICMP_HOST_ANO		10
#define ICMP_NET_UNR_TOS	11
#define ICMP_HOST_UNR_TOS	12
#define ICMP_PKT_FILTERED	13	/* Packet filtered */
#define ICMP_PREC_VIOLATION	14	/* Precedence violation */
#define ICMP_PREC_CUTOFF	15	/* Precedence cut off */
#define NR_ICMP_UNREACH		15	/* instead of hardcoding immediate value */

/* Codes for REDIRECT. */
#define ICMP_REDIR_NET		0	/* Redirect Net			*/
#define ICMP_REDIR_HOST		1	/* Redirect Host		*/
#define ICMP_REDIR_NETTOS	2	/* Redirect Net for TOS		*/
#define ICMP_REDIR_HOSTTOS	3	/* Redirect Host for TOS	*/

/* Codes for TIME_EXCEEDED. */
#define ICMP_EXC_TTL		0	/* TTL count exceeded		*/
#define ICMP_EXC_FRAGTIME	1	/* Fragment Reass time exceeded	*/


#ifdef __USE_MISC
/*
 * Copyright (c) 1982, 1986, 1993
 *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 *	@(#)ip_icmp.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/10/93
 */

#include <netinet/in.h>
#include <netinet/ip.h>

/*
 * Internal of an ICMP Router Advertisement
 */
struct icmp_ra_addr
{
  uint32_t ira_addr;
  uint32_t ira_preference;
};

struct icmp
{
  uint8_t  icmp_type;	/* type of message, see below */
  uint8_t  icmp_code;	/* type sub code */
  uint16_t icmp_cksum;	/* ones complement checksum of struct */
  union
  {
    unsigned char ih_pptr;	/* ICMP_PARAMPROB */
    struct in_addr ih_gwaddr;	/* gateway address */
    struct ih_idseq		/* echo datagram */
    {
      uint16_t icd_id;
      uint16_t icd_seq;
    } ih_idseq;
    uint32_t ih_void;

    /* ICMP_UNREACH_NEEDFRAG -- Path MTU Discovery (RFC1191) */
    struct ih_pmtu
    {
      uint16_t ipm_void;
      uint16_t ipm_nextmtu;
    } ih_pmtu;

    struct ih_rtradv
    {
      uint8_t irt_num_addrs;
      uint8_t irt_wpa;
      uint16_t irt_lifetime;
    } ih_rtradv;
  } icmp_hun;
#define	icmp_pptr	icmp_hun.ih_pptr
#define	icmp_gwaddr	icmp_hun.ih_gwaddr
#define	icmp_id		icmp_hun.ih_idseq.icd_id
#define	icmp_seq	icmp_hun.ih_idseq.icd_seq
#define	icmp_void	icmp_hun.ih_void
#define	icmp_pmvoid	icmp_hun.ih_pmtu.ipm_void
#define	icmp_nextmtu	icmp_hun.ih_pmtu.ipm_nextmtu
#define	icmp_num_addrs	icmp_hun.ih_rtradv.irt_num_addrs
#define	icmp_wpa	icmp_hun.ih_rtradv.irt_wpa
#define	icmp_lifetime	icmp_hun.ih_rtradv.irt_lifetime
  union
  {
    struct
    {
      uint32_t its_otime;
      uint32_t its_rtime;
      uint32_t its_ttime;
    } id_ts;
    struct
    {
      struct ip idi_ip;
      /* options and then 64 bits of data */
    } id_ip;
    struct icmp_ra_addr id_radv;
    uint32_t   id_mask;
    uint8_t    id_data[1];
  } icmp_dun;
#define	icmp_otime	icmp_dun.id_ts.its_otime
#define	icmp_rtime	icmp_dun.id_ts.its_rtime
#define	icmp_ttime	icmp_dun.id_ts.its_ttime
#define	icmp_ip		icmp_dun.id_ip.idi_ip
#define	icmp_radv	icmp_dun.id_radv
#define	icmp_mask	icmp_dun.id_mask
#define	icmp_data	icmp_dun.id_data
};

/*
 * Lower bounds on packet lengths for various types.
 * For the error advice packets must first insure that the
 * packet is large enough to contain the returned ip header.
 * Only then can we do the check to see if 64 bits of packet
 * data have been returned, since we need to check the returned
 * ip header length.
 */
#define	ICMP_MINLEN	8				/* abs minimum */
#define	ICMP_TSLEN	(8 + 3 * sizeof (n_time))	/* timestamp */
#define	ICMP_MASKLEN	12				/* address mask */
#define	ICMP_ADVLENMIN	(8 + sizeof (struct ip) + 8)	/* min */
#ifndef _IP_VHL
#define	ICMP_ADVLEN(p)	(8 + ((p)->icmp_ip.ip_hl << 2) + 8)
	/* N.B.: must separately check that ip_hl >= 5 */
#else
#define	ICMP_ADVLEN(p)	(8 + (IP_VHL_HL((p)->icmp_ip.ip_vhl) << 2) + 8)
	/* N.B.: must separately check that header length >= 5 */
#endif

/* Definition of type and code fields. */
/* defined above: ICMP_ECHOREPLY, ICMP_REDIRECT, ICMP_ECHO */
#define	ICMP_UNREACH		3		/* dest unreachable, codes: */
#define	ICMP_SOURCEQUENCH	4		/* packet lost, slow down */
#define	ICMP_ROUTERADVERT	9		/* router advertisement */
#define	ICMP_ROUTERSOLICIT	10		/* router solicitation */
#define	ICMP_TIMXCEED		11		/* time exceeded, code: */
#define	ICMP_PARAMPROB		12		/* ip header bad */
#define	ICMP_TSTAMP		13		/* timestamp request */
#define	ICMP_TSTAMPREPLY	14		/* timestamp reply */
#define	ICMP_IREQ		15		/* information request */
#define	ICMP_IREQREPLY		16		/* information reply */
#define	ICMP_MASKREQ		17		/* address mask request */
#define	ICMP_MASKREPLY		18		/* address mask reply */

#define	ICMP_MAXTYPE		18

/* UNREACH codes */
#define	ICMP_UNREACH_NET	        0	/* bad net */
#define	ICMP_UNREACH_HOST	        1	/* bad host */
#define	ICMP_UNREACH_PROTOCOL	        2	/* bad protocol */
#define	ICMP_UNREACH_PORT	        3	/* bad port */
#define	ICMP_UNREACH_NEEDFRAG	        4	/* IP_DF caused drop */
#define	ICMP_UNREACH_SRCFAIL	        5	/* src route failed */
#define	ICMP_UNREACH_NET_UNKNOWN        6	/* unknown net */
#define	ICMP_UNREACH_HOST_UNKNOWN       7	/* unknown host */
#define	ICMP_UNREACH_ISOLATED	        8	/* src host isolated */
#define	ICMP_UNREACH_NET_PROHIB	        9	/* net denied */
#define	ICMP_UNREACH_HOST_PROHIB        10	/* host denied */
#define	ICMP_UNREACH_TOSNET	        11	/* bad tos for net */
#define	ICMP_UNREACH_TOSHOST	        12	/* bad tos for host */
#define	ICMP_UNREACH_FILTER_PROHIB      13	/* admin prohib */
#define	ICMP_UNREACH_HOST_PRECEDENCE    14	/* host prec vio. */
#define	ICMP_UNREACH_PRECEDENCE_CUTOFF  15	/* prec cutoff */

/* REDIRECT codes */
#define	ICMP_REDIRECT_NET	0		/* for network */
#define	ICMP_REDIRECT_HOST	1		/* for host */
#define	ICMP_REDIRECT_TOSNET	2		/* for tos and net */
#define	ICMP_REDIRECT_TOSHOST	3		/* for tos and host */

/* TIMEXCEED codes */
#define	ICMP_TIMXCEED_INTRANS	0		/* ttl==0 in transit */
#define	ICMP_TIMXCEED_REASS	1		/* ttl==0 in reass */

/* PARAMPROB code */
#define	ICMP_PARAMPROB_OPTABSENT 1		/* req. opt. absent */

#define	ICMP_INFOTYPE(type) \
	((type) == ICMP_ECHOREPLY || (type) == ICMP_ECHO || \
	(type) == ICMP_ROUTERADVERT || (type) == ICMP_ROUTERSOLICIT || \
	(type) == ICMP_TSTAMP || (type) == ICMP_TSTAMPREPLY || \
	(type) == ICMP_IREQ || (type) == ICMP_IREQREPLY || \
	(type) == ICMP_MASKREQ || (type) == ICMP_MASKREPLY)

#endif /* __USE_MISC */

__END_DECLS

#endif /* netinet/ip_icmp.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _NETINET_IGMP_H
#define	_NETINET_IGMP_H 1

#include <sys/cdefs.h>
#include <sys/types.h>

#ifdef __USE_MISC

#include <netinet/in.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/*
 * Copyright (c) 1988 Stephen Deering.
 * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
 *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
 * Stephen Deering of Stanford University.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 *	@(#)igmp.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/10/93
 *	$FreeBSD$
 */

struct igmp {
  uint8_t igmp_type;             /* IGMP type */
  uint8_t igmp_code;             /* routing code */
  uint16_t igmp_cksum;           /* checksum */
  struct in_addr igmp_group;     /* group address */
};

#define IGMP_MINLEN			8

/*
 * Message types, including version number.
 */
#define IGMP_MEMBERSHIP_QUERY   	0x11	/* membership query         */
#define IGMP_V1_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT	0x12	/* Ver. 1 membership report */
#define IGMP_V2_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT	0x16	/* Ver. 2 membership report */
#define IGMP_V2_LEAVE_GROUP		0x17	/* Leave-group message	    */

#define IGMP_DVMRP			0x13	/* DVMRP routing message    */
#define IGMP_PIM			0x14	/* PIM routing message      */
#define IGMP_TRACE			0x15

#define IGMP_MTRACE_RESP		0x1e	/* traceroute resp.(to sender)*/
#define IGMP_MTRACE			0x1f	/* mcast traceroute messages  */

#define IGMP_MAX_HOST_REPORT_DELAY	10	/* max delay for response to     */
						/*  query (in seconds) according */
						/*  to RFC1112                   */
#define IGMP_TIMER_SCALE		10	/* denotes that the igmp code field */
						/* specifies time in 10th of seconds*/

/*
 * States for the IGMP v2 state table.
 */
#define IGMP_DELAYING_MEMBER	1
#define IGMP_IDLE_MEMBER	2
#define IGMP_LAZY_MEMBER	3
#define IGMP_SLEEPING_MEMBER	4
#define IGMP_AWAKENING_MEMBER	5

/*
 * States for IGMP router version cache.
 */
#define IGMP_v1_ROUTER		1
#define IGMP_v2_ROUTER		2

/*
 * The following four defininitions are for backwards compatibility.
 * They should be removed as soon as all applications are updated to
 * use the new constant names.
 */
#define IGMP_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_QUERY	IGMP_MEMBERSHIP_QUERY
#define IGMP_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT	IGMP_V1_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT
#define IGMP_HOST_NEW_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT	IGMP_V2_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT
#define IGMP_HOST_LEAVE_MESSAGE		IGMP_V2_LEAVE_GROUP

__END_DECLS

#endif

#endif	/* netinet/igmp.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _NETINET_IF_TR_H
#define	_NETINET_IF_TR_H 1

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdint.h>

/* IEEE 802.5 Token-Ring magic constants.  The frame sizes omit the preamble
   and FCS/CRC (frame check sequence). */
#define TR_ALEN		6		/* Octets in one token-ring addr */
#define TR_HLEN 	(sizeof (struct trh_hdr) + sizeof (struct trllc))
#define AC		0x10
#define LLC_FRAME 	0x40

/* LLC and SNAP constants */
#define EXTENDED_SAP 	0xAA
#define UI_CMD       	0x03

/* This is an Token-Ring frame header. */
struct trh_hdr
{
  uint8_t  ac;			/* access control field */
  uint8_t  fc;			/* frame control field */
  uint8_t  daddr[TR_ALEN];	/* destination address */
  uint8_t  saddr[TR_ALEN];	/* source address */
  uint16_t rcf;			/* route control field */
  uint16_t rseg[8];		/* routing registers */
};

/* This is an Token-Ring LLC structure */
struct trllc
{
  uint8_t  dsap;		/* destination SAP */
  uint8_t  ssap;		/* source SAP */
  uint8_t  llc;			/* LLC control field */
  uint8_t  protid[3];		/* protocol id */
  uint16_t ethertype;		/* ether type field */
};

/* Token-Ring statistics collection data. */
struct tr_statistics
{
  unsigned long rx_packets;     /* total packets received	*/
  unsigned long tx_packets;	/* total packets transmitted	*/
  unsigned long rx_bytes;	/* total bytes received   	*/
  unsigned long tx_bytes;	/* total bytes transmitted	*/
  unsigned long rx_errors;	/* bad packets received		*/
  unsigned long tx_errors;	/* packet transmit problems	*/
  unsigned long rx_dropped;	/* no space in linux buffers	*/
  unsigned long tx_dropped;	/* no space available in linux	*/
  unsigned long multicast;	/* multicast packets received	*/
  unsigned long transmit_collision;

  /* detailed Token-Ring errors. See IBM Token-Ring Network
     Architecture for more info */

  unsigned long line_errors;
  unsigned long internal_errors;
  unsigned long burst_errors;
  unsigned long A_C_errors;
  unsigned long abort_delimiters;
  unsigned long lost_frames;
  unsigned long recv_congest_count;
  unsigned long frame_copied_errors;
  unsigned long frequency_errors;
  unsigned long token_errors;
  unsigned long dummy1;
};

/* source routing stuff */
#define TR_RII 			0x80
#define TR_RCF_DIR_BIT 		0x80
#define TR_RCF_LEN_MASK 	0x1f00
#define TR_RCF_BROADCAST 	0x8000	/* all-routes broadcast */
#define TR_RCF_LIMITED_BROADCAST 0xC000	/* single-route broadcast */
#define TR_RCF_FRAME2K 		0x20
#define TR_RCF_BROADCAST_MASK 	0xC000
#define TR_MAXRIFLEN 		18

#ifdef __USE_MISC

struct trn_hdr
{
  uint8_t trn_ac;                /* access control field */
  uint8_t trn_fc;                /* field control field */
  uint8_t trn_dhost[TR_ALEN];    /* destination host */
  uint8_t trn_shost[TR_ALEN];    /* source host */
  uint16_t trn_rcf;              /* route control field */
  uint16_t trn_rseg[8];          /* routing registers */
};

#endif

#endif	/* netinet/if_tr.h */
/* System specific type definitions for networking code.
   Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _NETINET_IN_SYSTM_H
#define _NETINET_IN_SYSTM_H 1

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdint.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/*
 * Network order versions of various data types. Unfortunately, BSD
 * assumes specific sizes for shorts (16 bit) and longs (32 bit) which
 * don't hold in general. As a consequence, the network order versions
 * may not reflect the actual size of the native data types.
 */

typedef uint16_t n_short;      /* short as received from the net */
typedef uint32_t n_long;       /* long as received from the net  */
typedef uint32_t n_time;       /* ms since 00:00 GMT, byte rev   */

__END_DECLS

#endif /* netinet/in_systm.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_NETINET_IN_H
#define	_NETINET_IN_H	1

#include <features.h>
#include <bits/stdint-uintn.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <bits/types.h>


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Internet address.  */
typedef uint32_t in_addr_t;
struct in_addr
  {
    in_addr_t s_addr;
  };

/* Get system-specific definitions.  */
#include <bits/in.h>

/* Standard well-defined IP protocols.  */
enum
  {
    IPPROTO_IP = 0,	   /* Dummy protocol for TCP.  */
#define IPPROTO_IP		IPPROTO_IP
    IPPROTO_ICMP = 1,	   /* Internet Control Message Protocol.  */
#define IPPROTO_ICMP		IPPROTO_ICMP
    IPPROTO_IGMP = 2,	   /* Internet Group Management Protocol. */
#define IPPROTO_IGMP		IPPROTO_IGMP
    IPPROTO_IPIP = 4,	   /* IPIP tunnels (older KA9Q tunnels use 94).  */
#define IPPROTO_IPIP		IPPROTO_IPIP
    IPPROTO_TCP = 6,	   /* Transmission Control Protocol.  */
#define IPPROTO_TCP		IPPROTO_TCP
    IPPROTO_EGP = 8,	   /* Exterior Gateway Protocol.  */
#define IPPROTO_EGP		IPPROTO_EGP
    IPPROTO_PUP = 12,	   /* PUP protocol.  */
#define IPPROTO_PUP		IPPROTO_PUP
    IPPROTO_UDP = 17,	   /* User Datagram Protocol.  */
#define IPPROTO_UDP		IPPROTO_UDP
    IPPROTO_IDP = 22,	   /* XNS IDP protocol.  */
#define IPPROTO_IDP		IPPROTO_IDP
    IPPROTO_TP = 29,	   /* SO Transport Protocol Class 4.  */
#define IPPROTO_TP		IPPROTO_TP
    IPPROTO_DCCP = 33,	   /* Datagram Congestion Control Protocol.  */
#define IPPROTO_DCCP		IPPROTO_DCCP
    IPPROTO_IPV6 = 41,     /* IPv6 header.  */
#define IPPROTO_IPV6		IPPROTO_IPV6
    IPPROTO_RSVP = 46,	   /* Reservation Protocol.  */
#define IPPROTO_RSVP		IPPROTO_RSVP
    IPPROTO_GRE = 47,	   /* General Routing Encapsulation.  */
#define IPPROTO_GRE		IPPROTO_GRE
    IPPROTO_ESP = 50,      /* encapsulating security payload.  */
#define IPPROTO_ESP		IPPROTO_ESP
    IPPROTO_AH = 51,       /* authentication header.  */
#define IPPROTO_AH		IPPROTO_AH
    IPPROTO_MTP = 92,	   /* Multicast Transport Protocol.  */
#define IPPROTO_MTP		IPPROTO_MTP
    IPPROTO_BEETPH = 94,   /* IP option pseudo header for BEET.  */
#define IPPROTO_BEETPH		IPPROTO_BEETPH
    IPPROTO_ENCAP = 98,	   /* Encapsulation Header.  */
#define IPPROTO_ENCAP		IPPROTO_ENCAP
    IPPROTO_PIM = 103,	   /* Protocol Independent Multicast.  */
#define IPPROTO_PIM		IPPROTO_PIM
    IPPROTO_COMP = 108,	   /* Compression Header Protocol.  */
#define IPPROTO_COMP		IPPROTO_COMP
    IPPROTO_SCTP = 132,	   /* Stream Control Transmission Protocol.  */
#define IPPROTO_SCTP		IPPROTO_SCTP
    IPPROTO_UDPLITE = 136, /* UDP-Lite protocol.  */
#define IPPROTO_UDPLITE		IPPROTO_UDPLITE
    IPPROTO_MPLS = 137,    /* MPLS in IP.  */
#define IPPROTO_MPLS		IPPROTO_MPLS
    IPPROTO_ETHERNET = 143, /* Ethernet-within-IPv6 Encapsulation.  */
#define IPPROTO_ETHERNET	IPPROTO_ETHERNET
    IPPROTO_RAW = 255,	   /* Raw IP packets.  */
#define IPPROTO_RAW		IPPROTO_RAW
    IPPROTO_MPTCP = 262,   /* Multipath TCP connection.  */
#define IPPROTO_MPTCP		IPPROTO_MPTCP
    IPPROTO_MAX
  };

/* If __USE_KERNEL_IPV6_DEFS is 1 then the user has included the kernel
   network headers first and we should use those ABI-identical definitions
   instead of our own, otherwise 0.  */
#if !__USE_KERNEL_IPV6_DEFS
enum
  {
    IPPROTO_HOPOPTS = 0,   /* IPv6 Hop-by-Hop options.  */
#define IPPROTO_HOPOPTS		IPPROTO_HOPOPTS
    IPPROTO_ROUTING = 43,  /* IPv6 routing header.  */
#define IPPROTO_ROUTING		IPPROTO_ROUTING
    IPPROTO_FRAGMENT = 44, /* IPv6 fragmentation header.  */
#define IPPROTO_FRAGMENT	IPPROTO_FRAGMENT
    IPPROTO_ICMPV6 = 58,   /* ICMPv6.  */
#define IPPROTO_ICMPV6		IPPROTO_ICMPV6
    IPPROTO_NONE = 59,     /* IPv6 no next header.  */
#define IPPROTO_NONE		IPPROTO_NONE
    IPPROTO_DSTOPTS = 60,  /* IPv6 destination options.  */
#define IPPROTO_DSTOPTS		IPPROTO_DSTOPTS
    IPPROTO_MH = 135       /* IPv6 mobility header.  */
#define IPPROTO_MH		IPPROTO_MH
  };
#endif /* !__USE_KERNEL_IPV6_DEFS */

/* Type to represent a port.  */
typedef uint16_t in_port_t;

/* Standard well-known ports.  */
enum
  {
    IPPORT_ECHO = 7,		/* Echo service.  */
    IPPORT_DISCARD = 9,		/* Discard transmissions service.  */
    IPPORT_SYSTAT = 11,		/* System status service.  */
    IPPORT_DAYTIME = 13,	/* Time of day service.  */
    IPPORT_NETSTAT = 15,	/* Network status service.  */
    IPPORT_FTP = 21,		/* File Transfer Protocol.  */
    IPPORT_TELNET = 23,		/* Telnet protocol.  */
    IPPORT_SMTP = 25,		/* Simple Mail Transfer Protocol.  */
    IPPORT_TIMESERVER = 37,	/* Timeserver service.  */
    IPPORT_NAMESERVER = 42,	/* Domain Name Service.  */
    IPPORT_WHOIS = 43,		/* Internet Whois service.  */
    IPPORT_MTP = 57,

    IPPORT_TFTP = 69,		/* Trivial File Transfer Protocol.  */
    IPPORT_RJE = 77,
    IPPORT_FINGER = 79,		/* Finger service.  */
    IPPORT_TTYLINK = 87,
    IPPORT_SUPDUP = 95,		/* SUPDUP protocol.  */


    IPPORT_EXECSERVER = 512,	/* execd service.  */
    IPPORT_LOGINSERVER = 513,	/* rlogind service.  */
    IPPORT_CMDSERVER = 514,
    IPPORT_EFSSERVER = 520,

    /* UDP ports.  */
    IPPORT_BIFFUDP = 512,
    IPPORT_WHOSERVER = 513,
    IPPORT_ROUTESERVER = 520,

    /* Ports less than this value are reserved for privileged processes.  */
    IPPORT_RESERVED = 1024,

    /* Ports greater this value are reserved for (non-privileged) servers.  */
    IPPORT_USERRESERVED = 5000
  };

/* Definitions of the bits in an Internet address integer.

   On subnets, host and network parts are found according to
   the subnet mask, not these masks.  */

#define	IN_CLASSA(a)		((((in_addr_t)(a)) & 0x80000000) == 0)
#define	IN_CLASSA_NET		0xff000000
#define	IN_CLASSA_NSHIFT	24
#define	IN_CLASSA_HOST		(0xffffffff & ~IN_CLASSA_NET)
#define	IN_CLASSA_MAX		128

#define	IN_CLASSB(a)		((((in_addr_t)(a)) & 0xc0000000) == 0x80000000)
#define	IN_CLASSB_NET		0xffff0000
#define	IN_CLASSB_NSHIFT	16
#define	IN_CLASSB_HOST		(0xffffffff & ~IN_CLASSB_NET)
#define	IN_CLASSB_MAX		65536

#define	IN_CLASSC(a)		((((in_addr_t)(a)) & 0xe0000000) == 0xc0000000)
#define	IN_CLASSC_NET		0xffffff00
#define	IN_CLASSC_NSHIFT	8
#define	IN_CLASSC_HOST		(0xffffffff & ~IN_CLASSC_NET)

#define	IN_CLASSD(a)		((((in_addr_t)(a)) & 0xf0000000) == 0xe0000000)
#define	IN_MULTICAST(a)		IN_CLASSD(a)

#define	IN_EXPERIMENTAL(a)	((((in_addr_t)(a)) & 0xe0000000) == 0xe0000000)
#define	IN_BADCLASS(a)		((((in_addr_t)(a)) & 0xf0000000) == 0xf0000000)

/* Address to accept any incoming messages.  */
#define	INADDR_ANY		((in_addr_t) 0x00000000)
/* Address to send to all hosts.  */
#define	INADDR_BROADCAST	((in_addr_t) 0xffffffff)
/* Address indicating an error return.  */
#define	INADDR_NONE		((in_addr_t) 0xffffffff)

/* Network number for local host loopback.  */
#define	IN_LOOPBACKNET		127
/* Address to loopback in software to local host.  */
#ifndef INADDR_LOOPBACK
# define INADDR_LOOPBACK	((in_addr_t) 0x7f000001) /* Inet 127.0.0.1.  */
#endif

/* Defines for Multicast INADDR.  */
#define INADDR_UNSPEC_GROUP	((in_addr_t) 0xe0000000) /* 224.0.0.0 */
#define INADDR_ALLHOSTS_GROUP	((in_addr_t) 0xe0000001) /* 224.0.0.1 */
#define INADDR_ALLRTRS_GROUP    ((in_addr_t) 0xe0000002) /* 224.0.0.2 */
#define INADDR_ALLSNOOPERS_GROUP ((in_addr_t) 0xe000006a) /* 224.0.0.106 */
#define INADDR_MAX_LOCAL_GROUP  ((in_addr_t) 0xe00000ff) /* 224.0.0.255 */

#if !__USE_KERNEL_IPV6_DEFS
/* IPv6 address */
struct in6_addr
  {
    union
      {
	uint8_t	__u6_addr8[16];
	uint16_t __u6_addr16[8];
	uint32_t __u6_addr32[4];
      } __in6_u;
#define s6_addr			__in6_u.__u6_addr8
#ifdef __USE_MISC
# define s6_addr16		__in6_u.__u6_addr16
# define s6_addr32		__in6_u.__u6_addr32
#endif
  };
#endif /* !__USE_KERNEL_IPV6_DEFS */

extern const struct in6_addr in6addr_any;        /* :: */
extern const struct in6_addr in6addr_loopback;   /* ::1 */
#define IN6ADDR_ANY_INIT { { { 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 } } }
#define IN6ADDR_LOOPBACK_INIT { { { 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1 } } }

#define INET_ADDRSTRLEN 16
#define INET6_ADDRSTRLEN 46


/* Structure describing an Internet socket address.  */
struct sockaddr_in
  {
    __SOCKADDR_COMMON (sin_);
    in_port_t sin_port;			/* Port number.  */
    struct in_addr sin_addr;		/* Internet address.  */

    /* Pad to size of `struct sockaddr'.  */
    unsigned char sin_zero[sizeof (struct sockaddr) -
			   __SOCKADDR_COMMON_SIZE -
			   sizeof (in_port_t) -
			   sizeof (struct in_addr)];
  };

#if !__USE_KERNEL_IPV6_DEFS
/* Ditto, for IPv6.  */
struct sockaddr_in6
  {
    __SOCKADDR_COMMON (sin6_);
    in_port_t sin6_port;	/* Transport layer port # */
    uint32_t sin6_flowinfo;	/* IPv6 flow information */
    struct in6_addr sin6_addr;	/* IPv6 address */
    uint32_t sin6_scope_id;	/* IPv6 scope-id */
  };
#endif /* !__USE_KERNEL_IPV6_DEFS */

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* IPv4 multicast request.  */
struct ip_mreq
  {
    /* IP multicast address of group.  */
    struct in_addr imr_multiaddr;

    /* Local IP address of interface.  */
    struct in_addr imr_interface;
  };

struct ip_mreq_source
  {
    /* IP multicast address of group.  */
    struct in_addr imr_multiaddr;

    /* IP address of interface.  */
    struct in_addr imr_interface;

    /* IP address of source.  */
    struct in_addr imr_sourceaddr;
  };
#endif

#if !__USE_KERNEL_IPV6_DEFS
/* Likewise, for IPv6.  */
struct ipv6_mreq
  {
    /* IPv6 multicast address of group */
    struct in6_addr ipv6mr_multiaddr;

    /* local interface */
    unsigned int ipv6mr_interface;
  };
#endif /* !__USE_KERNEL_IPV6_DEFS */

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Multicast group request.  */
struct group_req
  {
    /* Interface index.  */
    uint32_t gr_interface;

    /* Group address.  */
    struct sockaddr_storage gr_group;
  };

struct group_source_req
  {
    /* Interface index.  */
    uint32_t gsr_interface;

    /* Group address.  */
    struct sockaddr_storage gsr_group;

    /* Source address.  */
    struct sockaddr_storage gsr_source;
  };


/* Full-state filter operations.  */
struct ip_msfilter
  {
    /* IP multicast address of group.  */
    struct in_addr imsf_multiaddr;

    /* Local IP address of interface.  */
    struct in_addr imsf_interface;

    /* Filter mode.  */
    uint32_t imsf_fmode;

    /* Number of source addresses.  */
    uint32_t imsf_numsrc;
    /* Source addresses.  */
    struct in_addr imsf_slist[1];
  };

#define IP_MSFILTER_SIZE(numsrc) (sizeof (struct ip_msfilter) \
				  - sizeof (struct in_addr)		      \
				  + (numsrc) * sizeof (struct in_addr))

struct group_filter
  {
    /* Interface index.  */
    uint32_t gf_interface;

    /* Group address.  */
    struct sockaddr_storage gf_group;

    /* Filter mode.  */
    uint32_t gf_fmode;

    /* Number of source addresses.  */
    uint32_t gf_numsrc;
    /* Source addresses.  */
    struct sockaddr_storage gf_slist[1];
};

#define GROUP_FILTER_SIZE(numsrc) (sizeof (struct group_filter) \
				   - sizeof (struct sockaddr_storage)	      \
				   + ((numsrc)				      \
				      * sizeof (struct sockaddr_storage)))
#endif

/* Functions to convert between host and network byte order.

   Please note that these functions normally take `unsigned long int' or
   `unsigned short int' values as arguments and also return them.  But
   this was a short-sighted decision since on different systems the types
   may have different representations but the values are always the same.  */

extern uint32_t ntohl (uint32_t __netlong) __THROW __attribute__ ((__const__));
extern uint16_t ntohs (uint16_t __netshort)
     __THROW __attribute__ ((__const__));
extern uint32_t htonl (uint32_t __hostlong)
     __THROW __attribute__ ((__const__));
extern uint16_t htons (uint16_t __hostshort)
     __THROW __attribute__ ((__const__));

#include <endian.h>

/* Get machine dependent optimized versions of byte swapping functions.  */
#include <bits/byteswap.h>
#include <bits/uintn-identity.h>

#ifdef __OPTIMIZE__
/* We can optimize calls to the conversion functions.  Either nothing has
   to be done or we are using directly the byte-swapping functions which
   often can be inlined.  */
# if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
/* The host byte order is the same as network byte order,
   so these functions are all just identity.  */
# define ntohl(x)	__uint32_identity (x)
# define ntohs(x)	__uint16_identity (x)
# define htonl(x)	__uint32_identity (x)
# define htons(x)	__uint16_identity (x)
# else
#  if __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
#   define ntohl(x)	__bswap_32 (x)
#   define ntohs(x)	__bswap_16 (x)
#   define htonl(x)	__bswap_32 (x)
#   define htons(x)	__bswap_16 (x)
#  endif
# endif
#endif

#ifdef __GNUC__
# define IN6_IS_ADDR_UNSPECIFIED(a) \
  (__extension__							      \
   ({ const struct in6_addr *__a = (const struct in6_addr *) (a);	      \
      __a->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[0] == 0					      \
      && __a->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[1] == 0				      \
      && __a->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[2] == 0				      \
      && __a->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[3] == 0; }))

# define IN6_IS_ADDR_LOOPBACK(a) \
  (__extension__							      \
   ({ const struct in6_addr *__a = (const struct in6_addr *) (a);	      \
      __a->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[0] == 0					      \
      && __a->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[1] == 0				      \
      && __a->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[2] == 0				      \
      && __a->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[3] == htonl (1); }))

# define IN6_IS_ADDR_LINKLOCAL(a) \
  (__extension__							      \
   ({ const struct in6_addr *__a = (const struct in6_addr *) (a);	      \
      (__a->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[0] & htonl (0xffc00000)) == htonl (0xfe800000); }))

# define IN6_IS_ADDR_SITELOCAL(a) \
  (__extension__							      \
   ({ const struct in6_addr *__a = (const struct in6_addr *) (a);	      \
      (__a->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[0] & htonl (0xffc00000)) == htonl (0xfec00000); }))

# define IN6_IS_ADDR_V4MAPPED(a) \
  (__extension__							      \
   ({ const struct in6_addr *__a = (const struct in6_addr *) (a);	      \
      __a->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[0] == 0					      \
      && __a->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[1] == 0				      \
      && __a->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[2] == htonl (0xffff); }))

# define IN6_IS_ADDR_V4COMPAT(a) \
  (__extension__							      \
   ({ const struct in6_addr *__a = (const struct in6_addr *) (a);	      \
      __a->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[0] == 0					      \
      && __a->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[1] == 0				      \
      && __a->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[2] == 0				      \
      && ntohl (__a->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[3]) > 1; }))

# define IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(a,b) \
  (__extension__							      \
   ({ const struct in6_addr *__a = (const struct in6_addr *) (a);	      \
      const struct in6_addr *__b = (const struct in6_addr *) (b);	      \
      __a->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[0] == __b->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[0]	      \
      && __a->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[1] == __b->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[1]	      \
      && __a->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[2] == __b->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[2]	      \
      && __a->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[3] == __b->__in6_u.__u6_addr32[3]; }))
#else
# define IN6_IS_ADDR_UNSPECIFIED(a) \
	(((const uint32_t *) (a))[0] == 0				      \
	 && ((const uint32_t *) (a))[1] == 0				      \
	 && ((const uint32_t *) (a))[2] == 0				      \
	 && ((const uint32_t *) (a))[3] == 0)

# define IN6_IS_ADDR_LOOPBACK(a) \
	(((const uint32_t *) (a))[0] == 0				      \
	 && ((const uint32_t *) (a))[1] == 0				      \
	 && ((const uint32_t *) (a))[2] == 0				      \
	 && ((const uint32_t *) (a))[3] == htonl (1))

# define IN6_IS_ADDR_LINKLOCAL(a) \
	((((const uint32_t *) (a))[0] & htonl (0xffc00000))		      \
	 == htonl (0xfe800000))

# define IN6_IS_ADDR_SITELOCAL(a) \
	((((const uint32_t *) (a))[0] & htonl (0xffc00000))		      \
	 == htonl (0xfec00000))

# define IN6_IS_ADDR_V4MAPPED(a) \
	((((const uint32_t *) (a))[0] == 0)				      \
	 && (((const uint32_t *) (a))[1] == 0)				      \
	 && (((const uint32_t *) (a))[2] == htonl (0xffff)))

# define IN6_IS_ADDR_V4COMPAT(a) \
	((((const uint32_t *) (a))[0] == 0)				      \
	 && (((const uint32_t *) (a))[1] == 0)				      \
	 && (((const uint32_t *) (a))[2] == 0)				      \
	 && (ntohl (((const uint32_t *) (a))[3]) > 1))

# define IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(a,b) \
	((((const uint32_t *) (a))[0] == ((const uint32_t *) (b))[0])	      \
	 && (((const uint32_t *) (a))[1] == ((const uint32_t *) (b))[1])      \
	 && (((const uint32_t *) (a))[2] == ((const uint32_t *) (b))[2])      \
	 && (((const uint32_t *) (a))[3] == ((const uint32_t *) (b))[3]))
#endif

#define IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST(a) (((const uint8_t *) (a))[0] == 0xff)

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Bind socket to a privileged IP port.  */
extern int bindresvport (int __sockfd, struct sockaddr_in *__sock_in) __THROW;

/* The IPv6 version of this function.  */
extern int bindresvport6 (int __sockfd, struct sockaddr_in6 *__sock_in)
     __THROW;
#endif


#define IN6_IS_ADDR_MC_NODELOCAL(a) \
	(IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST(a)					      \
	 && ((((const uint8_t *) (a))[1] & 0xf) == 0x1))

#define IN6_IS_ADDR_MC_LINKLOCAL(a) \
	(IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST(a)					      \
	 && ((((const uint8_t *) (a))[1] & 0xf) == 0x2))

#define IN6_IS_ADDR_MC_SITELOCAL(a) \
	(IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST(a)					      \
	 && ((((const uint8_t *) (a))[1] & 0xf) == 0x5))

#define IN6_IS_ADDR_MC_ORGLOCAL(a) \
	(IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST(a)					      \
	 && ((((const uint8_t *) (a))[1] & 0xf) == 0x8))

#define IN6_IS_ADDR_MC_GLOBAL(a) \
	(IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST(a)					      \
	 && ((((const uint8_t *) (a))[1] & 0xf) == 0xe))


#ifdef __USE_GNU
struct cmsghdr;			/* Forward declaration.  */

#if !__USE_KERNEL_IPV6_DEFS
/* IPv6 packet information.  */
struct in6_pktinfo
  {
    struct in6_addr ipi6_addr;	/* src/dst IPv6 address */
    unsigned int ipi6_ifindex;	/* send/recv interface index */
  };

/* IPv6 MTU information.  */
struct ip6_mtuinfo
  {
    struct sockaddr_in6 ip6m_addr; /* dst address including zone ID */
    uint32_t ip6m_mtu;		   /* path MTU in host byte order */
  };
#endif /* !__USE_KERNEL_IPV6_DEFS */

/* Obsolete hop-by-hop and Destination Options Processing (RFC 2292).  */
extern int inet6_option_space (int __nbytes)
     __THROW __attribute_deprecated__;
extern int inet6_option_init (void *__bp, struct cmsghdr **__cmsgp,
			      int __type) __THROW __attribute_deprecated__;
extern int inet6_option_append (struct cmsghdr *__cmsg,
				const uint8_t *__typep, int __multx,
				int __plusy) __THROW __attribute_deprecated__;
extern uint8_t *inet6_option_alloc (struct cmsghdr *__cmsg, int __datalen,
				    int __multx, int __plusy)
     __THROW __attribute_deprecated__;
extern int inet6_option_next (const struct cmsghdr *__cmsg,
			      uint8_t **__tptrp)
     __THROW __attribute_deprecated__;
extern int inet6_option_find (const struct cmsghdr *__cmsg,
			      uint8_t **__tptrp, int __type)
     __THROW __attribute_deprecated__;


/* Hop-by-Hop and Destination Options Processing (RFC 3542).  */
extern int inet6_opt_init (void *__extbuf, socklen_t __extlen) __THROW;
extern int inet6_opt_append (void *__extbuf, socklen_t __extlen, int __offset,
			     uint8_t __type, socklen_t __len, uint8_t __align,
			     void **__databufp) __THROW;
extern int inet6_opt_finish (void *__extbuf, socklen_t __extlen, int __offset)
     __THROW;
extern int inet6_opt_set_val (void *__databuf, int __offset, void *__val,
			      socklen_t __vallen) __THROW;
extern int inet6_opt_next (void *__extbuf, socklen_t __extlen, int __offset,
			   uint8_t *__typep, socklen_t *__lenp,
			   void **__databufp) __THROW;
extern int inet6_opt_find (void *__extbuf, socklen_t __extlen, int __offset,
			   uint8_t __type, socklen_t *__lenp,
			   void **__databufp) __THROW;
extern int inet6_opt_get_val (void *__databuf, int __offset, void *__val,
			      socklen_t __vallen) __THROW;


/* Routing Header Option (RFC 3542).  */
extern socklen_t inet6_rth_space (int __type, int __segments) __THROW;
extern void *inet6_rth_init (void *__bp, socklen_t __bp_len, int __type,
			     int __segments) __THROW;
extern int inet6_rth_add (void *__bp, const struct in6_addr *__addr) __THROW;
extern int inet6_rth_reverse (const void *__in, void *__out) __THROW;
extern int inet6_rth_segments (const void *__bp) __THROW;
extern struct in6_addr *inet6_rth_getaddr (const void *__bp, int __index)
     __THROW;


/* Multicast source filter support.  */

/* Get IPv4 source filter.  */
extern int getipv4sourcefilter (int __s, struct in_addr __interface_addr,
				struct in_addr __group, uint32_t *__fmode,
				uint32_t *__numsrc, struct in_addr *__slist)
     __THROW;

/* Set IPv4 source filter.  */
extern int setipv4sourcefilter (int __s, struct in_addr __interface_addr,
				struct in_addr __group, uint32_t __fmode,
				uint32_t __numsrc,
				const struct in_addr *__slist)
     __THROW;


/* Get source filter.  */
extern int getsourcefilter (int __s, uint32_t __interface_addr,
			    const struct sockaddr *__group,
			    socklen_t __grouplen, uint32_t *__fmode,
			    uint32_t *__numsrc,
			    struct sockaddr_storage *__slist) __THROW;

/* Set source filter.  */
extern int setsourcefilter (int __s, uint32_t __interface_addr,
			    const struct sockaddr *__group,
			    socklen_t __grouplen, uint32_t __fmode,
			    uint32_t __numsrc,
			    const struct sockaddr_storage *__slist) __THROW;
#endif	/* use GNU */

__END_DECLS

#endif	/* netinet/in.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _NETINET_IP6_H
#define _NETINET_IP6_H 1

#include <inttypes.h>
#include <netinet/in.h>

struct ip6_hdr
  {
    union
      {
	struct ip6_hdrctl
	  {
	    uint32_t ip6_un1_flow;   /* 4 bits version, 8 bits TC,
					20 bits flow-ID */
	    uint16_t ip6_un1_plen;   /* payload length */
	    uint8_t  ip6_un1_nxt;    /* next header */
	    uint8_t  ip6_un1_hlim;   /* hop limit */
	  } ip6_un1;
	uint8_t ip6_un2_vfc;       /* 4 bits version, top 4 bits tclass */
      } ip6_ctlun;
    struct in6_addr ip6_src;      /* source address */
    struct in6_addr ip6_dst;      /* destination address */
  };

#define ip6_vfc   ip6_ctlun.ip6_un2_vfc
#define ip6_flow  ip6_ctlun.ip6_un1.ip6_un1_flow
#define ip6_plen  ip6_ctlun.ip6_un1.ip6_un1_plen
#define ip6_nxt   ip6_ctlun.ip6_un1.ip6_un1_nxt
#define ip6_hlim  ip6_ctlun.ip6_un1.ip6_un1_hlim
#define ip6_hops  ip6_ctlun.ip6_un1.ip6_un1_hlim

/* Generic extension header.  */
struct ip6_ext
  {
    uint8_t  ip6e_nxt;		/* next header.  */
    uint8_t  ip6e_len;		/* length in units of 8 octets.  */
  };

/* Hop-by-Hop options header.  */
struct ip6_hbh
  {
    uint8_t  ip6h_nxt;		/* next header.  */
    uint8_t  ip6h_len;		/* length in units of 8 octets.  */
    /* followed by options */
  };

/* Destination options header */
struct ip6_dest
  {
    uint8_t  ip6d_nxt;		/* next header */
    uint8_t  ip6d_len;		/* length in units of 8 octets */
    /* followed by options */
  };

/* Routing header */
struct ip6_rthdr
  {
    uint8_t  ip6r_nxt;		/* next header */
    uint8_t  ip6r_len;		/* length in units of 8 octets */
    uint8_t  ip6r_type;		/* routing type */
    uint8_t  ip6r_segleft;	/* segments left */
    /* followed by routing type specific data */
  };

/* Type 0 Routing header */
struct ip6_rthdr0
  {
    uint8_t  ip6r0_nxt;		/* next header */
    uint8_t  ip6r0_len;		/* length in units of 8 octets */
    uint8_t  ip6r0_type;	/* always zero */
    uint8_t  ip6r0_segleft;	/* segments left */
    uint8_t  ip6r0_reserved;	/* reserved field */
    uint8_t  ip6r0_slmap[3];	/* strict/loose bit map */
    /* followed by up to 127 struct in6_addr */
    struct in6_addr ip6r0_addr[0];
  };

/* Fragment header */
struct ip6_frag
  {
    uint8_t   ip6f_nxt;		/* next header */
    uint8_t   ip6f_reserved;	/* reserved field */
    uint16_t  ip6f_offlg;	/* offset, reserved, and flag */
    uint32_t  ip6f_ident;	/* identification */
  };

#if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
# define IP6F_OFF_MASK       0xfff8  /* mask out offset from _offlg */
# define IP6F_RESERVED_MASK  0x0006  /* reserved bits in ip6f_offlg */
# define IP6F_MORE_FRAG      0x0001  /* more-fragments flag */
#else   /* __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN */
# define IP6F_OFF_MASK       0xf8ff  /* mask out offset from _offlg */
# define IP6F_RESERVED_MASK  0x0600  /* reserved bits in ip6f_offlg */
# define IP6F_MORE_FRAG      0x0100  /* more-fragments flag */
#endif

/* IPv6 options */
struct ip6_opt
  {
    uint8_t  ip6o_type;
    uint8_t  ip6o_len;
  };

/* The high-order 3 bits of the option type define the behavior
 * when processing an unknown option and whether or not the option
 * content changes in flight.
 */
#define IP6OPT_TYPE(o)		((o) & 0xc0)
#define IP6OPT_TYPE_SKIP	0x00
#define IP6OPT_TYPE_DISCARD	0x40
#define IP6OPT_TYPE_FORCEICMP	0x80
#define IP6OPT_TYPE_ICMP	0xc0
#define IP6OPT_TYPE_MUTABLE	0x20

/* Special option types for padding.  */
#define IP6OPT_PAD1	0
#define IP6OPT_PADN	1

#define IP6OPT_JUMBO		0xc2
#define IP6OPT_NSAP_ADDR	0xc3
#define IP6OPT_TUNNEL_LIMIT	0x04
#define IP6OPT_ROUTER_ALERT	0x05

/* Jumbo Payload Option */
struct ip6_opt_jumbo
  {
    uint8_t  ip6oj_type;
    uint8_t  ip6oj_len;
    uint8_t  ip6oj_jumbo_len[4];
  };
#define IP6OPT_JUMBO_LEN	6

/* NSAP Address Option */
struct ip6_opt_nsap
  {
    uint8_t  ip6on_type;
    uint8_t  ip6on_len;
    uint8_t  ip6on_src_nsap_len;
    uint8_t  ip6on_dst_nsap_len;
      /* followed by source NSAP */
      /* followed by destination NSAP */
  };

/* Tunnel Limit Option */
struct ip6_opt_tunnel
  {
    uint8_t  ip6ot_type;
    uint8_t  ip6ot_len;
    uint8_t  ip6ot_encap_limit;
  };

/* Router Alert Option */
struct ip6_opt_router
  {
    uint8_t  ip6or_type;
    uint8_t  ip6or_len;
    uint8_t  ip6or_value[2];
  };

/* Router alert values (in network byte order) */
#if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
# define IP6_ALERT_MLD	0x0000
# define IP6_ALERT_RSVP	0x0001
# define IP6_ALERT_AN	0x0002
#else /* __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN */
# define IP6_ALERT_MLD	0x0000
# define IP6_ALERT_RSVP	0x0100
# define IP6_ALERT_AN	0x0200
#endif

#endif /* netinet/ip6.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef __NETINET_IP_H
#define __NETINET_IP_H 1

#include <features.h>
#include <sys/types.h>

#include <netinet/in.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

struct timestamp
  {
    uint8_t len;
    uint8_t ptr;
#if __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
    unsigned int flags:4;
    unsigned int overflow:4;
#elif __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
    unsigned int overflow:4;
    unsigned int flags:4;
#else
# error	"Please fix <bits/endian.h>"
#endif
    uint32_t data[9];
  };

struct iphdr
  {
#if __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
    unsigned int ihl:4;
    unsigned int version:4;
#elif __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
    unsigned int version:4;
    unsigned int ihl:4;
#else
# error	"Please fix <bits/endian.h>"
#endif
    uint8_t tos;
    uint16_t tot_len;
    uint16_t id;
    uint16_t frag_off;
    uint8_t ttl;
    uint8_t protocol;
    uint16_t check;
    uint32_t saddr;
    uint32_t daddr;
    /*The options start here. */
  };

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/*
 * Copyright (c) 1982, 1986, 1993
 *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 *	@(#)ip.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/10/93
 */

/*
 * Definitions for internet protocol version 4.
 * Per RFC 791, September 1981.
 */

/*
 * Structure of an internet header, naked of options.
 */
struct ip
  {
#if __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
    unsigned int ip_hl:4;		/* header length */
    unsigned int ip_v:4;		/* version */
#endif
#if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
    unsigned int ip_v:4;		/* version */
    unsigned int ip_hl:4;		/* header length */
#endif
    uint8_t ip_tos;			/* type of service */
    unsigned short ip_len;		/* total length */
    unsigned short ip_id;		/* identification */
    unsigned short ip_off;		/* fragment offset field */
#define	IP_RF 0x8000			/* reserved fragment flag */
#define	IP_DF 0x4000			/* dont fragment flag */
#define	IP_MF 0x2000			/* more fragments flag */
#define	IP_OFFMASK 0x1fff		/* mask for fragmenting bits */
    uint8_t ip_ttl;			/* time to live */
    uint8_t ip_p;			/* protocol */
    unsigned short ip_sum;		/* checksum */
    struct in_addr ip_src, ip_dst;	/* source and dest address */
  };

/*
 * Time stamp option structure.
 */
struct ip_timestamp
  {
    uint8_t ipt_code;			/* IPOPT_TS */
    uint8_t ipt_len;			/* size of structure (variable) */
    uint8_t ipt_ptr;			/* index of current entry */
#if __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
    unsigned int ipt_flg:4;		/* flags, see below */
    unsigned int ipt_oflw:4;		/* overflow counter */
#endif
#if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
    unsigned int ipt_oflw:4;		/* overflow counter */
    unsigned int ipt_flg:4;		/* flags, see below */
#endif
    uint32_t data[9];
  };
#endif /* __USE_MISC */

#define	IPVERSION	4               /* IP version number */
#define	IP_MAXPACKET	65535		/* maximum packet size */

/*
 * Definitions for Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN)
 *
 * Taken from RFC-3168, Section 5.
 */

#define	IPTOS_ECN_MASK		0x03
#define	IPTOS_ECN(x)		((x) & IPTOS_ECN_MASK)
#define	IPTOS_ECN_NOT_ECT	0x00
#define	IPTOS_ECN_ECT1		0x01
#define	IPTOS_ECN_ECT0		0x02
#define	IPTOS_ECN_CE		0x03

/*
 * Definitions for IP differentiated services code points (DSCP)
 *
 * Taken from RFC-2597, Section 6 and RFC-2598, Section 2.3.
 */

#define	IPTOS_DSCP_MASK		0xfc
#define	IPTOS_DSCP(x)		((x) & IPTOS_DSCP_MASK)
#define	IPTOS_DSCP_AF11		0x28
#define	IPTOS_DSCP_AF12		0x30
#define	IPTOS_DSCP_AF13		0x38
#define	IPTOS_DSCP_AF21		0x48
#define	IPTOS_DSCP_AF22		0x50
#define	IPTOS_DSCP_AF23		0x58
#define	IPTOS_DSCP_AF31		0x68
#define	IPTOS_DSCP_AF32		0x70
#define	IPTOS_DSCP_AF33		0x78
#define	IPTOS_DSCP_AF41		0x88
#define	IPTOS_DSCP_AF42		0x90
#define	IPTOS_DSCP_AF43		0x98
#define	IPTOS_DSCP_EF		0xb8

/*
 * In RFC 2474, Section 4.2.2.1, the Class Selector Codepoints subsume
 * the old ToS Precedence values.
 */

#define	IPTOS_CLASS_MASK		0xe0
#define	IPTOS_CLASS(class)		((class) & IPTOS_CLASS_MASK)
#define	IPTOS_CLASS_CS0			0x00
#define	IPTOS_CLASS_CS1			0x20
#define	IPTOS_CLASS_CS2			0x40
#define	IPTOS_CLASS_CS3			0x60
#define	IPTOS_CLASS_CS4			0x80
#define	IPTOS_CLASS_CS5			0xa0
#define	IPTOS_CLASS_CS6			0xc0
#define	IPTOS_CLASS_CS7			0xe0

#define	IPTOS_CLASS_DEFAULT		IPTOS_CLASS_CS0

/*
 * Definitions for IP type of service (ip_tos) [deprecated; use DSCP
 * and CS definitions above instead.]
 */
#define	IPTOS_TOS_MASK		0x1E
#define	IPTOS_TOS(tos)		((tos) & IPTOS_TOS_MASK)
#define	IPTOS_LOWDELAY		0x10
#define	IPTOS_THROUGHPUT	0x08
#define	IPTOS_RELIABILITY	0x04
#define	IPTOS_LOWCOST		0x02
#define	IPTOS_MINCOST		IPTOS_LOWCOST

/*
 * Definitions for IP precedence (also in ip_tos) [also deprecated.]
 */
#define	IPTOS_PREC_MASK			IPTOS_CLASS_MASK
#define	IPTOS_PREC(tos)			IPTOS_CLASS(tos)
#define	IPTOS_PREC_NETCONTROL		IPTOS_CLASS_CS7
#define	IPTOS_PREC_INTERNETCONTROL	IPTOS_CLASS_CS6
#define	IPTOS_PREC_CRITIC_ECP		IPTOS_CLASS_CS5
#define	IPTOS_PREC_FLASHOVERRIDE	IPTOS_CLASS_CS4
#define	IPTOS_PREC_FLASH		IPTOS_CLASS_CS3
#define	IPTOS_PREC_IMMEDIATE		IPTOS_CLASS_CS2
#define	IPTOS_PREC_PRIORITY		IPTOS_CLASS_CS1
#define	IPTOS_PREC_ROUTINE		IPTOS_CLASS_CS0

/*
 * Definitions for options.
 */
#define	IPOPT_COPY		0x80
#define	IPOPT_CLASS_MASK	0x60
#define	IPOPT_NUMBER_MASK	0x1f

#define	IPOPT_COPIED(o)		((o) & IPOPT_COPY)
#define	IPOPT_CLASS(o)		((o) & IPOPT_CLASS_MASK)
#define	IPOPT_NUMBER(o)		((o) & IPOPT_NUMBER_MASK)

#define	IPOPT_CONTROL		0x00
#define	IPOPT_RESERVED1		0x20
#define	IPOPT_DEBMEAS		0x40
#define	IPOPT_MEASUREMENT       IPOPT_DEBMEAS
#define	IPOPT_RESERVED2		0x60

#define	IPOPT_EOL		0		/* end of option list */
#define	IPOPT_END		IPOPT_EOL
#define	IPOPT_NOP		1		/* no operation */
#define	IPOPT_NOOP		IPOPT_NOP

#define	IPOPT_RR		7		/* record packet route */
#define	IPOPT_TS		68		/* timestamp */
#define	IPOPT_TIMESTAMP		IPOPT_TS
#define	IPOPT_SECURITY		130		/* provide s,c,h,tcc */
#define	IPOPT_SEC		IPOPT_SECURITY
#define	IPOPT_LSRR		131		/* loose source route */
#define	IPOPT_SATID		136		/* satnet id */
#define	IPOPT_SID		IPOPT_SATID
#define	IPOPT_SSRR		137		/* strict source route */
#define	IPOPT_RA		148		/* router alert */

/*
 * Offsets to fields in options other than EOL and NOP.
 */
#define	IPOPT_OPTVAL		0		/* option ID */
#define	IPOPT_OLEN		1		/* option length */
#define	IPOPT_OFFSET		2		/* offset within option */
#define	IPOPT_MINOFF		4		/* min value of above */

#define	MAX_IPOPTLEN		40

/* flag bits for ipt_flg */
#define	IPOPT_TS_TSONLY		0		/* timestamps only */
#define	IPOPT_TS_TSANDADDR	1		/* timestamps and addresses */
#define	IPOPT_TS_PRESPEC	3		/* specified modules only */

/* bits for security (not byte swapped) */
#define	IPOPT_SECUR_UNCLASS	0x0000
#define	IPOPT_SECUR_CONFID	0xf135
#define	IPOPT_SECUR_EFTO	0x789a
#define	IPOPT_SECUR_MMMM	0xbc4d
#define	IPOPT_SECUR_RESTR	0xaf13
#define	IPOPT_SECUR_SECRET	0xd788
#define	IPOPT_SECUR_TOPSECRET	0x6bc5

/*
 * Internet implementation parameters.
 */
#define	MAXTTL		255		/* maximum time to live (seconds) */
#define	IPDEFTTL	64		/* default ttl, from RFC 1340 */
#define	IPFRAGTTL	60		/* time to live for frags, slowhz */
#define	IPTTLDEC	1		/* subtracted when forwarding */

#define	IP_MSS		576		/* default maximum segment size */

__END_DECLS

#endif /* netinet/ip.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 * Copyright (C) 1982, 1986 Regents of the University of California.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef __NETINET_UDP_H
#define __NETINET_UDP_H    1

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdint.h>

/* UDP header as specified by RFC 768, August 1980. */

struct udphdr
{
  __extension__ union
  {
    struct
    {
      uint16_t uh_sport;	/* source port */
      uint16_t uh_dport;	/* destination port */
      uint16_t uh_ulen;		/* udp length */
      uint16_t uh_sum;		/* udp checksum */
    };
    struct
    {
      uint16_t source;
      uint16_t dest;
      uint16_t len;
      uint16_t check;
    };
  };
};

/* UDP socket options */
#define UDP_CORK	1	/* Never send partially complete segments.  */
#define UDP_ENCAP	100	/* Set the socket to accept
				   encapsulated packets.  */
#define UDP_NO_CHECK6_TX 101	/* Disable sending checksum for UDP
				   over IPv6.  */
#define UDP_NO_CHECK6_RX 102	/* Disable accepting checksum for UDP
				   over IPv6.  */

/* UDP encapsulation types */
#define UDP_ENCAP_ESPINUDP_NON_IKE 1	/* draft-ietf-ipsec-nat-t-ike-00/01 */
#define UDP_ENCAP_ESPINUDP	2	/* draft-ietf-ipsec-udp-encaps-06 */
#define UDP_ENCAP_L2TPINUDP	3	/* rfc2661 */
#define UDP_ENCAP_GTP0		4	/* GSM TS 09.60 */
#define UDP_ENCAP_GTP1U		5	/* 3GPP TS 29.060 */

#define SOL_UDP            17      /* sockopt level for UDP */

#endif /* netinet/udp.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _NETINET_ICMP6_H
#define _NETINET_ICMP6_H 1

#include <inttypes.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <netinet/in.h>

#define ICMP6_FILTER 1

#define ICMP6_FILTER_BLOCK		1
#define ICMP6_FILTER_PASS		2
#define ICMP6_FILTER_BLOCKOTHERS	3
#define ICMP6_FILTER_PASSONLY		4

struct icmp6_filter
  {
    uint32_t icmp6_filt[8];
  };

struct icmp6_hdr
  {
    uint8_t     icmp6_type;   /* type field */
    uint8_t     icmp6_code;   /* code field */
    uint16_t    icmp6_cksum;  /* checksum field */
    union
      {
	uint32_t  icmp6_un_data32[1]; /* type-specific field */
	uint16_t  icmp6_un_data16[2]; /* type-specific field */
	uint8_t   icmp6_un_data8[4];  /* type-specific field */
      } icmp6_dataun;
  };

#define icmp6_data32    icmp6_dataun.icmp6_un_data32
#define icmp6_data16    icmp6_dataun.icmp6_un_data16
#define icmp6_data8     icmp6_dataun.icmp6_un_data8
#define icmp6_pptr      icmp6_data32[0]  /* parameter prob */
#define icmp6_mtu       icmp6_data32[0]  /* packet too big */
#define icmp6_id        icmp6_data16[0]  /* echo request/reply */
#define icmp6_seq       icmp6_data16[1]  /* echo request/reply */
#define icmp6_maxdelay  icmp6_data16[0]  /* mcast group membership */

#define ICMP6_DST_UNREACH             1
#define ICMP6_PACKET_TOO_BIG          2
#define ICMP6_TIME_EXCEEDED           3
#define ICMP6_PARAM_PROB              4

#define ICMP6_INFOMSG_MASK  0x80    /* all informational messages */

#define ICMP6_ECHO_REQUEST          128
#define ICMP6_ECHO_REPLY            129
#define MLD_LISTENER_QUERY          130
#define MLD_LISTENER_REPORT         131
#define MLD_LISTENER_REDUCTION      132

#define ICMP6_DST_UNREACH_NOROUTE     0 /* no route to destination */
#define ICMP6_DST_UNREACH_ADMIN       1 /* communication with destination */
                                        /* administratively prohibited */
#define ICMP6_DST_UNREACH_BEYONDSCOPE 2 /* beyond scope of source address */
#define ICMP6_DST_UNREACH_ADDR        3 /* address unreachable */
#define ICMP6_DST_UNREACH_NOPORT      4 /* bad port */

#define ICMP6_TIME_EXCEED_TRANSIT     0 /* Hop Limit == 0 in transit */
#define ICMP6_TIME_EXCEED_REASSEMBLY  1 /* Reassembly time out */

#define ICMP6_PARAMPROB_HEADER        0 /* erroneous header field */
#define ICMP6_PARAMPROB_NEXTHEADER    1 /* unrecognized Next Header */
#define ICMP6_PARAMPROB_OPTION        2 /* unrecognized IPv6 option */

#define ICMP6_FILTER_WILLPASS(type, filterp) \
	((((filterp)->icmp6_filt[(type) >> 5]) & (1 << ((type) & 31))) == 0)

#define ICMP6_FILTER_WILLBLOCK(type, filterp) \
	((((filterp)->icmp6_filt[(type) >> 5]) & (1 << ((type) & 31))) != 0)

#define ICMP6_FILTER_SETPASS(type, filterp) \
	((((filterp)->icmp6_filt[(type) >> 5]) &= ~(1 << ((type) & 31))))

#define ICMP6_FILTER_SETBLOCK(type, filterp) \
	((((filterp)->icmp6_filt[(type) >> 5]) |=  (1 << ((type) & 31))))

#define ICMP6_FILTER_SETPASSALL(filterp) \
	memset (filterp, 0, sizeof (struct icmp6_filter));

#define ICMP6_FILTER_SETBLOCKALL(filterp) \
	memset (filterp, 0xFF, sizeof (struct icmp6_filter));

#define ND_ROUTER_SOLICIT           133
#define ND_ROUTER_ADVERT            134
#define ND_NEIGHBOR_SOLICIT         135
#define ND_NEIGHBOR_ADVERT          136
#define ND_REDIRECT                 137

struct nd_router_solicit      /* router solicitation */
  {
    struct icmp6_hdr  nd_rs_hdr;
    /* could be followed by options */
  };

#define nd_rs_type               nd_rs_hdr.icmp6_type
#define nd_rs_code               nd_rs_hdr.icmp6_code
#define nd_rs_cksum              nd_rs_hdr.icmp6_cksum
#define nd_rs_reserved           nd_rs_hdr.icmp6_data32[0]

struct nd_router_advert       /* router advertisement */
  {
    struct icmp6_hdr  nd_ra_hdr;
    uint32_t   nd_ra_reachable;   /* reachable time */
    uint32_t   nd_ra_retransmit;  /* retransmit timer */
    /* could be followed by options */
  };

#define nd_ra_type               nd_ra_hdr.icmp6_type
#define nd_ra_code               nd_ra_hdr.icmp6_code
#define nd_ra_cksum              nd_ra_hdr.icmp6_cksum
#define nd_ra_curhoplimit        nd_ra_hdr.icmp6_data8[0]
#define nd_ra_flags_reserved     nd_ra_hdr.icmp6_data8[1]
#define ND_RA_FLAG_MANAGED       0x80
#define ND_RA_FLAG_OTHER         0x40
#define ND_RA_FLAG_HOME_AGENT    0x20
#define nd_ra_router_lifetime    nd_ra_hdr.icmp6_data16[1]

struct nd_neighbor_solicit    /* neighbor solicitation */
  {
    struct icmp6_hdr  nd_ns_hdr;
    struct in6_addr   nd_ns_target; /* target address */
    /* could be followed by options */
  };

#define nd_ns_type               nd_ns_hdr.icmp6_type
#define nd_ns_code               nd_ns_hdr.icmp6_code
#define nd_ns_cksum              nd_ns_hdr.icmp6_cksum
#define nd_ns_reserved           nd_ns_hdr.icmp6_data32[0]

struct nd_neighbor_advert     /* neighbor advertisement */
  {
    struct icmp6_hdr  nd_na_hdr;
    struct in6_addr   nd_na_target; /* target address */
    /* could be followed by options */
  };

#define nd_na_type               nd_na_hdr.icmp6_type
#define nd_na_code               nd_na_hdr.icmp6_code
#define nd_na_cksum              nd_na_hdr.icmp6_cksum
#define nd_na_flags_reserved     nd_na_hdr.icmp6_data32[0]
#if     __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
#define ND_NA_FLAG_ROUTER        0x80000000
#define ND_NA_FLAG_SOLICITED     0x40000000
#define ND_NA_FLAG_OVERRIDE      0x20000000
#else   /* __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN */
#define ND_NA_FLAG_ROUTER        0x00000080
#define ND_NA_FLAG_SOLICITED     0x00000040
#define ND_NA_FLAG_OVERRIDE      0x00000020
#endif

struct nd_redirect            /* redirect */
  {
    struct icmp6_hdr  nd_rd_hdr;
    struct in6_addr   nd_rd_target; /* target address */
    struct in6_addr   nd_rd_dst;    /* destination address */
    /* could be followed by options */
  };

#define nd_rd_type               nd_rd_hdr.icmp6_type
#define nd_rd_code               nd_rd_hdr.icmp6_code
#define nd_rd_cksum              nd_rd_hdr.icmp6_cksum
#define nd_rd_reserved           nd_rd_hdr.icmp6_data32[0]

struct nd_opt_hdr             /* Neighbor discovery option header */
  {
    uint8_t  nd_opt_type;
    uint8_t  nd_opt_len;        /* in units of 8 octets */
    /* followed by option specific data */
  };

#define ND_OPT_SOURCE_LINKADDR		1
#define ND_OPT_TARGET_LINKADDR		2
#define ND_OPT_PREFIX_INFORMATION	3
#define ND_OPT_REDIRECTED_HEADER	4
#define ND_OPT_MTU			5
#define ND_OPT_RTR_ADV_INTERVAL		7
#define ND_OPT_HOME_AGENT_INFO		8

struct nd_opt_prefix_info     /* prefix information */
  {
    uint8_t   nd_opt_pi_type;
    uint8_t   nd_opt_pi_len;
    uint8_t   nd_opt_pi_prefix_len;
    uint8_t   nd_opt_pi_flags_reserved;
    uint32_t  nd_opt_pi_valid_time;
    uint32_t  nd_opt_pi_preferred_time;
    uint32_t  nd_opt_pi_reserved2;
    struct in6_addr  nd_opt_pi_prefix;
  };

#define ND_OPT_PI_FLAG_ONLINK	0x80
#define ND_OPT_PI_FLAG_AUTO	0x40
#define ND_OPT_PI_FLAG_RADDR	0x20

struct nd_opt_rd_hdr          /* redirected header */
  {
    uint8_t   nd_opt_rh_type;
    uint8_t   nd_opt_rh_len;
    uint16_t  nd_opt_rh_reserved1;
    uint32_t  nd_opt_rh_reserved2;
    /* followed by IP header and data */
  };

struct nd_opt_mtu             /* MTU option */
  {
    uint8_t   nd_opt_mtu_type;
    uint8_t   nd_opt_mtu_len;
    uint16_t  nd_opt_mtu_reserved;
    uint32_t  nd_opt_mtu_mtu;
  };

struct mld_hdr
  {
    struct icmp6_hdr    mld_icmp6_hdr;
    struct in6_addr     mld_addr; /* multicast address */
  };

#define mld_type        mld_icmp6_hdr.icmp6_type
#define mld_code        mld_icmp6_hdr.icmp6_code
#define mld_cksum       mld_icmp6_hdr.icmp6_cksum
#define mld_maxdelay    mld_icmp6_hdr.icmp6_data16[0]
#define mld_reserved    mld_icmp6_hdr.icmp6_data16[1]

#define ICMP6_ROUTER_RENUMBERING    138

struct icmp6_router_renum    /* router renumbering header */
  {
    struct icmp6_hdr    rr_hdr;
    uint8_t             rr_segnum;
    uint8_t             rr_flags;
    uint16_t            rr_maxdelay;
    uint32_t            rr_reserved;
  };

#define rr_type		rr_hdr.icmp6_type
#define rr_code         rr_hdr.icmp6_code
#define rr_cksum        rr_hdr.icmp6_cksum
#define rr_seqnum       rr_hdr.icmp6_data32[0]

/* Router renumbering flags */
#define ICMP6_RR_FLAGS_TEST             0x80
#define ICMP6_RR_FLAGS_REQRESULT        0x40
#define ICMP6_RR_FLAGS_FORCEAPPLY       0x20
#define ICMP6_RR_FLAGS_SPECSITE         0x10
#define ICMP6_RR_FLAGS_PREVDONE         0x08

struct rr_pco_match    /* match prefix part */
  {
    uint8_t             rpm_code;
    uint8_t             rpm_len;
    uint8_t             rpm_ordinal;
    uint8_t             rpm_matchlen;
    uint8_t             rpm_minlen;
    uint8_t             rpm_maxlen;
    uint16_t            rpm_reserved;
    struct in6_addr     rpm_prefix;
  };

/* PCO code values */
#define RPM_PCO_ADD             1
#define RPM_PCO_CHANGE          2
#define RPM_PCO_SETGLOBAL       3

struct rr_pco_use      /* use prefix part */
  {
    uint8_t             rpu_uselen;
    uint8_t             rpu_keeplen;
    uint8_t             rpu_ramask;
    uint8_t             rpu_raflags;
    uint32_t            rpu_vltime;
    uint32_t            rpu_pltime;
    uint32_t            rpu_flags;
    struct in6_addr     rpu_prefix;
  };

#define ICMP6_RR_PCOUSE_RAFLAGS_ONLINK  0x20
#define ICMP6_RR_PCOUSE_RAFLAGS_AUTO    0x10

#if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
# define ICMP6_RR_PCOUSE_FLAGS_DECRVLTIME 0x80000000
# define ICMP6_RR_PCOUSE_FLAGS_DECRPLTIME 0x40000000
#elif __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
# define ICMP6_RR_PCOUSE_FLAGS_DECRVLTIME 0x80
# define ICMP6_RR_PCOUSE_FLAGS_DECRPLTIME 0x40
#endif

struct rr_result       /* router renumbering result message */
  {
    uint16_t            rrr_flags;
    uint8_t             rrr_ordinal;
    uint8_t             rrr_matchedlen;
    uint32_t            rrr_ifid;
    struct in6_addr     rrr_prefix;
  };

#if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
# define ICMP6_RR_RESULT_FLAGS_OOB       0x0002
# define ICMP6_RR_RESULT_FLAGS_FORBIDDEN 0x0001
#elif __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
# define ICMP6_RR_RESULT_FLAGS_OOB       0x0200
# define ICMP6_RR_RESULT_FLAGS_FORBIDDEN 0x0100
#endif

/* Mobile IPv6 extension: Advertisement Interval.  */
struct nd_opt_adv_interval
  {
    uint8_t   nd_opt_adv_interval_type;
    uint8_t   nd_opt_adv_interval_len;
    uint16_t  nd_opt_adv_interval_reserved;
    uint32_t  nd_opt_adv_interval_ival;
  };

/* Mobile IPv6 extension: Home Agent Info.  */
struct nd_opt_home_agent_info
  {
    uint8_t   nd_opt_home_agent_info_type;
    uint8_t   nd_opt_home_agent_info_len;
    uint16_t  nd_opt_home_agent_info_reserved;
    uint16_t  nd_opt_home_agent_info_preference;
    uint16_t  nd_opt_home_agent_info_lifetime;
  };

#endif /* netinet/icmpv6.h */
/* Extended cpio format from POSIX.1.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
   Copyright (C) 1992-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU cpio.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _CPIO_H
#define _CPIO_H 1

/* A cpio archive consists of a sequence of files.
   Each file has a 76 byte header,
   a variable length, NUL terminated filename,
   and variable length file data.
   A header for a filename "TRAILER!!!" indicates the end of the archive.  */

/* All the fields in the header are ISO 646 (approximately ASCII) strings
   of octal numbers, left padded, not NUL terminated.

   Field Name	Length in Bytes	Notes
   c_magic	6		must be "070707"
   c_dev	6
   c_ino	6
   c_mode	6		see below for value
   c_uid	6
   c_gid	6
   c_nlink	6
   c_rdev	6		only valid for chr and blk special files
   c_mtime	11
   c_namesize	6		count includes terminating NUL in pathname
   c_filesize	11		must be 0 for FIFOs and directories  */

/* Value for the field `c_magic'.  */
#define MAGIC	"070707"

/* Values for c_mode, OR'd together: */

#define C_IRUSR		000400
#define C_IWUSR		000200
#define C_IXUSR		000100
#define C_IRGRP		000040
#define C_IWGRP		000020
#define C_IXGRP		000010
#define C_IROTH		000004
#define C_IWOTH		000002
#define C_IXOTH		000001

#define C_ISUID		004000
#define C_ISGID		002000
#define C_ISVTX		001000

#define C_ISBLK		060000
#define C_ISCHR		020000
#define C_ISDIR		040000
#define C_ISFIFO	010000
#define C_ISSOCK	0140000
#define C_ISLNK		0120000
#define C_ISCTG		0110000
#define C_ISREG		0100000

#endif /* cpio.h */
/* keyutils.h: key utility library interface
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2005,2011 Red Hat, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
 * Written by David Howells (dhowells@redhat.com)
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 * 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef KEYUTILS_H
#define KEYUTILS_H

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdint.h>

extern const char keyutils_version_string[];
extern const char keyutils_build_string[];

/* key serial number */
typedef int32_t key_serial_t;

/* special process keyring shortcut IDs */
#define KEY_SPEC_THREAD_KEYRING		-1	/* - key ID for thread-specific keyring */
#define KEY_SPEC_PROCESS_KEYRING	-2	/* - key ID for process-specific keyring */
#define KEY_SPEC_SESSION_KEYRING	-3	/* - key ID for session-specific keyring */
#define KEY_SPEC_USER_KEYRING		-4	/* - key ID for UID-specific keyring */
#define KEY_SPEC_USER_SESSION_KEYRING	-5	/* - key ID for UID-session keyring */
#define KEY_SPEC_GROUP_KEYRING		-6	/* - key ID for GID-specific keyring */
#define KEY_SPEC_REQKEY_AUTH_KEY	-7	/* - key ID for assumed request_key auth key */

/* request-key default keyrings */
#define KEY_REQKEY_DEFL_NO_CHANGE		-1
#define KEY_REQKEY_DEFL_DEFAULT			0
#define KEY_REQKEY_DEFL_THREAD_KEYRING		1
#define KEY_REQKEY_DEFL_PROCESS_KEYRING		2
#define KEY_REQKEY_DEFL_SESSION_KEYRING		3
#define KEY_REQKEY_DEFL_USER_KEYRING		4
#define KEY_REQKEY_DEFL_USER_SESSION_KEYRING	5
#define KEY_REQKEY_DEFL_GROUP_KEYRING		6

/* key handle permissions mask */
typedef uint32_t key_perm_t;

#define KEY_POS_VIEW	0x01000000	/* possessor can view a key's attributes */
#define KEY_POS_READ	0x02000000	/* possessor can read key payload / view keyring */
#define KEY_POS_WRITE	0x04000000	/* possessor can update key payload / add link to keyring */
#define KEY_POS_SEARCH	0x08000000	/* possessor can find a key in search / search a keyring */
#define KEY_POS_LINK	0x10000000	/* possessor can create a link to a key/keyring */
#define KEY_POS_SETATTR	0x20000000	/* possessor can set key attributes */
#define KEY_POS_ALL	0x3f000000

#define KEY_USR_VIEW	0x00010000	/* user permissions... */
#define KEY_USR_READ	0x00020000
#define KEY_USR_WRITE	0x00040000
#define KEY_USR_SEARCH	0x00080000
#define KEY_USR_LINK	0x00100000
#define KEY_USR_SETATTR	0x00200000
#define KEY_USR_ALL	0x003f0000

#define KEY_GRP_VIEW	0x00000100	/* group permissions... */
#define KEY_GRP_READ	0x00000200
#define KEY_GRP_WRITE	0x00000400
#define KEY_GRP_SEARCH	0x00000800
#define KEY_GRP_LINK	0x00001000
#define KEY_GRP_SETATTR	0x00002000
#define KEY_GRP_ALL	0x00003f00

#define KEY_OTH_VIEW	0x00000001	/* third party permissions... */
#define KEY_OTH_READ	0x00000002
#define KEY_OTH_WRITE	0x00000004
#define KEY_OTH_SEARCH	0x00000008
#define KEY_OTH_LINK	0x00000010
#define KEY_OTH_SETATTR	0x00000020
#define KEY_OTH_ALL	0x0000003f

/* keyctl commands */
#define KEYCTL_GET_KEYRING_ID		0	/* ask for a keyring's ID */
#define KEYCTL_JOIN_SESSION_KEYRING	1	/* join or start named session keyring */
#define KEYCTL_UPDATE			2	/* update a key */
#define KEYCTL_REVOKE			3	/* revoke a key */
#define KEYCTL_CHOWN			4	/* set ownership of a key */
#define KEYCTL_SETPERM			5	/* set perms on a key */
#define KEYCTL_DESCRIBE			6	/* describe a key */
#define KEYCTL_CLEAR			7	/* clear contents of a keyring */
#define KEYCTL_LINK			8	/* link a key into a keyring */
#define KEYCTL_UNLINK			9	/* unlink a key from a keyring */
#define KEYCTL_SEARCH			10	/* search for a key in a keyring */
#define KEYCTL_READ			11	/* read a key or keyring's contents */
#define KEYCTL_INSTANTIATE		12	/* instantiate a partially constructed key */
#define KEYCTL_NEGATE			13	/* negate a partially constructed key */
#define KEYCTL_SET_REQKEY_KEYRING	14	/* set default request-key keyring */
#define KEYCTL_SET_TIMEOUT		15	/* set timeout on a key */
#define KEYCTL_ASSUME_AUTHORITY		16	/* assume authority to instantiate key */
#define KEYCTL_GET_SECURITY		17	/* get key security label */
#define KEYCTL_SESSION_TO_PARENT	18	/* set my session keyring on my parent process */
#define KEYCTL_REJECT			19	/* reject a partially constructed key */
#define KEYCTL_INSTANTIATE_IOV		20	/* instantiate a partially constructed key */
#define KEYCTL_INVALIDATE		21	/* invalidate a key */
#define KEYCTL_GET_PERSISTENT		22	/* get a user's persistent keyring */
#define KEYCTL_DH_COMPUTE		23	/* Compute Diffie-Hellman values */

/* keyctl structures */
struct keyctl_dh_params {
	key_serial_t priv;
	key_serial_t prime;
	key_serial_t base;
};

/*
 * syscall wrappers
 */
extern key_serial_t add_key(const char *type,
			    const char *description,
			    const void *payload,
			    size_t plen,
			    key_serial_t ringid);

extern key_serial_t request_key(const char *type,
				const char *description,
				const char *callout_info,
				key_serial_t destringid);

extern long keyctl(int cmd, ...);

/*
 * keyctl function wrappers
 */
extern key_serial_t keyctl_get_keyring_ID(key_serial_t id, int create);
extern key_serial_t keyctl_join_session_keyring(const char *name);
extern long keyctl_update(key_serial_t id, const void *payload, size_t plen);
extern long keyctl_revoke(key_serial_t id);
extern long keyctl_chown(key_serial_t id, uid_t uid, gid_t gid);
extern long keyctl_setperm(key_serial_t id, key_perm_t perm);
extern long keyctl_describe(key_serial_t id, char *buffer, size_t buflen);
extern long keyctl_clear(key_serial_t ringid);
extern long keyctl_link(key_serial_t id, key_serial_t ringid);
extern long keyctl_unlink(key_serial_t id, key_serial_t ringid);
extern long keyctl_search(key_serial_t ringid,
			  const char *type,
			  const char *description,
			  key_serial_t destringid);
extern long keyctl_read(key_serial_t id, char *buffer, size_t buflen);
extern long keyctl_instantiate(key_serial_t id,
			       const void *payload,
			       size_t plen,
			       key_serial_t ringid);
extern long keyctl_negate(key_serial_t id, unsigned timeout, key_serial_t ringid);
extern long keyctl_set_reqkey_keyring(int reqkey_defl);
extern long keyctl_set_timeout(key_serial_t key, unsigned timeout);
extern long keyctl_assume_authority(key_serial_t key);
extern long keyctl_get_security(key_serial_t key, char *buffer, size_t buflen);
extern long keyctl_session_to_parent(void);
extern long keyctl_reject(key_serial_t id, unsigned timeout, unsigned error,
			  key_serial_t ringid);
struct iovec;
extern long keyctl_instantiate_iov(key_serial_t id,
				   const struct iovec *payload_iov,
				   unsigned ioc,
				   key_serial_t ringid);
extern long keyctl_invalidate(key_serial_t id);
extern long keyctl_get_persistent(uid_t uid, key_serial_t id);
extern long keyctl_dh_compute(key_serial_t priv, key_serial_t prime,
			      key_serial_t base, char *buffer, size_t buflen);

/*
 * utilities
 */
extern int keyctl_describe_alloc(key_serial_t id, char **_buffer);
extern int keyctl_read_alloc(key_serial_t id, void **_buffer);
extern int keyctl_get_security_alloc(key_serial_t id, char **_buffer);
extern int keyctl_dh_compute_alloc(key_serial_t priv, key_serial_t prime,
				   key_serial_t base, void **_buffer);

typedef int (*recursive_key_scanner_t)(key_serial_t parent, key_serial_t key,
				       char *desc, int desc_len, void *data);
extern int recursive_key_scan(key_serial_t key, recursive_key_scanner_t func, void *data);
extern int recursive_session_key_scan(recursive_key_scanner_t func, void *data);
extern key_serial_t find_key_by_type_and_desc(const char *type, const char *desc,
					      key_serial_t destringid);

#endif /* KEYUTILS_H */
#ifndef _LINUX_VIRTIO_CONFIG_H
#define _LINUX_VIRTIO_CONFIG_H
/* This header, excluding the #ifdef __KERNEL__ part, is BSD licensed so
 * anyone can use the definitions to implement compatible drivers/servers.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the name of IBM nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL IBM OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE. */

/* Virtio devices use a standardized configuration space to define their
 * features and pass configuration information, but each implementation can
 * store and access that space differently. */
#include <linux/types.h>

/* Status byte for guest to report progress, and synchronize features. */
/* We have seen device and processed generic fields (VIRTIO_CONFIG_F_VIRTIO) */
#define VIRTIO_CONFIG_S_ACKNOWLEDGE	1
/* We have found a driver for the device. */
#define VIRTIO_CONFIG_S_DRIVER		2
/* Driver has used its parts of the config, and is happy */
#define VIRTIO_CONFIG_S_DRIVER_OK	4
/* Driver has finished configuring features */
#define VIRTIO_CONFIG_S_FEATURES_OK	8
/* Device entered invalid state, driver must reset it */
#define VIRTIO_CONFIG_S_NEEDS_RESET	0x40
/* We've given up on this device. */
#define VIRTIO_CONFIG_S_FAILED		0x80

/*
 * Virtio feature bits VIRTIO_TRANSPORT_F_START through
 * VIRTIO_TRANSPORT_F_END are reserved for the transport
 * being used (e.g. virtio_ring, virtio_pci etc.), the
 * rest are per-device feature bits.
 */
#define VIRTIO_TRANSPORT_F_START	28
#define VIRTIO_TRANSPORT_F_END		38

#ifndef VIRTIO_CONFIG_NO_LEGACY
/* Do we get callbacks when the ring is completely used, even if we've
 * suppressed them? */
#define VIRTIO_F_NOTIFY_ON_EMPTY	24

/* Can the device handle any descriptor layout? */
#define VIRTIO_F_ANY_LAYOUT		27
#endif /* VIRTIO_CONFIG_NO_LEGACY */

/* v1.0 compliant. */
#define VIRTIO_F_VERSION_1		32

/*
 * If clear - device has the platform DMA (e.g. IOMMU) bypass quirk feature.
 * If set - use platform DMA tools to access the memory.
 *
 * Note the reverse polarity (compared to most other features),
 * this is for compatibility with legacy systems.
 */
#define VIRTIO_F_ACCESS_PLATFORM	33
/* Legacy name for VIRTIO_F_ACCESS_PLATFORM (for compatibility with old userspace) */
#define VIRTIO_F_IOMMU_PLATFORM		VIRTIO_F_ACCESS_PLATFORM

/* This feature indicates support for the packed virtqueue layout. */
#define VIRTIO_F_RING_PACKED		34

/*
 * This feature indicates that memory accesses by the driver and the
 * device are ordered in a way described by the platform.
 */
#define VIRTIO_F_ORDER_PLATFORM		36

/*
 * Does the device support Single Root I/O Virtualization?
 */
#define VIRTIO_F_SR_IOV			37
#endif /* _LINUX_VIRTIO_CONFIG_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* cgroupstats.h - exporting per-cgroup statistics
 *
 * Copyright IBM Corporation, 2007
 * Author Balbir Singh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but
 * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_CGROUPSTATS_H
#define _LINUX_CGROUPSTATS_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/taskstats.h>

/*
 * Data shared between user space and kernel space on a per cgroup
 * basis. This data is shared using taskstats.
 *
 * Most of these states are derived by looking at the task->state value
 * For the nr_io_wait state, a flag in the delay accounting structure
 * indicates that the task is waiting on IO
 *
 * Each member is aligned to a 8 byte boundary.
 */
struct cgroupstats {
	__u64	nr_sleeping;		/* Number of tasks sleeping */
	__u64	nr_running;		/* Number of tasks running */
	__u64	nr_stopped;		/* Number of tasks in stopped state */
	__u64	nr_uninterruptible;	/* Number of tasks in uninterruptible */
					/* state */
	__u64	nr_io_wait;		/* Number of tasks waiting on IO */
};

/*
 * Commands sent from userspace
 * Not versioned. New commands should only be inserted at the enum's end
 * prior to __CGROUPSTATS_CMD_MAX
 */

enum {
	CGROUPSTATS_CMD_UNSPEC = __TASKSTATS_CMD_MAX,	/* Reserved */
	CGROUPSTATS_CMD_GET,		/* user->kernel request/get-response */
	CGROUPSTATS_CMD_NEW,		/* kernel->user event */
	__CGROUPSTATS_CMD_MAX,
};

#define CGROUPSTATS_CMD_MAX (__CGROUPSTATS_CMD_MAX - 1)

enum {
	CGROUPSTATS_TYPE_UNSPEC = 0,	/* Reserved */
	CGROUPSTATS_TYPE_CGROUP_STATS,	/* contains name + stats */
	__CGROUPSTATS_TYPE_MAX,
};

#define CGROUPSTATS_TYPE_MAX (__CGROUPSTATS_TYPE_MAX - 1)

enum {
	CGROUPSTATS_CMD_ATTR_UNSPEC = 0,
	CGROUPSTATS_CMD_ATTR_FD,
	__CGROUPSTATS_CMD_ATTR_MAX,
};

#define CGROUPSTATS_CMD_ATTR_MAX (__CGROUPSTATS_CMD_ATTR_MAX - 1)

#endif /* _LINUX_CGROUPSTATS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
* cycx_cfm.h	Cyclom 2X WAN Link Driver.
*		Definitions for the Cyclom 2X Firmware Module (CFM).
*
* Author:	Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@conectiva.com.br>
*
* Copyright:	(c) 1998-2003 Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo
*
* Based on sdlasfm.h by Gene Kozin <74604.152@compuserve.com>
*
*		This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
*		modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
*		as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
*		2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
* ============================================================================
* 1998/08/08	acme		Initial version.
*/
#ifndef	_CYCX_CFM_H
#define	_CYCX_CFM_H

/* Defines */

#define	CFM_VERSION	2
#define	CFM_SIGNATURE	"CFM - Cyclades CYCX Firmware Module"

/* min/max */
#define	CFM_IMAGE_SIZE	0x20000	/* max size of CYCX code image file */
#define	CFM_DESCR_LEN	256	/* max length of description string */
#define	CFM_MAX_CYCX	1	/* max number of compatible adapters */
#define	CFM_LOAD_BUFSZ	0x400	/* buffer size for reset code (buffer_load) */

/* Firmware Commands */
#define GEN_POWER_ON	0x1280

#define GEN_SET_SEG	0x1401	/* boot segment setting. */
#define GEN_BOOT_DAT	0x1402	/* boot data. */
#define GEN_START	0x1403	/* board start. */
#define GEN_DEFPAR	0x1404	/* buffer length for boot. */

/* Adapter Types */
#define CYCX_2X		2
/* for now only the 2X is supported, no plans to support 8X or 16X */
#define CYCX_8X		8
#define CYCX_16X	16

#define	CFID_X25_2X	5200

/**
 *	struct cycx_fw_info - firmware module information.
 *	@codeid - firmware ID
 *	@version - firmware version number
 *	@adapter - compatible adapter types
 *	@memsize - minimum memory size
 *	@reserved - reserved
 *	@startoffs - entry point offset
 *	@winoffs - dual-port memory window offset
 *	@codeoffs - code load offset
 *	@codesize - code size
 *	@dataoffs - configuration data load offset
 *	@datasize - configuration data size
 */
struct cycx_fw_info {
	unsigned short	codeid;
	unsigned short	version;
	unsigned short	adapter[CFM_MAX_CYCX];
	unsigned long	memsize;
	unsigned short	reserved[2];
	unsigned short	startoffs;
	unsigned short	winoffs;
	unsigned short	codeoffs;
	unsigned long	codesize;
	unsigned short	dataoffs;
	unsigned long	datasize;
};

/**
 *	struct cycx_firmware - CYCX firmware file structure
 *	@signature - CFM file signature
 *	@version - file format version
 *	@checksum - info + image
 *	@reserved - reserved
 *	@descr - description string
 *	@info - firmware module info
 *	@image - code image (variable size)
 */
struct cycx_firmware {
	char		    signature[80];
	unsigned short	    version;
	unsigned short	    checksum;
	unsigned short	    reserved[6];
	char		    descr[CFM_DESCR_LEN];
	struct cycx_fw_info info;
	unsigned char	    image[0];
};

struct cycx_fw_header {
	unsigned long  reset_size;
	unsigned long  data_size;
	unsigned long  code_size;
};
#endif	/* _CYCX_CFM_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* const.h: Macros for dealing with constants.  */

#ifndef _LINUX_CONST_H
#define _LINUX_CONST_H

/* Some constant macros are used in both assembler and
 * C code.  Therefore we cannot annotate them always with
 * 'UL' and other type specifiers unilaterally.  We
 * use the following macros to deal with this.
 *
 * Similarly, _AT() will cast an expression with a type in C, but
 * leave it unchanged in asm.
 */

#ifdef __ASSEMBLY__
#define _AC(X,Y)	X
#define _AT(T,X)	X
#else
#define __AC(X,Y)	(X##Y)
#define _AC(X,Y)	__AC(X,Y)
#define _AT(T,X)	((T)(X))
#endif

#define _UL(x)		(_AC(x, UL))
#define _ULL(x)		(_AC(x, ULL))

#define _BITUL(x)	(_UL(1) << (x))
#define _BITULL(x)	(_ULL(1) << (x))

#endif /* _LINUX_CONST_H */
#ifndef _LINUX_VIRTIO_9P_H
#define _LINUX_VIRTIO_9P_H
/* This header is BSD licensed so anyone can use the definitions to implement
 * compatible drivers/servers.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the name of IBM nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL IBM OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE. */
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/virtio_ids.h>
#include <linux/virtio_config.h>

/* The feature bitmap for virtio 9P */

/* The mount point is specified in a config variable */
#define VIRTIO_9P_MOUNT_TAG 0

struct virtio_9p_config {
	/* length of the tag name */
	__u16 tag_len;
	/* non-NULL terminated tag name */
	__u8 tag[0];
} __attribute__((packed));

#endif /* _LINUX_VIRTIO_9P_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __HDLC_IOCTL_H__
#define __HDLC_IOCTL_H__


#define GENERIC_HDLC_VERSION 4	/* For synchronization with sethdlc utility */

#define CLOCK_DEFAULT   0	/* Default setting */
#define CLOCK_EXT	1	/* External TX and RX clock - DTE */
#define CLOCK_INT	2	/* Internal TX and RX clock - DCE */
#define CLOCK_TXINT	3	/* Internal TX and external RX clock */
#define CLOCK_TXFROMRX	4	/* TX clock derived from external RX clock */


#define ENCODING_DEFAULT	0 /* Default setting */
#define ENCODING_NRZ		1
#define ENCODING_NRZI		2
#define ENCODING_FM_MARK	3
#define ENCODING_FM_SPACE	4
#define ENCODING_MANCHESTER	5


#define PARITY_DEFAULT		0 /* Default setting */
#define PARITY_NONE		1 /* No parity */
#define PARITY_CRC16_PR0	2 /* CRC16, initial value 0x0000 */
#define PARITY_CRC16_PR1	3 /* CRC16, initial value 0xFFFF */
#define PARITY_CRC16_PR0_CCITT	4 /* CRC16, initial 0x0000, ITU-T version */
#define PARITY_CRC16_PR1_CCITT	5 /* CRC16, initial 0xFFFF, ITU-T version */
#define PARITY_CRC32_PR0_CCITT	6 /* CRC32, initial value 0x00000000 */
#define PARITY_CRC32_PR1_CCITT	7 /* CRC32, initial value 0xFFFFFFFF */

#define LMI_DEFAULT		0 /* Default setting */
#define LMI_NONE		1 /* No LMI, all PVCs are static */
#define LMI_ANSI		2 /* ANSI Annex D */
#define LMI_CCITT		3 /* ITU-T Annex A */
#define LMI_CISCO		4 /* The "original" LMI, aka Gang of Four */

#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__

typedef struct {
	unsigned int clock_rate; /* bits per second */
	unsigned int clock_type; /* internal, external, TX-internal etc. */
	unsigned short loopback;
} sync_serial_settings;          /* V.35, V.24, X.21 */

typedef struct {
	unsigned int clock_rate; /* bits per second */
	unsigned int clock_type; /* internal, external, TX-internal etc. */
	unsigned short loopback;
	unsigned int slot_map;
} te1_settings;                  /* T1, E1 */

typedef struct {
	unsigned short encoding;
	unsigned short parity;
} raw_hdlc_proto;

typedef struct {
	unsigned int t391;
	unsigned int t392;
	unsigned int n391;
	unsigned int n392;
	unsigned int n393;
	unsigned short lmi;
	unsigned short dce; /* 1 for DCE (network side) operation */
} fr_proto;

typedef struct {
	unsigned int dlci;
} fr_proto_pvc;          /* for creating/deleting FR PVCs */

typedef struct {
	unsigned int dlci;
	char master[IFNAMSIZ];	/* Name of master FRAD device */
}fr_proto_pvc_info;		/* for returning PVC information only */

typedef struct {
    unsigned int interval;
    unsigned int timeout;
} cisco_proto;

/* PPP doesn't need any info now - supply length = 0 to ioctl */

#endif /* __ASSEMBLY__ */
#endif /* __HDLC_IOCTL_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_VHOST_TYPES_H
#define _LINUX_VHOST_TYPES_H
/* Userspace interface for in-kernel virtio accelerators. */

/* vhost is used to reduce the number of system calls involved in virtio.
 *
 * Existing virtio net code is used in the guest without modification.
 *
 * This header includes interface used by userspace hypervisor for
 * device configuration.
 */

#include <linux/types.h>

#include <linux/virtio_config.h>
#include <linux/virtio_ring.h>

struct vhost_vring_state {
	unsigned int index;
	unsigned int num;
};

struct vhost_vring_file {
	unsigned int index;
	int fd; /* Pass -1 to unbind from file. */

};

struct vhost_vring_addr {
	unsigned int index;
	/* Option flags. */
	unsigned int flags;
	/* Flag values: */
	/* Whether log address is valid. If set enables logging. */
#define VHOST_VRING_F_LOG 0

	/* Start of array of descriptors (virtually contiguous) */
	__u64 desc_user_addr;
	/* Used structure address. Must be 32 bit aligned */
	__u64 used_user_addr;
	/* Available structure address. Must be 16 bit aligned */
	__u64 avail_user_addr;
	/* Logging support. */
	/* Log writes to used structure, at offset calculated from specified
	 * address. Address must be 32 bit aligned. */
	__u64 log_guest_addr;
};

/* no alignment requirement */
struct vhost_iotlb_msg {
	__u64 iova;
	__u64 size;
	__u64 uaddr;
#define VHOST_ACCESS_RO      0x1
#define VHOST_ACCESS_WO      0x2
#define VHOST_ACCESS_RW      0x3
	__u8 perm;
#define VHOST_IOTLB_MISS           1
#define VHOST_IOTLB_UPDATE         2
#define VHOST_IOTLB_INVALIDATE     3
#define VHOST_IOTLB_ACCESS_FAIL    4
/*
 * VHOST_IOTLB_BATCH_BEGIN and VHOST_IOTLB_BATCH_END allow modifying
 * multiple mappings in one go: beginning with
 * VHOST_IOTLB_BATCH_BEGIN, followed by any number of
 * VHOST_IOTLB_UPDATE messages, and ending with VHOST_IOTLB_BATCH_END.
 * When one of these two values is used as the message type, the rest
 * of the fields in the message are ignored. There's no guarantee that
 * these changes take place automatically in the device.
 */
#define VHOST_IOTLB_BATCH_BEGIN    5
#define VHOST_IOTLB_BATCH_END      6
	__u8 type;
};

#define VHOST_IOTLB_MSG 0x1
#define VHOST_IOTLB_MSG_V2 0x2

struct vhost_msg {
	int type;
	union {
		struct vhost_iotlb_msg iotlb;
		__u8 padding[64];
	};
};

struct vhost_msg_v2 {
	__u32 type;
	__u32 reserved;
	union {
		struct vhost_iotlb_msg iotlb;
		__u8 padding[64];
	};
};

struct vhost_memory_region {
	__u64 guest_phys_addr;
	__u64 memory_size; /* bytes */
	__u64 userspace_addr;
	__u64 flags_padding; /* No flags are currently specified. */
};

/* All region addresses and sizes must be 4K aligned. */
#define VHOST_PAGE_SIZE 0x1000

struct vhost_memory {
	__u32 nregions;
	__u32 padding;
	struct vhost_memory_region regions[0];
};

/* VHOST_SCSI specific definitions */

/*
 * Used by QEMU userspace to ensure a consistent vhost-scsi ABI.
 *
 * ABI Rev 0: July 2012 version starting point for v3.6-rc merge candidate +
 *            RFC-v2 vhost-scsi userspace.  Add GET_ABI_VERSION ioctl usage
 * ABI Rev 1: January 2013. Ignore vhost_tpgt field in struct vhost_scsi_target.
 *            All the targets under vhost_wwpn can be seen and used by guset.
 */

#define VHOST_SCSI_ABI_VERSION	1

struct vhost_scsi_target {
	int abi_version;
	char vhost_wwpn[224]; /* TRANSPORT_IQN_LEN */
	unsigned short vhost_tpgt;
	unsigned short reserved;
};

/* VHOST_VDPA specific definitions */

struct vhost_vdpa_config {
	__u32 off;
	__u32 len;
	__u8 buf[0];
};

/* vhost vdpa IOVA range
 * @first: First address that can be mapped by vhost-vDPA
 * @last: Last address that can be mapped by vhost-vDPA
 */
struct vhost_vdpa_iova_range {
	__u64 first;
	__u64 last;
};

/* Feature bits */
/* Log all write descriptors. Can be changed while device is active. */
#define VHOST_F_LOG_ALL 26
/* vhost-net should add virtio_net_hdr for RX, and strip for TX packets. */
#define VHOST_NET_F_VIRTIO_NET_HDR 27

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * interface to user space for the gigaset driver
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2004 by Hansjoerg Lipp <hjlipp@web.de>
 *
 * =====================================================================
 *    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *    modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
 *    published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
 *    the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 * =====================================================================
 */

#ifndef GIGASET_INTERFACE_H
#define GIGASET_INTERFACE_H

#include <linux/ioctl.h>

/* The magic IOCTL value for this interface. */
#define GIGASET_IOCTL 0x47

/* enable/disable device control via character device (lock out ISDN subsys) */
#define GIGASET_REDIR    _IOWR(GIGASET_IOCTL, 0, int)

/* enable adapter configuration mode (M10x only) */
#define GIGASET_CONFIG   _IOWR(GIGASET_IOCTL, 1, int)

/* set break characters (M105 only) */
#define GIGASET_BRKCHARS _IOW(GIGASET_IOCTL, 2, unsigned char[6])

/* get version information selected by arg[0] */
#define GIGASET_VERSION  _IOWR(GIGASET_IOCTL, 3, unsigned[4])
/* values for GIGASET_VERSION arg[0] */
#define GIGVER_DRIVER 0		/* get driver version */
#define GIGVER_COMPAT 1		/* get interface compatibility version */
#define GIGVER_FWBASE 2		/* get base station firmware version */

#endif
/*
 *  User API methods for ACPI-WMI mapping driver
 *
 *  Copyright (C) 2017 Dell, Inc.
 *
 *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
 *  published by the Free Software Foundation.
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_WMI_H
#define _LINUX_WMI_H

#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/* WMI bus will filter all WMI vendor driver requests through this IOC */
#define WMI_IOC 'W'

/* All ioctl requests through WMI should declare their size followed by
 * relevant data objects
 */
struct wmi_ioctl_buffer {
	__u64	length;
	__u8	data[];
};

/* This structure may be modified by the firmware when we enter
 * system management mode through SMM, hence the volatiles
 */
struct calling_interface_buffer {
	__u16 cmd_class;
	__u16 cmd_select;
	__volatile__ __u32 input[4];
	__volatile__ __u32 output[4];
} __attribute__((packed));

struct dell_wmi_extensions {
	__u32 argattrib;
	__u32 blength;
	__u8 data[];
} __attribute__((packed));

struct dell_wmi_smbios_buffer {
	__u64 length;
	struct calling_interface_buffer std;
	struct dell_wmi_extensions	ext;
} __attribute__((packed));

/* Whitelisted smbios class/select commands */
#define CLASS_TOKEN_READ	0
#define CLASS_TOKEN_WRITE	1
#define SELECT_TOKEN_STD	0
#define SELECT_TOKEN_BAT	1
#define SELECT_TOKEN_AC		2
#define CLASS_FLASH_INTERFACE	7
#define SELECT_FLASH_INTERFACE	3
#define CLASS_ADMIN_PROP	10
#define SELECT_ADMIN_PROP	3
#define CLASS_INFO		17
#define SELECT_RFKILL		11
#define SELECT_APP_REGISTRATION	3
#define SELECT_DOCK		22

/* whitelisted tokens */
#define CAPSULE_EN_TOKEN	0x0461
#define CAPSULE_DIS_TOKEN	0x0462
#define WSMT_EN_TOKEN		0x04EC
#define WSMT_DIS_TOKEN		0x04ED

/* Dell SMBIOS calling IOCTL command used by dell-smbios-wmi */
#define DELL_WMI_SMBIOS_CMD	_IOWR(WMI_IOC, 0, struct dell_wmi_smbios_buffer)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_MEMFD_H
#define _LINUX_MEMFD_H

#include <asm-generic/hugetlb_encode.h>

/* flags for memfd_create(2) (unsigned int) */
#define MFD_CLOEXEC		0x0001U
#define MFD_ALLOW_SEALING	0x0002U
#define MFD_HUGETLB		0x0004U

/*
 * Huge page size encoding when MFD_HUGETLB is specified, and a huge page
 * size other than the default is desired.  See hugetlb_encode.h.
 * All known huge page size encodings are provided here.  It is the
 * responsibility of the application to know which sizes are supported on
 * the running system.  See mmap(2) man page for details.
 */
#define MFD_HUGE_SHIFT	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_SHIFT
#define MFD_HUGE_MASK	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_MASK

#define MFD_HUGE_64KB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_64KB
#define MFD_HUGE_512KB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_512KB
#define MFD_HUGE_1MB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_1MB
#define MFD_HUGE_2MB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_2MB
#define MFD_HUGE_8MB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_8MB
#define MFD_HUGE_16MB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_16MB
#define MFD_HUGE_32MB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_32MB
#define MFD_HUGE_256MB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_256MB
#define MFD_HUGE_512MB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_512MB
#define MFD_HUGE_1GB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_1GB
#define MFD_HUGE_2GB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_2GB
#define MFD_HUGE_16GB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_16GB

#endif /* _LINUX_MEMFD_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2008-2011, Intel Corporation.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License,
 * version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT
 * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
 * more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
 * this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
 * Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA.
 *
 * Author: Lucy Liu <lucy.liu@intel.com>
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_DCBNL_H__
#define __LINUX_DCBNL_H__

#include <linux/types.h>

/* IEEE 802.1Qaz std supported values */
#define IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS	8

#define IEEE_8021QAZ_TSA_STRICT		0
#define IEEE_8021QAZ_TSA_CB_SHAPER	1
#define IEEE_8021QAZ_TSA_ETS		2
#define IEEE_8021QAZ_TSA_VENDOR		255

/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qaz ETS managed object
 *
 * @willing: willing bit in ETS configuration TLV
 * @ets_cap: indicates supported capacity of ets feature
 * @cbs: credit based shaper ets algorithm supported
 * @tc_tx_bw: tc tx bandwidth indexed by traffic class
 * @tc_rx_bw: tc rx bandwidth indexed by traffic class
 * @tc_tsa: TSA Assignment table, indexed by traffic class
 * @prio_tc: priority assignment table mapping 8021Qp to traffic class
 * @tc_reco_bw: recommended tc bandwidth indexed by traffic class for TLV
 * @tc_reco_tsa: recommended tc bandwidth indexed by traffic class for TLV
 * @reco_prio_tc: recommended tc tx bandwidth indexed by traffic class for TLV
 *
 * Recommended values are used to set fields in the ETS recommendation TLV
 * with hardware offloaded LLDP.
 *
 * ----
 *  TSA Assignment 8 bit identifiers
 *	0	strict priority
 *	1	credit-based shaper
 *	2	enhanced transmission selection
 *	3-254	reserved
 *	255	vendor specific
 */
struct ieee_ets {
	__u8	willing;
	__u8	ets_cap;
	__u8	cbs;
	__u8	tc_tx_bw[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS];
	__u8	tc_rx_bw[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS];
	__u8	tc_tsa[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS];
	__u8	prio_tc[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS];
	__u8	tc_reco_bw[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS];
	__u8	tc_reco_tsa[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS];
	__u8	reco_prio_tc[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS];
};

/* This structure contains rate limit extension to the IEEE 802.1Qaz ETS
 * managed object.
 * Values are 64 bits long and specified in Kbps to enable usage over both
 * slow and very fast networks.
 *
 * @tc_maxrate: maximal tc tx bandwidth indexed by traffic class
 */
struct ieee_maxrate {
	__u64	tc_maxrate[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS];
};

enum dcbnl_cndd_states {
	DCB_CNDD_RESET = 0,
	DCB_CNDD_EDGE,
	DCB_CNDD_INTERIOR,
	DCB_CNDD_INTERIOR_READY,
};

/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qau QCN managed object.
 *
 *@rpg_enable: enable QCN RP
 *@rppp_max_rps: maximum number of RPs allowed for this CNPV on this port
 *@rpg_time_reset: time between rate increases if no CNMs received.
 *		   given in u-seconds
 *@rpg_byte_reset: transmitted data between rate increases if no CNMs received.
 *		   given in Bytes
 *@rpg_threshold: The number of times rpByteStage or rpTimeStage can count
 *		   before RP rate control state machine advances states
 *@rpg_max_rate: the maxinun rate, in Mbits per second,
 *		 at which an RP can transmit
 *@rpg_ai_rate: The rate, in Mbits per second,
 *		used to increase rpTargetRate in the RPR_ACTIVE_INCREASE
 *@rpg_hai_rate: The rate, in Mbits per second,
 *		 used to increase rpTargetRate in the RPR_HYPER_INCREASE state
 *@rpg_gd: Upon CNM receive, flow rate is limited to (Fb/Gd)*CurrentRate.
 *	   rpgGd is given as log2(Gd), where Gd may only be powers of 2
 *@rpg_min_dec_fac: The minimum factor by which the current transmit rate
 *		    can be changed by reception of a CNM.
 *		    value is given as percentage (1-100)
 *@rpg_min_rate: The minimum value, in bits per second, for rate to limit
 *@cndd_state_machine: The state of the congestion notification domain
 *		       defense state machine, as defined by IEEE 802.3Qau
 *		       section 32.1.1. In the interior ready state,
 *		       the QCN capable hardware may add CN-TAG TLV to the
 *		       outgoing traffic, to specifically identify outgoing
 *		       flows.
 */

struct ieee_qcn {
	__u8 rpg_enable[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS];
	__u32 rppp_max_rps[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS];
	__u32 rpg_time_reset[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS];
	__u32 rpg_byte_reset[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS];
	__u32 rpg_threshold[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS];
	__u32 rpg_max_rate[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS];
	__u32 rpg_ai_rate[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS];
	__u32 rpg_hai_rate[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS];
	__u32 rpg_gd[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS];
	__u32 rpg_min_dec_fac[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS];
	__u32 rpg_min_rate[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS];
	__u32 cndd_state_machine[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS];
};

/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qau QCN statistics.
 *
 *@rppp_rp_centiseconds: the number of RP-centiseconds accumulated
 *			 by RPs at this priority level on this Port
 *@rppp_created_rps: number of active RPs(flows) that react to CNMs
 */

struct ieee_qcn_stats {
	__u64 rppp_rp_centiseconds[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS];
	__u32 rppp_created_rps[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS];
};

/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qaz PFC managed object
 *
 * @pfc_cap: Indicates the number of traffic classes on the local device
 *	     that may simultaneously have PFC enabled.
 * @pfc_en: bitmap indicating pfc enabled traffic classes
 * @mbc: enable macsec bypass capability
 * @delay: the allowance made for a round-trip propagation delay of the
 *	   link in bits.
 * @requests: count of the sent pfc frames
 * @indications: count of the received pfc frames
 */
struct ieee_pfc {
	__u8	pfc_cap;
	__u8	pfc_en;
	__u8	mbc;
	__u16	delay;
	__u64	requests[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS];
	__u64	indications[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS];
};

#define IEEE_8021Q_MAX_PRIORITIES 8
#define DCBX_MAX_BUFFERS  8
struct dcbnl_buffer {
	/* priority to buffer mapping */
	__u8    prio2buffer[IEEE_8021Q_MAX_PRIORITIES];
	/* buffer size in Bytes */
	__u32   buffer_size[DCBX_MAX_BUFFERS];
	__u32   total_size;
};

/* CEE DCBX std supported values */
#define CEE_DCBX_MAX_PGS	8
#define CEE_DCBX_MAX_PRIO	8

/**
 * struct cee_pg - CEE Priority-Group managed object
 *
 * @willing: willing bit in the PG tlv
 * @error: error bit in the PG tlv
 * @pg_en: enable bit of the PG feature
 * @tcs_supported: number of traffic classes supported
 * @pg_bw: bandwidth percentage for each priority group
 * @prio_pg: priority to PG mapping indexed by priority
 */
struct cee_pg {
	__u8    willing;
	__u8    error;
	__u8    pg_en;
	__u8    tcs_supported;
	__u8    pg_bw[CEE_DCBX_MAX_PGS];
	__u8    prio_pg[CEE_DCBX_MAX_PGS];
};

/**
 * struct cee_pfc - CEE PFC managed object
 *
 * @willing: willing bit in the PFC tlv
 * @error: error bit in the PFC tlv
 * @pfc_en: bitmap indicating pfc enabled traffic classes
 * @tcs_supported: number of traffic classes supported
 */
struct cee_pfc {
	__u8    willing;
	__u8    error;
	__u8    pfc_en;
	__u8    tcs_supported;
};

/* IEEE 802.1Qaz std supported values */
#define IEEE_8021QAZ_APP_SEL_ETHERTYPE	1
#define IEEE_8021QAZ_APP_SEL_STREAM	2
#define IEEE_8021QAZ_APP_SEL_DGRAM	3
#define IEEE_8021QAZ_APP_SEL_ANY	4
#define IEEE_8021QAZ_APP_SEL_DSCP       5

/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qaz APP managed object. This
 * object is also used for the CEE std as well.
 *
 * @selector: protocol identifier type
 * @protocol: protocol of type indicated
 * @priority: 3-bit unsigned integer indicating priority for IEEE
 *            8-bit 802.1p user priority bitmap for CEE
 *
 * ----
 *  Selector field values for IEEE 802.1Qaz
 *	0	Reserved
 *	1	Ethertype
 *	2	Well known port number over TCP or SCTP
 *	3	Well known port number over UDP or DCCP
 *	4	Well known port number over TCP, SCTP, UDP, or DCCP
 *	5-7	Reserved
 *
 *  Selector field values for CEE
 *	0	Ethertype
 *	1	Well known port number over TCP or UDP
 *	2-3	Reserved
 */
struct dcb_app {
	__u8	selector;
	__u8	priority;
	__u16	protocol;
};

/**
 * struct dcb_peer_app_info - APP feature information sent by the peer
 *
 * @willing: willing bit in the peer APP tlv
 * @error: error bit in the peer APP tlv
 *
 * In addition to this information the full peer APP tlv also contains
 * a table of 'app_count' APP objects defined above.
 */
struct dcb_peer_app_info {
	__u8	willing;
	__u8	error;
};

struct dcbmsg {
	__u8               dcb_family;
	__u8               cmd;
	__u16              dcb_pad;
};

/**
 * enum dcbnl_commands - supported DCB commands
 *
 * @DCB_CMD_UNDEFINED: unspecified command to catch errors
 * @DCB_CMD_GSTATE: request the state of DCB in the device
 * @DCB_CMD_SSTATE: set the state of DCB in the device
 * @DCB_CMD_PGTX_GCFG: request the priority group configuration for Tx
 * @DCB_CMD_PGTX_SCFG: set the priority group configuration for Tx
 * @DCB_CMD_PGRX_GCFG: request the priority group configuration for Rx
 * @DCB_CMD_PGRX_SCFG: set the priority group configuration for Rx
 * @DCB_CMD_PFC_GCFG: request the priority flow control configuration
 * @DCB_CMD_PFC_SCFG: set the priority flow control configuration
 * @DCB_CMD_SET_ALL: apply all changes to the underlying device
 * @DCB_CMD_GPERM_HWADDR: get the permanent MAC address of the underlying
 *                        device.  Only useful when using bonding.
 * @DCB_CMD_GCAP: request the DCB capabilities of the device
 * @DCB_CMD_GNUMTCS: get the number of traffic classes currently supported
 * @DCB_CMD_SNUMTCS: set the number of traffic classes
 * @DCB_CMD_GBCN: set backward congestion notification configuration
 * @DCB_CMD_SBCN: get backward congestion notification configration.
 * @DCB_CMD_GAPP: get application protocol configuration
 * @DCB_CMD_SAPP: set application protocol configuration
 * @DCB_CMD_IEEE_SET: set IEEE 802.1Qaz configuration
 * @DCB_CMD_IEEE_GET: get IEEE 802.1Qaz configuration
 * @DCB_CMD_GDCBX: get DCBX engine configuration
 * @DCB_CMD_SDCBX: set DCBX engine configuration
 * @DCB_CMD_GFEATCFG: get DCBX features flags
 * @DCB_CMD_SFEATCFG: set DCBX features negotiation flags
 * @DCB_CMD_CEE_GET: get CEE aggregated configuration
 * @DCB_CMD_IEEE_DEL: delete IEEE 802.1Qaz configuration
 */
enum dcbnl_commands {
	DCB_CMD_UNDEFINED,

	DCB_CMD_GSTATE,
	DCB_CMD_SSTATE,

	DCB_CMD_PGTX_GCFG,
	DCB_CMD_PGTX_SCFG,
	DCB_CMD_PGRX_GCFG,
	DCB_CMD_PGRX_SCFG,

	DCB_CMD_PFC_GCFG,
	DCB_CMD_PFC_SCFG,

	DCB_CMD_SET_ALL,

	DCB_CMD_GPERM_HWADDR,

	DCB_CMD_GCAP,

	DCB_CMD_GNUMTCS,
	DCB_CMD_SNUMTCS,

	DCB_CMD_PFC_GSTATE,
	DCB_CMD_PFC_SSTATE,

	DCB_CMD_BCN_GCFG,
	DCB_CMD_BCN_SCFG,

	DCB_CMD_GAPP,
	DCB_CMD_SAPP,

	DCB_CMD_IEEE_SET,
	DCB_CMD_IEEE_GET,

	DCB_CMD_GDCBX,
	DCB_CMD_SDCBX,

	DCB_CMD_GFEATCFG,
	DCB_CMD_SFEATCFG,

	DCB_CMD_CEE_GET,
	DCB_CMD_IEEE_DEL,

	__DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX,
	DCB_CMD_MAX = __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX - 1,
};

/**
 * enum dcbnl_attrs - DCB top-level netlink attributes
 *
 * @DCB_ATTR_UNDEFINED: unspecified attribute to catch errors
 * @DCB_ATTR_IFNAME: interface name of the underlying device (NLA_STRING)
 * @DCB_ATTR_STATE: enable state of DCB in the device (NLA_U8)
 * @DCB_ATTR_PFC_STATE: enable state of PFC in the device (NLA_U8)
 * @DCB_ATTR_PFC_CFG: priority flow control configuration (NLA_NESTED)
 * @DCB_ATTR_NUM_TC: number of traffic classes supported in the device (NLA_U8)
 * @DCB_ATTR_PG_CFG: priority group configuration (NLA_NESTED)
 * @DCB_ATTR_SET_ALL: bool to commit changes to hardware or not (NLA_U8)
 * @DCB_ATTR_PERM_HWADDR: MAC address of the physical device (NLA_NESTED)
 * @DCB_ATTR_CAP: DCB capabilities of the device (NLA_NESTED)
 * @DCB_ATTR_NUMTCS: number of traffic classes supported (NLA_NESTED)
 * @DCB_ATTR_BCN: backward congestion notification configuration (NLA_NESTED)
 * @DCB_ATTR_IEEE: IEEE 802.1Qaz supported attributes (NLA_NESTED)
 * @DCB_ATTR_DCBX: DCBX engine configuration in the device (NLA_U8)
 * @DCB_ATTR_FEATCFG: DCBX features flags (NLA_NESTED)
 * @DCB_ATTR_CEE: CEE std supported attributes (NLA_NESTED)
 */
enum dcbnl_attrs {
	DCB_ATTR_UNDEFINED,

	DCB_ATTR_IFNAME,
	DCB_ATTR_STATE,
	DCB_ATTR_PFC_STATE,
	DCB_ATTR_PFC_CFG,
	DCB_ATTR_NUM_TC,
	DCB_ATTR_PG_CFG,
	DCB_ATTR_SET_ALL,
	DCB_ATTR_PERM_HWADDR,
	DCB_ATTR_CAP,
	DCB_ATTR_NUMTCS,
	DCB_ATTR_BCN,
	DCB_ATTR_APP,

	/* IEEE std attributes */
	DCB_ATTR_IEEE,

	DCB_ATTR_DCBX,
	DCB_ATTR_FEATCFG,

	/* CEE nested attributes */
	DCB_ATTR_CEE,

	__DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX,
	DCB_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1,
};

/**
 * enum ieee_attrs - IEEE 802.1Qaz get/set attributes
 *
 * @DCB_ATTR_IEEE_UNSPEC: unspecified
 * @DCB_ATTR_IEEE_ETS: negotiated ETS configuration
 * @DCB_ATTR_IEEE_PFC: negotiated PFC configuration
 * @DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_TABLE: negotiated APP configuration
 * @DCB_ATTR_IEEE_PEER_ETS: peer ETS configuration - get only
 * @DCB_ATTR_IEEE_PEER_PFC: peer PFC configuration - get only
 * @DCB_ATTR_IEEE_PEER_APP: peer APP tlv - get only
 */
enum ieee_attrs {
	DCB_ATTR_IEEE_UNSPEC,
	DCB_ATTR_IEEE_ETS,
	DCB_ATTR_IEEE_PFC,
	DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_TABLE,
	DCB_ATTR_IEEE_PEER_ETS,
	DCB_ATTR_IEEE_PEER_PFC,
	DCB_ATTR_IEEE_PEER_APP,
	DCB_ATTR_IEEE_MAXRATE,
	DCB_ATTR_IEEE_QCN,
	DCB_ATTR_IEEE_QCN_STATS,
	DCB_ATTR_DCB_BUFFER,
	__DCB_ATTR_IEEE_MAX
};
#define DCB_ATTR_IEEE_MAX (__DCB_ATTR_IEEE_MAX - 1)

enum ieee_attrs_app {
	DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_UNSPEC,
	DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP,
	__DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_MAX
};
#define DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_MAX (__DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum cee_attrs - CEE DCBX get attributes.
 *
 * @DCB_ATTR_CEE_UNSPEC: unspecified
 * @DCB_ATTR_CEE_PEER_PG: peer PG configuration - get only
 * @DCB_ATTR_CEE_PEER_PFC: peer PFC configuration - get only
 * @DCB_ATTR_CEE_PEER_APP_TABLE: peer APP tlv - get only
 * @DCB_ATTR_CEE_TX_PG: TX PG configuration (DCB_CMD_PGTX_GCFG)
 * @DCB_ATTR_CEE_RX_PG: RX PG configuration (DCB_CMD_PGRX_GCFG)
 * @DCB_ATTR_CEE_PFC: PFC configuration (DCB_CMD_PFC_GCFG)
 * @DCB_ATTR_CEE_APP_TABLE: APP configuration (multi DCB_CMD_GAPP)
 * @DCB_ATTR_CEE_FEAT: DCBX features flags (DCB_CMD_GFEATCFG)
 *
 * An aggregated collection of the cee std negotiated parameters.
 */
enum cee_attrs {
	DCB_ATTR_CEE_UNSPEC,
	DCB_ATTR_CEE_PEER_PG,
	DCB_ATTR_CEE_PEER_PFC,
	DCB_ATTR_CEE_PEER_APP_TABLE,
	DCB_ATTR_CEE_TX_PG,
	DCB_ATTR_CEE_RX_PG,
	DCB_ATTR_CEE_PFC,
	DCB_ATTR_CEE_APP_TABLE,
	DCB_ATTR_CEE_FEAT,
	__DCB_ATTR_CEE_MAX
};
#define DCB_ATTR_CEE_MAX (__DCB_ATTR_CEE_MAX - 1)

enum peer_app_attr {
	DCB_ATTR_CEE_PEER_APP_UNSPEC,
	DCB_ATTR_CEE_PEER_APP_INFO,
	DCB_ATTR_CEE_PEER_APP,
	__DCB_ATTR_CEE_PEER_APP_MAX
};
#define DCB_ATTR_CEE_PEER_APP_MAX (__DCB_ATTR_CEE_PEER_APP_MAX - 1)

enum cee_attrs_app {
	DCB_ATTR_CEE_APP_UNSPEC,
	DCB_ATTR_CEE_APP,
	__DCB_ATTR_CEE_APP_MAX
};
#define DCB_ATTR_CEE_APP_MAX (__DCB_ATTR_CEE_APP_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum dcbnl_pfc_attrs - DCB Priority Flow Control user priority nested attrs
 *
 * @DCB_PFC_UP_ATTR_UNDEFINED: unspecified attribute to catch errors
 * @DCB_PFC_UP_ATTR_0: Priority Flow Control value for User Priority 0 (NLA_U8)
 * @DCB_PFC_UP_ATTR_1: Priority Flow Control value for User Priority 1 (NLA_U8)
 * @DCB_PFC_UP_ATTR_2: Priority Flow Control value for User Priority 2 (NLA_U8)
 * @DCB_PFC_UP_ATTR_3: Priority Flow Control value for User Priority 3 (NLA_U8)
 * @DCB_PFC_UP_ATTR_4: Priority Flow Control value for User Priority 4 (NLA_U8)
 * @DCB_PFC_UP_ATTR_5: Priority Flow Control value for User Priority 5 (NLA_U8)
 * @DCB_PFC_UP_ATTR_6: Priority Flow Control value for User Priority 6 (NLA_U8)
 * @DCB_PFC_UP_ATTR_7: Priority Flow Control value for User Priority 7 (NLA_U8)
 * @DCB_PFC_UP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
 * @DCB_PFC_UP_ATTR_ALL: apply to all priority flow control attrs (NLA_FLAG)
 *
 */
enum dcbnl_pfc_up_attrs {
	DCB_PFC_UP_ATTR_UNDEFINED,

	DCB_PFC_UP_ATTR_0,
	DCB_PFC_UP_ATTR_1,
	DCB_PFC_UP_ATTR_2,
	DCB_PFC_UP_ATTR_3,
	DCB_PFC_UP_ATTR_4,
	DCB_PFC_UP_ATTR_5,
	DCB_PFC_UP_ATTR_6,
	DCB_PFC_UP_ATTR_7,
	DCB_PFC_UP_ATTR_ALL,

	__DCB_PFC_UP_ATTR_ENUM_MAX,
	DCB_PFC_UP_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_PFC_UP_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1,
};

/**
 * enum dcbnl_pg_attrs - DCB Priority Group attributes
 *
 * @DCB_PG_ATTR_UNDEFINED: unspecified attribute to catch errors
 * @DCB_PG_ATTR_TC_0: Priority Group Traffic Class 0 configuration (NLA_NESTED)
 * @DCB_PG_ATTR_TC_1: Priority Group Traffic Class 1 configuration (NLA_NESTED)
 * @DCB_PG_ATTR_TC_2: Priority Group Traffic Class 2 configuration (NLA_NESTED)
 * @DCB_PG_ATTR_TC_3: Priority Group Traffic Class 3 configuration (NLA_NESTED)
 * @DCB_PG_ATTR_TC_4: Priority Group Traffic Class 4 configuration (NLA_NESTED)
 * @DCB_PG_ATTR_TC_5: Priority Group Traffic Class 5 configuration (NLA_NESTED)
 * @DCB_PG_ATTR_TC_6: Priority Group Traffic Class 6 configuration (NLA_NESTED)
 * @DCB_PG_ATTR_TC_7: Priority Group Traffic Class 7 configuration (NLA_NESTED)
 * @DCB_PG_ATTR_TC_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
 * @DCB_PG_ATTR_TC_ALL: apply to all traffic classes (NLA_NESTED)
 * @DCB_PG_ATTR_BW_ID_0: Percent of link bandwidth for Priority Group 0 (NLA_U8)
 * @DCB_PG_ATTR_BW_ID_1: Percent of link bandwidth for Priority Group 1 (NLA_U8)
 * @DCB_PG_ATTR_BW_ID_2: Percent of link bandwidth for Priority Group 2 (NLA_U8)
 * @DCB_PG_ATTR_BW_ID_3: Percent of link bandwidth for Priority Group 3 (NLA_U8)
 * @DCB_PG_ATTR_BW_ID_4: Percent of link bandwidth for Priority Group 4 (NLA_U8)
 * @DCB_PG_ATTR_BW_ID_5: Percent of link bandwidth for Priority Group 5 (NLA_U8)
 * @DCB_PG_ATTR_BW_ID_6: Percent of link bandwidth for Priority Group 6 (NLA_U8)
 * @DCB_PG_ATTR_BW_ID_7: Percent of link bandwidth for Priority Group 7 (NLA_U8)
 * @DCB_PG_ATTR_BW_ID_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
 * @DCB_PG_ATTR_BW_ID_ALL: apply to all priority groups (NLA_FLAG)
 *
 */
enum dcbnl_pg_attrs {
	DCB_PG_ATTR_UNDEFINED,

	DCB_PG_ATTR_TC_0,
	DCB_PG_ATTR_TC_1,
	DCB_PG_ATTR_TC_2,
	DCB_PG_ATTR_TC_3,
	DCB_PG_ATTR_TC_4,
	DCB_PG_ATTR_TC_5,
	DCB_PG_ATTR_TC_6,
	DCB_PG_ATTR_TC_7,
	DCB_PG_ATTR_TC_MAX,
	DCB_PG_ATTR_TC_ALL,

	DCB_PG_ATTR_BW_ID_0,
	DCB_PG_ATTR_BW_ID_1,
	DCB_PG_ATTR_BW_ID_2,
	DCB_PG_ATTR_BW_ID_3,
	DCB_PG_ATTR_BW_ID_4,
	DCB_PG_ATTR_BW_ID_5,
	DCB_PG_ATTR_BW_ID_6,
	DCB_PG_ATTR_BW_ID_7,
	DCB_PG_ATTR_BW_ID_MAX,
	DCB_PG_ATTR_BW_ID_ALL,

	__DCB_PG_ATTR_ENUM_MAX,
	DCB_PG_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_PG_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1,
};

/**
 * enum dcbnl_tc_attrs - DCB Traffic Class attributes
 *
 * @DCB_TC_ATTR_PARAM_UNDEFINED: unspecified attribute to catch errors
 * @DCB_TC_ATTR_PARAM_PGID: (NLA_U8) Priority group the traffic class belongs to
 *                          Valid values are:  0-7
 * @DCB_TC_ATTR_PARAM_UP_MAPPING: (NLA_U8) Traffic class to user priority map
 *                                Some devices may not support changing the
 *                                user priority map of a TC.
 * @DCB_TC_ATTR_PARAM_STRICT_PRIO: (NLA_U8) Strict priority setting
 *                                 0 - none
 *                                 1 - group strict
 *                                 2 - link strict
 * @DCB_TC_ATTR_PARAM_BW_PCT: optional - (NLA_U8) If supported by the device and
 *                            not configured to use link strict priority,
 *                            this is the percentage of bandwidth of the
 *                            priority group this traffic class belongs to
 * @DCB_TC_ATTR_PARAM_ALL: (NLA_FLAG) all traffic class parameters
 *
 */
enum dcbnl_tc_attrs {
	DCB_TC_ATTR_PARAM_UNDEFINED,

	DCB_TC_ATTR_PARAM_PGID,
	DCB_TC_ATTR_PARAM_UP_MAPPING,
	DCB_TC_ATTR_PARAM_STRICT_PRIO,
	DCB_TC_ATTR_PARAM_BW_PCT,
	DCB_TC_ATTR_PARAM_ALL,

	__DCB_TC_ATTR_PARAM_ENUM_MAX,
	DCB_TC_ATTR_PARAM_MAX = __DCB_TC_ATTR_PARAM_ENUM_MAX - 1,
};

/**
 * enum dcbnl_cap_attrs - DCB Capability attributes
 *
 * @DCB_CAP_ATTR_UNDEFINED: unspecified attribute to catch errors
 * @DCB_CAP_ATTR_ALL: (NLA_FLAG) all capability parameters
 * @DCB_CAP_ATTR_PG: (NLA_U8) device supports Priority Groups
 * @DCB_CAP_ATTR_PFC: (NLA_U8) device supports Priority Flow Control
 * @DCB_CAP_ATTR_UP2TC: (NLA_U8) device supports user priority to
 *                               traffic class mapping
 * @DCB_CAP_ATTR_PG_TCS: (NLA_U8) bitmap where each bit represents a
 *                                number of traffic classes the device
 *                                can be configured to use for Priority Groups
 * @DCB_CAP_ATTR_PFC_TCS: (NLA_U8) bitmap where each bit represents a
 *                                 number of traffic classes the device can be
 *                                 configured to use for Priority Flow Control
 * @DCB_CAP_ATTR_GSP: (NLA_U8) device supports group strict priority
 * @DCB_CAP_ATTR_BCN: (NLA_U8) device supports Backwards Congestion
 *                             Notification
 * @DCB_CAP_ATTR_DCBX: (NLA_U8) device supports DCBX engine
 *
 */
enum dcbnl_cap_attrs {
	DCB_CAP_ATTR_UNDEFINED,
	DCB_CAP_ATTR_ALL,
	DCB_CAP_ATTR_PG,
	DCB_CAP_ATTR_PFC,
	DCB_CAP_ATTR_UP2TC,
	DCB_CAP_ATTR_PG_TCS,
	DCB_CAP_ATTR_PFC_TCS,
	DCB_CAP_ATTR_GSP,
	DCB_CAP_ATTR_BCN,
	DCB_CAP_ATTR_DCBX,

	__DCB_CAP_ATTR_ENUM_MAX,
	DCB_CAP_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_CAP_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1,
};

/**
 * DCBX capability flags
 *
 * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_HOST: DCBX negotiation is performed by the host LLDP agent.
 *                     'set' routines are used to configure the device with
 *                     the negotiated parameters
 *
 * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_LLD_MANAGED: DCBX negotiation is not performed in the host but
 *                            by another entity
 *                            'get' routines are used to retrieve the
 *                            negotiated parameters
 *                            'set' routines can be used to set the initial
 *                            negotiation configuration
 *
 * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_VER_CEE: for a non-host DCBX engine, indicates the engine
 *                        supports the CEE protocol flavor
 *
 * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_VER_IEEE: for a non-host DCBX engine, indicates the engine
 *                         supports the IEEE protocol flavor
 *
 * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_STATIC: for a non-host DCBX engine, indicates the engine
 *                       supports static configuration (i.e no actual
 *                       negotiation is performed negotiated parameters equal
 *                       the initial configuration)
 *
 */
#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_HOST		0x01
#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_LLD_MANAGED	0x02
#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_VER_CEE		0x04
#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_VER_IEEE		0x08
#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_STATIC		0x10

/**
 * enum dcbnl_numtcs_attrs - number of traffic classes
 *
 * @DCB_NUMTCS_ATTR_UNDEFINED: unspecified attribute to catch errors
 * @DCB_NUMTCS_ATTR_ALL: (NLA_FLAG) all traffic class attributes
 * @DCB_NUMTCS_ATTR_PG: (NLA_U8) number of traffic classes used for
 *                               priority groups
 * @DCB_NUMTCS_ATTR_PFC: (NLA_U8) number of traffic classes which can
 *                                support priority flow control
 */
enum dcbnl_numtcs_attrs {
	DCB_NUMTCS_ATTR_UNDEFINED,
	DCB_NUMTCS_ATTR_ALL,
	DCB_NUMTCS_ATTR_PG,
	DCB_NUMTCS_ATTR_PFC,

	__DCB_NUMTCS_ATTR_ENUM_MAX,
	DCB_NUMTCS_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_NUMTCS_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1,
};

enum dcbnl_bcn_attrs{
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_UNDEFINED = 0,

	DCB_BCN_ATTR_RP_0,
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_RP_1,
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_RP_2,
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_RP_3,
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_RP_4,
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_RP_5,
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_RP_6,
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_RP_7,
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_RP_ALL,

	DCB_BCN_ATTR_BCNA_0,
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_BCNA_1,
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_ALPHA,
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_BETA,
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_GD,
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_GI,
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_TMAX,
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_TD,
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_RMIN,
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_W,
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_RD,
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_RU,
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_WRTT,
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_RI,
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_C,
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_ALL,

	__DCB_BCN_ATTR_ENUM_MAX,
	DCB_BCN_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_BCN_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1,
};

/**
 * enum dcb_general_attr_values - general DCB attribute values
 *
 * @DCB_ATTR_UNDEFINED: value used to indicate an attribute is not supported
 *
 */
enum dcb_general_attr_values {
	DCB_ATTR_VALUE_UNDEFINED = 0xff
};

#define DCB_APP_IDTYPE_ETHTYPE	0x00
#define DCB_APP_IDTYPE_PORTNUM	0x01
enum dcbnl_app_attrs {
	DCB_APP_ATTR_UNDEFINED,

	DCB_APP_ATTR_IDTYPE,
	DCB_APP_ATTR_ID,
	DCB_APP_ATTR_PRIORITY,

	__DCB_APP_ATTR_ENUM_MAX,
	DCB_APP_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_APP_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1,
};

/**
 * enum dcbnl_featcfg_attrs - features conifiguration flags
 *
 * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_UNDEFINED: unspecified attribute to catch errors
 * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_ALL: (NLA_FLAG) all features configuration attributes
 * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_PG: (NLA_U8) configuration flags for priority groups
 * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_PFC: (NLA_U8) configuration flags for priority
 *                                 flow control
 * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_APP: (NLA_U8) configuration flags for application TLV
 *
 */
#define DCB_FEATCFG_ERROR	0x01	/* error in feature resolution */
#define DCB_FEATCFG_ENABLE	0x02	/* enable feature */
#define DCB_FEATCFG_WILLING	0x04	/* feature is willing */
#define DCB_FEATCFG_ADVERTISE	0x08	/* advertise feature */
enum dcbnl_featcfg_attrs {
	DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_UNDEFINED,
	DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_ALL,
	DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_PG,
	DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_PFC,
	DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_APP,

	__DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_ENUM_MAX,
	DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1,
};

#endif /* __LINUX_DCBNL_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright 2008 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
 * Copyright 2008 Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net>
 *
 * This file is part of the Linux kernel and is made available under
 * the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2, or at your
 * option, any later version, incorporated herein by reference.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_AUTO_DEV_IOCTL_H
#define _LINUX_AUTO_DEV_IOCTL_H

#include <linux/auto_fs.h>
#include <linux/string.h>

#define AUTOFS_DEVICE_NAME		"autofs"

#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_VERSION_MAJOR	1
#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_VERSION_MINOR	1

#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_SIZE		sizeof(struct autofs_dev_ioctl)

/*
 * An ioctl interface for autofs mount point control.
 */

struct args_protover {
	__u32	version;
};

struct args_protosubver {
	__u32	sub_version;
};

struct args_openmount {
	__u32	devid;
};

struct args_ready {
	__u32	token;
};

struct args_fail {
	__u32	token;
	__s32	status;
};

struct args_setpipefd {
	__s32	pipefd;
};

struct args_timeout {
	__u64	timeout;
};

struct args_requester {
	__u32	uid;
	__u32	gid;
};

struct args_expire {
	__u32	how;
};

struct args_askumount {
	__u32	may_umount;
};

struct args_ismountpoint {
	union {
		struct args_in {
			__u32	type;
		} in;
		struct args_out {
			__u32	devid;
			__u32	magic;
		} out;
	};
};

/*
 * All the ioctls use this structure.
 * When sending a path size must account for the total length
 * of the chunk of memory otherwise is is the size of the
 * structure.
 */

struct autofs_dev_ioctl {
	__u32 ver_major;
	__u32 ver_minor;
	__u32 size;		/* total size of data passed in
				 * including this struct */
	__s32 ioctlfd;		/* automount command fd */

	/* Command parameters */

	union {
		struct args_protover		protover;
		struct args_protosubver		protosubver;
		struct args_openmount		openmount;
		struct args_ready		ready;
		struct args_fail		fail;
		struct args_setpipefd		setpipefd;
		struct args_timeout		timeout;
		struct args_requester		requester;
		struct args_expire		expire;
		struct args_askumount		askumount;
		struct args_ismountpoint	ismountpoint;
	};

	char path[0];
};

static __inline__ void init_autofs_dev_ioctl(struct autofs_dev_ioctl *in)
{
	memset(in, 0, AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_SIZE);
	in->ver_major = AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_VERSION_MAJOR;
	in->ver_minor = AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_VERSION_MINOR;
	in->size = AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_SIZE;
	in->ioctlfd = -1;
}

enum {
	/* Get various version info */
	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_VERSION_CMD = 0x71,
	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_PROTOVER_CMD,
	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_PROTOSUBVER_CMD,

	/* Open mount ioctl fd */
	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_OPENMOUNT_CMD,

	/* Close mount ioctl fd */
	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_CLOSEMOUNT_CMD,

	/* Mount/expire status returns */
	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_READY_CMD,
	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_FAIL_CMD,

	/* Activate/deactivate autofs mount */
	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_SETPIPEFD_CMD,
	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_CATATONIC_CMD,

	/* Expiry timeout */
	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_TIMEOUT_CMD,

	/* Get mount last requesting uid and gid */
	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_REQUESTER_CMD,

	/* Check for eligible expire candidates */
	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_EXPIRE_CMD,

	/* Request busy status */
	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_ASKUMOUNT_CMD,

	/* Check if path is a mountpoint */
	AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_ISMOUNTPOINT_CMD,
};

#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_VERSION \
	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_VERSION_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)

#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_PROTOVER \
	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_PROTOVER_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)

#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_PROTOSUBVER \
	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_PROTOSUBVER_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)

#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_OPENMOUNT \
	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_OPENMOUNT_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)

#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_CLOSEMOUNT \
	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_CLOSEMOUNT_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)

#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_READY \
	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_READY_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)

#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_FAIL \
	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_FAIL_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)

#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_SETPIPEFD \
	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_SETPIPEFD_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)

#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_CATATONIC \
	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_CATATONIC_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)

#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_TIMEOUT \
	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_TIMEOUT_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)

#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_REQUESTER \
	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_REQUESTER_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)

#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_EXPIRE \
	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_EXPIRE_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)

#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_ASKUMOUNT \
	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_ASKUMOUNT_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)

#define AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_ISMOUNTPOINT \
	_IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
	      AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_ISMOUNTPOINT_CMD, struct autofs_dev_ioctl)

#endif	/* _LINUX_AUTO_DEV_IOCTL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  SR-IPv6 implementation
 *
 *  Author:
 *  David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
 *
 *
 *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *      modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *      as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *      2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_SEG6_IPTUNNEL_H
#define _LINUX_SEG6_IPTUNNEL_H

#include <linux/seg6.h>		/* For struct ipv6_sr_hdr. */

enum {
	SEG6_IPTUNNEL_UNSPEC,
	SEG6_IPTUNNEL_SRH,
	__SEG6_IPTUNNEL_MAX,
};
#define SEG6_IPTUNNEL_MAX (__SEG6_IPTUNNEL_MAX - 1)

struct seg6_iptunnel_encap {
	int mode;
	struct ipv6_sr_hdr srh[0];
};

#define SEG6_IPTUN_ENCAP_SIZE(x) ((sizeof(*x)) + (((x)->srh->hdrlen + 1) << 3))

enum {
	SEG6_IPTUN_MODE_INLINE,
	SEG6_IPTUN_MODE_ENCAP,
	SEG6_IPTUN_MODE_L2ENCAP,
};


#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_FB_H
#define _LINUX_FB_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/i2c.h>

/* Definitions of frame buffers						*/

#define FB_MAX			32	/* sufficient for now */

/* ioctls
   0x46 is 'F'								*/
#define FBIOGET_VSCREENINFO	0x4600
#define FBIOPUT_VSCREENINFO	0x4601
#define FBIOGET_FSCREENINFO	0x4602
#define FBIOGETCMAP		0x4604
#define FBIOPUTCMAP		0x4605
#define FBIOPAN_DISPLAY		0x4606
#define FBIO_CURSOR            _IOWR('F', 0x08, struct fb_cursor)
/* 0x4607-0x460B are defined below */
/* #define FBIOGET_MONITORSPEC	0x460C */
/* #define FBIOPUT_MONITORSPEC	0x460D */
/* #define FBIOSWITCH_MONIBIT	0x460E */
#define FBIOGET_CON2FBMAP	0x460F
#define FBIOPUT_CON2FBMAP	0x4610
#define FBIOBLANK		0x4611		/* arg: 0 or vesa level + 1 */
#define FBIOGET_VBLANK		_IOR('F', 0x12, struct fb_vblank)
#define FBIO_ALLOC              0x4613
#define FBIO_FREE               0x4614
#define FBIOGET_GLYPH           0x4615
#define FBIOGET_HWCINFO         0x4616
#define FBIOPUT_MODEINFO        0x4617
#define FBIOGET_DISPINFO        0x4618
#define FBIO_WAITFORVSYNC	_IOW('F', 0x20, __u32)

#define FB_TYPE_PACKED_PIXELS		0	/* Packed Pixels	*/
#define FB_TYPE_PLANES			1	/* Non interleaved planes */
#define FB_TYPE_INTERLEAVED_PLANES	2	/* Interleaved planes	*/
#define FB_TYPE_TEXT			3	/* Text/attributes	*/
#define FB_TYPE_VGA_PLANES		4	/* EGA/VGA planes	*/
#define FB_TYPE_FOURCC			5	/* Type identified by a V4L2 FOURCC */

#define FB_AUX_TEXT_MDA		0	/* Monochrome text */
#define FB_AUX_TEXT_CGA		1	/* CGA/EGA/VGA Color text */
#define FB_AUX_TEXT_S3_MMIO	2	/* S3 MMIO fasttext */
#define FB_AUX_TEXT_MGA_STEP16	3	/* MGA Millenium I: text, attr, 14 reserved bytes */
#define FB_AUX_TEXT_MGA_STEP8	4	/* other MGAs:      text, attr,  6 reserved bytes */
#define FB_AUX_TEXT_SVGA_GROUP	8	/* 8-15: SVGA tileblit compatible modes */
#define FB_AUX_TEXT_SVGA_MASK	7	/* lower three bits says step */
#define FB_AUX_TEXT_SVGA_STEP2	8	/* SVGA text mode:  text, attr */
#define FB_AUX_TEXT_SVGA_STEP4	9	/* SVGA text mode:  text, attr,  2 reserved bytes */
#define FB_AUX_TEXT_SVGA_STEP8	10	/* SVGA text mode:  text, attr,  6 reserved bytes */
#define FB_AUX_TEXT_SVGA_STEP16	11	/* SVGA text mode:  text, attr, 14 reserved bytes */
#define FB_AUX_TEXT_SVGA_LAST	15	/* reserved up to 15 */

#define FB_AUX_VGA_PLANES_VGA4		0	/* 16 color planes (EGA/VGA) */
#define FB_AUX_VGA_PLANES_CFB4		1	/* CFB4 in planes (VGA) */
#define FB_AUX_VGA_PLANES_CFB8		2	/* CFB8 in planes (VGA) */

#define FB_VISUAL_MONO01		0	/* Monochr. 1=Black 0=White */
#define FB_VISUAL_MONO10		1	/* Monochr. 1=White 0=Black */
#define FB_VISUAL_TRUECOLOR		2	/* True color	*/
#define FB_VISUAL_PSEUDOCOLOR		3	/* Pseudo color (like atari) */
#define FB_VISUAL_DIRECTCOLOR		4	/* Direct color */
#define FB_VISUAL_STATIC_PSEUDOCOLOR	5	/* Pseudo color readonly */
#define FB_VISUAL_FOURCC		6	/* Visual identified by a V4L2 FOURCC */

#define FB_ACCEL_NONE		0	/* no hardware accelerator	*/
#define FB_ACCEL_ATARIBLITT	1	/* Atari Blitter		*/
#define FB_ACCEL_AMIGABLITT	2	/* Amiga Blitter                */
#define FB_ACCEL_S3_TRIO64	3	/* Cybervision64 (S3 Trio64)    */
#define FB_ACCEL_NCR_77C32BLT	4	/* RetinaZ3 (NCR 77C32BLT)      */
#define FB_ACCEL_S3_VIRGE	5	/* Cybervision64/3D (S3 ViRGE)	*/
#define FB_ACCEL_ATI_MACH64GX	6	/* ATI Mach 64GX family		*/
#define FB_ACCEL_DEC_TGA	7	/* DEC 21030 TGA		*/
#define FB_ACCEL_ATI_MACH64CT	8	/* ATI Mach 64CT family		*/
#define FB_ACCEL_ATI_MACH64VT	9	/* ATI Mach 64CT family VT class */
#define FB_ACCEL_ATI_MACH64GT	10	/* ATI Mach 64CT family GT class */
#define FB_ACCEL_SUN_CREATOR	11	/* Sun Creator/Creator3D	*/
#define FB_ACCEL_SUN_CGSIX	12	/* Sun cg6			*/
#define FB_ACCEL_SUN_LEO	13	/* Sun leo/zx			*/
#define FB_ACCEL_IMS_TWINTURBO	14	/* IMS Twin Turbo		*/
#define FB_ACCEL_3DLABS_PERMEDIA2 15	/* 3Dlabs Permedia 2		*/
#define FB_ACCEL_MATROX_MGA2064W 16	/* Matrox MGA2064W (Millenium)	*/
#define FB_ACCEL_MATROX_MGA1064SG 17	/* Matrox MGA1064SG (Mystique)	*/
#define FB_ACCEL_MATROX_MGA2164W 18	/* Matrox MGA2164W (Millenium II) */
#define FB_ACCEL_MATROX_MGA2164W_AGP 19	/* Matrox MGA2164W (Millenium II) */
#define FB_ACCEL_MATROX_MGAG100	20	/* Matrox G100 (Productiva G100) */
#define FB_ACCEL_MATROX_MGAG200	21	/* Matrox G200 (Myst, Mill, ...) */
#define FB_ACCEL_SUN_CG14	22	/* Sun cgfourteen		 */
#define FB_ACCEL_SUN_BWTWO	23	/* Sun bwtwo			*/
#define FB_ACCEL_SUN_CGTHREE	24	/* Sun cgthree			*/
#define FB_ACCEL_SUN_TCX	25	/* Sun tcx			*/
#define FB_ACCEL_MATROX_MGAG400	26	/* Matrox G400			*/
#define FB_ACCEL_NV3		27	/* nVidia RIVA 128              */
#define FB_ACCEL_NV4		28	/* nVidia RIVA TNT		*/
#define FB_ACCEL_NV5		29	/* nVidia RIVA TNT2		*/
#define FB_ACCEL_CT_6555x	30	/* C&T 6555x			*/
#define FB_ACCEL_3DFX_BANSHEE	31	/* 3Dfx Banshee			*/
#define FB_ACCEL_ATI_RAGE128	32	/* ATI Rage128 family		*/
#define FB_ACCEL_IGS_CYBER2000	33	/* CyberPro 2000		*/
#define FB_ACCEL_IGS_CYBER2010	34	/* CyberPro 2010		*/
#define FB_ACCEL_IGS_CYBER5000	35	/* CyberPro 5000		*/
#define FB_ACCEL_SIS_GLAMOUR    36	/* SiS 300/630/540              */
#define FB_ACCEL_3DLABS_PERMEDIA3 37	/* 3Dlabs Permedia 3		*/
#define FB_ACCEL_ATI_RADEON	38	/* ATI Radeon family		*/
#define FB_ACCEL_I810           39      /* Intel 810/815                */
#define FB_ACCEL_SIS_GLAMOUR_2  40	/* SiS 315, 650, 740		*/
#define FB_ACCEL_SIS_XABRE      41	/* SiS 330 ("Xabre")		*/
#define FB_ACCEL_I830           42      /* Intel 830M/845G/85x/865G     */
#define FB_ACCEL_NV_10          43      /* nVidia Arch 10               */
#define FB_ACCEL_NV_20          44      /* nVidia Arch 20               */
#define FB_ACCEL_NV_30          45      /* nVidia Arch 30               */
#define FB_ACCEL_NV_40          46      /* nVidia Arch 40               */
#define FB_ACCEL_XGI_VOLARI_V	47	/* XGI Volari V3XT, V5, V8      */
#define FB_ACCEL_XGI_VOLARI_Z	48	/* XGI Volari Z7                */
#define FB_ACCEL_OMAP1610	49	/* TI OMAP16xx                  */
#define FB_ACCEL_TRIDENT_TGUI	50	/* Trident TGUI			*/
#define FB_ACCEL_TRIDENT_3DIMAGE 51	/* Trident 3DImage		*/
#define FB_ACCEL_TRIDENT_BLADE3D 52	/* Trident Blade3D		*/
#define FB_ACCEL_TRIDENT_BLADEXP 53	/* Trident BladeXP		*/
#define FB_ACCEL_CIRRUS_ALPINE   53	/* Cirrus Logic 543x/544x/5480	*/
#define FB_ACCEL_NEOMAGIC_NM2070 90	/* NeoMagic NM2070              */
#define FB_ACCEL_NEOMAGIC_NM2090 91	/* NeoMagic NM2090              */
#define FB_ACCEL_NEOMAGIC_NM2093 92	/* NeoMagic NM2093              */
#define FB_ACCEL_NEOMAGIC_NM2097 93	/* NeoMagic NM2097              */
#define FB_ACCEL_NEOMAGIC_NM2160 94	/* NeoMagic NM2160              */
#define FB_ACCEL_NEOMAGIC_NM2200 95	/* NeoMagic NM2200              */
#define FB_ACCEL_NEOMAGIC_NM2230 96	/* NeoMagic NM2230              */
#define FB_ACCEL_NEOMAGIC_NM2360 97	/* NeoMagic NM2360              */
#define FB_ACCEL_NEOMAGIC_NM2380 98	/* NeoMagic NM2380              */
#define FB_ACCEL_PXA3XX		 99	/* PXA3xx			*/

#define FB_ACCEL_SAVAGE4        0x80	/* S3 Savage4                   */
#define FB_ACCEL_SAVAGE3D       0x81	/* S3 Savage3D                  */
#define FB_ACCEL_SAVAGE3D_MV    0x82	/* S3 Savage3D-MV               */
#define FB_ACCEL_SAVAGE2000     0x83	/* S3 Savage2000                */
#define FB_ACCEL_SAVAGE_MX_MV   0x84	/* S3 Savage/MX-MV              */
#define FB_ACCEL_SAVAGE_MX      0x85	/* S3 Savage/MX                 */
#define FB_ACCEL_SAVAGE_IX_MV   0x86	/* S3 Savage/IX-MV              */
#define FB_ACCEL_SAVAGE_IX      0x87	/* S3 Savage/IX                 */
#define FB_ACCEL_PROSAVAGE_PM   0x88	/* S3 ProSavage PM133           */
#define FB_ACCEL_PROSAVAGE_KM   0x89	/* S3 ProSavage KM133           */
#define FB_ACCEL_S3TWISTER_P    0x8a	/* S3 Twister                   */
#define FB_ACCEL_S3TWISTER_K    0x8b	/* S3 TwisterK                  */
#define FB_ACCEL_SUPERSAVAGE    0x8c    /* S3 Supersavage               */
#define FB_ACCEL_PROSAVAGE_DDR  0x8d	/* S3 ProSavage DDR             */
#define FB_ACCEL_PROSAVAGE_DDRK 0x8e	/* S3 ProSavage DDR-K           */

#define FB_ACCEL_PUV3_UNIGFX	0xa0	/* PKUnity-v3 Unigfx		*/

#define FB_CAP_FOURCC		1	/* Device supports FOURCC-based formats */

struct fb_fix_screeninfo {
	char id[16];			/* identification string eg "TT Builtin" */
	unsigned long smem_start;	/* Start of frame buffer mem */
					/* (physical address) */
	__u32 smem_len;			/* Length of frame buffer mem */
	__u32 type;			/* see FB_TYPE_*		*/
	__u32 type_aux;			/* Interleave for interleaved Planes */
	__u32 visual;			/* see FB_VISUAL_*		*/ 
	__u16 xpanstep;			/* zero if no hardware panning  */
	__u16 ypanstep;			/* zero if no hardware panning  */
	__u16 ywrapstep;		/* zero if no hardware ywrap    */
	__u32 line_length;		/* length of a line in bytes    */
	unsigned long mmio_start;	/* Start of Memory Mapped I/O   */
					/* (physical address) */
	__u32 mmio_len;			/* Length of Memory Mapped I/O  */
	__u32 accel;			/* Indicate to driver which	*/
					/*  specific chip/card we have	*/
	__u16 capabilities;		/* see FB_CAP_*			*/
	__u16 reserved[2];		/* Reserved for future compatibility */
};

/* Interpretation of offset for color fields: All offsets are from the right,
 * inside a "pixel" value, which is exactly 'bits_per_pixel' wide (means: you
 * can use the offset as right argument to <<). A pixel afterwards is a bit
 * stream and is written to video memory as that unmodified.
 *
 * For pseudocolor: offset and length should be the same for all color
 * components. Offset specifies the position of the least significant bit
 * of the pallette index in a pixel value. Length indicates the number
 * of available palette entries (i.e. # of entries = 1 << length).
 */
struct fb_bitfield {
	__u32 offset;			/* beginning of bitfield	*/
	__u32 length;			/* length of bitfield		*/
	__u32 msb_right;		/* != 0 : Most significant bit is */ 
					/* right */ 
};

#define FB_NONSTD_HAM		1	/* Hold-And-Modify (HAM)        */
#define FB_NONSTD_REV_PIX_IN_B	2	/* order of pixels in each byte is reversed */

#define FB_ACTIVATE_NOW		0	/* set values immediately (or vbl)*/
#define FB_ACTIVATE_NXTOPEN	1	/* activate on next open	*/
#define FB_ACTIVATE_TEST	2	/* don't set, round up impossible */
#define FB_ACTIVATE_MASK       15
					/* values			*/
#define FB_ACTIVATE_VBL	       16	/* activate values on next vbl  */
#define FB_CHANGE_CMAP_VBL     32	/* change colormap on vbl	*/
#define FB_ACTIVATE_ALL	       64	/* change all VCs on this fb	*/
#define FB_ACTIVATE_FORCE     128	/* force apply even when no change*/
#define FB_ACTIVATE_INV_MODE  256       /* invalidate videomode */
#define FB_ACTIVATE_KD_TEXT   512       /* for KDSET vt ioctl */

#define FB_ACCELF_TEXT		1	/* (OBSOLETE) see fb_info.flags and vc_mode */

#define FB_SYNC_HOR_HIGH_ACT	1	/* horizontal sync high active	*/
#define FB_SYNC_VERT_HIGH_ACT	2	/* vertical sync high active	*/
#define FB_SYNC_EXT		4	/* external sync		*/
#define FB_SYNC_COMP_HIGH_ACT	8	/* composite sync high active   */
#define FB_SYNC_BROADCAST	16	/* broadcast video timings      */
					/* vtotal = 144d/288n/576i => PAL  */
					/* vtotal = 121d/242n/484i => NTSC */
#define FB_SYNC_ON_GREEN	32	/* sync on green */

#define FB_VMODE_NONINTERLACED  0	/* non interlaced */
#define FB_VMODE_INTERLACED	1	/* interlaced	*/
#define FB_VMODE_DOUBLE		2	/* double scan */
#define FB_VMODE_ODD_FLD_FIRST	4	/* interlaced: top line first */
#define FB_VMODE_MASK		255

#define FB_VMODE_YWRAP		256	/* ywrap instead of panning     */
#define FB_VMODE_SMOOTH_XPAN	512	/* smooth xpan possible (internally used) */
#define FB_VMODE_CONUPDATE	512	/* don't update x/yoffset	*/

/*
 * Display rotation support
 */
#define FB_ROTATE_UR      0
#define FB_ROTATE_CW      1
#define FB_ROTATE_UD      2
#define FB_ROTATE_CCW     3

#define PICOS2KHZ(a) (1000000000UL/(a))
#define KHZ2PICOS(a) (1000000000UL/(a))

struct fb_var_screeninfo {
	__u32 xres;			/* visible resolution		*/
	__u32 yres;
	__u32 xres_virtual;		/* virtual resolution		*/
	__u32 yres_virtual;
	__u32 xoffset;			/* offset from virtual to visible */
	__u32 yoffset;			/* resolution			*/

	__u32 bits_per_pixel;		/* guess what			*/
	__u32 grayscale;		/* 0 = color, 1 = grayscale,	*/
					/* >1 = FOURCC			*/
	struct fb_bitfield red;		/* bitfield in fb mem if true color, */
	struct fb_bitfield green;	/* else only length is significant */
	struct fb_bitfield blue;
	struct fb_bitfield transp;	/* transparency			*/	

	__u32 nonstd;			/* != 0 Non standard pixel format */

	__u32 activate;			/* see FB_ACTIVATE_*		*/

	__u32 height;			/* height of picture in mm    */
	__u32 width;			/* width of picture in mm     */

	__u32 accel_flags;		/* (OBSOLETE) see fb_info.flags */

	/* Timing: All values in pixclocks, except pixclock (of course) */
	__u32 pixclock;			/* pixel clock in ps (pico seconds) */
	__u32 left_margin;		/* time from sync to picture	*/
	__u32 right_margin;		/* time from picture to sync	*/
	__u32 upper_margin;		/* time from sync to picture	*/
	__u32 lower_margin;
	__u32 hsync_len;		/* length of horizontal sync	*/
	__u32 vsync_len;		/* length of vertical sync	*/
	__u32 sync;			/* see FB_SYNC_*		*/
	__u32 vmode;			/* see FB_VMODE_*		*/
	__u32 rotate;			/* angle we rotate counter clockwise */
	__u32 colorspace;		/* colorspace for FOURCC-based modes */
	__u32 reserved[4];		/* Reserved for future compatibility */
};

struct fb_cmap {
	__u32 start;			/* First entry	*/
	__u32 len;			/* Number of entries */
	__u16 *red;			/* Red values	*/
	__u16 *green;
	__u16 *blue;
	__u16 *transp;			/* transparency, can be NULL */
};

struct fb_con2fbmap {
	__u32 console;
	__u32 framebuffer;
};

/* VESA Blanking Levels */
#define VESA_NO_BLANKING        0
#define VESA_VSYNC_SUSPEND      1
#define VESA_HSYNC_SUSPEND      2
#define VESA_POWERDOWN          3


enum {
	/* screen: unblanked, hsync: on,  vsync: on */
	FB_BLANK_UNBLANK       = VESA_NO_BLANKING,

	/* screen: blanked,   hsync: on,  vsync: on */
	FB_BLANK_NORMAL        = VESA_NO_BLANKING + 1,

	/* screen: blanked,   hsync: on,  vsync: off */
	FB_BLANK_VSYNC_SUSPEND = VESA_VSYNC_SUSPEND + 1,

	/* screen: blanked,   hsync: off, vsync: on */
	FB_BLANK_HSYNC_SUSPEND = VESA_HSYNC_SUSPEND + 1,

	/* screen: blanked,   hsync: off, vsync: off */
	FB_BLANK_POWERDOWN     = VESA_POWERDOWN + 1
};

#define FB_VBLANK_VBLANKING	0x001	/* currently in a vertical blank */
#define FB_VBLANK_HBLANKING	0x002	/* currently in a horizontal blank */
#define FB_VBLANK_HAVE_VBLANK	0x004	/* vertical blanks can be detected */
#define FB_VBLANK_HAVE_HBLANK	0x008	/* horizontal blanks can be detected */
#define FB_VBLANK_HAVE_COUNT	0x010	/* global retrace counter is available */
#define FB_VBLANK_HAVE_VCOUNT	0x020	/* the vcount field is valid */
#define FB_VBLANK_HAVE_HCOUNT	0x040	/* the hcount field is valid */
#define FB_VBLANK_VSYNCING	0x080	/* currently in a vsync */
#define FB_VBLANK_HAVE_VSYNC	0x100	/* verical syncs can be detected */

struct fb_vblank {
	__u32 flags;			/* FB_VBLANK flags */
	__u32 count;			/* counter of retraces since boot */
	__u32 vcount;			/* current scanline position */
	__u32 hcount;			/* current scandot position */
	__u32 reserved[4];		/* reserved for future compatibility */
};

/* Internal HW accel */
#define ROP_COPY 0
#define ROP_XOR  1

struct fb_copyarea {
	__u32 dx;
	__u32 dy;
	__u32 width;
	__u32 height;
	__u32 sx;
	__u32 sy;
};

struct fb_fillrect {
	__u32 dx;	/* screen-relative */
	__u32 dy;
	__u32 width;
	__u32 height;
	__u32 color;
	__u32 rop;
};

struct fb_image {
	__u32 dx;		/* Where to place image */
	__u32 dy;
	__u32 width;		/* Size of image */
	__u32 height;
	__u32 fg_color;		/* Only used when a mono bitmap */
	__u32 bg_color;
	__u8  depth;		/* Depth of the image */
	const char *data;	/* Pointer to image data */
	struct fb_cmap cmap;	/* color map info */
};

/*
 * hardware cursor control
 */

#define FB_CUR_SETIMAGE 0x01
#define FB_CUR_SETPOS   0x02
#define FB_CUR_SETHOT   0x04
#define FB_CUR_SETCMAP  0x08
#define FB_CUR_SETSHAPE 0x10
#define FB_CUR_SETSIZE	0x20
#define FB_CUR_SETALL   0xFF

struct fbcurpos {
	__u16 x, y;
};

struct fb_cursor {
	__u16 set;		/* what to set */
	__u16 enable;		/* cursor on/off */
	__u16 rop;		/* bitop operation */
	const char *mask;	/* cursor mask bits */
	struct fbcurpos hot;	/* cursor hot spot */
	struct fb_image	image;	/* Cursor image */
};

/* Settings for the generic backlight code */
#define FB_BACKLIGHT_LEVELS	128
#define FB_BACKLIGHT_MAX	0xFF


#endif /* _LINUX_FB_H */
/*
 * Copyright 2014 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
 * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
 * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
 * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
 * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
 * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
 * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
 * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
 * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
 * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 */

#ifndef KFD_IOCTL_H_INCLUDED
#define KFD_IOCTL_H_INCLUDED

#include <drm/drm.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

/*
 * - 1.1 - initial version
 * - 1.3 - Add SMI events support
 * - 1.4 - Indicate new SRAM EDC bit in device properties
 * - 1.5 - Add SVM API
 * - 1.6 - Query clear flags in SVM get_attr API
 * - 1.7 - Checkpoint Restore (CRIU) API
 * - 1.8 - CRIU - Support for SDMA transfers with GTT BOs
 * - 1.9 - Add available memory ioctl
 * - 1.10 - Add SMI profiler event log
 * - 1.11 - Add unified memory for ctx save/restore area
 */
#define KFD_IOCTL_MAJOR_VERSION 1
#define KFD_IOCTL_MINOR_VERSION 11

struct kfd_ioctl_get_version_args {
	__u32 major_version;	/* from KFD */
	__u32 minor_version;	/* from KFD */
};

/* For kfd_ioctl_create_queue_args.queue_type. */
#define KFD_IOC_QUEUE_TYPE_COMPUTE		0x0
#define KFD_IOC_QUEUE_TYPE_SDMA			0x1
#define KFD_IOC_QUEUE_TYPE_COMPUTE_AQL		0x2
#define KFD_IOC_QUEUE_TYPE_SDMA_XGMI		0x3

#define KFD_MAX_QUEUE_PERCENTAGE	100
#define KFD_MAX_QUEUE_PRIORITY		15

struct kfd_ioctl_create_queue_args {
	__u64 ring_base_address;	/* to KFD */
	__u64 write_pointer_address;	/* from KFD */
	__u64 read_pointer_address;	/* from KFD */
	__u64 doorbell_offset;	/* from KFD */

	__u32 ring_size;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 gpu_id;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 queue_type;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 queue_percentage;	/* to KFD */
	__u32 queue_priority;	/* to KFD */
	__u32 queue_id;		/* from KFD */

	__u64 eop_buffer_address;	/* to KFD */
	__u64 eop_buffer_size;	/* to KFD */
	__u64 ctx_save_restore_address; /* to KFD */
	__u32 ctx_save_restore_size;	/* to KFD */
	__u32 ctl_stack_size;		/* to KFD */
};

struct kfd_ioctl_destroy_queue_args {
	__u32 queue_id;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 pad;
};

struct kfd_ioctl_update_queue_args {
	__u64 ring_base_address;	/* to KFD */

	__u32 queue_id;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 ring_size;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 queue_percentage;	/* to KFD */
	__u32 queue_priority;	/* to KFD */
};

struct kfd_ioctl_set_cu_mask_args {
	__u32 queue_id;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 num_cu_mask;		/* to KFD */
	__u64 cu_mask_ptr;		/* to KFD */
};

struct kfd_ioctl_get_queue_wave_state_args {
	__u64 ctl_stack_address;	/* to KFD */
	__u32 ctl_stack_used_size;	/* from KFD */
	__u32 save_area_used_size;	/* from KFD */
	__u32 queue_id;			/* to KFD */
	__u32 pad;
};

struct kfd_ioctl_get_available_memory_args {
	__u64 available;	/* from KFD */
	__u32 gpu_id;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 pad;
};

/* For kfd_ioctl_set_memory_policy_args.default_policy and alternate_policy */
#define KFD_IOC_CACHE_POLICY_COHERENT 0
#define KFD_IOC_CACHE_POLICY_NONCOHERENT 1

struct kfd_ioctl_set_memory_policy_args {
	__u64 alternate_aperture_base;	/* to KFD */
	__u64 alternate_aperture_size;	/* to KFD */

	__u32 gpu_id;			/* to KFD */
	__u32 default_policy;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 alternate_policy;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 pad;
};

/*
 * All counters are monotonic. They are used for profiling of compute jobs.
 * The profiling is done by userspace.
 *
 * In case of GPU reset, the counter should not be affected.
 */

struct kfd_ioctl_get_clock_counters_args {
	__u64 gpu_clock_counter;	/* from KFD */
	__u64 cpu_clock_counter;	/* from KFD */
	__u64 system_clock_counter;	/* from KFD */
	__u64 system_clock_freq;	/* from KFD */

	__u32 gpu_id;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 pad;
};

struct kfd_process_device_apertures {
	__u64 lds_base;		/* from KFD */
	__u64 lds_limit;		/* from KFD */
	__u64 scratch_base;		/* from KFD */
	__u64 scratch_limit;		/* from KFD */
	__u64 gpuvm_base;		/* from KFD */
	__u64 gpuvm_limit;		/* from KFD */
	__u32 gpu_id;		/* from KFD */
	__u32 pad;
};

/*
 * AMDKFD_IOC_GET_PROCESS_APERTURES is deprecated. Use
 * AMDKFD_IOC_GET_PROCESS_APERTURES_NEW instead, which supports an
 * unlimited number of GPUs.
 */
#define NUM_OF_SUPPORTED_GPUS 7
struct kfd_ioctl_get_process_apertures_args {
	struct kfd_process_device_apertures
			process_apertures[NUM_OF_SUPPORTED_GPUS];/* from KFD */

	/* from KFD, should be in the range [1 - NUM_OF_SUPPORTED_GPUS] */
	__u32 num_of_nodes;
	__u32 pad;
};

struct kfd_ioctl_get_process_apertures_new_args {
	/* User allocated. Pointer to struct kfd_process_device_apertures
	 * filled in by Kernel
	 */
	__u64 kfd_process_device_apertures_ptr;
	/* to KFD - indicates amount of memory present in
	 *  kfd_process_device_apertures_ptr
	 * from KFD - Number of entries filled by KFD.
	 */
	__u32 num_of_nodes;
	__u32 pad;
};

#define MAX_ALLOWED_NUM_POINTS    100
#define MAX_ALLOWED_AW_BUFF_SIZE 4096
#define MAX_ALLOWED_WAC_BUFF_SIZE  128

struct kfd_ioctl_dbg_register_args {
	__u32 gpu_id;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 pad;
};

struct kfd_ioctl_dbg_unregister_args {
	__u32 gpu_id;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 pad;
};

struct kfd_ioctl_dbg_address_watch_args {
	__u64 content_ptr;		/* a pointer to the actual content */
	__u32 gpu_id;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 buf_size_in_bytes;	/*including gpu_id and buf_size */
};

struct kfd_ioctl_dbg_wave_control_args {
	__u64 content_ptr;		/* a pointer to the actual content */
	__u32 gpu_id;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 buf_size_in_bytes;	/*including gpu_id and buf_size */
};

#define KFD_INVALID_FD     0xffffffff

/* Matching HSA_EVENTTYPE */
#define KFD_IOC_EVENT_SIGNAL			0
#define KFD_IOC_EVENT_NODECHANGE		1
#define KFD_IOC_EVENT_DEVICESTATECHANGE		2
#define KFD_IOC_EVENT_HW_EXCEPTION		3
#define KFD_IOC_EVENT_SYSTEM_EVENT		4
#define KFD_IOC_EVENT_DEBUG_EVENT		5
#define KFD_IOC_EVENT_PROFILE_EVENT		6
#define KFD_IOC_EVENT_QUEUE_EVENT		7
#define KFD_IOC_EVENT_MEMORY			8

#define KFD_IOC_WAIT_RESULT_COMPLETE		0
#define KFD_IOC_WAIT_RESULT_TIMEOUT		1
#define KFD_IOC_WAIT_RESULT_FAIL		2

#define KFD_SIGNAL_EVENT_LIMIT			4096

/* For kfd_event_data.hw_exception_data.reset_type. */
#define KFD_HW_EXCEPTION_WHOLE_GPU_RESET	0
#define KFD_HW_EXCEPTION_PER_ENGINE_RESET	1

/* For kfd_event_data.hw_exception_data.reset_cause. */
#define KFD_HW_EXCEPTION_GPU_HANG	0
#define KFD_HW_EXCEPTION_ECC		1

/* For kfd_hsa_memory_exception_data.ErrorType */
#define KFD_MEM_ERR_NO_RAS		0
#define KFD_MEM_ERR_SRAM_ECC		1
#define KFD_MEM_ERR_POISON_CONSUMED	2
#define KFD_MEM_ERR_GPU_HANG		3

struct kfd_ioctl_create_event_args {
	__u64 event_page_offset;	/* from KFD */
	__u32 event_trigger_data;	/* from KFD - signal events only */
	__u32 event_type;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 auto_reset;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 node_id;		/* to KFD - only valid for certain
							event types */
	__u32 event_id;		/* from KFD */
	__u32 event_slot_index;	/* from KFD */
};

struct kfd_ioctl_destroy_event_args {
	__u32 event_id;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 pad;
};

struct kfd_ioctl_set_event_args {
	__u32 event_id;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 pad;
};

struct kfd_ioctl_reset_event_args {
	__u32 event_id;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 pad;
};

struct kfd_memory_exception_failure {
	__u32 NotPresent;	/* Page not present or supervisor privilege */
	__u32 ReadOnly;	/* Write access to a read-only page */
	__u32 NoExecute;	/* Execute access to a page marked NX */
	__u32 imprecise;	/* Can't determine the	exact fault address */
};

/* memory exception data */
struct kfd_hsa_memory_exception_data {
	struct kfd_memory_exception_failure failure;
	__u64 va;
	__u32 gpu_id;
	__u32 ErrorType; /* 0 = no RAS error,
			  * 1 = ECC_SRAM,
			  * 2 = Link_SYNFLOOD (poison),
			  * 3 = GPU hang (not attributable to a specific cause),
			  * other values reserved
			  */
};

/* hw exception data */
struct kfd_hsa_hw_exception_data {
	__u32 reset_type;
	__u32 reset_cause;
	__u32 memory_lost;
	__u32 gpu_id;
};

/* Event data */
struct kfd_event_data {
	union {
		struct kfd_hsa_memory_exception_data memory_exception_data;
		struct kfd_hsa_hw_exception_data hw_exception_data;
	};				/* From KFD */
	__u64 kfd_event_data_ext;	/* pointer to an extension structure
					   for future exception types */
	__u32 event_id;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 pad;
};

struct kfd_ioctl_wait_events_args {
	__u64 events_ptr;		/* pointed to struct
					   kfd_event_data array, to KFD */
	__u32 num_events;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 wait_for_all;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 timeout;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 wait_result;		/* from KFD */
};

struct kfd_ioctl_set_scratch_backing_va_args {
	__u64 va_addr;	/* to KFD */
	__u32 gpu_id;	/* to KFD */
	__u32 pad;
};

struct kfd_ioctl_get_tile_config_args {
	/* to KFD: pointer to tile array */
	__u64 tile_config_ptr;
	/* to KFD: pointer to macro tile array */
	__u64 macro_tile_config_ptr;
	/* to KFD: array size allocated by user mode
	 * from KFD: array size filled by kernel
	 */
	__u32 num_tile_configs;
	/* to KFD: array size allocated by user mode
	 * from KFD: array size filled by kernel
	 */
	__u32 num_macro_tile_configs;

	__u32 gpu_id;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 gb_addr_config;	/* from KFD */
	__u32 num_banks;		/* from KFD */
	__u32 num_ranks;		/* from KFD */
	/* struct size can be extended later if needed
	 * without breaking ABI compatibility
	 */
};

struct kfd_ioctl_set_trap_handler_args {
	__u64 tba_addr;		/* to KFD */
	__u64 tma_addr;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 gpu_id;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 pad;
};

struct kfd_ioctl_acquire_vm_args {
	__u32 drm_fd;	/* to KFD */
	__u32 gpu_id;	/* to KFD */
};

/* Allocation flags: memory types */
#define KFD_IOC_ALLOC_MEM_FLAGS_VRAM		(1 << 0)
#define KFD_IOC_ALLOC_MEM_FLAGS_GTT		(1 << 1)
#define KFD_IOC_ALLOC_MEM_FLAGS_USERPTR		(1 << 2)
#define KFD_IOC_ALLOC_MEM_FLAGS_DOORBELL	(1 << 3)
#define KFD_IOC_ALLOC_MEM_FLAGS_MMIO_REMAP	(1 << 4)
/* Allocation flags: attributes/access options */
#define KFD_IOC_ALLOC_MEM_FLAGS_WRITABLE	(1 << 31)
#define KFD_IOC_ALLOC_MEM_FLAGS_EXECUTABLE	(1 << 30)
#define KFD_IOC_ALLOC_MEM_FLAGS_PUBLIC		(1 << 29)
#define KFD_IOC_ALLOC_MEM_FLAGS_NO_SUBSTITUTE	(1 << 28)
#define KFD_IOC_ALLOC_MEM_FLAGS_AQL_QUEUE_MEM	(1 << 27)
#define KFD_IOC_ALLOC_MEM_FLAGS_COHERENT	(1 << 26)
#define KFD_IOC_ALLOC_MEM_FLAGS_UNCACHED	(1 << 25)

/* Allocate memory for later SVM (shared virtual memory) mapping.
 *
 * @va_addr:     virtual address of the memory to be allocated
 *               all later mappings on all GPUs will use this address
 * @size:        size in bytes
 * @handle:      buffer handle returned to user mode, used to refer to
 *               this allocation for mapping, unmapping and freeing
 * @mmap_offset: for CPU-mapping the allocation by mmapping a render node
 *               for userptrs this is overloaded to specify the CPU address
 * @gpu_id:      device identifier
 * @flags:       memory type and attributes. See KFD_IOC_ALLOC_MEM_FLAGS above
 */
struct kfd_ioctl_alloc_memory_of_gpu_args {
	__u64 va_addr;		/* to KFD */
	__u64 size;		/* to KFD */
	__u64 handle;		/* from KFD */
	__u64 mmap_offset;	/* to KFD (userptr), from KFD (mmap offset) */
	__u32 gpu_id;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 flags;
};

/* Free memory allocated with kfd_ioctl_alloc_memory_of_gpu
 *
 * @handle: memory handle returned by alloc
 */
struct kfd_ioctl_free_memory_of_gpu_args {
	__u64 handle;		/* to KFD */
};

/* Map memory to one or more GPUs
 *
 * @handle:                memory handle returned by alloc
 * @device_ids_array_ptr:  array of gpu_ids (__u32 per device)
 * @n_devices:             number of devices in the array
 * @n_success:             number of devices mapped successfully
 *
 * @n_success returns information to the caller how many devices from
 * the start of the array have mapped the buffer successfully. It can
 * be passed into a subsequent retry call to skip those devices. For
 * the first call the caller should initialize it to 0.
 *
 * If the ioctl completes with return code 0 (success), n_success ==
 * n_devices.
 */
struct kfd_ioctl_map_memory_to_gpu_args {
	__u64 handle;			/* to KFD */
	__u64 device_ids_array_ptr;	/* to KFD */
	__u32 n_devices;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 n_success;		/* to/from KFD */
};

/* Unmap memory from one or more GPUs
 *
 * same arguments as for mapping
 */
struct kfd_ioctl_unmap_memory_from_gpu_args {
	__u64 handle;			/* to KFD */
	__u64 device_ids_array_ptr;	/* to KFD */
	__u32 n_devices;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 n_success;		/* to/from KFD */
};

/* Allocate GWS for specific queue
 *
 * @queue_id:    queue's id that GWS is allocated for
 * @num_gws:     how many GWS to allocate
 * @first_gws:   index of the first GWS allocated.
 *               only support contiguous GWS allocation
 */
struct kfd_ioctl_alloc_queue_gws_args {
	__u32 queue_id;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 num_gws;		/* to KFD */
	__u32 first_gws;	/* from KFD */
	__u32 pad;
};

struct kfd_ioctl_get_dmabuf_info_args {
	__u64 size;		/* from KFD */
	__u64 metadata_ptr;	/* to KFD */
	__u32 metadata_size;	/* to KFD (space allocated by user)
				 * from KFD (actual metadata size)
				 */
	__u32 gpu_id;	/* from KFD */
	__u32 flags;		/* from KFD (KFD_IOC_ALLOC_MEM_FLAGS) */
	__u32 dmabuf_fd;	/* to KFD */
};

struct kfd_ioctl_import_dmabuf_args {
	__u64 va_addr;	/* to KFD */
	__u64 handle;	/* from KFD */
	__u32 gpu_id;	/* to KFD */
	__u32 dmabuf_fd;	/* to KFD */
};

/*
 * KFD SMI(System Management Interface) events
 */
enum kfd_smi_event {
	KFD_SMI_EVENT_NONE = 0, /* not used */
	KFD_SMI_EVENT_VMFAULT = 1, /* event start counting at 1 */
	KFD_SMI_EVENT_THERMAL_THROTTLE = 2,
	KFD_SMI_EVENT_GPU_PRE_RESET = 3,
	KFD_SMI_EVENT_GPU_POST_RESET = 4,
	KFD_SMI_EVENT_MIGRATE_START = 5,
	KFD_SMI_EVENT_MIGRATE_END = 6,
	KFD_SMI_EVENT_PAGE_FAULT_START = 7,
	KFD_SMI_EVENT_PAGE_FAULT_END = 8,
	KFD_SMI_EVENT_QUEUE_EVICTION = 9,
	KFD_SMI_EVENT_QUEUE_RESTORE = 10,
	KFD_SMI_EVENT_UNMAP_FROM_GPU = 11,

	/*
	 * max event number, as a flag bit to get events from all processes,
	 * this requires super user permission, otherwise will not be able to
	 * receive event from any process. Without this flag to receive events
	 * from same process.
	 */
	KFD_SMI_EVENT_ALL_PROCESS = 64
};

enum KFD_MIGRATE_TRIGGERS {
	KFD_MIGRATE_TRIGGER_PREFETCH,
	KFD_MIGRATE_TRIGGER_PAGEFAULT_GPU,
	KFD_MIGRATE_TRIGGER_PAGEFAULT_CPU,
	KFD_MIGRATE_TRIGGER_TTM_EVICTION
};

enum KFD_QUEUE_EVICTION_TRIGGERS {
	KFD_QUEUE_EVICTION_TRIGGER_SVM,
	KFD_QUEUE_EVICTION_TRIGGER_USERPTR,
	KFD_QUEUE_EVICTION_TRIGGER_TTM,
	KFD_QUEUE_EVICTION_TRIGGER_SUSPEND,
	KFD_QUEUE_EVICTION_CRIU_CHECKPOINT,
	KFD_QUEUE_EVICTION_CRIU_RESTORE
};

enum KFD_SVM_UNMAP_TRIGGERS {
	KFD_SVM_UNMAP_TRIGGER_MMU_NOTIFY,
	KFD_SVM_UNMAP_TRIGGER_MMU_NOTIFY_MIGRATE,
	KFD_SVM_UNMAP_TRIGGER_UNMAP_FROM_CPU
};

#define KFD_SMI_EVENT_MASK_FROM_INDEX(i) (1ULL << ((i) - 1))
#define KFD_SMI_EVENT_MSG_SIZE	96

struct kfd_ioctl_smi_events_args {
	__u32 gpuid;	/* to KFD */
	__u32 anon_fd;	/* from KFD */
};

/**************************************************************************************************
 * CRIU IOCTLs (Checkpoint Restore In Userspace)
 *
 * When checkpointing a process, the userspace application will perform:
 * 1. PROCESS_INFO op to determine current process information. This pauses execution and evicts
 *    all the queues.
 * 2. CHECKPOINT op to checkpoint process contents (BOs, queues, events, svm-ranges)
 * 3. UNPAUSE op to un-evict all the queues
 *
 * When restoring a process, the CRIU userspace application will perform:
 *
 * 1. RESTORE op to restore process contents
 * 2. RESUME op to start the process
 *
 * Note: Queues are forced into an evicted state after a successful PROCESS_INFO. User
 * application needs to perform an UNPAUSE operation after calling PROCESS_INFO.
 */

enum kfd_criu_op {
	KFD_CRIU_OP_PROCESS_INFO,
	KFD_CRIU_OP_CHECKPOINT,
	KFD_CRIU_OP_UNPAUSE,
	KFD_CRIU_OP_RESTORE,
	KFD_CRIU_OP_RESUME,
};

/**
 * kfd_ioctl_criu_args - Arguments perform CRIU operation
 * @devices:		[in/out] User pointer to memory location for devices information.
 * 			This is an array of type kfd_criu_device_bucket.
 * @bos:		[in/out] User pointer to memory location for BOs information
 * 			This is an array of type kfd_criu_bo_bucket.
 * @priv_data:		[in/out] User pointer to memory location for private data
 * @priv_data_size:	[in/out] Size of priv_data in bytes
 * @num_devices:	[in/out] Number of GPUs used by process. Size of @devices array.
 * @num_bos		[in/out] Number of BOs used by process. Size of @bos array.
 * @num_objects:	[in/out] Number of objects used by process. Objects are opaque to
 *				 user application.
 * @pid:		[in/out] PID of the process being checkpointed
 * @op			[in] Type of operation (kfd_criu_op)
 *
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno on failure
 */
struct kfd_ioctl_criu_args {
	__u64 devices;		/* Used during ops: CHECKPOINT, RESTORE */
	__u64 bos;		/* Used during ops: CHECKPOINT, RESTORE */
	__u64 priv_data;	/* Used during ops: CHECKPOINT, RESTORE */
	__u64 priv_data_size;	/* Used during ops: PROCESS_INFO, RESTORE */
	__u32 num_devices;	/* Used during ops: PROCESS_INFO, RESTORE */
	__u32 num_bos;		/* Used during ops: PROCESS_INFO, RESTORE */
	__u32 num_objects;	/* Used during ops: PROCESS_INFO, RESTORE */
	__u32 pid;		/* Used during ops: PROCESS_INFO, RESUME */
	__u32 op;
};

struct kfd_criu_device_bucket {
	__u32 user_gpu_id;
	__u32 actual_gpu_id;
	__u32 drm_fd;
	__u32 pad;
};

struct kfd_criu_bo_bucket {
	__u64 addr;
	__u64 size;
	__u64 offset;
	__u64 restored_offset;    /* During restore, updated offset for BO */
	__u32 gpu_id;             /* This is the user_gpu_id */
	__u32 alloc_flags;
	__u32 dmabuf_fd;
	__u32 pad;
};

/* CRIU IOCTLs - END */
/**************************************************************************************************/

/* Register offset inside the remapped mmio page
 */
enum kfd_mmio_remap {
	KFD_MMIO_REMAP_HDP_MEM_FLUSH_CNTL = 0,
	KFD_MMIO_REMAP_HDP_REG_FLUSH_CNTL = 4,
};

/* Guarantee host access to memory */
#define KFD_IOCTL_SVM_FLAG_HOST_ACCESS 0x00000001
/* Fine grained coherency between all devices with access */
#define KFD_IOCTL_SVM_FLAG_COHERENT    0x00000002
/* Use any GPU in same hive as preferred device */
#define KFD_IOCTL_SVM_FLAG_HIVE_LOCAL  0x00000004
/* GPUs only read, allows replication */
#define KFD_IOCTL_SVM_FLAG_GPU_RO      0x00000008
/* Allow execution on GPU */
#define KFD_IOCTL_SVM_FLAG_GPU_EXEC    0x00000010
/* GPUs mostly read, may allow similar optimizations as RO, but writes fault */
#define KFD_IOCTL_SVM_FLAG_GPU_READ_MOSTLY     0x00000020
/* Keep GPU memory mapping always valid as if XNACK is disable */
#define KFD_IOCTL_SVM_FLAG_GPU_ALWAYS_MAPPED   0x00000040

/**
 * kfd_ioctl_svm_op - SVM ioctl operations
 *
 * @KFD_IOCTL_SVM_OP_SET_ATTR: Modify one or more attributes
 * @KFD_IOCTL_SVM_OP_GET_ATTR: Query one or more attributes
 */
enum kfd_ioctl_svm_op {
	KFD_IOCTL_SVM_OP_SET_ATTR,
	KFD_IOCTL_SVM_OP_GET_ATTR
};

/** kfd_ioctl_svm_location - Enum for preferred and prefetch locations
 *
 * GPU IDs are used to specify GPUs as preferred and prefetch locations.
 * Below definitions are used for system memory or for leaving the preferred
 * location unspecified.
 */
enum kfd_ioctl_svm_location {
	KFD_IOCTL_SVM_LOCATION_SYSMEM = 0,
	KFD_IOCTL_SVM_LOCATION_UNDEFINED = 0xffffffff
};

/**
 * kfd_ioctl_svm_attr_type - SVM attribute types
 *
 * @KFD_IOCTL_SVM_ATTR_PREFERRED_LOC: gpuid of the preferred location, 0 for
 *                                    system memory
 * @KFD_IOCTL_SVM_ATTR_PREFETCH_LOC: gpuid of the prefetch location, 0 for
 *                                   system memory. Setting this triggers an
 *                                   immediate prefetch (migration).
 * @KFD_IOCTL_SVM_ATTR_ACCESS:
 * @KFD_IOCTL_SVM_ATTR_ACCESS_IN_PLACE:
 * @KFD_IOCTL_SVM_ATTR_NO_ACCESS: specify memory access for the gpuid given
 *                                by the attribute value
 * @KFD_IOCTL_SVM_ATTR_SET_FLAGS: bitmask of flags to set (see
 *                                KFD_IOCTL_SVM_FLAG_...)
 * @KFD_IOCTL_SVM_ATTR_CLR_FLAGS: bitmask of flags to clear
 * @KFD_IOCTL_SVM_ATTR_GRANULARITY: migration granularity
 *                                  (log2 num pages)
 */
enum kfd_ioctl_svm_attr_type {
	KFD_IOCTL_SVM_ATTR_PREFERRED_LOC,
	KFD_IOCTL_SVM_ATTR_PREFETCH_LOC,
	KFD_IOCTL_SVM_ATTR_ACCESS,
	KFD_IOCTL_SVM_ATTR_ACCESS_IN_PLACE,
	KFD_IOCTL_SVM_ATTR_NO_ACCESS,
	KFD_IOCTL_SVM_ATTR_SET_FLAGS,
	KFD_IOCTL_SVM_ATTR_CLR_FLAGS,
	KFD_IOCTL_SVM_ATTR_GRANULARITY
};

/**
 * kfd_ioctl_svm_attribute - Attributes as pairs of type and value
 *
 * The meaning of the @value depends on the attribute type.
 *
 * @type: attribute type (see enum @kfd_ioctl_svm_attr_type)
 * @value: attribute value
 */
struct kfd_ioctl_svm_attribute {
	__u32 type;
	__u32 value;
};

/**
 * kfd_ioctl_svm_args - Arguments for SVM ioctl
 *
 * @op specifies the operation to perform (see enum
 * @kfd_ioctl_svm_op).  @start_addr and @size are common for all
 * operations.
 *
 * A variable number of attributes can be given in @attrs.
 * @nattr specifies the number of attributes. New attributes can be
 * added in the future without breaking the ABI. If unknown attributes
 * are given, the function returns -EINVAL.
 *
 * @KFD_IOCTL_SVM_OP_SET_ATTR sets attributes for a virtual address
 * range. It may overlap existing virtual address ranges. If it does,
 * the existing ranges will be split such that the attribute changes
 * only apply to the specified address range.
 *
 * @KFD_IOCTL_SVM_OP_GET_ATTR returns the intersection of attributes
 * over all memory in the given range and returns the result as the
 * attribute value. If different pages have different preferred or
 * prefetch locations, 0xffffffff will be returned for
 * @KFD_IOCTL_SVM_ATTR_PREFERRED_LOC or
 * @KFD_IOCTL_SVM_ATTR_PREFETCH_LOC resepctively. For
 * @KFD_IOCTL_SVM_ATTR_SET_FLAGS, flags of all pages will be
 * aggregated by bitwise AND. That means, a flag will be set in the
 * output, if that flag is set for all pages in the range. For
 * @KFD_IOCTL_SVM_ATTR_CLR_FLAGS, flags of all pages will be
 * aggregated by bitwise NOR. That means, a flag will be set in the
 * output, if that flag is clear for all pages in the range.
 * The minimum migration granularity throughout the range will be
 * returned for @KFD_IOCTL_SVM_ATTR_GRANULARITY.
 *
 * Querying of accessibility attributes works by initializing the
 * attribute type to @KFD_IOCTL_SVM_ATTR_ACCESS and the value to the
 * GPUID being queried. Multiple attributes can be given to allow
 * querying multiple GPUIDs. The ioctl function overwrites the
 * attribute type to indicate the access for the specified GPU.
 */
struct kfd_ioctl_svm_args {
	__u64 start_addr;
	__u64 size;
	__u32 op;
	__u32 nattr;
	/* Variable length array of attributes */
	struct kfd_ioctl_svm_attribute attrs[];
};

/**
 * kfd_ioctl_set_xnack_mode_args - Arguments for set_xnack_mode
 *
 * @xnack_enabled:       [in/out] Whether to enable XNACK mode for this process
 *
 * @xnack_enabled indicates whether recoverable page faults should be
 * enabled for the current process. 0 means disabled, positive means
 * enabled, negative means leave unchanged. If enabled, virtual address
 * translations on GFXv9 and later AMD GPUs can return XNACK and retry
 * the access until a valid PTE is available. This is used to implement
 * device page faults.
 *
 * On output, @xnack_enabled returns the (new) current mode (0 or
 * positive). Therefore, a negative input value can be used to query
 * the current mode without changing it.
 *
 * The XNACK mode fundamentally changes the way SVM managed memory works
 * in the driver, with subtle effects on application performance and
 * functionality.
 *
 * Enabling XNACK mode requires shader programs to be compiled
 * differently. Furthermore, not all GPUs support changing the mode
 * per-process. Therefore changing the mode is only allowed while no
 * user mode queues exist in the process. This ensure that no shader
 * code is running that may be compiled for the wrong mode. And GPUs
 * that cannot change to the requested mode will prevent the XNACK
 * mode from occurring. All GPUs used by the process must be in the
 * same XNACK mode.
 *
 * GFXv8 or older GPUs do not support 48 bit virtual addresses or SVM.
 * Therefore those GPUs are not considered for the XNACK mode switch.
 *
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno on failure
 */
struct kfd_ioctl_set_xnack_mode_args {
	__s32 xnack_enabled;
};

#define AMDKFD_IOCTL_BASE 'K'
#define AMDKFD_IO(nr)			_IO(AMDKFD_IOCTL_BASE, nr)
#define AMDKFD_IOR(nr, type)		_IOR(AMDKFD_IOCTL_BASE, nr, type)
#define AMDKFD_IOW(nr, type)		_IOW(AMDKFD_IOCTL_BASE, nr, type)
#define AMDKFD_IOWR(nr, type)		_IOWR(AMDKFD_IOCTL_BASE, nr, type)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_GET_VERSION			\
		AMDKFD_IOR(0x01, struct kfd_ioctl_get_version_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_CREATE_QUEUE			\
		AMDKFD_IOWR(0x02, struct kfd_ioctl_create_queue_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_DESTROY_QUEUE		\
		AMDKFD_IOWR(0x03, struct kfd_ioctl_destroy_queue_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_SET_MEMORY_POLICY		\
		AMDKFD_IOW(0x04, struct kfd_ioctl_set_memory_policy_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_GET_CLOCK_COUNTERS		\
		AMDKFD_IOWR(0x05, struct kfd_ioctl_get_clock_counters_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_GET_PROCESS_APERTURES	\
		AMDKFD_IOR(0x06, struct kfd_ioctl_get_process_apertures_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_UPDATE_QUEUE			\
		AMDKFD_IOW(0x07, struct kfd_ioctl_update_queue_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_CREATE_EVENT			\
		AMDKFD_IOWR(0x08, struct kfd_ioctl_create_event_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_DESTROY_EVENT		\
		AMDKFD_IOW(0x09, struct kfd_ioctl_destroy_event_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_SET_EVENT			\
		AMDKFD_IOW(0x0A, struct kfd_ioctl_set_event_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_RESET_EVENT			\
		AMDKFD_IOW(0x0B, struct kfd_ioctl_reset_event_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_WAIT_EVENTS			\
		AMDKFD_IOWR(0x0C, struct kfd_ioctl_wait_events_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_DBG_REGISTER_DEPRECATED	\
		AMDKFD_IOW(0x0D, struct kfd_ioctl_dbg_register_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_DBG_UNREGISTER_DEPRECATED	\
		AMDKFD_IOW(0x0E, struct kfd_ioctl_dbg_unregister_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_DBG_ADDRESS_WATCH_DEPRECATED	\
		AMDKFD_IOW(0x0F, struct kfd_ioctl_dbg_address_watch_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_DBG_WAVE_CONTROL_DEPRECATED	\
		AMDKFD_IOW(0x10, struct kfd_ioctl_dbg_wave_control_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_SET_SCRATCH_BACKING_VA	\
		AMDKFD_IOWR(0x11, struct kfd_ioctl_set_scratch_backing_va_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_GET_TILE_CONFIG                                      \
		AMDKFD_IOWR(0x12, struct kfd_ioctl_get_tile_config_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_SET_TRAP_HANDLER		\
		AMDKFD_IOW(0x13, struct kfd_ioctl_set_trap_handler_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_GET_PROCESS_APERTURES_NEW	\
		AMDKFD_IOWR(0x14,		\
			struct kfd_ioctl_get_process_apertures_new_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_ACQUIRE_VM			\
		AMDKFD_IOW(0x15, struct kfd_ioctl_acquire_vm_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_ALLOC_MEMORY_OF_GPU		\
		AMDKFD_IOWR(0x16, struct kfd_ioctl_alloc_memory_of_gpu_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_FREE_MEMORY_OF_GPU		\
		AMDKFD_IOW(0x17, struct kfd_ioctl_free_memory_of_gpu_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_MAP_MEMORY_TO_GPU		\
		AMDKFD_IOWR(0x18, struct kfd_ioctl_map_memory_to_gpu_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_UNMAP_MEMORY_FROM_GPU	\
		AMDKFD_IOWR(0x19, struct kfd_ioctl_unmap_memory_from_gpu_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_SET_CU_MASK		\
		AMDKFD_IOW(0x1A, struct kfd_ioctl_set_cu_mask_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_GET_QUEUE_WAVE_STATE		\
		AMDKFD_IOWR(0x1B, struct kfd_ioctl_get_queue_wave_state_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_GET_DMABUF_INFO		\
		AMDKFD_IOWR(0x1C, struct kfd_ioctl_get_dmabuf_info_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_IMPORT_DMABUF		\
		AMDKFD_IOWR(0x1D, struct kfd_ioctl_import_dmabuf_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_ALLOC_QUEUE_GWS		\
		AMDKFD_IOWR(0x1E, struct kfd_ioctl_alloc_queue_gws_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_SMI_EVENTS			\
		AMDKFD_IOWR(0x1F, struct kfd_ioctl_smi_events_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_SVM	AMDKFD_IOWR(0x20, struct kfd_ioctl_svm_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_SET_XNACK_MODE		\
		AMDKFD_IOWR(0x21, struct kfd_ioctl_set_xnack_mode_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_CRIU_OP			\
		AMDKFD_IOWR(0x22, struct kfd_ioctl_criu_args)

#define AMDKFD_IOC_AVAILABLE_MEMORY		\
		AMDKFD_IOWR(0x23, struct kfd_ioctl_get_available_memory_args)

#define AMDKFD_COMMAND_START		0x01
#define AMDKFD_COMMAND_END		0x24

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_SOUND_H
#define _LINUX_SOUND_H

/*
 * Minor numbers for the sound driver.
 */

#include <linux/fs.h>

#define SND_DEV_CTL		0	/* Control port /dev/mixer */
#define SND_DEV_SEQ		1	/* Sequencer output /dev/sequencer (FM
						synthesizer and MIDI output) */
#define SND_DEV_MIDIN		2	/* Raw midi access */
#define SND_DEV_DSP		3	/* Digitized voice /dev/dsp */
#define SND_DEV_AUDIO		4	/* Sparc compatible /dev/audio */
#define SND_DEV_DSP16		5	/* Like /dev/dsp but 16 bits/sample */
/* #define SND_DEV_STATUS	6 */	/* /dev/sndstat (obsolete) */
#define SND_DEV_UNUSED		6
#define SND_DEV_AWFM		7	/* Reserved */
#define SND_DEV_SEQ2		8	/* /dev/sequencer, level 2 interface */
/* #define SND_DEV_SNDPROC	9 */	/* /dev/sndproc for programmable devices (not used) */
/* #define SND_DEV_DMMIDI	9 */
#define SND_DEV_SYNTH		9	/* Raw synth access /dev/synth (same as /dev/dmfm) */
#define SND_DEV_DMFM		10	/* Raw synth access /dev/dmfm */
#define SND_DEV_UNKNOWN11	11
#define SND_DEV_ADSP		12	/* Like /dev/dsp (obsolete) */
#define SND_DEV_AMIDI		13	/* Like /dev/midi (obsolete) */
#define SND_DEV_ADMMIDI		14	/* Like /dev/dmmidi (onsolete) */


#endif /* _LINUX_SOUND_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _BTRFS_CTREE_H_
#define _BTRFS_CTREE_H_

#include <linux/btrfs.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * This header contains the structure definitions and constants used
 * by file system objects that can be retrieved using
 * the BTRFS_IOC_SEARCH_TREE ioctl.  That means basically anything that
 * is needed to describe a leaf node's key or item contents.
 */

/* holds pointers to all of the tree roots */
#define BTRFS_ROOT_TREE_OBJECTID 1ULL

/* stores information about which extents are in use, and reference counts */
#define BTRFS_EXTENT_TREE_OBJECTID 2ULL

/*
 * chunk tree stores translations from logical -> physical block numbering
 * the super block points to the chunk tree
 */
#define BTRFS_CHUNK_TREE_OBJECTID 3ULL

/*
 * stores information about which areas of a given device are in use.
 * one per device.  The tree of tree roots points to the device tree
 */
#define BTRFS_DEV_TREE_OBJECTID 4ULL

/* one per subvolume, storing files and directories */
#define BTRFS_FS_TREE_OBJECTID 5ULL

/* directory objectid inside the root tree */
#define BTRFS_ROOT_TREE_DIR_OBJECTID 6ULL

/* holds checksums of all the data extents */
#define BTRFS_CSUM_TREE_OBJECTID 7ULL

/* holds quota configuration and tracking */
#define BTRFS_QUOTA_TREE_OBJECTID 8ULL

/* for storing items that use the BTRFS_UUID_KEY* types */
#define BTRFS_UUID_TREE_OBJECTID 9ULL

/* tracks free space in block groups. */
#define BTRFS_FREE_SPACE_TREE_OBJECTID 10ULL

/* device stats in the device tree */
#define BTRFS_DEV_STATS_OBJECTID 0ULL

/* for storing balance parameters in the root tree */
#define BTRFS_BALANCE_OBJECTID -4ULL

/* orhpan objectid for tracking unlinked/truncated files */
#define BTRFS_ORPHAN_OBJECTID -5ULL

/* does write ahead logging to speed up fsyncs */
#define BTRFS_TREE_LOG_OBJECTID -6ULL
#define BTRFS_TREE_LOG_FIXUP_OBJECTID -7ULL

/* for space balancing */
#define BTRFS_TREE_RELOC_OBJECTID -8ULL
#define BTRFS_DATA_RELOC_TREE_OBJECTID -9ULL

/*
 * extent checksums all have this objectid
 * this allows them to share the logging tree
 * for fsyncs
 */
#define BTRFS_EXTENT_CSUM_OBJECTID -10ULL

/* For storing free space cache */
#define BTRFS_FREE_SPACE_OBJECTID -11ULL

/*
 * The inode number assigned to the special inode for storing
 * free ino cache
 */
#define BTRFS_FREE_INO_OBJECTID -12ULL

/* dummy objectid represents multiple objectids */
#define BTRFS_MULTIPLE_OBJECTIDS -255ULL

/*
 * All files have objectids in this range.
 */
#define BTRFS_FIRST_FREE_OBJECTID 256ULL
#define BTRFS_LAST_FREE_OBJECTID -256ULL
#define BTRFS_FIRST_CHUNK_TREE_OBJECTID 256ULL


/*
 * the device items go into the chunk tree.  The key is in the form
 * [ 1 BTRFS_DEV_ITEM_KEY device_id ]
 */
#define BTRFS_DEV_ITEMS_OBJECTID 1ULL

#define BTRFS_BTREE_INODE_OBJECTID 1

#define BTRFS_EMPTY_SUBVOL_DIR_OBJECTID 2

#define BTRFS_DEV_REPLACE_DEVID 0ULL

/*
 * inode items have the data typically returned from stat and store other
 * info about object characteristics.  There is one for every file and dir in
 * the FS
 */
#define BTRFS_INODE_ITEM_KEY		1
#define BTRFS_INODE_REF_KEY		12
#define BTRFS_INODE_EXTREF_KEY		13
#define BTRFS_XATTR_ITEM_KEY		24
#define BTRFS_ORPHAN_ITEM_KEY		48
/* reserve 2-15 close to the inode for later flexibility */

/*
 * dir items are the name -> inode pointers in a directory.  There is one
 * for every name in a directory.
 */
#define BTRFS_DIR_LOG_ITEM_KEY  60
#define BTRFS_DIR_LOG_INDEX_KEY 72
#define BTRFS_DIR_ITEM_KEY	84
#define BTRFS_DIR_INDEX_KEY	96
/*
 * extent data is for file data
 */
#define BTRFS_EXTENT_DATA_KEY	108

/*
 * extent csums are stored in a separate tree and hold csums for
 * an entire extent on disk.
 */
#define BTRFS_EXTENT_CSUM_KEY	128

/*
 * root items point to tree roots.  They are typically in the root
 * tree used by the super block to find all the other trees
 */
#define BTRFS_ROOT_ITEM_KEY	132

/*
 * root backrefs tie subvols and snapshots to the directory entries that
 * reference them
 */
#define BTRFS_ROOT_BACKREF_KEY	144

/*
 * root refs make a fast index for listing all of the snapshots and
 * subvolumes referenced by a given root.  They point directly to the
 * directory item in the root that references the subvol
 */
#define BTRFS_ROOT_REF_KEY	156

/*
 * extent items are in the extent map tree.  These record which blocks
 * are used, and how many references there are to each block
 */
#define BTRFS_EXTENT_ITEM_KEY	168

/*
 * The same as the BTRFS_EXTENT_ITEM_KEY, except it's metadata we already know
 * the length, so we save the level in key->offset instead of the length.
 */
#define BTRFS_METADATA_ITEM_KEY	169

#define BTRFS_TREE_BLOCK_REF_KEY	176

#define BTRFS_EXTENT_DATA_REF_KEY	178

#define BTRFS_EXTENT_REF_V0_KEY		180

#define BTRFS_SHARED_BLOCK_REF_KEY	182

#define BTRFS_SHARED_DATA_REF_KEY	184

/*
 * block groups give us hints into the extent allocation trees.  Which
 * blocks are free etc etc
 */
#define BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_ITEM_KEY 192

/*
 * Every block group is represented in the free space tree by a free space info
 * item, which stores some accounting information. It is keyed on
 * (block_group_start, FREE_SPACE_INFO, block_group_length).
 */
#define BTRFS_FREE_SPACE_INFO_KEY 198

/*
 * A free space extent tracks an extent of space that is free in a block group.
 * It is keyed on (start, FREE_SPACE_EXTENT, length).
 */
#define BTRFS_FREE_SPACE_EXTENT_KEY 199

/*
 * When a block group becomes very fragmented, we convert it to use bitmaps
 * instead of extents. A free space bitmap is keyed on
 * (start, FREE_SPACE_BITMAP, length); the corresponding item is a bitmap with
 * (length / sectorsize) bits.
 */
#define BTRFS_FREE_SPACE_BITMAP_KEY 200

#define BTRFS_DEV_EXTENT_KEY	204
#define BTRFS_DEV_ITEM_KEY	216
#define BTRFS_CHUNK_ITEM_KEY	228

/*
 * Records the overall state of the qgroups.
 * There's only one instance of this key present,
 * (0, BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_KEY, 0)
 */
#define BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_KEY         240
/*
 * Records the currently used space of the qgroup.
 * One key per qgroup, (0, BTRFS_QGROUP_INFO_KEY, qgroupid).
 */
#define BTRFS_QGROUP_INFO_KEY           242
/*
 * Contains the user configured limits for the qgroup.
 * One key per qgroup, (0, BTRFS_QGROUP_LIMIT_KEY, qgroupid).
 */
#define BTRFS_QGROUP_LIMIT_KEY          244
/*
 * Records the child-parent relationship of qgroups. For
 * each relation, 2 keys are present:
 * (childid, BTRFS_QGROUP_RELATION_KEY, parentid)
 * (parentid, BTRFS_QGROUP_RELATION_KEY, childid)
 */
#define BTRFS_QGROUP_RELATION_KEY       246

/*
 * Obsolete name, see BTRFS_TEMPORARY_ITEM_KEY.
 */
#define BTRFS_BALANCE_ITEM_KEY	248

/*
 * The key type for tree items that are stored persistently, but do not need to
 * exist for extended period of time. The items can exist in any tree.
 *
 * [subtype, BTRFS_TEMPORARY_ITEM_KEY, data]
 *
 * Existing items:
 *
 * - balance status item
 *   (BTRFS_BALANCE_OBJECTID, BTRFS_TEMPORARY_ITEM_KEY, 0)
 */
#define BTRFS_TEMPORARY_ITEM_KEY	248

/*
 * Obsolete name, see BTRFS_PERSISTENT_ITEM_KEY
 */
#define BTRFS_DEV_STATS_KEY		249

/*
 * The key type for tree items that are stored persistently and usually exist
 * for a long period, eg. filesystem lifetime. The item kinds can be status
 * information, stats or preference values. The item can exist in any tree.
 *
 * [subtype, BTRFS_PERSISTENT_ITEM_KEY, data]
 *
 * Existing items:
 *
 * - device statistics, store IO stats in the device tree, one key for all
 *   stats
 *   (BTRFS_DEV_STATS_OBJECTID, BTRFS_DEV_STATS_KEY, 0)
 */
#define BTRFS_PERSISTENT_ITEM_KEY	249

/*
 * Persistantly stores the device replace state in the device tree.
 * The key is built like this: (0, BTRFS_DEV_REPLACE_KEY, 0).
 */
#define BTRFS_DEV_REPLACE_KEY	250

/*
 * Stores items that allow to quickly map UUIDs to something else.
 * These items are part of the filesystem UUID tree.
 * The key is built like this:
 * (UUID_upper_64_bits, BTRFS_UUID_KEY*, UUID_lower_64_bits).
 */
#if BTRFS_UUID_SIZE != 16
#error "UUID items require BTRFS_UUID_SIZE == 16!"
#endif
#define BTRFS_UUID_KEY_SUBVOL	251	/* for UUIDs assigned to subvols */
#define BTRFS_UUID_KEY_RECEIVED_SUBVOL	252	/* for UUIDs assigned to
						 * received subvols */

/*
 * string items are for debugging.  They just store a short string of
 * data in the FS
 */
#define BTRFS_STRING_ITEM_KEY	253



/* 32 bytes in various csum fields */
#define BTRFS_CSUM_SIZE 32

/* csum types */
#define BTRFS_CSUM_TYPE_CRC32	0

/*
 * flags definitions for directory entry item type
 *
 * Used by:
 * struct btrfs_dir_item.type
 */
#define BTRFS_FT_UNKNOWN	0
#define BTRFS_FT_REG_FILE	1
#define BTRFS_FT_DIR		2
#define BTRFS_FT_CHRDEV		3
#define BTRFS_FT_BLKDEV		4
#define BTRFS_FT_FIFO		5
#define BTRFS_FT_SOCK		6
#define BTRFS_FT_SYMLINK	7
#define BTRFS_FT_XATTR		8
#define BTRFS_FT_MAX		9

/*
 * The key defines the order in the tree, and so it also defines (optimal)
 * block layout.
 *
 * objectid corresponds to the inode number.
 *
 * type tells us things about the object, and is a kind of stream selector.
 * so for a given inode, keys with type of 1 might refer to the inode data,
 * type of 2 may point to file data in the btree and type == 3 may point to
 * extents.
 *
 * offset is the starting byte offset for this key in the stream.
 *
 * btrfs_disk_key is in disk byte order.  struct btrfs_key is always
 * in cpu native order.  Otherwise they are identical and their sizes
 * should be the same (ie both packed)
 */
struct btrfs_disk_key {
	__le64 objectid;
	__u8 type;
	__le64 offset;
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

struct btrfs_key {
	__u64 objectid;
	__u8 type;
	__u64 offset;
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

struct btrfs_dev_item {
	/* the internal btrfs device id */
	__le64 devid;

	/* size of the device */
	__le64 total_bytes;

	/* bytes used */
	__le64 bytes_used;

	/* optimal io alignment for this device */
	__le32 io_align;

	/* optimal io width for this device */
	__le32 io_width;

	/* minimal io size for this device */
	__le32 sector_size;

	/* type and info about this device */
	__le64 type;

	/* expected generation for this device */
	__le64 generation;

	/*
	 * starting byte of this partition on the device,
	 * to allow for stripe alignment in the future
	 */
	__le64 start_offset;

	/* grouping information for allocation decisions */
	__le32 dev_group;

	/* seek speed 0-100 where 100 is fastest */
	__u8 seek_speed;

	/* bandwidth 0-100 where 100 is fastest */
	__u8 bandwidth;

	/* btrfs generated uuid for this device */
	__u8 uuid[BTRFS_UUID_SIZE];

	/* uuid of FS who owns this device */
	__u8 fsid[BTRFS_UUID_SIZE];
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

struct btrfs_stripe {
	__le64 devid;
	__le64 offset;
	__u8 dev_uuid[BTRFS_UUID_SIZE];
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

struct btrfs_chunk {
	/* size of this chunk in bytes */
	__le64 length;

	/* objectid of the root referencing this chunk */
	__le64 owner;

	__le64 stripe_len;
	__le64 type;

	/* optimal io alignment for this chunk */
	__le32 io_align;

	/* optimal io width for this chunk */
	__le32 io_width;

	/* minimal io size for this chunk */
	__le32 sector_size;

	/* 2^16 stripes is quite a lot, a second limit is the size of a single
	 * item in the btree
	 */
	__le16 num_stripes;

	/* sub stripes only matter for raid10 */
	__le16 sub_stripes;
	struct btrfs_stripe stripe;
	/* additional stripes go here */
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

#define BTRFS_FREE_SPACE_EXTENT	1
#define BTRFS_FREE_SPACE_BITMAP	2

struct btrfs_free_space_entry {
	__le64 offset;
	__le64 bytes;
	__u8 type;
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

struct btrfs_free_space_header {
	struct btrfs_disk_key location;
	__le64 generation;
	__le64 num_entries;
	__le64 num_bitmaps;
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

#define BTRFS_HEADER_FLAG_WRITTEN	(1ULL << 0)
#define BTRFS_HEADER_FLAG_RELOC		(1ULL << 1)

/* Super block flags */
/* Errors detected */
#define BTRFS_SUPER_FLAG_ERROR		(1ULL << 2)

#define BTRFS_SUPER_FLAG_SEEDING	(1ULL << 32)
#define BTRFS_SUPER_FLAG_METADUMP	(1ULL << 33)
#define BTRFS_SUPER_FLAG_METADUMP_V2	(1ULL << 34)
#define BTRFS_SUPER_FLAG_CHANGING_FSID	(1ULL << 35)


/*
 * items in the extent btree are used to record the objectid of the
 * owner of the block and the number of references
 */

struct btrfs_extent_item {
	__le64 refs;
	__le64 generation;
	__le64 flags;
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

struct btrfs_extent_item_v0 {
	__le32 refs;
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));


#define BTRFS_EXTENT_FLAG_DATA		(1ULL << 0)
#define BTRFS_EXTENT_FLAG_TREE_BLOCK	(1ULL << 1)

/* following flags only apply to tree blocks */

/* use full backrefs for extent pointers in the block */
#define BTRFS_BLOCK_FLAG_FULL_BACKREF	(1ULL << 8)

/*
 * this flag is only used internally by scrub and may be changed at any time
 * it is only declared here to avoid collisions
 */
#define BTRFS_EXTENT_FLAG_SUPER		(1ULL << 48)

struct btrfs_tree_block_info {
	struct btrfs_disk_key key;
	__u8 level;
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

struct btrfs_extent_data_ref {
	__le64 root;
	__le64 objectid;
	__le64 offset;
	__le32 count;
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

struct btrfs_shared_data_ref {
	__le32 count;
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

struct btrfs_extent_inline_ref {
	__u8 type;
	__le64 offset;
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

/* old style backrefs item */
struct btrfs_extent_ref_v0 {
	__le64 root;
	__le64 generation;
	__le64 objectid;
	__le32 count;
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));


/* dev extents record free space on individual devices.  The owner
 * field points back to the chunk allocation mapping tree that allocated
 * the extent.  The chunk tree uuid field is a way to double check the owner
 */
struct btrfs_dev_extent {
	__le64 chunk_tree;
	__le64 chunk_objectid;
	__le64 chunk_offset;
	__le64 length;
	__u8 chunk_tree_uuid[BTRFS_UUID_SIZE];
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

struct btrfs_inode_ref {
	__le64 index;
	__le16 name_len;
	/* name goes here */
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

struct btrfs_inode_extref {
	__le64 parent_objectid;
	__le64 index;
	__le16 name_len;
	__u8   name[0];
	/* name goes here */
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

struct btrfs_timespec {
	__le64 sec;
	__le32 nsec;
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

struct btrfs_inode_item {
	/* nfs style generation number */
	__le64 generation;
	/* transid that last touched this inode */
	__le64 transid;
	__le64 size;
	__le64 nbytes;
	__le64 block_group;
	__le32 nlink;
	__le32 uid;
	__le32 gid;
	__le32 mode;
	__le64 rdev;
	__le64 flags;

	/* modification sequence number for NFS */
	__le64 sequence;

	/*
	 * a little future expansion, for more than this we can
	 * just grow the inode item and version it
	 */
	__le64 reserved[4];
	struct btrfs_timespec atime;
	struct btrfs_timespec ctime;
	struct btrfs_timespec mtime;
	struct btrfs_timespec otime;
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

struct btrfs_dir_log_item {
	__le64 end;
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

struct btrfs_dir_item {
	struct btrfs_disk_key location;
	__le64 transid;
	__le16 data_len;
	__le16 name_len;
	__u8 type;
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

#define BTRFS_ROOT_SUBVOL_RDONLY	(1ULL << 0)

/*
 * Internal in-memory flag that a subvolume has been marked for deletion but
 * still visible as a directory
 */
#define BTRFS_ROOT_SUBVOL_DEAD		(1ULL << 48)

struct btrfs_root_item {
	struct btrfs_inode_item inode;
	__le64 generation;
	__le64 root_dirid;
	__le64 bytenr;
	__le64 byte_limit;
	__le64 bytes_used;
	__le64 last_snapshot;
	__le64 flags;
	__le32 refs;
	struct btrfs_disk_key drop_progress;
	__u8 drop_level;
	__u8 level;

	/*
	 * The following fields appear after subvol_uuids+subvol_times
	 * were introduced.
	 */

	/*
	 * This generation number is used to test if the new fields are valid
	 * and up to date while reading the root item. Every time the root item
	 * is written out, the "generation" field is copied into this field. If
	 * anyone ever mounted the fs with an older kernel, we will have
	 * mismatching generation values here and thus must invalidate the
	 * new fields. See btrfs_update_root and btrfs_find_last_root for
	 * details.
	 * the offset of generation_v2 is also used as the start for the memset
	 * when invalidating the fields.
	 */
	__le64 generation_v2;
	__u8 uuid[BTRFS_UUID_SIZE];
	__u8 parent_uuid[BTRFS_UUID_SIZE];
	__u8 received_uuid[BTRFS_UUID_SIZE];
	__le64 ctransid; /* updated when an inode changes */
	__le64 otransid; /* trans when created */
	__le64 stransid; /* trans when sent. non-zero for received subvol */
	__le64 rtransid; /* trans when received. non-zero for received subvol */
	struct btrfs_timespec ctime;
	struct btrfs_timespec otime;
	struct btrfs_timespec stime;
	struct btrfs_timespec rtime;
	__le64 reserved[8]; /* for future */
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

/*
 * this is used for both forward and backward root refs
 */
struct btrfs_root_ref {
	__le64 dirid;
	__le64 sequence;
	__le16 name_len;
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

struct btrfs_disk_balance_args {
	/*
	 * profiles to operate on, single is denoted by
	 * BTRFS_AVAIL_ALLOC_BIT_SINGLE
	 */
	__le64 profiles;

	/*
	 * usage filter
	 * BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_USAGE with a single value means '0..N'
	 * BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_USAGE_RANGE - range syntax, min..max
	 */
	union {
		__le64 usage;
		struct {
			__le32 usage_min;
			__le32 usage_max;
		};
	};

	/* devid filter */
	__le64 devid;

	/* devid subset filter [pstart..pend) */
	__le64 pstart;
	__le64 pend;

	/* btrfs virtual address space subset filter [vstart..vend) */
	__le64 vstart;
	__le64 vend;

	/*
	 * profile to convert to, single is denoted by
	 * BTRFS_AVAIL_ALLOC_BIT_SINGLE
	 */
	__le64 target;

	/* BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_* */
	__le64 flags;

	/*
	 * BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_LIMIT with value 'limit'
	 * BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_LIMIT_RANGE - the extend version can use minimum
	 * and maximum
	 */
	union {
		__le64 limit;
		struct {
			__le32 limit_min;
			__le32 limit_max;
		};
	};

	/*
	 * Process chunks that cross stripes_min..stripes_max devices,
	 * BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_STRIPES_RANGE
	 */
	__le32 stripes_min;
	__le32 stripes_max;

	__le64 unused[6];
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

/*
 * store balance parameters to disk so that balance can be properly
 * resumed after crash or unmount
 */
struct btrfs_balance_item {
	/* BTRFS_BALANCE_* */
	__le64 flags;

	struct btrfs_disk_balance_args data;
	struct btrfs_disk_balance_args meta;
	struct btrfs_disk_balance_args sys;

	__le64 unused[4];
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

#define BTRFS_FILE_EXTENT_INLINE 0
#define BTRFS_FILE_EXTENT_REG 1
#define BTRFS_FILE_EXTENT_PREALLOC 2
#define BTRFS_FILE_EXTENT_TYPES	2

struct btrfs_file_extent_item {
	/*
	 * transaction id that created this extent
	 */
	__le64 generation;
	/*
	 * max number of bytes to hold this extent in ram
	 * when we split a compressed extent we can't know how big
	 * each of the resulting pieces will be.  So, this is
	 * an upper limit on the size of the extent in ram instead of
	 * an exact limit.
	 */
	__le64 ram_bytes;

	/*
	 * 32 bits for the various ways we might encode the data,
	 * including compression and encryption.  If any of these
	 * are set to something a given disk format doesn't understand
	 * it is treated like an incompat flag for reading and writing,
	 * but not for stat.
	 */
	__u8 compression;
	__u8 encryption;
	__le16 other_encoding; /* spare for later use */

	/* are we __inline__ data or a real extent? */
	__u8 type;

	/*
	 * disk space consumed by the extent, checksum blocks are included
	 * in these numbers
	 *
	 * At this offset in the structure, the __inline__ extent data start.
	 */
	__le64 disk_bytenr;
	__le64 disk_num_bytes;
	/*
	 * the logical offset in file blocks (no csums)
	 * this extent record is for.  This allows a file extent to point
	 * into the middle of an existing extent on disk, sharing it
	 * between two snapshots (useful if some bytes in the middle of the
	 * extent have changed
	 */
	__le64 offset;
	/*
	 * the logical number of file blocks (no csums included).  This
	 * always reflects the size uncompressed and without encoding.
	 */
	__le64 num_bytes;

} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

struct btrfs_csum_item {
	__u8 csum;
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

struct btrfs_dev_stats_item {
	/*
	 * grow this item struct at the end for future enhancements and keep
	 * the existing values unchanged
	 */
	__le64 values[BTRFS_DEV_STAT_VALUES_MAX];
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

#define BTRFS_DEV_REPLACE_ITEM_CONT_READING_FROM_SRCDEV_MODE_ALWAYS	0
#define BTRFS_DEV_REPLACE_ITEM_CONT_READING_FROM_SRCDEV_MODE_AVOID	1
#define BTRFS_DEV_REPLACE_ITEM_STATE_NEVER_STARTED	0
#define BTRFS_DEV_REPLACE_ITEM_STATE_STARTED		1
#define BTRFS_DEV_REPLACE_ITEM_STATE_SUSPENDED		2
#define BTRFS_DEV_REPLACE_ITEM_STATE_FINISHED		3
#define BTRFS_DEV_REPLACE_ITEM_STATE_CANCELED		4

struct btrfs_dev_replace_item {
	/*
	 * grow this item struct at the end for future enhancements and keep
	 * the existing values unchanged
	 */
	__le64 src_devid;
	__le64 cursor_left;
	__le64 cursor_right;
	__le64 cont_reading_from_srcdev_mode;

	__le64 replace_state;
	__le64 time_started;
	__le64 time_stopped;
	__le64 num_write_errors;
	__le64 num_uncorrectable_read_errors;
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

/* different types of block groups (and chunks) */
#define BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_DATA		(1ULL << 0)
#define BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_SYSTEM	(1ULL << 1)
#define BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_METADATA	(1ULL << 2)
#define BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_RAID0		(1ULL << 3)
#define BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_RAID1		(1ULL << 4)
#define BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_DUP		(1ULL << 5)
#define BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_RAID10	(1ULL << 6)
#define BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_RAID5         (1ULL << 7)
#define BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_RAID6         (1ULL << 8)
#define BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_RESERVED	(BTRFS_AVAIL_ALLOC_BIT_SINGLE | \
					 BTRFS_SPACE_INFO_GLOBAL_RSV)

enum btrfs_raid_types {
	BTRFS_RAID_RAID10,
	BTRFS_RAID_RAID1,
	BTRFS_RAID_DUP,
	BTRFS_RAID_RAID0,
	BTRFS_RAID_SINGLE,
	BTRFS_RAID_RAID5,
	BTRFS_RAID_RAID6,
	BTRFS_NR_RAID_TYPES
};

#define BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_TYPE_MASK	(BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_DATA |    \
					 BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_SYSTEM |  \
					 BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_METADATA)

#define BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_PROFILE_MASK	(BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_RAID0 |   \
					 BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_RAID1 |   \
					 BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_RAID5 |   \
					 BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_RAID6 |   \
					 BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_DUP |     \
					 BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_RAID10)
#define BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_RAID56_MASK	(BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_RAID5 |   \
					 BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_RAID6)

/*
 * We need a bit for restriper to be able to tell when chunks of type
 * SINGLE are available.  This "extended" profile format is used in
 * fs_info->avail_*_alloc_bits (in-memory) and balance item fields
 * (on-disk).  The corresponding on-disk bit in chunk.type is reserved
 * to avoid remappings between two formats in future.
 */
#define BTRFS_AVAIL_ALLOC_BIT_SINGLE	(1ULL << 48)

/*
 * A fake block group type that is used to communicate global block reserve
 * size to userspace via the SPACE_INFO ioctl.
 */
#define BTRFS_SPACE_INFO_GLOBAL_RSV	(1ULL << 49)

#define BTRFS_EXTENDED_PROFILE_MASK	(BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_PROFILE_MASK | \
					 BTRFS_AVAIL_ALLOC_BIT_SINGLE)

static __inline__ __u64 chunk_to_extended(__u64 flags)
{
	if ((flags & BTRFS_BLOCK_GROUP_PROFILE_MASK) == 0)
		flags |= BTRFS_AVAIL_ALLOC_BIT_SINGLE;

	return flags;
}
static __inline__ __u64 extended_to_chunk(__u64 flags)
{
	return flags & ~BTRFS_AVAIL_ALLOC_BIT_SINGLE;
}

struct btrfs_block_group_item {
	__le64 used;
	__le64 chunk_objectid;
	__le64 flags;
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

struct btrfs_free_space_info {
	__le32 extent_count;
	__le32 flags;
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

#define BTRFS_FREE_SPACE_USING_BITMAPS (1ULL << 0)

#define BTRFS_QGROUP_LEVEL_SHIFT		48
static __inline__ __u64 btrfs_qgroup_level(__u64 qgroupid)
{
	return qgroupid >> BTRFS_QGROUP_LEVEL_SHIFT;
}

/*
 * is subvolume quota turned on?
 */
#define BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_ON		(1ULL << 0)
/*
 * RESCAN is set during the initialization phase
 */
#define BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_RESCAN		(1ULL << 1)
/*
 * Some qgroup entries are known to be out of date,
 * either because the configuration has changed in a way that
 * makes a rescan necessary, or because the fs has been mounted
 * with a non-qgroup-aware version.
 * Turning qouta off and on again makes it inconsistent, too.
 */
#define BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_INCONSISTENT	(1ULL << 2)

#define BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_VERSION        1

struct btrfs_qgroup_status_item {
	__le64 version;
	/*
	 * the generation is updated during every commit. As older
	 * versions of btrfs are not aware of qgroups, it will be
	 * possible to detect inconsistencies by checking the
	 * generation on mount time
	 */
	__le64 generation;

	/* flag definitions see above */
	__le64 flags;

	/*
	 * only used during scanning to record the progress
	 * of the scan. It contains a logical address
	 */
	__le64 rescan;
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

struct btrfs_qgroup_info_item {
	__le64 generation;
	__le64 rfer;
	__le64 rfer_cmpr;
	__le64 excl;
	__le64 excl_cmpr;
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

struct btrfs_qgroup_limit_item {
	/*
	 * only updated when any of the other values change
	 */
	__le64 flags;
	__le64 max_rfer;
	__le64 max_excl;
	__le64 rsv_rfer;
	__le64 rsv_excl;
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

#endif /* _BTRFS_CTREE_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * INET		An implementation of the TCP/IP protocol suite for the LINUX
 *		operating system.  INET is implemented using the  BSD Socket
 *		interface as the means of communication with the user level.
 *
 *		Global definitions for the Ethernet IEEE 802.3 interface.
 *
 * Version:	@(#)if_ether.h	1.0.1a	02/08/94
 *
 * Author:	Fred N. van Kempen, <waltje@uWalt.NL.Mugnet.ORG>
 *		Donald Becker, <becker@super.org>
 *		Alan Cox, <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
 *		Steve Whitehouse, <gw7rrm@eeshack3.swan.ac.uk>
 *
 *		This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *		modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *		as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *		2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_IF_ETHER_H
#define _LINUX_IF_ETHER_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 *	IEEE 802.3 Ethernet magic constants.  The frame sizes omit the preamble
 *	and FCS/CRC (frame check sequence).
 */

#define ETH_ALEN	6		/* Octets in one ethernet addr	 */
#define ETH_TLEN	2		/* Octets in ethernet type field */
#define ETH_HLEN	14		/* Total octets in header.	 */
#define ETH_ZLEN	60		/* Min. octets in frame sans FCS */
#define ETH_DATA_LEN	1500		/* Max. octets in payload	 */
#define ETH_FRAME_LEN	1514		/* Max. octets in frame sans FCS */
#define ETH_FCS_LEN	4		/* Octets in the FCS		 */

#define ETH_MIN_MTU	68		/* Min IPv4 MTU per RFC791	*/
#define ETH_MAX_MTU	0xFFFFU		/* 65535, same as IP_MAX_MTU	*/

/*
 *	These are the defined Ethernet Protocol ID's.
 */

#define ETH_P_LOOP	0x0060		/* Ethernet Loopback packet	*/
#define ETH_P_PUP	0x0200		/* Xerox PUP packet		*/
#define ETH_P_PUPAT	0x0201		/* Xerox PUP Addr Trans packet	*/
#define ETH_P_TSN	0x22F0		/* TSN (IEEE 1722) packet	*/
#define ETH_P_ERSPAN2	0x22EB		/* ERSPAN version 2 (type III)	*/
#define ETH_P_IP	0x0800		/* Internet Protocol packet	*/
#define ETH_P_X25	0x0805		/* CCITT X.25			*/
#define ETH_P_ARP	0x0806		/* Address Resolution packet	*/
#define	ETH_P_BPQ	0x08FF		/* G8BPQ AX.25 Ethernet Packet	[ NOT AN OFFICIALLY REGISTERED ID ] */
#define ETH_P_IEEEPUP	0x0a00		/* Xerox IEEE802.3 PUP packet */
#define ETH_P_IEEEPUPAT	0x0a01		/* Xerox IEEE802.3 PUP Addr Trans packet */
#define ETH_P_BATMAN	0x4305		/* B.A.T.M.A.N.-Advanced packet [ NOT AN OFFICIALLY REGISTERED ID ] */
#define ETH_P_DEC       0x6000          /* DEC Assigned proto           */
#define ETH_P_DNA_DL    0x6001          /* DEC DNA Dump/Load            */
#define ETH_P_DNA_RC    0x6002          /* DEC DNA Remote Console       */
#define ETH_P_DNA_RT    0x6003          /* DEC DNA Routing              */
#define ETH_P_LAT       0x6004          /* DEC LAT                      */
#define ETH_P_DIAG      0x6005          /* DEC Diagnostics              */
#define ETH_P_CUST      0x6006          /* DEC Customer use             */
#define ETH_P_SCA       0x6007          /* DEC Systems Comms Arch       */
#define ETH_P_TEB	0x6558		/* Trans Ether Bridging		*/
#define ETH_P_RARP      0x8035		/* Reverse Addr Res packet	*/
#define ETH_P_ATALK	0x809B		/* Appletalk DDP		*/
#define ETH_P_AARP	0x80F3		/* Appletalk AARP		*/
#define ETH_P_8021Q	0x8100          /* 802.1Q VLAN Extended Header  */
#define ETH_P_ERSPAN	0x88BE		/* ERSPAN type II		*/
#define ETH_P_IPX	0x8137		/* IPX over DIX			*/
#define ETH_P_IPV6	0x86DD		/* IPv6 over bluebook		*/
#define ETH_P_PAUSE	0x8808		/* IEEE Pause frames. See 802.3 31B */
#define ETH_P_SLOW	0x8809		/* Slow Protocol. See 802.3ad 43B */
#define ETH_P_WCCP	0x883E		/* Web-cache coordination protocol
					 * defined in draft-wilson-wrec-wccp-v2-00.txt */
#define ETH_P_MPLS_UC	0x8847		/* MPLS Unicast traffic		*/
#define ETH_P_MPLS_MC	0x8848		/* MPLS Multicast traffic	*/
#define ETH_P_ATMMPOA	0x884c		/* MultiProtocol Over ATM	*/
#define ETH_P_PPP_DISC	0x8863		/* PPPoE discovery messages     */
#define ETH_P_PPP_SES	0x8864		/* PPPoE session messages	*/
#define ETH_P_LINK_CTL	0x886c		/* HPNA, wlan link local tunnel */
#define ETH_P_ATMFATE	0x8884		/* Frame-based ATM Transport
					 * over Ethernet
					 */
#define ETH_P_PAE	0x888E		/* Port Access Entity (IEEE 802.1X) */
#define ETH_P_AOE	0x88A2		/* ATA over Ethernet		*/
#define ETH_P_8021AD	0x88A8          /* 802.1ad Service VLAN		*/
#define ETH_P_802_EX1	0x88B5		/* 802.1 Local Experimental 1.  */
#define ETH_P_PREAUTH	0x88C7		/* 802.11 Preauthentication */
#define ETH_P_TIPC	0x88CA		/* TIPC 			*/
#define ETH_P_LLDP	0x88CC		/* Link Layer Discovery Protocol */
#define ETH_P_MRP	0x88E3		/* Media Redundancy Protocol	*/
#define ETH_P_MACSEC	0x88E5		/* 802.1ae MACsec */
#define ETH_P_8021AH	0x88E7          /* 802.1ah Backbone Service Tag */
#define ETH_P_MVRP	0x88F5          /* 802.1Q MVRP                  */
#define ETH_P_1588	0x88F7		/* IEEE 1588 Timesync */
#define ETH_P_NCSI	0x88F8		/* NCSI protocol		*/
#define ETH_P_PRP	0x88FB		/* IEC 62439-3 PRP/HSRv0	*/
#define ETH_P_CFM	0x8902		/* Connectivity Fault Management */
#define ETH_P_FCOE	0x8906		/* Fibre Channel over Ethernet  */
#define ETH_P_IBOE	0x8915		/* Infiniband over Ethernet	*/
#define ETH_P_TDLS	0x890D          /* TDLS */
#define ETH_P_FIP	0x8914		/* FCoE Initialization Protocol */
#define ETH_P_80221	0x8917		/* IEEE 802.21 Media Independent Handover Protocol */
#define ETH_P_HSR	0x892F		/* IEC 62439-3 HSRv1	*/
#define ETH_P_NSH	0x894F		/* Network Service Header */
#define ETH_P_LOOPBACK	0x9000		/* Ethernet loopback packet, per IEEE 802.3 */
#define ETH_P_QINQ1	0x9100		/* deprecated QinQ VLAN [ NOT AN OFFICIALLY REGISTERED ID ] */
#define ETH_P_QINQ2	0x9200		/* deprecated QinQ VLAN [ NOT AN OFFICIALLY REGISTERED ID ] */
#define ETH_P_QINQ3	0x9300		/* deprecated QinQ VLAN [ NOT AN OFFICIALLY REGISTERED ID ] */
#define ETH_P_EDSA	0xDADA		/* Ethertype DSA [ NOT AN OFFICIALLY REGISTERED ID ] */
#define ETH_P_IFE	0xED3E		/* ForCES inter-FE LFB type */
#define ETH_P_AF_IUCV   0xFBFB		/* IBM af_iucv [ NOT AN OFFICIALLY REGISTERED ID ] */

#define ETH_P_802_3_MIN	0x0600		/* If the value in the ethernet type is less than this value
					 * then the frame is Ethernet II. Else it is 802.3 */

/*
 *	Non DIX types. Won't clash for 1500 types.
 */

#define ETH_P_802_3	0x0001		/* Dummy type for 802.3 frames  */
#define ETH_P_AX25	0x0002		/* Dummy protocol id for AX.25  */
#define ETH_P_ALL	0x0003		/* Every packet (be careful!!!) */
#define ETH_P_802_2	0x0004		/* 802.2 frames 		*/
#define ETH_P_SNAP	0x0005		/* Internal only		*/
#define ETH_P_DDCMP     0x0006          /* DEC DDCMP: Internal only     */
#define ETH_P_WAN_PPP   0x0007          /* Dummy type for WAN PPP frames*/
#define ETH_P_PPP_MP    0x0008          /* Dummy type for PPP MP frames */
#define ETH_P_LOCALTALK 0x0009		/* Localtalk pseudo type 	*/
#define ETH_P_CAN	0x000C		/* CAN: Controller Area Network */
#define ETH_P_CANFD	0x000D		/* CANFD: CAN flexible data rate*/
#define ETH_P_PPPTALK	0x0010		/* Dummy type for Atalk over PPP*/
#define ETH_P_TR_802_2	0x0011		/* 802.2 frames 		*/
#define ETH_P_MOBITEX	0x0015		/* Mobitex (kaz@cafe.net)	*/
#define ETH_P_CONTROL	0x0016		/* Card specific control frames */
#define ETH_P_IRDA	0x0017		/* Linux-IrDA			*/
#define ETH_P_ECONET	0x0018		/* Acorn Econet			*/
#define ETH_P_HDLC	0x0019		/* HDLC frames			*/
#define ETH_P_ARCNET	0x001A		/* 1A for ArcNet :-)            */
#define ETH_P_DSA	0x001B		/* Distributed Switch Arch.	*/
#define ETH_P_TRAILER	0x001C		/* Trailer switch tagging	*/
#define ETH_P_PHONET	0x00F5		/* Nokia Phonet frames          */
#define ETH_P_IEEE802154 0x00F6		/* IEEE802.15.4 frame		*/
#define ETH_P_CAIF	0x00F7		/* ST-Ericsson CAIF protocol	*/
#define ETH_P_XDSA	0x00F8		/* Multiplexed DSA protocol	*/
#define ETH_P_MAP	0x00F9		/* Qualcomm multiplexing and
					 * aggregation protocol
					 */

/*
 *	This is an Ethernet frame header.
 */

/* allow libcs like musl to deactivate this, glibc does not implement this. */
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_ETHHDR
#define __UAPI_DEF_ETHHDR		1
#endif

#if __UAPI_DEF_ETHHDR
struct ethhdr {
	unsigned char	h_dest[ETH_ALEN];	/* destination eth addr	*/
	unsigned char	h_source[ETH_ALEN];	/* source ether addr	*/
	__be16		h_proto;		/* packet type ID field	*/
} __attribute__((packed));
#endif


#endif /* _LINUX_IF_ETHER_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __UNIX_DIAG_H__
#define __UNIX_DIAG_H__

#include <linux/types.h>

struct unix_diag_req {
	__u8	sdiag_family;
	__u8	sdiag_protocol;
	__u16	pad;
	__u32	udiag_states;
	__u32	udiag_ino;
	__u32	udiag_show;
	__u32	udiag_cookie[2];
};

#define UDIAG_SHOW_NAME		0x00000001	/* show name (not path) */
#define UDIAG_SHOW_VFS		0x00000002	/* show VFS inode info */
#define UDIAG_SHOW_PEER		0x00000004	/* show peer socket info */
#define UDIAG_SHOW_ICONS	0x00000008	/* show pending connections */
#define UDIAG_SHOW_RQLEN	0x00000010	/* show skb receive queue len */
#define UDIAG_SHOW_MEMINFO	0x00000020	/* show memory info of a socket */

struct unix_diag_msg {
	__u8	udiag_family;
	__u8	udiag_type;
	__u8	udiag_state;
	__u8	pad;

	__u32	udiag_ino;
	__u32	udiag_cookie[2];
};

enum {
	/* UNIX_DIAG_NONE, standard nl API requires this attribute!  */
	UNIX_DIAG_NAME,
	UNIX_DIAG_VFS,
	UNIX_DIAG_PEER,
	UNIX_DIAG_ICONS,
	UNIX_DIAG_RQLEN,
	UNIX_DIAG_MEMINFO,
	UNIX_DIAG_SHUTDOWN,

	__UNIX_DIAG_MAX,
};

#define UNIX_DIAG_MAX (__UNIX_DIAG_MAX - 1)

struct unix_diag_vfs {
	__u32	udiag_vfs_ino;
	__u32	udiag_vfs_dev;
};

struct unix_diag_rqlen {
	__u32	udiag_rqueue;
	__u32	udiag_wqueue;
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * efs_fs_sb.h
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1999 Al Smith
 *
 * Portions derived from IRIX header files (c) 1988 Silicon Graphics
 */

#ifndef __EFS_FS_SB_H__
#define __EFS_FS_SB_H__

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/magic.h>

/* EFS superblock magic numbers */
#define EFS_MAGIC	0x072959
#define EFS_NEWMAGIC	0x07295a

#define IS_EFS_MAGIC(x)	((x == EFS_MAGIC) || (x == EFS_NEWMAGIC))

#define EFS_SUPER		1
#define EFS_ROOTINODE		2

/* efs superblock on disk */
struct efs_super {
	__be32		fs_size;        /* size of filesystem, in sectors */
	__be32		fs_firstcg;     /* bb offset to first cg */
	__be32		fs_cgfsize;     /* size of cylinder group in bb's */
	__be16		fs_cgisize;     /* bb's of inodes per cylinder group */
	__be16		fs_sectors;     /* sectors per track */
	__be16		fs_heads;       /* heads per cylinder */
	__be16		fs_ncg;         /* # of cylinder groups in filesystem */
	__be16		fs_dirty;       /* fs needs to be fsck'd */
	__be32		fs_time;        /* last super-block update */
	__be32		fs_magic;       /* magic number */
	char		fs_fname[6];    /* file system name */
	char		fs_fpack[6];    /* file system pack name */
	__be32		fs_bmsize;      /* size of bitmap in bytes */
	__be32		fs_tfree;       /* total free data blocks */
	__be32		fs_tinode;      /* total free inodes */
	__be32		fs_bmblock;     /* bitmap location. */
	__be32		fs_replsb;      /* Location of replicated superblock. */
	__be32		fs_lastialloc;  /* last allocated inode */
	char		fs_spare[20];   /* space for expansion - MUST BE ZERO */
	__be32		fs_checksum;    /* checksum of volume portion of fs */
};

/* efs superblock information in memory */
struct efs_sb_info {
	__u32	fs_magic;	/* superblock magic number */
	__u32	fs_start;	/* first block of filesystem */
	__u32	first_block;	/* first data block in filesystem */
	__u32	total_blocks;	/* total number of blocks in filesystem */
	__u32	group_size;	/* # of blocks a group consists of */ 
	__u32	data_free;	/* # of free data blocks */
	__u32	inode_free;	/* # of free inodes */
	__u16	inode_blocks;	/* # of blocks used for inodes in every grp */
	__u16	total_groups;	/* # of groups */
};

#endif /* __EFS_FS_SB_H__ */

/*
 * Copyright (C) 2011 Instituto Nokia de Tecnologia
 *
 * Authors:
 *    Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
 *    Aloisio Almeida Jr <aloisio.almeida@openbossa.org>
 *
 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_NFC_H
#define __LINUX_NFC_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/socket.h>

#define NFC_GENL_NAME "nfc"
#define NFC_GENL_VERSION 1

#define NFC_GENL_MCAST_EVENT_NAME "events"

/**
 * enum nfc_commands - supported nfc commands
 *
 * @NFC_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command
 *
 * @NFC_CMD_GET_DEVICE: request information about a device (requires
 *	%NFC_ATTR_DEVICE_INDEX) or dump request to get a list of all nfc devices
 * @NFC_CMD_DEV_UP: turn on the nfc device
 *	(requires %NFC_ATTR_DEVICE_INDEX)
 * @NFC_CMD_DEV_DOWN: turn off the nfc device
 *	(requires %NFC_ATTR_DEVICE_INDEX)
 * @NFC_CMD_START_POLL: start polling for targets using the given protocols
 *	(requires %NFC_ATTR_DEVICE_INDEX and %NFC_ATTR_PROTOCOLS)
 * @NFC_CMD_STOP_POLL: stop polling for targets (requires
 *	%NFC_ATTR_DEVICE_INDEX)
 * @NFC_CMD_GET_TARGET: dump all targets found by the previous poll (requires
 *	%NFC_ATTR_DEVICE_INDEX)
 * @NFC_EVENT_TARGETS_FOUND: event emitted when a new target is found
 *	(it sends %NFC_ATTR_DEVICE_INDEX)
 * @NFC_EVENT_DEVICE_ADDED: event emitted when a new device is registred
 *	(it sends %NFC_ATTR_DEVICE_NAME, %NFC_ATTR_DEVICE_INDEX and
 *	%NFC_ATTR_PROTOCOLS)
 * @NFC_EVENT_DEVICE_REMOVED: event emitted when a device is removed
 *	(it sends %NFC_ATTR_DEVICE_INDEX)
 * @NFC_EVENT_TM_ACTIVATED: event emitted when the adapter is activated in
 *      target mode.
 * @NFC_EVENT_DEVICE_DEACTIVATED: event emitted when the adapter is deactivated
 *      from target mode.
 * @NFC_CMD_LLC_GET_PARAMS: request LTO, RW, and MIUX parameters for a device
 * @NFC_CMD_LLC_SET_PARAMS: set one or more of LTO, RW, and MIUX parameters for
 *	a device. LTO must be set before the link is up otherwise -EINPROGRESS
 *	is returned. RW and MIUX can be set at anytime and will be passed in
 *	subsequent CONNECT and CC messages.
 *	If one of the passed parameters is wrong none is set and -EINVAL is
 *	returned.
 * @NFC_CMD_ENABLE_SE: Enable the physical link to a specific secure element.
 *	Once enabled a secure element will handle card emulation mode, i.e.
 *	starting a poll from a device which has a secure element enabled means
 *	we want to do SE based card emulation.
 * @NFC_CMD_DISABLE_SE: Disable the physical link to a specific secure element.
 * @NFC_CMD_FW_DOWNLOAD: Request to Load/flash firmware, or event to inform
 *	that some firmware was loaded
 * @NFC_EVENT_SE_ADDED: Event emitted when a new secure element is discovered.
 *	This typically will be sent whenever a new NFC controller with either
 *	an embedded SE or an UICC one connected to it through SWP.
 * @NFC_EVENT_SE_REMOVED: Event emitted when a secure element is removed from
 *	the system, as a consequence of e.g. an NFC controller being unplugged.
 * @NFC_EVENT_SE_CONNECTIVITY: This event is emitted whenever a secure element
 *	is requesting connectivity access. For example a UICC SE may need to
 *	talk with a sleeping modem and will notify this need by sending this
 *	event. It is then up to userspace to decide if it will wake the modem
 *	up or not.
 * @NFC_EVENT_SE_TRANSACTION: This event is sent when an application running on
 *	a specific SE notifies us about the end of a transaction. The parameter
 *	for this event is the application ID (AID).
 * @NFC_CMD_GET_SE: Dump all discovered secure elements from an NFC controller.
 * @NFC_CMD_SE_IO: Send/Receive APDUs to/from the selected secure element.
 * @NFC_CMD_ACTIVATE_TARGET: Request NFC controller to reactivate target.
 * @NFC_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor specific command, to be implemented directly
 *	from the driver in order to support hardware specific operations.
 * @NFC_CMD_DEACTIVATE_TARGET: Request NFC controller to deactivate target.
 */
enum nfc_commands {
	NFC_CMD_UNSPEC,
	NFC_CMD_GET_DEVICE,
	NFC_CMD_DEV_UP,
	NFC_CMD_DEV_DOWN,
	NFC_CMD_DEP_LINK_UP,
	NFC_CMD_DEP_LINK_DOWN,
	NFC_CMD_START_POLL,
	NFC_CMD_STOP_POLL,
	NFC_CMD_GET_TARGET,
	NFC_EVENT_TARGETS_FOUND,
	NFC_EVENT_DEVICE_ADDED,
	NFC_EVENT_DEVICE_REMOVED,
	NFC_EVENT_TARGET_LOST,
	NFC_EVENT_TM_ACTIVATED,
	NFC_EVENT_TM_DEACTIVATED,
	NFC_CMD_LLC_GET_PARAMS,
	NFC_CMD_LLC_SET_PARAMS,
	NFC_CMD_ENABLE_SE,
	NFC_CMD_DISABLE_SE,
	NFC_CMD_LLC_SDREQ,
	NFC_EVENT_LLC_SDRES,
	NFC_CMD_FW_DOWNLOAD,
	NFC_EVENT_SE_ADDED,
	NFC_EVENT_SE_REMOVED,
	NFC_EVENT_SE_CONNECTIVITY,
	NFC_EVENT_SE_TRANSACTION,
	NFC_CMD_GET_SE,
	NFC_CMD_SE_IO,
	NFC_CMD_ACTIVATE_TARGET,
	NFC_CMD_VENDOR,
	NFC_CMD_DEACTIVATE_TARGET,
/* private: internal use only */
	__NFC_CMD_AFTER_LAST
};
#define NFC_CMD_MAX (__NFC_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1)

/**
 * enum nfc_attrs - supported nfc attributes
 *
 * @NFC_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute
 *
 * @NFC_ATTR_DEVICE_INDEX: index of nfc device
 * @NFC_ATTR_DEVICE_NAME: device name, max 8 chars
 * @NFC_ATTR_PROTOCOLS: nfc protocols - bitwise or-ed combination from
 *	NFC_PROTO_*_MASK constants
 * @NFC_ATTR_TARGET_INDEX: index of the nfc target
 * @NFC_ATTR_TARGET_SENS_RES: NFC-A targets extra information such as NFCID
 * @NFC_ATTR_TARGET_SEL_RES: NFC-A targets extra information (useful if the
 *	target is not NFC-Forum compliant)
 * @NFC_ATTR_TARGET_NFCID1: NFC-A targets identifier, max 10 bytes
 * @NFC_ATTR_TARGET_SENSB_RES: NFC-B targets extra information, max 12 bytes
 * @NFC_ATTR_TARGET_SENSF_RES: NFC-F targets extra information, max 18 bytes
 * @NFC_ATTR_COMM_MODE: Passive or active mode
 * @NFC_ATTR_RF_MODE: Initiator or target
 * @NFC_ATTR_IM_PROTOCOLS: Initiator mode protocols to poll for
 * @NFC_ATTR_TM_PROTOCOLS: Target mode protocols to listen for
 * @NFC_ATTR_LLC_PARAM_LTO: Link TimeOut parameter
 * @NFC_ATTR_LLC_PARAM_RW: Receive Window size parameter
 * @NFC_ATTR_LLC_PARAM_MIUX: MIU eXtension parameter
 * @NFC_ATTR_SE: Available Secure Elements
 * @NFC_ATTR_FIRMWARE_NAME: Free format firmware version
 * @NFC_ATTR_SE_INDEX: Secure element index
 * @NFC_ATTR_SE_TYPE: Secure element type (UICC or EMBEDDED)
 * @NFC_ATTR_FIRMWARE_DOWNLOAD_STATUS: Firmware download operation status
 * @NFC_ATTR_APDU: Secure element APDU
 * @NFC_ATTR_TARGET_ISO15693_DSFID: ISO 15693 Data Storage Format Identifier
 * @NFC_ATTR_TARGET_ISO15693_UID: ISO 15693 Unique Identifier
 * @NFC_ATTR_SE_PARAMS: Parameters data from an evt_transaction
 * @NFC_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: NFC manufacturer unique ID, typically an OUI
 * @NFC_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: Vendor specific sub command
 * @NFC_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: Vendor specific data, to be optionally passed
 *	to a vendor specific command implementation
 */
enum nfc_attrs {
	NFC_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	NFC_ATTR_DEVICE_INDEX,
	NFC_ATTR_DEVICE_NAME,
	NFC_ATTR_PROTOCOLS,
	NFC_ATTR_TARGET_INDEX,
	NFC_ATTR_TARGET_SENS_RES,
	NFC_ATTR_TARGET_SEL_RES,
	NFC_ATTR_TARGET_NFCID1,
	NFC_ATTR_TARGET_SENSB_RES,
	NFC_ATTR_TARGET_SENSF_RES,
	NFC_ATTR_COMM_MODE,
	NFC_ATTR_RF_MODE,
	NFC_ATTR_DEVICE_POWERED,
	NFC_ATTR_IM_PROTOCOLS,
	NFC_ATTR_TM_PROTOCOLS,
	NFC_ATTR_LLC_PARAM_LTO,
	NFC_ATTR_LLC_PARAM_RW,
	NFC_ATTR_LLC_PARAM_MIUX,
	NFC_ATTR_SE,
	NFC_ATTR_LLC_SDP,
	NFC_ATTR_FIRMWARE_NAME,
	NFC_ATTR_SE_INDEX,
	NFC_ATTR_SE_TYPE,
	NFC_ATTR_SE_AID,
	NFC_ATTR_FIRMWARE_DOWNLOAD_STATUS,
	NFC_ATTR_SE_APDU,
	NFC_ATTR_TARGET_ISO15693_DSFID,
	NFC_ATTR_TARGET_ISO15693_UID,
	NFC_ATTR_SE_PARAMS,
	NFC_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
	NFC_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
	NFC_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
/* private: internal use only */
	__NFC_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
};
#define NFC_ATTR_MAX (__NFC_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1)

enum nfc_sdp_attr {
	NFC_SDP_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	NFC_SDP_ATTR_URI,
	NFC_SDP_ATTR_SAP,
/* private: internal use only */
	__NFC_SDP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
};
#define NFC_SDP_ATTR_MAX (__NFC_SDP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1)

#define NFC_DEVICE_NAME_MAXSIZE		8
#define NFC_NFCID1_MAXSIZE		10
#define NFC_NFCID2_MAXSIZE		8
#define NFC_NFCID3_MAXSIZE		10
#define NFC_SENSB_RES_MAXSIZE		12
#define NFC_SENSF_RES_MAXSIZE		18
#define NFC_ATR_REQ_MAXSIZE		64
#define NFC_ATR_RES_MAXSIZE		64
#define NFC_ATR_REQ_GB_MAXSIZE		48
#define NFC_ATR_RES_GB_MAXSIZE		47
#define NFC_GB_MAXSIZE			48
#define NFC_FIRMWARE_NAME_MAXSIZE	32
#define NFC_ISO15693_UID_MAXSIZE	8

/* NFC protocols */
#define NFC_PROTO_JEWEL		1
#define NFC_PROTO_MIFARE	2
#define NFC_PROTO_FELICA	3
#define NFC_PROTO_ISO14443	4
#define NFC_PROTO_NFC_DEP	5
#define NFC_PROTO_ISO14443_B	6
#define NFC_PROTO_ISO15693	7

#define NFC_PROTO_MAX		8

/* NFC communication modes */
#define NFC_COMM_ACTIVE  0
#define NFC_COMM_PASSIVE 1

/* NFC RF modes */
#define NFC_RF_INITIATOR 0
#define NFC_RF_TARGET    1
#define NFC_RF_NONE      2

/* NFC protocols masks used in bitsets */
#define NFC_PROTO_JEWEL_MASK      (1 << NFC_PROTO_JEWEL)
#define NFC_PROTO_MIFARE_MASK     (1 << NFC_PROTO_MIFARE)
#define NFC_PROTO_FELICA_MASK	  (1 << NFC_PROTO_FELICA)
#define NFC_PROTO_ISO14443_MASK	  (1 << NFC_PROTO_ISO14443)
#define NFC_PROTO_NFC_DEP_MASK	  (1 << NFC_PROTO_NFC_DEP)
#define NFC_PROTO_ISO14443_B_MASK (1 << NFC_PROTO_ISO14443_B)
#define NFC_PROTO_ISO15693_MASK	  (1 << NFC_PROTO_ISO15693)

/* NFC Secure Elements */
#define NFC_SE_UICC     0x1
#define NFC_SE_EMBEDDED 0x2

#define NFC_SE_DISABLED 0x0
#define NFC_SE_ENABLED  0x1

struct sockaddr_nfc {
	sa_family_t sa_family;
	__u32 dev_idx;
	__u32 target_idx;
	__u32 nfc_protocol;
};

#define NFC_LLCP_MAX_SERVICE_NAME 63
struct sockaddr_nfc_llcp {
	sa_family_t sa_family;
	__u32 dev_idx;
	__u32 target_idx;
	__u32 nfc_protocol;
	__u8 dsap; /* Destination SAP, if known */
	__u8 ssap; /* Source SAP to be bound to */
	char service_name[NFC_LLCP_MAX_SERVICE_NAME]; /* Service name URI */;
	size_t service_name_len;
};

/* NFC socket protocols */
#define NFC_SOCKPROTO_RAW	0
#define NFC_SOCKPROTO_LLCP	1
#define NFC_SOCKPROTO_MAX	2

#define NFC_HEADER_SIZE 1

/**
 * Pseudo-header info for raw socket packets
 * First byte is the adapter index
 * Second byte contains flags
 *  - 0x01 - Direction (0=RX, 1=TX)
 *  - 0x02-0x04 - Payload type (000=LLCP, 001=NCI, 010=HCI, 011=Digital,
 *                              100=Proprietary)
 *  - 0x05-0x80 - Reserved
 **/
#define NFC_RAW_HEADER_SIZE	2
#define NFC_DIRECTION_RX		0x00
#define NFC_DIRECTION_TX		0x01

#define RAW_PAYLOAD_LLCP 0
#define RAW_PAYLOAD_NCI	1
#define RAW_PAYLOAD_HCI	2
#define RAW_PAYLOAD_DIGITAL	3
#define RAW_PAYLOAD_PROPRIETARY	4

/* socket option names */
#define NFC_LLCP_RW		0
#define NFC_LLCP_MIUX		1
#define NFC_LLCP_REMOTE_MIU	2
#define NFC_LLCP_REMOTE_LTO	3
#define NFC_LLCP_REMOTE_RW	4

#endif /*__LINUX_NFC_H */
#ifndef _LINUX_VIRTIO_RING_H
#define _LINUX_VIRTIO_RING_H
/* An interface for efficient virtio implementation, currently for use by KVM,
 * but hopefully others soon.  Do NOT change this since it will
 * break existing servers and clients.
 *
 * This header is BSD licensed so anyone can use the definitions to implement
 * compatible drivers/servers.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the name of IBM nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL IBM OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 * Copyright Rusty Russell IBM Corporation 2007. */
#include <stdint.h>
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/virtio_types.h>

/* This marks a buffer as continuing via the next field. */
#define VRING_DESC_F_NEXT	1
/* This marks a buffer as write-only (otherwise read-only). */
#define VRING_DESC_F_WRITE	2
/* This means the buffer contains a list of buffer descriptors. */
#define VRING_DESC_F_INDIRECT	4

/*
 * Mark a descriptor as available or used in packed ring.
 * Notice: they are defined as shifts instead of shifted values.
 */
#define VRING_PACKED_DESC_F_AVAIL	7
#define VRING_PACKED_DESC_F_USED	15

/* The Host uses this in used->flags to advise the Guest: don't kick me when
 * you add a buffer.  It's unreliable, so it's simply an optimization.  Guest
 * will still kick if it's out of buffers. */
#define VRING_USED_F_NO_NOTIFY	1
/* The Guest uses this in avail->flags to advise the Host: don't interrupt me
 * when you consume a buffer.  It's unreliable, so it's simply an
 * optimization.  */
#define VRING_AVAIL_F_NO_INTERRUPT	1

/* Enable events in packed ring. */
#define VRING_PACKED_EVENT_FLAG_ENABLE	0x0
/* Disable events in packed ring. */
#define VRING_PACKED_EVENT_FLAG_DISABLE	0x1
/*
 * Enable events for a specific descriptor in packed ring.
 * (as specified by Descriptor Ring Change Event Offset/Wrap Counter).
 * Only valid if VIRTIO_RING_F_EVENT_IDX has been negotiated.
 */
#define VRING_PACKED_EVENT_FLAG_DESC	0x2

/*
 * Wrap counter bit shift in event suppression structure
 * of packed ring.
 */
#define VRING_PACKED_EVENT_F_WRAP_CTR	15

/* We support indirect buffer descriptors */
#define VIRTIO_RING_F_INDIRECT_DESC	28

/* The Guest publishes the used index for which it expects an interrupt
 * at the end of the avail ring. Host should ignore the avail->flags field. */
/* The Host publishes the avail index for which it expects a kick
 * at the end of the used ring. Guest should ignore the used->flags field. */
#define VIRTIO_RING_F_EVENT_IDX		29

/* Virtio ring descriptors: 16 bytes.  These can chain together via "next". */
struct vring_desc {
	/* Address (guest-physical). */
	__virtio64 addr;
	/* Length. */
	__virtio32 len;
	/* The flags as indicated above. */
	__virtio16 flags;
	/* We chain unused descriptors via this, too */
	__virtio16 next;
};

struct vring_avail {
	__virtio16 flags;
	__virtio16 idx;
	__virtio16 ring[];
};

/* u32 is used here for ids for padding reasons. */
struct vring_used_elem {
	/* Index of start of used descriptor chain. */
	__virtio32 id;
	/* Total length of the descriptor chain which was used (written to) */
	__virtio32 len;
};

struct vring_used {
	__virtio16 flags;
	__virtio16 idx;
	struct vring_used_elem ring[];
};

struct vring {
	unsigned int num;

	struct vring_desc *desc;

	struct vring_avail *avail;

	struct vring_used *used;
};

/* Alignment requirements for vring elements.
 * When using pre-virtio 1.0 layout, these fall out naturally.
 */
#define VRING_AVAIL_ALIGN_SIZE 2
#define VRING_USED_ALIGN_SIZE 4
#define VRING_DESC_ALIGN_SIZE 16

#ifndef VIRTIO_RING_NO_LEGACY

/* The standard layout for the ring is a continuous chunk of memory which looks
 * like this.  We assume num is a power of 2.
 *
 * struct vring
 * {
 *	// The actual descriptors (16 bytes each)
 *	struct vring_desc desc[num];
 *
 *	// A ring of available descriptor heads with free-running index.
 *	__virtio16 avail_flags;
 *	__virtio16 avail_idx;
 *	__virtio16 available[num];
 *	__virtio16 used_event_idx;
 *
 *	// Padding to the next align boundary.
 *	char pad[];
 *
 *	// A ring of used descriptor heads with free-running index.
 *	__virtio16 used_flags;
 *	__virtio16 used_idx;
 *	struct vring_used_elem used[num];
 *	__virtio16 avail_event_idx;
 * };
 */
/* We publish the used event index at the end of the available ring, and vice
 * versa. They are at the end for backwards compatibility. */
#define vring_used_event(vr) ((vr)->avail->ring[(vr)->num])
#define vring_avail_event(vr) (*(__virtio16 *)&(vr)->used->ring[(vr)->num])

static __inline__ void vring_init(struct vring *vr, unsigned int num, void *p,
			      unsigned long align)
{
	vr->num = num;
	vr->desc = p;
	vr->avail = p + num*sizeof(struct vring_desc);
	vr->used = (void *)(((uintptr_t)&vr->avail->ring[num] + sizeof(__virtio16)
		+ align-1) & ~(align - 1));
}

static __inline__ unsigned vring_size(unsigned int num, unsigned long align)
{
	return ((sizeof(struct vring_desc) * num + sizeof(__virtio16) * (3 + num)
		 + align - 1) & ~(align - 1))
		+ sizeof(__virtio16) * 3 + sizeof(struct vring_used_elem) * num;
}

#endif /* VIRTIO_RING_NO_LEGACY */

/* The following is used with USED_EVENT_IDX and AVAIL_EVENT_IDX */
/* Assuming a given event_idx value from the other side, if
 * we have just incremented index from old to new_idx,
 * should we trigger an event? */
static __inline__ int vring_need_event(__u16 event_idx, __u16 new_idx, __u16 old)
{
	/* Note: Xen has similar logic for notification hold-off
	 * in include/xen/interface/io/ring.h with req_event and req_prod
	 * corresponding to event_idx + 1 and new_idx respectively.
	 * Note also that req_event and req_prod in Xen start at 1,
	 * event indexes in virtio start at 0. */
	return (__u16)(new_idx - event_idx - 1) < (__u16)(new_idx - old);
}

struct vring_packed_desc_event {
	/* Descriptor Ring Change Event Offset/Wrap Counter. */
	__le16 off_wrap;
	/* Descriptor Ring Change Event Flags. */
	__le16 flags;
};

struct vring_packed_desc {
	/* Buffer Address. */
	__le64 addr;
	/* Buffer Length. */
	__le32 len;
	/* Buffer ID. */
	__le16 id;
	/* The flags depending on descriptor type. */
	__le16 flags;
};

#endif /* _LINUX_VIRTIO_RING_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  Universal TUN/TAP device driver.
 *  Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Maxim Krasnyansky <max_mk@yahoo.com>
 *
 *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 *  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 *  (at your option) any later version.
 *
 *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
 *  GNU General Public License for more details.
 */

#ifndef __IF_TUN_H
#define __IF_TUN_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>
#include <linux/filter.h>

/* Read queue size */
#define TUN_READQ_SIZE	500
/* TUN device type flags: deprecated. Use IFF_TUN/IFF_TAP instead. */
#define TUN_TUN_DEV 	IFF_TUN
#define TUN_TAP_DEV	IFF_TAP
#define TUN_TYPE_MASK   0x000f

/* Ioctl defines */
#define TUNSETNOCSUM  _IOW('T', 200, int) 
#define TUNSETDEBUG   _IOW('T', 201, int) 
#define TUNSETIFF     _IOW('T', 202, int) 
#define TUNSETPERSIST _IOW('T', 203, int) 
#define TUNSETOWNER   _IOW('T', 204, int)
#define TUNSETLINK    _IOW('T', 205, int)
#define TUNSETGROUP   _IOW('T', 206, int)
#define TUNGETFEATURES _IOR('T', 207, unsigned int)
#define TUNSETOFFLOAD  _IOW('T', 208, unsigned int)
#define TUNSETTXFILTER _IOW('T', 209, unsigned int)
#define TUNGETIFF      _IOR('T', 210, unsigned int)
#define TUNGETSNDBUF   _IOR('T', 211, int)
#define TUNSETSNDBUF   _IOW('T', 212, int)
#define TUNATTACHFILTER _IOW('T', 213, struct sock_fprog)
#define TUNDETACHFILTER _IOW('T', 214, struct sock_fprog)
#define TUNGETVNETHDRSZ _IOR('T', 215, int)
#define TUNSETVNETHDRSZ _IOW('T', 216, int)
#define TUNSETQUEUE  _IOW('T', 217, int)
#define TUNSETIFINDEX	_IOW('T', 218, unsigned int)
#define TUNGETFILTER _IOR('T', 219, struct sock_fprog)
#define TUNSETVNETLE _IOW('T', 220, int)
#define TUNGETVNETLE _IOR('T', 221, int)
/* The TUNSETVNETBE and TUNGETVNETBE ioctls are for cross-endian support on
 * little-endian hosts. Not all kernel configurations support them, but all
 * configurations that support SET also support GET.
 */
#define TUNSETVNETBE _IOW('T', 222, int)
#define TUNGETVNETBE _IOR('T', 223, int)
#define TUNSETSTEERINGEBPF _IOR('T', 224, int)
#define TUNSETFILTEREBPF _IOR('T', 225, int)
#define TUNSETCARRIER _IOW('T', 226, int)
#define TUNGETDEVNETNS _IO('T', 227)

/* TUNSETIFF ifr flags */
#define IFF_TUN		0x0001
#define IFF_TAP		0x0002
#define IFF_NAPI	0x0010
#define IFF_NAPI_FRAGS	0x0020
#define IFF_NO_PI	0x1000
/* This flag has no real effect */
#define IFF_ONE_QUEUE	0x2000
#define IFF_VNET_HDR	0x4000
#define IFF_TUN_EXCL	0x8000
#define IFF_MULTI_QUEUE 0x0100
#define IFF_ATTACH_QUEUE 0x0200
#define IFF_DETACH_QUEUE 0x0400
/* read-only flag */
#define IFF_PERSIST	0x0800
#define IFF_NOFILTER	0x1000

/* Socket options */
#define TUN_TX_TIMESTAMP 1

/* Features for GSO (TUNSETOFFLOAD). */
#define TUN_F_CSUM	0x01	/* You can hand me unchecksummed packets. */
#define TUN_F_TSO4	0x02	/* I can handle TSO for IPv4 packets */
#define TUN_F_TSO6	0x04	/* I can handle TSO for IPv6 packets */
#define TUN_F_TSO_ECN	0x08	/* I can handle TSO with ECN bits. */
#define TUN_F_UFO	0x10	/* I can handle UFO packets */

/* Protocol info prepended to the packets (when IFF_NO_PI is not set) */
#define TUN_PKT_STRIP	0x0001
struct tun_pi {
	__u16  flags;
	__be16 proto;
};

/*
 * Filter spec (used for SETXXFILTER ioctls)
 * This stuff is applicable only to the TAP (Ethernet) devices.
 * If the count is zero the filter is disabled and the driver accepts
 * all packets (promisc mode).
 * If the filter is enabled in order to accept broadcast packets
 * broadcast addr must be explicitly included in the addr list.
 */
#define TUN_FLT_ALLMULTI 0x0001 /* Accept all multicast packets */
struct tun_filter {
	__u16  flags; /* TUN_FLT_ flags see above */
	__u16  count; /* Number of addresses */
	__u8   addr[0][ETH_ALEN];
};

#endif /* __IF_TUN_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* Copyright (C) 2017 Arm Ltd. */
#ifndef _LINUX_ARM_SDEI_H
#define _LINUX_ARM_SDEI_H

#define SDEI_1_0_FN_BASE			0xC4000020
#define SDEI_1_0_MASK				0xFFFFFFE0
#define SDEI_1_0_FN(n)				(SDEI_1_0_FN_BASE + (n))

#define SDEI_1_0_FN_SDEI_VERSION			SDEI_1_0_FN(0x00)
#define SDEI_1_0_FN_SDEI_EVENT_REGISTER			SDEI_1_0_FN(0x01)
#define SDEI_1_0_FN_SDEI_EVENT_ENABLE			SDEI_1_0_FN(0x02)
#define SDEI_1_0_FN_SDEI_EVENT_DISABLE			SDEI_1_0_FN(0x03)
#define SDEI_1_0_FN_SDEI_EVENT_CONTEXT			SDEI_1_0_FN(0x04)
#define SDEI_1_0_FN_SDEI_EVENT_COMPLETE			SDEI_1_0_FN(0x05)
#define SDEI_1_0_FN_SDEI_EVENT_COMPLETE_AND_RESUME	SDEI_1_0_FN(0x06)
#define SDEI_1_0_FN_SDEI_EVENT_UNREGISTER		SDEI_1_0_FN(0x07)
#define SDEI_1_0_FN_SDEI_EVENT_STATUS			SDEI_1_0_FN(0x08)
#define SDEI_1_0_FN_SDEI_EVENT_GET_INFO			SDEI_1_0_FN(0x09)
#define SDEI_1_0_FN_SDEI_EVENT_ROUTING_SET		SDEI_1_0_FN(0x0A)
#define SDEI_1_0_FN_SDEI_PE_MASK			SDEI_1_0_FN(0x0B)
#define SDEI_1_0_FN_SDEI_PE_UNMASK			SDEI_1_0_FN(0x0C)
#define SDEI_1_0_FN_SDEI_INTERRUPT_BIND			SDEI_1_0_FN(0x0D)
#define SDEI_1_0_FN_SDEI_INTERRUPT_RELEASE		SDEI_1_0_FN(0x0E)
#define SDEI_1_0_FN_SDEI_PRIVATE_RESET			SDEI_1_0_FN(0x11)
#define SDEI_1_0_FN_SDEI_SHARED_RESET			SDEI_1_0_FN(0x12)

#define SDEI_VERSION_MAJOR_SHIFT			48
#define SDEI_VERSION_MAJOR_MASK				0x7fff
#define SDEI_VERSION_MINOR_SHIFT			32
#define SDEI_VERSION_MINOR_MASK				0xffff
#define SDEI_VERSION_VENDOR_SHIFT			0
#define SDEI_VERSION_VENDOR_MASK			0xffffffff

#define SDEI_VERSION_MAJOR(x)	(x>>SDEI_VERSION_MAJOR_SHIFT & SDEI_VERSION_MAJOR_MASK)
#define SDEI_VERSION_MINOR(x)	(x>>SDEI_VERSION_MINOR_SHIFT & SDEI_VERSION_MINOR_MASK)
#define SDEI_VERSION_VENDOR(x)	(x>>SDEI_VERSION_VENDOR_SHIFT & SDEI_VERSION_VENDOR_MASK)

/* SDEI return values */
#define SDEI_SUCCESS		0
#define SDEI_NOT_SUPPORTED	-1
#define SDEI_INVALID_PARAMETERS	-2
#define SDEI_DENIED		-3
#define SDEI_PENDING		-5
#define SDEI_OUT_OF_RESOURCE	-10

/* EVENT_REGISTER flags */
#define SDEI_EVENT_REGISTER_RM_ANY	0
#define SDEI_EVENT_REGISTER_RM_PE	1

/* EVENT_STATUS return value bits */
#define SDEI_EVENT_STATUS_RUNNING	2
#define SDEI_EVENT_STATUS_ENABLED	1
#define SDEI_EVENT_STATUS_REGISTERED	0

/* EVENT_COMPLETE status values */
#define SDEI_EV_HANDLED	0
#define SDEI_EV_FAILED	1

/* GET_INFO values */
#define SDEI_EVENT_INFO_EV_TYPE			0
#define SDEI_EVENT_INFO_EV_SIGNALED		1
#define SDEI_EVENT_INFO_EV_PRIORITY		2
#define SDEI_EVENT_INFO_EV_ROUTING_MODE		3
#define SDEI_EVENT_INFO_EV_ROUTING_AFF		4

/* and their results */
#define SDEI_EVENT_TYPE_PRIVATE			0
#define SDEI_EVENT_TYPE_SHARED			1
#define SDEI_EVENT_PRIORITY_NORMAL		0
#define SDEI_EVENT_PRIORITY_CRITICAL		1

#endif /* _LINUX_ARM_SDEI_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * FS_IOC_GETFSMAP ioctl infrastructure.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2017 Oracle.  All Rights Reserved.
 *
 * Author: Darrick J. Wong <darrick.wong@oracle.com>
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_FSMAP_H
#define _LINUX_FSMAP_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 *	Structure for FS_IOC_GETFSMAP.
 *
 *	The memory layout for this call are the scalar values defined in
 *	struct fsmap_head, followed by two struct fsmap that describe
 *	the lower and upper bound of mappings to return, followed by an
 *	array of struct fsmap mappings.
 *
 *	fmh_iflags control the output of the call, whereas fmh_oflags report
 *	on the overall record output.  fmh_count should be set to the
 *	length of the fmh_recs array, and fmh_entries will be set to the
 *	number of entries filled out during each call.  If fmh_count is
 *	zero, the number of reverse mappings will be returned in
 *	fmh_entries, though no mappings will be returned.  fmh_reserved
 *	must be set to zero.
 *
 *	The two elements in the fmh_keys array are used to constrain the
 *	output.  The first element in the array should represent the
 *	lowest disk mapping ("low key") that the user wants to learn
 *	about.  If this value is all zeroes, the filesystem will return
 *	the first entry it knows about.  For a subsequent call, the
 *	contents of fsmap_head.fmh_recs[fsmap_head.fmh_count - 1] should be
 *	copied into fmh_keys[0] to have the kernel start where it left off.
 *
 *	The second element in the fmh_keys array should represent the
 *	highest disk mapping ("high key") that the user wants to learn
 *	about.  If this value is all ones, the filesystem will not stop
 *	until it runs out of mapping to return or runs out of space in
 *	fmh_recs.
 *
 *	fmr_device can be either a 32-bit cookie representing a device, or
 *	a 32-bit dev_t if the FMH_OF_DEV_T flag is set.  fmr_physical,
 *	fmr_offset, and fmr_length are expressed in units of bytes.
 *	fmr_owner is either an inode number, or a special value if
 *	FMR_OF_SPECIAL_OWNER is set in fmr_flags.
 */
struct fsmap {
	__u32		fmr_device;	/* device id */
	__u32		fmr_flags;	/* mapping flags */
	__u64		fmr_physical;	/* device offset of segment */
	__u64		fmr_owner;	/* owner id */
	__u64		fmr_offset;	/* file offset of segment */
	__u64		fmr_length;	/* length of segment */
	__u64		fmr_reserved[3];	/* must be zero */
};

struct fsmap_head {
	__u32		fmh_iflags;	/* control flags */
	__u32		fmh_oflags;	/* output flags */
	__u32		fmh_count;	/* # of entries in array incl. input */
	__u32		fmh_entries;	/* # of entries filled in (output). */
	__u64		fmh_reserved[6];	/* must be zero */

	struct fsmap	fmh_keys[2];	/* low and high keys for the mapping search */
	struct fsmap	fmh_recs[];	/* returned records */
};

/* Size of an fsmap_head with room for nr records. */
static __inline__ size_t
fsmap_sizeof(
	unsigned int	nr)
{
	return sizeof(struct fsmap_head) + nr * sizeof(struct fsmap);
}

/* Start the next fsmap query at the end of the current query results. */
static __inline__ void
fsmap_advance(
	struct fsmap_head	*head)
{
	head->fmh_keys[0] = head->fmh_recs[head->fmh_entries - 1];
}

/*	fmh_iflags values - set by FS_IOC_GETFSMAP caller in the header. */
/* no flags defined yet */
#define FMH_IF_VALID		0

/*	fmh_oflags values - returned in the header segment only. */
#define FMH_OF_DEV_T		0x1	/* fmr_device values will be dev_t */

/*	fmr_flags values - returned for each non-header segment */
#define FMR_OF_PREALLOC		0x1	/* segment = unwritten pre-allocation */
#define FMR_OF_ATTR_FORK	0x2	/* segment = attribute fork */
#define FMR_OF_EXTENT_MAP	0x4	/* segment = extent map */
#define FMR_OF_SHARED		0x8	/* segment = shared with another file */
#define FMR_OF_SPECIAL_OWNER	0x10	/* owner is a special value */
#define FMR_OF_LAST		0x20	/* segment is the last in the dataset */

/* Each FS gets to define its own special owner codes. */
#define FMR_OWNER(type, code)	(((__u64)type << 32) | \
				 ((__u64)code & 0xFFFFFFFFULL))
#define FMR_OWNER_TYPE(owner)	((__u32)((__u64)owner >> 32))
#define FMR_OWNER_CODE(owner)	((__u32)(((__u64)owner & 0xFFFFFFFFULL)))
#define FMR_OWN_FREE		FMR_OWNER(0, 1) /* free space */
#define FMR_OWN_UNKNOWN		FMR_OWNER(0, 2) /* unknown owner */
#define FMR_OWN_METADATA	FMR_OWNER(0, 3) /* metadata */

#define FS_IOC_GETFSMAP		_IOWR('X', 59, struct fsmap_head)

#endif /* _LINUX_FSMAP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright 1997 Transmeta Corporation - All Rights Reserved
 * Copyright 1999-2000 Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
 * Copyright 2005-2006,2013,2017-2018 Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net>
 *
 * This file is part of the Linux kernel and is made available under
 * the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2, or at your
 * option, any later version, incorporated herein by reference.
 *
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */

#ifndef _LINUX_AUTO_FS_H
#define _LINUX_AUTO_FS_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/limits.h>
#include <sys/ioctl.h>

#define AUTOFS_PROTO_VERSION		5
#define AUTOFS_MIN_PROTO_VERSION	3
#define AUTOFS_MAX_PROTO_VERSION	5

#define AUTOFS_PROTO_SUBVERSION		6

/*
 * The wait_queue_token (autofs_wqt_t) is part of a structure which is passed
 * back to the kernel via ioctl from userspace. On architectures where 32- and
 * 64-bit userspace binaries can be executed it's important that the size of
 * autofs_wqt_t stays constant between 32- and 64-bit Linux kernels so that we
 * do not break the binary ABI interface by changing the structure size.
 */
#if defined(__ia64__) || defined(__alpha__) /* pure 64bit architectures */
typedef unsigned long autofs_wqt_t;
#else
typedef unsigned int autofs_wqt_t;
#endif

/* Packet types */
#define autofs_ptype_missing	0	/* Missing entry (mount request) */
#define autofs_ptype_expire	1	/* Expire entry (umount request) */

struct autofs_packet_hdr {
	int proto_version;		/* Protocol version */
	int type;			/* Type of packet */
};

struct autofs_packet_missing {
	struct autofs_packet_hdr hdr;
	autofs_wqt_t wait_queue_token;
	int len;
	char name[NAME_MAX+1];
};	

/* v3 expire (via ioctl) */
struct autofs_packet_expire {
	struct autofs_packet_hdr hdr;
	int len;
	char name[NAME_MAX+1];
};

#define AUTOFS_IOCTL 0x93

enum {
	AUTOFS_IOC_READY_CMD = 0x60,
	AUTOFS_IOC_FAIL_CMD,
	AUTOFS_IOC_CATATONIC_CMD,
	AUTOFS_IOC_PROTOVER_CMD,
	AUTOFS_IOC_SETTIMEOUT_CMD,
	AUTOFS_IOC_EXPIRE_CMD,
};

#define AUTOFS_IOC_READY        _IO(AUTOFS_IOCTL, AUTOFS_IOC_READY_CMD)
#define AUTOFS_IOC_FAIL         _IO(AUTOFS_IOCTL, AUTOFS_IOC_FAIL_CMD)
#define AUTOFS_IOC_CATATONIC    _IO(AUTOFS_IOCTL, AUTOFS_IOC_CATATONIC_CMD)
#define AUTOFS_IOC_PROTOVER     _IOR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
				     AUTOFS_IOC_PROTOVER_CMD, int)
#define AUTOFS_IOC_SETTIMEOUT32 _IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
				      AUTOFS_IOC_SETTIMEOUT_CMD, \
				      compat_ulong_t)
#define AUTOFS_IOC_SETTIMEOUT   _IOWR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
				      AUTOFS_IOC_SETTIMEOUT_CMD, \
				      unsigned long)
#define AUTOFS_IOC_EXPIRE       _IOR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
				     AUTOFS_IOC_EXPIRE_CMD, \
				     struct autofs_packet_expire)

/* autofs version 4 and later definitions */

/* Mask for expire behaviour */
#define AUTOFS_EXP_NORMAL		0x00
#define AUTOFS_EXP_IMMEDIATE		0x01
#define AUTOFS_EXP_LEAVES		0x02
#define AUTOFS_EXP_FORCED		0x04

#define AUTOFS_TYPE_ANY			0U
#define AUTOFS_TYPE_INDIRECT		1U
#define AUTOFS_TYPE_DIRECT		2U
#define AUTOFS_TYPE_OFFSET		4U

static __inline__ void set_autofs_type_indirect(unsigned int *type)
{
	*type = AUTOFS_TYPE_INDIRECT;
}

static __inline__ unsigned int autofs_type_indirect(unsigned int type)
{
	return (type == AUTOFS_TYPE_INDIRECT);
}

static __inline__ void set_autofs_type_direct(unsigned int *type)
{
	*type = AUTOFS_TYPE_DIRECT;
}

static __inline__ unsigned int autofs_type_direct(unsigned int type)
{
	return (type == AUTOFS_TYPE_DIRECT);
}

static __inline__ void set_autofs_type_offset(unsigned int *type)
{
	*type = AUTOFS_TYPE_OFFSET;
}

static __inline__ unsigned int autofs_type_offset(unsigned int type)
{
	return (type == AUTOFS_TYPE_OFFSET);
}

static __inline__ unsigned int autofs_type_trigger(unsigned int type)
{
	return (type == AUTOFS_TYPE_DIRECT || type == AUTOFS_TYPE_OFFSET);
}

/*
 * This isn't really a type as we use it to say "no type set" to
 * indicate we want to search for "any" mount in the
 * autofs_dev_ioctl_ismountpoint() device ioctl function.
 */
static __inline__ void set_autofs_type_any(unsigned int *type)
{
	*type = AUTOFS_TYPE_ANY;
}

static __inline__ unsigned int autofs_type_any(unsigned int type)
{
	return (type == AUTOFS_TYPE_ANY);
}

/* Daemon notification packet types */
enum autofs_notify {
	NFY_NONE,
	NFY_MOUNT,
	NFY_EXPIRE
};

/* Kernel protocol version 4 packet types */

/* Expire entry (umount request) */
#define autofs_ptype_expire_multi	2

/* Kernel protocol version 5 packet types */

/* Indirect mount missing and expire requests. */
#define autofs_ptype_missing_indirect	3
#define autofs_ptype_expire_indirect	4

/* Direct mount missing and expire requests */
#define autofs_ptype_missing_direct	5
#define autofs_ptype_expire_direct	6

/* v4 multi expire (via pipe) */
struct autofs_packet_expire_multi {
	struct autofs_packet_hdr hdr;
	autofs_wqt_t wait_queue_token;
	int len;
	char name[NAME_MAX+1];
};

union autofs_packet_union {
	struct autofs_packet_hdr hdr;
	struct autofs_packet_missing missing;
	struct autofs_packet_expire expire;
	struct autofs_packet_expire_multi expire_multi;
};

/* autofs v5 common packet struct */
struct autofs_v5_packet {
	struct autofs_packet_hdr hdr;
	autofs_wqt_t wait_queue_token;
	__u32 dev;
	__u64 ino;
	__u32 uid;
	__u32 gid;
	__u32 pid;
	__u32 tgid;
	__u32 len;
	char name[NAME_MAX+1];
};

typedef struct autofs_v5_packet autofs_packet_missing_indirect_t;
typedef struct autofs_v5_packet autofs_packet_expire_indirect_t;
typedef struct autofs_v5_packet autofs_packet_missing_direct_t;
typedef struct autofs_v5_packet autofs_packet_expire_direct_t;

union autofs_v5_packet_union {
	struct autofs_packet_hdr hdr;
	struct autofs_v5_packet v5_packet;
	autofs_packet_missing_indirect_t missing_indirect;
	autofs_packet_expire_indirect_t expire_indirect;
	autofs_packet_missing_direct_t missing_direct;
	autofs_packet_expire_direct_t expire_direct;
};

enum {
	AUTOFS_IOC_EXPIRE_MULTI_CMD = 0x66, /* AUTOFS_IOC_EXPIRE_CMD + 1 */
	AUTOFS_IOC_PROTOSUBVER_CMD,
	AUTOFS_IOC_ASKUMOUNT_CMD = 0x70, /* AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_VERSION_CMD - 1 */
};

#define AUTOFS_IOC_EXPIRE_MULTI		_IOW(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
					     AUTOFS_IOC_EXPIRE_MULTI_CMD, int)
#define AUTOFS_IOC_PROTOSUBVER		_IOR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
					     AUTOFS_IOC_PROTOSUBVER_CMD, int)
#define AUTOFS_IOC_ASKUMOUNT		_IOR(AUTOFS_IOCTL, \
					     AUTOFS_IOC_ASKUMOUNT_CMD, int)

#endif /* _LINUX_AUTO_FS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* atm_zatm.h - Driver-specific declarations of the ZATM driver (for use by
		driver-specific utilities) */

/* Written 1995-1999 by Werner Almesberger, EPFL LRC/ICA */


#ifndef LINUX_ATM_ZATM_H
#define LINUX_ATM_ZATM_H

/*
 * Note: non-kernel programs including this file must also include
 * sys/types.h for struct timeval
 */

#include <linux/atmapi.h>
#include <linux/atmioc.h>

#define ZATM_GETPOOL	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_SARPRV+1,struct atmif_sioc)
						/* get pool statistics */
#define ZATM_GETPOOLZ	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_SARPRV+2,struct atmif_sioc)
						/* get statistics and zero */
#define ZATM_SETPOOL	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_SARPRV+3,struct atmif_sioc)
						/* set pool parameters */

struct zatm_pool_info {
	int ref_count;			/* free buffer pool usage counters */
	int low_water,high_water;	/* refill parameters */
	int rqa_count,rqu_count;	/* queue condition counters */
	int offset,next_off;		/* alignment optimizations: offset */
	int next_cnt,next_thres;	/* repetition counter and threshold */
};

struct zatm_pool_req {
	int pool_num;			/* pool number */
	struct zatm_pool_info info;	/* actual information */
};

#define ZATM_OAM_POOL		0	/* free buffer pool for OAM cells */
#define ZATM_AAL0_POOL		1	/* free buffer pool for AAL0 cells */
#define ZATM_AAL5_POOL_BASE	2	/* first AAL5 free buffer pool */
#define ZATM_LAST_POOL	ZATM_AAL5_POOL_BASE+10 /* max. 64 kB */

#define ZATM_TIMER_HISTORY_SIZE	16	/* number of timer adjustments to
					   record; must be 2^n */

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Include file for the interface to an APM BIOS
 * Copyright 1994-2001 Stephen Rothwell (sfr@canb.auug.org.au)
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
 * Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
 * later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
 * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 * General Public License for more details.
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_APM_H
#define _LINUX_APM_H


#include <linux/types.h>

typedef unsigned short	apm_event_t;
typedef unsigned short	apm_eventinfo_t;

struct apm_bios_info {
	__u16	version;
	__u16	cseg;
	__u32	offset;
	__u16	cseg_16;
	__u16	dseg;
	__u16	flags;
	__u16	cseg_len;
	__u16	cseg_16_len;
	__u16	dseg_len;
};


/*
 * Power states
 */
#define APM_STATE_READY		0x0000
#define APM_STATE_STANDBY	0x0001
#define APM_STATE_SUSPEND	0x0002
#define APM_STATE_OFF		0x0003
#define APM_STATE_BUSY		0x0004
#define APM_STATE_REJECT	0x0005
#define APM_STATE_OEM_SYS	0x0020
#define APM_STATE_OEM_DEV	0x0040

#define APM_STATE_DISABLE	0x0000
#define APM_STATE_ENABLE	0x0001

#define APM_STATE_DISENGAGE	0x0000
#define APM_STATE_ENGAGE	0x0001

/*
 * Events (results of Get PM Event)
 */
#define APM_SYS_STANDBY		0x0001
#define APM_SYS_SUSPEND		0x0002
#define APM_NORMAL_RESUME	0x0003
#define APM_CRITICAL_RESUME	0x0004
#define APM_LOW_BATTERY		0x0005
#define APM_POWER_STATUS_CHANGE	0x0006
#define APM_UPDATE_TIME		0x0007
#define APM_CRITICAL_SUSPEND	0x0008
#define APM_USER_STANDBY	0x0009
#define APM_USER_SUSPEND	0x000a
#define APM_STANDBY_RESUME	0x000b
#define APM_CAPABILITY_CHANGE	0x000c
#define APM_USER_HIBERNATION	0x000d
#define APM_HIBERNATION_RESUME	0x000e

/*
 * Error codes
 */
#define APM_SUCCESS		0x00
#define APM_DISABLED		0x01
#define APM_CONNECTED		0x02
#define APM_NOT_CONNECTED	0x03
#define APM_16_CONNECTED	0x05
#define APM_16_UNSUPPORTED	0x06
#define APM_32_CONNECTED	0x07
#define APM_32_UNSUPPORTED	0x08
#define APM_BAD_DEVICE		0x09
#define APM_BAD_PARAM		0x0a
#define APM_NOT_ENGAGED		0x0b
#define APM_BAD_FUNCTION	0x0c
#define APM_RESUME_DISABLED	0x0d
#define APM_NO_ERROR		0x53
#define APM_BAD_STATE		0x60
#define APM_NO_EVENTS		0x80
#define APM_NOT_PRESENT		0x86

/*
 * APM Device IDs
 */
#define APM_DEVICE_BIOS		0x0000
#define APM_DEVICE_ALL		0x0001
#define APM_DEVICE_DISPLAY	0x0100
#define APM_DEVICE_STORAGE	0x0200
#define APM_DEVICE_PARALLEL	0x0300
#define APM_DEVICE_SERIAL	0x0400
#define APM_DEVICE_NETWORK	0x0500
#define APM_DEVICE_PCMCIA	0x0600
#define APM_DEVICE_BATTERY	0x8000
#define APM_DEVICE_OEM		0xe000
#define APM_DEVICE_OLD_ALL	0xffff
#define APM_DEVICE_CLASS	0x00ff
#define APM_DEVICE_MASK		0xff00


/*
 * Battery status
 */
#define APM_MAX_BATTERIES	2

/*
 * APM defined capability bit flags
 */
#define APM_CAP_GLOBAL_STANDBY		0x0001
#define APM_CAP_GLOBAL_SUSPEND		0x0002
#define APM_CAP_RESUME_STANDBY_TIMER	0x0004 /* Timer resume from standby */
#define APM_CAP_RESUME_SUSPEND_TIMER	0x0008 /* Timer resume from suspend */
#define APM_CAP_RESUME_STANDBY_RING	0x0010 /* Resume on Ring fr standby */
#define APM_CAP_RESUME_SUSPEND_RING	0x0020 /* Resume on Ring fr suspend */
#define APM_CAP_RESUME_STANDBY_PCMCIA	0x0040 /* Resume on PCMCIA Ring	*/
#define APM_CAP_RESUME_SUSPEND_PCMCIA	0x0080 /* Resume on PCMCIA Ring	*/

/*
 * ioctl operations
 */
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

#define APM_IOC_STANDBY		_IO('A', 1)
#define APM_IOC_SUSPEND		_IO('A', 2)

#endif /* _LINUX_APM_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_FUTEX_H
#define _LINUX_FUTEX_H


#include <linux/types.h>

/* Second argument to futex syscall */


#define FUTEX_WAIT		0
#define FUTEX_WAKE		1
#define FUTEX_FD		2
#define FUTEX_REQUEUE		3
#define FUTEX_CMP_REQUEUE	4
#define FUTEX_WAKE_OP		5
#define FUTEX_LOCK_PI		6
#define FUTEX_UNLOCK_PI		7
#define FUTEX_TRYLOCK_PI	8
#define FUTEX_WAIT_BITSET	9
#define FUTEX_WAKE_BITSET	10
#define FUTEX_WAIT_REQUEUE_PI	11
#define FUTEX_CMP_REQUEUE_PI	12

#define FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG	128
#define FUTEX_CLOCK_REALTIME	256
#define FUTEX_CMD_MASK		~(FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG | FUTEX_CLOCK_REALTIME)

#define FUTEX_WAIT_PRIVATE	(FUTEX_WAIT | FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG)
#define FUTEX_WAKE_PRIVATE	(FUTEX_WAKE | FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG)
#define FUTEX_REQUEUE_PRIVATE	(FUTEX_REQUEUE | FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG)
#define FUTEX_CMP_REQUEUE_PRIVATE (FUTEX_CMP_REQUEUE | FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG)
#define FUTEX_WAKE_OP_PRIVATE	(FUTEX_WAKE_OP | FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG)
#define FUTEX_LOCK_PI_PRIVATE	(FUTEX_LOCK_PI | FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG)
#define FUTEX_UNLOCK_PI_PRIVATE	(FUTEX_UNLOCK_PI | FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG)
#define FUTEX_TRYLOCK_PI_PRIVATE (FUTEX_TRYLOCK_PI | FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG)
#define FUTEX_WAIT_BITSET_PRIVATE	(FUTEX_WAIT_BITSET | FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG)
#define FUTEX_WAKE_BITSET_PRIVATE	(FUTEX_WAKE_BITSET | FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG)
#define FUTEX_WAIT_REQUEUE_PI_PRIVATE	(FUTEX_WAIT_REQUEUE_PI | \
					 FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG)
#define FUTEX_CMP_REQUEUE_PI_PRIVATE	(FUTEX_CMP_REQUEUE_PI | \
					 FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG)

/*
 * Support for robust futexes: the kernel cleans up held futexes at
 * thread exit time.
 */

/*
 * Per-lock list entry - embedded in user-space locks, somewhere close
 * to the futex field. (Note: user-space uses a double-linked list to
 * achieve O(1) list add and remove, but the kernel only needs to know
 * about the forward link)
 *
 * NOTE: this structure is part of the syscall ABI, and must not be
 * changed.
 */
struct robust_list {
	struct robust_list *next;
};

/*
 * Per-thread list head:
 *
 * NOTE: this structure is part of the syscall ABI, and must only be
 * changed if the change is first communicated with the glibc folks.
 * (When an incompatible change is done, we'll increase the structure
 *  size, which glibc will detect)
 */
struct robust_list_head {
	/*
	 * The head of the list. Points back to itself if empty:
	 */
	struct robust_list list;

	/*
	 * This relative offset is set by user-space, it gives the kernel
	 * the relative position of the futex field to examine. This way
	 * we keep userspace flexible, to freely shape its data-structure,
	 * without hardcoding any particular offset into the kernel:
	 */
	long futex_offset;

	/*
	 * The death of the thread may race with userspace setting
	 * up a lock's links. So to handle this race, userspace first
	 * sets this field to the address of the to-be-taken lock,
	 * then does the lock acquire, and then adds itself to the
	 * list, and then clears this field. Hence the kernel will
	 * always have full knowledge of all locks that the thread
	 * _might_ have taken. We check the owner TID in any case,
	 * so only truly owned locks will be handled.
	 */
	struct robust_list *list_op_pending;
};

/*
 * Are there any waiters for this robust futex:
 */
#define FUTEX_WAITERS		0x80000000

/*
 * The kernel signals via this bit that a thread holding a futex
 * has exited without unlocking the futex. The kernel also does
 * a FUTEX_WAKE on such futexes, after setting the bit, to wake
 * up any possible waiters:
 */
#define FUTEX_OWNER_DIED	0x40000000

/*
 * The rest of the robust-futex field is for the TID:
 */
#define FUTEX_TID_MASK		0x3fffffff

/*
 * This limit protects against a deliberately circular list.
 * (Not worth introducing an rlimit for it)
 */
#define ROBUST_LIST_LIMIT	2048

/*
 * bitset with all bits set for the FUTEX_xxx_BITSET OPs to request a
 * match of any bit.
 */
#define FUTEX_BITSET_MATCH_ANY	0xffffffff


#define FUTEX_OP_SET		0	/* *(int *)UADDR2 = OPARG; */
#define FUTEX_OP_ADD		1	/* *(int *)UADDR2 += OPARG; */
#define FUTEX_OP_OR		2	/* *(int *)UADDR2 |= OPARG; */
#define FUTEX_OP_ANDN		3	/* *(int *)UADDR2 &= ~OPARG; */
#define FUTEX_OP_XOR		4	/* *(int *)UADDR2 ^= OPARG; */

#define FUTEX_OP_OPARG_SHIFT	8	/* Use (1 << OPARG) instead of OPARG.  */

#define FUTEX_OP_CMP_EQ		0	/* if (oldval == CMPARG) wake */
#define FUTEX_OP_CMP_NE		1	/* if (oldval != CMPARG) wake */
#define FUTEX_OP_CMP_LT		2	/* if (oldval < CMPARG) wake */
#define FUTEX_OP_CMP_LE		3	/* if (oldval <= CMPARG) wake */
#define FUTEX_OP_CMP_GT		4	/* if (oldval > CMPARG) wake */
#define FUTEX_OP_CMP_GE		5	/* if (oldval >= CMPARG) wake */

/* FUTEX_WAKE_OP will perform atomically
   int oldval = *(int *)UADDR2;
   *(int *)UADDR2 = oldval OP OPARG;
   if (oldval CMP CMPARG)
     wake UADDR2;  */

#define FUTEX_OP(op, oparg, cmp, cmparg) \
  (((op & 0xf) << 28) | ((cmp & 0xf) << 24)		\
   | ((oparg & 0xfff) << 12) | (cmparg & 0xfff))

#endif /* _LINUX_FUTEX_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Netlink routines for CIFS
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2020 Samuel Cabrero <scabrero@suse.de>
 */


#ifndef LINUX_CIFS_NETLINK_H
#define LINUX_CIFS_NETLINK_H

#define CIFS_GENL_NAME			"cifs"
#define CIFS_GENL_VERSION		0x1

#define CIFS_GENL_MCGRP_SWN_NAME	"cifs_mcgrp_swn"

enum cifs_genl_multicast_groups {
	CIFS_GENL_MCGRP_SWN,
};

enum cifs_genl_attributes {
	CIFS_GENL_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	CIFS_GENL_ATTR_SWN_REGISTRATION_ID,
	CIFS_GENL_ATTR_SWN_NET_NAME,
	CIFS_GENL_ATTR_SWN_SHARE_NAME,
	CIFS_GENL_ATTR_SWN_IP,
	CIFS_GENL_ATTR_SWN_NET_NAME_NOTIFY,
	CIFS_GENL_ATTR_SWN_SHARE_NAME_NOTIFY,
	CIFS_GENL_ATTR_SWN_IP_NOTIFY,
	CIFS_GENL_ATTR_SWN_KRB_AUTH,
	CIFS_GENL_ATTR_SWN_USER_NAME,
	CIFS_GENL_ATTR_SWN_PASSWORD,
	CIFS_GENL_ATTR_SWN_DOMAIN_NAME,
	CIFS_GENL_ATTR_SWN_NOTIFICATION_TYPE,
	CIFS_GENL_ATTR_SWN_RESOURCE_STATE,
	CIFS_GENL_ATTR_SWN_RESOURCE_NAME,
	__CIFS_GENL_ATTR_MAX,
};
#define CIFS_GENL_ATTR_MAX (__CIFS_GENL_ATTR_MAX - 1)

enum cifs_genl_commands {
	CIFS_GENL_CMD_UNSPEC,
	CIFS_GENL_CMD_SWN_REGISTER,
	CIFS_GENL_CMD_SWN_UNREGISTER,
	CIFS_GENL_CMD_SWN_NOTIFY,
	__CIFS_GENL_CMD_MAX
};
#define CIFS_GENL_CMD_MAX (__CIFS_GENL_CMD_MAX - 1)

enum cifs_swn_notification_type {
	CIFS_SWN_NOTIFICATION_RESOURCE_CHANGE = 0x01,
	CIFS_SWN_NOTIFICATION_CLIENT_MOVE	 = 0x02,
	CIFS_SWN_NOTIFICATION_SHARE_MOVE	 = 0x03,
	CIFS_SWN_NOTIFICATION_IP_CHANGE	 = 0x04,
};

enum cifs_swn_resource_state {
	CIFS_SWN_RESOURCE_STATE_UNKNOWN     = 0x00,
	CIFS_SWN_RESOURCE_STATE_AVAILABLE   = 0x01,
	CIFS_SWN_RESOURCE_STATE_UNAVAILABLE = 0xFF
};

#endif /* LINUX_CIFS_NETLINK_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *
 *   Author(s): Scott Lovenberg (scott.lovenberg@gmail.com)
 *
 *   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 *   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
 *   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
 *   (at your option) any later version.
 *
 *   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See
 *   the GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
 */
#ifndef _CIFS_MOUNT_H
#define _CIFS_MOUNT_H

/* Max string lengths for cifs mounting options. */
#define CIFS_MAX_DOMAINNAME_LEN 256 /* max fully qualified domain name */
#define CIFS_MAX_USERNAME_LEN   256 /* reasonable max for current servers */
#define CIFS_MAX_PASSWORD_LEN   512 /* Windows max seems to be 256 wide chars */
#define CIFS_MAX_SHARE_LEN      256 /* reasonable max share name length */
#define CIFS_NI_MAXHOST        1024 /* max host name length (256 * 4 bytes) */


#endif /* _CIFS_MOUNT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* atm_tcp.h - Driver-specific declarations of the ATMTCP driver (for use by
	       driver-specific utilities) */

/* Written 1997-2000 by Werner Almesberger, EPFL LRC/ICA */


#ifndef LINUX_ATM_TCP_H
#define LINUX_ATM_TCP_H

#include <linux/atmapi.h>
#include <linux/atm.h>
#include <linux/atmioc.h>
#include <linux/types.h>


/*
 * All values in struct atmtcp_hdr are in network byte order
 */

struct atmtcp_hdr {
	__u16	vpi;
	__u16	vci;
	__u32	length;		/* ... of data part */
};

/*
 * All values in struct atmtcp_command are in host byte order
 */

#define ATMTCP_HDR_MAGIC	(~0)	/* this length indicates a command */
#define ATMTCP_CTRL_OPEN	1	/* request/reply */
#define ATMTCP_CTRL_CLOSE	2	/* request/reply */

struct atmtcp_control {
	struct atmtcp_hdr hdr;	/* must be first */
	int type;		/* message type; both directions */
	atm_kptr_t vcc;		/* both directions */
	struct sockaddr_atmpvc addr; /* suggested value from kernel */
	struct atm_qos	qos;	/* both directions */
	int result;		/* to kernel only */
} __ATM_API_ALIGN;

/*
 * Field usage:
 * Messge type	dir.	hdr.v?i	type	addr	qos	vcc	result
 * -----------  ----	------- ----	----	---	---	------
 * OPEN		K->D	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	0
 * OPEN		D->K	-	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
 * CLOSE	K->D	-	-	Y	-	Y	0
 * CLOSE	D->K	-	-	-	-	Y	Y
 */

#define SIOCSIFATMTCP	_IO('a',ATMIOC_ITF)	/* set ATMTCP mode */
#define ATMTCP_CREATE	_IO('a',ATMIOC_ITF+14)	/* create persistent ATMTCP
						   interface */
#define ATMTCP_REMOVE	_IO('a',ATMIOC_ITF+15)	/* destroy persistent ATMTCP
						   interface */



#endif /* LINUX_ATM_TCP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * ppp_defs.h - PPP definitions.
 *
 * Copyright 1994-2000 Paul Mackerras.
 *
 *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *  version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 */
#include <linux/types.h>

#ifndef _PPP_DEFS_H_
#define _PPP_DEFS_H_

/*
 * The basic PPP frame.
 */
#define PPP_HDRLEN	4	/* octets for standard ppp header */
#define PPP_FCSLEN	2	/* octets for FCS */
#define PPP_MRU		1500	/* default MRU = max length of info field */

#define PPP_ADDRESS(p)	(((__u8 *)(p))[0])
#define PPP_CONTROL(p)	(((__u8 *)(p))[1])
#define PPP_PROTOCOL(p)	((((__u8 *)(p))[2] << 8) + ((__u8 *)(p))[3])

/*
 * Significant octet values.
 */
#define	PPP_ALLSTATIONS	0xff	/* All-Stations broadcast address */
#define	PPP_UI		0x03	/* Unnumbered Information */
#define	PPP_FLAG	0x7e	/* Flag Sequence */
#define	PPP_ESCAPE	0x7d	/* Asynchronous Control Escape */
#define	PPP_TRANS	0x20	/* Asynchronous transparency modifier */

/*
 * Protocol field values.
 */
#define PPP_IP		0x21	/* Internet Protocol */
#define PPP_AT		0x29	/* AppleTalk Protocol */
#define PPP_IPX		0x2b	/* IPX protocol */
#define	PPP_VJC_COMP	0x2d	/* VJ compressed TCP */
#define	PPP_VJC_UNCOMP	0x2f	/* VJ uncompressed TCP */
#define PPP_MP		0x3d	/* Multilink protocol */
#define PPP_IPV6	0x57	/* Internet Protocol Version 6 */
#define PPP_COMPFRAG	0xfb	/* fragment compressed below bundle */
#define PPP_COMP	0xfd	/* compressed packet */
#define PPP_MPLS_UC	0x0281	/* Multi Protocol Label Switching - Unicast */
#define PPP_MPLS_MC	0x0283	/* Multi Protocol Label Switching - Multicast */
#define PPP_IPCP	0x8021	/* IP Control Protocol */
#define PPP_ATCP	0x8029	/* AppleTalk Control Protocol */
#define PPP_IPXCP	0x802b	/* IPX Control Protocol */
#define PPP_IPV6CP	0x8057	/* IPv6 Control Protocol */
#define PPP_CCPFRAG	0x80fb	/* CCP at link level (below MP bundle) */
#define PPP_CCP		0x80fd	/* Compression Control Protocol */
#define PPP_MPLSCP	0x80fd	/* MPLS Control Protocol */
#define PPP_LCP		0xc021	/* Link Control Protocol */
#define PPP_PAP		0xc023	/* Password Authentication Protocol */
#define PPP_LQR		0xc025	/* Link Quality Report protocol */
#define PPP_CHAP	0xc223	/* Cryptographic Handshake Auth. Protocol */
#define PPP_CBCP	0xc029	/* Callback Control Protocol */

/*
 * Values for FCS calculations.
 */

#define PPP_INITFCS	0xffff	/* Initial FCS value */
#define PPP_GOODFCS	0xf0b8	/* Good final FCS value */


/*
 * Extended asyncmap - allows any character to be escaped.
 */

typedef __u32		ext_accm[8];

/*
 * What to do with network protocol (NP) packets.
 */
enum NPmode {
    NPMODE_PASS,		/* pass the packet through */
    NPMODE_DROP,		/* silently drop the packet */
    NPMODE_ERROR,		/* return an error */
    NPMODE_QUEUE		/* save it up for later. */
};

/*
 * Statistics for LQRP and pppstats
 */
struct pppstat	{
    __u32	ppp_discards;	/* # frames discarded */

    __u32	ppp_ibytes;	/* bytes received */
    __u32	ppp_ioctects;	/* bytes received not in error */
    __u32	ppp_ipackets;	/* packets received */
    __u32	ppp_ierrors;	/* receive errors */
    __u32	ppp_ilqrs;	/* # LQR frames received */

    __u32	ppp_obytes;	/* raw bytes sent */
    __u32	ppp_ooctects;	/* frame bytes sent */
    __u32	ppp_opackets;	/* packets sent */
    __u32	ppp_oerrors;	/* transmit errors */ 
    __u32	ppp_olqrs;	/* # LQR frames sent */
};

struct vjstat {
    __u32	vjs_packets;	/* outbound packets */
    __u32	vjs_compressed;	/* outbound compressed packets */
    __u32	vjs_searches;	/* searches for connection state */
    __u32	vjs_misses;	/* times couldn't find conn. state */
    __u32	vjs_uncompressedin; /* inbound uncompressed packets */
    __u32	vjs_compressedin;   /* inbound compressed packets */
    __u32	vjs_errorin;	/* inbound unknown type packets */
    __u32	vjs_tossed;	/* inbound packets tossed because of error */
};

struct compstat {
    __u32	unc_bytes;	/* total uncompressed bytes */
    __u32	unc_packets;	/* total uncompressed packets */
    __u32	comp_bytes;	/* compressed bytes */
    __u32	comp_packets;	/* compressed packets */
    __u32	inc_bytes;	/* incompressible bytes */
    __u32	inc_packets;	/* incompressible packets */

    /* the compression ratio is defined as in_count / bytes_out */
    __u32       in_count;	/* Bytes received */
    __u32       bytes_out;	/* Bytes transmitted */

    double	ratio;		/* not computed in kernel. */
};

struct ppp_stats {
    struct pppstat	p;	/* basic PPP statistics */
    struct vjstat	vj;	/* VJ header compression statistics */
};

struct ppp_comp_stats {
    struct compstat	c;	/* packet compression statistics */
    struct compstat	d;	/* packet decompression statistics */
};

/*
 * The following structure records the time in seconds since
 * the last NP packet was sent or received.
 */
struct ppp_idle {
    __kernel_time_t xmit_idle;	/* time since last NP packet sent */
    __kernel_time_t recv_idle;	/* time since last NP packet received */
};

#endif /* _PPP_DEFS_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_IOCTL_H
#define _LINUX_IOCTL_H

#include <asm/ioctl.h>

#endif /* _LINUX_IOCTL_H */

/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * ipmi.h
 *
 * MontaVista IPMI interface
 *
 * Author: MontaVista Software, Inc.
 *         Corey Minyard <minyard@mvista.com>
 *         source@mvista.com
 *
 * Copyright 2002 MontaVista Software Inc.
 *
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_IPMI_H
#define __LINUX_IPMI_H

#include <linux/ipmi_msgdefs.h>


/*
 * This file describes an interface to an IPMI driver.  You have to
 * have a fairly good understanding of IPMI to use this, so go read
 * the specs first before actually trying to do anything.
 *
 * With that said, this driver provides a multi-user interface to the
 * IPMI driver, and it allows multiple IPMI physical interfaces below
 * the driver.  The physical interfaces bind as a lower layer on the
 * driver.  They appear as interfaces to the application using this
 * interface.
 *
 * Multi-user means that multiple applications may use the driver,
 * send commands, receive responses, etc.  The driver keeps track of
 * commands the user sends and tracks the responses.  The responses
 * will go back to the application that send the command.  If the
 * response doesn't come back in time, the driver will return a
 * timeout error response to the application.  Asynchronous events
 * from the BMC event queue will go to all users bound to the driver.
 * The incoming event queue in the BMC will automatically be flushed
 * if it becomes full and it is queried once a second to see if
 * anything is in it.  Incoming commands to the driver will get
 * delivered as commands.
 */

/*
 * This is an overlay for all the address types, so it's easy to
 * determine the actual address type.  This is kind of like addresses
 * work for sockets.
 */
#define IPMI_MAX_ADDR_SIZE 32
struct ipmi_addr {
	 /* Try to take these from the "Channel Medium Type" table
	    in section 6.5 of the IPMI 1.5 manual. */
	int   addr_type;
	short channel;
	char  data[IPMI_MAX_ADDR_SIZE];
};

/*
 * When the address is not used, the type will be set to this value.
 * The channel is the BMC's channel number for the channel (usually
 * 0), or IPMC_BMC_CHANNEL if communicating directly with the BMC.
 */
#define IPMI_SYSTEM_INTERFACE_ADDR_TYPE	0x0c
struct ipmi_system_interface_addr {
	int           addr_type;
	short         channel;
	unsigned char lun;
};

/* An IPMB Address. */
#define IPMI_IPMB_ADDR_TYPE		0x01
/* Used for broadcast get device id as described in section 17.9 of the
   IPMI 1.5 manual. */
#define IPMI_IPMB_BROADCAST_ADDR_TYPE	0x41
struct ipmi_ipmb_addr {
	int           addr_type;
	short         channel;
	unsigned char slave_addr;
	unsigned char lun;
};

/*
 * Used for messages received directly from an IPMB that have not gone
 * through a MC.  This is for systems that sit right on an IPMB so
 * they can receive commands and respond to them.
 */
#define IPMI_IPMB_DIRECT_ADDR_TYPE	0x81
struct ipmi_ipmb_direct_addr {
	int           addr_type;
	short         channel;
	unsigned char slave_addr;
	unsigned char rs_lun;
	unsigned char rq_lun;
};

/*
 * A LAN Address.  This is an address to/from a LAN interface bridged
 * by the BMC, not an address actually out on the LAN.
 *
 * A conscious decision was made here to deviate slightly from the IPMI
 * spec.  We do not use rqSWID and rsSWID like it shows in the
 * message.  Instead, we use remote_SWID and local_SWID.  This means
 * that any message (a request or response) from another device will
 * always have exactly the same address.  If you didn't do this,
 * requests and responses from the same device would have different
 * addresses, and that's not too cool.
 *
 * In this address, the remote_SWID is always the SWID the remote
 * message came from, or the SWID we are sending the message to.
 * local_SWID is always our SWID.  Note that having our SWID in the
 * message is a little weird, but this is required.
 */
#define IPMI_LAN_ADDR_TYPE		0x04
struct ipmi_lan_addr {
	int           addr_type;
	short         channel;
	unsigned char privilege;
	unsigned char session_handle;
	unsigned char remote_SWID;
	unsigned char local_SWID;
	unsigned char lun;
};


/*
 * Channel for talking directly with the BMC.  When using this
 * channel, This is for the system interface address type only.  FIXME
 * - is this right, or should we use -1?
 */
#define IPMI_BMC_CHANNEL  0xf
#define IPMI_NUM_CHANNELS 0x10

/*
 * Used to signify an "all channel" bitmask.  This is more than the
 * actual number of channels because this is used in userland and
 * will cover us if the number of channels is extended.
 */
#define IPMI_CHAN_ALL     (~0)


/*
 * A raw IPMI message without any addressing.  This covers both
 * commands and responses.  The completion code is always the first
 * byte of data in the response (as the spec shows the messages laid
 * out).
 */
struct ipmi_msg {
	unsigned char  netfn;
	unsigned char  cmd;
	unsigned short data_len;
	unsigned char  *data;
};

struct kernel_ipmi_msg {
	unsigned char  netfn;
	unsigned char  cmd;
	unsigned short data_len;
	unsigned char  *data;
};

/*
 * Various defines that are useful for IPMI applications.
 */
#define IPMI_INVALID_CMD_COMPLETION_CODE	0xC1
#define IPMI_TIMEOUT_COMPLETION_CODE		0xC3
#define IPMI_UNKNOWN_ERR_COMPLETION_CODE	0xff


/*
 * Receive types for messages coming from the receive interface.  This
 * is used for the receive in-kernel interface and in the receive
 * IOCTL.
 *
 * The "IPMI_RESPONSE_RESPNOSE_TYPE" is a little strange sounding, but
 * it allows you to get the message results when you send a response
 * message.
 */
#define IPMI_RESPONSE_RECV_TYPE		1 /* A response to a command */
#define IPMI_ASYNC_EVENT_RECV_TYPE	2 /* Something from the event queue */
#define IPMI_CMD_RECV_TYPE		3 /* A command from somewhere else */
#define IPMI_RESPONSE_RESPONSE_TYPE	4 /* The response for
					      a sent response, giving any
					      error status for sending the
					      response.  When you send a
					      response message, this will
					      be returned. */
#define IPMI_OEM_RECV_TYPE		5 /* The response for OEM Channels */

/* Note that async events and received commands do not have a completion
   code as the first byte of the incoming data, unlike a response. */


/*
 * Modes for ipmi_set_maint_mode() and the userland IOCTL.  The AUTO
 * setting is the default and means it will be set on certain
 * commands.  Hard setting it on and off will override automatic
 * operation.
 */
#define IPMI_MAINTENANCE_MODE_AUTO	0
#define IPMI_MAINTENANCE_MODE_OFF	1
#define IPMI_MAINTENANCE_MODE_ON	2



/*
 * The userland interface
 */

/*
 * The userland interface for the IPMI driver is a standard character
 * device, with each instance of an interface registered as a minor
 * number under the major character device.
 *
 * The read and write calls do not work, to get messages in and out
 * requires ioctl calls because of the complexity of the data.  select
 * and poll do work, so you can wait for input using the file
 * descriptor, you just can use read to get it.
 *
 * In general, you send a command down to the interface and receive
 * responses back.  You can use the msgid value to correlate commands
 * and responses, the driver will take care of figuring out which
 * incoming messages are for which command and find the proper msgid
 * value to report.  You will only receive reponses for commands you
 * send.  Asynchronous events, however, go to all open users, so you
 * must be ready to handle these (or ignore them if you don't care).
 *
 * The address type depends upon the channel type.  When talking
 * directly to the BMC (IPMC_BMC_CHANNEL), the address is ignored
 * (IPMI_UNUSED_ADDR_TYPE).  When talking to an IPMB channel, you must
 * supply a valid IPMB address with the addr_type set properly.
 *
 * When talking to normal channels, the driver takes care of the
 * details of formatting and sending messages on that channel.  You do
 * not, for instance, have to format a send command, you just send
 * whatever command you want to the channel, the driver will create
 * the send command, automatically issue receive command and get even
 * commands, and pass those up to the proper user.
 */


/* The magic IOCTL value for this interface. */
#define IPMI_IOC_MAGIC 'i'


/* Messages sent to the interface are this format. */
struct ipmi_req {
	unsigned char *addr; /* Address to send the message to. */
	unsigned int  addr_len;

	long    msgid; /* The sequence number for the message.  This
			  exact value will be reported back in the
			  response to this request if it is a command.
			  If it is a response, this will be used as
			  the sequence value for the response.  */

	struct ipmi_msg msg;
};
/*
 * Send a message to the interfaces.  error values are:
 *   - EFAULT - an address supplied was invalid.
 *   - EINVAL - The address supplied was not valid, or the command
 *              was not allowed.
 *   - EMSGSIZE - The message to was too large.
 *   - ENOMEM - Buffers could not be allocated for the command.
 */
#define IPMICTL_SEND_COMMAND		_IOR(IPMI_IOC_MAGIC, 13,	\
					     struct ipmi_req)

/* Messages sent to the interface with timing parameters are this
   format. */
struct ipmi_req_settime {
	struct ipmi_req req;

	/* See ipmi_request_settime() above for details on these
	   values. */
	int          retries;
	unsigned int retry_time_ms;
};
/*
 * Send a message to the interfaces with timing parameters.  error values
 * are:
 *   - EFAULT - an address supplied was invalid.
 *   - EINVAL - The address supplied was not valid, or the command
 *              was not allowed.
 *   - EMSGSIZE - The message to was too large.
 *   - ENOMEM - Buffers could not be allocated for the command.
 */
#define IPMICTL_SEND_COMMAND_SETTIME	_IOR(IPMI_IOC_MAGIC, 21,	\
					     struct ipmi_req_settime)

/* Messages received from the interface are this format. */
struct ipmi_recv {
	int     recv_type; /* Is this a command, response or an
			      asyncronous event. */

	unsigned char *addr;    /* Address the message was from is put
				   here.  The caller must supply the
				   memory. */
	unsigned int  addr_len; /* The size of the address buffer.
				   The caller supplies the full buffer
				   length, this value is updated to
				   the actual message length when the
				   message is received. */

	long    msgid; /* The sequence number specified in the request
			  if this is a response.  If this is a command,
			  this will be the sequence number from the
			  command. */

	struct ipmi_msg msg; /* The data field must point to a buffer.
				The data_size field must be set to the
				size of the message buffer.  The
				caller supplies the full buffer
				length, this value is updated to the
				actual message length when the message
				is received. */
};

/*
 * Receive a message.  error values:
 *  - EAGAIN - no messages in the queue.
 *  - EFAULT - an address supplied was invalid.
 *  - EINVAL - The address supplied was not valid.
 *  - EMSGSIZE - The message to was too large to fit into the message buffer,
 *               the message will be left in the buffer. */
#define IPMICTL_RECEIVE_MSG		_IOWR(IPMI_IOC_MAGIC, 12,	\
					      struct ipmi_recv)

/*
 * Like RECEIVE_MSG, but if the message won't fit in the buffer, it
 * will truncate the contents instead of leaving the data in the
 * buffer.
 */
#define IPMICTL_RECEIVE_MSG_TRUNC	_IOWR(IPMI_IOC_MAGIC, 11,	\
					      struct ipmi_recv)

/* Register to get commands from other entities on this interface. */
struct ipmi_cmdspec {
	unsigned char netfn;
	unsigned char cmd;
};

/*
 * Register to receive a specific command.  error values:
 *   - EFAULT - an address supplied was invalid.
 *   - EBUSY - The netfn/cmd supplied was already in use.
 *   - ENOMEM - could not allocate memory for the entry.
 */
#define IPMICTL_REGISTER_FOR_CMD	_IOR(IPMI_IOC_MAGIC, 14,	\
					     struct ipmi_cmdspec)
/*
 * Unregister a registered command.  error values:
 *  - EFAULT - an address supplied was invalid.
 *  - ENOENT - The netfn/cmd was not found registered for this user.
 */
#define IPMICTL_UNREGISTER_FOR_CMD	_IOR(IPMI_IOC_MAGIC, 15,	\
					     struct ipmi_cmdspec)

/*
 * Register to get commands from other entities on specific channels.
 * This way, you can only listen on specific channels, or have messages
 * from some channels go to one place and other channels to someplace
 * else.  The chans field is a bitmask, (1 << channel) for each channel.
 * It may be IPMI_CHAN_ALL for all channels.
 */
struct ipmi_cmdspec_chans {
	unsigned int netfn;
	unsigned int cmd;
	unsigned int chans;
};

/*
 * Register to receive a specific command on specific channels.  error values:
 *   - EFAULT - an address supplied was invalid.
 *   - EBUSY - One of the netfn/cmd/chans supplied was already in use.
 *   - ENOMEM - could not allocate memory for the entry.
 */
#define IPMICTL_REGISTER_FOR_CMD_CHANS	_IOR(IPMI_IOC_MAGIC, 28,	\
					     struct ipmi_cmdspec_chans)
/*
 * Unregister some netfn/cmd/chans.  error values:
 *  - EFAULT - an address supplied was invalid.
 *  - ENOENT - None of the netfn/cmd/chans were found registered for this user.
 */
#define IPMICTL_UNREGISTER_FOR_CMD_CHANS _IOR(IPMI_IOC_MAGIC, 29,	\
					     struct ipmi_cmdspec_chans)

/*
 * Set whether this interface receives events.  Note that the first
 * user registered for events will get all pending events for the
 * interface.  error values:
 *  - EFAULT - an address supplied was invalid.
 */
#define IPMICTL_SET_GETS_EVENTS_CMD	_IOR(IPMI_IOC_MAGIC, 16, int)

/*
 * Set and get the slave address and LUN that we will use for our
 * source messages.  Note that this affects the interface, not just
 * this user, so it will affect all users of this interface.  This is
 * so some initialization code can come in and do the OEM-specific
 * things it takes to determine your address (if not the BMC) and set
 * it for everyone else.  You should probably leave the LUN alone.
 */
struct ipmi_channel_lun_address_set {
	unsigned short channel;
	unsigned char  value;
};
#define IPMICTL_SET_MY_CHANNEL_ADDRESS_CMD \
	_IOR(IPMI_IOC_MAGIC, 24, struct ipmi_channel_lun_address_set)
#define IPMICTL_GET_MY_CHANNEL_ADDRESS_CMD \
	_IOR(IPMI_IOC_MAGIC, 25, struct ipmi_channel_lun_address_set)
#define IPMICTL_SET_MY_CHANNEL_LUN_CMD \
	_IOR(IPMI_IOC_MAGIC, 26, struct ipmi_channel_lun_address_set)
#define IPMICTL_GET_MY_CHANNEL_LUN_CMD \
	_IOR(IPMI_IOC_MAGIC, 27, struct ipmi_channel_lun_address_set)
/* Legacy interfaces, these only set IPMB 0. */
#define IPMICTL_SET_MY_ADDRESS_CMD	_IOR(IPMI_IOC_MAGIC, 17, unsigned int)
#define IPMICTL_GET_MY_ADDRESS_CMD	_IOR(IPMI_IOC_MAGIC, 18, unsigned int)
#define IPMICTL_SET_MY_LUN_CMD		_IOR(IPMI_IOC_MAGIC, 19, unsigned int)
#define IPMICTL_GET_MY_LUN_CMD		_IOR(IPMI_IOC_MAGIC, 20, unsigned int)

/*
 * Get/set the default timing values for an interface.  You shouldn't
 * generally mess with these.
 */
struct ipmi_timing_parms {
	int          retries;
	unsigned int retry_time_ms;
};
#define IPMICTL_SET_TIMING_PARMS_CMD	_IOR(IPMI_IOC_MAGIC, 22, \
					     struct ipmi_timing_parms)
#define IPMICTL_GET_TIMING_PARMS_CMD	_IOR(IPMI_IOC_MAGIC, 23, \
					     struct ipmi_timing_parms)

/*
 * Set the maintenance mode.  See ipmi_set_maintenance_mode() above
 * for a description of what this does.
 */
#define IPMICTL_GET_MAINTENANCE_MODE_CMD	_IOR(IPMI_IOC_MAGIC, 30, int)
#define IPMICTL_SET_MAINTENANCE_MODE_CMD	_IOW(IPMI_IOC_MAGIC, 31, int)

#endif /* __LINUX_IPMI_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT */
/*
 * Copyright 2021 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
 * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
 * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
 * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
 * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
 * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
 * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
 * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
 * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
 * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 */

#ifndef KFD_SYSFS_H_INCLUDED
#define KFD_SYSFS_H_INCLUDED

/* Capability bits in node properties */
#define HSA_CAP_HOT_PLUGGABLE			0x00000001
#define HSA_CAP_ATS_PRESENT			0x00000002
#define HSA_CAP_SHARED_WITH_GRAPHICS		0x00000004
#define HSA_CAP_QUEUE_SIZE_POW2			0x00000008
#define HSA_CAP_QUEUE_SIZE_32BIT		0x00000010
#define HSA_CAP_QUEUE_IDLE_EVENT		0x00000020
#define HSA_CAP_VA_LIMIT			0x00000040
#define HSA_CAP_WATCH_POINTS_SUPPORTED		0x00000080
#define HSA_CAP_WATCH_POINTS_TOTALBITS_MASK	0x00000f00
#define HSA_CAP_WATCH_POINTS_TOTALBITS_SHIFT	8
#define HSA_CAP_DOORBELL_TYPE_TOTALBITS_MASK	0x00003000
#define HSA_CAP_DOORBELL_TYPE_TOTALBITS_SHIFT	12

#define HSA_CAP_DOORBELL_TYPE_PRE_1_0		0x0
#define HSA_CAP_DOORBELL_TYPE_1_0		0x1
#define HSA_CAP_DOORBELL_TYPE_2_0		0x2
#define HSA_CAP_AQL_QUEUE_DOUBLE_MAP		0x00004000

/* Old buggy user mode depends on this being 0 */
#define HSA_CAP_RESERVED_WAS_SRAM_EDCSUPPORTED	0x00080000

#define HSA_CAP_MEM_EDCSUPPORTED		0x00100000
#define HSA_CAP_RASEVENTNOTIFY			0x00200000
#define HSA_CAP_ASIC_REVISION_MASK		0x03c00000
#define HSA_CAP_ASIC_REVISION_SHIFT		22
#define HSA_CAP_SRAM_EDCSUPPORTED		0x04000000
#define HSA_CAP_SVMAPI_SUPPORTED		0x08000000
#define HSA_CAP_FLAGS_COHERENTHOSTACCESS	0x10000000
#define HSA_CAP_RESERVED			0xe00f8000

/* Heap types in memory properties */
#define HSA_MEM_HEAP_TYPE_SYSTEM	0
#define HSA_MEM_HEAP_TYPE_FB_PUBLIC	1
#define HSA_MEM_HEAP_TYPE_FB_PRIVATE	2
#define HSA_MEM_HEAP_TYPE_GPU_GDS	3
#define HSA_MEM_HEAP_TYPE_GPU_LDS	4
#define HSA_MEM_HEAP_TYPE_GPU_SCRATCH	5

/* Flag bits in memory properties */
#define HSA_MEM_FLAGS_HOT_PLUGGABLE		0x00000001
#define HSA_MEM_FLAGS_NON_VOLATILE		0x00000002
#define HSA_MEM_FLAGS_RESERVED			0xfffffffc

/* Cache types in cache properties */
#define HSA_CACHE_TYPE_DATA		0x00000001
#define HSA_CACHE_TYPE_INSTRUCTION	0x00000002
#define HSA_CACHE_TYPE_CPU		0x00000004
#define HSA_CACHE_TYPE_HSACU		0x00000008
#define HSA_CACHE_TYPE_RESERVED		0xfffffff0

/* Link types in IO link properties (matches CRAT link types) */
#define HSA_IOLINK_TYPE_UNDEFINED	0
#define HSA_IOLINK_TYPE_HYPERTRANSPORT	1
#define HSA_IOLINK_TYPE_PCIEXPRESS	2
#define HSA_IOLINK_TYPE_AMBA		3
#define HSA_IOLINK_TYPE_MIPI		4
#define HSA_IOLINK_TYPE_QPI_1_1	5
#define HSA_IOLINK_TYPE_RESERVED1	6
#define HSA_IOLINK_TYPE_RESERVED2	7
#define HSA_IOLINK_TYPE_RAPID_IO	8
#define HSA_IOLINK_TYPE_INFINIBAND	9
#define HSA_IOLINK_TYPE_RESERVED3	10
#define HSA_IOLINK_TYPE_XGMI		11
#define HSA_IOLINK_TYPE_XGOP		12
#define HSA_IOLINK_TYPE_GZ		13
#define HSA_IOLINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_RDMA	14
#define HSA_IOLINK_TYPE_RDMA_OTHER	15
#define HSA_IOLINK_TYPE_OTHER		16

/* Flag bits in IO link properties (matches CRAT flags, excluding the
 * bi-directional flag, which is not offially part of the CRAT spec, and
 * only used internally in KFD)
 */
#define HSA_IOLINK_FLAGS_ENABLED		(1 << 0)
#define HSA_IOLINK_FLAGS_NON_COHERENT		(1 << 1)
#define HSA_IOLINK_FLAGS_NO_ATOMICS_32_BIT	(1 << 2)
#define HSA_IOLINK_FLAGS_NO_ATOMICS_64_BIT	(1 << 3)
#define HSA_IOLINK_FLAGS_NO_PEER_TO_PEER_DMA	(1 << 4)
#define HSA_IOLINK_FLAGS_RESERVED		0xffffffe0

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2015-2016, Integrated Device Technology Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2015, Prodrive Technologies
 * Copyright (c) 2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
 * Copyright (c) 2015, RapidIO Trade Association
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * This software is available to you under a choice of one of two licenses.
 * You may choose to be licensed under the terms of the GNU General Public
 * License(GPL) Version 2, or the BSD-3 Clause license below:
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
 * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
 * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
 * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 *
 * 3. Neither the name of the copyright holder nor the names of its contributors
 * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
 * specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
 * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
 * THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
 * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR
 * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
 * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
 * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
 * OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
 * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
 * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
 * ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef _RIO_MPORT_CDEV_H_
#define _RIO_MPORT_CDEV_H_

#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

struct rio_mport_maint_io {
	__u16 rioid;		/* destID of remote device */
	__u8  hopcount;		/* hopcount to remote device */
	__u8  pad0[5];
	__u32 offset;		/* offset in register space */
	__u32 length;		/* length in bytes */
	__u64 buffer;		/* pointer to data buffer */
};

/*
 * Definitions for RapidIO data transfers:
 * - memory mapped (MAPPED)
 * - packet generation from memory (TRANSFER)
 */
#define RIO_TRANSFER_MODE_MAPPED	(1 << 0)
#define RIO_TRANSFER_MODE_TRANSFER	(1 << 1)
#define RIO_CAP_DBL_SEND		(1 << 2)
#define RIO_CAP_DBL_RECV		(1 << 3)
#define RIO_CAP_PW_SEND			(1 << 4)
#define RIO_CAP_PW_RECV			(1 << 5)
#define RIO_CAP_MAP_OUTB		(1 << 6)
#define RIO_CAP_MAP_INB			(1 << 7)

struct rio_mport_properties {
	__u16 hdid;
	__u8  id;			/* Physical port ID */
	__u8  index;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 sys_size;		/* Default addressing size */
	__u8  port_ok;
	__u8  link_speed;
	__u8  link_width;
	__u8  pad0;
	__u32 dma_max_sge;
	__u32 dma_max_size;
	__u32 dma_align;
	__u32 transfer_mode;		/* Default transfer mode */
	__u32 cap_sys_size;		/* Capable system sizes */
	__u32 cap_addr_size;		/* Capable addressing sizes */
	__u32 cap_transfer_mode;	/* Capable transfer modes */
	__u32 cap_mport;		/* Mport capabilities */
};

/*
 * Definitions for RapidIO events;
 * - incoming port-writes
 * - incoming doorbells
 */
#define RIO_DOORBELL	(1 << 0)
#define RIO_PORTWRITE	(1 << 1)

struct rio_doorbell {
	__u16 rioid;
	__u16 payload;
};

struct rio_doorbell_filter {
	__u16 rioid;	/* Use RIO_INVALID_DESTID to match all ids */
	__u16 low;
	__u16 high;
	__u16 pad0;
};


struct rio_portwrite {
	__u32 payload[16];
};

struct rio_pw_filter {
	__u32 mask;
	__u32 low;
	__u32 high;
	__u32 pad0;
};

/* RapidIO base address for inbound requests set to value defined below
 * indicates that no specific RIO-to-local address translation is requested
 * and driver should use direct (one-to-one) address mapping.
*/
#define RIO_MAP_ANY_ADDR	(__u64)(~((__u64) 0))

struct rio_mmap {
	__u16 rioid;
	__u16 pad0[3];
	__u64 rio_addr;
	__u64 length;
	__u64 handle;
	__u64 address;
};

struct rio_dma_mem {
	__u64 length;		/* length of DMA memory */
	__u64 dma_handle;	/* handle associated with this memory */
	__u64 address;
};

struct rio_event {
	__u32 header;	/* event type RIO_DOORBELL or RIO_PORTWRITE */
	union {
		struct rio_doorbell doorbell;	/* header for RIO_DOORBELL */
		struct rio_portwrite portwrite; /* header for RIO_PORTWRITE */
	} u;
	__u32 pad0;
};

enum rio_transfer_sync {
	RIO_TRANSFER_SYNC,	/* synchronous transfer */
	RIO_TRANSFER_ASYNC,	/* asynchronous transfer */
	RIO_TRANSFER_FAF,	/* fire-and-forget transfer */
};

enum rio_transfer_dir {
	RIO_TRANSFER_DIR_READ,	/* Read operation */
	RIO_TRANSFER_DIR_WRITE,	/* Write operation */
};

/*
 * RapidIO data exchange transactions are lists of individual transfers. Each
 * transfer exchanges data between two RapidIO devices by remote direct memory
 * access and has its own completion code.
 *
 * The RapidIO specification defines four types of data exchange requests:
 * NREAD, NWRITE, SWRITE and NWRITE_R. The RapidIO DMA channel interface allows
 * to specify the required type of write operation or combination of them when
 * only the last data packet requires response.
 *
 * NREAD:    read up to 256 bytes from remote device memory into local memory
 * NWRITE:   write up to 256 bytes from local memory to remote device memory
 *           without confirmation
 * SWRITE:   as NWRITE, but all addresses and payloads must be 64-bit aligned
 * NWRITE_R: as NWRITE, but expect acknowledgment from remote device.
 *
 * The default exchange is chosen from NREAD and any of the WRITE modes as the
 * driver sees fit. For write requests the user can explicitly choose between
 * any of the write modes for each transaction.
 */
enum rio_exchange {
	RIO_EXCHANGE_DEFAULT,	/* Default method */
	RIO_EXCHANGE_NWRITE,	/* All packets using NWRITE */
	RIO_EXCHANGE_SWRITE,	/* All packets using SWRITE */
	RIO_EXCHANGE_NWRITE_R,	/* Last packet NWRITE_R, others NWRITE */
	RIO_EXCHANGE_SWRITE_R,	/* Last packet NWRITE_R, others SWRITE */
	RIO_EXCHANGE_NWRITE_R_ALL, /* All packets using NWRITE_R */
};

struct rio_transfer_io {
	__u64 rio_addr;	/* Address in target's RIO mem space */
	__u64 loc_addr;
	__u64 handle;
	__u64 offset;	/* Offset in buffer */
	__u64 length;	/* Length in bytes */
	__u16 rioid;	/* Target destID */
	__u16 method;	/* Data exchange method, one of rio_exchange enum */
	__u32 completion_code;	/* Completion code for this transfer */
};

struct rio_transaction {
	__u64 block;	/* Pointer to array of <count> transfers */
	__u32 count;	/* Number of transfers */
	__u32 transfer_mode;	/* Data transfer mode */
	__u16 sync;	/* Synch method, one of rio_transfer_sync enum */
	__u16 dir;	/* Transfer direction, one of rio_transfer_dir enum */
	__u32 pad0;
};

struct rio_async_tx_wait {
	__u32 token;	/* DMA transaction ID token */
	__u32 timeout;	/* Wait timeout in msec, if 0 use default TO */
};

#define RIO_MAX_DEVNAME_SZ	20

struct rio_rdev_info {
	__u16 destid;
	__u8 hopcount;
	__u8 pad0;
	__u32 comptag;
	char name[RIO_MAX_DEVNAME_SZ + 1];
};

/* Driver IOCTL codes */
#define RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC           'm'

#define RIO_MPORT_MAINT_HDID_SET	\
	_IOW(RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC, 1, __u16)
#define RIO_MPORT_MAINT_COMPTAG_SET	\
	_IOW(RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC, 2, __u32)
#define RIO_MPORT_MAINT_PORT_IDX_GET	\
	_IOR(RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC, 3, __u32)
#define RIO_MPORT_GET_PROPERTIES \
	_IOR(RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC, 4, struct rio_mport_properties)
#define RIO_MPORT_MAINT_READ_LOCAL \
	_IOR(RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC, 5, struct rio_mport_maint_io)
#define RIO_MPORT_MAINT_WRITE_LOCAL \
	_IOW(RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC, 6, struct rio_mport_maint_io)
#define RIO_MPORT_MAINT_READ_REMOTE \
	_IOR(RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC, 7, struct rio_mport_maint_io)
#define RIO_MPORT_MAINT_WRITE_REMOTE \
	_IOW(RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC, 8, struct rio_mport_maint_io)
#define RIO_ENABLE_DOORBELL_RANGE	\
	_IOW(RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC, 9, struct rio_doorbell_filter)
#define RIO_DISABLE_DOORBELL_RANGE	\
	_IOW(RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC, 10, struct rio_doorbell_filter)
#define RIO_ENABLE_PORTWRITE_RANGE	\
	_IOW(RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC, 11, struct rio_pw_filter)
#define RIO_DISABLE_PORTWRITE_RANGE	\
	_IOW(RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC, 12, struct rio_pw_filter)
#define RIO_SET_EVENT_MASK		\
	_IOW(RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC, 13, __u32)
#define RIO_GET_EVENT_MASK		\
	_IOR(RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC, 14, __u32)
#define RIO_MAP_OUTBOUND \
	_IOWR(RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC, 15, struct rio_mmap)
#define RIO_UNMAP_OUTBOUND \
	_IOW(RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC, 16, struct rio_mmap)
#define RIO_MAP_INBOUND \
	_IOWR(RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC, 17, struct rio_mmap)
#define RIO_UNMAP_INBOUND \
	_IOW(RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC, 18, __u64)
#define RIO_ALLOC_DMA \
	_IOWR(RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC, 19, struct rio_dma_mem)
#define RIO_FREE_DMA \
	_IOW(RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC, 20, __u64)
#define RIO_TRANSFER \
	_IOWR(RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC, 21, struct rio_transaction)
#define RIO_WAIT_FOR_ASYNC \
	_IOW(RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC, 22, struct rio_async_tx_wait)
#define RIO_DEV_ADD \
	_IOW(RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC, 23, struct rio_rdev_info)
#define RIO_DEV_DEL \
	_IOW(RIO_MPORT_DRV_MAGIC, 24, struct rio_rdev_info)

#endif /* _RIO_MPORT_CDEV_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * SyncLink Multiprotocol Serial Adapter Driver
 *
 * $Id: synclink.h,v 3.14 2006/07/17 20:15:43 paulkf Exp $
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1998-2000 by Microgate Corporation
 *
 * Redistribution of this file is permitted under
 * the terms of the GNU Public License (GPL)
 */

#ifndef _SYNCLINK_H_
#define _SYNCLINK_H_
#define SYNCLINK_H_VERSION 3.6

#include <linux/types.h>

#define BIT0	0x0001
#define BIT1	0x0002
#define BIT2	0x0004
#define BIT3	0x0008
#define BIT4	0x0010
#define BIT5	0x0020
#define BIT6	0x0040
#define BIT7	0x0080
#define BIT8	0x0100
#define BIT9	0x0200
#define BIT10	0x0400
#define BIT11	0x0800
#define BIT12	0x1000
#define BIT13	0x2000
#define BIT14	0x4000
#define BIT15	0x8000
#define BIT16	0x00010000
#define BIT17	0x00020000
#define BIT18	0x00040000
#define BIT19	0x00080000
#define BIT20	0x00100000
#define BIT21	0x00200000
#define BIT22	0x00400000
#define BIT23	0x00800000
#define BIT24	0x01000000
#define BIT25	0x02000000
#define BIT26	0x04000000
#define BIT27	0x08000000
#define BIT28	0x10000000
#define BIT29	0x20000000
#define BIT30	0x40000000
#define BIT31	0x80000000


#define HDLC_MAX_FRAME_SIZE	65535
#define MAX_ASYNC_TRANSMIT	4096
#define MAX_ASYNC_BUFFER_SIZE	4096

#define ASYNC_PARITY_NONE		0
#define ASYNC_PARITY_EVEN		1
#define ASYNC_PARITY_ODD		2
#define ASYNC_PARITY_SPACE		3

#define HDLC_FLAG_UNDERRUN_ABORT7	0x0000
#define HDLC_FLAG_UNDERRUN_ABORT15	0x0001
#define HDLC_FLAG_UNDERRUN_FLAG		0x0002
#define HDLC_FLAG_UNDERRUN_CRC		0x0004
#define HDLC_FLAG_SHARE_ZERO		0x0010
#define HDLC_FLAG_AUTO_CTS		0x0020
#define HDLC_FLAG_AUTO_DCD		0x0040
#define HDLC_FLAG_AUTO_RTS		0x0080
#define HDLC_FLAG_RXC_DPLL		0x0100
#define HDLC_FLAG_RXC_BRG		0x0200
#define HDLC_FLAG_RXC_TXCPIN		0x8000
#define HDLC_FLAG_RXC_RXCPIN		0x0000
#define HDLC_FLAG_TXC_DPLL		0x0400
#define HDLC_FLAG_TXC_BRG		0x0800
#define HDLC_FLAG_TXC_TXCPIN		0x0000
#define HDLC_FLAG_TXC_RXCPIN		0x0008
#define HDLC_FLAG_DPLL_DIV8		0x1000
#define HDLC_FLAG_DPLL_DIV16		0x2000
#define HDLC_FLAG_DPLL_DIV32		0x0000
#define HDLC_FLAG_HDLC_LOOPMODE		0x4000

#define HDLC_CRC_NONE			0
#define HDLC_CRC_16_CCITT		1
#define HDLC_CRC_32_CCITT		2
#define HDLC_CRC_MASK			0x00ff
#define HDLC_CRC_RETURN_EX		0x8000

#define RX_OK				0
#define RX_CRC_ERROR			1

#define HDLC_TXIDLE_FLAGS		0
#define HDLC_TXIDLE_ALT_ZEROS_ONES	1
#define HDLC_TXIDLE_ZEROS		2
#define HDLC_TXIDLE_ONES		3
#define HDLC_TXIDLE_ALT_MARK_SPACE	4
#define HDLC_TXIDLE_SPACE		5
#define HDLC_TXIDLE_MARK		6
#define HDLC_TXIDLE_CUSTOM_8            0x10000000
#define HDLC_TXIDLE_CUSTOM_16           0x20000000

#define HDLC_ENCODING_NRZ			0
#define HDLC_ENCODING_NRZB			1
#define HDLC_ENCODING_NRZI_MARK			2
#define HDLC_ENCODING_NRZI_SPACE		3
#define HDLC_ENCODING_NRZI			HDLC_ENCODING_NRZI_SPACE
#define HDLC_ENCODING_BIPHASE_MARK		4
#define HDLC_ENCODING_BIPHASE_SPACE		5
#define HDLC_ENCODING_BIPHASE_LEVEL		6
#define HDLC_ENCODING_DIFF_BIPHASE_LEVEL	7

#define HDLC_PREAMBLE_LENGTH_8BITS	0
#define HDLC_PREAMBLE_LENGTH_16BITS	1
#define HDLC_PREAMBLE_LENGTH_32BITS	2
#define HDLC_PREAMBLE_LENGTH_64BITS	3

#define HDLC_PREAMBLE_PATTERN_NONE	0
#define HDLC_PREAMBLE_PATTERN_ZEROS	1
#define HDLC_PREAMBLE_PATTERN_FLAGS	2
#define HDLC_PREAMBLE_PATTERN_10	3
#define HDLC_PREAMBLE_PATTERN_01	4
#define HDLC_PREAMBLE_PATTERN_ONES	5

#define MGSL_MODE_ASYNC		1
#define MGSL_MODE_HDLC		2
#define MGSL_MODE_MONOSYNC	3
#define MGSL_MODE_BISYNC	4
#define MGSL_MODE_RAW		6
#define MGSL_MODE_BASE_CLOCK    7
#define MGSL_MODE_XSYNC         8

#define MGSL_BUS_TYPE_ISA	1
#define MGSL_BUS_TYPE_EISA	2
#define MGSL_BUS_TYPE_PCI	5

#define MGSL_INTERFACE_MASK     0xf
#define MGSL_INTERFACE_DISABLE  0
#define MGSL_INTERFACE_RS232    1
#define MGSL_INTERFACE_V35      2
#define MGSL_INTERFACE_RS422    3
#define MGSL_INTERFACE_RTS_EN   0x10
#define MGSL_INTERFACE_LL       0x20
#define MGSL_INTERFACE_RL       0x40
#define MGSL_INTERFACE_MSB_FIRST 0x80

typedef struct _MGSL_PARAMS
{
	/* Common */

	unsigned long	mode;		/* Asynchronous or HDLC */
	unsigned char	loopback;	/* internal loopback mode */

	/* HDLC Only */

	unsigned short	flags;
	unsigned char	encoding;	/* NRZ, NRZI, etc. */
	unsigned long	clock_speed;	/* external clock speed in bits per second */
	unsigned char	addr_filter;	/* receive HDLC address filter, 0xFF = disable */
	unsigned short	crc_type;	/* None, CRC16-CCITT, or CRC32-CCITT */
	unsigned char	preamble_length;
	unsigned char	preamble;

	/* Async Only */

	unsigned long	data_rate;	/* bits per second */
	unsigned char	data_bits;	/* 7 or 8 data bits */
	unsigned char	stop_bits;	/* 1 or 2 stop bits */
	unsigned char	parity;		/* none, even, or odd */

} MGSL_PARAMS, *PMGSL_PARAMS;

#define MICROGATE_VENDOR_ID 0x13c0
#define SYNCLINK_DEVICE_ID 0x0010
#define MGSCC_DEVICE_ID 0x0020
#define SYNCLINK_SCA_DEVICE_ID 0x0030
#define SYNCLINK_GT_DEVICE_ID 0x0070
#define SYNCLINK_GT4_DEVICE_ID 0x0080
#define SYNCLINK_AC_DEVICE_ID  0x0090
#define SYNCLINK_GT2_DEVICE_ID 0x00A0
#define MGSL_MAX_SERIAL_NUMBER 30

/*
** device diagnostics status
*/

#define DiagStatus_OK				0
#define DiagStatus_AddressFailure		1
#define DiagStatus_AddressConflict		2
#define DiagStatus_IrqFailure			3
#define DiagStatus_IrqConflict			4
#define DiagStatus_DmaFailure			5
#define DiagStatus_DmaConflict			6
#define DiagStatus_PciAdapterNotFound		7
#define DiagStatus_CantAssignPciResources	8
#define DiagStatus_CantAssignPciMemAddr		9
#define DiagStatus_CantAssignPciIoAddr		10
#define DiagStatus_CantAssignPciIrq		11
#define DiagStatus_MemoryError			12

#define SerialSignal_DCD            0x01     /* Data Carrier Detect */
#define SerialSignal_TXD            0x02     /* Transmit Data */
#define SerialSignal_RI             0x04     /* Ring Indicator */
#define SerialSignal_RXD            0x08     /* Receive Data */
#define SerialSignal_CTS            0x10     /* Clear to Send */
#define SerialSignal_RTS            0x20     /* Request to Send */
#define SerialSignal_DSR            0x40     /* Data Set Ready */
#define SerialSignal_DTR            0x80     /* Data Terminal Ready */


/*
 * Counters of the input lines (CTS, DSR, RI, CD) interrupts
 */
struct mgsl_icount {
	__u32	cts, dsr, rng, dcd, tx, rx;
	__u32	frame, parity, overrun, brk;
	__u32	buf_overrun;
	__u32	txok;
	__u32	txunder;
	__u32	txabort;
	__u32	txtimeout;
	__u32	rxshort;
	__u32	rxlong;
	__u32	rxabort;
	__u32	rxover;
	__u32	rxcrc;
	__u32	rxok;
	__u32	exithunt;
	__u32	rxidle;
};

struct gpio_desc {
	__u32 state;
	__u32 smask;
	__u32 dir;
	__u32 dmask;
};

#define DEBUG_LEVEL_DATA	1
#define DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR 	2
#define DEBUG_LEVEL_INFO  	3
#define DEBUG_LEVEL_BH    	4
#define DEBUG_LEVEL_ISR		5

/*
** Event bit flags for use with MgslWaitEvent
*/

#define MgslEvent_DsrActive	0x0001
#define MgslEvent_DsrInactive	0x0002
#define MgslEvent_Dsr		0x0003
#define MgslEvent_CtsActive	0x0004
#define MgslEvent_CtsInactive	0x0008
#define MgslEvent_Cts		0x000c
#define MgslEvent_DcdActive	0x0010
#define MgslEvent_DcdInactive	0x0020
#define MgslEvent_Dcd		0x0030
#define MgslEvent_RiActive	0x0040
#define MgslEvent_RiInactive	0x0080
#define MgslEvent_Ri		0x00c0
#define MgslEvent_ExitHuntMode	0x0100
#define MgslEvent_IdleReceived	0x0200

/* Private IOCTL codes:
 *
 * MGSL_IOCSPARAMS	set MGSL_PARAMS structure values
 * MGSL_IOCGPARAMS	get current MGSL_PARAMS structure values
 * MGSL_IOCSTXIDLE	set current transmit idle mode
 * MGSL_IOCGTXIDLE	get current transmit idle mode
 * MGSL_IOCTXENABLE	enable or disable transmitter
 * MGSL_IOCRXENABLE	enable or disable receiver
 * MGSL_IOCTXABORT	abort transmitting frame (HDLC)
 * MGSL_IOCGSTATS	return current statistics
 * MGSL_IOCWAITEVENT	wait for specified event to occur
 * MGSL_LOOPTXDONE	transmit in HDLC LoopMode done
 * MGSL_IOCSIF          set the serial interface type
 * MGSL_IOCGIF          get the serial interface type
 */
#define MGSL_MAGIC_IOC	'm'
#define MGSL_IOCSPARAMS		_IOW(MGSL_MAGIC_IOC,0,struct _MGSL_PARAMS)
#define MGSL_IOCGPARAMS		_IOR(MGSL_MAGIC_IOC,1,struct _MGSL_PARAMS)
#define MGSL_IOCSTXIDLE		_IO(MGSL_MAGIC_IOC,2)
#define MGSL_IOCGTXIDLE		_IO(MGSL_MAGIC_IOC,3)
#define MGSL_IOCTXENABLE	_IO(MGSL_MAGIC_IOC,4)
#define MGSL_IOCRXENABLE	_IO(MGSL_MAGIC_IOC,5)
#define MGSL_IOCTXABORT		_IO(MGSL_MAGIC_IOC,6)
#define MGSL_IOCGSTATS		_IO(MGSL_MAGIC_IOC,7)
#define MGSL_IOCWAITEVENT	_IOWR(MGSL_MAGIC_IOC,8,int)
#define MGSL_IOCCLRMODCOUNT	_IO(MGSL_MAGIC_IOC,15)
#define MGSL_IOCLOOPTXDONE	_IO(MGSL_MAGIC_IOC,9)
#define MGSL_IOCSIF		_IO(MGSL_MAGIC_IOC,10)
#define MGSL_IOCGIF		_IO(MGSL_MAGIC_IOC,11)
#define MGSL_IOCSGPIO		_IOW(MGSL_MAGIC_IOC,16,struct gpio_desc)
#define MGSL_IOCGGPIO		_IOR(MGSL_MAGIC_IOC,17,struct gpio_desc)
#define MGSL_IOCWAITGPIO	_IOWR(MGSL_MAGIC_IOC,18,struct gpio_desc)
#define MGSL_IOCSXSYNC		_IO(MGSL_MAGIC_IOC, 19)
#define MGSL_IOCGXSYNC		_IO(MGSL_MAGIC_IOC, 20)
#define MGSL_IOCSXCTRL		_IO(MGSL_MAGIC_IOC, 21)
#define MGSL_IOCGXCTRL		_IO(MGSL_MAGIC_IOC, 22)


#endif /* _SYNCLINK_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_GEN_STATS_H
#define __LINUX_GEN_STATS_H

#include <linux/types.h>

enum {
	TCA_STATS_UNSPEC,
	TCA_STATS_BASIC,
	TCA_STATS_RATE_EST,
	TCA_STATS_QUEUE,
	TCA_STATS_APP,
	TCA_STATS_RATE_EST64,
	TCA_STATS_PAD,
	TCA_STATS_BASIC_HW,
	TCA_STATS_PKT64,
	__TCA_STATS_MAX,
};
#define TCA_STATS_MAX (__TCA_STATS_MAX - 1)

/**
 * struct gnet_stats_basic - byte/packet throughput statistics
 * @bytes: number of seen bytes
 * @packets: number of seen packets
 */
struct gnet_stats_basic {
	__u64	bytes;
	__u32	packets;
};

/**
 * struct gnet_stats_rate_est - rate estimator
 * @bps: current byte rate
 * @pps: current packet rate
 */
struct gnet_stats_rate_est {
	__u32	bps;
	__u32	pps;
};

/**
 * struct gnet_stats_rate_est64 - rate estimator
 * @bps: current byte rate
 * @pps: current packet rate
 */
struct gnet_stats_rate_est64 {
	__u64	bps;
	__u64	pps;
};

/**
 * struct gnet_stats_queue - queuing statistics
 * @qlen: queue length
 * @backlog: backlog size of queue
 * @drops: number of dropped packets
 * @requeues: number of requeues
 * @overlimits: number of enqueues over the limit
 */
struct gnet_stats_queue {
	__u32	qlen;
	__u32	backlog;
	__u32	drops;
	__u32	requeues;
	__u32	overlimits;
};

/**
 * struct gnet_estimator - rate estimator configuration
 * @interval: sampling period
 * @ewma_log: the log of measurement window weight
 */
struct gnet_estimator {
	signed char	interval;
	unsigned char	ewma_log;
};


#endif /* __LINUX_GEN_STATS_H */
/*
 * AGPGART module version 0.99
 * Copyright (C) 1999 Jeff Hartmann
 * Copyright (C) 1999 Precision Insight, Inc.
 * Copyright (C) 1999 Xi Graphics, Inc.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
 * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
 * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
 * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
 * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
 * JEFF HARTMANN, OR ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, 
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR 
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE 
 * OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 *
 */

#ifndef _AGP_H
#define _AGP_H

#define AGPIOC_BASE       'A'
#define AGPIOC_INFO       _IOR (AGPIOC_BASE, 0, struct agp_info*)
#define AGPIOC_ACQUIRE    _IO  (AGPIOC_BASE, 1)
#define AGPIOC_RELEASE    _IO  (AGPIOC_BASE, 2)
#define AGPIOC_SETUP      _IOW (AGPIOC_BASE, 3, struct agp_setup*)
#define AGPIOC_RESERVE    _IOW (AGPIOC_BASE, 4, struct agp_region*)
#define AGPIOC_PROTECT    _IOW (AGPIOC_BASE, 5, struct agp_region*)
#define AGPIOC_ALLOCATE   _IOWR(AGPIOC_BASE, 6, struct agp_allocate*)
#define AGPIOC_DEALLOCATE _IOW (AGPIOC_BASE, 7, int)
#define AGPIOC_BIND       _IOW (AGPIOC_BASE, 8, struct agp_bind*)
#define AGPIOC_UNBIND     _IOW (AGPIOC_BASE, 9, struct agp_unbind*)
#define AGPIOC_CHIPSET_FLUSH _IO (AGPIOC_BASE, 10)

#define AGP_DEVICE      "/dev/agpgart"

#ifndef TRUE
#define TRUE 1
#endif

#ifndef FALSE
#define FALSE 0
#endif

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <stdlib.h>

struct agp_version {
	__u16 major;
	__u16 minor;
};

typedef struct _agp_info {
	struct agp_version version;	/* version of the driver        */
	__u32 bridge_id;	/* bridge vendor/device         */
	__u32 agp_mode;		/* mode info of bridge          */
	unsigned long aper_base;/* base of aperture             */
	size_t aper_size;	/* size of aperture             */
	size_t pg_total;	/* max pages (swap + system)    */
	size_t pg_system;	/* max pages (system)           */
	size_t pg_used;		/* current pages used           */
} agp_info;

typedef struct _agp_setup {
	__u32 agp_mode;		/* mode info of bridge          */
} agp_setup;

/*
 * The "prot" down below needs still a "sleep" flag somehow ...
 */
typedef struct _agp_segment {
	__kernel_off_t pg_start;	/* starting page to populate    */
	__kernel_size_t pg_count;	/* number of pages              */
	int prot;			/* prot flags for mmap          */
} agp_segment;

typedef struct _agp_region {
	__kernel_pid_t pid;		/* pid of process       */
	__kernel_size_t seg_count;	/* number of segments   */
	struct _agp_segment *seg_list;
} agp_region;

typedef struct _agp_allocate {
	int key;		/* tag of allocation            */
	__kernel_size_t pg_count;/* number of pages             */
	__u32 type;		/* 0 == normal, other devspec   */
   	__u32 physical;         /* device specific (some devices  
				 * need a phys address of the     
				 * actual page behind the gatt    
				 * table)                        */
} agp_allocate;

typedef struct _agp_bind {
	int key;		/* tag of allocation            */
	__kernel_off_t pg_start;/* starting page to populate    */
} agp_bind;

typedef struct _agp_unbind {
	int key;		/* tag of allocation            */
	__u32 priority;		/* priority for paging out      */
} agp_unbind;


#endif /* _AGP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Kernel Connection Multiplexor
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2016 Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * User API to clone KCM sockets and attach transport socket to a KCM
 * multiplexor.
 */

#ifndef KCM_KERNEL_H
#define KCM_KERNEL_H

struct kcm_attach {
	int fd;
	int bpf_fd;
};

struct kcm_unattach {
	int fd;
};

struct kcm_clone {
	int fd;
};

#define SIOCKCMATTACH	(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 0)
#define SIOCKCMUNATTACH	(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 1)
#define SIOCKCMCLONE	(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 2)

#define KCMPROTO_CONNECTED	0

/* Socket options */
#define KCM_RECV_DISABLE	1

#endif

/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * These are the public elements of the Linux kernel AX.25 code. A similar
 * file netrom.h exists for the NET/ROM protocol.
 */

#ifndef	AX25_KERNEL_H
#define	AX25_KERNEL_H

#include <linux/socket.h>

#define AX25_MTU	256
#define AX25_MAX_DIGIS  8

#define AX25_WINDOW	1
#define AX25_T1		2
#define AX25_N2		3
#define AX25_T3		4
#define AX25_T2		5
#define	AX25_BACKOFF	6
#define	AX25_EXTSEQ	7
#define	AX25_PIDINCL	8
#define AX25_IDLE	9
#define AX25_PACLEN	10
#define AX25_IAMDIGI	12

#define AX25_KILL	99

#define SIOCAX25GETUID		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+0)
#define SIOCAX25ADDUID		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+1)
#define SIOCAX25DELUID		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+2)
#define SIOCAX25NOUID		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+3)
#define SIOCAX25OPTRT		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+7)
#define SIOCAX25CTLCON		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+8)
#define SIOCAX25GETINFOOLD	(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+9)
#define SIOCAX25ADDFWD		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+10)
#define SIOCAX25DELFWD		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+11)
#define SIOCAX25DEVCTL          (SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+12)
#define SIOCAX25GETINFO         (SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+13)

#define AX25_SET_RT_IPMODE	2

#define AX25_NOUID_DEFAULT	0
#define AX25_NOUID_BLOCK	1

typedef struct {
	char		ax25_call[7];	/* 6 call + SSID (shifted ascii!) */
} ax25_address;

struct sockaddr_ax25 {
	__kernel_sa_family_t sax25_family;
	ax25_address	sax25_call;
	int		sax25_ndigis;
	/* Digipeater ax25_address sets follow */
};

#define sax25_uid	sax25_ndigis

struct full_sockaddr_ax25 {
	struct sockaddr_ax25 fsa_ax25;
	ax25_address	fsa_digipeater[AX25_MAX_DIGIS];
};

struct ax25_routes_struct {
	ax25_address	port_addr;
	ax25_address	dest_addr;
	unsigned char	digi_count;
	ax25_address	digi_addr[AX25_MAX_DIGIS];
};

struct ax25_route_opt_struct {
	ax25_address	port_addr;
	ax25_address	dest_addr;
	int		cmd;
	int		arg;
};

struct ax25_ctl_struct {
        ax25_address            port_addr;
        ax25_address            source_addr;
        ax25_address            dest_addr;
        unsigned int            cmd;
        unsigned long           arg;
        unsigned char           digi_count;
        ax25_address            digi_addr[AX25_MAX_DIGIS];
};

/* this will go away. Please do not export to user land */
struct ax25_info_struct_deprecated {
	unsigned int	n2, n2count;
	unsigned int	t1, t1timer;
	unsigned int	t2, t2timer;
	unsigned int	t3, t3timer;
	unsigned int	idle, idletimer;
	unsigned int	state;
	unsigned int	rcv_q, snd_q;
};

struct ax25_info_struct {
	unsigned int	n2, n2count;
	unsigned int	t1, t1timer;
	unsigned int	t2, t2timer;
	unsigned int	t3, t3timer;
	unsigned int	idle, idletimer;
	unsigned int	state;
	unsigned int	rcv_q, snd_q;
	unsigned int	vs, vr, va, vs_max;
	unsigned int	paclen;
	unsigned int	window;
};

struct ax25_fwd_struct {
	ax25_address	port_from;
	ax25_address	port_to;
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_IF_PACKET_H
#define __LINUX_IF_PACKET_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct sockaddr_pkt {
	unsigned short spkt_family;
	unsigned char spkt_device[14];
	__be16 spkt_protocol;
};

struct sockaddr_ll {
	unsigned short	sll_family;
	__be16		sll_protocol;
	int		sll_ifindex;
	unsigned short	sll_hatype;
	unsigned char	sll_pkttype;
	unsigned char	sll_halen;
	unsigned char	sll_addr[8];
};

/* Packet types */

#define PACKET_HOST		0		/* To us		*/
#define PACKET_BROADCAST	1		/* To all		*/
#define PACKET_MULTICAST	2		/* To group		*/
#define PACKET_OTHERHOST	3		/* To someone else 	*/
#define PACKET_OUTGOING		4		/* Outgoing of any type */
#define PACKET_LOOPBACK		5		/* MC/BRD frame looped back */
#define PACKET_USER		6		/* To user space	*/
#define PACKET_KERNEL		7		/* To kernel space	*/
/* Unused, PACKET_FASTROUTE and PACKET_LOOPBACK are invisible to user space */
#define PACKET_FASTROUTE	6		/* Fastrouted frame	*/

/* Packet socket options */

#define PACKET_ADD_MEMBERSHIP		1
#define PACKET_DROP_MEMBERSHIP		2
#define PACKET_RECV_OUTPUT		3
/* Value 4 is still used by obsolete turbo-packet. */
#define PACKET_RX_RING			5
#define PACKET_STATISTICS		6
#define PACKET_COPY_THRESH		7
#define PACKET_AUXDATA			8
#define PACKET_ORIGDEV			9
#define PACKET_VERSION			10
#define PACKET_HDRLEN			11
#define PACKET_RESERVE			12
#define PACKET_TX_RING			13
#define PACKET_LOSS			14
#define PACKET_VNET_HDR			15
#define PACKET_TX_TIMESTAMP		16
#define PACKET_TIMESTAMP		17
#define PACKET_FANOUT			18
#define PACKET_TX_HAS_OFF		19
#define PACKET_QDISC_BYPASS		20
#define PACKET_ROLLOVER_STATS		21
#define PACKET_FANOUT_DATA		22

#define PACKET_FANOUT_HASH		0
#define PACKET_FANOUT_LB		1
#define PACKET_FANOUT_CPU		2
#define PACKET_FANOUT_ROLLOVER		3
#define PACKET_FANOUT_RND		4
#define PACKET_FANOUT_QM		5
#define PACKET_FANOUT_CBPF		6
#define PACKET_FANOUT_EBPF		7
#define PACKET_FANOUT_FLAG_ROLLOVER	0x1000
#define PACKET_FANOUT_FLAG_UNIQUEID	0x2000
#define PACKET_FANOUT_FLAG_DEFRAG	0x8000

struct tpacket_stats {
	unsigned int	tp_packets;
	unsigned int	tp_drops;
};

struct tpacket_stats_v3 {
	unsigned int	tp_packets;
	unsigned int	tp_drops;
	unsigned int	tp_freeze_q_cnt;
};

struct tpacket_rollover_stats {
	__aligned_u64	tp_all;
	__aligned_u64	tp_huge;
	__aligned_u64	tp_failed;
};

union tpacket_stats_u {
	struct tpacket_stats stats1;
	struct tpacket_stats_v3 stats3;
};

struct tpacket_auxdata {
	__u32		tp_status;
	__u32		tp_len;
	__u32		tp_snaplen;
	__u16		tp_mac;
	__u16		tp_net;
	__u16		tp_vlan_tci;
	__u16		tp_vlan_tpid;
};

/* Rx ring - header status */
#define TP_STATUS_KERNEL		      0
#define TP_STATUS_USER			(1 << 0)
#define TP_STATUS_COPY			(1 << 1)
#define TP_STATUS_LOSING		(1 << 2)
#define TP_STATUS_CSUMNOTREADY		(1 << 3)
#define TP_STATUS_VLAN_VALID		(1 << 4) /* auxdata has valid tp_vlan_tci */
#define TP_STATUS_BLK_TMO		(1 << 5)
#define TP_STATUS_VLAN_TPID_VALID	(1 << 6) /* auxdata has valid tp_vlan_tpid */
#define TP_STATUS_CSUM_VALID		(1 << 7)

/* Tx ring - header status */
#define TP_STATUS_AVAILABLE	      0
#define TP_STATUS_SEND_REQUEST	(1 << 0)
#define TP_STATUS_SENDING	(1 << 1)
#define TP_STATUS_WRONG_FORMAT	(1 << 2)

/* Rx and Tx ring - header status */
#define TP_STATUS_TS_SOFTWARE		(1 << 29)
#define TP_STATUS_TS_SYS_HARDWARE	(1 << 30) /* deprecated, never set */
#define TP_STATUS_TS_RAW_HARDWARE	(1 << 31)

/* Rx ring - feature request bits */
#define TP_FT_REQ_FILL_RXHASH	0x1

struct tpacket_hdr {
	unsigned long	tp_status;
	unsigned int	tp_len;
	unsigned int	tp_snaplen;
	unsigned short	tp_mac;
	unsigned short	tp_net;
	unsigned int	tp_sec;
	unsigned int	tp_usec;
};

#define TPACKET_ALIGNMENT	16
#define TPACKET_ALIGN(x)	(((x)+TPACKET_ALIGNMENT-1)&~(TPACKET_ALIGNMENT-1))
#define TPACKET_HDRLEN		(TPACKET_ALIGN(sizeof(struct tpacket_hdr)) + sizeof(struct sockaddr_ll))

struct tpacket2_hdr {
	__u32		tp_status;
	__u32		tp_len;
	__u32		tp_snaplen;
	__u16		tp_mac;
	__u16		tp_net;
	__u32		tp_sec;
	__u32		tp_nsec;
	__u16		tp_vlan_tci;
	__u16		tp_vlan_tpid;
	__u8		tp_padding[4];
};

struct tpacket_hdr_variant1 {
	__u32	tp_rxhash;
	__u32	tp_vlan_tci;
	__u16	tp_vlan_tpid;
	__u16	tp_padding;
};

struct tpacket3_hdr {
	__u32		tp_next_offset;
	__u32		tp_sec;
	__u32		tp_nsec;
	__u32		tp_snaplen;
	__u32		tp_len;
	__u32		tp_status;
	__u16		tp_mac;
	__u16		tp_net;
	/* pkt_hdr variants */
	union {
		struct tpacket_hdr_variant1 hv1;
	};
	__u8		tp_padding[8];
};

struct tpacket_bd_ts {
	unsigned int ts_sec;
	union {
		unsigned int ts_usec;
		unsigned int ts_nsec;
	};
};

struct tpacket_hdr_v1 {
	__u32	block_status;
	__u32	num_pkts;
	__u32	offset_to_first_pkt;

	/* Number of valid bytes (including padding)
	 * blk_len <= tp_block_size
	 */
	__u32	blk_len;

	/*
	 * Quite a few uses of sequence number:
	 * 1. Make sure cache flush etc worked.
	 *    Well, one can argue - why not use the increasing ts below?
	 *    But look at 2. below first.
	 * 2. When you pass around blocks to other user space decoders,
	 *    you can see which blk[s] is[are] outstanding etc.
	 * 3. Validate kernel code.
	 */
	__aligned_u64	seq_num;

	/*
	 * ts_last_pkt:
	 *
	 * Case 1.	Block has 'N'(N >=1) packets and TMO'd(timed out)
	 *		ts_last_pkt == 'time-stamp of last packet' and NOT the
	 *		time when the timer fired and the block was closed.
	 *		By providing the ts of the last packet we can absolutely
	 *		guarantee that time-stamp wise, the first packet in the
	 *		next block will never precede the last packet of the
	 *		previous block.
	 * Case 2.	Block has zero packets and TMO'd
	 *		ts_last_pkt = time when the timer fired and the block
	 *		was closed.
	 * Case 3.	Block has 'N' packets and NO TMO.
	 *		ts_last_pkt = time-stamp of the last pkt in the block.
	 *
	 * ts_first_pkt:
	 *		Is always the time-stamp when the block was opened.
	 *		Case a)	ZERO packets
	 *			No packets to deal with but atleast you know the
	 *			time-interval of this block.
	 *		Case b) Non-zero packets
	 *			Use the ts of the first packet in the block.
	 *
	 */
	struct tpacket_bd_ts	ts_first_pkt, ts_last_pkt;
};

union tpacket_bd_header_u {
	struct tpacket_hdr_v1 bh1;
};

struct tpacket_block_desc {
	__u32 version;
	__u32 offset_to_priv;
	union tpacket_bd_header_u hdr;
};

#define TPACKET2_HDRLEN		(TPACKET_ALIGN(sizeof(struct tpacket2_hdr)) + sizeof(struct sockaddr_ll))
#define TPACKET3_HDRLEN		(TPACKET_ALIGN(sizeof(struct tpacket3_hdr)) + sizeof(struct sockaddr_ll))

enum tpacket_versions {
	TPACKET_V1,
	TPACKET_V2,
	TPACKET_V3
};

/*
   Frame structure:

   - Start. Frame must be aligned to TPACKET_ALIGNMENT=16
   - struct tpacket_hdr
   - pad to TPACKET_ALIGNMENT=16
   - struct sockaddr_ll
   - Gap, chosen so that packet data (Start+tp_net) alignes to TPACKET_ALIGNMENT=16
   - Start+tp_mac: [ Optional MAC header ]
   - Start+tp_net: Packet data, aligned to TPACKET_ALIGNMENT=16.
   - Pad to align to TPACKET_ALIGNMENT=16
 */

struct tpacket_req {
	unsigned int	tp_block_size;	/* Minimal size of contiguous block */
	unsigned int	tp_block_nr;	/* Number of blocks */
	unsigned int	tp_frame_size;	/* Size of frame */
	unsigned int	tp_frame_nr;	/* Total number of frames */
};

struct tpacket_req3 {
	unsigned int	tp_block_size;	/* Minimal size of contiguous block */
	unsigned int	tp_block_nr;	/* Number of blocks */
	unsigned int	tp_frame_size;	/* Size of frame */
	unsigned int	tp_frame_nr;	/* Total number of frames */
	unsigned int	tp_retire_blk_tov; /* timeout in msecs */
	unsigned int	tp_sizeof_priv; /* offset to private data area */
	unsigned int	tp_feature_req_word;
};

union tpacket_req_u {
	struct tpacket_req	req;
	struct tpacket_req3	req3;
};

struct packet_mreq {
	int		mr_ifindex;
	unsigned short	mr_type;
	unsigned short	mr_alen;
	unsigned char	mr_address[8];
};

#define PACKET_MR_MULTICAST	0
#define PACKET_MR_PROMISC	1
#define PACKET_MR_ALLMULTI	2
#define PACKET_MR_UNICAST	3

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * IOMMU user API definitions
 */

#ifndef _IOMMU_H
#define _IOMMU_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define IOMMU_FAULT_PERM_READ	(1 << 0) /* read */
#define IOMMU_FAULT_PERM_WRITE	(1 << 1) /* write */
#define IOMMU_FAULT_PERM_EXEC	(1 << 2) /* exec */
#define IOMMU_FAULT_PERM_PRIV	(1 << 3) /* privileged */

/* Generic fault types, can be expanded IRQ remapping fault */
enum iommu_fault_type {
	IOMMU_FAULT_DMA_UNRECOV = 1,	/* unrecoverable fault */
	IOMMU_FAULT_PAGE_REQ,		/* page request fault */
};

enum iommu_fault_reason {
	IOMMU_FAULT_REASON_UNKNOWN = 0,

	/* Could not access the PASID table (fetch caused external abort) */
	IOMMU_FAULT_REASON_PASID_FETCH,

	/* PASID entry is invalid or has configuration errors */
	IOMMU_FAULT_REASON_BAD_PASID_ENTRY,

	/*
	 * PASID is out of range (e.g. exceeds the maximum PASID
	 * supported by the IOMMU) or disabled.
	 */
	IOMMU_FAULT_REASON_PASID_INVALID,

	/*
	 * An external abort occurred fetching (or updating) a translation
	 * table descriptor
	 */
	IOMMU_FAULT_REASON_WALK_EABT,

	/*
	 * Could not access the page table entry (Bad address),
	 * actual translation fault
	 */
	IOMMU_FAULT_REASON_PTE_FETCH,

	/* Protection flag check failed */
	IOMMU_FAULT_REASON_PERMISSION,

	/* access flag check failed */
	IOMMU_FAULT_REASON_ACCESS,

	/* Output address of a translation stage caused Address Size fault */
	IOMMU_FAULT_REASON_OOR_ADDRESS,
};

/**
 * struct iommu_fault_unrecoverable - Unrecoverable fault data
 * @reason: reason of the fault, from &enum iommu_fault_reason
 * @flags: parameters of this fault (IOMMU_FAULT_UNRECOV_* values)
 * @pasid: Process Address Space ID
 * @perm: requested permission access using by the incoming transaction
 *        (IOMMU_FAULT_PERM_* values)
 * @addr: offending page address
 * @fetch_addr: address that caused a fetch abort, if any
 */
struct iommu_fault_unrecoverable {
	__u32	reason;
#define IOMMU_FAULT_UNRECOV_PASID_VALID		(1 << 0)
#define IOMMU_FAULT_UNRECOV_ADDR_VALID		(1 << 1)
#define IOMMU_FAULT_UNRECOV_FETCH_ADDR_VALID	(1 << 2)
	__u32	flags;
	__u32	pasid;
	__u32	perm;
	__u64	addr;
	__u64	fetch_addr;
};

/**
 * struct iommu_fault_page_request - Page Request data
 * @flags: encodes whether the corresponding fields are valid and whether this
 *         is the last page in group (IOMMU_FAULT_PAGE_REQUEST_* values).
 *         When IOMMU_FAULT_PAGE_RESPONSE_NEEDS_PASID is set, the page response
 *         must have the same PASID value as the page request. When it is clear,
 *         the page response should not have a PASID.
 * @pasid: Process Address Space ID
 * @grpid: Page Request Group Index
 * @perm: requested page permissions (IOMMU_FAULT_PERM_* values)
 * @addr: page address
 * @private_data: device-specific private information
 */
struct iommu_fault_page_request {
#define IOMMU_FAULT_PAGE_REQUEST_PASID_VALID	(1 << 0)
#define IOMMU_FAULT_PAGE_REQUEST_LAST_PAGE	(1 << 1)
#define IOMMU_FAULT_PAGE_REQUEST_PRIV_DATA	(1 << 2)
#define IOMMU_FAULT_PAGE_RESPONSE_NEEDS_PASID	(1 << 3)
	__u32	flags;
	__u32	pasid;
	__u32	grpid;
	__u32	perm;
	__u64	addr;
	__u64	private_data[2];
};

/**
 * struct iommu_fault - Generic fault data
 * @type: fault type from &enum iommu_fault_type
 * @padding: reserved for future use (should be zero)
 * @event: fault event, when @type is %IOMMU_FAULT_DMA_UNRECOV
 * @prm: Page Request message, when @type is %IOMMU_FAULT_PAGE_REQ
 * @padding2: sets the fault size to allow for future extensions
 */
struct iommu_fault {
	__u32	type;
	__u32	padding;
	union {
		struct iommu_fault_unrecoverable event;
		struct iommu_fault_page_request prm;
		__u8 padding2[56];
	};
};

/**
 * enum iommu_page_response_code - Return status of fault handlers
 * @IOMMU_PAGE_RESP_SUCCESS: Fault has been handled and the page tables
 *	populated, retry the access. This is "Success" in PCI PRI.
 * @IOMMU_PAGE_RESP_FAILURE: General error. Drop all subsequent faults from
 *	this device if possible. This is "Response Failure" in PCI PRI.
 * @IOMMU_PAGE_RESP_INVALID: Could not handle this fault, don't retry the
 *	access. This is "Invalid Request" in PCI PRI.
 */
enum iommu_page_response_code {
	IOMMU_PAGE_RESP_SUCCESS = 0,
	IOMMU_PAGE_RESP_INVALID,
	IOMMU_PAGE_RESP_FAILURE,
};

/**
 * struct iommu_page_response - Generic page response information
 * @argsz: User filled size of this data
 * @version: API version of this structure
 * @flags: encodes whether the corresponding fields are valid
 *         (IOMMU_FAULT_PAGE_RESPONSE_* values)
 * @pasid: Process Address Space ID
 * @grpid: Page Request Group Index
 * @code: response code from &enum iommu_page_response_code
 */
struct iommu_page_response {
	__u32	argsz;
#define IOMMU_PAGE_RESP_VERSION_1	1
	__u32	version;
#define IOMMU_PAGE_RESP_PASID_VALID	(1 << 0)
	__u32	flags;
	__u32	pasid;
	__u32	grpid;
	__u32	code;
};

#endif /* _IOMMU_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * INET		An implementation of the TCP/IP protocol suite for the LINUX
 *		operating system.  INET is implemented using the  BSD Socket
 *		interface as the means of communication with the user level.
 *
 *		Definitions for the Interfaces handler.
 *
 * Version:	@(#)dev.h	1.0.10	08/12/93
 *
 * Authors:	Ross Biro
 *		Fred N. van Kempen, <waltje@uWalt.NL.Mugnet.ORG>
 *		Corey Minyard <wf-rch!minyard@relay.EU.net>
 *		Donald J. Becker, <becker@cesdis.gsfc.nasa.gov>
 *		Alan Cox, <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
 *		Bjorn Ekwall. <bj0rn@blox.se>
 *              Pekka Riikonen <priikone@poseidon.pspt.fi>
 *
 *		This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *		modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *		as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *		2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 *		Moved to /usr/include/linux for NET3
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_NETDEVICE_H
#define _LINUX_NETDEVICE_H

#include <linux/if.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>
#include <linux/if_packet.h>
#include <linux/if_link.h>


#define MAX_ADDR_LEN	32		/* Largest hardware address length */

/* Initial net device group. All devices belong to group 0 by default. */
#define INIT_NETDEV_GROUP	0


/* interface name assignment types (sysfs name_assign_type attribute) */
#define NET_NAME_UNKNOWN	0	/* unknown origin (not exposed to userspace) */
#define NET_NAME_ENUM		1	/* enumerated by kernel */
#define NET_NAME_PREDICTABLE	2	/* predictably named by the kernel */
#define NET_NAME_USER		3	/* provided by user-space */
#define NET_NAME_RENAMED	4	/* renamed by user-space */

/* Media selection options. */
enum {
        IF_PORT_UNKNOWN = 0,
        IF_PORT_10BASE2,
        IF_PORT_10BASET,
        IF_PORT_AUI,
        IF_PORT_100BASET,
        IF_PORT_100BASETX,
        IF_PORT_100BASEFX
};

/* hardware address assignment types */
#define NET_ADDR_PERM		0	/* address is permanent (default) */
#define NET_ADDR_RANDOM		1	/* address is generated randomly */
#define NET_ADDR_STOLEN		2	/* address is stolen from other device */
#define NET_ADDR_SET		3	/* address is set using
					 * dev_set_mac_address() */

#endif /* _LINUX_NETDEVICE_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  Zorro board IDs
 *
 *  Please keep sorted.
 */


#define ZORRO_MANUF_PACIFIC_PERIPHERALS				0x00D3
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PACIFIC_PERIPHERALS_SE_2000_A500		ZORRO_ID(PACIFIC_PERIPHERALS, 0x00, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PACIFIC_PERIPHERALS_SCSI			ZORRO_ID(PACIFIC_PERIPHERALS, 0x0A, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_MACROSYSTEMS_USA_2				0x0100
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MACROSYSTEMS_WARP_ENGINE			ZORRO_ID(MACROSYSTEMS_USA_2, 0x13, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_KUPKE_1					0x00DD
#define  ZORRO_PROD_KUPKE_GOLEM_RAM_BOX_2MB			ZORRO_ID(KUPKE_1, 0x00, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_MEMPHIS					0x0100
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MEMPHIS_STORMBRINGER			ZORRO_ID(MEMPHIS, 0x00, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_3_STATE					0x0200
#define  ZORRO_PROD_3_STATE_MEGAMIX_2000			ZORRO_ID(3_STATE, 0x02, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_COMMODORE_BRAUNSCHWEIG			0x0201
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CBM_A2088_A2286				ZORRO_ID(COMMODORE_BRAUNSCHWEIG, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CBM_A2286					ZORRO_ID(COMMODORE_BRAUNSCHWEIG, 0x02, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CBM_A4091_1					ZORRO_ID(COMMODORE_BRAUNSCHWEIG, 0x54, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CBM_A2386SX_1				ZORRO_ID(COMMODORE_BRAUNSCHWEIG, 0x67, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_COMMODORE_WEST_CHESTER_1			0x0202
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CBM_A2090A					ZORRO_ID(COMMODORE_WEST_CHESTER_1, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CBM_A590_A2091_1				ZORRO_ID(COMMODORE_WEST_CHESTER_1, 0x02, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CBM_A590_A2091_2				ZORRO_ID(COMMODORE_WEST_CHESTER_1, 0x03, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CBM_A2090B					ZORRO_ID(COMMODORE_WEST_CHESTER_1, 0x04, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CBM_A2060					ZORRO_ID(COMMODORE_WEST_CHESTER_1, 0x09, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CBM_A590_A2052_A2058_A2091			ZORRO_ID(COMMODORE_WEST_CHESTER_1, 0x0A, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CBM_A560_RAM				ZORRO_ID(COMMODORE_WEST_CHESTER_1, 0x20, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CBM_A2232_PROTOTYPE				ZORRO_ID(COMMODORE_WEST_CHESTER_1, 0x45, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CBM_A2232					ZORRO_ID(COMMODORE_WEST_CHESTER_1, 0x46, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CBM_A2620					ZORRO_ID(COMMODORE_WEST_CHESTER_1, 0x50, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CBM_A2630					ZORRO_ID(COMMODORE_WEST_CHESTER_1, 0x51, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CBM_A4091_2					ZORRO_ID(COMMODORE_WEST_CHESTER_1, 0x54, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CBM_A2065_1					ZORRO_ID(COMMODORE_WEST_CHESTER_1, 0x5A, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CBM_ROMULATOR				ZORRO_ID(COMMODORE_WEST_CHESTER_1, 0x60, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CBM_A3000_TEST_FIXTURE			ZORRO_ID(COMMODORE_WEST_CHESTER_1, 0x61, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CBM_A2386SX_2				ZORRO_ID(COMMODORE_WEST_CHESTER_1, 0x67, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CBM_A2065_2					ZORRO_ID(COMMODORE_WEST_CHESTER_1, 0x70, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_COMMODORE_WEST_CHESTER_2			0x0203
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CBM_A2090A_CM				ZORRO_ID(COMMODORE_WEST_CHESTER_2, 0x03, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_PROGRESSIVE_PERIPHERALS_AND_SYSTEMS_2	0x02F4
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PPS_EXP8000					ZORRO_ID(PROGRESSIVE_PERIPHERALS_AND_SYSTEMS_2, 0x02, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_KOLFF_COMPUTER_SUPPLIES			0x02FF
#define  ZORRO_PROD_KCS_POWER_PC_BOARD				ZORRO_ID(KOLFF_COMPUTER_SUPPLIES, 0x00, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_CARDCO_1					0x03EC
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CARDCO_KRONOS_2000_1			ZORRO_ID(CARDCO_1, 0x04, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CARDCO_A1000_1				ZORRO_ID(CARDCO_1, 0x0C, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CARDCO_ESCORT				ZORRO_ID(CARDCO_1, 0x0E, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CARDCO_A2410				ZORRO_ID(CARDCO_1, 0xF5, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_A_SQUARED					0x03ED
#define  ZORRO_PROD_A_SQUARED_LIVE_2000				ZORRO_ID(A_SQUARED, 0x01, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_COMSPEC_COMMUNICATIONS			0x03EE
#define  ZORRO_PROD_COMSPEC_COMMUNICATIONS_AX2000		ZORRO_ID(COMSPEC_COMMUNICATIONS, 0x01, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_ANAKIN_RESEARCH				0x03F1
#define  ZORRO_PROD_ANAKIN_RESEARCH_EASYL			ZORRO_ID(ANAKIN_RESEARCH, 0x01, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_MICROBOTICS					0x03F2
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MICROBOTICS_STARBOARD_II			ZORRO_ID(MICROBOTICS, 0x00, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MICROBOTICS_STARDRIVE			ZORRO_ID(MICROBOTICS, 0x02, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MICROBOTICS_8_UP_A				ZORRO_ID(MICROBOTICS, 0x03, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MICROBOTICS_8_UP_Z				ZORRO_ID(MICROBOTICS, 0x04, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MICROBOTICS_DELTA_RAM			ZORRO_ID(MICROBOTICS, 0x20, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MICROBOTICS_8_STAR_RAM			ZORRO_ID(MICROBOTICS, 0x40, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MICROBOTICS_8_STAR				ZORRO_ID(MICROBOTICS, 0x41, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MICROBOTICS_VXL_RAM_32			ZORRO_ID(MICROBOTICS, 0x44, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MICROBOTICS_VXL_68030			ZORRO_ID(MICROBOTICS, 0x45, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MICROBOTICS_DELTA				ZORRO_ID(MICROBOTICS, 0x60, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MICROBOTICS_MBX_1200_1200Z_RAM		ZORRO_ID(MICROBOTICS, 0x81, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MICROBOTICS_HARDFRAME_2000_1		ZORRO_ID(MICROBOTICS, 0x96, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MICROBOTICS_HARDFRAME_2000_2		ZORRO_ID(MICROBOTICS, 0x9E, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MICROBOTICS_MBX_1200_1200Z			ZORRO_ID(MICROBOTICS, 0xC1, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_ACCESS_ASSOCIATES_ALEGRA			0x03F4

#define ZORRO_MANUF_EXPANSION_TECHNOLOGIES			0x03F6

#define ZORRO_MANUF_ASDG					0x03FF
#define  ZORRO_PROD_ASDG_MEMORY_1				ZORRO_ID(ASDG, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_ASDG_MEMORY_2				ZORRO_ID(ASDG, 0x02, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_ASDG_EB920_LAN_ROVER			ZORRO_ID(ASDG, 0xFE, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_ASDG_GPIB_DUALIEEE488_TWIN_X		ZORRO_ID(ASDG, 0xFF, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_IMTRONICS_1					0x0404
#define  ZORRO_PROD_IMTRONICS_HURRICANE_2800_1			ZORRO_ID(IMTRONICS_1, 0x39, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_IMTRONICS_HURRICANE_2800_2			ZORRO_ID(IMTRONICS_1, 0x57, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_CBM_UNIVERSITY_OF_LOWELL			0x0406
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CBM_A2410					ZORRO_ID(CBM_UNIVERSITY_OF_LOWELL, 0x00, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_AMERISTAR					0x041D
#define  ZORRO_PROD_AMERISTAR_A2065				ZORRO_ID(AMERISTAR, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_AMERISTAR_A560				ZORRO_ID(AMERISTAR, 0x09, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_AMERISTAR_A4066				ZORRO_ID(AMERISTAR, 0x0A, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_SUPRA					0x0420
#define  ZORRO_PROD_SUPRA_SUPRADRIVE_4x4			ZORRO_ID(SUPRA, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_SUPRA_1000_RAM				ZORRO_ID(SUPRA, 0x02, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_SUPRA_2000_DMA				ZORRO_ID(SUPRA, 0x03, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_SUPRA_500					ZORRO_ID(SUPRA, 0x05, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_SUPRA_500_SCSI				ZORRO_ID(SUPRA, 0x08, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_SUPRA_500XP_2000_RAM			ZORRO_ID(SUPRA, 0x09, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_SUPRA_500RX_2000_RAM			ZORRO_ID(SUPRA, 0x0A, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_SUPRA_2400ZI				ZORRO_ID(SUPRA, 0x0B, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_SUPRA_500XP_SUPRADRIVE_WORDSYNC		ZORRO_ID(SUPRA, 0x0C, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_SUPRA_SUPRADRIVE_WORDSYNC_II		ZORRO_ID(SUPRA, 0x0D, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_SUPRA_2400ZIPLUS				ZORRO_ID(SUPRA, 0x10, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_COMPUTER_SYSTEMS_ASSOCIATES			0x0422
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CSA_MAGNUM					ZORRO_ID(COMPUTER_SYSTEMS_ASSOCIATES, 0x11, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CSA_12_GAUGE				ZORRO_ID(COMPUTER_SYSTEMS_ASSOCIATES, 0x15, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_MARC_MICHAEL_GROTH				0x0439

#define ZORRO_MANUF_M_TECH					0x0502
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MTEC_AT500_1				ZORRO_ID(M_TECH, 0x03, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_1			0x06E1
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_IMPACT_SERIES_I				ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_1, 0x08, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_BYTEBOX					0x07DA
#define  ZORRO_PROD_BYTEBOX_A500				ZORRO_ID(BYTEBOX, 0x00, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_DKB_POWER_COMPUTING				0x07DC
#define  ZORRO_PROD_DKB_POWER_COMPUTING_SECUREKEY		ZORRO_ID(DKB_POWER_COMPUTING, 0x09, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_DKB_POWER_COMPUTING_DKM_3128		ZORRO_ID(DKB_POWER_COMPUTING, 0x0E, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_DKB_POWER_COMPUTING_RAPID_FIRE		ZORRO_ID(DKB_POWER_COMPUTING, 0x0F, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_DKB_POWER_COMPUTING_DKM_1202		ZORRO_ID(DKB_POWER_COMPUTING, 0x10, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_DKB_POWER_COMPUTING_COBRA_VIPER_II_68EC030	ZORRO_ID(DKB_POWER_COMPUTING, 0x12, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_DKB_POWER_COMPUTING_WILDFIRE_060_1		ZORRO_ID(DKB_POWER_COMPUTING, 0x17, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_DKB_POWER_COMPUTING_WILDFIRE_060_2		ZORRO_ID(DKB_POWER_COMPUTING, 0xFF, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2			0x07E1
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_IMPACT_SERIES_I_4K			ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_IMPACT_SERIES_I_16K_2			ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x02, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_IMPACT_SERIES_I_16K_3			ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x03, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_IMPACT_3001_IDE_1			ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x08, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_IMPACT_3001_RAM				ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x09, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_IMPACT_SERIES_II_RAM_1			ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x0A, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_EPC_BASE				ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x0B, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_GFORCE_040_1				ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x0B, 0x20)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_GFORCE_040_SCSI_1			ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x0B, 0x30)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_A1291					ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x0B, 0x40)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_COMBO_030_R4				ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x0B, 0x60)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_COMBO_030_R4_SCSI			ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x0B, 0x70)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_PHONEPAK				ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x0B, 0x78)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_IO_EXTENDER				ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x0B, 0x98)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_GFORCE_030				ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x0B, 0xa0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_GFORCE_030_SCSI				ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x0B, 0xb0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_A530					ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x0B, 0xc0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_A530_SCSI				ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x0B, 0xd0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_COMBO_030_R3				ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x0B, 0xe0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_COMBO_030_R3_SCSI			ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x0B, 0xf0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_SERIES_II				ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x0B, 0xf8)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_IMPACT_3001_IDE_2			ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x0D, 0)
/*#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_A2000_030				ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x0D, 0)*/
/*#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_GFORCE_040_SCSI_2			ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x0D, 0)*/
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_GFORCE_040_060				ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x16, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_IMPACT_VISION_24			ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0x20, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_GFORCE_040_2				ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_2, 0xFF, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_CALIFORNIA_ACCESS_SYNERGY			0x07E5
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CALIFORNIA_ACCESS_SYNERGY_MALIBU		ZORRO_ID(CALIFORNIA_ACCESS_SYNERGY, 0x01, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_XETEC					0x07E6
#define  ZORRO_PROD_XETEC_FASTCARD				ZORRO_ID(XETEC, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_XETEC_FASTCARD_RAM				ZORRO_ID(XETEC, 0x02, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_XETEC_FASTCARD_PLUS				ZORRO_ID(XETEC, 0x03, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_PROGRESSIVE_PERIPHERALS_AND_SYSTEMS		0x07EA
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PPS_MERCURY					ZORRO_ID(PROGRESSIVE_PERIPHERALS_AND_SYSTEMS, 0x00, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PPS_A3000_68040				ZORRO_ID(PROGRESSIVE_PERIPHERALS_AND_SYSTEMS, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PPS_A2000_68040				ZORRO_ID(PROGRESSIVE_PERIPHERALS_AND_SYSTEMS, 0x69, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PPS_ZEUS					ZORRO_ID(PROGRESSIVE_PERIPHERALS_AND_SYSTEMS, 0x96, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PPS_A500_68040				ZORRO_ID(PROGRESSIVE_PERIPHERALS_AND_SYSTEMS, 0xBB, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_XEBEC					0x07EC

#define ZORRO_MANUF_SPIRIT_TECHNOLOGY				0x07F2
#define  ZORRO_PROD_SPIRIT_TECHNOLOGY_INSIDER_IN1000		ZORRO_ID(SPIRIT_TECHNOLOGY, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_SPIRIT_TECHNOLOGY_INSIDER_IN500		ZORRO_ID(SPIRIT_TECHNOLOGY, 0x02, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_SPIRIT_TECHNOLOGY_SIN500			ZORRO_ID(SPIRIT_TECHNOLOGY, 0x03, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_SPIRIT_TECHNOLOGY_HDA_506			ZORRO_ID(SPIRIT_TECHNOLOGY, 0x04, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_SPIRIT_TECHNOLOGY_AX_S			ZORRO_ID(SPIRIT_TECHNOLOGY, 0x05, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_SPIRIT_TECHNOLOGY_OCTABYTE			ZORRO_ID(SPIRIT_TECHNOLOGY, 0x06, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_SPIRIT_TECHNOLOGY_INMATE			ZORRO_ID(SPIRIT_TECHNOLOGY, 0x08, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_SPIRIT_TECHNOLOGY_2				0x07F3

#define ZORRO_MANUF_BSC_ALFADATA_1				0x07FE
#define  ZORRO_PROD_BSC_ALF_3_1					ZORRO_ID(BSC_ALFADATA_1, 0x03, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_BSC_ALFADATA_2				0x0801
#define  ZORRO_PROD_BSC_ALF_2_1					ZORRO_ID(BSC_ALFADATA_2, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_BSC_ALF_2_2					ZORRO_ID(BSC_ALFADATA_2, 0x02, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_BSC_ALF_3_2					ZORRO_ID(BSC_ALFADATA_2, 0x03, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_CARDCO_2					0x0802
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CARDCO_KRONOS_2000_2			ZORRO_ID(CARDCO_2, 0x04, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CARDCO_A1000_2				ZORRO_ID(CARDCO_2, 0x0C, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_JOCHHEIM					0x0804
#define  ZORRO_PROD_JOCHHEIM_RAM				ZORRO_ID(JOCHHEIM, 0x01, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_CHECKPOINT_TECHNOLOGIES			0x0807
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CHECKPOINT_TECHNOLOGIES_SERIAL_SOLUTION	ZORRO_ID(CHECKPOINT_TECHNOLOGIES, 0x00, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_EDOTRONIK					0x0810
#define  ZORRO_PROD_EDOTRONIK_IEEE_488				ZORRO_ID(EDOTRONIK, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_EDOTRONIK_8032				ZORRO_ID(EDOTRONIK, 0x02, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_EDOTRONIK_MULTISERIAL			ZORRO_ID(EDOTRONIK, 0x03, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_EDOTRONIK_VIDEODIGITIZER			ZORRO_ID(EDOTRONIK, 0x04, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_EDOTRONIK_PARALLEL_IO			ZORRO_ID(EDOTRONIK, 0x05, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_EDOTRONIK_PIC_PROTOYPING			ZORRO_ID(EDOTRONIK, 0x06, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_EDOTRONIK_ADC				ZORRO_ID(EDOTRONIK, 0x07, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_EDOTRONIK_VME				ZORRO_ID(EDOTRONIK, 0x08, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_EDOTRONIK_DSP96000				ZORRO_ID(EDOTRONIK, 0x09, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_NES_INC					0x0813
#define  ZORRO_PROD_NES_INC_RAM					ZORRO_ID(NES_INC, 0x00, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_ICD						0x0817
#define  ZORRO_PROD_ICD_ADVANTAGE_2000_SCSI			ZORRO_ID(ICD, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_ICD_ADVANTAGE_IDE				ZORRO_ID(ICD, 0x03, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_ICD_ADVANTAGE_2080_RAM			ZORRO_ID(ICD, 0x04, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_KUPKE_2					0x0819
#define  ZORRO_PROD_KUPKE_OMTI					ZORRO_ID(KUPKE_2, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_KUPKE_SCSI_II				ZORRO_ID(KUPKE_2, 0x02, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_KUPKE_GOLEM_BOX				ZORRO_ID(KUPKE_2, 0x03, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_KUPKE_030_882				ZORRO_ID(KUPKE_2, 0x04, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_KUPKE_SCSI_AT				ZORRO_ID(KUPKE_2, 0x05, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_3			0x081D
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_A2000_RAM8				ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_3, 0x09, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_IMPACT_SERIES_II_RAM_2			ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_3, 0x0A, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_INTERWORKS_NETWORK				0x081E

#define ZORRO_MANUF_HARDITAL_SYNTHESIS				0x0820
#define  ZORRO_PROD_HARDITAL_SYNTHESIS_TQM_68030_68882		ZORRO_ID(HARDITAL_SYNTHESIS, 0x14, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_APPLIED_ENGINEERING				0x0828
#define  ZORRO_PROD_APPLIED_ENGINEERING_DL2000			ZORRO_ID(APPLIED_ENGINEERING, 0x10, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_APPLIED_ENGINEERING_RAM_WORKS		ZORRO_ID(APPLIED_ENGINEERING, 0xE0, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_BSC_ALFADATA_3				0x082C
#define  ZORRO_PROD_BSC_OKTAGON_2008				ZORRO_ID(BSC_ALFADATA_3, 0x05, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_BSC_TANDEM_AT_2008_508			ZORRO_ID(BSC_ALFADATA_3, 0x06, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_BSC_ALFA_RAM_1200				ZORRO_ID(BSC_ALFADATA_3, 0x07, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_BSC_OKTAGON_2008_RAM			ZORRO_ID(BSC_ALFADATA_3, 0x08, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_BSC_MULTIFACE_I				ZORRO_ID(BSC_ALFADATA_3, 0x10, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_BSC_MULTIFACE_II				ZORRO_ID(BSC_ALFADATA_3, 0x11, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_BSC_MULTIFACE_III				ZORRO_ID(BSC_ALFADATA_3, 0x12, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_BSC_FRAMEMASTER_II				ZORRO_ID(BSC_ALFADATA_3, 0x20, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_BSC_GRAFFITI_RAM				ZORRO_ID(BSC_ALFADATA_3, 0x21, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_BSC_GRAFFITI_REG				ZORRO_ID(BSC_ALFADATA_3, 0x22, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_BSC_ISDN_MASTERCARD				ZORRO_ID(BSC_ALFADATA_3, 0x40, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_BSC_ISDN_MASTERCARD_II			ZORRO_ID(BSC_ALFADATA_3, 0x41, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_PHOENIX					0x0835
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PHOENIX_ST506				ZORRO_ID(PHOENIX, 0x21, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PHOENIX_SCSI				ZORRO_ID(PHOENIX, 0x22, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PHOENIX_RAM					ZORRO_ID(PHOENIX, 0xBE, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_ADVANCED_STORAGE_SYSTEMS			0x0836
#define  ZORRO_PROD_ADVANCED_STORAGE_SYSTEMS_NEXUS		ZORRO_ID(ADVANCED_STORAGE_SYSTEMS, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_ADVANCED_STORAGE_SYSTEMS_NEXUS_RAM		ZORRO_ID(ADVANCED_STORAGE_SYSTEMS, 0x08, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_IMPULSE					0x0838
#define  ZORRO_PROD_IMPULSE_FIRECRACKER_24			ZORRO_ID(IMPULSE, 0x00, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_IVS						0x0840
#define  ZORRO_PROD_IVS_GRANDSLAM_PIC_2				ZORRO_ID(IVS, 0x02, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_IVS_GRANDSLAM_PIC_1				ZORRO_ID(IVS, 0x04, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_IVS_OVERDRIVE				ZORRO_ID(IVS, 0x10, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_IVS_TRUMPCARD_CLASSIC			ZORRO_ID(IVS, 0x30, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_IVS_TRUMPCARD_PRO_GRANDSLAM			ZORRO_ID(IVS, 0x34, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_IVS_META_4					ZORRO_ID(IVS, 0x40, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_IVS_WAVETOOLS				ZORRO_ID(IVS, 0xBF, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_IVS_VECTOR_1				ZORRO_ID(IVS, 0xF3, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_IVS_VECTOR_2				ZORRO_ID(IVS, 0xF4, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_VECTOR_1					0x0841
#define  ZORRO_PROD_VECTOR_CONNECTION_1				ZORRO_ID(VECTOR_1, 0xE3, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_XPERT_PRODEV				0x0845
#define  ZORRO_PROD_XPERT_PRODEV_VISIONA_RAM			ZORRO_ID(XPERT_PRODEV, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_XPERT_PRODEV_VISIONA_REG			ZORRO_ID(XPERT_PRODEV, 0x02, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_XPERT_PRODEV_MERLIN_RAM			ZORRO_ID(XPERT_PRODEV, 0x03, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_XPERT_PRODEV_MERLIN_REG_1			ZORRO_ID(XPERT_PRODEV, 0x04, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_XPERT_PRODEV_MERLIN_REG_2			ZORRO_ID(XPERT_PRODEV, 0xC9, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_HYDRA_SYSTEMS				0x0849
#define  ZORRO_PROD_HYDRA_SYSTEMS_AMIGANET			ZORRO_ID(HYDRA_SYSTEMS, 0x01, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_SUNRIZE_INDUSTRIES				0x084F
#define  ZORRO_PROD_SUNRIZE_INDUSTRIES_AD1012			ZORRO_ID(SUNRIZE_INDUSTRIES, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_SUNRIZE_INDUSTRIES_AD516			ZORRO_ID(SUNRIZE_INDUSTRIES, 0x02, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_SUNRIZE_INDUSTRIES_DD512			ZORRO_ID(SUNRIZE_INDUSTRIES, 0x03, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_TRICERATOPS					0x0850
#define  ZORRO_PROD_TRICERATOPS_MULTI_IO			ZORRO_ID(TRICERATOPS, 0x01, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_APPLIED_MAGIC				0x0851
#define  ZORRO_PROD_APPLIED_MAGIC_DMI_RESOLVER			ZORRO_ID(APPLIED_MAGIC, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_APPLIED_MAGIC_DIGITAL_BROADCASTER		ZORRO_ID(APPLIED_MAGIC, 0x06, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_GFX_BASE					0x085E
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GFX_BASE_GDA_1_VRAM				ZORRO_ID(GFX_BASE, 0x00, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GFX_BASE_GDA_1				ZORRO_ID(GFX_BASE, 0x01, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_ROCTEC					0x0860
#define  ZORRO_PROD_ROCTEC_RH_800C				ZORRO_ID(ROCTEC, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_ROCTEC_RH_800C_RAM				ZORRO_ID(ROCTEC, 0x01, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_KATO					0x0861
#define  ZORRO_PROD_KATO_MELODY					ZORRO_ID(KATO, 0x80, 0)
/* ID clash!! */
#define ZORRO_MANUF_HELFRICH_1					0x0861
#define  ZORRO_PROD_HELFRICH_RAINBOW_II				ZORRO_ID(HELFRICH_1, 0x20, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_HELFRICH_RAINBOW_III			ZORRO_ID(HELFRICH_1, 0x21, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_ATLANTIS					0x0862

#define ZORRO_MANUF_PROTAR					0x0864

#define ZORRO_MANUF_ACS						0x0865

#define ZORRO_MANUF_SOFTWARE_RESULTS_ENTERPRISES		0x0866
#define  ZORRO_PROD_SOFTWARE_RESULTS_ENTERPRISES_GOLDEN_GATE_2_BUS_PLUS	ZORRO_ID(SOFTWARE_RESULTS_ENTERPRISES, 0x01, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_MASOBOSHI					0x086D
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MASOBOSHI_MASTER_CARD_SC201			ZORRO_ID(MASOBOSHI, 0x03, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MASOBOSHI_MASTER_CARD_MC702			ZORRO_ID(MASOBOSHI, 0x04, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MASOBOSHI_MVD_819				ZORRO_ID(MASOBOSHI, 0x07, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_MAINHATTAN_DATA				0x086F
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MAINHATTAN_DATA_IDE				ZORRO_ID(MAINHATTAN_DATA, 0x01, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_VILLAGE_TRONIC				0x0877
#define  ZORRO_PROD_VILLAGE_TRONIC_DOMINO_RAM			ZORRO_ID(VILLAGE_TRONIC, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_VILLAGE_TRONIC_DOMINO_REG			ZORRO_ID(VILLAGE_TRONIC, 0x02, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_VILLAGE_TRONIC_DOMINO_16M_PROTOTYPE		ZORRO_ID(VILLAGE_TRONIC, 0x03, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_VILLAGE_TRONIC_PICASSO_II_II_PLUS_RAM	ZORRO_ID(VILLAGE_TRONIC, 0x0B, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_VILLAGE_TRONIC_PICASSO_II_II_PLUS_REG	ZORRO_ID(VILLAGE_TRONIC, 0x0C, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_VILLAGE_TRONIC_PICASSO_II_II_PLUS_SEGMENTED_MODE	ZORRO_ID(VILLAGE_TRONIC, 0x0D, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_VILLAGE_TRONIC_PICASSO_IV_Z2_RAM1		ZORRO_ID(VILLAGE_TRONIC, 0x15, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_VILLAGE_TRONIC_PICASSO_IV_Z2_RAM2		ZORRO_ID(VILLAGE_TRONIC, 0x16, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_VILLAGE_TRONIC_PICASSO_IV_Z2_REG		ZORRO_ID(VILLAGE_TRONIC, 0x17, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_VILLAGE_TRONIC_PICASSO_IV_Z3		ZORRO_ID(VILLAGE_TRONIC, 0x18, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_VILLAGE_TRONIC_ARIADNE			ZORRO_ID(VILLAGE_TRONIC, 0xC9, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_VILLAGE_TRONIC_ARIADNE2			ZORRO_ID(VILLAGE_TRONIC, 0xCA, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_UTILITIES_UNLIMITED				0x087B
#define  ZORRO_PROD_UTILITIES_UNLIMITED_EMPLANT_DELUXE		ZORRO_ID(UTILITIES_UNLIMITED, 0x15, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_UTILITIES_UNLIMITED_EMPLANT_DELUXE2		ZORRO_ID(UTILITIES_UNLIMITED, 0x20, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_AMITRIX					0x0880
#define  ZORRO_PROD_AMITRIX_MULTI_IO				ZORRO_ID(AMITRIX, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_AMITRIX_CD_RAM				ZORRO_ID(AMITRIX, 0x02, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_ARMAX					0x0885
#define  ZORRO_PROD_ARMAX_OMNIBUS				ZORRO_ID(ARMAX, 0x00, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_ZEUS					0x088D
#define  ZORRO_PROD_ZEUS_SPIDER					ZORRO_ID(ZEUS, 0x04, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_NEWTEK					0x088F
#define  ZORRO_PROD_NEWTEK_VIDEOTOASTER				ZORRO_ID(NEWTEK, 0x00, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_M_TECH_GERMANY				0x0890
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MTEC_AT500_2				ZORRO_ID(M_TECH_GERMANY, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MTEC_68030					ZORRO_ID(M_TECH_GERMANY, 0x03, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MTEC_68020I					ZORRO_ID(M_TECH_GERMANY, 0x06, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MTEC_A1200_T68030_RTC			ZORRO_ID(M_TECH_GERMANY, 0x20, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MTEC_VIPER_MK_V_E_MATRIX_530		ZORRO_ID(M_TECH_GERMANY, 0x21, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MTEC_8_MB_RAM				ZORRO_ID(M_TECH_GERMANY, 0x22, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MTEC_VIPER_MK_V_E_MATRIX_530_SCSI_IDE	ZORRO_ID(M_TECH_GERMANY, 0x24, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_4			0x0891
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_EGS_28_24_SPECTRUM_RAM			ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_4, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GVP_EGS_28_24_SPECTRUM_REG			ZORRO_ID(GREAT_VALLEY_PRODUCTS_4, 0x02, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_APOLLO_1					0x0892
#define  ZORRO_PROD_APOLLO_A1200				ZORRO_ID(APOLLO_1, 0x01, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_HELFRICH_2					0x0893
#define  ZORRO_PROD_HELFRICH_PICCOLO_RAM			ZORRO_ID(HELFRICH_2, 0x05, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_HELFRICH_PICCOLO_REG			ZORRO_ID(HELFRICH_2, 0x06, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_HELFRICH_PEGGY_PLUS_MPEG			ZORRO_ID(HELFRICH_2, 0x07, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_HELFRICH_VIDEOCRUNCHER			ZORRO_ID(HELFRICH_2, 0x08, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_HELFRICH_SD64_RAM				ZORRO_ID(HELFRICH_2, 0x0A, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_HELFRICH_SD64_REG				ZORRO_ID(HELFRICH_2, 0x0B, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_MACROSYSTEMS_USA				0x089B
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MACROSYSTEMS_WARP_ENGINE_40xx		ZORRO_ID(MACROSYSTEMS_USA, 0x13, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_ELBOX_COMPUTER				0x089E
#define  ZORRO_PROD_ELBOX_COMPUTER_1200_4			ZORRO_ID(ELBOX_COMPUTER, 0x06, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_HARMS_PROFESSIONAL				0x0A00
#define  ZORRO_PROD_HARMS_PROFESSIONAL_030_PLUS			ZORRO_ID(HARMS_PROFESSIONAL, 0x10, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_HARMS_PROFESSIONAL_3500			ZORRO_ID(HARMS_PROFESSIONAL, 0xD0, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_MICRONIK					0x0A50
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MICRONIK_RCA_120				ZORRO_ID(MICRONIK, 0x0A, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_MICRONIK2					0x0F0F
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MICRONIK2_Z3I				ZORRO_ID(MICRONIK2, 0x01, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_MEGAMICRO					0x1000
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MEGAMICRO_SCRAM_500				ZORRO_ID(MEGAMICRO, 0x03, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MEGAMICRO_SCRAM_500_RAM			ZORRO_ID(MEGAMICRO, 0x04, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_IMTRONICS_2					0x1028
#define  ZORRO_PROD_IMTRONICS_HURRICANE_2800_3			ZORRO_ID(IMTRONICS_2, 0x39, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_IMTRONICS_HURRICANE_2800_4			ZORRO_ID(IMTRONICS_2, 0x57, 0)

/* unofficial ID */
#define ZORRO_MANUF_INDIVIDUAL_COMPUTERS			0x1212
#define  ZORRO_PROD_INDIVIDUAL_COMPUTERS_BUDDHA			ZORRO_ID(INDIVIDUAL_COMPUTERS, 0x00, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_INDIVIDUAL_COMPUTERS_X_SURF			ZORRO_ID(INDIVIDUAL_COMPUTERS, 0x17, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_INDIVIDUAL_COMPUTERS_CATWEASEL		ZORRO_ID(INDIVIDUAL_COMPUTERS, 0x2A, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_KUPKE_3					0x1248
#define  ZORRO_PROD_KUPKE_GOLEM_HD_3000				ZORRO_ID(KUPKE_3, 0x01, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_ITH						0x1388
#define  ZORRO_PROD_ITH_ISDN_MASTER_II				ZORRO_ID(ITH, 0x01, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_VMC						0x1389
#define  ZORRO_PROD_VMC_ISDN_BLASTER_Z2				ZORRO_ID(VMC, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_VMC_HYPERCOM_4				ZORRO_ID(VMC, 0x02, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_INFORMATION					0x157C
#define  ZORRO_PROD_INFORMATION_ISDN_ENGINE_I			ZORRO_ID(INFORMATION, 0x64, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_VORTEX					0x2017
#define  ZORRO_PROD_VORTEX_GOLDEN_GATE_80386SX			ZORRO_ID(VORTEX, 0x07, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_VORTEX_GOLDEN_GATE_RAM			ZORRO_ID(VORTEX, 0x08, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_VORTEX_GOLDEN_GATE_80486			ZORRO_ID(VORTEX, 0x09, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_EXPANSION_SYSTEMS				0x2062
#define  ZORRO_PROD_EXPANSION_SYSTEMS_DATAFLYER_4000SX		ZORRO_ID(EXPANSION_SYSTEMS, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_EXPANSION_SYSTEMS_DATAFLYER_4000SX_RAM	ZORRO_ID(EXPANSION_SYSTEMS, 0x02, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_READYSOFT					0x2100
#define  ZORRO_PROD_READYSOFT_AMAX_II_IV			ZORRO_ID(READYSOFT, 0x01, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_PHASE5					0x2140
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PHASE5_BLIZZARD_RAM				ZORRO_ID(PHASE5, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PHASE5_BLIZZARD				ZORRO_ID(PHASE5, 0x02, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PHASE5_BLIZZARD_1220_IV			ZORRO_ID(PHASE5, 0x06, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PHASE5_FASTLANE_Z3_RAM			ZORRO_ID(PHASE5, 0x0A, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PHASE5_BLIZZARD_1230_II_FASTLANE_Z3_CYBERSCSI_CYBERSTORM060	ZORRO_ID(PHASE5, 0x0B, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PHASE5_BLIZZARD_1220_CYBERSTORM		ZORRO_ID(PHASE5, 0x0C, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PHASE5_BLIZZARD_1230			ZORRO_ID(PHASE5, 0x0D, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PHASE5_BLIZZARD_1230_IV_1260		ZORRO_ID(PHASE5, 0x11, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PHASE5_BLIZZARD_2060			ZORRO_ID(PHASE5, 0x18, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PHASE5_CYBERSTORM_MK_II			ZORRO_ID(PHASE5, 0x19, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PHASE5_CYBERVISION64			ZORRO_ID(PHASE5, 0x22, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PHASE5_CYBERVISION64_3D_PROTOTYPE		ZORRO_ID(PHASE5, 0x32, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PHASE5_CYBERVISION64_3D			ZORRO_ID(PHASE5, 0x43, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PHASE5_CYBERSTORM_MK_III			ZORRO_ID(PHASE5, 0x64, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PHASE5_BLIZZARD_603E_PLUS			ZORRO_ID(PHASE5, 0x6e, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_DPS						0x2169
#define  ZORRO_PROD_DPS_PERSONAL_ANIMATION_RECORDER		ZORRO_ID(DPS, 0x01, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_APOLLO_2					0x2200
#define  ZORRO_PROD_APOLLO_A620_68020_1				ZORRO_ID(APOLLO_2, 0x00, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_APOLLO_A620_68020_2				ZORRO_ID(APOLLO_2, 0x01, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_APOLLO_3					0x2222
#define  ZORRO_PROD_APOLLO_AT_APOLLO				ZORRO_ID(APOLLO_3, 0x22, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_APOLLO_1230_1240_1260_2030_4040_4060	ZORRO_ID(APOLLO_3, 0x23, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_PETSOFF_LP					0x38A5
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PETSOFF_LP_DELFINA				ZORRO_ID(PETSOFF_LP, 0x00, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PETSOFF_LP_DELFINA_LITE			ZORRO_ID(PETSOFF_LP, 0x01, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_UWE_GERLACH					0x3FF7
#define  ZORRO_PROD_UWE_GERLACH_RAM_ROM				ZORRO_ID(UWE_GERLACH, 0xd4, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_ACT						0x4231
#define  ZORRO_PROD_ACT_PRELUDE					ZORRO_ID(ACT, 0x01, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_MACROSYSTEMS_GERMANY			0x4754
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MACROSYSTEMS_MAESTRO			ZORRO_ID(MACROSYSTEMS_GERMANY, 0x03, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MACROSYSTEMS_VLAB				ZORRO_ID(MACROSYSTEMS_GERMANY, 0x04, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MACROSYSTEMS_MAESTRO_PRO			ZORRO_ID(MACROSYSTEMS_GERMANY, 0x05, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MACROSYSTEMS_RETINA				ZORRO_ID(MACROSYSTEMS_GERMANY, 0x06, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MACROSYSTEMS_MULTI_EVOLUTION		ZORRO_ID(MACROSYSTEMS_GERMANY, 0x08, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MACROSYSTEMS_TOCCATA			ZORRO_ID(MACROSYSTEMS_GERMANY, 0x0C, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MACROSYSTEMS_RETINA_Z3			ZORRO_ID(MACROSYSTEMS_GERMANY, 0x10, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MACROSYSTEMS_VLAB_MOTION			ZORRO_ID(MACROSYSTEMS_GERMANY, 0x12, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MACROSYSTEMS_ALTAIS				ZORRO_ID(MACROSYSTEMS_GERMANY, 0x13, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_MACROSYSTEMS_FALCON_040			ZORRO_ID(MACROSYSTEMS_GERMANY, 0xFD, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_COMBITEC					0x6766

#define ZORRO_MANUF_SKI_PERIPHERALS				0x8000
#define  ZORRO_PROD_SKI_PERIPHERALS_MAST_FIREBALL		ZORRO_ID(SKI_PERIPHERALS, 0x08, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_SKI_PERIPHERALS_SCSI_DUAL_SERIAL		ZORRO_ID(SKI_PERIPHERALS, 0x80, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_REIS_WARE_2					0xA9AD
#define  ZORRO_PROD_REIS_WARE_SCAN_KING				ZORRO_ID(REIS_WARE_2, 0x11, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_CAMERON					0xAA01
#define  ZORRO_PROD_CAMERON_PERSONAL_A4				ZORRO_ID(CAMERON, 0x10, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_REIS_WARE					0xAA11
#define  ZORRO_PROD_REIS_WARE_HANDYSCANNER			ZORRO_ID(REIS_WARE, 0x11, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_PHOENIX_2					0xB5A8
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PHOENIX_ST506_2				ZORRO_ID(PHOENIX_2, 0x21, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PHOENIX_SCSI_2				ZORRO_ID(PHOENIX_2, 0x22, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_PHOENIX_RAM_2				ZORRO_ID(PHOENIX_2, 0xBE, 0)

#define ZORRO_MANUF_COMBITEC_2					0xC008
#define  ZORRO_PROD_COMBITEC_HD					ZORRO_ID(COMBITEC_2, 0x2A, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_COMBITEC_SRAM				ZORRO_ID(COMBITEC_2, 0x2B, 0)


    /*
     *  Test and illegal Manufacturer IDs.
     */

#define ZORRO_MANUF_HACKER					0x07DB
#define  ZORRO_PROD_GENERAL_PROTOTYPE				ZORRO_ID(HACKER, 0x00, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_HACKER_SCSI					ZORRO_ID(HACKER, 0x01, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_RESOURCE_MANAGEMENT_FORCE_QUICKNET_QN2000	ZORRO_ID(HACKER, 0x02, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_VECTOR_CONNECTION_2				ZORRO_ID(HACKER, 0xE0, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_VECTOR_CONNECTION_3				ZORRO_ID(HACKER, 0xE1, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_VECTOR_CONNECTION_4				ZORRO_ID(HACKER, 0xE2, 0)
#define  ZORRO_PROD_VECTOR_CONNECTION_5				ZORRO_ID(HACKER, 0xE3, 0)
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * include/linux/serial_reg.h
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1992, 1994 by Theodore Ts'o.
 * 
 * Redistribution of this file is permitted under the terms of the GNU 
 * Public License (GPL)
 * 
 * These are the UART port assignments, expressed as offsets from the base
 * register.  These assignments should hold for any serial port based on
 * a 8250, 16450, or 16550(A).
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_SERIAL_REG_H
#define _LINUX_SERIAL_REG_H

/*
 * DLAB=0
 */
#define UART_RX		0	/* In:  Receive buffer */
#define UART_TX		0	/* Out: Transmit buffer */

#define UART_IER	1	/* Out: Interrupt Enable Register */
#define UART_IER_MSI		0x08 /* Enable Modem status interrupt */
#define UART_IER_RLSI		0x04 /* Enable receiver line status interrupt */
#define UART_IER_THRI		0x02 /* Enable Transmitter holding register int. */
#define UART_IER_RDI		0x01 /* Enable receiver data interrupt */
/*
 * Sleep mode for ST16650 and TI16750.  For the ST16650, EFR[4]=1
 */
#define UART_IERX_SLEEP		0x10 /* Enable sleep mode */

#define UART_IIR	2	/* In:  Interrupt ID Register */
#define UART_IIR_NO_INT		0x01 /* No interrupts pending */
#define UART_IIR_ID		0x0e /* Mask for the interrupt ID */
#define UART_IIR_MSI		0x00 /* Modem status interrupt */
#define UART_IIR_THRI		0x02 /* Transmitter holding register empty */
#define UART_IIR_RDI		0x04 /* Receiver data interrupt */
#define UART_IIR_RLSI		0x06 /* Receiver line status interrupt */

#define UART_IIR_BUSY		0x07 /* DesignWare APB Busy Detect */

#define UART_IIR_RX_TIMEOUT	0x0c /* OMAP RX Timeout interrupt */
#define UART_IIR_XOFF		0x10 /* OMAP XOFF/Special Character */
#define UART_IIR_CTS_RTS_DSR	0x20 /* OMAP CTS/RTS/DSR Change */

#define UART_FCR	2	/* Out: FIFO Control Register */
#define UART_FCR_ENABLE_FIFO	0x01 /* Enable the FIFO */
#define UART_FCR_CLEAR_RCVR	0x02 /* Clear the RCVR FIFO */
#define UART_FCR_CLEAR_XMIT	0x04 /* Clear the XMIT FIFO */
#define UART_FCR_DMA_SELECT	0x08 /* For DMA applications */
/*
 * Note: The FIFO trigger levels are chip specific:
 *	RX:76 = 00  01  10  11	TX:54 = 00  01  10  11
 * PC16550D:	 1   4   8  14		xx  xx  xx  xx
 * TI16C550A:	 1   4   8  14          xx  xx  xx  xx
 * TI16C550C:	 1   4   8  14          xx  xx  xx  xx
 * ST16C550:	 1   4   8  14		xx  xx  xx  xx
 * ST16C650:	 8  16  24  28		16   8  24  30	PORT_16650V2
 * NS16C552:	 1   4   8  14		xx  xx  xx  xx
 * ST16C654:	 8  16  56  60		 8  16  32  56	PORT_16654
 * TI16C750:	 1  16  32  56		xx  xx  xx  xx	PORT_16750
 * TI16C752:	 8  16  56  60		 8  16  32  56
 * Tegra:	 1   4   8  14		16   8   4   1	PORT_TEGRA
 */
#define UART_FCR_R_TRIG_00	0x00
#define UART_FCR_R_TRIG_01	0x40
#define UART_FCR_R_TRIG_10	0x80
#define UART_FCR_R_TRIG_11	0xc0
#define UART_FCR_T_TRIG_00	0x00
#define UART_FCR_T_TRIG_01	0x10
#define UART_FCR_T_TRIG_10	0x20
#define UART_FCR_T_TRIG_11	0x30

#define UART_FCR_TRIGGER_MASK	0xC0 /* Mask for the FIFO trigger range */
#define UART_FCR_TRIGGER_1	0x00 /* Mask for trigger set at 1 */
#define UART_FCR_TRIGGER_4	0x40 /* Mask for trigger set at 4 */
#define UART_FCR_TRIGGER_8	0x80 /* Mask for trigger set at 8 */
#define UART_FCR_TRIGGER_14	0xC0 /* Mask for trigger set at 14 */
/* 16650 definitions */
#define UART_FCR6_R_TRIGGER_8	0x00 /* Mask for receive trigger set at 1 */
#define UART_FCR6_R_TRIGGER_16	0x40 /* Mask for receive trigger set at 4 */
#define UART_FCR6_R_TRIGGER_24  0x80 /* Mask for receive trigger set at 8 */
#define UART_FCR6_R_TRIGGER_28	0xC0 /* Mask for receive trigger set at 14 */
#define UART_FCR6_T_TRIGGER_16	0x00 /* Mask for transmit trigger set at 16 */
#define UART_FCR6_T_TRIGGER_8	0x10 /* Mask for transmit trigger set at 8 */
#define UART_FCR6_T_TRIGGER_24  0x20 /* Mask for transmit trigger set at 24 */
#define UART_FCR6_T_TRIGGER_30	0x30 /* Mask for transmit trigger set at 30 */
#define UART_FCR7_64BYTE	0x20 /* Go into 64 byte mode (TI16C750 and
					some Freescale UARTs) */

#define UART_FCR_R_TRIG_SHIFT		6
#define UART_FCR_R_TRIG_BITS(x)		\
	(((x) & UART_FCR_TRIGGER_MASK) >> UART_FCR_R_TRIG_SHIFT)
#define UART_FCR_R_TRIG_MAX_STATE	4

#define UART_LCR	3	/* Out: Line Control Register */
/*
 * Note: if the word length is 5 bits (UART_LCR_WLEN5), then setting 
 * UART_LCR_STOP will select 1.5 stop bits, not 2 stop bits.
 */
#define UART_LCR_DLAB		0x80 /* Divisor latch access bit */
#define UART_LCR_SBC		0x40 /* Set break control */
#define UART_LCR_SPAR		0x20 /* Stick parity (?) */
#define UART_LCR_EPAR		0x10 /* Even parity select */
#define UART_LCR_PARITY		0x08 /* Parity Enable */
#define UART_LCR_STOP		0x04 /* Stop bits: 0=1 bit, 1=2 bits */
#define UART_LCR_WLEN5		0x00 /* Wordlength: 5 bits */
#define UART_LCR_WLEN6		0x01 /* Wordlength: 6 bits */
#define UART_LCR_WLEN7		0x02 /* Wordlength: 7 bits */
#define UART_LCR_WLEN8		0x03 /* Wordlength: 8 bits */

/*
 * Access to some registers depends on register access / configuration
 * mode.
 */
#define UART_LCR_CONF_MODE_A	UART_LCR_DLAB	/* Configutation mode A */
#define UART_LCR_CONF_MODE_B	0xBF		/* Configutation mode B */

#define UART_MCR	4	/* Out: Modem Control Register */
#define UART_MCR_CLKSEL		0x80 /* Divide clock by 4 (TI16C752, EFR[4]=1) */
#define UART_MCR_TCRTLR		0x40 /* Access TCR/TLR (TI16C752, EFR[4]=1) */
#define UART_MCR_XONANY		0x20 /* Enable Xon Any (TI16C752, EFR[4]=1) */
#define UART_MCR_AFE		0x20 /* Enable auto-RTS/CTS (TI16C550C/TI16C750) */
#define UART_MCR_LOOP		0x10 /* Enable loopback test mode */
#define UART_MCR_OUT2		0x08 /* Out2 complement */
#define UART_MCR_OUT1		0x04 /* Out1 complement */
#define UART_MCR_RTS		0x02 /* RTS complement */
#define UART_MCR_DTR		0x01 /* DTR complement */

#define UART_LSR	5	/* In:  Line Status Register */
#define UART_LSR_FIFOE		0x80 /* Fifo error */
#define UART_LSR_TEMT		0x40 /* Transmitter empty */
#define UART_LSR_THRE		0x20 /* Transmit-hold-register empty */
#define UART_LSR_BI		0x10 /* Break interrupt indicator */
#define UART_LSR_FE		0x08 /* Frame error indicator */
#define UART_LSR_PE		0x04 /* Parity error indicator */
#define UART_LSR_OE		0x02 /* Overrun error indicator */
#define UART_LSR_DR		0x01 /* Receiver data ready */
#define UART_LSR_BRK_ERROR_BITS	0x1E /* BI, FE, PE, OE bits */

#define UART_MSR	6	/* In:  Modem Status Register */
#define UART_MSR_DCD		0x80 /* Data Carrier Detect */
#define UART_MSR_RI		0x40 /* Ring Indicator */
#define UART_MSR_DSR		0x20 /* Data Set Ready */
#define UART_MSR_CTS		0x10 /* Clear to Send */
#define UART_MSR_DDCD		0x08 /* Delta DCD */
#define UART_MSR_TERI		0x04 /* Trailing edge ring indicator */
#define UART_MSR_DDSR		0x02 /* Delta DSR */
#define UART_MSR_DCTS		0x01 /* Delta CTS */
#define UART_MSR_ANY_DELTA	0x0F /* Any of the delta bits! */

#define UART_SCR	7	/* I/O: Scratch Register */

/*
 * DLAB=1
 */
#define UART_DLL	0	/* Out: Divisor Latch Low */
#define UART_DLM	1	/* Out: Divisor Latch High */
#define UART_DIV_MAX	0xFFFF	/* Max divisor value */

/*
 * LCR=0xBF (or DLAB=1 for 16C660)
 */
#define UART_EFR	2	/* I/O: Extended Features Register */
#define UART_XR_EFR	9	/* I/O: Extended Features Register (XR17D15x) */
#define UART_EFR_CTS		0x80 /* CTS flow control */
#define UART_EFR_RTS		0x40 /* RTS flow control */
#define UART_EFR_SCD		0x20 /* Special character detect */
#define UART_EFR_ECB		0x10 /* Enhanced control bit */
/*
 * the low four bits control software flow control
 */

/*
 * LCR=0xBF, TI16C752, ST16650, ST16650A, ST16654
 */
#define UART_XON1	4	/* I/O: Xon character 1 */
#define UART_XON2	5	/* I/O: Xon character 2 */
#define UART_XOFF1	6	/* I/O: Xoff character 1 */
#define UART_XOFF2	7	/* I/O: Xoff character 2 */

/*
 * EFR[4]=1 MCR[6]=1, TI16C752
 */
#define UART_TI752_TCR	6	/* I/O: transmission control register */
#define UART_TI752_TLR	7	/* I/O: trigger level register */

/*
 * LCR=0xBF, XR16C85x
 */
#define UART_TRG	0	/* FCTR bit 7 selects Rx or Tx
				 * In: Fifo count
				 * Out: Fifo custom trigger levels */
/*
 * These are the definitions for the Programmable Trigger Register
 */
#define UART_TRG_1		0x01
#define UART_TRG_4		0x04
#define UART_TRG_8		0x08
#define UART_TRG_16		0x10
#define UART_TRG_32		0x20
#define UART_TRG_64		0x40
#define UART_TRG_96		0x60
#define UART_TRG_120		0x78
#define UART_TRG_128		0x80

#define UART_FCTR	1	/* Feature Control Register */
#define UART_FCTR_RTS_NODELAY	0x00  /* RTS flow control delay */
#define UART_FCTR_RTS_4DELAY	0x01
#define UART_FCTR_RTS_6DELAY	0x02
#define UART_FCTR_RTS_8DELAY	0x03
#define UART_FCTR_IRDA		0x04  /* IrDa data encode select */
#define UART_FCTR_TX_INT	0x08  /* Tx interrupt type select */
#define UART_FCTR_TRGA		0x00  /* Tx/Rx 550 trigger table select */
#define UART_FCTR_TRGB		0x10  /* Tx/Rx 650 trigger table select */
#define UART_FCTR_TRGC		0x20  /* Tx/Rx 654 trigger table select */
#define UART_FCTR_TRGD		0x30  /* Tx/Rx 850 programmable trigger select */
#define UART_FCTR_SCR_SWAP	0x40  /* Scratch pad register swap */
#define UART_FCTR_RX		0x00  /* Programmable trigger mode select */
#define UART_FCTR_TX		0x80  /* Programmable trigger mode select */

/*
 * LCR=0xBF, FCTR[6]=1
 */
#define UART_EMSR	7	/* Extended Mode Select Register */
#define UART_EMSR_FIFO_COUNT	0x01  /* Rx/Tx select */
#define UART_EMSR_ALT_COUNT	0x02  /* Alternating count select */

/*
 * The Intel XScale on-chip UARTs define these bits
 */
#define UART_IER_DMAE	0x80	/* DMA Requests Enable */
#define UART_IER_UUE	0x40	/* UART Unit Enable */
#define UART_IER_NRZE	0x20	/* NRZ coding Enable */
#define UART_IER_RTOIE	0x10	/* Receiver Time Out Interrupt Enable */

#define UART_IIR_TOD	0x08	/* Character Timeout Indication Detected */

#define UART_FCR_PXAR1	0x00	/* receive FIFO threshold = 1 */
#define UART_FCR_PXAR8	0x40	/* receive FIFO threshold = 8 */
#define UART_FCR_PXAR16	0x80	/* receive FIFO threshold = 16 */
#define UART_FCR_PXAR32	0xc0	/* receive FIFO threshold = 32 */

/*
 * These register definitions are for the 16C950
 */
#define UART_ASR	0x01	/* Additional Status Register */
#define UART_RFL	0x03	/* Receiver FIFO level */
#define UART_TFL 	0x04	/* Transmitter FIFO level */
#define UART_ICR	0x05	/* Index Control Register */

/* The 16950 ICR registers */
#define UART_ACR	0x00	/* Additional Control Register */
#define UART_CPR	0x01	/* Clock Prescalar Register */
#define UART_TCR	0x02	/* Times Clock Register */
#define UART_CKS	0x03	/* Clock Select Register */
#define UART_TTL	0x04	/* Transmitter Interrupt Trigger Level */
#define UART_RTL	0x05	/* Receiver Interrupt Trigger Level */
#define UART_FCL	0x06	/* Flow Control Level Lower */
#define UART_FCH	0x07	/* Flow Control Level Higher */
#define UART_ID1	0x08	/* ID #1 */
#define UART_ID2	0x09	/* ID #2 */
#define UART_ID3	0x0A	/* ID #3 */
#define UART_REV	0x0B	/* Revision */
#define UART_CSR	0x0C	/* Channel Software Reset */
#define UART_NMR	0x0D	/* Nine-bit Mode Register */
#define UART_CTR	0xFF

/*
 * The 16C950 Additional Control Register
 */
#define UART_ACR_RXDIS	0x01	/* Receiver disable */
#define UART_ACR_TXDIS	0x02	/* Transmitter disable */
#define UART_ACR_DSRFC	0x04	/* DSR Flow Control */
#define UART_ACR_TLENB	0x20	/* 950 trigger levels enable */
#define UART_ACR_ICRRD	0x40	/* ICR Read enable */
#define UART_ACR_ASREN	0x80	/* Additional status enable */



/*
 * These definitions are for the RSA-DV II/S card, from
 *
 * Kiyokazu SUTO <suto@ks-and-ks.ne.jp>
 */

#define UART_RSA_BASE (-8)

#define UART_RSA_MSR ((UART_RSA_BASE) + 0) /* I/O: Mode Select Register */

#define UART_RSA_MSR_SWAP (1 << 0) /* Swap low/high 8 bytes in I/O port addr */
#define UART_RSA_MSR_FIFO (1 << 2) /* Enable the external FIFO */
#define UART_RSA_MSR_FLOW (1 << 3) /* Enable the auto RTS/CTS flow control */
#define UART_RSA_MSR_ITYP (1 << 4) /* Level (1) / Edge triger (0) */

#define UART_RSA_IER ((UART_RSA_BASE) + 1) /* I/O: Interrupt Enable Register */

#define UART_RSA_IER_Rx_FIFO_H (1 << 0) /* Enable Rx FIFO half full int. */
#define UART_RSA_IER_Tx_FIFO_H (1 << 1) /* Enable Tx FIFO half full int. */
#define UART_RSA_IER_Tx_FIFO_E (1 << 2) /* Enable Tx FIFO empty int. */
#define UART_RSA_IER_Rx_TOUT (1 << 3) /* Enable char receive timeout int */
#define UART_RSA_IER_TIMER (1 << 4) /* Enable timer interrupt */

#define UART_RSA_SRR ((UART_RSA_BASE) + 2) /* IN: Status Read Register */

#define UART_RSA_SRR_Tx_FIFO_NEMP (1 << 0) /* Tx FIFO is not empty (1) */
#define UART_RSA_SRR_Tx_FIFO_NHFL (1 << 1) /* Tx FIFO is not half full (1) */
#define UART_RSA_SRR_Tx_FIFO_NFUL (1 << 2) /* Tx FIFO is not full (1) */
#define UART_RSA_SRR_Rx_FIFO_NEMP (1 << 3) /* Rx FIFO is not empty (1) */
#define UART_RSA_SRR_Rx_FIFO_NHFL (1 << 4) /* Rx FIFO is not half full (1) */
#define UART_RSA_SRR_Rx_FIFO_NFUL (1 << 5) /* Rx FIFO is not full (1) */
#define UART_RSA_SRR_Rx_TOUT (1 << 6) /* Character reception timeout occurred (1) */
#define UART_RSA_SRR_TIMER (1 << 7) /* Timer interrupt occurred */

#define UART_RSA_FRR ((UART_RSA_BASE) + 2) /* OUT: FIFO Reset Register */

#define UART_RSA_TIVSR ((UART_RSA_BASE) + 3) /* I/O: Timer Interval Value Set Register */

#define UART_RSA_TCR ((UART_RSA_BASE) + 4) /* OUT: Timer Control Register */

#define UART_RSA_TCR_SWITCH (1 << 0) /* Timer on */

/*
 * The RSA DSV/II board has two fixed clock frequencies.  One is the
 * standard rate, and the other is 8 times faster.
 */
#define SERIAL_RSA_BAUD_BASE (921600)
#define SERIAL_RSA_BAUD_BASE_LO (SERIAL_RSA_BAUD_BASE / 8)

/* Extra registers for TI DA8xx/66AK2x */
#define UART_DA830_PWREMU_MGMT	12

/* PWREMU_MGMT register bits */
#define UART_DA830_PWREMU_MGMT_FREE	(1 << 0)  /* Free-running mode */
#define UART_DA830_PWREMU_MGMT_URRST	(1 << 13) /* Receiver reset/enable */
#define UART_DA830_PWREMU_MGMT_UTRST	(1 << 14) /* Transmitter reset/enable */

/*
 * Extra serial register definitions for the internal UARTs
 * in TI OMAP processors.
 */
#define OMAP1_UART1_BASE	0xfffb0000
#define OMAP1_UART2_BASE	0xfffb0800
#define OMAP1_UART3_BASE	0xfffb9800
#define UART_OMAP_MDR1		0x08	/* Mode definition register */
#define UART_OMAP_MDR2		0x09	/* Mode definition register 2 */
#define UART_OMAP_SCR		0x10	/* Supplementary control register */
#define UART_OMAP_SSR		0x11	/* Supplementary status register */
#define UART_OMAP_EBLR		0x12	/* BOF length register */
#define UART_OMAP_OSC_12M_SEL	0x13	/* OMAP1510 12MHz osc select */
#define UART_OMAP_MVER		0x14	/* Module version register */
#define UART_OMAP_SYSC		0x15	/* System configuration register */
#define UART_OMAP_SYSS		0x16	/* System status register */
#define UART_OMAP_WER		0x17	/* Wake-up enable register */
#define UART_OMAP_TX_LVL	0x1a	/* TX FIFO level register */

/*
 * These are the definitions for the MDR1 register
 */
#define UART_OMAP_MDR1_16X_MODE		0x00	/* UART 16x mode */
#define UART_OMAP_MDR1_SIR_MODE		0x01	/* SIR mode */
#define UART_OMAP_MDR1_16X_ABAUD_MODE	0x02	/* UART 16x auto-baud */
#define UART_OMAP_MDR1_13X_MODE		0x03	/* UART 13x mode */
#define UART_OMAP_MDR1_MIR_MODE		0x04	/* MIR mode */
#define UART_OMAP_MDR1_FIR_MODE		0x05	/* FIR mode */
#define UART_OMAP_MDR1_CIR_MODE		0x06	/* CIR mode */
#define UART_OMAP_MDR1_DISABLE		0x07	/* Disable (default state) */

/*
 * These are definitions for the Altera ALTR_16550_F32/F64/F128
 * Normalized from 0x100 to 0x40 because of shift by 2 (32 bit regs).
 */
#define UART_ALTR_AFR		0x40	/* Additional Features Register */
#define UART_ALTR_EN_TXFIFO_LW	0x01	/* Enable the TX FIFO Low Watermark */
#define UART_ALTR_TX_LOW	0x41	/* Tx FIFO Low Watermark */

#endif /* _LINUX_SERIAL_REG_H */

/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* $Id: isdn.h,v 1.125.2.3 2004/02/10 01:07:14 keil Exp $
 *
 * Main header for the Linux ISDN subsystem (linklevel).
 *
 * Copyright 1994,95,96 by Fritz Elfert (fritz@isdn4linux.de)
 * Copyright 1995,96    by Thinking Objects Software GmbH Wuerzburg
 * Copyright 1995,96    by Michael Hipp (Michael.Hipp@student.uni-tuebingen.de)
 * 
 * This software may be used and distributed according to the terms
 * of the GNU General Public License, incorporated herein by reference.
 *
 */

#ifndef __ISDN_H__
#define __ISDN_H__

#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/tty.h>

#define ISDN_MAX_DRIVERS    32
#define ISDN_MAX_CHANNELS   64

/* New ioctl-codes */
#define IIOCNETAIF  _IO('I',1)
#define IIOCNETDIF  _IO('I',2)
#define IIOCNETSCF  _IO('I',3)
#define IIOCNETGCF  _IO('I',4)
#define IIOCNETANM  _IO('I',5)
#define IIOCNETDNM  _IO('I',6)
#define IIOCNETGNM  _IO('I',7)
#define IIOCGETSET  _IO('I',8) /* no longer supported */
#define IIOCSETSET  _IO('I',9) /* no longer supported */
#define IIOCSETVER  _IO('I',10)
#define IIOCNETHUP  _IO('I',11)
#define IIOCSETGST  _IO('I',12)
#define IIOCSETBRJ  _IO('I',13)
#define IIOCSIGPRF  _IO('I',14)
#define IIOCGETPRF  _IO('I',15)
#define IIOCSETPRF  _IO('I',16)
#define IIOCGETMAP  _IO('I',17)
#define IIOCSETMAP  _IO('I',18)
#define IIOCNETASL  _IO('I',19)
#define IIOCNETDIL  _IO('I',20)
#define IIOCGETCPS  _IO('I',21)
#define IIOCGETDVR  _IO('I',22)
#define IIOCNETLCR  _IO('I',23) /* dwabc ioctl for LCR from isdnlog */
#define IIOCNETDWRSET  _IO('I',24) /* dwabc ioctl to reset abc-values to default on a net-interface */

#define IIOCNETALN  _IO('I',32)
#define IIOCNETDLN  _IO('I',33)

#define IIOCNETGPN  _IO('I',34)

#define IIOCDBGVAR  _IO('I',127)

#define IIOCDRVCTL  _IO('I',128)

/* cisco hdlck device private ioctls */
#define SIOCGKEEPPERIOD	(SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 0)
#define SIOCSKEEPPERIOD	(SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 1)
#define SIOCGDEBSERINT	(SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 2)
#define SIOCSDEBSERINT	(SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 3)

/* Packet encapsulations for net-interfaces */
#define ISDN_NET_ENCAP_ETHER      0
#define ISDN_NET_ENCAP_RAWIP      1
#define ISDN_NET_ENCAP_IPTYP      2
#define ISDN_NET_ENCAP_CISCOHDLC  3 /* Without SLARP and keepalive */
#define ISDN_NET_ENCAP_SYNCPPP    4
#define ISDN_NET_ENCAP_UIHDLC     5
#define ISDN_NET_ENCAP_CISCOHDLCK 6 /* With SLARP and keepalive    */
#define ISDN_NET_ENCAP_X25IFACE   7 /* Documentation/networking/x25-iface.txt */
#define ISDN_NET_ENCAP_MAX_ENCAP  ISDN_NET_ENCAP_X25IFACE

/* Facility which currently uses an ISDN-channel */
#define ISDN_USAGE_NONE       0
#define ISDN_USAGE_RAW        1
#define ISDN_USAGE_MODEM      2
#define ISDN_USAGE_NET        3
#define ISDN_USAGE_VOICE      4
#define ISDN_USAGE_FAX        5
#define ISDN_USAGE_MASK       7 /* Mask to get plain usage */
#define ISDN_USAGE_DISABLED  32 /* This bit is set, if channel is disabled */
#define ISDN_USAGE_EXCLUSIVE 64 /* This bit is set, if channel is exclusive */
#define ISDN_USAGE_OUTGOING 128 /* This bit is set, if channel is outgoing  */

#define ISDN_MODEM_NUMREG    24        /* Number of Modem-Registers        */
#define ISDN_LMSNLEN         255 /* Length of tty's Listen-MSN string */
#define ISDN_CMSGLEN	     50	 /* Length of CONNECT-Message to add for Modem */

#define ISDN_MSNLEN          32
#define NET_DV 0x06  /* Data version for isdn_net_ioctl_cfg   */
#define TTY_DV 0x06  /* Data version for iprofd etc.          */

#define INF_DV 0x01  /* Data version for /dev/isdninfo        */

typedef struct {
  char drvid[25];
  unsigned long arg;
} isdn_ioctl_struct;

typedef struct {
  char name[10];
  char phone[ISDN_MSNLEN];
  int  outgoing;
} isdn_net_ioctl_phone;

typedef struct {
  char name[10];     /* Name of interface                     */
  char master[10];   /* Name of Master for Bundling           */
  char slave[10];    /* Name of Slave for Bundling            */
  char eaz[256];     /* EAZ/MSN                               */
  char drvid[25];    /* DriverId for Bindings                 */
  int  onhtime;      /* Hangup-Timeout                        */
  int  charge;       /* Charge-Units                          */
  int  l2_proto;     /* Layer-2 protocol                      */
  int  l3_proto;     /* Layer-3 protocol                      */
  int  p_encap;      /* Encapsulation                         */
  int  exclusive;    /* Channel, if bound exclusive           */
  int  dialmax;      /* Dial Retry-Counter                    */
  int  slavedelay;   /* Delay until slave starts up           */
  int  cbdelay;      /* Delay before Callback                 */
  int  chargehup;    /* Flag: Charge-Hangup                   */
  int  ihup;         /* Flag: Hangup-Timeout on incoming line */
  int  secure;       /* Flag: Secure                          */
  int  callback;     /* Flag: Callback                        */
  int  cbhup;        /* Flag: Reject Call before Callback     */
  int  pppbind;      /* ippp device for bindings              */
  int  chargeint;    /* Use fixed charge interval length      */
  int  triggercps;   /* BogoCPS needed for triggering slave   */
  int  dialtimeout;  /* Dial-Timeout                          */
  int  dialwait;     /* Time to wait after failed dial        */
  int  dialmode;     /* Flag: off / on / auto                 */
} isdn_net_ioctl_cfg;

#define ISDN_NET_DIALMODE_MASK  0xC0    /* bits for status                */
#define ISDN_NET_DM_OFF	        0x00    /* this interface is stopped      */
#define ISDN_NET_DM_MANUAL	0x40    /* this interface is on (manual)  */
#define ISDN_NET_DM_AUTO	0x80    /* this interface is autodial     */
#define ISDN_NET_DIALMODE(x) ((&(x))->flags & ISDN_NET_DIALMODE_MASK)


#endif /* __ISDN_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2015-2018, Intel Corporation.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_IPMI_BMC_H
#define _LINUX_IPMI_BMC_H

#include <linux/ioctl.h>

#define __IPMI_BMC_IOCTL_MAGIC        0xB1
#define IPMI_BMC_IOCTL_SET_SMS_ATN    _IO(__IPMI_BMC_IOCTL_MAGIC, 0x00)
#define IPMI_BMC_IOCTL_CLEAR_SMS_ATN  _IO(__IPMI_BMC_IOCTL_MAGIC, 0x01)
#define IPMI_BMC_IOCTL_FORCE_ABORT    _IO(__IPMI_BMC_IOCTL_MAGIC, 0x02)

#endif /* _LINUX_IPMI_BMC_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * INET		An implementation of the TCP/IP protocol suite for the LINUX
 *		operating system.  INET is implemented using the  BSD Socket
 *		interface as the means of communication with the user level.
 *
 *		Global definitions for the HIPPI interface.
 *
 * Version:	@(#)if_hippi.h	1.0.0	05/26/97
 *
 * Author:	Fred N. van Kempen, <waltje@uWalt.NL.Mugnet.ORG>
 *		Donald Becker, <becker@super.org>
 *		Alan Cox, <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
 *		Steve Whitehouse, <gw7rrm@eeshack3.swan.ac.uk>
 *		Jes Sorensen, <Jes.Sorensen@cern.ch>
 *
 *		This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *		modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *		as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *		2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */
 
#ifndef _LINUX_IF_HIPPI_H
#define _LINUX_IF_HIPPI_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <asm/byteorder.h>

/*
 *	HIPPI magic constants.
 */

#define HIPPI_ALEN	6		/* Bytes in one HIPPI hw-addr	   */
#define HIPPI_HLEN	sizeof(struct hippi_hdr)
#define HIPPI_ZLEN	0		/* Min. bytes in frame without FCS */
#define HIPPI_DATA_LEN	65280		/* Max. bytes in payload	   */
#define HIPPI_FRAME_LEN	(HIPPI_DATA_LEN + HIPPI_HLEN)
					/* Max. bytes in frame without FCS */

/*
 * Define LLC and SNAP constants.
 */
#define HIPPI_EXTENDED_SAP	0xAA
#define HIPPI_UI_CMD		0x03


/*
 *	Do we need to list some sort of ID's here?
 */

/*
 *	HIPPI statistics collection data. 
 */
 
struct hipnet_statistics {
	int	rx_packets;		/* total packets received	*/
	int	tx_packets;		/* total packets transmitted	*/
	int	rx_errors;		/* bad packets received		*/
	int	tx_errors;		/* packet transmit problems	*/
	int	rx_dropped;		/* no space in linux buffers	*/
	int	tx_dropped;		/* no space available in linux	*/

	/* detailed rx_errors: */
	int	rx_length_errors;
	int	rx_over_errors;		/* receiver ring buff overflow	*/
	int	rx_crc_errors;		/* recved pkt with crc error	*/
	int	rx_frame_errors;	/* recv'd frame alignment error */
	int	rx_fifo_errors;		/* recv'r fifo overrun		*/
	int	rx_missed_errors;	/* receiver missed packet	*/

	/* detailed tx_errors */
	int	tx_aborted_errors;
	int	tx_carrier_errors;
	int	tx_fifo_errors;
	int	tx_heartbeat_errors;
	int	tx_window_errors;
};


struct hippi_fp_hdr {
#if 0
	__u8		ulp;				/* must contain 4 */
#if defined (__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8		d1_data_present:1;		/* must be 1 */
	__u8		start_d2_burst_boundary:1;	/* must be zero */
	__u8		reserved:6;			/* must be zero */
#if 0
	__u16		reserved1:5;
	__u16		d1_area_size:8;			/* must be 3 */
	__u16		d2_offset:3;			/* must be zero */
#endif
#elif defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8		reserved:6;			/* must be zero */
	__u8	 	start_d2_burst_boundary:1;	/* must be zero */
	__u8		d1_data_present:1;		/* must be 1 */
#if 0
	__u16		d2_offset:3;			/* must be zero */
	__u16		d1_area_size:8;			/* must be 3 */
	__u16		reserved1:5;			/* must be zero */
#endif
#else
#error	"Please fix <asm/byteorder.h>"
#endif
#else
	__be32		fixed;
#endif
	__be32		d2_size;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct hippi_le_hdr {
#if defined (__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8		fc:3;
	__u8		double_wide:1;
	__u8		message_type:4;
#elif defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8		message_type:4;
	__u8		double_wide:1;
	__u8		fc:3;
#endif
	__u8		dest_switch_addr[3];
#if defined (__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8		dest_addr_type:4,
			src_addr_type:4;
#elif defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8		src_addr_type:4,
			dest_addr_type:4;
#endif
	__u8		src_switch_addr[3];
	__u16		reserved;
	__u8		daddr[HIPPI_ALEN];
	__u16		locally_administered;
	__u8		saddr[HIPPI_ALEN];
} __attribute__((packed));

#define HIPPI_OUI_LEN	3
/*
 * Looks like the dsap and ssap fields have been swapped by mistake in
 * RFC 2067 "IP over HIPPI".
 */
struct hippi_snap_hdr {
	__u8	dsap;			/* always 0xAA */
	__u8	ssap;			/* always 0xAA */
	__u8	ctrl;			/* always 0x03 */
	__u8	oui[HIPPI_OUI_LEN];	/* organizational universal id (zero)*/
	__be16	ethertype;		/* packet type ID field */
} __attribute__((packed));

struct hippi_hdr {
	struct hippi_fp_hdr	fp;
	struct hippi_le_hdr	le;
	struct hippi_snap_hdr	snap;
} __attribute__((packed));

#endif	/* _LINUX_IF_HIPPI_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_BINFMTS_H
#define _LINUX_BINFMTS_H

#include <linux/capability.h>

struct pt_regs;

/*
 * These are the maximum length and maximum number of strings passed to the
 * execve() system call.  MAX_ARG_STRLEN is essentially random but serves to
 * prevent the kernel from being unduly impacted by misaddressed pointers.
 * MAX_ARG_STRINGS is chosen to fit in a signed 32-bit integer.
 */
#define MAX_ARG_STRLEN (PAGE_SIZE * 32)
#define MAX_ARG_STRINGS 0x7FFFFFFF

/* sizeof(linux_binprm->buf) */
#define BINPRM_BUF_SIZE 256

#endif /* _LINUX_BINFMTS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_SUSPEND_IOCTLS_H
#define _LINUX_SUSPEND_IOCTLS_H

#include <linux/types.h>
/*
 * This structure is used to pass the values needed for the identification
 * of the resume swap area from a user space to the kernel via the
 * SNAPSHOT_SET_SWAP_AREA ioctl
 */
struct resume_swap_area {
	__kernel_loff_t offset;
	__u32 dev;
} __attribute__((packed));

#define SNAPSHOT_IOC_MAGIC	'3'
#define SNAPSHOT_FREEZE			_IO(SNAPSHOT_IOC_MAGIC, 1)
#define SNAPSHOT_UNFREEZE		_IO(SNAPSHOT_IOC_MAGIC, 2)
#define SNAPSHOT_ATOMIC_RESTORE		_IO(SNAPSHOT_IOC_MAGIC, 4)
#define SNAPSHOT_FREE			_IO(SNAPSHOT_IOC_MAGIC, 5)
#define SNAPSHOT_FREE_SWAP_PAGES	_IO(SNAPSHOT_IOC_MAGIC, 9)
#define SNAPSHOT_S2RAM			_IO(SNAPSHOT_IOC_MAGIC, 11)
#define SNAPSHOT_SET_SWAP_AREA		_IOW(SNAPSHOT_IOC_MAGIC, 13, \
							struct resume_swap_area)
#define SNAPSHOT_GET_IMAGE_SIZE		_IOR(SNAPSHOT_IOC_MAGIC, 14, __kernel_loff_t)
#define SNAPSHOT_PLATFORM_SUPPORT	_IO(SNAPSHOT_IOC_MAGIC, 15)
#define SNAPSHOT_POWER_OFF		_IO(SNAPSHOT_IOC_MAGIC, 16)
#define SNAPSHOT_CREATE_IMAGE		_IOW(SNAPSHOT_IOC_MAGIC, 17, int)
#define SNAPSHOT_PREF_IMAGE_SIZE	_IO(SNAPSHOT_IOC_MAGIC, 18)
#define SNAPSHOT_AVAIL_SWAP_SIZE	_IOR(SNAPSHOT_IOC_MAGIC, 19, __kernel_loff_t)
#define SNAPSHOT_ALLOC_SWAP_PAGE	_IOR(SNAPSHOT_IOC_MAGIC, 20, __kernel_loff_t)
#define SNAPSHOT_IOC_MAXNR	20

#endif /* _LINUX_SUSPEND_IOCTLS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * INET		An implementation of the TCP/IP protocol suite for the LINUX
 *		operating system.  INET is implemented using the BSD Socket
 *		interface as the means of communication with the user level.
 *
 *		Global definitions for the ANSI FDDI interface.
 *
 * Version:	@(#)if_fddi.h	1.0.2	Sep 29 2004
 *
 * Author:	Lawrence V. Stefani, <stefani@lkg.dec.com>
 *
 *		if_fddi.h is based on previous if_ether.h and if_tr.h work by
 *			Fred N. van Kempen, <waltje@uWalt.NL.Mugnet.ORG>
 *			Donald Becker, <becker@super.org>
 *			Alan Cox, <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
 *			Steve Whitehouse, <gw7rrm@eeshack3.swan.ac.uk>
 *			Peter De Schrijver, <stud11@cc4.kuleuven.ac.be>
 *
 *		This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *		modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *		as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *		2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_IF_FDDI_H
#define _LINUX_IF_FDDI_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 *  Define max and min legal sizes.  The frame sizes do not include
 *  4 byte FCS/CRC (frame check sequence).
 */
#define FDDI_K_ALEN		6	/* Octets in one FDDI address */
#define FDDI_K_8022_HLEN	16	/* Total octets in 802.2 header */
#define FDDI_K_SNAP_HLEN	21	/* Total octets in 802.2 SNAP header */
#define FDDI_K_8022_ZLEN	16	/* Min octets in 802.2 frame sans
					   FCS */
#define FDDI_K_SNAP_ZLEN	21	/* Min octets in 802.2 SNAP frame sans
					   FCS */
#define FDDI_K_8022_DLEN	4475	/* Max octets in 802.2 payload */
#define FDDI_K_SNAP_DLEN	4470	/* Max octets in 802.2 SNAP payload */
#define FDDI_K_LLC_ZLEN		13	/* Min octets in LLC frame sans FCS */
#define FDDI_K_LLC_LEN		4491	/* Max octets in LLC frame sans FCS */
#define FDDI_K_OUI_LEN		3	/* Octets in OUI in 802.2 SNAP
					   header */

/* Define FDDI Frame Control (FC) Byte values */
#define FDDI_FC_K_VOID			0x00
#define FDDI_FC_K_NON_RESTRICTED_TOKEN	0x80
#define FDDI_FC_K_RESTRICTED_TOKEN	0xC0
#define FDDI_FC_K_SMT_MIN		0x41
#define FDDI_FC_K_SMT_MAX		0x4F
#define FDDI_FC_K_MAC_MIN		0xC1
#define FDDI_FC_K_MAC_MAX		0xCF
#define FDDI_FC_K_ASYNC_LLC_MIN		0x50
#define FDDI_FC_K_ASYNC_LLC_DEF		0x54
#define FDDI_FC_K_ASYNC_LLC_MAX		0x5F
#define FDDI_FC_K_SYNC_LLC_MIN		0xD0
#define FDDI_FC_K_SYNC_LLC_MAX		0xD7
#define FDDI_FC_K_IMPLEMENTOR_MIN	0x60
#define FDDI_FC_K_IMPLEMENTOR_MAX	0x6F
#define FDDI_FC_K_RESERVED_MIN		0x70
#define FDDI_FC_K_RESERVED_MAX		0x7F

/* Define LLC and SNAP constants */
#define FDDI_EXTENDED_SAP		0xAA
#define FDDI_UI_CMD			0x03

/* Define 802.2 Type 1 header */
struct fddi_8022_1_hdr {
	__u8	dsap;			/* destination service access point */
	__u8	ssap;			/* source service access point */
	__u8	ctrl;			/* control byte #1 */
} __attribute__((packed));

/* Define 802.2 Type 2 header */
struct fddi_8022_2_hdr {
	__u8	dsap;			/* destination service access point */
	__u8	ssap;			/* source service access point */
	__u8	ctrl_1;			/* control byte #1 */
	__u8	ctrl_2;			/* control byte #2 */
} __attribute__((packed));

/* Define 802.2 SNAP header */
struct fddi_snap_hdr {
	__u8	dsap;			/* always 0xAA */
	__u8	ssap;			/* always 0xAA */
	__u8	ctrl;			/* always 0x03 */
	__u8	oui[FDDI_K_OUI_LEN];	/* organizational universal id */
	__be16	ethertype;		/* packet type ID field */
} __attribute__((packed));

/* Define FDDI LLC frame header */
struct fddihdr {
	__u8	fc;			/* frame control */
	__u8	daddr[FDDI_K_ALEN];	/* destination address */
	__u8	saddr[FDDI_K_ALEN];	/* source address */
	union {
		struct fddi_8022_1_hdr	llc_8022_1;
		struct fddi_8022_2_hdr	llc_8022_2;
		struct fddi_snap_hdr	llc_snap;
	} hdr;
} __attribute__((packed));


#endif /* _LINUX_IF_FDDI_H */
/*
 * JFFS2 -- Journalling Flash File System, Version 2.
 *
 * Copyright © 2001-2007 Red Hat, Inc.
 * Copyright © 2004-2010 David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
 *
 * Created by David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
 *
 * For licensing information, see the file 'LICENCE' in the
 * jffs2 directory.
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_JFFS2_H__
#define __LINUX_JFFS2_H__

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/magic.h>

/* You must include something which defines the C99 uintXX_t types. 
   We don't do it from here because this file is used in too many
   different environments. */

/* Values we may expect to find in the 'magic' field */
#define JFFS2_OLD_MAGIC_BITMASK 0x1984
#define JFFS2_MAGIC_BITMASK 0x1985
#define KSAMTIB_CIGAM_2SFFJ 0x8519 /* For detecting wrong-endian fs */
#define JFFS2_EMPTY_BITMASK 0xffff
#define JFFS2_DIRTY_BITMASK 0x0000

/* Summary node MAGIC marker */
#define JFFS2_SUM_MAGIC	0x02851885

/* We only allow a single char for length, and 0xFF is empty flash so
   we don't want it confused with a real length. Hence max 254.
*/
#define JFFS2_MAX_NAME_LEN 254

/* How small can we sensibly write nodes? */
#define JFFS2_MIN_DATA_LEN 128

#define JFFS2_COMPR_NONE	0x00
#define JFFS2_COMPR_ZERO	0x01
#define JFFS2_COMPR_RTIME	0x02
#define JFFS2_COMPR_RUBINMIPS	0x03
#define JFFS2_COMPR_COPY	0x04
#define JFFS2_COMPR_DYNRUBIN	0x05
#define JFFS2_COMPR_ZLIB	0x06
#define JFFS2_COMPR_LZO		0x07
/* Compatibility flags. */
#define JFFS2_COMPAT_MASK 0xc000      /* What do to if an unknown nodetype is found */
#define JFFS2_NODE_ACCURATE 0x2000
/* INCOMPAT: Fail to mount the filesystem */
#define JFFS2_FEATURE_INCOMPAT 0xc000
/* ROCOMPAT: Mount read-only */
#define JFFS2_FEATURE_ROCOMPAT 0x8000
/* RWCOMPAT_COPY: Mount read/write, and copy the node when it's GC'd */
#define JFFS2_FEATURE_RWCOMPAT_COPY 0x4000
/* RWCOMPAT_DELETE: Mount read/write, and delete the node when it's GC'd */
#define JFFS2_FEATURE_RWCOMPAT_DELETE 0x0000

#define JFFS2_NODETYPE_DIRENT (JFFS2_FEATURE_INCOMPAT | JFFS2_NODE_ACCURATE | 1)
#define JFFS2_NODETYPE_INODE (JFFS2_FEATURE_INCOMPAT | JFFS2_NODE_ACCURATE | 2)
#define JFFS2_NODETYPE_CLEANMARKER (JFFS2_FEATURE_RWCOMPAT_DELETE | JFFS2_NODE_ACCURATE | 3)
#define JFFS2_NODETYPE_PADDING (JFFS2_FEATURE_RWCOMPAT_DELETE | JFFS2_NODE_ACCURATE | 4)

#define JFFS2_NODETYPE_SUMMARY (JFFS2_FEATURE_RWCOMPAT_DELETE | JFFS2_NODE_ACCURATE | 6)

#define JFFS2_NODETYPE_XATTR (JFFS2_FEATURE_INCOMPAT | JFFS2_NODE_ACCURATE | 8)
#define JFFS2_NODETYPE_XREF (JFFS2_FEATURE_INCOMPAT | JFFS2_NODE_ACCURATE | 9)

/* XATTR Related */
#define JFFS2_XPREFIX_USER		1	/* for "user." */
#define JFFS2_XPREFIX_SECURITY		2	/* for "security." */
#define JFFS2_XPREFIX_ACL_ACCESS	3	/* for "system.posix_acl_access" */
#define JFFS2_XPREFIX_ACL_DEFAULT	4	/* for "system.posix_acl_default" */
#define JFFS2_XPREFIX_TRUSTED		5	/* for "trusted.*" */

#define JFFS2_ACL_VERSION		0x0001

// Maybe later...
//#define JFFS2_NODETYPE_CHECKPOINT (JFFS2_FEATURE_RWCOMPAT_DELETE | JFFS2_NODE_ACCURATE | 3)
//#define JFFS2_NODETYPE_OPTIONS (JFFS2_FEATURE_RWCOMPAT_COPY | JFFS2_NODE_ACCURATE | 4)


#define JFFS2_INO_FLAG_PREREAD	  1	/* Do read_inode() for this one at
					   mount time, don't wait for it to
					   happen later */
#define JFFS2_INO_FLAG_USERCOMPR  2	/* User has requested a specific
					   compression type */


/* These can go once we've made sure we've caught all uses without
   byteswapping */

typedef struct {
	__u32 v32;
} __attribute__((packed)) jint32_t;

typedef struct {
	__u32 m;
} __attribute__((packed)) jmode_t;

typedef struct {
	__u16 v16;
} __attribute__((packed)) jint16_t;

struct jffs2_unknown_node
{
	/* All start like this */
	jint16_t magic;
	jint16_t nodetype;
	jint32_t totlen; /* So we can skip over nodes we don't grok */
	jint32_t hdr_crc;
};

struct jffs2_raw_dirent
{
	jint16_t magic;
	jint16_t nodetype;	/* == JFFS2_NODETYPE_DIRENT */
	jint32_t totlen;
	jint32_t hdr_crc;
	jint32_t pino;
	jint32_t version;
	jint32_t ino; /* == zero for unlink */
	jint32_t mctime;
	__u8 nsize;
	__u8 type;
	__u8 unused[2];
	jint32_t node_crc;
	jint32_t name_crc;
	__u8 name[0];
};

/* The JFFS2 raw inode structure: Used for storage on physical media.  */
/* The uid, gid, atime, mtime and ctime members could be longer, but
   are left like this for space efficiency. If and when people decide
   they really need them extended, it's simple enough to add support for
   a new type of raw node.
*/
struct jffs2_raw_inode
{
	jint16_t magic;      /* A constant magic number.  */
	jint16_t nodetype;   /* == JFFS2_NODETYPE_INODE */
	jint32_t totlen;     /* Total length of this node (inc data, etc.) */
	jint32_t hdr_crc;
	jint32_t ino;        /* Inode number.  */
	jint32_t version;    /* Version number.  */
	jmode_t mode;       /* The file's type or mode.  */
	jint16_t uid;        /* The file's owner.  */
	jint16_t gid;        /* The file's group.  */
	jint32_t isize;      /* Total resultant size of this inode (used for truncations)  */
	jint32_t atime;      /* Last access time.  */
	jint32_t mtime;      /* Last modification time.  */
	jint32_t ctime;      /* Change time.  */
	jint32_t offset;     /* Where to begin to write.  */
	jint32_t csize;      /* (Compressed) data size */
	jint32_t dsize;	     /* Size of the node's data. (after decompression) */
	__u8 compr;       /* Compression algorithm used */
	__u8 usercompr;   /* Compression algorithm requested by the user */
	jint16_t flags;	     /* See JFFS2_INO_FLAG_* */
	jint32_t data_crc;   /* CRC for the (compressed) data.  */
	jint32_t node_crc;   /* CRC for the raw inode (excluding data)  */
	__u8 data[0];
};

struct jffs2_raw_xattr {
	jint16_t magic;
	jint16_t nodetype;	/* = JFFS2_NODETYPE_XATTR */
	jint32_t totlen;
	jint32_t hdr_crc;
	jint32_t xid;		/* XATTR identifier number */
	jint32_t version;
	__u8 xprefix;
	__u8 name_len;
	jint16_t value_len;
	jint32_t data_crc;
	jint32_t node_crc;
	__u8 data[0];
} __attribute__((packed));

struct jffs2_raw_xref
{
	jint16_t magic;
	jint16_t nodetype;	/* = JFFS2_NODETYPE_XREF */
	jint32_t totlen;
	jint32_t hdr_crc;
	jint32_t ino;		/* inode number */
	jint32_t xid;		/* XATTR identifier number */
	jint32_t xseqno;	/* xref sequential number */
	jint32_t node_crc;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct jffs2_raw_summary
{
	jint16_t magic;
	jint16_t nodetype; 	/* = JFFS2_NODETYPE_SUMMARY */
	jint32_t totlen;
	jint32_t hdr_crc;
	jint32_t sum_num;	/* number of sum entries*/
	jint32_t cln_mkr;	/* clean marker size, 0 = no cleanmarker */
	jint32_t padded;	/* sum of the size of padding nodes */
	jint32_t sum_crc;	/* summary information crc */
	jint32_t node_crc; 	/* node crc */
	jint32_t sum[0]; 	/* inode summary info */
};

union jffs2_node_union
{
	struct jffs2_raw_inode i;
	struct jffs2_raw_dirent d;
	struct jffs2_raw_xattr x;
	struct jffs2_raw_xref r;
	struct jffs2_raw_summary s;
	struct jffs2_unknown_node u;
};

/* Data payload for device nodes. */
union jffs2_device_node {
	jint16_t old_id;
	jint32_t new_id;
};

#endif /* __LINUX_JFFS2_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_SOCKET_H
#define _LINUX_SOCKET_H

/*
 * Desired design of maximum size and alignment (see RFC2553)
 */
#define _K_SS_MAXSIZE	128	/* Implementation specific max size */
#define _K_SS_ALIGNSIZE	(__alignof__ (struct sockaddr *))
				/* Implementation specific desired alignment */

typedef unsigned short __kernel_sa_family_t;

struct __kernel_sockaddr_storage {
	__kernel_sa_family_t	ss_family;		/* address family */
	/* Following field(s) are implementation specific */
	char		__data[_K_SS_MAXSIZE - sizeof(unsigned short)];
				/* space to achieve desired size, */
				/* _SS_MAXSIZE value minus size of ss_family */
} __attribute__ ((aligned(_K_SS_ALIGNSIZE)));	/* force desired alignment */

#define SOCK_TXREHASH_DEFAULT	255
#define SOCK_TXREHASH_DISABLED	0
#define SOCK_TXREHASH_ENABLED	1

#endif /* _LINUX_SOCKET_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *	include/linux/bfs_fs.h - BFS data structures on disk.
 *	Copyright (C) 1999 Tigran Aivazian <tigran@veritas.com>
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_BFS_FS_H
#define _LINUX_BFS_FS_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define BFS_BSIZE_BITS		9
#define BFS_BSIZE		(1<<BFS_BSIZE_BITS)

#define BFS_MAGIC		0x1BADFACE
#define BFS_ROOT_INO		2
#define BFS_INODES_PER_BLOCK	8

/* SVR4 vnode type values (bfs_inode->i_vtype) */
#define BFS_VDIR 2L
#define BFS_VREG 1L

/* BFS inode layout on disk */
struct bfs_inode {
	__le16 i_ino;
	__u16 i_unused;
	__le32 i_sblock;
	__le32 i_eblock;
	__le32 i_eoffset;
	__le32 i_vtype;
	__le32 i_mode;
	__le32 i_uid;
	__le32 i_gid;
	__le32 i_nlink;
	__le32 i_atime;
	__le32 i_mtime;
	__le32 i_ctime;
	__u32 i_padding[4];
};

#define BFS_NAMELEN		14	
#define BFS_DIRENT_SIZE		16
#define BFS_DIRS_PER_BLOCK	32

struct bfs_dirent {
	__le16 ino;
	char name[BFS_NAMELEN];
};

/* BFS superblock layout on disk */
struct bfs_super_block {
	__le32 s_magic;
	__le32 s_start;
	__le32 s_end;
	__le32 s_from;
	__le32 s_to;
	__s32 s_bfrom;
	__s32 s_bto;
	char  s_fsname[6];
	char  s_volume[6];
	__u32 s_padding[118];
};


#define BFS_OFF2INO(offset) \
        ((((offset) - BFS_BSIZE) / sizeof(struct bfs_inode)) + BFS_ROOT_INO)

#define BFS_INO2OFF(ino) \
	((__u32)(((ino) - BFS_ROOT_INO) * sizeof(struct bfs_inode)) + BFS_BSIZE)
#define BFS_NZFILESIZE(ip) \
        ((le32_to_cpu((ip)->i_eoffset) + 1) -  le32_to_cpu((ip)->i_sblock) * BFS_BSIZE)

#define BFS_FILESIZE(ip) \
        ((ip)->i_sblock == 0 ? 0 : BFS_NZFILESIZE(ip))

#define BFS_FILEBLOCKS(ip) \
        ((ip)->i_sblock == 0 ? 0 : (le32_to_cpu((ip)->i_eblock) + 1) -  le32_to_cpu((ip)->i_sblock))
#define BFS_UNCLEAN(bfs_sb, sb)	\
	((le32_to_cpu(bfs_sb->s_from) != -1) && (le32_to_cpu(bfs_sb->s_to) != -1) && !(sb->s_flags & SB_RDONLY))


#endif	/* _LINUX_BFS_FS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Broadcom Cable Modem firmware format
 */

#ifndef __BCM933XX_HCS_H
#define __BCM933XX_HCS_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct bcm_hcs {
	__u16 magic;
	__u16 control;
	__u16 rev_maj;
	__u16 rev_min;
	__u32 build_date;
	__u32 filelen;
	__u32 ldaddress;
	char filename[64];
	__u16 hcs;
	__u16 her_znaet_chto;
	__u32 crc;
};

#endif /* __BCM933XX_HCS */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * linux/include/linux/sunrpc/debug.h
 *
 * Debugging support for sunrpc module
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1996, Olaf Kirch <okir@monad.swb.de>
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_SUNRPC_DEBUG_H_
#define _LINUX_SUNRPC_DEBUG_H_

/*
 * RPC debug facilities
 */
#define RPCDBG_XPRT		0x0001
#define RPCDBG_CALL		0x0002
#define RPCDBG_DEBUG		0x0004
#define RPCDBG_NFS		0x0008
#define RPCDBG_AUTH		0x0010
#define RPCDBG_BIND		0x0020
#define RPCDBG_SCHED		0x0040
#define RPCDBG_TRANS		0x0080
#define RPCDBG_SVCXPRT		0x0100
#define RPCDBG_SVCDSP		0x0200
#define RPCDBG_MISC		0x0400
#define RPCDBG_CACHE		0x0800
#define RPCDBG_ALL		0x7fff


/*
 * Declarations for the sysctl debug interface, which allows to read or
 * change the debug flags for rpc, nfs, nfsd, and lockd. Since the sunrpc
 * module currently registers its sysctl table dynamically, the sysctl path
 * for module FOO is <CTL_SUNRPC, CTL_FOODEBUG>.
 */

enum {
	CTL_RPCDEBUG = 1,
	CTL_NFSDEBUG,
	CTL_NFSDDEBUG,
	CTL_NLMDEBUG,
	CTL_SLOTTABLE_UDP,
	CTL_SLOTTABLE_TCP,
	CTL_MIN_RESVPORT,
	CTL_MAX_RESVPORT,
};

#endif /* _LINUX_SUNRPC_DEBUG_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_KCMP_H
#define _LINUX_KCMP_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* Comparison type */
enum kcmp_type {
	KCMP_FILE,
	KCMP_VM,
	KCMP_FILES,
	KCMP_FS,
	KCMP_SIGHAND,
	KCMP_IO,
	KCMP_SYSVSEM,
	KCMP_EPOLL_TFD,

	KCMP_TYPES,
};

/* Slot for KCMP_EPOLL_TFD */
struct kcmp_epoll_slot {
	__u32 efd;		/* epoll file descriptor */
	__u32 tfd;		/* target file number */
	__u32 toff;		/* target offset within same numbered sequence */
};

#endif /* _LINUX_KCMP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */

#ifndef _LINUX_MRP_BRIDGE_H_
#define _LINUX_MRP_BRIDGE_H_

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>

#define MRP_MAX_FRAME_LENGTH		200
#define MRP_DEFAULT_PRIO		0x8000
#define MRP_DOMAIN_UUID_LENGTH		16
#define MRP_VERSION			1
#define MRP_FRAME_PRIO			7
#define MRP_OUI_LENGTH			3
#define MRP_MANUFACTURE_DATA_LENGTH	2

enum br_mrp_ring_role_type {
	BR_MRP_RING_ROLE_DISABLED,
	BR_MRP_RING_ROLE_MRC,
	BR_MRP_RING_ROLE_MRM,
	BR_MRP_RING_ROLE_MRA,
};

enum br_mrp_in_role_type {
	BR_MRP_IN_ROLE_DISABLED,
	BR_MRP_IN_ROLE_MIC,
	BR_MRP_IN_ROLE_MIM,
};

enum br_mrp_ring_state_type {
	BR_MRP_RING_STATE_OPEN,
	BR_MRP_RING_STATE_CLOSED,
};

enum br_mrp_in_state_type {
	BR_MRP_IN_STATE_OPEN,
	BR_MRP_IN_STATE_CLOSED,
};

enum br_mrp_port_state_type {
	BR_MRP_PORT_STATE_DISABLED,
	BR_MRP_PORT_STATE_BLOCKED,
	BR_MRP_PORT_STATE_FORWARDING,
	BR_MRP_PORT_STATE_NOT_CONNECTED,
};

enum br_mrp_port_role_type {
	BR_MRP_PORT_ROLE_PRIMARY,
	BR_MRP_PORT_ROLE_SECONDARY,
	BR_MRP_PORT_ROLE_INTER,
};

enum br_mrp_tlv_header_type {
	BR_MRP_TLV_HEADER_END = 0x0,
	BR_MRP_TLV_HEADER_COMMON = 0x1,
	BR_MRP_TLV_HEADER_RING_TEST = 0x2,
	BR_MRP_TLV_HEADER_RING_TOPO = 0x3,
	BR_MRP_TLV_HEADER_RING_LINK_DOWN = 0x4,
	BR_MRP_TLV_HEADER_RING_LINK_UP = 0x5,
	BR_MRP_TLV_HEADER_IN_TEST = 0x6,
	BR_MRP_TLV_HEADER_IN_TOPO = 0x7,
	BR_MRP_TLV_HEADER_IN_LINK_DOWN = 0x8,
	BR_MRP_TLV_HEADER_IN_LINK_UP = 0x9,
	BR_MRP_TLV_HEADER_IN_LINK_STATUS = 0xa,
	BR_MRP_TLV_HEADER_OPTION = 0x7f,
};

enum br_mrp_sub_tlv_header_type {
	BR_MRP_SUB_TLV_HEADER_TEST_MGR_NACK = 0x1,
	BR_MRP_SUB_TLV_HEADER_TEST_PROPAGATE = 0x2,
	BR_MRP_SUB_TLV_HEADER_TEST_AUTO_MGR = 0x3,
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * omap3isp.h
 *
 * TI OMAP3 ISP - User-space API
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation
 * Copyright (C) 2009 Texas Instruments, Inc.
 *
 * Contacts: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
 *	     Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
 * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 * General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
 * 02110-1301 USA
 */

#ifndef OMAP3_ISP_USER_H
#define OMAP3_ISP_USER_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/videodev2.h>

/*
 * Private IOCTLs
 *
 * VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_CCDC_CFG: Set CCDC configuration
 * VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_PRV_CFG: Set preview engine configuration
 * VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_AEWB_CFG: Set AEWB module configuration
 * VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_HIST_CFG: Set histogram module configuration
 * VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_AF_CFG: Set auto-focus module configuration
 * VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_STAT_REQ: Read statistics (AEWB/AF/histogram) data
 * VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_STAT_EN: Enable/disable a statistics module
 */

#define VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_CCDC_CFG \
	_IOWR('V', BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE + 1, struct omap3isp_ccdc_update_config)
#define VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_PRV_CFG \
	_IOWR('V', BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE + 2, struct omap3isp_prev_update_config)
#define VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_AEWB_CFG \
	_IOWR('V', BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE + 3, struct omap3isp_h3a_aewb_config)
#define VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_HIST_CFG \
	_IOWR('V', BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE + 4, struct omap3isp_hist_config)
#define VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_AF_CFG \
	_IOWR('V', BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE + 5, struct omap3isp_h3a_af_config)
#define VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_STAT_REQ \
	_IOWR('V', BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE + 6, struct omap3isp_stat_data)
#define VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_STAT_REQ_TIME32 \
	_IOWR('V', BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE + 6, struct omap3isp_stat_data_time32)
#define VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_STAT_EN \
	_IOWR('V', BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE + 7, unsigned long)

/*
 * Events
 *
 * V4L2_EVENT_OMAP3ISP_AEWB: AEWB statistics data ready
 * V4L2_EVENT_OMAP3ISP_AF: AF statistics data ready
 * V4L2_EVENT_OMAP3ISP_HIST: Histogram statistics data ready
 */

#define V4L2_EVENT_OMAP3ISP_CLASS	(V4L2_EVENT_PRIVATE_START | 0x100)
#define V4L2_EVENT_OMAP3ISP_AEWB	(V4L2_EVENT_OMAP3ISP_CLASS | 0x1)
#define V4L2_EVENT_OMAP3ISP_AF		(V4L2_EVENT_OMAP3ISP_CLASS | 0x2)
#define V4L2_EVENT_OMAP3ISP_HIST	(V4L2_EVENT_OMAP3ISP_CLASS | 0x3)

struct omap3isp_stat_event_status {
	__u32 frame_number;
	__u16 config_counter;
	__u8 buf_err;
};

/* AE/AWB related structures and flags*/

/* H3A Range Constants */
#define OMAP3ISP_AEWB_MAX_SATURATION_LIM	1023
#define OMAP3ISP_AEWB_MIN_WIN_H			2
#define OMAP3ISP_AEWB_MAX_WIN_H			256
#define OMAP3ISP_AEWB_MIN_WIN_W			6
#define OMAP3ISP_AEWB_MAX_WIN_W			256
#define OMAP3ISP_AEWB_MIN_WINVC			1
#define OMAP3ISP_AEWB_MIN_WINHC			1
#define OMAP3ISP_AEWB_MAX_WINVC			128
#define OMAP3ISP_AEWB_MAX_WINHC			36
#define OMAP3ISP_AEWB_MAX_WINSTART		4095
#define OMAP3ISP_AEWB_MIN_SUB_INC		2
#define OMAP3ISP_AEWB_MAX_SUB_INC		32
#define OMAP3ISP_AEWB_MAX_BUF_SIZE		83600

#define OMAP3ISP_AF_IIRSH_MIN			0
#define OMAP3ISP_AF_IIRSH_MAX			4095
#define OMAP3ISP_AF_PAXEL_HORIZONTAL_COUNT_MIN	1
#define OMAP3ISP_AF_PAXEL_HORIZONTAL_COUNT_MAX	36
#define OMAP3ISP_AF_PAXEL_VERTICAL_COUNT_MIN	1
#define OMAP3ISP_AF_PAXEL_VERTICAL_COUNT_MAX	128
#define OMAP3ISP_AF_PAXEL_INCREMENT_MIN		2
#define OMAP3ISP_AF_PAXEL_INCREMENT_MAX		32
#define OMAP3ISP_AF_PAXEL_HEIGHT_MIN		2
#define OMAP3ISP_AF_PAXEL_HEIGHT_MAX		256
#define OMAP3ISP_AF_PAXEL_WIDTH_MIN		16
#define OMAP3ISP_AF_PAXEL_WIDTH_MAX		256
#define OMAP3ISP_AF_PAXEL_HZSTART_MIN		1
#define OMAP3ISP_AF_PAXEL_HZSTART_MAX		4095
#define OMAP3ISP_AF_PAXEL_VTSTART_MIN		0
#define OMAP3ISP_AF_PAXEL_VTSTART_MAX		4095
#define OMAP3ISP_AF_THRESHOLD_MAX		255
#define OMAP3ISP_AF_COEF_MAX			4095
#define OMAP3ISP_AF_PAXEL_SIZE			48
#define OMAP3ISP_AF_MAX_BUF_SIZE		221184

/**
 * struct omap3isp_h3a_aewb_config - AE AWB configuration reset values
 * saturation_limit: Saturation limit.
 * @win_height: Window Height. Range 2 - 256, even values only.
 * @win_width: Window Width. Range 6 - 256, even values only.
 * @ver_win_count: Vertical Window Count. Range 1 - 128.
 * @hor_win_count: Horizontal Window Count. Range 1 - 36.
 * @ver_win_start: Vertical Window Start. Range 0 - 4095.
 * @hor_win_start: Horizontal Window Start. Range 0 - 4095.
 * @blk_ver_win_start: Black Vertical Windows Start. Range 0 - 4095.
 * @blk_win_height: Black Window Height. Range 2 - 256, even values only.
 * @subsample_ver_inc: Subsample Vertical points increment Range 2 - 32, even
 *                     values only.
 * @subsample_hor_inc: Subsample Horizontal points increment Range 2 - 32, even
 *                     values only.
 * @alaw_enable: AEW ALAW EN flag.
 */
struct omap3isp_h3a_aewb_config {
	/*
	 * Common fields.
	 * They should be the first ones and must be in the same order as in
	 * ispstat_generic_config struct.
	 */
	__u32 buf_size;
	__u16 config_counter;

	/* Private fields */
	__u16 saturation_limit;
	__u16 win_height;
	__u16 win_width;
	__u16 ver_win_count;
	__u16 hor_win_count;
	__u16 ver_win_start;
	__u16 hor_win_start;
	__u16 blk_ver_win_start;
	__u16 blk_win_height;
	__u16 subsample_ver_inc;
	__u16 subsample_hor_inc;
	__u8 alaw_enable;
};

/**
 * struct omap3isp_stat_data - Statistic data sent to or received from user
 * @ts: Timestamp of returned framestats.
 * @buf: Pointer to pass to user.
 * @frame_number: Frame number of requested stats.
 * @cur_frame: Current frame number being processed.
 * @config_counter: Number of the configuration associated with the data.
 */
struct omap3isp_stat_data {
	struct timeval ts;
	void *buf;
	__u32 buf_size;
	__u16 frame_number;
	__u16 cur_frame;
	__u16 config_counter;
};


/* Histogram related structs */

/* Flags for number of bins */
#define OMAP3ISP_HIST_BINS_32		0
#define OMAP3ISP_HIST_BINS_64		1
#define OMAP3ISP_HIST_BINS_128		2
#define OMAP3ISP_HIST_BINS_256		3

/* Number of bins * 4 colors * 4-bytes word */
#define OMAP3ISP_HIST_MEM_SIZE_BINS(n)	((1 << ((n)+5))*4*4)

#define OMAP3ISP_HIST_MEM_SIZE		1024
#define OMAP3ISP_HIST_MIN_REGIONS	1
#define OMAP3ISP_HIST_MAX_REGIONS	4
#define OMAP3ISP_HIST_MAX_WB_GAIN	255
#define OMAP3ISP_HIST_MIN_WB_GAIN	0
#define OMAP3ISP_HIST_MAX_BIT_WIDTH	14
#define OMAP3ISP_HIST_MIN_BIT_WIDTH	8
#define OMAP3ISP_HIST_MAX_WG		4
#define OMAP3ISP_HIST_MAX_BUF_SIZE	4096

/* Source */
#define OMAP3ISP_HIST_SOURCE_CCDC	0
#define OMAP3ISP_HIST_SOURCE_MEM	1

/* CFA pattern */
#define OMAP3ISP_HIST_CFA_BAYER		0
#define OMAP3ISP_HIST_CFA_FOVEONX3	1

struct omap3isp_hist_region {
	__u16 h_start;
	__u16 h_end;
	__u16 v_start;
	__u16 v_end;
};

struct omap3isp_hist_config {
	/*
	 * Common fields.
	 * They should be the first ones and must be in the same order as in
	 * ispstat_generic_config struct.
	 */
	__u32 buf_size;
	__u16 config_counter;

	__u8 num_acc_frames;	/* Num of image frames to be processed and
				   accumulated for each histogram frame */
	__u16 hist_bins;	/* number of bins: 32, 64, 128, or 256 */
	__u8 cfa;		/* BAYER or FOVEON X3 */
	__u8 wg[OMAP3ISP_HIST_MAX_WG];	/* White Balance Gain */
	__u8 num_regions;	/* number of regions to be configured */
	struct omap3isp_hist_region region[OMAP3ISP_HIST_MAX_REGIONS];
};

/* Auto Focus related structs */

#define OMAP3ISP_AF_NUM_COEF		11

enum omap3isp_h3a_af_fvmode {
	OMAP3ISP_AF_MODE_SUMMED = 0,
	OMAP3ISP_AF_MODE_PEAK = 1
};

/* Red, Green, and blue pixel location in the AF windows */
enum omap3isp_h3a_af_rgbpos {
	OMAP3ISP_AF_GR_GB_BAYER = 0,	/* GR and GB as Bayer pattern */
	OMAP3ISP_AF_RG_GB_BAYER = 1,	/* RG and GB as Bayer pattern */
	OMAP3ISP_AF_GR_BG_BAYER = 2,	/* GR and BG as Bayer pattern */
	OMAP3ISP_AF_RG_BG_BAYER = 3,	/* RG and BG as Bayer pattern */
	OMAP3ISP_AF_GG_RB_CUSTOM = 4,	/* GG and RB as custom pattern */
	OMAP3ISP_AF_RB_GG_CUSTOM = 5	/* RB and GG as custom pattern */
};

/* Contains the information regarding the Horizontal Median Filter */
struct omap3isp_h3a_af_hmf {
	__u8 enable;	/* Status of Horizontal Median Filter */
	__u8 threshold;	/* Threshold Value for Horizontal Median Filter */
};

/* Contains the information regarding the IIR Filters */
struct omap3isp_h3a_af_iir {
	__u16 h_start;			/* IIR horizontal start */
	__u16 coeff_set0[OMAP3ISP_AF_NUM_COEF];	/* Filter coefficient, set 0 */
	__u16 coeff_set1[OMAP3ISP_AF_NUM_COEF];	/* Filter coefficient, set 1 */
};

/* Contains the information regarding the Paxels Structure in AF Engine */
struct omap3isp_h3a_af_paxel {
	__u16 h_start;	/* Horizontal Start Position */
	__u16 v_start;	/* Vertical Start Position */
	__u8 width;	/* Width of the Paxel */
	__u8 height;	/* Height of the Paxel */
	__u8 h_cnt;	/* Horizontal Count */
	__u8 v_cnt;	/* vertical Count */
	__u8 line_inc;	/* Line Increment */
};

/* Contains the parameters required for hardware set up of AF Engine */
struct omap3isp_h3a_af_config {
	/*
	 * Common fields.
	 * They should be the first ones and must be in the same order as in
	 * ispstat_generic_config struct.
	 */
	__u32 buf_size;
	__u16 config_counter;

	struct omap3isp_h3a_af_hmf hmf;		/* HMF configurations */
	struct omap3isp_h3a_af_iir iir;		/* IIR filter configurations */
	struct omap3isp_h3a_af_paxel paxel;	/* Paxel parameters */
	enum omap3isp_h3a_af_rgbpos rgb_pos;	/* RGB Positions */
	enum omap3isp_h3a_af_fvmode fvmode;	/* Accumulator mode */
	__u8 alaw_enable;			/* AF ALAW status */
};

/* ISP CCDC structs */

/* Abstraction layer CCDC configurations */
#define OMAP3ISP_CCDC_ALAW		(1 << 0)
#define OMAP3ISP_CCDC_LPF		(1 << 1)
#define OMAP3ISP_CCDC_BLCLAMP		(1 << 2)
#define OMAP3ISP_CCDC_BCOMP		(1 << 3)
#define OMAP3ISP_CCDC_FPC		(1 << 4)
#define OMAP3ISP_CCDC_CULL		(1 << 5)
#define OMAP3ISP_CCDC_CONFIG_LSC	(1 << 7)
#define OMAP3ISP_CCDC_TBL_LSC		(1 << 8)

#define OMAP3ISP_RGB_MAX		3

/* Enumeration constants for Alaw input width */
enum omap3isp_alaw_ipwidth {
	OMAP3ISP_ALAW_BIT12_3 = 0x3,
	OMAP3ISP_ALAW_BIT11_2 = 0x4,
	OMAP3ISP_ALAW_BIT10_1 = 0x5,
	OMAP3ISP_ALAW_BIT9_0 = 0x6
};

/**
 * struct omap3isp_ccdc_lsc_config - LSC configuration
 * @offset: Table Offset of the gain table.
 * @gain_mode_n: Vertical dimension of a paxel in LSC configuration.
 * @gain_mode_m: Horizontal dimension of a paxel in LSC configuration.
 * @gain_format: Gain table format.
 * @fmtsph: Start pixel horizontal from start of the HS sync pulse.
 * @fmtlnh: Number of pixels in horizontal direction to use for the data
 *          reformatter.
 * @fmtslv: Start line from start of VS sync pulse for the data reformatter.
 * @fmtlnv: Number of lines in vertical direction for the data reformatter.
 * @initial_x: X position, in pixels, of the first active pixel in reference
 *             to the first active paxel. Must be an even number.
 * @initial_y: Y position, in pixels, of the first active pixel in reference
 *             to the first active paxel. Must be an even number.
 * @size: Size of LSC gain table. Filled when loaded from userspace.
 */
struct omap3isp_ccdc_lsc_config {
	__u16 offset;
	__u8 gain_mode_n;
	__u8 gain_mode_m;
	__u8 gain_format;
	__u16 fmtsph;
	__u16 fmtlnh;
	__u16 fmtslv;
	__u16 fmtlnv;
	__u8 initial_x;
	__u8 initial_y;
	__u32 size;
};

/**
 * struct omap3isp_ccdc_bclamp - Optical & Digital black clamp subtract
 * @obgain: Optical black average gain.
 * @obstpixel: Start Pixel w.r.t. HS pulse in Optical black sample.
 * @oblines: Optical Black Sample lines.
 * @oblen: Optical Black Sample Length.
 * @dcsubval: Digital Black Clamp subtract value.
 */
struct omap3isp_ccdc_bclamp {
	__u8 obgain;
	__u8 obstpixel;
	__u8 oblines;
	__u8 oblen;
	__u16 dcsubval;
};

/**
 * struct omap3isp_ccdc_fpc - Faulty Pixels Correction
 * @fpnum: Number of faulty pixels to be corrected in the frame.
 * @fpcaddr: Memory address of the FPC Table
 */
struct omap3isp_ccdc_fpc {
	__u16 fpnum;
	__u32 fpcaddr;
};

/**
 * struct omap3isp_ccdc_blcomp - Black Level Compensation parameters
 * @b_mg: B/Mg pixels. 2's complement. -128 to +127.
 * @gb_g: Gb/G pixels. 2's complement. -128 to +127.
 * @gr_cy: Gr/Cy pixels. 2's complement. -128 to +127.
 * @r_ye: R/Ye pixels. 2's complement. -128 to +127.
 */
struct omap3isp_ccdc_blcomp {
	__u8 b_mg;
	__u8 gb_g;
	__u8 gr_cy;
	__u8 r_ye;
};

/**
 * omap3isp_ccdc_culling - Culling parameters
 * @v_pattern: Vertical culling pattern.
 * @h_odd: Horizontal Culling pattern for odd lines.
 * @h_even: Horizontal Culling pattern for even lines.
 */
struct omap3isp_ccdc_culling {
	__u8 v_pattern;
	__u16 h_odd;
	__u16 h_even;
};

/**
 * omap3isp_ccdc_update_config - CCDC configuration
 * @update: Specifies which CCDC registers should be updated.
 * @flag: Specifies which CCDC functions should be enabled.
 * @alawip: Enable/Disable A-Law compression.
 * @bclamp: Black clamp control register.
 * @blcomp: Black level compensation value for RGrGbB Pixels. 2's complement.
 * @fpc: Number of faulty pixels corrected in the frame, address of FPC table.
 * @cull: Cull control register.
 * @lsc: Pointer to LSC gain table.
 */
struct omap3isp_ccdc_update_config {
	__u16 update;
	__u16 flag;
	enum omap3isp_alaw_ipwidth alawip;
	struct omap3isp_ccdc_bclamp *bclamp;
	struct omap3isp_ccdc_blcomp *blcomp;
	struct omap3isp_ccdc_fpc *fpc;
	struct omap3isp_ccdc_lsc_config *lsc_cfg;
	struct omap3isp_ccdc_culling *cull;
	__u8 *lsc;
};

/* Preview configurations */
#define OMAP3ISP_PREV_LUMAENH		(1 << 0)
#define OMAP3ISP_PREV_INVALAW		(1 << 1)
#define OMAP3ISP_PREV_HRZ_MED		(1 << 2)
#define OMAP3ISP_PREV_CFA		(1 << 3)
#define OMAP3ISP_PREV_CHROMA_SUPP	(1 << 4)
#define OMAP3ISP_PREV_WB		(1 << 5)
#define OMAP3ISP_PREV_BLKADJ		(1 << 6)
#define OMAP3ISP_PREV_RGB2RGB		(1 << 7)
#define OMAP3ISP_PREV_COLOR_CONV	(1 << 8)
#define OMAP3ISP_PREV_YC_LIMIT		(1 << 9)
#define OMAP3ISP_PREV_DEFECT_COR	(1 << 10)
/* Bit 11 was OMAP3ISP_PREV_GAMMABYPASS, now merged with OMAP3ISP_PREV_GAMMA */
#define OMAP3ISP_PREV_DRK_FRM_CAPTURE	(1 << 12)
#define OMAP3ISP_PREV_DRK_FRM_SUBTRACT	(1 << 13)
#define OMAP3ISP_PREV_LENS_SHADING	(1 << 14)
#define OMAP3ISP_PREV_NF		(1 << 15)
#define OMAP3ISP_PREV_GAMMA		(1 << 16)

#define OMAP3ISP_PREV_NF_TBL_SIZE	64
#define OMAP3ISP_PREV_CFA_TBL_SIZE	576
#define OMAP3ISP_PREV_CFA_BLK_SIZE	(OMAP3ISP_PREV_CFA_TBL_SIZE / 4)
#define OMAP3ISP_PREV_GAMMA_TBL_SIZE	1024
#define OMAP3ISP_PREV_YENH_TBL_SIZE	128

#define OMAP3ISP_PREV_DETECT_CORRECT_CHANNELS	4

/**
 * struct omap3isp_prev_hmed - Horizontal Median Filter
 * @odddist: Distance between consecutive pixels of same color in the odd line.
 * @evendist: Distance between consecutive pixels of same color in the even
 *            line.
 * @thres: Horizontal median filter threshold.
 */
struct omap3isp_prev_hmed {
	__u8 odddist;
	__u8 evendist;
	__u8 thres;
};

/*
 * Enumeration for CFA Formats supported by preview
 */
enum omap3isp_cfa_fmt {
	OMAP3ISP_CFAFMT_BAYER,
	OMAP3ISP_CFAFMT_SONYVGA,
	OMAP3ISP_CFAFMT_RGBFOVEON,
	OMAP3ISP_CFAFMT_DNSPL,
	OMAP3ISP_CFAFMT_HONEYCOMB,
	OMAP3ISP_CFAFMT_RRGGBBFOVEON
};

/**
 * struct omap3isp_prev_cfa - CFA Interpolation
 * @format: CFA Format Enum value supported by preview.
 * @gradthrs_vert: CFA Gradient Threshold - Vertical.
 * @gradthrs_horz: CFA Gradient Threshold - Horizontal.
 * @table: Pointer to the CFA table.
 */
struct omap3isp_prev_cfa {
	enum omap3isp_cfa_fmt format;
	__u8 gradthrs_vert;
	__u8 gradthrs_horz;
	__u32 table[4][OMAP3ISP_PREV_CFA_BLK_SIZE];
};

/**
 * struct omap3isp_prev_csup - Chrominance Suppression
 * @gain: Gain.
 * @thres: Threshold.
 * @hypf_en: Flag to enable/disable the High Pass Filter.
 */
struct omap3isp_prev_csup {
	__u8 gain;
	__u8 thres;
	__u8 hypf_en;
};

/**
 * struct omap3isp_prev_wbal - White Balance
 * @dgain: Digital gain (U10Q8).
 * @coef3: White balance gain - COEF 3 (U8Q5).
 * @coef2: White balance gain - COEF 2 (U8Q5).
 * @coef1: White balance gain - COEF 1 (U8Q5).
 * @coef0: White balance gain - COEF 0 (U8Q5).
 */
struct omap3isp_prev_wbal {
	__u16 dgain;
	__u8 coef3;
	__u8 coef2;
	__u8 coef1;
	__u8 coef0;
};

/**
 * struct omap3isp_prev_blkadj - Black Level Adjustment
 * @red: Black level offset adjustment for Red in 2's complement format
 * @green: Black level offset adjustment for Green in 2's complement format
 * @blue: Black level offset adjustment for Blue in 2's complement format
 */
struct omap3isp_prev_blkadj {
	/*Black level offset adjustment for Red in 2's complement format */
	__u8 red;
	/*Black level offset adjustment for Green in 2's complement format */
	__u8 green;
	/* Black level offset adjustment for Blue in 2's complement format */
	__u8 blue;
};

/**
 * struct omap3isp_prev_rgbtorgb - RGB to RGB Blending
 * @matrix: Blending values(S12Q8 format)
 *              [RR] [GR] [BR]
 *              [RG] [GG] [BG]
 *              [RB] [GB] [BB]
 * @offset: Blending offset value for R,G,B in 2's complement integer format.
 */
struct omap3isp_prev_rgbtorgb {
	__u16 matrix[OMAP3ISP_RGB_MAX][OMAP3ISP_RGB_MAX];
	__u16 offset[OMAP3ISP_RGB_MAX];
};

/**
 * struct omap3isp_prev_csc - Color Space Conversion from RGB-YCbYCr
 * @matrix: Color space conversion coefficients(S10Q8)
 *              [CSCRY]  [CSCGY]  [CSCBY]
 *              [CSCRCB] [CSCGCB] [CSCBCB]
 *              [CSCRCR] [CSCGCR] [CSCBCR]
 * @offset: CSC offset values for Y offset, CB offset and CR offset respectively
 */
struct omap3isp_prev_csc {
	__u16 matrix[OMAP3ISP_RGB_MAX][OMAP3ISP_RGB_MAX];
	__s16 offset[OMAP3ISP_RGB_MAX];
};

/**
 * struct omap3isp_prev_yclimit - Y, C Value Limit
 * @minC: Minimum C value
 * @maxC: Maximum C value
 * @minY: Minimum Y value
 * @maxY: Maximum Y value
 */
struct omap3isp_prev_yclimit {
	__u8 minC;
	__u8 maxC;
	__u8 minY;
	__u8 maxY;
};

/**
 * struct omap3isp_prev_dcor - Defect correction
 * @couplet_mode_en: Flag to enable or disable the couplet dc Correction in NF
 * @detect_correct: Thresholds for correction bit 0:10 detect 16:25 correct
 */
struct omap3isp_prev_dcor {
	__u8 couplet_mode_en;
	__u32 detect_correct[OMAP3ISP_PREV_DETECT_CORRECT_CHANNELS];
};

/**
 * struct omap3isp_prev_nf - Noise Filter
 * @spread: Spread value to be used in Noise Filter
 * @table: Pointer to the Noise Filter table
 */
struct omap3isp_prev_nf {
	__u8 spread;
	__u32 table[OMAP3ISP_PREV_NF_TBL_SIZE];
};

/**
 * struct omap3isp_prev_gtables - Gamma correction tables
 * @red: Array for red gamma table.
 * @green: Array for green gamma table.
 * @blue: Array for blue gamma table.
 */
struct omap3isp_prev_gtables {
	__u32 red[OMAP3ISP_PREV_GAMMA_TBL_SIZE];
	__u32 green[OMAP3ISP_PREV_GAMMA_TBL_SIZE];
	__u32 blue[OMAP3ISP_PREV_GAMMA_TBL_SIZE];
};

/**
 * struct omap3isp_prev_luma - Luma enhancement
 * @table: Array for luma enhancement table.
 */
struct omap3isp_prev_luma {
	__u32 table[OMAP3ISP_PREV_YENH_TBL_SIZE];
};

/**
 * struct omap3isp_prev_update_config - Preview engine configuration (user)
 * @update: Specifies which ISP Preview registers should be updated.
 * @flag: Specifies which ISP Preview functions should be enabled.
 * @shading_shift: 3bit value of shift used in shading compensation.
 * @luma: Pointer to luma enhancement structure.
 * @hmed: Pointer to structure containing the odd and even distance.
 *        between the pixels in the image along with the filter threshold.
 * @cfa: Pointer to structure containing the CFA interpolation table, CFA.
 *       format in the image, vertical and horizontal gradient threshold.
 * @csup: Pointer to Structure for Chrominance Suppression coefficients.
 * @wbal: Pointer to structure for White Balance.
 * @blkadj: Pointer to structure for Black Adjustment.
 * @rgb2rgb: Pointer to structure for RGB to RGB Blending.
 * @csc: Pointer to structure for Color Space Conversion from RGB-YCbYCr.
 * @yclimit: Pointer to structure for Y, C Value Limit.
 * @dcor: Pointer to structure for defect correction.
 * @nf: Pointer to structure for Noise Filter
 * @gamma: Pointer to gamma structure.
 */
struct omap3isp_prev_update_config {
	__u32 update;
	__u32 flag;
	__u32 shading_shift;
	struct omap3isp_prev_luma *luma;
	struct omap3isp_prev_hmed *hmed;
	struct omap3isp_prev_cfa *cfa;
	struct omap3isp_prev_csup *csup;
	struct omap3isp_prev_wbal *wbal;
	struct omap3isp_prev_blkadj *blkadj;
	struct omap3isp_prev_rgbtorgb *rgb2rgb;
	struct omap3isp_prev_csc *csc;
	struct omap3isp_prev_yclimit *yclimit;
	struct omap3isp_prev_dcor *dcor;
	struct omap3isp_prev_nf *nf;
	struct omap3isp_prev_gtables *gamma;
};

#endif	/* OMAP3_ISP_USER_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 1995-2001,2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc.  All Rights Reserved.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesset General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
 * Inc.,  51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_DQBLK_XFS_H
#define _LINUX_DQBLK_XFS_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * Disk quota - quotactl(2) commands for the XFS Quota Manager (XQM).
 */

#define XQM_CMD(x)	(('X'<<8)+(x))	/* note: forms first QCMD argument */
#define XQM_COMMAND(x)	(((x) & (0xff<<8)) == ('X'<<8))	/* test if for XFS */

#define XQM_USRQUOTA	0	/* system call user quota type */
#define XQM_GRPQUOTA	1	/* system call group quota type */
#define XQM_PRJQUOTA	2	/* system call project quota type */
#define XQM_MAXQUOTAS	3

#define Q_XQUOTAON	XQM_CMD(1)	/* enable accounting/enforcement */
#define Q_XQUOTAOFF	XQM_CMD(2)	/* disable accounting/enforcement */
#define Q_XGETQUOTA	XQM_CMD(3)	/* get disk limits and usage */
#define Q_XSETQLIM	XQM_CMD(4)	/* set disk limits */
#define Q_XGETQSTAT	XQM_CMD(5)	/* get quota subsystem status */
#define Q_XQUOTARM	XQM_CMD(6)	/* free disk space used by dquots */
#define Q_XQUOTASYNC	XQM_CMD(7)	/* delalloc flush, updates dquots */
#define Q_XGETQSTATV	XQM_CMD(8)	/* newer version of get quota */
#define Q_XGETNEXTQUOTA	XQM_CMD(9)	/* get disk limits and usage >= ID */

/*
 * fs_disk_quota structure:
 *
 * This contains the current quota information regarding a user/proj/group.
 * It is 64-bit aligned, and all the blk units are in BBs (Basic Blocks) of
 * 512 bytes.
 */
#define FS_DQUOT_VERSION	1	/* fs_disk_quota.d_version */
typedef struct fs_disk_quota {
	__s8		d_version;	/* version of this structure */
	__s8		d_flags;	/* FS_{USER,PROJ,GROUP}_QUOTA */
	__u16		d_fieldmask;	/* field specifier */
	__u32		d_id;		/* user, project, or group ID */
	__u64		d_blk_hardlimit;/* absolute limit on disk blks */
	__u64		d_blk_softlimit;/* preferred limit on disk blks */
	__u64		d_ino_hardlimit;/* maximum # allocated inodes */
	__u64		d_ino_softlimit;/* preferred inode limit */
	__u64		d_bcount;	/* # disk blocks owned by the user */
	__u64		d_icount;	/* # inodes owned by the user */
	__s32		d_itimer;	/* zero if within inode limits */
					/* if not, we refuse service */
	__s32		d_btimer;	/* similar to above; for disk blocks */
	__u16	  	d_iwarns;       /* # warnings issued wrt num inodes */
	__u16	  	d_bwarns;       /* # warnings issued wrt disk blocks */
	__s8		d_itimer_hi;	/* upper 8 bits of timer values */
	__s8		d_btimer_hi;
	__s8		d_rtbtimer_hi;
	__s8		d_padding2;	/* padding2 - for future use */
	__u64		d_rtb_hardlimit;/* absolute limit on realtime blks */
	__u64		d_rtb_softlimit;/* preferred limit on RT disk blks */
	__u64		d_rtbcount;	/* # realtime blocks owned */
	__s32		d_rtbtimer;	/* similar to above; for RT disk blks */
	__u16	  	d_rtbwarns;     /* # warnings issued wrt RT disk blks */
	__s16		d_padding3;	/* padding3 - for future use */	
	char		d_padding4[8];	/* yet more padding */
} fs_disk_quota_t;

/*
 * These fields are sent to Q_XSETQLIM to specify fields that need to change.
 */
#define FS_DQ_ISOFT	(1<<0)
#define FS_DQ_IHARD	(1<<1)
#define FS_DQ_BSOFT	(1<<2)
#define FS_DQ_BHARD 	(1<<3)
#define FS_DQ_RTBSOFT	(1<<4)
#define FS_DQ_RTBHARD	(1<<5)
#define FS_DQ_LIMIT_MASK	(FS_DQ_ISOFT | FS_DQ_IHARD | FS_DQ_BSOFT | \
				 FS_DQ_BHARD | FS_DQ_RTBSOFT | FS_DQ_RTBHARD)
/*
 * These timers can only be set in super user's dquot. For others, timers are
 * automatically started and stopped. Superusers timer values set the limits
 * for the rest.  In case these values are zero, the DQ_{F,B}TIMELIMIT values
 * defined below are used. 
 * These values also apply only to the d_fieldmask field for Q_XSETQLIM.
 */
#define FS_DQ_BTIMER	(1<<6)
#define FS_DQ_ITIMER	(1<<7)
#define FS_DQ_RTBTIMER 	(1<<8)
#define FS_DQ_TIMER_MASK	(FS_DQ_BTIMER | FS_DQ_ITIMER | FS_DQ_RTBTIMER)

/*
 * Warning counts are set in both super user's dquot and others. For others,
 * warnings are set/cleared by the administrators (or automatically by going
 * below the soft limit).  Superusers warning values set the warning limits
 * for the rest.  In case these values are zero, the DQ_{F,B}WARNLIMIT values
 * defined below are used. 
 * These values also apply only to the d_fieldmask field for Q_XSETQLIM.
 */
#define FS_DQ_BWARNS	(1<<9)
#define FS_DQ_IWARNS	(1<<10)
#define FS_DQ_RTBWARNS	(1<<11)
#define FS_DQ_WARNS_MASK	(FS_DQ_BWARNS | FS_DQ_IWARNS | FS_DQ_RTBWARNS)

/*
 * Accounting values.  These can only be set for filesystem with
 * non-transactional quotas that require quotacheck(8) in userspace.
 */
#define FS_DQ_BCOUNT		(1<<12)
#define FS_DQ_ICOUNT		(1<<13)
#define FS_DQ_RTBCOUNT		(1<<14)
#define FS_DQ_ACCT_MASK		(FS_DQ_BCOUNT | FS_DQ_ICOUNT | FS_DQ_RTBCOUNT)

/*
 * Quota expiration timestamps are 40-bit signed integers, with the upper 8
 * bits encoded in the _hi fields.
 */
#define FS_DQ_BIGTIME		(1<<15)

/*
 * Various flags related to quotactl(2).
 */
#define FS_QUOTA_UDQ_ACCT	(1<<0)  /* user quota accounting */
#define FS_QUOTA_UDQ_ENFD	(1<<1)  /* user quota limits enforcement */
#define FS_QUOTA_GDQ_ACCT	(1<<2)  /* group quota accounting */
#define FS_QUOTA_GDQ_ENFD	(1<<3)  /* group quota limits enforcement */
#define FS_QUOTA_PDQ_ACCT	(1<<4)  /* project quota accounting */
#define FS_QUOTA_PDQ_ENFD	(1<<5)  /* project quota limits enforcement */

#define FS_USER_QUOTA		(1<<0)	/* user quota type */
#define FS_PROJ_QUOTA		(1<<1)	/* project quota type */
#define FS_GROUP_QUOTA		(1<<2)	/* group quota type */

/*
 * fs_quota_stat is the struct returned in Q_XGETQSTAT for a given file system.
 * Provides a centralized way to get meta information about the quota subsystem.
 * eg. space taken up for user and group quotas, number of dquots currently
 * incore.
 */
#define FS_QSTAT_VERSION	1	/* fs_quota_stat.qs_version */

/*
 * Some basic information about 'quota files'.
 */
typedef struct fs_qfilestat {
	__u64		qfs_ino;	/* inode number */
	__u64		qfs_nblks;	/* number of BBs 512-byte-blks */
	__u32		qfs_nextents;	/* number of extents */
} fs_qfilestat_t;

typedef struct fs_quota_stat {
	__s8		qs_version;	/* version number for future changes */
	__u16		qs_flags;	/* FS_QUOTA_{U,P,G}DQ_{ACCT,ENFD} */
	__s8		qs_pad;		/* unused */
	fs_qfilestat_t	qs_uquota;	/* user quota storage information */
	fs_qfilestat_t	qs_gquota;	/* group quota storage information */
	__u32		qs_incoredqs;	/* number of dquots incore */
	__s32		qs_btimelimit;  /* limit for blks timer */	
	__s32		qs_itimelimit;  /* limit for inodes timer */	
	__s32		qs_rtbtimelimit;/* limit for rt blks timer */	
	__u16		qs_bwarnlimit;	/* limit for num warnings */
	__u16		qs_iwarnlimit;	/* limit for num warnings */
} fs_quota_stat_t;

/*
 * fs_quota_statv is used by Q_XGETQSTATV for a given file system. It provides
 * a centralized way to get meta information about the quota subsystem. eg.
 * space taken up for user, group, and project quotas, number of dquots
 * currently incore.
 *
 * This version has proper versioning support with appropriate padding for
 * future expansions, and ability to expand for future without creating any
 * backward compatibility issues.
 *
 * Q_XGETQSTATV uses the passed in value of the requested version via
 * fs_quota_statv.qs_version to determine the return data layout of
 * fs_quota_statv.  The kernel will fill the data fields relevant to that
 * version.
 *
 * If kernel does not support user space caller specified version, EINVAL will
 * be returned. User space caller can then reduce the version number and retry
 * the same command.
 */
#define FS_QSTATV_VERSION1	1	/* fs_quota_statv.qs_version */
/*
 * Some basic information about 'quota files' for Q_XGETQSTATV command
 */
struct fs_qfilestatv {
	__u64		qfs_ino;	/* inode number */
	__u64		qfs_nblks;	/* number of BBs 512-byte-blks */
	__u32		qfs_nextents;	/* number of extents */
	__u32		qfs_pad;	/* pad for 8-byte alignment */
};

struct fs_quota_statv {
	__s8			qs_version;	/* version for future changes */
	__u8			qs_pad1;	/* pad for 16bit alignment */
	__u16			qs_flags;	/* FS_QUOTA_.* flags */
	__u32			qs_incoredqs;	/* number of dquots incore */
	struct fs_qfilestatv	qs_uquota;	/* user quota information */
	struct fs_qfilestatv	qs_gquota;	/* group quota information */
	struct fs_qfilestatv	qs_pquota;	/* project quota information */
	__s32			qs_btimelimit;  /* limit for blks timer */
	__s32			qs_itimelimit;  /* limit for inodes timer */
	__s32			qs_rtbtimelimit;/* limit for rt blks timer */
	__u16			qs_bwarnlimit;	/* limit for num warnings */
	__u16			qs_iwarnlimit;	/* limit for num warnings */
	__u64			qs_pad2[8];	/* for future proofing */
};

#endif	/* _LINUX_DQBLK_XFS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* $Id: scc.h,v 1.29 1997/04/02 14:56:45 jreuter Exp jreuter $ */

#ifndef _SCC_H
#define _SCC_H


/* selection of hardware types */

#define PA0HZP		0x00	/* hardware type for PA0HZP SCC card and compatible */
#define EAGLE		0x01    /* hardware type for EAGLE card */
#define PC100		0x02	/* hardware type for PC100 card */
#define PRIMUS		0x04	/* hardware type for PRIMUS-PC (DG9BL) card */
#define DRSI		0x08	/* hardware type for DRSI PC*Packet card */
#define BAYCOM		0x10	/* hardware type for BayCom (U)SCC */

/* DEV ioctl() commands */

enum SCC_ioctl_cmds {
	SIOCSCCRESERVED = SIOCDEVPRIVATE,
	SIOCSCCCFG,
	SIOCSCCINI,
	SIOCSCCCHANINI,
	SIOCSCCSMEM,
	SIOCSCCGKISS,
	SIOCSCCSKISS,
	SIOCSCCGSTAT,
	SIOCSCCCAL
};

/* Device parameter control (from WAMPES) */

enum L1_params {
	PARAM_DATA,
	PARAM_TXDELAY,
	PARAM_PERSIST,
	PARAM_SLOTTIME,
	PARAM_TXTAIL,
	PARAM_FULLDUP,
	PARAM_SOFTDCD,		/* was: PARAM_HW */
	PARAM_MUTE,		/* ??? */
	PARAM_DTR,
	PARAM_RTS,
	PARAM_SPEED,
	PARAM_ENDDELAY,		/* ??? */
	PARAM_GROUP,
	PARAM_IDLE,
	PARAM_MIN,
	PARAM_MAXKEY,
	PARAM_WAIT,
	PARAM_MAXDEFER,
	PARAM_TX,
	PARAM_HWEVENT = 31,
	PARAM_RETURN = 255	/* reset kiss mode */
};

/* fulldup parameter */

enum FULLDUP_modes {
	KISS_DUPLEX_HALF,	/* normal CSMA operation */
	KISS_DUPLEX_FULL,	/* fullduplex, key down trx after transmission */
	KISS_DUPLEX_LINK,	/* fullduplex, key down trx after 'idletime' sec */
	KISS_DUPLEX_OPTIMA	/* fullduplex, let the protocol layer control the hw */
};

/* misc. parameters */

#define TIMER_OFF	65535U	/* to switch off timers */
#define NO_SUCH_PARAM	65534U	/* param not implemented */

/* HWEVENT parameter */

enum HWEVENT_opts {
	HWEV_DCD_ON,
	HWEV_DCD_OFF,
	HWEV_ALL_SENT
};

/* channel grouping */

#define RXGROUP		0100	/* if set, only tx when all channels clear */
#define TXGROUP		0200	/* if set, don't transmit simultaneously */

/* Tx/Rx clock sources */

enum CLOCK_sources {
	CLK_DPLL,	/* normal halfduplex operation */
	CLK_EXTERNAL,	/* external clocking (G3RUH/DF9IC modems) */
	CLK_DIVIDER,	/* Rx = DPLL, Tx = divider (fullduplex with */
			/* modems without clock regeneration */
	CLK_BRG		/* experimental fullduplex mode with DPLL/BRG for */
			/* MODEMs without clock recovery */
};

/* Tx state */

enum TX_state {
	TXS_IDLE,	/* Transmitter off, no data pending */
	TXS_BUSY,	/* waiting for permission to send / tailtime */
	TXS_ACTIVE,	/* Transmitter on, sending data */
	TXS_NEWFRAME,	/* reset CRC and send (next) frame */
	TXS_IDLE2,	/* Transmitter on, no data pending */
	TXS_WAIT,	/* Waiting for Mintime to expire */
	TXS_TIMEOUT	/* We had a transmission timeout */
};

typedef unsigned long io_port;	/* type definition for an 'io port address' */

/* SCC statistical information */

struct scc_stat {
        long rxints;            /* Receiver interrupts */
        long txints;            /* Transmitter interrupts */
        long exints;            /* External/status interrupts */
        long spints;            /* Special receiver interrupts */

        long txframes;          /* Packets sent */
        long rxframes;          /* Number of Frames Actually Received */
        long rxerrs;            /* CRC Errors */
        long txerrs;		/* KISS errors */
        
	unsigned int nospace;	/* "Out of buffers" */
	unsigned int rx_over;	/* Receiver Overruns */
	unsigned int tx_under;	/* Transmitter Underruns */

	unsigned int tx_state;	/* Transmitter state */
	int tx_queued;		/* tx frames enqueued */

	unsigned int maxqueue;	/* allocated tx_buffers */
	unsigned int bufsize;	/* used buffersize */
};

struct scc_modem {
	long speed;		/* Line speed, bps */
	char clocksrc;		/* 0 = DPLL, 1 = external, 2 = divider */
	char nrz;		/* NRZ instead of NRZI */	
};

struct scc_kiss_cmd {
	int  	 command;	/* one of the KISS-Commands defined above */
	unsigned param;		/* KISS-Param */
};

struct scc_hw_config {
	io_port data_a;		/* data port channel A */
	io_port ctrl_a;		/* control port channel A */
	io_port data_b;		/* data port channel B */
	io_port ctrl_b;		/* control port channel B */
	io_port vector_latch;	/* INTACK-Latch (#) */
	io_port	special;	/* special function port */

	int	irq;		/* irq */
	long	clock;		/* clock */
	char	option;		/* command for function port */

	char brand;		/* hardware type */
	char escc;		/* use ext. features of a 8580/85180/85280 */
};

/* (#) only one INTACK latch allowed. */


struct scc_mem_config {
	unsigned int dummy;
	unsigned int bufsize;
};

struct scc_calibrate {
	unsigned int time;
	unsigned char pattern;
};

#endif /* _SCC_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_BPFILTER_H
#define _LINUX_BPFILTER_H

#include <linux/if.h>

enum {
	BPFILTER_IPT_SO_SET_REPLACE = 64,
	BPFILTER_IPT_SO_SET_ADD_COUNTERS = 65,
	BPFILTER_IPT_SET_MAX,
};

enum {
	BPFILTER_IPT_SO_GET_INFO = 64,
	BPFILTER_IPT_SO_GET_ENTRIES = 65,
	BPFILTER_IPT_SO_GET_REVISION_MATCH = 66,
	BPFILTER_IPT_SO_GET_REVISION_TARGET = 67,
	BPFILTER_IPT_GET_MAX,
};

#endif /* _LINUX_BPFILTER_H */
#ifndef _VIRTIO_CRYPTO_H
#define _VIRTIO_CRYPTO_H
/* This header is BSD licensed so anyone can use the definitions to implement
 * compatible drivers/servers.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the name of IBM nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
 * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
 * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL IBM OR
 * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF
 * USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
 * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
 * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
 * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/virtio_types.h>
#include <linux/virtio_ids.h>
#include <linux/virtio_config.h>


#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SERVICE_CIPHER 0
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SERVICE_HASH   1
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SERVICE_MAC    2
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SERVICE_AEAD   3

#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_OPCODE(service, op)   (((service) << 8) | (op))

struct virtio_crypto_ctrl_header {
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_CIPHER_CREATE_SESSION \
	   VIRTIO_CRYPTO_OPCODE(VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SERVICE_CIPHER, 0x02)
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_CIPHER_DESTROY_SESSION \
	   VIRTIO_CRYPTO_OPCODE(VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SERVICE_CIPHER, 0x03)
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_HASH_CREATE_SESSION \
	   VIRTIO_CRYPTO_OPCODE(VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SERVICE_HASH, 0x02)
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_HASH_DESTROY_SESSION \
	   VIRTIO_CRYPTO_OPCODE(VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SERVICE_HASH, 0x03)
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_MAC_CREATE_SESSION \
	   VIRTIO_CRYPTO_OPCODE(VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SERVICE_MAC, 0x02)
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_MAC_DESTROY_SESSION \
	   VIRTIO_CRYPTO_OPCODE(VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SERVICE_MAC, 0x03)
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_AEAD_CREATE_SESSION \
	   VIRTIO_CRYPTO_OPCODE(VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SERVICE_AEAD, 0x02)
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_AEAD_DESTROY_SESSION \
	   VIRTIO_CRYPTO_OPCODE(VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SERVICE_AEAD, 0x03)
	__le32 opcode;
	__le32 algo;
	__le32 flag;
	/* data virtqueue id */
	__le32 queue_id;
};

struct virtio_crypto_cipher_session_para {
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_NO_CIPHER                 0
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_CIPHER_ARC4               1
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_CIPHER_AES_ECB            2
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_CIPHER_AES_CBC            3
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_CIPHER_AES_CTR            4
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_CIPHER_DES_ECB            5
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_CIPHER_DES_CBC            6
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_CIPHER_3DES_ECB           7
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_CIPHER_3DES_CBC           8
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_CIPHER_3DES_CTR           9
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_CIPHER_KASUMI_F8          10
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_CIPHER_SNOW3G_UEA2        11
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_CIPHER_AES_F8             12
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_CIPHER_AES_XTS            13
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_CIPHER_ZUC_EEA3           14
	__le32 algo;
	/* length of key */
	__le32 keylen;

#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_OP_ENCRYPT  1
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_OP_DECRYPT  2
	/* encrypt or decrypt */
	__le32 op;
	__le32 padding;
};

struct virtio_crypto_session_input {
	/* Device-writable part */
	__le64 session_id;
	__le32 status;
	__le32 padding;
};

struct virtio_crypto_cipher_session_req {
	struct virtio_crypto_cipher_session_para para;
	__u8 padding[32];
};

struct virtio_crypto_hash_session_para {
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_NO_HASH            0
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_HASH_MD5           1
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_HASH_SHA1          2
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_HASH_SHA_224       3
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_HASH_SHA_256       4
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_HASH_SHA_384       5
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_HASH_SHA_512       6
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_HASH_SHA3_224      7
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_HASH_SHA3_256      8
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_HASH_SHA3_384      9
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_HASH_SHA3_512      10
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_HASH_SHA3_SHAKE128      11
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_HASH_SHA3_SHAKE256      12
	__le32 algo;
	/* hash result length */
	__le32 hash_result_len;
	__u8 padding[8];
};

struct virtio_crypto_hash_create_session_req {
	struct virtio_crypto_hash_session_para para;
	__u8 padding[40];
};

struct virtio_crypto_mac_session_para {
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_NO_MAC                       0
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_MAC_HMAC_MD5                 1
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_MAC_HMAC_SHA1                2
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_MAC_HMAC_SHA_224             3
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_MAC_HMAC_SHA_256             4
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_MAC_HMAC_SHA_384             5
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_MAC_HMAC_SHA_512             6
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_MAC_CMAC_3DES                25
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_MAC_CMAC_AES                 26
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_MAC_KASUMI_F9                27
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_MAC_SNOW3G_UIA2              28
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_MAC_GMAC_AES                 41
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_MAC_GMAC_TWOFISH             42
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_MAC_CBCMAC_AES               49
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_MAC_CBCMAC_KASUMI_F9         50
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_MAC_XCBC_AES                 53
	__le32 algo;
	/* hash result length */
	__le32 hash_result_len;
	/* length of authenticated key */
	__le32 auth_key_len;
	__le32 padding;
};

struct virtio_crypto_mac_create_session_req {
	struct virtio_crypto_mac_session_para para;
	__u8 padding[40];
};

struct virtio_crypto_aead_session_para {
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_NO_AEAD     0
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_AEAD_GCM    1
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_AEAD_CCM    2
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_AEAD_CHACHA20_POLY1305  3
	__le32 algo;
	/* length of key */
	__le32 key_len;
	/* hash result length */
	__le32 hash_result_len;
	/* length of the additional authenticated data (AAD) in bytes */
	__le32 aad_len;
	/* encrypt or decrypt, See above VIRTIO_CRYPTO_OP_* */
	__le32 op;
	__le32 padding;
};

struct virtio_crypto_aead_create_session_req {
	struct virtio_crypto_aead_session_para para;
	__u8 padding[32];
};

struct virtio_crypto_alg_chain_session_para {
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SYM_ALG_CHAIN_ORDER_HASH_THEN_CIPHER  1
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SYM_ALG_CHAIN_ORDER_CIPHER_THEN_HASH  2
	__le32 alg_chain_order;
/* Plain hash */
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SYM_HASH_MODE_PLAIN    1
/* Authenticated hash (mac) */
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SYM_HASH_MODE_AUTH     2
/* Nested hash */
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SYM_HASH_MODE_NESTED   3
	__le32 hash_mode;
	struct virtio_crypto_cipher_session_para cipher_param;
	union {
		struct virtio_crypto_hash_session_para hash_param;
		struct virtio_crypto_mac_session_para mac_param;
		__u8 padding[16];
	} u;
	/* length of the additional authenticated data (AAD) in bytes */
	__le32 aad_len;
	__le32 padding;
};

struct virtio_crypto_alg_chain_session_req {
	struct virtio_crypto_alg_chain_session_para para;
};

struct virtio_crypto_sym_create_session_req {
	union {
		struct virtio_crypto_cipher_session_req cipher;
		struct virtio_crypto_alg_chain_session_req chain;
		__u8 padding[48];
	} u;

	/* Device-readable part */

/* No operation */
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SYM_OP_NONE  0
/* Cipher only operation on the data */
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SYM_OP_CIPHER  1
/*
 * Chain any cipher with any hash or mac operation. The order
 * depends on the value of alg_chain_order param
 */
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SYM_OP_ALGORITHM_CHAINING  2
	__le32 op_type;
	__le32 padding;
};

struct virtio_crypto_destroy_session_req {
	/* Device-readable part */
	__le64  session_id;
	__u8 padding[48];
};

/* The request of the control virtqueue's packet */
struct virtio_crypto_op_ctrl_req {
	struct virtio_crypto_ctrl_header header;

	union {
		struct virtio_crypto_sym_create_session_req
			sym_create_session;
		struct virtio_crypto_hash_create_session_req
			hash_create_session;
		struct virtio_crypto_mac_create_session_req
			mac_create_session;
		struct virtio_crypto_aead_create_session_req
			aead_create_session;
		struct virtio_crypto_destroy_session_req
			destroy_session;
		__u8 padding[56];
	} u;
};

struct virtio_crypto_op_header {
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_CIPHER_ENCRYPT \
	VIRTIO_CRYPTO_OPCODE(VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SERVICE_CIPHER, 0x00)
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_CIPHER_DECRYPT \
	VIRTIO_CRYPTO_OPCODE(VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SERVICE_CIPHER, 0x01)
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_HASH \
	VIRTIO_CRYPTO_OPCODE(VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SERVICE_HASH, 0x00)
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_MAC \
	VIRTIO_CRYPTO_OPCODE(VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SERVICE_MAC, 0x00)
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_AEAD_ENCRYPT \
	VIRTIO_CRYPTO_OPCODE(VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SERVICE_AEAD, 0x00)
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_AEAD_DECRYPT \
	VIRTIO_CRYPTO_OPCODE(VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SERVICE_AEAD, 0x01)
	__le32 opcode;
	/* algo should be service-specific algorithms */
	__le32 algo;
	/* session_id should be service-specific algorithms */
	__le64 session_id;
	/* control flag to control the request */
	__le32 flag;
	__le32 padding;
};

struct virtio_crypto_cipher_para {
	/*
	 * Byte Length of valid IV/Counter
	 *
	 * For block ciphers in CBC or F8 mode, or for Kasumi in F8 mode, or for
	 *   SNOW3G in UEA2 mode, this is the length of the IV (which
	 *   must be the same as the block length of the cipher).
	 * For block ciphers in CTR mode, this is the length of the counter
	 *   (which must be the same as the block length of the cipher).
	 * For AES-XTS, this is the 128bit tweak, i, from IEEE Std 1619-2007.
	 *
	 * The IV/Counter will be updated after every partial cryptographic
	 * operation.
	 */
	__le32 iv_len;
	/* length of source data */
	__le32 src_data_len;
	/* length of dst data */
	__le32 dst_data_len;
	__le32 padding;
};

struct virtio_crypto_hash_para {
	/* length of source data */
	__le32 src_data_len;
	/* hash result length */
	__le32 hash_result_len;
};

struct virtio_crypto_mac_para {
	struct virtio_crypto_hash_para hash;
};

struct virtio_crypto_aead_para {
	/*
	 * Byte Length of valid IV data pointed to by the below iv_addr
	 * parameter.
	 *
	 * For GCM mode, this is either 12 (for 96-bit IVs) or 16, in which
	 *   case iv_addr points to J0.
	 * For CCM mode, this is the length of the nonce, which can be in the
	 *   range 7 to 13 inclusive.
	 */
	__le32 iv_len;
	/* length of additional auth data */
	__le32 aad_len;
	/* length of source data */
	__le32 src_data_len;
	/* length of dst data */
	__le32 dst_data_len;
};

struct virtio_crypto_cipher_data_req {
	/* Device-readable part */
	struct virtio_crypto_cipher_para para;
	__u8 padding[24];
};

struct virtio_crypto_hash_data_req {
	/* Device-readable part */
	struct virtio_crypto_hash_para para;
	__u8 padding[40];
};

struct virtio_crypto_mac_data_req {
	/* Device-readable part */
	struct virtio_crypto_mac_para para;
	__u8 padding[40];
};

struct virtio_crypto_alg_chain_data_para {
	__le32 iv_len;
	/* Length of source data */
	__le32 src_data_len;
	/* Length of destination data */
	__le32 dst_data_len;
	/* Starting point for cipher processing in source data */
	__le32 cipher_start_src_offset;
	/* Length of the source data that the cipher will be computed on */
	__le32 len_to_cipher;
	/* Starting point for hash processing in source data */
	__le32 hash_start_src_offset;
	/* Length of the source data that the hash will be computed on */
	__le32 len_to_hash;
	/* Length of the additional auth data */
	__le32 aad_len;
	/* Length of the hash result */
	__le32 hash_result_len;
	__le32 reserved;
};

struct virtio_crypto_alg_chain_data_req {
	/* Device-readable part */
	struct virtio_crypto_alg_chain_data_para para;
};

struct virtio_crypto_sym_data_req {
	union {
		struct virtio_crypto_cipher_data_req cipher;
		struct virtio_crypto_alg_chain_data_req chain;
		__u8 padding[40];
	} u;

	/* See above VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SYM_OP_* */
	__le32 op_type;
	__le32 padding;
};

struct virtio_crypto_aead_data_req {
	/* Device-readable part */
	struct virtio_crypto_aead_para para;
	__u8 padding[32];
};

/* The request of the data virtqueue's packet */
struct virtio_crypto_op_data_req {
	struct virtio_crypto_op_header header;

	union {
		struct virtio_crypto_sym_data_req  sym_req;
		struct virtio_crypto_hash_data_req hash_req;
		struct virtio_crypto_mac_data_req mac_req;
		struct virtio_crypto_aead_data_req aead_req;
		__u8 padding[48];
	} u;
};

#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_OK        0
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_ERR       1
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_BADMSG    2
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_NOTSUPP   3
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_INVSESS   4 /* Invalid session id */

/* The accelerator hardware is ready */
#define VIRTIO_CRYPTO_S_HW_READY  (1 << 0)

struct virtio_crypto_config {
	/* See VIRTIO_CRYPTO_OP_* above */
	__u32  status;

	/*
	 * Maximum number of data queue
	 */
	__u32  max_dataqueues;

	/*
	 * Specifies the services mask which the device support,
	 * see VIRTIO_CRYPTO_SERVICE_* above
	 */
	__u32 crypto_services;

	/* Detailed algorithms mask */
	__u32 cipher_algo_l;
	__u32 cipher_algo_h;
	__u32 hash_algo;
	__u32 mac_algo_l;
	__u32 mac_algo_h;
	__u32 aead_algo;
	/* Maximum length of cipher key */
	__u32 max_cipher_key_len;
	/* Maximum length of authenticated key */
	__u32 max_auth_key_len;
	__u32 reserve;
	/* Maximum size of each crypto request's content */
	__u64 max_size;
};

struct virtio_crypto_inhdr {
	/* See VIRTIO_CRYPTO_* above */
	__u8 status;
};
#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * nilfs2_ondisk.h - NILFS2 on-disk structures
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
 * by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 */
/*
 *  linux/include/linux/ext2_fs.h
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995
 * Remy Card (card@masi.ibp.fr)
 * Laboratoire MASI - Institut Blaise Pascal
 * Universite Pierre et Marie Curie (Paris VI)
 *
 *  from
 *
 *  linux/include/linux/minix_fs.h
 *
 *  Copyright (C) 1991, 1992  Linus Torvalds
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_NILFS2_ONDISK_H
#define _LINUX_NILFS2_ONDISK_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/magic.h>


#define NILFS_INODE_BMAP_SIZE	7

/**
 * struct nilfs_inode - structure of an inode on disk
 * @i_blocks: blocks count
 * @i_size: size in bytes
 * @i_ctime: creation time (seconds)
 * @i_mtime: modification time (seconds)
 * @i_ctime_nsec: creation time (nano seconds)
 * @i_mtime_nsec: modification time (nano seconds)
 * @i_uid: user id
 * @i_gid: group id
 * @i_mode: file mode
 * @i_links_count: links count
 * @i_flags: file flags
 * @i_bmap: block mapping
 * @i_xattr: extended attributes
 * @i_generation: file generation (for NFS)
 * @i_pad: padding
 */
struct nilfs_inode {
	__le64	i_blocks;
	__le64	i_size;
	__le64	i_ctime;
	__le64	i_mtime;
	__le32	i_ctime_nsec;
	__le32	i_mtime_nsec;
	__le32	i_uid;
	__le32	i_gid;
	__le16	i_mode;
	__le16	i_links_count;
	__le32	i_flags;
	__le64	i_bmap[NILFS_INODE_BMAP_SIZE];
#define i_device_code	i_bmap[0]
	__le64	i_xattr;
	__le32	i_generation;
	__le32	i_pad;
};

#define NILFS_MIN_INODE_SIZE		128

/**
 * struct nilfs_super_root - structure of super root
 * @sr_sum: check sum
 * @sr_bytes: byte count of the structure
 * @sr_flags: flags (reserved)
 * @sr_nongc_ctime: write time of the last segment not for cleaner operation
 * @sr_dat: DAT file inode
 * @sr_cpfile: checkpoint file inode
 * @sr_sufile: segment usage file inode
 */
struct nilfs_super_root {
	__le32 sr_sum;
	__le16 sr_bytes;
	__le16 sr_flags;
	__le64 sr_nongc_ctime;
	struct nilfs_inode sr_dat;
	struct nilfs_inode sr_cpfile;
	struct nilfs_inode sr_sufile;
};

#define NILFS_SR_MDT_OFFSET(inode_size, i)  \
	((unsigned long)&((struct nilfs_super_root *)0)->sr_dat + \
			(inode_size) * (i))
#define NILFS_SR_DAT_OFFSET(inode_size)     NILFS_SR_MDT_OFFSET(inode_size, 0)
#define NILFS_SR_CPFILE_OFFSET(inode_size)  NILFS_SR_MDT_OFFSET(inode_size, 1)
#define NILFS_SR_SUFILE_OFFSET(inode_size)  NILFS_SR_MDT_OFFSET(inode_size, 2)
#define NILFS_SR_BYTES(inode_size)	    NILFS_SR_MDT_OFFSET(inode_size, 3)

/*
 * Maximal mount counts
 */
#define NILFS_DFL_MAX_MNT_COUNT		50      /* 50 mounts */

/*
 * File system states (sbp->s_state, nilfs->ns_mount_state)
 */
#define NILFS_VALID_FS			0x0001  /* Unmounted cleanly */
#define NILFS_ERROR_FS			0x0002  /* Errors detected */
#define NILFS_RESIZE_FS			0x0004	/* Resize required */

/*
 * Mount flags (sbi->s_mount_opt)
 */
#define NILFS_MOUNT_ERROR_MODE		0x0070  /* Error mode mask */
#define NILFS_MOUNT_ERRORS_CONT		0x0010  /* Continue on errors */
#define NILFS_MOUNT_ERRORS_RO		0x0020  /* Remount fs ro on errors */
#define NILFS_MOUNT_ERRORS_PANIC	0x0040  /* Panic on errors */
#define NILFS_MOUNT_BARRIER		0x1000  /* Use block barriers */
#define NILFS_MOUNT_STRICT_ORDER	0x2000  /*
						 * Apply strict in-order
						 * semantics also for data
						 */
#define NILFS_MOUNT_NORECOVERY		0x4000  /*
						 * Disable write access during
						 * mount-time recovery
						 */
#define NILFS_MOUNT_DISCARD		0x8000  /* Issue DISCARD requests */


/**
 * struct nilfs_super_block - structure of super block on disk
 */
struct nilfs_super_block {
/*00*/	__le32	s_rev_level;		/* Revision level */
	__le16	s_minor_rev_level;	/* minor revision level */
	__le16	s_magic;		/* Magic signature */

	__le16  s_bytes;		/*
					 * Bytes count of CRC calculation
					 * for this structure. s_reserved
					 * is excluded.
					 */
	__le16  s_flags;		/* flags */
	__le32  s_crc_seed;		/* Seed value of CRC calculation */
/*10*/	__le32	s_sum;			/* Check sum of super block */

	__le32	s_log_block_size;	/*
					 * Block size represented as follows
					 * blocksize =
					 *     1 << (s_log_block_size + 10)
					 */
	__le64  s_nsegments;		/* Number of segments in filesystem */
/*20*/	__le64  s_dev_size;		/* block device size in bytes */
	__le64	s_first_data_block;	/* 1st seg disk block number */
/*30*/	__le32  s_blocks_per_segment;   /* number of blocks per full segment */
	__le32	s_r_segments_percentage; /* Reserved segments percentage */

	__le64  s_last_cno;		/* Last checkpoint number */
/*40*/	__le64  s_last_pseg;		/* disk block addr pseg written last */
	__le64  s_last_seq;             /* seq. number of seg written last */
/*50*/	__le64	s_free_blocks_count;	/* Free blocks count */

	__le64	s_ctime;		/*
					 * Creation time (execution time of
					 * newfs)
					 */
/*60*/	__le64	s_mtime;		/* Mount time */
	__le64	s_wtime;		/* Write time */
/*70*/	__le16	s_mnt_count;		/* Mount count */
	__le16	s_max_mnt_count;	/* Maximal mount count */
	__le16	s_state;		/* File system state */
	__le16	s_errors;		/* Behaviour when detecting errors */
	__le64	s_lastcheck;		/* time of last check */

/*80*/	__le32	s_checkinterval;	/* max. time between checks */
	__le32	s_creator_os;		/* OS */
	__le16	s_def_resuid;		/* Default uid for reserved blocks */
	__le16	s_def_resgid;		/* Default gid for reserved blocks */
	__le32	s_first_ino;		/* First non-reserved inode */

/*90*/	__le16  s_inode_size;		/* Size of an inode */
	__le16  s_dat_entry_size;       /* Size of a dat entry */
	__le16  s_checkpoint_size;      /* Size of a checkpoint */
	__le16	s_segment_usage_size;	/* Size of a segment usage */

/*98*/	__u8	s_uuid[16];		/* 128-bit uuid for volume */
/*A8*/	char	s_volume_name[80];	/* volume name */

/*F8*/	__le32  s_c_interval;           /* Commit interval of segment */
	__le32  s_c_block_max;          /*
					 * Threshold of data amount for
					 * the segment construction
					 */
/*100*/	__le64  s_feature_compat;	/* Compatible feature set */
	__le64  s_feature_compat_ro;	/* Read-only compatible feature set */
	__le64  s_feature_incompat;	/* Incompatible feature set */
	__u32	s_reserved[186];	/* padding to the end of the block */
};

/*
 * Codes for operating systems
 */
#define NILFS_OS_LINUX		0
/* Codes from 1 to 4 are reserved to keep compatibility with ext2 creator-OS */

/*
 * Revision levels
 */
#define NILFS_CURRENT_REV	2	/* current major revision */
#define NILFS_MINOR_REV		0	/* minor revision */
#define NILFS_MIN_SUPP_REV	2	/* minimum supported revision */

/*
 * Feature set definitions
 *
 * If there is a bit set in the incompatible feature set that the kernel
 * doesn't know about, it should refuse to mount the filesystem.
 */
#define NILFS_FEATURE_COMPAT_RO_BLOCK_COUNT	0x00000001ULL

#define NILFS_FEATURE_COMPAT_SUPP	0ULL
#define NILFS_FEATURE_COMPAT_RO_SUPP	NILFS_FEATURE_COMPAT_RO_BLOCK_COUNT
#define NILFS_FEATURE_INCOMPAT_SUPP	0ULL

/*
 * Bytes count of super_block for CRC-calculation
 */
#define NILFS_SB_BYTES  \
	((long)&((struct nilfs_super_block *)0)->s_reserved)

/*
 * Special inode number
 */
#define NILFS_ROOT_INO		2	/* Root file inode */
#define NILFS_DAT_INO		3	/* DAT file */
#define NILFS_CPFILE_INO	4	/* checkpoint file */
#define NILFS_SUFILE_INO	5	/* segment usage file */
#define NILFS_IFILE_INO		6	/* ifile */
#define NILFS_ATIME_INO		7	/* Atime file (reserved) */
#define NILFS_XATTR_INO		8	/* Xattribute file (reserved) */
#define NILFS_SKETCH_INO	10	/* Sketch file */
#define NILFS_USER_INO		11	/* Fisrt user's file inode number */

#define NILFS_SB_OFFSET_BYTES	1024	/* byte offset of nilfs superblock */

#define NILFS_SEG_MIN_BLOCKS	16	/*
					 * Minimum number of blocks in
					 * a full segment
					 */
#define NILFS_PSEG_MIN_BLOCKS	2	/*
					 * Minimum number of blocks in
					 * a partial segment
					 */
#define NILFS_MIN_NRSVSEGS	8	/*
					 * Minimum number of reserved
					 * segments
					 */

/*
 * We call DAT, cpfile, and sufile root metadata files.  Inodes of
 * these files are written in super root block instead of ifile, and
 * garbage collector doesn't keep any past versions of these files.
 */
#define NILFS_ROOT_METADATA_FILE(ino) \
	((ino) >= NILFS_DAT_INO && (ino) <= NILFS_SUFILE_INO)

/*
 * bytes offset of secondary super block
 */
#define NILFS_SB2_OFFSET_BYTES(devsize)	((((devsize) >> 12) - 1) << 12)

/*
 * Maximal count of links to a file
 */
#define NILFS_LINK_MAX		32000

/*
 * Structure of a directory entry
 *  (Same as ext2)
 */

#define NILFS_NAME_LEN 255

/*
 * Block size limitations
 */
#define NILFS_MIN_BLOCK_SIZE		1024
#define NILFS_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE		65536

/*
 * The new version of the directory entry.  Since V0 structures are
 * stored in intel byte order, and the name_len field could never be
 * bigger than 255 chars, it's safe to reclaim the extra byte for the
 * file_type field.
 */
struct nilfs_dir_entry {
	__le64	inode;			/* Inode number */
	__le16	rec_len;		/* Directory entry length */
	__u8	name_len;		/* Name length */
	__u8	file_type;		/* Dir entry type (file, dir, etc) */
	char	name[NILFS_NAME_LEN];	/* File name */
	char    pad;
};

/*
 * NILFS directory file types.  Only the low 3 bits are used.  The
 * other bits are reserved for now.
 */
enum {
	NILFS_FT_UNKNOWN,
	NILFS_FT_REG_FILE,
	NILFS_FT_DIR,
	NILFS_FT_CHRDEV,
	NILFS_FT_BLKDEV,
	NILFS_FT_FIFO,
	NILFS_FT_SOCK,
	NILFS_FT_SYMLINK,
	NILFS_FT_MAX
};

/*
 * NILFS_DIR_PAD defines the directory entries boundaries
 *
 * NOTE: It must be a multiple of 8
 */
#define NILFS_DIR_PAD			8
#define NILFS_DIR_ROUND			(NILFS_DIR_PAD - 1)
#define NILFS_DIR_REC_LEN(name_len)	(((name_len) + 12 + NILFS_DIR_ROUND) & \
					~NILFS_DIR_ROUND)
#define NILFS_MAX_REC_LEN		((1 << 16) - 1)

/**
 * struct nilfs_finfo - file information
 * @fi_ino: inode number
 * @fi_cno: checkpoint number
 * @fi_nblocks: number of blocks (including intermediate blocks)
 * @fi_ndatablk: number of file data blocks
 */
struct nilfs_finfo {
	__le64 fi_ino;
	__le64 fi_cno;
	__le32 fi_nblocks;
	__le32 fi_ndatablk;
};

/**
 * struct nilfs_binfo_v - information on a data block (except DAT)
 * @bi_vblocknr: virtual block number
 * @bi_blkoff: block offset
 */
struct nilfs_binfo_v {
	__le64 bi_vblocknr;
	__le64 bi_blkoff;
};

/**
 * struct nilfs_binfo_dat - information on a DAT node block
 * @bi_blkoff: block offset
 * @bi_level: level
 * @bi_pad: padding
 */
struct nilfs_binfo_dat {
	__le64 bi_blkoff;
	__u8 bi_level;
	__u8 bi_pad[7];
};

/**
 * union nilfs_binfo: block information
 * @bi_v: nilfs_binfo_v structure
 * @bi_dat: nilfs_binfo_dat structure
 */
union nilfs_binfo {
	struct nilfs_binfo_v bi_v;
	struct nilfs_binfo_dat bi_dat;
};

/**
 * struct nilfs_segment_summary - segment summary header
 * @ss_datasum: checksum of data
 * @ss_sumsum: checksum of segment summary
 * @ss_magic: magic number
 * @ss_bytes: size of this structure in bytes
 * @ss_flags: flags
 * @ss_seq: sequence number
 * @ss_create: creation timestamp
 * @ss_next: next segment
 * @ss_nblocks: number of blocks
 * @ss_nfinfo: number of finfo structures
 * @ss_sumbytes: total size of segment summary in bytes
 * @ss_pad: padding
 * @ss_cno: checkpoint number
 */
struct nilfs_segment_summary {
	__le32 ss_datasum;
	__le32 ss_sumsum;
	__le32 ss_magic;
	__le16 ss_bytes;
	__le16 ss_flags;
	__le64 ss_seq;
	__le64 ss_create;
	__le64 ss_next;
	__le32 ss_nblocks;
	__le32 ss_nfinfo;
	__le32 ss_sumbytes;
	__le32 ss_pad;
	__le64 ss_cno;
	/* array of finfo structures */
};

#define NILFS_SEGSUM_MAGIC	0x1eaffa11  /* segment summary magic number */

/*
 * Segment summary flags
 */
#define NILFS_SS_LOGBGN 0x0001  /* begins a logical segment */
#define NILFS_SS_LOGEND 0x0002  /* ends a logical segment */
#define NILFS_SS_SR     0x0004  /* has super root */
#define NILFS_SS_SYNDT  0x0008  /* includes data only updates */
#define NILFS_SS_GC     0x0010  /* segment written for cleaner operation */

/**
 * struct nilfs_btree_node - header of B-tree node block
 * @bn_flags: flags
 * @bn_level: level
 * @bn_nchildren: number of children
 * @bn_pad: padding
 */
struct nilfs_btree_node {
	__u8 bn_flags;
	__u8 bn_level;
	__le16 bn_nchildren;
	__le32 bn_pad;
};

/* flags */
#define NILFS_BTREE_NODE_ROOT   0x01

/* level */
#define NILFS_BTREE_LEVEL_DATA          0
#define NILFS_BTREE_LEVEL_NODE_MIN      (NILFS_BTREE_LEVEL_DATA + 1)
#define NILFS_BTREE_LEVEL_MAX           14	/* Max level (exclusive) */

/**
 * struct nilfs_direct_node - header of built-in bmap array
 * @dn_flags: flags
 * @dn_pad: padding
 */
struct nilfs_direct_node {
	__u8 dn_flags;
	__u8 pad[7];
};

/**
 * struct nilfs_palloc_group_desc - block group descriptor
 * @pg_nfrees: number of free entries in block group
 */
struct nilfs_palloc_group_desc {
	__le32 pg_nfrees;
};

/**
 * struct nilfs_dat_entry - disk address translation entry
 * @de_blocknr: block number
 * @de_start: start checkpoint number
 * @de_end: end checkpoint number
 * @de_rsv: reserved for future use
 */
struct nilfs_dat_entry {
	__le64 de_blocknr;
	__le64 de_start;
	__le64 de_end;
	__le64 de_rsv;
};

#define NILFS_MIN_DAT_ENTRY_SIZE	32

/**
 * struct nilfs_snapshot_list - snapshot list
 * @ssl_next: next checkpoint number on snapshot list
 * @ssl_prev: previous checkpoint number on snapshot list
 */
struct nilfs_snapshot_list {
	__le64 ssl_next;
	__le64 ssl_prev;
};

/**
 * struct nilfs_checkpoint - checkpoint structure
 * @cp_flags: flags
 * @cp_checkpoints_count: checkpoints count in a block
 * @cp_snapshot_list: snapshot list
 * @cp_cno: checkpoint number
 * @cp_create: creation timestamp
 * @cp_nblk_inc: number of blocks incremented by this checkpoint
 * @cp_inodes_count: inodes count
 * @cp_blocks_count: blocks count
 * @cp_ifile_inode: inode of ifile
 */
struct nilfs_checkpoint {
	__le32 cp_flags;
	__le32 cp_checkpoints_count;
	struct nilfs_snapshot_list cp_snapshot_list;
	__le64 cp_cno;
	__le64 cp_create;
	__le64 cp_nblk_inc;
	__le64 cp_inodes_count;
	__le64 cp_blocks_count;

	/*
	 * Do not change the byte offset of ifile inode.
	 * To keep the compatibility of the disk format,
	 * additional fields should be added behind cp_ifile_inode.
	 */
	struct nilfs_inode cp_ifile_inode;
};

#define NILFS_MIN_CHECKPOINT_SIZE	(64 + NILFS_MIN_INODE_SIZE)

/* checkpoint flags */
enum {
	NILFS_CHECKPOINT_SNAPSHOT,
	NILFS_CHECKPOINT_INVALID,
	NILFS_CHECKPOINT_SKETCH,
	NILFS_CHECKPOINT_MINOR,
};

#define NILFS_CHECKPOINT_FNS(flag, name)				\
static __inline__ void							\
nilfs_checkpoint_set_##name(struct nilfs_checkpoint *cp)		\
{									\
	cp->cp_flags = cpu_to_le32(le32_to_cpu(cp->cp_flags) |		\
				   (1UL << NILFS_CHECKPOINT_##flag));	\
}									\
static __inline__ void							\
nilfs_checkpoint_clear_##name(struct nilfs_checkpoint *cp)		\
{									\
	cp->cp_flags = cpu_to_le32(le32_to_cpu(cp->cp_flags) &		\
				   ~(1UL << NILFS_CHECKPOINT_##flag));	\
}									\
static __inline__ int							\
nilfs_checkpoint_##name(const struct nilfs_checkpoint *cp)		\
{									\
	return !!(le32_to_cpu(cp->cp_flags) &				\
		  (1UL << NILFS_CHECKPOINT_##flag));			\
}

NILFS_CHECKPOINT_FNS(SNAPSHOT, snapshot)
NILFS_CHECKPOINT_FNS(INVALID, invalid)
NILFS_CHECKPOINT_FNS(MINOR, minor)

/**
 * struct nilfs_cpfile_header - checkpoint file header
 * @ch_ncheckpoints: number of checkpoints
 * @ch_nsnapshots: number of snapshots
 * @ch_snapshot_list: snapshot list
 */
struct nilfs_cpfile_header {
	__le64 ch_ncheckpoints;
	__le64 ch_nsnapshots;
	struct nilfs_snapshot_list ch_snapshot_list;
};

#define NILFS_CPFILE_FIRST_CHECKPOINT_OFFSET				\
	((sizeof(struct nilfs_cpfile_header) +				\
	  sizeof(struct nilfs_checkpoint) - 1) /			\
			sizeof(struct nilfs_checkpoint))

/**
 * struct nilfs_segment_usage - segment usage
 * @su_lastmod: last modified timestamp
 * @su_nblocks: number of blocks in segment
 * @su_flags: flags
 */
struct nilfs_segment_usage {
	__le64 su_lastmod;
	__le32 su_nblocks;
	__le32 su_flags;
};

#define NILFS_MIN_SEGMENT_USAGE_SIZE	16

/* segment usage flag */
enum {
	NILFS_SEGMENT_USAGE_ACTIVE,
	NILFS_SEGMENT_USAGE_DIRTY,
	NILFS_SEGMENT_USAGE_ERROR,
};

#define NILFS_SEGMENT_USAGE_FNS(flag, name)				\
static __inline__ void							\
nilfs_segment_usage_set_##name(struct nilfs_segment_usage *su)		\
{									\
	su->su_flags = cpu_to_le32(le32_to_cpu(su->su_flags) |		\
				   (1UL << NILFS_SEGMENT_USAGE_##flag));\
}									\
static __inline__ void							\
nilfs_segment_usage_clear_##name(struct nilfs_segment_usage *su)	\
{									\
	su->su_flags =							\
		cpu_to_le32(le32_to_cpu(su->su_flags) &			\
			    ~(1UL << NILFS_SEGMENT_USAGE_##flag));      \
}									\
static __inline__ int							\
nilfs_segment_usage_##name(const struct nilfs_segment_usage *su)	\
{									\
	return !!(le32_to_cpu(su->su_flags) &				\
		  (1UL << NILFS_SEGMENT_USAGE_##flag));			\
}

NILFS_SEGMENT_USAGE_FNS(ACTIVE, active)
NILFS_SEGMENT_USAGE_FNS(DIRTY, dirty)
NILFS_SEGMENT_USAGE_FNS(ERROR, error)

static __inline__ void
nilfs_segment_usage_set_clean(struct nilfs_segment_usage *su)
{
	su->su_lastmod = cpu_to_le64(0);
	su->su_nblocks = cpu_to_le32(0);
	su->su_flags = cpu_to_le32(0);
}

static __inline__ int
nilfs_segment_usage_clean(const struct nilfs_segment_usage *su)
{
	return !le32_to_cpu(su->su_flags);
}

/**
 * struct nilfs_sufile_header - segment usage file header
 * @sh_ncleansegs: number of clean segments
 * @sh_ndirtysegs: number of dirty segments
 * @sh_last_alloc: last allocated segment number
 */
struct nilfs_sufile_header {
	__le64 sh_ncleansegs;
	__le64 sh_ndirtysegs;
	__le64 sh_last_alloc;
	/* ... */
};

#define NILFS_SUFILE_FIRST_SEGMENT_USAGE_OFFSET				\
	((sizeof(struct nilfs_sufile_header) +				\
	  sizeof(struct nilfs_segment_usage) - 1) /			\
			 sizeof(struct nilfs_segment_usage))

#endif	/* _LINUX_NILFS2_ONDISK_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * include/linux/serial.h
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1992 by Theodore Ts'o.
 * 
 * Redistribution of this file is permitted under the terms of the GNU 
 * Public License (GPL)
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_SERIAL_H
#define _LINUX_SERIAL_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#include <linux/tty_flags.h>


struct serial_struct {
	int	type;
	int	line;
	unsigned int	port;
	int	irq;
	int	flags;
	int	xmit_fifo_size;
	int	custom_divisor;
	int	baud_base;
	unsigned short	close_delay;
	char	io_type;
	char	reserved_char[1];
	int	hub6;
	unsigned short	closing_wait; /* time to wait before closing */
	unsigned short	closing_wait2; /* no longer used... */
	unsigned char	*iomem_base;
	unsigned short	iomem_reg_shift;
	unsigned int	port_high;
	unsigned long	iomap_base;	/* cookie passed into ioremap */
};

/*
 * For the close wait times, 0 means wait forever for serial port to
 * flush its output.  65535 means don't wait at all.
 */
#define ASYNC_CLOSING_WAIT_INF	0
#define ASYNC_CLOSING_WAIT_NONE	65535

/*
 * These are the supported serial types.
 */
#define PORT_UNKNOWN	0
#define PORT_8250	1
#define PORT_16450	2
#define PORT_16550	3
#define PORT_16550A	4
#define PORT_CIRRUS     5	/* usurped by cyclades.c */
#define PORT_16650	6
#define PORT_16650V2	7
#define PORT_16750	8
#define PORT_STARTECH	9	/* usurped by cyclades.c */
#define PORT_16C950	10	/* Oxford Semiconductor */
#define PORT_16654	11
#define PORT_16850	12
#define PORT_RSA	13	/* RSA-DV II/S card */
#define PORT_MAX	13

#define SERIAL_IO_PORT	0
#define SERIAL_IO_HUB6	1
#define SERIAL_IO_MEM	2
#define SERIAL_IO_MEM32	  3
#define SERIAL_IO_AU	  4
#define SERIAL_IO_TSI	  5
#define SERIAL_IO_MEM32BE 6
#define SERIAL_IO_MEM16	7

#define UART_CLEAR_FIFO		0x01
#define UART_USE_FIFO		0x02
#define UART_STARTECH		0x04
#define UART_NATSEMI		0x08


/*
 * Multiport serial configuration structure --- external structure
 */
struct serial_multiport_struct {
	int		irq;
	int		port1;
	unsigned char	mask1, match1;
	int		port2;
	unsigned char	mask2, match2;
	int		port3;
	unsigned char	mask3, match3;
	int		port4;
	unsigned char	mask4, match4;
	int		port_monitor;
	int	reserved[32];
};

/*
 * Serial input interrupt line counters -- external structure
 * Four lines can interrupt: CTS, DSR, RI, DCD
 */
struct serial_icounter_struct {
	int cts, dsr, rng, dcd;
	int rx, tx;
	int frame, overrun, parity, brk;
	int buf_overrun;
	int reserved[9];
};

/*
 * Serial interface for controlling RS485 settings on chips with suitable
 * support. Set with TIOCSRS485 and get with TIOCGRS485 if supported by your
 * platform. The set function returns the new state, with any unsupported bits
 * reverted appropriately.
 */

struct serial_rs485 {
	__u32	flags;			/* RS485 feature flags */
#define SER_RS485_ENABLED		(1 << 0)	/* If enabled */
#define SER_RS485_RTS_ON_SEND		(1 << 1)	/* Logical level for
							   RTS pin when
							   sending */
#define SER_RS485_RTS_AFTER_SEND	(1 << 2)	/* Logical level for
							   RTS pin after sent*/
#define SER_RS485_RX_DURING_TX		(1 << 4)
#define SER_RS485_TERMINATE_BUS		(1 << 5)	/* Enable bus
							   termination
							   (if supported) */
	__u32	delay_rts_before_send;	/* Delay before send (milliseconds) */
	__u32	delay_rts_after_send;	/* Delay after send (milliseconds) */
	__u32	padding[5];		/* Memory is cheap, new structs
					   are a royal PITA .. */
};

/*
 * Serial interface for controlling ISO7816 settings on chips with suitable
 * support. Set with TIOCSISO7816 and get with TIOCGISO7816 if supported by
 * your platform.
 */
struct serial_iso7816 {
	__u32	flags;			/* ISO7816 feature flags */
#define SER_ISO7816_ENABLED		(1 << 0)
#define SER_ISO7816_T_PARAM		(0x0f << 4)
#define SER_ISO7816_T(t)		(((t) & 0x0f) << 4)
	__u32	tg;
	__u32	sc_fi;
	__u32	sc_di;
	__u32	clk;
	__u32	reserved[5];
};

#endif /* _LINUX_SERIAL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (C) ST-Ericsson AB 2010
 * Author:	Sjur Brendeland
 * License terms: GNU General Public License (GPL) version 2
 */

#ifndef IF_CAIF_H_
#define IF_CAIF_H_
#include <linux/sockios.h>
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/socket.h>

/**
 * enum ifla_caif - CAIF NetlinkRT parameters.
 * @IFLA_CAIF_IPV4_CONNID:  Connection ID for IPv4 PDP Context.
 *			    The type of attribute is NLA_U32.
 * @IFLA_CAIF_IPV6_CONNID:  Connection ID for IPv6 PDP Context.
 *			    The type of attribute is NLA_U32.
 * @IFLA_CAIF_LOOPBACK:	    If different from zero, device is doing loopback
 *			    The type of attribute is NLA_U8.
 *
 * When using RT Netlink to create, destroy or configure a CAIF IP interface,
 * enum ifla_caif is used to specify the configuration attributes.
 */
enum ifla_caif {
	__IFLA_CAIF_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_CAIF_IPV4_CONNID,
	IFLA_CAIF_IPV6_CONNID,
	IFLA_CAIF_LOOPBACK,
	__IFLA_CAIF_MAX
};
#define	IFLA_CAIF_MAX (__IFLA_CAIF_MAX-1)

#endif /*IF_CAIF_H_*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* linux/caif_socket.h
 * CAIF Definitions for CAIF socket and network layer
 * Copyright (C) ST-Ericsson AB 2010
 * Author:	 Sjur Brendeland
 * License terms: GNU General Public License (GPL) version 2
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_CAIF_SOCKET_H
#define _LINUX_CAIF_SOCKET_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/socket.h>

/**
 * enum caif_link_selector -    Physical Link Selection.
 * @CAIF_LINK_HIGH_BANDW:	Physical interface for high-bandwidth
 *				traffic.
 * @CAIF_LINK_LOW_LATENCY:	Physical interface for low-latency
 *				traffic.
 *
 * CAIF Link Layers can register their link properties.
 * This enum is used for choosing between CAIF Link Layers when
 * setting up CAIF Channels when multiple CAIF Link Layers exists.
 */
enum caif_link_selector {
	CAIF_LINK_HIGH_BANDW,
	CAIF_LINK_LOW_LATENCY
};

/**
 * enum caif_channel_priority - CAIF channel priorities.
 *
 * @CAIF_PRIO_MIN:	Min priority for a channel.
 * @CAIF_PRIO_LOW:	Low-priority channel.
 * @CAIF_PRIO_NORMAL:	Normal/default priority level.
 * @CAIF_PRIO_HIGH:	High priority level
 * @CAIF_PRIO_MAX:	Max priority for channel
 *
 * Priority can be set on CAIF Channels in order to
 * prioritize between traffic on different CAIF Channels.
 * These priority levels are recommended, but the priority value
 * is not restricted to the values defined in this enum, any value
 * between CAIF_PRIO_MIN and CAIF_PRIO_MAX could be used.
 */
enum caif_channel_priority {
	CAIF_PRIO_MIN	 = 0x01,
	CAIF_PRIO_LOW	 = 0x04,
	CAIF_PRIO_NORMAL = 0x0f,
	CAIF_PRIO_HIGH	 = 0x14,
	CAIF_PRIO_MAX	 = 0x1F
};

/**
 * enum caif_protocol_type  -	CAIF Channel type.
 * @CAIFPROTO_AT:		Classic AT channel.
 * @CAIFPROTO_DATAGRAM:	Datagram channel.
 * @CAIFPROTO_DATAGRAM_LOOP:	Datagram loopback channel, used for testing.
 * @CAIFPROTO_UTIL:		Utility (Psock) channel.
 * @CAIFPROTO_RFM:		Remote File Manager
 * @CAIFPROTO_DEBUG:		Debug link
 *
 * This enum defines the CAIF Channel type to be used. This defines
 * the service to connect to on the modem.
 */
enum caif_protocol_type {
	CAIFPROTO_AT,
	CAIFPROTO_DATAGRAM,
	CAIFPROTO_DATAGRAM_LOOP,
	CAIFPROTO_UTIL,
	CAIFPROTO_RFM,
	CAIFPROTO_DEBUG,
	_CAIFPROTO_MAX
};
#define	CAIFPROTO_MAX _CAIFPROTO_MAX

/**
 * enum caif_at_type - AT Service Endpoint
 * @CAIF_ATTYPE_PLAIN:	     Connects to a plain vanilla AT channel.
 */
enum caif_at_type {
	CAIF_ATTYPE_PLAIN = 2
};
 /**
 * enum caif_debug_type - Content selection for debug connection
 * @CAIF_DEBUG_TRACE_INTERACTIVE: Connection will contain
 *				both trace and interactive debug.
 * @CAIF_DEBUG_TRACE:		Connection contains trace only.
 * @CAIF_DEBUG_INTERACTIVE:	Connection to interactive debug.
 */
enum caif_debug_type {
	CAIF_DEBUG_TRACE_INTERACTIVE = 0,
	CAIF_DEBUG_TRACE,
	CAIF_DEBUG_INTERACTIVE,
};

/**
 * enum caif_debug_service - Debug Service Endpoint
 * @CAIF_RADIO_DEBUG_SERVICE:	Debug service on the Radio sub-system
 * @CAIF_APP_DEBUG_SERVICE:	Debug for the applications sub-system
 */
enum caif_debug_service {
	CAIF_RADIO_DEBUG_SERVICE = 1,
	CAIF_APP_DEBUG_SERVICE
};

/**
 * struct sockaddr_caif - the sockaddr structure for CAIF sockets.
 * @family:		     Address family number, must be AF_CAIF.
 * @u:			     Union of address data 'switched' by family.
 * :
 * @u.at:                    Applies when family = CAIFPROTO_AT.
 *
 * @u.at.type:               Type of AT link to set up (enum caif_at_type).
 *
 * @u.util:                  Applies when family = CAIFPROTO_UTIL
 *
 * @u.util.service:          Utility service name.
 *
 * @u.dgm:                   Applies when family = CAIFPROTO_DATAGRAM
 *
 * @u.dgm.connection_id:     Datagram connection id.
 *
 * @u.dgm.nsapi:             NSAPI of the PDP-Context.
 *
 * @u.rfm:                   Applies when family = CAIFPROTO_RFM
 *
 * @u.rfm.connection_id:     Connection ID for RFM.
 *
 * @u.rfm.volume:            Volume to mount.
 *
 * @u.dbg:		      Applies when family = CAIFPROTO_DEBUG.
 *
 * @u.dbg.type:			     Type of debug connection to set up
 *			      (caif_debug_type).
 *
 * @u.dbg.service:	      Service sub-system to connect (caif_debug_service
 * Description:
 * This structure holds the connect parameters used for setting up a
 * CAIF Channel. It defines the service to connect to on the modem.
 */
struct sockaddr_caif {
	__kernel_sa_family_t  family;
	union {
		struct {
			__u8  type;		/* type: enum caif_at_type */
		} at;				/* CAIFPROTO_AT */
		struct {
			char	  service[16];
		} util;				/* CAIFPROTO_UTIL */
		union {
			__u32 connection_id;
			__u8  nsapi;
		} dgm;				/* CAIFPROTO_DATAGRAM(_LOOP)*/
		struct {
			__u32 connection_id;
			char	  volume[16];
		} rfm;				/* CAIFPROTO_RFM */
		struct {
			__u8  type;		/* type:enum caif_debug_type */
			__u8  service;		/* service:caif_debug_service */
		} dbg;				/* CAIFPROTO_DEBUG */
	} u;
};

/**
 * enum caif_socket_opts - CAIF option values for getsockopt and setsockopt.
 *
 * @CAIFSO_LINK_SELECT:		Selector used if multiple CAIF Link layers are
 *				available. Either a high bandwidth
 *				link can be selected (CAIF_LINK_HIGH_BANDW) or
 *				or a low latency link (CAIF_LINK_LOW_LATENCY).
 *                              This option is of type __u32.
 *				Alternatively SO_BINDTODEVICE can be used.
 *
 * @CAIFSO_REQ_PARAM:		Used to set the request parameters for a
 *				utility channel. (maximum 256 bytes). This
 *				option must be set before connecting.
 *
 * @CAIFSO_RSP_PARAM:		Gets the response parameters for a utility
 *				channel. (maximum 256 bytes). This option
 *				is valid after a successful connect.
 *
 *
 * This enum defines the CAIF Socket options to be used on a socket
 * of type PF_CAIF.
 *
 */
enum caif_socket_opts {
	CAIFSO_LINK_SELECT	= 127,
	CAIFSO_REQ_PARAM	= 128,
	CAIFSO_RSP_PARAM	= 129,
};

#endif /* _LINUX_CAIF_SOCKET_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_NSFS_H
#define __LINUX_NSFS_H

#include <linux/ioctl.h>

#define NSIO	0xb7

/* Returns a file descriptor that refers to an owning user namespace */
#define NS_GET_USERNS		_IO(NSIO, 0x1)
/* Returns a file descriptor that refers to a parent namespace */
#define NS_GET_PARENT		_IO(NSIO, 0x2)
/* Returns the type of namespace (CLONE_NEW* value) referred to by
   file descriptor */
#define NS_GET_NSTYPE		_IO(NSIO, 0x3)
/* Get owner UID (in the caller's user namespace) for a user namespace */
#define NS_GET_OWNER_UID	_IO(NSIO, 0x4)

#endif /* __LINUX_NSFS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  linux/zorro.h -- Amiga AutoConfig (Zorro) Bus Definitions
 *
 *  Copyright (C) 1995--2003 Geert Uytterhoeven
 *
 *  This file is subject to the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public
 *  License.  See the file COPYING in the main directory of this archive
 *  for more details.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_ZORRO_H
#define _LINUX_ZORRO_H

#include <linux/types.h>


    /*
     *  Each Zorro board has a 32-bit ID of the form
     *
     *      mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmppppppppeeeeeeee
     *
     *  with
     *
     *      mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm	16-bit Manufacturer ID (assigned by CBM (sigh))
     *      pppppppp		8-bit Product ID (assigned by manufacturer)
     *      eeeeeeee		8-bit Extended Product ID (currently only used
     *				for some GVP boards)
     */


#define ZORRO_MANUF(id)		((id) >> 16)
#define ZORRO_PROD(id)		(((id) >> 8) & 0xff)
#define ZORRO_EPC(id)		((id) & 0xff)

#define ZORRO_ID(manuf, prod, epc) \
	((ZORRO_MANUF_##manuf << 16) | ((prod) << 8) | (epc))

typedef __u32 zorro_id;


/* Include the ID list */
#include <linux/zorro_ids.h>


    /*
     *  GVP identifies most of its products through the 'extended product code'
     *  (epc). The epc has to be ANDed with the GVP_PRODMASK before the
     *  identification.
     */

#define GVP_PRODMASK		(0xf8)
#define GVP_SCSICLKMASK		(0x01)

enum GVP_flags {
	GVP_IO			= 0x01,
	GVP_ACCEL		= 0x02,
	GVP_SCSI		= 0x04,
	GVP_24BITDMA		= 0x08,
	GVP_25BITDMA		= 0x10,
	GVP_NOBANK		= 0x20,
	GVP_14MHZ		= 0x40,
};


struct Node {
	__be32 ln_Succ;		/* Pointer to next (successor) */
	__be32 ln_Pred;		/* Pointer to previous (predecessor) */
	__u8   ln_Type;
	__s8   ln_Pri;		/* Priority, for sorting */
	__be32 ln_Name;		/* ID string, null terminated */
} __attribute__((packed));

struct ExpansionRom {
	/* -First 16 bytes of the expansion ROM */
	__u8   er_Type;		/* Board type, size and flags */
	__u8   er_Product;	/* Product number, assigned by manufacturer */
	__u8   er_Flags;		/* Flags */
	__u8   er_Reserved03;	/* Must be zero ($ff inverted) */
	__be16 er_Manufacturer;	/* Unique ID, ASSIGNED BY COMMODORE-AMIGA! */
	__be32 er_SerialNumber;	/* Available for use by manufacturer */
	__be16 er_InitDiagVec;	/* Offset to optional "DiagArea" structure */
	__u8   er_Reserved0c;
	__u8   er_Reserved0d;
	__u8   er_Reserved0e;
	__u8   er_Reserved0f;
} __attribute__((packed));

/* er_Type board type bits */
#define ERT_TYPEMASK	0xc0
#define ERT_ZORROII	0xc0
#define ERT_ZORROIII	0x80

/* other bits defined in er_Type */
#define ERTB_MEMLIST	5		/* Link RAM into free memory list */
#define ERTF_MEMLIST	(1<<5)

struct ConfigDev {
	struct Node	cd_Node;
	__u8		cd_Flags;	/* (read/write) */
	__u8		cd_Pad;		/* reserved */
	struct ExpansionRom cd_Rom;	/* copy of board's expansion ROM */
	__be32		cd_BoardAddr;	/* where in memory the board was placed */
	__be32		cd_BoardSize;	/* size of board in bytes */
	__be16		cd_SlotAddr;	/* which slot number (PRIVATE) */
	__be16		cd_SlotSize;	/* number of slots (PRIVATE) */
	__be32		cd_Driver;	/* pointer to node of driver */
	__be32		cd_NextCD;	/* linked list of drivers to config */
	__be32		cd_Unused[4];	/* for whatever the driver wants */
} __attribute__((packed));

#define ZORRO_NUM_AUTO		16

#endif /* _LINUX_ZORRO_H */
/*
 * Virtio GPU Device
 *
 * Copyright Red Hat, Inc. 2013-2014
 *
 * Authors:
 *     Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
 *     Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
 *
 * This header is BSD licensed so anyone can use the definitions
 * to implement compatible drivers/servers:
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the name of IBM nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
 * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
 * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL IBM OR
 * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF
 * USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
 * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
 * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
 * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef VIRTIO_GPU_HW_H
#define VIRTIO_GPU_HW_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_CTX_*
 * VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_*_3D
 */
#define VIRTIO_GPU_F_VIRGL               0

/*
 * VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_GET_EDID
 */
#define VIRTIO_GPU_F_EDID                1
/*
 * VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_RESOURCE_ASSIGN_UUID
 */
#define VIRTIO_GPU_F_RESOURCE_UUID       2

/*
 * VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_RESOURCE_CREATE_BLOB
 */
#define VIRTIO_GPU_F_RESOURCE_BLOB       3
/*
 * VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_CREATE_CONTEXT with
 * context_init and multiple timelines
 */
#define VIRTIO_GPU_F_CONTEXT_INIT        4

enum virtio_gpu_ctrl_type {
	VIRTIO_GPU_UNDEFINED = 0,

	/* 2d commands */
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_GET_DISPLAY_INFO = 0x0100,
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_RESOURCE_CREATE_2D,
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_RESOURCE_UNREF,
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_SET_SCANOUT,
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_RESOURCE_FLUSH,
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_TRANSFER_TO_HOST_2D,
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_RESOURCE_ATTACH_BACKING,
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_RESOURCE_DETACH_BACKING,
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_GET_CAPSET_INFO,
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_GET_CAPSET,
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_GET_EDID,
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_RESOURCE_ASSIGN_UUID,
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_RESOURCE_CREATE_BLOB,
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_SET_SCANOUT_BLOB,

	/* 3d commands */
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_CTX_CREATE = 0x0200,
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_CTX_DESTROY,
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_CTX_ATTACH_RESOURCE,
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_CTX_DETACH_RESOURCE,
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_RESOURCE_CREATE_3D,
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_TRANSFER_TO_HOST_3D,
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_TRANSFER_FROM_HOST_3D,
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_SUBMIT_3D,
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_RESOURCE_MAP_BLOB,
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_RESOURCE_UNMAP_BLOB,

	/* cursor commands */
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_UPDATE_CURSOR = 0x0300,
	VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_MOVE_CURSOR,

	/* success responses */
	VIRTIO_GPU_RESP_OK_NODATA = 0x1100,
	VIRTIO_GPU_RESP_OK_DISPLAY_INFO,
	VIRTIO_GPU_RESP_OK_CAPSET_INFO,
	VIRTIO_GPU_RESP_OK_CAPSET,
	VIRTIO_GPU_RESP_OK_EDID,
	VIRTIO_GPU_RESP_OK_RESOURCE_UUID,
	VIRTIO_GPU_RESP_OK_MAP_INFO,

	/* error responses */
	VIRTIO_GPU_RESP_ERR_UNSPEC = 0x1200,
	VIRTIO_GPU_RESP_ERR_OUT_OF_MEMORY,
	VIRTIO_GPU_RESP_ERR_INVALID_SCANOUT_ID,
	VIRTIO_GPU_RESP_ERR_INVALID_RESOURCE_ID,
	VIRTIO_GPU_RESP_ERR_INVALID_CONTEXT_ID,
	VIRTIO_GPU_RESP_ERR_INVALID_PARAMETER,
};

enum virtio_gpu_shm_id {
	VIRTIO_GPU_SHM_ID_UNDEFINED = 0,
	/*
	 * VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_RESOURCE_MAP_BLOB
	 * VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_RESOURCE_UNMAP_BLOB
	 */
	VIRTIO_GPU_SHM_ID_HOST_VISIBLE = 1
};

#define VIRTIO_GPU_FLAG_FENCE         (1 << 0)
/*
 * If the following flag is set, then ring_idx contains the index
 * of the command ring that needs to used when creating the fence
 */
#define VIRTIO_GPU_FLAG_INFO_RING_IDX (1 << 1)

struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr {
	__le32 type;
	__le32 flags;
	__le64 fence_id;
	__le32 ctx_id;
	__u8 ring_idx;
	__u8 padding[3];
};

/* data passed in the cursor vq */

struct virtio_gpu_cursor_pos {
	__le32 scanout_id;
	__le32 x;
	__le32 y;
	__le32 padding;
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_UPDATE_CURSOR, VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_MOVE_CURSOR */
struct virtio_gpu_update_cursor {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	struct virtio_gpu_cursor_pos pos;  /* update & move */
	__le32 resource_id;           /* update only */
	__le32 hot_x;                 /* update only */
	__le32 hot_y;                 /* update only */
	__le32 padding;
};

/* data passed in the control vq, 2d related */

struct virtio_gpu_rect {
	__le32 x;
	__le32 y;
	__le32 width;
	__le32 height;
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_RESOURCE_UNREF */
struct virtio_gpu_resource_unref {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	__le32 resource_id;
	__le32 padding;
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_RESOURCE_CREATE_2D: create a 2d resource with a format */
struct virtio_gpu_resource_create_2d {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	__le32 resource_id;
	__le32 format;
	__le32 width;
	__le32 height;
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_SET_SCANOUT */
struct virtio_gpu_set_scanout {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	struct virtio_gpu_rect r;
	__le32 scanout_id;
	__le32 resource_id;
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_RESOURCE_FLUSH */
struct virtio_gpu_resource_flush {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	struct virtio_gpu_rect r;
	__le32 resource_id;
	__le32 padding;
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_TRANSFER_TO_HOST_2D: simple transfer to_host */
struct virtio_gpu_transfer_to_host_2d {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	struct virtio_gpu_rect r;
	__le64 offset;
	__le32 resource_id;
	__le32 padding;
};

struct virtio_gpu_mem_entry {
	__le64 addr;
	__le32 length;
	__le32 padding;
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_RESOURCE_ATTACH_BACKING */
struct virtio_gpu_resource_attach_backing {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	__le32 resource_id;
	__le32 nr_entries;
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_RESOURCE_DETACH_BACKING */
struct virtio_gpu_resource_detach_backing {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	__le32 resource_id;
	__le32 padding;
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_RESP_OK_DISPLAY_INFO */
#define VIRTIO_GPU_MAX_SCANOUTS 16
struct virtio_gpu_resp_display_info {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	struct virtio_gpu_display_one {
		struct virtio_gpu_rect r;
		__le32 enabled;
		__le32 flags;
	} pmodes[VIRTIO_GPU_MAX_SCANOUTS];
};

/* data passed in the control vq, 3d related */

struct virtio_gpu_box {
	__le32 x, y, z;
	__le32 w, h, d;
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_TRANSFER_TO_HOST_3D, VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_TRANSFER_FROM_HOST_3D */
struct virtio_gpu_transfer_host_3d {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	struct virtio_gpu_box box;
	__le64 offset;
	__le32 resource_id;
	__le32 level;
	__le32 stride;
	__le32 layer_stride;
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_RESOURCE_CREATE_3D */
#define VIRTIO_GPU_RESOURCE_FLAG_Y_0_TOP (1 << 0)
struct virtio_gpu_resource_create_3d {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	__le32 resource_id;
	__le32 target;
	__le32 format;
	__le32 bind;
	__le32 width;
	__le32 height;
	__le32 depth;
	__le32 array_size;
	__le32 last_level;
	__le32 nr_samples;
	__le32 flags;
	__le32 padding;
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_CTX_CREATE */
#define VIRTIO_GPU_CONTEXT_INIT_CAPSET_ID_MASK 0x000000ff
struct virtio_gpu_ctx_create {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	__le32 nlen;
	__le32 context_init;
	char debug_name[64];
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_CTX_DESTROY */
struct virtio_gpu_ctx_destroy {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_CTX_ATTACH_RESOURCE, VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_CTX_DETACH_RESOURCE */
struct virtio_gpu_ctx_resource {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	__le32 resource_id;
	__le32 padding;
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_SUBMIT_3D */
struct virtio_gpu_cmd_submit {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	__le32 size;
	__le32 padding;
};

#define VIRTIO_GPU_CAPSET_VIRGL 1
#define VIRTIO_GPU_CAPSET_VIRGL2 2

/* VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_GET_CAPSET_INFO */
struct virtio_gpu_get_capset_info {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	__le32 capset_index;
	__le32 padding;
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_RESP_OK_CAPSET_INFO */
struct virtio_gpu_resp_capset_info {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	__le32 capset_id;
	__le32 capset_max_version;
	__le32 capset_max_size;
	__le32 padding;
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_GET_CAPSET */
struct virtio_gpu_get_capset {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	__le32 capset_id;
	__le32 capset_version;
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_RESP_OK_CAPSET */
struct virtio_gpu_resp_capset {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	__u8 capset_data[];
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_GET_EDID */
struct virtio_gpu_cmd_get_edid {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	__le32 scanout;
	__le32 padding;
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_RESP_OK_EDID */
struct virtio_gpu_resp_edid {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	__le32 size;
	__le32 padding;
	__u8 edid[1024];
};

#define VIRTIO_GPU_EVENT_DISPLAY (1 << 0)

struct virtio_gpu_config {
	__le32 events_read;
	__le32 events_clear;
	__le32 num_scanouts;
	__le32 num_capsets;
};

/* simple formats for fbcon/X use */
enum virtio_gpu_formats {
	VIRTIO_GPU_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_UNORM  = 1,
	VIRTIO_GPU_FORMAT_B8G8R8X8_UNORM  = 2,
	VIRTIO_GPU_FORMAT_A8R8G8B8_UNORM  = 3,
	VIRTIO_GPU_FORMAT_X8R8G8B8_UNORM  = 4,

	VIRTIO_GPU_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM  = 67,
	VIRTIO_GPU_FORMAT_X8B8G8R8_UNORM  = 68,

	VIRTIO_GPU_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_UNORM  = 121,
	VIRTIO_GPU_FORMAT_R8G8B8X8_UNORM  = 134,
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_RESOURCE_ASSIGN_UUID */
struct virtio_gpu_resource_assign_uuid {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	__le32 resource_id;
	__le32 padding;
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_RESP_OK_RESOURCE_UUID */
struct virtio_gpu_resp_resource_uuid {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	__u8 uuid[16];
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_RESOURCE_CREATE_BLOB */
struct virtio_gpu_resource_create_blob {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	__le32 resource_id;
#define VIRTIO_GPU_BLOB_MEM_GUEST             0x0001
#define VIRTIO_GPU_BLOB_MEM_HOST3D            0x0002
#define VIRTIO_GPU_BLOB_MEM_HOST3D_GUEST      0x0003

#define VIRTIO_GPU_BLOB_FLAG_USE_MAPPABLE     0x0001
#define VIRTIO_GPU_BLOB_FLAG_USE_SHAREABLE    0x0002
#define VIRTIO_GPU_BLOB_FLAG_USE_CROSS_DEVICE 0x0004
	/* zero is invalid blob mem */
	__le32 blob_mem;
	__le32 blob_flags;
	__le32 nr_entries;
	__le64 blob_id;
	__le64 size;
	/*
	 * sizeof(nr_entries * virtio_gpu_mem_entry) bytes follow
	 */
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_SET_SCANOUT_BLOB */
struct virtio_gpu_set_scanout_blob {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	struct virtio_gpu_rect r;
	__le32 scanout_id;
	__le32 resource_id;
	__le32 width;
	__le32 height;
	__le32 format;
	__le32 padding;
	__le32 strides[4];
	__le32 offsets[4];
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_RESOURCE_MAP_BLOB */
struct virtio_gpu_resource_map_blob {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	__le32 resource_id;
	__le32 padding;
	__le64 offset;
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_RESP_OK_MAP_INFO */
#define VIRTIO_GPU_MAP_CACHE_MASK     0x0f
#define VIRTIO_GPU_MAP_CACHE_NONE     0x00
#define VIRTIO_GPU_MAP_CACHE_CACHED   0x01
#define VIRTIO_GPU_MAP_CACHE_UNCACHED 0x02
#define VIRTIO_GPU_MAP_CACHE_WC       0x03
struct virtio_gpu_resp_map_info {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	__u32 map_info;
	__u32 padding;
};

/* VIRTIO_GPU_CMD_RESOURCE_UNMAP_BLOB */
struct virtio_gpu_resource_unmap_blob {
	struct virtio_gpu_ctrl_hdr hdr;
	__le32 resource_id;
	__le32 padding;
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * PTP 1588 clock support - user space interface
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2010 OMICRON electronics GmbH
 *
 *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 *  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 *  (at your option) any later version.
 *
 *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 *  GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
 */

#ifndef _PTP_CLOCK_H_
#define _PTP_CLOCK_H_

#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * Bits of the ptp_extts_request.flags field:
 */
#define PTP_ENABLE_FEATURE (1<<0)
#define PTP_RISING_EDGE    (1<<1)
#define PTP_FALLING_EDGE   (1<<2)
#define PTP_STRICT_FLAGS   (1<<3)
#define PTP_EXTTS_EDGES    (PTP_RISING_EDGE | PTP_FALLING_EDGE)

/*
 * flag fields valid for the new PTP_EXTTS_REQUEST2 ioctl.
 */
#define PTP_EXTTS_VALID_FLAGS	(PTP_ENABLE_FEATURE |	\
				 PTP_RISING_EDGE |	\
				 PTP_FALLING_EDGE |	\
				 PTP_STRICT_FLAGS)

/*
 * flag fields valid for the original PTP_EXTTS_REQUEST ioctl.
 * DO NOT ADD NEW FLAGS HERE.
 */
#define PTP_EXTTS_V1_VALID_FLAGS	(PTP_ENABLE_FEATURE |	\
					 PTP_RISING_EDGE |	\
					 PTP_FALLING_EDGE)

/*
 * Bits of the ptp_perout_request.flags field:
 */
#define PTP_PEROUT_ONE_SHOT		(1<<0)
#define PTP_PEROUT_DUTY_CYCLE		(1<<1)
#define PTP_PEROUT_PHASE		(1<<2)

/*
 * flag fields valid for the new PTP_PEROUT_REQUEST2 ioctl.
 */
#define PTP_PEROUT_VALID_FLAGS		(PTP_PEROUT_ONE_SHOT | \
					 PTP_PEROUT_DUTY_CYCLE | \
					 PTP_PEROUT_PHASE)

/*
 * No flags are valid for the original PTP_PEROUT_REQUEST ioctl
 */
#define PTP_PEROUT_V1_VALID_FLAGS	(0)

/*
 * struct ptp_clock_time - represents a time value
 *
 * The sign of the seconds field applies to the whole value. The
 * nanoseconds field is always unsigned. The reserved field is
 * included for sub-nanosecond resolution, should the demand for
 * this ever appear.
 *
 */
struct ptp_clock_time {
	__s64 sec;  /* seconds */
	__u32 nsec; /* nanoseconds */
	__u32 reserved;
};

struct ptp_clock_caps {
	int max_adj;   /* Maximum frequency adjustment in parts per billon. */
	int n_alarm;   /* Number of programmable alarms. */
	int n_ext_ts;  /* Number of external time stamp channels. */
	int n_per_out; /* Number of programmable periodic signals. */
	int pps;       /* Whether the clock supports a PPS callback. */
	int n_pins;    /* Number of input/output pins. */
	/* Whether the clock supports precise system-device cross timestamps */
	int cross_timestamping;
	/* Whether the clock supports adjust phase */
	int adjust_phase;
	int rsv[12];   /* Reserved for future use. */
};

struct ptp_extts_request {
	unsigned int index;  /* Which channel to configure. */
	unsigned int flags;  /* Bit field for PTP_xxx flags. */
	unsigned int rsv[2]; /* Reserved for future use. */
};

struct ptp_perout_request {
	union {
		/*
		 * Absolute start time.
		 * Valid only if (flags & PTP_PEROUT_PHASE) is unset.
		 */
		struct ptp_clock_time start;
		/*
		 * Phase offset. The signal should start toggling at an
		 * unspecified integer multiple of the period, plus this value.
		 * The start time should be "as soon as possible".
		 * Valid only if (flags & PTP_PEROUT_PHASE) is set.
		 */
		struct ptp_clock_time phase;
	};
	struct ptp_clock_time period; /* Desired period, zero means disable. */
	unsigned int index;           /* Which channel to configure. */
	unsigned int flags;
	union {
		/*
		 * The "on" time of the signal.
		 * Must be lower than the period.
		 * Valid only if (flags & PTP_PEROUT_DUTY_CYCLE) is set.
		 */
		struct ptp_clock_time on;
		/* Reserved for future use. */
		unsigned int rsv[4];
	};
};

#define PTP_MAX_SAMPLES 25 /* Maximum allowed offset measurement samples. */

struct ptp_sys_offset {
	unsigned int n_samples; /* Desired number of measurements. */
	unsigned int rsv[3];    /* Reserved for future use. */
	/*
	 * Array of interleaved system/phc time stamps. The kernel
	 * will provide 2*n_samples + 1 time stamps, with the last
	 * one as a system time stamp.
	 */
	struct ptp_clock_time ts[2 * PTP_MAX_SAMPLES + 1];
};

struct ptp_sys_offset_extended {
	unsigned int n_samples; /* Desired number of measurements. */
	unsigned int rsv[3];    /* Reserved for future use. */
	/*
	 * Array of [system, phc, system] time stamps. The kernel will provide
	 * 3*n_samples time stamps.
	 */
	struct ptp_clock_time ts[PTP_MAX_SAMPLES][3];
};

struct ptp_sys_offset_precise {
	struct ptp_clock_time device;
	struct ptp_clock_time sys_realtime;
	struct ptp_clock_time sys_monoraw;
	unsigned int rsv[4];    /* Reserved for future use. */
};

enum ptp_pin_function {
	PTP_PF_NONE,
	PTP_PF_EXTTS,
	PTP_PF_PEROUT,
	PTP_PF_PHYSYNC,
};

struct ptp_pin_desc {
	/*
	 * Hardware specific human readable pin name. This field is
	 * set by the kernel during the PTP_PIN_GETFUNC ioctl and is
	 * ignored for the PTP_PIN_SETFUNC ioctl.
	 */
	char name[64];
	/*
	 * Pin index in the range of zero to ptp_clock_caps.n_pins - 1.
	 */
	unsigned int index;
	/*
	 * Which of the PTP_PF_xxx functions to use on this pin.
	 */
	unsigned int func;
	/*
	 * The specific channel to use for this function.
	 * This corresponds to the 'index' field of the
	 * PTP_EXTTS_REQUEST and PTP_PEROUT_REQUEST ioctls.
	 */
	unsigned int chan;
	/*
	 * Reserved for future use.
	 */
	unsigned int rsv[5];
};

#define PTP_CLK_MAGIC '='

#define PTP_CLOCK_GETCAPS  _IOR(PTP_CLK_MAGIC, 1, struct ptp_clock_caps)
#define PTP_EXTTS_REQUEST  _IOW(PTP_CLK_MAGIC, 2, struct ptp_extts_request)
#define PTP_PEROUT_REQUEST _IOW(PTP_CLK_MAGIC, 3, struct ptp_perout_request)
#define PTP_ENABLE_PPS     _IOW(PTP_CLK_MAGIC, 4, int)
#define PTP_SYS_OFFSET     _IOW(PTP_CLK_MAGIC, 5, struct ptp_sys_offset)
#define PTP_PIN_GETFUNC    _IOWR(PTP_CLK_MAGIC, 6, struct ptp_pin_desc)
#define PTP_PIN_SETFUNC    _IOW(PTP_CLK_MAGIC, 7, struct ptp_pin_desc)
#define PTP_SYS_OFFSET_PRECISE \
	_IOWR(PTP_CLK_MAGIC, 8, struct ptp_sys_offset_precise)
#define PTP_SYS_OFFSET_EXTENDED \
	_IOWR(PTP_CLK_MAGIC, 9, struct ptp_sys_offset_extended)

#define PTP_CLOCK_GETCAPS2  _IOR(PTP_CLK_MAGIC, 10, struct ptp_clock_caps)
#define PTP_EXTTS_REQUEST2  _IOW(PTP_CLK_MAGIC, 11, struct ptp_extts_request)
#define PTP_PEROUT_REQUEST2 _IOW(PTP_CLK_MAGIC, 12, struct ptp_perout_request)
#define PTP_ENABLE_PPS2     _IOW(PTP_CLK_MAGIC, 13, int)
#define PTP_SYS_OFFSET2     _IOW(PTP_CLK_MAGIC, 14, struct ptp_sys_offset)
#define PTP_PIN_GETFUNC2    _IOWR(PTP_CLK_MAGIC, 15, struct ptp_pin_desc)
#define PTP_PIN_SETFUNC2    _IOW(PTP_CLK_MAGIC, 16, struct ptp_pin_desc)
#define PTP_SYS_OFFSET_PRECISE2 \
	_IOWR(PTP_CLK_MAGIC, 17, struct ptp_sys_offset_precise)
#define PTP_SYS_OFFSET_EXTENDED2 \
	_IOWR(PTP_CLK_MAGIC, 18, struct ptp_sys_offset_extended)

struct ptp_extts_event {
	struct ptp_clock_time t; /* Time event occured. */
	unsigned int index;      /* Which channel produced the event. */
	unsigned int flags;      /* Reserved for future use. */
	unsigned int rsv[2];     /* Reserved for future use. */
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_ERRQUEUE_H
#define _LINUX_ERRQUEUE_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct sock_extended_err {
	__u32	ee_errno;	
	__u8	ee_origin;
	__u8	ee_type;
	__u8	ee_code;
	__u8	ee_pad;
	__u32   ee_info;
	__u32   ee_data;
};

#define SO_EE_ORIGIN_NONE	0
#define SO_EE_ORIGIN_LOCAL	1
#define SO_EE_ORIGIN_ICMP	2
#define SO_EE_ORIGIN_ICMP6	3
#define SO_EE_ORIGIN_TXSTATUS	4
#define SO_EE_ORIGIN_ZEROCOPY	5
#define SO_EE_ORIGIN_TXTIME	6
#define SO_EE_ORIGIN_TIMESTAMPING SO_EE_ORIGIN_TXSTATUS

#define SO_EE_OFFENDER(ee)	((struct sockaddr*)((ee)+1))

#define SO_EE_CODE_ZEROCOPY_COPIED	1

#define SO_EE_CODE_TXTIME_INVALID_PARAM	1
#define SO_EE_CODE_TXTIME_MISSED	2

/**
 *	struct scm_timestamping - timestamps exposed through cmsg
 *
 *	The timestamping interfaces SO_TIMESTAMPING, MSG_TSTAMP_*
 *	communicate network timestamps by passing this struct in a cmsg with
 *	recvmsg(). See Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt for details.
 */
struct scm_timestamping {
	struct timespec ts[3];
};

/* The type of scm_timestamping, passed in sock_extended_err ee_info.
 * This defines the type of ts[0]. For SCM_TSTAMP_SND only, if ts[0]
 * is zero, then this is a hardware timestamp and recorded in ts[2].
 */
enum {
	SCM_TSTAMP_SND,		/* driver passed skb to NIC, or HW */
	SCM_TSTAMP_SCHED,	/* data entered the packet scheduler */
	SCM_TSTAMP_ACK,		/* data acknowledged by peer */
};

#endif /* _LINUX_ERRQUEUE_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef BSG_H
#define BSG_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define BSG_PROTOCOL_SCSI		0

#define BSG_SUB_PROTOCOL_SCSI_CMD	0
#define BSG_SUB_PROTOCOL_SCSI_TMF	1
#define BSG_SUB_PROTOCOL_SCSI_TRANSPORT	2

/*
 * For flag constants below:
 * sg.h sg_io_hdr also has bits defined for it's flags member. These
 * two flag values (0x10 and 0x20) have the same meaning in sg.h . For
 * bsg the BSG_FLAG_Q_AT_HEAD flag is ignored since it is the deafult.
 */
#define BSG_FLAG_Q_AT_TAIL 0x10 /* default is Q_AT_HEAD */
#define BSG_FLAG_Q_AT_HEAD 0x20

struct sg_io_v4 {
	__s32 guard;		/* [i] 'Q' to differentiate from v3 */
	__u32 protocol;		/* [i] 0 -> SCSI , .... */
	__u32 subprotocol;	/* [i] 0 -> SCSI command, 1 -> SCSI task
				   management function, .... */

	__u32 request_len;	/* [i] in bytes */
	__u64 request;		/* [i], [*i] {SCSI: cdb} */
	__u64 request_tag;	/* [i] {SCSI: task tag (only if flagged)} */
	__u32 request_attr;	/* [i] {SCSI: task attribute} */
	__u32 request_priority;	/* [i] {SCSI: task priority} */
	__u32 request_extra;	/* [i] {spare, for padding} */
	__u32 max_response_len;	/* [i] in bytes */
	__u64 response;		/* [i], [*o] {SCSI: (auto)sense data} */

        /* "dout_": data out (to device); "din_": data in (from device) */
	__u32 dout_iovec_count;	/* [i] 0 -> "flat" dout transfer else
				   dout_xfer points to array of iovec */
	__u32 dout_xfer_len;	/* [i] bytes to be transferred to device */
	__u32 din_iovec_count;	/* [i] 0 -> "flat" din transfer */
	__u32 din_xfer_len;	/* [i] bytes to be transferred from device */
	__u64 dout_xferp;	/* [i], [*i] */
	__u64 din_xferp;	/* [i], [*o] */

	__u32 timeout;		/* [i] units: millisecond */
	__u32 flags;		/* [i] bit mask */
	__u64 usr_ptr;		/* [i->o] unused internally */
	__u32 spare_in;		/* [i] */

	__u32 driver_status;	/* [o] 0 -> ok */
	__u32 transport_status;	/* [o] 0 -> ok */
	__u32 device_status;	/* [o] {SCSI: command completion status} */
	__u32 retry_delay;	/* [o] {SCSI: status auxiliary information} */
	__u32 info;		/* [o] additional information */
	__u32 duration;		/* [o] time to complete, in milliseconds */
	__u32 response_len;	/* [o] bytes of response actually written */
	__s32 din_resid;	/* [o] din_xfer_len - actual_din_xfer_len */
	__s32 dout_resid;	/* [o] dout_xfer_len - actual_dout_xfer_len */
	__u64 generated_tag;	/* [o] {SCSI: transport generated task tag} */
	__u32 spare_out;	/* [o] */

	__u32 padding;
};


#endif /* BSG_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* Copyright (c) 2018 Facebook */
#ifndef __LINUX_BTF_H__
#define __LINUX_BTF_H__

#include <linux/types.h>

#define BTF_MAGIC	0xeB9F
#define BTF_VERSION	1

struct btf_header {
	__u16	magic;
	__u8	version;
	__u8	flags;
	__u32	hdr_len;

	/* All offsets are in bytes relative to the end of this header */
	__u32	type_off;	/* offset of type section	*/
	__u32	type_len;	/* length of type section	*/
	__u32	str_off;	/* offset of string section	*/
	__u32	str_len;	/* length of string section	*/
};

/* Max # of type identifier */
#define BTF_MAX_TYPE	0x000fffff
/* Max offset into the string section */
#define BTF_MAX_NAME_OFFSET	0x00ffffff
/* Max # of struct/union/enum members or func args */
#define BTF_MAX_VLEN	0xffff

struct btf_type {
	__u32 name_off;
	/* "info" bits arrangement
	 * bits  0-15: vlen (e.g. # of struct's members)
	 * bits 16-23: unused
	 * bits 24-27: kind (e.g. int, ptr, array...etc)
	 * bits 28-30: unused
	 * bit     31: kind_flag, currently used by
	 *             struct, union and fwd
	 */
	__u32 info;
	/* "size" is used by INT, ENUM, STRUCT, UNION and DATASEC.
	 * "size" tells the size of the type it is describing.
	 *
	 * "type" is used by PTR, TYPEDEF, VOLATILE, CONST, RESTRICT,
	 * FUNC, FUNC_PROTO and VAR.
	 * "type" is a type_id referring to another type.
	 */
	union {
		__u32 size;
		__u32 type;
	};
};

#define BTF_INFO_KIND(info)	(((info) >> 24) & 0x1f)
#define BTF_INFO_VLEN(info)	((info) & 0xffff)
#define BTF_INFO_KFLAG(info)	((info) >> 31)

#define BTF_KIND_UNKN		0	/* Unknown	*/
#define BTF_KIND_INT		1	/* Integer	*/
#define BTF_KIND_PTR		2	/* Pointer	*/
#define BTF_KIND_ARRAY		3	/* Array	*/
#define BTF_KIND_STRUCT		4	/* Struct	*/
#define BTF_KIND_UNION		5	/* Union	*/
#define BTF_KIND_ENUM		6	/* Enumeration	*/
#define BTF_KIND_FWD		7	/* Forward	*/
#define BTF_KIND_TYPEDEF	8	/* Typedef	*/
#define BTF_KIND_VOLATILE	9	/* Volatile	*/
#define BTF_KIND_CONST		10	/* Const	*/
#define BTF_KIND_RESTRICT	11	/* Restrict	*/
#define BTF_KIND_FUNC		12	/* Function	*/
#define BTF_KIND_FUNC_PROTO	13	/* Function Proto	*/
#define BTF_KIND_VAR		14	/* Variable	*/
#define BTF_KIND_DATASEC	15	/* Section	*/
#define BTF_KIND_FLOAT		16	/* Floating point	*/
#define BTF_KIND_MAX		BTF_KIND_FLOAT
#define NR_BTF_KINDS		(BTF_KIND_MAX + 1)

/* For some specific BTF_KIND, "struct btf_type" is immediately
 * followed by extra data.
 */

/* BTF_KIND_INT is followed by a u32 and the following
 * is the 32 bits arrangement:
 */
#define BTF_INT_ENCODING(VAL)	(((VAL) & 0x0f000000) >> 24)
#define BTF_INT_OFFSET(VAL)	(((VAL) & 0x00ff0000) >> 16)
#define BTF_INT_BITS(VAL)	((VAL)  & 0x000000ff)

/* Attributes stored in the BTF_INT_ENCODING */
#define BTF_INT_SIGNED	(1 << 0)
#define BTF_INT_CHAR	(1 << 1)
#define BTF_INT_BOOL	(1 << 2)

/* BTF_KIND_ENUM is followed by multiple "struct btf_enum".
 * The exact number of btf_enum is stored in the vlen (of the
 * info in "struct btf_type").
 */
struct btf_enum {
	__u32	name_off;
	__s32	val;
};

/* BTF_KIND_ARRAY is followed by one "struct btf_array" */
struct btf_array {
	__u32	type;
	__u32	index_type;
	__u32	nelems;
};

/* BTF_KIND_STRUCT and BTF_KIND_UNION are followed
 * by multiple "struct btf_member".  The exact number
 * of btf_member is stored in the vlen (of the info in
 * "struct btf_type").
 */
struct btf_member {
	__u32	name_off;
	__u32	type;
	/* If the type info kind_flag is set, the btf_member offset
	 * contains both member bitfield size and bit offset. The
	 * bitfield size is set for bitfield members. If the type
	 * info kind_flag is not set, the offset contains only bit
	 * offset.
	 */
	__u32	offset;
};

/* If the struct/union type info kind_flag is set, the
 * following two macros are used to access bitfield_size
 * and bit_offset from btf_member.offset.
 */
#define BTF_MEMBER_BITFIELD_SIZE(val)	((val) >> 24)
#define BTF_MEMBER_BIT_OFFSET(val)	((val) & 0xffffff)

/* BTF_KIND_FUNC_PROTO is followed by multiple "struct btf_param".
 * The exact number of btf_param is stored in the vlen (of the
 * info in "struct btf_type").
 */
struct btf_param {
	__u32	name_off;
	__u32	type;
};

enum {
	BTF_VAR_STATIC = 0,
	BTF_VAR_GLOBAL_ALLOCATED = 1,
	BTF_VAR_GLOBAL_EXTERN = 2,
};

enum btf_func_linkage {
	BTF_FUNC_STATIC = 0,
	BTF_FUNC_GLOBAL = 1,
	BTF_FUNC_EXTERN = 2,
};

/* BTF_KIND_VAR is followed by a single "struct btf_var" to describe
 * additional information related to the variable such as its linkage.
 */
struct btf_var {
	__u32	linkage;
};

/* BTF_KIND_DATASEC is followed by multiple "struct btf_var_secinfo"
 * to describe all BTF_KIND_VAR types it contains along with it's
 * in-section offset as well as size.
 */
struct btf_var_secinfo {
	__u32	type;
	__u32	offset;
	__u32	size;
};

#endif /* __LINUX_BTF_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_UNISTD_H_
#define _LINUX_UNISTD_H_

/*
 * Include machine specific syscall numbers
 */
#include <asm/unistd.h>

#endif /* _LINUX_UNISTD_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_MROUTE6_H
#define __LINUX_MROUTE6_H

#include <linux/kernel.h>
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/sockios.h>
#include <linux/in6.h>		/* For struct sockaddr_in6. */

/*
 *	Based on the MROUTING 3.5 defines primarily to keep
 *	source compatibility with BSD.
 *
 *	See the pim6sd code for the original history.
 *
 *      Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) data structures included
 *      Carlos Picoto (cap@di.fc.ul.pt)
 *
 */

#define MRT6_BASE	200
#define MRT6_INIT	(MRT6_BASE)	/* Activate the kernel mroute code 	*/
#define MRT6_DONE	(MRT6_BASE+1)	/* Shutdown the kernel mroute		*/
#define MRT6_ADD_MIF	(MRT6_BASE+2)	/* Add a virtual interface		*/
#define MRT6_DEL_MIF	(MRT6_BASE+3)	/* Delete a virtual interface		*/
#define MRT6_ADD_MFC	(MRT6_BASE+4)	/* Add a multicast forwarding entry	*/
#define MRT6_DEL_MFC	(MRT6_BASE+5)	/* Delete a multicast forwarding entry	*/
#define MRT6_VERSION	(MRT6_BASE+6)	/* Get the kernel multicast version	*/
#define MRT6_ASSERT	(MRT6_BASE+7)	/* Activate PIM assert mode		*/
#define MRT6_PIM	(MRT6_BASE+8)	/* enable PIM code			*/
#define MRT6_TABLE	(MRT6_BASE+9)	/* Specify mroute table ID		*/
#define MRT6_ADD_MFC_PROXY	(MRT6_BASE+10)	/* Add a (*,*|G) mfc entry	*/
#define MRT6_DEL_MFC_PROXY	(MRT6_BASE+11)	/* Del a (*,*|G) mfc entry	*/
#define MRT6_MAX	(MRT6_BASE+11)

#define SIOCGETMIFCNT_IN6	SIOCPROTOPRIVATE	/* IP protocol privates */
#define SIOCGETSGCNT_IN6	(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+1)
#define SIOCGETRPF	(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+2)

#define MAXMIFS		32
typedef unsigned long mifbitmap_t;	/* User mode code depends on this lot */
typedef unsigned short mifi_t;
#define ALL_MIFS	((mifi_t)(-1))

#ifndef IF_SETSIZE
#define IF_SETSIZE	256
#endif

typedef	__u32		if_mask;
#define NIFBITS (sizeof(if_mask) * 8)        /* bits per mask */

typedef struct if_set {
	if_mask ifs_bits[__KERNEL_DIV_ROUND_UP(IF_SETSIZE, NIFBITS)];
} if_set;

#define IF_SET(n, p)    ((p)->ifs_bits[(n)/NIFBITS] |= (1 << ((n) % NIFBITS)))
#define IF_CLR(n, p)    ((p)->ifs_bits[(n)/NIFBITS] &= ~(1 << ((n) % NIFBITS)))
#define IF_ISSET(n, p)  ((p)->ifs_bits[(n)/NIFBITS] & (1 << ((n) % NIFBITS)))
#define IF_COPY(f, t)   bcopy(f, t, sizeof(*(f)))
#define IF_ZERO(p)      bzero(p, sizeof(*(p)))

/*
 *	Passed by mrouted for an MRT_ADD_MIF - again we use the
 *	mrouted 3.6 structures for compatibility
 */

struct mif6ctl {
	mifi_t	mif6c_mifi;		/* Index of MIF */
	unsigned char mif6c_flags;	/* MIFF_ flags */
	unsigned char vifc_threshold;	/* ttl limit */
	__u16	 mif6c_pifi;		/* the index of the physical IF */
	unsigned int vifc_rate_limit;	/* Rate limiter values (NI) */
};

#define MIFF_REGISTER	0x1	/* register vif	*/

/*
 *	Cache manipulation structures for mrouted and PIMd
 */

struct mf6cctl {
	struct sockaddr_in6 mf6cc_origin;		/* Origin of mcast	*/
	struct sockaddr_in6 mf6cc_mcastgrp;		/* Group in question	*/
	mifi_t	mf6cc_parent;			/* Where it arrived	*/
	struct if_set mf6cc_ifset;		/* Where it is going */
};

/*
 *	Group count retrieval for pim6sd
 */

struct sioc_sg_req6 {
	struct sockaddr_in6 src;
	struct sockaddr_in6 grp;
	unsigned long pktcnt;
	unsigned long bytecnt;
	unsigned long wrong_if;
};

/*
 *	To get vif packet counts
 */

struct sioc_mif_req6 {
	mifi_t	mifi;		/* Which iface */
	unsigned long icount;	/* In packets */
	unsigned long ocount;	/* Out packets */
	unsigned long ibytes;	/* In bytes */
	unsigned long obytes;	/* Out bytes */
};

/*
 *	That's all usermode folks
 */



/*
 * Structure used to communicate from kernel to multicast router.
 * We'll overlay the structure onto an MLD header (not an IPv6 heder like igmpmsg{}
 * used for IPv4 implementation). This is because this structure will be passed via an
 * IPv6 raw socket, on which an application will only receiver the payload i.e the data after
 * the IPv6 header and all the extension headers. (See section 3 of RFC 3542)
 */

struct mrt6msg {
#define MRT6MSG_NOCACHE		1
#define MRT6MSG_WRONGMIF	2
#define MRT6MSG_WHOLEPKT	3		/* used for use level encap */
	__u8		im6_mbz;		/* must be zero		   */
	__u8		im6_msgtype;		/* what type of message    */
	__u16		im6_mif;		/* mif rec'd on		   */
	__u32		im6_pad;		/* padding for 64 bit arch */
	struct in6_addr	im6_src, im6_dst;
};

/* ip6mr netlink cache report attributes */
enum {
	IP6MRA_CREPORT_UNSPEC,
	IP6MRA_CREPORT_MSGTYPE,
	IP6MRA_CREPORT_MIF_ID,
	IP6MRA_CREPORT_SRC_ADDR,
	IP6MRA_CREPORT_DST_ADDR,
	IP6MRA_CREPORT_PKT,
	__IP6MRA_CREPORT_MAX
};
#define IP6MRA_CREPORT_MAX (__IP6MRA_CREPORT_MAX - 1)

#endif /* __LINUX_MROUTE6_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_TIME_TYPES_H
#define _LINUX_TIME_TYPES_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#ifndef __kernel_timespec
struct __kernel_timespec {
	__kernel_time64_t       tv_sec;                 /* seconds */
	long long               tv_nsec;                /* nanoseconds */
};
#endif

#ifndef __kernel_itimerspec
struct __kernel_itimerspec {
	struct __kernel_timespec it_interval;    /* timer period */
	struct __kernel_timespec it_value;       /* timer expiration */
};
#endif

/*
 * legacy timeval structure, only embedded in structures that
 * traditionally used 'timeval' to pass time intervals (not absolute
 * times). Do not add new users. If user space fails to compile
 * here, this is probably because it is not y2038 safe and needs to
 * be changed to use another interface.
 */
#ifndef __kernel_old_timeval
struct __kernel_old_timeval {
	__kernel_long_t tv_sec;
	__kernel_long_t tv_usec;
};
#endif

struct __kernel_old_timespec {
	__kernel_time_t	tv_sec;			/* seconds */
	long		tv_nsec;		/* nanoseconds */
};

struct __kernel_sock_timeval {
	__s64 tv_sec;
	__s64 tv_usec;
};

#endif /* _LINUX_TIME_TYPES_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* Copyright(c) 2019 Intel Corporation. All rights rsvd. */
#ifndef _USR_IDXD_H_
#define _USR_IDXD_H_

#include <stdint.h>

/* Driver command error status */
enum idxd_scmd_stat {
	IDXD_SCMD_DEV_ENABLED = 0x80000010,
	IDXD_SCMD_DEV_NOT_ENABLED = 0x80000020,
	IDXD_SCMD_WQ_ENABLED = 0x80000021,
	IDXD_SCMD_DEV_DMA_ERR = 0x80020000,
	IDXD_SCMD_WQ_NO_GRP = 0x80030000,
	IDXD_SCMD_WQ_NO_NAME = 0x80040000,
	IDXD_SCMD_WQ_NO_SVM = 0x80050000,
	IDXD_SCMD_WQ_NO_THRESH = 0x80060000,
	IDXD_SCMD_WQ_PORTAL_ERR = 0x80070000,
	IDXD_SCMD_WQ_RES_ALLOC_ERR = 0x80080000,
	IDXD_SCMD_PERCPU_ERR = 0x80090000,
	IDXD_SCMD_DMA_CHAN_ERR = 0x800a0000,
	IDXD_SCMD_CDEV_ERR = 0x800b0000,
	IDXD_SCMD_WQ_NO_SWQ_SUPPORT = 0x800c0000,
	IDXD_SCMD_WQ_NONE_CONFIGURED = 0x800d0000,
	IDXD_SCMD_WQ_NO_SIZE = 0x800e0000,
	IDXD_SCMD_WQ_NO_PRIV = 0x800f0000,
	IDXD_SCMD_WQ_IRQ_ERR = 0x80100000,
	IDXD_SCMD_WQ_USER_NO_IOMMU = 0x80110000,
};

#define IDXD_SCMD_SOFTERR_MASK	0x80000000
#define IDXD_SCMD_SOFTERR_SHIFT	16

/* Descriptor flags */
#define IDXD_OP_FLAG_FENCE	0x0001
#define IDXD_OP_FLAG_BOF	0x0002
#define IDXD_OP_FLAG_CRAV	0x0004
#define IDXD_OP_FLAG_RCR	0x0008
#define IDXD_OP_FLAG_RCI	0x0010
#define IDXD_OP_FLAG_CRSTS	0x0020
#define IDXD_OP_FLAG_CR		0x0080
#define IDXD_OP_FLAG_CC		0x0100
#define IDXD_OP_FLAG_ADDR1_TCS	0x0200
#define IDXD_OP_FLAG_ADDR2_TCS	0x0400
#define IDXD_OP_FLAG_ADDR3_TCS	0x0800
#define IDXD_OP_FLAG_CR_TCS	0x1000
#define IDXD_OP_FLAG_STORD	0x2000
#define IDXD_OP_FLAG_DRDBK	0x4000
#define IDXD_OP_FLAG_DSTS	0x8000

/* IAX */
#define IDXD_OP_FLAG_RD_SRC2_AECS	0x010000
#define IDXD_OP_FLAG_RD_SRC2_2ND	0x020000
#define IDXD_OP_FLAG_WR_SRC2_AECS_COMP	0x040000
#define IDXD_OP_FLAG_WR_SRC2_AECS_OVFL	0x080000
#define IDXD_OP_FLAG_SRC2_STS		0x100000
#define IDXD_OP_FLAG_CRC_RFC3720	0x200000

/* Opcode */
enum dsa_opcode {
	DSA_OPCODE_NOOP = 0,
	DSA_OPCODE_BATCH,
	DSA_OPCODE_DRAIN,
	DSA_OPCODE_MEMMOVE,
	DSA_OPCODE_MEMFILL,
	DSA_OPCODE_COMPARE,
	DSA_OPCODE_COMPVAL,
	DSA_OPCODE_CR_DELTA,
	DSA_OPCODE_AP_DELTA,
	DSA_OPCODE_DUALCAST,
	DSA_OPCODE_CRCGEN = 0x10,
	DSA_OPCODE_COPY_CRC,
	DSA_OPCODE_DIF_CHECK,
	DSA_OPCODE_DIF_INS,
	DSA_OPCODE_DIF_STRP,
	DSA_OPCODE_DIF_UPDT,
	DSA_OPCODE_CFLUSH = 0x20,
};

enum iax_opcode {
	IAX_OPCODE_NOOP = 0,
	IAX_OPCODE_DRAIN = 2,
	IAX_OPCODE_MEMMOVE,
	IAX_OPCODE_DECOMPRESS = 0x42,
	IAX_OPCODE_COMPRESS,
	IAX_OPCODE_CRC64,
	IAX_OPCODE_ZERO_DECOMP_32 = 0x48,
	IAX_OPCODE_ZERO_DECOMP_16,
	IAX_OPCODE_ZERO_COMP_32 = 0x4c,
	IAX_OPCODE_ZERO_COMP_16,
	IAX_OPCODE_SCAN = 0x50,
	IAX_OPCODE_SET_MEMBER,
	IAX_OPCODE_EXTRACT,
	IAX_OPCODE_SELECT,
	IAX_OPCODE_RLE_BURST,
	IAX_OPCODE_FIND_UNIQUE,
	IAX_OPCODE_EXPAND,
};

/* Completion record status */
enum dsa_completion_status {
	DSA_COMP_NONE = 0,
	DSA_COMP_SUCCESS,
	DSA_COMP_SUCCESS_PRED,
	DSA_COMP_PAGE_FAULT_NOBOF,
	DSA_COMP_PAGE_FAULT_IR,
	DSA_COMP_BATCH_FAIL,
	DSA_COMP_BATCH_PAGE_FAULT,
	DSA_COMP_DR_OFFSET_NOINC,
	DSA_COMP_DR_OFFSET_ERANGE,
	DSA_COMP_DIF_ERR,
	DSA_COMP_BAD_OPCODE = 0x10,
	DSA_COMP_INVALID_FLAGS,
	DSA_COMP_NOZERO_RESERVE,
	DSA_COMP_XFER_ERANGE,
	DSA_COMP_DESC_CNT_ERANGE,
	DSA_COMP_DR_ERANGE,
	DSA_COMP_OVERLAP_BUFFERS,
	DSA_COMP_DCAST_ERR,
	DSA_COMP_DESCLIST_ALIGN,
	DSA_COMP_INT_HANDLE_INVAL,
	DSA_COMP_CRA_XLAT,
	DSA_COMP_CRA_ALIGN,
	DSA_COMP_ADDR_ALIGN,
	DSA_COMP_PRIV_BAD,
	DSA_COMP_TRAFFIC_CLASS_CONF,
	DSA_COMP_PFAULT_RDBA,
	DSA_COMP_HW_ERR1,
	DSA_COMP_HW_ERR_DRB,
	DSA_COMP_TRANSLATION_FAIL,
};

enum iax_completion_status {
	IAX_COMP_NONE = 0,
	IAX_COMP_SUCCESS,
	IAX_COMP_PAGE_FAULT_IR = 0x04,
	IAX_COMP_ANALYTICS_ERROR = 0x0a,
	IAX_COMP_OUTBUF_OVERFLOW,
	IAX_COMP_BAD_OPCODE = 0x10,
	IAX_COMP_INVALID_FLAGS,
	IAX_COMP_NOZERO_RESERVE,
	IAX_COMP_INVALID_SIZE,
	IAX_COMP_OVERLAP_BUFFERS = 0x16,
	IAX_COMP_INT_HANDLE_INVAL = 0x19,
	IAX_COMP_CRA_XLAT,
	IAX_COMP_CRA_ALIGN,
	IAX_COMP_ADDR_ALIGN,
	IAX_COMP_PRIV_BAD,
	IAX_COMP_TRAFFIC_CLASS_CONF,
	IAX_COMP_PFAULT_RDBA,
	IAX_COMP_HW_ERR1,
	IAX_COMP_HW_ERR_DRB,
	IAX_COMP_TRANSLATION_FAIL,
	IAX_COMP_PRS_TIMEOUT,
	IAX_COMP_WATCHDOG,
	IAX_COMP_INVALID_COMP_FLAG = 0x30,
	IAX_COMP_INVALID_FILTER_FLAG,
	IAX_COMP_INVALID_INPUT_SIZE,
	IAX_COMP_INVALID_NUM_ELEMS,
	IAX_COMP_INVALID_SRC1_WIDTH,
	IAX_COMP_INVALID_INVERT_OUT,
};

#define DSA_COMP_STATUS_MASK		0x7f
#define DSA_COMP_STATUS_WRITE		0x80

struct dsa_hw_desc {
	uint32_t	pasid:20;
	uint32_t	rsvd:11;
	uint32_t	priv:1;
	uint32_t	flags:24;
	uint32_t	opcode:8;
	uint64_t	completion_addr;
	union {
		uint64_t	src_addr;
		uint64_t	rdback_addr;
		uint64_t	pattern;
		uint64_t	desc_list_addr;
	};
	union {
		uint64_t	dst_addr;
		uint64_t	rdback_addr2;
		uint64_t	src2_addr;
		uint64_t	comp_pattern;
	};
	union {
		uint32_t	xfer_size;
		uint32_t	desc_count;
	};
	uint16_t	int_handle;
	uint16_t	rsvd1;
	union {
		uint8_t		expected_res;
		/* create delta record */
		struct {
			uint64_t	delta_addr;
			uint32_t	max_delta_size;
			uint32_t 	delt_rsvd;
			uint8_t 	expected_res_mask;
		};
		uint32_t	delta_rec_size;
		uint64_t	dest2;
		/* CRC */
		struct {
			uint32_t	crc_seed;
			uint32_t	crc_rsvd;
			uint64_t	seed_addr;
		};
		/* DIF check or strip */
		struct {
			uint8_t		src_dif_flags;
			uint8_t		dif_chk_res;
			uint8_t		dif_chk_flags;
			uint8_t		dif_chk_res2[5];
			uint32_t	chk_ref_tag_seed;
			uint16_t	chk_app_tag_mask;
			uint16_t	chk_app_tag_seed;
		};
		/* DIF insert */
		struct {
			uint8_t		dif_ins_res;
			uint8_t		dest_dif_flag;
			uint8_t		dif_ins_flags;
			uint8_t		dif_ins_res2[13];
			uint32_t	ins_ref_tag_seed;
			uint16_t	ins_app_tag_mask;
			uint16_t	ins_app_tag_seed;
		};
		/* DIF update */
		struct {
			uint8_t		src_upd_flags;
			uint8_t		upd_dest_flags;
			uint8_t		dif_upd_flags;
			uint8_t		dif_upd_res[5];
			uint32_t	src_ref_tag_seed;
			uint16_t	src_app_tag_mask;
			uint16_t	src_app_tag_seed;
			uint32_t	dest_ref_tag_seed;
			uint16_t	dest_app_tag_mask;
			uint16_t	dest_app_tag_seed;
		};

		uint8_t		op_specific[24];
	};
} __attribute__((packed));

struct iax_hw_desc {
	uint32_t        pasid:20;
	uint32_t        rsvd:11;
	uint32_t        priv:1;
	uint32_t        flags:24;
	uint32_t        opcode:8;
	uint64_t        completion_addr;
	uint64_t        src1_addr;
	uint64_t        dst_addr;
	uint32_t        src1_size;
	uint16_t        int_handle;
	union {
		uint16_t        compr_flags;
		uint16_t        decompr_flags;
	};
	uint64_t        src2_addr;
	uint32_t        max_dst_size;
	uint32_t        src2_size;
	uint32_t	filter_flags;
	uint32_t	num_inputs;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct dsa_raw_desc {
	uint64_t	field[8];
} __attribute__((packed));

/*
 * The status field will be modified by hardware, therefore it should be
 * __volatile__ and prevent the compiler from optimize the read.
 */
struct dsa_completion_record {
	__volatile__ uint8_t	status;
	union {
		uint8_t		result;
		uint8_t		dif_status;
	};
	uint16_t		rsvd;
	uint32_t		bytes_completed;
	uint64_t		fault_addr;
	union {
		/* common record */
		struct {
			uint32_t	invalid_flags:24;
			uint32_t	rsvd2:8;
		};

		uint32_t	delta_rec_size;
		uint64_t	crc_val;

		/* DIF check & strip */
		struct {
			uint32_t	dif_chk_ref_tag;
			uint16_t	dif_chk_app_tag_mask;
			uint16_t	dif_chk_app_tag;
		};

		/* DIF insert */
		struct {
			uint64_t	dif_ins_res;
			uint32_t	dif_ins_ref_tag;
			uint16_t	dif_ins_app_tag_mask;
			uint16_t	dif_ins_app_tag;
		};

		/* DIF update */
		struct {
			uint32_t	dif_upd_src_ref_tag;
			uint16_t	dif_upd_src_app_tag_mask;
			uint16_t	dif_upd_src_app_tag;
			uint32_t	dif_upd_dest_ref_tag;
			uint16_t	dif_upd_dest_app_tag_mask;
			uint16_t	dif_upd_dest_app_tag;
		};

		uint8_t		op_specific[16];
	};
} __attribute__((packed));

struct dsa_raw_completion_record {
	uint64_t	field[4];
} __attribute__((packed));

struct iax_completion_record {
	__volatile__ uint8_t        status;
	uint8_t                 error_code;
	uint16_t                rsvd;
	uint32_t                bytes_completed;
	uint64_t                fault_addr;
	uint32_t                invalid_flags;
	uint32_t                rsvd2;
	uint32_t                output_size;
	uint8_t                 output_bits;
	uint8_t                 rsvd3;
	uint16_t                xor_csum;
	uint32_t                crc;
	uint32_t                min;
	uint32_t                max;
	uint32_t                sum;
	uint64_t                rsvd4[2];
} __attribute__((packed));

struct iax_raw_completion_record {
	uint64_t	field[8];
} __attribute__((packed));

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* atm_he.h */

#ifndef LINUX_ATM_HE_H
#define LINUX_ATM_HE_H

#include <linux/atmioc.h>

#define HE_GET_REG	_IOW('a', ATMIOC_SARPRV, struct atmif_sioc)

#define HE_REGTYPE_PCI	1
#define HE_REGTYPE_RCM	2
#define HE_REGTYPE_TCM	3
#define HE_REGTYPE_MBOX	4

struct he_ioctl_reg {
	unsigned addr, val;
	char type;
};

#endif /* LINUX_ATM_HE_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* Copyright (c) 2015 6WIND S.A.
 * Author: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License,
 * version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_NET_NAMESPACE_H_
#define _LINUX_NET_NAMESPACE_H_

/* Attributes of RTM_NEWNSID/RTM_GETNSID messages */
enum {
	NETNSA_NONE,
#define NETNSA_NSID_NOT_ASSIGNED -1
	NETNSA_NSID,
	NETNSA_PID,
	NETNSA_FD,
	NETNSA_TARGET_NSID,
	NETNSA_CURRENT_NSID,
	__NETNSA_MAX,
};

#define NETNSA_MAX		(__NETNSA_MAX - 1)

#endif /* _LINUX_NET_NAMESPACE_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  Name                         : qnx4_fs.h
 *  Author                       : Richard Frowijn
 *  Function                     : qnx4 global filesystem definitions
 *  History                      : 23-03-1998 created
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_QNX4_FS_H
#define _LINUX_QNX4_FS_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/qnxtypes.h>
#include <linux/magic.h>

#define QNX4_ROOT_INO 1

#define QNX4_MAX_XTNTS_PER_XBLK	60
/* for di_status */
#define QNX4_FILE_USED          0x01
#define QNX4_FILE_MODIFIED      0x02
#define QNX4_FILE_BUSY          0x04
#define QNX4_FILE_LINK          0x08
#define QNX4_FILE_INODE         0x10
#define QNX4_FILE_FSYSCLEAN     0x20

#define QNX4_I_MAP_SLOTS	8
#define QNX4_Z_MAP_SLOTS	64
#define QNX4_VALID_FS		0x0001	/* Clean fs. */
#define QNX4_ERROR_FS		0x0002	/* fs has errors. */
#define QNX4_BLOCK_SIZE         0x200	/* blocksize of 512 bytes */
#define QNX4_BLOCK_SIZE_BITS    9	/* blocksize shift */
#define QNX4_DIR_ENTRY_SIZE     0x040	/* dir entry size of 64 bytes */
#define QNX4_DIR_ENTRY_SIZE_BITS 6	/* dir entry size shift */
#define QNX4_XBLK_ENTRY_SIZE    0x200	/* xblk entry size */
#define QNX4_INODES_PER_BLOCK   0x08	/* 512 / 64 */

/* for filenames */
#define QNX4_SHORT_NAME_MAX	16
#define QNX4_NAME_MAX		48

/*
 * This is the original qnx4 inode layout on disk.
 */
struct qnx4_inode_entry {
	char		di_fname[QNX4_SHORT_NAME_MAX];
	qnx4_off_t	di_size;
	qnx4_xtnt_t	di_first_xtnt;
	__le32		di_xblk;
	__le32		di_ftime;
	__le32		di_mtime;
	__le32		di_atime;
	__le32		di_ctime;
	qnx4_nxtnt_t	di_num_xtnts;
	qnx4_mode_t	di_mode;
	qnx4_muid_t	di_uid;
	qnx4_mgid_t	di_gid;
	qnx4_nlink_t	di_nlink;
	__u8		di_zero[4];
	qnx4_ftype_t	di_type;
	__u8		di_status;
};

struct qnx4_link_info {
	char		dl_fname[QNX4_NAME_MAX];
	__le32		dl_inode_blk;
	__u8		dl_inode_ndx;
	__u8		dl_spare[10];
	__u8		dl_status;
};

struct qnx4_xblk {
	__le32		xblk_next_xblk;
	__le32		xblk_prev_xblk;
	__u8		xblk_num_xtnts;
	__u8		xblk_spare[3];
	__le32		xblk_num_blocks;
	qnx4_xtnt_t	xblk_xtnts[QNX4_MAX_XTNTS_PER_XBLK];
	char		xblk_signature[8];
	qnx4_xtnt_t	xblk_first_xtnt;
};

struct qnx4_super_block {
	struct qnx4_inode_entry RootDir;
	struct qnx4_inode_entry Inode;
	struct qnx4_inode_entry Boot;
	struct qnx4_inode_entry AltBoot;
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *	Types and definitions for AF_INET6 
 *	Linux INET6 implementation 
 *
 *	Authors:
 *	Pedro Roque		<roque@di.fc.ul.pt>	
 *
 *	Sources:
 *	IPv6 Program Interfaces for BSD Systems
 *      <draft-ietf-ipngwg-bsd-api-05.txt>
 *
 *	Advanced Sockets API for IPv6
 *	<draft-stevens-advanced-api-00.txt>
 *
 *	This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *      modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *      as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *      2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_IN6_H
#define _LINUX_IN6_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/libc-compat.h>

/*
 *	IPv6 address structure
 */

#if __UAPI_DEF_IN6_ADDR
struct in6_addr {
	union {
		__u8		u6_addr8[16];
#if __UAPI_DEF_IN6_ADDR_ALT
		__be16		u6_addr16[8];
		__be32		u6_addr32[4];
#endif
	} in6_u;
#define s6_addr			in6_u.u6_addr8
#if __UAPI_DEF_IN6_ADDR_ALT
#define s6_addr16		in6_u.u6_addr16
#define s6_addr32		in6_u.u6_addr32
#endif
};
#endif /* __UAPI_DEF_IN6_ADDR */

#if __UAPI_DEF_SOCKADDR_IN6
struct sockaddr_in6 {
	unsigned short int	sin6_family;    /* AF_INET6 */
	__be16			sin6_port;      /* Transport layer port # */
	__be32			sin6_flowinfo;  /* IPv6 flow information */
	struct in6_addr		sin6_addr;      /* IPv6 address */
	__u32			sin6_scope_id;  /* scope id (new in RFC2553) */
};
#endif /* __UAPI_DEF_SOCKADDR_IN6 */

#if __UAPI_DEF_IPV6_MREQ
struct ipv6_mreq {
	/* IPv6 multicast address of group */
	struct in6_addr ipv6mr_multiaddr;

	/* local IPv6 address of interface */
	int		ipv6mr_ifindex;
};
#endif /* __UAPI_DEF_IVP6_MREQ */

#define ipv6mr_acaddr	ipv6mr_multiaddr

struct in6_flowlabel_req {
	struct in6_addr	flr_dst;
	__be32	flr_label;
	__u8	flr_action;
	__u8	flr_share;
	__u16	flr_flags;
	__u16 	flr_expires;
	__u16	flr_linger;
	__u32	__flr_pad;
	/* Options in format of IPV6_PKTOPTIONS */
};

#define IPV6_FL_A_GET	0
#define IPV6_FL_A_PUT	1
#define IPV6_FL_A_RENEW	2

#define IPV6_FL_F_CREATE	1
#define IPV6_FL_F_EXCL		2
#define IPV6_FL_F_REFLECT	4
#define IPV6_FL_F_REMOTE	8

#define IPV6_FL_S_NONE		0
#define IPV6_FL_S_EXCL		1
#define IPV6_FL_S_PROCESS	2
#define IPV6_FL_S_USER		3
#define IPV6_FL_S_ANY		255


/*
 *	Bitmask constant declarations to help applications select out the 
 *	flow label and priority fields.
 *
 *	Note that this are in host byte order while the flowinfo field of
 *	sockaddr_in6 is in network byte order.
 */

#define IPV6_FLOWINFO_FLOWLABEL		0x000fffff
#define IPV6_FLOWINFO_PRIORITY		0x0ff00000

/* These definitions are obsolete */
#define IPV6_PRIORITY_UNCHARACTERIZED	0x0000
#define IPV6_PRIORITY_FILLER		0x0100
#define IPV6_PRIORITY_UNATTENDED	0x0200
#define IPV6_PRIORITY_RESERVED1		0x0300
#define IPV6_PRIORITY_BULK		0x0400
#define IPV6_PRIORITY_RESERVED2		0x0500
#define IPV6_PRIORITY_INTERACTIVE	0x0600
#define IPV6_PRIORITY_CONTROL		0x0700
#define IPV6_PRIORITY_8			0x0800
#define IPV6_PRIORITY_9			0x0900
#define IPV6_PRIORITY_10		0x0a00
#define IPV6_PRIORITY_11		0x0b00
#define IPV6_PRIORITY_12		0x0c00
#define IPV6_PRIORITY_13		0x0d00
#define IPV6_PRIORITY_14		0x0e00
#define IPV6_PRIORITY_15		0x0f00

/*
 *	IPV6 extension headers
 */
#if __UAPI_DEF_IPPROTO_V6
#define IPPROTO_HOPOPTS		0	/* IPv6 hop-by-hop options	*/
#define IPPROTO_ROUTING		43	/* IPv6 routing header		*/
#define IPPROTO_FRAGMENT	44	/* IPv6 fragmentation header	*/
#define IPPROTO_ICMPV6		58	/* ICMPv6			*/
#define IPPROTO_NONE		59	/* IPv6 no next header		*/
#define IPPROTO_DSTOPTS		60	/* IPv6 destination options	*/
#define IPPROTO_MH		135	/* IPv6 mobility header		*/
#endif /* __UAPI_DEF_IPPROTO_V6 */

/*
 *	IPv6 TLV options.
 */
#define IPV6_TLV_PAD1		0
#define IPV6_TLV_PADN		1
#define IPV6_TLV_ROUTERALERT	5
#define IPV6_TLV_CALIPSO	7	/* RFC 5570 */
#define IPV6_TLV_JUMBO		194
#define IPV6_TLV_HAO		201	/* home address option */

/*
 *	IPV6 socket options
 */
#if __UAPI_DEF_IPV6_OPTIONS
#define IPV6_ADDRFORM		1
#define IPV6_2292PKTINFO	2
#define IPV6_2292HOPOPTS	3
#define IPV6_2292DSTOPTS	4
#define IPV6_2292RTHDR		5
#define IPV6_2292PKTOPTIONS	6
#define IPV6_CHECKSUM		7
#define IPV6_2292HOPLIMIT	8
#define IPV6_NEXTHOP		9
#define IPV6_AUTHHDR		10	/* obsolete */
#define IPV6_FLOWINFO		11

#define IPV6_UNICAST_HOPS	16
#define IPV6_MULTICAST_IF	17
#define IPV6_MULTICAST_HOPS	18
#define IPV6_MULTICAST_LOOP	19
#define IPV6_ADD_MEMBERSHIP	20
#define IPV6_DROP_MEMBERSHIP	21
#define IPV6_ROUTER_ALERT	22
#define IPV6_MTU_DISCOVER	23
#define IPV6_MTU		24
#define IPV6_RECVERR		25
#define IPV6_V6ONLY		26
#define IPV6_JOIN_ANYCAST	27
#define IPV6_LEAVE_ANYCAST	28

/* IPV6_MTU_DISCOVER values */
#define IPV6_PMTUDISC_DONT		0
#define IPV6_PMTUDISC_WANT		1
#define IPV6_PMTUDISC_DO		2
#define IPV6_PMTUDISC_PROBE		3
/* same as IPV6_PMTUDISC_PROBE, provided for symetry with IPv4
 * also see comments on IP_PMTUDISC_INTERFACE
 */
#define IPV6_PMTUDISC_INTERFACE		4
/* weaker version of IPV6_PMTUDISC_INTERFACE, which allows packets to
 * get fragmented if they exceed the interface mtu
 */
#define IPV6_PMTUDISC_OMIT		5

/* Flowlabel */
#define IPV6_FLOWLABEL_MGR	32
#define IPV6_FLOWINFO_SEND	33

#define IPV6_IPSEC_POLICY	34
#define IPV6_XFRM_POLICY	35
#define IPV6_HDRINCL		36
#endif

/*
 * Multicast:
 * Following socket options are shared between IPv4 and IPv6.
 *
 * MCAST_JOIN_GROUP		42
 * MCAST_BLOCK_SOURCE		43
 * MCAST_UNBLOCK_SOURCE		44
 * MCAST_LEAVE_GROUP		45
 * MCAST_JOIN_SOURCE_GROUP	46
 * MCAST_LEAVE_SOURCE_GROUP	47
 * MCAST_MSFILTER		48
 */

/*
 * Advanced API (RFC3542) (1)
 *
 * Note: IPV6_RECVRTHDRDSTOPTS does not exist. see net/ipv6/datagram.c.
 */

#define IPV6_RECVPKTINFO	49
#define IPV6_PKTINFO		50
#define IPV6_RECVHOPLIMIT	51
#define IPV6_HOPLIMIT		52
#define IPV6_RECVHOPOPTS	53
#define IPV6_HOPOPTS		54
#define IPV6_RTHDRDSTOPTS	55
#define IPV6_RECVRTHDR		56
#define IPV6_RTHDR		57
#define IPV6_RECVDSTOPTS	58
#define IPV6_DSTOPTS		59
#define IPV6_RECVPATHMTU	60
#define IPV6_PATHMTU		61
#define IPV6_DONTFRAG		62
#if 0	/* not yet */
#define IPV6_USE_MIN_MTU	63
#endif

/*
 * Netfilter (1)
 *
 * Following socket options are used in ip6_tables;
 * see include/linux/netfilter_ipv6/ip6_tables.h.
 *
 * IP6T_SO_SET_REPLACE / IP6T_SO_GET_INFO		64
 * IP6T_SO_SET_ADD_COUNTERS / IP6T_SO_GET_ENTRIES	65
 */

/*
 * Advanced API (RFC3542) (2)
 */
#define IPV6_RECVTCLASS		66
#define IPV6_TCLASS		67

/*
 * Netfilter (2)
 *
 * Following socket options are used in ip6_tables;
 * see include/linux/netfilter_ipv6/ip6_tables.h.
 *
 * IP6T_SO_GET_REVISION_MATCH	68
 * IP6T_SO_GET_REVISION_TARGET	69
 * IP6T_SO_ORIGINAL_DST		80
 */

#define IPV6_AUTOFLOWLABEL	70
/* RFC5014: Source address selection */
#define IPV6_ADDR_PREFERENCES	72

#define IPV6_PREFER_SRC_TMP		0x0001
#define IPV6_PREFER_SRC_PUBLIC		0x0002
#define IPV6_PREFER_SRC_PUBTMP_DEFAULT	0x0100
#define IPV6_PREFER_SRC_COA		0x0004
#define IPV6_PREFER_SRC_HOME		0x0400
#define IPV6_PREFER_SRC_CGA		0x0008
#define IPV6_PREFER_SRC_NONCGA		0x0800

/* RFC5082: Generalized Ttl Security Mechanism */
#define IPV6_MINHOPCOUNT		73

#define IPV6_ORIGDSTADDR        74
#define IPV6_RECVORIGDSTADDR    IPV6_ORIGDSTADDR
#define IPV6_TRANSPARENT        75
#define IPV6_UNICAST_IF         76
#define IPV6_RECVFRAGSIZE	77
#define IPV6_FREEBIND		78

/*
 * Multicast Routing:
 * see include/uapi/linux/mroute6.h.
 *
 * MRT6_BASE			200
 * ...
 * MRT6_MAX
 */
#endif /* _LINUX_IN6_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_TC_EM_META_H
#define __LINUX_TC_EM_META_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/pkt_cls.h>

enum {
	TCA_EM_META_UNSPEC,
	TCA_EM_META_HDR,
	TCA_EM_META_LVALUE,
	TCA_EM_META_RVALUE,
	__TCA_EM_META_MAX
};
#define TCA_EM_META_MAX (__TCA_EM_META_MAX - 1)

struct tcf_meta_val {
	__u16			kind;
	__u8			shift;
	__u8			op;
};

#define TCF_META_TYPE_MASK	(0xf << 12)
#define TCF_META_TYPE(kind)	(((kind) & TCF_META_TYPE_MASK) >> 12)
#define TCF_META_ID_MASK	0x7ff
#define TCF_META_ID(kind)	((kind) & TCF_META_ID_MASK)

enum {
	TCF_META_TYPE_VAR,
	TCF_META_TYPE_INT,
	__TCF_META_TYPE_MAX
};
#define TCF_META_TYPE_MAX (__TCF_META_TYPE_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TCF_META_ID_VALUE,
	TCF_META_ID_RANDOM,
	TCF_META_ID_LOADAVG_0,
	TCF_META_ID_LOADAVG_1,
	TCF_META_ID_LOADAVG_2,
	TCF_META_ID_DEV,
	TCF_META_ID_PRIORITY,
	TCF_META_ID_PROTOCOL,
	TCF_META_ID_PKTTYPE,
	TCF_META_ID_PKTLEN,
	TCF_META_ID_DATALEN,
	TCF_META_ID_MACLEN,
	TCF_META_ID_NFMARK,
	TCF_META_ID_TCINDEX,
	TCF_META_ID_RTCLASSID,
	TCF_META_ID_RTIIF,
	TCF_META_ID_SK_FAMILY,
	TCF_META_ID_SK_STATE,
	TCF_META_ID_SK_REUSE,
	TCF_META_ID_SK_BOUND_IF,
	TCF_META_ID_SK_REFCNT,
	TCF_META_ID_SK_SHUTDOWN,
	TCF_META_ID_SK_PROTO,
	TCF_META_ID_SK_TYPE,
	TCF_META_ID_SK_RCVBUF,
	TCF_META_ID_SK_RMEM_ALLOC,
	TCF_META_ID_SK_WMEM_ALLOC,
	TCF_META_ID_SK_OMEM_ALLOC,
	TCF_META_ID_SK_WMEM_QUEUED,
	TCF_META_ID_SK_RCV_QLEN,
	TCF_META_ID_SK_SND_QLEN,
 	TCF_META_ID_SK_ERR_QLEN,
	TCF_META_ID_SK_FORWARD_ALLOCS,
	TCF_META_ID_SK_SNDBUF,
 	TCF_META_ID_SK_ALLOCS,
	__TCF_META_ID_SK_ROUTE_CAPS,	/* unimplemented but in ABI already */
 	TCF_META_ID_SK_HASH,
 	TCF_META_ID_SK_LINGERTIME,
 	TCF_META_ID_SK_ACK_BACKLOG,
 	TCF_META_ID_SK_MAX_ACK_BACKLOG,
 	TCF_META_ID_SK_PRIO,
 	TCF_META_ID_SK_RCVLOWAT,
 	TCF_META_ID_SK_RCVTIMEO,
 	TCF_META_ID_SK_SNDTIMEO,
 	TCF_META_ID_SK_SENDMSG_OFF,
 	TCF_META_ID_SK_WRITE_PENDING,
	TCF_META_ID_VLAN_TAG,
	TCF_META_ID_RXHASH,
	__TCF_META_ID_MAX
};
#define TCF_META_ID_MAX (__TCF_META_ID_MAX - 1)

struct tcf_meta_hdr {
	struct tcf_meta_val	left;
	struct tcf_meta_val	right;
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_TC_EM_CMP_H
#define __LINUX_TC_EM_CMP_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/pkt_cls.h>

struct tcf_em_cmp {
	__u32		val;
	__u32		mask;
	__u16		off;
	__u8		align:4;
	__u8		flags:4;
	__u8		layer:4;
	__u8		opnd:4;
};

enum {
	TCF_EM_ALIGN_U8  = 1,
	TCF_EM_ALIGN_U16 = 2,
	TCF_EM_ALIGN_U32 = 4
};

#define TCF_EM_CMP_TRANS	1

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_TC_EM_TEXT_H
#define __LINUX_TC_EM_TEXT_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/pkt_cls.h>

#define TC_EM_TEXT_ALGOSIZ	16

struct tcf_em_text {
	char		algo[TC_EM_TEXT_ALGOSIZ];
	__u16		from_offset;
	__u16		to_offset;
	__u16		pattern_len;
	__u8		from_layer:4;
	__u8		to_layer:4;
	__u8		pad;
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_TC_EM_NBYTE_H
#define __LINUX_TC_EM_NBYTE_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/pkt_cls.h>

struct tcf_em_nbyte {
	__u16		off;
	__u16		len:12;
	__u8		layer:4;
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_TC_EM_IPT_H
#define __LINUX_TC_EM_IPT_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/pkt_cls.h>

enum {
	TCA_EM_IPT_UNSPEC,
	TCA_EM_IPT_HOOK,
	TCA_EM_IPT_MATCH_NAME,
	TCA_EM_IPT_MATCH_REVISION,
	TCA_EM_IPT_NFPROTO,
	TCA_EM_IPT_MATCH_DATA,
	__TCA_EM_IPT_MAX
};

#define TCA_EM_IPT_MAX (__TCA_EM_IPT_MAX - 1)

#endif
/*
 * Intel Wireless WiMax Connection 2400m
 * Host-Device protocol interface definitions
 *
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 *
 *   * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *   * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *     the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *     distribution.
 *   * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
 *     contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
 *     from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
 * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
 * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
 * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 *
 * Intel Corporation <linux-wimax@intel.com>
 * Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky.perez-gonzalez@intel.com>
 *  - Initial implementation
 *
 *
 * This header defines the data structures and constants used to
 * communicate with the device.
 *
 * BOOTMODE/BOOTROM/FIRMWARE UPLOAD PROTOCOL
 *
 * The firmware upload protocol is quite simple and only requires a
 * handful of commands. See drivers/net/wimax/i2400m/fw.c for more
 * details.
 *
 * The BCF data structure is for the firmware file header.
 *
 *
 * THE DATA / CONTROL PROTOCOL
 *
 * This is the normal protocol spoken with the device once the
 * firmware is uploaded. It transports data payloads and control
 * messages back and forth.
 *
 * It consists 'messages' that pack one or more payloads each. The
 * format is described in detail in drivers/net/wimax/i2400m/rx.c and
 * tx.c.
 *
 *
 * THE L3L4 PROTOCOL
 *
 * The term L3L4 refers to Layer 3 (the device), Layer 4 (the
 * driver/host software).
 *
 * This is the control protocol used by the host to control the i2400m
 * device (scan, connect, disconnect...). This is sent to / received
 * as control frames. These frames consist of a header and zero or
 * more TLVs with information. We call each control frame a "message".
 *
 * Each message is composed of:
 *
 * HEADER
 * [TLV0 + PAYLOAD0]
 * [TLV1 + PAYLOAD1]
 * [...]
 * [TLVN + PAYLOADN]
 *
 * The HEADER is defined by 'struct i2400m_l3l4_hdr'. The payloads are
 * defined by a TLV structure (Type Length Value) which is a 'header'
 * (struct i2400m_tlv_hdr) and then the payload.
 *
 * All integers are represented as Little Endian.
 *
 * - REQUESTS AND EVENTS
 *
 * The requests can be clasified as follows:
 *
 *   COMMAND:  implies a request from the host to the device requesting
 *             an action being performed. The device will reply with a
 *             message (with the same type as the command), status and
 *             no (TLV) payload. Execution of a command might cause
 *             events (of different type) to be sent later on as
 *             device's state changes.
 *
 *   GET/SET:  similar to COMMAND, but will not cause other
 *             EVENTs. The reply, in the case of GET, will contain
 *             TLVs with the requested information.
 *
 *   EVENT:    asynchronous messages sent from the device, maybe as a
 *             consequence of previous COMMANDs but disassociated from
 *             them.
 *
 * Only one request might be pending at the same time (ie: don't
 * parallelize nor post another GET request before the previous
 * COMMAND has been acknowledged with it's corresponding reply by the
 * device).
 *
 * The different requests and their formats are described below:
 *
 *  I2400M_MT_*   Message types
 *  I2400M_MS_*   Message status (for replies, events)
 *  i2400m_tlv_*  TLVs
 *
 * data types are named 'struct i2400m_msg_OPNAME', OPNAME matching the
 * operation.
 */

#ifndef __LINUX__WIMAX__I2400M_H__
#define __LINUX__WIMAX__I2400M_H__

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>

/*
 * Host Device Interface (HDI) common to all busses
 */

/* Boot-mode (firmware upload mode) commands */

/* Header for the firmware file */
struct i2400m_bcf_hdr {
	__le32 module_type;
	__le32 header_len;
	__le32 header_version;
	__le32 module_id;
	__le32 module_vendor;
	__le32 date;		/* BCD YYYMMDD */
	__le32 size;            /* in dwords */
	__le32 key_size;	/* in dwords */
	__le32 modulus_size;	/* in dwords */
	__le32 exponent_size;	/* in dwords */
	__u8 reserved[88];
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* Boot mode opcodes */
enum i2400m_brh_opcode {
	I2400M_BRH_READ = 1,
	I2400M_BRH_WRITE = 2,
	I2400M_BRH_JUMP = 3,
	I2400M_BRH_SIGNED_JUMP = 8,
	I2400M_BRH_HASH_PAYLOAD_ONLY = 9,
};

/* Boot mode command masks and stuff */
enum i2400m_brh {
	I2400M_BRH_SIGNATURE = 0xcbbc0000,
	I2400M_BRH_SIGNATURE_MASK = 0xffff0000,
	I2400M_BRH_SIGNATURE_SHIFT = 16,
	I2400M_BRH_OPCODE_MASK = 0x0000000f,
	I2400M_BRH_RESPONSE_MASK = 0x000000f0,
	I2400M_BRH_RESPONSE_SHIFT = 4,
	I2400M_BRH_DIRECT_ACCESS = 0x00000400,
	I2400M_BRH_RESPONSE_REQUIRED = 0x00000200,
	I2400M_BRH_USE_CHECKSUM = 0x00000100,
};


/**
 * i2400m_bootrom_header - Header for a boot-mode command
 *
 * @cmd: the above command descriptor
 * @target_addr: where on the device memory should the action be performed.
 * @data_size: for read/write, amount of data to be read/written
 * @block_checksum: checksum value (if applicable)
 * @payload: the beginning of data attached to this header
 */
struct i2400m_bootrom_header {
	__le32 command;		/* Compose with enum i2400_brh */
	__le32 target_addr;
	__le32 data_size;
	__le32 block_checksum;
	char payload[0];
} __attribute__ ((packed));


/*
 * Data / control protocol
 */

/* Packet types for the host-device interface */
enum i2400m_pt {
	I2400M_PT_DATA = 0,
	I2400M_PT_CTRL,
	I2400M_PT_TRACE,	/* For device debug */
	I2400M_PT_RESET_WARM,	/* device reset */
	I2400M_PT_RESET_COLD,	/* USB[transport] reset, like reconnect */
	I2400M_PT_EDATA,	/* Extended RX data */
	I2400M_PT_ILLEGAL
};


/*
 * Payload for a data packet
 *
 * This is prefixed to each and every outgoing DATA type.
 */
struct i2400m_pl_data_hdr {
	__le32 reserved;
} __attribute__((packed));


/*
 * Payload for an extended data packet
 *
 * New in fw v1.4
 *
 * @reorder: if this payload has to be reorder or not (and how)
 * @cs: the type of data in the packet, as defined per (802.16e
 *     T11.13.19.1). Currently only 2 (IPv4 packet) supported.
 *
 * This is prefixed to each and every INCOMING DATA packet.
 */
struct i2400m_pl_edata_hdr {
	__le32 reorder;		/* bits defined in i2400m_ro */
	__u8 cs;
	__u8 reserved[11];
} __attribute__((packed));

enum i2400m_cs {
	I2400M_CS_IPV4_0 = 0,
	I2400M_CS_IPV4 = 2,
};

enum i2400m_ro {
	I2400M_RO_NEEDED     = 0x01,
	I2400M_RO_TYPE       = 0x03,
	I2400M_RO_TYPE_SHIFT = 1,
	I2400M_RO_CIN        = 0x0f,
	I2400M_RO_CIN_SHIFT  = 4,
	I2400M_RO_FBN        = 0x07ff,
	I2400M_RO_FBN_SHIFT  = 8,
	I2400M_RO_SN         = 0x07ff,
	I2400M_RO_SN_SHIFT   = 21,
};

enum i2400m_ro_type {
	I2400M_RO_TYPE_RESET = 0,
	I2400M_RO_TYPE_PACKET,
	I2400M_RO_TYPE_WS,
	I2400M_RO_TYPE_PACKET_WS,
};


/* Misc constants */
enum {
	I2400M_PL_ALIGN = 16,	/* Payload data size alignment */
	I2400M_PL_SIZE_MAX = 0x3EFF,
	I2400M_MAX_PLS_IN_MSG = 60,
	/* protocol barkers: sync sequences; for notifications they
	 * are sent in groups of four. */
	I2400M_H2D_PREVIEW_BARKER = 0xcafe900d,
	I2400M_COLD_RESET_BARKER = 0xc01dc01d,
	I2400M_WARM_RESET_BARKER = 0x50f750f7,
	I2400M_NBOOT_BARKER = 0xdeadbeef,
	I2400M_SBOOT_BARKER = 0x0ff1c1a1,
	I2400M_SBOOT_BARKER_6050 = 0x80000001,
	I2400M_ACK_BARKER = 0xfeedbabe,
	I2400M_D2H_MSG_BARKER = 0xbeefbabe,
};


/*
 * Hardware payload descriptor
 *
 * Bitfields encoded in a struct to enforce typing semantics.
 *
 * Look in rx.c and tx.c for a full description of the format.
 */
struct i2400m_pld {
	__le32 val;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

#define I2400M_PLD_SIZE_MASK 0x00003fff
#define I2400M_PLD_TYPE_SHIFT 16
#define I2400M_PLD_TYPE_MASK 0x000f0000

/*
 * Header for a TX message or RX message
 *
 * @barker: preamble
 * @size: used for management of the FIFO queue buffer; before
 *     sending, this is converted to be a real preamble. This
 *     indicates the real size of the TX message that starts at this
 *     point. If the highest bit is set, then this message is to be
 *     skipped.
 * @sequence: sequence number of this message
 * @offset: offset where the message itself starts -- see the comments
 *     in the file header about message header and payload descriptor
 *     alignment.
 * @num_pls: number of payloads in this message
 * @padding: amount of padding bytes at the end of the message to make
 *           it be of block-size aligned
 *
 * Look in rx.c and tx.c for a full description of the format.
 */
struct i2400m_msg_hdr {
	union {
		__le32 barker;
		__u32 size;	/* same size type as barker!! */
	};
	union {
		__le32 sequence;
		__u32 offset;	/* same size type as barker!! */
	};
	__le16 num_pls;
	__le16 rsv1;
	__le16 padding;
	__le16 rsv2;
	struct i2400m_pld pld[0];
} __attribute__ ((packed));



/*
 * L3/L4 control protocol
 */

enum {
	/* Interface version */
	I2400M_L3L4_VERSION             = 0x0100,
};

/* Message types */
enum i2400m_mt {
	I2400M_MT_RESERVED              = 0x0000,
	I2400M_MT_INVALID               = 0xffff,
	I2400M_MT_REPORT_MASK		= 0x8000,

	I2400M_MT_GET_SCAN_RESULT  	= 0x4202,
	I2400M_MT_SET_SCAN_PARAM   	= 0x4402,
	I2400M_MT_CMD_RF_CONTROL   	= 0x4602,
	I2400M_MT_CMD_SCAN         	= 0x4603,
	I2400M_MT_CMD_CONNECT      	= 0x4604,
	I2400M_MT_CMD_DISCONNECT   	= 0x4605,
	I2400M_MT_CMD_EXIT_IDLE   	= 0x4606,
	I2400M_MT_GET_LM_VERSION   	= 0x5201,
	I2400M_MT_GET_DEVICE_INFO  	= 0x5202,
	I2400M_MT_GET_LINK_STATUS  	= 0x5203,
	I2400M_MT_GET_STATISTICS   	= 0x5204,
	I2400M_MT_GET_STATE        	= 0x5205,
	I2400M_MT_GET_MEDIA_STATUS	= 0x5206,
	I2400M_MT_SET_INIT_CONFIG	= 0x5404,
	I2400M_MT_CMD_INIT	        = 0x5601,
	I2400M_MT_CMD_TERMINATE		= 0x5602,
	I2400M_MT_CMD_MODE_OF_OP	= 0x5603,
	I2400M_MT_CMD_RESET_DEVICE	= 0x5604,
	I2400M_MT_CMD_MONITOR_CONTROL   = 0x5605,
	I2400M_MT_CMD_ENTER_POWERSAVE   = 0x5606,
	I2400M_MT_GET_TLS_OPERATION_RESULT = 0x6201,
	I2400M_MT_SET_EAP_SUCCESS       = 0x6402,
	I2400M_MT_SET_EAP_FAIL          = 0x6403,
	I2400M_MT_SET_EAP_KEY          	= 0x6404,
	I2400M_MT_CMD_SEND_EAP_RESPONSE = 0x6602,
	I2400M_MT_REPORT_SCAN_RESULT    = 0xc002,
	I2400M_MT_REPORT_STATE		= 0xd002,
	I2400M_MT_REPORT_POWERSAVE_READY = 0xd005,
	I2400M_MT_REPORT_EAP_REQUEST    = 0xe002,
	I2400M_MT_REPORT_EAP_RESTART    = 0xe003,
	I2400M_MT_REPORT_ALT_ACCEPT    	= 0xe004,
	I2400M_MT_REPORT_KEY_REQUEST 	= 0xe005,
};


/*
 * Message Ack Status codes
 *
 * When a message is replied-to, this status is reported.
 */
enum i2400m_ms {
	I2400M_MS_DONE_OK                  = 0,
	I2400M_MS_DONE_IN_PROGRESS         = 1,
	I2400M_MS_INVALID_OP               = 2,
	I2400M_MS_BAD_STATE                = 3,
	I2400M_MS_ILLEGAL_VALUE            = 4,
	I2400M_MS_MISSING_PARAMS           = 5,
	I2400M_MS_VERSION_ERROR            = 6,
	I2400M_MS_ACCESSIBILITY_ERROR      = 7,
	I2400M_MS_BUSY                     = 8,
	I2400M_MS_CORRUPTED_TLV            = 9,
	I2400M_MS_UNINITIALIZED            = 10,
	I2400M_MS_UNKNOWN_ERROR            = 11,
	I2400M_MS_PRODUCTION_ERROR         = 12,
	I2400M_MS_NO_RF                    = 13,
	I2400M_MS_NOT_READY_FOR_POWERSAVE  = 14,
	I2400M_MS_THERMAL_CRITICAL         = 15,
	I2400M_MS_MAX
};


/**
 * i2400m_tlv - enumeration of the different types of TLVs
 *
 * TLVs stand for type-length-value and are the header for a payload
 * composed of almost anything. Each payload has a type assigned
 * and a length.
 */
enum i2400m_tlv {
	I2400M_TLV_L4_MESSAGE_VERSIONS = 129,
	I2400M_TLV_SYSTEM_STATE = 141,
	I2400M_TLV_MEDIA_STATUS = 161,
	I2400M_TLV_RF_OPERATION = 162,
	I2400M_TLV_RF_STATUS = 163,
	I2400M_TLV_DEVICE_RESET_TYPE = 132,
	I2400M_TLV_CONFIG_IDLE_PARAMETERS = 601,
	I2400M_TLV_CONFIG_IDLE_TIMEOUT = 611,
	I2400M_TLV_CONFIG_D2H_DATA_FORMAT = 614,
	I2400M_TLV_CONFIG_DL_HOST_REORDER = 615,
};


struct i2400m_tlv_hdr {
	__le16 type;
	__le16 length;		/* payload's */
	__u8   pl[0];
} __attribute__((packed));


struct i2400m_l3l4_hdr {
	__le16 type;
	__le16 length;		/* payload's */
	__le16 version;
	__le16 resv1;
	__le16 status;
	__le16 resv2;
	struct i2400m_tlv_hdr pl[0];
} __attribute__((packed));


/**
 * i2400m_system_state - different states of the device
 */
enum i2400m_system_state {
	I2400M_SS_UNINITIALIZED = 1,
	I2400M_SS_INIT,
	I2400M_SS_READY,
	I2400M_SS_SCAN,
	I2400M_SS_STANDBY,
	I2400M_SS_CONNECTING,
	I2400M_SS_WIMAX_CONNECTED,
	I2400M_SS_DATA_PATH_CONNECTED,
	I2400M_SS_IDLE,
	I2400M_SS_DISCONNECTING,
	I2400M_SS_OUT_OF_ZONE,
	I2400M_SS_SLEEPACTIVE,
	I2400M_SS_PRODUCTION,
	I2400M_SS_CONFIG,
	I2400M_SS_RF_OFF,
	I2400M_SS_RF_SHUTDOWN,
	I2400M_SS_DEVICE_DISCONNECT,
	I2400M_SS_MAX,
};


/**
 * i2400m_tlv_system_state - report on the state of the system
 *
 * @state: see enum i2400m_system_state
 */
struct i2400m_tlv_system_state {
	struct i2400m_tlv_hdr hdr;
	__le32 state;
} __attribute__((packed));


struct i2400m_tlv_l4_message_versions {
	struct i2400m_tlv_hdr hdr;
	__le16 major;
	__le16 minor;
	__le16 branch;
	__le16 reserved;
} __attribute__((packed));


struct i2400m_tlv_detailed_device_info {
	struct i2400m_tlv_hdr hdr;
	__u8 reserved1[400];
	__u8 mac_address[ETH_ALEN];
	__u8 reserved2[2];
} __attribute__((packed));


enum i2400m_rf_switch_status {
	I2400M_RF_SWITCH_ON = 1,
	I2400M_RF_SWITCH_OFF = 2,
};

struct i2400m_tlv_rf_switches_status {
	struct i2400m_tlv_hdr hdr;
	__u8 sw_rf_switch;	/* 1 ON, 2 OFF */
	__u8 hw_rf_switch;	/* 1 ON, 2 OFF */
	__u8 reserved[2];
} __attribute__((packed));


enum {
	i2400m_rf_operation_on = 1,
	i2400m_rf_operation_off = 2
};

struct i2400m_tlv_rf_operation {
	struct i2400m_tlv_hdr hdr;
	__le32 status;	/* 1 ON, 2 OFF */
} __attribute__((packed));


enum i2400m_tlv_reset_type {
	I2400M_RESET_TYPE_COLD = 1,
	I2400M_RESET_TYPE_WARM
};

struct i2400m_tlv_device_reset_type {
	struct i2400m_tlv_hdr hdr;
	__le32 reset_type;
} __attribute__((packed));


struct i2400m_tlv_config_idle_parameters {
	struct i2400m_tlv_hdr hdr;
	__le32 idle_timeout;	/* 100 to 300000 ms [5min], 100 increments
				 * 0 disabled */
	__le32 idle_paging_interval;	/* frames */
} __attribute__((packed));


enum i2400m_media_status {
	I2400M_MEDIA_STATUS_LINK_UP = 1,
	I2400M_MEDIA_STATUS_LINK_DOWN,
	I2400M_MEDIA_STATUS_LINK_RENEW,
};

struct i2400m_tlv_media_status {
	struct i2400m_tlv_hdr hdr;
	__le32 media_status;
} __attribute__((packed));


/* New in v1.4 */
struct i2400m_tlv_config_idle_timeout {
	struct i2400m_tlv_hdr hdr;
	__le32 timeout;	/* 100 to 300000 ms [5min], 100 increments
			 * 0 disabled */
} __attribute__((packed));

/* New in v1.4 -- for backward compat, will be removed */
struct i2400m_tlv_config_d2h_data_format {
	struct i2400m_tlv_hdr hdr;
	__u8 format; 		/* 0 old format, 1 enhanced */
	__u8 reserved[3];
} __attribute__((packed));

/* New in v1.4 */
struct i2400m_tlv_config_dl_host_reorder {
	struct i2400m_tlv_hdr hdr;
	__u8 reorder; 		/* 0 disabled, 1 enabled */
	__u8 reserved[3];
} __attribute__((packed));


#endif /* #ifndef __LINUX__WIMAX__I2400M_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_ELFCORE_H
#define _LINUX_ELFCORE_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/signal.h>
#include <linux/time.h>
#include <linux/ptrace.h>
#include <linux/elf.h>
#include <linux/fs.h>

struct elf_siginfo
{
	int	si_signo;			/* signal number */
	int	si_code;			/* extra code */
	int	si_errno;			/* errno */
};


typedef elf_greg_t greg_t;
typedef elf_gregset_t gregset_t;
typedef elf_fpregset_t fpregset_t;
typedef elf_fpxregset_t fpxregset_t;
#define NGREG ELF_NGREG

/*
 * Definitions to generate Intel SVR4-like core files.
 * These mostly have the same names as the SVR4 types with "elf_"
 * tacked on the front to prevent clashes with linux definitions,
 * and the typedef forms have been avoided.  This is mostly like
 * the SVR4 structure, but more Linuxy, with things that Linux does
 * not support and which gdb doesn't really use excluded.
 * Fields present but not used are marked with "XXX".
 */
struct elf_prstatus
{
#if 0
	long	pr_flags;	/* XXX Process flags */
	short	pr_why;		/* XXX Reason for process halt */
	short	pr_what;	/* XXX More detailed reason */
#endif
	struct elf_siginfo pr_info;	/* Info associated with signal */
	short	pr_cursig;		/* Current signal */
	unsigned long pr_sigpend;	/* Set of pending signals */
	unsigned long pr_sighold;	/* Set of held signals */
#if 0
	struct sigaltstack pr_altstack;	/* Alternate stack info */
	struct sigaction pr_action;	/* Signal action for current sig */
#endif
	pid_t	pr_pid;
	pid_t	pr_ppid;
	pid_t	pr_pgrp;
	pid_t	pr_sid;
	struct timeval pr_utime;	/* User time */
	struct timeval pr_stime;	/* System time */
	struct timeval pr_cutime;	/* Cumulative user time */
	struct timeval pr_cstime;	/* Cumulative system time */
#if 0
	long	pr_instr;		/* Current instruction */
#endif
	elf_gregset_t pr_reg;	/* GP registers */
#ifdef CONFIG_BINFMT_ELF_FDPIC
	/* When using FDPIC, the loadmap addresses need to be communicated
	 * to GDB in order for GDB to do the necessary relocations.  The
	 * fields (below) used to communicate this information are placed
	 * immediately after ``pr_reg'', so that the loadmap addresses may
	 * be viewed as part of the register set if so desired.
	 */
	unsigned long pr_exec_fdpic_loadmap;
	unsigned long pr_interp_fdpic_loadmap;
#endif
	int pr_fpvalid;		/* True if math co-processor being used.  */
};

#define ELF_PRARGSZ	(80)	/* Number of chars for args */

struct elf_prpsinfo
{
	char	pr_state;	/* numeric process state */
	char	pr_sname;	/* char for pr_state */
	char	pr_zomb;	/* zombie */
	char	pr_nice;	/* nice val */
	unsigned long pr_flag;	/* flags */
	__kernel_uid_t	pr_uid;
	__kernel_gid_t	pr_gid;
	pid_t	pr_pid, pr_ppid, pr_pgrp, pr_sid;
	/* Lots missing */
	char	pr_fname[16];	/* filename of executable */
	char	pr_psargs[ELF_PRARGSZ];	/* initial part of arg list */
};

typedef struct elf_prstatus prstatus_t;
typedef struct elf_prpsinfo prpsinfo_t;
#define PRARGSZ ELF_PRARGSZ 


#endif /* _LINUX_ELFCORE_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT */
/* Copyright (C) 2016-2018  B.A.T.M.A.N. contributors:
 *
 * Matthias Schiffer
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
 * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
 * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
 * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
 * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
 * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
 * AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
 * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
 * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
 * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_BATMAN_ADV_H_
#define _LINUX_BATMAN_ADV_H_

#define BATADV_NL_NAME "batadv"

#define BATADV_NL_MCAST_GROUP_TPMETER	"tpmeter"

/**
 * enum batadv_tt_client_flags - TT client specific flags
 *
 * Bits from 0 to 7 are called _remote flags_ because they are sent on the wire.
 * Bits from 8 to 15 are called _local flags_ because they are used for local
 * computations only.
 *
 * Bits from 4 to 7 - a subset of remote flags - are ensured to be in sync with
 * the other nodes in the network. To achieve this goal these flags are included
 * in the TT CRC computation.
 */
enum batadv_tt_client_flags {
	/**
	 * @BATADV_TT_CLIENT_DEL: the client has to be deleted from the table
	 */
	BATADV_TT_CLIENT_DEL     = (1 << 0),

	/**
	 * @BATADV_TT_CLIENT_ROAM: the client roamed to/from another node and
	 * the new update telling its new real location has not been
	 * received/sent yet
	 */
	BATADV_TT_CLIENT_ROAM    = (1 << 1),

	/**
	 * @BATADV_TT_CLIENT_WIFI: this client is connected through a wifi
	 * interface. This information is used by the "AP Isolation" feature
	 */
	BATADV_TT_CLIENT_WIFI    = (1 << 4),

	/**
	 * @BATADV_TT_CLIENT_ISOLA: this client is considered "isolated". This
	 * information is used by the Extended Isolation feature
	 */
	BATADV_TT_CLIENT_ISOLA	 = (1 << 5),

	/**
	 * @BATADV_TT_CLIENT_NOPURGE: this client should never be removed from
	 * the table
	 */
	BATADV_TT_CLIENT_NOPURGE = (1 << 8),

	/**
	 * @BATADV_TT_CLIENT_NEW: this client has been added to the local table
	 * but has not been announced yet
	 */
	BATADV_TT_CLIENT_NEW     = (1 << 9),

	/**
	 * @BATADV_TT_CLIENT_PENDING: this client is marked for removal but it
	 * is kept in the table for one more originator interval for consistency
	 * purposes
	 */
	BATADV_TT_CLIENT_PENDING = (1 << 10),

	/**
	 * @BATADV_TT_CLIENT_TEMP: this global client has been detected to be
	 * part of the network but no nnode has already announced it
	 */
	BATADV_TT_CLIENT_TEMP	 = (1 << 11),
};

/**
 * enum batadv_mcast_flags_priv - Private, own multicast flags
 *
 * These are internal, multicast related flags. Currently they describe certain
 * multicast related attributes of the segment this originator bridges into the
 * mesh.
 *
 * Those attributes are used to determine the public multicast flags this
 * originator is going to announce via TT.
 *
 * For netlink, if BATADV_MCAST_FLAGS_BRIDGED is unset then all querier
 * related flags are undefined.
 */
enum batadv_mcast_flags_priv {
	/**
	 * @BATADV_MCAST_FLAGS_BRIDGED: There is a bridge on top of the mesh
	 * interface.
	 */
	BATADV_MCAST_FLAGS_BRIDGED			= (1 << 0),

	/**
	 * @BATADV_MCAST_FLAGS_QUERIER_IPV4_EXISTS: Whether an IGMP querier
	 * exists in the mesh
	 */
	BATADV_MCAST_FLAGS_QUERIER_IPV4_EXISTS		= (1 << 1),

	/**
	 * @BATADV_MCAST_FLAGS_QUERIER_IPV6_EXISTS: Whether an MLD querier
	 * exists in the mesh
	 */
	BATADV_MCAST_FLAGS_QUERIER_IPV6_EXISTS		= (1 << 2),

	/**
	 * @BATADV_MCAST_FLAGS_QUERIER_IPV4_SHADOWING: If an IGMP querier
	 * exists, whether it is potentially shadowing multicast listeners
	 * (i.e. querier is behind our own bridge segment)
	 */
	BATADV_MCAST_FLAGS_QUERIER_IPV4_SHADOWING	= (1 << 3),

	/**
	 * @BATADV_MCAST_FLAGS_QUERIER_IPV6_SHADOWING: If an MLD querier
	 * exists, whether it is potentially shadowing multicast listeners
	 * (i.e. querier is behind our own bridge segment)
	 */
	BATADV_MCAST_FLAGS_QUERIER_IPV6_SHADOWING	= (1 << 4),
};

/**
 * enum batadv_nl_attrs - batman-adv netlink attributes
 */
enum batadv_nl_attrs {
	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_UNSPEC,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_VERSION: batman-adv version string
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_VERSION,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_ALGO_NAME: name of routing algorithm
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_ALGO_NAME,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_MESH_IFINDEX: index of the batman-adv interface
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_MESH_IFINDEX,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_MESH_IFNAME: name of the batman-adv interface
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_MESH_IFNAME,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_MESH_ADDRESS: mac address of the batman-adv interface
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_MESH_ADDRESS,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_HARD_IFINDEX: index of the non-batman-adv interface
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_HARD_IFINDEX,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_HARD_IFNAME: name of the non-batman-adv interface
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_HARD_IFNAME,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_HARD_ADDRESS: mac address of the non-batman-adv
	 * interface
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_HARD_ADDRESS,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_ORIG_ADDRESS: originator mac address
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_ORIG_ADDRESS,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_TPMETER_RESULT: result of run (see
	 * batadv_tp_meter_status)
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_TPMETER_RESULT,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_TPMETER_TEST_TIME: time (msec) the run took
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_TPMETER_TEST_TIME,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_TPMETER_BYTES: amount of acked bytes during run
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_TPMETER_BYTES,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_TPMETER_COOKIE: session cookie to match tp_meter session
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_TPMETER_COOKIE,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_PAD,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_ACTIVE: Flag indicating if the hard interface is active
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_ACTIVE,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_TT_ADDRESS: Client MAC address
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_TT_ADDRESS,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_TT_TTVN: Translation table version
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_TT_TTVN,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_TT_LAST_TTVN: Previous translation table version
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_TT_LAST_TTVN,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_TT_CRC32: CRC32 over translation table
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_TT_CRC32,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_TT_VID: VLAN ID
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_TT_VID,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_TT_FLAGS: Translation table client flags
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_TT_FLAGS,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_FLAG_BEST: Flags indicating entry is the best
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_FLAG_BEST,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_LAST_SEEN_MSECS: Time in milliseconds since last seen
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_LAST_SEEN_MSECS,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_NEIGH_ADDRESS: Neighbour MAC address
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_NEIGH_ADDRESS,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_TQ: TQ to neighbour
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_TQ,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_THROUGHPUT: Estimated throughput to Neighbour
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_THROUGHPUT,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_BANDWIDTH_UP: Reported uplink bandwidth
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_BANDWIDTH_UP,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_BANDWIDTH_DOWN: Reported downlink bandwidth
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_BANDWIDTH_DOWN,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_ROUTER: Gateway router MAC address
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_ROUTER,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_BLA_OWN: Flag indicating own originator
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_BLA_OWN,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_BLA_ADDRESS: Bridge loop avoidance claim MAC address
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_BLA_ADDRESS,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_BLA_VID: BLA VLAN ID
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_BLA_VID,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_BLA_BACKBONE: BLA gateway originator MAC address
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_BLA_BACKBONE,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_BLA_CRC: BLA CRC
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_BLA_CRC,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_DAT_CACHE_IP4ADDRESS: Client IPv4 address
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_DAT_CACHE_IP4ADDRESS,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_DAT_CACHE_HWADDRESS: Client MAC address
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_DAT_CACHE_HWADDRESS,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_DAT_CACHE_VID: VLAN ID
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_DAT_CACHE_VID,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_MCAST_FLAGS: Per originator multicast flags
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_MCAST_FLAGS,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_MCAST_FLAGS_PRIV: Private, own multicast flags
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_MCAST_FLAGS_PRIV,

	/* add attributes above here, update the policy in netlink.c */

	/**
	 * @__BATADV_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
	 */
	__BATADV_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,

	/**
	 * @NUM_BATADV_ATTR: total number of batadv_nl_attrs available
	 */
	NUM_BATADV_ATTR = __BATADV_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
	 */
	BATADV_ATTR_MAX = __BATADV_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum batadv_nl_commands - supported batman-adv netlink commands
 */
enum batadv_nl_commands {
	/**
	 * @BATADV_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
	 */
	BATADV_CMD_UNSPEC,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_CMD_GET_MESH_INFO: Query basic information about batman-adv
	 * device
	 */
	BATADV_CMD_GET_MESH_INFO,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_CMD_TP_METER: Start a tp meter session
	 */
	BATADV_CMD_TP_METER,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_CMD_TP_METER_CANCEL: Cancel a tp meter session
	 */
	BATADV_CMD_TP_METER_CANCEL,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_CMD_GET_ROUTING_ALGOS: Query the list of routing algorithms.
	 */
	BATADV_CMD_GET_ROUTING_ALGOS,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_CMD_GET_HARDIFS: Query list of hard interfaces
	 */
	BATADV_CMD_GET_HARDIFS,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_CMD_GET_TRANSTABLE_LOCAL: Query list of local translations
	 */
	BATADV_CMD_GET_TRANSTABLE_LOCAL,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_CMD_GET_TRANSTABLE_GLOBAL: Query list of global translations
	 */
	BATADV_CMD_GET_TRANSTABLE_GLOBAL,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_CMD_GET_ORIGINATORS: Query list of originators
	 */
	BATADV_CMD_GET_ORIGINATORS,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_CMD_GET_NEIGHBORS: Query list of neighbours
	 */
	BATADV_CMD_GET_NEIGHBORS,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_CMD_GET_GATEWAYS: Query list of gateways
	 */
	BATADV_CMD_GET_GATEWAYS,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_CMD_GET_BLA_CLAIM: Query list of bridge loop avoidance claims
	 */
	BATADV_CMD_GET_BLA_CLAIM,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_CMD_GET_BLA_BACKBONE: Query list of bridge loop avoidance
	 * backbones
	 */
	BATADV_CMD_GET_BLA_BACKBONE,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_CMD_GET_DAT_CACHE: Query list of DAT cache entries
	 */
	BATADV_CMD_GET_DAT_CACHE,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_CMD_GET_MCAST_FLAGS: Query list of multicast flags
	 */
	BATADV_CMD_GET_MCAST_FLAGS,

	/* add new commands above here */

	/**
	 * @__BATADV_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
	 */
	__BATADV_CMD_AFTER_LAST,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
	 */
	BATADV_CMD_MAX = __BATADV_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum batadv_tp_meter_reason - reason of a tp meter test run stop
 */
enum batadv_tp_meter_reason {
	/**
	 * @BATADV_TP_REASON_COMPLETE: sender finished tp run
	 */
	BATADV_TP_REASON_COMPLETE		= 3,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_TP_REASON_CANCEL: sender was stopped during run
	 */
	BATADV_TP_REASON_CANCEL			= 4,

	/* error status >= 128 */

	/**
	 * @BATADV_TP_REASON_DST_UNREACHABLE: receiver could not be reached or
	 * didn't answer
	 */
	BATADV_TP_REASON_DST_UNREACHABLE	= 128,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_TP_REASON_RESEND_LIMIT: (unused) sender retry reached limit
	 */
	BATADV_TP_REASON_RESEND_LIMIT		= 129,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_TP_REASON_ALREADY_ONGOING: test to or from the same node
	 * already ongoing
	 */
	BATADV_TP_REASON_ALREADY_ONGOING	= 130,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_TP_REASON_MEMORY_ERROR: test was stopped due to low memory
	 */
	BATADV_TP_REASON_MEMORY_ERROR		= 131,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_TP_REASON_CANT_SEND: failed to send via outgoing interface
	 */
	BATADV_TP_REASON_CANT_SEND		= 132,

	/**
	 * @BATADV_TP_REASON_TOO_MANY: too many ongoing sessions
	 */
	BATADV_TP_REASON_TOO_MANY		= 133,
};

#endif /* _LINUX_BATMAN_ADV_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2013 - 2014 Texas Instruments, Inc.
 *
 * Benoit Parrot <bparrot@ti.com>
 * Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
 * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
 * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
 * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
 * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
 * SOFTWARE.
 */

#ifndef AM437X_VPFE_USER_H
#define AM437X_VPFE_USER_H

#include <linux/videodev2.h>

enum vpfe_ccdc_data_size {
	VPFE_CCDC_DATA_16BITS = 0,
	VPFE_CCDC_DATA_15BITS,
	VPFE_CCDC_DATA_14BITS,
	VPFE_CCDC_DATA_13BITS,
	VPFE_CCDC_DATA_12BITS,
	VPFE_CCDC_DATA_11BITS,
	VPFE_CCDC_DATA_10BITS,
	VPFE_CCDC_DATA_8BITS,
};

/* enum for No of pixel per line to be avg. in Black Clamping*/
enum vpfe_ccdc_sample_length {
	VPFE_CCDC_SAMPLE_1PIXELS = 0,
	VPFE_CCDC_SAMPLE_2PIXELS,
	VPFE_CCDC_SAMPLE_4PIXELS,
	VPFE_CCDC_SAMPLE_8PIXELS,
	VPFE_CCDC_SAMPLE_16PIXELS,
};

/* enum for No of lines in Black Clamping */
enum vpfe_ccdc_sample_line {
	VPFE_CCDC_SAMPLE_1LINES = 0,
	VPFE_CCDC_SAMPLE_2LINES,
	VPFE_CCDC_SAMPLE_4LINES,
	VPFE_CCDC_SAMPLE_8LINES,
	VPFE_CCDC_SAMPLE_16LINES,
};

/* enum for Alaw gamma width */
enum vpfe_ccdc_gamma_width {
	VPFE_CCDC_GAMMA_BITS_15_6 = 0,	/* use bits 15-6 for gamma */
	VPFE_CCDC_GAMMA_BITS_14_5,
	VPFE_CCDC_GAMMA_BITS_13_4,
	VPFE_CCDC_GAMMA_BITS_12_3,
	VPFE_CCDC_GAMMA_BITS_11_2,
	VPFE_CCDC_GAMMA_BITS_10_1,
	VPFE_CCDC_GAMMA_BITS_09_0,	/* use bits 9-0 for gamma */
};

/* structure for ALaw */
struct vpfe_ccdc_a_law {
	/* Enable/disable A-Law */
	unsigned char enable;
	/* Gamma Width Input */
	enum vpfe_ccdc_gamma_width gamma_wd;
};

/* structure for Black Clamping */
struct vpfe_ccdc_black_clamp {
	unsigned char enable;
	/* only if bClampEnable is TRUE */
	enum vpfe_ccdc_sample_length sample_pixel;
	/* only if bClampEnable is TRUE */
	enum vpfe_ccdc_sample_line sample_ln;
	/* only if bClampEnable is TRUE */
	unsigned short start_pixel;
	/* only if bClampEnable is TRUE */
	unsigned short sgain;
	/* only if bClampEnable is FALSE */
	unsigned short dc_sub;
};

/* structure for Black Level Compensation */
struct vpfe_ccdc_black_compensation {
	/* Constant value to subtract from Red component */
	char r;
	/* Constant value to subtract from Gr component */
	char gr;
	/* Constant value to subtract from Blue component */
	char b;
	/* Constant value to subtract from Gb component */
	char gb;
};

/* Structure for CCDC configuration parameters for raw capture mode passed
 * by application
 */
struct vpfe_ccdc_config_params_raw {
	/* data size value from 8 to 16 bits */
	enum vpfe_ccdc_data_size data_sz;
	/* Structure for Optional A-Law */
	struct vpfe_ccdc_a_law alaw;
	/* Structure for Optical Black Clamp */
	struct vpfe_ccdc_black_clamp blk_clamp;
	/* Structure for Black Compensation */
	struct vpfe_ccdc_black_compensation blk_comp;
};

/*
 *  Private IOCTL
 * VIDIOC_AM437X_CCDC_CFG - Set CCDC configuration for raw capture
 * This is an experimental ioctl that will change in future kernels. So use
 * this ioctl with care !
 **/
#define VIDIOC_AM437X_CCDC_CFG \
	_IOW('V', BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE + 1, void *)

#endif		/* AM437X_VPFE_USER_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_STRING_H_
#define _LINUX_STRING_H_

/* We don't want strings.h stuff being used by user stuff by accident */

#include <string.h>
#endif /* _LINUX_STRING_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_QRTR_H
#define _LINUX_QRTR_H

#include <linux/socket.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

#define QRTR_NODE_BCAST	0xffffffffu
#define QRTR_PORT_CTRL	0xfffffffeu

struct sockaddr_qrtr {
	__kernel_sa_family_t sq_family;
	__u32 sq_node;
	__u32 sq_port;
};

enum qrtr_pkt_type {
	QRTR_TYPE_DATA		= 1,
	QRTR_TYPE_HELLO		= 2,
	QRTR_TYPE_BYE		= 3,
	QRTR_TYPE_NEW_SERVER	= 4,
	QRTR_TYPE_DEL_SERVER	= 5,
	QRTR_TYPE_DEL_CLIENT	= 6,
	QRTR_TYPE_RESUME_TX	= 7,
	QRTR_TYPE_EXIT          = 8,
	QRTR_TYPE_PING          = 9,
	QRTR_TYPE_NEW_LOOKUP	= 10,
	QRTR_TYPE_DEL_LOOKUP	= 11,
};

struct qrtr_ctrl_pkt {
	__le32 cmd;

	union {
		struct {
			__le32 service;
			__le32 instance;
			__le32 node;
			__le32 port;
		} server;

		struct {
			__le32 node;
			__le32 port;
		} client;
	};
} __attribute__((packed));

#endif /* _LINUX_QRTR_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2001 - 2003 Sistina Software (UK) Limited.
 * Copyright (C) 2004 - 2009 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
 *
 * This file is released under the LGPL.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_DM_IOCTL_V4_H
#define _LINUX_DM_IOCTL_V4_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define DM_DIR "mapper"		/* Slashes not supported */
#define DM_CONTROL_NODE "control"
#define DM_MAX_TYPE_NAME 16
#define DM_NAME_LEN 128
#define DM_UUID_LEN 129

/*
 * A traditional ioctl interface for the device mapper.
 *
 * Each device can have two tables associated with it, an
 * 'active' table which is the one currently used by io passing
 * through the device, and an 'inactive' one which is a table
 * that is being prepared as a replacement for the 'active' one.
 *
 * DM_VERSION:
 * Just get the version information for the ioctl interface.
 *
 * DM_REMOVE_ALL:
 * Remove all dm devices, destroy all tables.  Only really used
 * for debug.
 *
 * DM_LIST_DEVICES:
 * Get a list of all the dm device names.
 *
 * DM_DEV_CREATE:
 * Create a new device, neither the 'active' or 'inactive' table
 * slots will be filled.  The device will be in suspended state
 * after creation, however any io to the device will get errored
 * since it will be out-of-bounds.
 *
 * DM_DEV_REMOVE:
 * Remove a device, destroy any tables.
 *
 * DM_DEV_RENAME:
 * Rename a device or set its uuid if none was previously supplied.
 *
 * DM_SUSPEND:
 * This performs both suspend and resume, depending which flag is
 * passed in.
 * Suspend: This command will not return until all pending io to
 * the device has completed.  Further io will be deferred until
 * the device is resumed.
 * Resume: It is no longer an error to issue this command on an
 * unsuspended device.  If a table is present in the 'inactive'
 * slot, it will be moved to the active slot, then the old table
 * from the active slot will be _destroyed_.  Finally the device
 * is resumed.
 *
 * DM_DEV_STATUS:
 * Retrieves the status for the table in the 'active' slot.
 *
 * DM_DEV_WAIT:
 * Wait for a significant event to occur to the device.  This
 * could either be caused by an event triggered by one of the
 * targets of the table in the 'active' slot, or a table change.
 *
 * DM_TABLE_LOAD:
 * Load a table into the 'inactive' slot for the device.  The
 * device does _not_ need to be suspended prior to this command.
 *
 * DM_TABLE_CLEAR:
 * Destroy any table in the 'inactive' slot (ie. abort).
 *
 * DM_TABLE_DEPS:
 * Return a set of device dependencies for the 'active' table.
 *
 * DM_TABLE_STATUS:
 * Return the targets status for the 'active' table.
 *
 * DM_TARGET_MSG:
 * Pass a message string to the target at a specific offset of a device.
 *
 * DM_DEV_SET_GEOMETRY:
 * Set the geometry of a device by passing in a string in this format:
 *
 * "cylinders heads sectors_per_track start_sector"
 *
 * Beware that CHS geometry is nearly obsolete and only provided
 * for compatibility with dm devices that can be booted by a PC
 * BIOS.  See struct hd_geometry for range limits.  Also note that
 * the geometry is erased if the device size changes.
 */

/*
 * All ioctl arguments consist of a single chunk of memory, with
 * this structure at the start.  If a uuid is specified any
 * lookup (eg. for a DM_INFO) will be done on that, *not* the
 * name.
 */
struct dm_ioctl {
	/*
	 * The version number is made up of three parts:
	 * major - no backward or forward compatibility,
	 * minor - only backwards compatible,
	 * patch - both backwards and forwards compatible.
	 *
	 * All clients of the ioctl interface should fill in the
	 * version number of the interface that they were
	 * compiled with.
	 *
	 * All recognised ioctl commands (ie. those that don't
	 * return -ENOTTY) fill out this field, even if the
	 * command failed.
	 */
	__u32 version[3];	/* in/out */
	__u32 data_size;	/* total size of data passed in
				 * including this struct */

	__u32 data_start;	/* offset to start of data
				 * relative to start of this struct */

	__u32 target_count;	/* in/out */
	__s32 open_count;	/* out */
	__u32 flags;		/* in/out */

	/*
	 * event_nr holds either the event number (input and output) or the
	 * udev cookie value (input only).
	 * The DM_DEV_WAIT ioctl takes an event number as input.
	 * The DM_SUSPEND, DM_DEV_REMOVE and DM_DEV_RENAME ioctls
	 * use the field as a cookie to return in the DM_COOKIE
	 * variable with the uevents they issue.
	 * For output, the ioctls return the event number, not the cookie.
	 */
	__u32 event_nr;      	/* in/out */
	__u32 padding;

	__u64 dev;		/* in/out */

	char name[DM_NAME_LEN];	/* device name */
	char uuid[DM_UUID_LEN];	/* unique identifier for
				 * the block device */
	char data[7];		/* padding or data */
};

/*
 * Used to specify tables.  These structures appear after the
 * dm_ioctl.
 */
struct dm_target_spec {
	__u64 sector_start;
	__u64 length;
	__s32 status;		/* used when reading from kernel only */

	/*
	 * Location of the next dm_target_spec.
	 * - When specifying targets on a DM_TABLE_LOAD command, this value is
	 *   the number of bytes from the start of the "current" dm_target_spec
	 *   to the start of the "next" dm_target_spec.
	 * - When retrieving targets on a DM_TABLE_STATUS command, this value
	 *   is the number of bytes from the start of the first dm_target_spec
	 *   (that follows the dm_ioctl struct) to the start of the "next"
	 *   dm_target_spec.
	 */
	__u32 next;

	char target_type[DM_MAX_TYPE_NAME];

	/*
	 * Parameter string starts immediately after this object.
	 * Be careful to add padding after string to ensure correct
	 * alignment of subsequent dm_target_spec.
	 */
};

/*
 * Used to retrieve the target dependencies.
 */
struct dm_target_deps {
	__u32 count;	/* Array size */
	__u32 padding;	/* unused */
	__u64 dev[0];	/* out */
};

/*
 * Used to get a list of all dm devices.
 */
struct dm_name_list {
	__u64 dev;
	__u32 next;		/* offset to the next record from
				   the _start_ of this */
	char name[0];

	/*
	 * The following members can be accessed by taking a pointer that
	 * points immediately after the terminating zero character in "name"
	 * and aligning this pointer to next 8-byte boundary.
	 * Uuid is present if the flag DM_NAME_LIST_FLAG_HAS_UUID is set.
	 *
	 * __u32 event_nr;
	 * __u32 flags;
	 * char uuid[0];
	 */
};

#define DM_NAME_LIST_FLAG_HAS_UUID		1
#define DM_NAME_LIST_FLAG_DOESNT_HAVE_UUID	2

/*
 * Used to retrieve the target versions
 */
struct dm_target_versions {
        __u32 next;
        __u32 version[3];

        char name[0];
};

/*
 * Used to pass message to a target
 */
struct dm_target_msg {
	__u64 sector;	/* Device sector */

	char message[0];
};

/*
 * If you change this make sure you make the corresponding change
 * to dm-ioctl.c:lookup_ioctl()
 */
enum {
	/* Top level cmds */
	DM_VERSION_CMD = 0,
	DM_REMOVE_ALL_CMD,
	DM_LIST_DEVICES_CMD,

	/* device level cmds */
	DM_DEV_CREATE_CMD,
	DM_DEV_REMOVE_CMD,
	DM_DEV_RENAME_CMD,
	DM_DEV_SUSPEND_CMD,
	DM_DEV_STATUS_CMD,
	DM_DEV_WAIT_CMD,

	/* Table level cmds */
	DM_TABLE_LOAD_CMD,
	DM_TABLE_CLEAR_CMD,
	DM_TABLE_DEPS_CMD,
	DM_TABLE_STATUS_CMD,

	/* Added later */
	DM_LIST_VERSIONS_CMD,
	DM_TARGET_MSG_CMD,
	DM_DEV_SET_GEOMETRY_CMD,
	DM_DEV_ARM_POLL_CMD,
	DM_GET_TARGET_VERSION_CMD,
};

#define DM_IOCTL 0xfd

#define DM_VERSION       _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_VERSION_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
#define DM_REMOVE_ALL    _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_REMOVE_ALL_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
#define DM_LIST_DEVICES  _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_LIST_DEVICES_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)

#define DM_DEV_CREATE    _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_DEV_CREATE_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
#define DM_DEV_REMOVE    _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_DEV_REMOVE_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
#define DM_DEV_RENAME    _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_DEV_RENAME_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
#define DM_DEV_SUSPEND   _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_DEV_SUSPEND_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
#define DM_DEV_STATUS    _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_DEV_STATUS_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
#define DM_DEV_WAIT      _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_DEV_WAIT_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
#define DM_DEV_ARM_POLL  _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_DEV_ARM_POLL_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)

#define DM_TABLE_LOAD    _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_TABLE_LOAD_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
#define DM_TABLE_CLEAR   _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_TABLE_CLEAR_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
#define DM_TABLE_DEPS    _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_TABLE_DEPS_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
#define DM_TABLE_STATUS  _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_TABLE_STATUS_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)

#define DM_LIST_VERSIONS _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_LIST_VERSIONS_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
#define DM_GET_TARGET_VERSION _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_GET_TARGET_VERSION_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)

#define DM_TARGET_MSG	 _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_TARGET_MSG_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)
#define DM_DEV_SET_GEOMETRY	_IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_DEV_SET_GEOMETRY_CMD, struct dm_ioctl)

#define DM_VERSION_MAJOR	4
#define DM_VERSION_MINOR	46
#define DM_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL	0
#define DM_VERSION_EXTRA	"-ioctl (2022-02-22)"

/* Status bits */
#define DM_READONLY_FLAG	(1 << 0) /* In/Out */
#define DM_SUSPEND_FLAG		(1 << 1) /* In/Out */
#define DM_PERSISTENT_DEV_FLAG	(1 << 3) /* In */

/*
 * Flag passed into ioctl STATUS command to get table information
 * rather than current status.
 */
#define DM_STATUS_TABLE_FLAG	(1 << 4) /* In */

/*
 * Flags that indicate whether a table is present in either of
 * the two table slots that a device has.
 */
#define DM_ACTIVE_PRESENT_FLAG   (1 << 5) /* Out */
#define DM_INACTIVE_PRESENT_FLAG (1 << 6) /* Out */

/*
 * Indicates that the buffer passed in wasn't big enough for the
 * results.
 */
#define DM_BUFFER_FULL_FLAG	(1 << 8) /* Out */

/*
 * This flag is now ignored.
 */
#define DM_SKIP_BDGET_FLAG	(1 << 9) /* In */

/*
 * Set this to avoid attempting to freeze any filesystem when suspending.
 */
#define DM_SKIP_LOCKFS_FLAG	(1 << 10) /* In */

/*
 * Set this to suspend without flushing queued ios.
 * Also disables flushing uncommitted changes in the thin target before
 * generating statistics for DM_TABLE_STATUS and DM_DEV_WAIT.
 */
#define DM_NOFLUSH_FLAG		(1 << 11) /* In */

/*
 * If set, any table information returned will relate to the inactive
 * table instead of the live one.  Always check DM_INACTIVE_PRESENT_FLAG
 * is set before using the data returned.
 */
#define DM_QUERY_INACTIVE_TABLE_FLAG	(1 << 12) /* In */

/*
 * If set, a uevent was generated for which the caller may need to wait.
 */
#define DM_UEVENT_GENERATED_FLAG	(1 << 13) /* Out */

/*
 * If set, rename changes the uuid not the name.  Only permitted
 * if no uuid was previously supplied: an existing uuid cannot be changed.
 */
#define DM_UUID_FLAG			(1 << 14) /* In */

/*
 * If set, all buffers are wiped after use. Use when sending
 * or requesting sensitive data such as an encryption key.
 */
#define DM_SECURE_DATA_FLAG		(1 << 15) /* In */

/*
 * If set, a message generated output data.
 */
#define DM_DATA_OUT_FLAG		(1 << 16) /* Out */

/*
 * If set with DM_DEV_REMOVE or DM_REMOVE_ALL this indicates that if
 * the device cannot be removed immediately because it is still in use
 * it should instead be scheduled for removal when it gets closed.
 *
 * On return from DM_DEV_REMOVE, DM_DEV_STATUS or other ioctls, this
 * flag indicates that the device is scheduled to be removed when it
 * gets closed.
 */
#define DM_DEFERRED_REMOVE		(1 << 17) /* In/Out */

/*
 * If set, the device is suspended internally.
 */
#define DM_INTERNAL_SUSPEND_FLAG	(1 << 18) /* Out */

#endif				/* _LINUX_DM_IOCTL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef LINUX_KERNEL_PAGE_FLAGS_H
#define LINUX_KERNEL_PAGE_FLAGS_H

/*
 * Stable page flag bits exported to user space
 */

#define KPF_LOCKED		0
#define KPF_ERROR		1
#define KPF_REFERENCED		2
#define KPF_UPTODATE		3
#define KPF_DIRTY		4
#define KPF_LRU			5
#define KPF_ACTIVE		6
#define KPF_SLAB		7
#define KPF_WRITEBACK		8
#define KPF_RECLAIM		9
#define KPF_BUDDY		10

/* 11-20: new additions in 2.6.31 */
#define KPF_MMAP		11
#define KPF_ANON		12
#define KPF_SWAPCACHE		13
#define KPF_SWAPBACKED		14
#define KPF_COMPOUND_HEAD	15
#define KPF_COMPOUND_TAIL	16
#define KPF_HUGE		17
#define KPF_UNEVICTABLE		18
#define KPF_HWPOISON		19
#define KPF_NOPAGE		20

#define KPF_KSM			21
#define KPF_THP			22
#define KPF_OFFLINE		23
#define KPF_ZERO_PAGE		24
#define KPF_IDLE		25
#define KPF_PGTABLE		26

#endif /* LINUX_KERNEL_PAGE_FLAGS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Linux Socket Filter Data Structures
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_FILTER_H__
#define __LINUX_FILTER_H__


#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/bpf_common.h>

/*
 * Current version of the filter code architecture.
 */
#define BPF_MAJOR_VERSION 1
#define BPF_MINOR_VERSION 1

/*
 *	Try and keep these values and structures similar to BSD, especially
 *	the BPF code definitions which need to match so you can share filters
 */
 
struct sock_filter {	/* Filter block */
	__u16	code;   /* Actual filter code */
	__u8	jt;	/* Jump true */
	__u8	jf;	/* Jump false */
	__u32	k;      /* Generic multiuse field */
};

struct sock_fprog {	/* Required for SO_ATTACH_FILTER. */
	unsigned short		len;	/* Number of filter blocks */
	struct sock_filter *filter;
};

/* ret - BPF_K and BPF_X also apply */
#define BPF_RVAL(code)  ((code) & 0x18)
#define         BPF_A           0x10

/* misc */
#define BPF_MISCOP(code) ((code) & 0xf8)
#define         BPF_TAX         0x00
#define         BPF_TXA         0x80

/*
 * Macros for filter block array initializers.
 */
#ifndef BPF_STMT
#define BPF_STMT(code, k) { (unsigned short)(code), 0, 0, k }
#endif
#ifndef BPF_JUMP
#define BPF_JUMP(code, k, jt, jf) { (unsigned short)(code), jt, jf, k }
#endif

/*
 * Number of scratch memory words for: BPF_ST and BPF_STX
 */
#define BPF_MEMWORDS 16

/* RATIONALE. Negative offsets are invalid in BPF.
   We use them to reference ancillary data.
   Unlike introduction new instructions, it does not break
   existing compilers/optimizers.
 */
#define SKF_AD_OFF    (-0x1000)
#define SKF_AD_PROTOCOL 0
#define SKF_AD_PKTTYPE 	4
#define SKF_AD_IFINDEX 	8
#define SKF_AD_NLATTR	12
#define SKF_AD_NLATTR_NEST	16
#define SKF_AD_MARK 	20
#define SKF_AD_QUEUE	24
#define SKF_AD_HATYPE	28
#define SKF_AD_RXHASH	32
#define SKF_AD_CPU	36
#define SKF_AD_ALU_XOR_X	40
#define SKF_AD_VLAN_TAG	44
#define SKF_AD_VLAN_TAG_PRESENT 48
#define SKF_AD_PAY_OFFSET	52
#define SKF_AD_RANDOM	56
#define SKF_AD_VLAN_TPID	60
#define SKF_AD_MAX	64

#define SKF_NET_OFF	(-0x100000)
#define SKF_LL_OFF	(-0x200000)

#define BPF_NET_OFF	SKF_NET_OFF
#define BPF_LL_OFF	SKF_LL_OFF

#endif /* __LINUX_FILTER_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_DCCP_H
#define _LINUX_DCCP_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <asm/byteorder.h>

/**
 * struct dccp_hdr - generic part of DCCP packet header
 *
 * @dccph_sport - Relevant port on the endpoint that sent this packet
 * @dccph_dport - Relevant port on the other endpoint
 * @dccph_doff - Data Offset from the start of the DCCP header, in 32-bit words
 * @dccph_ccval - Used by the HC-Sender CCID
 * @dccph_cscov - Parts of the packet that are covered by the Checksum field
 * @dccph_checksum - Internet checksum, depends on dccph_cscov
 * @dccph_x - 0 = 24 bit sequence number, 1 = 48
 * @dccph_type - packet type, see DCCP_PKT_ prefixed macros
 * @dccph_seq - sequence number high or low order 24 bits, depends on dccph_x
 */
struct dccp_hdr {
	__be16	dccph_sport,
		dccph_dport;
	__u8	dccph_doff;
#if defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8	dccph_cscov:4,
		dccph_ccval:4;
#elif defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8	dccph_ccval:4,
		dccph_cscov:4;
#else
#error  "Adjust your <asm/byteorder.h> defines"
#endif
	__sum16	dccph_checksum;
#if defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8	dccph_x:1,
		dccph_type:4,
		dccph_reserved:3;
#elif defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8	dccph_reserved:3,
		dccph_type:4,
		dccph_x:1;
#else
#error  "Adjust your <asm/byteorder.h> defines"
#endif
	__u8	dccph_seq2;
	__be16	dccph_seq;
};

/**
 * struct dccp_hdr_ext - the low bits of a 48 bit seq packet
 *
 * @dccph_seq_low - low 24 bits of a 48 bit seq packet
 */
struct dccp_hdr_ext {
	__be32	dccph_seq_low;
};

/**
 * struct dccp_hdr_request - Connection initiation request header
 *
 * @dccph_req_service - Service to which the client app wants to connect
 */
struct dccp_hdr_request {
	__be32	dccph_req_service;
};
/**
 * struct dccp_hdr_ack_bits - acknowledgment bits common to most packets
 *
 * @dccph_resp_ack_nr_high - 48 bit ack number high order bits, contains GSR
 * @dccph_resp_ack_nr_low - 48 bit ack number low order bits, contains GSR
 */
struct dccp_hdr_ack_bits {
	__be16	dccph_reserved1;
	__be16	dccph_ack_nr_high;
	__be32	dccph_ack_nr_low;
};
/**
 * struct dccp_hdr_response - Connection initiation response header
 *
 * @dccph_resp_ack - 48 bit Acknowledgment Number Subheader (5.3)
 * @dccph_resp_service - Echoes the Service Code on a received DCCP-Request
 */
struct dccp_hdr_response {
	struct dccp_hdr_ack_bits	dccph_resp_ack;
	__be32				dccph_resp_service;
};

/**
 * struct dccp_hdr_reset - Unconditionally shut down a connection
 *
 * @dccph_reset_ack - 48 bit Acknowledgment Number Subheader (5.6)
 * @dccph_reset_code - one of %dccp_reset_codes
 * @dccph_reset_data - the Data 1 ... Data 3 fields from 5.6
 */
struct dccp_hdr_reset {
	struct dccp_hdr_ack_bits	dccph_reset_ack;
	__u8				dccph_reset_code,
					dccph_reset_data[3];
};

enum dccp_pkt_type {
	DCCP_PKT_REQUEST = 0,
	DCCP_PKT_RESPONSE,
	DCCP_PKT_DATA,
	DCCP_PKT_ACK,
	DCCP_PKT_DATAACK,
	DCCP_PKT_CLOSEREQ,
	DCCP_PKT_CLOSE,
	DCCP_PKT_RESET,
	DCCP_PKT_SYNC,
	DCCP_PKT_SYNCACK,
	DCCP_PKT_INVALID,
};

#define DCCP_NR_PKT_TYPES DCCP_PKT_INVALID

static __inline__ unsigned int dccp_packet_hdr_len(const __u8 type)
{
	if (type == DCCP_PKT_DATA)
		return 0;
	if (type == DCCP_PKT_DATAACK	||
	    type == DCCP_PKT_ACK	||
	    type == DCCP_PKT_SYNC	||
	    type == DCCP_PKT_SYNCACK	||
	    type == DCCP_PKT_CLOSE	||
	    type == DCCP_PKT_CLOSEREQ)
		return sizeof(struct dccp_hdr_ack_bits);
	if (type == DCCP_PKT_REQUEST)
		return sizeof(struct dccp_hdr_request);
	if (type == DCCP_PKT_RESPONSE)
		return sizeof(struct dccp_hdr_response);
	return sizeof(struct dccp_hdr_reset);
}
enum dccp_reset_codes {
	DCCP_RESET_CODE_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
	DCCP_RESET_CODE_CLOSED,
	DCCP_RESET_CODE_ABORTED,
	DCCP_RESET_CODE_NO_CONNECTION,
	DCCP_RESET_CODE_PACKET_ERROR,
	DCCP_RESET_CODE_OPTION_ERROR,
	DCCP_RESET_CODE_MANDATORY_ERROR,
	DCCP_RESET_CODE_CONNECTION_REFUSED,
	DCCP_RESET_CODE_BAD_SERVICE_CODE,
	DCCP_RESET_CODE_TOO_BUSY,
	DCCP_RESET_CODE_BAD_INIT_COOKIE,
	DCCP_RESET_CODE_AGGRESSION_PENALTY,

	DCCP_MAX_RESET_CODES		/* Leave at the end!  */
};

/* DCCP options */
enum {
	DCCPO_PADDING = 0,
	DCCPO_MANDATORY = 1,
	DCCPO_MIN_RESERVED = 3,
	DCCPO_MAX_RESERVED = 31,
	DCCPO_CHANGE_L = 32,
	DCCPO_CONFIRM_L = 33,
	DCCPO_CHANGE_R = 34,
	DCCPO_CONFIRM_R = 35,
	DCCPO_NDP_COUNT = 37,
	DCCPO_ACK_VECTOR_0 = 38,
	DCCPO_ACK_VECTOR_1 = 39,
	DCCPO_TIMESTAMP = 41,
	DCCPO_TIMESTAMP_ECHO = 42,
	DCCPO_ELAPSED_TIME = 43,
	DCCPO_MAX = 45,
	DCCPO_MIN_RX_CCID_SPECIFIC = 128,	/* from sender to receiver */
	DCCPO_MAX_RX_CCID_SPECIFIC = 191,
	DCCPO_MIN_TX_CCID_SPECIFIC = 192,	/* from receiver to sender */
	DCCPO_MAX_TX_CCID_SPECIFIC = 255,
};
/* maximum size of a single TLV-encoded DCCP option (sans type/len bytes) */
#define DCCP_SINGLE_OPT_MAXLEN	253

/* DCCP CCIDS */
enum {
	DCCPC_CCID2 = 2,
	DCCPC_CCID3 = 3,
};

/* DCCP features (RFC 4340 section 6.4) */
enum dccp_feature_numbers {
	DCCPF_RESERVED = 0,
	DCCPF_CCID = 1,
	DCCPF_SHORT_SEQNOS = 2,
	DCCPF_SEQUENCE_WINDOW = 3,
	DCCPF_ECN_INCAPABLE = 4,
	DCCPF_ACK_RATIO = 5,
	DCCPF_SEND_ACK_VECTOR = 6,
	DCCPF_SEND_NDP_COUNT = 7,
	DCCPF_MIN_CSUM_COVER = 8,
	DCCPF_DATA_CHECKSUM = 9,
	/* 10-127 reserved */
	DCCPF_MIN_CCID_SPECIFIC = 128,
	DCCPF_SEND_LEV_RATE = 192,	/* RFC 4342, sec. 8.4 */
	DCCPF_MAX_CCID_SPECIFIC = 255,
};

/* DCCP socket control message types for cmsg */
enum dccp_cmsg_type {
	DCCP_SCM_PRIORITY = 1,
	DCCP_SCM_QPOLICY_MAX = 0xFFFF,
	/* ^-- Up to here reserved exclusively for qpolicy parameters */
	DCCP_SCM_MAX
};

/* DCCP priorities for outgoing/queued packets */
enum dccp_packet_dequeueing_policy {
	DCCPQ_POLICY_SIMPLE,
	DCCPQ_POLICY_PRIO,
	DCCPQ_POLICY_MAX
};

/* DCCP socket options */
#define DCCP_SOCKOPT_PACKET_SIZE	1 /* XXX deprecated, without effect */
#define DCCP_SOCKOPT_SERVICE		2
#define DCCP_SOCKOPT_CHANGE_L		3
#define DCCP_SOCKOPT_CHANGE_R		4
#define DCCP_SOCKOPT_GET_CUR_MPS	5
#define DCCP_SOCKOPT_SERVER_TIMEWAIT	6
#define DCCP_SOCKOPT_SEND_CSCOV		10
#define DCCP_SOCKOPT_RECV_CSCOV		11
#define DCCP_SOCKOPT_AVAILABLE_CCIDS	12
#define DCCP_SOCKOPT_CCID		13
#define DCCP_SOCKOPT_TX_CCID		14
#define DCCP_SOCKOPT_RX_CCID		15
#define DCCP_SOCKOPT_QPOLICY_ID		16
#define DCCP_SOCKOPT_QPOLICY_TXQLEN	17
#define DCCP_SOCKOPT_CCID_RX_INFO	128
#define DCCP_SOCKOPT_CCID_TX_INFO	192

/* maximum number of services provided on the same listening port */
#define DCCP_SERVICE_LIST_MAX_LEN      32


#endif /* _LINUX_DCCP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_NETCONF_H_
#define _LINUX_NETCONF_H_

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/netlink.h>

struct netconfmsg {
	__u8	ncm_family;
};

enum {
	NETCONFA_UNSPEC,
	NETCONFA_IFINDEX,
	NETCONFA_FORWARDING,
	NETCONFA_RP_FILTER,
	NETCONFA_MC_FORWARDING,
	NETCONFA_PROXY_NEIGH,
	NETCONFA_IGNORE_ROUTES_WITH_LINKDOWN,
	NETCONFA_INPUT,
	NETCONFA_BC_FORWARDING,
	__NETCONFA_MAX
};
#define NETCONFA_MAX	(__NETCONFA_MAX - 1)
#define NETCONFA_ALL	-1

#define NETCONFA_IFINDEX_ALL		-1
#define NETCONFA_IFINDEX_DEFAULT	-2

#endif /* _LINUX_NETCONF_H_ */
/* 
   You may distribute this file under either of the two licenses that
   follow at your discretion.
*/

/* BLURB lgpl

                           Coda File System
                              Release 5

          Copyright (c) 1987-1999 Carnegie Mellon University
                  Additional copyrights listed below

This code is distributed "AS IS" without warranty of any kind under
the terms of the GNU Library General Public Licence Version 2, as
shown in the file LICENSE, or under the license shown below. The
technical and financial contributors to Coda are listed in the file
CREDITS.

                        Additional copyrights 
*/

/*

            Coda: an Experimental Distributed File System
                             Release 4.0

          Copyright (c) 1987-1999 Carnegie Mellon University
                         All Rights Reserved

Permission  to  use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its
documentation is hereby granted,  provided  that  both  the  copyright
notice  and  this  permission  notice  appear  in  all  copies  of the
software, derivative works or  modified  versions,  and  any  portions
thereof, and that both notices appear in supporting documentation, and
that credit is given to Carnegie Mellon University  in  all  documents
and publicity pertaining to direct or indirect use of this code or its
derivatives.

CODA IS AN EXPERIMENTAL SOFTWARE SYSTEM AND IS  KNOWN  TO  HAVE  BUGS,
SOME  OF  WHICH MAY HAVE SERIOUS CONSEQUENCES.  CARNEGIE MELLON ALLOWS
FREE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IN ITS "AS IS" CONDITION.   CARNEGIE  MELLON
DISCLAIMS  ANY  LIABILITY  OF  ANY  KIND  FOR  ANY  DAMAGES WHATSOEVER
RESULTING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY FROM THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE  OR  OF
ANY DERIVATIVE WORK.

Carnegie  Mellon  encourages  users  of  this  software  to return any
improvements or extensions that  they  make,  and  to  grant  Carnegie
Mellon the rights to redistribute these changes without encumbrance.
*/

/*
 *
 * Based on cfs.h from Mach, but revamped for increased simplicity.
 * Linux modifications by 
 * Peter Braam, Aug 1996
 */

#ifndef _CODA_HEADER_
#define _CODA_HEADER_


/* Catch new _KERNEL defn for NetBSD and DJGPP/__CYGWIN32__ */
#if defined(__NetBSD__) || \
  ((defined(DJGPP) || defined(__CYGWIN32__)) && !defined(KERNEL))
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif 

#ifndef CODA_MAXSYMLINKS
#define CODA_MAXSYMLINKS 10
#endif

#if defined(DJGPP) || defined(__CYGWIN32__)
#ifdef KERNEL
typedef unsigned long u_long;
typedef unsigned int u_int;
typedef unsigned short u_short;
typedef u_long ino_t;
typedef u_long dev_t;
typedef void * caddr_t;
#ifdef DOS
typedef unsigned __int64 u_quad_t;
#else 
typedef unsigned long long u_quad_t;
#endif

#define __inline__

struct timespec {
        long       ts_sec;
        long       ts_nsec;
};
#else  /* DJGPP but not KERNEL */
#include <sys/time.h>
typedef unsigned long long u_quad_t;
#endif /* !KERNEL */
#endif /* !DJGPP */


#if defined(__linux__)
#include <linux/time.h>
#define cdev_t u_quad_t
#if !defined(_UQUAD_T_) && (!defined(__GLIBC__) || __GLIBC__ < 2)
#define _UQUAD_T_ 1
typedef unsigned long long u_quad_t;
#endif
#else
#define cdev_t dev_t
#endif

#ifdef __CYGWIN32__
struct timespec {
        time_t  tv_sec;         /* seconds */
        long    tv_nsec;        /* nanoseconds */
};
#endif

#ifndef __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__
#define __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__
typedef signed char	      int8_t;
typedef unsigned char	    u_int8_t;
typedef short		     int16_t;
typedef unsigned short	   u_int16_t;
typedef int		     int32_t;
typedef unsigned int	   u_int32_t;
#endif


/*
 * Cfs constants
 */
#define CODA_MAXNAMLEN   255
#define CODA_MAXPATHLEN  1024
#define CODA_MAXSYMLINK  10

/* these are Coda's version of O_RDONLY etc combinations
 * to deal with VFS open modes
 */
#define	C_O_READ	0x001
#define	C_O_WRITE       0x002
#define C_O_TRUNC       0x010
#define C_O_EXCL	0x100
#define C_O_CREAT	0x200

/* these are to find mode bits in Venus */ 
#define C_M_READ  00400
#define C_M_WRITE 00200

/* for access Venus will use */
#define C_A_C_OK    8               /* Test for writing upon create.  */
#define C_A_R_OK    4               /* Test for read permission.  */
#define C_A_W_OK    2               /* Test for write permission.  */
#define C_A_X_OK    1               /* Test for execute permission.  */
#define C_A_F_OK    0               /* Test for existence.  */



#ifndef _VENUS_DIRENT_T_
#define _VENUS_DIRENT_T_ 1
struct venus_dirent {
        u_int32_t d_fileno;		/* file number of entry */
        u_int16_t d_reclen;		/* length of this record */
        u_int8_t  d_type;			/* file type, see below */
        u_int8_t  d_namlen;		/* length of string in d_name */
        char	  d_name[CODA_MAXNAMLEN + 1];/* name must be no longer than this */
};
#undef DIRSIZ
#define DIRSIZ(dp)      ((sizeof (struct venus_dirent) - (CODA_MAXNAMLEN+1)) + \
                         (((dp)->d_namlen+1 + 3) &~ 3))

/*
 * File types
 */
#define	CDT_UNKNOWN	 0
#define	CDT_FIFO	 1
#define	CDT_CHR		 2
#define	CDT_DIR		 4
#define	CDT_BLK		 6
#define	CDT_REG		 8
#define	CDT_LNK		10
#define	CDT_SOCK	12
#define	CDT_WHT		14

/*
 * Convert between stat structure types and directory types.
 */
#define	IFTOCDT(mode)	(((mode) & 0170000) >> 12)
#define	CDTTOIF(dirtype)	((dirtype) << 12)

#endif

#ifndef _VUID_T_
#define _VUID_T_
typedef u_int32_t vuid_t;
typedef u_int32_t vgid_t;
#endif /*_VUID_T_ */

struct CodaFid {
	u_int32_t opaque[4];
};

#define coda_f2i(fid)\
	(fid ? (fid->opaque[3] ^ (fid->opaque[2]<<10) ^ (fid->opaque[1]<<20) ^ fid->opaque[0]) : 0)

#ifndef _VENUS_VATTR_T_
#define _VENUS_VATTR_T_
/*
 * Vnode types.  VNON means no type.
 */
enum coda_vtype	{ C_VNON, C_VREG, C_VDIR, C_VBLK, C_VCHR, C_VLNK, C_VSOCK, C_VFIFO, C_VBAD };

struct coda_vattr {
	long     	va_type;	/* vnode type (for create) */
	u_short		va_mode;	/* files access mode and type */
	short		va_nlink;	/* number of references to file */
	vuid_t		va_uid;		/* owner user id */
	vgid_t		va_gid;		/* owner group id */
	long		va_fileid;	/* file id */
	u_quad_t	va_size;	/* file size in bytes */
	long		va_blocksize;	/* blocksize preferred for i/o */
	struct timespec	va_atime;	/* time of last access */
	struct timespec	va_mtime;	/* time of last modification */
	struct timespec	va_ctime;	/* time file changed */
	u_long		va_gen;		/* generation number of file */
	u_long		va_flags;	/* flags defined for file */
	cdev_t	        va_rdev;	/* device special file represents */
	u_quad_t	va_bytes;	/* bytes of disk space held by file */
	u_quad_t	va_filerev;	/* file modification number */
};

#endif 

/* structure used by CODA_STATFS for getting cache information from venus */
struct coda_statfs {
    int32_t f_blocks;
    int32_t f_bfree;
    int32_t f_bavail;
    int32_t f_files;
    int32_t f_ffree;
};

/*
 * Kernel <--> Venus communications.
 */

#define CODA_ROOT	2
#define CODA_OPEN_BY_FD	3
#define CODA_OPEN	4
#define CODA_CLOSE	5
#define CODA_IOCTL	6
#define CODA_GETATTR	7
#define CODA_SETATTR	8
#define CODA_ACCESS	9
#define CODA_LOOKUP	10
#define CODA_CREATE	11
#define CODA_REMOVE	12
#define CODA_LINK	13
#define CODA_RENAME	14
#define CODA_MKDIR	15
#define CODA_RMDIR	16
#define CODA_SYMLINK	18
#define CODA_READLINK	19
#define CODA_FSYNC	20
#define CODA_VGET	22
#define CODA_SIGNAL	23
#define CODA_REPLACE	 24 /* DOWNCALL */
#define CODA_FLUSH       25 /* DOWNCALL */
#define CODA_PURGEUSER   26 /* DOWNCALL */
#define CODA_ZAPFILE     27 /* DOWNCALL */
#define CODA_ZAPDIR      28 /* DOWNCALL */
#define CODA_PURGEFID    30 /* DOWNCALL */
#define CODA_OPEN_BY_PATH 31
#define CODA_RESOLVE     32
#define CODA_REINTEGRATE 33
#define CODA_STATFS	 34
#define CODA_STORE	 35
#define CODA_RELEASE	 36
#define CODA_NCALLS 37

#define DOWNCALL(opcode) (opcode >= CODA_REPLACE && opcode <= CODA_PURGEFID)

#define VC_MAXDATASIZE	    8192
#define VC_MAXMSGSIZE      sizeof(union inputArgs)+sizeof(union outputArgs) +\
                            VC_MAXDATASIZE  

#define CIOC_KERNEL_VERSION _IOWR('c', 10, size_t)

#define CODA_KERNEL_VERSION 3 /* 128-bit file identifiers */

/*
 *        Venus <-> Coda  RPC arguments
 */
struct coda_in_hdr {
    u_int32_t opcode;
    u_int32_t unique;	    /* Keep multiple outstanding msgs distinct */
    pid_t pid;
    pid_t pgid;
    vuid_t uid;
};

/* Really important that opcode and unique are 1st two fields! */
struct coda_out_hdr {
    u_int32_t opcode;
    u_int32_t unique;	
    u_int32_t result;
};

/* coda_root: NO_IN */
struct coda_root_out {
    struct coda_out_hdr oh;
    struct CodaFid VFid;
};

struct coda_root_in {
    struct coda_in_hdr in;
};

/* coda_open: */
struct coda_open_in {
    struct coda_in_hdr ih;
    struct CodaFid VFid;
    int	flags;
};

struct coda_open_out {
    struct coda_out_hdr oh;
    cdev_t	dev;
    ino_t	inode;
};


/* coda_store: */
struct coda_store_in {
    struct coda_in_hdr ih;
    struct CodaFid VFid;
    int	flags;
};

struct coda_store_out {
    struct coda_out_hdr out;
};

/* coda_release: */
struct coda_release_in {
    struct coda_in_hdr ih;
    struct CodaFid VFid;
    int	flags;
};

struct coda_release_out {
    struct coda_out_hdr out;
};

/* coda_close: */
struct coda_close_in {
    struct coda_in_hdr ih;
    struct CodaFid VFid;
    int	flags;
};

struct coda_close_out {
    struct coda_out_hdr out;
};

/* coda_ioctl: */
struct coda_ioctl_in {
    struct coda_in_hdr ih;
    struct CodaFid VFid;
    int	cmd;
    int	len;
    int	rwflag;
    char *data;			/* Place holder for data. */
};

struct coda_ioctl_out {
    struct coda_out_hdr oh;
    int	len;
    caddr_t	data;		/* Place holder for data. */
};


/* coda_getattr: */
struct coda_getattr_in {
    struct coda_in_hdr ih;
    struct CodaFid VFid;
};

struct coda_getattr_out {
    struct coda_out_hdr oh;
    struct coda_vattr attr;
};


/* coda_setattr: NO_OUT */
struct coda_setattr_in {
    struct coda_in_hdr ih;
    struct CodaFid VFid;
    struct coda_vattr attr;
};

struct coda_setattr_out {
    struct coda_out_hdr out;
};

/* coda_access: NO_OUT */
struct coda_access_in {
    struct coda_in_hdr ih;
    struct CodaFid VFid;
    int	flags;
};

struct coda_access_out {
    struct coda_out_hdr out;
};


/* lookup flags */
#define CLU_CASE_SENSITIVE     0x01
#define CLU_CASE_INSENSITIVE   0x02

/* coda_lookup: */
struct  coda_lookup_in {
    struct coda_in_hdr ih;
    struct CodaFid VFid;
    int         name;		/* Place holder for data. */
    int         flags;	
};

struct coda_lookup_out {
    struct coda_out_hdr oh;
    struct CodaFid VFid;
    int	vtype;
};


/* coda_create: */
struct coda_create_in {
    struct coda_in_hdr ih;
    struct CodaFid VFid;
    struct coda_vattr attr;
    int excl;
    int mode;
    int 	name;		/* Place holder for data. */
};

struct coda_create_out {
    struct coda_out_hdr oh;
    struct CodaFid VFid;
    struct coda_vattr attr;
};


/* coda_remove: NO_OUT */
struct coda_remove_in {
    struct coda_in_hdr ih;
    struct CodaFid VFid;
    int name;		/* Place holder for data. */
};

struct coda_remove_out {
    struct coda_out_hdr out;
};

/* coda_link: NO_OUT */
struct coda_link_in {
    struct coda_in_hdr ih;
    struct CodaFid sourceFid;	/* cnode to link *to* */
    struct CodaFid destFid;	/* Directory in which to place link */
    int tname;		/* Place holder for data. */
};

struct coda_link_out {
    struct coda_out_hdr out;
};


/* coda_rename: NO_OUT */
struct coda_rename_in {
    struct coda_in_hdr ih;
    struct CodaFid sourceFid;
    int 	srcname;
    struct CodaFid destFid;
    int 	destname;
};

struct coda_rename_out {
    struct coda_out_hdr out;
};

/* coda_mkdir: */
struct coda_mkdir_in {
    struct coda_in_hdr ih;
    struct CodaFid VFid;
    struct coda_vattr attr;
    int	   name;		/* Place holder for data. */
};

struct coda_mkdir_out {
    struct coda_out_hdr oh;
    struct CodaFid VFid;
    struct coda_vattr attr;
};


/* coda_rmdir: NO_OUT */
struct coda_rmdir_in {
    struct coda_in_hdr ih;
    struct CodaFid VFid;
    int name;		/* Place holder for data. */
};

struct coda_rmdir_out {
    struct coda_out_hdr out;
};

/* coda_symlink: NO_OUT */
struct coda_symlink_in {
    struct coda_in_hdr ih;
    struct CodaFid VFid;	/* Directory to put symlink in */
    int srcname;
    struct coda_vattr attr;
    int tname;
};

struct coda_symlink_out {
    struct coda_out_hdr out;
};

/* coda_readlink: */
struct coda_readlink_in {
    struct coda_in_hdr ih;
    struct CodaFid VFid;
};

struct coda_readlink_out {
    struct coda_out_hdr oh;
    int	count;
    caddr_t	data;		/* Place holder for data. */
};


/* coda_fsync: NO_OUT */
struct coda_fsync_in {
    struct coda_in_hdr ih;
    struct CodaFid VFid;
};

struct coda_fsync_out {
    struct coda_out_hdr out;
};

/* coda_vget: */
struct coda_vget_in {
    struct coda_in_hdr ih;
    struct CodaFid VFid;
};

struct coda_vget_out {
    struct coda_out_hdr oh;
    struct CodaFid VFid;
    int	vtype;
};


/* CODA_SIGNAL is out-of-band, doesn't need data. */
/* CODA_INVALIDATE is a venus->kernel call */
/* CODA_FLUSH is a venus->kernel call */

/* coda_purgeuser: */
/* CODA_PURGEUSER is a venus->kernel call */
struct coda_purgeuser_out {
    struct coda_out_hdr oh;
    vuid_t uid;
};

/* coda_zapfile: */
/* CODA_ZAPFILE is a venus->kernel call */
struct coda_zapfile_out {  
    struct coda_out_hdr oh;
    struct CodaFid CodaFid;
};

/* coda_zapdir: */
/* CODA_ZAPDIR is a venus->kernel call */	
struct coda_zapdir_out {	  
    struct coda_out_hdr oh;
    struct CodaFid CodaFid;
};

/* coda_purgefid: */
/* CODA_PURGEFID is a venus->kernel call */	
struct coda_purgefid_out { 
    struct coda_out_hdr oh;
    struct CodaFid CodaFid;
};

/* coda_replace: */
/* CODA_REPLACE is a venus->kernel call */	
struct coda_replace_out { /* coda_replace is a venus->kernel call */
    struct coda_out_hdr oh;
    struct CodaFid NewFid;
    struct CodaFid OldFid;
};

/* coda_open_by_fd: */
struct coda_open_by_fd_in {
    struct coda_in_hdr ih;
    struct CodaFid VFid;
    int        flags;
};

struct coda_open_by_fd_out {
    struct coda_out_hdr oh;
    int fd;

};

/* coda_open_by_path: */
struct coda_open_by_path_in {
    struct coda_in_hdr ih;
    struct CodaFid VFid;
    int	flags;
};

struct coda_open_by_path_out {
    struct coda_out_hdr oh;
	int path;
};

/* coda_statfs: NO_IN */
struct coda_statfs_in {
    struct coda_in_hdr in;
};

struct coda_statfs_out {
    struct coda_out_hdr oh;
    struct coda_statfs stat;
};

/* 
 * Occasionally, we don't cache the fid returned by CODA_LOOKUP. 
 * For instance, if the fid is inconsistent. 
 * This case is handled by setting the top bit of the type result parameter.
 */
#define CODA_NOCACHE          0x80000000

union inputArgs {
    struct coda_in_hdr ih;		/* NB: every struct below begins with an ih */
    struct coda_open_in coda_open;
    struct coda_store_in coda_store;
    struct coda_release_in coda_release;
    struct coda_close_in coda_close;
    struct coda_ioctl_in coda_ioctl;
    struct coda_getattr_in coda_getattr;
    struct coda_setattr_in coda_setattr;
    struct coda_access_in coda_access;
    struct coda_lookup_in coda_lookup;
    struct coda_create_in coda_create;
    struct coda_remove_in coda_remove;
    struct coda_link_in coda_link;
    struct coda_rename_in coda_rename;
    struct coda_mkdir_in coda_mkdir;
    struct coda_rmdir_in coda_rmdir;
    struct coda_symlink_in coda_symlink;
    struct coda_readlink_in coda_readlink;
    struct coda_fsync_in coda_fsync;
    struct coda_vget_in coda_vget;
    struct coda_open_by_fd_in coda_open_by_fd;
    struct coda_open_by_path_in coda_open_by_path;
    struct coda_statfs_in coda_statfs;
};

union outputArgs {
    struct coda_out_hdr oh;		/* NB: every struct below begins with an oh */
    struct coda_root_out coda_root;
    struct coda_open_out coda_open;
    struct coda_ioctl_out coda_ioctl;
    struct coda_getattr_out coda_getattr;
    struct coda_lookup_out coda_lookup;
    struct coda_create_out coda_create;
    struct coda_mkdir_out coda_mkdir;
    struct coda_readlink_out coda_readlink;
    struct coda_vget_out coda_vget;
    struct coda_purgeuser_out coda_purgeuser;
    struct coda_zapfile_out coda_zapfile;
    struct coda_zapdir_out coda_zapdir;
    struct coda_purgefid_out coda_purgefid;
    struct coda_replace_out coda_replace;
    struct coda_open_by_fd_out coda_open_by_fd;
    struct coda_open_by_path_out coda_open_by_path;
    struct coda_statfs_out coda_statfs;
};    

union coda_downcalls {
    /* CODA_INVALIDATE is a venus->kernel call */
    /* CODA_FLUSH is a venus->kernel call */
    struct coda_purgeuser_out purgeuser;
    struct coda_zapfile_out zapfile;
    struct coda_zapdir_out zapdir;
    struct coda_purgefid_out purgefid;
    struct coda_replace_out replace;
};


/*
 * Used for identifying usage of "Control" and pioctls
 */

#define PIOCPARM_MASK 0x0000ffff
struct ViceIoctl {
        void *in;        /* Data to be transferred in */
        void *out;       /* Data to be transferred out */
        u_short in_size;        /* Size of input buffer <= 2K */
        u_short out_size;       /* Maximum size of output buffer, <= 2K */
};

struct PioctlData {
        const char *path;
        int follow;
        struct ViceIoctl vi;
};

#define CODA_CONTROL		".CONTROL"
#define CODA_CONTROLLEN		8
#define CTL_INO			-1

/* Data passed to mount */

#define CODA_MOUNT_VERSION 1

struct coda_mount_data {
	int		version;
	int		fd;       /* Opened device */
};

#endif /* _CODA_HEADER_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * <linux/patchkey.h> -- definition of _PATCHKEY macro
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2005 Stuart Brady
 *
 * This exists because awe_voice.h defined its own _PATCHKEY and it wasn't
 * clear whether removing this would break anything in userspace.
 *
 * Do not include this file directly.  Please use <sys/soundcard.h> instead.
 * For kernel code, use <linux/soundcard.h>
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_PATCHKEY_H_INDIRECT
#error "patchkey.h included directly"
#endif

#ifndef _LINUX_PATCHKEY_H
#define _LINUX_PATCHKEY_H

/* Endian macros. */
#  include <endian.h>

#if defined(__BYTE_ORDER)
#  if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
#    define _PATCHKEY(id) (0xfd00|id)
#  elif __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
#    define _PATCHKEY(id) ((id<<8)|0x00fd)
#  else
#    error "could not determine byte order"
#  endif
#endif

#endif /* _LINUX_PATCHKEY_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* tcp_metrics.h - TCP Metrics Interface */

#ifndef _LINUX_TCP_METRICS_H
#define _LINUX_TCP_METRICS_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* NETLINK_GENERIC related info
 */
#define TCP_METRICS_GENL_NAME		"tcp_metrics"
#define TCP_METRICS_GENL_VERSION	0x1

enum tcp_metric_index {
	TCP_METRIC_RTT,		/* in ms units */
	TCP_METRIC_RTTVAR,	/* in ms units */
	TCP_METRIC_SSTHRESH,
	TCP_METRIC_CWND,
	TCP_METRIC_REORDERING,

	TCP_METRIC_RTT_US,	/* in usec units */
	TCP_METRIC_RTTVAR_US,	/* in usec units */

	/* Always last.  */
	__TCP_METRIC_MAX,
};

#define TCP_METRIC_MAX	(__TCP_METRIC_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TCP_METRICS_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	TCP_METRICS_ATTR_ADDR_IPV4,		/* u32 */
	TCP_METRICS_ATTR_ADDR_IPV6,		/* binary */
	TCP_METRICS_ATTR_AGE,			/* msecs */
	TCP_METRICS_ATTR_TW_TSVAL,		/* u32, raw, rcv tsval */
	TCP_METRICS_ATTR_TW_TS_STAMP,		/* s32, sec age */
	TCP_METRICS_ATTR_VALS,			/* nested +1, u32 */
	TCP_METRICS_ATTR_FOPEN_MSS,		/* u16 */
	TCP_METRICS_ATTR_FOPEN_SYN_DROPS,	/* u16, count of drops */
	TCP_METRICS_ATTR_FOPEN_SYN_DROP_TS,	/* msecs age */
	TCP_METRICS_ATTR_FOPEN_COOKIE,		/* binary */
	TCP_METRICS_ATTR_SADDR_IPV4,		/* u32 */
	TCP_METRICS_ATTR_SADDR_IPV6,		/* binary */
	TCP_METRICS_ATTR_PAD,

	__TCP_METRICS_ATTR_MAX,
};

#define TCP_METRICS_ATTR_MAX	(__TCP_METRICS_ATTR_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TCP_METRICS_CMD_UNSPEC,
	TCP_METRICS_CMD_GET,
	TCP_METRICS_CMD_DEL,

	__TCP_METRICS_CMD_MAX,
};

#define TCP_METRICS_CMD_MAX	(__TCP_METRICS_CMD_MAX - 1)

#endif /* _LINUX_TCP_METRICS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* Copyright (C) 2003 Krzysztof Benedyczak & Michal Wronski

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   It is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with this software; if not, write to the Free
   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
   02111-1307 USA.  */

#ifndef _LINUX_MQUEUE_H
#define _LINUX_MQUEUE_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define MQ_PRIO_MAX 	32768
/* per-uid limit of kernel memory used by mqueue, in bytes */
#define MQ_BYTES_MAX	819200

struct mq_attr {
	__kernel_long_t	mq_flags;	/* message queue flags			*/
	__kernel_long_t	mq_maxmsg;	/* maximum number of messages		*/
	__kernel_long_t	mq_msgsize;	/* maximum message size			*/
	__kernel_long_t	mq_curmsgs;	/* number of messages currently queued	*/
	__kernel_long_t	__reserved[4];	/* ignored for input, zeroed for output */
};

/*
 * SIGEV_THREAD implementation:
 * SIGEV_THREAD must be implemented in user space. If SIGEV_THREAD is passed
 * to mq_notify, then
 * - sigev_signo must be the file descriptor of an AF_NETLINK socket. It's not
 *   necessary that the socket is bound.
 * - sigev_value.sival_ptr must point to a cookie that is NOTIFY_COOKIE_LEN
 *   bytes long.
 * If the notification is triggered, then the cookie is sent to the netlink
 * socket. The last byte of the cookie is replaced with the NOTIFY_?? codes:
 * NOTIFY_WOKENUP if the notification got triggered, NOTIFY_REMOVED if it was
 * removed, either due to a close() on the message queue fd or due to a
 * mq_notify() that removed the notification.
 */
#define NOTIFY_NONE	0
#define NOTIFY_WOKENUP	1
#define NOTIFY_REMOVED	2

#define NOTIFY_COOKIE_LEN	32

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* audit.h -- Auditing support
 *
 * Copyright 2003-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
 * All Rights Reserved.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 *
 * Written by Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
 *
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_AUDIT_H_
#define _LINUX_AUDIT_H_

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/elf-em.h>

/* The netlink messages for the audit system is divided into blocks:
 * 1000 - 1099 are for commanding the audit system
 * 1100 - 1199 user space trusted application messages
 * 1200 - 1299 messages internal to the audit daemon
 * 1300 - 1399 audit event messages
 * 1400 - 1499 SE Linux use
 * 1500 - 1599 kernel LSPP events
 * 1600 - 1699 kernel crypto events
 * 1700 - 1799 kernel anomaly records
 * 1800 - 1899 kernel integrity events
 * 1900 - 1999 future kernel use
 * 2000 is for otherwise unclassified kernel audit messages (legacy)
 * 2001 - 2099 unused (kernel)
 * 2100 - 2199 user space anomaly records
 * 2200 - 2299 user space actions taken in response to anomalies
 * 2300 - 2399 user space generated LSPP events
 * 2400 - 2499 user space crypto events
 * 2500 - 2999 future user space (maybe integrity labels and related events)
 *
 * Messages from 1000-1199 are bi-directional. 1200-1299 & 2100 - 2999 are
 * exclusively user space. 1300-2099 is kernel --> user space
 * communication.
 */
#define AUDIT_GET		1000	/* Get status */
#define AUDIT_SET		1001	/* Set status (enable/disable/auditd) */
#define AUDIT_LIST		1002	/* List syscall rules -- deprecated */
#define AUDIT_ADD		1003	/* Add syscall rule -- deprecated */
#define AUDIT_DEL		1004	/* Delete syscall rule -- deprecated */
#define AUDIT_USER		1005	/* Message from userspace -- deprecated */
#define AUDIT_LOGIN		1006	/* Define the login id and information */
#define AUDIT_WATCH_INS		1007	/* Insert file/dir watch entry */
#define AUDIT_WATCH_REM		1008	/* Remove file/dir watch entry */
#define AUDIT_WATCH_LIST	1009	/* List all file/dir watches */
#define AUDIT_SIGNAL_INFO	1010	/* Get info about sender of signal to auditd */
#define AUDIT_ADD_RULE		1011	/* Add syscall filtering rule */
#define AUDIT_DEL_RULE		1012	/* Delete syscall filtering rule */
#define AUDIT_LIST_RULES	1013	/* List syscall filtering rules */
#define AUDIT_TRIM		1014	/* Trim junk from watched tree */
#define AUDIT_MAKE_EQUIV	1015	/* Append to watched tree */
#define AUDIT_TTY_GET		1016	/* Get TTY auditing status */
#define AUDIT_TTY_SET		1017	/* Set TTY auditing status */
#define AUDIT_SET_FEATURE	1018	/* Turn an audit feature on or off */
#define AUDIT_GET_FEATURE	1019	/* Get which features are enabled */

#define AUDIT_FIRST_USER_MSG	1100	/* Userspace messages mostly uninteresting to kernel */
#define AUDIT_USER_AVC		1107	/* We filter this differently */
#define AUDIT_USER_TTY		1124	/* Non-ICANON TTY input meaning */
#define AUDIT_LAST_USER_MSG	1199
#define AUDIT_FIRST_USER_MSG2	2100	/* More user space messages */
#define AUDIT_LAST_USER_MSG2	2999

#define AUDIT_DAEMON_START      1200    /* Daemon startup record */
#define AUDIT_DAEMON_END        1201    /* Daemon normal stop record */
#define AUDIT_DAEMON_ABORT      1202    /* Daemon error stop record */
#define AUDIT_DAEMON_CONFIG     1203    /* Daemon config change */

#define AUDIT_SYSCALL		1300	/* Syscall event */
/* #define AUDIT_FS_WATCH	1301	 * Deprecated */
#define AUDIT_PATH		1302	/* Filename path information */
#define AUDIT_IPC		1303	/* IPC record */
#define AUDIT_SOCKETCALL	1304	/* sys_socketcall arguments */
#define AUDIT_CONFIG_CHANGE	1305	/* Audit system configuration change */
#define AUDIT_SOCKADDR		1306	/* sockaddr copied as syscall arg */
#define AUDIT_CWD		1307	/* Current working directory */
#define AUDIT_EXECVE		1309	/* execve arguments */
#define AUDIT_IPC_SET_PERM	1311	/* IPC new permissions record type */
#define AUDIT_MQ_OPEN		1312	/* POSIX MQ open record type */
#define AUDIT_MQ_SENDRECV	1313	/* POSIX MQ send/receive record type */
#define AUDIT_MQ_NOTIFY		1314	/* POSIX MQ notify record type */
#define AUDIT_MQ_GETSETATTR	1315	/* POSIX MQ get/set attribute record type */
#define AUDIT_KERNEL_OTHER	1316	/* For use by 3rd party modules */
#define AUDIT_FD_PAIR		1317    /* audit record for pipe/socketpair */
#define AUDIT_OBJ_PID		1318	/* ptrace target */
#define AUDIT_TTY		1319	/* Input on an administrative TTY */
#define AUDIT_EOE		1320	/* End of multi-record event */
#define AUDIT_BPRM_FCAPS	1321	/* Information about fcaps increasing perms */
#define AUDIT_CAPSET		1322	/* Record showing argument to sys_capset */
#define AUDIT_MMAP		1323	/* Record showing descriptor and flags in mmap */
#define AUDIT_NETFILTER_PKT	1324	/* Packets traversing netfilter chains */
#define AUDIT_NETFILTER_CFG	1325	/* Netfilter chain modifications */
#define AUDIT_SECCOMP		1326	/* Secure Computing event */
#define AUDIT_PROCTITLE		1327	/* Proctitle emit event */
#define AUDIT_FEATURE_CHANGE	1328	/* audit log listing feature changes */
#define AUDIT_REPLACE		1329	/* Replace auditd if this packet unanswerd */
#define AUDIT_KERN_MODULE	1330	/* Kernel Module events */
#define AUDIT_FANOTIFY		1331	/* Fanotify access decision */
#define AUDIT_TIME_INJOFFSET	1332	/* Timekeeping offset injected */
#define AUDIT_TIME_ADJNTPVAL	1333	/* NTP value adjustment */
#define AUDIT_BPF		1334	/* BPF subsystem */
#define AUDIT_EVENT_LISTENER	1335	/* Task joined multicast read socket */
#define AUDIT_OPENAT2		1337	/* Record showing openat2 how args */

#define AUDIT_AVC		1400	/* SE Linux avc denial or grant */
#define AUDIT_SELINUX_ERR	1401	/* Internal SE Linux Errors */
#define AUDIT_AVC_PATH		1402	/* dentry, vfsmount pair from avc */
#define AUDIT_MAC_POLICY_LOAD	1403	/* Policy file load */
#define AUDIT_MAC_STATUS	1404	/* Changed enforcing,permissive,off */
#define AUDIT_MAC_CONFIG_CHANGE	1405	/* Changes to booleans */
#define AUDIT_MAC_UNLBL_ALLOW	1406	/* NetLabel: allow unlabeled traffic */
#define AUDIT_MAC_CIPSOV4_ADD	1407	/* NetLabel: add CIPSOv4 DOI entry */
#define AUDIT_MAC_CIPSOV4_DEL	1408	/* NetLabel: del CIPSOv4 DOI entry */
#define AUDIT_MAC_MAP_ADD	1409	/* NetLabel: add LSM domain mapping */
#define AUDIT_MAC_MAP_DEL	1410	/* NetLabel: del LSM domain mapping */
#define AUDIT_MAC_IPSEC_ADDSA	1411	/* Not used */
#define AUDIT_MAC_IPSEC_DELSA	1412	/* Not used  */
#define AUDIT_MAC_IPSEC_ADDSPD	1413	/* Not used */
#define AUDIT_MAC_IPSEC_DELSPD	1414	/* Not used */
#define AUDIT_MAC_IPSEC_EVENT	1415	/* Audit an IPSec event */
#define AUDIT_MAC_UNLBL_STCADD	1416	/* NetLabel: add a static label */
#define AUDIT_MAC_UNLBL_STCDEL	1417	/* NetLabel: del a static label */
#define AUDIT_MAC_CALIPSO_ADD	1418	/* NetLabel: add CALIPSO DOI entry */
#define AUDIT_MAC_CALIPSO_DEL	1419	/* NetLabel: del CALIPSO DOI entry */

#define AUDIT_FIRST_KERN_ANOM_MSG   1700
#define AUDIT_LAST_KERN_ANOM_MSG    1799
#define AUDIT_ANOM_PROMISCUOUS      1700 /* Device changed promiscuous mode */
#define AUDIT_ANOM_ABEND            1701 /* Process ended abnormally */
#define AUDIT_ANOM_LINK		    1702 /* Suspicious use of file links */
#define AUDIT_ANOM_CREAT	    1703 /* Suspicious file creation */
#define AUDIT_INTEGRITY_DATA	    1800 /* Data integrity verification */
#define AUDIT_INTEGRITY_METADATA    1801 /* Metadata integrity verification */
#define AUDIT_INTEGRITY_STATUS	    1802 /* Integrity enable status */
#define AUDIT_INTEGRITY_HASH	    1803 /* Integrity HASH type */
#define AUDIT_INTEGRITY_PCR	    1804 /* PCR invalidation msgs */
#define AUDIT_INTEGRITY_RULE	    1805 /* policy rule */
#define AUDIT_INTEGRITY_EVM_XATTR   1806 /* New EVM-covered xattr */
#define AUDIT_INTEGRITY_POLICY_RULE 1807 /* IMA policy rules */

#define AUDIT_KERNEL		2000	/* Asynchronous audit record. NOT A REQUEST. */

/* Rule flags */
#define AUDIT_FILTER_USER	0x00	/* Apply rule to user-generated messages */
#define AUDIT_FILTER_TASK	0x01	/* Apply rule at task creation (not syscall) */
#define AUDIT_FILTER_ENTRY	0x02	/* Apply rule at syscall entry */
#define AUDIT_FILTER_WATCH	0x03	/* Apply rule to file system watches */
#define AUDIT_FILTER_EXIT	0x04	/* Apply rule at syscall exit */
#define AUDIT_FILTER_EXCLUDE	0x05	/* Apply rule before record creation */
#define AUDIT_FILTER_TYPE	AUDIT_FILTER_EXCLUDE /* obsolete misleading naming */
#define AUDIT_FILTER_FS		0x06	/* Apply rule at __audit_inode_child */

#define AUDIT_NR_FILTERS	7

#define AUDIT_FILTER_PREPEND	0x10	/* Prepend to front of list */

/* Rule actions */
#define AUDIT_NEVER    0	/* Do not build context if rule matches */
#define AUDIT_POSSIBLE 1	/* Build context if rule matches  */
#define AUDIT_ALWAYS   2	/* Generate audit record if rule matches */

/* Rule structure sizes -- if these change, different AUDIT_ADD and
 * AUDIT_LIST commands must be implemented. */
#define AUDIT_MAX_FIELDS   64
#define AUDIT_MAX_KEY_LEN  256
#define AUDIT_BITMASK_SIZE 64
#define AUDIT_WORD(nr) ((__u32)((nr)/32))
#define AUDIT_BIT(nr)  (1U << ((nr) - AUDIT_WORD(nr)*32))

#define AUDIT_SYSCALL_CLASSES 16
#define AUDIT_CLASS_DIR_WRITE 0
#define AUDIT_CLASS_DIR_WRITE_32 1
#define AUDIT_CLASS_CHATTR 2
#define AUDIT_CLASS_CHATTR_32 3
#define AUDIT_CLASS_READ 4
#define AUDIT_CLASS_READ_32 5
#define AUDIT_CLASS_WRITE 6
#define AUDIT_CLASS_WRITE_32 7
#define AUDIT_CLASS_SIGNAL 8
#define AUDIT_CLASS_SIGNAL_32 9

/* This bitmask is used to validate user input.  It represents all bits that
 * are currently used in an audit field constant understood by the kernel.
 * If you are adding a new #define AUDIT_<whatever>, please ensure that
 * AUDIT_UNUSED_BITS is updated if need be. */
#define AUDIT_UNUSED_BITS	0x07FFFC00

/* AUDIT_FIELD_COMPARE rule list */
#define AUDIT_COMPARE_UID_TO_OBJ_UID	1
#define AUDIT_COMPARE_GID_TO_OBJ_GID	2
#define AUDIT_COMPARE_EUID_TO_OBJ_UID	3
#define AUDIT_COMPARE_EGID_TO_OBJ_GID	4
#define AUDIT_COMPARE_AUID_TO_OBJ_UID	5
#define AUDIT_COMPARE_SUID_TO_OBJ_UID	6
#define AUDIT_COMPARE_SGID_TO_OBJ_GID	7
#define AUDIT_COMPARE_FSUID_TO_OBJ_UID	8
#define AUDIT_COMPARE_FSGID_TO_OBJ_GID	9

#define AUDIT_COMPARE_UID_TO_AUID	10
#define AUDIT_COMPARE_UID_TO_EUID	11
#define AUDIT_COMPARE_UID_TO_FSUID	12
#define AUDIT_COMPARE_UID_TO_SUID	13

#define AUDIT_COMPARE_AUID_TO_FSUID	14
#define AUDIT_COMPARE_AUID_TO_SUID	15
#define AUDIT_COMPARE_AUID_TO_EUID	16

#define AUDIT_COMPARE_EUID_TO_SUID	17
#define AUDIT_COMPARE_EUID_TO_FSUID	18

#define AUDIT_COMPARE_SUID_TO_FSUID	19

#define AUDIT_COMPARE_GID_TO_EGID	20
#define AUDIT_COMPARE_GID_TO_FSGID	21
#define AUDIT_COMPARE_GID_TO_SGID	22

#define AUDIT_COMPARE_EGID_TO_FSGID	23
#define AUDIT_COMPARE_EGID_TO_SGID	24
#define AUDIT_COMPARE_SGID_TO_FSGID	25

#define AUDIT_MAX_FIELD_COMPARE		AUDIT_COMPARE_SGID_TO_FSGID

/* Rule fields */
				/* These are useful when checking the
				 * task structure at task creation time
				 * (AUDIT_PER_TASK).  */
#define AUDIT_PID	0
#define AUDIT_UID	1
#define AUDIT_EUID	2
#define AUDIT_SUID	3
#define AUDIT_FSUID	4
#define AUDIT_GID	5
#define AUDIT_EGID	6
#define AUDIT_SGID	7
#define AUDIT_FSGID	8
#define AUDIT_LOGINUID	9
#define AUDIT_PERS	10
#define AUDIT_ARCH	11
#define AUDIT_MSGTYPE	12
#define AUDIT_SUBJ_USER	13	/* security label user */
#define AUDIT_SUBJ_ROLE	14	/* security label role */
#define AUDIT_SUBJ_TYPE	15	/* security label type */
#define AUDIT_SUBJ_SEN	16	/* security label sensitivity label */
#define AUDIT_SUBJ_CLR	17	/* security label clearance label */
#define AUDIT_PPID	18
#define AUDIT_OBJ_USER	19
#define AUDIT_OBJ_ROLE	20
#define AUDIT_OBJ_TYPE	21
#define AUDIT_OBJ_LEV_LOW	22
#define AUDIT_OBJ_LEV_HIGH	23
#define AUDIT_LOGINUID_SET	24
#define AUDIT_SESSIONID	25	/* Session ID */
#define AUDIT_FSTYPE	26	/* FileSystem Type */

				/* These are ONLY useful when checking
				 * at syscall exit time (AUDIT_AT_EXIT). */
#define AUDIT_DEVMAJOR	100
#define AUDIT_DEVMINOR	101
#define AUDIT_INODE	102
#define AUDIT_EXIT	103
#define AUDIT_SUCCESS   104	/* exit >= 0; value ignored */
#define AUDIT_WATCH	105
#define AUDIT_PERM	106
#define AUDIT_DIR	107
#define AUDIT_FILETYPE	108
#define AUDIT_OBJ_UID	109
#define AUDIT_OBJ_GID	110
#define AUDIT_FIELD_COMPARE	111
#define AUDIT_EXE	112
#define AUDIT_SADDR_FAM	113

#define AUDIT_ARG0      200
#define AUDIT_ARG1      (AUDIT_ARG0+1)
#define AUDIT_ARG2      (AUDIT_ARG0+2)
#define AUDIT_ARG3      (AUDIT_ARG0+3)

#define AUDIT_FILTERKEY	210

#define AUDIT_NEGATE			0x80000000

/* These are the supported operators.
 *	4  2  1  8
 *	=  >  <  ?
 *	----------
 *	0  0  0	 0	00	nonsense
 *	0  0  0	 1	08	&  bit mask
 *	0  0  1	 0	10	<
 *	0  1  0	 0	20	>
 *	0  1  1	 0	30	!=
 *	1  0  0	 0	40	=
 *	1  0  0	 1	48	&=  bit test
 *	1  0  1	 0	50	<=
 *	1  1  0	 0	60	>=
 *	1  1  1	 1	78	all operators
 */
#define AUDIT_BIT_MASK			0x08000000
#define AUDIT_LESS_THAN			0x10000000
#define AUDIT_GREATER_THAN		0x20000000
#define AUDIT_NOT_EQUAL			0x30000000
#define AUDIT_EQUAL			0x40000000
#define AUDIT_BIT_TEST			(AUDIT_BIT_MASK|AUDIT_EQUAL)
#define AUDIT_LESS_THAN_OR_EQUAL	(AUDIT_LESS_THAN|AUDIT_EQUAL)
#define AUDIT_GREATER_THAN_OR_EQUAL	(AUDIT_GREATER_THAN|AUDIT_EQUAL)
#define AUDIT_OPERATORS			(AUDIT_EQUAL|AUDIT_NOT_EQUAL|AUDIT_BIT_MASK)

enum {
	Audit_equal,
	Audit_not_equal,
	Audit_bitmask,
	Audit_bittest,
	Audit_lt,
	Audit_gt,
	Audit_le,
	Audit_ge,
	Audit_bad
};

/* Status symbols */
						/* Mask values */
#define AUDIT_STATUS_ENABLED			0x0001
#define AUDIT_STATUS_FAILURE			0x0002
#define AUDIT_STATUS_PID			0x0004
#define AUDIT_STATUS_RATE_LIMIT		0x0008
#define AUDIT_STATUS_BACKLOG_LIMIT		0x0010
#define AUDIT_STATUS_BACKLOG_WAIT_TIME		0x0020
#define AUDIT_STATUS_LOST			0x0040
#define AUDIT_STATUS_BACKLOG_WAIT_TIME_ACTUAL	0x0080

#define AUDIT_FEATURE_BITMAP_BACKLOG_LIMIT	0x00000001
#define AUDIT_FEATURE_BITMAP_BACKLOG_WAIT_TIME	0x00000002
#define AUDIT_FEATURE_BITMAP_EXECUTABLE_PATH	0x00000004
#define AUDIT_FEATURE_BITMAP_EXCLUDE_EXTEND	0x00000008
#define AUDIT_FEATURE_BITMAP_SESSIONID_FILTER	0x00000010
#define AUDIT_FEATURE_BITMAP_LOST_RESET		0x00000020
#define AUDIT_FEATURE_BITMAP_FILTER_FS		0x00000040

#define AUDIT_FEATURE_BITMAP_ALL (AUDIT_FEATURE_BITMAP_BACKLOG_LIMIT | \
				  AUDIT_FEATURE_BITMAP_BACKLOG_WAIT_TIME | \
				  AUDIT_FEATURE_BITMAP_EXECUTABLE_PATH | \
				  AUDIT_FEATURE_BITMAP_EXCLUDE_EXTEND | \
				  AUDIT_FEATURE_BITMAP_SESSIONID_FILTER | \
				  AUDIT_FEATURE_BITMAP_LOST_RESET | \
				  AUDIT_FEATURE_BITMAP_FILTER_FS)

/* deprecated: AUDIT_VERSION_* */
#define AUDIT_VERSION_LATEST 		AUDIT_FEATURE_BITMAP_ALL
#define AUDIT_VERSION_BACKLOG_LIMIT	AUDIT_FEATURE_BITMAP_BACKLOG_LIMIT
#define AUDIT_VERSION_BACKLOG_WAIT_TIME	AUDIT_FEATURE_BITMAP_BACKLOG_WAIT_TIME

				/* Failure-to-log actions */
#define AUDIT_FAIL_SILENT	0
#define AUDIT_FAIL_PRINTK	1
#define AUDIT_FAIL_PANIC	2

/*
 * These bits disambiguate different calling conventions that share an
 * ELF machine type, bitness, and endianness
 */
#define __AUDIT_ARCH_CONVENTION_MASK 0x30000000
#define __AUDIT_ARCH_CONVENTION_MIPS64_N32 0x20000000

/* distinguish syscall tables */
#define __AUDIT_ARCH_64BIT 0x80000000
#define __AUDIT_ARCH_LE	   0x40000000

#define AUDIT_ARCH_AARCH64	(EM_AARCH64|__AUDIT_ARCH_64BIT|__AUDIT_ARCH_LE)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_ALPHA	(EM_ALPHA|__AUDIT_ARCH_64BIT|__AUDIT_ARCH_LE)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_ARM		(EM_ARM|__AUDIT_ARCH_LE)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_ARMEB	(EM_ARM)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_CRIS		(EM_CRIS|__AUDIT_ARCH_LE)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_FRV		(EM_FRV)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_I386		(EM_386|__AUDIT_ARCH_LE)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_IA64		(EM_IA_64|__AUDIT_ARCH_64BIT|__AUDIT_ARCH_LE)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_M32R		(EM_M32R)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_M68K		(EM_68K)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_MICROBLAZE	(EM_MICROBLAZE)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_MIPS		(EM_MIPS)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_MIPSEL	(EM_MIPS|__AUDIT_ARCH_LE)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_MIPS64	(EM_MIPS|__AUDIT_ARCH_64BIT)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_MIPS64N32	(EM_MIPS|__AUDIT_ARCH_64BIT|\
				 __AUDIT_ARCH_CONVENTION_MIPS64_N32)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_MIPSEL64	(EM_MIPS|__AUDIT_ARCH_64BIT|__AUDIT_ARCH_LE)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_MIPSEL64N32	(EM_MIPS|__AUDIT_ARCH_64BIT|__AUDIT_ARCH_LE|\
				 __AUDIT_ARCH_CONVENTION_MIPS64_N32)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_OPENRISC	(EM_OPENRISC)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_PARISC	(EM_PARISC)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_PARISC64	(EM_PARISC|__AUDIT_ARCH_64BIT)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_PPC		(EM_PPC)
/* do not define AUDIT_ARCH_PPCLE since it is not supported by audit */
#define AUDIT_ARCH_PPC64	(EM_PPC64|__AUDIT_ARCH_64BIT)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_PPC64LE	(EM_PPC64|__AUDIT_ARCH_64BIT|__AUDIT_ARCH_LE)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_S390		(EM_S390)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_S390X	(EM_S390|__AUDIT_ARCH_64BIT)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_SH		(EM_SH)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_SHEL		(EM_SH|__AUDIT_ARCH_LE)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_SH64		(EM_SH|__AUDIT_ARCH_64BIT)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_SHEL64	(EM_SH|__AUDIT_ARCH_64BIT|__AUDIT_ARCH_LE)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_SPARC	(EM_SPARC)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_SPARC64	(EM_SPARCV9|__AUDIT_ARCH_64BIT)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_TILEGX	(EM_TILEGX|__AUDIT_ARCH_64BIT|__AUDIT_ARCH_LE)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_TILEGX32	(EM_TILEGX|__AUDIT_ARCH_LE)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_TILEPRO	(EM_TILEPRO|__AUDIT_ARCH_LE)
#define AUDIT_ARCH_X86_64	(EM_X86_64|__AUDIT_ARCH_64BIT|__AUDIT_ARCH_LE)

#define AUDIT_PERM_EXEC		1
#define AUDIT_PERM_WRITE	2
#define AUDIT_PERM_READ		4
#define AUDIT_PERM_ATTR		8

/* MAX_AUDIT_MESSAGE_LENGTH is set in audit:lib/libaudit.h as:
 * 8970 // PATH_MAX*2+CONTEXT_SIZE*2+11+256+1
 * max header+body+tailer: 44 + 29 + 32 + 262 + 7 + pad
 */
#define AUDIT_MESSAGE_TEXT_MAX	8560

/* Multicast Netlink socket groups (default up to 32) */
enum audit_nlgrps {
	AUDIT_NLGRP_NONE,	/* Group 0 not used */
	AUDIT_NLGRP_READLOG,	/* "best effort" read only socket */
	__AUDIT_NLGRP_MAX
};
#define AUDIT_NLGRP_MAX                (__AUDIT_NLGRP_MAX - 1)

struct audit_status {
	__u32		mask;		/* Bit mask for valid entries */
	__u32		enabled;	/* 1 = enabled, 0 = disabled */
	__u32		failure;	/* Failure-to-log action */
	__u32		pid;		/* pid of auditd process */
	__u32		rate_limit;	/* messages rate limit (per second) */
	__u32		backlog_limit;	/* waiting messages limit */
	__u32		lost;		/* messages lost */
	__u32		backlog;	/* messages waiting in queue */
	union {
		__u32	version;	/* deprecated: audit api version num */
		__u32	feature_bitmap;	/* bitmap of kernel audit features */
	};
	__u32		backlog_wait_time;/* message queue wait timeout */
	__u32           backlog_wait_time_actual;/* time spent waiting while
						  * message limit exceeded
						  */
};

struct audit_features {
#define AUDIT_FEATURE_VERSION	1
	__u32	vers;
	__u32	mask;		/* which bits we are dealing with */
	__u32	features;	/* which feature to enable/disable */
	__u32	lock;		/* which features to lock */
};

#define AUDIT_FEATURE_ONLY_UNSET_LOGINUID	0
#define AUDIT_FEATURE_LOGINUID_IMMUTABLE	1
#define AUDIT_LAST_FEATURE			AUDIT_FEATURE_LOGINUID_IMMUTABLE

#define audit_feature_valid(x)		((x) >= 0 && (x) <= AUDIT_LAST_FEATURE)
#define AUDIT_FEATURE_TO_MASK(x)	(1 << ((x) & 31)) /* mask for __u32 */

struct audit_tty_status {
	__u32		enabled;	/* 1 = enabled, 0 = disabled */
	__u32		log_passwd;	/* 1 = enabled, 0 = disabled */
};

#define AUDIT_UID_UNSET (unsigned int)-1
#define AUDIT_SID_UNSET ((unsigned int)-1)

/* audit_rule_data supports filter rules with both integer and string
 * fields.  It corresponds with AUDIT_ADD_RULE, AUDIT_DEL_RULE and
 * AUDIT_LIST_RULES requests.
 */
struct audit_rule_data {
	__u32		flags;	/* AUDIT_PER_{TASK,CALL}, AUDIT_PREPEND */
	__u32		action;	/* AUDIT_NEVER, AUDIT_POSSIBLE, AUDIT_ALWAYS */
	__u32		field_count;
	__u32		mask[AUDIT_BITMASK_SIZE]; /* syscall(s) affected */
	__u32		fields[AUDIT_MAX_FIELDS];
	__u32		values[AUDIT_MAX_FIELDS];
	__u32		fieldflags[AUDIT_MAX_FIELDS];
	__u32		buflen;	/* total length of string fields */
	char		buf[];	/* string fields buffer */
};

#endif /* _LINUX_AUDIT_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* atm.h - general ATM declarations */
 
/* Written 1995-2000 by Werner Almesberger, EPFL LRC/ICA */
 

/*
 * WARNING: User-space programs should not #include <linux/atm.h> directly.
 *          Instead, #include <atm.h>
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_ATM_H
#define _LINUX_ATM_H

/*
 * BEGIN_xx and END_xx markers are used for automatic generation of
 * documentation. Do not change them.
 */


#include <linux/atmapi.h>
#include <linux/atmsap.h>
#include <linux/atmioc.h>
#include <linux/types.h>


/* general ATM constants */
#define ATM_CELL_SIZE		    53	/* ATM cell size incl. header */
#define ATM_CELL_PAYLOAD	    48	/* ATM payload size */
#define ATM_AAL0_SDU		    52	/* AAL0 SDU size */
#define ATM_MAX_AAL34_PDU	 65535	/* maximum AAL3/4 PDU payload */
#define ATM_AAL5_TRAILER	     8	/* AAL5 trailer size */
#define ATM_MAX_AAL5_PDU	 65535	/* maximum AAL5 PDU payload */
#define ATM_MAX_CDV		  9999	/* maximum (default) CDV */
#define ATM_NOT_RSV_VCI		    32	/* first non-reserved VCI value */

#define ATM_MAX_VPI		   255	/* maximum VPI at the UNI */
#define ATM_MAX_VPI_NNI		  4096	/* maximum VPI at the NNI */
#define ATM_MAX_VCI		 65535	/* maximum VCI */


/* "protcol" values for the socket system call */
#define ATM_NO_AAL	0		/* AAL not specified */
#define ATM_AAL0	13		/* "raw" ATM cells */
#define ATM_AAL1	1		/* AAL1 (CBR) */
#define ATM_AAL2	2		/* AAL2 (VBR) */
#define ATM_AAL34	3		/* AAL3/4 (data) */
#define ATM_AAL5	5		/* AAL5 (data) */

/*
 * socket option name coding functions
 *
 * Note that __SO_ENCODE and __SO_LEVEL are somewhat a hack since the
 * << 22 only reserves 9 bits for the level.  On some architectures
 * SOL_SOCKET is 0xFFFF, so that's a bit of a problem
 */

#define __SO_ENCODE(l,n,t)	((((l) & 0x1FF) << 22) | ((n) << 16) | \
				sizeof(t))
#define __SO_LEVEL_MATCH(c,m)	(((c) >> 22) == ((m) & 0x1FF))
#define __SO_NUMBER(c)		(((c) >> 16) & 0x3f)
#define __SO_SIZE(c)		((c) & 0x3fff)

/*
 * ATM layer
 */

#define SO_SETCLP	__SO_ENCODE(SOL_ATM,0,int)
			    /* set CLP bit value - TODO */
#define SO_CIRANGE	__SO_ENCODE(SOL_ATM,1,struct atm_cirange)
			    /* connection identifier range; socket must be
			       bound or connected */
#define SO_ATMQOS	__SO_ENCODE(SOL_ATM,2,struct atm_qos)
			    /* Quality of Service setting */
#define SO_ATMSAP	__SO_ENCODE(SOL_ATM,3,struct atm_sap)
			    /* Service Access Point */
#define SO_ATMPVC	__SO_ENCODE(SOL_ATM,4,struct sockaddr_atmpvc)
			    /* "PVC" address (also for SVCs); get only */
#define SO_MULTIPOINT	__SO_ENCODE(SOL_ATM, 5, int)
			    /* make this vc a p2mp */


/*
 * Note @@@: since the socket layers don't really distinguish the control and
 * the data plane but generally seems to be data plane-centric, any layer is
 * about equally wrong for the SAP. If you have a better idea about this,
 * please speak up ...
 */


/* ATM cell header (for AAL0) */

/* BEGIN_CH */
#define ATM_HDR_GFC_MASK	0xf0000000
#define ATM_HDR_GFC_SHIFT	28
#define ATM_HDR_VPI_MASK	0x0ff00000
#define ATM_HDR_VPI_SHIFT	20
#define ATM_HDR_VCI_MASK	0x000ffff0
#define ATM_HDR_VCI_SHIFT	4
#define ATM_HDR_PTI_MASK	0x0000000e
#define ATM_HDR_PTI_SHIFT	1
#define ATM_HDR_CLP		0x00000001
/* END_CH */


/* PTI codings */

/* BEGIN_PTI */
#define ATM_PTI_US0	0  /* user data cell, congestion not exp, SDU-type 0 */
#define ATM_PTI_US1	1  /* user data cell, congestion not exp, SDU-type 1 */
#define ATM_PTI_UCES0	2  /* user data cell, cong. experienced, SDU-type 0 */
#define ATM_PTI_UCES1	3  /* user data cell, cong. experienced, SDU-type 1 */
#define ATM_PTI_SEGF5	4  /* segment OAM F5 flow related cell */
#define ATM_PTI_E2EF5	5  /* end-to-end OAM F5 flow related cell */
#define ATM_PTI_RSV_RM	6  /* reserved for traffic control/resource mgmt */
#define ATM_PTI_RSV	7  /* reserved */
/* END_PTI */


/*
 * The following items should stay in linux/atm.h, which should be linked to
 * netatm/atm.h
 */

/* Traffic description */

#define ATM_NONE	0		/* no traffic */
#define ATM_UBR		1
#define ATM_CBR		2
#define ATM_VBR		3
#define ATM_ABR		4
#define ATM_ANYCLASS	5		/* compatible with everything */

#define ATM_MAX_PCR	-1		/* maximum available PCR */

struct atm_trafprm {
	unsigned char	traffic_class;	/* traffic class (ATM_UBR, ...) */
	int		max_pcr;	/* maximum PCR in cells per second */
	int		pcr;		/* desired PCR in cells per second */
	int		min_pcr;	/* minimum PCR in cells per second */
	int		max_cdv;	/* maximum CDV in microseconds */
	int		max_sdu;	/* maximum SDU in bytes */
        /* extra params for ABR */
        unsigned int 	icr;         	/* Initial Cell Rate (24-bit) */
        unsigned int	tbe;		/* Transient Buffer Exposure (24-bit) */ 
        unsigned int 	frtt : 24;	/* Fixed Round Trip Time (24-bit) */
        unsigned int 	rif  : 4;       /* Rate Increment Factor (4-bit) */
        unsigned int 	rdf  : 4;       /* Rate Decrease Factor (4-bit) */
        unsigned int nrm_pres  :1;      /* nrm present bit */
        unsigned int trm_pres  :1;     	/* rm present bit */
        unsigned int adtf_pres :1;     	/* adtf present bit */
        unsigned int cdf_pres  :1;    	/* cdf present bit*/
        unsigned int nrm       :3;     	/* Max # of Cells for each forward RM cell (3-bit) */
        unsigned int trm       :3;    	/* Time between forward RM cells (3-bit) */    
	unsigned int adtf      :10;     /* ACR Decrease Time Factor (10-bit) */
	unsigned int cdf       :3;      /* Cutoff Decrease Factor (3-bit) */
        unsigned int spare     :9;      /* spare bits */ 
};

struct atm_qos {
	struct atm_trafprm txtp;	/* parameters in TX direction */
	struct atm_trafprm rxtp __ATM_API_ALIGN;
					/* parameters in RX direction */
	unsigned char aal __ATM_API_ALIGN;
};

/* PVC addressing */

#define ATM_ITF_ANY	-1		/* "magic" PVC address values */
#define ATM_VPI_ANY	-1
#define ATM_VCI_ANY	-1
#define ATM_VPI_UNSPEC	-2
#define ATM_VCI_UNSPEC	-2


struct sockaddr_atmpvc {
	unsigned short 	sap_family;	/* address family, AF_ATMPVC  */
	struct {			/* PVC address */
		short	itf;		/* ATM interface */
		short	vpi;		/* VPI (only 8 bits at UNI) */
		int	vci;		/* VCI (only 16 bits at UNI) */
	} sap_addr __ATM_API_ALIGN;	/* PVC address */
};

/* SVC addressing */

#define	ATM_ESA_LEN	20		/* ATM End System Address length */
#define ATM_E164_LEN	12		/* maximum E.164 number length */

#define ATM_AFI_DCC	0x39		/* DCC ATM Format */
#define ATM_AFI_ICD	0x47		/* ICD ATM Format */
#define ATM_AFI_E164	0x45		/* E.164 ATM Format */
#define ATM_AFI_LOCAL	0x49		/* Local ATM Format */ 

#define ATM_AFI_DCC_GROUP	0xBD	/* DCC ATM Group Format */
#define ATM_AFI_ICD_GROUP	0xC5	/* ICD ATM Group Format */
#define ATM_AFI_E164_GROUP	0xC3	/* E.164 ATM Group Format */
#define ATM_AFI_LOCAL_GROUP	0xC7	/* Local ATM Group Format */

#define ATM_LIJ_NONE	0		/* no leaf-initiated join */
#define ATM_LIJ		1		/* request joining */
#define ATM_LIJ_RPJ	2		/* set to root-prompted join */
#define ATM_LIJ_NJ	3		/* set to network join */


struct sockaddr_atmsvc {
    unsigned short 	sas_family;	/* address family, AF_ATMSVC */
    struct {				/* SVC address */
        unsigned char	prv[ATM_ESA_LEN];/* private ATM address */
        char		pub[ATM_E164_LEN+1]; /* public address (E.164) */
    					/* unused addresses must be bzero'ed */
	char		lij_type;	/* role in LIJ call; one of ATM_LIJ* */
	__u32	lij_id;		/* LIJ call identifier */
    } sas_addr __ATM_API_ALIGN;		/* SVC address */
};


static __inline__ int atmsvc_addr_in_use(struct sockaddr_atmsvc addr)
{
	return *addr.sas_addr.prv || *addr.sas_addr.pub;
}


static __inline__ int atmpvc_addr_in_use(struct sockaddr_atmpvc addr)
{
	return addr.sap_addr.itf || addr.sap_addr.vpi || addr.sap_addr.vci;
}


/*
 * Some stuff for linux/sockios.h
 */

struct atmif_sioc {
	int number;
	int length;
	void *arg;
};


typedef unsigned short atm_backend_t;
#endif /* _LINUX_ATM_H */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2015-2016, Linaro Limited
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
 * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
 * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
 * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
 * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
 * LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
 * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
 * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
 * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
 * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
 * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
 * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef __TEE_H
#define __TEE_H

#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * This file describes the API provided by a TEE driver to user space.
 *
 * Each TEE driver defines a TEE specific protocol which is used for the
 * data passed back and forth using TEE_IOC_CMD.
 */

/* Helpers to make the ioctl defines */
#define TEE_IOC_MAGIC	0xa4
#define TEE_IOC_BASE	0

/* Flags relating to shared memory */
#define TEE_IOCTL_SHM_MAPPED	0x1	/* memory mapped in normal world */
#define TEE_IOCTL_SHM_DMA_BUF	0x2	/* dma-buf handle on shared memory */

#define TEE_MAX_ARG_SIZE	1024

#define TEE_GEN_CAP_GP		(1 << 0)/* GlobalPlatform compliant TEE */
#define TEE_GEN_CAP_PRIVILEGED	(1 << 1)/* Privileged device (for supplicant) */
#define TEE_GEN_CAP_REG_MEM	(1 << 2)/* Supports registering shared memory */
#define TEE_GEN_CAP_MEMREF_NULL	(1 << 3)/* NULL MemRef support */

#define TEE_MEMREF_NULL		(__u64)(-1) /* NULL MemRef Buffer */

/*
 * TEE Implementation ID
 */
#define TEE_IMPL_ID_OPTEE	1

/*
 * OP-TEE specific capabilities
 */
#define TEE_OPTEE_CAP_TZ	(1 << 0)

/**
 * struct tee_ioctl_version_data - TEE version
 * @impl_id:	[out] TEE implementation id
 * @impl_caps:	[out] Implementation specific capabilities
 * @gen_caps:	[out] Generic capabilities, defined by TEE_GEN_CAPS_* above
 *
 * Identifies the TEE implementation, @impl_id is one of TEE_IMPL_ID_* above.
 * @impl_caps is implementation specific, for example TEE_OPTEE_CAP_*
 * is valid when @impl_id == TEE_IMPL_ID_OPTEE.
 */
struct tee_ioctl_version_data {
	__u32 impl_id;
	__u32 impl_caps;
	__u32 gen_caps;
};

/**
 * TEE_IOC_VERSION - query version of TEE
 *
 * Takes a tee_ioctl_version_data struct and returns with the TEE version
 * data filled in.
 */
#define TEE_IOC_VERSION		_IOR(TEE_IOC_MAGIC, TEE_IOC_BASE + 0, \
				     struct tee_ioctl_version_data)

/**
 * struct tee_ioctl_shm_alloc_data - Shared memory allocate argument
 * @size:	[in/out] Size of shared memory to allocate
 * @flags:	[in/out] Flags to/from allocation.
 * @id:		[out] Identifier of the shared memory
 *
 * The flags field should currently be zero as input. Updated by the call
 * with actual flags as defined by TEE_IOCTL_SHM_* above.
 * This structure is used as argument for TEE_IOC_SHM_ALLOC below.
 */
struct tee_ioctl_shm_alloc_data {
	__u64 size;
	__u32 flags;
	__s32 id;
};

/**
 * TEE_IOC_SHM_ALLOC - allocate shared memory
 *
 * Allocates shared memory between the user space process and secure OS.
 *
 * Returns a file descriptor on success or < 0 on failure
 *
 * The returned file descriptor is used to map the shared memory into user
 * space. The shared memory is freed when the descriptor is closed and the
 * memory is unmapped.
 */
#define TEE_IOC_SHM_ALLOC	_IOWR(TEE_IOC_MAGIC, TEE_IOC_BASE + 1, \
				     struct tee_ioctl_shm_alloc_data)

/**
 * struct tee_ioctl_buf_data - Variable sized buffer
 * @buf_ptr:	[in] A pointer to a buffer
 * @buf_len:	[in] Length of the buffer above
 *
 * Used as argument for TEE_IOC_OPEN_SESSION, TEE_IOC_INVOKE,
 * TEE_IOC_SUPPL_RECV, and TEE_IOC_SUPPL_SEND below.
 */
struct tee_ioctl_buf_data {
	__u64 buf_ptr;
	__u64 buf_len;
};

/*
 * Attributes for struct tee_ioctl_param, selects field in the union
 */
#define TEE_IOCTL_PARAM_ATTR_TYPE_NONE		0	/* parameter not used */

/*
 * These defines value parameters (struct tee_ioctl_param_value)
 */
#define TEE_IOCTL_PARAM_ATTR_TYPE_VALUE_INPUT	1
#define TEE_IOCTL_PARAM_ATTR_TYPE_VALUE_OUTPUT	2
#define TEE_IOCTL_PARAM_ATTR_TYPE_VALUE_INOUT	3	/* input and output */

/*
 * These defines shared memory reference parameters (struct
 * tee_ioctl_param_memref)
 */
#define TEE_IOCTL_PARAM_ATTR_TYPE_MEMREF_INPUT	5
#define TEE_IOCTL_PARAM_ATTR_TYPE_MEMREF_OUTPUT	6
#define TEE_IOCTL_PARAM_ATTR_TYPE_MEMREF_INOUT	7	/* input and output */

/*
 * Mask for the type part of the attribute, leaves room for more types
 */
#define TEE_IOCTL_PARAM_ATTR_TYPE_MASK		0xff

/* Meta parameter carrying extra information about the message. */
#define TEE_IOCTL_PARAM_ATTR_META		0x100

/* Mask of all known attr bits */
#define TEE_IOCTL_PARAM_ATTR_MASK \
	(TEE_IOCTL_PARAM_ATTR_TYPE_MASK | TEE_IOCTL_PARAM_ATTR_META)

/*
 * Matches TEEC_LOGIN_* in GP TEE Client API
 * Are only defined for GP compliant TEEs
 */
#define TEE_IOCTL_LOGIN_PUBLIC			0
#define TEE_IOCTL_LOGIN_USER			1
#define TEE_IOCTL_LOGIN_GROUP			2
#define TEE_IOCTL_LOGIN_APPLICATION		4
#define TEE_IOCTL_LOGIN_USER_APPLICATION	5
#define TEE_IOCTL_LOGIN_GROUP_APPLICATION	6

/**
 * struct tee_ioctl_param - parameter
 * @attr: attributes
 * @a: if a memref, offset into the shared memory object, else a value parameter
 * @b: if a memref, size of the buffer, else a value parameter
 * @c: if a memref, shared memory identifier, else a value parameter
 *
 * @attr & TEE_PARAM_ATTR_TYPE_MASK indicates if memref or value is used in
 * the union. TEE_PARAM_ATTR_TYPE_VALUE_* indicates value and
 * TEE_PARAM_ATTR_TYPE_MEMREF_* indicates memref. TEE_PARAM_ATTR_TYPE_NONE
 * indicates that none of the members are used.
 *
 * Shared memory is allocated with TEE_IOC_SHM_ALLOC which returns an
 * identifier representing the shared memory object. A memref can reference
 * a part of a shared memory by specifying an offset (@a) and size (@b) of
 * the object. To supply the entire shared memory object set the offset
 * (@a) to 0 and size (@b) to the previously returned size of the object.
 *
 * A client may need to present a NULL pointer in the argument
 * passed to a trusted application in the TEE.
 * This is also a requirement in GlobalPlatform Client API v1.0c
 * (section 3.2.5 memory references), which can be found at
 * http://www.globalplatform.org/specificationsdevice.asp
 *
 * If a NULL pointer is passed to a TA in the TEE, the (@c)
 * IOCTL parameters value must be set to TEE_MEMREF_NULL indicating a NULL
 * memory reference.
 */
struct tee_ioctl_param {
	__u64 attr;
	__u64 a;
	__u64 b;
	__u64 c;
};

#define TEE_IOCTL_UUID_LEN		16

/**
 * struct tee_ioctl_open_session_arg - Open session argument
 * @uuid:	[in] UUID of the Trusted Application
 * @clnt_uuid:	[in] UUID of client
 * @clnt_login:	[in] Login class of client, TEE_IOCTL_LOGIN_* above
 * @cancel_id:	[in] Cancellation id, a unique value to identify this request
 * @session:	[out] Session id
 * @ret:	[out] return value
 * @ret_origin	[out] origin of the return value
 * @num_params	[in] number of parameters following this struct
 */
struct tee_ioctl_open_session_arg {
	__u8 uuid[TEE_IOCTL_UUID_LEN];
	__u8 clnt_uuid[TEE_IOCTL_UUID_LEN];
	__u32 clnt_login;
	__u32 cancel_id;
	__u32 session;
	__u32 ret;
	__u32 ret_origin;
	__u32 num_params;
	/* num_params tells the actual number of element in params */
	struct tee_ioctl_param params[];
};

/**
 * TEE_IOC_OPEN_SESSION - opens a session to a Trusted Application
 *
 * Takes a struct tee_ioctl_buf_data which contains a struct
 * tee_ioctl_open_session_arg followed by any array of struct
 * tee_ioctl_param
 */
#define TEE_IOC_OPEN_SESSION	_IOR(TEE_IOC_MAGIC, TEE_IOC_BASE + 2, \
				     struct tee_ioctl_buf_data)

/**
 * struct tee_ioctl_invoke_func_arg - Invokes a function in a Trusted
 * Application
 * @func:	[in] Trusted Application function, specific to the TA
 * @session:	[in] Session id
 * @cancel_id:	[in] Cancellation id, a unique value to identify this request
 * @ret:	[out] return value
 * @ret_origin	[out] origin of the return value
 * @num_params	[in] number of parameters following this struct
 */
struct tee_ioctl_invoke_arg {
	__u32 func;
	__u32 session;
	__u32 cancel_id;
	__u32 ret;
	__u32 ret_origin;
	__u32 num_params;
	/* num_params tells the actual number of element in params */
	struct tee_ioctl_param params[];
};

/**
 * TEE_IOC_INVOKE - Invokes a function in a Trusted Application
 *
 * Takes a struct tee_ioctl_buf_data which contains a struct
 * tee_invoke_func_arg followed by any array of struct tee_param
 */
#define TEE_IOC_INVOKE		_IOR(TEE_IOC_MAGIC, TEE_IOC_BASE + 3, \
				     struct tee_ioctl_buf_data)

/**
 * struct tee_ioctl_cancel_arg - Cancels an open session or invoke ioctl
 * @cancel_id:	[in] Cancellation id, a unique value to identify this request
 * @session:	[in] Session id, if the session is opened, else set to 0
 */
struct tee_ioctl_cancel_arg {
	__u32 cancel_id;
	__u32 session;
};

/**
 * TEE_IOC_CANCEL - Cancels an open session or invoke
 */
#define TEE_IOC_CANCEL		_IOR(TEE_IOC_MAGIC, TEE_IOC_BASE + 4, \
				     struct tee_ioctl_cancel_arg)

/**
 * struct tee_ioctl_close_session_arg - Closes an open session
 * @session:	[in] Session id
 */
struct tee_ioctl_close_session_arg {
	__u32 session;
};

/**
 * TEE_IOC_CLOSE_SESSION - Closes a session
 */
#define TEE_IOC_CLOSE_SESSION	_IOR(TEE_IOC_MAGIC, TEE_IOC_BASE + 5, \
				     struct tee_ioctl_close_session_arg)

/**
 * struct tee_iocl_supp_recv_arg - Receive a request for a supplicant function
 * @func:	[in] supplicant function
 * @num_params	[in/out] number of parameters following this struct
 *
 * @num_params is the number of params that tee-supplicant has room to
 * receive when input, @num_params is the number of actual params
 * tee-supplicant receives when output.
 */
struct tee_iocl_supp_recv_arg {
	__u32 func;
	__u32 num_params;
	/* num_params tells the actual number of element in params */
	struct tee_ioctl_param params[];
};

/**
 * TEE_IOC_SUPPL_RECV - Receive a request for a supplicant function
 *
 * Takes a struct tee_ioctl_buf_data which contains a struct
 * tee_iocl_supp_recv_arg followed by any array of struct tee_param
 */
#define TEE_IOC_SUPPL_RECV	_IOR(TEE_IOC_MAGIC, TEE_IOC_BASE + 6, \
				     struct tee_ioctl_buf_data)

/**
 * struct tee_iocl_supp_send_arg - Send a response to a received request
 * @ret:	[out] return value
 * @num_params	[in] number of parameters following this struct
 */
struct tee_iocl_supp_send_arg {
	__u32 ret;
	__u32 num_params;
	/* num_params tells the actual number of element in params */
	struct tee_ioctl_param params[];
};

/**
 * TEE_IOC_SUPPL_SEND - Receive a request for a supplicant function
 *
 * Takes a struct tee_ioctl_buf_data which contains a struct
 * tee_iocl_supp_send_arg followed by any array of struct tee_param
 */
#define TEE_IOC_SUPPL_SEND	_IOR(TEE_IOC_MAGIC, TEE_IOC_BASE + 7, \
				     struct tee_ioctl_buf_data)

/**
 * struct tee_ioctl_shm_register_data - Shared memory register argument
 * @addr:      [in] Start address of shared memory to register
 * @length:    [in/out] Length of shared memory to register
 * @flags:     [in/out] Flags to/from registration.
 * @id:                [out] Identifier of the shared memory
 *
 * The flags field should currently be zero as input. Updated by the call
 * with actual flags as defined by TEE_IOCTL_SHM_* above.
 * This structure is used as argument for TEE_IOC_SHM_REGISTER below.
 */
struct tee_ioctl_shm_register_data {
	__u64 addr;
	__u64 length;
	__u32 flags;
	__s32 id;
};

/**
 * TEE_IOC_SHM_REGISTER - Register shared memory argument
 *
 * Registers shared memory between the user space process and secure OS.
 *
 * Returns a file descriptor on success or < 0 on failure
 *
 * The shared memory is unregisterred when the descriptor is closed.
 */
#define TEE_IOC_SHM_REGISTER   _IOWR(TEE_IOC_MAGIC, TEE_IOC_BASE + 9, \
				     struct tee_ioctl_shm_register_data)
/*
 * Five syscalls are used when communicating with the TEE driver.
 * open(): opens the device associated with the driver
 * ioctl(): as described above operating on the file descriptor from open()
 * close(): two cases
 *   - closes the device file descriptor
 *   - closes a file descriptor connected to allocated shared memory
 * mmap(): maps shared memory into user space using information from struct
 *	   tee_ioctl_shm_alloc_data
 * munmap(): unmaps previously shared memory
 */

#endif /*__TEE_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2002 Andreas Gruenbacher <a.gruenbacher@computer.org>
 * Copyright (C) 2016 Red Hat, Inc.
 *
 * This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
 * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
 * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 * Lesser General Public License for more details.
 *
 */

#ifndef __UAPI_POSIX_ACL_XATTR_H
#define __UAPI_POSIX_ACL_XATTR_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* Supported ACL a_version fields */
#define POSIX_ACL_XATTR_VERSION	0x0002

/* An undefined entry e_id value */
#define ACL_UNDEFINED_ID	(-1)

struct posix_acl_xattr_entry {
	__le16			e_tag;
	__le16			e_perm;
	__le32			e_id;
};

struct posix_acl_xattr_header {
	__le32			a_version;
};

#endif	/* __UAPI_POSIX_ACL_XATTR_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * max2175.h
 *
 * Maxim Integrated MAX2175 RF to Bits tuner driver - user space header file.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2016 Maxim Integrated Products
 * Copyright (C) 2017 Renesas Electronics Corporation
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 */

#ifndef __UAPI_MAX2175_H_
#define __UAPI_MAX2175_H_

#include <linux/v4l2-controls.h>

#define V4L2_CID_MAX2175_I2S_ENABLE	(V4L2_CID_USER_MAX217X_BASE + 0x01)
#define V4L2_CID_MAX2175_HSLS		(V4L2_CID_USER_MAX217X_BASE + 0x02)
#define V4L2_CID_MAX2175_RX_MODE	(V4L2_CID_USER_MAX217X_BASE + 0x03)

#endif /* __UAPI_MAX2175_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * UUID/GUID definition
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2010, Intel Corp.
 *	Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version
 * 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation;
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_UUID_H_
#define _LINUX_UUID_H_

#include <linux/types.h>

typedef struct {
	__u8 b[16];
} guid_t;

#define GUID_INIT(a, b, c, d0, d1, d2, d3, d4, d5, d6, d7)			\
((guid_t)								\
{{ (a) & 0xff, ((a) >> 8) & 0xff, ((a) >> 16) & 0xff, ((a) >> 24) & 0xff, \
   (b) & 0xff, ((b) >> 8) & 0xff,					\
   (c) & 0xff, ((c) >> 8) & 0xff,					\
   (d0), (d1), (d2), (d3), (d4), (d5), (d6), (d7) }})

/* backwards compatibility, don't use in new code */
typedef guid_t uuid_le;
#define UUID_LE(a, b, c, d0, d1, d2, d3, d4, d5, d6, d7)		\
	GUID_INIT(a, b, c, d0, d1, d2, d3, d4, d5, d6, d7)
#define NULL_UUID_LE							\
	UUID_LE(0x00000000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,	\
	     0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00)

#endif /* _LINUX_UUID_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_SCHED_H
#define _LINUX_SCHED_H

/*
 * cloning flags:
 */
#define CSIGNAL		0x000000ff	/* signal mask to be sent at exit */
#define CLONE_VM	0x00000100	/* set if VM shared between processes */
#define CLONE_FS	0x00000200	/* set if fs info shared between processes */
#define CLONE_FILES	0x00000400	/* set if open files shared between processes */
#define CLONE_SIGHAND	0x00000800	/* set if signal handlers and blocked signals shared */
#define CLONE_PIDFD	0x00001000	/* set if a pidfd should be placed in parent */
#define CLONE_PTRACE	0x00002000	/* set if we want to let tracing continue on the child too */
#define CLONE_VFORK	0x00004000	/* set if the parent wants the child to wake it up on mm_release */
#define CLONE_PARENT	0x00008000	/* set if we want to have the same parent as the cloner */
#define CLONE_THREAD	0x00010000	/* Same thread group? */
#define CLONE_NEWNS	0x00020000	/* New mount namespace group */
#define CLONE_SYSVSEM	0x00040000	/* share system V SEM_UNDO semantics */
#define CLONE_SETTLS	0x00080000	/* create a new TLS for the child */
#define CLONE_PARENT_SETTID	0x00100000	/* set the TID in the parent */
#define CLONE_CHILD_CLEARTID	0x00200000	/* clear the TID in the child */
#define CLONE_DETACHED		0x00400000	/* Unused, ignored */
#define CLONE_UNTRACED		0x00800000	/* set if the tracing process can't force CLONE_PTRACE on this clone */
#define CLONE_CHILD_SETTID	0x01000000	/* set the TID in the child */
#define CLONE_NEWCGROUP		0x02000000	/* New cgroup namespace */
#define CLONE_NEWUTS		0x04000000	/* New utsname namespace */
#define CLONE_NEWIPC		0x08000000	/* New ipc namespace */
#define CLONE_NEWUSER		0x10000000	/* New user namespace */
#define CLONE_NEWPID		0x20000000	/* New pid namespace */
#define CLONE_NEWNET		0x40000000	/* New network namespace */
#define CLONE_IO		0x80000000	/* Clone io context */

/*
 * cloning flags intersect with CSIGNAL so can be used with unshare and clone3
 * syscalls only:
 */
#define CLONE_NEWTIME	0x00000080	/* New time namespace */

/*
 * Scheduling policies
 */
#define SCHED_NORMAL		0
#define SCHED_FIFO		1
#define SCHED_RR		2
#define SCHED_BATCH		3
/* SCHED_ISO: reserved but not implemented yet */
#define SCHED_IDLE		5
#define SCHED_DEADLINE		6

/* Can be ORed in to make sure the process is reverted back to SCHED_NORMAL on fork */
#define SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK     0x40000000

/*
 * For the sched_{set,get}attr() calls
 */
#define SCHED_FLAG_RESET_ON_FORK	0x01
#define SCHED_FLAG_RECLAIM		0x02
#define SCHED_FLAG_DL_OVERRUN		0x04
#define SCHED_FLAG_KEEP_POLICY		0x08

#define SCHED_FLAG_ALL	(SCHED_FLAG_RESET_ON_FORK	| \
			 SCHED_FLAG_RECLAIM		| \
			 SCHED_FLAG_DL_OVERRUN		| \
			 SCHED_FLAG_KEEP_POLICY)

#endif /* _LINUX_SCHED_H */
/*
 * Linux WiMax
 * API for user space
 *
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 *
 *   * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *   * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *     the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *     distribution.
 *   * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
 *     contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
 *     from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
 * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
 * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
 * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 *
 * Intel Corporation <linux-wimax@intel.com>
 * Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky.perez-gonzalez@intel.com>
 *  - Initial implementation
 *
 *
 * This file declares the user/kernel protocol that is spoken over
 * Generic Netlink, as well as any type declaration that is to be used
 * by kernel and user space.
 *
 * It is intended for user space to clone it verbatim to use it as a
 * primary reference for definitions.
 *
 * Stuff intended for kernel usage as well as full protocol and stack
 * documentation is rooted in include/net/wimax.h.
 */

#ifndef __LINUX__WIMAX_H__
#define __LINUX__WIMAX_H__

#include <linux/types.h>

enum {
	/**
	 * Version of the interface (unsigned decimal, MMm, max 25.5)
	 * M - Major: change if removing or modifying an existing call.
	 * m - minor: change when adding a new call
	 */
	WIMAX_GNL_VERSION = 01,
	/* Generic NetLink attributes */
	WIMAX_GNL_ATTR_INVALID = 0x00,
	WIMAX_GNL_ATTR_MAX = 10,
};


/*
 * Generic NetLink operations
 *
 * Most of these map to an API call; _OP_ stands for operation, _RP_
 * for reply and _RE_ for report (aka: signal).
 */
enum {
	WIMAX_GNL_OP_MSG_FROM_USER,	/* User to kernel message */
	WIMAX_GNL_OP_MSG_TO_USER,	/* Kernel to user message */
	WIMAX_GNL_OP_RFKILL,	/* Run wimax_rfkill() */
	WIMAX_GNL_OP_RESET,	/* Run wimax_rfkill() */
	WIMAX_GNL_RE_STATE_CHANGE,	/* Report: status change */
	WIMAX_GNL_OP_STATE_GET,		/* Request for current state */
};


/* Message from user / to user */
enum {
	WIMAX_GNL_MSG_IFIDX = 1,
	WIMAX_GNL_MSG_PIPE_NAME,
	WIMAX_GNL_MSG_DATA,
};


/*
 * wimax_rfkill()
 *
 * The state of the radio (ON/OFF) is mapped to the rfkill subsystem's
 * switch state (DISABLED/ENABLED).
 */
enum wimax_rf_state {
	WIMAX_RF_OFF = 0,	/* Radio is off, rfkill on/enabled */
	WIMAX_RF_ON = 1,	/* Radio is on, rfkill off/disabled */
	WIMAX_RF_QUERY = 2,
};

/* Attributes */
enum {
	WIMAX_GNL_RFKILL_IFIDX = 1,
	WIMAX_GNL_RFKILL_STATE,
};


/* Attributes for wimax_reset() */
enum {
	WIMAX_GNL_RESET_IFIDX = 1,
};

/* Attributes for wimax_state_get() */
enum {
	WIMAX_GNL_STGET_IFIDX = 1,
};

/*
 * Attributes for the Report State Change
 *
 * For now we just have the old and new states; new attributes might
 * be added later on.
 */
enum {
	WIMAX_GNL_STCH_IFIDX = 1,
	WIMAX_GNL_STCH_STATE_OLD,
	WIMAX_GNL_STCH_STATE_NEW,
};


/**
 * enum wimax_st - The different states of a WiMAX device
 * @__WIMAX_ST_NULL: The device structure has been allocated and zeroed,
 *     but still wimax_dev_add() hasn't been called. There is no state.
 *
 * @WIMAX_ST_DOWN: The device has been registered with the WiMAX and
 *     networking stacks, but it is not initialized (normally that is
 *     done with 'ifconfig DEV up' [or equivalent], which can upload
 *     firmware and enable communications with the device).
 *     In this state, the device is powered down and using as less
 *     power as possible.
 *     This state is the default after a call to wimax_dev_add(). It
 *     is ok to have drivers move directly to %WIMAX_ST_UNINITIALIZED
 *     or %WIMAX_ST_RADIO_OFF in _probe() after the call to
 *     wimax_dev_add().
 *     It is recommended that the driver leaves this state when
 *     calling 'ifconfig DEV up' and enters it back on 'ifconfig DEV
 *     down'.
 *
 * @__WIMAX_ST_QUIESCING: The device is being torn down, so no API
 *     operations are allowed to proceed except the ones needed to
 *     complete the device clean up process.
 *
 * @WIMAX_ST_UNINITIALIZED: [optional] Communication with the device
 *     is setup, but the device still requires some configuration
 *     before being operational.
 *     Some WiMAX API calls might work.
 *
 * @WIMAX_ST_RADIO_OFF: The device is fully up; radio is off (wether
 *     by hardware or software switches).
 *     It is recommended to always leave the device in this state
 *     after initialization.
 *
 * @WIMAX_ST_READY: The device is fully up and radio is on.
 *
 * @WIMAX_ST_SCANNING: [optional] The device has been instructed to
 *     scan. In this state, the device cannot be actively connected to
 *     a network.
 *
 * @WIMAX_ST_CONNECTING: The device is connecting to a network. This
 *     state exists because in some devices, the connect process can
 *     include a number of negotiations between user space, kernel
 *     space and the device. User space needs to know what the device
 *     is doing. If the connect sequence in a device is atomic and
 *     fast, the device can transition directly to CONNECTED
 *
 * @WIMAX_ST_CONNECTED: The device is connected to a network.
 *
 * @__WIMAX_ST_INVALID: This is an invalid state used to mark the
 *     maximum numeric value of states.
 *
 * Description:
 *
 * Transitions from one state to another one are atomic and can only
 * be caused in kernel space with wimax_state_change(). To read the
 * state, use wimax_state_get().
 *
 * States starting with __ are internal and shall not be used or
 * referred to by drivers or userspace. They look ugly, but that's the
 * point -- if any use is made non-internal to the stack, it is easier
 * to catch on review.
 *
 * All API operations [with well defined exceptions] will take the
 * device mutex before starting and then check the state. If the state
 * is %__WIMAX_ST_NULL, %WIMAX_ST_DOWN, %WIMAX_ST_UNINITIALIZED or
 * %__WIMAX_ST_QUIESCING, it will drop the lock and quit with
 * -%EINVAL, -%ENOMEDIUM, -%ENOTCONN or -%ESHUTDOWN.
 *
 * The order of the definitions is important, so we can do numerical
 * comparisons (eg: < %WIMAX_ST_RADIO_OFF means the device is not ready
 * to operate).
 */
/*
 * The allowed state transitions are described in the table below
 * (states in rows can go to states in columns where there is an X):
 *
 *                                  UNINI   RADIO READY SCAN CONNEC CONNEC
 *             NULL DOWN QUIESCING TIALIZED  OFF        NING  TING   TED
 * NULL         -    x
 * DOWN              -      x        x       x
 * QUIESCING         x      -
 * UNINITIALIZED            x        -       x
 * RADIO_OFF                x                -     x
 * READY                    x                x     -     x     x      x
 * SCANNING                 x                x     x     -     x      x
 * CONNECTING               x                x     x     x     -      x
 * CONNECTED                x                x     x                  -
 *
 * This table not available in kernel-doc because the formatting messes it up.
 */
 enum wimax_st {
	__WIMAX_ST_NULL = 0,
	WIMAX_ST_DOWN,
	__WIMAX_ST_QUIESCING,
	WIMAX_ST_UNINITIALIZED,
	WIMAX_ST_RADIO_OFF,
	WIMAX_ST_READY,
	WIMAX_ST_SCANNING,
	WIMAX_ST_CONNECTING,
	WIMAX_ST_CONNECTED,
	__WIMAX_ST_INVALID			/* Always keep last */
};


#endif /* #ifndef __LINUX__WIMAX_H__ */
/*
 * This header, excluding the #ifdef __KERNEL__ part, is BSD licensed so
 * anyone can use the definitions to implement compatible drivers/servers:
 *
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the name of IBM nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL IBM OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 * Copyright (C) Red Hat, Inc., 2009, 2010, 2011
 * Copyright (C) Amit Shah <amit.shah@redhat.com>, 2009, 2010, 2011
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_VIRTIO_CONSOLE_H
#define _LINUX_VIRTIO_CONSOLE_H
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/virtio_types.h>
#include <linux/virtio_ids.h>
#include <linux/virtio_config.h>

/* Feature bits */
#define VIRTIO_CONSOLE_F_SIZE	0	/* Does host provide console size? */
#define VIRTIO_CONSOLE_F_MULTIPORT 1	/* Does host provide multiple ports? */
#define VIRTIO_CONSOLE_F_EMERG_WRITE 2 /* Does host support emergency write? */

#define VIRTIO_CONSOLE_BAD_ID		(~(__u32)0)

struct virtio_console_config {
	/* colums of the screens */
	__u16 cols;
	/* rows of the screens */
	__u16 rows;
	/* max. number of ports this device can hold */
	__u32 max_nr_ports;
	/* emergency write register */
	__u32 emerg_wr;
} __attribute__((packed));

/*
 * A message that's passed between the Host and the Guest for a
 * particular port.
 */
struct virtio_console_control {
	__virtio32 id;		/* Port number */
	__virtio16 event;	/* The kind of control event (see below) */
	__virtio16 value;	/* Extra information for the key */
};

/* Some events for control messages */
#define VIRTIO_CONSOLE_DEVICE_READY	0
#define VIRTIO_CONSOLE_PORT_ADD		1
#define VIRTIO_CONSOLE_PORT_REMOVE	2
#define VIRTIO_CONSOLE_PORT_READY	3
#define VIRTIO_CONSOLE_CONSOLE_PORT	4
#define VIRTIO_CONSOLE_RESIZE		5
#define VIRTIO_CONSOLE_PORT_OPEN	6
#define VIRTIO_CONSOLE_PORT_NAME	7


#endif /* _LINUX_VIRTIO_CONSOLE_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _IPV6_H
#define _IPV6_H

#include <linux/libc-compat.h>
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/in6.h>
#include <asm/byteorder.h>

/* The latest drafts declared increase in minimal mtu up to 1280. */

#define IPV6_MIN_MTU	1280

/*
 *	Advanced API
 *	source interface/address selection, source routing, etc...
 *	*under construction*
 */

#if __UAPI_DEF_IN6_PKTINFO
struct in6_pktinfo {
	struct in6_addr	ipi6_addr;
	int		ipi6_ifindex;
};
#endif

#if __UAPI_DEF_IP6_MTUINFO
struct ip6_mtuinfo {
	struct sockaddr_in6	ip6m_addr;
	__u32			ip6m_mtu;
};
#endif

struct in6_ifreq {
	struct in6_addr	ifr6_addr;
	__u32		ifr6_prefixlen;
	int		ifr6_ifindex; 
};

#define IPV6_SRCRT_STRICT	0x01	/* Deprecated; will be removed */
#define IPV6_SRCRT_TYPE_0	0	/* Deprecated; will be removed */
#define IPV6_SRCRT_TYPE_2	2	/* IPv6 type 2 Routing Header	*/
#define IPV6_SRCRT_TYPE_4	4	/* Segment Routing with IPv6 */

/*
 *	routing header
 */
struct ipv6_rt_hdr {
	__u8		nexthdr;
	__u8		hdrlen;
	__u8		type;
	__u8		segments_left;

	/*
	 *	type specific data
	 *	variable length field
	 */
};


struct ipv6_opt_hdr {
	__u8 		nexthdr;
	__u8 		hdrlen;
	/* 
	 * TLV encoded option data follows.
	 */
} __attribute__((packed));	/* required for some archs */

#define ipv6_destopt_hdr ipv6_opt_hdr
#define ipv6_hopopt_hdr  ipv6_opt_hdr

/* Router Alert option values (RFC2711) */
#define IPV6_OPT_ROUTERALERT_MLD	0x0000	/* MLD(RFC2710) */

/*
 *	routing header type 0 (used in cmsghdr struct)
 */

struct rt0_hdr {
	struct ipv6_rt_hdr	rt_hdr;
	__u32			reserved;
	struct in6_addr		addr[0];

#define rt0_type		rt_hdr.type
};

/*
 *	routing header type 2
 */

struct rt2_hdr {
	struct ipv6_rt_hdr	rt_hdr;
	__u32			reserved;
	struct in6_addr		addr;

#define rt2_type		rt_hdr.type
};

/*
 *	home address option in destination options header
 */

struct ipv6_destopt_hao {
	__u8			type;
	__u8			length;
	struct in6_addr		addr;
} __attribute__((packed));

/*
 *	IPv6 fixed header
 *
 *	BEWARE, it is incorrect. The first 4 bits of flow_lbl
 *	are glued to priority now, forming "class".
 */

struct ipv6hdr {
#if defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8			priority:4,
				version:4;
#elif defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8			version:4,
				priority:4;
#else
#error	"Please fix <asm/byteorder.h>"
#endif
	__u8			flow_lbl[3];

	__be16			payload_len;
	__u8			nexthdr;
	__u8			hop_limit;

	struct	in6_addr	saddr;
	struct	in6_addr	daddr;
};


/* index values for the variables in ipv6_devconf */
enum {
	DEVCONF_FORWARDING = 0,
	DEVCONF_HOPLIMIT,
	DEVCONF_MTU6,
	DEVCONF_ACCEPT_RA,
	DEVCONF_ACCEPT_REDIRECTS,
	DEVCONF_AUTOCONF,
	DEVCONF_DAD_TRANSMITS,
	DEVCONF_RTR_SOLICITS,
	DEVCONF_RTR_SOLICIT_INTERVAL,
	DEVCONF_RTR_SOLICIT_DELAY,
	DEVCONF_USE_TEMPADDR,
	DEVCONF_TEMP_VALID_LFT,
	DEVCONF_TEMP_PREFERED_LFT,
	DEVCONF_REGEN_MAX_RETRY,
	DEVCONF_MAX_DESYNC_FACTOR,
	DEVCONF_MAX_ADDRESSES,
	DEVCONF_FORCE_MLD_VERSION,
	DEVCONF_ACCEPT_RA_DEFRTR,
	DEVCONF_ACCEPT_RA_PINFO,
	DEVCONF_ACCEPT_RA_RTR_PREF,
	DEVCONF_RTR_PROBE_INTERVAL,
	DEVCONF_ACCEPT_RA_RT_INFO_MAX_PLEN,
	DEVCONF_PROXY_NDP,
	DEVCONF_OPTIMISTIC_DAD,
	DEVCONF_ACCEPT_SOURCE_ROUTE,
	DEVCONF_MC_FORWARDING,
	DEVCONF_DISABLE_IPV6,
	DEVCONF_ACCEPT_DAD,
	DEVCONF_FORCE_TLLAO,
	DEVCONF_NDISC_NOTIFY,
	DEVCONF_MLDV1_UNSOLICITED_REPORT_INTERVAL,
	DEVCONF_MLDV2_UNSOLICITED_REPORT_INTERVAL,
	DEVCONF_SUPPRESS_FRAG_NDISC,
	DEVCONF_ACCEPT_RA_FROM_LOCAL,
	DEVCONF_USE_OPTIMISTIC,
	DEVCONF_ACCEPT_RA_MTU,
	DEVCONF_STABLE_SECRET,
	DEVCONF_USE_OIF_ADDRS_ONLY,
	DEVCONF_ACCEPT_RA_MIN_HOP_LIMIT,
	DEVCONF_IGNORE_ROUTES_WITH_LINKDOWN,
	DEVCONF_DROP_UNICAST_IN_L2_MULTICAST,
	DEVCONF_DROP_UNSOLICITED_NA,
	DEVCONF_KEEP_ADDR_ON_DOWN,
	DEVCONF_RTR_SOLICIT_MAX_INTERVAL,
	DEVCONF_SEG6_ENABLED,
	DEVCONF_SEG6_REQUIRE_HMAC,
	DEVCONF_ENHANCED_DAD,
	DEVCONF_ADDR_GEN_MODE,
	DEVCONF_DISABLE_POLICY,
	DEVCONF_ACCEPT_RA_RT_INFO_MIN_PLEN,
	DEVCONF_NDISC_TCLASS,
	DEVCONF_MAX
};


#endif /* _IPV6_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_BLKPG_H
#define __LINUX_BLKPG_H


#include <linux/ioctl.h>

#define BLKPG      _IO(0x12,105)

/* The argument structure */
struct blkpg_ioctl_arg {
        int op;
        int flags;
        int datalen;
        void *data;
};

/* The subfunctions (for the op field) */
#define BLKPG_ADD_PARTITION	1
#define BLKPG_DEL_PARTITION	2
#define BLKPG_RESIZE_PARTITION	3

/* Sizes of name fields. Unused at present. */
#define BLKPG_DEVNAMELTH	64
#define BLKPG_VOLNAMELTH	64

/* The data structure for ADD_PARTITION and DEL_PARTITION */
struct blkpg_partition {
	long long start;		/* starting offset in bytes */
	long long length;		/* length in bytes */
	int pno;			/* partition number */
	char devname[BLKPG_DEVNAMELTH];	/* unused / ignored */
	char volname[BLKPG_VOLNAMELTH];	/* unused / ignore */
};

#endif /* __LINUX_BLKPG_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* atmsap.h - ATM Service Access Point addressing definitions */

/* Written 1995-1999 by Werner Almesberger, EPFL LRC/ICA */


#ifndef _LINUX_ATMSAP_H
#define _LINUX_ATMSAP_H

#include <linux/atmapi.h>

/*
 * BEGIN_xx and END_xx markers are used for automatic generation of
 * documentation. Do not change them.
 */


/*
 * Layer 2 protocol identifiers
 */

/* BEGIN_L2 */
#define ATM_L2_NONE	0	/* L2 not specified */
#define ATM_L2_ISO1745  0x01	/* Basic mode ISO 1745 */
#define ATM_L2_Q291	0x02	/* ITU-T Q.291 (Rec. I.441) */
#define ATM_L2_X25_LL	0x06	/* ITU-T X.25, link layer */
#define ATM_L2_X25_ML	0x07	/* ITU-T X.25, multilink */
#define ATM_L2_LAPB	0x08	/* Extended LAPB, half-duplex (Rec. T.71) */
#define ATM_L2_HDLC_ARM	0x09	/* HDLC ARM (ISO/IEC 4335) */
#define ATM_L2_HDLC_NRM	0x0a	/* HDLC NRM (ISO/IEC 4335) */
#define ATM_L2_HDLC_ABM	0x0b	/* HDLC ABM (ISO/IEC 4335) */
#define ATM_L2_ISO8802	0x0c	/* LAN LLC (ISO/IEC 8802/2) */
#define ATM_L2_X75	0x0d	/* ITU-T X.75, SLP */
#define ATM_L2_Q922	0x0e	/* ITU-T Q.922 */
#define ATM_L2_USER	0x10	/* user-specified */
#define ATM_L2_ISO7776	0x11	/* ISO 7776 DTE-DTE */
/* END_L2 */


/*
 * Layer 3 protocol identifiers
 */

/* BEGIN_L3 */
#define ATM_L3_NONE	0	/* L3 not specified */
#define ATM_L3_X25	0x06	/* ITU-T X.25, packet layer */
#define ATM_L3_ISO8208	0x07	/* ISO/IEC 8208 */
#define ATM_L3_X223	0x08	/* ITU-T X.223 | ISO/IEC 8878 */
#define ATM_L3_ISO8473	0x09	/* ITU-T X.233 | ISO/IEC 8473 */
#define ATM_L3_T70	0x0a	/* ITU-T T.70 minimum network layer */
#define ATM_L3_TR9577	0x0b	/* ISO/IEC TR 9577 */
#define ATM_L3_H310	0x0c	/* ITU-T Recommendation H.310 */
#define ATM_L3_H321	0x0d	/* ITU-T Recommendation H.321 */
#define ATM_L3_USER	0x10	/* user-specified */
/* END_L3 */


/*
 * High layer identifiers
 */

/* BEGIN_HL */
#define ATM_HL_NONE	0	/* HL not specified */
#define ATM_HL_ISO	0x01	/* ISO */
#define ATM_HL_USER	0x02	/* user-specific */
#define ATM_HL_HLP	0x03	/* high layer profile - UNI 3.0 only */
#define ATM_HL_VENDOR	0x04	/* vendor-specific application identifier */
/* END_HL */


/*
 * ITU-T coded mode of operation
 */

/* BEGIN_IMD */
#define ATM_IMD_NONE	 0	/* mode not specified */
#define ATM_IMD_NORMAL	 1	/* normal mode of operation */
#define ATM_IMD_EXTENDED 2	/* extended mode of operation */
/* END_IMD */

/*
 * H.310 code points
 */

#define ATM_TT_NONE	0	/* terminal type not specified */
#define ATM_TT_RX	1	/* receive only */
#define ATM_TT_TX	2	/* send only */
#define ATM_TT_RXTX	3	/* receive and send */

#define ATM_MC_NONE	0	/* no multiplexing */
#define ATM_MC_TS	1	/* transport stream (TS) */
#define ATM_MC_TS_FEC	2	/* transport stream with forward error corr. */
#define ATM_MC_PS	3	/* program stream (PS) */
#define ATM_MC_PS_FEC	4	/* program stream with forward error corr. */
#define ATM_MC_H221	5	/* ITU-T Rec. H.221 */

/*
 * SAP structures
 */

#define ATM_MAX_HLI	8	/* maximum high-layer information length */


struct atm_blli {
    unsigned char l2_proto;	/* layer 2 protocol */
    union {
	struct {
	    unsigned char mode;	/* mode of operation (ATM_IMD_xxx), 0 if */
				/* absent */
	    unsigned char window; /* window size (k), 1-127 (0 to omit) */
	} itu;			/* ITU-T encoding */
	unsigned char user;	/* user-specified l2 information */
    } l2;
    unsigned char l3_proto;	/* layer 3 protocol */
    union {
	struct {
	    unsigned char mode;	/* mode of operation (ATM_IMD_xxx), 0 if */
				/* absent */
	    unsigned char def_size; /* default packet size (log2), 4-12 (0 to */
				    /* omit) */
	    unsigned char window;/* packet window size, 1-127 (0 to omit) */
	} itu;			/* ITU-T encoding */
	unsigned char user;	/* user specified l3 information */
	struct {		      /* if l3_proto = ATM_L3_H310 */
	    unsigned char term_type;  /* terminal type */
	    unsigned char fw_mpx_cap; /* forward multiplexing capability */
				      /* only if term_type != ATM_TT_NONE */
	    unsigned char bw_mpx_cap; /* backward multiplexing capability */
				      /* only if term_type != ATM_TT_NONE */
	} h310;
	struct {		  /* if l3_proto = ATM_L3_TR9577 */
	    unsigned char ipi;	  /* initial protocol id */
	    unsigned char snap[5];/* IEEE 802.1 SNAP identifier */
				  /* (only if ipi == NLPID_IEEE802_1_SNAP) */
	} tr9577;
    } l3;
} __ATM_API_ALIGN;


struct atm_bhli {
    unsigned char hl_type;	/* high layer information type */
    unsigned char hl_length;	/* length (only if hl_type == ATM_HL_USER || */
				/* hl_type == ATM_HL_ISO) */
    unsigned char hl_info[ATM_MAX_HLI];/* high layer information */
};


#define ATM_MAX_BLLI	3		/* maximum number of BLLI elements */


struct atm_sap {
	struct atm_bhli bhli;		/* local SAP, high-layer information */
	struct atm_blli blli[ATM_MAX_BLLI] __ATM_API_ALIGN;
					/* local SAP, low-layer info */
};


static __inline__ int blli_in_use(struct atm_blli blli)
{
	return blli.l2_proto || blli.l3_proto;
}

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __UHID_H_
#define __UHID_H_

/*
 * User-space I/O driver support for HID subsystem
 * Copyright (c) 2012 David Herrmann
 */

/*
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
 * Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option)
 * any later version.
 */

/*
 * Public header for user-space communication. We try to keep every structure
 * aligned but to be safe we also use __attribute__((__packed__)). Therefore,
 * the communication should be ABI compatible even between architectures.
 */

#include <linux/input.h>
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/hid.h>

enum uhid_event_type {
	__UHID_LEGACY_CREATE,
	UHID_DESTROY,
	UHID_START,
	UHID_STOP,
	UHID_OPEN,
	UHID_CLOSE,
	UHID_OUTPUT,
	__UHID_LEGACY_OUTPUT_EV,
	__UHID_LEGACY_INPUT,
	UHID_GET_REPORT,
	UHID_GET_REPORT_REPLY,
	UHID_CREATE2,
	UHID_INPUT2,
	UHID_SET_REPORT,
	UHID_SET_REPORT_REPLY,
};

struct uhid_create2_req {
	__u8 name[128];
	__u8 phys[64];
	__u8 uniq[64];
	__u16 rd_size;
	__u16 bus;
	__u32 vendor;
	__u32 product;
	__u32 version;
	__u32 country;
	__u8 rd_data[HID_MAX_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE];
} __attribute__((__packed__));

enum uhid_dev_flag {
	UHID_DEV_NUMBERED_FEATURE_REPORTS			= (1ULL << 0),
	UHID_DEV_NUMBERED_OUTPUT_REPORTS			= (1ULL << 1),
	UHID_DEV_NUMBERED_INPUT_REPORTS				= (1ULL << 2),
};

struct uhid_start_req {
	__u64 dev_flags;
};

#define UHID_DATA_MAX 4096

enum uhid_report_type {
	UHID_FEATURE_REPORT,
	UHID_OUTPUT_REPORT,
	UHID_INPUT_REPORT,
};

struct uhid_input2_req {
	__u16 size;
	__u8 data[UHID_DATA_MAX];
} __attribute__((__packed__));

struct uhid_output_req {
	__u8 data[UHID_DATA_MAX];
	__u16 size;
	__u8 rtype;
} __attribute__((__packed__));

struct uhid_get_report_req {
	__u32 id;
	__u8 rnum;
	__u8 rtype;
} __attribute__((__packed__));

struct uhid_get_report_reply_req {
	__u32 id;
	__u16 err;
	__u16 size;
	__u8 data[UHID_DATA_MAX];
} __attribute__((__packed__));

struct uhid_set_report_req {
	__u32 id;
	__u8 rnum;
	__u8 rtype;
	__u16 size;
	__u8 data[UHID_DATA_MAX];
} __attribute__((__packed__));

struct uhid_set_report_reply_req {
	__u32 id;
	__u16 err;
} __attribute__((__packed__));

/*
 * Compat Layer
 * All these commands and requests are obsolete. You should avoid using them in
 * new code. We support them for backwards-compatibility, but you might not get
 * access to new feature in case you use them.
 */

enum uhid_legacy_event_type {
	UHID_CREATE			= __UHID_LEGACY_CREATE,
	UHID_OUTPUT_EV			= __UHID_LEGACY_OUTPUT_EV,
	UHID_INPUT			= __UHID_LEGACY_INPUT,
	UHID_FEATURE			= UHID_GET_REPORT,
	UHID_FEATURE_ANSWER		= UHID_GET_REPORT_REPLY,
};

/* Obsolete! Use UHID_CREATE2. */
struct uhid_create_req {
	__u8 name[128];
	__u8 phys[64];
	__u8 uniq[64];
	__u8 *rd_data;
	__u16 rd_size;

	__u16 bus;
	__u32 vendor;
	__u32 product;
	__u32 version;
	__u32 country;
} __attribute__((__packed__));

/* Obsolete! Use UHID_INPUT2. */
struct uhid_input_req {
	__u8 data[UHID_DATA_MAX];
	__u16 size;
} __attribute__((__packed__));

/* Obsolete! Kernel uses UHID_OUTPUT exclusively now. */
struct uhid_output_ev_req {
	__u16 type;
	__u16 code;
	__s32 value;
} __attribute__((__packed__));

/* Obsolete! Kernel uses ABI compatible UHID_GET_REPORT. */
struct uhid_feature_req {
	__u32 id;
	__u8 rnum;
	__u8 rtype;
} __attribute__((__packed__));

/* Obsolete! Use ABI compatible UHID_GET_REPORT_REPLY. */
struct uhid_feature_answer_req {
	__u32 id;
	__u16 err;
	__u16 size;
	__u8 data[UHID_DATA_MAX];
} __attribute__((__packed__));

/*
 * UHID Events
 * All UHID events from and to the kernel are encoded as "struct uhid_event".
 * The "type" field contains a UHID_* type identifier. All payload depends on
 * that type and can be accessed via ev->u.XYZ accordingly.
 * If user-space writes short events, they're extended with 0s by the kernel. If
 * the kernel writes short events, user-space shall extend them with 0s.
 */

struct uhid_event {
	__u32 type;

	union {
		struct uhid_create_req create;
		struct uhid_input_req input;
		struct uhid_output_req output;
		struct uhid_output_ev_req output_ev;
		struct uhid_feature_req feature;
		struct uhid_get_report_req get_report;
		struct uhid_feature_answer_req feature_answer;
		struct uhid_get_report_reply_req get_report_reply;
		struct uhid_create2_req create2;
		struct uhid_input2_req input2;
		struct uhid_set_report_req set_report;
		struct uhid_set_report_reply_req set_report_reply;
		struct uhid_start_req start;
	} u;
} __attribute__((__packed__));

#endif /* __UHID_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_IF_ADDR_H
#define __LINUX_IF_ADDR_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/netlink.h>

struct ifaddrmsg {
	__u8		ifa_family;
	__u8		ifa_prefixlen;	/* The prefix length		*/
	__u8		ifa_flags;	/* Flags			*/
	__u8		ifa_scope;	/* Address scope		*/
	__u32		ifa_index;	/* Link index			*/
};

/*
 * Important comment:
 * IFA_ADDRESS is prefix address, rather than local interface address.
 * It makes no difference for normally configured broadcast interfaces,
 * but for point-to-point IFA_ADDRESS is DESTINATION address,
 * local address is supplied in IFA_LOCAL attribute.
 *
 * IFA_FLAGS is a u32 attribute that extends the u8 field ifa_flags.
 * If present, the value from struct ifaddrmsg will be ignored.
 */
enum {
	IFA_UNSPEC,
	IFA_ADDRESS,
	IFA_LOCAL,
	IFA_LABEL,
	IFA_BROADCAST,
	IFA_ANYCAST,
	IFA_CACHEINFO,
	IFA_MULTICAST,
	IFA_FLAGS,
	IFA_RT_PRIORITY,  /* u32, priority/metric for prefix route */
	IFA_TARGET_NETNSID,
	__IFA_MAX,
};

#define IFA_MAX (__IFA_MAX - 1)

/* ifa_flags */
#define IFA_F_SECONDARY		0x01
#define IFA_F_TEMPORARY		IFA_F_SECONDARY

#define	IFA_F_NODAD		0x02
#define IFA_F_OPTIMISTIC	0x04
#define IFA_F_DADFAILED		0x08
#define	IFA_F_HOMEADDRESS	0x10
#define IFA_F_DEPRECATED	0x20
#define IFA_F_TENTATIVE		0x40
#define IFA_F_PERMANENT		0x80
#define IFA_F_MANAGETEMPADDR	0x100
#define IFA_F_NOPREFIXROUTE	0x200
#define IFA_F_MCAUTOJOIN	0x400
#define IFA_F_STABLE_PRIVACY	0x800

struct ifa_cacheinfo {
	__u32	ifa_prefered;
	__u32	ifa_valid;
	__u32	cstamp; /* created timestamp, hundredths of seconds */
	__u32	tstamp; /* updated timestamp, hundredths of seconds */
};

/* backwards compatibility for userspace */
#define IFA_RTA(r)  ((struct rtattr*)(((char*)(r)) + NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct ifaddrmsg))))
#define IFA_PAYLOAD(n) NLMSG_PAYLOAD(n,sizeof(struct ifaddrmsg))

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  Name                         : qnxtypes.h
 *  Author                       : Richard Frowijn
 *  Function                     : standard qnx types
 *  History                      : 22-03-1998 created
 *
 */

#ifndef _QNX4TYPES_H
#define _QNX4TYPES_H

#include <linux/types.h>

typedef __le16 qnx4_nxtnt_t;
typedef __u8  qnx4_ftype_t;

typedef struct {
	__le32 xtnt_blk;
	__le32 xtnt_size;
} qnx4_xtnt_t;

typedef __le16 qnx4_mode_t;
typedef __le16 qnx4_muid_t;
typedef __le16 qnx4_mgid_t;
typedef __le32 qnx4_off_t;
typedef __le16 qnx4_nlink_t;

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) */
/* Copyright (C) 2007-2018  B.A.T.M.A.N. contributors:
 *
 * Marek Lindner, Simon Wunderlich
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public
 * License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
 * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
 * General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_BATADV_PACKET_H_
#define _LINUX_BATADV_PACKET_H_

#include <asm/byteorder.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/**
 * batadv_tp_is_error() - Check throughput meter return code for error
 * @n: throughput meter return code
 *
 * Return: 0 when not error was detected, != 0 otherwise
 */
#define batadv_tp_is_error(n) ((__u8)(n) > 127 ? 1 : 0)

/**
 * enum batadv_packettype - types for batman-adv encapsulated packets
 * @BATADV_IV_OGM: originator messages for B.A.T.M.A.N. IV
 * @BATADV_BCAST: broadcast packets carrying broadcast payload
 * @BATADV_CODED: network coded packets
 * @BATADV_ELP: echo location packets for B.A.T.M.A.N. V
 * @BATADV_OGM2: originator messages for B.A.T.M.A.N. V
 *
 * @BATADV_UNICAST: unicast packets carrying unicast payload traffic
 * @BATADV_UNICAST_FRAG: unicast packets carrying a fragment of the original
 *     payload packet
 * @BATADV_UNICAST_4ADDR: unicast packet including the originator address of
 *     the sender
 * @BATADV_ICMP: unicast packet like IP ICMP used for ping or traceroute
 * @BATADV_UNICAST_TVLV: unicast packet carrying TVLV containers
 */
enum batadv_packettype {
	/* 0x00 - 0x3f: local packets or special rules for handling */
	BATADV_IV_OGM           = 0x00,
	BATADV_BCAST            = 0x01,
	BATADV_CODED            = 0x02,
	BATADV_ELP		= 0x03,
	BATADV_OGM2		= 0x04,
	/* 0x40 - 0x7f: unicast */
#define BATADV_UNICAST_MIN     0x40
	BATADV_UNICAST          = 0x40,
	BATADV_UNICAST_FRAG     = 0x41,
	BATADV_UNICAST_4ADDR    = 0x42,
	BATADV_ICMP             = 0x43,
	BATADV_UNICAST_TVLV     = 0x44,
#define BATADV_UNICAST_MAX     0x7f
	/* 0x80 - 0xff: reserved */
};

/**
 * enum batadv_subtype - packet subtype for unicast4addr
 * @BATADV_P_DATA: user payload
 * @BATADV_P_DAT_DHT_GET: DHT request message
 * @BATADV_P_DAT_DHT_PUT: DHT store message
 * @BATADV_P_DAT_CACHE_REPLY: ARP reply generated by DAT
 */
enum batadv_subtype {
	BATADV_P_DATA			= 0x01,
	BATADV_P_DAT_DHT_GET		= 0x02,
	BATADV_P_DAT_DHT_PUT		= 0x03,
	BATADV_P_DAT_CACHE_REPLY	= 0x04,
};

/* this file is included by batctl which needs these defines */
#define BATADV_COMPAT_VERSION 15

/**
 * enum batadv_iv_flags - flags used in B.A.T.M.A.N. IV OGM packets
 * @BATADV_NOT_BEST_NEXT_HOP: flag is set when ogm packet is forwarded and was
 *     previously received from someone else than the best neighbor.
 * @BATADV_PRIMARIES_FIRST_HOP: flag unused.
 * @BATADV_DIRECTLINK: flag is for the first hop or if rebroadcasted from a
 *     one hop neighbor on the interface where it was originally received.
 */
enum batadv_iv_flags {
	BATADV_NOT_BEST_NEXT_HOP   = 1UL << 0,
	BATADV_PRIMARIES_FIRST_HOP = 1UL << 1,
	BATADV_DIRECTLINK          = 1UL << 2,
};

/**
 * enum batadv_icmp_packettype - ICMP message types
 * @BATADV_ECHO_REPLY: success reply to BATADV_ECHO_REQUEST
 * @BATADV_DESTINATION_UNREACHABLE: failure when route to destination not found
 * @BATADV_ECHO_REQUEST: request BATADV_ECHO_REPLY from destination
 * @BATADV_TTL_EXCEEDED: error after BATADV_ECHO_REQUEST traversed too many hops
 * @BATADV_PARAMETER_PROBLEM: return code for malformed messages
 * @BATADV_TP: throughput meter packet
 */
enum batadv_icmp_packettype {
	BATADV_ECHO_REPLY	       = 0,
	BATADV_DESTINATION_UNREACHABLE = 3,
	BATADV_ECHO_REQUEST	       = 8,
	BATADV_TTL_EXCEEDED	       = 11,
	BATADV_PARAMETER_PROBLEM       = 12,
	BATADV_TP		       = 15,
};

/**
 * enum batadv_mcast_flags - flags for multicast capabilities and settings
 * @BATADV_MCAST_WANT_ALL_UNSNOOPABLES: we want all packets destined for
 *  224.0.0.0/24 or ff02::1
 * @BATADV_MCAST_WANT_ALL_IPV4: we want all IPv4 multicast packets
 * @BATADV_MCAST_WANT_ALL_IPV6: we want all IPv6 multicast packets
 */
enum batadv_mcast_flags {
	BATADV_MCAST_WANT_ALL_UNSNOOPABLES	= 1UL << 0,
	BATADV_MCAST_WANT_ALL_IPV4		= 1UL << 1,
	BATADV_MCAST_WANT_ALL_IPV6		= 1UL << 2,
};

/* tt data subtypes */
#define BATADV_TT_DATA_TYPE_MASK 0x0F

/**
 * enum batadv_tt_data_flags - flags for tt data tvlv
 * @BATADV_TT_OGM_DIFF: TT diff propagated through OGM
 * @BATADV_TT_REQUEST: TT request message
 * @BATADV_TT_RESPONSE: TT response message
 * @BATADV_TT_FULL_TABLE: contains full table to replace existing table
 */
enum batadv_tt_data_flags {
	BATADV_TT_OGM_DIFF   = 1UL << 0,
	BATADV_TT_REQUEST    = 1UL << 1,
	BATADV_TT_RESPONSE   = 1UL << 2,
	BATADV_TT_FULL_TABLE = 1UL << 4,
};

/**
 * enum batadv_vlan_flags - flags for the four MSB of any vlan ID field
 * @BATADV_VLAN_HAS_TAG: whether the field contains a valid vlan tag or not
 */
enum batadv_vlan_flags {
	BATADV_VLAN_HAS_TAG	= 1UL << 15,
};

/**
 * enum batadv_bla_claimframe - claim frame types for the bridge loop avoidance
 * @BATADV_CLAIM_TYPE_CLAIM: claim of a client mac address
 * @BATADV_CLAIM_TYPE_UNCLAIM: unclaim of a client mac address
 * @BATADV_CLAIM_TYPE_ANNOUNCE: announcement of backbone with current crc
 * @BATADV_CLAIM_TYPE_REQUEST: request of full claim table
 * @BATADV_CLAIM_TYPE_LOOPDETECT: mesh-traversing loop detect packet
 */
enum batadv_bla_claimframe {
	BATADV_CLAIM_TYPE_CLAIM		= 0x00,
	BATADV_CLAIM_TYPE_UNCLAIM	= 0x01,
	BATADV_CLAIM_TYPE_ANNOUNCE	= 0x02,
	BATADV_CLAIM_TYPE_REQUEST	= 0x03,
	BATADV_CLAIM_TYPE_LOOPDETECT	= 0x04,
};

/**
 * enum batadv_tvlv_type - tvlv type definitions
 * @BATADV_TVLV_GW: gateway tvlv
 * @BATADV_TVLV_DAT: distributed arp table tvlv
 * @BATADV_TVLV_NC: network coding tvlv
 * @BATADV_TVLV_TT: translation table tvlv
 * @BATADV_TVLV_ROAM: roaming advertisement tvlv
 * @BATADV_TVLV_MCAST: multicast capability tvlv
 */
enum batadv_tvlv_type {
	BATADV_TVLV_GW		= 0x01,
	BATADV_TVLV_DAT		= 0x02,
	BATADV_TVLV_NC		= 0x03,
	BATADV_TVLV_TT		= 0x04,
	BATADV_TVLV_ROAM	= 0x05,
	BATADV_TVLV_MCAST	= 0x06,
};

#pragma pack(2)
/* the destination hardware field in the ARP frame is used to
 * transport the claim type and the group id
 */
struct batadv_bla_claim_dst {
	__u8   magic[3];	/* FF:43:05 */
	__u8   type;		/* bla_claimframe */
	__be16 group;		/* group id */
};

/**
 * struct batadv_ogm_packet - ogm (routing protocol) packet
 * @packet_type: batman-adv packet type, part of the general header
 * @version: batman-adv protocol version, part of the genereal header
 * @ttl: time to live for this packet, part of the genereal header
 * @flags: contains routing relevant flags - see enum batadv_iv_flags
 * @seqno: sequence identification
 * @orig: address of the source node
 * @prev_sender: address of the previous sender
 * @reserved: reserved byte for alignment
 * @tq: transmission quality
 * @tvlv_len: length of tvlv data following the ogm header
 */
struct batadv_ogm_packet {
	__u8   packet_type;
	__u8   version;
	__u8   ttl;
	__u8   flags;
	__be32 seqno;
	__u8   orig[ETH_ALEN];
	__u8   prev_sender[ETH_ALEN];
	__u8   reserved;
	__u8   tq;
	__be16 tvlv_len;
};

#define BATADV_OGM_HLEN sizeof(struct batadv_ogm_packet)

/**
 * struct batadv_ogm2_packet - ogm2 (routing protocol) packet
 * @packet_type: batman-adv packet type, part of the general header
 * @version: batman-adv protocol version, part of the general header
 * @ttl: time to live for this packet, part of the general header
 * @flags: reseved for routing relevant flags - currently always 0
 * @seqno: sequence number
 * @orig: originator mac address
 * @tvlv_len: length of the appended tvlv buffer (in bytes)
 * @throughput: the currently flooded path throughput
 */
struct batadv_ogm2_packet {
	__u8   packet_type;
	__u8   version;
	__u8   ttl;
	__u8   flags;
	__be32 seqno;
	__u8   orig[ETH_ALEN];
	__be16 tvlv_len;
	__be32 throughput;
};

#define BATADV_OGM2_HLEN sizeof(struct batadv_ogm2_packet)

/**
 * struct batadv_elp_packet - elp (neighbor discovery) packet
 * @packet_type: batman-adv packet type, part of the general header
 * @version: batman-adv protocol version, part of the genereal header
 * @orig: originator mac address
 * @seqno: sequence number
 * @elp_interval: currently used ELP sending interval in ms
 */
struct batadv_elp_packet {
	__u8   packet_type;
	__u8   version;
	__u8   orig[ETH_ALEN];
	__be32 seqno;
	__be32 elp_interval;
};

#define BATADV_ELP_HLEN sizeof(struct batadv_elp_packet)

/**
 * struct batadv_icmp_header - common members among all the ICMP packets
 * @packet_type: batman-adv packet type, part of the general header
 * @version: batman-adv protocol version, part of the genereal header
 * @ttl: time to live for this packet, part of the genereal header
 * @msg_type: ICMP packet type
 * @dst: address of the destination node
 * @orig: address of the source node
 * @uid: local ICMP socket identifier
 * @align: not used - useful for alignment purposes only
 *
 * This structure is used for ICMP packets parsing only and it is never sent
 * over the wire. The alignment field at the end is there to ensure that
 * members are padded the same way as they are in real packets.
 */
struct batadv_icmp_header {
	__u8 packet_type;
	__u8 version;
	__u8 ttl;
	__u8 msg_type; /* see ICMP message types above */
	__u8 dst[ETH_ALEN];
	__u8 orig[ETH_ALEN];
	__u8 uid;
	__u8 align[3];
};

/**
 * struct batadv_icmp_packet - ICMP packet
 * @packet_type: batman-adv packet type, part of the general header
 * @version: batman-adv protocol version, part of the genereal header
 * @ttl: time to live for this packet, part of the genereal header
 * @msg_type: ICMP packet type
 * @dst: address of the destination node
 * @orig: address of the source node
 * @uid: local ICMP socket identifier
 * @reserved: not used - useful for alignment
 * @seqno: ICMP sequence number
 */
struct batadv_icmp_packet {
	__u8   packet_type;
	__u8   version;
	__u8   ttl;
	__u8   msg_type; /* see ICMP message types above */
	__u8   dst[ETH_ALEN];
	__u8   orig[ETH_ALEN];
	__u8   uid;
	__u8   reserved;
	__be16 seqno;
};

/**
 * struct batadv_icmp_tp_packet - ICMP TP Meter packet
 * @packet_type: batman-adv packet type, part of the general header
 * @version: batman-adv protocol version, part of the genereal header
 * @ttl: time to live for this packet, part of the genereal header
 * @msg_type: ICMP packet type
 * @dst: address of the destination node
 * @orig: address of the source node
 * @uid: local ICMP socket identifier
 * @subtype: TP packet subtype (see batadv_icmp_tp_subtype)
 * @session: TP session identifier
 * @seqno: the TP sequence number
 * @timestamp: time when the packet has been sent. This value is filled in a
 *  TP_MSG and echoed back in the next TP_ACK so that the sender can compute the
 *  RTT. Since it is read only by the host which wrote it, there is no need to
 *  store it using network order
 */
struct batadv_icmp_tp_packet {
	__u8   packet_type;
	__u8   version;
	__u8   ttl;
	__u8   msg_type; /* see ICMP message types above */
	__u8   dst[ETH_ALEN];
	__u8   orig[ETH_ALEN];
	__u8   uid;
	__u8   subtype;
	__u8   session[2];
	__be32 seqno;
	__be32 timestamp;
};

/**
 * enum batadv_icmp_tp_subtype - ICMP TP Meter packet subtypes
 * @BATADV_TP_MSG: Msg from sender to receiver
 * @BATADV_TP_ACK: acknowledgment from receiver to sender
 */
enum batadv_icmp_tp_subtype {
	BATADV_TP_MSG	= 0,
	BATADV_TP_ACK,
};

#define BATADV_RR_LEN 16

/**
 * struct batadv_icmp_packet_rr - ICMP RouteRecord packet
 * @packet_type: batman-adv packet type, part of the general header
 * @version: batman-adv protocol version, part of the genereal header
 * @ttl: time to live for this packet, part of the genereal header
 * @msg_type: ICMP packet type
 * @dst: address of the destination node
 * @orig: address of the source node
 * @uid: local ICMP socket identifier
 * @rr_cur: number of entries the rr array
 * @seqno: ICMP sequence number
 * @rr: route record array
 */
struct batadv_icmp_packet_rr {
	__u8   packet_type;
	__u8   version;
	__u8   ttl;
	__u8   msg_type; /* see ICMP message types above */
	__u8   dst[ETH_ALEN];
	__u8   orig[ETH_ALEN];
	__u8   uid;
	__u8   rr_cur;
	__be16 seqno;
	__u8   rr[BATADV_RR_LEN][ETH_ALEN];
};

#define BATADV_ICMP_MAX_PACKET_SIZE	sizeof(struct batadv_icmp_packet_rr)

/* All packet headers in front of an ethernet header have to be completely
 * divisible by 2 but not by 4 to make the payload after the ethernet
 * header again 4 bytes boundary aligned.
 *
 * A packing of 2 is necessary to avoid extra padding at the end of the struct
 * caused by a structure member which is larger than two bytes. Otherwise
 * the structure would not fulfill the previously mentioned rule to avoid the
 * misalignment of the payload after the ethernet header. It may also lead to
 * leakage of information when the padding it not initialized before sending.
 */

/**
 * struct batadv_unicast_packet - unicast packet for network payload
 * @packet_type: batman-adv packet type, part of the general header
 * @version: batman-adv protocol version, part of the genereal header
 * @ttl: time to live for this packet, part of the genereal header
 * @ttvn: translation table version number
 * @dest: originator destination of the unicast packet
 */
struct batadv_unicast_packet {
	__u8 packet_type;
	__u8 version;
	__u8 ttl;
	__u8 ttvn; /* destination translation table version number */
	__u8 dest[ETH_ALEN];
	/* "4 bytes boundary + 2 bytes" long to make the payload after the
	 * following ethernet header again 4 bytes boundary aligned
	 */
};

/**
 * struct batadv_unicast_4addr_packet - extended unicast packet
 * @u: common unicast packet header
 * @src: address of the source
 * @subtype: packet subtype
 * @reserved: reserved byte for alignment
 */
struct batadv_unicast_4addr_packet {
	struct batadv_unicast_packet u;
	__u8 src[ETH_ALEN];
	__u8 subtype;
	__u8 reserved;
	/* "4 bytes boundary + 2 bytes" long to make the payload after the
	 * following ethernet header again 4 bytes boundary aligned
	 */
};

/**
 * struct batadv_frag_packet - fragmented packet
 * @packet_type: batman-adv packet type, part of the general header
 * @version: batman-adv protocol version, part of the genereal header
 * @ttl: time to live for this packet, part of the genereal header
 * @dest: final destination used when routing fragments
 * @orig: originator of the fragment used when merging the packet
 * @no: fragment number within this sequence
 * @priority: priority of frame, from ToS IP precedence or 802.1p
 * @reserved: reserved byte for alignment
 * @seqno: sequence identification
 * @total_size: size of the merged packet
 */
struct batadv_frag_packet {
	__u8   packet_type;
	__u8   version;  /* batman version field */
	__u8   ttl;
#if defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8   no:4;
	__u8   priority:3;
	__u8   reserved:1;
#elif defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8   reserved:1;
	__u8   priority:3;
	__u8   no:4;
#else
#error "unknown bitfield endianness"
#endif
	__u8   dest[ETH_ALEN];
	__u8   orig[ETH_ALEN];
	__be16 seqno;
	__be16 total_size;
};

/**
 * struct batadv_bcast_packet - broadcast packet for network payload
 * @packet_type: batman-adv packet type, part of the general header
 * @version: batman-adv protocol version, part of the genereal header
 * @ttl: time to live for this packet, part of the genereal header
 * @reserved: reserved byte for alignment
 * @seqno: sequence identification
 * @orig: originator of the broadcast packet
 */
struct batadv_bcast_packet {
	__u8   packet_type;
	__u8   version;  /* batman version field */
	__u8   ttl;
	__u8   reserved;
	__be32 seqno;
	__u8   orig[ETH_ALEN];
	/* "4 bytes boundary + 2 bytes" long to make the payload after the
	 * following ethernet header again 4 bytes boundary aligned
	 */
};

/**
 * struct batadv_coded_packet - network coded packet
 * @packet_type: batman-adv packet type, part of the general header
 * @version: batman-adv protocol version, part of the genereal header
 * @ttl: time to live for this packet, part of the genereal header
 * @first_source: original source of first included packet
 * @first_orig_dest: original destinal of first included packet
 * @first_crc: checksum of first included packet
 * @first_ttvn: tt-version number of first included packet
 * @second_ttl: ttl of second packet
 * @second_dest: second receiver of this coded packet
 * @second_source: original source of second included packet
 * @second_orig_dest: original destination of second included packet
 * @second_crc: checksum of second included packet
 * @second_ttvn: tt version number of second included packet
 * @coded_len: length of network coded part of the payload
 */
struct batadv_coded_packet {
	__u8   packet_type;
	__u8   version;  /* batman version field */
	__u8   ttl;
	__u8   first_ttvn;
	/* __u8 first_dest[ETH_ALEN]; - saved in mac header destination */
	__u8   first_source[ETH_ALEN];
	__u8   first_orig_dest[ETH_ALEN];
	__be32 first_crc;
	__u8   second_ttl;
	__u8   second_ttvn;
	__u8   second_dest[ETH_ALEN];
	__u8   second_source[ETH_ALEN];
	__u8   second_orig_dest[ETH_ALEN];
	__be32 second_crc;
	__be16 coded_len;
};

/**
 * struct batadv_unicast_tvlv_packet - generic unicast packet with tvlv payload
 * @packet_type: batman-adv packet type, part of the general header
 * @version: batman-adv protocol version, part of the genereal header
 * @ttl: time to live for this packet, part of the genereal header
 * @reserved: reserved field (for packet alignment)
 * @src: address of the source
 * @dst: address of the destination
 * @tvlv_len: length of tvlv data following the unicast tvlv header
 * @align: 2 bytes to align the header to a 4 byte boundary
 */
struct batadv_unicast_tvlv_packet {
	__u8   packet_type;
	__u8   version;  /* batman version field */
	__u8   ttl;
	__u8   reserved;
	__u8   dst[ETH_ALEN];
	__u8   src[ETH_ALEN];
	__be16 tvlv_len;
	__u16  align;
};

/**
 * struct batadv_tvlv_hdr - base tvlv header struct
 * @type: tvlv container type (see batadv_tvlv_type)
 * @version: tvlv container version
 * @len: tvlv container length
 */
struct batadv_tvlv_hdr {
	__u8   type;
	__u8   version;
	__be16 len;
};

/**
 * struct batadv_tvlv_gateway_data - gateway data propagated through gw tvlv
 *  container
 * @bandwidth_down: advertised uplink download bandwidth
 * @bandwidth_up: advertised uplink upload bandwidth
 */
struct batadv_tvlv_gateway_data {
	__be32 bandwidth_down;
	__be32 bandwidth_up;
};

/**
 * struct batadv_tvlv_tt_data - tt data propagated through the tt tvlv container
 * @flags: translation table flags (see batadv_tt_data_flags)
 * @ttvn: translation table version number
 * @num_vlan: number of announced VLANs. In the TVLV this struct is followed by
 *  one batadv_tvlv_tt_vlan_data object per announced vlan
 */
struct batadv_tvlv_tt_data {
	__u8   flags;
	__u8   ttvn;
	__be16 num_vlan;
};

/**
 * struct batadv_tvlv_tt_vlan_data - vlan specific tt data propagated through
 *  the tt tvlv container
 * @crc: crc32 checksum of the entries belonging to this vlan
 * @vid: vlan identifier
 * @reserved: unused, useful for alignment purposes
 */
struct batadv_tvlv_tt_vlan_data {
	__be32 crc;
	__be16 vid;
	__u16  reserved;
};

/**
 * struct batadv_tvlv_tt_change - translation table diff data
 * @flags: status indicators concerning the non-mesh client (see
 *  batadv_tt_client_flags)
 * @reserved: reserved field - useful for alignment purposes only
 * @addr: mac address of non-mesh client that triggered this tt change
 * @vid: VLAN identifier
 */
struct batadv_tvlv_tt_change {
	__u8   flags;
	__u8   reserved[3];
	__u8   addr[ETH_ALEN];
	__be16 vid;
};

/**
 * struct batadv_tvlv_roam_adv - roaming advertisement
 * @client: mac address of roaming client
 * @vid: VLAN identifier
 */
struct batadv_tvlv_roam_adv {
	__u8   client[ETH_ALEN];
	__be16 vid;
};

/**
 * struct batadv_tvlv_mcast_data - payload of a multicast tvlv
 * @flags: multicast flags announced by the orig node
 * @reserved: reserved field
 */
struct batadv_tvlv_mcast_data {
	__u8 flags;
	__u8 reserved[3];
};

#pragma pack()

#endif /* _LINUX_BATADV_PACKET_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * 	connector.h
 * 
 * 2004-2005 Copyright (c) Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
 * All rights reserved.
 * 
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 */

#ifndef __CONNECTOR_H
#define __CONNECTOR_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * Process Events connector unique ids -- used for message routing
 */
#define CN_IDX_PROC			0x1
#define CN_VAL_PROC			0x1
#define CN_IDX_CIFS			0x2
#define CN_VAL_CIFS                     0x1
#define CN_W1_IDX			0x3	/* w1 communication */
#define CN_W1_VAL			0x1
#define CN_IDX_V86D			0x4
#define CN_VAL_V86D_UVESAFB		0x1
#define CN_IDX_BB			0x5	/* BlackBoard, from the TSP GPL sampling framework */
#define CN_DST_IDX			0x6
#define CN_DST_VAL			0x1
#define CN_IDX_DM			0x7	/* Device Mapper */
#define CN_VAL_DM_USERSPACE_LOG		0x1
#define CN_IDX_DRBD			0x8
#define CN_VAL_DRBD			0x1
#define CN_KVP_IDX			0x9	/* HyperV KVP */
#define CN_KVP_VAL			0x1	/* queries from the kernel */
#define CN_VSS_IDX			0xA     /* HyperV VSS */
#define CN_VSS_VAL			0x1     /* queries from the kernel */


#define CN_NETLINK_USERS		11	/* Highest index + 1 */

/*
 * Maximum connector's message size.
 */
#define CONNECTOR_MAX_MSG_SIZE		16384

/*
 * idx and val are unique identifiers which 
 * are used for message routing and 
 * must be registered in connector.h for in-kernel usage.
 */

struct cb_id {
	__u32 idx;
	__u32 val;
};

struct cn_msg {
	struct cb_id id;

	__u32 seq;
	__u32 ack;

	__u16 len;		/* Length of the following data */
	__u16 flags;
	__u8 data[0];
};

#endif /* __CONNECTOR_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * L2TP-over-IP socket for L2TPv3.
 *
 * Author: James Chapman <jchapman@katalix.com>
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_L2TP_H_
#define _LINUX_L2TP_H_

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/socket.h>
#include <linux/in.h>
#include <linux/in6.h>

/**
 * struct sockaddr_l2tpip - the sockaddr structure for L2TP-over-IP sockets
 * @l2tp_family:  address family number AF_L2TPIP.
 * @l2tp_addr:    protocol specific address information
 * @l2tp_conn_id: connection id of tunnel
 */
#define __SOCK_SIZE__	16		/* sizeof(struct sockaddr)	*/
struct sockaddr_l2tpip {
	/* The first fields must match struct sockaddr_in */
	__kernel_sa_family_t l2tp_family; /* AF_INET */
	__be16		l2tp_unused;	/* INET port number (unused) */
	struct in_addr	l2tp_addr;	/* Internet address */

	__u32		l2tp_conn_id;	/* Connection ID of tunnel */

	/* Pad to size of `struct sockaddr'. */
	unsigned char	__pad[__SOCK_SIZE__ -
			      sizeof(__kernel_sa_family_t) -
			      sizeof(__be16) - sizeof(struct in_addr) -
			      sizeof(__u32)];
};

/**
 * struct sockaddr_l2tpip6 - the sockaddr structure for L2TP-over-IPv6 sockets
 * @l2tp_family:  address family number AF_L2TPIP.
 * @l2tp_addr:    protocol specific address information
 * @l2tp_conn_id: connection id of tunnel
 */
struct sockaddr_l2tpip6 {
	/* The first fields must match struct sockaddr_in6 */
	__kernel_sa_family_t l2tp_family; /* AF_INET6 */
	__be16		l2tp_unused;	/* INET port number (unused) */
	__be32		l2tp_flowinfo;	/* IPv6 flow information */
	struct in6_addr	l2tp_addr;	/* IPv6 address */
	__u32		l2tp_scope_id;	/* scope id (new in RFC2553) */
	__u32		l2tp_conn_id;	/* Connection ID of tunnel */
};

/*****************************************************************************
 *  NETLINK_GENERIC netlink family.
 *****************************************************************************/

/*
 * Commands.
 * Valid TLVs of each command are:-
 * TUNNEL_CREATE	- CONN_ID, pw_type, netns, ifname, ipinfo, udpinfo, udpcsum, vlanid
 * TUNNEL_DELETE	- CONN_ID
 * TUNNEL_MODIFY	- CONN_ID, udpcsum
 * TUNNEL_GETSTATS	- CONN_ID, (stats)
 * TUNNEL_GET		- CONN_ID, (...)
 * SESSION_CREATE	- SESSION_ID, PW_TYPE, data_seq, cookie, peer_cookie, l2spec
 * SESSION_DELETE	- SESSION_ID
 * SESSION_MODIFY	- SESSION_ID, data_seq
 * SESSION_GET		- SESSION_ID, (...)
 * SESSION_GETSTATS	- SESSION_ID, (stats)
 *
 */
enum {
	L2TP_CMD_NOOP,
	L2TP_CMD_TUNNEL_CREATE,
	L2TP_CMD_TUNNEL_DELETE,
	L2TP_CMD_TUNNEL_MODIFY,
	L2TP_CMD_TUNNEL_GET,
	L2TP_CMD_SESSION_CREATE,
	L2TP_CMD_SESSION_DELETE,
	L2TP_CMD_SESSION_MODIFY,
	L2TP_CMD_SESSION_GET,
	__L2TP_CMD_MAX,
};

#define L2TP_CMD_MAX			(__L2TP_CMD_MAX - 1)

/*
 * ATTR types defined for L2TP
 */
enum {
	L2TP_ATTR_NONE,			/* no data */
	L2TP_ATTR_PW_TYPE,		/* u16, enum l2tp_pwtype */
	L2TP_ATTR_ENCAP_TYPE,		/* u16, enum l2tp_encap_type */
	L2TP_ATTR_OFFSET,		/* u16 (not used) */
	L2TP_ATTR_DATA_SEQ,		/* u16 */
	L2TP_ATTR_L2SPEC_TYPE,		/* u8, enum l2tp_l2spec_type */
	L2TP_ATTR_L2SPEC_LEN,		/* u8 (not used) */
	L2TP_ATTR_PROTO_VERSION,	/* u8 */
	L2TP_ATTR_IFNAME,		/* string */
	L2TP_ATTR_CONN_ID,		/* u32 */
	L2TP_ATTR_PEER_CONN_ID,		/* u32 */
	L2TP_ATTR_SESSION_ID,		/* u32 */
	L2TP_ATTR_PEER_SESSION_ID,	/* u32 */
	L2TP_ATTR_UDP_CSUM,		/* u8 */
	L2TP_ATTR_VLAN_ID,		/* u16 */
	L2TP_ATTR_COOKIE,		/* 0, 4 or 8 bytes */
	L2TP_ATTR_PEER_COOKIE,		/* 0, 4 or 8 bytes */
	L2TP_ATTR_DEBUG,		/* u32, enum l2tp_debug_flags */
	L2TP_ATTR_RECV_SEQ,		/* u8 */
	L2TP_ATTR_SEND_SEQ,		/* u8 */
	L2TP_ATTR_LNS_MODE,		/* u8 */
	L2TP_ATTR_USING_IPSEC,		/* u8 */
	L2TP_ATTR_RECV_TIMEOUT,		/* msec */
	L2TP_ATTR_FD,			/* int */
	L2TP_ATTR_IP_SADDR,		/* u32 */
	L2TP_ATTR_IP_DADDR,		/* u32 */
	L2TP_ATTR_UDP_SPORT,		/* u16 */
	L2TP_ATTR_UDP_DPORT,		/* u16 */
	L2TP_ATTR_MTU,			/* u16 */
	L2TP_ATTR_MRU,			/* u16 */
	L2TP_ATTR_STATS,		/* nested */
	L2TP_ATTR_IP6_SADDR,		/* struct in6_addr */
	L2TP_ATTR_IP6_DADDR,		/* struct in6_addr */
	L2TP_ATTR_UDP_ZERO_CSUM6_TX,	/* flag */
	L2TP_ATTR_UDP_ZERO_CSUM6_RX,	/* flag */
	L2TP_ATTR_PAD,
	__L2TP_ATTR_MAX,
};

#define L2TP_ATTR_MAX			(__L2TP_ATTR_MAX - 1)

/* Nested in L2TP_ATTR_STATS */
enum {
	L2TP_ATTR_STATS_NONE,		/* no data */
	L2TP_ATTR_TX_PACKETS,		/* u64 */
	L2TP_ATTR_TX_BYTES,		/* u64 */
	L2TP_ATTR_TX_ERRORS,		/* u64 */
	L2TP_ATTR_RX_PACKETS,		/* u64 */
	L2TP_ATTR_RX_BYTES,		/* u64 */
	L2TP_ATTR_RX_SEQ_DISCARDS,	/* u64 */
	L2TP_ATTR_RX_OOS_PACKETS,	/* u64 */
	L2TP_ATTR_RX_ERRORS,		/* u64 */
	L2TP_ATTR_STATS_PAD,
	__L2TP_ATTR_STATS_MAX,
};

#define L2TP_ATTR_STATS_MAX		(__L2TP_ATTR_STATS_MAX - 1)

enum l2tp_pwtype {
	L2TP_PWTYPE_NONE = 0x0000,
	L2TP_PWTYPE_ETH_VLAN = 0x0004,
	L2TP_PWTYPE_ETH = 0x0005,
	L2TP_PWTYPE_PPP = 0x0007,
	L2TP_PWTYPE_PPP_AC = 0x0008,
	L2TP_PWTYPE_IP = 0x000b,
	__L2TP_PWTYPE_MAX
};

enum l2tp_l2spec_type {
	L2TP_L2SPECTYPE_NONE,
	L2TP_L2SPECTYPE_DEFAULT,
};

enum l2tp_encap_type {
	L2TP_ENCAPTYPE_UDP,
	L2TP_ENCAPTYPE_IP,
};

enum l2tp_seqmode {
	L2TP_SEQ_NONE = 0,
	L2TP_SEQ_IP = 1,
	L2TP_SEQ_ALL = 2,
};

/**
 * enum l2tp_debug_flags - debug message categories for L2TP tunnels/sessions
 *
 * @L2TP_MSG_DEBUG: verbose debug (if compiled in)
 * @L2TP_MSG_CONTROL: userspace - kernel interface
 * @L2TP_MSG_SEQ: sequence numbers
 * @L2TP_MSG_DATA: data packets
 */
enum l2tp_debug_flags {
	L2TP_MSG_DEBUG		= (1 << 0),
	L2TP_MSG_CONTROL	= (1 << 1),
	L2TP_MSG_SEQ		= (1 << 2),
	L2TP_MSG_DATA		= (1 << 3),
};

/*
 * NETLINK_GENERIC related info
 */
#define L2TP_GENL_NAME		"l2tp"
#define L2TP_GENL_VERSION	0x1
#define L2TP_GENL_MCGROUP       "l2tp"

#endif /* _LINUX_L2TP_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */

/*
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2017 Nicira, Inc.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public
 * License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
 * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
 * General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
 * 02110-1301, USA
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_OPENVSWITCH_H
#define __LINUX_OPENVSWITCH_H 1

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>

/**
 * struct ovs_header - header for OVS Generic Netlink messages.
 * @dp_ifindex: ifindex of local port for datapath (0 to make a request not
 * specific to a datapath).
 *
 * Attributes following the header are specific to a particular OVS Generic
 * Netlink family, but all of the OVS families use this header.
 */

struct ovs_header {
	int dp_ifindex;
};

/* Datapaths. */

#define OVS_DATAPATH_FAMILY  "ovs_datapath"
#define OVS_DATAPATH_MCGROUP "ovs_datapath"

/* V2:
 *   - API users are expected to provide OVS_DP_ATTR_USER_FEATURES
 *     when creating the datapath.
 */
#define OVS_DATAPATH_VERSION 2

/* First OVS datapath version to support features */
#define OVS_DP_VER_FEATURES 2

enum ovs_datapath_cmd {
	OVS_DP_CMD_UNSPEC,
	OVS_DP_CMD_NEW,
	OVS_DP_CMD_DEL,
	OVS_DP_CMD_GET,
	OVS_DP_CMD_SET
};

/**
 * enum ovs_datapath_attr - attributes for %OVS_DP_* commands.
 * @OVS_DP_ATTR_NAME: Name of the network device that serves as the "local
 * port".  This is the name of the network device whose dp_ifindex is given in
 * the &struct ovs_header.  Always present in notifications.  Required in
 * %OVS_DP_NEW requests.  May be used as an alternative to specifying
 * dp_ifindex in other requests (with a dp_ifindex of 0).
 * @OVS_DP_ATTR_UPCALL_PID: The Netlink socket in userspace that is initially
 * set on the datapath port (for OVS_ACTION_ATTR_MISS).  Only valid on
 * %OVS_DP_CMD_NEW requests. A value of zero indicates that upcalls should
 * not be sent.
 * @OVS_DP_ATTR_PER_CPU_PIDS: Per-cpu array of PIDs for upcalls when
 * OVS_DP_F_DISPATCH_UPCALL_PER_CPU feature is set.
 * @OVS_DP_ATTR_STATS: Statistics about packets that have passed through the
 * datapath.  Always present in notifications.
 * @OVS_DP_ATTR_MEGAFLOW_STATS: Statistics about mega flow masks usage for the
 * datapath. Always present in notifications.
 * @OVS_DP_ATTR_IFINDEX: Interface index for a new datapath netdev. Only
 * valid for %OVS_DP_CMD_NEW requests.
 *
 * These attributes follow the &struct ovs_header within the Generic Netlink
 * payload for %OVS_DP_* commands.
 */
enum ovs_datapath_attr {
	OVS_DP_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	OVS_DP_ATTR_NAME,		/* name of dp_ifindex netdev */
	OVS_DP_ATTR_UPCALL_PID,		/* Netlink PID to receive upcalls */
	OVS_DP_ATTR_STATS,		/* struct ovs_dp_stats */
	OVS_DP_ATTR_MEGAFLOW_STATS,	/* struct ovs_dp_megaflow_stats */
	OVS_DP_ATTR_USER_FEATURES,	/* OVS_DP_F_*  */
	OVS_DP_ATTR_PAD,
	OVS_DP_ATTR_MASKS_CACHE_SIZE,
	OVS_DP_ATTR_PER_CPU_PIDS,   /* Netlink PIDS to receive upcalls in
				     * per-cpu dispatch mode
				     */
	OVS_DP_ATTR_IFINDEX,
	__OVS_DP_ATTR_MAX
};

#define OVS_DP_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_DP_ATTR_MAX - 1)

struct ovs_dp_stats {
	__u64 n_hit;             /* Number of flow table matches. */
	__u64 n_missed;          /* Number of flow table misses. */
	__u64 n_lost;            /* Number of misses not sent to userspace. */
	__u64 n_flows;           /* Number of flows present */
};

struct ovs_dp_megaflow_stats {
	__u64 n_mask_hit;	 /* Number of masks used for flow lookups. */
	__u32 n_masks;		 /* Number of masks for the datapath. */
	__u32 pad0;		 /* Pad for future expension. */
	__u64 n_cache_hit;       /* Number of cache matches for flow lookups. */
	__u64 pad1;		 /* Pad for future expension. */
};

struct ovs_vport_stats {
	__u64   rx_packets;		/* total packets received       */
	__u64   tx_packets;		/* total packets transmitted    */
	__u64   rx_bytes;		/* total bytes received         */
	__u64   tx_bytes;		/* total bytes transmitted      */
	__u64   rx_errors;		/* bad packets received         */
	__u64   tx_errors;		/* packet transmit problems     */
	__u64   rx_dropped;		/* no space in linux buffers    */
	__u64   tx_dropped;		/* no space available in linux  */
};

/* Allow last Netlink attribute to be unaligned */
#define OVS_DP_F_UNALIGNED	(1 << 0)

/* Allow datapath to associate multiple Netlink PIDs to each vport */
#define OVS_DP_F_VPORT_PIDS	(1 << 1)

/* Allow tc offload recirc sharing */
#define OVS_DP_F_TC_RECIRC_SHARING	(1 << 2)

/* Allow per-cpu dispatch of upcalls */
#define OVS_DP_F_DISPATCH_UPCALL_PER_CPU	(1 << 3)

/* Fixed logical ports. */
#define OVSP_LOCAL      ((__u32)0)

/* Packet transfer. */

#define OVS_PACKET_FAMILY "ovs_packet"
#define OVS_PACKET_VERSION 0x1

enum ovs_packet_cmd {
	OVS_PACKET_CMD_UNSPEC,

	/* Kernel-to-user notifications. */
	OVS_PACKET_CMD_MISS,    /* Flow table miss. */
	OVS_PACKET_CMD_ACTION,  /* OVS_ACTION_ATTR_USERSPACE action. */

	/* Userspace commands. */
	OVS_PACKET_CMD_EXECUTE  /* Apply actions to a packet. */
};

/**
 * enum ovs_packet_attr - attributes for %OVS_PACKET_* commands.
 * @OVS_PACKET_ATTR_PACKET: Present for all notifications.  Contains the entire
 * packet as received, from the start of the Ethernet header onward.  For
 * %OVS_PACKET_CMD_ACTION, %OVS_PACKET_ATTR_PACKET reflects changes made by
 * actions preceding %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_USERSPACE, but %OVS_PACKET_ATTR_KEY is
 * the flow key extracted from the packet as originally received.
 * @OVS_PACKET_ATTR_KEY: Present for all notifications.  Contains the flow key
 * extracted from the packet as nested %OVS_KEY_ATTR_* attributes.  This allows
 * userspace to adapt its flow setup strategy by comparing its notion of the
 * flow key against the kernel's.
 * @OVS_PACKET_ATTR_ACTIONS: Contains actions for the packet.  Used
 * for %OVS_PACKET_CMD_EXECUTE.  It has nested %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_* attributes.
 * Also used in upcall when %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_USERSPACE has optional
 * %OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_ACTIONS attribute.
 * @OVS_PACKET_ATTR_USERDATA: Present for an %OVS_PACKET_CMD_ACTION
 * notification if the %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_USERSPACE action specified an
 * %OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_USERDATA attribute, with the same length and content
 * specified there.
 * @OVS_PACKET_ATTR_EGRESS_TUN_KEY: Present for an %OVS_PACKET_CMD_ACTION
 * notification if the %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_USERSPACE action specified an
 * %OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_EGRESS_TUN_PORT attribute, which is sent only if the
 * output port is actually a tunnel port. Contains the output tunnel key
 * extracted from the packet as nested %OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_* attributes.
 * @OVS_PACKET_ATTR_MRU: Present for an %OVS_PACKET_CMD_ACTION and
 * @OVS_PACKET_ATTR_LEN: Packet size before truncation.
 * %OVS_PACKET_ATTR_USERSPACE action specify the Maximum received fragment
 * size.
 * @OVS_PACKET_ATTR_HASH: Packet hash info (e.g. hash, sw_hash and l4_hash in skb).
 *
 * These attributes follow the &struct ovs_header within the Generic Netlink
 * payload for %OVS_PACKET_* commands.
 */
enum ovs_packet_attr {
	OVS_PACKET_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	OVS_PACKET_ATTR_PACKET,      /* Packet data. */
	OVS_PACKET_ATTR_KEY,         /* Nested OVS_KEY_ATTR_* attributes. */
	OVS_PACKET_ATTR_ACTIONS,     /* Nested OVS_ACTION_ATTR_* attributes. */
	OVS_PACKET_ATTR_USERDATA,    /* OVS_ACTION_ATTR_USERSPACE arg. */
	OVS_PACKET_ATTR_EGRESS_TUN_KEY,  /* Nested OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_*
					    attributes. */
	OVS_PACKET_ATTR_UNUSED1,
	OVS_PACKET_ATTR_UNUSED2,
	OVS_PACKET_ATTR_PROBE,      /* Packet operation is a feature probe,
				       error logging should be suppressed. */
	OVS_PACKET_ATTR_MRU,	    /* Maximum received IP fragment size. */
	OVS_PACKET_ATTR_LEN,	    /* Packet size before truncation. */
	OVS_PACKET_ATTR_HASH,	    /* Packet hash. */
	__OVS_PACKET_ATTR_MAX
};

#define OVS_PACKET_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_PACKET_ATTR_MAX - 1)

/* Virtual ports. */

#define OVS_VPORT_FAMILY  "ovs_vport"
#define OVS_VPORT_MCGROUP "ovs_vport"
#define OVS_VPORT_VERSION 0x1

enum ovs_vport_cmd {
	OVS_VPORT_CMD_UNSPEC,
	OVS_VPORT_CMD_NEW,
	OVS_VPORT_CMD_DEL,
	OVS_VPORT_CMD_GET,
	OVS_VPORT_CMD_SET
};

enum ovs_vport_type {
	OVS_VPORT_TYPE_UNSPEC,
	OVS_VPORT_TYPE_NETDEV,   /* network device */
	OVS_VPORT_TYPE_INTERNAL, /* network device implemented by datapath */
	OVS_VPORT_TYPE_GRE,      /* GRE tunnel. */
	OVS_VPORT_TYPE_VXLAN,	 /* VXLAN tunnel. */
	OVS_VPORT_TYPE_GENEVE,	 /* Geneve tunnel. */
	__OVS_VPORT_TYPE_MAX
};

#define OVS_VPORT_TYPE_MAX (__OVS_VPORT_TYPE_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum ovs_vport_attr - attributes for %OVS_VPORT_* commands.
 * @OVS_VPORT_ATTR_PORT_NO: 32-bit port number within datapath.
 * @OVS_VPORT_ATTR_TYPE: 32-bit %OVS_VPORT_TYPE_* constant describing the type
 * of vport.
 * @OVS_VPORT_ATTR_NAME: Name of vport.  For a vport based on a network device
 * this is the name of the network device.  Maximum length %IFNAMSIZ-1 bytes
 * plus a null terminator.
 * @OVS_VPORT_ATTR_OPTIONS: Vport-specific configuration information.
 * @OVS_VPORT_ATTR_UPCALL_PID: The array of Netlink socket pids in userspace
 * among which OVS_PACKET_CMD_MISS upcalls will be distributed for packets
 * received on this port.  If this is a single-element array of value 0,
 * upcalls should not be sent.
 * @OVS_VPORT_ATTR_STATS: A &struct ovs_vport_stats giving statistics for
 * packets sent or received through the vport.
 *
 * These attributes follow the &struct ovs_header within the Generic Netlink
 * payload for %OVS_VPORT_* commands.
 *
 * For %OVS_VPORT_CMD_NEW requests, the %OVS_VPORT_ATTR_TYPE and
 * %OVS_VPORT_ATTR_NAME attributes are required.  %OVS_VPORT_ATTR_PORT_NO is
 * optional; if not specified a free port number is automatically selected.
 * Whether %OVS_VPORT_ATTR_OPTIONS is required or optional depends on the type
 * of vport.
 *
 * For other requests, if %OVS_VPORT_ATTR_NAME is specified then it is used to
 * look up the vport to operate on; otherwise dp_idx from the &struct
 * ovs_header plus %OVS_VPORT_ATTR_PORT_NO determine the vport.
 */
enum ovs_vport_attr {
	OVS_VPORT_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	OVS_VPORT_ATTR_PORT_NO,	/* u32 port number within datapath */
	OVS_VPORT_ATTR_TYPE,	/* u32 OVS_VPORT_TYPE_* constant. */
	OVS_VPORT_ATTR_NAME,	/* string name, up to IFNAMSIZ bytes long */
	OVS_VPORT_ATTR_OPTIONS, /* nested attributes, varies by vport type */
	OVS_VPORT_ATTR_UPCALL_PID, /* array of u32 Netlink socket PIDs for */
				/* receiving upcalls */
	OVS_VPORT_ATTR_STATS,	/* struct ovs_vport_stats */
	OVS_VPORT_ATTR_PAD,
	OVS_VPORT_ATTR_IFINDEX,
	OVS_VPORT_ATTR_NETNSID,
	OVS_VPORT_ATTR_UPCALL_STATS,
	__OVS_VPORT_ATTR_MAX
};

#define OVS_VPORT_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_VPORT_ATTR_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum ovs_vport_upcall_attr - attributes for %OVS_VPORT_UPCALL* commands
 * @OVS_VPORT_UPCALL_SUCCESS: 64-bit upcall success packets.
 * @OVS_VPORT_UPCALL_FAIL: 64-bit upcall fail packets.
 */
enum ovs_vport_upcall_attr {
	OVS_VPORT_UPCALL_ATTR_SUCCESS,
	OVS_VPORT_UPCALL_ATTR_FAIL,
	__OVS_VPORT_UPCALL_ATTR_MAX
};

#define OVS_VPORT_UPCALL_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_VPORT_UPCALL_ATTR_MAX - 1)

enum {
	OVS_VXLAN_EXT_UNSPEC,
	OVS_VXLAN_EXT_GBP,	/* Flag or __u32 */
	__OVS_VXLAN_EXT_MAX,
};

#define OVS_VXLAN_EXT_MAX (__OVS_VXLAN_EXT_MAX - 1)


/* OVS_VPORT_ATTR_OPTIONS attributes for tunnels.
 */
enum {
	OVS_TUNNEL_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	OVS_TUNNEL_ATTR_DST_PORT, /* 16-bit UDP port, used by L4 tunnels. */
	OVS_TUNNEL_ATTR_EXTENSION,
	__OVS_TUNNEL_ATTR_MAX
};

#define OVS_TUNNEL_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_TUNNEL_ATTR_MAX - 1)

/* Flows. */

#define OVS_FLOW_FAMILY  "ovs_flow"
#define OVS_FLOW_MCGROUP "ovs_flow"
#define OVS_FLOW_VERSION 0x1

enum ovs_flow_cmd {
	OVS_FLOW_CMD_UNSPEC,
	OVS_FLOW_CMD_NEW,
	OVS_FLOW_CMD_DEL,
	OVS_FLOW_CMD_GET,
	OVS_FLOW_CMD_SET
};

struct ovs_flow_stats {
	__u64 n_packets;         /* Number of matched packets. */
	__u64 n_bytes;           /* Number of matched bytes. */
};

enum ovs_key_attr {
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_ENCAP,	/* Nested set of encapsulated attributes. */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_PRIORITY,  /* u32 skb->priority */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_IN_PORT,   /* u32 OVS dp port number */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_ETHERNET,  /* struct ovs_key_ethernet */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_VLAN,	/* be16 VLAN TCI */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_ETHERTYPE,	/* be16 Ethernet type */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_IPV4,      /* struct ovs_key_ipv4 */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_IPV6,      /* struct ovs_key_ipv6 */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_TCP,       /* struct ovs_key_tcp */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_UDP,       /* struct ovs_key_udp */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_ICMP,      /* struct ovs_key_icmp */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_ICMPV6,    /* struct ovs_key_icmpv6 */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_ARP,       /* struct ovs_key_arp */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_ND,        /* struct ovs_key_nd */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_SKB_MARK,  /* u32 skb mark */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_TUNNEL,    /* Nested set of ovs_tunnel attributes */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_SCTP,      /* struct ovs_key_sctp */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_TCP_FLAGS,	/* be16 TCP flags. */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_DP_HASH,      /* u32 hash value. Value 0 indicates the hash
				   is not computed by the datapath. */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_RECIRC_ID, /* u32 recirc id */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_MPLS,      /* array of struct ovs_key_mpls.
				 * The implementation may restrict
				 * the accepted length of the array. */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_CT_STATE,	/* u32 bitmask of OVS_CS_F_* */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_CT_ZONE,	/* u16 connection tracking zone. */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_CT_MARK,	/* u32 connection tracking mark */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_CT_LABELS,	/* 16-octet connection tracking label */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_CT_ORIG_TUPLE_IPV4,   /* struct ovs_key_ct_tuple_ipv4 */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_CT_ORIG_TUPLE_IPV6,   /* struct ovs_key_ct_tuple_ipv6 */
	OVS_KEY_ATTR_NSH,       /* Nested set of ovs_nsh_key_* */

	__OVS_KEY_ATTR_MAX
};

#define OVS_KEY_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_KEY_ATTR_MAX - 1)

enum ovs_tunnel_key_attr {
	/* OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_NONE, standard nl API requires this attribute! */
	OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_ID,                 /* be64 Tunnel ID */
	OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_IPV4_SRC,           /* be32 src IP address. */
	OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_IPV4_DST,           /* be32 dst IP address. */
	OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_TOS,                /* u8 Tunnel IP ToS. */
	OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_TTL,                /* u8 Tunnel IP TTL. */
	OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_DONT_FRAGMENT,      /* No argument, set DF. */
	OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_CSUM,               /* No argument. CSUM packet. */
	OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_OAM,                /* No argument. OAM frame.  */
	OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_GENEVE_OPTS,        /* Array of Geneve options. */
	OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_TP_SRC,		/* be16 src Transport Port. */
	OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_TP_DST,		/* be16 dst Transport Port. */
	OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_VXLAN_OPTS,		/* Nested OVS_VXLAN_EXT_* */
	OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_IPV6_SRC,		/* struct in6_addr src IPv6 address. */
	OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_IPV6_DST,		/* struct in6_addr dst IPv6 address. */
	OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_PAD,
	OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_ERSPAN_OPTS,	/* struct erspan_metadata */
	OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_IPV4_INFO_BRIDGE,	/* No argument. IPV4_INFO_BRIDGE mode.*/
	__OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_MAX
};

#define OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum ovs_frag_type - IPv4 and IPv6 fragment type
 * @OVS_FRAG_TYPE_NONE: Packet is not a fragment.
 * @OVS_FRAG_TYPE_FIRST: Packet is a fragment with offset 0.
 * @OVS_FRAG_TYPE_LATER: Packet is a fragment with nonzero offset.
 *
 * Used as the @ipv4_frag in &struct ovs_key_ipv4 and as @ipv6_frag &struct
 * ovs_key_ipv6.
 */
enum ovs_frag_type {
	OVS_FRAG_TYPE_NONE,
	OVS_FRAG_TYPE_FIRST,
	OVS_FRAG_TYPE_LATER,
	__OVS_FRAG_TYPE_MAX
};

#define OVS_FRAG_TYPE_MAX (__OVS_FRAG_TYPE_MAX - 1)

struct ovs_key_ethernet {
	__u8	 eth_src[ETH_ALEN];
	__u8	 eth_dst[ETH_ALEN];
};

struct ovs_key_mpls {
	__be32 mpls_lse;
};

struct ovs_key_ipv4 {
	__be32 ipv4_src;
	__be32 ipv4_dst;
	__u8   ipv4_proto;
	__u8   ipv4_tos;
	__u8   ipv4_ttl;
	__u8   ipv4_frag;	/* One of OVS_FRAG_TYPE_*. */
};

struct ovs_key_ipv6 {
	__be32 ipv6_src[4];
	__be32 ipv6_dst[4];
	__be32 ipv6_label;	/* 20-bits in least-significant bits. */
	__u8   ipv6_proto;
	__u8   ipv6_tclass;
	__u8   ipv6_hlimit;
	__u8   ipv6_frag;	/* One of OVS_FRAG_TYPE_*. */
};

struct ovs_key_tcp {
	__be16 tcp_src;
	__be16 tcp_dst;
};

struct ovs_key_udp {
	__be16 udp_src;
	__be16 udp_dst;
};

struct ovs_key_sctp {
	__be16 sctp_src;
	__be16 sctp_dst;
};

struct ovs_key_icmp {
	__u8 icmp_type;
	__u8 icmp_code;
};

struct ovs_key_icmpv6 {
	__u8 icmpv6_type;
	__u8 icmpv6_code;
};

struct ovs_key_arp {
	__be32 arp_sip;
	__be32 arp_tip;
	__be16 arp_op;
	__u8   arp_sha[ETH_ALEN];
	__u8   arp_tha[ETH_ALEN];
};

struct ovs_key_nd {
	__be32	nd_target[4];
	__u8	nd_sll[ETH_ALEN];
	__u8	nd_tll[ETH_ALEN];
};

#define OVS_CT_LABELS_LEN_32	4
#define OVS_CT_LABELS_LEN	(OVS_CT_LABELS_LEN_32 * sizeof(__u32))
struct ovs_key_ct_labels {
	union {
		__u8	ct_labels[OVS_CT_LABELS_LEN];
		__u32	ct_labels_32[OVS_CT_LABELS_LEN_32];
	};
};

/* OVS_KEY_ATTR_CT_STATE flags */
#define OVS_CS_F_NEW               0x01 /* Beginning of a new connection. */
#define OVS_CS_F_ESTABLISHED       0x02 /* Part of an existing connection. */
#define OVS_CS_F_RELATED           0x04 /* Related to an established
					 * connection. */
#define OVS_CS_F_REPLY_DIR         0x08 /* Flow is in the reply direction. */
#define OVS_CS_F_INVALID           0x10 /* Could not track connection. */
#define OVS_CS_F_TRACKED           0x20 /* Conntrack has occurred. */
#define OVS_CS_F_SRC_NAT           0x40 /* Packet's source address/port was
					 * mangled by NAT.
					 */
#define OVS_CS_F_DST_NAT           0x80 /* Packet's destination address/port
					 * was mangled by NAT.
					 */

#define OVS_CS_F_NAT_MASK (OVS_CS_F_SRC_NAT | OVS_CS_F_DST_NAT)

struct ovs_key_ct_tuple_ipv4 {
	__be32 ipv4_src;
	__be32 ipv4_dst;
	__be16 src_port;
	__be16 dst_port;
	__u8   ipv4_proto;
};

struct ovs_key_ct_tuple_ipv6 {
	__be32 ipv6_src[4];
	__be32 ipv6_dst[4];
	__be16 src_port;
	__be16 dst_port;
	__u8   ipv6_proto;
};

enum ovs_nsh_key_attr {
	OVS_NSH_KEY_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	OVS_NSH_KEY_ATTR_BASE,  /* struct ovs_nsh_key_base. */
	OVS_NSH_KEY_ATTR_MD1,   /* struct ovs_nsh_key_md1. */
	OVS_NSH_KEY_ATTR_MD2,   /* variable-length octets for MD type 2. */
	__OVS_NSH_KEY_ATTR_MAX
};

#define OVS_NSH_KEY_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_NSH_KEY_ATTR_MAX - 1)

struct ovs_nsh_key_base {
	__u8 flags;
	__u8 ttl;
	__u8 mdtype;
	__u8 np;
	__be32 path_hdr;
};

#define NSH_MD1_CONTEXT_SIZE 4

struct ovs_nsh_key_md1 {
	__be32 context[NSH_MD1_CONTEXT_SIZE];
};

/**
 * enum ovs_flow_attr - attributes for %OVS_FLOW_* commands.
 * @OVS_FLOW_ATTR_KEY: Nested %OVS_KEY_ATTR_* attributes specifying the flow
 * key.  Always present in notifications.  Required for all requests (except
 * dumps).
 * @OVS_FLOW_ATTR_ACTIONS: Nested %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_* attributes specifying
 * the actions to take for packets that match the key.  Always present in
 * notifications.  Required for %OVS_FLOW_CMD_NEW requests, optional for
 * %OVS_FLOW_CMD_SET requests.  An %OVS_FLOW_CMD_SET without
 * %OVS_FLOW_ATTR_ACTIONS will not modify the actions.  To clear the actions,
 * an %OVS_FLOW_ATTR_ACTIONS without any nested attributes must be given.
 * @OVS_FLOW_ATTR_STATS: &struct ovs_flow_stats giving statistics for this
 * flow.  Present in notifications if the stats would be nonzero.  Ignored in
 * requests.
 * @OVS_FLOW_ATTR_TCP_FLAGS: An 8-bit value giving the OR'd value of all of the
 * TCP flags seen on packets in this flow.  Only present in notifications for
 * TCP flows, and only if it would be nonzero.  Ignored in requests.
 * @OVS_FLOW_ATTR_USED: A 64-bit integer giving the time, in milliseconds on
 * the system monotonic clock, at which a packet was last processed for this
 * flow.  Only present in notifications if a packet has been processed for this
 * flow.  Ignored in requests.
 * @OVS_FLOW_ATTR_CLEAR: If present in a %OVS_FLOW_CMD_SET request, clears the
 * last-used time, accumulated TCP flags, and statistics for this flow.
 * Otherwise ignored in requests.  Never present in notifications.
 * @OVS_FLOW_ATTR_MASK: Nested %OVS_KEY_ATTR_* attributes specifying the
 * mask bits for wildcarded flow match. Mask bit value '1' specifies exact
 * match with corresponding flow key bit, while mask bit value '0' specifies
 * a wildcarded match. Omitting attribute is treated as wildcarding all
 * corresponding fields. Optional for all requests. If not present,
 * all flow key bits are exact match bits.
 * @OVS_FLOW_ATTR_UFID: A value between 1-16 octets specifying a unique
 * identifier for the flow. Causes the flow to be indexed by this value rather
 * than the value of the %OVS_FLOW_ATTR_KEY attribute. Optional for all
 * requests. Present in notifications if the flow was created with this
 * attribute.
 * @OVS_FLOW_ATTR_UFID_FLAGS: A 32-bit value of OR'd %OVS_UFID_F_*
 * flags that provide alternative semantics for flow installation and
 * retrieval. Optional for all requests.
 *
 * These attributes follow the &struct ovs_header within the Generic Netlink
 * payload for %OVS_FLOW_* commands.
 */
enum ovs_flow_attr {
	OVS_FLOW_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	OVS_FLOW_ATTR_KEY,       /* Sequence of OVS_KEY_ATTR_* attributes. */
	OVS_FLOW_ATTR_ACTIONS,   /* Nested OVS_ACTION_ATTR_* attributes. */
	OVS_FLOW_ATTR_STATS,     /* struct ovs_flow_stats. */
	OVS_FLOW_ATTR_TCP_FLAGS, /* 8-bit OR'd TCP flags. */
	OVS_FLOW_ATTR_USED,      /* u64 msecs last used in monotonic time. */
	OVS_FLOW_ATTR_CLEAR,     /* Flag to clear stats, tcp_flags, used. */
	OVS_FLOW_ATTR_MASK,      /* Sequence of OVS_KEY_ATTR_* attributes. */
	OVS_FLOW_ATTR_PROBE,     /* Flow operation is a feature probe, error
				  * logging should be suppressed. */
	OVS_FLOW_ATTR_UFID,      /* Variable length unique flow identifier. */
	OVS_FLOW_ATTR_UFID_FLAGS,/* u32 of OVS_UFID_F_*. */
	OVS_FLOW_ATTR_PAD,
	__OVS_FLOW_ATTR_MAX
};

#define OVS_FLOW_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_FLOW_ATTR_MAX - 1)

/**
 * Omit attributes for notifications.
 *
 * If a datapath request contains an %OVS_UFID_F_OMIT_* flag, then the datapath
 * may omit the corresponding %OVS_FLOW_ATTR_* from the response.
 */
#define OVS_UFID_F_OMIT_KEY      (1 << 0)
#define OVS_UFID_F_OMIT_MASK     (1 << 1)
#define OVS_UFID_F_OMIT_ACTIONS  (1 << 2)

/**
 * enum ovs_sample_attr - Attributes for %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_SAMPLE action.
 * @OVS_SAMPLE_ATTR_PROBABILITY: 32-bit fraction of packets to sample with
 * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_SAMPLE.  A value of 0 samples no packets, a value of
 * %UINT32_MAX samples all packets and intermediate values sample intermediate
 * fractions of packets.
 * @OVS_SAMPLE_ATTR_ACTIONS: Set of actions to execute in sampling event.
 * Actions are passed as nested attributes.
 *
 * Executes the specified actions with the given probability on a per-packet
 * basis.
 */
enum ovs_sample_attr {
	OVS_SAMPLE_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	OVS_SAMPLE_ATTR_PROBABILITY, /* u32 number */
	OVS_SAMPLE_ATTR_ACTIONS,     /* Nested OVS_ACTION_ATTR_* attributes. */
	__OVS_SAMPLE_ATTR_MAX,

};

#define OVS_SAMPLE_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_SAMPLE_ATTR_MAX - 1)


/**
 * enum ovs_userspace_attr - Attributes for %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_USERSPACE action.
 * @OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_PID: u32 Netlink PID to which the %OVS_PACKET_CMD_ACTION
 * message should be sent.  Required.
 * @OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_USERDATA: If present, its variable-length argument is
 * copied to the %OVS_PACKET_CMD_ACTION message as %OVS_PACKET_ATTR_USERDATA.
 * @OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_EGRESS_TUN_PORT: If present, u32 output port to get
 * tunnel info.
 * @OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_ACTIONS: If present, send actions with upcall.
 */
enum ovs_userspace_attr {
	OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_PID,	      /* u32 Netlink PID to receive upcalls. */
	OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_USERDATA,  /* Optional user-specified cookie. */
	OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_EGRESS_TUN_PORT,  /* Optional, u32 output port
					      * to get tunnel info. */
	OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_ACTIONS,   /* Optional flag to get actions. */
	__OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_MAX
};

#define OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_MAX - 1)

struct ovs_action_trunc {
	__u32 max_len; /* Max packet size in bytes. */
};

/**
 * struct ovs_action_push_mpls - %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_PUSH_MPLS action argument.
 * @mpls_lse: MPLS label stack entry to push.
 * @mpls_ethertype: Ethertype to set in the encapsulating ethernet frame.
 *
 * The only values @mpls_ethertype should ever be given are %ETH_P_MPLS_UC and
 * %ETH_P_MPLS_MC, indicating MPLS unicast or multicast. Other are rejected.
 */
struct ovs_action_push_mpls {
	__be32 mpls_lse;
	__be16 mpls_ethertype; /* Either %ETH_P_MPLS_UC or %ETH_P_MPLS_MC */
};

/**
 * struct ovs_action_add_mpls - %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_ADD_MPLS action
 * argument.
 * @mpls_lse: MPLS label stack entry to push.
 * @mpls_ethertype: Ethertype to set in the encapsulating ethernet frame.
 * @tun_flags: MPLS tunnel attributes.
 *
 * The only values @mpls_ethertype should ever be given are %ETH_P_MPLS_UC and
 * %ETH_P_MPLS_MC, indicating MPLS unicast or multicast. Other are rejected.
 */
struct ovs_action_add_mpls {
	__be32 mpls_lse;
	__be16 mpls_ethertype; /* Either %ETH_P_MPLS_UC or %ETH_P_MPLS_MC */
	__u16 tun_flags;
};

#define OVS_MPLS_L3_TUNNEL_FLAG_MASK  (1 << 0) /* Flag to specify the place of
						* insertion of MPLS header.
						* When false, the MPLS header
						* will be inserted at the start
						* of the packet.
						* When true, the MPLS header
						* will be inserted at the start
						* of the l3 header.
						*/

/**
 * struct ovs_action_push_vlan - %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_PUSH_VLAN action argument.
 * @vlan_tpid: Tag protocol identifier (TPID) to push.
 * @vlan_tci: Tag control identifier (TCI) to push.  The CFI bit must be set
 * (but it will not be set in the 802.1Q header that is pushed).
 *
 * The @vlan_tpid value is typically %ETH_P_8021Q or %ETH_P_8021AD.
 * The only acceptable TPID values are those that the kernel module also parses
 * as 802.1Q or 802.1AD headers, to prevent %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_PUSH_VLAN followed
 * by %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_POP_VLAN from having surprising results.
 */
struct ovs_action_push_vlan {
	__be16 vlan_tpid;	/* 802.1Q or 802.1ad TPID. */
	__be16 vlan_tci;	/* 802.1Q TCI (VLAN ID and priority). */
};

/* Data path hash algorithm for computing Datapath hash.
 *
 * The algorithm type only specifies the fields in a flow
 * will be used as part of the hash. Each datapath is free
 * to use its own hash algorithm. The hash value will be
 * opaque to the user space daemon.
 */
enum ovs_hash_alg {
	OVS_HASH_ALG_L4,
	OVS_HASH_ALG_SYM_L4,
};

/*
 * struct ovs_action_hash - %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_HASH action argument.
 * @hash_alg: Algorithm used to compute hash prior to recirculation.
 * @hash_basis: basis used for computing hash.
 */
struct ovs_action_hash {
	__u32  hash_alg;     /* One of ovs_hash_alg. */
	__u32  hash_basis;
};

/**
 * enum ovs_ct_attr - Attributes for %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_CT action.
 * @OVS_CT_ATTR_COMMIT: If present, commits the connection to the conntrack
 * table. This allows future packets for the same connection to be identified
 * as 'established' or 'related'. The flow key for the current packet will
 * retain the pre-commit connection state.
 * @OVS_CT_ATTR_ZONE: u16 connection tracking zone.
 * @OVS_CT_ATTR_MARK: u32 value followed by u32 mask. For each bit set in the
 * mask, the corresponding bit in the value is copied to the connection
 * tracking mark field in the connection.
 * @OVS_CT_ATTR_LABELS: %OVS_CT_LABELS_LEN value followed by %OVS_CT_LABELS_LEN
 * mask. For each bit set in the mask, the corresponding bit in the value is
 * copied to the connection tracking label field in the connection.
 * @OVS_CT_ATTR_HELPER: variable length string defining conntrack ALG.
 * @OVS_CT_ATTR_NAT: Nested OVS_NAT_ATTR_* for performing L3 network address
 * translation (NAT) on the packet.
 * @OVS_CT_ATTR_FORCE_COMMIT: Like %OVS_CT_ATTR_COMMIT, but instead of doing
 * nothing if the connection is already committed will check that the current
 * packet is in conntrack entry's original direction.  If directionality does
 * not match, will delete the existing conntrack entry and commit a new one.
 * @OVS_CT_ATTR_EVENTMASK: Mask of bits indicating which conntrack event types
 * (enum ip_conntrack_events IPCT_*) should be reported.  For any bit set to
 * zero, the corresponding event type is not generated.  Default behavior
 * depends on system configuration, but typically all event types are
 * generated, hence listening on NFNLGRP_CONNTRACK_UPDATE events may get a lot
 * of events.  Explicitly passing this attribute allows limiting the updates
 * received to the events of interest.  The bit 1 << IPCT_NEW, 1 <<
 * IPCT_RELATED, and 1 << IPCT_DESTROY must be set to ones for those events to
 * be received on NFNLGRP_CONNTRACK_NEW and NFNLGRP_CONNTRACK_DESTROY groups,
 * respectively.  Remaining bits control the changes for which an event is
 * delivered on the NFNLGRP_CONNTRACK_UPDATE group.
 * @OVS_CT_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Variable length string defining conntrack timeout.
 */
enum ovs_ct_attr {
	OVS_CT_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	OVS_CT_ATTR_COMMIT,     /* No argument, commits connection. */
	OVS_CT_ATTR_ZONE,       /* u16 zone id. */
	OVS_CT_ATTR_MARK,       /* mark to associate with this connection. */
	OVS_CT_ATTR_LABELS,     /* labels to associate with this connection. */
	OVS_CT_ATTR_HELPER,     /* netlink helper to assist detection of
				   related connections. */
	OVS_CT_ATTR_NAT,        /* Nested OVS_NAT_ATTR_* */
	OVS_CT_ATTR_FORCE_COMMIT,  /* No argument */
	OVS_CT_ATTR_EVENTMASK,  /* u32 mask of IPCT_* events. */
	OVS_CT_ATTR_TIMEOUT,	/* Associate timeout with this connection for
				 * fine-grain timeout tuning. */
	__OVS_CT_ATTR_MAX
};

#define OVS_CT_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_CT_ATTR_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum ovs_nat_attr - Attributes for %OVS_CT_ATTR_NAT.
 *
 * @OVS_NAT_ATTR_SRC: Flag for Source NAT (mangle source address/port).
 * @OVS_NAT_ATTR_DST: Flag for Destination NAT (mangle destination
 * address/port).  Only one of (@OVS_NAT_ATTR_SRC, @OVS_NAT_ATTR_DST) may be
 * specified.  Effective only for packets for ct_state NEW connections.
 * Packets of committed connections are mangled by the NAT action according to
 * the committed NAT type regardless of the flags specified.  As a corollary, a
 * NAT action without a NAT type flag will only mangle packets of committed
 * connections.  The following NAT attributes only apply for NEW
 * (non-committed) connections, and they may be included only when the CT
 * action has the @OVS_CT_ATTR_COMMIT flag and either @OVS_NAT_ATTR_SRC or
 * @OVS_NAT_ATTR_DST is also included.
 * @OVS_NAT_ATTR_IP_MIN: struct in_addr or struct in6_addr
 * @OVS_NAT_ATTR_IP_MAX: struct in_addr or struct in6_addr
 * @OVS_NAT_ATTR_PROTO_MIN: u16 L4 protocol specific lower boundary (port)
 * @OVS_NAT_ATTR_PROTO_MAX: u16 L4 protocol specific upper boundary (port)
 * @OVS_NAT_ATTR_PERSISTENT: Flag for persistent IP mapping across reboots
 * @OVS_NAT_ATTR_PROTO_HASH: Flag for pseudo random L4 port mapping (MD5)
 * @OVS_NAT_ATTR_PROTO_RANDOM: Flag for fully randomized L4 port mapping
 */
enum ovs_nat_attr {
	OVS_NAT_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	OVS_NAT_ATTR_SRC,
	OVS_NAT_ATTR_DST,
	OVS_NAT_ATTR_IP_MIN,
	OVS_NAT_ATTR_IP_MAX,
	OVS_NAT_ATTR_PROTO_MIN,
	OVS_NAT_ATTR_PROTO_MAX,
	OVS_NAT_ATTR_PERSISTENT,
	OVS_NAT_ATTR_PROTO_HASH,
	OVS_NAT_ATTR_PROTO_RANDOM,
	__OVS_NAT_ATTR_MAX,
};

#define OVS_NAT_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_NAT_ATTR_MAX - 1)

/*
 * struct ovs_action_push_eth - %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_PUSH_ETH action argument.
 * @addresses: Source and destination MAC addresses.
 * @eth_type: Ethernet type
 */
struct ovs_action_push_eth {
	struct ovs_key_ethernet addresses;
};

/*
 * enum ovs_check_pkt_len_attr - Attributes for %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_CHECK_PKT_LEN.
 *
 * @OVS_CHECK_PKT_LEN_ATTR_PKT_LEN: u16 Packet length to check for.
 * @OVS_CHECK_PKT_LEN_ATTR_ACTIONS_IF_GREATER: Nested OVS_ACTION_ATTR_*
 * actions to apply if the packer length is greater than the specified
 * length in the attr - OVS_CHECK_PKT_LEN_ATTR_PKT_LEN.
 * @OVS_CHECK_PKT_LEN_ATTR_ACTIONS_IF_LESS_EQUAL - Nested OVS_ACTION_ATTR_*
 * actions to apply if the packer length is lesser or equal to the specified
 * length in the attr - OVS_CHECK_PKT_LEN_ATTR_PKT_LEN.
 */
enum ovs_check_pkt_len_attr {
	OVS_CHECK_PKT_LEN_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	OVS_CHECK_PKT_LEN_ATTR_PKT_LEN,
	OVS_CHECK_PKT_LEN_ATTR_ACTIONS_IF_GREATER,
	OVS_CHECK_PKT_LEN_ATTR_ACTIONS_IF_LESS_EQUAL,
	__OVS_CHECK_PKT_LEN_ATTR_MAX,

};

#define OVS_CHECK_PKT_LEN_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_CHECK_PKT_LEN_ATTR_MAX - 1)


/**
 * enum ovs_action_attr - Action types.
 *
 * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_OUTPUT: Output packet to port.
 * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_TRUNC: Output packet to port with truncated packet size.
 * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_USERSPACE: Send packet to userspace according to nested
 * %OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_* attributes.
 * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_SET: Replaces the contents of an existing header.  The
 * single nested %OVS_KEY_ATTR_* attribute specifies a header to modify and its
 * value.
 * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_SET_MASKED: Replaces the contents of an existing header.  A
 * nested %OVS_KEY_ATTR_* attribute specifies a header to modify, its value,
 * and a mask.  For every bit set in the mask, the corresponding bit value
 * is copied from the value to the packet header field, rest of the bits are
 * left unchanged.  The non-masked value bits must be passed in as zeroes.
 * Masking is not supported for the %OVS_KEY_ATTR_TUNNEL attribute.
 * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_PUSH_VLAN: Push a new outermost 802.1Q or 802.1ad header
 * onto the packet.
 * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_POP_VLAN: Pop the outermost 802.1Q or 802.1ad header
 * from the packet.
 * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_SAMPLE: Probabilitically executes actions, as specified in
 * the nested %OVS_SAMPLE_ATTR_* attributes.
 * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_PUSH_MPLS: Push a new MPLS label stack entry onto the
 * top of the packets MPLS label stack.  Set the ethertype of the
 * encapsulating frame to either %ETH_P_MPLS_UC or %ETH_P_MPLS_MC to
 * indicate the new packet contents.
 * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_POP_MPLS: Pop an MPLS label stack entry off of the
 * packet's MPLS label stack.  Set the encapsulating frame's ethertype to
 * indicate the new packet contents. This could potentially still be
 * %ETH_P_MPLS if the resulting MPLS label stack is not empty.  If there
 * is no MPLS label stack, as determined by ethertype, no action is taken.
 * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_CT: Track the connection. Populate the conntrack-related
 * entries in the flow key.
 * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_PUSH_ETH: Push a new outermost Ethernet header onto the
 * packet.
 * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_POP_ETH: Pop the outermost Ethernet header off the
 * packet.
 * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_CT_CLEAR: Clear conntrack state from the packet.
 * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_PUSH_NSH: push NSH header to the packet.
 * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_POP_NSH: pop the outermost NSH header off the packet.
 * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_METER: Run packet through a meter, which may drop the
 * packet, or modify the packet (e.g., change the DSCP field).
 * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_CLONE: make a copy of the packet and execute a list of
 * actions without affecting the original packet and key.
 * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_CHECK_PKT_LEN: Check the packet length and execute a set
 * of actions if greater than the specified packet length, else execute
 * another set of actions.
 * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_ADD_MPLS: Push a new MPLS label stack entry at the
 * start of the packet or at the start of the l3 header depending on the value
 * of l3 tunnel flag in the tun_flags field of OVS_ACTION_ATTR_ADD_MPLS
 * argument.
 *
 * Only a single header can be set with a single %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_SET.  Not all
 * fields within a header are modifiable, e.g. the IPv4 protocol and fragment
 * type may not be changed.
 *
 * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_SET_TO_MASKED: Kernel internal masked set action translated
 * from the @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_SET.
 */

enum ovs_action_attr {
	OVS_ACTION_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	OVS_ACTION_ATTR_OUTPUT,	      /* u32 port number. */
	OVS_ACTION_ATTR_USERSPACE,    /* Nested OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_*. */
	OVS_ACTION_ATTR_SET,          /* One nested OVS_KEY_ATTR_*. */
	OVS_ACTION_ATTR_PUSH_VLAN,    /* struct ovs_action_push_vlan. */
	OVS_ACTION_ATTR_POP_VLAN,     /* No argument. */
	OVS_ACTION_ATTR_SAMPLE,       /* Nested OVS_SAMPLE_ATTR_*. */
	OVS_ACTION_ATTR_RECIRC,       /* u32 recirc_id. */
	OVS_ACTION_ATTR_HASH,	      /* struct ovs_action_hash. */
	OVS_ACTION_ATTR_PUSH_MPLS,    /* struct ovs_action_push_mpls. */
	OVS_ACTION_ATTR_POP_MPLS,     /* __be16 ethertype. */
	OVS_ACTION_ATTR_SET_MASKED,   /* One nested OVS_KEY_ATTR_* including
				       * data immediately followed by a mask.
				       * The data must be zero for the unmasked
				       * bits. */
	OVS_ACTION_ATTR_CT,           /* Nested OVS_CT_ATTR_* . */
	OVS_ACTION_ATTR_TRUNC,        /* u32 struct ovs_action_trunc. */
	OVS_ACTION_ATTR_PUSH_ETH,     /* struct ovs_action_push_eth. */
	OVS_ACTION_ATTR_POP_ETH,      /* No argument. */
	OVS_ACTION_ATTR_CT_CLEAR,     /* No argument. */
	OVS_ACTION_ATTR_PUSH_NSH,     /* Nested OVS_NSH_KEY_ATTR_*. */
	OVS_ACTION_ATTR_POP_NSH,      /* No argument. */
	OVS_ACTION_ATTR_METER,        /* u32 meter ID. */
	OVS_ACTION_ATTR_CLONE,        /* Nested OVS_CLONE_ATTR_*.  */
	OVS_ACTION_ATTR_CHECK_PKT_LEN, /* Nested OVS_CHECK_PKT_LEN_ATTR_*. */
	OVS_ACTION_ATTR_ADD_MPLS,     /* struct ovs_action_add_mpls. */
	OVS_ACTION_ATTR_DEC_TTL,      /* Nested OVS_DEC_TTL_ATTR_*. */

	__OVS_ACTION_ATTR_MAX,	      /* Nothing past this will be accepted
				       * from userspace. */

};

#define OVS_ACTION_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_ACTION_ATTR_MAX - 1)

/* Meters. */
#define OVS_METER_FAMILY  "ovs_meter"
#define OVS_METER_MCGROUP "ovs_meter"
#define OVS_METER_VERSION 0x1

enum ovs_meter_cmd {
	OVS_METER_CMD_UNSPEC,
	OVS_METER_CMD_FEATURES,	/* Get features supported by the datapath. */
	OVS_METER_CMD_SET,	/* Add or modify a meter. */
	OVS_METER_CMD_DEL,	/* Delete a meter. */
	OVS_METER_CMD_GET	/* Get meter stats. */
};

enum ovs_meter_attr {
	OVS_METER_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	OVS_METER_ATTR_ID,	/* u32 meter ID within datapath. */
	OVS_METER_ATTR_KBPS,	/* No argument. If set, units in kilobits
				 * per second. Otherwise, units in
				 * packets per second.
				 */
	OVS_METER_ATTR_STATS,	/* struct ovs_flow_stats for the meter. */
	OVS_METER_ATTR_BANDS,	/* Nested attributes for meter bands. */
	OVS_METER_ATTR_USED,	/* u64 msecs last used in monotonic time. */
	OVS_METER_ATTR_CLEAR,	/* Flag to clear stats, used. */
	OVS_METER_ATTR_MAX_METERS, /* u32 number of meters supported. */
	OVS_METER_ATTR_MAX_BANDS,  /* u32 max number of bands per meter. */
	OVS_METER_ATTR_PAD,
	__OVS_METER_ATTR_MAX
};

#define OVS_METER_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_METER_ATTR_MAX - 1)

enum ovs_band_attr {
	OVS_BAND_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	OVS_BAND_ATTR_TYPE,	/* u32 OVS_METER_BAND_TYPE_* constant. */
	OVS_BAND_ATTR_RATE,	/* u32 band rate in meter units (see above). */
	OVS_BAND_ATTR_BURST,	/* u32 burst size in meter units. */
	OVS_BAND_ATTR_STATS,	/* struct ovs_flow_stats for the band. */
	__OVS_BAND_ATTR_MAX
};

#define OVS_BAND_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_BAND_ATTR_MAX - 1)

enum ovs_meter_band_type {
	OVS_METER_BAND_TYPE_UNSPEC,
	OVS_METER_BAND_TYPE_DROP,   /* Drop exceeding packets. */
	__OVS_METER_BAND_TYPE_MAX
};

#define OVS_METER_BAND_TYPE_MAX (__OVS_METER_BAND_TYPE_MAX - 1)

/* Conntrack limit */
#define OVS_CT_LIMIT_FAMILY  "ovs_ct_limit"
#define OVS_CT_LIMIT_MCGROUP "ovs_ct_limit"
#define OVS_CT_LIMIT_VERSION 0x1

enum ovs_ct_limit_cmd {
	OVS_CT_LIMIT_CMD_UNSPEC,
	OVS_CT_LIMIT_CMD_SET,		/* Add or modify ct limit. */
	OVS_CT_LIMIT_CMD_DEL,		/* Delete ct limit. */
	OVS_CT_LIMIT_CMD_GET		/* Get ct limit. */
};

enum ovs_ct_limit_attr {
	OVS_CT_LIMIT_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	OVS_CT_LIMIT_ATTR_ZONE_LIMIT,	/* Nested struct ovs_zone_limit. */
	__OVS_CT_LIMIT_ATTR_MAX
};

#define OVS_CT_LIMIT_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_CT_LIMIT_ATTR_MAX - 1)

#define OVS_ZONE_LIMIT_DEFAULT_ZONE -1

struct ovs_zone_limit {
	int zone_id;
	__u32 limit;
	__u32 count;
};

enum ovs_dec_ttl_attr {
	OVS_DEC_TTL_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	OVS_DEC_TTL_ATTR_ACTION,	/* Nested struct nlattr */
	__OVS_DEC_TTL_ATTR_MAX
};

#define OVS_DEC_TTL_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_DEC_TTL_ATTR_MAX - 1)

#endif /* _LINUX_OPENVSWITCH_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
  File: linux/reiserfs_xattr.h
*/

#ifndef _LINUX_REISERFS_XATTR_H
#define _LINUX_REISERFS_XATTR_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* Magic value in header */
#define REISERFS_XATTR_MAGIC 0x52465841	/* "RFXA" */

struct reiserfs_xattr_header {
	__le32 h_magic;		/* magic number for identification */
	__le32 h_hash;		/* hash of the value */
};

struct reiserfs_security_handle {
	const char *name;
	void *value;
	size_t length;
};

#endif  /*  _LINUX_REISERFS_XATTR_H  */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Vojtech Pavlik
 *
 *  Sponsored by SuSE
 */
/*
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or 
 * (at your option) any later version.
 * 
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 * 
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_JOYSTICK_H
#define _LINUX_JOYSTICK_H



#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/input.h>

/*
 * Version
 */

#define JS_VERSION		0x020100

/*
 * Types and constants for reading from /dev/js
 */

#define JS_EVENT_BUTTON		0x01	/* button pressed/released */
#define JS_EVENT_AXIS		0x02	/* joystick moved */
#define JS_EVENT_INIT		0x80	/* initial state of device */

struct js_event {
	__u32 time;	/* event timestamp in milliseconds */
	__s16 value;	/* value */
	__u8 type;	/* event type */
	__u8 number;	/* axis/button number */
};

/*
 * IOCTL commands for joystick driver
 */

#define JSIOCGVERSION		_IOR('j', 0x01, __u32)				/* get driver version */

#define JSIOCGAXES		_IOR('j', 0x11, __u8)				/* get number of axes */
#define JSIOCGBUTTONS		_IOR('j', 0x12, __u8)				/* get number of buttons */
#define JSIOCGNAME(len)		_IOC(_IOC_READ, 'j', 0x13, len)			/* get identifier string */

#define JSIOCSCORR		_IOW('j', 0x21, struct js_corr)			/* set correction values */
#define JSIOCGCORR		_IOR('j', 0x22, struct js_corr)			/* get correction values */

#define JSIOCSAXMAP		_IOW('j', 0x31, __u8[ABS_CNT])			/* set axis mapping */
#define JSIOCGAXMAP		_IOR('j', 0x32, __u8[ABS_CNT])			/* get axis mapping */
#define JSIOCSBTNMAP		_IOW('j', 0x33, __u16[KEY_MAX - BTN_MISC + 1])	/* set button mapping */
#define JSIOCGBTNMAP		_IOR('j', 0x34, __u16[KEY_MAX - BTN_MISC + 1])	/* get button mapping */

/*
 * Types and constants for get/set correction
 */

#define JS_CORR_NONE		0x00	/* returns raw values */
#define JS_CORR_BROKEN		0x01	/* broken line */

struct js_corr {
	__s32 coef[8];
	__s16 prec;
	__u16 type;
};

/*
 * v0.x compatibility definitions
 */

#define JS_RETURN		sizeof(struct JS_DATA_TYPE)
#define JS_TRUE			1
#define JS_FALSE		0
#define JS_X_0			0x01
#define JS_Y_0			0x02
#define JS_X_1			0x04
#define JS_Y_1			0x08
#define JS_MAX			2

#define JS_DEF_TIMEOUT		0x1300
#define JS_DEF_CORR		0
#define JS_DEF_TIMELIMIT	10L

#define JS_SET_CAL		1
#define JS_GET_CAL		2
#define JS_SET_TIMEOUT		3
#define JS_GET_TIMEOUT		4
#define JS_SET_TIMELIMIT	5
#define JS_GET_TIMELIMIT	6
#define JS_GET_ALL		7
#define JS_SET_ALL		8

struct JS_DATA_TYPE {
	__s32 buttons;
	__s32 x;
	__s32 y;
};

struct JS_DATA_SAVE_TYPE_32 {
	__s32 JS_TIMEOUT;
	__s32 BUSY;
	__s32 JS_EXPIRETIME;
	__s32 JS_TIMELIMIT;
	struct JS_DATA_TYPE JS_SAVE;
	struct JS_DATA_TYPE JS_CORR;
};

struct JS_DATA_SAVE_TYPE_64 {
	__s32 JS_TIMEOUT;
	__s32 BUSY;
	__s64 JS_EXPIRETIME;
	__s64 JS_TIMELIMIT;
	struct JS_DATA_TYPE JS_SAVE;
	struct JS_DATA_TYPE JS_CORR;
};


#endif /* _LINUX_JOYSTICK_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* SCTP kernel implementation
 * (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2004
 * Copyright (c) 1999-2000 Cisco, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 1999-2001 Motorola, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2002 Intel Corp.
 *
 * This file is part of the SCTP kernel implementation
 *
 * This header represents the structures and constants needed to support
 * the SCTP Extension to the Sockets API.
 *
 * This SCTP implementation is free software;
 * you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of
 * the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
 * any later version.
 *
 * This SCTP implementation is distributed in the hope that it
 * will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
 *                 ************************
 * warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 * See the GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING.  If not, see
 * <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 *
 * Please send any bug reports or fixes you make to the
 * email address(es):
 *    lksctp developers <linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org>
 *
 * Or submit a bug report through the following website:
 *    http://www.sf.net/projects/lksctp
 *
 * Written or modified by:
 *    La Monte H.P. Yarroll    <piggy@acm.org>
 *    R. Stewart               <randall@sctp.chicago.il.us>
 *    K. Morneau               <kmorneau@cisco.com>
 *    Q. Xie                   <qxie1@email.mot.com>
 *    Karl Knutson             <karl@athena.chicago.il.us>
 *    Jon Grimm                <jgrimm@us.ibm.com>
 *    Daisy Chang              <daisyc@us.ibm.com>
 *    Ryan Layer               <rmlayer@us.ibm.com>
 *    Ardelle Fan              <ardelle.fan@intel.com>
 *    Sridhar Samudrala        <sri@us.ibm.com>
 *    Inaky Perez-Gonzalez     <inaky.gonzalez@intel.com>
 *    Vlad Yasevich            <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
 *
 * Any bugs reported given to us we will try to fix... any fixes shared will
 * be incorporated into the next SCTP release.
 */

#ifndef _SCTP_H
#define _SCTP_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/socket.h>

typedef __s32 sctp_assoc_t;

#define SCTP_FUTURE_ASSOC	0
#define SCTP_CURRENT_ASSOC	1
#define SCTP_ALL_ASSOC		2

/* The following symbols come from the Sockets API Extensions for
 * SCTP <draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctpsocket-07.txt>.
 */
#define SCTP_RTOINFO	0
#define SCTP_ASSOCINFO  1
#define SCTP_INITMSG	2
#define SCTP_NODELAY	3		/* Get/set nodelay option. */
#define SCTP_AUTOCLOSE	4
#define SCTP_SET_PEER_PRIMARY_ADDR 5
#define SCTP_PRIMARY_ADDR	6
#define SCTP_ADAPTATION_LAYER	7
#define SCTP_DISABLE_FRAGMENTS	8
#define SCTP_PEER_ADDR_PARAMS	9
#define SCTP_DEFAULT_SEND_PARAM	10
#define SCTP_EVENTS	11
#define SCTP_I_WANT_MAPPED_V4_ADDR 12	/* Turn on/off mapped v4 addresses  */
#define SCTP_MAXSEG	13		/* Get/set maximum fragment. */
#define SCTP_STATUS	14
#define SCTP_GET_PEER_ADDR_INFO	15
#define SCTP_DELAYED_ACK_TIME	16
#define SCTP_DELAYED_ACK SCTP_DELAYED_ACK_TIME
#define SCTP_DELAYED_SACK SCTP_DELAYED_ACK_TIME
#define SCTP_CONTEXT	17
#define SCTP_FRAGMENT_INTERLEAVE	18
#define SCTP_PARTIAL_DELIVERY_POINT	19 /* Set/Get partial delivery point */
#define SCTP_MAX_BURST	20		/* Set/Get max burst */
#define SCTP_AUTH_CHUNK	21	/* Set only: add a chunk type to authenticate */
#define SCTP_HMAC_IDENT	22
#define SCTP_AUTH_KEY	23
#define SCTP_AUTH_ACTIVE_KEY	24
#define SCTP_AUTH_DELETE_KEY	25
#define SCTP_PEER_AUTH_CHUNKS	26	/* Read only */
#define SCTP_LOCAL_AUTH_CHUNKS	27	/* Read only */
#define SCTP_GET_ASSOC_NUMBER	28	/* Read only */
#define SCTP_GET_ASSOC_ID_LIST	29	/* Read only */
#define SCTP_AUTO_ASCONF       30
#define SCTP_PEER_ADDR_THLDS	31
#define SCTP_RECVRCVINFO	32
#define SCTP_RECVNXTINFO	33
#define SCTP_DEFAULT_SNDINFO	34
#define SCTP_AUTH_DEACTIVATE_KEY	35
#define SCTP_REUSE_PORT		36
#define SCTP_PEER_ADDR_THLDS_V2	37

/* Internal Socket Options. Some of the sctp library functions are
 * implemented using these socket options.
 */
#define SCTP_SOCKOPT_BINDX_ADD	100	/* BINDX requests for adding addrs */
#define SCTP_SOCKOPT_BINDX_REM	101	/* BINDX requests for removing addrs. */
#define SCTP_SOCKOPT_PEELOFF	102	/* peel off association. */
/* Options 104-106 are deprecated and removed. Do not use this space */
#define SCTP_SOCKOPT_CONNECTX_OLD	107	/* CONNECTX old requests. */
#define SCTP_GET_PEER_ADDRS	108		/* Get all peer address. */
#define SCTP_GET_LOCAL_ADDRS	109		/* Get all local address. */
#define SCTP_SOCKOPT_CONNECTX	110		/* CONNECTX requests. */
#define SCTP_SOCKOPT_CONNECTX3	111	/* CONNECTX requests (updated) */
#define SCTP_GET_ASSOC_STATS	112	/* Read only */
#define SCTP_PR_SUPPORTED	113
#define SCTP_DEFAULT_PRINFO	114
#define SCTP_PR_ASSOC_STATUS	115
#define SCTP_PR_STREAM_STATUS	116
#define SCTP_RECONFIG_SUPPORTED	117
#define SCTP_ENABLE_STREAM_RESET	118
#define SCTP_RESET_STREAMS	119
#define SCTP_RESET_ASSOC	120
#define SCTP_ADD_STREAMS	121
#define SCTP_SOCKOPT_PEELOFF_FLAGS 122
#define SCTP_STREAM_SCHEDULER	123
#define SCTP_STREAM_SCHEDULER_VALUE	124
#define SCTP_INTERLEAVING_SUPPORTED	125
#define SCTP_SENDMSG_CONNECT	126
#define SCTP_EVENT	127
#define SCTP_ASCONF_SUPPORTED	128
#define SCTP_AUTH_SUPPORTED	129
#define SCTP_ECN_SUPPORTED	130
#define SCTP_EXPOSE_POTENTIALLY_FAILED_STATE	131
#define SCTP_EXPOSE_PF_STATE	SCTP_EXPOSE_POTENTIALLY_FAILED_STATE
#define SCTP_REMOTE_UDP_ENCAPS_PORT	132
#define SCTP_PLPMTUD_PROBE_INTERVAL	133

/* PR-SCTP policies */
#define SCTP_PR_SCTP_NONE	0x0000
#define SCTP_PR_SCTP_TTL	0x0010
#define SCTP_PR_SCTP_RTX	0x0020
#define SCTP_PR_SCTP_PRIO	0x0030
#define SCTP_PR_SCTP_MAX	SCTP_PR_SCTP_PRIO
#define SCTP_PR_SCTP_MASK	0x0030

#define __SCTP_PR_INDEX(x)	((x >> 4) - 1)
#define SCTP_PR_INDEX(x)	__SCTP_PR_INDEX(SCTP_PR_SCTP_ ## x)

#define SCTP_PR_POLICY(x)	((x) & SCTP_PR_SCTP_MASK)
#define SCTP_PR_SET_POLICY(flags, x)	\
	do {				\
		flags &= ~SCTP_PR_SCTP_MASK;	\
		flags |= x;		\
	} while (0)

#define SCTP_PR_TTL_ENABLED(x)	(SCTP_PR_POLICY(x) == SCTP_PR_SCTP_TTL)
#define SCTP_PR_RTX_ENABLED(x)	(SCTP_PR_POLICY(x) == SCTP_PR_SCTP_RTX)
#define SCTP_PR_PRIO_ENABLED(x)	(SCTP_PR_POLICY(x) == SCTP_PR_SCTP_PRIO)

/* For enable stream reset */
#define SCTP_ENABLE_RESET_STREAM_REQ	0x01
#define SCTP_ENABLE_RESET_ASSOC_REQ	0x02
#define SCTP_ENABLE_CHANGE_ASSOC_REQ	0x04
#define SCTP_ENABLE_STRRESET_MASK	0x07

#define SCTP_STREAM_RESET_INCOMING	0x01
#define SCTP_STREAM_RESET_OUTGOING	0x02

/* These are bit fields for msghdr->msg_flags.  See section 5.1.  */
/* On user space Linux, these live in <bits/socket.h> as an enum.  */
enum sctp_msg_flags {
	MSG_NOTIFICATION = 0x8000,
#define MSG_NOTIFICATION MSG_NOTIFICATION
};

/* 5.3.1 SCTP Initiation Structure (SCTP_INIT)
 *
 *   This cmsghdr structure provides information for initializing new
 *   SCTP associations with sendmsg().  The SCTP_INITMSG socket option
 *   uses this same data structure.  This structure is not used for
 *   recvmsg().
 *
 *   cmsg_level    cmsg_type      cmsg_data[]
 *   ------------  ------------   ----------------------
 *   IPPROTO_SCTP  SCTP_INIT      struct sctp_initmsg
 */
struct sctp_initmsg {
	__u16 sinit_num_ostreams;
	__u16 sinit_max_instreams;
	__u16 sinit_max_attempts;
	__u16 sinit_max_init_timeo;
};

/* 5.3.2 SCTP Header Information Structure (SCTP_SNDRCV)
 *
 *   This cmsghdr structure specifies SCTP options for sendmsg() and
 *   describes SCTP header information about a received message through
 *   recvmsg().
 *
 *   cmsg_level    cmsg_type      cmsg_data[]
 *   ------------  ------------   ----------------------
 *   IPPROTO_SCTP  SCTP_SNDRCV    struct sctp_sndrcvinfo
 */
struct sctp_sndrcvinfo {
	__u16 sinfo_stream;
	__u16 sinfo_ssn;
	__u16 sinfo_flags;
	__u32 sinfo_ppid;
	__u32 sinfo_context;
	__u32 sinfo_timetolive;
	__u32 sinfo_tsn;
	__u32 sinfo_cumtsn;
	sctp_assoc_t sinfo_assoc_id;
};

/* 5.3.4 SCTP Send Information Structure (SCTP_SNDINFO)
 *
 *   This cmsghdr structure specifies SCTP options for sendmsg().
 *
 *   cmsg_level    cmsg_type      cmsg_data[]
 *   ------------  ------------   -------------------
 *   IPPROTO_SCTP  SCTP_SNDINFO   struct sctp_sndinfo
 */
struct sctp_sndinfo {
	__u16 snd_sid;
	__u16 snd_flags;
	__u32 snd_ppid;
	__u32 snd_context;
	sctp_assoc_t snd_assoc_id;
};

/* 5.3.5 SCTP Receive Information Structure (SCTP_RCVINFO)
 *
 *   This cmsghdr structure describes SCTP receive information
 *   about a received message through recvmsg().
 *
 *   cmsg_level    cmsg_type      cmsg_data[]
 *   ------------  ------------   -------------------
 *   IPPROTO_SCTP  SCTP_RCVINFO   struct sctp_rcvinfo
 */
struct sctp_rcvinfo {
	__u16 rcv_sid;
	__u16 rcv_ssn;
	__u16 rcv_flags;
	__u32 rcv_ppid;
	__u32 rcv_tsn;
	__u32 rcv_cumtsn;
	__u32 rcv_context;
	sctp_assoc_t rcv_assoc_id;
};

/* 5.3.6 SCTP Next Receive Information Structure (SCTP_NXTINFO)
 *
 *   This cmsghdr structure describes SCTP receive information
 *   of the next message that will be delivered through recvmsg()
 *   if this information is already available when delivering
 *   the current message.
 *
 *   cmsg_level    cmsg_type      cmsg_data[]
 *   ------------  ------------   -------------------
 *   IPPROTO_SCTP  SCTP_NXTINFO   struct sctp_nxtinfo
 */
struct sctp_nxtinfo {
	__u16 nxt_sid;
	__u16 nxt_flags;
	__u32 nxt_ppid;
	__u32 nxt_length;
	sctp_assoc_t nxt_assoc_id;
};

/* 5.3.7 SCTP PR-SCTP Information Structure (SCTP_PRINFO)
 *
 *   This cmsghdr structure specifies SCTP options for sendmsg().
 *
 *   cmsg_level    cmsg_type      cmsg_data[]
 *   ------------  ------------   -------------------
 *   IPPROTO_SCTP  SCTP_PRINFO    struct sctp_prinfo
 */
struct sctp_prinfo {
	__u16 pr_policy;
	__u32 pr_value;
};

/* 5.3.8 SCTP AUTH Information Structure (SCTP_AUTHINFO)
 *
 *   This cmsghdr structure specifies SCTP options for sendmsg().
 *
 *   cmsg_level    cmsg_type      cmsg_data[]
 *   ------------  ------------   -------------------
 *   IPPROTO_SCTP  SCTP_AUTHINFO  struct sctp_authinfo
 */
struct sctp_authinfo {
	__u16 auth_keynumber;
};

/*
 *  sinfo_flags: 16 bits (unsigned integer)
 *
 *   This field may contain any of the following flags and is composed of
 *   a bitwise OR of these values.
 */
enum sctp_sinfo_flags {
	SCTP_UNORDERED		= (1 << 0), /* Send/receive message unordered. */
	SCTP_ADDR_OVER		= (1 << 1), /* Override the primary destination. */
	SCTP_ABORT		= (1 << 2), /* Send an ABORT message to the peer. */
	SCTP_SACK_IMMEDIATELY	= (1 << 3), /* SACK should be sent without delay. */
	/* 2 bits here have been used by SCTP_PR_SCTP_MASK */
	SCTP_SENDALL		= (1 << 6),
	SCTP_PR_SCTP_ALL	= (1 << 7),
	SCTP_NOTIFICATION	= MSG_NOTIFICATION, /* Next message is not user msg but notification. */
	SCTP_EOF		= MSG_FIN,  /* Initiate graceful shutdown process. */
};

typedef union {
	__u8   			raw;
	struct sctp_initmsg	init;
	struct sctp_sndrcvinfo	sndrcv;
} sctp_cmsg_data_t;

/* These are cmsg_types.  */
typedef enum sctp_cmsg_type {
	SCTP_INIT,		/* 5.2.1 SCTP Initiation Structure */
#define SCTP_INIT	SCTP_INIT
	SCTP_SNDRCV,		/* 5.2.2 SCTP Header Information Structure */
#define SCTP_SNDRCV	SCTP_SNDRCV
	SCTP_SNDINFO,		/* 5.3.4 SCTP Send Information Structure */
#define SCTP_SNDINFO	SCTP_SNDINFO
	SCTP_RCVINFO,		/* 5.3.5 SCTP Receive Information Structure */
#define SCTP_RCVINFO	SCTP_RCVINFO
	SCTP_NXTINFO,		/* 5.3.6 SCTP Next Receive Information Structure */
#define SCTP_NXTINFO	SCTP_NXTINFO
	SCTP_PRINFO,		/* 5.3.7 SCTP PR-SCTP Information Structure */
#define SCTP_PRINFO	SCTP_PRINFO
	SCTP_AUTHINFO,		/* 5.3.8 SCTP AUTH Information Structure */
#define SCTP_AUTHINFO	SCTP_AUTHINFO
	SCTP_DSTADDRV4,		/* 5.3.9 SCTP Destination IPv4 Address Structure */
#define SCTP_DSTADDRV4	SCTP_DSTADDRV4
	SCTP_DSTADDRV6,		/* 5.3.10 SCTP Destination IPv6 Address Structure */
#define SCTP_DSTADDRV6	SCTP_DSTADDRV6
} sctp_cmsg_t;

/*
 * 5.3.1.1 SCTP_ASSOC_CHANGE
 *
 *   Communication notifications inform the ULP that an SCTP association
 *   has either begun or ended. The identifier for a new association is
 *   provided by this notificaion. The notification information has the
 *   following format:
 *
 */
struct sctp_assoc_change {
	__u16 sac_type;
	__u16 sac_flags;
	__u32 sac_length;
	__u16 sac_state;
	__u16 sac_error;
	__u16 sac_outbound_streams;
	__u16 sac_inbound_streams;
	sctp_assoc_t sac_assoc_id;
	__u8 sac_info[0];
};

/*
 *   sac_state: 32 bits (signed integer)
 *
 *   This field holds one of a number of values that communicate the
 *   event that happened to the association.  They include:
 *
 *   Note:  The following state names deviate from the API draft as
 *   the names clash too easily with other kernel symbols.
 */
enum sctp_sac_state {
	SCTP_COMM_UP,
	SCTP_COMM_LOST,
	SCTP_RESTART,
	SCTP_SHUTDOWN_COMP,
	SCTP_CANT_STR_ASSOC,
};

/*
 * 5.3.1.2 SCTP_PEER_ADDR_CHANGE
 *
 *   When a destination address on a multi-homed peer encounters a change
 *   an interface details event is sent.  The information has the
 *   following structure:
 */
struct sctp_paddr_change {
	__u16 spc_type;
	__u16 spc_flags;
	__u32 spc_length;
	struct sockaddr_storage spc_aaddr;
	int spc_state;
	int spc_error;
	sctp_assoc_t spc_assoc_id;
} __attribute__((packed, aligned(4)));

/*
 *    spc_state:  32 bits (signed integer)
 *
 *   This field holds one of a number of values that communicate the
 *   event that happened to the address.  They include:
 */
enum sctp_spc_state {
	SCTP_ADDR_AVAILABLE,
	SCTP_ADDR_UNREACHABLE,
	SCTP_ADDR_REMOVED,
	SCTP_ADDR_ADDED,
	SCTP_ADDR_MADE_PRIM,
	SCTP_ADDR_CONFIRMED,
	SCTP_ADDR_POTENTIALLY_FAILED,
#define SCTP_ADDR_PF	SCTP_ADDR_POTENTIALLY_FAILED
};


/*
 * 5.3.1.3 SCTP_REMOTE_ERROR
 *
 *   A remote peer may send an Operational Error message to its peer.
 *   This message indicates a variety of error conditions on an
 *   association. The entire error TLV as it appears on the wire is
 *   included in a SCTP_REMOTE_ERROR event.  Please refer to the SCTP
 *   specification [SCTP] and any extensions for a list of possible
 *   error formats. SCTP error TLVs have the format:
 */
struct sctp_remote_error {
	__u16 sre_type;
	__u16 sre_flags;
	__u32 sre_length;
	__be16 sre_error;
	sctp_assoc_t sre_assoc_id;
	__u8 sre_data[0];
};


/*
 * 5.3.1.4 SCTP_SEND_FAILED
 *
 *   If SCTP cannot deliver a message it may return the message as a
 *   notification.
 */
struct sctp_send_failed {
	__u16 ssf_type;
	__u16 ssf_flags;
	__u32 ssf_length;
	__u32 ssf_error;
	struct sctp_sndrcvinfo ssf_info;
	sctp_assoc_t ssf_assoc_id;
	__u8 ssf_data[0];
};

struct sctp_send_failed_event {
	__u16 ssf_type;
	__u16 ssf_flags;
	__u32 ssf_length;
	__u32 ssf_error;
	struct sctp_sndinfo ssfe_info;
	sctp_assoc_t ssf_assoc_id;
	__u8 ssf_data[0];
};

/*
 *   ssf_flags: 16 bits (unsigned integer)
 *
 *   The flag value will take one of the following values
 *
 *   SCTP_DATA_UNSENT  - Indicates that the data was never put on
 *                       the wire.
 *
 *   SCTP_DATA_SENT    - Indicates that the data was put on the wire.
 *                       Note that this does not necessarily mean that the
 *                       data was (or was not) successfully delivered.
 */
enum sctp_ssf_flags {
	SCTP_DATA_UNSENT,
	SCTP_DATA_SENT,
};

/*
 * 5.3.1.5 SCTP_SHUTDOWN_EVENT
 *
 *   When a peer sends a SHUTDOWN, SCTP delivers this notification to
 *   inform the application that it should cease sending data.
 */
struct sctp_shutdown_event {
	__u16 sse_type;
	__u16 sse_flags;
	__u32 sse_length;
	sctp_assoc_t sse_assoc_id;
};

/*
 * 5.3.1.6 SCTP_ADAPTATION_INDICATION
 *
 *   When a peer sends a Adaptation Layer Indication parameter , SCTP
 *   delivers this notification to inform the application
 *   that of the peers requested adaptation layer.
 */
struct sctp_adaptation_event {
	__u16 sai_type;
	__u16 sai_flags;
	__u32 sai_length;
	__u32 sai_adaptation_ind;
	sctp_assoc_t sai_assoc_id;
};

/*
 * 5.3.1.7 SCTP_PARTIAL_DELIVERY_EVENT
 *
 *   When a receiver is engaged in a partial delivery of a
 *   message this notification will be used to indicate
 *   various events.
 */
struct sctp_pdapi_event {
	__u16 pdapi_type;
	__u16 pdapi_flags;
	__u32 pdapi_length;
	__u32 pdapi_indication;
	sctp_assoc_t pdapi_assoc_id;
	__u32 pdapi_stream;
	__u32 pdapi_seq;
};

enum { SCTP_PARTIAL_DELIVERY_ABORTED=0, };

/*
 * 5.3.1.8.  SCTP_AUTHENTICATION_EVENT
 *
 *  When a receiver is using authentication this message will provide
 *  notifications regarding new keys being made active as well as errors.
 */
struct sctp_authkey_event {
	__u16 auth_type;
	__u16 auth_flags;
	__u32 auth_length;
	__u16 auth_keynumber;
	__u16 auth_altkeynumber;
	__u32 auth_indication;
	sctp_assoc_t auth_assoc_id;
};

enum {
	SCTP_AUTH_NEW_KEY,
#define	SCTP_AUTH_NEWKEY	SCTP_AUTH_NEW_KEY /* compatible with before */
	SCTP_AUTH_FREE_KEY,
	SCTP_AUTH_NO_AUTH,
};

/*
 * 6.1.9. SCTP_SENDER_DRY_EVENT
 *
 * When the SCTP stack has no more user data to send or retransmit, this
 * notification is given to the user. Also, at the time when a user app
 * subscribes to this event, if there is no data to be sent or
 * retransmit, the stack will immediately send up this notification.
 */
struct sctp_sender_dry_event {
	__u16 sender_dry_type;
	__u16 sender_dry_flags;
	__u32 sender_dry_length;
	sctp_assoc_t sender_dry_assoc_id;
};

#define SCTP_STREAM_RESET_INCOMING_SSN	0x0001
#define SCTP_STREAM_RESET_OUTGOING_SSN	0x0002
#define SCTP_STREAM_RESET_DENIED	0x0004
#define SCTP_STREAM_RESET_FAILED	0x0008
struct sctp_stream_reset_event {
	__u16 strreset_type;
	__u16 strreset_flags;
	__u32 strreset_length;
	sctp_assoc_t strreset_assoc_id;
	__u16 strreset_stream_list[];
};

#define SCTP_ASSOC_RESET_DENIED		0x0004
#define SCTP_ASSOC_RESET_FAILED		0x0008
struct sctp_assoc_reset_event {
	__u16 assocreset_type;
	__u16 assocreset_flags;
	__u32 assocreset_length;
	sctp_assoc_t assocreset_assoc_id;
	__u32 assocreset_local_tsn;
	__u32 assocreset_remote_tsn;
};

#define SCTP_ASSOC_CHANGE_DENIED	0x0004
#define SCTP_ASSOC_CHANGE_FAILED	0x0008
#define SCTP_STREAM_CHANGE_DENIED	SCTP_ASSOC_CHANGE_DENIED
#define SCTP_STREAM_CHANGE_FAILED	SCTP_ASSOC_CHANGE_FAILED
struct sctp_stream_change_event {
	__u16 strchange_type;
	__u16 strchange_flags;
	__u32 strchange_length;
	sctp_assoc_t strchange_assoc_id;
	__u16 strchange_instrms;
	__u16 strchange_outstrms;
};

/*
 * Described in Section 7.3
 *   Ancillary Data and Notification Interest Options
 */
struct sctp_event_subscribe {
	__u8 sctp_data_io_event;
	__u8 sctp_association_event;
	__u8 sctp_address_event;
	__u8 sctp_send_failure_event;
	__u8 sctp_peer_error_event;
	__u8 sctp_shutdown_event;
	__u8 sctp_partial_delivery_event;
	__u8 sctp_adaptation_layer_event;
	__u8 sctp_authentication_event;
	__u8 sctp_sender_dry_event;
	__u8 sctp_stream_reset_event;
	__u8 sctp_assoc_reset_event;
	__u8 sctp_stream_change_event;
	__u8 sctp_send_failure_event_event;
};

/*
 * 5.3.1 SCTP Notification Structure
 *
 *   The notification structure is defined as the union of all
 *   notification types.
 *
 */
union sctp_notification {
	struct {
		__u16 sn_type;             /* Notification type. */
		__u16 sn_flags;
		__u32 sn_length;
	} sn_header;
	struct sctp_assoc_change sn_assoc_change;
	struct sctp_paddr_change sn_paddr_change;
	struct sctp_remote_error sn_remote_error;
	struct sctp_send_failed sn_send_failed;
	struct sctp_shutdown_event sn_shutdown_event;
	struct sctp_adaptation_event sn_adaptation_event;
	struct sctp_pdapi_event sn_pdapi_event;
	struct sctp_authkey_event sn_authkey_event;
	struct sctp_sender_dry_event sn_sender_dry_event;
	struct sctp_stream_reset_event sn_strreset_event;
	struct sctp_assoc_reset_event sn_assocreset_event;
	struct sctp_stream_change_event sn_strchange_event;
	struct sctp_send_failed_event sn_send_failed_event;
};

/* Section 5.3.1
 * All standard values for sn_type flags are greater than 2^15.
 * Values from 2^15 and down are reserved.
 */

enum sctp_sn_type {
	SCTP_SN_TYPE_BASE	= (1<<15),
	SCTP_DATA_IO_EVENT	= SCTP_SN_TYPE_BASE,
#define SCTP_DATA_IO_EVENT		SCTP_DATA_IO_EVENT
	SCTP_ASSOC_CHANGE,
#define SCTP_ASSOC_CHANGE		SCTP_ASSOC_CHANGE
	SCTP_PEER_ADDR_CHANGE,
#define SCTP_PEER_ADDR_CHANGE		SCTP_PEER_ADDR_CHANGE
	SCTP_SEND_FAILED,
#define SCTP_SEND_FAILED		SCTP_SEND_FAILED
	SCTP_REMOTE_ERROR,
#define SCTP_REMOTE_ERROR		SCTP_REMOTE_ERROR
	SCTP_SHUTDOWN_EVENT,
#define SCTP_SHUTDOWN_EVENT		SCTP_SHUTDOWN_EVENT
	SCTP_PARTIAL_DELIVERY_EVENT,
#define SCTP_PARTIAL_DELIVERY_EVENT	SCTP_PARTIAL_DELIVERY_EVENT
	SCTP_ADAPTATION_INDICATION,
#define SCTP_ADAPTATION_INDICATION	SCTP_ADAPTATION_INDICATION
	SCTP_AUTHENTICATION_EVENT,
#define SCTP_AUTHENTICATION_INDICATION	SCTP_AUTHENTICATION_EVENT
	SCTP_SENDER_DRY_EVENT,
#define SCTP_SENDER_DRY_EVENT		SCTP_SENDER_DRY_EVENT
	SCTP_STREAM_RESET_EVENT,
#define SCTP_STREAM_RESET_EVENT		SCTP_STREAM_RESET_EVENT
	SCTP_ASSOC_RESET_EVENT,
#define SCTP_ASSOC_RESET_EVENT		SCTP_ASSOC_RESET_EVENT
	SCTP_STREAM_CHANGE_EVENT,
#define SCTP_STREAM_CHANGE_EVENT	SCTP_STREAM_CHANGE_EVENT
	SCTP_SEND_FAILED_EVENT,
#define SCTP_SEND_FAILED_EVENT		SCTP_SEND_FAILED_EVENT
	SCTP_SN_TYPE_MAX	= SCTP_SEND_FAILED_EVENT,
#define SCTP_SN_TYPE_MAX		SCTP_SN_TYPE_MAX
};

/* Notification error codes used to fill up the error fields in some
 * notifications.
 * SCTP_PEER_ADDRESS_CHAGE 	: spc_error
 * SCTP_ASSOC_CHANGE		: sac_error
 * These names should be potentially included in the draft 04 of the SCTP
 * sockets API specification.
 */
typedef enum sctp_sn_error {
	SCTP_FAILED_THRESHOLD,
	SCTP_RECEIVED_SACK,
	SCTP_HEARTBEAT_SUCCESS,
	SCTP_RESPONSE_TO_USER_REQ,
	SCTP_INTERNAL_ERROR,
	SCTP_SHUTDOWN_GUARD_EXPIRES,
	SCTP_PEER_FAULTY,
} sctp_sn_error_t;

/*
 * 7.1.1 Retransmission Timeout Parameters (SCTP_RTOINFO)
 *
 *   The protocol parameters used to initialize and bound retransmission
 *   timeout (RTO) are tunable.  See [SCTP] for more information on how
 *   these parameters are used in RTO calculation.
 */
struct sctp_rtoinfo {
	sctp_assoc_t	srto_assoc_id;
	__u32		srto_initial;
	__u32		srto_max;
	__u32		srto_min;
};

/*
 * 7.1.2 Association Parameters (SCTP_ASSOCINFO)
 *
 *   This option is used to both examine and set various association and
 *   endpoint parameters.
 */
struct sctp_assocparams {
	sctp_assoc_t	sasoc_assoc_id;
	__u16		sasoc_asocmaxrxt;
	__u16		sasoc_number_peer_destinations;
	__u32		sasoc_peer_rwnd;
	__u32		sasoc_local_rwnd;
	__u32		sasoc_cookie_life;
};

/*
 * 7.1.9 Set Peer Primary Address (SCTP_SET_PEER_PRIMARY_ADDR)
 *
 *  Requests that the peer mark the enclosed address as the association
 *  primary. The enclosed address must be one of the association's
 *  locally bound addresses. The following structure is used to make a
 *   set primary request:
 */
struct sctp_setpeerprim {
	sctp_assoc_t            sspp_assoc_id;
	struct sockaddr_storage sspp_addr;
} __attribute__((packed, aligned(4)));

/*
 * 7.1.10 Set Primary Address (SCTP_PRIMARY_ADDR)
 *
 *  Requests that the local SCTP stack use the enclosed peer address as
 *  the association primary. The enclosed address must be one of the
 *  association peer's addresses. The following structure is used to
 *  make a set peer primary request:
 */
struct sctp_prim {
	sctp_assoc_t            ssp_assoc_id;
	struct sockaddr_storage ssp_addr;
} __attribute__((packed, aligned(4)));

/* For backward compatibility use, define the old name too */
#define sctp_setprim	sctp_prim

/*
 * 7.1.11 Set Adaptation Layer Indicator (SCTP_ADAPTATION_LAYER)
 *
 * Requests that the local endpoint set the specified Adaptation Layer
 * Indication parameter for all future INIT and INIT-ACK exchanges.
 */
struct sctp_setadaptation {
	__u32	ssb_adaptation_ind;
};

/*
 * 7.1.13 Peer Address Parameters  (SCTP_PEER_ADDR_PARAMS)
 *
 *   Applications can enable or disable heartbeats for any peer address
 *   of an association, modify an address's heartbeat interval, force a
 *   heartbeat to be sent immediately, and adjust the address's maximum
 *   number of retransmissions sent before an address is considered
 *   unreachable. The following structure is used to access and modify an
 *   address's parameters:
 */
enum  sctp_spp_flags {
	SPP_HB_ENABLE = 1<<0,		/*Enable heartbeats*/
	SPP_HB_DISABLE = 1<<1,		/*Disable heartbeats*/
	SPP_HB = SPP_HB_ENABLE | SPP_HB_DISABLE,
	SPP_HB_DEMAND = 1<<2,		/*Send heartbeat immediately*/
	SPP_PMTUD_ENABLE = 1<<3,	/*Enable PMTU discovery*/
	SPP_PMTUD_DISABLE = 1<<4,	/*Disable PMTU discovery*/
	SPP_PMTUD = SPP_PMTUD_ENABLE | SPP_PMTUD_DISABLE,
	SPP_SACKDELAY_ENABLE = 1<<5,	/*Enable SACK*/
	SPP_SACKDELAY_DISABLE = 1<<6,	/*Disable SACK*/
	SPP_SACKDELAY = SPP_SACKDELAY_ENABLE | SPP_SACKDELAY_DISABLE,
	SPP_HB_TIME_IS_ZERO = 1<<7,	/* Set HB delay to 0 */
	SPP_IPV6_FLOWLABEL = 1<<8,
	SPP_DSCP = 1<<9,
};

struct sctp_paddrparams {
	sctp_assoc_t		spp_assoc_id;
	struct sockaddr_storage	spp_address;
	__u32			spp_hbinterval;
	__u16			spp_pathmaxrxt;
	__u32			spp_pathmtu;
	__u32			spp_sackdelay;
	__u32			spp_flags;
	__u32			spp_ipv6_flowlabel;
	__u8			spp_dscp;
} __attribute__((packed, aligned(4)));

/*
 * 7.1.18.  Add a chunk that must be authenticated (SCTP_AUTH_CHUNK)
 *
 * This set option adds a chunk type that the user is requesting to be
 * received only in an authenticated way.  Changes to the list of chunks
 * will only effect future associations on the socket.
 */
struct sctp_authchunk {
	__u8		sauth_chunk;
};

/*
 * 7.1.19.  Get or set the list of supported HMAC Identifiers (SCTP_HMAC_IDENT)
 *
 * This option gets or sets the list of HMAC algorithms that the local
 * endpoint requires the peer to use.
 */
/* This here is only used by user space as is. It might not be a good idea
 * to export/reveal the whole structure with reserved fields etc.
 */
enum {
	SCTP_AUTH_HMAC_ID_SHA1 = 1,
	SCTP_AUTH_HMAC_ID_SHA256 = 3,
};

struct sctp_hmacalgo {
	__u32		shmac_num_idents;
	__u16		shmac_idents[];
};

/* Sadly, user and kernel space have different names for
 * this structure member, so this is to not break anything.
 */
#define shmac_number_of_idents	shmac_num_idents

/*
 * 7.1.20.  Set a shared key (SCTP_AUTH_KEY)
 *
 * This option will set a shared secret key which is used to build an
 * association shared key.
 */
struct sctp_authkey {
	sctp_assoc_t	sca_assoc_id;
	__u16		sca_keynumber;
	__u16		sca_keylength;
	__u8		sca_key[];
};

/*
 * 7.1.21.  Get or set the active shared key (SCTP_AUTH_ACTIVE_KEY)
 *
 * This option will get or set the active shared key to be used to build
 * the association shared key.
 */

struct sctp_authkeyid {
	sctp_assoc_t	scact_assoc_id;
	__u16		scact_keynumber;
};


/*
 * 7.1.23.  Get or set delayed ack timer (SCTP_DELAYED_SACK)
 *
 * This option will effect the way delayed acks are performed.  This
 * option allows you to get or set the delayed ack time, in
 * milliseconds.  It also allows changing the delayed ack frequency.
 * Changing the frequency to 1 disables the delayed sack algorithm.  If
 * the assoc_id is 0, then this sets or gets the endpoints default
 * values.  If the assoc_id field is non-zero, then the set or get
 * effects the specified association for the one to many model (the
 * assoc_id field is ignored by the one to one model).  Note that if
 * sack_delay or sack_freq are 0 when setting this option, then the
 * current values will remain unchanged.
 */
struct sctp_sack_info {
	sctp_assoc_t	sack_assoc_id;
	uint32_t	sack_delay;
	uint32_t	sack_freq;
};

struct sctp_assoc_value {
    sctp_assoc_t            assoc_id;
    uint32_t                assoc_value;
};

struct sctp_stream_value {
	sctp_assoc_t assoc_id;
	uint16_t stream_id;
	uint16_t stream_value;
};

/*
 * 7.2.2 Peer Address Information
 *
 *   Applications can retrieve information about a specific peer address
 *   of an association, including its reachability state, congestion
 *   window, and retransmission timer values.  This information is
 *   read-only. The following structure is used to access this
 *   information:
 */
struct sctp_paddrinfo {
	sctp_assoc_t		spinfo_assoc_id;
	struct sockaddr_storage	spinfo_address;
	__s32			spinfo_state;
	__u32			spinfo_cwnd;
	__u32			spinfo_srtt;
	__u32			spinfo_rto;
	__u32			spinfo_mtu;
} __attribute__((packed, aligned(4)));

/* Peer addresses's state. */
/* UNKNOWN: Peer address passed by the upper layer in sendmsg or connect[x]
 * calls.
 * UNCONFIRMED: Peer address received in INIT/INIT-ACK address parameters.
 *              Not yet confirmed by a heartbeat and not available for data
 *		transfers.
 * ACTIVE : Peer address confirmed, active and available for data transfers.
 * INACTIVE: Peer address inactive and not available for data transfers.
 */
enum sctp_spinfo_state {
	SCTP_INACTIVE,
	SCTP_PF,
#define	SCTP_POTENTIALLY_FAILED		SCTP_PF
	SCTP_ACTIVE,
	SCTP_UNCONFIRMED,
	SCTP_UNKNOWN = 0xffff  /* Value used for transport state unknown */
};

/*
 * 7.2.1 Association Status (SCTP_STATUS)
 *
 *   Applications can retrieve current status information about an
 *   association, including association state, peer receiver window size,
 *   number of unacked data chunks, and number of data chunks pending
 *   receipt.  This information is read-only.  The following structure is
 *   used to access this information:
 */
struct sctp_status {
	sctp_assoc_t		sstat_assoc_id;
	__s32			sstat_state;
	__u32			sstat_rwnd;
	__u16			sstat_unackdata;
	__u16			sstat_penddata;
	__u16			sstat_instrms;
	__u16			sstat_outstrms;
	__u32			sstat_fragmentation_point;
	struct sctp_paddrinfo	sstat_primary;
};

/*
 * 7.2.3.  Get the list of chunks the peer requires to be authenticated
 *         (SCTP_PEER_AUTH_CHUNKS)
 *
 * This option gets a list of chunks for a specified association that
 * the peer requires to be received authenticated only.
 */
struct sctp_authchunks {
	sctp_assoc_t	gauth_assoc_id;
	__u32		gauth_number_of_chunks;
	uint8_t		gauth_chunks[];
};

/* The broken spelling has been released already in lksctp-tools header,
 * so don't break anyone, now that it's fixed.
 */
#define guth_number_of_chunks	gauth_number_of_chunks

/* Association states.  */
enum sctp_sstat_state {
	SCTP_EMPTY                = 0,
	SCTP_CLOSED               = 1,
	SCTP_COOKIE_WAIT          = 2,
	SCTP_COOKIE_ECHOED        = 3,
	SCTP_ESTABLISHED          = 4,
	SCTP_SHUTDOWN_PENDING     = 5,
	SCTP_SHUTDOWN_SENT        = 6,
	SCTP_SHUTDOWN_RECEIVED    = 7,
	SCTP_SHUTDOWN_ACK_SENT    = 8,
};

/*
 * 8.2.6. Get the Current Identifiers of Associations
 *        (SCTP_GET_ASSOC_ID_LIST)
 *
 * This option gets the current list of SCTP association identifiers of
 * the SCTP associations handled by a one-to-many style socket.
 */
struct sctp_assoc_ids {
	__u32		gaids_number_of_ids;
	sctp_assoc_t	gaids_assoc_id[];
};

/*
 * 8.3, 8.5 get all peer/local addresses in an association.
 * This parameter struct is used by SCTP_GET_PEER_ADDRS and
 * SCTP_GET_LOCAL_ADDRS socket options used internally to implement
 * sctp_getpaddrs() and sctp_getladdrs() API.
 */
struct sctp_getaddrs_old {
	sctp_assoc_t            assoc_id;
	int			addr_num;
	struct sockaddr		*addrs;
};

struct sctp_getaddrs {
	sctp_assoc_t		assoc_id; /*input*/
	__u32			addr_num; /*output*/
	__u8			addrs[0]; /*output, variable size*/
};

/* A socket user request obtained via SCTP_GET_ASSOC_STATS that retrieves
 * association stats. All stats are counts except sas_maxrto and
 * sas_obs_rto_ipaddr. maxrto is the max observed rto + transport since
 * the last call. Will return 0 when RTO was not update since last call
 */
struct sctp_assoc_stats {
	sctp_assoc_t	sas_assoc_id;    /* Input */
					 /* Transport of observed max RTO */
	struct sockaddr_storage sas_obs_rto_ipaddr;
	__u64		sas_maxrto;      /* Maximum Observed RTO for period */
	__u64		sas_isacks;	 /* SACKs received */
	__u64		sas_osacks;	 /* SACKs sent */
	__u64		sas_opackets;	 /* Packets sent */
	__u64		sas_ipackets;	 /* Packets received */
	__u64		sas_rtxchunks;   /* Retransmitted Chunks */
	__u64		sas_outofseqtsns;/* TSN received > next expected */
	__u64		sas_idupchunks;  /* Dups received (ordered+unordered) */
	__u64		sas_gapcnt;      /* Gap Acknowledgements Received */
	__u64		sas_ouodchunks;  /* Unordered data chunks sent */
	__u64		sas_iuodchunks;  /* Unordered data chunks received */
	__u64		sas_oodchunks;	 /* Ordered data chunks sent */
	__u64		sas_iodchunks;	 /* Ordered data chunks received */
	__u64		sas_octrlchunks; /* Control chunks sent */
	__u64		sas_ictrlchunks; /* Control chunks received */
};

/*
 * 8.1 sctp_bindx()
 *
 * The flags parameter is formed from the bitwise OR of zero or more of the
 * following currently defined flags:
 */
#define SCTP_BINDX_ADD_ADDR 0x01
#define SCTP_BINDX_REM_ADDR 0x02

/* This is the structure that is passed as an argument(optval) to
 * getsockopt(SCTP_SOCKOPT_PEELOFF).
 */
typedef struct {
	sctp_assoc_t associd;
	int sd;
} sctp_peeloff_arg_t;

typedef struct {
	sctp_peeloff_arg_t p_arg;
	unsigned flags;
} sctp_peeloff_flags_arg_t;

/*
 *  Peer Address Thresholds socket option
 */
struct sctp_paddrthlds {
	sctp_assoc_t spt_assoc_id;
	struct sockaddr_storage spt_address;
	__u16 spt_pathmaxrxt;
	__u16 spt_pathpfthld;
};

/* Use a new structure with spt_pathcpthld for back compatibility */
struct sctp_paddrthlds_v2 {
	sctp_assoc_t spt_assoc_id;
	struct sockaddr_storage spt_address;
	__u16 spt_pathmaxrxt;
	__u16 spt_pathpfthld;
	__u16 spt_pathcpthld;
};

/*
 * Socket Option for Getting the Association/Stream-Specific PR-SCTP Status
 */
struct sctp_prstatus {
	sctp_assoc_t sprstat_assoc_id;
	__u16 sprstat_sid;
	__u16 sprstat_policy;
	__u64 sprstat_abandoned_unsent;
	__u64 sprstat_abandoned_sent;
};

struct sctp_default_prinfo {
	sctp_assoc_t pr_assoc_id;
	__u32 pr_value;
	__u16 pr_policy;
};

struct sctp_info {
	__u32	sctpi_tag;
	__u32	sctpi_state;
	__u32	sctpi_rwnd;
	__u16	sctpi_unackdata;
	__u16	sctpi_penddata;
	__u16	sctpi_instrms;
	__u16	sctpi_outstrms;
	__u32	sctpi_fragmentation_point;
	__u32	sctpi_inqueue;
	__u32	sctpi_outqueue;
	__u32	sctpi_overall_error;
	__u32	sctpi_max_burst;
	__u32	sctpi_maxseg;
	__u32	sctpi_peer_rwnd;
	__u32	sctpi_peer_tag;
	__u8	sctpi_peer_capable;
	__u8	sctpi_peer_sack;
	__u16	__reserved1;

	/* assoc status info */
	__u64	sctpi_isacks;
	__u64	sctpi_osacks;
	__u64	sctpi_opackets;
	__u64	sctpi_ipackets;
	__u64	sctpi_rtxchunks;
	__u64	sctpi_outofseqtsns;
	__u64	sctpi_idupchunks;
	__u64	sctpi_gapcnt;
	__u64	sctpi_ouodchunks;
	__u64	sctpi_iuodchunks;
	__u64	sctpi_oodchunks;
	__u64	sctpi_iodchunks;
	__u64	sctpi_octrlchunks;
	__u64	sctpi_ictrlchunks;

	/* primary transport info */
	struct sockaddr_storage	sctpi_p_address;
	__s32	sctpi_p_state;
	__u32	sctpi_p_cwnd;
	__u32	sctpi_p_srtt;
	__u32	sctpi_p_rto;
	__u32	sctpi_p_hbinterval;
	__u32	sctpi_p_pathmaxrxt;
	__u32	sctpi_p_sackdelay;
	__u32	sctpi_p_sackfreq;
	__u32	sctpi_p_ssthresh;
	__u32	sctpi_p_partial_bytes_acked;
	__u32	sctpi_p_flight_size;
	__u16	sctpi_p_error;
	__u16	__reserved2;

	/* sctp sock info */
	__u32	sctpi_s_autoclose;
	__u32	sctpi_s_adaptation_ind;
	__u32	sctpi_s_pd_point;
	__u8	sctpi_s_nodelay;
	__u8	sctpi_s_disable_fragments;
	__u8	sctpi_s_v4mapped;
	__u8	sctpi_s_frag_interleave;
	__u32	sctpi_s_type;
	__u32	__reserved3;
};

struct sctp_reset_streams {
	sctp_assoc_t srs_assoc_id;
	uint16_t srs_flags;
	uint16_t srs_number_streams;	/* 0 == ALL */
	uint16_t srs_stream_list[];	/* list if srs_num_streams is not 0 */
};

struct sctp_add_streams {
	sctp_assoc_t sas_assoc_id;
	uint16_t sas_instrms;
	uint16_t sas_outstrms;
};

struct sctp_event {
	sctp_assoc_t se_assoc_id;
	uint16_t se_type;
	uint8_t se_on;
};

struct sctp_udpencaps {
	sctp_assoc_t sue_assoc_id;
	struct sockaddr_storage sue_address;
	uint16_t sue_port;
};

/* SCTP Stream schedulers */
enum sctp_sched_type {
	SCTP_SS_FCFS,
	SCTP_SS_DEFAULT = SCTP_SS_FCFS,
	SCTP_SS_PRIO,
	SCTP_SS_RR,
	SCTP_SS_MAX = SCTP_SS_RR
};

/* Probe Interval socket option */
struct sctp_probeinterval {
	sctp_assoc_t spi_assoc_id;
	struct sockaddr_storage spi_address;
	__u32 spi_interval;
};

#endif /* _SCTP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _CM4000_H_
#define _CM4000_H_

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

#define	MAX_ATR			33

#define	CM4000_MAX_DEV		4

/* those two structures are passed via ioctl() from/to userspace.  They are
 * used by existing userspace programs, so I kepth the awkward "bIFSD" naming
 * not to break compilation of userspace apps. -HW */

typedef struct atreq {
	__s32 atr_len;
	unsigned char atr[64];
	__s32 power_act;
	unsigned char bIFSD;
	unsigned char bIFSC;
} atreq_t;


/* what is particularly stupid in the original driver is the arch-dependent
 * member sizes. This leads to CONFIG_COMPAT breakage, since 32bit userspace
 * will lay out the structure members differently than the 64bit kernel.
 *
 * I've changed "ptsreq.protocol" from "unsigned long" to "__u32".
 * On 32bit this will make no difference.  With 64bit kernels, it will make
 * 32bit apps work, too.
 */

typedef struct ptsreq {
	__u32 protocol; /*T=0: 2^0, T=1:  2^1*/
 	unsigned char flags;
 	unsigned char pts1;
 	unsigned char pts2;
	unsigned char pts3;
} ptsreq_t;

#define	CM_IOC_MAGIC		'c'
#define	CM_IOC_MAXNR	        255

#define	CM_IOCGSTATUS		_IOR (CM_IOC_MAGIC, 0, unsigned char *)
#define	CM_IOCGATR		_IOWR(CM_IOC_MAGIC, 1, atreq_t *)
#define	CM_IOCSPTS		_IOW (CM_IOC_MAGIC, 2, ptsreq_t *)
#define	CM_IOCSRDR		_IO  (CM_IOC_MAGIC, 3)
#define CM_IOCARDOFF            _IO  (CM_IOC_MAGIC, 4)

#define CM_IOSDBGLVL            _IOW(CM_IOC_MAGIC, 250, int*)

/* card and device states */
#define	CM_CARD_INSERTED		0x01
#define	CM_CARD_POWERED			0x02
#define	CM_ATR_PRESENT			0x04
#define	CM_ATR_VALID	 		0x08
#define	CM_STATE_VALID			0x0f
/* extra info only from CM4000 */
#define	CM_NO_READER			0x10
#define	CM_BAD_CARD			0x20


#endif /* _CM4000_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/******************************************************************************
 *
 * atm_nicstar.h
 *
 * Driver-specific declarations for use by NICSTAR driver specific utils.
 *
 * Author: Rui Prior
 *
 * (C) INESC 1998
 *
 ******************************************************************************/


#ifndef LINUX_ATM_NICSTAR_H
#define LINUX_ATM_NICSTAR_H

/* Note: non-kernel programs including this file must also include
 * sys/types.h for struct timeval
 */

#include <linux/atmapi.h>
#include <linux/atmioc.h>

#define NS_GETPSTAT	_IOWR('a',ATMIOC_SARPRV+1,struct atmif_sioc)
						/* get pool statistics */
#define NS_SETBUFLEV	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_SARPRV+2,struct atmif_sioc)
						/* set buffer level markers */
#define NS_ADJBUFLEV	_IO('a',ATMIOC_SARPRV+3)
						/* adjust buffer level */

typedef struct buf_nr
{
   unsigned min;
   unsigned init;
   unsigned max;
}buf_nr;


typedef struct pool_levels
{
   int buftype;
   int count;		/* (At least for now) only used in NS_GETPSTAT */
   buf_nr level;
} pool_levels;

/* type must be one of the following: */
#define NS_BUFTYPE_SMALL 1
#define NS_BUFTYPE_LARGE 2
#define NS_BUFTYPE_HUGE 3
#define NS_BUFTYPE_IOVEC 4


#endif /* LINUX_ATM_NICSTAR_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _FALLOC_H_
#define _FALLOC_H_

#define FALLOC_FL_KEEP_SIZE	0x01 /* default is extend size */
#define FALLOC_FL_PUNCH_HOLE	0x02 /* de-allocates range */
#define FALLOC_FL_NO_HIDE_STALE	0x04 /* reserved codepoint */

/*
 * FALLOC_FL_COLLAPSE_RANGE is used to remove a range of a file
 * without leaving a hole in the file. The contents of the file beyond
 * the range being removed is appended to the start offset of the range
 * being removed (i.e. the hole that was punched is "collapsed"),
 * resulting in a file layout that looks like the range that was
 * removed never existed. As such collapsing a range of a file changes
 * the size of the file, reducing it by the same length of the range
 * that has been removed by the operation.
 *
 * Different filesystems may implement different limitations on the
 * granularity of the operation. Most will limit operations to
 * filesystem block size boundaries, but this boundary may be larger or
 * smaller depending on the filesystem and/or the configuration of the
 * filesystem or file.
 *
 * Attempting to collapse a range that crosses the end of the file is
 * considered an illegal operation - just use ftruncate(2) if you need
 * to collapse a range that crosses EOF.
 */
#define FALLOC_FL_COLLAPSE_RANGE	0x08

/*
 * FALLOC_FL_ZERO_RANGE is used to convert a range of file to zeros preferably
 * without issuing data IO. Blocks should be preallocated for the regions that
 * span holes in the file, and the entire range is preferable converted to
 * unwritten extents - even though file system may choose to zero out the
 * extent or do whatever which will result in reading zeros from the range
 * while the range remains allocated for the file.
 *
 * This can be also used to preallocate blocks past EOF in the same way as
 * with fallocate. Flag FALLOC_FL_KEEP_SIZE should cause the inode
 * size to remain the same.
 */
#define FALLOC_FL_ZERO_RANGE		0x10

/*
 * FALLOC_FL_INSERT_RANGE is use to insert space within the file size without
 * overwriting any existing data. The contents of the file beyond offset are
 * shifted towards right by len bytes to create a hole.  As such, this
 * operation will increase the size of the file by len bytes.
 *
 * Different filesystems may implement different limitations on the granularity
 * of the operation. Most will limit operations to filesystem block size
 * boundaries, but this boundary may be larger or smaller depending on
 * the filesystem and/or the configuration of the filesystem or file.
 *
 * Attempting to insert space using this flag at OR beyond the end of
 * the file is considered an illegal operation - just use ftruncate(2) or
 * fallocate(2) with mode 0 for such type of operations.
 */
#define FALLOC_FL_INSERT_RANGE		0x20

/*
 * FALLOC_FL_UNSHARE_RANGE is used to unshare shared blocks within the
 * file size without overwriting any existing data. The purpose of this
 * call is to preemptively reallocate any blocks that are subject to
 * copy-on-write.
 *
 * Different filesystems may implement different limitations on the
 * granularity of the operation. Most will limit operations to filesystem
 * block size boundaries, but this boundary may be larger or smaller
 * depending on the filesystem and/or the configuration of the filesystem
 * or file.
 *
 * This flag can only be used with allocate-mode fallocate, which is
 * to say that it cannot be used with the punch, zero, collapse, or
 * insert range modes.
 */
#define FALLOC_FL_UNSHARE_RANGE		0x40

#endif /* _FALLOC_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* ila.h - ILA Interface */

#ifndef _LINUX_ILA_H
#define _LINUX_ILA_H

/* NETLINK_GENERIC related info */
#define ILA_GENL_NAME		"ila"
#define ILA_GENL_VERSION	0x1

enum {
	ILA_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	ILA_ATTR_LOCATOR,			/* u64 */
	ILA_ATTR_IDENTIFIER,			/* u64 */
	ILA_ATTR_LOCATOR_MATCH,			/* u64 */
	ILA_ATTR_IFINDEX,			/* s32 */
	ILA_ATTR_DIR,				/* u32 */
	ILA_ATTR_PAD,
	ILA_ATTR_CSUM_MODE,			/* u8 */
	ILA_ATTR_IDENT_TYPE,			/* u8 */
	ILA_ATTR_HOOK_TYPE,			/* u8 */

	__ILA_ATTR_MAX,
};

#define ILA_ATTR_MAX		(__ILA_ATTR_MAX - 1)

enum {
	ILA_CMD_UNSPEC,
	ILA_CMD_ADD,
	ILA_CMD_DEL,
	ILA_CMD_GET,
	ILA_CMD_FLUSH,

	__ILA_CMD_MAX,
};

#define ILA_CMD_MAX	(__ILA_CMD_MAX - 1)

#define ILA_DIR_IN	(1 << 0)
#define ILA_DIR_OUT	(1 << 1)

enum {
	ILA_CSUM_ADJUST_TRANSPORT,
	ILA_CSUM_NEUTRAL_MAP,
	ILA_CSUM_NO_ACTION,
	ILA_CSUM_NEUTRAL_MAP_AUTO,
};

enum {
	ILA_ATYPE_IID = 0,
	ILA_ATYPE_LUID,
	ILA_ATYPE_VIRT_V4,
	ILA_ATYPE_VIRT_UNI_V6,
	ILA_ATYPE_VIRT_MULTI_V6,
	ILA_ATYPE_NONLOCAL_ADDR,
	ILA_ATYPE_RSVD_1,
	ILA_ATYPE_RSVD_2,

	ILA_ATYPE_USE_FORMAT = 32, /* Get type from type field in identifier */
};

enum {
	ILA_HOOK_ROUTE_OUTPUT,
	ILA_HOOK_ROUTE_INPUT,
};

#endif /* _LINUX_ILA_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * PPS API header
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2005-2009   Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
 *
 *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 *   (at your option) any later version.
 *
 *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 *   GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 *   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 *   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
 */


#ifndef _PPS_H_
#define _PPS_H_

#include <linux/types.h>

#define PPS_VERSION		"5.3.6"
#define PPS_MAX_SOURCES		16		/* should be enough... */

/* Implementation note: the logical states ``assert'' and ``clear''
 * are implemented in terms of the chip register, i.e. ``assert''
 * means the bit is set.  */

/*
 * 3.2 New data structures
 */

#define PPS_API_VERS_1		1
#define PPS_API_VERS		PPS_API_VERS_1	/* we use API version 1 */
#define PPS_MAX_NAME_LEN	32

/* 32-bit vs. 64-bit compatibility.
 *
 * 0n i386, the alignment of a uint64_t is only 4 bytes, while on most other
 * architectures it's 8 bytes. On i386, there will be no padding between the
 * two consecutive 'struct pps_ktime' members of struct pps_kinfo and struct
 * pps_kparams. But on most platforms there will be padding to ensure correct
 * alignment.
 *
 * The simple fix is probably to add an explicit padding.
 *					 		[David Woodhouse]
 */
struct pps_ktime {
	__s64 sec;
	__s32 nsec;
	__u32 flags;
};

struct pps_ktime_compat {
	__s64 sec;
	__s32 nsec;
	__u32 flags;
} __attribute__((packed, aligned(4)));
#define PPS_TIME_INVALID	(1<<0)	/* used to specify timeout==NULL */

struct pps_kinfo {
	__u32 assert_sequence;		/* seq. num. of assert event */
	__u32 clear_sequence; 		/* seq. num. of clear event */
	struct pps_ktime assert_tu;	/* time of assert event */
	struct pps_ktime clear_tu;	/* time of clear event */
	int current_mode;		/* current mode bits */
};

struct pps_kinfo_compat {
	__u32 assert_sequence;			/* seq. num. of assert event */
	__u32 clear_sequence;			/* seq. num. of clear event */
	struct pps_ktime_compat assert_tu;	/* time of assert event */
	struct pps_ktime_compat clear_tu;	/* time of clear event */
	int current_mode;			/* current mode bits */
};

struct pps_kparams {
	int api_version;		/* API version # */
	int mode;			/* mode bits */
	struct pps_ktime assert_off_tu;	/* offset compensation for assert */
	struct pps_ktime clear_off_tu;	/* offset compensation for clear */
};

/*
 * 3.3 Mode bit definitions
 */

/* Device/implementation parameters */
#define PPS_CAPTUREASSERT	0x01	/* capture assert events */
#define PPS_CAPTURECLEAR	0x02	/* capture clear events */
#define PPS_CAPTUREBOTH		0x03	/* capture assert and clear events */

#define PPS_OFFSETASSERT	0x10	/* apply compensation for assert event */
#define PPS_OFFSETCLEAR		0x20	/* apply compensation for clear event */

#define PPS_CANWAIT		0x100	/* can we wait for an event? */
#define PPS_CANPOLL		0x200	/* bit reserved for future use */

/* Kernel actions */
#define PPS_ECHOASSERT		0x40	/* feed back assert event to output */
#define PPS_ECHOCLEAR		0x80	/* feed back clear event to output */

/* Timestamp formats */
#define PPS_TSFMT_TSPEC		0x1000	/* select timespec format */
#define PPS_TSFMT_NTPFP		0x2000	/* select NTP format */

/*
 * 3.4.4 New functions: disciplining the kernel timebase
 */

/* Kernel consumers */
#define PPS_KC_HARDPPS		0	/* hardpps() (or equivalent) */
#define PPS_KC_HARDPPS_PLL	1	/* hardpps() constrained to
					   use a phase-locked loop */
#define PPS_KC_HARDPPS_FLL	2	/* hardpps() constrained to
					   use a frequency-locked loop */
/*
 * Here begins the implementation-specific part!
 */

struct pps_fdata {
	struct pps_kinfo info;
	struct pps_ktime timeout;
};

struct pps_fdata_compat {
	struct pps_kinfo_compat info;
	struct pps_ktime_compat timeout;
};

struct pps_bind_args {
	int tsformat;	/* format of time stamps */
	int edge;	/* selected event type */
	int consumer;	/* selected kernel consumer */
};

#include <linux/ioctl.h>

#define PPS_GETPARAMS		_IOR('p', 0xa1, struct pps_kparams *)
#define PPS_SETPARAMS		_IOW('p', 0xa2, struct pps_kparams *)
#define PPS_GETCAP		_IOR('p', 0xa3, int *)
#define PPS_FETCH		_IOWR('p', 0xa4, struct pps_fdata *)
#define PPS_KC_BIND		_IOW('p', 0xa5, struct pps_bind_args *)

#endif /* _PPS_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * INET		An implementation of the TCP/IP protocol suite for the LINUX
 *		operating system.  INET is implemented using the  BSD Socket
 *		interface as the means of communication with the user level.
 *
 *		Definitions for the ICMP protocol.
 *
 * Version:	@(#)icmp.h	1.0.3	04/28/93
 *
 * Author:	Fred N. van Kempen, <waltje@uWalt.NL.Mugnet.ORG>
 *
 *		This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *		modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *		as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *		2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_ICMP_H
#define _LINUX_ICMP_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define ICMP_ECHOREPLY		0	/* Echo Reply			*/
#define ICMP_DEST_UNREACH	3	/* Destination Unreachable	*/
#define ICMP_SOURCE_QUENCH	4	/* Source Quench		*/
#define ICMP_REDIRECT		5	/* Redirect (change route)	*/
#define ICMP_ECHO		8	/* Echo Request			*/
#define ICMP_TIME_EXCEEDED	11	/* Time Exceeded		*/
#define ICMP_PARAMETERPROB	12	/* Parameter Problem		*/
#define ICMP_TIMESTAMP		13	/* Timestamp Request		*/
#define ICMP_TIMESTAMPREPLY	14	/* Timestamp Reply		*/
#define ICMP_INFO_REQUEST	15	/* Information Request		*/
#define ICMP_INFO_REPLY		16	/* Information Reply		*/
#define ICMP_ADDRESS		17	/* Address Mask Request		*/
#define ICMP_ADDRESSREPLY	18	/* Address Mask Reply		*/
#define NR_ICMP_TYPES		18


/* Codes for UNREACH. */
#define ICMP_NET_UNREACH	0	/* Network Unreachable		*/
#define ICMP_HOST_UNREACH	1	/* Host Unreachable		*/
#define ICMP_PROT_UNREACH	2	/* Protocol Unreachable		*/
#define ICMP_PORT_UNREACH	3	/* Port Unreachable		*/
#define ICMP_FRAG_NEEDED	4	/* Fragmentation Needed/DF set	*/
#define ICMP_SR_FAILED		5	/* Source Route failed		*/
#define ICMP_NET_UNKNOWN	6
#define ICMP_HOST_UNKNOWN	7
#define ICMP_HOST_ISOLATED	8
#define ICMP_NET_ANO		9
#define ICMP_HOST_ANO		10
#define ICMP_NET_UNR_TOS	11
#define ICMP_HOST_UNR_TOS	12
#define ICMP_PKT_FILTERED	13	/* Packet filtered */
#define ICMP_PREC_VIOLATION	14	/* Precedence violation */
#define ICMP_PREC_CUTOFF	15	/* Precedence cut off */
#define NR_ICMP_UNREACH		15	/* instead of hardcoding immediate value */

/* Codes for REDIRECT. */
#define ICMP_REDIR_NET		0	/* Redirect Net			*/
#define ICMP_REDIR_HOST		1	/* Redirect Host		*/
#define ICMP_REDIR_NETTOS	2	/* Redirect Net for TOS		*/
#define ICMP_REDIR_HOSTTOS	3	/* Redirect Host for TOS	*/

/* Codes for TIME_EXCEEDED. */
#define ICMP_EXC_TTL		0	/* TTL count exceeded		*/
#define ICMP_EXC_FRAGTIME	1	/* Fragment Reass time exceeded	*/


struct icmphdr {
  __u8		type;
  __u8		code;
  __sum16	checksum;
  union {
	struct {
		__be16	id;
		__be16	sequence;
	} echo;
	__be32	gateway;
	struct {
		__be16	__unused;
		__be16	mtu;
	} frag;
	__u8	reserved[4];
  } un;
};


/*
 *	constants for (set|get)sockopt
 */

#define ICMP_FILTER			1

struct icmp_filter {
	__u32		data;
};


#endif /* _LINUX_ICMP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * INET		An implementation of the TCP/IP protocol suite for the LINUX
 *		operating system.  INET is implemented using the  BSD Socket
 *		interface as the means of communication with the user level.
 *
 *		Global definitions for the ARP (RFC 826) protocol.
 *
 * Version:	@(#)if_arp.h	1.0.1	04/16/93
 *
 * Authors:	Original taken from Berkeley UNIX 4.3, (c) UCB 1986-1988
 *		Portions taken from the KA9Q/NOS (v2.00m PA0GRI) source.
 *		Ross Biro
 *		Fred N. van Kempen, <waltje@uWalt.NL.Mugnet.ORG>
 *		Florian La Roche,
 *		Jonathan Layes <layes@loran.com>
 *		Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@conectiva.com.br> ARPHRD_HWX25
 *
 *		This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *		modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *		as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *		2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_IF_ARP_H
#define _LINUX_IF_ARP_H

#include <linux/netdevice.h>

/* ARP protocol HARDWARE identifiers. */
#define ARPHRD_NETROM	0		/* from KA9Q: NET/ROM pseudo	*/
#define ARPHRD_ETHER 	1		/* Ethernet 10Mbps		*/
#define	ARPHRD_EETHER	2		/* Experimental Ethernet	*/
#define	ARPHRD_AX25	3		/* AX.25 Level 2		*/
#define	ARPHRD_PRONET	4		/* PROnet token ring		*/
#define	ARPHRD_CHAOS	5		/* Chaosnet			*/
#define	ARPHRD_IEEE802	6		/* IEEE 802.2 Ethernet/TR/TB	*/
#define	ARPHRD_ARCNET	7		/* ARCnet			*/
#define	ARPHRD_APPLETLK	8		/* APPLEtalk			*/
#define ARPHRD_DLCI	15		/* Frame Relay DLCI		*/
#define ARPHRD_ATM	19		/* ATM 				*/
#define ARPHRD_METRICOM	23		/* Metricom STRIP (new IANA id)	*/
#define	ARPHRD_IEEE1394	24		/* IEEE 1394 IPv4 - RFC 2734	*/
#define ARPHRD_EUI64	27		/* EUI-64                       */
#define ARPHRD_INFINIBAND 32		/* InfiniBand			*/

/* Dummy types for non ARP hardware */
#define ARPHRD_SLIP	256
#define ARPHRD_CSLIP	257
#define ARPHRD_SLIP6	258
#define ARPHRD_CSLIP6	259
#define ARPHRD_RSRVD	260		/* Notional KISS type 		*/
#define ARPHRD_ADAPT	264
#define ARPHRD_ROSE	270
#define ARPHRD_X25	271		/* CCITT X.25			*/
#define ARPHRD_HWX25	272		/* Boards with X.25 in firmware	*/
#define ARPHRD_CAN	280		/* Controller Area Network      */
#define ARPHRD_PPP	512
#define ARPHRD_CISCO	513		/* Cisco HDLC	 		*/
#define ARPHRD_HDLC	ARPHRD_CISCO
#define ARPHRD_LAPB	516		/* LAPB				*/
#define ARPHRD_DDCMP    517		/* Digital's DDCMP protocol     */
#define ARPHRD_RAWHDLC	518		/* Raw HDLC			*/
#define ARPHRD_RAWIP    519		/* Raw IP                       */

#define ARPHRD_TUNNEL	768		/* IPIP tunnel			*/
#define ARPHRD_TUNNEL6	769		/* IP6IP6 tunnel       		*/
#define ARPHRD_FRAD	770             /* Frame Relay Access Device    */
#define ARPHRD_SKIP	771		/* SKIP vif			*/
#define ARPHRD_LOOPBACK	772		/* Loopback device		*/
#define ARPHRD_LOCALTLK 773		/* Localtalk device		*/
#define ARPHRD_FDDI	774		/* Fiber Distributed Data Interface */
#define ARPHRD_BIF      775             /* AP1000 BIF                   */
#define ARPHRD_SIT	776		/* sit0 device - IPv6-in-IPv4	*/
#define ARPHRD_IPDDP	777		/* IP over DDP tunneller	*/
#define ARPHRD_IPGRE	778		/* GRE over IP			*/
#define ARPHRD_PIMREG	779		/* PIMSM register interface	*/
#define ARPHRD_HIPPI	780		/* High Performance Parallel Interface */
#define ARPHRD_ASH	781		/* Nexus 64Mbps Ash		*/
#define ARPHRD_ECONET	782		/* Acorn Econet			*/
#define ARPHRD_IRDA 	783		/* Linux-IrDA			*/
/* ARP works differently on different FC media .. so  */
#define ARPHRD_FCPP	784		/* Point to point fibrechannel	*/
#define ARPHRD_FCAL	785		/* Fibrechannel arbitrated loop */
#define ARPHRD_FCPL	786		/* Fibrechannel public loop	*/
#define ARPHRD_FCFABRIC	787		/* Fibrechannel fabric		*/
	/* 787->799 reserved for fibrechannel media types */
#define ARPHRD_IEEE802_TR 800		/* Magic type ident for TR	*/
#define ARPHRD_IEEE80211 801		/* IEEE 802.11			*/
#define ARPHRD_IEEE80211_PRISM 802	/* IEEE 802.11 + Prism2 header  */
#define ARPHRD_IEEE80211_RADIOTAP 803	/* IEEE 802.11 + radiotap header */
#define ARPHRD_IEEE802154	  804
#define ARPHRD_IEEE802154_MONITOR 805	/* IEEE 802.15.4 network monitor */

#define ARPHRD_PHONET	820		/* PhoNet media type		*/
#define ARPHRD_PHONET_PIPE 821		/* PhoNet pipe header		*/
#define ARPHRD_CAIF	822		/* CAIF media type		*/
#define ARPHRD_IP6GRE	823		/* GRE over IPv6		*/
#define ARPHRD_NETLINK	824		/* Netlink header		*/
#define ARPHRD_6LOWPAN	825		/* IPv6 over LoWPAN             */
#define ARPHRD_VSOCKMON	826		/* Vsock monitor header		*/

#define ARPHRD_VOID	  0xFFFF	/* Void type, nothing is known */
#define ARPHRD_NONE	  0xFFFE	/* zero header length */

/* ARP protocol opcodes. */
#define	ARPOP_REQUEST	1		/* ARP request			*/
#define	ARPOP_REPLY	2		/* ARP reply			*/
#define	ARPOP_RREQUEST	3		/* RARP request			*/
#define	ARPOP_RREPLY	4		/* RARP reply			*/
#define	ARPOP_InREQUEST	8		/* InARP request		*/
#define	ARPOP_InREPLY	9		/* InARP reply			*/
#define	ARPOP_NAK	10		/* (ATM)ARP NAK			*/


/* ARP ioctl request. */
struct arpreq {
  struct sockaddr	arp_pa;		/* protocol address		*/
  struct sockaddr	arp_ha;		/* hardware address		*/
  int			arp_flags;	/* flags			*/
  struct sockaddr       arp_netmask;    /* netmask (only for proxy arps) */
  char			arp_dev[16];
};

struct arpreq_old {
  struct sockaddr	arp_pa;		/* protocol address		*/
  struct sockaddr	arp_ha;		/* hardware address		*/
  int			arp_flags;	/* flags			*/
  struct sockaddr       arp_netmask;    /* netmask (only for proxy arps) */
};

/* ARP Flag values. */
#define ATF_COM		0x02		/* completed entry (ha valid)	*/
#define	ATF_PERM	0x04		/* permanent entry		*/
#define	ATF_PUBL	0x08		/* publish entry		*/
#define	ATF_USETRAILERS	0x10		/* has requested trailers	*/
#define ATF_NETMASK     0x20            /* want to use a netmask (only
					   for proxy entries) */
#define ATF_DONTPUB	0x40		/* don't answer this addresses	*/

/*
 *	This structure defines an ethernet arp header.
 */

struct arphdr {
	__be16		ar_hrd;		/* format of hardware address	*/
	__be16		ar_pro;		/* format of protocol address	*/
	unsigned char	ar_hln;		/* length of hardware address	*/
	unsigned char	ar_pln;		/* length of protocol address	*/
	__be16		ar_op;		/* ARP opcode (command)		*/

#if 0
	 /*
	  *	 Ethernet looks like this : This bit is variable sized however...
	  */
	unsigned char		ar_sha[ETH_ALEN];	/* sender hardware address	*/
	unsigned char		ar_sip[4];		/* sender IP address		*/
	unsigned char		ar_tha[ETH_ALEN];	/* target hardware address	*/
	unsigned char		ar_tip[4];		/* target IP address		*/
#endif

};


#endif /* _LINUX_IF_ARP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* industrial I/O data types needed both in and out of kernel
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2008 Jonathan Cameron
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation.
 */

#ifndef _IIO_TYPES_H_
#define _IIO_TYPES_H_

enum iio_chan_type {
	IIO_VOLTAGE,
	IIO_CURRENT,
	IIO_POWER,
	IIO_ACCEL,
	IIO_ANGL_VEL,
	IIO_MAGN,
	IIO_LIGHT,
	IIO_INTENSITY,
	IIO_PROXIMITY,
	IIO_TEMP,
	IIO_INCLI,
	IIO_ROT,
	IIO_ANGL,
	IIO_TIMESTAMP,
	IIO_CAPACITANCE,
	IIO_ALTVOLTAGE,
	IIO_CCT,
	IIO_PRESSURE,
	IIO_HUMIDITYRELATIVE,
	IIO_ACTIVITY,
	IIO_STEPS,
	IIO_ENERGY,
	IIO_DISTANCE,
	IIO_VELOCITY,
	IIO_CONCENTRATION,
	IIO_RESISTANCE,
	IIO_PH,
	IIO_UVINDEX,
	IIO_ELECTRICALCONDUCTIVITY,
	IIO_COUNT,
	IIO_INDEX,
	IIO_GRAVITY,
};

enum iio_modifier {
	IIO_NO_MOD,
	IIO_MOD_X,
	IIO_MOD_Y,
	IIO_MOD_Z,
	IIO_MOD_X_AND_Y,
	IIO_MOD_X_AND_Z,
	IIO_MOD_Y_AND_Z,
	IIO_MOD_X_AND_Y_AND_Z,
	IIO_MOD_X_OR_Y,
	IIO_MOD_X_OR_Z,
	IIO_MOD_Y_OR_Z,
	IIO_MOD_X_OR_Y_OR_Z,
	IIO_MOD_LIGHT_BOTH,
	IIO_MOD_LIGHT_IR,
	IIO_MOD_ROOT_SUM_SQUARED_X_Y,
	IIO_MOD_SUM_SQUARED_X_Y_Z,
	IIO_MOD_LIGHT_CLEAR,
	IIO_MOD_LIGHT_RED,
	IIO_MOD_LIGHT_GREEN,
	IIO_MOD_LIGHT_BLUE,
	IIO_MOD_QUATERNION,
	IIO_MOD_TEMP_AMBIENT,
	IIO_MOD_TEMP_OBJECT,
	IIO_MOD_NORTH_MAGN,
	IIO_MOD_NORTH_TRUE,
	IIO_MOD_NORTH_MAGN_TILT_COMP,
	IIO_MOD_NORTH_TRUE_TILT_COMP,
	IIO_MOD_RUNNING,
	IIO_MOD_JOGGING,
	IIO_MOD_WALKING,
	IIO_MOD_STILL,
	IIO_MOD_ROOT_SUM_SQUARED_X_Y_Z,
	IIO_MOD_I,
	IIO_MOD_Q,
	IIO_MOD_CO2,
	IIO_MOD_VOC,
	IIO_MOD_LIGHT_UV,
};

enum iio_event_type {
	IIO_EV_TYPE_THRESH,
	IIO_EV_TYPE_MAG,
	IIO_EV_TYPE_ROC,
	IIO_EV_TYPE_THRESH_ADAPTIVE,
	IIO_EV_TYPE_MAG_ADAPTIVE,
	IIO_EV_TYPE_CHANGE,
};

enum iio_event_direction {
	IIO_EV_DIR_EITHER,
	IIO_EV_DIR_RISING,
	IIO_EV_DIR_FALLING,
	IIO_EV_DIR_NONE,
};

#endif /* _IIO_TYPES_H_ */

/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* The industrial I/O - event passing to userspace
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2008-2011 Jonathan Cameron
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation.
 */
#ifndef _IIO_EVENTS_H_
#define _IIO_EVENTS_H_

#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/**
 * struct iio_event_data - The actual event being pushed to userspace
 * @id:		event identifier
 * @timestamp:	best estimate of time of event occurrence (often from
 *		the interrupt handler)
 */
struct iio_event_data {
	__u64	id;
	__s64	timestamp;
};

#define IIO_GET_EVENT_FD_IOCTL _IOR('i', 0x90, int)

#define IIO_EVENT_CODE_EXTRACT_TYPE(mask) ((mask >> 56) & 0xFF)

#define IIO_EVENT_CODE_EXTRACT_DIR(mask) ((mask >> 48) & 0x7F)

#define IIO_EVENT_CODE_EXTRACT_CHAN_TYPE(mask) ((mask >> 32) & 0xFF)

/* Event code number extraction depends on which type of event we have.
 * Perhaps review this function in the future*/
#define IIO_EVENT_CODE_EXTRACT_CHAN(mask) ((__s16)(mask & 0xFFFF))
#define IIO_EVENT_CODE_EXTRACT_CHAN2(mask) ((__s16)(((mask) >> 16) & 0xFFFF))

#define IIO_EVENT_CODE_EXTRACT_MODIFIER(mask) ((mask >> 40) & 0xFF)
#define IIO_EVENT_CODE_EXTRACT_DIFF(mask) (((mask) >> 55) & 0x1)

#endif /* _IIO_EVENTS_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_PARAM_H
#define _LINUX_PARAM_H

#include <asm/param.h>

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * linux/mdio.h: definitions for MDIO (clause 45) transceivers
 * Copyright 2006-2009 Solarflare Communications Inc.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published
 * by the Free Software Foundation, incorporated herein by reference.
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_MDIO_H__
#define __LINUX_MDIO_H__

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/mii.h>

/* MDIO Manageable Devices (MMDs). */
#define MDIO_MMD_PMAPMD		1	/* Physical Medium Attachment/
					 * Physical Medium Dependent */
#define MDIO_MMD_WIS		2	/* WAN Interface Sublayer */
#define MDIO_MMD_PCS		3	/* Physical Coding Sublayer */
#define MDIO_MMD_PHYXS		4	/* PHY Extender Sublayer */
#define MDIO_MMD_DTEXS		5	/* DTE Extender Sublayer */
#define MDIO_MMD_TC		6	/* Transmission Convergence */
#define MDIO_MMD_AN		7	/* Auto-Negotiation */
#define MDIO_MMD_C22EXT		29	/* Clause 22 extension */
#define MDIO_MMD_VEND1		30	/* Vendor specific 1 */
#define MDIO_MMD_VEND2		31	/* Vendor specific 2 */

/* Generic MDIO registers. */
#define MDIO_CTRL1		MII_BMCR
#define MDIO_STAT1		MII_BMSR
#define MDIO_DEVID1		MII_PHYSID1
#define MDIO_DEVID2		MII_PHYSID2
#define MDIO_SPEED		4	/* Speed ability */
#define MDIO_DEVS1		5	/* Devices in package */
#define MDIO_DEVS2		6
#define MDIO_CTRL2		7	/* 10G control 2 */
#define MDIO_STAT2		8	/* 10G status 2 */
#define MDIO_PMA_TXDIS		9	/* 10G PMA/PMD transmit disable */
#define MDIO_PMA_RXDET		10	/* 10G PMA/PMD receive signal detect */
#define MDIO_PMA_EXTABLE	11	/* 10G PMA/PMD extended ability */
#define MDIO_PKGID1		14	/* Package identifier */
#define MDIO_PKGID2		15
#define MDIO_AN_ADVERTISE	16	/* AN advertising (base page) */
#define MDIO_AN_LPA		19	/* AN LP abilities (base page) */
#define MDIO_PCS_EEE_ABLE	20	/* EEE Capability register */
#define MDIO_PCS_EEE_ABLE2	21	/* EEE Capability register 2 */
#define MDIO_PMA_NG_EXTABLE	21	/* 2.5G/5G PMA/PMD extended ability */
#define MDIO_PCS_EEE_WK_ERR	22	/* EEE wake error counter */
#define MDIO_PHYXS_LNSTAT	24	/* PHY XGXS lane state */
#define MDIO_AN_EEE_ADV		60	/* EEE advertisement */
#define MDIO_AN_EEE_LPABLE	61	/* EEE link partner ability */
#define MDIO_AN_EEE_ADV2	62	/* EEE advertisement 2 */
#define MDIO_AN_EEE_LPABLE2	63	/* EEE link partner ability 2 */

/* Media-dependent registers. */
#define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_SWAPPOL	130	/* 10GBASE-T pair swap & polarity */
#define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_TXPWR	131	/* 10GBASE-T TX power control */
#define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_SNR	133	/* 10GBASE-T SNR margin, lane A.
					 * Lanes B-D are numbered 134-136. */
#define MDIO_PMA_10GBR_FECABLE	170	/* 10GBASE-R FEC ability */
#define MDIO_PCS_10GBX_STAT1	24	/* 10GBASE-X PCS status 1 */
#define MDIO_PCS_10GBRT_STAT1	32	/* 10GBASE-R/-T PCS status 1 */
#define MDIO_PCS_10GBRT_STAT2	33	/* 10GBASE-R/-T PCS status 2 */
#define MDIO_AN_10GBT_CTRL	32	/* 10GBASE-T auto-negotiation control */
#define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT	33	/* 10GBASE-T auto-negotiation status */

/* LASI (Link Alarm Status Interrupt) registers, defined by XENPAK MSA. */
#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RXCTRL	0x9000	/* RX_ALARM control */
#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_TXCTRL	0x9001	/* TX_ALARM control */
#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_CTRL	0x9002	/* LASI control */
#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RXSTAT	0x9003	/* RX_ALARM status */
#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_TXSTAT	0x9004	/* TX_ALARM status */
#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_STAT	0x9005	/* LASI status */

/* Control register 1. */
/* Enable extended speed selection */
#define MDIO_CTRL1_SPEEDSELEXT		(BMCR_SPEED1000 | BMCR_SPEED100)
/* All speed selection bits */
#define MDIO_CTRL1_SPEEDSEL		(MDIO_CTRL1_SPEEDSELEXT | 0x003c)
#define MDIO_CTRL1_FULLDPLX		BMCR_FULLDPLX
#define MDIO_CTRL1_LPOWER		BMCR_PDOWN
#define MDIO_CTRL1_RESET		BMCR_RESET
#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL1_LOOPBACK		0x0001
#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL1_SPEED1000	BMCR_SPEED1000
#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL1_SPEED100		BMCR_SPEED100
#define MDIO_PCS_CTRL1_LOOPBACK		BMCR_LOOPBACK
#define MDIO_PHYXS_CTRL1_LOOPBACK	BMCR_LOOPBACK
#define MDIO_AN_CTRL1_RESTART		BMCR_ANRESTART
#define MDIO_AN_CTRL1_ENABLE		BMCR_ANENABLE
#define MDIO_AN_CTRL1_XNP		0x2000	/* Enable extended next page */
#define MDIO_PCS_CTRL1_CLKSTOP_EN	0x400	/* Stop the clock during LPI */

/* 10 Gb/s */
#define MDIO_CTRL1_SPEED10G		(MDIO_CTRL1_SPEEDSELEXT | 0x00)
/* 10PASS-TS/2BASE-TL */
#define MDIO_CTRL1_SPEED10P2B		(MDIO_CTRL1_SPEEDSELEXT | 0x04)
/* 2.5 Gb/s */
#define MDIO_CTRL1_SPEED2_5G		(MDIO_CTRL1_SPEEDSELEXT | 0x18)
/* 5 Gb/s */
#define MDIO_CTRL1_SPEED5G		(MDIO_CTRL1_SPEEDSELEXT | 0x1c)

/* Status register 1. */
#define MDIO_STAT1_LPOWERABLE		0x0002	/* Low-power ability */
#define MDIO_STAT1_LSTATUS		BMSR_LSTATUS
#define MDIO_STAT1_FAULT		0x0080	/* Fault */
#define MDIO_AN_STAT1_LPABLE		0x0001	/* Link partner AN ability */
#define MDIO_AN_STAT1_ABLE		BMSR_ANEGCAPABLE
#define MDIO_AN_STAT1_RFAULT		BMSR_RFAULT
#define MDIO_AN_STAT1_COMPLETE		BMSR_ANEGCOMPLETE
#define MDIO_AN_STAT1_PAGE		0x0040	/* Page received */
#define MDIO_AN_STAT1_XNP		0x0080	/* Extended next page status */

/* Speed register. */
#define MDIO_SPEED_10G			0x0001	/* 10G capable */
#define MDIO_PMA_SPEED_2B		0x0002	/* 2BASE-TL capable */
#define MDIO_PMA_SPEED_10P		0x0004	/* 10PASS-TS capable */
#define MDIO_PMA_SPEED_1000		0x0010	/* 1000M capable */
#define MDIO_PMA_SPEED_100		0x0020	/* 100M capable */
#define MDIO_PMA_SPEED_10		0x0040	/* 10M capable */
#define MDIO_PCS_SPEED_10P2B		0x0002	/* 10PASS-TS/2BASE-TL capable */
#define MDIO_PCS_SPEED_2_5G		0x0040	/* 2.5G capable */
#define MDIO_PCS_SPEED_5G		0x0080	/* 5G capable */

/* Device present registers. */
#define MDIO_DEVS_PRESENT(devad)	(1 << (devad))
#define MDIO_DEVS_C22PRESENT		MDIO_DEVS_PRESENT(0)
#define MDIO_DEVS_PMAPMD		MDIO_DEVS_PRESENT(MDIO_MMD_PMAPMD)
#define MDIO_DEVS_WIS			MDIO_DEVS_PRESENT(MDIO_MMD_WIS)
#define MDIO_DEVS_PCS			MDIO_DEVS_PRESENT(MDIO_MMD_PCS)
#define MDIO_DEVS_PHYXS			MDIO_DEVS_PRESENT(MDIO_MMD_PHYXS)
#define MDIO_DEVS_DTEXS			MDIO_DEVS_PRESENT(MDIO_MMD_DTEXS)
#define MDIO_DEVS_TC			MDIO_DEVS_PRESENT(MDIO_MMD_TC)
#define MDIO_DEVS_AN			MDIO_DEVS_PRESENT(MDIO_MMD_AN)
#define MDIO_DEVS_C22EXT		MDIO_DEVS_PRESENT(MDIO_MMD_C22EXT)
#define MDIO_DEVS_VEND1			MDIO_DEVS_PRESENT(MDIO_MMD_VEND1)
#define MDIO_DEVS_VEND2			MDIO_DEVS_PRESENT(MDIO_MMD_VEND2)

/* Control register 2. */
#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_TYPE		0x000f	/* PMA/PMD type selection */
#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10GBCX4		0x0000	/* 10GBASE-CX4 type */
#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10GBEW		0x0001	/* 10GBASE-EW type */
#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10GBLW		0x0002	/* 10GBASE-LW type */
#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10GBSW		0x0003	/* 10GBASE-SW type */
#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10GBLX4		0x0004	/* 10GBASE-LX4 type */
#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10GBER		0x0005	/* 10GBASE-ER type */
#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10GBLR		0x0006	/* 10GBASE-LR type */
#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10GBSR		0x0007	/* 10GBASE-SR type */
#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10GBLRM		0x0008	/* 10GBASE-LRM type */
#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10GBT		0x0009	/* 10GBASE-T type */
#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10GBKX4		0x000a	/* 10GBASE-KX4 type */
#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10GBKR		0x000b	/* 10GBASE-KR type */
#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_1000BT		0x000c	/* 1000BASE-T type */
#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_1000BKX		0x000d	/* 1000BASE-KX type */
#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_100BTX		0x000e	/* 100BASE-TX type */
#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10BT		0x000f	/* 10BASE-T type */
#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_2_5GBT		0x0030  /* 2.5GBaseT type */
#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_5GBT		0x0031  /* 5GBaseT type */
#define MDIO_PCS_CTRL2_TYPE		0x0003	/* PCS type selection */
#define MDIO_PCS_CTRL2_10GBR		0x0000	/* 10GBASE-R type */
#define MDIO_PCS_CTRL2_10GBX		0x0001	/* 10GBASE-X type */
#define MDIO_PCS_CTRL2_10GBW		0x0002	/* 10GBASE-W type */
#define MDIO_PCS_CTRL2_10GBT		0x0003	/* 10GBASE-T type */

/* Status register 2. */
#define MDIO_STAT2_RXFAULT		0x0400	/* Receive fault */
#define MDIO_STAT2_TXFAULT		0x0800	/* Transmit fault */
#define MDIO_STAT2_DEVPRST		0xc000	/* Device present */
#define MDIO_STAT2_DEVPRST_VAL		0x8000	/* Device present value */
#define MDIO_PMA_STAT2_LBABLE		0x0001	/* PMA loopback ability */
#define MDIO_PMA_STAT2_10GBEW		0x0002	/* 10GBASE-EW ability */
#define MDIO_PMA_STAT2_10GBLW		0x0004	/* 10GBASE-LW ability */
#define MDIO_PMA_STAT2_10GBSW		0x0008	/* 10GBASE-SW ability */
#define MDIO_PMA_STAT2_10GBLX4		0x0010	/* 10GBASE-LX4 ability */
#define MDIO_PMA_STAT2_10GBER		0x0020	/* 10GBASE-ER ability */
#define MDIO_PMA_STAT2_10GBLR		0x0040	/* 10GBASE-LR ability */
#define MDIO_PMA_STAT2_10GBSR		0x0080	/* 10GBASE-SR ability */
#define MDIO_PMD_STAT2_TXDISAB		0x0100	/* PMD TX disable ability */
#define MDIO_PMA_STAT2_EXTABLE		0x0200	/* Extended abilities */
#define MDIO_PMA_STAT2_RXFLTABLE	0x1000	/* Receive fault ability */
#define MDIO_PMA_STAT2_TXFLTABLE	0x2000	/* Transmit fault ability */
#define MDIO_PCS_STAT2_10GBR		0x0001	/* 10GBASE-R capable */
#define MDIO_PCS_STAT2_10GBX		0x0002	/* 10GBASE-X capable */
#define MDIO_PCS_STAT2_10GBW		0x0004	/* 10GBASE-W capable */
#define MDIO_PCS_STAT2_RXFLTABLE	0x1000	/* Receive fault ability */
#define MDIO_PCS_STAT2_TXFLTABLE	0x2000	/* Transmit fault ability */

/* Transmit disable register. */
#define MDIO_PMD_TXDIS_GLOBAL		0x0001	/* Global PMD TX disable */
#define MDIO_PMD_TXDIS_0		0x0002	/* PMD TX disable 0 */
#define MDIO_PMD_TXDIS_1		0x0004	/* PMD TX disable 1 */
#define MDIO_PMD_TXDIS_2		0x0008	/* PMD TX disable 2 */
#define MDIO_PMD_TXDIS_3		0x0010	/* PMD TX disable 3 */

/* Receive signal detect register. */
#define MDIO_PMD_RXDET_GLOBAL		0x0001	/* Global PMD RX signal detect */
#define MDIO_PMD_RXDET_0		0x0002	/* PMD RX signal detect 0 */
#define MDIO_PMD_RXDET_1		0x0004	/* PMD RX signal detect 1 */
#define MDIO_PMD_RXDET_2		0x0008	/* PMD RX signal detect 2 */
#define MDIO_PMD_RXDET_3		0x0010	/* PMD RX signal detect 3 */

/* Extended abilities register. */
#define MDIO_PMA_EXTABLE_10GCX4		0x0001	/* 10GBASE-CX4 ability */
#define MDIO_PMA_EXTABLE_10GBLRM	0x0002	/* 10GBASE-LRM ability */
#define MDIO_PMA_EXTABLE_10GBT		0x0004	/* 10GBASE-T ability */
#define MDIO_PMA_EXTABLE_10GBKX4	0x0008	/* 10GBASE-KX4 ability */
#define MDIO_PMA_EXTABLE_10GBKR		0x0010	/* 10GBASE-KR ability */
#define MDIO_PMA_EXTABLE_1000BT		0x0020	/* 1000BASE-T ability */
#define MDIO_PMA_EXTABLE_1000BKX	0x0040	/* 1000BASE-KX ability */
#define MDIO_PMA_EXTABLE_100BTX		0x0080	/* 100BASE-TX ability */
#define MDIO_PMA_EXTABLE_10BT		0x0100	/* 10BASE-T ability */
#define MDIO_PMA_EXTABLE_NBT		0x4000  /* 2.5/5GBASE-T ability */

/* PHY XGXS lane state register. */
#define MDIO_PHYXS_LNSTAT_SYNC0		0x0001
#define MDIO_PHYXS_LNSTAT_SYNC1		0x0002
#define MDIO_PHYXS_LNSTAT_SYNC2		0x0004
#define MDIO_PHYXS_LNSTAT_SYNC3		0x0008
#define MDIO_PHYXS_LNSTAT_ALIGN		0x1000

/* PMA 10GBASE-T pair swap & polarity */
#define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_SWAPPOL_ABNX	0x0001	/* Pair A/B uncrossed */
#define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_SWAPPOL_CDNX	0x0002	/* Pair C/D uncrossed */
#define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_SWAPPOL_AREV	0x0100	/* Pair A polarity reversed */
#define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_SWAPPOL_BREV	0x0200	/* Pair B polarity reversed */
#define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_SWAPPOL_CREV	0x0400	/* Pair C polarity reversed */
#define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_SWAPPOL_DREV	0x0800	/* Pair D polarity reversed */

/* PMA 10GBASE-T TX power register. */
#define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_TXPWR_SHORT	0x0001	/* Short-reach mode */

/* PMA 10GBASE-T SNR registers. */
/* Value is SNR margin in dB, clamped to range [-127, 127], plus 0x8000. */
#define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_SNR_BIAS		0x8000
#define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_SNR_MAX		127

/* PMA 10GBASE-R FEC ability register. */
#define MDIO_PMA_10GBR_FECABLE_ABLE	0x0001	/* FEC ability */
#define MDIO_PMA_10GBR_FECABLE_ERRABLE	0x0002	/* FEC error indic. ability */

/* PCS 10GBASE-R/-T status register 1. */
#define MDIO_PCS_10GBRT_STAT1_BLKLK	0x0001	/* Block lock attained */

/* PCS 10GBASE-R/-T status register 2. */
#define MDIO_PCS_10GBRT_STAT2_ERR	0x00ff
#define MDIO_PCS_10GBRT_STAT2_BER	0x3f00

/* AN 10GBASE-T control register. */
#define MDIO_AN_10GBT_CTRL_ADV2_5G	0x0080	/* Advertise 2.5GBASE-T */
#define MDIO_AN_10GBT_CTRL_ADV5G	0x0100	/* Advertise 5GBASE-T */
#define MDIO_AN_10GBT_CTRL_ADV10G	0x1000	/* Advertise 10GBASE-T */

/* AN 10GBASE-T status register. */
#define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_LP2_5G	0x0020  /* LP is 2.5GBT capable */
#define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_LP5G		0x0040  /* LP is 5GBT capable */
#define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_LPTRR	0x0200	/* LP training reset req. */
#define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_LPLTABLE	0x0400	/* LP loop timing ability */
#define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_LP10G	0x0800	/* LP is 10GBT capable */
#define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_REMOK	0x1000	/* Remote OK */
#define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_LOCOK	0x2000	/* Local OK */
#define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_MS		0x4000	/* Master/slave config */
#define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_MSFLT	0x8000	/* Master/slave config fault */

/* EEE Supported/Advertisement/LP Advertisement registers.
 *
 * EEE capability Register (3.20), Advertisement (7.60) and
 * Link partner ability (7.61) registers have and can use the same identical
 * bit masks.
 */
#define MDIO_AN_EEE_ADV_100TX	0x0002	/* Advertise 100TX EEE cap */
#define MDIO_AN_EEE_ADV_1000T	0x0004	/* Advertise 1000T EEE cap */
/* Note: the two defines above can be potentially used by the user-land
 * and cannot remove them now.
 * So, we define the new generic MDIO_EEE_100TX and MDIO_EEE_1000T macros
 * using the previous ones (that can be considered obsolete).
 */
#define MDIO_EEE_100TX		MDIO_AN_EEE_ADV_100TX	/* 100TX EEE cap */
#define MDIO_EEE_1000T		MDIO_AN_EEE_ADV_1000T	/* 1000T EEE cap */
#define MDIO_EEE_10GT		0x0008	/* 10GT EEE cap */
#define MDIO_EEE_1000KX		0x0010	/* 1000KX EEE cap */
#define MDIO_EEE_10GKX4		0x0020	/* 10G KX4 EEE cap */
#define MDIO_EEE_10GKR		0x0040	/* 10G KR EEE cap */
#define MDIO_EEE_40GR_FW	0x0100	/* 40G R fast wake */
#define MDIO_EEE_40GR_DS	0x0200	/* 40G R deep sleep */
#define MDIO_EEE_100GR_FW	0x1000	/* 100G R fast wake */
#define MDIO_EEE_100GR_DS	0x2000	/* 100G R deep sleep */

#define MDIO_EEE_2_5GT		0x0001	/* 2.5GT EEE cap */
#define MDIO_EEE_5GT		0x0002	/* 5GT EEE cap */

/* 2.5G/5G Extended abilities register. */
#define MDIO_PMA_NG_EXTABLE_2_5GBT	0x0001	/* 2.5GBASET ability */
#define MDIO_PMA_NG_EXTABLE_5GBT	0x0002	/* 5GBASET ability */

/* LASI RX_ALARM control/status registers. */
#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RX_PHYXSLFLT	0x0001	/* PHY XS RX local fault */
#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RX_PCSLFLT	0x0008	/* PCS RX local fault */
#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RX_PMALFLT	0x0010	/* PMA/PMD RX local fault */
#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RX_OPTICPOWERFLT	0x0020	/* RX optical power fault */
#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RX_WISLFLT	0x0200	/* WIS local fault */

/* LASI TX_ALARM control/status registers. */
#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_TX_PHYXSLFLT	0x0001	/* PHY XS TX local fault */
#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_TX_PCSLFLT	0x0008	/* PCS TX local fault */
#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_TX_PMALFLT	0x0010	/* PMA/PMD TX local fault */
#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_TX_LASERPOWERFLT	0x0080	/* Laser output power fault */
#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_TX_LASERTEMPFLT	0x0100	/* Laser temperature fault */
#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_TX_LASERBICURRFLT	0x0200	/* Laser bias current fault */

/* LASI control/status registers. */
#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_LSALARM		0x0001	/* LS_ALARM enable/status */
#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_TXALARM		0x0002	/* TX_ALARM enable/status */
#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RXALARM		0x0004	/* RX_ALARM enable/status */

/* Mapping between MDIO PRTAD/DEVAD and mii_ioctl_data::phy_id */

#define MDIO_PHY_ID_C45			0x8000
#define MDIO_PHY_ID_PRTAD		0x03e0
#define MDIO_PHY_ID_DEVAD		0x001f
#define MDIO_PHY_ID_C45_MASK						\
	(MDIO_PHY_ID_C45 | MDIO_PHY_ID_PRTAD | MDIO_PHY_ID_DEVAD)

static __inline__ __u16 mdio_phy_id_c45(int prtad, int devad)
{
	return MDIO_PHY_ID_C45 | (prtad << 5) | devad;
}

/* UsxgmiiChannelInfo[15:0] for USXGMII in-band auto-negotiation.*/
#define MDIO_USXGMII_EEE_CLK_STP	0x0080	/* EEE clock stop supported */
#define MDIO_USXGMII_EEE		0x0100	/* EEE supported */
#define MDIO_USXGMII_SPD_MASK		0x0e00	/* USXGMII speed mask */
#define MDIO_USXGMII_FULL_DUPLEX	0x1000	/* USXGMII full duplex */
#define MDIO_USXGMII_DPX_SPD_MASK	0x1e00	/* USXGMII duplex and speed bits */
#define MDIO_USXGMII_10			0x0000	/* 10Mbps */
#define MDIO_USXGMII_10HALF		0x0000	/* 10Mbps half-duplex */
#define MDIO_USXGMII_10FULL		0x1000	/* 10Mbps full-duplex */
#define MDIO_USXGMII_100		0x0200	/* 100Mbps */
#define MDIO_USXGMII_100HALF		0x0200	/* 100Mbps half-duplex */
#define MDIO_USXGMII_100FULL		0x1200	/* 100Mbps full-duplex */
#define MDIO_USXGMII_1000		0x0400	/* 1000Mbps */
#define MDIO_USXGMII_1000HALF		0x0400	/* 1000Mbps half-duplex */
#define MDIO_USXGMII_1000FULL		0x1400	/* 1000Mbps full-duplex */
#define MDIO_USXGMII_10G		0x0600	/* 10Gbps */
#define MDIO_USXGMII_10GHALF		0x0600	/* 10Gbps half-duplex */
#define MDIO_USXGMII_10GFULL		0x1600	/* 10Gbps full-duplex */
#define MDIO_USXGMII_2500		0x0800	/* 2500Mbps */
#define MDIO_USXGMII_2500HALF		0x0800	/* 2500Mbps half-duplex */
#define MDIO_USXGMII_2500FULL		0x1800	/* 2500Mbps full-duplex */
#define MDIO_USXGMII_5000		0x0a00	/* 5000Mbps */
#define MDIO_USXGMII_5000HALF		0x0a00	/* 5000Mbps half-duplex */
#define MDIO_USXGMII_5000FULL		0x1a00	/* 5000Mbps full-duplex */
#define MDIO_USXGMII_LINK		0x8000	/* PHY link with copper-side partner */

#endif /* __LINUX_MDIO_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Intel Multimedia Timer device interface
 *
 * This file is subject to the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public
 * License.  See the file "COPYING" in the main directory of this archive
 * for more details.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * This file should define an interface compatible with the IA-PC Multimedia
 * Timers Draft Specification (rev. 0.97) from Intel.  Note that some
 * hardware may not be able to safely export its registers to userspace,
 * so the ioctl interface should support all necessary functionality.
 *
 * 11/01/01 - jbarnes - initial revision
 * 9/10/04 - Christoph Lameter - remove interrupt support
 * 9/17/04 - jbarnes - remove test program, move some #defines to the driver
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_MMTIMER_H
#define _LINUX_MMTIMER_H

/*
 * Breakdown of the ioctl's available.  An 'optional' next to the command
 * indicates that supporting this command is optional, while 'required'
 * commands must be implemented if conformance is desired.
 *
 * MMTIMER_GETOFFSET - optional
 *   Should return the offset (relative to the start of the page where the
 *   registers are mapped) for the counter in question.
 *
 * MMTIMER_GETRES - required
 *   The resolution of the clock in femto (10^-15) seconds
 *
 * MMTIMER_GETFREQ - required
 *   Frequency of the clock in Hz
 *
 * MMTIMER_GETBITS - required
 *   Number of bits in the clock's counter
 *
 * MMTIMER_MMAPAVAIL - required
 *   Returns nonzero if the registers can be mmap'd into userspace, 0 otherwise
 *
 * MMTIMER_GETCOUNTER - required
 *   Gets the current value in the counter
 */
#define MMTIMER_IOCTL_BASE 'm'

#define MMTIMER_GETOFFSET _IO(MMTIMER_IOCTL_BASE, 0)
#define MMTIMER_GETRES _IOR(MMTIMER_IOCTL_BASE, 1, unsigned long)
#define MMTIMER_GETFREQ _IOR(MMTIMER_IOCTL_BASE, 2, unsigned long)
#define MMTIMER_GETBITS _IO(MMTIMER_IOCTL_BASE, 4)
#define MMTIMER_MMAPAVAIL _IO(MMTIMER_IOCTL_BASE, 6)
#define MMTIMER_GETCOUNTER _IOR(MMTIMER_IOCTL_BASE, 9, unsigned long)

#endif /* _LINUX_MMTIMER_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT */
/*
 * Header file for the io_uring interface.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2019 Jens Axboe
 * Copyright (C) 2019 Christoph Hellwig
 */
#ifndef LINUX_IO_URING_H
#define LINUX_IO_URING_H

#include <linux/fs.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * IO submission data structure (Submission Queue Entry)
 */
struct io_uring_sqe {
	__u8	opcode;		/* type of operation for this sqe */
	__u8	flags;		/* IOSQE_ flags */
	__u16	ioprio;		/* ioprio for the request */
	__s32	fd;		/* file descriptor to do IO on */
	union {
		__u64	off;	/* offset into file */
		__u64	addr2;
	};
	union {
		__u64	addr;	/* pointer to buffer or iovecs */
		__u64	splice_off_in;
	};
	__u32	len;		/* buffer size or number of iovecs */
	union {
		__kernel_rwf_t	rw_flags;
		__u32		fsync_flags;
		__u16		poll_events;
		__u32		sync_range_flags;
		__u32		msg_flags;
		__u32		timeout_flags;
		__u32		accept_flags;
		__u32		cancel_flags;
		__u32		open_flags;
		__u32		statx_flags;
		__u32		fadvise_advice;
		__u32		splice_flags;
	};
	__u64	user_data;	/* data to be passed back at completion time */
	union {
		struct {
			/* pack this to avoid bogus arm OABI complaints */
			union {
				/* index into fixed buffers, if used */
				__u16	buf_index;
				/* for grouped buffer selection */
				__u16	buf_group;
			} __attribute__((packed));
			/* personality to use, if used */
			__u16	personality;
			__s32	splice_fd_in;
		};
		__u64	__pad2[3];
	};
};

enum {
	IOSQE_FIXED_FILE_BIT,
	IOSQE_IO_DRAIN_BIT,
	IOSQE_IO_LINK_BIT,
	IOSQE_IO_HARDLINK_BIT,
	IOSQE_ASYNC_BIT,
	IOSQE_BUFFER_SELECT_BIT,
};

/*
 * sqe->flags
 */
/* use fixed fileset */
#define IOSQE_FIXED_FILE	(1U << IOSQE_FIXED_FILE_BIT)
/* issue after inflight IO */
#define IOSQE_IO_DRAIN		(1U << IOSQE_IO_DRAIN_BIT)
/* links next sqe */
#define IOSQE_IO_LINK		(1U << IOSQE_IO_LINK_BIT)
/* like LINK, but stronger */
#define IOSQE_IO_HARDLINK	(1U << IOSQE_IO_HARDLINK_BIT)
/* always go async */
#define IOSQE_ASYNC		(1U << IOSQE_ASYNC_BIT)
/* select buffer from sqe->buf_group */
#define IOSQE_BUFFER_SELECT	(1U << IOSQE_BUFFER_SELECT_BIT)

/*
 * io_uring_setup() flags
 */
#define IORING_SETUP_IOPOLL	(1U << 0)	/* io_context is polled */
#define IORING_SETUP_SQPOLL	(1U << 1)	/* SQ poll thread */
#define IORING_SETUP_SQ_AFF	(1U << 2)	/* sq_thread_cpu is valid */
#define IORING_SETUP_CQSIZE	(1U << 3)	/* app defines CQ size */
#define IORING_SETUP_CLAMP	(1U << 4)	/* clamp SQ/CQ ring sizes */
#define IORING_SETUP_ATTACH_WQ	(1U << 5)	/* attach to existing wq */

enum {
	IORING_OP_NOP,
	IORING_OP_READV,
	IORING_OP_WRITEV,
	IORING_OP_FSYNC,
	IORING_OP_READ_FIXED,
	IORING_OP_WRITE_FIXED,
	IORING_OP_POLL_ADD,
	IORING_OP_POLL_REMOVE,
	IORING_OP_SYNC_FILE_RANGE,
	IORING_OP_SENDMSG,
	IORING_OP_RECVMSG,
	IORING_OP_TIMEOUT,
	IORING_OP_TIMEOUT_REMOVE,
	IORING_OP_ACCEPT,
	IORING_OP_ASYNC_CANCEL,
	IORING_OP_LINK_TIMEOUT,
	IORING_OP_CONNECT,
	IORING_OP_FALLOCATE,
	IORING_OP_OPENAT,
	IORING_OP_CLOSE,
	IORING_OP_FILES_UPDATE,
	IORING_OP_STATX,
	IORING_OP_READ,
	IORING_OP_WRITE,
	IORING_OP_FADVISE,
	IORING_OP_MADVISE,
	IORING_OP_SEND,
	IORING_OP_RECV,
	IORING_OP_OPENAT2,
	IORING_OP_EPOLL_CTL,
	IORING_OP_SPLICE,
	IORING_OP_PROVIDE_BUFFERS,
	IORING_OP_REMOVE_BUFFERS,

	/* this goes last, obviously */
	IORING_OP_LAST,
};

/*
 * sqe->fsync_flags
 */
#define IORING_FSYNC_DATASYNC	(1U << 0)

/*
 * sqe->timeout_flags
 */
#define IORING_TIMEOUT_ABS	(1U << 0)

/*
 * sqe->splice_flags
 * extends splice(2) flags
 */
#define SPLICE_F_FD_IN_FIXED	(1U << 31) /* the last bit of __u32 */

/*
 * IO completion data structure (Completion Queue Entry)
 */
struct io_uring_cqe {
	__u64	user_data;	/* sqe->data submission passed back */
	__s32	res;		/* result code for this event */
	__u32	flags;
};

/*
 * cqe->flags
 *
 * IORING_CQE_F_BUFFER	If set, the upper 16 bits are the buffer ID
 */
#define IORING_CQE_F_BUFFER		(1U << 0)

enum {
	IORING_CQE_BUFFER_SHIFT		= 16,
};

/*
 * Magic offsets for the application to mmap the data it needs
 */
#define IORING_OFF_SQ_RING		0ULL
#define IORING_OFF_CQ_RING		0x8000000ULL
#define IORING_OFF_SQES			0x10000000ULL

/*
 * Filled with the offset for mmap(2)
 */
struct io_sqring_offsets {
	__u32 head;
	__u32 tail;
	__u32 ring_mask;
	__u32 ring_entries;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 dropped;
	__u32 array;
	__u32 resv1;
	__u64 resv2;
};

/*
 * sq_ring->flags
 */
#define IORING_SQ_NEED_WAKEUP	(1U << 0) /* needs io_uring_enter wakeup */

struct io_cqring_offsets {
	__u32 head;
	__u32 tail;
	__u32 ring_mask;
	__u32 ring_entries;
	__u32 overflow;
	__u32 cqes;
	__u64 resv[2];
};

/*
 * io_uring_enter(2) flags
 */
#define IORING_ENTER_GETEVENTS	(1U << 0)
#define IORING_ENTER_SQ_WAKEUP	(1U << 1)

/*
 * Passed in for io_uring_setup(2). Copied back with updated info on success
 */
struct io_uring_params {
	__u32 sq_entries;
	__u32 cq_entries;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 sq_thread_cpu;
	__u32 sq_thread_idle;
	__u32 features;
	__u32 wq_fd;
	__u32 resv[3];
	struct io_sqring_offsets sq_off;
	struct io_cqring_offsets cq_off;
};

/*
 * io_uring_params->features flags
 */
#define IORING_FEAT_SINGLE_MMAP		(1U << 0)
#define IORING_FEAT_NODROP		(1U << 1)
#define IORING_FEAT_SUBMIT_STABLE	(1U << 2)
#define IORING_FEAT_RW_CUR_POS		(1U << 3)
#define IORING_FEAT_CUR_PERSONALITY	(1U << 4)
#define IORING_FEAT_FAST_POLL		(1U << 5)

/*
 * io_uring_register(2) opcodes and arguments
 */
#define IORING_REGISTER_BUFFERS		0
#define IORING_UNREGISTER_BUFFERS	1
#define IORING_REGISTER_FILES		2
#define IORING_UNREGISTER_FILES		3
#define IORING_REGISTER_EVENTFD		4
#define IORING_UNREGISTER_EVENTFD	5
#define IORING_REGISTER_FILES_UPDATE	6
#define IORING_REGISTER_EVENTFD_ASYNC	7
#define IORING_REGISTER_PROBE		8
#define IORING_REGISTER_PERSONALITY	9
#define IORING_UNREGISTER_PERSONALITY	10

struct io_uring_files_update {
	__u32 offset;
	__u32 resv;
	__aligned_u64 /* __s32 * */ fds;
};

#define IO_URING_OP_SUPPORTED	(1U << 0)

struct io_uring_probe_op {
	__u8 op;
	__u8 resv;
	__u16 flags;	/* IO_URING_OP_* flags */
	__u32 resv2;
};

struct io_uring_probe {
	__u8 last_op;	/* last opcode supported */
	__u8 ops_len;	/* length of ops[] array below */
	__u16 resv;
	__u32 resv2[3];
	struct io_uring_probe_op ops[0];
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *	NET3	PLIP tuning facilities for the new Niibe PLIP.
 *
 *	This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *	modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *	as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *	2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 */
 
#ifndef _LINUX_IF_PLIP_H
#define _LINUX_IF_PLIP_H

#include <linux/sockios.h>

#define	SIOCDEVPLIP	SIOCDEVPRIVATE

struct plipconf {
	unsigned short pcmd;
	unsigned long  nibble;
	unsigned long  trigger;
};

#define PLIP_GET_TIMEOUT	0x1
#define PLIP_SET_TIMEOUT	0x2

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _IPX_H_
#define _IPX_H_
#include <linux/libc-compat.h>	/* for compatibility with glibc netipx/ipx.h */
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/sockios.h>
#include <linux/socket.h>
#define IPX_NODE_LEN	6
#define IPX_MTU		576

#if __UAPI_DEF_SOCKADDR_IPX
struct sockaddr_ipx {
	__kernel_sa_family_t sipx_family;
	__be16		sipx_port;
	__be32		sipx_network;
	unsigned char 	sipx_node[IPX_NODE_LEN];
	__u8		sipx_type;
	unsigned char	sipx_zero;	/* 16 byte fill */
};
#endif /* __UAPI_DEF_SOCKADDR_IPX */

/*
 * So we can fit the extra info for SIOCSIFADDR into the address nicely
 */
#define sipx_special	sipx_port
#define sipx_action	sipx_zero
#define IPX_DLTITF	0
#define IPX_CRTITF	1

#if __UAPI_DEF_IPX_ROUTE_DEFINITION
struct ipx_route_definition {
	__be32        ipx_network;
	__be32        ipx_router_network;
	unsigned char ipx_router_node[IPX_NODE_LEN];
};
#endif /* __UAPI_DEF_IPX_ROUTE_DEFINITION */

#if __UAPI_DEF_IPX_INTERFACE_DEFINITION
struct ipx_interface_definition {
	__be32        ipx_network;
	unsigned char ipx_device[16];
	unsigned char ipx_dlink_type;
#define IPX_FRAME_NONE		0
#define IPX_FRAME_SNAP		1
#define IPX_FRAME_8022		2
#define IPX_FRAME_ETHERII	3
#define IPX_FRAME_8023		4
#define IPX_FRAME_TR_8022       5 /* obsolete */
	unsigned char ipx_special;
#define IPX_SPECIAL_NONE	0
#define IPX_PRIMARY		1
#define IPX_INTERNAL		2
	unsigned char ipx_node[IPX_NODE_LEN];
};
#endif /* __UAPI_DEF_IPX_INTERFACE_DEFINITION */

#if __UAPI_DEF_IPX_CONFIG_DATA
struct ipx_config_data {
	unsigned char	ipxcfg_auto_select_primary;
	unsigned char	ipxcfg_auto_create_interfaces;
};
#endif /* __UAPI_DEF_IPX_CONFIG_DATA */

/*
 * OLD Route Definition for backward compatibility.
 */

#if __UAPI_DEF_IPX_ROUTE_DEF
struct ipx_route_def {
	__be32		ipx_network;
	__be32		ipx_router_network;
#define IPX_ROUTE_NO_ROUTER	0
	unsigned char	ipx_router_node[IPX_NODE_LEN];
	unsigned char	ipx_device[16];
	unsigned short	ipx_flags;
#define IPX_RT_SNAP		8
#define IPX_RT_8022		4
#define IPX_RT_BLUEBOOK		2
#define IPX_RT_ROUTED		1
};
#endif /* __UAPI_DEF_IPX_ROUTE_DEF */

#define SIOCAIPXITFCRT		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE)
#define SIOCAIPXPRISLT		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 1)
#define SIOCIPXCFGDATA		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 2)
#define SIOCIPXNCPCONN		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 3)
#endif /* _IPX_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * ARM Power State and Coordination Interface (PSCI) header
 *
 * This header holds common PSCI defines and macros shared
 * by: ARM kernel, ARM64 kernel, KVM ARM/ARM64 and user space.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2014 Linaro Ltd.
 * Author: Anup Patel <anup.patel@linaro.org>
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_PSCI_H
#define _LINUX_PSCI_H

/*
 * PSCI v0.1 interface
 *
 * The PSCI v0.1 function numbers are implementation defined.
 *
 * Only PSCI return values such as: SUCCESS, NOT_SUPPORTED,
 * INVALID_PARAMS, and DENIED defined below are applicable
 * to PSCI v0.1.
 */

/* PSCI v0.2 interface */
#define PSCI_0_2_FN_BASE			0x84000000
#define PSCI_0_2_FN(n)				(PSCI_0_2_FN_BASE + (n))
#define PSCI_0_2_64BIT				0x40000000
#define PSCI_0_2_FN64_BASE			\
					(PSCI_0_2_FN_BASE + PSCI_0_2_64BIT)
#define PSCI_0_2_FN64(n)			(PSCI_0_2_FN64_BASE + (n))

#define PSCI_0_2_FN_PSCI_VERSION		PSCI_0_2_FN(0)
#define PSCI_0_2_FN_CPU_SUSPEND			PSCI_0_2_FN(1)
#define PSCI_0_2_FN_CPU_OFF			PSCI_0_2_FN(2)
#define PSCI_0_2_FN_CPU_ON			PSCI_0_2_FN(3)
#define PSCI_0_2_FN_AFFINITY_INFO		PSCI_0_2_FN(4)
#define PSCI_0_2_FN_MIGRATE			PSCI_0_2_FN(5)
#define PSCI_0_2_FN_MIGRATE_INFO_TYPE		PSCI_0_2_FN(6)
#define PSCI_0_2_FN_MIGRATE_INFO_UP_CPU		PSCI_0_2_FN(7)
#define PSCI_0_2_FN_SYSTEM_OFF			PSCI_0_2_FN(8)
#define PSCI_0_2_FN_SYSTEM_RESET		PSCI_0_2_FN(9)

#define PSCI_0_2_FN64_CPU_SUSPEND		PSCI_0_2_FN64(1)
#define PSCI_0_2_FN64_CPU_ON			PSCI_0_2_FN64(3)
#define PSCI_0_2_FN64_AFFINITY_INFO		PSCI_0_2_FN64(4)
#define PSCI_0_2_FN64_MIGRATE			PSCI_0_2_FN64(5)
#define PSCI_0_2_FN64_MIGRATE_INFO_UP_CPU	PSCI_0_2_FN64(7)

#define PSCI_1_0_FN_PSCI_FEATURES		PSCI_0_2_FN(10)
#define PSCI_1_0_FN_SYSTEM_SUSPEND		PSCI_0_2_FN(14)
#define PSCI_1_0_FN_SET_SUSPEND_MODE		PSCI_0_2_FN(15)
#define PSCI_1_1_FN_SYSTEM_RESET2		PSCI_0_2_FN(18)

#define PSCI_1_0_FN64_SYSTEM_SUSPEND		PSCI_0_2_FN64(14)
#define PSCI_1_1_FN64_SYSTEM_RESET2		PSCI_0_2_FN64(18)

/* PSCI v0.2 power state encoding for CPU_SUSPEND function */
#define PSCI_0_2_POWER_STATE_ID_MASK		0xffff
#define PSCI_0_2_POWER_STATE_ID_SHIFT		0
#define PSCI_0_2_POWER_STATE_TYPE_SHIFT		16
#define PSCI_0_2_POWER_STATE_TYPE_MASK		\
				(0x1 << PSCI_0_2_POWER_STATE_TYPE_SHIFT)
#define PSCI_0_2_POWER_STATE_AFFL_SHIFT		24
#define PSCI_0_2_POWER_STATE_AFFL_MASK		\
				(0x3 << PSCI_0_2_POWER_STATE_AFFL_SHIFT)

/* PSCI extended power state encoding for CPU_SUSPEND function */
#define PSCI_1_0_EXT_POWER_STATE_ID_MASK	0xfffffff
#define PSCI_1_0_EXT_POWER_STATE_ID_SHIFT	0
#define PSCI_1_0_EXT_POWER_STATE_TYPE_SHIFT	30
#define PSCI_1_0_EXT_POWER_STATE_TYPE_MASK	\
				(0x1 << PSCI_1_0_EXT_POWER_STATE_TYPE_SHIFT)

/* PSCI v0.2 affinity level state returned by AFFINITY_INFO */
#define PSCI_0_2_AFFINITY_LEVEL_ON		0
#define PSCI_0_2_AFFINITY_LEVEL_OFF		1
#define PSCI_0_2_AFFINITY_LEVEL_ON_PENDING	2

/* PSCI v0.2 multicore support in Trusted OS returned by MIGRATE_INFO_TYPE */
#define PSCI_0_2_TOS_UP_MIGRATE			0
#define PSCI_0_2_TOS_UP_NO_MIGRATE		1
#define PSCI_0_2_TOS_MP				2

/* PSCI version decoding (independent of PSCI version) */
#define PSCI_VERSION_MAJOR_SHIFT		16
#define PSCI_VERSION_MINOR_MASK			\
		((1U << PSCI_VERSION_MAJOR_SHIFT) - 1)
#define PSCI_VERSION_MAJOR_MASK			~PSCI_VERSION_MINOR_MASK
#define PSCI_VERSION_MAJOR(ver)			\
		(((ver) & PSCI_VERSION_MAJOR_MASK) >> PSCI_VERSION_MAJOR_SHIFT)
#define PSCI_VERSION_MINOR(ver)			\
		((ver) & PSCI_VERSION_MINOR_MASK)
#define PSCI_VERSION(maj, min)						\
	((((maj) << PSCI_VERSION_MAJOR_SHIFT) & PSCI_VERSION_MAJOR_MASK) | \
	 ((min) & PSCI_VERSION_MINOR_MASK))

/* PSCI features decoding (>=1.0) */
#define PSCI_1_0_FEATURES_CPU_SUSPEND_PF_SHIFT	1
#define PSCI_1_0_FEATURES_CPU_SUSPEND_PF_MASK	\
			(0x1 << PSCI_1_0_FEATURES_CPU_SUSPEND_PF_SHIFT)

#define PSCI_1_0_OS_INITIATED			BIT(0)
#define PSCI_1_0_SUSPEND_MODE_PC		0
#define PSCI_1_0_SUSPEND_MODE_OSI		1

/* PSCI return values (inclusive of all PSCI versions) */
#define PSCI_RET_SUCCESS			0
#define PSCI_RET_NOT_SUPPORTED			-1
#define PSCI_RET_INVALID_PARAMS			-2
#define PSCI_RET_DENIED				-3
#define PSCI_RET_ALREADY_ON			-4
#define PSCI_RET_ON_PENDING			-5
#define PSCI_RET_INTERNAL_FAILURE		-6
#define PSCI_RET_NOT_PRESENT			-7
#define PSCI_RET_DISABLED			-8
#define PSCI_RET_INVALID_ADDRESS		-9

#endif /* _LINUX_PSCI_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_UTIME_H
#define _LINUX_UTIME_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct utimbuf {
	__kernel_time_t actime;
	__kernel_time_t modtime;
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * ppp-ioctl.h - PPP ioctl definitions.
 *
 * Copyright 1999-2002 Paul Mackerras.
 *
 *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *  version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 */
#ifndef _PPP_IOCTL_H
#define _PPP_IOCTL_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#include <linux/ppp_defs.h>

/*
 * Bit definitions for flags argument to PPPIOCGFLAGS/PPPIOCSFLAGS.
 */
#define SC_COMP_PROT	0x00000001	/* protocol compression (output) */
#define SC_COMP_AC	0x00000002	/* header compression (output) */
#define	SC_COMP_TCP	0x00000004	/* TCP (VJ) compression (output) */
#define SC_NO_TCP_CCID	0x00000008	/* disable VJ connection-id comp. */
#define SC_REJ_COMP_AC	0x00000010	/* reject adrs/ctrl comp. on input */
#define SC_REJ_COMP_TCP	0x00000020	/* reject TCP (VJ) comp. on input */
#define SC_CCP_OPEN	0x00000040	/* Look at CCP packets */
#define SC_CCP_UP	0x00000080	/* May send/recv compressed packets */
#define SC_ENABLE_IP	0x00000100	/* IP packets may be exchanged */
#define SC_LOOP_TRAFFIC	0x00000200	/* send traffic to pppd */
#define SC_MULTILINK	0x00000400	/* do multilink encapsulation */
#define SC_MP_SHORTSEQ	0x00000800	/* use short MP sequence numbers */
#define SC_COMP_RUN	0x00001000	/* compressor has been inited */
#define SC_DECOMP_RUN	0x00002000	/* decompressor has been inited */
#define SC_MP_XSHORTSEQ	0x00004000	/* transmit short MP seq numbers */
#define SC_DEBUG	0x00010000	/* enable debug messages */
#define SC_LOG_INPKT	0x00020000	/* log contents of good pkts recvd */
#define SC_LOG_OUTPKT	0x00040000	/* log contents of pkts sent */
#define SC_LOG_RAWIN	0x00080000	/* log all chars received */
#define SC_LOG_FLUSH	0x00100000	/* log all chars flushed */
#define	SC_SYNC		0x00200000	/* synchronous serial mode */
#define	SC_MUST_COMP    0x00400000	/* no uncompressed packets may be sent or received */
#define	SC_MASK		0x0f600fff	/* bits that user can change */

/* state bits */
#define SC_XMIT_BUSY	0x10000000	/* (used by isdn_ppp?) */
#define SC_RCV_ODDP	0x08000000	/* have rcvd char with odd parity */
#define SC_RCV_EVNP	0x04000000	/* have rcvd char with even parity */
#define SC_RCV_B7_1	0x02000000	/* have rcvd char with bit 7 = 1 */
#define SC_RCV_B7_0	0x01000000	/* have rcvd char with bit 7 = 0 */
#define SC_DC_FERROR	0x00800000	/* fatal decomp error detected */
#define SC_DC_ERROR	0x00400000	/* non-fatal decomp error detected */

/* Used with PPPIOCGNPMODE/PPPIOCSNPMODE */
struct npioctl {
	int		protocol;	/* PPP protocol, e.g. PPP_IP */
	enum NPmode	mode;
};

/* Structure describing a CCP configuration option, for PPPIOCSCOMPRESS */
struct ppp_option_data {
	__u8	*ptr;
	__u32	length;
	int	transmit;
};

/* For PPPIOCGL2TPSTATS */
struct pppol2tp_ioc_stats {
	__u16		tunnel_id;	/* redundant */
	__u16		session_id;	/* if zero, get tunnel stats */
	__u32		using_ipsec:1;	/* valid only for session_id == 0 */
	__aligned_u64	tx_packets;
	__aligned_u64	tx_bytes;
	__aligned_u64	tx_errors;
	__aligned_u64	rx_packets;
	__aligned_u64	rx_bytes;
	__aligned_u64	rx_seq_discards;
	__aligned_u64	rx_oos_packets;
	__aligned_u64	rx_errors;
};

/*
 * Ioctl definitions.
 */

#define	PPPIOCGFLAGS	_IOR('t', 90, int)	/* get configuration flags */
#define	PPPIOCSFLAGS	_IOW('t', 89, int)	/* set configuration flags */
#define	PPPIOCGASYNCMAP	_IOR('t', 88, int)	/* get async map */
#define	PPPIOCSASYNCMAP	_IOW('t', 87, int)	/* set async map */
#define	PPPIOCGUNIT	_IOR('t', 86, int)	/* get ppp unit number */
#define	PPPIOCGRASYNCMAP _IOR('t', 85, int)	/* get receive async map */
#define	PPPIOCSRASYNCMAP _IOW('t', 84, int)	/* set receive async map */
#define	PPPIOCGMRU	_IOR('t', 83, int)	/* get max receive unit */
#define	PPPIOCSMRU	_IOW('t', 82, int)	/* set max receive unit */
#define	PPPIOCSMAXCID	_IOW('t', 81, int)	/* set VJ max slot ID */
#define PPPIOCGXASYNCMAP _IOR('t', 80, ext_accm) /* get extended ACCM */
#define PPPIOCSXASYNCMAP _IOW('t', 79, ext_accm) /* set extended ACCM */
#define PPPIOCXFERUNIT	_IO('t', 78)		/* transfer PPP unit */
#define PPPIOCSCOMPRESS	_IOW('t', 77, struct ppp_option_data)
#define PPPIOCGNPMODE	_IOWR('t', 76, struct npioctl) /* get NP mode */
#define PPPIOCSNPMODE	_IOW('t', 75, struct npioctl)  /* set NP mode */
#define PPPIOCSPASS	_IOW('t', 71, struct sock_fprog) /* set pass filter */
#define PPPIOCSACTIVE	_IOW('t', 70, struct sock_fprog) /* set active filt */
#define PPPIOCGDEBUG	_IOR('t', 65, int)	/* Read debug level */
#define PPPIOCSDEBUG	_IOW('t', 64, int)	/* Set debug level */
#define PPPIOCGIDLE	_IOR('t', 63, struct ppp_idle) /* get idle time */
#define PPPIOCNEWUNIT	_IOWR('t', 62, int)	/* create new ppp unit */
#define PPPIOCATTACH	_IOW('t', 61, int)	/* attach to ppp unit */
#define PPPIOCDETACH	_IOW('t', 60, int)	/* obsolete, do not use */
#define PPPIOCSMRRU	_IOW('t', 59, int)	/* set multilink MRU */
#define PPPIOCCONNECT	_IOW('t', 58, int)	/* connect channel to unit */
#define PPPIOCDISCONN	_IO('t', 57)		/* disconnect channel */
#define PPPIOCATTCHAN	_IOW('t', 56, int)	/* attach to ppp channel */
#define PPPIOCGCHAN	_IOR('t', 55, int)	/* get ppp channel number */
#define PPPIOCGL2TPSTATS _IOR('t', 54, struct pppol2tp_ioc_stats)

#define SIOCGPPPSTATS   (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 0)
#define SIOCGPPPVER     (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 1)	/* NEVER change this!! */
#define SIOCGPPPCSTATS  (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 2)

#endif /* _PPP_IOCTL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
    On Screen Display cx23415 Framebuffer driver

    Copyright (C) 2006, 2007  Ian Armstrong <ian@iarmst.demon.co.uk>

    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.

    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.

    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_IVTVFB_H__
#define __LINUX_IVTVFB_H__


#include <linux/types.h>

/* Framebuffer external API */

struct ivtvfb_dma_frame {
	void *source;
	unsigned long dest_offset;
	int count;
};

#define IVTVFB_IOC_DMA_FRAME 	_IOW('V', BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE+0, struct ivtvfb_dma_frame)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Upcall description for nfsdcld communication
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2012 Red Hat, Inc.
 * Author(s): Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
 *
 *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 *  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 *  (at your option) any later version.
 *
 *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 *  GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
 */

#ifndef _NFSD_CLD_H
#define _NFSD_CLD_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* latest upcall version available */
#define CLD_UPCALL_VERSION 2

/* defined by RFC3530 */
#define NFS4_OPAQUE_LIMIT 1024

#ifndef SHA256_DIGEST_SIZE
#define SHA256_DIGEST_SIZE      32
#endif

enum cld_command {
	Cld_Create,		/* create a record for this cm_id */
	Cld_Remove,		/* remove record of this cm_id */
	Cld_Check,		/* is this cm_id allowed? */
	Cld_GraceDone,		/* grace period is complete */
	Cld_GraceStart,		/* grace start (upload client records) */
	Cld_GetVersion,		/* query max supported upcall version */
};

/* representation of long-form NFSv4 client ID */
struct cld_name {
	__u16		cn_len;				/* length of cm_id */
	unsigned char	cn_id[NFS4_OPAQUE_LIMIT];	/* client-provided */
} __attribute__((packed));

/* sha256 hash of the kerberos principal */
struct cld_princhash {
	__u8		cp_len;				/* length of cp_data */
	unsigned char	cp_data[SHA256_DIGEST_SIZE];	/* hash of principal */
} __attribute__((packed));

struct cld_clntinfo {
	struct cld_name		cc_name;
	struct cld_princhash	cc_princhash;
} __attribute__((packed));

/* message struct for communication with userspace */
struct cld_msg {
	__u8		cm_vers;		/* upcall version */
	__u8		cm_cmd;			/* upcall command */
	__s16		cm_status;		/* return code */
	__u32		cm_xid;			/* transaction id */
	union {
		__s64		cm_gracetime;	/* grace period start time */
		struct cld_name	cm_name;
		__u8		cm_version;	/* for getting max version */
	} __attribute__((packed)) cm_u;
} __attribute__((packed));

/* version 2 message can include hash of kerberos principal */
struct cld_msg_v2 {
	__u8		cm_vers;		/* upcall version */
	__u8		cm_cmd;			/* upcall command */
	__s16		cm_status;		/* return code */
	__u32		cm_xid;			/* transaction id */
	union {
		struct cld_name	cm_name;
		__u8		cm_version;	/* for getting max version */
		struct cld_clntinfo cm_clntinfo; /* name & princ hash */
	} __attribute__((packed)) cm_u;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct cld_msg_hdr {
	__u8		cm_vers;		/* upcall version */
	__u8		cm_cmd;			/* upcall command */
	__s16		cm_status;		/* return code */
	__u32		cm_xid;			/* transaction id */
} __attribute__((packed));

#endif /* !_NFSD_CLD_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * linux/include/linux/nfsd/debug.h
 *
 * Debugging-related stuff for nfsd
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1995 Olaf Kirch <okir@monad.swb.de>
 */

#ifndef LINUX_NFSD_DEBUG_H
#define LINUX_NFSD_DEBUG_H

#include <linux/sunrpc/debug.h>

/*
 * knfsd debug flags
 */
#define NFSDDBG_SOCK		0x0001
#define NFSDDBG_FH		0x0002
#define NFSDDBG_EXPORT		0x0004
#define NFSDDBG_SVC		0x0008
#define NFSDDBG_PROC		0x0010
#define NFSDDBG_FILEOP		0x0020
#define NFSDDBG_AUTH		0x0040
#define NFSDDBG_REPCACHE	0x0080
#define NFSDDBG_XDR		0x0100
#define NFSDDBG_LOCKD		0x0200
#define NFSDDBG_PNFS		0x0400
#define NFSDDBG_ALL		0x7FFF
#define NFSDDBG_NOCHANGE	0xFFFF



#endif /* LINUX_NFSD_DEBUG_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * include/linux/nfsd/export.h
 * 
 * Public declarations for NFS exports. The definitions for the
 * syscall interface are in nfsctl.h
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Olaf Kirch <okir@monad.swb.de>
 */

#ifndef NFSD_EXPORT_H
#define NFSD_EXPORT_H

# include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * Important limits for the exports stuff.
 */
#define NFSCLNT_IDMAX		1024
#define NFSCLNT_ADDRMAX		16
#define NFSCLNT_KEYMAX		32

/*
 * Export flags.
 *
 * Please update the expflags[] array in fs/nfsd/export.c when adding
 * a new flag.
 */
#define NFSEXP_READONLY		0x0001
#define NFSEXP_INSECURE_PORT	0x0002
#define NFSEXP_ROOTSQUASH	0x0004
#define NFSEXP_ALLSQUASH	0x0008
#define NFSEXP_ASYNC		0x0010
#define NFSEXP_GATHERED_WRITES	0x0020
#define NFSEXP_NOREADDIRPLUS    0x0040
#define NFSEXP_SECURITY_LABEL	0x0080
/* 0x100 currently unused */
#define NFSEXP_NOHIDE		0x0200
#define NFSEXP_NOSUBTREECHECK	0x0400
#define	NFSEXP_NOAUTHNLM	0x0800		/* Don't authenticate NLM requests - just trust */
#define NFSEXP_MSNFS		0x1000	/* do silly things that MS clients expect; no longer supported */
#define NFSEXP_FSID		0x2000
#define	NFSEXP_CROSSMOUNT	0x4000
#define	NFSEXP_NOACL		0x8000	/* reserved for possible ACL related use */
/*
 * The NFSEXP_V4ROOT flag causes the kernel to give access only to NFSv4
 * clients, and only to the single directory that is the root of the
 * export; further lookup and readdir operations are treated as if every
 * subdirectory was a mountpoint, and ignored if they are not themselves
 * exported.  This is used by nfsd and mountd to construct the NFSv4
 * pseudofilesystem, which provides access only to paths leading to each
 * exported filesystem.
 */
#define	NFSEXP_V4ROOT		0x10000
#define NFSEXP_PNFS		0x20000

/* All flags that we claim to support.  (Note we don't support NOACL.) */
#define NFSEXP_ALLFLAGS		0x3FEFF

/* The flags that may vary depending on security flavor: */
#define NFSEXP_SECINFO_FLAGS	(NFSEXP_READONLY | NFSEXP_ROOTSQUASH \
					| NFSEXP_ALLSQUASH \
					| NFSEXP_INSECURE_PORT)


#endif /* NFSD_EXPORT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * linux/include/linux/nfsd/stats.h
 *
 * Statistics for NFS server.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Olaf Kirch <okir@monad.swb.de>
 */

#ifndef LINUX_NFSD_STATS_H
#define LINUX_NFSD_STATS_H

#include <linux/nfs4.h>

/* thread usage wraps very million seconds (approx one fortnight) */
#define	NFSD_USAGE_WRAP	(HZ*1000000)

#endif /* LINUX_NFSD_STATS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_STDDEF_H
#define _LINUX_STDDEF_H



#ifndef __always_inline
#define __always_inline __inline__
#endif

/**
 * __struct_group() - Create a mirrored named and anonyomous struct
 *
 * @TAG: The tag name for the named sub-struct (usually empty)
 * @NAME: The identifier name of the mirrored sub-struct
 * @ATTRS: Any struct attributes (usually empty)
 * @MEMBERS: The member declarations for the mirrored structs
 *
 * Used to create an anonymous union of two structs with identical layout
 * and size: one anonymous and one named. The former's members can be used
 * normally without sub-struct naming, and the latter can be used to
 * reason about the start, end, and size of the group of struct members.
 * The named struct can also be explicitly tagged for layer reuse, as well
 * as both having struct attributes appended.
 */
#define __struct_group(TAG, NAME, ATTRS, MEMBERS...) \
	union { \
		struct { MEMBERS } ATTRS; \
		struct TAG { MEMBERS } ATTRS NAME; \
	}

#endif

/*
 * __DECLARE_FLEX_ARRAY() - Declare a flexible array usable in a union
 *
 * @TYPE: The type of each flexible array element
 * @NAME: The name of the flexible array member
 *
 * In order to have a flexible array member in a union or alone in a
 * struct, it needs to be wrapped in an anonymous struct with at least 1
 * named member, but that member can be empty.
 */
#define __DECLARE_FLEX_ARRAY(TYPE, NAME)	\
	struct { \
		struct { } __empty_ ## NAME; \
		TYPE NAME[]; \
	}
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright 2017 IBM Corp.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 * 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_ASPEED_LPC_CTRL_H
#define _LINUX_ASPEED_LPC_CTRL_H

#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/* Window types */
#define ASPEED_LPC_CTRL_WINDOW_FLASH	1
#define ASPEED_LPC_CTRL_WINDOW_MEMORY	2

/*
 * This driver provides a window for the host to access a BMC resource
 * across the BMC <-> Host LPC bus.
 *
 * window_type: The BMC resource that the host will access through the
 * window. BMC flash and BMC RAM.
 *
 * window_id: For each window type there may be multiple windows,
 * these are referenced by ID.
 *
 * flags: Reserved for future use, this field is expected to be
 * zeroed.
 *
 * addr: Address on the host LPC bus that the specified window should
 * be mapped. This address must be power of two aligned.
 *
 * offset: Offset into the BMC window that should be mapped to the
 * host (at addr). This must be a multiple of size.
 *
 * size: The size of the mapping. The smallest possible size is 64K.
 * This must be power of two aligned.
 *
 */

struct aspeed_lpc_ctrl_mapping {
	__u8	window_type;
	__u8	window_id;
	__u16	flags;
	__u32	addr;
	__u32	offset;
	__u32	size;
};

#define __ASPEED_LPC_CTRL_IOCTL_MAGIC	0xb2

#define ASPEED_LPC_CTRL_IOCTL_GET_SIZE	_IOWR(__ASPEED_LPC_CTRL_IOCTL_MAGIC, \
		0x00, struct aspeed_lpc_ctrl_mapping)

#define ASPEED_LPC_CTRL_IOCTL_MAP	_IOW(__ASPEED_LPC_CTRL_IOCTL_MAGIC, \
		0x01, struct aspeed_lpc_ctrl_mapping)

#endif /* _LINUX_ASPEED_LPC_CTRL_H */
/* Types and definitions for AF_RXRPC.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2007 Red Hat, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
 * Written by David Howells (dhowells@redhat.com)
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 * 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_RXRPC_H
#define _LINUX_RXRPC_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/in.h>
#include <linux/in6.h>

/*
 * RxRPC socket address
 */
struct sockaddr_rxrpc {
	__kernel_sa_family_t	srx_family;	/* address family */
	__u16			srx_service;	/* service desired */
	__u16			transport_type;	/* type of transport socket (SOCK_DGRAM) */
	__u16			transport_len;	/* length of transport address */
	union {
		__kernel_sa_family_t family;	/* transport address family */
		struct sockaddr_in sin;		/* IPv4 transport address */
		struct sockaddr_in6 sin6;	/* IPv6 transport address */
	} transport;
};

/*
 * RxRPC socket options
 */
#define RXRPC_SECURITY_KEY		1	/* [clnt] set client security key */
#define RXRPC_SECURITY_KEYRING		2	/* [srvr] set ring of server security keys */
#define RXRPC_EXCLUSIVE_CONNECTION	3	/* Deprecated; use RXRPC_EXCLUSIVE_CALL instead */
#define RXRPC_MIN_SECURITY_LEVEL	4	/* minimum security level */
#define RXRPC_UPGRADEABLE_SERVICE	5	/* Upgrade service[0] -> service[1] */
#define RXRPC_SUPPORTED_CMSG		6	/* Get highest supported control message type */

/*
 * RxRPC control messages
 * - If neither abort or accept are specified, the message is a data message.
 * - terminal messages mean that a user call ID tag can be recycled
 * - s/r/- indicate whether these are applicable to sendmsg() and/or recvmsg()
 */
enum rxrpc_cmsg_type {
	RXRPC_USER_CALL_ID	= 1,	/* sr: user call ID specifier */
	RXRPC_ABORT		= 2,	/* sr: abort request / notification [terminal] */
	RXRPC_ACK		= 3,	/* -r: [Service] RPC op final ACK received [terminal] */
	RXRPC_NET_ERROR		= 5,	/* -r: network error received [terminal] */
	RXRPC_BUSY		= 6,	/* -r: server busy received [terminal] */
	RXRPC_LOCAL_ERROR	= 7,	/* -r: local error generated [terminal] */
	RXRPC_NEW_CALL		= 8,	/* -r: [Service] new incoming call notification */
	RXRPC_ACCEPT		= 9,	/* s-: [Service] accept request */
	RXRPC_EXCLUSIVE_CALL	= 10,	/* s-: Call should be on exclusive connection */
	RXRPC_UPGRADE_SERVICE	= 11,	/* s-: Request service upgrade for client call */
	RXRPC_TX_LENGTH		= 12,	/* s-: Total length of Tx data */
	RXRPC_SET_CALL_TIMEOUT	= 13,	/* s-: Set one or more call timeouts */
	RXRPC__SUPPORTED
};

/*
 * RxRPC security levels
 */
#define RXRPC_SECURITY_PLAIN	0	/* plain secure-checksummed packets only */
#define RXRPC_SECURITY_AUTH	1	/* authenticated packets */
#define RXRPC_SECURITY_ENCRYPT	2	/* encrypted packets */

/*
 * RxRPC security indices
 */
#define RXRPC_SECURITY_NONE	0	/* no security protocol */
#define RXRPC_SECURITY_RXKAD	2	/* kaserver or kerberos 4 */
#define RXRPC_SECURITY_RXGK	4	/* gssapi-based */
#define RXRPC_SECURITY_RXK5	5	/* kerberos 5 */

/*
 * RxRPC-level abort codes
 */
#define RX_CALL_DEAD		-1	/* call/conn has been inactive and is shut down */
#define RX_INVALID_OPERATION	-2	/* invalid operation requested / attempted */
#define RX_CALL_TIMEOUT		-3	/* call timeout exceeded */
#define RX_EOF			-4	/* unexpected end of data on read op */
#define RX_PROTOCOL_ERROR	-5	/* low-level protocol error */
#define RX_USER_ABORT		-6	/* generic user abort */
#define RX_ADDRINUSE		-7	/* UDP port in use */
#define RX_DEBUGI_BADTYPE	-8	/* bad debugging packet type */

/*
 * (un)marshalling abort codes (rxgen)
 */
#define RXGEN_CC_MARSHAL	-450
#define RXGEN_CC_UNMARSHAL	-451
#define RXGEN_SS_MARSHAL	-452
#define RXGEN_SS_UNMARSHAL	-453
#define RXGEN_DECODE		-454
#define RXGEN_OPCODE		-455
#define RXGEN_SS_XDRFREE	-456
#define RXGEN_CC_XDRFREE	-457

/*
 * Rx kerberos security abort codes
 * - unfortunately we have no generalised security abort codes to say things
 *   like "unsupported security", so we have to use these instead and hope the
 *   other side understands
 */
#define RXKADINCONSISTENCY	19270400	/* security module structure inconsistent */
#define RXKADPACKETSHORT	19270401	/* packet too short for security challenge */
#define RXKADLEVELFAIL		19270402	/* security level negotiation failed */
#define RXKADTICKETLEN		19270403	/* ticket length too short or too long */
#define RXKADOUTOFSEQUENCE	19270404	/* packet had bad sequence number */
#define RXKADNOAUTH		19270405	/* caller not authorised */
#define RXKADBADKEY		19270406	/* illegal key: bad parity or weak */
#define RXKADBADTICKET		19270407	/* security object was passed a bad ticket */
#define RXKADUNKNOWNKEY		19270408	/* ticket contained unknown key version number */
#define RXKADEXPIRED		19270409	/* authentication expired */
#define RXKADSEALEDINCON	19270410	/* sealed data inconsistent */
#define RXKADDATALEN		19270411	/* user data too long */
#define RXKADILLEGALLEVEL	19270412	/* caller not authorised to use encrypted conns */

#endif /* _LINUX_RXRPC_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) */
/*
 * Copyright(c) 2003-2015 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.
 * Intel Management Engine Interface (Intel MEI) Linux driver
 * Intel MEI Interface Header
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_MEI_H
#define _LINUX_MEI_H

#include <linux/uuid.h>

/*
 * This IOCTL is used to associate the current file descriptor with a
 * FW Client (given by UUID). This opens a communication channel
 * between a host client and a FW client. From this point every read and write
 * will communicate with the associated FW client.
 * Only in close() (file_operation release()) the communication between
 * the clients is disconnected
 *
 * The IOCTL argument is a struct with a union that contains
 * the input parameter and the output parameter for this IOCTL.
 *
 * The input parameter is UUID of the FW Client.
 * The output parameter is the properties of the FW client
 * (FW protocol version and max message size).
 *
 */
#define IOCTL_MEI_CONNECT_CLIENT \
	_IOWR('H' , 0x01, struct mei_connect_client_data)

/*
 * Intel MEI client information struct
 */
struct mei_client {
	__u32 max_msg_length;
	__u8 protocol_version;
	__u8 reserved[3];
};

/*
 * IOCTL Connect Client Data structure
 */
struct mei_connect_client_data {
	union {
		uuid_le in_client_uuid;
		struct mei_client out_client_properties;
	};
};

/**
 * DOC: set and unset event notification for a connected client
 *
 * The IOCTL argument is 1 for enabling event notification and 0 for
 * disabling the service
 * Return:  -EOPNOTSUPP if the devices doesn't support the feature
 */
#define IOCTL_MEI_NOTIFY_SET _IOW('H', 0x02, __u32)

/**
 * DOC: retrieve notification
 *
 * The IOCTL output argument is 1 if an event was is pending and 0 otherwise
 * the ioctl has to be called in order to acknowledge pending event
 *
 * Return:  -EOPNOTSUPP if the devices doesn't support the feature
 */
#define IOCTL_MEI_NOTIFY_GET _IOR('H', 0x03, __u32)

/**
 * struct mei_connect_client_vtag - mei client information struct with vtag
 *
 * @in_client_uuid: UUID of client to connect
 * @vtag: virtual tag
 * @reserved: reserved for future use
 */
struct mei_connect_client_vtag {
	uuid_le in_client_uuid;
	__u8 vtag;
	__u8 reserved[3];
};

/**
 * struct mei_connect_client_data_vtag - IOCTL connect data union
 *
 * @connect: input connect data
 * @out_client_properties: output client data
 */
struct mei_connect_client_data_vtag {
	union {
		struct mei_connect_client_vtag connect;
		struct mei_client out_client_properties;
	};
};

/**
 * DOC:
 * This IOCTL is used to associate the current file descriptor with a
 * FW Client (given by UUID), and virtual tag (vtag).
 * The IOCTL opens a communication channel between a host client and
 * a FW client on a tagged channel. From this point on, every read
 * and write will communicate with the associated FW client with
 * on the tagged channel.
 * Upone close() the communication is terminated.
 *
 * The IOCTL argument is a struct with a union that contains
 * the input parameter and the output parameter for this IOCTL.
 *
 * The input parameter is UUID of the FW Client, a vtag [0,255]
 * The output parameter is the properties of the FW client
 * (FW protocool version and max message size).
 *
 * Clients that do not support tagged connection
 * will respond with -EOPNOTSUPP.
 */
#define IOCTL_MEI_CONNECT_CLIENT_VTAG \
	_IOWR('H', 0x04, struct mei_connect_client_data_vtag)

#endif /* _LINUX_MEI_H  */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_NETLINK_H
#define __LINUX_NETLINK_H

#include <linux/kernel.h>
#include <linux/socket.h> /* for __kernel_sa_family_t */
#include <linux/types.h>

#define NETLINK_ROUTE		0	/* Routing/device hook				*/
#define NETLINK_UNUSED		1	/* Unused number				*/
#define NETLINK_USERSOCK	2	/* Reserved for user mode socket protocols 	*/
#define NETLINK_FIREWALL	3	/* Unused number, formerly ip_queue		*/
#define NETLINK_SOCK_DIAG	4	/* socket monitoring				*/
#define NETLINK_NFLOG		5	/* netfilter/iptables ULOG */
#define NETLINK_XFRM		6	/* ipsec */
#define NETLINK_SELINUX		7	/* SELinux event notifications */
#define NETLINK_ISCSI		8	/* Open-iSCSI */
#define NETLINK_AUDIT		9	/* auditing */
#define NETLINK_FIB_LOOKUP	10	
#define NETLINK_CONNECTOR	11
#define NETLINK_NETFILTER	12	/* netfilter subsystem */
#define NETLINK_IP6_FW		13
#define NETLINK_DNRTMSG		14	/* DECnet routing messages */
#define NETLINK_KOBJECT_UEVENT	15	/* Kernel messages to userspace */
#define NETLINK_GENERIC		16
/* leave room for NETLINK_DM (DM Events) */
#define NETLINK_SCSITRANSPORT	18	/* SCSI Transports */
#define NETLINK_ECRYPTFS	19
#define NETLINK_RDMA		20
#define NETLINK_CRYPTO		21	/* Crypto layer */
#define NETLINK_SMC		22	/* SMC monitoring */

#define NETLINK_INET_DIAG	NETLINK_SOCK_DIAG

#define MAX_LINKS 32		

struct sockaddr_nl {
	__kernel_sa_family_t	nl_family;	/* AF_NETLINK	*/
	unsigned short	nl_pad;		/* zero		*/
	__u32		nl_pid;		/* port ID	*/
       	__u32		nl_groups;	/* multicast groups mask */
};

struct nlmsghdr {
	__u32		nlmsg_len;	/* Length of message including header */
	__u16		nlmsg_type;	/* Message content */
	__u16		nlmsg_flags;	/* Additional flags */
	__u32		nlmsg_seq;	/* Sequence number */
	__u32		nlmsg_pid;	/* Sending process port ID */
};

/* Flags values */

#define NLM_F_REQUEST		0x01	/* It is request message. 	*/
#define NLM_F_MULTI		0x02	/* Multipart message, terminated by NLMSG_DONE */
#define NLM_F_ACK		0x04	/* Reply with ack, with zero or error code */
#define NLM_F_ECHO		0x08	/* Echo this request 		*/
#define NLM_F_DUMP_INTR		0x10	/* Dump was inconsistent due to sequence change */
#define NLM_F_DUMP_FILTERED	0x20	/* Dump was filtered as requested */

/* Modifiers to GET request */
#define NLM_F_ROOT	0x100	/* specify tree	root	*/
#define NLM_F_MATCH	0x200	/* return all matching	*/
#define NLM_F_ATOMIC	0x400	/* atomic GET		*/
#define NLM_F_DUMP	(NLM_F_ROOT|NLM_F_MATCH)

/* Modifiers to NEW request */
#define NLM_F_REPLACE	0x100	/* Override existing		*/
#define NLM_F_EXCL	0x200	/* Do not touch, if it exists	*/
#define NLM_F_CREATE	0x400	/* Create, if it does not exist	*/
#define NLM_F_APPEND	0x800	/* Add to end of list		*/

/* Modifiers to DELETE request */
#define NLM_F_NONREC	0x100	/* Do not delete recursively	*/

/* Flags for ACK message */
#define NLM_F_CAPPED	0x100	/* request was capped */
#define NLM_F_ACK_TLVS	0x200	/* extended ACK TVLs were included */

/*
   4.4BSD ADD		NLM_F_CREATE|NLM_F_EXCL
   4.4BSD CHANGE	NLM_F_REPLACE

   True CHANGE		NLM_F_CREATE|NLM_F_REPLACE
   Append		NLM_F_CREATE
   Check		NLM_F_EXCL
 */

#define NLMSG_ALIGNTO	4U
#define NLMSG_ALIGN(len) ( ((len)+NLMSG_ALIGNTO-1) & ~(NLMSG_ALIGNTO-1) )
#define NLMSG_HDRLEN	 ((int) NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct nlmsghdr)))
#define NLMSG_LENGTH(len) ((len) + NLMSG_HDRLEN)
#define NLMSG_SPACE(len) NLMSG_ALIGN(NLMSG_LENGTH(len))
#define NLMSG_DATA(nlh)  ((void*)(((char*)nlh) + NLMSG_LENGTH(0)))
#define NLMSG_NEXT(nlh,len)	 ((len) -= NLMSG_ALIGN((nlh)->nlmsg_len), \
				  (struct nlmsghdr*)(((char*)(nlh)) + NLMSG_ALIGN((nlh)->nlmsg_len)))
#define NLMSG_OK(nlh,len) ((len) >= (int)sizeof(struct nlmsghdr) && \
			   (nlh)->nlmsg_len >= sizeof(struct nlmsghdr) && \
			   (nlh)->nlmsg_len <= (len))
#define NLMSG_PAYLOAD(nlh,len) ((nlh)->nlmsg_len - NLMSG_SPACE((len)))

#define NLMSG_NOOP		0x1	/* Nothing.		*/
#define NLMSG_ERROR		0x2	/* Error		*/
#define NLMSG_DONE		0x3	/* End of a dump	*/
#define NLMSG_OVERRUN		0x4	/* Data lost		*/

#define NLMSG_MIN_TYPE		0x10	/* < 0x10: reserved control messages */

struct nlmsgerr {
	int		error;
	struct nlmsghdr msg;
	/*
	 * followed by the message contents unless NETLINK_CAP_ACK was set
	 * or the ACK indicates success (error == 0)
	 * message length is aligned with NLMSG_ALIGN()
	 */
	/*
	 * followed by TLVs defined in enum nlmsgerr_attrs
	 * if NETLINK_EXT_ACK was set
	 */
};

/**
 * enum nlmsgerr_attrs - nlmsgerr attributes
 * @NLMSGERR_ATTR_UNUSED: unused
 * @NLMSGERR_ATTR_MSG: error message string (string)
 * @NLMSGERR_ATTR_OFFS: offset of the invalid attribute in the original
 *	 message, counting from the beginning of the header (u32)
 * @NLMSGERR_ATTR_COOKIE: arbitrary subsystem specific cookie to
 *	be used - in the success case - to identify a created
 *	object or operation or similar (binary)
 * @__NLMSGERR_ATTR_MAX: number of attributes
 * @NLMSGERR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
 */
enum nlmsgerr_attrs {
	NLMSGERR_ATTR_UNUSED,
	NLMSGERR_ATTR_MSG,
	NLMSGERR_ATTR_OFFS,
	NLMSGERR_ATTR_COOKIE,

	__NLMSGERR_ATTR_MAX,
	NLMSGERR_ATTR_MAX = __NLMSGERR_ATTR_MAX - 1
};

#define NETLINK_ADD_MEMBERSHIP		1
#define NETLINK_DROP_MEMBERSHIP		2
#define NETLINK_PKTINFO			3
#define NETLINK_BROADCAST_ERROR		4
#define NETLINK_NO_ENOBUFS		5
#define NETLINK_RX_RING			6
#define NETLINK_TX_RING			7
#define NETLINK_LISTEN_ALL_NSID		8
#define NETLINK_LIST_MEMBERSHIPS	9
#define NETLINK_CAP_ACK			10
#define NETLINK_EXT_ACK			11
#define NETLINK_GET_STRICT_CHK		12

struct nl_pktinfo {
	__u32	group;
};

struct nl_mmap_req {
	unsigned int	nm_block_size;
	unsigned int	nm_block_nr;
	unsigned int	nm_frame_size;
	unsigned int	nm_frame_nr;
};

struct nl_mmap_hdr {
	unsigned int	nm_status;
	unsigned int	nm_len;
	__u32		nm_group;
	/* credentials */
	__u32		nm_pid;
	__u32		nm_uid;
	__u32		nm_gid;
};

enum nl_mmap_status {
	NL_MMAP_STATUS_UNUSED,
	NL_MMAP_STATUS_RESERVED,
	NL_MMAP_STATUS_VALID,
	NL_MMAP_STATUS_COPY,
	NL_MMAP_STATUS_SKIP,
};

#define NL_MMAP_MSG_ALIGNMENT		NLMSG_ALIGNTO
#define NL_MMAP_MSG_ALIGN(sz)		__ALIGN_KERNEL(sz, NL_MMAP_MSG_ALIGNMENT)
#define NL_MMAP_HDRLEN			NL_MMAP_MSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct nl_mmap_hdr))

#define NET_MAJOR 36		/* Major 36 is reserved for networking 						*/

enum {
	NETLINK_UNCONNECTED = 0,
	NETLINK_CONNECTED,
};

/*
 *  <------- NLA_HDRLEN ------> <-- NLA_ALIGN(payload)-->
 * +---------------------+- - -+- - - - - - - - - -+- - -+
 * |        Header       | Pad |     Payload       | Pad |
 * |   (struct nlattr)   | ing |                   | ing |
 * +---------------------+- - -+- - - - - - - - - -+- - -+
 *  <-------------- nlattr->nla_len -------------->
 */

struct nlattr {
	__u16           nla_len;
	__u16           nla_type;
};

/*
 * nla_type (16 bits)
 * +---+---+-------------------------------+
 * | N | O | Attribute Type                |
 * +---+---+-------------------------------+
 * N := Carries nested attributes
 * O := Payload stored in network byte order
 *
 * Note: The N and O flag are mutually exclusive.
 */
#define NLA_F_NESTED		(1 << 15)
#define NLA_F_NET_BYTEORDER	(1 << 14)
#define NLA_TYPE_MASK		~(NLA_F_NESTED | NLA_F_NET_BYTEORDER)

#define NLA_ALIGNTO		4
#define NLA_ALIGN(len)		(((len) + NLA_ALIGNTO - 1) & ~(NLA_ALIGNTO - 1))
#define NLA_HDRLEN		((int) NLA_ALIGN(sizeof(struct nlattr)))

/* Generic 32 bitflags attribute content sent to the kernel.
 *
 * The value is a bitmap that defines the values being set
 * The selector is a bitmask that defines which value is legit
 *
 * Examples:
 *  value = 0x0, and selector = 0x1
 *  implies we are selecting bit 1 and we want to set its value to 0.
 *
 *  value = 0x2, and selector = 0x2
 *  implies we are selecting bit 2 and we want to set its value to 1.
 *
 */
struct nla_bitfield32 {
	__u32 value;
	__u32 selector;
};

/*
 * policy descriptions - it's specific to each family how this is used
 * Normally, it should be retrieved via a dump inside another attribute
 * specifying where it applies.
 */

/**
 * enum netlink_attribute_type - type of an attribute
 * @NL_ATTR_TYPE_INVALID: unused
 * @NL_ATTR_TYPE_FLAG: flag attribute (present/not present)
 * @NL_ATTR_TYPE_U8: 8-bit unsigned attribute
 * @NL_ATTR_TYPE_U16: 16-bit unsigned attribute
 * @NL_ATTR_TYPE_U32: 32-bit unsigned attribute
 * @NL_ATTR_TYPE_U64: 64-bit unsigned attribute
 * @NL_ATTR_TYPE_S8: 8-bit signed attribute
 * @NL_ATTR_TYPE_S16: 16-bit signed attribute
 * @NL_ATTR_TYPE_S32: 32-bit signed attribute
 * @NL_ATTR_TYPE_S64: 64-bit signed attribute
 * @NL_ATTR_TYPE_BINARY: binary data, min/max length may be specified
 * @NL_ATTR_TYPE_STRING: string, min/max length may be specified
 * @NL_ATTR_TYPE_NUL_STRING: NUL-terminated string,
 *	min/max length may be specified
 * @NL_ATTR_TYPE_NESTED: nested, i.e. the content of this attribute
 *	consists of sub-attributes. The nested policy and maxtype
 *	inside may be specified.
 * @NL_ATTR_TYPE_NESTED_ARRAY: nested array, i.e. the content of this
 *	attribute contains sub-attributes whose type is irrelevant
 *	(just used to separate the array entries) and each such array
 *	entry has attributes again, the policy for those inner ones
 *	and the corresponding maxtype may be specified.
 * @NL_ATTR_TYPE_BITFIELD32: &struct nla_bitfield32 attribute
 */
enum netlink_attribute_type {
	NL_ATTR_TYPE_INVALID,

	NL_ATTR_TYPE_FLAG,

	NL_ATTR_TYPE_U8,
	NL_ATTR_TYPE_U16,
	NL_ATTR_TYPE_U32,
	NL_ATTR_TYPE_U64,

	NL_ATTR_TYPE_S8,
	NL_ATTR_TYPE_S16,
	NL_ATTR_TYPE_S32,
	NL_ATTR_TYPE_S64,

	NL_ATTR_TYPE_BINARY,
	NL_ATTR_TYPE_STRING,
	NL_ATTR_TYPE_NUL_STRING,

	NL_ATTR_TYPE_NESTED,
	NL_ATTR_TYPE_NESTED_ARRAY,

	NL_ATTR_TYPE_BITFIELD32,
};

/**
 * enum netlink_policy_type_attr - policy type attributes
 * @NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_UNSPEC: unused
 * @NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_TYPE: type of the attribute,
 *	&enum netlink_attribute_type (U32)
 * @NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_MIN_VALUE_S: minimum value for signed
 *	integers (S64)
 * @NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_MAX_VALUE_S: maximum value for signed
 *	integers (S64)
 * @NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_MIN_VALUE_U: minimum value for unsigned
 *	integers (U64)
 * @NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_MAX_VALUE_U: maximum value for unsigned
 *	integers (U64)
 * @NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_MIN_LENGTH: minimum length for binary
 *	attributes, no minimum if not given (U32)
 * @NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_MAX_LENGTH: maximum length for binary
 *	attributes, no maximum if not given (U32)
 * @NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_POLICY_IDX: sub policy for nested and
 *	nested array types (U32)
 * @NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_POLICY_MAXTYPE: maximum sub policy
 *	attribute for nested and nested array types, this can
 *	in theory be < the size of the policy pointed to by
 *	the index, if limited inside the nesting (U32)
 * @NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_BITFIELD32_MASK: valid mask for the
 *	bitfield32 type (U32)
 * @NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_MASK: mask of valid bits for unsigned integers (U64)
 * @NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit alignment
 */
enum netlink_policy_type_attr {
	NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_TYPE,
	NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_MIN_VALUE_S,
	NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_MAX_VALUE_S,
	NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_MIN_VALUE_U,
	NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_MAX_VALUE_U,
	NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_MIN_LENGTH,
	NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_MAX_LENGTH,
	NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_POLICY_IDX,
	NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_POLICY_MAXTYPE,
	NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_BITFIELD32_MASK,
	NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_PAD,
	NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_MASK,

	/* keep last */
	__NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_MAX,
	NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL_POLICY_TYPE_ATTR_MAX - 1
};

#endif /* __LINUX_NETLINK_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * include/linux/if_team.h - Network team device driver header
 * Copyright (c) 2011 Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_IF_TEAM_H_
#define _LINUX_IF_TEAM_H_


#define TEAM_STRING_MAX_LEN 32

/**********************************
 * NETLINK_GENERIC netlink family.
 **********************************/

enum {
	TEAM_CMD_NOOP,
	TEAM_CMD_OPTIONS_SET,
	TEAM_CMD_OPTIONS_GET,
	TEAM_CMD_PORT_LIST_GET,

	__TEAM_CMD_MAX,
	TEAM_CMD_MAX = (__TEAM_CMD_MAX - 1),
};

enum {
	TEAM_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	TEAM_ATTR_TEAM_IFINDEX,		/* u32 */
	TEAM_ATTR_LIST_OPTION,		/* nest */
	TEAM_ATTR_LIST_PORT,		/* nest */

	__TEAM_ATTR_MAX,
	TEAM_ATTR_MAX = __TEAM_ATTR_MAX - 1,
};

/* Nested layout of get/set msg:
 *
 *	[TEAM_ATTR_LIST_OPTION]
 *		[TEAM_ATTR_ITEM_OPTION]
 *			[TEAM_ATTR_OPTION_*], ...
 *		[TEAM_ATTR_ITEM_OPTION]
 *			[TEAM_ATTR_OPTION_*], ...
 *		...
 *	[TEAM_ATTR_LIST_PORT]
 *		[TEAM_ATTR_ITEM_PORT]
 *			[TEAM_ATTR_PORT_*], ...
 *		[TEAM_ATTR_ITEM_PORT]
 *			[TEAM_ATTR_PORT_*], ...
 *		...
 */

enum {
	TEAM_ATTR_ITEM_OPTION_UNSPEC,
	TEAM_ATTR_ITEM_OPTION,		/* nest */

	__TEAM_ATTR_ITEM_OPTION_MAX,
	TEAM_ATTR_ITEM_OPTION_MAX = __TEAM_ATTR_ITEM_OPTION_MAX - 1,
};

enum {
	TEAM_ATTR_OPTION_UNSPEC,
	TEAM_ATTR_OPTION_NAME,		/* string */
	TEAM_ATTR_OPTION_CHANGED,	/* flag */
	TEAM_ATTR_OPTION_TYPE,		/* u8 */
	TEAM_ATTR_OPTION_DATA,		/* dynamic */
	TEAM_ATTR_OPTION_REMOVED,	/* flag */
	TEAM_ATTR_OPTION_PORT_IFINDEX,	/* u32 */ /* for per-port options */
	TEAM_ATTR_OPTION_ARRAY_INDEX,	/* u32 */ /* for array options */

	__TEAM_ATTR_OPTION_MAX,
	TEAM_ATTR_OPTION_MAX = __TEAM_ATTR_OPTION_MAX - 1,
};

enum {
	TEAM_ATTR_ITEM_PORT_UNSPEC,
	TEAM_ATTR_ITEM_PORT,		/* nest */

	__TEAM_ATTR_ITEM_PORT_MAX,
	TEAM_ATTR_ITEM_PORT_MAX = __TEAM_ATTR_ITEM_PORT_MAX - 1,
};

enum {
	TEAM_ATTR_PORT_UNSPEC,
	TEAM_ATTR_PORT_IFINDEX,		/* u32 */
	TEAM_ATTR_PORT_CHANGED,		/* flag */
	TEAM_ATTR_PORT_LINKUP,		/* flag */
	TEAM_ATTR_PORT_SPEED,		/* u32 */
	TEAM_ATTR_PORT_DUPLEX,		/* u8 */
	TEAM_ATTR_PORT_REMOVED,		/* flag */

	__TEAM_ATTR_PORT_MAX,
	TEAM_ATTR_PORT_MAX = __TEAM_ATTR_PORT_MAX - 1,
};

/*
 * NETLINK_GENERIC related info
 */
#define TEAM_GENL_NAME "team"
#define TEAM_GENL_VERSION 0x1
#define TEAM_GENL_CHANGE_EVENT_MC_GRP_NAME "change_event"

#endif /* _LINUX_IF_TEAM_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_XFRM_H
#define _LINUX_XFRM_H

#include <linux/in6.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/* All of the structures in this file may not change size as they are
 * passed into the kernel from userspace via netlink sockets.
 */

/* Structure to encapsulate addresses. I do not want to use
 * "standard" structure. My apologies.
 */
typedef union {
	__be32		a4;
	__be32		a6[4];
	struct in6_addr	in6;
} xfrm_address_t;

/* Ident of a specific xfrm_state. It is used on input to lookup
 * the state by (spi,daddr,ah/esp) or to store information about
 * spi, protocol and tunnel address on output.
 */
struct xfrm_id {
	xfrm_address_t	daddr;
	__be32		spi;
	__u8		proto;
};

struct xfrm_sec_ctx {
	__u8	ctx_doi;
	__u8	ctx_alg;
	__u16	ctx_len;
	__u32	ctx_sid;
	char	ctx_str[0];
};

/* Security Context Domains of Interpretation */
#define XFRM_SC_DOI_RESERVED 0
#define XFRM_SC_DOI_LSM 1

/* Security Context Algorithms */
#define XFRM_SC_ALG_RESERVED 0
#define XFRM_SC_ALG_SELINUX 1

/* Selector, used as selector both on policy rules (SPD) and SAs. */

struct xfrm_selector {
	xfrm_address_t	daddr;
	xfrm_address_t	saddr;
	__be16	dport;
	__be16	dport_mask;
	__be16	sport;
	__be16	sport_mask;
	__u16	family;
	__u8	prefixlen_d;
	__u8	prefixlen_s;
	__u8	proto;
	int	ifindex;
	__kernel_uid32_t	user;
};

#define XFRM_INF (~(__u64)0)

struct xfrm_lifetime_cfg {
	__u64	soft_byte_limit;
	__u64	hard_byte_limit;
	__u64	soft_packet_limit;
	__u64	hard_packet_limit;
	__u64	soft_add_expires_seconds;
	__u64	hard_add_expires_seconds;
	__u64	soft_use_expires_seconds;
	__u64	hard_use_expires_seconds;
};

struct xfrm_lifetime_cur {
	__u64	bytes;
	__u64	packets;
	__u64	add_time;
	__u64	use_time;
};

struct xfrm_replay_state {
	__u32	oseq;
	__u32	seq;
	__u32	bitmap;
};

#define XFRMA_REPLAY_ESN_MAX	4096

struct xfrm_replay_state_esn {
	unsigned int	bmp_len;
	__u32		oseq;
	__u32		seq;
	__u32		oseq_hi;
	__u32		seq_hi;
	__u32		replay_window;
	__u32		bmp[0];
};

struct xfrm_algo {
	char		alg_name[64];
	unsigned int	alg_key_len;    /* in bits */
	char		alg_key[0];
};

struct xfrm_algo_auth {
	char		alg_name[64];
	unsigned int	alg_key_len;    /* in bits */
	unsigned int	alg_trunc_len;  /* in bits */
	char		alg_key[0];
};

struct xfrm_algo_aead {
	char		alg_name[64];
	unsigned int	alg_key_len;	/* in bits */
	unsigned int	alg_icv_len;	/* in bits */
	char		alg_key[0];
};

struct xfrm_stats {
	__u32	replay_window;
	__u32	replay;
	__u32	integrity_failed;
};

enum {
	XFRM_POLICY_TYPE_MAIN	= 0,
	XFRM_POLICY_TYPE_SUB	= 1,
	XFRM_POLICY_TYPE_MAX	= 2,
	XFRM_POLICY_TYPE_ANY	= 255
};

enum {
	XFRM_POLICY_IN	= 0,
	XFRM_POLICY_OUT	= 1,
	XFRM_POLICY_FWD	= 2,
	XFRM_POLICY_MASK = 3,
	XFRM_POLICY_MAX	= 3
};

enum {
	XFRM_SHARE_ANY,		/* No limitations */
	XFRM_SHARE_SESSION,	/* For this session only */
	XFRM_SHARE_USER,	/* For this user only */
	XFRM_SHARE_UNIQUE	/* Use once */
};

#define XFRM_MODE_TRANSPORT 0
#define XFRM_MODE_TUNNEL 1
#define XFRM_MODE_ROUTEOPTIMIZATION 2
#define XFRM_MODE_IN_TRIGGER 3
#define XFRM_MODE_BEET 4
#define XFRM_MODE_MAX 5

/* Netlink configuration messages.  */
enum {
	XFRM_MSG_BASE = 0x10,

	XFRM_MSG_NEWSA = 0x10,
#define XFRM_MSG_NEWSA XFRM_MSG_NEWSA
	XFRM_MSG_DELSA,
#define XFRM_MSG_DELSA XFRM_MSG_DELSA
	XFRM_MSG_GETSA,
#define XFRM_MSG_GETSA XFRM_MSG_GETSA

	XFRM_MSG_NEWPOLICY,
#define XFRM_MSG_NEWPOLICY XFRM_MSG_NEWPOLICY
	XFRM_MSG_DELPOLICY,
#define XFRM_MSG_DELPOLICY XFRM_MSG_DELPOLICY
	XFRM_MSG_GETPOLICY,
#define XFRM_MSG_GETPOLICY XFRM_MSG_GETPOLICY

	XFRM_MSG_ALLOCSPI,
#define XFRM_MSG_ALLOCSPI XFRM_MSG_ALLOCSPI
	XFRM_MSG_ACQUIRE,
#define XFRM_MSG_ACQUIRE XFRM_MSG_ACQUIRE
	XFRM_MSG_EXPIRE,
#define XFRM_MSG_EXPIRE XFRM_MSG_EXPIRE

	XFRM_MSG_UPDPOLICY,
#define XFRM_MSG_UPDPOLICY XFRM_MSG_UPDPOLICY
	XFRM_MSG_UPDSA,
#define XFRM_MSG_UPDSA XFRM_MSG_UPDSA

	XFRM_MSG_POLEXPIRE,
#define XFRM_MSG_POLEXPIRE XFRM_MSG_POLEXPIRE

	XFRM_MSG_FLUSHSA,
#define XFRM_MSG_FLUSHSA XFRM_MSG_FLUSHSA
	XFRM_MSG_FLUSHPOLICY,
#define XFRM_MSG_FLUSHPOLICY XFRM_MSG_FLUSHPOLICY

	XFRM_MSG_NEWAE,
#define XFRM_MSG_NEWAE XFRM_MSG_NEWAE
	XFRM_MSG_GETAE,
#define XFRM_MSG_GETAE XFRM_MSG_GETAE

	XFRM_MSG_REPORT,
#define XFRM_MSG_REPORT XFRM_MSG_REPORT

	XFRM_MSG_MIGRATE,
#define XFRM_MSG_MIGRATE XFRM_MSG_MIGRATE

	XFRM_MSG_NEWSADINFO,
#define XFRM_MSG_NEWSADINFO XFRM_MSG_NEWSADINFO
	XFRM_MSG_GETSADINFO,
#define XFRM_MSG_GETSADINFO XFRM_MSG_GETSADINFO

	XFRM_MSG_NEWSPDINFO,
#define XFRM_MSG_NEWSPDINFO XFRM_MSG_NEWSPDINFO
	XFRM_MSG_GETSPDINFO,
#define XFRM_MSG_GETSPDINFO XFRM_MSG_GETSPDINFO

	XFRM_MSG_MAPPING,
#define XFRM_MSG_MAPPING XFRM_MSG_MAPPING
	__XFRM_MSG_MAX
};
#define XFRM_MSG_MAX (__XFRM_MSG_MAX - 1)

#define XFRM_NR_MSGTYPES (XFRM_MSG_MAX + 1 - XFRM_MSG_BASE)

/*
 * Generic LSM security context for comunicating to user space
 * NOTE: Same format as sadb_x_sec_ctx
 */
struct xfrm_user_sec_ctx {
	__u16			len;
	__u16			exttype;
	__u8			ctx_alg;  /* LSMs: e.g., selinux == 1 */
	__u8			ctx_doi;
	__u16			ctx_len;
};

struct xfrm_user_tmpl {
	struct xfrm_id		id;
	__u16			family;
	xfrm_address_t		saddr;
	__u32			reqid;
	__u8			mode;
	__u8			share;
	__u8			optional;
	__u32			aalgos;
	__u32			ealgos;
	__u32			calgos;
};

struct xfrm_encap_tmpl {
	__u16		encap_type;
	__be16		encap_sport;
	__be16		encap_dport;
	xfrm_address_t	encap_oa;
};

/* AEVENT flags  */
enum xfrm_ae_ftype_t {
	XFRM_AE_UNSPEC,
	XFRM_AE_RTHR=1,	/* replay threshold*/
	XFRM_AE_RVAL=2, /* replay value */
	XFRM_AE_LVAL=4, /* lifetime value */
	XFRM_AE_ETHR=8, /* expiry timer threshold */
	XFRM_AE_CR=16, /* Event cause is replay update */
	XFRM_AE_CE=32, /* Event cause is timer expiry */
	XFRM_AE_CU=64, /* Event cause is policy update */
	__XFRM_AE_MAX

#define XFRM_AE_MAX (__XFRM_AE_MAX - 1)
};

struct xfrm_userpolicy_type {
	__u8		type;
	__u16		reserved1;
	__u8		reserved2;
};

/* Netlink message attributes.  */
enum xfrm_attr_type_t {
	XFRMA_UNSPEC,
	XFRMA_ALG_AUTH,		/* struct xfrm_algo */
	XFRMA_ALG_CRYPT,	/* struct xfrm_algo */
	XFRMA_ALG_COMP,		/* struct xfrm_algo */
	XFRMA_ENCAP,		/* struct xfrm_algo + struct xfrm_encap_tmpl */
	XFRMA_TMPL,		/* 1 or more struct xfrm_user_tmpl */
	XFRMA_SA,		/* struct xfrm_usersa_info  */
	XFRMA_POLICY,		/*struct xfrm_userpolicy_info */
	XFRMA_SEC_CTX,		/* struct xfrm_sec_ctx */
	XFRMA_LTIME_VAL,
	XFRMA_REPLAY_VAL,
	XFRMA_REPLAY_THRESH,
	XFRMA_ETIMER_THRESH,
	XFRMA_SRCADDR,		/* xfrm_address_t */
	XFRMA_COADDR,		/* xfrm_address_t */
	XFRMA_LASTUSED,		/* unsigned long  */
	XFRMA_POLICY_TYPE,	/* struct xfrm_userpolicy_type */
	XFRMA_MIGRATE,
	XFRMA_ALG_AEAD,		/* struct xfrm_algo_aead */
	XFRMA_KMADDRESS,        /* struct xfrm_user_kmaddress */
	XFRMA_ALG_AUTH_TRUNC,	/* struct xfrm_algo_auth */
	XFRMA_MARK,		/* struct xfrm_mark */
	XFRMA_TFCPAD,		/* __u32 */
	XFRMA_REPLAY_ESN_VAL,	/* struct xfrm_replay_state_esn */
	XFRMA_SA_EXTRA_FLAGS,	/* __u32 */
	XFRMA_PROTO,		/* __u8 */
	XFRMA_ADDRESS_FILTER,	/* struct xfrm_address_filter */
	XFRMA_PAD,
	XFRMA_OFFLOAD_DEV,	/* struct xfrm_user_offload */
	XFRMA_SET_MARK,		/* __u32 */
	XFRMA_SET_MARK_MASK,	/* __u32 */
	XFRMA_IF_ID,		/* __u32 */
	__XFRMA_MAX

#define XFRMA_OUTPUT_MARK XFRMA_SET_MARK	/* Compatibility */
#define XFRMA_MAX (__XFRMA_MAX - 1)
};

struct xfrm_mark {
	__u32           v; /* value */
	__u32           m; /* mask */
};

enum xfrm_sadattr_type_t {
	XFRMA_SAD_UNSPEC,
	XFRMA_SAD_CNT,
	XFRMA_SAD_HINFO,
	__XFRMA_SAD_MAX

#define XFRMA_SAD_MAX (__XFRMA_SAD_MAX - 1)
};

struct xfrmu_sadhinfo {
	__u32 sadhcnt; /* current hash bkts */
	__u32 sadhmcnt; /* max allowed hash bkts */
};

enum xfrm_spdattr_type_t {
	XFRMA_SPD_UNSPEC,
	XFRMA_SPD_INFO,
	XFRMA_SPD_HINFO,
	XFRMA_SPD_IPV4_HTHRESH,
	XFRMA_SPD_IPV6_HTHRESH,
	__XFRMA_SPD_MAX

#define XFRMA_SPD_MAX (__XFRMA_SPD_MAX - 1)
};

struct xfrmu_spdinfo {
	__u32 incnt;
	__u32 outcnt;
	__u32 fwdcnt;
	__u32 inscnt;
	__u32 outscnt;
	__u32 fwdscnt;
};

struct xfrmu_spdhinfo {
	__u32 spdhcnt;
	__u32 spdhmcnt;
};

struct xfrmu_spdhthresh {
	__u8 lbits;
	__u8 rbits;
};

struct xfrm_usersa_info {
	struct xfrm_selector		sel;
	struct xfrm_id			id;
	xfrm_address_t			saddr;
	struct xfrm_lifetime_cfg	lft;
	struct xfrm_lifetime_cur	curlft;
	struct xfrm_stats		stats;
	__u32				seq;
	__u32				reqid;
	__u16				family;
	__u8				mode;		/* XFRM_MODE_xxx */
	__u8				replay_window;
	__u8				flags;
#define XFRM_STATE_NOECN	1
#define XFRM_STATE_DECAP_DSCP	2
#define XFRM_STATE_NOPMTUDISC	4
#define XFRM_STATE_WILDRECV	8
#define XFRM_STATE_ICMP		16
#define XFRM_STATE_AF_UNSPEC	32
#define XFRM_STATE_ALIGN4	64
#define XFRM_STATE_ESN		128
};

#define XFRM_SA_XFLAG_DONT_ENCAP_DSCP	1

struct xfrm_usersa_id {
	xfrm_address_t			daddr;
	__be32				spi;
	__u16				family;
	__u8				proto;
};

struct xfrm_aevent_id {
	struct xfrm_usersa_id		sa_id;
	xfrm_address_t			saddr;
	__u32				flags;
	__u32				reqid;
};

struct xfrm_userspi_info {
	struct xfrm_usersa_info		info;
	__u32				min;
	__u32				max;
};

struct xfrm_userpolicy_info {
	struct xfrm_selector		sel;
	struct xfrm_lifetime_cfg	lft;
	struct xfrm_lifetime_cur	curlft;
	__u32				priority;
	__u32				index;
	__u8				dir;
	__u8				action;
#define XFRM_POLICY_ALLOW	0
#define XFRM_POLICY_BLOCK	1
	__u8				flags;
#define XFRM_POLICY_LOCALOK	1	/* Allow user to override global policy */
	/* Automatically expand selector to include matching ICMP payloads. */
#define XFRM_POLICY_ICMP	2
	__u8				share;
};

struct xfrm_userpolicy_id {
	struct xfrm_selector		sel;
	__u32				index;
	__u8				dir;
};

struct xfrm_user_acquire {
	struct xfrm_id			id;
	xfrm_address_t			saddr;
	struct xfrm_selector		sel;
	struct xfrm_userpolicy_info	policy;
	__u32				aalgos;
	__u32				ealgos;
	__u32				calgos;
	__u32				seq;
};

struct xfrm_user_expire {
	struct xfrm_usersa_info		state;
	__u8				hard;
};

struct xfrm_user_polexpire {
	struct xfrm_userpolicy_info	pol;
	__u8				hard;
};

struct xfrm_usersa_flush {
	__u8				proto;
};

struct xfrm_user_report {
	__u8				proto;
	struct xfrm_selector		sel;
};

/* Used by MIGRATE to pass addresses IKE should use to perform
 * SA negotiation with the peer */
struct xfrm_user_kmaddress {
	xfrm_address_t                  local;
	xfrm_address_t                  remote;
	__u32				reserved;
	__u16				family;
};

struct xfrm_user_migrate {
	xfrm_address_t			old_daddr;
	xfrm_address_t			old_saddr;
	xfrm_address_t			new_daddr;
	xfrm_address_t			new_saddr;
	__u8				proto;
	__u8				mode;
	__u16				reserved;
	__u32				reqid;
	__u16				old_family;
	__u16				new_family;
};

struct xfrm_user_mapping {
	struct xfrm_usersa_id		id;
	__u32				reqid;
	xfrm_address_t			old_saddr;
	xfrm_address_t			new_saddr;
	__be16				old_sport;
	__be16				new_sport;
};

struct xfrm_address_filter {
	xfrm_address_t			saddr;
	xfrm_address_t			daddr;
	__u16				family;
	__u8				splen;
	__u8				dplen;
};

struct xfrm_user_offload {
	int				ifindex;
	__u8				flags;
};
/* This flag was exposed without any kernel code that supporting it.
 * Unfortunately, strongswan has the code that uses sets this flag,
 * which makes impossible to reuse this bit.
 *
 * So leave it here to make sure that it won't be reused by mistake.
 */
#define XFRM_OFFLOAD_IPV6	1
#define XFRM_OFFLOAD_INBOUND	2

/* backwards compatibility for userspace */
#define XFRMGRP_ACQUIRE		1
#define XFRMGRP_EXPIRE		2
#define XFRMGRP_SA		4
#define XFRMGRP_POLICY		8
#define XFRMGRP_REPORT		0x20

enum xfrm_nlgroups {
	XFRMNLGRP_NONE,
#define XFRMNLGRP_NONE		XFRMNLGRP_NONE
	XFRMNLGRP_ACQUIRE,
#define XFRMNLGRP_ACQUIRE	XFRMNLGRP_ACQUIRE
	XFRMNLGRP_EXPIRE,
#define XFRMNLGRP_EXPIRE	XFRMNLGRP_EXPIRE
	XFRMNLGRP_SA,
#define XFRMNLGRP_SA		XFRMNLGRP_SA
	XFRMNLGRP_POLICY,
#define XFRMNLGRP_POLICY	XFRMNLGRP_POLICY
	XFRMNLGRP_AEVENTS,
#define XFRMNLGRP_AEVENTS	XFRMNLGRP_AEVENTS
	XFRMNLGRP_REPORT,
#define XFRMNLGRP_REPORT	XFRMNLGRP_REPORT
	XFRMNLGRP_MIGRATE,
#define XFRMNLGRP_MIGRATE	XFRMNLGRP_MIGRATE
	XFRMNLGRP_MAPPING,
#define XFRMNLGRP_MAPPING	XFRMNLGRP_MAPPING
	__XFRMNLGRP_MAX
};
#define XFRMNLGRP_MAX	(__XFRMNLGRP_MAX - 1)

#endif /* _LINUX_XFRM_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_MINIX_FS_H
#define _LINUX_MINIX_FS_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/magic.h>

/*
 * The minix filesystem constants/structures
 */

/*
 * Thanks to Kees J Bot for sending me the definitions of the new
 * minix filesystem (aka V2) with bigger inodes and 32-bit block
 * pointers.
 */

#define MINIX_ROOT_INO 1

/* Not the same as the bogus LINK_MAX in <linux/limits.h>. Oh well. */
#define MINIX_LINK_MAX	250
#define MINIX2_LINK_MAX	65530

#define MINIX_I_MAP_SLOTS	8
#define MINIX_Z_MAP_SLOTS	64
#define MINIX_VALID_FS		0x0001		/* Clean fs. */
#define MINIX_ERROR_FS		0x0002		/* fs has errors. */

#define MINIX_INODES_PER_BLOCK ((BLOCK_SIZE)/(sizeof (struct minix_inode)))

/*
 * This is the original minix inode layout on disk.
 * Note the 8-bit gid and atime and ctime.
 */
struct minix_inode {
	__u16 i_mode;
	__u16 i_uid;
	__u32 i_size;
	__u32 i_time;
	__u8  i_gid;
	__u8  i_nlinks;
	__u16 i_zone[9];
};

/*
 * The new minix inode has all the time entries, as well as
 * long block numbers and a third indirect block (7+1+1+1
 * instead of 7+1+1). Also, some previously 8-bit values are
 * now 16-bit. The inode is now 64 bytes instead of 32.
 */
struct minix2_inode {
	__u16 i_mode;
	__u16 i_nlinks;
	__u16 i_uid;
	__u16 i_gid;
	__u32 i_size;
	__u32 i_atime;
	__u32 i_mtime;
	__u32 i_ctime;
	__u32 i_zone[10];
};

/*
 * minix super-block data on disk
 */
struct minix_super_block {
	__u16 s_ninodes;
	__u16 s_nzones;
	__u16 s_imap_blocks;
	__u16 s_zmap_blocks;
	__u16 s_firstdatazone;
	__u16 s_log_zone_size;
	__u32 s_max_size;
	__u16 s_magic;
	__u16 s_state;
	__u32 s_zones;
};

/*
 * V3 minix super-block data on disk
 */
struct minix3_super_block {
	__u32 s_ninodes;
	__u16 s_pad0;
	__u16 s_imap_blocks;
	__u16 s_zmap_blocks;
	__u16 s_firstdatazone;
	__u16 s_log_zone_size;
	__u16 s_pad1;
	__u32 s_max_size;
	__u32 s_zones;
	__u16 s_magic;
	__u16 s_pad2;
	__u16 s_blocksize;
	__u8  s_disk_version;
};

struct minix_dir_entry {
	__u16 inode;
	char name[0];
};

struct minix3_dir_entry {
	__u32 inode;
	char name[0];
};
#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  Copyright (c) 2007 Jiri Kosina
 */
/*
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License,
 * version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
 * this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
 * 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
 */
#ifndef _HIDRAW_H
#define _HIDRAW_H



#include <linux/hid.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

struct hidraw_report_descriptor {
	__u32 size;
	__u8 value[HID_MAX_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE];
};

struct hidraw_devinfo {
	__u32 bustype;
	__s16 vendor;
	__s16 product;
};

/* ioctl interface */
#define HIDIOCGRDESCSIZE	_IOR('H', 0x01, int)
#define HIDIOCGRDESC		_IOR('H', 0x02, struct hidraw_report_descriptor)
#define HIDIOCGRAWINFO		_IOR('H', 0x03, struct hidraw_devinfo)
#define HIDIOCGRAWNAME(len)     _IOC(_IOC_READ, 'H', 0x04, len)
#define HIDIOCGRAWPHYS(len)     _IOC(_IOC_READ, 'H', 0x05, len)
/* The first byte of SFEATURE and GFEATURE is the report number */
#define HIDIOCSFEATURE(len)    _IOC(_IOC_WRITE|_IOC_READ, 'H', 0x06, len)
#define HIDIOCGFEATURE(len)    _IOC(_IOC_WRITE|_IOC_READ, 'H', 0x07, len)
#define HIDIOCGRAWUNIQ(len)     _IOC(_IOC_READ, 'H', 0x08, len)
/* The first byte of SINPUT and GINPUT is the report number */
#define HIDIOCSINPUT(len)    _IOC(_IOC_WRITE|_IOC_READ, 'H', 0x09, len)
#define HIDIOCGINPUT(len)    _IOC(_IOC_WRITE|_IOC_READ, 'H', 0x0A, len)
/* The first byte of SOUTPUT and GOUTPUT is the report number */
#define HIDIOCSOUTPUT(len)    _IOC(_IOC_WRITE|_IOC_READ, 'H', 0x0B, len)
#define HIDIOCGOUTPUT(len)    _IOC(_IOC_WRITE|_IOC_READ, 'H', 0x0C, len)

#define HIDRAW_FIRST_MINOR 0
#define HIDRAW_MAX_DEVICES 64
/* number of reports to buffer */
#define HIDRAW_BUFFER_SIZE 64


/* kernel-only API declarations */

#endif /* _HIDRAW_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *	Berkeley style UIO structures	-	Alan Cox 1994.
 *
 *		This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *		modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *		as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *		2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */
#ifndef __LINUX_UIO_H
#define __LINUX_UIO_H


#include <linux/types.h>


struct iovec
{
	void *iov_base;	/* BSD uses caddr_t (1003.1g requires void *) */
	__kernel_size_t iov_len; /* Must be size_t (1003.1g) */
};

/*
 *	UIO_MAXIOV shall be at least 16 1003.1g (5.4.1.1)
 */
 
#define UIO_FASTIOV	8
#define UIO_MAXIOV	1024


#endif /* __LINUX_UIO_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* IPv6-specific defines for netfilter. 
 * (C)1998 Rusty Russell -- This code is GPL.
 * (C)1999 David Jeffery
 *   this header was blatantly ripped from netfilter_ipv4.h 
 *   it's amazing what adding a bunch of 6s can do =8^)
 */
#ifndef __LINUX_IP6_NETFILTER_H
#define __LINUX_IP6_NETFILTER_H


#include <linux/netfilter.h>

/* only for userspace compatibility */

#include <limits.h> /* for INT_MIN, INT_MAX */

/* IP Cache bits. */
/* Src IP address. */
#define NFC_IP6_SRC              0x0001
/* Dest IP address. */
#define NFC_IP6_DST              0x0002
/* Input device. */
#define NFC_IP6_IF_IN            0x0004
/* Output device. */
#define NFC_IP6_IF_OUT           0x0008
/* TOS. */
#define NFC_IP6_TOS              0x0010
/* Protocol. */
#define NFC_IP6_PROTO            0x0020
/* IP options. */
#define NFC_IP6_OPTIONS          0x0040
/* Frag & flags. */
#define NFC_IP6_FRAG             0x0080


/* Per-protocol information: only matters if proto match. */
/* TCP flags. */
#define NFC_IP6_TCPFLAGS         0x0100
/* Source port. */
#define NFC_IP6_SRC_PT           0x0200
/* Dest port. */
#define NFC_IP6_DST_PT           0x0400
/* Something else about the proto */
#define NFC_IP6_PROTO_UNKNOWN    0x2000

/* IP6 Hooks */
/* After promisc drops, checksum checks. */
#define NF_IP6_PRE_ROUTING	0
/* If the packet is destined for this box. */
#define NF_IP6_LOCAL_IN		1
/* If the packet is destined for another interface. */
#define NF_IP6_FORWARD		2
/* Packets coming from a local process. */
#define NF_IP6_LOCAL_OUT		3
/* Packets about to hit the wire. */
#define NF_IP6_POST_ROUTING	4
#define NF_IP6_NUMHOOKS		5


enum nf_ip6_hook_priorities {
	NF_IP6_PRI_FIRST = INT_MIN,
	NF_IP6_PRI_RAW_BEFORE_DEFRAG = -450,
	NF_IP6_PRI_CONNTRACK_DEFRAG = -400,
	NF_IP6_PRI_RAW = -300,
	NF_IP6_PRI_SELINUX_FIRST = -225,
	NF_IP6_PRI_CONNTRACK = -200,
	NF_IP6_PRI_MANGLE = -150,
	NF_IP6_PRI_NAT_DST = -100,
	NF_IP6_PRI_FILTER = 0,
	NF_IP6_PRI_SECURITY = 50,
	NF_IP6_PRI_NAT_SRC = 100,
	NF_IP6_PRI_SELINUX_LAST = 225,
	NF_IP6_PRI_CONNTRACK_HELPER = 300,
	NF_IP6_PRI_LAST = INT_MAX,
};


#endif /* __LINUX_IP6_NETFILTER_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * INET		An implementation of the TCP/IP protocol suite for the LINUX
 *		operating system.  INET is implemented using the  BSD Socket
 *		interface as the means of communication with the user level.
 *
 *		Definitions for the TCP protocol.
 *
 * Version:	@(#)tcp.h	1.0.2	04/28/93
 *
 * Author:	Fred N. van Kempen, <waltje@uWalt.NL.Mugnet.ORG>
 *
 *		This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *		modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *		as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *		2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_TCP_H
#define _LINUX_TCP_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <asm/byteorder.h>
#include <linux/socket.h>

struct tcphdr {
	__be16	source;
	__be16	dest;
	__be32	seq;
	__be32	ack_seq;
#if defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u16	res1:4,
		doff:4,
		fin:1,
		syn:1,
		rst:1,
		psh:1,
		ack:1,
		urg:1,
		ece:1,
		cwr:1;
#elif defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u16	doff:4,
		res1:4,
		cwr:1,
		ece:1,
		urg:1,
		ack:1,
		psh:1,
		rst:1,
		syn:1,
		fin:1;
#else
#error	"Adjust your <asm/byteorder.h> defines"
#endif	
	__be16	window;
	__sum16	check;
	__be16	urg_ptr;
};

/*
 *	The union cast uses a gcc extension to avoid aliasing problems
 *  (union is compatible to any of its members)
 *  This means this part of the code is -fstrict-aliasing safe now.
 */
union tcp_word_hdr { 
	struct tcphdr hdr;
	__be32 		  words[5];
}; 

#define tcp_flag_word(tp) ( ((union tcp_word_hdr *)(tp))->words [3]) 

enum { 
	TCP_FLAG_CWR = __constant_cpu_to_be32(0x00800000),
	TCP_FLAG_ECE = __constant_cpu_to_be32(0x00400000),
	TCP_FLAG_URG = __constant_cpu_to_be32(0x00200000),
	TCP_FLAG_ACK = __constant_cpu_to_be32(0x00100000),
	TCP_FLAG_PSH = __constant_cpu_to_be32(0x00080000),
	TCP_FLAG_RST = __constant_cpu_to_be32(0x00040000),
	TCP_FLAG_SYN = __constant_cpu_to_be32(0x00020000),
	TCP_FLAG_FIN = __constant_cpu_to_be32(0x00010000),
	TCP_RESERVED_BITS = __constant_cpu_to_be32(0x0F000000),
	TCP_DATA_OFFSET = __constant_cpu_to_be32(0xF0000000)
}; 

/*
 * TCP general constants
 */
#define TCP_MSS_DEFAULT		 536U	/* IPv4 (RFC1122, RFC2581) */
#define TCP_MSS_DESIRED		1220U	/* IPv6 (tunneled), EDNS0 (RFC3226) */

/* TCP socket options */
#define TCP_NODELAY		1	/* Turn off Nagle's algorithm. */
#define TCP_MAXSEG		2	/* Limit MSS */
#define TCP_CORK		3	/* Never send partially complete segments */
#define TCP_KEEPIDLE		4	/* Start keeplives after this period */
#define TCP_KEEPINTVL		5	/* Interval between keepalives */
#define TCP_KEEPCNT		6	/* Number of keepalives before death */
#define TCP_SYNCNT		7	/* Number of SYN retransmits */
#define TCP_LINGER2		8	/* Life time of orphaned FIN-WAIT-2 state */
#define TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT	9	/* Wake up listener only when data arrive */
#define TCP_WINDOW_CLAMP	10	/* Bound advertised window */
#define TCP_INFO		11	/* Information about this connection. */
#define TCP_QUICKACK		12	/* Block/reenable quick acks */
#define TCP_CONGESTION		13	/* Congestion control algorithm */
#define TCP_MD5SIG		14	/* TCP MD5 Signature (RFC2385) */
#define TCP_THIN_LINEAR_TIMEOUTS 16      /* Use linear timeouts for thin streams*/
#define TCP_THIN_DUPACK         17      /* Fast retrans. after 1 dupack */
#define TCP_USER_TIMEOUT	18	/* How long for loss retry before timeout */
#define TCP_REPAIR		19	/* TCP sock is under repair right now */
#define TCP_REPAIR_QUEUE	20
#define TCP_QUEUE_SEQ		21
#define TCP_REPAIR_OPTIONS	22
#define TCP_FASTOPEN		23	/* Enable FastOpen on listeners */
#define TCP_TIMESTAMP		24
#define TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT	25	/* limit number of unsent bytes in write queue */
#define TCP_CC_INFO		26	/* Get Congestion Control (optional) info */
#define TCP_SAVE_SYN		27	/* Record SYN headers for new connections */
#define TCP_SAVED_SYN		28	/* Get SYN headers recorded for connection */
#define TCP_REPAIR_WINDOW	29	/* Get/set window parameters */
#define TCP_FASTOPEN_CONNECT	30	/* Attempt FastOpen with connect */
#define TCP_ULP			31	/* Attach a ULP to a TCP connection */
#define TCP_MD5SIG_EXT		32	/* TCP MD5 Signature with extensions */
#define TCP_FASTOPEN_KEY	33	/* Set the key for Fast Open (cookie) */
#define TCP_FASTOPEN_NO_COOKIE	34	/* Enable TFO without a TFO cookie */
#define TCP_ZEROCOPY_RECEIVE	35
#define TCP_INQ			36	/* Notify bytes available to read as a cmsg on read */

#define TCP_CM_INQ		TCP_INQ

#define TCP_REPAIR_ON		1
#define TCP_REPAIR_OFF		0
#define TCP_REPAIR_OFF_NO_WP	-1	/* Turn off without window probes */

struct tcp_repair_opt {
	__u32	opt_code;
	__u32	opt_val;
};

struct tcp_repair_window {
	__u32	snd_wl1;
	__u32	snd_wnd;
	__u32	max_window;

	__u32	rcv_wnd;
	__u32	rcv_wup;
};

enum {
	TCP_NO_QUEUE,
	TCP_RECV_QUEUE,
	TCP_SEND_QUEUE,
	TCP_QUEUES_NR,
};

/* for TCP_INFO socket option */
#define TCPI_OPT_TIMESTAMPS	1
#define TCPI_OPT_SACK		2
#define TCPI_OPT_WSCALE		4
#define TCPI_OPT_ECN		8 /* ECN was negociated at TCP session init */
#define TCPI_OPT_ECN_SEEN	16 /* we received at least one packet with ECT */
#define TCPI_OPT_SYN_DATA	32 /* SYN-ACK acked data in SYN sent or rcvd */

enum tcp_ca_state {
	TCP_CA_Open = 0,
#define TCPF_CA_Open	(1<<TCP_CA_Open)
	TCP_CA_Disorder = 1,
#define TCPF_CA_Disorder (1<<TCP_CA_Disorder)
	TCP_CA_CWR = 2,
#define TCPF_CA_CWR	(1<<TCP_CA_CWR)
	TCP_CA_Recovery = 3,
#define TCPF_CA_Recovery (1<<TCP_CA_Recovery)
	TCP_CA_Loss = 4
#define TCPF_CA_Loss	(1<<TCP_CA_Loss)
};

struct tcp_info {
	__u8	tcpi_state;
	__u8	tcpi_ca_state;
	__u8	tcpi_retransmits;
	__u8	tcpi_probes;
	__u8	tcpi_backoff;
	__u8	tcpi_options;
	__u8	tcpi_snd_wscale : 4, tcpi_rcv_wscale : 4;
	__u8	tcpi_delivery_rate_app_limited:1;

	__u32	tcpi_rto;
	__u32	tcpi_ato;
	__u32	tcpi_snd_mss;
	__u32	tcpi_rcv_mss;

	__u32	tcpi_unacked;
	__u32	tcpi_sacked;
	__u32	tcpi_lost;
	__u32	tcpi_retrans;
	__u32	tcpi_fackets;

	/* Times. */
	__u32	tcpi_last_data_sent;
	__u32	tcpi_last_ack_sent;     /* Not remembered, sorry. */
	__u32	tcpi_last_data_recv;
	__u32	tcpi_last_ack_recv;

	/* Metrics. */
	__u32	tcpi_pmtu;
	__u32	tcpi_rcv_ssthresh;
	__u32	tcpi_rtt;
	__u32	tcpi_rttvar;
	__u32	tcpi_snd_ssthresh;
	__u32	tcpi_snd_cwnd;
	__u32	tcpi_advmss;
	__u32	tcpi_reordering;

	__u32	tcpi_rcv_rtt;
	__u32	tcpi_rcv_space;

	__u32	tcpi_total_retrans;

	__u64	tcpi_pacing_rate;
	__u64	tcpi_max_pacing_rate;
	__u64	tcpi_bytes_acked;    /* RFC4898 tcpEStatsAppHCThruOctetsAcked */
	__u64	tcpi_bytes_received; /* RFC4898 tcpEStatsAppHCThruOctetsReceived */
	__u32	tcpi_segs_out;	     /* RFC4898 tcpEStatsPerfSegsOut */
	__u32	tcpi_segs_in;	     /* RFC4898 tcpEStatsPerfSegsIn */

	__u32	tcpi_notsent_bytes;
	__u32	tcpi_min_rtt;
	__u32	tcpi_data_segs_in;	/* RFC4898 tcpEStatsDataSegsIn */
	__u32	tcpi_data_segs_out;	/* RFC4898 tcpEStatsDataSegsOut */

	__u64   tcpi_delivery_rate;

	__u64	tcpi_busy_time;      /* Time (usec) busy sending data */
	__u64	tcpi_rwnd_limited;   /* Time (usec) limited by receive window */
	__u64	tcpi_sndbuf_limited; /* Time (usec) limited by send buffer */

	__u32	tcpi_delivered;
	__u32	tcpi_delivered_ce;

	__u64	tcpi_bytes_sent;     /* RFC4898 tcpEStatsPerfHCDataOctetsOut */
	__u64	tcpi_bytes_retrans;  /* RFC4898 tcpEStatsPerfOctetsRetrans */
	__u32	tcpi_dsack_dups;     /* RFC4898 tcpEStatsStackDSACKDups */
	__u32	tcpi_reord_seen;     /* reordering events seen */

	__u32	tcpi_rcv_ooopack;    /* Out-of-order packets received */

	__u32	tcpi_snd_wnd;	     /* peer's advertised receive window after
				      * scaling (bytes)
				      */
};

/* netlink attributes types for SCM_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_STATS */
enum {
	TCP_NLA_PAD,
	TCP_NLA_BUSY,		/* Time (usec) busy sending data */
	TCP_NLA_RWND_LIMITED,	/* Time (usec) limited by receive window */
	TCP_NLA_SNDBUF_LIMITED,	/* Time (usec) limited by send buffer */
	TCP_NLA_DATA_SEGS_OUT,	/* Data pkts sent including retransmission */
	TCP_NLA_TOTAL_RETRANS,	/* Data pkts retransmitted */
	TCP_NLA_PACING_RATE,    /* Pacing rate in bytes per second */
	TCP_NLA_DELIVERY_RATE,  /* Delivery rate in bytes per second */
	TCP_NLA_SND_CWND,       /* Sending congestion window */
	TCP_NLA_REORDERING,     /* Reordering metric */
	TCP_NLA_MIN_RTT,        /* minimum RTT */
	TCP_NLA_RECUR_RETRANS,  /* Recurring retransmits for the current pkt */
	TCP_NLA_DELIVERY_RATE_APP_LMT, /* delivery rate application limited ? */
	TCP_NLA_SNDQ_SIZE,	/* Data (bytes) pending in send queue */
	TCP_NLA_CA_STATE,	/* ca_state of socket */
	TCP_NLA_SND_SSTHRESH,	/* Slow start size threshold */
	TCP_NLA_DELIVERED,	/* Data pkts delivered incl. out-of-order */
	TCP_NLA_DELIVERED_CE,	/* Like above but only ones w/ CE marks */
	TCP_NLA_BYTES_SENT,	/* Data bytes sent including retransmission */
	TCP_NLA_BYTES_RETRANS,	/* Data bytes retransmitted */
	TCP_NLA_DSACK_DUPS,	/* DSACK blocks received */
	TCP_NLA_REORD_SEEN,	/* reordering events seen */
	TCP_NLA_SRTT,		/* smoothed RTT in usecs */
	TCP_NLA_TIMEOUT_REHASH, /* Timeout-triggered rehash attempts */
};

/* for TCP_MD5SIG socket option */
#define TCP_MD5SIG_MAXKEYLEN	80

/* tcp_md5sig extension flags for TCP_MD5SIG_EXT */
#define TCP_MD5SIG_FLAG_PREFIX		1	/* address prefix length */

struct tcp_md5sig {
	struct __kernel_sockaddr_storage tcpm_addr;	/* address associated */
	__u8	tcpm_flags;				/* extension flags */
	__u8	tcpm_prefixlen;				/* address prefix */
	__u16	tcpm_keylen;				/* key length */
	__u32	__tcpm_pad;				/* zero */
	__u8	tcpm_key[TCP_MD5SIG_MAXKEYLEN];		/* key (binary) */
};

/* INET_DIAG_MD5SIG */
struct tcp_diag_md5sig {
	__u8	tcpm_family;
	__u8	tcpm_prefixlen;
	__u16	tcpm_keylen;
	__be32	tcpm_addr[4];
	__u8	tcpm_key[TCP_MD5SIG_MAXKEYLEN];
};

/* setsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_TCP, TCP_ZEROCOPY_RECEIVE, ...) */

struct tcp_zerocopy_receive {
	__u64 address;		/* in: address of mapping */
	__u32 length;		/* in/out: number of bytes to map/mapped */
	__u32 recv_skip_hint;	/* out: amount of bytes to skip */
};
#endif /* _LINUX_TCP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * ethtool.h: Defines for Linux ethtool.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1998 David S. Miller (davem@redhat.com)
 * Copyright 2001 Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
 * Portions Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems (thockin@sun.com)
 * Portions Copyright 2002 Intel (eli.kupermann@intel.com,
 *                                christopher.leech@intel.com,
 *                                scott.feldman@intel.com)
 * Portions Copyright (C) Sun Microsystems 2008
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_ETHTOOL_H
#define _LINUX_ETHTOOL_H

#include <linux/kernel.h>
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>

#include <limits.h> /* for INT_MAX */

/* All structures exposed to userland should be defined such that they
 * have the same layout for 32-bit and 64-bit userland.
 */

/* Note on reserved space.
 * Reserved fields must not be accessed directly by user space because
 * they may be replaced by a different field in the future. They must
 * be initialized to zero before making the request, e.g. via memset
 * of the entire structure or implicitly by not being set in a structure
 * initializer.
 */

/**
 * struct ethtool_cmd - DEPRECATED, link control and status
 * This structure is DEPRECATED, please use struct ethtool_link_settings.
 * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GSET or %ETHTOOL_SSET
 * @supported: Bitmask of %SUPPORTED_* flags for the link modes,
 *	physical connectors and other link features for which the
 *	interface supports autonegotiation or auto-detection.
 *	Read-only.
 * @advertising: Bitmask of %ADVERTISED_* flags for the link modes,
 *	physical connectors and other link features that are
 *	advertised through autonegotiation or enabled for
 *	auto-detection.
 * @speed: Low bits of the speed, 1Mb units, 0 to INT_MAX or SPEED_UNKNOWN
 * @duplex: Duplex mode; one of %DUPLEX_*
 * @port: Physical connector type; one of %PORT_*
 * @phy_address: MDIO address of PHY (transceiver); 0 or 255 if not
 *	applicable.  For clause 45 PHYs this is the PRTAD.
 * @transceiver: Historically used to distinguish different possible
 *	PHY types, but not in a consistent way.  Deprecated.
 * @autoneg: Enable/disable autonegotiation and auto-detection;
 *	either %AUTONEG_DISABLE or %AUTONEG_ENABLE
 * @mdio_support: Bitmask of %ETH_MDIO_SUPPORTS_* flags for the MDIO
 *	protocols supported by the interface; 0 if unknown.
 *	Read-only.
 * @maxtxpkt: Historically used to report TX IRQ coalescing; now
 *	obsoleted by &struct ethtool_coalesce.  Read-only; deprecated.
 * @maxrxpkt: Historically used to report RX IRQ coalescing; now
 *	obsoleted by &struct ethtool_coalesce.  Read-only; deprecated.
 * @speed_hi: High bits of the speed, 1Mb units, 0 to INT_MAX or SPEED_UNKNOWN
 * @eth_tp_mdix: Ethernet twisted-pair MDI(-X) status; one of
 *	%ETH_TP_MDI_*.  If the status is unknown or not applicable, the
 *	value will be %ETH_TP_MDI_INVALID.  Read-only.
 * @eth_tp_mdix_ctrl: Ethernet twisted pair MDI(-X) control; one of
 *	%ETH_TP_MDI_*.  If MDI(-X) control is not implemented, reads
 *	yield %ETH_TP_MDI_INVALID and writes may be ignored or rejected.
 *	When written successfully, the link should be renegotiated if
 *	necessary.
 * @lp_advertising: Bitmask of %ADVERTISED_* flags for the link modes
 *	and other link features that the link partner advertised
 *	through autonegotiation; 0 if unknown or not applicable.
 *	Read-only.
 * @reserved: Reserved for future use; see the note on reserved space.
 *
 * The link speed in Mbps is split between @speed and @speed_hi.  Use
 * the ethtool_cmd_speed() and ethtool_cmd_speed_set() functions to
 * access it.
 *
 * If autonegotiation is disabled, the speed and @duplex represent the
 * fixed link mode and are writable if the driver supports multiple
 * link modes.  If it is enabled then they are read-only; if the link
 * is up they represent the negotiated link mode; if the link is down,
 * the speed is 0, %SPEED_UNKNOWN or the highest enabled speed and
 * @duplex is %DUPLEX_UNKNOWN or the best enabled duplex mode.
 *
 * Some hardware interfaces may have multiple PHYs and/or physical
 * connectors fitted or do not allow the driver to detect which are
 * fitted.  For these interfaces @port and/or @phy_address may be
 * writable, possibly dependent on @autoneg being %AUTONEG_DISABLE.
 * Otherwise, attempts to write different values may be ignored or
 * rejected.
 *
 * Users should assume that all fields not marked read-only are
 * writable and subject to validation by the driver.  They should use
 * %ETHTOOL_GSET to get the current values before making specific
 * changes and then applying them with %ETHTOOL_SSET.
 *
 * Drivers that implement set_settings() should validate all fields
 * other than @cmd that are not described as read-only or deprecated,
 * and must ignore all fields described as read-only.
 *
 * Deprecated fields should be ignored by both users and drivers.
 */
struct ethtool_cmd {
	__u32	cmd;
	__u32	supported;
	__u32	advertising;
	__u16	speed;
	__u8	duplex;
	__u8	port;
	__u8	phy_address;
	__u8	transceiver;
	__u8	autoneg;
	__u8	mdio_support;
	__u32	maxtxpkt;
	__u32	maxrxpkt;
	__u16	speed_hi;
	__u8	eth_tp_mdix;
	__u8	eth_tp_mdix_ctrl;
	__u32	lp_advertising;
	__u32	reserved[2];
};

static __inline__ void ethtool_cmd_speed_set(struct ethtool_cmd *ep,
					 __u32 speed)
{
	ep->speed = (__u16)(speed & 0xFFFF);
	ep->speed_hi = (__u16)(speed >> 16);
}

static __inline__ __u32 ethtool_cmd_speed(const struct ethtool_cmd *ep)
{
	return (ep->speed_hi << 16) | ep->speed;
}

/* Device supports clause 22 register access to PHY or peripherals
 * using the interface defined in <linux/mii.h>.  This should not be
 * set if there are known to be no such peripherals present or if
 * the driver only emulates clause 22 registers for compatibility.
 */
#define ETH_MDIO_SUPPORTS_C22	1

/* Device supports clause 45 register access to PHY or peripherals
 * using the interface defined in <linux/mii.h> and <linux/mdio.h>.
 * This should not be set if there are known to be no such peripherals
 * present.
 */
#define ETH_MDIO_SUPPORTS_C45	2

#define ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN	32
#define ETHTOOL_BUSINFO_LEN	32
#define ETHTOOL_EROMVERS_LEN	32

/**
 * struct ethtool_drvinfo - general driver and device information
 * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GDRVINFO
 * @driver: Driver short name.  This should normally match the name
 *	in its bus driver structure (e.g. pci_driver::name).  Must
 *	not be an empty string.
 * @version: Driver version string; may be an empty string
 * @fw_version: Firmware version string; may be an empty string
 * @erom_version: Expansion ROM version string; may be an empty string
 * @bus_info: Device bus address.  This should match the dev_name()
 *	string for the underlying bus device, if there is one.  May be
 *	an empty string.
 * @reserved2: Reserved for future use; see the note on reserved space.
 * @n_priv_flags: Number of flags valid for %ETHTOOL_GPFLAGS and
 *	%ETHTOOL_SPFLAGS commands; also the number of strings in the
 *	%ETH_SS_PRIV_FLAGS set
 * @n_stats: Number of u64 statistics returned by the %ETHTOOL_GSTATS
 *	command; also the number of strings in the %ETH_SS_STATS set
 * @testinfo_len: Number of results returned by the %ETHTOOL_TEST
 *	command; also the number of strings in the %ETH_SS_TEST set
 * @eedump_len: Size of EEPROM accessible through the %ETHTOOL_GEEPROM
 *	and %ETHTOOL_SEEPROM commands, in bytes
 * @regdump_len: Size of register dump returned by the %ETHTOOL_GREGS
 *	command, in bytes
 *
 * Users can use the %ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO command to get the number of
 * strings in any string set (from Linux 2.6.34).
 *
 * Drivers should set at most @driver, @version, @fw_version and
 * @bus_info in their get_drvinfo() implementation.  The ethtool
 * core fills in the other fields using other driver operations.
 */
struct ethtool_drvinfo {
	__u32	cmd;
	char	driver[32];
	char	version[32];
	char	fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
	char	bus_info[ETHTOOL_BUSINFO_LEN];
	char	erom_version[ETHTOOL_EROMVERS_LEN];
	char	reserved2[12];
	__u32	n_priv_flags;
	__u32	n_stats;
	__u32	testinfo_len;
	__u32	eedump_len;
	__u32	regdump_len;
};

#define SOPASS_MAX	6

/**
 * struct ethtool_wolinfo - Wake-On-Lan configuration
 * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GWOL or %ETHTOOL_SWOL
 * @supported: Bitmask of %WAKE_* flags for supported Wake-On-Lan modes.
 *	Read-only.
 * @wolopts: Bitmask of %WAKE_* flags for enabled Wake-On-Lan modes.
 * @sopass: SecureOn(tm) password; meaningful only if %WAKE_MAGICSECURE
 *	is set in @wolopts.
 */
struct ethtool_wolinfo {
	__u32	cmd;
	__u32	supported;
	__u32	wolopts;
	__u8	sopass[SOPASS_MAX];
};

/* for passing single values */
struct ethtool_value {
	__u32	cmd;
	__u32	data;
};

#define PFC_STORM_PREVENTION_AUTO	0xffff
#define PFC_STORM_PREVENTION_DISABLE	0

enum tunable_id {
	ETHTOOL_ID_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_RX_COPYBREAK,
	ETHTOOL_TX_COPYBREAK,
	ETHTOOL_PFC_PREVENTION_TOUT, /* timeout in msecs */
	ETHTOOL_TX_COPYBREAK_BUF_SIZE,
	/*
	 * Add your fresh new tunable attribute above and remember to update
	 * tunable_strings[] in net/ethtool/common.c
	 */
	__ETHTOOL_TUNABLE_COUNT,
};

enum tunable_type_id {
	ETHTOOL_TUNABLE_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_TUNABLE_U8,
	ETHTOOL_TUNABLE_U16,
	ETHTOOL_TUNABLE_U32,
	ETHTOOL_TUNABLE_U64,
	ETHTOOL_TUNABLE_STRING,
	ETHTOOL_TUNABLE_S8,
	ETHTOOL_TUNABLE_S16,
	ETHTOOL_TUNABLE_S32,
	ETHTOOL_TUNABLE_S64,
};

struct ethtool_tunable {
	__u32	cmd;
	__u32	id;
	__u32	type_id;
	__u32	len;
	void	*data[0];
};

#define DOWNSHIFT_DEV_DEFAULT_COUNT	0xff
#define DOWNSHIFT_DEV_DISABLE		0

/* Time in msecs after which link is reported as down
 * 0 = lowest time supported by the PHY
 * 0xff = off, link down detection according to standard
 */
#define ETHTOOL_PHY_FAST_LINK_DOWN_ON	0
#define ETHTOOL_PHY_FAST_LINK_DOWN_OFF	0xff

/* Energy Detect Power Down (EDPD) is a feature supported by some PHYs, where
 * the PHY's RX & TX blocks are put into a low-power mode when there is no
 * link detected (typically cable is un-plugged). For RX, only a minimal
 * link-detection is available, and for TX the PHY wakes up to send link pulses
 * to avoid any lock-ups in case the peer PHY may also be running in EDPD mode.
 *
 * Some PHYs may support configuration of the wake-up interval for TX pulses,
 * and some PHYs may support only disabling TX pulses entirely. For the latter
 * a special value is required (ETHTOOL_PHY_EDPD_NO_TX) so that this can be
 * configured from userspace (should the user want it).
 *
 * The interval units for TX wake-up are in milliseconds, since this should
 * cover a reasonable range of intervals:
 *  - from 1 millisecond, which does not sound like much of a power-saver
 *  - to ~65 seconds which is quite a lot to wait for a link to come up when
 *    plugging a cable
 */
#define ETHTOOL_PHY_EDPD_DFLT_TX_MSECS		0xffff
#define ETHTOOL_PHY_EDPD_NO_TX			0xfffe
#define ETHTOOL_PHY_EDPD_DISABLE		0

enum phy_tunable_id {
	ETHTOOL_PHY_ID_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_PHY_DOWNSHIFT,
	ETHTOOL_PHY_FAST_LINK_DOWN,
	ETHTOOL_PHY_EDPD,
	/*
	 * Add your fresh new phy tunable attribute above and remember to update
	 * phy_tunable_strings[] in net/ethtool/common.c
	 */
	__ETHTOOL_PHY_TUNABLE_COUNT,
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_regs - hardware register dump
 * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GREGS
 * @version: Dump format version.  This is driver-specific and may
 *	distinguish different chips/revisions.  Drivers must use new
 *	version numbers whenever the dump format changes in an
 *	incompatible way.
 * @len: On entry, the real length of @data.  On return, the number of
 *	bytes used.
 * @data: Buffer for the register dump
 *
 * Users should use %ETHTOOL_GDRVINFO to find the maximum length of
 * a register dump for the interface.  They must allocate the buffer
 * immediately following this structure.
 */
struct ethtool_regs {
	__u32	cmd;
	__u32	version;
	__u32	len;
	__u8	data[0];
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_eeprom - EEPROM dump
 * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GEEPROM, %ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM or
 *	%ETHTOOL_SEEPROM
 * @magic: A 'magic cookie' value to guard against accidental changes.
 *	The value passed in to %ETHTOOL_SEEPROM must match the value
 *	returned by %ETHTOOL_GEEPROM for the same device.  This is
 *	unused when @cmd is %ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM.
 * @offset: Offset within the EEPROM to begin reading/writing, in bytes
 * @len: On entry, number of bytes to read/write.  On successful
 *	return, number of bytes actually read/written.  In case of
 *	error, this may indicate at what point the error occurred.
 * @data: Buffer to read/write from
 *
 * Users may use %ETHTOOL_GDRVINFO or %ETHTOOL_GMODULEINFO to find
 * the length of an on-board or module EEPROM, respectively.  They
 * must allocate the buffer immediately following this structure.
 */
struct ethtool_eeprom {
	__u32	cmd;
	__u32	magic;
	__u32	offset;
	__u32	len;
	__u8	data[0];
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_eee - Energy Efficient Ethernet information
 * @cmd: ETHTOOL_{G,S}EEE
 * @supported: Mask of %SUPPORTED_* flags for the speed/duplex combinations
 *	for which there is EEE support.
 * @advertised: Mask of %ADVERTISED_* flags for the speed/duplex combinations
 *	advertised as eee capable.
 * @lp_advertised: Mask of %ADVERTISED_* flags for the speed/duplex
 *	combinations advertised by the link partner as eee capable.
 * @eee_active: Result of the eee auto negotiation.
 * @eee_enabled: EEE configured mode (enabled/disabled).
 * @tx_lpi_enabled: Whether the interface should assert its tx lpi, given
 *	that eee was negotiated.
 * @tx_lpi_timer: Time in microseconds the interface delays prior to asserting
 *	its tx lpi (after reaching 'idle' state). Effective only when eee
 *	was negotiated and tx_lpi_enabled was set.
 * @reserved: Reserved for future use; see the note on reserved space.
 */
struct ethtool_eee {
	__u32	cmd;
	__u32	supported;
	__u32	advertised;
	__u32	lp_advertised;
	__u32	eee_active;
	__u32	eee_enabled;
	__u32	tx_lpi_enabled;
	__u32	tx_lpi_timer;
	__u32	reserved[2];
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_modinfo - plugin module eeprom information
 * @cmd: %ETHTOOL_GMODULEINFO
 * @type: Standard the module information conforms to %ETH_MODULE_SFF_xxxx
 * @eeprom_len: Length of the eeprom
 * @reserved: Reserved for future use; see the note on reserved space.
 *
 * This structure is used to return the information to
 * properly size memory for a subsequent call to %ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM.
 * The type code indicates the eeprom data format
 */
struct ethtool_modinfo {
	__u32   cmd;
	__u32   type;
	__u32   eeprom_len;
	__u32   reserved[8];
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_coalesce - coalescing parameters for IRQs and stats updates
 * @cmd: ETHTOOL_{G,S}COALESCE
 * @rx_coalesce_usecs: How many usecs to delay an RX interrupt after
 *	a packet arrives.
 * @rx_max_coalesced_frames: Maximum number of packets to receive
 *	before an RX interrupt.
 * @rx_coalesce_usecs_irq: Same as @rx_coalesce_usecs, except that
 *	this value applies while an IRQ is being serviced by the host.
 * @rx_max_coalesced_frames_irq: Same as @rx_max_coalesced_frames,
 *	except that this value applies while an IRQ is being serviced
 *	by the host.
 * @tx_coalesce_usecs: How many usecs to delay a TX interrupt after
 *	a packet is sent.
 * @tx_max_coalesced_frames: Maximum number of packets to be sent
 *	before a TX interrupt.
 * @tx_coalesce_usecs_irq: Same as @tx_coalesce_usecs, except that
 *	this value applies while an IRQ is being serviced by the host.
 * @tx_max_coalesced_frames_irq: Same as @tx_max_coalesced_frames,
 *	except that this value applies while an IRQ is being serviced
 *	by the host.
 * @stats_block_coalesce_usecs: How many usecs to delay in-memory
 *	statistics block updates.  Some drivers do not have an
 *	in-memory statistic block, and in such cases this value is
 *	ignored.  This value must not be zero.
 * @use_adaptive_rx_coalesce: Enable adaptive RX coalescing.
 * @use_adaptive_tx_coalesce: Enable adaptive TX coalescing.
 * @pkt_rate_low: Threshold for low packet rate (packets per second).
 * @rx_coalesce_usecs_low: How many usecs to delay an RX interrupt after
 *	a packet arrives, when the packet rate is below @pkt_rate_low.
 * @rx_max_coalesced_frames_low: Maximum number of packets to be received
 *	before an RX interrupt, when the packet rate is below @pkt_rate_low.
 * @tx_coalesce_usecs_low: How many usecs to delay a TX interrupt after
 *	a packet is sent, when the packet rate is below @pkt_rate_low.
 * @tx_max_coalesced_frames_low: Maximum nuumber of packets to be sent before
 *	a TX interrupt, when the packet rate is below @pkt_rate_low.
 * @pkt_rate_high: Threshold for high packet rate (packets per second).
 * @rx_coalesce_usecs_high: How many usecs to delay an RX interrupt after
 *	a packet arrives, when the packet rate is above @pkt_rate_high.
 * @rx_max_coalesced_frames_high: Maximum number of packets to be received
 *	before an RX interrupt, when the packet rate is above @pkt_rate_high.
 * @tx_coalesce_usecs_high: How many usecs to delay a TX interrupt after
 *	a packet is sent, when the packet rate is above @pkt_rate_high.
 * @tx_max_coalesced_frames_high: Maximum number of packets to be sent before
 *	a TX interrupt, when the packet rate is above @pkt_rate_high.
 * @rate_sample_interval: How often to do adaptive coalescing packet rate
 *	sampling, measured in seconds.  Must not be zero.
 *
 * Each pair of (usecs, max_frames) fields specifies that interrupts
 * should be coalesced until
 *	(usecs > 0 && time_since_first_completion >= usecs) ||
 *	(max_frames > 0 && completed_frames >= max_frames)
 *
 * It is illegal to set both usecs and max_frames to zero as this
 * would cause interrupts to never be generated.  To disable
 * coalescing, set usecs = 0 and max_frames = 1.
 *
 * Some implementations ignore the value of max_frames and use the
 * condition time_since_first_completion >= usecs
 *
 * This is deprecated.  Drivers for hardware that does not support
 * counting completions should validate that max_frames == !rx_usecs.
 *
 * Adaptive RX/TX coalescing is an algorithm implemented by some
 * drivers to improve latency under low packet rates and improve
 * throughput under high packet rates.  Some drivers only implement
 * one of RX or TX adaptive coalescing.  Anything not implemented by
 * the driver causes these values to be silently ignored.
 *
 * When the packet rate is below @pkt_rate_high but above
 * @pkt_rate_low (both measured in packets per second) the
 * normal {rx,tx}_* coalescing parameters are used.
 */
struct ethtool_coalesce {
	__u32	cmd;
	__u32	rx_coalesce_usecs;
	__u32	rx_max_coalesced_frames;
	__u32	rx_coalesce_usecs_irq;
	__u32	rx_max_coalesced_frames_irq;
	__u32	tx_coalesce_usecs;
	__u32	tx_max_coalesced_frames;
	__u32	tx_coalesce_usecs_irq;
	__u32	tx_max_coalesced_frames_irq;
	__u32	stats_block_coalesce_usecs;
	__u32	use_adaptive_rx_coalesce;
	__u32	use_adaptive_tx_coalesce;
	__u32	pkt_rate_low;
	__u32	rx_coalesce_usecs_low;
	__u32	rx_max_coalesced_frames_low;
	__u32	tx_coalesce_usecs_low;
	__u32	tx_max_coalesced_frames_low;
	__u32	pkt_rate_high;
	__u32	rx_coalesce_usecs_high;
	__u32	rx_max_coalesced_frames_high;
	__u32	tx_coalesce_usecs_high;
	__u32	tx_max_coalesced_frames_high;
	__u32	rate_sample_interval;
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_ringparam - RX/TX ring parameters
 * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GRINGPARAM or %ETHTOOL_SRINGPARAM
 * @rx_max_pending: Maximum supported number of pending entries per
 *	RX ring.  Read-only.
 * @rx_mini_max_pending: Maximum supported number of pending entries
 *	per RX mini ring.  Read-only.
 * @rx_jumbo_max_pending: Maximum supported number of pending entries
 *	per RX jumbo ring.  Read-only.
 * @tx_max_pending: Maximum supported number of pending entries per
 *	TX ring.  Read-only.
 * @rx_pending: Current maximum number of pending entries per RX ring
 * @rx_mini_pending: Current maximum number of pending entries per RX
 *	mini ring
 * @rx_jumbo_pending: Current maximum number of pending entries per RX
 *	jumbo ring
 * @tx_pending: Current maximum supported number of pending entries
 *	per TX ring
 *
 * If the interface does not have separate RX mini and/or jumbo rings,
 * @rx_mini_max_pending and/or @rx_jumbo_max_pending will be 0.
 *
 * There may also be driver-dependent minimum values for the number
 * of entries per ring.
 */
struct ethtool_ringparam {
	__u32	cmd;
	__u32	rx_max_pending;
	__u32	rx_mini_max_pending;
	__u32	rx_jumbo_max_pending;
	__u32	tx_max_pending;
	__u32	rx_pending;
	__u32	rx_mini_pending;
	__u32	rx_jumbo_pending;
	__u32	tx_pending;
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_channels - configuring number of network channel
 * @cmd: ETHTOOL_{G,S}CHANNELS
 * @max_rx: Read only. Maximum number of receive channel the driver support.
 * @max_tx: Read only. Maximum number of transmit channel the driver support.
 * @max_other: Read only. Maximum number of other channel the driver support.
 * @max_combined: Read only. Maximum number of combined channel the driver
 *	support. Set of queues RX, TX or other.
 * @rx_count: Valid values are in the range 1 to the max_rx.
 * @tx_count: Valid values are in the range 1 to the max_tx.
 * @other_count: Valid values are in the range 1 to the max_other.
 * @combined_count: Valid values are in the range 1 to the max_combined.
 *
 * This can be used to configure RX, TX and other channels.
 */

struct ethtool_channels {
	__u32	cmd;
	__u32	max_rx;
	__u32	max_tx;
	__u32	max_other;
	__u32	max_combined;
	__u32	rx_count;
	__u32	tx_count;
	__u32	other_count;
	__u32	combined_count;
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_pauseparam - Ethernet pause (flow control) parameters
 * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GPAUSEPARAM or %ETHTOOL_SPAUSEPARAM
 * @autoneg: Flag to enable autonegotiation of pause frame use
 * @rx_pause: Flag to enable reception of pause frames
 * @tx_pause: Flag to enable transmission of pause frames
 *
 * Drivers should reject a non-zero setting of @autoneg when
 * autoneogotiation is disabled (or not supported) for the link.
 *
 * If the link is autonegotiated, drivers should use
 * mii_advertise_flowctrl() or similar code to set the advertised
 * pause frame capabilities based on the @rx_pause and @tx_pause flags,
 * even if @autoneg is zero.  They should also allow the advertised
 * pause frame capabilities to be controlled directly through the
 * advertising field of &struct ethtool_cmd.
 *
 * If @autoneg is non-zero, the MAC is configured to send and/or
 * receive pause frames according to the result of autonegotiation.
 * Otherwise, it is configured directly based on the @rx_pause and
 * @tx_pause flags.
 */
struct ethtool_pauseparam {
	__u32	cmd;
	__u32	autoneg;
	__u32	rx_pause;
	__u32	tx_pause;
};

/* Link extended state */
enum ethtool_link_ext_state {
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_AUTONEG,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_LINK_TRAINING_FAILURE,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_LINK_LOGICAL_MISMATCH,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_BAD_SIGNAL_INTEGRITY,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_NO_CABLE,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_CABLE_ISSUE,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_EEPROM_ISSUE,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_CALIBRATION_FAILURE,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_POWER_BUDGET_EXCEEDED,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_OVERHEAT,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_MODULE,
};

/* More information in addition to ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_AUTONEG. */
enum ethtool_link_ext_substate_autoneg {
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_AN_NO_PARTNER_DETECTED = 1,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_AN_ACK_NOT_RECEIVED,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_AN_NEXT_PAGE_EXCHANGE_FAILED,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_AN_NO_PARTNER_DETECTED_FORCE_MODE,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_AN_FEC_MISMATCH_DURING_OVERRIDE,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_AN_NO_HCD,
};

/* More information in addition to ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_LINK_TRAINING_FAILURE.
 */
enum ethtool_link_ext_substate_link_training {
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_LT_KR_FRAME_LOCK_NOT_ACQUIRED = 1,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_LT_KR_LINK_INHIBIT_TIMEOUT,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_LT_KR_LINK_PARTNER_DID_NOT_SET_RECEIVER_READY,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_LT_REMOTE_FAULT,
};

/* More information in addition to ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_LINK_LOGICAL_MISMATCH.
 */
enum ethtool_link_ext_substate_link_logical_mismatch {
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_LLM_PCS_DID_NOT_ACQUIRE_BLOCK_LOCK = 1,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_LLM_PCS_DID_NOT_ACQUIRE_AM_LOCK,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_LLM_PCS_DID_NOT_GET_ALIGN_STATUS,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_LLM_FC_FEC_IS_NOT_LOCKED,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_LLM_RS_FEC_IS_NOT_LOCKED,
};

/* More information in addition to ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_BAD_SIGNAL_INTEGRITY.
 */
enum ethtool_link_ext_substate_bad_signal_integrity {
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_BSI_LARGE_NUMBER_OF_PHYSICAL_ERRORS = 1,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_BSI_UNSUPPORTED_RATE,
};

/* More information in addition to ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_CABLE_ISSUE. */
enum ethtool_link_ext_substate_cable_issue {
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_CI_UNSUPPORTED_CABLE = 1,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_CI_CABLE_TEST_FAILURE,
};

/* More information in addition to ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_STATE_MODULE. */
enum ethtool_link_ext_substate_module {
	ETHTOOL_LINK_EXT_SUBSTATE_MODULE_CMIS_NOT_READY = 1,
};

#define ETH_GSTRING_LEN		32

/**
 * enum ethtool_stringset - string set ID
 * @ETH_SS_TEST: Self-test result names, for use with %ETHTOOL_TEST
 * @ETH_SS_STATS: Statistic names, for use with %ETHTOOL_GSTATS
 * @ETH_SS_PRIV_FLAGS: Driver private flag names, for use with
 *	%ETHTOOL_GPFLAGS and %ETHTOOL_SPFLAGS
 * @ETH_SS_NTUPLE_FILTERS: Previously used with %ETHTOOL_GRXNTUPLE;
 *	now deprecated
 * @ETH_SS_FEATURES: Device feature names
 * @ETH_SS_RSS_HASH_FUNCS: RSS hush function names
 * @ETH_SS_TUNABLES: tunable names
 * @ETH_SS_PHY_STATS: Statistic names, for use with %ETHTOOL_GPHYSTATS
 * @ETH_SS_PHY_TUNABLES: PHY tunable names
 * @ETH_SS_LINK_MODES: link mode names
 * @ETH_SS_MSG_CLASSES: debug message class names
 * @ETH_SS_WOL_MODES: wake-on-lan modes
 * @ETH_SS_SOF_TIMESTAMPING: SOF_TIMESTAMPING_* flags
 * @ETH_SS_TS_TX_TYPES: timestamping Tx types
 * @ETH_SS_TS_RX_FILTERS: timestamping Rx filters
 * @ETH_SS_UDP_TUNNEL_TYPES: UDP tunnel types
 * @ETH_SS_STATS_STD: standardized stats
 * @ETH_SS_STATS_ETH_PHY: names of IEEE 802.3 PHY statistics
 * @ETH_SS_STATS_ETH_MAC: names of IEEE 802.3 MAC statistics
 * @ETH_SS_STATS_ETH_CTRL: names of IEEE 802.3 MAC Control statistics
 * @ETH_SS_STATS_RMON: names of RMON statistics
 *
 * @ETH_SS_COUNT: number of defined string sets
 */
enum ethtool_stringset {
	ETH_SS_TEST		= 0,
	ETH_SS_STATS,
	ETH_SS_PRIV_FLAGS,
	ETH_SS_NTUPLE_FILTERS,
	ETH_SS_FEATURES,
	ETH_SS_RSS_HASH_FUNCS,
	ETH_SS_TUNABLES,
	ETH_SS_PHY_STATS,
	ETH_SS_PHY_TUNABLES,
	ETH_SS_LINK_MODES,
	ETH_SS_MSG_CLASSES,
	ETH_SS_WOL_MODES,
	ETH_SS_SOF_TIMESTAMPING,
	ETH_SS_TS_TX_TYPES,
	ETH_SS_TS_RX_FILTERS,
	ETH_SS_UDP_TUNNEL_TYPES,
	ETH_SS_STATS_STD,
	ETH_SS_STATS_ETH_PHY,
	ETH_SS_STATS_ETH_MAC,
	ETH_SS_STATS_ETH_CTRL,
	ETH_SS_STATS_RMON,

	/* add new constants above here */
	ETH_SS_COUNT
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_gstrings - string set for data tagging
 * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GSTRINGS
 * @string_set: String set ID; one of &enum ethtool_stringset
 * @len: On return, the number of strings in the string set
 * @data: Buffer for strings.  Each string is null-padded to a size of
 *	%ETH_GSTRING_LEN.
 *
 * Users must use %ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO to find the number of strings in
 * the string set.  They must allocate a buffer of the appropriate
 * size immediately following this structure.
 */
struct ethtool_gstrings {
	__u32	cmd;
	__u32	string_set;
	__u32	len;
	__u8	data[0];
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_sset_info - string set information
 * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO
 * @reserved: Reserved for future use; see the note on reserved space.
 * @sset_mask: On entry, a bitmask of string sets to query, with bits
 *	numbered according to &enum ethtool_stringset.  On return, a
 *	bitmask of those string sets queried that are supported.
 * @data: Buffer for string set sizes.  On return, this contains the
 *	size of each string set that was queried and supported, in
 *	order of ID.
 *
 * Example: The user passes in @sset_mask = 0x7 (sets 0, 1, 2) and on
 * return @sset_mask == 0x6 (sets 1, 2).  Then @data[0] contains the
 * size of set 1 and @data[1] contains the size of set 2.
 *
 * Users must allocate a buffer of the appropriate size (4 * number of
 * sets queried) immediately following this structure.
 */
struct ethtool_sset_info {
	__u32	cmd;
	__u32	reserved;
	__u64	sset_mask;
	__u32	data[0];
};

/**
 * enum ethtool_test_flags - flags definition of ethtool_test
 * @ETH_TEST_FL_OFFLINE: if set perform online and offline tests, otherwise
 *	only online tests.
 * @ETH_TEST_FL_FAILED: Driver set this flag if test fails.
 * @ETH_TEST_FL_EXTERNAL_LB: Application request to perform external loopback
 *	test.
 * @ETH_TEST_FL_EXTERNAL_LB_DONE: Driver performed the external loopback test
 */

enum ethtool_test_flags {
	ETH_TEST_FL_OFFLINE	= (1 << 0),
	ETH_TEST_FL_FAILED	= (1 << 1),
	ETH_TEST_FL_EXTERNAL_LB	= (1 << 2),
	ETH_TEST_FL_EXTERNAL_LB_DONE	= (1 << 3),
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_test - device self-test invocation
 * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_TEST
 * @flags: A bitmask of flags from &enum ethtool_test_flags.  Some
 *	flags may be set by the user on entry; others may be set by
 *	the driver on return.
 * @reserved: Reserved for future use; see the note on reserved space.
 * @len: On return, the number of test results
 * @data: Array of test results
 *
 * Users must use %ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO or %ETHTOOL_GDRVINFO to find the
 * number of test results that will be returned.  They must allocate a
 * buffer of the appropriate size (8 * number of results) immediately
 * following this structure.
 */
struct ethtool_test {
	__u32	cmd;
	__u32	flags;
	__u32	reserved;
	__u32	len;
	__u64	data[0];
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_stats - device-specific statistics
 * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GSTATS
 * @n_stats: On return, the number of statistics
 * @data: Array of statistics
 *
 * Users must use %ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO or %ETHTOOL_GDRVINFO to find the
 * number of statistics that will be returned.  They must allocate a
 * buffer of the appropriate size (8 * number of statistics)
 * immediately following this structure.
 */
struct ethtool_stats {
	__u32	cmd;
	__u32	n_stats;
	__u64	data[0];
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_perm_addr - permanent hardware address
 * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GPERMADDR
 * @size: On entry, the size of the buffer.  On return, the size of the
 *	address.  The command fails if the buffer is too small.
 * @data: Buffer for the address
 *
 * Users must allocate the buffer immediately following this structure.
 * A buffer size of %MAX_ADDR_LEN should be sufficient for any address
 * type.
 */
struct ethtool_perm_addr {
	__u32	cmd;
	__u32	size;
	__u8	data[0];
};

/* boolean flags controlling per-interface behavior characteristics.
 * When reading, the flag indicates whether or not a certain behavior
 * is enabled/present.  When writing, the flag indicates whether
 * or not the driver should turn on (set) or off (clear) a behavior.
 *
 * Some behaviors may read-only (unconditionally absent or present).
 * If such is the case, return EINVAL in the set-flags operation if the
 * flag differs from the read-only value.
 */
enum ethtool_flags {
	ETH_FLAG_TXVLAN		= (1 << 7),	/* TX VLAN offload enabled */
	ETH_FLAG_RXVLAN		= (1 << 8),	/* RX VLAN offload enabled */
	ETH_FLAG_LRO		= (1 << 15),	/* LRO is enabled */
	ETH_FLAG_NTUPLE		= (1 << 27),	/* N-tuple filters enabled */
	ETH_FLAG_RXHASH		= (1 << 28),
};

/* The following structures are for supporting RX network flow
 * classification and RX n-tuple configuration. Note, all multibyte
 * fields, e.g., ip4src, ip4dst, psrc, pdst, spi, etc. are expected to
 * be in network byte order.
 */

/**
 * struct ethtool_tcpip4_spec - flow specification for TCP/IPv4 etc.
 * @ip4src: Source host
 * @ip4dst: Destination host
 * @psrc: Source port
 * @pdst: Destination port
 * @tos: Type-of-service
 *
 * This can be used to specify a TCP/IPv4, UDP/IPv4 or SCTP/IPv4 flow.
 */
struct ethtool_tcpip4_spec {
	__be32	ip4src;
	__be32	ip4dst;
	__be16	psrc;
	__be16	pdst;
	__u8    tos;
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_ah_espip4_spec - flow specification for IPsec/IPv4
 * @ip4src: Source host
 * @ip4dst: Destination host
 * @spi: Security parameters index
 * @tos: Type-of-service
 *
 * This can be used to specify an IPsec transport or tunnel over IPv4.
 */
struct ethtool_ah_espip4_spec {
	__be32	ip4src;
	__be32	ip4dst;
	__be32	spi;
	__u8    tos;
};

#define	ETH_RX_NFC_IP4	1

/**
 * struct ethtool_usrip4_spec - general flow specification for IPv4
 * @ip4src: Source host
 * @ip4dst: Destination host
 * @l4_4_bytes: First 4 bytes of transport (layer 4) header
 * @tos: Type-of-service
 * @ip_ver: Value must be %ETH_RX_NFC_IP4; mask must be 0
 * @proto: Transport protocol number; mask must be 0
 */
struct ethtool_usrip4_spec {
	__be32	ip4src;
	__be32	ip4dst;
	__be32	l4_4_bytes;
	__u8    tos;
	__u8    ip_ver;
	__u8    proto;
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_tcpip6_spec - flow specification for TCP/IPv6 etc.
 * @ip6src: Source host
 * @ip6dst: Destination host
 * @psrc: Source port
 * @pdst: Destination port
 * @tclass: Traffic Class
 *
 * This can be used to specify a TCP/IPv6, UDP/IPv6 or SCTP/IPv6 flow.
 */
struct ethtool_tcpip6_spec {
	__be32	ip6src[4];
	__be32	ip6dst[4];
	__be16	psrc;
	__be16	pdst;
	__u8    tclass;
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_ah_espip6_spec - flow specification for IPsec/IPv6
 * @ip6src: Source host
 * @ip6dst: Destination host
 * @spi: Security parameters index
 * @tclass: Traffic Class
 *
 * This can be used to specify an IPsec transport or tunnel over IPv6.
 */
struct ethtool_ah_espip6_spec {
	__be32	ip6src[4];
	__be32	ip6dst[4];
	__be32	spi;
	__u8    tclass;
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_usrip6_spec - general flow specification for IPv6
 * @ip6src: Source host
 * @ip6dst: Destination host
 * @l4_4_bytes: First 4 bytes of transport (layer 4) header
 * @tclass: Traffic Class
 * @l4_proto: Transport protocol number (nexthdr after any Extension Headers)
 */
struct ethtool_usrip6_spec {
	__be32	ip6src[4];
	__be32	ip6dst[4];
	__be32	l4_4_bytes;
	__u8    tclass;
	__u8    l4_proto;
};

union ethtool_flow_union {
	struct ethtool_tcpip4_spec		tcp_ip4_spec;
	struct ethtool_tcpip4_spec		udp_ip4_spec;
	struct ethtool_tcpip4_spec		sctp_ip4_spec;
	struct ethtool_ah_espip4_spec		ah_ip4_spec;
	struct ethtool_ah_espip4_spec		esp_ip4_spec;
	struct ethtool_usrip4_spec		usr_ip4_spec;
	struct ethtool_tcpip6_spec		tcp_ip6_spec;
	struct ethtool_tcpip6_spec		udp_ip6_spec;
	struct ethtool_tcpip6_spec		sctp_ip6_spec;
	struct ethtool_ah_espip6_spec		ah_ip6_spec;
	struct ethtool_ah_espip6_spec		esp_ip6_spec;
	struct ethtool_usrip6_spec		usr_ip6_spec;
	struct ethhdr				ether_spec;
	__u8					hdata[52];
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_flow_ext - additional RX flow fields
 * @h_dest: destination MAC address
 * @vlan_etype: VLAN EtherType
 * @vlan_tci: VLAN tag control information
 * @data: user defined data
 * @padding: Reserved for future use; see the note on reserved space.
 *
 * Note, @vlan_etype, @vlan_tci, and @data are only valid if %FLOW_EXT
 * is set in &struct ethtool_rx_flow_spec @flow_type.
 * @h_dest is valid if %FLOW_MAC_EXT is set.
 */
struct ethtool_flow_ext {
	__u8		padding[2];
	unsigned char	h_dest[ETH_ALEN];
	__be16		vlan_etype;
	__be16		vlan_tci;
	__be32		data[2];
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_rx_flow_spec - classification rule for RX flows
 * @flow_type: Type of match to perform, e.g. %TCP_V4_FLOW
 * @h_u: Flow fields to match (dependent on @flow_type)
 * @h_ext: Additional fields to match
 * @m_u: Masks for flow field bits to be matched
 * @m_ext: Masks for additional field bits to be matched
 *	Note, all additional fields must be ignored unless @flow_type
 *	includes the %FLOW_EXT or %FLOW_MAC_EXT flag
 *	(see &struct ethtool_flow_ext description).
 * @ring_cookie: RX ring/queue index to deliver to, or %RX_CLS_FLOW_DISC
 *	if packets should be discarded, or %RX_CLS_FLOW_WAKE if the
 *	packets should be used for Wake-on-LAN with %WAKE_FILTER
 * @location: Location of rule in the table.  Locations must be
 *	numbered such that a flow matching multiple rules will be
 *	classified according to the first (lowest numbered) rule.
 */
struct ethtool_rx_flow_spec {
	__u32		flow_type;
	union ethtool_flow_union h_u;
	struct ethtool_flow_ext h_ext;
	union ethtool_flow_union m_u;
	struct ethtool_flow_ext m_ext;
	__u64		ring_cookie;
	__u32		location;
};

/* How rings are laid out when accessing virtual functions or
 * offloaded queues is device specific. To allow users to do flow
 * steering and specify these queues the ring cookie is partitioned
 * into a 32bit queue index with an 8 bit virtual function id.
 * This also leaves the 3bytes for further specifiers. It is possible
 * future devices may support more than 256 virtual functions if
 * devices start supporting PCIe w/ARI. However at the moment I
 * do not know of any devices that support this so I do not reserve
 * space for this at this time. If a future patch consumes the next
 * byte it should be aware of this possibility.
 */
#define ETHTOOL_RX_FLOW_SPEC_RING	0x00000000FFFFFFFFLL
#define ETHTOOL_RX_FLOW_SPEC_RING_VF	0x000000FF00000000LL
#define ETHTOOL_RX_FLOW_SPEC_RING_VF_OFF 32
static __inline__ __u64 ethtool_get_flow_spec_ring(__u64 ring_cookie)
{
	return ETHTOOL_RX_FLOW_SPEC_RING & ring_cookie;
}

static __inline__ __u64 ethtool_get_flow_spec_ring_vf(__u64 ring_cookie)
{
	return (ETHTOOL_RX_FLOW_SPEC_RING_VF & ring_cookie) >>
				ETHTOOL_RX_FLOW_SPEC_RING_VF_OFF;
}

/**
 * struct ethtool_rxnfc - command to get or set RX flow classification rules
 * @cmd: Specific command number - %ETHTOOL_GRXFH, %ETHTOOL_SRXFH,
 *	%ETHTOOL_GRXRINGS, %ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLCNT, %ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRULE,
 *	%ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLALL, %ETHTOOL_SRXCLSRLDEL or %ETHTOOL_SRXCLSRLINS
 * @flow_type: Type of flow to be affected, e.g. %TCP_V4_FLOW
 * @data: Command-dependent value
 * @fs: Flow classification rule
 * @rss_context: RSS context to be affected
 * @rule_cnt: Number of rules to be affected
 * @rule_locs: Array of used rule locations
 *
 * For %ETHTOOL_GRXFH and %ETHTOOL_SRXFH, @data is a bitmask indicating
 * the fields included in the flow hash, e.g. %RXH_IP_SRC.  The following
 * structure fields must not be used, except that if @flow_type includes
 * the %FLOW_RSS flag, then @rss_context determines which RSS context to
 * act on.
 *
 * For %ETHTOOL_GRXRINGS, @data is set to the number of RX rings/queues
 * on return.
 *
 * For %ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLCNT, @rule_cnt is set to the number of defined
 * rules on return.  If @data is non-zero on return then it is the
 * size of the rule table, plus the flag %RX_CLS_LOC_SPECIAL if the
 * driver supports any special location values.  If that flag is not
 * set in @data then special location values should not be used.
 *
 * For %ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRULE, @fs.@location specifies the location of an
 * existing rule on entry and @fs contains the rule on return; if
 * @fs.@flow_type includes the %FLOW_RSS flag, then @rss_context is
 * filled with the RSS context ID associated with the rule.
 *
 * For %ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLALL, @rule_cnt specifies the array size of the
 * user buffer for @rule_locs on entry.  On return, @data is the size
 * of the rule table, @rule_cnt is the number of defined rules, and
 * @rule_locs contains the locations of the defined rules.  Drivers
 * must use the second parameter to get_rxnfc() instead of @rule_locs.
 *
 * For %ETHTOOL_SRXCLSRLINS, @fs specifies the rule to add or update.
 * @fs.@location either specifies the location to use or is a special
 * location value with %RX_CLS_LOC_SPECIAL flag set.  On return,
 * @fs.@location is the actual rule location.  If @fs.@flow_type
 * includes the %FLOW_RSS flag, @rss_context is the RSS context ID to
 * use for flow spreading traffic which matches this rule.  The value
 * from the rxfh indirection table will be added to @fs.@ring_cookie
 * to choose which ring to deliver to.
 *
 * For %ETHTOOL_SRXCLSRLDEL, @fs.@location specifies the location of an
 * existing rule on entry.
 *
 * A driver supporting the special location values for
 * %ETHTOOL_SRXCLSRLINS may add the rule at any suitable unused
 * location, and may remove a rule at a later location (lower
 * priority) that matches exactly the same set of flows.  The special
 * values are %RX_CLS_LOC_ANY, selecting any location;
 * %RX_CLS_LOC_FIRST, selecting the first suitable location (maximum
 * priority); and %RX_CLS_LOC_LAST, selecting the last suitable
 * location (minimum priority).  Additional special values may be
 * defined in future and drivers must return -%EINVAL for any
 * unrecognised value.
 */
struct ethtool_rxnfc {
	__u32				cmd;
	__u32				flow_type;
	__u64				data;
	struct ethtool_rx_flow_spec	fs;
	union {
		__u32			rule_cnt;
		__u32			rss_context;
	};
	__u32				rule_locs[0];
};


/**
 * struct ethtool_rxfh_indir - command to get or set RX flow hash indirection
 * @cmd: Specific command number - %ETHTOOL_GRXFHINDIR or %ETHTOOL_SRXFHINDIR
 * @size: On entry, the array size of the user buffer, which may be zero.
 *	On return from %ETHTOOL_GRXFHINDIR, the array size of the hardware
 *	indirection table.
 * @ring_index: RX ring/queue index for each hash value
 *
 * For %ETHTOOL_GRXFHINDIR, a @size of zero means that only the size
 * should be returned.  For %ETHTOOL_SRXFHINDIR, a @size of zero means
 * the table should be reset to default values.  This last feature
 * is not supported by the original implementations.
 */
struct ethtool_rxfh_indir {
	__u32	cmd;
	__u32	size;
	__u32	ring_index[0];
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_rxfh - command to get/set RX flow hash indir or/and hash key.
 * @cmd: Specific command number - %ETHTOOL_GRSSH or %ETHTOOL_SRSSH
 * @rss_context: RSS context identifier.  Context 0 is the default for normal
 *	traffic; other contexts can be referenced as the destination for RX flow
 *	classification rules.  %ETH_RXFH_CONTEXT_ALLOC is used with command
 *	%ETHTOOL_SRSSH to allocate a new RSS context; on return this field will
 *	contain the ID of the newly allocated context.
 * @indir_size: On entry, the array size of the user buffer for the
 *	indirection table, which may be zero, or (for %ETHTOOL_SRSSH),
 *	%ETH_RXFH_INDIR_NO_CHANGE.  On return from %ETHTOOL_GRSSH,
 *	the array size of the hardware indirection table.
 * @key_size: On entry, the array size of the user buffer for the hash key,
 *	which may be zero.  On return from %ETHTOOL_GRSSH, the size of the
 *	hardware hash key.
 * @hfunc: Defines the current RSS hash function used by HW (or to be set to).
 *	Valid values are one of the %ETH_RSS_HASH_*.
 * @rsvd8: Reserved for future use; see the note on reserved space.
 * @rsvd32: Reserved for future use; see the note on reserved space.
 * @rss_config: RX ring/queue index for each hash value i.e., indirection table
 *	of @indir_size __u32 elements, followed by hash key of @key_size
 *	bytes.
 *
 * For %ETHTOOL_GRSSH, a @indir_size and key_size of zero means that only the
 * size should be returned.  For %ETHTOOL_SRSSH, an @indir_size of
 * %ETH_RXFH_INDIR_NO_CHANGE means that indir table setting is not requested
 * and a @indir_size of zero means the indir table should be reset to default
 * values (if @rss_context == 0) or that the RSS context should be deleted.
 * An hfunc of zero means that hash function setting is not requested.
 */
struct ethtool_rxfh {
	__u32   cmd;
	__u32	rss_context;
	__u32   indir_size;
	__u32   key_size;
	__u8	hfunc;
	__u8	rsvd8[3];
	__u32	rsvd32;
	__u32   rss_config[0];
};
#define ETH_RXFH_CONTEXT_ALLOC		0xffffffff
#define ETH_RXFH_INDIR_NO_CHANGE	0xffffffff

/**
 * struct ethtool_rx_ntuple_flow_spec - specification for RX flow filter
 * @flow_type: Type of match to perform, e.g. %TCP_V4_FLOW
 * @h_u: Flow field values to match (dependent on @flow_type)
 * @m_u: Masks for flow field value bits to be ignored
 * @vlan_tag: VLAN tag to match
 * @vlan_tag_mask: Mask for VLAN tag bits to be ignored
 * @data: Driver-dependent data to match
 * @data_mask: Mask for driver-dependent data bits to be ignored
 * @action: RX ring/queue index to deliver to (non-negative) or other action
 *	(negative, e.g. %ETHTOOL_RXNTUPLE_ACTION_DROP)
 *
 * For flow types %TCP_V4_FLOW, %UDP_V4_FLOW and %SCTP_V4_FLOW, where
 * a field value and mask are both zero this is treated as if all mask
 * bits are set i.e. the field is ignored.
 */
struct ethtool_rx_ntuple_flow_spec {
	__u32		 flow_type;
	union {
		struct ethtool_tcpip4_spec		tcp_ip4_spec;
		struct ethtool_tcpip4_spec		udp_ip4_spec;
		struct ethtool_tcpip4_spec		sctp_ip4_spec;
		struct ethtool_ah_espip4_spec		ah_ip4_spec;
		struct ethtool_ah_espip4_spec		esp_ip4_spec;
		struct ethtool_usrip4_spec		usr_ip4_spec;
		struct ethhdr				ether_spec;
		__u8					hdata[72];
	} h_u, m_u;

	__u16	        vlan_tag;
	__u16	        vlan_tag_mask;
	__u64		data;
	__u64		data_mask;

	__s32		action;
#define ETHTOOL_RXNTUPLE_ACTION_DROP	(-1)	/* drop packet */
#define ETHTOOL_RXNTUPLE_ACTION_CLEAR	(-2)	/* clear filter */
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_rx_ntuple - command to set or clear RX flow filter
 * @cmd: Command number - %ETHTOOL_SRXNTUPLE
 * @fs: Flow filter specification
 */
struct ethtool_rx_ntuple {
	__u32					cmd;
	struct ethtool_rx_ntuple_flow_spec	fs;
};

#define ETHTOOL_FLASH_MAX_FILENAME	128
enum ethtool_flash_op_type {
	ETHTOOL_FLASH_ALL_REGIONS	= 0,
};

/* for passing firmware flashing related parameters */
struct ethtool_flash {
	__u32	cmd;
	__u32	region;
	char	data[ETHTOOL_FLASH_MAX_FILENAME];
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_dump - used for retrieving, setting device dump
 * @cmd: Command number - %ETHTOOL_GET_DUMP_FLAG, %ETHTOOL_GET_DUMP_DATA, or
 * 	%ETHTOOL_SET_DUMP
 * @version: FW version of the dump, filled in by driver
 * @flag: driver dependent flag for dump setting, filled in by driver during
 *        get and filled in by ethtool for set operation.
 *        flag must be initialized by macro ETH_FW_DUMP_DISABLE value when
 *        firmware dump is disabled.
 * @len: length of dump data, used as the length of the user buffer on entry to
 * 	 %ETHTOOL_GET_DUMP_DATA and this is returned as dump length by driver
 * 	 for %ETHTOOL_GET_DUMP_FLAG command
 * @data: data collected for get dump data operation
 */
struct ethtool_dump {
	__u32	cmd;
	__u32	version;
	__u32	flag;
	__u32	len;
	__u8	data[0];
};

#define ETH_FW_DUMP_DISABLE 0

/* for returning and changing feature sets */

/**
 * struct ethtool_get_features_block - block with state of 32 features
 * @available: mask of changeable features
 * @requested: mask of features requested to be enabled if possible
 * @active: mask of currently enabled features
 * @never_changed: mask of features not changeable for any device
 */
struct ethtool_get_features_block {
	__u32	available;
	__u32	requested;
	__u32	active;
	__u32	never_changed;
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_gfeatures - command to get state of device's features
 * @cmd: command number = %ETHTOOL_GFEATURES
 * @size: On entry, the number of elements in the features[] array;
 *	on return, the number of elements in features[] needed to hold
 *	all features
 * @features: state of features
 */
struct ethtool_gfeatures {
	__u32	cmd;
	__u32	size;
	struct ethtool_get_features_block features[0];
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_set_features_block - block with request for 32 features
 * @valid: mask of features to be changed
 * @requested: values of features to be changed
 */
struct ethtool_set_features_block {
	__u32	valid;
	__u32	requested;
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_sfeatures - command to request change in device's features
 * @cmd: command number = %ETHTOOL_SFEATURES
 * @size: array size of the features[] array
 * @features: feature change masks
 */
struct ethtool_sfeatures {
	__u32	cmd;
	__u32	size;
	struct ethtool_set_features_block features[0];
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_ts_info - holds a device's timestamping and PHC association
 * @cmd: command number = %ETHTOOL_GET_TS_INFO
 * @so_timestamping: bit mask of the sum of the supported SO_TIMESTAMPING flags
 * @phc_index: device index of the associated PHC, or -1 if there is none
 * @tx_types: bit mask of the supported hwtstamp_tx_types enumeration values
 * @tx_reserved: Reserved for future use; see the note on reserved space.
 * @rx_filters: bit mask of the supported hwtstamp_rx_filters enumeration values
 * @rx_reserved: Reserved for future use; see the note on reserved space.
 *
 * The bits in the 'tx_types' and 'rx_filters' fields correspond to
 * the 'hwtstamp_tx_types' and 'hwtstamp_rx_filters' enumeration values,
 * respectively.  For example, if the device supports HWTSTAMP_TX_ON,
 * then (1 << HWTSTAMP_TX_ON) in 'tx_types' will be set.
 *
 * Drivers should only report the filters they actually support without
 * upscaling in the SIOCSHWTSTAMP ioctl. If the SIOCSHWSTAMP request for
 * HWTSTAMP_FILTER_V1_SYNC is supported by HWTSTAMP_FILTER_V1_EVENT, then the
 * driver should only report HWTSTAMP_FILTER_V1_EVENT in this op.
 */
struct ethtool_ts_info {
	__u32	cmd;
	__u32	so_timestamping;
	__s32	phc_index;
	__u32	tx_types;
	__u32	tx_reserved[3];
	__u32	rx_filters;
	__u32	rx_reserved[3];
};

/*
 * %ETHTOOL_SFEATURES changes features present in features[].valid to the
 * values of corresponding bits in features[].requested. Bits in .requested
 * not set in .valid or not changeable are ignored.
 *
 * Returns %EINVAL when .valid contains undefined or never-changeable bits
 * or size is not equal to required number of features words (32-bit blocks).
 * Returns >= 0 if request was completed; bits set in the value mean:
 *   %ETHTOOL_F_UNSUPPORTED - there were bits set in .valid that are not
 *	changeable (not present in %ETHTOOL_GFEATURES' features[].available)
 *	those bits were ignored.
 *   %ETHTOOL_F_WISH - some or all changes requested were recorded but the
 *      resulting state of bits masked by .valid is not equal to .requested.
 *      Probably there are other device-specific constraints on some features
 *      in the set. When %ETHTOOL_F_UNSUPPORTED is set, .valid is considered
 *      here as though ignored bits were cleared.
 *   %ETHTOOL_F_COMPAT - some or all changes requested were made by calling
 *      compatibility functions. Requested offload state cannot be properly
 *      managed by kernel.
 *
 * Meaning of bits in the masks are obtained by %ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO (number of
 * bits in the arrays - always multiple of 32) and %ETHTOOL_GSTRINGS commands
 * for ETH_SS_FEATURES string set. First entry in the table corresponds to least
 * significant bit in features[0] fields. Empty strings mark undefined features.
 */
enum ethtool_sfeatures_retval_bits {
	ETHTOOL_F_UNSUPPORTED__BIT,
	ETHTOOL_F_WISH__BIT,
	ETHTOOL_F_COMPAT__BIT,
};

#define ETHTOOL_F_UNSUPPORTED   (1 << ETHTOOL_F_UNSUPPORTED__BIT)
#define ETHTOOL_F_WISH          (1 << ETHTOOL_F_WISH__BIT)
#define ETHTOOL_F_COMPAT        (1 << ETHTOOL_F_COMPAT__BIT)

#define MAX_NUM_QUEUE		4096

/**
 * struct ethtool_per_queue_op - apply sub command to the queues in mask.
 * @cmd: ETHTOOL_PERQUEUE
 * @sub_command: the sub command which apply to each queues
 * @queue_mask: Bitmap of the queues which sub command apply to
 * @data: A complete command structure following for each of the queues addressed
 */
struct ethtool_per_queue_op {
	__u32	cmd;
	__u32	sub_command;
	__u32	queue_mask[__KERNEL_DIV_ROUND_UP(MAX_NUM_QUEUE, 32)];
	char	data[];
};

/**
 * struct ethtool_fecparam - Ethernet Forward Error Correction parameters
 * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GFECPARAM or %ETHTOOL_SFECPARAM
 * @active_fec: FEC mode which is active on the port, single bit set, GET only.
 * @fec: Bitmask of configured FEC modes.
 * @reserved: Reserved for future extensions, ignore on GET, write 0 for SET.
 *
 * Note that @reserved was never validated on input and ethtool user space
 * left it uninitialized when calling SET. Hence going forward it can only be
 * used to return a value to userspace with GET.
 *
 * FEC modes supported by the device can be read via %ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS.
 * FEC settings are configured by link autonegotiation whenever it's enabled.
 * With autoneg on %ETHTOOL_GFECPARAM can be used to read the current mode.
 *
 * When autoneg is disabled %ETHTOOL_SFECPARAM controls the FEC settings.
 * It is recommended that drivers only accept a single bit set in @fec.
 * When multiple bits are set in @fec drivers may pick mode in an implementation
 * dependent way. Drivers should reject mixing %ETHTOOL_FEC_AUTO_BIT with other
 * FEC modes, because it's unclear whether in this case other modes constrain
 * AUTO or are independent choices.
 * Drivers must reject SET requests if they support none of the requested modes.
 *
 * If device does not support FEC drivers may use %ETHTOOL_FEC_NONE instead
 * of returning %EOPNOTSUPP from %ETHTOOL_GFECPARAM.
 *
 * See enum ethtool_fec_config_bits for definition of valid bits for both
 * @fec and @active_fec.
 */
struct ethtool_fecparam {
	__u32   cmd;
	/* bitmask of FEC modes */
	__u32   active_fec;
	__u32   fec;
	__u32   reserved;
};

/**
 * enum ethtool_fec_config_bits - flags definition of ethtool_fec_configuration
 * @ETHTOOL_FEC_NONE_BIT: FEC mode configuration is not supported. Should not
 *			be used together with other bits. GET only.
 * @ETHTOOL_FEC_AUTO_BIT: Select default/best FEC mode automatically, usually
 *			based link mode and SFP parameters read from module's
 *			EEPROM. This bit does _not_ mean autonegotiation.
 * @ETHTOOL_FEC_OFF_BIT: No FEC Mode
 * @ETHTOOL_FEC_RS_BIT: Reed-Solomon FEC Mode
 * @ETHTOOL_FEC_BASER_BIT: Base-R/Reed-Solomon FEC Mode
 * @ETHTOOL_FEC_LLRS_BIT: Low Latency Reed Solomon FEC Mode (25G/50G Ethernet
 *			Consortium)
 */
enum ethtool_fec_config_bits {
	ETHTOOL_FEC_NONE_BIT,
	ETHTOOL_FEC_AUTO_BIT,
	ETHTOOL_FEC_OFF_BIT,
	ETHTOOL_FEC_RS_BIT,
	ETHTOOL_FEC_BASER_BIT,
	ETHTOOL_FEC_LLRS_BIT,
};

#define ETHTOOL_FEC_NONE		(1 << ETHTOOL_FEC_NONE_BIT)
#define ETHTOOL_FEC_AUTO		(1 << ETHTOOL_FEC_AUTO_BIT)
#define ETHTOOL_FEC_OFF			(1 << ETHTOOL_FEC_OFF_BIT)
#define ETHTOOL_FEC_RS			(1 << ETHTOOL_FEC_RS_BIT)
#define ETHTOOL_FEC_BASER		(1 << ETHTOOL_FEC_BASER_BIT)
#define ETHTOOL_FEC_LLRS		(1 << ETHTOOL_FEC_LLRS_BIT)

/* CMDs currently supported */
#define ETHTOOL_GSET		0x00000001 /* DEPRECATED, Get settings.
					    * Please use ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS
					    */
#define ETHTOOL_SSET		0x00000002 /* DEPRECATED, Set settings.
					    * Please use ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS
					    */
#define ETHTOOL_GDRVINFO	0x00000003 /* Get driver info. */
#define ETHTOOL_GREGS		0x00000004 /* Get NIC registers. */
#define ETHTOOL_GWOL		0x00000005 /* Get wake-on-lan options. */
#define ETHTOOL_SWOL		0x00000006 /* Set wake-on-lan options. */
#define ETHTOOL_GMSGLVL		0x00000007 /* Get driver message level */
#define ETHTOOL_SMSGLVL		0x00000008 /* Set driver msg level. */
#define ETHTOOL_NWAY_RST	0x00000009 /* Restart autonegotiation. */
/* Get link status for host, i.e. whether the interface *and* the
 * physical port (if there is one) are up (ethtool_value). */
#define ETHTOOL_GLINK		0x0000000a
#define ETHTOOL_GEEPROM		0x0000000b /* Get EEPROM data */
#define ETHTOOL_SEEPROM		0x0000000c /* Set EEPROM data. */
#define ETHTOOL_GCOALESCE	0x0000000e /* Get coalesce config */
#define ETHTOOL_SCOALESCE	0x0000000f /* Set coalesce config. */
#define ETHTOOL_GRINGPARAM	0x00000010 /* Get ring parameters */
#define ETHTOOL_SRINGPARAM	0x00000011 /* Set ring parameters. */
#define ETHTOOL_GPAUSEPARAM	0x00000012 /* Get pause parameters */
#define ETHTOOL_SPAUSEPARAM	0x00000013 /* Set pause parameters. */
#define ETHTOOL_GRXCSUM		0x00000014 /* Get RX hw csum enable (ethtool_value) */
#define ETHTOOL_SRXCSUM		0x00000015 /* Set RX hw csum enable (ethtool_value) */
#define ETHTOOL_GTXCSUM		0x00000016 /* Get TX hw csum enable (ethtool_value) */
#define ETHTOOL_STXCSUM		0x00000017 /* Set TX hw csum enable (ethtool_value) */
#define ETHTOOL_GSG		0x00000018 /* Get scatter-gather enable
					    * (ethtool_value) */
#define ETHTOOL_SSG		0x00000019 /* Set scatter-gather enable
					    * (ethtool_value). */
#define ETHTOOL_TEST		0x0000001a /* execute NIC self-test. */
#define ETHTOOL_GSTRINGS	0x0000001b /* get specified string set */
#define ETHTOOL_PHYS_ID		0x0000001c /* identify the NIC */
#define ETHTOOL_GSTATS		0x0000001d /* get NIC-specific statistics */
#define ETHTOOL_GTSO		0x0000001e /* Get TSO enable (ethtool_value) */
#define ETHTOOL_STSO		0x0000001f /* Set TSO enable (ethtool_value) */
#define ETHTOOL_GPERMADDR	0x00000020 /* Get permanent hardware address */
#define ETHTOOL_GUFO		0x00000021 /* Get UFO enable (ethtool_value) */
#define ETHTOOL_SUFO		0x00000022 /* Set UFO enable (ethtool_value) */
#define ETHTOOL_GGSO		0x00000023 /* Get GSO enable (ethtool_value) */
#define ETHTOOL_SGSO		0x00000024 /* Set GSO enable (ethtool_value) */
#define ETHTOOL_GFLAGS		0x00000025 /* Get flags bitmap(ethtool_value) */
#define ETHTOOL_SFLAGS		0x00000026 /* Set flags bitmap(ethtool_value) */
#define ETHTOOL_GPFLAGS		0x00000027 /* Get driver-private flags bitmap */
#define ETHTOOL_SPFLAGS		0x00000028 /* Set driver-private flags bitmap */

#define ETHTOOL_GRXFH		0x00000029 /* Get RX flow hash configuration */
#define ETHTOOL_SRXFH		0x0000002a /* Set RX flow hash configuration */
#define ETHTOOL_GGRO		0x0000002b /* Get GRO enable (ethtool_value) */
#define ETHTOOL_SGRO		0x0000002c /* Set GRO enable (ethtool_value) */
#define ETHTOOL_GRXRINGS	0x0000002d /* Get RX rings available for LB */
#define ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLCNT	0x0000002e /* Get RX class rule count */
#define ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRULE	0x0000002f /* Get RX classification rule */
#define ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLALL	0x00000030 /* Get all RX classification rule */
#define ETHTOOL_SRXCLSRLDEL	0x00000031 /* Delete RX classification rule */
#define ETHTOOL_SRXCLSRLINS	0x00000032 /* Insert RX classification rule */
#define ETHTOOL_FLASHDEV	0x00000033 /* Flash firmware to device */
#define ETHTOOL_RESET		0x00000034 /* Reset hardware */
#define ETHTOOL_SRXNTUPLE	0x00000035 /* Add an n-tuple filter to device */
#define ETHTOOL_GRXNTUPLE	0x00000036 /* deprecated */
#define ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO	0x00000037 /* Get string set info */
#define ETHTOOL_GRXFHINDIR	0x00000038 /* Get RX flow hash indir'n table */
#define ETHTOOL_SRXFHINDIR	0x00000039 /* Set RX flow hash indir'n table */

#define ETHTOOL_GFEATURES	0x0000003a /* Get device offload settings */
#define ETHTOOL_SFEATURES	0x0000003b /* Change device offload settings */
#define ETHTOOL_GCHANNELS	0x0000003c /* Get no of channels */
#define ETHTOOL_SCHANNELS	0x0000003d /* Set no of channels */
#define ETHTOOL_SET_DUMP	0x0000003e /* Set dump settings */
#define ETHTOOL_GET_DUMP_FLAG	0x0000003f /* Get dump settings */
#define ETHTOOL_GET_DUMP_DATA	0x00000040 /* Get dump data */
#define ETHTOOL_GET_TS_INFO	0x00000041 /* Get time stamping and PHC info */
#define ETHTOOL_GMODULEINFO	0x00000042 /* Get plug-in module information */
#define ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM	0x00000043 /* Get plug-in module eeprom */
#define ETHTOOL_GEEE		0x00000044 /* Get EEE settings */
#define ETHTOOL_SEEE		0x00000045 /* Set EEE settings */

#define ETHTOOL_GRSSH		0x00000046 /* Get RX flow hash configuration */
#define ETHTOOL_SRSSH		0x00000047 /* Set RX flow hash configuration */
#define ETHTOOL_GTUNABLE	0x00000048 /* Get tunable configuration */
#define ETHTOOL_STUNABLE	0x00000049 /* Set tunable configuration */
#define ETHTOOL_GPHYSTATS	0x0000004a /* get PHY-specific statistics */

#define ETHTOOL_PERQUEUE	0x0000004b /* Set per queue options */

#define ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS	0x0000004c /* Get ethtool_link_settings */
#define ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS	0x0000004d /* Set ethtool_link_settings */
#define ETHTOOL_PHY_GTUNABLE	0x0000004e /* Get PHY tunable configuration */
#define ETHTOOL_PHY_STUNABLE	0x0000004f /* Set PHY tunable configuration */
#define ETHTOOL_GFECPARAM	0x00000050 /* Get FEC settings */
#define ETHTOOL_SFECPARAM	0x00000051 /* Set FEC settings */

/* compatibility with older code */
#define SPARC_ETH_GSET		ETHTOOL_GSET
#define SPARC_ETH_SSET		ETHTOOL_SSET

/* Link mode bit indices */
enum ethtool_link_mode_bit_indices {
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10baseT_Half_BIT	= 0,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10baseT_Full_BIT	= 1,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100baseT_Half_BIT	= 2,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100baseT_Full_BIT	= 3,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseT_Half_BIT	= 4,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseT_Full_BIT	= 5,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Autoneg_BIT		= 6,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_TP_BIT		= 7,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_AUI_BIT		= 8,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MII_BIT		= 9,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_FIBRE_BIT		= 10,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_BNC_BIT		= 11,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseT_Full_BIT	= 12,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Pause_BIT		= 13,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Asym_Pause_BIT	= 14,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_2500baseX_Full_BIT	= 15,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_Backplane_BIT		= 16,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseKX_Full_BIT	= 17,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseKX4_Full_BIT	= 18,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseKR_Full_BIT	= 19,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseR_FEC_BIT	= 20,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_20000baseMLD2_Full_BIT = 21,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_20000baseKR2_Full_BIT	= 22,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_40000baseKR4_Full_BIT	= 23,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_40000baseCR4_Full_BIT	= 24,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_40000baseSR4_Full_BIT	= 25,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_40000baseLR4_Full_BIT	= 26,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_56000baseKR4_Full_BIT	= 27,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_56000baseCR4_Full_BIT	= 28,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_56000baseSR4_Full_BIT	= 29,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_56000baseLR4_Full_BIT	= 30,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_25000baseCR_Full_BIT	= 31,

	/* Last allowed bit for __ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK is bit
	 * 31. Please do NOT define any SUPPORTED_* or ADVERTISED_*
	 * macro for bits > 31. The only way to use indices > 31 is to
	 * use the new ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS API.
	 */

	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_25000baseKR_Full_BIT	= 32,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_25000baseSR_Full_BIT	= 33,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_50000baseCR2_Full_BIT	= 34,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_50000baseKR2_Full_BIT	= 35,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseKR4_Full_BIT	= 36,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseSR4_Full_BIT	= 37,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseCR4_Full_BIT	= 38,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseLR4_ER4_Full_BIT	= 39,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_50000baseSR2_Full_BIT		= 40,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseX_Full_BIT	= 41,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseCR_Full_BIT	= 42,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseSR_Full_BIT	= 43,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseLR_Full_BIT	= 44,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseLRM_Full_BIT	= 45,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_10000baseER_Full_BIT	= 46,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_2500baseT_Full_BIT	= 47,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_5000baseT_Full_BIT	= 48,

	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_FEC_NONE_BIT	= 49,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_FEC_RS_BIT	= 50,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_FEC_BASER_BIT	= 51,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_50000baseKR_Full_BIT		 = 52,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_50000baseSR_Full_BIT		 = 53,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_50000baseCR_Full_BIT		 = 54,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_50000baseLR_ER_FR_Full_BIT	 = 55,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_50000baseDR_Full_BIT		 = 56,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseKR2_Full_BIT	 = 57,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseSR2_Full_BIT	 = 58,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseCR2_Full_BIT	 = 59,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseLR2_ER2_FR2_Full_BIT = 60,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseDR2_Full_BIT	 = 61,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_200000baseKR4_Full_BIT	 = 62,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_200000baseSR4_Full_BIT	 = 63,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_200000baseLR4_ER4_FR4_Full_BIT = 64,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_200000baseDR4_Full_BIT	 = 65,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_200000baseCR4_Full_BIT	 = 66,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100baseT1_Full_BIT		 = 67,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_1000baseT1_Full_BIT		 = 68,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_400000baseKR8_Full_BIT	 = 69,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_400000baseSR8_Full_BIT	 = 70,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_400000baseLR8_ER8_FR8_Full_BIT = 71,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_400000baseDR8_Full_BIT	 = 72,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_400000baseCR8_Full_BIT	 = 73,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_FEC_LLRS_BIT			 = 74,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseKR_Full_BIT		 = 75,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseSR_Full_BIT		 = 76,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseLR_ER_FR_Full_BIT	 = 77,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseCR_Full_BIT		 = 78,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100000baseDR_Full_BIT		 = 79,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_200000baseKR2_Full_BIT	 = 80,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_200000baseSR2_Full_BIT	 = 81,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_200000baseLR2_ER2_FR2_Full_BIT = 82,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_200000baseDR2_Full_BIT	 = 83,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_200000baseCR2_Full_BIT	 = 84,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_400000baseKR4_Full_BIT	 = 85,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_400000baseSR4_Full_BIT	 = 86,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_400000baseLR4_ER4_FR4_Full_BIT = 87,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_400000baseDR4_Full_BIT	 = 88,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_400000baseCR4_Full_BIT	 = 89,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100baseFX_Half_BIT		 = 90,
	ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_100baseFX_Full_BIT		 = 91,
	/* must be last entry */
	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NBITS,

	/* RHEL: Last known value for RHEL 8.0 needed for emulation layer
         * for old binary drivers compiled against RHEL 8.0
         */
	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LAST_RH80 = ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_FEC_BASER_BIT,

#ifdef __GENKSYMS__
	/* RHEL: Enum __ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LAST and its value is protected by
	 * KABI checker.
	 * We also need to define __ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NBITS as macro
	 * for KABI checker to preserve existing checksums of several
	 * ethtool symbols.
	 */
	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LAST = __ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LAST_RH80,
#define __ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NBITS (__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LAST + 1)
#endif
};

#define __ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(base_name)	\
	(1UL << (ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_ ## base_name ## _BIT))

/* DEPRECATED macros. Please migrate to
 * ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS API. Please do NOT
 * define any new SUPPORTED_* macro for bits > 31.
 */
#define SUPPORTED_10baseT_Half		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(10baseT_Half)
#define SUPPORTED_10baseT_Full		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(10baseT_Full)
#define SUPPORTED_100baseT_Half		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(100baseT_Half)
#define SUPPORTED_100baseT_Full		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(100baseT_Full)
#define SUPPORTED_1000baseT_Half	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(1000baseT_Half)
#define SUPPORTED_1000baseT_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(1000baseT_Full)
#define SUPPORTED_Autoneg		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(Autoneg)
#define SUPPORTED_TP			__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(TP)
#define SUPPORTED_AUI			__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(AUI)
#define SUPPORTED_MII			__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(MII)
#define SUPPORTED_FIBRE			__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(FIBRE)
#define SUPPORTED_BNC			__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(BNC)
#define SUPPORTED_10000baseT_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(10000baseT_Full)
#define SUPPORTED_Pause			__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(Pause)
#define SUPPORTED_Asym_Pause		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(Asym_Pause)
#define SUPPORTED_2500baseX_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(2500baseX_Full)
#define SUPPORTED_Backplane		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(Backplane)
#define SUPPORTED_1000baseKX_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(1000baseKX_Full)
#define SUPPORTED_10000baseKX4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(10000baseKX4_Full)
#define SUPPORTED_10000baseKR_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(10000baseKR_Full)
#define SUPPORTED_10000baseR_FEC	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(10000baseR_FEC)
#define SUPPORTED_20000baseMLD2_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(20000baseMLD2_Full)
#define SUPPORTED_20000baseKR2_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(20000baseKR2_Full)
#define SUPPORTED_40000baseKR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(40000baseKR4_Full)
#define SUPPORTED_40000baseCR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(40000baseCR4_Full)
#define SUPPORTED_40000baseSR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(40000baseSR4_Full)
#define SUPPORTED_40000baseLR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(40000baseLR4_Full)
#define SUPPORTED_56000baseKR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(56000baseKR4_Full)
#define SUPPORTED_56000baseCR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(56000baseCR4_Full)
#define SUPPORTED_56000baseSR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(56000baseSR4_Full)
#define SUPPORTED_56000baseLR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(56000baseLR4_Full)
/* Please do not define any new SUPPORTED_* macro for bits > 31, see
 * notice above.
 */

/*
 * DEPRECATED macros. Please migrate to
 * ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS API. Please do NOT
 * define any new ADERTISE_* macro for bits > 31.
 */
#define ADVERTISED_10baseT_Half		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(10baseT_Half)
#define ADVERTISED_10baseT_Full		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(10baseT_Full)
#define ADVERTISED_100baseT_Half	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(100baseT_Half)
#define ADVERTISED_100baseT_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(100baseT_Full)
#define ADVERTISED_1000baseT_Half	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(1000baseT_Half)
#define ADVERTISED_1000baseT_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(1000baseT_Full)
#define ADVERTISED_Autoneg		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(Autoneg)
#define ADVERTISED_TP			__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(TP)
#define ADVERTISED_AUI			__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(AUI)
#define ADVERTISED_MII			__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(MII)
#define ADVERTISED_FIBRE		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(FIBRE)
#define ADVERTISED_BNC			__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(BNC)
#define ADVERTISED_10000baseT_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(10000baseT_Full)
#define ADVERTISED_Pause		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(Pause)
#define ADVERTISED_Asym_Pause		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(Asym_Pause)
#define ADVERTISED_2500baseX_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(2500baseX_Full)
#define ADVERTISED_Backplane		__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(Backplane)
#define ADVERTISED_1000baseKX_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(1000baseKX_Full)
#define ADVERTISED_10000baseKX4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(10000baseKX4_Full)
#define ADVERTISED_10000baseKR_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(10000baseKR_Full)
#define ADVERTISED_10000baseR_FEC	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(10000baseR_FEC)
#define ADVERTISED_20000baseMLD2_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(20000baseMLD2_Full)
#define ADVERTISED_20000baseKR2_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(20000baseKR2_Full)
#define ADVERTISED_40000baseKR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(40000baseKR4_Full)
#define ADVERTISED_40000baseCR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(40000baseCR4_Full)
#define ADVERTISED_40000baseSR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(40000baseSR4_Full)
#define ADVERTISED_40000baseLR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(40000baseLR4_Full)
#define ADVERTISED_56000baseKR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(56000baseKR4_Full)
#define ADVERTISED_56000baseCR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(56000baseCR4_Full)
#define ADVERTISED_56000baseSR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(56000baseSR4_Full)
#define ADVERTISED_56000baseLR4_Full	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_LEGACY_MASK(56000baseLR4_Full)
/* Please do not define any new ADVERTISED_* macro for bits > 31, see
 * notice above.
 */

/* The following are all involved in forcing a particular link
 * mode for the device for setting things.  When getting the
 * devices settings, these indicate the current mode and whether
 * it was forced up into this mode or autonegotiated.
 */

/* The forced speed, in units of 1Mb. All values 0 to INT_MAX are legal.
 * Update drivers/net/phy/phy.c:phy_speed_to_str() and
 * drivers/net/bonding/bond_3ad.c:__get_link_speed() when adding new values.
 */
#define SPEED_10		10
#define SPEED_100		100
#define SPEED_1000		1000
#define SPEED_2500		2500
#define SPEED_5000		5000
#define SPEED_10000		10000
#define SPEED_14000		14000
#define SPEED_20000		20000
#define SPEED_25000		25000
#define SPEED_40000		40000
#define SPEED_50000		50000
#define SPEED_56000		56000
#define SPEED_100000		100000
#define SPEED_200000		200000
#define SPEED_400000		400000

#define SPEED_UNKNOWN		-1

static __inline__ int ethtool_validate_speed(__u32 speed)
{
	return speed <= INT_MAX || speed == (__u32)SPEED_UNKNOWN;
}

/* Duplex, half or full. */
#define DUPLEX_HALF		0x00
#define DUPLEX_FULL		0x01
#define DUPLEX_UNKNOWN		0xff

static __inline__ int ethtool_validate_duplex(__u8 duplex)
{
	switch (duplex) {
	case DUPLEX_HALF:
	case DUPLEX_FULL:
	case DUPLEX_UNKNOWN:
		return 1;
	}

	return 0;
}

#define MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_UNSUPPORTED		0
#define MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_UNKNOWN		1
#define MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_MASTER_PREFERRED	2
#define MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_SLAVE_PREFERRED	3
#define MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_MASTER_FORCE		4
#define MASTER_SLAVE_CFG_SLAVE_FORCE		5
#define MASTER_SLAVE_STATE_UNSUPPORTED		0
#define MASTER_SLAVE_STATE_UNKNOWN		1
#define MASTER_SLAVE_STATE_MASTER		2
#define MASTER_SLAVE_STATE_SLAVE		3
#define MASTER_SLAVE_STATE_ERR			4

/* Which connector port. */
#define PORT_TP			0x00
#define PORT_AUI		0x01
#define PORT_MII		0x02
#define PORT_FIBRE		0x03
#define PORT_BNC		0x04
#define PORT_DA			0x05
#define PORT_NONE		0xef
#define PORT_OTHER		0xff

/* Which transceiver to use. */
#define XCVR_INTERNAL		0x00 /* PHY and MAC are in the same package */
#define XCVR_EXTERNAL		0x01 /* PHY and MAC are in different packages */
#define XCVR_DUMMY1		0x02
#define XCVR_DUMMY2		0x03
#define XCVR_DUMMY3		0x04

/* Enable or disable autonegotiation. */
#define AUTONEG_DISABLE		0x00
#define AUTONEG_ENABLE		0x01

/* MDI or MDI-X status/control - if MDI/MDI_X/AUTO is set then
 * the driver is required to renegotiate link
 */
#define ETH_TP_MDI_INVALID	0x00 /* status: unknown; control: unsupported */
#define ETH_TP_MDI		0x01 /* status: MDI;     control: force MDI */
#define ETH_TP_MDI_X		0x02 /* status: MDI-X;   control: force MDI-X */
#define ETH_TP_MDI_AUTO		0x03 /*                  control: auto-select */

/* Wake-On-Lan options. */
#define WAKE_PHY		(1 << 0)
#define WAKE_UCAST		(1 << 1)
#define WAKE_MCAST		(1 << 2)
#define WAKE_BCAST		(1 << 3)
#define WAKE_ARP		(1 << 4)
#define WAKE_MAGIC		(1 << 5)
#define WAKE_MAGICSECURE	(1 << 6) /* only meaningful if WAKE_MAGIC */
#define WAKE_FILTER		(1 << 7)

#define WOL_MODE_COUNT		8

/* L2-L4 network traffic flow types */
#define	TCP_V4_FLOW	0x01	/* hash or spec (tcp_ip4_spec) */
#define	UDP_V4_FLOW	0x02	/* hash or spec (udp_ip4_spec) */
#define	SCTP_V4_FLOW	0x03	/* hash or spec (sctp_ip4_spec) */
#define	AH_ESP_V4_FLOW	0x04	/* hash only */
#define	TCP_V6_FLOW	0x05	/* hash or spec (tcp_ip6_spec; nfc only) */
#define	UDP_V6_FLOW	0x06	/* hash or spec (udp_ip6_spec; nfc only) */
#define	SCTP_V6_FLOW	0x07	/* hash or spec (sctp_ip6_spec; nfc only) */
#define	AH_ESP_V6_FLOW	0x08	/* hash only */
#define	AH_V4_FLOW	0x09	/* hash or spec (ah_ip4_spec) */
#define	ESP_V4_FLOW	0x0a	/* hash or spec (esp_ip4_spec) */
#define	AH_V6_FLOW	0x0b	/* hash or spec (ah_ip6_spec; nfc only) */
#define	ESP_V6_FLOW	0x0c	/* hash or spec (esp_ip6_spec; nfc only) */
#define	IPV4_USER_FLOW	0x0d	/* spec only (usr_ip4_spec) */
#define	IP_USER_FLOW	IPV4_USER_FLOW
#define	IPV6_USER_FLOW	0x0e	/* spec only (usr_ip6_spec; nfc only) */
#define	IPV4_FLOW	0x10	/* hash only */
#define	IPV6_FLOW	0x11	/* hash only */
#define	ETHER_FLOW	0x12	/* spec only (ether_spec) */
/* Flag to enable additional fields in struct ethtool_rx_flow_spec */
#define	FLOW_EXT	0x80000000
#define	FLOW_MAC_EXT	0x40000000
/* Flag to enable RSS spreading of traffic matching rule (nfc only) */
#define	FLOW_RSS	0x20000000

/* L3-L4 network traffic flow hash options */
#define	RXH_L2DA	(1 << 1)
#define	RXH_VLAN	(1 << 2)
#define	RXH_L3_PROTO	(1 << 3)
#define	RXH_IP_SRC	(1 << 4)
#define	RXH_IP_DST	(1 << 5)
#define	RXH_L4_B_0_1	(1 << 6) /* src port in case of TCP/UDP/SCTP */
#define	RXH_L4_B_2_3	(1 << 7) /* dst port in case of TCP/UDP/SCTP */
#define	RXH_DISCARD	(1 << 31)

#define	RX_CLS_FLOW_DISC	0xffffffffffffffffULL
#define RX_CLS_FLOW_WAKE	0xfffffffffffffffeULL

/* Special RX classification rule insert location values */
#define RX_CLS_LOC_SPECIAL	0x80000000	/* flag */
#define RX_CLS_LOC_ANY		0xffffffff
#define RX_CLS_LOC_FIRST	0xfffffffe
#define RX_CLS_LOC_LAST		0xfffffffd

/* EEPROM Standards for plug in modules */
#define ETH_MODULE_SFF_8079		0x1
#define ETH_MODULE_SFF_8079_LEN		256
#define ETH_MODULE_SFF_8472		0x2
#define ETH_MODULE_SFF_8472_LEN		512
#define ETH_MODULE_SFF_8636		0x3
#define ETH_MODULE_SFF_8636_LEN		256
#define ETH_MODULE_SFF_8436		0x4
#define ETH_MODULE_SFF_8436_LEN		256

#define ETH_MODULE_SFF_8636_MAX_LEN     640
#define ETH_MODULE_SFF_8436_MAX_LEN     640

/* Reset flags */
/* The reset() operation must clear the flags for the components which
 * were actually reset.  On successful return, the flags indicate the
 * components which were not reset, either because they do not exist
 * in the hardware or because they cannot be reset independently.  The
 * driver must never reset any components that were not requested.
 */
enum ethtool_reset_flags {
	/* These flags represent components dedicated to the interface
	 * the command is addressed to.  Shift any flag left by
	 * ETH_RESET_SHARED_SHIFT to reset a shared component of the
	 * same type.
	 */
	ETH_RESET_MGMT		= 1 << 0,	/* Management processor */
	ETH_RESET_IRQ		= 1 << 1,	/* Interrupt requester */
	ETH_RESET_DMA		= 1 << 2,	/* DMA engine */
	ETH_RESET_FILTER	= 1 << 3,	/* Filtering/flow direction */
	ETH_RESET_OFFLOAD	= 1 << 4,	/* Protocol offload */
	ETH_RESET_MAC		= 1 << 5,	/* Media access controller */
	ETH_RESET_PHY		= 1 << 6,	/* Transceiver/PHY */
	ETH_RESET_RAM		= 1 << 7,	/* RAM shared between
						 * multiple components */
	ETH_RESET_AP		= 1 << 8,	/* Application processor */

	ETH_RESET_DEDICATED	= 0x0000ffff,	/* All components dedicated to
						 * this interface */
	ETH_RESET_ALL		= 0xffffffff,	/* All components used by this
						 * interface, even if shared */
};
#define ETH_RESET_SHARED_SHIFT	16


/**
 * struct ethtool_link_settings - link control and status
 *
 * IMPORTANT, Backward compatibility notice: When implementing new
 *	user-space tools, please first try %ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, and
 *	if it succeeds use %ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS to change link
 *	settings; do not use %ETHTOOL_SSET if %ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS
 *	succeeded: stick to %ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/%SLINKSETTINGS in
 *	that case.  Conversely, if %ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS fails, use
 *	%ETHTOOL_GSET to query and %ETHTOOL_SSET to change link
 *	settings; do not use %ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS if
 *	%ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS failed: stick to
 *	%ETHTOOL_GSET/%ETHTOOL_SSET in that case.
 *
 * @cmd: Command number = %ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS or %ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS
 * @speed: Link speed (Mbps)
 * @duplex: Duplex mode; one of %DUPLEX_*
 * @port: Physical connector type; one of %PORT_*
 * @phy_address: MDIO address of PHY (transceiver); 0 or 255 if not
 *	applicable.  For clause 45 PHYs this is the PRTAD.
 * @autoneg: Enable/disable autonegotiation and auto-detection;
 *	either %AUTONEG_DISABLE or %AUTONEG_ENABLE
 * @mdio_support: Bitmask of %ETH_MDIO_SUPPORTS_* flags for the MDIO
 *	protocols supported by the interface; 0 if unknown.
 *	Read-only.
 * @eth_tp_mdix: Ethernet twisted-pair MDI(-X) status; one of
 *	%ETH_TP_MDI_*.  If the status is unknown or not applicable, the
 *	value will be %ETH_TP_MDI_INVALID.  Read-only.
 * @eth_tp_mdix_ctrl: Ethernet twisted pair MDI(-X) control; one of
 *	%ETH_TP_MDI_*.  If MDI(-X) control is not implemented, reads
 *	yield %ETH_TP_MDI_INVALID and writes may be ignored or rejected.
 *	When written successfully, the link should be renegotiated if
 *	necessary.
 * @link_mode_masks_nwords: Number of 32-bit words for each of the
 *	supported, advertising, lp_advertising link mode bitmaps. For
 *	%ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS: on entry, number of words passed by user
 *	(>= 0); on return, if handshake in progress, negative if
 *	request size unsupported by kernel: absolute value indicates
 *	kernel expected size and all the other fields but cmd
 *	are 0; otherwise (handshake completed), strictly positive
 *	to indicate size used by kernel and cmd field stays
 *	%ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, all other fields populated by driver. For
 *	%ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS: must be valid on entry, ie. a positive
 *	value returned previously by %ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, otherwise
 *	refused. For drivers: ignore this field (use kernel's
 *	__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NBITS instead), any change to it will
 *	be overwritten by kernel.
 * @supported: Bitmap with each bit meaning given by
 *	%ethtool_link_mode_bit_indices for the link modes, physical
 *	connectors and other link features for which the interface
 *	supports autonegotiation or auto-detection.  Read-only.
 * @advertising: Bitmap with each bit meaning given by
 *	%ethtool_link_mode_bit_indices for the link modes, physical
 *	connectors and other link features that are advertised through
 *	autonegotiation or enabled for auto-detection.
 * @lp_advertising: Bitmap with each bit meaning given by
 *	%ethtool_link_mode_bit_indices for the link modes, and other
 *	link features that the link partner advertised through
 *	autonegotiation; 0 if unknown or not applicable.  Read-only.
 * @transceiver: Used to distinguish different possible PHY types,
 *	reported consistently by PHYLIB.  Read-only.
 * @master_slave_cfg: Master/slave port mode.
 * @master_slave_state: Master/slave port state.
 * @reserved: Reserved for future use; see the note on reserved space.
 * @reserved1: Reserved for future use; see the note on reserved space.
 * @link_mode_masks: Variable length bitmaps.
 *
 * If autonegotiation is disabled, the speed and @duplex represent the
 * fixed link mode and are writable if the driver supports multiple
 * link modes.  If it is enabled then they are read-only; if the link
 * is up they represent the negotiated link mode; if the link is down,
 * the speed is 0, %SPEED_UNKNOWN or the highest enabled speed and
 * @duplex is %DUPLEX_UNKNOWN or the best enabled duplex mode.
 *
 * Some hardware interfaces may have multiple PHYs and/or physical
 * connectors fitted or do not allow the driver to detect which are
 * fitted.  For these interfaces @port and/or @phy_address may be
 * writable, possibly dependent on @autoneg being %AUTONEG_DISABLE.
 * Otherwise, attempts to write different values may be ignored or
 * rejected.
 *
 * Deprecated %ethtool_cmd fields transceiver, maxtxpkt and maxrxpkt
 * are not available in %ethtool_link_settings. Until all drivers are
 * converted to ignore them or to the new %ethtool_link_settings API,
 * for both queries and changes, users should always try
 * %ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS first, and if it fails with -ENOTSUPP stick
 * only to %ETHTOOL_GSET and %ETHTOOL_SSET consistently. If it
 * succeeds, then users should stick to %ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS and
 * %ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS (which would support drivers implementing
 * either %ethtool_cmd or %ethtool_link_settings).
 *
 * Users should assume that all fields not marked read-only are
 * writable and subject to validation by the driver.  They should use
 * %ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS to get the current values before making specific
 * changes and then applying them with %ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS.
 *
 * Drivers that implement %get_link_ksettings and/or
 * %set_link_ksettings should ignore the @cmd
 * and @link_mode_masks_nwords fields (any change to them overwritten
 * by kernel), and rely only on kernel's internal
 * %__ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_MASK_NBITS and
 * %ethtool_link_mode_mask_t. Drivers that implement
 * %set_link_ksettings() should validate all fields other than @cmd
 * and @link_mode_masks_nwords that are not described as read-only or
 * deprecated, and must ignore all fields described as read-only.
 */
struct ethtool_link_settings {
	__u32	cmd;
	__u32	speed;
	__u8	duplex;
	__u8	port;
	__u8	phy_address;
	__u8	autoneg;
	__u8	mdio_support;
	__u8	eth_tp_mdix;
	__u8	eth_tp_mdix_ctrl;
	__s8	link_mode_masks_nwords;
	__u8	transceiver;
	#ifndef __GENKSYMS__
	__u8	master_slave_cfg;
	__u8	master_slave_state;
	__u8	reserved1[1];
	#else
	__u8	reserved1[3];
	#endif
	__u32	reserved[7];
	__u32	link_mode_masks[0];
	/* layout of link_mode_masks fields:
	 * __u32 map_supported[link_mode_masks_nwords];
	 * __u32 map_advertising[link_mode_masks_nwords];
	 * __u32 map_lp_advertising[link_mode_masks_nwords];
	 */
};
#endif /* _LINUX_ETHTOOL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_HW_BREAKPOINT_H
#define _LINUX_HW_BREAKPOINT_H

enum {
	HW_BREAKPOINT_LEN_1 = 1,
	HW_BREAKPOINT_LEN_2 = 2,
	HW_BREAKPOINT_LEN_3 = 3,
	HW_BREAKPOINT_LEN_4 = 4,
	HW_BREAKPOINT_LEN_5 = 5,
	HW_BREAKPOINT_LEN_6 = 6,
	HW_BREAKPOINT_LEN_7 = 7,
	HW_BREAKPOINT_LEN_8 = 8,
};

enum {
	HW_BREAKPOINT_EMPTY	= 0,
	HW_BREAKPOINT_R		= 1,
	HW_BREAKPOINT_W		= 2,
	HW_BREAKPOINT_RW	= HW_BREAKPOINT_R | HW_BREAKPOINT_W,
	HW_BREAKPOINT_X		= 4,
	HW_BREAKPOINT_INVALID   = HW_BREAKPOINT_RW | HW_BREAKPOINT_X,
};

enum bp_type_idx {
	TYPE_INST 	= 0,
#ifdef CONFIG_HAVE_MIXED_BREAKPOINTS_REGS
	TYPE_DATA	= 0,
#else
	TYPE_DATA	= 1,
#endif
	TYPE_MAX
};

#endif /* _LINUX_HW_BREAKPOINT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_VHOST_H
#define _LINUX_VHOST_H
/* Userspace interface for in-kernel virtio accelerators. */

/* vhost is used to reduce the number of system calls involved in virtio.
 *
 * Existing virtio net code is used in the guest without modification.
 *
 * This header includes interface used by userspace hypervisor for
 * device configuration.
 */

#include <linux/vhost_types.h>
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

#define VHOST_FILE_UNBIND -1

/* ioctls */

#define VHOST_VIRTIO 0xAF

/* Features bitmask for forward compatibility.  Transport bits are used for
 * vhost specific features. */
#define VHOST_GET_FEATURES	_IOR(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x00, __u64)
#define VHOST_SET_FEATURES	_IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x00, __u64)

/* Set current process as the (exclusive) owner of this file descriptor.  This
 * must be called before any other vhost command.  Further calls to
 * VHOST_OWNER_SET fail until VHOST_OWNER_RESET is called. */
#define VHOST_SET_OWNER _IO(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x01)
/* Give up ownership, and reset the device to default values.
 * Allows subsequent call to VHOST_OWNER_SET to succeed. */
#define VHOST_RESET_OWNER _IO(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x02)

/* Set up/modify memory layout */
#define VHOST_SET_MEM_TABLE	_IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x03, struct vhost_memory)

/* Write logging setup. */
/* Memory writes can optionally be logged by setting bit at an offset
 * (calculated from the physical address) from specified log base.
 * The bit is set using an atomic 32 bit operation. */
/* Set base address for logging. */
#define VHOST_SET_LOG_BASE _IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x04, __u64)
/* Specify an eventfd file descriptor to signal on log write. */
#define VHOST_SET_LOG_FD _IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x07, int)

/* Ring setup. */
/* Set number of descriptors in ring. This parameter can not
 * be modified while ring is running (bound to a device). */
#define VHOST_SET_VRING_NUM _IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x10, struct vhost_vring_state)
/* Set addresses for the ring. */
#define VHOST_SET_VRING_ADDR _IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x11, struct vhost_vring_addr)
/* Base value where queue looks for available descriptors */
#define VHOST_SET_VRING_BASE _IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x12, struct vhost_vring_state)
/* Get accessor: reads index, writes value in num */
#define VHOST_GET_VRING_BASE _IOWR(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x12, struct vhost_vring_state)

/* Set the vring byte order in num. Valid values are VHOST_VRING_LITTLE_ENDIAN
 * or VHOST_VRING_BIG_ENDIAN (other values return -EINVAL).
 * The byte order cannot be changed while the device is active: trying to do so
 * returns -EBUSY.
 * This is a legacy only API that is simply ignored when VIRTIO_F_VERSION_1 is
 * set.
 * Not all kernel configurations support this ioctl, but all configurations that
 * support SET also support GET.
 */
#define VHOST_VRING_LITTLE_ENDIAN 0
#define VHOST_VRING_BIG_ENDIAN 1
#define VHOST_SET_VRING_ENDIAN _IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x13, struct vhost_vring_state)
#define VHOST_GET_VRING_ENDIAN _IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x14, struct vhost_vring_state)

/* The following ioctls use eventfd file descriptors to signal and poll
 * for events. */

/* Set eventfd to poll for added buffers */
#define VHOST_SET_VRING_KICK _IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x20, struct vhost_vring_file)
/* Set eventfd to signal when buffers have beed used */
#define VHOST_SET_VRING_CALL _IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x21, struct vhost_vring_file)
/* Set eventfd to signal an error */
#define VHOST_SET_VRING_ERR _IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x22, struct vhost_vring_file)
/* Set busy loop timeout (in us) */
#define VHOST_SET_VRING_BUSYLOOP_TIMEOUT _IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x23,	\
					 struct vhost_vring_state)
/* Get busy loop timeout (in us) */
#define VHOST_GET_VRING_BUSYLOOP_TIMEOUT _IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x24,	\
					 struct vhost_vring_state)

/* Set or get vhost backend capability */

/* Use message type V2 */
#define VHOST_BACKEND_F_IOTLB_MSG_V2 0x1
/* IOTLB can accept batching hints */
#define VHOST_BACKEND_F_IOTLB_BATCH  0x2

#define VHOST_SET_BACKEND_FEATURES _IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x25, __u64)
#define VHOST_GET_BACKEND_FEATURES _IOR(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x26, __u64)

/* VHOST_NET specific defines */

/* Attach virtio net ring to a raw socket, or tap device.
 * The socket must be already bound to an ethernet device, this device will be
 * used for transmit.  Pass fd -1 to unbind from the socket and the transmit
 * device.  This can be used to stop the ring (e.g. for migration). */
#define VHOST_NET_SET_BACKEND _IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x30, struct vhost_vring_file)

/* VHOST_SCSI specific defines */

#define VHOST_SCSI_SET_ENDPOINT _IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x40, struct vhost_scsi_target)
#define VHOST_SCSI_CLEAR_ENDPOINT _IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x41, struct vhost_scsi_target)
/* Changing this breaks userspace. */
#define VHOST_SCSI_GET_ABI_VERSION _IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x42, int)
/* Set and get the events missed flag */
#define VHOST_SCSI_SET_EVENTS_MISSED _IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x43, __u32)
#define VHOST_SCSI_GET_EVENTS_MISSED _IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x44, __u32)

/* VHOST_VSOCK specific defines */

#define VHOST_VSOCK_SET_GUEST_CID	_IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x60, __u64)
#define VHOST_VSOCK_SET_RUNNING		_IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x61, int)

/* VHOST_VDPA specific defines */

/* Get the device id. The device ids follow the same definition of
 * the device id defined in virtio-spec.
 */
#define VHOST_VDPA_GET_DEVICE_ID	_IOR(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x70, __u32)
/* Get and set the status. The status bits follow the same definition
 * of the device status defined in virtio-spec.
 */
#define VHOST_VDPA_GET_STATUS		_IOR(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x71, __u8)
#define VHOST_VDPA_SET_STATUS		_IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x72, __u8)
/* Get and set the device config. The device config follows the same
 * definition of the device config defined in virtio-spec.
 */
#define VHOST_VDPA_GET_CONFIG		_IOR(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x73, \
					     struct vhost_vdpa_config)
#define VHOST_VDPA_SET_CONFIG		_IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x74, \
					     struct vhost_vdpa_config)
/* Enable/disable the ring. */
#define VHOST_VDPA_SET_VRING_ENABLE	_IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x75, \
					     struct vhost_vring_state)
/* Get the max ring size. */
#define VHOST_VDPA_GET_VRING_NUM	_IOR(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x76, __u16)

/* Set event fd for config interrupt*/
#define VHOST_VDPA_SET_CONFIG_CALL	_IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x77, int)

/* Get the valid iova range */
#define VHOST_VDPA_GET_IOVA_RANGE	_IOR(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x78, \
					     struct vhost_vdpa_iova_range)
#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/**
 * pcitest.h - PCI test uapi defines
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2017 Texas Instruments
 * Author: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
 *
 */

#ifndef __UAPI_LINUX_PCITEST_H
#define __UAPI_LINUX_PCITEST_H

#define PCITEST_BAR		_IO('P', 0x1)
#define PCITEST_LEGACY_IRQ	_IO('P', 0x2)
#define PCITEST_MSI		_IOW('P', 0x3, int)
#define PCITEST_WRITE		_IOW('P', 0x4, unsigned long)
#define PCITEST_READ		_IOW('P', 0x5, unsigned long)
#define PCITEST_COPY		_IOW('P', 0x6, unsigned long)
#define PCITEST_MSIX		_IOW('P', 0x7, int)
#define PCITEST_SET_IRQTYPE	_IOW('P', 0x8, int)
#define PCITEST_GET_IRQTYPE	_IO('P', 0x9)

#endif /* __UAPI_LINUX_PCITEST_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  include/linux/userfaultfd.h
 *
 *  Copyright (C) 2007  Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
 *  Copyright (C) 2015  Red Hat, Inc.
 *
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_USERFAULTFD_H
#define _LINUX_USERFAULTFD_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * If the UFFDIO_API is upgraded someday, the UFFDIO_UNREGISTER and
 * UFFDIO_WAKE ioctls should be defined as _IOW and not as _IOR.  In
 * userfaultfd.h we assumed the kernel was reading (instead _IOC_READ
 * means the userland is reading).
 */
#define UFFD_API ((__u64)0xAA)
#define UFFD_API_FEATURES (UFFD_FEATURE_PAGEFAULT_FLAG_WP |	\
			   UFFD_FEATURE_EVENT_FORK |		\
			   UFFD_FEATURE_EVENT_REMAP |		\
			   UFFD_FEATURE_EVENT_REMOVE |	\
			   UFFD_FEATURE_EVENT_UNMAP |		\
			   UFFD_FEATURE_MISSING_HUGETLBFS |	\
			   UFFD_FEATURE_MISSING_SHMEM |		\
			   UFFD_FEATURE_SIGBUS |		\
			   UFFD_FEATURE_THREAD_ID)
#define UFFD_API_IOCTLS				\
	((__u64)1 << _UFFDIO_REGISTER |		\
	 (__u64)1 << _UFFDIO_UNREGISTER |	\
	 (__u64)1 << _UFFDIO_API)
#define UFFD_API_RANGE_IOCTLS			\
	((__u64)1 << _UFFDIO_WAKE |		\
	 (__u64)1 << _UFFDIO_COPY |		\
	 (__u64)1 << _UFFDIO_ZEROPAGE |		\
	 (__u64)1 << _UFFDIO_WRITEPROTECT)
#define UFFD_API_RANGE_IOCTLS_BASIC		\
	((__u64)1 << _UFFDIO_WAKE |		\
	 (__u64)1 << _UFFDIO_COPY)

/*
 * Valid ioctl command number range with this API is from 0x00 to
 * 0x3F.  UFFDIO_API is the fixed number, everything else can be
 * changed by implementing a different UFFD_API. If sticking to the
 * same UFFD_API more ioctl can be added and userland will be aware of
 * which ioctl the running kernel implements through the ioctl command
 * bitmask written by the UFFDIO_API.
 */
#define _UFFDIO_REGISTER		(0x00)
#define _UFFDIO_UNREGISTER		(0x01)
#define _UFFDIO_WAKE			(0x02)
#define _UFFDIO_COPY			(0x03)
#define _UFFDIO_ZEROPAGE		(0x04)
#define _UFFDIO_WRITEPROTECT		(0x06)
#define _UFFDIO_API			(0x3F)

/* userfaultfd ioctl ids */
#define UFFDIO 0xAA
#define UFFDIO_API		_IOWR(UFFDIO, _UFFDIO_API,	\
				      struct uffdio_api)
#define UFFDIO_REGISTER		_IOWR(UFFDIO, _UFFDIO_REGISTER, \
				      struct uffdio_register)
#define UFFDIO_UNREGISTER	_IOR(UFFDIO, _UFFDIO_UNREGISTER,	\
				     struct uffdio_range)
#define UFFDIO_WAKE		_IOR(UFFDIO, _UFFDIO_WAKE,	\
				     struct uffdio_range)
#define UFFDIO_COPY		_IOWR(UFFDIO, _UFFDIO_COPY,	\
				      struct uffdio_copy)
#define UFFDIO_ZEROPAGE		_IOWR(UFFDIO, _UFFDIO_ZEROPAGE,	\
				      struct uffdio_zeropage)
#define UFFDIO_WRITEPROTECT	_IOWR(UFFDIO, _UFFDIO_WRITEPROTECT, \
				      struct uffdio_writeprotect)

/* read() structure */
struct uffd_msg {
	__u8	event;

	__u8	reserved1;
	__u16	reserved2;
	__u32	reserved3;

	union {
		struct {
			__u64	flags;
			__u64	address;
			union {
				__u32 ptid;
			} feat;
		} pagefault;

		struct {
			__u32	ufd;
		} fork;

		struct {
			__u64	from;
			__u64	to;
			__u64	len;
		} remap;

		struct {
			__u64	start;
			__u64	end;
		} remove;

		struct {
			/* unused reserved fields */
			__u64	reserved1;
			__u64	reserved2;
			__u64	reserved3;
		} reserved;
	} arg;
} __attribute__((packed));

/*
 * Start at 0x12 and not at 0 to be more strict against bugs.
 */
#define UFFD_EVENT_PAGEFAULT	0x12
#define UFFD_EVENT_FORK		0x13
#define UFFD_EVENT_REMAP	0x14
#define UFFD_EVENT_REMOVE	0x15
#define UFFD_EVENT_UNMAP	0x16

/* flags for UFFD_EVENT_PAGEFAULT */
#define UFFD_PAGEFAULT_FLAG_WRITE	(1<<0)	/* If this was a write fault */
#define UFFD_PAGEFAULT_FLAG_WP		(1<<1)	/* If reason is VM_UFFD_WP */

struct uffdio_api {
	/* userland asks for an API number and the features to enable */
	__u64 api;
	/*
	 * Kernel answers below with the all available features for
	 * the API, this notifies userland of which events and/or
	 * which flags for each event are enabled in the current
	 * kernel.
	 *
	 * Note: UFFD_EVENT_PAGEFAULT and UFFD_PAGEFAULT_FLAG_WRITE
	 * are to be considered implicitly always enabled in all kernels as
	 * long as the uffdio_api.api requested matches UFFD_API.
	 *
	 * UFFD_FEATURE_MISSING_HUGETLBFS means an UFFDIO_REGISTER
	 * with UFFDIO_REGISTER_MODE_MISSING mode will succeed on
	 * hugetlbfs virtual memory ranges. Adding or not adding
	 * UFFD_FEATURE_MISSING_HUGETLBFS to uffdio_api.features has
	 * no real functional effect after UFFDIO_API returns, but
	 * it's only useful for an initial feature set probe at
	 * UFFDIO_API time. There are two ways to use it:
	 *
	 * 1) by adding UFFD_FEATURE_MISSING_HUGETLBFS to the
	 *    uffdio_api.features before calling UFFDIO_API, an error
	 *    will be returned by UFFDIO_API on a kernel without
	 *    hugetlbfs missing support
	 *
	 * 2) the UFFD_FEATURE_MISSING_HUGETLBFS can not be added in
	 *    uffdio_api.features and instead it will be set by the
	 *    kernel in the uffdio_api.features if the kernel supports
	 *    it, so userland can later check if the feature flag is
	 *    present in uffdio_api.features after UFFDIO_API
	 *    succeeded.
	 *
	 * UFFD_FEATURE_MISSING_SHMEM works the same as
	 * UFFD_FEATURE_MISSING_HUGETLBFS, but it applies to shmem
	 * (i.e. tmpfs and other shmem based APIs).
	 *
	 * UFFD_FEATURE_SIGBUS feature means no page-fault
	 * (UFFD_EVENT_PAGEFAULT) event will be delivered, instead
	 * a SIGBUS signal will be sent to the faulting process.
	 *
	 * UFFD_FEATURE_THREAD_ID pid of the page faulted task_struct will
	 * be returned, if feature is not requested 0 will be returned.
	 */
#define UFFD_FEATURE_PAGEFAULT_FLAG_WP		(1<<0)
#define UFFD_FEATURE_EVENT_FORK			(1<<1)
#define UFFD_FEATURE_EVENT_REMAP		(1<<2)
#define UFFD_FEATURE_EVENT_REMOVE		(1<<3)
#define UFFD_FEATURE_MISSING_HUGETLBFS		(1<<4)
#define UFFD_FEATURE_MISSING_SHMEM		(1<<5)
#define UFFD_FEATURE_EVENT_UNMAP		(1<<6)
#define UFFD_FEATURE_SIGBUS			(1<<7)
#define UFFD_FEATURE_THREAD_ID			(1<<8)
	__u64 features;

	__u64 ioctls;
};

struct uffdio_range {
	__u64 start;
	__u64 len;
};

struct uffdio_register {
	struct uffdio_range range;
#define UFFDIO_REGISTER_MODE_MISSING	((__u64)1<<0)
#define UFFDIO_REGISTER_MODE_WP		((__u64)1<<1)
	__u64 mode;

	/*
	 * kernel answers which ioctl commands are available for the
	 * range, keep at the end as the last 8 bytes aren't read.
	 */
	__u64 ioctls;
};

struct uffdio_copy {
	__u64 dst;
	__u64 src;
	__u64 len;
#define UFFDIO_COPY_MODE_DONTWAKE		((__u64)1<<0)
	/*
	 * UFFDIO_COPY_MODE_WP will map the page write protected on
	 * the fly.  UFFDIO_COPY_MODE_WP is available only if the
	 * write protected ioctl is implemented for the range
	 * according to the uffdio_register.ioctls.
	 */
#define UFFDIO_COPY_MODE_WP			((__u64)1<<1)
	__u64 mode;

	/*
	 * "copy" is written by the ioctl and must be at the end: the
	 * copy_from_user will not read the last 8 bytes.
	 */
	__s64 copy;
};

struct uffdio_zeropage {
	struct uffdio_range range;
#define UFFDIO_ZEROPAGE_MODE_DONTWAKE		((__u64)1<<0)
	__u64 mode;

	/*
	 * "zeropage" is written by the ioctl and must be at the end:
	 * the copy_from_user will not read the last 8 bytes.
	 */
	__s64 zeropage;
};

struct uffdio_writeprotect {
	struct uffdio_range range;
/*
 * UFFDIO_WRITEPROTECT_MODE_WP: set the flag to write protect a range,
 * unset the flag to undo protection of a range which was previously
 * write protected.
 *
 * UFFDIO_WRITEPROTECT_MODE_DONTWAKE: set the flag to avoid waking up
 * any wait thread after the operation succeeds.
 *
 * NOTE: Write protecting a region (WP=1) is unrelated to page faults,
 * therefore DONTWAKE flag is meaningless with WP=1.  Removing write
 * protection (WP=0) in response to a page fault wakes the faulting
 * task unless DONTWAKE is set.
 */
#define UFFDIO_WRITEPROTECT_MODE_WP		((__u64)1<<0)
#define UFFDIO_WRITEPROTECT_MODE_DONTWAKE	((__u64)1<<1)
	__u64 mode;
};

#endif /* _LINUX_USERFAULTFD_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * include/linux/loop.h
 *
 * Written by Theodore Ts'o, 3/29/93.
 *
 * Copyright 1993 by Theodore Ts'o.  Redistribution of this file is
 * permitted under the GNU General Public License.
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_LOOP_H
#define _LINUX_LOOP_H


#define LO_NAME_SIZE	64
#define LO_KEY_SIZE	32


/*
 * Loop flags
 */
enum {
	LO_FLAGS_READ_ONLY	= 1,
	LO_FLAGS_AUTOCLEAR	= 4,
	LO_FLAGS_PARTSCAN	= 8,
	LO_FLAGS_DIRECT_IO	= 16,
};

/* LO_FLAGS that can be set using LOOP_SET_STATUS(64) */
#define LOOP_SET_STATUS_SETTABLE_FLAGS (LO_FLAGS_AUTOCLEAR | LO_FLAGS_PARTSCAN)

/* LO_FLAGS that can be cleared using LOOP_SET_STATUS(64) */
#define LOOP_SET_STATUS_CLEARABLE_FLAGS (LO_FLAGS_AUTOCLEAR)

/* LO_FLAGS that can be set using LOOP_CONFIGURE */
#define LOOP_CONFIGURE_SETTABLE_FLAGS (LO_FLAGS_READ_ONLY | LO_FLAGS_AUTOCLEAR \
				       | LO_FLAGS_PARTSCAN | LO_FLAGS_DIRECT_IO)

#include <asm/posix_types.h>	/* for __kernel_old_dev_t */
#include <linux/types.h>	/* for __u64 */

/* Backwards compatibility version */
struct loop_info {
	int		   lo_number;		/* ioctl r/o */
	__kernel_old_dev_t lo_device; 		/* ioctl r/o */
	unsigned long	   lo_inode; 		/* ioctl r/o */
	__kernel_old_dev_t lo_rdevice; 		/* ioctl r/o */
	int		   lo_offset;
	int		   lo_encrypt_type;
	int		   lo_encrypt_key_size; 	/* ioctl w/o */
	int		   lo_flags;
	char		   lo_name[LO_NAME_SIZE];
	unsigned char	   lo_encrypt_key[LO_KEY_SIZE]; /* ioctl w/o */
	unsigned long	   lo_init[2];
	char		   reserved[4];
};

struct loop_info64 {
	__u64		   lo_device;			/* ioctl r/o */
	__u64		   lo_inode;			/* ioctl r/o */
	__u64		   lo_rdevice;			/* ioctl r/o */
	__u64		   lo_offset;
	__u64		   lo_sizelimit;/* bytes, 0 == max available */
	__u32		   lo_number;			/* ioctl r/o */
	__u32		   lo_encrypt_type;
	__u32		   lo_encrypt_key_size;		/* ioctl w/o */
	__u32		   lo_flags;
	__u8		   lo_file_name[LO_NAME_SIZE];
	__u8		   lo_crypt_name[LO_NAME_SIZE];
	__u8		   lo_encrypt_key[LO_KEY_SIZE]; /* ioctl w/o */
	__u64		   lo_init[2];
};

/**
 * struct loop_config - Complete configuration for a loop device.
 * @fd: fd of the file to be used as a backing file for the loop device.
 * @block_size: block size to use; ignored if 0.
 * @info: struct loop_info64 to configure the loop device with.
 *
 * This structure is used with the LOOP_CONFIGURE ioctl, and can be used to
 * atomically setup and configure all loop device parameters at once.
 */
struct loop_config {
	__u32			fd;
	__u32                   block_size;
	struct loop_info64	info;
	__u64			__reserved[8];
};

/*
 * Loop filter types
 */

#define LO_CRYPT_NONE		0
#define LO_CRYPT_XOR		1
#define LO_CRYPT_DES		2
#define LO_CRYPT_FISH2		3    /* Twofish encryption */
#define LO_CRYPT_BLOW		4
#define LO_CRYPT_CAST128	5
#define LO_CRYPT_IDEA		6
#define LO_CRYPT_DUMMY		9
#define LO_CRYPT_SKIPJACK	10
#define LO_CRYPT_CRYPTOAPI	18
#define MAX_LO_CRYPT		20

/*
 * IOCTL commands --- we will commandeer 0x4C ('L')
 */

#define LOOP_SET_FD		0x4C00
#define LOOP_CLR_FD		0x4C01
#define LOOP_SET_STATUS		0x4C02
#define LOOP_GET_STATUS		0x4C03
#define LOOP_SET_STATUS64	0x4C04
#define LOOP_GET_STATUS64	0x4C05
#define LOOP_CHANGE_FD		0x4C06
#define LOOP_SET_CAPACITY	0x4C07
#define LOOP_SET_DIRECT_IO	0x4C08
#define LOOP_SET_BLOCK_SIZE	0x4C09
#define LOOP_CONFIGURE		0x4C0A

/* /dev/loop-control interface */
#define LOOP_CTL_ADD		0x4C80
#define LOOP_CTL_REMOVE		0x4C81
#define LOOP_CTL_GET_FREE	0x4C82
#endif /* _LINUX_LOOP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2017 Facebook.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
 * License v2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 * General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
 * License along with this program; if not, write to the
 * Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
 * Boston, MA 021110-1307, USA.
 */
#ifndef LINUX_NBD_NETLINK_H
#define LINUX_NBD_NETLINK_H

#define NBD_GENL_FAMILY_NAME		"nbd"
#define NBD_GENL_VERSION		0x1
#define NBD_GENL_MCAST_GROUP_NAME	"nbd_mc_group"

/* Configuration policy attributes, used for CONNECT */
enum {
	NBD_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	NBD_ATTR_INDEX,
	NBD_ATTR_SIZE_BYTES,
	NBD_ATTR_BLOCK_SIZE_BYTES,
	NBD_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
	NBD_ATTR_SERVER_FLAGS,
	NBD_ATTR_CLIENT_FLAGS,
	NBD_ATTR_SOCKETS,
	NBD_ATTR_DEAD_CONN_TIMEOUT,
	NBD_ATTR_DEVICE_LIST,
	NBD_ATTR_BACKEND_IDENTIFIER,
	__NBD_ATTR_MAX,
};
#define NBD_ATTR_MAX (__NBD_ATTR_MAX - 1)

/*
 * This is the format for multiple devices with NBD_ATTR_DEVICE_LIST
 *
 * [NBD_ATTR_DEVICE_LIST]
 *   [NBD_DEVICE_ITEM]
 *     [NBD_DEVICE_INDEX]
 *     [NBD_DEVICE_CONNECTED]
 */
enum {
	NBD_DEVICE_ITEM_UNSPEC,
	NBD_DEVICE_ITEM,
	__NBD_DEVICE_ITEM_MAX,
};
#define NBD_DEVICE_ITEM_MAX (__NBD_DEVICE_ITEM_MAX - 1)

enum {
	NBD_DEVICE_UNSPEC,
	NBD_DEVICE_INDEX,
	NBD_DEVICE_CONNECTED,
	__NBD_DEVICE_MAX,
};
#define NBD_DEVICE_ATTR_MAX (__NBD_DEVICE_MAX - 1)

/*
 * This is the format for multiple sockets with NBD_ATTR_SOCKETS
 *
 * [NBD_ATTR_SOCKETS]
 *   [NBD_SOCK_ITEM]
 *     [NBD_SOCK_FD]
 *   [NBD_SOCK_ITEM]
 *     [NBD_SOCK_FD]
 */
enum {
	NBD_SOCK_ITEM_UNSPEC,
	NBD_SOCK_ITEM,
	__NBD_SOCK_ITEM_MAX,
};
#define NBD_SOCK_ITEM_MAX (__NBD_SOCK_ITEM_MAX - 1)

enum {
	NBD_SOCK_UNSPEC,
	NBD_SOCK_FD,
	__NBD_SOCK_MAX,
};
#define NBD_SOCK_MAX (__NBD_SOCK_MAX - 1)

enum {
	NBD_CMD_UNSPEC,
	NBD_CMD_CONNECT,
	NBD_CMD_DISCONNECT,
	NBD_CMD_RECONFIGURE,
	NBD_CMD_LINK_DEAD,
	NBD_CMD_STATUS,
	__NBD_CMD_MAX,
};
#define NBD_CMD_MAX	(__NBD_CMD_MAX - 1)

#endif /* LINUX_NBD_NETLINK_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Userspace driver support for the LED subsystem
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 */
#ifndef __ULEDS_H_
#define __ULEDS_H_

#define LED_MAX_NAME_SIZE	64

struct uleds_user_dev {
	char name[LED_MAX_NAME_SIZE];
	int max_brightness;
};

#endif /* __ULEDS_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_THERMAL_H
#define _LINUX_THERMAL_H

#define THERMAL_NAME_LENGTH	20

enum thermal_device_mode {
	THERMAL_DEVICE_DISABLED = 0,
	THERMAL_DEVICE_ENABLED,
};

enum thermal_trip_type {
	THERMAL_TRIP_ACTIVE = 0,
	THERMAL_TRIP_PASSIVE,
	THERMAL_TRIP_HOT,
	THERMAL_TRIP_CRITICAL,
};

/* Adding event notification support elements */
#define THERMAL_GENL_FAMILY_NAME		"thermal"
#define THERMAL_GENL_VERSION			0x01
#define THERMAL_GENL_SAMPLING_GROUP_NAME	"sampling"
#define THERMAL_GENL_EVENT_GROUP_NAME		"event"

/* Attributes of thermal_genl_family */
enum thermal_genl_attr {
	THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_TZ,
	THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_TZ_ID,
	THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_TZ_TEMP,
	THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_TZ_TRIP,
	THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_TZ_TRIP_ID,
	THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_TZ_TRIP_TYPE,
	THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_TZ_TRIP_TEMP,
	THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_TZ_TRIP_HYST,
	THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_TZ_MODE,
	THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_TZ_NAME,
	THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_TZ_CDEV_WEIGHT,
	THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_TZ_GOV,
	THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_TZ_GOV_NAME,
	THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_CDEV,
	THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_CDEV_ID,
	THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_CDEV_CUR_STATE,
	THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_CDEV_MAX_STATE,
	THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_CDEV_NAME,
	THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_GOV_NAME,
	THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_CPU_CAPABILITY,
	THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_CPU_CAPABILITY_ID,
	THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_CPU_CAPABILITY_PERFORMANCE,
	THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_CPU_CAPABILITY_EFFICIENCY,
	__THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_MAX,
};
#define THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_MAX (__THERMAL_GENL_ATTR_MAX - 1)

enum thermal_genl_sampling {
	THERMAL_GENL_SAMPLING_TEMP,
	__THERMAL_GENL_SAMPLING_MAX,
};
#define THERMAL_GENL_SAMPLING_MAX (__THERMAL_GENL_SAMPLING_MAX - 1)

/* Events of thermal_genl_family */
enum thermal_genl_event {
	THERMAL_GENL_EVENT_UNSPEC,
	THERMAL_GENL_EVENT_TZ_CREATE,		/* Thermal zone creation */
	THERMAL_GENL_EVENT_TZ_DELETE,		/* Thermal zone deletion */
	THERMAL_GENL_EVENT_TZ_DISABLE,		/* Thermal zone disabed */
	THERMAL_GENL_EVENT_TZ_ENABLE,		/* Thermal zone enabled */
	THERMAL_GENL_EVENT_TZ_TRIP_UP,		/* Trip point crossed the way up */
	THERMAL_GENL_EVENT_TZ_TRIP_DOWN,	/* Trip point crossed the way down */
	THERMAL_GENL_EVENT_TZ_TRIP_CHANGE,	/* Trip point changed */
	THERMAL_GENL_EVENT_TZ_TRIP_ADD,		/* Trip point added */
	THERMAL_GENL_EVENT_TZ_TRIP_DELETE,	/* Trip point deleted */
	THERMAL_GENL_EVENT_CDEV_ADD,		/* Cdev bound to the thermal zone */
	THERMAL_GENL_EVENT_CDEV_DELETE,		/* Cdev unbound */
	THERMAL_GENL_EVENT_CDEV_STATE_UPDATE,	/* Cdev state updated */
	THERMAL_GENL_EVENT_TZ_GOV_CHANGE,	/* Governor policy changed  */
	THERMAL_GENL_EVENT_CPU_CAPABILITY_CHANGE,	/* CPU capability changed */
	__THERMAL_GENL_EVENT_MAX,
};
#define THERMAL_GENL_EVENT_MAX (__THERMAL_GENL_EVENT_MAX - 1)

/* Commands supported by the thermal_genl_family */
enum thermal_genl_cmd {
	THERMAL_GENL_CMD_UNSPEC,
	THERMAL_GENL_CMD_TZ_GET_ID,	/* List of thermal zones id */
	THERMAL_GENL_CMD_TZ_GET_TRIP,	/* List of thermal trips */
	THERMAL_GENL_CMD_TZ_GET_TEMP,	/* Get the thermal zone temperature */
	THERMAL_GENL_CMD_TZ_GET_GOV,	/* Get the thermal zone governor */
	THERMAL_GENL_CMD_TZ_GET_MODE,	/* Get the thermal zone mode */
	THERMAL_GENL_CMD_CDEV_GET,	/* List of cdev id */
	__THERMAL_GENL_CMD_MAX,
};
#define THERMAL_GENL_CMD_MAX (__THERMAL_GENL_CMD_MAX - 1)

#endif /* _LINUX_THERMAL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_TYPES_H
#define _LINUX_TYPES_H

#include <asm/types.h>

#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__

#include <linux/posix_types.h>


/*
 * Below are truly Linux-specific types that should never collide with
 * any application/library that wants linux/types.h.
 */

#ifdef __CHECKER__
#define __bitwise__ __attribute__((bitwise))
#else
#define __bitwise__
#endif
#define __bitwise __bitwise__

typedef __u16 __bitwise __le16;
typedef __u16 __bitwise __be16;
typedef __u32 __bitwise __le32;
typedef __u32 __bitwise __be32;
typedef __u64 __bitwise __le64;
typedef __u64 __bitwise __be64;

typedef __u16 __bitwise __sum16;
typedef __u32 __bitwise __wsum;

/*
 * aligned_u64 should be used in defining kernel<->userspace ABIs to avoid
 * common 32/64-bit compat problems.
 * 64-bit values align to 4-byte boundaries on x86_32 (and possibly other
 * architectures) and to 8-byte boundaries on 64-bit architectures.  The new
 * aligned_64 type enforces 8-byte alignment so that structs containing
 * aligned_64 values have the same alignment on 32-bit and 64-bit architectures.
 * No conversions are necessary between 32-bit user-space and a 64-bit kernel.
 */
#define __aligned_u64 __u64 __attribute__((aligned(8)))
#define __aligned_be64 __be64 __attribute__((aligned(8)))
#define __aligned_le64 __le64 __attribute__((aligned(8)))

typedef unsigned __bitwise __poll_t;

#endif /*  __ASSEMBLY__ */
#endif /* _LINUX_TYPES_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * This is <linux/capability.h>
 *
 * Andrew G. Morgan <morgan@kernel.org>
 * Alexander Kjeldaas <astor@guardian.no>
 * with help from Aleph1, Roland Buresund and Andrew Main.
 *
 * See here for the libcap library ("POSIX draft" compliance):
 *
 * ftp://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/security/linux-privs/kernel-2.6/
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_CAPABILITY_H
#define _LINUX_CAPABILITY_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* User-level do most of the mapping between kernel and user
   capabilities based on the version tag given by the kernel. The
   kernel might be somewhat backwards compatible, but don't bet on
   it. */

/* Note, cap_t, is defined by POSIX (draft) to be an "opaque" pointer to
   a set of three capability sets.  The transposition of 3*the
   following structure to such a composite is better handled in a user
   library since the draft standard requires the use of malloc/free
   etc.. */

#define _LINUX_CAPABILITY_VERSION_1  0x19980330
#define _LINUX_CAPABILITY_U32S_1     1

#define _LINUX_CAPABILITY_VERSION_2  0x20071026  /* deprecated - use v3 */
#define _LINUX_CAPABILITY_U32S_2     2

#define _LINUX_CAPABILITY_VERSION_3  0x20080522
#define _LINUX_CAPABILITY_U32S_3     2

typedef struct __user_cap_header_struct {
	__u32 version;
	int pid;
} *cap_user_header_t;

typedef struct __user_cap_data_struct {
        __u32 effective;
        __u32 permitted;
        __u32 inheritable;
} *cap_user_data_t;


#define VFS_CAP_REVISION_MASK	0xFF000000
#define VFS_CAP_REVISION_SHIFT	24
#define VFS_CAP_FLAGS_MASK	~VFS_CAP_REVISION_MASK
#define VFS_CAP_FLAGS_EFFECTIVE	0x000001

#define VFS_CAP_REVISION_1	0x01000000
#define VFS_CAP_U32_1           1
#define XATTR_CAPS_SZ_1         (sizeof(__le32)*(1 + 2*VFS_CAP_U32_1))

#define VFS_CAP_REVISION_2	0x02000000
#define VFS_CAP_U32_2           2
#define XATTR_CAPS_SZ_2         (sizeof(__le32)*(1 + 2*VFS_CAP_U32_2))

#define VFS_CAP_REVISION_3	0x03000000
#define VFS_CAP_U32_3           2
#define XATTR_CAPS_SZ_3         (sizeof(__le32)*(2 + 2*VFS_CAP_U32_3))

#define XATTR_CAPS_SZ           XATTR_CAPS_SZ_3
#define VFS_CAP_U32             VFS_CAP_U32_3
#define VFS_CAP_REVISION	VFS_CAP_REVISION_3

struct vfs_cap_data {
	__le32 magic_etc;            /* Little endian */
	struct {
		__le32 permitted;    /* Little endian */
		__le32 inheritable;  /* Little endian */
	} data[VFS_CAP_U32];
};

/*
 * same as vfs_cap_data but with a rootid at the end
 */
struct vfs_ns_cap_data {
	__le32 magic_etc;
	struct {
		__le32 permitted;    /* Little endian */
		__le32 inheritable;  /* Little endian */
	} data[VFS_CAP_U32];
	__le32 rootid;
};


/*
 * Backwardly compatible definition for source code - trapped in a
 * 32-bit world. If you find you need this, please consider using
 * libcap to untrap yourself...
 */
#define _LINUX_CAPABILITY_VERSION  _LINUX_CAPABILITY_VERSION_1
#define _LINUX_CAPABILITY_U32S     _LINUX_CAPABILITY_U32S_1



/**
 ** POSIX-draft defined capabilities.
 **/

/* In a system with the [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] option defined, this
   overrides the restriction of changing file ownership and group
   ownership. */

#define CAP_CHOWN            0

/* Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if
   [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by
   CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. */

#define CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE     1

/* Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search on files
   and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is
   defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. */

#define CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH  2

/* Overrides all restrictions about allowed operations on files, where
   file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID
   is applicable. It doesn't override MAC and DAC restrictions. */

#define CAP_FOWNER           3

/* Overrides the following restrictions that the effective user ID
   shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID
   bits on that file; that the effective group ID (or one of the
   supplementary group IDs) shall match the file owner ID when setting
   the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are
   cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). */

#define CAP_FSETID           4

/* Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID of a
   process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID
   of the process receiving the signal. */

#define CAP_KILL             5

/* Allows setgid(2) manipulation */
/* Allows setgroups(2) */
/* Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. */

#define CAP_SETGID           6

/* Allows set*uid(2) manipulation (including fsuid). */
/* Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. */

#define CAP_SETUID           7


/**
 ** Linux-specific capabilities
 **/

/* Without VFS support for capabilities:
 *   Transfer any capability in your permitted set to any pid,
 *   remove any capability in your permitted set from any pid
 * With VFS support for capabilities (neither of above, but)
 *   Add any capability from current's capability bounding set
 *       to the current process' inheritable set
 *   Allow taking bits out of capability bounding set
 *   Allow modification of the securebits for a process
 */

#define CAP_SETPCAP          8

/* Allow modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes */

#define CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE  9

/* Allows binding to TCP/UDP sockets below 1024 */
/* Allows binding to ATM VCIs below 32 */

#define CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE 10

/* Allow broadcasting, listen to multicast */

#define CAP_NET_BROADCAST    11

/* Allow interface configuration */
/* Allow administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting */
/* Allow setting debug option on sockets */
/* Allow modification of routing tables */
/* Allow setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on
   sockets */
/* Allow binding to any address for transparent proxying (also via NET_RAW) */
/* Allow setting TOS (type of service) */
/* Allow setting promiscuous mode */
/* Allow clearing driver statistics */
/* Allow multicasting */
/* Allow read/write of device-specific registers */
/* Allow activation of ATM control sockets */

#define CAP_NET_ADMIN        12

/* Allow use of RAW sockets */
/* Allow use of PACKET sockets */
/* Allow binding to any address for transparent proxying (also via NET_ADMIN) */

#define CAP_NET_RAW          13

/* Allow locking of shared memory segments */
/* Allow mlock and mlockall (which doesn't really have anything to do
   with IPC) */

#define CAP_IPC_LOCK         14

/* Override IPC ownership checks */

#define CAP_IPC_OWNER        15

/* Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit */
#define CAP_SYS_MODULE       16

/* Allow ioperm/iopl access */
/* Allow sending USB messages to any device via /dev/bus/usb */

#define CAP_SYS_RAWIO        17

/* Allow use of chroot() */

#define CAP_SYS_CHROOT       18

/* Allow ptrace() of any process */

#define CAP_SYS_PTRACE       19

/* Allow configuration of process accounting */

#define CAP_SYS_PACCT        20

/* Allow configuration of the secure attention key */
/* Allow administration of the random device */
/* Allow examination and configuration of disk quotas */
/* Allow setting the domainname */
/* Allow setting the hostname */
/* Allow calling bdflush() */
/* Allow mount() and umount(), setting up new smb connection */
/* Allow some autofs root ioctls */
/* Allow nfsservctl */
/* Allow VM86_REQUEST_IRQ */
/* Allow to read/write pci config on alpha */
/* Allow irix_prctl on mips (setstacksize) */
/* Allow flushing all cache on m68k (sys_cacheflush) */
/* Allow removing semaphores */
/* Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to "chown" IPC message queues, semaphores
   and shared memory */
/* Allow locking/unlocking of shared memory segment */
/* Allow turning swap on/off */
/* Allow forged pids on socket credentials passing */
/* Allow setting readahead and flushing buffers on block devices */
/* Allow setting geometry in floppy driver */
/* Allow turning DMA on/off in xd driver */
/* Allow administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some
   extra ioctls) */
/* Allow tuning the ide driver */
/* Allow access to the nvram device */
/* Allow administration of apm_bios, serial and bttv (TV) device */
/* Allow manufacturer commands in isdn CAPI support driver */
/* Allow reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space */
/* Allow DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver */
/* Allow setting up serial ports */
/* Allow sending raw qic-117 commands */
/* Allow enabling/disabling tagged queuing on SCSI controllers and sending
   arbitrary SCSI commands */
/* Allow setting encryption key on loopback filesystem */
/* Allow setting zone reclaim policy */
/* Allow everything under CAP_BPF and CAP_PERFMON for backward compatibility */

#define CAP_SYS_ADMIN        21

/* Allow use of reboot() */

#define CAP_SYS_BOOT         22

/* Allow raising priority and setting priority on other (different
   UID) processes */
/* Allow use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own
   processes and setting the scheduling algorithm used by another
   process. */
/* Allow setting cpu affinity on other processes */
/* Allow setting realtime ioprio class */
/* Allow setting ioprio class on other processes */

#define CAP_SYS_NICE         23

/* Override resource limits. Set resource limits. */
/* Override quota limits. */
/* Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem */
/* Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling
   resources) */
/* NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so
   you can override using fsuid too */
/* Override size restrictions on IPC message queues */
/* Allow more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock */
/* Override max number of consoles on console allocation */
/* Override max number of keymaps */
/* Control memory reclaim behavior */

#define CAP_SYS_RESOURCE     24

/* Allow manipulation of system clock */
/* Allow irix_stime on mips */
/* Allow setting the real-time clock */

#define CAP_SYS_TIME         25

/* Allow configuration of tty devices */
/* Allow vhangup() of tty */

#define CAP_SYS_TTY_CONFIG   26

/* Allow the privileged aspects of mknod() */

#define CAP_MKNOD            27

/* Allow taking of leases on files */

#define CAP_LEASE            28

/* Allow writing the audit log via unicast netlink socket */

#define CAP_AUDIT_WRITE      29

/* Allow configuration of audit via unicast netlink socket */

#define CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL    30

/* Set or remove capabilities on files.
   Map uid=0 into a child user namespace. */

#define CAP_SETFCAP	     31

/* Override MAC access.
   The base kernel enforces no MAC policy.
   An LSM may enforce a MAC policy, and if it does and it chooses
   to implement capability based overrides of that policy, this is
   the capability it should use to do so. */

#define CAP_MAC_OVERRIDE     32

/* Allow MAC configuration or state changes.
   The base kernel requires no MAC configuration.
   An LSM may enforce a MAC policy, and if it does and it chooses
   to implement capability based checks on modifications to that
   policy or the data required to maintain it, this is the
   capability it should use to do so. */

#define CAP_MAC_ADMIN        33

/* Allow configuring the kernel's syslog (printk behaviour) */

#define CAP_SYSLOG           34

/* Allow triggering something that will wake the system */

#define CAP_WAKE_ALARM            35

/* Allow preventing system suspends */

#define CAP_BLOCK_SUSPEND    36

/* Allow reading the audit log via multicast netlink socket */

#define CAP_AUDIT_READ		37

/*
 * Allow system performance and observability privileged operations
 * using perf_events, i915_perf and other kernel subsystems
 */

#define CAP_PERFMON		38

/*
 * CAP_BPF allows the following BPF operations:
 * - Creating all types of BPF maps
 * - Advanced verifier features
 *   - Indirect variable access
 *   - Bounded loops
 *   - BPF to BPF function calls
 *   - Scalar precision tracking
 *   - Larger complexity limits
 *   - Dead code elimination
 *   - And potentially other features
 * - Loading BPF Type Format (BTF) data
 * - Retrieve xlated and JITed code of BPF programs
 * - Use bpf_spin_lock() helper
 *
 * CAP_PERFMON relaxes the verifier checks further:
 * - BPF progs can use of pointer-to-integer conversions
 * - speculation attack hardening measures are bypassed
 * - bpf_probe_read to read arbitrary kernel memory is allowed
 * - bpf_trace_printk to print kernel memory is allowed
 *
 * CAP_SYS_ADMIN is required to use bpf_probe_write_user.
 *
 * CAP_SYS_ADMIN is required to iterate system wide loaded
 * programs, maps, links, BTFs and convert their IDs to file descriptors.
 *
 * CAP_PERFMON and CAP_BPF are required to load tracing programs.
 * CAP_NET_ADMIN and CAP_BPF are required to load networking programs.
 */
#define CAP_BPF			39


/* Allow checkpoint/restore related operations */
/* Allow PID selection during clone3() */
/* Allow writing to ns_last_pid */

#define CAP_CHECKPOINT_RESTORE	40

#define CAP_LAST_CAP         CAP_CHECKPOINT_RESTORE

#define cap_valid(x) ((x) >= 0 && (x) <= CAP_LAST_CAP)

/*
 * Bit location of each capability (used by user-space library and kernel)
 */

#define CAP_TO_INDEX(x)     ((x) >> 5)        /* 1 << 5 == bits in __u32 */
#define CAP_TO_MASK(x)      (1 << ((x) & 31)) /* mask for indexed __u32 */


#endif /* _LINUX_CAPABILITY_H */
#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
/*
 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
 *
 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
 * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
 * Copyright (C) 2018-2022 Intel Corporation
 *
 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
 *
 */

/*
 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
 *
 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
 * can actually be identified and removed.
 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
 */

#include <linux/types.h>

#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"

#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG		"config"
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN		"scan"
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG		"regulatory"
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME		"mlme"
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR		"vendor"
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN		"nan"
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE	"testmode"

#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN	4
#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX	15
#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN	1
#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX	0x3c /* 0b00111100 */

/**
 * DOC: Station handling
 *
 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
 * to.
 *
 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
 * capabilities.
 *
 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
 *  - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
 *    or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
 *  - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
 *    to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
 *    time mark it authorized.
 *  - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
 *  - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
 *    the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
 *
 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
 */

/**
 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
 *
 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
 * for various reasons.
 *
 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
 * for doing that.
 *
 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
 *
 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
 *       these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
 *       changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
 *       lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
 *       any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
 *       will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
 *
 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
 *
 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
 * below.
 */

/**
 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
 *
 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
 *
 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
 * types there no concurrency is implied.
 *
 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
 *
 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
 *
 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
 * interfaces that a given device supports.
 */

/**
 * DOC: packet coalesce support
 *
 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
 * and power consumption.
 *
 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
 * following events occur.
 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
 *
 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
 * rule.
 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
 * Multiple such rules can be created.
 */

/**
 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
 *
 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
 *
 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
 * not present.
 *
 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
 *
 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
 */

/**
 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
 *
 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
 *
 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
 * up a connection or after roaming.
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
 *	%Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
 *
 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
 */

/**
 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
 *
 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
 *
 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
 * respectively.
 */

/**
 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
 *
 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
 * that main netdev.
 *
 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
 */

/**
 * DOC: TID configuration
 *
 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
 *
 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
 *
 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if
 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values
 * will be overwritten.
 *
 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection
 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
 * the interface goes down.
 */

/**
 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
 *
 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
 *
 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
 *
 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
 *			(STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
 *
 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
 */

/**
 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation
 *
 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between to MLDs utilizes multiple
 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need
 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute.
 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link
 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to
 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions.
 */

/**
 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
 *	to get a list of all present wiphys.
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
 *	channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.  However, for setting the channel,
 *	see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
 *	compatibility only.
 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
 *	or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
 *	either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
 *	single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
 *	to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
 *	be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
 *	then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
 *	userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
 *	attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
 *	enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
 *	and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
 *	the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
 *	by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 *	represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key,
 *	the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
 *	For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents
 *	peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO
 *	group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
 *	or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address
 *	for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
 *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
 *	attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
 *	internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
 *	are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
 *	do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
 *	The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
 *	attributes determining channel width.
 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
 *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 *	or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
 *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
 *	of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
 *	(Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
 *	frame).
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
 * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH:  Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
 * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
 *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 *	or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
 *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
 *	regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
 *	has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
 *	global regdomain will be returned.
 *	A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
 *	regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
 *	information will still be mended according to further hints from
 *	the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
 *	is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
 *	all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
 *	If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
 *	its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
 *	core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
 *	after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
 *	domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
 *	current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
 * 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
 * 	regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes  given by
 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
 * 	to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
 * 	store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
 *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
 *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
 *	interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
 *	frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
 *	added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
 *	added to all specified management frames generated by
 *	kernel/firmware/driver.
 *	Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
 *	point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
 *	command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
 *	option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
 *	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
 *	probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
 *	specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
 *	be used.
 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
 *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
 *	partial scan results may be available
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
 *	intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
 *	not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
 *	scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
 *	These attributes are mutually exculsive,
 *	i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
 *	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
 *	If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
 *	plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
 *	Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
 *	are passed, they are used in the probe requests.  For
 *	broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
 *	string).  If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
 *	a passive scan is performed.  %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
 *	if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
 *	passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
 *	are used.  Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
 *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.  The first cycle of the
 *	scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
 *	is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
 *	scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
 *	scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
 *	as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
 *	results available.
 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
 *	stopped.  The driver may issue this event at any time during a
 *	scheduled scan.  One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
 *	does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
 *	a scheduled scan.  This event is also sent when the
 *	%NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
 *	is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
 *      or noise level
 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
 *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 *	(for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
 *	(PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
 *	using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
 *	authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
 *	advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
 *	ESS.
 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 *	(for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
 *	authentication.
 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
 * 	has been changed and provides details of the request information
 * 	that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
 * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
 * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
 * 	the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
 * 	%NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
 * 	set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
 * 	%NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
 * 	to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
 * 	has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
 * 	any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
 * 	where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
 * 	if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
 * 	driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
 * 	doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
 * 	on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
 * 	or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
 * 	never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
 * 	enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
 * 	either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
 * 	userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
 * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
 * 	before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
 * 	the beacon hint was processed.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
 *	This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
 *	as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
 *	authentication process.
 *	When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
 *	interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
 *	BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
 *	the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
 *	request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the
 *	channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
 *	authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
 *	(VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
 *	to the frame.
 *	When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
 *	frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
 *	frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
 *	state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
 *	MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
 *	included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
 *	(including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
 *	also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
 *	case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
 *	pending authentication timed out).
 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
 *	(similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
 *	MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
 *	request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
 *	included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
 *	included).
 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
 *	MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
 *	primitives).
 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
 *	MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
 *	MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
 *	event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
 *	the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
 *	type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
 *	event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
 *	FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
 *	and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
 *	should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
 *	executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
 *	may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
 *	given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
 *	given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
 *	determined by the network interface.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
 *	to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
 *	to the driver.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
 *	requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
 *	auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
 *	IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
 *	If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
 *	restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
 *	within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
 *	can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
 *	allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
 *	ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
 *	set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
 *	the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
 *	a different BSS is desired.
 *	Background scan period can optionally be
 *	specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
 *	if not specified default background scan configuration
 *	in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
 *	This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
 *	It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
 *	connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
 *	determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
 *	non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
 *	event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
 *	authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
 *	Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
 *	well to remain backwards compatible.
 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
 *	When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
 *	fast transition, this event should be followed by an
 *	%NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
 *	Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
 *	%NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
 *	new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
 *	userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
 *	reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
 *	associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
 *	channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
 *	off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
 *	a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
 *	radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
 *	frequency for the operation.
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
 *	to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
 *	notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
 *	driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
 *	radio).
 *	When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
 *	that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
 *	the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
 *	pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
 *	completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
 *	radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
 *	uniquely identify the request.
 *	This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
 *	remain-on-channel duration has expired.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
 *	rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
 *	and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
 *	(via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
 *	requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
 *	backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
 *	and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
 *	that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
 *	four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
 *	cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
 *	socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
 *	The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
 *	%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
 *	case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
 *	flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
 *	backward compatibility
 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
 *	command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
 *	as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
 *	kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
 *	user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
 *	frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
 *	to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
 *	received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
 *	or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
 *	and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
 *	specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
 *	returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
 *	TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
 *	management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
 *	counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
 *	is used during CSA period.
 *	For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be
 *	specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses
 *	in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by
 *	lower layers.
 *	For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
 *	indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may
 *	be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp.
 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
 *	command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
 *	time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.  This command is
 *	also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
 *	wait time.
 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
 *	transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
 *	the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
 *	frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
 *	the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the
 *	tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
 *	indicate the ack RX timestamp.
 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
 *	backward compatibility.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
 *	is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
 *	levels.
 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
 *	command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
 *	reached.
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
 *	and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
 *	(identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
 *	In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
 *	with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
 *	When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
 *	no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
 *	of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
 *	precedence when they are used.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
 *	(no longer supported).
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
 *	multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
 *	with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
 *	will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
 *	MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
 *	break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
 *	unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
 *	to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
 *	This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
 *	type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
 *	(%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
 *	If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
 *	command, the feature is disabled.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
 *	mesh config parameters may be given.
 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
 *	network is determined by the network interface.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
 *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
 *	deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
 *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
 *	disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
 *      beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer.  This is only
 *      sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
 *      candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set.  On reception of this
 *      notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
 *      (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).  To stop this notification from
 *      reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
 *      new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
 *      depending on the authentication result.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
 *	Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
 *	various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
 *	command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
 *	more background information, see
 *	https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
 *	The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
 *	from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
 *	@NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
 *	for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
 *	in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
 *	wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
 *	the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
 *	feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
 *	is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
 *	contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
 *	this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
 *	inform userspace of the new replay counter.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
 *	of PMKSA caching dandidates.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
 *	In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
 *	actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
 *	In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
 *	operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
 *	%NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
 *	sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
 *	802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
 *	8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
 *	supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
 *	and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
 *	&enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
 *	(or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
 *	implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
 *	frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
 *	is received.
 *	For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
 *	other attributes like the interface index are present.
 *	If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
 *	only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
 *	is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
 *	associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
 *	and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
 *	to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
 *	by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
 *	acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
 *	direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
 *	up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
 *	has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
 *	other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
 *	OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
 *	messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
 *      No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
 *	independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
 *	attributes determining channel width.  This indication may also be
 *	sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
 *	from the remote AP) is completed;
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
 *	has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
 *	(ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
 *	initiated on our own).  It indicates that
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
 *	after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's.  The userspace may
 *	decide to react to this indication by requesting other
 *	interfaces to change channel as well.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
 *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
 *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
 *	P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
 *	public action frame TX.
 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
 *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
 *	notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
 *	station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
 *	is used for this.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
 *	for IBSS or MESH vif.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
 *	This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
 *	address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
 *	is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
 *	will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
 *	command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
 *	ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
 *	a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
 *	or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
 *	this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
 *	while operating on this channel.
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
 *	event.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
 *	i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
 *	Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
 *	Information Element to the WLAN driver
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
 *	to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
 *	with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
 *	received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
 *	a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
 *	complete.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
 *	return back to normal.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
 *	new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
 *	in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
 *	new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
 *	width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
 *	other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
 *	switch is complete.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
 *	by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
 *	For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
 *	used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
 *	(&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
 *	This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
 *	The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
 *	that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
 *	QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
 *	association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
 *	Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
 *	userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
 *	up the TX TS in the driver/device.
 *	If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
 *	if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
 *	avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
 *	make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
 *	fail even if the check was successful.
 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
 *	before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
 *	or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
 *	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
 *	bandwidth of a channel must be given.
 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
 *	network is determined by the network interface.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
 *	identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
 *	provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
 *	channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
 *	The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
 *	operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
 *	AP.
 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
 *	peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
 *	when this command completes.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
 *	as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
 *	management.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
 *	not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
 *	cfg80211_scan_done().
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
 *	previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
 *	has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
 *	cluster. This command must have a valid
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
 *	omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
 *	decide what to use.  After this command NAN functions can be
 *	added.
 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
 *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
 *	with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
 *	operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
 *	(%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
 *	of the function upon success.
 *	Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
 *	way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
 *	event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
 *	function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
 *	which just terminated.
 *	This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
 *	returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
 *	the response to this command.
 *	Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
 *	This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
 *	terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
 *	configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
 *	was executed).  It must contain at least one of the following
 *	attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
 *	current configuration is not changed.  If it is present but
 *	set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
 *	(i.e. the device can decide what to do).
 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
 *	This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
 *	for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
 *	BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
 *	does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
 *	only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
 *	for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
 *	When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
 *	PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
 *	configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was
 *	completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload
 *	should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with
 *	%NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
 *	should be indicated instead.
 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
 *	and RX notification.  This command is used both as a request to transmit
 *	a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
 *	has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
 *	frame contents.  The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
 *	802.11 headers.
 *	For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and
 *	its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known
 *	to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit
 *	the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both
 *	the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link
 *	address of that link.
 *	When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
 *	indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
 *	was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
 *	drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
 *	association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
 *	This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
 *	to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
 *	driver) to indicate the authentication status.
 *
 *	User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
 *	trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
 *	this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
 *	space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
 *	space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
 *	further with the association after getting successful authentication
 *	status. User space indicates the authentication status through
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
 *	command interface.
 *
 *	Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in
 *	%NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO
 *	during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD
 *	APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability
 *	in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling
 *	MLO during the authentication offload or not.
 *	User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it
 *	receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User
 *	space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request
 *	doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable.
 *	User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and
 *	interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD
 *	address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and
 *	BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the
 *	MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the
 *	authentication.
 *
 *	Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
 *	user space through the connect result as the user space would have
 *	initiated the connection through the connect request.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
 *	ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
 *	address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
 *	the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
 *	with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
 *	randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
 *	If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
 *	A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
 *	the netlink extended ack message.
 *
 *	To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
 *
 *	Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
 *	measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
 *	become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
 *	buffer size.
 *
 *	Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
 *	multiple concurrent measurements.
 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
 *	result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
 *	the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
 *	(%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
 *	detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
 *	indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
 *	determining the width and type.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
 *	offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
 *	OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
 *	on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
 *	refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
 *	frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
 *	primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
 *	the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
 *	form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
 *	properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
 *	regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
 *	so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
 *	rate selection.
 *
 *	Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
 *	peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
 *	content. The frame is ethernet data.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
 *	is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
 *	frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
 *	dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
 *	protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
 *	port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
 *	includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
 *	if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
 *	passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
 *	specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
 *	mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
 *	userspace wants to change the BSS color.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
 *	started
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
 *	been aborted
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
 *	has completed
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
 *	&NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
 *	&NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
 *	&NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
 *		(STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association
 *      temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 *      to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to
 *      specify the timeout value.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link.
 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come
 *	without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links
 *	in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station
 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station
 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP: Enable/disable HW timestamping of Timing
 *	measurement and Fine timing measurement frames. If %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 *	is included, enable/disable HW timestamping only for frames to/from the
 *	specified MAC address. Otherwise enable/disable HW timestamping for
 *	all TM/FTM frames (including ones that were enabled with specific MAC
 *	address). If %NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED is not included, disable
 *	HW timestamping.
 *	The number of peers that HW timestamping can be enabled for concurrently
 *	is indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
 */
enum nl80211_commands {
/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
	NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,

	NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,		/* can dump */
	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
	NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
	NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,

	NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE,	/* can dump */
	NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
	NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
	NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,

	NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
	NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
	NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
	NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,

	NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
	NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
	NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
	NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
	NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
	NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,

	NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
	NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
	NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
	NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,

	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
	NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
	NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
	NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,

	NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,

	NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
	NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,

	NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
	NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,

	NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,

	NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,

	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
	NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
	NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,

	NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,

	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,

	NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,

	NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,

	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,

	NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,

	NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
	NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
	NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,

	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,

	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,

	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
	NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,

	NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
	NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,

	NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,

	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
	NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
	NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
	NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,

	NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
	NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,

	NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,

	NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
	NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,

	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,

	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,

	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,

	NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,

	NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
	NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,

	NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
	NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,

	NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,

	NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,

	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,

	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,

	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,

	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,

	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,

	NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,

	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,

	NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
	NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,

	NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,

	NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,

	NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,

	NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,

	NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,

	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
	NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,

	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,

	NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
	NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,

	NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,

	NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,

	NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,

	NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
	NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,

	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,

	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,

	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,

	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,

	NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,

	NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,

	NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
	NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
	NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
	NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
	NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
	NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,

	NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,

	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,

	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,

	NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,

	NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,

	NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,

	NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,

	NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,

	NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,

	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,

	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,

	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,

	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,

	NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,

	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,

	NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,

	NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,

	NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,

	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,

	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,

	NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD,

	NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK,

	NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK,
	NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK,

	NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA,
	NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA,
	NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA,

	NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP,

	/* add new commands above here */

	/* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
	__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/*
 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
 * here
 */
#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT

#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS

/* source-level API compatibility */
#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE

/**
 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
 *	/sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
 *	defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
 *	of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
 *	documentation of the enum for more information.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
 *	channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
 *	operating channel center frequency.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
 *	channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
 *	if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
 *	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
 *		this attribute)
 *	NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
 *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
 *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
 *	This attribute is now deprecated.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
 *	less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
 *	dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
 *	greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
 *	dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
 *	length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
 *	fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
 *	larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
 *	0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
 *	section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
 *	that don't have a netdev (u64)
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
 *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
 *	keys
 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
 *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
 *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
 *	default management key
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
 *	other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
 *	other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
 *	&enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
 *	IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
 *	rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
 *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
 *	to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
 *	given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
 *	info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
 *	consisting of a nested array.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
 *	(see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
 * 	info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
 *	&enum nl80211_mpath_info.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
 *      &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
 * 	current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
 * 	For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
 * 	to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
 * 	also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
 * 	regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
 * 	IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
 * 	Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
 * 	to a specific alpha2.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
 *	rules.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
 *	(u8, 0 or 1)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
 *	(u8, 0 or 1)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
 *	rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
 *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
 *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
 *	supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
 *	of the interface mode.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
 *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
 *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
 *	a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
 *	scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
 *	that can be added to a scan request
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
 *	elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
 *	used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
 *	scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
 * 	currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
 * 	set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
 *	an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
 *	that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
 *	and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
 *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
 *	represented as a u32
 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
 *	%NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
 *	a u32
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
 * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
 * 	the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
 * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
 * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
 * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
 * 	the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
 * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
 * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
 *	cipher suites
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
 *	for other networks on different channels
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
 *	is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
 *	used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
 *	this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
 *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
 *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
 *	must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
 *	Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
 *	let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
 *	&struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
 *	IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
 *	station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
 *	request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
 *	authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
 *	default in station mode.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
 *	ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
 *	specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
 *	specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
 *	attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
 *	indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
 *	ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
 *	port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
 *	will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
 *	socket.  If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
 *	control port frames directly to the network interface is used.  If the
 *	flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
 *	using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.  If control port routing over NL80211 is
 *	to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
 *	flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
 *	frames are not forwared over the control port.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
 *	We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
 *	event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
 *	a local disconnect request.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
 *	event (u16)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
 *	that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
 *	indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
 *	to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
 *	(an array of u32).
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
 *	indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
 *	u32).
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
 *	indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
 *	(a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
 *	indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
 *	This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
 *	indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
 *	implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
 *	the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
 *	If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
 *	assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
 *	sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
 *	sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
 *	commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
 *	Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
 *	Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
 *	used for the initial association to an ESS.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
 *	%NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
 *	and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
 *	with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
 *	dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
 *	dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
 *	obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
 *	all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
 *	changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
 *	completely from scratch.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
 *      the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
 *      containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
 *	cache, a wiphy attribute.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
 *	specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
 *	remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
 *	(enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
 *	enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
 *	data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
 *	rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
 *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
 *	and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
 *	specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
 *	The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
 *	features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
 *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
 *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
 *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
 *	at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
 *	@NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
 *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
 *	information about which frame types can be transmitted with
 *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
 *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
 *	information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
 *	acknowledged by the recipient.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
 *	nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
 *	is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
 *	invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
 *	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
 *	connected to this BSS.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
 *      &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
 *      This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
 *      for non-automatic settings.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
 *	means support for per-station GTKs.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
 *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
 *	not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
 *	bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
 *
 *	Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
 *	bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
 *	drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
 *	a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
 *	a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
 *	HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
 *	derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
 *	Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
 *	Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
 *	support by returning -EINVAL.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
 *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
 *	not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
 *	the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
 *	For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
 *	for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
 *	for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
 *	transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
 *	the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
 *	flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
 *	nl80211 capability flag.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
 *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
 *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters.  These cannot be
 *	changed once the mesh is active.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
 *	containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
 *	allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
 *	the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
 *	&enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
 *	management state machine.  @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
 *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
 *	capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
 *	indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
 *	used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
 *	triggers.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
 *	cycles, in msecs.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
 *	sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans.  Only BSSs
 *	that match any of the sets will be reported.  These are
 *	pass-thru filter rules.
 *	For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
 *	set.  Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
 *	attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
 *	fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
 *	able to ignore them by itself.
 *	Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
 *	this is only an optimization and the userspace application
 *	needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
 *	If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
 *	the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
 *	is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
 *	will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
 *	If omitted, no filtering is done.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
 *	interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
 *	defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
 *	are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
 *	any restrictions in their number or combinations.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
 *	necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
 *	nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
 *	being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
 *	without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
 *	and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
 *	&enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
 *	This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
 *	provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
 *	driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
 *	Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
 *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
 *	(Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
 *	(Re)Association Request frames.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
 *	of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
 *	as AP.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
 *	roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
 *	candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
 *	for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
 *	frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
 *	applications use this attribute.
 *	This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
 *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
 *	request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
 *	described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
 *	TDLS conversation between two devices.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
 *	&enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
 *	as a TDLS peer sta.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
 *	procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
 *	%NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
 *	used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
 *	that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
 *	with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
 *	&enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
 *	the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
 *	it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
 *	mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
 *	&enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
 *	requests while operating in AP-mode.
 *	This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
 *	offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
 *	probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
 *	to be filled by the FW.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
 *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
 *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
 *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
 *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
 *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
 *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
 *      ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
 *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
 *      The values that may be configured are:
 *       MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
 *       AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
 *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
 *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
 *      the station debugfs ht_caps file.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
 *    abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
 *    to one DFS region.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
 *      up to 16 TIDs.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
 *	used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
 *	to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
 *	the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
 *	capability to timeout the stations.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
 *	this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
 *	received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
 *      or 0 to disable background scan.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
 *	userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
 *	a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
 *	was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
 *	allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
 *	the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
 *	enum has different reasons of connection failure.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
 *	This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
 *	excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
 *	Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
 *	authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
 *	the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
 *	initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
 *	Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
 *	for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
 *	consistent.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
 *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
 *	the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
 *	START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
 *	if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
 *	no change is made.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
 *	defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
 *	carried in a u32 attribute
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
 *	MAC ACL.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
 *	number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
 *	ACL.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
 *	contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
 *	has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
 *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
 *	has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
 *	the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
 *	advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
 *	and PU-APSD.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
 *	&enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
 *	receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
 *	messages, given with wiphy dump message
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
 *	Element
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
 *	reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
 *      the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
 *	This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
 *	allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
 *	update a TDLS peer STA entry.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
 *	until the channel switch event.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
 *	must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
 *	operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
 *	was requested by the AP.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
 *	for the time while performing a channel switch.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
 *	switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
 *	switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
 *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
 *      operating classes.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
 *	controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
 *	%NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
 *	channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
 *	to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
 *	IBSS network.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
 *	5 MHz channel bandwidth.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
 *	10 MHz channel bandwidth.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
 *	Notification Element based on association request when used with
 *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
 *	%NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
 *	u8 attribute.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
 *	%NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
 *	attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
 *	info, containing a nested array of possible events
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
 *	data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
 *	in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
 *	associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
 *	Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
 *	other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
 *	advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
 *	to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
 *	should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
 *	supported number of csa counters.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
 *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
 *	creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
 *	that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
 *	If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
 *	owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
 *	be stopped when the socket is closed.
 *	If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
 *	regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
 *	that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
 *	cleared when the socket is closed.
 *	If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
 *	if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
 *	notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
 *	attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
 *	multicast group.
 *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
 *	station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
 *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
 *	torn down when the socket is closed.
 *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
 *	automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
 *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
 *	disabled when the socket is closed.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
 *	the TDLS link initiator.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
 *	shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
 *	used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
 *	User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
 *	underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
 *		%NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
 *		%NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
 *	Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
 *		%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
 *	If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
 *	association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
 *	flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
 *	estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
 *	%NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
 *	drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
 *	setting valid value for coverage class.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
 *	(per second) (u16 attribute)
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
 *	&enum nl80211_smps_mode.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
 *	is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
 *	obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
 *	cfg80211 regdomain.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
 *	array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
 *	nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
 *	least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
 *	is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
 *	of byte 3 (u8 array).
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
 *	returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
 *	may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
 *	statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
 *	For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
 *	should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
 *	over all channels.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
 *	scheduled scan is started.  Or the delay before a WoWLAN
 *	net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
 *	system is suspended.  This value is a u32, in seconds.

 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
 *      is operating in an indoor environment.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
 *	scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
 *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
 *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
 *	Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
 *	between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
 *	thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
 *	between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
 *	Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
 *	in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
 *	connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
 *	a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
 *	BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
 *	attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
 *	BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
 *	it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
 *	BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
 *	or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and
 *	other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are
 *	present.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
 *	groupID for monitor mode.
 *	The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
 *	group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
 *	each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
 *	that group and 0 for not being a member.
 *	The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
 *	each group.
 *	(smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
 *	group numbers on least significant bits.)
 *	This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
 *	Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
 *	groupID data.
 *	to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
 *	when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
 *	to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
 *	(e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
 *	started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
 *	requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
 *	attribute must not be included).
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
 *	maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
 *	measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
 *	if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
 *	that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
 *	mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
 *	and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
 *	used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
 *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
 *	%NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
 *	Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
 *	should not be used during a normal device operation.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration.  This is a u32
 *	bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
 *	nl80211_band.  For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
 *	would be set.  This attribute is used with
 *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
 *	it is optional.  If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
 *	the device will decide what to use.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
 *	&enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
 *	attribute.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
 *	protection.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
 *	Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
 *	STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
 *	packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
 *	used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
 *	other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
 *	connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
 *	This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
 *	other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
 *	the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
 *	unnecessary wakeups.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
 *	the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
 *	better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
 *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
 *	u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
 *	e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
 *	username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
 *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
 *	of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
 *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
 *	to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
 *	for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
 *	NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
 *	from successful FILS authentication and is used with
 *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
 *	identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
 *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
 *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
 *	For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
 *	PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
 *	authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
 *	support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
 *	is included as well.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
 *	indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
 *	scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
 *	in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
 *	wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
 *     authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
 *     &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
 *     %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
 *	space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
 *	with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
 *	may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
 *	is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag
 *	attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS)
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated  RX_NSS value notified using this
 *	u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
 *      nl80211_txq_stats)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
 *      The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
 *      TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
 *      enforced.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
 *      a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
 *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
 *	only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
 *	in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
 *	measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
 *	possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
 *	statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
 *	if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
 *	invalid value.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
 *	data, uses nested attributes specified in
 *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
 *	This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
 *	with the appropriate sub-attributes.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
 *	scheduler.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
 *	station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
 *	possible values.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
 *	allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
 *	the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
 *	should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
 *	or per-station.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
 *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
 *	SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
 *	functionality.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
 *	channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
 *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
 *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
 *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
 *	(u16).
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
 *	using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
 *	attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
 *	supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
 *	advertised for a specific interface type.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
 *	nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
 *	on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
 *	attributes.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
 *	port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
 *	dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
 *	An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
 *	Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
 *	configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
 *	authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
 *	where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
 *	authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
 *	authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
 *	result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
 *	terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
 *	(u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
 *	parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
 *	driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
 *	after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
 *	has expired.
 *
 *	Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
 *	entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
 *	no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
 *	disassociation is still forced.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
 *	%NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
 *	an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
 *	first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
 *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
 *	discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
 *	&enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
 *	unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
 *	&enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
 *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
 *	override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
 *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
 *	derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
 *	This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
 *	&enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
 *	used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
 *	of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
 *	sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
 *	disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
 *	is desired.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
 *	%NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
 *	until the color switch event.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
 *	switching to
 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
 *	information for the time while performing a color switch.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
 *	advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
 *	Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
 *	and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
 *	Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
 *	parameters.
 *	See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
 *	Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
 *	Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain
 *	available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used
 *	to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
 *	Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
 *	switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
 *	radar channel.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags,
 *	enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be
 *	used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from
 *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
 *	only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with
 *	various commands that need a link ID to operate.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some
 *	per-link information and a link ID.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as
 *	authenticate/associate.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO
 *	connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not
 *	included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of
 *	AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
 *	%NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this
 *	attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM
 *	suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum
 *	number prior to the introduction of this attribute.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16)
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in
 *	nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
 *	probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
 *	When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX
 *	timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
 *	the ack TX timestamp.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in
 *	nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
 *	probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
 *	When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX
 *	timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
 *	the incoming frame RX timestamp.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent
 *	(re)associations.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest
 *	bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1
 *	indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are
 *	reserved.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS: Maximum number of peers that HW
 *	timestamping can be enabled for concurrently (u16), a wiphy attribute.
 *	A value of 0xffff indicates setting for all peers (i.e. not specifying
 *	an address with %NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP) is supported.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED: Indicates whether HW timestamping should
 *	be enabled or not (flag attribute).
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS: Optional nested attribute for
 *	reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements. This attribute can be used
 *	only when NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA is enabled.
 *	Userspace is responsible for splitting the RNR into multiple
 *	elements such that each element excludes the non-transmitting
 *	profiles already included in the MBSSID element
 *	(%NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS) at the same index. Each EMA beacon
 *	will be generated by adding MBSSID and RNR elements at the same
 *	index. If the userspace includes more RNR elements than number of
 *	MBSSID elements then these will be added in every EMA beacon.
 *
 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
 */
enum nl80211_attrs {
/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
	NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,

	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,

	NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
	NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,

	NL80211_ATTR_MAC,

	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,

	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
	NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,

	NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
	NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
	NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
	NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,

	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,

	NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,

	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,

	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,

	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,

	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,

	NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,

	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,

	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,

	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,

	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,

	NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
	NL80211_ATTR_IE,

	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,

	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
	NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
	NL80211_ATTR_BSS,

	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
	NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,

	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,

	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
	NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
	NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,

	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,

	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,

	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,

	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,


	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,

	NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,

	NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,

	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,

	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,

	NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,

	NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,

	NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
	NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,

	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
	NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
	NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,

	NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
	NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,

	NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,

	NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
	NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,

	NL80211_ATTR_PID,

	NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,

	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,

	NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,

	NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,

	NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,

	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,

	NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,

	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,

	NL80211_ATTR_ACK,

	NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,

	NL80211_ATTR_CQM,

	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,

	NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,

	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,

	NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
	NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,

	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,

	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,

	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,

	NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,

	NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,

	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,

	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,

	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,

	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,

	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,

	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,

	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,

	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,

	NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
	NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,

	NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,

	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,

	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,

	NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,

	NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
	NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,

	NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,

	NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,

	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,

	NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,

	NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,

	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,

	NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,

	NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,

	NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,

	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,

	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,

	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,

	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,

	NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,

	NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,

	NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,

	NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,

	NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,

	NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,

	NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,

	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,

	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,

	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,

	NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,

	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,

	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,

	NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,

	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,

	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,

	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,

	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,

	NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
	NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,

	NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
	NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,

	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,

	NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
	NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,

	NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,

	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,

	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,

	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
	NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
	NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,

	NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,

	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,

	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,

	NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,

	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,

	NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,

	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,

	NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,

	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,

	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,

	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,

	NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,

	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,

	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,

	NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,

	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,

	NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
	NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
	NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,

	NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,

	NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,

	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,

	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,

	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,

	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,

	NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,

	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,

	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,

	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,

	NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,

	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,

	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,

	NL80211_ATTR_PAD,

	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,

	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,

	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,

	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,

	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
	NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,

	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,

	NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,

	NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,

	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,

	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,

	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,

	NL80211_ATTR_PMK,

	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,

	NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
	NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
	NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,

	NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
	NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,

	NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
	NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,

	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,

	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,

	NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,

	NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,

	NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,

	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,

	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,

	NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
	NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
	NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,

	NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,

	NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,

	NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,

	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,

	NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,

	NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,

	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,

	NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,

	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,

	NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
	NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,

	NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,

	NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,

	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,

	NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,

	NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
	NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,

	NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,

	NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,

	NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,

	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,

	NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,

	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,

	NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG,
	NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,

	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND,

	NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS,

	NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY,

	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT,

	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS,
	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID,
	NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR,

	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT,

	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES,

	NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY,
	NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS,

	NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
	NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
	NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP,

	NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP,

	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS,
	NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED,

	NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS,

	/* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */

	__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/* source-level API compatibility */
#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
#define	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP

/*
 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
 * here
 */
#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS

#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN		64

#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES			32
#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES		77
#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES		128
#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY	0
#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY	16
#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY	24
#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN		26
#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN		12
#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN           16
#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN           54
#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES		5

/*
 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES
 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response.
 */
#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES		2
#define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN          13
#define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN          51

#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME	10

/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF		-300

#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL		1800

/**
 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
 *
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
 *	are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
 *	AP type interface.
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
 *	and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
 *	%NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
 *	commands to create and destroy one
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
 *	This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
 *
 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
 * to set the type of an interface.
 *
 */
enum nl80211_iftype {
	NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
	NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
	NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
	NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
	NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
	NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
	NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
	NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
	NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
 *
 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
 *
 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
 *	with short barker preamble
 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
 *	only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
 *	flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
 *	attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
 *	as errors.)
 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
 *	that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
 *	previously added station into associated state
 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
 */
enum nl80211_sta_flags {
	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
	NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
	NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
	NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
 *
 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
 */
enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
	NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
	NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,

	NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
};

#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER

/**
 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
 * @set: which values to set them to
 *
 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
 */
struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
	__u32 mask;
	__u32 set;
} __attribute__((packed));

/**
 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
 */
enum nl80211_he_gi {
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
 */
enum nl80211_he_ltf {
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
 */
enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
 */
enum nl80211_eht_gi {
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation
 */
enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc {
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
 *
 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
 *
 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
 *	same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
 *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
 *	half the base (20 MHz) rate
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
 *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
 *	a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
 *	(u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
 *	non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15)
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8)
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier
 *	(u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then
 *	non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc)
 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
 */
enum nl80211_rate_info {
	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
 *
 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
 *
 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE:  whether short preamble is enabled
 *	(flag)
 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME:  whether short slot time is enabled
 *	(flag)
 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
 */
enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
 *
 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
 * when getting information about a station.
 *
 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
 *	(u32, from this station)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
 *	(u32, to this station)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
 *	(u64, from this station)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
 *	(u64, to this station)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
 * 	containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
 *	(u32, from this station)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
 *	(u32, to this station)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
 *	(u32, to this station)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
 *	(see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
 *	attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
 *     containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
 *	non-peer STA
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
 *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
 *	Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
 *	802.11 header (u32, kbps)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
 *	(u64)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
 *	for beacons only (u8, dBm)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
 *	This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
 *	TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
 *	each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
 *	attributes carrying the actual values.
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
 *	received from the station (u64, usec)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
 *	(u32, from this station)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
 *	with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
 *	some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
 *	might not be fully accurate.
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
 *	mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
 *	sent to the station (u64, usec)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
 *	of STA's association
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
 *	authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
 */
enum nl80211_sta_info {
	__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG


/**
 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
 *	attempted to transmit; u64)
 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
 *	transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
 *	MSDUs (u64)
 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
 */
enum nl80211_tid_stats {
	__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
	NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
	NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
	NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
	NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
 *      backlogged
 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
 *      (only for per-phy stats)
 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
 */
enum nl80211_txq_stats {
	__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
 *
 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
 */
enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE =	1<<0,
	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING =	1<<1,
	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID =	1<<2,
	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED =	1<<3,
	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED =	1<<4,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
 *
 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
 * information about a mesh path.
 *
 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
 * 	&enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
 *	currently defined
 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
 */
enum nl80211_mpath_info {
	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
 *
 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
 *     for each interface type that supports the band data
 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
 *     capabilities IE
 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
 *     capabilities IE
 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
 *     capabilities IE
 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
 *     defined in HE capabilities IE
 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
 *	given for all 6 GHz band channels
 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
 *	advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT
 *	capabilities element
 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT
 *	capabilities element
 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT
 *	capabilities element
 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as
 *	defined in EHT capabilities element
 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
 */
enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
	__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,

	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC,
	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY,
	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET,
	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
 *	an array of nested frequency attributes
 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
 *	an array of nested bitrate attributes
 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
 *	defined in 802.11n
 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
 *	defined in 802.11ac
 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
 *	attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
 *	channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
 *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
 *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
 *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET: S1G capabilities, supported S1G-MCS and NSS
 *	set subfield, as in the S1G information IE, 5 bytes
 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA: S1G capabilities information subfield as in the
 *	S1G information IE, 10 bytes
 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
 */
enum nl80211_band_attr {
	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,

	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,

	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,

	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,

	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET,
	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA

/**
 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
 *
 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
 */
enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
	__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
	NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
	NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
	NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
	NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
	NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
 *	regulatory domain.
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
 * 	are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
 * 	requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
 *	(100 * dBm).
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
 *	(enum nl80211_dfs_state)
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
 *	this channel is in this DFS state.
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
 *	channel as the control channel
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
 *	channel as the control channel
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
 *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
 *	this includes 80+80 channels
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
 *	using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
 *	isn't possible
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
 *	channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
 *	used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
 *	an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
 *	through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
 *	that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
 *	channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
 *	the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
 *	band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
 *	off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
 *	done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
 *	the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
 *	off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
 *	radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
 *	wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
 *	attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
 *	This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
 *	(see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
 *	in current regulatory domain.
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel
 *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel
 *	in current regulatory domain.
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
 *	currently defined
 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
 *
 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
 */
enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
					NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT

/**
 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
 *	in 2.4 GHz band.
 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
 *	currently defined
 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
 */
enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
 * 	regulatory domain.
 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
 * 	regulatory domain.
 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
 * 	wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
 * 	802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
 * 	thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
 *	code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
 *	structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
 *	If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
 *	be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
 */
enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
 *	to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
 *	ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
 * 	domain.
 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
 * 	driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
 * 	and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
 * 	them to be applied.
 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
 *	of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
 *	set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
 *	domain request to be processed.
 */
enum nl80211_reg_type {
	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
 * 	considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
 * 	&enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
 * 	rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
 * 	band edge.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
 * 	in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
 * 	band edge.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
 *	frequency range, in KHz.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
 * 	for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
 * 	If you don't have one then don't send this.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
 * 	a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
 *	If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
 *	currently defined
 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
 */
enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,

	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,

	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,

	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
 *	only report BSS with matching SSID.
 *	(This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
 *	BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
 *	if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
 *	the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
 *	matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
 *	how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
 *	the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
 *	attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
 *	%NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
 *	relative to current bss's RSSI.
 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
 *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
 *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
 *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
 *	(this cannot be used together with SSID).
 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
 *	band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
 *	enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
 *	band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
 *	of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
 *	minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
 *	within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
 *	attributes will be nested within this attribute.
 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
 *	attribute number currently defined
 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
 */
enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,

	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/* only for backward compatibility */
#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID

/**
 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
 *
 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
 * 	this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
 * 	beaconing.
 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
 *	base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
 *	multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed
 */
enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
	NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM		= 1<<0,
	NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK		= 1<<1,
	NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR		= 1<<2,
	NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR		= 1<<3,
	NL80211_RRF_DFS			= 1<<4,
	NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY		= 1<<5,
	NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY		= 1<<6,
	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		= 1<<7,
	__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		= 1<<8,
	NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW		= 1<<11,
	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<12,
	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<13,
	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS		= 1<<14,
	NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<15,
	NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ		= 1<<16,
	NL80211_RRF_NO_HE		= 1<<17,
	NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ		= 1<<18,
};

#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40		(NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
					 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT

/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL		(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)

/**
 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
 *
 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
 */
enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
	NL80211_DFS_UNSET	= 0,
	NL80211_DFS_FCC		= 1,
	NL80211_DFS_ETSI	= 2,
	NL80211_DFS_JP		= 3,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
 *
 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
 *	assumed if the attribute is not set.
 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
 *	base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
 *	properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
 *	by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
 *	capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
 *	ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
 *	present has been registered with the wireless core that
 *	has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
 *	supported feature.
 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
 *	platform is operating in an indoor environment.
 */
enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER	= 0,
	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR    = 2,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
 *
 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
 * when getting information about a survey.
 *
 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
 *	was turned on (on channel or globally)
 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
 *	channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
 *	channel was sensed busy
 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
 *	receiving data (on channel or globally)
 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
 *	transmitting data (on channel or globally)
 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
 *	(on this channel or globally)
 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
 *	receiving frames destined to the local BSS
 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
 *	currently defined
 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
 */
enum nl80211_survey_info {
	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/* keep old names for compatibility */
#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX

/**
 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
 *
 * Monitor configuration flags.
 *
 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
 *
 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
 *	overrides all other flags.
 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
 *	and ACK incoming unicast packets.
 *
 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
 */
enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
 *
 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
 *	not known or has not been set yet.
 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
 *	in Awake state all the time.
 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
 *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
 *	neighbor's beacons.
 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
 *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
 *	for neighbor's beacons.
 *
 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
 */

enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
	NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
	NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
	NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
	NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,

	__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
 *
 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
 * active.
 *
 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
 *	millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
 *	millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
 *	millisecond units
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
 *	on this mesh interface
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
 *	open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
 *	mesh
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
 *	point.
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
 *	peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
 *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
 *	set.
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
 *	containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
 *	target)
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
 *	(in milliseconds)
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
 *	until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
 *	points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
 *	the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
 *	TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
 *	reference element
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
 *	that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
 *	mesh
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
 *	source mesh point for path selection elements.
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL:  The interval of time (in TUs) between
 *	root announcements are transmitted.
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
 *	access to a broader network beyond the MBSS.  This is done via Root
 *	Announcement frames.
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
 *	TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
 *	PERR element.
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
 *	or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
 *	threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
 *	a peer link.
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
 *	to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
 *	(see 11C.12.2.2)
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
 *	which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
 *	information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
 *	proactive PREQs are transmitted.
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
 *	(in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
 *	containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
 *	type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
 *	established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
 *	remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
 *	the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
 *	will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
 *	field.  If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
 *	advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
 *      PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
 *      this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
 *      better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
 *      dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
 *	will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
 *	in the mesh formation field.
 *
 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
 */
enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
	__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
 *
 * Mesh setup parameters.  These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
 * changed while the mesh is active.
 *
 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
 *
 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
 *	vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
 *	default HWMP.
 *
 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
 *	vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
 *	metric.
 *
 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
 *	robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
 *	that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
 *	metrics in use.
 *
 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
 *	daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
 *
 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
 *	daemon will be securing peer link frames.  AMPE is a secured version of
 *	Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
 *	a userspace daemon.  When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
 *	management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
 *	functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
 *	key management).  When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
 *	autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
 *	userspace daemon.
 *
 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
 *	vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
 *	neighbor offset synchronization
 *
 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
 *	implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
 *
 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
 *	method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
 *	Default is no authentication method required.
 *
 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
 *
 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
 */
enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
 *	disabled
 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
 *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
 *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
 */
enum nl80211_txq_attr {
	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

enum nl80211_ac {
	NL80211_AC_VO,
	NL80211_AC_VI,
	NL80211_AC_BE,
	NL80211_AC_BK,
	NL80211_NUM_ACS
};

/* backward compat */
#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO	NL80211_AC_VO
#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI	NL80211_AC_VI
#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE	NL80211_AC_BE
#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK	NL80211_AC_BK

/**
 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
 *	below the control channel
 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
 *	above the control channel
 */
enum nl80211_channel_type {
	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
	NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
 *
 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
 *	Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
 *
 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
 *
 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
 *	Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
 *	The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
 *	the preferred Tx key for the station.
 */
enum nl80211_key_mode {
	NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
	NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
	NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
 *
 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
 * attribute.
 *
 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
 *	attribute must be provided as well
 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
 *	attribute must be provided as well
 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
 *	attribute must be provided as well
 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
 *	attribute must be provided as well
 */
enum nl80211_chan_width {
	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
 *
 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
 *
 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
 */
enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
 *
 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
 *	(if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
 *	from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
 *	that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
 *	raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
 *	if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
 *	different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
 *	they are from a Beacon frame.
 *	However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
 *	IEs may be from either frame subtype.
 *	If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
 *	data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
 *	in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
 *	in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
 *	elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
 *	yet been received
 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
 *	(u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
 *	(not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
 *	@NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
 *	was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
 *	accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
 *	octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
 *	this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
 *	@NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
 *	is set.
 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
 *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
 *	using the nesting index as the antenna number.
 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8).
 * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it.
 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
 */
enum nl80211_bss {
	__NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
	NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
	NL80211_BSS_TSF,
	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
	NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
	NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
	NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
	NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
	NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
	NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
	NL80211_BSS_PAD,
	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
	NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
	NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID,
	NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
 *	Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
 *	keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
 *	a given BSS.
 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
 *
 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
 */
enum nl80211_bss_status {
	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
 *
 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
 *	trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
 *	the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
 */
enum nl80211_auth_type {
	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
 */
enum nl80211_key_type {
	NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,

	NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
 */
enum nl80211_mfp {
	NL80211_MFP_NO,
	NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
	NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
};

enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
 *	unicast key
 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
 *	multicast key
 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
 */
enum nl80211_key_default_types {
	__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,

	NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
 *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
 *	keys
 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
 *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
 *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
 *	specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
 *	given with the command using the key or not (u32)
 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
 *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
 *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
 *	Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
 *
 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
 */
enum nl80211_key_attributes {
	__NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
	NL80211_KEY_DATA,
	NL80211_KEY_IDX,
	NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
	NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
	NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
	NL80211_KEY_MODE,
	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
 *	in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
 *	1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
 *	%NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
 *	in an array of MCS numbers.
 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
 *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
 *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
 */
enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
	__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
	NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
	NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
	NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
	NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
	NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
	NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
	NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX		8

/**
 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
 */
struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
	__u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
};

#define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX		8
/**
 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
 */
struct nl80211_txrate_he {
	__u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
};

enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
	NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
 *	since newer kernel versions may support more bands
 */
enum nl80211_band {
	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
	NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
	NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
	NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
	NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
	NL80211_BAND_LC,

	NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
 */
enum nl80211_ps_state {
	NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
	NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
 *	the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
 *	to disable.  Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
 *	set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
 *	threshold values in dBm.  Events will be sent when the RSSI value
 *	crosses any of the thresholds.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
 *	the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
 *	new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
 *	consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
 *	during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
 *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
 *	checked.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
 *	interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
 *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
 *	loss event
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
 *	RSSI threshold event.
 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
 */
enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
 *      configured threshold
 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
 *      configured threshold
 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
 */
enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
};


/**
 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
 */
enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
	NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
	NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
 */
enum nl80211_tid_config {
	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
};

/* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
 */
enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
	NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
	NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
	NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
};

/* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
 *	for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
 *	(%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
 *	per peer instead.
 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates
 *	that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
 *	configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
 *	should be left untouched.
 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
 *	Its type is u16.
 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
 *	specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
 *	Its type is u8.
 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
 *	transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
 *	&NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
 *	the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
 *	output in wiphy capabilities.
 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
 *	transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
 *	&NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
 *	the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
 *	output in wiphy capabilities.
 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
 *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
 *	Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
 *	specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
 *	the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
 *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
 *	Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
 *	to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
 *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
 *	the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
 *	with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
 *	configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
 *	station.
 */
enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
	__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
 *	a zero bit are ignored
 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
 *	a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
 *	to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
 *	in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
 *	corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
 *	For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
 *	xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
 *	twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
 *	Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
 *	802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
 *	first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
 *	these fixed number of bytes of received packet
 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
 */
enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
	__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
	NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
	NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
	NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,

	NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
	MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
};

/**
 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
 *
 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
 * by the kernel to userspace.
 */
struct nl80211_pattern_support {
	__u32 max_patterns;
	__u32 min_pattern_len;
	__u32 max_pattern_len;
	__u32 max_pkt_offset;
} __attribute__((packed));

/* only for backward compatibility */
#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support

/**
 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
 *	the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
 *	support for low-power operation already (flag)
 *	Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
 *	any others are even supported by the device.
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
 *	is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
 *	by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
 *	which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
 *	defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
 *	Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
 *	each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
 *	done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
 *	pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
 *
 *	In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
 *	carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
 *
 *	When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
 *	index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
 *	to the kernel when configuring.
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
 *	used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
 *	by the device (flag)
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
 *	done by the device) (flag)
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
 *	packet (flag)
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
 *	(on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
 *	the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
 *	may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
 *	attribute contains the original length.
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
 *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
 *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
 *	802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
 *	be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
 *	contains the original length.
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
 *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
 *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
 *	"TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
 *	containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
 *	the TCP connection.
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
 *	wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
 *	TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
 *	the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
 *	service
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
 *	is detected.  This is a nested attribute that contains the
 *	same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  It
 *	specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
 *	channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
 *	results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).  This
 *	attribute is also sent in a response to
 *	@NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
 *	supported by the driver (u32).
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
 *	containing an array with information about what triggered the
 *	wake up.  If no elements are present in the array, it means
 *	that the information is not available.  If more than one
 *	element is present, it means that more than one match
 *	occurred.
 *	Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
 *	one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute.  At least one of
 *	these attributes must be present.  If
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
 *	frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
 *	channel.
 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
 *
 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
 */
enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
};

/**
 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
 *
 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
 *
 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
 * also woken up.
 *
 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
 * response packets might not go through correctly.
 */

/**
 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
 * @start: starting value
 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
 *
 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
 * in little endian.
 */
struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
	__u32 start, offset, len;
};

/**
 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
 * @offset: offset of token in packet
 * @len: length of each token
 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
 *	be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
 */
struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
	__u32 offset, len;
	__u8 token_stream[];
};

/**
 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
 * @min_len: minimum token length
 * @max_len: maximum token length
 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
 */
struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
	__u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
 *	(in network byte order)
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
 *	route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
 *	and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
 *	might require ARP querying.
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
 *	socket and port will be allocated
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
 *	For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
 *	of the data payload.
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
 *	(if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
 *	advertising it is just a flag
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
 *	see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
 *	&struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
 *	interval in feature advertising (u32)
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
 *	u32 attribute holding the maximum length
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
 *	feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
 *	but on the TCP payload only.
 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
 */
enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
};

/**
 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
 * @pat: packet pattern support information
 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
 *
 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
 */
struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
	__u32 max_rules;
	struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
	__u32 max_delay;
} __attribute__((packed));

/**
 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
 *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
 *	after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
 */
enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
	__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
 *	in a rule are matched.
 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
 *	in a rule are not matched.
 */
enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
 *	can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
 *	flag attribute for each interface type in this set
 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
 */
enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
 *
 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
 *	for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
 *	interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
 *	apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
 *	in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
 *	beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
 *	infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
 *	the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
 *	different channels may be used within this group.
 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
 *	of supported channel widths for radar detection.
 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
 *	of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
 *	different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
 *	in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
 *
 * Examples:
 *	limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
 *	=> allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
 *
 *	numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
 *	=> allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
 *
 *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
 *	=> allows two STAs on the same or on different channels
 *
 *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
 *	=> allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
 *
 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
 * that any of these groups must match.
 *
 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
 * interface type, the following group always exists:
 *	numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
 */
enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
};


/**
 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
 *
 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
 *	state of non existent mesh peer links
 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
 *	this mesh peer
 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
 *	from this mesh peer
 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
 *	received from this mesh peer
 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
 *	plink are discarded, except for authentication frames
 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
 */
enum nl80211_plink_state {
	NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
	NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
	NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
	NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
	NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
	MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
 *
 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
 */
enum plink_actions {
	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,

	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
};


#define NL80211_KCK_LEN			16
#define NL80211_KEK_LEN			16
#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN		24
#define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN		32
#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32		32
#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN		8

/**
 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
 */
enum nl80211_rekey_data {
	__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
	MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
 *	Beacon frames)
 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
 *	in Beacon frames
 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
 *	element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
 */
enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
 *	is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
 *	as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
 */
enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
	__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
	NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
 *	priority)
 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
 *	(internal)
 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
 *	(internal)
 */
enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
	__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
	MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
 */
enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
	NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
	NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
	NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
	NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver
 *	when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during
 *	"start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT.
 */
enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
	NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD		= 1 << 0,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
 *	TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
 *	socket option.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
 *	the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
 *	to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from
 *	cellular base stations.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
 *	here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
 *	equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
 *	mode
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
 *	OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
 *	for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
 *	setting
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
 *	powersave
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
 *	transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
 *	doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
 *	stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
 *	state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
 *	they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
 *	and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
 *	states using station flags.
 *	Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
 *	stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
 *	stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
 *	(HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
 *	Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
 *	beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
 *	still generated by the driver.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
 *	interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
 *	interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
 *	unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
 *	channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
 *	lifetime of a BSS.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
 *	Set IE to probe requests.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
 *	to probe requests.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
 *	requests sent to it by an AP.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
 *	current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
 *	management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
 *	Measurement Report action frame.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
 *	estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
 *	to enable dynack.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
 *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
 *	even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
 *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
 *	and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
 *	rts/cts handshake.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
 *	TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
 *	command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
 *	needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
 *	the vif's MAC address upon creation.
 *	See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
 *	operating as a TDLS peer.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
 *	random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
 *	%NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
 *	address mask/value will be used.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
 *	using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
 *	scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
 *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
 *	random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
 *	scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
 *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
 */
enum nl80211_feature_flags {
	NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS			= 1 << 0,
	NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS				= 1 << 1,
	NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER		= 1 << 2,
	NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS		= 1 << 3,
	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL	= 1 << 4,
	NL80211_FEATURE_SAE				= 1 << 5,
	NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN		= 1 << 6,
	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH			= 1 << 7,
	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN				= 1 << 8,
	NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER			= 1 << 9,
	NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN			= 1 << 10,
	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN			= 1 << 11,
	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS			= 1 << 12,
	/* bit 13 is reserved */
	NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS		= 1 << 14,
	NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE		= 1 << 15,
	NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM			= 1 << 16,
	NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR			= 1 << 17,
	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE	= 1 << 18,
	NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES	= 1 << 19,
	NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES		= 1 << 20,
	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET				= 1 << 21,
	NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION		= 1 << 22,
	NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION		= 1 << 23,
	NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS			= 1 << 24,
	NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS			= 1 << 25,
	NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION		= 1 << 26,
	NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE			= 1 << 27,
	NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= 1 << 28,
	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1 << 29,
	NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR	= 1 << 30,
	NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1 << 31,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
 *	request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
 *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
 *	the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
 *	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
 *	sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
 *	certain groups which can be configured by the
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
 *	or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
 *	time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
 *	the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
 *	(if available).
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
 *	time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
 *	BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
 *	(if available).
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
 *	channel dwell time.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
 *	configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
 *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
 *	configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
 *	with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
 *	in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
 *	randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
 *	for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
 *	(%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
 *	RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
 *	authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
 *	handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
 *	and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
 *	handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
 *	and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
 *	be supported.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
 *	the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
 *	actual dwell time.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
 *	response
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
 *	the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
 *	probe request tx deferral and suppression
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
 *	value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
 *	Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
 *	informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
 *	channel change triggered by radar detection event.
 *	No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
 *	"radar detected" event.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
 *	receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
 *	(average) ACK signal strength reporting.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
 *      TXQs.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
 *	SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
 *	except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
 *	by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
 *	timing measurement responder role.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
 *      able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
 *      if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
 *      freeze the connection.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
 *      Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
 *	fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
 *	scheduling.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
 *	(set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
 *	filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
 *	to a station.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
 *	station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
 *	with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
 *	vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
 *	feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
 *	time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
 *	and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
 *	protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
 *	forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
 *	handled as ordinary data frames.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
 *      in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
 *	are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
 *	reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
 *	report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
 *	included in the scan request.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
 *	can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
 *	Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
 *	handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
 *	command).
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
 *	in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
 *	frames transmission
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
 *	unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
 *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
 *      exchange protocol.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
 *      exchange protocol.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
 *      frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
 *      negotiation and range measurement procedure.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
 *	detection and change announcemnts.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
 *	FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
 *	frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
 *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC
 *	detection.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address
 *	change without having to bring the underlying network device down
 *	first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the
 *	origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy
 *	or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions
 *	might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations
 *	in progress, and no active connections.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables
 *	authentication, data encryption and message integrity.
 *
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA
 *	in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer
 *	using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
 *
 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
 */
enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
	/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA,

	/* add new features before the definition below */
	NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
	MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
 *	protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
 *	To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
 *	Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
 *	protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
 *	supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
 *	to the host.
 *
 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
 */
enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS =	1<<0,
	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 =	1<<1,
	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P =	1<<2,
	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U =	1<<3,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
 *	handled by the AP is reached.
 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
 */
enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
 *
 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
 */
enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
	NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
	NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
	NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
	NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_scan_flags -  scan request control flags
 *
 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
 * requests.
 *
 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
 * one of them can be used in the request.
 *
 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
 *	as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
 *	dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
 *	will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
 *	when really needed
 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
 *	for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
 *	flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
 *	@NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
 *	the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
 *	randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
 *	locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
 *	This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
 *	the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
 *	request parameters IE in the probe request
 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
 *	rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
 *	only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
 *	tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
 *	and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
 *	Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
 *	a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
 *	SSID and/or RSSI.
 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
 *	accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
 *	scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
 *	implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
 *	impacted with this flag.
 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
 *	optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
 *	optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
 *	results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
 *	possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
 *	possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
 *	Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
 *	request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
 *	possible.
 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
 *	only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
 *	added by userspace explicitly.)
 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for collocated APs reported by
 *	2.4/5 GHz APs. When the flag is set, the scan logic will use the
 *	information from the RNR element found in beacons/probe responses
 *	received on the 2.4/5 GHz channels to actively scan only the 6GHz
 *	channels on which APs are expected to be found. Note that when not set,
 *	the scan logic would scan all 6GHz channels, but since transmission of
 *	probe requests on non PSC channels is limited, it is highly likely that
 *	these channels would passively be scanned. Also note that when the flag
 *	is set, in addition to the colocated APs, PSC channels would also be
 *	scanned if the user space has asked for it.
 */
enum nl80211_scan_flags {
	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY				= 1<<0,
	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH					= 1<<1,
	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP					= 1<<2,
	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR				= 1<<3,
	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME			= 1<<4,
	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP		= 1<<5,
	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE		= 1<<6,
	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION	= 1<<7,
	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN				= 1<<8,
	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER				= 1<<9,
	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY				= 1<<10,
	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN				= 1<<11,
	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT			= 1<<12,
	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ				= 1<<13,
	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ			= 1<<14,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
 *
 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
 *
 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
 *	listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
 *	in ACL to authenticate.
 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
 *	in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
 */
enum nl80211_acl_policy {
	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
 *
 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
 *
 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
 *	turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
 */
enum nl80211_smps_mode {
	NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
	NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
	NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,

	__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
 *
 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
 *
 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
 *	now unusable.
 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
 *	the channel is now available.
 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
 *	change to the channel status.
 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
 *	over, channel becomes usable.
 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
 *	non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
 *	be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
 *	applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
 *	should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
 */
enum nl80211_radar_event {
	NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
	NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
	NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
 *
 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
 *
 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
 *	check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
 *	is therefore marked as not available.
 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
 */
enum nl80211_dfs_state {
	NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
	NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
	NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
 *	wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
 *	wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
 */
enum nl80211_protocol_features {
	NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP =	1 << 0,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
 *
 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
 */
enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
	/* add other protocols before this one */
	NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
};

/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION		5000 /* msec */

/**
 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
 *
 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
 *
 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
 *	the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
 *	advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
 *	to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
 */
enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
};

/*
 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
 */
#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX	0x80000000

/**
 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
 *	value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
 *	may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
 *	added to this file when needed.
 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
 */
struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
	__u32 vendor_id;
	__u32 subcmd;
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
 *
 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
 *
 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
 */
enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
 *	seconds (u32).
 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
 *	scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
 *	because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
 *	make the scan plan meaningless.
 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
 *	currently defined
 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
 */
enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
 *
 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
 *	of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
 */
struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
	__u8 band;
	__s8 delta;
} __attribute__((packed));

/**
 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
 *
 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
 *	is requested.
 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
 *	selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
 *	When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
 *	shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
 *	this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
 *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
 *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
 *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
 *
 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
 * which the driver shall use.
 */
enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
 *
 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
 *
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
 */
enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
 *
 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
 *
 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
 */
enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
	NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
	NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
 *
 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
 *
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
 */
enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
};

#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff

/**
 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
 *	specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
 *	publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
 *	Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
 *	publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
 *	the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
 *	subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
 *	The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
 *	is follow up. This is a u8.
 *	The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
 *	follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
 *	close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
 *	This is a flag.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
 *	stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
 *	specific info. This is a binary attribute.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
 *	attribute. It is a list of binary values.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
 *	nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
 *	Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
 *
 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
 */
enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
 *	This is a flag.
 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
 *	%NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
 *	%NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
 *	and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
 *	attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
 */
enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
	__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
	NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
	NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
	NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
 *	match. This is a nested attribute.
 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
 *	that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
 *
 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
 */
enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
	__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
};

/**
 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
 *     authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
 */
enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
	NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
	NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
 *	responder attributes
 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
 *	(9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
 *	i.e. starting with the measurement token
 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
 *	(9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
 *	i.e. starting with the measurement token
 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
 */
enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
	__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,

	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
};

/*
 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
 *
 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
 *
 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
 *	were ssfully answered (u32)
 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
 *	frames were successfully answered (u32)
 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
 *	indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
 *	triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
 *	phase with the responder (u32)
 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
 *	- initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
 *	FTM slot (u32)
 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
 *	scheduled window (u32)
 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
 */
enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
	__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
	NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
	NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
	NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
	NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
	NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
	NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
	NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
	NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
	NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
	NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
 */
enum nl80211_preamble {
	NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
	NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
	NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
	NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
	NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
 *	these numbers also for attributes
 *
 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
 *
 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
 */
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,

	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,

	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
 *	reason may be available in the response data
 */
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
 *
 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
 *	type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
 *	enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
 *	(flag attribute)
 *
 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
 */
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
	__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,

	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
 *
 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
 *	type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
 *	named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
 *	(using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
 *	result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
 *	more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
 *	doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
 *	This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
 *	(u64, usec)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
 *	(*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
 *	the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
 *	result.
 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
 *
 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
 */
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
	__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,

	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
 *
 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
 *	attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
 *	measurement type, with attributes from the
 *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
 *	measurement type, with attributes from the
 *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
 *
 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
 */
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
	__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,

	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
 *
 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
 *	advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
 *	measurements can be done with in a single request
 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
 *	indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
 *	measurement results
 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
 *	indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
 *	this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
 *	type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
 *	named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
 *	meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
 *	sub-attributes taken from
 *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
 *
 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
 */
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
	__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,

	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
 *
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
 *	is supported
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
 *	mode is supported
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
 *	data can be requested during the measurement
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
 *	location data can be requested during the measurement
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
 *	from &enum nl80211_preamble.
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
 *	&enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
 *	bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
 *	configured to allow for other measurements types with different
 *	bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
 *	the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
 *	is valid)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
 *	the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
 *	trigger based ranging measurement is supported
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
 *	if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
 *
 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
 */
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,

	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
 *
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
 *	&enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
 *	802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
 *	(u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
 *	of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
 *	Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
 *	default 15 i.e. "no preference")
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
 *	requested per burst
 *	(u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
 *	(u8, default 3)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
 *	(flag)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
 *	measurement (flag).
 *	This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
 *	mutually exclusive.
 *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
 *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
 *	ranging will be used.
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based
 *	ranging measurement (flag)
 *	This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
 *	mutually exclusive.
 *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
 *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
 *	ranging will be used.
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
 *	valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
 *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
 *	responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
 *	or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
 *
 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
 */
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,

	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
 *	on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
 *	try and get no response)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
 *	received
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
 *	later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
 *	by the peer and are no longer supported
 */
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
 *
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
 *	(u32, optional)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
 *	as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
 *	the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
 *	transmitted (u32, optional)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
 *	that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
 *	busy peer (u32, seconds)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
 *	used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
 *	the responder (similar to request, u8)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
 *	by the responder (similar to request, u8)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
 *	frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
 *	frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
 *	FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
 *	attributes)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
 *	action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
 *	but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
 *	standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
 *	optional)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
 *	but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
 *	that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
 *	this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
 *	9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
 *	Type 8.
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
 *	(binary, optional);
 *	this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
 *	9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
 *	Type 11.
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
 *
 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
 */
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,

	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
 *
 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
 *	tx power offset.
 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
 *	values used by members of the SRG.
 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
 *	BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
 *
 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
 */
enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
	__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,

	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
 *
 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
 *
 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
 */
enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
	__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,

	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
 *
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
 *	attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
 *	%NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
 *	AKM suites for the specified interface types.
 *
 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
 */
enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
	__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,

	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
 *
 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
 *
 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
 *	Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
 *	Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
 *	frame including the headers.
 *
 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
 */
enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
	__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,

	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
};

/*
 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
 * mandatory fields.
 */
#define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42

/**
 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
 *	response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
 *
 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
 *
 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
 *	Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
 *	26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning).
 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
 *	frame template (binary).
 *
 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
 */
enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
	__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,

	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
		__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
 *	derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
 *	used.
 *
 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
 *	attribute is not present from userspace.
 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
 *	can be used.
 */
enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
	NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
	NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
	NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
	NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
 *
 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
 *
 */
enum nl80211_sar_type {
	NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,

	/* add new type here */

	/* Keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
 *
 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
 *
 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
 *	limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
 *	of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
 *
 *	For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
 *	and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
 *
 *	For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
 *	%NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
 *	and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
 *
 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
 *
 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
 */
enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,

	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,

	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
 *
 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
 *	power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
 *	NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
 *	0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
 *
 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
 *	index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
 *	is applied to this range.
 *
 *	Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
 *	and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
 *	have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
 *	%NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
 *	value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
 *	limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
 *	It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
 *
 *	Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
 *
 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
 *	frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
 *	It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
 *
 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
 *	frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
 *	It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
 *
 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
 */
enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,

	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,

	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
 * MBSSID and EMA.
 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
 * features.
 *
 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
 *
 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
 *	the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
 *	Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
 *	wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
 *
 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
 *	to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
 *	if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
 *	by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
 *	a non-zero value.
 *
 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
 *	this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
 *	Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
 *	all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
 *	for using unique indices for the interfaces.
 *	Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
 *
 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
 *	a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
 *	the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
 *	indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
 *	is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
 *	the interface index of the same.
 *
 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
 *	Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
 *	by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
 *
 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
 */
enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes {
	__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,

	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES,
	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY,
	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX,
	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX,
	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST,
	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
 *
 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external
 *	authentication.
 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query
 *	procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises
 *	%NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall
 *	ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by
 *	userspace.
 */
enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags {
	NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT	= 1 << 0,
	NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT	= 1 << 1,
};

#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * -- <linux/cdrom.h>
 * General header file for linux CD-ROM drivers 
 * Copyright (C) 1992         David Giller, rafetmad@oxy.edu
 *               1994, 1995   Eberhard Mönkeberg, emoenke@gwdg.de
 *               1996         David van Leeuwen, david@tm.tno.nl
 *               1997, 1998   Erik Andersen, andersee@debian.org
 *               1998-2002    Jens Axboe, axboe@suse.de
 */
 
#ifndef _LINUX_CDROM_H
#define _LINUX_CDROM_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <asm/byteorder.h>

/*******************************************************
 * As of Linux 2.1.x, all Linux CD-ROM application programs will use this 
 * (and only this) include file.  It is my hope to provide Linux with
 * a uniform interface between software accessing CD-ROMs and the various 
 * device drivers that actually talk to the drives.  There may still be
 * 23 different kinds of strange CD-ROM drives, but at least there will 
 * now be one, and only one, Linux CD-ROM interface.
 *
 * Additionally, as of Linux 2.1.x, all Linux application programs 
 * should use the O_NONBLOCK option when opening a CD-ROM device 
 * for subsequent ioctl commands.  This allows for neat system errors 
 * like "No medium found" or "Wrong medium type" upon attempting to 
 * mount or play an empty slot, mount an audio disc, or play a data disc.
 * Generally, changing an application program to support O_NONBLOCK
 * is as easy as the following:
 *       -    drive = open("/dev/cdrom", O_RDONLY);
 *       +    drive = open("/dev/cdrom", O_RDONLY | O_NONBLOCK);
 * It is worth the small change.
 *
 *  Patches for many common CD programs (provided by David A. van Leeuwen)
 *  can be found at:  ftp://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/linux/cdrom/drivers/cm206/
 * 
 *******************************************************/

/* When a driver supports a certain function, but the cdrom drive we are 
 * using doesn't, we will return the error EDRIVE_CANT_DO_THIS.  We will 
 * borrow the "Operation not supported" error from the network folks to 
 * accomplish this.  Maybe someday we will get a more targeted error code, 
 * but this will do for now... */
#define EDRIVE_CANT_DO_THIS  EOPNOTSUPP

/*******************************************************
 * The CD-ROM IOCTL commands  -- these should be supported by 
 * all the various cdrom drivers.  For the CD-ROM ioctls, we 
 * will commandeer byte 0x53, or 'S'.
 *******************************************************/
#define CDROMPAUSE		0x5301 /* Pause Audio Operation */ 
#define CDROMRESUME		0x5302 /* Resume paused Audio Operation */
#define CDROMPLAYMSF		0x5303 /* Play Audio MSF (struct cdrom_msf) */
#define CDROMPLAYTRKIND		0x5304 /* Play Audio Track/index 
                                           (struct cdrom_ti) */
#define CDROMREADTOCHDR		0x5305 /* Read TOC header 
                                           (struct cdrom_tochdr) */
#define CDROMREADTOCENTRY	0x5306 /* Read TOC entry 
                                           (struct cdrom_tocentry) */
#define CDROMSTOP		0x5307 /* Stop the cdrom drive */
#define CDROMSTART		0x5308 /* Start the cdrom drive */
#define CDROMEJECT		0x5309 /* Ejects the cdrom media */
#define CDROMVOLCTRL		0x530a /* Control output volume 
                                           (struct cdrom_volctrl) */
#define CDROMSUBCHNL		0x530b /* Read subchannel data 
                                           (struct cdrom_subchnl) */
#define CDROMREADMODE2		0x530c /* Read CDROM mode 2 data (2336 Bytes) 
                                           (struct cdrom_read) */
#define CDROMREADMODE1		0x530d /* Read CDROM mode 1 data (2048 Bytes)
                                           (struct cdrom_read) */
#define CDROMREADAUDIO		0x530e /* (struct cdrom_read_audio) */
#define CDROMEJECT_SW		0x530f /* enable(1)/disable(0) auto-ejecting */
#define CDROMMULTISESSION	0x5310 /* Obtain the start-of-last-session 
                                           address of multi session disks 
                                           (struct cdrom_multisession) */
#define CDROM_GET_MCN		0x5311 /* Obtain the "Universal Product Code" 
                                           if available (struct cdrom_mcn) */
#define CDROM_GET_UPC		CDROM_GET_MCN  /* This one is deprecated, 
                                          but here anyway for compatibility */
#define CDROMRESET		0x5312 /* hard-reset the drive */
#define CDROMVOLREAD		0x5313 /* Get the drive's volume setting 
                                          (struct cdrom_volctrl) */
#define CDROMREADRAW		0x5314	/* read data in raw mode (2352 Bytes)
                                           (struct cdrom_read) */
/* 
 * These ioctls are used only used in aztcd.c and optcd.c
 */
#define CDROMREADCOOKED		0x5315	/* read data in cooked mode */
#define CDROMSEEK		0x5316  /* seek msf address */
  
/*
 * This ioctl is only used by the scsi-cd driver.  
   It is for playing audio in logical block addressing mode.
 */
#define CDROMPLAYBLK		0x5317	/* (struct cdrom_blk) */

/* 
 * These ioctls are only used in optcd.c
 */
#define CDROMREADALL		0x5318	/* read all 2646 bytes */

/* 
 * These ioctls are (now) only in ide-cd.c for controlling 
 * drive spindown time.  They should be implemented in the
 * Uniform driver, via generic packet commands, GPCMD_MODE_SELECT_10,
 * GPCMD_MODE_SENSE_10 and the GPMODE_POWER_PAGE...
 *  -Erik
 */
#define CDROMGETSPINDOWN        0x531d
#define CDROMSETSPINDOWN        0x531e

/* 
 * These ioctls are implemented through the uniform CD-ROM driver
 * They _will_ be adopted by all CD-ROM drivers, when all the CD-ROM
 * drivers are eventually ported to the uniform CD-ROM driver interface.
 */
#define CDROMCLOSETRAY		0x5319	/* pendant of CDROMEJECT */
#define CDROM_SET_OPTIONS	0x5320  /* Set behavior options */
#define CDROM_CLEAR_OPTIONS	0x5321  /* Clear behavior options */
#define CDROM_SELECT_SPEED	0x5322  /* Set the CD-ROM speed */
#define CDROM_SELECT_DISC	0x5323  /* Select disc (for juke-boxes) */
#define CDROM_MEDIA_CHANGED	0x5325  /* Check is media changed  */
#define CDROM_DRIVE_STATUS	0x5326  /* Get tray position, etc. */
#define CDROM_DISC_STATUS	0x5327  /* Get disc type, etc. */
#define CDROM_CHANGER_NSLOTS    0x5328  /* Get number of slots */
#define CDROM_LOCKDOOR		0x5329  /* lock or unlock door */
#define CDROM_DEBUG		0x5330	/* Turn debug messages on/off */
#define CDROM_GET_CAPABILITY	0x5331	/* get capabilities */

/* Note that scsi/scsi_ioctl.h also uses 0x5382 - 0x5386.
 * Future CDROM ioctls should be kept below 0x537F
 */

/* This ioctl is only used by sbpcd at the moment */
#define CDROMAUDIOBUFSIZ        0x5382	/* set the audio buffer size */
					/* conflict with SCSI_IOCTL_GET_IDLUN */

/* DVD-ROM Specific ioctls */
#define DVD_READ_STRUCT		0x5390  /* Read structure */
#define DVD_WRITE_STRUCT	0x5391  /* Write structure */
#define DVD_AUTH		0x5392  /* Authentication */

#define CDROM_SEND_PACKET	0x5393	/* send a packet to the drive */
#define CDROM_NEXT_WRITABLE	0x5394	/* get next writable block */
#define CDROM_LAST_WRITTEN	0x5395	/* get last block written on disc */

/*******************************************************
 * CDROM IOCTL structures
 *******************************************************/

/* Address in MSF format */
struct cdrom_msf0		
{
	__u8	minute;
	__u8	second;
	__u8	frame;
};

/* Address in either MSF or logical format */
union cdrom_addr		
{
	struct cdrom_msf0	msf;
	int			lba;
};

/* This struct is used by the CDROMPLAYMSF ioctl */ 
struct cdrom_msf 
{
	__u8	cdmsf_min0;	/* start minute */
	__u8	cdmsf_sec0;	/* start second */
	__u8	cdmsf_frame0;	/* start frame */
	__u8	cdmsf_min1;	/* end minute */
	__u8	cdmsf_sec1;	/* end second */
	__u8	cdmsf_frame1;	/* end frame */
};

/* This struct is used by the CDROMPLAYTRKIND ioctl */
struct cdrom_ti 
{
	__u8	cdti_trk0;	/* start track */
	__u8	cdti_ind0;	/* start index */
	__u8	cdti_trk1;	/* end track */
	__u8	cdti_ind1;	/* end index */
};

/* This struct is used by the CDROMREADTOCHDR ioctl */
struct cdrom_tochdr 	
{
	__u8	cdth_trk0;	/* start track */
	__u8	cdth_trk1;	/* end track */
};

/* This struct is used by the CDROMVOLCTRL and CDROMVOLREAD ioctls */
struct cdrom_volctrl
{
	__u8	channel0;
	__u8	channel1;
	__u8	channel2;
	__u8	channel3;
};

/* This struct is used by the CDROMSUBCHNL ioctl */
struct cdrom_subchnl 
{
	__u8	cdsc_format;
	__u8	cdsc_audiostatus;
	__u8	cdsc_adr:	4;
	__u8	cdsc_ctrl:	4;
	__u8	cdsc_trk;
	__u8	cdsc_ind;
	union cdrom_addr cdsc_absaddr;
	union cdrom_addr cdsc_reladdr;
};


/* This struct is used by the CDROMREADTOCENTRY ioctl */
struct cdrom_tocentry 
{
	__u8	cdte_track;
	__u8	cdte_adr	:4;
	__u8	cdte_ctrl	:4;
	__u8	cdte_format;
	union cdrom_addr cdte_addr;
	__u8	cdte_datamode;
};

/* This struct is used by the CDROMREADMODE1, and CDROMREADMODE2 ioctls */
struct cdrom_read      
{
	int	cdread_lba;
	char 	*cdread_bufaddr;
	int	cdread_buflen;
};

/* This struct is used by the CDROMREADAUDIO ioctl */
struct cdrom_read_audio
{
	union cdrom_addr addr; /* frame address */
	__u8 addr_format;      /* CDROM_LBA or CDROM_MSF */
	int nframes;           /* number of 2352-byte-frames to read at once */
	__u8 *buf;      /* frame buffer (size: nframes*2352 bytes) */
};

/* This struct is used with the CDROMMULTISESSION ioctl */
struct cdrom_multisession
{
	union cdrom_addr addr; /* frame address: start-of-last-session 
	                           (not the new "frame 16"!).  Only valid
	                           if the "xa_flag" is true. */
	__u8 xa_flag;        /* 1: "is XA disk" */
	__u8 addr_format;    /* CDROM_LBA or CDROM_MSF */
};

/* This struct is used with the CDROM_GET_MCN ioctl.  
 * Very few audio discs actually have Universal Product Code information, 
 * which should just be the Medium Catalog Number on the box.  Also note 
 * that the way the codeis written on CD is _not_ uniform across all discs!
 */  
struct cdrom_mcn 
{
  __u8 medium_catalog_number[14]; /* 13 ASCII digits, null-terminated */
};

/* This is used by the CDROMPLAYBLK ioctl */
struct cdrom_blk 
{
	unsigned from;
	unsigned short len;
};

#define CDROM_PACKET_SIZE	12

#define CGC_DATA_UNKNOWN	0
#define CGC_DATA_WRITE		1
#define CGC_DATA_READ		2
#define CGC_DATA_NONE		3

/* for CDROM_PACKET_COMMAND ioctl */
struct cdrom_generic_command
{
	unsigned char 		cmd[CDROM_PACKET_SIZE];
	unsigned char		*buffer;
	unsigned int 		buflen;
	int			stat;
	struct request_sense	*sense;
	unsigned char		data_direction;
	int			quiet;
	int			timeout;
	void			*reserved[1];	/* unused, actually */
};

/*
 * A CD-ROM physical sector size is 2048, 2052, 2056, 2324, 2332, 2336, 
 * 2340, or 2352 bytes long.  

*         Sector types of the standard CD-ROM data formats:
 *
 * format   sector type               user data size (bytes)
 * -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *   1     (Red Book)    CD-DA          2352    (CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW)
 *   2     (Yellow Book) Mode1 Form1    2048    (CD_FRAMESIZE)
 *   3     (Yellow Book) Mode1 Form2    2336    (CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW0)
 *   4     (Green Book)  Mode2 Form1    2048    (CD_FRAMESIZE)
 *   5     (Green Book)  Mode2 Form2    2328    (2324+4 spare bytes)
 *
 *
 *       The layout of the standard CD-ROM data formats:
 * -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * - audio (red):                  | audio_sample_bytes |
 *                                 |        2352        |
 *
 * - data (yellow, mode1):         | sync - head - data - EDC - zero - ECC |
 *                                 |  12  -   4  - 2048 -  4  -   8  - 276 |
 *
 * - data (yellow, mode2):         | sync - head - data |
 *                                 |  12  -   4  - 2336 |
 *
 * - XA data (green, mode2 form1): | sync - head - sub - data - EDC - ECC |
 *                                 |  12  -   4  -  8  - 2048 -  4  - 276 |
 *
 * - XA data (green, mode2 form2): | sync - head - sub - data - Spare |
 *                                 |  12  -   4  -  8  - 2324 -  4    |
 *
 */

/* Some generally useful CD-ROM information -- mostly based on the above */
#define CD_MINS              74 /* max. minutes per CD, not really a limit */
#define CD_SECS              60 /* seconds per minute */
#define CD_FRAMES            75 /* frames per second */
#define CD_SYNC_SIZE         12 /* 12 sync bytes per raw data frame */
#define CD_MSF_OFFSET       150 /* MSF numbering offset of first frame */
#define CD_CHUNK_SIZE        24 /* lowest-level "data bytes piece" */
#define CD_NUM_OF_CHUNKS     98 /* chunks per frame */
#define CD_FRAMESIZE_SUB     96 /* subchannel data "frame" size */
#define CD_HEAD_SIZE          4 /* header (address) bytes per raw data frame */
#define CD_SUBHEAD_SIZE       8 /* subheader bytes per raw XA data frame */
#define CD_EDC_SIZE           4 /* bytes EDC per most raw data frame types */
#define CD_ZERO_SIZE          8 /* bytes zero per yellow book mode 1 frame */
#define CD_ECC_SIZE         276 /* bytes ECC per most raw data frame types */
#define CD_FRAMESIZE       2048 /* bytes per frame, "cooked" mode */
#define CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW   2352 /* bytes per frame, "raw" mode */
#define CD_FRAMESIZE_RAWER 2646 /* The maximum possible returned bytes */ 
/* most drives don't deliver everything: */
#define CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW1 (CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW-CD_SYNC_SIZE) /*2340*/
#define CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW0 (CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW-CD_SYNC_SIZE-CD_HEAD_SIZE) /*2336*/

#define CD_XA_HEAD        (CD_HEAD_SIZE+CD_SUBHEAD_SIZE) /* "before data" part of raw XA frame */
#define CD_XA_TAIL        (CD_EDC_SIZE+CD_ECC_SIZE) /* "after data" part of raw XA frame */
#define CD_XA_SYNC_HEAD   (CD_SYNC_SIZE+CD_XA_HEAD) /* sync bytes + header of XA frame */

/* CD-ROM address types (cdrom_tocentry.cdte_format) */
#define	CDROM_LBA 0x01 /* "logical block": first frame is #0 */
#define	CDROM_MSF 0x02 /* "minute-second-frame": binary, not bcd here! */

/* bit to tell whether track is data or audio (cdrom_tocentry.cdte_ctrl) */
#define	CDROM_DATA_TRACK	0x04

/* The leadout track is always 0xAA, regardless of # of tracks on disc */
#define	CDROM_LEADOUT		0xAA

/* audio states (from SCSI-2, but seen with other drives, too) */
#define	CDROM_AUDIO_INVALID	0x00	/* audio status not supported */
#define	CDROM_AUDIO_PLAY	0x11	/* audio play operation in progress */
#define	CDROM_AUDIO_PAUSED	0x12	/* audio play operation paused */
#define	CDROM_AUDIO_COMPLETED	0x13	/* audio play successfully completed */
#define	CDROM_AUDIO_ERROR	0x14	/* audio play stopped due to error */
#define	CDROM_AUDIO_NO_STATUS	0x15	/* no current audio status to return */

/* capability flags used with the uniform CD-ROM driver */ 
#define CDC_CLOSE_TRAY		0x1     /* caddy systems _can't_ close */
#define CDC_OPEN_TRAY		0x2     /* but _can_ eject.  */
#define CDC_LOCK		0x4     /* disable manual eject */
#define CDC_SELECT_SPEED 	0x8     /* programmable speed */
#define CDC_SELECT_DISC		0x10    /* select disc from juke-box */
#define CDC_MULTI_SESSION 	0x20    /* read sessions>1 */
#define CDC_MCN			0x40    /* Medium Catalog Number */
#define CDC_MEDIA_CHANGED 	0x80    /* media changed */
#define CDC_PLAY_AUDIO		0x100   /* audio functions */
#define CDC_RESET               0x200   /* hard reset device */
#define CDC_DRIVE_STATUS        0x800   /* driver implements drive status */
#define CDC_GENERIC_PACKET	0x1000	/* driver implements generic packets */
#define CDC_CD_R		0x2000	/* drive is a CD-R */
#define CDC_CD_RW		0x4000	/* drive is a CD-RW */
#define CDC_DVD			0x8000	/* drive is a DVD */
#define CDC_DVD_R		0x10000	/* drive can write DVD-R */
#define CDC_DVD_RAM		0x20000	/* drive can write DVD-RAM */
#define CDC_MO_DRIVE		0x40000 /* drive is an MO device */
#define CDC_MRW			0x80000 /* drive can read MRW */
#define CDC_MRW_W		0x100000 /* drive can write MRW */
#define CDC_RAM			0x200000 /* ok to open for WRITE */

/* drive status possibilities returned by CDROM_DRIVE_STATUS ioctl */
#define CDS_NO_INFO		0	/* if not implemented */
#define CDS_NO_DISC		1
#define CDS_TRAY_OPEN		2
#define CDS_DRIVE_NOT_READY	3
#define CDS_DISC_OK		4

/* return values for the CDROM_DISC_STATUS ioctl */
/* can also return CDS_NO_[INFO|DISC], from above */
#define CDS_AUDIO		100
#define CDS_DATA_1		101
#define CDS_DATA_2		102
#define CDS_XA_2_1		103
#define CDS_XA_2_2		104
#define CDS_MIXED		105

/* User-configurable behavior options for the uniform CD-ROM driver */
#define CDO_AUTO_CLOSE		0x1     /* close tray on first open() */
#define CDO_AUTO_EJECT		0x2     /* open tray on last release() */
#define CDO_USE_FFLAGS		0x4     /* use O_NONBLOCK information on open */
#define CDO_LOCK		0x8     /* lock tray on open files */
#define CDO_CHECK_TYPE		0x10    /* check type on open for data */

/* Special codes used when specifying changer slots. */
#define CDSL_NONE       	(INT_MAX-1)
#define CDSL_CURRENT    	INT_MAX

/* For partition based multisession access. IDE can handle 64 partitions
 * per drive - SCSI CD-ROM's use minors to differentiate between the
 * various drives, so we can't do multisessions the same way there.
 * Use the -o session=x option to mount on them.
 */
#define CD_PART_MAX		64
#define CD_PART_MASK		(CD_PART_MAX - 1)

/*********************************************************************
 * Generic Packet commands, MMC commands, and such
 *********************************************************************/

 /* The generic packet command opcodes for CD/DVD Logical Units,
 * From Table 57 of the SFF8090 Ver. 3 (Mt. Fuji) draft standard. */
#define GPCMD_BLANK			    0xa1
#define GPCMD_CLOSE_TRACK		    0x5b
#define GPCMD_FLUSH_CACHE		    0x35
#define GPCMD_FORMAT_UNIT		    0x04
#define GPCMD_GET_CONFIGURATION		    0x46
#define GPCMD_GET_EVENT_STATUS_NOTIFICATION 0x4a
#define GPCMD_GET_PERFORMANCE		    0xac
#define GPCMD_INQUIRY			    0x12
#define GPCMD_LOAD_UNLOAD		    0xa6
#define GPCMD_MECHANISM_STATUS		    0xbd
#define GPCMD_MODE_SELECT_10		    0x55
#define GPCMD_MODE_SENSE_10		    0x5a
#define GPCMD_PAUSE_RESUME		    0x4b
#define GPCMD_PLAY_AUDIO_10		    0x45
#define GPCMD_PLAY_AUDIO_MSF		    0x47
#define GPCMD_PLAY_AUDIO_TI		    0x48
#define GPCMD_PLAY_CD			    0xbc
#define GPCMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL  0x1e
#define GPCMD_READ_10			    0x28
#define GPCMD_READ_12			    0xa8
#define GPCMD_READ_BUFFER		    0x3c
#define GPCMD_READ_BUFFER_CAPACITY	    0x5c
#define GPCMD_READ_CDVD_CAPACITY	    0x25
#define GPCMD_READ_CD			    0xbe
#define GPCMD_READ_CD_MSF		    0xb9
#define GPCMD_READ_DISC_INFO		    0x51
#define GPCMD_READ_DVD_STRUCTURE	    0xad
#define GPCMD_READ_FORMAT_CAPACITIES	    0x23
#define GPCMD_READ_HEADER		    0x44
#define GPCMD_READ_TRACK_RZONE_INFO	    0x52
#define GPCMD_READ_SUBCHANNEL		    0x42
#define GPCMD_READ_TOC_PMA_ATIP		    0x43
#define GPCMD_REPAIR_RZONE_TRACK	    0x58
#define GPCMD_REPORT_KEY		    0xa4
#define GPCMD_REQUEST_SENSE		    0x03
#define GPCMD_RESERVE_RZONE_TRACK	    0x53
#define GPCMD_SEND_CUE_SHEET		    0x5d
#define GPCMD_SCAN			    0xba
#define GPCMD_SEEK			    0x2b
#define GPCMD_SEND_DVD_STRUCTURE	    0xbf
#define GPCMD_SEND_EVENT		    0xa2
#define GPCMD_SEND_KEY			    0xa3
#define GPCMD_SEND_OPC			    0x54
#define GPCMD_SET_READ_AHEAD		    0xa7
#define GPCMD_SET_STREAMING		    0xb6
#define GPCMD_START_STOP_UNIT		    0x1b
#define GPCMD_STOP_PLAY_SCAN		    0x4e
#define GPCMD_TEST_UNIT_READY		    0x00
#define GPCMD_VERIFY_10			    0x2f
#define GPCMD_WRITE_10			    0x2a
#define GPCMD_WRITE_12			    0xaa
#define GPCMD_WRITE_AND_VERIFY_10	    0x2e
#define GPCMD_WRITE_BUFFER		    0x3b
/* This is listed as optional in ATAPI 2.6, but is (curiously) 
 * missing from Mt. Fuji, Table 57.  It _is_ mentioned in Mt. Fuji
 * Table 377 as an MMC command for SCSi devices though...  Most ATAPI
 * drives support it. */
#define GPCMD_SET_SPEED			    0xbb
/* This seems to be a SCSI specific CD-ROM opcode 
 * to play data at track/index */
#define GPCMD_PLAYAUDIO_TI		    0x48
/*
 * From MS Media Status Notification Support Specification. For
 * older drives only.
 */
#define GPCMD_GET_MEDIA_STATUS		    0xda

/* Mode page codes for mode sense/set */
#define GPMODE_VENDOR_PAGE		0x00
#define GPMODE_R_W_ERROR_PAGE		0x01
#define GPMODE_WRITE_PARMS_PAGE		0x05
#define GPMODE_WCACHING_PAGE		0x08
#define GPMODE_AUDIO_CTL_PAGE		0x0e
#define GPMODE_POWER_PAGE		0x1a
#define GPMODE_FAULT_FAIL_PAGE		0x1c
#define GPMODE_TO_PROTECT_PAGE		0x1d
#define GPMODE_CAPABILITIES_PAGE	0x2a
#define GPMODE_ALL_PAGES		0x3f
/* Not in Mt. Fuji, but in ATAPI 2.6 -- deprecated now in favor
 * of MODE_SENSE_POWER_PAGE */
#define GPMODE_CDROM_PAGE		0x0d



/* DVD struct types */
#define DVD_STRUCT_PHYSICAL	0x00
#define DVD_STRUCT_COPYRIGHT	0x01
#define DVD_STRUCT_DISCKEY	0x02
#define DVD_STRUCT_BCA		0x03
#define DVD_STRUCT_MANUFACT	0x04

struct dvd_layer {
	__u8 book_version	: 4;
	__u8 book_type		: 4;
	__u8 min_rate		: 4;
	__u8 disc_size		: 4;
	__u8 layer_type		: 4;
	__u8 track_path		: 1;
	__u8 nlayers		: 2;
	__u8 track_density	: 4;
	__u8 linear_density	: 4;
	__u8 bca		: 1;
	__u32 start_sector;
	__u32 end_sector;
	__u32 end_sector_l0;
};

#define DVD_LAYERS	4

struct dvd_physical {
	__u8 type;
	__u8 layer_num;
	struct dvd_layer layer[DVD_LAYERS];
};

struct dvd_copyright {
	__u8 type;

	__u8 layer_num;
	__u8 cpst;
	__u8 rmi;
};

struct dvd_disckey {
	__u8 type;

	unsigned agid		: 2;
	__u8 value[2048];
};

struct dvd_bca {
	__u8 type;

	int len;
	__u8 value[188];
};

struct dvd_manufact {
	__u8 type;

	__u8 layer_num;
	int len;
	__u8 value[2048];
};

typedef union {
	__u8 type;

	struct dvd_physical	physical;
	struct dvd_copyright	copyright;
	struct dvd_disckey	disckey;
	struct dvd_bca		bca;
	struct dvd_manufact	manufact;
} dvd_struct;

/*
 * DVD authentication ioctl
 */

/* Authentication states */
#define DVD_LU_SEND_AGID	0
#define DVD_HOST_SEND_CHALLENGE	1
#define DVD_LU_SEND_KEY1	2
#define DVD_LU_SEND_CHALLENGE	3
#define DVD_HOST_SEND_KEY2	4

/* Termination states */
#define DVD_AUTH_ESTABLISHED	5
#define DVD_AUTH_FAILURE	6

/* Other functions */
#define DVD_LU_SEND_TITLE_KEY	7
#define DVD_LU_SEND_ASF		8
#define DVD_INVALIDATE_AGID	9
#define DVD_LU_SEND_RPC_STATE	10
#define DVD_HOST_SEND_RPC_STATE	11

/* State data */
typedef __u8 dvd_key[5];		/* 40-bit value, MSB is first elem. */
typedef __u8 dvd_challenge[10];	/* 80-bit value, MSB is first elem. */

struct dvd_lu_send_agid {
	__u8 type;
	unsigned agid		: 2;
};

struct dvd_host_send_challenge {
	__u8 type;
	unsigned agid		: 2;

	dvd_challenge chal;
};

struct dvd_send_key {
	__u8 type;
	unsigned agid		: 2;

	dvd_key key;
};

struct dvd_lu_send_challenge {
	__u8 type;
	unsigned agid		: 2;

	dvd_challenge chal;
};

#define DVD_CPM_NO_COPYRIGHT	0
#define DVD_CPM_COPYRIGHTED	1

#define DVD_CP_SEC_NONE		0
#define DVD_CP_SEC_EXIST	1

#define DVD_CGMS_UNRESTRICTED	0
#define DVD_CGMS_SINGLE		2
#define DVD_CGMS_RESTRICTED	3

struct dvd_lu_send_title_key {
	__u8 type;
	unsigned agid		: 2;

	dvd_key title_key;
	int lba;
	unsigned cpm		: 1;
	unsigned cp_sec		: 1;
	unsigned cgms		: 2;
};

struct dvd_lu_send_asf {
	__u8 type;
	unsigned agid		: 2;

	unsigned asf		: 1;
};

struct dvd_host_send_rpcstate {
	__u8 type;
	__u8 pdrc;
};

struct dvd_lu_send_rpcstate {
	__u8 type		: 2;
	__u8 vra		: 3;
	__u8 ucca		: 3;
	__u8 region_mask;
	__u8 rpc_scheme;
};

typedef union {
	__u8 type;

	struct dvd_lu_send_agid		lsa;
	struct dvd_host_send_challenge	hsc;
	struct dvd_send_key		lsk;
	struct dvd_lu_send_challenge	lsc;
	struct dvd_send_key		hsk;
	struct dvd_lu_send_title_key	lstk;
	struct dvd_lu_send_asf		lsasf;
	struct dvd_host_send_rpcstate	hrpcs;
	struct dvd_lu_send_rpcstate	lrpcs;
} dvd_authinfo;

struct request_sense {
#if defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8 valid		: 1;
	__u8 error_code		: 7;
#elif defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8 error_code		: 7;
	__u8 valid		: 1;
#endif
	__u8 segment_number;
#if defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8 reserved1		: 2;
	__u8 ili		: 1;
	__u8 reserved2		: 1;
	__u8 sense_key		: 4;
#elif defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8 sense_key		: 4;
	__u8 reserved2		: 1;
	__u8 ili		: 1;
	__u8 reserved1		: 2;
#endif
	__u8 information[4];
	__u8 add_sense_len;
	__u8 command_info[4];
	__u8 asc;
	__u8 ascq;
	__u8 fruc;
	__u8 sks[3];
	__u8 asb[46];
};

/*
 * feature profile
 */
#define CDF_RWRT	0x0020	/* "Random Writable" */
#define CDF_HWDM	0x0024	/* "Hardware Defect Management" */
#define CDF_MRW 	0x0028

/*
 * media status bits
 */
#define CDM_MRW_NOTMRW			0
#define CDM_MRW_BGFORMAT_INACTIVE	1
#define CDM_MRW_BGFORMAT_ACTIVE		2
#define CDM_MRW_BGFORMAT_COMPLETE	3

/*
 * mrw address spaces
 */
#define MRW_LBA_DMA			0
#define MRW_LBA_GAA			1

/*
 * mrw mode pages (first is deprecated) -- probed at init time and
 * cdi->mrw_mode_page is set
 */
#define MRW_MODE_PC_PRE1		0x2c
#define MRW_MODE_PC			0x03

struct mrw_feature_desc {
	__be16 feature_code;
#if defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8 reserved1		: 2;
	__u8 feature_version	: 4;
	__u8 persistent		: 1;
	__u8 curr		: 1;
#elif defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8 curr		: 1;
	__u8 persistent		: 1;
	__u8 feature_version	: 4;
	__u8 reserved1		: 2;
#endif
	__u8 add_len;
#if defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8 reserved2		: 7;
	__u8 write		: 1;
#elif defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8 write		: 1;
	__u8 reserved2		: 7;
#endif
	__u8 reserved3;
	__u8 reserved4;
	__u8 reserved5;
};

/* cf. mmc4r02g.pdf 5.3.10 Random Writable Feature (0020h) pg 197 of 635 */
struct rwrt_feature_desc {
	__be16 feature_code;
#if defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8 reserved1		: 2;
	__u8 feature_version	: 4;
	__u8 persistent		: 1;
	__u8 curr		: 1;
#elif defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8 curr		: 1;
	__u8 persistent		: 1;
	__u8 feature_version	: 4;
	__u8 reserved1		: 2;
#endif
	__u8 add_len;
	__u32 last_lba;
	__u32 block_size;
	__u16 blocking;
#if defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8 reserved2		: 7;
	__u8 page_present	: 1;
#elif defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8 page_present	: 1;
	__u8 reserved2		: 7;
#endif
	__u8 reserved3;
};

typedef struct {
	__be16 disc_information_length;
#if defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8 reserved1			: 3;
        __u8 erasable			: 1;
        __u8 border_status		: 2;
        __u8 disc_status		: 2;
#elif defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
        __u8 disc_status		: 2;
        __u8 border_status		: 2;
        __u8 erasable			: 1;
	__u8 reserved1			: 3;
#else
#error "Please fix <asm/byteorder.h>"
#endif
	__u8 n_first_track;
	__u8 n_sessions_lsb;
	__u8 first_track_lsb;
	__u8 last_track_lsb;
#if defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8 did_v			: 1;
        __u8 dbc_v			: 1;
        __u8 uru			: 1;
        __u8 reserved2			: 2;
	__u8 dbit			: 1;
	__u8 mrw_status			: 2;
#elif defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8 mrw_status			: 2;
	__u8 dbit			: 1;
        __u8 reserved2			: 2;
        __u8 uru			: 1;
        __u8 dbc_v			: 1;
	__u8 did_v			: 1;
#endif
	__u8 disc_type;
	__u8 n_sessions_msb;
	__u8 first_track_msb;
	__u8 last_track_msb;
	__u32 disc_id;
	__u32 lead_in;
	__u32 lead_out;
	__u8 disc_bar_code[8];
	__u8 reserved3;
	__u8 n_opc;
} disc_information;

typedef struct {
	__be16 track_information_length;
	__u8 track_lsb;
	__u8 session_lsb;
	__u8 reserved1;
#if defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8 reserved2			: 2;
        __u8 damage			: 1;
        __u8 copy			: 1;
        __u8 track_mode			: 4;
	__u8 rt				: 1;
	__u8 blank			: 1;
	__u8 packet			: 1;
	__u8 fp				: 1;
	__u8 data_mode			: 4;
	__u8 reserved3			: 6;
	__u8 lra_v			: 1;
	__u8 nwa_v			: 1;
#elif defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
        __u8 track_mode			: 4;
        __u8 copy			: 1;
        __u8 damage			: 1;
	__u8 reserved2			: 2;
	__u8 data_mode			: 4;
	__u8 fp				: 1;
	__u8 packet			: 1;
	__u8 blank			: 1;
	__u8 rt				: 1;
	__u8 nwa_v			: 1;
	__u8 lra_v			: 1;
	__u8 reserved3			: 6;
#endif
	__be32 track_start;
	__be32 next_writable;
	__be32 free_blocks;
	__be32 fixed_packet_size;
	__be32 track_size;
	__be32 last_rec_address;
} track_information;

struct feature_header {
	__u32 data_len;
	__u8 reserved1;
	__u8 reserved2;
	__u16 curr_profile;
};

struct mode_page_header {
	__be16 mode_data_length;
	__u8 medium_type;
	__u8 reserved1;
	__u8 reserved2;
	__u8 reserved3;
	__be16 desc_length;
};

/* removable medium feature descriptor */
struct rm_feature_desc {
	__be16 feature_code;
#if defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8 reserved1:2;
	__u8 feature_version:4;
	__u8 persistent:1;
	__u8 curr:1;
#elif defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8 curr:1;
	__u8 persistent:1;
	__u8 feature_version:4;
	__u8 reserved1:2;
#endif
	__u8 add_len;
#if defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8 mech_type:3;
	__u8 load:1;
	__u8 eject:1;
	__u8 pvnt_jmpr:1;
	__u8 dbml:1;
	__u8 lock:1;
#elif defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8 lock:1;
	__u8 dbml:1;
	__u8 pvnt_jmpr:1;
	__u8 eject:1;
	__u8 load:1;
	__u8 mech_type:3;
#endif
	__u8 reserved2;
	__u8 reserved3;
	__u8 reserved4;
};

#endif /* _LINUX_CDROM_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * if_xdp: XDP socket user-space interface
 * Copyright(c) 2018 Intel Corporation.
 *
 * Author(s): Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
 *	      Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_IF_XDP_H
#define _LINUX_IF_XDP_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* Options for the sxdp_flags field */
#define XDP_SHARED_UMEM	(1 << 0)
#define XDP_COPY	(1 << 1) /* Force copy-mode */
#define XDP_ZEROCOPY	(1 << 2) /* Force zero-copy mode */
/* If this option is set, the driver might go sleep and in that case
 * the XDP_RING_NEED_WAKEUP flag in the fill and/or Tx rings will be
 * set. If it is set, the application need to explicitly wake up the
 * driver with a poll() (Rx and Tx) or sendto() (Tx only). If you are
 * running the driver and the application on the same core, you should
 * use this option so that the kernel will yield to the user space
 * application.
 */
#define XDP_USE_NEED_WAKEUP (1 << 3)

/* Flags for xsk_umem_config flags */
#define XDP_UMEM_UNALIGNED_CHUNK_FLAG (1 << 0)

struct sockaddr_xdp {
	__u16 sxdp_family;
	__u16 sxdp_flags;
	__u32 sxdp_ifindex;
	__u32 sxdp_queue_id;
	__u32 sxdp_shared_umem_fd;
};

/* XDP_RING flags */
#define XDP_RING_NEED_WAKEUP (1 << 0)

struct xdp_ring_offset {
	__u64 producer;
	__u64 consumer;
	__u64 desc;
	__u64 flags;
};

struct xdp_mmap_offsets {
	struct xdp_ring_offset rx;
	struct xdp_ring_offset tx;
	struct xdp_ring_offset fr; /* Fill */
	struct xdp_ring_offset cr; /* Completion */
};

/* XDP socket options */
#define XDP_MMAP_OFFSETS		1
#define XDP_RX_RING			2
#define XDP_TX_RING			3
#define XDP_UMEM_REG			4
#define XDP_UMEM_FILL_RING		5
#define XDP_UMEM_COMPLETION_RING	6
#define XDP_STATISTICS			7
#define XDP_OPTIONS			8

struct xdp_umem_reg {
	__u64 addr; /* Start of packet data area */
	__u64 len; /* Length of packet data area */
	__u32 chunk_size;
	__u32 headroom;
	__u32 flags;
};

struct xdp_statistics {
	__u64 rx_dropped; /* Dropped for other reasons */
	__u64 rx_invalid_descs; /* Dropped due to invalid descriptor */
	__u64 tx_invalid_descs; /* Dropped due to invalid descriptor */
	__u64 rx_ring_full; /* Dropped due to rx ring being full */
	__u64 rx_fill_ring_empty_descs; /* Failed to retrieve item from fill ring */
	__u64 tx_ring_empty_descs; /* Failed to retrieve item from tx ring */
};

struct xdp_options {
	__u32 flags;
};

/* Flags for the flags field of struct xdp_options */
#define XDP_OPTIONS_ZEROCOPY (1 << 0)

/* Pgoff for mmaping the rings */
#define XDP_PGOFF_RX_RING			  0
#define XDP_PGOFF_TX_RING		 0x80000000
#define XDP_UMEM_PGOFF_FILL_RING	0x100000000ULL
#define XDP_UMEM_PGOFF_COMPLETION_RING	0x180000000ULL

/* Masks for unaligned chunks mode */
#define XSK_UNALIGNED_BUF_OFFSET_SHIFT 48
#define XSK_UNALIGNED_BUF_ADDR_MASK \
	((1ULL << XSK_UNALIGNED_BUF_OFFSET_SHIFT) - 1)

/* Rx/Tx descriptor */
struct xdp_desc {
	__u64 addr;
	__u32 len;
	__u32 options;
};

/* UMEM descriptor is __u64 */

#endif /* _LINUX_IF_XDP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *	pci.h
 *
 *	PCI defines and function prototypes
 *	Copyright 1994, Drew Eckhardt
 *	Copyright 1997--1999 Martin Mares <mj@ucw.cz>
 *
 *	For more information, please consult the following manuals (look at
 *	http://www.pcisig.com/ for how to get them):
 *
 *	PCI BIOS Specification
 *	PCI Local Bus Specification
 *	PCI to PCI Bridge Specification
 *	PCI System Design Guide
 */

#ifndef LINUX_PCI_H
#define LINUX_PCI_H

#include <linux/pci_regs.h>	/* The pci register defines */

/*
 * The PCI interface treats multi-function devices as independent
 * devices.  The slot/function address of each device is encoded
 * in a single byte as follows:
 *
 *	7:3 = slot
 *	2:0 = function
 */
#define PCI_DEVFN(slot, func)	((((slot) & 0x1f) << 3) | ((func) & 0x07))
#define PCI_SLOT(devfn)		(((devfn) >> 3) & 0x1f)
#define PCI_FUNC(devfn)		((devfn) & 0x07)

/* Ioctls for /proc/bus/pci/X/Y nodes. */
#define PCIIOC_BASE		('P' << 24 | 'C' << 16 | 'I' << 8)
#define PCIIOC_CONTROLLER	(PCIIOC_BASE | 0x00)	/* Get controller for PCI device. */
#define PCIIOC_MMAP_IS_IO	(PCIIOC_BASE | 0x01)	/* Set mmap state to I/O space. */
#define PCIIOC_MMAP_IS_MEM	(PCIIOC_BASE | 0x02)	/* Set mmap state to MEM space. */
#define PCIIOC_WRITE_COMBINE	(PCIIOC_BASE | 0x03)	/* Enable/disable write-combining. */

#endif /* LINUX_PCI_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright 1996, 1997, 1998 Hans Reiser, see reiserfs/README for licensing and copyright details
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_REISER_FS_H
#define _LINUX_REISER_FS_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/magic.h>

/*
 *  include/linux/reiser_fs.h
 *
 *  Reiser File System constants and structures
 *
 */

/* ioctl's command */
#define REISERFS_IOC_UNPACK		_IOW(0xCD,1,long)
/* define following flags to be the same as in ext2, so that chattr(1),
   lsattr(1) will work with us. */
#define REISERFS_IOC_GETFLAGS		FS_IOC_GETFLAGS
#define REISERFS_IOC_SETFLAGS		FS_IOC_SETFLAGS
#define REISERFS_IOC_GETVERSION		FS_IOC_GETVERSION
#define REISERFS_IOC_SETVERSION		FS_IOC_SETVERSION

#endif				/* _LINUX_REISER_FS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) */
/*
 * Intel MIC Platform Software Stack (MPSS)
 *
 * This file is provided under a dual BSD/GPLv2 license.  When using or
 * redistributing this file, you may do so under either license.
 *
 * GPL LICENSE SUMMARY
 *
 * Copyright(c) 2014 Intel Corporation.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
 * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 * General Public License for more details.
 *
 * BSD LICENSE
 *
 * Copyright(c) 2014 Intel Corporation.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 *
 * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *   the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *   distribution.
 * * Neither the name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its
 *   contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
 *   from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
 * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
 * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
 * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 * Intel SCIF driver.
 *
 */
/*
 * -----------------------------------------
 * SCIF IOCTL interface information
 * -----------------------------------------
 */
#ifndef SCIF_IOCTL_H
#define SCIF_IOCTL_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/**
 * struct scif_port_id - SCIF port information
 * @node:	node on which port resides
 * @port:	local port number
 */
struct scif_port_id {
	__u16 node;
	__u16 port;
};

/**
 * struct scifioctl_connect - used for SCIF_CONNECT IOCTL
 * @self:	used to read back the assigned port_id
 * @peer:	destination node and port to connect to
 */
struct scifioctl_connect {
	struct scif_port_id	self;
	struct scif_port_id	peer;
};

/**
 * struct scifioctl_accept - used for SCIF_ACCEPTREQ IOCTL
 * @flags:	flags
 * @peer:	global id of peer endpoint
 * @endpt:	new connected endpoint descriptor
 */
struct scifioctl_accept {
	__s32			flags;
	struct scif_port_id	peer;
	__u64			endpt;
};

/**
 * struct scifioctl_msg - used for SCIF_SEND/SCIF_RECV IOCTL
 * @msg:	message buffer address
 * @len:	message length
 * @flags:	flags
 * @out_len:	number of bytes sent/received
 */
struct scifioctl_msg {
	__u64	msg;
	__s32	len;
	__s32	flags;
	__s32	out_len;
};

/**
 * struct scifioctl_reg - used for SCIF_REG IOCTL
 * @addr:	starting virtual address
 * @len:	length of range
 * @offset:	offset of window
 * @prot:	read/write protection
 * @flags:	flags
 * @out_offset:	offset returned
 */
struct scifioctl_reg {
	__u64		addr;
	__u64		len;
	__s64		offset;
	__s32		prot;
	__s32		flags;
	__s64		out_offset;
};

/**
 * struct scifioctl_unreg - used for SCIF_UNREG IOCTL
 * @offset:	start of range to unregister
 * @len:	length of range to unregister
 */
struct scifioctl_unreg {
	__s64		offset;
	__u64		len;
};

/**
 * struct scifioctl_copy - used for SCIF DMA copy IOCTLs
 *
 * @loffset:	offset in local registered address space to/from
 *		which to copy
 * @len:	length of range to copy
 * @roffset:	offset in remote registered address space to/from
 *		which to copy
 * @addr:	user virtual address to/from which to copy
 * @flags:	flags
 *
 * This structure is used for SCIF_READFROM, SCIF_WRITETO, SCIF_VREADFROM
 * and SCIF_VREADFROM IOCTL's.
 */
struct scifioctl_copy {
	__s64		loffset;
	__u64		len;
	__s64		roffset;
	__u64		addr;
	__s32		flags;
};

/**
 * struct scifioctl_fence_mark  - used for SCIF_FENCE_MARK IOCTL
 * @flags:	flags
 * @mark:	fence handle which is a pointer to a __s32
 */
struct scifioctl_fence_mark {
	__s32	flags;
	__u64	mark;
};

/**
 * struct scifioctl_fence_signal - used for SCIF_FENCE_SIGNAL IOCTL
 * @loff:	local offset
 * @lval:	value to write to loffset
 * @roff:	remote offset
 * @rval:	value to write to roffset
 * @flags:	flags
 */
struct scifioctl_fence_signal {
	__s64		loff;
	__u64		lval;
	__s64		roff;
	__u64		rval;
	__s32		flags;
};

/**
 * struct scifioctl_node_ids - used for SCIF_GET_NODEIDS IOCTL
 * @nodes:	pointer to an array of node_ids
 * @self:	ID of the current node
 * @len:	length of array
 */
struct scifioctl_node_ids {
	__u64	nodes;
	__u64	self;
	__s32	len;
};

#define SCIF_BIND		_IOWR('s', 1, __u64)
#define SCIF_LISTEN		_IOW('s', 2, __s32)
#define SCIF_CONNECT		_IOWR('s', 3, struct scifioctl_connect)
#define SCIF_ACCEPTREQ		_IOWR('s', 4, struct scifioctl_accept)
#define SCIF_ACCEPTREG		_IOWR('s', 5, __u64)
#define SCIF_SEND		_IOWR('s', 6, struct scifioctl_msg)
#define SCIF_RECV		_IOWR('s', 7, struct scifioctl_msg)
#define SCIF_REG		_IOWR('s', 8, struct scifioctl_reg)
#define SCIF_UNREG		_IOWR('s', 9, struct scifioctl_unreg)
#define SCIF_READFROM		_IOWR('s', 10, struct scifioctl_copy)
#define SCIF_WRITETO		_IOWR('s', 11, struct scifioctl_copy)
#define SCIF_VREADFROM		_IOWR('s', 12, struct scifioctl_copy)
#define SCIF_VWRITETO		_IOWR('s', 13, struct scifioctl_copy)
#define SCIF_GET_NODEIDS	_IOWR('s', 14, struct scifioctl_node_ids)
#define SCIF_FENCE_MARK		_IOWR('s', 15, struct scifioctl_fence_mark)
#define SCIF_FENCE_WAIT		_IOWR('s', 16, __s32)
#define SCIF_FENCE_SIGNAL	_IOWR('s', 17, struct scifioctl_fence_signal)

#endif /* SCIF_IOCTL_H */
#ifndef _LINUX_VIRTIO_BLK_H
#define _LINUX_VIRTIO_BLK_H
/* This header is BSD licensed so anyone can use the definitions to implement
 * compatible drivers/servers.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the name of IBM nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL IBM OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE. */
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/virtio_ids.h>
#include <linux/virtio_config.h>
#include <linux/virtio_types.h>

/* Feature bits */
#define VIRTIO_BLK_F_SIZE_MAX	1	/* Indicates maximum segment size */
#define VIRTIO_BLK_F_SEG_MAX	2	/* Indicates maximum # of segments */
#define VIRTIO_BLK_F_GEOMETRY	4	/* Legacy geometry available  */
#define VIRTIO_BLK_F_RO		5	/* Disk is read-only */
#define VIRTIO_BLK_F_BLK_SIZE	6	/* Block size of disk is available*/
#define VIRTIO_BLK_F_TOPOLOGY	10	/* Topology information is available */
#define VIRTIO_BLK_F_MQ		12	/* support more than one vq */
#define VIRTIO_BLK_F_DISCARD	13	/* DISCARD is supported */
#define VIRTIO_BLK_F_WRITE_ZEROES	14	/* WRITE ZEROES is supported */

/* Legacy feature bits */
#ifndef VIRTIO_BLK_NO_LEGACY
#define VIRTIO_BLK_F_BARRIER	0	/* Does host support barriers? */
#define VIRTIO_BLK_F_SCSI	7	/* Supports scsi command passthru */
#define VIRTIO_BLK_F_FLUSH	9	/* Flush command supported */
#define VIRTIO_BLK_F_CONFIG_WCE	11	/* Writeback mode available in config */
/* Old (deprecated) name for VIRTIO_BLK_F_FLUSH. */
#define VIRTIO_BLK_F_WCE VIRTIO_BLK_F_FLUSH
#endif /* !VIRTIO_BLK_NO_LEGACY */

#define VIRTIO_BLK_ID_BYTES	20	/* ID string length */

struct virtio_blk_config {
	/* The capacity (in 512-byte sectors). */
	__u64 capacity;
	/* The maximum segment size (if VIRTIO_BLK_F_SIZE_MAX) */
	__u32 size_max;
	/* The maximum number of segments (if VIRTIO_BLK_F_SEG_MAX) */
	__u32 seg_max;
	/* geometry of the device (if VIRTIO_BLK_F_GEOMETRY) */
	struct virtio_blk_geometry {
		__u16 cylinders;
		__u8 heads;
		__u8 sectors;
	} geometry;

	/* block size of device (if VIRTIO_BLK_F_BLK_SIZE) */
	__u32 blk_size;

	/* the next 4 entries are guarded by VIRTIO_BLK_F_TOPOLOGY  */
	/* exponent for physical block per logical block. */
	__u8 physical_block_exp;
	/* alignment offset in logical blocks. */
	__u8 alignment_offset;
	/* minimum I/O size without performance penalty in logical blocks. */
	__u16 min_io_size;
	/* optimal sustained I/O size in logical blocks. */
	__u32 opt_io_size;

	/* writeback mode (if VIRTIO_BLK_F_CONFIG_WCE) */
	__u8 wce;
	__u8 unused;

	/* number of vqs, only available when VIRTIO_BLK_F_MQ is set */
	__u16 num_queues;

	/* the next 3 entries are guarded by VIRTIO_BLK_F_DISCARD */
	/*
	 * The maximum discard sectors (in 512-byte sectors) for
	 * one segment.
	 */
	__u32 max_discard_sectors;
	/*
	 * The maximum number of discard segments in a
	 * discard command.
	 */
	__u32 max_discard_seg;
	/* Discard commands must be aligned to this number of sectors. */
	__u32 discard_sector_alignment;

	/* the next 3 entries are guarded by VIRTIO_BLK_F_WRITE_ZEROES */
	/*
	 * The maximum number of write zeroes sectors (in 512-byte sectors) in
	 * one segment.
	 */
	__u32 max_write_zeroes_sectors;
	/*
	 * The maximum number of segments in a write zeroes
	 * command.
	 */
	__u32 max_write_zeroes_seg;
	/*
	 * Set if a VIRTIO_BLK_T_WRITE_ZEROES request may result in the
	 * deallocation of one or more of the sectors.
	 */
	__u8 write_zeroes_may_unmap;

	__u8 unused1[3];
} __attribute__((packed));

/*
 * Command types
 *
 * Usage is a bit tricky as some bits are used as flags and some are not.
 *
 * Rules:
 *   VIRTIO_BLK_T_OUT may be combined with VIRTIO_BLK_T_SCSI_CMD or
 *   VIRTIO_BLK_T_BARRIER.  VIRTIO_BLK_T_FLUSH is a command of its own
 *   and may not be combined with any of the other flags.
 */

/* These two define direction. */
#define VIRTIO_BLK_T_IN		0
#define VIRTIO_BLK_T_OUT	1

#ifndef VIRTIO_BLK_NO_LEGACY
/* This bit says it's a scsi command, not an actual read or write. */
#define VIRTIO_BLK_T_SCSI_CMD	2
#endif /* VIRTIO_BLK_NO_LEGACY */

/* Cache flush command */
#define VIRTIO_BLK_T_FLUSH	4

/* Get device ID command */
#define VIRTIO_BLK_T_GET_ID    8

/* Discard command */
#define VIRTIO_BLK_T_DISCARD	11

/* Write zeroes command */
#define VIRTIO_BLK_T_WRITE_ZEROES	13

#ifndef VIRTIO_BLK_NO_LEGACY
/* Barrier before this op. */
#define VIRTIO_BLK_T_BARRIER	0x80000000
#endif /* !VIRTIO_BLK_NO_LEGACY */

/*
 * This comes first in the read scatter-gather list.
 * For legacy virtio, if VIRTIO_F_ANY_LAYOUT is not negotiated,
 * this is the first element of the read scatter-gather list.
 */
struct virtio_blk_outhdr {
	/* VIRTIO_BLK_T* */
	__virtio32 type;
	/* io priority. */
	__virtio32 ioprio;
	/* Sector (ie. 512 byte offset) */
	__virtio64 sector;
};

/* Unmap this range (only valid for write zeroes command) */
#define VIRTIO_BLK_WRITE_ZEROES_FLAG_UNMAP	0x00000001

/* Discard/write zeroes range for each request. */
struct virtio_blk_discard_write_zeroes {
	/* discard/write zeroes start sector */
	__le64 sector;
	/* number of discard/write zeroes sectors */
	__le32 num_sectors;
	/* flags for this range */
	__le32 flags;
};

#ifndef VIRTIO_BLK_NO_LEGACY
struct virtio_scsi_inhdr {
	__virtio32 errors;
	__virtio32 data_len;
	__virtio32 sense_len;
	__virtio32 residual;
};
#endif /* !VIRTIO_BLK_NO_LEGACY */

/* And this is the final byte of the write scatter-gather list. */
#define VIRTIO_BLK_S_OK		0
#define VIRTIO_BLK_S_IOERR	1
#define VIRTIO_BLK_S_UNSUPP	2
#endif /* _LINUX_VIRTIO_BLK_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Framework for buffer objects that can be shared across devices/subsystems.
 *
 * Copyright(C) 2015 Intel Ltd
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
 * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
 * more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
 * this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */

#ifndef _DMA_BUF_UAPI_H_
#define _DMA_BUF_UAPI_H_

#include <linux/types.h>

/* begin/end dma-buf functions used for userspace mmap. */
struct dma_buf_sync {
	__u64 flags;
};

#define DMA_BUF_SYNC_READ      (1 << 0)
#define DMA_BUF_SYNC_WRITE     (2 << 0)
#define DMA_BUF_SYNC_RW        (DMA_BUF_SYNC_READ | DMA_BUF_SYNC_WRITE)
#define DMA_BUF_SYNC_START     (0 << 2)
#define DMA_BUF_SYNC_END       (1 << 2)
#define DMA_BUF_SYNC_VALID_FLAGS_MASK \
	(DMA_BUF_SYNC_RW | DMA_BUF_SYNC_END)

#define DMA_BUF_NAME_LEN	32

/**
 * struct dma_buf_export_sync_file - Get a sync_file from a dma-buf
 *
 * Userspace can perform a DMA_BUF_IOCTL_EXPORT_SYNC_FILE to retrieve the
 * current set of fences on a dma-buf file descriptor as a sync_file.  CPU
 * waits via poll() or other driver-specific mechanisms typically wait on
 * whatever fences are on the dma-buf at the time the wait begins.  This
 * is similar except that it takes a snapshot of the current fences on the
 * dma-buf for waiting later instead of waiting immediately.  This is
 * useful for modern graphics APIs such as Vulkan which assume an explicit
 * synchronization model but still need to inter-operate with dma-buf.
 *
 * The intended usage pattern is the following:
 *
 *  1. Export a sync_file with flags corresponding to the expected GPU usage
 *     via DMA_BUF_IOCTL_EXPORT_SYNC_FILE.
 *
 *  2. Submit rendering work which uses the dma-buf.  The work should wait on
 *     the exported sync file before rendering and produce another sync_file
 *     when complete.
 *
 *  3. Import the rendering-complete sync_file into the dma-buf with flags
 *     corresponding to the GPU usage via DMA_BUF_IOCTL_IMPORT_SYNC_FILE.
 *
 * Unlike doing implicit synchronization via a GPU kernel driver's exec ioctl,
 * the above is not a single atomic operation.  If userspace wants to ensure
 * ordering via these fences, it is the respnosibility of userspace to use
 * locks or other mechanisms to ensure that no other context adds fences or
 * submits work between steps 1 and 3 above.
 */
struct dma_buf_export_sync_file {
	/**
	 * @flags: Read/write flags
	 *
	 * Must be DMA_BUF_SYNC_READ, DMA_BUF_SYNC_WRITE, or both.
	 *
	 * If DMA_BUF_SYNC_READ is set and DMA_BUF_SYNC_WRITE is not set,
	 * the returned sync file waits on any writers of the dma-buf to
	 * complete.  Waiting on the returned sync file is equivalent to
	 * poll() with POLLIN.
	 *
	 * If DMA_BUF_SYNC_WRITE is set, the returned sync file waits on
	 * any users of the dma-buf (read or write) to complete.  Waiting
	 * on the returned sync file is equivalent to poll() with POLLOUT.
	 * If both DMA_BUF_SYNC_WRITE and DMA_BUF_SYNC_READ are set, this
	 * is equivalent to just DMA_BUF_SYNC_WRITE.
	 */
	__u32 flags;
	/** @fd: Returned sync file descriptor */
	__s32 fd;
};

/**
 * struct dma_buf_import_sync_file - Insert a sync_file into a dma-buf
 *
 * Userspace can perform a DMA_BUF_IOCTL_IMPORT_SYNC_FILE to insert a
 * sync_file into a dma-buf for the purposes of implicit synchronization
 * with other dma-buf consumers.  This allows clients using explicitly
 * synchronized APIs such as Vulkan to inter-op with dma-buf consumers
 * which expect implicit synchronization such as OpenGL or most media
 * drivers/video.
 */
struct dma_buf_import_sync_file {
	/**
	 * @flags: Read/write flags
	 *
	 * Must be DMA_BUF_SYNC_READ, DMA_BUF_SYNC_WRITE, or both.
	 *
	 * If DMA_BUF_SYNC_READ is set and DMA_BUF_SYNC_WRITE is not set,
	 * this inserts the sync_file as a read-only fence.  Any subsequent
	 * implicitly synchronized writes to this dma-buf will wait on this
	 * fence but reads will not.
	 *
	 * If DMA_BUF_SYNC_WRITE is set, this inserts the sync_file as a
	 * write fence.  All subsequent implicitly synchronized access to
	 * this dma-buf will wait on this fence.
	 */
	__u32 flags;
	/** @fd: Sync file descriptor */
	__s32 fd;
};

#define DMA_BUF_BASE		'b'
#define DMA_BUF_IOCTL_SYNC	_IOW(DMA_BUF_BASE, 0, struct dma_buf_sync)

/* 32/64bitness of this uapi was botched in android, there's no difference
 * between them in actual uapi, they're just different numbers.
 */
#define DMA_BUF_SET_NAME	_IOW(DMA_BUF_BASE, 1, const char *)
#define DMA_BUF_SET_NAME_A	_IOW(DMA_BUF_BASE, 1, __u32)
#define DMA_BUF_SET_NAME_B	_IOW(DMA_BUF_BASE, 1, __u64)
#define DMA_BUF_IOCTL_EXPORT_SYNC_FILE	_IOWR(DMA_BUF_BASE, 2, struct dma_buf_export_sync_file)
#define DMA_BUF_IOCTL_IMPORT_SYNC_FILE	_IOW(DMA_BUF_BASE, 3, struct dma_buf_import_sync_file)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause */
/*
 * Virtio Mem Device
 *
 * Copyright Red Hat, Inc. 2020
 *
 * Authors:
 *     David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com>
 *
 * This header is BSD licensed so anyone can use the definitions
 * to implement compatible drivers/servers:
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the name of IBM nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
 * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
 * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL IBM OR
 * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF
 * USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
 * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
 * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
 * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_VIRTIO_MEM_H
#define _LINUX_VIRTIO_MEM_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/virtio_types.h>
#include <linux/virtio_ids.h>
#include <linux/virtio_config.h>

/*
 * Each virtio-mem device manages a dedicated region in physical address
 * space. Each device can belong to a single NUMA node, multiple devices
 * for a single NUMA node are possible. A virtio-mem device is like a
 * "resizable DIMM" consisting of small memory blocks that can be plugged
 * or unplugged. The device driver is responsible for (un)plugging memory
 * blocks on demand.
 *
 * Virtio-mem devices can only operate on their assigned memory region in
 * order to (un)plug memory. A device cannot (un)plug memory belonging to
 * other devices.
 *
 * The "region_size" corresponds to the maximum amount of memory that can
 * be provided by a device. The "size" corresponds to the amount of memory
 * that is currently plugged. "requested_size" corresponds to a request
 * from the device to the device driver to (un)plug blocks. The
 * device driver should try to (un)plug blocks in order to reach the
 * "requested_size". It is impossible to plug more memory than requested.
 *
 * The "usable_region_size" represents the memory region that can actually
 * be used to (un)plug memory. It is always at least as big as the
 * "requested_size" and will grow dynamically. It will only shrink when
 * explicitly triggered (VIRTIO_MEM_REQ_UNPLUG).
 *
 * There are no guarantees what will happen if unplugged memory is
 * read/written. In general, unplugged memory should not be touched, because
 * the resulting action is undefined. There is one exception: without
 * VIRTIO_MEM_F_UNPLUGGED_INACCESSIBLE, unplugged memory inside the usable
 * region can be read, to simplify creation of memory dumps.
 *
 * It can happen that the device cannot process a request, because it is
 * busy. The device driver has to retry later.
 *
 * Usually, during system resets all memory will get unplugged, so the
 * device driver can start with a clean state. However, in specific
 * scenarios (if the device is busy) it can happen that the device still
 * has memory plugged. The device driver can request to unplug all memory
 * (VIRTIO_MEM_REQ_UNPLUG) - which might take a while to succeed if the
 * device is busy.
 */

/* --- virtio-mem: feature bits --- */

/* node_id is an ACPI PXM and is valid */
#define VIRTIO_MEM_F_ACPI_PXM		0
/* unplugged memory must not be accessed */
#define VIRTIO_MEM_F_UNPLUGGED_INACCESSIBLE	1


/* --- virtio-mem: guest -> host requests --- */

/* request to plug memory blocks */
#define VIRTIO_MEM_REQ_PLUG			0
/* request to unplug memory blocks */
#define VIRTIO_MEM_REQ_UNPLUG			1
/* request to unplug all blocks and shrink the usable size */
#define VIRTIO_MEM_REQ_UNPLUG_ALL		2
/* request information about the plugged state of memory blocks */
#define VIRTIO_MEM_REQ_STATE			3

struct virtio_mem_req_plug {
	__virtio64 addr;
	__virtio16 nb_blocks;
	__virtio16 padding[3];
};

struct virtio_mem_req_unplug {
	__virtio64 addr;
	__virtio16 nb_blocks;
	__virtio16 padding[3];
};

struct virtio_mem_req_state {
	__virtio64 addr;
	__virtio16 nb_blocks;
	__virtio16 padding[3];
};

struct virtio_mem_req {
	__virtio16 type;
	__virtio16 padding[3];

	union {
		struct virtio_mem_req_plug plug;
		struct virtio_mem_req_unplug unplug;
		struct virtio_mem_req_state state;
	} u;
};


/* --- virtio-mem: host -> guest response --- */

/*
 * Request processed successfully, applicable for
 * - VIRTIO_MEM_REQ_PLUG
 * - VIRTIO_MEM_REQ_UNPLUG
 * - VIRTIO_MEM_REQ_UNPLUG_ALL
 * - VIRTIO_MEM_REQ_STATE
 */
#define VIRTIO_MEM_RESP_ACK			0
/*
 * Request denied - e.g. trying to plug more than requested, applicable for
 * - VIRTIO_MEM_REQ_PLUG
 */
#define VIRTIO_MEM_RESP_NACK			1
/*
 * Request cannot be processed right now, try again later, applicable for
 * - VIRTIO_MEM_REQ_PLUG
 * - VIRTIO_MEM_REQ_UNPLUG
 * - VIRTIO_MEM_REQ_UNPLUG_ALL
 */
#define VIRTIO_MEM_RESP_BUSY			2
/*
 * Error in request (e.g. addresses/alignment), applicable for
 * - VIRTIO_MEM_REQ_PLUG
 * - VIRTIO_MEM_REQ_UNPLUG
 * - VIRTIO_MEM_REQ_STATE
 */
#define VIRTIO_MEM_RESP_ERROR			3


/* State of memory blocks is "plugged" */
#define VIRTIO_MEM_STATE_PLUGGED		0
/* State of memory blocks is "unplugged" */
#define VIRTIO_MEM_STATE_UNPLUGGED		1
/* State of memory blocks is "mixed" */
#define VIRTIO_MEM_STATE_MIXED			2

struct virtio_mem_resp_state {
	__virtio16 state;
};

struct virtio_mem_resp {
	__virtio16 type;
	__virtio16 padding[3];

	union {
		struct virtio_mem_resp_state state;
	} u;
};

/* --- virtio-mem: configuration --- */

struct virtio_mem_config {
	/* Block size and alignment. Cannot change. */
	__le64 block_size;
	/* Valid with VIRTIO_MEM_F_ACPI_PXM. Cannot change. */
	__le16 node_id;
	__u8 padding[6];
	/* Start address of the memory region. Cannot change. */
	__le64 addr;
	/* Region size (maximum). Cannot change. */
	__le64 region_size;
	/*
	 * Currently usable region size. Can grow up to region_size. Can
	 * shrink due to VIRTIO_MEM_REQ_UNPLUG_ALL (in which case no config
	 * update will be sent).
	 */
	__le64 usable_region_size;
	/*
	 * Currently used size. Changes due to plug/unplug requests, but no
	 * config updates will be sent.
	 */
	__le64 plugged_size;
	/* Requested size. New plug requests cannot exceed it. Can change. */
	__le64 requested_size;
};

#endif /* _LINUX_VIRTIO_MEM_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Sony Programmable I/O Control Device driver for VAIO
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2001-2005 Stelian Pop <stelian@popies.net>
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2005 Narayanan R S <nars@kadamba.org>

 * Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Alcôve <www.alcove.com>
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2001 Michael Ashley <m.ashley@unsw.edu.au>
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2001 Junichi Morita <jun1m@mars.dti.ne.jp>
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2000 Takaya Kinjo <t-kinjo@tc4.so-net.ne.jp>
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2000 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@valinux.com>
 *
 * Earlier work by Werner Almesberger, Paul `Rusty' Russell and Paul Mackerras.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
 *
 */

#ifndef _SONYPI_H_
#define _SONYPI_H_

#include <linux/types.h>

/* events the user application reading /dev/sonypi can use */

#define SONYPI_EVENT_IGNORE			 0
#define SONYPI_EVENT_JOGDIAL_DOWN		 1
#define SONYPI_EVENT_JOGDIAL_UP			 2
#define SONYPI_EVENT_JOGDIAL_DOWN_PRESSED	 3
#define SONYPI_EVENT_JOGDIAL_UP_PRESSED		 4
#define SONYPI_EVENT_JOGDIAL_PRESSED		 5
#define SONYPI_EVENT_JOGDIAL_RELEASED		 6	/* obsolete */
#define SONYPI_EVENT_CAPTURE_PRESSED		 7
#define SONYPI_EVENT_CAPTURE_RELEASED		 8	/* obsolete */
#define SONYPI_EVENT_CAPTURE_PARTIALPRESSED	 9
#define SONYPI_EVENT_CAPTURE_PARTIALRELEASED	10
#define SONYPI_EVENT_FNKEY_ESC			11
#define SONYPI_EVENT_FNKEY_F1			12
#define SONYPI_EVENT_FNKEY_F2			13
#define SONYPI_EVENT_FNKEY_F3			14
#define SONYPI_EVENT_FNKEY_F4			15
#define SONYPI_EVENT_FNKEY_F5			16
#define SONYPI_EVENT_FNKEY_F6			17
#define SONYPI_EVENT_FNKEY_F7			18
#define SONYPI_EVENT_FNKEY_F8			19
#define SONYPI_EVENT_FNKEY_F9			20
#define SONYPI_EVENT_FNKEY_F10			21
#define SONYPI_EVENT_FNKEY_F11			22
#define SONYPI_EVENT_FNKEY_F12			23
#define SONYPI_EVENT_FNKEY_1			24
#define SONYPI_EVENT_FNKEY_2			25
#define SONYPI_EVENT_FNKEY_D			26
#define SONYPI_EVENT_FNKEY_E			27
#define SONYPI_EVENT_FNKEY_F			28
#define SONYPI_EVENT_FNKEY_S			29
#define SONYPI_EVENT_FNKEY_B			30
#define SONYPI_EVENT_BLUETOOTH_PRESSED		31
#define SONYPI_EVENT_PKEY_P1			32
#define SONYPI_EVENT_PKEY_P2			33
#define SONYPI_EVENT_PKEY_P3			34
#define SONYPI_EVENT_BACK_PRESSED		35
#define SONYPI_EVENT_LID_CLOSED			36
#define SONYPI_EVENT_LID_OPENED			37
#define SONYPI_EVENT_BLUETOOTH_ON		38
#define SONYPI_EVENT_BLUETOOTH_OFF		39
#define SONYPI_EVENT_HELP_PRESSED		40
#define SONYPI_EVENT_FNKEY_ONLY			41
#define SONYPI_EVENT_JOGDIAL_FAST_DOWN		42
#define SONYPI_EVENT_JOGDIAL_FAST_UP		43
#define SONYPI_EVENT_JOGDIAL_FAST_DOWN_PRESSED	44
#define SONYPI_EVENT_JOGDIAL_FAST_UP_PRESSED	45
#define SONYPI_EVENT_JOGDIAL_VFAST_DOWN		46
#define SONYPI_EVENT_JOGDIAL_VFAST_UP		47
#define SONYPI_EVENT_JOGDIAL_VFAST_DOWN_PRESSED	48
#define SONYPI_EVENT_JOGDIAL_VFAST_UP_PRESSED	49
#define SONYPI_EVENT_ZOOM_PRESSED		50
#define SONYPI_EVENT_THUMBPHRASE_PRESSED	51
#define SONYPI_EVENT_MEYE_FACE			52
#define SONYPI_EVENT_MEYE_OPPOSITE		53
#define SONYPI_EVENT_MEMORYSTICK_INSERT		54
#define SONYPI_EVENT_MEMORYSTICK_EJECT		55
#define SONYPI_EVENT_ANYBUTTON_RELEASED		56
#define SONYPI_EVENT_BATTERY_INSERT		57
#define SONYPI_EVENT_BATTERY_REMOVE		58
#define SONYPI_EVENT_FNKEY_RELEASED		59
#define SONYPI_EVENT_WIRELESS_ON		60
#define SONYPI_EVENT_WIRELESS_OFF		61
#define SONYPI_EVENT_ZOOM_IN_PRESSED		62
#define SONYPI_EVENT_ZOOM_OUT_PRESSED		63
#define SONYPI_EVENT_CD_EJECT_PRESSED		64
#define SONYPI_EVENT_MODEKEY_PRESSED		65
#define SONYPI_EVENT_PKEY_P4			66
#define SONYPI_EVENT_PKEY_P5			67
#define SONYPI_EVENT_SETTINGKEY_PRESSED		68
#define SONYPI_EVENT_VOLUME_INC_PRESSED		69
#define SONYPI_EVENT_VOLUME_DEC_PRESSED		70
#define SONYPI_EVENT_BRIGHTNESS_PRESSED		71
#define SONYPI_EVENT_MEDIA_PRESSED		72
#define SONYPI_EVENT_VENDOR_PRESSED		73

/* get/set brightness */
#define SONYPI_IOCGBRT		_IOR('v', 0, __u8)
#define SONYPI_IOCSBRT		_IOW('v', 0, __u8)

/* get battery full capacity/remaining capacity */
#define SONYPI_IOCGBAT1CAP	_IOR('v', 2, __u16)
#define SONYPI_IOCGBAT1REM	_IOR('v', 3, __u16)
#define SONYPI_IOCGBAT2CAP	_IOR('v', 4, __u16)
#define SONYPI_IOCGBAT2REM	_IOR('v', 5, __u16)

/* get battery flags: battery1/battery2/ac adapter present */
#define SONYPI_BFLAGS_B1	0x01
#define SONYPI_BFLAGS_B2	0x02
#define SONYPI_BFLAGS_AC	0x04
#define SONYPI_IOCGBATFLAGS	_IOR('v', 7, __u8)

/* get/set bluetooth subsystem state on/off */
#define SONYPI_IOCGBLUE		_IOR('v', 8, __u8)
#define SONYPI_IOCSBLUE		_IOW('v', 9, __u8)

/* get/set fan state on/off */
#define SONYPI_IOCGFAN		_IOR('v', 10, __u8)
#define SONYPI_IOCSFAN		_IOW('v', 11, __u8)

/* get temperature (C) */
#define SONYPI_IOCGTEMP		_IOR('v', 12, __u8)


#endif /* _SONYPI_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_ROMFS_FS_H
#define __LINUX_ROMFS_FS_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/fs.h>

/* The basic structures of the romfs filesystem */

#define ROMBSIZE BLOCK_SIZE
#define ROMBSBITS BLOCK_SIZE_BITS
#define ROMBMASK (ROMBSIZE-1)
#define ROMFS_MAGIC 0x7275

#define ROMFS_MAXFN 128

#define __mkw(h,l) (((h)&0x00ff)<< 8|((l)&0x00ff))
#define __mkl(h,l) (((h)&0xffff)<<16|((l)&0xffff))
#define __mk4(a,b,c,d) cpu_to_be32(__mkl(__mkw(a,b),__mkw(c,d)))
#define ROMSB_WORD0 __mk4('-','r','o','m')
#define ROMSB_WORD1 __mk4('1','f','s','-')

/* On-disk "super block" */

struct romfs_super_block {
	__be32 word0;
	__be32 word1;
	__be32 size;
	__be32 checksum;
	char name[0];		/* volume name */
};

/* On disk inode */

struct romfs_inode {
	__be32 next;		/* low 4 bits see ROMFH_ */
	__be32 spec;
	__be32 size;
	__be32 checksum;
	char name[0];
};

#define ROMFH_TYPE 7
#define ROMFH_HRD 0
#define ROMFH_DIR 1
#define ROMFH_REG 2
#define ROMFH_SYM 3
#define ROMFH_BLK 4
#define ROMFH_CHR 5
#define ROMFH_SCK 6
#define ROMFH_FIF 7
#define ROMFH_EXEC 8

/* Alignment */

#define ROMFH_SIZE 16
#define ROMFH_PAD (ROMFH_SIZE-1)
#define ROMFH_MASK (~ROMFH_PAD)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * INET         An implementation of the TCP/IP protocol suite for the LINUX
 *              operating system.  INET is implemented using the  BSD Socket
 *              interface as the means of communication with the user level.
 *
 *              Global definitions for the ARCnet interface.
 *
 * Authors:     David Woodhouse and Avery Pennarun
 *
 *              This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *              modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *              as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *              2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_IF_ARCNET_H
#define _LINUX_IF_ARCNET_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>

/*
 *    These are the defined ARCnet Protocol ID's.
 */

/* CAP mode */
/* No macro but uses 1-8 */

/* RFC1201 Protocol ID's */
#define ARC_P_IP		212	/* 0xD4 */
#define ARC_P_IPV6		196	/* 0xC4: RFC2497 */
#define ARC_P_ARP		213	/* 0xD5 */
#define ARC_P_RARP		214	/* 0xD6 */
#define ARC_P_IPX		250	/* 0xFA */
#define ARC_P_NOVELL_EC		236	/* 0xEC */

/* Old RFC1051 Protocol ID's */
#define ARC_P_IP_RFC1051	240	/* 0xF0 */
#define ARC_P_ARP_RFC1051	241	/* 0xF1 */

/* MS LanMan/WfWg "NDIS" encapsulation */
#define ARC_P_ETHER		232	/* 0xE8 */

/* Unsupported/indirectly supported protocols */
#define ARC_P_DATAPOINT_BOOT	0	/* very old Datapoint equipment */
#define ARC_P_DATAPOINT_MOUNT	1
#define ARC_P_POWERLAN_BEACON	8	/* Probably ATA-Netbios related */
#define ARC_P_POWERLAN_BEACON2	243	/* 0xF3 */
#define ARC_P_LANSOFT		251	/* 0xFB - what is this? */
#define ARC_P_ATALK		0xDD

/* Hardware address length */
#define ARCNET_ALEN	1

/*
 * The RFC1201-specific components of an arcnet packet header.
 */
struct arc_rfc1201 {
	__u8  proto;		/* protocol ID field - varies		*/
	__u8  split_flag;	/* for use with split packets		*/
	__be16   sequence;	/* sequence number			*/
	__u8  payload[0];	/* space remaining in packet (504 bytes)*/
};
#define RFC1201_HDR_SIZE 4

/*
 * The RFC1051-specific components.
 */
struct arc_rfc1051 {
	__u8 proto;		/* ARC_P_RFC1051_ARP/RFC1051_IP	*/
	__u8 payload[0];	/* 507 bytes			*/
};
#define RFC1051_HDR_SIZE 1

/*
 * The ethernet-encap-specific components.  We have a real ethernet header
 * and some data.
 */
struct arc_eth_encap {
	__u8 proto;		/* Always ARC_P_ETHER			*/
	struct ethhdr eth;	/* standard ethernet header (yuck!)	*/
	__u8 payload[0];	/* 493 bytes				*/
};
#define ETH_ENCAP_HDR_SIZE 14

struct arc_cap {
	__u8 proto;
	__u8 cookie[sizeof(int)];
				/* Actually NOT sent over the network */
	union {
		__u8 ack;
		__u8 raw[0];	/* 507 bytes */
	} mes;
};

/*
 * The data needed by the actual arcnet hardware.
 *
 * Now, in the real arcnet hardware, the third and fourth bytes are the
 * 'offset' specification instead of the length, and the soft data is at
 * the _end_ of the 512-byte buffer.  We hide this complexity inside the
 * driver.
 */
struct arc_hardware {
	__u8 source;		/* source ARCnet - filled in automagically */
	__u8 dest;		/* destination ARCnet - 0 for broadcast    */
	__u8 offset[2];		/* offset bytes (some weird semantics)     */
};
#define ARC_HDR_SIZE 4

/*
 * This is an ARCnet frame header, as seen by the kernel (and userspace,
 * when you do a raw packet capture).
 */
struct archdr {
	/* hardware requirements */
	struct arc_hardware hard;

	/* arcnet encapsulation-specific bits */
	union {
		struct arc_rfc1201   rfc1201;
		struct arc_rfc1051   rfc1051;
		struct arc_eth_encap eth_encap;
		struct arc_cap       cap;
		__u8 raw[0];	/* 508 bytes				*/
	} soft;
};

#endif				/* _LINUX_IF_ARCNET_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT */
/* Copyright (C) 2017 Oracle Corporation */

#ifndef __UAPI_VBOX_ERR_H__
#define __UAPI_VBOX_ERR_H__

#define VINF_SUCCESS                        0
#define VERR_GENERAL_FAILURE                (-1)
#define VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER              (-2)
#define VERR_INVALID_MAGIC                  (-3)
#define VERR_INVALID_HANDLE                 (-4)
#define VERR_LOCK_FAILED                    (-5)
#define VERR_INVALID_POINTER                (-6)
#define VERR_IDT_FAILED                     (-7)
#define VERR_NO_MEMORY                      (-8)
#define VERR_ALREADY_LOADED                 (-9)
#define VERR_PERMISSION_DENIED              (-10)
#define VERR_VERSION_MISMATCH               (-11)
#define VERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED                (-12)
#define VERR_INVALID_FLAGS                  (-13)

#define VERR_NOT_EQUAL                      (-18)
#define VERR_NOT_SYMLINK                    (-19)
#define VERR_NO_TMP_MEMORY                  (-20)
#define VERR_INVALID_FMODE                  (-21)
#define VERR_WRONG_ORDER                    (-22)
#define VERR_NO_TLS_FOR_SELF                (-23)
#define VERR_FAILED_TO_SET_SELF_TLS         (-24)
#define VERR_NO_CONT_MEMORY                 (-26)
#define VERR_NO_PAGE_MEMORY                 (-27)
#define VERR_THREAD_IS_DEAD                 (-29)
#define VERR_THREAD_NOT_WAITABLE            (-30)
#define VERR_PAGE_TABLE_NOT_PRESENT         (-31)
#define VERR_INVALID_CONTEXT                (-32)
#define VERR_TIMER_BUSY                     (-33)
#define VERR_ADDRESS_CONFLICT               (-34)
#define VERR_UNRESOLVED_ERROR               (-35)
#define VERR_INVALID_FUNCTION               (-36)
#define VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED                  (-37)
#define VERR_ACCESS_DENIED                  (-38)
#define VERR_INTERRUPTED                    (-39)
#define VERR_TIMEOUT                        (-40)
#define VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW                (-41)
#define VERR_TOO_MUCH_DATA                  (-42)
#define VERR_MAX_THRDS_REACHED              (-43)
#define VERR_MAX_PROCS_REACHED              (-44)
#define VERR_SIGNAL_REFUSED                 (-45)
#define VERR_SIGNAL_PENDING                 (-46)
#define VERR_SIGNAL_INVALID                 (-47)
#define VERR_STATE_CHANGED                  (-48)
#define VERR_INVALID_UUID_FORMAT            (-49)
#define VERR_PROCESS_NOT_FOUND              (-50)
#define VERR_PROCESS_RUNNING                (-51)
#define VERR_TRY_AGAIN                      (-52)
#define VERR_PARSE_ERROR                    (-53)
#define VERR_OUT_OF_RANGE                   (-54)
#define VERR_NUMBER_TOO_BIG                 (-55)
#define VERR_NO_DIGITS                      (-56)
#define VERR_NEGATIVE_UNSIGNED              (-57)
#define VERR_NO_TRANSLATION                 (-58)

#define VERR_NOT_FOUND                      (-78)
#define VERR_INVALID_STATE                  (-79)
#define VERR_OUT_OF_RESOURCES               (-80)

#define VERR_FILE_NOT_FOUND                 (-102)
#define VERR_PATH_NOT_FOUND                 (-103)
#define VERR_INVALID_NAME                   (-104)
#define VERR_ALREADY_EXISTS                 (-105)
#define VERR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES            (-106)
#define VERR_SEEK                           (-107)
#define VERR_NEGATIVE_SEEK                  (-108)
#define VERR_SEEK_ON_DEVICE                 (-109)
#define VERR_EOF                            (-110)
#define VERR_READ_ERROR                     (-111)
#define VERR_WRITE_ERROR                    (-112)
#define VERR_WRITE_PROTECT                  (-113)
#define VERR_SHARING_VIOLATION              (-114)
#define VERR_FILE_LOCK_FAILED               (-115)
#define VERR_FILE_LOCK_VIOLATION            (-116)
#define VERR_CANT_CREATE                    (-117)
#define VERR_CANT_DELETE_DIRECTORY          (-118)
#define VERR_NOT_SAME_DEVICE                (-119)
#define VERR_FILENAME_TOO_LONG              (-120)
#define VERR_MEDIA_NOT_PRESENT              (-121)
#define VERR_MEDIA_NOT_RECOGNIZED           (-122)
#define VERR_FILE_NOT_LOCKED                (-123)
#define VERR_FILE_LOCK_LOST                 (-124)
#define VERR_DIR_NOT_EMPTY                  (-125)
#define VERR_NOT_A_DIRECTORY                (-126)
#define VERR_IS_A_DIRECTORY                 (-127)
#define VERR_FILE_TOO_BIG                   (-128)

#define VERR_NET_IO_ERROR                       (-400)
#define VERR_NET_OUT_OF_RESOURCES               (-401)
#define VERR_NET_HOST_NOT_FOUND                 (-402)
#define VERR_NET_PATH_NOT_FOUND                 (-403)
#define VERR_NET_PRINT_ERROR                    (-404)
#define VERR_NET_NO_NETWORK                     (-405)
#define VERR_NET_NOT_UNIQUE_NAME                (-406)

#define VERR_NET_IN_PROGRESS                    (-436)
#define VERR_NET_ALREADY_IN_PROGRESS            (-437)
#define VERR_NET_NOT_SOCKET                     (-438)
#define VERR_NET_DEST_ADDRESS_REQUIRED          (-439)
#define VERR_NET_MSG_SIZE                       (-440)
#define VERR_NET_PROTOCOL_TYPE                  (-441)
#define VERR_NET_PROTOCOL_NOT_AVAILABLE         (-442)
#define VERR_NET_PROTOCOL_NOT_SUPPORTED         (-443)
#define VERR_NET_SOCKET_TYPE_NOT_SUPPORTED      (-444)
#define VERR_NET_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED        (-445)
#define VERR_NET_PROTOCOL_FAMILY_NOT_SUPPORTED  (-446)
#define VERR_NET_ADDRESS_FAMILY_NOT_SUPPORTED   (-447)
#define VERR_NET_ADDRESS_IN_USE                 (-448)
#define VERR_NET_ADDRESS_NOT_AVAILABLE          (-449)
#define VERR_NET_DOWN                           (-450)
#define VERR_NET_UNREACHABLE                    (-451)
#define VERR_NET_CONNECTION_RESET               (-452)
#define VERR_NET_CONNECTION_ABORTED             (-453)
#define VERR_NET_CONNECTION_RESET_BY_PEER       (-454)
#define VERR_NET_NO_BUFFER_SPACE                (-455)
#define VERR_NET_ALREADY_CONNECTED              (-456)
#define VERR_NET_NOT_CONNECTED                  (-457)
#define VERR_NET_SHUTDOWN                       (-458)
#define VERR_NET_TOO_MANY_REFERENCES            (-459)
#define VERR_NET_CONNECTION_TIMED_OUT           (-460)
#define VERR_NET_CONNECTION_REFUSED             (-461)
#define VERR_NET_HOST_DOWN                      (-464)
#define VERR_NET_HOST_UNREACHABLE               (-465)
#define VERR_NET_PROTOCOL_ERROR                 (-466)
#define VERR_NET_INCOMPLETE_TX_PACKET           (-467)

/* misc. unsorted codes */
#define VERR_RESOURCE_BUSY                      (-138)
#define VERR_DISK_FULL                          (-152)
#define VERR_TOO_MANY_SYMLINKS                  (-156)
#define VERR_NO_MORE_FILES                      (-201)
#define VERR_INTERNAL_ERROR                     (-225)
#define VERR_INTERNAL_ERROR_2                   (-226)
#define VERR_INTERNAL_ERROR_3                   (-227)
#define VERR_INTERNAL_ERROR_4                   (-228)
#define VERR_DEV_IO_ERROR                       (-250)
#define VERR_IO_BAD_LENGTH                      (-255)
#define VERR_BROKEN_PIPE                        (-301)
#define VERR_NO_DATA                            (-304)
#define VERR_SEM_DESTROYED                      (-363)
#define VERR_DEADLOCK                           (-365)
#define VERR_BAD_EXE_FORMAT                     (-608)
#define VINF_HGCM_ASYNC_EXECUTE                 (2903)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * sysctl.h: General linux system control interface
 *
 * Begun 24 March 1995, Stephen Tweedie
 *
 ****************************************************************
 ****************************************************************
 **
 **  WARNING:
 **  The values in this file are exported to user space via 
 **  the sysctl() binary interface.  Do *NOT* change the
 **  numbering of any existing values here, and do not change
 **  any numbers within any one set of values.  If you have to
 **  redefine an existing interface, use a new number for it.
 **  The kernel will then return -ENOTDIR to any application using
 **  the old binary interface.
 **
 ****************************************************************
 ****************************************************************
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_SYSCTL_H
#define _LINUX_SYSCTL_H

#include <linux/kernel.h>
#include <linux/types.h>


#define CTL_MAXNAME 10		/* how many path components do we allow in a
				   call to sysctl?   In other words, what is
				   the largest acceptable value for the nlen
				   member of a struct __sysctl_args to have? */

struct __sysctl_args {
	int *name;
	int nlen;
	void *oldval;
	size_t *oldlenp;
	void *newval;
	size_t newlen;
	unsigned long __unused[4];
};

/* Define sysctl names first */

/* Top-level names: */

enum
{
	CTL_KERN=1,		/* General kernel info and control */
	CTL_VM=2,		/* VM management */
	CTL_NET=3,		/* Networking */
	CTL_PROC=4,		/* removal breaks strace(1) compilation */
	CTL_FS=5,		/* Filesystems */
	CTL_DEBUG=6,		/* Debugging */
	CTL_DEV=7,		/* Devices */
	CTL_BUS=8,		/* Busses */
	CTL_ABI=9,		/* Binary emulation */
	CTL_CPU=10,		/* CPU stuff (speed scaling, etc) */
	CTL_ARLAN=254,		/* arlan wireless driver */
	CTL_S390DBF=5677,	/* s390 debug */
	CTL_SUNRPC=7249,	/* sunrpc debug */
	CTL_PM=9899,		/* frv power management */
	CTL_FRV=9898,		/* frv specific sysctls */
};

/* CTL_BUS names: */
enum
{
	CTL_BUS_ISA=1		/* ISA */
};

/* /proc/sys/fs/inotify/ */
enum
{
	INOTIFY_MAX_USER_INSTANCES=1,	/* max instances per user */
	INOTIFY_MAX_USER_WATCHES=2,	/* max watches per user */
	INOTIFY_MAX_QUEUED_EVENTS=3	/* max queued events per instance */
};

/* CTL_KERN names: */
enum
{
	KERN_OSTYPE=1,		/* string: system version */
	KERN_OSRELEASE=2,	/* string: system release */
	KERN_OSREV=3,		/* int: system revision */
	KERN_VERSION=4,		/* string: compile time info */
	KERN_SECUREMASK=5,	/* struct: maximum rights mask */
	KERN_PROF=6,		/* table: profiling information */
	KERN_NODENAME=7,	/* string: hostname */
	KERN_DOMAINNAME=8,	/* string: domainname */

	KERN_PANIC=15,		/* int: panic timeout */
	KERN_REALROOTDEV=16,	/* real root device to mount after initrd */

	KERN_SPARC_REBOOT=21,	/* reboot command on Sparc */
	KERN_CTLALTDEL=22,	/* int: allow ctl-alt-del to reboot */
	KERN_PRINTK=23,		/* struct: control printk logging parameters */
	KERN_NAMETRANS=24,	/* Name translation */
	KERN_PPC_HTABRECLAIM=25, /* turn htab reclaimation on/off on PPC */
	KERN_PPC_ZEROPAGED=26,	/* turn idle page zeroing on/off on PPC */
	KERN_PPC_POWERSAVE_NAP=27, /* use nap mode for power saving */
	KERN_MODPROBE=28,	/* string: modprobe path */
	KERN_SG_BIG_BUFF=29,	/* int: sg driver reserved buffer size */
	KERN_ACCT=30,		/* BSD process accounting parameters */
	KERN_PPC_L2CR=31,	/* l2cr register on PPC */

	KERN_RTSIGNR=32,	/* Number of rt sigs queued */
	KERN_RTSIGMAX=33,	/* Max queuable */
	
	KERN_SHMMAX=34,         /* long: Maximum shared memory segment */
	KERN_MSGMAX=35,         /* int: Maximum size of a messege */
	KERN_MSGMNB=36,         /* int: Maximum message queue size */
	KERN_MSGPOOL=37,        /* int: Maximum system message pool size */
	KERN_SYSRQ=38,		/* int: Sysreq enable */
	KERN_MAX_THREADS=39,	/* int: Maximum nr of threads in the system */
 	KERN_RANDOM=40,		/* Random driver */
 	KERN_SHMALL=41,		/* int: Maximum size of shared memory */
 	KERN_MSGMNI=42,		/* int: msg queue identifiers */
 	KERN_SEM=43,		/* struct: sysv semaphore limits */
 	KERN_SPARC_STOP_A=44,	/* int: Sparc Stop-A enable */
 	KERN_SHMMNI=45,		/* int: shm array identifiers */
	KERN_OVERFLOWUID=46,	/* int: overflow UID */
	KERN_OVERFLOWGID=47,	/* int: overflow GID */
	KERN_SHMPATH=48,	/* string: path to shm fs */
	KERN_HOTPLUG=49,	/* string: path to uevent helper (deprecated) */
	KERN_IEEE_EMULATION_WARNINGS=50, /* int: unimplemented ieee instructions */
	KERN_S390_USER_DEBUG_LOGGING=51,  /* int: dumps of user faults */
	KERN_CORE_USES_PID=52,		/* int: use core or core.%pid */
	KERN_TAINTED=53,	/* int: various kernel tainted flags */
	KERN_CADPID=54,		/* int: PID of the process to notify on CAD */
	KERN_PIDMAX=55,		/* int: PID # limit */
  	KERN_CORE_PATTERN=56,	/* string: pattern for core-file names */
	KERN_PANIC_ON_OOPS=57,  /* int: whether we will panic on an oops */
	KERN_HPPA_PWRSW=58,	/* int: hppa soft-power enable */
	KERN_HPPA_UNALIGNED=59,	/* int: hppa unaligned-trap enable */
	KERN_PRINTK_RATELIMIT=60, /* int: tune printk ratelimiting */
	KERN_PRINTK_RATELIMIT_BURST=61,	/* int: tune printk ratelimiting */
	KERN_PTY=62,		/* dir: pty driver */
	KERN_NGROUPS_MAX=63,	/* int: NGROUPS_MAX */
	KERN_SPARC_SCONS_PWROFF=64, /* int: serial console power-off halt */
	KERN_HZ_TIMER=65,	/* int: hz timer on or off */
	KERN_UNKNOWN_NMI_PANIC=66, /* int: unknown nmi panic flag */
	KERN_BOOTLOADER_TYPE=67, /* int: boot loader type */
	KERN_RANDOMIZE=68, /* int: randomize virtual address space */
	KERN_SETUID_DUMPABLE=69, /* int: behaviour of dumps for setuid core */
	KERN_SPIN_RETRY=70,	/* int: number of spinlock retries */
	KERN_ACPI_VIDEO_FLAGS=71, /* int: flags for setting up video after ACPI sleep */
	KERN_IA64_UNALIGNED=72, /* int: ia64 unaligned userland trap enable */
	KERN_COMPAT_LOG=73,	/* int: print compat layer  messages */
	KERN_MAX_LOCK_DEPTH=74, /* int: rtmutex's maximum lock depth */
	KERN_NMI_WATCHDOG=75, /* int: enable/disable nmi watchdog */
	KERN_PANIC_ON_NMI=76, /* int: whether we will panic on an unrecovered */
	KERN_PANIC_ON_WARN=77, /* int: call panic() in WARN() functions */
	KERN_PANIC_PRINT=78, /* ulong: bitmask to print system info on panic */
};



/* CTL_VM names: */
enum
{
	VM_UNUSED1=1,		/* was: struct: Set vm swapping control */
	VM_UNUSED2=2,		/* was; int: Linear or sqrt() swapout for hogs */
	VM_UNUSED3=3,		/* was: struct: Set free page thresholds */
	VM_UNUSED4=4,		/* Spare */
	VM_OVERCOMMIT_MEMORY=5,	/* Turn off the virtual memory safety limit */
	VM_UNUSED5=6,		/* was: struct: Set buffer memory thresholds */
	VM_UNUSED7=7,		/* was: struct: Set cache memory thresholds */
	VM_UNUSED8=8,		/* was: struct: Control kswapd behaviour */
	VM_UNUSED9=9,		/* was: struct: Set page table cache parameters */
	VM_PAGE_CLUSTER=10,	/* int: set number of pages to swap together */
	VM_DIRTY_BACKGROUND=11,	/* dirty_background_ratio */
	VM_DIRTY_RATIO=12,	/* dirty_ratio */
	VM_DIRTY_WB_CS=13,	/* dirty_writeback_centisecs */
	VM_DIRTY_EXPIRE_CS=14,	/* dirty_expire_centisecs */
	VM_NR_PDFLUSH_THREADS=15, /* nr_pdflush_threads */
	VM_OVERCOMMIT_RATIO=16, /* percent of RAM to allow overcommit in */
	VM_PAGEBUF=17,		/* struct: Control pagebuf parameters */
	VM_HUGETLB_PAGES=18,	/* int: Number of available Huge Pages */
	VM_SWAPPINESS=19,	/* Tendency to steal mapped memory */
	VM_LOWMEM_RESERVE_RATIO=20,/* reservation ratio for lower memory zones */
	VM_MIN_FREE_KBYTES=21,	/* Minimum free kilobytes to maintain */
	VM_MAX_MAP_COUNT=22,	/* int: Maximum number of mmaps/address-space */
	VM_LAPTOP_MODE=23,	/* vm laptop mode */
	VM_BLOCK_DUMP=24,	/* block dump mode */
	VM_HUGETLB_GROUP=25,	/* permitted hugetlb group */
	VM_VFS_CACHE_PRESSURE=26, /* dcache/icache reclaim pressure */
	VM_LEGACY_VA_LAYOUT=27, /* legacy/compatibility virtual address space layout */
	VM_SWAP_TOKEN_TIMEOUT=28, /* default time for token time out */
	VM_DROP_PAGECACHE=29,	/* int: nuke lots of pagecache */
	VM_PERCPU_PAGELIST_FRACTION=30,/* int: fraction of pages in each percpu_pagelist */
	VM_ZONE_RECLAIM_MODE=31, /* reclaim local zone memory before going off node */
	VM_MIN_UNMAPPED=32,	/* Set min percent of unmapped pages */
	VM_PANIC_ON_OOM=33,	/* panic at out-of-memory */
	VM_VDSO_ENABLED=34,	/* map VDSO into new processes? */
	VM_MIN_SLAB=35,		 /* Percent pages ignored by zone reclaim */
};


/* CTL_NET names: */
enum
{
	NET_CORE=1,
	NET_ETHER=2,
	NET_802=3,
	NET_UNIX=4,
	NET_IPV4=5,
	NET_IPX=6,
	NET_ATALK=7,
	NET_NETROM=8,
	NET_AX25=9,
	NET_BRIDGE=10,
	NET_ROSE=11,
	NET_IPV6=12,
	NET_X25=13,
	NET_TR=14,
	NET_DECNET=15,
	NET_ECONET=16,
	NET_SCTP=17,
	NET_LLC=18,
	NET_NETFILTER=19,
	NET_DCCP=20,
	NET_IRDA=412,
};

/* /proc/sys/kernel/random */
enum
{
	RANDOM_POOLSIZE=1,
	RANDOM_ENTROPY_COUNT=2,
	RANDOM_READ_THRESH=3,
	RANDOM_WRITE_THRESH=4,
	RANDOM_BOOT_ID=5,
	RANDOM_UUID=6
};

/* /proc/sys/kernel/pty */
enum
{
	PTY_MAX=1,
	PTY_NR=2
};

/* /proc/sys/bus/isa */
enum
{
	BUS_ISA_MEM_BASE=1,
	BUS_ISA_PORT_BASE=2,
	BUS_ISA_PORT_SHIFT=3
};

/* /proc/sys/net/core */
enum
{
	NET_CORE_WMEM_MAX=1,
	NET_CORE_RMEM_MAX=2,
	NET_CORE_WMEM_DEFAULT=3,
	NET_CORE_RMEM_DEFAULT=4,
/* was	NET_CORE_DESTROY_DELAY */
	NET_CORE_MAX_BACKLOG=6,
	NET_CORE_FASTROUTE=7,
	NET_CORE_MSG_COST=8,
	NET_CORE_MSG_BURST=9,
	NET_CORE_OPTMEM_MAX=10,
	NET_CORE_HOT_LIST_LENGTH=11,
	NET_CORE_DIVERT_VERSION=12,
	NET_CORE_NO_CONG_THRESH=13,
	NET_CORE_NO_CONG=14,
	NET_CORE_LO_CONG=15,
	NET_CORE_MOD_CONG=16,
	NET_CORE_DEV_WEIGHT=17,
	NET_CORE_SOMAXCONN=18,
	NET_CORE_BUDGET=19,
	NET_CORE_AEVENT_ETIME=20,
	NET_CORE_AEVENT_RSEQTH=21,
	NET_CORE_WARNINGS=22,
};

/* /proc/sys/net/ethernet */

/* /proc/sys/net/802 */

/* /proc/sys/net/unix */

enum
{
	NET_UNIX_DESTROY_DELAY=1,
	NET_UNIX_DELETE_DELAY=2,
	NET_UNIX_MAX_DGRAM_QLEN=3,
};

/* /proc/sys/net/netfilter */
enum
{
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_MAX=1,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_TIMEOUT_SYN_SENT=2,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_TIMEOUT_SYN_RECV=3,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_TIMEOUT_ESTABLISHED=4,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_TIMEOUT_FIN_WAIT=5,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_TIMEOUT_CLOSE_WAIT=6,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_TIMEOUT_LAST_ACK=7,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_TIMEOUT_TIME_WAIT=8,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_TIMEOUT_CLOSE=9,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_UDP_TIMEOUT=10,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_UDP_TIMEOUT_STREAM=11,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_ICMP_TIMEOUT=12,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_GENERIC_TIMEOUT=13,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_BUCKETS=14,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_LOG_INVALID=15,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_TIMEOUT_MAX_RETRANS=16,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_LOOSE=17,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_BE_LIBERAL=18,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_MAX_RETRANS=19,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_SCTP_TIMEOUT_CLOSED=20,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_SCTP_TIMEOUT_COOKIE_WAIT=21,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_SCTP_TIMEOUT_COOKIE_ECHOED=22,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_SCTP_TIMEOUT_ESTABLISHED=23,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_SCTP_TIMEOUT_SHUTDOWN_SENT=24,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_SCTP_TIMEOUT_SHUTDOWN_RECD=25,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_SCTP_TIMEOUT_SHUTDOWN_ACK_SENT=26,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_COUNT=27,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_ICMPV6_TIMEOUT=28,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_FRAG6_TIMEOUT=29,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_FRAG6_LOW_THRESH=30,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_FRAG6_HIGH_THRESH=31,
	NET_NF_CONNTRACK_CHECKSUM=32,
};

/* /proc/sys/net/ipv4 */
enum
{
	/* v2.0 compatibile variables */
	NET_IPV4_FORWARD=8,
	NET_IPV4_DYNADDR=9,

	NET_IPV4_CONF=16,
	NET_IPV4_NEIGH=17,
	NET_IPV4_ROUTE=18,
	NET_IPV4_FIB_HASH=19,
	NET_IPV4_NETFILTER=20,

	NET_IPV4_TCP_TIMESTAMPS=33,
	NET_IPV4_TCP_WINDOW_SCALING=34,
	NET_IPV4_TCP_SACK=35,
	NET_IPV4_TCP_RETRANS_COLLAPSE=36,
	NET_IPV4_DEFAULT_TTL=37,
	NET_IPV4_AUTOCONFIG=38,
	NET_IPV4_NO_PMTU_DISC=39,
	NET_IPV4_TCP_SYN_RETRIES=40,
	NET_IPV4_IPFRAG_HIGH_THRESH=41,
	NET_IPV4_IPFRAG_LOW_THRESH=42,
	NET_IPV4_IPFRAG_TIME=43,
	NET_IPV4_TCP_MAX_KA_PROBES=44,
	NET_IPV4_TCP_KEEPALIVE_TIME=45,
	NET_IPV4_TCP_KEEPALIVE_PROBES=46,
	NET_IPV4_TCP_RETRIES1=47,
	NET_IPV4_TCP_RETRIES2=48,
	NET_IPV4_TCP_FIN_TIMEOUT=49,
	NET_IPV4_IP_MASQ_DEBUG=50,
	NET_TCP_SYNCOOKIES=51,
	NET_TCP_STDURG=52,
	NET_TCP_RFC1337=53,
	NET_TCP_SYN_TAILDROP=54,
	NET_TCP_MAX_SYN_BACKLOG=55,
	NET_IPV4_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE=56,
	NET_IPV4_ICMP_ECHO_IGNORE_ALL=57,
	NET_IPV4_ICMP_ECHO_IGNORE_BROADCASTS=58,
	NET_IPV4_ICMP_SOURCEQUENCH_RATE=59,
	NET_IPV4_ICMP_DESTUNREACH_RATE=60,
	NET_IPV4_ICMP_TIMEEXCEED_RATE=61,
	NET_IPV4_ICMP_PARAMPROB_RATE=62,
	NET_IPV4_ICMP_ECHOREPLY_RATE=63,
	NET_IPV4_ICMP_IGNORE_BOGUS_ERROR_RESPONSES=64,
	NET_IPV4_IGMP_MAX_MEMBERSHIPS=65,
	NET_TCP_TW_RECYCLE=66,
	NET_IPV4_ALWAYS_DEFRAG=67,
	NET_IPV4_TCP_KEEPALIVE_INTVL=68,
	NET_IPV4_INET_PEER_THRESHOLD=69,
	NET_IPV4_INET_PEER_MINTTL=70,
	NET_IPV4_INET_PEER_MAXTTL=71,
	NET_IPV4_INET_PEER_GC_MINTIME=72,
	NET_IPV4_INET_PEER_GC_MAXTIME=73,
	NET_TCP_ORPHAN_RETRIES=74,
	NET_TCP_ABORT_ON_OVERFLOW=75,
	NET_TCP_SYNACK_RETRIES=76,
	NET_TCP_MAX_ORPHANS=77,
	NET_TCP_MAX_TW_BUCKETS=78,
	NET_TCP_FACK=79,
	NET_TCP_REORDERING=80,
	NET_TCP_ECN=81,
	NET_TCP_DSACK=82,
	NET_TCP_MEM=83,
	NET_TCP_WMEM=84,
	NET_TCP_RMEM=85,
	NET_TCP_APP_WIN=86,
	NET_TCP_ADV_WIN_SCALE=87,
	NET_IPV4_NONLOCAL_BIND=88,
	NET_IPV4_ICMP_RATELIMIT=89,
	NET_IPV4_ICMP_RATEMASK=90,
	NET_TCP_TW_REUSE=91,
	NET_TCP_FRTO=92,
	NET_TCP_LOW_LATENCY=93,
	NET_IPV4_IPFRAG_SECRET_INTERVAL=94,
	NET_IPV4_IGMP_MAX_MSF=96,
	NET_TCP_NO_METRICS_SAVE=97,
	NET_TCP_DEFAULT_WIN_SCALE=105,
	NET_TCP_MODERATE_RCVBUF=106,
	NET_TCP_TSO_WIN_DIVISOR=107,
	NET_TCP_BIC_BETA=108,
	NET_IPV4_ICMP_ERRORS_USE_INBOUND_IFADDR=109,
	NET_TCP_CONG_CONTROL=110,
	NET_TCP_ABC=111,
	NET_IPV4_IPFRAG_MAX_DIST=112,
 	NET_TCP_MTU_PROBING=113,
	NET_TCP_BASE_MSS=114,
	NET_IPV4_TCP_WORKAROUND_SIGNED_WINDOWS=115,
	NET_TCP_DMA_COPYBREAK=116,
	NET_TCP_SLOW_START_AFTER_IDLE=117,
	NET_CIPSOV4_CACHE_ENABLE=118,
	NET_CIPSOV4_CACHE_BUCKET_SIZE=119,
	NET_CIPSOV4_RBM_OPTFMT=120,
	NET_CIPSOV4_RBM_STRICTVALID=121,
	NET_TCP_AVAIL_CONG_CONTROL=122,
	NET_TCP_ALLOWED_CONG_CONTROL=123,
	NET_TCP_MAX_SSTHRESH=124,
	NET_TCP_FRTO_RESPONSE=125,
};

enum {
	NET_IPV4_ROUTE_FLUSH=1,
	NET_IPV4_ROUTE_MIN_DELAY=2, /* obsolete since 2.6.25 */
	NET_IPV4_ROUTE_MAX_DELAY=3, /* obsolete since 2.6.25 */
	NET_IPV4_ROUTE_GC_THRESH=4,
	NET_IPV4_ROUTE_MAX_SIZE=5,
	NET_IPV4_ROUTE_GC_MIN_INTERVAL=6,
	NET_IPV4_ROUTE_GC_TIMEOUT=7,
	NET_IPV4_ROUTE_GC_INTERVAL=8, /* obsolete since 2.6.38 */
	NET_IPV4_ROUTE_REDIRECT_LOAD=9,
	NET_IPV4_ROUTE_REDIRECT_NUMBER=10,
	NET_IPV4_ROUTE_REDIRECT_SILENCE=11,
	NET_IPV4_ROUTE_ERROR_COST=12,
	NET_IPV4_ROUTE_ERROR_BURST=13,
	NET_IPV4_ROUTE_GC_ELASTICITY=14,
	NET_IPV4_ROUTE_MTU_EXPIRES=15,
	NET_IPV4_ROUTE_MIN_PMTU=16,
	NET_IPV4_ROUTE_MIN_ADVMSS=17,
	NET_IPV4_ROUTE_SECRET_INTERVAL=18,
	NET_IPV4_ROUTE_GC_MIN_INTERVAL_MS=19,
};

enum
{
	NET_PROTO_CONF_ALL=-2,
	NET_PROTO_CONF_DEFAULT=-3

	/* And device ifindices ... */
};

enum
{
	NET_IPV4_CONF_FORWARDING=1,
	NET_IPV4_CONF_MC_FORWARDING=2,
	NET_IPV4_CONF_PROXY_ARP=3,
	NET_IPV4_CONF_ACCEPT_REDIRECTS=4,
	NET_IPV4_CONF_SECURE_REDIRECTS=5,
	NET_IPV4_CONF_SEND_REDIRECTS=6,
	NET_IPV4_CONF_SHARED_MEDIA=7,
	NET_IPV4_CONF_RP_FILTER=8,
	NET_IPV4_CONF_ACCEPT_SOURCE_ROUTE=9,
	NET_IPV4_CONF_BOOTP_RELAY=10,
	NET_IPV4_CONF_LOG_MARTIANS=11,
	NET_IPV4_CONF_TAG=12,
	NET_IPV4_CONF_ARPFILTER=13,
	NET_IPV4_CONF_MEDIUM_ID=14,
	NET_IPV4_CONF_NOXFRM=15,
	NET_IPV4_CONF_NOPOLICY=16,
	NET_IPV4_CONF_FORCE_IGMP_VERSION=17,
	NET_IPV4_CONF_ARP_ANNOUNCE=18,
	NET_IPV4_CONF_ARP_IGNORE=19,
	NET_IPV4_CONF_PROMOTE_SECONDARIES=20,
	NET_IPV4_CONF_ARP_ACCEPT=21,
	NET_IPV4_CONF_ARP_NOTIFY=22,
};

/* /proc/sys/net/ipv4/netfilter */
enum
{
	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_MAX=1,
	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_TIMEOUT_SYN_SENT=2,
	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_TIMEOUT_SYN_RECV=3,
	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_TIMEOUT_ESTABLISHED=4,
	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_TIMEOUT_FIN_WAIT=5,
	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_TIMEOUT_CLOSE_WAIT=6,
	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_TIMEOUT_LAST_ACK=7,
	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_TIMEOUT_TIME_WAIT=8,
	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_TIMEOUT_CLOSE=9,
	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_UDP_TIMEOUT=10,
	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_UDP_TIMEOUT_STREAM=11,
	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_ICMP_TIMEOUT=12,
	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_GENERIC_TIMEOUT=13,
	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_BUCKETS=14,
	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_LOG_INVALID=15,
	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_TIMEOUT_MAX_RETRANS=16,
	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_LOOSE=17,
	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_BE_LIBERAL=18,
	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_MAX_RETRANS=19,
 	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_SCTP_TIMEOUT_CLOSED=20,
 	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_SCTP_TIMEOUT_COOKIE_WAIT=21,
 	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_SCTP_TIMEOUT_COOKIE_ECHOED=22,
 	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_SCTP_TIMEOUT_ESTABLISHED=23,
 	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_SCTP_TIMEOUT_SHUTDOWN_SENT=24,
 	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_SCTP_TIMEOUT_SHUTDOWN_RECD=25,
 	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_SCTP_TIMEOUT_SHUTDOWN_ACK_SENT=26,
	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_COUNT=27,
	NET_IPV4_NF_CONNTRACK_CHECKSUM=28,
};
 
/* /proc/sys/net/ipv6 */
enum {
	NET_IPV6_CONF=16,
	NET_IPV6_NEIGH=17,
	NET_IPV6_ROUTE=18,
	NET_IPV6_ICMP=19,
	NET_IPV6_BINDV6ONLY=20,
	NET_IPV6_IP6FRAG_HIGH_THRESH=21,
	NET_IPV6_IP6FRAG_LOW_THRESH=22,
	NET_IPV6_IP6FRAG_TIME=23,
	NET_IPV6_IP6FRAG_SECRET_INTERVAL=24,
	NET_IPV6_MLD_MAX_MSF=25,
};

enum {
	NET_IPV6_ROUTE_FLUSH=1,
	NET_IPV6_ROUTE_GC_THRESH=2,
	NET_IPV6_ROUTE_MAX_SIZE=3,
	NET_IPV6_ROUTE_GC_MIN_INTERVAL=4,
	NET_IPV6_ROUTE_GC_TIMEOUT=5,
	NET_IPV6_ROUTE_GC_INTERVAL=6,
	NET_IPV6_ROUTE_GC_ELASTICITY=7,
	NET_IPV6_ROUTE_MTU_EXPIRES=8,
	NET_IPV6_ROUTE_MIN_ADVMSS=9,
	NET_IPV6_ROUTE_GC_MIN_INTERVAL_MS=10
};

enum {
	NET_IPV6_FORWARDING=1,
	NET_IPV6_HOP_LIMIT=2,
	NET_IPV6_MTU=3,
	NET_IPV6_ACCEPT_RA=4,
	NET_IPV6_ACCEPT_REDIRECTS=5,
	NET_IPV6_AUTOCONF=6,
	NET_IPV6_DAD_TRANSMITS=7,
	NET_IPV6_RTR_SOLICITS=8,
	NET_IPV6_RTR_SOLICIT_INTERVAL=9,
	NET_IPV6_RTR_SOLICIT_DELAY=10,
	NET_IPV6_USE_TEMPADDR=11,
	NET_IPV6_TEMP_VALID_LFT=12,
	NET_IPV6_TEMP_PREFERED_LFT=13,
	NET_IPV6_REGEN_MAX_RETRY=14,
	NET_IPV6_MAX_DESYNC_FACTOR=15,
	NET_IPV6_MAX_ADDRESSES=16,
	NET_IPV6_FORCE_MLD_VERSION=17,
	NET_IPV6_ACCEPT_RA_DEFRTR=18,
	NET_IPV6_ACCEPT_RA_PINFO=19,
	NET_IPV6_ACCEPT_RA_RTR_PREF=20,
	NET_IPV6_RTR_PROBE_INTERVAL=21,
	NET_IPV6_ACCEPT_RA_RT_INFO_MAX_PLEN=22,
	NET_IPV6_PROXY_NDP=23,
	NET_IPV6_ACCEPT_SOURCE_ROUTE=25,
	NET_IPV6_ACCEPT_RA_FROM_LOCAL=26,
	NET_IPV6_ACCEPT_RA_RT_INFO_MIN_PLEN=27,
	__NET_IPV6_MAX
};

/* /proc/sys/net/ipv6/icmp */
enum {
	NET_IPV6_ICMP_RATELIMIT=1
};

/* /proc/sys/net/<protocol>/neigh/<dev> */
enum {
	NET_NEIGH_MCAST_SOLICIT=1,
	NET_NEIGH_UCAST_SOLICIT=2,
	NET_NEIGH_APP_SOLICIT=3,
	NET_NEIGH_RETRANS_TIME=4,
	NET_NEIGH_REACHABLE_TIME=5,
	NET_NEIGH_DELAY_PROBE_TIME=6,
	NET_NEIGH_GC_STALE_TIME=7,
	NET_NEIGH_UNRES_QLEN=8,
	NET_NEIGH_PROXY_QLEN=9,
	NET_NEIGH_ANYCAST_DELAY=10,
	NET_NEIGH_PROXY_DELAY=11,
	NET_NEIGH_LOCKTIME=12,
	NET_NEIGH_GC_INTERVAL=13,
	NET_NEIGH_GC_THRESH1=14,
	NET_NEIGH_GC_THRESH2=15,
	NET_NEIGH_GC_THRESH3=16,
	NET_NEIGH_RETRANS_TIME_MS=17,
	NET_NEIGH_REACHABLE_TIME_MS=18,
};

/* /proc/sys/net/dccp */
enum {
	NET_DCCP_DEFAULT=1,
};

/* /proc/sys/net/ipx */
enum {
	NET_IPX_PPROP_BROADCASTING=1,
	NET_IPX_FORWARDING=2
};

/* /proc/sys/net/llc */
enum {
	NET_LLC2=1,
	NET_LLC_STATION=2,
};

/* /proc/sys/net/llc/llc2 */
enum {
	NET_LLC2_TIMEOUT=1,
};

/* /proc/sys/net/llc/station */
enum {
	NET_LLC_STATION_ACK_TIMEOUT=1,
};

/* /proc/sys/net/llc/llc2/timeout */
enum {
	NET_LLC2_ACK_TIMEOUT=1,
	NET_LLC2_P_TIMEOUT=2,
	NET_LLC2_REJ_TIMEOUT=3,
	NET_LLC2_BUSY_TIMEOUT=4,
};

/* /proc/sys/net/appletalk */
enum {
	NET_ATALK_AARP_EXPIRY_TIME=1,
	NET_ATALK_AARP_TICK_TIME=2,
	NET_ATALK_AARP_RETRANSMIT_LIMIT=3,
	NET_ATALK_AARP_RESOLVE_TIME=4
};


/* /proc/sys/net/netrom */
enum {
	NET_NETROM_DEFAULT_PATH_QUALITY=1,
	NET_NETROM_OBSOLESCENCE_COUNT_INITIALISER=2,
	NET_NETROM_NETWORK_TTL_INITIALISER=3,
	NET_NETROM_TRANSPORT_TIMEOUT=4,
	NET_NETROM_TRANSPORT_MAXIMUM_TRIES=5,
	NET_NETROM_TRANSPORT_ACKNOWLEDGE_DELAY=6,
	NET_NETROM_TRANSPORT_BUSY_DELAY=7,
	NET_NETROM_TRANSPORT_REQUESTED_WINDOW_SIZE=8,
	NET_NETROM_TRANSPORT_NO_ACTIVITY_TIMEOUT=9,
	NET_NETROM_ROUTING_CONTROL=10,
	NET_NETROM_LINK_FAILS_COUNT=11,
	NET_NETROM_RESET=12
};

/* /proc/sys/net/ax25 */
enum {
	NET_AX25_IP_DEFAULT_MODE=1,
	NET_AX25_DEFAULT_MODE=2,
	NET_AX25_BACKOFF_TYPE=3,
	NET_AX25_CONNECT_MODE=4,
	NET_AX25_STANDARD_WINDOW=5,
	NET_AX25_EXTENDED_WINDOW=6,
	NET_AX25_T1_TIMEOUT=7,
	NET_AX25_T2_TIMEOUT=8,
	NET_AX25_T3_TIMEOUT=9,
	NET_AX25_IDLE_TIMEOUT=10,
	NET_AX25_N2=11,
	NET_AX25_PACLEN=12,
	NET_AX25_PROTOCOL=13,
	NET_AX25_DAMA_SLAVE_TIMEOUT=14
};

/* /proc/sys/net/rose */
enum {
	NET_ROSE_RESTART_REQUEST_TIMEOUT=1,
	NET_ROSE_CALL_REQUEST_TIMEOUT=2,
	NET_ROSE_RESET_REQUEST_TIMEOUT=3,
	NET_ROSE_CLEAR_REQUEST_TIMEOUT=4,
	NET_ROSE_ACK_HOLD_BACK_TIMEOUT=5,
	NET_ROSE_ROUTING_CONTROL=6,
	NET_ROSE_LINK_FAIL_TIMEOUT=7,
	NET_ROSE_MAX_VCS=8,
	NET_ROSE_WINDOW_SIZE=9,
	NET_ROSE_NO_ACTIVITY_TIMEOUT=10
};

/* /proc/sys/net/x25 */
enum {
	NET_X25_RESTART_REQUEST_TIMEOUT=1,
	NET_X25_CALL_REQUEST_TIMEOUT=2,
	NET_X25_RESET_REQUEST_TIMEOUT=3,
	NET_X25_CLEAR_REQUEST_TIMEOUT=4,
	NET_X25_ACK_HOLD_BACK_TIMEOUT=5,
	NET_X25_FORWARD=6
};

/* /proc/sys/net/token-ring */
enum
{
	NET_TR_RIF_TIMEOUT=1
};

/* /proc/sys/net/decnet/ */
enum {
	NET_DECNET_NODE_TYPE = 1,
	NET_DECNET_NODE_ADDRESS = 2,
	NET_DECNET_NODE_NAME = 3,
	NET_DECNET_DEFAULT_DEVICE = 4,
	NET_DECNET_TIME_WAIT = 5,
	NET_DECNET_DN_COUNT = 6,
	NET_DECNET_DI_COUNT = 7,
	NET_DECNET_DR_COUNT = 8,
	NET_DECNET_DST_GC_INTERVAL = 9,
	NET_DECNET_CONF = 10,
	NET_DECNET_NO_FC_MAX_CWND = 11,
	NET_DECNET_MEM = 12,
	NET_DECNET_RMEM = 13,
	NET_DECNET_WMEM = 14,
	NET_DECNET_DEBUG_LEVEL = 255
};

/* /proc/sys/net/decnet/conf/<dev> */
enum {
	NET_DECNET_CONF_LOOPBACK = -2,
	NET_DECNET_CONF_DDCMP = -3,
	NET_DECNET_CONF_PPP = -4,
	NET_DECNET_CONF_X25 = -5,
	NET_DECNET_CONF_GRE = -6,
	NET_DECNET_CONF_ETHER = -7

	/* ... and ifindex of devices */
};

/* /proc/sys/net/decnet/conf/<dev>/ */
enum {
	NET_DECNET_CONF_DEV_PRIORITY = 1,
	NET_DECNET_CONF_DEV_T1 = 2,
	NET_DECNET_CONF_DEV_T2 = 3,
	NET_DECNET_CONF_DEV_T3 = 4,
	NET_DECNET_CONF_DEV_FORWARDING = 5,
	NET_DECNET_CONF_DEV_BLKSIZE = 6,
	NET_DECNET_CONF_DEV_STATE = 7
};

/* /proc/sys/net/sctp */
enum {
	NET_SCTP_RTO_INITIAL = 1,
	NET_SCTP_RTO_MIN     = 2,
	NET_SCTP_RTO_MAX     = 3,
	NET_SCTP_RTO_ALPHA   = 4,
	NET_SCTP_RTO_BETA    = 5,
	NET_SCTP_VALID_COOKIE_LIFE       =  6,
	NET_SCTP_ASSOCIATION_MAX_RETRANS =  7,
	NET_SCTP_PATH_MAX_RETRANS        =  8,
	NET_SCTP_MAX_INIT_RETRANSMITS    =  9,
	NET_SCTP_HB_INTERVAL             = 10,
	NET_SCTP_PRESERVE_ENABLE         = 11,
	NET_SCTP_MAX_BURST               = 12,
	NET_SCTP_ADDIP_ENABLE		 = 13,
	NET_SCTP_PRSCTP_ENABLE		 = 14,
	NET_SCTP_SNDBUF_POLICY		 = 15,
	NET_SCTP_SACK_TIMEOUT		 = 16,
	NET_SCTP_RCVBUF_POLICY		 = 17,
};

/* /proc/sys/net/bridge */
enum {
	NET_BRIDGE_NF_CALL_ARPTABLES = 1,
	NET_BRIDGE_NF_CALL_IPTABLES = 2,
	NET_BRIDGE_NF_CALL_IP6TABLES = 3,
	NET_BRIDGE_NF_FILTER_VLAN_TAGGED = 4,
	NET_BRIDGE_NF_FILTER_PPPOE_TAGGED = 5,
};


/* CTL_FS names: */
enum
{
	FS_NRINODE=1,	/* int:current number of allocated inodes */
	FS_STATINODE=2,
	FS_MAXINODE=3,	/* int:maximum number of inodes that can be allocated */
	FS_NRDQUOT=4,	/* int:current number of allocated dquots */
	FS_MAXDQUOT=5,	/* int:maximum number of dquots that can be allocated */
	FS_NRFILE=6,	/* int:current number of allocated filedescriptors */
	FS_MAXFILE=7,	/* int:maximum number of filedescriptors that can be allocated */
	FS_DENTRY=8,
	FS_NRSUPER=9,	/* int:current number of allocated super_blocks */
	FS_MAXSUPER=10,	/* int:maximum number of super_blocks that can be allocated */
	FS_OVERFLOWUID=11,	/* int: overflow UID */
	FS_OVERFLOWGID=12,	/* int: overflow GID */
	FS_LEASES=13,	/* int: leases enabled */
	FS_DIR_NOTIFY=14,	/* int: directory notification enabled */
	FS_LEASE_TIME=15,	/* int: maximum time to wait for a lease break */
	FS_DQSTATS=16,	/* disc quota usage statistics and control */
	FS_XFS=17,	/* struct: control xfs parameters */
	FS_AIO_NR=18,	/* current system-wide number of aio requests */
	FS_AIO_MAX_NR=19,	/* system-wide maximum number of aio requests */
	FS_INOTIFY=20,	/* inotify submenu */
	FS_OCFS2=988,	/* ocfs2 */
};

/* /proc/sys/fs/quota/ */
enum {
	FS_DQ_LOOKUPS = 1,
	FS_DQ_DROPS = 2,
	FS_DQ_READS = 3,
	FS_DQ_WRITES = 4,
	FS_DQ_CACHE_HITS = 5,
	FS_DQ_ALLOCATED = 6,
	FS_DQ_FREE = 7,
	FS_DQ_SYNCS = 8,
	FS_DQ_WARNINGS = 9,
};

/* CTL_DEBUG names: */

/* CTL_DEV names: */
enum {
	DEV_CDROM=1,
	DEV_HWMON=2,
	DEV_PARPORT=3,
	DEV_RAID=4,
	DEV_MAC_HID=5,
	DEV_SCSI=6,
	DEV_IPMI=7,
};

/* /proc/sys/dev/cdrom */
enum {
	DEV_CDROM_INFO=1,
	DEV_CDROM_AUTOCLOSE=2,
	DEV_CDROM_AUTOEJECT=3,
	DEV_CDROM_DEBUG=4,
	DEV_CDROM_LOCK=5,
	DEV_CDROM_CHECK_MEDIA=6
};

/* /proc/sys/dev/parport */
enum {
	DEV_PARPORT_DEFAULT=-3
};

/* /proc/sys/dev/raid */
enum {
	DEV_RAID_SPEED_LIMIT_MIN=1,
	DEV_RAID_SPEED_LIMIT_MAX=2
};

/* /proc/sys/dev/parport/default */
enum {
	DEV_PARPORT_DEFAULT_TIMESLICE=1,
	DEV_PARPORT_DEFAULT_SPINTIME=2
};

/* /proc/sys/dev/parport/parport n */
enum {
	DEV_PARPORT_SPINTIME=1,
	DEV_PARPORT_BASE_ADDR=2,
	DEV_PARPORT_IRQ=3,
	DEV_PARPORT_DMA=4,
	DEV_PARPORT_MODES=5,
	DEV_PARPORT_DEVICES=6,
	DEV_PARPORT_AUTOPROBE=16
};

/* /proc/sys/dev/parport/parport n/devices/ */
enum {
	DEV_PARPORT_DEVICES_ACTIVE=-3,
};

/* /proc/sys/dev/parport/parport n/devices/device n */
enum {
	DEV_PARPORT_DEVICE_TIMESLICE=1,
};

/* /proc/sys/dev/mac_hid */
enum {
	DEV_MAC_HID_KEYBOARD_SENDS_LINUX_KEYCODES=1,
	DEV_MAC_HID_KEYBOARD_LOCK_KEYCODES=2,
	DEV_MAC_HID_MOUSE_BUTTON_EMULATION=3,
	DEV_MAC_HID_MOUSE_BUTTON2_KEYCODE=4,
	DEV_MAC_HID_MOUSE_BUTTON3_KEYCODE=5,
	DEV_MAC_HID_ADB_MOUSE_SENDS_KEYCODES=6
};

/* /proc/sys/dev/scsi */
enum {
	DEV_SCSI_LOGGING_LEVEL=1,
};

/* /proc/sys/dev/ipmi */
enum {
	DEV_IPMI_POWEROFF_POWERCYCLE=1,
};

/* /proc/sys/abi */
enum
{
	ABI_DEFHANDLER_COFF=1,	/* default handler for coff binaries */
	ABI_DEFHANDLER_ELF=2, 	/* default handler for ELF binaries */
	ABI_DEFHANDLER_LCALL7=3,/* default handler for procs using lcall7 */
	ABI_DEFHANDLER_LIBCSO=4,/* default handler for an libc.so ELF interp */
	ABI_TRACE=5,		/* tracing flags */
	ABI_FAKE_UTSNAME=6,	/* fake target utsname information */
};


#endif /* _LINUX_SYSCTL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * NFS protocol definitions
 *
 * This file contains constants for Version 2 of the protocol.
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_NFS2_H
#define _LINUX_NFS2_H

#define NFS2_PORT	2049
#define NFS2_MAXDATA	8192
#define NFS2_MAXPATHLEN	1024
#define NFS2_MAXNAMLEN	255
#define NFS2_MAXGROUPS	16
#define NFS2_FHSIZE	32
#define NFS2_COOKIESIZE	4
#define NFS2_FIFO_DEV	(-1)
#define NFS2MODE_FMT	0170000
#define NFS2MODE_DIR	0040000
#define NFS2MODE_CHR	0020000
#define NFS2MODE_BLK	0060000
#define NFS2MODE_REG	0100000
#define NFS2MODE_LNK	0120000
#define NFS2MODE_SOCK	0140000
#define NFS2MODE_FIFO	0010000


/* NFSv2 file types - beware, these are not the same in NFSv3 */
enum nfs2_ftype {
	NF2NON = 0,
	NF2REG = 1,
	NF2DIR = 2,
	NF2BLK = 3,
	NF2CHR = 4,
	NF2LNK = 5,
	NF2SOCK = 6,
	NF2BAD = 7,
	NF2FIFO = 8
};

struct nfs2_fh {
	char			data[NFS2_FHSIZE];
};

/*
 * Procedure numbers for NFSv2
 */
#define NFS2_VERSION		2
#define NFSPROC_NULL		0
#define NFSPROC_GETATTR		1
#define NFSPROC_SETATTR		2
#define NFSPROC_ROOT		3
#define NFSPROC_LOOKUP		4
#define NFSPROC_READLINK	5
#define NFSPROC_READ		6
#define NFSPROC_WRITECACHE	7
#define NFSPROC_WRITE		8
#define NFSPROC_CREATE		9
#define NFSPROC_REMOVE		10
#define NFSPROC_RENAME		11
#define NFSPROC_LINK		12
#define NFSPROC_SYMLINK		13
#define NFSPROC_MKDIR		14
#define NFSPROC_RMDIR		15
#define NFSPROC_READDIR		16
#define NFSPROC_STATFS		17

#endif /* _LINUX_NFS2_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * ATM Lan Emulation Daemon driver interface
 *
 * Marko Kiiskila <mkiiskila@yahoo.com>
 */

#ifndef _ATMLEC_H_
#define _ATMLEC_H_

#include <linux/atmapi.h>
#include <linux/atmioc.h>
#include <linux/atm.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/* ATM lec daemon control socket */
#define ATMLEC_CTRL	_IO('a', ATMIOC_LANE)
#define ATMLEC_DATA	_IO('a', ATMIOC_LANE+1)
#define ATMLEC_MCAST	_IO('a', ATMIOC_LANE+2)

/* Maximum number of LEC interfaces (tweakable) */
#define MAX_LEC_ITF 48

typedef enum {
	l_set_mac_addr,
	l_del_mac_addr,
	l_svc_setup,
	l_addr_delete,
	l_topology_change,
	l_flush_complete,
	l_arp_update,
	l_narp_req,		/* LANE2 mandates the use of this */
	l_config,
	l_flush_tran_id,
	l_set_lecid,
	l_arp_xmt,
	l_rdesc_arp_xmt,
	l_associate_req,
	l_should_bridge		/* should we bridge this MAC? */
} atmlec_msg_type;

#define ATMLEC_MSG_TYPE_MAX l_should_bridge

struct atmlec_config_msg {
	unsigned int maximum_unknown_frame_count;
	unsigned int max_unknown_frame_time;
	unsigned short max_retry_count;
	unsigned int aging_time;
	unsigned int forward_delay_time;
	unsigned int arp_response_time;
	unsigned int flush_timeout;
	unsigned int path_switching_delay;
	unsigned int lane_version;	/* LANE2: 1 for LANEv1, 2 for LANEv2 */
	int mtu;
	int is_proxy;
};

struct atmlec_msg {
	atmlec_msg_type type;
	int sizeoftlvs;		/* LANE2: if != 0, tlvs follow */
	union {
		struct {
			unsigned char mac_addr[ETH_ALEN];
			unsigned char atm_addr[ATM_ESA_LEN];
			unsigned int flag;	/*
						 * Topology_change flag,
						 * remoteflag, permanent flag,
						 * lecid, transaction id
						 */
			unsigned int targetless_le_arp;	/* LANE2 */
			unsigned int no_source_le_narp;	/* LANE2 */
		} normal;
		struct atmlec_config_msg config;
		struct {
			__u16 lec_id;				/* requestor lec_id  */
			__u32 tran_id;				/* transaction id    */
			unsigned char mac_addr[ETH_ALEN];	/* dst mac addr      */
			unsigned char atm_addr[ATM_ESA_LEN];	/* reqestor ATM addr */
		} proxy;	/*
				 * For mapping LE_ARP requests to responses. Filled by
				 * zeppelin, returned by kernel. Used only when proxying
				 */
	} content;
} __ATM_API_ALIGN;

struct atmlec_ioc {
	int dev_num;
	unsigned char atm_addr[ATM_ESA_LEN];
	unsigned char receive;	/* 1= receive vcc, 0 = send vcc */
};
#endif /* _ATMLEC_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright 2011-2013 Autronica Fire and Security AS
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
 * Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option)
 * any later version.
 *
 * Author(s):
 *	2011-2013 Arvid Brodin, arvid.brodin@xdin.com
 */

#ifndef __UAPI_HSR_NETLINK_H
#define __UAPI_HSR_NETLINK_H

/* Generic Netlink HSR family definition
 */

/* attributes */
enum {
	HSR_A_UNSPEC,
	HSR_A_NODE_ADDR,
	HSR_A_IFINDEX,
	HSR_A_IF1_AGE,
	HSR_A_IF2_AGE,
	HSR_A_NODE_ADDR_B,
	HSR_A_IF1_SEQ,
	HSR_A_IF2_SEQ,
	HSR_A_IF1_IFINDEX,
	HSR_A_IF2_IFINDEX,
	HSR_A_ADDR_B_IFINDEX,
	__HSR_A_MAX,
};
#define HSR_A_MAX (__HSR_A_MAX - 1)


/* commands */
enum {
	HSR_C_UNSPEC,
	HSR_C_RING_ERROR,
	HSR_C_NODE_DOWN,
	HSR_C_GET_NODE_STATUS,
	HSR_C_SET_NODE_STATUS,
	HSR_C_GET_NODE_LIST,
	HSR_C_SET_NODE_LIST,
	__HSR_C_MAX,
};
#define HSR_C_MAX (__HSR_C_MAX - 1)

#endif /* __UAPI_HSR_NETLINK_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *	mpls tunnel api
 *
 *	Authors:
 *		Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
 *
 *	This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *	modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *	as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *	2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_MPLS_IPTUNNEL_H
#define _LINUX_MPLS_IPTUNNEL_H

/* MPLS tunnel attributes
 * [RTA_ENCAP] = {
 *     [MPLS_IPTUNNEL_DST]
 *     [MPLS_IPTUNNEL_TTL]
 * }
 */
enum {
	MPLS_IPTUNNEL_UNSPEC,
	MPLS_IPTUNNEL_DST,
	MPLS_IPTUNNEL_TTL,
	__MPLS_IPTUNNEL_MAX,
};
#define MPLS_IPTUNNEL_MAX (__MPLS_IPTUNNEL_MAX - 1)

#endif /* _LINUX_MPLS_IPTUNNEL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2002-2003  David McCullough <davidm@snapgear.com>
 * Copyright (C) 1998       Kenneth Albanowski <kjahds@kjahds.com>
 *                          The Silver Hammer Group, Ltd.
 *
 * This file provides the definitions and structures needed to
 * support uClinux flat-format executables.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_FLAT_H
#define _LINUX_FLAT_H


#define	FLAT_VERSION			0x00000004L

#ifdef CONFIG_BINFMT_SHARED_FLAT
#define	MAX_SHARED_LIBS			(4)
#else
#define	MAX_SHARED_LIBS			(1)
#endif

/*
 * To make everything easier to port and manage cross platform
 * development,  all fields are in network byte order.
 */

struct flat_hdr {
	char magic[4];
	unsigned long rev;          /* version (as above) */
	unsigned long entry;        /* Offset of first executable instruction
	                               with text segment from beginning of file */
	unsigned long data_start;   /* Offset of data segment from beginning of
	                               file */
	unsigned long data_end;     /* Offset of end of data segment
	                               from beginning of file */
	unsigned long bss_end;      /* Offset of end of bss segment from beginning
	                               of file */

	/* (It is assumed that data_end through bss_end forms the bss segment.) */

	unsigned long stack_size;   /* Size of stack, in bytes */
	unsigned long reloc_start;  /* Offset of relocation records from
	                               beginning of file */
	unsigned long reloc_count;  /* Number of relocation records */
	unsigned long flags;       
	unsigned long build_date;   /* When the program/library was built */
	unsigned long filler[5];    /* Reservered, set to zero */
};

#define FLAT_FLAG_RAM    0x0001 /* load program entirely into RAM */
#define FLAT_FLAG_GOTPIC 0x0002 /* program is PIC with GOT */
#define FLAT_FLAG_GZIP   0x0004 /* all but the header is compressed */
#define FLAT_FLAG_GZDATA 0x0008 /* only data/relocs are compressed (for XIP) */
#define FLAT_FLAG_KTRACE 0x0010 /* output useful kernel trace for debugging */



#endif /* _LINUX_FLAT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * if_addrlabel.h - netlink interface for address labels
 *
 * Copyright (C)2007 USAGI/WIDE Project,  All Rights Reserved.
 *
 * Authors:
 *	YOSHIFUJI Hideaki @ USAGI/WIDE <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_IF_ADDRLABEL_H
#define __LINUX_IF_ADDRLABEL_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct ifaddrlblmsg {
	__u8		ifal_family;		/* Address family */
	__u8		__ifal_reserved;	/* Reserved */
	__u8		ifal_prefixlen;		/* Prefix length */
	__u8		ifal_flags;		/* Flags */
	__u32		ifal_index;		/* Link index */
	__u32		ifal_seq;		/* sequence number */
};

enum {
	IFAL_ADDRESS = 1,
	IFAL_LABEL = 2,
	__IFAL_MAX
};

#define IFAL_MAX	(__IFAL_MAX - 1)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Userspace API for hardware time stamping of network packets
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2008,2009 Intel Corporation
 * Author: Patrick Ohly <patrick.ohly@intel.com>
 *
 */

#ifndef _NET_TIMESTAMPING_H
#define _NET_TIMESTAMPING_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/socket.h>   /* for SO_TIMESTAMPING */

/* SO_TIMESTAMPING gets an integer bit field comprised of these values */
enum {
	SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_HARDWARE = (1<<0),
	SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_SOFTWARE = (1<<1),
	SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RX_HARDWARE = (1<<2),
	SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RX_SOFTWARE = (1<<3),
	SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SOFTWARE = (1<<4),
	SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE = (1<<5),
	SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE = (1<<6),
	SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_ID = (1<<7),
	SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_SCHED = (1<<8),
	SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_ACK = (1<<9),
	SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_CMSG = (1<<10),
	SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_TSONLY = (1<<11),
	SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_STATS = (1<<12),
	SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_PKTINFO = (1<<13),
	SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_TX_SWHW = (1<<14),

	SOF_TIMESTAMPING_LAST = SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_TX_SWHW,
	SOF_TIMESTAMPING_MASK = (SOF_TIMESTAMPING_LAST - 1) |
				 SOF_TIMESTAMPING_LAST
};

/*
 * SO_TIMESTAMPING flags are either for recording a packet timestamp or for
 * reporting the timestamp to user space.
 * Recording flags can be set both via socket options and control messages.
 */
#define SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_RECORD_MASK	(SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_HARDWARE | \
					 SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_SOFTWARE | \
					 SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_SCHED | \
					 SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_ACK)

/**
 * struct hwtstamp_config - %SIOCGHWTSTAMP and %SIOCSHWTSTAMP parameter
 *
 * @flags:	one of HWTSTAMP_FLAG_*
 * @tx_type:	one of HWTSTAMP_TX_*
 * @rx_filter:	one of HWTSTAMP_FILTER_*
 *
 * %SIOCGHWTSTAMP and %SIOCSHWTSTAMP expect a &struct ifreq with a
 * ifr_data pointer to this structure.  For %SIOCSHWTSTAMP, if the
 * driver or hardware does not support the requested @rx_filter value,
 * the driver may use a more general filter mode.  In this case
 * @rx_filter will indicate the actual mode on return.
 */
struct hwtstamp_config {
	int flags;
	int tx_type;
	int rx_filter;
};

/* possible values for hwtstamp_config->flags */
enum hwtstamp_flags {
	/*
	 * With this flag, the user could get bond active interface's
	 * PHC index. Note this PHC index is not stable as when there
	 * is a failover, the bond active interface will be changed, so
	 * will be the PHC index.
	 */
	HWTSTAMP_FLAG_BONDED_PHC_INDEX = (1<<0),
#define HWTSTAMP_FLAG_BONDED_PHC_INDEX	HWTSTAMP_FLAG_BONDED_PHC_INDEX

	HWTSTAMP_FLAG_LAST = HWTSTAMP_FLAG_BONDED_PHC_INDEX,
	HWTSTAMP_FLAG_MASK = (HWTSTAMP_FLAG_LAST - 1) | HWTSTAMP_FLAG_LAST
};

/* possible values for hwtstamp_config->tx_type */
enum hwtstamp_tx_types {
	/*
	 * No outgoing packet will need hardware time stamping;
	 * should a packet arrive which asks for it, no hardware
	 * time stamping will be done.
	 */
	HWTSTAMP_TX_OFF,

	/*
	 * Enables hardware time stamping for outgoing packets;
	 * the sender of the packet decides which are to be
	 * time stamped by setting %SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_SOFTWARE
	 * before sending the packet.
	 */
	HWTSTAMP_TX_ON,

	/*
	 * Enables time stamping for outgoing packets just as
	 * HWTSTAMP_TX_ON does, but also enables time stamp insertion
	 * directly into Sync packets. In this case, transmitted Sync
	 * packets will not received a time stamp via the socket error
	 * queue.
	 */
	HWTSTAMP_TX_ONESTEP_SYNC,

	/*
	 * Same as HWTSTAMP_TX_ONESTEP_SYNC, but also enables time
	 * stamp insertion directly into PDelay_Resp packets. In this
	 * case, neither transmitted Sync nor PDelay_Resp packets will
	 * receive a time stamp via the socket error queue.
	 */
	HWTSTAMP_TX_ONESTEP_P2P,

	/* add new constants above here */
	__HWTSTAMP_TX_CNT
};

/* possible values for hwtstamp_config->rx_filter */
enum hwtstamp_rx_filters {
	/* time stamp no incoming packet at all */
	HWTSTAMP_FILTER_NONE,

	/* time stamp any incoming packet */
	HWTSTAMP_FILTER_ALL,

	/* return value: time stamp all packets requested plus some others */
	HWTSTAMP_FILTER_SOME,

	/* PTP v1, UDP, any kind of event packet */
	HWTSTAMP_FILTER_PTP_V1_L4_EVENT,
	/* PTP v1, UDP, Sync packet */
	HWTSTAMP_FILTER_PTP_V1_L4_SYNC,
	/* PTP v1, UDP, Delay_req packet */
	HWTSTAMP_FILTER_PTP_V1_L4_DELAY_REQ,
	/* PTP v2, UDP, any kind of event packet */
	HWTSTAMP_FILTER_PTP_V2_L4_EVENT,
	/* PTP v2, UDP, Sync packet */
	HWTSTAMP_FILTER_PTP_V2_L4_SYNC,
	/* PTP v2, UDP, Delay_req packet */
	HWTSTAMP_FILTER_PTP_V2_L4_DELAY_REQ,

	/* 802.AS1, Ethernet, any kind of event packet */
	HWTSTAMP_FILTER_PTP_V2_L2_EVENT,
	/* 802.AS1, Ethernet, Sync packet */
	HWTSTAMP_FILTER_PTP_V2_L2_SYNC,
	/* 802.AS1, Ethernet, Delay_req packet */
	HWTSTAMP_FILTER_PTP_V2_L2_DELAY_REQ,

	/* PTP v2/802.AS1, any layer, any kind of event packet */
	HWTSTAMP_FILTER_PTP_V2_EVENT,
	/* PTP v2/802.AS1, any layer, Sync packet */
	HWTSTAMP_FILTER_PTP_V2_SYNC,
	/* PTP v2/802.AS1, any layer, Delay_req packet */
	HWTSTAMP_FILTER_PTP_V2_DELAY_REQ,

	/* NTP, UDP, all versions and packet modes */
	HWTSTAMP_FILTER_NTP_ALL,

	/* add new constants above here */
	__HWTSTAMP_FILTER_CNT
};

/* SCM_TIMESTAMPING_PKTINFO control message */
struct scm_ts_pktinfo {
	__u32 if_index;
	__u32 pkt_length;
	__u32 reserved[2];
};

/*
 * SO_TXTIME gets a struct sock_txtime with flags being an integer bit
 * field comprised of these values.
 */
enum txtime_flags {
	SOF_TXTIME_DEADLINE_MODE = (1 << 0),
	SOF_TXTIME_REPORT_ERRORS = (1 << 1),

	SOF_TXTIME_FLAGS_LAST = SOF_TXTIME_REPORT_ERRORS,
	SOF_TXTIME_FLAGS_MASK = (SOF_TXTIME_FLAGS_LAST - 1) |
				 SOF_TXTIME_FLAGS_LAST
};

struct sock_txtime {
	__kernel_clockid_t	clockid;/* reference clockid */
	__u32			flags;	/* as defined by enum txtime_flags */
};

#endif /* _NET_TIMESTAMPING_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_NETFILTER_H
#define __LINUX_NETFILTER_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#include <linux/in.h>
#include <linux/in6.h>

/* Responses from hook functions. */
#define NF_DROP 0
#define NF_ACCEPT 1
#define NF_STOLEN 2
#define NF_QUEUE 3
#define NF_REPEAT 4
#define NF_STOP 5	/* Deprecated, for userspace nf_queue compatibility. */
#define NF_MAX_VERDICT NF_STOP

/* we overload the higher bits for encoding auxiliary data such as the queue
 * number or errno values. Not nice, but better than additional function
 * arguments. */
#define NF_VERDICT_MASK 0x000000ff

/* extra verdict flags have mask 0x0000ff00 */
#define NF_VERDICT_FLAG_QUEUE_BYPASS	0x00008000

/* queue number (NF_QUEUE) or errno (NF_DROP) */
#define NF_VERDICT_QMASK 0xffff0000
#define NF_VERDICT_QBITS 16

#define NF_QUEUE_NR(x) ((((x) << 16) & NF_VERDICT_QMASK) | NF_QUEUE)

#define NF_DROP_ERR(x) (((-x) << 16) | NF_DROP)

/* only for userspace compatibility */
/* Generic cache responses from hook functions.
   <= 0x2000 is used for protocol-flags. */
#define NFC_UNKNOWN 0x4000
#define NFC_ALTERED 0x8000

/* NF_VERDICT_BITS should be 8 now, but userspace might break if this changes */
#define NF_VERDICT_BITS 16

enum nf_inet_hooks {
	NF_INET_PRE_ROUTING,
	NF_INET_LOCAL_IN,
	NF_INET_FORWARD,
	NF_INET_LOCAL_OUT,
	NF_INET_POST_ROUTING,
	NF_INET_NUMHOOKS
};

enum nf_dev_hooks {
	NF_NETDEV_INGRESS,
	NF_NETDEV_NUMHOOKS
};

enum {
	NFPROTO_UNSPEC =  0,
	NFPROTO_INET   =  1,
	NFPROTO_IPV4   =  2,
	NFPROTO_ARP    =  3,
	NFPROTO_NETDEV =  5,
	NFPROTO_BRIDGE =  7,
	NFPROTO_IPV6   = 10,
	NFPROTO_DECNET = 12,
	NFPROTO_NUMPROTO,
};

union nf_inet_addr {
	__u32		all[4];
	__be32		ip;
	__be32		ip6[4];
	struct in_addr	in;
	struct in6_addr	in6;
};

#endif /* __LINUX_NETFILTER_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_MROUTE_H
#define __LINUX_MROUTE_H

#include <linux/sockios.h>
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/in.h>		/* For struct in_addr. */

/* Based on the MROUTING 3.5 defines primarily to keep
 * source compatibility with BSD.
 *
 * See the mrouted code for the original history.
 *
 * Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) data structures included
 * Carlos Picoto (cap@di.fc.ul.pt)
 */

#define MRT_BASE	200
#define MRT_INIT	(MRT_BASE)	/* Activate the kernel mroute code 	*/
#define MRT_DONE	(MRT_BASE+1)	/* Shutdown the kernel mroute		*/
#define MRT_ADD_VIF	(MRT_BASE+2)	/* Add a virtual interface		*/
#define MRT_DEL_VIF	(MRT_BASE+3)	/* Delete a virtual interface		*/
#define MRT_ADD_MFC	(MRT_BASE+4)	/* Add a multicast forwarding entry	*/
#define MRT_DEL_MFC	(MRT_BASE+5)	/* Delete a multicast forwarding entry	*/
#define MRT_VERSION	(MRT_BASE+6)	/* Get the kernel multicast version	*/
#define MRT_ASSERT	(MRT_BASE+7)	/* Activate PIM assert mode		*/
#define MRT_PIM		(MRT_BASE+8)	/* enable PIM code			*/
#define MRT_TABLE	(MRT_BASE+9)	/* Specify mroute table ID		*/
#define MRT_ADD_MFC_PROXY	(MRT_BASE+10)	/* Add a (*,*|G) mfc entry	*/
#define MRT_DEL_MFC_PROXY	(MRT_BASE+11)	/* Del a (*,*|G) mfc entry	*/
#define MRT_MAX		(MRT_BASE+11)

#define SIOCGETVIFCNT	SIOCPROTOPRIVATE	/* IP protocol privates */
#define SIOCGETSGCNT	(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+1)
#define SIOCGETRPF	(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+2)

#define MAXVIFS		32
typedef unsigned long vifbitmap_t;	/* User mode code depends on this lot */
typedef unsigned short vifi_t;
#define ALL_VIFS	((vifi_t)(-1))

/* Same idea as select */

#define VIFM_SET(n,m)	((m)|=(1<<(n)))
#define VIFM_CLR(n,m)	((m)&=~(1<<(n)))
#define VIFM_ISSET(n,m)	((m)&(1<<(n)))
#define VIFM_CLRALL(m)	((m)=0)
#define VIFM_COPY(mfrom,mto)	((mto)=(mfrom))
#define VIFM_SAME(m1,m2)	((m1)==(m2))

/* Passed by mrouted for an MRT_ADD_VIF - again we use the
 * mrouted 3.6 structures for compatibility
 */
struct vifctl {
	vifi_t	vifc_vifi;		/* Index of VIF */
	unsigned char vifc_flags;	/* VIFF_ flags */
	unsigned char vifc_threshold;	/* ttl limit */
	unsigned int vifc_rate_limit;	/* Rate limiter values (NI) */
	union {
		struct in_addr vifc_lcl_addr;     /* Local interface address */
		int            vifc_lcl_ifindex;  /* Local interface index   */
	};
	struct in_addr vifc_rmt_addr;	/* IPIP tunnel addr */
};

#define VIFF_TUNNEL		0x1	/* IPIP tunnel */
#define VIFF_SRCRT		0x2	/* NI */
#define VIFF_REGISTER		0x4	/* register vif	*/
#define VIFF_USE_IFINDEX	0x8	/* use vifc_lcl_ifindex instead of
					   vifc_lcl_addr to find an interface */

/* Cache manipulation structures for mrouted and PIMd */
struct mfcctl {
	struct in_addr mfcc_origin;		/* Origin of mcast	*/
	struct in_addr mfcc_mcastgrp;		/* Group in question	*/
	vifi_t	mfcc_parent;			/* Where it arrived	*/
	unsigned char mfcc_ttls[MAXVIFS];	/* Where it is going	*/
	unsigned int mfcc_pkt_cnt;		/* pkt count for src-grp */
	unsigned int mfcc_byte_cnt;
	unsigned int mfcc_wrong_if;
	int	     mfcc_expire;
};

/*  Group count retrieval for mrouted */
struct sioc_sg_req {
	struct in_addr src;
	struct in_addr grp;
	unsigned long pktcnt;
	unsigned long bytecnt;
	unsigned long wrong_if;
};

/* To get vif packet counts */
struct sioc_vif_req {
	vifi_t	vifi;		/* Which iface */
	unsigned long icount;	/* In packets */
	unsigned long ocount;	/* Out packets */
	unsigned long ibytes;	/* In bytes */
	unsigned long obytes;	/* Out bytes */
};

/* This is the format the mroute daemon expects to see IGMP control
 * data. Magically happens to be like an IP packet as per the original
 */
struct igmpmsg {
	__u32 unused1,unused2;
	unsigned char im_msgtype;		/* What is this */
	unsigned char im_mbz;			/* Must be zero */
	unsigned char im_vif;			/* Interface (this ought to be a vifi_t!) */
	unsigned char unused3;
	struct in_addr im_src,im_dst;
};

/* ipmr netlink table attributes */
enum {
	IPMRA_TABLE_UNSPEC,
	IPMRA_TABLE_ID,
	IPMRA_TABLE_CACHE_RES_QUEUE_LEN,
	IPMRA_TABLE_MROUTE_REG_VIF_NUM,
	IPMRA_TABLE_MROUTE_DO_ASSERT,
	IPMRA_TABLE_MROUTE_DO_PIM,
	IPMRA_TABLE_VIFS,
	__IPMRA_TABLE_MAX
};
#define IPMRA_TABLE_MAX (__IPMRA_TABLE_MAX - 1)

/* ipmr netlink vif attribute format
 * [ IPMRA_TABLE_VIFS ] - nested attribute
 *   [ IPMRA_VIF ] - nested attribute
 *     [ IPMRA_VIFA_xxx ]
 */
enum {
	IPMRA_VIF_UNSPEC,
	IPMRA_VIF,
	__IPMRA_VIF_MAX
};
#define IPMRA_VIF_MAX (__IPMRA_VIF_MAX - 1)

/* vif-specific attributes */
enum {
	IPMRA_VIFA_UNSPEC,
	IPMRA_VIFA_IFINDEX,
	IPMRA_VIFA_VIF_ID,
	IPMRA_VIFA_FLAGS,
	IPMRA_VIFA_BYTES_IN,
	IPMRA_VIFA_BYTES_OUT,
	IPMRA_VIFA_PACKETS_IN,
	IPMRA_VIFA_PACKETS_OUT,
	IPMRA_VIFA_LOCAL_ADDR,
	IPMRA_VIFA_REMOTE_ADDR,
	IPMRA_VIFA_PAD,
	__IPMRA_VIFA_MAX
};
#define IPMRA_VIFA_MAX (__IPMRA_VIFA_MAX - 1)

/* ipmr netlink cache report attributes */
enum {
	IPMRA_CREPORT_UNSPEC,
	IPMRA_CREPORT_MSGTYPE,
	IPMRA_CREPORT_VIF_ID,
	IPMRA_CREPORT_SRC_ADDR,
	IPMRA_CREPORT_DST_ADDR,
	IPMRA_CREPORT_PKT,
	__IPMRA_CREPORT_MAX
};
#define IPMRA_CREPORT_MAX (__IPMRA_CREPORT_MAX - 1)

/* That's all usermode folks */

#define MFC_ASSERT_THRESH (3*HZ)		/* Maximal freq. of asserts */

/* Pseudo messages used by mrouted */
#define IGMPMSG_NOCACHE		1		/* Kern cache fill request to mrouted */
#define IGMPMSG_WRONGVIF	2		/* For PIM assert processing (unused) */
#define IGMPMSG_WHOLEPKT	3		/* For PIM Register processing */

#endif /* __LINUX_MROUTE_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __NET_DROPMON_H
#define __NET_DROPMON_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/netlink.h>

struct net_dm_drop_point {
	__u8 pc[8];
	__u32 count;
};

#define is_drop_point_hw(x) do {\
	int ____i, ____j;\
	for (____i = 0; ____i < 8; i ____i++)\
		____j |= x[____i];\
	____j;\
} while (0)

#define NET_DM_CFG_VERSION  0
#define NET_DM_CFG_ALERT_COUNT  1
#define NET_DM_CFG_ALERT_DELAY 2
#define NET_DM_CFG_MAX 3

struct net_dm_config_entry {
	__u32 type;
	__u64 data __attribute__((aligned(8)));
};

struct net_dm_config_msg {
	__u32 entries;
	struct net_dm_config_entry options[0];
};

struct net_dm_alert_msg {
	__u32 entries;
	struct net_dm_drop_point points[0];
};

struct net_dm_user_msg {
	union {
		struct net_dm_config_msg user;
		struct net_dm_alert_msg alert;
	} u;
};


/* These are the netlink message types for this protocol */

enum {
	NET_DM_CMD_UNSPEC = 0,
	NET_DM_CMD_ALERT,
	NET_DM_CMD_CONFIG,
	NET_DM_CMD_START,
	NET_DM_CMD_STOP,
	NET_DM_CMD_PACKET_ALERT,
	NET_DM_CMD_CONFIG_GET,
	NET_DM_CMD_CONFIG_NEW,
	NET_DM_CMD_STATS_GET,
	NET_DM_CMD_STATS_NEW,
	_NET_DM_CMD_MAX,
};

#define NET_DM_CMD_MAX (_NET_DM_CMD_MAX - 1)

/*
 * Our group identifiers
 */
#define NET_DM_GRP_ALERT 1

enum net_dm_attr {
	NET_DM_ATTR_UNSPEC,

	NET_DM_ATTR_ALERT_MODE,			/* u8 */
	NET_DM_ATTR_PC,				/* u64 */
	NET_DM_ATTR_SYMBOL,			/* string */
	NET_DM_ATTR_IN_PORT,			/* nested */
	NET_DM_ATTR_TIMESTAMP,			/* u64 */
	NET_DM_ATTR_PROTO,			/* u16 */
	NET_DM_ATTR_PAYLOAD,			/* binary */
	NET_DM_ATTR_PAD,
	NET_DM_ATTR_TRUNC_LEN,			/* u32 */
	NET_DM_ATTR_ORIG_LEN,			/* u32 */
	NET_DM_ATTR_QUEUE_LEN,			/* u32 */
	NET_DM_ATTR_STATS,			/* nested */
	NET_DM_ATTR_HW_STATS,			/* nested */
	NET_DM_ATTR_ORIGIN,			/* u16 */
	NET_DM_ATTR_HW_TRAP_GROUP_NAME,		/* string */
	NET_DM_ATTR_HW_TRAP_NAME,		/* string */
	NET_DM_ATTR_HW_ENTRIES,			/* nested */
	NET_DM_ATTR_HW_ENTRY,			/* nested */
	NET_DM_ATTR_HW_TRAP_COUNT,		/* u32 */
	NET_DM_ATTR_SW_DROPS,			/* flag */
	NET_DM_ATTR_HW_DROPS,			/* flag */
	NET_DM_ATTR_FLOW_ACTION_COOKIE,		/* binary */
	NET_DM_ATTR_REASON,			/* string */

	__NET_DM_ATTR_MAX,
	NET_DM_ATTR_MAX = __NET_DM_ATTR_MAX - 1
};

/**
 * enum net_dm_alert_mode - Alert mode.
 * @NET_DM_ALERT_MODE_SUMMARY: A summary of recent drops is sent to user space.
 * @NET_DM_ALERT_MODE_PACKET: Each dropped packet is sent to user space along
 *                            with metadata.
 */
enum net_dm_alert_mode {
	NET_DM_ALERT_MODE_SUMMARY,
	NET_DM_ALERT_MODE_PACKET,
};

enum {
	NET_DM_ATTR_PORT_NETDEV_IFINDEX,	/* u32 */
	NET_DM_ATTR_PORT_NETDEV_NAME,		/* string */

	__NET_DM_ATTR_PORT_MAX,
	NET_DM_ATTR_PORT_MAX = __NET_DM_ATTR_PORT_MAX - 1
};

enum {
	NET_DM_ATTR_STATS_DROPPED,		/* u64 */

	__NET_DM_ATTR_STATS_MAX,
	NET_DM_ATTR_STATS_MAX = __NET_DM_ATTR_STATS_MAX - 1
};

enum net_dm_origin {
	NET_DM_ORIGIN_SW,
	NET_DM_ORIGIN_HW,
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2014, Ericsson AB
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the names of the copyright holders nor the names of its
 *    contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
 *    this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * Alternatively, this software may be distributed under the terms of the
 * GNU General Public License ("GPL") version 2 as published by the Free
 * Software Foundation.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
 * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
 * LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
 * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
 * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
 * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
 * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
 * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
 * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_TIPC_NETLINK_H_
#define _LINUX_TIPC_NETLINK_H_

#define TIPC_GENL_V2_NAME      "TIPCv2"
#define TIPC_GENL_V2_VERSION   0x1

/* Netlink commands */
enum {
	TIPC_NL_UNSPEC,
	TIPC_NL_LEGACY,
	TIPC_NL_BEARER_DISABLE,
	TIPC_NL_BEARER_ENABLE,
	TIPC_NL_BEARER_GET,
	TIPC_NL_BEARER_SET,
	TIPC_NL_SOCK_GET,
	TIPC_NL_PUBL_GET,
	TIPC_NL_LINK_GET,
	TIPC_NL_LINK_SET,
	TIPC_NL_LINK_RESET_STATS,
	TIPC_NL_MEDIA_GET,
	TIPC_NL_MEDIA_SET,
	TIPC_NL_NODE_GET,
	TIPC_NL_NET_GET,
	TIPC_NL_NET_SET,
	TIPC_NL_NAME_TABLE_GET,
	TIPC_NL_MON_SET,
	TIPC_NL_MON_GET,
	TIPC_NL_MON_PEER_GET,
	TIPC_NL_PEER_REMOVE,
	TIPC_NL_BEARER_ADD,
	TIPC_NL_UDP_GET_REMOTEIP,
	TIPC_NL_KEY_SET,
	TIPC_NL_KEY_FLUSH,
	TIPC_NL_ADDR_LEGACY_GET,

	__TIPC_NL_CMD_MAX,
	TIPC_NL_CMD_MAX = __TIPC_NL_CMD_MAX - 1
};

/* Top level netlink attributes */
enum {
	TIPC_NLA_UNSPEC,
	TIPC_NLA_BEARER,		/* nest */
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK,			/* nest */
	TIPC_NLA_PUBL,			/* nest */
	TIPC_NLA_LINK,			/* nest */
	TIPC_NLA_MEDIA,			/* nest */
	TIPC_NLA_NODE,			/* nest */
	TIPC_NLA_NET,			/* nest */
	TIPC_NLA_NAME_TABLE,		/* nest */
	TIPC_NLA_MON,			/* nest */
	TIPC_NLA_MON_PEER,		/* nest */

	__TIPC_NLA_MAX,
	TIPC_NLA_MAX = __TIPC_NLA_MAX - 1
};

/* Bearer info */
enum {
	TIPC_NLA_BEARER_UNSPEC,
	TIPC_NLA_BEARER_NAME,		/* string */
	TIPC_NLA_BEARER_PROP,		/* nest */
	TIPC_NLA_BEARER_DOMAIN,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_BEARER_UDP_OPTS,	/* nest */

	__TIPC_NLA_BEARER_MAX,
	TIPC_NLA_BEARER_MAX = __TIPC_NLA_BEARER_MAX - 1
};

enum {
	TIPC_NLA_UDP_UNSPEC,
	TIPC_NLA_UDP_LOCAL,		/* sockaddr_storage */
	TIPC_NLA_UDP_REMOTE,		/* sockaddr_storage */
	TIPC_NLA_UDP_MULTI_REMOTEIP,	/* flag */

	__TIPC_NLA_UDP_MAX,
	TIPC_NLA_UDP_MAX = __TIPC_NLA_UDP_MAX - 1
};
/* Socket info */
enum {
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_UNSPEC,
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_ADDR,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_REF,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_CON,		/* nest */
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_HAS_PUBL,		/* flag */
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_STAT,		/* nest */
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_TYPE,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_INO,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_UID,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_TIPC_STATE,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_COOKIE,		/* u64 */
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_PAD,		/* flag */
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_GROUP,		/* nest */

	__TIPC_NLA_SOCK_MAX,
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_MAX = __TIPC_NLA_SOCK_MAX - 1
};

/* Link info */
enum {
	TIPC_NLA_LINK_UNSPEC,
	TIPC_NLA_LINK_NAME,		/* string */
	TIPC_NLA_LINK_DEST,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_LINK_MTU,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_LINK_BROADCAST,	/* flag */
	TIPC_NLA_LINK_UP,		/* flag */
	TIPC_NLA_LINK_ACTIVE,		/* flag */
	TIPC_NLA_LINK_PROP,		/* nest */
	TIPC_NLA_LINK_STATS,		/* nest */
	TIPC_NLA_LINK_RX,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_LINK_TX,		/* u32 */

	__TIPC_NLA_LINK_MAX,
	TIPC_NLA_LINK_MAX = __TIPC_NLA_LINK_MAX - 1
};

/* Media info */
enum {
	TIPC_NLA_MEDIA_UNSPEC,
	TIPC_NLA_MEDIA_NAME,		/* string */
	TIPC_NLA_MEDIA_PROP,		/* nest */

	__TIPC_NLA_MEDIA_MAX,
	TIPC_NLA_MEDIA_MAX = __TIPC_NLA_MEDIA_MAX - 1
};

/* Node info */
enum {
	TIPC_NLA_NODE_UNSPEC,
	TIPC_NLA_NODE_ADDR,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_NODE_UP,		/* flag */
	TIPC_NLA_NODE_ID,		/* data */
	TIPC_NLA_NODE_KEY,		/* data */
	TIPC_NLA_NODE_KEY_MASTER,	/* flag */
	TIPC_NLA_NODE_REKEYING,		/* u32 */

	__TIPC_NLA_NODE_MAX,
	TIPC_NLA_NODE_MAX = __TIPC_NLA_NODE_MAX - 1
};

/* Net info */
enum {
	TIPC_NLA_NET_UNSPEC,
	TIPC_NLA_NET_ID,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_NET_ADDR,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_NET_NODEID,		/* u64 */
	TIPC_NLA_NET_NODEID_W1,		/* u64 */
	TIPC_NLA_NET_ADDR_LEGACY,	/* flag */

	__TIPC_NLA_NET_MAX,
	TIPC_NLA_NET_MAX = __TIPC_NLA_NET_MAX - 1
};

/* Name table info */
enum {
	TIPC_NLA_NAME_TABLE_UNSPEC,
	TIPC_NLA_NAME_TABLE_PUBL,	/* nest */

	__TIPC_NLA_NAME_TABLE_MAX,
	TIPC_NLA_NAME_TABLE_MAX = __TIPC_NLA_NAME_TABLE_MAX - 1
};

/* Monitor info */
enum {
	TIPC_NLA_MON_UNSPEC,
	TIPC_NLA_MON_ACTIVATION_THRESHOLD,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_MON_REF,			/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_MON_ACTIVE,			/* flag */
	TIPC_NLA_MON_BEARER_NAME,		/* string */
	TIPC_NLA_MON_PEERCNT,			/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_MON_LISTGEN,			/* u32 */

	__TIPC_NLA_MON_MAX,
	TIPC_NLA_MON_MAX = __TIPC_NLA_MON_MAX - 1
};

/* Publication info */
enum {
	TIPC_NLA_PUBL_UNSPEC,

	TIPC_NLA_PUBL_TYPE,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_PUBL_LOWER,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_PUBL_UPPER,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_PUBL_SCOPE,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_PUBL_NODE,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_PUBL_REF,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_PUBL_KEY,		/* u32 */

	__TIPC_NLA_PUBL_MAX,
	TIPC_NLA_PUBL_MAX = __TIPC_NLA_PUBL_MAX - 1
};

/* Monitor peer info */
enum {
	TIPC_NLA_MON_PEER_UNSPEC,

	TIPC_NLA_MON_PEER_ADDR,			/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_MON_PEER_DOMGEN,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_MON_PEER_APPLIED,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_MON_PEER_UPMAP,		/* u64 */
	TIPC_NLA_MON_PEER_MEMBERS,		/* tlv */
	TIPC_NLA_MON_PEER_UP,			/* flag */
	TIPC_NLA_MON_PEER_HEAD,			/* flag */
	TIPC_NLA_MON_PEER_LOCAL,		/* flag */
	TIPC_NLA_MON_PEER_PAD,			/* flag */

	__TIPC_NLA_MON_PEER_MAX,
	TIPC_NLA_MON_PEER_MAX = __TIPC_NLA_MON_PEER_MAX - 1
};

/* Nest, socket group info */
enum {
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_GROUP_ID,			/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_GROUP_OPEN,		/* flag */
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_GROUP_NODE_SCOPE,		/* flag */
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_GROUP_CLUSTER_SCOPE,	/* flag */
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_GROUP_INSTANCE,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_GROUP_BC_SEND_NEXT,	/* u32 */

	__TIPC_NLA_SOCK_GROUP_MAX,
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_GROUP_MAX = __TIPC_NLA_SOCK_GROUP_MAX - 1
};

/* Nest, connection info */
enum {
	TIPC_NLA_CON_UNSPEC,

	TIPC_NLA_CON_FLAG,		/* flag */
	TIPC_NLA_CON_NODE,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_CON_SOCK,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_CON_TYPE,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_CON_INST,		/* u32 */

	__TIPC_NLA_CON_MAX,
	TIPC_NLA_CON_MAX = __TIPC_NLA_CON_MAX - 1
};

/* Nest, socket statistics info */
enum {
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_STAT_RCVQ,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_STAT_SENDQ,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_STAT_LINK_CONG,	/* flag */
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_STAT_CONN_CONG,	/* flag */
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_STAT_DROP,	/* u32 */

	__TIPC_NLA_SOCK_STAT_MAX,
	TIPC_NLA_SOCK_STAT_MAX = __TIPC_NLA_SOCK_STAT_MAX - 1
};

/* Nest, link propreties. Valid for link, media and bearer */
enum {
	TIPC_NLA_PROP_UNSPEC,

	TIPC_NLA_PROP_PRIO,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_PROP_TOL,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_PROP_WIN,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_PROP_MTU,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_PROP_BROADCAST,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_PROP_BROADCAST_RATIO,	/* u32 */

	__TIPC_NLA_PROP_MAX,
	TIPC_NLA_PROP_MAX = __TIPC_NLA_PROP_MAX - 1
};

/* Nest, statistics info */
enum {
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_UNSPEC,

	TIPC_NLA_STATS_RX_INFO,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_RX_FRAGMENTS,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_RX_FRAGMENTED,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_RX_BUNDLES,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_RX_BUNDLED,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_TX_INFO,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_TX_FRAGMENTS,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_TX_FRAGMENTED,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_TX_BUNDLES,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_TX_BUNDLED,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_MSG_PROF_TOT,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_MSG_LEN_CNT,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_MSG_LEN_TOT,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_MSG_LEN_P0,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_MSG_LEN_P1,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_MSG_LEN_P2,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_MSG_LEN_P3,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_MSG_LEN_P4,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_MSG_LEN_P5,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_MSG_LEN_P6,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_RX_STATES,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_RX_PROBES,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_RX_NACKS,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_RX_DEFERRED,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_TX_STATES,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_TX_PROBES,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_TX_NACKS,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_TX_ACKS,		/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_RETRANSMITTED,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_DUPLICATES,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_LINK_CONGS,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_MAX_QUEUE,	/* u32 */
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_AVG_QUEUE,	/* u32 */

	__TIPC_NLA_STATS_MAX,
	TIPC_NLA_STATS_MAX = __TIPC_NLA_STATS_MAX - 1
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * The Linux BAYCOM driver for the Baycom serial 1200 baud modem
 * and the parallel 9600 baud modem
 * (C) 1997-1998 by Thomas Sailer, HB9JNX/AE4WA
 */

#ifndef _BAYCOM_H
#define _BAYCOM_H

/* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
/*
 * structs for the IOCTL commands
 */

struct baycom_debug_data {
	unsigned long debug1;
	unsigned long debug2;
	long debug3;
};

struct baycom_ioctl {
	int cmd;
	union {
		struct baycom_debug_data dbg;
	} data;
};

/* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */

/*
 * ioctl values change for baycom
 */
#define BAYCOMCTL_GETDEBUG       0x92

/* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */

#endif /* _BAYCOM_H */

/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2015-2016, IBM Corporation.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 * 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_BT_BMC_H
#define _LINUX_BT_BMC_H

#include <linux/ioctl.h>

#define __BT_BMC_IOCTL_MAGIC	0xb1
#define BT_BMC_IOCTL_SMS_ATN	_IO(__BT_BMC_IOCTL_MAGIC, 0x00)

#endif /* _LINUX_BT_BMC_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * DLCI/FRAD	Definitions for Frame Relay Access Devices.  DLCI devices are
 *		created for each DLCI associated with a FRAD.  The FRAD driver
 *		is not truly a network device, but the lower level device
 *		handler.  This allows other FRAD manufacturers to use the DLCI
 *		code, including its RFC1490 encapsulation alongside the current
 *		implementation for the Sangoma cards.
 *
 * Version:	@(#)if_ifrad.h	0.15	31 Mar 96
 *
 * Author:	Mike McLagan <mike.mclagan@linux.org>
 *
 * Changes:
 *		0.15	Mike McLagan	changed structure defs (packed)
 *					re-arranged flags
 *					added DLCI_RET vars
 *
 *		This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *		modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *		as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *		2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef _FRAD_H_
#define _FRAD_H_

#include <linux/if.h>

/* Structures and constants associated with the DLCI device driver */

struct dlci_add
{
   char  devname[IFNAMSIZ];
   short dlci;
};

#define DLCI_GET_CONF	(SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 2)
#define DLCI_SET_CONF	(SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 3)

/* 
 * These are related to the Sangoma SDLA and should remain in order. 
 * Code within the SDLA module is based on the specifics of this 
 * structure.  Change at your own peril.
 */
struct dlci_conf {
   short flags;
   short CIR_fwd;
   short Bc_fwd;
   short Be_fwd;
   short CIR_bwd;
   short Bc_bwd;
   short Be_bwd; 

/* these are part of the status read */
   short Tc_fwd;
   short Tc_bwd;
   short Tf_max;
   short Tb_max;

/* add any new fields here above is a mirror of sdla_dlci_conf */
};

#define DLCI_GET_SLAVE	(SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 4)

/* configuration flags for DLCI */
#define DLCI_IGNORE_CIR_OUT	0x0001
#define DLCI_ACCOUNT_CIR_IN	0x0002
#define DLCI_BUFFER_IF		0x0008

#define DLCI_VALID_FLAGS	0x000B

/* defines for the actual Frame Relay hardware */
#define FRAD_GET_CONF	(SIOCDEVPRIVATE)
#define FRAD_SET_CONF	(SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 1)

#define FRAD_LAST_IOCTL	FRAD_SET_CONF

/*
 * Based on the setup for the Sangoma SDLA.  If changes are 
 * necessary to this structure, a routine will need to be 
 * added to that module to copy fields.
 */
struct frad_conf 
{
   short station;
   short flags;
   short kbaud;
   short clocking;
   short mtu;
   short T391;
   short T392;
   short N391;
   short N392;
   short N393;
   short CIR_fwd;
   short Bc_fwd;
   short Be_fwd;
   short CIR_bwd;
   short Bc_bwd;
   short Be_bwd;

/* Add new fields here, above is a mirror of the sdla_conf */

};

#define FRAD_STATION_CPE	0x0000
#define FRAD_STATION_NODE	0x0001

#define FRAD_TX_IGNORE_CIR	0x0001
#define FRAD_RX_ACCOUNT_CIR	0x0002
#define FRAD_DROP_ABORTED	0x0004
#define FRAD_BUFFERIF		0x0008
#define FRAD_STATS		0x0010
#define FRAD_MCI		0x0100
#define FRAD_AUTODLCI		0x8000
#define FRAD_VALID_FLAGS	0x811F

#define FRAD_CLOCK_INT		0x0001
#define FRAD_CLOCK_EXT		0x0000


#endif /* _FRAD_H_ */
/*
 * This header is BSD licensed so anyone can use the definitions to implement
 * compatible drivers/servers.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_VIRTIO_SCSI_H
#define _LINUX_VIRTIO_SCSI_H

#include <linux/virtio_types.h>

/* Default values of the CDB and sense data size configuration fields */
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_CDB_DEFAULT_SIZE   32
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_SENSE_DEFAULT_SIZE 96

#ifndef VIRTIO_SCSI_CDB_SIZE
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_CDB_SIZE VIRTIO_SCSI_CDB_DEFAULT_SIZE
#endif
#ifndef VIRTIO_SCSI_SENSE_SIZE
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_SENSE_SIZE VIRTIO_SCSI_SENSE_DEFAULT_SIZE
#endif

/* SCSI command request, followed by data-out */
struct virtio_scsi_cmd_req {
	__u8 lun[8];		/* Logical Unit Number */
	__virtio64 tag;		/* Command identifier */
	__u8 task_attr;		/* Task attribute */
	__u8 prio;		/* SAM command priority field */
	__u8 crn;
	__u8 cdb[VIRTIO_SCSI_CDB_SIZE];
} __attribute__((packed));

/* SCSI command request, followed by protection information */
struct virtio_scsi_cmd_req_pi {
	__u8 lun[8];		/* Logical Unit Number */
	__virtio64 tag;		/* Command identifier */
	__u8 task_attr;		/* Task attribute */
	__u8 prio;		/* SAM command priority field */
	__u8 crn;
	__virtio32 pi_bytesout;	/* DataOUT PI Number of bytes */
	__virtio32 pi_bytesin;		/* DataIN PI Number of bytes */
	__u8 cdb[VIRTIO_SCSI_CDB_SIZE];
} __attribute__((packed));

/* Response, followed by sense data and data-in */
struct virtio_scsi_cmd_resp {
	__virtio32 sense_len;		/* Sense data length */
	__virtio32 resid;		/* Residual bytes in data buffer */
	__virtio16 status_qualifier;	/* Status qualifier */
	__u8 status;		/* Command completion status */
	__u8 response;		/* Response values */
	__u8 sense[VIRTIO_SCSI_SENSE_SIZE];
} __attribute__((packed));

/* Task Management Request */
struct virtio_scsi_ctrl_tmf_req {
	__virtio32 type;
	__virtio32 subtype;
	__u8 lun[8];
	__virtio64 tag;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct virtio_scsi_ctrl_tmf_resp {
	__u8 response;
} __attribute__((packed));

/* Asynchronous notification query/subscription */
struct virtio_scsi_ctrl_an_req {
	__virtio32 type;
	__u8 lun[8];
	__virtio32 event_requested;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct virtio_scsi_ctrl_an_resp {
	__virtio32 event_actual;
	__u8 response;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct virtio_scsi_event {
	__virtio32 event;
	__u8 lun[8];
	__virtio32 reason;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct virtio_scsi_config {
	__u32 num_queues;
	__u32 seg_max;
	__u32 max_sectors;
	__u32 cmd_per_lun;
	__u32 event_info_size;
	__u32 sense_size;
	__u32 cdb_size;
	__u16 max_channel;
	__u16 max_target;
	__u32 max_lun;
} __attribute__((packed));

/* Feature Bits */
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_F_INOUT                    0
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_F_HOTPLUG                  1
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_F_CHANGE                   2
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_F_T10_PI                   3

/* Response codes */
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_OK                       0
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_OVERRUN                  1
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_ABORTED                  2
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_BAD_TARGET               3
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_RESET                    4
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_BUSY                     5
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_TRANSPORT_FAILURE        6
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_TARGET_FAILURE           7
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_NEXUS_FAILURE            8
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_FAILURE                  9
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_FUNCTION_SUCCEEDED       10
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_FUNCTION_REJECTED        11
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_INCORRECT_LUN            12

/* Controlq type codes.  */
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_TMF                      0
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_AN_QUERY                 1
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_AN_SUBSCRIBE             2

/* Valid TMF subtypes.  */
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_TMF_ABORT_TASK           0
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_TMF_ABORT_TASK_SET       1
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_TMF_CLEAR_ACA            2
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_TMF_CLEAR_TASK_SET       3
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_TMF_I_T_NEXUS_RESET      4
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_TMF_LOGICAL_UNIT_RESET   5
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_TMF_QUERY_TASK           6
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_TMF_QUERY_TASK_SET       7

/* Events.  */
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_EVENTS_MISSED            0x80000000
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_NO_EVENT                 0
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_TRANSPORT_RESET          1
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_ASYNC_NOTIFY             2
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_PARAM_CHANGE             3

/* Reasons of transport reset event */
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_EVT_RESET_HARD             0
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_EVT_RESET_RESCAN           1
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_EVT_RESET_REMOVED          2

#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_SIMPLE                   0
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_ORDERED                  1
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_HEAD                     2
#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_ACA                      3


#endif /* _LINUX_VIRTIO_SCSI_H */
/*
 * This header, excluding the #ifdef __KERNEL__ part, is BSD licensed so
 * anyone can use the definitions to implement compatible drivers/servers:
 *
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the name of IBM nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
 * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL IBM OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 * Copyright (C) Red Hat, Inc., 2013-2015
 * Copyright (C) Asias He <asias@redhat.com>, 2013
 * Copyright (C) Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>, 2015
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_VIRTIO_VSOCK_H
#define _LINUX_VIRTIO_VSOCK_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/virtio_ids.h>
#include <linux/virtio_config.h>

struct virtio_vsock_config {
	__le64 guest_cid;
} __attribute__((packed));

enum virtio_vsock_event_id {
	VIRTIO_VSOCK_EVENT_TRANSPORT_RESET = 0,
};

struct virtio_vsock_event {
	__le32 id;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct virtio_vsock_hdr {
	__le64	src_cid;
	__le64	dst_cid;
	__le32	src_port;
	__le32	dst_port;
	__le32	len;
	__le16	type;		/* enum virtio_vsock_type */
	__le16	op;		/* enum virtio_vsock_op */
	__le32	flags;
	__le32	buf_alloc;
	__le32	fwd_cnt;
} __attribute__((packed));

enum virtio_vsock_type {
	VIRTIO_VSOCK_TYPE_STREAM = 1,
};

enum virtio_vsock_op {
	VIRTIO_VSOCK_OP_INVALID = 0,

	/* Connect operations */
	VIRTIO_VSOCK_OP_REQUEST = 1,
	VIRTIO_VSOCK_OP_RESPONSE = 2,
	VIRTIO_VSOCK_OP_RST = 3,
	VIRTIO_VSOCK_OP_SHUTDOWN = 4,

	/* To send payload */
	VIRTIO_VSOCK_OP_RW = 5,

	/* Tell the peer our credit info */
	VIRTIO_VSOCK_OP_CREDIT_UPDATE = 6,
	/* Request the peer to send the credit info to us */
	VIRTIO_VSOCK_OP_CREDIT_REQUEST = 7,
};

/* VIRTIO_VSOCK_OP_SHUTDOWN flags values */
enum virtio_vsock_shutdown {
	VIRTIO_VSOCK_SHUTDOWN_RCV = 1,
	VIRTIO_VSOCK_SHUTDOWN_SEND = 2,
};

#endif /* _LINUX_VIRTIO_VSOCK_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* 
 * linux/mtio.h header file for Linux. Written by H. Bergman
 *
 * Modified for special ioctls provided by zftape in September 1997
 * by C.-J. Heine.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_MTIO_H
#define _LINUX_MTIO_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

/*
 * Structures and definitions for mag tape io control commands
 */

/* structure for MTIOCTOP - mag tape op command */
struct	mtop {
	short	mt_op;		/* operations defined below */
	int	mt_count;	/* how many of them */
};

/* Magnetic Tape operations [Not all operations supported by all drivers]: */
#define MTRESET 0	/* +reset drive in case of problems */
#define MTFSF	1	/* forward space over FileMark,
			 * position at first record of next file 
			 */
#define MTBSF	2	/* backward space FileMark (position before FM) */
#define MTFSR	3	/* forward space record */
#define MTBSR	4	/* backward space record */
#define MTWEOF	5	/* write an end-of-file record (mark) */
#define MTREW	6	/* rewind */
#define MTOFFL	7	/* rewind and put the drive offline (eject?) */
#define MTNOP	8	/* no op, set status only (read with MTIOCGET) */
#define MTRETEN 9	/* retension tape */
#define MTBSFM	10	/* +backward space FileMark, position at FM */
#define MTFSFM  11	/* +forward space FileMark, position at FM */
#define MTEOM	12	/* goto end of recorded media (for appending files).
			 * MTEOM positions after the last FM, ready for
			 * appending another file.
			 */
#define MTERASE 13	/* erase tape -- be careful! */

#define MTRAS1  14	/* run self test 1 (nondestructive) */
#define MTRAS2	15	/* run self test 2 (destructive) */
#define MTRAS3  16	/* reserved for self test 3 */

#define MTSETBLK 20	/* set block length (SCSI) */
#define MTSETDENSITY 21	/* set tape density (SCSI) */
#define MTSEEK	22	/* seek to block (Tandberg, etc.) */
#define MTTELL	23	/* tell block (Tandberg, etc.) */
#define MTSETDRVBUFFER 24 /* set the drive buffering according to SCSI-2 */
			/* ordinary buffered operation with code 1 */
#define MTFSS	25	/* space forward over setmarks */
#define MTBSS	26	/* space backward over setmarks */
#define MTWSM	27	/* write setmarks */

#define MTLOCK  28	/* lock the drive door */
#define MTUNLOCK 29	/* unlock the drive door */
#define MTLOAD  30	/* execute the SCSI load command */
#define MTUNLOAD 31	/* execute the SCSI unload command */
#define MTCOMPRESSION 32/* control compression with SCSI mode page 15 */
#define MTSETPART 33	/* Change the active tape partition */
#define MTMKPART  34	/* Format the tape with one or two partitions */
#define MTWEOFI	35	/* write an end-of-file record (mark) in immediate mode */

/* structure for MTIOCGET - mag tape get status command */

struct	mtget {
	long	mt_type;	/* type of magtape device */
	long	mt_resid;	/* residual count: (not sure)
				 *	number of bytes ignored, or
				 *	number of files not skipped, or
				 *	number of records not skipped.
				 */
	/* the following registers are device dependent */
	long	mt_dsreg;	/* status register */
	long	mt_gstat;	/* generic (device independent) status */
	long	mt_erreg;	/* error register */
	/* The next two fields are not always used */
	__kernel_daddr_t mt_fileno;	/* number of current file on tape */
	__kernel_daddr_t mt_blkno;	/* current block number */
};



/*
 * Constants for mt_type. Not all of these are supported,
 * and these are not all of the ones that are supported.
 */
#define MT_ISUNKNOWN		0x01
#define MT_ISQIC02		0x02	/* Generic QIC-02 tape streamer */
#define MT_ISWT5150		0x03	/* Wangtek 5150EQ, QIC-150, QIC-02 */
#define MT_ISARCHIVE_5945L2	0x04	/* Archive 5945L-2, QIC-24, QIC-02? */
#define MT_ISCMSJ500		0x05	/* CMS Jumbo 500 (QIC-02?) */
#define MT_ISTDC3610		0x06	/* Tandberg 6310, QIC-24 */
#define MT_ISARCHIVE_VP60I	0x07	/* Archive VP60i, QIC-02 */
#define MT_ISARCHIVE_2150L	0x08	/* Archive Viper 2150L */
#define MT_ISARCHIVE_2060L	0x09	/* Archive Viper 2060L */
#define MT_ISARCHIVESC499	0x0A	/* Archive SC-499 QIC-36 controller */
#define MT_ISQIC02_ALL_FEATURES	0x0F	/* Generic QIC-02 with all features */
#define MT_ISWT5099EEN24	0x11	/* Wangtek 5099-een24, 60MB, QIC-24 */
#define MT_ISTEAC_MT2ST		0x12	/* Teac MT-2ST 155mb drive, Teac DC-1 card (Wangtek type) */
#define MT_ISEVEREX_FT40A	0x32	/* Everex FT40A (QIC-40) */
#define MT_ISDDS1		0x51	/* DDS device without partitions */
#define MT_ISDDS2		0x52	/* DDS device with partitions */
#define MT_ISONSTREAM_SC        0x61   /* OnStream SCSI tape drives (SC-x0)
					  and SCSI emulated (DI, DP, USB) */
#define MT_ISSCSI1		0x71	/* Generic ANSI SCSI-1 tape unit */
#define MT_ISSCSI2		0x72	/* Generic ANSI SCSI-2 tape unit */

/* QIC-40/80/3010/3020 ftape supported drives.
 * 20bit vendor ID + 0x800000 (see ftape-vendors.h)
 */
#define MT_ISFTAPE_UNKNOWN	0x800000 /* obsolete */
#define MT_ISFTAPE_FLAG	0x800000


/* structure for MTIOCPOS - mag tape get position command */

struct	mtpos {
	long 	mt_blkno;	/* current block number */
};


/* mag tape io control commands */
#define	MTIOCTOP	_IOW('m', 1, struct mtop)	/* do a mag tape op */
#define	MTIOCGET	_IOR('m', 2, struct mtget)	/* get tape status */
#define	MTIOCPOS	_IOR('m', 3, struct mtpos)	/* get tape position */


/* Generic Mag Tape (device independent) status macros for examining
 * mt_gstat -- HP-UX compatible.
 * There is room for more generic status bits here, but I don't
 * know which of them are reserved. At least three or so should
 * be added to make this really useful.
 */
#define GMT_EOF(x)              ((x) & 0x80000000)
#define GMT_BOT(x)              ((x) & 0x40000000)
#define GMT_EOT(x)              ((x) & 0x20000000)
#define GMT_SM(x)               ((x) & 0x10000000)  /* DDS setmark */
#define GMT_EOD(x)              ((x) & 0x08000000)  /* DDS EOD */
#define GMT_WR_PROT(x)          ((x) & 0x04000000)
/* #define GMT_ ? 		((x) & 0x02000000) */
#define GMT_ONLINE(x)           ((x) & 0x01000000)
#define GMT_D_6250(x)           ((x) & 0x00800000)
#define GMT_D_1600(x)           ((x) & 0x00400000)
#define GMT_D_800(x)            ((x) & 0x00200000)
/* #define GMT_ ? 		((x) & 0x00100000) */
/* #define GMT_ ? 		((x) & 0x00080000) */
#define GMT_DR_OPEN(x)          ((x) & 0x00040000)  /* door open (no tape) */
/* #define GMT_ ? 		((x) & 0x00020000) */
#define GMT_IM_REP_EN(x)        ((x) & 0x00010000)  /* immediate report mode */
#define GMT_CLN(x)              ((x) & 0x00008000)  /* cleaning requested */
/* 15 generic status bits unused */


/* SCSI-tape specific definitions */
/* Bitfield shifts in the status  */
#define MT_ST_BLKSIZE_SHIFT	0
#define MT_ST_BLKSIZE_MASK	0xffffff
#define MT_ST_DENSITY_SHIFT	24
#define MT_ST_DENSITY_MASK	0xff000000

#define MT_ST_SOFTERR_SHIFT	0
#define MT_ST_SOFTERR_MASK	0xffff

/* Bitfields for the MTSETDRVBUFFER ioctl */
#define MT_ST_OPTIONS		0xf0000000
#define MT_ST_BOOLEANS		0x10000000
#define MT_ST_SETBOOLEANS	0x30000000
#define MT_ST_CLEARBOOLEANS	0x40000000
#define MT_ST_WRITE_THRESHOLD	0x20000000
#define MT_ST_DEF_BLKSIZE	0x50000000
#define MT_ST_DEF_OPTIONS	0x60000000
#define MT_ST_TIMEOUTS		0x70000000
#define MT_ST_SET_TIMEOUT	(MT_ST_TIMEOUTS | 0x000000)
#define MT_ST_SET_LONG_TIMEOUT	(MT_ST_TIMEOUTS | 0x100000)
#define MT_ST_SET_CLN		0x80000000

#define MT_ST_BUFFER_WRITES	0x1
#define MT_ST_ASYNC_WRITES	0x2
#define MT_ST_READ_AHEAD	0x4
#define MT_ST_DEBUGGING		0x8
#define MT_ST_TWO_FM		0x10
#define MT_ST_FAST_MTEOM	0x20
#define MT_ST_AUTO_LOCK		0x40
#define MT_ST_DEF_WRITES	0x80
#define MT_ST_CAN_BSR		0x100
#define MT_ST_NO_BLKLIMS	0x200
#define MT_ST_CAN_PARTITIONS    0x400
#define MT_ST_SCSI2LOGICAL      0x800
#define MT_ST_SYSV              0x1000
#define MT_ST_NOWAIT            0x2000
#define MT_ST_SILI		0x4000
#define MT_ST_NOWAIT_EOF	0x8000

/* The mode parameters to be controlled. Parameter chosen with bits 20-28 */
#define MT_ST_CLEAR_DEFAULT	0xfffff
#define MT_ST_DEF_DENSITY	(MT_ST_DEF_OPTIONS | 0x100000)
#define MT_ST_DEF_COMPRESSION	(MT_ST_DEF_OPTIONS | 0x200000)
#define MT_ST_DEF_DRVBUFFER	(MT_ST_DEF_OPTIONS | 0x300000)

/* The offset for the arguments for the special HP changer load command. */
#define MT_ST_HPLOADER_OFFSET 10000

#endif /* _LINUX_MTIO_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* keyctl.h: keyctl command IDs
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2004, 2008 Red Hat, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
 * Written by David Howells (dhowells@redhat.com)
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 * 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_KEYCTL_H
#define _LINUX_KEYCTL_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* special process keyring shortcut IDs */
#define KEY_SPEC_THREAD_KEYRING		-1	/* - key ID for thread-specific keyring */
#define KEY_SPEC_PROCESS_KEYRING	-2	/* - key ID for process-specific keyring */
#define KEY_SPEC_SESSION_KEYRING	-3	/* - key ID for session-specific keyring */
#define KEY_SPEC_USER_KEYRING		-4	/* - key ID for UID-specific keyring */
#define KEY_SPEC_USER_SESSION_KEYRING	-5	/* - key ID for UID-session keyring */
#define KEY_SPEC_GROUP_KEYRING		-6	/* - key ID for GID-specific keyring */
#define KEY_SPEC_REQKEY_AUTH_KEY	-7	/* - key ID for assumed request_key auth key */
#define KEY_SPEC_REQUESTOR_KEYRING	-8	/* - key ID for request_key() dest keyring */

/* request-key default keyrings */
#define KEY_REQKEY_DEFL_NO_CHANGE		-1
#define KEY_REQKEY_DEFL_DEFAULT			0
#define KEY_REQKEY_DEFL_THREAD_KEYRING		1
#define KEY_REQKEY_DEFL_PROCESS_KEYRING		2
#define KEY_REQKEY_DEFL_SESSION_KEYRING		3
#define KEY_REQKEY_DEFL_USER_KEYRING		4
#define KEY_REQKEY_DEFL_USER_SESSION_KEYRING	5
#define KEY_REQKEY_DEFL_GROUP_KEYRING		6
#define KEY_REQKEY_DEFL_REQUESTOR_KEYRING	7

/* keyctl commands */
#define KEYCTL_GET_KEYRING_ID		0	/* ask for a keyring's ID */
#define KEYCTL_JOIN_SESSION_KEYRING	1	/* join or start named session keyring */
#define KEYCTL_UPDATE			2	/* update a key */
#define KEYCTL_REVOKE			3	/* revoke a key */
#define KEYCTL_CHOWN			4	/* set ownership of a key */
#define KEYCTL_SETPERM			5	/* set perms on a key */
#define KEYCTL_DESCRIBE			6	/* describe a key */
#define KEYCTL_CLEAR			7	/* clear contents of a keyring */
#define KEYCTL_LINK			8	/* link a key into a keyring */
#define KEYCTL_UNLINK			9	/* unlink a key from a keyring */
#define KEYCTL_SEARCH			10	/* search for a key in a keyring */
#define KEYCTL_READ			11	/* read a key or keyring's contents */
#define KEYCTL_INSTANTIATE		12	/* instantiate a partially constructed key */
#define KEYCTL_NEGATE			13	/* negate a partially constructed key */
#define KEYCTL_SET_REQKEY_KEYRING	14	/* set default request-key keyring */
#define KEYCTL_SET_TIMEOUT		15	/* set key timeout */
#define KEYCTL_ASSUME_AUTHORITY		16	/* assume request_key() authorisation */
#define KEYCTL_GET_SECURITY		17	/* get key security label */
#define KEYCTL_SESSION_TO_PARENT	18	/* apply session keyring to parent process */
#define KEYCTL_REJECT			19	/* reject a partially constructed key */
#define KEYCTL_INSTANTIATE_IOV		20	/* instantiate a partially constructed key */
#define KEYCTL_INVALIDATE		21	/* invalidate a key */
#define KEYCTL_GET_PERSISTENT		22	/* get a user's persistent keyring */
#define KEYCTL_DH_COMPUTE		23	/* Compute Diffie-Hellman values */
#define KEYCTL_RESTRICT_KEYRING		29	/* Restrict keys allowed to link to a keyring */

/* keyctl structures */
struct keyctl_dh_params {
	__s32 private;
	__s32 prime;
	__s32 base;
};

struct keyctl_kdf_params {
	char *hashname;
	char *otherinfo;
	__u32 otherinfolen;
	__u32 __spare[8];
};

#endif /*  _LINUX_KEYCTL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_VLAN_H
#define __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_VLAN_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define EBT_VLAN_ID	0x01
#define EBT_VLAN_PRIO	0x02
#define EBT_VLAN_ENCAP	0x04
#define EBT_VLAN_MASK (EBT_VLAN_ID | EBT_VLAN_PRIO | EBT_VLAN_ENCAP)
#define EBT_VLAN_MATCH "vlan"

struct ebt_vlan_info {
	__u16 id;		/* VLAN ID {1-4095} */
	__u8 prio;		/* VLAN User Priority {0-7} */
	__be16 encap;		/* VLAN Encapsulated frame code {0-65535} */
	__u8 bitmask;		/* Args bitmask bit 1=1 - ID arg,
				   bit 2=1 User-Priority arg, bit 3=1 encap*/
	__u8 invflags;		/* Inverse bitmask  bit 1=1 - inversed ID arg, 
				   bit 2=1 - inversed Pirority arg */
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  ebtables
 *
 *	Authors:
 *	Bart De Schuymer		<bdschuym@pandora.be>
 *
 *  ebtables.c,v 2.0, April, 2002
 *
 *  This code is strongly inspired by the iptables code which is
 *  Copyright (C) 1999 Paul `Rusty' Russell & Michael J. Neuling
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_BRIDGE_EFF_H
#define __LINUX_BRIDGE_EFF_H
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/if.h>
#include <linux/netfilter_bridge.h>

#define EBT_TABLE_MAXNAMELEN 32
#define EBT_CHAIN_MAXNAMELEN EBT_TABLE_MAXNAMELEN
#define EBT_FUNCTION_MAXNAMELEN EBT_TABLE_MAXNAMELEN
#define EBT_EXTENSION_MAXNAMELEN 31

/* verdicts >0 are "branches" */
#define EBT_ACCEPT   -1
#define EBT_DROP     -2
#define EBT_CONTINUE -3
#define EBT_RETURN   -4
#define NUM_STANDARD_TARGETS   4
/* ebtables target modules store the verdict inside an int. We can
 * reclaim a part of this int for backwards compatible extensions.
 * The 4 lsb are more than enough to store the verdict. */
#define EBT_VERDICT_BITS 0x0000000F

struct xt_match;
struct xt_target;

struct ebt_counter {
	__u64 pcnt;
	__u64 bcnt;
};

struct ebt_replace {
	char name[EBT_TABLE_MAXNAMELEN];
	unsigned int valid_hooks;
	/* nr of rules in the table */
	unsigned int nentries;
	/* total size of the entries */
	unsigned int entries_size;
	/* start of the chains */
	struct ebt_entries *hook_entry[NF_BR_NUMHOOKS];
	/* nr of counters userspace expects back */
	unsigned int num_counters;
	/* where the kernel will put the old counters */
	struct ebt_counter *counters;
	char *entries;
};

struct ebt_replace_kernel {
	char name[EBT_TABLE_MAXNAMELEN];
	unsigned int valid_hooks;
	/* nr of rules in the table */
	unsigned int nentries;
	/* total size of the entries */
	unsigned int entries_size;
	/* start of the chains */
	struct ebt_entries *hook_entry[NF_BR_NUMHOOKS];
	/* nr of counters userspace expects back */
	unsigned int num_counters;
	/* where the kernel will put the old counters */
	struct ebt_counter *counters;
	char *entries;
};

struct ebt_entries {
	/* this field is always set to zero
	 * See EBT_ENTRY_OR_ENTRIES.
	 * Must be same size as ebt_entry.bitmask */
	unsigned int distinguisher;
	/* the chain name */
	char name[EBT_CHAIN_MAXNAMELEN];
	/* counter offset for this chain */
	unsigned int counter_offset;
	/* one standard (accept, drop, return) per hook */
	int policy;
	/* nr. of entries */
	unsigned int nentries;
	/* entry list */
	char data[0] __attribute__ ((aligned (__alignof__(struct ebt_replace))));
};

/* used for the bitmask of struct ebt_entry */

/* This is a hack to make a difference between an ebt_entry struct and an
 * ebt_entries struct when traversing the entries from start to end.
 * Using this simplifies the code a lot, while still being able to use
 * ebt_entries.
 * Contrary, iptables doesn't use something like ebt_entries and therefore uses
 * different techniques for naming the policy and such. So, iptables doesn't
 * need a hack like this.
 */
#define EBT_ENTRY_OR_ENTRIES 0x01
/* these are the normal masks */
#define EBT_NOPROTO 0x02
#define EBT_802_3 0x04
#define EBT_SOURCEMAC 0x08
#define EBT_DESTMAC 0x10
#define EBT_F_MASK (EBT_NOPROTO | EBT_802_3 | EBT_SOURCEMAC | EBT_DESTMAC \
   | EBT_ENTRY_OR_ENTRIES)

#define EBT_IPROTO 0x01
#define EBT_IIN 0x02
#define EBT_IOUT 0x04
#define EBT_ISOURCE 0x8
#define EBT_IDEST 0x10
#define EBT_ILOGICALIN 0x20
#define EBT_ILOGICALOUT 0x40
#define EBT_INV_MASK (EBT_IPROTO | EBT_IIN | EBT_IOUT | EBT_ILOGICALIN \
   | EBT_ILOGICALOUT | EBT_ISOURCE | EBT_IDEST)

struct ebt_entry_match {
	union {
		struct {
			char name[EBT_EXTENSION_MAXNAMELEN];
			uint8_t revision;
		};
		struct xt_match *match;
	} u;
	/* size of data */
	unsigned int match_size;
	unsigned char data[0] __attribute__ ((aligned (__alignof__(struct ebt_replace))));
};

struct ebt_entry_watcher {
	union {
		struct {
			char name[EBT_EXTENSION_MAXNAMELEN];
			uint8_t revision;
		};
		struct xt_target *watcher;
	} u;
	/* size of data */
	unsigned int watcher_size;
	unsigned char data[0] __attribute__ ((aligned (__alignof__(struct ebt_replace))));
};

struct ebt_entry_target {
	union {
		struct {
			char name[EBT_EXTENSION_MAXNAMELEN];
			uint8_t revision;
		};
		struct xt_target *target;
	} u;
	/* size of data */
	unsigned int target_size;
	unsigned char data[0] __attribute__ ((aligned (__alignof__(struct ebt_replace))));
};

#define EBT_STANDARD_TARGET "standard"
struct ebt_standard_target {
	struct ebt_entry_target target;
	int verdict;
};

/* one entry */
struct ebt_entry {
	/* this needs to be the first field */
	unsigned int bitmask;
	unsigned int invflags;
	__be16 ethproto;
	/* the physical in-dev */
	char in[IFNAMSIZ];
	/* the logical in-dev */
	char logical_in[IFNAMSIZ];
	/* the physical out-dev */
	char out[IFNAMSIZ];
	/* the logical out-dev */
	char logical_out[IFNAMSIZ];
	unsigned char sourcemac[ETH_ALEN];
	unsigned char sourcemsk[ETH_ALEN];
	unsigned char destmac[ETH_ALEN];
	unsigned char destmsk[ETH_ALEN];
	/* sizeof ebt_entry + matches */
	unsigned int watchers_offset;
	/* sizeof ebt_entry + matches + watchers */
	unsigned int target_offset;
	/* sizeof ebt_entry + matches + watchers + target */
	unsigned int next_offset;
	unsigned char elems[0] __attribute__ ((aligned (__alignof__(struct ebt_replace))));
};

static __inline__ struct ebt_entry_target *
ebt_get_target(struct ebt_entry *e)
{
	return (void *)e + e->target_offset;
}

/* {g,s}etsockopt numbers */
#define EBT_BASE_CTL            128

#define EBT_SO_SET_ENTRIES      (EBT_BASE_CTL)
#define EBT_SO_SET_COUNTERS     (EBT_SO_SET_ENTRIES+1)
#define EBT_SO_SET_MAX          (EBT_SO_SET_COUNTERS+1)

#define EBT_SO_GET_INFO         (EBT_BASE_CTL)
#define EBT_SO_GET_ENTRIES      (EBT_SO_GET_INFO+1)
#define EBT_SO_GET_INIT_INFO    (EBT_SO_GET_ENTRIES+1)
#define EBT_SO_GET_INIT_ENTRIES (EBT_SO_GET_INIT_INFO+1)
#define EBT_SO_GET_MAX          (EBT_SO_GET_INIT_ENTRIES+1)


/* blatently stolen from ip_tables.h
 * fn returns 0 to continue iteration */
#define EBT_MATCH_ITERATE(e, fn, args...)                   \
({                                                          \
	unsigned int __i;                                   \
	int __ret = 0;                                      \
	struct ebt_entry_match *__match;                    \
	                                                    \
	for (__i = sizeof(struct ebt_entry);                \
	     __i < (e)->watchers_offset;                    \
	     __i += __match->match_size +                   \
	     sizeof(struct ebt_entry_match)) {              \
		__match = (void *)(e) + __i;                \
		                                            \
		__ret = fn(__match , ## args);              \
		if (__ret != 0)                             \
			break;                              \
	}                                                   \
	if (__ret == 0) {                                   \
		if (__i != (e)->watchers_offset)            \
			__ret = -EINVAL;                    \
	}                                                   \
	__ret;                                              \
})

#define EBT_WATCHER_ITERATE(e, fn, args...)                 \
({                                                          \
	unsigned int __i;                                   \
	int __ret = 0;                                      \
	struct ebt_entry_watcher *__watcher;                \
	                                                    \
	for (__i = e->watchers_offset;                      \
	     __i < (e)->target_offset;                      \
	     __i += __watcher->watcher_size +               \
	     sizeof(struct ebt_entry_watcher)) {            \
		__watcher = (void *)(e) + __i;              \
		                                            \
		__ret = fn(__watcher , ## args);            \
		if (__ret != 0)                             \
			break;                              \
	}                                                   \
	if (__ret == 0) {                                   \
		if (__i != (e)->target_offset)              \
			__ret = -EINVAL;                    \
	}                                                   \
	__ret;                                              \
})

#define EBT_ENTRY_ITERATE(entries, size, fn, args...)       \
({                                                          \
	unsigned int __i;                                   \
	int __ret = 0;                                      \
	struct ebt_entry *__entry;                          \
	                                                    \
	for (__i = 0; __i < (size);) {                      \
		__entry = (void *)(entries) + __i;          \
		__ret = fn(__entry , ## args);              \
		if (__ret != 0)                             \
			break;                              \
		if (__entry->bitmask != 0)                  \
			__i += __entry->next_offset;        \
		else                                        \
			__i += sizeof(struct ebt_entries);  \
	}                                                   \
	if (__ret == 0) {                                   \
		if (__i != (size))                          \
			__ret = -EINVAL;                    \
	}                                                   \
	__ret;                                              \
})

#endif /* __LINUX_BRIDGE_EFF_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_AMONG_H
#define __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_AMONG_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define EBT_AMONG_DST 0x01
#define EBT_AMONG_SRC 0x02

/* Grzegorz Borowiak <grzes@gnu.univ.gda.pl> 2003
 * 
 * Write-once-read-many hash table, used for checking if a given
 * MAC address belongs to a set or not and possibly for checking
 * if it is related with a given IPv4 address.
 *
 * The hash value of an address is its last byte.
 * 
 * In real-world ethernet addresses, values of the last byte are
 * evenly distributed and there is no need to consider other bytes.
 * It would only slow the routines down.
 *
 * For MAC address comparison speedup reasons, we introduce a trick.
 * MAC address is mapped onto an array of two 32-bit integers.
 * This pair of integers is compared with MAC addresses in the
 * hash table, which are stored also in form of pairs of integers
 * (in `cmp' array). This is quick as it requires only two elementary
 * number comparisons in worst case. Further, we take advantage of
 * fact that entropy of 3 last bytes of address is larger than entropy
 * of 3 first bytes. So first we compare 4 last bytes of addresses and
 * if they are the same we compare 2 first.
 *
 * Yes, it is a memory overhead, but in 2003 AD, who cares?
 */

struct ebt_mac_wormhash_tuple {
	__u32 cmp[2];
	__be32 ip;
};

struct ebt_mac_wormhash {
	int table[257];
	int poolsize;
	struct ebt_mac_wormhash_tuple pool[0];
};

#define ebt_mac_wormhash_size(x) ((x) ? sizeof(struct ebt_mac_wormhash) \
		+ (x)->poolsize * sizeof(struct ebt_mac_wormhash_tuple) : 0)

struct ebt_among_info {
	int wh_dst_ofs;
	int wh_src_ofs;
	int bitmask;
};

#define EBT_AMONG_DST_NEG 0x1
#define EBT_AMONG_SRC_NEG 0x2

#define ebt_among_wh_dst(x) ((x)->wh_dst_ofs ? \
	(struct ebt_mac_wormhash*)((char*)(x) + (x)->wh_dst_ofs) : NULL)
#define ebt_among_wh_src(x) ((x)->wh_src_ofs ? \
	(struct ebt_mac_wormhash*)((char*)(x) + (x)->wh_src_ofs) : NULL)

#define EBT_AMONG_MATCH "among"

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  ebt_ip6
 *
 *	Authors:
 * Kuo-Lang Tseng <kuo-lang.tseng@intel.com>
 * Manohar Castelino <manohar.r.castelino@intel.com>
 *
 *  Jan 11, 2008
 *
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_IP6_H
#define __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_IP6_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/in6.h>

#define EBT_IP6_SOURCE 0x01
#define EBT_IP6_DEST 0x02
#define EBT_IP6_TCLASS 0x04
#define EBT_IP6_PROTO 0x08
#define EBT_IP6_SPORT 0x10
#define EBT_IP6_DPORT 0x20
#define EBT_IP6_ICMP6 0x40

#define EBT_IP6_MASK (EBT_IP6_SOURCE | EBT_IP6_DEST | EBT_IP6_TCLASS |\
		      EBT_IP6_PROTO | EBT_IP6_SPORT | EBT_IP6_DPORT | \
		      EBT_IP6_ICMP6)
#define EBT_IP6_MATCH "ip6"

/* the same values are used for the invflags */
struct ebt_ip6_info {
	struct in6_addr saddr;
	struct in6_addr daddr;
	struct in6_addr smsk;
	struct in6_addr dmsk;
	__u8  tclass;
	__u8  protocol;
	__u8  bitmask;
	__u8  invflags;
	union {
		__u16 sport[2];
		__u8 icmpv6_type[2];
	};
	union {
		__u16 dport[2];
		__u8 icmpv6_code[2];
	};
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_MARK_T_H
#define __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_MARK_T_H

/* The target member is reused for adding new actions, the
 * value of the real target is -1 to -NUM_STANDARD_TARGETS.
 * For backward compatibility, the 4 lsb (2 would be enough,
 * but let's play it safe) are kept to designate this target.
 * The remaining bits designate the action. By making the set
 * action 0xfffffff0, the result will look ok for older
 * versions. [September 2006] */
#define MARK_SET_VALUE (0xfffffff0)
#define MARK_OR_VALUE  (0xffffffe0)
#define MARK_AND_VALUE (0xffffffd0)
#define MARK_XOR_VALUE (0xffffffc0)

struct ebt_mark_t_info {
	unsigned long mark;
	/* EBT_ACCEPT, EBT_DROP, EBT_CONTINUE or EBT_RETURN */
	int target;
};
#define EBT_MARK_TARGET "mark"

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_LOG_H
#define __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_LOG_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define EBT_LOG_IP 0x01 /* if the frame is made by ip, log the ip information */
#define EBT_LOG_ARP 0x02
#define EBT_LOG_NFLOG 0x04
#define EBT_LOG_IP6 0x08
#define EBT_LOG_MASK (EBT_LOG_IP | EBT_LOG_ARP | EBT_LOG_IP6)
#define EBT_LOG_PREFIX_SIZE 30
#define EBT_LOG_WATCHER "log"

struct ebt_log_info {
	__u8 loglevel;
	__u8 prefix[EBT_LOG_PREFIX_SIZE];
	__u32 bitmask;
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_ARPREPLY_H
#define __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_ARPREPLY_H

#include <linux/if_ether.h>

struct ebt_arpreply_info {
	unsigned char mac[ETH_ALEN];
	int target;
};
#define EBT_ARPREPLY_TARGET "arpreply"

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_ARP_H
#define __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_ARP_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>

#define EBT_ARP_OPCODE 0x01
#define EBT_ARP_HTYPE 0x02
#define EBT_ARP_PTYPE 0x04
#define EBT_ARP_SRC_IP 0x08
#define EBT_ARP_DST_IP 0x10
#define EBT_ARP_SRC_MAC 0x20
#define EBT_ARP_DST_MAC 0x40
#define EBT_ARP_GRAT 0x80
#define EBT_ARP_MASK (EBT_ARP_OPCODE | EBT_ARP_HTYPE | EBT_ARP_PTYPE | \
   EBT_ARP_SRC_IP | EBT_ARP_DST_IP | EBT_ARP_SRC_MAC | EBT_ARP_DST_MAC | \
   EBT_ARP_GRAT)
#define EBT_ARP_MATCH "arp"

struct ebt_arp_info
{
	__be16 htype;
	__be16 ptype;
	__be16 opcode;
	__be32 saddr;
	__be32 smsk;
	__be32 daddr;
	__be32 dmsk;
	unsigned char smaddr[ETH_ALEN];
	unsigned char smmsk[ETH_ALEN];
	unsigned char dmaddr[ETH_ALEN];
	unsigned char dmmsk[ETH_ALEN];
	__u8  bitmask;
	__u8  invflags;
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  ebt_ip
 *
 *	Authors:
 *	Bart De Schuymer <bart.de.schuymer@pandora.be>
 *
 *  April, 2002
 *
 *  Changes:
 *    added ip-sport and ip-dport
 *    Innominate Security Technologies AG <mhopf@innominate.com>
 *    September, 2002
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_IP_H
#define __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_IP_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define EBT_IP_SOURCE 0x01
#define EBT_IP_DEST 0x02
#define EBT_IP_TOS 0x04
#define EBT_IP_PROTO 0x08
#define EBT_IP_SPORT 0x10
#define EBT_IP_DPORT 0x20
#define EBT_IP_ICMP 0x40
#define EBT_IP_IGMP 0x80
#define EBT_IP_MASK (EBT_IP_SOURCE | EBT_IP_DEST | EBT_IP_TOS | EBT_IP_PROTO |\
		     EBT_IP_SPORT | EBT_IP_DPORT | EBT_IP_ICMP | EBT_IP_IGMP)
#define EBT_IP_MATCH "ip"

/* the same values are used for the invflags */
struct ebt_ip_info {
	__be32 saddr;
	__be32 daddr;
	__be32 smsk;
	__be32 dmsk;
	__u8  tos;
	__u8  protocol;
	__u8  bitmask;
	__u8  invflags;
	union {
		__u16 sport[2];
		__u8 icmp_type[2];
		__u8 igmp_type[2];
	};
	union {
		__u16 dport[2];
		__u8 icmp_code[2];
	};
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_NFLOG_H
#define __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_NFLOG_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define EBT_NFLOG_MASK 0x0

#define EBT_NFLOG_PREFIX_SIZE 64
#define EBT_NFLOG_WATCHER "nflog"

#define EBT_NFLOG_DEFAULT_GROUP		0x1
#define EBT_NFLOG_DEFAULT_THRESHOLD	1

struct ebt_nflog_info {
	__u32 len;
	__u16 group;
	__u16 threshold;
	__u16 flags;
	__u16 pad;
	char prefix[EBT_NFLOG_PREFIX_SIZE];
};

#endif				/* __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_NFLOG_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_LIMIT_H
#define __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_LIMIT_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define EBT_LIMIT_MATCH "limit"

/* timings are in milliseconds. */
#define EBT_LIMIT_SCALE 10000

/* 1/10,000 sec period => max of 10,000/sec.  Min rate is then 429490
   seconds, or one every 59 hours. */

struct ebt_limit_info {
	__u32 avg;    /* Average secs between packets * scale */
	__u32 burst;  /* Period multiplier for upper limit. */

	/* Used internally by the kernel */
	unsigned long prev;
	__u32 credit;
	__u32 credit_cap, cost;
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_STP_H
#define __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_STP_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define EBT_STP_TYPE		0x0001

#define EBT_STP_FLAGS		0x0002
#define EBT_STP_ROOTPRIO	0x0004
#define EBT_STP_ROOTADDR	0x0008
#define EBT_STP_ROOTCOST	0x0010
#define EBT_STP_SENDERPRIO	0x0020
#define EBT_STP_SENDERADDR	0x0040
#define EBT_STP_PORT		0x0080
#define EBT_STP_MSGAGE		0x0100
#define EBT_STP_MAXAGE		0x0200
#define EBT_STP_HELLOTIME	0x0400
#define EBT_STP_FWDD		0x0800

#define EBT_STP_MASK		0x0fff
#define EBT_STP_CONFIG_MASK	0x0ffe

#define EBT_STP_MATCH "stp"

struct ebt_stp_config_info {
	__u8 flags;
	__u16 root_priol, root_priou;
	char root_addr[6], root_addrmsk[6];
	__u32 root_costl, root_costu;
	__u16 sender_priol, sender_priou;
	char sender_addr[6], sender_addrmsk[6];
	__u16 portl, portu;
	__u16 msg_agel, msg_ageu;
	__u16 max_agel, max_ageu;
	__u16 hello_timel, hello_timeu;
	__u16 forward_delayl, forward_delayu;
};

struct ebt_stp_info {
	__u8 type;
	struct ebt_stp_config_info config;
	__u16 bitmask;
	__u16 invflags;
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_MARK_M_H
#define __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_MARK_M_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define EBT_MARK_AND 0x01
#define EBT_MARK_OR 0x02
#define EBT_MARK_MASK (EBT_MARK_AND | EBT_MARK_OR)
struct ebt_mark_m_info {
	unsigned long mark, mask;
	__u8 invert;
	__u8 bitmask;
};
#define EBT_MARK_MATCH "mark_m"

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_NAT_H
#define __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_NAT_H

#include <linux/if_ether.h>

#define NAT_ARP_BIT  (0x00000010)
struct ebt_nat_info {
	unsigned char mac[ETH_ALEN];
	/* EBT_ACCEPT, EBT_DROP, EBT_CONTINUE or EBT_RETURN */
	int target;
};
#define EBT_SNAT_TARGET "snat"
#define EBT_DNAT_TARGET "dnat"

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_802_3_H
#define __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_802_3_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>

#define EBT_802_3_SAP 0x01
#define EBT_802_3_TYPE 0x02

#define EBT_802_3_MATCH "802_3"

/*
 * If frame has DSAP/SSAP value 0xaa you must check the SNAP type
 * to discover what kind of packet we're carrying. 
 */
#define CHECK_TYPE 0xaa

/*
 * Control field may be one or two bytes.  If the first byte has
 * the value 0x03 then the entire length is one byte, otherwise it is two.
 * One byte controls are used in Unnumbered Information frames.
 * Two byte controls are used in Numbered Information frames.
 */
#define IS_UI 0x03

#define EBT_802_3_MASK (EBT_802_3_SAP | EBT_802_3_TYPE | EBT_802_3)

/* ui has one byte ctrl, ni has two */
struct hdr_ui {
	__u8 dsap;
	__u8 ssap;
	__u8 ctrl;
	__u8 orig[3];
	__be16 type;
};

struct hdr_ni {
	__u8 dsap;
	__u8 ssap;
	__be16 ctrl;
	__u8  orig[3];
	__be16 type;
};

struct ebt_802_3_hdr {
	__u8  daddr[ETH_ALEN];
	__u8  saddr[ETH_ALEN];
	__be16 len;
	union {
		struct hdr_ui ui;
		struct hdr_ni ni;
	} llc;
};


struct ebt_802_3_info {
	__u8  sap;
	__be16 type;
	__u8  bitmask;
	__u8  invflags;
};

#endif /* __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_802_3_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_PKTTYPE_H
#define __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_PKTTYPE_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct ebt_pkttype_info {
	__u8 pkt_type;
	__u8 invert;
};
#define EBT_PKTTYPE_MATCH "pkttype"

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_REDIRECT_H
#define __LINUX_BRIDGE_EBT_REDIRECT_H

struct ebt_redirect_info {
	/* EBT_ACCEPT, EBT_DROP, EBT_CONTINUE or EBT_RETURN */
	int target;
};
#define EBT_REDIRECT_TARGET "redirect"

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*****************************************************************************/

/*
 *	usbdevice_fs.h  --  USB device file system.
 *
 *	Copyright (C) 2000
 *          Thomas Sailer (sailer@ife.ee.ethz.ch)
 *
 *	This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 *	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 *	the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 *	(at your option) any later version.
 *
 *	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 *	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 *	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 *	GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 *	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 *	along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 *	Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
 *
 *  History:
 *   0.1  04.01.2000  Created
 */

/*****************************************************************************/

#ifndef _LINUX_USBDEVICE_FS_H
#define _LINUX_USBDEVICE_FS_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/magic.h>

/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */

/* usbdevfs ioctl codes */

struct usbdevfs_ctrltransfer {
	__u8 bRequestType;
	__u8 bRequest;
	__u16 wValue;
	__u16 wIndex;
	__u16 wLength;
	__u32 timeout;  /* in milliseconds */
 	void *data;
};

struct usbdevfs_bulktransfer {
	unsigned int ep;
	unsigned int len;
	unsigned int timeout; /* in milliseconds */
	void *data;
};

struct usbdevfs_setinterface {
	unsigned int interface;
	unsigned int altsetting;
};

struct usbdevfs_disconnectsignal {
	unsigned int signr;
	void *context;
};

#define USBDEVFS_MAXDRIVERNAME 255

struct usbdevfs_getdriver {
	unsigned int interface;
	char driver[USBDEVFS_MAXDRIVERNAME + 1];
};

struct usbdevfs_connectinfo {
	unsigned int devnum;
	unsigned char slow;
};

struct usbdevfs_conninfo_ex {
	__u32 size;		/* Size of the structure from the kernel's */
				/* point of view. Can be used by userspace */
				/* to determine how much data can be       */
				/* used/trusted.                           */
	__u32 busnum;           /* USB bus number, as enumerated by the    */
				/* kernel, the device is connected to.     */
	__u32 devnum;           /* Device address on the bus.              */
	__u32 speed;		/* USB_SPEED_* constants from ch9.h        */
	__u8 num_ports;		/* Number of ports the device is connected */
				/* to on the way to the root hub. It may   */
				/* be bigger than size of 'ports' array so */
				/* userspace can detect overflows.         */
	__u8 ports[7];		/* List of ports on the way from the root  */
				/* hub to the device. Current limit in     */
				/* USB specification is 7 tiers (root hub, */
				/* 5 intermediate hubs, device), which     */
				/* gives at most 6 port entries.           */
};

#define USBDEVFS_URB_SHORT_NOT_OK	0x01
#define USBDEVFS_URB_ISO_ASAP		0x02
#define USBDEVFS_URB_BULK_CONTINUATION	0x04
#define USBDEVFS_URB_NO_FSBR		0x20	/* Not used */
#define USBDEVFS_URB_ZERO_PACKET	0x40
#define USBDEVFS_URB_NO_INTERRUPT	0x80

#define USBDEVFS_URB_TYPE_ISO		   0
#define USBDEVFS_URB_TYPE_INTERRUPT	   1
#define USBDEVFS_URB_TYPE_CONTROL	   2
#define USBDEVFS_URB_TYPE_BULK		   3

struct usbdevfs_iso_packet_desc {
	unsigned int length;
	unsigned int actual_length;
	unsigned int status;
};

struct usbdevfs_urb {
	unsigned char type;
	unsigned char endpoint;
	int status;
	unsigned int flags;
	void *buffer;
	int buffer_length;
	int actual_length;
	int start_frame;
	union {
		int number_of_packets;	/* Only used for isoc urbs */
		unsigned int stream_id;	/* Only used with bulk streams */
	};
	int error_count;
	unsigned int signr;	/* signal to be sent on completion,
				  or 0 if none should be sent. */
	void *usercontext;
	struct usbdevfs_iso_packet_desc iso_frame_desc[0];
};

/* ioctls for talking directly to drivers */
struct usbdevfs_ioctl {
	int	ifno;		/* interface 0..N ; negative numbers reserved */
	int	ioctl_code;	/* MUST encode size + direction of data so the
				 * macros in <asm/ioctl.h> give correct values */
	void *data;	/* param buffer (in, or out) */
};

/* You can do most things with hubs just through control messages,
 * except find out what device connects to what port. */
struct usbdevfs_hub_portinfo {
	char nports;		/* number of downstream ports in this hub */
	char port [127];	/* e.g. port 3 connects to device 27 */
};

/* System and bus capability flags */
#define USBDEVFS_CAP_ZERO_PACKET		0x01
#define USBDEVFS_CAP_BULK_CONTINUATION		0x02
#define USBDEVFS_CAP_NO_PACKET_SIZE_LIM		0x04
#define USBDEVFS_CAP_BULK_SCATTER_GATHER	0x08
#define USBDEVFS_CAP_REAP_AFTER_DISCONNECT	0x10
#define USBDEVFS_CAP_MMAP			0x20
#define USBDEVFS_CAP_DROP_PRIVILEGES		0x40
#define USBDEVFS_CAP_CONNINFO_EX		0x80
#define USBDEVFS_CAP_SUSPEND			0x100

/* USBDEVFS_DISCONNECT_CLAIM flags & struct */

/* disconnect-and-claim if the driver matches the driver field */
#define USBDEVFS_DISCONNECT_CLAIM_IF_DRIVER	0x01
/* disconnect-and-claim except when the driver matches the driver field */
#define USBDEVFS_DISCONNECT_CLAIM_EXCEPT_DRIVER	0x02

struct usbdevfs_disconnect_claim {
	unsigned int interface;
	unsigned int flags;
	char driver[USBDEVFS_MAXDRIVERNAME + 1];
};

struct usbdevfs_streams {
	unsigned int num_streams; /* Not used by USBDEVFS_FREE_STREAMS */
	unsigned int num_eps;
	unsigned char eps[0];
};

/*
 * USB_SPEED_* values returned by USBDEVFS_GET_SPEED are defined in
 * linux/usb/ch9.h
 */

#define USBDEVFS_CONTROL           _IOWR('U', 0, struct usbdevfs_ctrltransfer)
#define USBDEVFS_CONTROL32           _IOWR('U', 0, struct usbdevfs_ctrltransfer32)
#define USBDEVFS_BULK              _IOWR('U', 2, struct usbdevfs_bulktransfer)
#define USBDEVFS_BULK32              _IOWR('U', 2, struct usbdevfs_bulktransfer32)
#define USBDEVFS_RESETEP           _IOR('U', 3, unsigned int)
#define USBDEVFS_SETINTERFACE      _IOR('U', 4, struct usbdevfs_setinterface)
#define USBDEVFS_SETCONFIGURATION  _IOR('U', 5, unsigned int)
#define USBDEVFS_GETDRIVER         _IOW('U', 8, struct usbdevfs_getdriver)
#define USBDEVFS_SUBMITURB         _IOR('U', 10, struct usbdevfs_urb)
#define USBDEVFS_SUBMITURB32       _IOR('U', 10, struct usbdevfs_urb32)
#define USBDEVFS_DISCARDURB        _IO('U', 11)
#define USBDEVFS_REAPURB           _IOW('U', 12, void *)
#define USBDEVFS_REAPURB32         _IOW('U', 12, __u32)
#define USBDEVFS_REAPURBNDELAY     _IOW('U', 13, void *)
#define USBDEVFS_REAPURBNDELAY32   _IOW('U', 13, __u32)
#define USBDEVFS_DISCSIGNAL        _IOR('U', 14, struct usbdevfs_disconnectsignal)
#define USBDEVFS_DISCSIGNAL32      _IOR('U', 14, struct usbdevfs_disconnectsignal32)
#define USBDEVFS_CLAIMINTERFACE    _IOR('U', 15, unsigned int)
#define USBDEVFS_RELEASEINTERFACE  _IOR('U', 16, unsigned int)
#define USBDEVFS_CONNECTINFO       _IOW('U', 17, struct usbdevfs_connectinfo)
#define USBDEVFS_IOCTL             _IOWR('U', 18, struct usbdevfs_ioctl)
#define USBDEVFS_IOCTL32           _IOWR('U', 18, struct usbdevfs_ioctl32)
#define USBDEVFS_HUB_PORTINFO      _IOR('U', 19, struct usbdevfs_hub_portinfo)
#define USBDEVFS_RESET             _IO('U', 20)
#define USBDEVFS_CLEAR_HALT        _IOR('U', 21, unsigned int)
#define USBDEVFS_DISCONNECT        _IO('U', 22)
#define USBDEVFS_CONNECT           _IO('U', 23)
#define USBDEVFS_CLAIM_PORT        _IOR('U', 24, unsigned int)
#define USBDEVFS_RELEASE_PORT      _IOR('U', 25, unsigned int)
#define USBDEVFS_GET_CAPABILITIES  _IOR('U', 26, __u32)
#define USBDEVFS_DISCONNECT_CLAIM  _IOR('U', 27, struct usbdevfs_disconnect_claim)
#define USBDEVFS_ALLOC_STREAMS     _IOR('U', 28, struct usbdevfs_streams)
#define USBDEVFS_FREE_STREAMS      _IOR('U', 29, struct usbdevfs_streams)
#define USBDEVFS_DROP_PRIVILEGES   _IOW('U', 30, __u32)
#define USBDEVFS_GET_SPEED         _IO('U', 31)
/*
 * Returns struct usbdevfs_conninfo_ex; length is variable to allow
 * extending size of the data returned.
 */
#define USBDEVFS_CONNINFO_EX(len)  _IOC(_IOC_READ, 'U', 32, len)
#define USBDEVFS_FORBID_SUSPEND    _IO('U', 33)
#define USBDEVFS_ALLOW_SUSPEND     _IO('U', 34)
#define USBDEVFS_WAIT_FOR_RESUME   _IO('U', 35)

#endif /* _LINUX_USBDEVICE_FS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_FDREG_H
#define _LINUX_FDREG_H
/*
 * This file contains some defines for the floppy disk controller.
 * Various sources. Mostly "IBM Microcomputers: A Programmers
 * Handbook", Sanches and Canton.
 */

#ifdef FDPATCHES
#define FD_IOPORT fdc_state[fdc].address
#else
/* It would be a lot saner just to force fdc_state[fdc].address to always
   be set ! FIXME */
#define FD_IOPORT 0x3f0
#endif

/* Fd controller regs. S&C, about page 340 */
#define FD_STATUS	(4 + FD_IOPORT )
#define FD_DATA		(5 + FD_IOPORT )

/* Digital Output Register */
#define FD_DOR		(2 + FD_IOPORT )

/* Digital Input Register (read) */
#define FD_DIR		(7 + FD_IOPORT )

/* Diskette Control Register (write)*/
#define FD_DCR		(7 + FD_IOPORT )

/* Bits of main status register */
#define STATUS_BUSYMASK	0x0F		/* drive busy mask */
#define STATUS_BUSY	0x10		/* FDC busy */
#define STATUS_DMA	0x20		/* 0- DMA mode */
#define STATUS_DIR	0x40		/* 0- cpu->fdc */
#define STATUS_READY	0x80		/* Data reg ready */

/* Bits of FD_ST0 */
#define ST0_DS		0x03		/* drive select mask */
#define ST0_HA		0x04		/* Head (Address) */
#define ST0_NR		0x08		/* Not Ready */
#define ST0_ECE		0x10		/* Equipment check error */
#define ST0_SE		0x20		/* Seek end */
#define ST0_INTR	0xC0		/* Interrupt code mask */

/* Bits of FD_ST1 */
#define ST1_MAM		0x01		/* Missing Address Mark */
#define ST1_WP		0x02		/* Write Protect */
#define ST1_ND		0x04		/* No Data - unreadable */
#define ST1_OR		0x10		/* OverRun */
#define ST1_CRC		0x20		/* CRC error in data or addr */
#define ST1_EOC		0x80		/* End Of Cylinder */

/* Bits of FD_ST2 */
#define ST2_MAM		0x01		/* Missing Address Mark (again) */
#define ST2_BC		0x02		/* Bad Cylinder */
#define ST2_SNS		0x04		/* Scan Not Satisfied */
#define ST2_SEH		0x08		/* Scan Equal Hit */
#define ST2_WC		0x10		/* Wrong Cylinder */
#define ST2_CRC		0x20		/* CRC error in data field */
#define ST2_CM		0x40		/* Control Mark = deleted */

/* Bits of FD_ST3 */
#define ST3_HA		0x04		/* Head (Address) */
#define ST3_DS		0x08		/* drive is double-sided */
#define ST3_TZ		0x10		/* Track Zero signal (1=track 0) */
#define ST3_RY		0x20		/* drive is ready */
#define ST3_WP		0x40		/* Write Protect */
#define ST3_FT		0x80		/* Drive Fault */

/* Values for FD_COMMAND */
#define FD_RECALIBRATE		0x07	/* move to track 0 */
#define FD_SEEK			0x0F	/* seek track */
#define FD_READ			0xE6	/* read with MT, MFM, SKip deleted */
#define FD_WRITE		0xC5	/* write with MT, MFM */
#define FD_SENSEI		0x08	/* Sense Interrupt Status */
#define FD_SPECIFY		0x03	/* specify HUT etc */
#define FD_FORMAT		0x4D	/* format one track */
#define FD_VERSION		0x10	/* get version code */
#define FD_CONFIGURE		0x13	/* configure FIFO operation */
#define FD_PERPENDICULAR	0x12	/* perpendicular r/w mode */
#define FD_GETSTATUS		0x04	/* read ST3 */
#define FD_DUMPREGS		0x0E	/* dump the contents of the fdc regs */
#define FD_READID		0xEA	/* prints the header of a sector */
#define FD_UNLOCK		0x14	/* Fifo config unlock */
#define FD_LOCK			0x94	/* Fifo config lock */
#define FD_RSEEK_OUT		0x8f	/* seek out (i.e. to lower tracks) */
#define FD_RSEEK_IN		0xcf	/* seek in (i.e. to higher tracks) */

/* the following commands are new in the 82078. They are not used in the
 * floppy driver, except the first three. These commands may be useful for apps
 * which use the FDRAWCMD interface. For doc, get the 82078 spec sheets at
 * http://www.intel.com/design/archives/periphrl/docs/29046803.htm */

#define FD_PARTID		0x18	/* part id ("extended" version cmd) */
#define FD_SAVE			0x2e	/* save fdc regs for later restore */
#define FD_DRIVESPEC		0x8e	/* drive specification: Access to the
					 * 2 Mbps data transfer rate for tape
					 * drives */

#define FD_RESTORE		0x4e    /* later restore */
#define FD_POWERDOWN		0x27	/* configure FDC's powersave features */
#define FD_FORMAT_N_WRITE	0xef    /* format and write in one go. */
#define FD_OPTION		0x33	/* ISO format (which is a clean way to
					 * pack more sectors on a track) */

/* DMA commands */
#define DMA_READ	0x46
#define DMA_WRITE	0x4A

/* FDC version return types */
#define FDC_NONE	0x00
#define FDC_UNKNOWN	0x10	/* DO NOT USE THIS TYPE EXCEPT IF IDENTIFICATION
				   FAILS EARLY */
#define FDC_8272A	0x20	/* Intel 8272a, NEC 765 */
#define FDC_765ED	0x30	/* Non-Intel 1MB-compatible FDC, can't detect */
#define FDC_82072	0x40	/* Intel 82072; 8272a + FIFO + DUMPREGS */
#define FDC_82072A	0x45	/* 82072A (on Sparcs) */
#define FDC_82077_ORIG	0x51	/* Original version of 82077AA, sans LOCK */
#define FDC_82077	0x52	/* 82077AA-1 */
#define FDC_82078_UNKN	0x5f	/* Unknown 82078 variant */
#define FDC_82078	0x60	/* 44pin 82078 or 64pin 82078SL */
#define FDC_82078_1	0x61	/* 82078-1 (2Mbps fdc) */
#define FDC_S82078B	0x62	/* S82078B (first seen on Adaptec AVA-2825 VLB
				 * SCSI/EIDE/Floppy controller) */
#define FDC_87306	0x63	/* National Semiconductor PC 87306 */

/*
 * Beware: the fdc type list is roughly sorted by increasing features.
 * Presence of features is tested by comparing the FDC version id with the
 * "oldest" version that has the needed feature.
 * If during FDC detection, an obscure test fails late in the sequence, don't
 * assign FDC_UNKNOWN. Else the FDC will be treated as a dumb 8272a, or worse.
 * This is especially true if the tests are unneeded.
 */

#define FD_RESET_DELAY 20
#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_SHM_H_
#define _LINUX_SHM_H_

#include <linux/ipc.h>
#include <linux/errno.h>
#include <asm-generic/hugetlb_encode.h>
#include <unistd.h>

/*
 * SHMMNI, SHMMAX and SHMALL are default upper limits which can be
 * modified by sysctl. The SHMMAX and SHMALL values have been chosen to
 * be as large possible without facilitating scenarios where userspace
 * causes overflows when adjusting the limits via operations of the form
 * "retrieve current limit; add X; update limit". It is therefore not
 * advised to make SHMMAX and SHMALL any larger. These limits are
 * suitable for both 32 and 64-bit systems.
 */
#define SHMMIN 1			 /* min shared seg size (bytes) */
#define SHMMNI 4096			 /* max num of segs system wide */
#define SHMMAX (ULONG_MAX - (1UL << 24)) /* max shared seg size (bytes) */
#define SHMALL (ULONG_MAX - (1UL << 24)) /* max shm system wide (pages) */
#define SHMSEG SHMMNI			 /* max shared segs per process */

/* Obsolete, used only for backwards compatibility and libc5 compiles */
struct shmid_ds {
	struct ipc_perm		shm_perm;	/* operation perms */
	int			shm_segsz;	/* size of segment (bytes) */
	__kernel_time_t		shm_atime;	/* last attach time */
	__kernel_time_t		shm_dtime;	/* last detach time */
	__kernel_time_t		shm_ctime;	/* last change time */
	__kernel_ipc_pid_t	shm_cpid;	/* pid of creator */
	__kernel_ipc_pid_t	shm_lpid;	/* pid of last operator */
	unsigned short		shm_nattch;	/* no. of current attaches */
	unsigned short 		shm_unused;	/* compatibility */
	void 			*shm_unused2;	/* ditto - used by DIPC */
	void			*shm_unused3;	/* unused */
};

/* Include the definition of shmid64_ds and shminfo64 */
#include <asm/shmbuf.h>

/*
 * shmget() shmflg values.
 */
/* The bottom nine bits are the same as open(2) mode flags */
#define SHM_R		0400	/* or S_IRUGO from <linux/stat.h> */
#define SHM_W		0200	/* or S_IWUGO from <linux/stat.h> */
/* Bits 9 & 10 are IPC_CREAT and IPC_EXCL */
#define SHM_HUGETLB	04000	/* segment will use huge TLB pages */
#define SHM_NORESERVE	010000	/* don't check for reservations */

/*
 * Huge page size encoding when SHM_HUGETLB is specified, and a huge page
 * size other than the default is desired.  See hugetlb_encode.h
 */
#define SHM_HUGE_SHIFT	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_SHIFT
#define SHM_HUGE_MASK	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_MASK

#define SHM_HUGE_64KB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_64KB
#define SHM_HUGE_512KB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_512KB
#define SHM_HUGE_1MB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_1MB
#define SHM_HUGE_2MB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_2MB
#define SHM_HUGE_8MB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_8MB
#define SHM_HUGE_16MB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_16MB
#define SHM_HUGE_32MB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_32MB
#define SHM_HUGE_256MB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_256MB
#define SHM_HUGE_512MB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_512MB
#define SHM_HUGE_1GB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_1GB
#define SHM_HUGE_2GB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_2GB
#define SHM_HUGE_16GB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_16GB

/*
 * shmat() shmflg values
 */
#define	SHM_RDONLY	010000	/* read-only access */
#define	SHM_RND		020000	/* round attach address to SHMLBA boundary */
#define	SHM_REMAP	040000	/* take-over region on attach */
#define	SHM_EXEC	0100000	/* execution access */

/* super user shmctl commands */
#define SHM_LOCK 	11
#define SHM_UNLOCK 	12

/* ipcs ctl commands */
#define SHM_STAT	13
#define SHM_INFO	14
#define SHM_STAT_ANY    15

/* Obsolete, used only for backwards compatibility */
struct	shminfo {
	int shmmax;
	int shmmin;
	int shmmni;
	int shmseg;
	int shmall;
};

struct shm_info {
	int used_ids;
	__kernel_ulong_t shm_tot;	/* total allocated shm */
	__kernel_ulong_t shm_rss;	/* total resident shm */
	__kernel_ulong_t shm_swp;	/* total swapped shm */
	__kernel_ulong_t swap_attempts;
	__kernel_ulong_t swap_successes;
};


#endif /* _LINUX_SHM_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* $Id: hysdn_if.h,v 1.1.8.3 2001/09/23 22:25:05 kai Exp $
 *
 * Linux driver for HYSDN cards
 * ioctl definitions shared by hynetmgr and driver.
 *
 * Author    Werner Cornelius (werner@titro.de) for Hypercope GmbH
 * Copyright 1999 by Werner Cornelius (werner@titro.de)
 *
 * This software may be used and distributed according to the terms
 * of the GNU General Public License, incorporated herein by reference.
 *
 */

/****************/
/* error values */
/****************/
#define ERR_NONE             0 /* no error occurred */
#define ERR_ALREADY_BOOT  1000 /* we are already booting */
#define EPOF_BAD_MAGIC    1001 /* bad magic in POF header */
#define ERR_BOARD_DPRAM   1002 /* board DPRAM failed */
#define EPOF_INTERNAL     1003 /* internal POF handler error */
#define EPOF_BAD_IMG_SIZE 1004 /* POF boot image size invalid */
#define ERR_BOOTIMG_FAIL  1005 /* 1. stage boot image did not start */
#define ERR_BOOTSEQ_FAIL  1006 /* 2. stage boot seq handshake timeout */
#define ERR_POF_TIMEOUT   1007 /* timeout waiting for card pof ready */
#define ERR_NOT_BOOTED    1008 /* operation only allowed when booted */
#define ERR_CONF_LONG     1009 /* conf line is too long */ 
#define ERR_INV_CHAN      1010 /* invalid channel number */ 
#define ERR_ASYNC_TIME    1011 /* timeout sending async data */ 




/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Zoned block devices handling.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2015 Seagate Technology PLC
 *
 * Written by: Shaun Tancheff <shaun.tancheff@seagate.com>
 *
 * Modified by: Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@hgst.com>
 * Copyright (C) 2016 Western Digital
 *
 * This file is licensed under  the terms of the GNU General Public
 * License version 2. This program is licensed "as is" without any
 * warranty of any kind, whether express or implied.
 */
#ifndef _BLKZONED_H
#define _BLKZONED_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

/**
 * enum blk_zone_type - Types of zones allowed in a zoned device.
 *
 * @BLK_ZONE_TYPE_CONVENTIONAL: The zone has no write pointer and can be writen
 *                              randomly. Zone reset has no effect on the zone.
 * @BLK_ZONE_TYPE_SEQWRITE_REQ: The zone must be written sequentially
 * @BLK_ZONE_TYPE_SEQWRITE_PREF: The zone can be written non-sequentially
 *
 * Any other value not defined is reserved and must be considered as invalid.
 */
enum blk_zone_type {
	BLK_ZONE_TYPE_CONVENTIONAL	= 0x1,
	BLK_ZONE_TYPE_SEQWRITE_REQ	= 0x2,
	BLK_ZONE_TYPE_SEQWRITE_PREF	= 0x3,
};

/**
 * enum blk_zone_cond - Condition [state] of a zone in a zoned device.
 *
 * @BLK_ZONE_COND_NOT_WP: The zone has no write pointer, it is conventional.
 * @BLK_ZONE_COND_EMPTY: The zone is empty.
 * @BLK_ZONE_COND_IMP_OPEN: The zone is open, but not explicitly opened.
 * @BLK_ZONE_COND_EXP_OPEN: The zones was explicitly opened by an
 *                          OPEN ZONE command.
 * @BLK_ZONE_COND_CLOSED: The zone was [explicitly] closed after writing.
 * @BLK_ZONE_COND_FULL: The zone is marked as full, possibly by a zone
 *                      FINISH ZONE command.
 * @BLK_ZONE_COND_READONLY: The zone is read-only.
 * @BLK_ZONE_COND_OFFLINE: The zone is offline (sectors cannot be read/written).
 *
 * The Zone Condition state machine in the ZBC/ZAC standards maps the above
 * deinitions as:
 *   - ZC1: Empty         | BLK_ZONE_EMPTY
 *   - ZC2: Implicit Open | BLK_ZONE_COND_IMP_OPEN
 *   - ZC3: Explicit Open | BLK_ZONE_COND_EXP_OPEN
 *   - ZC4: Closed        | BLK_ZONE_CLOSED
 *   - ZC5: Full          | BLK_ZONE_FULL
 *   - ZC6: Read Only     | BLK_ZONE_READONLY
 *   - ZC7: Offline       | BLK_ZONE_OFFLINE
 *
 * Conditions 0x5 to 0xC are reserved by the current ZBC/ZAC spec and should
 * be considered invalid.
 */
enum blk_zone_cond {
	BLK_ZONE_COND_NOT_WP	= 0x0,
	BLK_ZONE_COND_EMPTY	= 0x1,
	BLK_ZONE_COND_IMP_OPEN	= 0x2,
	BLK_ZONE_COND_EXP_OPEN	= 0x3,
	BLK_ZONE_COND_CLOSED	= 0x4,
	BLK_ZONE_COND_READONLY	= 0xD,
	BLK_ZONE_COND_FULL	= 0xE,
	BLK_ZONE_COND_OFFLINE	= 0xF,
};

/**
 * enum blk_zone_report_flags - Feature flags of reported zone descriptors.
 *
 * @BLK_ZONE_REP_CAPACITY: Zone descriptor has capacity field.
 */
enum blk_zone_report_flags {
	BLK_ZONE_REP_CAPACITY	= (1 << 0),
};

/**
 * struct blk_zone - Zone descriptor for BLKREPORTZONE ioctl.
 *
 * @start: Zone start in 512 B sector units
 * @len: Zone length in 512 B sector units
 * @wp: Zone write pointer location in 512 B sector units
 * @type: see enum blk_zone_type for possible values
 * @cond: see enum blk_zone_cond for possible values
 * @non_seq: Flag indicating that the zone is using non-sequential resources
 *           (for host-aware zoned block devices only).
 * @reset: Flag indicating that a zone reset is recommended.
 * @resv: Padding for 8B alignment.
 * @capacity: Zone usable capacity in 512 B sector units
 * @reserved: Padding to 64 B to match the ZBC, ZAC and ZNS defined zone
 *            descriptor size.
 *
 * start, len, capacity and wp use the regular 512 B sector unit, regardless
 * of the device logical block size. The overall structure size is 64 B to
 * match the ZBC, ZAC and ZNS defined zone descriptor and allow support for
 * future additional zone information.
 */
struct blk_zone {
	__u64	start;		/* Zone start sector */
	__u64	len;		/* Zone length in number of sectors */
	__u64	wp;		/* Zone write pointer position */
	__u8	type;		/* Zone type */
	__u8	cond;		/* Zone condition */
	__u8	non_seq;	/* Non-sequential write resources active */
	__u8	reset;		/* Reset write pointer recommended */
#ifdef __GENKSYMS__
	__u8      reserved[36];
#else
	__u8    resv[4];
	__u64   capacity;       /* Zone capacity in number of sectors */
	__u8    reserved[24];
#endif
};

/**
 * struct blk_zone_report - BLKREPORTZONE ioctl request/reply
 *
 * @sector: starting sector of report
 * @nr_zones: IN maximum / OUT actual
 * @flags: one or more flags as defined by enum blk_zone_report_flags.
 * @zones: Space to hold @nr_zones @zones entries on reply.
 *
 * The array of at most @nr_zones must follow this structure in memory.
 */
struct blk_zone_report {
	__u64		sector;
	__u32		nr_zones;
#ifdef __GENKSYMS__

	__u8    reserved[4];
#else

	__u32             flags;
#endif
	struct blk_zone zones[0];
};

/**
 * struct blk_zone_range - BLKRESETZONE/BLKOPENZONE/
 *                         BLKCLOSEZONE/BLKFINISHZONE ioctl
 *                         requests
 * @sector: Starting sector of the first zone to operate on.
 * @nr_sectors: Total number of sectors of all zones to operate on.
 */
struct blk_zone_range {
	__u64		sector;
	__u64		nr_sectors;
};

/**
 * Zoned block device ioctl's:
 *
 * @BLKREPORTZONE: Get zone information. Takes a zone report as argument.
 *                 The zone report will start from the zone containing the
 *                 sector specified in the report request structure.
 * @BLKRESETZONE: Reset the write pointer of the zones in the specified
 *                sector range. The sector range must be zone aligned.
 * @BLKGETZONESZ: Get the device zone size in number of 512 B sectors.
 * @BLKGETNRZONES: Get the total number of zones of the device.
 * @BLKOPENZONE: Open the zones in the specified sector range.
 *               The 512 B sector range must be zone aligned.
 * @BLKCLOSEZONE: Close the zones in the specified sector range.
 *                The 512 B sector range must be zone aligned.
 * @BLKFINISHZONE: Mark the zones as full in the specified sector range.
 *                 The 512 B sector range must be zone aligned.
 */
#define BLKREPORTZONE	_IOWR(0x12, 130, struct blk_zone_report)
#define BLKRESETZONE	_IOW(0x12, 131, struct blk_zone_range)
#define BLKGETZONESZ	_IOR(0x12, 132, __u32)
#define BLKGETNRZONES	_IOR(0x12, 133, __u32)
#define BLKOPENZONE	_IOW(0x12, 134, struct blk_zone_range)
#define BLKCLOSEZONE	_IOW(0x12, 135, struct blk_zone_range)
#define BLKFINISHZONE	_IOW(0x12, 136, struct blk_zone_range)

#endif /* _BLKZONED_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_UVCVIDEO_H_
#define __LINUX_UVCVIDEO_H_

#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * Dynamic controls
 */

/* Data types for UVC control data */
#define UVC_CTRL_DATA_TYPE_RAW		0
#define UVC_CTRL_DATA_TYPE_SIGNED	1
#define UVC_CTRL_DATA_TYPE_UNSIGNED	2
#define UVC_CTRL_DATA_TYPE_BOOLEAN	3
#define UVC_CTRL_DATA_TYPE_ENUM		4
#define UVC_CTRL_DATA_TYPE_BITMASK	5

/* Control flags */
#define UVC_CTRL_FLAG_SET_CUR		(1 << 0)
#define UVC_CTRL_FLAG_GET_CUR		(1 << 1)
#define UVC_CTRL_FLAG_GET_MIN		(1 << 2)
#define UVC_CTRL_FLAG_GET_MAX		(1 << 3)
#define UVC_CTRL_FLAG_GET_RES		(1 << 4)
#define UVC_CTRL_FLAG_GET_DEF		(1 << 5)
/* Control should be saved at suspend and restored at resume. */
#define UVC_CTRL_FLAG_RESTORE		(1 << 6)
/* Control can be updated by the camera. */
#define UVC_CTRL_FLAG_AUTO_UPDATE	(1 << 7)
/* Control supports asynchronous reporting */
#define UVC_CTRL_FLAG_ASYNCHRONOUS	(1 << 8)

#define UVC_CTRL_FLAG_GET_RANGE \
	(UVC_CTRL_FLAG_GET_CUR | UVC_CTRL_FLAG_GET_MIN | \
	 UVC_CTRL_FLAG_GET_MAX | UVC_CTRL_FLAG_GET_RES | \
	 UVC_CTRL_FLAG_GET_DEF)

#define UVC_MENU_NAME_LEN 32

struct uvc_menu_info {
	__u32 value;
	__u8 name[UVC_MENU_NAME_LEN];
};

struct uvc_xu_control_mapping {
	__u32 id;
	__u8 name[32];
	__u8 entity[16];
	__u8 selector;

	__u8 size;
	__u8 offset;
	__u32 v4l2_type;
	__u32 data_type;

	struct uvc_menu_info *menu_info;
	__u32 menu_count;

	__u32 reserved[4];
};

struct uvc_xu_control_query {
	__u8 unit;
	__u8 selector;
	__u8 query;		/* Video Class-Specific Request Code, */
				/* defined in linux/usb/video.h A.8.  */
	__u16 size;
	__u8 *data;
};

#define UVCIOC_CTRL_MAP		_IOWR('u', 0x20, struct uvc_xu_control_mapping)
#define UVCIOC_CTRL_QUERY	_IOWR('u', 0x21, struct uvc_xu_control_query)

/*
 * Metadata node
 */

/**
 * struct uvc_meta_buf - metadata buffer building block
 * @ns		- system timestamp of the payload in nanoseconds
 * @sof		- USB Frame Number
 * @length	- length of the payload header
 * @flags	- payload header flags
 * @buf		- optional device-specific header data
 *
 * UVC metadata nodes fill buffers with possibly multiple instances of this
 * struct. The first two fields are added by the driver, they can be used for
 * clock synchronisation. The rest is an exact copy of a UVC payload header.
 * Only complete objects with complete buffers are included. Therefore it's
 * always sizeof(meta->ns) + sizeof(meta->sof) + meta->length bytes large.
 */
struct uvc_meta_buf {
	__u64 ns;
	__u16 sof;
	__u8 length;
	__u8 flags;
	__u8 buf[];
} __attribute__((packed));

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2015, Integrated Device Technology Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2015, Prodrive Technologies
 * Copyright (c) 2015, RapidIO Trade Association
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * This software is available to you under a choice of one of two licenses.
 * You may choose to be licensed under the terms of the GNU General Public
 * License(GPL) Version 2, or the BSD-3 Clause license below:
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
 * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
 * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
 * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 *
 * 3. Neither the name of the copyright holder nor the names of its contributors
 * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
 * specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
 * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
 * THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
 * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR
 * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
 * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
 * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
 * OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
 * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
 * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
 * ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef _RIO_CM_CDEV_H_
#define _RIO_CM_CDEV_H_

#include <linux/types.h>

struct rio_cm_channel {
	__u16 id;
	__u16 remote_channel;
	__u16 remote_destid;
	__u8 mport_id;
};

struct rio_cm_msg {
	__u16 ch_num;
	__u16 size;
	__u32 rxto;	/* receive timeout in mSec. 0 = blocking */
	__u64 msg;
};

struct rio_cm_accept {
	__u16 ch_num;
	__u16 pad0;
	__u32 wait_to;	/* accept timeout in mSec. 0 = blocking */
};

/* RapidIO Channelized Messaging Driver IOCTLs */
#define RIO_CM_IOC_MAGIC	'c'

#define RIO_CM_EP_GET_LIST_SIZE	_IOWR(RIO_CM_IOC_MAGIC, 1, __u32)
#define RIO_CM_EP_GET_LIST	_IOWR(RIO_CM_IOC_MAGIC, 2, __u32)
#define RIO_CM_CHAN_CREATE	_IOWR(RIO_CM_IOC_MAGIC, 3, __u16)
#define RIO_CM_CHAN_CLOSE	_IOW(RIO_CM_IOC_MAGIC, 4, __u16)
#define RIO_CM_CHAN_BIND	_IOW(RIO_CM_IOC_MAGIC, 5, struct rio_cm_channel)
#define RIO_CM_CHAN_LISTEN	_IOW(RIO_CM_IOC_MAGIC, 6, __u16)
#define RIO_CM_CHAN_ACCEPT	_IOWR(RIO_CM_IOC_MAGIC, 7, struct rio_cm_accept)
#define RIO_CM_CHAN_CONNECT	_IOW(RIO_CM_IOC_MAGIC, 8, struct rio_cm_channel)
#define RIO_CM_CHAN_SEND	_IOW(RIO_CM_IOC_MAGIC, 9, struct rio_cm_msg)
#define RIO_CM_CHAN_RECEIVE	_IOWR(RIO_CM_IOC_MAGIC, 10, struct rio_cm_msg)
#define RIO_CM_MPORT_GET_LIST	_IOWR(RIO_CM_IOC_MAGIC, 11, __u32)

#endif /* _RIO_CM_CDEV_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  linux/include/linux/nfs_fs.h
 *
 *  Copyright (C) 1992  Rick Sladkey
 *
 *  OS-specific nfs filesystem definitions and declarations
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_NFS_FS_H
#define _LINUX_NFS_FS_H

#include <linux/magic.h>

/* Default timeout values */
#define NFS_DEF_UDP_TIMEO	(11)
#define NFS_DEF_UDP_RETRANS	(3)
#define NFS_DEF_TCP_TIMEO	(600)
#define NFS_DEF_TCP_RETRANS	(2)

#define NFS_MAX_UDP_TIMEOUT	(60*HZ)
#define NFS_MAX_TCP_TIMEOUT	(600*HZ)

#define NFS_DEF_ACREGMIN	(3)
#define NFS_DEF_ACREGMAX	(60)
#define NFS_DEF_ACDIRMIN	(30)
#define NFS_DEF_ACDIRMAX	(60)

/*
 * When flushing a cluster of dirty pages, there can be different
 * strategies:
 */
#define FLUSH_SYNC		1	/* file being synced, or contention */
#define FLUSH_STABLE		4	/* commit to stable storage */
#define FLUSH_LOWPRI		8	/* low priority background flush */
#define FLUSH_HIGHPRI		16	/* high priority memory reclaim flush */
#define FLUSH_COND_STABLE	32	/* conditional stable write - only stable
					 * if everything fits in one RPC */


/*
 * NFS debug flags
 */
#define NFSDBG_VFS		0x0001
#define NFSDBG_DIRCACHE		0x0002
#define NFSDBG_LOOKUPCACHE	0x0004
#define NFSDBG_PAGECACHE	0x0008
#define NFSDBG_PROC		0x0010
#define NFSDBG_XDR		0x0020
#define NFSDBG_FILE		0x0040
#define NFSDBG_ROOT		0x0080
#define NFSDBG_CALLBACK		0x0100
#define NFSDBG_CLIENT		0x0200
#define NFSDBG_MOUNT		0x0400
#define NFSDBG_FSCACHE		0x0800
#define NFSDBG_PNFS		0x1000
#define NFSDBG_PNFS_LD		0x2000
#define NFSDBG_STATE		0x4000
#define NFSDBG_XATTRCACHE	0x8000
#define NFSDBG_ALL		0xFFFF


#endif /* _LINUX_NFS_FS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_KCOV_IOCTLS_H
#define _LINUX_KCOV_IOCTLS_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define KCOV_INIT_TRACE			_IOR('c', 1, unsigned long)
#define KCOV_ENABLE			_IO('c', 100)
#define KCOV_DISABLE			_IO('c', 101)

enum {
	/*
	 * Tracing coverage collection mode.
	 * Covered PCs are collected in a per-task buffer.
	 * In new KCOV version the mode is chosen by calling
	 * ioctl(fd, KCOV_ENABLE, mode). In older versions the mode argument
	 * was supposed to be 0 in such a call. So, for reasons of backward
	 * compatibility, we have chosen the value KCOV_TRACE_PC to be 0.
	 */
	KCOV_TRACE_PC = 0,
	/* Collecting comparison operands mode. */
	KCOV_TRACE_CMP = 1,
};

/*
 * The format for the types of collected comparisons.
 *
 * Bit 0 shows whether one of the arguments is a compile-time constant.
 * Bits 1 & 2 contain log2 of the argument size, up to 8 bytes.
 */
#define KCOV_CMP_CONST          (1 << 0)
#define KCOV_CMP_SIZE(n)        ((n) << 1)
#define KCOV_CMP_MASK           KCOV_CMP_SIZE(3)

#endif /* _LINUX_KCOV_IOCTLS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __PACKET_DIAG_H__
#define __PACKET_DIAG_H__

#include <linux/types.h>

struct packet_diag_req {
	__u8	sdiag_family;
	__u8	sdiag_protocol;
	__u16	pad;
	__u32	pdiag_ino;
	__u32	pdiag_show;
	__u32	pdiag_cookie[2];
};

#define PACKET_SHOW_INFO	0x00000001 /* Basic packet_sk information */
#define PACKET_SHOW_MCLIST	0x00000002 /* A set of packet_diag_mclist-s */
#define PACKET_SHOW_RING_CFG	0x00000004 /* Rings configuration parameters */
#define PACKET_SHOW_FANOUT	0x00000008
#define PACKET_SHOW_MEMINFO	0x00000010
#define PACKET_SHOW_FILTER	0x00000020

struct packet_diag_msg {
	__u8	pdiag_family;
	__u8	pdiag_type;
	__u16	pdiag_num;

	__u32	pdiag_ino;
	__u32	pdiag_cookie[2];
};

enum {
	/* PACKET_DIAG_NONE, standard nl API requires this attribute!  */
	PACKET_DIAG_INFO,
	PACKET_DIAG_MCLIST,
	PACKET_DIAG_RX_RING,
	PACKET_DIAG_TX_RING,
	PACKET_DIAG_FANOUT,
	PACKET_DIAG_UID,
	PACKET_DIAG_MEMINFO,
	PACKET_DIAG_FILTER,

	__PACKET_DIAG_MAX,
};

#define PACKET_DIAG_MAX (__PACKET_DIAG_MAX - 1)

struct packet_diag_info {
	__u32	pdi_index;
	__u32	pdi_version;
	__u32	pdi_reserve;
	__u32	pdi_copy_thresh;
	__u32	pdi_tstamp;
	__u32	pdi_flags;

#define PDI_RUNNING	0x1
#define PDI_AUXDATA	0x2
#define PDI_ORIGDEV	0x4
#define PDI_VNETHDR	0x8
#define PDI_LOSS	0x10
};

struct packet_diag_mclist {
	__u32	pdmc_index;
	__u32	pdmc_count;
	__u16	pdmc_type;
	__u16	pdmc_alen;
	__u8	pdmc_addr[32]; /* MAX_ADDR_LEN */
};

struct packet_diag_ring {
	__u32	pdr_block_size;
	__u32	pdr_block_nr;
	__u32	pdr_frame_size;
	__u32	pdr_frame_nr;
	__u32	pdr_retire_tmo;
	__u32	pdr_sizeof_priv;
	__u32	pdr_features;
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_RESOURCE_H
#define _LINUX_RESOURCE_H

#include <linux/time.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * Resource control/accounting header file for linux
 */

/*
 * Definition of struct rusage taken from BSD 4.3 Reno
 * 
 * We don't support all of these yet, but we might as well have them....
 * Otherwise, each time we add new items, programs which depend on this
 * structure will lose.  This reduces the chances of that happening.
 */
#define	RUSAGE_SELF	0
#define	RUSAGE_CHILDREN	(-1)
#define RUSAGE_BOTH	(-2)		/* sys_wait4() uses this */
#define	RUSAGE_THREAD	1		/* only the calling thread */

struct	rusage {
	struct timeval ru_utime;	/* user time used */
	struct timeval ru_stime;	/* system time used */
	__kernel_long_t	ru_maxrss;	/* maximum resident set size */
	__kernel_long_t	ru_ixrss;	/* integral shared memory size */
	__kernel_long_t	ru_idrss;	/* integral unshared data size */
	__kernel_long_t	ru_isrss;	/* integral unshared stack size */
	__kernel_long_t	ru_minflt;	/* page reclaims */
	__kernel_long_t	ru_majflt;	/* page faults */
	__kernel_long_t	ru_nswap;	/* swaps */
	__kernel_long_t	ru_inblock;	/* block input operations */
	__kernel_long_t	ru_oublock;	/* block output operations */
	__kernel_long_t	ru_msgsnd;	/* messages sent */
	__kernel_long_t	ru_msgrcv;	/* messages received */
	__kernel_long_t	ru_nsignals;	/* signals received */
	__kernel_long_t	ru_nvcsw;	/* voluntary context switches */
	__kernel_long_t	ru_nivcsw;	/* involuntary " */
};

struct rlimit {
	__kernel_ulong_t	rlim_cur;
	__kernel_ulong_t	rlim_max;
};

#define RLIM64_INFINITY		(~0ULL)

struct rlimit64 {
	__u64 rlim_cur;
	__u64 rlim_max;
};

#define	PRIO_MIN	(-20)
#define	PRIO_MAX	20

#define	PRIO_PROCESS	0
#define	PRIO_PGRP	1
#define	PRIO_USER	2

/*
 * Limit the stack by to some sane default: root can always
 * increase this limit if needed..  8MB seems reasonable.
 */
#define _STK_LIM	(8*1024*1024)

/*
 * GPG2 wants 64kB of mlocked memory, to make sure pass phrases
 * and other sensitive information are never written to disk.
 */
#define MLOCK_LIMIT	((PAGE_SIZE > 64*1024) ? PAGE_SIZE : 64*1024)

/*
 * Due to binary compatibility, the actual resource numbers
 * may be different for different linux versions..
 */
#include <asm/resource.h>


#endif /* _LINUX_RESOURCE_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
  nubus.h: various definitions and prototypes for NuBus drivers to use.

  Originally written by Alan Cox.

  Hacked to death by C. Scott Ananian and David Huggins-Daines.
  
  Some of the constants in here are from the corresponding
  NetBSD/OpenBSD header file, by Allen Briggs.  We figured out the
  rest of them on our own. */

#ifndef LINUX_NUBUS_H
#define LINUX_NUBUS_H

#include <linux/types.h>

enum nubus_category {
	NUBUS_CAT_BOARD          = 0x0001,
	NUBUS_CAT_DISPLAY        = 0x0003,
	NUBUS_CAT_NETWORK        = 0x0004,
	NUBUS_CAT_COMMUNICATIONS = 0x0006,
	NUBUS_CAT_FONT           = 0x0009,
	NUBUS_CAT_CPU            = 0x000A,
	/* For lack of a better name */
	NUBUS_CAT_DUODOCK        = 0x0020
};

enum nubus_type_network {
	NUBUS_TYPE_ETHERNET      = 0x0001,
	NUBUS_TYPE_RS232         = 0x0002
};

enum nubus_type_display {
	NUBUS_TYPE_VIDEO         = 0x0001
};

enum nubus_type_cpu {
	NUBUS_TYPE_68020         = 0x0003,
	NUBUS_TYPE_68030         = 0x0004,
	NUBUS_TYPE_68040         = 0x0005
};

/* Known <Cat,Type,SW,HW> tuples: (according to TattleTech and Slots)
 *  68030 motherboards: <10,4,0,24>
 *  68040 motherboards: <10,5,0,24>
 *  DuoDock Plus: <32,1,1,2>
 *
 *  Toby Frame Buffer card: <3,1,1,1>
 *  RBV built-in video (IIci): <3,1,1,24>
 *  Valkyrie built-in video (Q630): <3,1,1,46>
 *  Macintosh Display Card: <3,1,1,25>
 *  Sonora built-in video (P460): <3,1,1,34>
 *  Jet framebuffer (DuoDock Plus): <3,1,1,41>
 *
 *  SONIC comm-slot/on-board and DuoDock Ethernet: <4,1,1,272>
 *  SONIC LC-PDS Ethernet (Dayna, but like Apple 16-bit, sort of): <4,1,1,271>
 *  Apple SONIC LC-PDS Ethernet ("Apple Ethernet LC Twisted-Pair Card"): <4,1,0,281>
 *  Sonic Systems Ethernet A-Series Card: <4,1,268,256>
 *  Asante MacCon NuBus-A: <4,1,260,256> (alpha-1.0,1.1 revision)
 *   ROM on the above card: <2,1,0,0>
 *  Cabletron ethernet card: <4,1,1,265>
 *  Farallon ethernet card: <4,1,268,256> (identical to Sonic Systems card)
 *  Kinetics EtherPort IIN: <4,1,259,262>
 *  API Engineering EtherRun_LCa PDS enet card: <4,1,282,256>
 *
 *  Add your devices to the list!  You can obtain the "Slots" utility
 *  from Apple's FTP site at:
 *  ftp://dev.apple.com/devworld/Tool_Chest/Devices_-_Hardware/NuBus_Slot_Manager/
 *
 *  Alternately, TattleTech can be found at any Info-Mac mirror site.  
 *  or from its distribution site: ftp://ftp.decismkr.com/dms
 */

/* DrSW: Uniquely identifies the software interface to a board.  This
   is usually the one you want to look at when writing a driver.  It's
   not as useful as you think, though, because as we should know by
   now (duh), "Apple Compatible" can mean a lot of things... */

/* Add known DrSW values here */
enum nubus_drsw {
	/* NUBUS_CAT_DISPLAY */
	NUBUS_DRSW_APPLE        = 0x0001,
	NUBUS_DRSW_APPLE_HIRES  = 0x0013, /* MacII HiRes card driver */
	
	/* NUBUS_CAT_NETWORK */
	NUBUS_DRSW_3COM         = 0x0000,
	NUBUS_DRSW_CABLETRON    = 0x0001,
	NUBUS_DRSW_SONIC_LC     = 0x0001,
	NUBUS_DRSW_KINETICS     = 0x0103,
	NUBUS_DRSW_ASANTE       = 0x0104,
	NUBUS_DRSW_TECHWORKS    = 0x0109,
	NUBUS_DRSW_DAYNA        = 0x010b,
	NUBUS_DRSW_FARALLON     = 0x010c,
	NUBUS_DRSW_APPLE_SN     = 0x010f,
	NUBUS_DRSW_DAYNA2       = 0x0115,
	NUBUS_DRSW_FOCUS        = 0x011a,
	NUBUS_DRSW_ASANTE_CS    = 0x011d, /* use asante SMC9194 driver */
	NUBUS_DRSW_DAYNA_LC     = 0x011e,

	/* NUBUS_CAT_CPU */
	NUBUS_DRSW_NONE         = 0x0000,
};

/* DrHW: Uniquely identifies the hardware interface to a board (or at
   least, it should...  some video cards are known to incorrectly
   identify themselves as Toby cards) */

/* Add known DrHW values here */
enum nubus_drhw {
	/* NUBUS_CAT_DISPLAY */
	NUBUS_DRHW_APPLE_TFB      = 0x0001, /* Toby frame buffer card */
	NUBUS_DRHW_APPLE_WVC      = 0x0006, /* Apple Workstation Video Card */
	NUBUS_DRHW_SIGMA_CLRMAX   = 0x0007, /* Sigma Design ColorMax */
	NUBUS_DRHW_APPLE_SE30     = 0x0009, /* Apple SE/30 video */
	NUBUS_DRHW_APPLE_HRVC     = 0x0013, /* Mac II High-Res Video Card */
	NUBUS_DRHW_APPLE_MVC      = 0x0014, /* Mac II Monochrome Video Card */
	NUBUS_DRHW_APPLE_PVC      = 0x0017, /* Mac II Portrait Video Card */
	NUBUS_DRHW_APPLE_RBV1     = 0x0018, /* IIci RBV video */
	NUBUS_DRHW_APPLE_MDC      = 0x0019, /* Macintosh Display Card */
	NUBUS_DRHW_APPLE_VSC      = 0x0020, /* Duo MiniDock ViSC framebuffer */
	NUBUS_DRHW_APPLE_SONORA   = 0x0022, /* Sonora built-in video */
	NUBUS_DRHW_APPLE_JET      = 0x0029, /* Jet framebuffer (DuoDock) */
	NUBUS_DRHW_APPLE_24AC     = 0x002b, /* Mac 24AC Video Card */
	NUBUS_DRHW_APPLE_VALKYRIE = 0x002e,
	NUBUS_DRHW_SMAC_GFX       = 0x0105, /* SuperMac GFX */
	NUBUS_DRHW_RASTER_CB264   = 0x013B, /* RasterOps ColorBoard 264 */
	NUBUS_DRHW_MICRON_XCEED   = 0x0146, /* Micron Exceed color */
	NUBUS_DRHW_RDIUS_GSC      = 0x0153, /* Radius GS/C */
	NUBUS_DRHW_SMAC_SPEC8     = 0x017B, /* SuperMac Spectrum/8 */
	NUBUS_DRHW_SMAC_SPEC24    = 0x017C, /* SuperMac Spectrum/24 */
	NUBUS_DRHW_RASTER_CB364   = 0x026F, /* RasterOps ColorBoard 364 */
	NUBUS_DRHW_RDIUS_DCGX     = 0x027C, /* Radius DirectColor/GX */
	NUBUS_DRHW_RDIUS_PC8      = 0x0291, /* Radius PrecisionColor 8 */
	NUBUS_DRHW_LAPIS_PCS8     = 0x0292, /* Lapis ProColorServer 8 */
	NUBUS_DRHW_RASTER_24XLI   = 0x02A0, /* RasterOps 8/24 XLi */
	NUBUS_DRHW_RASTER_PBPGT   = 0x02A5, /* RasterOps PaintBoard Prism GT */
	NUBUS_DRHW_EMACH_FSX      = 0x02AE, /* E-Machines Futura SX */
	NUBUS_DRHW_RASTER_24XLTV  = 0x02B7, /* RasterOps 24XLTV */
	NUBUS_DRHW_SMAC_THUND24   = 0x02CB, /* SuperMac Thunder/24 */
	NUBUS_DRHW_SMAC_THUNDLGHT = 0x03D9, /* SuperMac ThunderLight */
	NUBUS_DRHW_RDIUS_PC24XP   = 0x0406, /* Radius PrecisionColor 24Xp */
	NUBUS_DRHW_RDIUS_PC24X    = 0x040A, /* Radius PrecisionColor 24X */
	NUBUS_DRHW_RDIUS_PC8XJ    = 0x040B, /* Radius PrecisionColor 8XJ */
	
	/* NUBUS_CAT_NETWORK */
	NUBUS_DRHW_INTERLAN       = 0x0100,
	NUBUS_DRHW_SMC9194        = 0x0101,
	NUBUS_DRHW_KINETICS       = 0x0106,
	NUBUS_DRHW_CABLETRON      = 0x0109,
	NUBUS_DRHW_ASANTE_LC      = 0x010f,
	NUBUS_DRHW_SONIC          = 0x0110,
	NUBUS_DRHW_TECHWORKS      = 0x0112,
	NUBUS_DRHW_APPLE_SONIC_NB = 0x0118,
	NUBUS_DRHW_APPLE_SONIC_LC = 0x0119,
	NUBUS_DRHW_FOCUS          = 0x011c,
	NUBUS_DRHW_SONNET         = 0x011d,
};

/* Resource IDs: These are the identifiers for the various weird and
   wonderful tidbits of information that may or may not reside in the
   NuBus ROM directory. */
enum nubus_res_id {
	NUBUS_RESID_TYPE         = 0x0001,
	NUBUS_RESID_NAME         = 0x0002,
	NUBUS_RESID_ICON         = 0x0003,
	NUBUS_RESID_DRVRDIR      = 0x0004,
	NUBUS_RESID_LOADREC      = 0x0005,
	NUBUS_RESID_BOOTREC      = 0x0006,
	NUBUS_RESID_FLAGS        = 0x0007,
	NUBUS_RESID_HWDEVID      = 0x0008,
	NUBUS_RESID_MINOR_BASEOS = 0x000a,
	NUBUS_RESID_MINOR_LENGTH = 0x000b,
	NUBUS_RESID_MAJOR_BASEOS = 0x000c,
	NUBUS_RESID_MAJOR_LENGTH = 0x000d,
	NUBUS_RESID_CICN         = 0x000f,
	NUBUS_RESID_ICL8         = 0x0010,
	NUBUS_RESID_ICL4         = 0x0011,
};

/* Category-specific resources. */
enum nubus_board_res_id {
	NUBUS_RESID_BOARDID      = 0x0020,
	NUBUS_RESID_PRAMINITDATA = 0x0021,
	NUBUS_RESID_PRIMARYINIT  = 0x0022,
	NUBUS_RESID_TIMEOUTCONST = 0x0023,
	NUBUS_RESID_VENDORINFO   = 0x0024,
	NUBUS_RESID_BOARDFLAGS   = 0x0025,
	NUBUS_RESID_SECONDINIT   = 0x0026,

	/* Not sure why Apple put these next two in here */
	NUBUS_RESID_VIDNAMES     = 0x0041,
	NUBUS_RESID_VIDMODES     = 0x007e
};

/* Fields within the vendor info directory */
enum nubus_vendor_res_id {
	NUBUS_RESID_VEND_ID     = 0x0001,
	NUBUS_RESID_VEND_SERIAL = 0x0002,
	NUBUS_RESID_VEND_REV    = 0x0003,
	NUBUS_RESID_VEND_PART   = 0x0004,
	NUBUS_RESID_VEND_DATE   = 0x0005
};

enum nubus_net_res_id {
	NUBUS_RESID_MAC_ADDRESS  = 0x0080
};

enum nubus_cpu_res_id {
	NUBUS_RESID_MEMINFO      = 0x0081,
	NUBUS_RESID_ROMINFO      = 0x0082
};

enum nubus_display_res_id {
	NUBUS_RESID_GAMMADIR    = 0x0040,
	NUBUS_RESID_FIRSTMODE   = 0x0080,
	NUBUS_RESID_SECONDMODE  = 0x0081,
	NUBUS_RESID_THIRDMODE   = 0x0082,
	NUBUS_RESID_FOURTHMODE  = 0x0083,
	NUBUS_RESID_FIFTHMODE   = 0x0084,
	NUBUS_RESID_SIXTHMODE   = 0x0085
};

#endif /* LINUX_NUBUS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) */
/*
 * include/linux/v4l2-common.h
 *
 * Common V4L2 and V4L2 subdev definitions.
 *
 * Users are advised to #include this file either through videodev2.h
 * (V4L2) or through v4l2-subdev.h (V4L2 subdev) rather than to refer
 * to this file directly.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2012 Nokia Corporation
 * Contact: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
 *
 *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 *  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 *  (at your option) any later version.
 *
 *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 *  GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 *  Alternatively you can redistribute this file under the terms of the
 *  BSD license as stated below:
 *
 *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 *  are met:
 *  1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *  2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *     the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *     distribution.
 *  3. The names of its contributors may not be used to endorse or promote
 *     products derived from this software without specific prior written
 *     permission.
 *
 *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
 *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
 *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 *  OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 *  SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 *  TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
 *  PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
 *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
 *  NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
 *  SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 */

#ifndef __V4L2_COMMON__
#define __V4L2_COMMON__

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 *
 * Selection interface definitions
 *
 */

/* Current cropping area */
#define V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP		0x0000
/* Default cropping area */
#define V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_DEFAULT	0x0001
/* Cropping bounds */
#define V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS	0x0002
/* Native frame size */
#define V4L2_SEL_TGT_NATIVE_SIZE	0x0003
/* Current composing area */
#define V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE		0x0100
/* Default composing area */
#define V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_DEFAULT	0x0101
/* Composing bounds */
#define V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_BOUNDS	0x0102
/* Current composing area plus all padding pixels */
#define V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_PADDED	0x0103

/* Backward compatibility target definitions --- to be removed. */
#define V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_ACTIVE	V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP
#define V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_ACTIVE	V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE
#define V4L2_SUBDEV_SEL_TGT_CROP_ACTUAL	V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP
#define V4L2_SUBDEV_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_ACTUAL V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE
#define V4L2_SUBDEV_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS	V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS
#define V4L2_SUBDEV_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_BOUNDS V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_BOUNDS

/* Selection flags */
#define V4L2_SEL_FLAG_GE		(1 << 0)
#define V4L2_SEL_FLAG_LE		(1 << 1)
#define V4L2_SEL_FLAG_KEEP_CONFIG	(1 << 2)

/* Backward compatibility flag definitions --- to be removed. */
#define V4L2_SUBDEV_SEL_FLAG_SIZE_GE	V4L2_SEL_FLAG_GE
#define V4L2_SUBDEV_SEL_FLAG_SIZE_LE	V4L2_SEL_FLAG_LE
#define V4L2_SUBDEV_SEL_FLAG_KEEP_CONFIG V4L2_SEL_FLAG_KEEP_CONFIG

struct v4l2_edid {
	__u32 pad;
	__u32 start_block;
	__u32 blocks;
	__u32 reserved[5];
	__u8  *edid;
};

#endif /* __V4L2_COMMON__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef BLKTRACE_H
#define BLKTRACE_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * Trace categories
 */
enum blktrace_cat {
	BLK_TC_READ	= 1 << 0,	/* reads */
	BLK_TC_WRITE	= 1 << 1,	/* writes */
	BLK_TC_FLUSH	= 1 << 2,	/* flush */
	BLK_TC_SYNC	= 1 << 3,	/* sync IO */
	BLK_TC_SYNCIO	= BLK_TC_SYNC,
	BLK_TC_QUEUE	= 1 << 4,	/* queueing/merging */
	BLK_TC_REQUEUE	= 1 << 5,	/* requeueing */
	BLK_TC_ISSUE	= 1 << 6,	/* issue */
	BLK_TC_COMPLETE	= 1 << 7,	/* completions */
	BLK_TC_FS	= 1 << 8,	/* fs requests */
	BLK_TC_PC	= 1 << 9,	/* pc requests */
	BLK_TC_NOTIFY	= 1 << 10,	/* special message */
	BLK_TC_AHEAD	= 1 << 11,	/* readahead */
	BLK_TC_META	= 1 << 12,	/* metadata */
	BLK_TC_DISCARD	= 1 << 13,	/* discard requests */
	BLK_TC_DRV_DATA	= 1 << 14,	/* binary per-driver data */
	BLK_TC_FUA	= 1 << 15,	/* fua requests */

	BLK_TC_END	= 1 << 15,	/* we've run out of bits! */
};

#define BLK_TC_SHIFT		(16)
#define BLK_TC_ACT(act)		((act) << BLK_TC_SHIFT)

/*
 * Basic trace actions
 */
enum blktrace_act {
	__BLK_TA_QUEUE = 1,		/* queued */
	__BLK_TA_BACKMERGE,		/* back merged to existing rq */
	__BLK_TA_FRONTMERGE,		/* front merge to existing rq */
	__BLK_TA_GETRQ,			/* allocated new request */
	__BLK_TA_SLEEPRQ,		/* sleeping on rq allocation */
	__BLK_TA_REQUEUE,		/* request requeued */
	__BLK_TA_ISSUE,			/* sent to driver */
	__BLK_TA_COMPLETE,		/* completed by driver */
	__BLK_TA_PLUG,			/* queue was plugged */
	__BLK_TA_UNPLUG_IO,		/* queue was unplugged by io */
	__BLK_TA_UNPLUG_TIMER,		/* queue was unplugged by timer */
	__BLK_TA_INSERT,		/* insert request */
	__BLK_TA_SPLIT,			/* bio was split */
	__BLK_TA_BOUNCE,		/* bio was bounced */
	__BLK_TA_REMAP,			/* bio was remapped */
	__BLK_TA_ABORT,			/* request aborted */
	__BLK_TA_DRV_DATA,		/* driver-specific binary data */
	__BLK_TA_CGROUP = 1 << 8,	/* from a cgroup*/
};

/*
 * Notify events.
 */
enum blktrace_notify {
	__BLK_TN_PROCESS = 0,		/* establish pid/name mapping */
	__BLK_TN_TIMESTAMP,		/* include system clock */
	__BLK_TN_MESSAGE,		/* Character string message */
	__BLK_TN_CGROUP = __BLK_TA_CGROUP, /* from a cgroup */
};


/*
 * Trace actions in full. Additionally, read or write is masked
 */
#define BLK_TA_QUEUE		(__BLK_TA_QUEUE | BLK_TC_ACT(BLK_TC_QUEUE))
#define BLK_TA_BACKMERGE	(__BLK_TA_BACKMERGE | BLK_TC_ACT(BLK_TC_QUEUE))
#define BLK_TA_FRONTMERGE	(__BLK_TA_FRONTMERGE | BLK_TC_ACT(BLK_TC_QUEUE))
#define	BLK_TA_GETRQ		(__BLK_TA_GETRQ | BLK_TC_ACT(BLK_TC_QUEUE))
#define	BLK_TA_SLEEPRQ		(__BLK_TA_SLEEPRQ | BLK_TC_ACT(BLK_TC_QUEUE))
#define	BLK_TA_REQUEUE		(__BLK_TA_REQUEUE | BLK_TC_ACT(BLK_TC_REQUEUE))
#define BLK_TA_ISSUE		(__BLK_TA_ISSUE | BLK_TC_ACT(BLK_TC_ISSUE))
#define BLK_TA_COMPLETE		(__BLK_TA_COMPLETE| BLK_TC_ACT(BLK_TC_COMPLETE))
#define BLK_TA_PLUG		(__BLK_TA_PLUG | BLK_TC_ACT(BLK_TC_QUEUE))
#define BLK_TA_UNPLUG_IO	(__BLK_TA_UNPLUG_IO | BLK_TC_ACT(BLK_TC_QUEUE))
#define BLK_TA_UNPLUG_TIMER	(__BLK_TA_UNPLUG_TIMER | BLK_TC_ACT(BLK_TC_QUEUE))
#define BLK_TA_INSERT		(__BLK_TA_INSERT | BLK_TC_ACT(BLK_TC_QUEUE))
#define BLK_TA_SPLIT		(__BLK_TA_SPLIT)
#define BLK_TA_BOUNCE		(__BLK_TA_BOUNCE)
#define BLK_TA_REMAP		(__BLK_TA_REMAP | BLK_TC_ACT(BLK_TC_QUEUE))
#define BLK_TA_ABORT		(__BLK_TA_ABORT | BLK_TC_ACT(BLK_TC_QUEUE))
#define BLK_TA_DRV_DATA	(__BLK_TA_DRV_DATA | BLK_TC_ACT(BLK_TC_DRV_DATA))

#define BLK_TN_PROCESS		(__BLK_TN_PROCESS | BLK_TC_ACT(BLK_TC_NOTIFY))
#define BLK_TN_TIMESTAMP	(__BLK_TN_TIMESTAMP | BLK_TC_ACT(BLK_TC_NOTIFY))
#define BLK_TN_MESSAGE		(__BLK_TN_MESSAGE | BLK_TC_ACT(BLK_TC_NOTIFY))

#define BLK_IO_TRACE_MAGIC	0x65617400
#define BLK_IO_TRACE_VERSION	0x07

/*
 * The trace itself
 */
struct blk_io_trace {
	__u32 magic;		/* MAGIC << 8 | version */
	__u32 sequence;		/* event number */
	__u64 time;		/* in nanoseconds */
	__u64 sector;		/* disk offset */
	__u32 bytes;		/* transfer length */
	__u32 action;		/* what happened */
	__u32 pid;		/* who did it */
	__u32 device;		/* device number */
	__u32 cpu;		/* on what cpu did it happen */
	__u16 error;		/* completion error */
	__u16 pdu_len;		/* length of data after this trace */
	/* cgroup id will be stored here if exists */
};

/*
 * The remap event
 */
struct blk_io_trace_remap {
	__be32 device_from;
	__be32 device_to;
	__be64 sector_from;
};

enum {
	Blktrace_setup = 1,
	Blktrace_running,
	Blktrace_stopped,
};

#define BLKTRACE_BDEV_SIZE	32

/*
 * User setup structure passed with BLKTRACESETUP
 */
struct blk_user_trace_setup {
	char name[BLKTRACE_BDEV_SIZE];	/* output */
	__u16 act_mask;			/* input */
	__u32 buf_size;			/* input */
	__u32 buf_nr;			/* input */
	__u64 start_lba;
	__u64 end_lba;
	__u32 pid;
};

#endif /* BLKTRACE_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  Linux X.25 packet to device interface
 *
 *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 *  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 *  (at your option) any later version.
 *
 *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
 *  GNU General Public License for more details.
 */

#ifndef _IF_X25_H
#define _IF_X25_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* Documentation/networking/x25-iface.txt */
#define X25_IFACE_DATA		0x00
#define X25_IFACE_CONNECT	0x01
#define X25_IFACE_DISCONNECT	0x02
#define X25_IFACE_PARAMS	0x03

#endif /* _IF_X25_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause */

#ifndef _LINUX_VIRTIO_BT_H
#define _LINUX_VIRTIO_BT_H

#include <linux/virtio_types.h>

/* Feature bits */
#define VIRTIO_BT_F_VND_HCI	0	/* Indicates vendor command support */
#define VIRTIO_BT_F_MSFT_EXT	1	/* Indicates MSFT vendor support */
#define VIRTIO_BT_F_AOSP_EXT	2	/* Indicates AOSP vendor support */

enum virtio_bt_config_type {
	VIRTIO_BT_CONFIG_TYPE_PRIMARY	= 0,
	VIRTIO_BT_CONFIG_TYPE_AMP	= 1,
};

enum virtio_bt_config_vendor {
	VIRTIO_BT_CONFIG_VENDOR_NONE	= 0,
	VIRTIO_BT_CONFIG_VENDOR_ZEPHYR	= 1,
	VIRTIO_BT_CONFIG_VENDOR_INTEL	= 2,
	VIRTIO_BT_CONFIG_VENDOR_REALTEK	= 3,
};

struct virtio_bt_config {
	__u8  type;
	__u16 vendor;
	__u16 msft_opcode;
} __attribute__((packed));

#endif /* _LINUX_VIRTIO_BT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *	Generic watchdog defines. Derived from..
 *
 * Berkshire PC Watchdog Defines
 * by Ken Hollis <khollis@bitgate.com>
 *
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_WATCHDOG_H
#define _LINUX_WATCHDOG_H

#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

#define	WATCHDOG_IOCTL_BASE	'W'

struct watchdog_info {
	__u32 options;		/* Options the card/driver supports */
	__u32 firmware_version;	/* Firmware version of the card */
	__u8  identity[32];	/* Identity of the board */
};

#define	WDIOC_GETSUPPORT	_IOR(WATCHDOG_IOCTL_BASE, 0, struct watchdog_info)
#define	WDIOC_GETSTATUS		_IOR(WATCHDOG_IOCTL_BASE, 1, int)
#define	WDIOC_GETBOOTSTATUS	_IOR(WATCHDOG_IOCTL_BASE, 2, int)
#define	WDIOC_GETTEMP		_IOR(WATCHDOG_IOCTL_BASE, 3, int)
#define	WDIOC_SETOPTIONS	_IOR(WATCHDOG_IOCTL_BASE, 4, int)
#define	WDIOC_KEEPALIVE		_IOR(WATCHDOG_IOCTL_BASE, 5, int)
#define	WDIOC_SETTIMEOUT        _IOWR(WATCHDOG_IOCTL_BASE, 6, int)
#define	WDIOC_GETTIMEOUT        _IOR(WATCHDOG_IOCTL_BASE, 7, int)
#define	WDIOC_SETPRETIMEOUT	_IOWR(WATCHDOG_IOCTL_BASE, 8, int)
#define	WDIOC_GETPRETIMEOUT	_IOR(WATCHDOG_IOCTL_BASE, 9, int)
#define	WDIOC_GETTIMELEFT	_IOR(WATCHDOG_IOCTL_BASE, 10, int)

#define	WDIOF_UNKNOWN		-1	/* Unknown flag error */
#define	WDIOS_UNKNOWN		-1	/* Unknown status error */

#define	WDIOF_OVERHEAT		0x0001	/* Reset due to CPU overheat */
#define	WDIOF_FANFAULT		0x0002	/* Fan failed */
#define	WDIOF_EXTERN1		0x0004	/* External relay 1 */
#define	WDIOF_EXTERN2		0x0008	/* External relay 2 */
#define	WDIOF_POWERUNDER	0x0010	/* Power bad/power fault */
#define	WDIOF_CARDRESET		0x0020	/* Card previously reset the CPU */
#define	WDIOF_POWEROVER		0x0040	/* Power over voltage */
#define	WDIOF_SETTIMEOUT	0x0080  /* Set timeout (in seconds) */
#define	WDIOF_MAGICCLOSE	0x0100	/* Supports magic close char */
#define	WDIOF_PRETIMEOUT	0x0200  /* Pretimeout (in seconds), get/set */
#define	WDIOF_ALARMONLY		0x0400	/* Watchdog triggers a management or
					   other external alarm not a reboot */
#define	WDIOF_KEEPALIVEPING	0x8000	/* Keep alive ping reply */

#define	WDIOS_DISABLECARD	0x0001	/* Turn off the watchdog timer */
#define	WDIOS_ENABLECARD	0x0002	/* Turn on the watchdog timer */
#define	WDIOS_TEMPPANIC		0x0004	/* Kernel panic on temperature trip */


#endif /* _LINUX_WATCHDOG_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_PKT_SCHED_H
#define __LINUX_PKT_SCHED_H

#include <linux/const.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/* Logical priority bands not depending on specific packet scheduler.
   Every scheduler will map them to real traffic classes, if it has
   no more precise mechanism to classify packets.

   These numbers have no special meaning, though their coincidence
   with obsolete IPv6 values is not occasional :-). New IPv6 drafts
   preferred full anarchy inspired by diffserv group.

   Note: TC_PRIO_BESTEFFORT does not mean that it is the most unhappy
   class, actually, as rule it will be handled with more care than
   filler or even bulk.
 */

#define TC_PRIO_BESTEFFORT		0
#define TC_PRIO_FILLER			1
#define TC_PRIO_BULK			2
#define TC_PRIO_INTERACTIVE_BULK	4
#define TC_PRIO_INTERACTIVE		6
#define TC_PRIO_CONTROL			7

#define TC_PRIO_MAX			15

/* Generic queue statistics, available for all the elements.
   Particular schedulers may have also their private records.
 */

struct tc_stats {
	__u64	bytes;			/* Number of enqueued bytes */
	__u32	packets;		/* Number of enqueued packets	*/
	__u32	drops;			/* Packets dropped because of lack of resources */
	__u32	overlimits;		/* Number of throttle events when this
					 * flow goes out of allocated bandwidth */
	__u32	bps;			/* Current flow byte rate */
	__u32	pps;			/* Current flow packet rate */
	__u32	qlen;
	__u32	backlog;
};

struct tc_estimator {
	signed char	interval;
	unsigned char	ewma_log;
};

/* "Handles"
   ---------

    All the traffic control objects have 32bit identifiers, or "handles".

    They can be considered as opaque numbers from user API viewpoint,
    but actually they always consist of two fields: major and
    minor numbers, which are interpreted by kernel specially,
    that may be used by applications, though not recommended.

    F.e. qdisc handles always have minor number equal to zero,
    classes (or flows) have major equal to parent qdisc major, and
    minor uniquely identifying class inside qdisc.

    Macros to manipulate handles:
 */

#define TC_H_MAJ_MASK (0xFFFF0000U)
#define TC_H_MIN_MASK (0x0000FFFFU)
#define TC_H_MAJ(h) ((h)&TC_H_MAJ_MASK)
#define TC_H_MIN(h) ((h)&TC_H_MIN_MASK)
#define TC_H_MAKE(maj,min) (((maj)&TC_H_MAJ_MASK)|((min)&TC_H_MIN_MASK))

#define TC_H_UNSPEC	(0U)
#define TC_H_ROOT	(0xFFFFFFFFU)
#define TC_H_INGRESS    (0xFFFFFFF1U)
#define TC_H_CLSACT	TC_H_INGRESS

#define TC_H_MIN_PRIORITY	0xFFE0U
#define TC_H_MIN_INGRESS	0xFFF2U
#define TC_H_MIN_EGRESS		0xFFF3U

/* Need to corrospond to iproute2 tc/tc_core.h "enum link_layer" */
enum tc_link_layer {
	TC_LINKLAYER_UNAWARE, /* Indicate unaware old iproute2 util */
	TC_LINKLAYER_ETHERNET,
	TC_LINKLAYER_ATM,
};
#define TC_LINKLAYER_MASK 0x0F /* limit use to lower 4 bits */

struct tc_ratespec {
	unsigned char	cell_log;
	__u8		linklayer; /* lower 4 bits */
	unsigned short	overhead;
	short		cell_align;
	unsigned short	mpu;
	__u32		rate;
};

#define TC_RTAB_SIZE	1024

struct tc_sizespec {
	unsigned char	cell_log;
	unsigned char	size_log;
	short		cell_align;
	int		overhead;
	unsigned int	linklayer;
	unsigned int	mpu;
	unsigned int	mtu;
	unsigned int	tsize;
};

enum {
	TCA_STAB_UNSPEC,
	TCA_STAB_BASE,
	TCA_STAB_DATA,
	__TCA_STAB_MAX
};

#define TCA_STAB_MAX (__TCA_STAB_MAX - 1)

/* FIFO section */

struct tc_fifo_qopt {
	__u32	limit;	/* Queue length: bytes for bfifo, packets for pfifo */
};

/* SKBPRIO section */

/*
 * Priorities go from zero to (SKBPRIO_MAX_PRIORITY - 1).
 * SKBPRIO_MAX_PRIORITY should be at least 64 in order for skbprio to be able
 * to map one to one the DS field of IPV4 and IPV6 headers.
 * Memory allocation grows linearly with SKBPRIO_MAX_PRIORITY.
 */

#define SKBPRIO_MAX_PRIORITY 64

struct tc_skbprio_qopt {
	__u32	limit;		/* Queue length in packets. */
};

/* PRIO section */

#define TCQ_PRIO_BANDS	16
#define TCQ_MIN_PRIO_BANDS 2

struct tc_prio_qopt {
	int	bands;			/* Number of bands */
	__u8	priomap[TC_PRIO_MAX+1];	/* Map: logical priority -> PRIO band */
};

/* MULTIQ section */

struct tc_multiq_qopt {
	__u16	bands;			/* Number of bands */
	__u16	max_bands;		/* Maximum number of queues */
};

/* PLUG section */

#define TCQ_PLUG_BUFFER                0
#define TCQ_PLUG_RELEASE_ONE           1
#define TCQ_PLUG_RELEASE_INDEFINITE    2
#define TCQ_PLUG_LIMIT                 3

struct tc_plug_qopt {
	/* TCQ_PLUG_BUFFER: Inset a plug into the queue and
	 *  buffer any incoming packets
	 * TCQ_PLUG_RELEASE_ONE: Dequeue packets from queue head
	 *   to beginning of the next plug.
	 * TCQ_PLUG_RELEASE_INDEFINITE: Dequeue all packets from queue.
	 *   Stop buffering packets until the next TCQ_PLUG_BUFFER
	 *   command is received (just act as a pass-thru queue).
	 * TCQ_PLUG_LIMIT: Increase/decrease queue size
	 */
	int             action;
	__u32           limit;
};

/* TBF section */

struct tc_tbf_qopt {
	struct tc_ratespec rate;
	struct tc_ratespec peakrate;
	__u32		limit;
	__u32		buffer;
	__u32		mtu;
};

enum {
	TCA_TBF_UNSPEC,
	TCA_TBF_PARMS,
	TCA_TBF_RTAB,
	TCA_TBF_PTAB,
	TCA_TBF_RATE64,
	TCA_TBF_PRATE64,
	TCA_TBF_BURST,
	TCA_TBF_PBURST,
	TCA_TBF_PAD,
	__TCA_TBF_MAX,
};

#define TCA_TBF_MAX (__TCA_TBF_MAX - 1)


/* TEQL section */

/* TEQL does not require any parameters */

/* SFQ section */

struct tc_sfq_qopt {
	unsigned	quantum;	/* Bytes per round allocated to flow */
	int		perturb_period;	/* Period of hash perturbation */
	__u32		limit;		/* Maximal packets in queue */
	unsigned	divisor;	/* Hash divisor  */
	unsigned	flows;		/* Maximal number of flows  */
};

struct tc_sfqred_stats {
	__u32           prob_drop;      /* Early drops, below max threshold */
	__u32           forced_drop;	/* Early drops, after max threshold */
	__u32           prob_mark;      /* Marked packets, below max threshold */
	__u32           forced_mark;    /* Marked packets, after max threshold */
	__u32           prob_mark_head; /* Marked packets, below max threshold */
	__u32           forced_mark_head;/* Marked packets, after max threshold */
};

struct tc_sfq_qopt_v1 {
	struct tc_sfq_qopt v0;
	unsigned int	depth;		/* max number of packets per flow */
	unsigned int	headdrop;
/* SFQRED parameters */
	__u32		limit;		/* HARD maximal flow queue length (bytes) */
	__u32		qth_min;	/* Min average length threshold (bytes) */
	__u32		qth_max;	/* Max average length threshold (bytes) */
	unsigned char   Wlog;		/* log(W)		*/
	unsigned char   Plog;		/* log(P_max/(qth_max-qth_min))	*/
	unsigned char   Scell_log;	/* cell size for idle damping */
	unsigned char	flags;
	__u32		max_P;		/* probability, high resolution */
/* SFQRED stats */
	struct tc_sfqred_stats stats;
};


struct tc_sfq_xstats {
	__s32		allot;
};

/* RED section */

enum {
	TCA_RED_UNSPEC,
	TCA_RED_PARMS,
	TCA_RED_STAB,
	TCA_RED_MAX_P,
	TCA_RED_FLAGS,		/* bitfield32 */
	TCA_RED_EARLY_DROP_BLOCK, /* u32 */
	TCA_RED_MARK_BLOCK,	/* u32 */
	__TCA_RED_MAX,
};

#define TCA_RED_MAX (__TCA_RED_MAX - 1)

struct tc_red_qopt {
	__u32		limit;		/* HARD maximal queue length (bytes)	*/
	__u32		qth_min;	/* Min average length threshold (bytes) */
	__u32		qth_max;	/* Max average length threshold (bytes) */
	unsigned char   Wlog;		/* log(W)		*/
	unsigned char   Plog;		/* log(P_max/(qth_max-qth_min))	*/
	unsigned char   Scell_log;	/* cell size for idle damping */

	/* This field can be used for flags that a RED-like qdisc has
	 * historically supported. E.g. when configuring RED, it can be used for
	 * ECN, HARDDROP and ADAPTATIVE. For SFQ it can be used for ECN,
	 * HARDDROP. Etc. Because this field has not been validated, and is
	 * copied back on dump, any bits besides those to which a given qdisc
	 * has assigned a historical meaning need to be considered for free use
	 * by userspace tools.
	 *
	 * Any further flags need to be passed differently, e.g. through an
	 * attribute (such as TCA_RED_FLAGS above). Such attribute should allow
	 * passing both recent and historic flags in one value.
	 */
	unsigned char	flags;
#define TC_RED_ECN		1
#define TC_RED_HARDDROP		2
#define TC_RED_ADAPTATIVE	4
#define TC_RED_NODROP		8
};

#define TC_RED_HISTORIC_FLAGS (TC_RED_ECN | TC_RED_HARDDROP | TC_RED_ADAPTATIVE)

struct tc_red_xstats {
	__u32           early;          /* Early drops */
	__u32           pdrop;          /* Drops due to queue limits */
	__u32           other;          /* Drops due to drop() calls */
	__u32           marked;         /* Marked packets */
};

/* GRED section */

#define MAX_DPs 16

enum {
       TCA_GRED_UNSPEC,
       TCA_GRED_PARMS,
       TCA_GRED_STAB,
       TCA_GRED_DPS,
       TCA_GRED_MAX_P,
       TCA_GRED_LIMIT,
       TCA_GRED_VQ_LIST,	/* nested TCA_GRED_VQ_ENTRY */
       __TCA_GRED_MAX,
};

#define TCA_GRED_MAX (__TCA_GRED_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TCA_GRED_VQ_ENTRY_UNSPEC,
	TCA_GRED_VQ_ENTRY,	/* nested TCA_GRED_VQ_* */
	__TCA_GRED_VQ_ENTRY_MAX,
};
#define TCA_GRED_VQ_ENTRY_MAX (__TCA_GRED_VQ_ENTRY_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TCA_GRED_VQ_UNSPEC,
	TCA_GRED_VQ_PAD,
	TCA_GRED_VQ_DP,			/* u32 */
	TCA_GRED_VQ_STAT_BYTES,		/* u64 */
	TCA_GRED_VQ_STAT_PACKETS,	/* u32 */
	TCA_GRED_VQ_STAT_BACKLOG,	/* u32 */
	TCA_GRED_VQ_STAT_PROB_DROP,	/* u32 */
	TCA_GRED_VQ_STAT_PROB_MARK,	/* u32 */
	TCA_GRED_VQ_STAT_FORCED_DROP,	/* u32 */
	TCA_GRED_VQ_STAT_FORCED_MARK,	/* u32 */
	TCA_GRED_VQ_STAT_PDROP,		/* u32 */
	TCA_GRED_VQ_STAT_OTHER,		/* u32 */
	TCA_GRED_VQ_FLAGS,		/* u32 */
	__TCA_GRED_VQ_MAX
};

#define TCA_GRED_VQ_MAX (__TCA_GRED_VQ_MAX - 1)

struct tc_gred_qopt {
	__u32		limit;        /* HARD maximal queue length (bytes)    */
	__u32		qth_min;      /* Min average length threshold (bytes) */
	__u32		qth_max;      /* Max average length threshold (bytes) */
	__u32		DP;           /* up to 2^32 DPs */
	__u32		backlog;
	__u32		qave;
	__u32		forced;
	__u32		early;
	__u32		other;
	__u32		pdrop;
	__u8		Wlog;         /* log(W)               */
	__u8		Plog;         /* log(P_max/(qth_max-qth_min)) */
	__u8		Scell_log;    /* cell size for idle damping */
	__u8		prio;         /* prio of this VQ */
	__u32		packets;
	__u32		bytesin;
};

/* gred setup */
struct tc_gred_sopt {
	__u32		DPs;
	__u32		def_DP;
	__u8		grio;
	__u8		flags;
	__u16		pad1;
};

/* CHOKe section */

enum {
	TCA_CHOKE_UNSPEC,
	TCA_CHOKE_PARMS,
	TCA_CHOKE_STAB,
	TCA_CHOKE_MAX_P,
	__TCA_CHOKE_MAX,
};

#define TCA_CHOKE_MAX (__TCA_CHOKE_MAX - 1)

struct tc_choke_qopt {
	__u32		limit;		/* Hard queue length (packets)	*/
	__u32		qth_min;	/* Min average threshold (packets) */
	__u32		qth_max;	/* Max average threshold (packets) */
	unsigned char   Wlog;		/* log(W)		*/
	unsigned char   Plog;		/* log(P_max/(qth_max-qth_min))	*/
	unsigned char   Scell_log;	/* cell size for idle damping */
	unsigned char	flags;		/* see RED flags */
};

struct tc_choke_xstats {
	__u32		early;          /* Early drops */
	__u32		pdrop;          /* Drops due to queue limits */
	__u32		other;          /* Drops due to drop() calls */
	__u32		marked;         /* Marked packets */
	__u32		matched;	/* Drops due to flow match */
};

/* HTB section */
#define TC_HTB_NUMPRIO		8
#define TC_HTB_MAXDEPTH		8
#define TC_HTB_PROTOVER		3 /* the same as HTB and TC's major */

struct tc_htb_opt {
	struct tc_ratespec 	rate;
	struct tc_ratespec 	ceil;
	__u32	buffer;
	__u32	cbuffer;
	__u32	quantum;
	__u32	level;		/* out only */
	__u32	prio;
};
struct tc_htb_glob {
	__u32 version;		/* to match HTB/TC */
    	__u32 rate2quantum;	/* bps->quantum divisor */
    	__u32 defcls;		/* default class number */
	__u32 debug;		/* debug flags */

	/* stats */
	__u32 direct_pkts; /* count of non shaped packets */
};
enum {
	TCA_HTB_UNSPEC,
	TCA_HTB_PARMS,
	TCA_HTB_INIT,
	TCA_HTB_CTAB,
	TCA_HTB_RTAB,
	TCA_HTB_DIRECT_QLEN,
	TCA_HTB_RATE64,
	TCA_HTB_CEIL64,
	TCA_HTB_PAD,
	TCA_HTB_OFFLOAD,
	__TCA_HTB_MAX,
};

#define TCA_HTB_MAX (__TCA_HTB_MAX - 1)

struct tc_htb_xstats {
	__u32 lends;
	__u32 borrows;
	__u32 giants;	/* unused since 'Make HTB scheduler work with TSO.' */
	__s32 tokens;
	__s32 ctokens;
};

/* HFSC section */

struct tc_hfsc_qopt {
	__u16	defcls;		/* default class */
};

struct tc_service_curve {
	__u32	m1;		/* slope of the first segment in bps */
	__u32	d;		/* x-projection of the first segment in us */
	__u32	m2;		/* slope of the second segment in bps */
};

struct tc_hfsc_stats {
	__u64	work;		/* total work done */
	__u64	rtwork;		/* work done by real-time criteria */
	__u32	period;		/* current period */
	__u32	level;		/* class level in hierarchy */
};

enum {
	TCA_HFSC_UNSPEC,
	TCA_HFSC_RSC,
	TCA_HFSC_FSC,
	TCA_HFSC_USC,
	__TCA_HFSC_MAX,
};

#define TCA_HFSC_MAX (__TCA_HFSC_MAX - 1)


/* CBQ section */

#define TC_CBQ_MAXPRIO		8
#define TC_CBQ_MAXLEVEL		8
#define TC_CBQ_DEF_EWMA		5

struct tc_cbq_lssopt {
	unsigned char	change;
	unsigned char	flags;
#define TCF_CBQ_LSS_BOUNDED	1
#define TCF_CBQ_LSS_ISOLATED	2
	unsigned char  	ewma_log;
	unsigned char  	level;
#define TCF_CBQ_LSS_FLAGS	1
#define TCF_CBQ_LSS_EWMA	2
#define TCF_CBQ_LSS_MAXIDLE	4
#define TCF_CBQ_LSS_MINIDLE	8
#define TCF_CBQ_LSS_OFFTIME	0x10
#define TCF_CBQ_LSS_AVPKT	0x20
	__u32		maxidle;
	__u32		minidle;
	__u32		offtime;
	__u32		avpkt;
};

struct tc_cbq_wrropt {
	unsigned char	flags;
	unsigned char	priority;
	unsigned char	cpriority;
	unsigned char	__reserved;
	__u32		allot;
	__u32		weight;
};

struct tc_cbq_ovl {
	unsigned char	strategy;
#define	TC_CBQ_OVL_CLASSIC	0
#define	TC_CBQ_OVL_DELAY	1
#define	TC_CBQ_OVL_LOWPRIO	2
#define	TC_CBQ_OVL_DROP		3
#define	TC_CBQ_OVL_RCLASSIC	4
	unsigned char	priority2;
	__u16		pad;
	__u32		penalty;
};

struct tc_cbq_police {
	unsigned char	police;
	unsigned char	__res1;
	unsigned short	__res2;
};

struct tc_cbq_fopt {
	__u32		split;
	__u32		defmap;
	__u32		defchange;
};

struct tc_cbq_xstats {
	__u32		borrows;
	__u32		overactions;
	__s32		avgidle;
	__s32		undertime;
};

enum {
	TCA_CBQ_UNSPEC,
	TCA_CBQ_LSSOPT,
	TCA_CBQ_WRROPT,
	TCA_CBQ_FOPT,
	TCA_CBQ_OVL_STRATEGY,
	TCA_CBQ_RATE,
	TCA_CBQ_RTAB,
	TCA_CBQ_POLICE,
	__TCA_CBQ_MAX,
};

#define TCA_CBQ_MAX	(__TCA_CBQ_MAX - 1)

/* dsmark section */

enum {
	TCA_DSMARK_UNSPEC,
	TCA_DSMARK_INDICES,
	TCA_DSMARK_DEFAULT_INDEX,
	TCA_DSMARK_SET_TC_INDEX,
	TCA_DSMARK_MASK,
	TCA_DSMARK_VALUE,
	__TCA_DSMARK_MAX,
};

#define TCA_DSMARK_MAX (__TCA_DSMARK_MAX - 1)

/* ATM  section */

enum {
	TCA_ATM_UNSPEC,
	TCA_ATM_FD,		/* file/socket descriptor */
	TCA_ATM_PTR,		/* pointer to descriptor - later */
	TCA_ATM_HDR,		/* LL header */
	TCA_ATM_EXCESS,		/* excess traffic class (0 for CLP)  */
	TCA_ATM_ADDR,		/* PVC address (for output only) */
	TCA_ATM_STATE,		/* VC state (ATM_VS_*; for output only) */
	__TCA_ATM_MAX,
};

#define TCA_ATM_MAX	(__TCA_ATM_MAX - 1)

/* Network emulator */

enum {
	TCA_NETEM_UNSPEC,
	TCA_NETEM_CORR,
	TCA_NETEM_DELAY_DIST,
	TCA_NETEM_REORDER,
	TCA_NETEM_CORRUPT,
	TCA_NETEM_LOSS,
	TCA_NETEM_RATE,
	TCA_NETEM_ECN,
	TCA_NETEM_RATE64,
	TCA_NETEM_PAD,
	TCA_NETEM_LATENCY64,
	TCA_NETEM_JITTER64,
	TCA_NETEM_SLOT,
	TCA_NETEM_SLOT_DIST,
	__TCA_NETEM_MAX,
};

#define TCA_NETEM_MAX (__TCA_NETEM_MAX - 1)

struct tc_netem_qopt {
	__u32	latency;	/* added delay (us) */
	__u32   limit;		/* fifo limit (packets) */
	__u32	loss;		/* random packet loss (0=none ~0=100%) */
	__u32	gap;		/* re-ordering gap (0 for none) */
	__u32   duplicate;	/* random packet dup  (0=none ~0=100%) */
	__u32	jitter;		/* random jitter in latency (us) */
};

struct tc_netem_corr {
	__u32	delay_corr;	/* delay correlation */
	__u32	loss_corr;	/* packet loss correlation */
	__u32	dup_corr;	/* duplicate correlation  */
};

struct tc_netem_reorder {
	__u32	probability;
	__u32	correlation;
};

struct tc_netem_corrupt {
	__u32	probability;
	__u32	correlation;
};

struct tc_netem_rate {
	__u32	rate;	/* byte/s */
	__s32	packet_overhead;
	__u32	cell_size;
	__s32	cell_overhead;
};

struct tc_netem_slot {
	__s64   min_delay; /* nsec */
	__s64   max_delay;
	__s32   max_packets;
	__s32   max_bytes;
	__s64	dist_delay; /* nsec */
	__s64	dist_jitter; /* nsec */
};

enum {
	NETEM_LOSS_UNSPEC,
	NETEM_LOSS_GI,		/* General Intuitive - 4 state model */
	NETEM_LOSS_GE,		/* Gilbert Elliot models */
	__NETEM_LOSS_MAX
};
#define NETEM_LOSS_MAX (__NETEM_LOSS_MAX - 1)

/* State transition probabilities for 4 state model */
struct tc_netem_gimodel {
	__u32	p13;
	__u32	p31;
	__u32	p32;
	__u32	p14;
	__u32	p23;
};

/* Gilbert-Elliot models */
struct tc_netem_gemodel {
	__u32 p;
	__u32 r;
	__u32 h;
	__u32 k1;
};

#define NETEM_DIST_SCALE	8192
#define NETEM_DIST_MAX		16384

/* DRR */

enum {
	TCA_DRR_UNSPEC,
	TCA_DRR_QUANTUM,
	__TCA_DRR_MAX
};

#define TCA_DRR_MAX	(__TCA_DRR_MAX - 1)

struct tc_drr_stats {
	__u32	deficit;
};

/* MQPRIO */
#define TC_QOPT_BITMASK 15
#define TC_QOPT_MAX_QUEUE 16

enum {
	TC_MQPRIO_HW_OFFLOAD_NONE,	/* no offload requested */
	TC_MQPRIO_HW_OFFLOAD_TCS,	/* offload TCs, no queue counts */
	__TC_MQPRIO_HW_OFFLOAD_MAX
};

#define TC_MQPRIO_HW_OFFLOAD_MAX (__TC_MQPRIO_HW_OFFLOAD_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TC_MQPRIO_MODE_DCB,
	TC_MQPRIO_MODE_CHANNEL,
	__TC_MQPRIO_MODE_MAX
};

#define __TC_MQPRIO_MODE_MAX (__TC_MQPRIO_MODE_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TC_MQPRIO_SHAPER_DCB,
	TC_MQPRIO_SHAPER_BW_RATE,	/* Add new shapers below */
	__TC_MQPRIO_SHAPER_MAX
};

#define __TC_MQPRIO_SHAPER_MAX (__TC_MQPRIO_SHAPER_MAX - 1)

struct tc_mqprio_qopt {
	__u8	num_tc;
	__u8	prio_tc_map[TC_QOPT_BITMASK + 1];
	__u8	hw;
	__u16	count[TC_QOPT_MAX_QUEUE];
	__u16	offset[TC_QOPT_MAX_QUEUE];
};

#define TC_MQPRIO_F_MODE		0x1
#define TC_MQPRIO_F_SHAPER		0x2
#define TC_MQPRIO_F_MIN_RATE		0x4
#define TC_MQPRIO_F_MAX_RATE		0x8

enum {
	TCA_MQPRIO_UNSPEC,
	TCA_MQPRIO_MODE,
	TCA_MQPRIO_SHAPER,
	TCA_MQPRIO_MIN_RATE64,
	TCA_MQPRIO_MAX_RATE64,
	__TCA_MQPRIO_MAX,
};

#define TCA_MQPRIO_MAX (__TCA_MQPRIO_MAX - 1)

/* SFB */

enum {
	TCA_SFB_UNSPEC,
	TCA_SFB_PARMS,
	__TCA_SFB_MAX,
};

#define TCA_SFB_MAX (__TCA_SFB_MAX - 1)

/*
 * Note: increment, decrement are Q0.16 fixed-point values.
 */
struct tc_sfb_qopt {
	__u32 rehash_interval;	/* delay between hash move, in ms */
	__u32 warmup_time;	/* double buffering warmup time in ms (warmup_time < rehash_interval) */
	__u32 max;		/* max len of qlen_min */
	__u32 bin_size;		/* maximum queue length per bin */
	__u32 increment;	/* probability increment, (d1 in Blue) */
	__u32 decrement;	/* probability decrement, (d2 in Blue) */
	__u32 limit;		/* max SFB queue length */
	__u32 penalty_rate;	/* inelastic flows are rate limited to 'rate' pps */
	__u32 penalty_burst;
};

struct tc_sfb_xstats {
	__u32 earlydrop;
	__u32 penaltydrop;
	__u32 bucketdrop;
	__u32 queuedrop;
	__u32 childdrop; /* drops in child qdisc */
	__u32 marked;
	__u32 maxqlen;
	__u32 maxprob;
	__u32 avgprob;
};

#define SFB_MAX_PROB 0xFFFF

/* QFQ */
enum {
	TCA_QFQ_UNSPEC,
	TCA_QFQ_WEIGHT,
	TCA_QFQ_LMAX,
	__TCA_QFQ_MAX
};

#define TCA_QFQ_MAX	(__TCA_QFQ_MAX - 1)

struct tc_qfq_stats {
	__u32 weight;
	__u32 lmax;
};

/* CODEL */

enum {
	TCA_CODEL_UNSPEC,
	TCA_CODEL_TARGET,
	TCA_CODEL_LIMIT,
	TCA_CODEL_INTERVAL,
	TCA_CODEL_ECN,
	TCA_CODEL_CE_THRESHOLD,
	__TCA_CODEL_MAX
};

#define TCA_CODEL_MAX	(__TCA_CODEL_MAX - 1)

struct tc_codel_xstats {
	__u32	maxpacket; /* largest packet we've seen so far */
	__u32	count;	   /* how many drops we've done since the last time we
			    * entered dropping state
			    */
	__u32	lastcount; /* count at entry to dropping state */
	__u32	ldelay;    /* in-queue delay seen by most recently dequeued packet */
	__s32	drop_next; /* time to drop next packet */
	__u32	drop_overlimit; /* number of time max qdisc packet limit was hit */
	__u32	ecn_mark;  /* number of packets we ECN marked instead of dropped */
	__u32	dropping;  /* are we in dropping state ? */
	__u32	ce_mark;   /* number of CE marked packets because of ce_threshold */
};

/* FQ_CODEL */

#define FQ_CODEL_QUANTUM_MAX (1 << 20)

enum {
	TCA_FQ_CODEL_UNSPEC,
	TCA_FQ_CODEL_TARGET,
	TCA_FQ_CODEL_LIMIT,
	TCA_FQ_CODEL_INTERVAL,
	TCA_FQ_CODEL_ECN,
	TCA_FQ_CODEL_FLOWS,
	TCA_FQ_CODEL_QUANTUM,
	TCA_FQ_CODEL_CE_THRESHOLD,
	TCA_FQ_CODEL_DROP_BATCH_SIZE,
	TCA_FQ_CODEL_MEMORY_LIMIT,
	TCA_FQ_CODEL_CE_THRESHOLD_SELECTOR,
	TCA_FQ_CODEL_CE_THRESHOLD_MASK,
	__TCA_FQ_CODEL_MAX
};

#define TCA_FQ_CODEL_MAX	(__TCA_FQ_CODEL_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TCA_FQ_CODEL_XSTATS_QDISC,
	TCA_FQ_CODEL_XSTATS_CLASS,
};

struct tc_fq_codel_qd_stats {
	__u32	maxpacket;	/* largest packet we've seen so far */
	__u32	drop_overlimit; /* number of time max qdisc
				 * packet limit was hit
				 */
	__u32	ecn_mark;	/* number of packets we ECN marked
				 * instead of being dropped
				 */
	__u32	new_flow_count; /* number of time packets
				 * created a 'new flow'
				 */
	__u32	new_flows_len;	/* count of flows in new list */
	__u32	old_flows_len;	/* count of flows in old list */
	__u32	ce_mark;	/* packets above ce_threshold */
	__u32	memory_usage;	/* in bytes */
	__u32	drop_overmemory;
};

struct tc_fq_codel_cl_stats {
	__s32	deficit;
	__u32	ldelay;		/* in-queue delay seen by most recently
				 * dequeued packet
				 */
	__u32	count;
	__u32	lastcount;
	__u32	dropping;
	__s32	drop_next;
};

struct tc_fq_codel_xstats {
	__u32	type;
	union {
		struct tc_fq_codel_qd_stats qdisc_stats;
		struct tc_fq_codel_cl_stats class_stats;
	};
};

/* FQ */

enum {
	TCA_FQ_UNSPEC,

	TCA_FQ_PLIMIT,		/* limit of total number of packets in queue */

	TCA_FQ_FLOW_PLIMIT,	/* limit of packets per flow */

	TCA_FQ_QUANTUM,		/* RR quantum */

	TCA_FQ_INITIAL_QUANTUM,		/* RR quantum for new flow */

	TCA_FQ_RATE_ENABLE,	/* enable/disable rate limiting */

	TCA_FQ_FLOW_DEFAULT_RATE,/* obsolete, do not use */

	TCA_FQ_FLOW_MAX_RATE,	/* per flow max rate */

	TCA_FQ_BUCKETS_LOG,	/* log2(number of buckets) */

	TCA_FQ_FLOW_REFILL_DELAY,	/* flow credit refill delay in usec */

	TCA_FQ_ORPHAN_MASK,	/* mask applied to orphaned skb hashes */

	TCA_FQ_LOW_RATE_THRESHOLD, /* per packet delay under this rate */

	TCA_FQ_CE_THRESHOLD,	/* DCTCP-like CE-marking threshold */

	TCA_FQ_TIMER_SLACK,	/* timer slack */

	__TCA_FQ_MAX
};

#define TCA_FQ_MAX	(__TCA_FQ_MAX - 1)

struct tc_fq_qd_stats {
	__u64	gc_flows;
	__u64	highprio_packets;
	__u64	tcp_retrans;
	__u64	throttled;
	__u64	flows_plimit;
	__u64	pkts_too_long;
	__u64	allocation_errors;
	__s64	time_next_delayed_flow;
	__u32	flows;
	__u32	inactive_flows;
	__u32	throttled_flows;
	__u32	unthrottle_latency_ns;
	__u64	ce_mark;		/* packets above ce_threshold */
};

/* Heavy-Hitter Filter */

enum {
	TCA_HHF_UNSPEC,
	TCA_HHF_BACKLOG_LIMIT,
	TCA_HHF_QUANTUM,
	TCA_HHF_HH_FLOWS_LIMIT,
	TCA_HHF_RESET_TIMEOUT,
	TCA_HHF_ADMIT_BYTES,
	TCA_HHF_EVICT_TIMEOUT,
	TCA_HHF_NON_HH_WEIGHT,
	__TCA_HHF_MAX
};

#define TCA_HHF_MAX	(__TCA_HHF_MAX - 1)

struct tc_hhf_xstats {
	__u32	drop_overlimit; /* number of times max qdisc packet limit
				 * was hit
				 */
	__u32	hh_overlimit;   /* number of times max heavy-hitters was hit */
	__u32	hh_tot_count;   /* number of captured heavy-hitters so far */
	__u32	hh_cur_count;   /* number of current heavy-hitters */
};

/* PIE */
enum {
	TCA_PIE_UNSPEC,
	TCA_PIE_TARGET,
	TCA_PIE_LIMIT,
	TCA_PIE_TUPDATE,
	TCA_PIE_ALPHA,
	TCA_PIE_BETA,
	TCA_PIE_ECN,
	TCA_PIE_BYTEMODE,
	TCA_PIE_DQ_RATE_ESTIMATOR,
	__TCA_PIE_MAX
};
#define TCA_PIE_MAX   (__TCA_PIE_MAX - 1)

struct tc_pie_xstats {
	__u64 prob;			/* current probability */
	__u32 delay;			/* current delay in ms */
	__u32 avg_dq_rate;		/* current average dq_rate in
					 * bits/pie_time
					 */
	__u32 dq_rate_estimating;	/* is avg_dq_rate being calculated? */
	__u32 packets_in;		/* total number of packets enqueued */
	__u32 dropped;			/* packets dropped due to pie_action */
	__u32 overlimit;		/* dropped due to lack of space
					 * in queue
					 */
	__u32 maxq;			/* maximum queue size */
	__u32 ecn_mark;			/* packets marked with ecn*/
};

/* FQ PIE */
enum {
	TCA_FQ_PIE_UNSPEC,
	TCA_FQ_PIE_LIMIT,
	TCA_FQ_PIE_FLOWS,
	TCA_FQ_PIE_TARGET,
	TCA_FQ_PIE_TUPDATE,
	TCA_FQ_PIE_ALPHA,
	TCA_FQ_PIE_BETA,
	TCA_FQ_PIE_QUANTUM,
	TCA_FQ_PIE_MEMORY_LIMIT,
	TCA_FQ_PIE_ECN_PROB,
	TCA_FQ_PIE_ECN,
	TCA_FQ_PIE_BYTEMODE,
	TCA_FQ_PIE_DQ_RATE_ESTIMATOR,
	__TCA_FQ_PIE_MAX
};
#define TCA_FQ_PIE_MAX   (__TCA_FQ_PIE_MAX - 1)

struct tc_fq_pie_xstats {
	__u32 packets_in;	/* total number of packets enqueued */
	__u32 dropped;		/* packets dropped due to fq_pie_action */
	__u32 overlimit;	/* dropped due to lack of space in queue */
	__u32 overmemory;	/* dropped due to lack of memory in queue */
	__u32 ecn_mark;		/* packets marked with ecn */
	__u32 new_flow_count;	/* count of new flows created by packets */
	__u32 new_flows_len;	/* count of flows in new list */
	__u32 old_flows_len;	/* count of flows in old list */
	__u32 memory_usage;	/* total memory across all queues */
};

/* CBS */
struct tc_cbs_qopt {
	__u8 offload;
	__u8 _pad[3];
	__s32 hicredit;
	__s32 locredit;
	__s32 idleslope;
	__s32 sendslope;
};

enum {
	TCA_CBS_UNSPEC,
	TCA_CBS_PARMS,
	__TCA_CBS_MAX,
};

#define TCA_CBS_MAX (__TCA_CBS_MAX - 1)


/* ETF */
struct tc_etf_qopt {
	__s32 delta;
	__s32 clockid;
	__u32 flags;
#define TC_ETF_DEADLINE_MODE_ON	_BITUL(0)
#define TC_ETF_OFFLOAD_ON	_BITUL(1)
#define TC_ETF_SKIP_SOCK_CHECK	_BITUL(2)
};

enum {
	TCA_ETF_UNSPEC,
	TCA_ETF_PARMS,
	__TCA_ETF_MAX,
};

#define TCA_ETF_MAX (__TCA_ETF_MAX - 1)


/* CAKE */
enum {
	TCA_CAKE_UNSPEC,
	TCA_CAKE_PAD,
	TCA_CAKE_BASE_RATE64,
	TCA_CAKE_DIFFSERV_MODE,
	TCA_CAKE_ATM,
	TCA_CAKE_FLOW_MODE,
	TCA_CAKE_OVERHEAD,
	TCA_CAKE_RTT,
	TCA_CAKE_TARGET,
	TCA_CAKE_AUTORATE,
	TCA_CAKE_MEMORY,
	TCA_CAKE_NAT,
	TCA_CAKE_RAW,
	TCA_CAKE_WASH,
	TCA_CAKE_MPU,
	TCA_CAKE_INGRESS,
	TCA_CAKE_ACK_FILTER,
	TCA_CAKE_SPLIT_GSO,
	TCA_CAKE_FWMARK,
	__TCA_CAKE_MAX
};
#define TCA_CAKE_MAX	(__TCA_CAKE_MAX - 1)

enum {
	__TCA_CAKE_STATS_INVALID,
	TCA_CAKE_STATS_PAD,
	TCA_CAKE_STATS_CAPACITY_ESTIMATE64,
	TCA_CAKE_STATS_MEMORY_LIMIT,
	TCA_CAKE_STATS_MEMORY_USED,
	TCA_CAKE_STATS_AVG_NETOFF,
	TCA_CAKE_STATS_MIN_NETLEN,
	TCA_CAKE_STATS_MAX_NETLEN,
	TCA_CAKE_STATS_MIN_ADJLEN,
	TCA_CAKE_STATS_MAX_ADJLEN,
	TCA_CAKE_STATS_TIN_STATS,
	TCA_CAKE_STATS_DEFICIT,
	TCA_CAKE_STATS_COBALT_COUNT,
	TCA_CAKE_STATS_DROPPING,
	TCA_CAKE_STATS_DROP_NEXT_US,
	TCA_CAKE_STATS_P_DROP,
	TCA_CAKE_STATS_BLUE_TIMER_US,
	__TCA_CAKE_STATS_MAX
};
#define TCA_CAKE_STATS_MAX (__TCA_CAKE_STATS_MAX - 1)

enum {
	__TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_INVALID,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_PAD,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_SENT_PACKETS,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_SENT_BYTES64,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_DROPPED_PACKETS,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_DROPPED_BYTES64,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_ACKS_DROPPED_PACKETS,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_ACKS_DROPPED_BYTES64,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_ECN_MARKED_PACKETS,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_ECN_MARKED_BYTES64,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_THRESHOLD_RATE64,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_TARGET_US,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_INTERVAL_US,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_WAY_INDIRECT_HITS,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_WAY_MISSES,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_WAY_COLLISIONS,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_PEAK_DELAY_US,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_AVG_DELAY_US,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_BASE_DELAY_US,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_SPARSE_FLOWS,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_BULK_FLOWS,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_UNRESPONSIVE_FLOWS,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_MAX_SKBLEN,
	TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_FLOW_QUANTUM,
	__TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_MAX
};
#define TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_MAX (__TCA_CAKE_TIN_STATS_MAX - 1)
#define TC_CAKE_MAX_TINS (8)

enum {
	CAKE_FLOW_NONE = 0,
	CAKE_FLOW_SRC_IP,
	CAKE_FLOW_DST_IP,
	CAKE_FLOW_HOSTS,    /* = CAKE_FLOW_SRC_IP | CAKE_FLOW_DST_IP */
	CAKE_FLOW_FLOWS,
	CAKE_FLOW_DUAL_SRC, /* = CAKE_FLOW_SRC_IP | CAKE_FLOW_FLOWS */
	CAKE_FLOW_DUAL_DST, /* = CAKE_FLOW_DST_IP | CAKE_FLOW_FLOWS */
	CAKE_FLOW_TRIPLE,   /* = CAKE_FLOW_HOSTS  | CAKE_FLOW_FLOWS */
	CAKE_FLOW_MAX,
};

enum {
	CAKE_DIFFSERV_DIFFSERV3 = 0,
	CAKE_DIFFSERV_DIFFSERV4,
	CAKE_DIFFSERV_DIFFSERV8,
	CAKE_DIFFSERV_BESTEFFORT,
	CAKE_DIFFSERV_PRECEDENCE,
	CAKE_DIFFSERV_MAX
};

enum {
	CAKE_ACK_NONE = 0,
	CAKE_ACK_FILTER,
	CAKE_ACK_AGGRESSIVE,
	CAKE_ACK_MAX
};

enum {
	CAKE_ATM_NONE = 0,
	CAKE_ATM_ATM,
	CAKE_ATM_PTM,
	CAKE_ATM_MAX
};


/* TAPRIO */
enum {
	TC_TAPRIO_CMD_SET_GATES = 0x00,
	TC_TAPRIO_CMD_SET_AND_HOLD = 0x01,
	TC_TAPRIO_CMD_SET_AND_RELEASE = 0x02,
};

enum {
	TCA_TAPRIO_SCHED_ENTRY_UNSPEC,
	TCA_TAPRIO_SCHED_ENTRY_INDEX, /* u32 */
	TCA_TAPRIO_SCHED_ENTRY_CMD, /* u8 */
	TCA_TAPRIO_SCHED_ENTRY_GATE_MASK, /* u32 */
	TCA_TAPRIO_SCHED_ENTRY_INTERVAL, /* u32 */
	__TCA_TAPRIO_SCHED_ENTRY_MAX,
};
#define TCA_TAPRIO_SCHED_ENTRY_MAX (__TCA_TAPRIO_SCHED_ENTRY_MAX - 1)

/* The format for schedule entry list is:
 * [TCA_TAPRIO_SCHED_ENTRY_LIST]
 *   [TCA_TAPRIO_SCHED_ENTRY]
 *     [TCA_TAPRIO_SCHED_ENTRY_CMD]
 *     [TCA_TAPRIO_SCHED_ENTRY_GATES]
 *     [TCA_TAPRIO_SCHED_ENTRY_INTERVAL]
 */
enum {
	TCA_TAPRIO_SCHED_UNSPEC,
	TCA_TAPRIO_SCHED_ENTRY,
	__TCA_TAPRIO_SCHED_MAX,
};

#define TCA_TAPRIO_SCHED_MAX (__TCA_TAPRIO_SCHED_MAX - 1)

/* The format for the admin sched (dump only):
 * [TCA_TAPRIO_SCHED_ADMIN_SCHED]
 *   [TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_SCHED_BASE_TIME]
 *   [TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_SCHED_ENTRY_LIST]
 *     [TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_SCHED_ENTRY]
 *       [TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_SCHED_ENTRY_CMD]
 *       [TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_SCHED_ENTRY_GATES]
 *       [TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_SCHED_ENTRY_INTERVAL]
 */

#define TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_FLAG_TXTIME_ASSIST	_BITUL(0)
#define TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_FLAG_FULL_OFFLOAD	_BITUL(1)

enum {
	TCA_TAPRIO_TC_ENTRY_UNSPEC,
	TCA_TAPRIO_TC_ENTRY_INDEX,		/* u32 */
	TCA_TAPRIO_TC_ENTRY_MAX_SDU,		/* u32 */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__TCA_TAPRIO_TC_ENTRY_CNT,
	TCA_TAPRIO_TC_ENTRY_MAX = (__TCA_TAPRIO_TC_ENTRY_CNT - 1)
};

enum {
	TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_PRIOMAP, /* struct tc_mqprio_qopt */
	TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_SCHED_ENTRY_LIST, /* nested of entry */
	TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_SCHED_BASE_TIME, /* s64 */
	TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_SCHED_SINGLE_ENTRY, /* single entry */
	TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_SCHED_CLOCKID, /* s32 */
	TCA_TAPRIO_PAD,
	TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_ADMIN_SCHED, /* The admin sched, only used in dump */
	TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_SCHED_CYCLE_TIME, /* s64 */
	TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_SCHED_CYCLE_TIME_EXTENSION, /* s64 */
	TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_FLAGS, /* u32 */
	TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_TXTIME_DELAY, /* u32 */
	TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_TC_ENTRY, /* nest */
	__TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_MAX,
};

#define TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_MAX (__TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_MAX - 1)

/* ETS */

#define TCQ_ETS_MAX_BANDS 16

enum {
	TCA_ETS_UNSPEC,
	TCA_ETS_NBANDS,		/* u8 */
	TCA_ETS_NSTRICT,	/* u8 */
	TCA_ETS_QUANTA,		/* nested TCA_ETS_QUANTA_BAND */
	TCA_ETS_QUANTA_BAND,	/* u32 */
	TCA_ETS_PRIOMAP,	/* nested TCA_ETS_PRIOMAP_BAND */
	TCA_ETS_PRIOMAP_BAND,	/* u8 */
	__TCA_ETS_MAX,
};

#define TCA_ETS_MAX (__TCA_ETS_MAX - 1)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef LINUX_KEXEC_H
#define LINUX_KEXEC_H

/* kexec system call -  It loads the new kernel to boot into.
 * kexec does not sync, or unmount filesystems so if you need
 * that to happen you need to do that yourself.
 */

#include <linux/types.h>

/* kexec flags for different usage scenarios */
#define KEXEC_ON_CRASH		0x00000001
#define KEXEC_PRESERVE_CONTEXT	0x00000002
#define KEXEC_ARCH_MASK		0xffff0000

/*
 * Kexec file load interface flags.
 * KEXEC_FILE_UNLOAD : Unload already loaded kexec/kdump image.
 * KEXEC_FILE_ON_CRASH : Load/unload operation belongs to kdump image.
 * KEXEC_FILE_NO_INITRAMFS : No initramfs is being loaded. Ignore the initrd
 *                           fd field.
 */
#define KEXEC_FILE_UNLOAD	0x00000001
#define KEXEC_FILE_ON_CRASH	0x00000002
#define KEXEC_FILE_NO_INITRAMFS	0x00000004

/* These values match the ELF architecture values.
 * Unless there is a good reason that should continue to be the case.
 */
#define KEXEC_ARCH_DEFAULT ( 0 << 16)
#define KEXEC_ARCH_386     ( 3 << 16)
#define KEXEC_ARCH_68K     ( 4 << 16)
#define KEXEC_ARCH_X86_64  (62 << 16)
#define KEXEC_ARCH_PPC     (20 << 16)
#define KEXEC_ARCH_PPC64   (21 << 16)
#define KEXEC_ARCH_IA_64   (50 << 16)
#define KEXEC_ARCH_ARM     (40 << 16)
#define KEXEC_ARCH_S390    (22 << 16)
#define KEXEC_ARCH_SH      (42 << 16)
#define KEXEC_ARCH_MIPS_LE (10 << 16)
#define KEXEC_ARCH_MIPS    ( 8 << 16)
#define KEXEC_ARCH_AARCH64 (183 << 16)

/* The artificial cap on the number of segments passed to kexec_load. */
#define KEXEC_SEGMENT_MAX 16

/*
 * This structure is used to hold the arguments that are used when
 * loading  kernel binaries.
 */
struct kexec_segment {
	const void *buf;
	size_t bufsz;
	const void *mem;
	size_t memsz;
};


#endif /* LINUX_KEXEC_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* Copyright (c) 2016 Facebook
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public
 * License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 */
#ifndef __LINUX_BPF_PERF_EVENT_H__
#define __LINUX_BPF_PERF_EVENT_H__

#include <asm/bpf_perf_event.h>

struct bpf_perf_event_data {
	bpf_user_pt_regs_t regs;
	__u64 sample_period;
	__u64 addr;
};

#endif /* __LINUX_BPF_PERF_EVENT_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * usr/include/linux/lp.h c.1991-1992 James Wiegand
 * many modifications copyright (C) 1992 Michael K. Johnson
 * Interrupt support added 1993 Nigel Gamble
 * Removed 8255 status defines from inside __KERNEL__ Marcelo Tosatti 
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_LP_H
#define _LINUX_LP_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

/*
 * Per POSIX guidelines, this module reserves the LP and lp prefixes
 * These are the lp_table[minor].flags flags...
 */
#define LP_EXIST 0x0001
#define LP_SELEC 0x0002
#define LP_BUSY	 0x0004
#define LP_BUSY_BIT_POS 2
#define LP_OFFL	 0x0008
#define LP_NOPA  0x0010
#define LP_ERR   0x0020
#define LP_ABORT 0x0040
#define LP_CAREFUL 0x0080 /* obsoleted -arca */
#define LP_ABORTOPEN 0x0100

#define LP_TRUST_IRQ_  0x0200 /* obsolete */
#define LP_NO_REVERSE  0x0400 /* No reverse mode available. */
#define LP_DATA_AVAIL  0x0800 /* Data is available. */

/* 
 * bit defines for 8255 status port
 * base + 1
 * accessed with LP_S(minor), which gets the byte...
 */
#define LP_PBUSY	0x80  /* inverted input, active high */
#define LP_PACK		0x40  /* unchanged input, active low */
#define LP_POUTPA	0x20  /* unchanged input, active high */
#define LP_PSELECD	0x10  /* unchanged input, active high */
#define LP_PERRORP	0x08  /* unchanged input, active low */

/* timeout for each character.  This is relative to bus cycles -- it
 * is the count in a busy loop.  THIS IS THE VALUE TO CHANGE if you
 * have extremely slow printing, or if the machine seems to slow down
 * a lot when you print.  If you have slow printing, increase this
 * number and recompile, and if your system gets bogged down, decrease
 * this number.  This can be changed with the tunelp(8) command as well.
 */

#define LP_INIT_CHAR 1000

/* The parallel port specs apparently say that there needs to be
 * a .5usec wait before and after the strobe.
 */

#define LP_INIT_WAIT 1

/* This is the amount of time that the driver waits for the printer to
 * catch up when the printer's buffer appears to be filled.  If you
 * want to tune this and have a fast printer (i.e. HPIIIP), decrease
 * this number, and if you have a slow printer, increase this number.
 * This is in hundredths of a second, the default 2 being .05 second.
 * Or use the tunelp(8) command, which is especially nice if you want
 * change back and forth between character and graphics printing, which
 * are wildly different...
 */

#define LP_INIT_TIME 2

/* IOCTL numbers */
#define LPCHAR   0x0601  /* corresponds to LP_INIT_CHAR */
#define LPTIME   0x0602  /* corresponds to LP_INIT_TIME */
#define LPABORT  0x0604  /* call with TRUE arg to abort on error,
			    FALSE to retry.  Default is retry.  */
#define LPSETIRQ 0x0605  /* call with new IRQ number,
			    or 0 for polling (no IRQ) */
#define LPGETIRQ 0x0606  /* get the current IRQ number */
#define LPWAIT   0x0608  /* corresponds to LP_INIT_WAIT */
/* NOTE: LPCAREFUL is obsoleted and it' s always the default right now -arca */
#define LPCAREFUL   0x0609  /* call with TRUE arg to require out-of-paper, off-
			    line, and error indicators good on all writes,
			    FALSE to ignore them.  Default is ignore. */
#define LPABORTOPEN 0x060a  /* call with TRUE arg to abort open() on error,
			    FALSE to ignore error.  Default is ignore.  */
#define LPGETSTATUS 0x060b  /* return LP_S(minor) */
#define LPRESET     0x060c  /* reset printer */
#ifdef LP_STATS
#define LPGETSTATS  0x060d  /* get statistics (struct lp_stats) */
#endif
#define LPGETFLAGS  0x060e  /* get status flags */
#define LPSETTIMEOUT_OLD 0x060f /* set parport timeout */
#define LPSETTIMEOUT_NEW \
	_IOW(0x6, 0xf, __s64[2]) /* set parport timeout */
#if __BITS_PER_LONG == 64
#define LPSETTIMEOUT LPSETTIMEOUT_OLD
#else
#define LPSETTIMEOUT (sizeof(time_t) > sizeof(__kernel_long_t) ? \
	LPSETTIMEOUT_NEW : LPSETTIMEOUT_OLD)
#endif

/* timeout for printk'ing a timeout, in jiffies (100ths of a second).
   This is also used for re-checking error conditions if LP_ABORT is
   not set.  This is the default behavior. */

#define LP_TIMEOUT_INTERRUPT	(60 * HZ)
#define LP_TIMEOUT_POLLED	(10 * HZ)


#endif /* _LINUX_LP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * VFIO Region definitions for ZPCI devices
 *
 * Copyright IBM Corp. 2020
 *
 * Author(s): Pierre Morel <pmorel@linux.ibm.com>
 *            Matthew Rosato <mjrosato@linux.ibm.com>
 */

#ifndef _VFIO_ZDEV_H_
#define _VFIO_ZDEV_H_

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/vfio.h>

/**
 * VFIO_DEVICE_INFO_CAP_ZPCI_BASE - Base PCI Function information
 *
 * This capability provides a set of descriptive information about the
 * associated PCI function.
 */
struct vfio_device_info_cap_zpci_base {
	struct vfio_info_cap_header header;
	__u64 start_dma;	/* Start of available DMA addresses */
	__u64 end_dma;		/* End of available DMA addresses */
	__u16 pchid;		/* Physical Channel ID */
	__u16 vfn;		/* Virtual function number */
	__u16 fmb_length;	/* Measurement Block Length (in bytes) */
	__u8 pft;		/* PCI Function Type */
	__u8 gid;		/* PCI function group ID */
	/* End of version 1 */
	__u32 fh;		/* PCI function handle */
	/* End of version 2 */
};

/**
 * VFIO_DEVICE_INFO_CAP_ZPCI_GROUP - Base PCI Function Group information
 *
 * This capability provides a set of descriptive information about the group of
 * PCI functions that the associated device belongs to.
 */
struct vfio_device_info_cap_zpci_group {
	struct vfio_info_cap_header header;
	__u64 dasm;		/* DMA Address space mask */
	__u64 msi_addr;		/* MSI address */
	__u64 flags;
#define VFIO_DEVICE_INFO_ZPCI_FLAG_REFRESH 1 /* Program-specified TLB refresh */
	__u16 mui;		/* Measurement Block Update Interval */
	__u16 noi;		/* Maximum number of MSIs */
	__u16 maxstbl;		/* Maximum Store Block Length */
	__u8 version;		/* Supported PCI Version */
	/* End of version 1 */
	__u8 reserved;
	__u16 imaxstbl;		/* Maximum Interpreted Store Block Length */
	/* End of version 2 */
};

/**
 * VFIO_DEVICE_INFO_CAP_ZPCI_UTIL - Utility String
 *
 * This capability provides the utility string for the associated device, which
 * is a device identifier string made up of EBCDID characters.  'size' specifies
 * the length of 'util_str'.
 */
struct vfio_device_info_cap_zpci_util {
	struct vfio_info_cap_header header;
	__u32 size;
	__u8 util_str[];
};

/**
 * VFIO_DEVICE_INFO_CAP_ZPCI_PFIP - PCI Function Path
 *
 * This capability provides the PCI function path string, which is an identifier
 * that describes the internal hardware path of the device. 'size' specifies
 * the length of 'pfip'.
 */
struct vfio_device_info_cap_zpci_pfip {
	struct vfio_info_cap_header header;
	__u32 size;
	__u8 pfip[];
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * These are the public elements of the Linux kernel Rose implementation.
 * For kernel AX.25 see the file ax25.h. This file requires ax25.h for the
 * definition of the ax25_address structure.
 */

#ifndef	ROSE_KERNEL_H
#define	ROSE_KERNEL_H

#include <linux/socket.h>
#include <linux/ax25.h>

#define ROSE_MTU	251

#define ROSE_MAX_DIGIS 6

#define	ROSE_DEFER	1
#define ROSE_T1		2
#define	ROSE_T2		3
#define	ROSE_T3		4
#define	ROSE_IDLE	5
#define	ROSE_QBITINCL	6
#define	ROSE_HOLDBACK	7

#define	SIOCRSGCAUSE		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+0)
#define	SIOCRSSCAUSE		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+1)
#define	SIOCRSL2CALL		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+2)
#define	SIOCRSSL2CALL		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+2)
#define	SIOCRSACCEPT		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+3)
#define	SIOCRSCLRRT		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+4)
#define	SIOCRSGL2CALL		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+5)
#define	SIOCRSGFACILITIES	(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+6)

#define	ROSE_DTE_ORIGINATED	0x00
#define	ROSE_NUMBER_BUSY	0x01
#define	ROSE_INVALID_FACILITY	0x03
#define	ROSE_NETWORK_CONGESTION	0x05
#define	ROSE_OUT_OF_ORDER	0x09
#define	ROSE_ACCESS_BARRED	0x0B
#define	ROSE_NOT_OBTAINABLE	0x0D
#define	ROSE_REMOTE_PROCEDURE	0x11
#define	ROSE_LOCAL_PROCEDURE	0x13
#define	ROSE_SHIP_ABSENT	0x39

typedef struct {
	char		rose_addr[5];
} rose_address;

struct sockaddr_rose {
	__kernel_sa_family_t srose_family;
	rose_address	srose_addr;
	ax25_address	srose_call;
	int		srose_ndigis;
	ax25_address	srose_digi;
};

struct full_sockaddr_rose {
	__kernel_sa_family_t srose_family;
	rose_address	srose_addr;
	ax25_address	srose_call;
	unsigned int	srose_ndigis;
	ax25_address	srose_digis[ROSE_MAX_DIGIS];
};

struct rose_route_struct {
	rose_address	address;
	unsigned short	mask;
	ax25_address	neighbour;
	char		device[16];
	unsigned char	ndigis;
	ax25_address	digipeaters[AX25_MAX_DIGIS];
};

struct rose_cause_struct {
	unsigned char	cause;
	unsigned char	diagnostic;
};

struct rose_facilities_struct {
	rose_address	source_addr,   dest_addr;
	ax25_address	source_call,   dest_call;
	unsigned char	source_ndigis, dest_ndigis;
	ax25_address	source_digis[ROSE_MAX_DIGIS];
	ax25_address	dest_digis[ROSE_MAX_DIGIS];
	unsigned int	rand;
	rose_address	fail_addr;
	ax25_address	fail_call;
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_UTSNAME_H
#define _LINUX_UTSNAME_H

#define __OLD_UTS_LEN 8

struct oldold_utsname {
	char sysname[9];
	char nodename[9];
	char release[9];
	char version[9];
	char machine[9];
};

#define __NEW_UTS_LEN 64

struct old_utsname {
	char sysname[65];
	char nodename[65];
	char release[65];
	char version[65];
	char machine[65];
};

struct new_utsname {
	char sysname[__NEW_UTS_LEN + 1];
	char nodename[__NEW_UTS_LEN + 1];
	char release[__NEW_UTS_LEN + 1];
	char version[__NEW_UTS_LEN + 1];
	char machine[__NEW_UTS_LEN + 1];
	char domainname[__NEW_UTS_LEN + 1];
};


#endif /* _LINUX_UTSNAME_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  include/linux/signalfd.h
 *
 *  Copyright (C) 2007  Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
 *
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_SIGNALFD_H
#define _LINUX_SIGNALFD_H

#include <linux/types.h>
/* For O_CLOEXEC and O_NONBLOCK */
#include <linux/fcntl.h>

/* Flags for signalfd4.  */
#define SFD_CLOEXEC O_CLOEXEC
#define SFD_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK

struct signalfd_siginfo {
	__u32 ssi_signo;
	__s32 ssi_errno;
	__s32 ssi_code;
	__u32 ssi_pid;
	__u32 ssi_uid;
	__s32 ssi_fd;
	__u32 ssi_tid;
	__u32 ssi_band;
	__u32 ssi_overrun;
	__u32 ssi_trapno;
	__s32 ssi_status;
	__s32 ssi_int;
	__u64 ssi_ptr;
	__u64 ssi_utime;
	__u64 ssi_stime;
	__u64 ssi_addr;
	__u16 ssi_addr_lsb;
	__u16 __pad2;
	__s32 ssi_syscall;
	__u64 ssi_call_addr;
	__u32 ssi_arch;

	/*
	 * Pad strcture to 128 bytes. Remember to update the
	 * pad size when you add new members. We use a fixed
	 * size structure to avoid compatibility problems with
	 * future versions, and we leave extra space for additional
	 * members. We use fixed size members because this strcture
	 * comes out of a read(2) and we really don't want to have
	 * a compat on read(2).
	 */
	__u8 __pad[28];
};



#endif /* _LINUX_SIGNALFD_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_RTNETLINK_H
#define __LINUX_RTNETLINK_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/netlink.h>
#include <linux/if_link.h>
#include <linux/if_addr.h>
#include <linux/neighbour.h>

/* rtnetlink families. Values up to 127 are reserved for real address
 * families, values above 128 may be used arbitrarily.
 */
#define RTNL_FAMILY_IPMR		128
#define RTNL_FAMILY_IP6MR		129
#define RTNL_FAMILY_MAX			129

/****
 *		Routing/neighbour discovery messages.
 ****/

/* Types of messages */

enum {
	RTM_BASE	= 16,
#define RTM_BASE	RTM_BASE

	RTM_NEWLINK	= 16,
#define RTM_NEWLINK	RTM_NEWLINK
	RTM_DELLINK,
#define RTM_DELLINK	RTM_DELLINK
	RTM_GETLINK,
#define RTM_GETLINK	RTM_GETLINK
	RTM_SETLINK,
#define RTM_SETLINK	RTM_SETLINK

	RTM_NEWADDR	= 20,
#define RTM_NEWADDR	RTM_NEWADDR
	RTM_DELADDR,
#define RTM_DELADDR	RTM_DELADDR
	RTM_GETADDR,
#define RTM_GETADDR	RTM_GETADDR

	RTM_NEWROUTE	= 24,
#define RTM_NEWROUTE	RTM_NEWROUTE
	RTM_DELROUTE,
#define RTM_DELROUTE	RTM_DELROUTE
	RTM_GETROUTE,
#define RTM_GETROUTE	RTM_GETROUTE

	RTM_NEWNEIGH	= 28,
#define RTM_NEWNEIGH	RTM_NEWNEIGH
	RTM_DELNEIGH,
#define RTM_DELNEIGH	RTM_DELNEIGH
	RTM_GETNEIGH,
#define RTM_GETNEIGH	RTM_GETNEIGH

	RTM_NEWRULE	= 32,
#define RTM_NEWRULE	RTM_NEWRULE
	RTM_DELRULE,
#define RTM_DELRULE	RTM_DELRULE
	RTM_GETRULE,
#define RTM_GETRULE	RTM_GETRULE

	RTM_NEWQDISC	= 36,
#define RTM_NEWQDISC	RTM_NEWQDISC
	RTM_DELQDISC,
#define RTM_DELQDISC	RTM_DELQDISC
	RTM_GETQDISC,
#define RTM_GETQDISC	RTM_GETQDISC

	RTM_NEWTCLASS	= 40,
#define RTM_NEWTCLASS	RTM_NEWTCLASS
	RTM_DELTCLASS,
#define RTM_DELTCLASS	RTM_DELTCLASS
	RTM_GETTCLASS,
#define RTM_GETTCLASS	RTM_GETTCLASS

	RTM_NEWTFILTER	= 44,
#define RTM_NEWTFILTER	RTM_NEWTFILTER
	RTM_DELTFILTER,
#define RTM_DELTFILTER	RTM_DELTFILTER
	RTM_GETTFILTER,
#define RTM_GETTFILTER	RTM_GETTFILTER

	RTM_NEWACTION	= 48,
#define RTM_NEWACTION   RTM_NEWACTION
	RTM_DELACTION,
#define RTM_DELACTION   RTM_DELACTION
	RTM_GETACTION,
#define RTM_GETACTION   RTM_GETACTION

	RTM_NEWPREFIX	= 52,
#define RTM_NEWPREFIX	RTM_NEWPREFIX

	RTM_GETMULTICAST = 58,
#define RTM_GETMULTICAST RTM_GETMULTICAST

	RTM_GETANYCAST	= 62,
#define RTM_GETANYCAST	RTM_GETANYCAST

	RTM_NEWNEIGHTBL	= 64,
#define RTM_NEWNEIGHTBL	RTM_NEWNEIGHTBL
	RTM_GETNEIGHTBL	= 66,
#define RTM_GETNEIGHTBL	RTM_GETNEIGHTBL
	RTM_SETNEIGHTBL,
#define RTM_SETNEIGHTBL	RTM_SETNEIGHTBL

	RTM_NEWNDUSEROPT = 68,
#define RTM_NEWNDUSEROPT RTM_NEWNDUSEROPT

	RTM_NEWADDRLABEL = 72,
#define RTM_NEWADDRLABEL RTM_NEWADDRLABEL
	RTM_DELADDRLABEL,
#define RTM_DELADDRLABEL RTM_DELADDRLABEL
	RTM_GETADDRLABEL,
#define RTM_GETADDRLABEL RTM_GETADDRLABEL

	RTM_GETDCB = 78,
#define RTM_GETDCB RTM_GETDCB
	RTM_SETDCB,
#define RTM_SETDCB RTM_SETDCB

	RTM_NEWNETCONF = 80,
#define RTM_NEWNETCONF RTM_NEWNETCONF
	RTM_DELNETCONF,
#define RTM_DELNETCONF RTM_DELNETCONF
	RTM_GETNETCONF = 82,
#define RTM_GETNETCONF RTM_GETNETCONF

	RTM_NEWMDB = 84,
#define RTM_NEWMDB RTM_NEWMDB
	RTM_DELMDB = 85,
#define RTM_DELMDB RTM_DELMDB
	RTM_GETMDB = 86,
#define RTM_GETMDB RTM_GETMDB

	RTM_NEWNSID = 88,
#define RTM_NEWNSID RTM_NEWNSID
	RTM_DELNSID = 89,
#define RTM_DELNSID RTM_DELNSID
	RTM_GETNSID = 90,
#define RTM_GETNSID RTM_GETNSID

	RTM_NEWSTATS = 92,
#define RTM_NEWSTATS RTM_NEWSTATS
	RTM_GETSTATS = 94,
#define RTM_GETSTATS RTM_GETSTATS

	RTM_NEWCACHEREPORT = 96,
#define RTM_NEWCACHEREPORT RTM_NEWCACHEREPORT

	RTM_NEWCHAIN = 100,
#define RTM_NEWCHAIN RTM_NEWCHAIN
	RTM_DELCHAIN,
#define RTM_DELCHAIN RTM_DELCHAIN
	RTM_GETCHAIN,
#define RTM_GETCHAIN RTM_GETCHAIN

	RTM_NEWNEXTHOP = 104,
#define RTM_NEWNEXTHOP	RTM_NEWNEXTHOP
	RTM_DELNEXTHOP,
#define RTM_DELNEXTHOP	RTM_DELNEXTHOP
	RTM_GETNEXTHOP,
#define RTM_GETNEXTHOP	RTM_GETNEXTHOP

	RTM_NEWLINKPROP = 108,
#define RTM_NEWLINKPROP	RTM_NEWLINKPROP
	RTM_DELLINKPROP,
#define RTM_DELLINKPROP	RTM_DELLINKPROP
	RTM_GETLINKPROP,
#define RTM_GETLINKPROP	RTM_GETLINKPROP

	RTM_NEWVLAN = 112,
#define RTM_NEWNVLAN	RTM_NEWVLAN
	RTM_DELVLAN,
#define RTM_DELVLAN	RTM_DELVLAN
	RTM_GETVLAN,
#define RTM_GETVLAN	RTM_GETVLAN

	__RTM_MAX,
#define RTM_MAX		(((__RTM_MAX + 3) & ~3) - 1)
};

#define RTM_NR_MSGTYPES	(RTM_MAX + 1 - RTM_BASE)
#define RTM_NR_FAMILIES	(RTM_NR_MSGTYPES >> 2)
#define RTM_FAM(cmd)	(((cmd) - RTM_BASE) >> 2)

/* 
   Generic structure for encapsulation of optional route information.
   It is reminiscent of sockaddr, but with sa_family replaced
   with attribute type.
 */

struct rtattr {
	unsigned short	rta_len;
	unsigned short	rta_type;
};

/* Macros to handle rtattributes */

#define RTA_ALIGNTO	4U
#define RTA_ALIGN(len) ( ((len)+RTA_ALIGNTO-1) & ~(RTA_ALIGNTO-1) )
#define RTA_OK(rta,len) ((len) >= (int)sizeof(struct rtattr) && \
			 (rta)->rta_len >= sizeof(struct rtattr) && \
			 (rta)->rta_len <= (len))
#define RTA_NEXT(rta,attrlen)	((attrlen) -= RTA_ALIGN((rta)->rta_len), \
				 (struct rtattr*)(((char*)(rta)) + RTA_ALIGN((rta)->rta_len)))
#define RTA_LENGTH(len)	(RTA_ALIGN(sizeof(struct rtattr)) + (len))
#define RTA_SPACE(len)	RTA_ALIGN(RTA_LENGTH(len))
#define RTA_DATA(rta)   ((void*)(((char*)(rta)) + RTA_LENGTH(0)))
#define RTA_PAYLOAD(rta) ((int)((rta)->rta_len) - RTA_LENGTH(0))




/******************************************************************************
 *		Definitions used in routing table administration.
 ****/

struct rtmsg {
	unsigned char		rtm_family;
	unsigned char		rtm_dst_len;
	unsigned char		rtm_src_len;
	unsigned char		rtm_tos;

	unsigned char		rtm_table;	/* Routing table id */
	unsigned char		rtm_protocol;	/* Routing protocol; see below	*/
	unsigned char		rtm_scope;	/* See below */	
	unsigned char		rtm_type;	/* See below	*/

	unsigned		rtm_flags;
};

/* rtm_type */

enum {
	RTN_UNSPEC,
	RTN_UNICAST,		/* Gateway or direct route	*/
	RTN_LOCAL,		/* Accept locally		*/
	RTN_BROADCAST,		/* Accept locally as broadcast,
				   send as broadcast */
	RTN_ANYCAST,		/* Accept locally as broadcast,
				   but send as unicast */
	RTN_MULTICAST,		/* Multicast route		*/
	RTN_BLACKHOLE,		/* Drop				*/
	RTN_UNREACHABLE,	/* Destination is unreachable   */
	RTN_PROHIBIT,		/* Administratively prohibited	*/
	RTN_THROW,		/* Not in this table		*/
	RTN_NAT,		/* Translate this address	*/
	RTN_XRESOLVE,		/* Use external resolver	*/
	__RTN_MAX
};

#define RTN_MAX (__RTN_MAX - 1)


/* rtm_protocol */

#define RTPROT_UNSPEC	0
#define RTPROT_REDIRECT	1	/* Route installed by ICMP redirects;
				   not used by current IPv4 */
#define RTPROT_KERNEL	2	/* Route installed by kernel		*/
#define RTPROT_BOOT	3	/* Route installed during boot		*/
#define RTPROT_STATIC	4	/* Route installed by administrator	*/

/* Values of protocol >= RTPROT_STATIC are not interpreted by kernel;
   they are just passed from user and back as is.
   It will be used by hypothetical multiple routing daemons.
   Note that protocol values should be standardized in order to
   avoid conflicts.
 */

#define RTPROT_GATED	8	/* Apparently, GateD */
#define RTPROT_RA	9	/* RDISC/ND router advertisements */
#define RTPROT_MRT	10	/* Merit MRT */
#define RTPROT_ZEBRA	11	/* Zebra */
#define RTPROT_BIRD	12	/* BIRD */
#define RTPROT_DNROUTED	13	/* DECnet routing daemon */
#define RTPROT_XORP	14	/* XORP */
#define RTPROT_NTK	15	/* Netsukuku */
#define RTPROT_DHCP	16      /* DHCP client */
#define RTPROT_MROUTED	17      /* Multicast daemon */
#define RTPROT_BABEL	42      /* Babel daemon */
#define RTPROT_BGP	186     /* BGP Routes */
#define RTPROT_ISIS	187     /* ISIS Routes */
#define RTPROT_OSPF	188     /* OSPF Routes */
#define RTPROT_RIP	189     /* RIP Routes */
#define RTPROT_EIGRP	192     /* EIGRP Routes */

/* rtm_scope

   Really it is not scope, but sort of distance to the destination.
   NOWHERE are reserved for not existing destinations, HOST is our
   local addresses, LINK are destinations, located on directly attached
   link and UNIVERSE is everywhere in the Universe.

   Intermediate values are also possible f.e. interior routes
   could be assigned a value between UNIVERSE and LINK.
*/

enum rt_scope_t {
	RT_SCOPE_UNIVERSE=0,
/* User defined values  */
	RT_SCOPE_SITE=200,
	RT_SCOPE_LINK=253,
	RT_SCOPE_HOST=254,
	RT_SCOPE_NOWHERE=255
};

/* rtm_flags */

#define RTM_F_NOTIFY		0x100	/* Notify user of route change	*/
#define RTM_F_CLONED		0x200	/* This route is cloned		*/
#define RTM_F_EQUALIZE		0x400	/* Multipath equalizer: NI	*/
#define RTM_F_PREFIX		0x800	/* Prefix addresses		*/
#define RTM_F_LOOKUP_TABLE	0x1000	/* set rtm_table to FIB lookup result */
#define RTM_F_FIB_MATCH	        0x2000	/* return full fib lookup match */
#define RTM_F_OFFLOAD		0x4000	/* route is offloaded */
#define RTM_F_TRAP		0x8000	/* route is trapping packets */

/* Reserved table identifiers */

enum rt_class_t {
	RT_TABLE_UNSPEC=0,
/* User defined values */
	RT_TABLE_COMPAT=252,
	RT_TABLE_DEFAULT=253,
	RT_TABLE_MAIN=254,
	RT_TABLE_LOCAL=255,
	RT_TABLE_MAX=0xFFFFFFFF
};


/* Routing message attributes */

enum rtattr_type_t {
	RTA_UNSPEC,
	RTA_DST,
	RTA_SRC,
	RTA_IIF,
	RTA_OIF,
	RTA_GATEWAY,
	RTA_PRIORITY,
	RTA_PREFSRC,
	RTA_METRICS,
	RTA_MULTIPATH,
	RTA_PROTOINFO, /* no longer used */
	RTA_FLOW,
	RTA_CACHEINFO,
	RTA_SESSION, /* no longer used */
	RTA_MP_ALGO, /* no longer used */
	RTA_TABLE,
	RTA_MARK,
	RTA_MFC_STATS,
	RTA_VIA,
	RTA_NEWDST,
	RTA_PREF,
	RTA_ENCAP_TYPE,
	RTA_ENCAP,
	RTA_EXPIRES,
	RTA_PAD,
	RTA_UID,
	RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE,
	RTA_IP_PROTO,
	RTA_SPORT,
	RTA_DPORT,
	RTA_NH_ID,
	__RTA_MAX
};

#define RTA_MAX (__RTA_MAX - 1)

#define RTM_RTA(r)  ((struct rtattr*)(((char*)(r)) + NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct rtmsg))))
#define RTM_PAYLOAD(n) NLMSG_PAYLOAD(n,sizeof(struct rtmsg))

/* RTM_MULTIPATH --- array of struct rtnexthop.
 *
 * "struct rtnexthop" describes all necessary nexthop information,
 * i.e. parameters of path to a destination via this nexthop.
 *
 * At the moment it is impossible to set different prefsrc, mtu, window
 * and rtt for different paths from multipath.
 */

struct rtnexthop {
	unsigned short		rtnh_len;
	unsigned char		rtnh_flags;
	unsigned char		rtnh_hops;
	int			rtnh_ifindex;
};

/* rtnh_flags */

#define RTNH_F_DEAD		1	/* Nexthop is dead (used by multipath)	*/
#define RTNH_F_PERVASIVE	2	/* Do recursive gateway lookup	*/
#define RTNH_F_ONLINK		4	/* Gateway is forced on link	*/
#define RTNH_F_OFFLOAD		8	/* offloaded route */
#define RTNH_F_LINKDOWN		16	/* carrier-down on nexthop */
#define RTNH_F_UNRESOLVED	32	/* The entry is unresolved (ipmr) */

#define RTNH_COMPARE_MASK	(RTNH_F_DEAD | RTNH_F_LINKDOWN | RTNH_F_OFFLOAD)

/* Macros to handle hexthops */

#define RTNH_ALIGNTO	4
#define RTNH_ALIGN(len) ( ((len)+RTNH_ALIGNTO-1) & ~(RTNH_ALIGNTO-1) )
#define RTNH_OK(rtnh,len) ((rtnh)->rtnh_len >= sizeof(struct rtnexthop) && \
			   ((int)(rtnh)->rtnh_len) <= (len))
#define RTNH_NEXT(rtnh)	((struct rtnexthop*)(((char*)(rtnh)) + RTNH_ALIGN((rtnh)->rtnh_len)))
#define RTNH_LENGTH(len) (RTNH_ALIGN(sizeof(struct rtnexthop)) + (len))
#define RTNH_SPACE(len)	RTNH_ALIGN(RTNH_LENGTH(len))
#define RTNH_DATA(rtnh)   ((struct rtattr*)(((char*)(rtnh)) + RTNH_LENGTH(0)))

/* RTA_VIA */
struct rtvia {
	__kernel_sa_family_t	rtvia_family;
	__u8			rtvia_addr[0];
};

/* RTM_CACHEINFO */

struct rta_cacheinfo {
	__u32	rta_clntref;
	__u32	rta_lastuse;
	__s32	rta_expires;
	__u32	rta_error;
	__u32	rta_used;

#define RTNETLINK_HAVE_PEERINFO 1
	__u32	rta_id;
	__u32	rta_ts;
	__u32	rta_tsage;
};

/* RTM_METRICS --- array of struct rtattr with types of RTAX_* */

enum {
	RTAX_UNSPEC,
#define RTAX_UNSPEC RTAX_UNSPEC
	RTAX_LOCK,
#define RTAX_LOCK RTAX_LOCK
	RTAX_MTU,
#define RTAX_MTU RTAX_MTU
	RTAX_WINDOW,
#define RTAX_WINDOW RTAX_WINDOW
	RTAX_RTT,
#define RTAX_RTT RTAX_RTT
	RTAX_RTTVAR,
#define RTAX_RTTVAR RTAX_RTTVAR
	RTAX_SSTHRESH,
#define RTAX_SSTHRESH RTAX_SSTHRESH
	RTAX_CWND,
#define RTAX_CWND RTAX_CWND
	RTAX_ADVMSS,
#define RTAX_ADVMSS RTAX_ADVMSS
	RTAX_REORDERING,
#define RTAX_REORDERING RTAX_REORDERING
	RTAX_HOPLIMIT,
#define RTAX_HOPLIMIT RTAX_HOPLIMIT
	RTAX_INITCWND,
#define RTAX_INITCWND RTAX_INITCWND
	RTAX_FEATURES,
#define RTAX_FEATURES RTAX_FEATURES
	RTAX_RTO_MIN,
#define RTAX_RTO_MIN RTAX_RTO_MIN
	RTAX_INITRWND,
#define RTAX_INITRWND RTAX_INITRWND
	RTAX_QUICKACK,
#define RTAX_QUICKACK RTAX_QUICKACK
	RTAX_CC_ALGO,
#define RTAX_CC_ALGO RTAX_CC_ALGO
	RTAX_FASTOPEN_NO_COOKIE,
#define RTAX_FASTOPEN_NO_COOKIE RTAX_FASTOPEN_NO_COOKIE
	__RTAX_MAX
};

#define RTAX_MAX (__RTAX_MAX - 1)

#define RTAX_FEATURE_ECN	(1 << 0)
#define RTAX_FEATURE_SACK	(1 << 1)
#define RTAX_FEATURE_TIMESTAMP	(1 << 2)
#define RTAX_FEATURE_ALLFRAG	(1 << 3)

#define RTAX_FEATURE_MASK	(RTAX_FEATURE_ECN | RTAX_FEATURE_SACK | \
				 RTAX_FEATURE_TIMESTAMP | RTAX_FEATURE_ALLFRAG)

struct rta_session {
	__u8	proto;
	__u8	pad1;
	__u16	pad2;

	union {
		struct {
			__u16	sport;
			__u16	dport;
		} ports;

		struct {
			__u8	type;
			__u8	code;
			__u16	ident;
		} icmpt;

		__u32		spi;
	} u;
};

struct rta_mfc_stats {
	__u64	mfcs_packets;
	__u64	mfcs_bytes;
	__u64	mfcs_wrong_if;
};

/****
 *		General form of address family dependent message.
 ****/

struct rtgenmsg {
	unsigned char		rtgen_family;
};

/*****************************************************************
 *		Link layer specific messages.
 ****/

/* struct ifinfomsg
 * passes link level specific information, not dependent
 * on network protocol.
 */

struct ifinfomsg {
	unsigned char	ifi_family;
	unsigned char	__ifi_pad;
	unsigned short	ifi_type;		/* ARPHRD_* */
	int		ifi_index;		/* Link index	*/
	unsigned	ifi_flags;		/* IFF_* flags	*/
	unsigned	ifi_change;		/* IFF_* change mask */
};

/********************************************************************
 *		prefix information 
 ****/

struct prefixmsg {
	unsigned char	prefix_family;
	unsigned char	prefix_pad1;
	unsigned short	prefix_pad2;
	int		prefix_ifindex;
	unsigned char	prefix_type;
	unsigned char	prefix_len;
	unsigned char	prefix_flags;
	unsigned char	prefix_pad3;
};

enum 
{
	PREFIX_UNSPEC,
	PREFIX_ADDRESS,
	PREFIX_CACHEINFO,
	__PREFIX_MAX
};

#define PREFIX_MAX	(__PREFIX_MAX - 1)

struct prefix_cacheinfo {
	__u32	preferred_time;
	__u32	valid_time;
};


/*****************************************************************
 *		Traffic control messages.
 ****/

struct tcmsg {
	unsigned char	tcm_family;
	unsigned char	tcm__pad1;
	unsigned short	tcm__pad2;
	int		tcm_ifindex;
	__u32		tcm_handle;
	__u32		tcm_parent;
/* tcm_block_index is used instead of tcm_parent
 * in case tcm_ifindex == TCM_IFINDEX_MAGIC_BLOCK
 */
#define tcm_block_index tcm_parent
	__u32		tcm_info;
};

/* For manipulation of filters in shared block, tcm_ifindex is set to
 * TCM_IFINDEX_MAGIC_BLOCK, and tcm_parent is aliased to tcm_block_index
 * which is the block index.
 */
#define TCM_IFINDEX_MAGIC_BLOCK (0xFFFFFFFFU)

enum {
	TCA_UNSPEC,
	TCA_KIND,
	TCA_OPTIONS,
	TCA_STATS,
	TCA_XSTATS,
	TCA_RATE,
	TCA_FCNT,
	TCA_STATS2,
	TCA_STAB,
	TCA_PAD,
	TCA_DUMP_INVISIBLE,
	TCA_CHAIN,
	TCA_HW_OFFLOAD,
	TCA_INGRESS_BLOCK,
	TCA_EGRESS_BLOCK,
	TCA_DUMP_FLAGS,
	TCA_EXT_WARN_MSG,
	__TCA_MAX
};

#define TCA_MAX (__TCA_MAX - 1)

#define TCA_DUMP_FLAGS_TERSE (1 << 0) /* Means that in dump user gets only basic
				       * data necessary to identify the objects
				       * (handle, cookie, etc.) and stats.
				       */

#define TCA_RTA(r)  ((struct rtattr*)(((char*)(r)) + NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct tcmsg))))
#define TCA_PAYLOAD(n) NLMSG_PAYLOAD(n,sizeof(struct tcmsg))

/********************************************************************
 *		Neighbor Discovery userland options
 ****/

struct nduseroptmsg {
	unsigned char	nduseropt_family;
	unsigned char	nduseropt_pad1;
	unsigned short	nduseropt_opts_len;	/* Total length of options */
	int		nduseropt_ifindex;
	__u8		nduseropt_icmp_type;
	__u8		nduseropt_icmp_code;
	unsigned short	nduseropt_pad2;
	unsigned int	nduseropt_pad3;
	/* Followed by one or more ND options */
};

enum {
	NDUSEROPT_UNSPEC,
	NDUSEROPT_SRCADDR,
	__NDUSEROPT_MAX
};

#define NDUSEROPT_MAX	(__NDUSEROPT_MAX - 1)

/* RTnetlink multicast groups - backwards compatibility for userspace */
#define RTMGRP_LINK		1
#define RTMGRP_NOTIFY		2
#define RTMGRP_NEIGH		4
#define RTMGRP_TC		8

#define RTMGRP_IPV4_IFADDR	0x10
#define RTMGRP_IPV4_MROUTE	0x20
#define RTMGRP_IPV4_ROUTE	0x40
#define RTMGRP_IPV4_RULE	0x80

#define RTMGRP_IPV6_IFADDR	0x100
#define RTMGRP_IPV6_MROUTE	0x200
#define RTMGRP_IPV6_ROUTE	0x400
#define RTMGRP_IPV6_IFINFO	0x800

#define RTMGRP_DECnet_IFADDR    0x1000
#define RTMGRP_DECnet_ROUTE     0x4000

#define RTMGRP_IPV6_PREFIX	0x20000

/* RTnetlink multicast groups */
enum rtnetlink_groups {
	RTNLGRP_NONE,
#define RTNLGRP_NONE		RTNLGRP_NONE
	RTNLGRP_LINK,
#define RTNLGRP_LINK		RTNLGRP_LINK
	RTNLGRP_NOTIFY,
#define RTNLGRP_NOTIFY		RTNLGRP_NOTIFY
	RTNLGRP_NEIGH,
#define RTNLGRP_NEIGH		RTNLGRP_NEIGH
	RTNLGRP_TC,
#define RTNLGRP_TC		RTNLGRP_TC
	RTNLGRP_IPV4_IFADDR,
#define RTNLGRP_IPV4_IFADDR	RTNLGRP_IPV4_IFADDR
	RTNLGRP_IPV4_MROUTE,
#define	RTNLGRP_IPV4_MROUTE	RTNLGRP_IPV4_MROUTE
	RTNLGRP_IPV4_ROUTE,
#define RTNLGRP_IPV4_ROUTE	RTNLGRP_IPV4_ROUTE
	RTNLGRP_IPV4_RULE,
#define RTNLGRP_IPV4_RULE	RTNLGRP_IPV4_RULE
	RTNLGRP_IPV6_IFADDR,
#define RTNLGRP_IPV6_IFADDR	RTNLGRP_IPV6_IFADDR
	RTNLGRP_IPV6_MROUTE,
#define RTNLGRP_IPV6_MROUTE	RTNLGRP_IPV6_MROUTE
	RTNLGRP_IPV6_ROUTE,
#define RTNLGRP_IPV6_ROUTE	RTNLGRP_IPV6_ROUTE
	RTNLGRP_IPV6_IFINFO,
#define RTNLGRP_IPV6_IFINFO	RTNLGRP_IPV6_IFINFO
	RTNLGRP_DECnet_IFADDR,
#define RTNLGRP_DECnet_IFADDR	RTNLGRP_DECnet_IFADDR
	RTNLGRP_NOP2,
	RTNLGRP_DECnet_ROUTE,
#define RTNLGRP_DECnet_ROUTE	RTNLGRP_DECnet_ROUTE
	RTNLGRP_DECnet_RULE,
#define RTNLGRP_DECnet_RULE	RTNLGRP_DECnet_RULE
	RTNLGRP_NOP4,
	RTNLGRP_IPV6_PREFIX,
#define RTNLGRP_IPV6_PREFIX	RTNLGRP_IPV6_PREFIX
	RTNLGRP_IPV6_RULE,
#define RTNLGRP_IPV6_RULE	RTNLGRP_IPV6_RULE
	RTNLGRP_ND_USEROPT,
#define RTNLGRP_ND_USEROPT	RTNLGRP_ND_USEROPT
	RTNLGRP_PHONET_IFADDR,
#define RTNLGRP_PHONET_IFADDR	RTNLGRP_PHONET_IFADDR
	RTNLGRP_PHONET_ROUTE,
#define RTNLGRP_PHONET_ROUTE	RTNLGRP_PHONET_ROUTE
	RTNLGRP_DCB,
#define RTNLGRP_DCB		RTNLGRP_DCB
	RTNLGRP_IPV4_NETCONF,
#define RTNLGRP_IPV4_NETCONF	RTNLGRP_IPV4_NETCONF
	RTNLGRP_IPV6_NETCONF,
#define RTNLGRP_IPV6_NETCONF	RTNLGRP_IPV6_NETCONF
	RTNLGRP_MDB,
#define RTNLGRP_MDB		RTNLGRP_MDB
	RTNLGRP_MPLS_ROUTE,
#define RTNLGRP_MPLS_ROUTE	RTNLGRP_MPLS_ROUTE
	RTNLGRP_NSID,
#define RTNLGRP_NSID		RTNLGRP_NSID
	RTNLGRP_MPLS_NETCONF,
#define RTNLGRP_MPLS_NETCONF	RTNLGRP_MPLS_NETCONF
	RTNLGRP_IPV4_MROUTE_R,
#define RTNLGRP_IPV4_MROUTE_R	RTNLGRP_IPV4_MROUTE_R
	RTNLGRP_IPV6_MROUTE_R,
#define RTNLGRP_IPV6_MROUTE_R	RTNLGRP_IPV6_MROUTE_R
	RTNLGRP_NEXTHOP,
#define RTNLGRP_NEXTHOP		RTNLGRP_NEXTHOP
	RTNLGRP_BRVLAN,
#define RTNLGRP_BRVLAN		RTNLGRP_BRVLAN
	__RTNLGRP_MAX
};
#define RTNLGRP_MAX	(__RTNLGRP_MAX - 1)

/* TC action piece */
struct tcamsg {
	unsigned char	tca_family;
	unsigned char	tca__pad1;
	unsigned short	tca__pad2;
};

enum {
	TCA_ROOT_UNSPEC,
	TCA_ROOT_TAB,
#define TCA_ACT_TAB TCA_ROOT_TAB
#define TCAA_MAX TCA_ROOT_TAB
	TCA_ROOT_FLAGS,
	TCA_ROOT_COUNT,
	TCA_ROOT_TIME_DELTA, /* in msecs */
	TCA_ROOT_EXT_WARN_MSG,
	__TCA_ROOT_MAX,
#define	TCA_ROOT_MAX (__TCA_ROOT_MAX - 1)
};

#define TA_RTA(r)  ((struct rtattr*)(((char*)(r)) + NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct tcamsg))))
#define TA_PAYLOAD(n) NLMSG_PAYLOAD(n,sizeof(struct tcamsg))
/* tcamsg flags stored in attribute TCA_ROOT_FLAGS
 *
 * TCA_ACT_FLAG_LARGE_DUMP_ON user->kernel to request for larger than
 * TCA_ACT_MAX_PRIO actions in a dump. All dump responses will contain the
 * number of actions being dumped stored in for user app's consumption in
 * TCA_ROOT_COUNT
 *
 * TCA_ACT_FLAG_TERSE_DUMP user->kernel to request terse (brief) dump that only
 * includes essential action info (kind, index, etc.)
 *
 */
#define TCA_FLAG_LARGE_DUMP_ON		(1 << 0)
#define TCA_ACT_FLAG_LARGE_DUMP_ON	TCA_FLAG_LARGE_DUMP_ON
#define TCA_ACT_FLAG_TERSE_DUMP		(1 << 1)

/* New extended info filters for IFLA_EXT_MASK */
#define RTEXT_FILTER_VF		(1 << 0)
#define RTEXT_FILTER_BRVLAN	(1 << 1)
#define RTEXT_FILTER_BRVLAN_COMPRESSED	(1 << 2)
#define	RTEXT_FILTER_SKIP_STATS	(1 << 3)
#define RTEXT_FILTER_MRP	(1 << 4)
#define RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_CONFIG	(1 << 5)
#define RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_STATUS	(1 << 6)
#define RTEXT_FILTER_MST	(1 << 7)

/* End of information exported to user level */



#endif /* __LINUX_RTNETLINK_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR CDDL-1.0) */
/*
 * VBoxGuest - VirtualBox Guest Additions Driver Interface.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2006-2016 Oracle Corporation
 */

#ifndef __UAPI_VBOXGUEST_H__
#define __UAPI_VBOXGUEST_H__

#include <asm/bitsperlong.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/vbox_err.h>
#include <linux/vbox_vmmdev_types.h>

/* Version of vbg_ioctl_hdr structure. */
#define VBG_IOCTL_HDR_VERSION		0x10001
/* Default request type.  Use this for non-VMMDev requests. */
#define VBG_IOCTL_HDR_TYPE_DEFAULT		0

/**
 * Common ioctl header.
 *
 * This is a mirror of vmmdev_request_header to prevent duplicating data and
 * needing to verify things multiple times.
 */
struct vbg_ioctl_hdr {
	/** IN: The request input size, and output size if size_out is zero. */
	__u32 size_in;
	/** IN: Structure version (VBG_IOCTL_HDR_VERSION) */
	__u32 version;
	/** IN: The VMMDev request type or VBG_IOCTL_HDR_TYPE_DEFAULT. */
	__u32 type;
	/**
	 * OUT: The VBox status code of the operation, out direction only.
	 * This is a VINF_ or VERR_ value as defined in vbox_err.h.
	 */
	__s32 rc;
	/** IN: Output size. Set to zero to use size_in as output size. */
	__u32 size_out;
	/** Reserved, MBZ. */
	__u32 reserved;
};
VMMDEV_ASSERT_SIZE(vbg_ioctl_hdr, 24);


/*
 * The VBoxGuest I/O control version.
 *
 * As usual, the high word contains the major version and changes to it
 * signifies incompatible changes.
 *
 * The lower word is the minor version number, it is increased when new
 * functions are added or existing changed in a backwards compatible manner.
 */
#define VBG_IOC_VERSION		0x00010000u

/**
 * VBG_IOCTL_DRIVER_VERSION_INFO data structure
 *
 * Note VBG_IOCTL_DRIVER_VERSION_INFO may switch the session to a backwards
 * compatible interface version if uClientVersion indicates older client code.
 */
struct vbg_ioctl_driver_version_info {
	/** The header. */
	struct vbg_ioctl_hdr hdr;
	union {
		struct {
			/** Requested interface version (VBG_IOC_VERSION). */
			__u32 req_version;
			/**
			 * Minimum interface version number (typically the
			 * major version part of VBG_IOC_VERSION).
			 */
			__u32 min_version;
			/** Reserved, MBZ. */
			__u32 reserved1;
			/** Reserved, MBZ. */
			__u32 reserved2;
		} in;
		struct {
			/** Version for this session (typ. VBG_IOC_VERSION). */
			__u32 session_version;
			/** Version of the IDC interface (VBG_IOC_VERSION). */
			__u32 driver_version;
			/** The SVN revision of the driver, or 0. */
			__u32 driver_revision;
			/** Reserved \#1 (zero until defined). */
			__u32 reserved1;
			/** Reserved \#2 (zero until defined). */
			__u32 reserved2;
		} out;
	} u;
};
VMMDEV_ASSERT_SIZE(vbg_ioctl_driver_version_info, 24 + 20);

#define VBG_IOCTL_DRIVER_VERSION_INFO \
	_IOWR('V', 0, struct vbg_ioctl_driver_version_info)


/* IOCTL to perform a VMM Device request less than 1KB in size. */
#define VBG_IOCTL_VMMDEV_REQUEST(s)	_IOC(_IOC_READ | _IOC_WRITE, 'V', 2, s)


/* IOCTL to perform a VMM Device request larger then 1KB. */
#define VBG_IOCTL_VMMDEV_REQUEST_BIG	_IOC(_IOC_READ | _IOC_WRITE, 'V', 3, 0)


/** VBG_IOCTL_HGCM_CONNECT data structure. */
struct vbg_ioctl_hgcm_connect {
	struct vbg_ioctl_hdr hdr;
	union {
		struct {
			struct vmmdev_hgcm_service_location loc;
		} in;
		struct {
			__u32 client_id;
		} out;
	} u;
};
VMMDEV_ASSERT_SIZE(vbg_ioctl_hgcm_connect, 24 + 132);

#define VBG_IOCTL_HGCM_CONNECT \
	_IOWR('V', 4, struct vbg_ioctl_hgcm_connect)


/** VBG_IOCTL_HGCM_DISCONNECT data structure. */
struct vbg_ioctl_hgcm_disconnect {
	struct vbg_ioctl_hdr hdr;
	union {
		struct {
			__u32 client_id;
		} in;
	} u;
};
VMMDEV_ASSERT_SIZE(vbg_ioctl_hgcm_disconnect, 24 + 4);

#define VBG_IOCTL_HGCM_DISCONNECT \
	_IOWR('V', 5, struct vbg_ioctl_hgcm_disconnect)


/** VBG_IOCTL_HGCM_CALL data structure. */
struct vbg_ioctl_hgcm_call {
	/** The header. */
	struct vbg_ioctl_hdr hdr;
	/** Input: The id of the caller. */
	__u32 client_id;
	/** Input: Function number. */
	__u32 function;
	/**
	 * Input: How long to wait (milliseconds) for completion before
	 * cancelling the call. Set to -1 to wait indefinitely.
	 */
	__u32 timeout_ms;
	/** Interruptable flag, ignored for userspace calls. */
	__u8 interruptible;
	/** Explicit padding, MBZ. */
	__u8 reserved;
	/**
	 * Input: How many parameters following this structure.
	 *
	 * The parameters are either HGCMFunctionParameter64 or 32,
	 * depending on whether we're receiving a 64-bit or 32-bit request.
	 *
	 * The current maximum is 61 parameters (given a 1KB max request size,
	 * and a 64-bit parameter size of 16 bytes).
	 */
	__u16 parm_count;
	/*
	 * Parameters follow in form:
	 * struct hgcm_function_parameter<32|64> parms[parm_count]
	 */
};
VMMDEV_ASSERT_SIZE(vbg_ioctl_hgcm_call, 24 + 16);

#define VBG_IOCTL_HGCM_CALL_32(s)	_IOC(_IOC_READ | _IOC_WRITE, 'V', 6, s)
#define VBG_IOCTL_HGCM_CALL_64(s)	_IOC(_IOC_READ | _IOC_WRITE, 'V', 7, s)
#if __BITS_PER_LONG == 64
#define VBG_IOCTL_HGCM_CALL(s)		VBG_IOCTL_HGCM_CALL_64(s)
#else
#define VBG_IOCTL_HGCM_CALL(s)		VBG_IOCTL_HGCM_CALL_32(s)
#endif


/** VBG_IOCTL_LOG data structure. */
struct vbg_ioctl_log {
	/** The header. */
	struct vbg_ioctl_hdr hdr;
	union {
		struct {
			/**
			 * The log message, this may be zero terminated. If it
			 * is not zero terminated then the length is determined
			 * from the input size.
			 */
			char msg[1];
		} in;
	} u;
};

#define VBG_IOCTL_LOG(s)		_IOC(_IOC_READ | _IOC_WRITE, 'V', 9, s)


/** VBG_IOCTL_WAIT_FOR_EVENTS data structure. */
struct vbg_ioctl_wait_for_events {
	/** The header. */
	struct vbg_ioctl_hdr hdr;
	union {
		struct {
			/** Timeout in milliseconds. */
			__u32 timeout_ms;
			/** Events to wait for. */
			__u32 events;
		} in;
		struct {
			/** Events that occurred. */
			__u32 events;
		} out;
	} u;
};
VMMDEV_ASSERT_SIZE(vbg_ioctl_wait_for_events, 24 + 8);

#define VBG_IOCTL_WAIT_FOR_EVENTS \
	_IOWR('V', 10, struct vbg_ioctl_wait_for_events)


/*
 * IOCTL to VBoxGuest to interrupt (cancel) any pending
 * VBG_IOCTL_WAIT_FOR_EVENTS and return.
 *
 * Handled inside the vboxguest driver and not seen by the host at all.
 * After calling this, VBG_IOCTL_WAIT_FOR_EVENTS should no longer be called in
 * the same session. Any VBOXGUEST_IOCTL_WAITEVENT calls in the same session
 * done after calling this will directly exit with -EINTR.
 */
#define VBG_IOCTL_INTERRUPT_ALL_WAIT_FOR_EVENTS \
	_IOWR('V', 11, struct vbg_ioctl_hdr)


/** VBG_IOCTL_CHANGE_FILTER_MASK data structure. */
struct vbg_ioctl_change_filter {
	/** The header. */
	struct vbg_ioctl_hdr hdr;
	union {
		struct {
			/** Flags to set. */
			__u32 or_mask;
			/** Flags to remove. */
			__u32 not_mask;
		} in;
	} u;
};
VMMDEV_ASSERT_SIZE(vbg_ioctl_change_filter, 24 + 8);

/* IOCTL to VBoxGuest to control the event filter mask. */
#define VBG_IOCTL_CHANGE_FILTER_MASK \
	_IOWR('V', 12, struct vbg_ioctl_change_filter)


/** VBG_IOCTL_CHANGE_GUEST_CAPABILITIES data structure. */
struct vbg_ioctl_set_guest_caps {
	/** The header. */
	struct vbg_ioctl_hdr hdr;
	union {
		struct {
			/** Capabilities to set (VMMDEV_GUEST_SUPPORTS_XXX). */
			__u32 or_mask;
			/** Capabilities to drop (VMMDEV_GUEST_SUPPORTS_XXX). */
			__u32 not_mask;
		} in;
		struct {
			/** Capabilities held by the session after the call. */
			__u32 session_caps;
			/** Capabilities for all the sessions after the call. */
			__u32 global_caps;
		} out;
	} u;
};
VMMDEV_ASSERT_SIZE(vbg_ioctl_set_guest_caps, 24 + 8);

#define VBG_IOCTL_CHANGE_GUEST_CAPABILITIES \
	_IOWR('V', 14, struct vbg_ioctl_set_guest_caps)


/** VBG_IOCTL_CHECK_BALLOON data structure. */
struct vbg_ioctl_check_balloon {
	/** The header. */
	struct vbg_ioctl_hdr hdr;
	union {
		struct {
			/** The size of the balloon in chunks of 1MB. */
			__u32 balloon_chunks;
			/**
			 * false = handled in R0, no further action required.
			 *  true = allocate balloon memory in R3.
			 */
			__u8 handle_in_r3;
			/** Explicit padding, MBZ. */
			__u8 padding[3];
		} out;
	} u;
};
VMMDEV_ASSERT_SIZE(vbg_ioctl_check_balloon, 24 + 8);

/*
 * IOCTL to check memory ballooning.
 *
 * The guest kernel module will ask the host for the current size of the
 * balloon and adjust the size. Or it will set handle_in_r3 = true and R3 is
 * responsible for allocating memory and calling VBG_IOCTL_CHANGE_BALLOON.
 */
#define VBG_IOCTL_CHECK_BALLOON \
	_IOWR('V', 17, struct vbg_ioctl_check_balloon)


/** VBG_IOCTL_WRITE_CORE_DUMP data structure. */
struct vbg_ioctl_write_coredump {
	struct vbg_ioctl_hdr hdr;
	union {
		struct {
			__u32 flags; /** Flags (reserved, MBZ). */
		} in;
	} u;
};
VMMDEV_ASSERT_SIZE(vbg_ioctl_write_coredump, 24 + 4);

#define VBG_IOCTL_WRITE_CORE_DUMP \
	_IOWR('V', 19, struct vbg_ioctl_write_coredump)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* r3964 linediscipline for linux
 *
 * -----------------------------------------------------------
 * Copyright by
 * Philips Automation Projects
 * Kassel (Germany)
 * -----------------------------------------------------------
 * This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of
 * the GNU General Public License, incorporated herein by reference.
 *
 * Author:
 * L. Haag
 *
 * $Log: r3964.h,v $
 * Revision 1.4  2005/12/21 19:54:24  Kurt Huwig <kurt huwig de>
 * Fixed HZ usage on 2.6 kernels
 * Removed unnecessary include
 *
 * Revision 1.3  2001/03/18 13:02:24  dwmw2
 * Fix timer usage, use spinlocks properly.
 *
 * Revision 1.2  2001/03/18 12:53:15  dwmw2
 * Merge changes in 2.4.2
 *
 * Revision 1.1.1.1  1998/10/13 16:43:14  dwmw2
 * This'll screw the version control
 *
 * Revision 1.6  1998/09/30 00:40:38  dwmw2
 * Updated to use kernel's N_R3964 if available
 *
 * Revision 1.4  1998/04/02 20:29:44  lhaag
 * select, blocking, ...
 *
 * Revision 1.3  1998/02/12 18:58:43  root
 * fixed some memory leaks
 * calculation of checksum characters
 *
 * Revision 1.2  1998/02/07 13:03:17  root
 * ioctl read_telegram
 *
 * Revision 1.1  1998/02/06 19:19:43  root
 * Initial revision
 *
 *
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_N_R3964_H__
#define __LINUX_N_R3964_H__

/* line disciplines for r3964 protocol */


/*
 * Ioctl-commands
 */

#define R3964_ENABLE_SIGNALS      0x5301
#define R3964_SETPRIORITY         0x5302
#define R3964_USE_BCC             0x5303
#define R3964_READ_TELEGRAM       0x5304

/* Options for R3964_SETPRIORITY */
#define R3964_MASTER   0
#define R3964_SLAVE    1

/* Options for R3964_ENABLE_SIGNALS */
#define R3964_SIG_ACK   0x0001
#define R3964_SIG_DATA  0x0002
#define R3964_SIG_ALL   0x000f
#define R3964_SIG_NONE  0x0000
#define R3964_USE_SIGIO 0x1000

/*
 * r3964 operation states:
 */

/* types for msg_id: */
enum {R3964_MSG_ACK=1, R3964_MSG_DATA };

#define R3964_MAX_MSG_COUNT 32

/* error codes for client messages */
#define R3964_OK 0        /* no error. */
#define R3964_TX_FAIL -1  /* transmission error, block NOT sent */
#define R3964_OVERFLOW -2 /* msg queue overflow */

/* the client gets this struct when calling read(fd,...): */
struct r3964_client_message {
	  int     msg_id;
	  int     arg;
	  int     error_code;
};

#define R3964_MTU      256



#endif /* __LINUX_N_R3964_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_WAIT_H
#define _LINUX_WAIT_H

#define WNOHANG		0x00000001
#define WUNTRACED	0x00000002
#define WSTOPPED	WUNTRACED
#define WEXITED		0x00000004
#define WCONTINUED	0x00000008
#define WNOWAIT		0x01000000	/* Don't reap, just poll status.  */

#define __WNOTHREAD	0x20000000	/* Don't wait on children of other threads in this group */
#define __WALL		0x40000000	/* Wait on all children, regardless of type */
#define __WCLONE	0x80000000	/* Wait only on non-SIGCHLD children */

/* First argument to waitid: */
#define P_ALL		0
#define P_PID		1
#define P_PGID		2
#define P_PIDFD		3


#endif /* _LINUX_WAIT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * 25-Jul-1998 Major changes to allow for ip chain table
 *
 * 3-Jan-2000 Named tables to allow packet selection for different uses.
 */

/*
 * 	Format of an IP firewall descriptor
 *
 * 	src, dst, src_mask, dst_mask are always stored in network byte order.
 * 	flags are stored in host byte order (of course).
 * 	Port numbers are stored in HOST byte order.
 */

#ifndef _IPTABLES_H
#define _IPTABLES_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#include <linux/if.h>
#include <linux/netfilter_ipv4.h>

#include <linux/netfilter/x_tables.h>

#define IPT_FUNCTION_MAXNAMELEN XT_FUNCTION_MAXNAMELEN
#define IPT_TABLE_MAXNAMELEN XT_TABLE_MAXNAMELEN
#define ipt_match xt_match
#define ipt_target xt_target
#define ipt_table xt_table
#define ipt_get_revision xt_get_revision
#define ipt_entry_match xt_entry_match
#define ipt_entry_target xt_entry_target
#define ipt_standard_target xt_standard_target
#define ipt_error_target xt_error_target
#define ipt_counters xt_counters
#define IPT_CONTINUE XT_CONTINUE
#define IPT_RETURN XT_RETURN

/* This group is older than old (iptables < v1.4.0-rc1~89) */
#include <linux/netfilter/xt_tcpudp.h>
#define ipt_udp xt_udp
#define ipt_tcp xt_tcp
#define IPT_TCP_INV_SRCPT	XT_TCP_INV_SRCPT
#define IPT_TCP_INV_DSTPT	XT_TCP_INV_DSTPT
#define IPT_TCP_INV_FLAGS	XT_TCP_INV_FLAGS
#define IPT_TCP_INV_OPTION	XT_TCP_INV_OPTION
#define IPT_TCP_INV_MASK	XT_TCP_INV_MASK
#define IPT_UDP_INV_SRCPT	XT_UDP_INV_SRCPT
#define IPT_UDP_INV_DSTPT	XT_UDP_INV_DSTPT
#define IPT_UDP_INV_MASK	XT_UDP_INV_MASK

/* The argument to IPT_SO_ADD_COUNTERS. */
#define ipt_counters_info xt_counters_info
/* Standard return verdict, or do jump. */
#define IPT_STANDARD_TARGET XT_STANDARD_TARGET
/* Error verdict. */
#define IPT_ERROR_TARGET XT_ERROR_TARGET

/* fn returns 0 to continue iteration */
#define IPT_MATCH_ITERATE(e, fn, args...) \
	XT_MATCH_ITERATE(struct ipt_entry, e, fn, ## args)

/* fn returns 0 to continue iteration */
#define IPT_ENTRY_ITERATE(entries, size, fn, args...) \
	XT_ENTRY_ITERATE(struct ipt_entry, entries, size, fn, ## args)

/* Yes, Virginia, you have to zero the padding. */
struct ipt_ip {
	/* Source and destination IP addr */
	struct in_addr src, dst;
	/* Mask for src and dest IP addr */
	struct in_addr smsk, dmsk;
	char iniface[IFNAMSIZ], outiface[IFNAMSIZ];
	unsigned char iniface_mask[IFNAMSIZ], outiface_mask[IFNAMSIZ];

	/* Protocol, 0 = ANY */
	__u16 proto;

	/* Flags word */
	__u8 flags;
	/* Inverse flags */
	__u8 invflags;
};

/* Values for "flag" field in struct ipt_ip (general ip structure). */
#define IPT_F_FRAG		0x01	/* Set if rule is a fragment rule */
#define IPT_F_GOTO		0x02	/* Set if jump is a goto */
#define IPT_F_MASK		0x03	/* All possible flag bits mask. */

/* Values for "inv" field in struct ipt_ip. */
#define IPT_INV_VIA_IN		0x01	/* Invert the sense of IN IFACE. */
#define IPT_INV_VIA_OUT		0x02	/* Invert the sense of OUT IFACE */
#define IPT_INV_TOS		0x04	/* Invert the sense of TOS. */
#define IPT_INV_SRCIP		0x08	/* Invert the sense of SRC IP. */
#define IPT_INV_DSTIP		0x10	/* Invert the sense of DST OP. */
#define IPT_INV_FRAG		0x20	/* Invert the sense of FRAG. */
#define IPT_INV_PROTO		XT_INV_PROTO
#define IPT_INV_MASK		0x7F	/* All possible flag bits mask. */

/* This structure defines each of the firewall rules.  Consists of 3
   parts which are 1) general IP header stuff 2) match specific
   stuff 3) the target to perform if the rule matches */
struct ipt_entry {
	struct ipt_ip ip;

	/* Mark with fields that we care about. */
	unsigned int nfcache;

	/* Size of ipt_entry + matches */
	__u16 target_offset;
	/* Size of ipt_entry + matches + target */
	__u16 next_offset;

	/* Back pointer */
	unsigned int comefrom;

	/* Packet and byte counters. */
	struct xt_counters counters;

	/* The matches (if any), then the target. */
	unsigned char elems[0];
};

/*
 * New IP firewall options for [gs]etsockopt at the RAW IP level.
 * Unlike BSD Linux inherits IP options so you don't have to use a raw
 * socket for this. Instead we check rights in the calls.
 *
 * ATTENTION: check linux/in.h before adding new number here.
 */
#define IPT_BASE_CTL		64

#define IPT_SO_SET_REPLACE	(IPT_BASE_CTL)
#define IPT_SO_SET_ADD_COUNTERS	(IPT_BASE_CTL + 1)
#define IPT_SO_SET_MAX		IPT_SO_SET_ADD_COUNTERS

#define IPT_SO_GET_INFO			(IPT_BASE_CTL)
#define IPT_SO_GET_ENTRIES		(IPT_BASE_CTL + 1)
#define IPT_SO_GET_REVISION_MATCH	(IPT_BASE_CTL + 2)
#define IPT_SO_GET_REVISION_TARGET	(IPT_BASE_CTL + 3)
#define IPT_SO_GET_MAX			IPT_SO_GET_REVISION_TARGET

/* ICMP matching stuff */
struct ipt_icmp {
	__u8 type;				/* type to match */
	__u8 code[2];				/* range of code */
	__u8 invflags;				/* Inverse flags */
};

/* Values for "inv" field for struct ipt_icmp. */
#define IPT_ICMP_INV	0x01	/* Invert the sense of type/code test */

/* The argument to IPT_SO_GET_INFO */
struct ipt_getinfo {
	/* Which table: caller fills this in. */
	char name[XT_TABLE_MAXNAMELEN];

	/* Kernel fills these in. */
	/* Which hook entry points are valid: bitmask */
	unsigned int valid_hooks;

	/* Hook entry points: one per netfilter hook. */
	unsigned int hook_entry[NF_INET_NUMHOOKS];

	/* Underflow points. */
	unsigned int underflow[NF_INET_NUMHOOKS];

	/* Number of entries */
	unsigned int num_entries;

	/* Size of entries. */
	unsigned int size;
};

/* The argument to IPT_SO_SET_REPLACE. */
struct ipt_replace {
	/* Which table. */
	char name[XT_TABLE_MAXNAMELEN];

	/* Which hook entry points are valid: bitmask.  You can't
           change this. */
	unsigned int valid_hooks;

	/* Number of entries */
	unsigned int num_entries;

	/* Total size of new entries */
	unsigned int size;

	/* Hook entry points. */
	unsigned int hook_entry[NF_INET_NUMHOOKS];

	/* Underflow points. */
	unsigned int underflow[NF_INET_NUMHOOKS];

	/* Information about old entries: */
	/* Number of counters (must be equal to current number of entries). */
	unsigned int num_counters;
	/* The old entries' counters. */
	struct xt_counters *counters;

	/* The entries (hang off end: not really an array). */
	struct ipt_entry entries[0];
};

/* The argument to IPT_SO_GET_ENTRIES. */
struct ipt_get_entries {
	/* Which table: user fills this in. */
	char name[XT_TABLE_MAXNAMELEN];

	/* User fills this in: total entry size. */
	unsigned int size;

	/* The entries. */
	struct ipt_entry entrytable[0];
};

/* Helper functions */
static __inline__ struct xt_entry_target *
ipt_get_target(struct ipt_entry *e)
{
	return (void *)e + e->target_offset;
}

/*
 *	Main firewall chains definitions and global var's definitions.
 */
#endif /* _IPTABLES_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _IPT_ECN_H
#define _IPT_ECN_H

#include <linux/netfilter/xt_ecn.h>
#define ipt_ecn_info xt_ecn_info

enum {
	IPT_ECN_IP_MASK       = XT_ECN_IP_MASK,
	IPT_ECN_OP_MATCH_IP   = XT_ECN_OP_MATCH_IP,
	IPT_ECN_OP_MATCH_ECE  = XT_ECN_OP_MATCH_ECE,
	IPT_ECN_OP_MATCH_CWR  = XT_ECN_OP_MATCH_CWR,
	IPT_ECN_OP_MATCH_MASK = XT_ECN_OP_MATCH_MASK,
};

#endif /* IPT_ECN_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _IPT_CLUSTERIP_H_target
#define _IPT_CLUSTERIP_H_target

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>

enum clusterip_hashmode {
    CLUSTERIP_HASHMODE_SIP = 0,
    CLUSTERIP_HASHMODE_SIP_SPT,
    CLUSTERIP_HASHMODE_SIP_SPT_DPT,
};

#define CLUSTERIP_HASHMODE_MAX CLUSTERIP_HASHMODE_SIP_SPT_DPT

#define CLUSTERIP_MAX_NODES 16

#define CLUSTERIP_FLAG_NEW 0x00000001

struct clusterip_config;

struct ipt_clusterip_tgt_info {

	__u32 flags;

	/* only relevant for new ones */
	__u8 clustermac[ETH_ALEN];
	__u16 num_total_nodes;
	__u16 num_local_nodes;
	__u16 local_nodes[CLUSTERIP_MAX_NODES];
	__u32 hash_mode;
	__u32 hash_initval;

	/* Used internally by the kernel */
	struct clusterip_config *config;
};

#endif /*_IPT_CLUSTERIP_H_target*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _IPT_REJECT_H
#define _IPT_REJECT_H

enum ipt_reject_with {
	IPT_ICMP_NET_UNREACHABLE,
	IPT_ICMP_HOST_UNREACHABLE,
	IPT_ICMP_PROT_UNREACHABLE,
	IPT_ICMP_PORT_UNREACHABLE,
	IPT_ICMP_ECHOREPLY,
	IPT_ICMP_NET_PROHIBITED,
	IPT_ICMP_HOST_PROHIBITED,
	IPT_TCP_RESET,
	IPT_ICMP_ADMIN_PROHIBITED
};

struct ipt_reject_info {
	enum ipt_reject_with with;      /* reject type */
};

#endif /*_IPT_REJECT_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* IP tables module for matching the value of the TTL
 * (C) 2000 by Harald Welte <laforge@gnumonks.org> */

#ifndef _IPT_TTL_H
#define _IPT_TTL_H

#include <linux/types.h>

enum {
	IPT_TTL_EQ = 0,		/* equals */
	IPT_TTL_NE,		/* not equals */
	IPT_TTL_LT,		/* less than */
	IPT_TTL_GT,		/* greater than */
};


struct ipt_ttl_info {
	__u8	mode;
	__u8	ttl;
};


#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* Header file for iptables ipt_ECN target
 *
 * (C) 2002 by Harald Welte <laforge@gnumonks.org>
 *
 * This software is distributed under GNU GPL v2, 1991
 * 
 * ipt_ECN.h,v 1.3 2002/05/29 12:17:40 laforge Exp
*/
#ifndef _IPT_ECN_TARGET_H
#define _IPT_ECN_TARGET_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/netfilter/xt_DSCP.h>

#define IPT_ECN_IP_MASK	(~XT_DSCP_MASK)

#define IPT_ECN_OP_SET_IP	0x01	/* set ECN bits of IPv4 header */
#define IPT_ECN_OP_SET_ECE	0x10	/* set ECE bit of TCP header */
#define IPT_ECN_OP_SET_CWR	0x20	/* set CWR bit of TCP header */

#define IPT_ECN_OP_MASK		0xce

struct ipt_ECN_info {
	__u8 operation;	/* bitset of operations */
	__u8 ip_ect;	/* ECT codepoint of IPv4 header, pre-shifted */
	union {
		struct {
			__u8 ece:1, cwr:1; /* TCP ECT bits */
		} tcp;
	} proto;
};

#endif /* _IPT_ECN_TARGET_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _IPT_LOG_H
#define _IPT_LOG_H

#warning "Please update iptables, this file will be removed soon!"

/* make sure not to change this without changing netfilter.h:NF_LOG_* (!) */
#define IPT_LOG_TCPSEQ		0x01	/* Log TCP sequence numbers */
#define IPT_LOG_TCPOPT		0x02	/* Log TCP options */
#define IPT_LOG_IPOPT		0x04	/* Log IP options */
#define IPT_LOG_UID		0x08	/* Log UID owning local socket */
#define IPT_LOG_NFLOG		0x10	/* Unsupported, don't reuse */
#define IPT_LOG_MACDECODE	0x20	/* Decode MAC header */
#define IPT_LOG_MASK		0x2f

struct ipt_log_info {
	unsigned char level;
	unsigned char logflags;
	char prefix[30];
};

#endif /*_IPT_LOG_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _IPT_AH_H
#define _IPT_AH_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct ipt_ah {
	__u32 spis[2];			/* Security Parameter Index */
	__u8  invflags;			/* Inverse flags */
};



/* Values for "invflags" field in struct ipt_ah. */
#define IPT_AH_INV_SPI		0x01	/* Invert the sense of spi. */
#define IPT_AH_INV_MASK	0x01	/* All possible flags. */

#endif /*_IPT_AH_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* TTL modification module for IP tables
 * (C) 2000 by Harald Welte <laforge@netfilter.org> */

#ifndef _IPT_TTL_H
#define _IPT_TTL_H

#include <linux/types.h>

enum {
	IPT_TTL_SET = 0,
	IPT_TTL_INC,
	IPT_TTL_DEC
};

#define IPT_TTL_MAXMODE	IPT_TTL_DEC

struct ipt_TTL_info {
	__u8	mode;
	__u8	ttl;
};


#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) */

#ifndef _LINUX_VIRTIO_FS_H
#define _LINUX_VIRTIO_FS_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/virtio_ids.h>
#include <linux/virtio_config.h>
#include <linux/virtio_types.h>

struct virtio_fs_config {
	/* Filesystem name (UTF-8, not NUL-terminated, padded with NULs) */
	__u8 tag[36];

	/* Number of request queues */
	__u32 num_request_queues;
} __attribute__((packed));

/* For the id field in virtio_pci_shm_cap */
#define VIRTIO_FS_SHMCAP_ID_CACHE 0

#endif /* _LINUX_VIRTIO_FS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Media Bus API header
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2009, Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_V4L2_MEDIABUS_H
#define __LINUX_V4L2_MEDIABUS_H

#include <linux/media-bus-format.h>
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/videodev2.h>

/**
 * struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt - frame format on the media bus
 * @width:	image width
 * @height:	image height
 * @code:	data format code (from enum v4l2_mbus_pixelcode)
 * @field:	used interlacing type (from enum v4l2_field)
 * @colorspace:	colorspace of the data (from enum v4l2_colorspace)
 * @ycbcr_enc:	YCbCr encoding of the data (from enum v4l2_ycbcr_encoding)
 * @quantization: quantization of the data (from enum v4l2_quantization)
 * @xfer_func:  transfer function of the data (from enum v4l2_xfer_func)
 */
struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt {
	__u32			width;
	__u32			height;
	__u32			code;
	__u32			field;
	__u32			colorspace;
	__u16			ycbcr_enc;
	__u16			quantization;
	__u16			xfer_func;
	__u16			reserved[11];
};

/*
 * enum v4l2_mbus_pixelcode and its definitions are now deprecated, and
 * MEDIA_BUS_FMT_ definitions (defined in media-bus-format.h) should be
 * used instead.
 *
 * New defines should only be added to media-bus-format.h. The
 * v4l2_mbus_pixelcode enum is frozen.
 */

#define V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(name)	\
	V4L2_MBUS_FMT_ ## name = MEDIA_BUS_FMT_ ## name

enum v4l2_mbus_pixelcode {
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(FIXED),

	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(RGB444_2X8_PADHI_BE),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(RGB444_2X8_PADHI_LE),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(RGB555_2X8_PADHI_BE),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(RGB555_2X8_PADHI_LE),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(BGR565_2X8_BE),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(BGR565_2X8_LE),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(RGB565_2X8_BE),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(RGB565_2X8_LE),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(RGB666_1X18),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(RGB888_1X24),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(RGB888_2X12_BE),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(RGB888_2X12_LE),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(ARGB8888_1X32),

	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(Y8_1X8),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(UV8_1X8),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(UYVY8_1_5X8),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(VYUY8_1_5X8),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(YUYV8_1_5X8),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(YVYU8_1_5X8),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(UYVY8_2X8),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(VYUY8_2X8),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(YUYV8_2X8),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(YVYU8_2X8),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(Y10_1X10),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(UYVY10_2X10),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(VYUY10_2X10),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(YUYV10_2X10),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(YVYU10_2X10),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(Y12_1X12),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(UYVY8_1X16),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(VYUY8_1X16),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(YUYV8_1X16),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(YVYU8_1X16),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(YDYUYDYV8_1X16),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(UYVY10_1X20),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(VYUY10_1X20),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(YUYV10_1X20),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(YVYU10_1X20),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(YUV10_1X30),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(AYUV8_1X32),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(UYVY12_2X12),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(VYUY12_2X12),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(YUYV12_2X12),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(YVYU12_2X12),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(UYVY12_1X24),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(VYUY12_1X24),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(YUYV12_1X24),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(YVYU12_1X24),

	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(SBGGR8_1X8),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(SGBRG8_1X8),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(SGRBG8_1X8),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(SRGGB8_1X8),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(SBGGR10_ALAW8_1X8),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(SGBRG10_ALAW8_1X8),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(SGRBG10_ALAW8_1X8),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(SRGGB10_ALAW8_1X8),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(SBGGR10_DPCM8_1X8),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(SGBRG10_DPCM8_1X8),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(SGRBG10_DPCM8_1X8),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(SRGGB10_DPCM8_1X8),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(SBGGR10_2X8_PADHI_BE),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(SBGGR10_2X8_PADHI_LE),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(SBGGR10_2X8_PADLO_BE),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(SBGGR10_2X8_PADLO_LE),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(SBGGR10_1X10),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(SGBRG10_1X10),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(SGRBG10_1X10),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(SRGGB10_1X10),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(SBGGR12_1X12),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(SGBRG12_1X12),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(SGRBG12_1X12),
	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(SRGGB12_1X12),

	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(JPEG_1X8),

	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(S5C_UYVY_JPEG_1X8),

	V4L2_MBUS_FROM_MEDIA_BUS_FMT(AHSV8888_1X32),
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * NET		An implementation of the SOCKET network access protocol.
 *		This is the master header file for the Linux NET layer,
 *		or, in plain English: the networking handling part of the
 *		kernel.
 *
 * Version:	@(#)net.h	1.0.3	05/25/93
 *
 * Authors:	Orest Zborowski, <obz@Kodak.COM>
 *		Ross Biro
 *		Fred N. van Kempen, <waltje@uWalt.NL.Mugnet.ORG>
 *
 *		This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *		modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *		as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *		2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_NET_H
#define _LINUX_NET_H

#include <linux/socket.h>
#include <asm/socket.h>

#define NPROTO		AF_MAX

#define SYS_SOCKET	1		/* sys_socket(2)		*/
#define SYS_BIND	2		/* sys_bind(2)			*/
#define SYS_CONNECT	3		/* sys_connect(2)		*/
#define SYS_LISTEN	4		/* sys_listen(2)		*/
#define SYS_ACCEPT	5		/* sys_accept(2)		*/
#define SYS_GETSOCKNAME	6		/* sys_getsockname(2)		*/
#define SYS_GETPEERNAME	7		/* sys_getpeername(2)		*/
#define SYS_SOCKETPAIR	8		/* sys_socketpair(2)		*/
#define SYS_SEND	9		/* sys_send(2)			*/
#define SYS_RECV	10		/* sys_recv(2)			*/
#define SYS_SENDTO	11		/* sys_sendto(2)		*/
#define SYS_RECVFROM	12		/* sys_recvfrom(2)		*/
#define SYS_SHUTDOWN	13		/* sys_shutdown(2)		*/
#define SYS_SETSOCKOPT	14		/* sys_setsockopt(2)		*/
#define SYS_GETSOCKOPT	15		/* sys_getsockopt(2)		*/
#define SYS_SENDMSG	16		/* sys_sendmsg(2)		*/
#define SYS_RECVMSG	17		/* sys_recvmsg(2)		*/
#define SYS_ACCEPT4	18		/* sys_accept4(2)		*/
#define SYS_RECVMMSG	19		/* sys_recvmmsg(2)		*/
#define SYS_SENDMMSG	20		/* sys_sendmmsg(2)		*/

typedef enum {
	SS_FREE = 0,			/* not allocated		*/
	SS_UNCONNECTED,			/* unconnected to any socket	*/
	SS_CONNECTING,			/* in process of connecting	*/
	SS_CONNECTED,			/* connected to socket		*/
	SS_DISCONNECTING		/* in process of disconnecting	*/
} socket_state;

#define __SO_ACCEPTCON	(1 << 16)	/* performed a listen		*/

#endif /* _LINUX_NET_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* Linux ISDN subsystem, sync PPP, interface to ipppd
 *
 * Copyright 1994-1999  by Fritz Elfert (fritz@isdn4linux.de)
 * Copyright 1995,96    Thinking Objects Software GmbH Wuerzburg
 * Copyright 1995,96    by Michael Hipp (Michael.Hipp@student.uni-tuebingen.de)
 * Copyright 2000-2002  by Kai Germaschewski (kai@germaschewski.name)
 *
 * This software may be used and distributed according to the terms
 * of the GNU General Public License, incorporated herein by reference.
 *
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_ISDN_PPP_H
#define _LINUX_ISDN_PPP_H

#define CALLTYPE_INCOMING 0x1
#define CALLTYPE_OUTGOING 0x2
#define CALLTYPE_CALLBACK 0x4

#define IPPP_VERSION    "2.2.0"

struct pppcallinfo
{
  int calltype;
  unsigned char local_num[64];
  unsigned char remote_num[64];
  int charge_units;
};

#define PPPIOCGCALLINFO _IOWR('t',128,struct pppcallinfo)
#define PPPIOCBUNDLE   _IOW('t',129,int)
#define PPPIOCGMPFLAGS _IOR('t',130,int)
#define PPPIOCSMPFLAGS _IOW('t',131,int)
#define PPPIOCSMPMTU   _IOW('t',132,int)
#define PPPIOCSMPMRU   _IOW('t',133,int)
#define PPPIOCGCOMPRESSORS _IOR('t',134,unsigned long [8])
#define PPPIOCSCOMPRESSOR _IOW('t',135,int)
#define PPPIOCGIFNAME      _IOR('t',136, char [IFNAMSIZ] )


#define SC_MP_PROT       0x00000200
#define SC_REJ_MP_PROT   0x00000400
#define SC_OUT_SHORT_SEQ 0x00000800
#define SC_IN_SHORT_SEQ  0x00004000

#define SC_DECOMP_ON		0x01
#define SC_COMP_ON		0x02
#define SC_DECOMP_DISCARD	0x04
#define SC_COMP_DISCARD		0x08
#define SC_LINK_DECOMP_ON	0x10
#define SC_LINK_COMP_ON		0x20
#define SC_LINK_DECOMP_DISCARD	0x40
#define SC_LINK_COMP_DISCARD	0x80

#define ISDN_PPP_COMP_MAX_OPTIONS 16

#define IPPP_COMP_FLAG_XMIT 0x1
#define IPPP_COMP_FLAG_LINK 0x2

struct isdn_ppp_comp_data {
  int num;
  unsigned char options[ISDN_PPP_COMP_MAX_OPTIONS];
  int optlen;
  int flags;
};

#endif /* _LINUX_ISDN_PPP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * linux/mii.h: definitions for MII-compatible transceivers
 * Originally drivers/net/sunhme.h.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1996, 1999, 2001 David S. Miller (davem@redhat.com)
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_MII_H__
#define __LINUX_MII_H__

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ethtool.h>

/* Generic MII registers. */
#define MII_BMCR		0x00	/* Basic mode control register */
#define MII_BMSR		0x01	/* Basic mode status register  */
#define MII_PHYSID1		0x02	/* PHYS ID 1                   */
#define MII_PHYSID2		0x03	/* PHYS ID 2                   */
#define MII_ADVERTISE		0x04	/* Advertisement control reg   */
#define MII_LPA			0x05	/* Link partner ability reg    */
#define MII_EXPANSION		0x06	/* Expansion register          */
#define MII_CTRL1000		0x09	/* 1000BASE-T control          */
#define MII_STAT1000		0x0a	/* 1000BASE-T status           */
#define	MII_MMD_CTRL		0x0d	/* MMD Access Control Register */
#define	MII_MMD_DATA		0x0e	/* MMD Access Data Register */
#define MII_ESTATUS		0x0f	/* Extended Status             */
#define MII_DCOUNTER		0x12	/* Disconnect counter          */
#define MII_FCSCOUNTER		0x13	/* False carrier counter       */
#define MII_NWAYTEST		0x14	/* N-way auto-neg test reg     */
#define MII_RERRCOUNTER		0x15	/* Receive error counter       */
#define MII_SREVISION		0x16	/* Silicon revision            */
#define MII_RESV1		0x17	/* Reserved...                 */
#define MII_LBRERROR		0x18	/* Lpback, rx, bypass error    */
#define MII_PHYADDR		0x19	/* PHY address                 */
#define MII_RESV2		0x1a	/* Reserved...                 */
#define MII_TPISTATUS		0x1b	/* TPI status for 10mbps       */
#define MII_NCONFIG		0x1c	/* Network interface config    */

/* Basic mode control register. */
#define BMCR_RESV		0x003f	/* Unused...                   */
#define BMCR_SPEED1000		0x0040	/* MSB of Speed (1000)         */
#define BMCR_CTST		0x0080	/* Collision test              */
#define BMCR_FULLDPLX		0x0100	/* Full duplex                 */
#define BMCR_ANRESTART		0x0200	/* Auto negotiation restart    */
#define BMCR_ISOLATE		0x0400	/* Isolate data paths from MII */
#define BMCR_PDOWN		0x0800	/* Enable low power state      */
#define BMCR_ANENABLE		0x1000	/* Enable auto negotiation     */
#define BMCR_SPEED100		0x2000	/* Select 100Mbps              */
#define BMCR_LOOPBACK		0x4000	/* TXD loopback bits           */
#define BMCR_RESET		0x8000	/* Reset to default state      */
#define BMCR_SPEED10		0x0000	/* Select 10Mbps               */

/* Basic mode status register. */
#define BMSR_ERCAP		0x0001	/* Ext-reg capability          */
#define BMSR_JCD		0x0002	/* Jabber detected             */
#define BMSR_LSTATUS		0x0004	/* Link status                 */
#define BMSR_ANEGCAPABLE	0x0008	/* Able to do auto-negotiation */
#define BMSR_RFAULT		0x0010	/* Remote fault detected       */
#define BMSR_ANEGCOMPLETE	0x0020	/* Auto-negotiation complete   */
#define BMSR_RESV		0x00c0	/* Unused...                   */
#define BMSR_ESTATEN		0x0100	/* Extended Status in R15      */
#define BMSR_100HALF2		0x0200	/* Can do 100BASE-T2 HDX       */
#define BMSR_100FULL2		0x0400	/* Can do 100BASE-T2 FDX       */
#define BMSR_10HALF		0x0800	/* Can do 10mbps, half-duplex  */
#define BMSR_10FULL		0x1000	/* Can do 10mbps, full-duplex  */
#define BMSR_100HALF		0x2000	/* Can do 100mbps, half-duplex */
#define BMSR_100FULL		0x4000	/* Can do 100mbps, full-duplex */
#define BMSR_100BASE4		0x8000	/* Can do 100mbps, 4k packets  */

/* Advertisement control register. */
#define ADVERTISE_SLCT		0x001f	/* Selector bits               */
#define ADVERTISE_CSMA		0x0001	/* Only selector supported     */
#define ADVERTISE_10HALF	0x0020	/* Try for 10mbps half-duplex  */
#define ADVERTISE_1000XFULL	0x0020	/* Try for 1000BASE-X full-duplex */
#define ADVERTISE_10FULL	0x0040	/* Try for 10mbps full-duplex  */
#define ADVERTISE_1000XHALF	0x0040	/* Try for 1000BASE-X half-duplex */
#define ADVERTISE_100HALF	0x0080	/* Try for 100mbps half-duplex */
#define ADVERTISE_1000XPAUSE	0x0080	/* Try for 1000BASE-X pause    */
#define ADVERTISE_100FULL	0x0100	/* Try for 100mbps full-duplex */
#define ADVERTISE_1000XPSE_ASYM	0x0100	/* Try for 1000BASE-X asym pause */
#define ADVERTISE_100BASE4	0x0200	/* Try for 100mbps 4k packets  */
#define ADVERTISE_PAUSE_CAP	0x0400	/* Try for pause               */
#define ADVERTISE_PAUSE_ASYM	0x0800	/* Try for asymetric pause     */
#define ADVERTISE_RESV		0x1000	/* Unused...                   */
#define ADVERTISE_RFAULT	0x2000	/* Say we can detect faults    */
#define ADVERTISE_LPACK		0x4000	/* Ack link partners response  */
#define ADVERTISE_NPAGE		0x8000	/* Next page bit               */

#define ADVERTISE_FULL		(ADVERTISE_100FULL | ADVERTISE_10FULL | \
				  ADVERTISE_CSMA)
#define ADVERTISE_ALL		(ADVERTISE_10HALF | ADVERTISE_10FULL | \
				  ADVERTISE_100HALF | ADVERTISE_100FULL)

/* Link partner ability register. */
#define LPA_SLCT		0x001f	/* Same as advertise selector  */
#define LPA_10HALF		0x0020	/* Can do 10mbps half-duplex   */
#define LPA_1000XFULL		0x0020	/* Can do 1000BASE-X full-duplex */
#define LPA_10FULL		0x0040	/* Can do 10mbps full-duplex   */
#define LPA_1000XHALF		0x0040	/* Can do 1000BASE-X half-duplex */
#define LPA_100HALF		0x0080	/* Can do 100mbps half-duplex  */
#define LPA_1000XPAUSE		0x0080	/* Can do 1000BASE-X pause     */
#define LPA_100FULL		0x0100	/* Can do 100mbps full-duplex  */
#define LPA_1000XPAUSE_ASYM	0x0100	/* Can do 1000BASE-X pause asym*/
#define LPA_100BASE4		0x0200	/* Can do 100mbps 4k packets   */
#define LPA_PAUSE_CAP		0x0400	/* Can pause                   */
#define LPA_PAUSE_ASYM		0x0800	/* Can pause asymetrically     */
#define LPA_RESV		0x1000	/* Unused...                   */
#define LPA_RFAULT		0x2000	/* Link partner faulted        */
#define LPA_LPACK		0x4000	/* Link partner acked us       */
#define LPA_NPAGE		0x8000	/* Next page bit               */

#define LPA_DUPLEX		(LPA_10FULL | LPA_100FULL)
#define LPA_100			(LPA_100FULL | LPA_100HALF | LPA_100BASE4)

/* Expansion register for auto-negotiation. */
#define EXPANSION_NWAY		0x0001	/* Can do N-way auto-nego      */
#define EXPANSION_LCWP		0x0002	/* Got new RX page code word   */
#define EXPANSION_ENABLENPAGE	0x0004	/* This enables npage words    */
#define EXPANSION_NPCAPABLE	0x0008	/* Link partner supports npage */
#define EXPANSION_MFAULTS	0x0010	/* Multiple faults detected    */
#define EXPANSION_RESV		0xffe0	/* Unused...                   */

#define ESTATUS_1000_XFULL	0x8000	/* Can do 1000BaseX Full       */
#define ESTATUS_1000_XHALF	0x4000	/* Can do 1000BaseX Half       */
#define ESTATUS_1000_TFULL	0x2000	/* Can do 1000BT Full          */
#define ESTATUS_1000_THALF	0x1000	/* Can do 1000BT Half          */

/* N-way test register. */
#define NWAYTEST_RESV1		0x00ff	/* Unused...                   */
#define NWAYTEST_LOOPBACK	0x0100	/* Enable loopback for N-way   */
#define NWAYTEST_RESV2		0xfe00	/* Unused...                   */

/* MAC and PHY tx_config_Reg[15:0] for SGMII in-band auto-negotiation.*/
#define ADVERTISE_SGMII		0x0001	/* MAC can do SGMII            */
#define LPA_SGMII		0x0001	/* PHY can do SGMII            */
#define LPA_SGMII_SPD_MASK	0x0c00	/* SGMII speed mask            */
#define LPA_SGMII_FULL_DUPLEX	0x1000	/* SGMII full duplex           */
#define LPA_SGMII_DPX_SPD_MASK	0x1C00	/* SGMII duplex and speed bits */
#define LPA_SGMII_10		0x0000	/* 10Mbps                      */
#define LPA_SGMII_10HALF	0x0000	/* Can do 10mbps half-duplex   */
#define LPA_SGMII_10FULL	0x1000	/* Can do 10mbps full-duplex   */
#define LPA_SGMII_100		0x0400	/* 100Mbps                     */
#define LPA_SGMII_100HALF	0x0400	/* Can do 100mbps half-duplex  */
#define LPA_SGMII_100FULL	0x1400	/* Can do 100mbps full-duplex  */
#define LPA_SGMII_1000		0x0800	/* 1000Mbps                    */
#define LPA_SGMII_1000HALF	0x0800	/* Can do 1000mbps half-duplex */
#define LPA_SGMII_1000FULL	0x1800	/* Can do 1000mbps full-duplex */
#define LPA_SGMII_LINK		0x8000	/* PHY link with copper-side partner */

/* 1000BASE-T Control register */
#define ADVERTISE_1000FULL	0x0200  /* Advertise 1000BASE-T full duplex */
#define ADVERTISE_1000HALF	0x0100  /* Advertise 1000BASE-T half duplex */
#define CTL1000_PREFER_MASTER	0x0400  /* prefer to operate as master */
#define CTL1000_AS_MASTER	0x0800
#define CTL1000_ENABLE_MASTER	0x1000

/* 1000BASE-T Status register */
#define LPA_1000MSFAIL		0x8000	/* Master/Slave resolution failure */
#define LPA_1000MSRES		0x4000	/* Master/Slave resolution status */
#define LPA_1000LOCALRXOK	0x2000	/* Link partner local receiver status */
#define LPA_1000REMRXOK		0x1000	/* Link partner remote receiver status */
#define LPA_1000FULL		0x0800	/* Link partner 1000BASE-T full duplex */
#define LPA_1000HALF		0x0400	/* Link partner 1000BASE-T half duplex */

/* Flow control flags */
#define FLOW_CTRL_TX		0x01
#define FLOW_CTRL_RX		0x02

/* MMD Access Control register fields */
#define MII_MMD_CTRL_DEVAD_MASK	0x1f	/* Mask MMD DEVAD*/
#define MII_MMD_CTRL_ADDR	0x0000	/* Address */
#define MII_MMD_CTRL_NOINCR	0x4000	/* no post increment */
#define MII_MMD_CTRL_INCR_RDWT	0x8000	/* post increment on reads & writes */
#define MII_MMD_CTRL_INCR_ON_WT	0xC000	/* post increment on writes only */

/* This structure is used in all SIOCxMIIxxx ioctl calls */
struct mii_ioctl_data {
	__u16		phy_id;
	__u16		reg_num;
	__u16		val_in;
	__u16		val_out;
};

#endif /* __LINUX_MII_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Generic RTC interface.
 * This version contains the part of the user interface to the Real Time Clock
 * service. It is used with both the legacy mc146818 and also  EFI
 * Struct rtc_time and first 12 ioctl by Paul Gortmaker, 1996 - separated out
 * from <linux/mc146818rtc.h> to this file for 2.4 kernels.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1999 Hewlett-Packard Co.
 * Copyright (C) 1999 Stephane Eranian <eranian@hpl.hp.com>
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_RTC_H_
#define _LINUX_RTC_H_

/*
 * The struct used to pass data via the following ioctl. Similar to the
 * struct tm in <time.h>, but it needs to be here so that the kernel
 * source is self contained, allowing cross-compiles, etc. etc.
 */

struct rtc_time {
	int tm_sec;
	int tm_min;
	int tm_hour;
	int tm_mday;
	int tm_mon;
	int tm_year;
	int tm_wday;
	int tm_yday;
	int tm_isdst;
};

/*
 * This data structure is inspired by the EFI (v0.92) wakeup
 * alarm API.
 */
struct rtc_wkalrm {
	unsigned char enabled;	/* 0 = alarm disabled, 1 = alarm enabled */
	unsigned char pending;  /* 0 = alarm not pending, 1 = alarm pending */
	struct rtc_time time;	/* time the alarm is set to */
};

/*
 * Data structure to control PLL correction some better RTC feature
 * pll_value is used to get or set current value of correction,
 * the rest of the struct is used to query HW capabilities.
 * This is modeled after the RTC used in Q40/Q60 computers but
 * should be sufficiently flexible for other devices
 *
 * +ve pll_value means clock will run faster by
 *   pll_value*pll_posmult/pll_clock
 * -ve pll_value means clock will run slower by
 *   pll_value*pll_negmult/pll_clock
 */

struct rtc_pll_info {
	int pll_ctrl;       /* placeholder for fancier control */
	int pll_value;      /* get/set correction value */
	int pll_max;        /* max +ve (faster) adjustment value */
	int pll_min;        /* max -ve (slower) adjustment value */
	int pll_posmult;    /* factor for +ve correction */
	int pll_negmult;    /* factor for -ve correction */
	long pll_clock;     /* base PLL frequency */
};

/*
 * ioctl calls that are permitted to the /dev/rtc interface, if
 * any of the RTC drivers are enabled.
 */

#define RTC_AIE_ON	_IO('p', 0x01)	/* Alarm int. enable on		*/
#define RTC_AIE_OFF	_IO('p', 0x02)	/* ... off			*/
#define RTC_UIE_ON	_IO('p', 0x03)	/* Update int. enable on	*/
#define RTC_UIE_OFF	_IO('p', 0x04)	/* ... off			*/
#define RTC_PIE_ON	_IO('p', 0x05)	/* Periodic int. enable on	*/
#define RTC_PIE_OFF	_IO('p', 0x06)	/* ... off			*/
#define RTC_WIE_ON	_IO('p', 0x0f)  /* Watchdog int. enable on	*/
#define RTC_WIE_OFF	_IO('p', 0x10)  /* ... off			*/

#define RTC_ALM_SET	_IOW('p', 0x07, struct rtc_time) /* Set alarm time  */
#define RTC_ALM_READ	_IOR('p', 0x08, struct rtc_time) /* Read alarm time */
#define RTC_RD_TIME	_IOR('p', 0x09, struct rtc_time) /* Read RTC time   */
#define RTC_SET_TIME	_IOW('p', 0x0a, struct rtc_time) /* Set RTC time    */
#define RTC_IRQP_READ	_IOR('p', 0x0b, unsigned long)	 /* Read IRQ rate   */
#define RTC_IRQP_SET	_IOW('p', 0x0c, unsigned long)	 /* Set IRQ rate    */
#define RTC_EPOCH_READ	_IOR('p', 0x0d, unsigned long)	 /* Read epoch      */
#define RTC_EPOCH_SET	_IOW('p', 0x0e, unsigned long)	 /* Set epoch       */

#define RTC_WKALM_SET	_IOW('p', 0x0f, struct rtc_wkalrm)/* Set wakeup alarm*/
#define RTC_WKALM_RD	_IOR('p', 0x10, struct rtc_wkalrm)/* Get wakeup alarm*/

#define RTC_PLL_GET	_IOR('p', 0x11, struct rtc_pll_info)  /* Get PLL correction */
#define RTC_PLL_SET	_IOW('p', 0x12, struct rtc_pll_info)  /* Set PLL correction */

#define RTC_VL_READ	_IOR('p', 0x13, int)	/* Voltage low detector */
#define RTC_VL_CLR	_IO('p', 0x14)		/* Clear voltage low information */

/* interrupt flags */
#define RTC_IRQF 0x80	/* Any of the following is active */
#define RTC_PF 0x40	/* Periodic interrupt */
#define RTC_AF 0x20	/* Alarm interrupt */
#define RTC_UF 0x10	/* Update interrupt for 1Hz RTC */


#define RTC_MAX_FREQ	8192


#endif /* _LINUX_RTC_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_IF_LINK_H
#define _LINUX_IF_LINK_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/netlink.h>

/* This struct should be in sync with struct rtnl_link_stats64 */
struct rtnl_link_stats {
	__u32	rx_packets;		/* total packets received	*/
	__u32	tx_packets;		/* total packets transmitted	*/
	__u32	rx_bytes;		/* total bytes received 	*/
	__u32	tx_bytes;		/* total bytes transmitted	*/
	__u32	rx_errors;		/* bad packets received		*/
	__u32	tx_errors;		/* packet transmit problems	*/
	__u32	rx_dropped;		/* no space in linux buffers	*/
	__u32	tx_dropped;		/* no space available in linux	*/
	__u32	multicast;		/* multicast packets received	*/
	__u32	collisions;

	/* detailed rx_errors: */
	__u32	rx_length_errors;
	__u32	rx_over_errors;		/* receiver ring buff overflow	*/
	__u32	rx_crc_errors;		/* recved pkt with crc error	*/
	__u32	rx_frame_errors;	/* recv'd frame alignment error */
	__u32	rx_fifo_errors;		/* recv'r fifo overrun		*/
	__u32	rx_missed_errors;	/* receiver missed packet	*/

	/* detailed tx_errors */
	__u32	tx_aborted_errors;
	__u32	tx_carrier_errors;
	__u32	tx_fifo_errors;
	__u32	tx_heartbeat_errors;
	__u32	tx_window_errors;

	/* for cslip etc */
	__u32	rx_compressed;
	__u32	tx_compressed;

	__u32	rx_nohandler;		/* dropped, no handler found	*/

};

/**
 * struct rtnl_link_stats64 - The main device statistics structure.
 *
 * @rx_packets: Number of good packets received by the interface.
 *   For hardware interfaces counts all good packets received from the device
 *   by the host, including packets which host had to drop at various stages
 *   of processing (even in the driver).
 *
 * @tx_packets: Number of packets successfully transmitted.
 *   For hardware interfaces counts packets which host was able to successfully
 *   hand over to the device, which does not necessarily mean that packets
 *   had been successfully transmitted out of the device, only that device
 *   acknowledged it copied them out of host memory.
 *
 * @rx_bytes: Number of good received bytes, corresponding to @rx_packets.
 *
 *   For IEEE 802.3 devices should count the length of Ethernet Frames
 *   excluding the FCS.
 *
 * @tx_bytes: Number of good transmitted bytes, corresponding to @tx_packets.
 *
 *   For IEEE 802.3 devices should count the length of Ethernet Frames
 *   excluding the FCS.
 *
 * @rx_errors: Total number of bad packets received on this network device.
 *   This counter must include events counted by @rx_length_errors,
 *   @rx_crc_errors, @rx_frame_errors and other errors not otherwise
 *   counted.
 *
 * @tx_errors: Total number of transmit problems.
 *   This counter must include events counter by @tx_aborted_errors,
 *   @tx_carrier_errors, @tx_fifo_errors, @tx_heartbeat_errors,
 *   @tx_window_errors and other errors not otherwise counted.
 *
 * @rx_dropped: Number of packets received but not processed,
 *   e.g. due to lack of resources or unsupported protocol.
 *   For hardware interfaces this counter should not include packets
 *   dropped by the device which are counted separately in
 *   @rx_missed_errors (since procfs folds those two counters together).
 *
 * @tx_dropped: Number of packets dropped on their way to transmission,
 *   e.g. due to lack of resources.
 *
 * @multicast: Multicast packets received.
 *   For hardware interfaces this statistic is commonly calculated
 *   at the device level (unlike @rx_packets) and therefore may include
 *   packets which did not reach the host.
 *
 *   For IEEE 802.3 devices this counter may be equivalent to:
 *
 *    - 30.3.1.1.21 aMulticastFramesReceivedOK
 *
 * @collisions: Number of collisions during packet transmissions.
 *
 * @rx_length_errors: Number of packets dropped due to invalid length.
 *   Part of aggregate "frame" errors in `/proc/net/dev`.
 *
 *   For IEEE 802.3 devices this counter should be equivalent to a sum
 *   of the following attributes:
 *
 *    - 30.3.1.1.23 aInRangeLengthErrors
 *    - 30.3.1.1.24 aOutOfRangeLengthField
 *    - 30.3.1.1.25 aFrameTooLongErrors
 *
 * @rx_over_errors: Receiver FIFO overflow event counter.
 *
 *   Historically the count of overflow events. Such events may be
 *   reported in the receive descriptors or via interrupts, and may
 *   not correspond one-to-one with dropped packets.
 *
 *   The recommended interpretation for high speed interfaces is -
 *   number of packets dropped because they did not fit into buffers
 *   provided by the host, e.g. packets larger than MTU or next buffer
 *   in the ring was not available for a scatter transfer.
 *
 *   Part of aggregate "frame" errors in `/proc/net/dev`.
 *
 *   This statistics was historically used interchangeably with
 *   @rx_fifo_errors.
 *
 *   This statistic corresponds to hardware events and is not commonly used
 *   on software devices.
 *
 * @rx_crc_errors: Number of packets received with a CRC error.
 *   Part of aggregate "frame" errors in `/proc/net/dev`.
 *
 *   For IEEE 802.3 devices this counter must be equivalent to:
 *
 *    - 30.3.1.1.6 aFrameCheckSequenceErrors
 *
 * @rx_frame_errors: Receiver frame alignment errors.
 *   Part of aggregate "frame" errors in `/proc/net/dev`.
 *
 *   For IEEE 802.3 devices this counter should be equivalent to:
 *
 *    - 30.3.1.1.7 aAlignmentErrors
 *
 * @rx_fifo_errors: Receiver FIFO error counter.
 *
 *   Historically the count of overflow events. Those events may be
 *   reported in the receive descriptors or via interrupts, and may
 *   not correspond one-to-one with dropped packets.
 *
 *   This statistics was used interchangeably with @rx_over_errors.
 *   Not recommended for use in drivers for high speed interfaces.
 *
 *   This statistic is used on software devices, e.g. to count software
 *   packet queue overflow (can) or sequencing errors (GRE).
 *
 * @rx_missed_errors: Count of packets missed by the host.
 *   Folded into the "drop" counter in `/proc/net/dev`.
 *
 *   Counts number of packets dropped by the device due to lack
 *   of buffer space. This usually indicates that the host interface
 *   is slower than the network interface, or host is not keeping up
 *   with the receive packet rate.
 *
 *   This statistic corresponds to hardware events and is not used
 *   on software devices.
 *
 * @tx_aborted_errors:
 *   Part of aggregate "carrier" errors in `/proc/net/dev`.
 *   For IEEE 802.3 devices capable of half-duplex operation this counter
 *   must be equivalent to:
 *
 *    - 30.3.1.1.11 aFramesAbortedDueToXSColls
 *
 *   High speed interfaces may use this counter as a general device
 *   discard counter.
 *
 * @tx_carrier_errors: Number of frame transmission errors due to loss
 *   of carrier during transmission.
 *   Part of aggregate "carrier" errors in `/proc/net/dev`.
 *
 *   For IEEE 802.3 devices this counter must be equivalent to:
 *
 *    - 30.3.1.1.13 aCarrierSenseErrors
 *
 * @tx_fifo_errors: Number of frame transmission errors due to device
 *   FIFO underrun / underflow. This condition occurs when the device
 *   begins transmission of a frame but is unable to deliver the
 *   entire frame to the transmitter in time for transmission.
 *   Part of aggregate "carrier" errors in `/proc/net/dev`.
 *
 * @tx_heartbeat_errors: Number of Heartbeat / SQE Test errors for
 *   old half-duplex Ethernet.
 *   Part of aggregate "carrier" errors in `/proc/net/dev`.
 *
 *   For IEEE 802.3 devices possibly equivalent to:
 *
 *    - 30.3.2.1.4 aSQETestErrors
 *
 * @tx_window_errors: Number of frame transmission errors due
 *   to late collisions (for Ethernet - after the first 64B of transmission).
 *   Part of aggregate "carrier" errors in `/proc/net/dev`.
 *
 *   For IEEE 802.3 devices this counter must be equivalent to:
 *
 *    - 30.3.1.1.10 aLateCollisions
 *
 * @rx_compressed: Number of correctly received compressed packets.
 *   This counters is only meaningful for interfaces which support
 *   packet compression (e.g. CSLIP, PPP).
 *
 * @tx_compressed: Number of transmitted compressed packets.
 *   This counters is only meaningful for interfaces which support
 *   packet compression (e.g. CSLIP, PPP).
 *
 * @rx_nohandler: Number of packets received on the interface
 *   but dropped by the networking stack because the device is
 *   not designated to receive packets (e.g. backup link in a bond).
 */
struct rtnl_link_stats64 {
	__u64	rx_packets;
	__u64	tx_packets;
	__u64	rx_bytes;
	__u64	tx_bytes;
	__u64	rx_errors;
	__u64	tx_errors;
	__u64	rx_dropped;
	__u64	tx_dropped;
	__u64	multicast;
	__u64	collisions;

	/* detailed rx_errors: */
	__u64	rx_length_errors;
	__u64	rx_over_errors;
	__u64	rx_crc_errors;
	__u64	rx_frame_errors;
	__u64	rx_fifo_errors;
	__u64	rx_missed_errors;

	/* detailed tx_errors */
	__u64	tx_aborted_errors;
	__u64	tx_carrier_errors;
	__u64	tx_fifo_errors;
	__u64	tx_heartbeat_errors;
	__u64	tx_window_errors;

	/* for cslip etc */
	__u64	rx_compressed;
	__u64	tx_compressed;
	__u64	rx_nohandler;

};


/* The struct should be in sync with struct ifmap */
struct rtnl_link_ifmap {
	__u64	mem_start;
	__u64	mem_end;
	__u64	base_addr;
	__u16	irq;
	__u8	dma;
	__u8	port;
};

/*
 * IFLA_AF_SPEC
 *   Contains nested attributes for address family specific attributes.
 *   Each address family may create a attribute with the address family
 *   number as type and create its own attribute structure in it.
 *
 *   Example:
 *   [IFLA_AF_SPEC] = {
 *       [AF_INET] = {
 *           [IFLA_INET_CONF] = ...,
 *       },
 *       [AF_INET6] = {
 *           [IFLA_INET6_FLAGS] = ...,
 *           [IFLA_INET6_CONF] = ...,
 *       }
 *   }
 */

enum {
	IFLA_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_ADDRESS,
	IFLA_BROADCAST,
	IFLA_IFNAME,
	IFLA_MTU,
	IFLA_LINK,
	IFLA_QDISC,
	IFLA_STATS,
	IFLA_COST,
#define IFLA_COST IFLA_COST
	IFLA_PRIORITY,
#define IFLA_PRIORITY IFLA_PRIORITY
	IFLA_MASTER,
#define IFLA_MASTER IFLA_MASTER
	IFLA_WIRELESS,		/* Wireless Extension event - see wireless.h */
#define IFLA_WIRELESS IFLA_WIRELESS
	IFLA_PROTINFO,		/* Protocol specific information for a link */
#define IFLA_PROTINFO IFLA_PROTINFO
	IFLA_TXQLEN,
#define IFLA_TXQLEN IFLA_TXQLEN
	IFLA_MAP,
#define IFLA_MAP IFLA_MAP
	IFLA_WEIGHT,
#define IFLA_WEIGHT IFLA_WEIGHT
	IFLA_OPERSTATE,
	IFLA_LINKMODE,
	IFLA_LINKINFO,
#define IFLA_LINKINFO IFLA_LINKINFO
	IFLA_NET_NS_PID,
	IFLA_IFALIAS,
	IFLA_NUM_VF,		/* Number of VFs if device is SR-IOV PF */
	IFLA_VFINFO_LIST,
	IFLA_STATS64,
	IFLA_VF_PORTS,
	IFLA_PORT_SELF,
	IFLA_AF_SPEC,
	IFLA_GROUP,		/* Group the device belongs to */
	IFLA_NET_NS_FD,
	IFLA_EXT_MASK,		/* Extended info mask, VFs, etc */
	IFLA_PROMISCUITY,	/* Promiscuity count: > 0 means acts PROMISC */
#define IFLA_PROMISCUITY IFLA_PROMISCUITY
	IFLA_NUM_TX_QUEUES,
	IFLA_NUM_RX_QUEUES,
	IFLA_CARRIER,
	IFLA_PHYS_PORT_ID,
	IFLA_CARRIER_CHANGES,
	IFLA_PHYS_SWITCH_ID,
	IFLA_LINK_NETNSID,
	IFLA_PHYS_PORT_NAME,
	IFLA_PROTO_DOWN,
	IFLA_GSO_MAX_SEGS,
	IFLA_GSO_MAX_SIZE,
	IFLA_PAD,
	IFLA_XDP,
	IFLA_EVENT,
	IFLA_NEW_NETNSID,
	IFLA_IF_NETNSID,
	IFLA_TARGET_NETNSID = IFLA_IF_NETNSID, /* new alias */
	IFLA_CARRIER_UP_COUNT,
	IFLA_CARRIER_DOWN_COUNT,
	IFLA_NEW_IFINDEX,
	IFLA_MIN_MTU,
	IFLA_MAX_MTU,
	IFLA_PROP_LIST,
	IFLA_ALT_IFNAME, /* Alternative ifname */
	IFLA_PERM_ADDRESS,
	__RH_RESERVED_IFLA_PROTO_DOWN_REASON,

	/* device (sysfs) name as parent, used instead
	 * of IFLA_LINK where there's no parent netdev
	 */
	IFLA_PARENT_DEV_NAME,
	IFLA_PARENT_DEV_BUS_NAME,

	__IFLA_MAX
};


#define IFLA_MAX (__IFLA_MAX - 1)

/* backwards compatibility for userspace */
#define IFLA_RTA(r)  ((struct rtattr*)(((char*)(r)) + NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct ifinfomsg))))
#define IFLA_PAYLOAD(n) NLMSG_PAYLOAD(n,sizeof(struct ifinfomsg))

enum {
	IFLA_INET_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_INET_CONF,
	__IFLA_INET_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_INET_MAX (__IFLA_INET_MAX - 1)

/* ifi_flags.

   IFF_* flags.

   The only change is:
   IFF_LOOPBACK, IFF_BROADCAST and IFF_POINTOPOINT are
   more not changeable by user. They describe link media
   characteristics and set by device driver.

   Comments:
   - Combination IFF_BROADCAST|IFF_POINTOPOINT is invalid
   - If neither of these three flags are set;
     the interface is NBMA.

   - IFF_MULTICAST does not mean anything special:
   multicasts can be used on all not-NBMA links.
   IFF_MULTICAST means that this media uses special encapsulation
   for multicast frames. Apparently, all IFF_POINTOPOINT and
   IFF_BROADCAST devices are able to use multicasts too.
 */

/* IFLA_LINK.
   For usual devices it is equal ifi_index.
   If it is a "virtual interface" (f.e. tunnel), ifi_link
   can point to real physical interface (f.e. for bandwidth calculations),
   or maybe 0, what means, that real media is unknown (usual
   for IPIP tunnels, when route to endpoint is allowed to change)
 */

/* Subtype attributes for IFLA_PROTINFO */
enum {
	IFLA_INET6_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_INET6_FLAGS,	/* link flags			*/
	IFLA_INET6_CONF,	/* sysctl parameters		*/
	IFLA_INET6_STATS,	/* statistics			*/
	IFLA_INET6_MCAST,	/* MC things. What of them?	*/
	IFLA_INET6_CACHEINFO,	/* time values and max reasm size */
	IFLA_INET6_ICMP6STATS,	/* statistics (icmpv6)		*/
	IFLA_INET6_TOKEN,	/* device token			*/
	IFLA_INET6_ADDR_GEN_MODE, /* implicit address generator mode */
	__IFLA_INET6_MAX
};

#define IFLA_INET6_MAX	(__IFLA_INET6_MAX - 1)

enum in6_addr_gen_mode {
	IN6_ADDR_GEN_MODE_EUI64,
	IN6_ADDR_GEN_MODE_NONE,
	IN6_ADDR_GEN_MODE_STABLE_PRIVACY,
	IN6_ADDR_GEN_MODE_RANDOM,
};

/* Bridge section */

enum {
	IFLA_BR_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BR_FORWARD_DELAY,
	IFLA_BR_HELLO_TIME,
	IFLA_BR_MAX_AGE,
	IFLA_BR_AGEING_TIME,
	IFLA_BR_STP_STATE,
	IFLA_BR_PRIORITY,
	IFLA_BR_VLAN_FILTERING,
	IFLA_BR_VLAN_PROTOCOL,
	IFLA_BR_GROUP_FWD_MASK,
	IFLA_BR_ROOT_ID,
	IFLA_BR_BRIDGE_ID,
	IFLA_BR_ROOT_PORT,
	IFLA_BR_ROOT_PATH_COST,
	IFLA_BR_TOPOLOGY_CHANGE,
	IFLA_BR_TOPOLOGY_CHANGE_DETECTED,
	IFLA_BR_HELLO_TIMER,
	IFLA_BR_TCN_TIMER,
	IFLA_BR_TOPOLOGY_CHANGE_TIMER,
	IFLA_BR_GC_TIMER,
	IFLA_BR_GROUP_ADDR,
	IFLA_BR_FDB_FLUSH,
	IFLA_BR_MCAST_ROUTER,
	IFLA_BR_MCAST_SNOOPING,
	IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERY_USE_IFADDR,
	IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERIER,
	IFLA_BR_MCAST_HASH_ELASTICITY,
	IFLA_BR_MCAST_HASH_MAX,
	IFLA_BR_MCAST_LAST_MEMBER_CNT,
	IFLA_BR_MCAST_STARTUP_QUERY_CNT,
	IFLA_BR_MCAST_LAST_MEMBER_INTVL,
	IFLA_BR_MCAST_MEMBERSHIP_INTVL,
	IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERIER_INTVL,
	IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERY_INTVL,
	IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERY_RESPONSE_INTVL,
	IFLA_BR_MCAST_STARTUP_QUERY_INTVL,
	IFLA_BR_NF_CALL_IPTABLES,
	IFLA_BR_NF_CALL_IP6TABLES,
	IFLA_BR_NF_CALL_ARPTABLES,
	IFLA_BR_VLAN_DEFAULT_PVID,
	IFLA_BR_PAD,
	IFLA_BR_VLAN_STATS_ENABLED,
	IFLA_BR_MCAST_STATS_ENABLED,
	IFLA_BR_MCAST_IGMP_VERSION,
	IFLA_BR_MCAST_MLD_VERSION,
	IFLA_BR_VLAN_STATS_PER_PORT,
	IFLA_BR_MULTI_BOOLOPT,
	IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERIER_STATE,
	__IFLA_BR_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BR_MAX	(__IFLA_BR_MAX - 1)

struct ifla_bridge_id {
	__u8	prio[2];
	__u8	addr[6]; /* ETH_ALEN */
};

enum {
	BRIDGE_MODE_UNSPEC,
	BRIDGE_MODE_HAIRPIN,
};

enum {
	IFLA_BRPORT_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRPORT_STATE,	/* Spanning tree state     */
	IFLA_BRPORT_PRIORITY,	/* "             priority  */
	IFLA_BRPORT_COST,	/* "             cost      */
	IFLA_BRPORT_MODE,	/* mode (hairpin)          */
	IFLA_BRPORT_GUARD,	/* bpdu guard              */
	IFLA_BRPORT_PROTECT,	/* root port protection    */
	IFLA_BRPORT_FAST_LEAVE,	/* multicast fast leave    */
	IFLA_BRPORT_LEARNING,	/* mac learning */
	IFLA_BRPORT_UNICAST_FLOOD, /* flood unicast traffic */
	IFLA_BRPORT_PROXYARP,	/* proxy ARP */
	IFLA_BRPORT_LEARNING_SYNC, /* mac learning sync from device */
	IFLA_BRPORT_PROXYARP_WIFI, /* proxy ARP for Wi-Fi */
	IFLA_BRPORT_ROOT_ID,	/* designated root */
	IFLA_BRPORT_BRIDGE_ID,	/* designated bridge */
	IFLA_BRPORT_DESIGNATED_PORT,
	IFLA_BRPORT_DESIGNATED_COST,
	IFLA_BRPORT_ID,
	IFLA_BRPORT_NO,
	IFLA_BRPORT_TOPOLOGY_CHANGE_ACK,
	IFLA_BRPORT_CONFIG_PENDING,
	IFLA_BRPORT_MESSAGE_AGE_TIMER,
	IFLA_BRPORT_FORWARD_DELAY_TIMER,
	IFLA_BRPORT_HOLD_TIMER,
	IFLA_BRPORT_FLUSH,
	IFLA_BRPORT_MULTICAST_ROUTER,
	IFLA_BRPORT_PAD,
	IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_FLOOD,
	IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_TO_UCAST,
	IFLA_BRPORT_VLAN_TUNNEL,
	IFLA_BRPORT_BCAST_FLOOD,
	IFLA_BRPORT_GROUP_FWD_MASK,
	IFLA_BRPORT_NEIGH_SUPPRESS,
	IFLA_BRPORT_ISOLATED,
	IFLA_BRPORT_BACKUP_PORT,
	IFLA_BRPORT_MRP_RING_OPEN,
	IFLA_BRPORT_MRP_IN_OPEN,
	IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_EHT_HOSTS_LIMIT,
	IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_EHT_HOSTS_CNT,
	IFLA_BRPORT_LOCKED,
	__IFLA_BRPORT_MAX
};
#define IFLA_BRPORT_MAX (__IFLA_BRPORT_MAX - 1)

struct ifla_cacheinfo {
	__u32	max_reasm_len;
	__u32	tstamp;		/* ipv6InterfaceTable updated timestamp */
	__u32	reachable_time;
	__u32	retrans_time;
};

enum {
	IFLA_INFO_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_INFO_KIND,
	IFLA_INFO_DATA,
	IFLA_INFO_XSTATS,
	IFLA_INFO_SLAVE_KIND,
	IFLA_INFO_SLAVE_DATA,
	__IFLA_INFO_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_INFO_MAX	(__IFLA_INFO_MAX - 1)

/* VLAN section */

enum {
	IFLA_VLAN_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_VLAN_ID,
	IFLA_VLAN_FLAGS,
	IFLA_VLAN_EGRESS_QOS,
	IFLA_VLAN_INGRESS_QOS,
	IFLA_VLAN_PROTOCOL,
	__IFLA_VLAN_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_VLAN_MAX	(__IFLA_VLAN_MAX - 1)

struct ifla_vlan_flags {
	__u32	flags;
	__u32	mask;
};

enum {
	IFLA_VLAN_QOS_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_VLAN_QOS_MAPPING,
	__IFLA_VLAN_QOS_MAX
};

#define IFLA_VLAN_QOS_MAX	(__IFLA_VLAN_QOS_MAX - 1)

struct ifla_vlan_qos_mapping {
	__u32 from;
	__u32 to;
};

/* MACVLAN section */
enum {
	IFLA_MACVLAN_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_MACVLAN_MODE,
	IFLA_MACVLAN_FLAGS,
	IFLA_MACVLAN_MACADDR_MODE,
	IFLA_MACVLAN_MACADDR,
	IFLA_MACVLAN_MACADDR_DATA,
	IFLA_MACVLAN_MACADDR_COUNT,
	IFLA_MACVLAN_BC_QUEUE_LEN,
	IFLA_MACVLAN_BC_QUEUE_LEN_USED,
	IFLA_MACVLAN_BC_CUTOFF,
	__IFLA_MACVLAN_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_MACVLAN_MAX (__IFLA_MACVLAN_MAX - 1)

enum macvlan_mode {
	MACVLAN_MODE_PRIVATE = 1, /* don't talk to other macvlans */
	MACVLAN_MODE_VEPA    = 2, /* talk to other ports through ext bridge */
	MACVLAN_MODE_BRIDGE  = 4, /* talk to bridge ports directly */
	MACVLAN_MODE_PASSTHRU = 8,/* take over the underlying device */
	MACVLAN_MODE_SOURCE  = 16,/* use source MAC address list to assign */
};

enum macvlan_macaddr_mode {
	MACVLAN_MACADDR_ADD,
	MACVLAN_MACADDR_DEL,
	MACVLAN_MACADDR_FLUSH,
	MACVLAN_MACADDR_SET,
};

#define MACVLAN_FLAG_NOPROMISC	1

/* VRF section */
enum {
	IFLA_VRF_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_VRF_TABLE,
	__IFLA_VRF_MAX
};

#define IFLA_VRF_MAX (__IFLA_VRF_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_VRF_PORT_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_VRF_PORT_TABLE,
	__IFLA_VRF_PORT_MAX
};

#define IFLA_VRF_PORT_MAX (__IFLA_VRF_PORT_MAX - 1)

/* MACSEC section */
enum {
	IFLA_MACSEC_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_MACSEC_SCI,
	IFLA_MACSEC_PORT,
	IFLA_MACSEC_ICV_LEN,
	IFLA_MACSEC_CIPHER_SUITE,
	IFLA_MACSEC_WINDOW,
	IFLA_MACSEC_ENCODING_SA,
	IFLA_MACSEC_ENCRYPT,
	IFLA_MACSEC_PROTECT,
	IFLA_MACSEC_INC_SCI,
	IFLA_MACSEC_ES,
	IFLA_MACSEC_SCB,
	IFLA_MACSEC_REPLAY_PROTECT,
	IFLA_MACSEC_VALIDATION,
	IFLA_MACSEC_PAD,
	__IFLA_MACSEC_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_MACSEC_MAX (__IFLA_MACSEC_MAX - 1)

/* XFRM section */
enum {
	IFLA_XFRM_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_XFRM_LINK,
	IFLA_XFRM_IF_ID,
	__IFLA_XFRM_MAX
};

#define IFLA_XFRM_MAX (__IFLA_XFRM_MAX - 1)

enum macsec_validation_type {
	MACSEC_VALIDATE_DISABLED = 0,
	MACSEC_VALIDATE_CHECK = 1,
	MACSEC_VALIDATE_STRICT = 2,
	__MACSEC_VALIDATE_END,
	MACSEC_VALIDATE_MAX = __MACSEC_VALIDATE_END - 1,
};

/* IPVLAN section */
enum {
	IFLA_IPVLAN_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_IPVLAN_MODE,
	IFLA_IPVLAN_FLAGS,
	__IFLA_IPVLAN_MAX
};

#define IFLA_IPVLAN_MAX (__IFLA_IPVLAN_MAX - 1)

enum ipvlan_mode {
	IPVLAN_MODE_L2 = 0,
	IPVLAN_MODE_L3,
	IPVLAN_MODE_L3S,
	IPVLAN_MODE_MAX
};

#define IPVLAN_F_PRIVATE	0x01
#define IPVLAN_F_VEPA		0x02

/* VXLAN section */
enum {
	IFLA_VXLAN_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_VXLAN_ID,
	IFLA_VXLAN_GROUP,	/* group or remote address */
	IFLA_VXLAN_LINK,
	IFLA_VXLAN_LOCAL,
	IFLA_VXLAN_TTL,
	IFLA_VXLAN_TOS,
	IFLA_VXLAN_LEARNING,
	IFLA_VXLAN_AGEING,
	IFLA_VXLAN_LIMIT,
	IFLA_VXLAN_PORT_RANGE,	/* source port */
	IFLA_VXLAN_PROXY,
	IFLA_VXLAN_RSC,
	IFLA_VXLAN_L2MISS,
	IFLA_VXLAN_L3MISS,
	IFLA_VXLAN_PORT,	/* destination port */
	IFLA_VXLAN_GROUP6,
	IFLA_VXLAN_LOCAL6,
	IFLA_VXLAN_UDP_CSUM,
	IFLA_VXLAN_UDP_ZERO_CSUM6_TX,
	IFLA_VXLAN_UDP_ZERO_CSUM6_RX,
	IFLA_VXLAN_REMCSUM_TX,
	IFLA_VXLAN_REMCSUM_RX,
	IFLA_VXLAN_GBP,
	IFLA_VXLAN_REMCSUM_NOPARTIAL,
	IFLA_VXLAN_COLLECT_METADATA,
	IFLA_VXLAN_LABEL,
	IFLA_VXLAN_GPE,
	IFLA_VXLAN_TTL_INHERIT,
	IFLA_VXLAN_DF,
	__IFLA_VXLAN_MAX
};
#define IFLA_VXLAN_MAX	(__IFLA_VXLAN_MAX - 1)

struct ifla_vxlan_port_range {
	__be16	low;
	__be16	high;
};

enum ifla_vxlan_df {
	VXLAN_DF_UNSET = 0,
	VXLAN_DF_SET,
	VXLAN_DF_INHERIT,
	__VXLAN_DF_END,
	VXLAN_DF_MAX = __VXLAN_DF_END - 1,
};

/* GENEVE section */
enum {
	IFLA_GENEVE_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_GENEVE_ID,
	IFLA_GENEVE_REMOTE,
	IFLA_GENEVE_TTL,
	IFLA_GENEVE_TOS,
	IFLA_GENEVE_PORT,	/* destination port */
	IFLA_GENEVE_COLLECT_METADATA,
	IFLA_GENEVE_REMOTE6,
	IFLA_GENEVE_UDP_CSUM,
	IFLA_GENEVE_UDP_ZERO_CSUM6_TX,
	IFLA_GENEVE_UDP_ZERO_CSUM6_RX,
	IFLA_GENEVE_LABEL,
	IFLA_GENEVE_TTL_INHERIT,
	IFLA_GENEVE_DF,
	__IFLA_GENEVE_MAX
};
#define IFLA_GENEVE_MAX	(__IFLA_GENEVE_MAX - 1)

enum ifla_geneve_df {
	GENEVE_DF_UNSET = 0,
	GENEVE_DF_SET,
	GENEVE_DF_INHERIT,
	__GENEVE_DF_END,
	GENEVE_DF_MAX = __GENEVE_DF_END - 1,
};

/* Bareudp section  */
enum {
	IFLA_BAREUDP_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BAREUDP_PORT,
	IFLA_BAREUDP_ETHERTYPE,
	IFLA_BAREUDP_SRCPORT_MIN,
	IFLA_BAREUDP_MULTIPROTO_MODE,
	__IFLA_BAREUDP_MAX
};

#define IFLA_BAREUDP_MAX (__IFLA_BAREUDP_MAX - 1)

/* PPP section */
enum {
	IFLA_PPP_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_PPP_DEV_FD,
	__IFLA_PPP_MAX
};
#define IFLA_PPP_MAX (__IFLA_PPP_MAX - 1)

/* GTP section */

enum ifla_gtp_role {
	GTP_ROLE_GGSN = 0,
	GTP_ROLE_SGSN,
};

enum {
	IFLA_GTP_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_GTP_FD0,
	IFLA_GTP_FD1,
	IFLA_GTP_PDP_HASHSIZE,
	IFLA_GTP_ROLE,
	__IFLA_GTP_MAX,
};
#define IFLA_GTP_MAX (__IFLA_GTP_MAX - 1)

/* Bonding section */

enum {
	IFLA_BOND_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BOND_MODE,
	IFLA_BOND_ACTIVE_SLAVE,
	IFLA_BOND_MIIMON,
	IFLA_BOND_UPDELAY,
	IFLA_BOND_DOWNDELAY,
	IFLA_BOND_USE_CARRIER,
	IFLA_BOND_ARP_INTERVAL,
	IFLA_BOND_ARP_IP_TARGET,
	IFLA_BOND_ARP_VALIDATE,
	IFLA_BOND_ARP_ALL_TARGETS,
	IFLA_BOND_PRIMARY,
	IFLA_BOND_PRIMARY_RESELECT,
	IFLA_BOND_FAIL_OVER_MAC,
	IFLA_BOND_XMIT_HASH_POLICY,
	IFLA_BOND_RESEND_IGMP,
	IFLA_BOND_NUM_PEER_NOTIF,
	IFLA_BOND_ALL_SLAVES_ACTIVE,
	IFLA_BOND_MIN_LINKS,
	IFLA_BOND_LP_INTERVAL,
	IFLA_BOND_PACKETS_PER_SLAVE,
	IFLA_BOND_AD_LACP_RATE,
	IFLA_BOND_AD_SELECT,
	IFLA_BOND_AD_INFO,
	IFLA_BOND_AD_ACTOR_SYS_PRIO,
	IFLA_BOND_AD_USER_PORT_KEY,
	IFLA_BOND_AD_ACTOR_SYSTEM,
	IFLA_BOND_TLB_DYNAMIC_LB,
	IFLA_BOND_PEER_NOTIF_DELAY,
	IFLA_BOND_AD_LACP_ACTIVE,
	__IFLA_BOND_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BOND_MAX	(__IFLA_BOND_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_BOND_AD_INFO_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BOND_AD_INFO_AGGREGATOR,
	IFLA_BOND_AD_INFO_NUM_PORTS,
	IFLA_BOND_AD_INFO_ACTOR_KEY,
	IFLA_BOND_AD_INFO_PARTNER_KEY,
	IFLA_BOND_AD_INFO_PARTNER_MAC,
	__IFLA_BOND_AD_INFO_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BOND_AD_INFO_MAX	(__IFLA_BOND_AD_INFO_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_BOND_SLAVE_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BOND_SLAVE_STATE,
	IFLA_BOND_SLAVE_MII_STATUS,
	IFLA_BOND_SLAVE_LINK_FAILURE_COUNT,
	IFLA_BOND_SLAVE_PERM_HWADDR,
	IFLA_BOND_SLAVE_QUEUE_ID,
	IFLA_BOND_SLAVE_AD_AGGREGATOR_ID,
	IFLA_BOND_SLAVE_AD_ACTOR_OPER_PORT_STATE,
	IFLA_BOND_SLAVE_AD_PARTNER_OPER_PORT_STATE,
	__IFLA_BOND_SLAVE_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BOND_SLAVE_MAX	(__IFLA_BOND_SLAVE_MAX - 1)

/* SR-IOV virtual function management section */

enum {
	IFLA_VF_INFO_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_VF_INFO,
	__IFLA_VF_INFO_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_VF_INFO_MAX (__IFLA_VF_INFO_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_VF_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_VF_MAC,		/* Hardware queue specific attributes */
	IFLA_VF_VLAN,		/* VLAN ID and QoS */
	IFLA_VF_TX_RATE,	/* Max TX Bandwidth Allocation */
	IFLA_VF_SPOOFCHK,	/* Spoof Checking on/off switch */
	IFLA_VF_LINK_STATE,	/* link state enable/disable/auto switch */
	IFLA_VF_RATE,		/* Min and Max TX Bandwidth Allocation */
	IFLA_VF_RSS_QUERY_EN,	/* RSS Redirection Table and Hash Key query
				 * on/off switch
				 */
	IFLA_VF_STATS,		/* network device statistics */
	IFLA_VF_TRUST,		/* Trust VF */
	IFLA_VF_IB_NODE_GUID,	/* VF Infiniband node GUID */
	IFLA_VF_IB_PORT_GUID,	/* VF Infiniband port GUID */
	IFLA_VF_VLAN_LIST,	/* nested list of vlans, option for QinQ */
	IFLA_VF_BROADCAST,	/* VF broadcast */
	__IFLA_VF_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_VF_MAX (__IFLA_VF_MAX - 1)

struct ifla_vf_mac {
	__u32 vf;
	__u8 mac[32]; /* MAX_ADDR_LEN */
};

struct ifla_vf_broadcast {
	__u8 broadcast[32];
};

struct ifla_vf_vlan {
	__u32 vf;
	__u32 vlan; /* 0 - 4095, 0 disables VLAN filter */
	__u32 qos;
};

enum {
	IFLA_VF_VLAN_INFO_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_VF_VLAN_INFO,	/* VLAN ID, QoS and VLAN protocol */
	__IFLA_VF_VLAN_INFO_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_VF_VLAN_INFO_MAX (__IFLA_VF_VLAN_INFO_MAX - 1)
#define MAX_VLAN_LIST_LEN 1

struct ifla_vf_vlan_info {
	__u32 vf;
	__u32 vlan; /* 0 - 4095, 0 disables VLAN filter */
	__u32 qos;
	__be16 vlan_proto; /* VLAN protocol either 802.1Q or 802.1ad */
};

struct ifla_vf_tx_rate {
	__u32 vf;
	__u32 rate; /* Max TX bandwidth in Mbps, 0 disables throttling */
};

struct ifla_vf_rate {
	__u32 vf;
	__u32 min_tx_rate; /* Min Bandwidth in Mbps */
	__u32 max_tx_rate; /* Max Bandwidth in Mbps */
};

struct ifla_vf_spoofchk {
	__u32 vf;
	__u32 setting;
};

struct ifla_vf_guid {
	__u32 vf;
	__u64 guid;
};

enum {
	IFLA_VF_LINK_STATE_AUTO,	/* link state of the uplink */
	IFLA_VF_LINK_STATE_ENABLE,	/* link always up */
	IFLA_VF_LINK_STATE_DISABLE,	/* link always down */
	__IFLA_VF_LINK_STATE_MAX,
};

struct ifla_vf_link_state {
	__u32 vf;
	__u32 link_state;
};

struct ifla_vf_rss_query_en {
	__u32 vf;
	__u32 setting;
};

enum {
	IFLA_VF_STATS_RX_PACKETS,
	IFLA_VF_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
	IFLA_VF_STATS_RX_BYTES,
	IFLA_VF_STATS_TX_BYTES,
	IFLA_VF_STATS_BROADCAST,
	IFLA_VF_STATS_MULTICAST,
	IFLA_VF_STATS_PAD,
	IFLA_VF_STATS_RX_DROPPED,
	IFLA_VF_STATS_TX_DROPPED,
	__IFLA_VF_STATS_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_VF_STATS_MAX (__IFLA_VF_STATS_MAX - 1)

struct ifla_vf_trust {
	__u32 vf;
	__u32 setting;
};

/* VF ports management section
 *
 *	Nested layout of set/get msg is:
 *
 *		[IFLA_NUM_VF]
 *		[IFLA_VF_PORTS]
 *			[IFLA_VF_PORT]
 *				[IFLA_PORT_*], ...
 *			[IFLA_VF_PORT]
 *				[IFLA_PORT_*], ...
 *			...
 *		[IFLA_PORT_SELF]
 *			[IFLA_PORT_*], ...
 */

enum {
	IFLA_VF_PORT_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_VF_PORT,			/* nest */
	__IFLA_VF_PORT_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_VF_PORT_MAX (__IFLA_VF_PORT_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_PORT_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_PORT_VF,			/* __u32 */
	IFLA_PORT_PROFILE,		/* string */
	IFLA_PORT_VSI_TYPE,		/* 802.1Qbg (pre-)standard VDP */
	IFLA_PORT_INSTANCE_UUID,	/* binary UUID */
	IFLA_PORT_HOST_UUID,		/* binary UUID */
	IFLA_PORT_REQUEST,		/* __u8 */
	IFLA_PORT_RESPONSE,		/* __u16, output only */
	__IFLA_PORT_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_PORT_MAX (__IFLA_PORT_MAX - 1)

#define PORT_PROFILE_MAX	40
#define PORT_UUID_MAX		16
#define PORT_SELF_VF		-1

enum {
	PORT_REQUEST_PREASSOCIATE = 0,
	PORT_REQUEST_PREASSOCIATE_RR,
	PORT_REQUEST_ASSOCIATE,
	PORT_REQUEST_DISASSOCIATE,
};

enum {
	PORT_VDP_RESPONSE_SUCCESS = 0,
	PORT_VDP_RESPONSE_INVALID_FORMAT,
	PORT_VDP_RESPONSE_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES,
	PORT_VDP_RESPONSE_UNUSED_VTID,
	PORT_VDP_RESPONSE_VTID_VIOLATION,
	PORT_VDP_RESPONSE_VTID_VERSION_VIOALTION,
	PORT_VDP_RESPONSE_OUT_OF_SYNC,
	/* 0x08-0xFF reserved for future VDP use */
	PORT_PROFILE_RESPONSE_SUCCESS = 0x100,
	PORT_PROFILE_RESPONSE_INPROGRESS,
	PORT_PROFILE_RESPONSE_INVALID,
	PORT_PROFILE_RESPONSE_BADSTATE,
	PORT_PROFILE_RESPONSE_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES,
	PORT_PROFILE_RESPONSE_ERROR,
};

struct ifla_port_vsi {
	__u8 vsi_mgr_id;
	__u8 vsi_type_id[3];
	__u8 vsi_type_version;
	__u8 pad[3];
};


/* IPoIB section */

enum {
	IFLA_IPOIB_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_IPOIB_PKEY,
	IFLA_IPOIB_MODE,
	IFLA_IPOIB_UMCAST,
	__IFLA_IPOIB_MAX
};

enum {
	IPOIB_MODE_DATAGRAM  = 0, /* using unreliable datagram QPs */
	IPOIB_MODE_CONNECTED = 1, /* using connected QPs */
};

#define IFLA_IPOIB_MAX (__IFLA_IPOIB_MAX - 1)


/* HSR section */

enum {
	IFLA_HSR_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_HSR_SLAVE1,
	IFLA_HSR_SLAVE2,
	IFLA_HSR_MULTICAST_SPEC,	/* Last byte of supervision addr */
	IFLA_HSR_SUPERVISION_ADDR,	/* Supervision frame multicast addr */
	IFLA_HSR_SEQ_NR,
	IFLA_HSR_VERSION,		/* HSR version */
	__IFLA_HSR_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_HSR_MAX (__IFLA_HSR_MAX - 1)

/* STATS section */

struct if_stats_msg {
	__u8  family;
	__u8  pad1;
	__u16 pad2;
	__u32 ifindex;
	__u32 filter_mask;
};

/* A stats attribute can be netdev specific or a global stat.
 * For netdev stats, lets use the prefix IFLA_STATS_LINK_*
 */
enum {
	IFLA_STATS_UNSPEC, /* also used as 64bit pad attribute */
	IFLA_STATS_LINK_64,
	IFLA_STATS_LINK_XSTATS,
	IFLA_STATS_LINK_XSTATS_SLAVE,
	IFLA_STATS_LINK_OFFLOAD_XSTATS,
	IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC,
	__IFLA_STATS_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_STATS_MAX (__IFLA_STATS_MAX - 1)

#define IFLA_STATS_FILTER_BIT(ATTR)	(1 << (ATTR - 1))

/* These are embedded into IFLA_STATS_LINK_XSTATS:
 * [IFLA_STATS_LINK_XSTATS]
 * -> [LINK_XSTATS_TYPE_xxx]
 *    -> [rtnl link type specific attributes]
 */
enum {
	LINK_XSTATS_TYPE_UNSPEC,
	LINK_XSTATS_TYPE_BRIDGE,
	LINK_XSTATS_TYPE_BOND,
	__LINK_XSTATS_TYPE_MAX
};
#define LINK_XSTATS_TYPE_MAX (__LINK_XSTATS_TYPE_MAX - 1)

/* These are stats embedded into IFLA_STATS_LINK_OFFLOAD_XSTATS */
enum {
	IFLA_OFFLOAD_XSTATS_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_OFFLOAD_XSTATS_CPU_HIT, /* struct rtnl_link_stats64 */
	__IFLA_OFFLOAD_XSTATS_MAX
};
#define IFLA_OFFLOAD_XSTATS_MAX (__IFLA_OFFLOAD_XSTATS_MAX - 1)

/* XDP section */

#define XDP_FLAGS_UPDATE_IF_NOEXIST	(1U << 0)
#define XDP_FLAGS_SKB_MODE		(1U << 1)
#define XDP_FLAGS_DRV_MODE		(1U << 2)
#define XDP_FLAGS_HW_MODE		(1U << 3)
#define XDP_FLAGS_REPLACE		(1U << 4)
#define XDP_FLAGS_MODES			(XDP_FLAGS_SKB_MODE | \
					 XDP_FLAGS_DRV_MODE | \
					 XDP_FLAGS_HW_MODE)
#define XDP_FLAGS_MASK			(XDP_FLAGS_UPDATE_IF_NOEXIST | \
					 XDP_FLAGS_MODES | XDP_FLAGS_REPLACE)

/* These are stored into IFLA_XDP_ATTACHED on dump. */
enum {
	XDP_ATTACHED_NONE = 0,
	XDP_ATTACHED_DRV,
	XDP_ATTACHED_SKB,
	XDP_ATTACHED_HW,
	XDP_ATTACHED_MULTI,
};

enum {
	IFLA_XDP_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_XDP_FD,
	IFLA_XDP_ATTACHED,
	IFLA_XDP_FLAGS,
	IFLA_XDP_PROG_ID,
	IFLA_XDP_DRV_PROG_ID,
	IFLA_XDP_SKB_PROG_ID,
	IFLA_XDP_HW_PROG_ID,
	IFLA_XDP_EXPECTED_FD,
	__IFLA_XDP_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_XDP_MAX (__IFLA_XDP_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_EVENT_NONE,
	IFLA_EVENT_REBOOT,		/* internal reset / reboot */
	IFLA_EVENT_FEATURES,		/* change in offload features */
	IFLA_EVENT_BONDING_FAILOVER,	/* change in active slave */
	IFLA_EVENT_NOTIFY_PEERS,	/* re-sent grat. arp/ndisc */
	IFLA_EVENT_IGMP_RESEND,		/* re-sent IGMP JOIN */
	IFLA_EVENT_BONDING_OPTIONS,	/* change in bonding options */
};

/* tun section */

enum {
	IFLA_TUN_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_TUN_OWNER,
	IFLA_TUN_GROUP,
	IFLA_TUN_TYPE,
	IFLA_TUN_PI,
	IFLA_TUN_VNET_HDR,
	IFLA_TUN_PERSIST,
	IFLA_TUN_MULTI_QUEUE,
	IFLA_TUN_NUM_QUEUES,
	IFLA_TUN_NUM_DISABLED_QUEUES,
	__IFLA_TUN_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_TUN_MAX (__IFLA_TUN_MAX - 1)

/* rmnet section */

#define RMNET_FLAGS_INGRESS_DEAGGREGATION         (1U << 0)
#define RMNET_FLAGS_INGRESS_MAP_COMMANDS          (1U << 1)
#define RMNET_FLAGS_INGRESS_MAP_CKSUMV4           (1U << 2)
#define RMNET_FLAGS_EGRESS_MAP_CKSUMV4            (1U << 3)

enum {
	IFLA_RMNET_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_RMNET_MUX_ID,
	IFLA_RMNET_FLAGS,
	__IFLA_RMNET_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_RMNET_MAX	(__IFLA_RMNET_MAX - 1)

struct ifla_rmnet_flags {
	__u32	flags;
	__u32	mask;
};

#endif /* _LINUX_IF_LINK_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Multimedia device API
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation
 *
 * Contacts: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
 *	     Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_MEDIA_H
#define __LINUX_MEDIA_H

#include <stdint.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/version.h>

struct media_device_info {
	char driver[16];
	char model[32];
	char serial[40];
	char bus_info[32];
	__u32 media_version;
	__u32 hw_revision;
	__u32 driver_version;
	__u32 reserved[31];
};

/*
 * Base number ranges for entity functions
 *
 * NOTE: Userspace should not rely on these ranges to identify a group
 * of function types, as newer functions can be added with any name within
 * the full u32 range.
 *
 * Some older functions use the MEDIA_ENT_F_OLD_*_BASE range. Do not
 * change this, this is for backwards compatibility. When adding new
 * functions always use MEDIA_ENT_F_BASE.
 */
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_BASE			0x00000000
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_OLD_BASE			0x00010000
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_OLD_SUBDEV_BASE		0x00020000

/*
 * Initial value to be used when a new entity is created
 * Drivers should change it to something useful.
 */
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_UNKNOWN			MEDIA_ENT_F_BASE

/*
 * Subdevs are initialized with MEDIA_ENT_F_V4L2_SUBDEV_UNKNOWN in order
 * to preserve backward compatibility. Drivers must change to the proper
 * subdev type before registering the entity.
 */
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_V4L2_SUBDEV_UNKNOWN		MEDIA_ENT_F_OLD_SUBDEV_BASE

/*
 * DVB entity functions
 */
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_DTV_DEMOD			(MEDIA_ENT_F_BASE + 0x00001)
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_TS_DEMUX			(MEDIA_ENT_F_BASE + 0x00002)
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_DTV_CA			(MEDIA_ENT_F_BASE + 0x00003)
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_DTV_NET_DECAP		(MEDIA_ENT_F_BASE + 0x00004)

/*
 * I/O entity functions
 */
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_IO_V4L			(MEDIA_ENT_F_OLD_BASE + 1)
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_IO_DTV			(MEDIA_ENT_F_BASE + 0x01001)
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_IO_VBI			(MEDIA_ENT_F_BASE + 0x01002)
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_IO_SWRADIO			(MEDIA_ENT_F_BASE + 0x01003)

/*
 * Sensor functions
 */
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_CAM_SENSOR			(MEDIA_ENT_F_OLD_SUBDEV_BASE + 1)
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_FLASH			(MEDIA_ENT_F_OLD_SUBDEV_BASE + 2)
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_LENS			(MEDIA_ENT_F_OLD_SUBDEV_BASE + 3)

/*
 * Video decoder functions
 */
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_ATV_DECODER			(MEDIA_ENT_F_OLD_SUBDEV_BASE + 4)
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_DTV_DECODER			(MEDIA_ENT_F_BASE + 0x6001)

/*
 * Digital TV, analog TV, radio and/or software defined radio tuner functions.
 *
 * It is a responsibility of the master/bridge drivers to add connectors
 * and links for MEDIA_ENT_F_TUNER. Please notice that some old tuners
 * may require the usage of separate I2C chips to decode analog TV signals,
 * when the master/bridge chipset doesn't have its own TV standard decoder.
 * On such cases, the IF-PLL staging is mapped via one or two entities:
 * MEDIA_ENT_F_IF_VID_DECODER and/or MEDIA_ENT_F_IF_AUD_DECODER.
 */
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_TUNER			(MEDIA_ENT_F_OLD_SUBDEV_BASE + 5)

/*
 * Analog TV IF-PLL decoder functions
 *
 * It is a responsibility of the master/bridge drivers to create links
 * for MEDIA_ENT_F_IF_VID_DECODER and MEDIA_ENT_F_IF_AUD_DECODER.
 */
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_IF_VID_DECODER		(MEDIA_ENT_F_BASE + 0x02001)
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_IF_AUD_DECODER		(MEDIA_ENT_F_BASE + 0x02002)

/*
 * Audio entity functions
 */
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_AUDIO_CAPTURE		(MEDIA_ENT_F_BASE + 0x03001)
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_AUDIO_PLAYBACK		(MEDIA_ENT_F_BASE + 0x03002)
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_AUDIO_MIXER			(MEDIA_ENT_F_BASE + 0x03003)

/*
 * Processing entity functions
 */
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_PROC_VIDEO_COMPOSER		(MEDIA_ENT_F_BASE + 0x4001)
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_PROC_VIDEO_PIXEL_FORMATTER	(MEDIA_ENT_F_BASE + 0x4002)
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_PROC_VIDEO_PIXEL_ENC_CONV	(MEDIA_ENT_F_BASE + 0x4003)
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_PROC_VIDEO_LUT		(MEDIA_ENT_F_BASE + 0x4004)
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_PROC_VIDEO_SCALER		(MEDIA_ENT_F_BASE + 0x4005)
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_PROC_VIDEO_STATISTICS	(MEDIA_ENT_F_BASE + 0x4006)

/*
 * Switch and bridge entity functions
 */
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_VID_MUX			(MEDIA_ENT_F_BASE + 0x5001)
#define MEDIA_ENT_F_VID_IF_BRIDGE		(MEDIA_ENT_F_BASE + 0x5002)

/* Entity flags */
#define MEDIA_ENT_FL_DEFAULT			(1 << 0)
#define MEDIA_ENT_FL_CONNECTOR			(1 << 1)

/* OR with the entity id value to find the next entity */
#define MEDIA_ENT_ID_FLAG_NEXT			(1 << 31)

struct media_entity_desc {
	__u32 id;
	char name[32];
	__u32 type;
	__u32 revision;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 group_id;
	__u16 pads;
	__u16 links;

	__u32 reserved[4];

	union {
		/* Node specifications */
		struct {
			__u32 major;
			__u32 minor;
		} dev;

		/*
		 * TODO: this shouldn't have been added without
		 * actual drivers that use this. When the first real driver
		 * appears that sets this information, special attention
		 * should be given whether this information is 1) enough, and
		 * 2) can deal with udev rules that rename devices. The struct
		 * dev would not be sufficient for this since that does not
		 * contain the subdevice information. In addition, struct dev
		 * can only refer to a single device, and not to multiple (e.g.
		 * pcm and mixer devices).
		 */
		struct {
			__u32 card;
			__u32 device;
			__u32 subdevice;
		} alsa;

		/*
		 * DEPRECATED: previous node specifications. Kept just to
		 * avoid breaking compilation. Use media_entity_desc.dev
		 * instead.
		 */
		struct {
			__u32 major;
			__u32 minor;
		} v4l;
		struct {
			__u32 major;
			__u32 minor;
		} fb;
		int dvb;

		/* Sub-device specifications */
		/* Nothing needed yet */
		__u8 raw[184];
	};
};

#define MEDIA_PAD_FL_SINK			(1 << 0)
#define MEDIA_PAD_FL_SOURCE			(1 << 1)
#define MEDIA_PAD_FL_MUST_CONNECT		(1 << 2)

struct media_pad_desc {
	__u32 entity;		/* entity ID */
	__u16 index;		/* pad index */
	__u32 flags;		/* pad flags */
	__u32 reserved[2];
};

#define MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED			(1 << 0)
#define MEDIA_LNK_FL_IMMUTABLE			(1 << 1)
#define MEDIA_LNK_FL_DYNAMIC			(1 << 2)

#define MEDIA_LNK_FL_LINK_TYPE			(0xf << 28)
#  define MEDIA_LNK_FL_DATA_LINK		(0 << 28)
#  define MEDIA_LNK_FL_INTERFACE_LINK		(1 << 28)

struct media_link_desc {
	struct media_pad_desc source;
	struct media_pad_desc sink;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 reserved[2];
};

struct media_links_enum {
	__u32 entity;
	/* Should have enough room for pads elements */
	struct media_pad_desc *pads;
	/* Should have enough room for links elements */
	struct media_link_desc *links;
	__u32 reserved[4];
};

/* Interface type ranges */

#define MEDIA_INTF_T_DVB_BASE			0x00000100
#define MEDIA_INTF_T_V4L_BASE			0x00000200

/* Interface types */

#define MEDIA_INTF_T_DVB_FE			(MEDIA_INTF_T_DVB_BASE)
#define MEDIA_INTF_T_DVB_DEMUX			(MEDIA_INTF_T_DVB_BASE + 1)
#define MEDIA_INTF_T_DVB_DVR			(MEDIA_INTF_T_DVB_BASE + 2)
#define MEDIA_INTF_T_DVB_CA			(MEDIA_INTF_T_DVB_BASE + 3)
#define MEDIA_INTF_T_DVB_NET			(MEDIA_INTF_T_DVB_BASE + 4)

#define MEDIA_INTF_T_V4L_VIDEO			(MEDIA_INTF_T_V4L_BASE)
#define MEDIA_INTF_T_V4L_VBI			(MEDIA_INTF_T_V4L_BASE + 1)
#define MEDIA_INTF_T_V4L_RADIO			(MEDIA_INTF_T_V4L_BASE + 2)
#define MEDIA_INTF_T_V4L_SUBDEV			(MEDIA_INTF_T_V4L_BASE + 3)
#define MEDIA_INTF_T_V4L_SWRADIO		(MEDIA_INTF_T_V4L_BASE + 4)
#define MEDIA_INTF_T_V4L_TOUCH			(MEDIA_INTF_T_V4L_BASE + 5)


/*
 * MC next gen API definitions
 */

struct media_v2_entity {
	__u32 id;
	char name[64];
	__u32 function;		/* Main function of the entity */
	__u32 reserved[6];
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* Should match the specific fields at media_intf_devnode */
struct media_v2_intf_devnode {
	__u32 major;
	__u32 minor;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

struct media_v2_interface {
	__u32 id;
	__u32 intf_type;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 reserved[9];

	union {
		struct media_v2_intf_devnode devnode;
		__u32 raw[16];
	};
} __attribute__ ((packed));

struct media_v2_pad {
	__u32 id;
	__u32 entity_id;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 reserved[5];
} __attribute__ ((packed));

struct media_v2_link {
	__u32 id;
	__u32 source_id;
	__u32 sink_id;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 reserved[6];
} __attribute__ ((packed));

struct media_v2_topology {
	__u64 topology_version;

	__u32 num_entities;
	__u32 reserved1;
	__u64 ptr_entities;

	__u32 num_interfaces;
	__u32 reserved2;
	__u64 ptr_interfaces;

	__u32 num_pads;
	__u32 reserved3;
	__u64 ptr_pads;

	__u32 num_links;
	__u32 reserved4;
	__u64 ptr_links;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* ioctls */

#define MEDIA_IOC_DEVICE_INFO	_IOWR('|', 0x00, struct media_device_info)
#define MEDIA_IOC_ENUM_ENTITIES	_IOWR('|', 0x01, struct media_entity_desc)
#define MEDIA_IOC_ENUM_LINKS	_IOWR('|', 0x02, struct media_links_enum)
#define MEDIA_IOC_SETUP_LINK	_IOWR('|', 0x03, struct media_link_desc)
#define MEDIA_IOC_G_TOPOLOGY	_IOWR('|', 0x04, struct media_v2_topology)


/*
 * Legacy symbols used to avoid userspace compilation breakages.
 * Do not use any of this in new applications!
 *
 * Those symbols map the entity function into types and should be
 * used only on legacy programs for legacy hardware. Don't rely
 * on those for MEDIA_IOC_G_TOPOLOGY.
 */
#define MEDIA_ENT_TYPE_SHIFT			16
#define MEDIA_ENT_TYPE_MASK			0x00ff0000
#define MEDIA_ENT_SUBTYPE_MASK			0x0000ffff

#define MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_UNKNOWN		(MEDIA_ENT_F_OLD_BASE | \
						 MEDIA_ENT_SUBTYPE_MASK)

#define MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE			MEDIA_ENT_F_OLD_BASE
#define MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_V4L			MEDIA_ENT_F_IO_V4L
#define MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_FB			(MEDIA_ENT_F_OLD_BASE + 2)
#define MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_ALSA		(MEDIA_ENT_F_OLD_BASE + 3)
#define MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB			(MEDIA_ENT_F_OLD_BASE + 4)

#define MEDIA_ENT_T_UNKNOWN			MEDIA_ENT_F_UNKNOWN
#define MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_VIDEO			MEDIA_ENT_F_IO_V4L
#define MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV			MEDIA_ENT_F_V4L2_SUBDEV_UNKNOWN
#define MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV_SENSOR		MEDIA_ENT_F_CAM_SENSOR
#define MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV_FLASH		MEDIA_ENT_F_FLASH
#define MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV_LENS		MEDIA_ENT_F_LENS
#define MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV_DECODER		MEDIA_ENT_F_ATV_DECODER
#define MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV_TUNER		MEDIA_ENT_F_TUNER

/*
 * There is still no ALSA support in the media controller. These
 * defines should not have been added and we leave them here only
 * in case some application tries to use these defines.
 */
#define MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_BASE			0x00000300
#define MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_PCM_CAPTURE		(MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_BASE)
#define MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_PCM_PLAYBACK		(MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_BASE + 1)
#define MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_CONTROL		(MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_BASE + 2)
#define MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_COMPRESS		(MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_BASE + 3)
#define MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_RAWMIDI		(MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_BASE + 4)
#define MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_HWDEP			(MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_BASE + 5)
#define MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_SEQUENCER		(MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_BASE + 6)
#define MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_TIMER			(MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_BASE + 7)

/* Obsolete symbol for media_version, no longer used in the kernel */
#define MEDIA_API_VERSION			KERNEL_VERSION(0, 1, 0)


#endif /* __LINUX_MEDIA_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  include/linux/timerfd.h
 *
 *  Copyright (C) 2007  Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
 *
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_TIMERFD_H
#define _LINUX_TIMERFD_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* For O_CLOEXEC and O_NONBLOCK */
#include <linux/fcntl.h>

/* For _IO helpers */
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

/*
 * CAREFUL: Check include/asm-generic/fcntl.h when defining
 * new flags, since they might collide with O_* ones. We want
 * to re-use O_* flags that couldn't possibly have a meaning
 * from eventfd, in order to leave a free define-space for
 * shared O_* flags.
 *
 * Also make sure to update the masks in include/linux/timerfd.h
 * when adding new flags.
 */
#define TFD_TIMER_ABSTIME (1 << 0)
#define TFD_TIMER_CANCEL_ON_SET (1 << 1)
#define TFD_CLOEXEC O_CLOEXEC
#define TFD_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK

#define TFD_IOC_SET_TICKS	_IOW('T', 0, __u64)

#endif /* _LINUX_TIMERFD_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * 1999 Copyright (C) Pavel Machek, pavel@ucw.cz. This code is GPL.
 * 1999/11/04 Copyright (C) 1999 VMware, Inc. (Regis "HPReg" Duchesne)
 *            Made nbd_end_request() use the io_request_lock
 * 2001 Copyright (C) Steven Whitehouse
 *            New nbd_end_request() for compatibility with new linux block
 *            layer code.
 * 2003/06/24 Louis D. Langholtz <ldl@aros.net>
 *            Removed unneeded blksize_bits field from nbd_device struct.
 *            Cleanup PARANOIA usage & code.
 * 2004/02/19 Paul Clements
 *            Removed PARANOIA, plus various cleanup and comments
 */

#ifndef LINUX_NBD_H
#define LINUX_NBD_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define NBD_SET_SOCK	_IO( 0xab, 0 )
#define NBD_SET_BLKSIZE	_IO( 0xab, 1 )
#define NBD_SET_SIZE	_IO( 0xab, 2 )
#define NBD_DO_IT	_IO( 0xab, 3 )
#define NBD_CLEAR_SOCK	_IO( 0xab, 4 )
#define NBD_CLEAR_QUE	_IO( 0xab, 5 )
#define NBD_PRINT_DEBUG	_IO( 0xab, 6 )
#define NBD_SET_SIZE_BLOCKS	_IO( 0xab, 7 )
#define NBD_DISCONNECT  _IO( 0xab, 8 )
#define NBD_SET_TIMEOUT _IO( 0xab, 9 )
#define NBD_SET_FLAGS   _IO( 0xab, 10)

enum {
	NBD_CMD_READ = 0,
	NBD_CMD_WRITE = 1,
	NBD_CMD_DISC = 2,
	NBD_CMD_FLUSH = 3,
	NBD_CMD_TRIM = 4
};

/* values for flags field, these are server interaction specific. */
#define NBD_FLAG_HAS_FLAGS	(1 << 0) /* nbd-server supports flags */
#define NBD_FLAG_READ_ONLY	(1 << 1) /* device is read-only */
#define NBD_FLAG_SEND_FLUSH	(1 << 2) /* can flush writeback cache */
#define NBD_FLAG_SEND_FUA	(1 << 3) /* send FUA (forced unit access) */
/* there is a gap here to match userspace */
#define NBD_FLAG_SEND_TRIM	(1 << 5) /* send trim/discard */
#define NBD_FLAG_CAN_MULTI_CONN	(1 << 8)	/* Server supports multiple connections per export. */

/* values for cmd flags in the upper 16 bits of request type */
#define NBD_CMD_FLAG_FUA	(1 << 16) /* FUA (forced unit access) op */

/* These are client behavior specific flags. */
#define NBD_CFLAG_DESTROY_ON_DISCONNECT	(1 << 0) /* delete the nbd device on
						    disconnect. */
#define NBD_CFLAG_DISCONNECT_ON_CLOSE (1 << 1) /* disconnect the nbd device on
						*  close by last opener.
						*/

/* userspace doesn't need the nbd_device structure */

/* These are sent over the network in the request/reply magic fields */

#define NBD_REQUEST_MAGIC 0x25609513
#define NBD_REPLY_MAGIC 0x67446698
/* Do *not* use magics: 0x12560953 0x96744668. */

/*
 * This is the packet used for communication between client and
 * server. All data are in network byte order.
 */
struct nbd_request {
	__be32 magic;
	__be32 type;	/* == READ || == WRITE 	*/
	char handle[8];
	__be64 from;
	__be32 len;
} __attribute__((packed));

/*
 * This is the reply packet that nbd-server sends back to the client after
 * it has completed an I/O request (or an error occurs).
 */
struct nbd_reply {
	__be32 magic;
	__be32 error;		/* 0 = ok, else error	*/
	char handle[8];		/* handle you got from request	*/
};
#endif /* LINUX_NBD_H */
#ifndef _LINUX_VIRTIO_BALLOON_H
#define _LINUX_VIRTIO_BALLOON_H
/* This header is BSD licensed so anyone can use the definitions to implement
 * compatible drivers/servers.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the name of IBM nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL IBM OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE. */
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/virtio_types.h>
#include <linux/virtio_ids.h>
#include <linux/virtio_config.h>

/* The feature bitmap for virtio balloon */
#define VIRTIO_BALLOON_F_MUST_TELL_HOST	0 /* Tell before reclaiming pages */
#define VIRTIO_BALLOON_F_STATS_VQ	1 /* Memory Stats virtqueue */
#define VIRTIO_BALLOON_F_DEFLATE_ON_OOM	2 /* Deflate balloon on OOM */
#define VIRTIO_BALLOON_F_FREE_PAGE_HINT	3 /* VQ to report free pages */
#define VIRTIO_BALLOON_F_PAGE_POISON	4 /* Guest is using page poisoning */
#define VIRTIO_BALLOON_F_REPORTING	5 /* Page reporting virtqueue */

/* Size of a PFN in the balloon interface. */
#define VIRTIO_BALLOON_PFN_SHIFT 12

#define VIRTIO_BALLOON_CMD_ID_STOP	0
#define VIRTIO_BALLOON_CMD_ID_DONE	1
struct virtio_balloon_config {
	/* Number of pages host wants Guest to give up. */
	__u32 num_pages;
	/* Number of pages we've actually got in balloon. */
	__u32 actual;
	/*
	 * Free page hint command id, readonly by guest.
	 * Was previously named free_page_report_cmd_id so we
	 * need to carry that name for legacy support.
	 */
	union {
		__u32 free_page_hint_cmd_id;
		__u32 free_page_report_cmd_id;	/* deprecated */
	};
	/* Stores PAGE_POISON if page poisoning is in use */
	__u32 poison_val;
};

#define VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_SWAP_IN  0   /* Amount of memory swapped in */
#define VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_SWAP_OUT 1   /* Amount of memory swapped out */
#define VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_MAJFLT   2   /* Number of major faults */
#define VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_MINFLT   3   /* Number of minor faults */
#define VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_MEMFREE  4   /* Total amount of free memory */
#define VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_MEMTOT   5   /* Total amount of memory */
#define VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_AVAIL    6   /* Available memory as in /proc */
#define VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_CACHES   7   /* Disk caches */
#define VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_HTLB_PGALLOC  8  /* Hugetlb page allocations */
#define VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_HTLB_PGFAIL   9  /* Hugetlb page allocation failures */
#define VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_NR       10

#define VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_NAMES_WITH_PREFIX(VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_NAMES_prefix) { \
	VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_NAMES_prefix "swap-in", \
	VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_NAMES_prefix "swap-out", \
	VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_NAMES_prefix "major-faults", \
	VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_NAMES_prefix "minor-faults", \
	VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_NAMES_prefix "free-memory", \
	VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_NAMES_prefix "total-memory", \
	VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_NAMES_prefix "available-memory", \
	VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_NAMES_prefix "disk-caches", \
	VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_NAMES_prefix "hugetlb-allocations", \
	VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_NAMES_prefix "hugetlb-failures" \
}

#define VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_NAMES VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_NAMES_WITH_PREFIX("")

/*
 * Memory statistics structure.
 * Driver fills an array of these structures and passes to device.
 *
 * NOTE: fields are laid out in a way that would make compiler add padding
 * between and after fields, so we have to use compiler-specific attributes to
 * pack it, to disable this padding. This also often causes compiler to
 * generate suboptimal code.
 *
 * We maintain this statistics structure format for backwards compatibility,
 * but don't follow this example.
 *
 * If implementing a similar structure, do something like the below instead:
 *     struct virtio_balloon_stat {
 *         __virtio16 tag;
 *         __u8 reserved[6];
 *         __virtio64 val;
 *     };
 *
 * In other words, add explicit reserved fields to align field and
 * structure boundaries at field size, avoiding compiler padding
 * without the packed attribute.
 */
struct virtio_balloon_stat {
	__virtio16 tag;
	__virtio64 val;
} __attribute__((packed));

#endif /* _LINUX_VIRTIO_BALLOON_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) */
/*
 * linux/can.h
 *
 * Definitions for CAN network layer (socket addr / CAN frame / CAN filter)
 *
 * Authors: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver.hartkopp@volkswagen.de>
 *          Urs Thuermann   <urs.thuermann@volkswagen.de>
 * Copyright (c) 2002-2007 Volkswagen Group Electronic Research
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the name of Volkswagen nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * Alternatively, provided that this notice is retained in full, this
 * software may be distributed under the terms of the GNU General
 * Public License ("GPL") version 2, in which case the provisions of the
 * GPL apply INSTEAD OF those given above.
 *
 * The provided data structures and external interfaces from this code
 * are not restricted to be used by modules with a GPL compatible license.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
 * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
 * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
 * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
 * DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef _CAN_H
#define _CAN_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/socket.h>

/* controller area network (CAN) kernel definitions */

/* special address description flags for the CAN_ID */
#define CAN_EFF_FLAG 0x80000000U /* EFF/SFF is set in the MSB */
#define CAN_RTR_FLAG 0x40000000U /* remote transmission request */
#define CAN_ERR_FLAG 0x20000000U /* error message frame */

/* valid bits in CAN ID for frame formats */
#define CAN_SFF_MASK 0x000007FFU /* standard frame format (SFF) */
#define CAN_EFF_MASK 0x1FFFFFFFU /* extended frame format (EFF) */
#define CAN_ERR_MASK 0x1FFFFFFFU /* omit EFF, RTR, ERR flags */

/*
 * Controller Area Network Identifier structure
 *
 * bit 0-28	: CAN identifier (11/29 bit)
 * bit 29	: error message frame flag (0 = data frame, 1 = error message)
 * bit 30	: remote transmission request flag (1 = rtr frame)
 * bit 31	: frame format flag (0 = standard 11 bit, 1 = extended 29 bit)
 */
typedef __u32 canid_t;

#define CAN_SFF_ID_BITS		11
#define CAN_EFF_ID_BITS		29

/*
 * Controller Area Network Error Message Frame Mask structure
 *
 * bit 0-28	: error class mask (see include/linux/can/error.h)
 * bit 29-31	: set to zero
 */
typedef __u32 can_err_mask_t;

/* CAN payload length and DLC definitions according to ISO 11898-1 */
#define CAN_MAX_DLC 8
#define CAN_MAX_DLEN 8

/* CAN FD payload length and DLC definitions according to ISO 11898-7 */
#define CANFD_MAX_DLC 15
#define CANFD_MAX_DLEN 64

/**
 * struct can_frame - basic CAN frame structure
 * @can_id:  CAN ID of the frame and CAN_*_FLAG flags, see canid_t definition
 * @can_dlc: frame payload length in byte (0 .. 8) aka data length code
 *           N.B. the DLC field from ISO 11898-1 Chapter 8.4.2.3 has a 1:1
 *           mapping of the 'data length code' to the real payload length
 * @__pad:   padding
 * @__res0:  reserved / padding
 * @__res1:  reserved / padding
 * @data:    CAN frame payload (up to 8 byte)
 */
struct can_frame {
	canid_t can_id;  /* 32 bit CAN_ID + EFF/RTR/ERR flags */
	__u8    can_dlc; /* frame payload length in byte (0 .. CAN_MAX_DLEN) */
	__u8    __pad;   /* padding */
	__u8    __res0;  /* reserved / padding */
	__u8    __res1;  /* reserved / padding */
	__u8    data[CAN_MAX_DLEN] __attribute__((aligned(8)));
};

/*
 * defined bits for canfd_frame.flags
 *
 * The use of struct canfd_frame implies the Extended Data Length (EDL) bit to
 * be set in the CAN frame bitstream on the wire. The EDL bit switch turns
 * the CAN controllers bitstream processor into the CAN FD mode which creates
 * two new options within the CAN FD frame specification:
 *
 * Bit Rate Switch - to indicate a second bitrate is/was used for the payload
 * Error State Indicator - represents the error state of the transmitting node
 *
 * As the CANFD_ESI bit is internally generated by the transmitting CAN
 * controller only the CANFD_BRS bit is relevant for real CAN controllers when
 * building a CAN FD frame for transmission. Setting the CANFD_ESI bit can make
 * sense for virtual CAN interfaces to test applications with echoed frames.
 */
#define CANFD_BRS 0x01 /* bit rate switch (second bitrate for payload data) */
#define CANFD_ESI 0x02 /* error state indicator of the transmitting node */

/**
 * struct canfd_frame - CAN flexible data rate frame structure
 * @can_id: CAN ID of the frame and CAN_*_FLAG flags, see canid_t definition
 * @len:    frame payload length in byte (0 .. CANFD_MAX_DLEN)
 * @flags:  additional flags for CAN FD
 * @__res0: reserved / padding
 * @__res1: reserved / padding
 * @data:   CAN FD frame payload (up to CANFD_MAX_DLEN byte)
 */
struct canfd_frame {
	canid_t can_id;  /* 32 bit CAN_ID + EFF/RTR/ERR flags */
	__u8    len;     /* frame payload length in byte */
	__u8    flags;   /* additional flags for CAN FD */
	__u8    __res0;  /* reserved / padding */
	__u8    __res1;  /* reserved / padding */
	__u8    data[CANFD_MAX_DLEN] __attribute__((aligned(8)));
};

#define CAN_MTU		(sizeof(struct can_frame))
#define CANFD_MTU	(sizeof(struct canfd_frame))

/* particular protocols of the protocol family PF_CAN */
#define CAN_RAW		1 /* RAW sockets */
#define CAN_BCM		2 /* Broadcast Manager */
#define CAN_TP16	3 /* VAG Transport Protocol v1.6 */
#define CAN_TP20	4 /* VAG Transport Protocol v2.0 */
#define CAN_MCNET	5 /* Bosch MCNet */
#define CAN_ISOTP	6 /* ISO 15765-2 Transport Protocol */
#define CAN_NPROTO	7

#define SOL_CAN_BASE 100

/**
 * struct sockaddr_can - the sockaddr structure for CAN sockets
 * @can_family:  address family number AF_CAN.
 * @can_ifindex: CAN network interface index.
 * @can_addr:    protocol specific address information
 */
struct sockaddr_can {
	__kernel_sa_family_t can_family;
	int         can_ifindex;
	union {
		/* transport protocol class address information (e.g. ISOTP) */
		struct { canid_t rx_id, tx_id; } tp;

		/* reserved for future CAN protocols address information */
	} can_addr;
};

/**
 * struct can_filter - CAN ID based filter in can_register().
 * @can_id:   relevant bits of CAN ID which are not masked out.
 * @can_mask: CAN mask (see description)
 *
 * Description:
 * A filter matches, when
 *
 *          <received_can_id> & mask == can_id & mask
 *
 * The filter can be inverted (CAN_INV_FILTER bit set in can_id) or it can
 * filter for error message frames (CAN_ERR_FLAG bit set in mask).
 */
struct can_filter {
	canid_t can_id;
	canid_t can_mask;
};

#define CAN_INV_FILTER 0x20000000U /* to be set in can_filter.can_id */
#define CAN_RAW_FILTER_MAX 512 /* maximum number of can_filter set via setsockopt() */

#endif /* !_UAPI_CAN_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _SMC_DIAG_H_
#define _SMC_DIAG_H_

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/inet_diag.h>
#include <rdma/ib_user_verbs.h>

/* Request structure */
struct smc_diag_req {
	__u8	diag_family;
	__u8	pad[2];
	__u8	diag_ext;		/* Query extended information */
	struct inet_diag_sockid	id;
};

/* Base info structure. It contains socket identity (addrs/ports/cookie) based
 * on the internal clcsock, and more SMC-related socket data
 */
struct smc_diag_msg {
	__u8	diag_family;
	__u8	diag_state;
	__u8	diag_mode;
	__u8	diag_shutdown;
	struct inet_diag_sockid id;

	__u32	diag_uid;
	__u64	diag_inode;
};

/* Mode of a connection */
enum {
	SMC_DIAG_MODE_SMCR,
	SMC_DIAG_MODE_FALLBACK_TCP,
	SMC_DIAG_MODE_SMCD,
};

/* Extensions */

enum {
	SMC_DIAG_NONE,
	SMC_DIAG_CONNINFO,
	SMC_DIAG_LGRINFO,
	SMC_DIAG_SHUTDOWN,
	SMC_DIAG_DMBINFO,
	SMC_DIAG_FALLBACK,
	__SMC_DIAG_MAX,
};

#define SMC_DIAG_MAX (__SMC_DIAG_MAX - 1)

/* SMC_DIAG_CONNINFO */

struct smc_diag_cursor {
	__u16	reserved;
	__u16	wrap;
	__u32	count;
};

struct smc_diag_conninfo {
	__u32			token;		/* unique connection id */
	__u32			sndbuf_size;	/* size of send buffer */
	__u32			rmbe_size;	/* size of RMB element */
	__u32			peer_rmbe_size;	/* size of peer RMB element */
	/* local RMB element cursors */
	struct smc_diag_cursor	rx_prod;	/* received producer cursor */
	struct smc_diag_cursor	rx_cons;	/* received consumer cursor */
	/* peer RMB element cursors */
	struct smc_diag_cursor	tx_prod;	/* sent producer cursor */
	struct smc_diag_cursor	tx_cons;	/* sent consumer cursor */
	__u8			rx_prod_flags;	/* received producer flags */
	__u8			rx_conn_state_flags; /* recvd connection flags*/
	__u8			tx_prod_flags;	/* sent producer flags */
	__u8			tx_conn_state_flags; /* sent connection flags*/
	/* send buffer cursors */
	struct smc_diag_cursor	tx_prep;	/* prepared to be sent cursor */
	struct smc_diag_cursor	tx_sent;	/* sent cursor */
	struct smc_diag_cursor	tx_fin;		/* confirmed sent cursor */
};

/* SMC_DIAG_LINKINFO */

struct smc_diag_linkinfo {
	__u8 link_id;			/* link identifier */
	__u8 ibname[IB_DEVICE_NAME_MAX]; /* name of the RDMA device */
	__u8 ibport;			/* RDMA device port number */
	__u8 gid[40];			/* local GID */
	__u8 peer_gid[40];		/* peer GID */
};

struct smc_diag_lgrinfo {
	struct smc_diag_linkinfo	lnk[1];
	__u8				role;
};

struct smc_diag_fallback {
	__u32 reason;
	__u32 peer_diagnosis;
};

struct smcd_diag_dmbinfo {		/* SMC-D Socket internals */
	__u32 linkid;			/* Link identifier */
	__u64 peer_gid;			/* Peer GID */
	__u64 my_gid;			/* My GID */
	__u64 token;			/* Token of DMB */
	__u64 peer_token;		/* Token of remote DMBE */
};

#endif /* _SMC_DIAG_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_ICMPV6_H
#define _LINUX_ICMPV6_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <asm/byteorder.h>

struct icmp6hdr {

	__u8		icmp6_type;
	__u8		icmp6_code;
	__sum16		icmp6_cksum;


	union {
		__be32			un_data32[1];
		__be16			un_data16[2];
		__u8			un_data8[4];

		struct icmpv6_echo {
			__be16		identifier;
			__be16		sequence;
		} u_echo;

                struct icmpv6_nd_advt {
#if defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
                        __u32		reserved:5,
                        		override:1,
                        		solicited:1,
                        		router:1,
					reserved2:24;
#elif defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
                        __u32		router:1,
					solicited:1,
                        		override:1,
                        		reserved:29;
#else
#error	"Please fix <asm/byteorder.h>"
#endif						
                } u_nd_advt;

                struct icmpv6_nd_ra {
			__u8		hop_limit;
#if defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
			__u8		reserved:3,
					router_pref:2,
					home_agent:1,
					other:1,
					managed:1;

#elif defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
			__u8		managed:1,
					other:1,
					home_agent:1,
					router_pref:2,
					reserved:3;
#else
#error	"Please fix <asm/byteorder.h>"
#endif
			__be16		rt_lifetime;
                } u_nd_ra;

	} icmp6_dataun;

#define icmp6_identifier	icmp6_dataun.u_echo.identifier
#define icmp6_sequence		icmp6_dataun.u_echo.sequence
#define icmp6_pointer		icmp6_dataun.un_data32[0]
#define icmp6_mtu		icmp6_dataun.un_data32[0]
#define icmp6_unused		icmp6_dataun.un_data32[0]
#define icmp6_maxdelay		icmp6_dataun.un_data16[0]
#define icmp6_router		icmp6_dataun.u_nd_advt.router
#define icmp6_solicited		icmp6_dataun.u_nd_advt.solicited
#define icmp6_override		icmp6_dataun.u_nd_advt.override
#define icmp6_ndiscreserved	icmp6_dataun.u_nd_advt.reserved
#define icmp6_hop_limit		icmp6_dataun.u_nd_ra.hop_limit
#define icmp6_addrconf_managed	icmp6_dataun.u_nd_ra.managed
#define icmp6_addrconf_other	icmp6_dataun.u_nd_ra.other
#define icmp6_rt_lifetime	icmp6_dataun.u_nd_ra.rt_lifetime
#define icmp6_router_pref	icmp6_dataun.u_nd_ra.router_pref
};


#define ICMPV6_ROUTER_PREF_LOW		0x3
#define ICMPV6_ROUTER_PREF_MEDIUM	0x0
#define ICMPV6_ROUTER_PREF_HIGH		0x1
#define ICMPV6_ROUTER_PREF_INVALID	0x2

#define ICMPV6_DEST_UNREACH		1
#define ICMPV6_PKT_TOOBIG		2
#define ICMPV6_TIME_EXCEED		3
#define ICMPV6_PARAMPROB		4

#define ICMPV6_INFOMSG_MASK		0x80

#define ICMPV6_ECHO_REQUEST		128
#define ICMPV6_ECHO_REPLY		129
#define ICMPV6_MGM_QUERY		130
#define ICMPV6_MGM_REPORT       	131
#define ICMPV6_MGM_REDUCTION    	132

#define ICMPV6_NI_QUERY			139
#define ICMPV6_NI_REPLY			140

#define ICMPV6_MLD2_REPORT		143

#define ICMPV6_DHAAD_REQUEST		144
#define ICMPV6_DHAAD_REPLY		145
#define ICMPV6_MOBILE_PREFIX_SOL	146
#define ICMPV6_MOBILE_PREFIX_ADV	147

#define ICMPV6_MRDISC_ADV		151

/*
 *	Codes for Destination Unreachable
 */
#define ICMPV6_NOROUTE			0
#define ICMPV6_ADM_PROHIBITED		1
#define ICMPV6_NOT_NEIGHBOUR		2
#define ICMPV6_ADDR_UNREACH		3
#define ICMPV6_PORT_UNREACH		4
#define ICMPV6_POLICY_FAIL		5
#define ICMPV6_REJECT_ROUTE		6

/*
 *	Codes for Time Exceeded
 */
#define ICMPV6_EXC_HOPLIMIT		0
#define ICMPV6_EXC_FRAGTIME		1

/*
 *	Codes for Parameter Problem
 */
#define ICMPV6_HDR_FIELD		0
#define ICMPV6_UNK_NEXTHDR		1
#define ICMPV6_UNK_OPTION		2
#define ICMPV6_HDR_INCOMP		3

/*
 *	constants for (set|get)sockopt
 */

#define ICMPV6_FILTER			1

/*
 *	ICMPV6 filter
 */

#define ICMPV6_FILTER_BLOCK		1
#define ICMPV6_FILTER_PASS		2
#define ICMPV6_FILTER_BLOCKOTHERS	3
#define ICMPV6_FILTER_PASSONLY		4

struct icmp6_filter {
	__u32		data[8];
};

/*
 *	Definitions for MLDv2
 */
#define MLD2_MODE_IS_INCLUDE	1
#define MLD2_MODE_IS_EXCLUDE	2
#define MLD2_CHANGE_TO_INCLUDE	3
#define MLD2_CHANGE_TO_EXCLUDE	4
#define MLD2_ALLOW_NEW_SOURCES	5
#define MLD2_BLOCK_OLD_SOURCES	6

#define MLD2_ALL_MCR_INIT { { { 0xff,0x02,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0x16 } } }


#endif /* _LINUX_ICMPV6_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_PTRACE_H
#define _LINUX_PTRACE_H
/* ptrace.h */
/* structs and defines to help the user use the ptrace system call. */

/* has the defines to get at the registers. */

#include <linux/types.h>

#define PTRACE_TRACEME		   0
#define PTRACE_PEEKTEXT		   1
#define PTRACE_PEEKDATA		   2
#define PTRACE_PEEKUSR		   3
#define PTRACE_POKETEXT		   4
#define PTRACE_POKEDATA		   5
#define PTRACE_POKEUSR		   6
#define PTRACE_CONT		   7
#define PTRACE_KILL		   8
#define PTRACE_SINGLESTEP	   9

#define PTRACE_ATTACH		  16
#define PTRACE_DETACH		  17

#define PTRACE_SYSCALL		  24

/* 0x4200-0x4300 are reserved for architecture-independent additions.  */
#define PTRACE_SETOPTIONS	0x4200
#define PTRACE_GETEVENTMSG	0x4201
#define PTRACE_GETSIGINFO	0x4202
#define PTRACE_SETSIGINFO	0x4203

/*
 * Generic ptrace interface that exports the architecture specific regsets
 * using the corresponding NT_* types (which are also used in the core dump).
 * Please note that the NT_PRSTATUS note type in a core dump contains a full
 * 'struct elf_prstatus'. But the user_regset for NT_PRSTATUS contains just the
 * elf_gregset_t that is the pr_reg field of 'struct elf_prstatus'. For all the
 * other user_regset flavors, the user_regset layout and the ELF core dump note
 * payload are exactly the same layout.
 *
 * This interface usage is as follows:
 *	struct iovec iov = { buf, len};
 *
 *	ret = ptrace(PTRACE_GETREGSET/PTRACE_SETREGSET, pid, NT_XXX_TYPE, &iov);
 *
 * On the successful completion, iov.len will be updated by the kernel,
 * specifying how much the kernel has written/read to/from the user's iov.buf.
 */
#define PTRACE_GETREGSET	0x4204
#define PTRACE_SETREGSET	0x4205

#define PTRACE_SEIZE		0x4206
#define PTRACE_INTERRUPT	0x4207
#define PTRACE_LISTEN		0x4208

#define PTRACE_PEEKSIGINFO	0x4209

struct ptrace_peeksiginfo_args {
	__u64 off;	/* from which siginfo to start */
	__u32 flags;
	__s32 nr;	/* how may siginfos to take */
};

#define PTRACE_GETSIGMASK	0x420a
#define PTRACE_SETSIGMASK	0x420b

#define PTRACE_SECCOMP_GET_FILTER	0x420c
#define PTRACE_SECCOMP_GET_METADATA	0x420d

struct seccomp_metadata {
	__u64 filter_off;	/* Input: which filter */
	__u64 flags;		/* Output: filter's flags */
};

#define PTRACE_GET_RSEQ_CONFIGURATION	0x420f

struct ptrace_rseq_configuration {
	__u64 rseq_abi_pointer;
	__u32 rseq_abi_size;
	__u32 signature;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 pad;
};

/* Read signals from a shared (process wide) queue */
#define PTRACE_PEEKSIGINFO_SHARED	(1 << 0)

/* Wait extended result codes for the above trace options.  */
#define PTRACE_EVENT_FORK	1
#define PTRACE_EVENT_VFORK	2
#define PTRACE_EVENT_CLONE	3
#define PTRACE_EVENT_EXEC	4
#define PTRACE_EVENT_VFORK_DONE	5
#define PTRACE_EVENT_EXIT	6
#define PTRACE_EVENT_SECCOMP	7
/* Extended result codes which enabled by means other than options.  */
#define PTRACE_EVENT_STOP	128

/* Options set using PTRACE_SETOPTIONS or using PTRACE_SEIZE @data param */
#define PTRACE_O_TRACESYSGOOD	1
#define PTRACE_O_TRACEFORK	(1 << PTRACE_EVENT_FORK)
#define PTRACE_O_TRACEVFORK	(1 << PTRACE_EVENT_VFORK)
#define PTRACE_O_TRACECLONE	(1 << PTRACE_EVENT_CLONE)
#define PTRACE_O_TRACEEXEC	(1 << PTRACE_EVENT_EXEC)
#define PTRACE_O_TRACEVFORKDONE	(1 << PTRACE_EVENT_VFORK_DONE)
#define PTRACE_O_TRACEEXIT	(1 << PTRACE_EVENT_EXIT)
#define PTRACE_O_TRACESECCOMP	(1 << PTRACE_EVENT_SECCOMP)

/* eventless options */
#define PTRACE_O_EXITKILL		(1 << 20)
#define PTRACE_O_SUSPEND_SECCOMP	(1 << 21)

#define PTRACE_O_MASK		(\
	0x000000ff | PTRACE_O_EXITKILL | PTRACE_O_SUSPEND_SECCOMP)

#include <asm/ptrace.h>

#endif /* _LINUX_PTRACE_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  include/linux/nfs4.h
 *
 *  NFSv4 protocol definitions.
 *
 *  Copyright (c) 2002 The Regents of the University of Michigan.
 *  All rights reserved.
 *
 *  Kendrick Smith <kmsmith@umich.edu>
 *  Andy Adamson   <andros@umich.edu>
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_NFS4_H
#define _LINUX_NFS4_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define NFS4_BITMAP_SIZE	3
#define NFS4_VERIFIER_SIZE	8
#define NFS4_STATEID_SEQID_SIZE 4
#define NFS4_STATEID_OTHER_SIZE 12
#define NFS4_STATEID_SIZE	(NFS4_STATEID_SEQID_SIZE + NFS4_STATEID_OTHER_SIZE)
#define NFS4_FHSIZE		128
#define NFS4_MAXPATHLEN		PATH_MAX
#define NFS4_MAXNAMLEN		NAME_MAX
#define NFS4_OPAQUE_LIMIT	1024
#define NFS4_MAX_SESSIONID_LEN	16

#define NFS4_ACCESS_READ        0x0001
#define NFS4_ACCESS_LOOKUP      0x0002
#define NFS4_ACCESS_MODIFY      0x0004
#define NFS4_ACCESS_EXTEND      0x0008
#define NFS4_ACCESS_DELETE      0x0010
#define NFS4_ACCESS_EXECUTE     0x0020
#define NFS4_ACCESS_XAREAD      0x0040
#define NFS4_ACCESS_XAWRITE     0x0080
#define NFS4_ACCESS_XALIST      0x0100

#define NFS4_FH_PERSISTENT		0x0000
#define NFS4_FH_NOEXPIRE_WITH_OPEN	0x0001
#define NFS4_FH_VOLATILE_ANY		0x0002
#define NFS4_FH_VOL_MIGRATION		0x0004
#define NFS4_FH_VOL_RENAME		0x0008

#define NFS4_OPEN_RESULT_CONFIRM		0x0002
#define NFS4_OPEN_RESULT_LOCKTYPE_POSIX		0x0004
#define NFS4_OPEN_RESULT_PRESERVE_UNLINKED	0x0008
#define NFS4_OPEN_RESULT_MAY_NOTIFY_LOCK	0x0020

#define NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_MASK	0x000F
#define NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_READ	0x0001
#define NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_WRITE	0x0002
#define NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_BOTH	0x0003
#define NFS4_SHARE_DENY_READ	0x0001
#define NFS4_SHARE_DENY_WRITE	0x0002
#define NFS4_SHARE_DENY_BOTH	0x0003

/* nfs41 */
#define NFS4_SHARE_WANT_MASK		0xFF00
#define NFS4_SHARE_WANT_NO_PREFERENCE	0x0000
#define NFS4_SHARE_WANT_READ_DELEG	0x0100
#define NFS4_SHARE_WANT_WRITE_DELEG	0x0200
#define NFS4_SHARE_WANT_ANY_DELEG	0x0300
#define NFS4_SHARE_WANT_NO_DELEG	0x0400
#define NFS4_SHARE_WANT_CANCEL		0x0500

#define NFS4_SHARE_WHEN_MASK		0xF0000
#define NFS4_SHARE_SIGNAL_DELEG_WHEN_RESRC_AVAIL	0x10000
#define NFS4_SHARE_PUSH_DELEG_WHEN_UNCONTENDED		0x20000

#define NFS4_CDFC4_FORE	0x1
#define NFS4_CDFC4_BACK 0x2
#define NFS4_CDFC4_BOTH 0x3
#define NFS4_CDFC4_FORE_OR_BOTH 0x3
#define NFS4_CDFC4_BACK_OR_BOTH 0x7

#define NFS4_CDFS4_FORE 0x1
#define NFS4_CDFS4_BACK 0x2
#define NFS4_CDFS4_BOTH 0x3

#define NFS4_SET_TO_SERVER_TIME	0
#define NFS4_SET_TO_CLIENT_TIME	1

#define NFS4_ACE_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE 0
#define NFS4_ACE_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE  1
#define NFS4_ACE_SYSTEM_AUDIT_ACE_TYPE   2
#define NFS4_ACE_SYSTEM_ALARM_ACE_TYPE   3

#define ACL4_SUPPORT_ALLOW_ACL 0x01
#define ACL4_SUPPORT_DENY_ACL  0x02
#define ACL4_SUPPORT_AUDIT_ACL 0x04
#define ACL4_SUPPORT_ALARM_ACL 0x08

#define NFS4_ACL_AUTO_INHERIT 0x00000001
#define NFS4_ACL_PROTECTED    0x00000002
#define NFS4_ACL_DEFAULTED    0x00000004

#define NFS4_ACE_FILE_INHERIT_ACE             0x00000001
#define NFS4_ACE_DIRECTORY_INHERIT_ACE        0x00000002
#define NFS4_ACE_NO_PROPAGATE_INHERIT_ACE     0x00000004
#define NFS4_ACE_INHERIT_ONLY_ACE             0x00000008
#define NFS4_ACE_SUCCESSFUL_ACCESS_ACE_FLAG   0x00000010
#define NFS4_ACE_FAILED_ACCESS_ACE_FLAG       0x00000020
#define NFS4_ACE_IDENTIFIER_GROUP             0x00000040
#define NFS4_ACE_INHERITED_ACE                0x00000080

#define NFS4_ACE_READ_DATA                    0x00000001
#define NFS4_ACE_LIST_DIRECTORY               0x00000001
#define NFS4_ACE_WRITE_DATA                   0x00000002
#define NFS4_ACE_ADD_FILE                     0x00000002
#define NFS4_ACE_APPEND_DATA                  0x00000004
#define NFS4_ACE_ADD_SUBDIRECTORY             0x00000004
#define NFS4_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS             0x00000008
#define NFS4_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS            0x00000010
#define NFS4_ACE_EXECUTE                      0x00000020
#define NFS4_ACE_DELETE_CHILD                 0x00000040
#define NFS4_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES              0x00000080
#define NFS4_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES             0x00000100
#define NFS4_ACE_WRITE_RETENTION              0x00000200
#define NFS4_ACE_WRITE_RETENTION_HOLD         0x00000400
#define NFS4_ACE_DELETE                       0x00010000
#define NFS4_ACE_READ_ACL                     0x00020000
#define NFS4_ACE_WRITE_ACL                    0x00040000
#define NFS4_ACE_WRITE_OWNER                  0x00080000
#define NFS4_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE                  0x00100000
#define NFS4_ACE_GENERIC_READ                 0x00120081
#define NFS4_ACE_GENERIC_WRITE                0x00160106
#define NFS4_ACE_GENERIC_EXECUTE              0x001200A0
#define NFS4_ACE_MASK_ALL                     0x001F01FF

#define EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER		0x00000001
#define EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_MIGR		0x00000002
#define EXCHGID4_FLAG_BIND_PRINC_STATEID	0x00000100

#define EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS		0x00010000
#define EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_PNFS_MDS		0x00020000
#define EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_PNFS_DS		0x00040000
#define EXCHGID4_FLAG_MASK_PNFS			0x00070000

#define EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A	0x40000000
#define EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R		0x80000000

#define EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_FENCE_OPS		0x00000004
/*
 * Since the validity of these bits depends on whether
 * they're set in the argument or response, have separate
 * invalid flag masks for arg (_A) and resp (_R).
 */
#define EXCHGID4_FLAG_MASK_A			0x40070103
#define EXCHGID4_FLAG_MASK_R			0x80070103
#define EXCHGID4_2_FLAG_MASK_R			0x80070107

#define SEQ4_STATUS_CB_PATH_DOWN		0x00000001
#define SEQ4_STATUS_CB_GSS_CONTEXTS_EXPIRING	0x00000002
#define SEQ4_STATUS_CB_GSS_CONTEXTS_EXPIRED	0x00000004
#define SEQ4_STATUS_EXPIRED_ALL_STATE_REVOKED	0x00000008
#define SEQ4_STATUS_EXPIRED_SOME_STATE_REVOKED	0x00000010
#define SEQ4_STATUS_ADMIN_STATE_REVOKED		0x00000020
#define SEQ4_STATUS_RECALLABLE_STATE_REVOKED	0x00000040
#define SEQ4_STATUS_LEASE_MOVED			0x00000080
#define SEQ4_STATUS_RESTART_RECLAIM_NEEDED	0x00000100
#define SEQ4_STATUS_CB_PATH_DOWN_SESSION	0x00000200
#define SEQ4_STATUS_BACKCHANNEL_FAULT		0x00000400

#define NFS4_SECINFO_STYLE4_CURRENT_FH	0
#define NFS4_SECINFO_STYLE4_PARENT	1

#define NFS4_MAX_UINT64	(~(__u64)0)

/* An NFS4 sessions server must support at least NFS4_MAX_OPS operations.
 * If a compound requires more operations, adjust NFS4_MAX_OPS accordingly.
 */
#define NFS4_MAX_OPS   8

/* Our NFS4 client back channel server only wants the cb_sequene and the
 * actual operation per compound
 */
#define NFS4_MAX_BACK_CHANNEL_OPS 2

#endif /* _LINUX_NFS4_H */

/*
 * Local variables:
 *  c-basic-offset: 8
 * End:
 */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_MATROXFB_H__
#define __LINUX_MATROXFB_H__

#include <asm/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/videodev2.h>
#include <linux/fb.h>

struct matroxioc_output_mode {
	__u32	output;		/* which output */
#define MATROXFB_OUTPUT_PRIMARY		0x0000
#define MATROXFB_OUTPUT_SECONDARY	0x0001
#define MATROXFB_OUTPUT_DFP		0x0002
	__u32	mode;		/* which mode */
#define MATROXFB_OUTPUT_MODE_PAL	0x0001
#define MATROXFB_OUTPUT_MODE_NTSC	0x0002
#define MATROXFB_OUTPUT_MODE_MONITOR	0x0080
};
#define MATROXFB_SET_OUTPUT_MODE	_IOW('n',0xFA,size_t)
#define MATROXFB_GET_OUTPUT_MODE	_IOWR('n',0xFA,size_t)

/* bitfield */
#define MATROXFB_OUTPUT_CONN_PRIMARY	(1 << MATROXFB_OUTPUT_PRIMARY)
#define MATROXFB_OUTPUT_CONN_SECONDARY	(1 << MATROXFB_OUTPUT_SECONDARY)
#define MATROXFB_OUTPUT_CONN_DFP	(1 << MATROXFB_OUTPUT_DFP)
/* connect these outputs to this framebuffer */
#define MATROXFB_SET_OUTPUT_CONNECTION	_IOW('n',0xF8,size_t)
/* which outputs are connected to this framebuffer */
#define MATROXFB_GET_OUTPUT_CONNECTION	_IOR('n',0xF8,size_t)
/* which outputs are available for this framebuffer */
#define MATROXFB_GET_AVAILABLE_OUTPUTS	_IOR('n',0xF9,size_t)
/* which outputs exist on this framebuffer */
#define MATROXFB_GET_ALL_OUTPUTS	_IOR('n',0xFB,size_t)

enum matroxfb_ctrl_id {
  MATROXFB_CID_TESTOUT	 = V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE,
  MATROXFB_CID_DEFLICKER,
  MATROXFB_CID_LAST
};

#endif

/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_GTP_H_
#define _LINUX_GTP_H_

enum gtp_genl_cmds {
	GTP_CMD_NEWPDP,
	GTP_CMD_DELPDP,
	GTP_CMD_GETPDP,

	GTP_CMD_MAX,
};

enum gtp_version {
	GTP_V0 = 0,
	GTP_V1,
};

enum gtp_attrs {
	GTPA_UNSPEC = 0,
	GTPA_LINK,
	GTPA_VERSION,
	GTPA_TID,	/* for GTPv0 only */
	GTPA_PEER_ADDRESS,	/* Remote GSN peer, either SGSN or GGSN */
#define GTPA_SGSN_ADDRESS GTPA_PEER_ADDRESS /* maintain legacy attr name */
	GTPA_MS_ADDRESS,
	GTPA_FLOW,
	GTPA_NET_NS_FD,
	GTPA_I_TEI,	/* for GTPv1 only */
	GTPA_O_TEI,	/* for GTPv1 only */
	GTPA_PAD,
	__GTPA_MAX,
};
#define GTPA_MAX (__GTPA_MAX + 1)

#endif /* _LINUX_GTP_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Intel MIC Platform Software Stack (MPSS)
 *
 * Copyright(c) 2013 Intel Corporation.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2, as
 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
 * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
 * General Public License for more details.
 *
 * The full GNU General Public License is included in this distribution in
 * the file called "COPYING".
 *
 * Intel MIC Host driver.
 *
 */
#ifndef _MIC_IOCTL_H_
#define _MIC_IOCTL_H_

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * mic_copy - MIC virtio descriptor copy.
 *
 * @iov: An array of IOVEC structures containing user space buffers.
 * @iovcnt: Number of IOVEC structures in iov.
 * @vr_idx: The vring index.
 * @update_used: A non zero value results in used index being updated.
 * @out_len: The aggregate of the total length written to or read from
 *	the virtio device.
 */
struct mic_copy_desc {
	struct iovec *iov;
	__u32 iovcnt;
	__u8 vr_idx;
	__u8 update_used;
	__u32 out_len;
};

/*
 * Add a new virtio device
 * The (struct mic_device_desc *) pointer points to a device page entry
 *	for the virtio device consisting of:
 *	- struct mic_device_desc
 *	- struct mic_vqconfig (num_vq of these)
 *	- host and guest features
 *	- virtio device config space
 * The total size referenced by the pointer should equal the size returned
 * by desc_size() in mic_common.h
 */
#define MIC_VIRTIO_ADD_DEVICE _IOWR('s', 1, struct mic_device_desc *)

/*
 * Copy the number of entries in the iovec and update the used index
 * if requested by the user.
 */
#define MIC_VIRTIO_COPY_DESC	_IOWR('s', 2, struct mic_copy_desc *)

/*
 * Notify virtio device of a config change
 * The (__u8 *) pointer points to config space values for the device
 * as they should be written into the device page. The total size
 * referenced by the pointer should equal the config_len field of struct
 * mic_device_desc.
 */
#define MIC_VIRTIO_CONFIG_CHANGE _IOWR('s', 5, __u8 *)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2016, Linaro Ltd.
 */

#ifndef _RPMSG_H_
#define _RPMSG_H_

#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/**
 * struct rpmsg_endpoint_info - endpoint info representation
 * @name: name of service
 * @src: local address
 * @dst: destination address
 */
struct rpmsg_endpoint_info {
	char name[32];
	__u32 src;
	__u32 dst;
};

#define RPMSG_CREATE_EPT_IOCTL	_IOW(0xb5, 0x1, struct rpmsg_endpoint_info)
#define RPMSG_DESTROY_EPT_IOCTL	_IO(0xb5, 0x2)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* $Id: capi.h,v 1.4.6.1 2001/09/23 22:25:05 kai Exp $
 * 
 * CAPI 2.0 Interface for Linux
 * 
 * Copyright 1997 by Carsten Paeth (calle@calle.in-berlin.de)
 * 
 * This software may be used and distributed according to the terms
 * of the GNU General Public License, incorporated herein by reference.
 *
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_CAPI_H__
#define __LINUX_CAPI_H__

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/kernelcapi.h>

/*
 * CAPI_REGISTER
 */

typedef struct capi_register_params {	/* CAPI_REGISTER */
	__u32 level3cnt;	/* No. of simulatneous user data connections */
	__u32 datablkcnt;	/* No. of buffered data messages */
	__u32 datablklen;	/* Size of buffered data messages */
} capi_register_params;

#define	CAPI_REGISTER	_IOW('C',0x01,struct capi_register_params)

/*
 * CAPI_GET_MANUFACTURER
 */

#define CAPI_MANUFACTURER_LEN		64

#define	CAPI_GET_MANUFACTURER	_IOWR('C',0x06,int)	/* broken: wanted size 64 (CAPI_MANUFACTURER_LEN) */

/*
 * CAPI_GET_VERSION
 */

typedef struct capi_version {
	__u32 majorversion;
	__u32 minorversion;
	__u32 majormanuversion;
	__u32 minormanuversion;
} capi_version;

#define CAPI_GET_VERSION	_IOWR('C',0x07,struct capi_version)

/*
 * CAPI_GET_SERIAL
 */

#define CAPI_SERIAL_LEN		8
#define CAPI_GET_SERIAL		_IOWR('C',0x08,int)	/* broken: wanted size 8 (CAPI_SERIAL_LEN) */

/*
 * CAPI_GET_PROFILE
 */

typedef struct capi_profile {
	__u16 ncontroller;	/* number of installed controller */
	__u16 nbchannel;	/* number of B-Channels */
	__u32 goptions;		/* global options */
	__u32 support1;		/* B1 protocols support */
	__u32 support2;		/* B2 protocols support */
	__u32 support3;		/* B3 protocols support */
	__u32 reserved[6];	/* reserved */
	__u32 manu[5];		/* manufacturer specific information */
} capi_profile;

#define CAPI_GET_PROFILE	_IOWR('C',0x09,struct capi_profile)

typedef struct capi_manufacturer_cmd {
	unsigned long cmd;
	void *data;
} capi_manufacturer_cmd;

/*
 * CAPI_MANUFACTURER_CMD
 */

#define CAPI_MANUFACTURER_CMD	_IOWR('C',0x20, struct capi_manufacturer_cmd)

/*
 * CAPI_GET_ERRCODE
 * capi errcode is set, * if read, write, or ioctl returns EIO,
 * ioctl returns errcode directly, and in arg, if != 0
 */

#define CAPI_GET_ERRCODE	_IOR('C',0x21, __u16)

/*
 * CAPI_INSTALLED
 */
#define CAPI_INSTALLED		_IOR('C',0x22, __u16)


/*
 * member contr is input for
 * CAPI_GET_MANUFACTURER, CAPI_GET_VERSION, CAPI_GET_SERIAL
 * and CAPI_GET_PROFILE
 */
typedef union capi_ioctl_struct {
	__u32 contr;
	capi_register_params rparams;
	__u8 manufacturer[CAPI_MANUFACTURER_LEN];
	capi_version version;
	__u8 serial[CAPI_SERIAL_LEN];
	capi_profile profile;
	capi_manufacturer_cmd cmd;
	__u16 errcode;
} capi_ioctl_struct;

/*
 * Middleware extension
 */

#define CAPIFLAG_HIGHJACKING	0x0001

#define CAPI_GET_FLAGS		_IOR('C',0x23, unsigned)
#define CAPI_SET_FLAGS		_IOR('C',0x24, unsigned)
#define CAPI_CLR_FLAGS		_IOR('C',0x25, unsigned)

#define CAPI_NCCI_OPENCOUNT	_IOR('C',0x26, unsigned)

#define CAPI_NCCI_GETUNIT	_IOR('C',0x27, unsigned)

#endif				/* __LINUX_CAPI_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * lirc.h - linux infrared remote control header file
 * last modified 2010/07/13 by Jarod Wilson
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_LIRC_H
#define _LINUX_LIRC_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

#define PULSE_BIT       0x01000000
#define PULSE_MASK      0x00FFFFFF

#define LIRC_MODE2_SPACE     0x00000000
#define LIRC_MODE2_PULSE     0x01000000
#define LIRC_MODE2_FREQUENCY 0x02000000
#define LIRC_MODE2_TIMEOUT   0x03000000

#define LIRC_VALUE_MASK      0x00FFFFFF
#define LIRC_MODE2_MASK      0xFF000000

#define LIRC_SPACE(val) (((val)&LIRC_VALUE_MASK) | LIRC_MODE2_SPACE)
#define LIRC_PULSE(val) (((val)&LIRC_VALUE_MASK) | LIRC_MODE2_PULSE)
#define LIRC_FREQUENCY(val) (((val)&LIRC_VALUE_MASK) | LIRC_MODE2_FREQUENCY)
#define LIRC_TIMEOUT(val) (((val)&LIRC_VALUE_MASK) | LIRC_MODE2_TIMEOUT)

#define LIRC_VALUE(val) ((val)&LIRC_VALUE_MASK)
#define LIRC_MODE2(val) ((val)&LIRC_MODE2_MASK)

#define LIRC_IS_SPACE(val) (LIRC_MODE2(val) == LIRC_MODE2_SPACE)
#define LIRC_IS_PULSE(val) (LIRC_MODE2(val) == LIRC_MODE2_PULSE)
#define LIRC_IS_FREQUENCY(val) (LIRC_MODE2(val) == LIRC_MODE2_FREQUENCY)
#define LIRC_IS_TIMEOUT(val) (LIRC_MODE2(val) == LIRC_MODE2_TIMEOUT)

/* used heavily by lirc userspace */
#define lirc_t int

/*** lirc compatible hardware features ***/

#define LIRC_MODE2SEND(x) (x)
#define LIRC_SEND2MODE(x) (x)
#define LIRC_MODE2REC(x) ((x) << 16)
#define LIRC_REC2MODE(x) ((x) >> 16)

#define LIRC_MODE_RAW                  0x00000001
#define LIRC_MODE_PULSE                0x00000002
#define LIRC_MODE_MODE2                0x00000004
#define LIRC_MODE_SCANCODE             0x00000008
#define LIRC_MODE_LIRCCODE             0x00000010


#define LIRC_CAN_SEND_RAW              LIRC_MODE2SEND(LIRC_MODE_RAW)
#define LIRC_CAN_SEND_PULSE            LIRC_MODE2SEND(LIRC_MODE_PULSE)
#define LIRC_CAN_SEND_MODE2            LIRC_MODE2SEND(LIRC_MODE_MODE2)
#define LIRC_CAN_SEND_LIRCCODE         LIRC_MODE2SEND(LIRC_MODE_LIRCCODE)

#define LIRC_CAN_SEND_MASK             0x0000003f

#define LIRC_CAN_SET_SEND_CARRIER      0x00000100
#define LIRC_CAN_SET_SEND_DUTY_CYCLE   0x00000200
#define LIRC_CAN_SET_TRANSMITTER_MASK  0x00000400

#define LIRC_CAN_REC_RAW               LIRC_MODE2REC(LIRC_MODE_RAW)
#define LIRC_CAN_REC_PULSE             LIRC_MODE2REC(LIRC_MODE_PULSE)
#define LIRC_CAN_REC_MODE2             LIRC_MODE2REC(LIRC_MODE_MODE2)
#define LIRC_CAN_REC_SCANCODE          LIRC_MODE2REC(LIRC_MODE_SCANCODE)
#define LIRC_CAN_REC_LIRCCODE          LIRC_MODE2REC(LIRC_MODE_LIRCCODE)

#define LIRC_CAN_REC_MASK              LIRC_MODE2REC(LIRC_CAN_SEND_MASK)

#define LIRC_CAN_SET_REC_CARRIER       (LIRC_CAN_SET_SEND_CARRIER << 16)
#define LIRC_CAN_SET_REC_DUTY_CYCLE    (LIRC_CAN_SET_SEND_DUTY_CYCLE << 16)

#define LIRC_CAN_SET_REC_DUTY_CYCLE_RANGE 0x40000000
#define LIRC_CAN_SET_REC_CARRIER_RANGE    0x80000000
#define LIRC_CAN_GET_REC_RESOLUTION       0x20000000
#define LIRC_CAN_SET_REC_TIMEOUT          0x10000000
#define LIRC_CAN_SET_REC_FILTER           0x08000000

#define LIRC_CAN_MEASURE_CARRIER          0x02000000
#define LIRC_CAN_USE_WIDEBAND_RECEIVER    0x04000000

#define LIRC_CAN_SEND(x) ((x)&LIRC_CAN_SEND_MASK)
#define LIRC_CAN_REC(x) ((x)&LIRC_CAN_REC_MASK)

#define LIRC_CAN_NOTIFY_DECODE            0x01000000

/*** IOCTL commands for lirc driver ***/

#define LIRC_GET_FEATURES              _IOR('i', 0x00000000, __u32)

#define LIRC_GET_SEND_MODE             _IOR('i', 0x00000001, __u32)
#define LIRC_GET_REC_MODE              _IOR('i', 0x00000002, __u32)
#define LIRC_GET_REC_RESOLUTION        _IOR('i', 0x00000007, __u32)

#define LIRC_GET_MIN_TIMEOUT           _IOR('i', 0x00000008, __u32)
#define LIRC_GET_MAX_TIMEOUT           _IOR('i', 0x00000009, __u32)

/* code length in bits, currently only for LIRC_MODE_LIRCCODE */
#define LIRC_GET_LENGTH                _IOR('i', 0x0000000f, __u32)

#define LIRC_SET_SEND_MODE             _IOW('i', 0x00000011, __u32)
#define LIRC_SET_REC_MODE              _IOW('i', 0x00000012, __u32)
/* Note: these can reset the according pulse_width */
#define LIRC_SET_SEND_CARRIER          _IOW('i', 0x00000013, __u32)
#define LIRC_SET_REC_CARRIER           _IOW('i', 0x00000014, __u32)
#define LIRC_SET_SEND_DUTY_CYCLE       _IOW('i', 0x00000015, __u32)
#define LIRC_SET_TRANSMITTER_MASK      _IOW('i', 0x00000017, __u32)

/*
 * when a timeout != 0 is set the driver will send a
 * LIRC_MODE2_TIMEOUT data packet, otherwise LIRC_MODE2_TIMEOUT is
 * never sent, timeout is disabled by default
 */
#define LIRC_SET_REC_TIMEOUT           _IOW('i', 0x00000018, __u32)

/* 1 enables, 0 disables timeout reports in MODE2 */
#define LIRC_SET_REC_TIMEOUT_REPORTS   _IOW('i', 0x00000019, __u32)

/*
 * if enabled from the next key press on the driver will send
 * LIRC_MODE2_FREQUENCY packets
 */
#define LIRC_SET_MEASURE_CARRIER_MODE	_IOW('i', 0x0000001d, __u32)

/*
 * to set a range use LIRC_SET_REC_CARRIER_RANGE with the
 * lower bound first and later LIRC_SET_REC_CARRIER with the upper bound
 */
#define LIRC_SET_REC_CARRIER_RANGE     _IOW('i', 0x0000001f, __u32)

#define LIRC_SET_WIDEBAND_RECEIVER     _IOW('i', 0x00000023, __u32)

/*
 * Return the recording timeout, which is either set by
 * the ioctl LIRC_SET_REC_TIMEOUT or by the kernel after setting the protocols.
 */
#define LIRC_GET_REC_TIMEOUT	       _IOR('i', 0x00000024, __u32)

/*
 * struct lirc_scancode - decoded scancode with protocol for use with
 *	LIRC_MODE_SCANCODE
 *
 * @timestamp: Timestamp in nanoseconds using CLOCK_MONOTONIC when IR
 *	was decoded.
 * @flags: should be 0 for transmit. When receiving scancodes,
 *	LIRC_SCANCODE_FLAG_TOGGLE or LIRC_SCANCODE_FLAG_REPEAT can be set
 *	depending on the protocol
 * @rc_proto: see enum rc_proto
 * @keycode: the translated keycode. Set to 0 for transmit.
 * @scancode: the scancode received or to be sent
 */
struct lirc_scancode {
	__u64	timestamp;
	__u16	flags;
	__u16	rc_proto;
	__u32	keycode;
	__u64	scancode;
};

/* Set if the toggle bit of rc-5 or rc-6 is enabled */
#define LIRC_SCANCODE_FLAG_TOGGLE	1
/* Set if this is a nec or sanyo repeat */
#define LIRC_SCANCODE_FLAG_REPEAT	2

/**
 * enum rc_proto - the Remote Controller protocol
 *
 * @RC_PROTO_UNKNOWN: Protocol not known
 * @RC_PROTO_OTHER: Protocol known but proprietary
 * @RC_PROTO_RC5: Philips RC5 protocol
 * @RC_PROTO_RC5X_20: Philips RC5x 20 bit protocol
 * @RC_PROTO_RC5_SZ: StreamZap variant of RC5
 * @RC_PROTO_JVC: JVC protocol
 * @RC_PROTO_SONY12: Sony 12 bit protocol
 * @RC_PROTO_SONY15: Sony 15 bit protocol
 * @RC_PROTO_SONY20: Sony 20 bit protocol
 * @RC_PROTO_NEC: NEC protocol
 * @RC_PROTO_NECX: Extended NEC protocol
 * @RC_PROTO_NEC32: NEC 32 bit protocol
 * @RC_PROTO_SANYO: Sanyo protocol
 * @RC_PROTO_MCIR2_KBD: RC6-ish MCE keyboard
 * @RC_PROTO_MCIR2_MSE: RC6-ish MCE mouse
 * @RC_PROTO_RC6_0: Philips RC6-0-16 protocol
 * @RC_PROTO_RC6_6A_20: Philips RC6-6A-20 protocol
 * @RC_PROTO_RC6_6A_24: Philips RC6-6A-24 protocol
 * @RC_PROTO_RC6_6A_32: Philips RC6-6A-32 protocol
 * @RC_PROTO_RC6_MCE: MCE (Philips RC6-6A-32 subtype) protocol
 * @RC_PROTO_SHARP: Sharp protocol
 * @RC_PROTO_XMP: XMP protocol
 * @RC_PROTO_CEC: CEC protocol
 * @RC_PROTO_IMON: iMon Pad protocol
 */
enum rc_proto {
	RC_PROTO_UNKNOWN	= 0,
	RC_PROTO_OTHER		= 1,
	RC_PROTO_RC5		= 2,
	RC_PROTO_RC5X_20	= 3,
	RC_PROTO_RC5_SZ		= 4,
	RC_PROTO_JVC		= 5,
	RC_PROTO_SONY12		= 6,
	RC_PROTO_SONY15		= 7,
	RC_PROTO_SONY20		= 8,
	RC_PROTO_NEC		= 9,
	RC_PROTO_NECX		= 10,
	RC_PROTO_NEC32		= 11,
	RC_PROTO_SANYO		= 12,
	RC_PROTO_MCIR2_KBD	= 13,
	RC_PROTO_MCIR2_MSE	= 14,
	RC_PROTO_RC6_0		= 15,
	RC_PROTO_RC6_6A_20	= 16,
	RC_PROTO_RC6_6A_24	= 17,
	RC_PROTO_RC6_6A_32	= 18,
	RC_PROTO_RC6_MCE	= 19,
	RC_PROTO_SHARP		= 20,
	RC_PROTO_XMP		= 21,
	RC_PROTO_CEC		= 22,
	RC_PROTO_IMON		= 23,
};

#endif
/* include/linux/aio_abi.h
 *
 * Copyright 2000,2001,2002 Red Hat.
 *
 * Written by Benjamin LaHaise <bcrl@kvack.org>
 *
 * Distribute under the terms of the GPLv2 (see ../../COPYING) or under 
 * the following terms.
 *
 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
 * documentation is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
 * notice appears in all copies.  This software is provided without any
 * warranty, express or implied.  Red Hat makes no representations about
 * the suitability of this software for any purpose.
 *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF RED HAT HAS BEEN ADVISED
 * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 * RED HAT DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
 * PURPOSE.  THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND
 * RED HAT HAS NO OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES,
 * ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS.
 */
#ifndef __LINUX__AIO_ABI_H
#define __LINUX__AIO_ABI_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/fs.h>
#include <asm/byteorder.h>

typedef __kernel_ulong_t aio_context_t;

enum {
	IOCB_CMD_PREAD = 0,
	IOCB_CMD_PWRITE = 1,
	IOCB_CMD_FSYNC = 2,
	IOCB_CMD_FDSYNC = 3,
	/* These two are experimental.
	 * IOCB_CMD_PREADX = 4,
	 * IOCB_CMD_POLL = 5,
	 */
	IOCB_CMD_NOOP = 6,
	IOCB_CMD_PREADV = 7,
	IOCB_CMD_PWRITEV = 8,
};

/*
 * Valid flags for the "aio_flags" member of the "struct iocb".
 *
 * IOCB_FLAG_RESFD - Set if the "aio_resfd" member of the "struct iocb"
 *                   is valid.
 * IOCB_FLAG_IOPRIO - Set if the "aio_reqprio" member of the "struct iocb"
 *                    is valid.
 */
#define IOCB_FLAG_RESFD		(1 << 0)
#define IOCB_FLAG_IOPRIO	(1 << 1)

/* read() from /dev/aio returns these structures. */
struct io_event {
	__u64		data;		/* the data field from the iocb */
	__u64		obj;		/* what iocb this event came from */
	__s64		res;		/* result code for this event */
	__s64		res2;		/* secondary result */
};

/*
 * we always use a 64bit off_t when communicating
 * with userland.  its up to libraries to do the
 * proper padding and aio_error abstraction
 */

struct iocb {
	/* these are internal to the kernel/libc. */
	__u64	aio_data;	/* data to be returned in event's data */

#if defined(__BYTE_ORDER) ? __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN : defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN)
	__u32	aio_key;	/* the kernel sets aio_key to the req # */
	__kernel_rwf_t aio_rw_flags;	/* RWF_* flags */
#elif defined(__BYTE_ORDER) ? __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN : defined(__BIG_ENDIAN)
	__kernel_rwf_t aio_rw_flags;	/* RWF_* flags */
	__u32	aio_key;	/* the kernel sets aio_key to the req # */
#else
#error edit for your odd byteorder.
#endif

	/* common fields */
	__u16	aio_lio_opcode;	/* see IOCB_CMD_ above */
	__s16	aio_reqprio;
	__u32	aio_fildes;

	__u64	aio_buf;
	__u64	aio_nbytes;
	__s64	aio_offset;

	/* extra parameters */
	__u64	aio_reserved2;	/* TODO: use this for a (struct sigevent *) */

	/* flags for the "struct iocb" */
	__u32	aio_flags;

	/*
	 * if the IOCB_FLAG_RESFD flag of "aio_flags" is set, this is an
	 * eventfd to signal AIO readiness to
	 */
	__u32	aio_resfd;
}; /* 64 bytes */

#undef IFBIG
#undef IFLITTLE

#endif /* __LINUX__AIO_ABI_H */

/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  Copyright (c) 1999-2002 Vojtech Pavlik
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation.
 */
#ifndef _GAMEPORT_H
#define _GAMEPORT_H



#define GAMEPORT_MODE_DISABLED		0
#define GAMEPORT_MODE_RAW		1
#define GAMEPORT_MODE_COOKED		2

#define GAMEPORT_ID_VENDOR_ANALOG	0x0001
#define GAMEPORT_ID_VENDOR_MADCATZ	0x0002
#define GAMEPORT_ID_VENDOR_LOGITECH	0x0003
#define GAMEPORT_ID_VENDOR_CREATIVE	0x0004
#define GAMEPORT_ID_VENDOR_GENIUS	0x0005
#define GAMEPORT_ID_VENDOR_INTERACT	0x0006
#define GAMEPORT_ID_VENDOR_MICROSOFT	0x0007
#define GAMEPORT_ID_VENDOR_THRUSTMASTER	0x0008
#define GAMEPORT_ID_VENDOR_GRAVIS	0x0009
#define GAMEPORT_ID_VENDOR_GUILLEMOT	0x000a

#endif /* _GAMEPORT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) */
/*
 * include/uapi/linux/tipc_config.h: Header for TIPC configuration interface
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2003-2006, Ericsson AB
 * Copyright (c) 2005-2007, 2010-2011, Wind River Systems
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the names of the copyright holders nor the names of its
 *    contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
 *    this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * Alternatively, this software may be distributed under the terms of the
 * GNU General Public License ("GPL") version 2 as published by the Free
 * Software Foundation.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
 * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
 * LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
 * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
 * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
 * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
 * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
 * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
 * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_TIPC_CONFIG_H_
#define _LINUX_TIPC_CONFIG_H_

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/string.h>
#include <linux/tipc.h>
#include <asm/byteorder.h>

#include <arpa/inet.h> /* for ntohs etc. */

/*
 * Configuration
 *
 * All configuration management messaging involves sending a request message
 * to the TIPC configuration service on a node, which sends a reply message
 * back.  (In the future multi-message replies may be supported.)
 *
 * Both request and reply messages consist of a transport header and payload.
 * The transport header contains info about the desired operation;
 * the payload consists of zero or more type/length/value (TLV) items
 * which specify parameters or results for the operation.
 *
 * For many operations, the request and reply messages have a fixed number
 * of TLVs (usually zero or one); however, some reply messages may return
 * a variable number of TLVs.  A failed request is denoted by the presence
 * of an "error string" TLV in the reply message instead of the TLV(s) the
 * reply should contain if the request succeeds.
 */

/*
 * Public commands:
 * May be issued by any process.
 * Accepted by own node, or by remote node only if remote management enabled.
 */

#define  TIPC_CMD_NOOP              0x0000    /* tx none, rx none */
#define  TIPC_CMD_GET_NODES         0x0001    /* tx net_addr, rx node_info(s) */
#define  TIPC_CMD_GET_MEDIA_NAMES   0x0002    /* tx none, rx media_name(s) */
#define  TIPC_CMD_GET_BEARER_NAMES  0x0003    /* tx none, rx bearer_name(s) */
#define  TIPC_CMD_GET_LINKS         0x0004    /* tx net_addr, rx link_info(s) */
#define  TIPC_CMD_SHOW_NAME_TABLE   0x0005    /* tx name_tbl_query, rx ultra_string */
#define  TIPC_CMD_SHOW_PORTS        0x0006    /* tx none, rx ultra_string */
#define  TIPC_CMD_SHOW_LINK_STATS   0x000B    /* tx link_name, rx ultra_string */
#define  TIPC_CMD_SHOW_STATS        0x000F    /* tx unsigned, rx ultra_string */

/*
 * Protected commands:
 * May only be issued by "network administration capable" process.
 * Accepted by own node, or by remote node only if remote management enabled
 * and this node is zone manager.
 */

#define  TIPC_CMD_GET_REMOTE_MNG    0x4003    /* tx none, rx unsigned */
#define  TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_PORTS     0x4004    /* tx none, rx unsigned */
#define  TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_PUBL      0x4005    /* obsoleted */
#define  TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SUBSCR    0x4006    /* obsoleted */
#define  TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_ZONES     0x4007    /* obsoleted */
#define  TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_CLUSTERS  0x4008    /* obsoleted */
#define  TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_NODES     0x4009    /* obsoleted */
#define  TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SLAVES    0x400A    /* obsoleted */
#define  TIPC_CMD_GET_NETID         0x400B    /* tx none, rx unsigned */

#define  TIPC_CMD_ENABLE_BEARER     0x4101    /* tx bearer_config, rx none */
#define  TIPC_CMD_DISABLE_BEARER    0x4102    /* tx bearer_name, rx none */
#define  TIPC_CMD_SET_LINK_TOL      0x4107    /* tx link_config, rx none */
#define  TIPC_CMD_SET_LINK_PRI      0x4108    /* tx link_config, rx none */
#define  TIPC_CMD_SET_LINK_WINDOW   0x4109    /* tx link_config, rx none */
#define  TIPC_CMD_SET_LOG_SIZE      0x410A    /* obsoleted */
#define  TIPC_CMD_DUMP_LOG          0x410B    /* obsoleted */
#define  TIPC_CMD_RESET_LINK_STATS  0x410C    /* tx link_name, rx none */

/*
 * Private commands:
 * May only be issued by "network administration capable" process.
 * Accepted by own node only; cannot be used on a remote node.
 */

#define  TIPC_CMD_SET_NODE_ADDR     0x8001    /* tx net_addr, rx none */
#define  TIPC_CMD_SET_REMOTE_MNG    0x8003    /* tx unsigned, rx none */
#define  TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_PORTS     0x8004    /* tx unsigned, rx none */
#define  TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_PUBL      0x8005    /* obsoleted */
#define  TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SUBSCR    0x8006    /* obsoleted */
#define  TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_ZONES     0x8007    /* obsoleted */
#define  TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_CLUSTERS  0x8008    /* obsoleted */
#define  TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_NODES     0x8009    /* obsoleted */
#define  TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SLAVES    0x800A    /* obsoleted */
#define  TIPC_CMD_SET_NETID         0x800B    /* tx unsigned, rx none */

/*
 * Reserved commands:
 * May not be issued by any process.
 * Used internally by TIPC.
 */

#define  TIPC_CMD_NOT_NET_ADMIN     0xC001    /* tx none, rx none */

/*
 * TLV types defined for TIPC
 */

#define TIPC_TLV_NONE		0	/* no TLV present */
#define TIPC_TLV_VOID		1	/* empty TLV (0 data bytes)*/
#define TIPC_TLV_UNSIGNED	2	/* 32-bit integer */
#define TIPC_TLV_STRING		3	/* char[128] (max) */
#define TIPC_TLV_LARGE_STRING	4	/* char[2048] (max) */
#define TIPC_TLV_ULTRA_STRING	5	/* char[32768] (max) */

#define TIPC_TLV_ERROR_STRING	16	/* char[128] containing "error code" */
#define TIPC_TLV_NET_ADDR	17	/* 32-bit integer denoting <Z.C.N> */
#define TIPC_TLV_MEDIA_NAME	18	/* char[TIPC_MAX_MEDIA_NAME] */
#define TIPC_TLV_BEARER_NAME	19	/* char[TIPC_MAX_BEARER_NAME] */
#define TIPC_TLV_LINK_NAME	20	/* char[TIPC_MAX_LINK_NAME] */
#define TIPC_TLV_NODE_INFO	21	/* struct tipc_node_info */
#define TIPC_TLV_LINK_INFO	22	/* struct tipc_link_info */
#define TIPC_TLV_BEARER_CONFIG	23	/* struct tipc_bearer_config */
#define TIPC_TLV_LINK_CONFIG	24	/* struct tipc_link_config */
#define TIPC_TLV_NAME_TBL_QUERY	25	/* struct tipc_name_table_query */
#define TIPC_TLV_PORT_REF	26	/* 32-bit port reference */

/*
 * Link priority limits (min, default, max, media default)
 */

#define TIPC_MIN_LINK_PRI	0
#define TIPC_DEF_LINK_PRI	10
#define TIPC_MAX_LINK_PRI	31
#define TIPC_MEDIA_LINK_PRI	(TIPC_MAX_LINK_PRI + 1)

/*
 * Link tolerance limits (min, default, max), in ms
 */

#define TIPC_MIN_LINK_TOL 50
#define TIPC_DEF_LINK_TOL 1500
#define TIPC_MAX_LINK_TOL 30000

#if (TIPC_MIN_LINK_TOL < 16)
#error "TIPC_MIN_LINK_TOL is too small (abort limit may be NaN)"
#endif

/*
 * Link window limits (min, default, max), in packets
 */

#define TIPC_MIN_LINK_WIN 16
#define TIPC_DEF_LINK_WIN 50
#define TIPC_MAX_LINK_WIN 8191

/*
 * Default MTU for UDP media
 */

#define TIPC_DEF_LINK_UDP_MTU 14000

struct tipc_node_info {
	__be32 addr;			/* network address of node */
	__be32 up;			/* 0=down, 1= up */
};

struct tipc_link_info {
	__be32 dest;			/* network address of peer node */
	__be32 up;			/* 0=down, 1=up */
	char str[TIPC_MAX_LINK_NAME];	/* link name */
};

struct tipc_bearer_config {
	__be32 priority;		/* Range [1,31]. Override per link  */
	__be32 disc_domain;		/* <Z.C.N> describing desired nodes */
	char name[TIPC_MAX_BEARER_NAME];
};

struct tipc_link_config {
	__be32 value;
	char name[TIPC_MAX_LINK_NAME];
};

#define TIPC_NTQ_ALLTYPES 0x80000000

struct tipc_name_table_query {
	__be32 depth;	/* 1:type, 2:+name info, 3:+port info, 4+:+debug info */
	__be32 type;	/* {t,l,u} info ignored if high bit of "depth" is set */
	__be32 lowbound; /* (i.e. displays all entries of name table) */
	__be32 upbound;
};

/*
 * The error string TLV is a null-terminated string describing the cause
 * of the request failure.  To simplify error processing (and to save space)
 * the first character of the string can be a special error code character
 * (lying by the range 0x80 to 0xFF) which represents a pre-defined reason.
 */

#define TIPC_CFG_TLV_ERROR      "\x80"  /* request contains incorrect TLV(s) */
#define TIPC_CFG_NOT_NET_ADMIN  "\x81"	/* must be network administrator */
#define TIPC_CFG_NOT_ZONE_MSTR	"\x82"	/* must be zone master */
#define TIPC_CFG_NO_REMOTE	"\x83"	/* remote management not enabled */
#define TIPC_CFG_NOT_SUPPORTED  "\x84"	/* request is not supported by TIPC */
#define TIPC_CFG_INVALID_VALUE  "\x85"  /* request has invalid argument value */

/*
 * A TLV consists of a descriptor, followed by the TLV value.
 * TLV descriptor fields are stored in network byte order;
 * TLV values must also be stored in network byte order (where applicable).
 * TLV descriptors must be aligned to addresses which are multiple of 4,
 * so up to 3 bytes of padding may exist at the end of the TLV value area.
 * There must not be any padding between the TLV descriptor and its value.
 */

struct tlv_desc {
	__be16 tlv_len;		/* TLV length (descriptor + value) */
	__be16 tlv_type;		/* TLV identifier */
};

#define TLV_ALIGNTO 4

#define TLV_ALIGN(datalen) (((datalen)+(TLV_ALIGNTO-1)) & ~(TLV_ALIGNTO-1))
#define TLV_LENGTH(datalen) (sizeof(struct tlv_desc) + (datalen))
#define TLV_SPACE(datalen) (TLV_ALIGN(TLV_LENGTH(datalen)))
#define TLV_DATA(tlv) ((void *)((char *)(tlv) + TLV_LENGTH(0)))

static __inline__ int TLV_OK(const void *tlv, __u16 space)
{
	/*
	 * Would also like to check that "tlv" is a multiple of 4,
	 * but don't know how to do this in a portable way.
	 * - Tried doing (!(tlv & (TLV_ALIGNTO-1))), but GCC compiler
	 *   won't allow binary "&" with a pointer.
	 * - Tried casting "tlv" to integer type, but causes warning about size
	 *   mismatch when pointer is bigger than chosen type (int, long, ...).
	 */

	return (space >= TLV_SPACE(0)) &&
		(ntohs(((struct tlv_desc *)tlv)->tlv_len) <= space);
}

static __inline__ int TLV_CHECK(const void *tlv, __u16 space, __u16 exp_type)
{
	return TLV_OK(tlv, space) &&
		(ntohs(((struct tlv_desc *)tlv)->tlv_type) == exp_type);
}

static __inline__ int TLV_GET_LEN(struct tlv_desc *tlv)
{
	return ntohs(tlv->tlv_len);
}

static __inline__ void TLV_SET_LEN(struct tlv_desc *tlv, __u16 len)
{
	tlv->tlv_len = htons(len);
}

static __inline__ int TLV_CHECK_TYPE(struct tlv_desc *tlv,  __u16 type)
{
	return (ntohs(tlv->tlv_type) == type);
}

static __inline__ void TLV_SET_TYPE(struct tlv_desc *tlv, __u16 type)
{
	tlv->tlv_type = htons(type);
}

static __inline__ int TLV_SET(void *tlv, __u16 type, void *data, __u16 len)
{
	struct tlv_desc *tlv_ptr;
	int tlv_len;

	tlv_len = TLV_LENGTH(len);
	tlv_ptr = (struct tlv_desc *)tlv;
	tlv_ptr->tlv_type = htons(type);
	tlv_ptr->tlv_len  = htons(tlv_len);
	if (len && data)
		memcpy(TLV_DATA(tlv_ptr), data, tlv_len);
	return TLV_SPACE(len);
}

/*
 * A TLV list descriptor simplifies processing of messages
 * containing multiple TLVs.
 */

struct tlv_list_desc {
	struct tlv_desc *tlv_ptr;	/* ptr to current TLV */
	__u32 tlv_space;		/* # bytes from curr TLV to list end */
};

static __inline__ void TLV_LIST_INIT(struct tlv_list_desc *list,
				 void *data, __u32 space)
{
	list->tlv_ptr = (struct tlv_desc *)data;
	list->tlv_space = space;
}

static __inline__ int TLV_LIST_EMPTY(struct tlv_list_desc *list)
{
	return (list->tlv_space == 0);
}

static __inline__ int TLV_LIST_CHECK(struct tlv_list_desc *list, __u16 exp_type)
{
	return TLV_CHECK(list->tlv_ptr, list->tlv_space, exp_type);
}

static __inline__ void *TLV_LIST_DATA(struct tlv_list_desc *list)
{
	return TLV_DATA(list->tlv_ptr);
}

static __inline__ void TLV_LIST_STEP(struct tlv_list_desc *list)
{
	__u16 tlv_space = TLV_ALIGN(ntohs(list->tlv_ptr->tlv_len));

	list->tlv_ptr = (struct tlv_desc *)((char *)list->tlv_ptr + tlv_space);
	list->tlv_space -= tlv_space;
}

/*
 * Configuration messages exchanged via NETLINK_GENERIC use the following
 * family id, name, version and command.
 */
#define TIPC_GENL_NAME		"TIPC"
#define TIPC_GENL_VERSION	0x1
#define TIPC_GENL_CMD		0x1

/*
 * TIPC specific header used in NETLINK_GENERIC requests.
 */
struct tipc_genlmsghdr {
	__u32 dest;		/* Destination address */
	__u16 cmd;		/* Command */
	__u16 reserved;		/* Unused */
};

#define TIPC_GENL_HDRLEN	NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct tipc_genlmsghdr))

/*
 * Configuration messages exchanged via TIPC sockets use the TIPC configuration
 * message header, which is defined below.  This structure is analogous
 * to the Netlink message header, but fields are stored in network byte order
 * and no padding is permitted between the header and the message data
 * that follows.
 */

struct tipc_cfg_msg_hdr {
	__be32 tcm_len;		/* Message length (including header) */
	__be16 tcm_type;	/* Command type */
	__be16 tcm_flags;	/* Additional flags */
	char  tcm_reserved[8];	/* Unused */
};

#define TCM_F_REQUEST	0x1	/* Flag: Request message */
#define TCM_F_MORE	0x2	/* Flag: Message to be continued */

#define TCM_ALIGN(datalen)  (((datalen)+3) & ~3)
#define TCM_LENGTH(datalen) (sizeof(struct tipc_cfg_msg_hdr) + datalen)
#define TCM_SPACE(datalen)  (TCM_ALIGN(TCM_LENGTH(datalen)))
#define TCM_DATA(tcm_hdr)   ((void *)((char *)(tcm_hdr) + TCM_LENGTH(0)))

static __inline__ int TCM_SET(void *msg, __u16 cmd, __u16 flags,
			  void *data, __u16 data_len)
{
	struct tipc_cfg_msg_hdr *tcm_hdr;
	int msg_len;

	msg_len = TCM_LENGTH(data_len);
	tcm_hdr = (struct tipc_cfg_msg_hdr *)msg;
	tcm_hdr->tcm_len   = htonl(msg_len);
	tcm_hdr->tcm_type  = htons(cmd);
	tcm_hdr->tcm_flags = htons(flags);
	if (data_len && data)
		memcpy(TCM_DATA(msg), data, data_len);
	return TCM_SPACE(data_len);
}

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_KVM_PARA_H
#define __LINUX_KVM_PARA_H

/*
 * This header file provides a method for making a hypercall to the host
 * Architectures should define:
 * - kvm_hypercall0, kvm_hypercall1...
 * - kvm_arch_para_features
 * - kvm_para_available
 */

/* Return values for hypercalls */
#define KVM_ENOSYS		1000
#define KVM_EFAULT		EFAULT
#define KVM_EINVAL		EINVAL
#define KVM_E2BIG		E2BIG
#define KVM_EPERM		EPERM
#define KVM_EOPNOTSUPP		95

#define KVM_HC_VAPIC_POLL_IRQ		1
#define KVM_HC_MMU_OP			2
#define KVM_HC_FEATURES			3
#define KVM_HC_PPC_MAP_MAGIC_PAGE	4
#define KVM_HC_KICK_CPU			5
#define KVM_HC_MIPS_GET_CLOCK_FREQ	6
#define KVM_HC_MIPS_EXIT_VM		7
#define KVM_HC_MIPS_CONSOLE_OUTPUT	8
#define KVM_HC_CLOCK_PAIRING		9
#define KVM_HC_SEND_IPI		10
#define KVM_HC_SCHED_YIELD		11
#define KVM_HC_MAP_GPA_RANGE		12

/*
 * hypercalls use architecture specific
 */
#include <asm/kvm_para.h>

#endif /* __LINUX_KVM_PARA_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_TIOCL_H
#define _LINUX_TIOCL_H

#define TIOCL_SETSEL	2	/* set a selection */
#define 	TIOCL_SELCHAR	0	/* select characters */
#define 	TIOCL_SELWORD	1	/* select whole words */
#define 	TIOCL_SELLINE	2	/* select whole lines */
#define 	TIOCL_SELPOINTER	3	/* show the pointer */
#define 	TIOCL_SELCLEAR	4	/* clear visibility of selection */
#define 	TIOCL_SELMOUSEREPORT	16	/* report beginning of selection */
#define 	TIOCL_SELBUTTONMASK	15	/* button mask for report */
/* selection extent */
struct tiocl_selection {
	unsigned short xs;	/* X start */
	unsigned short ys;	/* Y start */
	unsigned short xe;	/* X end */
	unsigned short ye;	/* Y end */
	unsigned short sel_mode;	/* selection mode */
};

#define TIOCL_PASTESEL	3	/* paste previous selection */
#define TIOCL_UNBLANKSCREEN	4	/* unblank screen */

#define TIOCL_SELLOADLUT	5
	/* set characters to be considered alphabetic when selecting */
	/* u32[8] bit array, 4 bytes-aligned with type */

/* these two don't return a value: they write it back in the type */
#define TIOCL_GETSHIFTSTATE	6	/* write shift state */
#define TIOCL_GETMOUSEREPORTING	7	/* write whether mouse event are reported */
#define TIOCL_SETVESABLANK	10	/* set vesa blanking mode */
#define TIOCL_SETKMSGREDIRECT	11	/* restrict kernel messages to a vt */
#define TIOCL_GETFGCONSOLE	12	/* get foreground vt */
#define TIOCL_SCROLLCONSOLE	13	/* scroll console */
#define TIOCL_BLANKSCREEN	14	/* keep screen blank even if a key is pressed */
#define TIOCL_BLANKEDSCREEN	15	/* return which vt was blanked */
#define TIOCL_GETKMSGREDIRECT	17	/* get the vt the kernel messages are restricted to */

#endif /* _LINUX_TIOCL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * VMware vSockets Driver
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2007-2013 VMware, Inc. All rights reserved.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
 * Software Foundation version 2 and no later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
 * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
 * more details.
 */

#ifndef _VM_SOCKETS_H
#define _VM_SOCKETS_H

#include <linux/socket.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/* Option name for STREAM socket buffer size.  Use as the option name in
 * setsockopt(3) or getsockopt(3) to set or get an unsigned long long that
 * specifies the size of the buffer underlying a vSockets STREAM socket.
 * Value is clamped to the MIN and MAX.
 */

#define SO_VM_SOCKETS_BUFFER_SIZE 0

/* Option name for STREAM socket minimum buffer size.  Use as the option name
 * in setsockopt(3) or getsockopt(3) to set or get an unsigned long long that
 * specifies the minimum size allowed for the buffer underlying a vSockets
 * STREAM socket.
 */

#define SO_VM_SOCKETS_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE 1

/* Option name for STREAM socket maximum buffer size.  Use as the option name
 * in setsockopt(3) or getsockopt(3) to set or get an unsigned long long
 * that specifies the maximum size allowed for the buffer underlying a
 * vSockets STREAM socket.
 */

#define SO_VM_SOCKETS_BUFFER_MAX_SIZE 2

/* Option name for socket peer's host-specific VM ID.  Use as the option name
 * in getsockopt(3) to get a host-specific identifier for the peer endpoint's
 * VM.  The identifier is a signed integer.
 * Only available for hypervisor endpoints.
 */

#define SO_VM_SOCKETS_PEER_HOST_VM_ID 3

/* Option name for determining if a socket is trusted.  Use as the option name
 * in getsockopt(3) to determine if a socket is trusted.  The value is a
 * signed integer.
 */

#define SO_VM_SOCKETS_TRUSTED 5

/* Option name for STREAM socket connection timeout.  Use as the option name
 * in setsockopt(3) or getsockopt(3) to set or get the connection
 * timeout for a STREAM socket.
 */

#define SO_VM_SOCKETS_CONNECT_TIMEOUT 6

/* Option name for using non-blocking send/receive.  Use as the option name
 * for setsockopt(3) or getsockopt(3) to set or get the non-blocking
 * transmit/receive flag for a STREAM socket.  This flag determines whether
 * send() and recv() can be called in non-blocking contexts for the given
 * socket.  The value is a signed integer.
 *
 * This option is only relevant to kernel endpoints, where descheduling the
 * thread of execution is not allowed, for example, while holding a spinlock.
 * It is not to be confused with conventional non-blocking socket operations.
 *
 * Only available for hypervisor endpoints.
 */

#define SO_VM_SOCKETS_NONBLOCK_TXRX 7

/* The vSocket equivalent of INADDR_ANY.  This works for the svm_cid field of
 * sockaddr_vm and indicates the context ID of the current endpoint.
 */

#define VMADDR_CID_ANY -1U

/* Bind to any available port.  Works for the svm_port field of
 * sockaddr_vm.
 */

#define VMADDR_PORT_ANY -1U

/* Use this as the destination CID in an address when referring to the
 * hypervisor.  VMCI relies on it being 0, but this would be useful for other
 * transports too.
 */

#define VMADDR_CID_HYPERVISOR 0

/* Use this as the destination CID in an address when referring to the
 * local communication (loopback).
 * (This was VMADDR_CID_RESERVED, but even VMCI doesn't use it anymore,
 * it was a legacy value from an older release).
 */

#define VMADDR_CID_LOCAL 1

/* Use this as the destination CID in an address when referring to the host
 * (any process other than the hypervisor).  VMCI relies on it being 2, but
 * this would be useful for other transports too.
 */

#define VMADDR_CID_HOST 2

/* The current default use case for the vsock channel is the following:
 * local vsock communication between guest and host and nested VMs setup.
 * In addition to this, implicitly, the vsock packets are forwarded to the host
 * if no host->guest vsock transport is set.
 *
 * Set this flag value in the sockaddr_vm corresponding field if the vsock
 * packets need to be always forwarded to the host. Using this behavior,
 * vsock communication between sibling VMs can be setup.
 *
 * This way can explicitly distinguish between vsock channels created for
 * different use cases, such as nested VMs (or local communication between
 * guest and host) and sibling VMs.
 *
 * The flag can be set in the connect logic in the user space application flow.
 * In the listen logic (from kernel space) the flag is set on the remote peer
 * address. This happens for an incoming connection when it is routed from the
 * host and comes from the guest (local CID and remote CID > VMADDR_CID_HOST).
 */
#define VMADDR_FLAG_TO_HOST 0x01

/* Invalid vSockets version. */

#define VM_SOCKETS_INVALID_VERSION -1U

/* The epoch (first) component of the vSockets version.  A single byte
 * representing the epoch component of the vSockets version.
 */

#define VM_SOCKETS_VERSION_EPOCH(_v) (((_v) & 0xFF000000) >> 24)

/* The major (second) component of the vSockets version.   A single byte
 * representing the major component of the vSockets version.  Typically
 * changes for every major release of a product.
 */

#define VM_SOCKETS_VERSION_MAJOR(_v) (((_v) & 0x00FF0000) >> 16)

/* The minor (third) component of the vSockets version.  Two bytes representing
 * the minor component of the vSockets version.
 */

#define VM_SOCKETS_VERSION_MINOR(_v) (((_v) & 0x0000FFFF))

/* Address structure for vSockets.   The address family should be set to
 * AF_VSOCK.  The structure members should all align on their natural
 * boundaries without resorting to compiler packing directives.  The total size
 * of this structure should be exactly the same as that of struct sockaddr.
 */

struct sockaddr_vm {
	__kernel_sa_family_t svm_family;
	unsigned short svm_reserved1;
	unsigned int svm_port;
	unsigned int svm_cid;
	__u8 svm_flags;
	unsigned char svm_zero[sizeof(struct sockaddr) -
			       sizeof(sa_family_t) -
			       sizeof(unsigned short) -
			       sizeof(unsigned int) -
			       sizeof(unsigned int) -
			       sizeof(__u8)];
};

#define IOCTL_VM_SOCKETS_GET_LOCAL_CID		_IO(7, 0xb9)

#endif /* _VM_SOCKETS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * udf_fs_i.h
 *
 * This file is intended for the Linux kernel/module. 
 *
 * COPYRIGHT
 *	This file is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public
 *	License (GPL). Copies of the GPL can be obtained from:
 *		ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu/GPL
 *	Each contributing author retains all rights to their own work.
 */
#ifndef _UDF_FS_I_H
#define _UDF_FS_I_H 1

/* exported IOCTLs, we have 'l', 0x40-0x7f */
#define UDF_GETEASIZE   _IOR('l', 0x40, int)
#define UDF_GETEABLOCK  _IOR('l', 0x41, void *)
#define UDF_GETVOLIDENT _IOR('l', 0x42, void *)
#define UDF_RELOCATE_BLOCKS _IOWR('l', 0x43, long)

#endif /* _UDF_FS_I_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause */
/*
 * Virtio-iommu definition v0.12
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2019 Arm Ltd.
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_VIRTIO_IOMMU_H
#define _LINUX_VIRTIO_IOMMU_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* Feature bits */
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_F_INPUT_RANGE		0
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_F_DOMAIN_RANGE		1
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_F_MAP_UNMAP		2
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_F_BYPASS			3
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_F_PROBE			4
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_F_MMIO			5

struct virtio_iommu_range_64 {
	__le64					start;
	__le64					end;
};

struct virtio_iommu_range_32 {
	__le32					start;
	__le32					end;
};

struct virtio_iommu_config {
	/* Supported page sizes */
	__le64					page_size_mask;
	/* Supported IOVA range */
	struct virtio_iommu_range_64		input_range;
	/* Max domain ID size */
	struct virtio_iommu_range_32		domain_range;
	/* Probe buffer size */
	__le32					probe_size;
};

/* Request types */
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_T_ATTACH			0x01
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_T_DETACH			0x02
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_T_MAP			0x03
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_T_UNMAP			0x04
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_T_PROBE			0x05

/* Status types */
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_S_OK			0x00
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_S_IOERR			0x01
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_S_UNSUPP			0x02
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_S_DEVERR			0x03
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_S_INVAL			0x04
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_S_RANGE			0x05
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_S_NOENT			0x06
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_S_FAULT			0x07
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_S_NOMEM			0x08

struct virtio_iommu_req_head {
	__u8					type;
	__u8					reserved[3];
};

struct virtio_iommu_req_tail {
	__u8					status;
	__u8					reserved[3];
};

struct virtio_iommu_req_attach {
	struct virtio_iommu_req_head		head;
	__le32					domain;
	__le32					endpoint;
	__u8					reserved[8];
	struct virtio_iommu_req_tail		tail;
};

struct virtio_iommu_req_detach {
	struct virtio_iommu_req_head		head;
	__le32					domain;
	__le32					endpoint;
	__u8					reserved[8];
	struct virtio_iommu_req_tail		tail;
};

#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_MAP_F_READ			(1 << 0)
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_MAP_F_WRITE		(1 << 1)
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_MAP_F_MMIO			(1 << 2)

#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_MAP_F_MASK			(VIRTIO_IOMMU_MAP_F_READ |	\
						 VIRTIO_IOMMU_MAP_F_WRITE |	\
						 VIRTIO_IOMMU_MAP_F_MMIO)

struct virtio_iommu_req_map {
	struct virtio_iommu_req_head		head;
	__le32					domain;
	__le64					virt_start;
	__le64					virt_end;
	__le64					phys_start;
	__le32					flags;
	struct virtio_iommu_req_tail		tail;
};

struct virtio_iommu_req_unmap {
	struct virtio_iommu_req_head		head;
	__le32					domain;
	__le64					virt_start;
	__le64					virt_end;
	__u8					reserved[4];
	struct virtio_iommu_req_tail		tail;
};

#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_PROBE_T_NONE		0
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_PROBE_T_RESV_MEM		1

#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_PROBE_T_MASK		0xfff

struct virtio_iommu_probe_property {
	__le16					type;
	__le16					length;
};

#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_RESV_MEM_T_RESERVED	0
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_RESV_MEM_T_MSI		1

struct virtio_iommu_probe_resv_mem {
	struct virtio_iommu_probe_property	head;
	__u8					subtype;
	__u8					reserved[3];
	__le64					start;
	__le64					end;
};

struct virtio_iommu_req_probe {
	struct virtio_iommu_req_head		head;
	__le32					endpoint;
	__u8					reserved[64];

	__u8					properties[];

	/*
	 * Tail follows the variable-length properties array. No padding,
	 * property lengths are all aligned on 8 bytes.
	 */
};

/* Fault types */
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_FAULT_R_UNKNOWN		0
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_FAULT_R_DOMAIN		1
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_FAULT_R_MAPPING		2

#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_FAULT_F_READ		(1 << 0)
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_FAULT_F_WRITE		(1 << 1)
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_FAULT_F_EXEC		(1 << 2)
#define VIRTIO_IOMMU_FAULT_F_ADDRESS		(1 << 8)

struct virtio_iommu_fault {
	__u8					reason;
	__u8					reserved[3];
	__le32					flags;
	__le32					endpoint;
	__u8					reserved2[4];
	__le64					address;
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_VT_H
#define _LINUX_VT_H


/*
 * These constants are also useful for user-level apps (e.g., VC
 * resizing).
 */
#define MIN_NR_CONSOLES 1       /* must be at least 1 */
#define MAX_NR_CONSOLES	63	/* serial lines start at 64 */
		/* Note: the ioctl VT_GETSTATE does not work for
		   consoles 16 and higher (since it returns a short) */

/* 0x56 is 'V', to avoid collision with termios and kd */

#define VT_OPENQRY	0x5600	/* find available vt */

struct vt_mode {
	char mode;		/* vt mode */
	char waitv;		/* if set, hang on writes if not active */
	short relsig;		/* signal to raise on release req */
	short acqsig;		/* signal to raise on acquisition */
	short frsig;		/* unused (set to 0) */
};
#define VT_GETMODE	0x5601	/* get mode of active vt */
#define VT_SETMODE	0x5602	/* set mode of active vt */
#define		VT_AUTO		0x00	/* auto vt switching */
#define		VT_PROCESS	0x01	/* process controls switching */
#define		VT_ACKACQ	0x02	/* acknowledge switch */

struct vt_stat {
	unsigned short v_active;	/* active vt */
	unsigned short v_signal;	/* signal to send */
	unsigned short v_state;		/* vt bitmask */
};
#define VT_GETSTATE	0x5603	/* get global vt state info */
#define VT_SENDSIG	0x5604	/* signal to send to bitmask of vts */

#define VT_RELDISP	0x5605	/* release display */

#define VT_ACTIVATE	0x5606	/* make vt active */
#define VT_WAITACTIVE	0x5607	/* wait for vt active */
#define VT_DISALLOCATE	0x5608  /* free memory associated to vt */

struct vt_sizes {
	unsigned short v_rows;		/* number of rows */
	unsigned short v_cols;		/* number of columns */
	unsigned short v_scrollsize;	/* number of lines of scrollback */
};
#define VT_RESIZE	0x5609	/* set kernel's idea of screensize */

struct vt_consize {
	unsigned short v_rows;	/* number of rows */
	unsigned short v_cols;	/* number of columns */
	unsigned short v_vlin;	/* number of pixel rows on screen */
	unsigned short v_clin;	/* number of pixel rows per character */
	unsigned short v_vcol;	/* number of pixel columns on screen */
	unsigned short v_ccol;	/* number of pixel columns per character */
};
#define VT_RESIZEX      0x560A  /* set kernel's idea of screensize + more */
#define VT_LOCKSWITCH   0x560B  /* disallow vt switching */
#define VT_UNLOCKSWITCH 0x560C  /* allow vt switching */
#define VT_GETHIFONTMASK 0x560D  /* return hi font mask */

struct vt_event {
	unsigned int event;
#define VT_EVENT_SWITCH		0x0001	/* Console switch */
#define VT_EVENT_BLANK		0x0002	/* Screen blank */
#define VT_EVENT_UNBLANK	0x0004	/* Screen unblank */
#define VT_EVENT_RESIZE		0x0008	/* Resize display */
#define VT_MAX_EVENT		0x000F
	unsigned int oldev;		/* Old console */
	unsigned int newev;		/* New console (if changing) */
	unsigned int pad[4];		/* Padding for expansion */
};

#define VT_WAITEVENT	0x560E	/* Wait for an event */

struct vt_setactivate {
	unsigned int console;
	struct vt_mode mode;
};

#define VT_SETACTIVATE	0x560F	/* Activate and set the mode of a console */

#endif /* _LINUX_VT_H */
/*
 * Userspace interface for AMD Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV)
 * platform management commands.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2016-2017 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
 *
 * Author: Brijesh Singh <brijesh.singh@amd.com>
 *
 * SEV API specification is available at: https://developer.amd.com/sev/
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
 */

#ifndef __PSP_SEV_USER_H__
#define __PSP_SEV_USER_H__

#include <linux/types.h>

/**
 * SEV platform commands
 */
enum {
	SEV_FACTORY_RESET = 0,
	SEV_PLATFORM_STATUS,
	SEV_PEK_GEN,
	SEV_PEK_CSR,
	SEV_PDH_GEN,
	SEV_PDH_CERT_EXPORT,
	SEV_PEK_CERT_IMPORT,
	SEV_GET_ID,	/* This command is deprecated, use SEV_GET_ID2 */
	SEV_GET_ID2,

	SEV_MAX,
};

/**
 * SEV Firmware status code
 */
typedef enum {
	/*
	 * This error code is not in the SEV spec. Its purpose is to convey that
	 * there was an error that prevented the SEV firmware from being called.
	 * The SEV API error codes are 16 bits, so the -1 value will not overlap
	 * with possible values from the specification.
	 */
	SEV_RET_NO_FW_CALL = -1,
	SEV_RET_SUCCESS = 0,
	SEV_RET_INVALID_PLATFORM_STATE,
	SEV_RET_INVALID_GUEST_STATE,
	SEV_RET_INAVLID_CONFIG,
	SEV_RET_INVALID_LEN,
	SEV_RET_ALREADY_OWNED,
	SEV_RET_INVALID_CERTIFICATE,
	SEV_RET_POLICY_FAILURE,
	SEV_RET_INACTIVE,
	SEV_RET_INVALID_ADDRESS,
	SEV_RET_BAD_SIGNATURE,
	SEV_RET_BAD_MEASUREMENT,
	SEV_RET_ASID_OWNED,
	SEV_RET_INVALID_ASID,
	SEV_RET_WBINVD_REQUIRED,
	SEV_RET_DFFLUSH_REQUIRED,
	SEV_RET_INVALID_GUEST,
	SEV_RET_INVALID_COMMAND,
	SEV_RET_ACTIVE,
	SEV_RET_HWSEV_RET_PLATFORM,
	SEV_RET_HWSEV_RET_UNSAFE,
	SEV_RET_UNSUPPORTED,
	SEV_RET_INVALID_PARAM,
	SEV_RET_RESOURCE_LIMIT,
	SEV_RET_SECURE_DATA_INVALID,
	SEV_RET_MAX,
} sev_ret_code;

/**
 * struct sev_user_data_status - PLATFORM_STATUS command parameters
 *
 * @major: major API version
 * @minor: minor API version
 * @state: platform state
 * @flags: platform config flags
 * @build: firmware build id for API version
 * @guest_count: number of active guests
 */
struct sev_user_data_status {
	__u8 api_major;				/* Out */
	__u8 api_minor;				/* Out */
	__u8 state;				/* Out */
	__u32 flags;				/* Out */
	__u8 build;				/* Out */
	__u32 guest_count;			/* Out */
} __attribute__((packed));

#define SEV_STATUS_FLAGS_CONFIG_ES	0x0100

/**
 * struct sev_user_data_pek_csr - PEK_CSR command parameters
 *
 * @address: PEK certificate chain
 * @length: length of certificate
 */
struct sev_user_data_pek_csr {
	__u64 address;				/* In */
	__u32 length;				/* In/Out */
} __attribute__((packed));

/**
 * struct sev_user_data_cert_import - PEK_CERT_IMPORT command parameters
 *
 * @pek_address: PEK certificate chain
 * @pek_len: length of PEK certificate
 * @oca_address: OCA certificate chain
 * @oca_len: length of OCA certificate
 */
struct sev_user_data_pek_cert_import {
	__u64 pek_cert_address;			/* In */
	__u32 pek_cert_len;			/* In */
	__u64 oca_cert_address;			/* In */
	__u32 oca_cert_len;			/* In */
} __attribute__((packed));

/**
 * struct sev_user_data_pdh_cert_export - PDH_CERT_EXPORT command parameters
 *
 * @pdh_address: PDH certificate address
 * @pdh_len: length of PDH certificate
 * @cert_chain_address: PDH certificate chain
 * @cert_chain_len: length of PDH certificate chain
 */
struct sev_user_data_pdh_cert_export {
	__u64 pdh_cert_address;			/* In */
	__u32 pdh_cert_len;			/* In/Out */
	__u64 cert_chain_address;		/* In */
	__u32 cert_chain_len;			/* In/Out */
} __attribute__((packed));

/**
 * struct sev_user_data_get_id - GET_ID command parameters (deprecated)
 *
 * @socket1: Buffer to pass unique ID of first socket
 * @socket2: Buffer to pass unique ID of second socket
 */
struct sev_user_data_get_id {
	__u8 socket1[64];			/* Out */
	__u8 socket2[64];			/* Out */
} __attribute__((packed));

/**
 * struct sev_user_data_get_id2 - GET_ID command parameters
 * @address: Buffer to store unique ID
 * @length: length of the unique ID
 */
struct sev_user_data_get_id2 {
	__u64 address;				/* In */
	__u32 length;				/* In/Out */
} __attribute__((packed));

/**
 * struct sev_issue_cmd - SEV ioctl parameters
 *
 * @cmd: SEV commands to execute
 * @opaque: pointer to the command structure
 * @error: SEV FW return code on failure
 */
struct sev_issue_cmd {
	__u32 cmd;				/* In */
	__u64 data;				/* In */
	__u32 error;				/* Out */
} __attribute__((packed));

#define SEV_IOC_TYPE		'S'
#define SEV_ISSUE_CMD	_IOWR(SEV_IOC_TYPE, 0x0, struct sev_issue_cmd)

#endif /* __PSP_USER_SEV_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* atm_eni.h - Driver-specific declarations of the ENI driver (for use by
	       driver-specific utilities) */

/* Written 1995-2000 by Werner Almesberger, EPFL LRC/ICA */


#ifndef LINUX_ATM_ENI_H
#define LINUX_ATM_ENI_H

#include <linux/atmioc.h>


struct eni_multipliers {
	int tx,rx;	/* values are in percent and must be > 100 */
};


#define ENI_MEMDUMP     _IOW('a',ATMIOC_SARPRV,struct atmif_sioc)
                                                /* printk memory map */
#define ENI_SETMULT	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_SARPRV+7,struct atmif_sioc)
						/* set buffer multipliers */

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  User level driver support for input subsystem
 *
 * Heavily based on evdev.c by Vojtech Pavlik
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
 *
 * Author: Aristeu Sergio Rozanski Filho <aris@cathedrallabs.org>
 *
 * Changes/Revisions:
 *	0.5	08/13/2015 (David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com> &
 *			    Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@redhat.com>)
 *		- add UI_DEV_SETUP ioctl
 *		- add UI_ABS_SETUP ioctl
 *		- add UI_GET_VERSION ioctl
 *	0.4	01/09/2014 (Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@redhat.com>)
 *		- add UI_GET_SYSNAME ioctl
 *	0.3	24/05/2006 (Anssi Hannula <anssi.hannulagmail.com>)
 *		- update ff support for the changes in kernel interface
 *		- add UINPUT_VERSION
 *	0.2	16/10/2004 (Micah Dowty <micah@navi.cx>)
 *		- added force feedback support
 *             - added UI_SET_PHYS
 *	0.1	20/06/2002
 *		- first public version
 */
#ifndef __UINPUT_H_
#define __UINPUT_H_

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/input.h>

#define UINPUT_VERSION		5
#define UINPUT_MAX_NAME_SIZE	80

struct uinput_ff_upload {
	__u32			request_id;
	__s32			retval;
	struct ff_effect	effect;
	struct ff_effect	old;
};

struct uinput_ff_erase {
	__u32			request_id;
	__s32			retval;
	__u32			effect_id;
};

/* ioctl */
#define UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE	'U'
#define UI_DEV_CREATE		_IO(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 1)
#define UI_DEV_DESTROY		_IO(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 2)

struct uinput_setup {
	struct input_id id;
	char name[UINPUT_MAX_NAME_SIZE];
	__u32 ff_effects_max;
};

/**
 * UI_DEV_SETUP - Set device parameters for setup
 *
 * This ioctl sets parameters for the input device to be created.  It
 * supersedes the old "struct uinput_user_dev" method, which wrote this data
 * via write(). To actually set the absolute axes UI_ABS_SETUP should be
 * used.
 *
 * The ioctl takes a "struct uinput_setup" object as argument. The fields of
 * this object are as follows:
 *              id: See the description of "struct input_id". This field is
 *                  copied unchanged into the new device.
 *            name: This is used unchanged as name for the new device.
 *  ff_effects_max: This limits the maximum numbers of force-feedback effects.
 *                  See below for a description of FF with uinput.
 *
 * This ioctl can be called multiple times and will overwrite previous values.
 * If this ioctl fails with -EINVAL, it is recommended to use the old
 * "uinput_user_dev" method via write() as a fallback, in case you run on an
 * old kernel that does not support this ioctl.
 *
 * This ioctl may fail with -EINVAL if it is not supported or if you passed
 * incorrect values, -ENOMEM if the kernel runs out of memory or -EFAULT if the
 * passed uinput_setup object cannot be read/written.
 * If this call fails, partial data may have already been applied to the
 * internal device.
 */
#define UI_DEV_SETUP _IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 3, struct uinput_setup)

struct uinput_abs_setup {
	__u16  code; /* axis code */
	/* __u16 filler; */
	struct input_absinfo absinfo;
};

/**
 * UI_ABS_SETUP - Set absolute axis information for the device to setup
 *
 * This ioctl sets one absolute axis information for the input device to be
 * created. It supersedes the old "struct uinput_user_dev" method, which wrote
 * part of this data and the content of UI_DEV_SETUP via write().
 *
 * The ioctl takes a "struct uinput_abs_setup" object as argument. The fields
 * of this object are as follows:
 *            code: The corresponding input code associated with this axis
 *                  (ABS_X, ABS_Y, etc...)
 *         absinfo: See "struct input_absinfo" for a description of this field.
 *                  This field is copied unchanged into the kernel for the
 *                  specified axis. If the axis is not enabled via
 *                  UI_SET_ABSBIT, this ioctl will enable it.
 *
 * This ioctl can be called multiple times and will overwrite previous values.
 * If this ioctl fails with -EINVAL, it is recommended to use the old
 * "uinput_user_dev" method via write() as a fallback, in case you run on an
 * old kernel that does not support this ioctl.
 *
 * This ioctl may fail with -EINVAL if it is not supported or if you passed
 * incorrect values, -ENOMEM if the kernel runs out of memory or -EFAULT if the
 * passed uinput_setup object cannot be read/written.
 * If this call fails, partial data may have already been applied to the
 * internal device.
 */
#define UI_ABS_SETUP _IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 4, struct uinput_abs_setup)

#define UI_SET_EVBIT		_IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 100, int)
#define UI_SET_KEYBIT		_IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 101, int)
#define UI_SET_RELBIT		_IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 102, int)
#define UI_SET_ABSBIT		_IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 103, int)
#define UI_SET_MSCBIT		_IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 104, int)
#define UI_SET_LEDBIT		_IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 105, int)
#define UI_SET_SNDBIT		_IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 106, int)
#define UI_SET_FFBIT		_IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 107, int)
#define UI_SET_PHYS		_IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 108, char*)
#define UI_SET_SWBIT		_IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 109, int)
#define UI_SET_PROPBIT		_IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 110, int)

#define UI_BEGIN_FF_UPLOAD	_IOWR(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 200, struct uinput_ff_upload)
#define UI_END_FF_UPLOAD	_IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 201, struct uinput_ff_upload)
#define UI_BEGIN_FF_ERASE	_IOWR(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 202, struct uinput_ff_erase)
#define UI_END_FF_ERASE		_IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 203, struct uinput_ff_erase)

/**
 * UI_GET_SYSNAME - get the sysfs name of the created uinput device
 *
 * @return the sysfs name of the created virtual input device.
 * The complete sysfs path is then /sys/devices/virtual/input/--NAME--
 * Usually, it is in the form "inputN"
 */
#define UI_GET_SYSNAME(len)	_IOC(_IOC_READ, UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 44, len)

/**
 * UI_GET_VERSION - Return version of uinput protocol
 *
 * This writes uinput protocol version implemented by the kernel into
 * the integer pointed to by the ioctl argument. The protocol version
 * is hard-coded in the kernel and is independent of the uinput device.
 */
#define UI_GET_VERSION		_IOR(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 45, unsigned int)

/*
 * To write a force-feedback-capable driver, the upload_effect
 * and erase_effect callbacks in input_dev must be implemented.
 * The uinput driver will generate a fake input event when one of
 * these callbacks are invoked. The userspace code then uses
 * ioctls to retrieve additional parameters and send the return code.
 * The callback blocks until this return code is sent.
 *
 * The described callback mechanism is only used if ff_effects_max
 * is set.
 *
 * To implement upload_effect():
 *   1. Wait for an event with type == EV_UINPUT and code == UI_FF_UPLOAD.
 *      A request ID will be given in 'value'.
 *   2. Allocate a uinput_ff_upload struct, fill in request_id with
 *      the 'value' from the EV_UINPUT event.
 *   3. Issue a UI_BEGIN_FF_UPLOAD ioctl, giving it the
 *      uinput_ff_upload struct. It will be filled in with the
 *      ff_effects passed to upload_effect().
 *   4. Perform the effect upload, and place a return code back into
        the uinput_ff_upload struct.
 *   5. Issue a UI_END_FF_UPLOAD ioctl, also giving it the
 *      uinput_ff_upload_effect struct. This will complete execution
 *      of our upload_effect() handler.
 *
 * To implement erase_effect():
 *   1. Wait for an event with type == EV_UINPUT and code == UI_FF_ERASE.
 *      A request ID will be given in 'value'.
 *   2. Allocate a uinput_ff_erase struct, fill in request_id with
 *      the 'value' from the EV_UINPUT event.
 *   3. Issue a UI_BEGIN_FF_ERASE ioctl, giving it the
 *      uinput_ff_erase struct. It will be filled in with the
 *      effect ID passed to erase_effect().
 *   4. Perform the effect erasure, and place a return code back
 *      into the uinput_ff_erase struct.
 *   5. Issue a UI_END_FF_ERASE ioctl, also giving it the
 *      uinput_ff_erase_effect struct. This will complete execution
 *      of our erase_effect() handler.
 */

/*
 * This is the new event type, used only by uinput.
 * 'code' is UI_FF_UPLOAD or UI_FF_ERASE, and 'value'
 * is the unique request ID. This number was picked
 * arbitrarily, above EV_MAX (since the input system
 * never sees it) but in the range of a 16-bit int.
 */
#define EV_UINPUT		0x0101
#define UI_FF_UPLOAD		1
#define UI_FF_ERASE		2

struct uinput_user_dev {
	char name[UINPUT_MAX_NAME_SIZE];
	struct input_id id;
	__u32 ff_effects_max;
	__s32 absmax[ABS_CNT];
	__s32 absmin[ABS_CNT];
	__s32 absfuzz[ABS_CNT];
	__s32 absflat[ABS_CNT];
};
#endif /* __UINPUT_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Definitions for the NVM Express ioctl interface
 * Copyright (c) 2011-2014, Intel Corporation.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License,
 * version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT
 * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
 * more details.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_NVME_IOCTL_H
#define _LINUX_NVME_IOCTL_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct nvme_user_io {
	__u8	opcode;
	__u8	flags;
	__u16	control;
	__u16	nblocks;
	__u16	rsvd;
	__u64	metadata;
	__u64	addr;
	__u64	slba;
	__u32	dsmgmt;
	__u32	reftag;
	__u16	apptag;
	__u16	appmask;
};

struct nvme_passthru_cmd {
	__u8	opcode;
	__u8	flags;
	__u16	rsvd1;
	__u32	nsid;
	__u32	cdw2;
	__u32	cdw3;
	__u64	metadata;
	__u64	addr;
	__u32	metadata_len;
	__u32	data_len;
	__u32	cdw10;
	__u32	cdw11;
	__u32	cdw12;
	__u32	cdw13;
	__u32	cdw14;
	__u32	cdw15;
	__u32	timeout_ms;
	__u32	result;
};

struct nvme_passthru_cmd64 {
	__u8	opcode;
	__u8	flags;
	__u16	rsvd1;
	__u32	nsid;
	__u32	cdw2;
	__u32	cdw3;
	__u64	metadata;
	__u64	addr;
	__u32	metadata_len;
	__u32	data_len;
	__u32	cdw10;
	__u32	cdw11;
	__u32	cdw12;
	__u32	cdw13;
	__u32	cdw14;
	__u32	cdw15;
	__u32	timeout_ms;
	__u32   rsvd2;
	__u64	result;
};

#define nvme_admin_cmd nvme_passthru_cmd

#define NVME_IOCTL_ID		_IO('N', 0x40)
#define NVME_IOCTL_ADMIN_CMD	_IOWR('N', 0x41, struct nvme_admin_cmd)
#define NVME_IOCTL_SUBMIT_IO	_IOW('N', 0x42, struct nvme_user_io)
#define NVME_IOCTL_IO_CMD	_IOWR('N', 0x43, struct nvme_passthru_cmd)
#define NVME_IOCTL_RESET	_IO('N', 0x44)
#define NVME_IOCTL_SUBSYS_RESET	_IO('N', 0x45)
#define NVME_IOCTL_RESCAN	_IO('N', 0x46)
#define NVME_IOCTL_ADMIN64_CMD	_IOWR('N', 0x47, struct nvme_passthru_cmd64)
#define NVME_IOCTL_IO64_CMD	_IOWR('N', 0x48, struct nvme_passthru_cmd64)

#endif /* _LINUX_NVME_IOCTL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * These are the public elements of the Linux kernel X.25 implementation.
 *
 * 	History
 *	mar/20/00	Daniela Squassoni Disabling/enabling of facilities 
 *					  negotiation.
 *	apr/02/05	Shaun Pereira Selective sub address matching with
 *					call user data
 */

#ifndef	X25_KERNEL_H
#define	X25_KERNEL_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/socket.h>

#define	SIOCX25GSUBSCRIP	(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 0)
#define	SIOCX25SSUBSCRIP	(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 1)
#define	SIOCX25GFACILITIES	(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 2)
#define	SIOCX25SFACILITIES	(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 3)
#define	SIOCX25GCALLUSERDATA	(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 4)
#define	SIOCX25SCALLUSERDATA	(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 5)
#define	SIOCX25GCAUSEDIAG	(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 6)
#define SIOCX25SCUDMATCHLEN	(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 7)
#define SIOCX25CALLACCPTAPPRV   (SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 8)
#define SIOCX25SENDCALLACCPT    (SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 9)
#define SIOCX25GDTEFACILITIES (SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 10)
#define SIOCX25SDTEFACILITIES (SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 11)
#define SIOCX25SCAUSEDIAG	(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 12)

/*
 *	Values for {get,set}sockopt.
 */
#define	X25_QBITINCL		1

/*
 *	X.25 Packet Size values.
 */
#define	X25_PS16		4
#define	X25_PS32		5
#define	X25_PS64		6
#define	X25_PS128		7
#define	X25_PS256		8
#define	X25_PS512		9
#define	X25_PS1024		10
#define	X25_PS2048		11
#define	X25_PS4096		12

/*
 * An X.121 address, it is held as ASCII text, null terminated, up to 15
 * digits and a null terminator.
 */
struct x25_address {
	char x25_addr[16];
};

/*
 *	Linux X.25 Address structure, used for bind, and connect mostly.
 */
struct sockaddr_x25 {
	__kernel_sa_family_t sx25_family;	/* Must be AF_X25 */
	struct x25_address sx25_addr;		/* X.121 Address */
};

/*
 *	DTE/DCE subscription options.
 *
 *      As this is missing lots of options, user should expect major
 *	changes of this structure in 2.5.x which might break compatibilty.
 *      The somewhat ugly dimension 200-sizeof() is needed to maintain
 *	backward compatibility.
 */
struct x25_subscrip_struct {
	char device[200-sizeof(unsigned long)];
	unsigned long	global_facil_mask;	/* 0 to disable negotiation */
	unsigned int	extended;
};

/* values for above global_facil_mask */

#define	X25_MASK_REVERSE	0x01	
#define	X25_MASK_THROUGHPUT	0x02
#define	X25_MASK_PACKET_SIZE	0x04
#define	X25_MASK_WINDOW_SIZE	0x08

#define X25_MASK_CALLING_AE 0x10
#define X25_MASK_CALLED_AE 0x20


/*
 *	Routing table control structure.
 */
struct x25_route_struct {
	struct x25_address address;
	unsigned int	   sigdigits;
	char		   device[200];
};

/*
 *	Facilities structure.
 */
struct x25_facilities {
	unsigned int	winsize_in, winsize_out;
	unsigned int	pacsize_in, pacsize_out;
	unsigned int	throughput;
	unsigned int	reverse;
};

/*
* ITU DTE facilities
* Only the called and calling address
* extension are currently implemented.
* The rest are in place to avoid the struct
* changing size if someone needs them later
*/

struct x25_dte_facilities {
	__u16 delay_cumul;
	__u16 delay_target;
	__u16 delay_max;
	__u8 min_throughput;
	__u8 expedited;
	__u8 calling_len;
	__u8 called_len;
	__u8 calling_ae[20];
	__u8 called_ae[20];
};

/*
 *	Call User Data structure.
 */
struct x25_calluserdata {
	unsigned int	cudlength;
	unsigned char	cuddata[128];
};

/*
 *	Call clearing Cause and Diagnostic structure.
 */
struct x25_causediag {
	unsigned char	cause;
	unsigned char	diagnostic;
};

/*
 *	Further optional call user data match length selection
 */
struct x25_subaddr {
	unsigned int cudmatchlength;
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __UAPI_IFE_H
#define __UAPI_IFE_H

#define IFE_METAHDRLEN 2

enum {
	IFE_META_SKBMARK = 1,
	IFE_META_HASHID,
	IFE_META_PRIO,
	IFE_META_QMAP,
	IFE_META_TCINDEX,
	__IFE_META_MAX
};

/*Can be overridden at runtime by module option*/
#define IFE_META_MAX (__IFE_META_MAX - 1)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_RADEONFB_H__
#define __LINUX_RADEONFB_H__

#include <asm/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

#define ATY_RADEON_LCD_ON	0x00000001
#define ATY_RADEON_CRT_ON	0x00000002


#define FBIO_RADEON_GET_MIRROR	_IOR('@', 3, size_t)
#define FBIO_RADEON_SET_MIRROR	_IOW('@', 4, size_t)

#endif

/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _IF_TUNNEL_H_
#define _IF_TUNNEL_H_

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/if.h>
#include <linux/ip.h>
#include <linux/in6.h>
#include <asm/byteorder.h>


#define SIOCGETTUNNEL   (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 0)
#define SIOCADDTUNNEL   (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 1)
#define SIOCDELTUNNEL   (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 2)
#define SIOCCHGTUNNEL   (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 3)
#define SIOCGETPRL      (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 4)
#define SIOCADDPRL      (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 5)
#define SIOCDELPRL      (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 6)
#define SIOCCHGPRL      (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 7)
#define SIOCGET6RD      (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 8)
#define SIOCADD6RD      (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 9)
#define SIOCDEL6RD      (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 10)
#define SIOCCHG6RD      (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 11)

#define GRE_CSUM	__cpu_to_be16(0x8000)
#define GRE_ROUTING	__cpu_to_be16(0x4000)
#define GRE_KEY		__cpu_to_be16(0x2000)
#define GRE_SEQ		__cpu_to_be16(0x1000)
#define GRE_STRICT	__cpu_to_be16(0x0800)
#define GRE_REC		__cpu_to_be16(0x0700)
#define GRE_ACK		__cpu_to_be16(0x0080)
#define GRE_FLAGS	__cpu_to_be16(0x0078)
#define GRE_VERSION	__cpu_to_be16(0x0007)

#define GRE_IS_CSUM(f)		((f) & GRE_CSUM)
#define GRE_IS_ROUTING(f)	((f) & GRE_ROUTING)
#define GRE_IS_KEY(f)		((f) & GRE_KEY)
#define GRE_IS_SEQ(f)		((f) & GRE_SEQ)
#define GRE_IS_STRICT(f)	((f) & GRE_STRICT)
#define GRE_IS_REC(f)		((f) & GRE_REC)
#define GRE_IS_ACK(f)		((f) & GRE_ACK)

#define GRE_VERSION_0		__cpu_to_be16(0x0000)
#define GRE_VERSION_1		__cpu_to_be16(0x0001)
#define GRE_PROTO_PPP		__cpu_to_be16(0x880b)
#define GRE_PPTP_KEY_MASK	__cpu_to_be32(0xffff)

struct ip_tunnel_parm {
	char			name[IFNAMSIZ];
	int			link;
	__be16			i_flags;
	__be16			o_flags;
	__be32			i_key;
	__be32			o_key;
	struct iphdr		iph;
};

enum {
	IFLA_IPTUN_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_IPTUN_LINK,
	IFLA_IPTUN_LOCAL,
	IFLA_IPTUN_REMOTE,
	IFLA_IPTUN_TTL,
	IFLA_IPTUN_TOS,
	IFLA_IPTUN_ENCAP_LIMIT,
	IFLA_IPTUN_FLOWINFO,
	IFLA_IPTUN_FLAGS,
	IFLA_IPTUN_PROTO,
	IFLA_IPTUN_PMTUDISC,
	IFLA_IPTUN_6RD_PREFIX,
	IFLA_IPTUN_6RD_RELAY_PREFIX,
	IFLA_IPTUN_6RD_PREFIXLEN,
	IFLA_IPTUN_6RD_RELAY_PREFIXLEN,
	IFLA_IPTUN_ENCAP_TYPE,
	IFLA_IPTUN_ENCAP_FLAGS,
	IFLA_IPTUN_ENCAP_SPORT,
	IFLA_IPTUN_ENCAP_DPORT,
	IFLA_IPTUN_COLLECT_METADATA,
	IFLA_IPTUN_FWMARK,
	__IFLA_IPTUN_MAX,
};
#define IFLA_IPTUN_MAX	(__IFLA_IPTUN_MAX - 1)

enum tunnel_encap_types {
	TUNNEL_ENCAP_NONE,
	TUNNEL_ENCAP_FOU,
	TUNNEL_ENCAP_GUE,
	TUNNEL_ENCAP_MPLS,
};

#define TUNNEL_ENCAP_FLAG_CSUM		(1<<0)
#define TUNNEL_ENCAP_FLAG_CSUM6		(1<<1)
#define TUNNEL_ENCAP_FLAG_REMCSUM	(1<<2)

/* SIT-mode i_flags */
#define	SIT_ISATAP	0x0001

struct ip_tunnel_prl {
	__be32			addr;
	__u16			flags;
	__u16			__reserved;
	__u32			datalen;
	__u32			__reserved2;
	/* data follows */
};

/* PRL flags */
#define	PRL_DEFAULT		0x0001

struct ip_tunnel_6rd {
	struct in6_addr		prefix;
	__be32			relay_prefix;
	__u16			prefixlen;
	__u16			relay_prefixlen;
};

enum {
	IFLA_GRE_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_GRE_LINK,
	IFLA_GRE_IFLAGS,
	IFLA_GRE_OFLAGS,
	IFLA_GRE_IKEY,
	IFLA_GRE_OKEY,
	IFLA_GRE_LOCAL,
	IFLA_GRE_REMOTE,
	IFLA_GRE_TTL,
	IFLA_GRE_TOS,
	IFLA_GRE_PMTUDISC,
	IFLA_GRE_ENCAP_LIMIT,
	IFLA_GRE_FLOWINFO,
	IFLA_GRE_FLAGS,
	IFLA_GRE_ENCAP_TYPE,
	IFLA_GRE_ENCAP_FLAGS,
	IFLA_GRE_ENCAP_SPORT,
	IFLA_GRE_ENCAP_DPORT,
	IFLA_GRE_COLLECT_METADATA,
	IFLA_GRE_IGNORE_DF,
	IFLA_GRE_FWMARK,
	IFLA_GRE_ERSPAN_INDEX,
	IFLA_GRE_ERSPAN_VER,
	IFLA_GRE_ERSPAN_DIR,
	IFLA_GRE_ERSPAN_HWID,
	__IFLA_GRE_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_GRE_MAX	(__IFLA_GRE_MAX - 1)

/* VTI-mode i_flags */
#define VTI_ISVTI ((__be16)0x0001)

enum {
	IFLA_VTI_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_VTI_LINK,
	IFLA_VTI_IKEY,
	IFLA_VTI_OKEY,
	IFLA_VTI_LOCAL,
	IFLA_VTI_REMOTE,
	IFLA_VTI_FWMARK,
	__IFLA_VTI_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_VTI_MAX	(__IFLA_VTI_MAX - 1)

#define TUNNEL_CSUM		__cpu_to_be16(0x01)
#define TUNNEL_ROUTING		__cpu_to_be16(0x02)
#define TUNNEL_KEY		__cpu_to_be16(0x04)
#define TUNNEL_SEQ		__cpu_to_be16(0x08)
#define TUNNEL_STRICT		__cpu_to_be16(0x10)
#define TUNNEL_REC		__cpu_to_be16(0x20)
#define TUNNEL_VERSION		__cpu_to_be16(0x40)
#define TUNNEL_NO_KEY		__cpu_to_be16(0x80)
#define TUNNEL_DONT_FRAGMENT    __cpu_to_be16(0x0100)
#define TUNNEL_OAM		__cpu_to_be16(0x0200)
#define TUNNEL_CRIT_OPT		__cpu_to_be16(0x0400)
#define TUNNEL_GENEVE_OPT	__cpu_to_be16(0x0800)
#define TUNNEL_VXLAN_OPT	__cpu_to_be16(0x1000)
#define TUNNEL_NOCACHE		__cpu_to_be16(0x2000)
#define TUNNEL_ERSPAN_OPT	__cpu_to_be16(0x4000)

#define TUNNEL_OPTIONS_PRESENT \
		(TUNNEL_GENEVE_OPT | TUNNEL_VXLAN_OPT | TUNNEL_ERSPAN_OPT)

#endif /* _IF_TUNNEL_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* IPv4-specific defines for netfilter. 
 * (C)1998 Rusty Russell -- This code is GPL.
 */
#ifndef __LINUX_IP_NETFILTER_H
#define __LINUX_IP_NETFILTER_H


#include <linux/netfilter.h>

/* only for userspace compatibility */

#include <limits.h> /* for INT_MIN, INT_MAX */

/* IP Cache bits. */
/* Src IP address. */
#define NFC_IP_SRC		0x0001
/* Dest IP address. */
#define NFC_IP_DST		0x0002
/* Input device. */
#define NFC_IP_IF_IN		0x0004
/* Output device. */
#define NFC_IP_IF_OUT		0x0008
/* TOS. */
#define NFC_IP_TOS		0x0010
/* Protocol. */
#define NFC_IP_PROTO		0x0020
/* IP options. */
#define NFC_IP_OPTIONS		0x0040
/* Frag & flags. */
#define NFC_IP_FRAG		0x0080

/* Per-protocol information: only matters if proto match. */
/* TCP flags. */
#define NFC_IP_TCPFLAGS		0x0100
/* Source port. */
#define NFC_IP_SRC_PT		0x0200
/* Dest port. */
#define NFC_IP_DST_PT		0x0400
/* Something else about the proto */
#define NFC_IP_PROTO_UNKNOWN	0x2000

/* IP Hooks */
/* After promisc drops, checksum checks. */
#define NF_IP_PRE_ROUTING	0
/* If the packet is destined for this box. */
#define NF_IP_LOCAL_IN		1
/* If the packet is destined for another interface. */
#define NF_IP_FORWARD		2
/* Packets coming from a local process. */
#define NF_IP_LOCAL_OUT		3
/* Packets about to hit the wire. */
#define NF_IP_POST_ROUTING	4
#define NF_IP_NUMHOOKS		5

enum nf_ip_hook_priorities {
	NF_IP_PRI_FIRST = INT_MIN,
	NF_IP_PRI_RAW_BEFORE_DEFRAG = -450,
	NF_IP_PRI_CONNTRACK_DEFRAG = -400,
	NF_IP_PRI_RAW = -300,
	NF_IP_PRI_SELINUX_FIRST = -225,
	NF_IP_PRI_CONNTRACK = -200,
	NF_IP_PRI_MANGLE = -150,
	NF_IP_PRI_NAT_DST = -100,
	NF_IP_PRI_FILTER = 0,
	NF_IP_PRI_SECURITY = 50,
	NF_IP_PRI_NAT_SRC = 100,
	NF_IP_PRI_SELINUX_LAST = 225,
	NF_IP_PRI_CONNTRACK_HELPER = 300,
	NF_IP_PRI_CONNTRACK_CONFIRM = INT_MAX,
	NF_IP_PRI_LAST = INT_MAX,
};

/* Arguments for setsockopt SOL_IP: */
/* 2.0 firewalling went from 64 through 71 (and +256, +512, etc). */
/* 2.2 firewalling (+ masq) went from 64 through 76 */
/* 2.4 firewalling went 64 through 67. */
#define SO_ORIGINAL_DST 80


#endif /* __LINUX_IP_NETFILTER_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * INET		An implementation of the TCP/IP protocol suite for the LINUX
 *		operating system.  INET is implemented using the  BSD Socket
 *		interface as the means of communication with the user level.
 *
 *		Definitions of the socket-level I/O control calls.
 *
 * Version:	@(#)sockios.h	1.0.2	03/09/93
 *
 * Authors:	Ross Biro
 *		Fred N. van Kempen, <waltje@uWalt.NL.Mugnet.ORG>
 *
 *		This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *		modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *		as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *		2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_SOCKIOS_H
#define _LINUX_SOCKIOS_H

#include <asm/sockios.h>

/* Linux-specific socket ioctls */
#define SIOCINQ		FIONREAD
#define SIOCOUTQ	TIOCOUTQ        /* output queue size (not sent + not acked) */

#define SOCK_IOC_TYPE	0x89

/* Routing table calls. */
#define SIOCADDRT	0x890B		/* add routing table entry	*/
#define SIOCDELRT	0x890C		/* delete routing table entry	*/
#define SIOCRTMSG	0x890D		/* unused			*/

/* Socket configuration controls. */
#define SIOCGIFNAME	0x8910		/* get iface name		*/
#define SIOCSIFLINK	0x8911		/* set iface channel		*/
#define SIOCGIFCONF	0x8912		/* get iface list		*/
#define SIOCGIFFLAGS	0x8913		/* get flags			*/
#define SIOCSIFFLAGS	0x8914		/* set flags			*/
#define SIOCGIFADDR	0x8915		/* get PA address		*/
#define SIOCSIFADDR	0x8916		/* set PA address		*/
#define SIOCGIFDSTADDR	0x8917		/* get remote PA address	*/
#define SIOCSIFDSTADDR	0x8918		/* set remote PA address	*/
#define SIOCGIFBRDADDR	0x8919		/* get broadcast PA address	*/
#define SIOCSIFBRDADDR	0x891a		/* set broadcast PA address	*/
#define SIOCGIFNETMASK	0x891b		/* get network PA mask		*/
#define SIOCSIFNETMASK	0x891c		/* set network PA mask		*/
#define SIOCGIFMETRIC	0x891d		/* get metric			*/
#define SIOCSIFMETRIC	0x891e		/* set metric			*/
#define SIOCGIFMEM	0x891f		/* get memory address (BSD)	*/
#define SIOCSIFMEM	0x8920		/* set memory address (BSD)	*/
#define SIOCGIFMTU	0x8921		/* get MTU size			*/
#define SIOCSIFMTU	0x8922		/* set MTU size			*/
#define SIOCSIFNAME	0x8923		/* set interface name */
#define	SIOCSIFHWADDR	0x8924		/* set hardware address 	*/
#define SIOCGIFENCAP	0x8925		/* get/set encapsulations       */
#define SIOCSIFENCAP	0x8926		
#define SIOCGIFHWADDR	0x8927		/* Get hardware address		*/
#define SIOCGIFSLAVE	0x8929		/* Driver slaving support	*/
#define SIOCSIFSLAVE	0x8930
#define SIOCADDMULTI	0x8931		/* Multicast address lists	*/
#define SIOCDELMULTI	0x8932
#define SIOCGIFINDEX	0x8933		/* name -> if_index mapping	*/
#define SIOGIFINDEX	SIOCGIFINDEX	/* misprint compatibility :-)	*/
#define SIOCSIFPFLAGS	0x8934		/* set/get extended flags set	*/
#define SIOCGIFPFLAGS	0x8935
#define SIOCDIFADDR	0x8936		/* delete PA address		*/
#define	SIOCSIFHWBROADCAST	0x8937	/* set hardware broadcast addr	*/
#define SIOCGIFCOUNT	0x8938		/* get number of devices */

#define SIOCGIFBR	0x8940		/* Bridging support		*/
#define SIOCSIFBR	0x8941		/* Set bridging options 	*/

#define SIOCGIFTXQLEN	0x8942		/* Get the tx queue length	*/
#define SIOCSIFTXQLEN	0x8943		/* Set the tx queue length 	*/

/* SIOCGIFDIVERT was:	0x8944		Frame diversion support */
/* SIOCSIFDIVERT was:	0x8945		Set frame diversion options */

#define SIOCETHTOOL	0x8946		/* Ethtool interface		*/

#define SIOCGMIIPHY	0x8947		/* Get address of MII PHY in use. */
#define SIOCGMIIREG	0x8948		/* Read MII PHY register.	*/
#define SIOCSMIIREG	0x8949		/* Write MII PHY register.	*/

#define SIOCWANDEV	0x894A		/* get/set netdev parameters	*/

#define SIOCOUTQNSD	0x894B		/* output queue size (not sent only) */
#define SIOCGSKNS	0x894C		/* get socket network namespace */

/* ARP cache control calls. */
		    /*  0x8950 - 0x8952  * obsolete calls, don't re-use */
#define SIOCDARP	0x8953		/* delete ARP table entry	*/
#define SIOCGARP	0x8954		/* get ARP table entry		*/
#define SIOCSARP	0x8955		/* set ARP table entry		*/

/* RARP cache control calls. */
#define SIOCDRARP	0x8960		/* delete RARP table entry	*/
#define SIOCGRARP	0x8961		/* get RARP table entry		*/
#define SIOCSRARP	0x8962		/* set RARP table entry		*/

/* Driver configuration calls */

#define SIOCGIFMAP	0x8970		/* Get device parameters	*/
#define SIOCSIFMAP	0x8971		/* Set device parameters	*/

/* DLCI configuration calls */

#define SIOCADDDLCI	0x8980		/* Create new DLCI device	*/
#define SIOCDELDLCI	0x8981		/* Delete DLCI device		*/

#define SIOCGIFVLAN	0x8982		/* 802.1Q VLAN support		*/
#define SIOCSIFVLAN	0x8983		/* Set 802.1Q VLAN options 	*/

/* bonding calls */

#define SIOCBONDENSLAVE	0x8990		/* enslave a device to the bond */
#define SIOCBONDRELEASE 0x8991		/* release a slave from the bond*/
#define SIOCBONDSETHWADDR      0x8992	/* set the hw addr of the bond  */
#define SIOCBONDSLAVEINFOQUERY 0x8993   /* rtn info about slave state   */
#define SIOCBONDINFOQUERY      0x8994	/* rtn info about bond state    */
#define SIOCBONDCHANGEACTIVE   0x8995   /* update to a new active slave */
			
/* bridge calls */
#define SIOCBRADDBR     0x89a0		/* create new bridge device     */
#define SIOCBRDELBR     0x89a1		/* remove bridge device         */
#define SIOCBRADDIF	0x89a2		/* add interface to bridge      */
#define SIOCBRDELIF	0x89a3		/* remove interface from bridge */

/* hardware time stamping: parameters in linux/net_tstamp.h */
#define SIOCSHWTSTAMP	0x89b0		/* set and get config		*/
#define SIOCGHWTSTAMP	0x89b1		/* get config			*/

/* Device private ioctl calls */

/*
 *	These 16 ioctls are available to devices via the do_ioctl() device
 *	vector. Each device should include this file and redefine these names
 *	as their own. Because these are device dependent it is a good idea
 *	_NOT_ to issue them to random objects and hope.
 *
 *	THESE IOCTLS ARE _DEPRECATED_ AND WILL DISAPPEAR IN 2.5.X -DaveM
 */
 
#define SIOCDEVPRIVATE	0x89F0	/* to 89FF */

/*
 *	These 16 ioctl calls are protocol private
 */
 
#define SIOCPROTOPRIVATE 0x89E0 /* to 89EF */
#endif	/* _LINUX_SOCKIOS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * These are the public elements of the Linux kernel NET/ROM implementation.
 * For kernel AX.25 see the file ax25.h. This file requires ax25.h for the
 * definition of the ax25_address structure.
 */

#ifndef	NETROM_KERNEL_H
#define	NETROM_KERNEL_H

#include <linux/ax25.h>

#define NETROM_MTU	236

#define NETROM_T1	1
#define NETROM_T2	2
#define NETROM_N2	3
#define	NETROM_T4	6
#define	NETROM_IDLE	7

#define	SIOCNRDECOBS		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+2)

struct nr_route_struct {
#define	NETROM_NEIGH	0
#define	NETROM_NODE	1
	int		type;
	ax25_address	callsign;
	char		device[16];
	unsigned int	quality;
	char		mnemonic[7];
	ax25_address	neighbour;
	unsigned int	obs_count;
	unsigned int	ndigis;
	ax25_address	digipeaters[AX25_MAX_DIGIS];
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * if_alg: User-space algorithm interface
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2010 Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
 * Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option)
 * any later version.
 *
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_IF_ALG_H
#define _LINUX_IF_ALG_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct sockaddr_alg {
	__u16	salg_family;
	__u8	salg_type[14];
	__u32	salg_feat;
	__u32	salg_mask;
	__u8	salg_name[64];
};

struct af_alg_iv {
	__u32	ivlen;
	__u8	iv[0];
};

/* Socket options */
#define ALG_SET_KEY			1
#define ALG_SET_IV			2
#define ALG_SET_OP			3
#define ALG_SET_AEAD_ASSOCLEN		4
#define ALG_SET_AEAD_AUTHSIZE		5

/* Operations */
#define ALG_OP_DECRYPT			0
#define ALG_OP_ENCRYPT			1

#endif	/* _LINUX_IF_ALG_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_IN_ROUTE_H
#define _LINUX_IN_ROUTE_H

/* IPv4 routing cache flags */

#define RTCF_DEAD	RTNH_F_DEAD
#define RTCF_ONLINK	RTNH_F_ONLINK

/* Obsolete flag. About to be deleted */
#define RTCF_NOPMTUDISC RTM_F_NOPMTUDISC

#define RTCF_NOTIFY	0x00010000
#define RTCF_DIRECTDST	0x00020000 /* unused */
#define RTCF_REDIRECTED	0x00040000
#define RTCF_TPROXY	0x00080000 /* unused */

#define RTCF_FAST	0x00200000 /* unused */
#define RTCF_MASQ	0x00400000 /* unused */
#define RTCF_SNAT	0x00800000 /* unused */
#define RTCF_DOREDIRECT 0x01000000
#define RTCF_DIRECTSRC	0x04000000
#define RTCF_DNAT	0x08000000
#define RTCF_BROADCAST	0x10000000
#define RTCF_MULTICAST	0x20000000
#define RTCF_REJECT	0x40000000 /* unused */
#define RTCF_LOCAL	0x80000000

#define RTCF_NAT	(RTCF_DNAT|RTCF_SNAT)

#define RT_TOS(tos)	((tos)&IPTOS_TOS_MASK)

#endif /* _LINUX_IN_ROUTE_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* $Id: isdnif.h,v 1.43.2.2 2004/01/12 23:08:35 keil Exp $
 *
 * Linux ISDN subsystem
 * Definition of the interface between the subsystem and its low-level drivers.
 *
 * Copyright 1994,95,96 by Fritz Elfert (fritz@isdn4linux.de)
 * Copyright 1995,96    Thinking Objects Software GmbH Wuerzburg
 * 
 * This software may be used and distributed according to the terms
 * of the GNU General Public License, incorporated herein by reference.
 *
 */

#ifndef __ISDNIF_H__
#define __ISDNIF_H__


/*
 * Values for general protocol-selection
 */
#define ISDN_PTYPE_UNKNOWN   0   /* Protocol undefined   */
#define ISDN_PTYPE_1TR6      1   /* german 1TR6-protocol */
#define ISDN_PTYPE_EURO      2   /* EDSS1-protocol       */
#define ISDN_PTYPE_LEASED    3   /* for leased lines     */
#define ISDN_PTYPE_NI1       4   /* US NI-1 protocol     */
#define ISDN_PTYPE_MAX       7   /* Max. 8 Protocols     */

/*
 * Values for Layer-2-protocol-selection
 */
#define ISDN_PROTO_L2_X75I   0   /* X75/LAPB with I-Frames            */
#define ISDN_PROTO_L2_X75UI  1   /* X75/LAPB with UI-Frames           */
#define ISDN_PROTO_L2_X75BUI 2   /* X75/LAPB with UI-Frames           */
#define ISDN_PROTO_L2_HDLC   3   /* HDLC                              */
#define ISDN_PROTO_L2_TRANS  4   /* Transparent (Voice)               */
#define ISDN_PROTO_L2_X25DTE 5   /* X25/LAPB DTE mode                 */
#define ISDN_PROTO_L2_X25DCE 6   /* X25/LAPB DCE mode                 */
#define ISDN_PROTO_L2_V11096 7   /* V.110 bitrate adaption 9600 Baud  */
#define ISDN_PROTO_L2_V11019 8   /* V.110 bitrate adaption 19200 Baud */
#define ISDN_PROTO_L2_V11038 9   /* V.110 bitrate adaption 38400 Baud */
#define ISDN_PROTO_L2_MODEM  10  /* Analog Modem on Board */
#define ISDN_PROTO_L2_FAX    11  /* Fax Group 2/3         */
#define ISDN_PROTO_L2_HDLC_56K 12   /* HDLC 56k                          */
#define ISDN_PROTO_L2_MAX    15  /* Max. 16 Protocols                 */

/*
 * Values for Layer-3-protocol-selection
 */
#define ISDN_PROTO_L3_TRANS	0	/* Transparent */
#define ISDN_PROTO_L3_TRANSDSP	1	/* Transparent with DSP */
#define ISDN_PROTO_L3_FCLASS2	2	/* Fax Group 2/3 CLASS 2 */
#define ISDN_PROTO_L3_FCLASS1	3	/* Fax Group 2/3 CLASS 1 */
#define ISDN_PROTO_L3_MAX	7	/* Max. 8 Protocols */


#endif /* __ISDNIF_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * wanrouter.h	Legacy declarations kept around until X25 is removed
 */

#ifndef _ROUTER_H
#define _ROUTER_H

/* 'state' defines */
enum wan_states
{
	WAN_UNCONFIGURED,	/* link/channel is not configured */
	WAN_DISCONNECTED,	/* link/channel is disconnected */
	WAN_CONNECTING,		/* connection is in progress */
	WAN_CONNECTED		/* link/channel is operational */
};

#endif /* _ROUTER_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_KVM_H
#define __LINUX_KVM_H

/*
 * Userspace interface for /dev/kvm - kernel based virtual machine
 *
 * Note: you must update KVM_API_VERSION if you change this interface.
 */

#include <linux/const.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <asm/kvm.h>

#define KVM_API_VERSION 12

/* *** Deprecated interfaces *** */

#define KVM_TRC_SHIFT           16

#define KVM_TRC_ENTRYEXIT       (1 << KVM_TRC_SHIFT)
#define KVM_TRC_HANDLER         (1 << (KVM_TRC_SHIFT + 1))

#define KVM_TRC_VMENTRY         (KVM_TRC_ENTRYEXIT + 0x01)
#define KVM_TRC_VMEXIT          (KVM_TRC_ENTRYEXIT + 0x02)
#define KVM_TRC_PAGE_FAULT      (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x01)

#define KVM_TRC_HEAD_SIZE       12
#define KVM_TRC_CYCLE_SIZE      8
#define KVM_TRC_EXTRA_MAX       7

#define KVM_TRC_INJ_VIRQ         (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x02)
#define KVM_TRC_REDELIVER_EVT    (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x03)
#define KVM_TRC_PEND_INTR        (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x04)
#define KVM_TRC_IO_READ          (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x05)
#define KVM_TRC_IO_WRITE         (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x06)
#define KVM_TRC_CR_READ          (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x07)
#define KVM_TRC_CR_WRITE         (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x08)
#define KVM_TRC_DR_READ          (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x09)
#define KVM_TRC_DR_WRITE         (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x0A)
#define KVM_TRC_MSR_READ         (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x0B)
#define KVM_TRC_MSR_WRITE        (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x0C)
#define KVM_TRC_CPUID            (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x0D)
#define KVM_TRC_INTR             (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x0E)
#define KVM_TRC_NMI              (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x0F)
#define KVM_TRC_VMMCALL          (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x10)
#define KVM_TRC_HLT              (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x11)
#define KVM_TRC_CLTS             (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x12)
#define KVM_TRC_LMSW             (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x13)
#define KVM_TRC_APIC_ACCESS      (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x14)
#define KVM_TRC_TDP_FAULT        (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x15)
#define KVM_TRC_GTLB_WRITE       (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x16)
#define KVM_TRC_STLB_WRITE       (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x17)
#define KVM_TRC_STLB_INVAL       (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x18)
#define KVM_TRC_PPC_INSTR        (KVM_TRC_HANDLER + 0x19)

struct kvm_user_trace_setup {
	__u32 buf_size;
	__u32 buf_nr;
};

#define __KVM_DEPRECATED_MAIN_W_0x06 \
	_IOW(KVMIO, 0x06, struct kvm_user_trace_setup)
#define __KVM_DEPRECATED_MAIN_0x07 _IO(KVMIO, 0x07)
#define __KVM_DEPRECATED_MAIN_0x08 _IO(KVMIO, 0x08)

#define __KVM_DEPRECATED_VM_R_0x70 _IOR(KVMIO, 0x70, struct kvm_assigned_irq)

struct kvm_breakpoint {
	__u32 enabled;
	__u32 padding;
	__u64 address;
};

struct kvm_debug_guest {
	__u32 enabled;
	__u32 pad;
	struct kvm_breakpoint breakpoints[4];
	__u32 singlestep;
};

#define __KVM_DEPRECATED_VCPU_W_0x87 _IOW(KVMIO, 0x87, struct kvm_debug_guest)

/* *** End of deprecated interfaces *** */


/* for KVM_CREATE_MEMORY_REGION */
struct kvm_memory_region {
	__u32 slot;
	__u32 flags;
	__u64 guest_phys_addr;
	__u64 memory_size; /* bytes */
};

/* for KVM_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION */
struct kvm_userspace_memory_region {
	__u32 slot;
	__u32 flags;
	__u64 guest_phys_addr;
	__u64 memory_size; /* bytes */
	__u64 userspace_addr; /* start of the userspace allocated memory */
};

/*
 * The bit 0 ~ bit 15 of kvm_memory_region::flags are visible for userspace,
 * other bits are reserved for kvm internal use which are defined in
 * include/linux/kvm_host.h.
 */
#define KVM_MEM_LOG_DIRTY_PAGES	(1UL << 0)
#define KVM_MEM_READONLY	(1UL << 1)

/* for KVM_IRQ_LINE */
struct kvm_irq_level {
	/*
	 * ACPI gsi notion of irq.
	 * For IA-64 (APIC model) IOAPIC0: irq 0-23; IOAPIC1: irq 24-47..
	 * For X86 (standard AT mode) PIC0/1: irq 0-15. IOAPIC0: 0-23..
	 * For ARM: See Documentation/virt/kvm/api.rst
	 */
	union {
		__u32 irq;
		__s32 status;
	};
	__u32 level;
};


struct kvm_irqchip {
	__u32 chip_id;
	__u32 pad;
        union {
		char dummy[512];  /* reserving space */
#ifdef __KVM_HAVE_PIT
		struct kvm_pic_state pic;
#endif
#ifdef __KVM_HAVE_IOAPIC
		struct kvm_ioapic_state ioapic;
#endif
	} chip;
};

/* for KVM_CREATE_PIT2 */
struct kvm_pit_config {
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 pad[15];
};

#define KVM_PIT_SPEAKER_DUMMY     1

struct kvm_s390_skeys {
	__u64 start_gfn;
	__u64 count;
	__u64 skeydata_addr;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 reserved[9];
};

#define KVM_S390_CMMA_PEEK (1 << 0)

/**
 * kvm_s390_cmma_log - Used for CMMA migration.
 *
 * Used both for input and output.
 *
 * @start_gfn: Guest page number to start from.
 * @count: Size of the result buffer.
 * @flags: Control operation mode via KVM_S390_CMMA_* flags
 * @remaining: Used with KVM_S390_GET_CMMA_BITS. Indicates how many dirty
 *             pages are still remaining.
 * @mask: Used with KVM_S390_SET_CMMA_BITS. Bitmap of bits to actually set
 *        in the PGSTE.
 * @values: Pointer to the values buffer.
 *
 * Used in KVM_S390_{G,S}ET_CMMA_BITS ioctls.
 */
struct kvm_s390_cmma_log {
	__u64 start_gfn;
	__u32 count;
	__u32 flags;
	union {
		__u64 remaining;
		__u64 mask;
	};
	__u64 values;
};

struct kvm_hyperv_exit {
#define KVM_EXIT_HYPERV_SYNIC          1
#define KVM_EXIT_HYPERV_HCALL          2
#define KVM_EXIT_HYPERV_SYNDBG         3
	__u32 type;
	__u32 pad1;
	union {
		struct {
			__u32 msr;
			__u32 pad2;
			__u64 control;
			__u64 evt_page;
			__u64 msg_page;
		} synic;
		struct {
			__u64 input;
			__u64 result;
			__u64 params[2];
		} hcall;
		struct {
			__u32 msr;
			__u32 pad2;
			__u64 control;
			__u64 status;
			__u64 send_page;
			__u64 recv_page;
			__u64 pending_page;
		} syndbg;
	} u;
};

struct kvm_xen_exit {
#define KVM_EXIT_XEN_HCALL          1
	__u32 type;
	union {
		struct {
			__u32 longmode;
			__u32 cpl;
			__u64 input;
			__u64 result;
			__u64 params[6];
		} hcall;
	} u;
};

#define KVM_S390_GET_SKEYS_NONE   1
#define KVM_S390_SKEYS_MAX        1048576

#define KVM_EXIT_UNKNOWN          0
#define KVM_EXIT_EXCEPTION        1
#define KVM_EXIT_IO               2
#define KVM_EXIT_HYPERCALL        3
#define KVM_EXIT_DEBUG            4
#define KVM_EXIT_HLT              5
#define KVM_EXIT_MMIO             6
#define KVM_EXIT_IRQ_WINDOW_OPEN  7
#define KVM_EXIT_SHUTDOWN         8
#define KVM_EXIT_FAIL_ENTRY       9
#define KVM_EXIT_INTR             10
#define KVM_EXIT_SET_TPR          11
#define KVM_EXIT_TPR_ACCESS       12
#define KVM_EXIT_S390_SIEIC       13
#define KVM_EXIT_S390_RESET       14
#define KVM_EXIT_DCR              15 /* deprecated */
#define KVM_EXIT_NMI              16
#define KVM_EXIT_INTERNAL_ERROR   17
#define KVM_EXIT_OSI              18
#define KVM_EXIT_PAPR_HCALL	  19
#define KVM_EXIT_S390_UCONTROL	  20
#define KVM_EXIT_WATCHDOG         21
#define KVM_EXIT_S390_TSCH        22
#define KVM_EXIT_EPR              23
#define KVM_EXIT_SYSTEM_EVENT     24
#define KVM_EXIT_S390_STSI        25
#define KVM_EXIT_IOAPIC_EOI       26
#define KVM_EXIT_HYPERV           27
#define KVM_EXIT_ARM_NISV         28
#define KVM_EXIT_X86_RDMSR        29
#define KVM_EXIT_X86_WRMSR        30
#define KVM_EXIT_DIRTY_RING_FULL  31
#define KVM_EXIT_AP_RESET_HOLD    32
#define KVM_EXIT_X86_BUS_LOCK     33
#define KVM_EXIT_XEN              34

/* For KVM_EXIT_INTERNAL_ERROR */
/* Emulate instruction failed. */
#define KVM_INTERNAL_ERROR_EMULATION	1
/* Encounter unexpected simultaneous exceptions. */
#define KVM_INTERNAL_ERROR_SIMUL_EX	2
/* Encounter unexpected vm-exit due to delivery event. */
#define KVM_INTERNAL_ERROR_DELIVERY_EV	3
/* Encounter unexpected vm-exit reason */
#define KVM_INTERNAL_ERROR_UNEXPECTED_EXIT_REASON	4

/* Flags that describe what fields in emulation_failure hold valid data. */
#define KVM_INTERNAL_ERROR_EMULATION_FLAG_INSTRUCTION_BYTES (1ULL << 0)

/* for KVM_RUN, returned by mmap(vcpu_fd, offset=0) */
struct kvm_run {
	/* in */
	__u8 request_interrupt_window;
	__u8 immediate_exit;
	__u8 padding1[6];

	/* out */
	__u32 exit_reason;
	__u8 ready_for_interrupt_injection;
	__u8 if_flag;
	__u16 flags;

	/* in (pre_kvm_run), out (post_kvm_run) */
	__u64 cr8;
	__u64 apic_base;

#ifdef __KVM_S390
	/* the processor status word for s390 */
	__u64 psw_mask; /* psw upper half */
	__u64 psw_addr; /* psw lower half */
#endif
	union {
		/* KVM_EXIT_UNKNOWN */
		struct {
			__u64 hardware_exit_reason;
		} hw;
		/* KVM_EXIT_FAIL_ENTRY */
		struct {
			__u64 hardware_entry_failure_reason;
			__u32 cpu;
		} fail_entry;
		/* KVM_EXIT_EXCEPTION */
		struct {
			__u32 exception;
			__u32 error_code;
		} ex;
		/* KVM_EXIT_IO */
		struct {
#define KVM_EXIT_IO_IN  0
#define KVM_EXIT_IO_OUT 1
			__u8 direction;
			__u8 size; /* bytes */
			__u16 port;
			__u32 count;
			__u64 data_offset; /* relative to kvm_run start */
		} io;
		/* KVM_EXIT_DEBUG */
		struct {
			struct kvm_debug_exit_arch arch;
		} debug;
		/* KVM_EXIT_MMIO */
		struct {
			__u64 phys_addr;
			__u8  data[8];
			__u32 len;
			__u8  is_write;
		} mmio;
		/* KVM_EXIT_HYPERCALL */
		struct {
			__u64 nr;
			__u64 args[6];
			__u64 ret;
			__u32 longmode;
			__u32 pad;
		} hypercall;
		/* KVM_EXIT_TPR_ACCESS */
		struct {
			__u64 rip;
			__u32 is_write;
			__u32 pad;
		} tpr_access;
		/* KVM_EXIT_S390_SIEIC */
		struct {
			__u8 icptcode;
			__u16 ipa;
			__u32 ipb;
		} s390_sieic;
		/* KVM_EXIT_S390_RESET */
#define KVM_S390_RESET_POR       1
#define KVM_S390_RESET_CLEAR     2
#define KVM_S390_RESET_SUBSYSTEM 4
#define KVM_S390_RESET_CPU_INIT  8
#define KVM_S390_RESET_IPL       16
		__u64 s390_reset_flags;
		/* KVM_EXIT_S390_UCONTROL */
		struct {
			__u64 trans_exc_code;
			__u32 pgm_code;
		} s390_ucontrol;
		/* KVM_EXIT_DCR (deprecated) */
		struct {
			__u32 dcrn;
			__u32 data;
			__u8  is_write;
		} dcr;
		/* KVM_EXIT_INTERNAL_ERROR */
		struct {
			__u32 suberror;
			/* Available with KVM_CAP_INTERNAL_ERROR_DATA: */
			__u32 ndata;
			__u64 data[16];
		} internal;
		/*
		 * KVM_INTERNAL_ERROR_EMULATION
		 *
		 * "struct emulation_failure" is an overlay of "struct internal"
		 * that is used for the KVM_INTERNAL_ERROR_EMULATION sub-type of
		 * KVM_EXIT_INTERNAL_ERROR.  Note, unlike other internal error
		 * sub-types, this struct is ABI!  It also needs to be backwards
		 * compatible with "struct internal".  Take special care that
		 * "ndata" is correct, that new fields are enumerated in "flags",
		 * and that each flag enumerates fields that are 64-bit aligned
		 * and sized (so that ndata+internal.data[] is valid/accurate).
		 *
		 * Space beyond the defined fields may be used to store arbitrary
		 * debug information relating to the emulation failure. It is
		 * accounted for in "ndata" but the format is unspecified and is
		 * not represented in "flags". Any such information is *not* ABI!
		 */
		struct {
			__u32 suberror;
			__u32 ndata;
			__u64 flags;
			union {
				struct {
					__u8  insn_size;
					__u8  insn_bytes[15];
				};
			};
			/* Arbitrary debug data may follow. */
		} emulation_failure;
		/* KVM_EXIT_OSI */
		struct {
			__u64 gprs[32];
		} osi;
		/* KVM_EXIT_PAPR_HCALL */
		struct {
			__u64 nr;
			__u64 ret;
			__u64 args[9];
		} papr_hcall;
		/* KVM_EXIT_S390_TSCH */
		struct {
			__u16 subchannel_id;
			__u16 subchannel_nr;
			__u32 io_int_parm;
			__u32 io_int_word;
			__u32 ipb;
			__u8 dequeued;
		} s390_tsch;
		/* KVM_EXIT_EPR */
		struct {
			__u32 epr;
		} epr;
		/* KVM_EXIT_SYSTEM_EVENT */
		struct {
#define KVM_SYSTEM_EVENT_SHUTDOWN       1
#define KVM_SYSTEM_EVENT_RESET          2
#define KVM_SYSTEM_EVENT_CRASH          3
			__u32 type;
			__u64 flags;
		} system_event;
		/* KVM_EXIT_S390_STSI */
		struct {
			__u64 addr;
			__u8 ar;
			__u8 reserved;
			__u8 fc;
			__u8 sel1;
			__u16 sel2;
		} s390_stsi;
		/* KVM_EXIT_IOAPIC_EOI */
		struct {
			__u8 vector;
		} eoi;
		/* KVM_EXIT_HYPERV */
		struct kvm_hyperv_exit hyperv;
		/* KVM_EXIT_ARM_NISV */
		struct {
			__u64 esr_iss;
			__u64 fault_ipa;
		} arm_nisv;
		/* KVM_EXIT_X86_RDMSR / KVM_EXIT_X86_WRMSR */
		struct {
			__u8 error; /* user -> kernel */
			__u8 pad[7];
#define KVM_MSR_EXIT_REASON_INVAL	(1 << 0)
#define KVM_MSR_EXIT_REASON_UNKNOWN	(1 << 1)
#define KVM_MSR_EXIT_REASON_FILTER	(1 << 2)
			__u32 reason; /* kernel -> user */
			__u32 index; /* kernel -> user */
			__u64 data; /* kernel <-> user */
		} msr;
		/* KVM_EXIT_XEN */
		struct kvm_xen_exit xen;
		/* Fix the size of the union. */
		char padding[256];
	};

	/* 2048 is the size of the char array used to bound/pad the size
	 * of the union that holds sync regs.
	 */
	#define SYNC_REGS_SIZE_BYTES 2048
	/*
	 * shared registers between kvm and userspace.
	 * kvm_valid_regs specifies the register classes set by the host
	 * kvm_dirty_regs specified the register classes dirtied by userspace
	 * struct kvm_sync_regs is architecture specific, as well as the
	 * bits for kvm_valid_regs and kvm_dirty_regs
	 */
	__u64 kvm_valid_regs;
	__u64 kvm_dirty_regs;
	union {
		struct kvm_sync_regs regs;
		char padding[SYNC_REGS_SIZE_BYTES];
	} s;
};

/* for KVM_REGISTER_COALESCED_MMIO / KVM_UNREGISTER_COALESCED_MMIO */

struct kvm_coalesced_mmio_zone {
	__u64 addr;
	__u32 size;
	union {
		__u32 pad;
		__u32 pio;
	};
};

struct kvm_coalesced_mmio {
	__u64 phys_addr;
	__u32 len;
	union {
		__u32 pad;
		__u32 pio;
	};
	__u8  data[8];
};

struct kvm_coalesced_mmio_ring {
	__u32 first, last;
	struct kvm_coalesced_mmio coalesced_mmio[0];
};

#define KVM_COALESCED_MMIO_MAX \
	((PAGE_SIZE - sizeof(struct kvm_coalesced_mmio_ring)) / \
	 sizeof(struct kvm_coalesced_mmio))

/* for KVM_TRANSLATE */
struct kvm_translation {
	/* in */
	__u64 linear_address;

	/* out */
	__u64 physical_address;
	__u8  valid;
	__u8  writeable;
	__u8  usermode;
	__u8  pad[5];
};

/* for KVM_S390_MEM_OP */
struct kvm_s390_mem_op {
	/* in */
	__u64 gaddr;		/* the guest address */
	__u64 flags;		/* flags */
	__u32 size;		/* amount of bytes */
	__u32 op;		/* type of operation */
	__u64 buf;		/* buffer in userspace */
	union {
		struct {
			__u8 ar;	/* the access register number */
			__u8 key;	/* access key, ignored if flag unset */
		};
		__u32 sida_offset; /* offset into the sida */
		__u8 reserved[32]; /* ignored */
	};
};
/* types for kvm_s390_mem_op->op */
#define KVM_S390_MEMOP_LOGICAL_READ	0
#define KVM_S390_MEMOP_LOGICAL_WRITE	1
#define KVM_S390_MEMOP_SIDA_READ	2
#define KVM_S390_MEMOP_SIDA_WRITE	3
#define KVM_S390_MEMOP_ABSOLUTE_READ	4
#define KVM_S390_MEMOP_ABSOLUTE_WRITE	5
/* flags for kvm_s390_mem_op->flags */
#define KVM_S390_MEMOP_F_CHECK_ONLY		(1ULL << 0)
#define KVM_S390_MEMOP_F_INJECT_EXCEPTION	(1ULL << 1)
#define KVM_S390_MEMOP_F_SKEY_PROTECTION	(1ULL << 2)

/* for KVM_INTERRUPT */
struct kvm_interrupt {
	/* in */
	__u32 irq;
};

/* for KVM_GET_DIRTY_LOG */
struct kvm_dirty_log {
	__u32 slot;
	__u32 padding1;
	union {
		void *dirty_bitmap; /* one bit per page */
		__u64 padding2;
	};
};

/* for KVM_CLEAR_DIRTY_LOG */
struct kvm_clear_dirty_log {
	__u32 slot;
	__u32 num_pages;
	__u64 first_page;
	union {
		void *dirty_bitmap; /* one bit per page */
		__u64 padding2;
	};
};

/* for KVM_SET_SIGNAL_MASK */
struct kvm_signal_mask {
	__u32 len;
	__u8  sigset[0];
};

/* for KVM_TPR_ACCESS_REPORTING */
struct kvm_tpr_access_ctl {
	__u32 enabled;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 reserved[8];
};

/* for KVM_SET_VAPIC_ADDR */
struct kvm_vapic_addr {
	__u64 vapic_addr;
};

/* for KVM_SET_MP_STATE */

/* not all states are valid on all architectures */
#define KVM_MP_STATE_RUNNABLE          0
#define KVM_MP_STATE_UNINITIALIZED     1
#define KVM_MP_STATE_INIT_RECEIVED     2
#define KVM_MP_STATE_HALTED            3
#define KVM_MP_STATE_SIPI_RECEIVED     4
#define KVM_MP_STATE_STOPPED           5
#define KVM_MP_STATE_CHECK_STOP        6
#define KVM_MP_STATE_OPERATING         7
#define KVM_MP_STATE_LOAD              8
#define KVM_MP_STATE_AP_RESET_HOLD     9

struct kvm_mp_state {
	__u32 mp_state;
};

struct kvm_s390_psw {
	__u64 mask;
	__u64 addr;
};

/* valid values for type in kvm_s390_interrupt */
#define KVM_S390_SIGP_STOP		0xfffe0000u
#define KVM_S390_PROGRAM_INT		0xfffe0001u
#define KVM_S390_SIGP_SET_PREFIX	0xfffe0002u
#define KVM_S390_RESTART		0xfffe0003u
#define KVM_S390_INT_PFAULT_INIT	0xfffe0004u
#define KVM_S390_INT_PFAULT_DONE	0xfffe0005u
#define KVM_S390_MCHK			0xfffe1000u
#define KVM_S390_INT_CLOCK_COMP		0xffff1004u
#define KVM_S390_INT_CPU_TIMER		0xffff1005u
#define KVM_S390_INT_VIRTIO		0xffff2603u
#define KVM_S390_INT_SERVICE		0xffff2401u
#define KVM_S390_INT_EMERGENCY		0xffff1201u
#define KVM_S390_INT_EXTERNAL_CALL	0xffff1202u
/* Anything below 0xfffe0000u is taken by INT_IO */
#define KVM_S390_INT_IO(ai,cssid,ssid,schid)   \
	(((schid)) |			       \
	 ((ssid) << 16) |		       \
	 ((cssid) << 18) |		       \
	 ((ai) << 26))
#define KVM_S390_INT_IO_MIN		0x00000000u
#define KVM_S390_INT_IO_MAX		0xfffdffffu
#define KVM_S390_INT_IO_AI_MASK		0x04000000u


struct kvm_s390_interrupt {
	__u32 type;
	__u32 parm;
	__u64 parm64;
};

struct kvm_s390_io_info {
	__u16 subchannel_id;
	__u16 subchannel_nr;
	__u32 io_int_parm;
	__u32 io_int_word;
};

struct kvm_s390_ext_info {
	__u32 ext_params;
	__u32 pad;
	__u64 ext_params2;
};

struct kvm_s390_pgm_info {
	__u64 trans_exc_code;
	__u64 mon_code;
	__u64 per_address;
	__u32 data_exc_code;
	__u16 code;
	__u16 mon_class_nr;
	__u8 per_code;
	__u8 per_atmid;
	__u8 exc_access_id;
	__u8 per_access_id;
	__u8 op_access_id;
#define KVM_S390_PGM_FLAGS_ILC_VALID	0x01
#define KVM_S390_PGM_FLAGS_ILC_0	0x02
#define KVM_S390_PGM_FLAGS_ILC_1	0x04
#define KVM_S390_PGM_FLAGS_ILC_MASK	0x06
#define KVM_S390_PGM_FLAGS_NO_REWIND	0x08
	__u8 flags;
	__u8 pad[2];
};

struct kvm_s390_prefix_info {
	__u32 address;
};

struct kvm_s390_extcall_info {
	__u16 code;
};

struct kvm_s390_emerg_info {
	__u16 code;
};

#define KVM_S390_STOP_FLAG_STORE_STATUS	0x01
struct kvm_s390_stop_info {
	__u32 flags;
};

struct kvm_s390_mchk_info {
	__u64 cr14;
	__u64 mcic;
	__u64 failing_storage_address;
	__u32 ext_damage_code;
	__u32 pad;
	__u8 fixed_logout[16];
};

struct kvm_s390_irq {
	__u64 type;
	union {
		struct kvm_s390_io_info io;
		struct kvm_s390_ext_info ext;
		struct kvm_s390_pgm_info pgm;
		struct kvm_s390_emerg_info emerg;
		struct kvm_s390_extcall_info extcall;
		struct kvm_s390_prefix_info prefix;
		struct kvm_s390_stop_info stop;
		struct kvm_s390_mchk_info mchk;
		char reserved[64];
	} u;
};

struct kvm_s390_irq_state {
	__u64 buf;
	__u32 flags;        /* will stay unused for compatibility reasons */
	__u32 len;
	__u32 reserved[4];  /* will stay unused for compatibility reasons */
};

/* for KVM_SET_GUEST_DEBUG */

#define KVM_GUESTDBG_ENABLE		0x00000001
#define KVM_GUESTDBG_SINGLESTEP		0x00000002

struct kvm_guest_debug {
	__u32 control;
	__u32 pad;
	struct kvm_guest_debug_arch arch;
};

enum {
	kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_datamatch,
	kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_pio,
	kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_deassign,
	kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_virtio_ccw_notify,
	kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_fast_mmio,
	kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_max,
};

#define KVM_IOEVENTFD_FLAG_DATAMATCH (1 << kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_datamatch)
#define KVM_IOEVENTFD_FLAG_PIO       (1 << kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_pio)
#define KVM_IOEVENTFD_FLAG_DEASSIGN  (1 << kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_deassign)
#define KVM_IOEVENTFD_FLAG_VIRTIO_CCW_NOTIFY \
	(1 << kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_virtio_ccw_notify)

#define KVM_IOEVENTFD_VALID_FLAG_MASK  ((1 << kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_max) - 1)

struct kvm_ioeventfd {
	__u64 datamatch;
	__u64 addr;        /* legal pio/mmio address */
	__u32 len;         /* 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes; or 0 to ignore length */
	__s32 fd;
	__u32 flags;
	__u8  pad[36];
};

#define KVM_X86_DISABLE_EXITS_MWAIT          (1 << 0)
#define KVM_X86_DISABLE_EXITS_HLT            (1 << 1)
#define KVM_X86_DISABLE_EXITS_PAUSE          (1 << 2)
#define KVM_X86_DISABLE_EXITS_CSTATE         (1 << 3)
#define KVM_X86_DISABLE_VALID_EXITS          (KVM_X86_DISABLE_EXITS_MWAIT | \
                                              KVM_X86_DISABLE_EXITS_HLT | \
                                              KVM_X86_DISABLE_EXITS_PAUSE | \
                                              KVM_X86_DISABLE_EXITS_CSTATE)

/* for KVM_ENABLE_CAP */
struct kvm_enable_cap {
	/* in */
	__u32 cap;
	__u32 flags;
	__u64 args[4];
	__u8  pad[64];
};

/* for KVM_PPC_GET_PVINFO */

#define KVM_PPC_PVINFO_FLAGS_EV_IDLE   (1<<0)

struct kvm_ppc_pvinfo {
	/* out */
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 hcall[4];
	__u8  pad[108];
};

/* for KVM_PPC_GET_SMMU_INFO */
#define KVM_PPC_PAGE_SIZES_MAX_SZ	8

struct kvm_ppc_one_page_size {
	__u32 page_shift;	/* Page shift (or 0) */
	__u32 pte_enc;		/* Encoding in the HPTE (>>12) */
};

struct kvm_ppc_one_seg_page_size {
	__u32 page_shift;	/* Base page shift of segment (or 0) */
	__u32 slb_enc;		/* SLB encoding for BookS */
	struct kvm_ppc_one_page_size enc[KVM_PPC_PAGE_SIZES_MAX_SZ];
};

#define KVM_PPC_PAGE_SIZES_REAL		0x00000001
#define KVM_PPC_1T_SEGMENTS		0x00000002
#define KVM_PPC_NO_HASH			0x00000004

struct kvm_ppc_smmu_info {
	__u64 flags;
	__u32 slb_size;
	__u16 data_keys;	/* # storage keys supported for data */
	__u16 instr_keys;	/* # storage keys supported for instructions */
	struct kvm_ppc_one_seg_page_size sps[KVM_PPC_PAGE_SIZES_MAX_SZ];
};

/* for KVM_PPC_RESIZE_HPT_{PREPARE,COMMIT} */
struct kvm_ppc_resize_hpt {
	__u64 flags;
	__u32 shift;
	__u32 pad;
};

#define KVMIO 0xAE

/* machine type bits, to be used as argument to KVM_CREATE_VM */
#define KVM_VM_S390_UCONTROL	1

/* on ppc, 0 indicate default, 1 should force HV and 2 PR */
#define KVM_VM_PPC_HV 1
#define KVM_VM_PPC_PR 2

/* on MIPS, 0 forces trap & emulate, 1 forces VZ ASE */
#define KVM_VM_MIPS_TE		0
#define KVM_VM_MIPS_VZ		1

#define KVM_S390_SIE_PAGE_OFFSET 1

/*
 * On arm64, machine type can be used to request the physical
 * address size for the VM. Bits[7-0] are reserved for the guest
 * PA size shift (i.e, log2(PA_Size)). For backward compatibility,
 * value 0 implies the default IPA size, 40bits.
 */
#define KVM_VM_TYPE_ARM_IPA_SIZE_MASK	0xffULL
#define KVM_VM_TYPE_ARM_IPA_SIZE(x)		\
	((x) & KVM_VM_TYPE_ARM_IPA_SIZE_MASK)
/*
 * ioctls for /dev/kvm fds:
 */
#define KVM_GET_API_VERSION       _IO(KVMIO,   0x00)
#define KVM_CREATE_VM             _IO(KVMIO,   0x01) /* returns a VM fd */
#define KVM_GET_MSR_INDEX_LIST    _IOWR(KVMIO, 0x02, struct kvm_msr_list)

#define KVM_S390_ENABLE_SIE       _IO(KVMIO,   0x06)
/*
 * Check if a kvm extension is available.  Argument is extension number,
 * return is 1 (yes) or 0 (no, sorry).
 */
#define KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION       _IO(KVMIO,   0x03)
/*
 * Get size for mmap(vcpu_fd)
 */
#define KVM_GET_VCPU_MMAP_SIZE    _IO(KVMIO,   0x04) /* in bytes */
#define KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID   _IOWR(KVMIO, 0x05, struct kvm_cpuid2)
#define KVM_TRACE_ENABLE          __KVM_DEPRECATED_MAIN_W_0x06
#define KVM_TRACE_PAUSE           __KVM_DEPRECATED_MAIN_0x07
#define KVM_TRACE_DISABLE         __KVM_DEPRECATED_MAIN_0x08
#define KVM_GET_EMULATED_CPUID	  _IOWR(KVMIO, 0x09, struct kvm_cpuid2)
#define KVM_GET_MSR_FEATURE_INDEX_LIST    _IOWR(KVMIO, 0x0a, struct kvm_msr_list)

/*
 * Extension capability list.
 */
#define KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP	  0
#define KVM_CAP_HLT	  1
#define KVM_CAP_MMU_SHADOW_CACHE_CONTROL 2
#define KVM_CAP_USER_MEMORY 3
#define KVM_CAP_SET_TSS_ADDR 4
#define KVM_CAP_VAPIC 6
#define KVM_CAP_EXT_CPUID 7
#define KVM_CAP_CLOCKSOURCE 8
#define KVM_CAP_NR_VCPUS 9       /* returns recommended max vcpus per vm */
#define KVM_CAP_NR_MEMSLOTS 10   /* returns max memory slots per vm */
#define KVM_CAP_PIT 11
#define KVM_CAP_NOP_IO_DELAY 12
#define KVM_CAP_PV_MMU 13
#define KVM_CAP_MP_STATE 14
#define KVM_CAP_COALESCED_MMIO 15
#define KVM_CAP_SYNC_MMU 16  /* Changes to host mmap are reflected in guest */
#define KVM_CAP_IOMMU 18
/* Bug in KVM_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION fixed: */
#define KVM_CAP_DESTROY_MEMORY_REGION_WORKS 21
#define KVM_CAP_USER_NMI 22
#ifdef __KVM_HAVE_GUEST_DEBUG
#define KVM_CAP_SET_GUEST_DEBUG 23
#endif
#ifdef __KVM_HAVE_PIT
#define KVM_CAP_REINJECT_CONTROL 24
#endif
#define KVM_CAP_IRQ_ROUTING 25
#define KVM_CAP_IRQ_INJECT_STATUS 26
#define KVM_CAP_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ 29
/* Another bug in KVM_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION fixed: */
#define KVM_CAP_JOIN_MEMORY_REGIONS_WORKS 30
#ifdef __KVM_HAVE_MCE
#define KVM_CAP_MCE 31
#endif
#define KVM_CAP_IRQFD 32
#ifdef __KVM_HAVE_PIT
#define KVM_CAP_PIT2 33
#endif
#define KVM_CAP_SET_BOOT_CPU_ID 34
#ifdef __KVM_HAVE_PIT_STATE2
#define KVM_CAP_PIT_STATE2 35
#endif
#define KVM_CAP_IOEVENTFD 36
#define KVM_CAP_SET_IDENTITY_MAP_ADDR 37
#ifdef __KVM_HAVE_XEN_HVM
#define KVM_CAP_XEN_HVM 38
#endif
#define KVM_CAP_ADJUST_CLOCK 39
#define KVM_CAP_INTERNAL_ERROR_DATA 40
#ifdef __KVM_HAVE_VCPU_EVENTS
#define KVM_CAP_VCPU_EVENTS 41
#endif
#define KVM_CAP_S390_PSW 42
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_SEGSTATE 43
#define KVM_CAP_HYPERV 44
#define KVM_CAP_HYPERV_VAPIC 45
#define KVM_CAP_HYPERV_SPIN 46
#define KVM_CAP_PCI_SEGMENT 47
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_PAIRED_SINGLES 48
#define KVM_CAP_INTR_SHADOW 49
#ifdef __KVM_HAVE_DEBUGREGS
#define KVM_CAP_DEBUGREGS 50
#endif
#define KVM_CAP_X86_ROBUST_SINGLESTEP 51
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_OSI 52
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_UNSET_IRQ 53
#define KVM_CAP_ENABLE_CAP 54
#ifdef __KVM_HAVE_XSAVE
#define KVM_CAP_XSAVE 55
#endif
#ifdef __KVM_HAVE_XCRS
#define KVM_CAP_XCRS 56
#endif
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_GET_PVINFO 57
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_IRQ_LEVEL 58
#define KVM_CAP_ASYNC_PF 59
#define KVM_CAP_TSC_CONTROL 60
#define KVM_CAP_GET_TSC_KHZ 61
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_BOOKE_SREGS 62
#define KVM_CAP_SPAPR_TCE 63
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_SMT 64
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_RMA	65
#define KVM_CAP_MAX_VCPUS 66       /* returns max vcpus per vm */
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_HIOR 67
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_PAPR 68
#define KVM_CAP_SW_TLB 69
#define KVM_CAP_ONE_REG 70
#define KVM_CAP_S390_GMAP 71
#define KVM_CAP_TSC_DEADLINE_TIMER 72
#define KVM_CAP_S390_UCONTROL 73
#define KVM_CAP_SYNC_REGS 74
#define KVM_CAP_PCI_2_3 75
#define KVM_CAP_KVMCLOCK_CTRL 76
#define KVM_CAP_SIGNAL_MSI 77
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_GET_SMMU_INFO 78
#define KVM_CAP_S390_COW 79
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_ALLOC_HTAB 80
#define KVM_CAP_READONLY_MEM 81
#define KVM_CAP_IRQFD_RESAMPLE 82
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_BOOKE_WATCHDOG 83
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_HTAB_FD 84
#define KVM_CAP_S390_CSS_SUPPORT 85
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_EPR 86
#define KVM_CAP_ARM_PSCI 87
#define KVM_CAP_ARM_SET_DEVICE_ADDR 88
#define KVM_CAP_DEVICE_CTRL 89
#define KVM_CAP_IRQ_MPIC 90
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_RTAS 91
#define KVM_CAP_IRQ_XICS 92
#define KVM_CAP_ARM_EL1_32BIT 93
#define KVM_CAP_SPAPR_MULTITCE 94
#define KVM_CAP_EXT_EMUL_CPUID 95
#define KVM_CAP_HYPERV_TIME 96
#define KVM_CAP_IOAPIC_POLARITY_IGNORED 97
#define KVM_CAP_ENABLE_CAP_VM 98
#define KVM_CAP_S390_IRQCHIP 99
#define KVM_CAP_IOEVENTFD_NO_LENGTH 100
#define KVM_CAP_VM_ATTRIBUTES 101
#define KVM_CAP_ARM_PSCI_0_2 102
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_FIXUP_HCALL 103
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_ENABLE_HCALL 104
#define KVM_CAP_CHECK_EXTENSION_VM 105
#define KVM_CAP_S390_USER_SIGP 106
#define KVM_CAP_S390_VECTOR_REGISTERS 107
#define KVM_CAP_S390_MEM_OP 108
#define KVM_CAP_S390_USER_STSI 109
#define KVM_CAP_S390_SKEYS 110
#define KVM_CAP_MIPS_FPU 111
#define KVM_CAP_MIPS_MSA 112
#define KVM_CAP_S390_INJECT_IRQ 113
#define KVM_CAP_S390_IRQ_STATE 114
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_HWRNG 115
#define KVM_CAP_DISABLE_QUIRKS 116
#define KVM_CAP_X86_SMM 117
#define KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE 118
#define KVM_CAP_GUEST_DEBUG_HW_BPS 119
#define KVM_CAP_GUEST_DEBUG_HW_WPS 120
#define KVM_CAP_SPLIT_IRQCHIP 121
#define KVM_CAP_IOEVENTFD_ANY_LENGTH 122
#define KVM_CAP_HYPERV_SYNIC 123
#define KVM_CAP_S390_RI 124
#define KVM_CAP_SPAPR_TCE_64 125
#define KVM_CAP_ARM_PMU_V3 126
#define KVM_CAP_VCPU_ATTRIBUTES 127
#define KVM_CAP_MAX_VCPU_ID 128
#define KVM_CAP_X2APIC_API 129
#define KVM_CAP_S390_USER_INSTR0 130
#define KVM_CAP_MSI_DEVID 131
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_HTM 132
#define KVM_CAP_SPAPR_RESIZE_HPT 133
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_MMU_RADIX 134
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_MMU_HASH_V3 135
#define KVM_CAP_IMMEDIATE_EXIT 136
#define KVM_CAP_MIPS_VZ 137
#define KVM_CAP_MIPS_TE 138
#define KVM_CAP_MIPS_64BIT 139
#define KVM_CAP_S390_GS 140
#define KVM_CAP_S390_AIS 141
#define KVM_CAP_SPAPR_TCE_VFIO 142
#define KVM_CAP_X86_DISABLE_EXITS 143
#define KVM_CAP_ARM_USER_IRQ 144
#define KVM_CAP_S390_CMMA_MIGRATION 145
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_FWNMI 146
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_SMT_POSSIBLE 147
#define KVM_CAP_HYPERV_SYNIC2 148
#define KVM_CAP_HYPERV_VP_INDEX 149
#define KVM_CAP_S390_AIS_MIGRATION 150
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_GET_CPU_CHAR 151
#define KVM_CAP_S390_BPB 152
#define KVM_CAP_GET_MSR_FEATURES 153
#define KVM_CAP_HYPERV_EVENTFD 154
#define KVM_CAP_HYPERV_TLBFLUSH 155
#define KVM_CAP_S390_HPAGE_1M 156
#define KVM_CAP_NESTED_STATE 157
#define KVM_CAP_ARM_INJECT_SERROR_ESR 158
#define KVM_CAP_MSR_PLATFORM_INFO 159
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_NESTED_HV 160
#define KVM_CAP_HYPERV_SEND_IPI 161
#define KVM_CAP_COALESCED_PIO 162
#define KVM_CAP_HYPERV_ENLIGHTENED_VMCS 163
#define KVM_CAP_EXCEPTION_PAYLOAD 164
#define KVM_CAP_ARM_VM_IPA_SIZE 165
#define KVM_CAP_MANUAL_DIRTY_LOG_PROTECT 166 /* Obsolete */
#define KVM_CAP_HYPERV_CPUID 167
#define KVM_CAP_MANUAL_DIRTY_LOG_PROTECT2 168
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_IRQ_XIVE 169
#define KVM_CAP_ARM_SVE 170
#define KVM_CAP_ARM_PTRAUTH_ADDRESS 171
#define KVM_CAP_ARM_PTRAUTH_GENERIC 172
#define KVM_CAP_PMU_EVENT_FILTER 173
#define KVM_CAP_ARM_IRQ_LINE_LAYOUT_2 174
#define KVM_CAP_HYPERV_DIRECT_TLBFLUSH 175
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_GUEST_DEBUG_SSTEP 176
#define KVM_CAP_ARM_NISV_TO_USER 177
#define KVM_CAP_ARM_INJECT_EXT_DABT 178
#define KVM_CAP_S390_VCPU_RESETS 179
#define KVM_CAP_S390_PROTECTED 180
#define KVM_CAP_PPC_SECURE_GUEST 181
#define KVM_CAP_HALT_POLL 182
#define KVM_CAP_ASYNC_PF_INT 183
#define KVM_CAP_LAST_CPU 184
#define KVM_CAP_SMALLER_MAXPHYADDR 185
#define KVM_CAP_S390_DIAG318 186
#define KVM_CAP_STEAL_TIME 187
#define KVM_CAP_X86_USER_SPACE_MSR 188
#define KVM_CAP_X86_MSR_FILTER 189
#define KVM_CAP_ENFORCE_PV_FEATURE_CPUID 190
#define KVM_CAP_SYS_HYPERV_CPUID 191
#define KVM_CAP_DIRTY_LOG_RING 192
#define KVM_CAP_X86_BUS_LOCK_EXIT 193
#define KVM_CAP_SET_GUEST_DEBUG2 195
#define KVM_CAP_SGX_ATTRIBUTE 196
#define KVM_CAP_VM_COPY_ENC_CONTEXT_FROM 197
#define KVM_CAP_HYPERV_ENFORCE_CPUID 199
#define KVM_CAP_SREGS2 200
#define KVM_CAP_EXIT_HYPERCALL 201
#define KVM_CAP_BINARY_STATS_FD 203
#define KVM_CAP_EXIT_ON_EMULATION_FAILURE 204
#define KVM_CAP_VM_MOVE_ENC_CONTEXT_FROM 206
#define KVM_CAP_XSAVE2 208
#define KVM_CAP_SYS_ATTRIBUTES 209
#define KVM_CAP_S390_MEM_OP_EXTENSION 211
#define KVM_CAP_PMU_CAPABILITY 212
#define KVM_CAP_DISABLE_QUIRKS2 213
#define KVM_CAP_VM_TSC_CONTROL 214
#define KVM_CAP_SYSTEM_EVENT_DATA 215
#define KVM_CAP_ARM_SYSTEM_SUSPEND 216
#define KVM_CAP_S390_PROTECTED_DUMP 217
#define KVM_CAP_S390_ZPCI_OP 221
#define KVM_CAP_S390_CPU_TOPOLOGY 222

#ifdef KVM_CAP_IRQ_ROUTING

struct kvm_irq_routing_irqchip {
	__u32 irqchip;
	__u32 pin;
};

struct kvm_irq_routing_msi {
	__u32 address_lo;
	__u32 address_hi;
	__u32 data;
	union {
		__u32 pad;
		__u32 devid;
	};
};

struct kvm_irq_routing_s390_adapter {
	__u64 ind_addr;
	__u64 summary_addr;
	__u64 ind_offset;
	__u32 summary_offset;
	__u32 adapter_id;
};

struct kvm_irq_routing_hv_sint {
	__u32 vcpu;
	__u32 sint;
};

struct kvm_irq_routing_xen_evtchn {
	__u32 port;
	__u32 vcpu;
	__u32 priority;
};

#define KVM_IRQ_ROUTING_XEN_EVTCHN_PRIO_2LEVEL ((__u32)(-1))

/* gsi routing entry types */
#define KVM_IRQ_ROUTING_IRQCHIP 1
#define KVM_IRQ_ROUTING_MSI 2
#define KVM_IRQ_ROUTING_S390_ADAPTER 3
#define KVM_IRQ_ROUTING_HV_SINT 4
#define KVM_IRQ_ROUTING_XEN_EVTCHN 5

struct kvm_irq_routing_entry {
	__u32 gsi;
	__u32 type;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 pad;
	union {
		struct kvm_irq_routing_irqchip irqchip;
		struct kvm_irq_routing_msi msi;
		struct kvm_irq_routing_s390_adapter adapter;
		struct kvm_irq_routing_hv_sint hv_sint;
		struct kvm_irq_routing_xen_evtchn xen_evtchn;
		__u32 pad[8];
	} u;
};

struct kvm_irq_routing {
	__u32 nr;
	__u32 flags;
	struct kvm_irq_routing_entry entries[0];
};

#endif

#ifdef KVM_CAP_MCE
/* x86 MCE */
struct kvm_x86_mce {
	__u64 status;
	__u64 addr;
	__u64 misc;
	__u64 mcg_status;
	__u8 bank;
	__u8 pad1[7];
	__u64 pad2[3];
};
#endif

#ifdef KVM_CAP_XEN_HVM
#define KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_HYPERCALL_MSR	(1 << 0)
#define KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_INTERCEPT_HCALL	(1 << 1)
#define KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_SHARED_INFO		(1 << 2)
#define KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_RUNSTATE		(1 << 3)
#define KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_EVTCHN_2LEVEL	(1 << 4)

struct kvm_xen_hvm_config {
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 msr;
	__u64 blob_addr_32;
	__u64 blob_addr_64;
	__u8 blob_size_32;
	__u8 blob_size_64;
	__u8 pad2[30];
};
#endif

#define KVM_IRQFD_FLAG_DEASSIGN (1 << 0)
/*
 * Available with KVM_CAP_IRQFD_RESAMPLE
 *
 * KVM_IRQFD_FLAG_RESAMPLE indicates resamplefd is valid and specifies
 * the irqfd to operate in resampling mode for level triggered interrupt
 * emulation.  See Documentation/virt/kvm/api.rst.
 */
#define KVM_IRQFD_FLAG_RESAMPLE (1 << 1)

struct kvm_irqfd {
	__u32 fd;
	__u32 gsi;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 resamplefd;
	__u8  pad[16];
};

/* For KVM_CAP_ADJUST_CLOCK */

/* Do not use 1, KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION returned it before we had flags.  */
#define KVM_CLOCK_TSC_STABLE		2
#define KVM_CLOCK_REALTIME		(1 << 2)
#define KVM_CLOCK_HOST_TSC		(1 << 3)

struct kvm_clock_data {
	__u64 clock;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 pad0;
	__u64 realtime;
	__u64 host_tsc;
	__u32 pad[4];
};

/* For KVM_CAP_SW_TLB */

#define KVM_MMU_FSL_BOOKE_NOHV		0
#define KVM_MMU_FSL_BOOKE_HV		1

struct kvm_config_tlb {
	__u64 params;
	__u64 array;
	__u32 mmu_type;
	__u32 array_len;
};

struct kvm_dirty_tlb {
	__u64 bitmap;
	__u32 num_dirty;
};

/* Available with KVM_CAP_ONE_REG */

#define KVM_REG_ARCH_MASK	0xff00000000000000ULL
#define KVM_REG_GENERIC		0x0000000000000000ULL

/*
 * Architecture specific registers are to be defined in arch headers and
 * ORed with the arch identifier.
 */
#define KVM_REG_PPC		0x1000000000000000ULL
#define KVM_REG_X86		0x2000000000000000ULL
#define KVM_REG_IA64		0x3000000000000000ULL
#define KVM_REG_ARM		0x4000000000000000ULL
#define KVM_REG_S390		0x5000000000000000ULL
#define KVM_REG_ARM64		0x6000000000000000ULL
#define KVM_REG_MIPS		0x7000000000000000ULL

#define KVM_REG_SIZE_SHIFT	52
#define KVM_REG_SIZE_MASK	0x00f0000000000000ULL
#define KVM_REG_SIZE_U8		0x0000000000000000ULL
#define KVM_REG_SIZE_U16	0x0010000000000000ULL
#define KVM_REG_SIZE_U32	0x0020000000000000ULL
#define KVM_REG_SIZE_U64	0x0030000000000000ULL
#define KVM_REG_SIZE_U128	0x0040000000000000ULL
#define KVM_REG_SIZE_U256	0x0050000000000000ULL
#define KVM_REG_SIZE_U512	0x0060000000000000ULL
#define KVM_REG_SIZE_U1024	0x0070000000000000ULL
#define KVM_REG_SIZE_U2048	0x0080000000000000ULL

struct kvm_reg_list {
	__u64 n; /* number of regs */
	__u64 reg[0];
};

struct kvm_one_reg {
	__u64 id;
	__u64 addr;
};

#define KVM_MSI_VALID_DEVID	(1U << 0)
struct kvm_msi {
	__u32 address_lo;
	__u32 address_hi;
	__u32 data;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 devid;
	__u8  pad[12];
};

struct kvm_arm_device_addr {
	__u64 id;
	__u64 addr;
};

/*
 * Device control API, available with KVM_CAP_DEVICE_CTRL
 */
#define KVM_CREATE_DEVICE_TEST		1

struct kvm_create_device {
	__u32	type;	/* in: KVM_DEV_TYPE_xxx */
	__u32	fd;	/* out: device handle */
	__u32	flags;	/* in: KVM_CREATE_DEVICE_xxx */
};

struct kvm_device_attr {
	__u32	flags;		/* no flags currently defined */
	__u32	group;		/* device-defined */
	__u64	attr;		/* group-defined */
	__u64	addr;		/* userspace address of attr data */
};

#define  KVM_DEV_VFIO_GROUP			1
#define   KVM_DEV_VFIO_GROUP_ADD			1
#define   KVM_DEV_VFIO_GROUP_DEL			2
#define   KVM_DEV_VFIO_GROUP_SET_SPAPR_TCE		3

enum kvm_device_type {
	KVM_DEV_TYPE_FSL_MPIC_20	= 1,
#define KVM_DEV_TYPE_FSL_MPIC_20	KVM_DEV_TYPE_FSL_MPIC_20
	KVM_DEV_TYPE_FSL_MPIC_42,
#define KVM_DEV_TYPE_FSL_MPIC_42	KVM_DEV_TYPE_FSL_MPIC_42
	KVM_DEV_TYPE_XICS,
#define KVM_DEV_TYPE_XICS		KVM_DEV_TYPE_XICS
	KVM_DEV_TYPE_VFIO,
#define KVM_DEV_TYPE_VFIO		KVM_DEV_TYPE_VFIO
	KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V2,
#define KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V2	KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V2
	KVM_DEV_TYPE_FLIC,
#define KVM_DEV_TYPE_FLIC		KVM_DEV_TYPE_FLIC
	KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V3,
#define KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V3	KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V3
	KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_ITS,
#define KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_ITS	KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_ITS
	KVM_DEV_TYPE_XIVE,
#define KVM_DEV_TYPE_XIVE		KVM_DEV_TYPE_XIVE
	KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_PV_TIME,
#define KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_PV_TIME	KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_PV_TIME
	KVM_DEV_TYPE_MAX,
};

struct kvm_vfio_spapr_tce {
	__s32	groupfd;
	__s32	tablefd;
};

/*
 * ioctls for VM fds
 */
#define KVM_SET_MEMORY_REGION     _IOW(KVMIO,  0x40, struct kvm_memory_region)
/*
 * KVM_CREATE_VCPU receives as a parameter the vcpu slot, and returns
 * a vcpu fd.
 */
#define KVM_CREATE_VCPU           _IO(KVMIO,   0x41)
#define KVM_GET_DIRTY_LOG         _IOW(KVMIO,  0x42, struct kvm_dirty_log)
/* KVM_SET_MEMORY_ALIAS is obsolete: */
#define KVM_SET_MEMORY_ALIAS      _IOW(KVMIO,  0x43, struct kvm_memory_alias)
#define KVM_SET_NR_MMU_PAGES      _IO(KVMIO,   0x44)
#define KVM_GET_NR_MMU_PAGES      _IO(KVMIO,   0x45)
#define KVM_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION _IOW(KVMIO, 0x46, \
					struct kvm_userspace_memory_region)
#define KVM_SET_TSS_ADDR          _IO(KVMIO,   0x47)
#define KVM_SET_IDENTITY_MAP_ADDR _IOW(KVMIO,  0x48, __u64)

/* enable ucontrol for s390 */
struct kvm_s390_ucas_mapping {
	__u64 user_addr;
	__u64 vcpu_addr;
	__u64 length;
};
#define KVM_S390_UCAS_MAP        _IOW(KVMIO, 0x50, struct kvm_s390_ucas_mapping)
#define KVM_S390_UCAS_UNMAP      _IOW(KVMIO, 0x51, struct kvm_s390_ucas_mapping)
#define KVM_S390_VCPU_FAULT	 _IOW(KVMIO, 0x52, unsigned long)

/* Device model IOC */
#define KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP        _IO(KVMIO,   0x60)
#define KVM_IRQ_LINE              _IOW(KVMIO,  0x61, struct kvm_irq_level)
#define KVM_GET_IRQCHIP           _IOWR(KVMIO, 0x62, struct kvm_irqchip)
#define KVM_SET_IRQCHIP           _IOR(KVMIO,  0x63, struct kvm_irqchip)
#define KVM_CREATE_PIT            _IO(KVMIO,   0x64)
#define KVM_GET_PIT               _IOWR(KVMIO, 0x65, struct kvm_pit_state)
#define KVM_SET_PIT               _IOR(KVMIO,  0x66, struct kvm_pit_state)
#define KVM_IRQ_LINE_STATUS       _IOWR(KVMIO, 0x67, struct kvm_irq_level)
#define KVM_REGISTER_COALESCED_MMIO \
			_IOW(KVMIO,  0x67, struct kvm_coalesced_mmio_zone)
#define KVM_UNREGISTER_COALESCED_MMIO \
			_IOW(KVMIO,  0x68, struct kvm_coalesced_mmio_zone)
#define KVM_ASSIGN_PCI_DEVICE     _IOR(KVMIO,  0x69, \
				       struct kvm_assigned_pci_dev)
#define KVM_SET_GSI_ROUTING       _IOW(KVMIO,  0x6a, struct kvm_irq_routing)
/* deprecated, replaced by KVM_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ */
#define KVM_ASSIGN_IRQ            __KVM_DEPRECATED_VM_R_0x70
#define KVM_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ        _IOW(KVMIO,  0x70, struct kvm_assigned_irq)
#define KVM_REINJECT_CONTROL      _IO(KVMIO,   0x71)
#define KVM_DEASSIGN_PCI_DEVICE   _IOW(KVMIO,  0x72, \
				       struct kvm_assigned_pci_dev)
#define KVM_ASSIGN_SET_MSIX_NR    _IOW(KVMIO,  0x73, \
				       struct kvm_assigned_msix_nr)
#define KVM_ASSIGN_SET_MSIX_ENTRY _IOW(KVMIO,  0x74, \
				       struct kvm_assigned_msix_entry)
#define KVM_DEASSIGN_DEV_IRQ      _IOW(KVMIO,  0x75, struct kvm_assigned_irq)
#define KVM_IRQFD                 _IOW(KVMIO,  0x76, struct kvm_irqfd)
#define KVM_CREATE_PIT2		  _IOW(KVMIO,  0x77, struct kvm_pit_config)
#define KVM_SET_BOOT_CPU_ID       _IO(KVMIO,   0x78)
#define KVM_IOEVENTFD             _IOW(KVMIO,  0x79, struct kvm_ioeventfd)
#define KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG        _IOW(KVMIO,  0x7a, struct kvm_xen_hvm_config)
#define KVM_SET_CLOCK             _IOW(KVMIO,  0x7b, struct kvm_clock_data)
#define KVM_GET_CLOCK             _IOR(KVMIO,  0x7c, struct kvm_clock_data)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_PIT_STATE2 */
#define KVM_GET_PIT2              _IOR(KVMIO,  0x9f, struct kvm_pit_state2)
#define KVM_SET_PIT2              _IOW(KVMIO,  0xa0, struct kvm_pit_state2)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_PPC_GET_PVINFO */
#define KVM_PPC_GET_PVINFO	  _IOW(KVMIO,  0xa1, struct kvm_ppc_pvinfo)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_TSC_CONTROL */
#define KVM_SET_TSC_KHZ           _IO(KVMIO,  0xa2)
#define KVM_GET_TSC_KHZ           _IO(KVMIO,  0xa3)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_PCI_2_3 */
#define KVM_ASSIGN_SET_INTX_MASK  _IOW(KVMIO,  0xa4, \
				       struct kvm_assigned_pci_dev)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_SIGNAL_MSI */
#define KVM_SIGNAL_MSI            _IOW(KVMIO,  0xa5, struct kvm_msi)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_PPC_GET_SMMU_INFO */
#define KVM_PPC_GET_SMMU_INFO	  _IOR(KVMIO,  0xa6, struct kvm_ppc_smmu_info)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_PPC_ALLOC_HTAB */
#define KVM_PPC_ALLOCATE_HTAB	  _IOWR(KVMIO, 0xa7, __u32)
#define KVM_CREATE_SPAPR_TCE	  _IOW(KVMIO,  0xa8, struct kvm_create_spapr_tce)
#define KVM_CREATE_SPAPR_TCE_64	  _IOW(KVMIO,  0xa8, \
				       struct kvm_create_spapr_tce_64)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_RMA */
#define KVM_ALLOCATE_RMA	  _IOR(KVMIO,  0xa9, struct kvm_allocate_rma)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_PPC_HTAB_FD */
#define KVM_PPC_GET_HTAB_FD	  _IOW(KVMIO,  0xaa, struct kvm_get_htab_fd)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_ARM_SET_DEVICE_ADDR */
#define KVM_ARM_SET_DEVICE_ADDR	  _IOW(KVMIO,  0xab, struct kvm_arm_device_addr)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_PPC_RTAS */
#define KVM_PPC_RTAS_DEFINE_TOKEN _IOW(KVMIO,  0xac, struct kvm_rtas_token_args)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_SPAPR_RESIZE_HPT */
#define KVM_PPC_RESIZE_HPT_PREPARE _IOR(KVMIO, 0xad, struct kvm_ppc_resize_hpt)
#define KVM_PPC_RESIZE_HPT_COMMIT  _IOR(KVMIO, 0xae, struct kvm_ppc_resize_hpt)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_PPC_RADIX_MMU or KVM_CAP_PPC_HASH_MMU_V3 */
#define KVM_PPC_CONFIGURE_V3_MMU  _IOW(KVMIO,  0xaf, struct kvm_ppc_mmuv3_cfg)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_PPC_RADIX_MMU */
#define KVM_PPC_GET_RMMU_INFO	  _IOW(KVMIO,  0xb0, struct kvm_ppc_rmmu_info)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_PPC_GET_CPU_CHAR */
#define KVM_PPC_GET_CPU_CHAR	  _IOR(KVMIO,  0xb1, struct kvm_ppc_cpu_char)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_PMU_EVENT_FILTER */
#define KVM_SET_PMU_EVENT_FILTER  _IOW(KVMIO,  0xb2, struct kvm_pmu_event_filter)
#define KVM_PPC_SVM_OFF		  _IO(KVMIO,  0xb3)

/* ioctl for vm fd */
#define KVM_CREATE_DEVICE	  _IOWR(KVMIO,  0xe0, struct kvm_create_device)

/* ioctls for fds returned by KVM_CREATE_DEVICE */
#define KVM_SET_DEVICE_ATTR	  _IOW(KVMIO,  0xe1, struct kvm_device_attr)
#define KVM_GET_DEVICE_ATTR	  _IOW(KVMIO,  0xe2, struct kvm_device_attr)
#define KVM_HAS_DEVICE_ATTR	  _IOW(KVMIO,  0xe3, struct kvm_device_attr)

/*
 * ioctls for vcpu fds
 */
#define KVM_RUN                   _IO(KVMIO,   0x80)
#define KVM_GET_REGS              _IOR(KVMIO,  0x81, struct kvm_regs)
#define KVM_SET_REGS              _IOW(KVMIO,  0x82, struct kvm_regs)
#define KVM_GET_SREGS             _IOR(KVMIO,  0x83, struct kvm_sregs)
#define KVM_SET_SREGS             _IOW(KVMIO,  0x84, struct kvm_sregs)
#define KVM_TRANSLATE             _IOWR(KVMIO, 0x85, struct kvm_translation)
#define KVM_INTERRUPT             _IOW(KVMIO,  0x86, struct kvm_interrupt)
/* KVM_DEBUG_GUEST is no longer supported, use KVM_SET_GUEST_DEBUG instead */
#define KVM_DEBUG_GUEST           __KVM_DEPRECATED_VCPU_W_0x87
#define KVM_GET_MSRS              _IOWR(KVMIO, 0x88, struct kvm_msrs)
#define KVM_SET_MSRS              _IOW(KVMIO,  0x89, struct kvm_msrs)
#define KVM_SET_CPUID             _IOW(KVMIO,  0x8a, struct kvm_cpuid)
#define KVM_SET_SIGNAL_MASK       _IOW(KVMIO,  0x8b, struct kvm_signal_mask)
#define KVM_GET_FPU               _IOR(KVMIO,  0x8c, struct kvm_fpu)
#define KVM_SET_FPU               _IOW(KVMIO,  0x8d, struct kvm_fpu)
#define KVM_GET_LAPIC             _IOR(KVMIO,  0x8e, struct kvm_lapic_state)
#define KVM_SET_LAPIC             _IOW(KVMIO,  0x8f, struct kvm_lapic_state)
#define KVM_SET_CPUID2            _IOW(KVMIO,  0x90, struct kvm_cpuid2)
#define KVM_GET_CPUID2            _IOWR(KVMIO, 0x91, struct kvm_cpuid2)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_VAPIC */
#define KVM_TPR_ACCESS_REPORTING  _IOWR(KVMIO, 0x92, struct kvm_tpr_access_ctl)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_VAPIC */
#define KVM_SET_VAPIC_ADDR        _IOW(KVMIO,  0x93, struct kvm_vapic_addr)
/* valid for virtual machine (for floating interrupt)_and_ vcpu */
#define KVM_S390_INTERRUPT        _IOW(KVMIO,  0x94, struct kvm_s390_interrupt)
/* store status for s390 */
#define KVM_S390_STORE_STATUS_NOADDR    (-1ul)
#define KVM_S390_STORE_STATUS_PREFIXED  (-2ul)
#define KVM_S390_STORE_STATUS	  _IOW(KVMIO,  0x95, unsigned long)
/* initial ipl psw for s390 */
#define KVM_S390_SET_INITIAL_PSW  _IOW(KVMIO,  0x96, struct kvm_s390_psw)
/* initial reset for s390 */
#define KVM_S390_INITIAL_RESET    _IO(KVMIO,   0x97)
#define KVM_GET_MP_STATE          _IOR(KVMIO,  0x98, struct kvm_mp_state)
#define KVM_SET_MP_STATE          _IOW(KVMIO,  0x99, struct kvm_mp_state)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_USER_NMI */
#define KVM_NMI                   _IO(KVMIO,   0x9a)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_SET_GUEST_DEBUG */
#define KVM_SET_GUEST_DEBUG       _IOW(KVMIO,  0x9b, struct kvm_guest_debug)
/* MCE for x86 */
#define KVM_X86_SETUP_MCE         _IOW(KVMIO,  0x9c, __u64)
#define KVM_X86_GET_MCE_CAP_SUPPORTED _IOR(KVMIO,  0x9d, __u64)
#define KVM_X86_SET_MCE           _IOW(KVMIO,  0x9e, struct kvm_x86_mce)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_VCPU_EVENTS */
#define KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS       _IOR(KVMIO,  0x9f, struct kvm_vcpu_events)
#define KVM_SET_VCPU_EVENTS       _IOW(KVMIO,  0xa0, struct kvm_vcpu_events)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_DEBUGREGS */
#define KVM_GET_DEBUGREGS         _IOR(KVMIO,  0xa1, struct kvm_debugregs)
#define KVM_SET_DEBUGREGS         _IOW(KVMIO,  0xa2, struct kvm_debugregs)
/*
 * vcpu version available with KVM_ENABLE_CAP
 * vm version available with KVM_CAP_ENABLE_CAP_VM
 */
#define KVM_ENABLE_CAP            _IOW(KVMIO,  0xa3, struct kvm_enable_cap)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_XSAVE */
#define KVM_GET_XSAVE		  _IOR(KVMIO,  0xa4, struct kvm_xsave)
#define KVM_SET_XSAVE		  _IOW(KVMIO,  0xa5, struct kvm_xsave)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_XCRS */
#define KVM_GET_XCRS		  _IOR(KVMIO,  0xa6, struct kvm_xcrs)
#define KVM_SET_XCRS		  _IOW(KVMIO,  0xa7, struct kvm_xcrs)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_SW_TLB */
#define KVM_DIRTY_TLB		  _IOW(KVMIO,  0xaa, struct kvm_dirty_tlb)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_ONE_REG */
#define KVM_GET_ONE_REG		  _IOW(KVMIO,  0xab, struct kvm_one_reg)
#define KVM_SET_ONE_REG		  _IOW(KVMIO,  0xac, struct kvm_one_reg)
/* VM is being stopped by host */
#define KVM_KVMCLOCK_CTRL	  _IO(KVMIO,   0xad)
#define KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT	  _IOW(KVMIO,  0xae, struct kvm_vcpu_init)
#define KVM_ARM_PREFERRED_TARGET  _IOR(KVMIO,  0xaf, struct kvm_vcpu_init)
#define KVM_GET_REG_LIST	  _IOWR(KVMIO, 0xb0, struct kvm_reg_list)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_S390_MEM_OP */
#define KVM_S390_MEM_OP		  _IOW(KVMIO,  0xb1, struct kvm_s390_mem_op)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_S390_SKEYS */
#define KVM_S390_GET_SKEYS      _IOW(KVMIO, 0xb2, struct kvm_s390_skeys)
#define KVM_S390_SET_SKEYS      _IOW(KVMIO, 0xb3, struct kvm_s390_skeys)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_S390_INJECT_IRQ */
#define KVM_S390_IRQ              _IOW(KVMIO,  0xb4, struct kvm_s390_irq)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_S390_IRQ_STATE */
#define KVM_S390_SET_IRQ_STATE	  _IOW(KVMIO, 0xb5, struct kvm_s390_irq_state)
#define KVM_S390_GET_IRQ_STATE	  _IOW(KVMIO, 0xb6, struct kvm_s390_irq_state)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_X86_SMM */
#define KVM_SMI                   _IO(KVMIO,   0xb7)
/* Available with KVM_CAP_S390_CMMA_MIGRATION */
#define KVM_S390_GET_CMMA_BITS      _IOWR(KVMIO, 0xb8, struct kvm_s390_cmma_log)
#define KVM_S390_SET_CMMA_BITS      _IOW(KVMIO, 0xb9, struct kvm_s390_cmma_log)
/* Memory Encryption Commands */
#define KVM_MEMORY_ENCRYPT_OP      _IOWR(KVMIO, 0xba, unsigned long)

struct kvm_enc_region {
	__u64 addr;
	__u64 size;
};

#define KVM_MEMORY_ENCRYPT_REG_REGION    _IOR(KVMIO, 0xbb, struct kvm_enc_region)
#define KVM_MEMORY_ENCRYPT_UNREG_REGION  _IOR(KVMIO, 0xbc, struct kvm_enc_region)

/* Available with KVM_CAP_HYPERV_EVENTFD */
#define KVM_HYPERV_EVENTFD        _IOW(KVMIO,  0xbd, struct kvm_hyperv_eventfd)

/* Available with KVM_CAP_NESTED_STATE */
#define KVM_GET_NESTED_STATE         _IOWR(KVMIO, 0xbe, struct kvm_nested_state)
#define KVM_SET_NESTED_STATE         _IOW(KVMIO,  0xbf, struct kvm_nested_state)

/* Available with KVM_CAP_MANUAL_DIRTY_LOG_PROTECT_2 */
#define KVM_CLEAR_DIRTY_LOG          _IOWR(KVMIO, 0xc0, struct kvm_clear_dirty_log)

/* Available with KVM_CAP_HYPERV_CPUID (vcpu) / KVM_CAP_SYS_HYPERV_CPUID (system) */
#define KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_HV_CPUID _IOWR(KVMIO, 0xc1, struct kvm_cpuid2)

/* Available with KVM_CAP_ARM_SVE */
#define KVM_ARM_VCPU_FINALIZE	  _IOW(KVMIO,  0xc2, int)

/* Available with  KVM_CAP_S390_VCPU_RESETS */
#define KVM_S390_NORMAL_RESET	_IO(KVMIO,   0xc3)
#define KVM_S390_CLEAR_RESET	_IO(KVMIO,   0xc4)

struct kvm_s390_pv_sec_parm {
	__u64 origin;
	__u64 length;
};

struct kvm_s390_pv_unp {
	__u64 addr;
	__u64 size;
	__u64 tweak;
};

enum pv_cmd_dmp_id {
	KVM_PV_DUMP_INIT,
	KVM_PV_DUMP_CONFIG_STOR_STATE,
	KVM_PV_DUMP_COMPLETE,
	KVM_PV_DUMP_CPU,
};

struct kvm_s390_pv_dmp {
	__u64 subcmd;
	__u64 buff_addr;
	__u64 buff_len;
	__u64 gaddr;		/* For dump storage state */
	__u64 reserved[4];
};

enum pv_cmd_info_id {
	KVM_PV_INFO_VM,
	KVM_PV_INFO_DUMP,
};

struct kvm_s390_pv_info_dump {
	__u64 dump_cpu_buffer_len;
	__u64 dump_config_mem_buffer_per_1m;
	__u64 dump_config_finalize_len;
};

struct kvm_s390_pv_info_vm {
	__u64 inst_calls_list[4];
	__u64 max_cpus;
	__u64 max_guests;
	__u64 max_guest_addr;
	__u64 feature_indication;
};

struct kvm_s390_pv_info_header {
	__u32 id;
	__u32 len_max;
	__u32 len_written;
	__u32 reserved;
};

struct kvm_s390_pv_info {
	struct kvm_s390_pv_info_header header;
	union {
		struct kvm_s390_pv_info_dump dump;
		struct kvm_s390_pv_info_vm vm;
	};
};

enum pv_cmd_id {
	KVM_PV_ENABLE,
	KVM_PV_DISABLE,
	KVM_PV_SET_SEC_PARMS,
	KVM_PV_UNPACK,
	KVM_PV_VERIFY,
	KVM_PV_PREP_RESET,
	KVM_PV_UNSHARE_ALL,
	KVM_PV_INFO,
	KVM_PV_DUMP,
};

struct kvm_pv_cmd {
	__u32 cmd;	/* Command to be executed */
	__u16 rc;	/* Ultravisor return code */
	__u16 rrc;	/* Ultravisor return reason code */
	__u64 data;	/* Data or address */
	__u32 flags;    /* flags for future extensions. Must be 0 for now */
	__u32 reserved[3];
};

/* Available with KVM_CAP_S390_PROTECTED */
#define KVM_S390_PV_COMMAND		_IOWR(KVMIO, 0xc5, struct kvm_pv_cmd)

/* Available with KVM_CAP_X86_MSR_FILTER */
#define KVM_X86_SET_MSR_FILTER	_IOW(KVMIO,  0xc6, struct kvm_msr_filter)

/* Available with KVM_CAP_DIRTY_LOG_RING */
#define KVM_RESET_DIRTY_RINGS		_IO(KVMIO, 0xc7)

/* Per-VM Xen attributes */
#define KVM_XEN_HVM_GET_ATTR	_IOWR(KVMIO, 0xc8, struct kvm_xen_hvm_attr)
#define KVM_XEN_HVM_SET_ATTR	_IOW(KVMIO,  0xc9, struct kvm_xen_hvm_attr)

struct kvm_xen_hvm_attr {
	__u16 type;
	__u16 pad[3];
	union {
		__u8 long_mode;
		__u8 vector;
		struct {
			__u64 gfn;
		} shared_info;
		__u64 pad[8];
	} u;
};

/* Available with KVM_CAP_XEN_HVM / KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_SHARED_INFO */
#define KVM_XEN_ATTR_TYPE_LONG_MODE		0x0
#define KVM_XEN_ATTR_TYPE_SHARED_INFO		0x1
#define KVM_XEN_ATTR_TYPE_UPCALL_VECTOR		0x2

/* Per-vCPU Xen attributes */
#define KVM_XEN_VCPU_GET_ATTR	_IOWR(KVMIO, 0xca, struct kvm_xen_vcpu_attr)
#define KVM_XEN_VCPU_SET_ATTR	_IOW(KVMIO,  0xcb, struct kvm_xen_vcpu_attr)

#define KVM_GET_SREGS2             _IOR(KVMIO,  0xcc, struct kvm_sregs2)
#define KVM_SET_SREGS2             _IOW(KVMIO,  0xcd, struct kvm_sregs2)

struct kvm_xen_vcpu_attr {
	__u16 type;
	__u16 pad[3];
	union {
		__u64 gpa;
		__u64 pad[8];
		struct {
			__u64 state;
			__u64 state_entry_time;
			__u64 time_running;
			__u64 time_runnable;
			__u64 time_blocked;
			__u64 time_offline;
		} runstate;
	} u;
};

/* Available with KVM_CAP_XEN_HVM / KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_SHARED_INFO */
#define KVM_XEN_VCPU_ATTR_TYPE_VCPU_INFO	0x0
#define KVM_XEN_VCPU_ATTR_TYPE_VCPU_TIME_INFO	0x1
#define KVM_XEN_VCPU_ATTR_TYPE_RUNSTATE_ADDR	0x2
#define KVM_XEN_VCPU_ATTR_TYPE_RUNSTATE_CURRENT	0x3
#define KVM_XEN_VCPU_ATTR_TYPE_RUNSTATE_DATA	0x4
#define KVM_XEN_VCPU_ATTR_TYPE_RUNSTATE_ADJUST	0x5

/* Secure Encrypted Virtualization command */
enum sev_cmd_id {
	/* Guest initialization commands */
	KVM_SEV_INIT = 0,
	KVM_SEV_ES_INIT,
	/* Guest launch commands */
	KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_START,
	KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_UPDATE_DATA,
	KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_UPDATE_VMSA,
	KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_SECRET,
	KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_MEASURE,
	KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_FINISH,
	/* Guest migration commands (outgoing) */
	KVM_SEV_SEND_START,
	KVM_SEV_SEND_UPDATE_DATA,
	KVM_SEV_SEND_UPDATE_VMSA,
	KVM_SEV_SEND_FINISH,
	/* Guest migration commands (incoming) */
	KVM_SEV_RECEIVE_START,
	KVM_SEV_RECEIVE_UPDATE_DATA,
	KVM_SEV_RECEIVE_UPDATE_VMSA,
	KVM_SEV_RECEIVE_FINISH,
	/* Guest status and debug commands */
	KVM_SEV_GUEST_STATUS,
	KVM_SEV_DBG_DECRYPT,
	KVM_SEV_DBG_ENCRYPT,
	/* Guest certificates commands */
	KVM_SEV_CERT_EXPORT,
	/* Attestation report */
	KVM_SEV_GET_ATTESTATION_REPORT,
	/* Guest Migration Extension */
	KVM_SEV_SEND_CANCEL,

	KVM_SEV_NR_MAX,
};

struct kvm_sev_cmd {
	__u32 id;
	__u64 data;
	__u32 error;
	__u32 sev_fd;
};

struct kvm_sev_launch_start {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 policy;
	__u64 dh_uaddr;
	__u32 dh_len;
	__u64 session_uaddr;
	__u32 session_len;
};

struct kvm_sev_launch_update_data {
	__u64 uaddr;
	__u32 len;
};


struct kvm_sev_launch_secret {
	__u64 hdr_uaddr;
	__u32 hdr_len;
	__u64 guest_uaddr;
	__u32 guest_len;
	__u64 trans_uaddr;
	__u32 trans_len;
};

struct kvm_sev_launch_measure {
	__u64 uaddr;
	__u32 len;
};

struct kvm_sev_guest_status {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 policy;
	__u32 state;
};

struct kvm_sev_dbg {
	__u64 src_uaddr;
	__u64 dst_uaddr;
	__u32 len;
};

struct kvm_sev_attestation_report {
	__u8 mnonce[16];
	__u64 uaddr;
	__u32 len;
};

struct kvm_sev_send_start {
	__u32 policy;
	__u64 pdh_cert_uaddr;
	__u32 pdh_cert_len;
	__u64 plat_certs_uaddr;
	__u32 plat_certs_len;
	__u64 amd_certs_uaddr;
	__u32 amd_certs_len;
	__u64 session_uaddr;
	__u32 session_len;
};

struct kvm_sev_send_update_data {
	__u64 hdr_uaddr;
	__u32 hdr_len;
	__u64 guest_uaddr;
	__u32 guest_len;
	__u64 trans_uaddr;
	__u32 trans_len;
};

struct kvm_sev_receive_start {
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 policy;
	__u64 pdh_uaddr;
	__u32 pdh_len;
	__u64 session_uaddr;
	__u32 session_len;
};

struct kvm_sev_receive_update_data {
	__u64 hdr_uaddr;
	__u32 hdr_len;
	__u64 guest_uaddr;
	__u32 guest_len;
	__u64 trans_uaddr;
	__u32 trans_len;
};

#define KVM_DEV_ASSIGN_ENABLE_IOMMU	(1 << 0)
#define KVM_DEV_ASSIGN_PCI_2_3		(1 << 1)
#define KVM_DEV_ASSIGN_MASK_INTX	(1 << 2)

struct kvm_assigned_pci_dev {
	__u32 assigned_dev_id;
	__u32 busnr;
	__u32 devfn;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 segnr;
	union {
		__u32 reserved[11];
	};
};

#define KVM_DEV_IRQ_HOST_INTX    (1 << 0)
#define KVM_DEV_IRQ_HOST_MSI     (1 << 1)
#define KVM_DEV_IRQ_HOST_MSIX    (1 << 2)

#define KVM_DEV_IRQ_GUEST_INTX   (1 << 8)
#define KVM_DEV_IRQ_GUEST_MSI    (1 << 9)
#define KVM_DEV_IRQ_GUEST_MSIX   (1 << 10)

#define KVM_DEV_IRQ_HOST_MASK	 0x00ff
#define KVM_DEV_IRQ_GUEST_MASK   0xff00

struct kvm_assigned_irq {
	__u32 assigned_dev_id;
	__u32 host_irq; /* ignored (legacy field) */
	__u32 guest_irq;
	__u32 flags;
	union {
		__u32 reserved[12];
	};
};

struct kvm_assigned_msix_nr {
	__u32 assigned_dev_id;
	__u16 entry_nr;
	__u16 padding;
};

#define KVM_MAX_MSIX_PER_DEV		256
struct kvm_assigned_msix_entry {
	__u32 assigned_dev_id;
	__u32 gsi;
	__u16 entry; /* The index of entry in the MSI-X table */
	__u16 padding[3];
};

#define KVM_X2APIC_API_USE_32BIT_IDS            (1ULL << 0)
#define KVM_X2APIC_API_DISABLE_BROADCAST_QUIRK  (1ULL << 1)

/* Available with KVM_CAP_ARM_USER_IRQ */

/* Bits for run->s.regs.device_irq_level */
#define KVM_ARM_DEV_EL1_VTIMER		(1 << 0)
#define KVM_ARM_DEV_EL1_PTIMER		(1 << 1)
#define KVM_ARM_DEV_PMU			(1 << 2)

struct kvm_hyperv_eventfd {
	__u32 conn_id;
	__s32 fd;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 padding[3];
};

#define KVM_HYPERV_CONN_ID_MASK		0x00ffffff
#define KVM_HYPERV_EVENTFD_DEASSIGN	(1 << 0)

#define KVM_DIRTY_LOG_MANUAL_PROTECT_ENABLE    (1 << 0)
#define KVM_DIRTY_LOG_INITIALLY_SET            (1 << 1)

/*
 * Arch needs to define the macro after implementing the dirty ring
 * feature.  KVM_DIRTY_LOG_PAGE_OFFSET should be defined as the
 * starting page offset of the dirty ring structures.
 */
#ifndef KVM_DIRTY_LOG_PAGE_OFFSET
#define KVM_DIRTY_LOG_PAGE_OFFSET 0
#endif

/*
 * KVM dirty GFN flags, defined as:
 *
 * |---------------+---------------+--------------|
 * | bit 1 (reset) | bit 0 (dirty) | Status       |
 * |---------------+---------------+--------------|
 * |             0 |             0 | Invalid GFN  |
 * |             0 |             1 | Dirty GFN    |
 * |             1 |             X | GFN to reset |
 * |---------------+---------------+--------------|
 *
 * Lifecycle of a dirty GFN goes like:
 *
 *      dirtied         harvested        reset
 * 00 -----------> 01 -------------> 1X -------+
 *  ^                                          |
 *  |                                          |
 *  +------------------------------------------+
 *
 * The userspace program is only responsible for the 01->1X state
 * conversion after harvesting an entry.  Also, it must not skip any
 * dirty bits, so that dirty bits are always harvested in sequence.
 */
#define KVM_DIRTY_GFN_F_DIRTY           _BITUL(0)
#define KVM_DIRTY_GFN_F_RESET           _BITUL(1)
#define KVM_DIRTY_GFN_F_MASK            0x3

/*
 * KVM dirty rings should be mapped at KVM_DIRTY_LOG_PAGE_OFFSET of
 * per-vcpu mmaped regions as an array of struct kvm_dirty_gfn.  The
 * size of the gfn buffer is decided by the first argument when
 * enabling KVM_CAP_DIRTY_LOG_RING.
 */
struct kvm_dirty_gfn {
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 slot;
	__u64 offset;
};

#define KVM_BUS_LOCK_DETECTION_OFF             (1 << 0)
#define KVM_BUS_LOCK_DETECTION_EXIT            (1 << 1)

#define KVM_PMU_CAP_DISABLE                    (1 << 0)

/**
 * struct kvm_stats_header - Header of per vm/vcpu binary statistics data.
 * @flags: Some extra information for header, always 0 for now.
 * @name_size: The size in bytes of the memory which contains statistics
 *             name string including trailing '\0'. The memory is allocated
 *             at the send of statistics descriptor.
 * @num_desc: The number of statistics the vm or vcpu has.
 * @id_offset: The offset of the vm/vcpu stats' id string in the file pointed
 *             by vm/vcpu stats fd.
 * @desc_offset: The offset of the vm/vcpu stats' descriptor block in the file
 *               pointd by vm/vcpu stats fd.
 * @data_offset: The offset of the vm/vcpu stats' data block in the file
 *               pointed by vm/vcpu stats fd.
 *
 * This is the header userspace needs to read from stats fd before any other
 * readings. It is used by userspace to discover all the information about the
 * vm/vcpu's binary statistics.
 * Userspace reads this header from the start of the vm/vcpu's stats fd.
 */
struct kvm_stats_header {
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 name_size;
	__u32 num_desc;
	__u32 id_offset;
	__u32 desc_offset;
	__u32 data_offset;
};

#define KVM_STATS_TYPE_SHIFT		0
#define KVM_STATS_TYPE_MASK		(0xF << KVM_STATS_TYPE_SHIFT)
#define KVM_STATS_TYPE_CUMULATIVE	(0x0 << KVM_STATS_TYPE_SHIFT)
#define KVM_STATS_TYPE_INSTANT		(0x1 << KVM_STATS_TYPE_SHIFT)
#define KVM_STATS_TYPE_PEAK		(0x2 << KVM_STATS_TYPE_SHIFT)
#define KVM_STATS_TYPE_LINEAR_HIST	(0x3 << KVM_STATS_TYPE_SHIFT)
#define KVM_STATS_TYPE_LOG_HIST		(0x4 << KVM_STATS_TYPE_SHIFT)
#define KVM_STATS_TYPE_MAX		KVM_STATS_TYPE_LOG_HIST

#define KVM_STATS_UNIT_SHIFT		4
#define KVM_STATS_UNIT_MASK		(0xF << KVM_STATS_UNIT_SHIFT)
#define KVM_STATS_UNIT_NONE		(0x0 << KVM_STATS_UNIT_SHIFT)
#define KVM_STATS_UNIT_BYTES		(0x1 << KVM_STATS_UNIT_SHIFT)
#define KVM_STATS_UNIT_SECONDS		(0x2 << KVM_STATS_UNIT_SHIFT)
#define KVM_STATS_UNIT_CYCLES		(0x3 << KVM_STATS_UNIT_SHIFT)
#define KVM_STATS_UNIT_MAX		KVM_STATS_UNIT_CYCLES

#define KVM_STATS_BASE_SHIFT		8
#define KVM_STATS_BASE_MASK		(0xF << KVM_STATS_BASE_SHIFT)
#define KVM_STATS_BASE_POW10		(0x0 << KVM_STATS_BASE_SHIFT)
#define KVM_STATS_BASE_POW2		(0x1 << KVM_STATS_BASE_SHIFT)
#define KVM_STATS_BASE_MAX		KVM_STATS_BASE_POW2

/**
 * struct kvm_stats_desc - Descriptor of a KVM statistics.
 * @flags: Annotations of the stats, like type, unit, etc.
 * @exponent: Used together with @flags to determine the unit.
 * @size: The number of data items for this stats.
 *        Every data item is of type __u64.
 * @offset: The offset of the stats to the start of stat structure in
 *          structure kvm or kvm_vcpu.
 * @bucket_size: A parameter value used for histogram stats. It is only used
 *		for linear histogram stats, specifying the size of the bucket;
 * @name: The name string for the stats. Its size is indicated by the
 *        &kvm_stats_header->name_size.
 */
struct kvm_stats_desc {
	__u32 flags;
	__s16 exponent;
	__u16 size;
	__u32 offset;
	__u32 bucket_size;
	char name[];
};

#define KVM_GET_STATS_FD  _IO(KVMIO,  0xce)

/* Available with KVM_CAP_XSAVE2 */
#define KVM_GET_XSAVE2		  _IOR(KVMIO,  0xcf, struct kvm_xsave)

/* Available with KVM_CAP_S390_PROTECTED_DUMP */
#define KVM_S390_PV_CPU_COMMAND	_IOWR(KVMIO, 0xd0, struct kvm_pv_cmd)

/* Available with KVM_CAP_S390_ZPCI_OP */
#define KVM_S390_ZPCI_OP         _IOW(KVMIO,  0xd1, struct kvm_s390_zpci_op)

struct kvm_s390_zpci_op {
	/* in */
	__u32 fh;               /* target device */
	__u8  op;               /* operation to perform */
	__u8  pad[3];
	union {
		/* for KVM_S390_ZPCIOP_REG_AEN */
		struct {
			__u64 ibv;      /* Guest addr of interrupt bit vector */
			__u64 sb;       /* Guest addr of summary bit */
			__u32 flags;
			__u32 noi;      /* Number of interrupts */
			__u8 isc;       /* Guest interrupt subclass */
			__u8 sbo;       /* Offset of guest summary bit vector */
			__u16 pad;
		} reg_aen;
		__u64 reserved[8];
	} u;
};

/* types for kvm_s390_zpci_op->op */
#define KVM_S390_ZPCIOP_REG_AEN                0
#define KVM_S390_ZPCIOP_DEREG_AEN      1

/* flags for kvm_s390_zpci_op->u.reg_aen.flags */
#define KVM_S390_ZPCIOP_REGAEN_HOST    (1 << 0)

#endif /* __LINUX_KVM_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Hash Info: Hash algorithms information
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2013 Dmitry Kasatkin <d.kasatkin@samsung.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
 * Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option)
 * any later version.
 *
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_HASH_INFO_H
#define _LINUX_HASH_INFO_H

enum hash_algo {
	HASH_ALGO_MD4,
	HASH_ALGO_MD5,
	HASH_ALGO_SHA1,
	HASH_ALGO_RIPE_MD_160,
	HASH_ALGO_SHA256,
	HASH_ALGO_SHA384,
	HASH_ALGO_SHA512,
	HASH_ALGO_SHA224,
	HASH_ALGO_RIPE_MD_128,
	HASH_ALGO_RIPE_MD_256,
	HASH_ALGO_RIPE_MD_320,
	HASH_ALGO_WP_256,
	HASH_ALGO_WP_384,
	HASH_ALGO_WP_512,
	HASH_ALGO_TGR_128,
	HASH_ALGO_TGR_160,
	HASH_ALGO_TGR_192,
	HASH_ALGO_SM3_256,
	HASH_ALGO__LAST
};

#endif /* _LINUX_HASH_INFO_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* atmioc.h - ranges for ATM-related ioctl numbers */
 
/* Written 1995-1999 by Werner Almesberger, EPFL LRC/ICA */


/*
 * See http://icawww1.epfl.ch/linux-atm/magic.html for the complete list of
 * "magic" ioctl numbers.
 */


#ifndef _LINUX_ATMIOC_H
#define _LINUX_ATMIOC_H

#include <asm/ioctl.h>
		/* everybody including atmioc.h will also need _IO{,R,W,WR} */

#define ATMIOC_PHYCOM	  0x00 /* PHY device common ioctls, globally unique */
#define ATMIOC_PHYCOM_END 0x0f
#define ATMIOC_PHYTYP	  0x10 /* PHY dev type ioctls, unique per PHY type */
#define ATMIOC_PHYTYP_END 0x2f
#define ATMIOC_PHYPRV	  0x30 /* PHY dev private ioctls, unique per driver */
#define ATMIOC_PHYPRV_END 0x4f
#define ATMIOC_SARCOM	  0x50 /* SAR device common ioctls, globally unique */
#define ATMIOC_SARCOM_END 0x50
#define ATMIOC_SARPRV	  0x60 /* SAR dev private ioctls, unique per driver */
#define ATMIOC_SARPRV_END 0x7f
#define ATMIOC_ITF	  0x80 /* Interface ioctls, globally unique */
#define ATMIOC_ITF_END	  0x8f
#define ATMIOC_BACKEND	  0x90 /* ATM generic backend ioctls, u. per backend */
#define ATMIOC_BACKEND_END 0xaf
/* 0xb0-0xbf: Reserved for future use */
#define ATMIOC_AREQUIPA	  0xc0 /* Application requested IP over ATM, glob. u. */
#define ATMIOC_LANE	  0xd0 /* LAN Emulation, globally unique */
#define ATMIOC_MPOA       0xd8 /* MPOA, globally unique */
#define	ATMIOC_CLIP	  0xe0 /* Classical IP over ATM control, globally u. */
#define	ATMIOC_CLIP_END	  0xef
#define	ATMIOC_SPECIAL	  0xf0 /* Special-purpose controls, globally unique */
#define	ATMIOC_SPECIAL_END 0xff

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _MPLS_H
#define _MPLS_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <asm/byteorder.h>

/* Reference: RFC 5462, RFC 3032
 *
 *  0                   1                   2                   3
 *  0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
 * +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
 * |                Label                  | TC  |S|       TTL     |
 * +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
 *
 *	Label:  Label Value, 20 bits
 *	TC:     Traffic Class field, 3 bits
 *	S:      Bottom of Stack, 1 bit
 *	TTL:    Time to Live, 8 bits
 */

struct mpls_label {
	__be32 entry;
};

#define MPLS_LS_LABEL_MASK      0xFFFFF000
#define MPLS_LS_LABEL_SHIFT     12
#define MPLS_LS_TC_MASK         0x00000E00
#define MPLS_LS_TC_SHIFT        9
#define MPLS_LS_S_MASK          0x00000100
#define MPLS_LS_S_SHIFT         8
#define MPLS_LS_TTL_MASK        0x000000FF
#define MPLS_LS_TTL_SHIFT       0

/* Reserved labels */
#define MPLS_LABEL_IPV4NULL		0 /* RFC3032 */
#define MPLS_LABEL_RTALERT		1 /* RFC3032 */
#define MPLS_LABEL_IPV6NULL		2 /* RFC3032 */
#define MPLS_LABEL_IMPLNULL		3 /* RFC3032 */
#define MPLS_LABEL_ENTROPY		7 /* RFC6790 */
#define MPLS_LABEL_GAL			13 /* RFC5586 */
#define MPLS_LABEL_OAMALERT		14 /* RFC3429 */
#define MPLS_LABEL_EXTENSION		15 /* RFC7274 */

#define MPLS_LABEL_FIRST_UNRESERVED	16 /* RFC3032 */

/* These are embedded into IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC:
 * [IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC]
 * -> [AF_MPLS]
 *    -> [MPLS_STATS_xxx]
 *
 * Attributes:
 * [MPLS_STATS_LINK] = {
 *     struct mpls_link_stats
 * }
 */
enum {
	MPLS_STATS_UNSPEC, /* also used as 64bit pad attribute */
	MPLS_STATS_LINK,
	__MPLS_STATS_MAX,
};

#define MPLS_STATS_MAX (__MPLS_STATS_MAX - 1)

struct mpls_link_stats {
	__u64	rx_packets;		/* total packets received	*/
	__u64	tx_packets;		/* total packets transmitted	*/
	__u64	rx_bytes;		/* total bytes received		*/
	__u64	tx_bytes;		/* total bytes transmitted	*/
	__u64	rx_errors;		/* bad packets received		*/
	__u64	tx_errors;		/* packet transmit problems	*/
	__u64	rx_dropped;		/* packet dropped on receive	*/
	__u64	tx_dropped;		/* packet dropped on transmit	*/
	__u64	rx_noroute;		/* no route for packet dest	*/
};

#endif /* _MPLS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * audio.h
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2000 Ralph  Metzler <ralph@convergence.de>
 *                  & Marcus Metzler <marcus@convergence.de>
 *                    for convergence integrated media GmbH
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Lesser Public License
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
 * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
 *
 */

#ifndef _DVBAUDIO_H_
#define _DVBAUDIO_H_

#include <linux/types.h>

typedef enum {
	AUDIO_SOURCE_DEMUX, /* Select the demux as the main source */
	AUDIO_SOURCE_MEMORY /* Select internal memory as the main source */
} audio_stream_source_t;


typedef enum {
	AUDIO_STOPPED,      /* Device is stopped */
	AUDIO_PLAYING,      /* Device is currently playing */
	AUDIO_PAUSED        /* Device is paused */
} audio_play_state_t;


typedef enum {
	AUDIO_STEREO,
	AUDIO_MONO_LEFT,
	AUDIO_MONO_RIGHT,
	AUDIO_MONO,
	AUDIO_STEREO_SWAPPED
} audio_channel_select_t;


typedef struct audio_mixer {
	unsigned int volume_left;
	unsigned int volume_right;
  // what else do we need? bass, pass-through, ...
} audio_mixer_t;


typedef struct audio_status {
	int                    AV_sync_state;  /* sync audio and video? */
	int                    mute_state;     /* audio is muted */
	audio_play_state_t     play_state;     /* current playback state */
	audio_stream_source_t  stream_source;  /* current stream source */
	audio_channel_select_t channel_select; /* currently selected channel */
	int                    bypass_mode;    /* pass on audio data to */
	audio_mixer_t	       mixer_state;    /* current mixer state */
} audio_status_t;                              /* separate decoder hardware */


typedef
struct audio_karaoke {  /* if Vocal1 or Vocal2 are non-zero, they get mixed  */
	int vocal1;    /* into left and right t at 70% each */
	int vocal2;    /* if both, Vocal1 and Vocal2 are non-zero, Vocal1 gets*/
	int melody;    /* mixed into the left channel and */
		       /* Vocal2 into the right channel at 100% each. */
		       /* if Melody is non-zero, the melody channel gets mixed*/
} audio_karaoke_t;     /* into left and right  */


typedef __u16 audio_attributes_t;
/*   bits: descr. */
/*   15-13 audio coding mode (0=ac3, 2=mpeg1, 3=mpeg2ext, 4=LPCM, 6=DTS, */
/*   12    multichannel extension */
/*   11-10 audio type (0=not spec, 1=language included) */
/*    9- 8 audio application mode (0=not spec, 1=karaoke, 2=surround) */
/*    7- 6 Quantization / DRC (mpeg audio: 1=DRC exists)(lpcm: 0=16bit,  */
/*    5- 4 Sample frequency fs (0=48kHz, 1=96kHz) */
/*    2- 0 number of audio channels (n+1 channels) */


/* for GET_CAPABILITIES and SET_FORMAT, the latter should only set one bit */
#define AUDIO_CAP_DTS    1
#define AUDIO_CAP_LPCM   2
#define AUDIO_CAP_MP1    4
#define AUDIO_CAP_MP2    8
#define AUDIO_CAP_MP3   16
#define AUDIO_CAP_AAC   32
#define AUDIO_CAP_OGG   64
#define AUDIO_CAP_SDDS 128
#define AUDIO_CAP_AC3  256

#define AUDIO_STOP                 _IO('o', 1)
#define AUDIO_PLAY                 _IO('o', 2)
#define AUDIO_PAUSE                _IO('o', 3)
#define AUDIO_CONTINUE             _IO('o', 4)
#define AUDIO_SELECT_SOURCE        _IO('o', 5)
#define AUDIO_SET_MUTE             _IO('o', 6)
#define AUDIO_SET_AV_SYNC          _IO('o', 7)
#define AUDIO_SET_BYPASS_MODE      _IO('o', 8)
#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_SELECT       _IO('o', 9)
#define AUDIO_GET_STATUS           _IOR('o', 10, audio_status_t)

#define AUDIO_GET_CAPABILITIES     _IOR('o', 11, unsigned int)
#define AUDIO_CLEAR_BUFFER         _IO('o',  12)
#define AUDIO_SET_ID               _IO('o', 13)
#define AUDIO_SET_MIXER            _IOW('o', 14, audio_mixer_t)
#define AUDIO_SET_STREAMTYPE       _IO('o', 15)
#define AUDIO_SET_EXT_ID           _IO('o', 16)
#define AUDIO_SET_ATTRIBUTES       _IOW('o', 17, audio_attributes_t)
#define AUDIO_SET_KARAOKE          _IOW('o', 18, audio_karaoke_t)

/**
 * AUDIO_GET_PTS
 *
 * Read the 33 bit presentation time stamp as defined
 * in ITU T-REC-H.222.0 / ISO/IEC 13818-1.
 *
 * The PTS should belong to the currently played
 * frame if possible, but may also be a value close to it
 * like the PTS of the last decoded frame or the last PTS
 * extracted by the PES parser.
 */
#define AUDIO_GET_PTS              _IOR('o', 19, __u64)
#define AUDIO_BILINGUAL_CHANNEL_SELECT _IO('o', 20)

#endif /* _DVBAUDIO_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * ca.h
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2000 Ralph  Metzler <ralph@convergence.de>
 *                  & Marcus Metzler <marcus@convergence.de>
 *                    for convergence integrated media GmbH
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Lesser Public License
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
 * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
 *
 */

#ifndef _DVBCA_H_
#define _DVBCA_H_

/**
 * struct ca_slot_info - CA slot interface types and info.
 *
 * @num:	slot number.
 * @type:	slot type.
 * @flags:	flags applicable to the slot.
 *
 * This struct stores the CA slot information.
 *
 * @type can be:
 *
 *	- %CA_CI - CI high level interface;
 *	- %CA_CI_LINK - CI link layer level interface;
 *	- %CA_CI_PHYS - CI physical layer level interface;
 *	- %CA_DESCR - built-in descrambler;
 *	- %CA_SC -simple smart card interface.
 *
 * @flags can be:
 *
 *	- %CA_CI_MODULE_PRESENT - module (or card) inserted;
 *	- %CA_CI_MODULE_READY - module is ready for usage.
 */

struct ca_slot_info {
	int num;
	int type;
#define CA_CI            1
#define CA_CI_LINK       2
#define CA_CI_PHYS       4
#define CA_DESCR         8
#define CA_SC          128

	unsigned int flags;
#define CA_CI_MODULE_PRESENT 1
#define CA_CI_MODULE_READY   2
};


/**
 * struct ca_descr_info - descrambler types and info.
 *
 * @num:	number of available descramblers (keys).
 * @type:	type of supported scrambling system.
 *
 * Identifies the number of descramblers and their type.
 *
 * @type can be:
 *
 *	- %CA_ECD - European Common Descrambler (ECD) hardware;
 *	- %CA_NDS - Videoguard (NDS) hardware;
 *	- %CA_DSS - Distributed Sample Scrambling (DSS) hardware.
 */
struct ca_descr_info {
	unsigned int num;
	unsigned int type;
#define CA_ECD           1
#define CA_NDS           2
#define CA_DSS           4
};

/**
 * struct ca_caps - CA slot interface capabilities.
 *
 * @slot_num:	total number of CA card and module slots.
 * @slot_type:	bitmap with all supported types as defined at
 *		&struct ca_slot_info (e. g. %CA_CI, %CA_CI_LINK, etc).
 * @descr_num:	total number of descrambler slots (keys)
 * @descr_type:	bitmap with all supported types as defined at
 *		&struct ca_descr_info (e. g. %CA_ECD, %CA_NDS, etc).
 */
struct ca_caps {
	unsigned int slot_num;
	unsigned int slot_type;
	unsigned int descr_num;
	unsigned int descr_type;
};

/**
 * struct ca_msg - a message to/from a CI-CAM
 *
 * @index:	unused
 * @type:	unused
 * @length:	length of the message
 * @msg:	message
 *
 * This struct carries a message to be send/received from a CI CA module.
 */
struct ca_msg {
	unsigned int index;
	unsigned int type;
	unsigned int length;
	unsigned char msg[256];
};

/**
 * struct ca_descr - CA descrambler control words info
 *
 * @index: CA Descrambler slot
 * @parity: control words parity, where 0 means even and 1 means odd
 * @cw: CA Descrambler control words
 */
struct ca_descr {
	unsigned int index;
	unsigned int parity;
	unsigned char cw[8];
};

#define CA_RESET          _IO('o', 128)
#define CA_GET_CAP        _IOR('o', 129, struct ca_caps)
#define CA_GET_SLOT_INFO  _IOR('o', 130, struct ca_slot_info)
#define CA_GET_DESCR_INFO _IOR('o', 131, struct ca_descr_info)
#define CA_GET_MSG        _IOR('o', 132, struct ca_msg)
#define CA_SEND_MSG       _IOW('o', 133, struct ca_msg)
#define CA_SET_DESCR      _IOW('o', 134, struct ca_descr)


/* This is needed for legacy userspace support */
typedef struct ca_slot_info ca_slot_info_t;
typedef struct ca_descr_info  ca_descr_info_t;
typedef struct ca_caps  ca_caps_t;
typedef struct ca_msg ca_msg_t;
typedef struct ca_descr ca_descr_t;



#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * video.h
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2000 Marcus Metzler <marcus@convergence.de>
 *                  & Ralph  Metzler <ralph@convergence.de>
 *                    for convergence integrated media GmbH
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
 * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
 *
 */

#ifndef _DVBVIDEO_H_
#define _DVBVIDEO_H_

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <time.h>

typedef enum {
	VIDEO_FORMAT_4_3,     /* Select 4:3 format */
	VIDEO_FORMAT_16_9,    /* Select 16:9 format. */
	VIDEO_FORMAT_221_1    /* 2.21:1 */
} video_format_t;


typedef enum {
	 VIDEO_SYSTEM_PAL,
	 VIDEO_SYSTEM_NTSC,
	 VIDEO_SYSTEM_PALN,
	 VIDEO_SYSTEM_PALNc,
	 VIDEO_SYSTEM_PALM,
	 VIDEO_SYSTEM_NTSC60,
	 VIDEO_SYSTEM_PAL60,
	 VIDEO_SYSTEM_PALM60
} video_system_t;


typedef enum {
	VIDEO_PAN_SCAN,       /* use pan and scan format */
	VIDEO_LETTER_BOX,     /* use letterbox format */
	VIDEO_CENTER_CUT_OUT  /* use center cut out format */
} video_displayformat_t;

typedef struct {
	int w;
	int h;
	video_format_t aspect_ratio;
} video_size_t;

typedef enum {
	VIDEO_SOURCE_DEMUX, /* Select the demux as the main source */
	VIDEO_SOURCE_MEMORY /* If this source is selected, the stream
			       comes from the user through the write
			       system call */
} video_stream_source_t;


typedef enum {
	VIDEO_STOPPED, /* Video is stopped */
	VIDEO_PLAYING, /* Video is currently playing */
	VIDEO_FREEZED  /* Video is freezed */
} video_play_state_t;


/* Decoder commands */
#define VIDEO_CMD_PLAY        (0)
#define VIDEO_CMD_STOP        (1)
#define VIDEO_CMD_FREEZE      (2)
#define VIDEO_CMD_CONTINUE    (3)

/* Flags for VIDEO_CMD_FREEZE */
#define VIDEO_CMD_FREEZE_TO_BLACK	(1 << 0)

/* Flags for VIDEO_CMD_STOP */
#define VIDEO_CMD_STOP_TO_BLACK		(1 << 0)
#define VIDEO_CMD_STOP_IMMEDIATELY	(1 << 1)

/* Play input formats: */
/* The decoder has no special format requirements */
#define VIDEO_PLAY_FMT_NONE         (0)
/* The decoder requires full GOPs */
#define VIDEO_PLAY_FMT_GOP          (1)

/* The structure must be zeroed before use by the application
   This ensures it can be extended safely in the future. */
struct video_command {
	__u32 cmd;
	__u32 flags;
	union {
		struct {
			__u64 pts;
		} stop;

		struct {
			/* 0 or 1000 specifies normal speed,
			   1 specifies forward single stepping,
			   -1 specifies backward single stepping,
			   >1: playback at speed/1000 of the normal speed,
			   <-1: reverse playback at (-speed/1000) of the normal speed. */
			__s32 speed;
			__u32 format;
		} play;

		struct {
			__u32 data[16];
		} raw;
	};
};

/* FIELD_UNKNOWN can be used if the hardware does not know whether
   the Vsync is for an odd, even or progressive (i.e. non-interlaced)
   field. */
#define VIDEO_VSYNC_FIELD_UNKNOWN	(0)
#define VIDEO_VSYNC_FIELD_ODD		(1)
#define VIDEO_VSYNC_FIELD_EVEN		(2)
#define VIDEO_VSYNC_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE	(3)

struct video_event {
	__s32 type;
#define VIDEO_EVENT_SIZE_CHANGED	1
#define VIDEO_EVENT_FRAME_RATE_CHANGED	2
#define VIDEO_EVENT_DECODER_STOPPED	3
#define VIDEO_EVENT_VSYNC		4
	/* unused, make sure to use atomic time for y2038 if it ever gets used */
	long timestamp;
	union {
		video_size_t size;
		unsigned int frame_rate;	/* in frames per 1000sec */
		unsigned char vsync_field;	/* unknown/odd/even/progressive */
	} u;
};


struct video_status {
	int                   video_blank;   /* blank video on freeze? */
	video_play_state_t    play_state;    /* current state of playback */
	video_stream_source_t stream_source; /* current source (demux/memory) */
	video_format_t        video_format;  /* current aspect ratio of stream*/
	video_displayformat_t display_format;/* selected cropping mode */
};


struct video_still_picture {
	char *iFrame;        /* pointer to a single iframe in memory */
	__s32 size;
};


typedef
struct video_highlight {
	int     active;      /*    1=show highlight, 0=hide highlight */
	__u8    contrast1;   /*    7- 4  Pattern pixel contrast */
			     /*    3- 0  Background pixel contrast */
	__u8    contrast2;   /*    7- 4  Emphasis pixel-2 contrast */
			     /*    3- 0  Emphasis pixel-1 contrast */
	__u8    color1;      /*    7- 4  Pattern pixel color */
			     /*    3- 0  Background pixel color */
	__u8    color2;      /*    7- 4  Emphasis pixel-2 color */
			     /*    3- 0  Emphasis pixel-1 color */
	__u32    ypos;       /*   23-22  auto action mode */
			     /*   21-12  start y */
			     /*    9- 0  end y */
	__u32    xpos;       /*   23-22  button color number */
			     /*   21-12  start x */
			     /*    9- 0  end x */
} video_highlight_t;


typedef struct video_spu {
	int active;
	int stream_id;
} video_spu_t;


typedef struct video_spu_palette {      /* SPU Palette information */
	int length;
	__u8 *palette;
} video_spu_palette_t;


typedef struct video_navi_pack {
	int length;          /* 0 ... 1024 */
	__u8 data[1024];
} video_navi_pack_t;


typedef __u16 video_attributes_t;
/*   bits: descr. */
/*   15-14 Video compression mode (0=MPEG-1, 1=MPEG-2) */
/*   13-12 TV system (0=525/60, 1=625/50) */
/*   11-10 Aspect ratio (0=4:3, 3=16:9) */
/*    9- 8 permitted display mode on 4:3 monitor (0=both, 1=only pan-sca */
/*    7    line 21-1 data present in GOP (1=yes, 0=no) */
/*    6    line 21-2 data present in GOP (1=yes, 0=no) */
/*    5- 3 source resolution (0=720x480/576, 1=704x480/576, 2=352x480/57 */
/*    2    source letterboxed (1=yes, 0=no) */
/*    0    film/camera mode (0=
 *camera, 1=film (625/50 only)) */


/* bit definitions for capabilities: */
/* can the hardware decode MPEG1 and/or MPEG2? */
#define VIDEO_CAP_MPEG1   1
#define VIDEO_CAP_MPEG2   2
/* can you send a system and/or program stream to video device?
   (you still have to open the video and the audio device but only
    send the stream to the video device) */
#define VIDEO_CAP_SYS     4
#define VIDEO_CAP_PROG    8
/* can the driver also handle SPU, NAVI and CSS encoded data?
   (CSS API is not present yet) */
#define VIDEO_CAP_SPU    16
#define VIDEO_CAP_NAVI   32
#define VIDEO_CAP_CSS    64


#define VIDEO_STOP                 _IO('o', 21)
#define VIDEO_PLAY                 _IO('o', 22)
#define VIDEO_FREEZE               _IO('o', 23)
#define VIDEO_CONTINUE             _IO('o', 24)
#define VIDEO_SELECT_SOURCE        _IO('o', 25)
#define VIDEO_SET_BLANK            _IO('o', 26)
#define VIDEO_GET_STATUS           _IOR('o', 27, struct video_status)
#define VIDEO_GET_EVENT            _IOR('o', 28, struct video_event)
#define VIDEO_SET_DISPLAY_FORMAT   _IO('o', 29)
#define VIDEO_STILLPICTURE         _IOW('o', 30, struct video_still_picture)
#define VIDEO_FAST_FORWARD         _IO('o', 31)
#define VIDEO_SLOWMOTION           _IO('o', 32)
#define VIDEO_GET_CAPABILITIES     _IOR('o', 33, unsigned int)
#define VIDEO_CLEAR_BUFFER         _IO('o',  34)
#define VIDEO_SET_ID               _IO('o', 35)
#define VIDEO_SET_STREAMTYPE       _IO('o', 36)
#define VIDEO_SET_FORMAT           _IO('o', 37)
#define VIDEO_SET_SYSTEM           _IO('o', 38)
#define VIDEO_SET_HIGHLIGHT        _IOW('o', 39, video_highlight_t)
#define VIDEO_SET_SPU              _IOW('o', 50, video_spu_t)
#define VIDEO_SET_SPU_PALETTE      _IOW('o', 51, video_spu_palette_t)
#define VIDEO_GET_NAVI             _IOR('o', 52, video_navi_pack_t)
#define VIDEO_SET_ATTRIBUTES       _IO('o', 53)
#define VIDEO_GET_SIZE             _IOR('o', 55, video_size_t)
#define VIDEO_GET_FRAME_RATE       _IOR('o', 56, unsigned int)

/**
 * VIDEO_GET_PTS
 *
 * Read the 33 bit presentation time stamp as defined
 * in ITU T-REC-H.222.0 / ISO/IEC 13818-1.
 *
 * The PTS should belong to the currently played
 * frame if possible, but may also be a value close to it
 * like the PTS of the last decoded frame or the last PTS
 * extracted by the PES parser.
 */
#define VIDEO_GET_PTS              _IOR('o', 57, __u64)

/* Read the number of displayed frames since the decoder was started */
#define VIDEO_GET_FRAME_COUNT	   _IOR('o', 58, __u64)

#define VIDEO_COMMAND		   _IOWR('o', 59, struct video_command)
#define VIDEO_TRY_COMMAND	   _IOWR('o', 60, struct video_command)

#endif /* _DVBVIDEO_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * net.h
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2000 Marcus Metzler <marcus@convergence.de>
 *                  & Ralph  Metzler <ralph@convergence.de>
 *                    for convergence integrated media GmbH
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
 * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
 *
 */

#ifndef _DVBNET_H_
#define _DVBNET_H_

#include <linux/types.h>

/**
 * struct dvb_net_if - describes a DVB network interface
 *
 * @pid: Packet ID (PID) of the MPEG-TS that contains data
 * @if_num: number of the Digital TV interface.
 * @feedtype: Encapsulation type of the feed.
 *
 * A MPEG-TS stream may contain packet IDs with IP packages on it.
 * This struct describes it, and the type of encoding.
 *
 * @feedtype can be:
 *
 *	- %DVB_NET_FEEDTYPE_MPE for MPE encoding
 *	- %DVB_NET_FEEDTYPE_ULE for ULE encoding.
 */
struct dvb_net_if {
	__u16 pid;
	__u16 if_num;
	__u8  feedtype;
#define DVB_NET_FEEDTYPE_MPE 0	/* multi protocol encapsulation */
#define DVB_NET_FEEDTYPE_ULE 1	/* ultra lightweight encapsulation */
};


#define NET_ADD_IF    _IOWR('o', 52, struct dvb_net_if)
#define NET_REMOVE_IF _IO('o', 53)
#define NET_GET_IF    _IOWR('o', 54, struct dvb_net_if)


/* binary compatibility cruft: */
struct __dvb_net_if_old {
	__u16 pid;
	__u16 if_num;
};
#define __NET_ADD_IF_OLD _IOWR('o', 52, struct __dvb_net_if_old)
#define __NET_GET_IF_OLD _IOWR('o', 54, struct __dvb_net_if_old)


#endif /*_DVBNET_H_*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * dmx.h
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2000 Marcus Metzler <marcus@convergence.de>
 *                  & Ralph  Metzler <ralph@convergence.de>
 *                    for convergence integrated media GmbH
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
 * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
 *
 */

#ifndef _DVBDMX_H_
#define _DVBDMX_H_

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <time.h>


#define DMX_FILTER_SIZE 16

/**
 * enum dmx_output - Output for the demux.
 *
 * @DMX_OUT_DECODER:
 *	Streaming directly to decoder.
 * @DMX_OUT_TAP:
 *	Output going to a memory buffer (to be retrieved via the read command).
 *	Delivers the stream output to the demux device on which the ioctl
 *	is called.
 * @DMX_OUT_TS_TAP:
 *	Output multiplexed into a new TS (to be retrieved by reading from the
 *	logical DVR device). Routes output to the logical DVR device
 *	``/dev/dvb/adapter?/dvr?``, which delivers a TS multiplexed from all
 *	filters for which @DMX_OUT_TS_TAP was specified.
 * @DMX_OUT_TSDEMUX_TAP:
 *	Like @DMX_OUT_TS_TAP but retrieved from the DMX device.
 */
enum dmx_output {
	DMX_OUT_DECODER,
	DMX_OUT_TAP,
	DMX_OUT_TS_TAP,
	DMX_OUT_TSDEMUX_TAP
};


/**
 * enum dmx_input - Input from the demux.
 *
 * @DMX_IN_FRONTEND:	Input from a front-end device.
 * @DMX_IN_DVR:		Input from the logical DVR device.
 */
enum dmx_input {
	DMX_IN_FRONTEND,
	DMX_IN_DVR
};

/**
 * enum dmx_ts_pes - type of the PES filter.
 *
 * @DMX_PES_AUDIO0:	first audio PID. Also referred as @DMX_PES_AUDIO.
 * @DMX_PES_VIDEO0:	first video PID. Also referred as @DMX_PES_VIDEO.
 * @DMX_PES_TELETEXT0:	first teletext PID. Also referred as @DMX_PES_TELETEXT.
 * @DMX_PES_SUBTITLE0:	first subtitle PID. Also referred as @DMX_PES_SUBTITLE.
 * @DMX_PES_PCR0:	first Program Clock Reference PID.
 *			Also referred as @DMX_PES_PCR.
 *
 * @DMX_PES_AUDIO1:	second audio PID.
 * @DMX_PES_VIDEO1:	second video PID.
 * @DMX_PES_TELETEXT1:	second teletext PID.
 * @DMX_PES_SUBTITLE1:	second subtitle PID.
 * @DMX_PES_PCR1:	second Program Clock Reference PID.
 *
 * @DMX_PES_AUDIO2:	third audio PID.
 * @DMX_PES_VIDEO2:	third video PID.
 * @DMX_PES_TELETEXT2:	third teletext PID.
 * @DMX_PES_SUBTITLE2:	third subtitle PID.
 * @DMX_PES_PCR2:	third Program Clock Reference PID.
 *
 * @DMX_PES_AUDIO3:	fourth audio PID.
 * @DMX_PES_VIDEO3:	fourth video PID.
 * @DMX_PES_TELETEXT3:	fourth teletext PID.
 * @DMX_PES_SUBTITLE3:	fourth subtitle PID.
 * @DMX_PES_PCR3:	fourth Program Clock Reference PID.
 *
 * @DMX_PES_OTHER:	any other PID.
 */

enum dmx_ts_pes {
	DMX_PES_AUDIO0,
	DMX_PES_VIDEO0,
	DMX_PES_TELETEXT0,
	DMX_PES_SUBTITLE0,
	DMX_PES_PCR0,

	DMX_PES_AUDIO1,
	DMX_PES_VIDEO1,
	DMX_PES_TELETEXT1,
	DMX_PES_SUBTITLE1,
	DMX_PES_PCR1,

	DMX_PES_AUDIO2,
	DMX_PES_VIDEO2,
	DMX_PES_TELETEXT2,
	DMX_PES_SUBTITLE2,
	DMX_PES_PCR2,

	DMX_PES_AUDIO3,
	DMX_PES_VIDEO3,
	DMX_PES_TELETEXT3,
	DMX_PES_SUBTITLE3,
	DMX_PES_PCR3,

	DMX_PES_OTHER
};

#define DMX_PES_AUDIO    DMX_PES_AUDIO0
#define DMX_PES_VIDEO    DMX_PES_VIDEO0
#define DMX_PES_TELETEXT DMX_PES_TELETEXT0
#define DMX_PES_SUBTITLE DMX_PES_SUBTITLE0
#define DMX_PES_PCR      DMX_PES_PCR0



/**
 * struct dmx_filter - Specifies a section header filter.
 *
 * @filter: bit array with bits to be matched at the section header.
 * @mask: bits that are valid at the filter bit array.
 * @mode: mode of match: if bit is zero, it will match if equal (positive
 *	  match); if bit is one, it will match if the bit is negated.
 *
 * Note: All arrays in this struct have a size of DMX_FILTER_SIZE (16 bytes).
 */
struct dmx_filter {
	__u8  filter[DMX_FILTER_SIZE];
	__u8  mask[DMX_FILTER_SIZE];
	__u8  mode[DMX_FILTER_SIZE];
};

/**
 * struct dmx_sct_filter_params - Specifies a section filter.
 *
 * @pid: PID to be filtered.
 * @filter: section header filter, as defined by &struct dmx_filter.
 * @timeout: maximum time to filter, in milliseconds.
 * @flags: extra flags for the section filter.
 *
 * Carries the configuration for a MPEG-TS section filter.
 *
 * The @flags can be:
 *
 *	- %DMX_CHECK_CRC - only deliver sections where the CRC check succeeded;
 *	- %DMX_ONESHOT - disable the section filter after one section
 *	  has been delivered;
 *	- %DMX_IMMEDIATE_START - Start filter immediately without requiring a
 *	  :ref:`DMX_START`.
 */
struct dmx_sct_filter_params {
	__u16             pid;
	struct dmx_filter filter;
	__u32             timeout;
	__u32             flags;
#define DMX_CHECK_CRC       1
#define DMX_ONESHOT         2
#define DMX_IMMEDIATE_START 4
};

/**
 * struct dmx_pes_filter_params - Specifies Packetized Elementary Stream (PES)
 *	filter parameters.
 *
 * @pid:	PID to be filtered.
 * @input:	Demux input, as specified by &enum dmx_input.
 * @output:	Demux output, as specified by &enum dmx_output.
 * @pes_type:	Type of the pes filter, as specified by &enum dmx_pes_type.
 * @flags:	Demux PES flags.
 */
struct dmx_pes_filter_params {
	__u16           pid;
	enum dmx_input  input;
	enum dmx_output output;
	enum dmx_ts_pes pes_type;
	__u32           flags;
};

/**
 * struct dmx_stc - Stores System Time Counter (STC) information.
 *
 * @num: input data: number of the STC, from 0 to N.
 * @base: output: divisor for STC to get 90 kHz clock.
 * @stc: output: stc in @base * 90 kHz units.
 */
struct dmx_stc {
	unsigned int num;
	unsigned int base;
	__u64 stc;
};

/**
 * enum dmx_buffer_flags - DMX memory-mapped buffer flags
 *
 * @DMX_BUFFER_FLAG_HAD_CRC32_DISCARD:
 *	Indicates that the Kernel discarded one or more frames due to wrong
 *	CRC32 checksum.
 * @DMX_BUFFER_FLAG_TEI:
 *	Indicates that the Kernel has detected a Transport Error indicator
 *	(TEI) on a filtered pid.
 * @DMX_BUFFER_PKT_COUNTER_MISMATCH:
 *	Indicates that the Kernel has detected a packet counter mismatch
 *	on a filtered pid.
 * @DMX_BUFFER_FLAG_DISCONTINUITY_DETECTED:
 *	Indicates that the Kernel has detected one or more frame discontinuity.
 * @DMX_BUFFER_FLAG_DISCONTINUITY_INDICATOR:
 *	Received at least one packet with a frame discontinuity indicator.
 */

enum dmx_buffer_flags {
	DMX_BUFFER_FLAG_HAD_CRC32_DISCARD		= 1 << 0,
	DMX_BUFFER_FLAG_TEI				= 1 << 1,
	DMX_BUFFER_PKT_COUNTER_MISMATCH			= 1 << 2,
	DMX_BUFFER_FLAG_DISCONTINUITY_DETECTED		= 1 << 3,
	DMX_BUFFER_FLAG_DISCONTINUITY_INDICATOR		= 1 << 4,
};

/**
 * struct dmx_buffer - dmx buffer info
 *
 * @index:	id number of the buffer
 * @bytesused:	number of bytes occupied by data in the buffer (payload);
 * @offset:	for buffers with memory == DMX_MEMORY_MMAP;
 *		offset from the start of the device memory for this plane,
 *		(or a "cookie" that should be passed to mmap() as offset)
 * @length:	size in bytes of the buffer
 * @flags:	bit array of buffer flags as defined by &enum dmx_buffer_flags.
 *		Filled only at &DMX_DQBUF.
 * @count:	monotonic counter for filled buffers. Helps to identify
 *		data stream loses. Filled only at &DMX_DQBUF.
 *
 * Contains data exchanged by application and driver using one of the streaming
 * I/O methods.
 *
 * Please notice that, for &DMX_QBUF, only @index should be filled.
 * On &DMX_DQBUF calls, all fields will be filled by the Kernel.
 */
struct dmx_buffer {
	__u32			index;
	__u32			bytesused;
	__u32			offset;
	__u32			length;
	__u32			flags;
	__u32			count;
};

/**
 * struct dmx_requestbuffers - request dmx buffer information
 *
 * @count:	number of requested buffers,
 * @size:	size in bytes of the requested buffer
 *
 * Contains data used for requesting a dmx buffer.
 * All reserved fields must be set to zero.
 */
struct dmx_requestbuffers {
	__u32			count;
	__u32			size;
};

/**
 * struct dmx_exportbuffer - export of dmx buffer as DMABUF file descriptor
 *
 * @index:	id number of the buffer
 * @flags:	flags for newly created file, currently only O_CLOEXEC is
 *		supported, refer to manual of open syscall for more details
 * @fd:		file descriptor associated with DMABUF (set by driver)
 *
 * Contains data used for exporting a dmx buffer as DMABUF file descriptor.
 * The buffer is identified by a 'cookie' returned by DMX_QUERYBUF
 * (identical to the cookie used to mmap() the buffer to userspace). All
 * reserved fields must be set to zero. The field reserved0 is expected to
 * become a structure 'type' allowing an alternative layout of the structure
 * content. Therefore this field should not be used for any other extensions.
 */
struct dmx_exportbuffer {
	__u32		index;
	__u32		flags;
	__s32		fd;
};

#define DMX_START                _IO('o', 41)
#define DMX_STOP                 _IO('o', 42)
#define DMX_SET_FILTER           _IOW('o', 43, struct dmx_sct_filter_params)
#define DMX_SET_PES_FILTER       _IOW('o', 44, struct dmx_pes_filter_params)
#define DMX_SET_BUFFER_SIZE      _IO('o', 45)
#define DMX_GET_PES_PIDS         _IOR('o', 47, __u16[5])
#define DMX_GET_STC              _IOWR('o', 50, struct dmx_stc)
#define DMX_ADD_PID              _IOW('o', 51, __u16)
#define DMX_REMOVE_PID           _IOW('o', 52, __u16)


/* This is needed for legacy userspace support */
typedef enum dmx_output dmx_output_t;
typedef enum dmx_input dmx_input_t;
typedef enum dmx_ts_pes dmx_pes_type_t;
typedef struct dmx_filter dmx_filter_t;


#define DMX_REQBUFS              _IOWR('o', 60, struct dmx_requestbuffers)
#define DMX_QUERYBUF             _IOWR('o', 61, struct dmx_buffer)
#define DMX_EXPBUF               _IOWR('o', 62, struct dmx_exportbuffer)
#define DMX_QBUF                 _IOWR('o', 63, struct dmx_buffer)
#define DMX_DQBUF                _IOWR('o', 64, struct dmx_buffer)

#endif /* _DVBDMX_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * osd.h
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2001 Ralph  Metzler <ralph@convergence.de>
 *                  & Marcus Metzler <marcus@convergence.de>
 *                    for convergence integrated media GmbH
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Lesser Public License
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
 * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
 *
 */

#ifndef _DVBOSD_H_
#define _DVBOSD_H_



typedef enum {
  // All functions return -2 on "not open"
  OSD_Close=1,    // ()
  // Disables OSD and releases the buffers
  // returns 0 on success
  OSD_Open,       // (x0,y0,x1,y1,BitPerPixel[2/4/8](color&0x0F),mix[0..15](color&0xF0))
  // Opens OSD with this size and bit depth
  // returns 0 on success, -1 on DRAM allocation error, -2 on "already open"
  OSD_Show,       // ()
  // enables OSD mode
  // returns 0 on success
  OSD_Hide,       // ()
  // disables OSD mode
  // returns 0 on success
  OSD_Clear,      // ()
  // Sets all pixel to color 0
  // returns 0 on success
  OSD_Fill,       // (color)
  // Sets all pixel to color <col>
  // returns 0 on success
  OSD_SetColor,   // (color,R{x0},G{y0},B{x1},opacity{y1})
  // set palette entry <num> to <r,g,b>, <mix> and <trans> apply
  // R,G,B: 0..255
  // R=Red, G=Green, B=Blue
  // opacity=0:      pixel opacity 0% (only video pixel shows)
  // opacity=1..254: pixel opacity as specified in header
  // opacity=255:    pixel opacity 100% (only OSD pixel shows)
  // returns 0 on success, -1 on error
  OSD_SetPalette, // (firstcolor{color},lastcolor{x0},data)
  // Set a number of entries in the palette
  // sets the entries "firstcolor" through "lastcolor" from the array "data"
  // data has 4 byte for each color:
  // R,G,B, and a opacity value: 0->transparent, 1..254->mix, 255->pixel
  OSD_SetTrans,   // (transparency{color})
  // Sets transparency of mixed pixel (0..15)
  // returns 0 on success
  OSD_SetPixel,   // (x0,y0,color)
  // sets pixel <x>,<y> to color number <col>
  // returns 0 on success, -1 on error
  OSD_GetPixel,   // (x0,y0)
  // returns color number of pixel <x>,<y>,  or -1
  OSD_SetRow,     // (x0,y0,x1,data)
  // fills pixels x0,y through  x1,y with the content of data[]
  // returns 0 on success, -1 on clipping all pixel (no pixel drawn)
  OSD_SetBlock,   // (x0,y0,x1,y1,increment{color},data)
  // fills pixels x0,y0 through  x1,y1 with the content of data[]
  // inc contains the width of one line in the data block,
  // inc<=0 uses blockwidth as linewidth
  // returns 0 on success, -1 on clipping all pixel
  OSD_FillRow,    // (x0,y0,x1,color)
  // fills pixels x0,y through  x1,y with the color <col>
  // returns 0 on success, -1 on clipping all pixel
  OSD_FillBlock,  // (x0,y0,x1,y1,color)
  // fills pixels x0,y0 through  x1,y1 with the color <col>
  // returns 0 on success, -1 on clipping all pixel
  OSD_Line,       // (x0,y0,x1,y1,color)
  // draw a line from x0,y0 to x1,y1 with the color <col>
  // returns 0 on success
  OSD_Query,      // (x0,y0,x1,y1,xasp{color}}), yasp=11
  // fills parameters with the picture dimensions and the pixel aspect ratio
  // returns 0 on success
  OSD_Test,       // ()
  // draws a test picture. for debugging purposes only
  // returns 0 on success
// TODO: remove "test" in final version
  OSD_Text,       // (x0,y0,size,color,text)
  OSD_SetWindow, //  (x0) set window with number 0<x0<8 as current
  OSD_MoveWindow, //  move current window to (x0, y0)
  OSD_OpenRaw,	// Open other types of OSD windows
} OSD_Command;

typedef struct osd_cmd_s {
	OSD_Command cmd;
	int x0;
	int y0;
	int x1;
	int y1;
	int color;
	void *data;
} osd_cmd_t;

/* OSD_OpenRaw: set 'color' to desired window type */
typedef enum {
	OSD_BITMAP1,           /* 1 bit bitmap */
	OSD_BITMAP2,           /* 2 bit bitmap */
	OSD_BITMAP4,           /* 4 bit bitmap */
	OSD_BITMAP8,           /* 8 bit bitmap */
	OSD_BITMAP1HR,         /* 1 Bit bitmap half resolution */
	OSD_BITMAP2HR,         /* 2 bit bitmap half resolution */
	OSD_BITMAP4HR,         /* 4 bit bitmap half resolution */
	OSD_BITMAP8HR,         /* 8 bit bitmap half resolution */
	OSD_YCRCB422,          /* 4:2:2 YCRCB Graphic Display */
	OSD_YCRCB444,          /* 4:4:4 YCRCB Graphic Display */
	OSD_YCRCB444HR,        /* 4:4:4 YCRCB graphic half resolution */
	OSD_VIDEOTSIZE,        /* True Size Normal MPEG Video Display */
	OSD_VIDEOHSIZE,        /* MPEG Video Display Half Resolution */
	OSD_VIDEOQSIZE,        /* MPEG Video Display Quarter Resolution */
	OSD_VIDEODSIZE,        /* MPEG Video Display Double Resolution */
	OSD_VIDEOTHSIZE,       /* True Size MPEG Video Display Half Resolution */
	OSD_VIDEOTQSIZE,       /* True Size MPEG Video Display Quarter Resolution*/
	OSD_VIDEOTDSIZE,       /* True Size MPEG Video Display Double Resolution */
	OSD_VIDEONSIZE,        /* Full Size MPEG Video Display */
	OSD_CURSOR             /* Cursor */
} osd_raw_window_t;

typedef struct osd_cap_s {
	int  cmd;
#define OSD_CAP_MEMSIZE         1  /* memory size */
	long val;
} osd_cap_t;


#define OSD_SEND_CMD            _IOW('o', 160, osd_cmd_t)
#define OSD_GET_CAPABILITY      _IOR('o', 161, osd_cap_t)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * version.h
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2000 Holger Waechtler <holger@convergence.de>
 *                    for convergence integrated media GmbH
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
 * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
 *
 */

#ifndef _DVBVERSION_H_
#define _DVBVERSION_H_

#define DVB_API_VERSION 5
#define DVB_API_VERSION_MINOR 11

#endif /*_DVBVERSION_H_*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * frontend.h
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2000 Marcus Metzler <marcus@convergence.de>
 *		    Ralph  Metzler <ralph@convergence.de>
 *		    Holger Waechtler <holger@convergence.de>
 *		    Andre Draszik <ad@convergence.de>
 *		    for convergence integrated media GmbH
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
 * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
 *
 */

#ifndef _DVBFRONTEND_H_
#define _DVBFRONTEND_H_

#include <linux/types.h>

/**
 * enum fe_caps - Frontend capabilities
 *
 * @FE_IS_STUPID:			There's something wrong at the
 *					frontend, and it can't report its
 *					capabilities.
 * @FE_CAN_INVERSION_AUTO:		Can auto-detect frequency spectral
 *					band inversion
 * @FE_CAN_FEC_1_2:			Supports FEC 1/2
 * @FE_CAN_FEC_2_3:			Supports FEC 2/3
 * @FE_CAN_FEC_3_4:			Supports FEC 3/4
 * @FE_CAN_FEC_4_5:			Supports FEC 4/5
 * @FE_CAN_FEC_5_6:			Supports FEC 5/6
 * @FE_CAN_FEC_6_7:			Supports FEC 6/7
 * @FE_CAN_FEC_7_8:			Supports FEC 7/8
 * @FE_CAN_FEC_8_9:			Supports FEC 8/9
 * @FE_CAN_FEC_AUTO:			Can auto-detect FEC
 * @FE_CAN_QPSK:			Supports QPSK modulation
 * @FE_CAN_QAM_16:			Supports 16-QAM modulation
 * @FE_CAN_QAM_32:			Supports 32-QAM modulation
 * @FE_CAN_QAM_64:			Supports 64-QAM modulation
 * @FE_CAN_QAM_128:			Supports 128-QAM modulation
 * @FE_CAN_QAM_256:			Supports 256-QAM modulation
 * @FE_CAN_QAM_AUTO:			Can auto-detect QAM modulation
 * @FE_CAN_TRANSMISSION_MODE_AUTO:	Can auto-detect transmission mode
 * @FE_CAN_BANDWIDTH_AUTO:		Can auto-detect bandwidth
 * @FE_CAN_GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO:		Can auto-detect guard interval
 * @FE_CAN_HIERARCHY_AUTO:		Can auto-detect hierarchy
 * @FE_CAN_8VSB:			Supports 8-VSB modulation
 * @FE_CAN_16VSB:			Supporta 16-VSB modulation
 * @FE_HAS_EXTENDED_CAPS:		Unused
 * @FE_CAN_MULTISTREAM:			Supports multistream filtering
 * @FE_CAN_TURBO_FEC:			Supports "turbo FEC" modulation
 * @FE_CAN_2G_MODULATION:		Supports "2nd generation" modulation,
 *					e. g. DVB-S2, DVB-T2, DVB-C2
 * @FE_NEEDS_BENDING:			Unused
 * @FE_CAN_RECOVER:			Can recover from a cable unplug
 *					automatically
 * @FE_CAN_MUTE_TS:			Can stop spurious TS data output
 */
enum fe_caps {
	FE_IS_STUPID			= 0,
	FE_CAN_INVERSION_AUTO		= 0x1,
	FE_CAN_FEC_1_2			= 0x2,
	FE_CAN_FEC_2_3			= 0x4,
	FE_CAN_FEC_3_4			= 0x8,
	FE_CAN_FEC_4_5			= 0x10,
	FE_CAN_FEC_5_6			= 0x20,
	FE_CAN_FEC_6_7			= 0x40,
	FE_CAN_FEC_7_8			= 0x80,
	FE_CAN_FEC_8_9			= 0x100,
	FE_CAN_FEC_AUTO			= 0x200,
	FE_CAN_QPSK			= 0x400,
	FE_CAN_QAM_16			= 0x800,
	FE_CAN_QAM_32			= 0x1000,
	FE_CAN_QAM_64			= 0x2000,
	FE_CAN_QAM_128			= 0x4000,
	FE_CAN_QAM_256			= 0x8000,
	FE_CAN_QAM_AUTO			= 0x10000,
	FE_CAN_TRANSMISSION_MODE_AUTO	= 0x20000,
	FE_CAN_BANDWIDTH_AUTO		= 0x40000,
	FE_CAN_GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO	= 0x80000,
	FE_CAN_HIERARCHY_AUTO		= 0x100000,
	FE_CAN_8VSB			= 0x200000,
	FE_CAN_16VSB			= 0x400000,
	FE_HAS_EXTENDED_CAPS		= 0x800000,
	FE_CAN_MULTISTREAM		= 0x4000000,
	FE_CAN_TURBO_FEC		= 0x8000000,
	FE_CAN_2G_MODULATION		= 0x10000000,
	FE_NEEDS_BENDING		= 0x20000000,
	FE_CAN_RECOVER			= 0x40000000,
	FE_CAN_MUTE_TS			= 0x80000000
};

/*
 * DEPRECATED: Should be kept just due to backward compatibility.
 */
enum fe_type {
	FE_QPSK,
	FE_QAM,
	FE_OFDM,
	FE_ATSC
};

/**
 * struct dvb_frontend_info - Frontend properties and capabilities
 *
 * @name:			Name of the frontend
 * @type:			**DEPRECATED**.
 *				Should not be used on modern programs,
 *				as a frontend may have more than one type.
 *				In order to get the support types of a given
 *				frontend, use :c:type:`DTV_ENUM_DELSYS`
 *				instead.
 * @frequency_min:		Minimal frequency supported by the frontend.
 * @frequency_max:		Minimal frequency supported by the frontend.
 * @frequency_stepsize:		All frequencies are multiple of this value.
 * @frequency_tolerance:	Frequency tolerance.
 * @symbol_rate_min:		Minimal symbol rate, in bauds
 *				(for Cable/Satellite systems).
 * @symbol_rate_max:		Maximal symbol rate, in bauds
 *				(for Cable/Satellite systems).
 * @symbol_rate_tolerance:	Maximal symbol rate tolerance, in ppm
 *				(for Cable/Satellite systems).
 * @notifier_delay:		**DEPRECATED**. Not used by any driver.
 * @caps:			Capabilities supported by the frontend,
 *				as specified in &enum fe_caps.
 *
 * .. note:
 *
 *    #. The frequencies are specified in Hz for Terrestrial and Cable
 *       systems.
 *    #. The frequencies are specified in kHz for Satellite systems.
 */
struct dvb_frontend_info {
	char       name[128];
	enum fe_type type;	/* DEPRECATED. Use DTV_ENUM_DELSYS instead */
	__u32      frequency_min;
	__u32      frequency_max;
	__u32      frequency_stepsize;
	__u32      frequency_tolerance;
	__u32      symbol_rate_min;
	__u32      symbol_rate_max;
	__u32      symbol_rate_tolerance;
	__u32      notifier_delay;		/* DEPRECATED */
	enum fe_caps caps;
};

/**
 * struct dvb_diseqc_master_cmd - DiSEqC master command
 *
 * @msg:
 *	DiSEqC message to be sent. It contains a 3 bytes header with:
 *	framing + address + command, and an optional argument
 *	of up to 3 bytes of data.
 * @msg_len:
 *	Length of the DiSEqC message. Valid values are 3 to 6.
 *
 * Check out the DiSEqC bus spec available on http://www.eutelsat.org/ for
 * the possible messages that can be used.
 */
struct dvb_diseqc_master_cmd {
	__u8 msg[6];
	__u8 msg_len;
};

/**
 * struct dvb_diseqc_slave_reply - DiSEqC received data
 *
 * @msg:
 *	DiSEqC message buffer to store a message received via DiSEqC.
 *	It contains one byte header with: framing and
 *	an optional argument of up to 3 bytes of data.
 * @msg_len:
 *	Length of the DiSEqC message. Valid values are 0 to 4,
 *	where 0 means no message.
 * @timeout:
 *	Return from ioctl after timeout ms with errorcode when
 *	no message was received.
 *
 * Check out the DiSEqC bus spec available on http://www.eutelsat.org/ for
 * the possible messages that can be used.
 */
struct dvb_diseqc_slave_reply {
	__u8 msg[4];
	__u8 msg_len;
	int  timeout;
};

/**
 * enum fe_sec_voltage - DC Voltage used to feed the LNBf
 *
 * @SEC_VOLTAGE_13:	Output 13V to the LNBf
 * @SEC_VOLTAGE_18:	Output 18V to the LNBf
 * @SEC_VOLTAGE_OFF:	Don't feed the LNBf with a DC voltage
 */
enum fe_sec_voltage {
	SEC_VOLTAGE_13,
	SEC_VOLTAGE_18,
	SEC_VOLTAGE_OFF
};

/**
 * enum fe_sec_tone_mode - Type of tone to be send to the LNBf.
 * @SEC_TONE_ON:	Sends a 22kHz tone burst to the antenna.
 * @SEC_TONE_OFF:	Don't send a 22kHz tone to the antenna (except
 *			if the ``FE_DISEQC_*`` ioctls are called).
 */
enum fe_sec_tone_mode {
	SEC_TONE_ON,
	SEC_TONE_OFF
};

/**
 * enum fe_sec_mini_cmd - Type of mini burst to be sent
 *
 * @SEC_MINI_A:		Sends a mini-DiSEqC 22kHz '0' Tone Burst to select
 *			satellite-A
 * @SEC_MINI_B:		Sends a mini-DiSEqC 22kHz '1' Data Burst to select
 *			satellite-B
 */
enum fe_sec_mini_cmd {
	SEC_MINI_A,
	SEC_MINI_B
};

/**
 * enum fe_status - Enumerates the possible frontend status.
 * @FE_NONE:		The frontend doesn't have any kind of lock.
 *			That's the initial frontend status
 * @FE_HAS_SIGNAL:	Has found something above the noise level.
 * @FE_HAS_CARRIER:	Has found a signal.
 * @FE_HAS_VITERBI:	FEC inner coding (Viterbi, LDPC or other inner code).
 *			is stable.
 * @FE_HAS_SYNC:	Synchronization bytes was found.
 * @FE_HAS_LOCK:	Digital TV were locked and everything is working.
 * @FE_TIMEDOUT:	Fo lock within the last about 2 seconds.
 * @FE_REINIT:		Frontend was reinitialized, application is recommended
 *			to reset DiSEqC, tone and parameters.
 */
enum fe_status {
	FE_NONE			= 0x00,
	FE_HAS_SIGNAL		= 0x01,
	FE_HAS_CARRIER		= 0x02,
	FE_HAS_VITERBI		= 0x04,
	FE_HAS_SYNC		= 0x08,
	FE_HAS_LOCK		= 0x10,
	FE_TIMEDOUT		= 0x20,
	FE_REINIT		= 0x40,
};

/**
 * enum fe_spectral_inversion - Type of inversion band
 *
 * @INVERSION_OFF:	Don't do spectral band inversion.
 * @INVERSION_ON:	Do spectral band inversion.
 * @INVERSION_AUTO:	Autodetect spectral band inversion.
 *
 * This parameter indicates if spectral inversion should be presumed or
 * not. In the automatic setting (``INVERSION_AUTO``) the hardware will try
 * to figure out the correct setting by itself. If the hardware doesn't
 * support, the %dvb_frontend will try to lock at the carrier first with
 * inversion off. If it fails, it will try to enable inversion.
 */
enum fe_spectral_inversion {
	INVERSION_OFF,
	INVERSION_ON,
	INVERSION_AUTO
};

/**
 * enum fe_code_rate - Type of Forward Error Correction (FEC)
 *
 *
 * @FEC_NONE: No Forward Error Correction Code
 * @FEC_1_2:  Forward Error Correction Code 1/2
 * @FEC_2_3:  Forward Error Correction Code 2/3
 * @FEC_3_4:  Forward Error Correction Code 3/4
 * @FEC_4_5:  Forward Error Correction Code 4/5
 * @FEC_5_6:  Forward Error Correction Code 5/6
 * @FEC_6_7:  Forward Error Correction Code 6/7
 * @FEC_7_8:  Forward Error Correction Code 7/8
 * @FEC_8_9:  Forward Error Correction Code 8/9
 * @FEC_AUTO: Autodetect Error Correction Code
 * @FEC_3_5:  Forward Error Correction Code 3/5
 * @FEC_9_10: Forward Error Correction Code 9/10
 * @FEC_2_5:  Forward Error Correction Code 2/5
 *
 * Please note that not all FEC types are supported by a given standard.
 */
enum fe_code_rate {
	FEC_NONE = 0,
	FEC_1_2,
	FEC_2_3,
	FEC_3_4,
	FEC_4_5,
	FEC_5_6,
	FEC_6_7,
	FEC_7_8,
	FEC_8_9,
	FEC_AUTO,
	FEC_3_5,
	FEC_9_10,
	FEC_2_5,
};

/**
 * enum fe_modulation - Type of modulation/constellation
 * @QPSK:	QPSK modulation
 * @QAM_16:	16-QAM modulation
 * @QAM_32:	32-QAM modulation
 * @QAM_64:	64-QAM modulation
 * @QAM_128:	128-QAM modulation
 * @QAM_256:	256-QAM modulation
 * @QAM_AUTO:	Autodetect QAM modulation
 * @VSB_8:	8-VSB modulation
 * @VSB_16:	16-VSB modulation
 * @PSK_8:	8-PSK modulation
 * @APSK_16:	16-APSK modulation
 * @APSK_32:	32-APSK modulation
 * @DQPSK:	DQPSK modulation
 * @QAM_4_NR:	4-QAM-NR modulation
 *
 * Please note that not all modulations are supported by a given standard.
 *
 */
enum fe_modulation {
	QPSK,
	QAM_16,
	QAM_32,
	QAM_64,
	QAM_128,
	QAM_256,
	QAM_AUTO,
	VSB_8,
	VSB_16,
	PSK_8,
	APSK_16,
	APSK_32,
	DQPSK,
	QAM_4_NR,
};

/**
 * enum fe_transmit_mode - Transmission mode
 *
 * @TRANSMISSION_MODE_AUTO:
 *	Autodetect transmission mode. The hardware will try to find the
 *	correct FFT-size (if capable) to fill in the missing parameters.
 * @TRANSMISSION_MODE_1K:
 *	Transmission mode 1K
 * @TRANSMISSION_MODE_2K:
 *	Transmission mode 2K
 * @TRANSMISSION_MODE_8K:
 *	Transmission mode 8K
 * @TRANSMISSION_MODE_4K:
 *	Transmission mode 4K
 * @TRANSMISSION_MODE_16K:
 *	Transmission mode 16K
 * @TRANSMISSION_MODE_32K:
 *	Transmission mode 32K
 * @TRANSMISSION_MODE_C1:
 *	Single Carrier (C=1) transmission mode (DTMB only)
 * @TRANSMISSION_MODE_C3780:
 *	Multi Carrier (C=3780) transmission mode (DTMB only)
 *
 * Please note that not all transmission modes are supported by a given
 * standard.
 */
enum fe_transmit_mode {
	TRANSMISSION_MODE_2K,
	TRANSMISSION_MODE_8K,
	TRANSMISSION_MODE_AUTO,
	TRANSMISSION_MODE_4K,
	TRANSMISSION_MODE_1K,
	TRANSMISSION_MODE_16K,
	TRANSMISSION_MODE_32K,
	TRANSMISSION_MODE_C1,
	TRANSMISSION_MODE_C3780,
};

/**
 * enum fe_guard_interval - Guard interval
 *
 * @GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO:	Autodetect the guard interval
 * @GUARD_INTERVAL_1_128:	Guard interval 1/128
 * @GUARD_INTERVAL_1_32:	Guard interval 1/32
 * @GUARD_INTERVAL_1_16:	Guard interval 1/16
 * @GUARD_INTERVAL_1_8:		Guard interval 1/8
 * @GUARD_INTERVAL_1_4:		Guard interval 1/4
 * @GUARD_INTERVAL_19_128:	Guard interval 19/128
 * @GUARD_INTERVAL_19_256:	Guard interval 19/256
 * @GUARD_INTERVAL_PN420:	PN length 420 (1/4)
 * @GUARD_INTERVAL_PN595:	PN length 595 (1/6)
 * @GUARD_INTERVAL_PN945:	PN length 945 (1/9)
 *
 * Please note that not all guard intervals are supported by a given standard.
 */
enum fe_guard_interval {
	GUARD_INTERVAL_1_32,
	GUARD_INTERVAL_1_16,
	GUARD_INTERVAL_1_8,
	GUARD_INTERVAL_1_4,
	GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO,
	GUARD_INTERVAL_1_128,
	GUARD_INTERVAL_19_128,
	GUARD_INTERVAL_19_256,
	GUARD_INTERVAL_PN420,
	GUARD_INTERVAL_PN595,
	GUARD_INTERVAL_PN945,
};

/**
 * enum fe_hierarchy - Hierarchy
 * @HIERARCHY_NONE:	No hierarchy
 * @HIERARCHY_AUTO:	Autodetect hierarchy (if supported)
 * @HIERARCHY_1:	Hierarchy 1
 * @HIERARCHY_2:	Hierarchy 2
 * @HIERARCHY_4:	Hierarchy 4
 *
 * Please note that not all hierarchy types are supported by a given standard.
 */
enum fe_hierarchy {
	HIERARCHY_NONE,
	HIERARCHY_1,
	HIERARCHY_2,
	HIERARCHY_4,
	HIERARCHY_AUTO
};

/**
 * enum fe_interleaving - Interleaving
 * @INTERLEAVING_NONE:	No interleaving.
 * @INTERLEAVING_AUTO:	Auto-detect interleaving.
 * @INTERLEAVING_240:	Interleaving of 240 symbols.
 * @INTERLEAVING_720:	Interleaving of 720 symbols.
 *
 * Please note that, currently, only DTMB uses it.
 */
enum fe_interleaving {
	INTERLEAVING_NONE,
	INTERLEAVING_AUTO,
	INTERLEAVING_240,
	INTERLEAVING_720,
};

/* DVBv5 property Commands */

#define DTV_UNDEFINED		0
#define DTV_TUNE		1
#define DTV_CLEAR		2
#define DTV_FREQUENCY		3
#define DTV_MODULATION		4
#define DTV_BANDWIDTH_HZ	5
#define DTV_INVERSION		6
#define DTV_DISEQC_MASTER	7
#define DTV_SYMBOL_RATE		8
#define DTV_INNER_FEC		9
#define DTV_VOLTAGE		10
#define DTV_TONE		11
#define DTV_PILOT		12
#define DTV_ROLLOFF		13
#define DTV_DISEQC_SLAVE_REPLY	14

/* Basic enumeration set for querying unlimited capabilities */
#define DTV_FE_CAPABILITY_COUNT	15
#define DTV_FE_CAPABILITY	16
#define DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM	17

/* ISDB-T and ISDB-Tsb */
#define DTV_ISDBT_PARTIAL_RECEPTION	18
#define DTV_ISDBT_SOUND_BROADCASTING	19

#define DTV_ISDBT_SB_SUBCHANNEL_ID	20
#define DTV_ISDBT_SB_SEGMENT_IDX	21
#define DTV_ISDBT_SB_SEGMENT_COUNT	22

#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYERA_FEC			23
#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYERA_MODULATION		24
#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYERA_SEGMENT_COUNT		25
#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYERA_TIME_INTERLEAVING	26

#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYERB_FEC			27
#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYERB_MODULATION		28
#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYERB_SEGMENT_COUNT		29
#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYERB_TIME_INTERLEAVING	30

#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYERC_FEC			31
#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYERC_MODULATION		32
#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYERC_SEGMENT_COUNT		33
#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYERC_TIME_INTERLEAVING	34

#define DTV_API_VERSION		35

#define DTV_CODE_RATE_HP	36
#define DTV_CODE_RATE_LP	37
#define DTV_GUARD_INTERVAL	38
#define DTV_TRANSMISSION_MODE	39
#define DTV_HIERARCHY		40

#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYER_ENABLED	41

#define DTV_STREAM_ID		42
#define DTV_ISDBS_TS_ID_LEGACY	DTV_STREAM_ID
#define DTV_DVBT2_PLP_ID_LEGACY	43

#define DTV_ENUM_DELSYS		44

/* ATSC-MH */
#define DTV_ATSCMH_FIC_VER		45
#define DTV_ATSCMH_PARADE_ID		46
#define DTV_ATSCMH_NOG			47
#define DTV_ATSCMH_TNOG			48
#define DTV_ATSCMH_SGN			49
#define DTV_ATSCMH_PRC			50
#define DTV_ATSCMH_RS_FRAME_MODE	51
#define DTV_ATSCMH_RS_FRAME_ENSEMBLE	52
#define DTV_ATSCMH_RS_CODE_MODE_PRI	53
#define DTV_ATSCMH_RS_CODE_MODE_SEC	54
#define DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_BLOCK_MODE	55
#define DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_A	56
#define DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_B	57
#define DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_C	58
#define DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_D	59

#define DTV_INTERLEAVING			60
#define DTV_LNA					61

/* Quality parameters */
#define DTV_STAT_SIGNAL_STRENGTH	62
#define DTV_STAT_CNR			63
#define DTV_STAT_PRE_ERROR_BIT_COUNT	64
#define DTV_STAT_PRE_TOTAL_BIT_COUNT	65
#define DTV_STAT_POST_ERROR_BIT_COUNT	66
#define DTV_STAT_POST_TOTAL_BIT_COUNT	67
#define DTV_STAT_ERROR_BLOCK_COUNT	68
#define DTV_STAT_TOTAL_BLOCK_COUNT	69

/* Physical layer scrambling */
#define DTV_SCRAMBLING_SEQUENCE_INDEX	70

#define DTV_MAX_COMMAND		DTV_SCRAMBLING_SEQUENCE_INDEX

/**
 * enum fe_pilot - Type of pilot tone
 *
 * @PILOT_ON:	Pilot tones enabled
 * @PILOT_OFF:	Pilot tones disabled
 * @PILOT_AUTO:	Autodetect pilot tones
 */
enum fe_pilot {
	PILOT_ON,
	PILOT_OFF,
	PILOT_AUTO,
};

/**
 * enum fe_rolloff - Rolloff factor
 * @ROLLOFF_35:		Roloff factor: α=35%
 * @ROLLOFF_20:		Roloff factor: α=20%
 * @ROLLOFF_25:		Roloff factor: α=25%
 * @ROLLOFF_AUTO:	Auto-detect the roloff factor.
 *
 * .. note:
 *
 *    Roloff factor of 35% is implied on DVB-S. On DVB-S2, it is default.
 */
enum fe_rolloff {
	ROLLOFF_35,
	ROLLOFF_20,
	ROLLOFF_25,
	ROLLOFF_AUTO,
};

/**
 * enum fe_delivery_system - Type of the delivery system
 *
 * @SYS_UNDEFINED:
 *	Undefined standard. Generally, indicates an error
 * @SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_A:
 *	Cable TV: DVB-C following ITU-T J.83 Annex A spec
 * @SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_B:
 *	Cable TV: DVB-C following ITU-T J.83 Annex B spec (ClearQAM)
 * @SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_C:
 *	Cable TV: DVB-C following ITU-T J.83 Annex C spec
 * @SYS_ISDBC:
 *	Cable TV: ISDB-C (no drivers yet)
 * @SYS_DVBT:
 *	Terrestrial TV: DVB-T
 * @SYS_DVBT2:
 *	Terrestrial TV: DVB-T2
 * @SYS_ISDBT:
 *	Terrestrial TV: ISDB-T
 * @SYS_ATSC:
 *	Terrestrial TV: ATSC
 * @SYS_ATSCMH:
 *	Terrestrial TV (mobile): ATSC-M/H
 * @SYS_DTMB:
 *	Terrestrial TV: DTMB
 * @SYS_DVBS:
 *	Satellite TV: DVB-S
 * @SYS_DVBS2:
 *	Satellite TV: DVB-S2
 * @SYS_TURBO:
 *	Satellite TV: DVB-S Turbo
 * @SYS_ISDBS:
 *	Satellite TV: ISDB-S
 * @SYS_DAB:
 *	Digital audio: DAB (not fully supported)
 * @SYS_DSS:
 *	Satellite TV: DSS (not fully supported)
 * @SYS_CMMB:
 *	Terrestrial TV (mobile): CMMB (not fully supported)
 * @SYS_DVBH:
 *	Terrestrial TV (mobile): DVB-H (standard deprecated)
 */
enum fe_delivery_system {
	SYS_UNDEFINED,
	SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_A,
	SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_B,
	SYS_DVBT,
	SYS_DSS,
	SYS_DVBS,
	SYS_DVBS2,
	SYS_DVBH,
	SYS_ISDBT,
	SYS_ISDBS,
	SYS_ISDBC,
	SYS_ATSC,
	SYS_ATSCMH,
	SYS_DTMB,
	SYS_CMMB,
	SYS_DAB,
	SYS_DVBT2,
	SYS_TURBO,
	SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_C,
};

/* backward compatibility definitions for delivery systems */
#define SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_AC	SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_A
#define SYS_DMBTH		SYS_DTMB /* DMB-TH is legacy name, use DTMB */

/* ATSC-MH specific parameters */

/**
 * enum atscmh_sccc_block_mode - Type of Series Concatenated Convolutional
 *				 Code Block Mode.
 *
 * @ATSCMH_SCCC_BLK_SEP:
 *	Separate SCCC: the SCCC outer code mode shall be set independently
 *	for each Group Region (A, B, C, D)
 * @ATSCMH_SCCC_BLK_COMB:
 *	Combined SCCC: all four Regions shall have the same SCCC outer
 *	code mode.
 * @ATSCMH_SCCC_BLK_RES:
 *	Reserved. Shouldn't be used.
 */
enum atscmh_sccc_block_mode {
	ATSCMH_SCCC_BLK_SEP      = 0,
	ATSCMH_SCCC_BLK_COMB     = 1,
	ATSCMH_SCCC_BLK_RES      = 2,
};

/**
 * enum atscmh_sccc_code_mode - Type of Series Concatenated Convolutional
 *				Code Rate.
 *
 * @ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_HLF:
 *	The outer code rate of a SCCC Block is 1/2 rate.
 * @ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_QTR:
 *	The outer code rate of a SCCC Block is 1/4 rate.
 * @ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_RES:
 *	Reserved. Should not be used.
 */
enum atscmh_sccc_code_mode {
	ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_HLF     = 0,
	ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_QTR     = 1,
	ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_RES     = 2,
};

/**
 * enum atscmh_rs_frame_ensemble - Reed Solomon(RS) frame ensemble.
 *
 * @ATSCMH_RSFRAME_ENS_PRI:	Primary Ensemble.
 * @ATSCMH_RSFRAME_ENS_SEC:	Secondary Ensemble.
 */
enum atscmh_rs_frame_ensemble {
	ATSCMH_RSFRAME_ENS_PRI   = 0,
	ATSCMH_RSFRAME_ENS_SEC   = 1,
};

/**
 * enum atscmh_rs_frame_mode - Reed Solomon (RS) frame mode.
 *
 * @ATSCMH_RSFRAME_PRI_ONLY:
 *	Single Frame: There is only a primary RS Frame for all Group
 *	Regions.
 * @ATSCMH_RSFRAME_PRI_SEC:
 *	Dual Frame: There are two separate RS Frames: Primary RS Frame for
 *	Group Region A and B and Secondary RS Frame for Group Region C and
 *	D.
 * @ATSCMH_RSFRAME_RES:
 *	Reserved. Shouldn't be used.
 */
enum atscmh_rs_frame_mode {
	ATSCMH_RSFRAME_PRI_ONLY  = 0,
	ATSCMH_RSFRAME_PRI_SEC   = 1,
	ATSCMH_RSFRAME_RES       = 2,
};

/**
 * enum atscmh_rs_code_mode
 * @ATSCMH_RSCODE_211_187:	Reed Solomon code (211,187).
 * @ATSCMH_RSCODE_223_187:	Reed Solomon code (223,187).
 * @ATSCMH_RSCODE_235_187:	Reed Solomon code (235,187).
 * @ATSCMH_RSCODE_RES:		Reserved. Shouldn't be used.
 */
enum atscmh_rs_code_mode {
	ATSCMH_RSCODE_211_187    = 0,
	ATSCMH_RSCODE_223_187    = 1,
	ATSCMH_RSCODE_235_187    = 2,
	ATSCMH_RSCODE_RES        = 3,
};

#define NO_STREAM_ID_FILTER	(~0U)
#define LNA_AUTO                (~0U)

/**
 * enum fecap_scale_params - scale types for the quality parameters.
 *
 * @FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE: That QoS measure is not available. That
 *			    could indicate a temporary or a permanent
 *			    condition.
 * @FE_SCALE_DECIBEL: The scale is measured in 0.001 dB steps, typically
 *		      used on signal measures.
 * @FE_SCALE_RELATIVE: The scale is a relative percentual measure,
 *		       ranging from 0 (0%) to 0xffff (100%).
 * @FE_SCALE_COUNTER: The scale counts the occurrence of an event, like
 *		      bit error, block error, lapsed time.
 */
enum fecap_scale_params {
	FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE = 0,
	FE_SCALE_DECIBEL,
	FE_SCALE_RELATIVE,
	FE_SCALE_COUNTER
};

/**
 * struct dtv_stats - Used for reading a DTV status property
 *
 * @scale:
 *	Filled with enum fecap_scale_params - the scale in usage
 *	for that parameter
 *
 * @svalue:
 *	integer value of the measure, for %FE_SCALE_DECIBEL,
 *	used for dB measures. The unit is 0.001 dB.
 *
 * @uvalue:
 *	unsigned integer value of the measure, used when @scale is
 *	either %FE_SCALE_RELATIVE or %FE_SCALE_COUNTER.
 *
 * For most delivery systems, this will return a single value for each
 * parameter.
 *
 * It should be noticed, however, that new OFDM delivery systems like
 * ISDB can use different modulation types for each group of carriers.
 * On such standards, up to 8 groups of statistics can be provided, one
 * for each carrier group (called "layer" on ISDB).
 *
 * In order to be consistent with other delivery systems, the first
 * value refers to the entire set of carriers ("global").
 *
 * @scale should use the value %FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE when
 * the value for the entire group of carriers or from one specific layer
 * is not provided by the hardware.
 *
 * @len should be filled with the latest filled status + 1.
 *
 * In other words, for ISDB, those values should be filled like::
 *
 *	u.st.stat.svalue[0] = global statistics;
 *	u.st.stat.scale[0] = FE_SCALE_DECIBEL;
 *	u.st.stat.value[1] = layer A statistics;
 *	u.st.stat.scale[1] = FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE (if not available);
 *	u.st.stat.svalue[2] = layer B statistics;
 *	u.st.stat.scale[2] = FE_SCALE_DECIBEL;
 *	u.st.stat.svalue[3] = layer C statistics;
 *	u.st.stat.scale[3] = FE_SCALE_DECIBEL;
 *	u.st.len = 4;
 */
struct dtv_stats {
	__u8 scale;	/* enum fecap_scale_params type */
	union {
		__u64 uvalue;	/* for counters and relative scales */
		__s64 svalue;	/* for 0.001 dB measures */
	};
} __attribute__ ((packed));


#define MAX_DTV_STATS   4

/**
 * struct dtv_fe_stats - store Digital TV frontend statistics
 *
 * @len:	length of the statistics - if zero, stats is disabled.
 * @stat:	array with digital TV statistics.
 *
 * On most standards, @len can either be 0 or 1. However, for ISDB, each
 * layer is modulated in separate. So, each layer may have its own set
 * of statistics. If so, stat[0] carries on a global value for the property.
 * Indexes 1 to 3 means layer A to B.
 */
struct dtv_fe_stats {
	__u8 len;
	struct dtv_stats stat[MAX_DTV_STATS];
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/**
 * struct dtv_property - store one of frontend command and its value
 *
 * @cmd:		Digital TV command.
 * @reserved:		Not used.
 * @u:			Union with the values for the command.
 * @u.data:		A unsigned 32 bits integer with command value.
 * @u.buffer:		Struct to store bigger properties.
 *			Currently unused.
 * @u.buffer.data:	an unsigned 32-bits array.
 * @u.buffer.len:	number of elements of the buffer.
 * @u.buffer.reserved1:	Reserved.
 * @u.buffer.reserved2:	Reserved.
 * @u.st:		a &struct dtv_fe_stats array of statistics.
 * @result:		Currently unused.
 *
 */
struct dtv_property {
	__u32 cmd;
	__u32 reserved[3];
	union {
		__u32 data;
		struct dtv_fe_stats st;
		struct {
			__u8 data[32];
			__u32 len;
			__u32 reserved1[3];
			void *reserved2;
		} buffer;
	} u;
	int result;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* num of properties cannot exceed DTV_IOCTL_MAX_MSGS per ioctl */
#define DTV_IOCTL_MAX_MSGS 64

/**
 * struct dtv_properties - a set of command/value pairs.
 *
 * @num:	amount of commands stored at the struct.
 * @props:	a pointer to &struct dtv_property.
 */
struct dtv_properties {
	__u32 num;
	struct dtv_property *props;
};

/*
 * When set, this flag will disable any zigzagging or other "normal" tuning
 * behavior. Additionally, there will be no automatic monitoring of the lock
 * status, and hence no frontend events will be generated. If a frontend device
 * is closed, this flag will be automatically turned off when the device is
 * reopened read-write.
 */
#define FE_TUNE_MODE_ONESHOT 0x01

/* Digital TV Frontend API calls */

#define FE_GET_INFO		   _IOR('o', 61, struct dvb_frontend_info)

#define FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD   _IO('o', 62)
#define FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD  _IOW('o', 63, struct dvb_diseqc_master_cmd)
#define FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY _IOR('o', 64, struct dvb_diseqc_slave_reply)
#define FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST       _IO('o', 65)  /* fe_sec_mini_cmd_t */

#define FE_SET_TONE		   _IO('o', 66)  /* fe_sec_tone_mode_t */
#define FE_SET_VOLTAGE		   _IO('o', 67)  /* fe_sec_voltage_t */
#define FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE _IO('o', 68)  /* int */

#define FE_READ_STATUS		   _IOR('o', 69, fe_status_t)
#define FE_READ_BER		   _IOR('o', 70, __u32)
#define FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH    _IOR('o', 71, __u16)
#define FE_READ_SNR		   _IOR('o', 72, __u16)
#define FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS _IOR('o', 73, __u32)

#define FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE  _IO('o', 81) /* unsigned int */
#define FE_GET_EVENT		   _IOR('o', 78, struct dvb_frontend_event)

#define FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD _IO('o', 80) /* unsigned int */

#define FE_SET_PROPERTY		   _IOW('o', 82, struct dtv_properties)
#define FE_GET_PROPERTY		   _IOR('o', 83, struct dtv_properties)


/*
 * DEPRECATED: Everything below is deprecated in favor of DVBv5 API
 *
 * The DVBv3 only ioctls, structs and enums should not be used on
 * newer programs, as it doesn't support the second generation of
 * digital TV standards, nor supports newer delivery systems.
 * They also don't support modern frontends with usually support multiple
 * delivery systems.
 *
 * Drivers shouldn't use them.
 *
 * New applications should use DVBv5 delivery system instead
 */

/*
 */

enum fe_bandwidth {
	BANDWIDTH_8_MHZ,
	BANDWIDTH_7_MHZ,
	BANDWIDTH_6_MHZ,
	BANDWIDTH_AUTO,
	BANDWIDTH_5_MHZ,
	BANDWIDTH_10_MHZ,
	BANDWIDTH_1_712_MHZ,
};

/* This is kept for legacy userspace support */
typedef enum fe_sec_voltage fe_sec_voltage_t;
typedef enum fe_caps fe_caps_t;
typedef enum fe_type fe_type_t;
typedef enum fe_sec_tone_mode fe_sec_tone_mode_t;
typedef enum fe_sec_mini_cmd fe_sec_mini_cmd_t;
typedef enum fe_status fe_status_t;
typedef enum fe_spectral_inversion fe_spectral_inversion_t;
typedef enum fe_code_rate fe_code_rate_t;
typedef enum fe_modulation fe_modulation_t;
typedef enum fe_transmit_mode fe_transmit_mode_t;
typedef enum fe_bandwidth fe_bandwidth_t;
typedef enum fe_guard_interval fe_guard_interval_t;
typedef enum fe_hierarchy fe_hierarchy_t;
typedef enum fe_pilot fe_pilot_t;
typedef enum fe_rolloff fe_rolloff_t;
typedef enum fe_delivery_system fe_delivery_system_t;

/* DVBv3 structs */

struct dvb_qpsk_parameters {
	__u32		symbol_rate;  /* symbol rate in Symbols per second */
	fe_code_rate_t	fec_inner;    /* forward error correction (see above) */
};

struct dvb_qam_parameters {
	__u32		symbol_rate; /* symbol rate in Symbols per second */
	fe_code_rate_t	fec_inner;   /* forward error correction (see above) */
	fe_modulation_t	modulation;  /* modulation type (see above) */
};

struct dvb_vsb_parameters {
	fe_modulation_t	modulation;  /* modulation type (see above) */
};

struct dvb_ofdm_parameters {
	fe_bandwidth_t      bandwidth;
	fe_code_rate_t      code_rate_HP;  /* high priority stream code rate */
	fe_code_rate_t      code_rate_LP;  /* low priority stream code rate */
	fe_modulation_t     constellation; /* modulation type (see above) */
	fe_transmit_mode_t  transmission_mode;
	fe_guard_interval_t guard_interval;
	fe_hierarchy_t      hierarchy_information;
};

struct dvb_frontend_parameters {
	__u32 frequency;  /* (absolute) frequency in Hz for DVB-C/DVB-T/ATSC */
			  /* intermediate frequency in kHz for DVB-S */
	fe_spectral_inversion_t inversion;
	union {
		struct dvb_qpsk_parameters qpsk;	/* DVB-S */
		struct dvb_qam_parameters  qam;		/* DVB-C */
		struct dvb_ofdm_parameters ofdm;	/* DVB-T */
		struct dvb_vsb_parameters vsb;		/* ATSC */
	} u;
};

struct dvb_frontend_event {
	fe_status_t status;
	struct dvb_frontend_parameters parameters;
};

/* DVBv3 API calls */

#define FE_SET_FRONTEND		   _IOW('o', 76, struct dvb_frontend_parameters)
#define FE_GET_FRONTEND		   _IOR('o', 77, struct dvb_frontend_parameters)


#endif /*_DVBFRONTEND_H_*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_BPF_COMMON_H__
#define __LINUX_BPF_COMMON_H__

/* Instruction classes */
#define BPF_CLASS(code) ((code) & 0x07)
#define		BPF_LD		0x00
#define		BPF_LDX		0x01
#define		BPF_ST		0x02
#define		BPF_STX		0x03
#define		BPF_ALU		0x04
#define		BPF_JMP		0x05
#define		BPF_RET		0x06
#define		BPF_MISC        0x07

/* ld/ldx fields */
#define BPF_SIZE(code)  ((code) & 0x18)
#define		BPF_W		0x00 /* 32-bit */
#define		BPF_H		0x08 /* 16-bit */
#define		BPF_B		0x10 /*  8-bit */
/* eBPF		BPF_DW		0x18    64-bit */
#define BPF_MODE(code)  ((code) & 0xe0)
#define		BPF_IMM		0x00
#define		BPF_ABS		0x20
#define		BPF_IND		0x40
#define		BPF_MEM		0x60
#define		BPF_LEN		0x80
#define		BPF_MSH		0xa0

/* alu/jmp fields */
#define BPF_OP(code)    ((code) & 0xf0)
#define		BPF_ADD		0x00
#define		BPF_SUB		0x10
#define		BPF_MUL		0x20
#define		BPF_DIV		0x30
#define		BPF_OR		0x40
#define		BPF_AND		0x50
#define		BPF_LSH		0x60
#define		BPF_RSH		0x70
#define		BPF_NEG		0x80
#define		BPF_MOD		0x90
#define		BPF_XOR		0xa0

#define		BPF_JA		0x00
#define		BPF_JEQ		0x10
#define		BPF_JGT		0x20
#define		BPF_JGE		0x30
#define		BPF_JSET        0x40
#define BPF_SRC(code)   ((code) & 0x08)
#define		BPF_K		0x00
#define		BPF_X		0x08

#ifndef BPF_MAXINSNS
#define BPF_MAXINSNS 4096
#endif

#endif /* __LINUX_BPF_COMMON_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_MAGIC_H__
#define __LINUX_MAGIC_H__

#define ADFS_SUPER_MAGIC	0xadf5
#define AFFS_SUPER_MAGIC	0xadff
#define AFS_SUPER_MAGIC                0x5346414F
#define AUTOFS_SUPER_MAGIC	0x0187
#define CODA_SUPER_MAGIC	0x73757245
#define CRAMFS_MAGIC		0x28cd3d45	/* some random number */
#define CRAMFS_MAGIC_WEND	0x453dcd28	/* magic number with the wrong endianess */
#define DEBUGFS_MAGIC          0x64626720
#define SECURITYFS_MAGIC	0x73636673
#define SELINUX_MAGIC		0xf97cff8c
#define SMACK_MAGIC		0x43415d53	/* "SMAC" */
#define RAMFS_MAGIC		0x858458f6	/* some random number */
#define TMPFS_MAGIC		0x01021994
#define HUGETLBFS_MAGIC 	0x958458f6	/* some random number */
#define SQUASHFS_MAGIC		0x73717368
#define ECRYPTFS_SUPER_MAGIC	0xf15f
#define EFS_SUPER_MAGIC		0x414A53
#define EXT2_SUPER_MAGIC	0xEF53
#define EXT3_SUPER_MAGIC	0xEF53
#define XENFS_SUPER_MAGIC	0xabba1974
#define EXT4_SUPER_MAGIC	0xEF53
#define BTRFS_SUPER_MAGIC	0x9123683E
#define NILFS_SUPER_MAGIC	0x3434
#define F2FS_SUPER_MAGIC	0xF2F52010
#define HPFS_SUPER_MAGIC	0xf995e849
#define ISOFS_SUPER_MAGIC	0x9660
#define JFFS2_SUPER_MAGIC	0x72b6
#define XFS_SUPER_MAGIC		0x58465342	/* "XFSB" */
#define PSTOREFS_MAGIC		0x6165676C
#define EFIVARFS_MAGIC		0xde5e81e4
#define HOSTFS_SUPER_MAGIC	0x00c0ffee
#define OVERLAYFS_SUPER_MAGIC	0x794c7630

#define MINIX_SUPER_MAGIC	0x137F		/* minix v1 fs, 14 char names */
#define MINIX_SUPER_MAGIC2	0x138F		/* minix v1 fs, 30 char names */
#define MINIX2_SUPER_MAGIC	0x2468		/* minix v2 fs, 14 char names */
#define MINIX2_SUPER_MAGIC2	0x2478		/* minix v2 fs, 30 char names */
#define MINIX3_SUPER_MAGIC	0x4d5a		/* minix v3 fs, 60 char names */

#define MSDOS_SUPER_MAGIC	0x4d44		/* MD */
#define NCP_SUPER_MAGIC		0x564c		/* Guess, what 0x564c is :-) */
#define NFS_SUPER_MAGIC		0x6969
#define OCFS2_SUPER_MAGIC	0x7461636f
#define OPENPROM_SUPER_MAGIC	0x9fa1
#define QNX4_SUPER_MAGIC	0x002f		/* qnx4 fs detection */
#define QNX6_SUPER_MAGIC	0x68191122	/* qnx6 fs detection */
#define AFS_FS_MAGIC		0x6B414653

#define REISERFS_SUPER_MAGIC	0x52654973	/* used by gcc */
					/* used by file system utilities that
	                                   look at the superblock, etc.  */
#define REISERFS_SUPER_MAGIC_STRING	"ReIsErFs"
#define REISER2FS_SUPER_MAGIC_STRING	"ReIsEr2Fs"
#define REISER2FS_JR_SUPER_MAGIC_STRING	"ReIsEr3Fs"

#define SMB_SUPER_MAGIC		0x517B
#define CGROUP_SUPER_MAGIC	0x27e0eb
#define CGROUP2_SUPER_MAGIC	0x63677270

#define RDTGROUP_SUPER_MAGIC	0x7655821

#define STACK_END_MAGIC		0x57AC6E9D

#define TRACEFS_MAGIC          0x74726163

#define V9FS_MAGIC		0x01021997

#define BDEVFS_MAGIC            0x62646576
#define DAXFS_MAGIC             0x64646178
#define BINFMTFS_MAGIC          0x42494e4d
#define DEVPTS_SUPER_MAGIC	0x1cd1
#define FUTEXFS_SUPER_MAGIC	0xBAD1DEA
#define PIPEFS_MAGIC            0x50495045
#define PROC_SUPER_MAGIC	0x9fa0
#define SOCKFS_MAGIC		0x534F434B
#define SYSFS_MAGIC		0x62656572
#define USBDEVICE_SUPER_MAGIC	0x9fa2
#define MTD_INODE_FS_MAGIC      0x11307854
#define ANON_INODE_FS_MAGIC	0x09041934
#define BTRFS_TEST_MAGIC	0x73727279
#define NSFS_MAGIC		0x6e736673
#define BPF_FS_MAGIC		0xcafe4a11
#define AAFS_MAGIC		0x5a3c69f0

/* Since UDF 2.01 is ISO 13346 based... */
#define UDF_SUPER_MAGIC		0x15013346
#define BALLOON_KVM_MAGIC	0x13661366
#define ZSMALLOC_MAGIC		0x58295829
#define DMA_BUF_MAGIC		0x444d4142	/* "DMAB" */
#define PPC_CMM_MAGIC		0xc7571590

#endif /* __LINUX_MAGIC_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * File: if_phonet.h
 *
 * Phonet interface kernel definitions
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2008 Nokia Corporation. All rights reserved.
 */
#ifndef LINUX_IF_PHONET_H
#define LINUX_IF_PHONET_H

#define PHONET_MIN_MTU		6	/* pn_length = 0 */
#define PHONET_MAX_MTU		65541	/* pn_length = 0xffff */
#define PHONET_DEV_MTU		PHONET_MAX_MTU


#endif /* LINUX_IF_PHONET_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
/*
 * Intel Speed Select Interface: OS to hardware Interface
 * Copyright (c) 2019, Intel Corporation.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Author: Srinivas Pandruvada <srinivas.pandruvada@linux.intel.com>
 */

#ifndef __ISST_IF_H
#define __ISST_IF_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/**
 * struct isst_if_platform_info - Define platform information
 * @api_version:	Version of the firmware document, which this driver
 *			can communicate
 * @driver_version:	Driver version, which will help user to send right
 *			commands. Even if the firmware is capable, driver may
 *			not be ready
 * @max_cmds_per_ioctl:	Returns the maximum number of commands driver will
 *			accept in a single ioctl
 * @mbox_supported:	Support of mail box interface
 * @mmio_supported:	Support of mmio interface for core-power feature
 *
 * Used to return output of IOCTL ISST_IF_GET_PLATFORM_INFO. This
 * information can be used by the user space, to get the driver, firmware
 * support and also number of commands to send in a single IOCTL request.
 */
struct isst_if_platform_info {
	__u16 api_version;
	__u16 driver_version;
	__u16 max_cmds_per_ioctl;
	__u8 mbox_supported;
	__u8 mmio_supported;
};

/**
 * struct isst_if_cpu_map - CPU mapping between logical and physical CPU
 * @logical_cpu:	Linux logical CPU number
 * @physical_cpu:	PUNIT CPU number
 *
 * Used to convert from Linux logical CPU to PUNIT CPU numbering scheme.
 * The PUNIT CPU number is different than APIC ID based CPU numbering.
 */
struct isst_if_cpu_map {
	__u32 logical_cpu;
	__u32 physical_cpu;
};

/**
 * struct isst_if_cpu_maps - structure for CPU map IOCTL
 * @cmd_count:	Number of CPU mapping command in cpu_map[]
 * @cpu_map[]:	Holds one or more CPU map data structure
 *
 * This structure used with ioctl ISST_IF_GET_PHY_ID to send
 * one or more CPU mapping commands. Here IOCTL return value indicates
 * number of commands sent or error number if no commands have been sent.
 */
struct isst_if_cpu_maps {
	__u32 cmd_count;
	struct isst_if_cpu_map cpu_map[1];
};

/**
 * struct isst_if_io_reg - Read write PUNIT IO register
 * @read_write:		Value 0: Read, 1: Write
 * @logical_cpu:	Logical CPU number to get target PCI device.
 * @reg:		PUNIT register offset
 * @value:		For write operation value to write and for
 *			for read placeholder read value
 *
 * Structure to specify read/write data to PUNIT registers.
 */
struct isst_if_io_reg {
	__u32 read_write; /* Read:0, Write:1 */
	__u32 logical_cpu;
	__u32 reg;
	__u32 value;
};

/**
 * struct isst_if_io_regs - structure for IO register commands
 * @cmd_count:	Number of io reg commands in io_reg[]
 * @io_reg[]:	Holds one or more io_reg command structure
 *
 * This structure used with ioctl ISST_IF_IO_CMD to send
 * one or more read/write commands to PUNIT. Here IOCTL return value
 * indicates number of requests sent or error number if no requests have
 * been sent.
 */
struct isst_if_io_regs {
	__u32 req_count;
	struct isst_if_io_reg io_reg[1];
};

/**
 * struct isst_if_mbox_cmd - Structure to define mail box command
 * @logical_cpu:	Logical CPU number to get target PCI device
 * @parameter:		Mailbox parameter value
 * @req_data:		Request data for the mailbox
 * @resp_data:		Response data for mailbox command response
 * @command:		Mailbox command value
 * @sub_command:	Mailbox sub command value
 * @reserved:		Unused, set to 0
 *
 * Structure to specify mailbox command to be sent to PUNIT.
 */
struct isst_if_mbox_cmd {
	__u32 logical_cpu;
	__u32 parameter;
	__u32 req_data;
	__u32 resp_data;
	__u16 command;
	__u16 sub_command;
	__u32 reserved;
};

/**
 * struct isst_if_mbox_cmds - structure for mailbox commands
 * @cmd_count:	Number of mailbox commands in mbox_cmd[]
 * @mbox_cmd[]:	Holds one or more mbox commands
 *
 * This structure used with ioctl ISST_IF_MBOX_COMMAND to send
 * one or more mailbox commands to PUNIT. Here IOCTL return value
 * indicates number of commands sent or error number if no commands have
 * been sent.
 */
struct isst_if_mbox_cmds {
	__u32 cmd_count;
	struct isst_if_mbox_cmd mbox_cmd[1];
};

/**
 * struct isst_if_msr_cmd - Structure to define msr command
 * @read_write:		Value 0: Read, 1: Write
 * @logical_cpu:	Logical CPU number
 * @msr:		MSR number
 * @data:		For write operation, data to write, for read
 *			place holder
 *
 * Structure to specify MSR command related to PUNIT.
 */
struct isst_if_msr_cmd {
	__u32 read_write; /* Read:0, Write:1 */
	__u32 logical_cpu;
	__u64 msr;
	__u64 data;
};

/**
 * struct isst_if_msr_cmds - structure for msr commands
 * @cmd_count:	Number of mailbox commands in msr_cmd[]
 * @msr_cmd[]:	Holds one or more msr commands
 *
 * This structure used with ioctl ISST_IF_MSR_COMMAND to send
 * one or more MSR commands. IOCTL return value indicates number of
 * commands sent or error number if no commands have been sent.
 */
struct isst_if_msr_cmds {
	__u32 cmd_count;
	struct isst_if_msr_cmd msr_cmd[1];
};

#define ISST_IF_MAGIC			0xFE
#define ISST_IF_GET_PLATFORM_INFO	_IOR(ISST_IF_MAGIC, 0, struct isst_if_platform_info *)
#define ISST_IF_GET_PHY_ID		_IOWR(ISST_IF_MAGIC, 1, struct isst_if_cpu_map *)
#define ISST_IF_IO_CMD		_IOW(ISST_IF_MAGIC, 2, struct isst_if_io_regs *)
#define ISST_IF_MBOX_COMMAND	_IOWR(ISST_IF_MAGIC, 3, struct isst_if_mbox_cmds *)
#define ISST_IF_MSR_COMMAND	_IOWR(ISST_IF_MAGIC, 4, struct isst_if_msr_cmds *)
#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * ipmi_smi.h
 *
 * MontaVista IPMI system management interface
 *
 * Author: MontaVista Software, Inc.
 *         Corey Minyard <minyard@mvista.com>
 *         source@mvista.com
 *
 * Copyright 2002 MontaVista Software Inc.
 *
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_IPMI_MSGDEFS_H
#define __LINUX_IPMI_MSGDEFS_H

/* Various definitions for IPMI messages used by almost everything in
   the IPMI stack. */

/* NetFNs and commands used inside the IPMI stack. */

#define IPMI_NETFN_SENSOR_EVENT_REQUEST		0x04
#define IPMI_NETFN_SENSOR_EVENT_RESPONSE	0x05
#define IPMI_GET_EVENT_RECEIVER_CMD	0x01

#define IPMI_NETFN_APP_REQUEST			0x06
#define IPMI_NETFN_APP_RESPONSE			0x07
#define IPMI_GET_DEVICE_ID_CMD		0x01
#define IPMI_COLD_RESET_CMD		0x02
#define IPMI_WARM_RESET_CMD		0x03
#define IPMI_CLEAR_MSG_FLAGS_CMD	0x30
#define IPMI_GET_DEVICE_GUID_CMD	0x08
#define IPMI_GET_MSG_FLAGS_CMD		0x31
#define IPMI_SEND_MSG_CMD		0x34
#define IPMI_GET_MSG_CMD		0x33
#define IPMI_SET_BMC_GLOBAL_ENABLES_CMD	0x2e
#define IPMI_GET_BMC_GLOBAL_ENABLES_CMD	0x2f
#define IPMI_READ_EVENT_MSG_BUFFER_CMD	0x35
#define IPMI_GET_CHANNEL_INFO_CMD	0x42

/* Bit for BMC global enables. */
#define IPMI_BMC_RCV_MSG_INTR     0x01
#define IPMI_BMC_EVT_MSG_INTR     0x02
#define IPMI_BMC_EVT_MSG_BUFF     0x04
#define IPMI_BMC_SYS_LOG          0x08

#define IPMI_NETFN_STORAGE_REQUEST		0x0a
#define IPMI_NETFN_STORAGE_RESPONSE		0x0b
#define IPMI_ADD_SEL_ENTRY_CMD		0x44

#define IPMI_NETFN_FIRMWARE_REQUEST		0x08
#define IPMI_NETFN_FIRMWARE_RESPONSE		0x09

/* The default slave address */
#define IPMI_BMC_SLAVE_ADDR	0x20

/* The BT interface on high-end HP systems supports up to 255 bytes in
 * one transfer.  Its "virtual" BMC supports some commands that are longer
 * than 128 bytes.  Use the full 256, plus NetFn/LUN, Cmd, cCode, plus
 * some overhead; it's not worth the effort to dynamically size this based
 * on the results of the "Get BT Capabilities" command. */
#define IPMI_MAX_MSG_LENGTH	272	/* multiple of 16 */

#define IPMI_CC_NO_ERROR		0x00
#define IPMI_NODE_BUSY_ERR		0xc0
#define IPMI_INVALID_COMMAND_ERR	0xc1
#define IPMI_TIMEOUT_ERR		0xc3
#define IPMI_ERR_MSG_TRUNCATED		0xc6
#define IPMI_REQ_LEN_INVALID_ERR	0xc7
#define IPMI_REQ_LEN_EXCEEDED_ERR	0xc8
#define IPMI_DEVICE_IN_FW_UPDATE_ERR	0xd1
#define IPMI_DEVICE_IN_INIT_ERR		0xd2
#define IPMI_NOT_IN_MY_STATE_ERR	0xd5	/* IPMI 2.0 */
#define IPMI_LOST_ARBITRATION_ERR	0x81
#define IPMI_BUS_ERR			0x82
#define IPMI_NAK_ON_WRITE_ERR		0x83
#define IPMI_ERR_UNSPECIFIED		0xff

#define IPMI_CHANNEL_PROTOCOL_IPMB	1
#define IPMI_CHANNEL_PROTOCOL_ICMB	2
#define IPMI_CHANNEL_PROTOCOL_SMBUS	4
#define IPMI_CHANNEL_PROTOCOL_KCS	5
#define IPMI_CHANNEL_PROTOCOL_SMIC	6
#define IPMI_CHANNEL_PROTOCOL_BT10	7
#define IPMI_CHANNEL_PROTOCOL_BT15	8
#define IPMI_CHANNEL_PROTOCOL_TMODE	9

#define IPMI_CHANNEL_MEDIUM_IPMB	1
#define IPMI_CHANNEL_MEDIUM_ICMB10	2
#define IPMI_CHANNEL_MEDIUM_ICMB09	3
#define IPMI_CHANNEL_MEDIUM_8023LAN	4
#define IPMI_CHANNEL_MEDIUM_ASYNC	5
#define IPMI_CHANNEL_MEDIUM_OTHER_LAN	6
#define IPMI_CHANNEL_MEDIUM_PCI_SMBUS	7
#define IPMI_CHANNEL_MEDIUM_SMBUS1	8
#define IPMI_CHANNEL_MEDIUM_SMBUS2	9
#define IPMI_CHANNEL_MEDIUM_USB1	10
#define IPMI_CHANNEL_MEDIUM_USB2	11
#define IPMI_CHANNEL_MEDIUM_SYSINTF	12
#define IPMI_CHANNEL_MEDIUM_OEM_MIN	0x60
#define IPMI_CHANNEL_MEDIUM_OEM_MAX	0x7f

#endif /* __LINUX_IPMI_MSGDEFS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * cn_proc.h - process events connector
 *
 * Copyright (C) Matt Helsley, IBM Corp. 2005
 * Based on cn_fork.h by Nguyen Anh Quynh and Guillaume Thouvenin
 * Copyright (C) 2005 Nguyen Anh Quynh <aquynh@gmail.com>
 * Copyright (C) 2005 Guillaume Thouvenin <guillaume.thouvenin@bull.net>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but
 * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 */

#ifndef CN_PROC_H
#define CN_PROC_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * Userspace sends this enum to register with the kernel that it is listening
 * for events on the connector.
 */
enum proc_cn_mcast_op {
	PROC_CN_MCAST_LISTEN = 1,
	PROC_CN_MCAST_IGNORE = 2
};

/*
 * From the user's point of view, the process
 * ID is the thread group ID and thread ID is the internal
 * kernel "pid". So, fields are assigned as follow:
 *
 *  In user space     -  In  kernel space
 *
 * parent process ID  =  parent->tgid
 * parent thread  ID  =  parent->pid
 * child  process ID  =  child->tgid
 * child  thread  ID  =  child->pid
 */

struct proc_event {
	enum what {
		/* Use successive bits so the enums can be used to record
		 * sets of events as well
		 */
		PROC_EVENT_NONE = 0x00000000,
		PROC_EVENT_FORK = 0x00000001,
		PROC_EVENT_EXEC = 0x00000002,
		PROC_EVENT_UID  = 0x00000004,
		PROC_EVENT_GID  = 0x00000040,
		PROC_EVENT_SID  = 0x00000080,
		PROC_EVENT_PTRACE = 0x00000100,
		PROC_EVENT_COMM = 0x00000200,
		/* "next" should be 0x00000400 */
		/* "last" is the last process event: exit,
		 * while "next to last" is coredumping event */
		PROC_EVENT_COREDUMP = 0x40000000,
		PROC_EVENT_EXIT = 0x80000000
	} what;
	__u32 cpu;
	__u64 __attribute__((aligned(8))) timestamp_ns;
		/* Number of nano seconds since system boot */
	union { /* must be last field of proc_event struct */
		struct {
			__u32 err;
		} ack;

		struct fork_proc_event {
			__kernel_pid_t parent_pid;
			__kernel_pid_t parent_tgid;
			__kernel_pid_t child_pid;
			__kernel_pid_t child_tgid;
		} fork;

		struct exec_proc_event {
			__kernel_pid_t process_pid;
			__kernel_pid_t process_tgid;
		} exec;

		struct id_proc_event {
			__kernel_pid_t process_pid;
			__kernel_pid_t process_tgid;
			union {
				__u32 ruid; /* task uid */
				__u32 rgid; /* task gid */
			} r;
			union {
				__u32 euid;
				__u32 egid;
			} e;
		} id;

		struct sid_proc_event {
			__kernel_pid_t process_pid;
			__kernel_pid_t process_tgid;
		} sid;

		struct ptrace_proc_event {
			__kernel_pid_t process_pid;
			__kernel_pid_t process_tgid;
			__kernel_pid_t tracer_pid;
			__kernel_pid_t tracer_tgid;
		} ptrace;

		struct comm_proc_event {
			__kernel_pid_t process_pid;
			__kernel_pid_t process_tgid;
			char           comm[16];
		} comm;

		struct coredump_proc_event {
			__kernel_pid_t process_pid;
			__kernel_pid_t process_tgid;
			__kernel_pid_t parent_pid;
			__kernel_pid_t parent_tgid;
		} coredump;

		struct exit_proc_event {
			__kernel_pid_t process_pid;
			__kernel_pid_t process_tgid;
			__u32 exit_code, exit_signal;
			__kernel_pid_t parent_pid;
			__kernel_pid_t parent_tgid;
		} exit;

	} event_data;
};

#endif /* CN_PROC_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/***************************************************************************
 * Linux PPP over X - Generic PPP transport layer sockets
 * Linux PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) Socket Implementation (RFC 2516) 
 *
 * This file supplies definitions required by the PPP over Ethernet driver
 * (pppox.c).  All version information wrt this file is located in pppox.c
 *
 * License:
 *		This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *		modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *		as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *		2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_IF_PPPOX_H
#define __LINUX_IF_PPPOX_H


#include <linux/types.h>
#include <asm/byteorder.h>

#include <linux/socket.h>
#include <linux/if.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>
#include <linux/if_pppol2tp.h>
#include <linux/in.h>
#include <linux/in6.h>

/* For user-space programs to pick up these definitions
 * which they wouldn't get otherwise without defining __KERNEL__
 */
#ifndef AF_PPPOX
#define AF_PPPOX	24
#define PF_PPPOX	AF_PPPOX
#endif /* !(AF_PPPOX) */

/************************************************************************ 
 * PPPoE addressing definition 
 */ 
typedef __be16 sid_t;
struct pppoe_addr {
	sid_t         sid;                    /* Session identifier */
	unsigned char remote[ETH_ALEN];       /* Remote address */
	char          dev[IFNAMSIZ];          /* Local device to use */
}; 
 
/************************************************************************ 
 * PPTP addressing definition
 */
struct pptp_addr {
	__u16		call_id;
	struct in_addr	sin_addr;
};

/************************************************************************
 * Protocols supported by AF_PPPOX
 */
#define PX_PROTO_OE    0 /* Currently just PPPoE */
#define PX_PROTO_OL2TP 1 /* Now L2TP also */
#define PX_PROTO_PPTP  2
#define PX_MAX_PROTO   3

struct sockaddr_pppox {
	__kernel_sa_family_t sa_family;       /* address family, AF_PPPOX */
	unsigned int    sa_protocol;          /* protocol identifier */
	union {
		struct pppoe_addr  pppoe;
		struct pptp_addr   pptp;
	} sa_addr;
} __attribute__((packed));

/* The use of the above union isn't viable because the size of this
 * struct must stay fixed over time -- applications use sizeof(struct
 * sockaddr_pppox) to fill it. We use a protocol specific sockaddr
 * type instead.
 */
struct sockaddr_pppol2tp {
	__kernel_sa_family_t sa_family; /* address family, AF_PPPOX */
	unsigned int    sa_protocol;    /* protocol identifier */
	struct pppol2tp_addr pppol2tp;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct sockaddr_pppol2tpin6 {
	__kernel_sa_family_t sa_family; /* address family, AF_PPPOX */
	unsigned int    sa_protocol;    /* protocol identifier */
	struct pppol2tpin6_addr pppol2tp;
} __attribute__((packed));

/* The L2TPv3 protocol changes tunnel and session ids from 16 to 32
 * bits. So we need a different sockaddr structure.
 */
struct sockaddr_pppol2tpv3 {
	__kernel_sa_family_t sa_family; /* address family, AF_PPPOX */
	unsigned int    sa_protocol;    /* protocol identifier */
	struct pppol2tpv3_addr pppol2tp;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct sockaddr_pppol2tpv3in6 {
	__kernel_sa_family_t sa_family; /* address family, AF_PPPOX */
	unsigned int    sa_protocol;    /* protocol identifier */
	struct pppol2tpv3in6_addr pppol2tp;
} __attribute__((packed));

/*********************************************************************
 *
 * ioctl interface for defining forwarding of connections
 *
 ********************************************************************/

#define PPPOEIOCSFWD	_IOW(0xB1 ,0, size_t)
#define PPPOEIOCDFWD	_IO(0xB1 ,1)
/*#define PPPOEIOCGFWD	_IOWR(0xB1,2, size_t)*/

/* Codes to identify message types */
#define PADI_CODE	0x09
#define PADO_CODE	0x07
#define PADR_CODE	0x19
#define PADS_CODE	0x65
#define PADT_CODE	0xa7
struct pppoe_tag {
	__be16 tag_type;
	__be16 tag_len;
	char tag_data[0];
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* Tag identifiers */
#define PTT_EOL		__cpu_to_be16(0x0000)
#define PTT_SRV_NAME	__cpu_to_be16(0x0101)
#define PTT_AC_NAME	__cpu_to_be16(0x0102)
#define PTT_HOST_UNIQ	__cpu_to_be16(0x0103)
#define PTT_AC_COOKIE	__cpu_to_be16(0x0104)
#define PTT_VENDOR 	__cpu_to_be16(0x0105)
#define PTT_RELAY_SID	__cpu_to_be16(0x0110)
#define PTT_SRV_ERR     __cpu_to_be16(0x0201)
#define PTT_SYS_ERR  	__cpu_to_be16(0x0202)
#define PTT_GEN_ERR  	__cpu_to_be16(0x0203)

struct pppoe_hdr {
#if defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8 type : 4;
	__u8 ver : 4;
#elif defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8 ver : 4;
	__u8 type : 4;
#else
#error	"Please fix <asm/byteorder.h>"
#endif
	__u8 code;
	__be16 sid;
	__be16 length;
	struct pppoe_tag tag[0];
} __attribute__((packed));

/* Length of entire PPPoE + PPP header */
#define PPPOE_SES_HLEN	8


#endif /* __LINUX_IF_PPPOX_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_MMAN_H
#define _LINUX_MMAN_H

#include <asm/mman.h>
#include <asm-generic/hugetlb_encode.h>

#define MREMAP_MAYMOVE	1
#define MREMAP_FIXED	2

#define OVERCOMMIT_GUESS		0
#define OVERCOMMIT_ALWAYS		1
#define OVERCOMMIT_NEVER		2

/*
 * Huge page size encoding when MAP_HUGETLB is specified, and a huge page
 * size other than the default is desired.  See hugetlb_encode.h.
 * All known huge page size encodings are provided here.  It is the
 * responsibility of the application to know which sizes are supported on
 * the running system.  See mmap(2) man page for details.
 */
#define MAP_HUGE_SHIFT	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_SHIFT
#define MAP_HUGE_MASK	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_MASK

#define MAP_HUGE_16KB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_16KB
#define MAP_HUGE_64KB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_64KB
#define MAP_HUGE_512KB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_512KB
#define MAP_HUGE_1MB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_1MB
#define MAP_HUGE_2MB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_2MB
#define MAP_HUGE_8MB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_8MB
#define MAP_HUGE_16MB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_16MB
#define MAP_HUGE_32MB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_32MB
#define MAP_HUGE_256MB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_256MB
#define MAP_HUGE_512MB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_512MB
#define MAP_HUGE_1GB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_1GB
#define MAP_HUGE_2GB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_2GB
#define MAP_HUGE_16GB	HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_16GB

#endif /* _LINUX_MMAN_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_SIGNAL_H
#define _LINUX_SIGNAL_H

#include <asm/signal.h>
#include <asm/siginfo.h>

#define SS_ONSTACK	1
#define SS_DISABLE	2

/* bit-flags */
#define SS_AUTODISARM	(1U << 31)	/* disable sas during sighandling */
/* mask for all SS_xxx flags */
#define SS_FLAG_BITS	SS_AUTODISARM

#endif /* _LINUX_SIGNAL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * INET		An implementation of the TCP/IP protocol suite for the LINUX
 *		operating system.  INET is implemented using the  BSD Socket
 *		interface as the means of communication with the user level.
 *
 *		Global definitions for the IP router interface.
 *
 * Version:	@(#)route.h	1.0.3	05/27/93
 *
 * Authors:	Original taken from Berkeley UNIX 4.3, (c) UCB 1986-1988
 *		for the purposes of compatibility only.
 *
 *		Fred N. van Kempen, <waltje@uWalt.NL.Mugnet.ORG>
 *
 * Changes:
 *              Mike McLagan    :       Routing by source
 *
 *		This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *		modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *		as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *		2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_ROUTE_H
#define _LINUX_ROUTE_H

#include <linux/if.h>


/* This structure gets passed by the SIOCADDRT and SIOCDELRT calls. */
struct rtentry {
	unsigned long	rt_pad1;
	struct sockaddr	rt_dst;		/* target address		*/
	struct sockaddr	rt_gateway;	/* gateway addr (RTF_GATEWAY)	*/
	struct sockaddr	rt_genmask;	/* target network mask (IP)	*/
	unsigned short	rt_flags;
	short		rt_pad2;
	unsigned long	rt_pad3;
	void		*rt_pad4;
	short		rt_metric;	/* +1 for binary compatibility!	*/
	char *rt_dev;	/* forcing the device at add	*/
	unsigned long	rt_mtu;		/* per route MTU/Window 	*/
#define rt_mss	rt_mtu			/* Compatibility :-(            */
	unsigned long	rt_window;	/* Window clamping 		*/
	unsigned short	rt_irtt;	/* Initial RTT			*/
};


#define	RTF_UP		0x0001		/* route usable		  	*/
#define	RTF_GATEWAY	0x0002		/* destination is a gateway	*/
#define	RTF_HOST	0x0004		/* host entry (net otherwise)	*/
#define RTF_REINSTATE	0x0008		/* reinstate route after tmout	*/
#define	RTF_DYNAMIC	0x0010		/* created dyn. (by redirect)	*/
#define	RTF_MODIFIED	0x0020		/* modified dyn. (by redirect)	*/
#define RTF_MTU		0x0040		/* specific MTU for this route	*/
#define RTF_MSS		RTF_MTU		/* Compatibility :-(		*/
#define RTF_WINDOW	0x0080		/* per route window clamping	*/
#define RTF_IRTT	0x0100		/* Initial round trip time	*/
#define RTF_REJECT	0x0200		/* Reject route			*/

/*
 *	<linux/ipv6_route.h> uses RTF values >= 64k
 */



#endif	/* _LINUX_ROUTE_H */

/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __SOCK_DIAG_H__
#define __SOCK_DIAG_H__

#include <linux/types.h>

#define SOCK_DIAG_BY_FAMILY 20
#define SOCK_DESTROY 21

struct sock_diag_req {
	__u8	sdiag_family;
	__u8	sdiag_protocol;
};

enum {
	SK_MEMINFO_RMEM_ALLOC,
	SK_MEMINFO_RCVBUF,
	SK_MEMINFO_WMEM_ALLOC,
	SK_MEMINFO_SNDBUF,
	SK_MEMINFO_FWD_ALLOC,
	SK_MEMINFO_WMEM_QUEUED,
	SK_MEMINFO_OPTMEM,
	SK_MEMINFO_BACKLOG,
	SK_MEMINFO_DROPS,

	SK_MEMINFO_VARS,
};

enum sknetlink_groups {
	SKNLGRP_NONE,
	SKNLGRP_INET_TCP_DESTROY,
	SKNLGRP_INET_UDP_DESTROY,
	SKNLGRP_INET6_TCP_DESTROY,
	SKNLGRP_INET6_UDP_DESTROY,
	__SKNLGRP_MAX,
};
#define SKNLGRP_MAX	(__SKNLGRP_MAX - 1)

enum {
	SK_DIAG_BPF_STORAGE_REQ_NONE,
	SK_DIAG_BPF_STORAGE_REQ_MAP_FD,
	__SK_DIAG_BPF_STORAGE_REQ_MAX,
};

#define SK_DIAG_BPF_STORAGE_REQ_MAX	(__SK_DIAG_BPF_STORAGE_REQ_MAX - 1)

enum {
	SK_DIAG_BPF_STORAGE_REP_NONE,
	SK_DIAG_BPF_STORAGE,
	__SK_DIAG_BPF_STORAGE_REP_MAX,
};

#define SK_DIAB_BPF_STORAGE_REP_MAX	(__SK_DIAG_BPF_STORAGE_REP_MAX - 1)

enum {
	SK_DIAG_BPF_STORAGE_NONE,
	SK_DIAG_BPF_STORAGE_PAD,
	SK_DIAG_BPF_STORAGE_MAP_ID,
	SK_DIAG_BPF_STORAGE_MAP_VALUE,
	__SK_DIAG_BPF_STORAGE_MAX,
};

#define SK_DIAG_BPF_STORAGE_MAX        (__SK_DIAG_BPF_STORAGE_MAX - 1)

#endif /* __SOCK_DIAG_H__ */
#include <asm/errno.h>
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR Linux-OpenIB) */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2016-2017, Mellanox Technologies. All rights reserved.
 *
 * This software is available to you under a choice of one of two
 * licenses.  You may choose to be licensed under the terms of the GNU
 * General Public License (GPL) Version 2, available from the file
 * COPYING in the main directory of this source tree, or the
 * OpenIB.org BSD license below:
 *
 *     Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or
 *     without modification, are permitted provided that the following
 *     conditions are met:
 *
 *      - Redistributions of source code must retain the above
 *        copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
 *        disclaimer.
 *
 *      - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
 *        copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
 *        disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
 *        provided with the distribution.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
 * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
 * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
 * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
 * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
 * SOFTWARE.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_TLS_H
#define _LINUX_TLS_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* TLS socket options */
#define TLS_TX			1	/* Set transmit parameters */
#define TLS_RX			2	/* Set receive parameters */

/* Supported versions */
#define TLS_VERSION_MINOR(ver)	((ver) & 0xFF)
#define TLS_VERSION_MAJOR(ver)	(((ver) >> 8) & 0xFF)

#define TLS_VERSION_NUMBER(id)	((((id##_VERSION_MAJOR) & 0xFF) << 8) |	\
				 ((id##_VERSION_MINOR) & 0xFF))

#define TLS_1_2_VERSION_MAJOR	0x3
#define TLS_1_2_VERSION_MINOR	0x3
#define TLS_1_2_VERSION		TLS_VERSION_NUMBER(TLS_1_2)

#define TLS_1_3_VERSION_MAJOR	0x3
#define TLS_1_3_VERSION_MINOR	0x4
#define TLS_1_3_VERSION		TLS_VERSION_NUMBER(TLS_1_3)

/* Supported ciphers */
#define TLS_CIPHER_AES_GCM_128				51
#define TLS_CIPHER_AES_GCM_128_IV_SIZE			8
#define TLS_CIPHER_AES_GCM_128_KEY_SIZE		16
#define TLS_CIPHER_AES_GCM_128_SALT_SIZE		4
#define TLS_CIPHER_AES_GCM_128_TAG_SIZE		16
#define TLS_CIPHER_AES_GCM_128_REC_SEQ_SIZE		8

#define TLS_CIPHER_AES_GCM_256				52
#define TLS_CIPHER_AES_GCM_256_IV_SIZE			8
#define TLS_CIPHER_AES_GCM_256_KEY_SIZE		32
#define TLS_CIPHER_AES_GCM_256_SALT_SIZE		4
#define TLS_CIPHER_AES_GCM_256_TAG_SIZE		16
#define TLS_CIPHER_AES_GCM_256_REC_SEQ_SIZE		8

#define TLS_CIPHER_AES_CCM_128				53
#define TLS_CIPHER_AES_CCM_128_IV_SIZE			8
#define TLS_CIPHER_AES_CCM_128_KEY_SIZE		16
#define TLS_CIPHER_AES_CCM_128_SALT_SIZE		4
#define TLS_CIPHER_AES_CCM_128_TAG_SIZE		16
#define TLS_CIPHER_AES_CCM_128_REC_SEQ_SIZE		8

#define TLS_SET_RECORD_TYPE	1
#define TLS_GET_RECORD_TYPE	2

struct tls_crypto_info {
	__u16 version;
	__u16 cipher_type;
};

struct tls12_crypto_info_aes_gcm_128 {
	struct tls_crypto_info info;
	unsigned char iv[TLS_CIPHER_AES_GCM_128_IV_SIZE];
	unsigned char key[TLS_CIPHER_AES_GCM_128_KEY_SIZE];
	unsigned char salt[TLS_CIPHER_AES_GCM_128_SALT_SIZE];
	unsigned char rec_seq[TLS_CIPHER_AES_GCM_128_REC_SEQ_SIZE];
};

struct tls12_crypto_info_aes_gcm_256 {
	struct tls_crypto_info info;
	unsigned char iv[TLS_CIPHER_AES_GCM_256_IV_SIZE];
	unsigned char key[TLS_CIPHER_AES_GCM_256_KEY_SIZE];
	unsigned char salt[TLS_CIPHER_AES_GCM_256_SALT_SIZE];
	unsigned char rec_seq[TLS_CIPHER_AES_GCM_256_REC_SEQ_SIZE];
};

struct tls12_crypto_info_aes_ccm_128 {
	struct tls_crypto_info info;
	unsigned char iv[TLS_CIPHER_AES_CCM_128_IV_SIZE];
	unsigned char key[TLS_CIPHER_AES_CCM_128_KEY_SIZE];
	unsigned char salt[TLS_CIPHER_AES_CCM_128_SALT_SIZE];
	unsigned char rec_seq[TLS_CIPHER_AES_CCM_128_REC_SEQ_SIZE];
};

enum {
	TLS_INFO_UNSPEC,
	TLS_INFO_VERSION,
	TLS_INFO_CIPHER,
	TLS_INFO_TXCONF,
	TLS_INFO_RXCONF,
	__TLS_INFO_MAX,
};
#define TLS_INFO_MAX (__TLS_INFO_MAX - 1)

#define TLS_CONF_BASE 1
#define TLS_CONF_SW 2
#define TLS_CONF_HW 3
#define TLS_CONF_HW_RECORD 4

#endif /* _LINUX_TLS_H */
/*
 * Copyright Samuel Mendoza-Jonas, IBM Corporation 2018.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef __UAPI_NCSI_NETLINK_H__
#define __UAPI_NCSI_NETLINK_H__

/**
 * enum ncsi_nl_commands - supported NCSI commands
 *
 * @NCSI_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
 * @NCSI_CMD_PKG_INFO: list package and channel attributes. Requires
 *	NCSI_ATTR_IFINDEX. If NCSI_ATTR_PACKAGE_ID is specified returns the
 *	specific package and its channels - otherwise a dump request returns
 *	all packages and their associated channels.
 * @NCSI_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: set preferred package and channel combination.
 *	Requires NCSI_ATTR_IFINDEX and the preferred NCSI_ATTR_PACKAGE_ID and
 *	optionally the preferred NCSI_ATTR_CHANNEL_ID.
 * @NCSI_CMD_CLEAR_INTERFACE: clear any preferred package/channel combination.
 *	Requires NCSI_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 * @NCSI_CMD_MAX: highest command number
 */
enum ncsi_nl_commands {
	NCSI_CMD_UNSPEC,
	NCSI_CMD_PKG_INFO,
	NCSI_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
	NCSI_CMD_CLEAR_INTERFACE,

	__NCSI_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
	NCSI_CMD_MAX = __NCSI_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum ncsi_nl_attrs - General NCSI netlink attributes
 *
 * @NCSI_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attributes to catch errors
 * @NCSI_ATTR_IFINDEX: ifindex of network device using NCSI
 * @NCSI_ATTR_PACKAGE_LIST: nested array of NCSI_PKG_ATTR attributes
 * @NCSI_ATTR_PACKAGE_ID: package ID
 * @NCSI_ATTR_CHANNEL_ID: channel ID
 * @NCSI_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
 */
enum ncsi_nl_attrs {
	NCSI_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	NCSI_ATTR_IFINDEX,
	NCSI_ATTR_PACKAGE_LIST,
	NCSI_ATTR_PACKAGE_ID,
	NCSI_ATTR_CHANNEL_ID,

	__NCSI_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NCSI_ATTR_MAX = __NCSI_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum ncsi_nl_pkg_attrs - NCSI netlink package-specific attributes
 *
 * @NCSI_PKG_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attributes to catch errors
 * @NCSI_PKG_ATTR: nested array of package attributes
 * @NCSI_PKG_ATTR_ID: package ID
 * @NCSI_PKG_ATTR_FORCED: flag signifying a package has been set as preferred
 * @NCSI_PKG_ATTR_CHANNEL_LIST: nested array of NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR attributes
 * @NCSI_PKG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
 */
enum ncsi_nl_pkg_attrs {
	NCSI_PKG_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	NCSI_PKG_ATTR,
	NCSI_PKG_ATTR_ID,
	NCSI_PKG_ATTR_FORCED,
	NCSI_PKG_ATTR_CHANNEL_LIST,

	__NCSI_PKG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NCSI_PKG_ATTR_MAX = __NCSI_PKG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum ncsi_nl_channel_attrs - NCSI netlink channel-specific attributes
 *
 * @NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attributes to catch errors
 * @NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR: nested array of channel attributes
 * @NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_ID: channel ID
 * @NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_VERSION_MAJOR: channel major version number
 * @NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_VERSION_MINOR: channel minor version number
 * @NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_VERSION_STR: channel version string
 * @NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_LINK_STATE: channel link state flags
 * @NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_ACTIVE: channels with this flag are in
 *	NCSI_CHANNEL_ACTIVE state
 * @NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_FORCED: flag signifying a channel has been set as
 *	preferred
 * @NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_VLAN_LIST: nested array of NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_VLAN_IDs
 * @NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID being filtered on this channel
 * @NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
 */
enum ncsi_nl_channel_attrs {
	NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR,
	NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_ID,
	NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_VERSION_MAJOR,
	NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_VERSION_MINOR,
	NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_VERSION_STR,
	NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_LINK_STATE,
	NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_ACTIVE,
	NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_FORCED,
	NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_VLAN_LIST,
	NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_VLAN_ID,

	__NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_MAX = __NCSI_CHANNEL_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

#endif /* __UAPI_NCSI_NETLINK_H__ */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2014-2016, Intel Corporation.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms and conditions of the GNU Lesser General Public License,
 * version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
 * WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
 * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU Lesser General Public License for
 * more details.
 */
#ifndef __NDCTL_H__
#define __NDCTL_H__

#include <linux/types.h>

struct nd_cmd_dimm_flags {
	__u32 status;
	__u32 flags;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct nd_cmd_get_config_size {
	__u32 status;
	__u32 config_size;
	__u32 max_xfer;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct nd_cmd_get_config_data_hdr {
	__u32 in_offset;
	__u32 in_length;
	__u32 status;
	__u8 out_buf[0];
} __attribute__((packed));

struct nd_cmd_set_config_hdr {
	__u32 in_offset;
	__u32 in_length;
	__u8 in_buf[0];
} __attribute__((packed));

struct nd_cmd_vendor_hdr {
	__u32 opcode;
	__u32 in_length;
	__u8 in_buf[0];
} __attribute__((packed));

struct nd_cmd_vendor_tail {
	__u32 status;
	__u32 out_length;
	__u8 out_buf[0];
} __attribute__((packed));

struct nd_cmd_ars_cap {
	__u64 address;
	__u64 length;
	__u32 status;
	__u32 max_ars_out;
	__u32 clear_err_unit;
	__u16 flags;
	__u16 reserved;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct nd_cmd_ars_start {
	__u64 address;
	__u64 length;
	__u16 type;
	__u8 flags;
	__u8 reserved[5];
	__u32 status;
	__u32 scrub_time;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct nd_cmd_ars_status {
	__u32 status;
	__u32 out_length;
	__u64 address;
	__u64 length;
	__u64 restart_address;
	__u64 restart_length;
	__u16 type;
	__u16 flags;
	__u32 num_records;
	struct nd_ars_record {
		__u32 handle;
		__u32 reserved;
		__u64 err_address;
		__u64 length;
	} __attribute__((packed)) records[0];
} __attribute__((packed));

struct nd_cmd_clear_error {
	__u64 address;
	__u64 length;
	__u32 status;
	__u8 reserved[4];
	__u64 cleared;
} __attribute__((packed));

enum {
	ND_CMD_IMPLEMENTED = 0,

	/* bus commands */
	ND_CMD_ARS_CAP = 1,
	ND_CMD_ARS_START = 2,
	ND_CMD_ARS_STATUS = 3,
	ND_CMD_CLEAR_ERROR = 4,

	/* per-dimm commands */
	ND_CMD_SMART = 1,
	ND_CMD_SMART_THRESHOLD = 2,
	ND_CMD_DIMM_FLAGS = 3,
	ND_CMD_GET_CONFIG_SIZE = 4,
	ND_CMD_GET_CONFIG_DATA = 5,
	ND_CMD_SET_CONFIG_DATA = 6,
	ND_CMD_VENDOR_EFFECT_LOG_SIZE = 7,
	ND_CMD_VENDOR_EFFECT_LOG = 8,
	ND_CMD_VENDOR = 9,
	ND_CMD_CALL = 10,
};

enum {
	ND_ARS_VOLATILE = 1,
	ND_ARS_PERSISTENT = 2,
	ND_ARS_RETURN_PREV_DATA = 1 << 1,
	ND_CONFIG_LOCKED = 1,
};

static __inline__ const char *nvdimm_bus_cmd_name(unsigned cmd)
{
	static const char * const names[] = {
		[ND_CMD_ARS_CAP] = "ars_cap",
		[ND_CMD_ARS_START] = "ars_start",
		[ND_CMD_ARS_STATUS] = "ars_status",
		[ND_CMD_CLEAR_ERROR] = "clear_error",
		[ND_CMD_CALL] = "cmd_call",
	};

	if (cmd < ARRAY_SIZE(names) && names[cmd])
		return names[cmd];
	return "unknown";
}

static __inline__ const char *nvdimm_cmd_name(unsigned cmd)
{
	static const char * const names[] = {
		[ND_CMD_SMART] = "smart",
		[ND_CMD_SMART_THRESHOLD] = "smart_thresh",
		[ND_CMD_DIMM_FLAGS] = "flags",
		[ND_CMD_GET_CONFIG_SIZE] = "get_size",
		[ND_CMD_GET_CONFIG_DATA] = "get_data",
		[ND_CMD_SET_CONFIG_DATA] = "set_data",
		[ND_CMD_VENDOR_EFFECT_LOG_SIZE] = "effect_size",
		[ND_CMD_VENDOR_EFFECT_LOG] = "effect_log",
		[ND_CMD_VENDOR] = "vendor",
		[ND_CMD_CALL] = "cmd_call",
	};

	if (cmd < ARRAY_SIZE(names) && names[cmd])
		return names[cmd];
	return "unknown";
}

#define ND_IOCTL 'N'

#define ND_IOCTL_DIMM_FLAGS		_IOWR(ND_IOCTL, ND_CMD_DIMM_FLAGS,\
					struct nd_cmd_dimm_flags)

#define ND_IOCTL_GET_CONFIG_SIZE	_IOWR(ND_IOCTL, ND_CMD_GET_CONFIG_SIZE,\
					struct nd_cmd_get_config_size)

#define ND_IOCTL_GET_CONFIG_DATA	_IOWR(ND_IOCTL, ND_CMD_GET_CONFIG_DATA,\
					struct nd_cmd_get_config_data_hdr)

#define ND_IOCTL_SET_CONFIG_DATA	_IOWR(ND_IOCTL, ND_CMD_SET_CONFIG_DATA,\
					struct nd_cmd_set_config_hdr)

#define ND_IOCTL_VENDOR			_IOWR(ND_IOCTL, ND_CMD_VENDOR,\
					struct nd_cmd_vendor_hdr)

#define ND_IOCTL_ARS_CAP		_IOWR(ND_IOCTL, ND_CMD_ARS_CAP,\
					struct nd_cmd_ars_cap)

#define ND_IOCTL_ARS_START		_IOWR(ND_IOCTL, ND_CMD_ARS_START,\
					struct nd_cmd_ars_start)

#define ND_IOCTL_ARS_STATUS		_IOWR(ND_IOCTL, ND_CMD_ARS_STATUS,\
					struct nd_cmd_ars_status)

#define ND_IOCTL_CLEAR_ERROR		_IOWR(ND_IOCTL, ND_CMD_CLEAR_ERROR,\
					struct nd_cmd_clear_error)

#define ND_DEVICE_DIMM 1            /* nd_dimm: container for "config data" */
#define ND_DEVICE_REGION_PMEM 2     /* nd_region: (parent of PMEM namespaces) */
#define ND_DEVICE_REGION_BLK 3      /* nd_region: (parent of BLK namespaces) */
#define ND_DEVICE_NAMESPACE_IO 4    /* legacy persistent memory */
#define ND_DEVICE_NAMESPACE_PMEM 5  /* PMEM namespace (may alias with BLK) */
#define ND_DEVICE_NAMESPACE_BLK 6   /* BLK namespace (may alias with PMEM) */
#define ND_DEVICE_DAX_PMEM 7        /* Device DAX interface to pmem */

enum nd_driver_flags {
	ND_DRIVER_DIMM            = 1 << ND_DEVICE_DIMM,
	ND_DRIVER_REGION_PMEM     = 1 << ND_DEVICE_REGION_PMEM,
	ND_DRIVER_REGION_BLK      = 1 << ND_DEVICE_REGION_BLK,
	ND_DRIVER_NAMESPACE_IO    = 1 << ND_DEVICE_NAMESPACE_IO,
	ND_DRIVER_NAMESPACE_PMEM  = 1 << ND_DEVICE_NAMESPACE_PMEM,
	ND_DRIVER_NAMESPACE_BLK   = 1 << ND_DEVICE_NAMESPACE_BLK,
	ND_DRIVER_DAX_PMEM	  = 1 << ND_DEVICE_DAX_PMEM,
};

enum {
	ND_MIN_NAMESPACE_SIZE = PAGE_SIZE,
};

enum ars_masks {
	ARS_STATUS_MASK = 0x0000FFFF,
	ARS_EXT_STATUS_SHIFT = 16,
};

/*
 * struct nd_cmd_pkg
 *
 * is a wrapper to a quasi pass thru interface for invoking firmware
 * associated with nvdimms.
 *
 * INPUT PARAMETERS
 *
 * nd_family corresponds to the firmware (e.g. DSM) interface.
 *
 * nd_command are the function index advertised by the firmware.
 *
 * nd_size_in is the size of the input parameters being passed to firmware
 *
 * OUTPUT PARAMETERS
 *
 * nd_fw_size is the size of the data firmware wants to return for
 * the call.  If nd_fw_size is greater than size of nd_size_out, only
 * the first nd_size_out bytes are returned.
 */

struct nd_cmd_pkg {
	__u64   nd_family;		/* family of commands */
	__u64   nd_command;
	__u32   nd_size_in;		/* INPUT: size of input args */
	__u32   nd_size_out;		/* INPUT: size of payload */
	__u32   nd_reserved2[9];	/* reserved must be zero */
	__u32   nd_fw_size;		/* OUTPUT: size fw wants to return */
	unsigned char nd_payload[];	/* Contents of call      */
};

/* These NVDIMM families represent pre-standardization command sets */
#define NVDIMM_FAMILY_INTEL 0
#define NVDIMM_FAMILY_HPE1 1
#define NVDIMM_FAMILY_HPE2 2
#define NVDIMM_FAMILY_MSFT 3
#define NVDIMM_FAMILY_HYPERV 4
#define NVDIMM_FAMILY_PAPR 5

#define ND_IOCTL_CALL			_IOWR(ND_IOCTL, ND_CMD_CALL,\
					struct nd_cmd_pkg)

#endif /* __NDCTL_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* $Id: capicmd.h,v 1.2.6.2 2001/09/23 22:24:33 kai Exp $
 * 
 * CAPI 2.0 Interface for Linux
 * 
 * Copyright 1997 by Carsten Paeth <calle@calle.de>
 * 
 * This software may be used and distributed according to the terms
 * of the GNU General Public License, incorporated herein by reference.
 *
 */

#ifndef __CAPICMD_H__
#define __CAPICMD_H__

#define CAPI_MSG_BASELEN		8
#define CAPI_DATA_B3_REQ_LEN		(CAPI_MSG_BASELEN+4+4+2+2+2)
#define CAPI_DATA_B3_RESP_LEN		(CAPI_MSG_BASELEN+4+2)

/*----- CAPI commands -----*/
#define CAPI_ALERT		    0x01
#define CAPI_CONNECT		    0x02
#define CAPI_CONNECT_ACTIVE	    0x03
#define CAPI_CONNECT_B3_ACTIVE	    0x83
#define CAPI_CONNECT_B3 	    0x82
#define CAPI_CONNECT_B3_T90_ACTIVE  0x88
#define CAPI_DATA_B3		    0x86
#define CAPI_DISCONNECT_B3	    0x84
#define CAPI_DISCONNECT 	    0x04
#define CAPI_FACILITY		    0x80
#define CAPI_INFO		    0x08
#define CAPI_LISTEN		    0x05
#define CAPI_MANUFACTURER	    0xff
#define CAPI_RESET_B3		    0x87
#define CAPI_SELECT_B_PROTOCOL	    0x41

/*----- CAPI subcommands -----*/

#define CAPI_REQ    0x80
#define CAPI_CONF   0x81
#define CAPI_IND    0x82
#define CAPI_RESP   0x83

/*----- CAPI combined commands -----*/

#define CAPICMD(cmd,subcmd)	(((cmd)<<8)|(subcmd))

#define CAPI_DISCONNECT_REQ		CAPICMD(CAPI_DISCONNECT,CAPI_REQ)
#define CAPI_DISCONNECT_CONF		CAPICMD(CAPI_DISCONNECT,CAPI_CONF)
#define CAPI_DISCONNECT_IND		CAPICMD(CAPI_DISCONNECT,CAPI_IND)
#define CAPI_DISCONNECT_RESP		CAPICMD(CAPI_DISCONNECT,CAPI_RESP)

#define CAPI_ALERT_REQ			CAPICMD(CAPI_ALERT,CAPI_REQ)
#define CAPI_ALERT_CONF			CAPICMD(CAPI_ALERT,CAPI_CONF)

#define CAPI_CONNECT_REQ		CAPICMD(CAPI_CONNECT,CAPI_REQ)
#define CAPI_CONNECT_CONF		CAPICMD(CAPI_CONNECT,CAPI_CONF)
#define CAPI_CONNECT_IND		CAPICMD(CAPI_CONNECT,CAPI_IND)
#define CAPI_CONNECT_RESP		CAPICMD(CAPI_CONNECT,CAPI_RESP)

#define CAPI_CONNECT_ACTIVE_REQ		CAPICMD(CAPI_CONNECT_ACTIVE,CAPI_REQ)
#define CAPI_CONNECT_ACTIVE_CONF	CAPICMD(CAPI_CONNECT_ACTIVE,CAPI_CONF)
#define CAPI_CONNECT_ACTIVE_IND		CAPICMD(CAPI_CONNECT_ACTIVE,CAPI_IND)
#define CAPI_CONNECT_ACTIVE_RESP	CAPICMD(CAPI_CONNECT_ACTIVE,CAPI_RESP)

#define CAPI_SELECT_B_PROTOCOL_REQ	CAPICMD(CAPI_SELECT_B_PROTOCOL,CAPI_REQ)
#define CAPI_SELECT_B_PROTOCOL_CONF	CAPICMD(CAPI_SELECT_B_PROTOCOL,CAPI_CONF)

#define CAPI_CONNECT_B3_ACTIVE_REQ	CAPICMD(CAPI_CONNECT_B3_ACTIVE,CAPI_REQ)
#define CAPI_CONNECT_B3_ACTIVE_CONF	CAPICMD(CAPI_CONNECT_B3_ACTIVE,CAPI_CONF)
#define CAPI_CONNECT_B3_ACTIVE_IND	CAPICMD(CAPI_CONNECT_B3_ACTIVE,CAPI_IND)
#define CAPI_CONNECT_B3_ACTIVE_RESP	CAPICMD(CAPI_CONNECT_B3_ACTIVE,CAPI_RESP)

#define CAPI_CONNECT_B3_REQ		CAPICMD(CAPI_CONNECT_B3,CAPI_REQ)
#define CAPI_CONNECT_B3_CONF		CAPICMD(CAPI_CONNECT_B3,CAPI_CONF)
#define CAPI_CONNECT_B3_IND		CAPICMD(CAPI_CONNECT_B3,CAPI_IND)
#define CAPI_CONNECT_B3_RESP		CAPICMD(CAPI_CONNECT_B3,CAPI_RESP)


#define CAPI_CONNECT_B3_T90_ACTIVE_IND	CAPICMD(CAPI_CONNECT_B3_T90_ACTIVE,CAPI_IND)
#define CAPI_CONNECT_B3_T90_ACTIVE_RESP	CAPICMD(CAPI_CONNECT_B3_T90_ACTIVE,CAPI_RESP)

#define CAPI_DATA_B3_REQ		CAPICMD(CAPI_DATA_B3,CAPI_REQ)
#define CAPI_DATA_B3_CONF		CAPICMD(CAPI_DATA_B3,CAPI_CONF)
#define CAPI_DATA_B3_IND		CAPICMD(CAPI_DATA_B3,CAPI_IND)
#define CAPI_DATA_B3_RESP		CAPICMD(CAPI_DATA_B3,CAPI_RESP)

#define CAPI_DISCONNECT_B3_REQ		CAPICMD(CAPI_DISCONNECT_B3,CAPI_REQ)
#define CAPI_DISCONNECT_B3_CONF		CAPICMD(CAPI_DISCONNECT_B3,CAPI_CONF)
#define CAPI_DISCONNECT_B3_IND		CAPICMD(CAPI_DISCONNECT_B3,CAPI_IND)
#define CAPI_DISCONNECT_B3_RESP		CAPICMD(CAPI_DISCONNECT_B3,CAPI_RESP)

#define CAPI_RESET_B3_REQ		CAPICMD(CAPI_RESET_B3,CAPI_REQ)
#define CAPI_RESET_B3_CONF		CAPICMD(CAPI_RESET_B3,CAPI_CONF)
#define CAPI_RESET_B3_IND		CAPICMD(CAPI_RESET_B3,CAPI_IND)
#define CAPI_RESET_B3_RESP		CAPICMD(CAPI_RESET_B3,CAPI_RESP)

#define CAPI_LISTEN_REQ			CAPICMD(CAPI_LISTEN,CAPI_REQ)
#define CAPI_LISTEN_CONF		CAPICMD(CAPI_LISTEN,CAPI_CONF)

#define CAPI_MANUFACTURER_REQ		CAPICMD(CAPI_MANUFACTURER,CAPI_REQ)
#define CAPI_MANUFACTURER_CONF		CAPICMD(CAPI_MANUFACTURER,CAPI_CONF)
#define CAPI_MANUFACTURER_IND		CAPICMD(CAPI_MANUFACTURER,CAPI_IND)
#define CAPI_MANUFACTURER_RESP		CAPICMD(CAPI_MANUFACTURER,CAPI_RESP)

#define CAPI_FACILITY_REQ		CAPICMD(CAPI_FACILITY,CAPI_REQ)
#define CAPI_FACILITY_CONF		CAPICMD(CAPI_FACILITY,CAPI_CONF)
#define CAPI_FACILITY_IND		CAPICMD(CAPI_FACILITY,CAPI_IND)
#define CAPI_FACILITY_RESP		CAPICMD(CAPI_FACILITY,CAPI_RESP)

#define CAPI_INFO_REQ			CAPICMD(CAPI_INFO,CAPI_REQ)
#define CAPI_INFO_CONF			CAPICMD(CAPI_INFO,CAPI_CONF)
#define CAPI_INFO_IND			CAPICMD(CAPI_INFO,CAPI_IND)
#define CAPI_INFO_RESP			CAPICMD(CAPI_INFO,CAPI_RESP)

#endif				/* __CAPICMD_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_AUXVEC_H
#define _LINUX_AUXVEC_H

#include <asm/auxvec.h>

/* Symbolic values for the entries in the auxiliary table
   put on the initial stack */
#define AT_NULL   0	/* end of vector */
#define AT_IGNORE 1	/* entry should be ignored */
#define AT_EXECFD 2	/* file descriptor of program */
#define AT_PHDR   3	/* program headers for program */
#define AT_PHENT  4	/* size of program header entry */
#define AT_PHNUM  5	/* number of program headers */
#define AT_PAGESZ 6	/* system page size */
#define AT_BASE   7	/* base address of interpreter */
#define AT_FLAGS  8	/* flags */
#define AT_ENTRY  9	/* entry point of program */
#define AT_NOTELF 10	/* program is not ELF */
#define AT_UID    11	/* real uid */
#define AT_EUID   12	/* effective uid */
#define AT_GID    13	/* real gid */
#define AT_EGID   14	/* effective gid */
#define AT_PLATFORM 15  /* string identifying CPU for optimizations */
#define AT_HWCAP  16    /* arch dependent hints at CPU capabilities */
#define AT_CLKTCK 17	/* frequency at which times() increments */
/* AT_* values 18 through 22 are reserved */
#define AT_SECURE 23   /* secure mode boolean */
#define AT_BASE_PLATFORM 24	/* string identifying real platform, may
				 * differ from AT_PLATFORM. */
#define AT_RANDOM 25	/* address of 16 random bytes */
#define AT_HWCAP2 26	/* extension of AT_HWCAP */

#define AT_EXECFN  31	/* filename of program */

#ifndef AT_MINSIGSTKSZ
#define AT_MINSIGSTKSZ	51	/* minimal stack size for signal delivery */
#endif

#endif /* _LINUX_AUXVEC_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Definitions for talking to the PMU.  The PMU is a microcontroller
 * which controls battery charging and system power on PowerBook 3400
 * and 2400 models as well as the RTC and various other things.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1998 Paul Mackerras.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_PMU_H
#define _LINUX_PMU_H

#define PMU_DRIVER_VERSION	2

/*
 * PMU commands
 */
#define PMU_POWER_CTRL0		0x10	/* control power of some devices */
#define PMU_POWER_CTRL		0x11	/* control power of some devices */
#define PMU_ADB_CMD		0x20	/* send ADB packet */
#define PMU_ADB_POLL_OFF	0x21	/* disable ADB auto-poll */
#define PMU_WRITE_NVRAM		0x33	/* write non-volatile RAM */
#define PMU_READ_NVRAM		0x3b	/* read non-volatile RAM */
#define PMU_SET_RTC		0x30	/* set real-time clock */
#define PMU_READ_RTC		0x38	/* read real-time clock */
#define PMU_SET_VOLBUTTON	0x40	/* set volume up/down position */
#define PMU_BACKLIGHT_BRIGHT	0x41	/* set backlight brightness */
#define PMU_GET_VOLBUTTON	0x48	/* get volume up/down position */
#define PMU_PCEJECT		0x4c	/* eject PC-card from slot */
#define PMU_BATTERY_STATE	0x6b	/* report battery state etc. */
#define PMU_SMART_BATTERY_STATE	0x6f	/* report battery state (new way) */
#define PMU_SET_INTR_MASK	0x70	/* set PMU interrupt mask */
#define PMU_INT_ACK		0x78	/* read interrupt bits */
#define PMU_SHUTDOWN		0x7e	/* turn power off */
#define PMU_CPU_SPEED		0x7d	/* control CPU speed on some models */
#define PMU_SLEEP		0x7f	/* put CPU to sleep */
#define PMU_POWER_EVENTS	0x8f	/* Send power-event commands to PMU */
#define PMU_I2C_CMD		0x9a	/* I2C operations */
#define PMU_RESET		0xd0	/* reset CPU */
#define PMU_GET_BRIGHTBUTTON	0xd9	/* report brightness up/down pos */
#define PMU_GET_COVER		0xdc	/* report cover open/closed */
#define PMU_SYSTEM_READY	0xdf	/* tell PMU we are awake */
#define PMU_GET_VERSION		0xea	/* read the PMU version */

/* Bits to use with the PMU_POWER_CTRL0 command */
#define PMU_POW0_ON		0x80	/* OR this to power ON the device */
#define PMU_POW0_OFF		0x00	/* leave bit 7 to 0 to power it OFF */
#define PMU_POW0_HARD_DRIVE	0x04	/* Hard drive power (on wallstreet/lombard ?) */

/* Bits to use with the PMU_POWER_CTRL command */
#define PMU_POW_ON		0x80	/* OR this to power ON the device */
#define PMU_POW_OFF		0x00	/* leave bit 7 to 0 to power it OFF */
#define PMU_POW_BACKLIGHT	0x01	/* backlight power */
#define PMU_POW_CHARGER		0x02	/* battery charger power */
#define PMU_POW_IRLED		0x04	/* IR led power (on wallstreet) */
#define PMU_POW_MEDIABAY	0x08	/* media bay power (wallstreet/lombard ?) */

/* Bits in PMU interrupt and interrupt mask bytes */
#define PMU_INT_PCEJECT		0x04	/* PC-card eject buttons */
#define PMU_INT_SNDBRT		0x08	/* sound/brightness up/down buttons */
#define PMU_INT_ADB		0x10	/* ADB autopoll or reply data */
#define PMU_INT_BATTERY		0x20	/* Battery state change */
#define PMU_INT_ENVIRONMENT	0x40	/* Environment interrupts */
#define PMU_INT_TICK		0x80	/* 1-second tick interrupt */

/* Other bits in PMU interrupt valid when PMU_INT_ADB is set */
#define PMU_INT_ADB_AUTO	0x04	/* ADB autopoll, when PMU_INT_ADB */
#define PMU_INT_WAITING_CHARGER	0x01	/* ??? */
#define PMU_INT_AUTO_SRQ_POLL	0x02	/* ??? */

/* Bits in the environement message (either obtained via PMU_GET_COVER,
 * or via PMU_INT_ENVIRONMENT on core99 */
#define PMU_ENV_LID_CLOSED	0x01	/* The lid is closed */

/* I2C related definitions */
#define PMU_I2C_MODE_SIMPLE	0
#define PMU_I2C_MODE_STDSUB	1
#define PMU_I2C_MODE_COMBINED	2

#define PMU_I2C_BUS_STATUS	0
#define PMU_I2C_BUS_SYSCLK	1
#define PMU_I2C_BUS_POWER	2

#define PMU_I2C_STATUS_OK	0
#define PMU_I2C_STATUS_DATAREAD	1
#define PMU_I2C_STATUS_BUSY	0xfe


/* Kind of PMU (model) */
enum {
	PMU_UNKNOWN,
	PMU_OHARE_BASED,	/* 2400, 3400, 3500 (old G3 powerbook) */
	PMU_HEATHROW_BASED,	/* PowerBook G3 series */
	PMU_PADDINGTON_BASED,	/* 1999 PowerBook G3 */
	PMU_KEYLARGO_BASED,	/* Core99 motherboard (PMU99) */
	PMU_68K_V1,		/* 68K PMU, version 1 */
	PMU_68K_V2, 		/* 68K PMU, version 2 */
};

/* PMU PMU_POWER_EVENTS commands */
enum {
	PMU_PWR_GET_POWERUP_EVENTS	= 0x00,
	PMU_PWR_SET_POWERUP_EVENTS	= 0x01,
	PMU_PWR_CLR_POWERUP_EVENTS	= 0x02,
	PMU_PWR_GET_WAKEUP_EVENTS	= 0x03,
	PMU_PWR_SET_WAKEUP_EVENTS	= 0x04,
	PMU_PWR_CLR_WAKEUP_EVENTS	= 0x05,
};

/* Power events wakeup bits */
enum {
	PMU_PWR_WAKEUP_KEY		= 0x01,	/* Wake on key press */
	PMU_PWR_WAKEUP_AC_INSERT	= 0x02, /* Wake on AC adapter plug */
	PMU_PWR_WAKEUP_AC_CHANGE	= 0x04,
	PMU_PWR_WAKEUP_LID_OPEN		= 0x08,
	PMU_PWR_WAKEUP_RING		= 0x10,
};
	
/*
 * Ioctl commands for the /dev/pmu device
 */
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

/* no param */
#define PMU_IOC_SLEEP		_IO('B', 0)
/* out param: u32*	backlight value: 0 to 15 */
#define PMU_IOC_GET_BACKLIGHT	_IOR('B', 1, size_t)
/* in param: u32	backlight value: 0 to 15 */
#define PMU_IOC_SET_BACKLIGHT	_IOW('B', 2, size_t)
/* out param: u32*	PMU model */
#define PMU_IOC_GET_MODEL	_IOR('B', 3, size_t)
/* out param: u32*	has_adb: 0 or 1 */
#define PMU_IOC_HAS_ADB		_IOR('B', 4, size_t) 
/* out param: u32*	can_sleep: 0 or 1 */
#define PMU_IOC_CAN_SLEEP	_IOR('B', 5, size_t) 
/* no param, but historically was _IOR('B', 6, 0), meaning 4 bytes */
#define PMU_IOC_GRAB_BACKLIGHT	_IOR('B', 6, size_t) 


#endif /* _LINUX_PMU_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* atmclip.h - Classical IP over ATM */
 
/* Written 1995-1998 by Werner Almesberger, EPFL LRC/ICA */
 

#ifndef LINUX_ATMCLIP_H
#define LINUX_ATMCLIP_H

#include <linux/sockios.h>
#include <linux/atmioc.h>


#define RFC1483LLC_LEN	8		/* LLC+OUI+PID = 8 */
#define RFC1626_MTU	9180		/* RFC1626 default MTU */

#define CLIP_DEFAULT_IDLETIMER 1200	/* 20 minutes, see RFC1755 */
#define CLIP_CHECK_INTERVAL	 10	/* check every ten seconds */

#define	SIOCMKCLIP	_IO('a',ATMIOC_CLIP)	/* create IP interface */

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_PKT_CLS_H
#define __LINUX_PKT_CLS_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/pkt_sched.h>

#define TC_COOKIE_MAX_SIZE 16

/* Action attributes */
enum {
	TCA_ACT_UNSPEC,
	TCA_ACT_KIND,
	TCA_ACT_OPTIONS,
	TCA_ACT_INDEX,
	TCA_ACT_STATS,
	TCA_ACT_PAD,
	TCA_ACT_COOKIE,
	TCA_ACT_FLAGS,
	TCA_ACT_HW_STATS,
	TCA_ACT_USED_HW_STATS,
	TCA_ACT_IN_HW_COUNT,
	__TCA_ACT_MAX
};

/* See other TCA_ACT_FLAGS_ * flags in include/net/act_api.h. */
#define TCA_ACT_FLAGS_NO_PERCPU_STATS (1 << 0) /* Don't use percpu allocator for
						* actions stats.
						*/
#define TCA_ACT_FLAGS_SKIP_HW	(1 << 1) /* don't offload action to HW */
#define TCA_ACT_FLAGS_SKIP_SW	(1 << 2) /* don't use action in SW */

/* tca HW stats type
 * When user does not pass the attribute, he does not care.
 * It is the same as if he would pass the attribute with
 * all supported bits set.
 * In case no bits are set, user is not interested in getting any HW statistics.
 */
#define TCA_ACT_HW_STATS_IMMEDIATE (1 << 0) /* Means that in dump, user
					     * gets the current HW stats
					     * state from the device
					     * queried at the dump time.
					     */
#define TCA_ACT_HW_STATS_DELAYED (1 << 1) /* Means that in dump, user gets
					   * HW stats that might be out of date
					   * for some time, maybe couple of
					   * seconds. This is the case when
					   * driver polls stats updates
					   * periodically or when it gets async
					   * stats update from the device.
					   */

#define TCA_ACT_MAX __TCA_ACT_MAX
#define TCA_OLD_COMPAT (TCA_ACT_MAX+1)
#define TCA_ACT_MAX_PRIO 32
#define TCA_ACT_BIND	1
#define TCA_ACT_NOBIND	0
#define TCA_ACT_UNBIND	1
#define TCA_ACT_NOUNBIND	0
#define TCA_ACT_REPLACE		1
#define TCA_ACT_NOREPLACE	0

#define TC_ACT_UNSPEC	(-1)
#define TC_ACT_OK		0
#define TC_ACT_RECLASSIFY	1
#define TC_ACT_SHOT		2
#define TC_ACT_PIPE		3
#define TC_ACT_STOLEN		4
#define TC_ACT_QUEUED		5
#define TC_ACT_REPEAT		6
#define TC_ACT_REDIRECT		7
#define TC_ACT_TRAP		8 /* For hw path, this means "trap to cpu"
				   * and don't further process the frame
				   * in hardware. For sw path, this is
				   * equivalent of TC_ACT_STOLEN - drop
				   * the skb and act like everything
				   * is alright.
				   */
#define TC_ACT_VALUE_MAX	TC_ACT_TRAP

/* There is a special kind of actions called "extended actions",
 * which need a value parameter. These have a local opcode located in
 * the highest nibble, starting from 1. The rest of the bits
 * are used to carry the value. These two parts together make
 * a combined opcode.
 */
#define __TC_ACT_EXT_SHIFT 28
#define __TC_ACT_EXT(local) ((local) << __TC_ACT_EXT_SHIFT)
#define TC_ACT_EXT_VAL_MASK ((1 << __TC_ACT_EXT_SHIFT) - 1)
#define TC_ACT_EXT_OPCODE(combined) ((combined) & (~TC_ACT_EXT_VAL_MASK))
#define TC_ACT_EXT_CMP(combined, opcode) (TC_ACT_EXT_OPCODE(combined) == opcode)

#define TC_ACT_JUMP __TC_ACT_EXT(1)
#define TC_ACT_GOTO_CHAIN __TC_ACT_EXT(2)
#define TC_ACT_EXT_OPCODE_MAX	TC_ACT_GOTO_CHAIN

/* These macros are put here for binary compatibility with userspace apps that
 * make use of them. For kernel code and new userspace apps, use the TCA_ID_*
 * versions.
 */
#define TCA_ACT_GACT 5
#define TCA_ACT_IPT 6
#define TCA_ACT_PEDIT 7
#define TCA_ACT_MIRRED 8
#define TCA_ACT_NAT 9
#define TCA_ACT_XT 10
#define TCA_ACT_SKBEDIT 11
#define TCA_ACT_VLAN 12
#define TCA_ACT_BPF 13
#define TCA_ACT_CONNMARK 14
#define TCA_ACT_SKBMOD 15
#define TCA_ACT_CSUM 16
#define TCA_ACT_TUNNEL_KEY 17
#define TCA_ACT_SIMP 22
#define TCA_ACT_IFE 25
#define TCA_ACT_SAMPLE 26

/* Action type identifiers*/
enum tca_id {
	TCA_ID_UNSPEC = 0,
	TCA_ID_POLICE = 1,
	TCA_ID_GACT = TCA_ACT_GACT,
	TCA_ID_IPT = TCA_ACT_IPT,
	TCA_ID_PEDIT = TCA_ACT_PEDIT,
	TCA_ID_MIRRED = TCA_ACT_MIRRED,
	TCA_ID_NAT = TCA_ACT_NAT,
	TCA_ID_XT = TCA_ACT_XT,
	TCA_ID_SKBEDIT = TCA_ACT_SKBEDIT,
	TCA_ID_VLAN = TCA_ACT_VLAN,
	TCA_ID_BPF = TCA_ACT_BPF,
	TCA_ID_CONNMARK = TCA_ACT_CONNMARK,
	TCA_ID_SKBMOD = TCA_ACT_SKBMOD,
	TCA_ID_CSUM = TCA_ACT_CSUM,
	TCA_ID_TUNNEL_KEY = TCA_ACT_TUNNEL_KEY,
	TCA_ID_SIMP = TCA_ACT_SIMP,
	TCA_ID_IFE = TCA_ACT_IFE,
	TCA_ID_SAMPLE = TCA_ACT_SAMPLE,
	TCA_ID_CTINFO,
	TCA_ID_MPLS,
	TCA_ID_CT,
	TCA_ID_GATE,
	/* other actions go here */
	__TCA_ID_MAX = 255
};

#define TCA_ID_MAX __TCA_ID_MAX

struct tc_police {
	__u32			index;
	int			action;
#define TC_POLICE_UNSPEC	TC_ACT_UNSPEC
#define TC_POLICE_OK		TC_ACT_OK
#define TC_POLICE_RECLASSIFY	TC_ACT_RECLASSIFY
#define TC_POLICE_SHOT		TC_ACT_SHOT
#define TC_POLICE_PIPE		TC_ACT_PIPE

	__u32			limit;
	__u32			burst;
	__u32			mtu;
	struct tc_ratespec	rate;
	struct tc_ratespec	peakrate;
	int			refcnt;
	int			bindcnt;
	__u32			capab;
};

struct tcf_t {
	__u64   install;
	__u64   lastuse;
	__u64   expires;
	__u64   firstuse;
};

struct tc_cnt {
	int                   refcnt;
	int                   bindcnt;
};

#define tc_gen \
	__u32                 index; \
	__u32                 capab; \
	int                   action; \
	int                   refcnt; \
	int                   bindcnt

enum {
	TCA_POLICE_UNSPEC,
	TCA_POLICE_TBF,
	TCA_POLICE_RATE,
	TCA_POLICE_PEAKRATE,
	TCA_POLICE_AVRATE,
	TCA_POLICE_RESULT,
	TCA_POLICE_TM,
	TCA_POLICE_PAD,
	TCA_POLICE_RATE64,
	TCA_POLICE_PEAKRATE64,
	TCA_POLICE_PKTRATE64,
	TCA_POLICE_PKTBURST64,
	__TCA_POLICE_MAX
#define TCA_POLICE_RESULT TCA_POLICE_RESULT
};

#define TCA_POLICE_MAX (__TCA_POLICE_MAX - 1)

/* tca flags definitions */
#define TCA_CLS_FLAGS_SKIP_HW	(1 << 0) /* don't offload filter to HW */
#define TCA_CLS_FLAGS_SKIP_SW	(1 << 1) /* don't use filter in SW */
#define TCA_CLS_FLAGS_IN_HW	(1 << 2) /* filter is offloaded to HW */
#define TCA_CLS_FLAGS_NOT_IN_HW (1 << 3) /* filter isn't offloaded to HW */
#define TCA_CLS_FLAGS_VERBOSE	(1 << 4) /* verbose logging */

/* U32 filters */

#define TC_U32_HTID(h) ((h)&0xFFF00000)
#define TC_U32_USERHTID(h) (TC_U32_HTID(h)>>20)
#define TC_U32_HASH(h) (((h)>>12)&0xFF)
#define TC_U32_NODE(h) ((h)&0xFFF)
#define TC_U32_KEY(h) ((h)&0xFFFFF)
#define TC_U32_UNSPEC	0
#define TC_U32_ROOT	(0xFFF00000)

enum {
	TCA_U32_UNSPEC,
	TCA_U32_CLASSID,
	TCA_U32_HASH,
	TCA_U32_LINK,
	TCA_U32_DIVISOR,
	TCA_U32_SEL,
	TCA_U32_POLICE,
	TCA_U32_ACT,
	TCA_U32_INDEV,
	TCA_U32_PCNT,
	TCA_U32_MARK,
	TCA_U32_FLAGS,
	TCA_U32_PAD,
	__TCA_U32_MAX
};

#define TCA_U32_MAX (__TCA_U32_MAX - 1)

struct tc_u32_key {
	__be32		mask;
	__be32		val;
	int		off;
	int		offmask;
};

struct tc_u32_sel {
	unsigned char		flags;
	unsigned char		offshift;
	unsigned char		nkeys;

	__be16			offmask;
	__u16			off;
	short			offoff;

	short			hoff;
	__be32			hmask;
	struct tc_u32_key	keys[0];
};

struct tc_u32_mark {
	__u32		val;
	__u32		mask;
	__u32		success;
};

struct tc_u32_pcnt {
	__u64 rcnt;
	__u64 rhit;
	__u64 kcnts[0];
};

/* Flags */

#define TC_U32_TERMINAL		1
#define TC_U32_OFFSET		2
#define TC_U32_VAROFFSET	4
#define TC_U32_EAT		8

#define TC_U32_MAXDEPTH 8


/* RSVP filter */

enum {
	TCA_RSVP_UNSPEC,
	TCA_RSVP_CLASSID,
	TCA_RSVP_DST,
	TCA_RSVP_SRC,
	TCA_RSVP_PINFO,
	TCA_RSVP_POLICE,
	TCA_RSVP_ACT,
	__TCA_RSVP_MAX
};

#define TCA_RSVP_MAX (__TCA_RSVP_MAX - 1 )

struct tc_rsvp_gpi {
	__u32	key;
	__u32	mask;
	int	offset;
};

struct tc_rsvp_pinfo {
	struct tc_rsvp_gpi dpi;
	struct tc_rsvp_gpi spi;
	__u8	protocol;
	__u8	tunnelid;
	__u8	tunnelhdr;
	__u8	pad;
};

/* ROUTE filter */

enum {
	TCA_ROUTE4_UNSPEC,
	TCA_ROUTE4_CLASSID,
	TCA_ROUTE4_TO,
	TCA_ROUTE4_FROM,
	TCA_ROUTE4_IIF,
	TCA_ROUTE4_POLICE,
	TCA_ROUTE4_ACT,
	__TCA_ROUTE4_MAX
};

#define TCA_ROUTE4_MAX (__TCA_ROUTE4_MAX - 1)


/* FW filter */

enum {
	TCA_FW_UNSPEC,
	TCA_FW_CLASSID,
	TCA_FW_POLICE,
	TCA_FW_INDEV,
	TCA_FW_ACT, /* used by CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT */
	TCA_FW_MASK,
	__TCA_FW_MAX
};

#define TCA_FW_MAX (__TCA_FW_MAX - 1)

/* TC index filter */

enum {
	TCA_TCINDEX_UNSPEC,
	TCA_TCINDEX_HASH,
	TCA_TCINDEX_MASK,
	TCA_TCINDEX_SHIFT,
	TCA_TCINDEX_FALL_THROUGH,
	TCA_TCINDEX_CLASSID,
	TCA_TCINDEX_POLICE,
	TCA_TCINDEX_ACT,
	__TCA_TCINDEX_MAX
};

#define TCA_TCINDEX_MAX     (__TCA_TCINDEX_MAX - 1)

/* Flow filter */

enum {
	FLOW_KEY_SRC,
	FLOW_KEY_DST,
	FLOW_KEY_PROTO,
	FLOW_KEY_PROTO_SRC,
	FLOW_KEY_PROTO_DST,
	FLOW_KEY_IIF,
	FLOW_KEY_PRIORITY,
	FLOW_KEY_MARK,
	FLOW_KEY_NFCT,
	FLOW_KEY_NFCT_SRC,
	FLOW_KEY_NFCT_DST,
	FLOW_KEY_NFCT_PROTO_SRC,
	FLOW_KEY_NFCT_PROTO_DST,
	FLOW_KEY_RTCLASSID,
	FLOW_KEY_SKUID,
	FLOW_KEY_SKGID,
	FLOW_KEY_VLAN_TAG,
	FLOW_KEY_RXHASH,
	__FLOW_KEY_MAX,
};

#define FLOW_KEY_MAX	(__FLOW_KEY_MAX - 1)

enum {
	FLOW_MODE_MAP,
	FLOW_MODE_HASH,
};

enum {
	TCA_FLOW_UNSPEC,
	TCA_FLOW_KEYS,
	TCA_FLOW_MODE,
	TCA_FLOW_BASECLASS,
	TCA_FLOW_RSHIFT,
	TCA_FLOW_ADDEND,
	TCA_FLOW_MASK,
	TCA_FLOW_XOR,
	TCA_FLOW_DIVISOR,
	TCA_FLOW_ACT,
	TCA_FLOW_POLICE,
	TCA_FLOW_EMATCHES,
	TCA_FLOW_PERTURB,
	__TCA_FLOW_MAX
};

#define TCA_FLOW_MAX	(__TCA_FLOW_MAX - 1)

/* Basic filter */

struct tc_basic_pcnt {
	__u64 rcnt;
	__u64 rhit;
};

enum {
	TCA_BASIC_UNSPEC,
	TCA_BASIC_CLASSID,
	TCA_BASIC_EMATCHES,
	TCA_BASIC_ACT,
	TCA_BASIC_POLICE,
	TCA_BASIC_PCNT,
	TCA_BASIC_PAD,
	__TCA_BASIC_MAX
};

#define TCA_BASIC_MAX (__TCA_BASIC_MAX - 1)


/* Cgroup classifier */

enum {
	TCA_CGROUP_UNSPEC,
	TCA_CGROUP_ACT,
	TCA_CGROUP_POLICE,
	TCA_CGROUP_EMATCHES,
	__TCA_CGROUP_MAX,
};

#define TCA_CGROUP_MAX (__TCA_CGROUP_MAX - 1)

/* BPF classifier */

#define TCA_BPF_FLAG_ACT_DIRECT		(1 << 0)

enum {
	TCA_BPF_UNSPEC,
	TCA_BPF_ACT,
	TCA_BPF_POLICE,
	TCA_BPF_CLASSID,
	TCA_BPF_OPS_LEN,
	TCA_BPF_OPS,
	TCA_BPF_FD,
	TCA_BPF_NAME,
	TCA_BPF_FLAGS,
	TCA_BPF_FLAGS_GEN,
	TCA_BPF_TAG,
	TCA_BPF_ID,
	__TCA_BPF_MAX,
};

#define TCA_BPF_MAX (__TCA_BPF_MAX - 1)

/* Flower classifier */

enum {
	TCA_FLOWER_UNSPEC,
	TCA_FLOWER_CLASSID,
	TCA_FLOWER_INDEV,
	TCA_FLOWER_ACT,
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ETH_DST,		/* ETH_ALEN */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ETH_DST_MASK,	/* ETH_ALEN */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ETH_SRC,		/* ETH_ALEN */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ETH_SRC_MASK,	/* ETH_ALEN */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ETH_TYPE,	/* be16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_IP_PROTO,	/* u8 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_IPV4_SRC,	/* be32 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_IPV4_SRC_MASK,	/* be32 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_IPV4_DST,	/* be32 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_IPV4_DST_MASK,	/* be32 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_IPV6_SRC,	/* struct in6_addr */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_IPV6_SRC_MASK,	/* struct in6_addr */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_IPV6_DST,	/* struct in6_addr */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_IPV6_DST_MASK,	/* struct in6_addr */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_TCP_SRC,		/* be16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_TCP_DST,		/* be16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_UDP_SRC,		/* be16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_UDP_DST,		/* be16 */

	TCA_FLOWER_FLAGS,
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_VLAN_ID,		/* be16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_VLAN_PRIO,	/* u8   */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_VLAN_ETH_TYPE,	/* be16 */

	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_KEY_ID,	/* be32 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_IPV4_SRC,	/* be32 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_IPV4_SRC_MASK,/* be32 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_IPV4_DST,	/* be32 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_IPV4_DST_MASK,/* be32 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_IPV6_SRC,	/* struct in6_addr */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_IPV6_SRC_MASK,/* struct in6_addr */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_IPV6_DST,	/* struct in6_addr */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_IPV6_DST_MASK,/* struct in6_addr */

	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_TCP_SRC_MASK,	/* be16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_TCP_DST_MASK,	/* be16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_UDP_SRC_MASK,	/* be16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_UDP_DST_MASK,	/* be16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_SCTP_SRC_MASK,	/* be16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_SCTP_DST_MASK,	/* be16 */

	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_SCTP_SRC,	/* be16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_SCTP_DST,	/* be16 */

	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_UDP_SRC_PORT,	/* be16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_UDP_SRC_PORT_MASK,	/* be16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_UDP_DST_PORT,	/* be16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_UDP_DST_PORT_MASK,	/* be16 */

	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_FLAGS,		/* be32 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_FLAGS_MASK,	/* be32 */

	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ICMPV4_CODE,	/* u8 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ICMPV4_CODE_MASK,/* u8 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ICMPV4_TYPE,	/* u8 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ICMPV4_TYPE_MASK,/* u8 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ICMPV6_CODE,	/* u8 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ICMPV6_CODE_MASK,/* u8 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ICMPV6_TYPE,	/* u8 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ICMPV6_TYPE_MASK,/* u8 */

	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ARP_SIP,		/* be32 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ARP_SIP_MASK,	/* be32 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ARP_TIP,		/* be32 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ARP_TIP_MASK,	/* be32 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ARP_OP,		/* u8 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ARP_OP_MASK,	/* u8 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ARP_SHA,		/* ETH_ALEN */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ARP_SHA_MASK,	/* ETH_ALEN */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ARP_THA,		/* ETH_ALEN */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ARP_THA_MASK,	/* ETH_ALEN */

	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_MPLS_TTL,	/* u8 - 8 bits */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_MPLS_BOS,	/* u8 - 1 bit */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_MPLS_TC,		/* u8 - 3 bits */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_MPLS_LABEL,	/* be32 - 20 bits */

	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_TCP_FLAGS,	/* be16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_TCP_FLAGS_MASK,	/* be16 */

	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_IP_TOS,		/* u8 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_IP_TOS_MASK,	/* u8 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_IP_TTL,		/* u8 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_IP_TTL_MASK,	/* u8 */

	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_CVLAN_ID,	/* be16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_CVLAN_PRIO,	/* u8   */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_CVLAN_ETH_TYPE,	/* be16 */

	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_IP_TOS,      /* u8 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_IP_TOS_MASK, /* u8 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_IP_TTL,      /* u8 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_IP_TTL_MASK, /* u8 */

	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPTS,
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPTS_MASK,

	TCA_FLOWER_IN_HW_COUNT,

	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_PORT_SRC_MIN,	/* be16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_PORT_SRC_MAX,	/* be16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_PORT_DST_MIN,	/* be16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_PORT_DST_MAX,	/* be16 */

	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_CT_STATE,	/* u16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_CT_STATE_MASK,	/* u16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_CT_ZONE,		/* u16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_CT_ZONE_MASK,	/* u16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_CT_MARK,		/* u32 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_CT_MARK_MASK,	/* u32 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_CT_LABELS,	/* u128 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_CT_LABELS_MASK,	/* u128 */

	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_MPLS_OPTS,

	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_HASH,		/* u32 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_HASH_MASK,	/* u32 */

	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_NUM_OF_VLANS,    /* u8 */

	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_PPPOE_SID,	/* be16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_PPP_PROTO,	/* be16 */

	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_L2TPV3_SID,	/* be32 */

	__TCA_FLOWER_MAX,
};

#define TCA_FLOWER_MAX (__TCA_FLOWER_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_CT_FLAGS_NEW = 1 << 0, /* Beginning of a new connection. */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_CT_FLAGS_ESTABLISHED = 1 << 1, /* Part of an existing connection. */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_CT_FLAGS_RELATED = 1 << 2, /* Related to an established connection. */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_CT_FLAGS_TRACKED = 1 << 3, /* Conntrack has occurred. */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_CT_FLAGS_INVALID = 1 << 4, /* Conntrack is invalid. */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_CT_FLAGS_REPLY = 1 << 5, /* Packet is in the reply direction. */

	__TCA_FLOWER_KEY_CT_FLAGS_MAX,
};

enum {
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPTS_UNSPEC,
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPTS_GENEVE, /* Nested
					 * TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPT_GENEVE_
					 * attributes
					 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPTS_VXLAN,	/* Nested
					 * TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPT_VXLAN_
					 * attributes
					 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPTS_ERSPAN,	/* Nested
					 * TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPT_ERSPAN_
					 * attributes
					 */
	__TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPTS_MAX,
};

#define TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPTS_MAX (__TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPTS_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPT_GENEVE_UNSPEC,
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPT_GENEVE_CLASS,            /* u16 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPT_GENEVE_TYPE,             /* u8 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPT_GENEVE_DATA,             /* 4 to 128 bytes */

	__TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPT_GENEVE_MAX,
};

#define TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPT_GENEVE_MAX \
		(__TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPT_GENEVE_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPT_VXLAN_UNSPEC,
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPT_VXLAN_GBP,		/* u32 */
	__TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPT_VXLAN_MAX,
};

#define TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPT_VXLAN_MAX \
		(__TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPT_VXLAN_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPT_ERSPAN_UNSPEC,
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPT_ERSPAN_VER,              /* u8 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPT_ERSPAN_INDEX,            /* be32 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPT_ERSPAN_DIR,              /* u8 */
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPT_ERSPAN_HWID,             /* u8 */
	__TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPT_ERSPAN_MAX,
};

#define TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPT_ERSPAN_MAX \
		(__TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPT_ERSPAN_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_MPLS_OPTS_UNSPEC,
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_MPLS_OPTS_LSE,
	__TCA_FLOWER_KEY_MPLS_OPTS_MAX,
};

#define TCA_FLOWER_KEY_MPLS_OPTS_MAX (__TCA_FLOWER_KEY_MPLS_OPTS_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_MPLS_OPT_LSE_UNSPEC,
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_MPLS_OPT_LSE_DEPTH,
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_MPLS_OPT_LSE_TTL,
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_MPLS_OPT_LSE_BOS,
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_MPLS_OPT_LSE_TC,
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_MPLS_OPT_LSE_LABEL,
	__TCA_FLOWER_KEY_MPLS_OPT_LSE_MAX,
};

#define TCA_FLOWER_KEY_MPLS_OPT_LSE_MAX \
		(__TCA_FLOWER_KEY_MPLS_OPT_LSE_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_FLAGS_IS_FRAGMENT = (1 << 0),
	TCA_FLOWER_KEY_FLAGS_FRAG_IS_FIRST = (1 << 1),
};

#define TCA_FLOWER_MASK_FLAGS_RANGE	(1 << 0) /* Range-based match */

/* Match-all classifier */

struct tc_matchall_pcnt {
	__u64 rhit;
};

enum {
	TCA_MATCHALL_UNSPEC,
	TCA_MATCHALL_CLASSID,
	TCA_MATCHALL_ACT,
	TCA_MATCHALL_FLAGS,
	TCA_MATCHALL_PCNT,
	TCA_MATCHALL_PAD,
	__TCA_MATCHALL_MAX,
};

#define TCA_MATCHALL_MAX (__TCA_MATCHALL_MAX - 1)

/* Extended Matches */

struct tcf_ematch_tree_hdr {
	__u16		nmatches;
	__u16		progid;
};

enum {
	TCA_EMATCH_TREE_UNSPEC,
	TCA_EMATCH_TREE_HDR,
	TCA_EMATCH_TREE_LIST,
	__TCA_EMATCH_TREE_MAX
};
#define TCA_EMATCH_TREE_MAX (__TCA_EMATCH_TREE_MAX - 1)

struct tcf_ematch_hdr {
	__u16		matchid;
	__u16		kind;
	__u16		flags;
	__u16		pad; /* currently unused */
};

/*  0                   1
 *  0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 
 * +-----------------------+-+-+---+
 * |         Unused        |S|I| R |
 * +-----------------------+-+-+---+
 *
 * R(2) ::= relation to next ematch
 *          where: 0 0 END (last ematch)
 *                 0 1 AND
 *                 1 0 OR
 *                 1 1 Unused (invalid)
 * I(1) ::= invert result
 * S(1) ::= simple payload
 */
#define TCF_EM_REL_END	0
#define TCF_EM_REL_AND	(1<<0)
#define TCF_EM_REL_OR	(1<<1)
#define TCF_EM_INVERT	(1<<2)
#define TCF_EM_SIMPLE	(1<<3)

#define TCF_EM_REL_MASK	3
#define TCF_EM_REL_VALID(v) (((v) & TCF_EM_REL_MASK) != TCF_EM_REL_MASK)

enum {
	TCF_LAYER_LINK,
	TCF_LAYER_NETWORK,
	TCF_LAYER_TRANSPORT,
	__TCF_LAYER_MAX
};
#define TCF_LAYER_MAX (__TCF_LAYER_MAX - 1)

/* Ematch type assignments
 *   1..32767		Reserved for ematches inside kernel tree
 *   32768..65535	Free to use, not reliable
 */
#define	TCF_EM_CONTAINER	0
#define	TCF_EM_CMP		1
#define	TCF_EM_NBYTE		2
#define	TCF_EM_U32		3
#define	TCF_EM_META		4
#define	TCF_EM_TEXT		5
#define	TCF_EM_VLAN		6
#define	TCF_EM_CANID		7
#define	TCF_EM_IPSET		8
#define	TCF_EM_IPT		9
#define	TCF_EM_MAX		9

enum {
	TCF_EM_PROG_TC
};

enum {
	TCF_EM_OPND_EQ,
	TCF_EM_OPND_GT,
	TCF_EM_OPND_LT
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_KEYBOARD_H
#define __LINUX_KEYBOARD_H

#include <linux/wait.h>

#define KG_SHIFT	0
#define KG_CTRL		2
#define KG_ALT		3
#define KG_ALTGR	1
#define KG_SHIFTL	4
#define KG_KANASHIFT	4
#define KG_SHIFTR	5
#define KG_CTRLL	6
#define KG_CTRLR	7
#define KG_CAPSSHIFT	8

#define NR_SHIFT	9

#define NR_KEYS		256
#define MAX_NR_KEYMAPS	256
/* This means 128Kb if all keymaps are allocated. Only the superuser
	may increase the number of keymaps beyond MAX_NR_OF_USER_KEYMAPS. */
#define MAX_NR_OF_USER_KEYMAPS 256 	/* should be at least 7 */


#define MAX_NR_FUNC	256	/* max nr of strings assigned to keys */

#define KT_LATIN	0	/* we depend on this being zero */
#define KT_LETTER	11	/* symbol that can be acted upon by CapsLock */
#define KT_FN		1
#define KT_SPEC		2
#define KT_PAD		3
#define KT_DEAD		4
#define KT_CONS		5
#define KT_CUR		6
#define KT_SHIFT	7
#define KT_META		8
#define KT_ASCII	9
#define KT_LOCK		10
#define KT_SLOCK	12
#define KT_DEAD2	13
#define KT_BRL		14

#define K(t,v)		(((t)<<8)|(v))
#define KTYP(x)		((x) >> 8)
#define KVAL(x)		((x) & 0xff)

#define K_F1		K(KT_FN,0)
#define K_F2		K(KT_FN,1)
#define K_F3		K(KT_FN,2)
#define K_F4		K(KT_FN,3)
#define K_F5		K(KT_FN,4)
#define K_F6		K(KT_FN,5)
#define K_F7		K(KT_FN,6)
#define K_F8		K(KT_FN,7)
#define K_F9		K(KT_FN,8)
#define K_F10		K(KT_FN,9)
#define K_F11		K(KT_FN,10)
#define K_F12		K(KT_FN,11)
#define K_F13		K(KT_FN,12)
#define K_F14		K(KT_FN,13)
#define K_F15		K(KT_FN,14)
#define K_F16		K(KT_FN,15)
#define K_F17		K(KT_FN,16)
#define K_F18		K(KT_FN,17)
#define K_F19		K(KT_FN,18)
#define K_F20		K(KT_FN,19)
#define K_FIND		K(KT_FN,20)
#define K_INSERT	K(KT_FN,21)
#define K_REMOVE	K(KT_FN,22)
#define K_SELECT	K(KT_FN,23)
#define K_PGUP		K(KT_FN,24) /* PGUP is a synonym for PRIOR */
#define K_PGDN		K(KT_FN,25) /* PGDN is a synonym for NEXT */
#define K_MACRO	 	K(KT_FN,26)
#define K_HELP		K(KT_FN,27)
#define K_DO		K(KT_FN,28)
#define K_PAUSE	 	K(KT_FN,29)
#define K_F21		K(KT_FN,30)
#define K_F22		K(KT_FN,31)
#define K_F23		K(KT_FN,32)
#define K_F24		K(KT_FN,33)
#define K_F25		K(KT_FN,34)
#define K_F26		K(KT_FN,35)
#define K_F27		K(KT_FN,36)
#define K_F28		K(KT_FN,37)
#define K_F29		K(KT_FN,38)
#define K_F30		K(KT_FN,39)
#define K_F31		K(KT_FN,40)
#define K_F32		K(KT_FN,41)
#define K_F33		K(KT_FN,42)
#define K_F34		K(KT_FN,43)
#define K_F35		K(KT_FN,44)
#define K_F36		K(KT_FN,45)
#define K_F37		K(KT_FN,46)
#define K_F38		K(KT_FN,47)
#define K_F39		K(KT_FN,48)
#define K_F40		K(KT_FN,49)
#define K_F41		K(KT_FN,50)
#define K_F42		K(KT_FN,51)
#define K_F43		K(KT_FN,52)
#define K_F44		K(KT_FN,53)
#define K_F45		K(KT_FN,54)
#define K_F46		K(KT_FN,55)
#define K_F47		K(KT_FN,56)
#define K_F48		K(KT_FN,57)
#define K_F49		K(KT_FN,58)
#define K_F50		K(KT_FN,59)
#define K_F51		K(KT_FN,60)
#define K_F52		K(KT_FN,61)
#define K_F53		K(KT_FN,62)
#define K_F54		K(KT_FN,63)
#define K_F55		K(KT_FN,64)
#define K_F56		K(KT_FN,65)
#define K_F57		K(KT_FN,66)
#define K_F58		K(KT_FN,67)
#define K_F59		K(KT_FN,68)
#define K_F60		K(KT_FN,69)
#define K_F61		K(KT_FN,70)
#define K_F62		K(KT_FN,71)
#define K_F63		K(KT_FN,72)
#define K_F64		K(KT_FN,73)
#define K_F65		K(KT_FN,74)
#define K_F66		K(KT_FN,75)
#define K_F67		K(KT_FN,76)
#define K_F68		K(KT_FN,77)
#define K_F69		K(KT_FN,78)
#define K_F70		K(KT_FN,79)
#define K_F71		K(KT_FN,80)
#define K_F72		K(KT_FN,81)
#define K_F73		K(KT_FN,82)
#define K_F74		K(KT_FN,83)
#define K_F75		K(KT_FN,84)
#define K_F76		K(KT_FN,85)
#define K_F77		K(KT_FN,86)
#define K_F78		K(KT_FN,87)
#define K_F79		K(KT_FN,88)
#define K_F80		K(KT_FN,89)
#define K_F81		K(KT_FN,90)
#define K_F82		K(KT_FN,91)
#define K_F83		K(KT_FN,92)
#define K_F84		K(KT_FN,93)
#define K_F85		K(KT_FN,94)
#define K_F86		K(KT_FN,95)
#define K_F87		K(KT_FN,96)
#define K_F88		K(KT_FN,97)
#define K_F89		K(KT_FN,98)
#define K_F90		K(KT_FN,99)
#define K_F91		K(KT_FN,100)
#define K_F92		K(KT_FN,101)
#define K_F93		K(KT_FN,102)
#define K_F94		K(KT_FN,103)
#define K_F95		K(KT_FN,104)
#define K_F96		K(KT_FN,105)
#define K_F97		K(KT_FN,106)
#define K_F98		K(KT_FN,107)
#define K_F99		K(KT_FN,108)
#define K_F100		K(KT_FN,109)
#define K_F101		K(KT_FN,110)
#define K_F102		K(KT_FN,111)
#define K_F103		K(KT_FN,112)
#define K_F104		K(KT_FN,113)
#define K_F105		K(KT_FN,114)
#define K_F106		K(KT_FN,115)
#define K_F107		K(KT_FN,116)
#define K_F108		K(KT_FN,117)
#define K_F109		K(KT_FN,118)
#define K_F110		K(KT_FN,119)
#define K_F111		K(KT_FN,120)
#define K_F112		K(KT_FN,121)
#define K_F113		K(KT_FN,122)
#define K_F114		K(KT_FN,123)
#define K_F115		K(KT_FN,124)
#define K_F116		K(KT_FN,125)
#define K_F117		K(KT_FN,126)
#define K_F118		K(KT_FN,127)
#define K_F119		K(KT_FN,128)
#define K_F120		K(KT_FN,129)
#define K_F121		K(KT_FN,130)
#define K_F122		K(KT_FN,131)
#define K_F123		K(KT_FN,132)
#define K_F124		K(KT_FN,133)
#define K_F125		K(KT_FN,134)
#define K_F126		K(KT_FN,135)
#define K_F127		K(KT_FN,136)
#define K_F128		K(KT_FN,137)
#define K_F129		K(KT_FN,138)
#define K_F130		K(KT_FN,139)
#define K_F131		K(KT_FN,140)
#define K_F132		K(KT_FN,141)
#define K_F133		K(KT_FN,142)
#define K_F134		K(KT_FN,143)
#define K_F135		K(KT_FN,144)
#define K_F136		K(KT_FN,145)
#define K_F137		K(KT_FN,146)
#define K_F138		K(KT_FN,147)
#define K_F139		K(KT_FN,148)
#define K_F140		K(KT_FN,149)
#define K_F141		K(KT_FN,150)
#define K_F142		K(KT_FN,151)
#define K_F143		K(KT_FN,152)
#define K_F144		K(KT_FN,153)
#define K_F145		K(KT_FN,154)
#define K_F146		K(KT_FN,155)
#define K_F147		K(KT_FN,156)
#define K_F148		K(KT_FN,157)
#define K_F149		K(KT_FN,158)
#define K_F150		K(KT_FN,159)
#define K_F151		K(KT_FN,160)
#define K_F152		K(KT_FN,161)
#define K_F153		K(KT_FN,162)
#define K_F154		K(KT_FN,163)
#define K_F155		K(KT_FN,164)
#define K_F156		K(KT_FN,165)
#define K_F157		K(KT_FN,166)
#define K_F158		K(KT_FN,167)
#define K_F159		K(KT_FN,168)
#define K_F160		K(KT_FN,169)
#define K_F161		K(KT_FN,170)
#define K_F162		K(KT_FN,171)
#define K_F163		K(KT_FN,172)
#define K_F164		K(KT_FN,173)
#define K_F165		K(KT_FN,174)
#define K_F166		K(KT_FN,175)
#define K_F167		K(KT_FN,176)
#define K_F168		K(KT_FN,177)
#define K_F169		K(KT_FN,178)
#define K_F170		K(KT_FN,179)
#define K_F171		K(KT_FN,180)
#define K_F172		K(KT_FN,181)
#define K_F173		K(KT_FN,182)
#define K_F174		K(KT_FN,183)
#define K_F175		K(KT_FN,184)
#define K_F176		K(KT_FN,185)
#define K_F177		K(KT_FN,186)
#define K_F178		K(KT_FN,187)
#define K_F179		K(KT_FN,188)
#define K_F180		K(KT_FN,189)
#define K_F181		K(KT_FN,190)
#define K_F182		K(KT_FN,191)
#define K_F183		K(KT_FN,192)
#define K_F184		K(KT_FN,193)
#define K_F185		K(KT_FN,194)
#define K_F186		K(KT_FN,195)
#define K_F187		K(KT_FN,196)
#define K_F188		K(KT_FN,197)
#define K_F189		K(KT_FN,198)
#define K_F190		K(KT_FN,199)
#define K_F191		K(KT_FN,200)
#define K_F192		K(KT_FN,201)
#define K_F193		K(KT_FN,202)
#define K_F194		K(KT_FN,203)
#define K_F195		K(KT_FN,204)
#define K_F196		K(KT_FN,205)
#define K_F197		K(KT_FN,206)
#define K_F198		K(KT_FN,207)
#define K_F199		K(KT_FN,208)
#define K_F200		K(KT_FN,209)
#define K_F201		K(KT_FN,210)
#define K_F202		K(KT_FN,211)
#define K_F203		K(KT_FN,212)
#define K_F204		K(KT_FN,213)
#define K_F205		K(KT_FN,214)
#define K_F206		K(KT_FN,215)
#define K_F207		K(KT_FN,216)
#define K_F208		K(KT_FN,217)
#define K_F209		K(KT_FN,218)
#define K_F210		K(KT_FN,219)
#define K_F211		K(KT_FN,220)
#define K_F212		K(KT_FN,221)
#define K_F213		K(KT_FN,222)
#define K_F214		K(KT_FN,223)
#define K_F215		K(KT_FN,224)
#define K_F216		K(KT_FN,225)
#define K_F217		K(KT_FN,226)
#define K_F218		K(KT_FN,227)
#define K_F219		K(KT_FN,228)
#define K_F220		K(KT_FN,229)
#define K_F221		K(KT_FN,230)
#define K_F222		K(KT_FN,231)
#define K_F223		K(KT_FN,232)
#define K_F224		K(KT_FN,233)
#define K_F225		K(KT_FN,234)
#define K_F226		K(KT_FN,235)
#define K_F227		K(KT_FN,236)
#define K_F228		K(KT_FN,237)
#define K_F229		K(KT_FN,238)
#define K_F230		K(KT_FN,239)
#define K_F231		K(KT_FN,240)
#define K_F232		K(KT_FN,241)
#define K_F233		K(KT_FN,242)
#define K_F234		K(KT_FN,243)
#define K_F235		K(KT_FN,244)
#define K_F236		K(KT_FN,245)
#define K_F237		K(KT_FN,246)
#define K_F238		K(KT_FN,247)
#define K_F239		K(KT_FN,248)
#define K_F240		K(KT_FN,249)
#define K_F241		K(KT_FN,250)
#define K_F242		K(KT_FN,251)
#define K_F243		K(KT_FN,252)
#define K_F244		K(KT_FN,253)
#define K_F245		K(KT_FN,254)
#define K_UNDO		K(KT_FN,255)


#define K_HOLE		K(KT_SPEC,0)
#define K_ENTER		K(KT_SPEC,1)
#define K_SH_REGS	K(KT_SPEC,2)
#define K_SH_MEM	K(KT_SPEC,3)
#define K_SH_STAT	K(KT_SPEC,4)
#define K_BREAK		K(KT_SPEC,5)
#define K_CONS		K(KT_SPEC,6)
#define K_CAPS		K(KT_SPEC,7)
#define K_NUM		K(KT_SPEC,8)
#define K_HOLD		K(KT_SPEC,9)
#define K_SCROLLFORW	K(KT_SPEC,10)
#define K_SCROLLBACK	K(KT_SPEC,11)
#define K_BOOT		K(KT_SPEC,12)
#define K_CAPSON	K(KT_SPEC,13)
#define K_COMPOSE	K(KT_SPEC,14)
#define K_SAK		K(KT_SPEC,15)
#define K_DECRCONSOLE	K(KT_SPEC,16)
#define K_INCRCONSOLE	K(KT_SPEC,17)
#define K_SPAWNCONSOLE	K(KT_SPEC,18)
#define K_BARENUMLOCK	K(KT_SPEC,19)

#define K_ALLOCATED	K(KT_SPEC,126) /* dynamically allocated keymap */
#define K_NOSUCHMAP	K(KT_SPEC,127) /* returned by KDGKBENT */

#define K_P0		K(KT_PAD,0)
#define K_P1		K(KT_PAD,1)
#define K_P2		K(KT_PAD,2)
#define K_P3		K(KT_PAD,3)
#define K_P4		K(KT_PAD,4)
#define K_P5		K(KT_PAD,5)
#define K_P6		K(KT_PAD,6)
#define K_P7		K(KT_PAD,7)
#define K_P8		K(KT_PAD,8)
#define K_P9		K(KT_PAD,9)
#define K_PPLUS		K(KT_PAD,10)	/* key-pad plus */
#define K_PMINUS	K(KT_PAD,11)	/* key-pad minus */
#define K_PSTAR		K(KT_PAD,12)	/* key-pad asterisk (star) */
#define K_PSLASH	K(KT_PAD,13)	/* key-pad slash */
#define K_PENTER	K(KT_PAD,14)	/* key-pad enter */
#define K_PCOMMA	K(KT_PAD,15)	/* key-pad comma: kludge... */
#define K_PDOT		K(KT_PAD,16)	/* key-pad dot (period): kludge... */
#define K_PPLUSMINUS	K(KT_PAD,17)	/* key-pad plus/minus */
#define K_PPARENL	K(KT_PAD,18)	/* key-pad left parenthesis */
#define K_PPARENR	K(KT_PAD,19)	/* key-pad right parenthesis */

#define NR_PAD		20

#define K_DGRAVE	K(KT_DEAD,0)
#define K_DACUTE	K(KT_DEAD,1)
#define K_DCIRCM	K(KT_DEAD,2)
#define K_DTILDE	K(KT_DEAD,3)
#define K_DDIERE	K(KT_DEAD,4)
#define K_DCEDIL	K(KT_DEAD,5)

#define NR_DEAD		6

#define K_DOWN		K(KT_CUR,0)
#define K_LEFT		K(KT_CUR,1)
#define K_RIGHT		K(KT_CUR,2)
#define K_UP		K(KT_CUR,3)

#define K_SHIFT		K(KT_SHIFT,KG_SHIFT)
#define K_CTRL		K(KT_SHIFT,KG_CTRL)
#define K_ALT		K(KT_SHIFT,KG_ALT)
#define K_ALTGR		K(KT_SHIFT,KG_ALTGR)
#define K_SHIFTL	K(KT_SHIFT,KG_SHIFTL)
#define K_SHIFTR	K(KT_SHIFT,KG_SHIFTR)
#define K_CTRLL	 	K(KT_SHIFT,KG_CTRLL)
#define K_CTRLR	 	K(KT_SHIFT,KG_CTRLR)
#define K_CAPSSHIFT	K(KT_SHIFT,KG_CAPSSHIFT)

#define K_ASC0		K(KT_ASCII,0)
#define K_ASC1		K(KT_ASCII,1)
#define K_ASC2		K(KT_ASCII,2)
#define K_ASC3		K(KT_ASCII,3)
#define K_ASC4		K(KT_ASCII,4)
#define K_ASC5		K(KT_ASCII,5)
#define K_ASC6		K(KT_ASCII,6)
#define K_ASC7		K(KT_ASCII,7)
#define K_ASC8		K(KT_ASCII,8)
#define K_ASC9		K(KT_ASCII,9)
#define K_HEX0		K(KT_ASCII,10)
#define K_HEX1		K(KT_ASCII,11)
#define K_HEX2		K(KT_ASCII,12)
#define K_HEX3		K(KT_ASCII,13)
#define K_HEX4		K(KT_ASCII,14)
#define K_HEX5		K(KT_ASCII,15)
#define K_HEX6		K(KT_ASCII,16)
#define K_HEX7		K(KT_ASCII,17)
#define K_HEX8		K(KT_ASCII,18)
#define K_HEX9		K(KT_ASCII,19)
#define K_HEXa		K(KT_ASCII,20)
#define K_HEXb		K(KT_ASCII,21)
#define K_HEXc		K(KT_ASCII,22)
#define K_HEXd		K(KT_ASCII,23)
#define K_HEXe		K(KT_ASCII,24)
#define K_HEXf		K(KT_ASCII,25)

#define NR_ASCII	26

#define K_SHIFTLOCK	K(KT_LOCK,KG_SHIFT)
#define K_CTRLLOCK	K(KT_LOCK,KG_CTRL)
#define K_ALTLOCK	K(KT_LOCK,KG_ALT)
#define K_ALTGRLOCK	K(KT_LOCK,KG_ALTGR)
#define K_SHIFTLLOCK	K(KT_LOCK,KG_SHIFTL)
#define K_SHIFTRLOCK	K(KT_LOCK,KG_SHIFTR)
#define K_CTRLLLOCK	K(KT_LOCK,KG_CTRLL)
#define K_CTRLRLOCK	K(KT_LOCK,KG_CTRLR)
#define K_CAPSSHIFTLOCK	K(KT_LOCK,KG_CAPSSHIFT)

#define K_SHIFT_SLOCK	K(KT_SLOCK,KG_SHIFT)
#define K_CTRL_SLOCK	K(KT_SLOCK,KG_CTRL)
#define K_ALT_SLOCK	K(KT_SLOCK,KG_ALT)
#define K_ALTGR_SLOCK	K(KT_SLOCK,KG_ALTGR)
#define K_SHIFTL_SLOCK	K(KT_SLOCK,KG_SHIFTL)
#define K_SHIFTR_SLOCK	K(KT_SLOCK,KG_SHIFTR)
#define K_CTRLL_SLOCK	K(KT_SLOCK,KG_CTRLL)
#define K_CTRLR_SLOCK	K(KT_SLOCK,KG_CTRLR)
#define K_CAPSSHIFT_SLOCK	K(KT_SLOCK,KG_CAPSSHIFT)

#define NR_LOCK		9

#define K_BRL_BLANK     K(KT_BRL, 0)
#define K_BRL_DOT1      K(KT_BRL, 1)
#define K_BRL_DOT2      K(KT_BRL, 2)
#define K_BRL_DOT3      K(KT_BRL, 3)
#define K_BRL_DOT4      K(KT_BRL, 4)
#define K_BRL_DOT5      K(KT_BRL, 5)
#define K_BRL_DOT6      K(KT_BRL, 6)
#define K_BRL_DOT7      K(KT_BRL, 7)
#define K_BRL_DOT8      K(KT_BRL, 8)
#define K_BRL_DOT9      K(KT_BRL, 9)
#define K_BRL_DOT10     K(KT_BRL, 10)

#define NR_BRL		11

#define MAX_DIACR	256
#endif /* __LINUX_KEYBOARD_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_TTY_FLAGS_H
#define _LINUX_TTY_FLAGS_H

/*
 * Definitions for async_struct (and serial_struct) flags field also
 * shared by the tty_port flags structures.
 *
 * Define ASYNCB_* for convenient use with {test,set,clear}_bit.
 *
 * Bits [0..ASYNCB_LAST_USER] are userspace defined/visible/changeable
 * [x] in the bit comments indicates the flag is defunct and no longer used.
 */
#define ASYNCB_HUP_NOTIFY	 0 /* Notify getty on hangups and closes
				    * on the callout port */
#define ASYNCB_FOURPORT		 1 /* Set OUT1, OUT2 per AST Fourport settings */
#define ASYNCB_SAK		 2 /* Secure Attention Key (Orange book) */
#define ASYNCB_SPLIT_TERMIOS	 3 /* [x] Separate termios for dialin/callout */
#define ASYNCB_SPD_HI		 4 /* Use 57600 instead of 38400 bps */
#define ASYNCB_SPD_VHI		 5 /* Use 115200 instead of 38400 bps */
#define ASYNCB_SKIP_TEST	 6 /* Skip UART test during autoconfiguration */
#define ASYNCB_AUTO_IRQ		 7 /* Do automatic IRQ during
				    * autoconfiguration */
#define ASYNCB_SESSION_LOCKOUT	 8 /* [x] Lock out cua opens based on session */
#define ASYNCB_PGRP_LOCKOUT	 9 /* [x] Lock out cua opens based on pgrp */
#define ASYNCB_CALLOUT_NOHUP	10 /* [x] Don't do hangups for cua device */
#define ASYNCB_HARDPPS_CD	11 /* Call hardpps when CD goes high  */
#define ASYNCB_SPD_SHI		12 /* Use 230400 instead of 38400 bps */
#define ASYNCB_LOW_LATENCY	13 /* Request low latency behaviour */
#define ASYNCB_BUGGY_UART	14 /* This is a buggy UART, skip some safety
				    * checks.  Note: can be dangerous! */
#define ASYNCB_AUTOPROBE	15 /* [x] Port was autoprobed by PCI/PNP code */
#define ASYNCB_MAGIC_MULTIPLIER	16 /* Use special CLK or divisor */
#define ASYNCB_LAST_USER	16

/*
 * Internal flags used only by kernel (read-only)
 *
 * WARNING: These flags are no longer used and have been superceded by the
 *	    TTY_PORT_ flags in the iflags field (and not userspace-visible)
 */
#ifndef _KERNEL_
#define ASYNCB_INITIALIZED	31 /* Serial port was initialized */
#define ASYNCB_SUSPENDED	30 /* Serial port is suspended */
#define ASYNCB_NORMAL_ACTIVE	29 /* Normal device is active */
#define ASYNCB_BOOT_AUTOCONF	28 /* Autoconfigure port on bootup */
#define ASYNCB_CLOSING		27 /* Serial port is closing */
#define ASYNCB_CTS_FLOW		26 /* Do CTS flow control */
#define ASYNCB_CHECK_CD		25 /* i.e., CLOCAL */
#define ASYNCB_SHARE_IRQ	24 /* for multifunction cards, no longer used */
#define ASYNCB_CONS_FLOW	23 /* flow control for console  */
#define ASYNCB_FIRST_KERNEL	22
#endif

/* Masks */
#define ASYNC_HUP_NOTIFY	(1U << ASYNCB_HUP_NOTIFY)
#define ASYNC_SUSPENDED		(1U << ASYNCB_SUSPENDED)
#define ASYNC_FOURPORT		(1U << ASYNCB_FOURPORT)
#define ASYNC_SAK		(1U << ASYNCB_SAK)
#define ASYNC_SPLIT_TERMIOS	(1U << ASYNCB_SPLIT_TERMIOS)
#define ASYNC_SPD_HI		(1U << ASYNCB_SPD_HI)
#define ASYNC_SPD_VHI		(1U << ASYNCB_SPD_VHI)
#define ASYNC_SKIP_TEST		(1U << ASYNCB_SKIP_TEST)
#define ASYNC_AUTO_IRQ		(1U << ASYNCB_AUTO_IRQ)
#define ASYNC_SESSION_LOCKOUT	(1U << ASYNCB_SESSION_LOCKOUT)
#define ASYNC_PGRP_LOCKOUT	(1U << ASYNCB_PGRP_LOCKOUT)
#define ASYNC_CALLOUT_NOHUP	(1U << ASYNCB_CALLOUT_NOHUP)
#define ASYNC_HARDPPS_CD	(1U << ASYNCB_HARDPPS_CD)
#define ASYNC_SPD_SHI		(1U << ASYNCB_SPD_SHI)
#define ASYNC_LOW_LATENCY	(1U << ASYNCB_LOW_LATENCY)
#define ASYNC_BUGGY_UART	(1U << ASYNCB_BUGGY_UART)
#define ASYNC_AUTOPROBE		(1U << ASYNCB_AUTOPROBE)
#define ASYNC_MAGIC_MULTIPLIER	(1U << ASYNCB_MAGIC_MULTIPLIER)

#define ASYNC_FLAGS		((1U << (ASYNCB_LAST_USER + 1)) - 1)
#define ASYNC_DEPRECATED	(ASYNC_SESSION_LOCKOUT | ASYNC_PGRP_LOCKOUT | \
		ASYNC_CALLOUT_NOHUP | ASYNC_AUTOPROBE)
#define ASYNC_USR_MASK		(ASYNC_SPD_MASK|ASYNC_CALLOUT_NOHUP| \
		ASYNC_LOW_LATENCY)
#define ASYNC_SPD_CUST		(ASYNC_SPD_HI|ASYNC_SPD_VHI)
#define ASYNC_SPD_WARP		(ASYNC_SPD_HI|ASYNC_SPD_SHI)
#define ASYNC_SPD_MASK		(ASYNC_SPD_HI|ASYNC_SPD_VHI|ASYNC_SPD_SHI)

#ifndef _KERNEL_
/* These flags are no longer used (and were always masked from userspace) */
#define ASYNC_INITIALIZED	(1U << ASYNCB_INITIALIZED)
#define ASYNC_NORMAL_ACTIVE	(1U << ASYNCB_NORMAL_ACTIVE)
#define ASYNC_BOOT_AUTOCONF	(1U << ASYNCB_BOOT_AUTOCONF)
#define ASYNC_CLOSING		(1U << ASYNCB_CLOSING)
#define ASYNC_CTS_FLOW		(1U << ASYNCB_CTS_FLOW)
#define ASYNC_CHECK_CD		(1U << ASYNCB_CHECK_CD)
#define ASYNC_SHARE_IRQ		(1U << ASYNCB_SHARE_IRQ)
#define ASYNC_CONS_FLOW		(1U << ASYNCB_CONS_FLOW)
#define ASYNC_INTERNAL_FLAGS	(~((1U << ASYNCB_FIRST_KERNEL) - 1))
#endif

#endif
/*
 * Any part of this program may be used in documents licensed under
 * the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version
 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
 */

#ifndef _PARPORT_H_
#define _PARPORT_H_

/* Start off with user-visible constants */

/* Maximum of 16 ports per machine */
#define PARPORT_MAX  16

/* Magic numbers */
#define PARPORT_IRQ_NONE  -1
#define PARPORT_DMA_NONE  -1
#define PARPORT_IRQ_AUTO  -2
#define PARPORT_DMA_AUTO  -2
#define PARPORT_DMA_NOFIFO -3
#define PARPORT_DISABLE   -2
#define PARPORT_IRQ_PROBEONLY -3
#define PARPORT_IOHI_AUTO -1

#define PARPORT_CONTROL_STROBE    0x1
#define PARPORT_CONTROL_AUTOFD    0x2
#define PARPORT_CONTROL_INIT      0x4
#define PARPORT_CONTROL_SELECT    0x8

#define PARPORT_STATUS_ERROR      0x8
#define PARPORT_STATUS_SELECT     0x10
#define PARPORT_STATUS_PAPEROUT   0x20
#define PARPORT_STATUS_ACK        0x40
#define PARPORT_STATUS_BUSY       0x80

/* Type classes for Plug-and-Play probe.  */
typedef enum {
	PARPORT_CLASS_LEGACY = 0,       /* Non-IEEE1284 device */
	PARPORT_CLASS_PRINTER,
	PARPORT_CLASS_MODEM,
	PARPORT_CLASS_NET,
	PARPORT_CLASS_HDC,              /* Hard disk controller */
	PARPORT_CLASS_PCMCIA,
	PARPORT_CLASS_MEDIA,            /* Multimedia device */
	PARPORT_CLASS_FDC,              /* Floppy disk controller */
	PARPORT_CLASS_PORTS,
	PARPORT_CLASS_SCANNER,
	PARPORT_CLASS_DIGCAM,
	PARPORT_CLASS_OTHER,            /* Anything else */
	PARPORT_CLASS_UNSPEC,           /* No CLS field in ID */
	PARPORT_CLASS_SCSIADAPTER
} parport_device_class;

/* The "modes" entry in parport is a bit field representing the
   capabilities of the hardware. */
#define PARPORT_MODE_PCSPP	(1<<0) /* IBM PC registers available. */
#define PARPORT_MODE_TRISTATE	(1<<1) /* Can tristate. */
#define PARPORT_MODE_EPP	(1<<2) /* Hardware EPP. */
#define PARPORT_MODE_ECP	(1<<3) /* Hardware ECP. */
#define PARPORT_MODE_COMPAT	(1<<4) /* Hardware 'printer protocol'. */
#define PARPORT_MODE_DMA	(1<<5) /* Hardware can DMA. */
#define PARPORT_MODE_SAFEININT	(1<<6) /* SPP registers accessible in IRQ. */

/* IEEE1284 modes: 
   Nibble mode, byte mode, ECP, ECPRLE and EPP are their own
   'extensibility request' values.  Others are special.
   'Real' ECP modes must have the IEEE1284_MODE_ECP bit set.  */
#define IEEE1284_MODE_NIBBLE             0
#define IEEE1284_MODE_BYTE              (1<<0)
#define IEEE1284_MODE_COMPAT            (1<<8)
#define IEEE1284_MODE_BECP              (1<<9) /* Bounded ECP mode */
#define IEEE1284_MODE_ECP               (1<<4)
#define IEEE1284_MODE_ECPRLE            (IEEE1284_MODE_ECP | (1<<5))
#define IEEE1284_MODE_ECPSWE            (1<<10) /* Software-emulated */
#define IEEE1284_MODE_EPP               (1<<6)
#define IEEE1284_MODE_EPPSL             (1<<11) /* EPP 1.7 */
#define IEEE1284_MODE_EPPSWE            (1<<12) /* Software-emulated */
#define IEEE1284_DEVICEID               (1<<2)  /* This is a flag */
#define IEEE1284_EXT_LINK               (1<<14) /* This flag causes the
						 * extensibility link to
						 * be requested, using
						 * bits 0-6. */

/* For the benefit of parport_read/write, you can use these with
 * parport_negotiate to use address operations.  They have no effect
 * other than to make parport_read/write use address transfers. */
#define IEEE1284_ADDR			(1<<13)	/* This is a flag */
#define IEEE1284_DATA			 0	/* So is this */

/* Flags for block transfer operations. */
#define PARPORT_EPP_FAST		(1<<0) /* Unreliable counts. */
#define PARPORT_W91284PIC		(1<<1) /* have a Warp9 w91284pic in the device */

/* The rest is for the kernel only */
#endif /* _PARPORT_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* atmppp.h - RFC2364 PPPoATM */

/* Written 2000 by Mitchell Blank Jr */

#ifndef _LINUX_ATMPPP_H
#define _LINUX_ATMPPP_H

#include <linux/atm.h>

#define PPPOATM_ENCAPS_AUTODETECT	(0)
#define PPPOATM_ENCAPS_VC		(1)
#define PPPOATM_ENCAPS_LLC		(2)

/*
 * This is for the ATM_SETBACKEND call - these are like socket families:
 * the first element of the structure is the backend number and the rest
 * is per-backend specific
 */
struct atm_backend_ppp {
	atm_backend_t	backend_num;	/* ATM_BACKEND_PPP */
	int		encaps;		/* PPPOATM_ENCAPS_* */
};

#endif	/* _LINUX_ATMPPP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_SECUREBITS_H
#define _LINUX_SECUREBITS_H

/* Each securesetting is implemented using two bits. One bit specifies
   whether the setting is on or off. The other bit specify whether the
   setting is locked or not. A setting which is locked cannot be
   changed from user-level. */
#define issecure_mask(X)	(1 << (X))

#define SECUREBITS_DEFAULT 0x00000000

/* When set UID 0 has no special privileges. When unset, we support
   inheritance of root-permissions and suid-root executable under
   compatibility mode. We raise the effective and inheritable bitmasks
   *of the executable file* if the effective uid of the new process is
   0. If the real uid is 0, we raise the effective (legacy) bit of the
   executable file. */
#define SECURE_NOROOT			0
#define SECURE_NOROOT_LOCKED		1  /* make bit-0 immutable */

#define SECBIT_NOROOT		(issecure_mask(SECURE_NOROOT))
#define SECBIT_NOROOT_LOCKED	(issecure_mask(SECURE_NOROOT_LOCKED))

/* When set, setuid to/from uid 0 does not trigger capability-"fixup".
   When unset, to provide compatiblility with old programs relying on
   set*uid to gain/lose privilege, transitions to/from uid 0 cause
   capabilities to be gained/lost. */
#define SECURE_NO_SETUID_FIXUP		2
#define SECURE_NO_SETUID_FIXUP_LOCKED	3  /* make bit-2 immutable */

#define SECBIT_NO_SETUID_FIXUP	(issecure_mask(SECURE_NO_SETUID_FIXUP))
#define SECBIT_NO_SETUID_FIXUP_LOCKED \
			(issecure_mask(SECURE_NO_SETUID_FIXUP_LOCKED))

/* When set, a process can retain its capabilities even after
   transitioning to a non-root user (the set-uid fixup suppressed by
   bit 2). Bit-4 is cleared when a process calls exec(); setting both
   bit 4 and 5 will create a barrier through exec that no exec()'d
   child can use this feature again. */
#define SECURE_KEEP_CAPS		4
#define SECURE_KEEP_CAPS_LOCKED		5  /* make bit-4 immutable */

#define SECBIT_KEEP_CAPS	(issecure_mask(SECURE_KEEP_CAPS))
#define SECBIT_KEEP_CAPS_LOCKED (issecure_mask(SECURE_KEEP_CAPS_LOCKED))

/* When set, a process cannot add new capabilities to its ambient set. */
#define SECURE_NO_CAP_AMBIENT_RAISE		6
#define SECURE_NO_CAP_AMBIENT_RAISE_LOCKED	7  /* make bit-6 immutable */

#define SECBIT_NO_CAP_AMBIENT_RAISE (issecure_mask(SECURE_NO_CAP_AMBIENT_RAISE))
#define SECBIT_NO_CAP_AMBIENT_RAISE_LOCKED \
			(issecure_mask(SECURE_NO_CAP_AMBIENT_RAISE_LOCKED))

#define SECURE_ALL_BITS		(issecure_mask(SECURE_NOROOT) | \
				 issecure_mask(SECURE_NO_SETUID_FIXUP) | \
				 issecure_mask(SECURE_KEEP_CAPS) | \
				 issecure_mask(SECURE_NO_CAP_AMBIENT_RAISE))
#define SECURE_ALL_LOCKS	(SECURE_ALL_BITS << 1)

#endif /* _LINUX_SECUREBITS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Crypto user configuration API.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2011 secunet Security Networks AG
 * Copyright (C) 2011 Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License,
 * version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT
 * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
 * more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
 * this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
 * 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
 */

#include <linux/types.h>

/* Netlink configuration messages.  */
enum {
	CRYPTO_MSG_BASE = 0x10,
	CRYPTO_MSG_NEWALG = 0x10,
	CRYPTO_MSG_DELALG,
	CRYPTO_MSG_UPDATEALG,
	CRYPTO_MSG_GETALG,
	CRYPTO_MSG_DELRNG,
	__CRYPTO_MSG_MAX
};
#define CRYPTO_MSG_MAX (__CRYPTO_MSG_MAX - 1)
#define CRYPTO_NR_MSGTYPES (CRYPTO_MSG_MAX + 1 - CRYPTO_MSG_BASE)

#define CRYPTO_MAX_NAME 64

/* Netlink message attributes.  */
enum crypto_attr_type_t {
	CRYPTOCFGA_UNSPEC,
	CRYPTOCFGA_PRIORITY_VAL,	/* __u32 */
	CRYPTOCFGA_REPORT_LARVAL,	/* struct crypto_report_larval */
	CRYPTOCFGA_REPORT_HASH,		/* struct crypto_report_hash */
	CRYPTOCFGA_REPORT_BLKCIPHER,	/* struct crypto_report_blkcipher */
	CRYPTOCFGA_REPORT_AEAD,		/* struct crypto_report_aead */
	CRYPTOCFGA_REPORT_COMPRESS,	/* struct crypto_report_comp */
	CRYPTOCFGA_REPORT_RNG,		/* struct crypto_report_rng */
	CRYPTOCFGA_REPORT_CIPHER,	/* struct crypto_report_cipher */
	CRYPTOCFGA_REPORT_AKCIPHER,	/* struct crypto_report_akcipher */
	CRYPTOCFGA_REPORT_KPP,		/* struct crypto_report_kpp */
	CRYPTOCFGA_REPORT_ACOMP,	/* struct crypto_report_acomp */
	__CRYPTOCFGA_MAX

#define CRYPTOCFGA_MAX (__CRYPTOCFGA_MAX - 1)
};

struct crypto_user_alg {
	char cru_name[CRYPTO_MAX_NAME];
	char cru_driver_name[CRYPTO_MAX_NAME];
	char cru_module_name[CRYPTO_MAX_NAME];
	__u32 cru_type;
	__u32 cru_mask;
	__u32 cru_refcnt;
	__u32 cru_flags;
};

struct crypto_report_larval {
	char type[CRYPTO_MAX_NAME];
};

struct crypto_report_hash {
	char type[CRYPTO_MAX_NAME];
	unsigned int blocksize;
	unsigned int digestsize;
};

struct crypto_report_cipher {
	char type[CRYPTO_MAX_NAME];
	unsigned int blocksize;
	unsigned int min_keysize;
	unsigned int max_keysize;
};

struct crypto_report_blkcipher {
	char type[CRYPTO_MAX_NAME];
	char geniv[CRYPTO_MAX_NAME];
	unsigned int blocksize;
	unsigned int min_keysize;
	unsigned int max_keysize;
	unsigned int ivsize;
};

struct crypto_report_aead {
	char type[CRYPTO_MAX_NAME];
	char geniv[CRYPTO_MAX_NAME];
	unsigned int blocksize;
	unsigned int maxauthsize;
	unsigned int ivsize;
};

struct crypto_report_comp {
	char type[CRYPTO_MAX_NAME];
};

struct crypto_report_rng {
	char type[CRYPTO_MAX_NAME];
	unsigned int seedsize;
};

struct crypto_report_akcipher {
	char type[CRYPTO_MAX_NAME];
};

struct crypto_report_kpp {
	char type[CRYPTO_MAX_NAME];
};

struct crypto_report_acomp {
	char type[CRYPTO_MAX_NAME];
};

#define CRYPTO_REPORT_MAXSIZE (sizeof(struct crypto_user_alg) + \
			       sizeof(struct crypto_report_blkcipher))
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * File: linux/nfsacl.h
 *
 * (C) 2003 Andreas Gruenbacher <agruen@suse.de>
 */
#ifndef __LINUX_NFSACL_H
#define __LINUX_NFSACL_H

#define NFS_ACL_PROGRAM	100227

#define ACLPROC2_NULL		0
#define ACLPROC2_GETACL		1
#define ACLPROC2_SETACL		2
#define ACLPROC2_GETATTR	3
#define ACLPROC2_ACCESS		4

#define ACLPROC3_NULL		0
#define ACLPROC3_GETACL		1
#define ACLPROC3_SETACL		2


/* Flags for the getacl/setacl mode */
#define NFS_ACL			0x0001
#define NFS_ACLCNT		0x0002
#define NFS_DFACL		0x0004
#define NFS_DFACLCNT		0x0008
#define NFS_ACL_MASK		0x000f

/* Flag for Default ACL entries */
#define NFS_ACL_DEFAULT		0x1000

#endif /* __LINUX_NFSACL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef CCISS_DEFS_H
#define CCISS_DEFS_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* general boundary definitions */
#define SENSEINFOBYTES          32 /* note that this value may vary
				      between host implementations */

/* Command Status value */
#define CMD_SUCCESS             0x0000
#define CMD_TARGET_STATUS       0x0001
#define CMD_DATA_UNDERRUN       0x0002
#define CMD_DATA_OVERRUN        0x0003
#define CMD_INVALID             0x0004
#define CMD_PROTOCOL_ERR        0x0005
#define CMD_HARDWARE_ERR        0x0006
#define CMD_CONNECTION_LOST     0x0007
#define CMD_ABORTED             0x0008
#define CMD_ABORT_FAILED        0x0009
#define CMD_UNSOLICITED_ABORT   0x000A
#define CMD_TIMEOUT             0x000B
#define CMD_UNABORTABLE		0x000C

/* transfer direction */
#define XFER_NONE               0x00
#define XFER_WRITE              0x01
#define XFER_READ               0x02
#define XFER_RSVD               0x03

/* task attribute */
#define ATTR_UNTAGGED           0x00
#define ATTR_SIMPLE             0x04
#define ATTR_HEADOFQUEUE        0x05
#define ATTR_ORDERED            0x06
#define ATTR_ACA                0x07

/* cdb type */
#define TYPE_CMD				0x00
#define TYPE_MSG				0x01

/* Type defs used in the following structs */
#define BYTE __u8
#define WORD __u16
#define HWORD __u16
#define DWORD __u32

#define CISS_MAX_LUN	1024

#define LEVEL2LUN   1 /* index into Target(x) structure, due to byte swapping */
#define LEVEL3LUN   0

#pragma pack(1)

/* Command List Structure */
typedef union _SCSI3Addr_struct {
   struct {
    BYTE Dev;
    BYTE Bus:6;
    BYTE Mode:2;        /* b00 */
  } PeripDev;
   struct {
    BYTE DevLSB;
    BYTE DevMSB:6;
    BYTE Mode:2;        /* b01 */
  } LogDev;
   struct {
    BYTE Dev:5;
    BYTE Bus:3;
    BYTE Targ:6;
    BYTE Mode:2;        /* b10 */
  } LogUnit;
} SCSI3Addr_struct;

typedef struct _PhysDevAddr_struct {
  DWORD             TargetId:24;
  DWORD             Bus:6;
  DWORD             Mode:2;
  SCSI3Addr_struct  Target[2]; /* 2 level target device addr */
} PhysDevAddr_struct;

typedef struct _LogDevAddr_struct {
  DWORD            VolId:30;
  DWORD            Mode:2;
  BYTE             reserved[4];
} LogDevAddr_struct;

typedef union _LUNAddr_struct {
  BYTE               LunAddrBytes[8];
  SCSI3Addr_struct   SCSI3Lun[4];
  PhysDevAddr_struct PhysDev;
  LogDevAddr_struct  LogDev;
} LUNAddr_struct;

typedef struct _RequestBlock_struct {
  BYTE   CDBLen;
  struct {
    BYTE Type:3;
    BYTE Attribute:3;
    BYTE Direction:2;
  } Type;
  HWORD  Timeout;
  BYTE   CDB[16];
} RequestBlock_struct;

typedef union _MoreErrInfo_struct{
  struct {
    BYTE  Reserved[3];
    BYTE  Type;
    DWORD ErrorInfo;
  } Common_Info;
  struct{
    BYTE  Reserved[2];
    BYTE  offense_size; /* size of offending entry */
    BYTE  offense_num;  /* byte # of offense 0-base */
    DWORD offense_value;
  } Invalid_Cmd;
} MoreErrInfo_struct;
typedef struct _ErrorInfo_struct {
  BYTE               ScsiStatus;
  BYTE               SenseLen;
  HWORD              CommandStatus;
  DWORD              ResidualCnt;
  MoreErrInfo_struct MoreErrInfo;
  BYTE               SenseInfo[SENSEINFOBYTES];
} ErrorInfo_struct;

#pragma pack()

#endif /* CCISS_DEFS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *	Linux NET3:	Internet Group Management Protocol  [IGMP]
 *
 *	Authors:
 *		Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
 *
 *	Extended to talk the BSD extended IGMP protocol of mrouted 3.6
 *
 *
 *	This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *	modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *	as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *	2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_IGMP_H
#define _LINUX_IGMP_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <asm/byteorder.h>

/*
 *	IGMP protocol structures
 */

/*
 *	Header in on cable format
 */

struct igmphdr {
	__u8 type;
	__u8 code;		/* For newer IGMP */
	__sum16 csum;
	__be32 group;
};

/* V3 group record types [grec_type] */
#define IGMPV3_MODE_IS_INCLUDE		1
#define IGMPV3_MODE_IS_EXCLUDE		2
#define IGMPV3_CHANGE_TO_INCLUDE	3
#define IGMPV3_CHANGE_TO_EXCLUDE	4
#define IGMPV3_ALLOW_NEW_SOURCES	5
#define IGMPV3_BLOCK_OLD_SOURCES	6

struct igmpv3_grec {
	__u8	grec_type;
	__u8	grec_auxwords;
	__be16	grec_nsrcs;
	__be32	grec_mca;
	__be32	grec_src[0];
};

struct igmpv3_report {
	__u8 type;
	__u8 resv1;
	__sum16 csum;
	__be16 resv2;
	__be16 ngrec;
	struct igmpv3_grec grec[0];
};

struct igmpv3_query {
	__u8 type;
	__u8 code;
	__sum16 csum;
	__be32 group;
#if defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8 qrv:3,
	     suppress:1,
	     resv:4;
#elif defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8 resv:4,
	     suppress:1,
	     qrv:3;
#else
#error "Please fix <asm/byteorder.h>"
#endif
	__u8 qqic;
	__be16 nsrcs;
	__be32 srcs[0];
};

#define IGMP_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_QUERY	0x11	/* From RFC1112 */
#define IGMP_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT	0x12	/* Ditto */
#define IGMP_DVMRP			0x13	/* DVMRP routing */
#define IGMP_PIM			0x14	/* PIM routing */
#define IGMP_TRACE			0x15
#define IGMPV2_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT	0x16	/* V2 version of 0x12 */
#define IGMP_HOST_LEAVE_MESSAGE 	0x17
#define IGMPV3_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT	0x22	/* V3 version of 0x12 */

#define IGMP_MTRACE_RESP		0x1e
#define IGMP_MTRACE			0x1f

#define IGMP_MRDISC_ADV			0x30	/* From RFC4286 */

/*
 *	Use the BSD names for these for compatibility
 */

#define IGMP_DELAYING_MEMBER		0x01
#define IGMP_IDLE_MEMBER		0x02
#define IGMP_LAZY_MEMBER		0x03
#define IGMP_SLEEPING_MEMBER		0x04
#define IGMP_AWAKENING_MEMBER		0x05

#define IGMP_MINLEN			8

#define IGMP_MAX_HOST_REPORT_DELAY	10	/* max delay for response to */
						/* query (in seconds)	*/

#define IGMP_TIMER_SCALE		10	/* denotes that the igmphdr->timer field */
						/* specifies time in 10th of seconds	 */

#define IGMP_AGE_THRESHOLD		400	/* If this host don't hear any IGMP V1	*/
						/* message in this period of time,	*/
						/* revert to IGMP v2 router.		*/

#define IGMP_ALL_HOSTS		htonl(0xE0000001L)
#define IGMP_ALL_ROUTER 	htonl(0xE0000002L)
#define IGMPV3_ALL_MCR	 	htonl(0xE0000016L)
#define IGMP_LOCAL_GROUP	htonl(0xE0000000L)
#define IGMP_LOCAL_GROUP_MASK	htonl(0xFFFFFF00L)

/*
 * struct for keeping the multicast list in
 */

#endif /* _LINUX_IGMP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_ELF_H
#define _LINUX_ELF_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/elf-em.h>

/* 32-bit ELF base types. */
typedef __u32	Elf32_Addr;
typedef __u16	Elf32_Half;
typedef __u32	Elf32_Off;
typedef __s32	Elf32_Sword;
typedef __u32	Elf32_Word;

/* 64-bit ELF base types. */
typedef __u64	Elf64_Addr;
typedef __u16	Elf64_Half;
typedef __s16	Elf64_SHalf;
typedef __u64	Elf64_Off;
typedef __s32	Elf64_Sword;
typedef __u32	Elf64_Word;
typedef __u64	Elf64_Xword;
typedef __s64	Elf64_Sxword;

/* These constants are for the segment types stored in the image headers */
#define PT_NULL    0
#define PT_LOAD    1
#define PT_DYNAMIC 2
#define PT_INTERP  3
#define PT_NOTE    4
#define PT_SHLIB   5
#define PT_PHDR    6
#define PT_TLS     7               /* Thread local storage segment */
#define PT_LOOS    0x60000000      /* OS-specific */
#define PT_HIOS    0x6fffffff      /* OS-specific */
#define PT_LOPROC  0x70000000
#define PT_HIPROC  0x7fffffff
#define PT_GNU_EH_FRAME		0x6474e550

#define PT_GNU_STACK	(PT_LOOS + 0x474e551)

/*
 * Extended Numbering
 *
 * If the real number of program header table entries is larger than
 * or equal to PN_XNUM(0xffff), it is set to sh_info field of the
 * section header at index 0, and PN_XNUM is set to e_phnum
 * field. Otherwise, the section header at index 0 is zero
 * initialized, if it exists.
 *
 * Specifications are available in:
 *
 * - Oracle: Linker and Libraries.
 *   Part No: 817–1984–19, August 2011.
 *   http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E18752_01/pdf/817-1984.pdf
 *
 * - System V ABI AMD64 Architecture Processor Supplement
 *   Draft Version 0.99.4,
 *   January 13, 2010.
 *   http://www.cs.washington.edu/education/courses/cse351/12wi/supp-docs/abi.pdf
 */
#define PN_XNUM 0xffff

/* These constants define the different elf file types */
#define ET_NONE   0
#define ET_REL    1
#define ET_EXEC   2
#define ET_DYN    3
#define ET_CORE   4
#define ET_LOPROC 0xff00
#define ET_HIPROC 0xffff

/* This is the info that is needed to parse the dynamic section of the file */
#define DT_NULL		0
#define DT_NEEDED	1
#define DT_PLTRELSZ	2
#define DT_PLTGOT	3
#define DT_HASH		4
#define DT_STRTAB	5
#define DT_SYMTAB	6
#define DT_RELA		7
#define DT_RELASZ	8
#define DT_RELAENT	9
#define DT_STRSZ	10
#define DT_SYMENT	11
#define DT_INIT		12
#define DT_FINI		13
#define DT_SONAME	14
#define DT_RPATH 	15
#define DT_SYMBOLIC	16
#define DT_REL	        17
#define DT_RELSZ	18
#define DT_RELENT	19
#define DT_PLTREL	20
#define DT_DEBUG	21
#define DT_TEXTREL	22
#define DT_JMPREL	23
#define DT_ENCODING	32
#define OLD_DT_LOOS	0x60000000
#define DT_LOOS		0x6000000d
#define DT_HIOS		0x6ffff000
#define DT_VALRNGLO	0x6ffffd00
#define DT_VALRNGHI	0x6ffffdff
#define DT_ADDRRNGLO	0x6ffffe00
#define DT_ADDRRNGHI	0x6ffffeff
#define DT_VERSYM	0x6ffffff0
#define DT_RELACOUNT	0x6ffffff9
#define DT_RELCOUNT	0x6ffffffa
#define DT_FLAGS_1	0x6ffffffb
#define DT_VERDEF	0x6ffffffc
#define	DT_VERDEFNUM	0x6ffffffd
#define DT_VERNEED	0x6ffffffe
#define	DT_VERNEEDNUM	0x6fffffff
#define OLD_DT_HIOS     0x6fffffff
#define DT_LOPROC	0x70000000
#define DT_HIPROC	0x7fffffff

/* This info is needed when parsing the symbol table */
#define STB_LOCAL  0
#define STB_GLOBAL 1
#define STB_WEAK   2

#define STT_NOTYPE  0
#define STT_OBJECT  1
#define STT_FUNC    2
#define STT_SECTION 3
#define STT_FILE    4
#define STT_COMMON  5
#define STT_TLS     6

#define ELF_ST_BIND(x)		((x) >> 4)
#define ELF_ST_TYPE(x)		(((unsigned int) x) & 0xf)
#define ELF32_ST_BIND(x)	ELF_ST_BIND(x)
#define ELF32_ST_TYPE(x)	ELF_ST_TYPE(x)
#define ELF64_ST_BIND(x)	ELF_ST_BIND(x)
#define ELF64_ST_TYPE(x)	ELF_ST_TYPE(x)

typedef struct dynamic{
  Elf32_Sword d_tag;
  union{
    Elf32_Sword	d_val;
    Elf32_Addr	d_ptr;
  } d_un;
} Elf32_Dyn;

typedef struct {
  Elf64_Sxword d_tag;		/* entry tag value */
  union {
    Elf64_Xword d_val;
    Elf64_Addr d_ptr;
  } d_un;
} Elf64_Dyn;

/* The following are used with relocations */
#define ELF32_R_SYM(x) ((x) >> 8)
#define ELF32_R_TYPE(x) ((x) & 0xff)

#define ELF64_R_SYM(i)			((i) >> 32)
#define ELF64_R_TYPE(i)			((i) & 0xffffffff)

typedef struct elf32_rel {
  Elf32_Addr	r_offset;
  Elf32_Word	r_info;
} Elf32_Rel;

typedef struct elf64_rel {
  Elf64_Addr r_offset;	/* Location at which to apply the action */
  Elf64_Xword r_info;	/* index and type of relocation */
} Elf64_Rel;

typedef struct elf32_rela{
  Elf32_Addr	r_offset;
  Elf32_Word	r_info;
  Elf32_Sword	r_addend;
} Elf32_Rela;

typedef struct elf64_rela {
  Elf64_Addr r_offset;	/* Location at which to apply the action */
  Elf64_Xword r_info;	/* index and type of relocation */
  Elf64_Sxword r_addend;	/* Constant addend used to compute value */
} Elf64_Rela;

typedef struct elf32_sym{
  Elf32_Word	st_name;
  Elf32_Addr	st_value;
  Elf32_Word	st_size;
  unsigned char	st_info;
  unsigned char	st_other;
  Elf32_Half	st_shndx;
} Elf32_Sym;

typedef struct elf64_sym {
  Elf64_Word st_name;		/* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
  unsigned char	st_info;	/* Type and binding attributes */
  unsigned char	st_other;	/* No defined meaning, 0 */
  Elf64_Half st_shndx;		/* Associated section index */
  Elf64_Addr st_value;		/* Value of the symbol */
  Elf64_Xword st_size;		/* Associated symbol size */
} Elf64_Sym;


#define EI_NIDENT	16

typedef struct elf32_hdr{
  unsigned char	e_ident[EI_NIDENT];
  Elf32_Half	e_type;
  Elf32_Half	e_machine;
  Elf32_Word	e_version;
  Elf32_Addr	e_entry;  /* Entry point */
  Elf32_Off	e_phoff;
  Elf32_Off	e_shoff;
  Elf32_Word	e_flags;
  Elf32_Half	e_ehsize;
  Elf32_Half	e_phentsize;
  Elf32_Half	e_phnum;
  Elf32_Half	e_shentsize;
  Elf32_Half	e_shnum;
  Elf32_Half	e_shstrndx;
} Elf32_Ehdr;

typedef struct elf64_hdr {
  unsigned char	e_ident[EI_NIDENT];	/* ELF "magic number" */
  Elf64_Half e_type;
  Elf64_Half e_machine;
  Elf64_Word e_version;
  Elf64_Addr e_entry;		/* Entry point virtual address */
  Elf64_Off e_phoff;		/* Program header table file offset */
  Elf64_Off e_shoff;		/* Section header table file offset */
  Elf64_Word e_flags;
  Elf64_Half e_ehsize;
  Elf64_Half e_phentsize;
  Elf64_Half e_phnum;
  Elf64_Half e_shentsize;
  Elf64_Half e_shnum;
  Elf64_Half e_shstrndx;
} Elf64_Ehdr;

/* These constants define the permissions on sections in the program
   header, p_flags. */
#define PF_R		0x4
#define PF_W		0x2
#define PF_X		0x1

typedef struct elf32_phdr{
  Elf32_Word	p_type;
  Elf32_Off	p_offset;
  Elf32_Addr	p_vaddr;
  Elf32_Addr	p_paddr;
  Elf32_Word	p_filesz;
  Elf32_Word	p_memsz;
  Elf32_Word	p_flags;
  Elf32_Word	p_align;
} Elf32_Phdr;

typedef struct elf64_phdr {
  Elf64_Word p_type;
  Elf64_Word p_flags;
  Elf64_Off p_offset;		/* Segment file offset */
  Elf64_Addr p_vaddr;		/* Segment virtual address */
  Elf64_Addr p_paddr;		/* Segment physical address */
  Elf64_Xword p_filesz;		/* Segment size in file */
  Elf64_Xword p_memsz;		/* Segment size in memory */
  Elf64_Xword p_align;		/* Segment alignment, file & memory */
} Elf64_Phdr;

/* sh_type */
#define SHT_NULL	0
#define SHT_PROGBITS	1
#define SHT_SYMTAB	2
#define SHT_STRTAB	3
#define SHT_RELA	4
#define SHT_HASH	5
#define SHT_DYNAMIC	6
#define SHT_NOTE	7
#define SHT_NOBITS	8
#define SHT_REL		9
#define SHT_SHLIB	10
#define SHT_DYNSYM	11
#define SHT_NUM		12
#define SHT_LOPROC	0x70000000
#define SHT_HIPROC	0x7fffffff
#define SHT_LOUSER	0x80000000
#define SHT_HIUSER	0xffffffff

/* sh_flags */
#define SHF_WRITE		0x1
#define SHF_ALLOC		0x2
#define SHF_EXECINSTR		0x4
#define SHF_RELA_LIVEPATCH	0x00100000
#define SHF_RO_AFTER_INIT	0x00200000
#define SHF_MASKPROC		0xf0000000

/* special section indexes */
#define SHN_UNDEF	0
#define SHN_LORESERVE	0xff00
#define SHN_LOPROC	0xff00
#define SHN_HIPROC	0xff1f
#define SHN_LIVEPATCH	0xff20
#define SHN_ABS		0xfff1
#define SHN_COMMON	0xfff2
#define SHN_HIRESERVE	0xffff
 
typedef struct elf32_shdr {
  Elf32_Word	sh_name;
  Elf32_Word	sh_type;
  Elf32_Word	sh_flags;
  Elf32_Addr	sh_addr;
  Elf32_Off	sh_offset;
  Elf32_Word	sh_size;
  Elf32_Word	sh_link;
  Elf32_Word	sh_info;
  Elf32_Word	sh_addralign;
  Elf32_Word	sh_entsize;
} Elf32_Shdr;

typedef struct elf64_shdr {
  Elf64_Word sh_name;		/* Section name, index in string tbl */
  Elf64_Word sh_type;		/* Type of section */
  Elf64_Xword sh_flags;		/* Miscellaneous section attributes */
  Elf64_Addr sh_addr;		/* Section virtual addr at execution */
  Elf64_Off sh_offset;		/* Section file offset */
  Elf64_Xword sh_size;		/* Size of section in bytes */
  Elf64_Word sh_link;		/* Index of another section */
  Elf64_Word sh_info;		/* Additional section information */
  Elf64_Xword sh_addralign;	/* Section alignment */
  Elf64_Xword sh_entsize;	/* Entry size if section holds table */
} Elf64_Shdr;

#define	EI_MAG0		0		/* e_ident[] indexes */
#define	EI_MAG1		1
#define	EI_MAG2		2
#define	EI_MAG3		3
#define	EI_CLASS	4
#define	EI_DATA		5
#define	EI_VERSION	6
#define	EI_OSABI	7
#define	EI_PAD		8

#define	ELFMAG0		0x7f		/* EI_MAG */
#define	ELFMAG1		'E'
#define	ELFMAG2		'L'
#define	ELFMAG3		'F'
#define	ELFMAG		"\177ELF"
#define	SELFMAG		4

#define	ELFCLASSNONE	0		/* EI_CLASS */
#define	ELFCLASS32	1
#define	ELFCLASS64	2
#define	ELFCLASSNUM	3

#define ELFDATANONE	0		/* e_ident[EI_DATA] */
#define ELFDATA2LSB	1
#define ELFDATA2MSB	2

#define EV_NONE		0		/* e_version, EI_VERSION */
#define EV_CURRENT	1
#define EV_NUM		2

#define ELFOSABI_NONE	0
#define ELFOSABI_LINUX	3

#ifndef ELF_OSABI
#define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_NONE
#endif

/*
 * Notes used in ET_CORE. Architectures export some of the arch register sets
 * using the corresponding note types via the PTRACE_GETREGSET and
 * PTRACE_SETREGSET requests.
 */
#define NT_PRSTATUS	1
#define NT_PRFPREG	2
#define NT_PRPSINFO	3
#define NT_TASKSTRUCT	4
#define NT_AUXV		6
/*
 * Note to userspace developers: size of NT_SIGINFO note may increase
 * in the future to accomodate more fields, don't assume it is fixed!
 */
#define NT_SIGINFO      0x53494749
#define NT_FILE         0x46494c45
#define NT_PRXFPREG     0x46e62b7f      /* copied from gdb5.1/include/elf/common.h */
#define NT_PPC_VMX	0x100		/* PowerPC Altivec/VMX registers */
#define NT_PPC_SPE	0x101		/* PowerPC SPE/EVR registers */
#define NT_PPC_VSX	0x102		/* PowerPC VSX registers */
#define NT_PPC_TAR	0x103		/* Target Address Register */
#define NT_PPC_PPR	0x104		/* Program Priority Register */
#define NT_PPC_DSCR	0x105		/* Data Stream Control Register */
#define NT_PPC_EBB	0x106		/* Event Based Branch Registers */
#define NT_PPC_PMU	0x107		/* Performance Monitor Registers */
#define NT_PPC_TM_CGPR	0x108		/* TM checkpointed GPR Registers */
#define NT_PPC_TM_CFPR	0x109		/* TM checkpointed FPR Registers */
#define NT_PPC_TM_CVMX	0x10a		/* TM checkpointed VMX Registers */
#define NT_PPC_TM_CVSX	0x10b		/* TM checkpointed VSX Registers */
#define NT_PPC_TM_SPR	0x10c		/* TM Special Purpose Registers */
#define NT_PPC_TM_CTAR	0x10d		/* TM checkpointed Target Address Register */
#define NT_PPC_TM_CPPR	0x10e		/* TM checkpointed Program Priority Register */
#define NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR	0x10f		/* TM checkpointed Data Stream Control Register */
#define NT_PPC_PKEY	0x110		/* Memory Protection Keys registers */
#define NT_386_TLS	0x200		/* i386 TLS slots (struct user_desc) */
#define NT_386_IOPERM	0x201		/* x86 io permission bitmap (1=deny) */
#define NT_X86_XSTATE	0x202		/* x86 extended state using xsave */
#define NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS	0x300	/* s390 upper register halves */
#define NT_S390_TIMER	0x301		/* s390 timer register */
#define NT_S390_TODCMP	0x302		/* s390 TOD clock comparator register */
#define NT_S390_TODPREG	0x303		/* s390 TOD programmable register */
#define NT_S390_CTRS	0x304		/* s390 control registers */
#define NT_S390_PREFIX	0x305		/* s390 prefix register */
#define NT_S390_LAST_BREAK	0x306	/* s390 breaking event address */
#define NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL	0x307	/* s390 system call restart data */
#define NT_S390_TDB	0x308		/* s390 transaction diagnostic block */
#define NT_S390_VXRS_LOW	0x309	/* s390 vector registers 0-15 upper half */
#define NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH	0x30a	/* s390 vector registers 16-31 */
#define NT_S390_GS_CB	0x30b		/* s390 guarded storage registers */
#define NT_S390_GS_BC	0x30c		/* s390 guarded storage broadcast control block */
#define NT_S390_RI_CB	0x30d		/* s390 runtime instrumentation */
#define NT_ARM_VFP	0x400		/* ARM VFP/NEON registers */
#define NT_ARM_TLS	0x401		/* ARM TLS register */
#define NT_ARM_HW_BREAK	0x402		/* ARM hardware breakpoint registers */
#define NT_ARM_HW_WATCH	0x403		/* ARM hardware watchpoint registers */
#define NT_ARM_SYSTEM_CALL	0x404	/* ARM system call number */
#define NT_ARM_SVE	0x405		/* ARM Scalable Vector Extension registers */
#define NT_ARM_PAC_MASK		0x406	/* ARM pointer authentication code masks */
#define NT_ARM_PACA_KEYS	0x407	/* ARM pointer authentication address keys */
#define NT_ARM_PACG_KEYS	0x408	/* ARM pointer authentication generic key */
#define NT_ARC_V2	0x600		/* ARCv2 accumulator/extra registers */
#define NT_VMCOREDD	0x700		/* Vmcore Device Dump Note */

/* Note header in a PT_NOTE section */
typedef struct elf32_note {
  Elf32_Word	n_namesz;	/* Name size */
  Elf32_Word	n_descsz;	/* Content size */
  Elf32_Word	n_type;		/* Content type */
} Elf32_Nhdr;

/* Note header in a PT_NOTE section */
typedef struct elf64_note {
  Elf64_Word n_namesz;	/* Name size */
  Elf64_Word n_descsz;	/* Content size */
  Elf64_Word n_type;	/* Content type */
} Elf64_Nhdr;

#endif /* _LINUX_ELF_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
   md_u.h : user <=> kernel API between Linux raidtools and RAID drivers
          Copyright (C) 1998 Ingo Molnar
	  
   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
   any later version.
   
   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   (for example /usr/src/linux/COPYING); if not, write to the Free
   Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  
*/

#ifndef _MD_U_H
#define _MD_U_H

/*
 * Different major versions are not compatible.
 * Different minor versions are only downward compatible.
 * Different patchlevel versions are downward and upward compatible.
 */
#define MD_MAJOR_VERSION                0
#define MD_MINOR_VERSION                90
/*
 * MD_PATCHLEVEL_VERSION indicates kernel functionality.
 * >=1 means different superblock formats are selectable using SET_ARRAY_INFO
 *     and major_version/minor_version accordingly
 * >=2 means that Internal bitmaps are supported by setting MD_SB_BITMAP_PRESENT
 *     in the super status byte
 * >=3 means that bitmap superblock version 4 is supported, which uses
 *     little-ending representation rather than host-endian
 */
#define MD_PATCHLEVEL_VERSION           3

/* ioctls */

/* status */
#define RAID_VERSION		_IOR (MD_MAJOR, 0x10, mdu_version_t)
#define GET_ARRAY_INFO		_IOR (MD_MAJOR, 0x11, mdu_array_info_t)
#define GET_DISK_INFO		_IOR (MD_MAJOR, 0x12, mdu_disk_info_t)
#define RAID_AUTORUN		_IO (MD_MAJOR, 0x14)
#define GET_BITMAP_FILE		_IOR (MD_MAJOR, 0x15, mdu_bitmap_file_t)

/* configuration */
#define CLEAR_ARRAY		_IO (MD_MAJOR, 0x20)
#define ADD_NEW_DISK		_IOW (MD_MAJOR, 0x21, mdu_disk_info_t)
#define HOT_REMOVE_DISK		_IO (MD_MAJOR, 0x22)
#define SET_ARRAY_INFO		_IOW (MD_MAJOR, 0x23, mdu_array_info_t)
#define SET_DISK_INFO		_IO (MD_MAJOR, 0x24)
#define WRITE_RAID_INFO		_IO (MD_MAJOR, 0x25)
#define UNPROTECT_ARRAY		_IO (MD_MAJOR, 0x26)
#define PROTECT_ARRAY		_IO (MD_MAJOR, 0x27)
#define HOT_ADD_DISK		_IO (MD_MAJOR, 0x28)
#define SET_DISK_FAULTY		_IO (MD_MAJOR, 0x29)
#define HOT_GENERATE_ERROR	_IO (MD_MAJOR, 0x2a)
#define SET_BITMAP_FILE		_IOW (MD_MAJOR, 0x2b, int)

/* usage */
#define RUN_ARRAY		_IOW (MD_MAJOR, 0x30, mdu_param_t)
/*  0x31 was START_ARRAY  */
#define STOP_ARRAY		_IO (MD_MAJOR, 0x32)
#define STOP_ARRAY_RO		_IO (MD_MAJOR, 0x33)
#define RESTART_ARRAY_RW	_IO (MD_MAJOR, 0x34)
#define CLUSTERED_DISK_NACK	_IO (MD_MAJOR, 0x35)

/* 63 partitions with the alternate major number (mdp) */
#define MdpMinorShift 6

typedef struct mdu_version_s {
	int major;
	int minor;
	int patchlevel;
} mdu_version_t;

typedef struct mdu_array_info_s {
	/*
	 * Generic constant information
	 */
	int major_version;
	int minor_version;
	int patch_version;
	unsigned int ctime;
	int level;
	int size;
	int nr_disks;
	int raid_disks;
	int md_minor;
	int not_persistent;

	/*
	 * Generic state information
	 */
	unsigned int utime;	/*  0 Superblock update time		      */
	int state;		/*  1 State bits (clean, ...)		      */
	int active_disks;	/*  2 Number of currently active disks	      */
	int working_disks;	/*  3 Number of working disks		      */
	int failed_disks;	/*  4 Number of failed disks		      */
	int spare_disks;	/*  5 Number of spare disks		      */

	/*
	 * Personality information
	 */
	int layout;		/*  0 the array's physical layout	      */
	int chunk_size;	/*  1 chunk size in bytes		      */

} mdu_array_info_t;

/* non-obvious values for 'level' */
#define	LEVEL_MULTIPATH		(-4)
#define	LEVEL_LINEAR		(-1)
#define	LEVEL_FAULTY		(-5)

/* we need a value for 'no level specified' and 0
 * means 'raid0', so we need something else.  This is
 * for internal use only
 */
#define	LEVEL_NONE		(-1000000)

typedef struct mdu_disk_info_s {
	/*
	 * configuration/status of one particular disk
	 */
	int number;
	int major;
	int minor;
	int raid_disk;
	int state;

} mdu_disk_info_t;

typedef struct mdu_start_info_s {
	/*
	 * configuration/status of one particular disk
	 */
	int major;
	int minor;
	int raid_disk;
	int state;

} mdu_start_info_t;

typedef struct mdu_bitmap_file_s
{
	char pathname[4096];
} mdu_bitmap_file_t;

typedef struct mdu_param_s
{
	int			personality;	/* 1,2,3,4 */
	int			chunk_size;	/* in bytes */
	int			max_fault;	/* unused for now */
} mdu_param_t;

#endif /* _MD_U_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
   md_p.h : physical layout of Linux RAID devices
          Copyright (C) 1996-98 Ingo Molnar, Gadi Oxman
	  
   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
   any later version.
   
   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   (for example /usr/src/linux/COPYING); if not, write to the Free
   Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  
*/

#ifndef _MD_P_H
#define _MD_P_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <asm/byteorder.h>

/*
 * RAID superblock.
 *
 * The RAID superblock maintains some statistics on each RAID configuration.
 * Each real device in the RAID set contains it near the end of the device.
 * Some of the ideas are copied from the ext2fs implementation.
 *
 * We currently use 4096 bytes as follows:
 *
 *	word offset	function
 *
 *	   0  -    31	Constant generic RAID device information.
 *        32  -    63   Generic state information.
 *	  64  -   127	Personality specific information.
 *	 128  -   511	12 32-words descriptors of the disks in the raid set.
 *	 512  -   911	Reserved.
 *	 912  -  1023	Disk specific descriptor.
 */

/*
 * If x is the real device size in bytes, we return an apparent size of:
 *
 *	y = (x & ~(MD_RESERVED_BYTES - 1)) - MD_RESERVED_BYTES
 *
 * and place the 4kB superblock at offset y.
 */
#define MD_RESERVED_BYTES		(64 * 1024)
#define MD_RESERVED_SECTORS		(MD_RESERVED_BYTES / 512)

#define MD_NEW_SIZE_SECTORS(x)		((x & ~(MD_RESERVED_SECTORS - 1)) - MD_RESERVED_SECTORS)

#define MD_SB_BYTES			4096
#define MD_SB_WORDS			(MD_SB_BYTES / 4)
#define MD_SB_SECTORS			(MD_SB_BYTES / 512)

/*
 * The following are counted in 32-bit words
 */
#define	MD_SB_GENERIC_OFFSET		0
#define MD_SB_PERSONALITY_OFFSET	64
#define MD_SB_DISKS_OFFSET		128
#define MD_SB_DESCRIPTOR_OFFSET		992

#define MD_SB_GENERIC_CONSTANT_WORDS	32
#define MD_SB_GENERIC_STATE_WORDS	32
#define MD_SB_GENERIC_WORDS		(MD_SB_GENERIC_CONSTANT_WORDS + MD_SB_GENERIC_STATE_WORDS)
#define MD_SB_PERSONALITY_WORDS		64
#define MD_SB_DESCRIPTOR_WORDS		32
#define MD_SB_DISKS			27
#define MD_SB_DISKS_WORDS		(MD_SB_DISKS*MD_SB_DESCRIPTOR_WORDS)
#define MD_SB_RESERVED_WORDS		(1024 - MD_SB_GENERIC_WORDS - MD_SB_PERSONALITY_WORDS - MD_SB_DISKS_WORDS - MD_SB_DESCRIPTOR_WORDS)
#define MD_SB_EQUAL_WORDS		(MD_SB_GENERIC_WORDS + MD_SB_PERSONALITY_WORDS + MD_SB_DISKS_WORDS)

/*
 * Device "operational" state bits
 */
#define MD_DISK_FAULTY		0 /* disk is faulty / operational */
#define MD_DISK_ACTIVE		1 /* disk is running or spare disk */
#define MD_DISK_SYNC		2 /* disk is in sync with the raid set */
#define MD_DISK_REMOVED		3 /* disk is in sync with the raid set */
#define MD_DISK_CLUSTER_ADD     4 /* Initiate a disk add across the cluster
				   * For clustered enviroments only.
				   */
#define MD_DISK_CANDIDATE	5 /* disk is added as spare (local) until confirmed
				   * For clustered enviroments only.
				   */
#define MD_DISK_FAILFAST	10 /* Send REQ_FAILFAST if there are multiple
				    * devices available - and don't try to
				    * correct read errors.
				    */

#define	MD_DISK_WRITEMOSTLY	9 /* disk is "write-mostly" is RAID1 config.
				   * read requests will only be sent here in
				   * dire need
				   */
#define MD_DISK_JOURNAL		18 /* disk is used as the write journal in RAID-5/6 */

#define MD_DISK_ROLE_SPARE	0xffff
#define MD_DISK_ROLE_FAULTY	0xfffe
#define MD_DISK_ROLE_JOURNAL	0xfffd
#define MD_DISK_ROLE_MAX	0xff00 /* max value of regular disk role */

typedef struct mdp_device_descriptor_s {
	__u32 number;		/* 0 Device number in the entire set	      */
	__u32 major;		/* 1 Device major number		      */
	__u32 minor;		/* 2 Device minor number		      */
	__u32 raid_disk;	/* 3 The role of the device in the raid set   */
	__u32 state;		/* 4 Operational state			      */
	__u32 reserved[MD_SB_DESCRIPTOR_WORDS - 5];
} mdp_disk_t;

#define MD_SB_MAGIC		0xa92b4efc

/*
 * Superblock state bits
 */
#define MD_SB_CLEAN		0
#define MD_SB_ERRORS		1

#define	MD_SB_CLUSTERED		5 /* MD is clustered */
#define	MD_SB_BITMAP_PRESENT	8 /* bitmap may be present nearby */

/*
 * Notes:
 * - if an array is being reshaped (restriped) in order to change the
 *   the number of active devices in the array, 'raid_disks' will be
 *   the larger of the old and new numbers.  'delta_disks' will
 *   be the "new - old".  So if +ve, raid_disks is the new value, and
 *   "raid_disks-delta_disks" is the old.  If -ve, raid_disks is the
 *   old value and "raid_disks+delta_disks" is the new (smaller) value.
 */


typedef struct mdp_superblock_s {
	/*
	 * Constant generic information
	 */
	__u32 md_magic;		/*  0 MD identifier 			      */
	__u32 major_version;	/*  1 major version to which the set conforms */
	__u32 minor_version;	/*  2 minor version ...			      */
	__u32 patch_version;	/*  3 patchlevel version ...		      */
	__u32 gvalid_words;	/*  4 Number of used words in this section    */
	__u32 set_uuid0;	/*  5 Raid set identifier		      */
	__u32 ctime;		/*  6 Creation time			      */
	__u32 level;		/*  7 Raid personality			      */
	__u32 size;		/*  8 Apparent size of each individual disk   */
	__u32 nr_disks;		/*  9 total disks in the raid set	      */
	__u32 raid_disks;	/* 10 disks in a fully functional raid set    */
	__u32 md_minor;		/* 11 preferred MD minor device number	      */
	__u32 not_persistent;	/* 12 does it have a persistent superblock    */
	__u32 set_uuid1;	/* 13 Raid set identifier #2		      */
	__u32 set_uuid2;	/* 14 Raid set identifier #3		      */
	__u32 set_uuid3;	/* 15 Raid set identifier #4		      */
	__u32 gstate_creserved[MD_SB_GENERIC_CONSTANT_WORDS - 16];

	/*
	 * Generic state information
	 */
	__u32 utime;		/*  0 Superblock update time		      */
	__u32 state;		/*  1 State bits (clean, ...)		      */
	__u32 active_disks;	/*  2 Number of currently active disks	      */
	__u32 working_disks;	/*  3 Number of working disks		      */
	__u32 failed_disks;	/*  4 Number of failed disks		      */
	__u32 spare_disks;	/*  5 Number of spare disks		      */
	__u32 sb_csum;		/*  6 checksum of the whole superblock        */
#if defined(__BYTE_ORDER) ? __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN : defined(__BIG_ENDIAN)
	__u32 events_hi;	/*  7 high-order of superblock update count   */
	__u32 events_lo;	/*  8 low-order of superblock update count    */
	__u32 cp_events_hi;	/*  9 high-order of checkpoint update count   */
	__u32 cp_events_lo;	/* 10 low-order of checkpoint update count    */
#elif defined(__BYTE_ORDER) ? __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN : defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN)
	__u32 events_lo;	/*  7 low-order of superblock update count    */
	__u32 events_hi;	/*  8 high-order of superblock update count   */
	__u32 cp_events_lo;	/*  9 low-order of checkpoint update count    */
	__u32 cp_events_hi;	/* 10 high-order of checkpoint update count   */
#else
#error unspecified endianness
#endif
	__u32 recovery_cp;	/* 11 recovery checkpoint sector count	      */
	/* There are only valid for minor_version > 90 */
	__u64 reshape_position;	/* 12,13 next address in array-space for reshape */
	__u32 new_level;	/* 14 new level we are reshaping to	      */
	__u32 delta_disks;	/* 15 change in number of raid_disks	      */
	__u32 new_layout;	/* 16 new layout			      */
	__u32 new_chunk;	/* 17 new chunk size (bytes)		      */
	__u32 gstate_sreserved[MD_SB_GENERIC_STATE_WORDS - 18];

	/*
	 * Personality information
	 */
	__u32 layout;		/*  0 the array's physical layout	      */
	__u32 chunk_size;	/*  1 chunk size in bytes		      */
	__u32 root_pv;		/*  2 LV root PV */
	__u32 root_block;	/*  3 LV root block */
	__u32 pstate_reserved[MD_SB_PERSONALITY_WORDS - 4];

	/*
	 * Disks information
	 */
	mdp_disk_t disks[MD_SB_DISKS];

	/*
	 * Reserved
	 */
	__u32 reserved[MD_SB_RESERVED_WORDS];

	/*
	 * Active descriptor
	 */
	mdp_disk_t this_disk;

} mdp_super_t;

static __inline__ __u64 md_event(mdp_super_t *sb) {
	__u64 ev = sb->events_hi;
	return (ev<<32)| sb->events_lo;
}

#define MD_SUPERBLOCK_1_TIME_SEC_MASK ((1ULL<<40) - 1)

/*
 * The version-1 superblock :
 * All numeric fields are little-endian.
 *
 * total size: 256 bytes plus 2 per device.
 *  1K allows 384 devices.
 */
struct mdp_superblock_1 {
	/* constant array information - 128 bytes */
	__le32	magic;		/* MD_SB_MAGIC: 0xa92b4efc - little endian */
	__le32	major_version;	/* 1 */
	__le32	feature_map;	/* bit 0 set if 'bitmap_offset' is meaningful */
	__le32	pad0;		/* always set to 0 when writing */

	__u8	set_uuid[16];	/* user-space generated. */
	char	set_name[32];	/* set and interpreted by user-space */

	__le64	ctime;		/* lo 40 bits are seconds, top 24 are microseconds or 0*/
	__le32	level;		/* -4 (multipath), -1 (linear), 0,1,4,5 */
	__le32	layout;		/* only for raid5 and raid10 currently */
	__le64	size;		/* used size of component devices, in 512byte sectors */

	__le32	chunksize;	/* in 512byte sectors */
	__le32	raid_disks;
	union {
		__le32	bitmap_offset;	/* sectors after start of superblock that bitmap starts
					 * NOTE: signed, so bitmap can be before superblock
					 * only meaningful of feature_map[0] is set.
					 */

		/* only meaningful when feature_map[MD_FEATURE_PPL] is set */
		struct {
			__le16 offset; /* sectors from start of superblock that ppl starts (signed) */
			__le16 size; /* ppl size in sectors */
		} ppl;
	};

	/* These are only valid with feature bit '4' */
	__le32	new_level;	/* new level we are reshaping to		*/
	__le64	reshape_position;	/* next address in array-space for reshape */
	__le32	delta_disks;	/* change in number of raid_disks		*/
	__le32	new_layout;	/* new layout					*/
	__le32	new_chunk;	/* new chunk size (512byte sectors)		*/
	__le32  new_offset;	/* signed number to add to data_offset in new
				 * layout.  0 == no-change.  This can be
				 * different on each device in the array.
				 */

	/* constant this-device information - 64 bytes */
	__le64	data_offset;	/* sector start of data, often 0 */
	__le64	data_size;	/* sectors in this device that can be used for data */
	__le64	super_offset;	/* sector start of this superblock */
	union {
		__le64	recovery_offset;/* sectors before this offset (from data_offset) have been recovered */
		__le64	journal_tail;/* journal tail of journal device (from data_offset) */
	};
	__le32	dev_number;	/* permanent identifier of this  device - not role in raid */
	__le32	cnt_corrected_read; /* number of read errors that were corrected by re-writing */
	__u8	device_uuid[16]; /* user-space setable, ignored by kernel */
	__u8	devflags;	/* per-device flags.  Only two defined...*/
#define	WriteMostly1	1	/* mask for writemostly flag in above */
#define	FailFast1	2	/* Should avoid retries and fixups and just fail */
	/* Bad block log.  If there are any bad blocks the feature flag is set.
	 * If offset and size are non-zero, that space is reserved and available
	 */
	__u8	bblog_shift;	/* shift from sectors to block size */
	__le16	bblog_size;	/* number of sectors reserved for list */
	__le32	bblog_offset;	/* sector offset from superblock to bblog,
				 * signed - not unsigned */

	/* array state information - 64 bytes */
	__le64	utime;		/* 40 bits second, 24 bits microseconds */
	__le64	events;		/* incremented when superblock updated */
	__le64	resync_offset;	/* data before this offset (from data_offset) known to be in sync */
	__le32	sb_csum;	/* checksum up to devs[max_dev] */
	__le32	max_dev;	/* size of devs[] array to consider */
	__u8	pad3[64-32];	/* set to 0 when writing */

	/* device state information. Indexed by dev_number.
	 * 2 bytes per device
	 * Note there are no per-device state flags. State information is rolled
	 * into the 'roles' value.  If a device is spare or faulty, then it doesn't
	 * have a meaningful role.
	 */
	__le16	dev_roles[0];	/* role in array, or 0xffff for a spare, or 0xfffe for faulty */
};

/* feature_map bits */
#define MD_FEATURE_BITMAP_OFFSET	1
#define	MD_FEATURE_RECOVERY_OFFSET	2 /* recovery_offset is present and
					   * must be honoured
					   */
#define	MD_FEATURE_RESHAPE_ACTIVE	4
#define	MD_FEATURE_BAD_BLOCKS		8 /* badblock list is not empty */
#define	MD_FEATURE_REPLACEMENT		16 /* This device is replacing an
					    * active device with same 'role'.
					    * 'recovery_offset' is also set.
					    */
#define	MD_FEATURE_RESHAPE_BACKWARDS	32 /* Reshape doesn't change number
					    * of devices, but is going
					    * backwards anyway.
					    */
#define	MD_FEATURE_NEW_OFFSET		64 /* new_offset must be honoured */
#define	MD_FEATURE_RECOVERY_BITMAP	128 /* recovery that is happening
					     * is guided by bitmap.
					     */
#define	MD_FEATURE_CLUSTERED		256 /* clustered MD */
#define	MD_FEATURE_JOURNAL		512 /* support write cache */
#define	MD_FEATURE_PPL			1024 /* support PPL */
#define	MD_FEATURE_MULTIPLE_PPLS	2048 /* support for multiple PPLs */
#define	MD_FEATURE_RAID0_LAYOUT		4096 /* layout is meaningful for RAID0 */
#define	MD_FEATURE_ALL			(MD_FEATURE_BITMAP_OFFSET	\
					|MD_FEATURE_RECOVERY_OFFSET	\
					|MD_FEATURE_RESHAPE_ACTIVE	\
					|MD_FEATURE_BAD_BLOCKS		\
					|MD_FEATURE_REPLACEMENT		\
					|MD_FEATURE_RESHAPE_BACKWARDS	\
					|MD_FEATURE_NEW_OFFSET		\
					|MD_FEATURE_RECOVERY_BITMAP	\
					|MD_FEATURE_CLUSTERED		\
					|MD_FEATURE_JOURNAL		\
					|MD_FEATURE_PPL			\
					|MD_FEATURE_MULTIPLE_PPLS	\
					|MD_FEATURE_RAID0_LAYOUT	\
					)

struct r5l_payload_header {
	__le16 type;
	__le16 flags;
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

enum r5l_payload_type {
	R5LOG_PAYLOAD_DATA = 0,
	R5LOG_PAYLOAD_PARITY = 1,
	R5LOG_PAYLOAD_FLUSH = 2,
};

struct r5l_payload_data_parity {
	struct r5l_payload_header header;
	__le32 size;		/* sector. data/parity size. each 4k
				 * has a checksum */
	__le64 location;	/* sector. For data, it's raid sector. For
				 * parity, it's stripe sector */
	__le32 checksum[];
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

enum r5l_payload_data_parity_flag {
	R5LOG_PAYLOAD_FLAG_DISCARD = 1, /* payload is discard */
	/*
	 * RESHAPED/RESHAPING is only set when there is reshape activity. Note,
	 * both data/parity of a stripe should have the same flag set
	 *
	 * RESHAPED: reshape is running, and this stripe finished reshape
	 * RESHAPING: reshape is running, and this stripe isn't reshaped
	 */
	R5LOG_PAYLOAD_FLAG_RESHAPED = 2,
	R5LOG_PAYLOAD_FLAG_RESHAPING = 3,
};

struct r5l_payload_flush {
	struct r5l_payload_header header;
	__le32 size; /* flush_stripes size, bytes */
	__le64 flush_stripes[];
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

enum r5l_payload_flush_flag {
	R5LOG_PAYLOAD_FLAG_FLUSH_STRIPE = 1, /* data represents whole stripe */
};

struct r5l_meta_block {
	__le32 magic;
	__le32 checksum;
	__u8 version;
	__u8 __zero_pading_1;
	__le16 __zero_pading_2;
	__le32 meta_size; /* whole size of the block */

	__le64 seq;
	__le64 position; /* sector, start from rdev->data_offset, current position */
	struct r5l_payload_header payloads[];
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

#define R5LOG_VERSION 0x1
#define R5LOG_MAGIC 0x6433c509

struct ppl_header_entry {
	__le64 data_sector;	/* raid sector of the new data */
	__le32 pp_size;		/* length of partial parity */
	__le32 data_size;	/* length of data */
	__le32 parity_disk;	/* member disk containing parity */
	__le32 checksum;	/* checksum of partial parity data for this
				 * entry (~crc32c) */
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

#define PPL_HEADER_SIZE 4096
#define PPL_HDR_RESERVED 512
#define PPL_HDR_ENTRY_SPACE \
	(PPL_HEADER_SIZE - PPL_HDR_RESERVED - 4 * sizeof(__le32) - sizeof(__le64))
#define PPL_HDR_MAX_ENTRIES \
	(PPL_HDR_ENTRY_SPACE / sizeof(struct ppl_header_entry))

struct ppl_header {
	__u8 reserved[PPL_HDR_RESERVED];/* reserved space, fill with 0xff */
	__le32 signature;		/* signature (family number of volume) */
	__le32 padding;			/* zero pad */
	__le64 generation;		/* generation number of the header */
	__le32 entries_count;		/* number of entries in entry array */
	__le32 checksum;		/* checksum of the header (~crc32c) */
	struct ppl_header_entry entries[PPL_HDR_MAX_ENTRIES];
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2005 Henk Vergonet <Henk.Vergonet@gmail.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
 * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
 * the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
 */

#ifndef MAP_TO_7SEGMENT_H
#define MAP_TO_7SEGMENT_H

/* This file provides translation primitives and tables for the conversion
 * of (ASCII) characters to a 7-segments notation.
 *
 * The 7 segment's wikipedia notation below is used as standard.
 * See: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Seven_segment_display
 *
 * Notation:	+-a-+
 *		f   b
 *		+-g-+
 *		e   c
 *		+-d-+
 *
 * Usage:
 *
 *   Register a map variable, and fill it with a character set:
 *	static SEG7_DEFAULT_MAP(map_seg7);
 *
 *
 *   Then use for conversion:
 *	seg7 = map_to_seg7(&map_seg7, some_char);
 *	...
 *
 * In device drivers it is recommended, if required, to make the char map
 * accessible via the sysfs interface using the following scheme:
 *
 * static ssize_t show_map(struct device *dev, char *buf) {
 *	memcpy(buf, &map_seg7, sizeof(map_seg7));
 *	return sizeof(map_seg7);
 * }
 * static ssize_t store_map(struct device *dev, const char *buf, size_t cnt) {
 *	if(cnt != sizeof(map_seg7))
 *		return -EINVAL;
 *	memcpy(&map_seg7, buf, cnt);
 *	return cnt;
 * }
 * static DEVICE_ATTR(map_seg7, PERMS_RW, show_map, store_map);
 *
 * History:
 * 2005-05-31	RFC linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
 */
#include <linux/errno.h>


#define BIT_SEG7_A		0
#define BIT_SEG7_B		1
#define BIT_SEG7_C		2
#define BIT_SEG7_D		3
#define BIT_SEG7_E		4
#define BIT_SEG7_F		5
#define BIT_SEG7_G		6
#define BIT_SEG7_RESERVED	7

struct seg7_conversion_map {
	unsigned char	table[128];
};

static __inline__ int map_to_seg7(struct seg7_conversion_map *map, int c)
{
	return c >= 0 && c < sizeof(map->table) ? map->table[c] : -EINVAL;
}

#define SEG7_CONVERSION_MAP(_name, _map)	\
	struct seg7_conversion_map _name = { .table = { _map } }

/*
 * It is recommended to use a facility that allows user space to redefine
 * custom character sets for LCD devices. Please use a sysfs interface
 * as described above.
 */
#define MAP_TO_SEG7_SYSFS_FILE	"map_seg7"

/*******************************************************************************
 * ASCII conversion table
 ******************************************************************************/

#define _SEG7(l,a,b,c,d,e,f,g)	\
      (	a<<BIT_SEG7_A |	b<<BIT_SEG7_B |	c<<BIT_SEG7_C |	d<<BIT_SEG7_D |	\
	e<<BIT_SEG7_E |	f<<BIT_SEG7_F |	g<<BIT_SEG7_G )

#define _MAP_0_32_ASCII_SEG7_NON_PRINTABLE	\
	0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,

#define _MAP_33_47_ASCII_SEG7_SYMBOL		\
 _SEG7('!',0,0,0,0,1,1,0), _SEG7('"',0,1,0,0,0,1,0), _SEG7('#',0,1,1,0,1,1,0),\
 _SEG7('$',1,0,1,1,0,1,1), _SEG7('%',0,0,1,0,0,1,0), _SEG7('&',1,0,1,1,1,1,1),\
 _SEG7('\'',0,0,0,0,0,1,0),_SEG7('(',1,0,0,1,1,1,0), _SEG7(')',1,1,1,1,0,0,0),\
 _SEG7('*',0,1,1,0,1,1,1), _SEG7('+',0,1,1,0,0,0,1), _SEG7(',',0,0,0,0,1,0,0),\
 _SEG7('-',0,0,0,0,0,0,1), _SEG7('.',0,0,0,0,1,0,0), _SEG7('/',0,1,0,0,1,0,1),

#define _MAP_48_57_ASCII_SEG7_NUMERIC		\
 _SEG7('0',1,1,1,1,1,1,0), _SEG7('1',0,1,1,0,0,0,0), _SEG7('2',1,1,0,1,1,0,1),\
 _SEG7('3',1,1,1,1,0,0,1), _SEG7('4',0,1,1,0,0,1,1), _SEG7('5',1,0,1,1,0,1,1),\
 _SEG7('6',1,0,1,1,1,1,1), _SEG7('7',1,1,1,0,0,0,0), _SEG7('8',1,1,1,1,1,1,1),\
 _SEG7('9',1,1,1,1,0,1,1),

#define _MAP_58_64_ASCII_SEG7_SYMBOL		\
 _SEG7(':',0,0,0,1,0,0,1), _SEG7(';',0,0,0,1,0,0,1), _SEG7('<',1,0,0,0,0,1,1),\
 _SEG7('=',0,0,0,1,0,0,1), _SEG7('>',1,1,0,0,0,0,1), _SEG7('?',1,1,1,0,0,1,0),\
 _SEG7('@',1,1,0,1,1,1,1),

#define _MAP_65_90_ASCII_SEG7_ALPHA_UPPR	\
 _SEG7('A',1,1,1,0,1,1,1), _SEG7('B',1,1,1,1,1,1,1), _SEG7('C',1,0,0,1,1,1,0),\
 _SEG7('D',1,1,1,1,1,1,0), _SEG7('E',1,0,0,1,1,1,1), _SEG7('F',1,0,0,0,1,1,1),\
 _SEG7('G',1,1,1,1,0,1,1), _SEG7('H',0,1,1,0,1,1,1), _SEG7('I',0,1,1,0,0,0,0),\
 _SEG7('J',0,1,1,1,0,0,0), _SEG7('K',0,1,1,0,1,1,1), _SEG7('L',0,0,0,1,1,1,0),\
 _SEG7('M',1,1,1,0,1,1,0), _SEG7('N',1,1,1,0,1,1,0), _SEG7('O',1,1,1,1,1,1,0),\
 _SEG7('P',1,1,0,0,1,1,1), _SEG7('Q',1,1,1,1,1,1,0), _SEG7('R',1,1,1,0,1,1,1),\
 _SEG7('S',1,0,1,1,0,1,1), _SEG7('T',0,0,0,1,1,1,1), _SEG7('U',0,1,1,1,1,1,0),\
 _SEG7('V',0,1,1,1,1,1,0), _SEG7('W',0,1,1,1,1,1,1), _SEG7('X',0,1,1,0,1,1,1),\
 _SEG7('Y',0,1,1,0,0,1,1), _SEG7('Z',1,1,0,1,1,0,1),

#define _MAP_91_96_ASCII_SEG7_SYMBOL		\
 _SEG7('[',1,0,0,1,1,1,0), _SEG7('\\',0,0,1,0,0,1,1),_SEG7(']',1,1,1,1,0,0,0),\
 _SEG7('^',1,1,0,0,0,1,0), _SEG7('_',0,0,0,1,0,0,0), _SEG7('`',0,1,0,0,0,0,0),

#define _MAP_97_122_ASCII_SEG7_ALPHA_LOWER	\
 _SEG7('A',1,1,1,0,1,1,1), _SEG7('b',0,0,1,1,1,1,1), _SEG7('c',0,0,0,1,1,0,1),\
 _SEG7('d',0,1,1,1,1,0,1), _SEG7('E',1,0,0,1,1,1,1), _SEG7('F',1,0,0,0,1,1,1),\
 _SEG7('G',1,1,1,1,0,1,1), _SEG7('h',0,0,1,0,1,1,1), _SEG7('i',0,0,1,0,0,0,0),\
 _SEG7('j',0,0,1,1,0,0,0), _SEG7('k',0,0,1,0,1,1,1), _SEG7('L',0,0,0,1,1,1,0),\
 _SEG7('M',1,1,1,0,1,1,0), _SEG7('n',0,0,1,0,1,0,1), _SEG7('o',0,0,1,1,1,0,1),\
 _SEG7('P',1,1,0,0,1,1,1), _SEG7('q',1,1,1,0,0,1,1), _SEG7('r',0,0,0,0,1,0,1),\
 _SEG7('S',1,0,1,1,0,1,1), _SEG7('T',0,0,0,1,1,1,1), _SEG7('u',0,0,1,1,1,0,0),\
 _SEG7('v',0,0,1,1,1,0,0), _SEG7('W',0,1,1,1,1,1,1), _SEG7('X',0,1,1,0,1,1,1),\
 _SEG7('y',0,1,1,1,0,1,1), _SEG7('Z',1,1,0,1,1,0,1),

#define _MAP_123_126_ASCII_SEG7_SYMBOL		\
 _SEG7('{',1,0,0,1,1,1,0), _SEG7('|',0,0,0,0,1,1,0), _SEG7('}',1,1,1,1,0,0,0),\
 _SEG7('~',1,0,0,0,0,0,0),

/* Maps */

/* This set tries to map as close as possible to the visible characteristics
 * of the ASCII symbol, lowercase and uppercase letters may differ in
 * presentation on the display.
 */
#define MAP_ASCII7SEG_ALPHANUM			\
	_MAP_0_32_ASCII_SEG7_NON_PRINTABLE	\
	_MAP_33_47_ASCII_SEG7_SYMBOL		\
	_MAP_48_57_ASCII_SEG7_NUMERIC		\
	_MAP_58_64_ASCII_SEG7_SYMBOL		\
	_MAP_65_90_ASCII_SEG7_ALPHA_UPPR	\
	_MAP_91_96_ASCII_SEG7_SYMBOL		\
	_MAP_97_122_ASCII_SEG7_ALPHA_LOWER	\
	_MAP_123_126_ASCII_SEG7_SYMBOL

/* This set tries to map as close as possible to the symbolic characteristics
 * of the ASCII character for maximum discrimination.
 * For now this means all alpha chars are in lower case representations.
 * (This for example facilitates the use of hex numbers with uppercase input.)
 */
#define MAP_ASCII7SEG_ALPHANUM_LC			\
	_MAP_0_32_ASCII_SEG7_NON_PRINTABLE	\
	_MAP_33_47_ASCII_SEG7_SYMBOL		\
	_MAP_48_57_ASCII_SEG7_NUMERIC		\
	_MAP_58_64_ASCII_SEG7_SYMBOL		\
	_MAP_97_122_ASCII_SEG7_ALPHA_LOWER	\
	_MAP_91_96_ASCII_SEG7_SYMBOL		\
	_MAP_97_122_ASCII_SEG7_ALPHA_LOWER	\
	_MAP_123_126_ASCII_SEG7_SYMBOL

#define SEG7_DEFAULT_MAP(_name)		\
	SEG7_CONVERSION_MAP(_name,MAP_ASCII7SEG_ALPHANUM)

#endif	/* MAP_TO_7SEGMENT_H */

/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Platform Firmware Runtime Update header
 *
 * Copyright(c) 2021 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.
 */
#ifndef __PFRUT_H__
#define __PFRUT_H__

#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

#define PFRUT_IOCTL_MAGIC 0xEE

/**
 * PFRU_IOC_SET_REV - _IOW(PFRUT_IOCTL_MAGIC, 0x01, unsigned int)
 *
 * Return:
 * * 0			- success
 * * -EFAULT		- fail to read the revision id
 * * -EINVAL		- user provides an invalid revision id
 *
 * Set the Revision ID for Platform Firmware Runtime Update.
 */
#define PFRU_IOC_SET_REV _IOW(PFRUT_IOCTL_MAGIC, 0x01, unsigned int)

/**
 * PFRU_IOC_STAGE - _IOW(PFRUT_IOCTL_MAGIC, 0x02, unsigned int)
 *
 * Return:
 * * 0			- success
 * * -EINVAL		- stage phase returns invalid result
 *
 * Stage a capsule image from communication buffer and perform authentication.
 */
#define PFRU_IOC_STAGE _IOW(PFRUT_IOCTL_MAGIC, 0x02, unsigned int)

/**
 * PFRU_IOC_ACTIVATE - _IOW(PFRUT_IOCTL_MAGIC, 0x03, unsigned int)
 *
 * Return:
 * * 0			- success
 * * -EINVAL		- activate phase returns invalid result
 *
 * Activate a previously staged capsule image.
 */
#define PFRU_IOC_ACTIVATE _IOW(PFRUT_IOCTL_MAGIC, 0x03, unsigned int)

/**
 * PFRU_IOC_STAGE_ACTIVATE - _IOW(PFRUT_IOCTL_MAGIC, 0x04, unsigned int)
 *
 * Return:
 * * 0			- success
 * * -EINVAL		- stage/activate phase returns invalid result.
 *
 * Perform both stage and activation action.
 */
#define PFRU_IOC_STAGE_ACTIVATE _IOW(PFRUT_IOCTL_MAGIC, 0x04, unsigned int)

/**
 * PFRU_IOC_QUERY_CAP - _IOR(PFRUT_IOCTL_MAGIC, 0x05,
 *			     struct pfru_update_cap_info)
 *
 * Return:
 * * 0			- success
 * * -EINVAL		- query phase returns invalid result
 * * -EFAULT		- the result fails to be copied to userspace
 *
 * Retrieve information on the Platform Firmware Runtime Update capability.
 * The information is a struct pfru_update_cap_info.
 */
#define PFRU_IOC_QUERY_CAP _IOR(PFRUT_IOCTL_MAGIC, 0x05, struct pfru_update_cap_info)

/**
 * struct pfru_payload_hdr - Capsule file payload header.
 *
 * @sig: Signature of this capsule file.
 * @hdr_version: Revision of this header structure.
 * @hdr_size: Size of this header, including the OemHeader bytes.
 * @hw_ver: The supported firmware version.
 * @rt_ver: Version of the code injection image.
 * @platform_id: A platform specific GUID to specify the platform what
 *               this capsule image support.
 */
struct pfru_payload_hdr {
	__u32 sig;
	__u32 hdr_version;
	__u32 hdr_size;
	__u32 hw_ver;
	__u32 rt_ver;
	__u8 platform_id[16];
};

enum pfru_dsm_status {
	DSM_SUCCEED = 0,
	DSM_FUNC_NOT_SUPPORT = 1,
	DSM_INVAL_INPUT = 2,
	DSM_HARDWARE_ERR = 3,
	DSM_RETRY_SUGGESTED = 4,
	DSM_UNKNOWN = 5,
	DSM_FUNC_SPEC_ERR = 6,
};

/**
 * struct pfru_update_cap_info - Runtime update capability information.
 *
 * @status: Indicator of whether this query succeed.
 * @update_cap: Bitmap to indicate whether the feature is supported.
 * @code_type: A buffer containing an image type GUID.
 * @fw_version: Platform firmware version.
 * @code_rt_version: Code injection runtime version for anti-rollback.
 * @drv_type: A buffer containing an image type GUID.
 * @drv_rt_version: The version of the driver update runtime code.
 * @drv_svn: The secure version number(SVN) of the driver update runtime code.
 * @platform_id: A buffer containing a platform ID GUID.
 * @oem_id: A buffer containing an OEM ID GUID.
 * @oem_info_len: Length of the buffer containing the vendor specific information.
 */
struct pfru_update_cap_info {
	__u32 status;
	__u32 update_cap;

	__u8 code_type[16];
	__u32 fw_version;
	__u32 code_rt_version;

	__u8 drv_type[16];
	__u32 drv_rt_version;
	__u32 drv_svn;

	__u8 platform_id[16];
	__u8 oem_id[16];

	__u32 oem_info_len;
};

/**
 * struct pfru_com_buf_info - Communication buffer information.
 *
 * @status: Indicator of whether this query succeed.
 * @ext_status: Implementation specific query result.
 * @addr_lo: Low 32bit physical address of the communication buffer to hold
 *           a runtime update package.
 * @addr_hi: High 32bit physical address of the communication buffer to hold
 *           a runtime update package.
 * @buf_size: Maximum size in bytes of the communication buffer.
 */
struct pfru_com_buf_info {
	__u32 status;
	__u32 ext_status;
	__u64 addr_lo;
	__u64 addr_hi;
	__u32 buf_size;
};

/**
 * struct pfru_updated_result - Platform firmware runtime update result information.
 * @status: Indicator of whether this update succeed.
 * @ext_status: Implementation specific update result.
 * @low_auth_time: Low 32bit value of image authentication time in nanosecond.
 * @high_auth_time: High 32bit value of image authentication time in nanosecond.
 * @low_exec_time: Low 32bit value of image execution time in nanosecond.
 * @high_exec_time: High 32bit value of image execution time in nanosecond.
 */
struct pfru_updated_result {
	__u32 status;
	__u32 ext_status;
	__u64 low_auth_time;
	__u64 high_auth_time;
	__u64 low_exec_time;
	__u64 high_exec_time;
};

/**
 * struct pfrt_log_data_info - Log Data from telemetry service.
 * @status: Indicator of whether this update succeed.
 * @ext_status: Implementation specific update result.
 * @chunk1_addr_lo: Low 32bit physical address of the telemetry data chunk1
 *                  starting address.
 * @chunk1_addr_hi: High 32bit physical address of the telemetry data chunk1
 *                  starting address.
 * @chunk2_addr_lo: Low 32bit physical address of the telemetry data chunk2
 *                  starting address.
 * @chunk2_addr_hi: High 32bit physical address of the telemetry data chunk2
 *                  starting address.
 * @max_data_size: Maximum supported size of data of all data chunks combined.
 * @chunk1_size: Data size in bytes of the telemetry data chunk1 buffer.
 * @chunk2_size: Data size in bytes of the telemetry data chunk2 buffer.
 * @rollover_cnt: Number of times telemetry data buffer is overwritten
 *                since telemetry buffer reset.
 * @reset_cnt: Number of times telemetry services resets that results in
 *             rollover count and data chunk buffers are reset.
 */
struct pfrt_log_data_info {
	__u32 status;
	__u32 ext_status;
	__u64 chunk1_addr_lo;
	__u64 chunk1_addr_hi;
	__u64 chunk2_addr_lo;
	__u64 chunk2_addr_hi;
	__u32 max_data_size;
	__u32 chunk1_size;
	__u32 chunk2_size;
	__u32 rollover_cnt;
	__u32 reset_cnt;
};

/**
 * struct pfrt_log_info - Telemetry log information.
 * @log_level: The telemetry log level.
 * @log_type: The telemetry log type(history and execution).
 * @log_revid: The telemetry log revision id.
 */
struct pfrt_log_info {
	__u32 log_level;
	__u32 log_type;
	__u32 log_revid;
};

/**
 * PFRT_LOG_IOC_SET_INFO - _IOW(PFRUT_IOCTL_MAGIC, 0x06,
 *				struct pfrt_log_info)
 *
 * Return:
 * * 0			- success
 * * -EFAULT		- fail to get the setting parameter
 * * -EINVAL		- fail to set the log level
 *
 * Set the PFRT log level and log type. The input information is
 * a struct pfrt_log_info.
 */
#define PFRT_LOG_IOC_SET_INFO _IOW(PFRUT_IOCTL_MAGIC, 0x06, struct pfrt_log_info)

/**
 * PFRT_LOG_IOC_GET_INFO - _IOR(PFRUT_IOCTL_MAGIC, 0x07,
 *				struct pfrt_log_info)
 *
 * Return:
 * * 0			- success
 * * -EINVAL		- fail to get the log level
 * * -EFAULT		- fail to copy the result back to userspace
 *
 * Retrieve log level and log type of the telemetry. The information is
 * a struct pfrt_log_info.
 */
#define PFRT_LOG_IOC_GET_INFO _IOR(PFRUT_IOCTL_MAGIC, 0x07, struct pfrt_log_info)

/**
 * PFRT_LOG_IOC_GET_DATA_INFO - _IOR(PFRUT_IOCTL_MAGIC, 0x08,
 *				     struct pfrt_log_data_info)
 *
 * Return:
 * * 0			- success
 * * -EINVAL		- fail to get the log buffer information
 * * -EFAULT		- fail to copy the log buffer information to userspace
 *
 * Retrieve data information about the telemetry. The information
 * is a struct pfrt_log_data_info.
 */
#define PFRT_LOG_IOC_GET_DATA_INFO _IOR(PFRUT_IOCTL_MAGIC, 0x08, struct pfrt_log_data_info)

#endif /* __PFRUT_H__ */
#include <linux/ppp-ioctl.h>
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef	AFFS_HARDBLOCKS_H
#define	AFFS_HARDBLOCKS_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* Just the needed definitions for the RDB of an Amiga HD. */

struct RigidDiskBlock {
	__u32	rdb_ID;
	__be32	rdb_SummedLongs;
	__s32	rdb_ChkSum;
	__u32	rdb_HostID;
	__be32	rdb_BlockBytes;
	__u32	rdb_Flags;
	__u32	rdb_BadBlockList;
	__be32	rdb_PartitionList;
	__u32	rdb_FileSysHeaderList;
	__u32	rdb_DriveInit;
	__u32	rdb_Reserved1[6];
	__u32	rdb_Cylinders;
	__u32	rdb_Sectors;
	__u32	rdb_Heads;
	__u32	rdb_Interleave;
	__u32	rdb_Park;
	__u32	rdb_Reserved2[3];
	__u32	rdb_WritePreComp;
	__u32	rdb_ReducedWrite;
	__u32	rdb_StepRate;
	__u32	rdb_Reserved3[5];
	__u32	rdb_RDBBlocksLo;
	__u32	rdb_RDBBlocksHi;
	__u32	rdb_LoCylinder;
	__u32	rdb_HiCylinder;
	__u32	rdb_CylBlocks;
	__u32	rdb_AutoParkSeconds;
	__u32	rdb_HighRDSKBlock;
	__u32	rdb_Reserved4;
	char	rdb_DiskVendor[8];
	char	rdb_DiskProduct[16];
	char	rdb_DiskRevision[4];
	char	rdb_ControllerVendor[8];
	char	rdb_ControllerProduct[16];
	char	rdb_ControllerRevision[4];
	__u32	rdb_Reserved5[10];
};

#define	IDNAME_RIGIDDISK	0x5244534B	/* "RDSK" */

struct PartitionBlock {
	__be32	pb_ID;
	__be32	pb_SummedLongs;
	__s32	pb_ChkSum;
	__u32	pb_HostID;
	__be32	pb_Next;
	__u32	pb_Flags;
	__u32	pb_Reserved1[2];
	__u32	pb_DevFlags;
	__u8	pb_DriveName[32];
	__u32	pb_Reserved2[15];
	__be32	pb_Environment[17];
	__u32	pb_EReserved[15];
};

#define	IDNAME_PARTITION	0x50415254	/* "PART" */

#define RDB_ALLOCATION_LIMIT	16

#endif	/* AFFS_HARDBLOCKS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  Copyright (c) 1999-2000 Vojtech Pavlik
 *
 *  Sponsored by SuSE
 */
/*
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or 
 * (at your option) any later version.
 * 
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 * 
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
 * 
 * Should you need to contact me, the author, you can do so either by
 * e-mail - mail your message to <vojtech@suse.cz>, or by paper mail:
 * Vojtech Pavlik, Ucitelska 1576, Prague 8, 182 00 Czech Republic
 */
#ifndef _HIDDEV_H
#define _HIDDEV_H



#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * The event structure itself
 */

struct hiddev_event {
	unsigned hid;
	signed int value;
};

struct hiddev_devinfo {
	__u32 bustype;
	__u32 busnum;
	__u32 devnum;
	__u32 ifnum;
	__s16 vendor;
	__s16 product;
	__s16 version;
	__u32 num_applications;
};

struct hiddev_collection_info {
	__u32 index;
	__u32 type;
	__u32 usage;
	__u32 level;
};

#define HID_STRING_SIZE 256
struct hiddev_string_descriptor {
	__s32 index;
	char value[HID_STRING_SIZE];
};

struct hiddev_report_info {
	__u32 report_type;
	__u32 report_id;
	__u32 num_fields;
};

/* To do a GUSAGE/SUSAGE, fill in at least usage_code,  report_type and 
 * report_id.  Set report_id to REPORT_ID_UNKNOWN if the rest of the fields 
 * are unknown.  Otherwise use a usage_ref struct filled in from a previous 
 * successful GUSAGE call to save time.  To actually send a value to the
 * device, perform a SUSAGE first, followed by a SREPORT.  An INITREPORT or a
 * GREPORT isn't necessary for a GUSAGE to return valid data.
 */
#define HID_REPORT_ID_UNKNOWN 0xffffffff
#define HID_REPORT_ID_FIRST   0x00000100
#define HID_REPORT_ID_NEXT    0x00000200
#define HID_REPORT_ID_MASK    0x000000ff
#define HID_REPORT_ID_MAX     0x000000ff

#define HID_REPORT_TYPE_INPUT	1
#define HID_REPORT_TYPE_OUTPUT	2
#define HID_REPORT_TYPE_FEATURE	3
#define HID_REPORT_TYPE_MIN     1
#define HID_REPORT_TYPE_MAX     3

struct hiddev_field_info {
	__u32 report_type;
	__u32 report_id;
	__u32 field_index;
	__u32 maxusage;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 physical;		/* physical usage for this field */
	__u32 logical;		/* logical usage for this field */
	__u32 application;		/* application usage for this field */
	__s32 logical_minimum;
	__s32 logical_maximum;
	__s32 physical_minimum;
	__s32 physical_maximum;
	__u32 unit_exponent;
	__u32 unit;
};

/* Fill in report_type, report_id and field_index to get the information on a
 * field.
 */
#define HID_FIELD_CONSTANT		0x001
#define HID_FIELD_VARIABLE		0x002
#define HID_FIELD_RELATIVE		0x004
#define HID_FIELD_WRAP			0x008	
#define HID_FIELD_NONLINEAR		0x010
#define HID_FIELD_NO_PREFERRED		0x020
#define HID_FIELD_NULL_STATE		0x040
#define HID_FIELD_VOLATILE		0x080
#define HID_FIELD_BUFFERED_BYTE		0x100

struct hiddev_usage_ref {
	__u32 report_type;
	__u32 report_id;
	__u32 field_index;
	__u32 usage_index;
	__u32 usage_code;
	__s32 value;
};

/* hiddev_usage_ref_multi is used for sending multiple bytes to a control.
 * It really manifests itself as setting the value of consecutive usages */
#define HID_MAX_MULTI_USAGES 1024
struct hiddev_usage_ref_multi {
	struct hiddev_usage_ref uref;
	__u32 num_values;
	__s32 values[HID_MAX_MULTI_USAGES];
};

/* FIELD_INDEX_NONE is returned in read() data from the kernel when flags
 * is set to (HIDDEV_FLAG_UREF | HIDDEV_FLAG_REPORT) and a new report has
 * been sent by the device 
 */
#define HID_FIELD_INDEX_NONE 0xffffffff

/*
 * Protocol version.
 */

#define HID_VERSION		0x010004

/*
 * IOCTLs (0x00 - 0x7f)
 */

#define HIDIOCGVERSION		_IOR('H', 0x01, int)
#define HIDIOCAPPLICATION	_IO('H', 0x02)
#define HIDIOCGDEVINFO		_IOR('H', 0x03, struct hiddev_devinfo)
#define HIDIOCGSTRING		_IOR('H', 0x04, struct hiddev_string_descriptor)
#define HIDIOCINITREPORT	_IO('H', 0x05)
#define HIDIOCGNAME(len)	_IOC(_IOC_READ, 'H', 0x06, len)
#define HIDIOCGREPORT		_IOW('H', 0x07, struct hiddev_report_info)
#define HIDIOCSREPORT		_IOW('H', 0x08, struct hiddev_report_info)
#define HIDIOCGREPORTINFO	_IOWR('H', 0x09, struct hiddev_report_info)
#define HIDIOCGFIELDINFO	_IOWR('H', 0x0A, struct hiddev_field_info)
#define HIDIOCGUSAGE		_IOWR('H', 0x0B, struct hiddev_usage_ref)
#define HIDIOCSUSAGE		_IOW('H', 0x0C, struct hiddev_usage_ref)
#define HIDIOCGUCODE		_IOWR('H', 0x0D, struct hiddev_usage_ref)
#define HIDIOCGFLAG		_IOR('H', 0x0E, int)
#define HIDIOCSFLAG		_IOW('H', 0x0F, int)
#define HIDIOCGCOLLECTIONINDEX	_IOW('H', 0x10, struct hiddev_usage_ref)
#define HIDIOCGCOLLECTIONINFO	_IOWR('H', 0x11, struct hiddev_collection_info)
#define HIDIOCGPHYS(len)	_IOC(_IOC_READ, 'H', 0x12, len)

/* For writing/reading to multiple/consecutive usages */
#define HIDIOCGUSAGES		_IOWR('H', 0x13, struct hiddev_usage_ref_multi)
#define HIDIOCSUSAGES		_IOW('H', 0x14, struct hiddev_usage_ref_multi)

/* 
 * Flags to be used in HIDIOCSFLAG
 */
#define HIDDEV_FLAG_UREF	0x1
#define HIDDEV_FLAG_REPORT	0x2
#define HIDDEV_FLAGS		0x3

/* To traverse the input report descriptor info for a HID device, perform the 
 * following:
 *
 * rinfo.report_type = HID_REPORT_TYPE_INPUT;
 * rinfo.report_id = HID_REPORT_ID_FIRST;
 * ret = ioctl(fd, HIDIOCGREPORTINFO, &rinfo);
 *
 * while (ret >= 0) {
 * 	for (i = 0; i < rinfo.num_fields; i++) {
 * 		finfo.report_type = rinfo.report_type;
 * 		finfo.report_id = rinfo.report_id;
 * 		finfo.field_index = i;
 * 		ioctl(fd, HIDIOCGFIELDINFO, &finfo);
 * 		for (j = 0; j < finfo.maxusage; j++) {
 * 			uref.report_type = rinfo.report_type;
 * 			uref.report_id = rinfo.report_id;
 * 			uref.field_index = i;
 * 			uref.usage_index = j;
 * 			ioctl(fd, HIDIOCGUCODE, &uref);
 * 			ioctl(fd, HIDIOCGUSAGE, &uref);
 * 		}
 * 	}
 * 	rinfo.report_id |= HID_REPORT_ID_NEXT;
 * 	ret = ioctl(fd, HIDIOCGREPORTINFO, &rinfo);
 * }
 */


#endif /* _HIDDEV_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_TIME_H
#define _LINUX_TIME_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/time_types.h>

#ifndef _STRUCT_TIMESPEC
#define _STRUCT_TIMESPEC
struct timespec {
	__kernel_time_t	tv_sec;			/* seconds */
	long		tv_nsec;		/* nanoseconds */
};
#endif

struct timeval {
	__kernel_time_t		tv_sec;		/* seconds */
	__kernel_suseconds_t	tv_usec;	/* microseconds */
};

struct timezone {
	int	tz_minuteswest;	/* minutes west of Greenwich */
	int	tz_dsttime;	/* type of dst correction */
};

/*
 * Names of the interval timers, and structure
 * defining a timer setting:
 */
#define	ITIMER_REAL		0
#define	ITIMER_VIRTUAL		1
#define	ITIMER_PROF		2

struct itimerspec {
	struct timespec it_interval;	/* timer period */
	struct timespec it_value;	/* timer expiration */
};

struct itimerval {
	struct timeval it_interval;	/* timer interval */
	struct timeval it_value;	/* current value */
};

/*
 * The IDs of the various system clocks (for POSIX.1b interval timers):
 */
#define CLOCK_REALTIME			0
#define CLOCK_MONOTONIC			1
#define CLOCK_PROCESS_CPUTIME_ID	2
#define CLOCK_THREAD_CPUTIME_ID		3
#define CLOCK_MONOTONIC_RAW		4
#define CLOCK_REALTIME_COARSE		5
#define CLOCK_MONOTONIC_COARSE		6
#define CLOCK_BOOTTIME			7
#define CLOCK_REALTIME_ALARM		8
#define CLOCK_BOOTTIME_ALARM		9
/*
 * The driver implementing this got removed. The clock ID is kept as a
 * place holder. Do not reuse!
 */
#define CLOCK_SGI_CYCLE			10
#define CLOCK_TAI			11

#define MAX_CLOCKS			16
#define CLOCKS_MASK			(CLOCK_REALTIME | CLOCK_MONOTONIC)
#define CLOCKS_MONO			CLOCK_MONOTONIC

/*
 * The various flags for setting POSIX.1b interval timers:
 */
#define TIMER_ABSTIME			0x01

#endif /* _LINUX_TIME_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* PF_KEY user interface, this is defined by rfc2367 so
 * do not make arbitrary modifications or else this header
 * file will not be compliant.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_PFKEY2_H
#define _LINUX_PFKEY2_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define PF_KEY_V2		2
#define PFKEYV2_REVISION	199806L

struct sadb_msg {
	__u8		sadb_msg_version;
	__u8		sadb_msg_type;
	__u8		sadb_msg_errno;
	__u8		sadb_msg_satype;
	__u16	sadb_msg_len;
	__u16	sadb_msg_reserved;
	__u32	sadb_msg_seq;
	__u32	sadb_msg_pid;
} __attribute__((packed));
/* sizeof(struct sadb_msg) == 16 */

struct sadb_ext {
	__u16	sadb_ext_len;
	__u16	sadb_ext_type;
} __attribute__((packed));
/* sizeof(struct sadb_ext) == 4 */

struct sadb_sa {
	__u16	sadb_sa_len;
	__u16	sadb_sa_exttype;
	__be32		sadb_sa_spi;
	__u8		sadb_sa_replay;
	__u8		sadb_sa_state;
	__u8		sadb_sa_auth;
	__u8		sadb_sa_encrypt;
	__u32	sadb_sa_flags;
} __attribute__((packed));
/* sizeof(struct sadb_sa) == 16 */

struct sadb_lifetime {
	__u16	sadb_lifetime_len;
	__u16	sadb_lifetime_exttype;
	__u32	sadb_lifetime_allocations;
	__u64	sadb_lifetime_bytes;
	__u64	sadb_lifetime_addtime;
	__u64	sadb_lifetime_usetime;
} __attribute__((packed));
/* sizeof(struct sadb_lifetime) == 32 */

struct sadb_address {
	__u16	sadb_address_len;
	__u16	sadb_address_exttype;
	__u8		sadb_address_proto;
	__u8		sadb_address_prefixlen;
	__u16	sadb_address_reserved;
} __attribute__((packed));
/* sizeof(struct sadb_address) == 8 */

struct sadb_key {
	__u16	sadb_key_len;
	__u16	sadb_key_exttype;
	__u16	sadb_key_bits;
	__u16	sadb_key_reserved;
} __attribute__((packed));
/* sizeof(struct sadb_key) == 8 */

struct sadb_ident {
	__u16	sadb_ident_len;
	__u16	sadb_ident_exttype;
	__u16	sadb_ident_type;
	__u16	sadb_ident_reserved;
	__u64	sadb_ident_id;
} __attribute__((packed));
/* sizeof(struct sadb_ident) == 16 */

struct sadb_sens {
	__u16	sadb_sens_len;
	__u16	sadb_sens_exttype;
	__u32	sadb_sens_dpd;
	__u8		sadb_sens_sens_level;
	__u8		sadb_sens_sens_len;
	__u8		sadb_sens_integ_level;
	__u8		sadb_sens_integ_len;
	__u32	sadb_sens_reserved;
} __attribute__((packed));
/* sizeof(struct sadb_sens) == 16 */

/* followed by:
	__u64	sadb_sens_bitmap[sens_len];
	__u64	sadb_integ_bitmap[integ_len];  */

struct sadb_prop {
	__u16	sadb_prop_len;
	__u16	sadb_prop_exttype;
	__u8		sadb_prop_replay;
	__u8		sadb_prop_reserved[3];
} __attribute__((packed));
/* sizeof(struct sadb_prop) == 8 */

/* followed by:
	struct sadb_comb sadb_combs[(sadb_prop_len +
		sizeof(__u64) - sizeof(struct sadb_prop)) /
		sizeof(struct sadb_comb)]; */

struct sadb_comb {
	__u8		sadb_comb_auth;
	__u8		sadb_comb_encrypt;
	__u16	sadb_comb_flags;
	__u16	sadb_comb_auth_minbits;
	__u16	sadb_comb_auth_maxbits;
	__u16	sadb_comb_encrypt_minbits;
	__u16	sadb_comb_encrypt_maxbits;
	__u32	sadb_comb_reserved;
	__u32	sadb_comb_soft_allocations;
	__u32	sadb_comb_hard_allocations;
	__u64	sadb_comb_soft_bytes;
	__u64	sadb_comb_hard_bytes;
	__u64	sadb_comb_soft_addtime;
	__u64	sadb_comb_hard_addtime;
	__u64	sadb_comb_soft_usetime;
	__u64	sadb_comb_hard_usetime;
} __attribute__((packed));
/* sizeof(struct sadb_comb) == 72 */

struct sadb_supported {
	__u16	sadb_supported_len;
	__u16	sadb_supported_exttype;
	__u32	sadb_supported_reserved;
} __attribute__((packed));
/* sizeof(struct sadb_supported) == 8 */

/* followed by:
	struct sadb_alg sadb_algs[(sadb_supported_len +
		sizeof(__u64) - sizeof(struct sadb_supported)) /
		sizeof(struct sadb_alg)]; */

struct sadb_alg {
	__u8		sadb_alg_id;
	__u8		sadb_alg_ivlen;
	__u16	sadb_alg_minbits;
	__u16	sadb_alg_maxbits;
	__u16	sadb_alg_reserved;
} __attribute__((packed));
/* sizeof(struct sadb_alg) == 8 */

struct sadb_spirange {
	__u16	sadb_spirange_len;
	__u16	sadb_spirange_exttype;
	__u32	sadb_spirange_min;
	__u32	sadb_spirange_max;
	__u32	sadb_spirange_reserved;
} __attribute__((packed));
/* sizeof(struct sadb_spirange) == 16 */

struct sadb_x_kmprivate {
	__u16	sadb_x_kmprivate_len;
	__u16	sadb_x_kmprivate_exttype;
	__u32	sadb_x_kmprivate_reserved;
} __attribute__((packed));
/* sizeof(struct sadb_x_kmprivate) == 8 */

struct sadb_x_sa2 {
	__u16	sadb_x_sa2_len;
	__u16	sadb_x_sa2_exttype;
	__u8		sadb_x_sa2_mode;
	__u8		sadb_x_sa2_reserved1;
	__u16	sadb_x_sa2_reserved2;
	__u32	sadb_x_sa2_sequence;
	__u32	sadb_x_sa2_reqid;
} __attribute__((packed));
/* sizeof(struct sadb_x_sa2) == 16 */

struct sadb_x_policy {
	__u16	sadb_x_policy_len;
	__u16	sadb_x_policy_exttype;
	__u16	sadb_x_policy_type;
	__u8		sadb_x_policy_dir;
	__u8		sadb_x_policy_reserved;
	__u32	sadb_x_policy_id;
	__u32	sadb_x_policy_priority;
} __attribute__((packed));
/* sizeof(struct sadb_x_policy) == 16 */

struct sadb_x_ipsecrequest {
	__u16	sadb_x_ipsecrequest_len;
	__u16	sadb_x_ipsecrequest_proto;
	__u8		sadb_x_ipsecrequest_mode;
	__u8		sadb_x_ipsecrequest_level;
	__u16	sadb_x_ipsecrequest_reserved1;
	__u32	sadb_x_ipsecrequest_reqid;
	__u32	sadb_x_ipsecrequest_reserved2;
} __attribute__((packed));
/* sizeof(struct sadb_x_ipsecrequest) == 16 */

/* This defines the TYPE of Nat Traversal in use.  Currently only one
 * type of NAT-T is supported, draft-ietf-ipsec-udp-encaps-06
 */
struct sadb_x_nat_t_type {
	__u16	sadb_x_nat_t_type_len;
	__u16	sadb_x_nat_t_type_exttype;
	__u8		sadb_x_nat_t_type_type;
	__u8		sadb_x_nat_t_type_reserved[3];
} __attribute__((packed));
/* sizeof(struct sadb_x_nat_t_type) == 8 */

/* Pass a NAT Traversal port (Source or Dest port) */
struct sadb_x_nat_t_port {
	__u16	sadb_x_nat_t_port_len;
	__u16	sadb_x_nat_t_port_exttype;
	__be16		sadb_x_nat_t_port_port;
	__u16	sadb_x_nat_t_port_reserved;
} __attribute__((packed));
/* sizeof(struct sadb_x_nat_t_port) == 8 */

/* Generic LSM security context */
struct sadb_x_sec_ctx {
	__u16	sadb_x_sec_len;
	__u16	sadb_x_sec_exttype;
	__u8		sadb_x_ctx_alg;  /* LSMs: e.g., selinux == 1 */
	__u8		sadb_x_ctx_doi;
	__u16	sadb_x_ctx_len;
} __attribute__((packed));
/* sizeof(struct sadb_sec_ctx) = 8 */

/* Used by MIGRATE to pass addresses IKE will use to perform
 * negotiation with the peer */
struct sadb_x_kmaddress {
	__u16	sadb_x_kmaddress_len;
	__u16	sadb_x_kmaddress_exttype;
	__u32	sadb_x_kmaddress_reserved;
} __attribute__((packed));
/* sizeof(struct sadb_x_kmaddress) == 8 */

/* To specify the SA dump filter */
struct sadb_x_filter {
	__u16	sadb_x_filter_len;
	__u16	sadb_x_filter_exttype;
	__u32	sadb_x_filter_saddr[4];
	__u32	sadb_x_filter_daddr[4];
	__u16	sadb_x_filter_family;
	__u8	sadb_x_filter_splen;
	__u8	sadb_x_filter_dplen;
} __attribute__((packed));
/* sizeof(struct sadb_x_filter) == 40 */

/* Message types */
#define SADB_RESERVED		0
#define SADB_GETSPI		1
#define SADB_UPDATE		2
#define SADB_ADD		3
#define SADB_DELETE		4
#define SADB_GET		5
#define SADB_ACQUIRE		6
#define SADB_REGISTER		7
#define SADB_EXPIRE		8
#define SADB_FLUSH		9
#define SADB_DUMP		10
#define SADB_X_PROMISC		11
#define SADB_X_PCHANGE		12
#define SADB_X_SPDUPDATE	13
#define SADB_X_SPDADD		14
#define SADB_X_SPDDELETE	15
#define SADB_X_SPDGET		16
#define SADB_X_SPDACQUIRE	17
#define SADB_X_SPDDUMP		18
#define SADB_X_SPDFLUSH		19
#define SADB_X_SPDSETIDX	20
#define SADB_X_SPDEXPIRE	21
#define SADB_X_SPDDELETE2	22
#define SADB_X_NAT_T_NEW_MAPPING	23
#define SADB_X_MIGRATE		24
#define SADB_MAX		24

/* Security Association flags */
#define SADB_SAFLAGS_PFS	1
#define SADB_SAFLAGS_NOPMTUDISC	0x20000000
#define SADB_SAFLAGS_DECAP_DSCP	0x40000000
#define SADB_SAFLAGS_NOECN	0x80000000

/* Security Association states */
#define SADB_SASTATE_LARVAL	0
#define SADB_SASTATE_MATURE	1
#define SADB_SASTATE_DYING	2
#define SADB_SASTATE_DEAD	3
#define SADB_SASTATE_MAX	3

/* Security Association types */
#define SADB_SATYPE_UNSPEC	0
#define SADB_SATYPE_AH		2
#define SADB_SATYPE_ESP		3
#define SADB_SATYPE_RSVP	5
#define SADB_SATYPE_OSPFV2	6
#define SADB_SATYPE_RIPV2	7
#define SADB_SATYPE_MIP		8
#define SADB_X_SATYPE_IPCOMP	9
#define SADB_SATYPE_MAX		9

/* Authentication algorithms */
#define SADB_AALG_NONE			0
#define SADB_AALG_MD5HMAC		2
#define SADB_AALG_SHA1HMAC		3
#define SADB_X_AALG_SHA2_256HMAC	5
#define SADB_X_AALG_SHA2_384HMAC	6
#define SADB_X_AALG_SHA2_512HMAC	7
#define SADB_X_AALG_RIPEMD160HMAC	8
#define SADB_X_AALG_AES_XCBC_MAC	9
#define SADB_X_AALG_NULL		251	/* kame */
#define SADB_AALG_MAX			251

/* Encryption algorithms */
#define SADB_EALG_NONE			0
#define SADB_EALG_DESCBC		2
#define SADB_EALG_3DESCBC		3
#define SADB_X_EALG_CASTCBC		6
#define SADB_X_EALG_BLOWFISHCBC		7
#define SADB_EALG_NULL			11
#define SADB_X_EALG_AESCBC		12
#define SADB_X_EALG_AESCTR		13
#define SADB_X_EALG_AES_CCM_ICV8	14
#define SADB_X_EALG_AES_CCM_ICV12	15
#define SADB_X_EALG_AES_CCM_ICV16	16
#define SADB_X_EALG_AES_GCM_ICV8	18
#define SADB_X_EALG_AES_GCM_ICV12	19
#define SADB_X_EALG_AES_GCM_ICV16	20
#define SADB_X_EALG_CAMELLIACBC		22
#define SADB_X_EALG_NULL_AES_GMAC	23
#define SADB_EALG_MAX                   253 /* last EALG */
/* private allocations should use 249-255 (RFC2407) */
#define SADB_X_EALG_SERPENTCBC  252     /* draft-ietf-ipsec-ciph-aes-cbc-00 */
#define SADB_X_EALG_TWOFISHCBC  253     /* draft-ietf-ipsec-ciph-aes-cbc-00 */

/* Compression algorithms */
#define SADB_X_CALG_NONE		0
#define SADB_X_CALG_OUI			1
#define SADB_X_CALG_DEFLATE		2
#define SADB_X_CALG_LZS			3
#define SADB_X_CALG_LZJH		4
#define SADB_X_CALG_MAX			4

/* Extension Header values */
#define SADB_EXT_RESERVED		0
#define SADB_EXT_SA			1
#define SADB_EXT_LIFETIME_CURRENT	2
#define SADB_EXT_LIFETIME_HARD		3
#define SADB_EXT_LIFETIME_SOFT		4
#define SADB_EXT_ADDRESS_SRC		5
#define SADB_EXT_ADDRESS_DST		6
#define SADB_EXT_ADDRESS_PROXY		7
#define SADB_EXT_KEY_AUTH		8
#define SADB_EXT_KEY_ENCRYPT		9
#define SADB_EXT_IDENTITY_SRC		10
#define SADB_EXT_IDENTITY_DST		11
#define SADB_EXT_SENSITIVITY		12
#define SADB_EXT_PROPOSAL		13
#define SADB_EXT_SUPPORTED_AUTH		14
#define SADB_EXT_SUPPORTED_ENCRYPT	15
#define SADB_EXT_SPIRANGE		16
#define SADB_X_EXT_KMPRIVATE		17
#define SADB_X_EXT_POLICY		18
#define SADB_X_EXT_SA2			19
/* The next four entries are for setting up NAT Traversal */
#define SADB_X_EXT_NAT_T_TYPE		20
#define SADB_X_EXT_NAT_T_SPORT		21
#define SADB_X_EXT_NAT_T_DPORT		22
#define SADB_X_EXT_NAT_T_OA		23
#define SADB_X_EXT_SEC_CTX		24
/* Used with MIGRATE to pass @ to IKE for negotiation */
#define SADB_X_EXT_KMADDRESS		25
#define SADB_X_EXT_FILTER		26
#define SADB_EXT_MAX			26

/* Identity Extension values */
#define SADB_IDENTTYPE_RESERVED	0
#define SADB_IDENTTYPE_PREFIX	1
#define SADB_IDENTTYPE_FQDN	2
#define SADB_IDENTTYPE_USERFQDN	3
#define SADB_IDENTTYPE_MAX	3

#endif /* !(_LINUX_PFKEY2_H) */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_NEXTHOP_H
#define _LINUX_NEXTHOP_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct nhmsg {
	unsigned char	nh_family;
	unsigned char	nh_scope;     /* return only */
	unsigned char	nh_protocol;  /* Routing protocol that installed nh */
	unsigned char	resvd;
	unsigned int	nh_flags;     /* RTNH_F flags */
};

/* entry in a nexthop group */
struct nexthop_grp {
	__u32	id;	  /* nexthop id - must exist */
	__u8	weight;   /* weight of this nexthop */
	__u8	resvd1;
	__u16	resvd2;
};

enum {
	NEXTHOP_GRP_TYPE_MPATH,  /* default type if not specified */
	__NEXTHOP_GRP_TYPE_MAX,
};

#define NEXTHOP_GRP_TYPE_MAX (__NEXTHOP_GRP_TYPE_MAX - 1)

enum {
	NHA_UNSPEC,
	NHA_ID,		/* u32; id for nexthop. id == 0 means auto-assign */

	NHA_GROUP,	/* array of nexthop_grp */
	NHA_GROUP_TYPE,	/* u16 one of NEXTHOP_GRP_TYPE */
	/* if NHA_GROUP attribute is added, no other attributes can be set */

	NHA_BLACKHOLE,	/* flag; nexthop used to blackhole packets */
	/* if NHA_BLACKHOLE is added, OIF, GATEWAY, ENCAP can not be set */

	NHA_OIF,	/* u32; nexthop device */
	NHA_GATEWAY,	/* be32 (IPv4) or in6_addr (IPv6) gw address */
	NHA_ENCAP_TYPE, /* u16; lwt encap type */
	NHA_ENCAP,	/* lwt encap data */

	/* NHA_OIF can be appended to dump request to return only
	 * nexthops using given device
	 */
	NHA_GROUPS,	/* flag; only return nexthop groups in dump */
	NHA_MASTER,	/* u32;  only return nexthops with given master dev */

	__NHA_MAX,
};

#define NHA_MAX	(__NHA_MAX - 1)
#endif
#ifndef _LINUX_VIRTIO_NET_H
#define _LINUX_VIRTIO_NET_H
/* This header is BSD licensed so anyone can use the definitions to implement
 * compatible drivers/servers.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the name of IBM nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL IBM OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE. */
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/virtio_ids.h>
#include <linux/virtio_config.h>
#include <linux/virtio_types.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>

/* The feature bitmap for virtio net */
#define VIRTIO_NET_F_CSUM	0	/* Host handles pkts w/ partial csum */
#define VIRTIO_NET_F_GUEST_CSUM	1	/* Guest handles pkts w/ partial csum */
#define VIRTIO_NET_F_CTRL_GUEST_OFFLOADS 2 /* Dynamic offload configuration. */
#define VIRTIO_NET_F_MTU	3	/* Initial MTU advice */
#define VIRTIO_NET_F_MAC	5	/* Host has given MAC address. */
#define VIRTIO_NET_F_GUEST_TSO4	7	/* Guest can handle TSOv4 in. */
#define VIRTIO_NET_F_GUEST_TSO6	8	/* Guest can handle TSOv6 in. */
#define VIRTIO_NET_F_GUEST_ECN	9	/* Guest can handle TSO[6] w/ ECN in. */
#define VIRTIO_NET_F_GUEST_UFO	10	/* Guest can handle UFO in. */
#define VIRTIO_NET_F_HOST_TSO4	11	/* Host can handle TSOv4 in. */
#define VIRTIO_NET_F_HOST_TSO6	12	/* Host can handle TSOv6 in. */
#define VIRTIO_NET_F_HOST_ECN	13	/* Host can handle TSO[6] w/ ECN in. */
#define VIRTIO_NET_F_HOST_UFO	14	/* Host can handle UFO in. */
#define VIRTIO_NET_F_MRG_RXBUF	15	/* Host can merge receive buffers. */
#define VIRTIO_NET_F_STATUS	16	/* virtio_net_config.status available */
#define VIRTIO_NET_F_CTRL_VQ	17	/* Control channel available */
#define VIRTIO_NET_F_CTRL_RX	18	/* Control channel RX mode support */
#define VIRTIO_NET_F_CTRL_VLAN	19	/* Control channel VLAN filtering */
#define VIRTIO_NET_F_CTRL_RX_EXTRA 20	/* Extra RX mode control support */
#define VIRTIO_NET_F_GUEST_ANNOUNCE 21	/* Guest can announce device on the
					 * network */
#define VIRTIO_NET_F_MQ	22	/* Device supports Receive Flow
					 * Steering */
#define VIRTIO_NET_F_CTRL_MAC_ADDR 23	/* Set MAC address */

#define VIRTIO_NET_F_STANDBY	  62	/* Act as standby for another device
					 * with the same MAC.
					 */
#define VIRTIO_NET_F_SPEED_DUPLEX 63	/* Device set linkspeed and duplex */

#ifndef VIRTIO_NET_NO_LEGACY
#define VIRTIO_NET_F_GSO	6	/* Host handles pkts w/ any GSO type */
#endif /* VIRTIO_NET_NO_LEGACY */

#define VIRTIO_NET_S_LINK_UP	1	/* Link is up */
#define VIRTIO_NET_S_ANNOUNCE	2	/* Announcement is needed */

struct virtio_net_config {
	/* The config defining mac address (if VIRTIO_NET_F_MAC) */
	__u8 mac[ETH_ALEN];
	/* See VIRTIO_NET_F_STATUS and VIRTIO_NET_S_* above */
	__u16 status;
	/* Maximum number of each of transmit and receive queues;
	 * see VIRTIO_NET_F_MQ and VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_MQ.
	 * Legal values are between 1 and 0x8000
	 */
	__u16 max_virtqueue_pairs;
	/* Default maximum transmit unit advice */
	__u16 mtu;
	/*
	 * speed, in units of 1Mb. All values 0 to INT_MAX are legal.
	 * Any other value stands for unknown.
	 */
	__u32 speed;
	/*
	 * 0x00 - half duplex
	 * 0x01 - full duplex
	 * Any other value stands for unknown.
	 */
	__u8 duplex;
} __attribute__((packed));

/*
 * This header comes first in the scatter-gather list.  If you don't
 * specify GSO or CSUM features, you can simply ignore the header.
 *
 * This is bitwise-equivalent to the legacy struct virtio_net_hdr_mrg_rxbuf,
 * only flattened.
 */
struct virtio_net_hdr_v1 {
#define VIRTIO_NET_HDR_F_NEEDS_CSUM	1	/* Use csum_start, csum_offset */
#define VIRTIO_NET_HDR_F_DATA_VALID	2	/* Csum is valid */
	__u8 flags;
#define VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_NONE		0	/* Not a GSO frame */
#define VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_TCPV4	1	/* GSO frame, IPv4 TCP (TSO) */
#define VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP		3	/* GSO frame, IPv4 UDP (UFO) */
#define VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_TCPV6	4	/* GSO frame, IPv6 TCP */
#define VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_ECN		0x80	/* TCP has ECN set */
	__u8 gso_type;
	__virtio16 hdr_len;	/* Ethernet + IP + tcp/udp hdrs */
	__virtio16 gso_size;	/* Bytes to append to hdr_len per frame */
	__virtio16 csum_start;	/* Position to start checksumming from */
	__virtio16 csum_offset;	/* Offset after that to place checksum */
	__virtio16 num_buffers;	/* Number of merged rx buffers */
};

#ifndef VIRTIO_NET_NO_LEGACY
/* This header comes first in the scatter-gather list.
 * For legacy virtio, if VIRTIO_F_ANY_LAYOUT is not negotiated, it must
 * be the first element of the scatter-gather list.  If you don't
 * specify GSO or CSUM features, you can simply ignore the header. */
struct virtio_net_hdr {
	/* See VIRTIO_NET_HDR_F_* */
	__u8 flags;
	/* See VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_* */
	__u8 gso_type;
	__virtio16 hdr_len;		/* Ethernet + IP + tcp/udp hdrs */
	__virtio16 gso_size;		/* Bytes to append to hdr_len per frame */
	__virtio16 csum_start;	/* Position to start checksumming from */
	__virtio16 csum_offset;	/* Offset after that to place checksum */
};

/* This is the version of the header to use when the MRG_RXBUF
 * feature has been negotiated. */
struct virtio_net_hdr_mrg_rxbuf {
	struct virtio_net_hdr hdr;
	__virtio16 num_buffers;	/* Number of merged rx buffers */
};
#endif /* ...VIRTIO_NET_NO_LEGACY */

/*
 * Control virtqueue data structures
 *
 * The control virtqueue expects a header in the first sg entry
 * and an ack/status response in the last entry.  Data for the
 * command goes in between.
 */
struct virtio_net_ctrl_hdr {
	__u8 class;
	__u8 cmd;
} __attribute__((packed));

typedef __u8 virtio_net_ctrl_ack;

#define VIRTIO_NET_OK     0
#define VIRTIO_NET_ERR    1

/*
 * Control the RX mode, ie. promisucous, allmulti, etc...
 * All commands require an "out" sg entry containing a 1 byte
 * state value, zero = disable, non-zero = enable.  Commands
 * 0 and 1 are supported with the VIRTIO_NET_F_CTRL_RX feature.
 * Commands 2-5 are added with VIRTIO_NET_F_CTRL_RX_EXTRA.
 */
#define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_RX    0
 #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_RX_PROMISC      0
 #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_RX_ALLMULTI     1
 #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_RX_ALLUNI       2
 #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_RX_NOMULTI      3
 #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_RX_NOUNI        4
 #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_RX_NOBCAST      5

/*
 * Control the MAC
 *
 * The MAC filter table is managed by the hypervisor, the guest should
 * assume the size is infinite.  Filtering should be considered
 * non-perfect, ie. based on hypervisor resources, the guest may
 * received packets from sources not specified in the filter list.
 *
 * In addition to the class/cmd header, the TABLE_SET command requires
 * two out scatterlists.  Each contains a 4 byte count of entries followed
 * by a concatenated byte stream of the ETH_ALEN MAC addresses.  The
 * first sg list contains unicast addresses, the second is for multicast.
 * This functionality is present if the VIRTIO_NET_F_CTRL_RX feature
 * is available.
 *
 * The ADDR_SET command requests one out scatterlist, it contains a
 * 6 bytes MAC address. This functionality is present if the
 * VIRTIO_NET_F_CTRL_MAC_ADDR feature is available.
 */
struct virtio_net_ctrl_mac {
	__virtio32 entries;
	__u8 macs[][ETH_ALEN];
} __attribute__((packed));

#define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_MAC    1
 #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_MAC_TABLE_SET        0
 #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_MAC_ADDR_SET         1

/*
 * Control VLAN filtering
 *
 * The VLAN filter table is controlled via a simple ADD/DEL interface.
 * VLAN IDs not added may be filterd by the hypervisor.  Del is the
 * opposite of add.  Both commands expect an out entry containing a 2
 * byte VLAN ID.  VLAN filterting is available with the
 * VIRTIO_NET_F_CTRL_VLAN feature bit.
 */
#define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_VLAN       2
 #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_VLAN_ADD             0
 #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_VLAN_DEL             1

/*
 * Control link announce acknowledgement
 *
 * The command VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_ANNOUNCE_ACK is used to indicate that
 * driver has recevied the notification; device would clear the
 * VIRTIO_NET_S_ANNOUNCE bit in the status field after it receives
 * this command.
 */
#define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_ANNOUNCE       3
 #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_ANNOUNCE_ACK         0

/*
 * Control Receive Flow Steering
 *
 * The command VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_MQ_VQ_PAIRS_SET
 * enables Receive Flow Steering, specifying the number of the transmit and
 * receive queues that will be used. After the command is consumed and acked by
 * the device, the device will not steer new packets on receive virtqueues
 * other than specified nor read from transmit virtqueues other than specified.
 * Accordingly, driver should not transmit new packets  on virtqueues other than
 * specified.
 */
struct virtio_net_ctrl_mq {
	__virtio16 virtqueue_pairs;
};

#define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_MQ   4
 #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_MQ_VQ_PAIRS_SET        0
 #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_MQ_VQ_PAIRS_MIN        1
 #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_MQ_VQ_PAIRS_MAX        0x8000

/*
 * Control network offloads
 *
 * Reconfigures the network offloads that Guest can handle.
 *
 * Available with the VIRTIO_NET_F_CTRL_GUEST_OFFLOADS feature bit.
 *
 * Command data format matches the feature bit mask exactly.
 *
 * See VIRTIO_NET_F_GUEST_* for the list of offloads
 * that can be enabled/disabled.
 */
#define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_GUEST_OFFLOADS   5
#define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_GUEST_OFFLOADS_SET        0

#endif /* _LINUX_VIRTIO_NET_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * V4L2 subdev userspace API
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation
 *
 * Contacts: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
 *	     Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_V4L2_SUBDEV_H
#define __LINUX_V4L2_SUBDEV_H

#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/v4l2-common.h>
#include <linux/v4l2-mediabus.h>

/**
 * enum v4l2_subdev_format_whence - Media bus format type
 * @V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_TRY: try format, for negotiation only
 * @V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_ACTIVE: active format, applied to the device
 */
enum v4l2_subdev_format_whence {
	V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_TRY = 0,
	V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_ACTIVE = 1,
};

/**
 * struct v4l2_subdev_format - Pad-level media bus format
 * @which: format type (from enum v4l2_subdev_format_whence)
 * @pad: pad number, as reported by the media API
 * @format: media bus format (format code and frame size)
 */
struct v4l2_subdev_format {
	__u32 which;
	__u32 pad;
	struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt format;
	__u32 reserved[8];
};

/**
 * struct v4l2_subdev_crop - Pad-level crop settings
 * @which: format type (from enum v4l2_subdev_format_whence)
 * @pad: pad number, as reported by the media API
 * @rect: pad crop rectangle boundaries
 */
struct v4l2_subdev_crop {
	__u32 which;
	__u32 pad;
	struct v4l2_rect rect;
	__u32 reserved[8];
};

/**
 * struct v4l2_subdev_mbus_code_enum - Media bus format enumeration
 * @pad: pad number, as reported by the media API
 * @index: format index during enumeration
 * @code: format code (MEDIA_BUS_FMT_ definitions)
 * @which: format type (from enum v4l2_subdev_format_whence)
 */
struct v4l2_subdev_mbus_code_enum {
	__u32 pad;
	__u32 index;
	__u32 code;
	__u32 which;
	__u32 reserved[8];
};

/**
 * struct v4l2_subdev_frame_size_enum - Media bus format enumeration
 * @pad: pad number, as reported by the media API
 * @index: format index during enumeration
 * @code: format code (MEDIA_BUS_FMT_ definitions)
 * @which: format type (from enum v4l2_subdev_format_whence)
 */
struct v4l2_subdev_frame_size_enum {
	__u32 index;
	__u32 pad;
	__u32 code;
	__u32 min_width;
	__u32 max_width;
	__u32 min_height;
	__u32 max_height;
	__u32 which;
	__u32 reserved[8];
};

/**
 * struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval - Pad-level frame rate
 * @pad: pad number, as reported by the media API
 * @interval: frame interval in seconds
 */
struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval {
	__u32 pad;
	struct v4l2_fract interval;
	__u32 reserved[9];
};

/**
 * struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval_enum - Frame interval enumeration
 * @pad: pad number, as reported by the media API
 * @index: frame interval index during enumeration
 * @code: format code (MEDIA_BUS_FMT_ definitions)
 * @width: frame width in pixels
 * @height: frame height in pixels
 * @interval: frame interval in seconds
 * @which: format type (from enum v4l2_subdev_format_whence)
 */
struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval_enum {
	__u32 index;
	__u32 pad;
	__u32 code;
	__u32 width;
	__u32 height;
	struct v4l2_fract interval;
	__u32 which;
	__u32 reserved[8];
};

/**
 * struct v4l2_subdev_selection - selection info
 *
 * @which: either V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_ACTIVE or V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_TRY
 * @pad: pad number, as reported by the media API
 * @target: Selection target, used to choose one of possible rectangles,
 *	    defined in v4l2-common.h; V4L2_SEL_TGT_* .
 * @flags: constraint flags, defined in v4l2-common.h; V4L2_SEL_FLAG_*.
 * @r: coordinates of the selection window
 * @reserved: for future use, set to zero for now
 *
 * Hardware may use multiple helper windows to process a video stream.
 * The structure is used to exchange this selection areas between
 * an application and a driver.
 */
struct v4l2_subdev_selection {
	__u32 which;
	__u32 pad;
	__u32 target;
	__u32 flags;
	struct v4l2_rect r;
	__u32 reserved[8];
};

/* Backwards compatibility define --- to be removed */
#define v4l2_subdev_edid v4l2_edid

#define VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FMT			_IOWR('V',  4, struct v4l2_subdev_format)
#define VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FMT			_IOWR('V',  5, struct v4l2_subdev_format)
#define VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FRAME_INTERVAL		_IOWR('V', 21, struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval)
#define VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FRAME_INTERVAL		_IOWR('V', 22, struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval)
#define VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_MBUS_CODE		_IOWR('V',  2, struct v4l2_subdev_mbus_code_enum)
#define VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_SIZE		_IOWR('V', 74, struct v4l2_subdev_frame_size_enum)
#define VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_INTERVAL	_IOWR('V', 75, struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval_enum)
#define VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_CROP			_IOWR('V', 59, struct v4l2_subdev_crop)
#define VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_CROP			_IOWR('V', 60, struct v4l2_subdev_crop)
#define VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_SELECTION		_IOWR('V', 61, struct v4l2_subdev_selection)
#define VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_SELECTION		_IOWR('V', 62, struct v4l2_subdev_selection)
/* The following ioctls are identical to the ioctls in videodev2.h */
#define VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_EDID			_IOWR('V', 40, struct v4l2_edid)
#define VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_EDID			_IOWR('V', 41, struct v4l2_edid)
#define VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_DV_TIMINGS		_IOWR('V', 87, struct v4l2_dv_timings)
#define VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_DV_TIMINGS		_IOWR('V', 88, struct v4l2_dv_timings)
#define VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS		_IOWR('V', 98, struct v4l2_enum_dv_timings)
#define VIDIOC_SUBDEV_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS		_IOR('V', 99, struct v4l2_dv_timings)
#define VIDIOC_SUBDEV_DV_TIMINGS_CAP		_IOWR('V', 100, struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Equalizer Load-balancer for serial network interfaces.
 *
 * (c) Copyright 1995 Simon "Guru Aleph-Null" Janes
 * NCM: Network and Communications Management, Inc.
 *
 *
 *	This software may be used and distributed according to the terms
 *	of the GNU General Public License, incorporated herein by reference.
 * 
 * The author may be reached as simon@ncm.com, or C/O
 *    NCM
 *    Attn: Simon Janes
 *    6803 Whittier Ave
 *    McLean VA 22101
 *    Phone: 1-703-847-0040 ext 103
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_IF_EQL_H
#define _LINUX_IF_EQL_H

#define EQL_DEFAULT_SLAVE_PRIORITY 28800
#define EQL_DEFAULT_MAX_SLAVES     4
#define EQL_DEFAULT_MTU            576
#define EQL_DEFAULT_RESCHED_IVAL   HZ

#define EQL_ENSLAVE     (SIOCDEVPRIVATE)
#define EQL_EMANCIPATE  (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 1)

#define EQL_GETSLAVECFG (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 2)
#define EQL_SETSLAVECFG (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 3)

#define EQL_GETMASTRCFG (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 4)
#define EQL_SETMASTRCFG (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 5)


typedef struct master_config {
	char	master_name[16];
	int	max_slaves;
	int	min_slaves;
} master_config_t;

typedef struct slave_config {
	char	slave_name[16];
	long	priority;
} slave_config_t;

typedef struct slaving_request {
	char	slave_name[16];
	long	priority;
} slaving_request_t;


#endif /* _LINUX_IF_EQL_H */
#ifndef _LINUX_VIRTIO_TYPES_H
#define _LINUX_VIRTIO_TYPES_H
/* Type definitions for virtio implementations.
 *
 * This header is BSD licensed so anyone can use the definitions to implement
 * compatible drivers/servers.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the name of IBM nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL IBM OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2014 Red Hat, Inc.
 * Author: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
 */
#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * __virtio{16,32,64} have the following meaning:
 * - __u{16,32,64} for virtio devices in legacy mode, accessed in native endian
 * - __le{16,32,64} for standard-compliant virtio devices
 */

typedef __u16 __bitwise __virtio16;
typedef __u32 __bitwise __virtio32;
typedef __u64 __bitwise __virtio64;

#endif /* _LINUX_VIRTIO_TYPES_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * System Trace Module (STM) userspace interfaces
 * Copyright (c) 2014, Intel Corporation.
 *
 * STM class implements generic infrastructure for  System Trace Module devices
 * as defined in MIPI STPv2 specification.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_STM_H
#define _LINUX_STM_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* Maximum allowed master and channel values */
#define STP_MASTER_MAX	0xffff
#define STP_CHANNEL_MAX	0xffff

/**
 * struct stp_policy_id - identification for the STP policy
 * @size:	size of the structure including real id[] length
 * @master:	assigned master
 * @channel:	first assigned channel
 * @width:	number of requested channels
 * @id:		identification string
 *
 * User must calculate the total size of the structure and put it into
 * @size field, fill out the @id and desired @width. In return, kernel
 * fills out @master, @channel and @width.
 */
struct stp_policy_id {
	__u32		size;
	__u16		master;
	__u16		channel;
	__u16		width;
	/* padding */
	__u16		__reserved_0;
	__u32		__reserved_1;
	char		id[0];
};

#define STP_POLICY_ID_SET	_IOWR('%', 0, struct stp_policy_id)
#define STP_POLICY_ID_GET	_IOR('%', 1, struct stp_policy_id)
#define STP_SET_OPTIONS		_IOW('%', 2, __u64)

#endif /* _LINUX_STM_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_REBOOT_H
#define _LINUX_REBOOT_H

/*
 * Magic values required to use _reboot() system call.
 */

#define	LINUX_REBOOT_MAGIC1	0xfee1dead
#define	LINUX_REBOOT_MAGIC2	672274793
#define	LINUX_REBOOT_MAGIC2A	85072278
#define	LINUX_REBOOT_MAGIC2B	369367448
#define	LINUX_REBOOT_MAGIC2C	537993216


/*
 * Commands accepted by the _reboot() system call.
 *
 * RESTART     Restart system using default command and mode.
 * HALT        Stop OS and give system control to ROM monitor, if any.
 * CAD_ON      Ctrl-Alt-Del sequence causes RESTART command.
 * CAD_OFF     Ctrl-Alt-Del sequence sends SIGINT to init task.
 * POWER_OFF   Stop OS and remove all power from system, if possible.
 * RESTART2    Restart system using given command string.
 * SW_SUSPEND  Suspend system using software suspend if compiled in.
 * KEXEC       Restart system using a previously loaded Linux kernel
 */

#define	LINUX_REBOOT_CMD_RESTART	0x01234567
#define	LINUX_REBOOT_CMD_HALT		0xCDEF0123
#define	LINUX_REBOOT_CMD_CAD_ON		0x89ABCDEF
#define	LINUX_REBOOT_CMD_CAD_OFF	0x00000000
#define	LINUX_REBOOT_CMD_POWER_OFF	0x4321FEDC
#define	LINUX_REBOOT_CMD_RESTART2	0xA1B2C3D4
#define	LINUX_REBOOT_CMD_SW_SUSPEND	0xD000FCE2
#define	LINUX_REBOOT_CMD_KEXEC		0x45584543



#endif /* _LINUX_REBOOT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* toshiba.h -- Linux driver for accessing the SMM on Toshiba laptops 
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1996-2000  Jonathan A. Buzzard (jonathan@buzzard.org.uk)
 * Copyright (c) 2015  Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
 *
 * Thanks to Juergen Heinzl <juergen@monocerus.demon.co.uk> for the pointers
 * on making sure the structure is aligned and packed.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
 * Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
 * later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
 * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 * General Public License for more details.
 *
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_TOSHIBA_H
#define _LINUX_TOSHIBA_H

/*
 * Toshiba modules paths
 */

#define TOSH_PROC		"/proc/toshiba"
#define TOSH_DEVICE		"/dev/toshiba"
#define TOSHIBA_ACPI_PROC	"/proc/acpi/toshiba"
#define TOSHIBA_ACPI_DEVICE	"/dev/toshiba_acpi"

/*
 * Toshiba SMM structure
 */

typedef struct {
	unsigned int eax;
	unsigned int ebx __attribute__ ((packed));
	unsigned int ecx __attribute__ ((packed));
	unsigned int edx __attribute__ ((packed));
	unsigned int esi __attribute__ ((packed));
	unsigned int edi __attribute__ ((packed));
} SMMRegisters;

/*
 * IOCTLs (0x90 - 0x91)
 */

#define TOSH_SMM		_IOWR('t', 0x90, SMMRegisters)
/*
 * Convenience toshiba_acpi command.
 *
 * The System Configuration Interface (SCI) is opened/closed internally
 * to avoid userspace of buggy BIOSes.
 *
 * The toshiba_acpi module checks whether the eax register is set with
 * SCI_GET (0xf300) or SCI_SET (0xf400), returning -EINVAL if not.
 */
#define TOSHIBA_ACPI_SCI	_IOWR('t', 0x91, SMMRegisters)


#endif /* _LINUX_TOSHIBA_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* atmsvc.h - ATM signaling kernel-demon interface definitions */
 
/* Written 1995-2000 by Werner Almesberger, EPFL LRC/ICA */
 

#ifndef _LINUX_ATMSVC_H
#define _LINUX_ATMSVC_H

#include <linux/atmapi.h>
#include <linux/atm.h>
#include <linux/atmioc.h>


#define ATMSIGD_CTRL _IO('a',ATMIOC_SPECIAL)
				/* become ATM signaling demon control socket */

enum atmsvc_msg_type { as_catch_null, as_bind, as_connect, as_accept, as_reject,
		       as_listen, as_okay, as_error, as_indicate, as_close,
		       as_itf_notify, as_modify, as_identify, as_terminate,
		       as_addparty, as_dropparty };

struct atmsvc_msg {
	enum atmsvc_msg_type type;
	atm_kptr_t vcc;
	atm_kptr_t listen_vcc;		/* indicate */
	int reply;			/* for okay and close:		   */
					/*   < 0: error before active	   */
					/*        (sigd has discarded ctx) */
					/*   ==0: success		   */
				        /*   > 0: error when active (still */
					/*        need to close)	   */
	struct sockaddr_atmpvc pvc;	/* indicate, okay (connect) */
	struct sockaddr_atmsvc local;	/* local SVC address */
	struct atm_qos qos;		/* QOS parameters */
	struct atm_sap sap;		/* SAP */
	unsigned int session;		/* for p2pm */
	struct sockaddr_atmsvc svc;	/* SVC address */
} __ATM_API_ALIGN;

/*
 * Message contents: see ftp://icaftp.epfl.ch/pub/linux/atm/docs/isp-*.tar.gz
 */

/*
 * Some policy stuff for atmsigd and for net/atm/svc.c. Both have to agree on
 * what PCR is used to request bandwidth from the device driver. net/atm/svc.c
 * tries to do better than that, but only if there's no routing decision (i.e.
 * if signaling only uses one ATM interface).
 */

#define SELECT_TOP_PCR(tp) ((tp).pcr ? (tp).pcr : \
  (tp).max_pcr && (tp).max_pcr != ATM_MAX_PCR ? (tp).max_pcr : \
  (tp).min_pcr ? (tp).min_pcr : ATM_MAX_PCR)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Inode based directory notification for Linux
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2005 John McCutchan
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_INOTIFY_H
#define _LINUX_INOTIFY_H

/* For O_CLOEXEC and O_NONBLOCK */
#include <linux/fcntl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * struct inotify_event - structure read from the inotify device for each event
 *
 * When you are watching a directory, you will receive the filename for events
 * such as IN_CREATE, IN_DELETE, IN_OPEN, IN_CLOSE, ..., relative to the wd.
 */
struct inotify_event {
	__s32		wd;		/* watch descriptor */
	__u32		mask;		/* watch mask */
	__u32		cookie;		/* cookie to synchronize two events */
	__u32		len;		/* length (including nulls) of name */
	char		name[0];	/* stub for possible name */
};

/* the following are legal, implemented events that user-space can watch for */
#define IN_ACCESS		0x00000001	/* File was accessed */
#define IN_MODIFY		0x00000002	/* File was modified */
#define IN_ATTRIB		0x00000004	/* Metadata changed */
#define IN_CLOSE_WRITE		0x00000008	/* Writtable file was closed */
#define IN_CLOSE_NOWRITE	0x00000010	/* Unwrittable file closed */
#define IN_OPEN			0x00000020	/* File was opened */
#define IN_MOVED_FROM		0x00000040	/* File was moved from X */
#define IN_MOVED_TO		0x00000080	/* File was moved to Y */
#define IN_CREATE		0x00000100	/* Subfile was created */
#define IN_DELETE		0x00000200	/* Subfile was deleted */
#define IN_DELETE_SELF		0x00000400	/* Self was deleted */
#define IN_MOVE_SELF		0x00000800	/* Self was moved */

/* the following are legal events.  they are sent as needed to any watch */
#define IN_UNMOUNT		0x00002000	/* Backing fs was unmounted */
#define IN_Q_OVERFLOW		0x00004000	/* Event queued overflowed */
#define IN_IGNORED		0x00008000	/* File was ignored */

/* helper events */
#define IN_CLOSE		(IN_CLOSE_WRITE | IN_CLOSE_NOWRITE) /* close */
#define IN_MOVE			(IN_MOVED_FROM | IN_MOVED_TO) /* moves */

/* special flags */
#define IN_ONLYDIR		0x01000000	/* only watch the path if it is a directory */
#define IN_DONT_FOLLOW		0x02000000	/* don't follow a sym link */
#define IN_EXCL_UNLINK		0x04000000	/* exclude events on unlinked objects */
#define IN_MASK_CREATE		0x10000000	/* only create watches */
#define IN_MASK_ADD		0x20000000	/* add to the mask of an already existing watch */
#define IN_ISDIR		0x40000000	/* event occurred against dir */
#define IN_ONESHOT		0x80000000	/* only send event once */

/*
 * All of the events - we build the list by hand so that we can add flags in
 * the future and not break backward compatibility.  Apps will get only the
 * events that they originally wanted.  Be sure to add new events here!
 */
#define IN_ALL_EVENTS	(IN_ACCESS | IN_MODIFY | IN_ATTRIB | IN_CLOSE_WRITE | \
			 IN_CLOSE_NOWRITE | IN_OPEN | IN_MOVED_FROM | \
			 IN_MOVED_TO | IN_DELETE | IN_CREATE | IN_DELETE_SELF | \
			 IN_MOVE_SELF)

/* Flags for sys_inotify_init1.  */
#define IN_CLOEXEC O_CLOEXEC
#define IN_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK

/*
 * ioctl numbers: inotify uses 'I' prefix for all ioctls,
 * except historical FIONREAD, which is based on 'T'.
 *
 * INOTIFY_IOC_SETNEXTWD: set desired number of next created
 * watch descriptor.
 */
#define INOTIFY_IOC_SETNEXTWD	_IOW('I', 0, __s32)

#endif /* _LINUX_INOTIFY_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2011, Microsoft Corporation.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License,
 * version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT
 * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
 * more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
 * this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
 * Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA.
 *
 * Authors:
 *   Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
 *   Hank Janssen  <hjanssen@microsoft.com>
 *   K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
 *
 */

#ifndef _HYPERV_H
#define _HYPERV_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * Framework version for util services.
 */
#define UTIL_FW_MINOR  0

#define UTIL_WS2K8_FW_MAJOR  1
#define UTIL_WS2K8_FW_VERSION     (UTIL_WS2K8_FW_MAJOR << 16 | UTIL_FW_MINOR)

#define UTIL_FW_MAJOR  3
#define UTIL_FW_VERSION     (UTIL_FW_MAJOR << 16 | UTIL_FW_MINOR)


/*
 * Implementation of host controlled snapshot of the guest.
 */

#define VSS_OP_REGISTER 128

/*
  Daemon code with full handshake support.
 */
#define VSS_OP_REGISTER1 129

enum hv_vss_op {
	VSS_OP_CREATE = 0,
	VSS_OP_DELETE,
	VSS_OP_HOT_BACKUP,
	VSS_OP_GET_DM_INFO,
	VSS_OP_BU_COMPLETE,
	/*
	 * Following operations are only supported with IC version >= 5.0
	 */
	VSS_OP_FREEZE, /* Freeze the file systems in the VM */
	VSS_OP_THAW, /* Unfreeze the file systems */
	VSS_OP_AUTO_RECOVER,
	VSS_OP_COUNT /* Number of operations, must be last */
};


/*
 * Header for all VSS messages.
 */
struct hv_vss_hdr {
	__u8 operation;
	__u8 reserved[7];
} __attribute__((packed));


/*
 * Flag values for the hv_vss_check_feature. Linux supports only
 * one value.
 */
#define VSS_HBU_NO_AUTO_RECOVERY	0x00000005

struct hv_vss_check_feature {
	__u32 flags;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct hv_vss_check_dm_info {
	__u32 flags;
} __attribute__((packed));

/*
 * struct hv_vss_msg encodes the fields that the Linux VSS
 * driver accesses. However, FREEZE messages from Hyper-V contain
 * additional LUN information that Linux doesn't use and are not
 * represented in struct hv_vss_msg. A received FREEZE message may
 * be as large as 6,260 bytes, so the driver must allocate at least
 * that much space, not sizeof(struct hv_vss_msg). Other messages
 * such as AUTO_RECOVER may be as large as 12,500 bytes. However,
 * because the Linux VSS driver responds that it doesn't support
 * auto-recovery, it should not receive such messages.
 */
struct hv_vss_msg {
	union {
		struct hv_vss_hdr vss_hdr;
		int error;
	};
	union {
		struct hv_vss_check_feature vss_cf;
		struct hv_vss_check_dm_info dm_info;
	};
} __attribute__((packed));

/*
 * Implementation of a host to guest copy facility.
 */

#define FCOPY_VERSION_0 0
#define FCOPY_VERSION_1 1
#define FCOPY_CURRENT_VERSION FCOPY_VERSION_1
#define W_MAX_PATH 260

enum hv_fcopy_op {
	START_FILE_COPY = 0,
	WRITE_TO_FILE,
	COMPLETE_FCOPY,
	CANCEL_FCOPY,
};

struct hv_fcopy_hdr {
	__u32 operation;
	__u8 service_id0[16]; /* currently unused */
	__u8 service_id1[16]; /* currently unused */
} __attribute__((packed));

#define OVER_WRITE	0x1
#define CREATE_PATH	0x2

struct hv_start_fcopy {
	struct hv_fcopy_hdr hdr;
	__u16 file_name[W_MAX_PATH];
	__u16 path_name[W_MAX_PATH];
	__u32 copy_flags;
	__u64 file_size;
} __attribute__((packed));

/*
 * The file is chunked into fragments.
 */
#define DATA_FRAGMENT	(6 * 1024)

struct hv_do_fcopy {
	struct hv_fcopy_hdr hdr;
	__u32   pad;
	__u64	offset;
	__u32	size;
	__u8	data[DATA_FRAGMENT];
} __attribute__((packed));

/*
 * An implementation of HyperV key value pair (KVP) functionality for Linux.
 *
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2010, Novell, Inc.
 * Author : K. Y. Srinivasan <ksrinivasan@novell.com>
 *
 */

/*
 * Maximum value size - used for both key names and value data, and includes
 * any applicable NULL terminators.
 *
 * Note:  This limit is somewhat arbitrary, but falls easily within what is
 * supported for all native guests (back to Win 2000) and what is reasonable
 * for the IC KVP exchange functionality.  Note that Windows Me/98/95 are
 * limited to 255 character key names.
 *
 * MSDN recommends not storing data values larger than 2048 bytes in the
 * registry.
 *
 * Note:  This value is used in defining the KVP exchange message - this value
 * cannot be modified without affecting the message size and compatibility.
 */

/*
 * bytes, including any null terminators
 */
#define HV_KVP_EXCHANGE_MAX_VALUE_SIZE          (2048)


/*
 * Maximum key size - the registry limit for the length of an entry name
 * is 256 characters, including the null terminator
 */

#define HV_KVP_EXCHANGE_MAX_KEY_SIZE            (512)

/*
 * In Linux, we implement the KVP functionality in two components:
 * 1) The kernel component which is packaged as part of the hv_utils driver
 * is responsible for communicating with the host and responsible for
 * implementing the host/guest protocol. 2) A user level daemon that is
 * responsible for data gathering.
 *
 * Host/Guest Protocol: The host iterates over an index and expects the guest
 * to assign a key name to the index and also return the value corresponding to
 * the key. The host will have atmost one KVP transaction outstanding at any
 * given point in time. The host side iteration stops when the guest returns
 * an error. Microsoft has specified the following mapping of key names to
 * host specified index:
 *
 *	Index		Key Name
 *	0		FullyQualifiedDomainName
 *	1		IntegrationServicesVersion
 *	2		NetworkAddressIPv4
 *	3		NetworkAddressIPv6
 *	4		OSBuildNumber
 *	5		OSName
 *	6		OSMajorVersion
 *	7		OSMinorVersion
 *	8		OSVersion
 *	9		ProcessorArchitecture
 *
 * The Windows host expects the Key Name and Key Value to be encoded in utf16.
 *
 * Guest Kernel/KVP Daemon Protocol: As noted earlier, we implement all of the
 * data gathering functionality in a user mode daemon. The user level daemon
 * is also responsible for binding the key name to the index as well. The
 * kernel and user-level daemon communicate using a connector channel.
 *
 * The user mode component first registers with the
 * kernel component. Subsequently, the kernel component requests, data
 * for the specified keys. In response to this message the user mode component
 * fills in the value corresponding to the specified key. We overload the
 * sequence field in the cn_msg header to define our KVP message types.
 *
 *
 * The kernel component simply acts as a conduit for communication between the
 * Windows host and the user-level daemon. The kernel component passes up the
 * index received from the Host to the user-level daemon. If the index is
 * valid (supported), the corresponding key as well as its
 * value (both are strings) is returned. If the index is invalid
 * (not supported), a NULL key string is returned.
 */


/*
 * Registry value types.
 */

#define REG_SZ 1
#define REG_U32 4
#define REG_U64 8

/*
 * As we look at expanding the KVP functionality to include
 * IP injection functionality, we need to maintain binary
 * compatibility with older daemons.
 *
 * The KVP opcodes are defined by the host and it was unfortunate
 * that I chose to treat the registration operation as part of the
 * KVP operations defined by the host.
 * Here is the level of compatibility
 * (between the user level daemon and the kernel KVP driver) that we
 * will implement:
 *
 * An older daemon will always be supported on a newer driver.
 * A given user level daemon will require a minimal version of the
 * kernel driver.
 * If we cannot handle the version differences, we will fail gracefully
 * (this can happen when we have a user level daemon that is more
 * advanced than the KVP driver.
 *
 * We will use values used in this handshake for determining if we have
 * workable user level daemon and the kernel driver. We begin by taking the
 * registration opcode out of the KVP opcode namespace. We will however,
 * maintain compatibility with the existing user-level daemon code.
 */

/*
 * Daemon code not supporting IP injection (legacy daemon).
 */

#define KVP_OP_REGISTER	4

/*
 * Daemon code supporting IP injection.
 * The KVP opcode field is used to communicate the
 * registration information; so define a namespace that
 * will be distinct from the host defined KVP opcode.
 */

#define KVP_OP_REGISTER1 100

enum hv_kvp_exchg_op {
	KVP_OP_GET = 0,
	KVP_OP_SET,
	KVP_OP_DELETE,
	KVP_OP_ENUMERATE,
	KVP_OP_GET_IP_INFO,
	KVP_OP_SET_IP_INFO,
	KVP_OP_COUNT /* Number of operations, must be last. */
};

enum hv_kvp_exchg_pool {
	KVP_POOL_EXTERNAL = 0,
	KVP_POOL_GUEST,
	KVP_POOL_AUTO,
	KVP_POOL_AUTO_EXTERNAL,
	KVP_POOL_AUTO_INTERNAL,
	KVP_POOL_COUNT /* Number of pools, must be last. */
};

/*
 * Some Hyper-V status codes.
 */

#define HV_S_OK				0x00000000
#define HV_E_FAIL			0x80004005
#define HV_S_CONT			0x80070103
#define HV_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED		0x80070032
#define HV_ERROR_MACHINE_LOCKED		0x800704F7
#define HV_ERROR_DEVICE_NOT_CONNECTED	0x8007048F
#define HV_INVALIDARG			0x80070057
#define HV_GUID_NOTFOUND		0x80041002
#define HV_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS		0x80070050
#define HV_ERROR_DISK_FULL		0x80070070

#define ADDR_FAMILY_NONE	0x00
#define ADDR_FAMILY_IPV4	0x01
#define ADDR_FAMILY_IPV6	0x02

#define MAX_ADAPTER_ID_SIZE	128
#define MAX_IP_ADDR_SIZE	1024
#define MAX_GATEWAY_SIZE	512


struct hv_kvp_ipaddr_value {
	__u16	adapter_id[MAX_ADAPTER_ID_SIZE];
	__u8	addr_family;
	__u8	dhcp_enabled;
	__u16	ip_addr[MAX_IP_ADDR_SIZE];
	__u16	sub_net[MAX_IP_ADDR_SIZE];
	__u16	gate_way[MAX_GATEWAY_SIZE];
	__u16	dns_addr[MAX_IP_ADDR_SIZE];
} __attribute__((packed));


struct hv_kvp_hdr {
	__u8 operation;
	__u8 pool;
	__u16 pad;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct hv_kvp_exchg_msg_value {
	__u32 value_type;
	__u32 key_size;
	__u32 value_size;
	__u8 key[HV_KVP_EXCHANGE_MAX_KEY_SIZE];
	union {
		__u8 value[HV_KVP_EXCHANGE_MAX_VALUE_SIZE];
		__u32 value_u32;
		__u64 value_u64;
	};
} __attribute__((packed));

struct hv_kvp_msg_enumerate {
	__u32 index;
	struct hv_kvp_exchg_msg_value data;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct hv_kvp_msg_get {
	struct hv_kvp_exchg_msg_value data;
};

struct hv_kvp_msg_set {
	struct hv_kvp_exchg_msg_value data;
};

struct hv_kvp_msg_delete {
	__u32 key_size;
	__u8 key[HV_KVP_EXCHANGE_MAX_KEY_SIZE];
};

struct hv_kvp_register {
	__u8 version[HV_KVP_EXCHANGE_MAX_KEY_SIZE];
};

struct hv_kvp_msg {
	union {
		struct hv_kvp_hdr	kvp_hdr;
		int error;
	};
	union {
		struct hv_kvp_msg_get		kvp_get;
		struct hv_kvp_msg_set		kvp_set;
		struct hv_kvp_msg_delete	kvp_delete;
		struct hv_kvp_msg_enumerate	kvp_enum_data;
		struct hv_kvp_ipaddr_value      kvp_ip_val;
		struct hv_kvp_register		kvp_register;
	} body;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct hv_kvp_ip_msg {
	__u8 operation;
	__u8 pool;
	struct hv_kvp_ipaddr_value      kvp_ip_val;
} __attribute__((packed));

#endif /* _HYPERV_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_TTY_H
#define _LINUX_TTY_H

/*
 * 'tty.h' defines some structures used by tty_io.c and some defines.
 */

#define NR_LDISCS		30

/* line disciplines */
#define N_TTY		0
#define N_SLIP		1
#define N_MOUSE		2
#define N_PPP		3
#define N_STRIP		4
#define N_AX25		5
#define N_X25		6	/* X.25 async */
#define N_6PACK		7
#define N_MASC		8	/* Reserved for Mobitex module <kaz@cafe.net> */
#define N_R3964		9	/* Reserved for Simatic R3964 module */
#define N_PROFIBUS_FDL	10	/* Reserved for Profibus */
#define N_IRDA		11	/* Linux IrDa - http://irda.sourceforge.net/ */
#define N_SMSBLOCK	12	/* SMS block mode - for talking to GSM data */
				/* cards about SMS messages */
#define N_HDLC		13	/* synchronous HDLC */
#define N_SYNC_PPP	14	/* synchronous PPP */
#define N_HCI		15	/* Bluetooth HCI UART */
#define N_GIGASET_M101	16	/* Siemens Gigaset M101 serial DECT adapter */
#define N_SLCAN		17	/* Serial / USB serial CAN Adaptors */
#define N_PPS		18	/* Pulse per Second */
#define N_V253		19	/* Codec control over voice modem */
#define N_CAIF		20      /* CAIF protocol for talking to modems */
#define N_GSM0710	21	/* GSM 0710 Mux */
#define N_TI_WL		22	/* for TI's WL BT, FM, GPS combo chips */
#define N_TRACESINK	23	/* Trace data routing for MIPI P1149.7 */
#define N_TRACEROUTER	24	/* Trace data routing for MIPI P1149.7 */
#define N_NCI		25	/* NFC NCI UART */
#define N_SPEAKUP	26	/* Speakup communication with synths */
#define N_NULL		27	/* Null ldisc used for error handling */

#endif /* _LINUX_TTY_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef CCISS_IOCTLH
#define CCISS_IOCTLH

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/cciss_defs.h>

#define CCISS_IOC_MAGIC 'B'


typedef struct _cciss_pci_info_struct
{
	unsigned char 	bus;
	unsigned char 	dev_fn;
	unsigned short	domain;
	__u32 		board_id;
} cciss_pci_info_struct; 

typedef struct _cciss_coalint_struct
{
	__u32  delay;
	__u32  count;
} cciss_coalint_struct;

typedef char NodeName_type[16];

typedef __u32 Heartbeat_type;

#define CISS_PARSCSIU2 	0x0001
#define CISS_PARCSCIU3 	0x0002
#define CISS_FIBRE1G	0x0100
#define CISS_FIBRE2G	0x0200
typedef __u32 BusTypes_type;

typedef char FirmwareVer_type[4];
typedef __u32 DriverVer_type;

#define MAX_KMALLOC_SIZE 128000

typedef struct _IOCTL_Command_struct {
  LUNAddr_struct	   LUN_info;
  RequestBlock_struct      Request;
  ErrorInfo_struct  	   error_info; 
  WORD			   buf_size;  /* size in bytes of the buf */
  BYTE			   *buf;
} IOCTL_Command_struct;

typedef struct _BIG_IOCTL_Command_struct {
  LUNAddr_struct	   LUN_info;
  RequestBlock_struct      Request;
  ErrorInfo_struct  	   error_info;
  DWORD			   malloc_size; /* < MAX_KMALLOC_SIZE in cciss.c */
  DWORD			   buf_size;    /* size in bytes of the buf */
  				        /* < malloc_size * MAXSGENTRIES */
  BYTE			   *buf;
} BIG_IOCTL_Command_struct;

typedef struct _LogvolInfo_struct{
	__u32	LunID;
	int	num_opens;  /* number of opens on the logical volume */
	int	num_parts;  /* number of partitions configured on logvol */
} LogvolInfo_struct;

#define CCISS_GETPCIINFO _IOR(CCISS_IOC_MAGIC, 1, cciss_pci_info_struct)

#define CCISS_GETINTINFO _IOR(CCISS_IOC_MAGIC, 2, cciss_coalint_struct)
#define CCISS_SETINTINFO _IOW(CCISS_IOC_MAGIC, 3, cciss_coalint_struct)

#define CCISS_GETNODENAME _IOR(CCISS_IOC_MAGIC, 4, NodeName_type)
#define CCISS_SETNODENAME _IOW(CCISS_IOC_MAGIC, 5, NodeName_type)

#define CCISS_GETHEARTBEAT _IOR(CCISS_IOC_MAGIC, 6, Heartbeat_type)
#define CCISS_GETBUSTYPES  _IOR(CCISS_IOC_MAGIC, 7, BusTypes_type)
#define CCISS_GETFIRMVER   _IOR(CCISS_IOC_MAGIC, 8, FirmwareVer_type)
#define CCISS_GETDRIVVER   _IOR(CCISS_IOC_MAGIC, 9, DriverVer_type)
#define CCISS_REVALIDVOLS  _IO(CCISS_IOC_MAGIC, 10)
#define CCISS_PASSTHRU	   _IOWR(CCISS_IOC_MAGIC, 11, IOCTL_Command_struct)
#define CCISS_DEREGDISK	   _IO(CCISS_IOC_MAGIC, 12)

/* no longer used... use REGNEWD instead */ 
#define CCISS_REGNEWDISK  _IOW(CCISS_IOC_MAGIC, 13, int)

#define CCISS_REGNEWD	   _IO(CCISS_IOC_MAGIC, 14)
#define CCISS_RESCANDISK   _IO(CCISS_IOC_MAGIC, 16)
#define CCISS_GETLUNINFO   _IOR(CCISS_IOC_MAGIC, 17, LogvolInfo_struct)
#define CCISS_BIG_PASSTHRU _IOWR(CCISS_IOC_MAGIC, 18, BIG_IOCTL_Command_struct)

#endif /* CCISS_IOCTLH */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __UAPI_TC_IFE_H
#define __UAPI_TC_IFE_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/pkt_cls.h>
#include <linux/ife.h>

/* Flag bits for now just encoding/decoding; mutually exclusive */
#define IFE_ENCODE 1
#define IFE_DECODE 0

struct tc_ife {
	tc_gen;
	__u16 flags;
};

/*XXX: We need to encode the total number of bytes consumed */
enum {
	TCA_IFE_UNSPEC,
	TCA_IFE_PARMS,
	TCA_IFE_TM,
	TCA_IFE_DMAC,
	TCA_IFE_SMAC,
	TCA_IFE_TYPE,
	TCA_IFE_METALST,
	TCA_IFE_PAD,
	__TCA_IFE_MAX
};
#define TCA_IFE_MAX (__TCA_IFE_MAX - 1)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_TC_SAMPLE_H
#define __LINUX_TC_SAMPLE_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/pkt_cls.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>

struct tc_sample {
	tc_gen;
};

enum {
	TCA_SAMPLE_UNSPEC,
	TCA_SAMPLE_TM,
	TCA_SAMPLE_PARMS,
	TCA_SAMPLE_RATE,
	TCA_SAMPLE_TRUNC_SIZE,
	TCA_SAMPLE_PSAMPLE_GROUP,
	TCA_SAMPLE_PAD,
	__TCA_SAMPLE_MAX
};
#define TCA_SAMPLE_MAX (__TCA_SAMPLE_MAX - 1)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __UAPI_TC_CONNMARK_H
#define __UAPI_TC_CONNMARK_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/pkt_cls.h>

struct tc_connmark {
	tc_gen;
	__u16 zone;
};

enum {
	TCA_CONNMARK_UNSPEC,
	TCA_CONNMARK_PARMS,
	TCA_CONNMARK_TM,
	TCA_CONNMARK_PAD,
	__TCA_CONNMARK_MAX
};
#define TCA_CONNMARK_MAX (__TCA_CONNMARK_MAX - 1)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2016, Jamal Hadi Salim
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_TC_SKBMOD_H
#define __LINUX_TC_SKBMOD_H

#include <linux/pkt_cls.h>

#define SKBMOD_F_DMAC	0x1
#define SKBMOD_F_SMAC	0x2
#define SKBMOD_F_ETYPE	0x4
#define SKBMOD_F_SWAPMAC 0x8
#define SKBMOD_F_ECN	0x10

struct tc_skbmod {
	tc_gen;
	__u64 flags;
};

enum {
	TCA_SKBMOD_UNSPEC,
	TCA_SKBMOD_TM,
	TCA_SKBMOD_PARMS,
	TCA_SKBMOD_DMAC,
	TCA_SKBMOD_SMAC,
	TCA_SKBMOD_ETYPE,
	TCA_SKBMOD_PAD,
	__TCA_SKBMOD_MAX
};
#define TCA_SKBMOD_MAX (__TCA_SKBMOD_MAX - 1)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2015 Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_TC_BPF_H
#define __LINUX_TC_BPF_H

#include <linux/pkt_cls.h>

struct tc_act_bpf {
	tc_gen;
};

enum {
	TCA_ACT_BPF_UNSPEC,
	TCA_ACT_BPF_TM,
	TCA_ACT_BPF_PARMS,
	TCA_ACT_BPF_OPS_LEN,
	TCA_ACT_BPF_OPS,
	TCA_ACT_BPF_FD,
	TCA_ACT_BPF_NAME,
	TCA_ACT_BPF_PAD,
	TCA_ACT_BPF_TAG,
	TCA_ACT_BPF_ID,
	__TCA_ACT_BPF_MAX,
};
#define TCA_ACT_BPF_MAX (__TCA_ACT_BPF_MAX - 1)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* Copyright 2020 NXP */

#ifndef __LINUX_TC_GATE_H
#define __LINUX_TC_GATE_H

#include <linux/pkt_cls.h>

struct tc_gate {
	tc_gen;
};

enum {
	TCA_GATE_ENTRY_UNSPEC,
	TCA_GATE_ENTRY_INDEX,
	TCA_GATE_ENTRY_GATE,
	TCA_GATE_ENTRY_INTERVAL,
	TCA_GATE_ENTRY_IPV,
	TCA_GATE_ENTRY_MAX_OCTETS,
	__TCA_GATE_ENTRY_MAX,
};
#define TCA_GATE_ENTRY_MAX (__TCA_GATE_ENTRY_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TCA_GATE_ONE_ENTRY_UNSPEC,
	TCA_GATE_ONE_ENTRY,
	__TCA_GATE_ONE_ENTRY_MAX,
};
#define TCA_GATE_ONE_ENTRY_MAX (__TCA_GATE_ONE_ENTRY_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TCA_GATE_UNSPEC,
	TCA_GATE_TM,
	TCA_GATE_PARMS,
	TCA_GATE_PAD,
	TCA_GATE_PRIORITY,
	TCA_GATE_ENTRY_LIST,
	TCA_GATE_BASE_TIME,
	TCA_GATE_CYCLE_TIME,
	TCA_GATE_CYCLE_TIME_EXT,
	TCA_GATE_FLAGS,
	TCA_GATE_CLOCKID,
	__TCA_GATE_MAX,
};
#define TCA_GATE_MAX (__TCA_GATE_MAX - 1)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_TC_NAT_H
#define __LINUX_TC_NAT_H

#include <linux/pkt_cls.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

enum {
	TCA_NAT_UNSPEC,
	TCA_NAT_PARMS,
	TCA_NAT_TM,
	TCA_NAT_PAD,
	__TCA_NAT_MAX
};
#define TCA_NAT_MAX (__TCA_NAT_MAX - 1)

#define TCA_NAT_FLAG_EGRESS 1

struct tc_nat {
	tc_gen;
	__be32 old_addr;
	__be32 new_addr;
	__be32 mask;
	__u32 flags;
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_TC_PED_H
#define __LINUX_TC_PED_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/pkt_cls.h>

enum {
	TCA_PEDIT_UNSPEC,
	TCA_PEDIT_TM,
	TCA_PEDIT_PARMS,
	TCA_PEDIT_PAD,
	TCA_PEDIT_PARMS_EX,
	TCA_PEDIT_KEYS_EX,
	TCA_PEDIT_KEY_EX,
	__TCA_PEDIT_MAX
};

#define TCA_PEDIT_MAX (__TCA_PEDIT_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TCA_PEDIT_KEY_EX_HTYPE = 1,
	TCA_PEDIT_KEY_EX_CMD = 2,
	__TCA_PEDIT_KEY_EX_MAX
};

#define TCA_PEDIT_KEY_EX_MAX (__TCA_PEDIT_KEY_EX_MAX - 1)

 /* TCA_PEDIT_KEY_EX_HDR_TYPE_NETWROK is a special case for legacy users. It
  * means no specific header type - offset is relative to the network layer
  */
enum pedit_header_type {
	TCA_PEDIT_KEY_EX_HDR_TYPE_NETWORK = 0,
	TCA_PEDIT_KEY_EX_HDR_TYPE_ETH = 1,
	TCA_PEDIT_KEY_EX_HDR_TYPE_IP4 = 2,
	TCA_PEDIT_KEY_EX_HDR_TYPE_IP6 = 3,
	TCA_PEDIT_KEY_EX_HDR_TYPE_TCP = 4,
	TCA_PEDIT_KEY_EX_HDR_TYPE_UDP = 5,
	__PEDIT_HDR_TYPE_MAX,
};

#define TCA_PEDIT_HDR_TYPE_MAX (__PEDIT_HDR_TYPE_MAX - 1)

enum pedit_cmd {
	TCA_PEDIT_KEY_EX_CMD_SET = 0,
	TCA_PEDIT_KEY_EX_CMD_ADD = 1,
	__PEDIT_CMD_MAX,
};

#define TCA_PEDIT_CMD_MAX (__PEDIT_CMD_MAX - 1)

struct tc_pedit_key {
	__u32           mask;  /* AND */
	__u32           val;   /*XOR */
	__u32           off;  /*offset */
	__u32           at;
	__u32           offmask;
	__u32           shift;
};

struct tc_pedit_sel {
	tc_gen;
	unsigned char           nkeys;
	unsigned char           flags;
	struct tc_pedit_key     keys[0];
};

#define tc_pedit tc_pedit_sel

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2016, Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
 * Copyright (c) 2016, Mellanox Technologies. All rights reserved.
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_TC_TUNNEL_KEY_H
#define __LINUX_TC_TUNNEL_KEY_H

#include <linux/pkt_cls.h>

#define TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ACT_SET	    1
#define TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ACT_RELEASE  2

struct tc_tunnel_key {
	tc_gen;
	int t_action;
};

enum {
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_UNSPEC,
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_TM,
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_PARMS,
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_IPV4_SRC,	/* be32 */
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_IPV4_DST,	/* be32 */
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_IPV6_SRC,	/* struct in6_addr */
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_IPV6_DST,	/* struct in6_addr */
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_KEY_ID,	/* be64 */
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_PAD,
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_DST_PORT,	/* be16 */
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_NO_CSUM,		/* u8 */
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPTS,	/* Nested TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPTS_
					 * attributes
					 */
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_TOS,		/* u8 */
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_TTL,		/* u8 */
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_NO_FRAG,		/* flag */
	__TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_MAX,
};

#define TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_MAX (__TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPTS_UNSPEC,
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPTS_GENEVE,		/* Nested
						 * TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPTS_
						 * attributes
						 */
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPTS_VXLAN,		/* Nested
						 * TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPTS_
						 * attributes
						 */
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPTS_ERSPAN,		/* Nested
						 * TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPTS_
						 * attributes
						 */
	__TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPTS_MAX,
};

#define TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPTS_MAX (__TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPTS_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPT_GENEVE_UNSPEC,
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPT_GENEVE_CLASS,		/* be16 */
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPT_GENEVE_TYPE,		/* u8 */
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPT_GENEVE_DATA,		/* 4 to 128 bytes */

	__TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPT_GENEVE_MAX,
};

#define TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPT_GENEVE_MAX \
	(__TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPT_GENEVE_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPT_VXLAN_UNSPEC,
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPT_VXLAN_GBP,		/* u32 */
	__TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPT_VXLAN_MAX,
};

#define TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPT_VXLAN_MAX \
	(__TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPT_VXLAN_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPT_ERSPAN_UNSPEC,
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPT_ERSPAN_VER,		/* u8 */
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPT_ERSPAN_INDEX,		/* be32 */
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPT_ERSPAN_DIR,		/* u8 */
	TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPT_ERSPAN_HWID,		/* u8 */
	__TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPT_ERSPAN_MAX,
};

#define TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPT_ERSPAN_MAX \
	(__TCA_TUNNEL_KEY_ENC_OPT_ERSPAN_MAX - 1)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_TC_IPT_H
#define __LINUX_TC_IPT_H

#include <linux/pkt_cls.h>

enum {
	TCA_IPT_UNSPEC,
	TCA_IPT_TABLE,
	TCA_IPT_HOOK,
	TCA_IPT_INDEX,
	TCA_IPT_CNT,
	TCA_IPT_TM,
	TCA_IPT_TARG,
	TCA_IPT_PAD,
	__TCA_IPT_MAX
};
#define TCA_IPT_MAX (__TCA_IPT_MAX - 1)
                                                                                
#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_TC_GACT_H
#define __LINUX_TC_GACT_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/pkt_cls.h>

struct tc_gact {
	tc_gen;

};

struct tc_gact_p {
#define PGACT_NONE              0
#define PGACT_NETRAND           1
#define PGACT_DETERM            2
#define MAX_RAND                (PGACT_DETERM + 1 )
	__u16                 ptype;
	__u16                 pval;
	int                   paction;
};
 
enum {
	TCA_GACT_UNSPEC,
	TCA_GACT_TM,
	TCA_GACT_PARMS,
	TCA_GACT_PROB,
	TCA_GACT_PAD,
	__TCA_GACT_MAX
};
#define TCA_GACT_MAX (__TCA_GACT_MAX - 1)
 
#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_TC_DEF_H
#define __LINUX_TC_DEF_H

#include <linux/pkt_cls.h>

struct tc_defact {
	tc_gen;
};

enum {
	TCA_DEF_UNSPEC,
	TCA_DEF_TM,
	TCA_DEF_PARMS,
	TCA_DEF_DATA,
	TCA_DEF_PAD,
	__TCA_DEF_MAX
};
#define TCA_DEF_MAX (__TCA_DEF_MAX - 1)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_TC_MIR_H
#define __LINUX_TC_MIR_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/pkt_cls.h>

#define TCA_EGRESS_REDIR 1  /* packet redirect to EGRESS*/
#define TCA_EGRESS_MIRROR 2 /* mirror packet to EGRESS */
#define TCA_INGRESS_REDIR 3  /* packet redirect to INGRESS*/
#define TCA_INGRESS_MIRROR 4 /* mirror packet to INGRESS */

struct tc_mirred {
	tc_gen;
	int                     eaction;   /* one of IN/EGRESS_MIRROR/REDIR */
	__u32                   ifindex;  /* ifindex of egress port */
};

enum {
	TCA_MIRRED_UNSPEC,
	TCA_MIRRED_TM,
	TCA_MIRRED_PARMS,
	TCA_MIRRED_PAD,
	__TCA_MIRRED_MAX
};
#define TCA_MIRRED_MAX (__TCA_MIRRED_MAX - 1)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* Copyright (C) 2019 Netronome Systems, Inc. */

#ifndef __LINUX_TC_MPLS_H
#define __LINUX_TC_MPLS_H

#include <linux/pkt_cls.h>

#define TCA_MPLS_ACT_POP	1
#define TCA_MPLS_ACT_PUSH	2
#define TCA_MPLS_ACT_MODIFY	3
#define TCA_MPLS_ACT_DEC_TTL	4
#define TCA_MPLS_ACT_MAC_PUSH	5

struct tc_mpls {
	tc_gen;		/* generic TC action fields. */
	int m_action;	/* action of type TCA_MPLS_ACT_*. */
};

enum {
	TCA_MPLS_UNSPEC,
	TCA_MPLS_TM,	/* struct tcf_t; time values associated with action. */
	TCA_MPLS_PARMS,	/* struct tc_mpls; action type and general TC fields. */
	TCA_MPLS_PAD,
	TCA_MPLS_PROTO,	/* be16; eth_type of pushed or next (for pop) header. */
	TCA_MPLS_LABEL,	/* u32; MPLS label. Lower 20 bits are used. */
	TCA_MPLS_TC,	/* u8; MPLS TC field. Lower 3 bits are used. */
	TCA_MPLS_TTL,	/* u8; MPLS TTL field. Must not be 0. */
	TCA_MPLS_BOS,	/* u8; MPLS BOS field. Either 1 or 0. */
	__TCA_MPLS_MAX,
};
#define TCA_MPLS_MAX (__TCA_MPLS_MAX - 1)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_TC_CSUM_H
#define __LINUX_TC_CSUM_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/pkt_cls.h>

enum {
	TCA_CSUM_UNSPEC,
	TCA_CSUM_PARMS,
	TCA_CSUM_TM,
	TCA_CSUM_PAD,
	__TCA_CSUM_MAX
};
#define TCA_CSUM_MAX (__TCA_CSUM_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TCA_CSUM_UPDATE_FLAG_IPV4HDR = 1,
	TCA_CSUM_UPDATE_FLAG_ICMP    = 2,
	TCA_CSUM_UPDATE_FLAG_IGMP    = 4,
	TCA_CSUM_UPDATE_FLAG_TCP     = 8,
	TCA_CSUM_UPDATE_FLAG_UDP     = 16,
	TCA_CSUM_UPDATE_FLAG_UDPLITE = 32,
	TCA_CSUM_UPDATE_FLAG_SCTP    = 64,
};

struct tc_csum {
	tc_gen;

	__u32 update_flags;
};

#endif /* __LINUX_TC_CSUM_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2014 Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_TC_VLAN_H
#define __LINUX_TC_VLAN_H

#include <linux/pkt_cls.h>

#define TCA_VLAN_ACT_POP	1
#define TCA_VLAN_ACT_PUSH	2
#define TCA_VLAN_ACT_MODIFY	3
#define TCA_VLAN_ACT_POP_ETH	4
#define TCA_VLAN_ACT_PUSH_ETH	5

struct tc_vlan {
	tc_gen;
	int v_action;
};

enum {
	TCA_VLAN_UNSPEC,
	TCA_VLAN_TM,
	TCA_VLAN_PARMS,
	TCA_VLAN_PUSH_VLAN_ID,
	TCA_VLAN_PUSH_VLAN_PROTOCOL,
	TCA_VLAN_PAD,
	TCA_VLAN_PUSH_VLAN_PRIORITY,
	TCA_VLAN_PUSH_ETH_DST,
	TCA_VLAN_PUSH_ETH_SRC,
	__TCA_VLAN_MAX,
};
#define TCA_VLAN_MAX (__TCA_VLAN_MAX - 1)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2008, Intel Corporation.
 *
 * Author: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_TC_SKBEDIT_H
#define __LINUX_TC_SKBEDIT_H

#include <linux/pkt_cls.h>

#define SKBEDIT_F_PRIORITY		0x1
#define SKBEDIT_F_QUEUE_MAPPING		0x2
#define SKBEDIT_F_MARK			0x4
#define SKBEDIT_F_PTYPE			0x8
#define SKBEDIT_F_MASK			0x10
#define SKBEDIT_F_INHERITDSFIELD	0x20
#define SKBEDIT_F_TXQ_SKBHASH		0x40

struct tc_skbedit {
	tc_gen;
};

enum {
	TCA_SKBEDIT_UNSPEC,
	TCA_SKBEDIT_TM,
	TCA_SKBEDIT_PARMS,
	TCA_SKBEDIT_PRIORITY,
	TCA_SKBEDIT_QUEUE_MAPPING,
	TCA_SKBEDIT_MARK,
	TCA_SKBEDIT_PAD,
	TCA_SKBEDIT_PTYPE,
	TCA_SKBEDIT_MASK,
	TCA_SKBEDIT_FLAGS,
	TCA_SKBEDIT_QUEUE_MAPPING_MAX,
	__TCA_SKBEDIT_MAX
};
#define TCA_SKBEDIT_MAX (__TCA_SKBEDIT_MAX - 1)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __UAPI_TC_CTINFO_H
#define __UAPI_TC_CTINFO_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/pkt_cls.h>

struct tc_ctinfo {
	tc_gen;
};

enum {
	TCA_CTINFO_UNSPEC,
	TCA_CTINFO_PAD,
	TCA_CTINFO_TM,
	TCA_CTINFO_ACT,
	TCA_CTINFO_ZONE,
	TCA_CTINFO_PARMS_DSCP_MASK,
	TCA_CTINFO_PARMS_DSCP_STATEMASK,
	TCA_CTINFO_PARMS_CPMARK_MASK,
	TCA_CTINFO_STATS_DSCP_SET,
	TCA_CTINFO_STATS_DSCP_ERROR,
	TCA_CTINFO_STATS_CPMARK_SET,
	__TCA_CTINFO_MAX
};

#define TCA_CTINFO_MAX (__TCA_CTINFO_MAX - 1)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __UAPI_TC_CT_H
#define __UAPI_TC_CT_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/pkt_cls.h>

enum {
	TCA_CT_UNSPEC,
	TCA_CT_PARMS,
	TCA_CT_TM,
	TCA_CT_ACTION,		/* u16 */
	TCA_CT_ZONE,		/* u16 */
	TCA_CT_MARK,		/* u32 */
	TCA_CT_MARK_MASK,	/* u32 */
	TCA_CT_LABELS,		/* u128 */
	TCA_CT_LABELS_MASK,	/* u128 */
	TCA_CT_NAT_IPV4_MIN,	/* be32 */
	TCA_CT_NAT_IPV4_MAX,	/* be32 */
	TCA_CT_NAT_IPV6_MIN,	/* struct in6_addr */
	TCA_CT_NAT_IPV6_MAX,	/* struct in6_addr */
	TCA_CT_NAT_PORT_MIN,	/* be16 */
	TCA_CT_NAT_PORT_MAX,	/* be16 */
	TCA_CT_PAD,
	__TCA_CT_MAX
};

#define TCA_CT_MAX (__TCA_CT_MAX - 1)

#define TCA_CT_ACT_COMMIT	(1 << 0)
#define TCA_CT_ACT_FORCE	(1 << 1)
#define TCA_CT_ACT_CLEAR	(1 << 2)
#define TCA_CT_ACT_NAT		(1 << 3)
#define TCA_CT_ACT_NAT_SRC	(1 << 4)
#define TCA_CT_ACT_NAT_DST	(1 << 5)

struct tc_ct {
	tc_gen;
};

#endif /* __UAPI_TC_CT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only WITH Linux-syscall-note*/
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2022, Ampere Computing LLC.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_IPMI_SSIF_BMC_H
#define _LINUX_IPMI_SSIF_BMC_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* Max length of ipmi ssif message included netfn and cmd field */
#define IPMI_SSIF_PAYLOAD_MAX         254
struct ipmi_ssif_msg {
	unsigned int len;
	__u8    payload[IPMI_SSIF_PAYLOAD_MAX];
};

#endif /* _LINUX_IPMI_SSIF_BMC_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * ERSPAN Tunnel Metadata
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2018 VMware
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * Userspace API for metadata mode ERSPAN tunnel
 */
#ifndef _ERSPAN_H
#define _ERSPAN_H

#include <linux/types.h>	/* For __beXX in userspace */
#include <asm/byteorder.h>

/* ERSPAN version 2 metadata header */
struct erspan_md2 {
	__be32 timestamp;
	__be16 sgt;	/* security group tag */
#if defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8	hwid_upper:2,
		ft:5,
		p:1;
	__u8	o:1,
		gra:2,
		dir:1,
		hwid:4;
#elif defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8	p:1,
		ft:5,
		hwid_upper:2;
	__u8	hwid:4,
		dir:1,
		gra:2,
		o:1;
#else
#error "Please fix <asm/byteorder.h>"
#endif
};

struct erspan_metadata {
	int version;
	union {
		__be32 index;		/* Version 1 (type II)*/
		struct erspan_md2 md2;	/* Version 2 (type III) */
	} u;
};

#endif /* _ERSPAN_H */
/*
 * IEEE 1394 constants.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2005-2007  Kristian Hoegsberg <krh@bitplanet.net>
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
 * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
 * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
 * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
 * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
 * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
 * Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
 * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
 * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
 * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
 * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_FIREWIRE_CONSTANTS_H
#define _LINUX_FIREWIRE_CONSTANTS_H

#define TCODE_WRITE_QUADLET_REQUEST	0x0
#define TCODE_WRITE_BLOCK_REQUEST	0x1
#define TCODE_WRITE_RESPONSE		0x2
#define TCODE_READ_QUADLET_REQUEST	0x4
#define TCODE_READ_BLOCK_REQUEST	0x5
#define TCODE_READ_QUADLET_RESPONSE	0x6
#define TCODE_READ_BLOCK_RESPONSE	0x7
#define TCODE_CYCLE_START		0x8
#define TCODE_LOCK_REQUEST		0x9
#define TCODE_STREAM_DATA		0xa
#define TCODE_LOCK_RESPONSE		0xb

#define EXTCODE_MASK_SWAP		0x1
#define EXTCODE_COMPARE_SWAP		0x2
#define EXTCODE_FETCH_ADD		0x3
#define EXTCODE_LITTLE_ADD		0x4
#define EXTCODE_BOUNDED_ADD		0x5
#define EXTCODE_WRAP_ADD		0x6
#define EXTCODE_VENDOR_DEPENDENT	0x7

/* Linux firewire-core (Juju) specific tcodes */
#define TCODE_LOCK_MASK_SWAP		(0x10 | EXTCODE_MASK_SWAP)
#define TCODE_LOCK_COMPARE_SWAP		(0x10 | EXTCODE_COMPARE_SWAP)
#define TCODE_LOCK_FETCH_ADD		(0x10 | EXTCODE_FETCH_ADD)
#define TCODE_LOCK_LITTLE_ADD		(0x10 | EXTCODE_LITTLE_ADD)
#define TCODE_LOCK_BOUNDED_ADD		(0x10 | EXTCODE_BOUNDED_ADD)
#define TCODE_LOCK_WRAP_ADD		(0x10 | EXTCODE_WRAP_ADD)
#define TCODE_LOCK_VENDOR_DEPENDENT	(0x10 | EXTCODE_VENDOR_DEPENDENT)

#define RCODE_COMPLETE			0x0
#define RCODE_CONFLICT_ERROR		0x4
#define RCODE_DATA_ERROR		0x5
#define RCODE_TYPE_ERROR		0x6
#define RCODE_ADDRESS_ERROR		0x7

/* Linux firewire-core (Juju) specific rcodes */
#define RCODE_SEND_ERROR		0x10
#define RCODE_CANCELLED			0x11
#define RCODE_BUSY			0x12
#define RCODE_GENERATION		0x13
#define RCODE_NO_ACK			0x14

#define SCODE_100			0x0
#define SCODE_200			0x1
#define SCODE_400			0x2
#define SCODE_800			0x3
#define SCODE_1600			0x4
#define SCODE_3200			0x5
#define SCODE_BETA			0x3

#define ACK_COMPLETE			0x1
#define ACK_PENDING			0x2
#define ACK_BUSY_X			0x4
#define ACK_BUSY_A			0x5
#define ACK_BUSY_B			0x6
#define ACK_DATA_ERROR			0xd
#define ACK_TYPE_ERROR			0xe

#define RETRY_1				0x00
#define RETRY_X				0x01
#define RETRY_A				0x02
#define RETRY_B				0x03

#endif /* _LINUX_FIREWIRE_CONSTANTS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_HDREG_H
#define _LINUX_HDREG_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * Command Header sizes for IOCTL commands
 */

#define HDIO_DRIVE_CMD_HDR_SIZE		(4 * sizeof(__u8))
#define HDIO_DRIVE_HOB_HDR_SIZE		(8 * sizeof(__u8))
#define HDIO_DRIVE_TASK_HDR_SIZE	(8 * sizeof(__u8))

#define IDE_DRIVE_TASK_NO_DATA		0
#define IDE_DRIVE_TASK_INVALID		-1
#define IDE_DRIVE_TASK_SET_XFER		1
#define IDE_DRIVE_TASK_IN		2
#define IDE_DRIVE_TASK_OUT		3
#define IDE_DRIVE_TASK_RAW_WRITE	4

/*
 * Define standard taskfile in/out register
 */
#define IDE_TASKFILE_STD_IN_FLAGS	0xFE
#define IDE_HOB_STD_IN_FLAGS		0x3C
#define IDE_TASKFILE_STD_OUT_FLAGS	0xFE
#define IDE_HOB_STD_OUT_FLAGS		0x3C

typedef unsigned char task_ioreg_t;
typedef unsigned long sata_ioreg_t;

typedef union ide_reg_valid_s {
	unsigned all				: 16;
	struct {
		unsigned data			: 1;
		unsigned error_feature		: 1;
		unsigned sector			: 1;
		unsigned nsector		: 1;
		unsigned lcyl			: 1;
		unsigned hcyl			: 1;
		unsigned select			: 1;
		unsigned status_command		: 1;

		unsigned data_hob		: 1;
		unsigned error_feature_hob	: 1;
		unsigned sector_hob		: 1;
		unsigned nsector_hob		: 1;
		unsigned lcyl_hob		: 1;
		unsigned hcyl_hob		: 1;
		unsigned select_hob		: 1;
		unsigned control_hob		: 1;
	} b;
} ide_reg_valid_t;

typedef struct ide_task_request_s {
	__u8		io_ports[8];
	__u8		hob_ports[8]; /* bytes 6 and 7 are unused */
	ide_reg_valid_t	out_flags;
	ide_reg_valid_t	in_flags;
	int		data_phase;
	int		req_cmd;
	unsigned long	out_size;
	unsigned long	in_size;
} ide_task_request_t;

typedef struct ide_ioctl_request_s {
	ide_task_request_t	*task_request;
	unsigned char		*out_buffer;
	unsigned char		*in_buffer;
} ide_ioctl_request_t;

struct hd_drive_cmd_hdr {
	__u8 command;
	__u8 sector_number;
	__u8 feature;
	__u8 sector_count;
};

typedef struct hd_drive_task_hdr {
	__u8 data;
	__u8 feature;
	__u8 sector_count;
	__u8 sector_number;
	__u8 low_cylinder;
	__u8 high_cylinder;
	__u8 device_head;
	__u8 command;
} task_struct_t;

typedef struct hd_drive_hob_hdr {
	__u8 data;
	__u8 feature;
	__u8 sector_count;
	__u8 sector_number;
	__u8 low_cylinder;
	__u8 high_cylinder;
	__u8 device_head;
	__u8 control;
} hob_struct_t;

#define TASKFILE_NO_DATA		0x0000

#define TASKFILE_IN			0x0001
#define TASKFILE_MULTI_IN		0x0002

#define TASKFILE_OUT			0x0004
#define TASKFILE_MULTI_OUT		0x0008
#define TASKFILE_IN_OUT			0x0010

#define TASKFILE_IN_DMA			0x0020
#define TASKFILE_OUT_DMA		0x0040
#define TASKFILE_IN_DMAQ		0x0080
#define TASKFILE_OUT_DMAQ		0x0100

#define TASKFILE_P_IN			0x0200
#define TASKFILE_P_OUT			0x0400
#define TASKFILE_P_IN_DMA		0x0800
#define TASKFILE_P_OUT_DMA		0x1000
#define TASKFILE_P_IN_DMAQ		0x2000
#define TASKFILE_P_OUT_DMAQ		0x4000
#define TASKFILE_48			0x8000
#define TASKFILE_INVALID		0x7fff

/* ATA/ATAPI Commands pre T13 Spec */
#define WIN_NOP				0x00
/*
 *	0x01->0x02 Reserved
 */
#define CFA_REQ_EXT_ERROR_CODE		0x03 /* CFA Request Extended Error Code */
/*
 *	0x04->0x07 Reserved
 */
#define WIN_SRST			0x08 /* ATAPI soft reset command */
#define WIN_DEVICE_RESET		0x08
/*
 *	0x09->0x0F Reserved
 */
#define WIN_RECAL			0x10
#define WIN_RESTORE			WIN_RECAL
/*
 *	0x10->0x1F Reserved
 */
#define WIN_READ			0x20 /* 28-Bit */
#define WIN_READ_ONCE			0x21 /* 28-Bit without retries */
#define WIN_READ_LONG			0x22 /* 28-Bit */
#define WIN_READ_LONG_ONCE		0x23 /* 28-Bit without retries */
#define WIN_READ_EXT			0x24 /* 48-Bit */
#define WIN_READDMA_EXT			0x25 /* 48-Bit */
#define WIN_READDMA_QUEUED_EXT		0x26 /* 48-Bit */
#define WIN_READ_NATIVE_MAX_EXT		0x27 /* 48-Bit */
/*
 *	0x28
 */
#define WIN_MULTREAD_EXT		0x29 /* 48-Bit */
/*
 *	0x2A->0x2F Reserved
 */
#define WIN_WRITE			0x30 /* 28-Bit */
#define WIN_WRITE_ONCE			0x31 /* 28-Bit without retries */
#define WIN_WRITE_LONG			0x32 /* 28-Bit */
#define WIN_WRITE_LONG_ONCE		0x33 /* 28-Bit without retries */
#define WIN_WRITE_EXT			0x34 /* 48-Bit */
#define WIN_WRITEDMA_EXT		0x35 /* 48-Bit */
#define WIN_WRITEDMA_QUEUED_EXT		0x36 /* 48-Bit */
#define WIN_SET_MAX_EXT			0x37 /* 48-Bit */
#define CFA_WRITE_SECT_WO_ERASE		0x38 /* CFA Write Sectors without erase */
#define WIN_MULTWRITE_EXT		0x39 /* 48-Bit */
/*
 *	0x3A->0x3B Reserved
 */
#define WIN_WRITE_VERIFY		0x3C /* 28-Bit */
/*
 *	0x3D->0x3F Reserved
 */
#define WIN_VERIFY			0x40 /* 28-Bit - Read Verify Sectors */
#define WIN_VERIFY_ONCE			0x41 /* 28-Bit - without retries */
#define WIN_VERIFY_EXT			0x42 /* 48-Bit */
/*
 *	0x43->0x4F Reserved
 */
#define WIN_FORMAT			0x50
/*
 *	0x51->0x5F Reserved
 */
#define WIN_INIT			0x60
/*
 *	0x61->0x5F Reserved
 */
#define WIN_SEEK			0x70 /* 0x70-0x7F Reserved */

#define CFA_TRANSLATE_SECTOR		0x87 /* CFA Translate Sector */
#define WIN_DIAGNOSE			0x90
#define WIN_SPECIFY			0x91 /* set drive geometry translation */
#define WIN_DOWNLOAD_MICROCODE		0x92
#define WIN_STANDBYNOW2			0x94
#define WIN_STANDBY2			0x96
#define WIN_SETIDLE2			0x97
#define WIN_CHECKPOWERMODE2		0x98
#define WIN_SLEEPNOW2			0x99
/*
 *	0x9A VENDOR
 */
#define WIN_PACKETCMD			0xA0 /* Send a packet command. */
#define WIN_PIDENTIFY			0xA1 /* identify ATAPI device	*/
#define WIN_QUEUED_SERVICE		0xA2
#define WIN_SMART			0xB0 /* self-monitoring and reporting */
#define CFA_ERASE_SECTORS		0xC0
#define WIN_MULTREAD			0xC4 /* read sectors using multiple mode*/
#define WIN_MULTWRITE			0xC5 /* write sectors using multiple mode */
#define WIN_SETMULT			0xC6 /* enable/disable multiple mode */
#define WIN_READDMA_QUEUED		0xC7 /* read sectors using Queued DMA transfers */
#define WIN_READDMA			0xC8 /* read sectors using DMA transfers */
#define WIN_READDMA_ONCE		0xC9 /* 28-Bit - without retries */
#define WIN_WRITEDMA			0xCA /* write sectors using DMA transfers */
#define WIN_WRITEDMA_ONCE		0xCB /* 28-Bit - without retries */
#define WIN_WRITEDMA_QUEUED		0xCC /* write sectors using Queued DMA transfers */
#define CFA_WRITE_MULTI_WO_ERASE	0xCD /* CFA Write multiple without erase */
#define WIN_GETMEDIASTATUS		0xDA
#define WIN_ACKMEDIACHANGE		0xDB /* ATA-1, ATA-2 vendor */
#define WIN_POSTBOOT			0xDC
#define WIN_PREBOOT 			0xDD
#define WIN_DOORLOCK			0xDE /* lock door on removable drives */
#define WIN_DOORUNLOCK			0xDF /* unlock door on removable drives */
#define WIN_STANDBYNOW1			0xE0
#define WIN_IDLEIMMEDIATE		0xE1 /* force drive to become "ready" */
#define WIN_STANDBY			0xE2 /* Set device in Standby Mode */
#define WIN_SETIDLE1			0xE3
#define WIN_READ_BUFFER			0xE4 /* force read only 1 sector */
#define WIN_CHECKPOWERMODE1		0xE5
#define WIN_SLEEPNOW1			0xE6
#define WIN_FLUSH_CACHE			0xE7
#define WIN_WRITE_BUFFER		0xE8 /* force write only 1 sector */
#define WIN_WRITE_SAME			0xE9 /* read ata-2 to use */
	/* SET_FEATURES 0x22 or 0xDD */
#define WIN_FLUSH_CACHE_EXT		0xEA /* 48-Bit */
#define WIN_IDENTIFY			0xEC /* ask drive to identify itself	*/
#define WIN_MEDIAEJECT			0xED
#define WIN_IDENTIFY_DMA		0xEE /* same as WIN_IDENTIFY, but DMA */
#define WIN_SETFEATURES			0xEF /* set special drive features */
#define EXABYTE_ENABLE_NEST		0xF0
#define WIN_SECURITY_SET_PASS		0xF1
#define WIN_SECURITY_UNLOCK		0xF2
#define WIN_SECURITY_ERASE_PREPARE	0xF3
#define WIN_SECURITY_ERASE_UNIT		0xF4
#define WIN_SECURITY_FREEZE_LOCK	0xF5
#define WIN_SECURITY_DISABLE		0xF6
#define WIN_READ_NATIVE_MAX		0xF8 /* return the native maximum address */
#define WIN_SET_MAX			0xF9
#define DISABLE_SEAGATE			0xFB

/* WIN_SMART sub-commands */

#define SMART_READ_VALUES		0xD0
#define SMART_READ_THRESHOLDS		0xD1
#define SMART_AUTOSAVE			0xD2
#define SMART_SAVE			0xD3
#define SMART_IMMEDIATE_OFFLINE		0xD4
#define SMART_READ_LOG_SECTOR		0xD5
#define SMART_WRITE_LOG_SECTOR		0xD6
#define SMART_WRITE_THRESHOLDS		0xD7
#define SMART_ENABLE			0xD8
#define SMART_DISABLE			0xD9
#define SMART_STATUS			0xDA
#define SMART_AUTO_OFFLINE		0xDB

/* Password used in TF4 & TF5 executing SMART commands */

#define SMART_LCYL_PASS			0x4F
#define SMART_HCYL_PASS			0xC2

/* WIN_SETFEATURES sub-commands */
#define SETFEATURES_EN_8BIT	0x01	/* Enable 8-Bit Transfers */
#define SETFEATURES_EN_WCACHE	0x02	/* Enable write cache */
#define SETFEATURES_DIS_DEFECT	0x04	/* Disable Defect Management */
#define SETFEATURES_EN_APM	0x05	/* Enable advanced power management */
#define SETFEATURES_EN_SAME_R	0x22	/* for a region ATA-1 */
#define SETFEATURES_DIS_MSN	0x31	/* Disable Media Status Notification */
#define SETFEATURES_DIS_RETRY	0x33	/* Disable Retry */
#define SETFEATURES_EN_AAM	0x42	/* Enable Automatic Acoustic Management */
#define SETFEATURES_RW_LONG	0x44	/* Set Length of VS bytes */
#define SETFEATURES_SET_CACHE	0x54	/* Set Cache segments to SC Reg. Val */
#define SETFEATURES_DIS_RLA	0x55	/* Disable read look-ahead feature */
#define SETFEATURES_EN_RI	0x5D	/* Enable release interrupt */
#define SETFEATURES_EN_SI	0x5E	/* Enable SERVICE interrupt */
#define SETFEATURES_DIS_RPOD	0x66	/* Disable reverting to power on defaults */
#define SETFEATURES_DIS_ECC	0x77	/* Disable ECC byte count */
#define SETFEATURES_DIS_8BIT	0x81	/* Disable 8-Bit Transfers */
#define SETFEATURES_DIS_WCACHE	0x82	/* Disable write cache */
#define SETFEATURES_EN_DEFECT	0x84	/* Enable Defect Management */
#define SETFEATURES_DIS_APM	0x85	/* Disable advanced power management */
#define SETFEATURES_EN_ECC	0x88	/* Enable ECC byte count */
#define SETFEATURES_EN_MSN	0x95	/* Enable Media Status Notification */
#define SETFEATURES_EN_RETRY	0x99	/* Enable Retry */
#define SETFEATURES_EN_RLA	0xAA	/* Enable read look-ahead feature */
#define SETFEATURES_PREFETCH	0xAB	/* Sets drive prefetch value */
#define SETFEATURES_EN_REST	0xAC	/* ATA-1 */
#define SETFEATURES_4B_RW_LONG	0xBB	/* Set Length of 4 bytes */
#define SETFEATURES_DIS_AAM	0xC2	/* Disable Automatic Acoustic Management */
#define SETFEATURES_EN_RPOD	0xCC	/* Enable reverting to power on defaults */
#define SETFEATURES_DIS_RI	0xDD	/* Disable release interrupt ATAPI */
#define SETFEATURES_EN_SAME_M	0xDD	/* for a entire device ATA-1 */
#define SETFEATURES_DIS_SI	0xDE	/* Disable SERVICE interrupt ATAPI */

/* WIN_SECURITY sub-commands */

#define SECURITY_SET_PASSWORD		0xBA
#define SECURITY_UNLOCK			0xBB
#define SECURITY_ERASE_PREPARE		0xBC
#define SECURITY_ERASE_UNIT		0xBD
#define SECURITY_FREEZE_LOCK		0xBE
#define SECURITY_DISABLE_PASSWORD	0xBF

struct hd_geometry {
      unsigned char heads;
      unsigned char sectors;
      unsigned short cylinders;
      unsigned long start;
};

/* hd/ide ctl's that pass (arg) ptrs to user space are numbered 0x030n/0x031n */
#define HDIO_GETGEO		0x0301	/* get device geometry */
#define HDIO_GET_UNMASKINTR	0x0302	/* get current unmask setting */
#define HDIO_GET_MULTCOUNT	0x0304	/* get current IDE blockmode setting */
#define HDIO_GET_QDMA		0x0305	/* get use-qdma flag */

#define HDIO_SET_XFER		0x0306  /* set transfer rate via proc */

#define HDIO_OBSOLETE_IDENTITY	0x0307	/* OBSOLETE, DO NOT USE: returns 142 bytes */
#define HDIO_GET_KEEPSETTINGS	0x0308	/* get keep-settings-on-reset flag */
#define HDIO_GET_32BIT		0x0309	/* get current io_32bit setting */
#define HDIO_GET_NOWERR		0x030a	/* get ignore-write-error flag */
#define HDIO_GET_DMA		0x030b	/* get use-dma flag */
#define HDIO_GET_NICE		0x030c	/* get nice flags */
#define HDIO_GET_IDENTITY	0x030d	/* get IDE identification info */
#define HDIO_GET_WCACHE		0x030e	/* get write cache mode on|off */
#define HDIO_GET_ACOUSTIC	0x030f	/* get acoustic value */
#define	HDIO_GET_ADDRESS	0x0310	/* */

#define HDIO_GET_BUSSTATE	0x031a	/* get the bus state of the hwif */
#define HDIO_TRISTATE_HWIF	0x031b	/* execute a channel tristate */
#define HDIO_DRIVE_RESET	0x031c	/* execute a device reset */
#define HDIO_DRIVE_TASKFILE	0x031d	/* execute raw taskfile */
#define HDIO_DRIVE_TASK		0x031e	/* execute task and special drive command */
#define HDIO_DRIVE_CMD		0x031f	/* execute a special drive command */
#define HDIO_DRIVE_CMD_AEB	HDIO_DRIVE_TASK

/* hd/ide ctl's that pass (arg) non-ptr values are numbered 0x032n/0x033n */
#define HDIO_SET_MULTCOUNT	0x0321	/* change IDE blockmode */
#define HDIO_SET_UNMASKINTR	0x0322	/* permit other irqs during I/O */
#define HDIO_SET_KEEPSETTINGS	0x0323	/* keep ioctl settings on reset */
#define HDIO_SET_32BIT		0x0324	/* change io_32bit flags */
#define HDIO_SET_NOWERR		0x0325	/* change ignore-write-error flag */
#define HDIO_SET_DMA		0x0326	/* change use-dma flag */
#define HDIO_SET_PIO_MODE	0x0327	/* reconfig interface to new speed */
#define HDIO_SCAN_HWIF		0x0328	/* register and (re)scan interface */
#define HDIO_UNREGISTER_HWIF	0x032a  /* unregister interface */
#define HDIO_SET_NICE		0x0329	/* set nice flags */
#define HDIO_SET_WCACHE		0x032b	/* change write cache enable-disable */
#define HDIO_SET_ACOUSTIC	0x032c	/* change acoustic behavior */
#define HDIO_SET_BUSSTATE	0x032d	/* set the bus state of the hwif */
#define HDIO_SET_QDMA		0x032e	/* change use-qdma flag */
#define HDIO_SET_ADDRESS	0x032f	/* change lba addressing modes */

/* bus states */
enum {
	BUSSTATE_OFF = 0,
	BUSSTATE_ON,
	BUSSTATE_TRISTATE
};

/* hd/ide ctl's that pass (arg) ptrs to user space are numbered 0x033n/0x033n */
/* 0x330 is reserved - used to be HDIO_GETGEO_BIG */
/* 0x331 is reserved - used to be HDIO_GETGEO_BIG_RAW */
/* 0x338 is reserved - used to be HDIO_SET_IDE_SCSI */
/* 0x339 is reserved - used to be HDIO_SET_SCSI_IDE */

#define __NEW_HD_DRIVE_ID

/*
 * Structure returned by HDIO_GET_IDENTITY, as per ANSI NCITS ATA6 rev.1b spec.
 *
 * If you change something here, please remember to update fix_driveid() in
 * ide/probe.c.
 */
struct hd_driveid {
	unsigned short	config;		/* lots of obsolete bit flags */
	unsigned short	cyls;		/* Obsolete, "physical" cyls */
	unsigned short	reserved2;	/* reserved (word 2) */
	unsigned short	heads;		/* Obsolete, "physical" heads */
	unsigned short	track_bytes;	/* unformatted bytes per track */
	unsigned short	sector_bytes;	/* unformatted bytes per sector */
	unsigned short	sectors;	/* Obsolete, "physical" sectors per track */
	unsigned short	vendor0;	/* vendor unique */
	unsigned short	vendor1;	/* vendor unique */
	unsigned short	vendor2;	/* Retired vendor unique */
	unsigned char	serial_no[20];	/* 0 = not_specified */
	unsigned short	buf_type;	/* Retired */
	unsigned short	buf_size;	/* Retired, 512 byte increments
					 * 0 = not_specified
					 */
	unsigned short	ecc_bytes;	/* for r/w long cmds; 0 = not_specified */
	unsigned char	fw_rev[8];	/* 0 = not_specified */
	unsigned char	model[40];	/* 0 = not_specified */
	unsigned char	max_multsect;	/* 0=not_implemented */
	unsigned char	vendor3;	/* vendor unique */
	unsigned short	dword_io;	/* 0=not_implemented; 1=implemented */
	unsigned char	vendor4;	/* vendor unique */
	unsigned char	capability;	/* (upper byte of word 49)
					 *  3:	IORDYsup
					 *  2:	IORDYsw
					 *  1:	LBA
					 *  0:	DMA
					 */
	unsigned short	reserved50;	/* reserved (word 50) */
	unsigned char	vendor5;	/* Obsolete, vendor unique */
	unsigned char	tPIO;		/* Obsolete, 0=slow, 1=medium, 2=fast */
	unsigned char	vendor6;	/* Obsolete, vendor unique */
	unsigned char	tDMA;		/* Obsolete, 0=slow, 1=medium, 2=fast */
	unsigned short	field_valid;	/* (word 53)
					 *  2:	ultra_ok	word  88
					 *  1:	eide_ok		words 64-70
					 *  0:	cur_ok		words 54-58
					 */
	unsigned short	cur_cyls;	/* Obsolete, logical cylinders */
	unsigned short	cur_heads;	/* Obsolete, l heads */
	unsigned short	cur_sectors;	/* Obsolete, l sectors per track */
	unsigned short	cur_capacity0;	/* Obsolete, l total sectors on drive */
	unsigned short	cur_capacity1;	/* Obsolete, (2 words, misaligned int)     */
	unsigned char	multsect;	/* current multiple sector count */
	unsigned char	multsect_valid;	/* when (bit0==1) multsect is ok */
	unsigned int	lba_capacity;	/* Obsolete, total number of sectors */
	unsigned short	dma_1word;	/* Obsolete, single-word dma info */
	unsigned short	dma_mword;	/* multiple-word dma info */
	unsigned short  eide_pio_modes; /* bits 0:mode3 1:mode4 */
	unsigned short  eide_dma_min;	/* min mword dma cycle time (ns) */
	unsigned short  eide_dma_time;	/* recommended mword dma cycle time (ns) */
	unsigned short  eide_pio;       /* min cycle time (ns), no IORDY  */
	unsigned short  eide_pio_iordy; /* min cycle time (ns), with IORDY */
	unsigned short	words69_70[2];	/* reserved words 69-70
					 * future command overlap and queuing
					 */
	unsigned short	words71_74[4];	/* reserved words 71-74
					 * for IDENTIFY PACKET DEVICE command
					 */
	unsigned short  queue_depth;	/* (word 75)
					 * 15:5	reserved
					 *  4:0	Maximum queue depth -1
					 */
	unsigned short  words76_79[4];	/* reserved words 76-79 */
	unsigned short  major_rev_num;	/* (word 80) */
	unsigned short  minor_rev_num;	/* (word 81) */
	unsigned short  command_set_1;	/* (word 82) supported
					 * 15:	Obsolete
					 * 14:	NOP command
					 * 13:	READ_BUFFER
					 * 12:	WRITE_BUFFER
					 * 11:	Obsolete
					 * 10:	Host Protected Area
					 *  9:	DEVICE Reset
					 *  8:	SERVICE Interrupt
					 *  7:	Release Interrupt
					 *  6:	look-ahead
					 *  5:	write cache
					 *  4:	PACKET Command
					 *  3:	Power Management Feature Set
					 *  2:	Removable Feature Set
					 *  1:	Security Feature Set
					 *  0:	SMART Feature Set
					 */
	unsigned short  command_set_2;	/* (word 83)
					 * 15:	Shall be ZERO
					 * 14:	Shall be ONE
					 * 13:	FLUSH CACHE EXT
					 * 12:	FLUSH CACHE
					 * 11:	Device Configuration Overlay
					 * 10:	48-bit Address Feature Set
					 *  9:	Automatic Acoustic Management
					 *  8:	SET MAX security
					 *  7:	reserved 1407DT PARTIES
					 *  6:	SetF sub-command Power-Up
					 *  5:	Power-Up in Standby Feature Set
					 *  4:	Removable Media Notification
					 *  3:	APM Feature Set
					 *  2:	CFA Feature Set
					 *  1:	READ/WRITE DMA QUEUED
					 *  0:	Download MicroCode
					 */
	unsigned short  cfsse;		/* (word 84)
					 * cmd set-feature supported extensions
					 * 15:	Shall be ZERO
					 * 14:	Shall be ONE
					 * 13:6	reserved
					 *  5:	General Purpose Logging
					 *  4:	Streaming Feature Set
					 *  3:	Media Card Pass Through
					 *  2:	Media Serial Number Valid
					 *  1:	SMART selt-test supported
					 *  0:	SMART error logging
					 */
	unsigned short  cfs_enable_1;	/* (word 85)
					 * command set-feature enabled
					 * 15:	Obsolete
					 * 14:	NOP command
					 * 13:	READ_BUFFER
					 * 12:	WRITE_BUFFER
					 * 11:	Obsolete
					 * 10:	Host Protected Area
					 *  9:	DEVICE Reset
					 *  8:	SERVICE Interrupt
					 *  7:	Release Interrupt
					 *  6:	look-ahead
					 *  5:	write cache
					 *  4:	PACKET Command
					 *  3:	Power Management Feature Set
					 *  2:	Removable Feature Set
					 *  1:	Security Feature Set
					 *  0:	SMART Feature Set
					 */
	unsigned short  cfs_enable_2;	/* (word 86)
					 * command set-feature enabled
					 * 15:	Shall be ZERO
					 * 14:	Shall be ONE
					 * 13:	FLUSH CACHE EXT
					 * 12:	FLUSH CACHE
					 * 11:	Device Configuration Overlay
					 * 10:	48-bit Address Feature Set
					 *  9:	Automatic Acoustic Management
					 *  8:	SET MAX security
					 *  7:	reserved 1407DT PARTIES
					 *  6:	SetF sub-command Power-Up
					 *  5:	Power-Up in Standby Feature Set
					 *  4:	Removable Media Notification
					 *  3:	APM Feature Set
					 *  2:	CFA Feature Set
					 *  1:	READ/WRITE DMA QUEUED
					 *  0:	Download MicroCode
					 */
	unsigned short  csf_default;	/* (word 87)
					 * command set-feature default
					 * 15:	Shall be ZERO
					 * 14:	Shall be ONE
					 * 13:6	reserved
					 *  5:	General Purpose Logging enabled
					 *  4:	Valid CONFIGURE STREAM executed
					 *  3:	Media Card Pass Through enabled
					 *  2:	Media Serial Number Valid
					 *  1:	SMART selt-test supported
					 *  0:	SMART error logging
					 */
	unsigned short  dma_ultra;	/* (word 88) */
	unsigned short	trseuc;		/* time required for security erase */
	unsigned short	trsEuc;		/* time required for enhanced erase */
	unsigned short	CurAPMvalues;	/* current APM values */
	unsigned short	mprc;		/* master password revision code */
	unsigned short	hw_config;	/* hardware config (word 93)
					 * 15:	Shall be ZERO
					 * 14:	Shall be ONE
					 * 13:
					 * 12:
					 * 11:
					 * 10:
					 *  9:
					 *  8:
					 *  7:
					 *  6:
					 *  5:
					 *  4:
					 *  3:
					 *  2:
					 *  1:
					 *  0:	Shall be ONE
					 */
	unsigned short	acoustic;	/* (word 94)
					 * 15:8	Vendor's recommended value
					 *  7:0	current value
					 */
	unsigned short	msrqs;		/* min stream request size */
	unsigned short	sxfert;		/* stream transfer time */
	unsigned short	sal;		/* stream access latency */
	unsigned int	spg;		/* stream performance granularity */
	unsigned long long lba_capacity_2;/* 48-bit total number of sectors */
	unsigned short	words104_125[22];/* reserved words 104-125 */
	unsigned short	last_lun;	/* (word 126) */
	unsigned short	word127;	/* (word 127) Feature Set
					 * Removable Media Notification
					 * 15:2	reserved
					 *  1:0	00 = not supported
					 *	01 = supported
					 *	10 = reserved
					 *	11 = reserved
					 */
	unsigned short	dlf;		/* (word 128)
					 * device lock function
					 * 15:9	reserved
					 *  8	security level 1:max 0:high
					 *  7:6	reserved
					 *  5	enhanced erase
					 *  4	expire
					 *  3	frozen
					 *  2	locked
					 *  1	en/disabled
					 *  0	capability
					 */
	unsigned short  csfo;		/*  (word 129)
					 * current set features options
					 * 15:4	reserved
					 *  3:	auto reassign
					 *  2:	reverting
					 *  1:	read-look-ahead
					 *  0:	write cache
					 */
	unsigned short	words130_155[26];/* reserved vendor words 130-155 */
	unsigned short	word156;	/* reserved vendor word 156 */
	unsigned short	words157_159[3];/* reserved vendor words 157-159 */
	unsigned short	cfa_power;	/* (word 160) CFA Power Mode
					 * 15 word 160 supported
					 * 14 reserved
					 * 13
					 * 12
					 * 11:0
					 */
	unsigned short	words161_175[15];/* Reserved for CFA */
	unsigned short	words176_205[30];/* Current Media Serial Number */
	unsigned short	words206_254[49];/* reserved words 206-254 */
	unsigned short	integrity_word;	/* (word 255)
					 * 15:8 Checksum
					 *  7:0 Signature
					 */
};

/*
 * IDE "nice" flags. These are used on a per drive basis to determine
 * when to be nice and give more bandwidth to the other devices which
 * share the same IDE bus.
 */
#define IDE_NICE_DSC_OVERLAP	(0)	/* per the DSC overlap protocol */
#define IDE_NICE_ATAPI_OVERLAP	(1)	/* not supported yet */
#define IDE_NICE_1		(3)	/* when probably won't affect us much */
#define IDE_NICE_0		(2)	/* when sure that it won't affect us */
#define IDE_NICE_2		(4)	/* when we know it's on our expense */

#endif	/* _LINUX_HDREG_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * File: include/linux/omapfb.h
 *
 * Framebuffer driver for TI OMAP boards
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2004 Nokia Corporation
 * Author: Imre Deak <imre.deak@nokia.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
 * Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your
 * option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
 * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 * General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
 * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_OMAPFB_H__
#define __LINUX_OMAPFB_H__

#include <linux/fb.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/* IOCTL commands. */

#define OMAP_IOW(num, dtype)	_IOW('O', num, dtype)
#define OMAP_IOR(num, dtype)	_IOR('O', num, dtype)
#define OMAP_IOWR(num, dtype)	_IOWR('O', num, dtype)
#define OMAP_IO(num)		_IO('O', num)

#define OMAPFB_MIRROR		OMAP_IOW(31, int)
#define OMAPFB_SYNC_GFX		OMAP_IO(37)
#define OMAPFB_VSYNC		OMAP_IO(38)
#define OMAPFB_SET_UPDATE_MODE	OMAP_IOW(40, int)
#define OMAPFB_GET_CAPS		OMAP_IOR(42, struct omapfb_caps)
#define OMAPFB_GET_UPDATE_MODE	OMAP_IOW(43, int)
#define OMAPFB_LCD_TEST		OMAP_IOW(45, int)
#define OMAPFB_CTRL_TEST	OMAP_IOW(46, int)
#define OMAPFB_UPDATE_WINDOW_OLD OMAP_IOW(47, struct omapfb_update_window_old)
#define OMAPFB_SET_COLOR_KEY	OMAP_IOW(50, struct omapfb_color_key)
#define OMAPFB_GET_COLOR_KEY	OMAP_IOW(51, struct omapfb_color_key)
#define OMAPFB_SETUP_PLANE	OMAP_IOW(52, struct omapfb_plane_info)
#define OMAPFB_QUERY_PLANE	OMAP_IOW(53, struct omapfb_plane_info)
#define OMAPFB_UPDATE_WINDOW	OMAP_IOW(54, struct omapfb_update_window)
#define OMAPFB_SETUP_MEM	OMAP_IOW(55, struct omapfb_mem_info)
#define OMAPFB_QUERY_MEM	OMAP_IOW(56, struct omapfb_mem_info)
#define OMAPFB_WAITFORVSYNC	OMAP_IO(57)
#define OMAPFB_MEMORY_READ	OMAP_IOR(58, struct omapfb_memory_read)
#define OMAPFB_GET_OVERLAY_COLORMODE OMAP_IOR(59, struct omapfb_ovl_colormode)
#define OMAPFB_WAITFORGO	OMAP_IO(60)
#define OMAPFB_GET_VRAM_INFO	OMAP_IOR(61, struct omapfb_vram_info)
#define OMAPFB_SET_TEARSYNC	OMAP_IOW(62, struct omapfb_tearsync_info)
#define OMAPFB_GET_DISPLAY_INFO	OMAP_IOR(63, struct omapfb_display_info)

#define OMAPFB_CAPS_GENERIC_MASK	0x00000fff
#define OMAPFB_CAPS_LCDC_MASK		0x00fff000
#define OMAPFB_CAPS_PANEL_MASK		0xff000000

#define OMAPFB_CAPS_MANUAL_UPDATE	0x00001000
#define OMAPFB_CAPS_TEARSYNC		0x00002000
#define OMAPFB_CAPS_PLANE_RELOCATE_MEM	0x00004000
#define OMAPFB_CAPS_PLANE_SCALE		0x00008000
#define OMAPFB_CAPS_WINDOW_PIXEL_DOUBLE	0x00010000
#define OMAPFB_CAPS_WINDOW_SCALE	0x00020000
#define OMAPFB_CAPS_WINDOW_OVERLAY	0x00040000
#define OMAPFB_CAPS_WINDOW_ROTATE	0x00080000
#define OMAPFB_CAPS_SET_BACKLIGHT	0x01000000

/* Values from DSP must map to lower 16-bits */
#define OMAPFB_FORMAT_MASK		0x00ff
#define OMAPFB_FORMAT_FLAG_DOUBLE	0x0100
#define OMAPFB_FORMAT_FLAG_TEARSYNC	0x0200
#define OMAPFB_FORMAT_FLAG_FORCE_VSYNC	0x0400
#define OMAPFB_FORMAT_FLAG_ENABLE_OVERLAY	0x0800
#define OMAPFB_FORMAT_FLAG_DISABLE_OVERLAY	0x1000

#define OMAPFB_MEMTYPE_SDRAM		0
#define OMAPFB_MEMTYPE_SRAM		1
#define OMAPFB_MEMTYPE_MAX		1

#define OMAPFB_MEM_IDX_ENABLED	0x80
#define OMAPFB_MEM_IDX_MASK	0x7f

enum omapfb_color_format {
	OMAPFB_COLOR_RGB565 = 0,
	OMAPFB_COLOR_YUV422,
	OMAPFB_COLOR_YUV420,
	OMAPFB_COLOR_CLUT_8BPP,
	OMAPFB_COLOR_CLUT_4BPP,
	OMAPFB_COLOR_CLUT_2BPP,
	OMAPFB_COLOR_CLUT_1BPP,
	OMAPFB_COLOR_RGB444,
	OMAPFB_COLOR_YUY422,

	OMAPFB_COLOR_ARGB16,
	OMAPFB_COLOR_RGB24U,	/* RGB24, 32-bit container */
	OMAPFB_COLOR_RGB24P,	/* RGB24, 24-bit container */
	OMAPFB_COLOR_ARGB32,
	OMAPFB_COLOR_RGBA32,
	OMAPFB_COLOR_RGBX32,
};

struct omapfb_update_window {
	__u32 x, y;
	__u32 width, height;
	__u32 format;
	__u32 out_x, out_y;
	__u32 out_width, out_height;
	__u32 reserved[8];
};

struct omapfb_update_window_old {
	__u32 x, y;
	__u32 width, height;
	__u32 format;
};

enum omapfb_plane {
	OMAPFB_PLANE_GFX = 0,
	OMAPFB_PLANE_VID1,
	OMAPFB_PLANE_VID2,
};

enum omapfb_channel_out {
	OMAPFB_CHANNEL_OUT_LCD = 0,
	OMAPFB_CHANNEL_OUT_DIGIT,
};

struct omapfb_plane_info {
	__u32 pos_x;
	__u32 pos_y;
	__u8  enabled;
	__u8  channel_out;
	__u8  mirror;
	__u8  mem_idx;
	__u32 out_width;
	__u32 out_height;
	__u32 reserved2[12];
};

struct omapfb_mem_info {
	__u32 size;
	__u8  type;
	__u8  reserved[3];
};

struct omapfb_caps {
	__u32 ctrl;
	__u32 plane_color;
	__u32 wnd_color;
};

enum omapfb_color_key_type {
	OMAPFB_COLOR_KEY_DISABLED = 0,
	OMAPFB_COLOR_KEY_GFX_DST,
	OMAPFB_COLOR_KEY_VID_SRC,
};

struct omapfb_color_key {
	__u8  channel_out;
	__u32 background;
	__u32 trans_key;
	__u8  key_type;
};

enum omapfb_update_mode {
	OMAPFB_UPDATE_DISABLED = 0,
	OMAPFB_AUTO_UPDATE,
	OMAPFB_MANUAL_UPDATE
};

struct omapfb_memory_read {
	__u16 x;
	__u16 y;
	__u16 w;
	__u16 h;
	size_t buffer_size;
	void *buffer;
};

struct omapfb_ovl_colormode {
	__u8 overlay_idx;
	__u8 mode_idx;
	__u32 bits_per_pixel;
	__u32 nonstd;
	struct fb_bitfield red;
	struct fb_bitfield green;
	struct fb_bitfield blue;
	struct fb_bitfield transp;
};

struct omapfb_vram_info {
	__u32 total;
	__u32 free;
	__u32 largest_free_block;
	__u32 reserved[5];
};

struct omapfb_tearsync_info {
	__u8 enabled;
	__u8 reserved1[3];
	__u16 line;
	__u16 reserved2;
};

struct omapfb_display_info {
	__u16 xres;
	__u16 yres;
	__u32 width;	/* phys width of the display in micrometers */
	__u32 height;	/* phys height of the display in micrometers */
	__u32 reserved[5];
};


#endif /* __LINUX_OMAPFB_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Xilinx Controls Header
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2013-2015 Ideas on Board
 * Copyright (C) 2013-2015 Xilinx, Inc.
 *
 * Contacts: Hyun Kwon <hyun.kwon@xilinx.com>
 *           Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
 *
 * This software is licensed under the terms of the GNU General Public
 * License version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation, and
 * may be copied, distributed, and modified under those terms.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 */

#ifndef __UAPI_XILINX_V4L2_CONTROLS_H__
#define __UAPI_XILINX_V4L2_CONTROLS_H__

#include <linux/v4l2-controls.h>

#define V4L2_CID_XILINX_OFFSET	0xc000
#define V4L2_CID_XILINX_BASE	(V4L2_CID_USER_BASE + V4L2_CID_XILINX_OFFSET)

/*
 * Private Controls for Xilinx Video IPs
 */

/*
 * Xilinx TPG Video IP
 */

#define V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG			(V4L2_CID_USER_BASE + 0xc000)

/* Draw cross hairs */
#define V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG_CROSS_HAIRS		(V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG + 1)
/* Enable a moving box */
#define V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG_MOVING_BOX		(V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG + 2)
/* Mask out a color component */
#define V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG_COLOR_MASK		(V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG + 3)
/* Enable a stuck pixel feature */
#define V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG_STUCK_PIXEL		(V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG + 4)
/* Enable a noisy output */
#define V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG_NOISE		(V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG + 5)
/* Enable the motion feature */
#define V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG_MOTION		(V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG + 6)
/* Configure the motion speed of moving patterns */
#define V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG_MOTION_SPEED	(V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG + 7)
/* The row of horizontal cross hair location */
#define V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG_CROSS_HAIR_ROW	(V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG + 8)
/* The colum of vertical cross hair location */
#define V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG_CROSS_HAIR_COLUMN	(V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG + 9)
/* Set starting point of sine wave for horizontal component */
#define V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG_ZPLATE_HOR_START	(V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG + 10)
/* Set speed of the horizontal component */
#define V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG_ZPLATE_HOR_SPEED	(V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG + 11)
/* Set starting point of sine wave for vertical component */
#define V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG_ZPLATE_VER_START	(V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG + 12)
/* Set speed of the vertical component */
#define V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG_ZPLATE_VER_SPEED	(V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG + 13)
/* Moving box size */
#define V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG_BOX_SIZE		(V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG + 14)
/* Moving box color */
#define V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG_BOX_COLOR		(V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG + 15)
/* Upper limit count of generated stuck pixels */
#define V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG_STUCK_PIXEL_THRESH	(V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG + 16)
/* Noise level */
#define V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG_NOISE_GAIN		(V4L2_CID_XILINX_TPG + 17)

#endif /* __UAPI_XILINX_V4L2_CONTROLS_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
#ifndef _VMCORE_H
#define _VMCORE_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define VMCOREDD_NOTE_NAME "LINUX"
#define VMCOREDD_MAX_NAME_BYTES 44

struct vmcoredd_header {
	__u32 n_namesz; /* Name size */
	__u32 n_descsz; /* Content size */
	__u32 n_type;   /* NT_VMCOREDD */
	__u8 name[8];   /* LINUX\0\0\0 */
	__u8 dump_name[VMCOREDD_MAX_NAME_BYTES]; /* Device dump's name */
};

#endif /* _VMCORE_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* $Id: isdn_divertif.h,v 1.4.6.1 2001/09/23 22:25:05 kai Exp $
 *
 * Header for the diversion supplementary interface for i4l.
 *
 * Author    Werner Cornelius (werner@titro.de)
 * Copyright by Werner Cornelius (werner@titro.de)
 *
 * This software may be used and distributed according to the terms
 * of the GNU General Public License, incorporated herein by reference.
 *
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_ISDN_DIVERTIF_H
#define _LINUX_ISDN_DIVERTIF_H

/***********************************************************/
/* magic value is also used to control version information */
/***********************************************************/
#define DIVERT_IF_MAGIC 0x25873401
#define DIVERT_CMD_REG  0x00  /* register command */
#define DIVERT_CMD_REL  0x01  /* release command */
#define DIVERT_NO_ERR   0x00  /* return value no error */
#define DIVERT_CMD_ERR  0x01  /* invalid cmd */
#define DIVERT_VER_ERR  0x02  /* magic/version invalid */
#define DIVERT_REG_ERR  0x03  /* module already registered */
#define DIVERT_REL_ERR  0x04  /* module not registered */
#define DIVERT_REG_NAME isdn_register_divert


#endif /* _LINUX_ISDN_DIVERTIF_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/******************************************************************************
*******************************************************************************
**
**  Copyright (C) Sistina Software, Inc.  1997-2003  All rights reserved.
**  Copyright (C) 2004-2011 Red Hat, Inc.  All rights reserved.
**
**  This copyrighted material is made available to anyone wishing to use,
**  modify, copy, or redistribute it subject to the terms and conditions
**  of the GNU General Public License v.2.
**
*******************************************************************************
******************************************************************************/

#ifndef __DLM_DOT_H__
#define __DLM_DOT_H__

/*
 * Interface to Distributed Lock Manager (DLM)
 * routines and structures to use DLM lockspaces
 */

/* Lock levels and flags are here */
#include <linux/dlmconstants.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

typedef void dlm_lockspace_t;

/*
 * Lock status block
 *
 * Use this structure to specify the contents of the lock value block.  For a
 * conversion request, this structure is used to specify the lock ID of the
 * lock.  DLM writes the status of the lock request and the lock ID assigned
 * to the request in the lock status block.
 *
 * sb_lkid: the returned lock ID.  It is set on new (non-conversion) requests.
 * It is available when dlm_lock returns.
 *
 * sb_lvbptr: saves or returns the contents of the lock's LVB according to rules
 * shown for the DLM_LKF_VALBLK flag.
 *
 * sb_flags: DLM_SBF_DEMOTED is returned if in the process of promoting a lock,
 * it was first demoted to NL to avoid conversion deadlock.
 * DLM_SBF_VALNOTVALID is returned if the resource's LVB is marked invalid.
 *
 * sb_status: the returned status of the lock request set prior to AST
 * execution.  Possible return values:
 *
 * 0 if lock request was successful
 * -EAGAIN if request would block and is flagged DLM_LKF_NOQUEUE
 * -DLM_EUNLOCK if unlock request was successful
 * -DLM_ECANCEL if a cancel completed successfully
 * -EDEADLK if a deadlock was detected
 * -ETIMEDOUT if the lock request was canceled due to a timeout
 */

#define DLM_SBF_DEMOTED		0x01
#define DLM_SBF_VALNOTVALID	0x02
#define DLM_SBF_ALTMODE		0x04

struct dlm_lksb {
	int 	 sb_status;
	__u32	 sb_lkid;
	char 	 sb_flags;
	char *	 sb_lvbptr;
};

/* dlm_new_lockspace() flags */

#define DLM_LSFL_TIMEWARN	0x00000002
#define DLM_LSFL_FS     	0x00000004
#define DLM_LSFL_NEWEXCL     	0x00000008


#endif /* __DLM_DOT_H__ */
#ifndef _LINUX_MOUNT_H
#define _LINUX_MOUNT_H

/*
 * These are the fs-independent mount-flags: up to 32 flags are supported
 *
 * Usage of these is restricted within the kernel to core mount(2) code and
 * callers of sys_mount() only.  Filesystems should be using the SB_*
 * equivalent instead.
 */
#define MS_RDONLY	 1	/* Mount read-only */
#define MS_NOSUID	 2	/* Ignore suid and sgid bits */
#define MS_NODEV	 4	/* Disallow access to device special files */
#define MS_NOEXEC	 8	/* Disallow program execution */
#define MS_SYNCHRONOUS	16	/* Writes are synced at once */
#define MS_REMOUNT	32	/* Alter flags of a mounted FS */
#define MS_MANDLOCK	64	/* Allow mandatory locks on an FS */
#define MS_DIRSYNC	128	/* Directory modifications are synchronous */
#define MS_NOATIME	1024	/* Do not update access times. */
#define MS_NODIRATIME	2048	/* Do not update directory access times */
#define MS_BIND		4096
#define MS_MOVE		8192
#define MS_REC		16384
#define MS_VERBOSE	32768	/* War is peace. Verbosity is silence.
				   MS_VERBOSE is deprecated. */
#define MS_SILENT	32768
#define MS_POSIXACL	(1<<16)	/* VFS does not apply the umask */
#define MS_UNBINDABLE	(1<<17)	/* change to unbindable */
#define MS_PRIVATE	(1<<18)	/* change to private */
#define MS_SLAVE	(1<<19)	/* change to slave */
#define MS_SHARED	(1<<20)	/* change to shared */
#define MS_RELATIME	(1<<21)	/* Update atime relative to mtime/ctime. */
#define MS_KERNMOUNT	(1<<22) /* this is a kern_mount call */
#define MS_I_VERSION	(1<<23) /* Update inode I_version field */
#define MS_STRICTATIME	(1<<24) /* Always perform atime updates */
#define MS_LAZYTIME	(1<<25) /* Update the on-disk [acm]times lazily */

/* These sb flags are internal to the kernel */
#define MS_SUBMOUNT     (1<<26)
#define MS_NOREMOTELOCK	(1<<27)
#define MS_NOSEC	(1<<28)
#define MS_BORN		(1<<29)
#define MS_ACTIVE	(1<<30)
#define MS_NOUSER	(1<<31)

/*
 * Superblock flags that can be altered by MS_REMOUNT
 */
#define MS_RMT_MASK	(MS_RDONLY|MS_SYNCHRONOUS|MS_MANDLOCK|MS_I_VERSION|\
			 MS_LAZYTIME)

/*
 * Old magic mount flag and mask
 */
#define MS_MGC_VAL 0xC0ED0000
#define MS_MGC_MSK 0xffff0000

/*
 * open_tree() flags.
 */
#define OPEN_TREE_CLONE		1		/* Clone the target tree and attach the clone */
#define OPEN_TREE_CLOEXEC	O_CLOEXEC	/* Close the file on execve() */

/*
 * move_mount() flags.
 */
#define MOVE_MOUNT_F_SYMLINKS		0x00000001 /* Follow symlinks on from path */
#define MOVE_MOUNT_F_AUTOMOUNTS		0x00000002 /* Follow automounts on from path */
#define MOVE_MOUNT_F_EMPTY_PATH		0x00000004 /* Empty from path permitted */
#define MOVE_MOUNT_T_SYMLINKS		0x00000010 /* Follow symlinks on to path */
#define MOVE_MOUNT_T_AUTOMOUNTS		0x00000020 /* Follow automounts on to path */
#define MOVE_MOUNT_T_EMPTY_PATH		0x00000040 /* Empty to path permitted */
#define MOVE_MOUNT__MASK		0x00000077

/*
 * fsopen() flags.
 */
#define FSOPEN_CLOEXEC		0x00000001

/*
 * fspick() flags.
 */
#define FSPICK_CLOEXEC		0x00000001
#define FSPICK_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW	0x00000002
#define FSPICK_NO_AUTOMOUNT	0x00000004
#define FSPICK_EMPTY_PATH	0x00000008

/*
 * The type of fsconfig() call made.
 */
enum fsconfig_command {
	FSCONFIG_SET_FLAG	= 0,	/* Set parameter, supplying no value */
	FSCONFIG_SET_STRING	= 1,	/* Set parameter, supplying a string value */
	FSCONFIG_SET_BINARY	= 2,	/* Set parameter, supplying a binary blob value */
	FSCONFIG_SET_PATH	= 3,	/* Set parameter, supplying an object by path */
	FSCONFIG_SET_PATH_EMPTY	= 4,	/* Set parameter, supplying an object by (empty) path */
	FSCONFIG_SET_FD		= 5,	/* Set parameter, supplying an object by fd */
	FSCONFIG_CMD_CREATE	= 6,	/* Invoke superblock creation */
	FSCONFIG_CMD_RECONFIGURE = 7,	/* Invoke superblock reconfiguration */
};

/*
 * fsmount() flags.
 */
#define FSMOUNT_CLOEXEC		0x00000001

/*
 * Mount attributes.
 */
#define MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY	0x00000001 /* Mount read-only */
#define MOUNT_ATTR_NOSUID	0x00000002 /* Ignore suid and sgid bits */
#define MOUNT_ATTR_NODEV	0x00000004 /* Disallow access to device special files */
#define MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC	0x00000008 /* Disallow program execution */
#define MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME	0x00000070 /* Setting on how atime should be updated */
#define MOUNT_ATTR_RELATIME	0x00000000 /* - Update atime relative to mtime/ctime. */
#define MOUNT_ATTR_NOATIME	0x00000010 /* - Do not update access times. */
#define MOUNT_ATTR_STRICTATIME	0x00000020 /* - Always perform atime updates */
#define MOUNT_ATTR_NODIRATIME	0x00000080 /* Do not update directory access times */

#endif /* _LINUX_MOUNT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _PR_H
#define _PR_H

#include <linux/types.h>

enum pr_type {
	PR_WRITE_EXCLUSIVE		= 1,
	PR_EXCLUSIVE_ACCESS		= 2,
	PR_WRITE_EXCLUSIVE_REG_ONLY	= 3,
	PR_EXCLUSIVE_ACCESS_REG_ONLY	= 4,
	PR_WRITE_EXCLUSIVE_ALL_REGS	= 5,
	PR_EXCLUSIVE_ACCESS_ALL_REGS	= 6,
};

struct pr_reservation {
	__u64	key;
	__u32	type;
	__u32	flags;
};

struct pr_registration {
	__u64	old_key;
	__u64	new_key;
	__u32	flags;
	__u32	__pad;
};

struct pr_preempt {
	__u64	old_key;
	__u64	new_key;
	__u32	type;
	__u32	flags;
};

struct pr_clear {
	__u64	key;
	__u32	flags;
	__u32	__pad;
};

#define PR_FL_IGNORE_KEY	(1 << 0)	/* ignore existing key */

#define IOC_PR_REGISTER		_IOW('p', 200, struct pr_registration)
#define IOC_PR_RESERVE		_IOW('p', 201, struct pr_reservation)
#define IOC_PR_RELEASE		_IOW('p', 202, struct pr_reservation)
#define IOC_PR_PREEMPT		_IOW('p', 203, struct pr_preempt)
#define IOC_PR_PREEMPT_ABORT	_IOW('p', 204, struct pr_preempt)
#define IOC_PR_CLEAR		_IOW('p', 205, struct pr_clear)

#endif /* _PR_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_CLOSE_RANGE_H
#define _LINUX_CLOSE_RANGE_H

/* Unshare the file descriptor table before closing file descriptors. */
#define CLOSE_RANGE_UNSHARE	(1U << 1)

/* Set the FD_CLOEXEC bit instead of closing the file descriptor. */
#define CLOSE_RANGE_CLOEXEC	(1U << 2)

#endif /* _LINUX_CLOSE_RANGE_H */

/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_FANOTIFY_H
#define _LINUX_FANOTIFY_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* the following events that user-space can register for */
#define FAN_ACCESS		0x00000001	/* File was accessed */
#define FAN_MODIFY		0x00000002	/* File was modified */
#define FAN_CLOSE_WRITE		0x00000008	/* Writtable file closed */
#define FAN_CLOSE_NOWRITE	0x00000010	/* Unwrittable file closed */
#define FAN_OPEN		0x00000020	/* File was opened */
#define FAN_OPEN_EXEC		0x00001000	/* File was opened for exec */

#define FAN_Q_OVERFLOW		0x00004000	/* Event queued overflowed */

#define FAN_OPEN_PERM		0x00010000	/* File open in perm check */
#define FAN_ACCESS_PERM		0x00020000	/* File accessed in perm check */
#define FAN_OPEN_EXEC_PERM	0x00040000	/* File open/exec in perm check */

#define FAN_ONDIR		0x40000000	/* event occurred against dir */

#define FAN_EVENT_ON_CHILD	0x08000000	/* interested in child events */

/* helper events */
#define FAN_CLOSE		(FAN_CLOSE_WRITE | FAN_CLOSE_NOWRITE) /* close */

/* flags used for fanotify_init() */
#define FAN_CLOEXEC		0x00000001
#define FAN_NONBLOCK		0x00000002

/* These are NOT bitwise flags.  Both bits are used together.  */
#define FAN_CLASS_NOTIF		0x00000000
#define FAN_CLASS_CONTENT	0x00000004
#define FAN_CLASS_PRE_CONTENT	0x00000008

/* Deprecated - do not use this in programs and do not add new flags here! */
#define FAN_ALL_CLASS_BITS	(FAN_CLASS_NOTIF | FAN_CLASS_CONTENT | \
				 FAN_CLASS_PRE_CONTENT)

#define FAN_UNLIMITED_QUEUE	0x00000010
#define FAN_UNLIMITED_MARKS	0x00000020
#define FAN_ENABLE_AUDIT	0x00000040

/* Flags to determine fanotify event format */
#define FAN_REPORT_TID		0x00000100	/* event->pid is thread id */

/* Deprecated - do not use this in programs and do not add new flags here! */
#define FAN_ALL_INIT_FLAGS	(FAN_CLOEXEC | FAN_NONBLOCK | \
				 FAN_ALL_CLASS_BITS | FAN_UNLIMITED_QUEUE |\
				 FAN_UNLIMITED_MARKS)

/* flags used for fanotify_modify_mark() */
#define FAN_MARK_ADD		0x00000001
#define FAN_MARK_REMOVE		0x00000002
#define FAN_MARK_DONT_FOLLOW	0x00000004
#define FAN_MARK_ONLYDIR	0x00000008
/* FAN_MARK_MOUNT is		0x00000010 */
#define FAN_MARK_IGNORED_MASK	0x00000020
#define FAN_MARK_IGNORED_SURV_MODIFY	0x00000040
#define FAN_MARK_FLUSH		0x00000080
/* FAN_MARK_FILESYSTEM is	0x00000100 */

/* These are NOT bitwise flags.  Both bits can be used togther.  */
#define FAN_MARK_INODE		0x00000000
#define FAN_MARK_MOUNT		0x00000010
#define FAN_MARK_FILESYSTEM	0x00000100

/* These are NOT bitwise flags.  Both bits can be used togther.  */
#define FAN_MARK_INODE		0x00000000
#define FAN_MARK_MOUNT		0x00000010

/* Deprecated - do not use this in programs and do not add new flags here! */
#define FAN_ALL_MARK_FLAGS	(FAN_MARK_ADD |\
				 FAN_MARK_REMOVE |\
				 FAN_MARK_DONT_FOLLOW |\
				 FAN_MARK_ONLYDIR |\
				 FAN_MARK_IGNORED_MASK |\
				 FAN_MARK_IGNORED_SURV_MODIFY |\
				 FAN_MARK_FLUSH|\
				 FAN_MARK_TYPE_MASK)

/* Deprecated - do not use this in programs and do not add new flags here! */
#define FAN_ALL_EVENTS (FAN_ACCESS |\
			FAN_MODIFY |\
			FAN_CLOSE |\
			FAN_OPEN)

/*
 * All events which require a permission response from userspace
 */
/* Deprecated - do not use this in programs and do not add new flags here! */
#define FAN_ALL_PERM_EVENTS (FAN_OPEN_PERM |\
			     FAN_ACCESS_PERM)

/* Deprecated - do not use this in programs and do not add new flags here! */
#define FAN_ALL_OUTGOING_EVENTS	(FAN_ALL_EVENTS |\
				 FAN_ALL_PERM_EVENTS |\
				 FAN_Q_OVERFLOW)

#define FANOTIFY_METADATA_VERSION	3

struct fanotify_event_metadata {
	__u32 event_len;
	__u8 vers;
	__u8 reserved;
	__u16 metadata_len;
	__aligned_u64 mask;
	__s32 fd;
	__s32 pid;
};

/*
 * User space may need to record additional information about its decision.
 * The extra information type records what kind of information is included.
 * The default is none. We also define an extra information buffer whose
 * size is determined by the extra information type.
 *
 * If the information type is Audit Rule, then the information following
 * is the rule number that triggered the user space decision that
 * requires auditing.
 */

#define FAN_RESPONSE_INFO_NONE		0
#define FAN_RESPONSE_INFO_AUDIT_RULE	1

struct fanotify_response {
	__s32 fd;
	__u32 response;
};

struct fanotify_response_info_header {
	__u8 type;
	__u8 pad;
	__u16 len;
};

struct fanotify_response_info_audit_rule {
	struct fanotify_response_info_header hdr;
	__u32 rule_number;
	__u32 subj_trust;
	__u32 obj_trust;
};

/* Legit userspace responses to a _PERM event */
#define FAN_ALLOW	0x01
#define FAN_DENY	0x02
#define FAN_AUDIT	0x10	/* Bitmask to create audit record for result */
#define FAN_INFO	0x20	/* Bitmask to indicate additional information */

/* No fd set in event */
#define FAN_NOFD	-1

/* Helper functions to deal with fanotify_event_metadata buffers */
#define FAN_EVENT_METADATA_LEN (sizeof(struct fanotify_event_metadata))

#define FAN_EVENT_NEXT(meta, len) ((len) -= (meta)->event_len, \
				   (struct fanotify_event_metadata*)(((char *)(meta)) + \
				   (meta)->event_len))

#define FAN_EVENT_OK(meta, len)	((long)(len) >= (long)FAN_EVENT_METADATA_LEN && \
				(long)(meta)->event_len >= (long)FAN_EVENT_METADATA_LEN && \
				(long)(meta)->event_len <= (long)(len))

#endif /* _LINUX_FANOTIFY_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *	usbip.h
 *
 *	USBIP uapi defines and function prototypes etc.
*/

#ifndef _LINUX_USBIP_H
#define _LINUX_USBIP_H

/* usbip device status - exported in usbip device sysfs status */
enum usbip_device_status {
	/* sdev is available. */
	SDEV_ST_AVAILABLE = 0x01,
	/* sdev is now used. */
	SDEV_ST_USED,
	/* sdev is unusable because of a fatal error. */
	SDEV_ST_ERROR,

	/* vdev does not connect a remote device. */
	VDEV_ST_NULL,
	/* vdev is used, but the USB address is not assigned yet */
	VDEV_ST_NOTASSIGNED,
	VDEV_ST_USED,
	VDEV_ST_ERROR
};
#endif /* _LINUX_USBIP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * NUMA memory policies for Linux.
 * Copyright 2003,2004 Andi Kleen SuSE Labs
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_MEMPOLICY_H
#define _LINUX_MEMPOLICY_H

#include <linux/errno.h>


/*
 * Both the MPOL_* mempolicy mode and the MPOL_F_* optional mode flags are
 * passed by the user to either set_mempolicy() or mbind() in an 'int' actual.
 * The MPOL_MODE_FLAGS macro determines the legal set of optional mode flags.
 */

/* Policies */
enum {
	MPOL_DEFAULT,
	MPOL_PREFERRED,
	MPOL_BIND,
	MPOL_INTERLEAVE,
	MPOL_LOCAL,
	MPOL_PREFERRED_MANY,
	MPOL_MAX,	/* always last member of enum */
};

/* Flags for set_mempolicy */
#define MPOL_F_STATIC_NODES	(1 << 15)
#define MPOL_F_RELATIVE_NODES	(1 << 14)
#define MPOL_F_NUMA_BALANCING	(1 << 13) /* Optimize with NUMA balancing if possible */

/*
 * MPOL_MODE_FLAGS is the union of all possible optional mode flags passed to
 * either set_mempolicy() or mbind().
 */
#define MPOL_MODE_FLAGS							\
	(MPOL_F_STATIC_NODES | MPOL_F_RELATIVE_NODES | MPOL_F_NUMA_BALANCING)

/* Flags for get_mempolicy */
#define MPOL_F_NODE	(1<<0)	/* return next IL mode instead of node mask */
#define MPOL_F_ADDR	(1<<1)	/* look up vma using address */
#define MPOL_F_MEMS_ALLOWED (1<<2) /* return allowed memories */

/* Flags for mbind */
#define MPOL_MF_STRICT	(1<<0)	/* Verify existing pages in the mapping */
#define MPOL_MF_MOVE	 (1<<1)	/* Move pages owned by this process to conform
				   to policy */
#define MPOL_MF_MOVE_ALL (1<<2)	/* Move every page to conform to policy */
#define MPOL_MF_LAZY	 (1<<3)	/* Modifies '_MOVE:  lazy migrate on fault */
#define MPOL_MF_INTERNAL (1<<4)	/* Internal flags start here */

#define MPOL_MF_VALID	(MPOL_MF_STRICT   | 	\
			 MPOL_MF_MOVE     | 	\
			 MPOL_MF_MOVE_ALL)

/*
 * Internal flags that share the struct mempolicy flags word with
 * "mode flags".  These flags are allocated from bit 0 up, as they
 * are never OR'ed into the mode in mempolicy API arguments.
 */
#define MPOL_F_SHARED  (1 << 0)	/* identify shared policies */
#define MPOL_F_MOF	(1 << 3) /* this policy wants migrate on fault */
#define MPOL_F_MORON	(1 << 4) /* Migrate On protnone Reference On Node */


#endif /* _LINUX_MEMPOLICY_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) */
/*
 * This software is available to you under a choice of one of two
 * licenses.  You may choose to be licensed under the terms of the GNU
 * General Public License (GPL) Version 2, available at
 * <http://www.fsf.org/copyleft/gpl.html>, or the OpenIB.org BSD
 * license, available in the LICENSE.TXT file accompanying this
 * software.  These details are also available at
 * <http://www.openfabrics.org/software_license.htm>.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
 * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
 * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
 * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
 * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
 * SOFTWARE.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2004 Topspin Communications.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * $Id$
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_IF_INFINIBAND_H
#define _LINUX_IF_INFINIBAND_H

#define INFINIBAND_ALEN		20	/* Octets in IPoIB HW addr	*/

#endif /* _LINUX_IF_INFINIBAND_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ARPT_MANGLE_H
#define _ARPT_MANGLE_H
#include <linux/netfilter_arp/arp_tables.h>

#define ARPT_MANGLE_ADDR_LEN_MAX sizeof(struct in_addr)
struct arpt_mangle
{
	char src_devaddr[ARPT_DEV_ADDR_LEN_MAX];
	char tgt_devaddr[ARPT_DEV_ADDR_LEN_MAX];
	union {
		struct in_addr src_ip;
	} u_s;
	union {
		struct in_addr tgt_ip;
	} u_t;
	__u8 flags;
	int target;
};

#define ARPT_MANGLE_SDEV 0x01
#define ARPT_MANGLE_TDEV 0x02
#define ARPT_MANGLE_SIP 0x04
#define ARPT_MANGLE_TIP 0x08
#define ARPT_MANGLE_MASK 0x0f

#endif /* _ARPT_MANGLE_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * 	Format of an ARP firewall descriptor
 *
 * 	src, tgt, src_mask, tgt_mask, arpop, arpop_mask are always stored in
 *	network byte order.
 * 	flags are stored in host byte order (of course).
 */

#ifndef _ARPTABLES_H
#define _ARPTABLES_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#include <linux/if.h>
#include <linux/netfilter_arp.h>

#include <linux/netfilter/x_tables.h>

#define ARPT_FUNCTION_MAXNAMELEN XT_FUNCTION_MAXNAMELEN
#define ARPT_TABLE_MAXNAMELEN XT_TABLE_MAXNAMELEN
#define arpt_entry_target xt_entry_target
#define arpt_standard_target xt_standard_target
#define arpt_error_target xt_error_target
#define ARPT_CONTINUE XT_CONTINUE
#define ARPT_RETURN XT_RETURN
#define arpt_counters_info xt_counters_info
#define arpt_counters xt_counters
#define ARPT_STANDARD_TARGET XT_STANDARD_TARGET
#define ARPT_ERROR_TARGET XT_ERROR_TARGET
#define ARPT_ENTRY_ITERATE(entries, size, fn, args...) \
	XT_ENTRY_ITERATE(struct arpt_entry, entries, size, fn, ## args)

#define ARPT_DEV_ADDR_LEN_MAX 16

struct arpt_devaddr_info {
	char addr[ARPT_DEV_ADDR_LEN_MAX];
	char mask[ARPT_DEV_ADDR_LEN_MAX];
};

/* Yes, Virginia, you have to zero the padding. */
struct arpt_arp {
	/* Source and target IP addr */
	struct in_addr src, tgt;
	/* Mask for src and target IP addr */
	struct in_addr smsk, tmsk;

	/* Device hw address length, src+target device addresses */
	__u8 arhln, arhln_mask;
	struct arpt_devaddr_info src_devaddr;
	struct arpt_devaddr_info tgt_devaddr;

	/* ARP operation code. */
	__be16 arpop, arpop_mask;

	/* ARP hardware address and protocol address format. */
	__be16 arhrd, arhrd_mask;
	__be16 arpro, arpro_mask;

	/* The protocol address length is only accepted if it is 4
	 * so there is no use in offering a way to do filtering on it.
	 */

	char iniface[IFNAMSIZ], outiface[IFNAMSIZ];
	unsigned char iniface_mask[IFNAMSIZ], outiface_mask[IFNAMSIZ];

	/* Flags word */
	__u8 flags;
	/* Inverse flags */
	__u16 invflags;
};

/* Values for "flag" field in struct arpt_ip (general arp structure).
 * No flags defined yet.
 */
#define ARPT_F_MASK		0x00	/* All possible flag bits mask. */

/* Values for "inv" field in struct arpt_arp. */
#define ARPT_INV_VIA_IN		0x0001	/* Invert the sense of IN IFACE. */
#define ARPT_INV_VIA_OUT	0x0002	/* Invert the sense of OUT IFACE */
#define ARPT_INV_SRCIP		0x0004	/* Invert the sense of SRC IP. */
#define ARPT_INV_TGTIP		0x0008	/* Invert the sense of TGT IP. */
#define ARPT_INV_SRCDEVADDR	0x0010	/* Invert the sense of SRC DEV ADDR. */
#define ARPT_INV_TGTDEVADDR	0x0020	/* Invert the sense of TGT DEV ADDR. */
#define ARPT_INV_ARPOP		0x0040	/* Invert the sense of ARP OP. */
#define ARPT_INV_ARPHRD		0x0080	/* Invert the sense of ARP HRD. */
#define ARPT_INV_ARPPRO		0x0100	/* Invert the sense of ARP PRO. */
#define ARPT_INV_ARPHLN		0x0200	/* Invert the sense of ARP HLN. */
#define ARPT_INV_MASK		0x03FF	/* All possible flag bits mask. */

/* This structure defines each of the firewall rules.  Consists of 3
   parts which are 1) general ARP header stuff 2) match specific
   stuff 3) the target to perform if the rule matches */
struct arpt_entry
{
	struct arpt_arp arp;

	/* Size of arpt_entry + matches */
	__u16 target_offset;
	/* Size of arpt_entry + matches + target */
	__u16 next_offset;

	/* Back pointer */
	unsigned int comefrom;

	/* Packet and byte counters. */
	struct xt_counters counters;

	/* The matches (if any), then the target. */
	unsigned char elems[0];
};

/*
 * New IP firewall options for [gs]etsockopt at the RAW IP level.
 * Unlike BSD Linux inherits IP options so you don't have to use a raw
 * socket for this. Instead we check rights in the calls.
 *
 * ATTENTION: check linux/in.h before adding new number here.
 */
#define ARPT_BASE_CTL		96

#define ARPT_SO_SET_REPLACE		(ARPT_BASE_CTL)
#define ARPT_SO_SET_ADD_COUNTERS	(ARPT_BASE_CTL + 1)
#define ARPT_SO_SET_MAX			ARPT_SO_SET_ADD_COUNTERS

#define ARPT_SO_GET_INFO		(ARPT_BASE_CTL)
#define ARPT_SO_GET_ENTRIES		(ARPT_BASE_CTL + 1)
/* #define ARPT_SO_GET_REVISION_MATCH	(APRT_BASE_CTL + 2) */
#define ARPT_SO_GET_REVISION_TARGET	(ARPT_BASE_CTL + 3)
#define ARPT_SO_GET_MAX			(ARPT_SO_GET_REVISION_TARGET)

/* The argument to ARPT_SO_GET_INFO */
struct arpt_getinfo {
	/* Which table: caller fills this in. */
	char name[XT_TABLE_MAXNAMELEN];

	/* Kernel fills these in. */
	/* Which hook entry points are valid: bitmask */
	unsigned int valid_hooks;

	/* Hook entry points: one per netfilter hook. */
	unsigned int hook_entry[NF_ARP_NUMHOOKS];

	/* Underflow points. */
	unsigned int underflow[NF_ARP_NUMHOOKS];

	/* Number of entries */
	unsigned int num_entries;

	/* Size of entries. */
	unsigned int size;
};

/* The argument to ARPT_SO_SET_REPLACE. */
struct arpt_replace {
	/* Which table. */
	char name[XT_TABLE_MAXNAMELEN];

	/* Which hook entry points are valid: bitmask.  You can't
           change this. */
	unsigned int valid_hooks;

	/* Number of entries */
	unsigned int num_entries;

	/* Total size of new entries */
	unsigned int size;

	/* Hook entry points. */
	unsigned int hook_entry[NF_ARP_NUMHOOKS];

	/* Underflow points. */
	unsigned int underflow[NF_ARP_NUMHOOKS];

	/* Information about old entries: */
	/* Number of counters (must be equal to current number of entries). */
	unsigned int num_counters;
	/* The old entries' counters. */
	struct xt_counters *counters;

	/* The entries (hang off end: not really an array). */
	struct arpt_entry entries[0];
};

/* The argument to ARPT_SO_GET_ENTRIES. */
struct arpt_get_entries {
	/* Which table: user fills this in. */
	char name[XT_TABLE_MAXNAMELEN];

	/* User fills this in: total entry size. */
	unsigned int size;

	/* The entries. */
	struct arpt_entry entrytable[0];
};

/* Helper functions */
static __inline__ struct xt_entry_target *arpt_get_target(struct arpt_entry *e)
{
	return (void *)e + e->target_offset;
}

/*
 *	Main firewall chains definitions and global var's definitions.
 */
#endif /* _ARPTABLES_H */
/*
 *  SR-IPv6 implementation
 *
 *  Author:
 *  David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
 *
 *
 *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *      modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *      as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *      2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_SEG6_LOCAL_H
#define _LINUX_SEG6_LOCAL_H

#include <linux/seg6.h>

enum {
	SEG6_LOCAL_UNSPEC,
	SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION,
	SEG6_LOCAL_SRH,
	SEG6_LOCAL_TABLE,
	SEG6_LOCAL_NH4,
	SEG6_LOCAL_NH6,
	SEG6_LOCAL_IIF,
	SEG6_LOCAL_OIF,
	SEG6_LOCAL_BPF,
	__SEG6_LOCAL_MAX,
};
#define SEG6_LOCAL_MAX (__SEG6_LOCAL_MAX - 1)

enum {
	SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_UNSPEC	= 0,
	/* node segment */
	SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_END		= 1,
	/* adjacency segment (IPv6 cross-connect) */
	SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_END_X		= 2,
	/* lookup of next seg NH in table */
	SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_END_T		= 3,
	/* decap and L2 cross-connect */
	SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_END_DX2	= 4,
	/* decap and IPv6 cross-connect */
	SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_END_DX6	= 5,
	/* decap and IPv4 cross-connect */
	SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_END_DX4	= 6,
	/* decap and lookup of DA in v6 table */
	SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_END_DT6	= 7,
	/* decap and lookup of DA in v4 table */
	SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_END_DT4	= 8,
	/* binding segment with insertion */
	SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_END_B6	= 9,
	/* binding segment with encapsulation */
	SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_END_B6_ENCAP	= 10,
	/* binding segment with MPLS encap */
	SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_END_BM	= 11,
	/* lookup last seg in table */
	SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_END_S		= 12,
	/* forward to SR-unaware VNF with static proxy */
	SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_END_AS	= 13,
	/* forward to SR-unaware VNF with masquerading */
	SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_END_AM	= 14,
	/* custom BPF action */
	SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_END_BPF	= 15,

	__SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_MAX,
};

#define SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_MAX (__SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_MAX - 1)

enum {
	SEG6_LOCAL_BPF_PROG_UNSPEC,
	SEG6_LOCAL_BPF_PROG,
	SEG6_LOCAL_BPF_PROG_NAME,
	__SEG6_LOCAL_BPF_PROG_MAX,
};

#define SEG6_LOCAL_BPF_PROG_MAX (__SEG6_LOCAL_BPF_PROG_MAX - 1)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Performance events:
 *
 *    Copyright (C) 2008-2009, Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
 *    Copyright (C) 2008-2011, Red Hat, Inc., Ingo Molnar
 *    Copyright (C) 2008-2011, Red Hat, Inc., Peter Zijlstra
 *
 * Data type definitions, declarations, prototypes.
 *
 *    Started by: Thomas Gleixner and Ingo Molnar
 *
 * For licencing details see kernel-base/COPYING
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_PERF_EVENT_H
#define _LINUX_PERF_EVENT_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <asm/byteorder.h>

/*
 * User-space ABI bits:
 */

/*
 * attr.type
 */
enum perf_type_id {
	PERF_TYPE_HARDWARE			= 0,
	PERF_TYPE_SOFTWARE			= 1,
	PERF_TYPE_TRACEPOINT			= 2,
	PERF_TYPE_HW_CACHE			= 3,
	PERF_TYPE_RAW				= 4,
	PERF_TYPE_BREAKPOINT			= 5,

	PERF_TYPE_MAX,				/* non-ABI */
};

/*
 * attr.config layout for type PERF_TYPE_HARDWARE and PERF_TYPE_HW_CACHE
 * PERF_TYPE_HARDWARE:			0xEEEEEEEE000000AA
 *					AA: hardware event ID
 *					EEEEEEEE: PMU type ID
 * PERF_TYPE_HW_CACHE:			0xEEEEEEEE00DDCCBB
 *					BB: hardware cache ID
 *					CC: hardware cache op ID
 *					DD: hardware cache op result ID
 *					EEEEEEEE: PMU type ID
 * If the PMU type ID is 0, the PERF_TYPE_RAW will be applied.
 */
#define PERF_PMU_TYPE_SHIFT		32
#define PERF_HW_EVENT_MASK		0xffffffff

/*
 * Generalized performance event event_id types, used by the
 * attr.event_id parameter of the sys_perf_event_open()
 * syscall:
 */
enum perf_hw_id {
	/*
	 * Common hardware events, generalized by the kernel:
	 */
	PERF_COUNT_HW_CPU_CYCLES		= 0,
	PERF_COUNT_HW_INSTRUCTIONS		= 1,
	PERF_COUNT_HW_CACHE_REFERENCES		= 2,
	PERF_COUNT_HW_CACHE_MISSES		= 3,
	PERF_COUNT_HW_BRANCH_INSTRUCTIONS	= 4,
	PERF_COUNT_HW_BRANCH_MISSES		= 5,
	PERF_COUNT_HW_BUS_CYCLES		= 6,
	PERF_COUNT_HW_STALLED_CYCLES_FRONTEND	= 7,
	PERF_COUNT_HW_STALLED_CYCLES_BACKEND	= 8,
	PERF_COUNT_HW_REF_CPU_CYCLES		= 9,

	PERF_COUNT_HW_MAX,			/* non-ABI */
};

/*
 * Generalized hardware cache events:
 *
 *       { L1-D, L1-I, LLC, ITLB, DTLB, BPU, NODE } x
 *       { read, write, prefetch } x
 *       { accesses, misses }
 */
enum perf_hw_cache_id {
	PERF_COUNT_HW_CACHE_L1D			= 0,
	PERF_COUNT_HW_CACHE_L1I			= 1,
	PERF_COUNT_HW_CACHE_LL			= 2,
	PERF_COUNT_HW_CACHE_DTLB		= 3,
	PERF_COUNT_HW_CACHE_ITLB		= 4,
	PERF_COUNT_HW_CACHE_BPU			= 5,
	PERF_COUNT_HW_CACHE_NODE		= 6,

	PERF_COUNT_HW_CACHE_MAX,		/* non-ABI */
};

enum perf_hw_cache_op_id {
	PERF_COUNT_HW_CACHE_OP_READ		= 0,
	PERF_COUNT_HW_CACHE_OP_WRITE		= 1,
	PERF_COUNT_HW_CACHE_OP_PREFETCH		= 2,

	PERF_COUNT_HW_CACHE_OP_MAX,		/* non-ABI */
};

enum perf_hw_cache_op_result_id {
	PERF_COUNT_HW_CACHE_RESULT_ACCESS	= 0,
	PERF_COUNT_HW_CACHE_RESULT_MISS		= 1,

	PERF_COUNT_HW_CACHE_RESULT_MAX,		/* non-ABI */
};

/*
 * Special "software" events provided by the kernel, even if the hardware
 * does not support performance events. These events measure various
 * physical and sw events of the kernel (and allow the profiling of them as
 * well):
 */
enum perf_sw_ids {
	PERF_COUNT_SW_CPU_CLOCK			= 0,
	PERF_COUNT_SW_TASK_CLOCK		= 1,
	PERF_COUNT_SW_PAGE_FAULTS		= 2,
	PERF_COUNT_SW_CONTEXT_SWITCHES		= 3,
	PERF_COUNT_SW_CPU_MIGRATIONS		= 4,
	PERF_COUNT_SW_PAGE_FAULTS_MIN		= 5,
	PERF_COUNT_SW_PAGE_FAULTS_MAJ		= 6,
	PERF_COUNT_SW_ALIGNMENT_FAULTS		= 7,
	PERF_COUNT_SW_EMULATION_FAULTS		= 8,
	PERF_COUNT_SW_DUMMY			= 9,
	PERF_COUNT_SW_BPF_OUTPUT		= 10,
	PERF_COUNT_SW_CGROUP_SWITCHES		= 11,

	PERF_COUNT_SW_MAX,			/* non-ABI */
};

/*
 * Bits that can be set in attr.sample_type to request information
 * in the overflow packets.
 */
enum perf_event_sample_format {
	PERF_SAMPLE_IP				= 1U << 0,
	PERF_SAMPLE_TID				= 1U << 1,
	PERF_SAMPLE_TIME			= 1U << 2,
	PERF_SAMPLE_ADDR			= 1U << 3,
	PERF_SAMPLE_READ			= 1U << 4,
	PERF_SAMPLE_CALLCHAIN			= 1U << 5,
	PERF_SAMPLE_ID				= 1U << 6,
	PERF_SAMPLE_CPU				= 1U << 7,
	PERF_SAMPLE_PERIOD			= 1U << 8,
	PERF_SAMPLE_STREAM_ID			= 1U << 9,
	PERF_SAMPLE_RAW				= 1U << 10,
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_STACK		= 1U << 11,
	PERF_SAMPLE_REGS_USER			= 1U << 12,
	PERF_SAMPLE_STACK_USER			= 1U << 13,
	PERF_SAMPLE_WEIGHT			= 1U << 14,
	PERF_SAMPLE_DATA_SRC			= 1U << 15,
	PERF_SAMPLE_IDENTIFIER			= 1U << 16,
	PERF_SAMPLE_TRANSACTION			= 1U << 17,
	PERF_SAMPLE_REGS_INTR			= 1U << 18,
	PERF_SAMPLE_PHYS_ADDR			= 1U << 19,
	PERF_SAMPLE_AUX				= 1U << 20,
	PERF_SAMPLE_CGROUP			= 1U << 21,
#ifndef __GENKSYMS__
	PERF_SAMPLE_DATA_PAGE_SIZE		= 1U << 22,
	PERF_SAMPLE_CODE_PAGE_SIZE		= 1U << 23,
	PERF_SAMPLE_WEIGHT_STRUCT		= 1U << 24,

	PERF_SAMPLE_MAX = 1U << 25,		/* non-ABI */
#else
	PERF_SAMPLE_MAX = 1U << 22,		/* non-ABI */
#endif /* __GENKSYMS__ */

	__PERF_SAMPLE_CALLCHAIN_EARLY		= 1ULL << 63, /* non-ABI; internal use */
};

#define PERF_SAMPLE_WEIGHT_TYPE	(PERF_SAMPLE_WEIGHT | PERF_SAMPLE_WEIGHT_STRUCT)
/*
 * values to program into branch_sample_type when PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH is set
 *
 * If the user does not pass priv level information via branch_sample_type,
 * the kernel uses the event's priv level. Branch and event priv levels do
 * not have to match. Branch priv level is checked for permissions.
 *
 * The branch types can be combined, however BRANCH_ANY covers all types
 * of branches and therefore it supersedes all the other types.
 */
enum perf_branch_sample_type_shift {
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_USER_SHIFT		= 0, /* user branches */
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_KERNEL_SHIFT		= 1, /* kernel branches */
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_HV_SHIFT		= 2, /* hypervisor branches */

	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_ANY_SHIFT		= 3, /* any branch types */
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_ANY_CALL_SHIFT	= 4, /* any call branch */
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_ANY_RETURN_SHIFT	= 5, /* any return branch */
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_IND_CALL_SHIFT	= 6, /* indirect calls */
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_ABORT_TX_SHIFT	= 7, /* transaction aborts */
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_IN_TX_SHIFT		= 8, /* in transaction */
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_NO_TX_SHIFT		= 9, /* not in transaction */
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_COND_SHIFT		= 10, /* conditional branches */

	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_CALL_STACK_SHIFT	= 11, /* call/ret stack */
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_IND_JUMP_SHIFT	= 12, /* indirect jumps */
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_CALL_SHIFT		= 13, /* direct call */

	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_NO_FLAGS_SHIFT	= 14, /* no flags */
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_NO_CYCLES_SHIFT	= 15, /* no cycles */

	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_TYPE_SAVE_SHIFT	= 16, /* save branch type */

	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_HW_INDEX_SHIFT	= 17, /* save low level index of raw branch records */

	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_MAX_SHIFT		/* non-ABI */
};

enum perf_branch_sample_type {
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_USER		= 1U << PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_USER_SHIFT,
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_KERNEL	= 1U << PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_KERNEL_SHIFT,
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_HV		= 1U << PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_HV_SHIFT,

	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_ANY		= 1U << PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_ANY_SHIFT,
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_ANY_CALL	= 1U << PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_ANY_CALL_SHIFT,
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_ANY_RETURN	= 1U << PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_ANY_RETURN_SHIFT,
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_IND_CALL	= 1U << PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_IND_CALL_SHIFT,
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_ABORT_TX	= 1U << PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_ABORT_TX_SHIFT,
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_IN_TX	= 1U << PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_IN_TX_SHIFT,
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_NO_TX	= 1U << PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_NO_TX_SHIFT,
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_COND		= 1U << PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_COND_SHIFT,

	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_CALL_STACK	= 1U << PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_CALL_STACK_SHIFT,
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_IND_JUMP	= 1U << PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_IND_JUMP_SHIFT,
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_CALL		= 1U << PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_CALL_SHIFT,

	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_NO_FLAGS	= 1U << PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_NO_FLAGS_SHIFT,
	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_NO_CYCLES	= 1U << PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_NO_CYCLES_SHIFT,

	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_TYPE_SAVE	=
		1U << PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_TYPE_SAVE_SHIFT,

	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_HW_INDEX	= 1U << PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_HW_INDEX_SHIFT,

	PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_MAX		= 1U << PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_MAX_SHIFT,
};

/*
 * Common flow change classification
 */
enum {
	PERF_BR_UNKNOWN		= 0,	/* unknown */
	PERF_BR_COND		= 1,	/* conditional */
	PERF_BR_UNCOND		= 2,	/* unconditional  */
	PERF_BR_IND		= 3,	/* indirect */
	PERF_BR_CALL		= 4,	/* function call */
	PERF_BR_IND_CALL	= 5,	/* indirect function call */
	PERF_BR_RET		= 6,	/* function return */
	PERF_BR_SYSCALL		= 7,	/* syscall */
	PERF_BR_SYSRET		= 8,	/* syscall return */
	PERF_BR_COND_CALL	= 9,	/* conditional function call */
	PERF_BR_COND_RET	= 10,	/* conditional function return */
	PERF_BR_ERET		= 11,	/* exception return */
	PERF_BR_IRQ		= 12,	/* irq */
	PERF_BR_MAX,
};

/*
 * Common branch speculation outcome classification
 */
enum {
	PERF_BR_SPEC_NA			= 0,	/* Not available */
	PERF_BR_SPEC_WRONG_PATH		= 1,	/* Speculative but on wrong path */
	PERF_BR_NON_SPEC_CORRECT_PATH	= 2,	/* Non-speculative but on correct path */
	PERF_BR_SPEC_CORRECT_PATH	= 3,	/* Speculative and on correct path */
	PERF_BR_SPEC_MAX,
};

#define PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_PLM_ALL \
	(PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_USER|\
	 PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_KERNEL|\
	 PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_HV)

/*
 * Values to determine ABI of the registers dump.
 */
enum perf_sample_regs_abi {
	PERF_SAMPLE_REGS_ABI_NONE	= 0,
	PERF_SAMPLE_REGS_ABI_32		= 1,
	PERF_SAMPLE_REGS_ABI_64		= 2,
};

/*
 * Values for the memory transaction event qualifier, mostly for
 * abort events. Multiple bits can be set.
 */
enum {
	PERF_TXN_ELISION        = (1 << 0), /* From elision */
	PERF_TXN_TRANSACTION    = (1 << 1), /* From transaction */
	PERF_TXN_SYNC           = (1 << 2), /* Instruction is related */
	PERF_TXN_ASYNC          = (1 << 3), /* Instruction not related */
	PERF_TXN_RETRY          = (1 << 4), /* Retry possible */
	PERF_TXN_CONFLICT       = (1 << 5), /* Conflict abort */
	PERF_TXN_CAPACITY_WRITE = (1 << 6), /* Capacity write abort */
	PERF_TXN_CAPACITY_READ  = (1 << 7), /* Capacity read abort */

	PERF_TXN_MAX	        = (1 << 8), /* non-ABI */

	/* bits 32..63 are reserved for the abort code */

	PERF_TXN_ABORT_MASK  = (0xffffffffULL << 32),
	PERF_TXN_ABORT_SHIFT = 32,
};

/*
 * The format of the data returned by read() on a perf event fd,
 * as specified by attr.read_format:
 *
 * struct read_format {
 *	{ u64		value;
 *	  { u64		time_enabled; } && PERF_FORMAT_TOTAL_TIME_ENABLED
 *	  { u64		time_running; } && PERF_FORMAT_TOTAL_TIME_RUNNING
 *	  { u64		id;           } && PERF_FORMAT_ID
 *	} && !PERF_FORMAT_GROUP
 *
 *	{ u64		nr;
 *	  { u64		time_enabled; } && PERF_FORMAT_TOTAL_TIME_ENABLED
 *	  { u64		time_running; } && PERF_FORMAT_TOTAL_TIME_RUNNING
 *	  { u64		value;
 *	    { u64	id;           } && PERF_FORMAT_ID
 *	  }		cntr[nr];
 *	} && PERF_FORMAT_GROUP
 * };
 */
enum perf_event_read_format {
	PERF_FORMAT_TOTAL_TIME_ENABLED		= 1U << 0,
	PERF_FORMAT_TOTAL_TIME_RUNNING		= 1U << 1,
	PERF_FORMAT_ID				= 1U << 2,
	PERF_FORMAT_GROUP			= 1U << 3,

	PERF_FORMAT_MAX = 1U << 4,		/* non-ABI */
};

#define PERF_ATTR_SIZE_VER0	64	/* sizeof first published struct */
#define PERF_ATTR_SIZE_VER1	72	/* add: config2 */
#define PERF_ATTR_SIZE_VER2	80	/* add: branch_sample_type */
#define PERF_ATTR_SIZE_VER3	96	/* add: sample_regs_user */
					/* add: sample_stack_user */
#define PERF_ATTR_SIZE_VER4	104	/* add: sample_regs_intr */
#define PERF_ATTR_SIZE_VER5	112	/* add: aux_watermark */
#define PERF_ATTR_SIZE_VER6	120	/* add: aux_sample_size */

/*
 * Hardware event_id to monitor via a performance monitoring event:
 *
 * @sample_max_stack: Max number of frame pointers in a callchain,
 *		      should be < /proc/sys/kernel/perf_event_max_stack
 */
struct perf_event_attr {

	/*
	 * Major type: hardware/software/tracepoint/etc.
	 */
	__u32			type;

	/*
	 * Size of the attr structure, for fwd/bwd compat.
	 */
	__u32			size;

	/*
	 * Type specific configuration information.
	 */
	__u64			config;

	union {
		__u64		sample_period;
		__u64		sample_freq;
	};

	__u64			sample_type;
	__u64			read_format;

	__u64			disabled       :  1, /* off by default        */
				inherit	       :  1, /* children inherit it   */
				pinned	       :  1, /* must always be on PMU */
				exclusive      :  1, /* only group on PMU     */
				exclude_user   :  1, /* don't count user      */
				exclude_kernel :  1, /* ditto kernel          */
				exclude_hv     :  1, /* ditto hypervisor      */
				exclude_idle   :  1, /* don't count when idle */
				mmap           :  1, /* include mmap data     */
				comm	       :  1, /* include comm data     */
				freq           :  1, /* use freq, not period  */
				inherit_stat   :  1, /* per task counts       */
				enable_on_exec :  1, /* next exec enables     */
				task           :  1, /* trace fork/exit       */
				watermark      :  1, /* wakeup_watermark      */
				/*
				 * precise_ip:
				 *
				 *  0 - SAMPLE_IP can have arbitrary skid
				 *  1 - SAMPLE_IP must have constant skid
				 *  2 - SAMPLE_IP requested to have 0 skid
				 *  3 - SAMPLE_IP must have 0 skid
				 *
				 *  See also PERF_RECORD_MISC_EXACT_IP
				 */
				precise_ip     :  2, /* skid constraint       */
				mmap_data      :  1, /* non-exec mmap data    */
				sample_id_all  :  1, /* sample_type all events */

				exclude_host   :  1, /* don't count in host   */
				exclude_guest  :  1, /* don't count in guest  */

				exclude_callchain_kernel : 1, /* exclude kernel callchains */
				exclude_callchain_user   : 1, /* exclude user callchains */
				mmap2          :  1, /* include mmap with inode data     */
				comm_exec      :  1, /* flag comm events that are due to an exec */
				use_clockid    :  1, /* use @clockid for time fields */
				context_switch :  1, /* context switch data */
				write_backward :  1, /* Write ring buffer from end to beginning */
				namespaces     :  1, /* include namespaces data */
#ifndef __GENKSYMS__
				ksymbol        :  1, /* include ksymbol events */
				bpf_event      :  1, /* include bpf events */
				aux_output     :  1, /* generate AUX records instead of events */
				cgroup         :  1, /* include cgroup events */
				text_poke      :  1, /* include text poke events */
				build_id       :  1, /* use build id in mmap2 events */
				inherit_thread :  1, /* children only inherit if cloned with CLONE_THREAD */
				remove_on_exec :  1, /* event is removed from task on exec */
				__reserved_1   : 27;
#else
				__reserved_1   : 35;
#endif /*  __GENKSYMS__ */

	union {
		__u32		wakeup_events;	  /* wakeup every n events */
		__u32		wakeup_watermark; /* bytes before wakeup   */
	};

	__u32			bp_type;
	union {
		__u64		bp_addr;
		__u64		kprobe_func; /* for perf_kprobe */
		__u64		uprobe_path; /* for perf_uprobe */
		__u64		config1; /* extension of config */
	};
	union {
		__u64		bp_len;
		__u64		kprobe_addr; /* when kprobe_func == NULL */
		__u64		probe_offset; /* for perf_[k,u]probe */
		__u64		config2; /* extension of config1 */
	};
	__u64	branch_sample_type; /* enum perf_branch_sample_type */

	/*
	 * Defines set of user regs to dump on samples.
	 * See asm/perf_regs.h for details.
	 */
	__u64	sample_regs_user;

	/*
	 * Defines size of the user stack to dump on samples.
	 */
	__u32	sample_stack_user;

	__s32	clockid;
	/*
	 * Defines set of regs to dump for each sample
	 * state captured on:
	 *  - precise = 0: PMU interrupt
	 *  - precise > 0: sampled instruction
	 *
	 * See asm/perf_regs.h for details.
	 */
	__u64	sample_regs_intr;

	/*
	 * Wakeup watermark for AUX area
	 */
	__u32	aux_watermark;
	__u16	sample_max_stack;
	__u16	__reserved_2;
#ifndef __GENKSYMS__
	__u32	aux_sample_size;
	__u32	__reserved_3;
#endif /* __GENKSYMS__ */
};

/*
 * Structure used by below PERF_EVENT_IOC_QUERY_BPF command
 * to query bpf programs attached to the same perf tracepoint
 * as the given perf event.
 */
struct perf_event_query_bpf {
	/*
	 * The below ids array length
	 */
	__u32	ids_len;
	/*
	 * Set by the kernel to indicate the number of
	 * available programs
	 */
	__u32	prog_cnt;
	/*
	 * User provided buffer to store program ids
	 */
	__u32	ids[0];
};

/*
 * Ioctls that can be done on a perf event fd:
 */
#define PERF_EVENT_IOC_ENABLE			_IO ('$', 0)
#define PERF_EVENT_IOC_DISABLE			_IO ('$', 1)
#define PERF_EVENT_IOC_REFRESH			_IO ('$', 2)
#define PERF_EVENT_IOC_RESET			_IO ('$', 3)
#define PERF_EVENT_IOC_PERIOD			_IOW('$', 4, __u64)
#define PERF_EVENT_IOC_SET_OUTPUT		_IO ('$', 5)
#define PERF_EVENT_IOC_SET_FILTER		_IOW('$', 6, char *)
#define PERF_EVENT_IOC_ID			_IOR('$', 7, __u64 *)
#define PERF_EVENT_IOC_SET_BPF			_IOW('$', 8, __u32)
#define PERF_EVENT_IOC_PAUSE_OUTPUT		_IOW('$', 9, __u32)
#define PERF_EVENT_IOC_QUERY_BPF		_IOWR('$', 10, struct perf_event_query_bpf *)
#define PERF_EVENT_IOC_MODIFY_ATTRIBUTES	_IOW('$', 11, struct perf_event_attr *)

enum perf_event_ioc_flags {
	PERF_IOC_FLAG_GROUP		= 1U << 0,
};

/*
 * Structure of the page that can be mapped via mmap
 */
struct perf_event_mmap_page {
	__u32	version;		/* version number of this structure */
	__u32	compat_version;		/* lowest version this is compat with */

	/*
	 * Bits needed to read the hw events in user-space.
	 *
	 *   u32 seq, time_mult, time_shift, index, width;
	 *   u64 count, enabled, running;
	 *   u64 cyc, time_offset;
	 *   s64 pmc = 0;
	 *
	 *   do {
	 *     seq = pc->lock;
	 *     barrier()
	 *
	 *     enabled = pc->time_enabled;
	 *     running = pc->time_running;
	 *
	 *     if (pc->cap_usr_time && enabled != running) {
	 *       cyc = rdtsc();
	 *       time_offset = pc->time_offset;
	 *       time_mult   = pc->time_mult;
	 *       time_shift  = pc->time_shift;
	 *     }
	 *
	 *     index = pc->index;
	 *     count = pc->offset;
	 *     if (pc->cap_user_rdpmc && index) {
	 *       width = pc->pmc_width;
	 *       pmc = rdpmc(index - 1);
	 *     }
	 *
	 *     barrier();
	 *   } while (pc->lock != seq);
	 *
	 * NOTE: for obvious reason this only works on self-monitoring
	 *       processes.
	 */
	__u32	lock;			/* seqlock for synchronization */
	__u32	index;			/* hardware event identifier */
	__s64	offset;			/* add to hardware event value */
	__u64	time_enabled;		/* time event active */
	__u64	time_running;		/* time event on cpu */
	union {
		__u64	capabilities;
		struct {
			__u64	cap_bit0		: 1, /* Always 0, deprecated, see commit 860f085b74e9 */
				cap_bit0_is_deprecated	: 1, /* Always 1, signals that bit 0 is zero */

				cap_user_rdpmc		: 1, /* The RDPMC instruction can be used to read counts */
				cap_user_time		: 1, /* The time_{shift,mult,offset} fields are used */
				cap_user_time_zero	: 1, /* The time_zero field is used */
				cap_user_time_short	: 1, /* the time_{cycle,mask} fields are used */
				cap_____res		: 58;
		};
	};

	/*
	 * If cap_user_rdpmc this field provides the bit-width of the value
	 * read using the rdpmc() or equivalent instruction. This can be used
	 * to sign extend the result like:
	 *
	 *   pmc <<= 64 - width;
	 *   pmc >>= 64 - width; // signed shift right
	 *   count += pmc;
	 */
	__u16	pmc_width;

	/*
	 * If cap_usr_time the below fields can be used to compute the time
	 * delta since time_enabled (in ns) using rdtsc or similar.
	 *
	 *   u64 quot, rem;
	 *   u64 delta;
	 *
	 *   quot = (cyc >> time_shift);
	 *   rem = cyc & (((u64)1 << time_shift) - 1);
	 *   delta = time_offset + quot * time_mult +
	 *              ((rem * time_mult) >> time_shift);
	 *
	 * Where time_offset,time_mult,time_shift and cyc are read in the
	 * seqcount loop described above. This delta can then be added to
	 * enabled and possible running (if index), improving the scaling:
	 *
	 *   enabled += delta;
	 *   if (index)
	 *     running += delta;
	 *
	 *   quot = count / running;
	 *   rem  = count % running;
	 *   count = quot * enabled + (rem * enabled) / running;
	 */
	__u16	time_shift;
	__u32	time_mult;
	__u64	time_offset;
	/*
	 * If cap_usr_time_zero, the hardware clock (e.g. TSC) can be calculated
	 * from sample timestamps.
	 *
	 *   time = timestamp - time_zero;
	 *   quot = time / time_mult;
	 *   rem  = time % time_mult;
	 *   cyc = (quot << time_shift) + (rem << time_shift) / time_mult;
	 *
	 * And vice versa:
	 *
	 *   quot = cyc >> time_shift;
	 *   rem  = cyc & (((u64)1 << time_shift) - 1);
	 *   timestamp = time_zero + quot * time_mult +
	 *               ((rem * time_mult) >> time_shift);
	 */
	__u64	time_zero;

	__u32	size;			/* Header size up to __reserved[] fields. */
	__u32	__reserved_1;

	/*
	 * If cap_usr_time_short, the hardware clock is less than 64bit wide
	 * and we must compute the 'cyc' value, as used by cap_usr_time, as:
	 *
	 *   cyc = time_cycles + ((cyc - time_cycles) & time_mask)
	 *
	 * NOTE: this form is explicitly chosen such that cap_usr_time_short
	 *       is a correction on top of cap_usr_time, and code that doesn't
	 *       know about cap_usr_time_short still works under the assumption
	 *       the counter doesn't wrap.
	 */
	__u64	time_cycles;
	__u64	time_mask;

		/*
		 * Hole for extension of the self monitor capabilities
		 */

	__u8	__reserved[116*8];	/* align to 1k. */

	/*
	 * Control data for the mmap() data buffer.
	 *
	 * User-space reading the @data_head value should issue an smp_rmb(),
	 * after reading this value.
	 *
	 * When the mapping is PROT_WRITE the @data_tail value should be
	 * written by userspace to reflect the last read data, after issueing
	 * an smp_mb() to separate the data read from the ->data_tail store.
	 * In this case the kernel will not over-write unread data.
	 *
	 * See perf_output_put_handle() for the data ordering.
	 *
	 * data_{offset,size} indicate the location and size of the perf record
	 * buffer within the mmapped area.
	 */
	__u64   data_head;		/* head in the data section */
	__u64	data_tail;		/* user-space written tail */
	__u64	data_offset;		/* where the buffer starts */
	__u64	data_size;		/* data buffer size */

	/*
	 * AUX area is defined by aux_{offset,size} fields that should be set
	 * by the userspace, so that
	 *
	 *   aux_offset >= data_offset + data_size
	 *
	 * prior to mmap()ing it. Size of the mmap()ed area should be aux_size.
	 *
	 * Ring buffer pointers aux_{head,tail} have the same semantics as
	 * data_{head,tail} and same ordering rules apply.
	 */
	__u64	aux_head;
	__u64	aux_tail;
	__u64	aux_offset;
	__u64	aux_size;
};

/*
 * The current state of perf_event_header::misc bits usage:
 * ('|' used bit, '-' unused bit)
 *
 *  012         CDEF
 *  |||---------||||
 *
 *  Where:
 *    0-2     CPUMODE_MASK
 *
 *    C       PROC_MAP_PARSE_TIMEOUT
 *    D       MMAP_DATA / COMM_EXEC / FORK_EXEC / SWITCH_OUT
 *    E       MMAP_BUILD_ID / EXACT_IP / SCHED_OUT_PREEMPT
 *    F       (reserved)
 */

#define PERF_RECORD_MISC_CPUMODE_MASK		(7 << 0)
#define PERF_RECORD_MISC_CPUMODE_UNKNOWN	(0 << 0)
#define PERF_RECORD_MISC_KERNEL			(1 << 0)
#define PERF_RECORD_MISC_USER			(2 << 0)
#define PERF_RECORD_MISC_HYPERVISOR		(3 << 0)
#define PERF_RECORD_MISC_GUEST_KERNEL		(4 << 0)
#define PERF_RECORD_MISC_GUEST_USER		(5 << 0)

/*
 * Indicates that /proc/PID/maps parsing are truncated by time out.
 */
#define PERF_RECORD_MISC_PROC_MAP_PARSE_TIMEOUT	(1 << 12)
/*
 * Following PERF_RECORD_MISC_* are used on different
 * events, so can reuse the same bit position:
 *
 *   PERF_RECORD_MISC_MMAP_DATA  - PERF_RECORD_MMAP* events
 *   PERF_RECORD_MISC_COMM_EXEC  - PERF_RECORD_COMM event
 *   PERF_RECORD_MISC_FORK_EXEC  - PERF_RECORD_FORK event (perf internal)
 *   PERF_RECORD_MISC_SWITCH_OUT - PERF_RECORD_SWITCH* events
 */
#define PERF_RECORD_MISC_MMAP_DATA		(1 << 13)
#define PERF_RECORD_MISC_COMM_EXEC		(1 << 13)
#define PERF_RECORD_MISC_FORK_EXEC		(1 << 13)
#define PERF_RECORD_MISC_SWITCH_OUT		(1 << 13)
/*
 * These PERF_RECORD_MISC_* flags below are safely reused
 * for the following events:
 *
 *   PERF_RECORD_MISC_EXACT_IP           - PERF_RECORD_SAMPLE of precise events
 *   PERF_RECORD_MISC_SWITCH_OUT_PREEMPT - PERF_RECORD_SWITCH* events
 *   PERF_RECORD_MISC_MMAP_BUILD_ID      - PERF_RECORD_MMAP2 event
 *
 *
 * PERF_RECORD_MISC_EXACT_IP:
 *   Indicates that the content of PERF_SAMPLE_IP points to
 *   the actual instruction that triggered the event. See also
 *   perf_event_attr::precise_ip.
 *
 * PERF_RECORD_MISC_SWITCH_OUT_PREEMPT:
 *   Indicates that thread was preempted in TASK_RUNNING state.
 *
 * PERF_RECORD_MISC_MMAP_BUILD_ID:
 *   Indicates that mmap2 event carries build id data.
 */
#define PERF_RECORD_MISC_EXACT_IP		(1 << 14)
#define PERF_RECORD_MISC_SWITCH_OUT_PREEMPT	(1 << 14)
#define PERF_RECORD_MISC_MMAP_BUILD_ID		(1 << 14)
/*
 * Reserve the last bit to indicate some extended misc field
 */
#define PERF_RECORD_MISC_EXT_RESERVED		(1 << 15)

struct perf_event_header {
	__u32	type;
	__u16	misc;
	__u16	size;
};

struct perf_ns_link_info {
	__u64	dev;
	__u64	ino;
};

enum {
	NET_NS_INDEX		= 0,
	UTS_NS_INDEX		= 1,
	IPC_NS_INDEX		= 2,
	PID_NS_INDEX		= 3,
	USER_NS_INDEX		= 4,
	MNT_NS_INDEX		= 5,
	CGROUP_NS_INDEX		= 6,

	NR_NAMESPACES,		/* number of available namespaces */
};

enum perf_event_type {

	/*
	 * If perf_event_attr.sample_id_all is set then all event types will
	 * have the sample_type selected fields related to where/when
	 * (identity) an event took place (TID, TIME, ID, STREAM_ID, CPU,
	 * IDENTIFIER) described in PERF_RECORD_SAMPLE below, it will be stashed
	 * just after the perf_event_header and the fields already present for
	 * the existing fields, i.e. at the end of the payload. That way a newer
	 * perf.data file will be supported by older perf tools, with these new
	 * optional fields being ignored.
	 *
	 * struct sample_id {
	 * 	{ u32			pid, tid; } && PERF_SAMPLE_TID
	 * 	{ u64			time;     } && PERF_SAMPLE_TIME
	 * 	{ u64			id;       } && PERF_SAMPLE_ID
	 * 	{ u64			stream_id;} && PERF_SAMPLE_STREAM_ID
	 * 	{ u32			cpu, res; } && PERF_SAMPLE_CPU
	 *	{ u64			id;	  } && PERF_SAMPLE_IDENTIFIER
	 * } && perf_event_attr::sample_id_all
	 *
	 * Note that PERF_SAMPLE_IDENTIFIER duplicates PERF_SAMPLE_ID.  The
	 * advantage of PERF_SAMPLE_IDENTIFIER is that its position is fixed
	 * relative to header.size.
	 */

	/*
	 * The MMAP events record the PROT_EXEC mappings so that we can
	 * correlate userspace IPs to code. They have the following structure:
	 *
	 * struct {
	 *	struct perf_event_header	header;
	 *
	 *	u32				pid, tid;
	 *	u64				addr;
	 *	u64				len;
	 *	u64				pgoff;
	 *	char				filename[];
	 * 	struct sample_id		sample_id;
	 * };
	 */
	PERF_RECORD_MMAP			= 1,

	/*
	 * struct {
	 *	struct perf_event_header	header;
	 *	u64				id;
	 *	u64				lost;
	 * 	struct sample_id		sample_id;
	 * };
	 */
	PERF_RECORD_LOST			= 2,

	/*
	 * struct {
	 *	struct perf_event_header	header;
	 *
	 *	u32				pid, tid;
	 *	char				comm[];
	 * 	struct sample_id		sample_id;
	 * };
	 */
	PERF_RECORD_COMM			= 3,

	/*
	 * struct {
	 *	struct perf_event_header	header;
	 *	u32				pid, ppid;
	 *	u32				tid, ptid;
	 *	u64				time;
	 * 	struct sample_id		sample_id;
	 * };
	 */
	PERF_RECORD_EXIT			= 4,

	/*
	 * struct {
	 *	struct perf_event_header	header;
	 *	u64				time;
	 *	u64				id;
	 *	u64				stream_id;
	 * 	struct sample_id		sample_id;
	 * };
	 */
	PERF_RECORD_THROTTLE			= 5,
	PERF_RECORD_UNTHROTTLE			= 6,

	/*
	 * struct {
	 *	struct perf_event_header	header;
	 *	u32				pid, ppid;
	 *	u32				tid, ptid;
	 *	u64				time;
	 * 	struct sample_id		sample_id;
	 * };
	 */
	PERF_RECORD_FORK			= 7,

	/*
	 * struct {
	 *	struct perf_event_header	header;
	 *	u32				pid, tid;
	 *
	 *	struct read_format		values;
	 * 	struct sample_id		sample_id;
	 * };
	 */
	PERF_RECORD_READ			= 8,

	/*
	 * struct {
	 *	struct perf_event_header	header;
	 *
	 *	#
	 *	# Note that PERF_SAMPLE_IDENTIFIER duplicates PERF_SAMPLE_ID.
	 *	# The advantage of PERF_SAMPLE_IDENTIFIER is that its position
	 *	# is fixed relative to header.
	 *	#
	 *
	 *	{ u64			id;	  } && PERF_SAMPLE_IDENTIFIER
	 *	{ u64			ip;	  } && PERF_SAMPLE_IP
	 *	{ u32			pid, tid; } && PERF_SAMPLE_TID
	 *	{ u64			time;     } && PERF_SAMPLE_TIME
	 *	{ u64			addr;     } && PERF_SAMPLE_ADDR
	 *	{ u64			id;	  } && PERF_SAMPLE_ID
	 *	{ u64			stream_id;} && PERF_SAMPLE_STREAM_ID
	 *	{ u32			cpu, res; } && PERF_SAMPLE_CPU
	 *	{ u64			period;   } && PERF_SAMPLE_PERIOD
	 *
	 *	{ struct read_format	values;	  } && PERF_SAMPLE_READ
	 *
	 *	{ u64			nr,
	 *	  u64			ips[nr];  } && PERF_SAMPLE_CALLCHAIN
	 *
	 *	#
	 *	# The RAW record below is opaque data wrt the ABI
	 *	#
	 *	# That is, the ABI doesn't make any promises wrt to
	 *	# the stability of its content, it may vary depending
	 *	# on event, hardware, kernel version and phase of
	 *	# the moon.
	 *	#
	 *	# In other words, PERF_SAMPLE_RAW contents are not an ABI.
	 *	#
	 *
	 *	{ u32			size;
	 *	  char                  data[size];}&& PERF_SAMPLE_RAW
	 *
	 *	{ u64                   nr;
	 *	  { u64	hw_idx; } && PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_HW_INDEX
	 *        { u64 from, to, flags } lbr[nr];
	 *      } && PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_STACK
	 *
	 * 	{ u64			abi; # enum perf_sample_regs_abi
	 * 	  u64			regs[weight(mask)]; } && PERF_SAMPLE_REGS_USER
	 *
	 * 	{ u64			size;
	 * 	  char			data[size];
	 * 	  u64			dyn_size; } && PERF_SAMPLE_STACK_USER
	 *
	 *	{ union perf_sample_weight
	 *	 {
	 *		u64		full; && PERF_SAMPLE_WEIGHT
	 *	#if defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	 *		struct {
	 *			u32	var1_dw;
	 *			u16	var2_w;
	 *			u16	var3_w;
	 *		} && PERF_SAMPLE_WEIGHT_STRUCT
	 *	#elif defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	 *		struct {
	 *			u16	var3_w;
	 *			u16	var2_w;
	 *			u32	var1_dw;
	 *		} && PERF_SAMPLE_WEIGHT_STRUCT
	 *	#endif
	 *	 }
	 *	}
	 *	{ u64			data_src; } && PERF_SAMPLE_DATA_SRC
	 *	{ u64			transaction; } && PERF_SAMPLE_TRANSACTION
	 *	{ u64			abi; # enum perf_sample_regs_abi
	 *	  u64			regs[weight(mask)]; } && PERF_SAMPLE_REGS_INTR
	 *	{ u64			phys_addr;} && PERF_SAMPLE_PHYS_ADDR
	 *	{ u64			size;
	 *	  char			data[size]; } && PERF_SAMPLE_AUX
	 *	{ u64			data_page_size;} && PERF_SAMPLE_DATA_PAGE_SIZE
	 *	{ u64			code_page_size;} && PERF_SAMPLE_CODE_PAGE_SIZE
	 * };
	 */
	PERF_RECORD_SAMPLE			= 9,

	/*
	 * The MMAP2 records are an augmented version of MMAP, they add
	 * maj, min, ino numbers to be used to uniquely identify each mapping
	 *
	 * struct {
	 *	struct perf_event_header	header;
	 *
	 *	u32				pid, tid;
	 *	u64				addr;
	 *	u64				len;
	 *	u64				pgoff;
	 *	union {
	 *		struct {
	 *			u32		maj;
	 *			u32		min;
	 *			u64		ino;
	 *			u64		ino_generation;
	 *		};
	 *		struct {
	 *			u8		build_id_size;
	 *			u8		__reserved_1;
	 *			u16		__reserved_2;
	 *			u8		build_id[20];
	 *		};
	 *	};
	 *	u32				prot, flags;
	 *	char				filename[];
	 * 	struct sample_id		sample_id;
	 * };
	 */
	PERF_RECORD_MMAP2			= 10,

	/*
	 * Records that new data landed in the AUX buffer part.
	 *
	 * struct {
	 * 	struct perf_event_header	header;
	 *
	 * 	u64				aux_offset;
	 * 	u64				aux_size;
	 *	u64				flags;
	 * 	struct sample_id		sample_id;
	 * };
	 */
	PERF_RECORD_AUX				= 11,

	/*
	 * Indicates that instruction trace has started
	 *
	 * struct {
	 *	struct perf_event_header	header;
	 *	u32				pid;
	 *	u32				tid;
	 *	struct sample_id		sample_id;
	 * };
	 */
	PERF_RECORD_ITRACE_START		= 12,

	/*
	 * Records the dropped/lost sample number.
	 *
	 * struct {
	 *	struct perf_event_header	header;
	 *
	 *	u64				lost;
	 *	struct sample_id		sample_id;
	 * };
	 */
	PERF_RECORD_LOST_SAMPLES		= 13,

	/*
	 * Records a context switch in or out (flagged by
	 * PERF_RECORD_MISC_SWITCH_OUT). See also
	 * PERF_RECORD_SWITCH_CPU_WIDE.
	 *
	 * struct {
	 *	struct perf_event_header	header;
	 *	struct sample_id		sample_id;
	 * };
	 */
	PERF_RECORD_SWITCH			= 14,

	/*
	 * CPU-wide version of PERF_RECORD_SWITCH with next_prev_pid and
	 * next_prev_tid that are the next (switching out) or previous
	 * (switching in) pid/tid.
	 *
	 * struct {
	 *	struct perf_event_header	header;
	 *	u32				next_prev_pid;
	 *	u32				next_prev_tid;
	 *	struct sample_id		sample_id;
	 * };
	 */
	PERF_RECORD_SWITCH_CPU_WIDE		= 15,

	/*
	 * struct {
	 *	struct perf_event_header	header;
	 *	u32				pid;
	 *	u32				tid;
	 *	u64				nr_namespaces;
	 *	{ u64				dev, inode; } [nr_namespaces];
	 *	struct sample_id		sample_id;
	 * };
	 */
	PERF_RECORD_NAMESPACES			= 16,

#ifndef __GENKSYMS__
	/*
	 * Record ksymbol register/unregister events:
	 *
	 * struct {
	 *	struct perf_event_header	header;
	 *	u64				addr;
	 *	u32				len;
	 *	u16				ksym_type;
	 *	u16				flags;
	 *	char				name[];
	 *	struct sample_id		sample_id;
	 * };
	 */
	PERF_RECORD_KSYMBOL			= 17,

	/*
	 * Record bpf events:
	 *  enum perf_bpf_event_type {
	 *	PERF_BPF_EVENT_UNKNOWN		= 0,
	 *	PERF_BPF_EVENT_PROG_LOAD	= 1,
	 *	PERF_BPF_EVENT_PROG_UNLOAD	= 2,
	 *  };
	 *
	 * struct {
	 *	struct perf_event_header	header;
	 *	u16				type;
	 *	u16				flags;
	 *	u32				id;
	 *	u8				tag[BPF_TAG_SIZE];
	 *	struct sample_id		sample_id;
	 * };
	 */
	PERF_RECORD_BPF_EVENT			= 18,

	/*
	 * struct {
	 *	struct perf_event_header	header;
	 *	u64				id;
	 *	char				path[];
	 *	struct sample_id		sample_id;
	 * };
	 */
	PERF_RECORD_CGROUP			= 19,

	/*
	 * Records changes to kernel text i.e. self-modified code. 'old_len' is
	 * the number of old bytes, 'new_len' is the number of new bytes. Either
	 * 'old_len' or 'new_len' may be zero to indicate, for example, the
	 * addition or removal of a trampoline. 'bytes' contains the old bytes
	 * followed immediately by the new bytes.
	 *
	 * struct {
	 *	struct perf_event_header	header;
	 *	u64				addr;
	 *	u16				old_len;
	 *	u16				new_len;
	 *	u8				bytes[];
	 *	struct sample_id		sample_id;
	 * };
	 */
	PERF_RECORD_TEXT_POKE			= 20,
#endif /* __GENKSYMS__ */

	PERF_RECORD_MAX,			/* non-ABI */
};

enum perf_record_ksymbol_type {
	PERF_RECORD_KSYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN	= 0,
	PERF_RECORD_KSYMBOL_TYPE_BPF		= 1,
	PERF_RECORD_KSYMBOL_TYPE_MAX		/* non-ABI */
};

#define PERF_RECORD_KSYMBOL_FLAGS_UNREGISTER	(1 << 0)

enum perf_bpf_event_type {
	PERF_BPF_EVENT_UNKNOWN		= 0,
	PERF_BPF_EVENT_PROG_LOAD	= 1,
	PERF_BPF_EVENT_PROG_UNLOAD	= 2,
	PERF_BPF_EVENT_MAX,		/* non-ABI */
};

#define PERF_MAX_STACK_DEPTH		127
#define PERF_MAX_CONTEXTS_PER_STACK	  8

enum perf_callchain_context {
	PERF_CONTEXT_HV			= (__u64)-32,
	PERF_CONTEXT_KERNEL		= (__u64)-128,
	PERF_CONTEXT_USER		= (__u64)-512,

	PERF_CONTEXT_GUEST		= (__u64)-2048,
	PERF_CONTEXT_GUEST_KERNEL	= (__u64)-2176,
	PERF_CONTEXT_GUEST_USER		= (__u64)-2560,

	PERF_CONTEXT_MAX		= (__u64)-4095,
};

/**
 * PERF_RECORD_AUX::flags bits
 */
#define PERF_AUX_FLAG_TRUNCATED		0x01	/* record was truncated to fit */
#define PERF_AUX_FLAG_OVERWRITE		0x02	/* snapshot from overwrite mode */
#define PERF_AUX_FLAG_PARTIAL		0x04	/* record contains gaps */
#define PERF_AUX_FLAG_COLLISION		0x08	/* sample collided with another */

#define PERF_FLAG_FD_NO_GROUP		(1UL << 0)
#define PERF_FLAG_FD_OUTPUT		(1UL << 1)
#define PERF_FLAG_PID_CGROUP		(1UL << 2) /* pid=cgroup id, per-cpu mode only */
#define PERF_FLAG_FD_CLOEXEC		(1UL << 3) /* O_CLOEXEC */

#if defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
union perf_mem_data_src {
	__u64 val;
	struct {
		__u64   mem_op:5,	/* type of opcode */
			mem_lvl:14,	/* memory hierarchy level */
			mem_snoop:5,	/* snoop mode */
			mem_lock:2,	/* lock instr */
			mem_dtlb:7,	/* tlb access */
			mem_lvl_num:4,	/* memory hierarchy level number */
			mem_remote:1,   /* remote */
			mem_snoopx:2,	/* snoop mode, ext */
#ifndef __GENKSYMS__
			mem_blk:3,	/* access blocked */
			mem_hops:3,	/* hop level */
			mem_rsvd:18;
#else
			mem_rsvd:24;
#endif /* __GENKSYMS__ */
	};
};
#elif defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
union perf_mem_data_src {
	__u64 val;
	struct {
#ifndef __GENKSYMS__
		__u64	mem_rsvd:18,
			mem_hops:3,	/* hop level */
			mem_blk:3,	/* access blocked */
#else
		__u64	mem_rsvd:24,
#endif /* __GENKSYMS__ */
			mem_snoopx:2,	/* snoop mode, ext */
			mem_remote:1,   /* remote */
			mem_lvl_num:4,	/* memory hierarchy level number */
			mem_dtlb:7,	/* tlb access */
			mem_lock:2,	/* lock instr */
			mem_snoop:5,	/* snoop mode */
			mem_lvl:14,	/* memory hierarchy level */
			mem_op:5;	/* type of opcode */
	};
};
#else
#error "Unknown endianness"
#endif

/* type of opcode (load/store/prefetch,code) */
#define PERF_MEM_OP_NA		0x01 /* not available */
#define PERF_MEM_OP_LOAD	0x02 /* load instruction */
#define PERF_MEM_OP_STORE	0x04 /* store instruction */
#define PERF_MEM_OP_PFETCH	0x08 /* prefetch */
#define PERF_MEM_OP_EXEC	0x10 /* code (execution) */
#define PERF_MEM_OP_SHIFT	0

/*
 * PERF_MEM_LVL_* namespace being depricated to some extent in the
 * favour of newer composite PERF_MEM_{LVLNUM_,REMOTE_,SNOOPX_} fields.
 * Supporting this namespace inorder to not break defined ABIs.
 *
 * memory hierarchy (memory level, hit or miss)
 */
#define PERF_MEM_LVL_NA		0x01  /* not available */
#define PERF_MEM_LVL_HIT	0x02  /* hit level */
#define PERF_MEM_LVL_MISS	0x04  /* miss level  */
#define PERF_MEM_LVL_L1		0x08  /* L1 */
#define PERF_MEM_LVL_LFB	0x10  /* Line Fill Buffer */
#define PERF_MEM_LVL_L2		0x20  /* L2 */
#define PERF_MEM_LVL_L3		0x40  /* L3 */
#define PERF_MEM_LVL_LOC_RAM	0x80  /* Local DRAM */
#define PERF_MEM_LVL_REM_RAM1	0x100 /* Remote DRAM (1 hop) */
#define PERF_MEM_LVL_REM_RAM2	0x200 /* Remote DRAM (2 hops) */
#define PERF_MEM_LVL_REM_CCE1	0x400 /* Remote Cache (1 hop) */
#define PERF_MEM_LVL_REM_CCE2	0x800 /* Remote Cache (2 hops) */
#define PERF_MEM_LVL_IO		0x1000 /* I/O memory */
#define PERF_MEM_LVL_UNC	0x2000 /* Uncached memory */
#define PERF_MEM_LVL_SHIFT	5

#define PERF_MEM_REMOTE_REMOTE	0x01  /* Remote */
#define PERF_MEM_REMOTE_SHIFT	37

#define PERF_MEM_LVLNUM_L1	0x01 /* L1 */
#define PERF_MEM_LVLNUM_L2	0x02 /* L2 */
#define PERF_MEM_LVLNUM_L3	0x03 /* L3 */
#define PERF_MEM_LVLNUM_L4	0x04 /* L4 */
/* 5-0x8 available */
#define PERF_MEM_LVLNUM_CXL	0x09 /* CXL */
#define PERF_MEM_LVLNUM_IO	0x0a /* I/O */
#define PERF_MEM_LVLNUM_ANY_CACHE 0x0b /* Any cache */
#define PERF_MEM_LVLNUM_LFB	0x0c /* LFB */
#define PERF_MEM_LVLNUM_RAM	0x0d /* RAM */
#define PERF_MEM_LVLNUM_PMEM	0x0e /* PMEM */
#define PERF_MEM_LVLNUM_NA	0x0f /* N/A */

#define PERF_MEM_LVLNUM_SHIFT	33

/* snoop mode */
#define PERF_MEM_SNOOP_NA	0x01 /* not available */
#define PERF_MEM_SNOOP_NONE	0x02 /* no snoop */
#define PERF_MEM_SNOOP_HIT	0x04 /* snoop hit */
#define PERF_MEM_SNOOP_MISS	0x08 /* snoop miss */
#define PERF_MEM_SNOOP_HITM	0x10 /* snoop hit modified */
#define PERF_MEM_SNOOP_SHIFT	19

#define PERF_MEM_SNOOPX_FWD	0x01 /* forward */
#define PERF_MEM_SNOOPX_PEER	0x02 /* xfer from peer */
#define PERF_MEM_SNOOPX_SHIFT  38

/* locked instruction */
#define PERF_MEM_LOCK_NA	0x01 /* not available */
#define PERF_MEM_LOCK_LOCKED	0x02 /* locked transaction */
#define PERF_MEM_LOCK_SHIFT	24

/* TLB access */
#define PERF_MEM_TLB_NA		0x01 /* not available */
#define PERF_MEM_TLB_HIT	0x02 /* hit level */
#define PERF_MEM_TLB_MISS	0x04 /* miss level */
#define PERF_MEM_TLB_L1		0x08 /* L1 */
#define PERF_MEM_TLB_L2		0x10 /* L2 */
#define PERF_MEM_TLB_WK		0x20 /* Hardware Walker*/
#define PERF_MEM_TLB_OS		0x40 /* OS fault handler */
#define PERF_MEM_TLB_SHIFT	26

/* Access blocked */
#define PERF_MEM_BLK_NA		0x01 /* not available */
#define PERF_MEM_BLK_DATA	0x02 /* data could not be forwarded */
#define PERF_MEM_BLK_ADDR	0x04 /* address conflict */
#define PERF_MEM_BLK_SHIFT	40

/* hop level */
#define PERF_MEM_HOPS_0		0x01 /* remote core, same node */
#define PERF_MEM_HOPS_1		0x02 /* remote node, same socket */
#define PERF_MEM_HOPS_2		0x03 /* remote socket, same board */
#define PERF_MEM_HOPS_3		0x04 /* remote board */
/* 5-7 available */
#define PERF_MEM_HOPS_SHIFT	43

#define PERF_MEM_S(a, s) \
	(((__u64)PERF_MEM_##a##_##s) << PERF_MEM_##a##_SHIFT)

/*
 * single taken branch record layout:
 *
 *      from: source instruction (may not always be a branch insn)
 *        to: branch target
 *   mispred: branch target was mispredicted
 * predicted: branch target was predicted
 *
 * support for mispred, predicted is optional. In case it
 * is not supported mispred = predicted = 0.
 *
 *     in_tx: running in a hardware transaction
 *     abort: aborting a hardware transaction
 *    cycles: cycles from last branch (or 0 if not supported)
 *      type: branch type
 *      spec: branch speculation info (or 0 if not supported)
 */
struct perf_branch_entry {
	__u64	from;
	__u64	to;
	__u64	mispred:1,  /* target mispredicted */
		predicted:1,/* target predicted */
		in_tx:1,    /* in transaction */
		abort:1,    /* transaction abort */
		cycles:16,  /* cycle count to last branch */
		type:4,     /* branch type */
#ifndef __GENKSYMS__
		spec:2,     /* branch speculation info */
		reserved:38;
#else
		reserved:40;
#endif /* __GENKSYMS__ */
};

#ifndef __GENKSYMS__
union perf_sample_weight {
	__u64		full;
#if defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	struct {
		__u32	var1_dw;
		__u16	var2_w;
		__u16	var3_w;
	};
#elif defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	struct {
		__u16	var3_w;
		__u16	var2_w;
		__u32	var1_dw;
	};
#else
#error "Unknown endianness"
#endif
};
#endif /* __GENKSYMS__ */

#endif /* _LINUX_PERF_EVENT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Generic HDLC support routines for Linux
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Krzysztof Halasa <khc@pm.waw.pl>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 */

#ifndef __HDLC_H
#define __HDLC_H


#define HDLC_MAX_MTU 1500	/* Ethernet 1500 bytes */
#if 0
#define HDLC_MAX_MRU (HDLC_MAX_MTU + 10 + 14 + 4) /* for ETH+VLAN over FR */
#else
#define HDLC_MAX_MRU 1600 /* as required for FR network */
#endif


#endif /* __HDLC_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * include/uapi/linux/if_macsec.h - MACsec device
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2015 Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef _MACSEC_H
#define _MACSEC_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define MACSEC_GENL_NAME "macsec"
#define MACSEC_GENL_VERSION 1

#define MACSEC_MAX_KEY_LEN 128

#define MACSEC_KEYID_LEN 16

/* cipher IDs as per IEEE802.1AEbn-2011 */
#define MACSEC_CIPHER_ID_GCM_AES_128 0x0080C20001000001ULL
#define MACSEC_CIPHER_ID_GCM_AES_256 0x0080C20001000002ULL

/* deprecated cipher ID for GCM-AES-128 */
#define MACSEC_DEFAULT_CIPHER_ID     0x0080020001000001ULL
#define MACSEC_DEFAULT_CIPHER_ALT    MACSEC_CIPHER_ID_GCM_AES_128

#define MACSEC_MIN_ICV_LEN 8
#define MACSEC_MAX_ICV_LEN 32
/* upper limit for ICV length as recommended by IEEE802.1AE-2006 */
#define MACSEC_STD_ICV_LEN 16

enum macsec_attrs {
	MACSEC_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	MACSEC_ATTR_IFINDEX,     /* u32, ifindex of the MACsec netdevice */
	MACSEC_ATTR_RXSC_CONFIG, /* config, nested macsec_rxsc_attrs */
	MACSEC_ATTR_SA_CONFIG,   /* config, nested macsec_sa_attrs */
	MACSEC_ATTR_SECY,        /* dump, nested macsec_secy_attrs */
	MACSEC_ATTR_TXSA_LIST,   /* dump, nested, macsec_sa_attrs for each TXSA */
	MACSEC_ATTR_RXSC_LIST,   /* dump, nested, macsec_rxsc_attrs for each RXSC */
	MACSEC_ATTR_TXSC_STATS,  /* dump, nested, macsec_txsc_stats_attr */
	MACSEC_ATTR_SECY_STATS,  /* dump, nested, macsec_secy_stats_attr */
	__MACSEC_ATTR_END,
	NUM_MACSEC_ATTR = __MACSEC_ATTR_END,
	MACSEC_ATTR_MAX = __MACSEC_ATTR_END - 1,
};

enum macsec_secy_attrs {
	MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_SCI,
	MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_ENCODING_SA,
	MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_WINDOW,
	MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE,
	MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_ICV_LEN,
	MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_PROTECT,
	MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_REPLAY,
	MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_OPER,
	MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_VALIDATE,
	MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_ENCRYPT,
	MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_INC_SCI,
	MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_ES,
	MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_SCB,
	MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_PAD,
	__MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_END,
	NUM_MACSEC_SECY_ATTR = __MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_END,
	MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_MAX = __MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_END - 1,
};

enum macsec_rxsc_attrs {
	MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_SCI,     /* config/dump, u64 */
	MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_ACTIVE,  /* config/dump, u8 0..1 */
	MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_SA_LIST, /* dump, nested */
	MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_STATS,   /* dump, nested, macsec_rxsc_stats_attr */
	MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_PAD,
	__MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_END,
	NUM_MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR = __MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_END,
	MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_MAX = __MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_END - 1,
};

enum macsec_sa_attrs {
	MACSEC_SA_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	MACSEC_SA_ATTR_AN,     /* config/dump, u8 0..3 */
	MACSEC_SA_ATTR_ACTIVE, /* config/dump, u8 0..1 */
	MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN,     /* config/dump, u32 */
	MACSEC_SA_ATTR_KEY,    /* config, data */
	MACSEC_SA_ATTR_KEYID,  /* config/dump, 128-bit */
	MACSEC_SA_ATTR_STATS,  /* dump, nested, macsec_sa_stats_attr */
	MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PAD,
	__MACSEC_SA_ATTR_END,
	NUM_MACSEC_SA_ATTR = __MACSEC_SA_ATTR_END,
	MACSEC_SA_ATTR_MAX = __MACSEC_SA_ATTR_END - 1,
};

enum macsec_nl_commands {
	MACSEC_CMD_GET_TXSC,
	MACSEC_CMD_ADD_RXSC,
	MACSEC_CMD_DEL_RXSC,
	MACSEC_CMD_UPD_RXSC,
	MACSEC_CMD_ADD_TXSA,
	MACSEC_CMD_DEL_TXSA,
	MACSEC_CMD_UPD_TXSA,
	MACSEC_CMD_ADD_RXSA,
	MACSEC_CMD_DEL_RXSA,
	MACSEC_CMD_UPD_RXSA,
};

/* u64 per-RXSC stats */
enum macsec_rxsc_stats_attr {
	MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_IN_OCTETS_VALIDATED,
	MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_IN_OCTETS_DECRYPTED,
	MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_UNCHECKED,
	MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_DELAYED,
	MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_OK,
	MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_INVALID,
	MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_LATE,
	MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_NOT_VALID,
	MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_NOT_USING_SA,
	MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_UNUSED_SA,
	MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_PAD,
	__MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_END,
	NUM_MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR = __MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_END,
	MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_MAX = __MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_END - 1,
};

/* u32 per-{RX,TX}SA stats */
enum macsec_sa_stats_attr {
	MACSEC_SA_STATS_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	MACSEC_SA_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_OK,
	MACSEC_SA_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_INVALID,
	MACSEC_SA_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_NOT_VALID,
	MACSEC_SA_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_NOT_USING_SA,
	MACSEC_SA_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_UNUSED_SA,
	MACSEC_SA_STATS_ATTR_OUT_PKTS_PROTECTED,
	MACSEC_SA_STATS_ATTR_OUT_PKTS_ENCRYPTED,
	__MACSEC_SA_STATS_ATTR_END,
	NUM_MACSEC_SA_STATS_ATTR = __MACSEC_SA_STATS_ATTR_END,
	MACSEC_SA_STATS_ATTR_MAX = __MACSEC_SA_STATS_ATTR_END - 1,
};

/* u64 per-TXSC stats */
enum macsec_txsc_stats_attr {
	MACSEC_TXSC_STATS_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	MACSEC_TXSC_STATS_ATTR_OUT_PKTS_PROTECTED,
	MACSEC_TXSC_STATS_ATTR_OUT_PKTS_ENCRYPTED,
	MACSEC_TXSC_STATS_ATTR_OUT_OCTETS_PROTECTED,
	MACSEC_TXSC_STATS_ATTR_OUT_OCTETS_ENCRYPTED,
	MACSEC_TXSC_STATS_ATTR_PAD,
	__MACSEC_TXSC_STATS_ATTR_END,
	NUM_MACSEC_TXSC_STATS_ATTR = __MACSEC_TXSC_STATS_ATTR_END,
	MACSEC_TXSC_STATS_ATTR_MAX = __MACSEC_TXSC_STATS_ATTR_END - 1,
};

/* u64 per-SecY stats */
enum macsec_secy_stats_attr {
	MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_OUT_PKTS_UNTAGGED,
	MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_UNTAGGED,
	MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_OUT_PKTS_TOO_LONG,
	MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_NO_TAG,
	MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_BAD_TAG,
	MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_UNKNOWN_SCI,
	MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_NO_SCI,
	MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_OVERRUN,
	MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_PAD,
	__MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_END,
	NUM_MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR = __MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_END,
	MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_MAX = __MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_END - 1,
};

#endif /* _MACSEC_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Microsemi Switchtec PCIe Driver
 * Copyright (c) 2017, Microsemi Corporation
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License,
 * version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT
 * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
 * more details.
 *
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_H
#define _LINUX_SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_PART_CFG0	0
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_PART_CFG1	1
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_PART_IMG0	2
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_PART_IMG1	3
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_PART_NVLOG	4
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_PART_VENDOR0	5
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_PART_VENDOR1	6
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_PART_VENDOR2	7
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_PART_VENDOR3	8
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_PART_VENDOR4	9
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_PART_VENDOR5	10
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_PART_VENDOR6	11
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_PART_VENDOR7	12
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_PART_BL2_0	13
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_PART_BL2_1	14
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_PART_MAP_0	15
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_PART_MAP_1	16
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_PART_KEY_0	17
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_PART_KEY_1	18

#define SWITCHTEC_NUM_PARTITIONS_GEN3	13
#define SWITCHTEC_NUM_PARTITIONS_GEN4	19

/* obsolete: for compatibility with old userspace software */
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_NUM_PARTITIONS	SWITCHTEC_NUM_PARTITIONS_GEN3

struct switchtec_ioctl_flash_info {
	__u64 flash_length;
	__u32 num_partitions;
	__u32 padding;
};

#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_PART_ACTIVE  1
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_PART_RUNNING 2

struct switchtec_ioctl_flash_part_info {
	__u32 flash_partition;
	__u32 address;
	__u32 length;
	__u32 active;
};

struct switchtec_ioctl_event_summary_legacy {
	__u64 global;
	__u64 part_bitmap;
	__u32 local_part;
	__u32 padding;
	__u32 part[48];
	__u32 pff[48];
};

struct switchtec_ioctl_event_summary {
	__u64 global;
	__u64 part_bitmap;
	__u32 local_part;
	__u32 padding;
	__u32 part[48];
	__u32 pff[255];
};

#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_STACK_ERROR		0
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_PPU_ERROR			1
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_ISP_ERROR			2
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_SYS_RESET			3
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_FW_EXC			4
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_FW_NMI			5
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_FW_NON_FATAL		6
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_FW_FATAL			7
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_TWI_MRPC_COMP		8
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_TWI_MRPC_COMP_ASYNC	9
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_CLI_MRPC_COMP		10
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_CLI_MRPC_COMP_ASYNC	11
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_GPIO_INT			12
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_PART_RESET		13
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_MRPC_COMP			14
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_MRPC_COMP_ASYNC		15
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_DYN_PART_BIND_COMP	16
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_AER_IN_P2P		17
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_AER_IN_VEP		18
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_DPC			19
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_CTS			20
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_HOTPLUG			21
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_IER			22
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_THRESH			23
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_POWER_MGMT		24
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_TLP_THROTTLING		25
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_FORCE_SPEED		26
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_CREDIT_TIMEOUT		27
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_LINK_STATE		28
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_GFMS			29
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_INTERCOMM_REQ_NOTIFY	30
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_UEC			31
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_MAX_EVENTS			32

#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_LOCAL_PART_IDX -1
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_IDX_ALL -2

#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_FLAG_CLEAR     (1 << 0)
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_FLAG_EN_POLL   (1 << 1)
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_FLAG_EN_LOG    (1 << 2)
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_FLAG_EN_CLI    (1 << 3)
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_FLAG_EN_FATAL  (1 << 4)
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_FLAG_DIS_POLL  (1 << 5)
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_FLAG_DIS_LOG   (1 << 6)
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_FLAG_DIS_CLI   (1 << 7)
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_FLAG_DIS_FATAL (1 << 8)
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_FLAG_UNUSED    (~0x1ff)

struct switchtec_ioctl_event_ctl {
	__u32 event_id;
	__s32 index;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 occurred;
	__u32 count;
	__u32 data[5];
};

#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_PFF_VEP 100
struct switchtec_ioctl_pff_port {
	__u32 pff;
	__u32 partition;
	__u32 port;
};

#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_FLASH_INFO \
	_IOR('W', 0x40, struct switchtec_ioctl_flash_info)
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_FLASH_PART_INFO \
	_IOWR('W', 0x41, struct switchtec_ioctl_flash_part_info)
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_SUMMARY \
	_IOR('W', 0x42, struct switchtec_ioctl_event_summary)
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_SUMMARY_LEGACY \
	_IOR('W', 0x42, struct switchtec_ioctl_event_summary_legacy)
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_EVENT_CTL \
	_IOWR('W', 0x43, struct switchtec_ioctl_event_ctl)
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_PFF_TO_PORT \
	_IOWR('W', 0x44, struct switchtec_ioctl_pff_port)
#define SWITCHTEC_IOCTL_PORT_TO_PFF \
	_IOWR('W', 0x45, struct switchtec_ioctl_pff_port)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_RAW_H
#define __LINUX_RAW_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define RAW_SETBIND	_IO( 0xac, 0 )
#define RAW_GETBIND	_IO( 0xac, 1 )

struct raw_config_request 
{
	int	raw_minor;
	__u64	block_major;
	__u64	block_minor;
};

#define MAX_RAW_MINORS CONFIG_MAX_RAW_DEVS

#endif /* __LINUX_RAW_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __INCLUDE_LINUX_OOM_H
#define __INCLUDE_LINUX_OOM_H

/*
 * /proc/<pid>/oom_score_adj set to OOM_SCORE_ADJ_MIN disables oom killing for
 * pid.
 */
#define OOM_SCORE_ADJ_MIN	(-1000)
#define OOM_SCORE_ADJ_MAX	1000

/*
 * /proc/<pid>/oom_adj set to -17 protects from the oom killer for legacy
 * purposes.
 */
#define OOM_DISABLE (-17)
/* inclusive */
#define OOM_ADJUST_MIN (-16)
#define OOM_ADJUST_MAX 15

#endif /* __INCLUDE_LINUX_OOM_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Definitions for talking to the CUDA.  The CUDA is a microcontroller
 * which controls the ADB, system power, RTC, and various other things.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_CUDA_H
#define _LINUX_CUDA_H

/* CUDA commands (2nd byte) */
#define CUDA_WARM_START		0
#define CUDA_AUTOPOLL		1
#define CUDA_GET_6805_ADDR	2
#define CUDA_GET_TIME		3
#define CUDA_GET_PRAM		7
#define CUDA_SET_6805_ADDR	8
#define CUDA_SET_TIME		9
#define CUDA_POWERDOWN		0xa
#define CUDA_POWERUP_TIME	0xb
#define CUDA_SET_PRAM		0xc
#define CUDA_MS_RESET		0xd
#define CUDA_SEND_DFAC		0xe
#define CUDA_RESET_SYSTEM	0x11
#define CUDA_SET_IPL		0x12
#define CUDA_SET_AUTO_RATE	0x14
#define CUDA_GET_AUTO_RATE	0x16
#define CUDA_SET_DEVICE_LIST	0x19
#define CUDA_GET_DEVICE_LIST	0x1a
#define CUDA_GET_SET_IIC	0x22


#endif /* _LINUX_CUDA_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_ATALK_H__
#define __LINUX_ATALK_H__

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <asm/byteorder.h>
#include <linux/socket.h>

/*
 * AppleTalk networking structures
 *
 * The following are directly referenced from the University Of Michigan
 * netatalk for compatibility reasons.
 */
#define ATPORT_FIRST	1
#define ATPORT_RESERVED	128
#define ATPORT_LAST	254		/* 254 is only legal on localtalk */ 
#define ATADDR_ANYNET	(__u16)0
#define ATADDR_ANYNODE	(__u8)0
#define ATADDR_ANYPORT  (__u8)0
#define ATADDR_BCAST	(__u8)255
#define DDP_MAXSZ	587
#define DDP_MAXHOPS     15		/* 4 bits of hop counter */

#define SIOCATALKDIFADDR       (SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 0)

struct atalk_addr {
	__be16	s_net;
	__u8	s_node;
};

struct sockaddr_at {
	__kernel_sa_family_t sat_family;
	__u8		  sat_port;
	struct atalk_addr sat_addr;
	char		  sat_zero[8];
};

struct atalk_netrange {
	__u8	nr_phase;
	__be16	nr_firstnet;
	__be16	nr_lastnet;
};

#endif /* __LINUX_ATALK_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_ARCFB_H__
#define __LINUX_ARCFB_H__

#define FBIO_WAITEVENT		_IO('F', 0x88)
#define FBIO_GETCONTROL2	_IOR('F', 0x89, size_t)

#endif

/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * include/uapi/linux/smiapp.h
 *
 * Generic driver for SMIA/SMIA++ compliant camera modules
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2014 Intel Corporation
 * Contact: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 * version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
 * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 * General Public License for more details.
 *
 */

#ifndef __UAPI_LINUX_SMIAPP_H_
#define __UAPI_LINUX_SMIAPP_H_

#define V4L2_SMIAPP_TEST_PATTERN_MODE_DISABLED			0
#define V4L2_SMIAPP_TEST_PATTERN_MODE_SOLID_COLOUR		1
#define V4L2_SMIAPP_TEST_PATTERN_MODE_COLOUR_BARS		2
#define V4L2_SMIAPP_TEST_PATTERN_MODE_COLOUR_BARS_GREY		3
#define V4L2_SMIAPP_TEST_PATTERN_MODE_PN9			4

#endif /* __UAPI_LINUX_SMIAPP_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __UAPI_PSAMPLE_H
#define __UAPI_PSAMPLE_H

enum {
	PSAMPLE_ATTR_IIFINDEX,
	PSAMPLE_ATTR_OIFINDEX,
	PSAMPLE_ATTR_ORIGSIZE,
	PSAMPLE_ATTR_SAMPLE_GROUP,
	PSAMPLE_ATTR_GROUP_SEQ,
	PSAMPLE_ATTR_SAMPLE_RATE,
	PSAMPLE_ATTR_DATA,
	PSAMPLE_ATTR_GROUP_REFCOUNT,
	PSAMPLE_ATTR_TUNNEL,

	PSAMPLE_ATTR_PAD,
	PSAMPLE_ATTR_OUT_TC,		/* u16 */
	PSAMPLE_ATTR_OUT_TC_OCC,	/* u64, bytes */
	PSAMPLE_ATTR_LATENCY,		/* u64, nanoseconds */
	PSAMPLE_ATTR_TIMESTAMP,		/* u64, nanoseconds */
	PSAMPLE_ATTR_PROTO,		/* u16 */

	__PSAMPLE_ATTR_MAX
};

enum psample_command {
	PSAMPLE_CMD_SAMPLE,
	PSAMPLE_CMD_GET_GROUP,
	PSAMPLE_CMD_NEW_GROUP,
	PSAMPLE_CMD_DEL_GROUP,
};

enum psample_tunnel_key_attr {
	PSAMPLE_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_ID,                 /* be64 Tunnel ID */
	PSAMPLE_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_IPV4_SRC,           /* be32 src IP address. */
	PSAMPLE_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_IPV4_DST,           /* be32 dst IP address. */
	PSAMPLE_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_TOS,                /* u8 Tunnel IP ToS. */
	PSAMPLE_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_TTL,                /* u8 Tunnel IP TTL. */
	PSAMPLE_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_DONT_FRAGMENT,      /* No argument, set DF. */
	PSAMPLE_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_CSUM,               /* No argument. CSUM packet. */
	PSAMPLE_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_OAM,                /* No argument. OAM frame.  */
	PSAMPLE_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_GENEVE_OPTS,        /* Array of Geneve options. */
	PSAMPLE_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_TP_SRC,	            /* be16 src Transport Port. */
	PSAMPLE_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_TP_DST,		    /* be16 dst Transport Port. */
	PSAMPLE_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_VXLAN_OPTS,	    /* Nested VXLAN opts* */
	PSAMPLE_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_IPV6_SRC,           /* struct in6_addr src IPv6 address. */
	PSAMPLE_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_IPV6_DST,           /* struct in6_addr dst IPv6 address. */
	PSAMPLE_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_PAD,
	PSAMPLE_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_ERSPAN_OPTS,        /* struct erspan_metadata */
	PSAMPLE_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_IPV4_INFO_BRIDGE,   /* No argument. IPV4_INFO_BRIDGE mode.*/
	__PSAMPLE_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_MAX
};

/* Can be overridden at runtime by module option */
#define PSAMPLE_ATTR_MAX (__PSAMPLE_ATTR_MAX - 1)

#define PSAMPLE_NL_MCGRP_CONFIG_NAME "config"
#define PSAMPLE_NL_MCGRP_SAMPLE_NAME "packets"
#define PSAMPLE_GENL_NAME "psample"
#define PSAMPLE_GENL_VERSION 1

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * NFS protocol definitions
 *
 * This file contains constants mostly for Version 2 of the protocol,
 * but also has a couple of NFSv3 bits in (notably the error codes).
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_NFS_H
#define _LINUX_NFS_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define NFS_PROGRAM	100003
#define NFS_PORT	2049
#define NFS_RDMA_PORT	20049
#define NFS_MAXDATA	8192
#define NFS_MAXPATHLEN	1024
#define NFS_MAXNAMLEN	255
#define NFS_MAXGROUPS	16
#define NFS_FHSIZE	32
#define NFS_COOKIESIZE	4
#define NFS_FIFO_DEV	(-1)
#define NFSMODE_FMT	0170000
#define NFSMODE_DIR	0040000
#define NFSMODE_CHR	0020000
#define NFSMODE_BLK	0060000
#define NFSMODE_REG	0100000
#define NFSMODE_LNK	0120000
#define NFSMODE_SOCK	0140000
#define NFSMODE_FIFO	0010000

#define NFS_MNT_PROGRAM		100005
#define NFS_MNT_VERSION		1
#define NFS_MNT3_VERSION	3

#define NFS_PIPE_DIRNAME "nfs"

/*
 * NFS stats. The good thing with these values is that NFSv3 errors are
 * a superset of NFSv2 errors (with the exception of NFSERR_WFLUSH which
 * no-one uses anyway), so we can happily mix code as long as we make sure
 * no NFSv3 errors are returned to NFSv2 clients.
 * Error codes that have a `--' in the v2 column are not part of the
 * standard, but seem to be widely used nevertheless.
 */
 enum nfs_stat {
	NFS_OK = 0,			/* v2 v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_PERM = 1,		/* v2 v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_NOENT = 2,		/* v2 v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_IO = 5,			/* v2 v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_NXIO = 6,		/* v2 v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_EAGAIN = 11,		/* v2 v3 */
	NFSERR_ACCES = 13,		/* v2 v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_EXIST = 17,		/* v2 v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_XDEV = 18,		/*    v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_NODEV = 19,		/* v2 v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_NOTDIR = 20,		/* v2 v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_ISDIR = 21,		/* v2 v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_INVAL = 22,		/* v2 v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_FBIG = 27,		/* v2 v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_NOSPC = 28,		/* v2 v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_ROFS = 30,		/* v2 v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_MLINK = 31,		/*    v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_OPNOTSUPP = 45,		/* v2 v3 */
	NFSERR_NAMETOOLONG = 63,	/* v2 v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_NOTEMPTY = 66,		/* v2 v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_DQUOT = 69,		/* v2 v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_STALE = 70,		/* v2 v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_REMOTE = 71,		/* v2 v3 */
	NFSERR_WFLUSH = 99,		/* v2    */
	NFSERR_BADHANDLE = 10001,	/*    v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_NOT_SYNC = 10002,	/*    v3 */
	NFSERR_BAD_COOKIE = 10003,	/*    v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_NOTSUPP = 10004,		/*    v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_TOOSMALL = 10005,	/*    v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_SERVERFAULT = 10006,	/*    v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_BADTYPE = 10007,		/*    v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_JUKEBOX = 10008,		/*    v3 v4 */
	NFSERR_SAME = 10009,		/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_DENIED = 10010,		/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_EXPIRED = 10011,		/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_LOCKED = 10012,		/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_GRACE = 10013,		/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_FHEXPIRED = 10014,	/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_SHARE_DENIED = 10015,	/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_WRONGSEC = 10016,	/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_CLID_INUSE = 10017,	/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_RESOURCE = 10018,	/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_MOVED = 10019,		/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_NOFILEHANDLE = 10020,	/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_MINOR_VERS_MISMATCH = 10021,   /* v4 */
	NFSERR_STALE_CLIENTID = 10022,	/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_STALE_STATEID = 10023,   /*       v4 */
	NFSERR_OLD_STATEID = 10024,     /*       v4 */
	NFSERR_BAD_STATEID = 10025,     /*       v4 */  
	NFSERR_BAD_SEQID = 10026,	/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_NOT_SAME = 10027,	/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_LOCK_RANGE = 10028,	/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_SYMLINK = 10029,		/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_RESTOREFH = 10030,	/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_LEASE_MOVED = 10031,	/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_ATTRNOTSUPP = 10032,	/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_NO_GRACE = 10033,	/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_RECLAIM_BAD = 10034,	/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_RECLAIM_CONFLICT = 10035,/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_BAD_XDR = 10036,		/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_LOCKS_HELD = 10037,	/*       v4 */
	NFSERR_OPENMODE = 10038,       /*       v4 */
	NFSERR_BADOWNER = 10039,       /*       v4 */
	NFSERR_BADCHAR = 10040,        /*       v4 */
	NFSERR_BADNAME = 10041,        /*       v4 */
	NFSERR_BAD_RANGE = 10042,      /*       v4 */
	NFSERR_LOCK_NOTSUPP = 10043,   /*       v4 */
	NFSERR_OP_ILLEGAL = 10044,     /*       v4 */
	NFSERR_DEADLOCK = 10045,       /*       v4 */
	NFSERR_FILE_OPEN = 10046,      /*       v4 */
	NFSERR_ADMIN_REVOKED = 10047,  /*       v4 */
	NFSERR_CB_PATH_DOWN = 10048,   /*       v4 */
};

/* NFSv2 file types - beware, these are not the same in NFSv3 */

enum nfs_ftype {
	NFNON = 0,
	NFREG = 1,
	NFDIR = 2,
	NFBLK = 3,
	NFCHR = 4,
	NFLNK = 5,
	NFSOCK = 6,
	NFBAD = 7,
	NFFIFO = 8
};

#endif /* _LINUX_NFS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_SWAB_H
#define _LINUX_SWAB_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#include <asm/bitsperlong.h>
#include <asm/swab.h>

/*
 * casts are necessary for constants, because we never know how for sure
 * how U/UL/ULL map to __u16, __u32, __u64. At least not in a portable way.
 */
#define ___constant_swab16(x) ((__u16)(				\
	(((__u16)(x) & (__u16)0x00ffU) << 8) |			\
	(((__u16)(x) & (__u16)0xff00U) >> 8)))

#define ___constant_swab32(x) ((__u32)(				\
	(((__u32)(x) & (__u32)0x000000ffUL) << 24) |		\
	(((__u32)(x) & (__u32)0x0000ff00UL) <<  8) |		\
	(((__u32)(x) & (__u32)0x00ff0000UL) >>  8) |		\
	(((__u32)(x) & (__u32)0xff000000UL) >> 24)))

#define ___constant_swab64(x) ((__u64)(				\
	(((__u64)(x) & (__u64)0x00000000000000ffULL) << 56) |	\
	(((__u64)(x) & (__u64)0x000000000000ff00ULL) << 40) |	\
	(((__u64)(x) & (__u64)0x0000000000ff0000ULL) << 24) |	\
	(((__u64)(x) & (__u64)0x00000000ff000000ULL) <<  8) |	\
	(((__u64)(x) & (__u64)0x000000ff00000000ULL) >>  8) |	\
	(((__u64)(x) & (__u64)0x0000ff0000000000ULL) >> 24) |	\
	(((__u64)(x) & (__u64)0x00ff000000000000ULL) >> 40) |	\
	(((__u64)(x) & (__u64)0xff00000000000000ULL) >> 56)))

#define ___constant_swahw32(x) ((__u32)(			\
	(((__u32)(x) & (__u32)0x0000ffffUL) << 16) |		\
	(((__u32)(x) & (__u32)0xffff0000UL) >> 16)))

#define ___constant_swahb32(x) ((__u32)(			\
	(((__u32)(x) & (__u32)0x00ff00ffUL) << 8) |		\
	(((__u32)(x) & (__u32)0xff00ff00UL) >> 8)))

/*
 * Implement the following as inlines, but define the interface using
 * macros to allow constant folding when possible:
 * ___swab16, ___swab32, ___swab64, ___swahw32, ___swahb32
 */

static __inline__  __u16 __fswab16(__u16 val)
{
#if defined (__arch_swab16)
	return __arch_swab16(val);
#else
	return ___constant_swab16(val);
#endif
}

static __inline__  __u32 __fswab32(__u32 val)
{
#if defined(__arch_swab32)
	return __arch_swab32(val);
#else
	return ___constant_swab32(val);
#endif
}

static __inline__  __u64 __fswab64(__u64 val)
{
#if defined (__arch_swab64)
	return __arch_swab64(val);
#elif defined(__SWAB_64_THRU_32__)
	__u32 h = val >> 32;
	__u32 l = val & ((1ULL << 32) - 1);
	return (((__u64)__fswab32(l)) << 32) | ((__u64)(__fswab32(h)));
#else
	return ___constant_swab64(val);
#endif
}

static __inline__  __u32 __fswahw32(__u32 val)
{
#ifdef __arch_swahw32
	return __arch_swahw32(val);
#else
	return ___constant_swahw32(val);
#endif
}

static __inline__  __u32 __fswahb32(__u32 val)
{
#ifdef __arch_swahb32
	return __arch_swahb32(val);
#else
	return ___constant_swahb32(val);
#endif
}

/**
 * __swab16 - return a byteswapped 16-bit value
 * @x: value to byteswap
 */
#ifdef __HAVE_BUILTIN_BSWAP16__
#define __swab16(x) (__u16)__builtin_bswap16((__u16)(x))
#else
#define __swab16(x)				\
	(__builtin_constant_p((__u16)(x)) ?	\
	___constant_swab16(x) :			\
	__fswab16(x))
#endif

/**
 * __swab32 - return a byteswapped 32-bit value
 * @x: value to byteswap
 */
#ifdef __HAVE_BUILTIN_BSWAP32__
#define __swab32(x) (__u32)__builtin_bswap32((__u32)(x))
#else
#define __swab32(x)				\
	(__builtin_constant_p((__u32)(x)) ?	\
	___constant_swab32(x) :			\
	__fswab32(x))
#endif

/**
 * __swab64 - return a byteswapped 64-bit value
 * @x: value to byteswap
 */
#ifdef __HAVE_BUILTIN_BSWAP64__
#define __swab64(x) (__u64)__builtin_bswap64((__u64)(x))
#else
#define __swab64(x)				\
	(__builtin_constant_p((__u64)(x)) ?	\
	___constant_swab64(x) :			\
	__fswab64(x))
#endif

static __always_inline unsigned long __swab(const unsigned long y)
{
#if __BITS_PER_LONG == 64
	return __swab64(y);
#else /* __BITS_PER_LONG == 32 */
	return __swab32(y);
#endif
}

/**
 * __swahw32 - return a word-swapped 32-bit value
 * @x: value to wordswap
 *
 * __swahw32(0x12340000) is 0x00001234
 */
#define __swahw32(x)				\
	(__builtin_constant_p((__u32)(x)) ?	\
	___constant_swahw32(x) :		\
	__fswahw32(x))

/**
 * __swahb32 - return a high and low byte-swapped 32-bit value
 * @x: value to byteswap
 *
 * __swahb32(0x12345678) is 0x34127856
 */
#define __swahb32(x)				\
	(__builtin_constant_p((__u32)(x)) ?	\
	___constant_swahb32(x) :		\
	__fswahb32(x))

/**
 * __swab16p - return a byteswapped 16-bit value from a pointer
 * @p: pointer to a naturally-aligned 16-bit value
 */
static __always_inline __u16 __swab16p(const __u16 *p)
{
#ifdef __arch_swab16p
	return __arch_swab16p(p);
#else
	return __swab16(*p);
#endif
}

/**
 * __swab32p - return a byteswapped 32-bit value from a pointer
 * @p: pointer to a naturally-aligned 32-bit value
 */
static __always_inline __u32 __swab32p(const __u32 *p)
{
#ifdef __arch_swab32p
	return __arch_swab32p(p);
#else
	return __swab32(*p);
#endif
}

/**
 * __swab64p - return a byteswapped 64-bit value from a pointer
 * @p: pointer to a naturally-aligned 64-bit value
 */
static __always_inline __u64 __swab64p(const __u64 *p)
{
#ifdef __arch_swab64p
	return __arch_swab64p(p);
#else
	return __swab64(*p);
#endif
}

/**
 * __swahw32p - return a wordswapped 32-bit value from a pointer
 * @p: pointer to a naturally-aligned 32-bit value
 *
 * See __swahw32() for details of wordswapping.
 */
static __inline__ __u32 __swahw32p(const __u32 *p)
{
#ifdef __arch_swahw32p
	return __arch_swahw32p(p);
#else
	return __swahw32(*p);
#endif
}

/**
 * __swahb32p - return a high and low byteswapped 32-bit value from a pointer
 * @p: pointer to a naturally-aligned 32-bit value
 *
 * See __swahb32() for details of high/low byteswapping.
 */
static __inline__ __u32 __swahb32p(const __u32 *p)
{
#ifdef __arch_swahb32p
	return __arch_swahb32p(p);
#else
	return __swahb32(*p);
#endif
}

/**
 * __swab16s - byteswap a 16-bit value in-place
 * @p: pointer to a naturally-aligned 16-bit value
 */
static __inline__ void __swab16s(__u16 *p)
{
#ifdef __arch_swab16s
	__arch_swab16s(p);
#else
	*p = __swab16p(p);
#endif
}
/**
 * __swab32s - byteswap a 32-bit value in-place
 * @p: pointer to a naturally-aligned 32-bit value
 */
static __always_inline void __swab32s(__u32 *p)
{
#ifdef __arch_swab32s
	__arch_swab32s(p);
#else
	*p = __swab32p(p);
#endif
}

/**
 * __swab64s - byteswap a 64-bit value in-place
 * @p: pointer to a naturally-aligned 64-bit value
 */
static __always_inline void __swab64s(__u64 *p)
{
#ifdef __arch_swab64s
	__arch_swab64s(p);
#else
	*p = __swab64p(p);
#endif
}

/**
 * __swahw32s - wordswap a 32-bit value in-place
 * @p: pointer to a naturally-aligned 32-bit value
 *
 * See __swahw32() for details of wordswapping
 */
static __inline__ void __swahw32s(__u32 *p)
{
#ifdef __arch_swahw32s
	__arch_swahw32s(p);
#else
	*p = __swahw32p(p);
#endif
}

/**
 * __swahb32s - high and low byteswap a 32-bit value in-place
 * @p: pointer to a naturally-aligned 32-bit value
 *
 * See __swahb32() for details of high and low byte swapping
 */
static __inline__ void __swahb32s(__u32 *p)
{
#ifdef __arch_swahb32s
	__arch_swahb32s(p);
#else
	*p = __swahb32p(p);
#endif
}


#endif /* _LINUX_SWAB_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* fou.h - FOU Interface */

#ifndef _LINUX_FOU_H
#define _LINUX_FOU_H

/* NETLINK_GENERIC related info
 */
#define FOU_GENL_NAME		"fou"
#define FOU_GENL_VERSION	0x1

enum {
	FOU_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	FOU_ATTR_PORT,				/* u16 */
	FOU_ATTR_AF,				/* u8 */
	FOU_ATTR_IPPROTO,			/* u8 */
	FOU_ATTR_TYPE,				/* u8 */
	FOU_ATTR_REMCSUM_NOPARTIAL,		/* flag */

	__FOU_ATTR_MAX,
};

#define FOU_ATTR_MAX		(__FOU_ATTR_MAX - 1)

enum {
	FOU_CMD_UNSPEC,
	FOU_CMD_ADD,
	FOU_CMD_DEL,
	FOU_CMD_GET,

	__FOU_CMD_MAX,
};

enum {
	FOU_ENCAP_UNSPEC,
	FOU_ENCAP_DIRECT,
	FOU_ENCAP_GUE,
};

#define FOU_CMD_MAX	(__FOU_CMD_MAX - 1)

#endif /* _LINUX_FOU_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_BYTEORDER_BIG_ENDIAN_H
#define _LINUX_BYTEORDER_BIG_ENDIAN_H

#ifndef __BIG_ENDIAN
#define __BIG_ENDIAN 4321
#endif
#ifndef __BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD
#define __BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD
#endif

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/swab.h>

#define __constant_htonl(x) ((__be32)(__u32)(x))
#define __constant_ntohl(x) ((__u32)(__be32)(x))
#define __constant_htons(x) ((__be16)(__u16)(x))
#define __constant_ntohs(x) ((__u16)(__be16)(x))
#define __constant_cpu_to_le64(x) ((__le64)___constant_swab64((x)))
#define __constant_le64_to_cpu(x) ___constant_swab64((__u64)(__le64)(x))
#define __constant_cpu_to_le32(x) ((__le32)___constant_swab32((x)))
#define __constant_le32_to_cpu(x) ___constant_swab32((__u32)(__le32)(x))
#define __constant_cpu_to_le16(x) ((__le16)___constant_swab16((x)))
#define __constant_le16_to_cpu(x) ___constant_swab16((__u16)(__le16)(x))
#define __constant_cpu_to_be64(x) ((__be64)(__u64)(x))
#define __constant_be64_to_cpu(x) ((__u64)(__be64)(x))
#define __constant_cpu_to_be32(x) ((__be32)(__u32)(x))
#define __constant_be32_to_cpu(x) ((__u32)(__be32)(x))
#define __constant_cpu_to_be16(x) ((__be16)(__u16)(x))
#define __constant_be16_to_cpu(x) ((__u16)(__be16)(x))
#define __cpu_to_le64(x) ((__le64)__swab64((x)))
#define __le64_to_cpu(x) __swab64((__u64)(__le64)(x))
#define __cpu_to_le32(x) ((__le32)__swab32((x)))
#define __le32_to_cpu(x) __swab32((__u32)(__le32)(x))
#define __cpu_to_le16(x) ((__le16)__swab16((x)))
#define __le16_to_cpu(x) __swab16((__u16)(__le16)(x))
#define __cpu_to_be64(x) ((__be64)(__u64)(x))
#define __be64_to_cpu(x) ((__u64)(__be64)(x))
#define __cpu_to_be32(x) ((__be32)(__u32)(x))
#define __be32_to_cpu(x) ((__u32)(__be32)(x))
#define __cpu_to_be16(x) ((__be16)(__u16)(x))
#define __be16_to_cpu(x) ((__u16)(__be16)(x))

static __always_inline __le64 __cpu_to_le64p(const __u64 *p)
{
	return (__le64)__swab64p(p);
}
static __always_inline __u64 __le64_to_cpup(const __le64 *p)
{
	return __swab64p((__u64 *)p);
}
static __always_inline __le32 __cpu_to_le32p(const __u32 *p)
{
	return (__le32)__swab32p(p);
}
static __always_inline __u32 __le32_to_cpup(const __le32 *p)
{
	return __swab32p((__u32 *)p);
}
static __always_inline __le16 __cpu_to_le16p(const __u16 *p)
{
	return (__le16)__swab16p(p);
}
static __always_inline __u16 __le16_to_cpup(const __le16 *p)
{
	return __swab16p((__u16 *)p);
}
static __always_inline __be64 __cpu_to_be64p(const __u64 *p)
{
	return (__be64)*p;
}
static __always_inline __u64 __be64_to_cpup(const __be64 *p)
{
	return (__u64)*p;
}
static __always_inline __be32 __cpu_to_be32p(const __u32 *p)
{
	return (__be32)*p;
}
static __always_inline __u32 __be32_to_cpup(const __be32 *p)
{
	return (__u32)*p;
}
static __always_inline __be16 __cpu_to_be16p(const __u16 *p)
{
	return (__be16)*p;
}
static __always_inline __u16 __be16_to_cpup(const __be16 *p)
{
	return (__u16)*p;
}
#define __cpu_to_le64s(x) __swab64s((x))
#define __le64_to_cpus(x) __swab64s((x))
#define __cpu_to_le32s(x) __swab32s((x))
#define __le32_to_cpus(x) __swab32s((x))
#define __cpu_to_le16s(x) __swab16s((x))
#define __le16_to_cpus(x) __swab16s((x))
#define __cpu_to_be64s(x) do { (void)(x); } while (0)
#define __be64_to_cpus(x) do { (void)(x); } while (0)
#define __cpu_to_be32s(x) do { (void)(x); } while (0)
#define __be32_to_cpus(x) do { (void)(x); } while (0)
#define __cpu_to_be16s(x) do { (void)(x); } while (0)
#define __be16_to_cpus(x) do { (void)(x); } while (0)


#endif /* _LINUX_BYTEORDER_BIG_ENDIAN_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_BYTEORDER_LITTLE_ENDIAN_H
#define _LINUX_BYTEORDER_LITTLE_ENDIAN_H

#ifndef __LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define __LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234
#endif
#ifndef __LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD
#define __LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD
#endif

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/swab.h>

#define __constant_htonl(x) ((__be32)___constant_swab32((x)))
#define __constant_ntohl(x) ___constant_swab32((__be32)(x))
#define __constant_htons(x) ((__be16)___constant_swab16((x)))
#define __constant_ntohs(x) ___constant_swab16((__be16)(x))
#define __constant_cpu_to_le64(x) ((__le64)(__u64)(x))
#define __constant_le64_to_cpu(x) ((__u64)(__le64)(x))
#define __constant_cpu_to_le32(x) ((__le32)(__u32)(x))
#define __constant_le32_to_cpu(x) ((__u32)(__le32)(x))
#define __constant_cpu_to_le16(x) ((__le16)(__u16)(x))
#define __constant_le16_to_cpu(x) ((__u16)(__le16)(x))
#define __constant_cpu_to_be64(x) ((__be64)___constant_swab64((x)))
#define __constant_be64_to_cpu(x) ___constant_swab64((__u64)(__be64)(x))
#define __constant_cpu_to_be32(x) ((__be32)___constant_swab32((x)))
#define __constant_be32_to_cpu(x) ___constant_swab32((__u32)(__be32)(x))
#define __constant_cpu_to_be16(x) ((__be16)___constant_swab16((x)))
#define __constant_be16_to_cpu(x) ___constant_swab16((__u16)(__be16)(x))
#define __cpu_to_le64(x) ((__le64)(__u64)(x))
#define __le64_to_cpu(x) ((__u64)(__le64)(x))
#define __cpu_to_le32(x) ((__le32)(__u32)(x))
#define __le32_to_cpu(x) ((__u32)(__le32)(x))
#define __cpu_to_le16(x) ((__le16)(__u16)(x))
#define __le16_to_cpu(x) ((__u16)(__le16)(x))
#define __cpu_to_be64(x) ((__be64)__swab64((x)))
#define __be64_to_cpu(x) __swab64((__u64)(__be64)(x))
#define __cpu_to_be32(x) ((__be32)__swab32((x)))
#define __be32_to_cpu(x) __swab32((__u32)(__be32)(x))
#define __cpu_to_be16(x) ((__be16)__swab16((x)))
#define __be16_to_cpu(x) __swab16((__u16)(__be16)(x))

static __always_inline __le64 __cpu_to_le64p(const __u64 *p)
{
	return (__le64)*p;
}
static __always_inline __u64 __le64_to_cpup(const __le64 *p)
{
	return (__u64)*p;
}
static __always_inline __le32 __cpu_to_le32p(const __u32 *p)
{
	return (__le32)*p;
}
static __always_inline __u32 __le32_to_cpup(const __le32 *p)
{
	return (__u32)*p;
}
static __always_inline __le16 __cpu_to_le16p(const __u16 *p)
{
	return (__le16)*p;
}
static __always_inline __u16 __le16_to_cpup(const __le16 *p)
{
	return (__u16)*p;
}
static __always_inline __be64 __cpu_to_be64p(const __u64 *p)
{
	return (__be64)__swab64p(p);
}
static __always_inline __u64 __be64_to_cpup(const __be64 *p)
{
	return __swab64p((__u64 *)p);
}
static __always_inline __be32 __cpu_to_be32p(const __u32 *p)
{
	return (__be32)__swab32p(p);
}
static __always_inline __u32 __be32_to_cpup(const __be32 *p)
{
	return __swab32p((__u32 *)p);
}
static __always_inline __be16 __cpu_to_be16p(const __u16 *p)
{
	return (__be16)__swab16p(p);
}
static __always_inline __u16 __be16_to_cpup(const __be16 *p)
{
	return __swab16p((__u16 *)p);
}
#define __cpu_to_le64s(x) do { (void)(x); } while (0)
#define __le64_to_cpus(x) do { (void)(x); } while (0)
#define __cpu_to_le32s(x) do { (void)(x); } while (0)
#define __le32_to_cpus(x) do { (void)(x); } while (0)
#define __cpu_to_le16s(x) do { (void)(x); } while (0)
#define __le16_to_cpus(x) do { (void)(x); } while (0)
#define __cpu_to_be64s(x) __swab64s((x))
#define __be64_to_cpus(x) __swab64s((x))
#define __cpu_to_be32s(x) __swab32s((x))
#define __be32_to_cpus(x) __swab32s((x))
#define __cpu_to_be16s(x) __swab16s((x))
#define __be16_to_cpus(x) __swab16s((x))


#endif /* _LINUX_BYTEORDER_LITTLE_ENDIAN_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* atmdev.h - ATM device driver declarations and various related items */
 
/* Written 1995-2000 by Werner Almesberger, EPFL LRC/ICA */
 

#ifndef LINUX_ATMDEV_H
#define LINUX_ATMDEV_H


#include <linux/atmapi.h>
#include <linux/atm.h>
#include <linux/atmioc.h>


#define ESI_LEN		6

#define ATM_OC3_PCR	(155520000/270*260/8/53)
			/* OC3 link rate:  155520000 bps
			   SONET overhead: /270*260 (9 section, 1 path)
			   bits per cell:  /8/53
			   max cell rate:  353207.547 cells/sec */
#define ATM_25_PCR	((25600000/8-8000)/54)
			/* 25 Mbps ATM cell rate (59111) */
#define ATM_OC12_PCR	(622080000/1080*1040/8/53)
			/* OC12 link rate: 622080000 bps
			   SONET overhead: /1080*1040
			   bits per cell:  /8/53
			   max cell rate:  1412830.188 cells/sec */
#define ATM_DS3_PCR	(8000*12)
			/* DS3: 12 cells in a 125 usec time slot */


#define __AAL_STAT_ITEMS \
    __HANDLE_ITEM(tx);			/* TX okay */ \
    __HANDLE_ITEM(tx_err);		/* TX errors */ \
    __HANDLE_ITEM(rx);			/* RX okay */ \
    __HANDLE_ITEM(rx_err);		/* RX errors */ \
    __HANDLE_ITEM(rx_drop);		/* RX out of memory */

struct atm_aal_stats {
#define __HANDLE_ITEM(i) int i
	__AAL_STAT_ITEMS
#undef __HANDLE_ITEM
};


struct atm_dev_stats {
	struct atm_aal_stats aal0;
	struct atm_aal_stats aal34;
	struct atm_aal_stats aal5;
} __ATM_API_ALIGN;


#define ATM_GETLINKRATE	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_ITF+1,struct atmif_sioc)
					/* get link rate */
#define ATM_GETNAMES	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_ITF+3,struct atm_iobuf)
					/* get interface names (numbers) */
#define ATM_GETTYPE	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_ITF+4,struct atmif_sioc)
					/* get interface type name */
#define ATM_GETESI	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_ITF+5,struct atmif_sioc)
					/* get interface ESI */
#define ATM_GETADDR	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_ITF+6,struct atmif_sioc)
					/* get itf's local ATM addr. list */
#define ATM_RSTADDR	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_ITF+7,struct atmif_sioc)
					/* reset itf's ATM address list */
#define ATM_ADDADDR	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_ITF+8,struct atmif_sioc)
					/* add a local ATM address */
#define ATM_DELADDR	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_ITF+9,struct atmif_sioc)
					/* remove a local ATM address */
#define ATM_GETCIRANGE	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_ITF+10,struct atmif_sioc)
					/* get connection identifier range */
#define ATM_SETCIRANGE	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_ITF+11,struct atmif_sioc)
					/* set connection identifier range */
#define ATM_SETESI	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_ITF+12,struct atmif_sioc)
					/* set interface ESI */
#define ATM_SETESIF	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_ITF+13,struct atmif_sioc)
					/* force interface ESI */
#define ATM_ADDLECSADDR	_IOW('a', ATMIOC_ITF+14, struct atmif_sioc)
					/* register a LECS address */
#define ATM_DELLECSADDR	_IOW('a', ATMIOC_ITF+15, struct atmif_sioc)
					/* unregister a LECS address */
#define ATM_GETLECSADDR	_IOW('a', ATMIOC_ITF+16, struct atmif_sioc)
					/* retrieve LECS address(es) */

#define ATM_GETSTAT	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_SARCOM+0,struct atmif_sioc)
					/* get AAL layer statistics */
#define ATM_GETSTATZ	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_SARCOM+1,struct atmif_sioc)
					/* get AAL layer statistics and zero */
#define ATM_GETLOOP	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_SARCOM+2,struct atmif_sioc)
					/* get loopback mode */
#define ATM_SETLOOP	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_SARCOM+3,struct atmif_sioc)
					/* set loopback mode */
#define ATM_QUERYLOOP	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_SARCOM+4,struct atmif_sioc)
					/* query supported loopback modes */
#define ATM_SETSC	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_SPECIAL+1,int)
					/* enable or disable single-copy */
#define ATM_SETBACKEND	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_SPECIAL+2,atm_backend_t)
					/* set backend handler */
#define ATM_NEWBACKENDIF _IOW('a',ATMIOC_SPECIAL+3,atm_backend_t)
					/* use backend to make new if */
#define ATM_ADDPARTY  	_IOW('a', ATMIOC_SPECIAL+4,struct atm_iobuf)
 					/* add party to p2mp call */
#ifdef CONFIG_COMPAT
/* It actually takes struct sockaddr_atmsvc, not struct atm_iobuf */
#define COMPAT_ATM_ADDPARTY  	_IOW('a', ATMIOC_SPECIAL+4,struct compat_atm_iobuf)
#endif
#define ATM_DROPPARTY 	_IOW('a', ATMIOC_SPECIAL+5,int)
					/* drop party from p2mp call */

/*
 * These are backend handkers that can be set via the ATM_SETBACKEND call
 * above.  In the future we may support dynamic loading of these - for now,
 * they're just being used to share the ATMIOC_BACKEND ioctls
 */
#define ATM_BACKEND_RAW		0	
#define ATM_BACKEND_PPP		1	/* PPPoATM - RFC2364 */
#define ATM_BACKEND_BR2684	2	/* Bridged RFC1483/2684 */

/* for ATM_GETTYPE */
#define ATM_ITFTYP_LEN	8	/* maximum length of interface type name */

/*
 * Loopback modes for ATM_{PHY,SAR}_{GET,SET}LOOP
 */

/* Point of loopback				CPU-->SAR-->PHY-->line--> ... */
#define __ATM_LM_NONE	0	/* no loop back     ^     ^     ^      ^      */
#define __ATM_LM_AAL	1	/* loop back PDUs --'     |     |      |      */
#define __ATM_LM_ATM	2	/* loop back ATM cells ---'     |      |      */
/* RESERVED		4	loop back on PHY side  ---'		      */
#define __ATM_LM_PHY	8	/* loop back bits (digital) ----'      |      */
#define __ATM_LM_ANALOG 16	/* loop back the analog signal --------'      */

/* Direction of loopback */
#define __ATM_LM_MKLOC(n)	((n))	    /* Local (i.e. loop TX to RX) */
#define __ATM_LM_MKRMT(n)	((n) << 8)  /* Remote (i.e. loop RX to TX) */

#define __ATM_LM_XTLOC(n)	((n) & 0xff)
#define __ATM_LM_XTRMT(n)	(((n) >> 8) & 0xff)

#define ATM_LM_NONE	0	/* no loopback */

#define ATM_LM_LOC_AAL	__ATM_LM_MKLOC(__ATM_LM_AAL)
#define ATM_LM_LOC_ATM	__ATM_LM_MKLOC(__ATM_LM_ATM)
#define ATM_LM_LOC_PHY	__ATM_LM_MKLOC(__ATM_LM_PHY)
#define ATM_LM_LOC_ANALOG __ATM_LM_MKLOC(__ATM_LM_ANALOG)

#define ATM_LM_RMT_AAL	__ATM_LM_MKRMT(__ATM_LM_AAL)
#define ATM_LM_RMT_ATM	__ATM_LM_MKRMT(__ATM_LM_ATM)
#define ATM_LM_RMT_PHY	__ATM_LM_MKRMT(__ATM_LM_PHY)
#define ATM_LM_RMT_ANALOG __ATM_LM_MKRMT(__ATM_LM_ANALOG)

/*
 * Note: ATM_LM_LOC_* and ATM_LM_RMT_* can be combined, provided that
 * __ATM_LM_XTLOC(x) <= __ATM_LM_XTRMT(x)
 */


struct atm_iobuf {
	int length;
	void *buffer;
};

/* for ATM_GETCIRANGE / ATM_SETCIRANGE */

#define ATM_CI_MAX      -1              /* use maximum range of VPI/VCI */
 
struct atm_cirange {
	signed char	vpi_bits;	/* 1..8, ATM_CI_MAX (-1) for maximum */
	signed char	vci_bits;	/* 1..16, ATM_CI_MAX (-1) for maximum */
};

/* for ATM_SETSC; actually taken from the ATM_VF number space */

#define ATM_SC_RX	1024		/* enable RX single-copy */
#define ATM_SC_TX	2048		/* enable TX single-copy */

#define ATM_BACKLOG_DEFAULT 32 /* if we get more, we're likely to time out
				  anyway */

/* MF: change_qos (Modify) flags */

#define ATM_MF_IMMED	 1	/* Block until change is effective */
#define ATM_MF_INC_RSV	 2	/* Change reservation on increase */
#define ATM_MF_INC_SHP	 4	/* Change shaping on increase */
#define ATM_MF_DEC_RSV	 8	/* Change reservation on decrease */
#define ATM_MF_DEC_SHP	16	/* Change shaping on decrease */
#define ATM_MF_BWD	32	/* Set the backward direction parameters */

#define ATM_MF_SET	(ATM_MF_INC_RSV | ATM_MF_INC_SHP | ATM_MF_DEC_RSV | \
			  ATM_MF_DEC_SHP | ATM_MF_BWD)

/*
 * ATM_VS_* are used to express VC state in a human-friendly way.
 */

#define ATM_VS_IDLE	0	/* VC is not used */
#define ATM_VS_CONNECTED 1	/* VC is connected */
#define ATM_VS_CLOSING	2	/* VC is closing */
#define ATM_VS_LISTEN	3	/* VC is listening for incoming setups */
#define ATM_VS_INUSE	4	/* VC is in use (registered with atmsigd) */
#define ATM_VS_BOUND	5	/* VC is bound */

#define ATM_VS2TXT_MAP \
    "IDLE", "CONNECTED", "CLOSING", "LISTEN", "INUSE", "BOUND"

#define ATM_VF2TXT_MAP \
    "ADDR",	"READY",	"PARTIAL",	"REGIS", \
    "RELEASED", "HASQOS",	"LISTEN",	"META", \
    "256",	"512",		"1024",		"2048", \
    "SESSION",	"HASSAP",	"BOUND",	"CLOSE"



#endif /* LINUX_ATMDEV_H */
/*
 * include/uapi/linux/nfs_idmap.h
 *
 *  UID and GID to name mapping for clients.
 *
 *  Copyright (c) 2002 The Regents of the University of Michigan.
 *  All rights reserved.
 *
 *  Marius Aamodt Eriksen <marius@umich.edu>
 *
 *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 *  are met:
 *
 *  1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *  2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *     documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 *  3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its
 *     contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
 *     from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
 *  WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
 *  MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
 *  DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 *  FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
 *  CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
 *  SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
 *  BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
 *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
 *  NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
 *  SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef NFS_IDMAP_H
#define NFS_IDMAP_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* XXX from bits/utmp.h  */
#define IDMAP_NAMESZ  128

#define IDMAP_TYPE_USER  0
#define IDMAP_TYPE_GROUP 1

#define IDMAP_CONV_IDTONAME 0
#define IDMAP_CONV_NAMETOID 1

#define IDMAP_STATUS_INVALIDMSG 0x01
#define IDMAP_STATUS_AGAIN      0x02
#define IDMAP_STATUS_LOOKUPFAIL 0x04
#define IDMAP_STATUS_SUCCESS    0x08

struct idmap_msg {
	__u8  im_type;
	__u8  im_conv;
	char  im_name[IDMAP_NAMESZ];
	__u32 im_id;
	__u8  im_status;
};


#endif /* NFS_IDMAP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef LINUX_MMC_IOCTL_H
#define LINUX_MMC_IOCTL_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct mmc_ioc_cmd {
	/* Implies direction of data.  true = write, false = read */
	int write_flag;

	/* Application-specific command.  true = precede with CMD55 */
	int is_acmd;

	__u32 opcode;
	__u32 arg;
	__u32 response[4];  /* CMD response */
	unsigned int flags;
	unsigned int blksz;
	unsigned int blocks;

	/*
	 * Sleep at least postsleep_min_us useconds, and at most
	 * postsleep_max_us useconds *after* issuing command.  Needed for
	 * some read commands for which cards have no other way of indicating
	 * they're ready for the next command (i.e. there is no equivalent of
	 * a "busy" indicator for read operations).
	 */
	unsigned int postsleep_min_us;
	unsigned int postsleep_max_us;

	/*
	 * Override driver-computed timeouts.  Note the difference in units!
	 */
	unsigned int data_timeout_ns;
	unsigned int cmd_timeout_ms;

	/*
	 * For 64-bit machines, the next member, ``__u64 data_ptr``, wants to
	 * be 8-byte aligned.  Make sure this struct is the same size when
	 * built for 32-bit.
	 */
	__u32 __pad;

	/* DAT buffer */
	__u64 data_ptr;
};
#define mmc_ioc_cmd_set_data(ic, ptr) ic.data_ptr = (__u64)(unsigned long) ptr

/**
 * struct mmc_ioc_multi_cmd - multi command information
 * @num_of_cmds: Number of commands to send. Must be equal to or less than
 *	MMC_IOC_MAX_CMDS.
 * @cmds: Array of commands with length equal to 'num_of_cmds'
 */
struct mmc_ioc_multi_cmd {
	__u64 num_of_cmds;
	struct mmc_ioc_cmd cmds[0];
};

#define MMC_IOC_CMD _IOWR(MMC_BLOCK_MAJOR, 0, struct mmc_ioc_cmd)
/*
 * MMC_IOC_MULTI_CMD: Used to send an array of MMC commands described by
 *	the structure mmc_ioc_multi_cmd. The MMC driver will issue all
 *	commands in array in sequence to card.
 */
#define MMC_IOC_MULTI_CMD _IOWR(MMC_BLOCK_MAJOR, 1, struct mmc_ioc_multi_cmd)
/*
 * Since this ioctl is only meant to enhance (and not replace) normal access
 * to the mmc bus device, an upper data transfer limit of MMC_IOC_MAX_BYTES
 * is enforced per ioctl call.  For larger data transfers, use the normal
 * block device operations.
 */
#define MMC_IOC_MAX_BYTES  (512L * 1024)
#define MMC_IOC_MAX_CMDS    255
#endif /* LINUX_MMC_IOCTL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2021 OpenSynergy GmbH
 */
#ifndef VIRTIO_SND_IF_H
#define VIRTIO_SND_IF_H

#include <linux/virtio_types.h>

/*******************************************************************************
 * CONFIGURATION SPACE
 */
struct virtio_snd_config {
	/* # of available physical jacks */
	__le32 jacks;
	/* # of available PCM streams */
	__le32 streams;
	/* # of available channel maps */
	__le32 chmaps;
};

enum {
	/* device virtqueue indexes */
	VIRTIO_SND_VQ_CONTROL = 0,
	VIRTIO_SND_VQ_EVENT,
	VIRTIO_SND_VQ_TX,
	VIRTIO_SND_VQ_RX,
	/* # of device virtqueues */
	VIRTIO_SND_VQ_MAX
};

/*******************************************************************************
 * COMMON DEFINITIONS
 */

/* supported dataflow directions */
enum {
	VIRTIO_SND_D_OUTPUT = 0,
	VIRTIO_SND_D_INPUT
};

enum {
	/* jack control request types */
	VIRTIO_SND_R_JACK_INFO = 1,
	VIRTIO_SND_R_JACK_REMAP,

	/* PCM control request types */
	VIRTIO_SND_R_PCM_INFO = 0x0100,
	VIRTIO_SND_R_PCM_SET_PARAMS,
	VIRTIO_SND_R_PCM_PREPARE,
	VIRTIO_SND_R_PCM_RELEASE,
	VIRTIO_SND_R_PCM_START,
	VIRTIO_SND_R_PCM_STOP,

	/* channel map control request types */
	VIRTIO_SND_R_CHMAP_INFO = 0x0200,

	/* jack event types */
	VIRTIO_SND_EVT_JACK_CONNECTED = 0x1000,
	VIRTIO_SND_EVT_JACK_DISCONNECTED,

	/* PCM event types */
	VIRTIO_SND_EVT_PCM_PERIOD_ELAPSED = 0x1100,
	VIRTIO_SND_EVT_PCM_XRUN,

	/* common status codes */
	VIRTIO_SND_S_OK = 0x8000,
	VIRTIO_SND_S_BAD_MSG,
	VIRTIO_SND_S_NOT_SUPP,
	VIRTIO_SND_S_IO_ERR
};

/* common header */
struct virtio_snd_hdr {
	__le32 code;
};

/* event notification */
struct virtio_snd_event {
	/* VIRTIO_SND_EVT_XXX */
	struct virtio_snd_hdr hdr;
	/* optional event data */
	__le32 data;
};

/* common control request to query an item information */
struct virtio_snd_query_info {
	/* VIRTIO_SND_R_XXX_INFO */
	struct virtio_snd_hdr hdr;
	/* item start identifier */
	__le32 start_id;
	/* item count to query */
	__le32 count;
	/* item information size in bytes */
	__le32 size;
};

/* common item information header */
struct virtio_snd_info {
	/* function group node id (High Definition Audio Specification 7.1.2) */
	__le32 hda_fn_nid;
};

/*******************************************************************************
 * JACK CONTROL MESSAGES
 */
struct virtio_snd_jack_hdr {
	/* VIRTIO_SND_R_JACK_XXX */
	struct virtio_snd_hdr hdr;
	/* 0 ... virtio_snd_config::jacks - 1 */
	__le32 jack_id;
};

/* supported jack features */
enum {
	VIRTIO_SND_JACK_F_REMAP = 0
};

struct virtio_snd_jack_info {
	/* common header */
	struct virtio_snd_info hdr;
	/* supported feature bit map (1 << VIRTIO_SND_JACK_F_XXX) */
	__le32 features;
	/* pin configuration (High Definition Audio Specification 7.3.3.31) */
	__le32 hda_reg_defconf;
	/* pin capabilities (High Definition Audio Specification 7.3.4.9) */
	__le32 hda_reg_caps;
	/* current jack connection status (0: disconnected, 1: connected) */
	__u8 connected;

	__u8 padding[7];
};

/* jack remapping control request */
struct virtio_snd_jack_remap {
	/* .code = VIRTIO_SND_R_JACK_REMAP */
	struct virtio_snd_jack_hdr hdr;
	/* selected association number */
	__le32 association;
	/* selected sequence number */
	__le32 sequence;
};

/*******************************************************************************
 * PCM CONTROL MESSAGES
 */
struct virtio_snd_pcm_hdr {
	/* VIRTIO_SND_R_PCM_XXX */
	struct virtio_snd_hdr hdr;
	/* 0 ... virtio_snd_config::streams - 1 */
	__le32 stream_id;
};

/* supported PCM stream features */
enum {
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_F_SHMEM_HOST = 0,
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_F_SHMEM_GUEST,
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_F_MSG_POLLING,
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_F_EVT_SHMEM_PERIODS,
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_F_EVT_XRUNS
};

/* supported PCM sample formats */
enum {
	/* analog formats (width / physical width) */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_IMA_ADPCM = 0,	/*  4 /  4 bits */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_MU_LAW,		/*  8 /  8 bits */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_A_LAW,		/*  8 /  8 bits */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_S8,			/*  8 /  8 bits */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_U8,			/*  8 /  8 bits */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_S16,			/* 16 / 16 bits */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_U16,			/* 16 / 16 bits */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_S18_3,		/* 18 / 24 bits */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_U18_3,		/* 18 / 24 bits */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_S20_3,		/* 20 / 24 bits */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_U20_3,		/* 20 / 24 bits */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_S24_3,		/* 24 / 24 bits */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_U24_3,		/* 24 / 24 bits */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_S20,			/* 20 / 32 bits */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_U20,			/* 20 / 32 bits */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_S24,			/* 24 / 32 bits */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_U24,			/* 24 / 32 bits */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_S32,			/* 32 / 32 bits */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_U32,			/* 32 / 32 bits */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_FLOAT,		/* 32 / 32 bits */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_FLOAT64,		/* 64 / 64 bits */
	/* digital formats (width / physical width) */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_DSD_U8,		/*  8 /  8 bits */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_DSD_U16,		/* 16 / 16 bits */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_DSD_U32,		/* 32 / 32 bits */
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_IEC958_SUBFRAME	/* 32 / 32 bits */
};

/* supported PCM frame rates */
enum {
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_RATE_5512 = 0,
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_RATE_8000,
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_RATE_11025,
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_RATE_16000,
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_RATE_22050,
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_RATE_32000,
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_RATE_44100,
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_RATE_48000,
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_RATE_64000,
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_RATE_88200,
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_RATE_96000,
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_RATE_176400,
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_RATE_192000,
	VIRTIO_SND_PCM_RATE_384000
};

struct virtio_snd_pcm_info {
	/* common header */
	struct virtio_snd_info hdr;
	/* supported feature bit map (1 << VIRTIO_SND_PCM_F_XXX) */
	__le32 features;
	/* supported sample format bit map (1 << VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_XXX) */
	__le64 formats;
	/* supported frame rate bit map (1 << VIRTIO_SND_PCM_RATE_XXX) */
	__le64 rates;
	/* dataflow direction (VIRTIO_SND_D_XXX) */
	__u8 direction;
	/* minimum # of supported channels */
	__u8 channels_min;
	/* maximum # of supported channels */
	__u8 channels_max;

	__u8 padding[5];
};

/* set PCM stream format */
struct virtio_snd_pcm_set_params {
	/* .code = VIRTIO_SND_R_PCM_SET_PARAMS */
	struct virtio_snd_pcm_hdr hdr;
	/* size of the hardware buffer */
	__le32 buffer_bytes;
	/* size of the hardware period */
	__le32 period_bytes;
	/* selected feature bit map (1 << VIRTIO_SND_PCM_F_XXX) */
	__le32 features;
	/* selected # of channels */
	__u8 channels;
	/* selected sample format (VIRTIO_SND_PCM_FMT_XXX) */
	__u8 format;
	/* selected frame rate (VIRTIO_SND_PCM_RATE_XXX) */
	__u8 rate;

	__u8 padding;
};

/*******************************************************************************
 * PCM I/O MESSAGES
 */

/* I/O request header */
struct virtio_snd_pcm_xfer {
	/* 0 ... virtio_snd_config::streams - 1 */
	__le32 stream_id;
};

/* I/O request status */
struct virtio_snd_pcm_status {
	/* VIRTIO_SND_S_XXX */
	__le32 status;
	/* current device latency */
	__le32 latency_bytes;
};

/*******************************************************************************
 * CHANNEL MAP CONTROL MESSAGES
 */
struct virtio_snd_chmap_hdr {
	/* VIRTIO_SND_R_CHMAP_XXX */
	struct virtio_snd_hdr hdr;
	/* 0 ... virtio_snd_config::chmaps - 1 */
	__le32 chmap_id;
};

/* standard channel position definition */
enum {
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_NONE = 0,	/* undefined */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_NA,		/* silent */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_MONO,		/* mono stream */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_FL,		/* front left */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_FR,		/* front right */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_RL,		/* rear left */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_RR,		/* rear right */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_FC,		/* front center */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_LFE,		/* low frequency (LFE) */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_SL,		/* side left */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_SR,		/* side right */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_RC,		/* rear center */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_FLC,		/* front left center */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_FRC,		/* front right center */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_RLC,		/* rear left center */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_RRC,		/* rear right center */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_FLW,		/* front left wide */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_FRW,		/* front right wide */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_FLH,		/* front left high */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_FCH,		/* front center high */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_FRH,		/* front right high */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_TC,		/* top center */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_TFL,		/* top front left */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_TFR,		/* top front right */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_TFC,		/* top front center */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_TRL,		/* top rear left */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_TRR,		/* top rear right */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_TRC,		/* top rear center */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_TFLC,		/* top front left center */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_TFRC,		/* top front right center */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_TSL,		/* top side left */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_TSR,		/* top side right */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_LLFE,		/* left LFE */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_RLFE,		/* right LFE */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_BC,		/* bottom center */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_BLC,		/* bottom left center */
	VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_BRC		/* bottom right center */
};

/* maximum possible number of channels */
#define VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_MAX_SIZE	18

struct virtio_snd_chmap_info {
	/* common header */
	struct virtio_snd_info hdr;
	/* dataflow direction (VIRTIO_SND_D_XXX) */
	__u8 direction;
	/* # of valid channel position values */
	__u8 channels;
	/* channel position values (VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_XXX) */
	__u8 positions[VIRTIO_SND_CHMAP_MAX_SIZE];
};

#endif /* VIRTIO_SND_IF_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) */
/*
    This file defines the kernel interface of FUSE
    Copyright (C) 2001-2008  Miklos Szeredi <miklos@szeredi.hu>

    This program can be distributed under the terms of the GNU GPL.
    See the file COPYING.

    This -- and only this -- header file may also be distributed under
    the terms of the BSD Licence as follows:

    Copyright (C) 2001-2007 Miklos Szeredi. All rights reserved.

    Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
    modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
    are met:
    1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
    2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
    ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
    IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
    ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
    FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
    DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
    OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
    HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
    LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
    OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
    SUCH DAMAGE.
*/

/*
 * This file defines the kernel interface of FUSE
 *
 * Protocol changelog:
 *
 * 7.1:
 *  - add the following messages:
 *      FUSE_SETATTR, FUSE_SYMLINK, FUSE_MKNOD, FUSE_MKDIR, FUSE_UNLINK,
 *      FUSE_RMDIR, FUSE_RENAME, FUSE_LINK, FUSE_OPEN, FUSE_READ, FUSE_WRITE,
 *      FUSE_RELEASE, FUSE_FSYNC, FUSE_FLUSH, FUSE_SETXATTR, FUSE_GETXATTR,
 *      FUSE_LISTXATTR, FUSE_REMOVEXATTR, FUSE_OPENDIR, FUSE_READDIR,
 *      FUSE_RELEASEDIR
 *  - add padding to messages to accommodate 32-bit servers on 64-bit kernels
 *
 * 7.2:
 *  - add FOPEN_DIRECT_IO and FOPEN_KEEP_CACHE flags
 *  - add FUSE_FSYNCDIR message
 *
 * 7.3:
 *  - add FUSE_ACCESS message
 *  - add FUSE_CREATE message
 *  - add filehandle to fuse_setattr_in
 *
 * 7.4:
 *  - add frsize to fuse_kstatfs
 *  - clean up request size limit checking
 *
 * 7.5:
 *  - add flags and max_write to fuse_init_out
 *
 * 7.6:
 *  - add max_readahead to fuse_init_in and fuse_init_out
 *
 * 7.7:
 *  - add FUSE_INTERRUPT message
 *  - add POSIX file lock support
 *
 * 7.8:
 *  - add lock_owner and flags fields to fuse_release_in
 *  - add FUSE_BMAP message
 *  - add FUSE_DESTROY message
 *
 * 7.9:
 *  - new fuse_getattr_in input argument of GETATTR
 *  - add lk_flags in fuse_lk_in
 *  - add lock_owner field to fuse_setattr_in, fuse_read_in and fuse_write_in
 *  - add blksize field to fuse_attr
 *  - add file flags field to fuse_read_in and fuse_write_in
 *  - Add ATIME_NOW and MTIME_NOW flags to fuse_setattr_in
 *
 * 7.10
 *  - add nonseekable open flag
 *
 * 7.11
 *  - add IOCTL message
 *  - add unsolicited notification support
 *  - add POLL message and NOTIFY_POLL notification
 *
 * 7.12
 *  - add umask flag to input argument of create, mknod and mkdir
 *  - add notification messages for invalidation of inodes and
 *    directory entries
 *
 * 7.13
 *  - make max number of background requests and congestion threshold
 *    tunables
 *
 * 7.14
 *  - add splice support to fuse device
 *
 * 7.15
 *  - add store notify
 *  - add retrieve notify
 *
 * 7.16
 *  - add BATCH_FORGET request
 *  - FUSE_IOCTL_UNRESTRICTED shall now return with array of 'struct
 *    fuse_ioctl_iovec' instead of ambiguous 'struct iovec'
 *  - add FUSE_IOCTL_32BIT flag
 *
 * 7.17
 *  - add FUSE_FLOCK_LOCKS and FUSE_RELEASE_FLOCK_UNLOCK
 *
 * 7.18
 *  - add FUSE_IOCTL_DIR flag
 *  - add FUSE_NOTIFY_DELETE
 *
 * 7.19
 *  - add FUSE_FALLOCATE
 *
 * 7.20
 *  - add FUSE_AUTO_INVAL_DATA
 *
 * 7.21
 *  - add FUSE_READDIRPLUS
 *  - send the requested events in POLL request
 *
 * 7.22
 *  - add FUSE_ASYNC_DIO
 *
 * 7.23
 *  - add FUSE_WRITEBACK_CACHE
 *  - add time_gran to fuse_init_out
 *  - add reserved space to fuse_init_out
 *  - add FATTR_CTIME
 *  - add ctime and ctimensec to fuse_setattr_in
 *  - add FUSE_RENAME2 request
 *  - add FUSE_NO_OPEN_SUPPORT flag
 *
 *  7.24
 *  - add FUSE_LSEEK for SEEK_HOLE and SEEK_DATA support
 *
 *  7.25
 *  - add FUSE_PARALLEL_DIROPS
 *
 *  7.26
 *  - add FUSE_HANDLE_KILLPRIV
 *  - add FUSE_POSIX_ACL
 *
 *  7.27
 *  - add FUSE_ABORT_ERROR
 *
 *  7.28
 *  - add FUSE_COPY_FILE_RANGE
 *  - add FOPEN_CACHE_DIR
 *  - add FUSE_MAX_PAGES, add max_pages to init_out
 *  - add FUSE_CACHE_SYMLINKS
 *
 *  7.29
 *  - add FUSE_NO_OPENDIR_SUPPORT flag
 *
 *  7.30
 *  - add FUSE_EXPLICIT_INVAL_DATA
 *  - add FUSE_IOCTL_COMPAT_X32
 *
 *  7.31
 *  - add FUSE_WRITE_KILL_PRIV flag
 *  - add FUSE_SETUPMAPPING and FUSE_REMOVEMAPPING
 *  - add map_alignment to fuse_init_out, add FUSE_MAP_ALIGNMENT flag
 *
 *  7.32
 *  - add flags to fuse_attr, add FUSE_ATTR_SUBMOUNT, add FUSE_SUBMOUNTS
 *
 *  7.33
 *  - add FUSE_HANDLE_KILLPRIV_V2, FUSE_WRITE_KILL_SUIDGID, FATTR_KILL_SUIDGID
 *  - add FUSE_OPEN_KILL_SUIDGID
 *  - extend fuse_setxattr_in, add FUSE_SETXATTR_EXT
 *  - add FUSE_SETXATTR_ACL_KILL_SGID
 *  - add FUSE_EXPIRE_ONLY flag to fuse_notify_inval_entry
 *  - add FUSE_HAS_EXPIRE_ONLY
 *
 *  7.34
 *  - add FUSE_SYNCFS
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_FUSE_H
#define _LINUX_FUSE_H

#include <stdint.h>

/*
 * Version negotiation:
 *
 * Both the kernel and userspace send the version they support in the
 * INIT request and reply respectively.
 *
 * If the major versions match then both shall use the smallest
 * of the two minor versions for communication.
 *
 * If the kernel supports a larger major version, then userspace shall
 * reply with the major version it supports, ignore the rest of the
 * INIT message and expect a new INIT message from the kernel with a
 * matching major version.
 *
 * If the library supports a larger major version, then it shall fall
 * back to the major protocol version sent by the kernel for
 * communication and reply with that major version (and an arbitrary
 * supported minor version).
 */

/** Version number of this interface */
#define FUSE_KERNEL_VERSION 7

/** Minor version number of this interface */
#define FUSE_KERNEL_MINOR_VERSION 34

/** The node ID of the root inode */
#define FUSE_ROOT_ID 1

/* Make sure all structures are padded to 64bit boundary, so 32bit
   userspace works under 64bit kernels */

struct fuse_attr {
	uint64_t	ino;
	uint64_t	size;
	uint64_t	blocks;
	uint64_t	atime;
	uint64_t	mtime;
	uint64_t	ctime;
	uint32_t	atimensec;
	uint32_t	mtimensec;
	uint32_t	ctimensec;
	uint32_t	mode;
	uint32_t	nlink;
	uint32_t	uid;
	uint32_t	gid;
	uint32_t	rdev;
	uint32_t	blksize;
	uint32_t	flags;
};

struct fuse_kstatfs {
	uint64_t	blocks;
	uint64_t	bfree;
	uint64_t	bavail;
	uint64_t	files;
	uint64_t	ffree;
	uint32_t	bsize;
	uint32_t	namelen;
	uint32_t	frsize;
	uint32_t	padding;
	uint32_t	spare[6];
};

struct fuse_file_lock {
	uint64_t	start;
	uint64_t	end;
	uint32_t	type;
	uint32_t	pid; /* tgid */
};

/**
 * Bitmasks for fuse_setattr_in.valid
 */
#define FATTR_MODE	(1 << 0)
#define FATTR_UID	(1 << 1)
#define FATTR_GID	(1 << 2)
#define FATTR_SIZE	(1 << 3)
#define FATTR_ATIME	(1 << 4)
#define FATTR_MTIME	(1 << 5)
#define FATTR_FH	(1 << 6)
#define FATTR_ATIME_NOW	(1 << 7)
#define FATTR_MTIME_NOW	(1 << 8)
#define FATTR_LOCKOWNER	(1 << 9)
#define FATTR_CTIME	(1 << 10)
#define FATTR_KILL_SUIDGID	(1 << 11)

/**
 * Flags returned by the OPEN request
 *
 * FOPEN_DIRECT_IO: bypass page cache for this open file
 * FOPEN_KEEP_CACHE: don't invalidate the data cache on open
 * FOPEN_NONSEEKABLE: the file is not seekable
 * FOPEN_CACHE_DIR: allow caching this directory
 */
#define FOPEN_DIRECT_IO		(1 << 0)
#define FOPEN_KEEP_CACHE	(1 << 1)
#define FOPEN_NONSEEKABLE	(1 << 2)
#define FOPEN_CACHE_DIR		(1 << 3)

/**
 * INIT request/reply flags
 *
 * FUSE_ASYNC_READ: asynchronous read requests
 * FUSE_POSIX_LOCKS: remote locking for POSIX file locks
 * FUSE_FILE_OPS: kernel sends file handle for fstat, etc... (not yet supported)
 * FUSE_ATOMIC_O_TRUNC: handles the O_TRUNC open flag in the filesystem
 * FUSE_EXPORT_SUPPORT: filesystem handles lookups of "." and ".."
 * FUSE_BIG_WRITES: filesystem can handle write size larger than 4kB
 * FUSE_DONT_MASK: don't apply umask to file mode on create operations
 * FUSE_SPLICE_WRITE: kernel supports splice write on the device
 * FUSE_SPLICE_MOVE: kernel supports splice move on the device
 * FUSE_SPLICE_READ: kernel supports splice read on the device
 * FUSE_FLOCK_LOCKS: remote locking for BSD style file locks
 * FUSE_HAS_IOCTL_DIR: kernel supports ioctl on directories
 * FUSE_AUTO_INVAL_DATA: automatically invalidate cached pages
 * FUSE_DO_READDIRPLUS: do READDIRPLUS (READDIR+LOOKUP in one)
 * FUSE_READDIRPLUS_AUTO: adaptive readdirplus
 * FUSE_ASYNC_DIO: asynchronous direct I/O submission
 * FUSE_WRITEBACK_CACHE: use writeback cache for buffered writes
 * FUSE_NO_OPEN_SUPPORT: kernel supports zero-message opens
 * FUSE_PARALLEL_DIROPS: allow parallel lookups and readdir
 * FUSE_HANDLE_KILLPRIV: fs handles killing suid/sgid/cap on write/chown/trunc
 * FUSE_POSIX_ACL: filesystem supports posix acls
 * FUSE_ABORT_ERROR: reading the device after abort returns ECONNABORTED
 * FUSE_MAX_PAGES: init_out.max_pages contains the max number of req pages
 * FUSE_CACHE_SYMLINKS: cache READLINK responses
 * FUSE_NO_OPENDIR_SUPPORT: kernel supports zero-message opendir
 * FUSE_EXPLICIT_INVAL_DATA: only invalidate cached pages on explicit request
 * FUSE_MAP_ALIGNMENT: init_out.map_alignment contains log2(byte alignment) for
 *		       foffset and moffset fields in struct
 *		       fuse_setupmapping_out and fuse_removemapping_one.
 * FUSE_SUBMOUNTS: kernel supports auto-mounting directory submounts
 * FUSE_HANDLE_KILLPRIV_V2: fs kills suid/sgid/cap on write/chown/trunc.
 *			Upon write/truncate suid/sgid is only killed if caller
 *			does not have CAP_FSETID. Additionally upon
 *			write/truncate sgid is killed only if file has group
 *			execute permission. (Same as Linux VFS behavior).
 * FUSE_SETXATTR_EXT:	Server supports extended struct fuse_setxattr_in
 * FUSE_INIT_EXT: extended fuse_init_in request
 * FUSE_INIT_RESERVED: reserved, do not use
 * FUSE_HAS_EXPIRE_ONLY: kernel supports expiry-only entry invalidation
 */
#define FUSE_ASYNC_READ		(1 << 0)
#define FUSE_POSIX_LOCKS	(1 << 1)
#define FUSE_FILE_OPS		(1 << 2)
#define FUSE_ATOMIC_O_TRUNC	(1 << 3)
#define FUSE_EXPORT_SUPPORT	(1 << 4)
#define FUSE_BIG_WRITES		(1 << 5)
#define FUSE_DONT_MASK		(1 << 6)
#define FUSE_SPLICE_WRITE	(1 << 7)
#define FUSE_SPLICE_MOVE	(1 << 8)
#define FUSE_SPLICE_READ	(1 << 9)
#define FUSE_FLOCK_LOCKS	(1 << 10)
#define FUSE_HAS_IOCTL_DIR	(1 << 11)
#define FUSE_AUTO_INVAL_DATA	(1 << 12)
#define FUSE_DO_READDIRPLUS	(1 << 13)
#define FUSE_READDIRPLUS_AUTO	(1 << 14)
#define FUSE_ASYNC_DIO		(1 << 15)
#define FUSE_WRITEBACK_CACHE	(1 << 16)
#define FUSE_NO_OPEN_SUPPORT	(1 << 17)
#define FUSE_PARALLEL_DIROPS    (1 << 18)
#define FUSE_HANDLE_KILLPRIV	(1 << 19)
#define FUSE_POSIX_ACL		(1 << 20)
#define FUSE_ABORT_ERROR	(1 << 21)
#define FUSE_MAX_PAGES		(1 << 22)
#define FUSE_CACHE_SYMLINKS	(1 << 23)
#define FUSE_NO_OPENDIR_SUPPORT (1 << 24)
#define FUSE_EXPLICIT_INVAL_DATA (1 << 25)
#define FUSE_MAP_ALIGNMENT	(1 << 26)
#define FUSE_SUBMOUNTS		(1 << 27)
#define FUSE_HANDLE_KILLPRIV_V2	(1 << 28)
#define FUSE_SETXATTR_EXT	(1 << 29)
#define FUSE_INIT_EXT		(1 << 30)
#define FUSE_INIT_RESERVED	(1 << 31)
/* bits 32..63 get shifted down 32 bits into the flags2 field */
#define FUSE_HAS_EXPIRE_ONLY	(1ULL << 35)

/**
 * CUSE INIT request/reply flags
 *
 * CUSE_UNRESTRICTED_IOCTL:  use unrestricted ioctl
 */
#define CUSE_UNRESTRICTED_IOCTL	(1 << 0)

/**
 * Release flags
 */
#define FUSE_RELEASE_FLUSH	(1 << 0)
#define FUSE_RELEASE_FLOCK_UNLOCK	(1 << 1)

/**
 * Getattr flags
 */
#define FUSE_GETATTR_FH		(1 << 0)

/**
 * Lock flags
 */
#define FUSE_LK_FLOCK		(1 << 0)

/**
 * WRITE flags
 *
 * FUSE_WRITE_CACHE: delayed write from page cache, file handle is guessed
 * FUSE_WRITE_LOCKOWNER: lock_owner field is valid
 * FUSE_WRITE_KILL_SUIDGID: kill suid and sgid bits
 */
#define FUSE_WRITE_CACHE	(1 << 0)
#define FUSE_WRITE_LOCKOWNER	(1 << 1)
#define FUSE_WRITE_KILL_SUIDGID (1 << 2)

/* Obsolete alias; this flag implies killing suid/sgid only. */
#define FUSE_WRITE_KILL_PRIV	FUSE_WRITE_KILL_SUIDGID

/**
 * Read flags
 */
#define FUSE_READ_LOCKOWNER	(1 << 1)

/**
 * Ioctl flags
 *
 * FUSE_IOCTL_COMPAT: 32bit compat ioctl on 64bit machine
 * FUSE_IOCTL_UNRESTRICTED: not restricted to well-formed ioctls, retry allowed
 * FUSE_IOCTL_RETRY: retry with new iovecs
 * FUSE_IOCTL_32BIT: 32bit ioctl
 * FUSE_IOCTL_DIR: is a directory
 * FUSE_IOCTL_COMPAT_X32: x32 compat ioctl on 64bit machine (64bit time_t)
 *
 * FUSE_IOCTL_MAX_IOV: maximum of in_iovecs + out_iovecs
 */
#define FUSE_IOCTL_COMPAT	(1 << 0)
#define FUSE_IOCTL_UNRESTRICTED	(1 << 1)
#define FUSE_IOCTL_RETRY	(1 << 2)
#define FUSE_IOCTL_32BIT	(1 << 3)
#define FUSE_IOCTL_DIR		(1 << 4)
#define FUSE_IOCTL_COMPAT_X32	(1 << 5)

#define FUSE_IOCTL_MAX_IOV	256

/**
 * Poll flags
 *
 * FUSE_POLL_SCHEDULE_NOTIFY: request poll notify
 */
#define FUSE_POLL_SCHEDULE_NOTIFY (1 << 0)

/**
 * Fsync flags
 *
 * FUSE_FSYNC_FDATASYNC: Sync data only, not metadata
 */
#define FUSE_FSYNC_FDATASYNC	(1 << 0)

/**
 * fuse_attr flags
 *
 * FUSE_ATTR_SUBMOUNT: Object is a submount root
 */
#define FUSE_ATTR_SUBMOUNT      (1 << 0)

/**
 * Open flags
 * FUSE_OPEN_KILL_SUIDGID: Kill suid and sgid if executable
 */
#define FUSE_OPEN_KILL_SUIDGID	(1 << 0)

/**
 * setxattr flags
 * FUSE_SETXATTR_ACL_KILL_SGID: Clear SGID when system.posix_acl_access is set
 */
#define FUSE_SETXATTR_ACL_KILL_SGID	(1 << 0)

/**
 * notify_inval_entry flags
 * FUSE_EXPIRE_ONLY
 */
#define FUSE_EXPIRE_ONLY		(1 << 0)

enum fuse_opcode {
	FUSE_LOOKUP		= 1,
	FUSE_FORGET		= 2,  /* no reply */
	FUSE_GETATTR		= 3,
	FUSE_SETATTR		= 4,
	FUSE_READLINK		= 5,
	FUSE_SYMLINK		= 6,
	FUSE_MKNOD		= 8,
	FUSE_MKDIR		= 9,
	FUSE_UNLINK		= 10,
	FUSE_RMDIR		= 11,
	FUSE_RENAME		= 12,
	FUSE_LINK		= 13,
	FUSE_OPEN		= 14,
	FUSE_READ		= 15,
	FUSE_WRITE		= 16,
	FUSE_STATFS		= 17,
	FUSE_RELEASE		= 18,
	FUSE_FSYNC		= 20,
	FUSE_SETXATTR		= 21,
	FUSE_GETXATTR		= 22,
	FUSE_LISTXATTR		= 23,
	FUSE_REMOVEXATTR	= 24,
	FUSE_FLUSH		= 25,
	FUSE_INIT		= 26,
	FUSE_OPENDIR		= 27,
	FUSE_READDIR		= 28,
	FUSE_RELEASEDIR		= 29,
	FUSE_FSYNCDIR		= 30,
	FUSE_GETLK		= 31,
	FUSE_SETLK		= 32,
	FUSE_SETLKW		= 33,
	FUSE_ACCESS		= 34,
	FUSE_CREATE		= 35,
	FUSE_INTERRUPT		= 36,
	FUSE_BMAP		= 37,
	FUSE_DESTROY		= 38,
	FUSE_IOCTL		= 39,
	FUSE_POLL		= 40,
	FUSE_NOTIFY_REPLY	= 41,
	FUSE_BATCH_FORGET	= 42,
	FUSE_FALLOCATE		= 43,
	FUSE_READDIRPLUS	= 44,
	FUSE_RENAME2		= 45,
	FUSE_LSEEK		= 46,
	FUSE_COPY_FILE_RANGE	= 47,
	FUSE_SETUPMAPPING	= 48,
	FUSE_REMOVEMAPPING	= 49,
	FUSE_SYNCFS		= 50,

	/* CUSE specific operations */
	CUSE_INIT		= 4096,

	/* Reserved opcodes: helpful to detect structure endian-ness */
	CUSE_INIT_BSWAP_RESERVED	= 1048576,	/* CUSE_INIT << 8 */
	FUSE_INIT_BSWAP_RESERVED	= 436207616,	/* FUSE_INIT << 24 */
};

enum fuse_notify_code {
	FUSE_NOTIFY_POLL   = 1,
	FUSE_NOTIFY_INVAL_INODE = 2,
	FUSE_NOTIFY_INVAL_ENTRY = 3,
	FUSE_NOTIFY_STORE = 4,
	FUSE_NOTIFY_RETRIEVE = 5,
	FUSE_NOTIFY_DELETE = 6,
	FUSE_NOTIFY_CODE_MAX,
};

/* The read buffer is required to be at least 8k, but may be much larger */
#define FUSE_MIN_READ_BUFFER 8192

#define FUSE_COMPAT_ENTRY_OUT_SIZE 120

struct fuse_entry_out {
	uint64_t	nodeid;		/* Inode ID */
	uint64_t	generation;	/* Inode generation: nodeid:gen must
					   be unique for the fs's lifetime */
	uint64_t	entry_valid;	/* Cache timeout for the name */
	uint64_t	attr_valid;	/* Cache timeout for the attributes */
	uint32_t	entry_valid_nsec;
	uint32_t	attr_valid_nsec;
	struct fuse_attr attr;
};

struct fuse_forget_in {
	uint64_t	nlookup;
};

struct fuse_forget_one {
	uint64_t	nodeid;
	uint64_t	nlookup;
};

struct fuse_batch_forget_in {
	uint32_t	count;
	uint32_t	dummy;
};

struct fuse_getattr_in {
	uint32_t	getattr_flags;
	uint32_t	dummy;
	uint64_t	fh;
};

#define FUSE_COMPAT_ATTR_OUT_SIZE 96

struct fuse_attr_out {
	uint64_t	attr_valid;	/* Cache timeout for the attributes */
	uint32_t	attr_valid_nsec;
	uint32_t	dummy;
	struct fuse_attr attr;
};

#define FUSE_COMPAT_MKNOD_IN_SIZE 8

struct fuse_mknod_in {
	uint32_t	mode;
	uint32_t	rdev;
	uint32_t	umask;
	uint32_t	padding;
};

struct fuse_mkdir_in {
	uint32_t	mode;
	uint32_t	umask;
};

struct fuse_rename_in {
	uint64_t	newdir;
};

struct fuse_rename2_in {
	uint64_t	newdir;
	uint32_t	flags;
	uint32_t	padding;
};

struct fuse_link_in {
	uint64_t	oldnodeid;
};

struct fuse_setattr_in {
	uint32_t	valid;
	uint32_t	padding;
	uint64_t	fh;
	uint64_t	size;
	uint64_t	lock_owner;
	uint64_t	atime;
	uint64_t	mtime;
	uint64_t	ctime;
	uint32_t	atimensec;
	uint32_t	mtimensec;
	uint32_t	ctimensec;
	uint32_t	mode;
	uint32_t	unused4;
	uint32_t	uid;
	uint32_t	gid;
	uint32_t	unused5;
};

struct fuse_open_in {
	uint32_t	flags;
	uint32_t	open_flags;	/* FUSE_OPEN_... */
};

struct fuse_create_in {
	uint32_t	flags;
	uint32_t	mode;
	uint32_t	umask;
	uint32_t	open_flags;	/* FUSE_OPEN_... */
};

struct fuse_open_out {
	uint64_t	fh;
	uint32_t	open_flags;
	uint32_t	padding;
};

struct fuse_release_in {
	uint64_t	fh;
	uint32_t	flags;
	uint32_t	release_flags;
	uint64_t	lock_owner;
};

struct fuse_flush_in {
	uint64_t	fh;
	uint32_t	unused;
	uint32_t	padding;
	uint64_t	lock_owner;
};

struct fuse_read_in {
	uint64_t	fh;
	uint64_t	offset;
	uint32_t	size;
	uint32_t	read_flags;
	uint64_t	lock_owner;
	uint32_t	flags;
	uint32_t	padding;
};

#define FUSE_COMPAT_WRITE_IN_SIZE 24

struct fuse_write_in {
	uint64_t	fh;
	uint64_t	offset;
	uint32_t	size;
	uint32_t	write_flags;
	uint64_t	lock_owner;
	uint32_t	flags;
	uint32_t	padding;
};

struct fuse_write_out {
	uint32_t	size;
	uint32_t	padding;
};

#define FUSE_COMPAT_STATFS_SIZE 48

struct fuse_statfs_out {
	struct fuse_kstatfs st;
};

struct fuse_fsync_in {
	uint64_t	fh;
	uint32_t	fsync_flags;
	uint32_t	padding;
};

#define FUSE_COMPAT_SETXATTR_IN_SIZE 8

struct fuse_setxattr_in {
	uint32_t	size;
	uint32_t	flags;
	uint32_t	setxattr_flags;
	uint32_t	padding;
};

struct fuse_getxattr_in {
	uint32_t	size;
	uint32_t	padding;
};

struct fuse_getxattr_out {
	uint32_t	size;
	uint32_t	padding;
};

struct fuse_lk_in {
	uint64_t	fh;
	uint64_t	owner;
	struct fuse_file_lock lk;
	uint32_t	lk_flags;
	uint32_t	padding;
};

struct fuse_lk_out {
	struct fuse_file_lock lk;
};

struct fuse_access_in {
	uint32_t	mask;
	uint32_t	padding;
};

struct fuse_init_in {
	uint32_t	major;
	uint32_t	minor;
	uint32_t	max_readahead;
	uint32_t	flags;
	uint32_t	flags2;
	uint32_t	unused[11];
};

#define FUSE_COMPAT_INIT_OUT_SIZE 8
#define FUSE_COMPAT_22_INIT_OUT_SIZE 24

struct fuse_init_out {
	uint32_t	major;
	uint32_t	minor;
	uint32_t	max_readahead;
	uint32_t	flags;
	uint16_t	max_background;
	uint16_t	congestion_threshold;
	uint32_t	max_write;
	uint32_t	time_gran;
	uint16_t	max_pages;
	uint16_t	map_alignment;
	uint32_t	flags2;
	uint32_t	unused[7];
};

#define CUSE_INIT_INFO_MAX 4096

struct cuse_init_in {
	uint32_t	major;
	uint32_t	minor;
	uint32_t	unused;
	uint32_t	flags;
};

struct cuse_init_out {
	uint32_t	major;
	uint32_t	minor;
	uint32_t	unused;
	uint32_t	flags;
	uint32_t	max_read;
	uint32_t	max_write;
	uint32_t	dev_major;		/* chardev major */
	uint32_t	dev_minor;		/* chardev minor */
	uint32_t	spare[10];
};

struct fuse_interrupt_in {
	uint64_t	unique;
};

struct fuse_bmap_in {
	uint64_t	block;
	uint32_t	blocksize;
	uint32_t	padding;
};

struct fuse_bmap_out {
	uint64_t	block;
};

struct fuse_ioctl_in {
	uint64_t	fh;
	uint32_t	flags;
	uint32_t	cmd;
	uint64_t	arg;
	uint32_t	in_size;
	uint32_t	out_size;
};

struct fuse_ioctl_iovec {
	uint64_t	base;
	uint64_t	len;
};

struct fuse_ioctl_out {
	int32_t		result;
	uint32_t	flags;
	uint32_t	in_iovs;
	uint32_t	out_iovs;
};

struct fuse_poll_in {
	uint64_t	fh;
	uint64_t	kh;
	uint32_t	flags;
	uint32_t	events;
};

struct fuse_poll_out {
	uint32_t	revents;
	uint32_t	padding;
};

struct fuse_notify_poll_wakeup_out {
	uint64_t	kh;
};

struct fuse_fallocate_in {
	uint64_t	fh;
	uint64_t	offset;
	uint64_t	length;
	uint32_t	mode;
	uint32_t	padding;
};

struct fuse_in_header {
	uint32_t	len;
	uint32_t	opcode;
	uint64_t	unique;
	uint64_t	nodeid;
	uint32_t	uid;
	uint32_t	gid;
	uint32_t	pid;
	uint32_t	padding;
};

struct fuse_out_header {
	uint32_t	len;
	int32_t		error;
	uint64_t	unique;
};

struct fuse_dirent {
	uint64_t	ino;
	uint64_t	off;
	uint32_t	namelen;
	uint32_t	type;
	char name[];
};

#define FUSE_NAME_OFFSET offsetof(struct fuse_dirent, name)
#define FUSE_DIRENT_ALIGN(x) \
	(((x) + sizeof(uint64_t) - 1) & ~(sizeof(uint64_t) - 1))
#define FUSE_DIRENT_SIZE(d) \
	FUSE_DIRENT_ALIGN(FUSE_NAME_OFFSET + (d)->namelen)

struct fuse_direntplus {
	struct fuse_entry_out entry_out;
	struct fuse_dirent dirent;
};

#define FUSE_NAME_OFFSET_DIRENTPLUS \
	offsetof(struct fuse_direntplus, dirent.name)
#define FUSE_DIRENTPLUS_SIZE(d) \
	FUSE_DIRENT_ALIGN(FUSE_NAME_OFFSET_DIRENTPLUS + (d)->dirent.namelen)

struct fuse_notify_inval_inode_out {
	uint64_t	ino;
	int64_t		off;
	int64_t		len;
};

struct fuse_notify_inval_entry_out {
	uint64_t	parent;
	uint32_t	namelen;
	uint32_t	flags;
};

struct fuse_notify_delete_out {
	uint64_t	parent;
	uint64_t	child;
	uint32_t	namelen;
	uint32_t	padding;
};

struct fuse_notify_store_out {
	uint64_t	nodeid;
	uint64_t	offset;
	uint32_t	size;
	uint32_t	padding;
};

struct fuse_notify_retrieve_out {
	uint64_t	notify_unique;
	uint64_t	nodeid;
	uint64_t	offset;
	uint32_t	size;
	uint32_t	padding;
};

/* Matches the size of fuse_write_in */
struct fuse_notify_retrieve_in {
	uint64_t	dummy1;
	uint64_t	offset;
	uint32_t	size;
	uint32_t	dummy2;
	uint64_t	dummy3;
	uint64_t	dummy4;
};

/* Device ioctls: */
#define FUSE_DEV_IOC_MAGIC		229
#define FUSE_DEV_IOC_CLONE		_IOR(FUSE_DEV_IOC_MAGIC, 0, uint32_t)

struct fuse_lseek_in {
	uint64_t	fh;
	uint64_t	offset;
	uint32_t	whence;
	uint32_t	padding;
};

struct fuse_lseek_out {
	uint64_t	offset;
};

struct fuse_copy_file_range_in {
	uint64_t	fh_in;
	uint64_t	off_in;
	uint64_t	nodeid_out;
	uint64_t	fh_out;
	uint64_t	off_out;
	uint64_t	len;
	uint64_t	flags;
};

#define FUSE_SETUPMAPPING_FLAG_WRITE (1ull << 0)
#define FUSE_SETUPMAPPING_FLAG_READ (1ull << 1)
struct fuse_setupmapping_in {
	/* An already open handle */
	uint64_t	fh;
	/* Offset into the file to start the mapping */
	uint64_t	foffset;
	/* Length of mapping required */
	uint64_t	len;
	/* Flags, FUSE_SETUPMAPPING_FLAG_* */
	uint64_t	flags;
	/* Offset in Memory Window */
	uint64_t	moffset;
};

struct fuse_removemapping_in {
	/* number of fuse_removemapping_one follows */
	uint32_t        count;
};

struct fuse_removemapping_one {
	/* Offset into the dax window start the unmapping */
	uint64_t        moffset;
	/* Length of mapping required */
	uint64_t	len;
};

#define FUSE_REMOVEMAPPING_MAX_ENTRY   \
		(PAGE_SIZE / sizeof(struct fuse_removemapping_one))

struct fuse_syncfs_in {
	uint64_t	padding;
};

#endif /* _LINUX_FUSE_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_LTALK_H
#define __LINUX_LTALK_H

#define LTALK_HLEN		1
#define LTALK_MTU		600
#define LTALK_ALEN		1


#endif /* __LINUX_LTALK_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * This file define a set of standard wireless extensions
 *
 * Version :	22	16.3.07
 *
 * Authors :	Jean Tourrilhes - HPL - <jt@hpl.hp.com>
 * Copyright (c) 1997-2007 Jean Tourrilhes, All Rights Reserved.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_WIRELESS_H
#define _LINUX_WIRELESS_H

/************************** DOCUMENTATION **************************/
/*
 * Initial APIs (1996 -> onward) :
 * -----------------------------
 * Basically, the wireless extensions are for now a set of standard ioctl
 * call + /proc/net/wireless
 *
 * The entry /proc/net/wireless give statistics and information on the
 * driver.
 * This is better than having each driver having its entry because
 * its centralised and we may remove the driver module safely.
 *
 * Ioctl are used to configure the driver and issue commands.  This is
 * better than command line options of insmod because we may want to
 * change dynamically (while the driver is running) some parameters.
 *
 * The ioctl mechanimsm are copied from standard devices ioctl.
 * We have the list of command plus a structure descibing the
 * data exchanged...
 * Note that to add these ioctl, I was obliged to modify :
 *	# net/core/dev.c (two place + add include)
 *	# net/ipv4/af_inet.c (one place + add include)
 *
 * /proc/net/wireless is a copy of /proc/net/dev.
 * We have a structure for data passed from the driver to /proc/net/wireless
 * Too add this, I've modified :
 *	# net/core/dev.c (two other places)
 *	# include/linux/netdevice.h (one place)
 *	# include/linux/proc_fs.h (one place)
 *
 * New driver API (2002 -> onward) :
 * -------------------------------
 * This file is only concerned with the user space API and common definitions.
 * The new driver API is defined and documented in :
 *	# include/net/iw_handler.h
 *
 * Note as well that /proc/net/wireless implementation has now moved in :
 *	# net/core/wireless.c
 *
 * Wireless Events (2002 -> onward) :
 * --------------------------------
 * Events are defined at the end of this file, and implemented in :
 *	# net/core/wireless.c
 *
 * Other comments :
 * --------------
 * Do not add here things that are redundant with other mechanisms
 * (drivers init, ifconfig, /proc/net/dev, ...) and with are not
 * wireless specific.
 *
 * These wireless extensions are not magic : each driver has to provide
 * support for them...
 *
 * IMPORTANT NOTE : As everything in the kernel, this is very much a
 * work in progress. Contact me if you have ideas of improvements...
 */

/***************************** INCLUDES *****************************/

#include <linux/types.h>		/* for __u* and __s* typedefs */
#include <linux/socket.h>		/* for "struct sockaddr" et al	*/
#include <linux/if.h>			/* for IFNAMSIZ and co... */

/***************************** VERSION *****************************/
/*
 * This constant is used to know the availability of the wireless
 * extensions and to know which version of wireless extensions it is
 * (there is some stuff that will be added in the future...)
 * I just plan to increment with each new version.
 */
#define WIRELESS_EXT	22

/*
 * Changes :
 *
 * V2 to V3
 * --------
 *	Alan Cox start some incompatibles changes. I've integrated a bit more.
 *	- Encryption renamed to Encode to avoid US regulation problems
 *	- Frequency changed from float to struct to avoid problems on old 386
 *
 * V3 to V4
 * --------
 *	- Add sensitivity
 *
 * V4 to V5
 * --------
 *	- Missing encoding definitions in range
 *	- Access points stuff
 *
 * V5 to V6
 * --------
 *	- 802.11 support (ESSID ioctls)
 *
 * V6 to V7
 * --------
 *	- define IW_ESSID_MAX_SIZE and IW_MAX_AP
 *
 * V7 to V8
 * --------
 *	- Changed my e-mail address
 *	- More 802.11 support (nickname, rate, rts, frag)
 *	- List index in frequencies
 *
 * V8 to V9
 * --------
 *	- Support for 'mode of operation' (ad-hoc, managed...)
 *	- Support for unicast and multicast power saving
 *	- Change encoding to support larger tokens (>64 bits)
 *	- Updated iw_params (disable, flags) and use it for NWID
 *	- Extracted iw_point from iwreq for clarity
 *
 * V9 to V10
 * ---------
 *	- Add PM capability to range structure
 *	- Add PM modifier : MAX/MIN/RELATIVE
 *	- Add encoding option : IW_ENCODE_NOKEY
 *	- Add TxPower ioctls (work like TxRate)
 *
 * V10 to V11
 * ----------
 *	- Add WE version in range (help backward/forward compatibility)
 *	- Add retry ioctls (work like PM)
 *
 * V11 to V12
 * ----------
 *	- Add SIOCSIWSTATS to get /proc/net/wireless programatically
 *	- Add DEV PRIVATE IOCTL to avoid collisions in SIOCDEVPRIVATE space
 *	- Add new statistics (frag, retry, beacon)
 *	- Add average quality (for user space calibration)
 *
 * V12 to V13
 * ----------
 *	- Document creation of new driver API.
 *	- Extract union iwreq_data from struct iwreq (for new driver API).
 *	- Rename SIOCSIWNAME as SIOCSIWCOMMIT
 *
 * V13 to V14
 * ----------
 *	- Wireless Events support : define struct iw_event
 *	- Define additional specific event numbers
 *	- Add "addr" and "param" fields in union iwreq_data
 *	- AP scanning stuff (SIOCSIWSCAN and friends)
 *
 * V14 to V15
 * ----------
 *	- Add IW_PRIV_TYPE_ADDR for struct sockaddr private arg
 *	- Make struct iw_freq signed (both m & e), add explicit padding
 *	- Add IWEVCUSTOM for driver specific event/scanning token
 *	- Add IW_MAX_GET_SPY for driver returning a lot of addresses
 *	- Add IW_TXPOW_RANGE for range of Tx Powers
 *	- Add IWEVREGISTERED & IWEVEXPIRED events for Access Points
 *	- Add IW_MODE_MONITOR for passive monitor
 *
 * V15 to V16
 * ----------
 *	- Increase the number of bitrates in iw_range to 32 (for 802.11g)
 *	- Increase the number of frequencies in iw_range to 32 (for 802.11b+a)
 *	- Reshuffle struct iw_range for increases, add filler
 *	- Increase IW_MAX_AP to 64 for driver returning a lot of addresses
 *	- Remove IW_MAX_GET_SPY because conflict with enhanced spy support
 *	- Add SIOCSIWTHRSPY/SIOCGIWTHRSPY and "struct iw_thrspy"
 *	- Add IW_ENCODE_TEMP and iw_range->encoding_login_index
 *
 * V16 to V17
 * ----------
 *	- Add flags to frequency -> auto/fixed
 *	- Document (struct iw_quality *)->updated, add new flags (INVALID)
 *	- Wireless Event capability in struct iw_range
 *	- Add support for relative TxPower (yick !)
 *
 * V17 to V18 (From Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>)
 * ----------
 *	- Add support for WPA/WPA2
 *	- Add extended encoding configuration (SIOCSIWENCODEEXT and
 *	  SIOCGIWENCODEEXT)
 *	- Add SIOCSIWGENIE/SIOCGIWGENIE
 *	- Add SIOCSIWMLME
 *	- Add SIOCSIWPMKSA
 *	- Add struct iw_range bit field for supported encoding capabilities
 *	- Add optional scan request parameters for SIOCSIWSCAN
 *	- Add SIOCSIWAUTH/SIOCGIWAUTH for setting authentication and WPA
 *	  related parameters (extensible up to 4096 parameter values)
 *	- Add wireless events: IWEVGENIE, IWEVMICHAELMICFAILURE,
 *	  IWEVASSOCREQIE, IWEVASSOCRESPIE, IWEVPMKIDCAND
 *
 * V18 to V19
 * ----------
 *	- Remove (struct iw_point *)->pointer from events and streams
 *	- Remove header includes to help user space
 *	- Increase IW_ENCODING_TOKEN_MAX from 32 to 64
 *	- Add IW_QUAL_ALL_UPDATED and IW_QUAL_ALL_INVALID macros
 *	- Add explicit flag to tell stats are in dBm : IW_QUAL_DBM
 *	- Add IW_IOCTL_IDX() and IW_EVENT_IDX() macros
 *
 * V19 to V20
 * ----------
 *	- RtNetlink requests support (SET/GET)
 *
 * V20 to V21
 * ----------
 *	- Remove (struct net_device *)->get_wireless_stats()
 *	- Change length in ESSID and NICK to strlen() instead of strlen()+1
 *	- Add IW_RETRY_SHORT/IW_RETRY_LONG retry modifiers
 *	- Power/Retry relative values no longer * 100000
 *	- Add explicit flag to tell stats are in 802.11k RCPI : IW_QUAL_RCPI
 *
 * V21 to V22
 * ----------
 *	- Prevent leaking of kernel space in stream on 64 bits.
 */

/**************************** CONSTANTS ****************************/

/* -------------------------- IOCTL LIST -------------------------- */

/* Wireless Identification */
#define SIOCSIWCOMMIT	0x8B00		/* Commit pending changes to driver */
#define SIOCGIWNAME	0x8B01		/* get name == wireless protocol */
/* SIOCGIWNAME is used to verify the presence of Wireless Extensions.
 * Common values : "IEEE 802.11-DS", "IEEE 802.11-FH", "IEEE 802.11b"...
 * Don't put the name of your driver there, it's useless. */

/* Basic operations */
#define SIOCSIWNWID	0x8B02		/* set network id (pre-802.11) */
#define SIOCGIWNWID	0x8B03		/* get network id (the cell) */
#define SIOCSIWFREQ	0x8B04		/* set channel/frequency (Hz) */
#define SIOCGIWFREQ	0x8B05		/* get channel/frequency (Hz) */
#define SIOCSIWMODE	0x8B06		/* set operation mode */
#define SIOCGIWMODE	0x8B07		/* get operation mode */
#define SIOCSIWSENS	0x8B08		/* set sensitivity (dBm) */
#define SIOCGIWSENS	0x8B09		/* get sensitivity (dBm) */

/* Informative stuff */
#define SIOCSIWRANGE	0x8B0A		/* Unused */
#define SIOCGIWRANGE	0x8B0B		/* Get range of parameters */
#define SIOCSIWPRIV	0x8B0C		/* Unused */
#define SIOCGIWPRIV	0x8B0D		/* get private ioctl interface info */
#define SIOCSIWSTATS	0x8B0E		/* Unused */
#define SIOCGIWSTATS	0x8B0F		/* Get /proc/net/wireless stats */
/* SIOCGIWSTATS is strictly used between user space and the kernel, and
 * is never passed to the driver (i.e. the driver will never see it). */

/* Spy support (statistics per MAC address - used for Mobile IP support) */
#define SIOCSIWSPY	0x8B10		/* set spy addresses */
#define SIOCGIWSPY	0x8B11		/* get spy info (quality of link) */
#define SIOCSIWTHRSPY	0x8B12		/* set spy threshold (spy event) */
#define SIOCGIWTHRSPY	0x8B13		/* get spy threshold */

/* Access Point manipulation */
#define SIOCSIWAP	0x8B14		/* set access point MAC addresses */
#define SIOCGIWAP	0x8B15		/* get access point MAC addresses */
#define SIOCGIWAPLIST	0x8B17		/* Deprecated in favor of scanning */
#define SIOCSIWSCAN	0x8B18		/* trigger scanning (list cells) */
#define SIOCGIWSCAN	0x8B19		/* get scanning results */

/* 802.11 specific support */
#define SIOCSIWESSID	0x8B1A		/* set ESSID (network name) */
#define SIOCGIWESSID	0x8B1B		/* get ESSID */
#define SIOCSIWNICKN	0x8B1C		/* set node name/nickname */
#define SIOCGIWNICKN	0x8B1D		/* get node name/nickname */
/* As the ESSID and NICKN are strings up to 32 bytes long, it doesn't fit
 * within the 'iwreq' structure, so we need to use the 'data' member to
 * point to a string in user space, like it is done for RANGE... */

/* Other parameters useful in 802.11 and some other devices */
#define SIOCSIWRATE	0x8B20		/* set default bit rate (bps) */
#define SIOCGIWRATE	0x8B21		/* get default bit rate (bps) */
#define SIOCSIWRTS	0x8B22		/* set RTS/CTS threshold (bytes) */
#define SIOCGIWRTS	0x8B23		/* get RTS/CTS threshold (bytes) */
#define SIOCSIWFRAG	0x8B24		/* set fragmentation thr (bytes) */
#define SIOCGIWFRAG	0x8B25		/* get fragmentation thr (bytes) */
#define SIOCSIWTXPOW	0x8B26		/* set transmit power (dBm) */
#define SIOCGIWTXPOW	0x8B27		/* get transmit power (dBm) */
#define SIOCSIWRETRY	0x8B28		/* set retry limits and lifetime */
#define SIOCGIWRETRY	0x8B29		/* get retry limits and lifetime */

/* Encoding stuff (scrambling, hardware security, WEP...) */
#define SIOCSIWENCODE	0x8B2A		/* set encoding token & mode */
#define SIOCGIWENCODE	0x8B2B		/* get encoding token & mode */
/* Power saving stuff (power management, unicast and multicast) */
#define SIOCSIWPOWER	0x8B2C		/* set Power Management settings */
#define SIOCGIWPOWER	0x8B2D		/* get Power Management settings */

/* WPA : Generic IEEE 802.11 informatiom element (e.g., for WPA/RSN/WMM).
 * This ioctl uses struct iw_point and data buffer that includes IE id and len
 * fields. More than one IE may be included in the request. Setting the generic
 * IE to empty buffer (len=0) removes the generic IE from the driver. Drivers
 * are allowed to generate their own WPA/RSN IEs, but in these cases, drivers
 * are required to report the used IE as a wireless event, e.g., when
 * associating with an AP. */
#define SIOCSIWGENIE	0x8B30		/* set generic IE */
#define SIOCGIWGENIE	0x8B31		/* get generic IE */

/* WPA : IEEE 802.11 MLME requests */
#define SIOCSIWMLME	0x8B16		/* request MLME operation; uses
					 * struct iw_mlme */
/* WPA : Authentication mode parameters */
#define SIOCSIWAUTH	0x8B32		/* set authentication mode params */
#define SIOCGIWAUTH	0x8B33		/* get authentication mode params */

/* WPA : Extended version of encoding configuration */
#define SIOCSIWENCODEEXT 0x8B34		/* set encoding token & mode */
#define SIOCGIWENCODEEXT 0x8B35		/* get encoding token & mode */

/* WPA2 : PMKSA cache management */
#define SIOCSIWPMKSA	0x8B36		/* PMKSA cache operation */

/* -------------------- DEV PRIVATE IOCTL LIST -------------------- */

/* These 32 ioctl are wireless device private, for 16 commands.
 * Each driver is free to use them for whatever purpose it chooses,
 * however the driver *must* export the description of those ioctls
 * with SIOCGIWPRIV and *must* use arguments as defined below.
 * If you don't follow those rules, DaveM is going to hate you (reason :
 * it make mixed 32/64bit operation impossible).
 */
#define SIOCIWFIRSTPRIV	0x8BE0
#define SIOCIWLASTPRIV	0x8BFF
/* Previously, we were using SIOCDEVPRIVATE, but we now have our
 * separate range because of collisions with other tools such as
 * 'mii-tool'.
 * We now have 32 commands, so a bit more space ;-).
 * Also, all 'even' commands are only usable by root and don't return the
 * content of ifr/iwr to user (but you are not obliged to use the set/get
 * convention, just use every other two command). More details in iwpriv.c.
 * And I repeat : you are not forced to use them with iwpriv, but you
 * must be compliant with it.
 */

/* ------------------------- IOCTL STUFF ------------------------- */

/* The first and the last (range) */
#define SIOCIWFIRST	0x8B00
#define SIOCIWLAST	SIOCIWLASTPRIV		/* 0x8BFF */
#define IW_IOCTL_IDX(cmd)	((cmd) - SIOCIWFIRST)
#define IW_HANDLER(id, func)			\
	[IW_IOCTL_IDX(id)] = func

/* Odd : get (world access), even : set (root access) */
#define IW_IS_SET(cmd)	(!((cmd) & 0x1))
#define IW_IS_GET(cmd)	((cmd) & 0x1)

/* ----------------------- WIRELESS EVENTS ----------------------- */
/* Those are *NOT* ioctls, do not issue request on them !!! */
/* Most events use the same identifier as ioctl requests */

#define IWEVTXDROP	0x8C00		/* Packet dropped to excessive retry */
#define IWEVQUAL	0x8C01		/* Quality part of statistics (scan) */
#define IWEVCUSTOM	0x8C02		/* Driver specific ascii string */
#define IWEVREGISTERED	0x8C03		/* Discovered a new node (AP mode) */
#define IWEVEXPIRED	0x8C04		/* Expired a node (AP mode) */
#define IWEVGENIE	0x8C05		/* Generic IE (WPA, RSN, WMM, ..)
					 * (scan results); This includes id and
					 * length fields. One IWEVGENIE may
					 * contain more than one IE. Scan
					 * results may contain one or more
					 * IWEVGENIE events. */
#define IWEVMICHAELMICFAILURE 0x8C06	/* Michael MIC failure
					 * (struct iw_michaelmicfailure)
					 */
#define IWEVASSOCREQIE	0x8C07		/* IEs used in (Re)Association Request.
					 * The data includes id and length
					 * fields and may contain more than one
					 * IE. This event is required in
					 * Managed mode if the driver
					 * generates its own WPA/RSN IE. This
					 * should be sent just before
					 * IWEVREGISTERED event for the
					 * association. */
#define IWEVASSOCRESPIE	0x8C08		/* IEs used in (Re)Association
					 * Response. The data includes id and
					 * length fields and may contain more
					 * than one IE. This may be sent
					 * between IWEVASSOCREQIE and
					 * IWEVREGISTERED events for the
					 * association. */
#define IWEVPMKIDCAND	0x8C09		/* PMKID candidate for RSN
					 * pre-authentication
					 * (struct iw_pmkid_cand) */

#define IWEVFIRST	0x8C00
#define IW_EVENT_IDX(cmd)	((cmd) - IWEVFIRST)

/* ------------------------- PRIVATE INFO ------------------------- */
/*
 * The following is used with SIOCGIWPRIV. It allow a driver to define
 * the interface (name, type of data) for its private ioctl.
 * Privates ioctl are SIOCIWFIRSTPRIV -> SIOCIWLASTPRIV
 */

#define IW_PRIV_TYPE_MASK	0x7000	/* Type of arguments */
#define IW_PRIV_TYPE_NONE	0x0000
#define IW_PRIV_TYPE_BYTE	0x1000	/* Char as number */
#define IW_PRIV_TYPE_CHAR	0x2000	/* Char as character */
#define IW_PRIV_TYPE_INT	0x4000	/* 32 bits int */
#define IW_PRIV_TYPE_FLOAT	0x5000	/* struct iw_freq */
#define IW_PRIV_TYPE_ADDR	0x6000	/* struct sockaddr */

#define IW_PRIV_SIZE_FIXED	0x0800	/* Variable or fixed number of args */

#define IW_PRIV_SIZE_MASK	0x07FF	/* Max number of those args */

/*
 * Note : if the number of args is fixed and the size < 16 octets,
 * instead of passing a pointer we will put args in the iwreq struct...
 */

/* ----------------------- OTHER CONSTANTS ----------------------- */

/* Maximum frequencies in the range struct */
#define IW_MAX_FREQUENCIES	32
/* Note : if you have something like 80 frequencies,
 * don't increase this constant and don't fill the frequency list.
 * The user will be able to set by channel anyway... */

/* Maximum bit rates in the range struct */
#define IW_MAX_BITRATES		32

/* Maximum tx powers in the range struct */
#define IW_MAX_TXPOWER		8
/* Note : if you more than 8 TXPowers, just set the max and min or
 * a few of them in the struct iw_range. */

/* Maximum of address that you may set with SPY */
#define IW_MAX_SPY		8

/* Maximum of address that you may get in the
   list of access points in range */
#define IW_MAX_AP		64

/* Maximum size of the ESSID and NICKN strings */
#define IW_ESSID_MAX_SIZE	32

/* Modes of operation */
#define IW_MODE_AUTO	0	/* Let the driver decides */
#define IW_MODE_ADHOC	1	/* Single cell network */
#define IW_MODE_INFRA	2	/* Multi cell network, roaming, ... */
#define IW_MODE_MASTER	3	/* Synchronisation master or Access Point */
#define IW_MODE_REPEAT	4	/* Wireless Repeater (forwarder) */
#define IW_MODE_SECOND	5	/* Secondary master/repeater (backup) */
#define IW_MODE_MONITOR	6	/* Passive monitor (listen only) */
#define IW_MODE_MESH	7	/* Mesh (IEEE 802.11s) network */

/* Statistics flags (bitmask in updated) */
#define IW_QUAL_QUAL_UPDATED	0x01	/* Value was updated since last read */
#define IW_QUAL_LEVEL_UPDATED	0x02
#define IW_QUAL_NOISE_UPDATED	0x04
#define IW_QUAL_ALL_UPDATED	0x07
#define IW_QUAL_DBM		0x08	/* Level + Noise are dBm */
#define IW_QUAL_QUAL_INVALID	0x10	/* Driver doesn't provide value */
#define IW_QUAL_LEVEL_INVALID	0x20
#define IW_QUAL_NOISE_INVALID	0x40
#define IW_QUAL_RCPI		0x80	/* Level + Noise are 802.11k RCPI */
#define IW_QUAL_ALL_INVALID	0x70

/* Frequency flags */
#define IW_FREQ_AUTO		0x00	/* Let the driver decides */
#define IW_FREQ_FIXED		0x01	/* Force a specific value */

/* Maximum number of size of encoding token available
 * they are listed in the range structure */
#define IW_MAX_ENCODING_SIZES	8

/* Maximum size of the encoding token in bytes */
#define IW_ENCODING_TOKEN_MAX	64	/* 512 bits (for now) */

/* Flags for encoding (along with the token) */
#define IW_ENCODE_INDEX		0x00FF	/* Token index (if needed) */
#define IW_ENCODE_FLAGS		0xFF00	/* Flags defined below */
#define IW_ENCODE_MODE		0xF000	/* Modes defined below */
#define IW_ENCODE_DISABLED	0x8000	/* Encoding disabled */
#define IW_ENCODE_ENABLED	0x0000	/* Encoding enabled */
#define IW_ENCODE_RESTRICTED	0x4000	/* Refuse non-encoded packets */
#define IW_ENCODE_OPEN		0x2000	/* Accept non-encoded packets */
#define IW_ENCODE_NOKEY		0x0800  /* Key is write only, so not present */
#define IW_ENCODE_TEMP		0x0400  /* Temporary key */

/* Power management flags available (along with the value, if any) */
#define IW_POWER_ON		0x0000	/* No details... */
#define IW_POWER_TYPE		0xF000	/* Type of parameter */
#define IW_POWER_PERIOD		0x1000	/* Value is a period/duration of  */
#define IW_POWER_TIMEOUT	0x2000	/* Value is a timeout (to go asleep) */
#define IW_POWER_MODE		0x0F00	/* Power Management mode */
#define IW_POWER_UNICAST_R	0x0100	/* Receive only unicast messages */
#define IW_POWER_MULTICAST_R	0x0200	/* Receive only multicast messages */
#define IW_POWER_ALL_R		0x0300	/* Receive all messages though PM */
#define IW_POWER_FORCE_S	0x0400	/* Force PM procedure for sending unicast */
#define IW_POWER_REPEATER	0x0800	/* Repeat broadcast messages in PM period */
#define IW_POWER_MODIFIER	0x000F	/* Modify a parameter */
#define IW_POWER_MIN		0x0001	/* Value is a minimum  */
#define IW_POWER_MAX		0x0002	/* Value is a maximum */
#define IW_POWER_RELATIVE	0x0004	/* Value is not in seconds/ms/us */

/* Transmit Power flags available */
#define IW_TXPOW_TYPE		0x00FF	/* Type of value */
#define IW_TXPOW_DBM		0x0000	/* Value is in dBm */
#define IW_TXPOW_MWATT		0x0001	/* Value is in mW */
#define IW_TXPOW_RELATIVE	0x0002	/* Value is in arbitrary units */
#define IW_TXPOW_RANGE		0x1000	/* Range of value between min/max */

/* Retry limits and lifetime flags available */
#define IW_RETRY_ON		0x0000	/* No details... */
#define IW_RETRY_TYPE		0xF000	/* Type of parameter */
#define IW_RETRY_LIMIT		0x1000	/* Maximum number of retries*/
#define IW_RETRY_LIFETIME	0x2000	/* Maximum duration of retries in us */
#define IW_RETRY_MODIFIER	0x00FF	/* Modify a parameter */
#define IW_RETRY_MIN		0x0001	/* Value is a minimum  */
#define IW_RETRY_MAX		0x0002	/* Value is a maximum */
#define IW_RETRY_RELATIVE	0x0004	/* Value is not in seconds/ms/us */
#define IW_RETRY_SHORT		0x0010	/* Value is for short packets  */
#define IW_RETRY_LONG		0x0020	/* Value is for long packets */

/* Scanning request flags */
#define IW_SCAN_DEFAULT		0x0000	/* Default scan of the driver */
#define IW_SCAN_ALL_ESSID	0x0001	/* Scan all ESSIDs */
#define IW_SCAN_THIS_ESSID	0x0002	/* Scan only this ESSID */
#define IW_SCAN_ALL_FREQ	0x0004	/* Scan all Frequencies */
#define IW_SCAN_THIS_FREQ	0x0008	/* Scan only this Frequency */
#define IW_SCAN_ALL_MODE	0x0010	/* Scan all Modes */
#define IW_SCAN_THIS_MODE	0x0020	/* Scan only this Mode */
#define IW_SCAN_ALL_RATE	0x0040	/* Scan all Bit-Rates */
#define IW_SCAN_THIS_RATE	0x0080	/* Scan only this Bit-Rate */
/* struct iw_scan_req scan_type */
#define IW_SCAN_TYPE_ACTIVE 0
#define IW_SCAN_TYPE_PASSIVE 1
/* Maximum size of returned data */
#define IW_SCAN_MAX_DATA	4096	/* In bytes */

/* Scan capability flags - in (struct iw_range *)->scan_capa */
#define IW_SCAN_CAPA_NONE		0x00
#define IW_SCAN_CAPA_ESSID		0x01
#define IW_SCAN_CAPA_BSSID		0x02
#define IW_SCAN_CAPA_CHANNEL	0x04
#define IW_SCAN_CAPA_MODE		0x08
#define IW_SCAN_CAPA_RATE		0x10
#define IW_SCAN_CAPA_TYPE		0x20
#define IW_SCAN_CAPA_TIME		0x40

/* Max number of char in custom event - use multiple of them if needed */
#define IW_CUSTOM_MAX		256	/* In bytes */

/* Generic information element */
#define IW_GENERIC_IE_MAX	1024

/* MLME requests (SIOCSIWMLME / struct iw_mlme) */
#define IW_MLME_DEAUTH		0
#define IW_MLME_DISASSOC	1
#define IW_MLME_AUTH		2
#define IW_MLME_ASSOC		3

/* SIOCSIWAUTH/SIOCGIWAUTH struct iw_param flags */
#define IW_AUTH_INDEX		0x0FFF
#define IW_AUTH_FLAGS		0xF000
/* SIOCSIWAUTH/SIOCGIWAUTH parameters (0 .. 4095)
 * (IW_AUTH_INDEX mask in struct iw_param flags; this is the index of the
 * parameter that is being set/get to; value will be read/written to
 * struct iw_param value field) */
#define IW_AUTH_WPA_VERSION		0
#define IW_AUTH_CIPHER_PAIRWISE		1
#define IW_AUTH_CIPHER_GROUP		2
#define IW_AUTH_KEY_MGMT		3
#define IW_AUTH_TKIP_COUNTERMEASURES	4
#define IW_AUTH_DROP_UNENCRYPTED	5
#define IW_AUTH_80211_AUTH_ALG		6
#define IW_AUTH_WPA_ENABLED		7
#define IW_AUTH_RX_UNENCRYPTED_EAPOL	8
#define IW_AUTH_ROAMING_CONTROL		9
#define IW_AUTH_PRIVACY_INVOKED		10
#define IW_AUTH_CIPHER_GROUP_MGMT	11
#define IW_AUTH_MFP			12

/* IW_AUTH_WPA_VERSION values (bit field) */
#define IW_AUTH_WPA_VERSION_DISABLED	0x00000001
#define IW_AUTH_WPA_VERSION_WPA		0x00000002
#define IW_AUTH_WPA_VERSION_WPA2	0x00000004

/* IW_AUTH_PAIRWISE_CIPHER, IW_AUTH_GROUP_CIPHER, and IW_AUTH_CIPHER_GROUP_MGMT
 * values (bit field) */
#define IW_AUTH_CIPHER_NONE	0x00000001
#define IW_AUTH_CIPHER_WEP40	0x00000002
#define IW_AUTH_CIPHER_TKIP	0x00000004
#define IW_AUTH_CIPHER_CCMP	0x00000008
#define IW_AUTH_CIPHER_WEP104	0x00000010
#define IW_AUTH_CIPHER_AES_CMAC	0x00000020

/* IW_AUTH_KEY_MGMT values (bit field) */
#define IW_AUTH_KEY_MGMT_802_1X	1
#define IW_AUTH_KEY_MGMT_PSK	2

/* IW_AUTH_80211_AUTH_ALG values (bit field) */
#define IW_AUTH_ALG_OPEN_SYSTEM	0x00000001
#define IW_AUTH_ALG_SHARED_KEY	0x00000002
#define IW_AUTH_ALG_LEAP	0x00000004

/* IW_AUTH_ROAMING_CONTROL values */
#define IW_AUTH_ROAMING_ENABLE	0	/* driver/firmware based roaming */
#define IW_AUTH_ROAMING_DISABLE	1	/* user space program used for roaming
					 * control */

/* IW_AUTH_MFP (management frame protection) values */
#define IW_AUTH_MFP_DISABLED	0	/* MFP disabled */
#define IW_AUTH_MFP_OPTIONAL	1	/* MFP optional */
#define IW_AUTH_MFP_REQUIRED	2	/* MFP required */

/* SIOCSIWENCODEEXT definitions */
#define IW_ENCODE_SEQ_MAX_SIZE	8
/* struct iw_encode_ext ->alg */
#define IW_ENCODE_ALG_NONE	0
#define IW_ENCODE_ALG_WEP	1
#define IW_ENCODE_ALG_TKIP	2
#define IW_ENCODE_ALG_CCMP	3
#define IW_ENCODE_ALG_PMK	4
#define IW_ENCODE_ALG_AES_CMAC	5
/* struct iw_encode_ext ->ext_flags */
#define IW_ENCODE_EXT_TX_SEQ_VALID	0x00000001
#define IW_ENCODE_EXT_RX_SEQ_VALID	0x00000002
#define IW_ENCODE_EXT_GROUP_KEY		0x00000004
#define IW_ENCODE_EXT_SET_TX_KEY	0x00000008

/* IWEVMICHAELMICFAILURE : struct iw_michaelmicfailure ->flags */
#define IW_MICFAILURE_KEY_ID	0x00000003 /* Key ID 0..3 */
#define IW_MICFAILURE_GROUP	0x00000004
#define IW_MICFAILURE_PAIRWISE	0x00000008
#define IW_MICFAILURE_STAKEY	0x00000010
#define IW_MICFAILURE_COUNT	0x00000060 /* 1 or 2 (0 = count not supported)
					    */

/* Bit field values for enc_capa in struct iw_range */
#define IW_ENC_CAPA_WPA		0x00000001
#define IW_ENC_CAPA_WPA2	0x00000002
#define IW_ENC_CAPA_CIPHER_TKIP	0x00000004
#define IW_ENC_CAPA_CIPHER_CCMP	0x00000008
#define IW_ENC_CAPA_4WAY_HANDSHAKE	0x00000010

/* Event capability macros - in (struct iw_range *)->event_capa
 * Because we have more than 32 possible events, we use an array of
 * 32 bit bitmasks. Note : 32 bits = 0x20 = 2^5. */
#define IW_EVENT_CAPA_BASE(cmd)		((cmd >= SIOCIWFIRSTPRIV) ? \
					 (cmd - SIOCIWFIRSTPRIV + 0x60) : \
					 (cmd - SIOCIWFIRST))
#define IW_EVENT_CAPA_INDEX(cmd)	(IW_EVENT_CAPA_BASE(cmd) >> 5)
#define IW_EVENT_CAPA_MASK(cmd)		(1 << (IW_EVENT_CAPA_BASE(cmd) & 0x1F))
/* Event capability constants - event autogenerated by the kernel
 * This list is valid for most 802.11 devices, customise as needed... */
#define IW_EVENT_CAPA_K_0	(IW_EVENT_CAPA_MASK(0x8B04) | \
				 IW_EVENT_CAPA_MASK(0x8B06) | \
				 IW_EVENT_CAPA_MASK(0x8B1A))
#define IW_EVENT_CAPA_K_1	(IW_EVENT_CAPA_MASK(0x8B2A))
/* "Easy" macro to set events in iw_range (less efficient) */
#define IW_EVENT_CAPA_SET(event_capa, cmd) (event_capa[IW_EVENT_CAPA_INDEX(cmd)] |= IW_EVENT_CAPA_MASK(cmd))
#define IW_EVENT_CAPA_SET_KERNEL(event_capa) {event_capa[0] |= IW_EVENT_CAPA_K_0; event_capa[1] |= IW_EVENT_CAPA_K_1; }


/****************************** TYPES ******************************/

/* --------------------------- SUBTYPES --------------------------- */
/*
 *	Generic format for most parameters that fit in an int
 */
struct iw_param {
  __s32		value;		/* The value of the parameter itself */
  __u8		fixed;		/* Hardware should not use auto select */
  __u8		disabled;	/* Disable the feature */
  __u16		flags;		/* Various specifc flags (if any) */
};

/*
 *	For all data larger than 16 octets, we need to use a
 *	pointer to memory allocated in user space.
 */
struct iw_point {
  void *pointer;	/* Pointer to the data  (in user space) */
  __u16		length;		/* number of fields or size in bytes */
  __u16		flags;		/* Optional params */
};


/*
 *	A frequency
 *	For numbers lower than 10^9, we encode the number in 'm' and
 *	set 'e' to 0
 *	For number greater than 10^9, we divide it by the lowest power
 *	of 10 to get 'm' lower than 10^9, with 'm'= f / (10^'e')...
 *	The power of 10 is in 'e', the result of the division is in 'm'.
 */
struct iw_freq {
	__s32		m;		/* Mantissa */
	__s16		e;		/* Exponent */
	__u8		i;		/* List index (when in range struct) */
	__u8		flags;		/* Flags (fixed/auto) */
};

/*
 *	Quality of the link
 */
struct iw_quality {
	__u8		qual;		/* link quality (%retries, SNR,
					   %missed beacons or better...) */
	__u8		level;		/* signal level (dBm) */
	__u8		noise;		/* noise level (dBm) */
	__u8		updated;	/* Flags to know if updated */
};

/*
 *	Packet discarded in the wireless adapter due to
 *	"wireless" specific problems...
 *	Note : the list of counter and statistics in net_device_stats
 *	is already pretty exhaustive, and you should use that first.
 *	This is only additional stats...
 */
struct iw_discarded {
	__u32		nwid;		/* Rx : Wrong nwid/essid */
	__u32		code;		/* Rx : Unable to code/decode (WEP) */
	__u32		fragment;	/* Rx : Can't perform MAC reassembly */
	__u32		retries;	/* Tx : Max MAC retries num reached */
	__u32		misc;		/* Others cases */
};

/*
 *	Packet/Time period missed in the wireless adapter due to
 *	"wireless" specific problems...
 */
struct iw_missed {
	__u32		beacon;		/* Missed beacons/superframe */
};

/*
 *	Quality range (for spy threshold)
 */
struct iw_thrspy {
	struct sockaddr		addr;		/* Source address (hw/mac) */
	struct iw_quality	qual;		/* Quality of the link */
	struct iw_quality	low;		/* Low threshold */
	struct iw_quality	high;		/* High threshold */
};

/*
 *	Optional data for scan request
 *
 *	Note: these optional parameters are controlling parameters for the
 *	scanning behavior, these do not apply to getting scan results
 *	(SIOCGIWSCAN). Drivers are expected to keep a local BSS table and
 *	provide a merged results with all BSSes even if the previous scan
 *	request limited scanning to a subset, e.g., by specifying an SSID.
 *	Especially, scan results are required to include an entry for the
 *	current BSS if the driver is in Managed mode and associated with an AP.
 */
struct iw_scan_req {
	__u8		scan_type; /* IW_SCAN_TYPE_{ACTIVE,PASSIVE} */
	__u8		essid_len;
	__u8		num_channels; /* num entries in channel_list;
				       * 0 = scan all allowed channels */
	__u8		flags; /* reserved as padding; use zero, this may
				* be used in the future for adding flags
				* to request different scan behavior */
	struct sockaddr	bssid; /* ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff for broadcast BSSID or
				* individual address of a specific BSS */

	/*
	 * Use this ESSID if IW_SCAN_THIS_ESSID flag is used instead of using
	 * the current ESSID. This allows scan requests for specific ESSID
	 * without having to change the current ESSID and potentially breaking
	 * the current association.
	 */
	__u8		essid[IW_ESSID_MAX_SIZE];

	/*
	 * Optional parameters for changing the default scanning behavior.
	 * These are based on the MLME-SCAN.request from IEEE Std 802.11.
	 * TU is 1.024 ms. If these are set to 0, driver is expected to use
	 * reasonable default values. min_channel_time defines the time that
	 * will be used to wait for the first reply on each channel. If no
	 * replies are received, next channel will be scanned after this. If
	 * replies are received, total time waited on the channel is defined by
	 * max_channel_time.
	 */
	__u32		min_channel_time; /* in TU */
	__u32		max_channel_time; /* in TU */

	struct iw_freq	channel_list[IW_MAX_FREQUENCIES];
};

/* ------------------------- WPA SUPPORT ------------------------- */

/*
 *	Extended data structure for get/set encoding (this is used with
 *	SIOCSIWENCODEEXT/SIOCGIWENCODEEXT. struct iw_point and IW_ENCODE_*
 *	flags are used in the same way as with SIOCSIWENCODE/SIOCGIWENCODE and
 *	only the data contents changes (key data -> this structure, including
 *	key data).
 *
 *	If the new key is the first group key, it will be set as the default
 *	TX key. Otherwise, default TX key index is only changed if
 *	IW_ENCODE_EXT_SET_TX_KEY flag is set.
 *
 *	Key will be changed with SIOCSIWENCODEEXT in all cases except for
 *	special "change TX key index" operation which is indicated by setting
 *	key_len = 0 and ext_flags |= IW_ENCODE_EXT_SET_TX_KEY.
 *
 *	tx_seq/rx_seq are only used when respective
 *	IW_ENCODE_EXT_{TX,RX}_SEQ_VALID flag is set in ext_flags. Normal
 *	TKIP/CCMP operation is to set RX seq with SIOCSIWENCODEEXT and start
 *	TX seq from zero whenever key is changed. SIOCGIWENCODEEXT is normally
 *	used only by an Authenticator (AP or an IBSS station) to get the
 *	current TX sequence number. Using TX_SEQ_VALID for SIOCSIWENCODEEXT and
 *	RX_SEQ_VALID for SIOCGIWENCODEEXT are optional, but can be useful for
 *	debugging/testing.
 */
struct iw_encode_ext {
	__u32		ext_flags; /* IW_ENCODE_EXT_* */
	__u8		tx_seq[IW_ENCODE_SEQ_MAX_SIZE]; /* LSB first */
	__u8		rx_seq[IW_ENCODE_SEQ_MAX_SIZE]; /* LSB first */
	struct sockaddr	addr; /* ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff for broadcast/multicast
			       * (group) keys or unicast address for
			       * individual keys */
	__u16		alg; /* IW_ENCODE_ALG_* */
	__u16		key_len;
	__u8		key[0];
};

/* SIOCSIWMLME data */
struct iw_mlme {
	__u16		cmd; /* IW_MLME_* */
	__u16		reason_code;
	struct sockaddr	addr;
};

/* SIOCSIWPMKSA data */
#define IW_PMKSA_ADD		1
#define IW_PMKSA_REMOVE		2
#define IW_PMKSA_FLUSH		3

#define IW_PMKID_LEN	16

struct iw_pmksa {
	__u32		cmd; /* IW_PMKSA_* */
	struct sockaddr	bssid;
	__u8		pmkid[IW_PMKID_LEN];
};

/* IWEVMICHAELMICFAILURE data */
struct iw_michaelmicfailure {
	__u32		flags;
	struct sockaddr	src_addr;
	__u8		tsc[IW_ENCODE_SEQ_MAX_SIZE]; /* LSB first */
};

/* IWEVPMKIDCAND data */
#define IW_PMKID_CAND_PREAUTH	0x00000001 /* RNS pre-authentication enabled */
struct iw_pmkid_cand {
	__u32		flags; /* IW_PMKID_CAND_* */
	__u32		index; /* the smaller the index, the higher the
				* priority */
	struct sockaddr	bssid;
};

/* ------------------------ WIRELESS STATS ------------------------ */
/*
 * Wireless statistics (used for /proc/net/wireless)
 */
struct iw_statistics {
	__u16		status;		/* Status
					 * - device dependent for now */

	struct iw_quality	qual;		/* Quality of the link
						 * (instant/mean/max) */
	struct iw_discarded	discard;	/* Packet discarded counts */
	struct iw_missed	miss;		/* Packet missed counts */
};

/* ------------------------ IOCTL REQUEST ------------------------ */
/*
 * This structure defines the payload of an ioctl, and is used
 * below.
 *
 * Note that this structure should fit on the memory footprint
 * of iwreq (which is the same as ifreq), which mean a max size of
 * 16 octets = 128 bits. Warning, pointers might be 64 bits wide...
 * You should check this when increasing the structures defined
 * above in this file...
 */
union iwreq_data {
	/* Config - generic */
	char		name[IFNAMSIZ];
	/* Name : used to verify the presence of  wireless extensions.
	 * Name of the protocol/provider... */

	struct iw_point	essid;		/* Extended network name */
	struct iw_param	nwid;		/* network id (or domain - the cell) */
	struct iw_freq	freq;		/* frequency or channel :
					 * 0-1000 = channel
					 * > 1000 = frequency in Hz */

	struct iw_param	sens;		/* signal level threshold */
	struct iw_param	bitrate;	/* default bit rate */
	struct iw_param	txpower;	/* default transmit power */
	struct iw_param	rts;		/* RTS threshold */
	struct iw_param	frag;		/* Fragmentation threshold */
	__u32		mode;		/* Operation mode */
	struct iw_param	retry;		/* Retry limits & lifetime */

	struct iw_point	encoding;	/* Encoding stuff : tokens */
	struct iw_param	power;		/* PM duration/timeout */
	struct iw_quality qual;		/* Quality part of statistics */

	struct sockaddr	ap_addr;	/* Access point address */
	struct sockaddr	addr;		/* Destination address (hw/mac) */

	struct iw_param	param;		/* Other small parameters */
	struct iw_point	data;		/* Other large parameters */
};

/*
 * The structure to exchange data for ioctl.
 * This structure is the same as 'struct ifreq', but (re)defined for
 * convenience...
 * Do I need to remind you about structure size (32 octets) ?
 */
struct iwreq {
	union
	{
		char	ifrn_name[IFNAMSIZ];	/* if name, e.g. "eth0" */
	} ifr_ifrn;

	/* Data part (defined just above) */
	union iwreq_data	u;
};

/* -------------------------- IOCTL DATA -------------------------- */
/*
 *	For those ioctl which want to exchange mode data that what could
 *	fit in the above structure...
 */

/*
 *	Range of parameters
 */

struct iw_range {
	/* Informative stuff (to choose between different interface) */
	__u32		throughput;	/* To give an idea... */
	/* In theory this value should be the maximum benchmarked
	 * TCP/IP throughput, because with most of these devices the
	 * bit rate is meaningless (overhead an co) to estimate how
	 * fast the connection will go and pick the fastest one.
	 * I suggest people to play with Netperf or any benchmark...
	 */

	/* NWID (or domain id) */
	__u32		min_nwid;	/* Minimal NWID we are able to set */
	__u32		max_nwid;	/* Maximal NWID we are able to set */

	/* Old Frequency (backward compat - moved lower ) */
	__u16		old_num_channels;
	__u8		old_num_frequency;

	/* Scan capabilities */
	__u8		scan_capa; 	/* IW_SCAN_CAPA_* bit field */

	/* Wireless event capability bitmasks */
	__u32		event_capa[6];

	/* signal level threshold range */
	__s32		sensitivity;

	/* Quality of link & SNR stuff */
	/* Quality range (link, level, noise)
	 * If the quality is absolute, it will be in the range [0 ; max_qual],
	 * if the quality is dBm, it will be in the range [max_qual ; 0].
	 * Don't forget that we use 8 bit arithmetics... */
	struct iw_quality	max_qual;	/* Quality of the link */
	/* This should contain the average/typical values of the quality
	 * indicator. This should be the threshold between a "good" and
	 * a "bad" link (example : monitor going from green to orange).
	 * Currently, user space apps like quality monitors don't have any
	 * way to calibrate the measurement. With this, they can split
	 * the range between 0 and max_qual in different quality level
	 * (using a geometric subdivision centered on the average).
	 * I expect that people doing the user space apps will feedback
	 * us on which value we need to put in each driver... */
	struct iw_quality	avg_qual;	/* Quality of the link */

	/* Rates */
	__u8		num_bitrates;	/* Number of entries in the list */
	__s32		bitrate[IW_MAX_BITRATES];	/* list, in bps */

	/* RTS threshold */
	__s32		min_rts;	/* Minimal RTS threshold */
	__s32		max_rts;	/* Maximal RTS threshold */

	/* Frag threshold */
	__s32		min_frag;	/* Minimal frag threshold */
	__s32		max_frag;	/* Maximal frag threshold */

	/* Power Management duration & timeout */
	__s32		min_pmp;	/* Minimal PM period */
	__s32		max_pmp;	/* Maximal PM period */
	__s32		min_pmt;	/* Minimal PM timeout */
	__s32		max_pmt;	/* Maximal PM timeout */
	__u16		pmp_flags;	/* How to decode max/min PM period */
	__u16		pmt_flags;	/* How to decode max/min PM timeout */
	__u16		pm_capa;	/* What PM options are supported */

	/* Encoder stuff */
	__u16	encoding_size[IW_MAX_ENCODING_SIZES];	/* Different token sizes */
	__u8	num_encoding_sizes;	/* Number of entry in the list */
	__u8	max_encoding_tokens;	/* Max number of tokens */
	/* For drivers that need a "login/passwd" form */
	__u8	encoding_login_index;	/* token index for login token */

	/* Transmit power */
	__u16		txpower_capa;	/* What options are supported */
	__u8		num_txpower;	/* Number of entries in the list */
	__s32		txpower[IW_MAX_TXPOWER];	/* list, in bps */

	/* Wireless Extension version info */
	__u8		we_version_compiled;	/* Must be WIRELESS_EXT */
	__u8		we_version_source;	/* Last update of source */

	/* Retry limits and lifetime */
	__u16		retry_capa;	/* What retry options are supported */
	__u16		retry_flags;	/* How to decode max/min retry limit */
	__u16		r_time_flags;	/* How to decode max/min retry life */
	__s32		min_retry;	/* Minimal number of retries */
	__s32		max_retry;	/* Maximal number of retries */
	__s32		min_r_time;	/* Minimal retry lifetime */
	__s32		max_r_time;	/* Maximal retry lifetime */

	/* Frequency */
	__u16		num_channels;	/* Number of channels [0; num - 1] */
	__u8		num_frequency;	/* Number of entry in the list */
	struct iw_freq	freq[IW_MAX_FREQUENCIES];	/* list */
	/* Note : this frequency list doesn't need to fit channel numbers,
	 * because each entry contain its channel index */

	__u32		enc_capa;	/* IW_ENC_CAPA_* bit field */
};

/*
 * Private ioctl interface information
 */

struct iw_priv_args {
	__u32		cmd;		/* Number of the ioctl to issue */
	__u16		set_args;	/* Type and number of args */
	__u16		get_args;	/* Type and number of args */
	char		name[IFNAMSIZ];	/* Name of the extension */
};

/* ----------------------- WIRELESS EVENTS ----------------------- */
/*
 * Wireless events are carried through the rtnetlink socket to user
 * space. They are encapsulated in the IFLA_WIRELESS field of
 * a RTM_NEWLINK message.
 */

/*
 * A Wireless Event. Contains basically the same data as the ioctl...
 */
struct iw_event {
	__u16		len;			/* Real length of this stuff */
	__u16		cmd;			/* Wireless IOCTL */
	union iwreq_data	u;		/* IOCTL fixed payload */
};

/* Size of the Event prefix (including padding and alignement junk) */
#define IW_EV_LCP_LEN	(sizeof(struct iw_event) - sizeof(union iwreq_data))
/* Size of the various events */
#define IW_EV_CHAR_LEN	(IW_EV_LCP_LEN + IFNAMSIZ)
#define IW_EV_UINT_LEN	(IW_EV_LCP_LEN + sizeof(__u32))
#define IW_EV_FREQ_LEN	(IW_EV_LCP_LEN + sizeof(struct iw_freq))
#define IW_EV_PARAM_LEN	(IW_EV_LCP_LEN + sizeof(struct iw_param))
#define IW_EV_ADDR_LEN	(IW_EV_LCP_LEN + sizeof(struct sockaddr))
#define IW_EV_QUAL_LEN	(IW_EV_LCP_LEN + sizeof(struct iw_quality))

/* iw_point events are special. First, the payload (extra data) come at
 * the end of the event, so they are bigger than IW_EV_POINT_LEN. Second,
 * we omit the pointer, so start at an offset. */
#define IW_EV_POINT_OFF (((char *) &(((struct iw_point *) NULL)->length)) - \
			  (char *) NULL)
#define IW_EV_POINT_LEN	(IW_EV_LCP_LEN + sizeof(struct iw_point) - \
			 IW_EV_POINT_OFF)


/* Size of the Event prefix when packed in stream */
#define IW_EV_LCP_PK_LEN	(4)
/* Size of the various events when packed in stream */
#define IW_EV_CHAR_PK_LEN	(IW_EV_LCP_PK_LEN + IFNAMSIZ)
#define IW_EV_UINT_PK_LEN	(IW_EV_LCP_PK_LEN + sizeof(__u32))
#define IW_EV_FREQ_PK_LEN	(IW_EV_LCP_PK_LEN + sizeof(struct iw_freq))
#define IW_EV_PARAM_PK_LEN	(IW_EV_LCP_PK_LEN + sizeof(struct iw_param))
#define IW_EV_ADDR_PK_LEN	(IW_EV_LCP_PK_LEN + sizeof(struct sockaddr))
#define IW_EV_QUAL_PK_LEN	(IW_EV_LCP_PK_LEN + sizeof(struct iw_quality))
#define IW_EV_POINT_PK_LEN	(IW_EV_LCP_PK_LEN + 4)

#endif /* _LINUX_WIRELESS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * include/linux/spi/spidev.h
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2006 SWAPP
 *	Andrea Paterniani <a.paterniani@swapp-eng.it>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
  */

#ifndef SPIDEV_H
#define SPIDEV_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

/* User space versions of kernel symbols for SPI clocking modes,
 * matching <linux/spi/spi.h>
 */

#define SPI_CPHA		0x01
#define SPI_CPOL		0x02

#define SPI_MODE_0		(0|0)
#define SPI_MODE_1		(0|SPI_CPHA)
#define SPI_MODE_2		(SPI_CPOL|0)
#define SPI_MODE_3		(SPI_CPOL|SPI_CPHA)

#define SPI_CS_HIGH		0x04
#define SPI_LSB_FIRST		0x08
#define SPI_3WIRE		0x10
#define SPI_LOOP		0x20
#define SPI_NO_CS		0x40
#define SPI_READY		0x80
#define SPI_TX_DUAL		0x100
#define SPI_TX_QUAD		0x200
#define SPI_RX_DUAL		0x400
#define SPI_RX_QUAD		0x800

/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/* IOCTL commands */

#define SPI_IOC_MAGIC			'k'

/**
 * struct spi_ioc_transfer - describes a single SPI transfer
 * @tx_buf: Holds pointer to userspace buffer with transmit data, or null.
 *	If no data is provided, zeroes are shifted out.
 * @rx_buf: Holds pointer to userspace buffer for receive data, or null.
 * @len: Length of tx and rx buffers, in bytes.
 * @speed_hz: Temporary override of the device's bitrate.
 * @bits_per_word: Temporary override of the device's wordsize.
 * @delay_usecs: If nonzero, how long to delay after the last bit transfer
 *	before optionally deselecting the device before the next transfer.
 * @cs_change: True to deselect device before starting the next transfer.
 *
 * This structure is mapped directly to the kernel spi_transfer structure;
 * the fields have the same meanings, except of course that the pointers
 * are in a different address space (and may be of different sizes in some
 * cases, such as 32-bit i386 userspace over a 64-bit x86_64 kernel).
 * Zero-initialize the structure, including currently unused fields, to
 * accommodate potential future updates.
 *
 * SPI_IOC_MESSAGE gives userspace the equivalent of kernel spi_sync().
 * Pass it an array of related transfers, they'll execute together.
 * Each transfer may be half duplex (either direction) or full duplex.
 *
 *	struct spi_ioc_transfer mesg[4];
 *	...
 *	status = ioctl(fd, SPI_IOC_MESSAGE(4), mesg);
 *
 * So for example one transfer might send a nine bit command (right aligned
 * in a 16-bit word), the next could read a block of 8-bit data before
 * terminating that command by temporarily deselecting the chip; the next
 * could send a different nine bit command (re-selecting the chip), and the
 * last transfer might write some register values.
 */
struct spi_ioc_transfer {
	__u64		tx_buf;
	__u64		rx_buf;

	__u32		len;
	__u32		speed_hz;

	__u16		delay_usecs;
	__u8		bits_per_word;
	__u8		cs_change;
	__u8		tx_nbits;
	__u8		rx_nbits;
	__u16		pad;

	/* If the contents of 'struct spi_ioc_transfer' ever change
	 * incompatibly, then the ioctl number (currently 0) must change;
	 * ioctls with constant size fields get a bit more in the way of
	 * error checking than ones (like this) where that field varies.
	 *
	 * NOTE: struct layout is the same in 64bit and 32bit userspace.
	 */
};

/* not all platforms use <asm-generic/ioctl.h> or _IOC_TYPECHECK() ... */
#define SPI_MSGSIZE(N) \
	((((N)*(sizeof (struct spi_ioc_transfer))) < (1 << _IOC_SIZEBITS)) \
		? ((N)*(sizeof (struct spi_ioc_transfer))) : 0)
#define SPI_IOC_MESSAGE(N) _IOW(SPI_IOC_MAGIC, 0, char[SPI_MSGSIZE(N)])


/* Read / Write of SPI mode (SPI_MODE_0..SPI_MODE_3) (limited to 8 bits) */
#define SPI_IOC_RD_MODE			_IOR(SPI_IOC_MAGIC, 1, __u8)
#define SPI_IOC_WR_MODE			_IOW(SPI_IOC_MAGIC, 1, __u8)

/* Read / Write SPI bit justification */
#define SPI_IOC_RD_LSB_FIRST		_IOR(SPI_IOC_MAGIC, 2, __u8)
#define SPI_IOC_WR_LSB_FIRST		_IOW(SPI_IOC_MAGIC, 2, __u8)

/* Read / Write SPI device word length (1..N) */
#define SPI_IOC_RD_BITS_PER_WORD	_IOR(SPI_IOC_MAGIC, 3, __u8)
#define SPI_IOC_WR_BITS_PER_WORD	_IOW(SPI_IOC_MAGIC, 3, __u8)

/* Read / Write SPI device default max speed hz */
#define SPI_IOC_RD_MAX_SPEED_HZ		_IOR(SPI_IOC_MAGIC, 4, __u32)
#define SPI_IOC_WR_MAX_SPEED_HZ		_IOW(SPI_IOC_MAGIC, 4, __u32)

/* Read / Write of the SPI mode field */
#define SPI_IOC_RD_MODE32		_IOR(SPI_IOC_MAGIC, 5, __u32)
#define SPI_IOC_WR_MODE32		_IOW(SPI_IOC_MAGIC, 5, __u32)



#endif /* SPIDEV_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ULTRASOUND_H_
#define _ULTRASOUND_H_
/*
 *	ultrasound.h - Macros for programming the Gravis Ultrasound
 *			These macros are extremely device dependent
 *			and not portable.
 */
/*
 * Copyright (C) by Hannu Savolainen 1993-1997
 *
 * OSS/Free for Linux is distributed under the GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE (GPL)
 * Version 2 (June 1991). See the "COPYING" file distributed with this software
 * for more info.
 */


/*
 *	Private events for Gravis Ultrasound (GUS)
 *
 *	Format:
 *		byte 0 		- SEQ_PRIVATE (0xfe)
 *		byte 1 		- Synthesizer device number (0-N)
 *		byte 2 		- Command (see below)
 *		byte 3 		- Voice number (0-31)
 *		bytes 4 and 5	- parameter P1 (unsigned short)
 *		bytes 6 and 7	- parameter P2 (unsigned short)
 *
 *	Commands:
 *		Each command affects one voice defined in byte 3.
 *		Unused parameters (P1 and/or P2 *MUST* be initialized to zero).
 *		_GUS_NUMVOICES	- Sets max. number of concurrent voices (P1=14-31, default 16)
 *		_GUS_VOICESAMPLE- ************ OBSOLETE *************
 *		_GUS_VOICEON	- Starts voice (P1=voice mode)
 *		_GUS_VOICEOFF	- Stops voice (no parameters)
 *		_GUS_VOICEFADE	- Stops the voice smoothly.
 *		_GUS_VOICEMODE	- Alters the voice mode, don't start or stop voice (P1=voice mode)
 *		_GUS_VOICEBALA	- Sets voice balance (P1, 0=left, 7=middle and 15=right, default 7)
 *		_GUS_VOICEFREQ	- Sets voice (sample) playback frequency (P1=Hz)
 *		_GUS_VOICEVOL	- Sets voice volume (P1=volume, 0xfff=max, 0xeff=half, 0x000=off)
 *		_GUS_VOICEVOL2	- Sets voice volume (P1=volume, 0xfff=max, 0xeff=half, 0x000=off)
 *				  (Like GUS_VOICEVOL but doesn't change the hw
 *				  volume. It just updates volume in the voice table).
 *
 *		_GUS_RAMPRANGE	- Sets limits for volume ramping (P1=low volume, P2=high volume)
 *		_GUS_RAMPRATE	- Sets the speed for volume ramping (P1=scale, P2=rate)
 *		_GUS_RAMPMODE	- Sets the volume ramping mode (P1=ramping mode)
 *		_GUS_RAMPON	- Starts volume ramping (no parameters)
 *		_GUS_RAMPOFF	- Stops volume ramping (no parameters)
 *		_GUS_VOLUME_SCALE - Changes the volume calculation constants
 *				  for all voices.
 */

#define _GUS_NUMVOICES		0x00
#define _GUS_VOICESAMPLE	0x01	/* OBSOLETE */
#define _GUS_VOICEON		0x02
#define _GUS_VOICEOFF		0x03
#define _GUS_VOICEMODE		0x04
#define _GUS_VOICEBALA		0x05
#define _GUS_VOICEFREQ		0x06
#define _GUS_VOICEVOL		0x07
#define _GUS_RAMPRANGE		0x08
#define _GUS_RAMPRATE		0x09
#define _GUS_RAMPMODE		0x0a
#define _GUS_RAMPON		0x0b
#define _GUS_RAMPOFF		0x0c
#define _GUS_VOICEFADE		0x0d
#define _GUS_VOLUME_SCALE	0x0e
#define _GUS_VOICEVOL2		0x0f
#define _GUS_VOICE_POS		0x10

/*
 *	GUS API macros
 */

#define _GUS_CMD(chn, voice, cmd, p1, p2) \
					{_SEQ_NEEDBUF(8); _seqbuf[_seqbufptr] = SEQ_PRIVATE;\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+1] = (chn); _seqbuf[_seqbufptr+2] = cmd;\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+3] = voice;\
					*(unsigned short*)&_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+4] = p1;\
					*(unsigned short*)&_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+6] = p2;\
					_SEQ_ADVBUF(8);}

#define GUS_NUMVOICES(chn, p1)			_GUS_CMD(chn, 0, _GUS_NUMVOICES, (p1), 0)
#define GUS_VOICESAMPLE(chn, voice, p1)		_GUS_CMD(chn, voice, _GUS_VOICESAMPLE, (p1), 0)	/* OBSOLETE */
#define GUS_VOICEON(chn, voice, p1)		_GUS_CMD(chn, voice, _GUS_VOICEON, (p1), 0)
#define GUS_VOICEOFF(chn, voice)		_GUS_CMD(chn, voice, _GUS_VOICEOFF, 0, 0)
#define GUS_VOICEFADE(chn, voice)		_GUS_CMD(chn, voice, _GUS_VOICEFADE, 0, 0)
#define GUS_VOICEMODE(chn, voice, p1)		_GUS_CMD(chn, voice, _GUS_VOICEMODE, (p1), 0)
#define GUS_VOICEBALA(chn, voice, p1)		_GUS_CMD(chn, voice, _GUS_VOICEBALA, (p1), 0)
#define GUS_VOICEFREQ(chn, voice, p)		_GUS_CMD(chn, voice, _GUS_VOICEFREQ, \
							(p) & 0xffff, ((p) >> 16) & 0xffff)
#define GUS_VOICEVOL(chn, voice, p1)		_GUS_CMD(chn, voice, _GUS_VOICEVOL, (p1), 0)
#define GUS_VOICEVOL2(chn, voice, p1)		_GUS_CMD(chn, voice, _GUS_VOICEVOL2, (p1), 0)
#define GUS_RAMPRANGE(chn, voice, low, high)	_GUS_CMD(chn, voice, _GUS_RAMPRANGE, (low), (high))
#define GUS_RAMPRATE(chn, voice, p1, p2)	_GUS_CMD(chn, voice, _GUS_RAMPRATE, (p1), (p2))
#define GUS_RAMPMODE(chn, voice, p1)		_GUS_CMD(chn, voice, _GUS_RAMPMODE, (p1), 0)
#define GUS_RAMPON(chn, voice, p1)		_GUS_CMD(chn, voice, _GUS_RAMPON, (p1), 0)
#define GUS_RAMPOFF(chn, voice)			_GUS_CMD(chn, voice, _GUS_RAMPOFF, 0, 0)
#define GUS_VOLUME_SCALE(chn, voice, p1, p2)	_GUS_CMD(chn, voice, _GUS_VOLUME_SCALE, (p1), (p2))
#define GUS_VOICE_POS(chn, voice, p)		_GUS_CMD(chn, voice, _GUS_VOICE_POS, \
							(p) & 0xffff, ((p) >> 16) & 0xffff)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  linux/drivers/char/serial_core.h
 *
 *  Copyright (C) 2000 Deep Blue Solutions Ltd.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 */
#ifndef LINUX_SERIAL_CORE_H
#define LINUX_SERIAL_CORE_H

#include <linux/serial.h>

/*
 * The type definitions.  These are from Ted Ts'o's serial.h
 */
#define PORT_UNKNOWN	0
#define PORT_8250	1
#define PORT_16450	2
#define PORT_16550	3
#define PORT_16550A	4
#define PORT_CIRRUS	5
#define PORT_16650	6
#define PORT_16650V2	7
#define PORT_16750	8
#define PORT_STARTECH	9
#define PORT_16C950	10
#define PORT_16654	11
#define PORT_16850	12
#define PORT_RSA	13
#define PORT_NS16550A	14
#define PORT_XSCALE	15
#define PORT_RM9000	16	/* PMC-Sierra RM9xxx internal UART */
#define PORT_OCTEON	17	/* Cavium OCTEON internal UART */
#define PORT_AR7	18	/* Texas Instruments AR7 internal UART */
#define PORT_U6_16550A	19	/* ST-Ericsson U6xxx internal UART */
#define PORT_TEGRA	20	/* NVIDIA Tegra internal UART */
#define PORT_XR17D15X	21	/* Exar XR17D15x UART */
#define PORT_LPC3220	22	/* NXP LPC32xx SoC "Standard" UART */
#define PORT_8250_CIR	23	/* CIR infrared port, has its own driver */
#define PORT_XR17V35X	24	/* Exar XR17V35x UARTs */
#define PORT_BRCM_TRUMANAGE	25
#define PORT_ALTR_16550_F32 26	/* Altera 16550 UART with 32 FIFOs */
#define PORT_ALTR_16550_F64 27	/* Altera 16550 UART with 64 FIFOs */
#define PORT_ALTR_16550_F128 28 /* Altera 16550 UART with 128 FIFOs */
#define PORT_RT2880	29	/* Ralink RT2880 internal UART */
#define PORT_16550A_FSL64 30	/* Freescale 16550 UART with 64 FIFOs */

/*
 * ARM specific type numbers.  These are not currently guaranteed
 * to be implemented, and will change in the future.  These are
 * separate so any additions to the old serial.c that occur before
 * we are merged can be easily merged here.
 */
#define PORT_PXA	31
#define PORT_AMBA	32
#define PORT_CLPS711X	33
#define PORT_SA1100	34
#define PORT_UART00	35
#define PORT_OWL	36
#define PORT_21285	37

/* Sparc type numbers.  */
#define PORT_SUNZILOG	38
#define PORT_SUNSAB	39

/* Nuvoton UART */
#define PORT_NPCM	40

/* Intel EG20 */
#define PORT_PCH_8LINE	44
#define PORT_PCH_2LINE	45

/* DEC */
#define PORT_DZ		46
#define PORT_ZS		47

/* Parisc type numbers. */
#define PORT_MUX	48

/* Atmel AT91 SoC */
#define PORT_ATMEL	49

/* Macintosh Zilog type numbers */
#define PORT_MAC_ZILOG	50	/* m68k : not yet implemented */
#define PORT_PMAC_ZILOG	51

/* SH-SCI */
#define PORT_SCI	52
#define PORT_SCIF	53
#define PORT_IRDA	54

/* Samsung S3C2410 SoC and derivatives thereof */
#define PORT_S3C2410    55

/* SGI IP22 aka Indy / Challenge S / Indigo 2 */
#define PORT_IP22ZILOG	56

/* Sharp LH7a40x -- an ARM9 SoC series */
#define PORT_LH7A40X	57

/* PPC CPM type number */
#define PORT_CPM        58

/* MPC52xx (and MPC512x) type numbers */
#define PORT_MPC52xx	59

/* IBM icom */
#define PORT_ICOM	60

/* Samsung S3C2440 SoC */
#define PORT_S3C2440	61

/* Motorola i.MX SoC */
#define PORT_IMX	62

/* Marvell MPSC */
#define PORT_MPSC	63

/* TXX9 type number */
#define PORT_TXX9	64

/* NEC VR4100 series SIU/DSIU */
#define PORT_VR41XX_SIU		65
#define PORT_VR41XX_DSIU	66

/* Samsung S3C2400 SoC */
#define PORT_S3C2400	67

/* M32R SIO */
#define PORT_M32R_SIO	68

/*Digi jsm */
#define PORT_JSM        69

#define PORT_PNX8XXX	70

/* Hilscher netx */
#define PORT_NETX	71

/* SUN4V Hypervisor Console */
#define PORT_SUNHV	72

#define PORT_S3C2412	73

/* Xilinx uartlite */
#define PORT_UARTLITE	74

/* Blackfin bf5xx */
#define PORT_BFIN	75

/* Micrel KS8695 */
#define PORT_KS8695	76

/* Broadcom SB1250, etc. SOC */
#define PORT_SB1250_DUART	77

/* Freescale ColdFire */
#define PORT_MCF	78

/* Blackfin SPORT */
#define PORT_BFIN_SPORT		79

/* MN10300 on-chip UART numbers */
#define PORT_MN10300		80
#define PORT_MN10300_CTS	81

#define PORT_SC26XX	82

/* SH-SCI */
#define PORT_SCIFA	83

#define PORT_S3C6400	84

/* NWPSERIAL, now removed */
#define PORT_NWPSERIAL	85

/* MAX3100 */
#define PORT_MAX3100    86

/* Timberdale UART */
#define PORT_TIMBUART	87

/* Qualcomm MSM SoCs */
#define PORT_MSM	88

/* BCM63xx family SoCs */
#define PORT_BCM63XX	89

/* Aeroflex Gaisler GRLIB APBUART */
#define PORT_APBUART    90

/* Altera UARTs */
#define PORT_ALTERA_JTAGUART	91
#define PORT_ALTERA_UART	92

/* SH-SCI */
#define PORT_SCIFB	93

/* MAX310X */
#define PORT_MAX310X	94

/* TI DA8xx/66AK2x */
#define PORT_DA830	95

/* TI OMAP-UART */
#define PORT_OMAP	96

/* VIA VT8500 SoC */
#define PORT_VT8500	97

/* Cadence (Xilinx Zynq) UART */
#define PORT_XUARTPS	98

/* Atheros AR933X SoC */
#define PORT_AR933X	99

/* Energy Micro efm32 SoC */
#define PORT_EFMUART   100

/* ARC (Synopsys) on-chip UART */
#define PORT_ARC       101

/* Rocketport EXPRESS/INFINITY */
#define PORT_RP2	102

/* Freescale lpuart */
#define PORT_LPUART	103

/* SH-SCI */
#define PORT_HSCIF	104

/* ST ASC type numbers */
#define PORT_ASC       105

/* Tilera TILE-Gx UART */
#define PORT_TILEGX	106

/* MEN 16z135 UART */
#define PORT_MEN_Z135	107

/* SC16IS74xx */
#define PORT_SC16IS7XX   108

/* MESON */
#define PORT_MESON	109

/* Conexant Digicolor */
#define PORT_DIGICOLOR	110

/* SPRD SERIAL  */
#define PORT_SPRD	111

/* Cris v10 / v32 SoC */
#define PORT_CRIS	112

/* STM32 USART */
#define PORT_STM32	113

/* MVEBU UART */
#define PORT_MVEBU	114

/* Microchip PIC32 UART */
#define PORT_PIC32	115

/* MPS2 UART */
#define PORT_MPS2UART	116

/* MediaTek BTIF */
#define PORT_MTK_BTIF	117

/* Sunix UART */
#define PORT_SUNIX	121

#endif /* LINUX_SERIAL_CORE_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (C) Sistina Software, Inc.  1997-2003 All rights reserved.
 * Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Red Hat, Inc.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * This copyrighted material is made available to anyone wishing to use,
 * modify, copy, or redistribute it subject to the terms and conditions
 * of the GNU General Public License v.2.
 */

#ifndef __GFS2_ONDISK_DOT_H__
#define __GFS2_ONDISK_DOT_H__

#include <linux/types.h>

#define GFS2_MAGIC		0x01161970
#define GFS2_BASIC_BLOCK	512
#define GFS2_BASIC_BLOCK_SHIFT	9

/* Lock numbers of the LM_TYPE_NONDISK type */

#define GFS2_MOUNT_LOCK		0
#define GFS2_LIVE_LOCK		1
#define GFS2_FREEZE_LOCK	2
#define GFS2_RENAME_LOCK	3
#define GFS2_CONTROL_LOCK	4
#define GFS2_MOUNTED_LOCK	5

/* Format numbers for various metadata types */

#define GFS2_FORMAT_NONE	0
#define GFS2_FORMAT_SB		100
#define GFS2_FORMAT_RG		200
#define GFS2_FORMAT_RB		300
#define GFS2_FORMAT_DI		400
#define GFS2_FORMAT_IN		500
#define GFS2_FORMAT_LF		600
#define GFS2_FORMAT_JD		700
#define GFS2_FORMAT_LH		800
#define GFS2_FORMAT_LD		900
#define GFS2_FORMAT_LB		1000
#define GFS2_FORMAT_EA		1600
#define GFS2_FORMAT_ED		1700
#define GFS2_FORMAT_QC		1400
/* These are format numbers for entities contained in files */
#define GFS2_FORMAT_RI		1100
#define GFS2_FORMAT_DE		1200
#define GFS2_FORMAT_QU		1500
/* These are part of the superblock */
#define GFS2_FORMAT_FS		1801
#define GFS2_FORMAT_MULTI	1900

/*
 * An on-disk inode number
 */

struct gfs2_inum {
	__be64 no_formal_ino;
	__be64 no_addr;
};

/*
 * Generic metadata head structure
 * Every inplace buffer logged in the journal must start with this.
 */

#define GFS2_METATYPE_NONE	0
#define GFS2_METATYPE_SB	1
#define GFS2_METATYPE_RG	2
#define GFS2_METATYPE_RB	3
#define GFS2_METATYPE_DI	4
#define GFS2_METATYPE_IN	5
#define GFS2_METATYPE_LF	6
#define GFS2_METATYPE_JD	7
#define GFS2_METATYPE_LH	8
#define GFS2_METATYPE_LD	9
#define GFS2_METATYPE_LB	12
#define GFS2_METATYPE_EA	10
#define GFS2_METATYPE_ED	11
#define GFS2_METATYPE_QC	14

struct gfs2_meta_header {
	__be32 mh_magic;
	__be32 mh_type;
	__be64 __pad0;		/* Was generation number in gfs1 */
	__be32 mh_format;
	/* This union is to keep userspace happy */
	union {
		__be32 mh_jid;		/* Was incarnation number in gfs1 */
		__be32 __pad1;
	};
};

/*
 * super-block structure
 *
 * It's probably good if SIZEOF_SB <= GFS2_BASIC_BLOCK (512 bytes)
 *
 * Order is important, need to be able to read old superblocks to do on-disk
 * version upgrades.
 */

/* Address of superblock in GFS2 basic blocks */
#define GFS2_SB_ADDR		128

/* The lock number for the superblock (must be zero) */
#define GFS2_SB_LOCK		0

/* Requirement:  GFS2_LOCKNAME_LEN % 8 == 0
   Includes: the fencing zero at the end */
#define GFS2_LOCKNAME_LEN	64

struct gfs2_sb {
	struct gfs2_meta_header sb_header;

	__be32 sb_fs_format;
	__be32 sb_multihost_format;
	__u32  __pad0;	/* Was superblock flags in gfs1 */

	__be32 sb_bsize;
	__be32 sb_bsize_shift;
	__u32 __pad1;	/* Was journal segment size in gfs1 */

	struct gfs2_inum sb_master_dir; /* Was jindex dinode in gfs1 */
	struct gfs2_inum __pad2; /* Was rindex dinode in gfs1 */
	struct gfs2_inum sb_root_dir;

	char sb_lockproto[GFS2_LOCKNAME_LEN];
	char sb_locktable[GFS2_LOCKNAME_LEN];

	struct gfs2_inum __pad3; /* Was quota inode in gfs1 */
	struct gfs2_inum __pad4; /* Was licence inode in gfs1 */
#define GFS2_HAS_UUID 1
	__u8 sb_uuid[16]; /* The UUID, maybe 0 for backwards compat */
};

/*
 * resource index structure
 */

struct gfs2_rindex {
	__be64 ri_addr;	/* grp block disk address */
	__be32 ri_length;	/* length of rgrp header in fs blocks */
	__u32 __pad;

	__be64 ri_data0;	/* first data location */
	__be32 ri_data;	/* num of data blocks in rgrp */

	__be32 ri_bitbytes;	/* number of bytes in data bitmaps */

	__u8 ri_reserved[64];
};

/*
 * resource group header structure
 */

/* Number of blocks per byte in rgrp */
#define GFS2_NBBY		4
#define GFS2_BIT_SIZE		2
#define GFS2_BIT_MASK		0x00000003

#define GFS2_BLKST_FREE		0
#define GFS2_BLKST_USED		1
#define GFS2_BLKST_UNLINKED	2
#define GFS2_BLKST_DINODE	3

#define GFS2_RGF_JOURNAL	0x00000001
#define GFS2_RGF_METAONLY	0x00000002
#define GFS2_RGF_DATAONLY	0x00000004
#define GFS2_RGF_NOALLOC	0x00000008
#define GFS2_RGF_TRIMMED	0x00000010

struct gfs2_inode_lvb {
	__be32 ri_magic;
	__be32 __pad;
	__be64 ri_generation_deleted;
};

struct gfs2_rgrp_lvb {
	__be32 rl_magic;
	__be32 rl_flags;
	__be32 rl_free;
	__be32 rl_dinodes;
	__be64 rl_igeneration;
	__be32 rl_unlinked;
	__be32 __pad;
};

struct gfs2_rgrp {
	struct gfs2_meta_header rg_header;

	__be32 rg_flags;
	__be32 rg_free;
	__be32 rg_dinodes;
	union {
		__be32 __pad;
		__be32 rg_skip; /* Distance to the next rgrp in fs blocks */
	};
	__be64 rg_igeneration;
	/* The following 3 fields are duplicated from gfs2_rindex to reduce
	   reliance on the rindex */
	__be64 rg_data0;     /* First data location */
	__be32 rg_data;      /* Number of data blocks in rgrp */
	__be32 rg_bitbytes;  /* Number of bytes in data bitmaps */
	__be32 rg_crc;       /* crc32 of the structure with this field 0 */

	__u8 rg_reserved[60]; /* Several fields from gfs1 now reserved */
};

/*
 * quota structure
 */

struct gfs2_quota {
	__be64 qu_limit;
	__be64 qu_warn;
	__be64 qu_value;
	__u8 qu_reserved[64];
};

/*
 * dinode structure
 */

#define GFS2_MAX_META_HEIGHT	10
#define GFS2_DIR_MAX_DEPTH	17

#define DT2IF(dt) (((dt) << 12) & S_IFMT)
#define IF2DT(sif) (((sif) & S_IFMT) >> 12)

enum {
	gfs2fl_Jdata		= 0,
	gfs2fl_ExHash		= 1,
	gfs2fl_Unused		= 2,
	gfs2fl_EaIndirect	= 3,
	gfs2fl_Directio		= 4,
	gfs2fl_Immutable	= 5,
	gfs2fl_AppendOnly	= 6,
	gfs2fl_NoAtime		= 7,
	gfs2fl_Sync		= 8,
	gfs2fl_System		= 9,
	gfs2fl_TopLevel		= 10,
	gfs2fl_TruncInProg	= 29,
	gfs2fl_InheritDirectio	= 30,
	gfs2fl_InheritJdata	= 31,
};

/* Dinode flags */
#define GFS2_DIF_JDATA			0x00000001
#define GFS2_DIF_EXHASH			0x00000002
#define GFS2_DIF_UNUSED			0x00000004  /* only in gfs1 */
#define GFS2_DIF_EA_INDIRECT		0x00000008
#define GFS2_DIF_DIRECTIO		0x00000010
#define GFS2_DIF_IMMUTABLE		0x00000020
#define GFS2_DIF_APPENDONLY		0x00000040
#define GFS2_DIF_NOATIME		0x00000080
#define GFS2_DIF_SYNC			0x00000100
#define GFS2_DIF_SYSTEM			0x00000200 /* New in gfs2 */
#define GFS2_DIF_TOPDIR			0x00000400 /* New in gfs2 */
#define GFS2_DIF_TRUNC_IN_PROG		0x20000000 /* New in gfs2 */
#define GFS2_DIF_INHERIT_DIRECTIO	0x40000000 /* only in gfs1 */
#define GFS2_DIF_INHERIT_JDATA		0x80000000

struct gfs2_dinode {
	struct gfs2_meta_header di_header;

	struct gfs2_inum di_num;

	__be32 di_mode;	/* mode of file */
	__be32 di_uid;	/* owner's user id */
	__be32 di_gid;	/* owner's group id */
	__be32 di_nlink;	/* number of links to this file */
	__be64 di_size;	/* number of bytes in file */
	__be64 di_blocks;	/* number of blocks in file */
	__be64 di_atime;	/* time last accessed */
	__be64 di_mtime;	/* time last modified */
	__be64 di_ctime;	/* time last changed */
	__be32 di_major;	/* device major number */
	__be32 di_minor;	/* device minor number */

	/* This section varies from gfs1. Padding added to align with
         * remainder of dinode
	 */
	__be64 di_goal_meta;	/* rgrp to alloc from next */
	__be64 di_goal_data;	/* data block goal */
	__be64 di_generation;	/* generation number for NFS */

	__be32 di_flags;	/* GFS2_DIF_... */
	__be32 di_payload_format;  /* GFS2_FORMAT_... */
	__u16 __pad1;	/* Was ditype in gfs1 */
	__be16 di_height;	/* height of metadata */
	__u32 __pad2;	/* Unused incarnation number from gfs1 */

	/* These only apply to directories  */
	__u16 __pad3;	/* Padding */
	__be16 di_depth;	/* Number of bits in the table */
	__be32 di_entries;	/* The number of entries in the directory */

	struct gfs2_inum __pad4; /* Unused even in current gfs1 */

	__be64 di_eattr;	/* extended attribute block number */
	__be32 di_atime_nsec;   /* nsec portion of atime */
	__be32 di_mtime_nsec;   /* nsec portion of mtime */
	__be32 di_ctime_nsec;   /* nsec portion of ctime */

	__u8 di_reserved[44];
};

/*
 * directory structure - many of these per directory file
 */

#define GFS2_FNAMESIZE		255
#define GFS2_DIRENT_SIZE(name_len) ((sizeof(struct gfs2_dirent) + (name_len) + 7) & ~7)
#define GFS2_MIN_DIRENT_SIZE (GFS2_DIRENT_SIZE(1))


struct gfs2_dirent {
	struct gfs2_inum de_inum;
	__be32 de_hash;
	__be16 de_rec_len;
	__be16 de_name_len;
	__be16 de_type;
	__be16 de_rahead;
	union {
		__u8 __pad[12];
		struct {
			__u32 de_cookie; /* ondisk value not used */
			__u8 pad3[8];
		};
	};
};

/*
 * Header of leaf directory nodes
 */

struct gfs2_leaf {
	struct gfs2_meta_header lf_header;

	__be16 lf_depth;		/* Depth of leaf */
	__be16 lf_entries;		/* Number of dirents in leaf */
	__be32 lf_dirent_format;	/* Format of the dirents */
	__be64 lf_next;			/* Next leaf, if overflow */

	union {
		__u8 lf_reserved[64];
		struct {
			__be64 lf_inode;	/* Dir inode number */
			__be32 lf_dist;		/* Dist from inode on chain */
			__be32 lf_nsec;		/* Last ins/del usecs */
			__be64 lf_sec;		/* Last ins/del in secs */
			__u8 lf_reserved2[40];
		};
	};
};

/*
 * Extended attribute header format
 *
 * This works in a similar way to dirents. There is a fixed size header
 * followed by a variable length section made up of the name and the
 * associated data. In the case of a "stuffed" entry, the value is
 * __inline__ directly after the name, the ea_num_ptrs entry will be
 * zero in that case. For non-"stuffed" entries, there will be
 * a set of pointers (aligned to 8 byte boundary) to the block(s)
 * containing the value.
 *
 * The blocks containing the values and the blocks containing the
 * extended attribute headers themselves all start with the common
 * metadata header. Each inode, if it has extended attributes, will
 * have either a single block containing the extended attribute headers
 * or a single indirect block pointing to blocks containing the
 * extended attribute headers.
 *
 * The maximum size of the data part of an extended attribute is 64k
 * so the number of blocks required depends upon block size. Since the
 * block size also determines the number of pointers in an indirect
 * block, its a fairly complicated calculation to work out the maximum
 * number of blocks that an inode may have relating to extended attributes.
 *
 */

#define GFS2_EA_MAX_NAME_LEN	255
#define GFS2_EA_MAX_DATA_LEN	65536

#define GFS2_EATYPE_UNUSED	0
#define GFS2_EATYPE_USR		1
#define GFS2_EATYPE_SYS		2
#define GFS2_EATYPE_SECURITY	3

#define GFS2_EATYPE_LAST	3
#define GFS2_EATYPE_VALID(x)	((x) <= GFS2_EATYPE_LAST)

#define GFS2_EAFLAG_LAST	0x01	/* last ea in block */

struct gfs2_ea_header {
	__be32 ea_rec_len;
	__be32 ea_data_len;
	__u8 ea_name_len;	/* no NULL pointer after the string */
	__u8 ea_type;		/* GFS2_EATYPE_... */
	__u8 ea_flags;		/* GFS2_EAFLAG_... */
	__u8 ea_num_ptrs;
	__u32 __pad;
};

/*
 * Log header structure
 */

#define GFS2_LOG_HEAD_UNMOUNT		0x00000001 /* log is clean */
#define GFS2_LOG_HEAD_FLUSH_NORMAL	0x00000002 /* normal log flush */
#define GFS2_LOG_HEAD_FLUSH_SYNC	0x00000004 /* Sync log flush */
#define GFS2_LOG_HEAD_FLUSH_SHUTDOWN	0x00000008 /* Shutdown log flush */
#define GFS2_LOG_HEAD_FLUSH_FREEZE	0x00000010 /* Freeze flush */
#define GFS2_LOG_HEAD_RECOVERY		0x00000020 /* Journal recovery */
#define GFS2_LOG_HEAD_USERSPACE		0x80000000 /* Written by gfs2-utils */

/* Log flush callers */
#define GFS2_LFC_SHUTDOWN		0x00000100
#define GFS2_LFC_JDATA_WPAGES		0x00000200
#define GFS2_LFC_SET_FLAGS		0x00000400
#define GFS2_LFC_AIL_EMPTY_GL		0x00000800
#define GFS2_LFC_AIL_FLUSH		0x00001000
#define GFS2_LFC_RGRP_GO_SYNC		0x00002000
#define GFS2_LFC_INODE_GO_SYNC		0x00004000
#define GFS2_LFC_INODE_GO_INVAL		0x00008000
#define GFS2_LFC_FREEZE_GO_SYNC		0x00010000
#define GFS2_LFC_KILL_SB		0x00020000
#define GFS2_LFC_DO_SYNC		0x00040000
#define GFS2_LFC_INPLACE_RESERVE	0x00080000
#define GFS2_LFC_WRITE_INODE		0x00100000
#define GFS2_LFC_MAKE_FS_RO		0x00200000
#define GFS2_LFC_SYNC_FS		0x00400000
#define GFS2_LFC_EVICT_INODE		0x00800000
#define GFS2_LFC_TRANS_END		0x01000000
#define GFS2_LFC_LOGD_JFLUSH_REQD	0x02000000
#define GFS2_LFC_LOGD_AIL_FLUSH_REQD	0x04000000

#define LH_V1_SIZE (offsetofend(struct gfs2_log_header, lh_hash))

struct gfs2_log_header {
	struct gfs2_meta_header lh_header;

	__be64 lh_sequence;	/* Sequence number of this transaction */
	__be32 lh_flags;	/* GFS2_LOG_HEAD_... */
	__be32 lh_tail;		/* Block number of log tail */
	__be32 lh_blkno;
	__be32 lh_hash;		/* crc up to here with this field 0 */

	/* Version 2 additional fields start here */
	__be32 lh_crc;		/* crc32c from lh_nsec to end of block */
	__be32 lh_nsec;		/* Nanoseconds of timestamp */
	__be64 lh_sec;		/* Seconds of timestamp */
	__be64 lh_addr;		/* Block addr of this log header (absolute) */
	__be64 lh_jinode;	/* Journal inode number */
	__be64 lh_statfs_addr;	/* Local statfs inode number */
	__be64 lh_quota_addr;	/* Local quota change inode number */

	/* Statfs local changes (i.e. diff from global statfs) */
	__be64 lh_local_total;
	__be64 lh_local_free;
	__be64 lh_local_dinodes;
};

/*
 * Log type descriptor
 */

#define GFS2_LOG_DESC_METADATA	300
/* ld_data1 is the number of metadata blocks in the descriptor.
   ld_data2 is unused. */

#define GFS2_LOG_DESC_REVOKE	301
/* ld_data1 is the number of revoke blocks in the descriptor.
   ld_data2 is unused. */

#define GFS2_LOG_DESC_JDATA	302
/* ld_data1 is the number of data blocks in the descriptor.
   ld_data2 is unused. */

struct gfs2_log_descriptor {
	struct gfs2_meta_header ld_header;

	__be32 ld_type;		/* GFS2_LOG_DESC_... */
	__be32 ld_length;	/* Number of buffers in this chunk */
	__be32 ld_data1;	/* descriptor-specific field */
	__be32 ld_data2;	/* descriptor-specific field */

	__u8 ld_reserved[32];
};

/*
 * Inum Range
 * Describe a range of formal inode numbers allocated to
 * one machine to assign to inodes.
 */

#define GFS2_INUM_QUANTUM	1048576

struct gfs2_inum_range {
	__be64 ir_start;
	__be64 ir_length;
};

/*
 * Statfs change
 * Describes an change to the pool of free and allocated
 * blocks.
 */

struct gfs2_statfs_change {
	__be64 sc_total;
	__be64 sc_free;
	__be64 sc_dinodes;
};

/*
 * Quota change
 * Describes an allocation change for a particular
 * user or group.
 */

#define GFS2_QCF_USER		0x00000001

struct gfs2_quota_change {
	__be64 qc_change;
	__be32 qc_flags;	/* GFS2_QCF_... */
	__be32 qc_id;
};

struct gfs2_quota_lvb {
        __be32 qb_magic;
        __u32 __pad;
        __be64 qb_limit;      /* Hard limit of # blocks to alloc */
        __be64 qb_warn;       /* Warn user when alloc is above this # */
        __be64 qb_value;       /* Current # blocks allocated */
};

#endif /* __GFS2_ONDISK_DOT_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *      IP Virtual Server
 *      data structure and functionality definitions
 */

#ifndef _IP_VS_H
#define _IP_VS_H

#include <linux/types.h>	/* For __beXX types in userland */

#define IP_VS_VERSION_CODE	0x010201
#define NVERSION(version)			\
	(version >> 16) & 0xFF,			\
	(version >> 8) & 0xFF,			\
	version & 0xFF

/*
 *      Virtual Service Flags
 */
#define IP_VS_SVC_F_PERSISTENT	0x0001		/* persistent port */
#define IP_VS_SVC_F_HASHED	0x0002		/* hashed entry */
#define IP_VS_SVC_F_ONEPACKET	0x0004		/* one-packet scheduling */
#define IP_VS_SVC_F_SCHED1	0x0008		/* scheduler flag 1 */
#define IP_VS_SVC_F_SCHED2	0x0010		/* scheduler flag 2 */
#define IP_VS_SVC_F_SCHED3	0x0020		/* scheduler flag 3 */

#define IP_VS_SVC_F_SCHED_SH_FALLBACK	IP_VS_SVC_F_SCHED1 /* SH fallback */
#define IP_VS_SVC_F_SCHED_SH_PORT	IP_VS_SVC_F_SCHED2 /* SH use port */

/*
 *      Destination Server Flags
 */
#define IP_VS_DEST_F_AVAILABLE	0x0001		/* server is available */
#define IP_VS_DEST_F_OVERLOAD	0x0002		/* server is overloaded */

/*
 *      IPVS sync daemon states
 */
#define IP_VS_STATE_NONE	0x0000		/* daemon is stopped */
#define IP_VS_STATE_MASTER	0x0001		/* started as master */
#define IP_VS_STATE_BACKUP	0x0002		/* started as backup */

/*
 *      IPVS socket options
 */
#define IP_VS_BASE_CTL		(64+1024+64)		/* base */

#define IP_VS_SO_SET_NONE	IP_VS_BASE_CTL		/* just peek */
#define IP_VS_SO_SET_INSERT	(IP_VS_BASE_CTL+1)
#define IP_VS_SO_SET_ADD	(IP_VS_BASE_CTL+2)
#define IP_VS_SO_SET_EDIT	(IP_VS_BASE_CTL+3)
#define IP_VS_SO_SET_DEL	(IP_VS_BASE_CTL+4)
#define IP_VS_SO_SET_FLUSH	(IP_VS_BASE_CTL+5)
#define IP_VS_SO_SET_LIST	(IP_VS_BASE_CTL+6)
#define IP_VS_SO_SET_ADDDEST	(IP_VS_BASE_CTL+7)
#define IP_VS_SO_SET_DELDEST	(IP_VS_BASE_CTL+8)
#define IP_VS_SO_SET_EDITDEST	(IP_VS_BASE_CTL+9)
#define IP_VS_SO_SET_TIMEOUT	(IP_VS_BASE_CTL+10)
#define IP_VS_SO_SET_STARTDAEMON (IP_VS_BASE_CTL+11)
#define IP_VS_SO_SET_STOPDAEMON (IP_VS_BASE_CTL+12)
#define IP_VS_SO_SET_RESTORE    (IP_VS_BASE_CTL+13)
#define IP_VS_SO_SET_SAVE       (IP_VS_BASE_CTL+14)
#define IP_VS_SO_SET_ZERO	(IP_VS_BASE_CTL+15)
#define IP_VS_SO_SET_MAX	IP_VS_SO_SET_ZERO

#define IP_VS_SO_GET_VERSION	IP_VS_BASE_CTL
#define IP_VS_SO_GET_INFO	(IP_VS_BASE_CTL+1)
#define IP_VS_SO_GET_SERVICES	(IP_VS_BASE_CTL+2)
#define IP_VS_SO_GET_SERVICE	(IP_VS_BASE_CTL+3)
#define IP_VS_SO_GET_DESTS	(IP_VS_BASE_CTL+4)
#define IP_VS_SO_GET_DEST	(IP_VS_BASE_CTL+5)	/* not used now */
#define IP_VS_SO_GET_TIMEOUT	(IP_VS_BASE_CTL+6)
#define IP_VS_SO_GET_DAEMON	(IP_VS_BASE_CTL+7)
#define IP_VS_SO_GET_MAX	IP_VS_SO_GET_DAEMON


/*
 *      IPVS Connection Flags
 *      Only flags 0..15 are sent to backup server
 */
#define IP_VS_CONN_F_FWD_MASK	0x0007		/* mask for the fwd methods */
#define IP_VS_CONN_F_MASQ	0x0000		/* masquerading/NAT */
#define IP_VS_CONN_F_LOCALNODE	0x0001		/* local node */
#define IP_VS_CONN_F_TUNNEL	0x0002		/* tunneling */
#define IP_VS_CONN_F_DROUTE	0x0003		/* direct routing */
#define IP_VS_CONN_F_BYPASS	0x0004		/* cache bypass */
#define IP_VS_CONN_F_SYNC	0x0020		/* entry created by sync */
#define IP_VS_CONN_F_HASHED	0x0040		/* hashed entry */
#define IP_VS_CONN_F_NOOUTPUT	0x0080		/* no output packets */
#define IP_VS_CONN_F_INACTIVE	0x0100		/* not established */
#define IP_VS_CONN_F_OUT_SEQ	0x0200		/* must do output seq adjust */
#define IP_VS_CONN_F_IN_SEQ	0x0400		/* must do input seq adjust */
#define IP_VS_CONN_F_SEQ_MASK	0x0600		/* in/out sequence mask */
#define IP_VS_CONN_F_NO_CPORT	0x0800		/* no client port set yet */
#define IP_VS_CONN_F_TEMPLATE	0x1000		/* template, not connection */
#define IP_VS_CONN_F_ONE_PACKET	0x2000		/* forward only one packet */

/* Initial bits allowed in backup server */
#define IP_VS_CONN_F_BACKUP_MASK (IP_VS_CONN_F_FWD_MASK | \
				  IP_VS_CONN_F_NOOUTPUT | \
				  IP_VS_CONN_F_INACTIVE | \
				  IP_VS_CONN_F_SEQ_MASK | \
				  IP_VS_CONN_F_NO_CPORT | \
				  IP_VS_CONN_F_TEMPLATE \
				 )

/* Bits allowed to update in backup server */
#define IP_VS_CONN_F_BACKUP_UPD_MASK (IP_VS_CONN_F_INACTIVE | \
				      IP_VS_CONN_F_SEQ_MASK)

/* Flags that are not sent to backup server start from bit 16 */
#define IP_VS_CONN_F_NFCT	(1 << 16)	/* use netfilter conntrack */

/* Connection flags from destination that can be changed by user space */
#define IP_VS_CONN_F_DEST_MASK (IP_VS_CONN_F_FWD_MASK | \
				IP_VS_CONN_F_ONE_PACKET | \
				IP_VS_CONN_F_NFCT | \
				0)

#define IP_VS_SCHEDNAME_MAXLEN	16
#define IP_VS_PENAME_MAXLEN	16
#define IP_VS_IFNAME_MAXLEN	16

#define IP_VS_PEDATA_MAXLEN     255

/*
 *	The struct ip_vs_service_user and struct ip_vs_dest_user are
 *	used to set IPVS rules through setsockopt.
 */
struct ip_vs_service_user {
	/* virtual service addresses */
	__u16		protocol;
	__be32			addr;		/* virtual ip address */
	__be16			port;
	__u32		fwmark;		/* firwall mark of service */

	/* virtual service options */
	char			sched_name[IP_VS_SCHEDNAME_MAXLEN];
	unsigned int		flags;		/* virtual service flags */
	unsigned int		timeout;	/* persistent timeout in sec */
	__be32			netmask;	/* persistent netmask */
};


struct ip_vs_dest_user {
	/* destination server address */
	__be32			addr;
	__be16			port;

	/* real server options */
	unsigned int		conn_flags;	/* connection flags */
	int			weight;		/* destination weight */

	/* thresholds for active connections */
	__u32		u_threshold;	/* upper threshold */
	__u32		l_threshold;	/* lower threshold */
};


/*
 *	IPVS statistics object (for user space)
 */
struct ip_vs_stats_user {
	__u32                   conns;          /* connections scheduled */
	__u32                   inpkts;         /* incoming packets */
	__u32                   outpkts;        /* outgoing packets */
	__u64                   inbytes;        /* incoming bytes */
	__u64                   outbytes;       /* outgoing bytes */

	__u32			cps;		/* current connection rate */
	__u32			inpps;		/* current in packet rate */
	__u32			outpps;		/* current out packet rate */
	__u32			inbps;		/* current in byte rate */
	__u32			outbps;		/* current out byte rate */
};


/* The argument to IP_VS_SO_GET_INFO */
struct ip_vs_getinfo {
	/* version number */
	unsigned int		version;

	/* size of connection hash table */
	unsigned int		size;

	/* number of virtual services */
	unsigned int		num_services;
};


/* The argument to IP_VS_SO_GET_SERVICE */
struct ip_vs_service_entry {
	/* which service: user fills in these */
	__u16		protocol;
	__be32			addr;		/* virtual address */
	__be16			port;
	__u32		fwmark;		/* firwall mark of service */

	/* service options */
	char			sched_name[IP_VS_SCHEDNAME_MAXLEN];
	unsigned int		flags;          /* virtual service flags */
	unsigned int		timeout;	/* persistent timeout */
	__be32			netmask;	/* persistent netmask */

	/* number of real servers */
	unsigned int		num_dests;

	/* statistics */
	struct ip_vs_stats_user stats;
};


struct ip_vs_dest_entry {
	__be32			addr;		/* destination address */
	__be16			port;
	unsigned int		conn_flags;	/* connection flags */
	int			weight;		/* destination weight */

	__u32		u_threshold;	/* upper threshold */
	__u32		l_threshold;	/* lower threshold */

	__u32		activeconns;	/* active connections */
	__u32		inactconns;	/* inactive connections */
	__u32		persistconns;	/* persistent connections */

	/* statistics */
	struct ip_vs_stats_user stats;
};


/* The argument to IP_VS_SO_GET_DESTS */
struct ip_vs_get_dests {
	/* which service: user fills in these */
	__u16		protocol;
	__be32			addr;		/* virtual address */
	__be16			port;
	__u32		fwmark;		/* firwall mark of service */

	/* number of real servers */
	unsigned int		num_dests;

	/* the real servers */
	struct ip_vs_dest_entry	entrytable[0];
};


/* The argument to IP_VS_SO_GET_SERVICES */
struct ip_vs_get_services {
	/* number of virtual services */
	unsigned int		num_services;

	/* service table */
	struct ip_vs_service_entry entrytable[0];
};


/* The argument to IP_VS_SO_GET_TIMEOUT */
struct ip_vs_timeout_user {
	int			tcp_timeout;
	int			tcp_fin_timeout;
	int			udp_timeout;
};


/* The argument to IP_VS_SO_GET_DAEMON */
struct ip_vs_daemon_user {
	/* sync daemon state (master/backup) */
	int			state;

	/* multicast interface name */
	char			mcast_ifn[IP_VS_IFNAME_MAXLEN];

	/* SyncID we belong to */
	int			syncid;
};

/*
 *
 * IPVS Generic Netlink interface definitions
 *
 */

/* Generic Netlink family info */

#define IPVS_GENL_NAME		"IPVS"
#define IPVS_GENL_VERSION	0x1

struct ip_vs_flags {
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 mask;
};

/* Generic Netlink command attributes */
enum {
	IPVS_CMD_UNSPEC = 0,

	IPVS_CMD_NEW_SERVICE,		/* add service */
	IPVS_CMD_SET_SERVICE,		/* modify service */
	IPVS_CMD_DEL_SERVICE,		/* delete service */
	IPVS_CMD_GET_SERVICE,		/* get service info */

	IPVS_CMD_NEW_DEST,		/* add destination */
	IPVS_CMD_SET_DEST,		/* modify destination */
	IPVS_CMD_DEL_DEST,		/* delete destination */
	IPVS_CMD_GET_DEST,		/* get destination info */

	IPVS_CMD_NEW_DAEMON,		/* start sync daemon */
	IPVS_CMD_DEL_DAEMON,		/* stop sync daemon */
	IPVS_CMD_GET_DAEMON,		/* get sync daemon status */

	IPVS_CMD_SET_CONFIG,		/* set config settings */
	IPVS_CMD_GET_CONFIG,		/* get config settings */

	IPVS_CMD_SET_INFO,		/* only used in GET_INFO reply */
	IPVS_CMD_GET_INFO,		/* get general IPVS info */

	IPVS_CMD_ZERO,			/* zero all counters and stats */
	IPVS_CMD_FLUSH,			/* flush services and dests */

	__IPVS_CMD_MAX,
};

#define IPVS_CMD_MAX (__IPVS_CMD_MAX - 1)

/* Attributes used in the first level of commands */
enum {
	IPVS_CMD_ATTR_UNSPEC = 0,
	IPVS_CMD_ATTR_SERVICE,		/* nested service attribute */
	IPVS_CMD_ATTR_DEST,		/* nested destination attribute */
	IPVS_CMD_ATTR_DAEMON,		/* nested sync daemon attribute */
	IPVS_CMD_ATTR_TIMEOUT_TCP,	/* TCP connection timeout */
	IPVS_CMD_ATTR_TIMEOUT_TCP_FIN,	/* TCP FIN wait timeout */
	IPVS_CMD_ATTR_TIMEOUT_UDP,	/* UDP timeout */
	__IPVS_CMD_ATTR_MAX,
};

#define IPVS_CMD_ATTR_MAX (__IPVS_CMD_ATTR_MAX - 1)

/*
 * Attributes used to describe a service
 *
 * Used inside nested attribute IPVS_CMD_ATTR_SERVICE
 */
enum {
	IPVS_SVC_ATTR_UNSPEC = 0,
	IPVS_SVC_ATTR_AF,		/* address family */
	IPVS_SVC_ATTR_PROTOCOL,		/* virtual service protocol */
	IPVS_SVC_ATTR_ADDR,		/* virtual service address */
	IPVS_SVC_ATTR_PORT,		/* virtual service port */
	IPVS_SVC_ATTR_FWMARK,		/* firewall mark of service */

	IPVS_SVC_ATTR_SCHED_NAME,	/* name of scheduler */
	IPVS_SVC_ATTR_FLAGS,		/* virtual service flags */
	IPVS_SVC_ATTR_TIMEOUT,		/* persistent timeout */
	IPVS_SVC_ATTR_NETMASK,		/* persistent netmask */

	IPVS_SVC_ATTR_STATS,		/* nested attribute for service stats */

	IPVS_SVC_ATTR_PE_NAME,		/* name of ct retriever */

	IPVS_SVC_ATTR_STATS64,		/* nested attribute for service stats */

	__IPVS_SVC_ATTR_MAX,
};

#define IPVS_SVC_ATTR_MAX (__IPVS_SVC_ATTR_MAX - 1)

/*
 * Attributes used to describe a destination (real server)
 *
 * Used inside nested attribute IPVS_CMD_ATTR_DEST
 */
enum {
	IPVS_DEST_ATTR_UNSPEC = 0,
	IPVS_DEST_ATTR_ADDR,		/* real server address */
	IPVS_DEST_ATTR_PORT,		/* real server port */

	IPVS_DEST_ATTR_FWD_METHOD,	/* forwarding method */
	IPVS_DEST_ATTR_WEIGHT,		/* destination weight */

	IPVS_DEST_ATTR_U_THRESH,	/* upper threshold */
	IPVS_DEST_ATTR_L_THRESH,	/* lower threshold */

	IPVS_DEST_ATTR_ACTIVE_CONNS,	/* active connections */
	IPVS_DEST_ATTR_INACT_CONNS,	/* inactive connections */
	IPVS_DEST_ATTR_PERSIST_CONNS,	/* persistent connections */

	IPVS_DEST_ATTR_STATS,		/* nested attribute for dest stats */

	IPVS_DEST_ATTR_ADDR_FAMILY,	/* Address family of address */

	IPVS_DEST_ATTR_STATS64,		/* nested attribute for dest stats */

	__IPVS_DEST_ATTR_MAX,
};

#define IPVS_DEST_ATTR_MAX (__IPVS_DEST_ATTR_MAX - 1)

/*
 * Attributes describing a sync daemon
 *
 * Used inside nested attribute IPVS_CMD_ATTR_DAEMON
 */
enum {
	IPVS_DAEMON_ATTR_UNSPEC = 0,
	IPVS_DAEMON_ATTR_STATE,		/* sync daemon state (master/backup) */
	IPVS_DAEMON_ATTR_MCAST_IFN,	/* multicast interface name */
	IPVS_DAEMON_ATTR_SYNC_ID,	/* SyncID we belong to */
	IPVS_DAEMON_ATTR_SYNC_MAXLEN,	/* UDP Payload Size */
	IPVS_DAEMON_ATTR_MCAST_GROUP,	/* IPv4 Multicast Address */
	IPVS_DAEMON_ATTR_MCAST_GROUP6,	/* IPv6 Multicast Address */
	IPVS_DAEMON_ATTR_MCAST_PORT,	/* Multicast Port (base) */
	IPVS_DAEMON_ATTR_MCAST_TTL,	/* Multicast TTL */
	__IPVS_DAEMON_ATTR_MAX,
};

#define IPVS_DAEMON_ATTR_MAX (__IPVS_DAEMON_ATTR_MAX - 1)

/*
 * Attributes used to describe service or destination entry statistics
 *
 * Used inside nested attributes IPVS_SVC_ATTR_STATS, IPVS_DEST_ATTR_STATS,
 * IPVS_SVC_ATTR_STATS64 and IPVS_DEST_ATTR_STATS64.
 */
enum {
	IPVS_STATS_ATTR_UNSPEC = 0,
	IPVS_STATS_ATTR_CONNS,		/* connections scheduled */
	IPVS_STATS_ATTR_INPKTS,		/* incoming packets */
	IPVS_STATS_ATTR_OUTPKTS,	/* outgoing packets */
	IPVS_STATS_ATTR_INBYTES,	/* incoming bytes */
	IPVS_STATS_ATTR_OUTBYTES,	/* outgoing bytes */

	IPVS_STATS_ATTR_CPS,		/* current connection rate */
	IPVS_STATS_ATTR_INPPS,		/* current in packet rate */
	IPVS_STATS_ATTR_OUTPPS,		/* current out packet rate */
	IPVS_STATS_ATTR_INBPS,		/* current in byte rate */
	IPVS_STATS_ATTR_OUTBPS,		/* current out byte rate */
	IPVS_STATS_ATTR_PAD,
	__IPVS_STATS_ATTR_MAX,
};

#define IPVS_STATS_ATTR_MAX (__IPVS_STATS_ATTR_MAX - 1)

/* Attributes used in response to IPVS_CMD_GET_INFO command */
enum {
	IPVS_INFO_ATTR_UNSPEC = 0,
	IPVS_INFO_ATTR_VERSION,		/* IPVS version number */
	IPVS_INFO_ATTR_CONN_TAB_SIZE,	/* size of connection hash table */
	__IPVS_INFO_ATTR_MAX,
};

#define IPVS_INFO_ATTR_MAX (__IPVS_INFO_ATTR_MAX - 1)

#endif	/* _IP_VS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  SR-IPv6 implementation
 *
 *  Author:
 *  David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
 *
 *
 *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *      modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *      as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *      2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_SEG6_H
#define _LINUX_SEG6_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/in6.h>		/* For struct in6_addr. */

/*
 * SRH
 */
struct ipv6_sr_hdr {
	__u8	nexthdr;
	__u8	hdrlen;
	__u8	type;
	__u8	segments_left;
	__u8	first_segment; /* Represents the last_entry field of SRH */
	__u8	flags;
	__u16	tag;

	struct in6_addr segments[0];
};

#define SR6_FLAG1_PROTECTED	(1 << 6)
#define SR6_FLAG1_OAM		(1 << 5)
#define SR6_FLAG1_ALERT		(1 << 4)
#define SR6_FLAG1_HMAC		(1 << 3)

#define SR6_TLV_INGRESS		1
#define SR6_TLV_EGRESS		2
#define SR6_TLV_OPAQUE		3
#define SR6_TLV_PADDING		4
#define SR6_TLV_HMAC		5

#define sr_has_hmac(srh) ((srh)->flags & SR6_FLAG1_HMAC)

struct sr6_tlv {
	__u8 type;
	__u8 len;
	__u8 data[0];
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * include/uapi/linux/devlink.h - Network physical device Netlink interface
 * Copyright (c) 2016 Mellanox Technologies. All rights reserved.
 * Copyright (c) 2016 Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_DEVLINK_H_
#define _LINUX_DEVLINK_H_

#include <linux/const.h>

#define DEVLINK_GENL_NAME "devlink"
#define DEVLINK_GENL_VERSION 0x1
#define DEVLINK_GENL_MCGRP_CONFIG_NAME "config"

enum devlink_command {
	/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
	DEVLINK_CMD_UNSPEC,

	DEVLINK_CMD_GET,		/* can dump */
	DEVLINK_CMD_SET,
	DEVLINK_CMD_NEW,
	DEVLINK_CMD_DEL,

	DEVLINK_CMD_PORT_GET,		/* can dump */
	DEVLINK_CMD_PORT_SET,
	DEVLINK_CMD_PORT_NEW,
	DEVLINK_CMD_PORT_DEL,

	DEVLINK_CMD_PORT_SPLIT,
	DEVLINK_CMD_PORT_UNSPLIT,

	DEVLINK_CMD_SB_GET,		/* can dump */
	DEVLINK_CMD_SB_SET,
	DEVLINK_CMD_SB_NEW,
	DEVLINK_CMD_SB_DEL,

	DEVLINK_CMD_SB_POOL_GET,	/* can dump */
	DEVLINK_CMD_SB_POOL_SET,
	DEVLINK_CMD_SB_POOL_NEW,
	DEVLINK_CMD_SB_POOL_DEL,

	DEVLINK_CMD_SB_PORT_POOL_GET,	/* can dump */
	DEVLINK_CMD_SB_PORT_POOL_SET,
	DEVLINK_CMD_SB_PORT_POOL_NEW,
	DEVLINK_CMD_SB_PORT_POOL_DEL,

	DEVLINK_CMD_SB_TC_POOL_BIND_GET,	/* can dump */
	DEVLINK_CMD_SB_TC_POOL_BIND_SET,
	DEVLINK_CMD_SB_TC_POOL_BIND_NEW,
	DEVLINK_CMD_SB_TC_POOL_BIND_DEL,

	/* Shared buffer occupancy monitoring commands */
	DEVLINK_CMD_SB_OCC_SNAPSHOT,
	DEVLINK_CMD_SB_OCC_MAX_CLEAR,

	DEVLINK_CMD_ESWITCH_GET,
#define DEVLINK_CMD_ESWITCH_MODE_GET /* obsolete, never use this! */ \
	DEVLINK_CMD_ESWITCH_GET

	DEVLINK_CMD_ESWITCH_SET,
#define DEVLINK_CMD_ESWITCH_MODE_SET /* obsolete, never use this! */ \
	DEVLINK_CMD_ESWITCH_SET

	DEVLINK_CMD_DPIPE_TABLE_GET,
	DEVLINK_CMD_DPIPE_ENTRIES_GET,
	DEVLINK_CMD_DPIPE_HEADERS_GET,
	DEVLINK_CMD_DPIPE_TABLE_COUNTERS_SET,
	DEVLINK_CMD_RESOURCE_SET,
	DEVLINK_CMD_RESOURCE_DUMP,

	/* Hot driver reload, makes configuration changes take place. The
	 * devlink instance is not released during the process.
	 */
	DEVLINK_CMD_RELOAD,

	DEVLINK_CMD_PARAM_GET,		/* can dump */
	DEVLINK_CMD_PARAM_SET,
	DEVLINK_CMD_PARAM_NEW,
	DEVLINK_CMD_PARAM_DEL,

	DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET,
	DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_SET,
	DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW,
	DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL,
	DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ,

	DEVLINK_CMD_PORT_PARAM_GET,	/* can dump */
	DEVLINK_CMD_PORT_PARAM_SET,
	DEVLINK_CMD_PORT_PARAM_NEW,
	DEVLINK_CMD_PORT_PARAM_DEL,

	DEVLINK_CMD_INFO_GET,		/* can dump */

	DEVLINK_CMD_HEALTH_REPORTER_GET,
	DEVLINK_CMD_HEALTH_REPORTER_SET,
	DEVLINK_CMD_HEALTH_REPORTER_RECOVER,
	DEVLINK_CMD_HEALTH_REPORTER_DIAGNOSE,
	DEVLINK_CMD_HEALTH_REPORTER_DUMP_GET,
	DEVLINK_CMD_HEALTH_REPORTER_DUMP_CLEAR,

	DEVLINK_CMD_FLASH_UPDATE,
	DEVLINK_CMD_FLASH_UPDATE_END,		/* notification only */
	DEVLINK_CMD_FLASH_UPDATE_STATUS,	/* notification only */

	DEVLINK_CMD_TRAP_GET,		/* can dump */
	DEVLINK_CMD_TRAP_SET,
	DEVLINK_CMD_TRAP_NEW,
	DEVLINK_CMD_TRAP_DEL,

	DEVLINK_CMD_TRAP_GROUP_GET,	/* can dump */
	DEVLINK_CMD_TRAP_GROUP_SET,
	DEVLINK_CMD_TRAP_GROUP_NEW,
	DEVLINK_CMD_TRAP_GROUP_DEL,

	DEVLINK_CMD_TRAP_POLICER_GET,	/* can dump */
	DEVLINK_CMD_TRAP_POLICER_SET,
	DEVLINK_CMD_TRAP_POLICER_NEW,
	DEVLINK_CMD_TRAP_POLICER_DEL,

	DEVLINK_CMD_HEALTH_REPORTER_TEST,

	DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET,		/* can dump */
	DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_SET,
	DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_NEW,
	DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_DEL,

	__RH_RESERVED_DEVLINK_CMD_LINECARD_GET,		/* can dump */
	__RH_RESERVED_DEVLINK_CMD_LINECARD_SET,
	__RH_RESERVED_DEVLINK_CMD_LINECARD_NEW,
	__RH_RESERVED_DEVLINK_CMD_LINECARD_DEL,

	DEVLINK_CMD_SELFTESTS_GET,	/* can dump */
	DEVLINK_CMD_SELFTESTS_RUN,

	/* add new commands above here */
	__DEVLINK_CMD_MAX,
	DEVLINK_CMD_MAX = __DEVLINK_CMD_MAX - 1
};

enum devlink_port_type {
	DEVLINK_PORT_TYPE_NOTSET,
	DEVLINK_PORT_TYPE_AUTO,
	DEVLINK_PORT_TYPE_ETH,
	DEVLINK_PORT_TYPE_IB,
};

enum devlink_sb_pool_type {
	DEVLINK_SB_POOL_TYPE_INGRESS,
	DEVLINK_SB_POOL_TYPE_EGRESS,
};

/* static threshold - limiting the maximum number of bytes.
 * dynamic threshold - limiting the maximum number of bytes
 *   based on the currently available free space in the shared buffer pool.
 *   In this mode, the maximum quota is calculated based
 *   on the following formula:
 *     max_quota = alpha / (1 + alpha) * Free_Buffer
 *   While Free_Buffer is the amount of none-occupied buffer associated to
 *   the relevant pool.
 *   The value range which can be passed is 0-20 and serves
 *   for computation of alpha by following formula:
 *     alpha = 2 ^ (passed_value - 10)
 */

enum devlink_sb_threshold_type {
	DEVLINK_SB_THRESHOLD_TYPE_STATIC,
	DEVLINK_SB_THRESHOLD_TYPE_DYNAMIC,
};

#define DEVLINK_SB_THRESHOLD_TO_ALPHA_MAX 20

enum devlink_eswitch_mode {
	DEVLINK_ESWITCH_MODE_LEGACY,
	DEVLINK_ESWITCH_MODE_SWITCHDEV,
};

enum devlink_eswitch_inline_mode {
	DEVLINK_ESWITCH_INLINE_MODE_NONE,
	DEVLINK_ESWITCH_INLINE_MODE_LINK,
	DEVLINK_ESWITCH_INLINE_MODE_NETWORK,
	DEVLINK_ESWITCH_INLINE_MODE_TRANSPORT,
};

enum devlink_eswitch_encap_mode {
	DEVLINK_ESWITCH_ENCAP_MODE_NONE,
	DEVLINK_ESWITCH_ENCAP_MODE_BASIC,
};

enum devlink_port_flavour {
	DEVLINK_PORT_FLAVOUR_PHYSICAL, /* Any kind of a port physically
					* facing the user.
					*/
	DEVLINK_PORT_FLAVOUR_CPU, /* CPU port */
	DEVLINK_PORT_FLAVOUR_DSA, /* Distributed switch architecture
				   * interconnect port.
				   */
	DEVLINK_PORT_FLAVOUR_PCI_PF, /* Represents eswitch port for
				      * the PCI PF. It is an internal
				      * port that faces the PCI PF.
				      */
	DEVLINK_PORT_FLAVOUR_PCI_VF, /* Represents eswitch port
				      * for the PCI VF. It is an internal
				      * port that faces the PCI VF.
				      */
	DEVLINK_PORT_FLAVOUR_VIRTUAL, /* Any virtual port facing the user. */
	DEVLINK_PORT_FLAVOUR_UNUSED, /* Port which exists in the switch, but
				      * is not used in any way.
				      */
	DEVLINK_PORT_FLAVOUR_PCI_SF, /* Represents eswitch port
				      * for the PCI SF. It is an internal
				      * port that faces the PCI SF.
				      */
};

enum devlink_rate_type {
	DEVLINK_RATE_TYPE_LEAF,
	DEVLINK_RATE_TYPE_NODE,
};

enum devlink_param_cmode {
	DEVLINK_PARAM_CMODE_RUNTIME,
	DEVLINK_PARAM_CMODE_DRIVERINIT,
	DEVLINK_PARAM_CMODE_PERMANENT,

	/* Add new configuration modes above */
	__DEVLINK_PARAM_CMODE_MAX,
	DEVLINK_PARAM_CMODE_MAX = __DEVLINK_PARAM_CMODE_MAX - 1
};

enum devlink_param_fw_load_policy_value {
	DEVLINK_PARAM_FW_LOAD_POLICY_VALUE_DRIVER,
	DEVLINK_PARAM_FW_LOAD_POLICY_VALUE_FLASH,
	DEVLINK_PARAM_FW_LOAD_POLICY_VALUE_DISK,
	DEVLINK_PARAM_FW_LOAD_POLICY_VALUE_UNKNOWN,
};

enum devlink_param_reset_dev_on_drv_probe_value {
	DEVLINK_PARAM_RESET_DEV_ON_DRV_PROBE_VALUE_UNKNOWN,
	DEVLINK_PARAM_RESET_DEV_ON_DRV_PROBE_VALUE_ALWAYS,
	DEVLINK_PARAM_RESET_DEV_ON_DRV_PROBE_VALUE_NEVER,
	DEVLINK_PARAM_RESET_DEV_ON_DRV_PROBE_VALUE_DISK,
};

enum {
	DEVLINK_ATTR_STATS_RX_PACKETS,		/* u64 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_STATS_RX_BYTES,		/* u64 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_STATS_RX_DROPPED,		/* u64 */

	__DEVLINK_ATTR_STATS_MAX,
	DEVLINK_ATTR_STATS_MAX = __DEVLINK_ATTR_STATS_MAX - 1
};

/* Specify what sections of a flash component can be overwritten when
 * performing an update. Overwriting of firmware binary sections is always
 * implicitly assumed to be allowed.
 *
 * Each section must be documented in
 * Documentation/networking/devlink/devlink-flash.rst
 *
 */
enum {
	DEVLINK_FLASH_OVERWRITE_SETTINGS_BIT,
	DEVLINK_FLASH_OVERWRITE_IDENTIFIERS_BIT,

	__DEVLINK_FLASH_OVERWRITE_MAX_BIT,
	DEVLINK_FLASH_OVERWRITE_MAX_BIT = __DEVLINK_FLASH_OVERWRITE_MAX_BIT - 1
};

#define DEVLINK_FLASH_OVERWRITE_SETTINGS _BITUL(DEVLINK_FLASH_OVERWRITE_SETTINGS_BIT)
#define DEVLINK_FLASH_OVERWRITE_IDENTIFIERS _BITUL(DEVLINK_FLASH_OVERWRITE_IDENTIFIERS_BIT)

#define DEVLINK_SUPPORTED_FLASH_OVERWRITE_SECTIONS \
	(_BITUL(__DEVLINK_FLASH_OVERWRITE_MAX_BIT) - 1)

enum devlink_attr_selftest_id {
	DEVLINK_ATTR_SELFTEST_ID_UNSPEC,
	DEVLINK_ATTR_SELFTEST_ID_FLASH,	/* flag */

	__DEVLINK_ATTR_SELFTEST_ID_MAX,
	DEVLINK_ATTR_SELFTEST_ID_MAX = __DEVLINK_ATTR_SELFTEST_ID_MAX - 1
};

enum devlink_selftest_status {
	DEVLINK_SELFTEST_STATUS_SKIP,
	DEVLINK_SELFTEST_STATUS_PASS,
	DEVLINK_SELFTEST_STATUS_FAIL
};

enum devlink_attr_selftest_result {
	DEVLINK_ATTR_SELFTEST_RESULT_UNSPEC,
	DEVLINK_ATTR_SELFTEST_RESULT,		/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_SELFTEST_RESULT_ID,	/* u32, enum devlink_attr_selftest_id */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_SELFTEST_RESULT_STATUS,	/* u8, enum devlink_selftest_status */

	__DEVLINK_ATTR_SELFTEST_RESULT_MAX,
	DEVLINK_ATTR_SELFTEST_RESULT_MAX = __DEVLINK_ATTR_SELFTEST_RESULT_MAX - 1
};

/**
 * enum devlink_trap_action - Packet trap action.
 * @DEVLINK_TRAP_ACTION_DROP: Packet is dropped by the device and a copy is not
 *                            sent to the CPU.
 * @DEVLINK_TRAP_ACTION_TRAP: The sole copy of the packet is sent to the CPU.
 * @DEVLINK_TRAP_ACTION_MIRROR: Packet is forwarded by the device and a copy is
 *                              sent to the CPU.
 */
enum devlink_trap_action {
	DEVLINK_TRAP_ACTION_DROP,
	DEVLINK_TRAP_ACTION_TRAP,
	DEVLINK_TRAP_ACTION_MIRROR,
};

/**
 * enum devlink_trap_type - Packet trap type.
 * @DEVLINK_TRAP_TYPE_DROP: Trap reason is a drop. Trapped packets are only
 *                          processed by devlink and not injected to the
 *                          kernel's Rx path.
 * @DEVLINK_TRAP_TYPE_EXCEPTION: Trap reason is an exception. Packet was not
 *                               forwarded as intended due to an exception
 *                               (e.g., missing neighbour entry) and trapped to
 *                               control plane for resolution. Trapped packets
 *                               are processed by devlink and injected to
 *                               the kernel's Rx path.
 * @DEVLINK_TRAP_TYPE_CONTROL: Packet was trapped because it is required for
 *                             the correct functioning of the control plane.
 *                             For example, an ARP request packet. Trapped
 *                             packets are injected to the kernel's Rx path,
 *                             but not reported to drop monitor.
 */
enum devlink_trap_type {
	DEVLINK_TRAP_TYPE_DROP,
	DEVLINK_TRAP_TYPE_EXCEPTION,
	DEVLINK_TRAP_TYPE_CONTROL,
};

enum {
	/* Trap can report input port as metadata */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_METADATA_TYPE_IN_PORT,
	/* Trap can report flow action cookie as metadata */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_METADATA_TYPE_FA_COOKIE,
};

enum devlink_reload_action {
	DEVLINK_RELOAD_ACTION_UNSPEC,
	DEVLINK_RELOAD_ACTION_DRIVER_REINIT,	/* Driver entities re-instantiation */
	DEVLINK_RELOAD_ACTION_FW_ACTIVATE,	/* FW activate */

	/* Add new reload actions above */
	__DEVLINK_RELOAD_ACTION_MAX,
	DEVLINK_RELOAD_ACTION_MAX = __DEVLINK_RELOAD_ACTION_MAX - 1
};

enum devlink_reload_limit {
	DEVLINK_RELOAD_LIMIT_UNSPEC,	/* unspecified, no constraints */
	DEVLINK_RELOAD_LIMIT_NO_RESET,	/* No reset allowed, no down time allowed,
					 * no link flap and no configuration is lost.
					 */

	/* Add new reload limit above */
	__DEVLINK_RELOAD_LIMIT_MAX,
	DEVLINK_RELOAD_LIMIT_MAX = __DEVLINK_RELOAD_LIMIT_MAX - 1
};

#define DEVLINK_RELOAD_LIMITS_VALID_MASK (_BITUL(__DEVLINK_RELOAD_LIMIT_MAX) - 1)

enum devlink_attr {
	/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_UNSPEC,

	/* bus name + dev name together are a handle for devlink entity */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_BUS_NAME,			/* string */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DEV_NAME,			/* string */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_PORT_INDEX,		/* u32 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_PORT_TYPE,			/* u16 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_PORT_DESIRED_TYPE,		/* u16 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_PORT_NETDEV_IFINDEX,	/* u32 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_PORT_NETDEV_NAME,		/* string */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_PORT_IBDEV_NAME,		/* string */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_PORT_SPLIT_COUNT,		/* u32 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_PORT_SPLIT_GROUP,		/* u32 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_SB_INDEX,			/* u32 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_SB_SIZE,			/* u32 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_SB_INGRESS_POOL_COUNT,	/* u16 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_SB_EGRESS_POOL_COUNT,	/* u16 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_SB_INGRESS_TC_COUNT,	/* u16 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_SB_EGRESS_TC_COUNT,	/* u16 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_SB_POOL_INDEX,		/* u16 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_SB_POOL_TYPE,		/* u8 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_SB_POOL_SIZE,		/* u32 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_SB_POOL_THRESHOLD_TYPE,	/* u8 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_SB_THRESHOLD,		/* u32 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_SB_TC_INDEX,		/* u16 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_SB_OCC_CUR,		/* u32 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_SB_OCC_MAX,		/* u32 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_ESWITCH_MODE,		/* u16 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_ESWITCH_INLINE_MODE,	/* u8 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_TABLES,		/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_TABLE,		/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_TABLE_NAME,		/* string */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_TABLE_SIZE,		/* u64 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_TABLE_MATCHES,	/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_TABLE_ACTIONS,	/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_TABLE_COUNTERS_ENABLED,	/* u8 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_ENTRIES,		/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_ENTRY,		/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_ENTRY_INDEX,		/* u64 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_ENTRY_MATCH_VALUES,	/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_ENTRY_ACTION_VALUES,	/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_ENTRY_COUNTER,	/* u64 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_MATCH,		/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_MATCH_VALUE,		/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_MATCH_TYPE,		/* u32 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_ACTION,		/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_ACTION_VALUE,	/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_ACTION_TYPE,		/* u32 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_VALUE,
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_VALUE_MASK,
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_VALUE_MAPPING,	/* u32 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_HEADERS,		/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_HEADER,		/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_HEADER_NAME,		/* string */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_HEADER_ID,		/* u32 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_HEADER_FIELDS,	/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_HEADER_GLOBAL,	/* u8 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_HEADER_INDEX,	/* u32 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_FIELD,		/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_FIELD_NAME,		/* string */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_FIELD_ID,		/* u32 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_FIELD_BITWIDTH,	/* u32 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_FIELD_MAPPING_TYPE,	/* u32 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_PAD,

	DEVLINK_ATTR_ESWITCH_ENCAP_MODE,	/* u8 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_RESOURCE_LIST,		/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_RESOURCE,			/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_RESOURCE_NAME,		/* string */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_RESOURCE_ID,		/* u64 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_RESOURCE_SIZE,		/* u64 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_RESOURCE_SIZE_NEW,		/* u64 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_RESOURCE_SIZE_VALID,	/* u8 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_RESOURCE_SIZE_MIN,		/* u64 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_RESOURCE_SIZE_MAX,		/* u64 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_RESOURCE_SIZE_GRAN,        /* u64 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_RESOURCE_UNIT,		/* u8 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_RESOURCE_OCC,		/* u64 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_TABLE_RESOURCE_ID,	/* u64 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_DPIPE_TABLE_RESOURCE_UNITS,/* u64 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_PORT_FLAVOUR,		/* u16 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_PORT_NUMBER,		/* u32 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_PORT_SPLIT_SUBPORT_NUMBER,	/* u32 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_PARAM,			/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_PARAM_NAME,		/* string */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_PARAM_GENERIC,		/* flag */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_PARAM_TYPE,		/* u8 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_PARAM_VALUES_LIST,		/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_PARAM_VALUE,		/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_PARAM_VALUE_DATA,		/* dynamic */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_PARAM_VALUE_CMODE,		/* u8 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_NAME,               /* string */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SIZE,               /* u64 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SNAPSHOTS,          /* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SNAPSHOT,           /* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SNAPSHOT_ID,        /* u32 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_CHUNKS,             /* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_CHUNK,              /* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_CHUNK_DATA,         /* binary */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_CHUNK_ADDR,         /* u64 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_CHUNK_LEN,          /* u64 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_INFO_DRIVER_NAME,		/* string */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_INFO_SERIAL_NUMBER,	/* string */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_INFO_VERSION_FIXED,	/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_INFO_VERSION_RUNNING,	/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_INFO_VERSION_STORED,	/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_INFO_VERSION_NAME,		/* string */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_INFO_VERSION_VALUE,	/* string */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_SB_POOL_CELL_SIZE,		/* u32 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_FMSG,			/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_FMSG_OBJ_NEST_START,	/* flag */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_FMSG_PAIR_NEST_START,	/* flag */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_FMSG_ARR_NEST_START,	/* flag */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_FMSG_NEST_END,		/* flag */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_FMSG_OBJ_NAME,		/* string */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_FMSG_OBJ_VALUE_TYPE,	/* u8 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_FMSG_OBJ_VALUE_DATA,	/* dynamic */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_HEALTH_REPORTER,			/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_HEALTH_REPORTER_NAME,		/* string */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_HEALTH_REPORTER_STATE,		/* u8 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_HEALTH_REPORTER_ERR_COUNT,		/* u64 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_HEALTH_REPORTER_RECOVER_COUNT,	/* u64 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_HEALTH_REPORTER_DUMP_TS,		/* u64 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_HEALTH_REPORTER_GRACEFUL_PERIOD,	/* u64 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_HEALTH_REPORTER_AUTO_RECOVER,	/* u8 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_FLASH_UPDATE_FILE_NAME,	/* string */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_FLASH_UPDATE_COMPONENT,	/* string */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_FLASH_UPDATE_STATUS_MSG,	/* string */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_FLASH_UPDATE_STATUS_DONE,	/* u64 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_FLASH_UPDATE_STATUS_TOTAL,	/* u64 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_PORT_PCI_PF_NUMBER,	/* u16 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_PORT_PCI_VF_NUMBER,	/* u16 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_STATS,				/* nested */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_NAME,				/* string */
	/* enum devlink_trap_action */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_ACTION,			/* u8 */
	/* enum devlink_trap_type */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_TYPE,				/* u8 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_GENERIC,			/* flag */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_METADATA,			/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_GROUP_NAME,			/* string */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_RELOAD_FAILED,			/* u8 0 or 1 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_HEALTH_REPORTER_DUMP_TS_NS,	/* u64 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_NETNS_FD,			/* u32 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_NETNS_PID,			/* u32 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_NETNS_ID,			/* u32 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_HEALTH_REPORTER_AUTO_DUMP,	/* u8 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_POLICER_ID,			/* u32 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_POLICER_RATE,			/* u64 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_POLICER_BURST,		/* u64 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_PORT_FUNCTION,			/* nested */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_INFO_BOARD_SERIAL_NUMBER,	/* string */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_PORT_LANES,			/* u32 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_PORT_SPLITTABLE,			/* u8 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_PORT_EXTERNAL,		/* u8 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_PORT_CONTROLLER_NUMBER,	/* u32 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_FLASH_UPDATE_STATUS_TIMEOUT,	/* u64 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_FLASH_UPDATE_OVERWRITE_MASK,	/* bitfield32 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_RELOAD_ACTION,		/* u8 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_RELOAD_ACTIONS_PERFORMED,	/* bitfield32 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_RELOAD_LIMITS,		/* bitfield32 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_DEV_STATS,			/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_RELOAD_STATS,		/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_RELOAD_STATS_ENTRY,	/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_RELOAD_STATS_LIMIT,	/* u8 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_RELOAD_STATS_VALUE,	/* u32 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_REMOTE_RELOAD_STATS,	/* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_RELOAD_ACTION_INFO,        /* nested */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_RELOAD_ACTION_STATS,       /* nested */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_PORT_PCI_SF_NUMBER,	/* u32 */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_TYPE,			/* u16 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_TX_SHARE,		/* u64 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_TX_MAX,		/* u64 */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME,		/* string */
	DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_PARENT_NODE_NAME,	/* string */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_MAX_SNAPSHOTS,	/* u32 */

	__RH_RESERVED_DEVLINK_ATTR_LINECARD_INDEX,		/* u32 */
	__RH_RESERVED_DEVLINK_ATTR_LINECARD_STATE,		/* u8 */
	__RH_RESERVED_DEVLINK_ATTR_LINECARD_TYPE,		/* string */
	__RH_RESERVED_DEVLINK_ATTR_LINECARD_SUPPORTED_TYPES,	/* nested */

	__RH_RESERVED_DEVLINK_ATTR_NESTED_DEVLINK,		/* nested */

	DEVLINK_ATTR_SELFTESTS,			/* nested */

	/* add new attributes above here, update the policy in devlink.c */

	__DEVLINK_ATTR_MAX,
	DEVLINK_ATTR_MAX = __DEVLINK_ATTR_MAX - 1
};

/* Mapping between internal resource described by the field and system
 * structure
 */
enum devlink_dpipe_field_mapping_type {
	DEVLINK_DPIPE_FIELD_MAPPING_TYPE_NONE,
	DEVLINK_DPIPE_FIELD_MAPPING_TYPE_IFINDEX,
};

/* Match type - specify the type of the match */
enum devlink_dpipe_match_type {
	DEVLINK_DPIPE_MATCH_TYPE_FIELD_EXACT,
};

/* Action type - specify the action type */
enum devlink_dpipe_action_type {
	DEVLINK_DPIPE_ACTION_TYPE_FIELD_MODIFY,
};

enum devlink_dpipe_field_ethernet_id {
	DEVLINK_DPIPE_FIELD_ETHERNET_DST_MAC,
};

enum devlink_dpipe_field_ipv4_id {
	DEVLINK_DPIPE_FIELD_IPV4_DST_IP,
};

enum devlink_dpipe_field_ipv6_id {
	DEVLINK_DPIPE_FIELD_IPV6_DST_IP,
};

enum devlink_dpipe_header_id {
	DEVLINK_DPIPE_HEADER_ETHERNET,
	DEVLINK_DPIPE_HEADER_IPV4,
	DEVLINK_DPIPE_HEADER_IPV6,
};

enum devlink_resource_unit {
	DEVLINK_RESOURCE_UNIT_ENTRY,
};

enum devlink_port_function_attr {
	DEVLINK_PORT_FUNCTION_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	DEVLINK_PORT_FUNCTION_ATTR_HW_ADDR,	/* binary */
	DEVLINK_PORT_FN_ATTR_STATE,	/* u8 */
	DEVLINK_PORT_FN_ATTR_OPSTATE,	/* u8 */

	__DEVLINK_PORT_FUNCTION_ATTR_MAX,
	DEVLINK_PORT_FUNCTION_ATTR_MAX = __DEVLINK_PORT_FUNCTION_ATTR_MAX - 1
};

enum devlink_port_fn_state {
	DEVLINK_PORT_FN_STATE_INACTIVE,
	DEVLINK_PORT_FN_STATE_ACTIVE,
};

/**
 * enum devlink_port_fn_opstate - indicates operational state of the function
 * @DEVLINK_PORT_FN_OPSTATE_ATTACHED: Driver is attached to the function.
 * For graceful tear down of the function, after inactivation of the
 * function, user should wait for operational state to turn DETACHED.
 * @DEVLINK_PORT_FN_OPSTATE_DETACHED: Driver is detached from the function.
 * It is safe to delete the port.
 */
enum devlink_port_fn_opstate {
	DEVLINK_PORT_FN_OPSTATE_DETACHED,
	DEVLINK_PORT_FN_OPSTATE_ATTACHED,
};

#endif /* _LINUX_DEVLINK_H_ */
/*****************************************************************************
 *                                                                           *
 * Copyright (c) David L. Mills 1993                                         *
 *                                                                           *
 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its     *
 * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided *
 * that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both the   *
 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting          *
 * documentation, and that the name University of Delaware not be used in    *
 * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software       *
 * without specific, written prior permission.  The University of Delaware   *
 * makes no representations about the suitability this software for any      *
 * purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.     *
 *                                                                           *
 *****************************************************************************/

/*
 * Modification history timex.h
 *
 * 29 Dec 97	Russell King
 *	Moved CLOCK_TICK_RATE, CLOCK_TICK_FACTOR and FINETUNE to asm/timex.h
 *	for ARM machines
 *
 *  9 Jan 97    Adrian Sun
 *      Shifted LATCH define to allow access to alpha machines.
 *
 * 26 Sep 94	David L. Mills
 *	Added defines for hybrid phase/frequency-lock loop.
 *
 * 19 Mar 94	David L. Mills
 *	Moved defines from kernel routines to header file and added new
 *	defines for PPS phase-lock loop.
 *
 * 20 Feb 94	David L. Mills
 *	Revised status codes and structures for external clock and PPS
 *	signal discipline.
 *
 * 28 Nov 93	David L. Mills
 *	Adjusted parameters to improve stability and increase poll
 *	interval.
 *
 * 17 Sep 93    David L. Mills
 *      Created file $NTP/include/sys/timex.h
 * 07 Oct 93    Torsten Duwe
 *      Derived linux/timex.h
 * 1995-08-13    Torsten Duwe
 *      kernel PLL updated to 1994-12-13 specs (rfc-1589)
 * 1997-08-30    Ulrich Windl
 *      Added new constant NTP_PHASE_LIMIT
 * 2004-08-12    Christoph Lameter
 *      Reworked time interpolation logic
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_TIMEX_H
#define _LINUX_TIMEX_H

#include <linux/time.h>

#define NTP_API		4	/* NTP API version */

/*
 * syscall interface - used (mainly by NTP daemon)
 * to discipline kernel clock oscillator
 */
struct timex {
	unsigned int modes;	/* mode selector */
	__kernel_long_t offset;	/* time offset (usec) */
	__kernel_long_t freq;	/* frequency offset (scaled ppm) */
	__kernel_long_t maxerror;/* maximum error (usec) */
	__kernel_long_t esterror;/* estimated error (usec) */
	int status;		/* clock command/status */
	__kernel_long_t constant;/* pll time constant */
	__kernel_long_t precision;/* clock precision (usec) (read only) */
	__kernel_long_t tolerance;/* clock frequency tolerance (ppm)
				   * (read only)
				   */
	struct timeval time;	/* (read only, except for ADJ_SETOFFSET) */
	__kernel_long_t tick;	/* (modified) usecs between clock ticks */

	__kernel_long_t ppsfreq;/* pps frequency (scaled ppm) (ro) */
	__kernel_long_t jitter; /* pps jitter (us) (ro) */
	int shift;              /* interval duration (s) (shift) (ro) */
	__kernel_long_t stabil;            /* pps stability (scaled ppm) (ro) */
	__kernel_long_t jitcnt; /* jitter limit exceeded (ro) */
	__kernel_long_t calcnt; /* calibration intervals (ro) */
	__kernel_long_t errcnt; /* calibration errors (ro) */
	__kernel_long_t stbcnt; /* stability limit exceeded (ro) */

	int tai;		/* TAI offset (ro) */

	int  :32; int  :32; int  :32; int  :32;
	int  :32; int  :32; int  :32; int  :32;
	int  :32; int  :32; int  :32;
};

/*
 * Mode codes (timex.mode)
 */
#define ADJ_OFFSET		0x0001	/* time offset */
#define ADJ_FREQUENCY		0x0002	/* frequency offset */
#define ADJ_MAXERROR		0x0004	/* maximum time error */
#define ADJ_ESTERROR		0x0008	/* estimated time error */
#define ADJ_STATUS		0x0010	/* clock status */
#define ADJ_TIMECONST		0x0020	/* pll time constant */
#define ADJ_TAI			0x0080	/* set TAI offset */
#define ADJ_SETOFFSET		0x0100  /* add 'time' to current time */
#define ADJ_MICRO		0x1000	/* select microsecond resolution */
#define ADJ_NANO		0x2000	/* select nanosecond resolution */
#define ADJ_TICK		0x4000	/* tick value */

#define ADJ_OFFSET_SINGLESHOT	0x8001	/* old-fashioned adjtime */
#define ADJ_OFFSET_SS_READ	0xa001	/* read-only adjtime */

/* NTP userland likes the MOD_ prefix better */
#define MOD_OFFSET	ADJ_OFFSET
#define MOD_FREQUENCY	ADJ_FREQUENCY
#define MOD_MAXERROR	ADJ_MAXERROR
#define MOD_ESTERROR	ADJ_ESTERROR
#define MOD_STATUS	ADJ_STATUS
#define MOD_TIMECONST	ADJ_TIMECONST
#define MOD_TAI	ADJ_TAI
#define MOD_MICRO	ADJ_MICRO
#define MOD_NANO	ADJ_NANO


/*
 * Status codes (timex.status)
 */
#define STA_PLL		0x0001	/* enable PLL updates (rw) */
#define STA_PPSFREQ	0x0002	/* enable PPS freq discipline (rw) */
#define STA_PPSTIME	0x0004	/* enable PPS time discipline (rw) */
#define STA_FLL		0x0008	/* select frequency-lock mode (rw) */

#define STA_INS		0x0010	/* insert leap (rw) */
#define STA_DEL		0x0020	/* delete leap (rw) */
#define STA_UNSYNC	0x0040	/* clock unsynchronized (rw) */
#define STA_FREQHOLD	0x0080	/* hold frequency (rw) */

#define STA_PPSSIGNAL	0x0100	/* PPS signal present (ro) */
#define STA_PPSJITTER	0x0200	/* PPS signal jitter exceeded (ro) */
#define STA_PPSWANDER	0x0400	/* PPS signal wander exceeded (ro) */
#define STA_PPSERROR	0x0800	/* PPS signal calibration error (ro) */

#define STA_CLOCKERR	0x1000	/* clock hardware fault (ro) */
#define STA_NANO	0x2000	/* resolution (0 = us, 1 = ns) (ro) */
#define STA_MODE	0x4000	/* mode (0 = PLL, 1 = FLL) (ro) */
#define STA_CLK		0x8000	/* clock source (0 = A, 1 = B) (ro) */

/* read-only bits */
#define STA_RONLY (STA_PPSSIGNAL | STA_PPSJITTER | STA_PPSWANDER | \
	STA_PPSERROR | STA_CLOCKERR | STA_NANO | STA_MODE | STA_CLK)

/*
 * Clock states (time_state)
 */
#define TIME_OK		0	/* clock synchronized, no leap second */
#define TIME_INS	1	/* insert leap second */
#define TIME_DEL	2	/* delete leap second */
#define TIME_OOP	3	/* leap second in progress */
#define TIME_WAIT	4	/* leap second has occurred */
#define TIME_ERROR	5	/* clock not synchronized */
#define TIME_BAD	TIME_ERROR /* bw compat */


#endif /* _LINUX_TIMEX_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  include/linux/eventpoll.h ( Efficient event polling implementation )
 *  Copyright (C) 2001,...,2006	 Davide Libenzi
 *
 *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 *  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 *  (at your option) any later version.
 *
 *  Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
 *
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_EVENTPOLL_H
#define _LINUX_EVENTPOLL_H

/* For O_CLOEXEC */
#include <linux/fcntl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/* Flags for epoll_create1.  */
#define EPOLL_CLOEXEC O_CLOEXEC

/* Valid opcodes to issue to sys_epoll_ctl() */
#define EPOLL_CTL_ADD 1
#define EPOLL_CTL_DEL 2
#define EPOLL_CTL_MOD 3

/* Epoll event masks */
#define EPOLLIN		(__poll_t)0x00000001
#define EPOLLPRI	(__poll_t)0x00000002
#define EPOLLOUT	(__poll_t)0x00000004
#define EPOLLERR	(__poll_t)0x00000008
#define EPOLLHUP	(__poll_t)0x00000010
#define EPOLLNVAL	(__poll_t)0x00000020
#define EPOLLRDNORM	(__poll_t)0x00000040
#define EPOLLRDBAND	(__poll_t)0x00000080
#define EPOLLWRNORM	(__poll_t)0x00000100
#define EPOLLWRBAND	(__poll_t)0x00000200
#define EPOLLMSG	(__poll_t)0x00000400
#define EPOLLRDHUP	(__poll_t)0x00002000

/* Set exclusive wakeup mode for the target file descriptor */
#define EPOLLEXCLUSIVE (__poll_t)(1U << 28)

/*
 * Request the handling of system wakeup events so as to prevent system suspends
 * from happening while those events are being processed.
 *
 * Assuming neither EPOLLET nor EPOLLONESHOT is set, system suspends will not be
 * re-allowed until epoll_wait is called again after consuming the wakeup
 * event(s).
 *
 * Requires CAP_BLOCK_SUSPEND
 */
#define EPOLLWAKEUP (__poll_t)(1U << 29)

/* Set the One Shot behaviour for the target file descriptor */
#define EPOLLONESHOT (__poll_t)(1U << 30)

/* Set the Edge Triggered behaviour for the target file descriptor */
#define EPOLLET (__poll_t)(1U << 31)

/* 
 * On x86-64 make the 64bit structure have the same alignment as the
 * 32bit structure. This makes 32bit emulation easier.
 *
 * UML/x86_64 needs the same packing as x86_64
 */
#ifdef __x86_64__
#define EPOLL_PACKED __attribute__((packed))
#else
#define EPOLL_PACKED
#endif

struct epoll_event {
	__poll_t events;
	__u64 data;
} EPOLL_PACKED;

#ifdef CONFIG_PM_SLEEP
static __inline__ void ep_take_care_of_epollwakeup(struct epoll_event *epev)
{
	if ((epev->events & EPOLLWAKEUP) && !capable(CAP_BLOCK_SUSPEND))
		epev->events &= ~EPOLLWAKEUP;
}
#else
static __inline__ void ep_take_care_of_epollwakeup(struct epoll_event *epev)
{
	epev->events &= ~EPOLLWAKEUP;
}
#endif
#endif /* _LINUX_EVENTPOLL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_TIMES_H
#define _LINUX_TIMES_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct tms {
	__kernel_clock_t tms_utime;
	__kernel_clock_t tms_stime;
	__kernel_clock_t tms_cutime;
	__kernel_clock_t tms_cstime;
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_GENERIC_NETLINK_H
#define __LINUX_GENERIC_NETLINK_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/netlink.h>

#define GENL_NAMSIZ	16	/* length of family name */

#define GENL_MIN_ID	NLMSG_MIN_TYPE
#define GENL_MAX_ID	1023

struct genlmsghdr {
	__u8	cmd;
	__u8	version;
	__u16	reserved;
};

#define GENL_HDRLEN	NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct genlmsghdr))

#define GENL_ADMIN_PERM		0x01
#define GENL_CMD_CAP_DO		0x02
#define GENL_CMD_CAP_DUMP	0x04
#define GENL_CMD_CAP_HASPOL	0x08
#define GENL_UNS_ADMIN_PERM	0x10

/*
 * List of reserved static generic netlink identifiers:
 */
#define GENL_ID_CTRL		NLMSG_MIN_TYPE
#define GENL_ID_VFS_DQUOT	(NLMSG_MIN_TYPE + 1)
#define GENL_ID_PMCRAID		(NLMSG_MIN_TYPE + 2)
/* must be last reserved + 1 */
#define GENL_START_ALLOC	(NLMSG_MIN_TYPE + 3)

/**************************************************************************
 * Controller
 **************************************************************************/

enum {
	CTRL_CMD_UNSPEC,
	CTRL_CMD_NEWFAMILY,
	CTRL_CMD_DELFAMILY,
	CTRL_CMD_GETFAMILY,
	CTRL_CMD_NEWOPS,
	CTRL_CMD_DELOPS,
	CTRL_CMD_GETOPS,
	CTRL_CMD_NEWMCAST_GRP,
	CTRL_CMD_DELMCAST_GRP,
	CTRL_CMD_GETMCAST_GRP, /* unused */
	CTRL_CMD_GETPOLICY,
	__CTRL_CMD_MAX,
};

#define CTRL_CMD_MAX (__CTRL_CMD_MAX - 1)

enum {
	CTRL_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	CTRL_ATTR_FAMILY_ID,
	CTRL_ATTR_FAMILY_NAME,
	CTRL_ATTR_VERSION,
	CTRL_ATTR_HDRSIZE,
	CTRL_ATTR_MAXATTR,
	CTRL_ATTR_OPS,
	CTRL_ATTR_MCAST_GROUPS,
	CTRL_ATTR_POLICY,
	CTRL_ATTR_OP_POLICY,
	CTRL_ATTR_OP,
	__CTRL_ATTR_MAX,
};

#define CTRL_ATTR_MAX (__CTRL_ATTR_MAX - 1)

enum {
	CTRL_ATTR_OP_UNSPEC,
	CTRL_ATTR_OP_ID,
	CTRL_ATTR_OP_FLAGS,
	__CTRL_ATTR_OP_MAX,
};

#define CTRL_ATTR_OP_MAX (__CTRL_ATTR_OP_MAX - 1)

enum {
	CTRL_ATTR_MCAST_GRP_UNSPEC,
	CTRL_ATTR_MCAST_GRP_NAME,
	CTRL_ATTR_MCAST_GRP_ID,
	__CTRL_ATTR_MCAST_GRP_MAX,
};

enum {
	CTRL_ATTR_POLICY_UNSPEC,
	CTRL_ATTR_POLICY_DO,
	CTRL_ATTR_POLICY_DUMP,

	__CTRL_ATTR_POLICY_DUMP_MAX,
	CTRL_ATTR_POLICY_DUMP_MAX = __CTRL_ATTR_POLICY_DUMP_MAX - 1
};

#define CTRL_ATTR_MCAST_GRP_MAX (__CTRL_ATTR_MCAST_GRP_MAX - 1)


#endif /* __LINUX_GENERIC_NETLINK_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __CODA_PSDEV_H
#define __CODA_PSDEV_H

#include <linux/magic.h>

#define CODA_PSDEV_MAJOR 67
#define MAX_CODADEVS  5	   /* how many do we allow */


/* messages between coda filesystem in kernel and Venus */
struct upc_req {
	struct list_head    uc_chain;
	caddr_t	            uc_data;
	u_short	            uc_flags;
	u_short             uc_inSize;  /* Size is at most 5000 bytes */
	u_short	            uc_outSize;
	u_short	            uc_opcode;  /* copied from data to save lookup */
	int		    uc_unique;
	wait_queue_head_t   uc_sleep;   /* process' wait queue */
};

#define CODA_REQ_ASYNC  0x1
#define CODA_REQ_READ   0x2
#define CODA_REQ_WRITE  0x4
#define CODA_REQ_ABORT  0x8

#endif /* __CODA_PSDEV_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Part of the HSI character device driver.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation. All rights reserved.
 *
 * Contact: Andras Domokos <andras.domokos at nokia.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 * version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
 * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
 * General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
 * 02110-1301 USA
 */

#ifndef __HSI_CHAR_H
#define __HSI_CHAR_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define HSI_CHAR_MAGIC		'k'
#define HSC_IOW(num, dtype)	_IOW(HSI_CHAR_MAGIC, num, dtype)
#define HSC_IOR(num, dtype)	_IOR(HSI_CHAR_MAGIC, num, dtype)
#define HSC_IOWR(num, dtype)	_IOWR(HSI_CHAR_MAGIC, num, dtype)
#define HSC_IO(num)		_IO(HSI_CHAR_MAGIC, num)

#define HSC_RESET		HSC_IO(16)
#define HSC_SET_PM		HSC_IO(17)
#define HSC_SEND_BREAK		HSC_IO(18)
#define HSC_SET_RX		HSC_IOW(19, struct hsc_rx_config)
#define HSC_GET_RX		HSC_IOW(20, struct hsc_rx_config)
#define HSC_SET_TX		HSC_IOW(21, struct hsc_tx_config)
#define HSC_GET_TX		HSC_IOW(22, struct hsc_tx_config)

#define HSC_PM_DISABLE		0
#define HSC_PM_ENABLE		1

#define HSC_MODE_STREAM		1
#define HSC_MODE_FRAME		2
#define HSC_FLOW_SYNC		0
#define HSC_ARB_RR		0
#define HSC_ARB_PRIO		1

struct hsc_rx_config {
	__u32 mode;
	__u32 flow;
	__u32 channels;
};

struct hsc_tx_config {
	__u32 mode;
	__u32 channels;
	__u32 speed;
	__u32 arb_mode;
};

#endif /* __HSI_CHAR_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * cmt-speech interface definitions
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2008,2009,2010 Nokia Corporation. All rights reserved.
 *
 * Contact: Kai Vehmanen <kai.vehmanen@nokia.com>
 * Original author: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@nokia.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 * version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
 * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 * General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
 * 02110-1301 USA
 */

#ifndef _CS_PROTOCOL_H
#define _CS_PROTOCOL_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

/* chardev parameters */
#define CS_DEV_FILE_NAME		"/dev/cmt_speech"

/* user-space API versioning */
#define CS_IF_VERSION			2

/* APE kernel <-> user space messages */
#define CS_CMD_SHIFT			28
#define CS_DOMAIN_SHIFT			24

#define CS_CMD_MASK			0xff000000
#define CS_PARAM_MASK			0xffffff

#define CS_CMD(id, dom) \
	(((id) << CS_CMD_SHIFT) | ((dom) << CS_DOMAIN_SHIFT))

#define CS_ERROR			CS_CMD(1, 0)
#define CS_RX_DATA_RECEIVED		CS_CMD(2, 0)
#define CS_TX_DATA_READY		CS_CMD(3, 0)
#define CS_TX_DATA_SENT			CS_CMD(4, 0)

/* params to CS_ERROR indication */
#define CS_ERR_PEER_RESET		0

/* ioctl interface */

/* parameters to CS_CONFIG_BUFS ioctl */
#define CS_FEAT_TSTAMP_RX_CTRL		(1 << 0)
#define CS_FEAT_ROLLING_RX_COUNTER	(2 << 0)

/* parameters to CS_GET_STATE ioctl */
#define CS_STATE_CLOSED			0
#define CS_STATE_OPENED			1 /* resource allocated */
#define CS_STATE_CONFIGURED		2 /* data path active */

/* maximum number of TX/RX buffers */
#define CS_MAX_BUFFERS_SHIFT		4
#define CS_MAX_BUFFERS			(1 << CS_MAX_BUFFERS_SHIFT)

/* Parameters for setting up the data buffers */
struct cs_buffer_config {
	__u32 rx_bufs;	/* number of RX buffer slots */
	__u32 tx_bufs;	/* number of TX buffer slots */
	__u32 buf_size;	/* bytes */
	__u32 flags;	/* see CS_FEAT_* */
	__u32 reserved[4];
};

/*
 * struct for monotonic timestamp taken when the
 * last control command was received
 */
struct cs_timestamp {
	__u32 tv_sec;  /* seconds */
	__u32 tv_nsec; /* nanoseconds */
};

/*
 * Struct describing the layout and contents of the driver mmap area.
 * This information is meant as read-only information for the application.
 */
struct cs_mmap_config_block {
	__u32 reserved1;
	__u32 buf_size;		/* 0=disabled, otherwise the transfer size */
	__u32 rx_bufs;		/* # of RX buffers */
	__u32 tx_bufs;		/* # of TX buffers */
	__u32 reserved2;
	/* array of offsets within the mmap area for each RX and TX buffer */
	__u32 rx_offsets[CS_MAX_BUFFERS];
	__u32 tx_offsets[CS_MAX_BUFFERS];
	__u32 rx_ptr;
	__u32 rx_ptr_boundary;
	__u32 reserved3[2];
	/* enabled with CS_FEAT_TSTAMP_RX_CTRL */
	struct cs_timestamp tstamp_rx_ctrl;
};

#define CS_IO_MAGIC		'C'

#define CS_IOW(num, dtype)	_IOW(CS_IO_MAGIC, num, dtype)
#define CS_IOR(num, dtype)	_IOR(CS_IO_MAGIC, num, dtype)
#define CS_IOWR(num, dtype)	_IOWR(CS_IO_MAGIC, num, dtype)
#define CS_IO(num)		_IO(CS_IO_MAGIC, num)

#define CS_GET_STATE		CS_IOR(21, unsigned int)
#define CS_SET_WAKELINE		CS_IOW(23, unsigned int)
#define CS_GET_IF_VERSION	CS_IOR(30, unsigned int)
#define CS_CONFIG_BUFS		CS_IOW(31, struct cs_buffer_config)

#endif /* _CS_PROTOCOL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Userspace interface for AMD SEV and SNP guest driver.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2021 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
 *
 * Author: Brijesh Singh <brijesh.singh@amd.com>
 *
 * SEV API specification is available at: https://developer.amd.com/sev/
 */

#ifndef __UAPI_LINUX_SEV_GUEST_H_
#define __UAPI_LINUX_SEV_GUEST_H_

#include <linux/types.h>

struct snp_report_req {
	/* user data that should be included in the report */
	__u8 user_data[64];

	/* The vmpl level to be included in the report */
	__u32 vmpl;

	/* Must be zero filled */
	__u8 rsvd[28];
};

struct snp_report_resp {
	/* response data, see SEV-SNP spec for the format */
	__u8 data[4000];
};

struct snp_derived_key_req {
	__u32 root_key_select;
	__u32 rsvd;
	__u64 guest_field_select;
	__u32 vmpl;
	__u32 guest_svn;
	__u64 tcb_version;
};

struct snp_derived_key_resp {
	/* response data, see SEV-SNP spec for the format */
	__u8 data[64];
};

struct snp_guest_request_ioctl {
	/* message version number (must be non-zero) */
	__u8 msg_version;

	/* Request and response structure address */
	__u64 req_data;
	__u64 resp_data;

	/* bits[63:32]: VMM error code, bits[31:0] firmware error code (see psp-sev.h) */
	union {
		__u64 exitinfo2;
		struct {
			__u32 fw_error;
			__u32 vmm_error;
		};
	};
};

struct snp_ext_report_req {
	struct snp_report_req data;

	/* where to copy the certificate blob */
	__u64 certs_address;

	/* length of the certificate blob */
	__u32 certs_len;
};

#define SNP_GUEST_REQ_IOC_TYPE	'S'

/* Get SNP attestation report */
#define SNP_GET_REPORT _IOWR(SNP_GUEST_REQ_IOC_TYPE, 0x0, struct snp_guest_request_ioctl)

/* Get a derived key from the root */
#define SNP_GET_DERIVED_KEY _IOWR(SNP_GUEST_REQ_IOC_TYPE, 0x1, struct snp_guest_request_ioctl)

/* Get SNP extended report as defined in the GHCB specification version 2. */
#define SNP_GET_EXT_REPORT _IOWR(SNP_GUEST_REQ_IOC_TYPE, 0x2, struct snp_guest_request_ioctl)

/* Guest message request EXIT_INFO_2 constants */
#define SNP_GUEST_FW_ERR_MASK		GENMASK_ULL(31, 0)
#define SNP_GUEST_VMM_ERR_SHIFT		32
#define SNP_GUEST_VMM_ERR(x)		(((u64)x) << SNP_GUEST_VMM_ERR_SHIFT)

#define SNP_GUEST_VMM_ERR_INVALID_LEN	1
#define SNP_GUEST_VMM_ERR_BUSY		2

#endif /* __UAPI_LINUX_SEV_GUEST_H_ */
#ifndef _LINUX_MEMBARRIER_H
#define _LINUX_MEMBARRIER_H

/*
 * linux/membarrier.h
 *
 * membarrier system call API
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2010, 2015 Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
 * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
 * in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
 * to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
 * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
 * AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
 * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
 * OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
 * SOFTWARE.
 */

/**
 * enum membarrier_cmd - membarrier system call command
 * @MEMBARRIER_CMD_QUERY:   Query the set of supported commands. It returns
 *                          a bitmask of valid commands.
 * @MEMBARRIER_CMD_GLOBAL:  Execute a memory barrier on all running threads.
 *                          Upon return from system call, the caller thread
 *                          is ensured that all running threads have passed
 *                          through a state where all memory accesses to
 *                          user-space addresses match program order between
 *                          entry to and return from the system call
 *                          (non-running threads are de facto in such a
 *                          state). This covers threads from all processes
 *                          running on the system. This command returns 0.
 * @MEMBARRIER_CMD_GLOBAL_EXPEDITED:
 *                          Execute a memory barrier on all running threads
 *                          of all processes which previously registered
 *                          with MEMBARRIER_CMD_REGISTER_GLOBAL_EXPEDITED.
 *                          Upon return from system call, the caller thread
 *                          is ensured that all running threads have passed
 *                          through a state where all memory accesses to
 *                          user-space addresses match program order between
 *                          entry to and return from the system call
 *                          (non-running threads are de facto in such a
 *                          state). This only covers threads from processes
 *                          which registered with
 *                          MEMBARRIER_CMD_REGISTER_GLOBAL_EXPEDITED.
 *                          This command returns 0. Given that
 *                          registration is about the intent to receive
 *                          the barriers, it is valid to invoke
 *                          MEMBARRIER_CMD_GLOBAL_EXPEDITED from a
 *                          non-registered process.
 * @MEMBARRIER_CMD_REGISTER_GLOBAL_EXPEDITED:
 *                          Register the process intent to receive
 *                          MEMBARRIER_CMD_GLOBAL_EXPEDITED memory
 *                          barriers. Always returns 0.
 * @MEMBARRIER_CMD_PRIVATE_EXPEDITED:
 *                          Execute a memory barrier on each running
 *                          thread belonging to the same process as the current
 *                          thread. Upon return from system call, the
 *                          caller thread is ensured that all its running
 *                          threads siblings have passed through a state
 *                          where all memory accesses to user-space
 *                          addresses match program order between entry
 *                          to and return from the system call
 *                          (non-running threads are de facto in such a
 *                          state). This only covers threads from the
 *                          same process as the caller thread. This
 *                          command returns 0 on success. The
 *                          "expedited" commands complete faster than
 *                          the non-expedited ones, they never block,
 *                          but have the downside of causing extra
 *                          overhead. A process needs to register its
 *                          intent to use the private expedited command
 *                          prior to using it, otherwise this command
 *                          returns -EPERM.
 * @MEMBARRIER_CMD_REGISTER_PRIVATE_EXPEDITED:
 *                          Register the process intent to use
 *                          MEMBARRIER_CMD_PRIVATE_EXPEDITED. Always
 *                          returns 0.
 * @MEMBARRIER_CMD_PRIVATE_EXPEDITED_SYNC_CORE:
 *                          In addition to provide memory ordering
 *                          guarantees described in
 *                          MEMBARRIER_CMD_PRIVATE_EXPEDITED, ensure
 *                          the caller thread, upon return from system
 *                          call, that all its running threads siblings
 *                          have executed a core serializing
 *                          instruction. (architectures are required to
 *                          guarantee that non-running threads issue
 *                          core serializing instructions before they
 *                          resume user-space execution). This only
 *                          covers threads from the same process as the
 *                          caller thread. This command returns 0 on
 *                          success. The "expedited" commands complete
 *                          faster than the non-expedited ones, they
 *                          never block, but have the downside of
 *                          causing extra overhead. If this command is
 *                          not implemented by an architecture, -EINVAL
 *                          is returned. A process needs to register its
 *                          intent to use the private expedited sync
 *                          core command prior to using it, otherwise
 *                          this command returns -EPERM.
 * @MEMBARRIER_CMD_REGISTER_PRIVATE_EXPEDITED_SYNC_CORE:
 *                          Register the process intent to use
 *                          MEMBARRIER_CMD_PRIVATE_EXPEDITED_SYNC_CORE.
 *                          If this command is not implemented by an
 *                          architecture, -EINVAL is returned.
 *                          Returns 0 on success.
 * @MEMBARRIER_CMD_SHARED:
 *                          Alias to MEMBARRIER_CMD_GLOBAL. Provided for
 *                          header backward compatibility.
 *
 * Command to be passed to the membarrier system call. The commands need to
 * be a single bit each, except for MEMBARRIER_CMD_QUERY which is assigned to
 * the value 0.
 */
enum membarrier_cmd {
	MEMBARRIER_CMD_QUERY					= 0,
	MEMBARRIER_CMD_GLOBAL					= (1 << 0),
	MEMBARRIER_CMD_GLOBAL_EXPEDITED				= (1 << 1),
	MEMBARRIER_CMD_REGISTER_GLOBAL_EXPEDITED		= (1 << 2),
	MEMBARRIER_CMD_PRIVATE_EXPEDITED			= (1 << 3),
	MEMBARRIER_CMD_REGISTER_PRIVATE_EXPEDITED		= (1 << 4),
	MEMBARRIER_CMD_PRIVATE_EXPEDITED_SYNC_CORE		= (1 << 5),
	MEMBARRIER_CMD_REGISTER_PRIVATE_EXPEDITED_SYNC_CORE	= (1 << 6),

	/* Alias for header backward compatibility. */
	MEMBARRIER_CMD_SHARED			= MEMBARRIER_CMD_GLOBAL,
};

#endif /* _LINUX_MEMBARRIER_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* sonet.h - SONET/SHD physical layer control */
 
/* Written 1995-2000 by Werner Almesberger, EPFL LRC/ICA */
 

#ifndef LINUX_SONET_H
#define LINUX_SONET_H

#define __SONET_ITEMS \
    __HANDLE_ITEM(section_bip); 	/* section parity errors (B1) */ \
    __HANDLE_ITEM(line_bip);		/* line parity errors (B2) */ \
    __HANDLE_ITEM(path_bip);		/* path parity errors (B3) */ \
    __HANDLE_ITEM(line_febe);		/* line parity errors at remote */ \
    __HANDLE_ITEM(path_febe);		/* path parity errors at remote */ \
    __HANDLE_ITEM(corr_hcs);		/* correctable header errors */ \
    __HANDLE_ITEM(uncorr_hcs);		/* uncorrectable header errors */ \
    __HANDLE_ITEM(tx_cells);		/* cells sent */ \
    __HANDLE_ITEM(rx_cells);		/* cells received */

struct sonet_stats {
#define __HANDLE_ITEM(i) int i
	__SONET_ITEMS
#undef __HANDLE_ITEM
} __attribute__ ((packed));


#define SONET_GETSTAT	_IOR('a',ATMIOC_PHYTYP,struct sonet_stats)
					/* get statistics */
#define SONET_GETSTATZ	_IOR('a',ATMIOC_PHYTYP+1,struct sonet_stats)
					/* ... and zero counters */
#define SONET_SETDIAG	_IOWR('a',ATMIOC_PHYTYP+2,int)
					/* set error insertion */
#define SONET_CLRDIAG	_IOWR('a',ATMIOC_PHYTYP+3,int)
					/* clear error insertion */
#define SONET_GETDIAG	_IOR('a',ATMIOC_PHYTYP+4,int)
					/* query error insertion */
#define SONET_SETFRAMING _IOW('a',ATMIOC_PHYTYP+5,int)
					/* set framing mode (SONET/SDH) */
#define SONET_GETFRAMING _IOR('a',ATMIOC_PHYTYP+6,int)
					/* get framing mode */
#define SONET_GETFRSENSE _IOR('a',ATMIOC_PHYTYP+7, \
  unsigned char[SONET_FRSENSE_SIZE])	/* get framing sense information */

#define SONET_INS_SBIP	  1		/* section BIP */
#define SONET_INS_LBIP	  2		/* line BIP */
#define SONET_INS_PBIP	  4		/* path BIP */
#define SONET_INS_FRAME	  8		/* out of frame */
#define SONET_INS_LOS	 16		/* set line to zero */
#define SONET_INS_LAIS	 32		/* line alarm indication signal */
#define SONET_INS_PAIS	 64		/* path alarm indication signal */
#define SONET_INS_HCS	128		/* insert HCS error */

#define SONET_FRAME_SONET 0		/* SONET STS-3 framing */
#define SONET_FRAME_SDH   1		/* SDH STM-1 framing */

#define SONET_FRSENSE_SIZE 6		/* C1[3],H1[3] (0xff for unknown) */



#endif /* LINUX_SONET_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2007 Oracle.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
 * License v2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 * General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
 * License along with this program; if not, write to the
 * Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
 * Boston, MA 021110-1307, USA.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_BTRFS_H
#define _LINUX_BTRFS_H
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

#define BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC 0x94
#define BTRFS_VOL_NAME_MAX 255
#define BTRFS_LABEL_SIZE 256

/* this should be 4k */
#define BTRFS_PATH_NAME_MAX 4087
struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args {
	__s64 fd;
	char name[BTRFS_PATH_NAME_MAX + 1];
};

#define BTRFS_DEVICE_PATH_NAME_MAX	1024
#define BTRFS_SUBVOL_NAME_MAX 		4039

#define BTRFS_SUBVOL_CREATE_ASYNC	(1ULL << 0)
#define BTRFS_SUBVOL_RDONLY		(1ULL << 1)
#define BTRFS_SUBVOL_QGROUP_INHERIT	(1ULL << 2)

#define BTRFS_DEVICE_SPEC_BY_ID		(1ULL << 3)

#define BTRFS_VOL_ARG_V2_FLAGS_SUPPORTED		\
			(BTRFS_SUBVOL_CREATE_ASYNC |	\
			BTRFS_SUBVOL_RDONLY |		\
			BTRFS_SUBVOL_QGROUP_INHERIT |	\
			BTRFS_DEVICE_SPEC_BY_ID)

#define BTRFS_FSID_SIZE 16
#define BTRFS_UUID_SIZE 16
#define BTRFS_UUID_UNPARSED_SIZE	37

/*
 * flags definition for qgroup limits
 *
 * Used by:
 * struct btrfs_qgroup_limit.flags
 * struct btrfs_qgroup_limit_item.flags
 */
#define BTRFS_QGROUP_LIMIT_MAX_RFER	(1ULL << 0)
#define BTRFS_QGROUP_LIMIT_MAX_EXCL	(1ULL << 1)
#define BTRFS_QGROUP_LIMIT_RSV_RFER	(1ULL << 2)
#define BTRFS_QGROUP_LIMIT_RSV_EXCL	(1ULL << 3)
#define BTRFS_QGROUP_LIMIT_RFER_CMPR	(1ULL << 4)
#define BTRFS_QGROUP_LIMIT_EXCL_CMPR	(1ULL << 5)

struct btrfs_qgroup_limit {
	__u64	flags;
	__u64	max_rfer;
	__u64	max_excl;
	__u64	rsv_rfer;
	__u64	rsv_excl;
};

/*
 * flags definition for qgroup inheritance
 *
 * Used by:
 * struct btrfs_qgroup_inherit.flags
 */
#define BTRFS_QGROUP_INHERIT_SET_LIMITS	(1ULL << 0)

struct btrfs_qgroup_inherit {
	__u64	flags;
	__u64	num_qgroups;
	__u64	num_ref_copies;
	__u64	num_excl_copies;
	struct btrfs_qgroup_limit lim;
	__u64	qgroups[0];
};

struct btrfs_ioctl_qgroup_limit_args {
	__u64	qgroupid;
	struct btrfs_qgroup_limit lim;
};

/*
 * flags for subvolumes
 *
 * Used by:
 * struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args_v2.flags
 *
 * BTRFS_SUBVOL_RDONLY is also provided/consumed by the following ioctls:
 * - BTRFS_IOC_SUBVOL_GETFLAGS
 * - BTRFS_IOC_SUBVOL_SETFLAGS
 */

struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args_v2 {
	__s64 fd;
	__u64 transid;
	__u64 flags;
	union {
		struct {
			__u64 size;
			struct btrfs_qgroup_inherit *qgroup_inherit;
		};
		__u64 unused[4];
	};
	union {
		char name[BTRFS_SUBVOL_NAME_MAX + 1];
		__u64 devid;
	};
};

/*
 * structure to report errors and progress to userspace, either as a
 * result of a finished scrub, a canceled scrub or a progress inquiry
 */
struct btrfs_scrub_progress {
	__u64 data_extents_scrubbed;	/* # of data extents scrubbed */
	__u64 tree_extents_scrubbed;	/* # of tree extents scrubbed */
	__u64 data_bytes_scrubbed;	/* # of data bytes scrubbed */
	__u64 tree_bytes_scrubbed;	/* # of tree bytes scrubbed */
	__u64 read_errors;		/* # of read errors encountered (EIO) */
	__u64 csum_errors;		/* # of failed csum checks */
	__u64 verify_errors;		/* # of occurences, where the metadata
					 * of a tree block did not match the
					 * expected values, like generation or
					 * logical */
	__u64 no_csum;			/* # of 4k data block for which no csum
					 * is present, probably the result of
					 * data written with nodatasum */
	__u64 csum_discards;		/* # of csum for which no data was found
					 * in the extent tree. */
	__u64 super_errors;		/* # of bad super blocks encountered */
	__u64 malloc_errors;		/* # of internal kmalloc errors. These
					 * will likely cause an incomplete
					 * scrub */
	__u64 uncorrectable_errors;	/* # of errors where either no intact
					 * copy was found or the writeback
					 * failed */
	__u64 corrected_errors;		/* # of errors corrected */
	__u64 last_physical;		/* last physical address scrubbed. In
					 * case a scrub was aborted, this can
					 * be used to restart the scrub */
	__u64 unverified_errors;	/* # of occurences where a read for a
					 * full (64k) bio failed, but the re-
					 * check succeeded for each 4k piece.
					 * Intermittent error. */
};

#define BTRFS_SCRUB_READONLY	1
struct btrfs_ioctl_scrub_args {
	__u64 devid;				/* in */
	__u64 start;				/* in */
	__u64 end;				/* in */
	__u64 flags;				/* in */
	struct btrfs_scrub_progress progress;	/* out */
	/* pad to 1k */
	__u64 unused[(1024-32-sizeof(struct btrfs_scrub_progress))/8];
};

#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_CONT_READING_FROM_SRCDEV_MODE_ALWAYS	0
#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_CONT_READING_FROM_SRCDEV_MODE_AVOID	1
struct btrfs_ioctl_dev_replace_start_params {
	__u64 srcdevid;	/* in, if 0, use srcdev_name instead */
	__u64 cont_reading_from_srcdev_mode;	/* in, see #define
						 * above */
	__u8 srcdev_name[BTRFS_DEVICE_PATH_NAME_MAX + 1];	/* in */
	__u8 tgtdev_name[BTRFS_DEVICE_PATH_NAME_MAX + 1];	/* in */
};

#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_STATE_NEVER_STARTED	0
#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_STATE_STARTED		1
#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_STATE_FINISHED		2
#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_STATE_CANCELED		3
#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_STATE_SUSPENDED		4
struct btrfs_ioctl_dev_replace_status_params {
	__u64 replace_state;	/* out, see #define above */
	__u64 progress_1000;	/* out, 0 <= x <= 1000 */
	__u64 time_started;	/* out, seconds since 1-Jan-1970 */
	__u64 time_stopped;	/* out, seconds since 1-Jan-1970 */
	__u64 num_write_errors;	/* out */
	__u64 num_uncorrectable_read_errors;	/* out */
};

#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_CMD_START			0
#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_CMD_STATUS			1
#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_CMD_CANCEL			2
#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_RESULT_NO_ERROR			0
#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_RESULT_NOT_STARTED		1
#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_RESULT_ALREADY_STARTED		2
#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_RESULT_SCRUB_INPROGRESS		3
struct btrfs_ioctl_dev_replace_args {
	__u64 cmd;	/* in */
	__u64 result;	/* out */

	union {
		struct btrfs_ioctl_dev_replace_start_params start;
		struct btrfs_ioctl_dev_replace_status_params status;
	};	/* in/out */

	__u64 spare[64];
};

struct btrfs_ioctl_dev_info_args {
	__u64 devid;				/* in/out */
	__u8 uuid[BTRFS_UUID_SIZE];		/* in/out */
	__u64 bytes_used;			/* out */
	__u64 total_bytes;			/* out */
	__u64 unused[379];			/* pad to 4k */
	__u8 path[BTRFS_DEVICE_PATH_NAME_MAX];	/* out */
};

struct btrfs_ioctl_fs_info_args {
	__u64 max_id;				/* out */
	__u64 num_devices;			/* out */
	__u8 fsid[BTRFS_FSID_SIZE];		/* out */
	__u32 nodesize;				/* out */
	__u32 sectorsize;			/* out */
	__u32 clone_alignment;			/* out */
	__u32 reserved32;
	__u64 reserved[122];			/* pad to 1k */
};

/*
 * feature flags
 *
 * Used by:
 * struct btrfs_ioctl_feature_flags
 */
#define BTRFS_FEATURE_COMPAT_RO_FREE_SPACE_TREE		(1ULL << 0)
/*
 * Older kernels (< 4.9) on big-endian systems produced broken free space tree
 * bitmaps, and btrfs-progs also used to corrupt the free space tree (versions
 * < 4.7.3).  If this bit is clear, then the free space tree cannot be trusted.
 * btrfs-progs can also intentionally clear this bit to ask the kernel to
 * rebuild the free space tree, however this might not work on older kernels
 * that do not know about this bit. If not sure, clear the cache manually on
 * first mount when booting older kernel versions.
 */
#define BTRFS_FEATURE_COMPAT_RO_FREE_SPACE_TREE_VALID	(1ULL << 1)

#define BTRFS_FEATURE_INCOMPAT_MIXED_BACKREF	(1ULL << 0)
#define BTRFS_FEATURE_INCOMPAT_DEFAULT_SUBVOL	(1ULL << 1)
#define BTRFS_FEATURE_INCOMPAT_MIXED_GROUPS	(1ULL << 2)
#define BTRFS_FEATURE_INCOMPAT_COMPRESS_LZO	(1ULL << 3)
#define BTRFS_FEATURE_INCOMPAT_COMPRESS_ZSTD	(1ULL << 4)

/*
 * older kernels tried to do bigger metadata blocks, but the
 * code was pretty buggy.  Lets not let them try anymore.
 */
#define BTRFS_FEATURE_INCOMPAT_BIG_METADATA	(1ULL << 5)

#define BTRFS_FEATURE_INCOMPAT_EXTENDED_IREF	(1ULL << 6)
#define BTRFS_FEATURE_INCOMPAT_RAID56		(1ULL << 7)
#define BTRFS_FEATURE_INCOMPAT_SKINNY_METADATA	(1ULL << 8)
#define BTRFS_FEATURE_INCOMPAT_NO_HOLES		(1ULL << 9)

struct btrfs_ioctl_feature_flags {
	__u64 compat_flags;
	__u64 compat_ro_flags;
	__u64 incompat_flags;
};

/* balance control ioctl modes */
#define BTRFS_BALANCE_CTL_PAUSE		1
#define BTRFS_BALANCE_CTL_CANCEL	2

/*
 * this is packed, because it should be exactly the same as its disk
 * byte order counterpart (struct btrfs_disk_balance_args)
 */
struct btrfs_balance_args {
	__u64 profiles;
	union {
		__u64 usage;
		struct {
			__u32 usage_min;
			__u32 usage_max;
		};
	};
	__u64 devid;
	__u64 pstart;
	__u64 pend;
	__u64 vstart;
	__u64 vend;

	__u64 target;

	__u64 flags;

	/*
	 * BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_LIMIT with value 'limit'
	 * BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_LIMIT_RANGE - the extend version can use minimum
	 * and maximum
	 */
	union {
		__u64 limit;		/* limit number of processed chunks */
		struct {
			__u32 limit_min;
			__u32 limit_max;
		};
	};

	/*
	 * Process chunks that cross stripes_min..stripes_max devices,
	 * BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_STRIPES_RANGE
	 */
	__u32 stripes_min;
	__u32 stripes_max;

	__u64 unused[6];
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

/* report balance progress to userspace */
struct btrfs_balance_progress {
	__u64 expected;		/* estimated # of chunks that will be
				 * relocated to fulfill the request */
	__u64 considered;	/* # of chunks we have considered so far */
	__u64 completed;	/* # of chunks relocated so far */
};

/*
 * flags definition for balance
 *
 * Restriper's general type filter
 *
 * Used by:
 * btrfs_ioctl_balance_args.flags
 * btrfs_balance_control.flags (internal)
 */
#define BTRFS_BALANCE_DATA		(1ULL << 0)
#define BTRFS_BALANCE_SYSTEM		(1ULL << 1)
#define BTRFS_BALANCE_METADATA		(1ULL << 2)

#define BTRFS_BALANCE_TYPE_MASK		(BTRFS_BALANCE_DATA |	    \
					 BTRFS_BALANCE_SYSTEM |	    \
					 BTRFS_BALANCE_METADATA)

#define BTRFS_BALANCE_FORCE		(1ULL << 3)
#define BTRFS_BALANCE_RESUME		(1ULL << 4)

/*
 * flags definitions for per-type balance args
 *
 * Balance filters
 *
 * Used by:
 * struct btrfs_balance_args
 */
#define BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_PROFILES	(1ULL << 0)
#define BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_USAGE	(1ULL << 1)
#define BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_DEVID	(1ULL << 2)
#define BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_DRANGE	(1ULL << 3)
#define BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_VRANGE	(1ULL << 4)
#define BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_LIMIT	(1ULL << 5)
#define BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_LIMIT_RANGE	(1ULL << 6)
#define BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_STRIPES_RANGE (1ULL << 7)
#define BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_USAGE_RANGE	(1ULL << 10)

#define BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_MASK			\
	(BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_PROFILES |		\
	 BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_USAGE |		\
	 BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_DEVID | 		\
	 BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_DRANGE |		\
	 BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_VRANGE |		\
	 BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_LIMIT |		\
	 BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_LIMIT_RANGE |	\
	 BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_STRIPES_RANGE |	\
	 BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_USAGE_RANGE)

/*
 * Profile changing flags.  When SOFT is set we won't relocate chunk if
 * it already has the target profile (even though it may be
 * half-filled).
 */
#define BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_CONVERT	(1ULL << 8)
#define BTRFS_BALANCE_ARGS_SOFT		(1ULL << 9)


/*
 * flags definition for balance state
 *
 * Used by:
 * struct btrfs_ioctl_balance_args.state
 */
#define BTRFS_BALANCE_STATE_RUNNING	(1ULL << 0)
#define BTRFS_BALANCE_STATE_PAUSE_REQ	(1ULL << 1)
#define BTRFS_BALANCE_STATE_CANCEL_REQ	(1ULL << 2)

struct btrfs_ioctl_balance_args {
	__u64 flags;				/* in/out */
	__u64 state;				/* out */

	struct btrfs_balance_args data;		/* in/out */
	struct btrfs_balance_args meta;		/* in/out */
	struct btrfs_balance_args sys;		/* in/out */

	struct btrfs_balance_progress stat;	/* out */

	__u64 unused[72];			/* pad to 1k */
};

#define BTRFS_INO_LOOKUP_PATH_MAX 4080
struct btrfs_ioctl_ino_lookup_args {
	__u64 treeid;
	__u64 objectid;
	char name[BTRFS_INO_LOOKUP_PATH_MAX];
};

#define BTRFS_INO_LOOKUP_USER_PATH_MAX (4080 - BTRFS_VOL_NAME_MAX - 1)
struct btrfs_ioctl_ino_lookup_user_args {
	/* in, inode number containing the subvolume of 'subvolid' */
	__u64 dirid;
	/* in */
	__u64 treeid;
	/* out, name of the subvolume of 'treeid' */
	char name[BTRFS_VOL_NAME_MAX + 1];
	/*
	 * out, constructed path from the directory with which the ioctl is
	 * called to dirid
	 */
	char path[BTRFS_INO_LOOKUP_USER_PATH_MAX];
};

/* Search criteria for the btrfs SEARCH ioctl family. */
struct btrfs_ioctl_search_key {
	/*
	 * The tree we're searching in. 1 is the tree of tree roots, 2 is the
	 * extent tree, etc...
	 *
	 * A special tree_id value of 0 will cause a search in the subvolume
	 * tree that the inode which is passed to the ioctl is part of.
	 */
	__u64 tree_id;		/* in */

	/*
	 * When doing a tree search, we're actually taking a slice from a
	 * linear search space of 136-bit keys.
	 *
	 * A full 136-bit tree key is composed as:
	 *   (objectid << 72) + (type << 64) + offset
	 *
	 * The individual min and max values for objectid, type and offset
	 * define the min_key and max_key values for the search range. All
	 * metadata items with a key in the interval [min_key, max_key] will be
	 * returned.
	 *
	 * Additionally, we can filter the items returned on transaction id of
	 * the metadata block they're stored in by specifying a transid range.
	 * Be aware that this transaction id only denotes when the metadata
	 * page that currently contains the item got written the last time as
	 * result of a COW operation.  The number does not have any meaning
	 * related to the transaction in which an individual item that is being
	 * returned was created or changed.
	 */
	__u64 min_objectid;	/* in */
	__u64 max_objectid;	/* in */
	__u64 min_offset;	/* in */
	__u64 max_offset;	/* in */
	__u64 min_transid;	/* in */
	__u64 max_transid;	/* in */
	__u32 min_type;		/* in */
	__u32 max_type;		/* in */

	/*
	 * input: The maximum amount of results desired.
	 * output: The actual amount of items returned, restricted by any of:
	 *  - reaching the upper bound of the search range
	 *  - reaching the input nr_items amount of items
	 *  - completely filling the supplied memory buffer
	 */
	__u32 nr_items;		/* in/out */

	/* align to 64 bits */
	__u32 unused;

	/* some extra for later */
	__u64 unused1;
	__u64 unused2;
	__u64 unused3;
	__u64 unused4;
};

struct btrfs_ioctl_search_header {
	__u64 transid;
	__u64 objectid;
	__u64 offset;
	__u32 type;
	__u32 len;
};

#define BTRFS_SEARCH_ARGS_BUFSIZE (4096 - sizeof(struct btrfs_ioctl_search_key))
/*
 * the buf is an array of search headers where
 * each header is followed by the actual item
 * the type field is expanded to 32 bits for alignment
 */
struct btrfs_ioctl_search_args {
	struct btrfs_ioctl_search_key key;
	char buf[BTRFS_SEARCH_ARGS_BUFSIZE];
};

struct btrfs_ioctl_search_args_v2 {
	struct btrfs_ioctl_search_key key; /* in/out - search parameters */
	__u64 buf_size;		   /* in - size of buffer
					    * out - on EOVERFLOW: needed size
					    *       to store item */
	__u64 buf[0];                       /* out - found items */
};

struct btrfs_ioctl_clone_range_args {
  __s64 src_fd;
  __u64 src_offset, src_length;
  __u64 dest_offset;
};

/*
 * flags definition for the defrag range ioctl
 *
 * Used by:
 * struct btrfs_ioctl_defrag_range_args.flags
 */
#define BTRFS_DEFRAG_RANGE_COMPRESS 1
#define BTRFS_DEFRAG_RANGE_START_IO 2
struct btrfs_ioctl_defrag_range_args {
	/* start of the defrag operation */
	__u64 start;

	/* number of bytes to defrag, use (u64)-1 to say all */
	__u64 len;

	/*
	 * flags for the operation, which can include turning
	 * on compression for this one defrag
	 */
	__u64 flags;

	/*
	 * any extent bigger than this will be considered
	 * already defragged.  Use 0 to take the kernel default
	 * Use 1 to say every single extent must be rewritten
	 */
	__u32 extent_thresh;

	/*
	 * which compression method to use if turning on compression
	 * for this defrag operation.  If unspecified, zlib will
	 * be used
	 */
	__u32 compress_type;

	/* spare for later */
	__u32 unused[4];
};


#define BTRFS_SAME_DATA_DIFFERS	1
/* For extent-same ioctl */
struct btrfs_ioctl_same_extent_info {
	__s64 fd;		/* in - destination file */
	__u64 logical_offset;	/* in - start of extent in destination */
	__u64 bytes_deduped;	/* out - total # of bytes we were able
				 * to dedupe from this file */
	/* status of this dedupe operation:
	 * 0 if dedup succeeds
	 * < 0 for error
	 * == BTRFS_SAME_DATA_DIFFERS if data differs
	 */
	__s32 status;		/* out - see above description */
	__u32 reserved;
};

struct btrfs_ioctl_same_args {
	__u64 logical_offset;	/* in - start of extent in source */
	__u64 length;		/* in - length of extent */
	__u16 dest_count;	/* in - total elements in info array */
	__u16 reserved1;
	__u32 reserved2;
	struct btrfs_ioctl_same_extent_info info[0];
};

struct btrfs_ioctl_space_info {
	__u64 flags;
	__u64 total_bytes;
	__u64 used_bytes;
};

struct btrfs_ioctl_space_args {
	__u64 space_slots;
	__u64 total_spaces;
	struct btrfs_ioctl_space_info spaces[0];
};

struct btrfs_data_container {
	__u32	bytes_left;	/* out -- bytes not needed to deliver output */
	__u32	bytes_missing;	/* out -- additional bytes needed for result */
	__u32	elem_cnt;	/* out */
	__u32	elem_missed;	/* out */
	__u64	val[0];		/* out */
};

struct btrfs_ioctl_ino_path_args {
	__u64				inum;		/* in */
	__u64				size;		/* in */
	__u64				reserved[4];
	/* struct btrfs_data_container	*fspath;	   out */
	__u64				fspath;		/* out */
};

struct btrfs_ioctl_logical_ino_args {
	__u64				logical;	/* in */
	__u64				size;		/* in */
	__u64				reserved[3];	/* must be 0 for now */
	__u64				flags;		/* in, v2 only */
	/* struct btrfs_data_container	*inodes;	out   */
	__u64				inodes;
};
/* Return every ref to the extent, not just those containing logical block.
 * Requires logical == extent bytenr. */
#define BTRFS_LOGICAL_INO_ARGS_IGNORE_OFFSET	(1ULL << 0)

enum btrfs_dev_stat_values {
	/* disk I/O failure stats */
	BTRFS_DEV_STAT_WRITE_ERRS, /* EIO or EREMOTEIO from lower layers */
	BTRFS_DEV_STAT_READ_ERRS, /* EIO or EREMOTEIO from lower layers */
	BTRFS_DEV_STAT_FLUSH_ERRS, /* EIO or EREMOTEIO from lower layers */

	/* stats for indirect indications for I/O failures */
	BTRFS_DEV_STAT_CORRUPTION_ERRS, /* checksum error, bytenr error or
					 * contents is illegal: this is an
					 * indication that the block was damaged
					 * during read or write, or written to
					 * wrong location or read from wrong
					 * location */
	BTRFS_DEV_STAT_GENERATION_ERRS, /* an indication that blocks have not
					 * been written */

	BTRFS_DEV_STAT_VALUES_MAX
};

/* Reset statistics after reading; needs SYS_ADMIN capability */
#define	BTRFS_DEV_STATS_RESET		(1ULL << 0)

struct btrfs_ioctl_get_dev_stats {
	__u64 devid;				/* in */
	__u64 nr_items;				/* in/out */
	__u64 flags;				/* in/out */

	/* out values: */
	__u64 values[BTRFS_DEV_STAT_VALUES_MAX];

	__u64 unused[128 - 2 - BTRFS_DEV_STAT_VALUES_MAX]; /* pad to 1k */
};

#define BTRFS_QUOTA_CTL_ENABLE	1
#define BTRFS_QUOTA_CTL_DISABLE	2
#define BTRFS_QUOTA_CTL_RESCAN__NOTUSED	3
struct btrfs_ioctl_quota_ctl_args {
	__u64 cmd;
	__u64 status;
};

struct btrfs_ioctl_quota_rescan_args {
	__u64	flags;
	__u64   progress;
	__u64   reserved[6];
};

struct btrfs_ioctl_qgroup_assign_args {
	__u64 assign;
	__u64 src;
	__u64 dst;
};

struct btrfs_ioctl_qgroup_create_args {
	__u64 create;
	__u64 qgroupid;
};
struct btrfs_ioctl_timespec {
	__u64 sec;
	__u32 nsec;
};

struct btrfs_ioctl_received_subvol_args {
	char	uuid[BTRFS_UUID_SIZE];	/* in */
	__u64	stransid;		/* in */
	__u64	rtransid;		/* out */
	struct btrfs_ioctl_timespec stime; /* in */
	struct btrfs_ioctl_timespec rtime; /* out */
	__u64	flags;			/* in */
	__u64	reserved[16];		/* in */
};

/*
 * Caller doesn't want file data in the send stream, even if the
 * search of clone sources doesn't find an extent. UPDATE_EXTENT
 * commands will be sent instead of WRITE commands.
 */
#define BTRFS_SEND_FLAG_NO_FILE_DATA		0x1

/*
 * Do not add the leading stream header. Used when multiple snapshots
 * are sent back to back.
 */
#define BTRFS_SEND_FLAG_OMIT_STREAM_HEADER	0x2

/*
 * Omit the command at the end of the stream that indicated the end
 * of the stream. This option is used when multiple snapshots are
 * sent back to back.
 */
#define BTRFS_SEND_FLAG_OMIT_END_CMD		0x4

#define BTRFS_SEND_FLAG_MASK \
	(BTRFS_SEND_FLAG_NO_FILE_DATA | \
	 BTRFS_SEND_FLAG_OMIT_STREAM_HEADER | \
	 BTRFS_SEND_FLAG_OMIT_END_CMD)

struct btrfs_ioctl_send_args {
	__s64 send_fd;			/* in */
	__u64 clone_sources_count;	/* in */
	__u64 *clone_sources;	/* in */
	__u64 parent_root;		/* in */
	__u64 flags;			/* in */
	__u64 reserved[4];		/* in */
};

/*
 * Information about a fs tree root.
 *
 * All items are filled by the ioctl
 */
struct btrfs_ioctl_get_subvol_info_args {
	/* Id of this subvolume */
	__u64 treeid;

	/* Name of this subvolume, used to get the real name at mount point */
	char name[BTRFS_VOL_NAME_MAX + 1];

	/*
	 * Id of the subvolume which contains this subvolume.
	 * Zero for top-level subvolume or a deleted subvolume.
	 */
	__u64 parent_id;

	/*
	 * Inode number of the directory which contains this subvolume.
	 * Zero for top-level subvolume or a deleted subvolume
	 */
	__u64 dirid;

	/* Latest transaction id of this subvolume */
	__u64 generation;

	/* Flags of this subvolume */
	__u64 flags;

	/* UUID of this subvolume */
	__u8 uuid[BTRFS_UUID_SIZE];

	/*
	 * UUID of the subvolume of which this subvolume is a snapshot.
	 * All zero for a non-snapshot subvolume.
	 */
	__u8 parent_uuid[BTRFS_UUID_SIZE];

	/*
	 * UUID of the subvolume from which this subvolume was received.
	 * All zero for non-received subvolume.
	 */
	__u8 received_uuid[BTRFS_UUID_SIZE];

	/* Transaction id indicating when change/create/send/receive happened */
	__u64 ctransid;
	__u64 otransid;
	__u64 stransid;
	__u64 rtransid;
	/* Time corresponding to c/o/s/rtransid */
	struct btrfs_ioctl_timespec ctime;
	struct btrfs_ioctl_timespec otime;
	struct btrfs_ioctl_timespec stime;
	struct btrfs_ioctl_timespec rtime;

	/* Must be zero */
	__u64 reserved[8];
};

#define BTRFS_MAX_ROOTREF_BUFFER_NUM 255
struct btrfs_ioctl_get_subvol_rootref_args {
		/* in/out, minimum id of rootref's treeid to be searched */
		__u64 min_treeid;

		/* out */
		struct {
			__u64 treeid;
			__u64 dirid;
		} rootref[BTRFS_MAX_ROOTREF_BUFFER_NUM];

		/* out, number of found items */
		__u8 num_items;
		__u8 align[7];
};

/* Error codes as returned by the kernel */
enum btrfs_err_code {
	BTRFS_ERROR_DEV_RAID1_MIN_NOT_MET = 1,
	BTRFS_ERROR_DEV_RAID10_MIN_NOT_MET,
	BTRFS_ERROR_DEV_RAID5_MIN_NOT_MET,
	BTRFS_ERROR_DEV_RAID6_MIN_NOT_MET,
	BTRFS_ERROR_DEV_TGT_REPLACE,
	BTRFS_ERROR_DEV_MISSING_NOT_FOUND,
	BTRFS_ERROR_DEV_ONLY_WRITABLE,
	BTRFS_ERROR_DEV_EXCL_RUN_IN_PROGRESS
};

#define BTRFS_IOC_SNAP_CREATE _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 1, \
				   struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_DEFRAG _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 2, \
				   struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_RESIZE _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 3, \
				   struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_SCAN_DEV _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 4, \
				   struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args)
/* trans start and trans end are dangerous, and only for
 * use by applications that know how to avoid the
 * resulting deadlocks
 */
#define BTRFS_IOC_TRANS_START  _IO(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 6)
#define BTRFS_IOC_TRANS_END    _IO(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 7)
#define BTRFS_IOC_SYNC         _IO(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 8)

#define BTRFS_IOC_CLONE        _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 9, int)
#define BTRFS_IOC_ADD_DEV _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 10, \
				   struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_RM_DEV _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 11, \
				   struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_BALANCE _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 12, \
				   struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args)

#define BTRFS_IOC_CLONE_RANGE _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 13, \
				  struct btrfs_ioctl_clone_range_args)

#define BTRFS_IOC_SUBVOL_CREATE _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 14, \
				   struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_SNAP_DESTROY _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 15, \
				struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_DEFRAG_RANGE _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 16, \
				struct btrfs_ioctl_defrag_range_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_TREE_SEARCH _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 17, \
				   struct btrfs_ioctl_search_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_TREE_SEARCH_V2 _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 17, \
					   struct btrfs_ioctl_search_args_v2)
#define BTRFS_IOC_INO_LOOKUP _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 18, \
				   struct btrfs_ioctl_ino_lookup_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_DEFAULT_SUBVOL _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 19, __u64)
#define BTRFS_IOC_SPACE_INFO _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 20, \
				    struct btrfs_ioctl_space_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_START_SYNC _IOR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 24, __u64)
#define BTRFS_IOC_WAIT_SYNC  _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 22, __u64)
#define BTRFS_IOC_SNAP_CREATE_V2 _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 23, \
				   struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args_v2)
#define BTRFS_IOC_SUBVOL_CREATE_V2 _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 24, \
				   struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args_v2)
#define BTRFS_IOC_SUBVOL_GETFLAGS _IOR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 25, __u64)
#define BTRFS_IOC_SUBVOL_SETFLAGS _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 26, __u64)
#define BTRFS_IOC_SCRUB _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 27, \
			      struct btrfs_ioctl_scrub_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_SCRUB_CANCEL _IO(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 28)
#define BTRFS_IOC_SCRUB_PROGRESS _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 29, \
				       struct btrfs_ioctl_scrub_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_DEV_INFO _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 30, \
				 struct btrfs_ioctl_dev_info_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_FS_INFO _IOR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 31, \
			       struct btrfs_ioctl_fs_info_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_BALANCE_V2 _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 32, \
				   struct btrfs_ioctl_balance_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_BALANCE_CTL _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 33, int)
#define BTRFS_IOC_BALANCE_PROGRESS _IOR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 34, \
					struct btrfs_ioctl_balance_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_INO_PATHS _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 35, \
					struct btrfs_ioctl_ino_path_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_LOGICAL_INO _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 36, \
					struct btrfs_ioctl_logical_ino_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_SET_RECEIVED_SUBVOL _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 37, \
				struct btrfs_ioctl_received_subvol_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_SEND _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 38, struct btrfs_ioctl_send_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_DEVICES_READY _IOR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 39, \
				     struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_QUOTA_CTL _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 40, \
			       struct btrfs_ioctl_quota_ctl_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_QGROUP_ASSIGN _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 41, \
			       struct btrfs_ioctl_qgroup_assign_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_QGROUP_CREATE _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 42, \
			       struct btrfs_ioctl_qgroup_create_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_QGROUP_LIMIT _IOR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 43, \
			       struct btrfs_ioctl_qgroup_limit_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_QUOTA_RESCAN _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 44, \
			       struct btrfs_ioctl_quota_rescan_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_QUOTA_RESCAN_STATUS _IOR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 45, \
			       struct btrfs_ioctl_quota_rescan_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_QUOTA_RESCAN_WAIT _IO(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 46)
#define BTRFS_IOC_GET_FSLABEL _IOR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 49, \
				   char[BTRFS_LABEL_SIZE])
#define BTRFS_IOC_SET_FSLABEL _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 50, \
				   char[BTRFS_LABEL_SIZE])
#define BTRFS_IOC_GET_DEV_STATS _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 52, \
				      struct btrfs_ioctl_get_dev_stats)
#define BTRFS_IOC_DEV_REPLACE _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 53, \
				    struct btrfs_ioctl_dev_replace_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_FILE_EXTENT_SAME _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 54, \
					 struct btrfs_ioctl_same_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_GET_FEATURES _IOR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 57, \
				   struct btrfs_ioctl_feature_flags)
#define BTRFS_IOC_SET_FEATURES _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 57, \
				   struct btrfs_ioctl_feature_flags[2])
#define BTRFS_IOC_GET_SUPPORTED_FEATURES _IOR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 57, \
				   struct btrfs_ioctl_feature_flags[3])
#define BTRFS_IOC_RM_DEV_V2 _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 58, \
				   struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args_v2)
#define BTRFS_IOC_LOGICAL_INO_V2 _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 59, \
					struct btrfs_ioctl_logical_ino_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_GET_SUBVOL_INFO _IOR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 60, \
				struct btrfs_ioctl_get_subvol_info_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_GET_SUBVOL_ROOTREF _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 61, \
				struct btrfs_ioctl_get_subvol_rootref_args)
#define BTRFS_IOC_INO_LOOKUP_USER _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 62, \
				struct btrfs_ioctl_ino_lookup_user_args)

#endif /* _LINUX_BTRFS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _VSOCKMON_H
#define _VSOCKMON_H

#include <linux/virtio_vsock.h>

/*
 * vsockmon is the AF_VSOCK packet capture device.  Packets captured have the
 * following layout:
 *
 *   +-----------------------------------+
 *   |           vsockmon header         |
 *   |      (struct af_vsockmon_hdr)     |
 *   +-----------------------------------+
 *   |          transport header         |
 *   | (af_vsockmon_hdr->len bytes long) |
 *   +-----------------------------------+
 *   |              payload              |
 *   |       (until end of packet)       |
 *   +-----------------------------------+
 *
 * The vsockmon header is a transport-independent description of the packet.
 * It duplicates some of the information from the transport header so that
 * no transport-specific knowledge is necessary to process packets.
 *
 * The transport header is useful for low-level transport-specific packet
 * analysis.  Transport type is given in af_vsockmon_hdr->transport and
 * transport header length is given in af_vsockmon_hdr->len.
 *
 * If af_vsockmon_hdr->op is AF_VSOCK_OP_PAYLOAD then the payload follows the
 * transport header.  Other ops do not have a payload.
 */

struct af_vsockmon_hdr {
	__le64 src_cid;
	__le64 dst_cid;
	__le32 src_port;
	__le32 dst_port;
	__le16 op;			/* enum af_vsockmon_op */
	__le16 transport;		/* enum af_vsockmon_transport */
	__le16 len;			/* Transport header length */
	__u8 reserved[2];
};

enum af_vsockmon_op {
	AF_VSOCK_OP_UNKNOWN = 0,
	AF_VSOCK_OP_CONNECT = 1,
	AF_VSOCK_OP_DISCONNECT = 2,
	AF_VSOCK_OP_CONTROL = 3,
	AF_VSOCK_OP_PAYLOAD = 4,
};

enum af_vsockmon_transport {
	AF_VSOCK_TRANSPORT_UNKNOWN = 0,
	AF_VSOCK_TRANSPORT_NO_INFO = 1,	/* No transport information */

	/* Transport header type: struct virtio_vsock_hdr */
	AF_VSOCK_TRANSPORT_VIRTIO = 2,
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* atm_idt77105.h - Driver-specific declarations of the IDT77105 driver (for
 * use by driver-specific utilities) */

/* Written 1999 by Greg Banks <gnb@linuxfan.com>. Copied from atm_suni.h. */


#ifndef LINUX_ATM_IDT77105_H
#define LINUX_ATM_IDT77105_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/atmioc.h>
#include <linux/atmdev.h>

/*
 * Structure for IDT77105_GETSTAT and IDT77105_GETSTATZ ioctls.
 * Pointed to by `arg' in atmif_sioc.
 */
struct idt77105_stats {
        __u32 symbol_errors;  /* wire symbol errors */
        __u32 tx_cells;       /* cells transmitted */
        __u32 rx_cells;       /* cells received */
        __u32 rx_hec_errors;  /* Header Error Check errors on receive */
};

#define IDT77105_GETSTAT	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_PHYPRV+2,struct atmif_sioc)	/* get stats */
#define IDT77105_GETSTATZ	_IOW('a',ATMIOC_PHYPRV+3,struct atmif_sioc)	/* get stats and zero */

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 1999-2002 Vojtech Pavlik
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation.
 */
#ifndef _INPUT_H
#define _INPUT_H


#include <sys/time.h>
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

#include "input-event-codes.h"

/*
 * The event structure itself
 * Note that __USE_TIME_BITS64 is defined by libc based on
 * application's request to use 64 bit time_t.
 */

struct input_event {
#if (__BITS_PER_LONG != 32 || !defined(__USE_TIME_BITS64)) && !defined(__KERNEL__)
	struct timeval time;
#define input_event_sec time.tv_sec
#define input_event_usec time.tv_usec
#else
	__kernel_ulong_t __sec;
#if defined(__sparc__) && defined(__arch64__)
	unsigned int __usec;
	unsigned int __pad;
#else
	__kernel_ulong_t __usec;
#endif
#define input_event_sec  __sec
#define input_event_usec __usec
#endif
	__u16 type;
	__u16 code;
	__s32 value;
};

/*
 * Protocol version.
 */

#define EV_VERSION		0x010001

/*
 * IOCTLs (0x00 - 0x7f)
 */

struct input_id {
	__u16 bustype;
	__u16 vendor;
	__u16 product;
	__u16 version;
};

/**
 * struct input_absinfo - used by EVIOCGABS/EVIOCSABS ioctls
 * @value: latest reported value for the axis.
 * @minimum: specifies minimum value for the axis.
 * @maximum: specifies maximum value for the axis.
 * @fuzz: specifies fuzz value that is used to filter noise from
 *	the event stream.
 * @flat: values that are within this value will be discarded by
 *	joydev interface and reported as 0 instead.
 * @resolution: specifies resolution for the values reported for
 *	the axis.
 *
 * Note that input core does not clamp reported values to the
 * [minimum, maximum] limits, such task is left to userspace.
 *
 * The default resolution for main axes (ABS_X, ABS_Y, ABS_Z)
 * is reported in units per millimeter (units/mm), resolution
 * for rotational axes (ABS_RX, ABS_RY, ABS_RZ) is reported
 * in units per radian.
 * When INPUT_PROP_ACCELEROMETER is set the resolution changes.
 * The main axes (ABS_X, ABS_Y, ABS_Z) are then reported in
 * in units per g (units/g) and in units per degree per second
 * (units/deg/s) for rotational axes (ABS_RX, ABS_RY, ABS_RZ).
 */
struct input_absinfo {
	__s32 value;
	__s32 minimum;
	__s32 maximum;
	__s32 fuzz;
	__s32 flat;
	__s32 resolution;
};

/**
 * struct input_keymap_entry - used by EVIOCGKEYCODE/EVIOCSKEYCODE ioctls
 * @scancode: scancode represented in machine-endian form.
 * @len: length of the scancode that resides in @scancode buffer.
 * @index: index in the keymap, may be used instead of scancode
 * @flags: allows to specify how kernel should handle the request. For
 *	example, setting INPUT_KEYMAP_BY_INDEX flag indicates that kernel
 *	should perform lookup in keymap by @index instead of @scancode
 * @keycode: key code assigned to this scancode
 *
 * The structure is used to retrieve and modify keymap data. Users have
 * option of performing lookup either by @scancode itself or by @index
 * in keymap entry. EVIOCGKEYCODE will also return scancode or index
 * (depending on which element was used to perform lookup).
 */
struct input_keymap_entry {
#define INPUT_KEYMAP_BY_INDEX	(1 << 0)
	__u8  flags;
	__u8  len;
	__u16 index;
	__u32 keycode;
	__u8  scancode[32];
};

struct input_mask {
	__u32 type;
	__u32 codes_size;
	__u64 codes_ptr;
};

#define EVIOCGVERSION		_IOR('E', 0x01, int)			/* get driver version */
#define EVIOCGID		_IOR('E', 0x02, struct input_id)	/* get device ID */
#define EVIOCGREP		_IOR('E', 0x03, unsigned int[2])	/* get repeat settings */
#define EVIOCSREP		_IOW('E', 0x03, unsigned int[2])	/* set repeat settings */

#define EVIOCGKEYCODE		_IOR('E', 0x04, unsigned int[2])        /* get keycode */
#define EVIOCGKEYCODE_V2	_IOR('E', 0x04, struct input_keymap_entry)
#define EVIOCSKEYCODE		_IOW('E', 0x04, unsigned int[2])        /* set keycode */
#define EVIOCSKEYCODE_V2	_IOW('E', 0x04, struct input_keymap_entry)

#define EVIOCGNAME(len)		_IOC(_IOC_READ, 'E', 0x06, len)		/* get device name */
#define EVIOCGPHYS(len)		_IOC(_IOC_READ, 'E', 0x07, len)		/* get physical location */
#define EVIOCGUNIQ(len)		_IOC(_IOC_READ, 'E', 0x08, len)		/* get unique identifier */
#define EVIOCGPROP(len)		_IOC(_IOC_READ, 'E', 0x09, len)		/* get device properties */

/**
 * EVIOCGMTSLOTS(len) - get MT slot values
 * @len: size of the data buffer in bytes
 *
 * The ioctl buffer argument should be binary equivalent to
 *
 * struct input_mt_request_layout {
 *	__u32 code;
 *	__s32 values[num_slots];
 * };
 *
 * where num_slots is the (arbitrary) number of MT slots to extract.
 *
 * The ioctl size argument (len) is the size of the buffer, which
 * should satisfy len = (num_slots + 1) * sizeof(__s32).  If len is
 * too small to fit all available slots, the first num_slots are
 * returned.
 *
 * Before the call, code is set to the wanted ABS_MT event type. On
 * return, values[] is filled with the slot values for the specified
 * ABS_MT code.
 *
 * If the request code is not an ABS_MT value, -EINVAL is returned.
 */
#define EVIOCGMTSLOTS(len)	_IOC(_IOC_READ, 'E', 0x0a, len)

#define EVIOCGKEY(len)		_IOC(_IOC_READ, 'E', 0x18, len)		/* get global key state */
#define EVIOCGLED(len)		_IOC(_IOC_READ, 'E', 0x19, len)		/* get all LEDs */
#define EVIOCGSND(len)		_IOC(_IOC_READ, 'E', 0x1a, len)		/* get all sounds status */
#define EVIOCGSW(len)		_IOC(_IOC_READ, 'E', 0x1b, len)		/* get all switch states */

#define EVIOCGBIT(ev,len)	_IOC(_IOC_READ, 'E', 0x20 + (ev), len)	/* get event bits */
#define EVIOCGABS(abs)		_IOR('E', 0x40 + (abs), struct input_absinfo)	/* get abs value/limits */
#define EVIOCSABS(abs)		_IOW('E', 0xc0 + (abs), struct input_absinfo)	/* set abs value/limits */

#define EVIOCSFF		_IOW('E', 0x80, struct ff_effect)	/* send a force effect to a force feedback device */
#define EVIOCRMFF		_IOW('E', 0x81, int)			/* Erase a force effect */
#define EVIOCGEFFECTS		_IOR('E', 0x84, int)			/* Report number of effects playable at the same time */

#define EVIOCGRAB		_IOW('E', 0x90, int)			/* Grab/Release device */
#define EVIOCREVOKE		_IOW('E', 0x91, int)			/* Revoke device access */

/**
 * EVIOCGMASK - Retrieve current event mask
 *
 * This ioctl allows user to retrieve the current event mask for specific
 * event type. The argument must be of type "struct input_mask" and
 * specifies the event type to query, the address of the receive buffer and
 * the size of the receive buffer.
 *
 * The event mask is a per-client mask that specifies which events are
 * forwarded to the client. Each event code is represented by a single bit
 * in the event mask. If the bit is set, the event is passed to the client
 * normally. Otherwise, the event is filtered and will never be queued on
 * the client's receive buffer.
 *
 * Event masks do not affect global state of the input device. They only
 * affect the file descriptor they are applied to.
 *
 * The default event mask for a client has all bits set, i.e. all events
 * are forwarded to the client. If the kernel is queried for an unknown
 * event type or if the receive buffer is larger than the number of
 * event codes known to the kernel, the kernel returns all zeroes for those
 * codes.
 *
 * At maximum, codes_size bytes are copied.
 *
 * This ioctl may fail with ENODEV in case the file is revoked, EFAULT
 * if the receive-buffer points to invalid memory, or EINVAL if the kernel
 * does not implement the ioctl.
 */
#define EVIOCGMASK		_IOR('E', 0x92, struct input_mask)	/* Get event-masks */

/**
 * EVIOCSMASK - Set event mask
 *
 * This ioctl is the counterpart to EVIOCGMASK. Instead of receiving the
 * current event mask, this changes the client's event mask for a specific
 * type.  See EVIOCGMASK for a description of event-masks and the
 * argument-type.
 *
 * This ioctl provides full forward compatibility. If the passed event type
 * is unknown to the kernel, or if the number of event codes specified in
 * the mask is bigger than what is known to the kernel, the ioctl is still
 * accepted and applied. However, any unknown codes are left untouched and
 * stay cleared. That means, the kernel always filters unknown codes
 * regardless of what the client requests.  If the new mask doesn't cover
 * all known event-codes, all remaining codes are automatically cleared and
 * thus filtered.
 *
 * This ioctl may fail with ENODEV in case the file is revoked. EFAULT is
 * returned if the receive-buffer points to invalid memory. EINVAL is returned
 * if the kernel does not implement the ioctl.
 */
#define EVIOCSMASK		_IOW('E', 0x93, struct input_mask)	/* Set event-masks */

#define EVIOCSCLOCKID		_IOW('E', 0xa0, int)			/* Set clockid to be used for timestamps */

/*
 * IDs.
 */

#define ID_BUS			0
#define ID_VENDOR		1
#define ID_PRODUCT		2
#define ID_VERSION		3

#define BUS_PCI			0x01
#define BUS_ISAPNP		0x02
#define BUS_USB			0x03
#define BUS_HIL			0x04
#define BUS_BLUETOOTH		0x05
#define BUS_VIRTUAL		0x06

#define BUS_ISA			0x10
#define BUS_I8042		0x11
#define BUS_XTKBD		0x12
#define BUS_RS232		0x13
#define BUS_GAMEPORT		0x14
#define BUS_PARPORT		0x15
#define BUS_AMIGA		0x16
#define BUS_ADB			0x17
#define BUS_I2C			0x18
#define BUS_HOST		0x19
#define BUS_GSC			0x1A
#define BUS_ATARI		0x1B
#define BUS_SPI			0x1C
#define BUS_RMI			0x1D
#define BUS_CEC			0x1E
#define BUS_INTEL_ISHTP		0x1F

/*
 * MT_TOOL types
 */
#define MT_TOOL_FINGER		0x00
#define MT_TOOL_PEN		0x01
#define MT_TOOL_PALM		0x02
#define MT_TOOL_DIAL		0x0a
#define MT_TOOL_MAX		0x0f

/*
 * Values describing the status of a force-feedback effect
 */
#define FF_STATUS_STOPPED	0x00
#define FF_STATUS_PLAYING	0x01
#define FF_STATUS_MAX		0x01

/*
 * Structures used in ioctls to upload effects to a device
 * They are pieces of a bigger structure (called ff_effect)
 */

/*
 * All duration values are expressed in ms. Values above 32767 ms (0x7fff)
 * should not be used and have unspecified results.
 */

/**
 * struct ff_replay - defines scheduling of the force-feedback effect
 * @length: duration of the effect
 * @delay: delay before effect should start playing
 */
struct ff_replay {
	__u16 length;
	__u16 delay;
};

/**
 * struct ff_trigger - defines what triggers the force-feedback effect
 * @button: number of the button triggering the effect
 * @interval: controls how soon the effect can be re-triggered
 */
struct ff_trigger {
	__u16 button;
	__u16 interval;
};

/**
 * struct ff_envelope - generic force-feedback effect envelope
 * @attack_length: duration of the attack (ms)
 * @attack_level: level at the beginning of the attack
 * @fade_length: duration of fade (ms)
 * @fade_level: level at the end of fade
 *
 * The @attack_level and @fade_level are absolute values; when applying
 * envelope force-feedback core will convert to positive/negative
 * value based on polarity of the default level of the effect.
 * Valid range for the attack and fade levels is 0x0000 - 0x7fff
 */
struct ff_envelope {
	__u16 attack_length;
	__u16 attack_level;
	__u16 fade_length;
	__u16 fade_level;
};

/**
 * struct ff_constant_effect - defines parameters of a constant force-feedback effect
 * @level: strength of the effect; may be negative
 * @envelope: envelope data
 */
struct ff_constant_effect {
	__s16 level;
	struct ff_envelope envelope;
};

/**
 * struct ff_ramp_effect - defines parameters of a ramp force-feedback effect
 * @start_level: beginning strength of the effect; may be negative
 * @end_level: final strength of the effect; may be negative
 * @envelope: envelope data
 */
struct ff_ramp_effect {
	__s16 start_level;
	__s16 end_level;
	struct ff_envelope envelope;
};

/**
 * struct ff_condition_effect - defines a spring or friction force-feedback effect
 * @right_saturation: maximum level when joystick moved all way to the right
 * @left_saturation: same for the left side
 * @right_coeff: controls how fast the force grows when the joystick moves
 *	to the right
 * @left_coeff: same for the left side
 * @deadband: size of the dead zone, where no force is produced
 * @center: position of the dead zone
 */
struct ff_condition_effect {
	__u16 right_saturation;
	__u16 left_saturation;

	__s16 right_coeff;
	__s16 left_coeff;

	__u16 deadband;
	__s16 center;
};

/**
 * struct ff_periodic_effect - defines parameters of a periodic force-feedback effect
 * @waveform: kind of the effect (wave)
 * @period: period of the wave (ms)
 * @magnitude: peak value
 * @offset: mean value of the wave (roughly)
 * @phase: 'horizontal' shift
 * @envelope: envelope data
 * @custom_len: number of samples (FF_CUSTOM only)
 * @custom_data: buffer of samples (FF_CUSTOM only)
 *
 * Known waveforms - FF_SQUARE, FF_TRIANGLE, FF_SINE, FF_SAW_UP,
 * FF_SAW_DOWN, FF_CUSTOM. The exact syntax FF_CUSTOM is undefined
 * for the time being as no driver supports it yet.
 *
 * Note: the data pointed by custom_data is copied by the driver.
 * You can therefore dispose of the memory after the upload/update.
 */
struct ff_periodic_effect {
	__u16 waveform;
	__u16 period;
	__s16 magnitude;
	__s16 offset;
	__u16 phase;

	struct ff_envelope envelope;

	__u32 custom_len;
	__s16 *custom_data;
};

/**
 * struct ff_rumble_effect - defines parameters of a periodic force-feedback effect
 * @strong_magnitude: magnitude of the heavy motor
 * @weak_magnitude: magnitude of the light one
 *
 * Some rumble pads have two motors of different weight. Strong_magnitude
 * represents the magnitude of the vibration generated by the heavy one.
 */
struct ff_rumble_effect {
	__u16 strong_magnitude;
	__u16 weak_magnitude;
};

/**
 * struct ff_effect - defines force feedback effect
 * @type: type of the effect (FF_CONSTANT, FF_PERIODIC, FF_RAMP, FF_SPRING,
 *	FF_FRICTION, FF_DAMPER, FF_RUMBLE, FF_INERTIA, or FF_CUSTOM)
 * @id: an unique id assigned to an effect
 * @direction: direction of the effect
 * @trigger: trigger conditions (struct ff_trigger)
 * @replay: scheduling of the effect (struct ff_replay)
 * @u: effect-specific structure (one of ff_constant_effect, ff_ramp_effect,
 *	ff_periodic_effect, ff_condition_effect, ff_rumble_effect) further
 *	defining effect parameters
 *
 * This structure is sent through ioctl from the application to the driver.
 * To create a new effect application should set its @id to -1; the kernel
 * will return assigned @id which can later be used to update or delete
 * this effect.
 *
 * Direction of the effect is encoded as follows:
 *	0 deg -> 0x0000 (down)
 *	90 deg -> 0x4000 (left)
 *	180 deg -> 0x8000 (up)
 *	270 deg -> 0xC000 (right)
 */
struct ff_effect {
	__u16 type;
	__s16 id;
	__u16 direction;
	struct ff_trigger trigger;
	struct ff_replay replay;

	union {
		struct ff_constant_effect constant;
		struct ff_ramp_effect ramp;
		struct ff_periodic_effect periodic;
		struct ff_condition_effect condition[2]; /* One for each axis */
		struct ff_rumble_effect rumble;
	} u;
};

/*
 * Force feedback effect types
 */

#define FF_RUMBLE	0x50
#define FF_PERIODIC	0x51
#define FF_CONSTANT	0x52
#define FF_SPRING	0x53
#define FF_FRICTION	0x54
#define FF_DAMPER	0x55
#define FF_INERTIA	0x56
#define FF_RAMP		0x57

#define FF_EFFECT_MIN	FF_RUMBLE
#define FF_EFFECT_MAX	FF_RAMP

/*
 * Force feedback periodic effect types
 */

#define FF_SQUARE	0x58
#define FF_TRIANGLE	0x59
#define FF_SINE		0x5a
#define FF_SAW_UP	0x5b
#define FF_SAW_DOWN	0x5c
#define FF_CUSTOM	0x5d

#define FF_WAVEFORM_MIN	FF_SQUARE
#define FF_WAVEFORM_MAX	FF_CUSTOM

/*
 * Set ff device properties
 */

#define FF_GAIN		0x60
#define FF_AUTOCENTER	0x61

/*
 * ff->playback(effect_id = FF_GAIN) is the first effect_id to
 * cause a collision with another ff method, in this case ff->set_gain().
 * Therefore the greatest safe value for effect_id is FF_GAIN - 1,
 * and thus the total number of effects should never exceed FF_GAIN.
 */
#define FF_MAX_EFFECTS	FF_GAIN

#define FF_MAX		0x7f
#define FF_CNT		(FF_MAX+1)

#endif /* _INPUT_H */
#ifndef _LINUX_VIRTIO_RNG_H
#define _LINUX_VIRTIO_RNG_H
/* This header is BSD licensed so anyone can use the definitions to implement
 * compatible drivers/servers. */
#include <linux/virtio_ids.h>
#include <linux/virtio_config.h>

#endif /* _LINUX_VIRTIO_RNG_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_DN_H
#define _LINUX_DN_H

#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>

/*

	DECnet Data Structures and Constants

*/

/* 
 * DNPROTO_NSP can't be the same as SOL_SOCKET, 
 * so increment each by one (compared to ULTRIX)
 */
#define DNPROTO_NSP     2                       /* NSP protocol number       */
#define DNPROTO_ROU     3                       /* Routing protocol number   */
#define DNPROTO_NML     4                       /* Net mgt protocol number   */
#define DNPROTO_EVL     5                       /* Evl protocol number (usr) */
#define DNPROTO_EVR     6                       /* Evl protocol number (evl) */
#define DNPROTO_NSPT    7                       /* NSP trace protocol number */


#define DN_ADDL		2
#define DN_MAXADDL	2 /* ULTRIX headers have 20 here, but pathworks has 2 */
#define DN_MAXOPTL	16
#define DN_MAXOBJL	16
#define DN_MAXACCL	40
#define DN_MAXALIASL	128
#define DN_MAXNODEL	256
#define DNBUFSIZE	65023

/* 
 * SET/GET Socket options  - must match the DSO_ numbers below
 */
#define SO_CONDATA      1
#define SO_CONACCESS    2
#define SO_PROXYUSR     3
#define SO_LINKINFO     7

#define DSO_CONDATA     1        /* Set/Get connect data                */
#define DSO_DISDATA     10       /* Set/Get disconnect data             */
#define DSO_CONACCESS   2        /* Set/Get connect access data         */
#define DSO_ACCEPTMODE  4        /* Set/Get accept mode                 */
#define DSO_CONACCEPT   5        /* Accept deferred connection          */
#define DSO_CONREJECT   6        /* Reject deferred connection          */
#define DSO_LINKINFO    7        /* Set/Get link information            */
#define DSO_STREAM      8        /* Set socket type to stream           */
#define DSO_SEQPACKET   9        /* Set socket type to sequenced packet */
#define DSO_MAXWINDOW   11       /* Maximum window size allowed         */
#define DSO_NODELAY	12       /* Turn off nagle                      */
#define DSO_CORK        13       /* Wait for more data!                 */
#define DSO_SERVICES	14       /* NSP Services field                  */
#define DSO_INFO	15       /* NSP Info field                      */
#define DSO_MAX         15       /* Maximum option number               */


/* LINK States */
#define LL_INACTIVE	0
#define LL_CONNECTING	1
#define LL_RUNNING	2
#define LL_DISCONNECTING 3

#define ACC_IMMED 0
#define ACC_DEFER 1

#define SDF_WILD        1                  /* Wild card object          */
#define SDF_PROXY       2                  /* Addr eligible for proxy   */
#define SDF_UICPROXY    4                  /* Use uic-based proxy       */

/* Structures */


struct dn_naddr {
	__le16		a_len;
	__u8 a_addr[DN_MAXADDL]; /* Two bytes little endian */
};

struct sockaddr_dn {
	__u16		sdn_family;
	__u8		sdn_flags;
	__u8		sdn_objnum;
	__le16		sdn_objnamel;
	__u8		sdn_objname[DN_MAXOBJL];
	struct   dn_naddr	sdn_add;
};
#define sdn_nodeaddrl   sdn_add.a_len   /* Node address length  */
#define sdn_nodeaddr    sdn_add.a_addr  /* Node address         */



/*
 * DECnet set/get DSO_CONDATA, DSO_DISDATA (optional data) structure
 */
struct optdata_dn {
        __le16  opt_status;     /* Extended status return */
#define opt_sts opt_status
        __le16  opt_optl;       /* Length of user data    */
        __u8   opt_data[16];   /* User data              */
};

struct accessdata_dn {
	__u8		acc_accl;
	__u8		acc_acc[DN_MAXACCL];
	__u8 		acc_passl;
	__u8		acc_pass[DN_MAXACCL];
	__u8 		acc_userl;
	__u8		acc_user[DN_MAXACCL];
};

/*
 * DECnet logical link information structure
 */
struct linkinfo_dn {
        __u16  idn_segsize;    /* Segment size for link */
        __u8   idn_linkstate;  /* Logical link state    */
};

/*
 * Ethernet address format (for DECnet)
 */
union etheraddress {
        __u8 dne_addr[ETH_ALEN];      /* Full ethernet address */
  struct {
                __u8 dne_hiord[4];    /* DECnet HIORD prefix   */
                __u8 dne_nodeaddr[2]; /* DECnet node address   */
  } dne_remote;
};


/*
 * DECnet physical socket address format
 */
struct dn_addr {
        __le16 dna_family;      /* AF_DECnet               */
        union etheraddress dna_netaddr; /* DECnet ethernet address */
};

#define DECNET_IOCTL_BASE 0x89 /* PROTOPRIVATE range */

#define SIOCSNETADDR  _IOW(DECNET_IOCTL_BASE, 0xe0, struct dn_naddr)
#define SIOCGNETADDR  _IOR(DECNET_IOCTL_BASE, 0xe1, struct dn_naddr)
#define OSIOCSNETADDR _IOW(DECNET_IOCTL_BASE, 0xe0, int)
#define OSIOCGNETADDR _IOR(DECNET_IOCTL_BASE, 0xe1, int)

#endif /* _LINUX_DN_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Vojtech Pavlik
*
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation.
 */
#ifndef _SERIO_H
#define _SERIO_H


#include <linux/ioctl.h>

#define SPIOCSTYPE	_IOW('q', 0x01, unsigned long)


/*
 * bit masks for use in "interrupt" flags (3rd argument)
 */
#define SERIO_TIMEOUT	BIT(0)
#define SERIO_PARITY	BIT(1)
#define SERIO_FRAME	BIT(2)
#define SERIO_OOB_DATA	BIT(3)

/*
 * Serio types
 */
#define SERIO_XT	0x00
#define SERIO_8042	0x01
#define SERIO_RS232	0x02
#define SERIO_HIL_MLC	0x03
#define SERIO_PS_PSTHRU	0x05
#define SERIO_8042_XL	0x06

/*
 * Serio protocols
 */
#define SERIO_UNKNOWN	0x00
#define SERIO_MSC	0x01
#define SERIO_SUN	0x02
#define SERIO_MS	0x03
#define SERIO_MP	0x04
#define SERIO_MZ	0x05
#define SERIO_MZP	0x06
#define SERIO_MZPP	0x07
#define SERIO_VSXXXAA	0x08
#define SERIO_SUNKBD	0x10
#define SERIO_WARRIOR	0x18
#define SERIO_SPACEORB	0x19
#define SERIO_MAGELLAN	0x1a
#define SERIO_SPACEBALL	0x1b
#define SERIO_GUNZE	0x1c
#define SERIO_IFORCE	0x1d
#define SERIO_STINGER	0x1e
#define SERIO_NEWTON	0x1f
#define SERIO_STOWAWAY	0x20
#define SERIO_H3600	0x21
#define SERIO_PS2SER	0x22
#define SERIO_TWIDKBD	0x23
#define SERIO_TWIDJOY	0x24
#define SERIO_HIL	0x25
#define SERIO_SNES232	0x26
#define SERIO_SEMTECH	0x27
#define SERIO_LKKBD	0x28
#define SERIO_ELO	0x29
#define SERIO_MICROTOUCH	0x30
#define SERIO_PENMOUNT	0x31
#define SERIO_TOUCHRIGHT	0x32
#define SERIO_TOUCHWIN	0x33
#define SERIO_TAOSEVM	0x34
#define SERIO_FUJITSU	0x35
#define SERIO_ZHENHUA	0x36
#define SERIO_INEXIO	0x37
#define SERIO_TOUCHIT213	0x38
#define SERIO_W8001	0x39
#define SERIO_DYNAPRO	0x3a
#define SERIO_HAMPSHIRE	0x3b
#define SERIO_PS2MULT	0x3c
#define SERIO_TSC40	0x3d
#define SERIO_WACOM_IV	0x3e
#define SERIO_EGALAX	0x3f
#define SERIO_PULSE8_CEC	0x40
#define SERIO_RAINSHADOW_CEC	0x41

#endif /* _SERIO_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * $Id: kernelcapi.h,v 1.8.6.2 2001/02/07 11:31:31 kai Exp $
 * 
 * Kernel CAPI 2.0 Interface for Linux
 * 
 * (c) Copyright 1997 by Carsten Paeth (calle@calle.in-berlin.de)
 * 
 */

#ifndef __KERNELCAPI_H__
#define __KERNELCAPI_H__

#define CAPI_MAXAPPL	240	/* maximum number of applications  */
#define CAPI_MAXCONTR	32	/* maximum number of controller    */
#define CAPI_MAXDATAWINDOW	8


typedef struct kcapi_flagdef {
	int contr;
	int flag;
} kcapi_flagdef;

typedef struct kcapi_carddef {
	char		driver[32];
	unsigned int	port;
	unsigned	irq;
	unsigned int	membase;
	int		cardnr;
} kcapi_carddef;

/* new ioctls >= 10 */
#define KCAPI_CMD_TRACE		10
#define KCAPI_CMD_ADDCARD	11	/* OBSOLETE */

/* 
 * flag > 2 => trace also data
 * flag & 1 => show trace
 */
#define KCAPI_TRACE_OFF			0
#define KCAPI_TRACE_SHORT_NO_DATA	1
#define KCAPI_TRACE_FULL_NO_DATA	2
#define KCAPI_TRACE_SHORT		3
#define KCAPI_TRACE_FULL		4



#endif /* __KERNELCAPI_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_MODULE_H
#define _LINUX_MODULE_H

/* Flags for sys_finit_module: */
#define MODULE_INIT_IGNORE_MODVERSIONS	1
#define MODULE_INIT_IGNORE_VERMAGIC	2

#endif /* _LINUX_MODULE_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * ppp-comp.h - Definitions for doing PPP packet compression.
 *
 * Copyright 1994-1998 Paul Mackerras.
 *
 *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *  version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 */
#ifndef _NET_PPP_COMP_H
#define _NET_PPP_COMP_H


/*
 * CCP codes.
 */

#define CCP_CONFREQ	1
#define CCP_CONFACK	2
#define CCP_TERMREQ	5
#define CCP_TERMACK	6
#define CCP_RESETREQ	14
#define CCP_RESETACK	15

/*
 * Max # bytes for a CCP option
 */

#define CCP_MAX_OPTION_LENGTH	32

/*
 * Parts of a CCP packet.
 */

#define CCP_CODE(dp)		((dp)[0])
#define CCP_ID(dp)		((dp)[1])
#define CCP_LENGTH(dp)		(((dp)[2] << 8) + (dp)[3])
#define CCP_HDRLEN		4

#define CCP_OPT_CODE(dp)	((dp)[0])
#define CCP_OPT_LENGTH(dp)	((dp)[1])
#define CCP_OPT_MINLEN		2

/*
 * Definitions for BSD-Compress.
 */

#define CI_BSD_COMPRESS		21	/* config. option for BSD-Compress */
#define CILEN_BSD_COMPRESS	3	/* length of config. option */

/* Macros for handling the 3rd byte of the BSD-Compress config option. */
#define BSD_NBITS(x)		((x) & 0x1F)	/* number of bits requested */
#define BSD_VERSION(x)		((x) >> 5)	/* version of option format */
#define BSD_CURRENT_VERSION	1		/* current version number */
#define BSD_MAKE_OPT(v, n)	(((v) << 5) | (n))

#define BSD_MIN_BITS		9	/* smallest code size supported */
#define BSD_MAX_BITS		15	/* largest code size supported */

/*
 * Definitions for Deflate.
 */

#define CI_DEFLATE		26	/* config option for Deflate */
#define CI_DEFLATE_DRAFT	24	/* value used in original draft RFC */
#define CILEN_DEFLATE		4	/* length of its config option */

#define DEFLATE_MIN_SIZE	9
#define DEFLATE_MAX_SIZE	15
#define DEFLATE_METHOD_VAL	8
#define DEFLATE_SIZE(x)		(((x) >> 4) + 8)
#define DEFLATE_METHOD(x)	((x) & 0x0F)
#define DEFLATE_MAKE_OPT(w)	((((w) - 8) << 4) + DEFLATE_METHOD_VAL)
#define DEFLATE_CHK_SEQUENCE	0

/*
 * Definitions for MPPE.
 */

#define CI_MPPE                18      /* config option for MPPE */
#define CILEN_MPPE              6      /* length of config option */

/*
 * Definitions for other, as yet unsupported, compression methods.
 */

#define CI_PREDICTOR_1		1	/* config option for Predictor-1 */
#define CILEN_PREDICTOR_1	2	/* length of its config option */
#define CI_PREDICTOR_2		2	/* config option for Predictor-2 */
#define CILEN_PREDICTOR_2	2	/* length of its config option */


#endif /* _NET_PPP_COMP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * linux/include/linux/ppdev.h
 *
 * User-space parallel port device driver (header file).
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1998-9 Tim Waugh <tim@cyberelk.demon.co.uk>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 * 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * Added PPGETTIME/PPSETTIME, Fred Barnes, 1999
 * Added PPGETMODES/PPGETMODE/PPGETPHASE, Fred Barnes <frmb2@ukc.ac.uk>, 03/01/2001
 */

#define PP_IOCTL	'p'

/* Set mode for read/write (e.g. IEEE1284_MODE_EPP) */
#define PPSETMODE	_IOW(PP_IOCTL, 0x80, int)

/* Read status */
#define PPRSTATUS	_IOR(PP_IOCTL, 0x81, unsigned char)
#define PPWSTATUS	OBSOLETE__IOW(PP_IOCTL, 0x82, unsigned char)

/* Read/write control */
#define PPRCONTROL	_IOR(PP_IOCTL, 0x83, unsigned char)
#define PPWCONTROL	_IOW(PP_IOCTL, 0x84, unsigned char)

struct ppdev_frob_struct {
	unsigned char mask;
	unsigned char val;
};
#define PPFCONTROL      _IOW(PP_IOCTL, 0x8e, struct ppdev_frob_struct)

/* Read/write data */
#define PPRDATA		_IOR(PP_IOCTL, 0x85, unsigned char)
#define PPWDATA		_IOW(PP_IOCTL, 0x86, unsigned char)

/* Read/write econtrol (not used) */
#define PPRECONTROL	OBSOLETE__IOR(PP_IOCTL, 0x87, unsigned char)
#define PPWECONTROL	OBSOLETE__IOW(PP_IOCTL, 0x88, unsigned char)

/* Read/write FIFO (not used) */
#define PPRFIFO		OBSOLETE__IOR(PP_IOCTL, 0x89, unsigned char)
#define PPWFIFO		OBSOLETE__IOW(PP_IOCTL, 0x8a, unsigned char)

/* Claim the port to start using it */
#define PPCLAIM		_IO(PP_IOCTL, 0x8b)

/* Release the port when you aren't using it */
#define PPRELEASE	_IO(PP_IOCTL, 0x8c)

/* Yield the port (release it if another driver is waiting,
 * then reclaim) */
#define PPYIELD		_IO(PP_IOCTL, 0x8d)

/* Register device exclusively (must be before PPCLAIM). */
#define PPEXCL		_IO(PP_IOCTL, 0x8f)

/* Data line direction: non-zero for input mode. */
#define PPDATADIR	_IOW(PP_IOCTL, 0x90, int)

/* Negotiate a particular IEEE 1284 mode. */
#define PPNEGOT		_IOW(PP_IOCTL, 0x91, int)

/* Set control lines when an interrupt occurs. */
#define PPWCTLONIRQ	_IOW(PP_IOCTL, 0x92, unsigned char)

/* Clear (and return) interrupt count. */
#define PPCLRIRQ	_IOR(PP_IOCTL, 0x93, int)

/* Set the IEEE 1284 phase that we're in (e.g. IEEE1284_PH_FWD_IDLE) */
#define PPSETPHASE	_IOW(PP_IOCTL, 0x94, int)

/* Set and get port timeout (struct timeval's) */
#define PPGETTIME	_IOR(PP_IOCTL, 0x95, struct timeval)
#define PPSETTIME	_IOW(PP_IOCTL, 0x96, struct timeval)

/* Get available modes (what the hardware can do) */
#define PPGETMODES	_IOR(PP_IOCTL, 0x97, unsigned int)

/* Get the current mode and phaze */
#define PPGETMODE	_IOR(PP_IOCTL, 0x98, int)
#define PPGETPHASE	_IOR(PP_IOCTL, 0x99, int)

/* get/set flags */
#define PPGETFLAGS	_IOR(PP_IOCTL, 0x9a, int)
#define PPSETFLAGS	_IOW(PP_IOCTL, 0x9b, int)

/* flags visible to the world */
#define PP_FASTWRITE	(1<<2)
#define PP_FASTREAD	(1<<3)
#define PP_W91284PIC	(1<<4)

/* only masks user-visible flags */
#define PP_FLAGMASK	(PP_FASTWRITE | PP_FASTREAD | PP_W91284PIC)


/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  Copyright (C) 2005-2007 Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
 *
 *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 *  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 *  (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef __PHANTOM_H
#define __PHANTOM_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* PHN_(G/S)ET_REG param */
struct phm_reg {
	__u32 reg;
	__u32 value;
};

/* PHN_(G/S)ET_REGS param */
struct phm_regs {
	__u32 count;
	__u32 mask;
	__u32 values[8];
};

#define PH_IOC_MAGIC		'p'
#define PHN_GET_REG		_IOWR(PH_IOC_MAGIC, 0, struct phm_reg *)
#define PHN_SET_REG		_IOW(PH_IOC_MAGIC, 1, struct phm_reg *)
#define PHN_GET_REGS		_IOWR(PH_IOC_MAGIC, 2, struct phm_regs *)
#define PHN_SET_REGS		_IOW(PH_IOC_MAGIC, 3, struct phm_regs *)
/* this ioctl tells the driver, that the caller is not OpenHaptics and might
 * use improved registers update (no more phantom switchoffs when using
 * libphantom) */
#define PHN_NOT_OH		_IO(PH_IOC_MAGIC, 4)
#define PHN_GETREG		_IOWR(PH_IOC_MAGIC, 5, struct phm_reg)
#define PHN_SETREG		_IOW(PH_IOC_MAGIC, 6, struct phm_reg)
#define PHN_GETREGS		_IOWR(PH_IOC_MAGIC, 7, struct phm_regs)
#define PHN_SETREGS		_IOW(PH_IOC_MAGIC, 8, struct phm_regs)

#define PHN_CONTROL		0x6     /* control byte in iaddr space */
#define PHN_CTL_AMP		0x1     /*   switch after torques change */
#define PHN_CTL_BUT		0x2     /*   is button switched */
#define PHN_CTL_IRQ		0x10    /*   is irq enabled */

#define PHN_ZERO_FORCE		2048	/* zero torque on motor */

#endif
#ifndef _LINUX_VIRTIO_INPUT_H
#define _LINUX_VIRTIO_INPUT_H
/* This header is BSD licensed so anyone can use the definitions to implement
 * compatible drivers/servers.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the name of IBM nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
 * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
 * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL IBM OR
 * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF
 * USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
 * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
 * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
 * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE. */

#include <linux/types.h>

enum virtio_input_config_select {
	VIRTIO_INPUT_CFG_UNSET      = 0x00,
	VIRTIO_INPUT_CFG_ID_NAME    = 0x01,
	VIRTIO_INPUT_CFG_ID_SERIAL  = 0x02,
	VIRTIO_INPUT_CFG_ID_DEVIDS  = 0x03,
	VIRTIO_INPUT_CFG_PROP_BITS  = 0x10,
	VIRTIO_INPUT_CFG_EV_BITS    = 0x11,
	VIRTIO_INPUT_CFG_ABS_INFO   = 0x12,
};

struct virtio_input_absinfo {
	__u32 min;
	__u32 max;
	__u32 fuzz;
	__u32 flat;
	__u32 res;
};

struct virtio_input_devids {
	__u16 bustype;
	__u16 vendor;
	__u16 product;
	__u16 version;
};

struct virtio_input_config {
	__u8    select;
	__u8    subsel;
	__u8    size;
	__u8    reserved[5];
	union {
		char string[128];
		__u8 bitmap[128];
		struct virtio_input_absinfo abs;
		struct virtio_input_devids ids;
	} u;
};

struct virtio_input_event {
	__le16 type;
	__le16 code;
	__le32 value;
};

#endif /* _LINUX_VIRTIO_INPUT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_STAT_H
#define _LINUX_STAT_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#if defined(__KERNEL__) || !defined(__GLIBC__) || (__GLIBC__ < 2)

#define S_IFMT  00170000
#define S_IFSOCK 0140000
#define S_IFLNK	 0120000
#define S_IFREG  0100000
#define S_IFBLK  0060000
#define S_IFDIR  0040000
#define S_IFCHR  0020000
#define S_IFIFO  0010000
#define S_ISUID  0004000
#define S_ISGID  0002000
#define S_ISVTX  0001000

#define S_ISLNK(m)	(((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
#define S_ISREG(m)	(((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
#define S_ISDIR(m)	(((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
#define S_ISCHR(m)	(((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
#define S_ISBLK(m)	(((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
#define S_ISFIFO(m)	(((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
#define S_ISSOCK(m)	(((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)

#define S_IRWXU 00700
#define S_IRUSR 00400
#define S_IWUSR 00200
#define S_IXUSR 00100

#define S_IRWXG 00070
#define S_IRGRP 00040
#define S_IWGRP 00020
#define S_IXGRP 00010

#define S_IRWXO 00007
#define S_IROTH 00004
#define S_IWOTH 00002
#define S_IXOTH 00001

#endif

/*
 * Timestamp structure for the timestamps in struct statx.
 *
 * tv_sec holds the number of seconds before (negative) or after (positive)
 * 00:00:00 1st January 1970 UTC.
 *
 * tv_nsec holds a number of nanoseconds (0..999,999,999) after the tv_sec time.
 *
 * __reserved is held in case we need a yet finer resolution.
 */
struct statx_timestamp {
	__s64	tv_sec;
	__u32	tv_nsec;
	__s32	__reserved;
};

/*
 * Structures for the extended file attribute retrieval system call
 * (statx()).
 *
 * The caller passes a mask of what they're specifically interested in as a
 * parameter to statx().  What statx() actually got will be indicated in
 * st_mask upon return.
 *
 * For each bit in the mask argument:
 *
 * - if the datum is not supported:
 *
 *   - the bit will be cleared, and
 *
 *   - the datum will be set to an appropriate fabricated value if one is
 *     available (eg. CIFS can take a default uid and gid), otherwise
 *
 *   - the field will be cleared;
 *
 * - otherwise, if explicitly requested:
 *
 *   - the datum will be synchronised to the server if AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC is
 *     set or if the datum is considered out of date, and
 *
 *   - the field will be filled in and the bit will be set;
 *
 * - otherwise, if not requested, but available in approximate form without any
 *   effort, it will be filled in anyway, and the bit will be set upon return
 *   (it might not be up to date, however, and no attempt will be made to
 *   synchronise the internal state first);
 *
 * - otherwise the field and the bit will be cleared before returning.
 *
 * Items in STATX_BASIC_STATS may be marked unavailable on return, but they
 * will have values installed for compatibility purposes so that stat() and
 * co. can be emulated in userspace.
 */
struct statx {
	/* 0x00 */
	__u32	stx_mask;	/* What results were written [uncond] */
	__u32	stx_blksize;	/* Preferred general I/O size [uncond] */
	__u64	stx_attributes;	/* Flags conveying information about the file [uncond] */
	/* 0x10 */
	__u32	stx_nlink;	/* Number of hard links */
	__u32	stx_uid;	/* User ID of owner */
	__u32	stx_gid;	/* Group ID of owner */
	__u16	stx_mode;	/* File mode */
	__u16	__spare0[1];
	/* 0x20 */
	__u64	stx_ino;	/* Inode number */
	__u64	stx_size;	/* File size */
	__u64	stx_blocks;	/* Number of 512-byte blocks allocated */
	__u64	stx_attributes_mask; /* Mask to show what's supported in stx_attributes */
	/* 0x40 */
	struct statx_timestamp	stx_atime;	/* Last access time */
	struct statx_timestamp	stx_btime;	/* File creation time */
	struct statx_timestamp	stx_ctime;	/* Last attribute change time */
	struct statx_timestamp	stx_mtime;	/* Last data modification time */
	/* 0x80 */
	__u32	stx_rdev_major;	/* Device ID of special file [if bdev/cdev] */
	__u32	stx_rdev_minor;
	__u32	stx_dev_major;	/* ID of device containing file [uncond] */
	__u32	stx_dev_minor;
	/* 0x90 */
	__u64	__spare2[14];	/* Spare space for future expansion */
	/* 0x100 */
};

/*
 * Flags to be stx_mask
 *
 * Query request/result mask for statx() and struct statx::stx_mask.
 *
 * These bits should be set in the mask argument of statx() to request
 * particular items when calling statx().
 */
#define STATX_TYPE		0x00000001U	/* Want/got stx_mode & S_IFMT */
#define STATX_MODE		0x00000002U	/* Want/got stx_mode & ~S_IFMT */
#define STATX_NLINK		0x00000004U	/* Want/got stx_nlink */
#define STATX_UID		0x00000008U	/* Want/got stx_uid */
#define STATX_GID		0x00000010U	/* Want/got stx_gid */
#define STATX_ATIME		0x00000020U	/* Want/got stx_atime */
#define STATX_MTIME		0x00000040U	/* Want/got stx_mtime */
#define STATX_CTIME		0x00000080U	/* Want/got stx_ctime */
#define STATX_INO		0x00000100U	/* Want/got stx_ino */
#define STATX_SIZE		0x00000200U	/* Want/got stx_size */
#define STATX_BLOCKS		0x00000400U	/* Want/got stx_blocks */
#define STATX_BASIC_STATS	0x000007ffU	/* The stuff in the normal stat struct */
#define STATX_BTIME		0x00000800U	/* Want/got stx_btime */
#define STATX_ALL		0x00000fffU	/* All currently supported flags */
#define STATX__RESERVED		0x80000000U	/* Reserved for future struct statx expansion */

/*
 * Attributes to be found in stx_attributes and masked in stx_attributes_mask.
 *
 * These give information about the features or the state of a file that might
 * be of use to ordinary userspace programs such as GUIs or ls rather than
 * specialised tools.
 *
 * Note that the flags marked [I] correspond to the FS_IOC_SETFLAGS flags
 * semantically.  Where possible, the numerical value is picked to correspond
 * also.  Note that the DAX attribute indicates that the file is in the CPU
 * direct access state.  It does not correspond to the per-inode flag that
 * some filesystems support.
 *
 */
#define STATX_ATTR_COMPRESSED		0x00000004 /* [I] File is compressed by the fs */
#define STATX_ATTR_IMMUTABLE		0x00000010 /* [I] File is marked immutable */
#define STATX_ATTR_APPEND		0x00000020 /* [I] File is append-only */
#define STATX_ATTR_NODUMP		0x00000040 /* [I] File is not to be dumped */
#define STATX_ATTR_ENCRYPTED		0x00000800 /* [I] File requires key to decrypt in fs */

#define STATX_ATTR_AUTOMOUNT		0x00001000 /* Dir: Automount trigger */
#define STATX_ATTR_DAX			0x00200000 /* File is currently in DAX state */


#endif /* _LINUX_STAT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_OPENAT2_H
#define _LINUX_OPENAT2_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * Arguments for how openat2(2) should open the target path. If only @flags and
 * @mode are non-zero, then openat2(2) operates very similarly to openat(2).
 *
 * However, unlike openat(2), unknown or invalid bits in @flags result in
 * -EINVAL rather than being silently ignored. @mode must be zero unless one of
 * {O_CREAT, O_TMPFILE} are set.
 *
 * @flags: O_* flags.
 * @mode: O_CREAT/O_TMPFILE file mode.
 * @resolve: RESOLVE_* flags.
 */
struct open_how {
	__u64 flags;
	__u64 mode;
	__u64 resolve;
};

/* how->resolve flags for openat2(2). */
#define RESOLVE_NO_XDEV		0x01 /* Block mount-point crossings
					(includes bind-mounts). */
#define RESOLVE_NO_MAGICLINKS	0x02 /* Block traversal through procfs-style
					"magic-links". */
#define RESOLVE_NO_SYMLINKS	0x04 /* Block traversal through all symlinks
					(implies OEXT_NO_MAGICLINKS) */
#define RESOLVE_BENEATH		0x08 /* Block "lexical" trickery like
					"..", symlinks, and absolute
					paths which escape the dirfd. */
#define RESOLVE_IN_ROOT		0x10 /* Make all jumps to "/" and ".."
					be scoped inside the dirfd
					(similar to chroot(2)). */

#endif /* _LINUX_OPENAT2_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2007 Red Hat, Inc.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * This copyrighted material is made available to anyone wishing to use,
 * modify, copy, or redistribute it subject to the terms and conditions
 * of the GNU General Public License v.2.
 */

#ifndef _DLM_NETLINK_H
#define _DLM_NETLINK_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/dlmconstants.h>

enum {
	DLM_STATUS_WAITING = 1,
	DLM_STATUS_GRANTED = 2,
	DLM_STATUS_CONVERT = 3,
};

#define DLM_LOCK_DATA_VERSION 1

struct dlm_lock_data {
	__u16 version;
	__u32 lockspace_id;
	int nodeid;
	int ownpid;
	__u32 id;
	__u32 remid;
	__u64 xid;
	__s8 status;
	__s8 grmode;
	__s8 rqmode;
	unsigned long timestamp;
	int resource_namelen;
	char resource_name[DLM_RESNAME_MAXLEN];
};

enum {
	DLM_CMD_UNSPEC = 0,
	DLM_CMD_HELLO,		/* user->kernel */
	DLM_CMD_TIMEOUT,	/* kernel->user */
	__DLM_CMD_MAX,
};

#define DLM_CMD_MAX (__DLM_CMD_MAX - 1)

enum {
	DLM_TYPE_UNSPEC = 0,
	DLM_TYPE_LOCK,
	__DLM_TYPE_MAX,
};

#define DLM_TYPE_MAX (__DLM_TYPE_MAX - 1)

#define DLM_GENL_VERSION 0x1
#define DLM_GENL_NAME "DLM"

#endif /* _DLM_NETLINK_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_MAJOR_H
#define _LINUX_MAJOR_H

/*
 * This file has definitions for major device numbers.
 * For the device number assignments, see Documentation/admin-guide/devices.rst.
 */

#define UNNAMED_MAJOR		0
#define MEM_MAJOR		1
#define RAMDISK_MAJOR		1
#define FLOPPY_MAJOR		2
#define PTY_MASTER_MAJOR	2
#define IDE0_MAJOR		3
#define HD_MAJOR		IDE0_MAJOR
#define PTY_SLAVE_MAJOR		3
#define TTY_MAJOR		4
#define TTYAUX_MAJOR		5
#define LP_MAJOR		6
#define VCS_MAJOR		7
#define LOOP_MAJOR		7
#define SCSI_DISK0_MAJOR	8
#define SCSI_TAPE_MAJOR		9
#define MD_MAJOR		9
#define MISC_MAJOR		10
#define SCSI_CDROM_MAJOR	11
#define MUX_MAJOR		11	/* PA-RISC only */
#define XT_DISK_MAJOR		13
#define INPUT_MAJOR		13
#define SOUND_MAJOR		14
#define CDU31A_CDROM_MAJOR	15
#define JOYSTICK_MAJOR		15
#define GOLDSTAR_CDROM_MAJOR	16
#define OPTICS_CDROM_MAJOR	17
#define SANYO_CDROM_MAJOR	18
#define CYCLADES_MAJOR		19
#define CYCLADESAUX_MAJOR	20
#define MITSUMI_X_CDROM_MAJOR	20
#define MFM_ACORN_MAJOR		21	/* ARM Linux /dev/mfm */
#define SCSI_GENERIC_MAJOR	21
#define IDE1_MAJOR		22
#define DIGICU_MAJOR		22
#define DIGI_MAJOR		23
#define MITSUMI_CDROM_MAJOR	23
#define CDU535_CDROM_MAJOR	24
#define STL_SERIALMAJOR		24
#define MATSUSHITA_CDROM_MAJOR	25
#define STL_CALLOUTMAJOR	25
#define MATSUSHITA_CDROM2_MAJOR	26
#define QIC117_TAPE_MAJOR	27
#define MATSUSHITA_CDROM3_MAJOR	27
#define MATSUSHITA_CDROM4_MAJOR	28
#define STL_SIOMEMMAJOR		28
#define ACSI_MAJOR		28
#define AZTECH_CDROM_MAJOR	29
#define FB_MAJOR		29   /* /dev/fb* framebuffers */
#define MTD_BLOCK_MAJOR		31
#define CM206_CDROM_MAJOR	32
#define IDE2_MAJOR		33
#define IDE3_MAJOR		34
#define Z8530_MAJOR		34
#define XPRAM_MAJOR		35   /* Expanded storage on S/390: "slow ram"*/
#define NETLINK_MAJOR		36
#define PS2ESDI_MAJOR		36
#define IDETAPE_MAJOR		37
#define Z2RAM_MAJOR		37
#define APBLOCK_MAJOR		38   /* AP1000 Block device */
#define DDV_MAJOR		39   /* AP1000 DDV block device */
#define NBD_MAJOR		43   /* Network block device	*/
#define RISCOM8_NORMAL_MAJOR	48
#define DAC960_MAJOR		48   /* 48..55 */
#define RISCOM8_CALLOUT_MAJOR	49
#define MKISS_MAJOR		55
#define DSP56K_MAJOR		55   /* DSP56001 processor device */

#define IDE4_MAJOR		56
#define IDE5_MAJOR		57

#define SCSI_DISK1_MAJOR	65
#define SCSI_DISK2_MAJOR	66
#define SCSI_DISK3_MAJOR	67
#define SCSI_DISK4_MAJOR	68
#define SCSI_DISK5_MAJOR	69
#define SCSI_DISK6_MAJOR	70
#define SCSI_DISK7_MAJOR	71

#define COMPAQ_SMART2_MAJOR	72
#define COMPAQ_SMART2_MAJOR1	73
#define COMPAQ_SMART2_MAJOR2	74
#define COMPAQ_SMART2_MAJOR3	75
#define COMPAQ_SMART2_MAJOR4	76
#define COMPAQ_SMART2_MAJOR5	77
#define COMPAQ_SMART2_MAJOR6	78
#define COMPAQ_SMART2_MAJOR7	79

#define SPECIALIX_NORMAL_MAJOR	75
#define SPECIALIX_CALLOUT_MAJOR	76

#define AURORA_MAJOR		79

#define I2O_MAJOR		80	/* 80->87 */

#define SHMIQ_MAJOR		85   /* Linux/mips, SGI /dev/shmiq */
#define SCSI_CHANGER_MAJOR      86

#define IDE6_MAJOR		88
#define IDE7_MAJOR		89
#define IDE8_MAJOR		90
#define MTD_CHAR_MAJOR		90
#define IDE9_MAJOR		91

#define DASD_MAJOR		94

#define MDISK_MAJOR		95

#define UBD_MAJOR		98

#define PP_MAJOR		99
#define JSFD_MAJOR		99

#define PHONE_MAJOR		100

#define COMPAQ_CISS_MAJOR	104
#define COMPAQ_CISS_MAJOR1	105
#define COMPAQ_CISS_MAJOR2      106
#define COMPAQ_CISS_MAJOR3      107
#define COMPAQ_CISS_MAJOR4      108
#define COMPAQ_CISS_MAJOR5      109
#define COMPAQ_CISS_MAJOR6      110
#define COMPAQ_CISS_MAJOR7      111

#define VIODASD_MAJOR		112
#define VIOCD_MAJOR		113

#define ATARAID_MAJOR		114

#define SCSI_DISK8_MAJOR	128
#define SCSI_DISK9_MAJOR	129
#define SCSI_DISK10_MAJOR	130
#define SCSI_DISK11_MAJOR	131
#define SCSI_DISK12_MAJOR	132
#define SCSI_DISK13_MAJOR	133
#define SCSI_DISK14_MAJOR	134
#define SCSI_DISK15_MAJOR	135

#define UNIX98_PTY_MASTER_MAJOR	128
#define UNIX98_PTY_MAJOR_COUNT	8
#define UNIX98_PTY_SLAVE_MAJOR	(UNIX98_PTY_MASTER_MAJOR+UNIX98_PTY_MAJOR_COUNT)

#define DRBD_MAJOR		147
#define RTF_MAJOR		150
#define RAW_MAJOR		162

#define USB_ACM_MAJOR		166
#define USB_ACM_AUX_MAJOR	167
#define USB_CHAR_MAJOR		180

#define MMC_BLOCK_MAJOR		179

#define VXVM_MAJOR		199	/* VERITAS volume i/o driver    */
#define VXSPEC_MAJOR		200	/* VERITAS volume config driver */
#define VXDMP_MAJOR		201	/* VERITAS volume multipath driver */

#define XENVBD_MAJOR		202	/* Xen virtual block device */

#define MSR_MAJOR		202
#define CPUID_MAJOR		203

#define OSST_MAJOR		206	/* OnStream-SCx0 SCSI tape */

#define IBM_TTY3270_MAJOR	227
#define IBM_FS3270_MAJOR	228

#define VIOTAPE_MAJOR		230

#define BLOCK_EXT_MAJOR		259
#define SCSI_OSD_MAJOR		260	/* open-osd's OSD scsi device */

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ISOFS_FS_H
#define _ISOFS_FS_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/magic.h>

/*
 * The isofs filesystem constants/structures
 */

/* This part borrowed from the bsd386 isofs */
#define ISODCL(from, to) (to - from + 1)

struct iso_volume_descriptor {
	__u8 type[ISODCL(1,1)]; /* 711 */
	char id[ISODCL(2,6)];
	__u8 version[ISODCL(7,7)];
	__u8 data[ISODCL(8,2048)];
};

/* volume descriptor types */
#define ISO_VD_PRIMARY 1
#define ISO_VD_SUPPLEMENTARY 2
#define ISO_VD_END 255

#define ISO_STANDARD_ID "CD001"

struct iso_primary_descriptor {
	__u8 type			[ISODCL (  1,   1)]; /* 711 */
	char id				[ISODCL (  2,   6)];
	__u8 version			[ISODCL (  7,   7)]; /* 711 */
	__u8 unused1			[ISODCL (  8,   8)];
	char system_id			[ISODCL (  9,  40)]; /* achars */
	char volume_id			[ISODCL ( 41,  72)]; /* dchars */
	__u8 unused2			[ISODCL ( 73,  80)];
	__u8 volume_space_size		[ISODCL ( 81,  88)]; /* 733 */
	__u8 unused3			[ISODCL ( 89, 120)];
	__u8 volume_set_size		[ISODCL (121, 124)]; /* 723 */
	__u8 volume_sequence_number	[ISODCL (125, 128)]; /* 723 */
	__u8 logical_block_size		[ISODCL (129, 132)]; /* 723 */
	__u8 path_table_size		[ISODCL (133, 140)]; /* 733 */
	__u8 type_l_path_table		[ISODCL (141, 144)]; /* 731 */
	__u8 opt_type_l_path_table	[ISODCL (145, 148)]; /* 731 */
	__u8 type_m_path_table		[ISODCL (149, 152)]; /* 732 */
	__u8 opt_type_m_path_table	[ISODCL (153, 156)]; /* 732 */
	__u8 root_directory_record	[ISODCL (157, 190)]; /* 9.1 */
	char volume_set_id		[ISODCL (191, 318)]; /* dchars */
	char publisher_id		[ISODCL (319, 446)]; /* achars */
	char preparer_id		[ISODCL (447, 574)]; /* achars */
	char application_id		[ISODCL (575, 702)]; /* achars */
	char copyright_file_id		[ISODCL (703, 739)]; /* 7.5 dchars */
	char abstract_file_id		[ISODCL (740, 776)]; /* 7.5 dchars */
	char bibliographic_file_id	[ISODCL (777, 813)]; /* 7.5 dchars */
	__u8 creation_date		[ISODCL (814, 830)]; /* 8.4.26.1 */
	__u8 modification_date		[ISODCL (831, 847)]; /* 8.4.26.1 */
	__u8 expiration_date		[ISODCL (848, 864)]; /* 8.4.26.1 */
	__u8 effective_date		[ISODCL (865, 881)]; /* 8.4.26.1 */
	__u8 file_structure_version	[ISODCL (882, 882)]; /* 711 */
	__u8 unused4			[ISODCL (883, 883)];
	__u8 application_data		[ISODCL (884, 1395)];
	__u8 unused5			[ISODCL (1396, 2048)];
};

/* Almost the same as the primary descriptor but two fields are specified */
struct iso_supplementary_descriptor {
	__u8 type			[ISODCL (  1,   1)]; /* 711 */
	char id				[ISODCL (  2,   6)];
	__u8 version			[ISODCL (  7,   7)]; /* 711 */
	__u8 flags			[ISODCL (  8,   8)]; /* 853 */
	char system_id			[ISODCL (  9,  40)]; /* achars */
	char volume_id			[ISODCL ( 41,  72)]; /* dchars */
	__u8 unused2			[ISODCL ( 73,  80)];
	__u8 volume_space_size		[ISODCL ( 81,  88)]; /* 733 */
	__u8 escape			[ISODCL ( 89, 120)]; /* 856 */
	__u8 volume_set_size		[ISODCL (121, 124)]; /* 723 */
	__u8 volume_sequence_number	[ISODCL (125, 128)]; /* 723 */
	__u8 logical_block_size		[ISODCL (129, 132)]; /* 723 */
	__u8 path_table_size		[ISODCL (133, 140)]; /* 733 */
	__u8 type_l_path_table		[ISODCL (141, 144)]; /* 731 */
	__u8 opt_type_l_path_table	[ISODCL (145, 148)]; /* 731 */
	__u8 type_m_path_table		[ISODCL (149, 152)]; /* 732 */
	__u8 opt_type_m_path_table	[ISODCL (153, 156)]; /* 732 */
	__u8 root_directory_record	[ISODCL (157, 190)]; /* 9.1 */
	char volume_set_id		[ISODCL (191, 318)]; /* dchars */
	char publisher_id		[ISODCL (319, 446)]; /* achars */
	char preparer_id		[ISODCL (447, 574)]; /* achars */
	char application_id		[ISODCL (575, 702)]; /* achars */
	char copyright_file_id		[ISODCL (703, 739)]; /* 7.5 dchars */
	char abstract_file_id		[ISODCL (740, 776)]; /* 7.5 dchars */
	char bibliographic_file_id	[ISODCL (777, 813)]; /* 7.5 dchars */
	__u8 creation_date		[ISODCL (814, 830)]; /* 8.4.26.1 */
	__u8 modification_date		[ISODCL (831, 847)]; /* 8.4.26.1 */
	__u8 expiration_date		[ISODCL (848, 864)]; /* 8.4.26.1 */
	__u8 effective_date		[ISODCL (865, 881)]; /* 8.4.26.1 */
	__u8 file_structure_version	[ISODCL (882, 882)]; /* 711 */
	__u8 unused4			[ISODCL (883, 883)];
	__u8 application_data		[ISODCL (884, 1395)];
	__u8 unused5			[ISODCL (1396, 2048)];
};


#define HS_STANDARD_ID "CDROM"

struct  hs_volume_descriptor {
	__u8 foo			[ISODCL (  1,   8)]; /* 733 */
	__u8 type			[ISODCL (  9,   9)]; /* 711 */
	char id				[ISODCL ( 10,  14)];
	__u8 version			[ISODCL ( 15,  15)]; /* 711 */
	__u8 data[ISODCL(16,2048)];
};


struct hs_primary_descriptor {
	__u8 foo			[ISODCL (  1,   8)]; /* 733 */
	__u8 type			[ISODCL (  9,   9)]; /* 711 */
	__u8 id				[ISODCL ( 10,  14)];
	__u8 version			[ISODCL ( 15,  15)]; /* 711 */
	__u8 unused1			[ISODCL ( 16,  16)]; /* 711 */
	char system_id			[ISODCL ( 17,  48)]; /* achars */
	char volume_id			[ISODCL ( 49,  80)]; /* dchars */
	__u8 unused2			[ISODCL ( 81,  88)]; /* 733 */
	__u8 volume_space_size		[ISODCL ( 89,  96)]; /* 733 */
	__u8 unused3			[ISODCL ( 97, 128)]; /* 733 */
	__u8 volume_set_size		[ISODCL (129, 132)]; /* 723 */
	__u8 volume_sequence_number	[ISODCL (133, 136)]; /* 723 */
	__u8 logical_block_size		[ISODCL (137, 140)]; /* 723 */
	__u8 path_table_size		[ISODCL (141, 148)]; /* 733 */
	__u8 type_l_path_table		[ISODCL (149, 152)]; /* 731 */
	__u8 unused4			[ISODCL (153, 180)]; /* 733 */
	__u8 root_directory_record	[ISODCL (181, 214)]; /* 9.1 */
};

/* We use this to help us look up the parent inode numbers. */

struct iso_path_table{
	__u8  name_len[2];	/* 721 */
	__u8  extent[4];	/* 731 */
	__u8  parent[2];	/* 721 */
	char name[0];
} __attribute__((packed));

/* high sierra is identical to iso, except that the date is only 6 bytes, and
   there is an extra reserved byte after the flags */

struct iso_directory_record {
	__u8 length			[ISODCL (1, 1)]; /* 711 */
	__u8 ext_attr_length		[ISODCL (2, 2)]; /* 711 */
	__u8 extent			[ISODCL (3, 10)]; /* 733 */
	__u8 size			[ISODCL (11, 18)]; /* 733 */
	__u8 date			[ISODCL (19, 25)]; /* 7 by 711 */
	__u8 flags			[ISODCL (26, 26)];
	__u8 file_unit_size		[ISODCL (27, 27)]; /* 711 */
	__u8 interleave			[ISODCL (28, 28)]; /* 711 */
	__u8 volume_sequence_number	[ISODCL (29, 32)]; /* 723 */
	__u8 name_len			[ISODCL (33, 33)]; /* 711 */
	char name			[0];
} __attribute__((packed));

#define ISOFS_BLOCK_BITS 11
#define ISOFS_BLOCK_SIZE 2048

#define ISOFS_BUFFER_SIZE(INODE) ((INODE)->i_sb->s_blocksize)
#define ISOFS_BUFFER_BITS(INODE) ((INODE)->i_sb->s_blocksize_bits)

#endif /* _ISOFS_FS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_NITRO_ENCLAVES_H_
#define _LINUX_NITRO_ENCLAVES_H_

#include <linux/types.h>

/**
 * DOC: Nitro Enclaves (NE) Kernel Driver Interface
 */

/**
 * NE_CREATE_VM - The command is used to create a slot that is associated with
 *		  an enclave VM.
 *		  The generated unique slot id is an output parameter.
 *		  The ioctl can be invoked on the /dev/nitro_enclaves fd, before
 *		  setting any resources, such as memory and vCPUs, for an
 *		  enclave. Memory and vCPUs are set for the slot mapped to an enclave.
 *		  A NE CPU pool has to be set before calling this function. The
 *		  pool can be set after the NE driver load, using
 *		  /sys/module/nitro_enclaves/parameters/ne_cpus.
 *		  Its format is the detailed in the cpu-lists section:
 *		  https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.html
 *		  CPU 0 and its siblings have to remain available for the
 *		  primary / parent VM, so they cannot be set for enclaves. Full
 *		  CPU core(s), from the same NUMA node, need(s) to be included
 *		  in the CPU pool.
 *
 * Context: Process context.
 * Return:
 * * Enclave file descriptor		- Enclave file descriptor used with
 *					  ioctl calls to set vCPUs and memory
 *					  regions, then start the enclave.
 * *  -1				- There was a failure in the ioctl logic.
 * On failure, errno is set to:
 * * EFAULT				- copy_to_user() failure.
 * * ENOMEM				- Memory allocation failure for internal
 *					  bookkeeping variables.
 * * NE_ERR_NO_CPUS_AVAIL_IN_POOL	- No NE CPU pool set / no CPUs available
 *					  in the pool.
 * * Error codes from get_unused_fd_flags() and anon_inode_getfile().
 * * Error codes from the NE PCI device request.
 */
#define NE_CREATE_VM			_IOR(0xAE, 0x20, __u64)

/**
 * NE_ADD_VCPU - The command is used to set a vCPU for an enclave. The vCPU can
 *		 be auto-chosen from the NE CPU pool or it can be set by the
 *		 caller, with the note that it needs to be available in the NE
 *		 CPU pool. Full CPU core(s), from the same NUMA node, need(s) to
 *		 be associated with an enclave.
 *		 The vCPU id is an input / output parameter. If its value is 0,
 *		 then a CPU is chosen from the enclave CPU pool and returned via
 *		 this parameter.
 *		 The ioctl can be invoked on the enclave fd, before an enclave
 *		 is started.
 *
 * Context: Process context.
 * Return:
 * * 0					- Logic succesfully completed.
 * *  -1				- There was a failure in the ioctl logic.
 * On failure, errno is set to:
 * * EFAULT				- copy_from_user() / copy_to_user() failure.
 * * ENOMEM				- Memory allocation failure for internal
 *					  bookkeeping variables.
 * * EIO				- Current task mm is not the same as the one
 *					  that created the enclave.
 * * NE_ERR_NO_CPUS_AVAIL_IN_POOL	- No CPUs available in the NE CPU pool.
 * * NE_ERR_VCPU_ALREADY_USED		- The provided vCPU is already used.
 * * NE_ERR_VCPU_NOT_IN_CPU_POOL	- The provided vCPU is not available in the
 *					  NE CPU pool.
 * * NE_ERR_VCPU_INVALID_CPU_CORE	- The core id of the provided vCPU is invalid
 *					  or out of range.
 * * NE_ERR_NOT_IN_INIT_STATE		- The enclave is not in init state
 *					  (init = before being started).
 * * NE_ERR_INVALID_VCPU		- The provided vCPU is not in the available
 *					  CPUs range.
 * * Error codes from the NE PCI device request.
 */
#define NE_ADD_VCPU			_IOWR(0xAE, 0x21, __u32)

/**
 * NE_GET_IMAGE_LOAD_INFO - The command is used to get information needed for
 *			    in-memory enclave image loading e.g. offset in
 *			    enclave memory to start placing the enclave image.
 *			    The image load info is an input / output parameter.
 *			    It includes info provided by the caller - flags -
 *			    and returns the offset in enclave memory where to
 *			    start placing the enclave image.
 *			    The ioctl can be invoked on the enclave fd, before
 *			    an enclave is started.
 *
 * Context: Process context.
 * Return:
 * * 0				- Logic succesfully completed.
 * *  -1			- There was a failure in the ioctl logic.
 * On failure, errno is set to:
 * * EFAULT			- copy_from_user() / copy_to_user() failure.
 * * NE_ERR_NOT_IN_INIT_STATE	- The enclave is not in init state (init =
 *				  before being started).
 * * NE_ERR_INVALID_FLAG_VALUE	- The value of the provided flag is invalid.
 */
#define NE_GET_IMAGE_LOAD_INFO		_IOWR(0xAE, 0x22, struct ne_image_load_info)

/**
 * NE_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION - The command is used to set a memory region for an
 *			       enclave, given the allocated memory from the
 *			       userspace. Enclave memory needs to be from the
 *			       same NUMA node as the enclave CPUs.
 *			       The user memory region is an input parameter. It
 *			       includes info provided by the caller - flags,
 *			       memory size and userspace address.
 *			       The ioctl can be invoked on the enclave fd,
 *			       before an enclave is started.
 *
 * Context: Process context.
 * Return:
 * * 0					- Logic succesfully completed.
 * *  -1				- There was a failure in the ioctl logic.
 * On failure, errno is set to:
 * * EFAULT				- copy_from_user() failure.
 * * EINVAL				- Invalid physical memory region(s) e.g.
 *					  unaligned address.
 * * EIO				- Current task mm is not the same as
 *					  the one that created the enclave.
 * * ENOMEM				- Memory allocation failure for internal
 *					  bookkeeping variables.
 * * NE_ERR_NOT_IN_INIT_STATE		- The enclave is not in init state
 *					  (init = before being started).
 * * NE_ERR_INVALID_MEM_REGION_SIZE	- The memory size of the region is not
 *					  multiple of 2 MiB.
 * * NE_ERR_INVALID_MEM_REGION_ADDR	- Invalid user space address given.
 * * NE_ERR_UNALIGNED_MEM_REGION_ADDR	- Unaligned user space address given.
 * * NE_ERR_MEM_REGION_ALREADY_USED	- The memory region is already used.
 * * NE_ERR_MEM_NOT_HUGE_PAGE		- The memory region is not backed by
 *					  huge pages.
 * * NE_ERR_MEM_DIFFERENT_NUMA_NODE	- The memory region is not from the same
 *					  NUMA node as the CPUs.
 * * NE_ERR_MEM_MAX_REGIONS		- The number of memory regions set for
 *					  the enclave reached maximum.
 * * NE_ERR_INVALID_PAGE_SIZE		- The memory region is not backed by
 *					  pages multiple of 2 MiB.
 * * NE_ERR_INVALID_FLAG_VALUE		- The value of the provided flag is invalid.
 * * Error codes from get_user_pages().
 * * Error codes from the NE PCI device request.
 */
#define NE_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION	_IOW(0xAE, 0x23, struct ne_user_memory_region)

/**
 * NE_START_ENCLAVE - The command is used to trigger enclave start after the
 *		      enclave resources, such as memory and CPU, have been set.
 *		      The enclave start info is an input / output parameter. It
 *		      includes info provided by the caller - enclave cid and
 *		      flags - and returns the cid (if input cid is 0).
 *		      The ioctl can be invoked on the enclave fd, after an
 *		      enclave slot is created and resources, such as memory and
 *		      vCPUs are set for an enclave.
 *
 * Context: Process context.
 * Return:
 * * 0					- Logic succesfully completed.
 * *  -1				- There was a failure in the ioctl logic.
 * On failure, errno is set to:
 * * EFAULT				- copy_from_user() / copy_to_user() failure.
 * * NE_ERR_NOT_IN_INIT_STATE		- The enclave is not in init state
 *					  (init = before being started).
 * * NE_ERR_NO_MEM_REGIONS_ADDED	- No memory regions are set.
 * * NE_ERR_NO_VCPUS_ADDED		- No vCPUs are set.
 * *  NE_ERR_FULL_CORES_NOT_USED	- Full core(s) not set for the enclave.
 * * NE_ERR_ENCLAVE_MEM_MIN_SIZE	- Enclave memory is less than minimum
 *					  memory size (64 MiB).
 * * NE_ERR_INVALID_FLAG_VALUE		- The value of the provided flag is invalid.
 * *  NE_ERR_INVALID_ENCLAVE_CID	- The provided enclave CID is invalid.
 * * Error codes from the NE PCI device request.
 */
#define NE_START_ENCLAVE		_IOWR(0xAE, 0x24, struct ne_enclave_start_info)

/**
 * DOC: NE specific error codes
 */

/**
 * NE_ERR_VCPU_ALREADY_USED - The provided vCPU is already used.
 */
#define NE_ERR_VCPU_ALREADY_USED		(256)
/**
 * NE_ERR_VCPU_NOT_IN_CPU_POOL - The provided vCPU is not available in the
 *				 NE CPU pool.
 */
#define NE_ERR_VCPU_NOT_IN_CPU_POOL		(257)
/**
 * NE_ERR_VCPU_INVALID_CPU_CORE - The core id of the provided vCPU is invalid
 *				  or out of range of the NE CPU pool.
 */
#define NE_ERR_VCPU_INVALID_CPU_CORE		(258)
/**
 * NE_ERR_INVALID_MEM_REGION_SIZE - The user space memory region size is not
 *				    multiple of 2 MiB.
 */
#define NE_ERR_INVALID_MEM_REGION_SIZE		(259)
/**
 * NE_ERR_INVALID_MEM_REGION_ADDR - The user space memory region address range
 *				    is invalid.
 */
#define NE_ERR_INVALID_MEM_REGION_ADDR		(260)
/**
 * NE_ERR_UNALIGNED_MEM_REGION_ADDR - The user space memory region address is
 *				      not aligned.
 */
#define NE_ERR_UNALIGNED_MEM_REGION_ADDR	(261)
/**
 * NE_ERR_MEM_REGION_ALREADY_USED - The user space memory region is already used.
 */
#define NE_ERR_MEM_REGION_ALREADY_USED		(262)
/**
 * NE_ERR_MEM_NOT_HUGE_PAGE - The user space memory region is not backed by
 *			      contiguous physical huge page(s).
 */
#define NE_ERR_MEM_NOT_HUGE_PAGE		(263)
/**
 * NE_ERR_MEM_DIFFERENT_NUMA_NODE - The user space memory region is backed by
 *				    pages from different NUMA nodes than the CPUs.
 */
#define NE_ERR_MEM_DIFFERENT_NUMA_NODE		(264)
/**
 * NE_ERR_MEM_MAX_REGIONS - The supported max memory regions per enclaves has
 *			    been reached.
 */
#define NE_ERR_MEM_MAX_REGIONS			(265)
/**
 * NE_ERR_NO_MEM_REGIONS_ADDED - The command to start an enclave is triggered
 *				 and no memory regions are added.
 */
#define NE_ERR_NO_MEM_REGIONS_ADDED		(266)
/**
 * NE_ERR_NO_VCPUS_ADDED - The command to start an enclave is triggered and no
 *			   vCPUs are added.
 */
#define NE_ERR_NO_VCPUS_ADDED			(267)
/**
 * NE_ERR_ENCLAVE_MEM_MIN_SIZE - The enclave memory size is lower than the
 *				 minimum supported.
 */
#define NE_ERR_ENCLAVE_MEM_MIN_SIZE		(268)
/**
 * NE_ERR_FULL_CORES_NOT_USED - The command to start an enclave is triggered and
 *				full CPU cores are not set.
 */
#define NE_ERR_FULL_CORES_NOT_USED		(269)
/**
 * NE_ERR_NOT_IN_INIT_STATE - The enclave is not in init state when setting
 *			      resources or triggering start.
 */
#define NE_ERR_NOT_IN_INIT_STATE		(270)
/**
 * NE_ERR_INVALID_VCPU - The provided vCPU is out of range of the available CPUs.
 */
#define NE_ERR_INVALID_VCPU			(271)
/**
 * NE_ERR_NO_CPUS_AVAIL_IN_POOL - The command to create an enclave is triggered
 *				  and no CPUs are available in the pool.
 */
#define NE_ERR_NO_CPUS_AVAIL_IN_POOL		(272)
/**
 * NE_ERR_INVALID_PAGE_SIZE - The user space memory region is not backed by pages
 *			      multiple of 2 MiB.
 */
#define NE_ERR_INVALID_PAGE_SIZE		(273)
/**
 * NE_ERR_INVALID_FLAG_VALUE - The provided flag value is invalid.
 */
#define NE_ERR_INVALID_FLAG_VALUE		(274)
/**
 * NE_ERR_INVALID_ENCLAVE_CID - The provided enclave CID is invalid, either
 *				being a well-known value or the CID of the
 *				parent / primary VM.
 */
#define NE_ERR_INVALID_ENCLAVE_CID		(275)

/**
 * DOC: Image load info flags
 */

/**
 * NE_EIF_IMAGE - Enclave Image Format (EIF)
 */
#define NE_EIF_IMAGE			(0x01)

#define NE_IMAGE_LOAD_MAX_FLAG_VAL	(0x02)

/**
 * struct ne_image_load_info - Info necessary for in-memory enclave image
 *			       loading (in / out).
 * @flags:		Flags to determine the enclave image type
 *			(e.g. Enclave Image Format - EIF) (in).
 * @memory_offset:	Offset in enclave memory where to start placing the
 *			enclave image (out).
 */
struct ne_image_load_info {
	__u64	flags;
	__u64	memory_offset;
};

/**
 * DOC: User memory region flags
 */

/**
 * NE_DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION - Memory region for enclave general usage.
 */
#define NE_DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION	(0x00)

#define NE_MEMORY_REGION_MAX_FLAG_VAL	(0x01)

/**
 * struct ne_user_memory_region - Memory region to be set for an enclave (in).
 * @flags:		Flags to determine the usage for the memory region (in).
 * @memory_size:	The size, in bytes, of the memory region to be set for
 *			an enclave (in).
 * @userspace_addr:	The start address of the userspace allocated memory of
 *			the memory region to set for an enclave (in).
 */
struct ne_user_memory_region {
	__u64	flags;
	__u64	memory_size;
	__u64	userspace_addr;
};

/**
 * DOC: Enclave start info flags
 */

/**
 * NE_ENCLAVE_PRODUCTION_MODE - Start enclave in production mode.
 */
#define NE_ENCLAVE_PRODUCTION_MODE	(0x00)
/**
 * NE_ENCLAVE_DEBUG_MODE - Start enclave in debug mode.
 */
#define NE_ENCLAVE_DEBUG_MODE		(0x01)

#define NE_ENCLAVE_START_MAX_FLAG_VAL	(0x02)

/**
 * struct ne_enclave_start_info - Setup info necessary for enclave start (in / out).
 * @flags:		Flags for the enclave to start with (e.g. debug mode) (in).
 * @enclave_cid:	Context ID (CID) for the enclave vsock device. If 0 as
 *			input, the CID is autogenerated by the hypervisor and
 *			returned back as output by the driver (in / out).
 */
struct ne_enclave_start_info {
	__u64	flags;
	__u64	enclave_cid;
};

#endif /* _LINUX_NITRO_ENCLAVES_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2015 CNEX Labs.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version
 * 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
 * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 * General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
 * the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139,
 * USA.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_LIGHTNVM_H
#define _LINUX_LIGHTNVM_H

#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
#define DISK_NAME_LEN 32

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

#define NVM_TTYPE_NAME_MAX 48
#define NVM_TTYPE_MAX 63
#define NVM_MMTYPE_LEN 8

#define NVM_CTRL_FILE "/dev/lightnvm/control"

struct nvm_ioctl_info_tgt {
	__u32 version[3];
	__u32 reserved;
	char tgtname[NVM_TTYPE_NAME_MAX];
};

struct nvm_ioctl_info {
	__u32 version[3];	/* in/out - major, minor, patch */
	__u16 tgtsize;		/* number of targets */
	__u16 reserved16;	/* pad to 4K page */
	__u32 reserved[12];
	struct nvm_ioctl_info_tgt tgts[NVM_TTYPE_MAX];
};

enum {
	NVM_DEVICE_ACTIVE = 1 << 0,
};

struct nvm_ioctl_device_info {
	char devname[DISK_NAME_LEN];
	char bmname[NVM_TTYPE_NAME_MAX];
	__u32 bmversion[3];
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 reserved[8];
};

struct nvm_ioctl_get_devices {
	__u32 nr_devices;
	__u32 reserved[31];
	struct nvm_ioctl_device_info info[31];
};

struct nvm_ioctl_create_simple {
	__u32 lun_begin;
	__u32 lun_end;
};

struct nvm_ioctl_create_extended {
	__u16 lun_begin;
	__u16 lun_end;
	__u16 op;
	__u16 rsv;
};

enum {
	NVM_CONFIG_TYPE_SIMPLE = 0,
	NVM_CONFIG_TYPE_EXTENDED = 1,
};

struct nvm_ioctl_create_conf {
	__u32 type;
	union {
		struct nvm_ioctl_create_simple s;
		struct nvm_ioctl_create_extended e;
	};
};

enum {
	NVM_TARGET_FACTORY = 1 << 0,	/* Init target in factory mode */
};

struct nvm_ioctl_create {
	char dev[DISK_NAME_LEN];		/* open-channel SSD device */
	char tgttype[NVM_TTYPE_NAME_MAX];	/* target type name */
	char tgtname[DISK_NAME_LEN];		/* dev to expose target as */

	__u32 flags;

	struct nvm_ioctl_create_conf conf;
};

struct nvm_ioctl_remove {
	char tgtname[DISK_NAME_LEN];

	__u32 flags;
};

struct nvm_ioctl_dev_init {
	char dev[DISK_NAME_LEN];		/* open-channel SSD device */
	char mmtype[NVM_MMTYPE_LEN];		/* register to media manager */

	__u32 flags;
};

enum {
	NVM_FACTORY_ERASE_ONLY_USER	= 1 << 0, /* erase only blocks used as
						   * host blks or grown blks */
	NVM_FACTORY_RESET_HOST_BLKS	= 1 << 1, /* remove host blk marks */
	NVM_FACTORY_RESET_GRWN_BBLKS	= 1 << 2, /* remove grown blk marks */
	NVM_FACTORY_NR_BITS		= 1 << 3, /* stops here */
};

struct nvm_ioctl_dev_factory {
	char dev[DISK_NAME_LEN];

	__u32 flags;
};

struct nvm_user_vio {
	__u8 opcode;
	__u8 flags;
	__u16 control;
	__u16 nppas;
	__u16 rsvd;
	__u64 metadata;
	__u64 addr;
	__u64 ppa_list;
	__u32 metadata_len;
	__u32 data_len;
	__u64 status;
	__u32 result;
	__u32 rsvd3[3];
};

struct nvm_passthru_vio {
	__u8 opcode;
	__u8 flags;
	__u8 rsvd[2];
	__u32 nsid;
	__u32 cdw2;
	__u32 cdw3;
	__u64 metadata;
	__u64 addr;
	__u32 metadata_len;
	__u32 data_len;
	__u64 ppa_list;
	__u16 nppas;
	__u16 control;
	__u32 cdw13;
	__u32 cdw14;
	__u32 cdw15;
	__u64 status;
	__u32 result;
	__u32 timeout_ms;
};

/* The ioctl type, 'L', 0x20 - 0x2F documented in ioctl-number.txt */
enum {
	/* top level cmds */
	NVM_INFO_CMD = 0x20,
	NVM_GET_DEVICES_CMD,

	/* device level cmds */
	NVM_DEV_CREATE_CMD,
	NVM_DEV_REMOVE_CMD,

	/* Init a device to support LightNVM media managers */
	NVM_DEV_INIT_CMD,

	/* Factory reset device */
	NVM_DEV_FACTORY_CMD,

	/* Vector user I/O */
	NVM_DEV_VIO_ADMIN_CMD = 0x41,
	NVM_DEV_VIO_CMD = 0x42,
	NVM_DEV_VIO_USER_CMD = 0x43,
};

#define NVM_IOCTL 'L' /* 0x4c */

#define NVM_INFO		_IOWR(NVM_IOCTL, NVM_INFO_CMD, \
						struct nvm_ioctl_info)
#define NVM_GET_DEVICES		_IOR(NVM_IOCTL, NVM_GET_DEVICES_CMD, \
						struct nvm_ioctl_get_devices)
#define NVM_DEV_CREATE		_IOW(NVM_IOCTL, NVM_DEV_CREATE_CMD, \
						struct nvm_ioctl_create)
#define NVM_DEV_REMOVE		_IOW(NVM_IOCTL, NVM_DEV_REMOVE_CMD, \
						struct nvm_ioctl_remove)
#define NVM_DEV_INIT		_IOW(NVM_IOCTL, NVM_DEV_INIT_CMD, \
						struct nvm_ioctl_dev_init)
#define NVM_DEV_FACTORY		_IOW(NVM_IOCTL, NVM_DEV_FACTORY_CMD, \
						struct nvm_ioctl_dev_factory)

#define NVME_NVM_IOCTL_IO_VIO		_IOWR(NVM_IOCTL, NVM_DEV_VIO_USER_CMD, \
						struct nvm_passthru_vio)
#define NVME_NVM_IOCTL_ADMIN_VIO	_IOWR(NVM_IOCTL, NVM_DEV_VIO_ADMIN_CMD,\
						struct nvm_passthru_vio)
#define NVME_NVM_IOCTL_SUBMIT_VIO	_IOWR(NVM_IOCTL, NVM_DEV_VIO_CMD,\
						struct nvm_user_vio)

#define NVM_VERSION_MAJOR	1
#define NVM_VERSION_MINOR	0
#define NVM_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL	0

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Interfaces for vfio-ccw
 *
 * Copyright IBM Corp. 2017
 *
 * Author(s): Dong Jia Shi <bjsdjshi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
 */

#ifndef _VFIO_CCW_H_
#define _VFIO_CCW_H_

#include <linux/types.h>

/* used for START SUBCHANNEL, always present */
struct ccw_io_region {
#define ORB_AREA_SIZE 12
	__u8	orb_area[ORB_AREA_SIZE];
#define SCSW_AREA_SIZE 12
	__u8	scsw_area[SCSW_AREA_SIZE];
#define IRB_AREA_SIZE 96
	__u8	irb_area[IRB_AREA_SIZE];
	__u32	ret_code;
} __attribute__((packed));

/*
 * used for processing commands that trigger asynchronous actions
 * Note: this is controlled by a capability
 */
#define VFIO_CCW_ASYNC_CMD_HSCH (1 << 0)
#define VFIO_CCW_ASYNC_CMD_CSCH (1 << 1)
struct ccw_cmd_region {
	__u32 command;
	__u32 ret_code;
} __attribute__((packed));

/*
 * Used for processing commands that read the subchannel-information block
 * Reading this region triggers a stsch() to hardware
 * Note: this is controlled by a capability
 */
struct ccw_schib_region {
#define SCHIB_AREA_SIZE 52
	__u8 schib_area[SCHIB_AREA_SIZE];
} __attribute__((packed));

/*
 * Used for returning a Channel Report Word to userspace.
 * Note: this is controlled by a capability
 */
struct ccw_crw_region {
	__u32 crw;
	__u32 pad;
} __attribute__((packed));

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * INET		An implementation of the TCP/IP protocol suite for the LINUX
 *		operating system.  INET is implemented using the  BSD Socket
 *		interface as the means of communication with the user level.
 *
 *		Definitions of the Internet Protocol.
 *
 * Version:	@(#)in.h	1.0.1	04/21/93
 *
 * Authors:	Original taken from the GNU Project <netinet/in.h> file.
 *		Fred N. van Kempen, <waltje@uWalt.NL.Mugnet.ORG>
 *
 *		This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *		modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *		as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *		2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_IN_H
#define _LINUX_IN_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/libc-compat.h>
#include <linux/socket.h>

#if __UAPI_DEF_IN_IPPROTO
/* Standard well-defined IP protocols.  */
enum {
  IPPROTO_IP = 0,		/* Dummy protocol for TCP		*/
#define IPPROTO_IP		IPPROTO_IP
  IPPROTO_ICMP = 1,		/* Internet Control Message Protocol	*/
#define IPPROTO_ICMP		IPPROTO_ICMP
  IPPROTO_IGMP = 2,		/* Internet Group Management Protocol	*/
#define IPPROTO_IGMP		IPPROTO_IGMP
  IPPROTO_IPIP = 4,		/* IPIP tunnels (older KA9Q tunnels use 94) */
#define IPPROTO_IPIP		IPPROTO_IPIP
  IPPROTO_TCP = 6,		/* Transmission Control Protocol	*/
#define IPPROTO_TCP		IPPROTO_TCP
  IPPROTO_EGP = 8,		/* Exterior Gateway Protocol		*/
#define IPPROTO_EGP		IPPROTO_EGP
  IPPROTO_PUP = 12,		/* PUP protocol				*/
#define IPPROTO_PUP		IPPROTO_PUP
  IPPROTO_UDP = 17,		/* User Datagram Protocol		*/
#define IPPROTO_UDP		IPPROTO_UDP
  IPPROTO_IDP = 22,		/* XNS IDP protocol			*/
#define IPPROTO_IDP		IPPROTO_IDP
  IPPROTO_TP = 29,		/* SO Transport Protocol Class 4	*/
#define IPPROTO_TP		IPPROTO_TP
  IPPROTO_DCCP = 33,		/* Datagram Congestion Control Protocol */
#define IPPROTO_DCCP		IPPROTO_DCCP
  IPPROTO_IPV6 = 41,		/* IPv6-in-IPv4 tunnelling		*/
#define IPPROTO_IPV6		IPPROTO_IPV6
  IPPROTO_RSVP = 46,		/* RSVP Protocol			*/
#define IPPROTO_RSVP		IPPROTO_RSVP
  IPPROTO_GRE = 47,		/* Cisco GRE tunnels (rfc 1701,1702)	*/
#define IPPROTO_GRE		IPPROTO_GRE
  IPPROTO_ESP = 50,		/* Encapsulation Security Payload protocol */
#define IPPROTO_ESP		IPPROTO_ESP
  IPPROTO_AH = 51,		/* Authentication Header protocol	*/
#define IPPROTO_AH		IPPROTO_AH
  IPPROTO_MTP = 92,		/* Multicast Transport Protocol		*/
#define IPPROTO_MTP		IPPROTO_MTP
  IPPROTO_BEETPH = 94,		/* IP option pseudo header for BEET	*/
#define IPPROTO_BEETPH		IPPROTO_BEETPH
  IPPROTO_ENCAP = 98,		/* Encapsulation Header			*/
#define IPPROTO_ENCAP		IPPROTO_ENCAP
  IPPROTO_PIM = 103,		/* Protocol Independent Multicast	*/
#define IPPROTO_PIM		IPPROTO_PIM
  IPPROTO_COMP = 108,		/* Compression Header Protocol		*/
#define IPPROTO_COMP		IPPROTO_COMP
  IPPROTO_L2TP = 115,		/* Layer 2 Tunnelling Protocol		*/
#define IPPROTO_L2TP		IPPROTO_L2TP
  IPPROTO_SCTP = 132,		/* Stream Control Transport Protocol	*/
#define IPPROTO_SCTP		IPPROTO_SCTP
  IPPROTO_UDPLITE = 136,	/* UDP-Lite (RFC 3828)			*/
#define IPPROTO_UDPLITE		IPPROTO_UDPLITE
  IPPROTO_MPLS = 137,		/* MPLS in IP (RFC 4023)		*/
#define IPPROTO_MPLS		IPPROTO_MPLS
  IPPROTO_RAW = 255,		/* Raw IP packets			*/
#define IPPROTO_RAW		IPPROTO_RAW
  IPPROTO_MAX
#define IPPROTO_MPTCP		262
};
#endif

#if __UAPI_DEF_IN_ADDR
/* Internet address. */
struct in_addr {
	__be32	s_addr;
};
#endif

#define IP_TOS		1
#define IP_TTL		2
#define IP_HDRINCL	3
#define IP_OPTIONS	4
#define IP_ROUTER_ALERT	5
#define IP_RECVOPTS	6
#define IP_RETOPTS	7
#define IP_PKTINFO	8
#define IP_PKTOPTIONS	9
#define IP_MTU_DISCOVER	10
#define IP_RECVERR	11
#define IP_RECVTTL	12
#define	IP_RECVTOS	13
#define IP_MTU		14
#define IP_FREEBIND	15
#define IP_IPSEC_POLICY	16
#define IP_XFRM_POLICY	17
#define IP_PASSSEC	18
#define IP_TRANSPARENT	19

/* BSD compatibility */
#define IP_RECVRETOPTS	IP_RETOPTS

/* TProxy original addresses */
#define IP_ORIGDSTADDR       20
#define IP_RECVORIGDSTADDR   IP_ORIGDSTADDR

#define IP_MINTTL       21
#define IP_NODEFRAG     22
#define IP_CHECKSUM	23
#define IP_BIND_ADDRESS_NO_PORT	24
#define IP_RECVFRAGSIZE	25

/* IP_MTU_DISCOVER values */
#define IP_PMTUDISC_DONT		0	/* Never send DF frames */
#define IP_PMTUDISC_WANT		1	/* Use per route hints	*/
#define IP_PMTUDISC_DO			2	/* Always DF		*/
#define IP_PMTUDISC_PROBE		3       /* Ignore dst pmtu      */
/* Always use interface mtu (ignores dst pmtu) but don't set DF flag.
 * Also incoming ICMP frag_needed notifications will be ignored on
 * this socket to prevent accepting spoofed ones.
 */
#define IP_PMTUDISC_INTERFACE		4
/* weaker version of IP_PMTUDISC_INTERFACE, which allos packets to get
 * fragmented if they exeed the interface mtu
 */
#define IP_PMTUDISC_OMIT		5

#define IP_MULTICAST_IF			32
#define IP_MULTICAST_TTL 		33
#define IP_MULTICAST_LOOP 		34
#define IP_ADD_MEMBERSHIP		35
#define IP_DROP_MEMBERSHIP		36
#define IP_UNBLOCK_SOURCE		37
#define IP_BLOCK_SOURCE			38
#define IP_ADD_SOURCE_MEMBERSHIP	39
#define IP_DROP_SOURCE_MEMBERSHIP	40
#define IP_MSFILTER			41
#define MCAST_JOIN_GROUP		42
#define MCAST_BLOCK_SOURCE		43
#define MCAST_UNBLOCK_SOURCE		44
#define MCAST_LEAVE_GROUP		45
#define MCAST_JOIN_SOURCE_GROUP		46
#define MCAST_LEAVE_SOURCE_GROUP	47
#define MCAST_MSFILTER			48
#define IP_MULTICAST_ALL		49
#define IP_UNICAST_IF			50

#define MCAST_EXCLUDE	0
#define MCAST_INCLUDE	1

/* These need to appear somewhere around here */
#define IP_DEFAULT_MULTICAST_TTL        1
#define IP_DEFAULT_MULTICAST_LOOP       1

/* Request struct for multicast socket ops */

#if __UAPI_DEF_IP_MREQ
struct ip_mreq  {
	struct in_addr imr_multiaddr;	/* IP multicast address of group */
	struct in_addr imr_interface;	/* local IP address of interface */
};

struct ip_mreqn {
	struct in_addr	imr_multiaddr;		/* IP multicast address of group */
	struct in_addr	imr_address;		/* local IP address of interface */
	int		imr_ifindex;		/* Interface index */
};

struct ip_mreq_source {
	__be32		imr_multiaddr;
	__be32		imr_interface;
	__be32		imr_sourceaddr;
};

struct ip_msfilter {
	__be32		imsf_multiaddr;
	__be32		imsf_interface;
	__u32		imsf_fmode;
	__u32		imsf_numsrc;
	__be32		imsf_slist[1];
};

#define IP_MSFILTER_SIZE(numsrc) \
	(sizeof(struct ip_msfilter) - sizeof(__u32) \
	+ (numsrc) * sizeof(__u32))

struct group_req {
	__u32				 gr_interface;	/* interface index */
	struct __kernel_sockaddr_storage gr_group;	/* group address */
};

struct group_source_req {
	__u32				 gsr_interface;	/* interface index */
	struct __kernel_sockaddr_storage gsr_group;	/* group address */
	struct __kernel_sockaddr_storage gsr_source;	/* source address */
};

struct group_filter {
	__u32				 gf_interface;	/* interface index */
	struct __kernel_sockaddr_storage gf_group;	/* multicast address */
	__u32				 gf_fmode;	/* filter mode */
	__u32				 gf_numsrc;	/* number of sources */
	struct __kernel_sockaddr_storage gf_slist[1];	/* interface index */
};

#define GROUP_FILTER_SIZE(numsrc) \
	(sizeof(struct group_filter) - sizeof(struct __kernel_sockaddr_storage) \
	+ (numsrc) * sizeof(struct __kernel_sockaddr_storage))
#endif

#if __UAPI_DEF_IN_PKTINFO
struct in_pktinfo {
	int		ipi_ifindex;
	struct in_addr	ipi_spec_dst;
	struct in_addr	ipi_addr;
};
#endif

/* Structure describing an Internet (IP) socket address. */
#if  __UAPI_DEF_SOCKADDR_IN
#define __SOCK_SIZE__	16		/* sizeof(struct sockaddr)	*/
struct sockaddr_in {
  __kernel_sa_family_t	sin_family;	/* Address family		*/
  __be16		sin_port;	/* Port number			*/
  struct in_addr	sin_addr;	/* Internet address		*/

  /* Pad to size of `struct sockaddr'. */
  unsigned char		__pad[__SOCK_SIZE__ - sizeof(short int) -
			sizeof(unsigned short int) - sizeof(struct in_addr)];
};
#define sin_zero	__pad		/* for BSD UNIX comp. -FvK	*/
#endif

#if __UAPI_DEF_IN_CLASS
/*
 * Definitions of the bits in an Internet address integer.
 * On subnets, host and network parts are found according
 * to the subnet mask, not these masks.
 */
#define	IN_CLASSA(a)		((((long int) (a)) & 0x80000000) == 0)
#define	IN_CLASSA_NET		0xff000000
#define	IN_CLASSA_NSHIFT	24
#define	IN_CLASSA_HOST		(0xffffffff & ~IN_CLASSA_NET)
#define	IN_CLASSA_MAX		128

#define	IN_CLASSB(a)		((((long int) (a)) & 0xc0000000) == 0x80000000)
#define	IN_CLASSB_NET		0xffff0000
#define	IN_CLASSB_NSHIFT	16
#define	IN_CLASSB_HOST		(0xffffffff & ~IN_CLASSB_NET)
#define	IN_CLASSB_MAX		65536

#define	IN_CLASSC(a)		((((long int) (a)) & 0xe0000000) == 0xc0000000)
#define	IN_CLASSC_NET		0xffffff00
#define	IN_CLASSC_NSHIFT	8
#define	IN_CLASSC_HOST		(0xffffffff & ~IN_CLASSC_NET)

#define	IN_CLASSD(a)		((((long int) (a)) & 0xf0000000) == 0xe0000000)
#define	IN_MULTICAST(a)		IN_CLASSD(a)
#define IN_MULTICAST_NET	0xF0000000

#define	IN_EXPERIMENTAL(a)	((((long int) (a)) & 0xf0000000) == 0xf0000000)
#define	IN_BADCLASS(a)		IN_EXPERIMENTAL((a))

/* Address to accept any incoming messages. */
#define	INADDR_ANY		((unsigned long int) 0x00000000)

/* Address to send to all hosts. */
#define	INADDR_BROADCAST	((unsigned long int) 0xffffffff)

/* Address indicating an error return. */
#define	INADDR_NONE		((unsigned long int) 0xffffffff)

/* Dummy address for src of ICMP replies if no real address is set (RFC7600). */
#define	INADDR_DUMMY		((unsigned long int) 0xc0000008)

/* Network number for local host loopback. */
#define	IN_LOOPBACKNET		127

/* Address to loopback in software to local host.  */
#define	INADDR_LOOPBACK		0x7f000001	/* 127.0.0.1   */
#define	IN_LOOPBACK(a)		((((long int) (a)) & 0xff000000) == 0x7f000000)

/* Defines for Multicast INADDR */
#define INADDR_UNSPEC_GROUP		0xe0000000U	/* 224.0.0.0   */
#define INADDR_ALLHOSTS_GROUP		0xe0000001U	/* 224.0.0.1   */
#define INADDR_ALLRTRS_GROUP		0xe0000002U	/* 224.0.0.2 */
#define INADDR_ALLSNOOPERS_GROUP	0xe000006aU	/* 224.0.0.106 */
#define INADDR_MAX_LOCAL_GROUP		0xe00000ffU	/* 224.0.0.255 */
#endif

/* <asm/byteorder.h> contains the htonl type stuff.. */
#include <asm/byteorder.h> 


#endif /* _LINUX_IN_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ATMMPC_H_
#define _ATMMPC_H_

#include <linux/atmapi.h>
#include <linux/atmioc.h>
#include <linux/atm.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

#define ATMMPC_CTRL _IO('a', ATMIOC_MPOA)
#define ATMMPC_DATA _IO('a', ATMIOC_MPOA+1)

#define MPC_SOCKET_INGRESS 1
#define MPC_SOCKET_EGRESS  2

struct atmmpc_ioc {
        int dev_num;
        __be32 ipaddr;              /* the IP address of the shortcut    */
        int type;                     /* ingress or egress                 */
};

typedef struct in_ctrl_info {
        __u8   Last_NHRP_CIE_code;
        __u8   Last_Q2931_cause_value;
        __u8   eg_MPC_ATM_addr[ATM_ESA_LEN];
        __be32  tag;
        __be32  in_dst_ip;      /* IP address this ingress MPC sends packets to */
        __u16  holding_time;
        __u32  request_id;
} in_ctrl_info;

typedef struct eg_ctrl_info {
        __u8   DLL_header[256];
        __u8   DH_length;
        __be32  cache_id;
        __be32  tag;
        __be32  mps_ip;
        __be32  eg_dst_ip;      /* IP address to which ingress MPC sends packets */
        __u8   in_MPC_data_ATM_addr[ATM_ESA_LEN];
        __u16  holding_time;
} eg_ctrl_info;

struct mpc_parameters {
        __u16 mpc_p1;   /* Shortcut-Setup Frame Count    */
        __u16 mpc_p2;   /* Shortcut-Setup Frame Time     */
        __u8 mpc_p3[8]; /* Flow-detection Protocols      */
        __u16 mpc_p4;   /* MPC Initial Retry Time        */
        __u16 mpc_p5;   /* MPC Retry Time Maximum        */
        __u16 mpc_p6;   /* Hold Down Time                */
} ;

struct k_message {
        __u16 type;
        __be32 ip_mask;
        __u8  MPS_ctrl[ATM_ESA_LEN];
        union {
                in_ctrl_info in_info;
                eg_ctrl_info eg_info;
                struct mpc_parameters params;
        } content;
        struct atm_qos qos;       
} __ATM_API_ALIGN;

struct llc_snap_hdr {
	/* RFC 1483 LLC/SNAP encapsulation for routed IP PDUs */
        __u8  dsap;    /* Destination Service Access Point (0xAA)     */
        __u8  ssap;    /* Source Service Access Point      (0xAA)     */
        __u8  ui;      /* Unnumbered Information           (0x03)     */
        __u8  org[3];  /* Organizational identification    (0x000000) */
        __u8  type[2]; /* Ether type (for IP)              (0x0800)   */
};

/* TLVs this MPC recognizes */
#define TLV_MPOA_DEVICE_TYPE         0x00a03e2a  

/* MPOA device types in MPOA Device Type TLV */
#define NON_MPOA    0
#define MPS         1
#define MPC         2
#define MPS_AND_MPC 3


/* MPC parameter defaults */

#define MPC_P1 10  /* Shortcut-Setup Frame Count  */ 
#define MPC_P2 1   /* Shortcut-Setup Frame Time   */
#define MPC_P3 0   /* Flow-detection Protocols    */
#define MPC_P4 5   /* MPC Initial Retry Time      */
#define MPC_P5 40  /* MPC Retry Time Maximum      */
#define MPC_P6 160 /* Hold Down Time              */
#define HOLDING_TIME_DEFAULT 1200 /* same as MPS-p7 */

/* MPC constants */

#define MPC_C1 2   /* Retry Time Multiplier       */
#define MPC_C2 60  /* Initial Keep-Alive Lifetime */

/* Message types - to MPOA daemon */

#define SND_MPOA_RES_RQST    201
#define SET_MPS_CTRL_ADDR    202
#define SND_MPOA_RES_RTRY    203 /* Different type in a retry due to req id         */
#define STOP_KEEP_ALIVE_SM   204
#define EGRESS_ENTRY_REMOVED 205
#define SND_EGRESS_PURGE     206
#define DIE                  207 /* tell the daemon to exit()                       */
#define DATA_PLANE_PURGE     208 /* Data plane purge because of egress cache hit miss or dead MPS */
#define OPEN_INGRESS_SVC     209

/* Message types - from MPOA daemon */

#define MPOA_TRIGGER_RCVD     101
#define MPOA_RES_REPLY_RCVD   102
#define INGRESS_PURGE_RCVD    103
#define EGRESS_PURGE_RCVD     104
#define MPS_DEATH             105
#define CACHE_IMPOS_RCVD      106
#define SET_MPC_CTRL_ADDR     107 /* Our MPC's control ATM address   */
#define SET_MPS_MAC_ADDR      108
#define CLEAN_UP_AND_EXIT     109
#define SET_MPC_PARAMS        110 /* MPC configuration parameters    */

/* Message types - bidirectional */       

#define RELOAD                301 /* kill -HUP the daemon for reload */

#endif /* _ATMMPC_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2008 Google, Inc.
 *
 * Based on, but no longer compatible with, the original
 * OpenBinder.org binder driver interface, which is:
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2005 Palmsource, Inc.
 *
 * This software is licensed under the terms of the GNU General Public
 * License version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation, and
 * may be copied, distributed, and modified under those terms.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_BINDER_H
#define _LINUX_BINDER_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

#define B_PACK_CHARS(c1, c2, c3, c4) \
	((((c1)<<24)) | (((c2)<<16)) | (((c3)<<8)) | (c4))
#define B_TYPE_LARGE 0x85

enum {
	BINDER_TYPE_BINDER	= B_PACK_CHARS('s', 'b', '*', B_TYPE_LARGE),
	BINDER_TYPE_WEAK_BINDER	= B_PACK_CHARS('w', 'b', '*', B_TYPE_LARGE),
	BINDER_TYPE_HANDLE	= B_PACK_CHARS('s', 'h', '*', B_TYPE_LARGE),
	BINDER_TYPE_WEAK_HANDLE	= B_PACK_CHARS('w', 'h', '*', B_TYPE_LARGE),
	BINDER_TYPE_FD		= B_PACK_CHARS('f', 'd', '*', B_TYPE_LARGE),
	BINDER_TYPE_FDA		= B_PACK_CHARS('f', 'd', 'a', B_TYPE_LARGE),
	BINDER_TYPE_PTR		= B_PACK_CHARS('p', 't', '*', B_TYPE_LARGE),
};

enum {
	FLAT_BINDER_FLAG_PRIORITY_MASK = 0xff,
	FLAT_BINDER_FLAG_ACCEPTS_FDS = 0x100,
};

#ifdef BINDER_IPC_32BIT
typedef __u32 binder_size_t;
typedef __u32 binder_uintptr_t;
#else
typedef __u64 binder_size_t;
typedef __u64 binder_uintptr_t;
#endif

/**
 * struct binder_object_header - header shared by all binder metadata objects.
 * @type:	type of the object
 */
struct binder_object_header {
	__u32        type;
};

/*
 * This is the flattened representation of a Binder object for transfer
 * between processes.  The 'offsets' supplied as part of a binder transaction
 * contains offsets into the data where these structures occur.  The Binder
 * driver takes care of re-writing the structure type and data as it moves
 * between processes.
 */
struct flat_binder_object {
	struct binder_object_header	hdr;
	__u32				flags;

	/* 8 bytes of data. */
	union {
		binder_uintptr_t	binder;	/* local object */
		__u32			handle;	/* remote object */
	};

	/* extra data associated with local object */
	binder_uintptr_t	cookie;
};

/**
 * struct binder_fd_object - describes a filedescriptor to be fixed up.
 * @hdr:	common header structure
 * @pad_flags:	padding to remain compatible with old userspace code
 * @pad_binder:	padding to remain compatible with old userspace code
 * @fd:		file descriptor
 * @cookie:	opaque data, used by user-space
 */
struct binder_fd_object {
	struct binder_object_header	hdr;
	__u32				pad_flags;
	union {
		binder_uintptr_t	pad_binder;
		__u32			fd;
	};

	binder_uintptr_t		cookie;
};

/* struct binder_buffer_object - object describing a userspace buffer
 * @hdr:		common header structure
 * @flags:		one or more BINDER_BUFFER_* flags
 * @buffer:		address of the buffer
 * @length:		length of the buffer
 * @parent:		index in offset array pointing to parent buffer
 * @parent_offset:	offset in @parent pointing to this buffer
 *
 * A binder_buffer object represents an object that the
 * binder kernel driver can copy verbatim to the target
 * address space. A buffer itself may be pointed to from
 * within another buffer, meaning that the pointer inside
 * that other buffer needs to be fixed up as well. This
 * can be done by setting the BINDER_BUFFER_FLAG_HAS_PARENT
 * flag in @flags, by setting @parent buffer to the index
 * in the offset array pointing to the parent binder_buffer_object,
 * and by setting @parent_offset to the offset in the parent buffer
 * at which the pointer to this buffer is located.
 */
struct binder_buffer_object {
	struct binder_object_header	hdr;
	__u32				flags;
	binder_uintptr_t		buffer;
	binder_size_t			length;
	binder_size_t			parent;
	binder_size_t			parent_offset;
};

enum {
	BINDER_BUFFER_FLAG_HAS_PARENT = 0x01,
};

/* struct binder_fd_array_object - object describing an array of fds in a buffer
 * @hdr:		common header structure
 * @pad:		padding to ensure correct alignment
 * @num_fds:		number of file descriptors in the buffer
 * @parent:		index in offset array to buffer holding the fd array
 * @parent_offset:	start offset of fd array in the buffer
 *
 * A binder_fd_array object represents an array of file
 * descriptors embedded in a binder_buffer_object. It is
 * different from a regular binder_buffer_object because it
 * describes a list of file descriptors to fix up, not an opaque
 * blob of memory, and hence the kernel needs to treat it differently.
 *
 * An example of how this would be used is with Android's
 * native_handle_t object, which is a struct with a list of integers
 * and a list of file descriptors. The native_handle_t struct itself
 * will be represented by a struct binder_buffer_objct, whereas the
 * embedded list of file descriptors is represented by a
 * struct binder_fd_array_object with that binder_buffer_object as
 * a parent.
 */
struct binder_fd_array_object {
	struct binder_object_header	hdr;
	__u32				pad;
	binder_size_t			num_fds;
	binder_size_t			parent;
	binder_size_t			parent_offset;
};

/*
 * On 64-bit platforms where user code may run in 32-bits the driver must
 * translate the buffer (and local binder) addresses appropriately.
 */

struct binder_write_read {
	binder_size_t		write_size;	/* bytes to write */
	binder_size_t		write_consumed;	/* bytes consumed by driver */
	binder_uintptr_t	write_buffer;
	binder_size_t		read_size;	/* bytes to read */
	binder_size_t		read_consumed;	/* bytes consumed by driver */
	binder_uintptr_t	read_buffer;
};

/* Use with BINDER_VERSION, driver fills in fields. */
struct binder_version {
	/* driver protocol version -- increment with incompatible change */
	__s32       protocol_version;
};

/* This is the current protocol version. */
#ifdef BINDER_IPC_32BIT
#define BINDER_CURRENT_PROTOCOL_VERSION 7
#else
#define BINDER_CURRENT_PROTOCOL_VERSION 8
#endif

/*
 * Use with BINDER_GET_NODE_DEBUG_INFO, driver reads ptr, writes to all fields.
 * Set ptr to NULL for the first call to get the info for the first node, and
 * then repeat the call passing the previously returned value to get the next
 * nodes.  ptr will be 0 when there are no more nodes.
 */
struct binder_node_debug_info {
	binder_uintptr_t ptr;
	binder_uintptr_t cookie;
	__u32            has_strong_ref;
	__u32            has_weak_ref;
};

#define BINDER_WRITE_READ		_IOWR('b', 1, struct binder_write_read)
#define BINDER_SET_IDLE_TIMEOUT		_IOW('b', 3, __s64)
#define BINDER_SET_MAX_THREADS		_IOW('b', 5, __u32)
#define BINDER_SET_IDLE_PRIORITY	_IOW('b', 6, __s32)
#define BINDER_SET_CONTEXT_MGR		_IOW('b', 7, __s32)
#define BINDER_THREAD_EXIT		_IOW('b', 8, __s32)
#define BINDER_VERSION			_IOWR('b', 9, struct binder_version)
#define BINDER_GET_NODE_DEBUG_INFO	_IOWR('b', 11, struct binder_node_debug_info)

/*
 * NOTE: Two special error codes you should check for when calling
 * in to the driver are:
 *
 * EINTR -- The operation has been interupted.  This should be
 * handled by retrying the ioctl() until a different error code
 * is returned.
 *
 * ECONNREFUSED -- The driver is no longer accepting operations
 * from your process.  That is, the process is being destroyed.
 * You should handle this by exiting from your process.  Note
 * that once this error code is returned, all further calls to
 * the driver from any thread will return this same code.
 */

enum transaction_flags {
	TF_ONE_WAY	= 0x01,	/* this is a one-way call: async, no return */
	TF_ROOT_OBJECT	= 0x04,	/* contents are the component's root object */
	TF_STATUS_CODE	= 0x08,	/* contents are a 32-bit status code */
	TF_ACCEPT_FDS	= 0x10,	/* allow replies with file descriptors */
};

struct binder_transaction_data {
	/* The first two are only used for bcTRANSACTION and brTRANSACTION,
	 * identifying the target and contents of the transaction.
	 */
	union {
		/* target descriptor of command transaction */
		__u32	handle;
		/* target descriptor of return transaction */
		binder_uintptr_t ptr;
	} target;
	binder_uintptr_t	cookie;	/* target object cookie */
	__u32		code;		/* transaction command */

	/* General information about the transaction. */
	__u32	        flags;
	pid_t		sender_pid;
	uid_t		sender_euid;
	binder_size_t	data_size;	/* number of bytes of data */
	binder_size_t	offsets_size;	/* number of bytes of offsets */

	/* If this transaction is inline, the data immediately
	 * follows here; otherwise, it ends with a pointer to
	 * the data buffer.
	 */
	union {
		struct {
			/* transaction data */
			binder_uintptr_t	buffer;
			/* offsets from buffer to flat_binder_object structs */
			binder_uintptr_t	offsets;
		} ptr;
		__u8	buf[8];
	} data;
};

struct binder_transaction_data_sg {
	struct binder_transaction_data transaction_data;
	binder_size_t buffers_size;
};

struct binder_ptr_cookie {
	binder_uintptr_t ptr;
	binder_uintptr_t cookie;
};

struct binder_handle_cookie {
	__u32 handle;
	binder_uintptr_t cookie;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct binder_pri_desc {
	__s32 priority;
	__u32 desc;
};

struct binder_pri_ptr_cookie {
	__s32 priority;
	binder_uintptr_t ptr;
	binder_uintptr_t cookie;
};

enum binder_driver_return_protocol {
	BR_ERROR = _IOR('r', 0, __s32),
	/*
	 * int: error code
	 */

	BR_OK = _IO('r', 1),
	/* No parameters! */

	BR_TRANSACTION = _IOR('r', 2, struct binder_transaction_data),
	BR_REPLY = _IOR('r', 3, struct binder_transaction_data),
	/*
	 * binder_transaction_data: the received command.
	 */

	BR_ACQUIRE_RESULT = _IOR('r', 4, __s32),
	/*
	 * not currently supported
	 * int: 0 if the last bcATTEMPT_ACQUIRE was not successful.
	 * Else the remote object has acquired a primary reference.
	 */

	BR_DEAD_REPLY = _IO('r', 5),
	/*
	 * The target of the last transaction (either a bcTRANSACTION or
	 * a bcATTEMPT_ACQUIRE) is no longer with us.  No parameters.
	 */

	BR_TRANSACTION_COMPLETE = _IO('r', 6),
	/*
	 * No parameters... always refers to the last transaction requested
	 * (including replies).  Note that this will be sent even for
	 * asynchronous transactions.
	 */

	BR_INCREFS = _IOR('r', 7, struct binder_ptr_cookie),
	BR_ACQUIRE = _IOR('r', 8, struct binder_ptr_cookie),
	BR_RELEASE = _IOR('r', 9, struct binder_ptr_cookie),
	BR_DECREFS = _IOR('r', 10, struct binder_ptr_cookie),
	/*
	 * void *:	ptr to binder
	 * void *: cookie for binder
	 */

	BR_ATTEMPT_ACQUIRE = _IOR('r', 11, struct binder_pri_ptr_cookie),
	/*
	 * not currently supported
	 * int:	priority
	 * void *: ptr to binder
	 * void *: cookie for binder
	 */

	BR_NOOP = _IO('r', 12),
	/*
	 * No parameters.  Do nothing and examine the next command.  It exists
	 * primarily so that we can replace it with a BR_SPAWN_LOOPER command.
	 */

	BR_SPAWN_LOOPER = _IO('r', 13),
	/*
	 * No parameters.  The driver has determined that a process has no
	 * threads waiting to service incoming transactions.  When a process
	 * receives this command, it must spawn a new service thread and
	 * register it via bcENTER_LOOPER.
	 */

	BR_FINISHED = _IO('r', 14),
	/*
	 * not currently supported
	 * stop threadpool thread
	 */

	BR_DEAD_BINDER = _IOR('r', 15, binder_uintptr_t),
	/*
	 * void *: cookie
	 */
	BR_CLEAR_DEATH_NOTIFICATION_DONE = _IOR('r', 16, binder_uintptr_t),
	/*
	 * void *: cookie
	 */

	BR_FAILED_REPLY = _IO('r', 17),
	/*
	 * The the last transaction (either a bcTRANSACTION or
	 * a bcATTEMPT_ACQUIRE) failed (e.g. out of memory).  No parameters.
	 */
};

enum binder_driver_command_protocol {
	BC_TRANSACTION = _IOW('c', 0, struct binder_transaction_data),
	BC_REPLY = _IOW('c', 1, struct binder_transaction_data),
	/*
	 * binder_transaction_data: the sent command.
	 */

	BC_ACQUIRE_RESULT = _IOW('c', 2, __s32),
	/*
	 * not currently supported
	 * int:  0 if the last BR_ATTEMPT_ACQUIRE was not successful.
	 * Else you have acquired a primary reference on the object.
	 */

	BC_FREE_BUFFER = _IOW('c', 3, binder_uintptr_t),
	/*
	 * void *: ptr to transaction data received on a read
	 */

	BC_INCREFS = _IOW('c', 4, __u32),
	BC_ACQUIRE = _IOW('c', 5, __u32),
	BC_RELEASE = _IOW('c', 6, __u32),
	BC_DECREFS = _IOW('c', 7, __u32),
	/*
	 * int:	descriptor
	 */

	BC_INCREFS_DONE = _IOW('c', 8, struct binder_ptr_cookie),
	BC_ACQUIRE_DONE = _IOW('c', 9, struct binder_ptr_cookie),
	/*
	 * void *: ptr to binder
	 * void *: cookie for binder
	 */

	BC_ATTEMPT_ACQUIRE = _IOW('c', 10, struct binder_pri_desc),
	/*
	 * not currently supported
	 * int: priority
	 * int: descriptor
	 */

	BC_REGISTER_LOOPER = _IO('c', 11),
	/*
	 * No parameters.
	 * Register a spawned looper thread with the device.
	 */

	BC_ENTER_LOOPER = _IO('c', 12),
	BC_EXIT_LOOPER = _IO('c', 13),
	/*
	 * No parameters.
	 * These two commands are sent as an application-level thread
	 * enters and exits the binder loop, respectively.  They are
	 * used so the binder can have an accurate count of the number
	 * of looping threads it has available.
	 */

	BC_REQUEST_DEATH_NOTIFICATION = _IOW('c', 14,
						struct binder_handle_cookie),
	/*
	 * int: handle
	 * void *: cookie
	 */

	BC_CLEAR_DEATH_NOTIFICATION = _IOW('c', 15,
						struct binder_handle_cookie),
	/*
	 * int: handle
	 * void *: cookie
	 */

	BC_DEAD_BINDER_DONE = _IOW('c', 16, binder_uintptr_t),
	/*
	 * void *: cookie
	 */

	BC_TRANSACTION_SG = _IOW('c', 17, struct binder_transaction_data_sg),
	BC_REPLY_SG = _IOW('c', 18, struct binder_transaction_data_sg),
	/*
	 * binder_transaction_data_sg: the sent command.
	 */
};

#endif /* _LINUX_BINDER_H */

/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_NEIGHBOUR_H
#define __LINUX_NEIGHBOUR_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/netlink.h>

struct ndmsg {
	__u8		ndm_family;
	__u8		ndm_pad1;
	__u16		ndm_pad2;
	__s32		ndm_ifindex;
	__u16		ndm_state;
	__u8		ndm_flags;
	__u8		ndm_type;
};

enum {
	NDA_UNSPEC,
	NDA_DST,
	NDA_LLADDR,
	NDA_CACHEINFO,
	NDA_PROBES,
	NDA_VLAN,
	NDA_PORT,
	NDA_VNI,
	NDA_IFINDEX,
	NDA_MASTER,
	NDA_LINK_NETNSID,
	NDA_SRC_VNI,
	NDA_PROTOCOL,  /* Originator of entry */
	__RH_RESERVED_NDA_NH_ID,
	NDA_FDB_EXT_ATTRS,
	__NDA_MAX
};

#define NDA_MAX (__NDA_MAX - 1)

/*
 *	Neighbor Cache Entry Flags
 */

#define NTF_USE		0x01
#define NTF_SELF	0x02
#define NTF_MASTER	0x04
#define NTF_PROXY	0x08	/* == ATF_PUBL */
#define NTF_EXT_LEARNED	0x10
#define NTF_OFFLOADED   0x20
#define NTF_STICKY	0x40
#define NTF_ROUTER	0x80

/*
 *	Neighbor Cache Entry States.
 */

#define NUD_INCOMPLETE	0x01
#define NUD_REACHABLE	0x02
#define NUD_STALE	0x04
#define NUD_DELAY	0x08
#define NUD_PROBE	0x10
#define NUD_FAILED	0x20

/* Dummy states */
#define NUD_NOARP	0x40
#define NUD_PERMANENT	0x80
#define NUD_NONE	0x00

/* NUD_NOARP & NUD_PERMANENT are pseudostates, they never change
 * and make no address resolution or NUD.
 * NUD_PERMANENT also cannot be deleted by garbage collectors.
 * When NTF_EXT_LEARNED is set for a bridge fdb entry the different cache entry
 * states don't make sense and thus are ignored. Such entries don't age and
 * can roam.
 */

struct nda_cacheinfo {
	__u32		ndm_confirmed;
	__u32		ndm_used;
	__u32		ndm_updated;
	__u32		ndm_refcnt;
};

/*****************************************************************
 *		Neighbour tables specific messages.
 *
 * To retrieve the neighbour tables send RTM_GETNEIGHTBL with the
 * NLM_F_DUMP flag set. Every neighbour table configuration is
 * spread over multiple messages to avoid running into message
 * size limits on systems with many interfaces. The first message
 * in the sequence transports all not device specific data such as
 * statistics, configuration, and the default parameter set.
 * This message is followed by 0..n messages carrying device
 * specific parameter sets.
 * Although the ordering should be sufficient, NDTA_NAME can be
 * used to identify sequences. The initial message can be identified
 * by checking for NDTA_CONFIG. The device specific messages do
 * not contain this TLV but have NDTPA_IFINDEX set to the
 * corresponding interface index.
 *
 * To change neighbour table attributes, send RTM_SETNEIGHTBL
 * with NDTA_NAME set. Changeable attribute include NDTA_THRESH[1-3],
 * NDTA_GC_INTERVAL, and all TLVs in NDTA_PARMS unless marked
 * otherwise. Device specific parameter sets can be changed by
 * setting NDTPA_IFINDEX to the interface index of the corresponding
 * device.
 ****/

struct ndt_stats {
	__u64		ndts_allocs;
	__u64		ndts_destroys;
	__u64		ndts_hash_grows;
	__u64		ndts_res_failed;
	__u64		ndts_lookups;
	__u64		ndts_hits;
	__u64		ndts_rcv_probes_mcast;
	__u64		ndts_rcv_probes_ucast;
	__u64		ndts_periodic_gc_runs;
	__u64		ndts_forced_gc_runs;
	__u64		ndts_table_fulls;
};

enum {
	NDTPA_UNSPEC,
	NDTPA_IFINDEX,			/* u32, unchangeable */
	NDTPA_REFCNT,			/* u32, read-only */
	NDTPA_REACHABLE_TIME,		/* u64, read-only, msecs */
	NDTPA_BASE_REACHABLE_TIME,	/* u64, msecs */
	NDTPA_RETRANS_TIME,		/* u64, msecs */
	NDTPA_GC_STALETIME,		/* u64, msecs */
	NDTPA_DELAY_PROBE_TIME,		/* u64, msecs */
	NDTPA_QUEUE_LEN,		/* u32 */
	NDTPA_APP_PROBES,		/* u32 */
	NDTPA_UCAST_PROBES,		/* u32 */
	NDTPA_MCAST_PROBES,		/* u32 */
	NDTPA_ANYCAST_DELAY,		/* u64, msecs */
	NDTPA_PROXY_DELAY,		/* u64, msecs */
	NDTPA_PROXY_QLEN,		/* u32 */
	NDTPA_LOCKTIME,			/* u64, msecs */
	NDTPA_QUEUE_LENBYTES,		/* u32 */
	NDTPA_MCAST_REPROBES,		/* u32 */
	NDTPA_PAD,
	__NDTPA_MAX
};
#define NDTPA_MAX (__NDTPA_MAX - 1)

struct ndtmsg {
	__u8		ndtm_family;
	__u8		ndtm_pad1;
	__u16		ndtm_pad2;
};

struct ndt_config {
	__u16		ndtc_key_len;
	__u16		ndtc_entry_size;
	__u32		ndtc_entries;
	__u32		ndtc_last_flush;	/* delta to now in msecs */
	__u32		ndtc_last_rand;		/* delta to now in msecs */
	__u32		ndtc_hash_rnd;
	__u32		ndtc_hash_mask;
	__u32		ndtc_hash_chain_gc;
	__u32		ndtc_proxy_qlen;
};

enum {
	NDTA_UNSPEC,
	NDTA_NAME,			/* char *, unchangeable */
	NDTA_THRESH1,			/* u32 */
	NDTA_THRESH2,			/* u32 */
	NDTA_THRESH3,			/* u32 */
	NDTA_CONFIG,			/* struct ndt_config, read-only */
	NDTA_PARMS,			/* nested TLV NDTPA_* */
	NDTA_STATS,			/* struct ndt_stats, read-only */
	NDTA_GC_INTERVAL,		/* u64, msecs */
	NDTA_PAD,
	__NDTA_MAX
};
#define NDTA_MAX (__NDTA_MAX - 1)

 /* FDB activity notification bits used in NFEA_ACTIVITY_NOTIFY:
  * - FDB_NOTIFY_BIT - notify on activity/expire for any entry
  * - FDB_NOTIFY_INACTIVE_BIT - mark as inactive to avoid multiple notifications
  */
enum {
	FDB_NOTIFY_BIT		= (1 << 0),
	FDB_NOTIFY_INACTIVE_BIT	= (1 << 1)
};

/* embedded into NDA_FDB_EXT_ATTRS:
 * [NDA_FDB_EXT_ATTRS] = {
 *     [NFEA_ACTIVITY_NOTIFY]
 *     ...
 * }
 */
enum {
	NFEA_UNSPEC,
	NFEA_ACTIVITY_NOTIFY,
	NFEA_DONT_REFRESH,
	__NFEA_MAX
};
#define NFEA_MAX (__NFEA_MAX - 1)

#endif
#include <asm/poll.h>
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * INET		An implementation of the TCP/IP protocol suite for the LINUX
 *		operating system.  INET is implemented using the  BSD Socket
 *		interface as the means of communication with the user level.
 *
 *		Global definitions for the Frame relay interface.
 *
 * Version:	@(#)if_ifrad.h	0.20	13 Apr 96
 *
 * Author:	Mike McLagan <mike.mclagan@linux.org>
 *
 * Changes:
 *		0.15	Mike McLagan	Structure packing
 *
 *		0.20	Mike McLagan	New flags for S508 buffer handling
 *
 *		This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *		modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *		as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *		2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef SDLA_H
#define SDLA_H

/* adapter type */
#define SDLA_TYPES
#define SDLA_S502A			5020
#define SDLA_S502E			5021
#define SDLA_S503			5030
#define SDLA_S507			5070
#define SDLA_S508			5080
#define SDLA_S509			5090
#define SDLA_UNKNOWN			-1

/* port selection flags for the S508 */
#define SDLA_S508_PORT_V35		0x00
#define SDLA_S508_PORT_RS232		0x02

/* Z80 CPU speeds */
#define SDLA_CPU_3M			0x00
#define SDLA_CPU_5M			0x01
#define SDLA_CPU_7M			0x02
#define SDLA_CPU_8M			0x03
#define SDLA_CPU_10M			0x04
#define SDLA_CPU_16M			0x05
#define SDLA_CPU_12M			0x06

/* some private IOCTLs */
#define SDLA_IDENTIFY			(FRAD_LAST_IOCTL + 1)
#define SDLA_CPUSPEED			(FRAD_LAST_IOCTL + 2)
#define SDLA_PROTOCOL			(FRAD_LAST_IOCTL + 3)

#define SDLA_CLEARMEM			(FRAD_LAST_IOCTL + 4)
#define SDLA_WRITEMEM			(FRAD_LAST_IOCTL + 5)
#define SDLA_READMEM			(FRAD_LAST_IOCTL + 6)

struct sdla_mem {
   int  addr;
   int  len;
   void *data;
};

#define SDLA_START			(FRAD_LAST_IOCTL + 7)
#define SDLA_STOP			(FRAD_LAST_IOCTL + 8)

/* some offsets in the Z80's memory space */
#define SDLA_NMIADDR			0x0000
#define SDLA_CONF_ADDR			0x0010
#define SDLA_S502A_NMIADDR		0x0066
#define SDLA_CODE_BASEADDR		0x0100
#define SDLA_WINDOW_SIZE		0x2000
#define SDLA_ADDR_MASK			0x1FFF

/* largest handleable block of data */
#define SDLA_MAX_DATA			4080
#define SDLA_MAX_MTU			4072	/* MAX_DATA - sizeof(fradhdr) */
#define SDLA_MAX_DLCI			24

/* this should be the same as frad_conf */
struct sdla_conf {
   short station;
   short config;
   short kbaud;
   short clocking;
   short max_frm;
   short T391;
   short T392;
   short N391;
   short N392;
   short N393;
   short CIR_fwd;
   short Bc_fwd;
   short Be_fwd;
   short CIR_bwd;
   short Bc_bwd;
   short Be_bwd;
};

/* this should be the same as dlci_conf */
struct sdla_dlci_conf {
   short config;
   short CIR_fwd;
   short Bc_fwd;
   short Be_fwd;
   short CIR_bwd;
   short Bc_bwd;
   short Be_bwd; 
   short Tc_fwd;
   short Tc_bwd;
   short Tf_max;
   short Tb_max;
};


#endif /* SDLA_H */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2006 - 2007 Ivo van Doorn
 * Copyright (C) 2007 Dmitry Torokhov
 * Copyright 2009 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
 *
 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
 */
#ifndef __RFKILL_H
#define __RFKILL_H


#include <linux/types.h>

/* define userspace visible states */
#define RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED	0
#define RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED		1
#define RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED	2

/**
 * enum rfkill_type - type of rfkill switch.
 *
 * @RFKILL_TYPE_ALL: toggles all switches (requests only - not a switch type)
 * @RFKILL_TYPE_WLAN: switch is on a 802.11 wireless network device.
 * @RFKILL_TYPE_BLUETOOTH: switch is on a bluetooth device.
 * @RFKILL_TYPE_UWB: switch is on a ultra wideband device.
 * @RFKILL_TYPE_WIMAX: switch is on a WiMAX device.
 * @RFKILL_TYPE_WWAN: switch is on a wireless WAN device.
 * @RFKILL_TYPE_GPS: switch is on a GPS device.
 * @RFKILL_TYPE_FM: switch is on a FM radio device.
 * @RFKILL_TYPE_NFC: switch is on an NFC device.
 * @NUM_RFKILL_TYPES: number of defined rfkill types
 */
enum rfkill_type {
	RFKILL_TYPE_ALL = 0,
	RFKILL_TYPE_WLAN,
	RFKILL_TYPE_BLUETOOTH,
	RFKILL_TYPE_UWB,
	RFKILL_TYPE_WIMAX,
	RFKILL_TYPE_WWAN,
	RFKILL_TYPE_GPS,
	RFKILL_TYPE_FM,
	RFKILL_TYPE_NFC,
	NUM_RFKILL_TYPES,
};

/**
 * enum rfkill_operation - operation types
 * @RFKILL_OP_ADD: a device was added
 * @RFKILL_OP_DEL: a device was removed
 * @RFKILL_OP_CHANGE: a device's state changed -- userspace changes one device
 * @RFKILL_OP_CHANGE_ALL: userspace changes all devices (of a type, or all)
 *	into a state, also updating the default state used for devices that
 *	are hot-plugged later.
 */
enum rfkill_operation {
	RFKILL_OP_ADD = 0,
	RFKILL_OP_DEL,
	RFKILL_OP_CHANGE,
	RFKILL_OP_CHANGE_ALL,
};

/**
 * enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons - hard block reasons
 * @RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL: the hardware rfkill signal is active
 * @RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_NOT_OWNER: the NIC is not owned by the host
 */
enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons {
	RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL	= 1 << 0,
	RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_NOT_OWNER	= 1 << 1,
};

/**
 * struct rfkill_event - events for userspace on /dev/rfkill
 * @idx: index of dev rfkill
 * @type: type of the rfkill struct
 * @op: operation code
 * @hard: hard state (0/1)
 * @soft: soft state (0/1)
 *
 * Structure used for userspace communication on /dev/rfkill,
 * used for events from the kernel and control to the kernel.
 */
struct rfkill_event {
	__u32 idx;
	__u8  type;
	__u8  op;
	__u8  soft;
	__u8  hard;
} __attribute__((packed));

/**
 * struct rfkill_event_ext - events for userspace on /dev/rfkill
 * @idx: index of dev rfkill
 * @type: type of the rfkill struct
 * @op: operation code
 * @hard: hard state (0/1)
 * @soft: soft state (0/1)
 * @hard_block_reasons: valid if hard is set. One or several reasons from
 *	&enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons.
 *
 * Structure used for userspace communication on /dev/rfkill,
 * used for events from the kernel and control to the kernel.
 *
 * See the extensibility docs below.
 */
struct rfkill_event_ext {
	__u32 idx;
	__u8  type;
	__u8  op;
	__u8  soft;
	__u8  hard;

	/*
	 * older kernels will accept/send only up to this point,
	 * and if extended further up to any chunk marked below
	 */

	__u8  hard_block_reasons;
} __attribute__((packed));

/**
 * DOC: Extensibility
 *
 * Originally, we had planned to allow backward and forward compatible
 * changes by just adding fields at the end of the structure that are
 * then not reported on older kernels on read(), and not written to by
 * older kernels on write(), with the kernel reporting the size it did
 * accept as the result.
 *
 * This would have allowed userspace to detect on read() and write()
 * which kernel structure version it was dealing with, and if was just
 * recompiled it would have gotten the new fields, but obviously not
 * accessed them, but things should've continued to work.
 *
 * Unfortunately, while actually exercising this mechanism to add the
 * hard block reasons field, we found that userspace (notably systemd)
 * did all kinds of fun things not in line with this scheme:
 *
 * 1. treat the (expected) short writes as an error;
 * 2. ask to read sizeof(struct rfkill_event) but then compare the
 *    actual return value to RFKILL_EVENT_SIZE_V1 and treat any
 *    mismatch as an error.
 *
 * As a consequence, just recompiling with a new struct version caused
 * things to no longer work correctly on old and new kernels.
 *
 * Hence, we've rolled back &struct rfkill_event to the original version
 * and added &struct rfkill_event_ext. This effectively reverts to the
 * old behaviour for all userspace, unless it explicitly opts in to the
 * rules outlined here by using the new &struct rfkill_event_ext.
 *
 * Additionally, some other userspace (bluez, g-s-d) was reading with a
 * large size but as streaming reads rather than message-based, or with
 * too strict checks for the returned size. So eventually, we completely
 * reverted this, and extended messages need to be opted in to by using
 * an ioctl:
 *
 *  ioctl(fd, RFKILL_IOCTL_MAX_SIZE, sizeof(struct rfkill_event_ext));
 *
 * Userspace using &struct rfkill_event_ext and the ioctl must adhere to
 * the following rules:
 *
 * 1. accept short writes, optionally using them to detect that it's
 *    running on an older kernel;
 * 2. accept short reads, knowing that this means it's running on an
 *    older kernel;
 * 3. treat reads that are as long as requested as acceptable, not
 *    checking against RFKILL_EVENT_SIZE_V1 or such.
 */
#define RFKILL_EVENT_SIZE_V1	sizeof(struct rfkill_event)

/* ioctl for turning off rfkill-input (if present) */
#define RFKILL_IOC_MAGIC	'R'
#define RFKILL_IOC_NOINPUT	1
#define RFKILL_IOCTL_NOINPUT	_IO(RFKILL_IOC_MAGIC, RFKILL_IOC_NOINPUT)
#define RFKILL_IOC_MAX_SIZE	2
#define RFKILL_IOCTL_MAX_SIZE	_IOW(RFKILL_IOC_MAGIC, RFKILL_IOC_EXT_SIZE, __u32)

/* and that's all userspace gets */

#endif /* __RFKILL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_BRIDGE_NETFILTER_H
#define __LINUX_BRIDGE_NETFILTER_H

/* bridge-specific defines for netfilter. 
 */

#include <linux/in.h>
#include <linux/netfilter.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>
#include <linux/if_vlan.h>
#include <linux/if_pppox.h>

#include <limits.h> /* for INT_MIN, INT_MAX */

/* Bridge Hooks */
/* After promisc drops, checksum checks. */
#define NF_BR_PRE_ROUTING	0
/* If the packet is destined for this box. */
#define NF_BR_LOCAL_IN		1
/* If the packet is destined for another interface. */
#define NF_BR_FORWARD		2
/* Packets coming from a local process. */
#define NF_BR_LOCAL_OUT		3
/* Packets about to hit the wire. */
#define NF_BR_POST_ROUTING	4
/* Not really a hook, but used for the ebtables broute table */
#define NF_BR_BROUTING		5
#define NF_BR_NUMHOOKS		6

enum nf_br_hook_priorities {
	NF_BR_PRI_FIRST = INT_MIN,
	NF_BR_PRI_NAT_DST_BRIDGED = -300,
	NF_BR_PRI_FILTER_BRIDGED = -200,
	NF_BR_PRI_BRNF = 0,
	NF_BR_PRI_NAT_DST_OTHER = 100,
	NF_BR_PRI_FILTER_OTHER = 200,
	NF_BR_PRI_NAT_SRC = 300,
	NF_BR_PRI_LAST = INT_MAX,
};

#endif /* __LINUX_BRIDGE_NETFILTER_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_KD_H
#define _LINUX_KD_H
#include <linux/types.h>


/* 0x4B is 'K', to avoid collision with termios and vt */

#define GIO_FONT	0x4B60	/* gets font in expanded form */
#define PIO_FONT	0x4B61	/* use font in expanded form */

#define GIO_FONTX	0x4B6B	/* get font using struct consolefontdesc */
#define PIO_FONTX	0x4B6C	/* set font using struct consolefontdesc */
struct consolefontdesc {
	unsigned short charcount;	/* characters in font (256 or 512) */
	unsigned short charheight;	/* scan lines per character (1-32) */
	char *chardata;		/* font data in expanded form */
};

#define PIO_FONTRESET   0x4B6D	/* reset to default font */

#define GIO_CMAP	0x4B70	/* gets colour palette on VGA+ */
#define PIO_CMAP	0x4B71	/* sets colour palette on VGA+ */

#define KIOCSOUND	0x4B2F	/* start sound generation (0 for off) */
#define KDMKTONE	0x4B30	/* generate tone */

#define KDGETLED	0x4B31	/* return current led state */
#define KDSETLED	0x4B32	/* set led state [lights, not flags] */
#define 	LED_SCR		0x01	/* scroll lock led */
#define 	LED_NUM		0x02	/* num lock led */
#define 	LED_CAP		0x04	/* caps lock led */

#define KDGKBTYPE	0x4B33	/* get keyboard type */
#define 	KB_84		0x01
#define 	KB_101		0x02 	/* this is what we always answer */
#define 	KB_OTHER	0x03

#define KDADDIO		0x4B34	/* add i/o port as valid */
#define KDDELIO		0x4B35	/* del i/o port as valid */
#define KDENABIO	0x4B36	/* enable i/o to video board */
#define KDDISABIO	0x4B37	/* disable i/o to video board */

#define KDSETMODE	0x4B3A	/* set text/graphics mode */
#define		KD_TEXT		0x00
#define		KD_GRAPHICS	0x01
#define		KD_TEXT0	0x02	/* obsolete */
#define		KD_TEXT1	0x03	/* obsolete */
#define KDGETMODE	0x4B3B	/* get current mode */

#define KDMAPDISP	0x4B3C	/* map display into address space */
#define KDUNMAPDISP	0x4B3D	/* unmap display from address space */

typedef char scrnmap_t;
#define		E_TABSZ		256
#define GIO_SCRNMAP	0x4B40	/* get screen mapping from kernel */
#define PIO_SCRNMAP	0x4B41	/* put screen mapping table in kernel */
#define GIO_UNISCRNMAP  0x4B69	/* get full Unicode screen mapping */
#define PIO_UNISCRNMAP  0x4B6A  /* set full Unicode screen mapping */

#define GIO_UNIMAP	0x4B66	/* get unicode-to-font mapping from kernel */
struct unipair {
	unsigned short unicode;
	unsigned short fontpos;
};
struct unimapdesc {
	unsigned short entry_ct;
	struct unipair *entries;
};
#define PIO_UNIMAP	0x4B67	/* put unicode-to-font mapping in kernel */
#define PIO_UNIMAPCLR	0x4B68	/* clear table, possibly advise hash algorithm */
struct unimapinit {
	unsigned short advised_hashsize;  /* 0 if no opinion */
	unsigned short advised_hashstep;  /* 0 if no opinion */
	unsigned short advised_hashlevel; /* 0 if no opinion */
};

#define UNI_DIRECT_BASE 0xF000	/* start of Direct Font Region */
#define UNI_DIRECT_MASK 0x01FF	/* Direct Font Region bitmask */

#define		K_RAW		0x00
#define		K_XLATE		0x01
#define		K_MEDIUMRAW	0x02
#define		K_UNICODE	0x03
#define		K_OFF		0x04
#define KDGKBMODE	0x4B44	/* gets current keyboard mode */
#define KDSKBMODE	0x4B45	/* sets current keyboard mode */

#define		K_METABIT	0x03
#define		K_ESCPREFIX	0x04
#define KDGKBMETA	0x4B62	/* gets meta key handling mode */
#define KDSKBMETA	0x4B63	/* sets meta key handling mode */

#define		K_SCROLLLOCK	0x01
#define		K_NUMLOCK	0x02
#define		K_CAPSLOCK	0x04
#define	KDGKBLED	0x4B64	/* get led flags (not lights) */
#define	KDSKBLED	0x4B65	/* set led flags (not lights) */

struct kbentry {
	unsigned char kb_table;
	unsigned char kb_index;
	unsigned short kb_value;
};
#define		K_NORMTAB	0x00
#define		K_SHIFTTAB	0x01
#define		K_ALTTAB	0x02
#define		K_ALTSHIFTTAB	0x03

#define KDGKBENT	0x4B46	/* gets one entry in translation table */
#define KDSKBENT	0x4B47	/* sets one entry in translation table */

struct kbsentry {
	unsigned char kb_func;
	unsigned char kb_string[512];
};
#define KDGKBSENT	0x4B48	/* gets one function key string entry */
#define KDSKBSENT	0x4B49	/* sets one function key string entry */

struct kbdiacr {
        unsigned char diacr, base, result;
};
struct kbdiacrs {
        unsigned int kb_cnt;    /* number of entries in following array */
	struct kbdiacr kbdiacr[256];    /* MAX_DIACR from keyboard.h */
};
#define KDGKBDIACR      0x4B4A  /* read kernel accent table */
#define KDSKBDIACR      0x4B4B  /* write kernel accent table */

struct kbdiacruc {
	unsigned int diacr, base, result;
};
struct kbdiacrsuc {
        unsigned int kb_cnt;    /* number of entries in following array */
	struct kbdiacruc kbdiacruc[256];    /* MAX_DIACR from keyboard.h */
};
#define KDGKBDIACRUC    0x4BFA  /* read kernel accent table - UCS */
#define KDSKBDIACRUC    0x4BFB  /* write kernel accent table - UCS */

struct kbkeycode {
	unsigned int scancode, keycode;
};
#define KDGETKEYCODE	0x4B4C	/* read kernel keycode table entry */
#define KDSETKEYCODE	0x4B4D	/* write kernel keycode table entry */

#define KDSIGACCEPT	0x4B4E	/* accept kbd generated signals */

struct kbd_repeat {
	int delay;	/* in msec; <= 0: don't change */
	int period;	/* in msec; <= 0: don't change */
			/* earlier this field was misnamed "rate" */
};

#define KDKBDREP        0x4B52  /* set keyboard delay/repeat rate;
				 * actually used values are returned */

#define KDFONTOP	0x4B72	/* font operations */

struct console_font_op {
	unsigned int op;	/* operation code KD_FONT_OP_* */
	unsigned int flags;	/* KD_FONT_FLAG_* */
	unsigned int width, height;	/* font size */
	unsigned int charcount;
	unsigned char *data;	/* font data with height fixed to 32 */
};

struct console_font {
	unsigned int width, height;	/* font size */
	unsigned int charcount;
	unsigned char *data;	/* font data with height fixed to 32 */
};

#define KD_FONT_OP_SET		0	/* Set font */
#define KD_FONT_OP_GET		1	/* Get font */
#define KD_FONT_OP_SET_DEFAULT	2	/* Set font to default, data points to name / NULL */
#define KD_FONT_OP_COPY		3	/* Copy from another console */

#define KD_FONT_FLAG_DONT_RECALC 	1	/* Don't recalculate hw charcell size [compat] */

/* note: 0x4B00-0x4B4E all have had a value at some time;
   don't reuse for the time being */
/* note: 0x4B60-0x4B6D, 0x4B70-0x4B72 used above */

#endif /* _LINUX_KD_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* AF_VSOCK sock_diag(7) interface for querying open sockets */

#ifndef __VM_SOCKETS_DIAG_H__
#define __VM_SOCKETS_DIAG_H__

#include <linux/types.h>

/* Request */
struct vsock_diag_req {
	__u8	sdiag_family;	/* must be AF_VSOCK */
	__u8	sdiag_protocol;	/* must be 0 */
	__u16	pad;		/* must be 0 */
	__u32	vdiag_states;	/* query bitmap (e.g. 1 << TCP_LISTEN) */
	__u32	vdiag_ino;	/* must be 0 (reserved) */
	__u32	vdiag_show;	/* must be 0 (reserved) */
	__u32	vdiag_cookie[2];
};

/* Response */
struct vsock_diag_msg {
	__u8	vdiag_family;	/* AF_VSOCK */
	__u8	vdiag_type;	/* SOCK_STREAM or SOCK_DGRAM */
	__u8	vdiag_state;	/* sk_state (e.g. TCP_LISTEN) */
	__u8	vdiag_shutdown; /* local RCV_SHUTDOWN | SEND_SHUTDOWN */
	__u32   vdiag_src_cid;
	__u32   vdiag_src_port;
	__u32   vdiag_dst_cid;
	__u32   vdiag_dst_port;
	__u32	vdiag_ino;
	__u32	vdiag_cookie[2];
};

#endif /* __VM_SOCKETS_DIAG_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * V4L2 DV timings header.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2012-2016  Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 * version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
 * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 * General Public License for more details.
 */

#ifndef _V4L2_DV_TIMINGS_H
#define _V4L2_DV_TIMINGS_H

#if __GNUC__ < 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && (__GNUC_MINOR__ < 6))
/* Sadly gcc versions older than 4.6 have a bug in how they initialize
   anonymous unions where they require additional curly brackets.
   This violates the C1x standard. This workaround adds the curly brackets
   if needed. */
#define V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(_width, args...) \
	{ .bt = { _width , ## args } }
#else
#define V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(_width, args...) \
	.bt = { _width , ## args }
#endif

/* CEA-861-F timings (i.e. standard HDTV timings) */

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_640X480P59_94 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(640, 480, 0, 0, \
		25175000, 16, 96, 48, 10, 2, 33, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC, { 0, 0 }, 1) \
}

/* Note: these are the nominal timings, for HDMI links this format is typically
 * double-clocked to meet the minimum pixelclock requirements.  */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_720X480I59_94 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(720, 480, 1, 0, \
		13500000, 19, 62, 57, 4, 3, 15, 4, 3, 16, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_HALF_LINE | V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | \
		V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_PICTURE_ASPECT | V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC, \
		{ 4, 3 }, 6) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_720X480P59_94 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(720, 480, 0, 0, \
		27000000, 16, 62, 60, 9, 6, 30, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_PICTURE_ASPECT | \
		V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC, { 4, 3 }, 2) \
}

/* Note: these are the nominal timings, for HDMI links this format is typically
 * double-clocked to meet the minimum pixelclock requirements.  */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_720X576I50 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(720, 576, 1, 0, \
		13500000, 12, 63, 69, 2, 3, 19, 2, 3, 20, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_HALF_LINE | V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | \
		V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_PICTURE_ASPECT | V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC, \
		{ 4, 3 }, 21) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_720X576P50 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(720, 576, 0, 0, \
		27000000, 12, 64, 68, 5, 5, 39, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_PICTURE_ASPECT | \
		V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC, { 4, 3 }, 17) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_1280X720P24 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1280, 720, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		59400000, 1760, 40, 220, 5, 5, 20, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS | V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC, { 0, 0 }, 60) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_1280X720P25 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1280, 720, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		74250000, 2420, 40, 220, 5, 5, 20, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC, { 0, 0 }, 61) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_1280X720P30 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1280, 720, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		74250000, 1760, 40, 220, 5, 5, 20, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS | V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | \
		V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC, { 0, 0 }, 62) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_1280X720P50 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1280, 720, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		74250000, 440, 40, 220, 5, 5, 20, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC, { 0, 0 }, 19) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_1280X720P60 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1280, 720, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		74250000, 110, 40, 220, 5, 5, 20, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS | V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | \
		V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC, { 0, 0 }, 4) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_1920X1080P24 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1920, 1080, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		74250000, 638, 44, 148, 4, 5, 36, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS | V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | \
		V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC, { 0, 0 }, 32) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_1920X1080P25 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1920, 1080, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		74250000, 528, 44, 148, 4, 5, 36, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC, { 0, 0 }, 33) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_1920X1080P30 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1920, 1080, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		74250000, 88, 44, 148, 4, 5, 36, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS | V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | \
		V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC, { 0, 0 }, 34) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_1920X1080I50 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1920, 1080, 1, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		74250000, 528, 44, 148, 2, 5, 15, 2, 5, 16, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_HALF_LINE | V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | \
		V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC, { 0, 0 }, 20) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_1920X1080P50 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1920, 1080, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		148500000, 528, 44, 148, 4, 5, 36, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC, { 0, 0 }, 31) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_1920X1080I60 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1920, 1080, 1, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		74250000, 88, 44, 148, 2, 5, 15, 2, 5, 16, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS | \
		V4L2_DV_FL_HALF_LINE | V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | \
		V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC, { 0, 0 }, 5) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_1920X1080P60 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1920, 1080, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		148500000, 88, 44, 148, 4, 5, 36, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS | V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | \
		V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC, { 0, 0 }, 16) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_3840X2160P24 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(3840, 2160, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		297000000, 1276, 88, 296, 8, 10, 72, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS | V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | \
		V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC | V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_HDMI_VIC, \
		{ 0, 0 }, 93, 3) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_3840X2160P25 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(3840, 2160, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		297000000, 1056, 88, 296, 8, 10, 72, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC | \
		V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_HDMI_VIC, { 0, 0 }, 94, 2) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_3840X2160P30 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(3840, 2160, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		297000000, 176, 88, 296, 8, 10, 72, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS | V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | \
		V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC | V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_HDMI_VIC, \
		{ 0, 0 }, 95, 1) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_3840X2160P50 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(3840, 2160, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		594000000, 1056, 88, 296, 8, 10, 72, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC, { 0, 0 }, 96) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_3840X2160P60 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(3840, 2160, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		594000000, 176, 88, 296, 8, 10, 72, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS | V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | \
		V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC, { 0, 0 }, 97) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_4096X2160P24 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(4096, 2160, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		297000000, 1020, 88, 296, 8, 10, 72, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS | V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | \
		V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC | V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_HDMI_VIC, \
		{ 0, 0 }, 98, 4) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_4096X2160P25 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(4096, 2160, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		297000000, 968, 88, 128, 8, 10, 72, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC, { 0, 0 }, 99) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_4096X2160P30 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(4096, 2160, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		297000000, 88, 88, 128, 8, 10, 72, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS | V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | \
		V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC, { 0, 0 }, 100) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_4096X2160P50 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(4096, 2160, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		594000000, 968, 88, 128, 8, 10, 72, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC, { 0, 0 }, 101) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_4096X2160P60 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(4096, 2160, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		594000000, 88, 88, 128, 8, 10, 72, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS | V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO | \
		V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC, { 0, 0 }, 102) \
}


/* VESA Discrete Monitor Timings as per version 1.0, revision 12 */

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_640X350P85 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(640, 350, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		31500000, 32, 64, 96, 32, 3, 60, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_640X400P85 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(640, 400, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		31500000, 32, 64, 96, 1, 3, 41, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_720X400P85 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(720, 400, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		35500000, 36, 72, 108, 1, 3, 42, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

/* VGA resolutions */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_640X480P60 V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_640X480P59_94

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_640X480P72 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(640, 480, 0, 0, \
		31500000, 24, 40, 128, 9, 3, 28, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_640X480P75 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(640, 480, 0, 0, \
		31500000, 16, 64, 120, 1, 3, 16, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_640X480P85 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(640, 480, 0, 0, \
		36000000, 56, 56, 80, 1, 3, 25, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

/* SVGA resolutions */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_800X600P56 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(800, 600, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		36000000, 24, 72, 128, 1, 2, 22, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_800X600P60 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(800, 600, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		40000000, 40, 128, 88, 1, 4, 23, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_800X600P72 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(800, 600, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		50000000, 56, 120, 64, 37, 6, 23, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_800X600P75 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(800, 600, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		49500000, 16, 80, 160, 1, 3, 21, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_800X600P85 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(800, 600, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		56250000, 32, 64, 152, 1, 3, 27, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_800X600P120_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(800, 600, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		73250000, 48, 32, 80, 3, 4, 29, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_848X480P60 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(848, 480, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		33750000, 16, 112, 112, 6, 8, 23, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1024X768I43 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1024, 768, 1, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		44900000, 8, 176, 56, 0, 4, 20, 0, 4, 21, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

/* XGA resolutions */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1024X768P60 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1024, 768, 0, 0, \
		65000000, 24, 136, 160, 3, 6, 29, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1024X768P70 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1024, 768, 0, 0, \
		75000000, 24, 136, 144, 3, 6, 29, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1024X768P75 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1024, 768, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		78750000, 16, 96, 176, 1, 3, 28, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1024X768P85 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1024, 768, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		94500000, 48, 96, 208, 1, 3, 36, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1024X768P120_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1024, 768, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		115500000, 48, 32, 80, 3, 4, 38, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

/* XGA+ resolution */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1152X864P75 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1152, 864, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		108000000, 64, 128, 256, 1, 3, 32, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1280X720P60 V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_1280X720P60

/* WXGA resolutions */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1280X768P60_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1280, 768, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		68250000, 48, 32, 80, 3, 7, 12, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1280X768P60 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1280, 768, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		79500000, 64, 128, 192, 3, 7, 20, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1280X768P75 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1280, 768, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		102250000, 80, 128, 208, 3, 7, 27, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1280X768P85 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1280, 768, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		117500000, 80, 136, 216, 3, 7, 31, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1280X768P120_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1280, 768, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		140250000, 48, 32, 80, 3, 7, 35, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1280X800P60_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1280, 800, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		71000000, 48, 32, 80, 3, 6, 14, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1280X800P60 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1280, 800, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		83500000, 72, 128, 200, 3, 6, 22, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1280X800P75 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1280, 800, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		106500000, 80, 128, 208, 3, 6, 29, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1280X800P85 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1280, 800, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		122500000, 80, 136, 216, 3, 6, 34, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1280X800P120_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1280, 800, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		146250000, 48, 32, 80, 3, 6, 38, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1280X960P60 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1280, 960, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		108000000, 96, 112, 312, 1, 3, 36, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1280X960P85 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1280, 960, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		148500000, 64, 160, 224, 1, 3, 47, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1280X960P120_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1280, 960, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		175500000, 48, 32, 80, 3, 4, 50, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

/* SXGA resolutions */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1280X1024P60 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1280, 1024, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		108000000, 48, 112, 248, 1, 3, 38, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1280X1024P75 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1280, 1024, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		135000000, 16, 144, 248, 1, 3, 38, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1280X1024P85 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1280, 1024, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		157500000, 64, 160, 224, 1, 3, 44, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1280X1024P120_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1280, 1024, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		187250000, 48, 32, 80, 3, 7, 50, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1360X768P60 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1360, 768, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		85500000, 64, 112, 256, 3, 6, 18, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1360X768P120_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1360, 768, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		148250000, 48, 32, 80, 3, 5, 37, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1366X768P60 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1366, 768, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		85500000, 70, 143, 213, 3, 3, 24, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1366X768P60_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1366, 768, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		72000000, 14, 56, 64, 1, 3, 28, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

/* SXGA+ resolutions */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1400X1050P60_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1400, 1050, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		101000000, 48, 32, 80, 3, 4, 23, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1400X1050P60 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1400, 1050, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		121750000, 88, 144, 232, 3, 4, 32, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1400X1050P75 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1400, 1050, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		156000000, 104, 144, 248, 3, 4, 42, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1400X1050P85 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1400, 1050, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		179500000, 104, 152, 256, 3, 4, 48, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1400X1050P120_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1400, 1050, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		208000000, 48, 32, 80, 3, 4, 55, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

/* WXGA+ resolutions */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1440X900P60_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1440, 900, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		88750000, 48, 32, 80, 3, 6, 17, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1440X900P60 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1440, 900, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		106500000, 80, 152, 232, 3, 6, 25, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1440X900P75 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1440, 900, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		136750000, 96, 152, 248, 3, 6, 33, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1440X900P85 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1440, 900, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		157000000, 104, 152, 256, 3, 6, 39, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1440X900P120_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1440, 900, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		182750000, 48, 32, 80, 3, 6, 44, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1600X900P60_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1600, 900, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		108000000, 24, 80, 96, 1, 3, 96, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

/* UXGA resolutions */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1600X1200P60 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1600, 1200, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		162000000, 64, 192, 304, 1, 3, 46, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1600X1200P65 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1600, 1200, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		175500000, 64, 192, 304, 1, 3, 46, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1600X1200P70 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1600, 1200, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		189000000, 64, 192, 304, 1, 3, 46, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1600X1200P75 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1600, 1200, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		202500000, 64, 192, 304, 1, 3, 46, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1600X1200P85 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1600, 1200, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		229500000, 64, 192, 304, 1, 3, 46, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1600X1200P120_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1600, 1200, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		268250000, 48, 32, 80, 3, 4, 64, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

/* WSXGA+ resolutions */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1680X1050P60_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1680, 1050, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		119000000, 48, 32, 80, 3, 6, 21, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1680X1050P60 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1680, 1050, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		146250000, 104, 176, 280, 3, 6, 30, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1680X1050P75 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1680, 1050, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		187000000, 120, 176, 296, 3, 6, 40, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1680X1050P85 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1680, 1050, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		214750000, 128, 176, 304, 3, 6, 46, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1680X1050P120_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1680, 1050, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		245500000, 48, 32, 80, 3, 6, 53, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1792X1344P60 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1792, 1344, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		204750000, 128, 200, 328, 1, 3, 46, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1792X1344P75 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1792, 1344, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		261000000, 96, 216, 352, 1, 3, 69, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1792X1344P120_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1792, 1344, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		333250000, 48, 32, 80, 3, 4, 72, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1856X1392P60 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1856, 1392, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		218250000, 96, 224, 352, 1, 3, 43, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1856X1392P75 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1856, 1392, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		288000000, 128, 224, 352, 1, 3, 104, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1856X1392P120_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1856, 1392, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		356500000, 48, 32, 80, 3, 4, 75, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1920X1080P60 V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_1920X1080P60

/* WUXGA resolutions */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1920X1200P60_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1920, 1200, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		154000000, 48, 32, 80, 3, 6, 26, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1920X1200P60 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1920, 1200, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		193250000, 136, 200, 336, 3, 6, 36, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1920X1200P75 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1920, 1200, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		245250000, 136, 208, 344, 3, 6, 46, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1920X1200P85 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1920, 1200, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		281250000, 144, 208, 352, 3, 6, 53, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1920X1200P120_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1920, 1200, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		317000000, 48, 32, 80, 3, 6, 62, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1920X1440P60 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1920, 1440, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		234000000, 128, 208, 344, 1, 3, 56, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1920X1440P75 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1920, 1440, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		297000000, 144, 224, 352, 1, 3, 56, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_1920X1440P120_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(1920, 1440, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		380500000, 48, 32, 80, 3, 4, 78, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_2048X1152P60_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(2048, 1152, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL | V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		162000000, 26, 80, 96, 1, 3, 44, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT, V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

/* WQXGA resolutions */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_2560X1600P60_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(2560, 1600, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		268500000, 48, 32, 80, 3, 6, 37, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_2560X1600P60 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(2560, 1600, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		348500000, 192, 280, 472, 3, 6, 49, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_2560X1600P75 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(2560, 1600, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		443250000, 208, 280, 488, 3, 6, 63, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_2560X1600P85 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(2560, 1600, 0, V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL, \
		505250000, 208, 280, 488, 3, 6, 73, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, 0) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_2560X1600P120_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(2560, 1600, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		552750000, 48, 32, 80, 3, 6, 85, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

/* 4K resolutions */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_4096X2160P60_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(4096, 2160, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		556744000, 8, 32, 40, 48, 8, 6, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

#define V4L2_DV_BT_DMT_4096X2160P59_94_RB { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(4096, 2160, 0, V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		556188000, 8, 32, 40, 48, 8, 6, 0, 0, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING) \
}

/* SDI timings definitions */

/* SMPTE-125M */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_SDI_720X487I60 { \
	.type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \
	V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(720, 487, 1, \
		V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL, \
		13500000, 16, 121, 0, 0, 19, 0, 0, 19, 0, \
		V4L2_DV_BT_STD_SDI, \
		V4L2_DV_FL_FIRST_FIELD_EXTRA_LINE) \
}

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * VFIO API definition
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2012 Red Hat, Inc.  All rights reserved.
 *     Author: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
 */
#ifndef VFIO_H
#define VFIO_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

#define VFIO_API_VERSION	0


/* Kernel & User level defines for VFIO IOCTLs. */

/* Extensions */

#define VFIO_TYPE1_IOMMU		1
#define VFIO_SPAPR_TCE_IOMMU		2
#define VFIO_TYPE1v2_IOMMU		3
/*
 * IOMMU enforces DMA cache coherence (ex. PCIe NoSnoop stripping).  This
 * capability is subject to change as groups are added or removed.
 */
#define VFIO_DMA_CC_IOMMU		4

/* Check if EEH is supported */
#define VFIO_EEH			5

/* Two-stage IOMMU */
#define VFIO_TYPE1_NESTING_IOMMU	6	/* Implies v2 */

#define VFIO_SPAPR_TCE_v2_IOMMU		7

/*
 * The No-IOMMU IOMMU offers no translation or isolation for devices and
 * supports no ioctls outside of VFIO_CHECK_EXTENSION.  Use of VFIO's No-IOMMU
 * code will taint the host kernel and should be used with extreme caution.
 */
#define VFIO_NOIOMMU_IOMMU		8

/*
 * The IOCTL interface is designed for extensibility by embedding the
 * structure length (argsz) and flags into structures passed between
 * kernel and userspace.  We therefore use the _IO() macro for these
 * defines to avoid implicitly embedding a size into the ioctl request.
 * As structure fields are added, argsz will increase to match and flag
 * bits will be defined to indicate additional fields with valid data.
 * It's *always* the caller's responsibility to indicate the size of
 * the structure passed by setting argsz appropriately.
 */

#define VFIO_TYPE	(';')
#define VFIO_BASE	100

/*
 * For extension of INFO ioctls, VFIO makes use of a capability chain
 * designed after PCI/e capabilities.  A flag bit indicates whether
 * this capability chain is supported and a field defined in the fixed
 * structure defines the offset of the first capability in the chain.
 * This field is only valid when the corresponding bit in the flags
 * bitmap is set.  This offset field is relative to the start of the
 * INFO buffer, as is the next field within each capability header.
 * The id within the header is a shared address space per INFO ioctl,
 * while the version field is specific to the capability id.  The
 * contents following the header are specific to the capability id.
 */
struct vfio_info_cap_header {
	__u16	id;		/* Identifies capability */
	__u16	version;	/* Version specific to the capability ID */
	__u32	next;		/* Offset of next capability */
};

/*
 * Callers of INFO ioctls passing insufficiently sized buffers will see
 * the capability chain flag bit set, a zero value for the first capability
 * offset (if available within the provided argsz), and argsz will be
 * updated to report the necessary buffer size.  For compatibility, the
 * INFO ioctl will not report error in this case, but the capability chain
 * will not be available.
 */

/* -------- IOCTLs for VFIO file descriptor (/dev/vfio/vfio) -------- */

/**
 * VFIO_GET_API_VERSION - _IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 0)
 *
 * Report the version of the VFIO API.  This allows us to bump the entire
 * API version should we later need to add or change features in incompatible
 * ways.
 * Return: VFIO_API_VERSION
 * Availability: Always
 */
#define VFIO_GET_API_VERSION		_IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 0)

/**
 * VFIO_CHECK_EXTENSION - _IOW(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 1, __u32)
 *
 * Check whether an extension is supported.
 * Return: 0 if not supported, 1 (or some other positive integer) if supported.
 * Availability: Always
 */
#define VFIO_CHECK_EXTENSION		_IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 1)

/**
 * VFIO_SET_IOMMU - _IOW(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 2, __s32)
 *
 * Set the iommu to the given type.  The type must be supported by an
 * iommu driver as verified by calling CHECK_EXTENSION using the same
 * type.  A group must be set to this file descriptor before this
 * ioctl is available.  The IOMMU interfaces enabled by this call are
 * specific to the value set.
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno on failure
 * Availability: When VFIO group attached
 */
#define VFIO_SET_IOMMU			_IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 2)

/* -------- IOCTLs for GROUP file descriptors (/dev/vfio/$GROUP) -------- */

/**
 * VFIO_GROUP_GET_STATUS - _IOR(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 3,
 *						struct vfio_group_status)
 *
 * Retrieve information about the group.  Fills in provided
 * struct vfio_group_info.  Caller sets argsz.
 * Return: 0 on succes, -errno on failure.
 * Availability: Always
 */
struct vfio_group_status {
	__u32	argsz;
	__u32	flags;
#define VFIO_GROUP_FLAGS_VIABLE		(1 << 0)
#define VFIO_GROUP_FLAGS_CONTAINER_SET	(1 << 1)
};
#define VFIO_GROUP_GET_STATUS		_IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 3)

/**
 * VFIO_GROUP_SET_CONTAINER - _IOW(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 4, __s32)
 *
 * Set the container for the VFIO group to the open VFIO file
 * descriptor provided.  Groups may only belong to a single
 * container.  Containers may, at their discretion, support multiple
 * groups.  Only when a container is set are all of the interfaces
 * of the VFIO file descriptor and the VFIO group file descriptor
 * available to the user.
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno on failure.
 * Availability: Always
 */
#define VFIO_GROUP_SET_CONTAINER	_IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 4)

/**
 * VFIO_GROUP_UNSET_CONTAINER - _IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 5)
 *
 * Remove the group from the attached container.  This is the
 * opposite of the SET_CONTAINER call and returns the group to
 * an initial state.  All device file descriptors must be released
 * prior to calling this interface.  When removing the last group
 * from a container, the IOMMU will be disabled and all state lost,
 * effectively also returning the VFIO file descriptor to an initial
 * state.
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno on failure.
 * Availability: When attached to container
 */
#define VFIO_GROUP_UNSET_CONTAINER	_IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 5)

/**
 * VFIO_GROUP_GET_DEVICE_FD - _IOW(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 6, char)
 *
 * Return a new file descriptor for the device object described by
 * the provided string.  The string should match a device listed in
 * the devices subdirectory of the IOMMU group sysfs entry.  The
 * group containing the device must already be added to this context.
 * Return: new file descriptor on success, -errno on failure.
 * Availability: When attached to container
 */
#define VFIO_GROUP_GET_DEVICE_FD	_IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 6)

/* --------------- IOCTLs for DEVICE file descriptors --------------- */

/**
 * VFIO_DEVICE_GET_INFO - _IOR(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 7,
 *						struct vfio_device_info)
 *
 * Retrieve information about the device.  Fills in provided
 * struct vfio_device_info.  Caller sets argsz.
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno on failure.
 */
struct vfio_device_info {
	__u32	argsz;
	__u32	flags;
#define VFIO_DEVICE_FLAGS_RESET	(1 << 0)	/* Device supports reset */
#define VFIO_DEVICE_FLAGS_PCI	(1 << 1)	/* vfio-pci device */
#define VFIO_DEVICE_FLAGS_PLATFORM (1 << 2)	/* vfio-platform device */
#define VFIO_DEVICE_FLAGS_AMBA  (1 << 3)	/* vfio-amba device */
#define VFIO_DEVICE_FLAGS_CCW	(1 << 4)	/* vfio-ccw device */
#define VFIO_DEVICE_FLAGS_AP	(1 << 5)	/* vfio-ap device */
#define VFIO_DEVICE_FLAGS_CAPS	(1 << 7)	/* Info supports caps */
	__u32	num_regions;	/* Max region index + 1 */
	__u32	num_irqs;	/* Max IRQ index + 1 */
	__u32   cap_offset;	/* Offset within info struct of first cap */
};
#define VFIO_DEVICE_GET_INFO		_IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 7)

/*
 * Vendor driver using Mediated device framework should provide device_api
 * attribute in supported type attribute groups. Device API string should be one
 * of the following corresponding to device flags in vfio_device_info structure.
 */

#define VFIO_DEVICE_API_PCI_STRING		"vfio-pci"
#define VFIO_DEVICE_API_PLATFORM_STRING		"vfio-platform"
#define VFIO_DEVICE_API_AMBA_STRING		"vfio-amba"
#define VFIO_DEVICE_API_CCW_STRING		"vfio-ccw"
#define VFIO_DEVICE_API_AP_STRING		"vfio-ap"

/*
 * The following capabilities are unique to s390 zPCI devices.  Their contents
 * are further-defined in vfio_zdev.h
 */
#define VFIO_DEVICE_INFO_CAP_ZPCI_BASE		1
#define VFIO_DEVICE_INFO_CAP_ZPCI_GROUP		2
#define VFIO_DEVICE_INFO_CAP_ZPCI_UTIL		3
#define VFIO_DEVICE_INFO_CAP_ZPCI_PFIP		4

/**
 * VFIO_DEVICE_GET_REGION_INFO - _IOWR(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 8,
 *				       struct vfio_region_info)
 *
 * Retrieve information about a device region.  Caller provides
 * struct vfio_region_info with index value set.  Caller sets argsz.
 * Implementation of region mapping is bus driver specific.  This is
 * intended to describe MMIO, I/O port, as well as bus specific
 * regions (ex. PCI config space).  Zero sized regions may be used
 * to describe unimplemented regions (ex. unimplemented PCI BARs).
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno on failure.
 */
struct vfio_region_info {
	__u32	argsz;
	__u32	flags;
#define VFIO_REGION_INFO_FLAG_READ	(1 << 0) /* Region supports read */
#define VFIO_REGION_INFO_FLAG_WRITE	(1 << 1) /* Region supports write */
#define VFIO_REGION_INFO_FLAG_MMAP	(1 << 2) /* Region supports mmap */
#define VFIO_REGION_INFO_FLAG_CAPS	(1 << 3) /* Info supports caps */
	__u32	index;		/* Region index */
	__u32	cap_offset;	/* Offset within info struct of first cap */
	__u64	size;		/* Region size (bytes) */
	__u64	offset;		/* Region offset from start of device fd */
};
#define VFIO_DEVICE_GET_REGION_INFO	_IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 8)

/*
 * The sparse mmap capability allows finer granularity of specifying areas
 * within a region with mmap support.  When specified, the user should only
 * mmap the offset ranges specified by the areas array.  mmaps outside of the
 * areas specified may fail (such as the range covering a PCI MSI-X table) or
 * may result in improper device behavior.
 *
 * The structures below define version 1 of this capability.
 */
#define VFIO_REGION_INFO_CAP_SPARSE_MMAP	1

struct vfio_region_sparse_mmap_area {
	__u64	offset;	/* Offset of mmap'able area within region */
	__u64	size;	/* Size of mmap'able area */
};

struct vfio_region_info_cap_sparse_mmap {
	struct vfio_info_cap_header header;
	__u32	nr_areas;
	__u32	reserved;
	struct vfio_region_sparse_mmap_area areas[];
};

/*
 * The device specific type capability allows regions unique to a specific
 * device or class of devices to be exposed.  This helps solve the problem for
 * vfio bus drivers of defining which region indexes correspond to which region
 * on the device, without needing to resort to static indexes, as done by
 * vfio-pci.  For instance, if we were to go back in time, we might remove
 * VFIO_PCI_VGA_REGION_INDEX and let vfio-pci simply define that all indexes
 * greater than or equal to VFIO_PCI_NUM_REGIONS are device specific and we'd
 * make a "VGA" device specific type to describe the VGA access space.  This
 * means that non-VGA devices wouldn't need to waste this index, and thus the
 * address space associated with it due to implementation of device file
 * descriptor offsets in vfio-pci.
 *
 * The current implementation is now part of the user ABI, so we can't use this
 * for VGA, but there are other upcoming use cases, such as opregions for Intel
 * IGD devices and framebuffers for vGPU devices.  We missed VGA, but we'll
 * use this for future additions.
 *
 * The structure below defines version 1 of this capability.
 */
#define VFIO_REGION_INFO_CAP_TYPE	2

struct vfio_region_info_cap_type {
	struct vfio_info_cap_header header;
	__u32 type;	/* global per bus driver */
	__u32 subtype;	/* type specific */
};

/*
 * List of region types, global per bus driver.
 * If you introduce a new type, please add it here.
 */

/* PCI region type containing a PCI vendor part */
#define VFIO_REGION_TYPE_PCI_VENDOR_TYPE	(1 << 31)
#define VFIO_REGION_TYPE_PCI_VENDOR_MASK	(0xffff)
#define VFIO_REGION_TYPE_GFX                    (1)
#define VFIO_REGION_TYPE_CCW			(2)
#define VFIO_REGION_TYPE_MIGRATION              (3)

/* sub-types for VFIO_REGION_TYPE_PCI_* */

/* 8086 vendor PCI sub-types */
#define VFIO_REGION_SUBTYPE_INTEL_IGD_OPREGION	(1)
#define VFIO_REGION_SUBTYPE_INTEL_IGD_HOST_CFG	(2)
#define VFIO_REGION_SUBTYPE_INTEL_IGD_LPC_CFG	(3)

/* 10de vendor PCI sub-types */
/*
 * NVIDIA GPU NVlink2 RAM is coherent RAM mapped onto the host address space.
 */
#define VFIO_REGION_SUBTYPE_NVIDIA_NVLINK2_RAM	(1)

/* 1014 vendor PCI sub-types */
/*
 * IBM NPU NVlink2 ATSD (Address Translation Shootdown) register of NPU
 * to do TLB invalidation on a GPU.
 */
#define VFIO_REGION_SUBTYPE_IBM_NVLINK2_ATSD	(1)

/* sub-types for VFIO_REGION_TYPE_GFX */
#define VFIO_REGION_SUBTYPE_GFX_EDID            (1)

/**
 * struct vfio_region_gfx_edid - EDID region layout.
 *
 * Set display link state and EDID blob.
 *
 * The EDID blob has monitor information such as brand, name, serial
 * number, physical size, supported video modes and more.
 *
 * This special region allows userspace (typically qemu) set a virtual
 * EDID for the virtual monitor, which allows a flexible display
 * configuration.
 *
 * For the edid blob spec look here:
 *    https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extended_Display_Identification_Data
 *
 * On linux systems you can find the EDID blob in sysfs:
 *    /sys/class/drm/${card}/${connector}/edid
 *
 * You can use the edid-decode ulility (comes with xorg-x11-utils) to
 * decode the EDID blob.
 *
 * @edid_offset: location of the edid blob, relative to the
 *               start of the region (readonly).
 * @edid_max_size: max size of the edid blob (readonly).
 * @edid_size: actual edid size (read/write).
 * @link_state: display link state (read/write).
 * VFIO_DEVICE_GFX_LINK_STATE_UP: Monitor is turned on.
 * VFIO_DEVICE_GFX_LINK_STATE_DOWN: Monitor is turned off.
 * @max_xres: max display width (0 == no limitation, readonly).
 * @max_yres: max display height (0 == no limitation, readonly).
 *
 * EDID update protocol:
 *   (1) set link-state to down.
 *   (2) update edid blob and size.
 *   (3) set link-state to up.
 */
struct vfio_region_gfx_edid {
	__u32 edid_offset;
	__u32 edid_max_size;
	__u32 edid_size;
	__u32 max_xres;
	__u32 max_yres;
	__u32 link_state;
#define VFIO_DEVICE_GFX_LINK_STATE_UP    1
#define VFIO_DEVICE_GFX_LINK_STATE_DOWN  2
};

/* sub-types for VFIO_REGION_TYPE_CCW */
#define VFIO_REGION_SUBTYPE_CCW_ASYNC_CMD	(1)
#define VFIO_REGION_SUBTYPE_CCW_SCHIB		(2)
#define VFIO_REGION_SUBTYPE_CCW_CRW		(3)

/* sub-types for VFIO_REGION_TYPE_MIGRATION */
#define VFIO_REGION_SUBTYPE_MIGRATION           (1)

/*
 * The structure vfio_device_migration_info is placed at the 0th offset of
 * the VFIO_REGION_SUBTYPE_MIGRATION region to get and set VFIO device related
 * migration information. Field accesses from this structure are only supported
 * at their native width and alignment. Otherwise, the result is undefined and
 * vendor drivers should return an error.
 *
 * device_state: (read/write)
 *      - The user application writes to this field to inform the vendor driver
 *        about the device state to be transitioned to.
 *      - The vendor driver should take the necessary actions to change the
 *        device state. After successful transition to a given state, the
 *        vendor driver should return success on write(device_state, state)
 *        system call. If the device state transition fails, the vendor driver
 *        should return an appropriate -errno for the fault condition.
 *      - On the user application side, if the device state transition fails,
 *	  that is, if write(device_state, state) returns an error, read
 *	  device_state again to determine the current state of the device from
 *	  the vendor driver.
 *      - The vendor driver should return previous state of the device unless
 *        the vendor driver has encountered an internal error, in which case
 *        the vendor driver may report the device_state VFIO_DEVICE_STATE_ERROR.
 *      - The user application must use the device reset ioctl to recover the
 *        device from VFIO_DEVICE_STATE_ERROR state. If the device is
 *        indicated to be in a valid device state by reading device_state, the
 *        user application may attempt to transition the device to any valid
 *        state reachable from the current state or terminate itself.
 *
 *      device_state consists of 3 bits:
 *      - If bit 0 is set, it indicates the _RUNNING state. If bit 0 is clear,
 *        it indicates the _STOP state. When the device state is changed to
 *        _STOP, driver should stop the device before write() returns.
 *      - If bit 1 is set, it indicates the _SAVING state, which means that the
 *        driver should start gathering device state information that will be
 *        provided to the VFIO user application to save the device's state.
 *      - If bit 2 is set, it indicates the _RESUMING state, which means that
 *        the driver should prepare to resume the device. Data provided through
 *        the migration region should be used to resume the device.
 *      Bits 3 - 31 are reserved for future use. To preserve them, the user
 *      application should perform a read-modify-write operation on this
 *      field when modifying the specified bits.
 *
 *  +------- _RESUMING
 *  |+------ _SAVING
 *  ||+----- _RUNNING
 *  |||
 *  000b => Device Stopped, not saving or resuming
 *  001b => Device running, which is the default state
 *  010b => Stop the device & save the device state, stop-and-copy state
 *  011b => Device running and save the device state, pre-copy state
 *  100b => Device stopped and the device state is resuming
 *  101b => Invalid state
 *  110b => Error state
 *  111b => Invalid state
 *
 * State transitions:
 *
 *              _RESUMING  _RUNNING    Pre-copy    Stop-and-copy   _STOP
 *                (100b)     (001b)     (011b)        (010b)       (000b)
 * 0. Running or default state
 *                             |
 *
 * 1. Normal Shutdown (optional)
 *                             |------------------------------------->|
 *
 * 2. Save the state or suspend
 *                             |------------------------->|---------->|
 *
 * 3. Save the state during live migration
 *                             |----------->|------------>|---------->|
 *
 * 4. Resuming
 *                  |<---------|
 *
 * 5. Resumed
 *                  |--------->|
 *
 * 0. Default state of VFIO device is _RUNNING when the user application starts.
 * 1. During normal shutdown of the user application, the user application may
 *    optionally change the VFIO device state from _RUNNING to _STOP. This
 *    transition is optional. The vendor driver must support this transition but
 *    must not require it.
 * 2. When the user application saves state or suspends the application, the
 *    device state transitions from _RUNNING to stop-and-copy and then to _STOP.
 *    On state transition from _RUNNING to stop-and-copy, driver must stop the
 *    device, save the device state and send it to the application through the
 *    migration region. The sequence to be followed for such transition is given
 *    below.
 * 3. In live migration of user application, the state transitions from _RUNNING
 *    to pre-copy, to stop-and-copy, and to _STOP.
 *    On state transition from _RUNNING to pre-copy, the driver should start
 *    gathering the device state while the application is still running and send
 *    the device state data to application through the migration region.
 *    On state transition from pre-copy to stop-and-copy, the driver must stop
 *    the device, save the device state and send it to the user application
 *    through the migration region.
 *    Vendor drivers must support the pre-copy state even for implementations
 *    where no data is provided to the user before the stop-and-copy state. The
 *    user must not be required to consume all migration data before the device
 *    transitions to a new state, including the stop-and-copy state.
 *    The sequence to be followed for above two transitions is given below.
 * 4. To start the resuming phase, the device state should be transitioned from
 *    the _RUNNING to the _RESUMING state.
 *    In the _RESUMING state, the driver should use the device state data
 *    received through the migration region to resume the device.
 * 5. After providing saved device data to the driver, the application should
 *    change the state from _RESUMING to _RUNNING.
 *
 * reserved:
 *      Reads on this field return zero and writes are ignored.
 *
 * pending_bytes: (read only)
 *      The number of pending bytes still to be migrated from the vendor driver.
 *
 * data_offset: (read only)
 *      The user application should read data_offset field from the migration
 *      region. The user application should read the device data from this
 *      offset within the migration region during the _SAVING state or write
 *      the device data during the _RESUMING state. See below for details of
 *      sequence to be followed.
 *
 * data_size: (read/write)
 *      The user application should read data_size to get the size in bytes of
 *      the data copied in the migration region during the _SAVING state and
 *      write the size in bytes of the data copied in the migration region
 *      during the _RESUMING state.
 *
 * The format of the migration region is as follows:
 *  ------------------------------------------------------------------
 * |vfio_device_migration_info|    data section                      |
 * |                          |     ///////////////////////////////  |
 * ------------------------------------------------------------------
 *   ^                              ^
 *  offset 0-trapped part        data_offset
 *
 * The structure vfio_device_migration_info is always followed by the data
 * section in the region, so data_offset will always be nonzero. The offset
 * from where the data is copied is decided by the kernel driver. The data
 * section can be trapped, mmapped, or partitioned, depending on how the kernel
 * driver defines the data section. The data section partition can be defined
 * as mapped by the sparse mmap capability. If mmapped, data_offset must be
 * page aligned, whereas initial section which contains the
 * vfio_device_migration_info structure, might not end at the offset, which is
 * page aligned. The user is not required to access through mmap regardless
 * of the capabilities of the region mmap.
 * The vendor driver should determine whether and how to partition the data
 * section. The vendor driver should return data_offset accordingly.
 *
 * The sequence to be followed while in pre-copy state and stop-and-copy state
 * is as follows:
 * a. Read pending_bytes, indicating the start of a new iteration to get device
 *    data. Repeated read on pending_bytes at this stage should have no side
 *    effects.
 *    If pending_bytes == 0, the user application should not iterate to get data
 *    for that device.
 *    If pending_bytes > 0, perform the following steps.
 * b. Read data_offset, indicating that the vendor driver should make data
 *    available through the data section. The vendor driver should return this
 *    read operation only after data is available from (region + data_offset)
 *    to (region + data_offset + data_size).
 * c. Read data_size, which is the amount of data in bytes available through
 *    the migration region.
 *    Read on data_offset and data_size should return the offset and size of
 *    the current buffer if the user application reads data_offset and
 *    data_size more than once here.
 * d. Read data_size bytes of data from (region + data_offset) from the
 *    migration region.
 * e. Process the data.
 * f. Read pending_bytes, which indicates that the data from the previous
 *    iteration has been read. If pending_bytes > 0, go to step b.
 *
 * The user application can transition from the _SAVING|_RUNNING
 * (pre-copy state) to the _SAVING (stop-and-copy) state regardless of the
 * number of pending bytes. The user application should iterate in _SAVING
 * (stop-and-copy) until pending_bytes is 0.
 *
 * The sequence to be followed while _RESUMING device state is as follows:
 * While data for this device is available, repeat the following steps:
 * a. Read data_offset from where the user application should write data.
 * b. Write migration data starting at the migration region + data_offset for
 *    the length determined by data_size from the migration source.
 * c. Write data_size, which indicates to the vendor driver that data is
 *    written in the migration region. Vendor driver must return this write
 *    operations on consuming data. Vendor driver should apply the
 *    user-provided migration region data to the device resume state.
 *
 * If an error occurs during the above sequences, the vendor driver can return
 * an error code for next read() or write() operation, which will terminate the
 * loop. The user application should then take the next necessary action, for
 * example, failing migration or terminating the user application.
 *
 * For the user application, data is opaque. The user application should write
 * data in the same order as the data is received and the data should be of
 * same transaction size at the source.
 */

struct vfio_device_migration_info {
	__u32 device_state;         /* VFIO device state */
#define VFIO_DEVICE_STATE_STOP      (0)
#define VFIO_DEVICE_STATE_RUNNING   (1 << 0)
#define VFIO_DEVICE_STATE_SAVING    (1 << 1)
#define VFIO_DEVICE_STATE_RESUMING  (1 << 2)
#define VFIO_DEVICE_STATE_MASK      (VFIO_DEVICE_STATE_RUNNING | \
				     VFIO_DEVICE_STATE_SAVING |  \
				     VFIO_DEVICE_STATE_RESUMING)

#define VFIO_DEVICE_STATE_VALID(state) \
	(state & VFIO_DEVICE_STATE_RESUMING ? \
	(state & VFIO_DEVICE_STATE_MASK) == VFIO_DEVICE_STATE_RESUMING : 1)

#define VFIO_DEVICE_STATE_IS_ERROR(state) \
	((state & VFIO_DEVICE_STATE_MASK) == (VFIO_DEVICE_STATE_SAVING | \
					      VFIO_DEVICE_STATE_RESUMING))

#define VFIO_DEVICE_STATE_SET_ERROR(state) \
	((state & ~VFIO_DEVICE_STATE_MASK) | VFIO_DEVICE_SATE_SAVING | \
					     VFIO_DEVICE_STATE_RESUMING)

	__u32 reserved;
	__u64 pending_bytes;
	__u64 data_offset;
	__u64 data_size;
};

/*
 * The MSIX mappable capability informs that MSIX data of a BAR can be mmapped
 * which allows direct access to non-MSIX registers which happened to be within
 * the same system page.
 *
 * Even though the userspace gets direct access to the MSIX data, the existing
 * VFIO_DEVICE_SET_IRQS interface must still be used for MSIX configuration.
 */
#define VFIO_REGION_INFO_CAP_MSIX_MAPPABLE	3

/*
 * Capability with compressed real address (aka SSA - small system address)
 * where GPU RAM is mapped on a system bus. Used by a GPU for DMA routing
 * and by the userspace to associate a NVLink bridge with a GPU.
 */
#define VFIO_REGION_INFO_CAP_NVLINK2_SSATGT	4

struct vfio_region_info_cap_nvlink2_ssatgt {
	struct vfio_info_cap_header header;
	__u64 tgt;
};

/*
 * Capability with an NVLink link speed. The value is read by
 * the NVlink2 bridge driver from the bridge's "ibm,nvlink-speed"
 * property in the device tree. The value is fixed in the hardware
 * and failing to provide the correct value results in the link
 * not working with no indication from the driver why.
 */
#define VFIO_REGION_INFO_CAP_NVLINK2_LNKSPD	5

struct vfio_region_info_cap_nvlink2_lnkspd {
	struct vfio_info_cap_header header;
	__u32 link_speed;
	__u32 __pad;
};

/**
 * VFIO_DEVICE_GET_IRQ_INFO - _IOWR(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 9,
 *				    struct vfio_irq_info)
 *
 * Retrieve information about a device IRQ.  Caller provides
 * struct vfio_irq_info with index value set.  Caller sets argsz.
 * Implementation of IRQ mapping is bus driver specific.  Indexes
 * using multiple IRQs are primarily intended to support MSI-like
 * interrupt blocks.  Zero count irq blocks may be used to describe
 * unimplemented interrupt types.
 *
 * The EVENTFD flag indicates the interrupt index supports eventfd based
 * signaling.
 *
 * The MASKABLE flags indicates the index supports MASK and UNMASK
 * actions described below.
 *
 * AUTOMASKED indicates that after signaling, the interrupt line is
 * automatically masked by VFIO and the user needs to unmask the line
 * to receive new interrupts.  This is primarily intended to distinguish
 * level triggered interrupts.
 *
 * The NORESIZE flag indicates that the interrupt lines within the index
 * are setup as a set and new subindexes cannot be enabled without first
 * disabling the entire index.  This is used for interrupts like PCI MSI
 * and MSI-X where the driver may only use a subset of the available
 * indexes, but VFIO needs to enable a specific number of vectors
 * upfront.  In the case of MSI-X, where the user can enable MSI-X and
 * then add and unmask vectors, it's up to userspace to make the decision
 * whether to allocate the maximum supported number of vectors or tear
 * down setup and incrementally increase the vectors as each is enabled.
 */
struct vfio_irq_info {
	__u32	argsz;
	__u32	flags;
#define VFIO_IRQ_INFO_EVENTFD		(1 << 0)
#define VFIO_IRQ_INFO_MASKABLE		(1 << 1)
#define VFIO_IRQ_INFO_AUTOMASKED	(1 << 2)
#define VFIO_IRQ_INFO_NORESIZE		(1 << 3)
	__u32	index;		/* IRQ index */
	__u32	count;		/* Number of IRQs within this index */
};
#define VFIO_DEVICE_GET_IRQ_INFO	_IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 9)

/**
 * VFIO_DEVICE_SET_IRQS - _IOW(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 10, struct vfio_irq_set)
 *
 * Set signaling, masking, and unmasking of interrupts.  Caller provides
 * struct vfio_irq_set with all fields set.  'start' and 'count' indicate
 * the range of subindexes being specified.
 *
 * The DATA flags specify the type of data provided.  If DATA_NONE, the
 * operation performs the specified action immediately on the specified
 * interrupt(s).  For example, to unmask AUTOMASKED interrupt [0,0]:
 * flags = (DATA_NONE|ACTION_UNMASK), index = 0, start = 0, count = 1.
 *
 * DATA_BOOL allows sparse support for the same on arrays of interrupts.
 * For example, to mask interrupts [0,1] and [0,3] (but not [0,2]):
 * flags = (DATA_BOOL|ACTION_MASK), index = 0, start = 1, count = 3,
 * data = {1,0,1}
 *
 * DATA_EVENTFD binds the specified ACTION to the provided __s32 eventfd.
 * A value of -1 can be used to either de-assign interrupts if already
 * assigned or skip un-assigned interrupts.  For example, to set an eventfd
 * to be trigger for interrupts [0,0] and [0,2]:
 * flags = (DATA_EVENTFD|ACTION_TRIGGER), index = 0, start = 0, count = 3,
 * data = {fd1, -1, fd2}
 * If index [0,1] is previously set, two count = 1 ioctls calls would be
 * required to set [0,0] and [0,2] without changing [0,1].
 *
 * Once a signaling mechanism is set, DATA_BOOL or DATA_NONE can be used
 * with ACTION_TRIGGER to perform kernel level interrupt loopback testing
 * from userspace (ie. simulate hardware triggering).
 *
 * Setting of an event triggering mechanism to userspace for ACTION_TRIGGER
 * enables the interrupt index for the device.  Individual subindex interrupts
 * can be disabled using the -1 value for DATA_EVENTFD or the index can be
 * disabled as a whole with: flags = (DATA_NONE|ACTION_TRIGGER), count = 0.
 *
 * Note that ACTION_[UN]MASK specify user->kernel signaling (irqfds) while
 * ACTION_TRIGGER specifies kernel->user signaling.
 */
struct vfio_irq_set {
	__u32	argsz;
	__u32	flags;
#define VFIO_IRQ_SET_DATA_NONE		(1 << 0) /* Data not present */
#define VFIO_IRQ_SET_DATA_BOOL		(1 << 1) /* Data is bool (u8) */
#define VFIO_IRQ_SET_DATA_EVENTFD	(1 << 2) /* Data is eventfd (s32) */
#define VFIO_IRQ_SET_ACTION_MASK	(1 << 3) /* Mask interrupt */
#define VFIO_IRQ_SET_ACTION_UNMASK	(1 << 4) /* Unmask interrupt */
#define VFIO_IRQ_SET_ACTION_TRIGGER	(1 << 5) /* Trigger interrupt */
	__u32	index;
	__u32	start;
	__u32	count;
	__u8	data[];
};
#define VFIO_DEVICE_SET_IRQS		_IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 10)

#define VFIO_IRQ_SET_DATA_TYPE_MASK	(VFIO_IRQ_SET_DATA_NONE | \
					 VFIO_IRQ_SET_DATA_BOOL | \
					 VFIO_IRQ_SET_DATA_EVENTFD)
#define VFIO_IRQ_SET_ACTION_TYPE_MASK	(VFIO_IRQ_SET_ACTION_MASK | \
					 VFIO_IRQ_SET_ACTION_UNMASK | \
					 VFIO_IRQ_SET_ACTION_TRIGGER)
/**
 * VFIO_DEVICE_RESET - _IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 11)
 *
 * Reset a device.
 */
#define VFIO_DEVICE_RESET		_IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 11)

/*
 * The VFIO-PCI bus driver makes use of the following fixed region and
 * IRQ index mapping.  Unimplemented regions return a size of zero.
 * Unimplemented IRQ types return a count of zero.
 */

enum {
	VFIO_PCI_BAR0_REGION_INDEX,
	VFIO_PCI_BAR1_REGION_INDEX,
	VFIO_PCI_BAR2_REGION_INDEX,
	VFIO_PCI_BAR3_REGION_INDEX,
	VFIO_PCI_BAR4_REGION_INDEX,
	VFIO_PCI_BAR5_REGION_INDEX,
	VFIO_PCI_ROM_REGION_INDEX,
	VFIO_PCI_CONFIG_REGION_INDEX,
	/*
	 * Expose VGA regions defined for PCI base class 03, subclass 00.
	 * This includes I/O port ranges 0x3b0 to 0x3bb and 0x3c0 to 0x3df
	 * as well as the MMIO range 0xa0000 to 0xbffff.  Each implemented
	 * range is found at it's identity mapped offset from the region
	 * offset, for example 0x3b0 is region_info.offset + 0x3b0.  Areas
	 * between described ranges are unimplemented.
	 */
	VFIO_PCI_VGA_REGION_INDEX,
	VFIO_PCI_NUM_REGIONS = 9 /* Fixed user ABI, region indexes >=9 use */
				 /* device specific cap to define content. */
};

enum {
	VFIO_PCI_INTX_IRQ_INDEX,
	VFIO_PCI_MSI_IRQ_INDEX,
	VFIO_PCI_MSIX_IRQ_INDEX,
	VFIO_PCI_ERR_IRQ_INDEX,
	VFIO_PCI_REQ_IRQ_INDEX,
	VFIO_PCI_NUM_IRQS
};

/*
 * The vfio-ccw bus driver makes use of the following fixed region and
 * IRQ index mapping. Unimplemented regions return a size of zero.
 * Unimplemented IRQ types return a count of zero.
 */

enum {
	VFIO_CCW_CONFIG_REGION_INDEX,
	VFIO_CCW_NUM_REGIONS
};

enum {
	VFIO_CCW_IO_IRQ_INDEX,
	VFIO_CCW_CRW_IRQ_INDEX,
	VFIO_CCW_REQ_IRQ_INDEX,
	VFIO_CCW_NUM_IRQS
};

/**
 * VFIO_DEVICE_GET_PCI_HOT_RESET_INFO - _IORW(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 12,
 *					      struct vfio_pci_hot_reset_info)
 *
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno on failure:
 *	-enospc = insufficient buffer, -enodev = unsupported for device.
 */
struct vfio_pci_dependent_device {
	__u32	group_id;
	__u16	segment;
	__u8	bus;
	__u8	devfn; /* Use PCI_SLOT/PCI_FUNC */
};

struct vfio_pci_hot_reset_info {
	__u32	argsz;
	__u32	flags;
	__u32	count;
	struct vfio_pci_dependent_device	devices[];
};

#define VFIO_DEVICE_GET_PCI_HOT_RESET_INFO	_IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 12)

/**
 * VFIO_DEVICE_PCI_HOT_RESET - _IOW(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 13,
 *				    struct vfio_pci_hot_reset)
 *
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno on failure.
 */
struct vfio_pci_hot_reset {
	__u32	argsz;
	__u32	flags;
	__u32	count;
	__s32	group_fds[];
};

#define VFIO_DEVICE_PCI_HOT_RESET	_IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 13)

/**
 * VFIO_DEVICE_QUERY_GFX_PLANE - _IOW(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 14,
 *                                    struct vfio_device_query_gfx_plane)
 *
 * Set the drm_plane_type and flags, then retrieve the gfx plane info.
 *
 * flags supported:
 * - VFIO_GFX_PLANE_TYPE_PROBE and VFIO_GFX_PLANE_TYPE_DMABUF are set
 *   to ask if the mdev supports dma-buf. 0 on support, -EINVAL on no
 *   support for dma-buf.
 * - VFIO_GFX_PLANE_TYPE_PROBE and VFIO_GFX_PLANE_TYPE_REGION are set
 *   to ask if the mdev supports region. 0 on support, -EINVAL on no
 *   support for region.
 * - VFIO_GFX_PLANE_TYPE_DMABUF or VFIO_GFX_PLANE_TYPE_REGION is set
 *   with each call to query the plane info.
 * - Others are invalid and return -EINVAL.
 *
 * Note:
 * 1. Plane could be disabled by guest. In that case, success will be
 *    returned with zero-initialized drm_format, size, width and height
 *    fields.
 * 2. x_hot/y_hot is set to 0xFFFFFFFF if no hotspot information available
 *
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno on other failure.
 */
struct vfio_device_gfx_plane_info {
	__u32 argsz;
	__u32 flags;
#define VFIO_GFX_PLANE_TYPE_PROBE (1 << 0)
#define VFIO_GFX_PLANE_TYPE_DMABUF (1 << 1)
#define VFIO_GFX_PLANE_TYPE_REGION (1 << 2)
	/* in */
	__u32 drm_plane_type;	/* type of plane: DRM_PLANE_TYPE_* */
	/* out */
	__u32 drm_format;	/* drm format of plane */
	__u64 drm_format_mod;   /* tiled mode */
	__u32 width;	/* width of plane */
	__u32 height;	/* height of plane */
	__u32 stride;	/* stride of plane */
	__u32 size;	/* size of plane in bytes, align on page*/
	__u32 x_pos;	/* horizontal position of cursor plane */
	__u32 y_pos;	/* vertical position of cursor plane*/
	__u32 x_hot;    /* horizontal position of cursor hotspot */
	__u32 y_hot;    /* vertical position of cursor hotspot */
	union {
		__u32 region_index;	/* region index */
		__u32 dmabuf_id;	/* dma-buf id */
	};
};

#define VFIO_DEVICE_QUERY_GFX_PLANE _IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 14)

/**
 * VFIO_DEVICE_GET_GFX_DMABUF - _IOW(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 15, __u32)
 *
 * Return a new dma-buf file descriptor for an exposed guest framebuffer
 * described by the provided dmabuf_id. The dmabuf_id is returned from VFIO_
 * DEVICE_QUERY_GFX_PLANE as a token of the exposed guest framebuffer.
 */

#define VFIO_DEVICE_GET_GFX_DMABUF _IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 15)

/**
 * VFIO_DEVICE_IOEVENTFD - _IOW(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 16,
 *                              struct vfio_device_ioeventfd)
 *
 * Perform a write to the device at the specified device fd offset, with
 * the specified data and width when the provided eventfd is triggered.
 * vfio bus drivers may not support this for all regions, for all widths,
 * or at all.  vfio-pci currently only enables support for BAR regions,
 * excluding the MSI-X vector table.
 *
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno on failure.
 */
struct vfio_device_ioeventfd {
	__u32	argsz;
	__u32	flags;
#define VFIO_DEVICE_IOEVENTFD_8		(1 << 0) /* 1-byte write */
#define VFIO_DEVICE_IOEVENTFD_16	(1 << 1) /* 2-byte write */
#define VFIO_DEVICE_IOEVENTFD_32	(1 << 2) /* 4-byte write */
#define VFIO_DEVICE_IOEVENTFD_64	(1 << 3) /* 8-byte write */
#define VFIO_DEVICE_IOEVENTFD_SIZE_MASK	(0xf)
	__u64	offset;			/* device fd offset of write */
	__u64	data;			/* data to be written */
	__s32	fd;			/* -1 for de-assignment */
};

#define VFIO_DEVICE_IOEVENTFD		_IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 16)

/**
 * VFIO_DEVICE_FEATURE - _IORW(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 17,
 *			       struct vfio_device_feature)
 *
 * Get, set, or probe feature data of the device.  The feature is selected
 * using the FEATURE_MASK portion of the flags field.  Support for a feature
 * can be probed by setting both the FEATURE_MASK and PROBE bits.  A probe
 * may optionally include the GET and/or SET bits to determine read vs write
 * access of the feature respectively.  Probing a feature will return success
 * if the feature is supported and all of the optionally indicated GET/SET
 * methods are supported.  The format of the data portion of the structure is
 * specific to the given feature.  The data portion is not required for
 * probing.  GET and SET are mutually exclusive, except for use with PROBE.
 *
 * Return 0 on success, -errno on failure.
 */
struct vfio_device_feature {
	__u32	argsz;
	__u32	flags;
#define VFIO_DEVICE_FEATURE_MASK	(0xffff) /* 16-bit feature index */
#define VFIO_DEVICE_FEATURE_GET		(1 << 16) /* Get feature into data[] */
#define VFIO_DEVICE_FEATURE_SET		(1 << 17) /* Set feature from data[] */
#define VFIO_DEVICE_FEATURE_PROBE	(1 << 18) /* Probe feature support */
	__u8	data[];
};

#define VFIO_DEVICE_FEATURE		_IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 17)

/*
 * Provide support for setting a PCI VF Token, which is used as a shared
 * secret between PF and VF drivers.  This feature may only be set on a
 * PCI SR-IOV PF when SR-IOV is enabled on the PF and there are no existing
 * open VFs.  Data provided when setting this feature is a 16-byte array
 * (__u8 b[16]), representing a UUID.
 */
#define VFIO_DEVICE_FEATURE_PCI_VF_TOKEN	(0)

/* -------- API for Type1 VFIO IOMMU -------- */

/**
 * VFIO_IOMMU_GET_INFO - _IOR(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 12, struct vfio_iommu_info)
 *
 * Retrieve information about the IOMMU object. Fills in provided
 * struct vfio_iommu_info. Caller sets argsz.
 *
 * XXX Should we do these by CHECK_EXTENSION too?
 */
struct vfio_iommu_type1_info {
	__u32	argsz;
	__u32	flags;
#define VFIO_IOMMU_INFO_PGSIZES (1 << 0)	/* supported page sizes info */
#define VFIO_IOMMU_INFO_CAPS	(1 << 1)	/* Info supports caps */
	__u64	iova_pgsizes;	/* Bitmap of supported page sizes */
	__u32   cap_offset;	/* Offset within info struct of first cap */
};

/*
 * The IOVA capability allows to report the valid IOVA range(s)
 * excluding any non-relaxable reserved regions exposed by
 * devices attached to the container. Any DMA map attempt
 * outside the valid iova range will return error.
 *
 * The structures below define version 1 of this capability.
 */
#define VFIO_IOMMU_TYPE1_INFO_CAP_IOVA_RANGE  1

struct vfio_iova_range {
	__u64	start;
	__u64	end;
};

struct vfio_iommu_type1_info_cap_iova_range {
	struct	vfio_info_cap_header header;
	__u32	nr_iovas;
	__u32	reserved;
	struct	vfio_iova_range iova_ranges[];
};

/*
 * The migration capability allows to report supported features for migration.
 *
 * The structures below define version 1 of this capability.
 *
 * The existence of this capability indicates that IOMMU kernel driver supports
 * dirty page logging.
 *
 * pgsize_bitmap: Kernel driver returns bitmap of supported page sizes for dirty
 * page logging.
 * max_dirty_bitmap_size: Kernel driver returns maximum supported dirty bitmap
 * size in bytes that can be used by user applications when getting the dirty
 * bitmap.
 */
#define VFIO_IOMMU_TYPE1_INFO_CAP_MIGRATION  2

struct vfio_iommu_type1_info_cap_migration {
	struct	vfio_info_cap_header header;
	__u32	flags;
	__u64	pgsize_bitmap;
	__u64	max_dirty_bitmap_size;		/* in bytes */
};

/*
 * The DMA available capability allows to report the current number of
 * simultaneously outstanding DMA mappings that are allowed.
 *
 * The structure below defines version 1 of this capability.
 *
 * avail: specifies the current number of outstanding DMA mappings allowed.
 */
#define VFIO_IOMMU_TYPE1_INFO_DMA_AVAIL 3

struct vfio_iommu_type1_info_dma_avail {
	struct	vfio_info_cap_header header;
	__u32	avail;
};

#define VFIO_IOMMU_GET_INFO _IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 12)

/**
 * VFIO_IOMMU_MAP_DMA - _IOW(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 13, struct vfio_dma_map)
 *
 * Map process virtual addresses to IO virtual addresses using the
 * provided struct vfio_dma_map. Caller sets argsz. READ &/ WRITE required.
 */
struct vfio_iommu_type1_dma_map {
	__u32	argsz;
	__u32	flags;
#define VFIO_DMA_MAP_FLAG_READ (1 << 0)		/* readable from device */
#define VFIO_DMA_MAP_FLAG_WRITE (1 << 1)	/* writable from device */
	__u64	vaddr;				/* Process virtual address */
	__u64	iova;				/* IO virtual address */
	__u64	size;				/* Size of mapping (bytes) */
};

#define VFIO_IOMMU_MAP_DMA _IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 13)

struct vfio_bitmap {
	__u64        pgsize;	/* page size for bitmap in bytes */
	__u64        size;	/* in bytes */
	__u64 *data;	/* one bit per page */
};

/**
 * VFIO_IOMMU_UNMAP_DMA - _IOWR(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 14,
 *							struct vfio_dma_unmap)
 *
 * Unmap IO virtual addresses using the provided struct vfio_dma_unmap.
 * Caller sets argsz.  The actual unmapped size is returned in the size
 * field.  No guarantee is made to the user that arbitrary unmaps of iova
 * or size different from those used in the original mapping call will
 * succeed.
 * VFIO_DMA_UNMAP_FLAG_GET_DIRTY_BITMAP should be set to get the dirty bitmap
 * before unmapping IO virtual addresses. When this flag is set, the user must
 * provide a struct vfio_bitmap in data[]. User must provide zero-allocated
 * memory via vfio_bitmap.data and its size in the vfio_bitmap.size field.
 * A bit in the bitmap represents one page, of user provided page size in
 * vfio_bitmap.pgsize field, consecutively starting from iova offset. Bit set
 * indicates that the page at that offset from iova is dirty. A Bitmap of the
 * pages in the range of unmapped size is returned in the user-provided
 * vfio_bitmap.data.
 */
struct vfio_iommu_type1_dma_unmap {
	__u32	argsz;
	__u32	flags;
#define VFIO_DMA_UNMAP_FLAG_GET_DIRTY_BITMAP (1 << 0)
	__u64	iova;				/* IO virtual address */
	__u64	size;				/* Size of mapping (bytes) */
	__u8    data[];
};

#define VFIO_IOMMU_UNMAP_DMA _IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 14)

/*
 * IOCTLs to enable/disable IOMMU container usage.
 * No parameters are supported.
 */
#define VFIO_IOMMU_ENABLE	_IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 15)
#define VFIO_IOMMU_DISABLE	_IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 16)

/**
 * VFIO_IOMMU_DIRTY_PAGES - _IOWR(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 17,
 *                                     struct vfio_iommu_type1_dirty_bitmap)
 * IOCTL is used for dirty pages logging.
 * Caller should set flag depending on which operation to perform, details as
 * below:
 *
 * Calling the IOCTL with VFIO_IOMMU_DIRTY_PAGES_FLAG_START flag set, instructs
 * the IOMMU driver to log pages that are dirtied or potentially dirtied by
 * the device; designed to be used when a migration is in progress. Dirty pages
 * are logged until logging is disabled by user application by calling the IOCTL
 * with VFIO_IOMMU_DIRTY_PAGES_FLAG_STOP flag.
 *
 * Calling the IOCTL with VFIO_IOMMU_DIRTY_PAGES_FLAG_STOP flag set, instructs
 * the IOMMU driver to stop logging dirtied pages.
 *
 * Calling the IOCTL with VFIO_IOMMU_DIRTY_PAGES_FLAG_GET_BITMAP flag set
 * returns the dirty pages bitmap for IOMMU container for a given IOVA range.
 * The user must specify the IOVA range and the pgsize through the structure
 * vfio_iommu_type1_dirty_bitmap_get in the data[] portion. This interface
 * supports getting a bitmap of the smallest supported pgsize only and can be
 * modified in future to get a bitmap of any specified supported pgsize. The
 * user must provide a zeroed memory area for the bitmap memory and specify its
 * size in bitmap.size. One bit is used to represent one page consecutively
 * starting from iova offset. The user should provide page size in bitmap.pgsize
 * field. A bit set in the bitmap indicates that the page at that offset from
 * iova is dirty. The caller must set argsz to a value including the size of
 * structure vfio_iommu_type1_dirty_bitmap_get, but excluding the size of the
 * actual bitmap. If dirty pages logging is not enabled, an error will be
 * returned.
 *
 * Only one of the flags _START, _STOP and _GET may be specified at a time.
 *
 */
struct vfio_iommu_type1_dirty_bitmap {
	__u32        argsz;
	__u32        flags;
#define VFIO_IOMMU_DIRTY_PAGES_FLAG_START	(1 << 0)
#define VFIO_IOMMU_DIRTY_PAGES_FLAG_STOP	(1 << 1)
#define VFIO_IOMMU_DIRTY_PAGES_FLAG_GET_BITMAP	(1 << 2)
	__u8         data[];
};

struct vfio_iommu_type1_dirty_bitmap_get {
	__u64              iova;	/* IO virtual address */
	__u64              size;	/* Size of iova range */
	struct vfio_bitmap bitmap;
};

#define VFIO_IOMMU_DIRTY_PAGES             _IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 17)

/* -------- Additional API for SPAPR TCE (Server POWERPC) IOMMU -------- */

/*
 * The SPAPR TCE DDW info struct provides the information about
 * the details of Dynamic DMA window capability.
 *
 * @pgsizes contains a page size bitmask, 4K/64K/16M are supported.
 * @max_dynamic_windows_supported tells the maximum number of windows
 * which the platform can create.
 * @levels tells the maximum number of levels in multi-level IOMMU tables;
 * this allows splitting a table into smaller chunks which reduces
 * the amount of physically contiguous memory required for the table.
 */
struct vfio_iommu_spapr_tce_ddw_info {
	__u64 pgsizes;			/* Bitmap of supported page sizes */
	__u32 max_dynamic_windows_supported;
	__u32 levels;
};

/*
 * The SPAPR TCE info struct provides the information about the PCI bus
 * address ranges available for DMA, these values are programmed into
 * the hardware so the guest has to know that information.
 *
 * The DMA 32 bit window start is an absolute PCI bus address.
 * The IOVA address passed via map/unmap ioctls are absolute PCI bus
 * addresses too so the window works as a filter rather than an offset
 * for IOVA addresses.
 *
 * Flags supported:
 * - VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_INFO_DDW: informs the userspace that dynamic DMA windows
 *   (DDW) support is present. @ddw is only supported when DDW is present.
 */
struct vfio_iommu_spapr_tce_info {
	__u32 argsz;
	__u32 flags;
#define VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_INFO_DDW	(1 << 0)	/* DDW supported */
	__u32 dma32_window_start;	/* 32 bit window start (bytes) */
	__u32 dma32_window_size;	/* 32 bit window size (bytes) */
	struct vfio_iommu_spapr_tce_ddw_info ddw;
};

#define VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_TCE_GET_INFO	_IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 12)

/*
 * EEH PE operation struct provides ways to:
 * - enable/disable EEH functionality;
 * - unfreeze IO/DMA for frozen PE;
 * - read PE state;
 * - reset PE;
 * - configure PE;
 * - inject EEH error.
 */
struct vfio_eeh_pe_err {
	__u32 type;
	__u32 func;
	__u64 addr;
	__u64 mask;
};

struct vfio_eeh_pe_op {
	__u32 argsz;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 op;
	union {
		struct vfio_eeh_pe_err err;
	};
};

#define VFIO_EEH_PE_DISABLE		0	/* Disable EEH functionality */
#define VFIO_EEH_PE_ENABLE		1	/* Enable EEH functionality  */
#define VFIO_EEH_PE_UNFREEZE_IO		2	/* Enable IO for frozen PE   */
#define VFIO_EEH_PE_UNFREEZE_DMA	3	/* Enable DMA for frozen PE  */
#define VFIO_EEH_PE_GET_STATE		4	/* PE state retrieval        */
#define  VFIO_EEH_PE_STATE_NORMAL	0	/* PE in functional state    */
#define  VFIO_EEH_PE_STATE_RESET	1	/* PE reset in progress      */
#define  VFIO_EEH_PE_STATE_STOPPED	2	/* Stopped DMA and IO        */
#define  VFIO_EEH_PE_STATE_STOPPED_DMA	4	/* Stopped DMA only          */
#define  VFIO_EEH_PE_STATE_UNAVAIL	5	/* State unavailable         */
#define VFIO_EEH_PE_RESET_DEACTIVATE	5	/* Deassert PE reset         */
#define VFIO_EEH_PE_RESET_HOT		6	/* Assert hot reset          */
#define VFIO_EEH_PE_RESET_FUNDAMENTAL	7	/* Assert fundamental reset  */
#define VFIO_EEH_PE_CONFIGURE		8	/* PE configuration          */
#define VFIO_EEH_PE_INJECT_ERR		9	/* Inject EEH error          */

#define VFIO_EEH_PE_OP			_IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 21)

/**
 * VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_REGISTER_MEMORY - _IOW(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 17, struct vfio_iommu_spapr_register_memory)
 *
 * Registers user space memory where DMA is allowed. It pins
 * user pages and does the locked memory accounting so
 * subsequent VFIO_IOMMU_MAP_DMA/VFIO_IOMMU_UNMAP_DMA calls
 * get faster.
 */
struct vfio_iommu_spapr_register_memory {
	__u32	argsz;
	__u32	flags;
	__u64	vaddr;				/* Process virtual address */
	__u64	size;				/* Size of mapping (bytes) */
};
#define VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_REGISTER_MEMORY	_IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 17)

/**
 * VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_UNREGISTER_MEMORY - _IOW(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 18, struct vfio_iommu_spapr_register_memory)
 *
 * Unregisters user space memory registered with
 * VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_REGISTER_MEMORY.
 * Uses vfio_iommu_spapr_register_memory for parameters.
 */
#define VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_UNREGISTER_MEMORY	_IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 18)

/**
 * VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_TCE_CREATE - _IOWR(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 19, struct vfio_iommu_spapr_tce_create)
 *
 * Creates an additional TCE table and programs it (sets a new DMA window)
 * to every IOMMU group in the container. It receives page shift, window
 * size and number of levels in the TCE table being created.
 *
 * It allocates and returns an offset on a PCI bus of the new DMA window.
 */
struct vfio_iommu_spapr_tce_create {
	__u32 argsz;
	__u32 flags;
	/* in */
	__u32 page_shift;
	__u32 __resv1;
	__u64 window_size;
	__u32 levels;
	__u32 __resv2;
	/* out */
	__u64 start_addr;
};
#define VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_TCE_CREATE	_IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 19)

/**
 * VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_TCE_REMOVE - _IOW(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 20, struct vfio_iommu_spapr_tce_remove)
 *
 * Unprograms a TCE table from all groups in the container and destroys it.
 * It receives a PCI bus offset as a window id.
 */
struct vfio_iommu_spapr_tce_remove {
	__u32 argsz;
	__u32 flags;
	/* in */
	__u64 start_addr;
};
#define VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_TCE_REMOVE	_IO(VFIO_TYPE, VFIO_BASE + 20)

/* ***************************************************************** */

#endif /* VFIO_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __NETLINK_DIAG_H__
#define __NETLINK_DIAG_H__

#include <linux/types.h>

struct netlink_diag_req {
	__u8	sdiag_family;
	__u8	sdiag_protocol;
	__u16	pad;
	__u32	ndiag_ino;
	__u32	ndiag_show;
	__u32	ndiag_cookie[2];
};

struct netlink_diag_msg {
	__u8	ndiag_family;
	__u8	ndiag_type;
	__u8	ndiag_protocol;
	__u8	ndiag_state;

	__u32	ndiag_portid;
	__u32	ndiag_dst_portid;
	__u32	ndiag_dst_group;
	__u32	ndiag_ino;
	__u32	ndiag_cookie[2];
};

struct netlink_diag_ring {
	__u32	ndr_block_size;
	__u32	ndr_block_nr;
	__u32	ndr_frame_size;
	__u32	ndr_frame_nr;
};

enum {
	/* NETLINK_DIAG_NONE, standard nl API requires this attribute!  */
	NETLINK_DIAG_MEMINFO,
	NETLINK_DIAG_GROUPS,
	NETLINK_DIAG_RX_RING,
	NETLINK_DIAG_TX_RING,
	NETLINK_DIAG_FLAGS,

	__NETLINK_DIAG_MAX,
};

#define NETLINK_DIAG_MAX (__NETLINK_DIAG_MAX - 1)

#define NDIAG_PROTO_ALL		((__u8) ~0)

#define NDIAG_SHOW_MEMINFO	0x00000001 /* show memory info of a socket */
#define NDIAG_SHOW_GROUPS	0x00000002 /* show groups of a netlink socket */
/* deprecated since 4.6 */
#define NDIAG_SHOW_RING_CFG	0x00000004 /* show ring configuration */
#define NDIAG_SHOW_FLAGS	0x00000008 /* show flags of a netlink socket */

/* flags */
#define NDIAG_FLAG_CB_RUNNING		0x00000001
#define NDIAG_FLAG_PKTINFO		0x00000002
#define NDIAG_FLAG_BROADCAST_ERROR	0x00000004
#define NDIAG_FLAG_NO_ENOBUFS		0x00000008
#define NDIAG_FLAG_LISTEN_ALL_NSID	0x00000010
#define NDIAG_FLAG_CAP_ACK		0x00000020

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ADFS_FS_H
#define _ADFS_FS_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/magic.h>

/*
 * Disc Record at disc address 0xc00
 */
struct adfs_discrecord {
    __u8  log2secsize;
    __u8  secspertrack;
    __u8  heads;
    __u8  density;
    __u8  idlen;
    __u8  log2bpmb;
    __u8  skew;
    __u8  bootoption;
    __u8  lowsector;
    __u8  nzones;
    __le16 zone_spare;
    __le32 root;
    __le32 disc_size;
    __le16 disc_id;
    __u8  disc_name[10];
    __le32 disc_type;
    __le32 disc_size_high;
    __u8  log2sharesize:4;
    __u8  unused40:4;
    __u8  big_flag:1;
    __u8  unused41:1;
    __u8  nzones_high;
    __le32 format_version;
    __le32 root_size;
    __u8  unused52[60 - 52];
};

#define ADFS_DISCRECORD		(0xc00)
#define ADFS_DR_OFFSET		(0x1c0)
#define ADFS_DR_SIZE		 60
#define ADFS_DR_SIZE_BITS	(ADFS_DR_SIZE << 3)


#endif /* _ADFS_FS_H */
/*
 * Char device interface.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2005-2007  Kristian Hoegsberg <krh@bitplanet.net>
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
 * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
 * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
 * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
 * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
 * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
 * Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
 * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
 * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
 * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
 * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_FIREWIRE_CDEV_H
#define _LINUX_FIREWIRE_CDEV_H

#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/firewire-constants.h>

/* available since kernel version 2.6.22 */
#define FW_CDEV_EVENT_BUS_RESET				0x00
#define FW_CDEV_EVENT_RESPONSE				0x01
#define FW_CDEV_EVENT_REQUEST				0x02
#define FW_CDEV_EVENT_ISO_INTERRUPT			0x03

/* available since kernel version 2.6.30 */
#define FW_CDEV_EVENT_ISO_RESOURCE_ALLOCATED		0x04
#define FW_CDEV_EVENT_ISO_RESOURCE_DEALLOCATED		0x05

/* available since kernel version 2.6.36 */
#define FW_CDEV_EVENT_REQUEST2				0x06
#define FW_CDEV_EVENT_PHY_PACKET_SENT			0x07
#define FW_CDEV_EVENT_PHY_PACKET_RECEIVED		0x08
#define FW_CDEV_EVENT_ISO_INTERRUPT_MULTICHANNEL	0x09

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_event_common - Common part of all fw_cdev_event_ types
 * @closure:	For arbitrary use by userspace
 * @type:	Discriminates the fw_cdev_event_ types
 *
 * This struct may be used to access generic members of all fw_cdev_event_
 * types regardless of the specific type.
 *
 * Data passed in the @closure field for a request will be returned in the
 * corresponding event.  It is big enough to hold a pointer on all platforms.
 * The ioctl used to set @closure depends on the @type of event.
 */
struct fw_cdev_event_common {
	__u64 closure;
	__u32 type;
};

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_event_bus_reset - Sent when a bus reset occurred
 * @closure:	See &fw_cdev_event_common; set by %FW_CDEV_IOC_GET_INFO ioctl
 * @type:	See &fw_cdev_event_common; always %FW_CDEV_EVENT_BUS_RESET
 * @node_id:       New node ID of this node
 * @local_node_id: Node ID of the local node, i.e. of the controller
 * @bm_node_id:    Node ID of the bus manager
 * @irm_node_id:   Node ID of the iso resource manager
 * @root_node_id:  Node ID of the root node
 * @generation:    New bus generation
 *
 * This event is sent when the bus the device belongs to goes through a bus
 * reset.  It provides information about the new bus configuration, such as
 * new node ID for this device, new root ID, and others.
 *
 * If @bm_node_id is 0xffff right after bus reset it can be reread by an
 * %FW_CDEV_IOC_GET_INFO ioctl after bus manager selection was finished.
 * Kernels with ABI version < 4 do not set @bm_node_id.
 */
struct fw_cdev_event_bus_reset {
	__u64 closure;
	__u32 type;
	__u32 node_id;
	__u32 local_node_id;
	__u32 bm_node_id;
	__u32 irm_node_id;
	__u32 root_node_id;
	__u32 generation;
};

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_event_response - Sent when a response packet was received
 * @closure:	See &fw_cdev_event_common; set by %FW_CDEV_IOC_SEND_REQUEST
 *		or %FW_CDEV_IOC_SEND_BROADCAST_REQUEST
 *		or %FW_CDEV_IOC_SEND_STREAM_PACKET ioctl
 * @type:	See &fw_cdev_event_common; always %FW_CDEV_EVENT_RESPONSE
 * @rcode:	Response code returned by the remote node
 * @length:	Data length, i.e. the response's payload size in bytes
 * @data:	Payload data, if any
 *
 * This event is sent when the stack receives a response to an outgoing request
 * sent by %FW_CDEV_IOC_SEND_REQUEST ioctl.  The payload data for responses
 * carrying data (read and lock responses) follows immediately and can be
 * accessed through the @data field.
 *
 * The event is also generated after conclusions of transactions that do not
 * involve response packets.  This includes unified write transactions,
 * broadcast write transactions, and transmission of asynchronous stream
 * packets.  @rcode indicates success or failure of such transmissions.
 */
struct fw_cdev_event_response {
	__u64 closure;
	__u32 type;
	__u32 rcode;
	__u32 length;
	__u32 data[0];
};

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_event_request - Old version of &fw_cdev_event_request2
 * @type:	See &fw_cdev_event_common; always %FW_CDEV_EVENT_REQUEST
 *
 * This event is sent instead of &fw_cdev_event_request2 if the kernel or
 * the client implements ABI version <= 3.  &fw_cdev_event_request lacks
 * essential information; use &fw_cdev_event_request2 instead.
 */
struct fw_cdev_event_request {
	__u64 closure;
	__u32 type;
	__u32 tcode;
	__u64 offset;
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 length;
	__u32 data[0];
};

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_event_request2 - Sent on incoming request to an address region
 * @closure:	See &fw_cdev_event_common; set by %FW_CDEV_IOC_ALLOCATE ioctl
 * @type:	See &fw_cdev_event_common; always %FW_CDEV_EVENT_REQUEST2
 * @tcode:	Transaction code of the incoming request
 * @offset:	The offset into the 48-bit per-node address space
 * @source_node_id: Sender node ID
 * @destination_node_id: Destination node ID
 * @card:	The index of the card from which the request came
 * @generation:	Bus generation in which the request is valid
 * @handle:	Reference to the kernel-side pending request
 * @length:	Data length, i.e. the request's payload size in bytes
 * @data:	Incoming data, if any
 *
 * This event is sent when the stack receives an incoming request to an address
 * region registered using the %FW_CDEV_IOC_ALLOCATE ioctl.  The request is
 * guaranteed to be completely contained in the specified region.  Userspace is
 * responsible for sending the response by %FW_CDEV_IOC_SEND_RESPONSE ioctl,
 * using the same @handle.
 *
 * The payload data for requests carrying data (write and lock requests)
 * follows immediately and can be accessed through the @data field.
 *
 * Unlike &fw_cdev_event_request, @tcode of lock requests is one of the
 * firewire-core specific %TCODE_LOCK_MASK_SWAP...%TCODE_LOCK_VENDOR_DEPENDENT,
 * i.e. encodes the extended transaction code.
 *
 * @card may differ from &fw_cdev_get_info.card because requests are received
 * from all cards of the Linux host.  @source_node_id, @destination_node_id, and
 * @generation pertain to that card.  Destination node ID and bus generation may
 * therefore differ from the corresponding fields of the last
 * &fw_cdev_event_bus_reset.
 *
 * @destination_node_id may also differ from the current node ID because of a
 * non-local bus ID part or in case of a broadcast write request.  Note, a
 * client must call an %FW_CDEV_IOC_SEND_RESPONSE ioctl even in case of a
 * broadcast write request; the kernel will then release the kernel-side pending
 * request but will not actually send a response packet.
 *
 * In case of a write request to FCP_REQUEST or FCP_RESPONSE, the kernel already
 * sent a write response immediately after the request was received; in this
 * case the client must still call an %FW_CDEV_IOC_SEND_RESPONSE ioctl to
 * release the kernel-side pending request, though another response won't be
 * sent.
 *
 * If the client subsequently needs to initiate requests to the sender node of
 * an &fw_cdev_event_request2, it needs to use a device file with matching
 * card index, node ID, and generation for outbound requests.
 */
struct fw_cdev_event_request2 {
	__u64 closure;
	__u32 type;
	__u32 tcode;
	__u64 offset;
	__u32 source_node_id;
	__u32 destination_node_id;
	__u32 card;
	__u32 generation;
	__u32 handle;
	__u32 length;
	__u32 data[0];
};

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_event_iso_interrupt - Sent when an iso packet was completed
 * @closure:	See &fw_cdev_event_common;
 *		set by %FW_CDEV_CREATE_ISO_CONTEXT ioctl
 * @type:	See &fw_cdev_event_common; always %FW_CDEV_EVENT_ISO_INTERRUPT
 * @cycle:	Cycle counter of the last completed packet
 * @header_length: Total length of following headers, in bytes
 * @header:	Stripped headers, if any
 *
 * This event is sent when the controller has completed an &fw_cdev_iso_packet
 * with the %FW_CDEV_ISO_INTERRUPT bit set, when explicitly requested with
 * %FW_CDEV_IOC_FLUSH_ISO, or when there have been so many completed packets
 * without the interrupt bit set that the kernel's internal buffer for @header
 * is about to overflow.  (In the last case, ABI versions < 5 drop header data
 * up to the next interrupt packet.)
 *
 * Isochronous transmit events (context type %FW_CDEV_ISO_CONTEXT_TRANSMIT):
 *
 * In version 3 and some implementations of version 2 of the ABI, &header_length
 * is a multiple of 4 and &header contains timestamps of all packets up until
 * the interrupt packet.  The format of the timestamps is as described below for
 * isochronous reception.  In version 1 of the ABI, &header_length was 0.
 *
 * Isochronous receive events (context type %FW_CDEV_ISO_CONTEXT_RECEIVE):
 *
 * The headers stripped of all packets up until and including the interrupt
 * packet are returned in the @header field.  The amount of header data per
 * packet is as specified at iso context creation by
 * &fw_cdev_create_iso_context.header_size.
 *
 * Hence, _interrupt.header_length / _context.header_size is the number of
 * packets received in this interrupt event.  The client can now iterate
 * through the mmap()'ed DMA buffer according to this number of packets and
 * to the buffer sizes as the client specified in &fw_cdev_queue_iso.
 *
 * Since version 2 of this ABI, the portion for each packet in _interrupt.header
 * consists of the 1394 isochronous packet header, followed by a timestamp
 * quadlet if &fw_cdev_create_iso_context.header_size > 4, followed by quadlets
 * from the packet payload if &fw_cdev_create_iso_context.header_size > 8.
 *
 * Format of 1394 iso packet header:  16 bits data_length, 2 bits tag, 6 bits
 * channel, 4 bits tcode, 4 bits sy, in big endian byte order.
 * data_length is the actual received size of the packet without the four
 * 1394 iso packet header bytes.
 *
 * Format of timestamp:  16 bits invalid, 3 bits cycleSeconds, 13 bits
 * cycleCount, in big endian byte order.
 *
 * In version 1 of the ABI, no timestamp quadlet was inserted; instead, payload
 * data followed directly after the 1394 is header if header_size > 4.
 * Behaviour of ver. 1 of this ABI is no longer available since ABI ver. 2.
 */
struct fw_cdev_event_iso_interrupt {
	__u64 closure;
	__u32 type;
	__u32 cycle;
	__u32 header_length;
	__u32 header[0];
};

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_event_iso_interrupt_mc - An iso buffer chunk was completed
 * @closure:	See &fw_cdev_event_common;
 *		set by %FW_CDEV_CREATE_ISO_CONTEXT ioctl
 * @type:	%FW_CDEV_EVENT_ISO_INTERRUPT_MULTICHANNEL
 * @completed:	Offset into the receive buffer; data before this offset is valid
 *
 * This event is sent in multichannel contexts (context type
 * %FW_CDEV_ISO_CONTEXT_RECEIVE_MULTICHANNEL) for &fw_cdev_iso_packet buffer
 * chunks that have been completely filled and that have the
 * %FW_CDEV_ISO_INTERRUPT bit set, or when explicitly requested with
 * %FW_CDEV_IOC_FLUSH_ISO.
 *
 * The buffer is continuously filled with the following data, per packet:
 *  - the 1394 iso packet header as described at &fw_cdev_event_iso_interrupt,
 *    but in little endian byte order,
 *  - packet payload (as many bytes as specified in the data_length field of
 *    the 1394 iso packet header) in big endian byte order,
 *  - 0...3 padding bytes as needed to align the following trailer quadlet,
 *  - trailer quadlet, containing the reception timestamp as described at
 *    &fw_cdev_event_iso_interrupt, but in little endian byte order.
 *
 * Hence the per-packet size is data_length (rounded up to a multiple of 4) + 8.
 * When processing the data, stop before a packet that would cross the
 * @completed offset.
 *
 * A packet near the end of a buffer chunk will typically spill over into the
 * next queued buffer chunk.  It is the responsibility of the client to check
 * for this condition, assemble a broken-up packet from its parts, and not to
 * re-queue any buffer chunks in which as yet unread packet parts reside.
 */
struct fw_cdev_event_iso_interrupt_mc {
	__u64 closure;
	__u32 type;
	__u32 completed;
};

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_event_iso_resource - Iso resources were allocated or freed
 * @closure:	See &fw_cdev_event_common;
 *		set by %FW_CDEV_IOC_(DE)ALLOCATE_ISO_RESOURCE(_ONCE) ioctl
 * @type:	%FW_CDEV_EVENT_ISO_RESOURCE_ALLOCATED or
 *		%FW_CDEV_EVENT_ISO_RESOURCE_DEALLOCATED
 * @handle:	Reference by which an allocated resource can be deallocated
 * @channel:	Isochronous channel which was (de)allocated, if any
 * @bandwidth:	Bandwidth allocation units which were (de)allocated, if any
 *
 * An %FW_CDEV_EVENT_ISO_RESOURCE_ALLOCATED event is sent after an isochronous
 * resource was allocated at the IRM.  The client has to check @channel and
 * @bandwidth for whether the allocation actually succeeded.
 *
 * An %FW_CDEV_EVENT_ISO_RESOURCE_DEALLOCATED event is sent after an isochronous
 * resource was deallocated at the IRM.  It is also sent when automatic
 * reallocation after a bus reset failed.
 *
 * @channel is <0 if no channel was (de)allocated or if reallocation failed.
 * @bandwidth is 0 if no bandwidth was (de)allocated or if reallocation failed.
 */
struct fw_cdev_event_iso_resource {
	__u64 closure;
	__u32 type;
	__u32 handle;
	__s32 channel;
	__s32 bandwidth;
};

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_event_phy_packet - A PHY packet was transmitted or received
 * @closure:	See &fw_cdev_event_common; set by %FW_CDEV_IOC_SEND_PHY_PACKET
 *		or %FW_CDEV_IOC_RECEIVE_PHY_PACKETS ioctl
 * @type:	%FW_CDEV_EVENT_PHY_PACKET_SENT or %..._RECEIVED
 * @rcode:	%RCODE_..., indicates success or failure of transmission
 * @length:	Data length in bytes
 * @data:	Incoming data
 *
 * If @type is %FW_CDEV_EVENT_PHY_PACKET_SENT, @length is 0 and @data empty,
 * except in case of a ping packet:  Then, @length is 4, and @data[0] is the
 * ping time in 49.152MHz clocks if @rcode is %RCODE_COMPLETE.
 *
 * If @type is %FW_CDEV_EVENT_PHY_PACKET_RECEIVED, @length is 8 and @data
 * consists of the two PHY packet quadlets, in host byte order.
 */
struct fw_cdev_event_phy_packet {
	__u64 closure;
	__u32 type;
	__u32 rcode;
	__u32 length;
	__u32 data[0];
};

/**
 * union fw_cdev_event - Convenience union of fw_cdev_event_ types
 * @common:		Valid for all types
 * @bus_reset:		Valid if @common.type == %FW_CDEV_EVENT_BUS_RESET
 * @response:		Valid if @common.type == %FW_CDEV_EVENT_RESPONSE
 * @request:		Valid if @common.type == %FW_CDEV_EVENT_REQUEST
 * @request2:		Valid if @common.type == %FW_CDEV_EVENT_REQUEST2
 * @iso_interrupt:	Valid if @common.type == %FW_CDEV_EVENT_ISO_INTERRUPT
 * @iso_interrupt_mc:	Valid if @common.type ==
 *				%FW_CDEV_EVENT_ISO_INTERRUPT_MULTICHANNEL
 * @iso_resource:	Valid if @common.type ==
 *				%FW_CDEV_EVENT_ISO_RESOURCE_ALLOCATED or
 *				%FW_CDEV_EVENT_ISO_RESOURCE_DEALLOCATED
 * @phy_packet:		Valid if @common.type ==
 *				%FW_CDEV_EVENT_PHY_PACKET_SENT or
 *				%FW_CDEV_EVENT_PHY_PACKET_RECEIVED
 *
 * Convenience union for userspace use.  Events could be read(2) into an
 * appropriately aligned char buffer and then cast to this union for further
 * processing.  Note that for a request, response or iso_interrupt event,
 * the data[] or header[] may make the size of the full event larger than
 * sizeof(union fw_cdev_event).  Also note that if you attempt to read(2)
 * an event into a buffer that is not large enough for it, the data that does
 * not fit will be discarded so that the next read(2) will return a new event.
 */
union fw_cdev_event {
	struct fw_cdev_event_common		common;
	struct fw_cdev_event_bus_reset		bus_reset;
	struct fw_cdev_event_response		response;
	struct fw_cdev_event_request		request;
	struct fw_cdev_event_request2		request2;		/* added in 2.6.36 */
	struct fw_cdev_event_iso_interrupt	iso_interrupt;
	struct fw_cdev_event_iso_interrupt_mc	iso_interrupt_mc;	/* added in 2.6.36 */
	struct fw_cdev_event_iso_resource	iso_resource;		/* added in 2.6.30 */
	struct fw_cdev_event_phy_packet		phy_packet;		/* added in 2.6.36 */
};

/* available since kernel version 2.6.22 */
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_GET_INFO           _IOWR('#', 0x00, struct fw_cdev_get_info)
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_SEND_REQUEST        _IOW('#', 0x01, struct fw_cdev_send_request)
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_ALLOCATE           _IOWR('#', 0x02, struct fw_cdev_allocate)
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_DEALLOCATE          _IOW('#', 0x03, struct fw_cdev_deallocate)
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_SEND_RESPONSE       _IOW('#', 0x04, struct fw_cdev_send_response)
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_INITIATE_BUS_RESET  _IOW('#', 0x05, struct fw_cdev_initiate_bus_reset)
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_ADD_DESCRIPTOR     _IOWR('#', 0x06, struct fw_cdev_add_descriptor)
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_REMOVE_DESCRIPTOR   _IOW('#', 0x07, struct fw_cdev_remove_descriptor)
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_CREATE_ISO_CONTEXT _IOWR('#', 0x08, struct fw_cdev_create_iso_context)
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_QUEUE_ISO          _IOWR('#', 0x09, struct fw_cdev_queue_iso)
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_START_ISO           _IOW('#', 0x0a, struct fw_cdev_start_iso)
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_STOP_ISO            _IOW('#', 0x0b, struct fw_cdev_stop_iso)

/* available since kernel version 2.6.24 */
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_GET_CYCLE_TIMER     _IOR('#', 0x0c, struct fw_cdev_get_cycle_timer)

/* available since kernel version 2.6.30 */
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_ALLOCATE_ISO_RESOURCE       _IOWR('#', 0x0d, struct fw_cdev_allocate_iso_resource)
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_DEALLOCATE_ISO_RESOURCE      _IOW('#', 0x0e, struct fw_cdev_deallocate)
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_ALLOCATE_ISO_RESOURCE_ONCE   _IOW('#', 0x0f, struct fw_cdev_allocate_iso_resource)
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_DEALLOCATE_ISO_RESOURCE_ONCE _IOW('#', 0x10, struct fw_cdev_allocate_iso_resource)
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_GET_SPEED                     _IO('#', 0x11) /* returns speed code */
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_SEND_BROADCAST_REQUEST       _IOW('#', 0x12, struct fw_cdev_send_request)
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_SEND_STREAM_PACKET           _IOW('#', 0x13, struct fw_cdev_send_stream_packet)

/* available since kernel version 2.6.34 */
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_GET_CYCLE_TIMER2   _IOWR('#', 0x14, struct fw_cdev_get_cycle_timer2)

/* available since kernel version 2.6.36 */
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_SEND_PHY_PACKET    _IOWR('#', 0x15, struct fw_cdev_send_phy_packet)
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_RECEIVE_PHY_PACKETS _IOW('#', 0x16, struct fw_cdev_receive_phy_packets)
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_SET_ISO_CHANNELS    _IOW('#', 0x17, struct fw_cdev_set_iso_channels)

/* available since kernel version 3.4 */
#define FW_CDEV_IOC_FLUSH_ISO           _IOW('#', 0x18, struct fw_cdev_flush_iso)

/*
 * ABI version history
 *  1  (2.6.22)  - initial version
 *     (2.6.24)  - added %FW_CDEV_IOC_GET_CYCLE_TIMER
 *  2  (2.6.30)  - changed &fw_cdev_event_iso_interrupt.header if
 *                 &fw_cdev_create_iso_context.header_size is 8 or more
 *               - added %FW_CDEV_IOC_*_ISO_RESOURCE*,
 *                 %FW_CDEV_IOC_GET_SPEED, %FW_CDEV_IOC_SEND_BROADCAST_REQUEST,
 *                 %FW_CDEV_IOC_SEND_STREAM_PACKET
 *     (2.6.32)  - added time stamp to xmit &fw_cdev_event_iso_interrupt
 *     (2.6.33)  - IR has always packet-per-buffer semantics now, not one of
 *                 dual-buffer or packet-per-buffer depending on hardware
 *               - shared use and auto-response for FCP registers
 *  3  (2.6.34)  - made &fw_cdev_get_cycle_timer reliable
 *               - added %FW_CDEV_IOC_GET_CYCLE_TIMER2
 *  4  (2.6.36)  - added %FW_CDEV_EVENT_REQUEST2, %FW_CDEV_EVENT_PHY_PACKET_*,
 *                 and &fw_cdev_allocate.region_end
 *               - implemented &fw_cdev_event_bus_reset.bm_node_id
 *               - added %FW_CDEV_IOC_SEND_PHY_PACKET, _RECEIVE_PHY_PACKETS
 *               - added %FW_CDEV_EVENT_ISO_INTERRUPT_MULTICHANNEL,
 *                 %FW_CDEV_ISO_CONTEXT_RECEIVE_MULTICHANNEL, and
 *                 %FW_CDEV_IOC_SET_ISO_CHANNELS
 *  5  (3.4)     - send %FW_CDEV_EVENT_ISO_INTERRUPT events when needed to
 *                 avoid dropping data
 *               - added %FW_CDEV_IOC_FLUSH_ISO
 */

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_get_info - General purpose information ioctl
 * @version:	The version field is just a running serial number.  Both an
 *		input parameter (ABI version implemented by the client) and
 *		output parameter (ABI version implemented by the kernel).
 *		A client shall fill in the ABI @version for which the client
 *		was implemented.  This is necessary for forward compatibility.
 * @rom_length:	If @rom is non-zero, up to @rom_length bytes of Configuration
 *		ROM will be copied into that user space address.  In either
 *		case, @rom_length is updated with the actual length of the
 *		Configuration ROM.
 * @rom:	If non-zero, address of a buffer to be filled by a copy of the
 *		device's Configuration ROM
 * @bus_reset:	If non-zero, address of a buffer to be filled by a
 *		&struct fw_cdev_event_bus_reset with the current state
 *		of the bus.  This does not cause a bus reset to happen.
 * @bus_reset_closure: Value of &closure in this and subsequent bus reset events
 * @card:	The index of the card this device belongs to
 *
 * The %FW_CDEV_IOC_GET_INFO ioctl is usually the very first one which a client
 * performs right after it opened a /dev/fw* file.
 *
 * As a side effect, reception of %FW_CDEV_EVENT_BUS_RESET events to be read(2)
 * is started by this ioctl.
 */
struct fw_cdev_get_info {
	__u32 version;
	__u32 rom_length;
	__u64 rom;
	__u64 bus_reset;
	__u64 bus_reset_closure;
	__u32 card;
};

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_send_request - Send an asynchronous request packet
 * @tcode:	Transaction code of the request
 * @length:	Length of outgoing payload, in bytes
 * @offset:	48-bit offset at destination node
 * @closure:	Passed back to userspace in the response event
 * @data:	Userspace pointer to payload
 * @generation:	The bus generation where packet is valid
 *
 * Send a request to the device.  This ioctl implements all outgoing requests.
 * Both quadlet and block request specify the payload as a pointer to the data
 * in the @data field.  Once the transaction completes, the kernel writes an
 * &fw_cdev_event_response event back.  The @closure field is passed back to
 * user space in the response event.
 */
struct fw_cdev_send_request {
	__u32 tcode;
	__u32 length;
	__u64 offset;
	__u64 closure;
	__u64 data;
	__u32 generation;
};

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_send_response - Send an asynchronous response packet
 * @rcode:	Response code as determined by the userspace handler
 * @length:	Length of outgoing payload, in bytes
 * @data:	Userspace pointer to payload
 * @handle:	The handle from the &fw_cdev_event_request
 *
 * Send a response to an incoming request.  By setting up an address range using
 * the %FW_CDEV_IOC_ALLOCATE ioctl, userspace can listen for incoming requests.  An
 * incoming request will generate an %FW_CDEV_EVENT_REQUEST, and userspace must
 * send a reply using this ioctl.  The event has a handle to the kernel-side
 * pending transaction, which should be used with this ioctl.
 */
struct fw_cdev_send_response {
	__u32 rcode;
	__u32 length;
	__u64 data;
	__u32 handle;
};

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_allocate - Allocate a CSR in an address range
 * @offset:	Start offset of the address range
 * @closure:	To be passed back to userspace in request events
 * @length:	Length of the CSR, in bytes
 * @handle:	Handle to the allocation, written by the kernel
 * @region_end:	First address above the address range (added in ABI v4, 2.6.36)
 *
 * Allocate an address range in the 48-bit address space on the local node
 * (the controller).  This allows userspace to listen for requests with an
 * offset within that address range.  Every time when the kernel receives a
 * request within the range, an &fw_cdev_event_request2 event will be emitted.
 * (If the kernel or the client implements ABI version <= 3, an
 * &fw_cdev_event_request will be generated instead.)
 *
 * The @closure field is passed back to userspace in these request events.
 * The @handle field is an out parameter, returning a handle to the allocated
 * range to be used for later deallocation of the range.
 *
 * The address range is allocated on all local nodes.  The address allocation
 * is exclusive except for the FCP command and response registers.  If an
 * exclusive address region is already in use, the ioctl fails with errno set
 * to %EBUSY.
 *
 * If kernel and client implement ABI version >= 4, the kernel looks up a free
 * spot of size @length inside [@offset..@region_end) and, if found, writes
 * the start address of the new CSR back in @offset.  I.e. @offset is an
 * in and out parameter.  If this automatic placement of a CSR in a bigger
 * address range is not desired, the client simply needs to set @region_end
 * = @offset + @length.
 *
 * If the kernel or the client implements ABI version <= 3, @region_end is
 * ignored and effectively assumed to be @offset + @length.
 *
 * @region_end is only present in a kernel header >= 2.6.36.  If necessary,
 * this can for example be tested by #ifdef FW_CDEV_EVENT_REQUEST2.
 */
struct fw_cdev_allocate {
	__u64 offset;
	__u64 closure;
	__u32 length;
	__u32 handle;
	__u64 region_end;	/* available since kernel version 2.6.36 */
};

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_deallocate - Free a CSR address range or isochronous resource
 * @handle:	Handle to the address range or iso resource, as returned by the
 *		kernel when the range or resource was allocated
 */
struct fw_cdev_deallocate {
	__u32 handle;
};

#define FW_CDEV_LONG_RESET	0
#define FW_CDEV_SHORT_RESET	1

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_initiate_bus_reset - Initiate a bus reset
 * @type:	%FW_CDEV_SHORT_RESET or %FW_CDEV_LONG_RESET
 *
 * Initiate a bus reset for the bus this device is on.  The bus reset can be
 * either the original (long) bus reset or the arbitrated (short) bus reset
 * introduced in 1394a-2000.
 *
 * The ioctl returns immediately.  A subsequent &fw_cdev_event_bus_reset
 * indicates when the reset actually happened.  Since ABI v4, this may be
 * considerably later than the ioctl because the kernel ensures a grace period
 * between subsequent bus resets as per IEEE 1394 bus management specification.
 */
struct fw_cdev_initiate_bus_reset {
	__u32 type;
};

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_add_descriptor - Add contents to the local node's config ROM
 * @immediate:	If non-zero, immediate key to insert before pointer
 * @key:	Upper 8 bits of root directory pointer
 * @data:	Userspace pointer to contents of descriptor block
 * @length:	Length of descriptor block data, in quadlets
 * @handle:	Handle to the descriptor, written by the kernel
 *
 * Add a descriptor block and optionally a preceding immediate key to the local
 * node's Configuration ROM.
 *
 * The @key field specifies the upper 8 bits of the descriptor root directory
 * pointer and the @data and @length fields specify the contents. The @key
 * should be of the form 0xXX000000. The offset part of the root directory entry
 * will be filled in by the kernel.
 *
 * If not 0, the @immediate field specifies an immediate key which will be
 * inserted before the root directory pointer.
 *
 * @immediate, @key, and @data array elements are CPU-endian quadlets.
 *
 * If successful, the kernel adds the descriptor and writes back a @handle to
 * the kernel-side object to be used for later removal of the descriptor block
 * and immediate key.  The kernel will also generate a bus reset to signal the
 * change of the Configuration ROM to other nodes.
 *
 * This ioctl affects the Configuration ROMs of all local nodes.
 * The ioctl only succeeds on device files which represent a local node.
 */
struct fw_cdev_add_descriptor {
	__u32 immediate;
	__u32 key;
	__u64 data;
	__u32 length;
	__u32 handle;
};

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_remove_descriptor - Remove contents from the Configuration ROM
 * @handle:	Handle to the descriptor, as returned by the kernel when the
 *		descriptor was added
 *
 * Remove a descriptor block and accompanying immediate key from the local
 * nodes' Configuration ROMs.  The kernel will also generate a bus reset to
 * signal the change of the Configuration ROM to other nodes.
 */
struct fw_cdev_remove_descriptor {
	__u32 handle;
};

#define FW_CDEV_ISO_CONTEXT_TRANSMIT			0
#define FW_CDEV_ISO_CONTEXT_RECEIVE			1
#define FW_CDEV_ISO_CONTEXT_RECEIVE_MULTICHANNEL	2 /* added in 2.6.36 */

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_create_iso_context - Create a context for isochronous I/O
 * @type:	%FW_CDEV_ISO_CONTEXT_TRANSMIT or %FW_CDEV_ISO_CONTEXT_RECEIVE or
 *		%FW_CDEV_ISO_CONTEXT_RECEIVE_MULTICHANNEL
 * @header_size: Header size to strip in single-channel reception
 * @channel:	Channel to bind to in single-channel reception or transmission
 * @speed:	Transmission speed
 * @closure:	To be returned in &fw_cdev_event_iso_interrupt or
 *		&fw_cdev_event_iso_interrupt_multichannel
 * @handle:	Handle to context, written back by kernel
 *
 * Prior to sending or receiving isochronous I/O, a context must be created.
 * The context records information about the transmit or receive configuration
 * and typically maps to an underlying hardware resource.  A context is set up
 * for either sending or receiving.  It is bound to a specific isochronous
 * @channel.
 *
 * In case of multichannel reception, @header_size and @channel are ignored
 * and the channels are selected by %FW_CDEV_IOC_SET_ISO_CHANNELS.
 *
 * For %FW_CDEV_ISO_CONTEXT_RECEIVE contexts, @header_size must be at least 4
 * and must be a multiple of 4.  It is ignored in other context types.
 *
 * @speed is ignored in receive context types.
 *
 * If a context was successfully created, the kernel writes back a handle to the
 * context, which must be passed in for subsequent operations on that context.
 *
 * Limitations:
 * No more than one iso context can be created per fd.
 * The total number of contexts that all userspace and kernelspace drivers can
 * create on a card at a time is a hardware limit, typically 4 or 8 contexts per
 * direction, and of them at most one multichannel receive context.
 */
struct fw_cdev_create_iso_context {
	__u32 type;
	__u32 header_size;
	__u32 channel;
	__u32 speed;
	__u64 closure;
	__u32 handle;
};

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_set_iso_channels - Select channels in multichannel reception
 * @channels:	Bitmask of channels to listen to
 * @handle:	Handle of the mutichannel receive context
 *
 * @channels is the bitwise or of 1ULL << n for each channel n to listen to.
 *
 * The ioctl fails with errno %EBUSY if there is already another receive context
 * on a channel in @channels.  In that case, the bitmask of all unoccupied
 * channels is returned in @channels.
 */
struct fw_cdev_set_iso_channels {
	__u64 channels;
	__u32 handle;
};

#define FW_CDEV_ISO_PAYLOAD_LENGTH(v)	(v)
#define FW_CDEV_ISO_INTERRUPT		(1 << 16)
#define FW_CDEV_ISO_SKIP		(1 << 17)
#define FW_CDEV_ISO_SYNC		(1 << 17)
#define FW_CDEV_ISO_TAG(v)		((v) << 18)
#define FW_CDEV_ISO_SY(v)		((v) << 20)
#define FW_CDEV_ISO_HEADER_LENGTH(v)	((v) << 24)

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_iso_packet - Isochronous packet
 * @control:	Contains the header length (8 uppermost bits),
 *		the sy field (4 bits), the tag field (2 bits), a sync flag
 *		or a skip flag (1 bit), an interrupt flag (1 bit), and the
 *		payload length (16 lowermost bits)
 * @header:	Header and payload in case of a transmit context.
 *
 * &struct fw_cdev_iso_packet is used to describe isochronous packet queues.
 * Use the FW_CDEV_ISO_ macros to fill in @control.
 * The @header array is empty in case of receive contexts.
 *
 * Context type %FW_CDEV_ISO_CONTEXT_TRANSMIT:
 *
 * @control.HEADER_LENGTH must be a multiple of 4.  It specifies the numbers of
 * bytes in @header that will be prepended to the packet's payload.  These bytes
 * are copied into the kernel and will not be accessed after the ioctl has
 * returned.
 *
 * The @control.SY and TAG fields are copied to the iso packet header.  These
 * fields are specified by IEEE 1394a and IEC 61883-1.
 *
 * The @control.SKIP flag specifies that no packet is to be sent in a frame.
 * When using this, all other fields except @control.INTERRUPT must be zero.
 *
 * When a packet with the @control.INTERRUPT flag set has been completed, an
 * &fw_cdev_event_iso_interrupt event will be sent.
 *
 * Context type %FW_CDEV_ISO_CONTEXT_RECEIVE:
 *
 * @control.HEADER_LENGTH must be a multiple of the context's header_size.
 * If the HEADER_LENGTH is larger than the context's header_size, multiple
 * packets are queued for this entry.
 *
 * The @control.SY and TAG fields are ignored.
 *
 * If the @control.SYNC flag is set, the context drops all packets until a
 * packet with a sy field is received which matches &fw_cdev_start_iso.sync.
 *
 * @control.PAYLOAD_LENGTH defines how many payload bytes can be received for
 * one packet (in addition to payload quadlets that have been defined as headers
 * and are stripped and returned in the &fw_cdev_event_iso_interrupt structure).
 * If more bytes are received, the additional bytes are dropped.  If less bytes
 * are received, the remaining bytes in this part of the payload buffer will not
 * be written to, not even by the next packet.  I.e., packets received in
 * consecutive frames will not necessarily be consecutive in memory.  If an
 * entry has queued multiple packets, the PAYLOAD_LENGTH is divided equally
 * among them.
 *
 * When a packet with the @control.INTERRUPT flag set has been completed, an
 * &fw_cdev_event_iso_interrupt event will be sent.  An entry that has queued
 * multiple receive packets is completed when its last packet is completed.
 *
 * Context type %FW_CDEV_ISO_CONTEXT_RECEIVE_MULTICHANNEL:
 *
 * Here, &fw_cdev_iso_packet would be more aptly named _iso_buffer_chunk since
 * it specifies a chunk of the mmap()'ed buffer, while the number and alignment
 * of packets to be placed into the buffer chunk is not known beforehand.
 *
 * @control.PAYLOAD_LENGTH is the size of the buffer chunk and specifies room
 * for header, payload, padding, and trailer bytes of one or more packets.
 * It must be a multiple of 4.
 *
 * @control.HEADER_LENGTH, TAG and SY are ignored.  SYNC is treated as described
 * for single-channel reception.
 *
 * When a buffer chunk with the @control.INTERRUPT flag set has been filled
 * entirely, an &fw_cdev_event_iso_interrupt_mc event will be sent.
 */
struct fw_cdev_iso_packet {
	__u32 control;
	__u32 header[0];
};

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_queue_iso - Queue isochronous packets for I/O
 * @packets:	Userspace pointer to an array of &fw_cdev_iso_packet
 * @data:	Pointer into mmap()'ed payload buffer
 * @size:	Size of the @packets array, in bytes
 * @handle:	Isochronous context handle
 *
 * Queue a number of isochronous packets for reception or transmission.
 * This ioctl takes a pointer to an array of &fw_cdev_iso_packet structs,
 * which describe how to transmit from or receive into a contiguous region
 * of a mmap()'ed payload buffer.  As part of transmit packet descriptors,
 * a series of headers can be supplied, which will be prepended to the
 * payload during DMA.
 *
 * The kernel may or may not queue all packets, but will write back updated
 * values of the @packets, @data and @size fields, so the ioctl can be
 * resubmitted easily.
 *
 * In case of a multichannel receive context, @data must be quadlet-aligned
 * relative to the buffer start.
 */
struct fw_cdev_queue_iso {
	__u64 packets;
	__u64 data;
	__u32 size;
	__u32 handle;
};

#define FW_CDEV_ISO_CONTEXT_MATCH_TAG0		 1
#define FW_CDEV_ISO_CONTEXT_MATCH_TAG1		 2
#define FW_CDEV_ISO_CONTEXT_MATCH_TAG2		 4
#define FW_CDEV_ISO_CONTEXT_MATCH_TAG3		 8
#define FW_CDEV_ISO_CONTEXT_MATCH_ALL_TAGS	15

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_start_iso - Start an isochronous transmission or reception
 * @cycle:	Cycle in which to start I/O.  If @cycle is greater than or
 *		equal to 0, the I/O will start on that cycle.
 * @sync:	Determines the value to wait for for receive packets that have
 *		the %FW_CDEV_ISO_SYNC bit set
 * @tags:	Tag filter bit mask.  Only valid for isochronous reception.
 *		Determines the tag values for which packets will be accepted.
 *		Use FW_CDEV_ISO_CONTEXT_MATCH_ macros to set @tags.
 * @handle:	Isochronous context handle within which to transmit or receive
 */
struct fw_cdev_start_iso {
	__s32 cycle;
	__u32 sync;
	__u32 tags;
	__u32 handle;
};

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_stop_iso - Stop an isochronous transmission or reception
 * @handle:	Handle of isochronous context to stop
 */
struct fw_cdev_stop_iso {
	__u32 handle;
};

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_flush_iso - flush completed iso packets
 * @handle:	handle of isochronous context to flush
 *
 * For %FW_CDEV_ISO_CONTEXT_TRANSMIT or %FW_CDEV_ISO_CONTEXT_RECEIVE contexts,
 * report any completed packets.
 *
 * For %FW_CDEV_ISO_CONTEXT_RECEIVE_MULTICHANNEL contexts, report the current
 * offset in the receive buffer, if it has changed; this is typically in the
 * middle of some buffer chunk.
 *
 * Any %FW_CDEV_EVENT_ISO_INTERRUPT or %FW_CDEV_EVENT_ISO_INTERRUPT_MULTICHANNEL
 * events generated by this ioctl are sent synchronously, i.e., are available
 * for reading from the file descriptor when this ioctl returns.
 */
struct fw_cdev_flush_iso {
	__u32 handle;
};

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_get_cycle_timer - read cycle timer register
 * @local_time:   system time, in microseconds since the Epoch
 * @cycle_timer:  Cycle Time register contents
 *
 * Same as %FW_CDEV_IOC_GET_CYCLE_TIMER2, but fixed to use %CLOCK_REALTIME
 * and only with microseconds resolution.
 *
 * In version 1 and 2 of the ABI, this ioctl returned unreliable (non-
 * monotonic) @cycle_timer values on certain controllers.
 */
struct fw_cdev_get_cycle_timer {
	__u64 local_time;
	__u32 cycle_timer;
};

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_get_cycle_timer2 - read cycle timer register
 * @tv_sec:       system time, seconds
 * @tv_nsec:      system time, sub-seconds part in nanoseconds
 * @clk_id:       input parameter, clock from which to get the system time
 * @cycle_timer:  Cycle Time register contents
 *
 * The %FW_CDEV_IOC_GET_CYCLE_TIMER2 ioctl reads the isochronous cycle timer
 * and also the system clock.  This allows to correlate reception time of
 * isochronous packets with system time.
 *
 * @clk_id lets you choose a clock like with POSIX' clock_gettime function.
 * Supported @clk_id values are POSIX' %CLOCK_REALTIME and %CLOCK_MONOTONIC
 * and Linux' %CLOCK_MONOTONIC_RAW.
 *
 * @cycle_timer consists of 7 bits cycleSeconds, 13 bits cycleCount, and
 * 12 bits cycleOffset, in host byte order.  Cf. the Cycle Time register
 * per IEEE 1394 or Isochronous Cycle Timer register per OHCI-1394.
 */
struct fw_cdev_get_cycle_timer2 {
	__s64 tv_sec;
	__s32 tv_nsec;
	__s32 clk_id;
	__u32 cycle_timer;
};

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_allocate_iso_resource - (De)allocate a channel or bandwidth
 * @closure:	Passed back to userspace in corresponding iso resource events
 * @channels:	Isochronous channels of which one is to be (de)allocated
 * @bandwidth:	Isochronous bandwidth units to be (de)allocated
 * @handle:	Handle to the allocation, written by the kernel (only valid in
 *		case of %FW_CDEV_IOC_ALLOCATE_ISO_RESOURCE ioctls)
 *
 * The %FW_CDEV_IOC_ALLOCATE_ISO_RESOURCE ioctl initiates allocation of an
 * isochronous channel and/or of isochronous bandwidth at the isochronous
 * resource manager (IRM).  Only one of the channels specified in @channels is
 * allocated.  An %FW_CDEV_EVENT_ISO_RESOURCE_ALLOCATED is sent after
 * communication with the IRM, indicating success or failure in the event data.
 * The kernel will automatically reallocate the resources after bus resets.
 * Should a reallocation fail, an %FW_CDEV_EVENT_ISO_RESOURCE_DEALLOCATED event
 * will be sent.  The kernel will also automatically deallocate the resources
 * when the file descriptor is closed.
 *
 * The %FW_CDEV_IOC_DEALLOCATE_ISO_RESOURCE ioctl can be used to initiate
 * deallocation of resources which were allocated as described above.
 * An %FW_CDEV_EVENT_ISO_RESOURCE_DEALLOCATED event concludes this operation.
 *
 * The %FW_CDEV_IOC_ALLOCATE_ISO_RESOURCE_ONCE ioctl is a variant of allocation
 * without automatic re- or deallocation.
 * An %FW_CDEV_EVENT_ISO_RESOURCE_ALLOCATED event concludes this operation,
 * indicating success or failure in its data.
 *
 * The %FW_CDEV_IOC_DEALLOCATE_ISO_RESOURCE_ONCE ioctl works like
 * %FW_CDEV_IOC_ALLOCATE_ISO_RESOURCE_ONCE except that resources are freed
 * instead of allocated.
 * An %FW_CDEV_EVENT_ISO_RESOURCE_DEALLOCATED event concludes this operation.
 *
 * To summarize, %FW_CDEV_IOC_ALLOCATE_ISO_RESOURCE allocates iso resources
 * for the lifetime of the fd or @handle.
 * In contrast, %FW_CDEV_IOC_ALLOCATE_ISO_RESOURCE_ONCE allocates iso resources
 * for the duration of a bus generation.
 *
 * @channels is a host-endian bitfield with the least significant bit
 * representing channel 0 and the most significant bit representing channel 63:
 * 1ULL << c for each channel c that is a candidate for (de)allocation.
 *
 * @bandwidth is expressed in bandwidth allocation units, i.e. the time to send
 * one quadlet of data (payload or header data) at speed S1600.
 */
struct fw_cdev_allocate_iso_resource {
	__u64 closure;
	__u64 channels;
	__u32 bandwidth;
	__u32 handle;
};

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_send_stream_packet - send an asynchronous stream packet
 * @length:	Length of outgoing payload, in bytes
 * @tag:	Data format tag
 * @channel:	Isochronous channel to transmit to
 * @sy:		Synchronization code
 * @closure:	Passed back to userspace in the response event
 * @data:	Userspace pointer to payload
 * @generation:	The bus generation where packet is valid
 * @speed:	Speed to transmit at
 *
 * The %FW_CDEV_IOC_SEND_STREAM_PACKET ioctl sends an asynchronous stream packet
 * to every device which is listening to the specified channel.  The kernel
 * writes an &fw_cdev_event_response event which indicates success or failure of
 * the transmission.
 */
struct fw_cdev_send_stream_packet {
	__u32 length;
	__u32 tag;
	__u32 channel;
	__u32 sy;
	__u64 closure;
	__u64 data;
	__u32 generation;
	__u32 speed;
};

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_send_phy_packet - send a PHY packet
 * @closure:	Passed back to userspace in the PHY-packet-sent event
 * @data:	First and second quadlet of the PHY packet
 * @generation:	The bus generation where packet is valid
 *
 * The %FW_CDEV_IOC_SEND_PHY_PACKET ioctl sends a PHY packet to all nodes
 * on the same card as this device.  After transmission, an
 * %FW_CDEV_EVENT_PHY_PACKET_SENT event is generated.
 *
 * The payload @data[] shall be specified in host byte order.  Usually,
 * @data[1] needs to be the bitwise inverse of @data[0].  VersaPHY packets
 * are an exception to this rule.
 *
 * The ioctl is only permitted on device files which represent a local node.
 */
struct fw_cdev_send_phy_packet {
	__u64 closure;
	__u32 data[2];
	__u32 generation;
};

/**
 * struct fw_cdev_receive_phy_packets - start reception of PHY packets
 * @closure: Passed back to userspace in phy packet events
 *
 * This ioctl activates issuing of %FW_CDEV_EVENT_PHY_PACKET_RECEIVED due to
 * incoming PHY packets from any node on the same bus as the device.
 *
 * The ioctl is only permitted on device files which represent a local node.
 */
struct fw_cdev_receive_phy_packets {
	__u64 closure;
};

#define FW_CDEV_VERSION 3 /* Meaningless legacy macro; don't use it. */

#endif /* _LINUX_FIREWIRE_CDEV_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_BCACHE_H
#define _LINUX_BCACHE_H

/*
 * Bcache on disk data structures
 */

#include <linux/types.h>

#define BITMASK(name, type, field, offset, size)		\
static __inline__ __u64 name(const type *k)				\
{ return (k->field >> offset) & ~(~0ULL << size); }		\
								\
static __inline__ void SET_##name(type *k, __u64 v)			\
{								\
	k->field &= ~(~(~0ULL << size) << offset);		\
	k->field |= (v & ~(~0ULL << size)) << offset;		\
}

/* Btree keys - all units are in sectors */

struct bkey {
	__u64	high;
	__u64	low;
	__u64	ptr[];
};

#define KEY_FIELD(name, field, offset, size)				\
	BITMASK(name, struct bkey, field, offset, size)

#define PTR_FIELD(name, offset, size)					\
static __inline__ __u64 name(const struct bkey *k, unsigned i)		\
{ return (k->ptr[i] >> offset) & ~(~0ULL << size); }			\
									\
static __inline__ void SET_##name(struct bkey *k, unsigned i, __u64 v)	\
{									\
	k->ptr[i] &= ~(~(~0ULL << size) << offset);			\
	k->ptr[i] |= (v & ~(~0ULL << size)) << offset;			\
}

#define KEY_SIZE_BITS		16
#define KEY_MAX_U64S		8

KEY_FIELD(KEY_PTRS,	high, 60, 3)
KEY_FIELD(HEADER_SIZE,	high, 58, 2)
KEY_FIELD(KEY_CSUM,	high, 56, 2)
KEY_FIELD(KEY_PINNED,	high, 55, 1)
KEY_FIELD(KEY_DIRTY,	high, 36, 1)

KEY_FIELD(KEY_SIZE,	high, 20, KEY_SIZE_BITS)
KEY_FIELD(KEY_INODE,	high, 0,  20)

/* Next time I change the on disk format, KEY_OFFSET() won't be 64 bits */

static __inline__ __u64 KEY_OFFSET(const struct bkey *k)
{
	return k->low;
}

static __inline__ void SET_KEY_OFFSET(struct bkey *k, __u64 v)
{
	k->low = v;
}

/*
 * The high bit being set is a relic from when we used it to do binary
 * searches - it told you where a key started. It's not used anymore,
 * and can probably be safely dropped.
 */
#define KEY(inode, offset, size)					\
((struct bkey) {							\
	.high = (1ULL << 63) | ((__u64) (size) << 20) | (inode),	\
	.low = (offset)							\
})

#define ZERO_KEY			KEY(0, 0, 0)

#define MAX_KEY_INODE			(~(~0 << 20))
#define MAX_KEY_OFFSET			(~0ULL >> 1)
#define MAX_KEY				KEY(MAX_KEY_INODE, MAX_KEY_OFFSET, 0)

#define KEY_START(k)			(KEY_OFFSET(k) - KEY_SIZE(k))
#define START_KEY(k)			KEY(KEY_INODE(k), KEY_START(k), 0)

#define PTR_DEV_BITS			12

PTR_FIELD(PTR_DEV,			51, PTR_DEV_BITS)
PTR_FIELD(PTR_OFFSET,			8,  43)
PTR_FIELD(PTR_GEN,			0,  8)

#define PTR_CHECK_DEV			((1 << PTR_DEV_BITS) - 1)

#define MAKE_PTR(gen, offset, dev)					\
	((((__u64) dev) << 51) | ((__u64) offset) << 8 | gen)

/* Bkey utility code */

static __inline__ unsigned long bkey_u64s(const struct bkey *k)
{
	return (sizeof(struct bkey) / sizeof(__u64)) + KEY_PTRS(k);
}

static __inline__ unsigned long bkey_bytes(const struct bkey *k)
{
	return bkey_u64s(k) * sizeof(__u64);
}

#define bkey_copy(_dest, _src)	memcpy(_dest, _src, bkey_bytes(_src))

static __inline__ void bkey_copy_key(struct bkey *dest, const struct bkey *src)
{
	SET_KEY_INODE(dest, KEY_INODE(src));
	SET_KEY_OFFSET(dest, KEY_OFFSET(src));
}

static __inline__ struct bkey *bkey_next(const struct bkey *k)
{
	__u64 *d = (void *) k;
	return (struct bkey *) (d + bkey_u64s(k));
}

static __inline__ struct bkey *bkey_idx(const struct bkey *k, unsigned nr_keys)
{
	__u64 *d = (void *) k;
	return (struct bkey *) (d + nr_keys);
}
/* Enough for a key with 6 pointers */
#define BKEY_PAD		8

#define BKEY_PADDED(key)					\
	union { struct bkey key; __u64 key ## _pad[BKEY_PAD]; }

/* Superblock */

/* Version 0: Cache device
 * Version 1: Backing device
 * Version 2: Seed pointer into btree node checksum
 * Version 3: Cache device with new UUID format
 * Version 4: Backing device with data offset
 */
#define BCACHE_SB_VERSION_CDEV		0
#define BCACHE_SB_VERSION_BDEV		1
#define BCACHE_SB_VERSION_CDEV_WITH_UUID 3
#define BCACHE_SB_VERSION_BDEV_WITH_OFFSET 4
#define BCACHE_SB_MAX_VERSION		4

#define SB_SECTOR			8
#define SB_SIZE				4096
#define SB_LABEL_SIZE			32
#define SB_JOURNAL_BUCKETS		256U
/* SB_JOURNAL_BUCKETS must be divisible by BITS_PER_LONG */
#define MAX_CACHES_PER_SET		8

#define BDEV_DATA_START_DEFAULT		16	/* sectors */

struct cache_sb {
	__u64			csum;
	__u64			offset;	/* sector where this sb was written */
	__u64			version;

	__u8			magic[16];

	__u8			uuid[16];
	union {
		__u8		set_uuid[16];
		__u64		set_magic;
	};
	__u8			label[SB_LABEL_SIZE];

	__u64			flags;
	__u64			seq;
	__u64			pad[8];

	union {
	struct {
		/* Cache devices */
		__u64		nbuckets;	/* device size */

		__u16		block_size;	/* sectors */
		__u16		bucket_size;	/* sectors */

		__u16		nr_in_set;
		__u16		nr_this_dev;
	};
	struct {
		/* Backing devices */
		__u64		data_offset;

		/*
		 * block_size from the cache device section is still used by
		 * backing devices, so don't add anything here until we fix
		 * things to not need it for backing devices anymore
		 */
	};
	};

	__u32			last_mount;	/* time_t */

	__u16			first_bucket;
	union {
		__u16		njournal_buckets;
		__u16		keys;
	};
	__u64			d[SB_JOURNAL_BUCKETS];	/* journal buckets */
};

static __inline__ _Bool SB_IS_BDEV(const struct cache_sb *sb)
{
	return sb->version == BCACHE_SB_VERSION_BDEV
		|| sb->version == BCACHE_SB_VERSION_BDEV_WITH_OFFSET;
}

BITMASK(CACHE_SYNC,			struct cache_sb, flags, 0, 1);
BITMASK(CACHE_DISCARD,			struct cache_sb, flags, 1, 1);
BITMASK(CACHE_REPLACEMENT,		struct cache_sb, flags, 2, 3);
#define CACHE_REPLACEMENT_LRU		0U
#define CACHE_REPLACEMENT_FIFO		1U
#define CACHE_REPLACEMENT_RANDOM	2U

BITMASK(BDEV_CACHE_MODE,		struct cache_sb, flags, 0, 4);
#define CACHE_MODE_WRITETHROUGH		0U
#define CACHE_MODE_WRITEBACK		1U
#define CACHE_MODE_WRITEAROUND		2U
#define CACHE_MODE_NONE			3U
BITMASK(BDEV_STATE,			struct cache_sb, flags, 61, 2);
#define BDEV_STATE_NONE			0U
#define BDEV_STATE_CLEAN		1U
#define BDEV_STATE_DIRTY		2U
#define BDEV_STATE_STALE		3U

/*
 * Magic numbers
 *
 * The various other data structures have their own magic numbers, which are
 * xored with the first part of the cache set's UUID
 */

#define JSET_MAGIC			0x245235c1a3625032ULL
#define PSET_MAGIC			0x6750e15f87337f91ULL
#define BSET_MAGIC			0x90135c78b99e07f5ULL

static __inline__ __u64 jset_magic(struct cache_sb *sb)
{
	return sb->set_magic ^ JSET_MAGIC;
}

static __inline__ __u64 pset_magic(struct cache_sb *sb)
{
	return sb->set_magic ^ PSET_MAGIC;
}

static __inline__ __u64 bset_magic(struct cache_sb *sb)
{
	return sb->set_magic ^ BSET_MAGIC;
}

/*
 * Journal
 *
 * On disk format for a journal entry:
 * seq is monotonically increasing; every journal entry has its own unique
 * sequence number.
 *
 * last_seq is the oldest journal entry that still has keys the btree hasn't
 * flushed to disk yet.
 *
 * version is for on disk format changes.
 */

#define BCACHE_JSET_VERSION_UUIDv1	1
#define BCACHE_JSET_VERSION_UUID	1	/* Always latest UUID format */
#define BCACHE_JSET_VERSION		1

struct jset {
	__u64			csum;
	__u64			magic;
	__u64			seq;
	__u32			version;
	__u32			keys;

	__u64			last_seq;

	BKEY_PADDED(uuid_bucket);
	BKEY_PADDED(btree_root);
	__u16			btree_level;
	__u16			pad[3];

	__u64			prio_bucket[MAX_CACHES_PER_SET];

	union {
		struct bkey	start[0];
		__u64		d[0];
	};
};

/* Bucket prios/gens */

struct prio_set {
	__u64			csum;
	__u64			magic;
	__u64			seq;
	__u32			version;
	__u32			pad;

	__u64			next_bucket;

	struct bucket_disk {
		__u16		prio;
		__u8		gen;
	} __attribute((packed)) data[];
};

/* UUIDS - per backing device/flash only volume metadata */

struct uuid_entry {
	union {
		struct {
			__u8	uuid[16];
			__u8	label[32];
			__u32	first_reg;
			__u32	last_reg;
			__u32	invalidated;

			__u32	flags;
			/* Size of flash only volumes */
			__u64	sectors;
		};

		__u8		pad[128];
	};
};

BITMASK(UUID_FLASH_ONLY,	struct uuid_entry, flags, 0, 1);

/* Btree nodes */

/* Version 1: Seed pointer into btree node checksum
 */
#define BCACHE_BSET_CSUM		1
#define BCACHE_BSET_VERSION		1

/*
 * Btree nodes
 *
 * On disk a btree node is a list/log of these; within each set the keys are
 * sorted
 */
struct bset {
	__u64			csum;
	__u64			magic;
	__u64			seq;
	__u32			version;
	__u32			keys;

	union {
		struct bkey	start[0];
		__u64		d[0];
	};
};

/* OBSOLETE */

/* UUIDS - per backing device/flash only volume metadata */

struct uuid_entry_v0 {
	__u8		uuid[16];
	__u8		label[32];
	__u32		first_reg;
	__u32		last_reg;
	__u32		invalidated;
	__u32		pad;
};

#endif /* _LINUX_BCACHE_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * include/uapi/linux/ethtool_netlink.h - netlink interface for ethtool
 *
 * See Documentation/networking/ethtool-netlink.txt in kernel source tree for
 * doucumentation of the interface.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_ETHTOOL_NETLINK_H_
#define _LINUX_ETHTOOL_NETLINK_H_

#include <linux/ethtool.h>

/* message types - userspace to kernel */
enum {
	ETHTOOL_MSG_USER_NONE,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_STRSET_GET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_LINKINFO_GET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_LINKINFO_SET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_LINKMODES_GET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_LINKMODES_SET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_LINKSTATE_GET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_DEBUG_GET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_DEBUG_SET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_WOL_GET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_WOL_SET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_FEATURES_GET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_FEATURES_SET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_PRIVFLAGS_GET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_PRIVFLAGS_SET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_RINGS_GET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_RINGS_SET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_CHANNELS_GET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_CHANNELS_SET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_COALESCE_GET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_COALESCE_SET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_PAUSE_GET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_PAUSE_SET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_EEE_GET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_EEE_SET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_TSINFO_GET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_CABLE_TEST_ACT,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_CABLE_TEST_TDR_ACT,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_TUNNEL_INFO_GET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_FEC_GET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_FEC_SET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_MODULE_EEPROM_GET,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_STATS_GET,

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_MSG_USER_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_USER_MAX = __ETHTOOL_MSG_USER_CNT - 1
};

/* message types - kernel to userspace */
enum {
	ETHTOOL_MSG_KERNEL_NONE,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_STRSET_GET_REPLY,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_LINKINFO_GET_REPLY,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_LINKINFO_NTF,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_LINKMODES_GET_REPLY,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_LINKMODES_NTF,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_LINKSTATE_GET_REPLY,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_DEBUG_GET_REPLY,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_DEBUG_NTF,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_WOL_GET_REPLY,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_WOL_NTF,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_FEATURES_GET_REPLY,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_FEATURES_SET_REPLY,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_FEATURES_NTF,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_PRIVFLAGS_GET_REPLY,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_PRIVFLAGS_NTF,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_RINGS_GET_REPLY,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_RINGS_NTF,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_CHANNELS_GET_REPLY,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_CHANNELS_NTF,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_COALESCE_GET_REPLY,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_COALESCE_NTF,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_PAUSE_GET_REPLY,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_PAUSE_NTF,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_EEE_GET_REPLY,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_EEE_NTF,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_TSINFO_GET_REPLY,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_CABLE_TEST_NTF,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_CABLE_TEST_TDR_NTF,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_TUNNEL_INFO_GET_REPLY,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_FEC_GET_REPLY,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_FEC_NTF,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_MODULE_EEPROM_GET_REPLY,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_STATS_GET_REPLY,

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_MSG_KERNEL_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_MSG_KERNEL_MAX = __ETHTOOL_MSG_KERNEL_CNT - 1
};

/* request header */

/* use compact bitsets in reply */
#define ETHTOOL_FLAG_COMPACT_BITSETS	(1 << 0)
/* provide optional reply for SET or ACT requests */
#define ETHTOOL_FLAG_OMIT_REPLY	(1 << 1)
/* request statistics, if supported by the driver */
#define ETHTOOL_FLAG_STATS		(1 << 2)

#define ETHTOOL_FLAG_ALL (ETHTOOL_FLAG_COMPACT_BITSETS | \
			  ETHTOOL_FLAG_OMIT_REPLY | \
			  ETHTOOL_FLAG_STATS)

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_HEADER_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_HEADER_DEV_INDEX,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_HEADER_DEV_NAME,		/* string */
	ETHTOOL_A_HEADER_FLAGS,			/* u32 - ETHTOOL_FLAG_* */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_HEADER_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_HEADER_MAX = __ETHTOOL_A_HEADER_CNT - 1
};

/* bit sets */

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_BITSET_BIT_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_BITSET_BIT_INDEX,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_BITSET_BIT_NAME,		/* string */
	ETHTOOL_A_BITSET_BIT_VALUE,		/* flag */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_BITSET_BIT_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_BITSET_BIT_MAX = __ETHTOOL_A_BITSET_BIT_CNT - 1
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_BITSET_BITS_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_BITSET_BITS_BIT,		/* nest - _A_BITSET_BIT_* */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_BITSET_BITS_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_BITSET_BITS_MAX = __ETHTOOL_A_BITSET_BITS_CNT - 1
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_BITSET_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_BITSET_NOMASK,		/* flag */
	ETHTOOL_A_BITSET_SIZE,			/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_BITSET_BITS,			/* nest - _A_BITSET_BITS_* */
	ETHTOOL_A_BITSET_VALUE,			/* binary */
	ETHTOOL_A_BITSET_MASK,			/* binary */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_BITSET_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_BITSET_MAX = __ETHTOOL_A_BITSET_CNT - 1
};

/* string sets */

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_STRING_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_STRING_INDEX,			/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_STRING_VALUE,			/* string */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_STRING_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_STRING_MAX = __ETHTOOL_A_STRING_CNT - 1
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_STRINGS_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_STRINGS_STRING,		/* nest - _A_STRINGS_* */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_STRINGS_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_STRINGS_MAX = __ETHTOOL_A_STRINGS_CNT - 1
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_STRINGSET_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_STRINGSET_ID,			/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_STRINGSET_COUNT,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_STRINGSET_STRINGS,		/* nest - _A_STRINGS_* */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_STRINGSET_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_STRINGSET_MAX = __ETHTOOL_A_STRINGSET_CNT - 1
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_STRINGSETS_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_STRINGSETS_STRINGSET,		/* nest - _A_STRINGSET_* */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_STRINGSETS_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_STRINGSETS_MAX = __ETHTOOL_A_STRINGSETS_CNT - 1
};

/* STRSET */

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_STRSET_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_STRSET_HEADER,		/* nest - _A_HEADER_* */
	ETHTOOL_A_STRSET_STRINGSETS,		/* nest - _A_STRINGSETS_* */
	ETHTOOL_A_STRSET_COUNTS_ONLY,		/* flag */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_STRSET_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_STRSET_MAX = __ETHTOOL_A_STRSET_CNT - 1
};

/* LINKINFO */

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKINFO_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKINFO_HEADER,		/* nest - _A_HEADER_* */
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKINFO_PORT,		/* u8 */
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKINFO_PHYADDR,		/* u8 */
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKINFO_TP_MDIX,		/* u8 */
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKINFO_TP_MDIX_CTRL,	/* u8 */
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKINFO_TRANSCEIVER,		/* u8 */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_LINKINFO_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKINFO_MAX = __ETHTOOL_A_LINKINFO_CNT - 1
};

/* LINKMODES */

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKMODES_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKMODES_HEADER,		/* nest - _A_HEADER_* */
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKMODES_AUTONEG,		/* u8 */
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKMODES_OURS,		/* bitset */
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKMODES_PEER,		/* bitset */
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKMODES_SPEED,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKMODES_DUPLEX,		/* u8 */
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKMODES_MASTER_SLAVE_CFG,	/* u8 */
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKMODES_MASTER_SLAVE_STATE,	/* u8 */
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKMODES_LANES,		/* u32 */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_LINKMODES_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKMODES_MAX = __ETHTOOL_A_LINKMODES_CNT - 1
};

/* LINKSTATE */

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKSTATE_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKSTATE_HEADER,		/* nest - _A_HEADER_* */
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKSTATE_LINK,		/* u8 */
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKSTATE_SQI,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKSTATE_SQI_MAX,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKSTATE_EXT_STATE,		/* u8 */
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKSTATE_EXT_SUBSTATE,	/* u8 */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_LINKSTATE_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_LINKSTATE_MAX = __ETHTOOL_A_LINKSTATE_CNT - 1
};

/* DEBUG */

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_DEBUG_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_DEBUG_HEADER,			/* nest - _A_HEADER_* */
	ETHTOOL_A_DEBUG_MSGMASK,		/* bitset */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_DEBUG_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_DEBUG_MAX = __ETHTOOL_A_DEBUG_CNT - 1
};

/* WOL */

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_WOL_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_WOL_HEADER,			/* nest - _A_HEADER_* */
	ETHTOOL_A_WOL_MODES,			/* bitset */
	ETHTOOL_A_WOL_SOPASS,			/* binary */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_WOL_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_WOL_MAX = __ETHTOOL_A_WOL_CNT - 1
};

/* FEATURES */

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_FEATURES_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_FEATURES_HEADER,			/* nest - _A_HEADER_* */
	ETHTOOL_A_FEATURES_HW,				/* bitset */
	ETHTOOL_A_FEATURES_WANTED,			/* bitset */
	ETHTOOL_A_FEATURES_ACTIVE,			/* bitset */
	ETHTOOL_A_FEATURES_NOCHANGE,			/* bitset */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_FEATURES_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_FEATURES_MAX = __ETHTOOL_A_FEATURES_CNT - 1
};

/* PRIVFLAGS */

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_PRIVFLAGS_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_PRIVFLAGS_HEADER,			/* nest - _A_HEADER_* */
	ETHTOOL_A_PRIVFLAGS_FLAGS,			/* bitset */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_PRIVFLAGS_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_PRIVFLAGS_MAX = __ETHTOOL_A_PRIVFLAGS_CNT - 1
};

/* RINGS */

enum {
	ETHTOOL_TCP_DATA_SPLIT_UNKNOWN = 0,
	ETHTOOL_TCP_DATA_SPLIT_DISABLED,
	ETHTOOL_TCP_DATA_SPLIT_ENABLED,
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_RINGS_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_RINGS_HEADER,				/* nest - _A_HEADER_* */
	ETHTOOL_A_RINGS_RX_MAX,				/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_RINGS_RX_MINI_MAX,			/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_RINGS_RX_JUMBO_MAX,			/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_RINGS_TX_MAX,				/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_RINGS_RX,				/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_RINGS_RX_MINI,			/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_RINGS_RX_JUMBO,			/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_RINGS_TX,				/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_RINGS_RX_BUF_LEN,                     /* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_RINGS_TCP_DATA_SPLIT,			/* u8 */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_RINGS_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_RINGS_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_RINGS_CNT - 1)
};

/* CHANNELS */

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_CHANNELS_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_CHANNELS_HEADER,			/* nest - _A_HEADER_* */
	ETHTOOL_A_CHANNELS_RX_MAX,			/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_CHANNELS_TX_MAX,			/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_CHANNELS_OTHER_MAX,			/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_CHANNELS_COMBINED_MAX,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_CHANNELS_RX_COUNT,			/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_CHANNELS_TX_COUNT,			/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_CHANNELS_OTHER_COUNT,			/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_CHANNELS_COMBINED_COUNT,		/* u32 */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_CHANNELS_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_CHANNELS_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_CHANNELS_CNT - 1)
};

/* COALESCE */

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_HEADER,			/* nest - _A_HEADER_* */
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_RX_USECS,			/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_RX_MAX_FRAMES,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_RX_USECS_IRQ,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_RX_MAX_FRAMES_IRQ,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_TX_USECS,			/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_TX_MAX_FRAMES,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_TX_USECS_IRQ,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_TX_MAX_FRAMES_IRQ,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_STATS_BLOCK_USECS,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_USE_ADAPTIVE_RX,		/* u8 */
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_USE_ADAPTIVE_TX,		/* u8 */
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_PKT_RATE_LOW,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_RX_USECS_LOW,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_RX_MAX_FRAMES_LOW,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_TX_USECS_LOW,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_TX_MAX_FRAMES_LOW,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_PKT_RATE_HIGH,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_RX_USECS_HIGH,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_RX_MAX_FRAMES_HIGH,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_TX_USECS_HIGH,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_TX_MAX_FRAMES_HIGH,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_RATE_SAMPLE_INTERVAL,	/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_USE_CQE_MODE_TX,		/* u8 */
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_USE_CQE_MODE_RX,		/* u8 */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_COALESCE_CNT - 1)
};

/* PAUSE */

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_PAUSE_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_PAUSE_HEADER,				/* nest - _A_HEADER_* */
	ETHTOOL_A_PAUSE_AUTONEG,			/* u8 */
	ETHTOOL_A_PAUSE_RX,				/* u8 */
	ETHTOOL_A_PAUSE_TX,				/* u8 */
	ETHTOOL_A_PAUSE_STATS,				/* nest - _PAUSE_STAT_* */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_PAUSE_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_PAUSE_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_PAUSE_CNT - 1)
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_PAUSE_STAT_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_PAUSE_STAT_PAD,

	ETHTOOL_A_PAUSE_STAT_TX_FRAMES,
	ETHTOOL_A_PAUSE_STAT_RX_FRAMES,

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_PAUSE_STAT_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_PAUSE_STAT_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_PAUSE_STAT_CNT - 1)
};

/* EEE */

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_EEE_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_EEE_HEADER,				/* nest - _A_HEADER_* */
	ETHTOOL_A_EEE_MODES_OURS,			/* bitset */
	ETHTOOL_A_EEE_MODES_PEER,			/* bitset */
	ETHTOOL_A_EEE_ACTIVE,				/* u8 */
	ETHTOOL_A_EEE_ENABLED,				/* u8 */
	ETHTOOL_A_EEE_TX_LPI_ENABLED,			/* u8 */
	ETHTOOL_A_EEE_TX_LPI_TIMER,			/* u32 */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_EEE_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_EEE_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_EEE_CNT - 1)
};

/* TSINFO */

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_TSINFO_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_TSINFO_HEADER,			/* nest - _A_HEADER_* */
	ETHTOOL_A_TSINFO_TIMESTAMPING,			/* bitset */
	ETHTOOL_A_TSINFO_TX_TYPES,			/* bitset */
	ETHTOOL_A_TSINFO_RX_FILTERS,			/* bitset */
	ETHTOOL_A_TSINFO_PHC_INDEX,			/* u32 */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_TSINFO_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_TSINFO_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_TSINFO_CNT - 1)
};

/* CABLE TEST */

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_HEADER,		/* nest - _A_HEADER_* */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_MAX = __ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_CNT - 1
};

/* CABLE TEST NOTIFY */
enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_RESULT_CODE_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_RESULT_CODE_OK,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_RESULT_CODE_OPEN,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_RESULT_CODE_SAME_SHORT,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_RESULT_CODE_CROSS_SHORT,
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_PAIR_A,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_PAIR_B,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_PAIR_C,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_PAIR_D,
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_RESULT_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_RESULT_PAIR,		/* u8 ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_PAIR_ */
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_RESULT_CODE,		/* u8 ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_RESULT_CODE_ */

	__ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_RESULT_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_RESULT_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_RESULT_CNT - 1)
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_FAULT_LENGTH_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_FAULT_LENGTH_PAIR,	/* u8 ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_PAIR_ */
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_FAULT_LENGTH_CM,	/* u32 */

	__ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_FAULT_LENGTH_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_FAULT_LENGTH_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_FAULT_LENGTH_CNT - 1)
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_NTF_STATUS_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_NTF_STATUS_STARTED,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_NTF_STATUS_COMPLETED
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_NEST_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_NEST_RESULT,		/* nest - ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_RESULT_ */
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_NEST_FAULT_LENGTH,	/* nest - ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_FAULT_LENGTH_ */
	__ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_NEST_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_NEST_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_NEST_CNT - 1)
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_NTF_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_NTF_HEADER,	/* nest - ETHTOOL_A_HEADER_* */
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_NTF_STATUS,	/* u8 - _STARTED/_COMPLETE */
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_NTF_NEST,		/* nest - of results: */

	__ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_NTF_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_NTF_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_NTF_CNT - 1)
};

/* CABLE TEST TDR */

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_TDR_CFG_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_TDR_CFG_FIRST,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_TDR_CFG_LAST,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_TDR_CFG_STEP,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_TDR_CFG_PAIR,		/* u8 */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_TDR_CFG_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_TDR_CFG_MAX = __ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_TDR_CFG_CNT - 1
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_TDR_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_TDR_HEADER,	/* nest - _A_HEADER_* */
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_TDR_CFG,		/* nest - *_TDR_CFG_* */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_TDR_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_TDR_MAX = __ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_TDR_CNT - 1
};

/* CABLE TEST TDR NOTIFY */

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_AMPLITUDE_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_AMPLITUDE_PAIR,         /* u8 */
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_AMPLITUDE_mV,           /* s16 */

	__ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_AMPLITUDE_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_AMPLITUDE_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_AMPLITUDE_CNT - 1)
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_PULSE_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_PULSE_mV,		/* s16 */

	__ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_PULSE_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_PULSE_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_PULSE_CNT - 1)
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_STEP_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_STEP_FIRST_DISTANCE,	/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_STEP_LAST_DISTANCE,	/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_STEP_STEP_DISTANCE,	/* u32 */

	__ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_STEP_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_STEP_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_STEP_CNT - 1)
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TDR_NEST_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TDR_NEST_STEP,		/* nest - ETHTTOOL_A_CABLE_STEP */
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TDR_NEST_AMPLITUDE,	/* nest - ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_AMPLITUDE */
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TDR_NEST_PULSE,		/* nest - ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_PULSE */

	__ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TDR_NEST_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TDR_NEST_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TDR_NEST_CNT - 1)
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_TDR_NTF_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_TDR_NTF_HEADER,	/* nest - ETHTOOL_A_HEADER_* */
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_TDR_NTF_STATUS,	/* u8 - _STARTED/_COMPLETE */
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_TDR_NTF_NEST,	/* nest - of results: */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_TDR_NTF_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_TDR_NTF_MAX = __ETHTOOL_A_CABLE_TEST_TDR_NTF_CNT - 1
};

/* TUNNEL INFO */

enum {
	ETHTOOL_UDP_TUNNEL_TYPE_VXLAN,
	ETHTOOL_UDP_TUNNEL_TYPE_GENEVE,
	ETHTOOL_UDP_TUNNEL_TYPE_VXLAN_GPE,

	__ETHTOOL_UDP_TUNNEL_TYPE_CNT
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_TUNNEL_UDP_ENTRY_UNSPEC,

	ETHTOOL_A_TUNNEL_UDP_ENTRY_PORT,		/* be16 */
	ETHTOOL_A_TUNNEL_UDP_ENTRY_TYPE,		/* u32 */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_TUNNEL_UDP_ENTRY_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_TUNNEL_UDP_ENTRY_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_TUNNEL_UDP_ENTRY_CNT - 1)
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_TUNNEL_UDP_TABLE_UNSPEC,

	ETHTOOL_A_TUNNEL_UDP_TABLE_SIZE,		/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_TUNNEL_UDP_TABLE_TYPES,		/* bitset */
	ETHTOOL_A_TUNNEL_UDP_TABLE_ENTRY,		/* nest - _UDP_ENTRY_* */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_TUNNEL_UDP_TABLE_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_TUNNEL_UDP_TABLE_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_TUNNEL_UDP_TABLE_CNT - 1)
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_TUNNEL_UDP_UNSPEC,

	ETHTOOL_A_TUNNEL_UDP_TABLE,			/* nest - _UDP_TABLE_* */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_TUNNEL_UDP_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_TUNNEL_UDP_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_TUNNEL_UDP_CNT - 1)
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_TUNNEL_INFO_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_TUNNEL_INFO_HEADER,			/* nest - _A_HEADER_* */

	ETHTOOL_A_TUNNEL_INFO_UDP_PORTS,		/* nest - _UDP_TABLE */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_TUNNEL_INFO_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_TUNNEL_INFO_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_TUNNEL_INFO_CNT - 1)
};

/* FEC */

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_FEC_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_FEC_HEADER,				/* nest - _A_HEADER_* */
	ETHTOOL_A_FEC_MODES,				/* bitset */
	ETHTOOL_A_FEC_AUTO,				/* u8 */
	ETHTOOL_A_FEC_ACTIVE,				/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_FEC_STATS,				/* nest - _A_FEC_STAT */

	__ETHTOOL_A_FEC_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_FEC_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_FEC_CNT - 1)
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_FEC_STAT_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_FEC_STAT_PAD,

	ETHTOOL_A_FEC_STAT_CORRECTED,			/* array, u64 */
	ETHTOOL_A_FEC_STAT_UNCORR,			/* array, u64 */
	ETHTOOL_A_FEC_STAT_CORR_BITS,			/* array, u64 */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_FEC_STAT_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_FEC_STAT_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_FEC_STAT_CNT - 1)
};

/* MODULE EEPROM */

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_MODULE_EEPROM_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_MODULE_EEPROM_HEADER,			/* nest - _A_HEADER_* */

	ETHTOOL_A_MODULE_EEPROM_OFFSET,			/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_MODULE_EEPROM_LENGTH,			/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_MODULE_EEPROM_PAGE,			/* u8 */
	ETHTOOL_A_MODULE_EEPROM_BANK,			/* u8 */
	ETHTOOL_A_MODULE_EEPROM_I2C_ADDRESS,		/* u8 */
	ETHTOOL_A_MODULE_EEPROM_DATA,			/* binary */

	__ETHTOOL_A_MODULE_EEPROM_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_MODULE_EEPROM_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_MODULE_EEPROM_CNT - 1)
};

/* STATS */

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_PAD,
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_HEADER,			/* nest - _A_HEADER_* */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_GROUPS,			/* bitset */

	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_GRP,			/* nest - _A_STATS_GRP_* */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_STATS_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_STATS_CNT - 1)
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_STATS_ETH_PHY,
	ETHTOOL_STATS_ETH_MAC,
	ETHTOOL_STATS_ETH_CTRL,
	ETHTOOL_STATS_RMON,

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_STATS_CNT
};

enum {
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_GRP_UNSPEC,
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_GRP_PAD,

	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_GRP_ID,			/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_GRP_SS_ID,		/* u32 */

	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_GRP_STAT,		/* nest */

	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_GRP_HIST_RX,		/* nest */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_GRP_HIST_TX,		/* nest */

	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_GRP_HIST_BKT_LOW,	/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_GRP_HIST_BKT_HI,	/* u32 */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_GRP_HIST_VAL,		/* u64 */

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_STATS_GRP_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_GRP_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_STATS_CNT - 1)
};

enum {
	/* 30.3.2.1.5 aSymbolErrorDuringCarrier */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_PHY_5_SYM_ERR,

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_PHY_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_PHY_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_PHY_CNT - 1)
};

enum {
	/* 30.3.1.1.2 aFramesTransmittedOK */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_2_TX_PKT,
	/* 30.3.1.1.3 aSingleCollisionFrames */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_3_SINGLE_COL,
	/* 30.3.1.1.4 aMultipleCollisionFrames */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_4_MULTI_COL,
	/* 30.3.1.1.5 aFramesReceivedOK */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_5_RX_PKT,
	/* 30.3.1.1.6 aFrameCheckSequenceErrors */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_6_FCS_ERR,
	/* 30.3.1.1.7 aAlignmentErrors */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_7_ALIGN_ERR,
	/* 30.3.1.1.8 aOctetsTransmittedOK */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_8_TX_BYTES,
	/* 30.3.1.1.9 aFramesWithDeferredXmissions */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_9_TX_DEFER,
	/* 30.3.1.1.10 aLateCollisions */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_10_LATE_COL,
	/* 30.3.1.1.11 aFramesAbortedDueToXSColls */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_11_XS_COL,
	/* 30.3.1.1.12 aFramesLostDueToIntMACXmitError */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_12_TX_INT_ERR,
	/* 30.3.1.1.13 aCarrierSenseErrors */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_13_CS_ERR,
	/* 30.3.1.1.14 aOctetsReceivedOK */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_14_RX_BYTES,
	/* 30.3.1.1.15 aFramesLostDueToIntMACRcvError */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_15_RX_INT_ERR,

	/* 30.3.1.1.18 aMulticastFramesXmittedOK */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_18_TX_MCAST,
	/* 30.3.1.1.19 aBroadcastFramesXmittedOK */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_19_TX_BCAST,
	/* 30.3.1.1.20 aFramesWithExcessiveDeferral */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_20_XS_DEFER,
	/* 30.3.1.1.21 aMulticastFramesReceivedOK */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_21_RX_MCAST,
	/* 30.3.1.1.22 aBroadcastFramesReceivedOK */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_22_RX_BCAST,
	/* 30.3.1.1.23 aInRangeLengthErrors */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_23_IR_LEN_ERR,
	/* 30.3.1.1.24 aOutOfRangeLengthField */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_24_OOR_LEN,
	/* 30.3.1.1.25 aFrameTooLongErrors */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_25_TOO_LONG_ERR,

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_MAC_CNT - 1)
};

enum {
	/* 30.3.3.3 aMACControlFramesTransmitted */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_CTRL_3_TX,
	/* 30.3.3.4 aMACControlFramesReceived */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_CTRL_4_RX,
	/* 30.3.3.5 aUnsupportedOpcodesReceived */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_CTRL_5_RX_UNSUP,

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_CTRL_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_CTRL_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_STATS_ETH_CTRL_CNT - 1)
};

enum {
	/* etherStatsUndersizePkts */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_RMON_UNDERSIZE,
	/* etherStatsOversizePkts */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_RMON_OVERSIZE,
	/* etherStatsFragments */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_RMON_FRAG,
	/* etherStatsJabbers */
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_RMON_JABBER,

	/* add new constants above here */
	__ETHTOOL_A_STATS_RMON_CNT,
	ETHTOOL_A_STATS_RMON_MAX = (__ETHTOOL_A_STATS_RMON_CNT - 1)
};

/* generic netlink info */
#define ETHTOOL_GENL_NAME "ethtool"
#define ETHTOOL_GENL_VERSION 1

#define ETHTOOL_MCGRP_MONITOR_NAME "monitor"

#endif /* _LINUX_ETHTOOL_NETLINK_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * <linux/gpio.h> - userspace ABI for the GPIO character devices
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2016 Linus Walleij
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation.
 */
#ifndef _GPIO_H_
#define _GPIO_H_

#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/**
 * struct gpiochip_info - Information about a certain GPIO chip
 * @name: the Linux kernel name of this GPIO chip
 * @label: a functional name for this GPIO chip, such as a product
 * number, may be NULL
 * @lines: number of GPIO lines on this chip
 */
struct gpiochip_info {
	char name[32];
	char label[32];
	__u32 lines;
};

/* Informational flags */
#define GPIOLINE_FLAG_KERNEL		(1UL << 0) /* Line used by the kernel */
#define GPIOLINE_FLAG_IS_OUT		(1UL << 1)
#define GPIOLINE_FLAG_ACTIVE_LOW	(1UL << 2)
#define GPIOLINE_FLAG_OPEN_DRAIN	(1UL << 3)
#define GPIOLINE_FLAG_OPEN_SOURCE	(1UL << 4)
#define GPIOLINE_FLAG_BIAS_PULL_UP	(1UL << 5)
#define GPIOLINE_FLAG_BIAS_PULL_DOWN	(1UL << 6)
#define GPIOLINE_FLAG_BIAS_DISABLE	(1UL << 7)

/**
 * struct gpioline_info - Information about a certain GPIO line
 * @line_offset: the local offset on this GPIO device, fill this in when
 * requesting the line information from the kernel
 * @flags: various flags for this line
 * @name: the name of this GPIO line, such as the output pin of the line on the
 * chip, a rail or a pin header name on a board, as specified by the gpio
 * chip, may be NULL
 * @consumer: a functional name for the consumer of this GPIO line as set by
 * whatever is using it, will be NULL if there is no current user but may
 * also be NULL if the consumer doesn't set this up
 */
struct gpioline_info {
	__u32 line_offset;
	__u32 flags;
	char name[32];
	char consumer[32];
};

/* Maximum number of requested handles */
#define GPIOHANDLES_MAX 64

/* Linerequest flags */
#define GPIOHANDLE_REQUEST_INPUT	(1UL << 0)
#define GPIOHANDLE_REQUEST_OUTPUT	(1UL << 1)
#define GPIOHANDLE_REQUEST_ACTIVE_LOW	(1UL << 2)
#define GPIOHANDLE_REQUEST_OPEN_DRAIN	(1UL << 3)
#define GPIOHANDLE_REQUEST_OPEN_SOURCE	(1UL << 4)
#define GPIOHANDLE_REQUEST_BIAS_PULL_UP	(1UL << 5)
#define GPIOHANDLE_REQUEST_BIAS_PULL_DOWN	(1UL << 6)
#define GPIOHANDLE_REQUEST_BIAS_DISABLE	(1UL << 7)

/**
 * struct gpiohandle_request - Information about a GPIO handle request
 * @lineoffsets: an array desired lines, specified by offset index for the
 * associated GPIO device
 * @flags: desired flags for the desired GPIO lines, such as
 * GPIOHANDLE_REQUEST_OUTPUT, GPIOHANDLE_REQUEST_ACTIVE_LOW etc, OR:ed
 * together. Note that even if multiple lines are requested, the same flags
 * must be applicable to all of them, if you want lines with individual
 * flags set, request them one by one. It is possible to select
 * a batch of input or output lines, but they must all have the same
 * characteristics, i.e. all inputs or all outputs, all active low etc
 * @default_values: if the GPIOHANDLE_REQUEST_OUTPUT is set for a requested
 * line, this specifies the default output value, should be 0 (low) or
 * 1 (high), anything else than 0 or 1 will be interpreted as 1 (high)
 * @consumer_label: a desired consumer label for the selected GPIO line(s)
 * such as "my-bitbanged-relay"
 * @lines: number of lines requested in this request, i.e. the number of
 * valid fields in the above arrays, set to 1 to request a single line
 * @fd: if successful this field will contain a valid anonymous file handle
 * after a GPIO_GET_LINEHANDLE_IOCTL operation, zero or negative value
 * means error
 */
struct gpiohandle_request {
	__u32 lineoffsets[GPIOHANDLES_MAX];
	__u32 flags;
	__u8 default_values[GPIOHANDLES_MAX];
	char consumer_label[32];
	__u32 lines;
	int fd;
};

/**
 * struct gpiohandle_config - Configuration for a GPIO handle request
 * @flags: updated flags for the requested GPIO lines, such as
 * GPIOHANDLE_REQUEST_OUTPUT, GPIOHANDLE_REQUEST_ACTIVE_LOW etc, OR:ed
 * together
 * @default_values: if the GPIOHANDLE_REQUEST_OUTPUT is set in flags,
 * this specifies the default output value, should be 0 (low) or
 * 1 (high), anything else than 0 or 1 will be interpreted as 1 (high)
 * @padding: reserved for future use and should be zero filled
 */
struct gpiohandle_config {
	__u32 flags;
	__u8 default_values[GPIOHANDLES_MAX];
	__u32 padding[4]; /* padding for future use */
};

#define GPIOHANDLE_SET_CONFIG_IOCTL _IOWR(0xB4, 0x0a, struct gpiohandle_config)

/**
 * struct gpiohandle_data - Information of values on a GPIO handle
 * @values: when getting the state of lines this contains the current
 * state of a line, when setting the state of lines these should contain
 * the desired target state
 */
struct gpiohandle_data {
	__u8 values[GPIOHANDLES_MAX];
};

#define GPIOHANDLE_GET_LINE_VALUES_IOCTL _IOWR(0xB4, 0x08, struct gpiohandle_data)
#define GPIOHANDLE_SET_LINE_VALUES_IOCTL _IOWR(0xB4, 0x09, struct gpiohandle_data)

/* Eventrequest flags */
#define GPIOEVENT_REQUEST_RISING_EDGE	(1UL << 0)
#define GPIOEVENT_REQUEST_FALLING_EDGE	(1UL << 1)
#define GPIOEVENT_REQUEST_BOTH_EDGES	((1UL << 0) | (1UL << 1))

/**
 * struct gpioevent_request - Information about a GPIO event request
 * @lineoffset: the desired line to subscribe to events from, specified by
 * offset index for the associated GPIO device
 * @handleflags: desired handle flags for the desired GPIO line, such as
 * GPIOHANDLE_REQUEST_ACTIVE_LOW or GPIOHANDLE_REQUEST_OPEN_DRAIN
 * @eventflags: desired flags for the desired GPIO event line, such as
 * GPIOEVENT_REQUEST_RISING_EDGE or GPIOEVENT_REQUEST_FALLING_EDGE
 * @consumer_label: a desired consumer label for the selected GPIO line(s)
 * such as "my-listener"
 * @fd: if successful this field will contain a valid anonymous file handle
 * after a GPIO_GET_LINEEVENT_IOCTL operation, zero or negative value
 * means error
 */
struct gpioevent_request {
	__u32 lineoffset;
	__u32 handleflags;
	__u32 eventflags;
	char consumer_label[32];
	int fd;
};

/**
 * GPIO event types
 */
#define GPIOEVENT_EVENT_RISING_EDGE 0x01
#define GPIOEVENT_EVENT_FALLING_EDGE 0x02

/**
 * struct gpioevent_data - The actual event being pushed to userspace
 * @timestamp: best estimate of time of event occurrence, in nanoseconds
 * @id: event identifier
 */
struct gpioevent_data {
	__u64 timestamp;
	__u32 id;
};

#define GPIO_GET_CHIPINFO_IOCTL _IOR(0xB4, 0x01, struct gpiochip_info)
#define GPIO_GET_LINEINFO_IOCTL _IOWR(0xB4, 0x02, struct gpioline_info)
#define GPIO_GET_LINEHANDLE_IOCTL _IOWR(0xB4, 0x03, struct gpiohandle_request)
#define GPIO_GET_LINEEVENT_IOCTL _IOWR(0xB4, 0x04, struct gpioevent_request)

#endif /* _GPIO_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __UAPI_CORESIGHT_STM_H_
#define __UAPI_CORESIGHT_STM_H_

#define STM_FLAG_TIMESTAMPED   BIT(3)
#define STM_FLAG_GUARANTEED    BIT(7)

/*
 * The CoreSight STM supports guaranteed and invariant timing
 * transactions.  Guaranteed transactions are guaranteed to be
 * traced, this might involve stalling the bus or system to
 * ensure the transaction is accepted by the STM.  While invariant
 * timing transactions are not guaranteed to be traced, they
 * will take an invariant amount of time regardless of the
 * state of the STM.
 */
enum {
	STM_OPTION_GUARANTEED = 0,
	STM_OPTION_INVARIANT,
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Header File for FPGA DFL User API
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Intel Corporation, Inc.
 *
 * Authors:
 *   Kang Luwei <luwei.kang@intel.com>
 *   Zhang Yi <yi.z.zhang@intel.com>
 *   Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
 *   Xiao Guangrong <guangrong.xiao@linux.intel.com>
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_FPGA_DFL_H
#define _LINUX_FPGA_DFL_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

#define DFL_FPGA_API_VERSION 0

/*
 * The IOCTL interface for DFL based FPGA is designed for extensibility by
 * embedding the structure length (argsz) and flags into structures passed
 * between kernel and userspace. This design referenced the VFIO IOCTL
 * interface (include/uapi/linux/vfio.h).
 */

#define DFL_FPGA_MAGIC 0xB6

#define DFL_FPGA_BASE 0
#define DFL_PORT_BASE 0x40
#define DFL_FME_BASE 0x80

/* Common IOCTLs for both FME and AFU file descriptor */

/**
 * DFL_FPGA_GET_API_VERSION - _IO(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC, DFL_FPGA_BASE + 0)
 *
 * Report the version of the driver API.
 * Return: Driver API Version.
 */

#define DFL_FPGA_GET_API_VERSION	_IO(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC, DFL_FPGA_BASE + 0)

/**
 * DFL_FPGA_CHECK_EXTENSION - _IO(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC, DFL_FPGA_BASE + 1)
 *
 * Check whether an extension is supported.
 * Return: 0 if not supported, otherwise the extension is supported.
 */

#define DFL_FPGA_CHECK_EXTENSION	_IO(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC, DFL_FPGA_BASE + 1)

/* IOCTLs for AFU file descriptor */

/**
 * DFL_FPGA_PORT_RESET - _IO(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC, DFL_PORT_BASE + 0)
 *
 * Reset the FPGA Port and its AFU. No parameters are supported.
 * Userspace can do Port reset at any time, e.g. during DMA or PR. But
 * it should never cause any system level issue, only functional failure
 * (e.g. DMA or PR operation failure) and be recoverable from the failure.
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno of failure
 */

#define DFL_FPGA_PORT_RESET		_IO(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC, DFL_PORT_BASE + 0)

/**
 * DFL_FPGA_PORT_GET_INFO - _IOR(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC, DFL_PORT_BASE + 1,
 *						struct dfl_fpga_port_info)
 *
 * Retrieve information about the fpga port.
 * Driver fills the info in provided struct dfl_fpga_port_info.
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno on failure.
 */
struct dfl_fpga_port_info {
	/* Input */
	__u32 argsz;		/* Structure length */
	/* Output */
	__u32 flags;		/* Zero for now */
	__u32 num_regions;	/* The number of supported regions */
	__u32 num_umsgs;	/* The number of allocated umsgs */
};

#define DFL_FPGA_PORT_GET_INFO		_IO(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC, DFL_PORT_BASE + 1)

/**
 * FPGA_PORT_GET_REGION_INFO - _IOWR(FPGA_MAGIC, PORT_BASE + 2,
 *					struct dfl_fpga_port_region_info)
 *
 * Retrieve information about a device memory region.
 * Caller provides struct dfl_fpga_port_region_info with index value set.
 * Driver returns the region info in other fields.
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno on failure.
 */
struct dfl_fpga_port_region_info {
	/* input */
	__u32 argsz;		/* Structure length */
	/* Output */
	__u32 flags;		/* Access permission */
#define DFL_PORT_REGION_READ	(1 << 0)	/* Region is readable */
#define DFL_PORT_REGION_WRITE	(1 << 1)	/* Region is writable */
#define DFL_PORT_REGION_MMAP	(1 << 2)	/* Can be mmaped to userspace */
	/* Input */
	__u32 index;		/* Region index */
#define DFL_PORT_REGION_INDEX_AFU	0	/* AFU */
#define DFL_PORT_REGION_INDEX_STP	1	/* Signal Tap */
	__u32 padding;
	/* Output */
	__u64 size;		/* Region size (bytes) */
	__u64 offset;		/* Region offset from start of device fd */
};

#define DFL_FPGA_PORT_GET_REGION_INFO	_IO(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC, DFL_PORT_BASE + 2)

/**
 * DFL_FPGA_PORT_DMA_MAP - _IOWR(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC, DFL_PORT_BASE + 3,
 *						struct dfl_fpga_port_dma_map)
 *
 * Map the dma memory per user_addr and length which are provided by caller.
 * Driver fills the iova in provided struct afu_port_dma_map.
 * This interface only accepts page-size aligned user memory for dma mapping.
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno on failure.
 */
struct dfl_fpga_port_dma_map {
	/* Input */
	__u32 argsz;		/* Structure length */
	__u32 flags;		/* Zero for now */
	__u64 user_addr;        /* Process virtual address */
	__u64 length;           /* Length of mapping (bytes)*/
	/* Output */
	__u64 iova;             /* IO virtual address */
};

#define DFL_FPGA_PORT_DMA_MAP		_IO(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC, DFL_PORT_BASE + 3)

/**
 * DFL_FPGA_PORT_DMA_UNMAP - _IOW(FPGA_MAGIC, PORT_BASE + 4,
 *						struct dfl_fpga_port_dma_unmap)
 *
 * Unmap the dma memory per iova provided by caller.
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno on failure.
 */
struct dfl_fpga_port_dma_unmap {
	/* Input */
	__u32 argsz;		/* Structure length */
	__u32 flags;		/* Zero for now */
	__u64 iova;		/* IO virtual address */
};

#define DFL_FPGA_PORT_DMA_UNMAP		_IO(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC, DFL_PORT_BASE + 4)

/**
 * struct dfl_fpga_irq_set - the argument for DFL_FPGA_XXX_SET_IRQ ioctl.
 *
 * @start: Index of the first irq.
 * @count: The number of eventfd handler.
 * @evtfds: Eventfd handlers.
 */
struct dfl_fpga_irq_set {
	__u32 start;
	__u32 count;
	__s32 evtfds[];
};

/**
 * DFL_FPGA_PORT_ERR_GET_IRQ_NUM - _IOR(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC, DFL_PORT_BASE + 5,
 *								__u32 num_irqs)
 *
 * Get the number of irqs supported by the fpga port error reporting private
 * feature. Currently hardware supports up to 1 irq.
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno on failure.
 */
#define DFL_FPGA_PORT_ERR_GET_IRQ_NUM	_IOR(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC,	\
					     DFL_PORT_BASE + 5, __u32)

/**
 * DFL_FPGA_PORT_ERR_SET_IRQ - _IOW(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC, DFL_PORT_BASE + 6,
 *						struct dfl_fpga_irq_set)
 *
 * Set fpga port error reporting interrupt trigger if evtfds[n] is valid.
 * Unset related interrupt trigger if evtfds[n] is a negative value.
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno on failure.
 */
#define DFL_FPGA_PORT_ERR_SET_IRQ	_IOW(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC,	\
					     DFL_PORT_BASE + 6,	\
					     struct dfl_fpga_irq_set)

/**
 * DFL_FPGA_PORT_UINT_GET_IRQ_NUM - _IOR(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC, DFL_PORT_BASE + 7,
 *								__u32 num_irqs)
 *
 * Get the number of irqs supported by the fpga AFU interrupt private
 * feature.
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno on failure.
 */
#define DFL_FPGA_PORT_UINT_GET_IRQ_NUM	_IOR(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC,	\
					     DFL_PORT_BASE + 7, __u32)

/**
 * DFL_FPGA_PORT_UINT_SET_IRQ - _IOW(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC, DFL_PORT_BASE + 8,
 *						struct dfl_fpga_irq_set)
 *
 * Set fpga AFU interrupt trigger if evtfds[n] is valid.
 * Unset related interrupt trigger if evtfds[n] is a negative value.
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno on failure.
 */
#define DFL_FPGA_PORT_UINT_SET_IRQ	_IOW(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC,	\
					     DFL_PORT_BASE + 8,	\
					     struct dfl_fpga_irq_set)

/* IOCTLs for FME file descriptor */

/**
 * DFL_FPGA_FME_PORT_PR - _IOW(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC, DFL_FME_BASE + 0,
 *						struct dfl_fpga_fme_port_pr)
 *
 * Driver does Partial Reconfiguration based on Port ID and Buffer (Image)
 * provided by caller.
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno on failure.
 * If DFL_FPGA_FME_PORT_PR returns -EIO, that indicates the HW has detected
 * some errors during PR, under this case, the user can fetch HW error info
 * from the status of FME's fpga manager.
 */

struct dfl_fpga_fme_port_pr {
	/* Input */
	__u32 argsz;		/* Structure length */
	__u32 flags;		/* Zero for now */
	__u32 port_id;
	__u32 buffer_size;
	__u64 buffer_address;	/* Userspace address to the buffer for PR */
};

#define DFL_FPGA_FME_PORT_PR	_IO(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC, DFL_FME_BASE + 0)

/**
 * DFL_FPGA_FME_PORT_RELEASE - _IOW(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC, DFL_FME_BASE + 1,
 *						int port_id)
 *
 * Driver releases the port per Port ID provided by caller.
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno on failure.
 */
#define DFL_FPGA_FME_PORT_RELEASE   _IOW(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC, DFL_FME_BASE + 1, int)

/**
 * DFL_FPGA_FME_PORT_ASSIGN - _IOW(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC, DFL_FME_BASE + 2,
 *						int port_id)
 *
 * Driver assigns the port back per Port ID provided by caller.
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno on failure.
 */
#define DFL_FPGA_FME_PORT_ASSIGN     _IOW(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC, DFL_FME_BASE + 2, int)

/**
 * DFL_FPGA_FME_ERR_GET_IRQ_NUM - _IOR(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC, DFL_FME_BASE + 3,
 *							__u32 num_irqs)
 *
 * Get the number of irqs supported by the fpga fme error reporting private
 * feature. Currently hardware supports up to 1 irq.
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno on failure.
 */
#define DFL_FPGA_FME_ERR_GET_IRQ_NUM	_IOR(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC,	\
					     DFL_FME_BASE + 3, __u32)

/**
 * DFL_FPGA_FME_ERR_SET_IRQ - _IOW(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC, DFL_FME_BASE + 4,
 *						struct dfl_fpga_irq_set)
 *
 * Set fpga fme error reporting interrupt trigger if evtfds[n] is valid.
 * Unset related interrupt trigger if evtfds[n] is a negative value.
 * Return: 0 on success, -errno on failure.
 */
#define DFL_FPGA_FME_ERR_SET_IRQ	_IOW(DFL_FPGA_MAGIC,	\
					     DFL_FME_BASE + 4,	\
					     struct dfl_fpga_irq_set)

#endif /* _LINUX_FPGA_DFL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  Shared Memory Communications over RDMA (SMC-R) and RoCE
 *
 *  Definitions for generic netlink based configuration of an SMC-R PNET table
 *
 *  Copyright IBM Corp. 2016
 *
 *  Author(s):  Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_SMC_H_
#define _LINUX_SMC_H_

/* Netlink SMC_PNETID attributes */
enum {
	SMC_PNETID_UNSPEC,
	SMC_PNETID_NAME,
	SMC_PNETID_ETHNAME,
	SMC_PNETID_IBNAME,
	SMC_PNETID_IBPORT,
	__SMC_PNETID_MAX,
	SMC_PNETID_MAX = __SMC_PNETID_MAX - 1
};

enum {				/* SMC PNET Table commands */
	SMC_PNETID_GET = 1,
	SMC_PNETID_ADD,
	SMC_PNETID_DEL,
	SMC_PNETID_FLUSH
};

#define SMCR_GENL_FAMILY_NAME		"SMC_PNETID"
#define SMCR_GENL_FAMILY_VERSION	1

/* gennetlink interface to access non-socket information from SMC module */
#define SMC_GENL_FAMILY_NAME		"SMC_GEN_NETLINK"
#define SMC_GENL_FAMILY_VERSION		1

#define SMC_PCI_ID_STR_LEN		16 /* Max length of pci id string */
#define SMC_MAX_HOSTNAME_LEN		32 /* Max length of the hostname */
#define SMC_MAX_UEID			4  /* Max number of user EIDs */
#define SMC_MAX_EID_LEN			32 /* Max length of an EID */

/* SMC_GENL_FAMILY commands */
enum {
	SMC_NETLINK_GET_SYS_INFO = 1,
	SMC_NETLINK_GET_LGR_SMCR,
	SMC_NETLINK_GET_LINK_SMCR,
	SMC_NETLINK_GET_LGR_SMCD,
	SMC_NETLINK_GET_DEV_SMCD,
	SMC_NETLINK_GET_DEV_SMCR,
	SMC_NETLINK_GET_STATS,
	SMC_NETLINK_GET_FBACK_STATS,
	SMC_NETLINK_DUMP_UEID,
	SMC_NETLINK_ADD_UEID,
	SMC_NETLINK_REMOVE_UEID,
	SMC_NETLINK_FLUSH_UEID,
	SMC_NETLINK_DUMP_SEID,
	SMC_NETLINK_ENABLE_SEID,
	SMC_NETLINK_DISABLE_SEID,
	SMC_NETLINK_DUMP_HS_LIMITATION,
	SMC_NETLINK_ENABLE_HS_LIMITATION,
	SMC_NETLINK_DISABLE_HS_LIMITATION,
};

/* SMC_GENL_FAMILY top level attributes */
enum {
	SMC_GEN_UNSPEC,
	SMC_GEN_SYS_INFO,		/* nest */
	SMC_GEN_LGR_SMCR,		/* nest */
	SMC_GEN_LINK_SMCR,		/* nest */
	SMC_GEN_LGR_SMCD,		/* nest */
	SMC_GEN_DEV_SMCD,		/* nest */
	SMC_GEN_DEV_SMCR,		/* nest */
	SMC_GEN_STATS,			/* nest */
	SMC_GEN_FBACK_STATS,		/* nest */
	__SMC_GEN_MAX,
	SMC_GEN_MAX = __SMC_GEN_MAX - 1
};

/* SMC_GEN_SYS_INFO attributes */
enum {
	SMC_NLA_SYS_UNSPEC,
	SMC_NLA_SYS_VER,		/* u8 */
	SMC_NLA_SYS_REL,		/* u8 */
	SMC_NLA_SYS_IS_ISM_V2,		/* u8 */
	SMC_NLA_SYS_LOCAL_HOST,		/* string */
	SMC_NLA_SYS_SEID,		/* string */
	SMC_NLA_SYS_IS_SMCR_V2,		/* u8 */
	__SMC_NLA_SYS_MAX,
	SMC_NLA_SYS_MAX = __SMC_NLA_SYS_MAX - 1
};

/* SMC_NLA_LGR_D_V2_COMMON and SMC_NLA_LGR_R_V2_COMMON nested attributes */
enum {
	SMC_NLA_LGR_V2_VER,		/* u8 */
	SMC_NLA_LGR_V2_REL,		/* u8 */
	SMC_NLA_LGR_V2_OS,		/* u8 */
	SMC_NLA_LGR_V2_NEG_EID,		/* string */
	SMC_NLA_LGR_V2_PEER_HOST,	/* string */
	__SMC_NLA_LGR_V2_MAX,
	SMC_NLA_LGR_V2_MAX = __SMC_NLA_LGR_V2_MAX - 1
};

/* SMC_NLA_LGR_R_V2 nested attributes */
enum {
	SMC_NLA_LGR_R_V2_UNSPEC,
	SMC_NLA_LGR_R_V2_DIRECT,	/* u8 */
	__SMC_NLA_LGR_R_V2_MAX,
	SMC_NLA_LGR_R_V2_MAX = __SMC_NLA_LGR_R_V2_MAX - 1
};

/* SMC_GEN_LGR_SMCR attributes */
enum {
	SMC_NLA_LGR_R_UNSPEC,
	SMC_NLA_LGR_R_ID,		/* u32 */
	SMC_NLA_LGR_R_ROLE,		/* u8 */
	SMC_NLA_LGR_R_TYPE,		/* u8 */
	SMC_NLA_LGR_R_PNETID,		/* string */
	SMC_NLA_LGR_R_VLAN_ID,		/* u8 */
	SMC_NLA_LGR_R_CONNS_NUM,	/* u32 */
	SMC_NLA_LGR_R_V2_COMMON,	/* nest */
	SMC_NLA_LGR_R_V2,		/* nest */
	SMC_NLA_LGR_R_NET_COOKIE,	/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_LGR_R_PAD,		/* flag */
	SMC_NLA_LGR_R_BUF_TYPE,		/* u8 */
	__SMC_NLA_LGR_R_MAX,
	SMC_NLA_LGR_R_MAX = __SMC_NLA_LGR_R_MAX - 1
};

/* SMC_GEN_LINK_SMCR attributes */
enum {
	SMC_NLA_LINK_UNSPEC,
	SMC_NLA_LINK_ID,		/* u8 */
	SMC_NLA_LINK_IB_DEV,		/* string */
	SMC_NLA_LINK_IB_PORT,		/* u8 */
	SMC_NLA_LINK_GID,		/* string */
	SMC_NLA_LINK_PEER_GID,		/* string */
	SMC_NLA_LINK_CONN_CNT,		/* u32 */
	SMC_NLA_LINK_NET_DEV,		/* u32 */
	SMC_NLA_LINK_UID,		/* u32 */
	SMC_NLA_LINK_PEER_UID,		/* u32 */
	SMC_NLA_LINK_STATE,		/* u32 */
	__SMC_NLA_LINK_MAX,
	SMC_NLA_LINK_MAX = __SMC_NLA_LINK_MAX - 1
};

/* SMC_GEN_LGR_SMCD attributes */
enum {
	SMC_NLA_LGR_D_UNSPEC,
	SMC_NLA_LGR_D_ID,		/* u32 */
	SMC_NLA_LGR_D_GID,		/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_LGR_D_PEER_GID,		/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_LGR_D_VLAN_ID,		/* u8 */
	SMC_NLA_LGR_D_CONNS_NUM,	/* u32 */
	SMC_NLA_LGR_D_PNETID,		/* string */
	SMC_NLA_LGR_D_CHID,		/* u16 */
	SMC_NLA_LGR_D_PAD,		/* flag */
	SMC_NLA_LGR_D_V2_COMMON,	/* nest */
	__SMC_NLA_LGR_D_MAX,
	SMC_NLA_LGR_D_MAX = __SMC_NLA_LGR_D_MAX - 1
};

/* SMC_NLA_DEV_PORT nested attributes */
enum {
	SMC_NLA_DEV_PORT_UNSPEC,
	SMC_NLA_DEV_PORT_PNET_USR,	/* u8 */
	SMC_NLA_DEV_PORT_PNETID,	/* string */
	SMC_NLA_DEV_PORT_NETDEV,	/* u32 */
	SMC_NLA_DEV_PORT_STATE,		/* u8 */
	SMC_NLA_DEV_PORT_VALID,		/* u8 */
	SMC_NLA_DEV_PORT_LNK_CNT,	/* u32 */
	__SMC_NLA_DEV_PORT_MAX,
	SMC_NLA_DEV_PORT_MAX = __SMC_NLA_DEV_PORT_MAX - 1
};

/* SMC_GEN_DEV_SMCD and SMC_GEN_DEV_SMCR attributes */
enum {
	SMC_NLA_DEV_UNSPEC,
	SMC_NLA_DEV_USE_CNT,		/* u32 */
	SMC_NLA_DEV_IS_CRIT,		/* u8 */
	SMC_NLA_DEV_PCI_FID,		/* u32 */
	SMC_NLA_DEV_PCI_CHID,		/* u16 */
	SMC_NLA_DEV_PCI_VENDOR,		/* u16 */
	SMC_NLA_DEV_PCI_DEVICE,		/* u16 */
	SMC_NLA_DEV_PCI_ID,		/* string */
	SMC_NLA_DEV_PORT,		/* nest */
	SMC_NLA_DEV_PORT2,		/* nest */
	SMC_NLA_DEV_IB_NAME,		/* string */
	__SMC_NLA_DEV_MAX,
	SMC_NLA_DEV_MAX = __SMC_NLA_DEV_MAX - 1
};

/* SMC_NLA_STATS_T_TX(RX)_RMB_SIZE nested attributes */
/* SMC_NLA_STATS_TX(RX)PLOAD_SIZE nested attributes */
enum {
	SMC_NLA_STATS_PLOAD_PAD,
	SMC_NLA_STATS_PLOAD_8K,		/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_PLOAD_16K,	/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_PLOAD_32K,	/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_PLOAD_64K,	/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_PLOAD_128K,	/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_PLOAD_256K,	/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_PLOAD_512K,	/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_PLOAD_1024K,	/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_PLOAD_G_1024K,	/* u64 */
	__SMC_NLA_STATS_PLOAD_MAX,
	SMC_NLA_STATS_PLOAD_MAX = __SMC_NLA_STATS_PLOAD_MAX - 1
};

/* SMC_NLA_STATS_T_TX(RX)_RMB_STATS nested attributes */
enum {
	SMC_NLA_STATS_RMB_PAD,
	SMC_NLA_STATS_RMB_SIZE_SM_PEER_CNT,	/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_RMB_SIZE_SM_CNT,		/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_RMB_FULL_PEER_CNT,	/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_RMB_FULL_CNT,		/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_RMB_REUSE_CNT,		/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_RMB_ALLOC_CNT,		/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_RMB_DGRADE_CNT,		/* u64 */
	__SMC_NLA_STATS_RMB_MAX,
	SMC_NLA_STATS_RMB_MAX = __SMC_NLA_STATS_RMB_MAX - 1
};

/* SMC_NLA_STATS_SMCD_TECH and _SMCR_TECH nested attributes */
enum {
	SMC_NLA_STATS_T_PAD,
	SMC_NLA_STATS_T_TX_RMB_SIZE,	/* nest */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_T_RX_RMB_SIZE,	/* nest */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_T_TXPLOAD_SIZE,	/* nest */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_T_RXPLOAD_SIZE,	/* nest */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_T_TX_RMB_STATS,	/* nest */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_T_RX_RMB_STATS,	/* nest */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_T_CLNT_V1_SUCC,	/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_T_CLNT_V2_SUCC,	/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_T_SRV_V1_SUCC,	/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_T_SRV_V2_SUCC,	/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_T_SENDPAGE_CNT,	/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_T_SPLICE_CNT,	/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_T_CORK_CNT,	/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_T_NDLY_CNT,	/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_T_URG_DATA_CNT,	/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_T_RX_BYTES,	/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_T_TX_BYTES,	/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_T_RX_CNT,		/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_T_TX_CNT,		/* u64 */
	__SMC_NLA_STATS_T_MAX,
	SMC_NLA_STATS_T_MAX = __SMC_NLA_STATS_T_MAX - 1
};

/* SMC_GEN_STATS attributes */
enum {
	SMC_NLA_STATS_PAD,
	SMC_NLA_STATS_SMCD_TECH,	/* nest */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_SMCR_TECH,	/* nest */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_CLNT_HS_ERR_CNT,	/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_STATS_SRV_HS_ERR_CNT,	/* u64 */
	__SMC_NLA_STATS_MAX,
	SMC_NLA_STATS_MAX = __SMC_NLA_STATS_MAX - 1
};

/* SMC_GEN_FBACK_STATS attributes */
enum {
	SMC_NLA_FBACK_STATS_PAD,
	SMC_NLA_FBACK_STATS_TYPE,	/* u8 */
	SMC_NLA_FBACK_STATS_SRV_CNT,	/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_FBACK_STATS_CLNT_CNT,	/* u64 */
	SMC_NLA_FBACK_STATS_RSN_CODE,	/* u32 */
	SMC_NLA_FBACK_STATS_RSN_CNT,	/* u16 */
	__SMC_NLA_FBACK_STATS_MAX,
	SMC_NLA_FBACK_STATS_MAX = __SMC_NLA_FBACK_STATS_MAX - 1
};

/* SMC_NETLINK_UEID attributes */
enum {
	SMC_NLA_EID_TABLE_UNSPEC,
	SMC_NLA_EID_TABLE_ENTRY,	/* string */
	__SMC_NLA_EID_TABLE_MAX,
	SMC_NLA_EID_TABLE_MAX = __SMC_NLA_EID_TABLE_MAX - 1
};

/* SMC_NETLINK_SEID attributes */
enum {
	SMC_NLA_SEID_UNSPEC,
	SMC_NLA_SEID_ENTRY,	/* string */
	SMC_NLA_SEID_ENABLED,	/* u8 */
	__SMC_NLA_SEID_TABLE_MAX,
	SMC_NLA_SEID_TABLE_MAX = __SMC_NLA_SEID_TABLE_MAX - 1
};

/* SMC_NETLINK_HS_LIMITATION attributes */
enum {
	SMC_NLA_HS_LIMITATION_UNSPEC,
	SMC_NLA_HS_LIMITATION_ENABLED,	/* u8 */
	__SMC_NLA_HS_LIMITATION_MAX,
	SMC_NLA_HS_LIMITATION_MAX = __SMC_NLA_HS_LIMITATION_MAX - 1
};

/* SMC socket options */
#define SMC_LIMIT_HS 1	/* constraint on smc handshake */

#endif /* _LINUX_SMC_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Intel MIC Platform Software Stack (MPSS)
 *
 * Copyright(c) 2013 Intel Corporation.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2, as
 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
 * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
 * General Public License for more details.
 *
 * The full GNU General Public License is included in this distribution in
 * the file called "COPYING".
 *
 * Intel MIC driver.
 *
 */
#ifndef __MIC_COMMON_H_
#define __MIC_COMMON_H_

#include <linux/virtio_ring.h>

#define __mic_align(a, x) (((a) + (x) - 1) & ~((x) - 1))

/**
 * struct mic_device_desc: Virtio device information shared between the
 * virtio driver and userspace backend
 *
 * @type: Device type: console/network/disk etc.  Type 0/-1 terminates.
 * @num_vq: Number of virtqueues.
 * @feature_len: Number of bytes of feature bits.  Multiply by 2: one for
   host features and one for guest acknowledgements.
 * @config_len: Number of bytes of the config array after virtqueues.
 * @status: A status byte, written by the Guest.
 * @config: Start of the following variable length config.
 */
struct mic_device_desc {
	__s8 type;
	__u8 num_vq;
	__u8 feature_len;
	__u8 config_len;
	__u8 status;
	__le64 config[0];
} __attribute__ ((aligned(8)));

/**
 * struct mic_device_ctrl: Per virtio device information in the device page
 * used internally by the host and card side drivers.
 *
 * @vdev: Used for storing MIC vdev information by the guest.
 * @config_change: Set to 1 by host when a config change is requested.
 * @vdev_reset: Set to 1 by guest to indicate virtio device has been reset.
 * @guest_ack: Set to 1 by guest to ack a command.
 * @host_ack: Set to 1 by host to ack a command.
 * @used_address_updated: Set to 1 by guest when the used address should be
 * updated.
 * @c2h_vdev_db: The doorbell number to be used by guest. Set by host.
 * @h2c_vdev_db: The doorbell number to be used by host. Set by guest.
 */
struct mic_device_ctrl {
	__le64 vdev;
	__u8 config_change;
	__u8 vdev_reset;
	__u8 guest_ack;
	__u8 host_ack;
	__u8 used_address_updated;
	__s8 c2h_vdev_db;
	__s8 h2c_vdev_db;
} __attribute__ ((aligned(8)));

/**
 * struct mic_bootparam: Virtio device independent information in device page
 *
 * @magic: A magic value used by the card to ensure it can see the host
 * @h2c_config_db: Host to Card Virtio config doorbell set by card
 * @node_id: Unique id of the node
 * @h2c_scif_db - Host to card SCIF doorbell set by card
 * @c2h_scif_db - Card to host SCIF doorbell set by host
 * @scif_host_dma_addr - SCIF host queue pair DMA address
 * @scif_card_dma_addr - SCIF card queue pair DMA address
 */
struct mic_bootparam {
	__le32 magic;
	__s8 h2c_config_db;
	__u8 node_id;
	__u8 h2c_scif_db;
	__u8 c2h_scif_db;
	__u64 scif_host_dma_addr;
	__u64 scif_card_dma_addr;
} __attribute__ ((aligned(8)));

/**
 * struct mic_device_page: High level representation of the device page
 *
 * @bootparam: The bootparam structure is used for sharing information and
 * status updates between MIC host and card drivers.
 * @desc: Array of MIC virtio device descriptors.
 */
struct mic_device_page {
	struct mic_bootparam bootparam;
	struct mic_device_desc desc[0];
};
/**
 * struct mic_vqconfig: This is how we expect the device configuration field
 * for a virtqueue to be laid out in config space.
 *
 * @address: Guest/MIC physical address of the virtio ring
 * (avail and desc rings)
 * @used_address: Guest/MIC physical address of the used ring
 * @num: The number of entries in the virtio_ring
 */
struct mic_vqconfig {
	__le64 address;
	__le64 used_address;
	__le16 num;
} __attribute__ ((aligned(8)));

/*
 * The alignment to use between consumer and producer parts of vring.
 * This is pagesize for historical reasons.
 */
#define MIC_VIRTIO_RING_ALIGN		4096

#define MIC_MAX_VRINGS			4
#define MIC_VRING_ENTRIES		128

/*
 * Max vring entries (power of 2) to ensure desc and avail rings
 * fit in a single page
 */
#define MIC_MAX_VRING_ENTRIES		128

/**
 * Max size of the desc block in bytes: includes:
 *	- struct mic_device_desc
 *	- struct mic_vqconfig (num_vq of these)
 *	- host and guest features
 *	- virtio device config space
 */
#define MIC_MAX_DESC_BLK_SIZE		256

/**
 * struct _mic_vring_info - Host vring info exposed to userspace backend
 * for the avail index and magic for the card.
 *
 * @avail_idx: host avail idx
 * @magic: A magic debug cookie.
 */
struct _mic_vring_info {
	__u16 avail_idx;
	__le32 magic;
};

/**
 * struct mic_vring - Vring information.
 *
 * @vr: The virtio ring.
 * @info: Host vring information exposed to the userspace backend for the
 * avail index and magic for the card.
 * @va: The va for the buffer allocated for vr and info.
 * @len: The length of the buffer required for allocating vr and info.
 */
struct mic_vring {
	struct vring vr;
	struct _mic_vring_info *info;
	void *va;
	int len;
};

#define mic_aligned_desc_size(d) __mic_align(mic_desc_size(d), 8)

#ifndef INTEL_MIC_CARD
static __inline__ unsigned mic_desc_size(const struct mic_device_desc *desc)
{
	return sizeof(*desc) + desc->num_vq * sizeof(struct mic_vqconfig)
		+ desc->feature_len * 2 + desc->config_len;
}

static __inline__ struct mic_vqconfig *
mic_vq_config(const struct mic_device_desc *desc)
{
	return (struct mic_vqconfig *)(desc + 1);
}

static __inline__ __u8 *mic_vq_features(const struct mic_device_desc *desc)
{
	return (__u8 *)(mic_vq_config(desc) + desc->num_vq);
}

static __inline__ __u8 *mic_vq_configspace(const struct mic_device_desc *desc)
{
	return mic_vq_features(desc) + desc->feature_len * 2;
}
static __inline__ unsigned mic_total_desc_size(struct mic_device_desc *desc)
{
	return mic_aligned_desc_size(desc) + sizeof(struct mic_device_ctrl);
}
#endif

/* Device page size */
#define MIC_DP_SIZE 4096

#define MIC_MAGIC 0xc0ffee00

/**
 * enum mic_states - MIC states.
 */
enum mic_states {
	MIC_READY = 0,
	MIC_BOOTING,
	MIC_ONLINE,
	MIC_SHUTTING_DOWN,
	MIC_RESETTING,
	MIC_RESET_FAILED,
	MIC_LAST
};

/**
 * enum mic_status - MIC status reported by card after
 * a host or card initiated shutdown or a card crash.
 */
enum mic_status {
	MIC_NOP = 0,
	MIC_CRASHED,
	MIC_HALTED,
	MIC_POWER_OFF,
	MIC_RESTART,
	MIC_STATUS_LAST
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* elf-fdpic.h: FDPIC ELF load map
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2003 Red Hat, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
 * Written by David Howells (dhowells@redhat.com)
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 * 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_ELF_FDPIC_H
#define _LINUX_ELF_FDPIC_H

#include <linux/elf.h>

#define PT_GNU_STACK    (PT_LOOS + 0x474e551)

/* segment mappings for ELF FDPIC libraries/executables/interpreters */
struct elf32_fdpic_loadseg {
	Elf32_Addr	addr;		/* core address to which mapped */
	Elf32_Addr	p_vaddr;	/* VMA recorded in file */
	Elf32_Word	p_memsz;	/* allocation size recorded in file */
};

struct elf32_fdpic_loadmap {
	Elf32_Half	version;	/* version of these structures, just in case... */
	Elf32_Half	nsegs;		/* number of segments */
	struct elf32_fdpic_loadseg segs[];
};

#define ELF32_FDPIC_LOADMAP_VERSION	0x0000

#endif /* _LINUX_ELF_FDPIC_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_MSG_H
#define _LINUX_MSG_H

#include <linux/ipc.h>

/* ipcs ctl commands */
#define MSG_STAT 11
#define MSG_INFO 12
#define MSG_STAT_ANY 13

/* msgrcv options */
#define MSG_NOERROR     010000  /* no error if message is too big */
#define MSG_EXCEPT      020000  /* recv any msg except of specified type.*/
#define MSG_COPY        040000  /* copy (not remove) all queue messages */

/* Obsolete, used only for backwards compatibility and libc5 compiles */
struct msqid_ds {
	struct ipc_perm msg_perm;
	struct msg *msg_first;		/* first message on queue,unused  */
	struct msg *msg_last;		/* last message in queue,unused */
	__kernel_time_t msg_stime;	/* last msgsnd time */
	__kernel_time_t msg_rtime;	/* last msgrcv time */
	__kernel_time_t msg_ctime;	/* last change time */
	unsigned long  msg_lcbytes;	/* Reuse junk fields for 32 bit */
	unsigned long  msg_lqbytes;	/* ditto */
	unsigned short msg_cbytes;	/* current number of bytes on queue */
	unsigned short msg_qnum;	/* number of messages in queue */
	unsigned short msg_qbytes;	/* max number of bytes on queue */
	__kernel_ipc_pid_t msg_lspid;	/* pid of last msgsnd */
	__kernel_ipc_pid_t msg_lrpid;	/* last receive pid */
};

/* Include the definition of msqid64_ds */
#include <asm/msgbuf.h>

/* message buffer for msgsnd and msgrcv calls */
struct msgbuf {
	__kernel_long_t mtype;          /* type of message */
	char mtext[1];                  /* message text */
};

/* buffer for msgctl calls IPC_INFO, MSG_INFO */
struct msginfo {
	int msgpool;
	int msgmap; 
	int msgmax; 
	int msgmnb; 
	int msgmni; 
	int msgssz; 
	int msgtql; 
	unsigned short  msgseg; 
};

/*
 * MSGMNI, MSGMAX and MSGMNB are default values which can be
 * modified by sysctl.
 *
 * MSGMNI is the upper limit for the number of messages queues per
 * namespace.
 * It has been chosen to be as large possible without facilitating
 * scenarios where userspace causes overflows when adjusting the limits via
 * operations of the form retrieve current limit; add X; update limit".
 *
 * MSGMNB is the default size of a new message queue. Non-root tasks can
 * decrease the size with msgctl(IPC_SET), root tasks
 * (actually: CAP_SYS_RESOURCE) can both increase and decrease the queue
 * size. The optimal value is application dependent.
 * 16384 is used because it was always used (since 0.99.10)
 *
 * MAXMAX is the maximum size of an individual message, it's a global
 * (per-namespace) limit that applies for all message queues.
 * It's set to 1/2 of MSGMNB, to ensure that at least two messages fit into
 * the queue. This is also an arbitrary choice (since 2.6.0).
 */

#define MSGMNI 32000   /* <= IPCMNI */     /* max # of msg queue identifiers */
#define MSGMAX  8192   /* <= INT_MAX */   /* max size of message (bytes) */
#define MSGMNB 16384   /* <= INT_MAX */   /* default max size of a message queue */

/* unused */
#define MSGPOOL (MSGMNI * MSGMNB / 1024) /* size in kbytes of message pool */
#define MSGTQL  MSGMNB            /* number of system message headers */
#define MSGMAP  MSGMNB            /* number of entries in message map */
#define MSGSSZ  16                /* message segment size */
#define __MSGSEG ((MSGPOOL * 1024) / MSGSSZ) /* max no. of segments */
#define MSGSEG (__MSGSEG <= 0xffff ? __MSGSEG : 0xffff)


#endif /* _LINUX_MSG_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _MPTCP_H
#define _MPTCP_H

#include <linux/const.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

#define MPTCP_SUBFLOW_FLAG_MCAP_REM		_BITUL(0)
#define MPTCP_SUBFLOW_FLAG_MCAP_LOC		_BITUL(1)
#define MPTCP_SUBFLOW_FLAG_JOIN_REM		_BITUL(2)
#define MPTCP_SUBFLOW_FLAG_JOIN_LOC		_BITUL(3)
#define MPTCP_SUBFLOW_FLAG_BKUP_REM		_BITUL(4)
#define MPTCP_SUBFLOW_FLAG_BKUP_LOC		_BITUL(5)
#define MPTCP_SUBFLOW_FLAG_FULLY_ESTABLISHED	_BITUL(6)
#define MPTCP_SUBFLOW_FLAG_CONNECTED		_BITUL(7)
#define MPTCP_SUBFLOW_FLAG_MAPVALID		_BITUL(8)

enum {
	MPTCP_SUBFLOW_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	MPTCP_SUBFLOW_ATTR_TOKEN_REM,
	MPTCP_SUBFLOW_ATTR_TOKEN_LOC,
	MPTCP_SUBFLOW_ATTR_RELWRITE_SEQ,
	MPTCP_SUBFLOW_ATTR_MAP_SEQ,
	MPTCP_SUBFLOW_ATTR_MAP_SFSEQ,
	MPTCP_SUBFLOW_ATTR_SSN_OFFSET,
	MPTCP_SUBFLOW_ATTR_MAP_DATALEN,
	MPTCP_SUBFLOW_ATTR_FLAGS,
	MPTCP_SUBFLOW_ATTR_ID_REM,
	MPTCP_SUBFLOW_ATTR_ID_LOC,
	MPTCP_SUBFLOW_ATTR_PAD,
	__MPTCP_SUBFLOW_ATTR_MAX
};

#define MPTCP_SUBFLOW_ATTR_MAX (__MPTCP_SUBFLOW_ATTR_MAX - 1)

/* netlink interface */
#define MPTCP_PM_NAME		"mptcp_pm"
#define MPTCP_PM_CMD_GRP_NAME	"mptcp_pm_cmds"
#define MPTCP_PM_EV_GRP_NAME	"mptcp_pm_events"
#define MPTCP_PM_VER		0x1

/*
 * ATTR types defined for MPTCP
 */
enum {
	MPTCP_PM_ATTR_UNSPEC,

	MPTCP_PM_ATTR_ADDR,				/* nested address */
	MPTCP_PM_ATTR_RCV_ADD_ADDRS,			/* u32 */
	MPTCP_PM_ATTR_SUBFLOWS,				/* u32 */

	__MPTCP_PM_ATTR_MAX
};

#define MPTCP_PM_ATTR_MAX (__MPTCP_PM_ATTR_MAX - 1)

enum {
	MPTCP_PM_ADDR_ATTR_UNSPEC,

	MPTCP_PM_ADDR_ATTR_FAMILY,			/* u16 */
	MPTCP_PM_ADDR_ATTR_ID,				/* u8 */
	MPTCP_PM_ADDR_ATTR_ADDR4,			/* struct in_addr */
	MPTCP_PM_ADDR_ATTR_ADDR6,			/* struct in6_addr */
	MPTCP_PM_ADDR_ATTR_PORT,			/* u16 */
	MPTCP_PM_ADDR_ATTR_FLAGS,			/* u32 */
	MPTCP_PM_ADDR_ATTR_IF_IDX,			/* s32 */

	__MPTCP_PM_ADDR_ATTR_MAX
};

#define MPTCP_PM_ADDR_ATTR_MAX (__MPTCP_PM_ADDR_ATTR_MAX - 1)

#define MPTCP_PM_ADDR_FLAG_SIGNAL			(1 << 0)
#define MPTCP_PM_ADDR_FLAG_SUBFLOW			(1 << 1)
#define MPTCP_PM_ADDR_FLAG_BACKUP			(1 << 2)
#define MPTCP_PM_ADDR_FLAG_FULLMESH			(1 << 3)
#define MPTCP_PM_ADDR_FLAG_IMPLICIT			(1 << 4)

enum {
	MPTCP_PM_CMD_UNSPEC,

	MPTCP_PM_CMD_ADD_ADDR,
	MPTCP_PM_CMD_DEL_ADDR,
	MPTCP_PM_CMD_GET_ADDR,
	MPTCP_PM_CMD_FLUSH_ADDRS,
	MPTCP_PM_CMD_SET_LIMITS,
	MPTCP_PM_CMD_GET_LIMITS,
	MPTCP_PM_CMD_SET_FLAGS,

	__MPTCP_PM_CMD_AFTER_LAST
};

#define MPTCP_INFO_FLAG_FALLBACK		_BITUL(0)
#define MPTCP_INFO_FLAG_REMOTE_KEY_RECEIVED	_BITUL(1)

struct mptcp_info {
	__u8	mptcpi_subflows;
	__u8	mptcpi_add_addr_signal;
	__u8	mptcpi_add_addr_accepted;
	__u8	mptcpi_subflows_max;
	__u8	mptcpi_add_addr_signal_max;
	__u8	mptcpi_add_addr_accepted_max;
	__u32	mptcpi_flags;
	__u32	mptcpi_token;
	__u64	mptcpi_write_seq;
	__u64	mptcpi_snd_una;
	__u64	mptcpi_rcv_nxt;
	__u8	mptcpi_local_addr_used;
	__u8	mptcpi_local_addr_max;
};

/*
 * MPTCP_EVENT_CREATED: token, family, saddr4 | saddr6, daddr4 | daddr6,
 *                      sport, dport
 * A new MPTCP connection has been created. It is the good time to allocate
 * memory and send ADD_ADDR if needed. Depending on the traffic-patterns
 * it can take a long time until the MPTCP_EVENT_ESTABLISHED is sent.
 *
 * MPTCP_EVENT_ESTABLISHED: token, family, saddr4 | saddr6, daddr4 | daddr6,
 *			    sport, dport
 * A MPTCP connection is established (can start new subflows).
 *
 * MPTCP_EVENT_CLOSED: token
 * A MPTCP connection has stopped.
 *
 * MPTCP_EVENT_ANNOUNCED: token, rem_id, family, daddr4 | daddr6 [, dport]
 * A new address has been announced by the peer.
 *
 * MPTCP_EVENT_REMOVED: token, rem_id
 * An address has been lost by the peer.
 *
 * MPTCP_EVENT_SUB_ESTABLISHED: token, family, saddr4 | saddr6,
 *                              daddr4 | daddr6, sport, dport, backup,
 *                              if_idx [, error]
 * A new subflow has been established. 'error' should not be set.
 *
 * MPTCP_EVENT_SUB_CLOSED: token, family, saddr4 | saddr6, daddr4 | daddr6,
 *                         sport, dport, backup, if_idx [, error]
 * A subflow has been closed. An error (copy of sk_err) could be set if an
 * error has been detected for this subflow.
 *
 * MPTCP_EVENT_SUB_PRIORITY: token, family, saddr4 | saddr6, daddr4 | daddr6,
 *                           sport, dport, backup, if_idx [, error]
 *       The priority of a subflow has changed. 'error' should not be set.
 */
enum mptcp_event_type {
	MPTCP_EVENT_UNSPEC = 0,
	MPTCP_EVENT_CREATED = 1,
	MPTCP_EVENT_ESTABLISHED = 2,
	MPTCP_EVENT_CLOSED = 3,

	MPTCP_EVENT_ANNOUNCED = 6,
	MPTCP_EVENT_REMOVED = 7,

	MPTCP_EVENT_SUB_ESTABLISHED = 10,
	MPTCP_EVENT_SUB_CLOSED = 11,

	MPTCP_EVENT_SUB_PRIORITY = 13,
};

enum mptcp_event_attr {
	MPTCP_ATTR_UNSPEC = 0,

	MPTCP_ATTR_TOKEN,	/* u32 */
	MPTCP_ATTR_FAMILY,	/* u16 */
	MPTCP_ATTR_LOC_ID,	/* u8 */
	MPTCP_ATTR_REM_ID,	/* u8 */
	MPTCP_ATTR_SADDR4,	/* be32 */
	MPTCP_ATTR_SADDR6,	/* struct in6_addr */
	MPTCP_ATTR_DADDR4,	/* be32 */
	MPTCP_ATTR_DADDR6,	/* struct in6_addr */
	MPTCP_ATTR_SPORT,	/* be16 */
	MPTCP_ATTR_DPORT,	/* be16 */
	MPTCP_ATTR_BACKUP,	/* u8 */
	MPTCP_ATTR_ERROR,	/* u8 */
	MPTCP_ATTR_FLAGS,	/* u16 */
	MPTCP_ATTR_TIMEOUT,	/* u32 */
	MPTCP_ATTR_IF_IDX,	/* s32 */
	MPTCP_ATTR_RESET_REASON,/* u32 */
	MPTCP_ATTR_RESET_FLAGS, /* u32 */

	__MPTCP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
};

#define MPTCP_ATTR_MAX (__MPTCP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1)

/* MPTCP Reset reason codes, rfc8684 */
#define MPTCP_RST_EUNSPEC	0
#define MPTCP_RST_EMPTCP	1
#define MPTCP_RST_ERESOURCE	2
#define MPTCP_RST_EPROHIBIT	3
#define MPTCP_RST_EWQ2BIG	4
#define MPTCP_RST_EBADPERF	5
#define MPTCP_RST_EMIDDLEBOX	6

#endif /* _MPTCP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_POSIX_TYPES_H
#define _LINUX_POSIX_TYPES_H

#include <linux/stddef.h>

/*
 * This allows for 1024 file descriptors: if NR_OPEN is ever grown
 * beyond that you'll have to change this too. But 1024 fd's seem to be
 * enough even for such "real" unices like OSF/1, so hopefully this is
 * one limit that doesn't have to be changed [again].
 *
 * Note that POSIX wants the FD_CLEAR(fd,fdsetp) defines to be in
 * <sys/time.h> (and thus <linux/time.h>) - but this is a more logical
 * place for them. Solved by having dummy defines in <sys/time.h>.
 */

/*
 * This macro may have been defined in <gnu/types.h>. But we always
 * use the one here.
 */
#undef __FD_SETSIZE
#define __FD_SETSIZE	1024

typedef struct {
	unsigned long fds_bits[__FD_SETSIZE / (8 * sizeof(long))];
} __kernel_fd_set;

/* Type of a signal handler.  */
typedef void (*__kernel_sighandler_t)(int);

/* Type of a SYSV IPC key.  */
typedef int __kernel_key_t;
typedef int __kernel_mqd_t;

#include <asm/posix_types.h>

#endif /* _LINUX_POSIX_TYPES_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_LIMITS_H
#define _LINUX_LIMITS_H

#define NR_OPEN	        1024

#define NGROUPS_MAX    65536	/* supplemental group IDs are available */
#define ARG_MAX       131072	/* # bytes of args + environ for exec() */
#define LINK_MAX         127	/* # links a file may have */
#define MAX_CANON        255	/* size of the canonical input queue */
#define MAX_INPUT        255	/* size of the type-ahead buffer */
#define NAME_MAX         255	/* # chars in a file name */
#define PATH_MAX        4096	/* # chars in a path name including nul */
#define PIPE_BUF        4096	/* # bytes in atomic write to a pipe */
#define XATTR_NAME_MAX   255	/* # chars in an extended attribute name */
#define XATTR_SIZE_MAX 65536	/* size of an extended attribute value (64k) */
#define XATTR_LIST_MAX 65536	/* size of extended attribute namelist (64k) */

#define RTSIG_MAX	  32

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* atmarp.h - ATM ARP protocol and kernel-demon interface definitions */
 
/* Written 1995-1999 by Werner Almesberger, EPFL LRC/ICA */
 

#ifndef _LINUX_ATMARP_H
#define _LINUX_ATMARP_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/atmapi.h>
#include <linux/atmioc.h>


#define ATMARP_RETRY_DELAY 30		/* request next resolution or forget
					   NAK after 30 sec - should go into
					   atmclip.h */
#define ATMARP_MAX_UNRES_PACKETS 5	/* queue that many packets while
					   waiting for the resolver */


#define ATMARPD_CTRL	_IO('a',ATMIOC_CLIP+1)	/* become atmarpd ctrl sock */
#define ATMARP_MKIP	_IO('a',ATMIOC_CLIP+2)	/* attach socket to IP */
#define ATMARP_SETENTRY	_IO('a',ATMIOC_CLIP+3)	/* fill or hide ARP entry */
#define ATMARP_ENCAP	_IO('a',ATMIOC_CLIP+5)	/* change encapsulation */


enum atmarp_ctrl_type {
	act_invalid,		/* catch uninitialized structures */
	act_need,		/* need address resolution */
	act_up,			/* interface is coming up */
	act_down,		/* interface is going down */
	act_change		/* interface configuration has changed */
};

struct atmarp_ctrl {
	enum atmarp_ctrl_type	type;	/* message type */
	int			itf_num;/* interface number (if present) */
	__be32			ip;	/* IP address (act_need only) */
};

#endif
/*
 * Copyright by Hannu Savolainen 1993-1997
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
 * met: 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 2.
 * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
 * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
 * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY
 * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
 * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
 * DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
 * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
 * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
 * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef SOUNDCARD_H
#define SOUNDCARD_H


/*
 * OSS interface version. With versions earlier than 3.6 this value is
 * an integer with value less than 361. In versions 3.6 and later
 * it's a six digit hexadecimal value. For example value
 * of 0x030600 represents OSS version 3.6.0.
 * Use ioctl(fd, OSS_GETVERSION, &int) to get the version number of
 * the currently active driver.
 */
#define SOUND_VERSION	0x030802
#define OPEN_SOUND_SYSTEM

/* In Linux we need to be prepared for cross compiling */
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

/* Endian macros. */
#  include <endian.h>

/*
 *	Supported card ID numbers (Should be somewhere else?)
 */

#define SNDCARD_ADLIB		1
#define SNDCARD_SB		2
#define SNDCARD_PAS		3
#define SNDCARD_GUS		4
#define SNDCARD_MPU401		5
#define SNDCARD_SB16		6
#define SNDCARD_SB16MIDI	7
#define SNDCARD_UART6850	8
#define SNDCARD_GUS16		9
#define SNDCARD_MSS		10
#define SNDCARD_PSS     	11
#define SNDCARD_SSCAPE		12
#define SNDCARD_PSS_MPU     	13
#define SNDCARD_PSS_MSS     	14
#define SNDCARD_SSCAPE_MSS	15
#define SNDCARD_TRXPRO		16
#define SNDCARD_TRXPRO_SB	17
#define SNDCARD_TRXPRO_MPU	18
#define SNDCARD_MAD16		19
#define SNDCARD_MAD16_MPU	20
#define SNDCARD_CS4232		21
#define SNDCARD_CS4232_MPU	22
#define SNDCARD_MAUI		23
#define SNDCARD_PSEUDO_MSS	24
#define SNDCARD_GUSPNP		25
#define SNDCARD_UART401		26
/* Sound card numbers 27 to N are reserved. Don't add more numbers here. */

/***********************************
 * IOCTL Commands for /dev/sequencer
 */

#ifndef _SIOWR
#if defined(_IOWR) && (defined(_AIX) || (!defined(sun) && !defined(sparc) && !defined(__sparc__) && !defined(__INCioctlh) && !defined(__Lynx__)))
/* Use already defined ioctl defines if they exist (except with Sun or Sparc) */
#define	SIOCPARM_MASK	IOCPARM_MASK
#define	SIOC_VOID	IOC_VOID
#define	SIOC_OUT	IOC_OUT
#define	SIOC_IN		IOC_IN
#define	SIOC_INOUT	IOC_INOUT
#define _SIOC_SIZE	_IOC_SIZE
#define _SIOC_DIR	_IOC_DIR
#define _SIOC_NONE	_IOC_NONE
#define _SIOC_READ	_IOC_READ
#define _SIOC_WRITE	_IOC_WRITE
#define	_SIO		_IO
#define	_SIOR		_IOR
#define	_SIOW		_IOW
#define	_SIOWR		_IOWR
#else

/* Ioctl's have the command encoded in the lower word,
 * and the size of any in or out parameters in the upper
 * word.  The high 2 bits of the upper word are used
 * to encode the in/out status of the parameter; for now
 * we restrict parameters to at most 8191 bytes.
 */
/* #define	SIOCTYPE		(0xff<<8) */
#define	SIOCPARM_MASK	0x1fff		/* parameters must be < 8192 bytes */
#define	SIOC_VOID	0x00000000	/* no parameters */
#define	SIOC_OUT	0x20000000	/* copy out parameters */
#define	SIOC_IN		0x40000000	/* copy in parameters */
#define	SIOC_INOUT	(SIOC_IN|SIOC_OUT)
/* the 0x20000000 is so we can distinguish new ioctl's from old */
#define	_SIO(x,y)	((int)(SIOC_VOID|(x<<8)|y))
#define	_SIOR(x,y,t)	((int)(SIOC_OUT|((sizeof(t)&SIOCPARM_MASK)<<16)|(x<<8)|y))
#define	_SIOW(x,y,t)	((int)(SIOC_IN|((sizeof(t)&SIOCPARM_MASK)<<16)|(x<<8)|y))
/* this should be _SIORW, but stdio got there first */
#define	_SIOWR(x,y,t)	((int)(SIOC_INOUT|((sizeof(t)&SIOCPARM_MASK)<<16)|(x<<8)|y))
#define _SIOC_SIZE(x)	((x>>16)&SIOCPARM_MASK)	
#define _SIOC_DIR(x)	(x & 0xf0000000)
#define _SIOC_NONE	SIOC_VOID
#define _SIOC_READ	SIOC_OUT
#define _SIOC_WRITE	SIOC_IN
#  endif /* _IOWR */
#endif  /* !_SIOWR */

#define SNDCTL_SEQ_RESET		_SIO  ('Q', 0)
#define SNDCTL_SEQ_SYNC			_SIO  ('Q', 1)
#define SNDCTL_SYNTH_INFO		_SIOWR('Q', 2, struct synth_info)
#define SNDCTL_SEQ_CTRLRATE		_SIOWR('Q', 3, int)	/* Set/get timer resolution (HZ) */
#define SNDCTL_SEQ_GETOUTCOUNT		_SIOR ('Q', 4, int)
#define SNDCTL_SEQ_GETINCOUNT		_SIOR ('Q', 5, int)
#define SNDCTL_SEQ_PERCMODE		_SIOW ('Q', 6, int)
#define SNDCTL_FM_LOAD_INSTR		_SIOW ('Q', 7, struct sbi_instrument)	/* Obsolete. Don't use!!!!!! */
#define SNDCTL_SEQ_TESTMIDI		_SIOW ('Q', 8, int)
#define SNDCTL_SEQ_RESETSAMPLES		_SIOW ('Q', 9, int)
#define SNDCTL_SEQ_NRSYNTHS		_SIOR ('Q',10, int)
#define SNDCTL_SEQ_NRMIDIS		_SIOR ('Q',11, int)
#define SNDCTL_MIDI_INFO		_SIOWR('Q',12, struct midi_info)
#define SNDCTL_SEQ_THRESHOLD		_SIOW ('Q',13, int)
#define SNDCTL_SYNTH_MEMAVL		_SIOWR('Q',14, int)	/* in=dev#, out=memsize */
#define SNDCTL_FM_4OP_ENABLE		_SIOW ('Q',15, int)	/* in=dev# */
#define SNDCTL_SEQ_PANIC		_SIO  ('Q',17)
#define SNDCTL_SEQ_OUTOFBAND		_SIOW ('Q',18, struct seq_event_rec)
#define SNDCTL_SEQ_GETTIME		_SIOR ('Q',19, int)
#define SNDCTL_SYNTH_ID			_SIOWR('Q',20, struct synth_info)
#define SNDCTL_SYNTH_CONTROL		_SIOWR('Q',21, struct synth_control)
#define SNDCTL_SYNTH_REMOVESAMPLE	_SIOWR('Q',22, struct remove_sample)

typedef struct synth_control
{
	int devno;	/* Synthesizer # */
	char data[4000]; /* Device spesific command/data record */
}synth_control;

typedef struct remove_sample
{
	int devno;	/* Synthesizer # */
	int bankno;	/* MIDI bank # (0=General MIDI) */
	int instrno;	/* MIDI instrument number */
} remove_sample;

typedef struct seq_event_rec {
		unsigned char arr[8];
} seq_event_rec;

#define SNDCTL_TMR_TIMEBASE		_SIOWR('T', 1, int)
#define SNDCTL_TMR_START		_SIO  ('T', 2)
#define SNDCTL_TMR_STOP			_SIO  ('T', 3)
#define SNDCTL_TMR_CONTINUE		_SIO  ('T', 4)
#define SNDCTL_TMR_TEMPO		_SIOWR('T', 5, int)
#define SNDCTL_TMR_SOURCE		_SIOWR('T', 6, int)
#	define TMR_INTERNAL		0x00000001
#	define TMR_EXTERNAL		0x00000002
#		define TMR_MODE_MIDI	0x00000010
#		define TMR_MODE_FSK	0x00000020
#		define TMR_MODE_CLS	0x00000040
#		define TMR_MODE_SMPTE	0x00000080
#define SNDCTL_TMR_METRONOME		_SIOW ('T', 7, int)
#define SNDCTL_TMR_SELECT		_SIOW ('T', 8, int)

/*
 * Some big endian/little endian handling macros
 */

#define _LINUX_PATCHKEY_H_INDIRECT
#include <linux/patchkey.h>
#undef _LINUX_PATCHKEY_H_INDIRECT

# if defined(__BYTE_ORDER)
#  if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
#    define AFMT_S16_NE AFMT_S16_BE
#  elif __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
#    define AFMT_S16_NE AFMT_S16_LE
#  else
#    error "could not determine byte order"
#  endif
# endif

/*
 *	Sample loading mechanism for internal synthesizers (/dev/sequencer)
 *	The following patch_info structure has been designed to support
 *	Gravis UltraSound. It tries to be universal format for uploading
 *	sample based patches but is probably too limited.
 *
 *      (PBD) As Hannu guessed, the GUS structure is too limited for 
 *      the WaveFront, but this is the right place for a constant definition.
 */

struct patch_info {
		unsigned short key;		/* Use WAVE_PATCH here */
#define WAVE_PATCH	   _PATCHKEY(0x04)
#define GUS_PATCH	   WAVE_PATCH
#define WAVEFRONT_PATCH    _PATCHKEY(0x06)

		short device_no;	/* Synthesizer number */
		short instr_no;		/* Midi pgm# */

		unsigned int mode;
/*
 * The least significant byte has the same format than the GUS .PAT
 * files
 */
#define WAVE_16_BITS	0x01	/* bit 0 = 8 or 16 bit wave data. */
#define WAVE_UNSIGNED	0x02	/* bit 1 = Signed - Unsigned data. */
#define WAVE_LOOPING	0x04	/* bit 2 = looping enabled-1. */
#define WAVE_BIDIR_LOOP	0x08	/* bit 3 = Set is bidirectional looping. */
#define WAVE_LOOP_BACK	0x10	/* bit 4 = Set is looping backward. */
#define WAVE_SUSTAIN_ON	0x20	/* bit 5 = Turn sustaining on. (Env. pts. 3)*/
#define WAVE_ENVELOPES	0x40	/* bit 6 = Enable envelopes - 1 */
#define WAVE_FAST_RELEASE 0x80	/* bit 7 = Shut off immediately after note off */
				/* 	(use the env_rate/env_offs fields). */
/* Linux specific bits */
#define WAVE_VIBRATO	0x00010000	/* The vibrato info is valid */
#define WAVE_TREMOLO	0x00020000	/* The tremolo info is valid */
#define WAVE_SCALE	0x00040000	/* The scaling info is valid */
#define WAVE_FRACTIONS	0x00080000	/* Fraction information is valid */
/* Reserved bits */
#define WAVE_ROM	0x40000000	/* For future use */
#define WAVE_MULAW	0x20000000	/* For future use */
/* Other bits must be zeroed */

		int len;	/* Size of the wave data in bytes */
		int loop_start, loop_end; /* Byte offsets from the beginning */

/* 
 * The base_freq and base_note fields are used when computing the
 * playback speed for a note. The base_note defines the tone frequency
 * which is heard if the sample is played using the base_freq as the
 * playback speed.
 *
 * The low_note and high_note fields define the minimum and maximum note
 * frequencies for which this sample is valid. It is possible to define
 * more than one samples for an instrument number at the same time. The
 * low_note and high_note fields are used to select the most suitable one.
 *
 * The fields base_note, high_note and low_note should contain
 * the note frequency multiplied by 1000. For example value for the
 * middle A is 440*1000.
 */

		unsigned int base_freq;
		unsigned int base_note;
		unsigned int high_note;
		unsigned int low_note;
		int panning;	/* -128=left, 127=right */
		int detuning;

/*	New fields introduced in version 1.99.5	*/

       /* Envelope. Enabled by mode bit WAVE_ENVELOPES	*/
		unsigned char	env_rate[ 6 ];	 /* GUS HW ramping rate */
		unsigned char	env_offset[ 6 ]; /* 255 == 100% */

	/* 
	 * The tremolo, vibrato and scale info are not supported yet.
	 * Enable by setting the mode bits WAVE_TREMOLO, WAVE_VIBRATO or
	 * WAVE_SCALE
	 */

		unsigned char	tremolo_sweep;
		unsigned char	tremolo_rate;
		unsigned char	tremolo_depth;
	
		unsigned char	vibrato_sweep;
		unsigned char	vibrato_rate;
		unsigned char	vibrato_depth;

		int		scale_frequency;
		unsigned int	scale_factor;		/* from 0 to 2048 or 0 to 2 */
	
	        int		volume;
		int		fractions;
		int		reserved1;
	        int		spare[2];
		char data[1];	/* The waveform data starts here */
	};

struct sysex_info {
		short key;		/* Use SYSEX_PATCH or MAUI_PATCH here */
#define SYSEX_PATCH	_PATCHKEY(0x05)
#define MAUI_PATCH	_PATCHKEY(0x06)
		short device_no;	/* Synthesizer number */
		int len;	/* Size of the sysex data in bytes */
		unsigned char data[1];	/* Sysex data starts here */
	};

/*
 * /dev/sequencer input events.
 *
 * The data written to the /dev/sequencer is a stream of events. Events
 * are records of 4 or 8 bytes. The first byte defines the size. 
 * Any number of events can be written with a write call. There
 * is a set of macros for sending these events. Use these macros if you
 * want to maximize portability of your program.
 *
 * Events SEQ_WAIT, SEQ_MIDIPUTC and SEQ_ECHO. Are also input events.
 * (All input events are currently 4 bytes long. Be prepared to support
 * 8 byte events also. If you receive any event having first byte >= 128,
 * it's a 8 byte event.
 *
 * The events are documented at the end of this file.
 *
 * Normal events (4 bytes)
 * There is also a 8 byte version of most of the 4 byte events. The
 * 8 byte one is recommended.
 */
#define SEQ_NOTEOFF		0
#define SEQ_FMNOTEOFF		SEQ_NOTEOFF	/* Just old name */
#define SEQ_NOTEON		1
#define	SEQ_FMNOTEON		SEQ_NOTEON
#define SEQ_WAIT		TMR_WAIT_ABS
#define SEQ_PGMCHANGE		3
#define SEQ_FMPGMCHANGE		SEQ_PGMCHANGE
#define SEQ_SYNCTIMER		TMR_START
#define SEQ_MIDIPUTC		5
#define SEQ_DRUMON		6	/*** OBSOLETE ***/
#define SEQ_DRUMOFF		7	/*** OBSOLETE ***/
#define SEQ_ECHO		TMR_ECHO	/* For synching programs with output */
#define SEQ_AFTERTOUCH		9
#define SEQ_CONTROLLER		10

/*******************************************
 *	Midi controller numbers
 *******************************************
 * Controllers 0 to 31 (0x00 to 0x1f) and
 * 32 to 63 (0x20 to 0x3f) are continuous
 * controllers.
 * In the MIDI 1.0 these controllers are sent using
 * two messages. Controller numbers 0 to 31 are used
 * to send the MSB and the controller numbers 32 to 63
 * are for the LSB. Note that just 7 bits are used in MIDI bytes.
 */

#define	   CTL_BANK_SELECT		0x00
#define	   CTL_MODWHEEL			0x01
#define    CTL_BREATH			0x02
/*		undefined		0x03 */
#define    CTL_FOOT			0x04
#define    CTL_PORTAMENTO_TIME		0x05
#define    CTL_DATA_ENTRY		0x06
#define    CTL_MAIN_VOLUME		0x07
#define    CTL_BALANCE			0x08
/*		undefined		0x09 */
#define    CTL_PAN			0x0a
#define    CTL_EXPRESSION		0x0b
/*		undefined		0x0c */
/*		undefined		0x0d */
/*		undefined		0x0e */
/*		undefined		0x0f */
#define    CTL_GENERAL_PURPOSE1	0x10
#define    CTL_GENERAL_PURPOSE2	0x11
#define    CTL_GENERAL_PURPOSE3	0x12
#define    CTL_GENERAL_PURPOSE4	0x13
/*		undefined		0x14 - 0x1f */

/*		undefined		0x20 */
/* The controller numbers 0x21 to 0x3f are reserved for the */
/* least significant bytes of the controllers 0x00 to 0x1f. */
/* These controllers are not recognised by the driver. */

/* Controllers 64 to 69 (0x40 to 0x45) are on/off switches. */
/* 0=OFF and 127=ON (intermediate values are possible) */
#define    CTL_DAMPER_PEDAL		0x40
#define    CTL_SUSTAIN			0x40	/* Alias */
#define    CTL_HOLD			0x40	/* Alias */
#define    CTL_PORTAMENTO		0x41
#define    CTL_SOSTENUTO		0x42
#define    CTL_SOFT_PEDAL		0x43
/*		undefined		0x44 */
#define    CTL_HOLD2			0x45
/*		undefined		0x46 - 0x4f */

#define    CTL_GENERAL_PURPOSE5	0x50
#define    CTL_GENERAL_PURPOSE6	0x51
#define    CTL_GENERAL_PURPOSE7	0x52
#define    CTL_GENERAL_PURPOSE8	0x53
/*		undefined		0x54 - 0x5a */
#define    CTL_EXT_EFF_DEPTH		0x5b
#define    CTL_TREMOLO_DEPTH		0x5c
#define    CTL_CHORUS_DEPTH		0x5d
#define    CTL_DETUNE_DEPTH		0x5e
#define    CTL_CELESTE_DEPTH		0x5e	/* Alias for the above one */
#define    CTL_PHASER_DEPTH		0x5f
#define    CTL_DATA_INCREMENT		0x60
#define    CTL_DATA_DECREMENT		0x61
#define    CTL_NONREG_PARM_NUM_LSB	0x62
#define    CTL_NONREG_PARM_NUM_MSB	0x63
#define    CTL_REGIST_PARM_NUM_LSB	0x64
#define    CTL_REGIST_PARM_NUM_MSB	0x65
/*		undefined		0x66 - 0x78 */
/*		reserved		0x79 - 0x7f */

/* Pseudo controllers (not midi compatible) */
#define    CTRL_PITCH_BENDER		255
#define    CTRL_PITCH_BENDER_RANGE	254
#define    CTRL_EXPRESSION		253	/* Obsolete */
#define    CTRL_MAIN_VOLUME		252	/* Obsolete */
#define SEQ_BALANCE		11
#define SEQ_VOLMODE             12

/*
 * Volume mode decides how volumes are used
 */

#define VOL_METHOD_ADAGIO	1
#define VOL_METHOD_LINEAR	2

/*
 * Note! SEQ_WAIT, SEQ_MIDIPUTC and SEQ_ECHO are used also as
 *	 input events.
 */

/*
 * Event codes 0xf0 to 0xfc are reserved for future extensions.
 */

#define SEQ_FULLSIZE		0xfd	/* Long events */
/*
 *	SEQ_FULLSIZE events are used for loading patches/samples to the
 *	synthesizer devices. These events are passed directly to the driver
 *	of the associated synthesizer device. There is no limit to the size
 *	of the extended events. These events are not queued but executed
 *	immediately when the write() is called (execution can take several
 *	seconds of time). 
 *
 *	When a SEQ_FULLSIZE message is written to the device, it must
 *	be written using exactly one write() call. Other events cannot
 *	be mixed to the same write.
 *	
 *	For FM synths (YM3812/OPL3) use struct sbi_instrument and write it to the 
 *	/dev/sequencer. Don't write other data together with the instrument structure
 *	Set the key field of the structure to FM_PATCH. The device field is used to
 *	route the patch to the corresponding device.
 *
 *	For wave table use struct patch_info. Initialize the key field
 *      to WAVE_PATCH.
 */
#define SEQ_PRIVATE		0xfe	/* Low level HW dependent events (8 bytes) */
#define SEQ_EXTENDED		0xff	/* Extended events (8 bytes) OBSOLETE */

/*
 * Record for FM patches
 */

typedef unsigned char sbi_instr_data[32];

struct sbi_instrument {
		unsigned short	key;	/* FM_PATCH or OPL3_PATCH */
#define FM_PATCH	_PATCHKEY(0x01)
#define OPL3_PATCH	_PATCHKEY(0x03)
		short		device;		/*	Synth# (0-4)	*/
		int 		channel;	/*	Program# to be initialized 	*/
		sbi_instr_data	operators;	/*	Register settings for operator cells (.SBI format)	*/
	};

struct synth_info {	/* Read only */
		char	name[30];
		int	device;		/* 0-N. INITIALIZE BEFORE CALLING */
		int	synth_type;
#define SYNTH_TYPE_FM			0
#define SYNTH_TYPE_SAMPLE		1
#define SYNTH_TYPE_MIDI			2	/* Midi interface */

		int	synth_subtype;
#define FM_TYPE_ADLIB			0x00
#define FM_TYPE_OPL3			0x01
#define MIDI_TYPE_MPU401		0x401

#define SAMPLE_TYPE_BASIC		0x10
#define SAMPLE_TYPE_GUS			SAMPLE_TYPE_BASIC
#define SAMPLE_TYPE_WAVEFRONT           0x11

		int	perc_mode;	/* No longer supported */
		int	nr_voices;
		int	nr_drums;	/* Obsolete field */
		int	instr_bank_size;
		unsigned int	capabilities;	
#define SYNTH_CAP_PERCMODE		0x00000001 /* No longer used */
#define SYNTH_CAP_OPL3			0x00000002 /* Set if OPL3 supported */
#define SYNTH_CAP_INPUT			0x00000004 /* Input (MIDI) device */
		int	dummies[19];	/* Reserve space */
	};

struct sound_timer_info {
		char name[32];
		int caps;
	};

#define MIDI_CAP_MPU401		1		/* MPU-401 intelligent mode */

struct midi_info {
		char		name[30];
		int		device;		/* 0-N. INITIALIZE BEFORE CALLING */
		unsigned int	capabilities;	/* To be defined later */
		int		dev_type;
		int		dummies[18];	/* Reserve space */
	};

/********************************************
 * ioctl commands for the /dev/midi##
 */
typedef struct {
		unsigned char cmd;
		char nr_args, nr_returns;
		unsigned char data[30];
	} mpu_command_rec;

#define SNDCTL_MIDI_PRETIME		_SIOWR('m', 0, int)
#define SNDCTL_MIDI_MPUMODE		_SIOWR('m', 1, int)
#define SNDCTL_MIDI_MPUCMD		_SIOWR('m', 2, mpu_command_rec)

/********************************************
 * IOCTL commands for /dev/dsp and /dev/audio
 */

#define SNDCTL_DSP_RESET		_SIO  ('P', 0)
#define SNDCTL_DSP_SYNC			_SIO  ('P', 1)
#define SNDCTL_DSP_SPEED		_SIOWR('P', 2, int)
#define SNDCTL_DSP_STEREO		_SIOWR('P', 3, int)
#define SNDCTL_DSP_GETBLKSIZE		_SIOWR('P', 4, int)
#define SNDCTL_DSP_SAMPLESIZE		SNDCTL_DSP_SETFMT
#define SNDCTL_DSP_CHANNELS		_SIOWR('P', 6, int)
#define SOUND_PCM_WRITE_CHANNELS	SNDCTL_DSP_CHANNELS
#define SOUND_PCM_WRITE_FILTER		_SIOWR('P', 7, int)
#define SNDCTL_DSP_POST			_SIO  ('P', 8)
#define SNDCTL_DSP_SUBDIVIDE		_SIOWR('P', 9, int)
#define SNDCTL_DSP_SETFRAGMENT		_SIOWR('P',10, int)

/*	Audio data formats (Note! U8=8 and S16_LE=16 for compatibility) */
#define SNDCTL_DSP_GETFMTS		_SIOR ('P',11, int) /* Returns a mask */
#define SNDCTL_DSP_SETFMT		_SIOWR('P',5, int) /* Selects ONE fmt*/
#	define AFMT_QUERY		0x00000000	/* Return current fmt */
#	define AFMT_MU_LAW		0x00000001
#	define AFMT_A_LAW		0x00000002
#	define AFMT_IMA_ADPCM		0x00000004
#	define AFMT_U8			0x00000008
#	define AFMT_S16_LE		0x00000010	/* Little endian signed 16*/
#	define AFMT_S16_BE		0x00000020	/* Big endian signed 16 */
#	define AFMT_S8			0x00000040
#	define AFMT_U16_LE		0x00000080	/* Little endian U16 */
#	define AFMT_U16_BE		0x00000100	/* Big endian U16 */
#	define AFMT_MPEG		0x00000200	/* MPEG (2) audio */
#	define AFMT_AC3		0x00000400	/* Dolby Digital AC3 */

/*
 * Buffer status queries.
 */
typedef struct audio_buf_info {
			int fragments;	/* # of available fragments (partially usend ones not counted) */
			int fragstotal;	/* Total # of fragments allocated */
			int fragsize;	/* Size of a fragment in bytes */

			int bytes;	/* Available space in bytes (includes partially used fragments) */
			/* Note! 'bytes' could be more than fragments*fragsize */
		} audio_buf_info;

#define SNDCTL_DSP_GETOSPACE		_SIOR ('P',12, audio_buf_info)
#define SNDCTL_DSP_GETISPACE		_SIOR ('P',13, audio_buf_info)
#define SNDCTL_DSP_NONBLOCK		_SIO  ('P',14)
#define SNDCTL_DSP_GETCAPS		_SIOR ('P',15, int)
#	define DSP_CAP_REVISION		0x000000ff	/* Bits for revision level (0 to 255) */
#	define DSP_CAP_DUPLEX		0x00000100	/* Full duplex record/playback */
#	define DSP_CAP_REALTIME		0x00000200	/* Real time capability */
#	define DSP_CAP_BATCH		0x00000400	/* Device has some kind of */
							/* internal buffers which may */
							/* cause some delays and */
							/* decrease precision of timing */
#	define DSP_CAP_COPROC		0x00000800	/* Has a coprocessor */
							/* Sometimes it's a DSP */
							/* but usually not */
#	define DSP_CAP_TRIGGER		0x00001000	/* Supports SETTRIGGER */
#	define DSP_CAP_MMAP		0x00002000	/* Supports mmap() */
#	define DSP_CAP_MULTI		0x00004000	/* support multiple open */
#	define DSP_CAP_BIND		0x00008000	/* channel binding to front/rear/cneter/lfe */


#define SNDCTL_DSP_GETTRIGGER		_SIOR ('P',16, int)
#define SNDCTL_DSP_SETTRIGGER		_SIOW ('P',16, int)
#	define PCM_ENABLE_INPUT		0x00000001
#	define PCM_ENABLE_OUTPUT		0x00000002

typedef struct count_info {
		int bytes;	/* Total # of bytes processed */
		int blocks;	/* # of fragment transitions since last time */
		int ptr;	/* Current DMA pointer value */
	} count_info;

#define SNDCTL_DSP_GETIPTR		_SIOR ('P',17, count_info)
#define SNDCTL_DSP_GETOPTR		_SIOR ('P',18, count_info)

typedef struct buffmem_desc {
		unsigned *buffer;
		int size;
	} buffmem_desc;
#define SNDCTL_DSP_MAPINBUF		_SIOR ('P', 19, buffmem_desc)
#define SNDCTL_DSP_MAPOUTBUF		_SIOR ('P', 20, buffmem_desc)
#define SNDCTL_DSP_SETSYNCRO		_SIO  ('P', 21)
#define SNDCTL_DSP_SETDUPLEX		_SIO  ('P', 22)
#define SNDCTL_DSP_GETODELAY		_SIOR ('P', 23, int)

#define SNDCTL_DSP_GETCHANNELMASK		_SIOWR('P', 64, int)
#define SNDCTL_DSP_BIND_CHANNEL		_SIOWR('P', 65, int)
#	define DSP_BIND_QUERY		0x00000000
#	define DSP_BIND_FRONT		0x00000001
#	define DSP_BIND_SURR		0x00000002
#	define DSP_BIND_CENTER_LFE	0x00000004
#	define DSP_BIND_HANDSET		0x00000008
#	define DSP_BIND_MIC		0x00000010
#	define DSP_BIND_MODEM1		0x00000020
#	define DSP_BIND_MODEM2		0x00000040
#	define DSP_BIND_I2S		0x00000080
#	define DSP_BIND_SPDIF		0x00000100

#define SNDCTL_DSP_SETSPDIF		_SIOW ('P', 66, int)
#define SNDCTL_DSP_GETSPDIF		_SIOR ('P', 67, int)
#	define SPDIF_PRO	0x0001
#	define SPDIF_N_AUD	0x0002
#	define SPDIF_COPY	0x0004
#	define SPDIF_PRE	0x0008
#	define SPDIF_CC		0x07f0
#	define SPDIF_L		0x0800
#	define SPDIF_DRS	0x4000
#	define SPDIF_V		0x8000

/*
 * Application's profile defines the way how playback underrun situations should be handled.
 * 
 *	APF_NORMAL (the default) and APF_NETWORK make the driver to cleanup the
 *	playback buffer whenever an underrun occurs. This consumes some time
 *	prevents looping the existing buffer.
 *	APF_CPUINTENS is intended to be set by CPU intensive applications which
 *	are likely to run out of time occasionally. In this mode the buffer cleanup is
 *	disabled which saves CPU time but also let's the previous buffer content to
 *	be played during the "pause" after the underrun.
 */
#define SNDCTL_DSP_PROFILE		_SIOW ('P', 23, int)
#define	  APF_NORMAL	0	/* Normal applications */
#define	  APF_NETWORK	1	/* Underruns probably caused by an "external" delay */
#define   APF_CPUINTENS 2	/* Underruns probably caused by "overheating" the CPU */

#define SOUND_PCM_READ_RATE		_SIOR ('P', 2, int)
#define SOUND_PCM_READ_CHANNELS		_SIOR ('P', 6, int)
#define SOUND_PCM_READ_BITS		_SIOR ('P', 5, int)
#define SOUND_PCM_READ_FILTER		_SIOR ('P', 7, int)

/* Some alias names */
#define SOUND_PCM_WRITE_BITS		SNDCTL_DSP_SETFMT
#define SOUND_PCM_WRITE_RATE		SNDCTL_DSP_SPEED
#define SOUND_PCM_POST			SNDCTL_DSP_POST
#define SOUND_PCM_RESET			SNDCTL_DSP_RESET
#define SOUND_PCM_SYNC			SNDCTL_DSP_SYNC
#define SOUND_PCM_SUBDIVIDE		SNDCTL_DSP_SUBDIVIDE
#define SOUND_PCM_SETFRAGMENT		SNDCTL_DSP_SETFRAGMENT
#define SOUND_PCM_GETFMTS		SNDCTL_DSP_GETFMTS
#define SOUND_PCM_SETFMT		SNDCTL_DSP_SETFMT
#define SOUND_PCM_GETOSPACE		SNDCTL_DSP_GETOSPACE
#define SOUND_PCM_GETISPACE		SNDCTL_DSP_GETISPACE
#define SOUND_PCM_NONBLOCK		SNDCTL_DSP_NONBLOCK
#define SOUND_PCM_GETCAPS		SNDCTL_DSP_GETCAPS
#define SOUND_PCM_GETTRIGGER		SNDCTL_DSP_GETTRIGGER
#define SOUND_PCM_SETTRIGGER		SNDCTL_DSP_SETTRIGGER
#define SOUND_PCM_SETSYNCRO		SNDCTL_DSP_SETSYNCRO
#define SOUND_PCM_GETIPTR		SNDCTL_DSP_GETIPTR
#define SOUND_PCM_GETOPTR		SNDCTL_DSP_GETOPTR
#define SOUND_PCM_MAPINBUF		SNDCTL_DSP_MAPINBUF
#define SOUND_PCM_MAPOUTBUF		SNDCTL_DSP_MAPOUTBUF

/*
 * ioctl calls to be used in communication with coprocessors and
 * DSP chips.
 */

typedef struct copr_buffer {
		int command;	/* Set to 0 if not used */
		int flags;
#define CPF_NONE		0x0000
#define CPF_FIRST		0x0001	/* First block */
#define CPF_LAST		0x0002	/* Last block */
		int len;
		int offs;	/* If required by the device (0 if not used) */

		unsigned char data[4000]; /* NOTE! 4000 is not 4k */
	} copr_buffer;

typedef struct copr_debug_buf {
		int command;	/* Used internally. Set to 0 */
		int parm1;
		int parm2;
		int flags;	
		int len;	/* Length of data in bytes */
	} copr_debug_buf;

typedef struct copr_msg {
		int len;
		unsigned char data[4000];
	} copr_msg;

#define SNDCTL_COPR_RESET             _SIO  ('C',  0)
#define SNDCTL_COPR_LOAD	      _SIOWR('C',  1, copr_buffer)
#define SNDCTL_COPR_RDATA	      _SIOWR('C',  2, copr_debug_buf)
#define SNDCTL_COPR_RCODE	      _SIOWR('C',  3, copr_debug_buf)
#define SNDCTL_COPR_WDATA	      _SIOW ('C',  4, copr_debug_buf)
#define SNDCTL_COPR_WCODE	      _SIOW ('C',  5, copr_debug_buf)
#define SNDCTL_COPR_RUN		      _SIOWR('C',  6, copr_debug_buf)
#define SNDCTL_COPR_HALT	      _SIOWR('C',  7, copr_debug_buf)
#define SNDCTL_COPR_SENDMSG	      _SIOWR('C',  8, copr_msg)
#define SNDCTL_COPR_RCVMSG	      _SIOR ('C',  9, copr_msg)

/*********************************************
 * IOCTL commands for /dev/mixer
 */
	
/* 
 * Mixer devices
 *
 * There can be up to 20 different analog mixer channels. The
 * SOUND_MIXER_NRDEVICES gives the currently supported maximum. 
 * The SOUND_MIXER_READ_DEVMASK returns a bitmask which tells
 * the devices supported by the particular mixer.
 */

#define SOUND_MIXER_NRDEVICES	25
#define SOUND_MIXER_VOLUME	0
#define SOUND_MIXER_BASS	1
#define SOUND_MIXER_TREBLE	2
#define SOUND_MIXER_SYNTH	3
#define SOUND_MIXER_PCM		4
#define SOUND_MIXER_SPEAKER	5
#define SOUND_MIXER_LINE	6
#define SOUND_MIXER_MIC		7
#define SOUND_MIXER_CD		8
#define SOUND_MIXER_IMIX	9	/*  Recording monitor  */
#define SOUND_MIXER_ALTPCM	10
#define SOUND_MIXER_RECLEV	11	/* Recording level */
#define SOUND_MIXER_IGAIN	12	/* Input gain */
#define SOUND_MIXER_OGAIN	13	/* Output gain */
/* 
 * The AD1848 codec and compatibles have three line level inputs
 * (line, aux1 and aux2). Since each card manufacturer have assigned
 * different meanings to these inputs, it's inpractical to assign
 * specific meanings (line, cd, synth etc.) to them.
 */
#define SOUND_MIXER_LINE1	14	/* Input source 1  (aux1) */
#define SOUND_MIXER_LINE2	15	/* Input source 2  (aux2) */
#define SOUND_MIXER_LINE3	16	/* Input source 3  (line) */
#define SOUND_MIXER_DIGITAL1	17	/* Digital (input) 1 */
#define SOUND_MIXER_DIGITAL2	18	/* Digital (input) 2 */
#define SOUND_MIXER_DIGITAL3	19	/* Digital (input) 3 */
#define SOUND_MIXER_PHONEIN	20	/* Phone input */
#define SOUND_MIXER_PHONEOUT	21	/* Phone output */
#define SOUND_MIXER_VIDEO	22	/* Video/TV (audio) in */
#define SOUND_MIXER_RADIO	23	/* Radio in */
#define SOUND_MIXER_MONITOR	24	/* Monitor (usually mic) volume */

/* Some on/off settings (SOUND_SPECIAL_MIN - SOUND_SPECIAL_MAX) */
/* Not counted to SOUND_MIXER_NRDEVICES, but use the same number space */
#define SOUND_ONOFF_MIN		28
#define SOUND_ONOFF_MAX		30

/* Note!	Number 31 cannot be used since the sign bit is reserved */
#define SOUND_MIXER_NONE	31

/*
 * The following unsupported macros are no longer functional.
 * Use SOUND_MIXER_PRIVATE# macros in future.
 */
#define SOUND_MIXER_ENHANCE	SOUND_MIXER_NONE
#define SOUND_MIXER_MUTE	SOUND_MIXER_NONE
#define SOUND_MIXER_LOUD	SOUND_MIXER_NONE


#define SOUND_DEVICE_LABELS	{"Vol  ", "Bass ", "Trebl", "Synth", "Pcm  ", "Spkr ", "Line ", \
				 "Mic  ", "CD   ", "Mix  ", "Pcm2 ", "Rec  ", "IGain", "OGain", \
				 "Line1", "Line2", "Line3", "Digital1", "Digital2", "Digital3", \
				 "PhoneIn", "PhoneOut", "Video", "Radio", "Monitor"}

#define SOUND_DEVICE_NAMES	{"vol", "bass", "treble", "synth", "pcm", "speaker", "line", \
				 "mic", "cd", "mix", "pcm2", "rec", "igain", "ogain", \
				 "line1", "line2", "line3", "dig1", "dig2", "dig3", \
				 "phin", "phout", "video", "radio", "monitor"}

/*	Device bitmask identifiers	*/

#define SOUND_MIXER_RECSRC	0xff	/* Arg contains a bit for each recording source */
#define SOUND_MIXER_DEVMASK	0xfe	/* Arg contains a bit for each supported device */
#define SOUND_MIXER_RECMASK	0xfd	/* Arg contains a bit for each supported recording source */
#define SOUND_MIXER_CAPS	0xfc
#	define SOUND_CAP_EXCL_INPUT	0x00000001	/* Only one recording source at a time */
#define SOUND_MIXER_STEREODEVS	0xfb	/* Mixer channels supporting stereo */
#define SOUND_MIXER_OUTSRC	0xfa	/* Arg contains a bit for each input source to output */
#define SOUND_MIXER_OUTMASK	0xf9	/* Arg contains a bit for each supported input source to output */

/*	Device mask bits	*/

#define SOUND_MASK_VOLUME	(1 << SOUND_MIXER_VOLUME)
#define SOUND_MASK_BASS		(1 << SOUND_MIXER_BASS)
#define SOUND_MASK_TREBLE	(1 << SOUND_MIXER_TREBLE)
#define SOUND_MASK_SYNTH	(1 << SOUND_MIXER_SYNTH)
#define SOUND_MASK_PCM		(1 << SOUND_MIXER_PCM)
#define SOUND_MASK_SPEAKER	(1 << SOUND_MIXER_SPEAKER)
#define SOUND_MASK_LINE		(1 << SOUND_MIXER_LINE)
#define SOUND_MASK_MIC		(1 << SOUND_MIXER_MIC)
#define SOUND_MASK_CD		(1 << SOUND_MIXER_CD)
#define SOUND_MASK_IMIX		(1 << SOUND_MIXER_IMIX)
#define SOUND_MASK_ALTPCM	(1 << SOUND_MIXER_ALTPCM)
#define SOUND_MASK_RECLEV	(1 << SOUND_MIXER_RECLEV)
#define SOUND_MASK_IGAIN	(1 << SOUND_MIXER_IGAIN)
#define SOUND_MASK_OGAIN	(1 << SOUND_MIXER_OGAIN)
#define SOUND_MASK_LINE1	(1 << SOUND_MIXER_LINE1)
#define SOUND_MASK_LINE2	(1 << SOUND_MIXER_LINE2)
#define SOUND_MASK_LINE3	(1 << SOUND_MIXER_LINE3)
#define SOUND_MASK_DIGITAL1	(1 << SOUND_MIXER_DIGITAL1)
#define SOUND_MASK_DIGITAL2	(1 << SOUND_MIXER_DIGITAL2)
#define SOUND_MASK_DIGITAL3	(1 << SOUND_MIXER_DIGITAL3)
#define SOUND_MASK_PHONEIN	(1 << SOUND_MIXER_PHONEIN)
#define SOUND_MASK_PHONEOUT	(1 << SOUND_MIXER_PHONEOUT)
#define SOUND_MASK_RADIO	(1 << SOUND_MIXER_RADIO)
#define SOUND_MASK_VIDEO	(1 << SOUND_MIXER_VIDEO)
#define SOUND_MASK_MONITOR	(1 << SOUND_MIXER_MONITOR)

/* Obsolete macros */
#define SOUND_MASK_MUTE		(1 << SOUND_MIXER_MUTE)
#define SOUND_MASK_ENHANCE	(1 << SOUND_MIXER_ENHANCE)
#define SOUND_MASK_LOUD		(1 << SOUND_MIXER_LOUD)

#define MIXER_READ(dev)		_SIOR('M', dev, int)
#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_VOLUME		MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_VOLUME)
#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_BASS		MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_BASS)
#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_TREBLE		MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_TREBLE)
#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_SYNTH		MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_SYNTH)
#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_PCM		MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_PCM)
#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_SPEAKER	MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_SPEAKER)
#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_LINE		MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_LINE)
#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_MIC		MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_MIC)
#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_CD		MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_CD)
#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_IMIX		MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_IMIX)
#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_ALTPCM		MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_ALTPCM)
#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_RECLEV		MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_RECLEV)
#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_IGAIN		MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_IGAIN)
#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_OGAIN		MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_OGAIN)
#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_LINE1		MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_LINE1)
#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_LINE2		MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_LINE2)
#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_LINE3		MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_LINE3)

/* Obsolete macros */
#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_MUTE		MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_MUTE)
#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_ENHANCE	MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_ENHANCE)
#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_LOUD		MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_LOUD)

#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_RECSRC		MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_RECSRC)
#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_DEVMASK	MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_DEVMASK)
#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_RECMASK	MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_RECMASK)
#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_STEREODEVS	MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_STEREODEVS)
#define SOUND_MIXER_READ_CAPS		MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_CAPS)

#define MIXER_WRITE(dev)		_SIOWR('M', dev, int)
#define SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_VOLUME	MIXER_WRITE(SOUND_MIXER_VOLUME)
#define SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_BASS		MIXER_WRITE(SOUND_MIXER_BASS)
#define SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_TREBLE	MIXER_WRITE(SOUND_MIXER_TREBLE)
#define SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_SYNTH		MIXER_WRITE(SOUND_MIXER_SYNTH)
#define SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_PCM		MIXER_WRITE(SOUND_MIXER_PCM)
#define SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_SPEAKER	MIXER_WRITE(SOUND_MIXER_SPEAKER)
#define SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_LINE		MIXER_WRITE(SOUND_MIXER_LINE)
#define SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_MIC		MIXER_WRITE(SOUND_MIXER_MIC)
#define SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_CD		MIXER_WRITE(SOUND_MIXER_CD)
#define SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_IMIX		MIXER_WRITE(SOUND_MIXER_IMIX)
#define SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_ALTPCM	MIXER_WRITE(SOUND_MIXER_ALTPCM)
#define SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_RECLEV	MIXER_WRITE(SOUND_MIXER_RECLEV)
#define SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_IGAIN		MIXER_WRITE(SOUND_MIXER_IGAIN)
#define SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_OGAIN		MIXER_WRITE(SOUND_MIXER_OGAIN)
#define SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_LINE1		MIXER_WRITE(SOUND_MIXER_LINE1)
#define SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_LINE2		MIXER_WRITE(SOUND_MIXER_LINE2)
#define SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_LINE3		MIXER_WRITE(SOUND_MIXER_LINE3)

/* Obsolete macros */
#define SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_MUTE		MIXER_WRITE(SOUND_MIXER_MUTE)
#define SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_ENHANCE	MIXER_WRITE(SOUND_MIXER_ENHANCE)
#define SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_LOUD		MIXER_WRITE(SOUND_MIXER_LOUD)

#define SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_RECSRC	MIXER_WRITE(SOUND_MIXER_RECSRC)

typedef struct mixer_info
{
  char id[16];
  char name[32];
  int  modify_counter;
  int fillers[10];
} mixer_info;

typedef struct _old_mixer_info /* Obsolete */
{
  char id[16];
  char name[32];
} _old_mixer_info;

#define SOUND_MIXER_INFO		_SIOR ('M', 101, mixer_info)
#define SOUND_OLD_MIXER_INFO		_SIOR ('M', 101, _old_mixer_info)

/*
 * A mechanism for accessing "proprietary" mixer features. This method
 * permits passing 128 bytes of arbitrary data between a mixer application
 * and the mixer driver. Interpretation of the record is defined by
 * the particular mixer driver.
 */
typedef unsigned char mixer_record[128];

#define SOUND_MIXER_ACCESS		_SIOWR('M', 102, mixer_record)

/*
 * Two ioctls for special souncard function
 */
#define SOUND_MIXER_AGC  _SIOWR('M', 103, int)
#define SOUND_MIXER_3DSE  _SIOWR('M', 104, int)

/*
 * The SOUND_MIXER_PRIVATE# commands can be redefined by low level drivers.
 * These features can be used when accessing device specific features.
 */
#define SOUND_MIXER_PRIVATE1		_SIOWR('M', 111, int)
#define SOUND_MIXER_PRIVATE2		_SIOWR('M', 112, int)
#define SOUND_MIXER_PRIVATE3		_SIOWR('M', 113, int)
#define SOUND_MIXER_PRIVATE4		_SIOWR('M', 114, int)
#define SOUND_MIXER_PRIVATE5		_SIOWR('M', 115, int)

/*
 * SOUND_MIXER_GETLEVELS and SOUND_MIXER_SETLEVELS calls can be used
 * for querying current mixer settings from the driver and for loading
 * default volume settings _prior_ activating the mixer (loading
 * doesn't affect current state of the mixer hardware). These calls
 * are for internal use only.
 */

typedef struct mixer_vol_table {
  int num;	/* Index to volume table */
  char name[32];
  int levels[32];
} mixer_vol_table;

#define SOUND_MIXER_GETLEVELS		_SIOWR('M', 116, mixer_vol_table)
#define SOUND_MIXER_SETLEVELS		_SIOWR('M', 117, mixer_vol_table)

/* 
 * An ioctl for identifying the driver version. It will return value
 * of the SOUND_VERSION macro used when compiling the driver.
 * This call was introduced in OSS version 3.6 and it will not work
 * with earlier versions (returns EINVAL).
 */
#define OSS_GETVERSION			_SIOR ('M', 118, int)

/*
 * Level 2 event types for /dev/sequencer
 */

/*
 * The 4 most significant bits of byte 0 specify the class of
 * the event: 
 *
 *	0x8X = system level events,
 *	0x9X = device/port specific events, event[1] = device/port,
 *		The last 4 bits give the subtype:
 *			0x02	= Channel event (event[3] = chn).
 *			0x01	= note event (event[4] = note).
 *			(0x01 is not used alone but always with bit 0x02).
 *	       event[2] = MIDI message code (0x80=note off etc.)
 *
 */

#define EV_SEQ_LOCAL		0x80
#define EV_TIMING		0x81
#define EV_CHN_COMMON		0x92
#define EV_CHN_VOICE		0x93
#define EV_SYSEX		0x94
/*
 * Event types 200 to 220 are reserved for application use.
 * These numbers will not be used by the driver.
 */

/*
 * Events for event type EV_CHN_VOICE
 */

#define MIDI_NOTEOFF		0x80
#define MIDI_NOTEON		0x90
#define MIDI_KEY_PRESSURE	0xA0

/*
 * Events for event type EV_CHN_COMMON
 */

#define MIDI_CTL_CHANGE		0xB0
#define MIDI_PGM_CHANGE		0xC0
#define MIDI_CHN_PRESSURE	0xD0
#define MIDI_PITCH_BEND		0xE0

#define MIDI_SYSTEM_PREFIX	0xF0

/*
 * Timer event types
 */
#define TMR_WAIT_REL		1	/* Time relative to the prev time */
#define TMR_WAIT_ABS		2	/* Absolute time since TMR_START */
#define TMR_STOP		3
#define TMR_START		4
#define TMR_CONTINUE		5
#define TMR_TEMPO		6
#define TMR_ECHO		8
#define TMR_CLOCK		9	/* MIDI clock */
#define TMR_SPP			10	/* Song position pointer */
#define TMR_TIMESIG		11	/* Time signature */

/*
 *	Local event types
 */
#define LOCL_STARTAUDIO		1

/*
 *	Some convenience macros to simplify programming of the
 *	/dev/sequencer interface
 *
 *	This is a legacy interface for applications written against
 *	the OSSlib-3.8 style interface. It is no longer possible
 *	to actually link against OSSlib with this header, but we
 *	still provide these macros for programs using them.
 *
 *	If you want to use OSSlib, it is recommended that you get
 *	the GPL version of OSS-4.x and build against that version
 *	of the header.
 *
 *	We redefine the extern keyword so that make headers_check
 *	does not complain about SEQ_USE_EXTBUF.
 */
#define SEQ_DECLAREBUF()		SEQ_USE_EXTBUF()

void seqbuf_dump(void);	/* This function must be provided by programs */

#define SEQ_PM_DEFINES int __foo_bar___

#define SEQ_LOAD_GMINSTR(dev, instr)
#define SEQ_LOAD_GMDRUM(dev, drum)

#define _SEQ_EXTERN extern
#define SEQ_USE_EXTBUF() \
		_SEQ_EXTERN unsigned char _seqbuf[]; \
		_SEQ_EXTERN int _seqbuflen; _SEQ_EXTERN int _seqbufptr

#ifndef USE_SIMPLE_MACROS
/* Sample seqbuf_dump() implementation:
 *
 *	SEQ_DEFINEBUF (2048);	-- Defines a buffer for 2048 bytes
 *
 *	int seqfd;		-- The file descriptor for /dev/sequencer.
 *
 *	void
 *	seqbuf_dump ()
 *	{
 *	  if (_seqbufptr)
 *	    if (write (seqfd, _seqbuf, _seqbufptr) == -1)
 *	      {
 *		perror ("write /dev/sequencer");
 *		exit (-1);
 *	      }
 *	  _seqbufptr = 0;
 *	}
 */

#define SEQ_DEFINEBUF(len)		unsigned char _seqbuf[len]; int _seqbuflen = len;int _seqbufptr = 0
#define _SEQ_NEEDBUF(len)		if ((_seqbufptr+(len)) > _seqbuflen) seqbuf_dump()
#define _SEQ_ADVBUF(len)		_seqbufptr += len
#define SEQ_DUMPBUF			seqbuf_dump
#else
/*
 * This variation of the sequencer macros is used just to format one event
 * using fixed buffer.
 * 
 * The program using the macro library must define the following macros before
 * using this library.
 *
 * #define _seqbuf 		 name of the buffer (unsigned char[]) 
 * #define _SEQ_ADVBUF(len)	 If the applic needs to know the exact
 *				 size of the event, this macro can be used.
 *				 Otherwise this must be defined as empty.
 * #define _seqbufptr		 Define the name of index variable or 0 if
 *				 not required. 
 */
#define _SEQ_NEEDBUF(len)	/* empty */
#endif

#define SEQ_VOLUME_MODE(dev, mode)	{_SEQ_NEEDBUF(8);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr] = SEQ_EXTENDED;\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+1] = SEQ_VOLMODE;\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+2] = (dev);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+3] = (mode);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+4] = 0;\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+5] = 0;\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+6] = 0;\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+7] = 0;\
					_SEQ_ADVBUF(8);}

/*
 * Midi voice messages
 */

#define _CHN_VOICE(dev, event, chn, note, parm) \
					{_SEQ_NEEDBUF(8);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr] = EV_CHN_VOICE;\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+1] = (dev);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+2] = (event);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+3] = (chn);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+4] = (note);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+5] = (parm);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+6] = (0);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+7] = 0;\
					_SEQ_ADVBUF(8);}

#define SEQ_START_NOTE(dev, chn, note, vol) \
		_CHN_VOICE(dev, MIDI_NOTEON, chn, note, vol)

#define SEQ_STOP_NOTE(dev, chn, note, vol) \
		_CHN_VOICE(dev, MIDI_NOTEOFF, chn, note, vol)

#define SEQ_KEY_PRESSURE(dev, chn, note, pressure) \
		_CHN_VOICE(dev, MIDI_KEY_PRESSURE, chn, note, pressure)

/*
 * Midi channel messages
 */

#define _CHN_COMMON(dev, event, chn, p1, p2, w14) \
					{_SEQ_NEEDBUF(8);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr] = EV_CHN_COMMON;\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+1] = (dev);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+2] = (event);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+3] = (chn);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+4] = (p1);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+5] = (p2);\
					*(short *)&_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+6] = (w14);\
					_SEQ_ADVBUF(8);}
/*
 * SEQ_SYSEX permits sending of sysex messages. (It may look that it permits
 * sending any MIDI bytes but it's absolutely not possible. Trying to do
 * so _will_ cause problems with MPU401 intelligent mode).
 *
 * Sysex messages are sent in blocks of 1 to 6 bytes. Longer messages must be 
 * sent by calling SEQ_SYSEX() several times (there must be no other events
 * between them). First sysex fragment must have 0xf0 in the first byte
 * and the last byte (buf[len-1] of the last fragment must be 0xf7. No byte
 * between these sysex start and end markers cannot be larger than 0x7f. Also
 * lengths of each fragments (except the last one) must be 6.
 *
 * Breaking the above rules may work with some MIDI ports but is likely to
 * cause fatal problems with some other devices (such as MPU401).
 */
#define SEQ_SYSEX(dev, buf, len) \
					{int ii, ll=(len); \
					 unsigned char *bufp=buf;\
					 if (ll>6)ll=6;\
					_SEQ_NEEDBUF(8);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr] = EV_SYSEX;\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+1] = (dev);\
					for(ii=0;ii<ll;ii++)\
					   _seqbuf[_seqbufptr+ii+2] = bufp[ii];\
					for(ii=ll;ii<6;ii++)\
					   _seqbuf[_seqbufptr+ii+2] = 0xff;\
					_SEQ_ADVBUF(8);}

#define SEQ_CHN_PRESSURE(dev, chn, pressure) \
		_CHN_COMMON(dev, MIDI_CHN_PRESSURE, chn, pressure, 0, 0)

#define SEQ_SET_PATCH SEQ_PGM_CHANGE
#define SEQ_PGM_CHANGE(dev, chn, patch) \
		_CHN_COMMON(dev, MIDI_PGM_CHANGE, chn, patch, 0, 0)

#define SEQ_CONTROL(dev, chn, controller, value) \
		_CHN_COMMON(dev, MIDI_CTL_CHANGE, chn, controller, 0, value)

#define SEQ_BENDER(dev, chn, value) \
		_CHN_COMMON(dev, MIDI_PITCH_BEND, chn, 0, 0, value)


#define SEQ_V2_X_CONTROL(dev, voice, controller, value)	{_SEQ_NEEDBUF(8);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr] = SEQ_EXTENDED;\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+1] = SEQ_CONTROLLER;\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+2] = (dev);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+3] = (voice);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+4] = (controller);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+5] = ((value)&0xff);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+6] = ((value>>8)&0xff);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+7] = 0;\
					_SEQ_ADVBUF(8);}
/*
 * The following 5 macros are incorrectly implemented and obsolete.
 * Use SEQ_BENDER and SEQ_CONTROL (with proper controller) instead.
 */
#define SEQ_PITCHBEND(dev, voice, value) SEQ_V2_X_CONTROL(dev, voice, CTRL_PITCH_BENDER, value)
#define SEQ_BENDER_RANGE(dev, voice, value) SEQ_V2_X_CONTROL(dev, voice, CTRL_PITCH_BENDER_RANGE, value)
#define SEQ_EXPRESSION(dev, voice, value) SEQ_CONTROL(dev, voice, CTL_EXPRESSION, value*128)
#define SEQ_MAIN_VOLUME(dev, voice, value) SEQ_CONTROL(dev, voice, CTL_MAIN_VOLUME, (value*16383)/100)
#define SEQ_PANNING(dev, voice, pos) SEQ_CONTROL(dev, voice, CTL_PAN, (pos+128) / 2)

/*
 * Timing and synchronization macros
 */

#define _TIMER_EVENT(ev, parm)		{_SEQ_NEEDBUF(8);\
				 	_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+0] = EV_TIMING; \
				 	_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+1] = (ev); \
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+2] = 0;\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+3] = 0;\
				 	*(unsigned int *)&_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+4] = (parm); \
					_SEQ_ADVBUF(8);}

#define SEQ_START_TIMER()		_TIMER_EVENT(TMR_START, 0)
#define SEQ_STOP_TIMER()		_TIMER_EVENT(TMR_STOP, 0)
#define SEQ_CONTINUE_TIMER()		_TIMER_EVENT(TMR_CONTINUE, 0)
#define SEQ_WAIT_TIME(ticks)		_TIMER_EVENT(TMR_WAIT_ABS, ticks)
#define SEQ_DELTA_TIME(ticks)		_TIMER_EVENT(TMR_WAIT_REL, ticks)
#define SEQ_ECHO_BACK(key)		_TIMER_EVENT(TMR_ECHO, key)
#define SEQ_SET_TEMPO(value)		_TIMER_EVENT(TMR_TEMPO, value)
#define SEQ_SONGPOS(pos)		_TIMER_EVENT(TMR_SPP, pos)
#define SEQ_TIME_SIGNATURE(sig)		_TIMER_EVENT(TMR_TIMESIG, sig)

/*
 * Local control events
 */

#define _LOCAL_EVENT(ev, parm)		{_SEQ_NEEDBUF(8);\
				 	_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+0] = EV_SEQ_LOCAL; \
				 	_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+1] = (ev); \
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+2] = 0;\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+3] = 0;\
				 	*(unsigned int *)&_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+4] = (parm); \
					_SEQ_ADVBUF(8);}

#define SEQ_PLAYAUDIO(devmask)		_LOCAL_EVENT(LOCL_STARTAUDIO, devmask)
/*
 * Events for the level 1 interface only 
 */

#define SEQ_MIDIOUT(device, byte)	{_SEQ_NEEDBUF(4);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr] = SEQ_MIDIPUTC;\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+1] = (byte);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+2] = (device);\
					_seqbuf[_seqbufptr+3] = 0;\
					_SEQ_ADVBUF(4);}

/*
 * Patch loading.
 */
#define SEQ_WRPATCH(patchx, len) \
		{if (_seqbufptr) SEQ_DUMPBUF();\
		 if (write(seqfd, (char*)(patchx), len)==-1) \
		    perror("Write patch: /dev/sequencer");}
#define SEQ_WRPATCH2(patchx, len) \
		(SEQ_DUMPBUF(), write(seqfd, (char*)(patchx), len))

#endif /* SOUNDCARD_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * <linux/usb/audio.h> -- USB Audio definitions.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2006 Thumtronics Pty Ltd.
 * Developed for Thumtronics by Grey Innovation
 * Ben Williamson <ben.williamson@greyinnovation.com>
 *
 * This software is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public
 * License ("GPL") version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This file holds USB constants and structures defined
 * by the USB Device Class Definition for Audio Devices.
 * Comments below reference relevant sections of that document:
 *
 * http://www.usb.org/developers/devclass_docs/audio10.pdf
 *
 * Types and defines in this file are either specific to version 1.0 of
 * this standard or common for newer versions.
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_USB_AUDIO_H
#define __LINUX_USB_AUDIO_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* bInterfaceProtocol values to denote the version of the standard used */
#define UAC_VERSION_1			0x00
#define UAC_VERSION_2			0x20
#define UAC_VERSION_3			0x30

/* A.2 Audio Interface Subclass Codes */
#define USB_SUBCLASS_AUDIOCONTROL	0x01
#define USB_SUBCLASS_AUDIOSTREAMING	0x02
#define USB_SUBCLASS_MIDISTREAMING	0x03

/* A.5 Audio Class-Specific AC Interface Descriptor Subtypes */
#define UAC_HEADER			0x01
#define UAC_INPUT_TERMINAL		0x02
#define UAC_OUTPUT_TERMINAL		0x03
#define UAC_MIXER_UNIT			0x04
#define UAC_SELECTOR_UNIT		0x05
#define UAC_FEATURE_UNIT		0x06
#define UAC1_PROCESSING_UNIT		0x07
#define UAC1_EXTENSION_UNIT		0x08

/* A.6 Audio Class-Specific AS Interface Descriptor Subtypes */
#define UAC_AS_GENERAL			0x01
#define UAC_FORMAT_TYPE			0x02
#define UAC_FORMAT_SPECIFIC		0x03

/* A.7 Processing Unit Process Types */
#define UAC_PROCESS_UNDEFINED		0x00
#define UAC_PROCESS_UP_DOWNMIX		0x01
#define UAC_PROCESS_DOLBY_PROLOGIC	0x02
#define UAC_PROCESS_STEREO_EXTENDER	0x03
#define UAC_PROCESS_REVERB		0x04
#define UAC_PROCESS_CHORUS		0x05
#define UAC_PROCESS_DYN_RANGE_COMP	0x06

/* A.8 Audio Class-Specific Endpoint Descriptor Subtypes */
#define UAC_EP_GENERAL			0x01

/* A.9 Audio Class-Specific Request Codes */
#define UAC_SET_			0x00
#define UAC_GET_			0x80

#define UAC__CUR			0x1
#define UAC__MIN			0x2
#define UAC__MAX			0x3
#define UAC__RES			0x4
#define UAC__MEM			0x5

#define UAC_SET_CUR			(UAC_SET_ | UAC__CUR)
#define UAC_GET_CUR			(UAC_GET_ | UAC__CUR)
#define UAC_SET_MIN			(UAC_SET_ | UAC__MIN)
#define UAC_GET_MIN			(UAC_GET_ | UAC__MIN)
#define UAC_SET_MAX			(UAC_SET_ | UAC__MAX)
#define UAC_GET_MAX			(UAC_GET_ | UAC__MAX)
#define UAC_SET_RES			(UAC_SET_ | UAC__RES)
#define UAC_GET_RES			(UAC_GET_ | UAC__RES)
#define UAC_SET_MEM			(UAC_SET_ | UAC__MEM)
#define UAC_GET_MEM			(UAC_GET_ | UAC__MEM)

#define UAC_GET_STAT			0xff

/* A.10 Control Selector Codes */

/* A.10.1 Terminal Control Selectors */
#define UAC_TERM_COPY_PROTECT		0x01

/* A.10.2 Feature Unit Control Selectors */
#define UAC_FU_MUTE			0x01
#define UAC_FU_VOLUME			0x02
#define UAC_FU_BASS			0x03
#define UAC_FU_MID			0x04
#define UAC_FU_TREBLE			0x05
#define UAC_FU_GRAPHIC_EQUALIZER	0x06
#define UAC_FU_AUTOMATIC_GAIN		0x07
#define UAC_FU_DELAY			0x08
#define UAC_FU_BASS_BOOST		0x09
#define UAC_FU_LOUDNESS			0x0a

#define UAC_CONTROL_BIT(CS)	(1 << ((CS) - 1))

/* A.10.3.1 Up/Down-mix Processing Unit Controls Selectors */
#define UAC_UD_ENABLE			0x01
#define UAC_UD_MODE_SELECT		0x02

/* A.10.3.2 Dolby Prologic (tm) Processing Unit Controls Selectors */
#define UAC_DP_ENABLE			0x01
#define UAC_DP_MODE_SELECT		0x02

/* A.10.3.3 3D Stereo Extender Processing Unit Control Selectors */
#define UAC_3D_ENABLE			0x01
#define UAC_3D_SPACE			0x02

/* A.10.3.4 Reverberation Processing Unit Control Selectors */
#define UAC_REVERB_ENABLE		0x01
#define UAC_REVERB_LEVEL		0x02
#define UAC_REVERB_TIME			0x03
#define UAC_REVERB_FEEDBACK		0x04

/* A.10.3.5 Chorus Processing Unit Control Selectors */
#define UAC_CHORUS_ENABLE		0x01
#define UAC_CHORUS_LEVEL		0x02
#define UAC_CHORUS_RATE			0x03
#define UAC_CHORUS_DEPTH		0x04

/* A.10.3.6 Dynamic Range Compressor Unit Control Selectors */
#define UAC_DCR_ENABLE			0x01
#define UAC_DCR_RATE			0x02
#define UAC_DCR_MAXAMPL			0x03
#define UAC_DCR_THRESHOLD		0x04
#define UAC_DCR_ATTACK_TIME		0x05
#define UAC_DCR_RELEASE_TIME		0x06

/* A.10.4 Extension Unit Control Selectors */
#define UAC_XU_ENABLE			0x01

/* MIDI - A.1 MS Class-Specific Interface Descriptor Subtypes */
#define UAC_MS_HEADER			0x01
#define UAC_MIDI_IN_JACK		0x02
#define UAC_MIDI_OUT_JACK		0x03

/* MIDI - A.1 MS Class-Specific Endpoint Descriptor Subtypes */
#define UAC_MS_GENERAL			0x01

/* Terminals - 2.1 USB Terminal Types */
#define UAC_TERMINAL_UNDEFINED		0x100
#define UAC_TERMINAL_STREAMING		0x101
#define UAC_TERMINAL_VENDOR_SPEC	0x1FF

/* Terminal Control Selectors */
/* 4.3.2  Class-Specific AC Interface Descriptor */
struct uac1_ac_header_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;			/* 8 + n */
	__u8  bDescriptorType;		/* USB_DT_CS_INTERFACE */
	__u8  bDescriptorSubtype;	/* UAC_MS_HEADER */
	__le16 bcdADC;			/* 0x0100 */
	__le16 wTotalLength;		/* includes Unit and Terminal desc. */
	__u8  bInCollection;		/* n */
	__u8  baInterfaceNr[];		/* [n] */
} __attribute__ ((packed));

#define UAC_DT_AC_HEADER_SIZE(n)	(8 + (n))

/* As above, but more useful for defining your own descriptors: */
#define DECLARE_UAC_AC_HEADER_DESCRIPTOR(n)			\
struct uac1_ac_header_descriptor_##n {			\
	__u8  bLength;						\
	__u8  bDescriptorType;					\
	__u8  bDescriptorSubtype;				\
	__le16 bcdADC;						\
	__le16 wTotalLength;					\
	__u8  bInCollection;					\
	__u8  baInterfaceNr[n];					\
} __attribute__ ((packed))

/* 4.3.2.1 Input Terminal Descriptor */
struct uac_input_terminal_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;			/* in bytes: 12 */
	__u8  bDescriptorType;		/* CS_INTERFACE descriptor type */
	__u8  bDescriptorSubtype;	/* INPUT_TERMINAL descriptor subtype */
	__u8  bTerminalID;		/* Constant uniquely terminal ID */
	__le16 wTerminalType;		/* USB Audio Terminal Types */
	__u8  bAssocTerminal;		/* ID of the Output Terminal associated */
	__u8  bNrChannels;		/* Number of logical output channels */
	__le16 wChannelConfig;
	__u8  iChannelNames;
	__u8  iTerminal;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

#define UAC_DT_INPUT_TERMINAL_SIZE			12

/* Terminals - 2.2 Input Terminal Types */
#define UAC_INPUT_TERMINAL_UNDEFINED			0x200
#define UAC_INPUT_TERMINAL_MICROPHONE			0x201
#define UAC_INPUT_TERMINAL_DESKTOP_MICROPHONE		0x202
#define UAC_INPUT_TERMINAL_PERSONAL_MICROPHONE		0x203
#define UAC_INPUT_TERMINAL_OMNI_DIR_MICROPHONE		0x204
#define UAC_INPUT_TERMINAL_MICROPHONE_ARRAY		0x205
#define UAC_INPUT_TERMINAL_PROC_MICROPHONE_ARRAY	0x206

/* Terminals - control selectors */

#define UAC_TERMINAL_CS_COPY_PROTECT_CONTROL		0x01

/* 4.3.2.2 Output Terminal Descriptor */
struct uac1_output_terminal_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;			/* in bytes: 9 */
	__u8  bDescriptorType;		/* CS_INTERFACE descriptor type */
	__u8  bDescriptorSubtype;	/* OUTPUT_TERMINAL descriptor subtype */
	__u8  bTerminalID;		/* Constant uniquely terminal ID */
	__le16 wTerminalType;		/* USB Audio Terminal Types */
	__u8  bAssocTerminal;		/* ID of the Input Terminal associated */
	__u8  bSourceID;		/* ID of the connected Unit or Terminal*/
	__u8  iTerminal;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

#define UAC_DT_OUTPUT_TERMINAL_SIZE			9

/* Terminals - 2.3 Output Terminal Types */
#define UAC_OUTPUT_TERMINAL_UNDEFINED			0x300
#define UAC_OUTPUT_TERMINAL_SPEAKER			0x301
#define UAC_OUTPUT_TERMINAL_HEADPHONES			0x302
#define UAC_OUTPUT_TERMINAL_HEAD_MOUNTED_DISPLAY_AUDIO	0x303
#define UAC_OUTPUT_TERMINAL_DESKTOP_SPEAKER		0x304
#define UAC_OUTPUT_TERMINAL_ROOM_SPEAKER		0x305
#define UAC_OUTPUT_TERMINAL_COMMUNICATION_SPEAKER	0x306
#define UAC_OUTPUT_TERMINAL_LOW_FREQ_EFFECTS_SPEAKER	0x307

/* Terminals - 2.4 Bi-directional Terminal Types */
#define UAC_BIDIR_TERMINAL_UNDEFINED			0x400
#define UAC_BIDIR_TERMINAL_HANDSET			0x401
#define UAC_BIDIR_TERMINAL_HEADSET			0x402
#define UAC_BIDIR_TERMINAL_SPEAKER_PHONE		0x403
#define UAC_BIDIR_TERMINAL_ECHO_SUPPRESSING		0x404
#define UAC_BIDIR_TERMINAL_ECHO_CANCELING		0x405

/* Set bControlSize = 2 as default setting */
#define UAC_DT_FEATURE_UNIT_SIZE(ch)		(7 + ((ch) + 1) * 2)

/* As above, but more useful for defining your own descriptors: */
#define DECLARE_UAC_FEATURE_UNIT_DESCRIPTOR(ch)			\
struct uac_feature_unit_descriptor_##ch {			\
	__u8  bLength;						\
	__u8  bDescriptorType;					\
	__u8  bDescriptorSubtype;				\
	__u8  bUnitID;						\
	__u8  bSourceID;					\
	__u8  bControlSize;					\
	__le16 bmaControls[ch + 1];				\
	__u8  iFeature;						\
} __attribute__ ((packed))

/* 4.3.2.3 Mixer Unit Descriptor */
struct uac_mixer_unit_descriptor {
	__u8 bLength;
	__u8 bDescriptorType;
	__u8 bDescriptorSubtype;
	__u8 bUnitID;
	__u8 bNrInPins;
	__u8 baSourceID[];
} __attribute__ ((packed));

static __inline__ __u8 uac_mixer_unit_bNrChannels(struct uac_mixer_unit_descriptor *desc)
{
	return desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins];
}

static __inline__ __u32 uac_mixer_unit_wChannelConfig(struct uac_mixer_unit_descriptor *desc,
						  int protocol)
{
	if (protocol == UAC_VERSION_1)
		return (desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 2] << 8) |
			desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 1];
	else
		return  (desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 4] << 24) |
			(desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 3] << 16) |
			(desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 2] << 8)  |
			(desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 1]);
}

static __inline__ __u8 uac_mixer_unit_iChannelNames(struct uac_mixer_unit_descriptor *desc,
						int protocol)
{
	return (protocol == UAC_VERSION_1) ?
		desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 3] :
		desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 5];
}

static __inline__ __u8 *uac_mixer_unit_bmControls(struct uac_mixer_unit_descriptor *desc,
					      int protocol)
{
	switch (protocol) {
	case UAC_VERSION_1:
		return &desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 4];
	case UAC_VERSION_2:
		return &desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 6];
	case UAC_VERSION_3:
		return &desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 2];
	default:
		return NULL;
	}
}

static __inline__ __u16 uac3_mixer_unit_wClusterDescrID(struct uac_mixer_unit_descriptor *desc)
{
	return (desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 1] << 8) |
		desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins];
}

static __inline__ __u8 uac_mixer_unit_iMixer(struct uac_mixer_unit_descriptor *desc)
{
	__u8 *raw = (__u8 *) desc;
	return raw[desc->bLength - 1];
}

/* 4.3.2.4 Selector Unit Descriptor */
struct uac_selector_unit_descriptor {
	__u8 bLength;
	__u8 bDescriptorType;
	__u8 bDescriptorSubtype;
	__u8 bUintID;
	__u8 bNrInPins;
	__u8 baSourceID[];
} __attribute__ ((packed));

static __inline__ __u8 uac_selector_unit_iSelector(struct uac_selector_unit_descriptor *desc)
{
	__u8 *raw = (__u8 *) desc;
	return raw[desc->bLength - 1];
}

/* 4.3.2.5 Feature Unit Descriptor */
struct uac_feature_unit_descriptor {
	__u8 bLength;
	__u8 bDescriptorType;
	__u8 bDescriptorSubtype;
	__u8 bUnitID;
	__u8 bSourceID;
	__u8 bControlSize;
	__u8 bmaControls[0]; /* variable length */
} __attribute__((packed));

static __inline__ __u8 uac_feature_unit_iFeature(struct uac_feature_unit_descriptor *desc)
{
	__u8 *raw = (__u8 *) desc;
	return raw[desc->bLength - 1];
}

/* 4.3.2.6 Processing Unit Descriptors */
struct uac_processing_unit_descriptor {
	__u8 bLength;
	__u8 bDescriptorType;
	__u8 bDescriptorSubtype;
	__u8 bUnitID;
	__le16 wProcessType;
	__u8 bNrInPins;
	__u8 baSourceID[];
} __attribute__ ((packed));

static __inline__ __u8 uac_processing_unit_bNrChannels(struct uac_processing_unit_descriptor *desc)
{
	return desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins];
}

static __inline__ __u32 uac_processing_unit_wChannelConfig(struct uac_processing_unit_descriptor *desc,
						       int protocol)
{
	if (protocol == UAC_VERSION_1)
		return (desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 2] << 8) |
			desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 1];
	else
		return  (desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 4] << 24) |
			(desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 3] << 16) |
			(desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 2] << 8)  |
			(desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 1]);
}

static __inline__ __u8 uac_processing_unit_iChannelNames(struct uac_processing_unit_descriptor *desc,
						     int protocol)
{
	return (protocol == UAC_VERSION_1) ?
		desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 3] :
		desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 5];
}

static __inline__ __u8 uac_processing_unit_bControlSize(struct uac_processing_unit_descriptor *desc,
						    int protocol)
{
	switch (protocol) {
	case UAC_VERSION_1:
		return desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 4];
	case UAC_VERSION_2:
		return 2; /* in UAC2, this value is constant */
	case UAC_VERSION_3:
		return 4; /* in UAC3, this value is constant */
	default:
		return 1;
	}
}

static __inline__ __u8 *uac_processing_unit_bmControls(struct uac_processing_unit_descriptor *desc,
						   int protocol)
{
	switch (protocol) {
	case UAC_VERSION_1:
		return &desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 5];
	case UAC_VERSION_2:
		return &desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 6];
	case UAC_VERSION_3:
		return &desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 2];
	default:
		return NULL;
	}
}

static __inline__ __u8 uac_processing_unit_iProcessing(struct uac_processing_unit_descriptor *desc,
						   int protocol)
{
	__u8 control_size = uac_processing_unit_bControlSize(desc, protocol);

	switch (protocol) {
	case UAC_VERSION_1:
	case UAC_VERSION_2:
	default:
		return *(uac_processing_unit_bmControls(desc, protocol)
			 + control_size);
	case UAC_VERSION_3:
		return 0; /* UAC3 does not have this field */
	}
}

static __inline__ __u8 *uac_processing_unit_specific(struct uac_processing_unit_descriptor *desc,
						 int protocol)
{
	__u8 control_size = uac_processing_unit_bControlSize(desc, protocol);

	switch (protocol) {
	case UAC_VERSION_1:
	case UAC_VERSION_2:
	default:
		return uac_processing_unit_bmControls(desc, protocol)
			+ control_size + 1;
	case UAC_VERSION_3:
		return uac_processing_unit_bmControls(desc, protocol)
			+ control_size;
	}
}

/*
 * Extension Unit (XU) has almost compatible layout with Processing Unit, but
 * on UAC2, it has a different bmControls size (bControlSize); it's 1 byte for
 * XU while 2 bytes for PU.  The last iExtension field is a one-byte index as
 * well as iProcessing field of PU.
 */
static __inline__ __u8 uac_extension_unit_bControlSize(struct uac_processing_unit_descriptor *desc,
						   int protocol)
{
	switch (protocol) {
	case UAC_VERSION_1:
		return desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + 4];
	case UAC_VERSION_2:
		return 1; /* in UAC2, this value is constant */
	case UAC_VERSION_3:
		return 4; /* in UAC3, this value is constant */
	default:
		return 1;
	}
}

static __inline__ __u8 uac_extension_unit_iExtension(struct uac_processing_unit_descriptor *desc,
						 int protocol)
{
	__u8 control_size = uac_extension_unit_bControlSize(desc, protocol);

	switch (protocol) {
	case UAC_VERSION_1:
	case UAC_VERSION_2:
	default:
		return *(uac_processing_unit_bmControls(desc, protocol)
			 + control_size);
	case UAC_VERSION_3:
		return 0; /* UAC3 does not have this field */
	}
}

/* 4.5.2 Class-Specific AS Interface Descriptor */
struct uac1_as_header_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;			/* in bytes: 7 */
	__u8  bDescriptorType;		/* USB_DT_CS_INTERFACE */
	__u8  bDescriptorSubtype;	/* AS_GENERAL */
	__u8  bTerminalLink;		/* Terminal ID of connected Terminal */
	__u8  bDelay;			/* Delay introduced by the data path */
	__le16 wFormatTag;		/* The Audio Data Format */
} __attribute__ ((packed));

#define UAC_DT_AS_HEADER_SIZE		7

/* Formats - A.1.1 Audio Data Format Type I Codes */
#define UAC_FORMAT_TYPE_I_UNDEFINED	0x0
#define UAC_FORMAT_TYPE_I_PCM		0x1
#define UAC_FORMAT_TYPE_I_PCM8		0x2
#define UAC_FORMAT_TYPE_I_IEEE_FLOAT	0x3
#define UAC_FORMAT_TYPE_I_ALAW		0x4
#define UAC_FORMAT_TYPE_I_MULAW		0x5

struct uac_format_type_i_continuous_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;			/* in bytes: 8 + (ns * 3) */
	__u8  bDescriptorType;		/* USB_DT_CS_INTERFACE */
	__u8  bDescriptorSubtype;	/* FORMAT_TYPE */
	__u8  bFormatType;		/* FORMAT_TYPE_1 */
	__u8  bNrChannels;		/* physical channels in the stream */
	__u8  bSubframeSize;		/* */
	__u8  bBitResolution;
	__u8  bSamFreqType;
	__u8  tLowerSamFreq[3];
	__u8  tUpperSamFreq[3];
} __attribute__ ((packed));

#define UAC_FORMAT_TYPE_I_CONTINUOUS_DESC_SIZE	14

struct uac_format_type_i_discrete_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;			/* in bytes: 8 + (ns * 3) */
	__u8  bDescriptorType;		/* USB_DT_CS_INTERFACE */
	__u8  bDescriptorSubtype;	/* FORMAT_TYPE */
	__u8  bFormatType;		/* FORMAT_TYPE_1 */
	__u8  bNrChannels;		/* physical channels in the stream */
	__u8  bSubframeSize;		/* */
	__u8  bBitResolution;
	__u8  bSamFreqType;
	__u8  tSamFreq[][3];
} __attribute__ ((packed));

#define DECLARE_UAC_FORMAT_TYPE_I_DISCRETE_DESC(n)		\
struct uac_format_type_i_discrete_descriptor_##n {		\
	__u8  bLength;						\
	__u8  bDescriptorType;					\
	__u8  bDescriptorSubtype;				\
	__u8  bFormatType;					\
	__u8  bNrChannels;					\
	__u8  bSubframeSize;					\
	__u8  bBitResolution;					\
	__u8  bSamFreqType;					\
	__u8  tSamFreq[n][3];					\
} __attribute__ ((packed))

#define UAC_FORMAT_TYPE_I_DISCRETE_DESC_SIZE(n)	(8 + (n * 3))

struct uac_format_type_i_ext_descriptor {
	__u8 bLength;
	__u8 bDescriptorType;
	__u8 bDescriptorSubtype;
	__u8 bFormatType;
	__u8 bSubslotSize;
	__u8 bBitResolution;
	__u8 bHeaderLength;
	__u8 bControlSize;
	__u8 bSideBandProtocol;
} __attribute__((packed));

/* Formats - Audio Data Format Type I Codes */

#define UAC_FORMAT_TYPE_II_MPEG	0x1001
#define UAC_FORMAT_TYPE_II_AC3	0x1002

struct uac_format_type_ii_discrete_descriptor {
	__u8 bLength;
	__u8 bDescriptorType;
	__u8 bDescriptorSubtype;
	__u8 bFormatType;
	__le16 wMaxBitRate;
	__le16 wSamplesPerFrame;
	__u8 bSamFreqType;
	__u8 tSamFreq[][3];
} __attribute__((packed));

struct uac_format_type_ii_ext_descriptor {
	__u8 bLength;
	__u8 bDescriptorType;
	__u8 bDescriptorSubtype;
	__u8 bFormatType;
	__le16 wMaxBitRate;
	__le16 wSamplesPerFrame;
	__u8 bHeaderLength;
	__u8 bSideBandProtocol;
} __attribute__((packed));

/* type III */
#define UAC_FORMAT_TYPE_III_IEC1937_AC3	0x2001
#define UAC_FORMAT_TYPE_III_IEC1937_MPEG1_LAYER1	0x2002
#define UAC_FORMAT_TYPE_III_IEC1937_MPEG2_NOEXT	0x2003
#define UAC_FORMAT_TYPE_III_IEC1937_MPEG2_EXT	0x2004
#define UAC_FORMAT_TYPE_III_IEC1937_MPEG2_LAYER1_LS	0x2005
#define UAC_FORMAT_TYPE_III_IEC1937_MPEG2_LAYER23_LS	0x2006

/* Formats - A.2 Format Type Codes */
#define UAC_FORMAT_TYPE_UNDEFINED	0x0
#define UAC_FORMAT_TYPE_I		0x1
#define UAC_FORMAT_TYPE_II		0x2
#define UAC_FORMAT_TYPE_III		0x3
#define UAC_EXT_FORMAT_TYPE_I		0x81
#define UAC_EXT_FORMAT_TYPE_II		0x82
#define UAC_EXT_FORMAT_TYPE_III		0x83

struct uac_iso_endpoint_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;			/* in bytes: 7 */
	__u8  bDescriptorType;		/* USB_DT_CS_ENDPOINT */
	__u8  bDescriptorSubtype;	/* EP_GENERAL */
	__u8  bmAttributes;
	__u8  bLockDelayUnits;
	__le16 wLockDelay;
} __attribute__((packed));
#define UAC_ISO_ENDPOINT_DESC_SIZE	7

#define UAC_EP_CS_ATTR_SAMPLE_RATE	0x01
#define UAC_EP_CS_ATTR_PITCH_CONTROL	0x02
#define UAC_EP_CS_ATTR_FILL_MAX		0x80

/* status word format (3.7.1.1) */

#define UAC1_STATUS_TYPE_ORIG_MASK		0x0f
#define UAC1_STATUS_TYPE_ORIG_AUDIO_CONTROL_IF	0x0
#define UAC1_STATUS_TYPE_ORIG_AUDIO_STREAM_IF	0x1
#define UAC1_STATUS_TYPE_ORIG_AUDIO_STREAM_EP	0x2

#define UAC1_STATUS_TYPE_IRQ_PENDING		(1 << 7)
#define UAC1_STATUS_TYPE_MEM_CHANGED		(1 << 6)

struct uac1_status_word {
	__u8 bStatusType;
	__u8 bOriginator;
} __attribute__((packed));


#endif /* __LINUX_USB_AUDIO_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * USB CDC Device Management userspace API definitions
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 * version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_USB_CDC_WDM_H
#define __LINUX_USB_CDC_WDM_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * This IOCTL is used to retrieve the wMaxCommand for the device,
 * defining the message limit for both reading and writing.
 *
 * For CDC WDM functions this will be the wMaxCommand field of the
 * Device Management Functional Descriptor.
 */
#define IOCTL_WDM_MAX_COMMAND _IOR('H', 0xA0, __u16)

#endif /* __LINUX_USB_CDC_WDM_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * g_printer.h -- Header file for USB Printer gadget driver
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2007 Craig W. Nadler
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_USB_G_PRINTER_H
#define __LINUX_USB_G_PRINTER_H

#define PRINTER_NOT_ERROR	0x08
#define PRINTER_SELECTED	0x10
#define PRINTER_PAPER_EMPTY	0x20

/* The 'g' code is also used by gadgetfs ioctl requests.
 * Don't add any colliding codes to either driver, and keep
 * them in unique ranges (size 0x20 for now).
 */
#define GADGET_GET_PRINTER_STATUS	_IOR('g', 0x21, unsigned char)
#define GADGET_SET_PRINTER_STATUS	_IOWR('g', 0x22, unsigned char)

#endif /* __LINUX_USB_G_PRINTER_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * USB Video Class definitions.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@skynet.be>
 *
 * This file holds USB constants and structures defined by the USB Device
 * Class Definition for Video Devices. Unless otherwise stated, comments
 * below reference relevant sections of the USB Video Class 1.1 specification
 * available at
 *
 * http://www.usb.org/developers/devclass_docs/USB_Video_Class_1_1.zip
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_USB_VIDEO_H
#define __LINUX_USB_VIDEO_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * UVC constants
 */

/* A.2. Video Interface Subclass Codes */
#define UVC_SC_UNDEFINED				0x00
#define UVC_SC_VIDEOCONTROL				0x01
#define UVC_SC_VIDEOSTREAMING				0x02
#define UVC_SC_VIDEO_INTERFACE_COLLECTION		0x03

/* A.3. Video Interface Protocol Codes */
#define UVC_PC_PROTOCOL_UNDEFINED			0x00
#define UVC_PC_PROTOCOL_15				0x01

/* A.5. Video Class-Specific VC Interface Descriptor Subtypes */
#define UVC_VC_DESCRIPTOR_UNDEFINED			0x00
#define UVC_VC_HEADER					0x01
#define UVC_VC_INPUT_TERMINAL				0x02
#define UVC_VC_OUTPUT_TERMINAL				0x03
#define UVC_VC_SELECTOR_UNIT				0x04
#define UVC_VC_PROCESSING_UNIT				0x05
#define UVC_VC_EXTENSION_UNIT				0x06

/* A.6. Video Class-Specific VS Interface Descriptor Subtypes */
#define UVC_VS_UNDEFINED				0x00
#define UVC_VS_INPUT_HEADER				0x01
#define UVC_VS_OUTPUT_HEADER				0x02
#define UVC_VS_STILL_IMAGE_FRAME			0x03
#define UVC_VS_FORMAT_UNCOMPRESSED			0x04
#define UVC_VS_FRAME_UNCOMPRESSED			0x05
#define UVC_VS_FORMAT_MJPEG				0x06
#define UVC_VS_FRAME_MJPEG				0x07
#define UVC_VS_FORMAT_MPEG2TS				0x0a
#define UVC_VS_FORMAT_DV				0x0c
#define UVC_VS_COLORFORMAT				0x0d
#define UVC_VS_FORMAT_FRAME_BASED			0x10
#define UVC_VS_FRAME_FRAME_BASED			0x11
#define UVC_VS_FORMAT_STREAM_BASED			0x12

/* A.7. Video Class-Specific Endpoint Descriptor Subtypes */
#define UVC_EP_UNDEFINED				0x00
#define UVC_EP_GENERAL					0x01
#define UVC_EP_ENDPOINT					0x02
#define UVC_EP_INTERRUPT				0x03

/* A.8. Video Class-Specific Request Codes */
#define UVC_RC_UNDEFINED				0x00
#define UVC_SET_CUR					0x01
#define UVC_GET_CUR					0x81
#define UVC_GET_MIN					0x82
#define UVC_GET_MAX					0x83
#define UVC_GET_RES					0x84
#define UVC_GET_LEN					0x85
#define UVC_GET_INFO					0x86
#define UVC_GET_DEF					0x87

/* A.9.1. VideoControl Interface Control Selectors */
#define UVC_VC_CONTROL_UNDEFINED			0x00
#define UVC_VC_VIDEO_POWER_MODE_CONTROL			0x01
#define UVC_VC_REQUEST_ERROR_CODE_CONTROL		0x02

/* A.9.2. Terminal Control Selectors */
#define UVC_TE_CONTROL_UNDEFINED			0x00

/* A.9.3. Selector Unit Control Selectors */
#define UVC_SU_CONTROL_UNDEFINED			0x00
#define UVC_SU_INPUT_SELECT_CONTROL			0x01

/* A.9.4. Camera Terminal Control Selectors */
#define UVC_CT_CONTROL_UNDEFINED			0x00
#define UVC_CT_SCANNING_MODE_CONTROL			0x01
#define UVC_CT_AE_MODE_CONTROL				0x02
#define UVC_CT_AE_PRIORITY_CONTROL			0x03
#define UVC_CT_EXPOSURE_TIME_ABSOLUTE_CONTROL		0x04
#define UVC_CT_EXPOSURE_TIME_RELATIVE_CONTROL		0x05
#define UVC_CT_FOCUS_ABSOLUTE_CONTROL			0x06
#define UVC_CT_FOCUS_RELATIVE_CONTROL			0x07
#define UVC_CT_FOCUS_AUTO_CONTROL			0x08
#define UVC_CT_IRIS_ABSOLUTE_CONTROL			0x09
#define UVC_CT_IRIS_RELATIVE_CONTROL			0x0a
#define UVC_CT_ZOOM_ABSOLUTE_CONTROL			0x0b
#define UVC_CT_ZOOM_RELATIVE_CONTROL			0x0c
#define UVC_CT_PANTILT_ABSOLUTE_CONTROL			0x0d
#define UVC_CT_PANTILT_RELATIVE_CONTROL			0x0e
#define UVC_CT_ROLL_ABSOLUTE_CONTROL			0x0f
#define UVC_CT_ROLL_RELATIVE_CONTROL			0x10
#define UVC_CT_PRIVACY_CONTROL				0x11

/* A.9.5. Processing Unit Control Selectors */
#define UVC_PU_CONTROL_UNDEFINED			0x00
#define UVC_PU_BACKLIGHT_COMPENSATION_CONTROL		0x01
#define UVC_PU_BRIGHTNESS_CONTROL			0x02
#define UVC_PU_CONTRAST_CONTROL				0x03
#define UVC_PU_GAIN_CONTROL				0x04
#define UVC_PU_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY_CONTROL		0x05
#define UVC_PU_HUE_CONTROL				0x06
#define UVC_PU_SATURATION_CONTROL			0x07
#define UVC_PU_SHARPNESS_CONTROL			0x08
#define UVC_PU_GAMMA_CONTROL				0x09
#define UVC_PU_WHITE_BALANCE_TEMPERATURE_CONTROL	0x0a
#define UVC_PU_WHITE_BALANCE_TEMPERATURE_AUTO_CONTROL	0x0b
#define UVC_PU_WHITE_BALANCE_COMPONENT_CONTROL		0x0c
#define UVC_PU_WHITE_BALANCE_COMPONENT_AUTO_CONTROL	0x0d
#define UVC_PU_DIGITAL_MULTIPLIER_CONTROL		0x0e
#define UVC_PU_DIGITAL_MULTIPLIER_LIMIT_CONTROL		0x0f
#define UVC_PU_HUE_AUTO_CONTROL				0x10
#define UVC_PU_ANALOG_VIDEO_STANDARD_CONTROL		0x11
#define UVC_PU_ANALOG_LOCK_STATUS_CONTROL		0x12

/* A.9.7. VideoStreaming Interface Control Selectors */
#define UVC_VS_CONTROL_UNDEFINED			0x00
#define UVC_VS_PROBE_CONTROL				0x01
#define UVC_VS_COMMIT_CONTROL				0x02
#define UVC_VS_STILL_PROBE_CONTROL			0x03
#define UVC_VS_STILL_COMMIT_CONTROL			0x04
#define UVC_VS_STILL_IMAGE_TRIGGER_CONTROL		0x05
#define UVC_VS_STREAM_ERROR_CODE_CONTROL		0x06
#define UVC_VS_GENERATE_KEY_FRAME_CONTROL		0x07
#define UVC_VS_UPDATE_FRAME_SEGMENT_CONTROL		0x08
#define UVC_VS_SYNC_DELAY_CONTROL			0x09

/* B.1. USB Terminal Types */
#define UVC_TT_VENDOR_SPECIFIC				0x0100
#define UVC_TT_STREAMING				0x0101

/* B.2. Input Terminal Types */
#define UVC_ITT_VENDOR_SPECIFIC				0x0200
#define UVC_ITT_CAMERA					0x0201
#define UVC_ITT_MEDIA_TRANSPORT_INPUT			0x0202

/* B.3. Output Terminal Types */
#define UVC_OTT_VENDOR_SPECIFIC				0x0300
#define UVC_OTT_DISPLAY					0x0301
#define UVC_OTT_MEDIA_TRANSPORT_OUTPUT			0x0302

/* B.4. External Terminal Types */
#define UVC_EXTERNAL_VENDOR_SPECIFIC			0x0400
#define UVC_COMPOSITE_CONNECTOR				0x0401
#define UVC_SVIDEO_CONNECTOR				0x0402
#define UVC_COMPONENT_CONNECTOR				0x0403

/* 2.4.2.2. Status Packet Type */
#define UVC_STATUS_TYPE_CONTROL				1
#define UVC_STATUS_TYPE_STREAMING			2

/* 2.4.3.3. Payload Header Information */
#define UVC_STREAM_EOH					(1 << 7)
#define UVC_STREAM_ERR					(1 << 6)
#define UVC_STREAM_STI					(1 << 5)
#define UVC_STREAM_RES					(1 << 4)
#define UVC_STREAM_SCR					(1 << 3)
#define UVC_STREAM_PTS					(1 << 2)
#define UVC_STREAM_EOF					(1 << 1)
#define UVC_STREAM_FID					(1 << 0)

/* 4.1.2. Control Capabilities */
#define UVC_CONTROL_CAP_GET				(1 << 0)
#define UVC_CONTROL_CAP_SET				(1 << 1)
#define UVC_CONTROL_CAP_DISABLED			(1 << 2)
#define UVC_CONTROL_CAP_AUTOUPDATE			(1 << 3)
#define UVC_CONTROL_CAP_ASYNCHRONOUS			(1 << 4)

/* 3.9.2.6 Color Matching Descriptor Values */
enum uvc_color_primaries_values {
	UVC_COLOR_PRIMARIES_UNSPECIFIED,
	UVC_COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT_709_SRGB,
	UVC_COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT_470_2_M,
	UVC_COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT_470_2_B_G,
	UVC_COLOR_PRIMARIES_SMPTE_170M,
	UVC_COLOR_PRIMARIES_SMPTE_240M,
};

enum uvc_transfer_characteristics_values {
	UVC_TRANSFER_CHARACTERISTICS_UNSPECIFIED,
	UVC_TRANSFER_CHARACTERISTICS_BT_709,
	UVC_TRANSFER_CHARACTERISTICS_BT_470_2_M,
	UVC_TRANSFER_CHARACTERISTICS_BT_470_2_B_G,
	UVC_TRANSFER_CHARACTERISTICS_SMPTE_170M,
	UVC_TRANSFER_CHARACTERISTICS_SMPTE_240M,
	UVC_TRANSFER_CHARACTERISTICS_LINEAR,
	UVC_TRANSFER_CHARACTERISTICS_SRGB,
};

enum uvc_matrix_coefficients {
	UVC_MATRIX_COEFFICIENTS_UNSPECIFIED,
	UVC_MATRIX_COEFFICIENTS_BT_709,
	UVC_MATRIX_COEFFICIENTS_FCC,
	UVC_MATRIX_COEFFICIENTS_BT_470_2_B_G,
	UVC_MATRIX_COEFFICIENTS_SMPTE_170M,
	UVC_MATRIX_COEFFICIENTS_SMPTE_240M,
};

/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * UVC structures
 */

/* All UVC descriptors have these 3 fields at the beginning */
struct uvc_descriptor_header {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;
	__u8  bDescriptorSubType;
} __attribute__((packed));

/* 3.7.2. Video Control Interface Header Descriptor */
struct uvc_header_descriptor {
	__u8   bLength;
	__u8   bDescriptorType;
	__u8   bDescriptorSubType;
	__le16 bcdUVC;
	__le16 wTotalLength;
	__le32 dwClockFrequency;
	__u8   bInCollection;
	__u8   baInterfaceNr[];
} __attribute__((__packed__));

#define UVC_DT_HEADER_SIZE(n)				(12+(n))

#define UVC_HEADER_DESCRIPTOR(n) \
	uvc_header_descriptor_##n

#define DECLARE_UVC_HEADER_DESCRIPTOR(n)		\
struct UVC_HEADER_DESCRIPTOR(n) {			\
	__u8   bLength;					\
	__u8   bDescriptorType;				\
	__u8   bDescriptorSubType;			\
	__le16 bcdUVC;					\
	__le16 wTotalLength;				\
	__le32 dwClockFrequency;			\
	__u8   bInCollection;				\
	__u8   baInterfaceNr[n];			\
} __attribute__ ((packed))

/* 3.7.2.1. Input Terminal Descriptor */
struct uvc_input_terminal_descriptor {
	__u8   bLength;
	__u8   bDescriptorType;
	__u8   bDescriptorSubType;
	__u8   bTerminalID;
	__le16 wTerminalType;
	__u8   bAssocTerminal;
	__u8   iTerminal;
} __attribute__((__packed__));

#define UVC_DT_INPUT_TERMINAL_SIZE			8

/* 3.7.2.2. Output Terminal Descriptor */
struct uvc_output_terminal_descriptor {
	__u8   bLength;
	__u8   bDescriptorType;
	__u8   bDescriptorSubType;
	__u8   bTerminalID;
	__le16 wTerminalType;
	__u8   bAssocTerminal;
	__u8   bSourceID;
	__u8   iTerminal;
} __attribute__((__packed__));

#define UVC_DT_OUTPUT_TERMINAL_SIZE			9

/* 3.7.2.3. Camera Terminal Descriptor */
struct uvc_camera_terminal_descriptor {
	__u8   bLength;
	__u8   bDescriptorType;
	__u8   bDescriptorSubType;
	__u8   bTerminalID;
	__le16 wTerminalType;
	__u8   bAssocTerminal;
	__u8   iTerminal;
	__le16 wObjectiveFocalLengthMin;
	__le16 wObjectiveFocalLengthMax;
	__le16 wOcularFocalLength;
	__u8   bControlSize;
	__u8   bmControls[3];
} __attribute__((__packed__));

#define UVC_DT_CAMERA_TERMINAL_SIZE(n)			(15+(n))

/* 3.7.2.4. Selector Unit Descriptor */
struct uvc_selector_unit_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;
	__u8  bDescriptorSubType;
	__u8  bUnitID;
	__u8  bNrInPins;
	__u8  baSourceID[0];
	__u8  iSelector;
} __attribute__((__packed__));

#define UVC_DT_SELECTOR_UNIT_SIZE(n)			(6+(n))

#define UVC_SELECTOR_UNIT_DESCRIPTOR(n)	\
	uvc_selector_unit_descriptor_##n

#define DECLARE_UVC_SELECTOR_UNIT_DESCRIPTOR(n)	\
struct UVC_SELECTOR_UNIT_DESCRIPTOR(n) {		\
	__u8  bLength;					\
	__u8  bDescriptorType;				\
	__u8  bDescriptorSubType;			\
	__u8  bUnitID;					\
	__u8  bNrInPins;				\
	__u8  baSourceID[n];				\
	__u8  iSelector;				\
} __attribute__ ((packed))

/* 3.7.2.5. Processing Unit Descriptor */
struct uvc_processing_unit_descriptor {
	__u8   bLength;
	__u8   bDescriptorType;
	__u8   bDescriptorSubType;
	__u8   bUnitID;
	__u8   bSourceID;
	__le16 wMaxMultiplier;
	__u8   bControlSize;
	__u8   bmControls[2];
	__u8   iProcessing;
	__u8   bmVideoStandards;
} __attribute__((__packed__));

#define UVC_DT_PROCESSING_UNIT_SIZE(n)			(10+(n))

/* 3.7.2.6. Extension Unit Descriptor */
struct uvc_extension_unit_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;
	__u8  bDescriptorSubType;
	__u8  bUnitID;
	__u8  guidExtensionCode[16];
	__u8  bNumControls;
	__u8  bNrInPins;
	__u8  baSourceID[0];
	__u8  bControlSize;
	__u8  bmControls[0];
	__u8  iExtension;
} __attribute__((__packed__));

#define UVC_DT_EXTENSION_UNIT_SIZE(p, n)		(24+(p)+(n))

#define UVC_EXTENSION_UNIT_DESCRIPTOR(p, n) \
	uvc_extension_unit_descriptor_##p_##n

#define DECLARE_UVC_EXTENSION_UNIT_DESCRIPTOR(p, n)	\
struct UVC_EXTENSION_UNIT_DESCRIPTOR(p, n) {		\
	__u8  bLength;					\
	__u8  bDescriptorType;				\
	__u8  bDescriptorSubType;			\
	__u8  bUnitID;					\
	__u8  guidExtensionCode[16];			\
	__u8  bNumControls;				\
	__u8  bNrInPins;				\
	__u8  baSourceID[p];				\
	__u8  bControlSize;				\
	__u8  bmControls[n];				\
	__u8  iExtension;				\
} __attribute__ ((packed))

/* 3.8.2.2. Video Control Interrupt Endpoint Descriptor */
struct uvc_control_endpoint_descriptor {
	__u8   bLength;
	__u8   bDescriptorType;
	__u8   bDescriptorSubType;
	__le16 wMaxTransferSize;
} __attribute__((__packed__));

#define UVC_DT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE			5

/* 3.9.2.1. Input Header Descriptor */
struct uvc_input_header_descriptor {
	__u8   bLength;
	__u8   bDescriptorType;
	__u8   bDescriptorSubType;
	__u8   bNumFormats;
	__le16 wTotalLength;
	__u8   bEndpointAddress;
	__u8   bmInfo;
	__u8   bTerminalLink;
	__u8   bStillCaptureMethod;
	__u8   bTriggerSupport;
	__u8   bTriggerUsage;
	__u8   bControlSize;
	__u8   bmaControls[];
} __attribute__((__packed__));

#define UVC_DT_INPUT_HEADER_SIZE(n, p)			(13+(n*p))

#define UVC_INPUT_HEADER_DESCRIPTOR(n, p) \
	uvc_input_header_descriptor_##n_##p

#define DECLARE_UVC_INPUT_HEADER_DESCRIPTOR(n, p)	\
struct UVC_INPUT_HEADER_DESCRIPTOR(n, p) {		\
	__u8   bLength;					\
	__u8   bDescriptorType;				\
	__u8   bDescriptorSubType;			\
	__u8   bNumFormats;				\
	__le16 wTotalLength;				\
	__u8   bEndpointAddress;			\
	__u8   bmInfo;					\
	__u8   bTerminalLink;				\
	__u8   bStillCaptureMethod;			\
	__u8   bTriggerSupport;				\
	__u8   bTriggerUsage;				\
	__u8   bControlSize;				\
	__u8   bmaControls[p][n];			\
} __attribute__ ((packed))

/* 3.9.2.2. Output Header Descriptor */
struct uvc_output_header_descriptor {
	__u8   bLength;
	__u8   bDescriptorType;
	__u8   bDescriptorSubType;
	__u8   bNumFormats;
	__le16 wTotalLength;
	__u8   bEndpointAddress;
	__u8   bTerminalLink;
	__u8   bControlSize;
	__u8   bmaControls[];
} __attribute__((__packed__));

#define UVC_DT_OUTPUT_HEADER_SIZE(n, p)			(9+(n*p))

#define UVC_OUTPUT_HEADER_DESCRIPTOR(n, p) \
	uvc_output_header_descriptor_##n_##p

#define DECLARE_UVC_OUTPUT_HEADER_DESCRIPTOR(n, p)	\
struct UVC_OUTPUT_HEADER_DESCRIPTOR(n, p) {		\
	__u8   bLength;					\
	__u8   bDescriptorType;				\
	__u8   bDescriptorSubType;			\
	__u8   bNumFormats;				\
	__le16 wTotalLength;				\
	__u8   bEndpointAddress;			\
	__u8   bTerminalLink;				\
	__u8   bControlSize;				\
	__u8   bmaControls[p][n];			\
} __attribute__ ((packed))

/* 3.9.2.6. Color matching descriptor */
struct uvc_color_matching_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;
	__u8  bDescriptorSubType;
	__u8  bColorPrimaries;
	__u8  bTransferCharacteristics;
	__u8  bMatrixCoefficients;
} __attribute__((__packed__));

#define UVC_DT_COLOR_MATCHING_SIZE			6

/* 4.3.1.1. Video Probe and Commit Controls */
struct uvc_streaming_control {
	__u16 bmHint;
	__u8  bFormatIndex;
	__u8  bFrameIndex;
	__u32 dwFrameInterval;
	__u16 wKeyFrameRate;
	__u16 wPFrameRate;
	__u16 wCompQuality;
	__u16 wCompWindowSize;
	__u16 wDelay;
	__u32 dwMaxVideoFrameSize;
	__u32 dwMaxPayloadTransferSize;
	__u32 dwClockFrequency;
	__u8  bmFramingInfo;
	__u8  bPreferedVersion;
	__u8  bMinVersion;
	__u8  bMaxVersion;
} __attribute__((__packed__));

/* Uncompressed Payload - 3.1.1. Uncompressed Video Format Descriptor */
struct uvc_format_uncompressed {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;
	__u8  bDescriptorSubType;
	__u8  bFormatIndex;
	__u8  bNumFrameDescriptors;
	__u8  guidFormat[16];
	__u8  bBitsPerPixel;
	__u8  bDefaultFrameIndex;
	__u8  bAspectRatioX;
	__u8  bAspectRatioY;
	__u8  bmInterfaceFlags;
	__u8  bCopyProtect;
} __attribute__((__packed__));

#define UVC_DT_FORMAT_UNCOMPRESSED_SIZE			27

/* Uncompressed Payload - 3.1.2. Uncompressed Video Frame Descriptor */
struct uvc_frame_uncompressed {
	__u8   bLength;
	__u8   bDescriptorType;
	__u8   bDescriptorSubType;
	__u8   bFrameIndex;
	__u8   bmCapabilities;
	__le16 wWidth;
	__le16 wHeight;
	__le32 dwMinBitRate;
	__le32 dwMaxBitRate;
	__le32 dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize;
	__le32 dwDefaultFrameInterval;
	__u8   bFrameIntervalType;
	__le32 dwFrameInterval[];
} __attribute__((__packed__));

#define UVC_DT_FRAME_UNCOMPRESSED_SIZE(n)		(26+4*(n))

#define UVC_FRAME_UNCOMPRESSED(n) \
	uvc_frame_uncompressed_##n

#define DECLARE_UVC_FRAME_UNCOMPRESSED(n)		\
struct UVC_FRAME_UNCOMPRESSED(n) {			\
	__u8   bLength;					\
	__u8   bDescriptorType;				\
	__u8   bDescriptorSubType;			\
	__u8   bFrameIndex;				\
	__u8   bmCapabilities;				\
	__le16 wWidth;					\
	__le16 wHeight;					\
	__le32 dwMinBitRate;				\
	__le32 dwMaxBitRate;				\
	__le32 dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize;		\
	__le32 dwDefaultFrameInterval;			\
	__u8   bFrameIntervalType;			\
	__le32 dwFrameInterval[n];			\
} __attribute__ ((packed))

/* MJPEG Payload - 3.1.1. MJPEG Video Format Descriptor */
struct uvc_format_mjpeg {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;
	__u8  bDescriptorSubType;
	__u8  bFormatIndex;
	__u8  bNumFrameDescriptors;
	__u8  bmFlags;
	__u8  bDefaultFrameIndex;
	__u8  bAspectRatioX;
	__u8  bAspectRatioY;
	__u8  bmInterfaceFlags;
	__u8  bCopyProtect;
} __attribute__((__packed__));

#define UVC_DT_FORMAT_MJPEG_SIZE			11

/* MJPEG Payload - 3.1.2. MJPEG Video Frame Descriptor */
struct uvc_frame_mjpeg {
	__u8   bLength;
	__u8   bDescriptorType;
	__u8   bDescriptorSubType;
	__u8   bFrameIndex;
	__u8   bmCapabilities;
	__le16 wWidth;
	__le16 wHeight;
	__le32 dwMinBitRate;
	__le32 dwMaxBitRate;
	__le32 dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize;
	__le32 dwDefaultFrameInterval;
	__u8   bFrameIntervalType;
	__le32 dwFrameInterval[];
} __attribute__((__packed__));

#define UVC_DT_FRAME_MJPEG_SIZE(n)			(26+4*(n))

#define UVC_FRAME_MJPEG(n) \
	uvc_frame_mjpeg_##n

#define DECLARE_UVC_FRAME_MJPEG(n)			\
struct UVC_FRAME_MJPEG(n) {				\
	__u8   bLength;					\
	__u8   bDescriptorType;				\
	__u8   bDescriptorSubType;			\
	__u8   bFrameIndex;				\
	__u8   bmCapabilities;				\
	__le16 wWidth;					\
	__le16 wHeight;					\
	__le32 dwMinBitRate;				\
	__le32 dwMaxBitRate;				\
	__le32 dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize;		\
	__le32 dwDefaultFrameInterval;			\
	__u8   bFrameIntervalType;			\
	__le32 dwFrameInterval[n];			\
} __attribute__ ((packed))

#endif /* __LINUX_USB_VIDEO_H */

/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * <linux/usb/midi.h> -- USB MIDI definitions.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2006 Thumtronics Pty Ltd.
 * Developed for Thumtronics by Grey Innovation
 * Ben Williamson <ben.williamson@greyinnovation.com>
 *
 * This software is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public
 * License ("GPL") version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This file holds USB constants and structures defined
 * by the USB Device Class Definition for MIDI Devices.
 * Comments below reference relevant sections of that document:
 *
 * http://www.usb.org/developers/devclass_docs/midi10.pdf
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_USB_MIDI_H
#define __LINUX_USB_MIDI_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* A.1  MS Class-Specific Interface Descriptor Subtypes */
#define USB_MS_HEADER		0x01
#define USB_MS_MIDI_IN_JACK	0x02
#define USB_MS_MIDI_OUT_JACK	0x03
#define USB_MS_ELEMENT		0x04

/* A.2  MS Class-Specific Endpoint Descriptor Subtypes */
#define USB_MS_GENERAL		0x01

/* A.3  MS MIDI IN and OUT Jack Types */
#define USB_MS_EMBEDDED		0x01
#define USB_MS_EXTERNAL		0x02

/* 6.1.2.1  Class-Specific MS Interface Header Descriptor */
struct usb_ms_header_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;
	__u8  bDescriptorSubtype;
	__le16 bcdMSC;
	__le16 wTotalLength;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

#define USB_DT_MS_HEADER_SIZE	7

/* 6.1.2.2  MIDI IN Jack Descriptor */
struct usb_midi_in_jack_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;		/* USB_DT_CS_INTERFACE */
	__u8  bDescriptorSubtype;	/* USB_MS_MIDI_IN_JACK */
	__u8  bJackType;		/* USB_MS_EMBEDDED/EXTERNAL */
	__u8  bJackID;
	__u8  iJack;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

#define USB_DT_MIDI_IN_SIZE	6

struct usb_midi_source_pin {
	__u8  baSourceID;
	__u8  baSourcePin;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* 6.1.2.3  MIDI OUT Jack Descriptor */
struct usb_midi_out_jack_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;		/* USB_DT_CS_INTERFACE */
	__u8  bDescriptorSubtype;	/* USB_MS_MIDI_OUT_JACK */
	__u8  bJackType;		/* USB_MS_EMBEDDED/EXTERNAL */
	__u8  bJackID;
	__u8  bNrInputPins;		/* p */
	struct usb_midi_source_pin pins[]; /* [p] */
	/*__u8  iJack;  -- omitted due to variable-sized pins[] */
} __attribute__ ((packed));

#define USB_DT_MIDI_OUT_SIZE(p)	(7 + 2 * (p))

/* As above, but more useful for defining your own descriptors: */
#define DECLARE_USB_MIDI_OUT_JACK_DESCRIPTOR(p)			\
struct usb_midi_out_jack_descriptor_##p {			\
	__u8  bLength;						\
	__u8  bDescriptorType;					\
	__u8  bDescriptorSubtype;				\
	__u8  bJackType;					\
	__u8  bJackID;						\
	__u8  bNrInputPins;					\
	struct usb_midi_source_pin pins[p];			\
	__u8  iJack;						\
} __attribute__ ((packed))

/* 6.2.2  Class-Specific MS Bulk Data Endpoint Descriptor */
struct usb_ms_endpoint_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;			/* 4+n */
	__u8  bDescriptorType;		/* USB_DT_CS_ENDPOINT */
	__u8  bDescriptorSubtype;	/* USB_MS_GENERAL */
	__u8  bNumEmbMIDIJack;		/* n */
	__u8  baAssocJackID[];		/* [n] */
} __attribute__ ((packed));

#define USB_DT_MS_ENDPOINT_SIZE(n)	(4 + (n))

/* As above, but more useful for defining your own descriptors: */
#define DECLARE_USB_MS_ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR(n)			\
struct usb_ms_endpoint_descriptor_##n {				\
	__u8  bLength;						\
	__u8  bDescriptorType;					\
	__u8  bDescriptorSubtype;				\
	__u8  bNumEmbMIDIJack;					\
	__u8  baAssocJackID[n];					\
} __attribute__ ((packed))

#endif /* __LINUX_USB_MIDI_H */
/*
 * This file defines the USB charger type and state that are needed for
 * USB device APIs.
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_USB_CHARGER_H
#define __LINUX_USB_CHARGER_H

/*
 * USB charger type:
 * SDP (Standard Downstream Port)
 * DCP (Dedicated Charging Port)
 * CDP (Charging Downstream Port)
 * ACA (Accessory Charger Adapters)
 */
enum usb_charger_type {
	UNKNOWN_TYPE = 0,
	SDP_TYPE = 1,
	DCP_TYPE = 2,
	CDP_TYPE = 3,
	ACA_TYPE = 4,
};

/* USB charger state */
enum usb_charger_state {
	USB_CHARGER_DEFAULT = 0,
	USB_CHARGER_PRESENT = 1,
	USB_CHARGER_ABSENT = 2,
};

#endif /* __LINUX_USB_CHARGER_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_FUNCTIONFS_H__
#define __LINUX_FUNCTIONFS_H__


#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

#include <linux/usb/ch9.h>


enum {
	FUNCTIONFS_DESCRIPTORS_MAGIC = 1,
	FUNCTIONFS_STRINGS_MAGIC = 2,
	FUNCTIONFS_DESCRIPTORS_MAGIC_V2 = 3,
};

enum functionfs_flags {
	FUNCTIONFS_HAS_FS_DESC = 1,
	FUNCTIONFS_HAS_HS_DESC = 2,
	FUNCTIONFS_HAS_SS_DESC = 4,
	FUNCTIONFS_HAS_MS_OS_DESC = 8,
	FUNCTIONFS_VIRTUAL_ADDR = 16,
	FUNCTIONFS_EVENTFD = 32,
	FUNCTIONFS_ALL_CTRL_RECIP = 64,
	FUNCTIONFS_CONFIG0_SETUP = 128,
};

/* Descriptor of an non-audio endpoint */
struct usb_endpoint_descriptor_no_audio {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;

	__u8  bEndpointAddress;
	__u8  bmAttributes;
	__le16 wMaxPacketSize;
	__u8  bInterval;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct usb_functionfs_descs_head_v2 {
	__le32 magic;
	__le32 length;
	__le32 flags;
	/*
	 * __le32 fs_count, hs_count, fs_count; must be included manually in
	 * the structure taking flags into consideration.
	 */
} __attribute__((packed));

/* Legacy format, deprecated as of 3.14. */
struct usb_functionfs_descs_head {
	__le32 magic;
	__le32 length;
	__le32 fs_count;
	__le32 hs_count;
} __attribute__((packed, deprecated));

/* MS OS Descriptor header */
struct usb_os_desc_header {
	__u8	interface;
	__le32	dwLength;
	__le16	bcdVersion;
	__le16	wIndex;
	union {
		struct {
			__u8	bCount;
			__u8	Reserved;
		};
		__le16	wCount;
	};
} __attribute__((packed));

struct usb_ext_compat_desc {
	__u8	bFirstInterfaceNumber;
	__u8	Reserved1;
	__u8	CompatibleID[8];
	__u8	SubCompatibleID[8];
	__u8	Reserved2[6];
};

struct usb_ext_prop_desc {
	__le32	dwSize;
	__le32	dwPropertyDataType;
	__le16	wPropertyNameLength;
} __attribute__((packed));


/*
 * Descriptors format:
 *
 * | off | name      | type         | description                          |
 * |-----+-----------+--------------+--------------------------------------|
 * |   0 | magic     | LE32         | FUNCTIONFS_DESCRIPTORS_MAGIC_V2      |
 * |   4 | length    | LE32         | length of the whole data chunk       |
 * |   8 | flags     | LE32         | combination of functionfs_flags      |
 * |     | eventfd   | LE32         | eventfd file descriptor              |
 * |     | fs_count  | LE32         | number of full-speed descriptors     |
 * |     | hs_count  | LE32         | number of high-speed descriptors     |
 * |     | ss_count  | LE32         | number of super-speed descriptors    |
 * |     | os_count  | LE32         | number of MS OS descriptors          |
 * |     | fs_descrs | Descriptor[] | list of full-speed descriptors       |
 * |     | hs_descrs | Descriptor[] | list of high-speed descriptors       |
 * |     | ss_descrs | Descriptor[] | list of super-speed descriptors      |
 * |     | os_descrs | OSDesc[]     | list of MS OS descriptors            |
 *
 * Depending on which flags are set, various fields may be missing in the
 * structure.  Any flags that are not recognised cause the whole block to be
 * rejected with -ENOSYS.
 *
 * Legacy descriptors format (deprecated as of 3.14):
 *
 * | off | name      | type         | description                          |
 * |-----+-----------+--------------+--------------------------------------|
 * |   0 | magic     | LE32         | FUNCTIONFS_DESCRIPTORS_MAGIC         |
 * |   4 | length    | LE32         | length of the whole data chunk       |
 * |   8 | fs_count  | LE32         | number of full-speed descriptors     |
 * |  12 | hs_count  | LE32         | number of high-speed descriptors     |
 * |  16 | fs_descrs | Descriptor[] | list of full-speed descriptors       |
 * |     | hs_descrs | Descriptor[] | list of high-speed descriptors       |
 *
 * All numbers must be in little endian order.
 *
 * Descriptor[] is an array of valid USB descriptors which have the following
 * format:
 *
 * | off | name            | type | description              |
 * |-----+-----------------+------+--------------------------|
 * |   0 | bLength         | U8   | length of the descriptor |
 * |   1 | bDescriptorType | U8   | descriptor type          |
 * |   2 | payload         |      | descriptor's payload     |
 *
 * OSDesc[] is an array of valid MS OS Feature Descriptors which have one of
 * the following formats:
 *
 * | off | name            | type | description              |
 * |-----+-----------------+------+--------------------------|
 * |   0 | inteface        | U8   | related interface number |
 * |   1 | dwLength        | U32  | length of the descriptor |
 * |   5 | bcdVersion      | U16  | currently supported: 1   |
 * |   7 | wIndex          | U16  | currently supported: 4   |
 * |   9 | bCount          | U8   | number of ext. compat.   |
 * |  10 | Reserved        | U8   | 0                        |
 * |  11 | ExtCompat[]     |      | list of ext. compat. d.  |
 *
 * | off | name            | type | description              |
 * |-----+-----------------+------+--------------------------|
 * |   0 | inteface        | U8   | related interface number |
 * |   1 | dwLength        | U32  | length of the descriptor |
 * |   5 | bcdVersion      | U16  | currently supported: 1   |
 * |   7 | wIndex          | U16  | currently supported: 5   |
 * |   9 | wCount          | U16  | number of ext. compat.   |
 * |  11 | ExtProp[]       |      | list of ext. prop. d.    |
 *
 * ExtCompat[] is an array of valid Extended Compatiblity descriptors
 * which have the following format:
 *
 * | off | name                  | type | description                         |
 * |-----+-----------------------+------+-------------------------------------|
 * |   0 | bFirstInterfaceNumber | U8   | index of the interface or of the 1st|
 * |     |                       |      | interface in an IAD group           |
 * |   1 | Reserved              | U8   | 1                                   |
 * |   2 | CompatibleID          | U8[8]| compatible ID string                |
 * |  10 | SubCompatibleID       | U8[8]| subcompatible ID string             |
 * |  18 | Reserved              | U8[6]| 0                                   |
 *
 * ExtProp[] is an array of valid Extended Properties descriptors
 * which have the following format:
 *
 * | off | name                  | type | description                         |
 * |-----+-----------------------+------+-------------------------------------|
 * |   0 | dwSize                | U32  | length of the descriptor            |
 * |   4 | dwPropertyDataType    | U32  | 1..7                                |
 * |   8 | wPropertyNameLength   | U16  | bPropertyName length (NL)           |
 * |  10 | bPropertyName         |U8[NL]| name of this property               |
 * |10+NL| dwPropertyDataLength  | U32  | bPropertyData length (DL)           |
 * |14+NL| bProperty             |U8[DL]| payload of this property            |
 */

struct usb_functionfs_strings_head {
	__le32 magic;
	__le32 length;
	__le32 str_count;
	__le32 lang_count;
} __attribute__((packed));

/*
 * Strings format:
 *
 * | off | name       | type                  | description                |
 * |-----+------------+-----------------------+----------------------------|
 * |   0 | magic      | LE32                  | FUNCTIONFS_STRINGS_MAGIC   |
 * |   4 | length     | LE32                  | length of the data chunk   |
 * |   8 | str_count  | LE32                  | number of strings          |
 * |  12 | lang_count | LE32                  | number of languages        |
 * |  16 | stringtab  | StringTab[lang_count] | table of strings per lang  |
 *
 * For each language there is one stringtab entry (ie. there are lang_count
 * stringtab entires).  Each StringTab has following format:
 *
 * | off | name    | type              | description                        |
 * |-----+---------+-------------------+------------------------------------|
 * |   0 | lang    | LE16              | language code                      |
 * |   2 | strings | String[str_count] | array of strings in given language |
 *
 * For each string there is one strings entry (ie. there are str_count
 * string entries).  Each String is a NUL terminated string encoded in
 * UTF-8.
 */



/*
 * Events are delivered on the ep0 file descriptor, when the user mode driver
 * reads from this file descriptor after writing the descriptors.  Don't
 * stop polling this descriptor.
 */

enum usb_functionfs_event_type {
	FUNCTIONFS_BIND,
	FUNCTIONFS_UNBIND,

	FUNCTIONFS_ENABLE,
	FUNCTIONFS_DISABLE,

	FUNCTIONFS_SETUP,

	FUNCTIONFS_SUSPEND,
	FUNCTIONFS_RESUME
};

/* NOTE:  this structure must stay the same size and layout on
 * both 32-bit and 64-bit kernels.
 */
struct usb_functionfs_event {
	union {
		/* SETUP: packet; DATA phase i/o precedes next event
		 *(setup.bmRequestType & USB_DIR_IN) flags direction */
		struct usb_ctrlrequest	setup;
	} __attribute__((packed)) u;

	/* enum usb_functionfs_event_type */
	__u8				type;
	__u8				_pad[3];
} __attribute__((packed));


/* Endpoint ioctls */
/* The same as in gadgetfs */

/* IN transfers may be reported to the gadget driver as complete
 *	when the fifo is loaded, before the host reads the data;
 * OUT transfers may be reported to the host's "client" driver as
 *	complete when they're sitting in the FIFO unread.
 * THIS returns how many bytes are "unclaimed" in the endpoint fifo
 * (needed for precise fault handling, when the hardware allows it)
 */
#define	FUNCTIONFS_FIFO_STATUS	_IO('g', 1)

/* discards any unclaimed data in the fifo. */
#define	FUNCTIONFS_FIFO_FLUSH	_IO('g', 2)

/* resets endpoint halt+toggle; used to implement set_interface.
 * some hardware (like pxa2xx) can't support this.
 */
#define	FUNCTIONFS_CLEAR_HALT	_IO('g', 3)

/* Specific for functionfs */

/*
 * Returns reverse mapping of an interface.  Called on EP0.  If there
 * is no such interface returns -EDOM.  If function is not active
 * returns -ENODEV.
 */
#define	FUNCTIONFS_INTERFACE_REVMAP	_IO('g', 128)

/*
 * Returns real bEndpointAddress of an endpoint. If endpoint shuts down
 * during the call, returns -ESHUTDOWN.
 */
#define	FUNCTIONFS_ENDPOINT_REVMAP	_IO('g', 129)

/*
 * Returns endpoint descriptor. If endpoint shuts down during the call,
 * returns -ESHUTDOWN.
 */
#define	FUNCTIONFS_ENDPOINT_DESC	_IOR('g', 130, \
					     struct usb_endpoint_descriptor)



#endif /* __LINUX_FUNCTIONFS_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * USB Communications Device Class (CDC) definitions
 *
 * CDC says how to talk to lots of different types of network adapters,
 * notably ethernet adapters and various modems.  It's used mostly with
 * firmware based USB peripherals.
 */

#ifndef __UAPI_LINUX_USB_CDC_H
#define __UAPI_LINUX_USB_CDC_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define USB_CDC_SUBCLASS_ACM			0x02
#define USB_CDC_SUBCLASS_ETHERNET		0x06
#define USB_CDC_SUBCLASS_WHCM			0x08
#define USB_CDC_SUBCLASS_DMM			0x09
#define USB_CDC_SUBCLASS_MDLM			0x0a
#define USB_CDC_SUBCLASS_OBEX			0x0b
#define USB_CDC_SUBCLASS_EEM			0x0c
#define USB_CDC_SUBCLASS_NCM			0x0d
#define USB_CDC_SUBCLASS_MBIM			0x0e

#define USB_CDC_PROTO_NONE			0

#define USB_CDC_ACM_PROTO_AT_V25TER		1
#define USB_CDC_ACM_PROTO_AT_PCCA101		2
#define USB_CDC_ACM_PROTO_AT_PCCA101_WAKE	3
#define USB_CDC_ACM_PROTO_AT_GSM		4
#define USB_CDC_ACM_PROTO_AT_3G			5
#define USB_CDC_ACM_PROTO_AT_CDMA		6
#define USB_CDC_ACM_PROTO_VENDOR		0xff

#define USB_CDC_PROTO_EEM			7

#define USB_CDC_NCM_PROTO_NTB			1
#define USB_CDC_MBIM_PROTO_NTB			2

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/*
 * Class-Specific descriptors ... there are a couple dozen of them
 */

#define USB_CDC_HEADER_TYPE		0x00	/* header_desc */
#define USB_CDC_CALL_MANAGEMENT_TYPE	0x01	/* call_mgmt_descriptor */
#define USB_CDC_ACM_TYPE		0x02	/* acm_descriptor */
#define USB_CDC_UNION_TYPE		0x06	/* union_desc */
#define USB_CDC_COUNTRY_TYPE		0x07
#define USB_CDC_NETWORK_TERMINAL_TYPE	0x0a	/* network_terminal_desc */
#define USB_CDC_ETHERNET_TYPE		0x0f	/* ether_desc */
#define USB_CDC_WHCM_TYPE		0x11
#define USB_CDC_MDLM_TYPE		0x12	/* mdlm_desc */
#define USB_CDC_MDLM_DETAIL_TYPE	0x13	/* mdlm_detail_desc */
#define USB_CDC_DMM_TYPE		0x14
#define USB_CDC_OBEX_TYPE		0x15
#define USB_CDC_NCM_TYPE		0x1a
#define USB_CDC_MBIM_TYPE		0x1b
#define USB_CDC_MBIM_EXTENDED_TYPE	0x1c

/* "Header Functional Descriptor" from CDC spec  5.2.3.1 */
struct usb_cdc_header_desc {
	__u8	bLength;
	__u8	bDescriptorType;
	__u8	bDescriptorSubType;

	__le16	bcdCDC;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* "Call Management Descriptor" from CDC spec  5.2.3.2 */
struct usb_cdc_call_mgmt_descriptor {
	__u8	bLength;
	__u8	bDescriptorType;
	__u8	bDescriptorSubType;

	__u8	bmCapabilities;
#define USB_CDC_CALL_MGMT_CAP_CALL_MGMT		0x01
#define USB_CDC_CALL_MGMT_CAP_DATA_INTF		0x02

	__u8	bDataInterface;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* "Abstract Control Management Descriptor" from CDC spec  5.2.3.3 */
struct usb_cdc_acm_descriptor {
	__u8	bLength;
	__u8	bDescriptorType;
	__u8	bDescriptorSubType;

	__u8	bmCapabilities;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* capabilities from 5.2.3.3 */

#define USB_CDC_COMM_FEATURE	0x01
#define USB_CDC_CAP_LINE	0x02
#define USB_CDC_CAP_BRK		0x04
#define USB_CDC_CAP_NOTIFY	0x08

/* "Union Functional Descriptor" from CDC spec 5.2.3.8 */
struct usb_cdc_union_desc {
	__u8	bLength;
	__u8	bDescriptorType;
	__u8	bDescriptorSubType;

	__u8	bMasterInterface0;
	__u8	bSlaveInterface0;
	/* ... and there could be other slave interfaces */
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* "Country Selection Functional Descriptor" from CDC spec 5.2.3.9 */
struct usb_cdc_country_functional_desc {
	__u8	bLength;
	__u8	bDescriptorType;
	__u8	bDescriptorSubType;

	__u8	iCountryCodeRelDate;
	__le16	wCountyCode0;
	/* ... and there can be a lot of country codes */
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* "Network Channel Terminal Functional Descriptor" from CDC spec 5.2.3.11 */
struct usb_cdc_network_terminal_desc {
	__u8	bLength;
	__u8	bDescriptorType;
	__u8	bDescriptorSubType;

	__u8	bEntityId;
	__u8	iName;
	__u8	bChannelIndex;
	__u8	bPhysicalInterface;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* "Ethernet Networking Functional Descriptor" from CDC spec 5.2.3.16 */
struct usb_cdc_ether_desc {
	__u8	bLength;
	__u8	bDescriptorType;
	__u8	bDescriptorSubType;

	__u8	iMACAddress;
	__le32	bmEthernetStatistics;
	__le16	wMaxSegmentSize;
	__le16	wNumberMCFilters;
	__u8	bNumberPowerFilters;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* "Telephone Control Model Functional Descriptor" from CDC WMC spec 6.3..3 */
struct usb_cdc_dmm_desc {
	__u8	bFunctionLength;
	__u8	bDescriptorType;
	__u8	bDescriptorSubtype;
	__u16	bcdVersion;
	__le16	wMaxCommand;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* "MDLM Functional Descriptor" from CDC WMC spec 6.7.2.3 */
struct usb_cdc_mdlm_desc {
	__u8	bLength;
	__u8	bDescriptorType;
	__u8	bDescriptorSubType;

	__le16	bcdVersion;
	__u8	bGUID[16];
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* "MDLM Detail Functional Descriptor" from CDC WMC spec 6.7.2.4 */
struct usb_cdc_mdlm_detail_desc {
	__u8	bLength;
	__u8	bDescriptorType;
	__u8	bDescriptorSubType;

	/* type is associated with mdlm_desc.bGUID */
	__u8	bGuidDescriptorType;
	__u8	bDetailData[0];
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* "OBEX Control Model Functional Descriptor" */
struct usb_cdc_obex_desc {
	__u8	bLength;
	__u8	bDescriptorType;
	__u8	bDescriptorSubType;

	__le16	bcdVersion;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* "NCM Control Model Functional Descriptor" */
struct usb_cdc_ncm_desc {
	__u8	bLength;
	__u8	bDescriptorType;
	__u8	bDescriptorSubType;

	__le16	bcdNcmVersion;
	__u8	bmNetworkCapabilities;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* "MBIM Control Model Functional Descriptor" */
struct usb_cdc_mbim_desc {
	__u8	bLength;
	__u8	bDescriptorType;
	__u8	bDescriptorSubType;

	__le16	bcdMBIMVersion;
	__le16  wMaxControlMessage;
	__u8    bNumberFilters;
	__u8    bMaxFilterSize;
	__le16  wMaxSegmentSize;
	__u8    bmNetworkCapabilities;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* "MBIM Extended Functional Descriptor" from CDC MBIM spec 1.0 errata-1 */
struct usb_cdc_mbim_extended_desc {
	__u8	bLength;
	__u8	bDescriptorType;
	__u8	bDescriptorSubType;

	__le16	bcdMBIMExtendedVersion;
	__u8	bMaxOutstandingCommandMessages;
	__le16	wMTU;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/*
 * Class-Specific Control Requests (6.2)
 *
 * section 3.6.2.1 table 4 has the ACM profile, for modems.
 * section 3.8.2 table 10 has the ethernet profile.
 *
 * Microsoft's RNDIS stack for Ethernet is a vendor-specific CDC ACM variant,
 * heavily dependent on the encapsulated (proprietary) command mechanism.
 */

#define USB_CDC_SEND_ENCAPSULATED_COMMAND	0x00
#define USB_CDC_GET_ENCAPSULATED_RESPONSE	0x01
#define USB_CDC_REQ_SET_LINE_CODING		0x20
#define USB_CDC_REQ_GET_LINE_CODING		0x21
#define USB_CDC_REQ_SET_CONTROL_LINE_STATE	0x22
#define USB_CDC_REQ_SEND_BREAK			0x23
#define USB_CDC_SET_ETHERNET_MULTICAST_FILTERS	0x40
#define USB_CDC_SET_ETHERNET_PM_PATTERN_FILTER	0x41
#define USB_CDC_GET_ETHERNET_PM_PATTERN_FILTER	0x42
#define USB_CDC_SET_ETHERNET_PACKET_FILTER	0x43
#define USB_CDC_GET_ETHERNET_STATISTIC		0x44
#define USB_CDC_GET_NTB_PARAMETERS		0x80
#define USB_CDC_GET_NET_ADDRESS			0x81
#define USB_CDC_SET_NET_ADDRESS			0x82
#define USB_CDC_GET_NTB_FORMAT			0x83
#define USB_CDC_SET_NTB_FORMAT			0x84
#define USB_CDC_GET_NTB_INPUT_SIZE		0x85
#define USB_CDC_SET_NTB_INPUT_SIZE		0x86
#define USB_CDC_GET_MAX_DATAGRAM_SIZE		0x87
#define USB_CDC_SET_MAX_DATAGRAM_SIZE		0x88
#define USB_CDC_GET_CRC_MODE			0x89
#define USB_CDC_SET_CRC_MODE			0x8a

/* Line Coding Structure from CDC spec 6.2.13 */
struct usb_cdc_line_coding {
	__le32	dwDTERate;
	__u8	bCharFormat;
#define USB_CDC_1_STOP_BITS			0
#define USB_CDC_1_5_STOP_BITS			1
#define USB_CDC_2_STOP_BITS			2

	__u8	bParityType;
#define USB_CDC_NO_PARITY			0
#define USB_CDC_ODD_PARITY			1
#define USB_CDC_EVEN_PARITY			2
#define USB_CDC_MARK_PARITY			3
#define USB_CDC_SPACE_PARITY			4

	__u8	bDataBits;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* Control Signal Bitmap Values from 6.2.14 SetControlLineState */
#define USB_CDC_CTRL_DTR			(1 << 0)
#define USB_CDC_CTRL_RTS			(1 << 1)

/* table 62; bits in multicast filter */
#define	USB_CDC_PACKET_TYPE_PROMISCUOUS		(1 << 0)
#define	USB_CDC_PACKET_TYPE_ALL_MULTICAST	(1 << 1) /* no filter */
#define	USB_CDC_PACKET_TYPE_DIRECTED		(1 << 2)
#define	USB_CDC_PACKET_TYPE_BROADCAST		(1 << 3)
#define	USB_CDC_PACKET_TYPE_MULTICAST		(1 << 4) /* filtered */


/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/*
 * Class-Specific Notifications (6.3) sent by interrupt transfers
 *
 * section 3.8.2 table 11 of the CDC spec lists Ethernet notifications
 * section 3.6.2.1 table 5 specifies ACM notifications, accepted by RNDIS
 * RNDIS also defines its own bit-incompatible notifications
 */

#define USB_CDC_NOTIFY_NETWORK_CONNECTION	0x00
#define USB_CDC_NOTIFY_RESPONSE_AVAILABLE	0x01
#define USB_CDC_NOTIFY_SERIAL_STATE		0x20
#define USB_CDC_NOTIFY_SPEED_CHANGE		0x2a

struct usb_cdc_notification {
	__u8	bmRequestType;
	__u8	bNotificationType;
	__le16	wValue;
	__le16	wIndex;
	__le16	wLength;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* UART State Bitmap Values from 6.3.5 SerialState */
#define USB_CDC_SERIAL_STATE_DCD		(1 << 0)
#define USB_CDC_SERIAL_STATE_DSR		(1 << 1)
#define USB_CDC_SERIAL_STATE_BREAK		(1 << 2)
#define USB_CDC_SERIAL_STATE_RING_SIGNAL	(1 << 3)
#define USB_CDC_SERIAL_STATE_FRAMING		(1 << 4)
#define USB_CDC_SERIAL_STATE_PARITY		(1 << 5)
#define USB_CDC_SERIAL_STATE_OVERRUN		(1 << 6)

struct usb_cdc_speed_change {
	__le32	DLBitRRate;	/* contains the downlink bit rate (IN pipe) */
	__le32	ULBitRate;	/* contains the uplink bit rate (OUT pipe) */
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/*
 * Class Specific structures and constants
 *
 * CDC NCM NTB parameters structure, CDC NCM subclass 6.2.1
 *
 */

struct usb_cdc_ncm_ntb_parameters {
	__le16	wLength;
	__le16	bmNtbFormatsSupported;
	__le32	dwNtbInMaxSize;
	__le16	wNdpInDivisor;
	__le16	wNdpInPayloadRemainder;
	__le16	wNdpInAlignment;
	__le16	wPadding1;
	__le32	dwNtbOutMaxSize;
	__le16	wNdpOutDivisor;
	__le16	wNdpOutPayloadRemainder;
	__le16	wNdpOutAlignment;
	__le16	wNtbOutMaxDatagrams;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/*
 * CDC NCM transfer headers, CDC NCM subclass 3.2
 */

#define USB_CDC_NCM_NTH16_SIGN		0x484D434E /* NCMH */
#define USB_CDC_NCM_NTH32_SIGN		0x686D636E /* ncmh */

struct usb_cdc_ncm_nth16 {
	__le32	dwSignature;
	__le16	wHeaderLength;
	__le16	wSequence;
	__le16	wBlockLength;
	__le16	wNdpIndex;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

struct usb_cdc_ncm_nth32 {
	__le32	dwSignature;
	__le16	wHeaderLength;
	__le16	wSequence;
	__le32	dwBlockLength;
	__le32	dwNdpIndex;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/*
 * CDC NCM datagram pointers, CDC NCM subclass 3.3
 */

#define USB_CDC_NCM_NDP16_CRC_SIGN	0x314D434E /* NCM1 */
#define USB_CDC_NCM_NDP16_NOCRC_SIGN	0x304D434E /* NCM0 */
#define USB_CDC_NCM_NDP32_CRC_SIGN	0x316D636E /* ncm1 */
#define USB_CDC_NCM_NDP32_NOCRC_SIGN	0x306D636E /* ncm0 */

#define USB_CDC_MBIM_NDP16_IPS_SIGN     0x00535049 /* IPS<sessionID> : IPS0 for now */
#define USB_CDC_MBIM_NDP32_IPS_SIGN     0x00737069 /* ips<sessionID> : ips0 for now */
#define USB_CDC_MBIM_NDP16_DSS_SIGN     0x00535344 /* DSS<sessionID> */
#define USB_CDC_MBIM_NDP32_DSS_SIGN     0x00737364 /* dss<sessionID> */

/* 16-bit NCM Datagram Pointer Entry */
struct usb_cdc_ncm_dpe16 {
	__le16	wDatagramIndex;
	__le16	wDatagramLength;
} __attribute__((__packed__));

/* 16-bit NCM Datagram Pointer Table */
struct usb_cdc_ncm_ndp16 {
	__le32	dwSignature;
	__le16	wLength;
	__le16	wNextNdpIndex;
	struct	usb_cdc_ncm_dpe16 dpe16[0];
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* 32-bit NCM Datagram Pointer Entry */
struct usb_cdc_ncm_dpe32 {
	__le32	dwDatagramIndex;
	__le32	dwDatagramLength;
} __attribute__((__packed__));

/* 32-bit NCM Datagram Pointer Table */
struct usb_cdc_ncm_ndp32 {
	__le32	dwSignature;
	__le16	wLength;
	__le16	wReserved6;
	__le32	dwNextNdpIndex;
	__le32	dwReserved12;
	struct	usb_cdc_ncm_dpe32 dpe32[0];
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* CDC NCM subclass 3.2.1 and 3.2.2 */
#define USB_CDC_NCM_NDP16_INDEX_MIN			0x000C
#define USB_CDC_NCM_NDP32_INDEX_MIN			0x0010

/* CDC NCM subclass 3.3.3 Datagram Formatting */
#define USB_CDC_NCM_DATAGRAM_FORMAT_CRC			0x30
#define USB_CDC_NCM_DATAGRAM_FORMAT_NOCRC		0X31

/* CDC NCM subclass 4.2 NCM Communications Interface Protocol Code */
#define USB_CDC_NCM_PROTO_CODE_NO_ENCAP_COMMANDS	0x00
#define USB_CDC_NCM_PROTO_CODE_EXTERN_PROTO		0xFE

/* CDC NCM subclass 5.2.1 NCM Functional Descriptor, bmNetworkCapabilities */
#define USB_CDC_NCM_NCAP_ETH_FILTER			(1 << 0)
#define USB_CDC_NCM_NCAP_NET_ADDRESS			(1 << 1)
#define USB_CDC_NCM_NCAP_ENCAP_COMMAND			(1 << 2)
#define USB_CDC_NCM_NCAP_MAX_DATAGRAM_SIZE		(1 << 3)
#define USB_CDC_NCM_NCAP_CRC_MODE			(1 << 4)
#define	USB_CDC_NCM_NCAP_NTB_INPUT_SIZE			(1 << 5)

/* CDC NCM subclass Table 6-3: NTB Parameter Structure */
#define USB_CDC_NCM_NTB16_SUPPORTED			(1 << 0)
#define USB_CDC_NCM_NTB32_SUPPORTED			(1 << 1)

/* CDC NCM subclass Table 6-3: NTB Parameter Structure */
#define USB_CDC_NCM_NDP_ALIGN_MIN_SIZE			0x04
#define USB_CDC_NCM_NTB_MAX_LENGTH			0x1C

/* CDC NCM subclass 6.2.5 SetNtbFormat */
#define USB_CDC_NCM_NTB16_FORMAT			0x00
#define USB_CDC_NCM_NTB32_FORMAT			0x01

/* CDC NCM subclass 6.2.7 SetNtbInputSize */
#define USB_CDC_NCM_NTB_MIN_IN_SIZE			2048
#define USB_CDC_NCM_NTB_MIN_OUT_SIZE			2048

/* NTB Input Size Structure */
struct usb_cdc_ncm_ndp_input_size {
	__le32	dwNtbInMaxSize;
	__le16	wNtbInMaxDatagrams;
	__le16	wReserved;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* CDC NCM subclass 6.2.11 SetCrcMode */
#define USB_CDC_NCM_CRC_NOT_APPENDED			0x00
#define USB_CDC_NCM_CRC_APPENDED			0x01

#endif /* __UAPI_LINUX_USB_CDC_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Filesystem based user-mode API to USB Gadget controller hardware
 *
 * Other than ep0 operations, most things are done by read() and write()
 * on endpoint files found in one directory.  They are configured by
 * writing descriptors, and then may be used for normal stream style
 * i/o requests.  When ep0 is configured, the device can enumerate;
 * when it's closed, the device disconnects from usb.  Operations on
 * ep0 require ioctl() operations.
 *
 * Configuration and device descriptors get written to /dev/gadget/$CHIP,
 * which may then be used to read usb_gadgetfs_event structs.  The driver
 * may activate endpoints as it handles SET_CONFIGURATION setup events,
 * or earlier; writing endpoint descriptors to /dev/gadget/$ENDPOINT
 * then performing data transfers by reading or writing.
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_USB_GADGETFS_H
#define __LINUX_USB_GADGETFS_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

#include <linux/usb/ch9.h>

/*
 * Events are delivered on the ep0 file descriptor, when the user mode driver
 * reads from this file descriptor after writing the descriptors.  Don't
 * stop polling this descriptor.
 */

enum usb_gadgetfs_event_type {
	GADGETFS_NOP = 0,

	GADGETFS_CONNECT,
	GADGETFS_DISCONNECT,
	GADGETFS_SETUP,
	GADGETFS_SUSPEND,
	/* and likely more ! */
};

/* NOTE:  this structure must stay the same size and layout on
 * both 32-bit and 64-bit kernels.
 */
struct usb_gadgetfs_event {
	union {
		/* NOP, DISCONNECT, SUSPEND: nothing
		 * ... some hardware can't report disconnection
		 */

		/* CONNECT: just the speed */
		enum usb_device_speed	speed;

		/* SETUP: packet; DATA phase i/o precedes next event
		 *(setup.bmRequestType & USB_DIR_IN) flags direction
		 * ... includes SET_CONFIGURATION, SET_INTERFACE
		 */
		struct usb_ctrlrequest	setup;
	} u;
	enum usb_gadgetfs_event_type	type;
};


/* The 'g' code is also used by printer gadget ioctl requests.
 * Don't add any colliding codes to either driver, and keep
 * them in unique ranges (size 0x20 for now).
 */

/* endpoint ioctls */

/* IN transfers may be reported to the gadget driver as complete
 *	when the fifo is loaded, before the host reads the data;
 * OUT transfers may be reported to the host's "client" driver as
 *	complete when they're sitting in the FIFO unread.
 * THIS returns how many bytes are "unclaimed" in the endpoint fifo
 * (needed for precise fault handling, when the hardware allows it)
 */
#define	GADGETFS_FIFO_STATUS	_IO('g', 1)

/* discards any unclaimed data in the fifo. */
#define	GADGETFS_FIFO_FLUSH	_IO('g', 2)

/* resets endpoint halt+toggle; used to implement set_interface.
 * some hardware (like pxa2xx) can't support this.
 */
#define	GADGETFS_CLEAR_HALT	_IO('g', 3)

#endif /* __LINUX_USB_GADGETFS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * This file holds USB constants and structures that are needed for
 * USB device APIs.  These are used by the USB device model, which is
 * defined in chapter 9 of the USB 2.0 specification and in the
 * Wireless USB 1.0 (spread around).  Linux has several APIs in C that
 * need these:
 *
 * - the master/host side Linux-USB kernel driver API;
 * - the "usbfs" user space API; and
 * - the Linux "gadget" slave/device/peripheral side driver API.
 *
 * USB 2.0 adds an additional "On The Go" (OTG) mode, which lets systems
 * act either as a USB master/host or as a USB slave/device.  That means
 * the master and slave side APIs benefit from working well together.
 *
 * There's also "Wireless USB", using low power short range radios for
 * peripheral interconnection but otherwise building on the USB framework.
 *
 * Note all descriptors are declared '__attribute__((packed))' so that:
 *
 * [a] they never get padded, either internally (USB spec writers
 *     probably handled that) or externally;
 *
 * [b] so that accessing bigger-than-a-bytes fields will never
 *     generate bus errors on any platform, even when the location of
 *     its descriptor inside a bundle isn't "naturally aligned", and
 *
 * [c] for consistency, removing all doubt even when it appears to
 *     someone that the two other points are non-issues for that
 *     particular descriptor type.
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_USB_CH9_H
#define __LINUX_USB_CH9_H

#include <linux/types.h>	/* __u8 etc */
#include <asm/byteorder.h>	/* le16_to_cpu */

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/* CONTROL REQUEST SUPPORT */

/*
 * USB directions
 *
 * This bit flag is used in endpoint descriptors' bEndpointAddress field.
 * It's also one of three fields in control requests bRequestType.
 */
#define USB_DIR_OUT			0		/* to device */
#define USB_DIR_IN			0x80		/* to host */

/*
 * USB types, the second of three bRequestType fields
 */
#define USB_TYPE_MASK			(0x03 << 5)
#define USB_TYPE_STANDARD		(0x00 << 5)
#define USB_TYPE_CLASS			(0x01 << 5)
#define USB_TYPE_VENDOR			(0x02 << 5)
#define USB_TYPE_RESERVED		(0x03 << 5)

/*
 * USB recipients, the third of three bRequestType fields
 */
#define USB_RECIP_MASK			0x1f
#define USB_RECIP_DEVICE		0x00
#define USB_RECIP_INTERFACE		0x01
#define USB_RECIP_ENDPOINT		0x02
#define USB_RECIP_OTHER			0x03
/* From Wireless USB 1.0 */
#define USB_RECIP_PORT			0x04
#define USB_RECIP_RPIPE		0x05

/*
 * Standard requests, for the bRequest field of a SETUP packet.
 *
 * These are qualified by the bRequestType field, so that for example
 * TYPE_CLASS or TYPE_VENDOR specific feature flags could be retrieved
 * by a GET_STATUS request.
 */
#define USB_REQ_GET_STATUS		0x00
#define USB_REQ_CLEAR_FEATURE		0x01
#define USB_REQ_SET_FEATURE		0x03
#define USB_REQ_SET_ADDRESS		0x05
#define USB_REQ_GET_DESCRIPTOR		0x06
#define USB_REQ_SET_DESCRIPTOR		0x07
#define USB_REQ_GET_CONFIGURATION	0x08
#define USB_REQ_SET_CONFIGURATION	0x09
#define USB_REQ_GET_INTERFACE		0x0A
#define USB_REQ_SET_INTERFACE		0x0B
#define USB_REQ_SYNCH_FRAME		0x0C
#define USB_REQ_SET_SEL			0x30
#define USB_REQ_SET_ISOCH_DELAY		0x31

#define USB_REQ_SET_ENCRYPTION		0x0D	/* Wireless USB */
#define USB_REQ_GET_ENCRYPTION		0x0E
#define USB_REQ_RPIPE_ABORT		0x0E
#define USB_REQ_SET_HANDSHAKE		0x0F
#define USB_REQ_RPIPE_RESET		0x0F
#define USB_REQ_GET_HANDSHAKE		0x10
#define USB_REQ_SET_CONNECTION		0x11
#define USB_REQ_SET_SECURITY_DATA	0x12
#define USB_REQ_GET_SECURITY_DATA	0x13
#define USB_REQ_SET_WUSB_DATA		0x14
#define USB_REQ_LOOPBACK_DATA_WRITE	0x15
#define USB_REQ_LOOPBACK_DATA_READ	0x16
#define USB_REQ_SET_INTERFACE_DS	0x17

/* specific requests for USB Power Delivery */
#define USB_REQ_GET_PARTNER_PDO		20
#define USB_REQ_GET_BATTERY_STATUS	21
#define USB_REQ_SET_PDO			22
#define USB_REQ_GET_VDM			23
#define USB_REQ_SEND_VDM		24

/* The Link Power Management (LPM) ECN defines USB_REQ_TEST_AND_SET command,
 * used by hubs to put ports into a new L1 suspend state, except that it
 * forgot to define its number ...
 */

/*
 * USB feature flags are written using USB_REQ_{CLEAR,SET}_FEATURE, and
 * are read as a bit array returned by USB_REQ_GET_STATUS.  (So there
 * are at most sixteen features of each type.)  Hubs may also support a
 * new USB_REQ_TEST_AND_SET_FEATURE to put ports into L1 suspend.
 */
#define USB_DEVICE_SELF_POWERED		0	/* (read only) */
#define USB_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP	1	/* dev may initiate wakeup */
#define USB_DEVICE_TEST_MODE		2	/* (wired high speed only) */
#define USB_DEVICE_BATTERY		2	/* (wireless) */
#define USB_DEVICE_B_HNP_ENABLE		3	/* (otg) dev may initiate HNP */
#define USB_DEVICE_WUSB_DEVICE		3	/* (wireless)*/
#define USB_DEVICE_A_HNP_SUPPORT	4	/* (otg) RH port supports HNP */
#define USB_DEVICE_A_ALT_HNP_SUPPORT	5	/* (otg) other RH port does */
#define USB_DEVICE_DEBUG_MODE		6	/* (special devices only) */

/*
 * Test Mode Selectors
 * See USB 2.0 spec Table 9-7
 */
#define	TEST_J		1
#define	TEST_K		2
#define	TEST_SE0_NAK	3
#define	TEST_PACKET	4
#define	TEST_FORCE_EN	5

/* Status Type */
#define USB_STATUS_TYPE_STANDARD	0
#define USB_STATUS_TYPE_PTM		1

/*
 * New Feature Selectors as added by USB 3.0
 * See USB 3.0 spec Table 9-7
 */
#define USB_DEVICE_U1_ENABLE	48	/* dev may initiate U1 transition */
#define USB_DEVICE_U2_ENABLE	49	/* dev may initiate U2 transition */
#define USB_DEVICE_LTM_ENABLE	50	/* dev may send LTM */
#define USB_INTRF_FUNC_SUSPEND	0	/* function suspend */

#define USB_INTR_FUNC_SUSPEND_OPT_MASK	0xFF00
/*
 * Suspend Options, Table 9-8 USB 3.0 spec
 */
#define USB_INTRF_FUNC_SUSPEND_LP	(1 << (8 + 0))
#define USB_INTRF_FUNC_SUSPEND_RW	(1 << (8 + 1))

/*
 * Interface status, Figure 9-5 USB 3.0 spec
 */
#define USB_INTRF_STAT_FUNC_RW_CAP     1
#define USB_INTRF_STAT_FUNC_RW         2

#define USB_ENDPOINT_HALT		0	/* IN/OUT will STALL */

/* Bit array elements as returned by the USB_REQ_GET_STATUS request. */
#define USB_DEV_STAT_U1_ENABLED		2	/* transition into U1 state */
#define USB_DEV_STAT_U2_ENABLED		3	/* transition into U2 state */
#define USB_DEV_STAT_LTM_ENABLED	4	/* Latency tolerance messages */

/*
 * Feature selectors from Table 9-8 USB Power Delivery spec
 */
#define USB_DEVICE_BATTERY_WAKE_MASK	40
#define USB_DEVICE_OS_IS_PD_AWARE	41
#define USB_DEVICE_POLICY_MODE		42
#define USB_PORT_PR_SWAP		43
#define USB_PORT_GOTO_MIN		44
#define USB_PORT_RETURN_POWER		45
#define USB_PORT_ACCEPT_PD_REQUEST	46
#define USB_PORT_REJECT_PD_REQUEST	47
#define USB_PORT_PORT_PD_RESET		48
#define USB_PORT_C_PORT_PD_CHANGE	49
#define USB_PORT_CABLE_PD_RESET		50
#define USB_DEVICE_CHARGING_POLICY	54

/**
 * struct usb_ctrlrequest - SETUP data for a USB device control request
 * @bRequestType: matches the USB bmRequestType field
 * @bRequest: matches the USB bRequest field
 * @wValue: matches the USB wValue field (le16 byte order)
 * @wIndex: matches the USB wIndex field (le16 byte order)
 * @wLength: matches the USB wLength field (le16 byte order)
 *
 * This structure is used to send control requests to a USB device.  It matches
 * the different fields of the USB 2.0 Spec section 9.3, table 9-2.  See the
 * USB spec for a fuller description of the different fields, and what they are
 * used for.
 *
 * Note that the driver for any interface can issue control requests.
 * For most devices, interfaces don't coordinate with each other, so
 * such requests may be made at any time.
 */
struct usb_ctrlrequest {
	__u8 bRequestType;
	__u8 bRequest;
	__le16 wValue;
	__le16 wIndex;
	__le16 wLength;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/*
 * STANDARD DESCRIPTORS ... as returned by GET_DESCRIPTOR, or
 * (rarely) accepted by SET_DESCRIPTOR.
 *
 * Note that all multi-byte values here are encoded in little endian
 * byte order "on the wire".  Within the kernel and when exposed
 * through the Linux-USB APIs, they are not converted to cpu byte
 * order; it is the responsibility of the client code to do this.
 * The single exception is when device and configuration descriptors (but
 * not other descriptors) are read from character devices
 * (i.e. /dev/bus/usb/BBB/DDD);
 * in this case the fields are converted to host endianness by the kernel.
 */

/*
 * Descriptor types ... USB 2.0 spec table 9.5
 */
#define USB_DT_DEVICE			0x01
#define USB_DT_CONFIG			0x02
#define USB_DT_STRING			0x03
#define USB_DT_INTERFACE		0x04
#define USB_DT_ENDPOINT			0x05
#define USB_DT_DEVICE_QUALIFIER		0x06
#define USB_DT_OTHER_SPEED_CONFIG	0x07
#define USB_DT_INTERFACE_POWER		0x08
/* these are from a minor usb 2.0 revision (ECN) */
#define USB_DT_OTG			0x09
#define USB_DT_DEBUG			0x0a
#define USB_DT_INTERFACE_ASSOCIATION	0x0b
/* these are from the Wireless USB spec */
#define USB_DT_SECURITY			0x0c
#define USB_DT_KEY			0x0d
#define USB_DT_ENCRYPTION_TYPE		0x0e
#define USB_DT_BOS			0x0f
#define USB_DT_DEVICE_CAPABILITY	0x10
#define USB_DT_WIRELESS_ENDPOINT_COMP	0x11
#define USB_DT_WIRE_ADAPTER		0x21
#define USB_DT_RPIPE			0x22
#define USB_DT_CS_RADIO_CONTROL		0x23
/* From the T10 UAS specification */
#define USB_DT_PIPE_USAGE		0x24
/* From the USB 3.0 spec */
#define	USB_DT_SS_ENDPOINT_COMP		0x30
/* From the USB 3.1 spec */
#define	USB_DT_SSP_ISOC_ENDPOINT_COMP	0x31

/* Conventional codes for class-specific descriptors.  The convention is
 * defined in the USB "Common Class" Spec (3.11).  Individual class specs
 * are authoritative for their usage, not the "common class" writeup.
 */
#define USB_DT_CS_DEVICE		(USB_TYPE_CLASS | USB_DT_DEVICE)
#define USB_DT_CS_CONFIG		(USB_TYPE_CLASS | USB_DT_CONFIG)
#define USB_DT_CS_STRING		(USB_TYPE_CLASS | USB_DT_STRING)
#define USB_DT_CS_INTERFACE		(USB_TYPE_CLASS | USB_DT_INTERFACE)
#define USB_DT_CS_ENDPOINT		(USB_TYPE_CLASS | USB_DT_ENDPOINT)

/* All standard descriptors have these 2 fields at the beginning */
struct usb_descriptor_header {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;
} __attribute__ ((packed));


/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/* USB_DT_DEVICE: Device descriptor */
struct usb_device_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;

	__le16 bcdUSB;
	__u8  bDeviceClass;
	__u8  bDeviceSubClass;
	__u8  bDeviceProtocol;
	__u8  bMaxPacketSize0;
	__le16 idVendor;
	__le16 idProduct;
	__le16 bcdDevice;
	__u8  iManufacturer;
	__u8  iProduct;
	__u8  iSerialNumber;
	__u8  bNumConfigurations;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

#define USB_DT_DEVICE_SIZE		18


/*
 * Device and/or Interface Class codes
 * as found in bDeviceClass or bInterfaceClass
 * and defined by www.usb.org documents
 */
#define USB_CLASS_PER_INTERFACE		0	/* for DeviceClass */
#define USB_CLASS_AUDIO			1
#define USB_CLASS_COMM			2
#define USB_CLASS_HID			3
#define USB_CLASS_PHYSICAL		5
#define USB_CLASS_STILL_IMAGE		6
#define USB_CLASS_PRINTER		7
#define USB_CLASS_MASS_STORAGE		8
#define USB_CLASS_HUB			9
#define USB_CLASS_CDC_DATA		0x0a
#define USB_CLASS_CSCID			0x0b	/* chip+ smart card */
#define USB_CLASS_CONTENT_SEC		0x0d	/* content security */
#define USB_CLASS_VIDEO			0x0e
#define USB_CLASS_WIRELESS_CONTROLLER	0xe0
#define USB_CLASS_PERSONAL_HEALTHCARE	0x0f
#define USB_CLASS_AUDIO_VIDEO		0x10
#define USB_CLASS_BILLBOARD		0x11
#define USB_CLASS_USB_TYPE_C_BRIDGE	0x12
#define USB_CLASS_MISC			0xef
#define USB_CLASS_APP_SPEC		0xfe
#define USB_CLASS_VENDOR_SPEC		0xff

#define USB_SUBCLASS_VENDOR_SPEC	0xff

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/* USB_DT_CONFIG: Configuration descriptor information.
 *
 * USB_DT_OTHER_SPEED_CONFIG is the same descriptor, except that the
 * descriptor type is different.  Highspeed-capable devices can look
 * different depending on what speed they're currently running.  Only
 * devices with a USB_DT_DEVICE_QUALIFIER have any OTHER_SPEED_CONFIG
 * descriptors.
 */
struct usb_config_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;

	__le16 wTotalLength;
	__u8  bNumInterfaces;
	__u8  bConfigurationValue;
	__u8  iConfiguration;
	__u8  bmAttributes;
	__u8  bMaxPower;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

#define USB_DT_CONFIG_SIZE		9

/* from config descriptor bmAttributes */
#define USB_CONFIG_ATT_ONE		(1 << 7)	/* must be set */
#define USB_CONFIG_ATT_SELFPOWER	(1 << 6)	/* self powered */
#define USB_CONFIG_ATT_WAKEUP		(1 << 5)	/* can wakeup */
#define USB_CONFIG_ATT_BATTERY		(1 << 4)	/* battery powered */

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/* USB String descriptors can contain at most 126 characters. */
#define USB_MAX_STRING_LEN	126

/* USB_DT_STRING: String descriptor */
struct usb_string_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;

	__le16 wData[1];		/* UTF-16LE encoded */
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* note that "string" zero is special, it holds language codes that
 * the device supports, not Unicode characters.
 */

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/* USB_DT_INTERFACE: Interface descriptor */
struct usb_interface_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;

	__u8  bInterfaceNumber;
	__u8  bAlternateSetting;
	__u8  bNumEndpoints;
	__u8  bInterfaceClass;
	__u8  bInterfaceSubClass;
	__u8  bInterfaceProtocol;
	__u8  iInterface;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

#define USB_DT_INTERFACE_SIZE		9

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/* USB_DT_ENDPOINT: Endpoint descriptor */
struct usb_endpoint_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;

	__u8  bEndpointAddress;
	__u8  bmAttributes;
	__le16 wMaxPacketSize;
	__u8  bInterval;

	/* NOTE:  these two are _only_ in audio endpoints. */
	/* use USB_DT_ENDPOINT*_SIZE in bLength, not sizeof. */
	__u8  bRefresh;
	__u8  bSynchAddress;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

#define USB_DT_ENDPOINT_SIZE		7
#define USB_DT_ENDPOINT_AUDIO_SIZE	9	/* Audio extension */


/*
 * Endpoints
 */
#define USB_ENDPOINT_NUMBER_MASK	0x0f	/* in bEndpointAddress */
#define USB_ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK		0x80

#define USB_ENDPOINT_XFERTYPE_MASK	0x03	/* in bmAttributes */
#define USB_ENDPOINT_XFER_CONTROL	0
#define USB_ENDPOINT_XFER_ISOC		1
#define USB_ENDPOINT_XFER_BULK		2
#define USB_ENDPOINT_XFER_INT		3
#define USB_ENDPOINT_MAX_ADJUSTABLE	0x80

#define USB_ENDPOINT_MAXP_MASK	0x07ff
#define USB_EP_MAXP_MULT_SHIFT	11
#define USB_EP_MAXP_MULT_MASK	(3 << USB_EP_MAXP_MULT_SHIFT)
#define USB_EP_MAXP_MULT(m) \
	(((m) & USB_EP_MAXP_MULT_MASK) >> USB_EP_MAXP_MULT_SHIFT)

/* The USB 3.0 spec redefines bits 5:4 of bmAttributes as interrupt ep type. */
#define USB_ENDPOINT_INTRTYPE		0x30
#define USB_ENDPOINT_INTR_PERIODIC	(0 << 4)
#define USB_ENDPOINT_INTR_NOTIFICATION	(1 << 4)

#define USB_ENDPOINT_SYNCTYPE		0x0c
#define USB_ENDPOINT_SYNC_NONE		(0 << 2)
#define USB_ENDPOINT_SYNC_ASYNC		(1 << 2)
#define USB_ENDPOINT_SYNC_ADAPTIVE	(2 << 2)
#define USB_ENDPOINT_SYNC_SYNC		(3 << 2)

#define USB_ENDPOINT_USAGE_MASK		0x30
#define USB_ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA		0x00
#define USB_ENDPOINT_USAGE_FEEDBACK	0x10
#define USB_ENDPOINT_USAGE_IMPLICIT_FB	0x20	/* Implicit feedback Data endpoint */

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/**
 * usb_endpoint_num - get the endpoint's number
 * @epd: endpoint to be checked
 *
 * Returns @epd's number: 0 to 15.
 */
static __inline__ int usb_endpoint_num(const struct usb_endpoint_descriptor *epd)
{
	return epd->bEndpointAddress & USB_ENDPOINT_NUMBER_MASK;
}

/**
 * usb_endpoint_type - get the endpoint's transfer type
 * @epd: endpoint to be checked
 *
 * Returns one of USB_ENDPOINT_XFER_{CONTROL, ISOC, BULK, INT} according
 * to @epd's transfer type.
 */
static __inline__ int usb_endpoint_type(const struct usb_endpoint_descriptor *epd)
{
	return epd->bmAttributes & USB_ENDPOINT_XFERTYPE_MASK;
}

/**
 * usb_endpoint_dir_in - check if the endpoint has IN direction
 * @epd: endpoint to be checked
 *
 * Returns true if the endpoint is of type IN, otherwise it returns false.
 */
static __inline__ int usb_endpoint_dir_in(const struct usb_endpoint_descriptor *epd)
{
	return ((epd->bEndpointAddress & USB_ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == USB_DIR_IN);
}

/**
 * usb_endpoint_dir_out - check if the endpoint has OUT direction
 * @epd: endpoint to be checked
 *
 * Returns true if the endpoint is of type OUT, otherwise it returns false.
 */
static __inline__ int usb_endpoint_dir_out(
				const struct usb_endpoint_descriptor *epd)
{
	return ((epd->bEndpointAddress & USB_ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == USB_DIR_OUT);
}

/**
 * usb_endpoint_xfer_bulk - check if the endpoint has bulk transfer type
 * @epd: endpoint to be checked
 *
 * Returns true if the endpoint is of type bulk, otherwise it returns false.
 */
static __inline__ int usb_endpoint_xfer_bulk(
				const struct usb_endpoint_descriptor *epd)
{
	return ((epd->bmAttributes & USB_ENDPOINT_XFERTYPE_MASK) ==
		USB_ENDPOINT_XFER_BULK);
}

/**
 * usb_endpoint_xfer_control - check if the endpoint has control transfer type
 * @epd: endpoint to be checked
 *
 * Returns true if the endpoint is of type control, otherwise it returns false.
 */
static __inline__ int usb_endpoint_xfer_control(
				const struct usb_endpoint_descriptor *epd)
{
	return ((epd->bmAttributes & USB_ENDPOINT_XFERTYPE_MASK) ==
		USB_ENDPOINT_XFER_CONTROL);
}

/**
 * usb_endpoint_xfer_int - check if the endpoint has interrupt transfer type
 * @epd: endpoint to be checked
 *
 * Returns true if the endpoint is of type interrupt, otherwise it returns
 * false.
 */
static __inline__ int usb_endpoint_xfer_int(
				const struct usb_endpoint_descriptor *epd)
{
	return ((epd->bmAttributes & USB_ENDPOINT_XFERTYPE_MASK) ==
		USB_ENDPOINT_XFER_INT);
}

/**
 * usb_endpoint_xfer_isoc - check if the endpoint has isochronous transfer type
 * @epd: endpoint to be checked
 *
 * Returns true if the endpoint is of type isochronous, otherwise it returns
 * false.
 */
static __inline__ int usb_endpoint_xfer_isoc(
				const struct usb_endpoint_descriptor *epd)
{
	return ((epd->bmAttributes & USB_ENDPOINT_XFERTYPE_MASK) ==
		USB_ENDPOINT_XFER_ISOC);
}

/**
 * usb_endpoint_is_bulk_in - check if the endpoint is bulk IN
 * @epd: endpoint to be checked
 *
 * Returns true if the endpoint has bulk transfer type and IN direction,
 * otherwise it returns false.
 */
static __inline__ int usb_endpoint_is_bulk_in(
				const struct usb_endpoint_descriptor *epd)
{
	return usb_endpoint_xfer_bulk(epd) && usb_endpoint_dir_in(epd);
}

/**
 * usb_endpoint_is_bulk_out - check if the endpoint is bulk OUT
 * @epd: endpoint to be checked
 *
 * Returns true if the endpoint has bulk transfer type and OUT direction,
 * otherwise it returns false.
 */
static __inline__ int usb_endpoint_is_bulk_out(
				const struct usb_endpoint_descriptor *epd)
{
	return usb_endpoint_xfer_bulk(epd) && usb_endpoint_dir_out(epd);
}

/**
 * usb_endpoint_is_int_in - check if the endpoint is interrupt IN
 * @epd: endpoint to be checked
 *
 * Returns true if the endpoint has interrupt transfer type and IN direction,
 * otherwise it returns false.
 */
static __inline__ int usb_endpoint_is_int_in(
				const struct usb_endpoint_descriptor *epd)
{
	return usb_endpoint_xfer_int(epd) && usb_endpoint_dir_in(epd);
}

/**
 * usb_endpoint_is_int_out - check if the endpoint is interrupt OUT
 * @epd: endpoint to be checked
 *
 * Returns true if the endpoint has interrupt transfer type and OUT direction,
 * otherwise it returns false.
 */
static __inline__ int usb_endpoint_is_int_out(
				const struct usb_endpoint_descriptor *epd)
{
	return usb_endpoint_xfer_int(epd) && usb_endpoint_dir_out(epd);
}

/**
 * usb_endpoint_is_isoc_in - check if the endpoint is isochronous IN
 * @epd: endpoint to be checked
 *
 * Returns true if the endpoint has isochronous transfer type and IN direction,
 * otherwise it returns false.
 */
static __inline__ int usb_endpoint_is_isoc_in(
				const struct usb_endpoint_descriptor *epd)
{
	return usb_endpoint_xfer_isoc(epd) && usb_endpoint_dir_in(epd);
}

/**
 * usb_endpoint_is_isoc_out - check if the endpoint is isochronous OUT
 * @epd: endpoint to be checked
 *
 * Returns true if the endpoint has isochronous transfer type and OUT direction,
 * otherwise it returns false.
 */
static __inline__ int usb_endpoint_is_isoc_out(
				const struct usb_endpoint_descriptor *epd)
{
	return usb_endpoint_xfer_isoc(epd) && usb_endpoint_dir_out(epd);
}

/**
 * usb_endpoint_maxp - get endpoint's max packet size
 * @epd: endpoint to be checked
 *
 * Returns @epd's max packet bits [10:0]
 */
static __inline__ int usb_endpoint_maxp(const struct usb_endpoint_descriptor *epd)
{
	return __le16_to_cpu(epd->wMaxPacketSize) & USB_ENDPOINT_MAXP_MASK;
}

/**
 * usb_endpoint_maxp_mult - get endpoint's transactional opportunities
 * @epd: endpoint to be checked
 *
 * Return @epd's wMaxPacketSize[12:11] + 1
 */
static __inline__ int
usb_endpoint_maxp_mult(const struct usb_endpoint_descriptor *epd)
{
	int maxp = __le16_to_cpu(epd->wMaxPacketSize);

	return USB_EP_MAXP_MULT(maxp) + 1;
}

static __inline__ int usb_endpoint_interrupt_type(
		const struct usb_endpoint_descriptor *epd)
{
	return epd->bmAttributes & USB_ENDPOINT_INTRTYPE;
}

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/* USB_DT_SSP_ISOC_ENDPOINT_COMP: SuperSpeedPlus Isochronous Endpoint Companion
 * descriptor
 */
struct usb_ssp_isoc_ep_comp_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;
	__le16 wReseved;
	__le32 dwBytesPerInterval;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

#define USB_DT_SSP_ISOC_EP_COMP_SIZE		8

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/* USB_DT_SS_ENDPOINT_COMP: SuperSpeed Endpoint Companion descriptor */
struct usb_ss_ep_comp_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;

	__u8  bMaxBurst;
	__u8  bmAttributes;
	__le16 wBytesPerInterval;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

#define USB_DT_SS_EP_COMP_SIZE		6

/* Bits 4:0 of bmAttributes if this is a bulk endpoint */
static __inline__ int
usb_ss_max_streams(const struct usb_ss_ep_comp_descriptor *comp)
{
	int		max_streams;

	if (!comp)
		return 0;

	max_streams = comp->bmAttributes & 0x1f;

	if (!max_streams)
		return 0;

	max_streams = 1 << max_streams;

	return max_streams;
}

/* Bits 1:0 of bmAttributes if this is an isoc endpoint */
#define USB_SS_MULT(p)			(1 + ((p) & 0x3))
/* Bit 7 of bmAttributes if a SSP isoc endpoint companion descriptor exists */
#define USB_SS_SSP_ISOC_COMP(p)		((p) & (1 << 7))

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/* USB_DT_DEVICE_QUALIFIER: Device Qualifier descriptor */
struct usb_qualifier_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;

	__le16 bcdUSB;
	__u8  bDeviceClass;
	__u8  bDeviceSubClass;
	__u8  bDeviceProtocol;
	__u8  bMaxPacketSize0;
	__u8  bNumConfigurations;
	__u8  bRESERVED;
} __attribute__ ((packed));


/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/* USB_DT_OTG (from OTG 1.0a supplement) */
struct usb_otg_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;

	__u8  bmAttributes;	/* support for HNP, SRP, etc */
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* USB_DT_OTG (from OTG 2.0 supplement) */
struct usb_otg20_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;

	__u8  bmAttributes;	/* support for HNP, SRP and ADP, etc */
	__le16 bcdOTG;		/* OTG and EH supplement release number
				 * in binary-coded decimal(i.e. 2.0 is 0200H)
				 */
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* from usb_otg_descriptor.bmAttributes */
#define USB_OTG_SRP		(1 << 0)
#define USB_OTG_HNP		(1 << 1)	/* swap host/device roles */
#define USB_OTG_ADP		(1 << 2)	/* support ADP */

#define OTG_STS_SELECTOR	0xF000		/* OTG status selector */
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/* USB_DT_DEBUG:  for special highspeed devices, replacing serial console */
struct usb_debug_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;

	/* bulk endpoints with 8 byte maxpacket */
	__u8  bDebugInEndpoint;
	__u8  bDebugOutEndpoint;
} __attribute__((packed));

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/* USB_DT_INTERFACE_ASSOCIATION: groups interfaces */
struct usb_interface_assoc_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;

	__u8  bFirstInterface;
	__u8  bInterfaceCount;
	__u8  bFunctionClass;
	__u8  bFunctionSubClass;
	__u8  bFunctionProtocol;
	__u8  iFunction;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

#define USB_DT_INTERFACE_ASSOCIATION_SIZE	8

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/* USB_DT_SECURITY:  group of wireless security descriptors, including
 * encryption types available for setting up a CC/association.
 */
struct usb_security_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;

	__le16 wTotalLength;
	__u8  bNumEncryptionTypes;
} __attribute__((packed));

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/* USB_DT_KEY:  used with {GET,SET}_SECURITY_DATA; only public keys
 * may be retrieved.
 */
struct usb_key_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;

	__u8  tTKID[3];
	__u8  bReserved;
	__u8  bKeyData[0];
} __attribute__((packed));

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/* USB_DT_ENCRYPTION_TYPE:  bundled in DT_SECURITY groups */
struct usb_encryption_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;

	__u8  bEncryptionType;
#define	USB_ENC_TYPE_UNSECURE		0
#define	USB_ENC_TYPE_WIRED		1	/* non-wireless mode */
#define	USB_ENC_TYPE_CCM_1		2	/* aes128/cbc session */
#define	USB_ENC_TYPE_RSA_1		3	/* rsa3072/sha1 auth */
	__u8  bEncryptionValue;		/* use in SET_ENCRYPTION */
	__u8  bAuthKeyIndex;
} __attribute__((packed));


/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/* USB_DT_BOS:  group of device-level capabilities */
struct usb_bos_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;

	__le16 wTotalLength;
	__u8  bNumDeviceCaps;
} __attribute__((packed));

#define USB_DT_BOS_SIZE		5
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/* USB_DT_DEVICE_CAPABILITY:  grouped with BOS */
struct usb_dev_cap_header {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;
	__u8  bDevCapabilityType;
} __attribute__((packed));

#define	USB_CAP_TYPE_WIRELESS_USB	1

struct usb_wireless_cap_descriptor {	/* Ultra Wide Band */
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;
	__u8  bDevCapabilityType;

	__u8  bmAttributes;
#define	USB_WIRELESS_P2P_DRD		(1 << 1)
#define	USB_WIRELESS_BEACON_MASK	(3 << 2)
#define	USB_WIRELESS_BEACON_SELF	(1 << 2)
#define	USB_WIRELESS_BEACON_DIRECTED	(2 << 2)
#define	USB_WIRELESS_BEACON_NONE	(3 << 2)
	__le16 wPHYRates;	/* bit rates, Mbps */
#define	USB_WIRELESS_PHY_53		(1 << 0)	/* always set */
#define	USB_WIRELESS_PHY_80		(1 << 1)
#define	USB_WIRELESS_PHY_107		(1 << 2)	/* always set */
#define	USB_WIRELESS_PHY_160		(1 << 3)
#define	USB_WIRELESS_PHY_200		(1 << 4)	/* always set */
#define	USB_WIRELESS_PHY_320		(1 << 5)
#define	USB_WIRELESS_PHY_400		(1 << 6)
#define	USB_WIRELESS_PHY_480		(1 << 7)
	__u8  bmTFITXPowerInfo;	/* TFI power levels */
	__u8  bmFFITXPowerInfo;	/* FFI power levels */
	__le16 bmBandGroup;
	__u8  bReserved;
} __attribute__((packed));

#define USB_DT_USB_WIRELESS_CAP_SIZE	11

/* USB 2.0 Extension descriptor */
#define	USB_CAP_TYPE_EXT		2

struct usb_ext_cap_descriptor {		/* Link Power Management */
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;
	__u8  bDevCapabilityType;
	__le32 bmAttributes;
#define USB_LPM_SUPPORT			(1 << 1)	/* supports LPM */
#define USB_BESL_SUPPORT		(1 << 2)	/* supports BESL */
#define USB_BESL_BASELINE_VALID		(1 << 3)	/* Baseline BESL valid*/
#define USB_BESL_DEEP_VALID		(1 << 4)	/* Deep BESL valid */
#define USB_SET_BESL_BASELINE(p)	(((p) & 0xf) << 8)
#define USB_SET_BESL_DEEP(p)		(((p) & 0xf) << 12)
#define USB_GET_BESL_BASELINE(p)	(((p) & (0xf << 8)) >> 8)
#define USB_GET_BESL_DEEP(p)		(((p) & (0xf << 12)) >> 12)
} __attribute__((packed));

#define USB_DT_USB_EXT_CAP_SIZE	7

/*
 * SuperSpeed USB Capability descriptor: Defines the set of SuperSpeed USB
 * specific device level capabilities
 */
#define		USB_SS_CAP_TYPE		3
struct usb_ss_cap_descriptor {		/* Link Power Management */
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;
	__u8  bDevCapabilityType;
	__u8  bmAttributes;
#define USB_LTM_SUPPORT			(1 << 1) /* supports LTM */
	__le16 wSpeedSupported;
#define USB_LOW_SPEED_OPERATION		(1)	 /* Low speed operation */
#define USB_FULL_SPEED_OPERATION	(1 << 1) /* Full speed operation */
#define USB_HIGH_SPEED_OPERATION	(1 << 2) /* High speed operation */
#define USB_5GBPS_OPERATION		(1 << 3) /* Operation at 5Gbps */
	__u8  bFunctionalitySupport;
	__u8  bU1devExitLat;
	__le16 bU2DevExitLat;
} __attribute__((packed));

#define USB_DT_USB_SS_CAP_SIZE	10

/*
 * Container ID Capability descriptor: Defines the instance unique ID used to
 * identify the instance across all operating modes
 */
#define	CONTAINER_ID_TYPE	4
struct usb_ss_container_id_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;
	__u8  bDevCapabilityType;
	__u8  bReserved;
	__u8  ContainerID[16]; /* 128-bit number */
} __attribute__((packed));

#define USB_DT_USB_SS_CONTN_ID_SIZE	20

/*
 * SuperSpeed Plus USB Capability descriptor: Defines the set of
 * SuperSpeed Plus USB specific device level capabilities
 */
#define	USB_SSP_CAP_TYPE	0xa
struct usb_ssp_cap_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;
	__u8  bDevCapabilityType;
	__u8  bReserved;
	__le32 bmAttributes;
#define USB_SSP_SUBLINK_SPEED_ATTRIBS	(0x1f << 0) /* sublink speed entries */
#define USB_SSP_SUBLINK_SPEED_IDS	(0xf << 5)  /* speed ID entries */
	__le16  wFunctionalitySupport;
#define USB_SSP_MIN_SUBLINK_SPEED_ATTRIBUTE_ID	(0xf)
#define USB_SSP_MIN_RX_LANE_COUNT		(0xf << 8)
#define USB_SSP_MIN_TX_LANE_COUNT		(0xf << 12)
	__le16 wReserved;
	__le32 bmSublinkSpeedAttr[1]; /* list of sublink speed attrib entries */
#define USB_SSP_SUBLINK_SPEED_SSID	(0xf)		/* sublink speed ID */
#define USB_SSP_SUBLINK_SPEED_LSE	(0x3 << 4)	/* Lanespeed exponent */
#define USB_SSP_SUBLINK_SPEED_LSE_BPS		0
#define USB_SSP_SUBLINK_SPEED_LSE_KBPS		1
#define USB_SSP_SUBLINK_SPEED_LSE_MBPS		2
#define USB_SSP_SUBLINK_SPEED_LSE_GBPS		3

#define USB_SSP_SUBLINK_SPEED_ST	(0x3 << 6)	/* Sublink type */
#define USB_SSP_SUBLINK_SPEED_ST_SYM_RX		0
#define USB_SSP_SUBLINK_SPEED_ST_ASYM_RX	1
#define USB_SSP_SUBLINK_SPEED_ST_SYM_TX		2
#define USB_SSP_SUBLINK_SPEED_ST_ASYM_TX	3

#define USB_SSP_SUBLINK_SPEED_RSVD	(0x3f << 8)	/* Reserved */
#define USB_SSP_SUBLINK_SPEED_LP	(0x3 << 14)	/* Link protocol */
#define USB_SSP_SUBLINK_SPEED_LP_SS		0
#define USB_SSP_SUBLINK_SPEED_LP_SSP		1

#define USB_SSP_SUBLINK_SPEED_LSM	(0xff << 16)	/* Lanespeed mantissa */
} __attribute__((packed));

/*
 * USB Power Delivery Capability Descriptor:
 * Defines capabilities for PD
 */
/* Defines the various PD Capabilities of this device */
#define USB_PD_POWER_DELIVERY_CAPABILITY	0x06
/* Provides information on each battery supported by the device */
#define USB_PD_BATTERY_INFO_CAPABILITY		0x07
/* The Consumer characteristics of a Port on the device */
#define USB_PD_PD_CONSUMER_PORT_CAPABILITY	0x08
/* The provider characteristics of a Port on the device */
#define USB_PD_PD_PROVIDER_PORT_CAPABILITY	0x09

struct usb_pd_cap_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;
	__u8  bDevCapabilityType; /* set to USB_PD_POWER_DELIVERY_CAPABILITY */
	__u8  bReserved;
	__le32 bmAttributes;
#define USB_PD_CAP_BATTERY_CHARGING	(1 << 1) /* supports Battery Charging specification */
#define USB_PD_CAP_USB_PD		(1 << 2) /* supports USB Power Delivery specification */
#define USB_PD_CAP_PROVIDER		(1 << 3) /* can provide power */
#define USB_PD_CAP_CONSUMER		(1 << 4) /* can consume power */
#define USB_PD_CAP_CHARGING_POLICY	(1 << 5) /* supports CHARGING_POLICY feature */
#define USB_PD_CAP_TYPE_C_CURRENT	(1 << 6) /* supports power capabilities defined in the USB Type-C Specification */

#define USB_PD_CAP_PWR_AC		(1 << 8)
#define USB_PD_CAP_PWR_BAT		(1 << 9)
#define USB_PD_CAP_PWR_USE_V_BUS	(1 << 14)

	__le16 bmProviderPorts; /* Bit zero refers to the UFP of the device */
	__le16 bmConsumerPorts;
	__le16 bcdBCVersion;
	__le16 bcdPDVersion;
	__le16 bcdUSBTypeCVersion;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct usb_pd_cap_battery_info_descriptor {
	__u8 bLength;
	__u8 bDescriptorType;
	__u8 bDevCapabilityType;
	/* Index of string descriptor shall contain the user friendly name for this battery */
	__u8 iBattery;
	/* Index of string descriptor shall contain the Serial Number String for this battery */
	__u8 iSerial;
	__u8 iManufacturer;
	__u8 bBatteryId; /* uniquely identifies this battery in status Messages */
	__u8 bReserved;
	/*
	 * Shall contain the Battery Charge value above which this
	 * battery is considered to be fully charged but not necessarily
	 * “topped off.”
	 */
	__le32 dwChargedThreshold; /* in mWh */
	/*
	 * Shall contain the minimum charge level of this battery such
	 * that above this threshold, a device can be assured of being
	 * able to power up successfully (see Battery Charging 1.2).
	 */
	__le32 dwWeakThreshold; /* in mWh */
	__le32 dwBatteryDesignCapacity; /* in mWh */
	__le32 dwBatteryLastFullchargeCapacity; /* in mWh */
} __attribute__((packed));

struct usb_pd_cap_consumer_port_descriptor {
	__u8 bLength;
	__u8 bDescriptorType;
	__u8 bDevCapabilityType;
	__u8 bReserved;
	__u8 bmCapabilities;
/* port will oerate under: */
#define USB_PD_CAP_CONSUMER_BC		(1 << 0) /* BC */
#define USB_PD_CAP_CONSUMER_PD		(1 << 1) /* PD */
#define USB_PD_CAP_CONSUMER_TYPE_C	(1 << 2) /* USB Type-C Current */
	__le16 wMinVoltage; /* in 50mV units */
	__le16 wMaxVoltage; /* in 50mV units */
	__u16 wReserved;
	__le32 dwMaxOperatingPower; /* in 10 mW - operating at steady state */
	__le32 dwMaxPeakPower; /* in 10mW units - operating at peak power */
	__le32 dwMaxPeakPowerTime; /* in 100ms units - duration of peak */
#define USB_PD_CAP_CONSUMER_UNKNOWN_PEAK_POWER_TIME 0xffff
} __attribute__((packed));

struct usb_pd_cap_provider_port_descriptor {
	__u8 bLength;
	__u8 bDescriptorType;
	__u8 bDevCapabilityType;
	__u8 bReserved1;
	__u8 bmCapabilities;
/* port will oerate under: */
#define USB_PD_CAP_PROVIDER_BC		(1 << 0) /* BC */
#define USB_PD_CAP_PROVIDER_PD		(1 << 1) /* PD */
#define USB_PD_CAP_PROVIDER_TYPE_C	(1 << 2) /* USB Type-C Current */
	__u8 bNumOfPDObjects;
	__u8 bReserved2;
	__le32 wPowerDataObject[];
} __attribute__((packed));

/*
 * Precision time measurement capability descriptor: advertised by devices and
 * hubs that support PTM
 */
#define	USB_PTM_CAP_TYPE	0xb
struct usb_ptm_cap_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;
	__u8  bDevCapabilityType;
} __attribute__((packed));

#define USB_DT_USB_PTM_ID_SIZE		3
/*
 * The size of the descriptor for the Sublink Speed Attribute Count
 * (SSAC) specified in bmAttributes[4:0]. SSAC is zero-based
 */
#define USB_DT_USB_SSP_CAP_SIZE(ssac)	(12 + (ssac + 1) * 4)

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/* USB_DT_WIRELESS_ENDPOINT_COMP:  companion descriptor associated with
 * each endpoint descriptor for a wireless device
 */
struct usb_wireless_ep_comp_descriptor {
	__u8  bLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;

	__u8  bMaxBurst;
	__u8  bMaxSequence;
	__le16 wMaxStreamDelay;
	__le16 wOverTheAirPacketSize;
	__u8  bOverTheAirInterval;
	__u8  bmCompAttributes;
#define USB_ENDPOINT_SWITCH_MASK	0x03	/* in bmCompAttributes */
#define USB_ENDPOINT_SWITCH_NO		0
#define USB_ENDPOINT_SWITCH_SWITCH	1
#define USB_ENDPOINT_SWITCH_SCALE	2
} __attribute__((packed));

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/* USB_REQ_SET_HANDSHAKE is a four-way handshake used between a wireless
 * host and a device for connection set up, mutual authentication, and
 * exchanging short lived session keys.  The handshake depends on a CC.
 */
struct usb_handshake {
	__u8 bMessageNumber;
	__u8 bStatus;
	__u8 tTKID[3];
	__u8 bReserved;
	__u8 CDID[16];
	__u8 nonce[16];
	__u8 MIC[8];
} __attribute__((packed));

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/* USB_REQ_SET_CONNECTION modifies or revokes a connection context (CC).
 * A CC may also be set up using non-wireless secure channels (including
 * wired USB!), and some devices may support CCs with multiple hosts.
 */
struct usb_connection_context {
	__u8 CHID[16];		/* persistent host id */
	__u8 CDID[16];		/* device id (unique w/in host context) */
	__u8 CK[16];		/* connection key */
} __attribute__((packed));

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/* USB 2.0 defines three speeds, here's how Linux identifies them */

enum usb_device_speed {
	USB_SPEED_UNKNOWN = 0,			/* enumerating */
	USB_SPEED_LOW, USB_SPEED_FULL,		/* usb 1.1 */
	USB_SPEED_HIGH,				/* usb 2.0 */
	USB_SPEED_WIRELESS,			/* wireless (usb 2.5) */
	USB_SPEED_SUPER,			/* usb 3.0 */
	USB_SPEED_SUPER_PLUS,			/* usb 3.1 */
};


enum usb_device_state {
	/* NOTATTACHED isn't in the USB spec, and this state acts
	 * the same as ATTACHED ... but it's clearer this way.
	 */
	USB_STATE_NOTATTACHED = 0,

	/* chapter 9 and authentication (wireless) device states */
	USB_STATE_ATTACHED,
	USB_STATE_POWERED,			/* wired */
	USB_STATE_RECONNECTING,			/* auth */
	USB_STATE_UNAUTHENTICATED,		/* auth */
	USB_STATE_DEFAULT,			/* limited function */
	USB_STATE_ADDRESS,
	USB_STATE_CONFIGURED,			/* most functions */

	USB_STATE_SUSPENDED

	/* NOTE:  there are actually four different SUSPENDED
	 * states, returning to POWERED, DEFAULT, ADDRESS, or
	 * CONFIGURED respectively when SOF tokens flow again.
	 * At this level there's no difference between L1 and L2
	 * suspend states.  (L2 being original USB 1.1 suspend.)
	 */
};

enum usb3_link_state {
	USB3_LPM_U0 = 0,
	USB3_LPM_U1,
	USB3_LPM_U2,
	USB3_LPM_U3
};

/*
 * A U1 timeout of 0x0 means the parent hub will reject any transitions to U1.
 * 0xff means the parent hub will accept transitions to U1, but will not
 * initiate a transition.
 *
 * A U1 timeout of 0x1 to 0x7F also causes the hub to initiate a transition to
 * U1 after that many microseconds.  Timeouts of 0x80 to 0xFE are reserved
 * values.
 *
 * A U2 timeout of 0x0 means the parent hub will reject any transitions to U2.
 * 0xff means the parent hub will accept transitions to U2, but will not
 * initiate a transition.
 *
 * A U2 timeout of 0x1 to 0xFE also causes the hub to initiate a transition to
 * U2 after N*256 microseconds.  Therefore a U2 timeout value of 0x1 means a U2
 * idle timer of 256 microseconds, 0x2 means 512 microseconds, 0xFE means
 * 65.024ms.
 */
#define USB3_LPM_DISABLED		0x0
#define USB3_LPM_U1_MAX_TIMEOUT		0x7F
#define USB3_LPM_U2_MAX_TIMEOUT		0xFE
#define USB3_LPM_DEVICE_INITIATED	0xFF

struct usb_set_sel_req {
	__u8	u1_sel;
	__u8	u1_pel;
	__le16	u2_sel;
	__le16	u2_pel;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/*
 * The Set System Exit Latency control transfer provides one byte each for
 * U1 SEL and U1 PEL, so the max exit latency is 0xFF.  U2 SEL and U2 PEL each
 * are two bytes long.
 */
#define USB3_LPM_MAX_U1_SEL_PEL		0xFF
#define USB3_LPM_MAX_U2_SEL_PEL		0xFFFF

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/*
 * As per USB compliance update, a device that is actively drawing
 * more than 100mA from USB must report itself as bus-powered in
 * the GetStatus(DEVICE) call.
 * http://compliance.usb.org/index.asp?UpdateFile=Electrical&Format=Standard#34
 */
#define USB_SELF_POWER_VBUS_MAX_DRAW		100

#endif /* __LINUX_USB_CH9_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ */
/*
 * g_uvc.h  --  USB Video Class Gadget driver API
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_USB_G_UVC_H
#define __LINUX_USB_G_UVC_H

#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/usb/ch9.h>

#define UVC_EVENT_FIRST			(V4L2_EVENT_PRIVATE_START + 0)
#define UVC_EVENT_CONNECT		(V4L2_EVENT_PRIVATE_START + 0)
#define UVC_EVENT_DISCONNECT		(V4L2_EVENT_PRIVATE_START + 1)
#define UVC_EVENT_STREAMON		(V4L2_EVENT_PRIVATE_START + 2)
#define UVC_EVENT_STREAMOFF		(V4L2_EVENT_PRIVATE_START + 3)
#define UVC_EVENT_SETUP			(V4L2_EVENT_PRIVATE_START + 4)
#define UVC_EVENT_DATA			(V4L2_EVENT_PRIVATE_START + 5)
#define UVC_EVENT_LAST			(V4L2_EVENT_PRIVATE_START + 5)

struct uvc_request_data {
	__s32 length;
	__u8 data[60];
};

struct uvc_event {
	union {
		enum usb_device_speed speed;
		struct usb_ctrlrequest req;
		struct uvc_request_data data;
	};
};

#define UVCIOC_SEND_RESPONSE		_IOW('U', 1, struct uvc_request_data)

#endif /* __LINUX_USB_G_UVC_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2007 Stefan Kopp, Gechingen, Germany
 * Copyright (C) 2008 Novell, Inc.
 * Copyright (C) 2008 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
 * Copyright (C) 2015 Dave Penkler <dpenkler@gmail.com>
 * Copyright (C) 2018 IVI Foundation, Inc.
 *
 * This file holds USB constants defined by the USB Device Class
 * and USB488 Subclass Definitions for Test and Measurement devices
 * published by the USB-IF.
 *
 * It also has the ioctl and capability definitions for the
 * usbtmc kernel driver that userspace needs to know about.
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_USB_TMC_H
#define __LINUX_USB_TMC_H

#include <linux/types.h>   /* __u8 etc */

/* USB TMC status values */
#define USBTMC_STATUS_SUCCESS				0x01
#define USBTMC_STATUS_PENDING				0x02
#define USBTMC_STATUS_FAILED				0x80
#define USBTMC_STATUS_TRANSFER_NOT_IN_PROGRESS		0x81
#define USBTMC_STATUS_SPLIT_NOT_IN_PROGRESS		0x82
#define USBTMC_STATUS_SPLIT_IN_PROGRESS			0x83

/* USB TMC requests values */
#define USBTMC_REQUEST_INITIATE_ABORT_BULK_OUT		1
#define USBTMC_REQUEST_CHECK_ABORT_BULK_OUT_STATUS	2
#define USBTMC_REQUEST_INITIATE_ABORT_BULK_IN		3
#define USBTMC_REQUEST_CHECK_ABORT_BULK_IN_STATUS	4
#define USBTMC_REQUEST_INITIATE_CLEAR			5
#define USBTMC_REQUEST_CHECK_CLEAR_STATUS		6
#define USBTMC_REQUEST_GET_CAPABILITIES			7
#define USBTMC_REQUEST_INDICATOR_PULSE			64
#define USBTMC488_REQUEST_READ_STATUS_BYTE		128
#define USBTMC488_REQUEST_REN_CONTROL			160
#define USBTMC488_REQUEST_GOTO_LOCAL			161
#define USBTMC488_REQUEST_LOCAL_LOCKOUT			162

struct usbtmc_request {
	__u8 bRequestType;
	__u8 bRequest;
	__u16 wValue;
	__u16 wIndex;
	__u16 wLength;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

struct usbtmc_ctrlrequest {
	struct usbtmc_request req;
	void *data; /* pointer to user space */
} __attribute__ ((packed));

struct usbtmc_termchar {
	__u8 term_char;
	__u8 term_char_enabled;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/*
 * usbtmc_message->flags:
 */
#define USBTMC_FLAG_ASYNC		0x0001
#define USBTMC_FLAG_APPEND		0x0002
#define USBTMC_FLAG_IGNORE_TRAILER	0x0004

struct usbtmc_message {
	__u32 transfer_size; /* size of bytes to transfer */
	__u32 transferred; /* size of received/written bytes */
	__u32 flags; /* bit 0: 0 = synchronous; 1 = asynchronous */
	void *message; /* pointer to header and data in user space */
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* Request values for USBTMC driver's ioctl entry point */
#define USBTMC_IOC_NR			91
#define USBTMC_IOCTL_INDICATOR_PULSE	_IO(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 1)
#define USBTMC_IOCTL_CLEAR		_IO(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 2)
#define USBTMC_IOCTL_ABORT_BULK_OUT	_IO(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 3)
#define USBTMC_IOCTL_ABORT_BULK_IN	_IO(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 4)
#define USBTMC_IOCTL_CLEAR_OUT_HALT	_IO(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 6)
#define USBTMC_IOCTL_CLEAR_IN_HALT	_IO(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 7)
#define USBTMC_IOCTL_CTRL_REQUEST	_IOWR(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 8, struct usbtmc_ctrlrequest)
#define USBTMC_IOCTL_GET_TIMEOUT	_IOR(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 9, __u32)
#define USBTMC_IOCTL_SET_TIMEOUT	_IOW(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 10, __u32)
#define USBTMC_IOCTL_EOM_ENABLE	        _IOW(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 11, __u8)
#define USBTMC_IOCTL_CONFIG_TERMCHAR	_IOW(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 12, struct usbtmc_termchar)
#define USBTMC_IOCTL_WRITE		_IOWR(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 13, struct usbtmc_message)
#define USBTMC_IOCTL_READ		_IOWR(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 14, struct usbtmc_message)
#define USBTMC_IOCTL_WRITE_RESULT	_IOWR(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 15, __u32)
#define USBTMC_IOCTL_API_VERSION	_IOR(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 16, __u32)

#define USBTMC488_IOCTL_GET_CAPS	_IOR(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 17, unsigned char)
#define USBTMC488_IOCTL_READ_STB	_IOR(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 18, unsigned char)
#define USBTMC488_IOCTL_REN_CONTROL	_IOW(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 19, unsigned char)
#define USBTMC488_IOCTL_GOTO_LOCAL	_IO(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 20)
#define USBTMC488_IOCTL_LOCAL_LOCKOUT	_IO(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 21)
#define USBTMC488_IOCTL_TRIGGER		_IO(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 22)
#define USBTMC488_IOCTL_WAIT_SRQ	_IOW(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 23, __u32)

#define USBTMC_IOCTL_MSG_IN_ATTR	_IOR(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 24, __u8)
#define USBTMC_IOCTL_AUTO_ABORT		_IOW(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 25, __u8)

#define USBTMC_IOCTL_GET_STB            _IOR(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 26, __u8)
#define USBTMC_IOCTL_GET_SRQ_STB        _IOR(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 27, __u8)

/* Cancel and cleanup asynchronous calls */
#define USBTMC_IOCTL_CANCEL_IO		_IO(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 35)
#define USBTMC_IOCTL_CLEANUP_IO		_IO(USBTMC_IOC_NR, 36)

/* Driver encoded usb488 capabilities */
#define USBTMC488_CAPABILITY_TRIGGER         1
#define USBTMC488_CAPABILITY_SIMPLE          2
#define USBTMC488_CAPABILITY_REN_CONTROL     2
#define USBTMC488_CAPABILITY_GOTO_LOCAL      2
#define USBTMC488_CAPABILITY_LOCAL_LOCKOUT   2
#define USBTMC488_CAPABILITY_488_DOT_2       4
#define USBTMC488_CAPABILITY_DT1             16
#define USBTMC488_CAPABILITY_RL1             32
#define USBTMC488_CAPABILITY_SR1             64
#define USBTMC488_CAPABILITY_FULL_SCPI       128

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * This file holds Hub protocol constants and data structures that are
 * defined in chapter 11 (Hub Specification) of the USB 2.0 specification.
 *
 * It is used/shared between the USB core, the HCDs and couple of other USB
 * drivers.
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_CH11_H
#define __LINUX_CH11_H

#include <linux/types.h>	/* __u8 etc */

/* This is arbitrary.
 * From USB 2.0 spec Table 11-13, offset 7, a hub can
 * have up to 255 ports. The most yet reported is 10.
 *
 * Current Wireless USB host hardware (Intel i1480 for example) allows
 * up to 22 devices to connect. Upcoming hardware might raise that
 * limit. Because the arrays need to add a bit for hub status data, we
 * use 31, so plus one evens out to four bytes.
 */
#define USB_MAXCHILDREN		31

/* See USB 3.1 spec Table 10-5 */
#define USB_SS_MAXPORTS		15

/*
 * Hub request types
 */

#define USB_RT_HUB	(USB_TYPE_CLASS | USB_RECIP_DEVICE)
#define USB_RT_PORT	(USB_TYPE_CLASS | USB_RECIP_OTHER)

/*
 * Port status type for GetPortStatus requests added in USB 3.1
 * See USB 3.1 spec Table 10-12
 */
#define HUB_PORT_STATUS		0
#define HUB_PORT_PD_STATUS	1
#define HUB_EXT_PORT_STATUS	2

/*
 * Hub class requests
 * See USB 2.0 spec Table 11-16
 */
#define HUB_CLEAR_TT_BUFFER	8
#define HUB_RESET_TT		9
#define HUB_GET_TT_STATE	10
#define HUB_STOP_TT		11

/*
 * Hub class additional requests defined by USB 3.0 spec
 * See USB 3.0 spec Table 10-6
 */
#define HUB_SET_DEPTH		12
#define HUB_GET_PORT_ERR_COUNT	13

/*
 * Hub Class feature numbers
 * See USB 2.0 spec Table 11-17
 */
#define C_HUB_LOCAL_POWER	0
#define C_HUB_OVER_CURRENT	1

/*
 * Port feature numbers
 * See USB 2.0 spec Table 11-17
 */
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_CONNECTION	0
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_ENABLE		1
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_SUSPEND		2	/* L2 suspend */
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_OVER_CURRENT	3
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_RESET		4
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_L1		5	/* L1 suspend */
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_POWER		8
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_LOWSPEED		9	/* Should never be used */
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_C_CONNECTION	16
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_C_ENABLE		17
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_C_SUSPEND		18
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_C_OVER_CURRENT	19
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_C_RESET		20
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_TEST              21
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_INDICATOR         22
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_C_PORT_L1         23

/*
 * Port feature selectors added by USB 3.0 spec.
 * See USB 3.0 spec Table 10-7
 */
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_LINK_STATE		5
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_U1_TIMEOUT		23
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_U2_TIMEOUT		24
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_C_PORT_LINK_STATE		25
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_C_PORT_CONFIG_ERROR	26
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_REMOTE_WAKE_MASK		27
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_BH_PORT_RESET		28
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_C_BH_PORT_RESET		29
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_FORCE_LINKPM_ACCEPT	30

#define USB_PORT_LPM_TIMEOUT(p)			(((p) & 0xff) << 8)

/* USB 3.0 hub remote wake mask bits, see table 10-14 */
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_REMOTE_WAKE_CONNECT	(1 << 8)
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_REMOTE_WAKE_DISCONNECT	(1 << 9)
#define USB_PORT_FEAT_REMOTE_WAKE_OVER_CURRENT	(1 << 10)

/*
 * Hub Status and Hub Change results
 * See USB 2.0 spec Table 11-19 and Table 11-20
 * USB 3.1 extends the port status request and may return 4 additional bytes.
 * See USB 3.1 spec section 10.16.2.6 Table 10-12 and 10-15
 */
struct usb_port_status {
	__le16 wPortStatus;
	__le16 wPortChange;
	__le32 dwExtPortStatus;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/*
 * wPortStatus bit field
 * See USB 2.0 spec Table 11-21
 */
#define USB_PORT_STAT_CONNECTION	0x0001
#define USB_PORT_STAT_ENABLE		0x0002
#define USB_PORT_STAT_SUSPEND		0x0004
#define USB_PORT_STAT_OVERCURRENT	0x0008
#define USB_PORT_STAT_RESET		0x0010
#define USB_PORT_STAT_L1		0x0020
/* bits 6 to 7 are reserved */
#define USB_PORT_STAT_POWER		0x0100
#define USB_PORT_STAT_LOW_SPEED		0x0200
#define USB_PORT_STAT_HIGH_SPEED        0x0400
#define USB_PORT_STAT_TEST              0x0800
#define USB_PORT_STAT_INDICATOR         0x1000
/* bits 13 to 15 are reserved */

/*
 * Additions to wPortStatus bit field from USB 3.0
 * See USB 3.0 spec Table 10-10
 */
#define USB_PORT_STAT_LINK_STATE	0x01e0
#define USB_SS_PORT_STAT_POWER		0x0200
#define USB_SS_PORT_STAT_SPEED		0x1c00
#define USB_PORT_STAT_SPEED_5GBPS	0x0000
/* Valid only if port is enabled */
/* Bits that are the same from USB 2.0 */
#define USB_SS_PORT_STAT_MASK (USB_PORT_STAT_CONNECTION |	    \
				USB_PORT_STAT_ENABLE |	    \
				USB_PORT_STAT_OVERCURRENT | \
				USB_PORT_STAT_RESET)

/*
 * Definitions for PORT_LINK_STATE values
 * (bits 5-8) in wPortStatus
 */
#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_U0		0x0000
#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_U1		0x0020
#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_U2		0x0040
#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_U3		0x0060
#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_SS_DISABLED	0x0080
#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_RX_DETECT	0x00a0
#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_SS_INACTIVE	0x00c0
#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_POLLING		0x00e0
#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_RECOVERY		0x0100
#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_HOT_RESET	0x0120
#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_COMP_MOD		0x0140
#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_LOOPBACK		0x0160

/*
 * wPortChange bit field
 * See USB 2.0 spec Table 11-22 and USB 2.0 LPM ECN Table-4.10
 * Bits 0 to 5 shown, bits 6 to 15 are reserved
 */
#define USB_PORT_STAT_C_CONNECTION	0x0001
#define USB_PORT_STAT_C_ENABLE		0x0002
#define USB_PORT_STAT_C_SUSPEND		0x0004
#define USB_PORT_STAT_C_OVERCURRENT	0x0008
#define USB_PORT_STAT_C_RESET		0x0010
#define USB_PORT_STAT_C_L1		0x0020
/*
 * USB 3.0 wPortChange bit fields
 * See USB 3.0 spec Table 10-11
 */
#define USB_PORT_STAT_C_BH_RESET	0x0020
#define USB_PORT_STAT_C_LINK_STATE	0x0040
#define USB_PORT_STAT_C_CONFIG_ERROR	0x0080

/*
 * USB 3.1 dwExtPortStatus field masks
 * See USB 3.1 spec 10.16.2.6.3 Table 10-15
 */

#define USB_EXT_PORT_STAT_RX_SPEED_ID	0x0000000f
#define USB_EXT_PORT_STAT_TX_SPEED_ID	0x000000f0
#define USB_EXT_PORT_STAT_RX_LANES	0x00000f00
#define USB_EXT_PORT_STAT_TX_LANES	0x0000f000

#define USB_EXT_PORT_RX_LANES(p) \
			(((p) & USB_EXT_PORT_STAT_RX_LANES) >> 8)
#define USB_EXT_PORT_TX_LANES(p) \
			(((p) & USB_EXT_PORT_STAT_TX_LANES) >> 12)

/*
 * wHubCharacteristics (masks)
 * See USB 2.0 spec Table 11-13, offset 3
 */
#define HUB_CHAR_LPSM		0x0003 /* Logical Power Switching Mode mask */
#define HUB_CHAR_COMMON_LPSM	0x0000 /* All ports power control at once */
#define HUB_CHAR_INDV_PORT_LPSM	0x0001 /* per-port power control */
#define HUB_CHAR_NO_LPSM	0x0002 /* no power switching */

#define HUB_CHAR_COMPOUND	0x0004 /* hub is part of a compound device */

#define HUB_CHAR_OCPM		0x0018 /* Over-Current Protection Mode mask */
#define HUB_CHAR_COMMON_OCPM	0x0000 /* All ports Over-Current reporting */
#define HUB_CHAR_INDV_PORT_OCPM	0x0008 /* per-port Over-current reporting */
#define HUB_CHAR_NO_OCPM	0x0010 /* No Over-current Protection support */

#define HUB_CHAR_TTTT		0x0060 /* TT Think Time mask */
#define HUB_CHAR_PORTIND	0x0080 /* per-port indicators (LEDs) */

struct usb_hub_status {
	__le16 wHubStatus;
	__le16 wHubChange;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/*
 * Hub Status & Hub Change bit masks
 * See USB 2.0 spec Table 11-19 and Table 11-20
 * Bits 0 and 1 for wHubStatus and wHubChange
 * Bits 2 to 15 are reserved for both
 */
#define HUB_STATUS_LOCAL_POWER	0x0001
#define HUB_STATUS_OVERCURRENT	0x0002
#define HUB_CHANGE_LOCAL_POWER	0x0001
#define HUB_CHANGE_OVERCURRENT	0x0002


/*
 * Hub descriptor
 * See USB 2.0 spec Table 11-13
 */

#define USB_DT_HUB			(USB_TYPE_CLASS | 0x09)
#define USB_DT_SS_HUB			(USB_TYPE_CLASS | 0x0a)
#define USB_DT_HUB_NONVAR_SIZE		7
#define USB_DT_SS_HUB_SIZE              12

/*
 * Hub Device descriptor
 * USB Hub class device protocols
 */

#define USB_HUB_PR_FS		0 /* Full speed hub */
#define USB_HUB_PR_HS_NO_TT	0 /* Hi-speed hub without TT */
#define USB_HUB_PR_HS_SINGLE_TT	1 /* Hi-speed hub with single TT */
#define USB_HUB_PR_HS_MULTI_TT	2 /* Hi-speed hub with multiple TT */
#define USB_HUB_PR_SS		3 /* Super speed hub */

struct usb_hub_descriptor {
	__u8  bDescLength;
	__u8  bDescriptorType;
	__u8  bNbrPorts;
	__le16 wHubCharacteristics;
	__u8  bPwrOn2PwrGood;
	__u8  bHubContrCurrent;

	/* 2.0 and 3.0 hubs differ here */
	union {
		struct {
			/* add 1 bit for hub status change; round to bytes */
			__u8  DeviceRemovable[(USB_MAXCHILDREN + 1 + 7) / 8];
			__u8  PortPwrCtrlMask[(USB_MAXCHILDREN + 1 + 7) / 8];
		}  __attribute__ ((packed)) hs;

		struct {
			__u8 bHubHdrDecLat;
			__le16 wHubDelay;
			__le16 DeviceRemovable;
		}  __attribute__ ((packed)) ss;
	} u;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* port indicator status selectors, tables 11-7 and 11-25 */
#define HUB_LED_AUTO	0
#define HUB_LED_AMBER	1
#define HUB_LED_GREEN	2
#define HUB_LED_OFF	3

enum hub_led_mode {
	INDICATOR_AUTO = 0,
	INDICATOR_CYCLE,
	/* software blinks for attention:  software, hardware, reserved */
	INDICATOR_GREEN_BLINK, INDICATOR_GREEN_BLINK_OFF,
	INDICATOR_AMBER_BLINK, INDICATOR_AMBER_BLINK_OFF,
	INDICATOR_ALT_BLINK, INDICATOR_ALT_BLINK_OFF
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* Transaction Translator Think Times, in bits */
#define HUB_TTTT_8_BITS		0x00
#define HUB_TTTT_16_BITS	0x20
#define HUB_TTTT_24_BITS	0x40
#define HUB_TTTT_32_BITS	0x60

#endif /* __LINUX_CH11_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
    i2c-dev.h - i2c-bus driver, char device interface

    Copyright (C) 1995-97 Simon G. Vogl
    Copyright (C) 1998-99 Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>

    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.

    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.

    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston,
    MA 02110-1301 USA.
*/

#ifndef _LINUX_I2C_DEV_H
#define _LINUX_I2C_DEV_H

#include <linux/types.h>


/* /dev/i2c-X ioctl commands.  The ioctl's parameter is always an
 * unsigned long, except for:
 *	- I2C_FUNCS, takes pointer to an unsigned long
 *	- I2C_RDWR, takes pointer to struct i2c_rdwr_ioctl_data
 *	- I2C_SMBUS, takes pointer to struct i2c_smbus_ioctl_data
 */
#define I2C_RETRIES	0x0701	/* number of times a device address should
				   be polled when not acknowledging */
#define I2C_TIMEOUT	0x0702	/* set timeout in units of 10 ms */

/* NOTE: Slave address is 7 or 10 bits, but 10-bit addresses
 * are NOT supported! (due to code brokenness)
 */
#define I2C_SLAVE	0x0703	/* Use this slave address */
#define I2C_SLAVE_FORCE	0x0706	/* Use this slave address, even if it
				   is already in use by a driver! */
#define I2C_TENBIT	0x0704	/* 0 for 7 bit addrs, != 0 for 10 bit */

#define I2C_FUNCS	0x0705	/* Get the adapter functionality mask */

#define I2C_RDWR	0x0707	/* Combined R/W transfer (one STOP only) */

#define I2C_PEC		0x0708	/* != 0 to use PEC with SMBus */
#define I2C_SMBUS	0x0720	/* SMBus transfer */


/* This is the structure as used in the I2C_SMBUS ioctl call */
struct i2c_smbus_ioctl_data {
	__u8 read_write;
	__u8 command;
	__u32 size;
	union i2c_smbus_data *data;
};

/* This is the structure as used in the I2C_RDWR ioctl call */
struct i2c_rdwr_ioctl_data {
	struct i2c_msg *msgs;	/* pointers to i2c_msgs */
	__u32 nmsgs;			/* number of i2c_msgs */
};

#define  I2C_RDWR_IOCTL_MAX_MSGS	42
/* Originally defined with a typo, keep it for compatibility */
#define  I2C_RDRW_IOCTL_MAX_MSGS	I2C_RDWR_IOCTL_MAX_MSGS


#endif /* _LINUX_I2C_DEV_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* ip6tables module for matching the Hop Limit value
 * Maciej Soltysiak <solt@dns.toxicfilms.tv>
 * Based on HW's ttl module */

#ifndef _IP6T_HL_H
#define _IP6T_HL_H

#include <linux/types.h>

enum {
	IP6T_HL_EQ = 0,		/* equals */
	IP6T_HL_NE,		/* not equals */
	IP6T_HL_LT,		/* less than */
	IP6T_HL_GT,		/* greater than */
};


struct ip6t_hl_info {
	__u8	mode;
	__u8	hop_limit;
};


#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _IP6T_LOG_H
#define _IP6T_LOG_H

#warning "Please update iptables, this file will be removed soon!"

/* make sure not to change this without changing netfilter.h:NF_LOG_* (!) */
#define IP6T_LOG_TCPSEQ		0x01	/* Log TCP sequence numbers */
#define IP6T_LOG_TCPOPT		0x02	/* Log TCP options */
#define IP6T_LOG_IPOPT		0x04	/* Log IP options */
#define IP6T_LOG_UID		0x08	/* Log UID owning local socket */
#define IP6T_LOG_NFLOG		0x10	/* Unsupported, don't use */
#define IP6T_LOG_MACDECODE	0x20	/* Decode MAC header */
#define IP6T_LOG_MASK		0x2f

struct ip6t_log_info {
	unsigned char level;
	unsigned char logflags;
	char prefix[30];
};

#endif /*_IPT_LOG_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* ipv6header match - matches IPv6 packets based
on whether they contain certain headers */

/* Original idea: Brad Chapman 
 * Rewritten by: Andras Kis-Szabo <kisza@sch.bme.hu> */


#ifndef __IPV6HEADER_H
#define __IPV6HEADER_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct ip6t_ipv6header_info {
	__u8 matchflags;
	__u8 invflags;
	__u8 modeflag;
};

#define MASK_HOPOPTS    128
#define MASK_DSTOPTS    64
#define MASK_ROUTING    32
#define MASK_FRAGMENT   16
#define MASK_AH         8
#define MASK_ESP        4
#define MASK_NONE       2
#define MASK_PROTO      1

#endif /* __IPV6HEADER_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _IP6T_OPTS_H
#define _IP6T_OPTS_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define IP6T_OPTS_OPTSNR 16

struct ip6t_opts {
	__u32 hdrlen;			/* Header Length */
	__u8 flags;				/*  */
	__u8 invflags;			/* Inverse flags */
	__u16 opts[IP6T_OPTS_OPTSNR];	/* opts */
	__u8 optsnr;			/* Nr of OPts */
};

#define IP6T_OPTS_LEN 		0x01
#define IP6T_OPTS_OPTS 		0x02
#define IP6T_OPTS_NSTRICT	0x04

/* Values for "invflags" field in struct ip6t_rt. */
#define IP6T_OPTS_INV_LEN	0x01	/* Invert the sense of length. */
#define IP6T_OPTS_INV_MASK	0x01	/* All possible flags. */

#endif /*_IP6T_OPTS_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __NETFILTER_IP6T_NPT
#define __NETFILTER_IP6T_NPT

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/netfilter.h>

struct ip6t_npt_tginfo {
	union nf_inet_addr	src_pfx;
	union nf_inet_addr	dst_pfx;
	__u8			src_pfx_len;
	__u8			dst_pfx_len;
	/* Used internally by the kernel */
	__sum16			adjustment;
};

#endif /* __NETFILTER_IP6T_NPT */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * 25-Jul-1998 Major changes to allow for ip chain table
 *
 * 3-Jan-2000 Named tables to allow packet selection for different uses.
 */

/*
 * 	Format of an IP6 firewall descriptor
 *
 * 	src, dst, src_mask, dst_mask are always stored in network byte order.
 * 	flags are stored in host byte order (of course).
 * 	Port numbers are stored in HOST byte order.
 */

#ifndef _IP6_TABLES_H
#define _IP6_TABLES_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#include <linux/if.h>
#include <linux/netfilter_ipv6.h>

#include <linux/netfilter/x_tables.h>

#define IP6T_FUNCTION_MAXNAMELEN XT_FUNCTION_MAXNAMELEN
#define IP6T_TABLE_MAXNAMELEN XT_TABLE_MAXNAMELEN
#define ip6t_match xt_match
#define ip6t_target xt_target
#define ip6t_table xt_table
#define ip6t_get_revision xt_get_revision
#define ip6t_entry_match xt_entry_match
#define ip6t_entry_target xt_entry_target
#define ip6t_standard_target xt_standard_target
#define ip6t_error_target xt_error_target
#define ip6t_counters xt_counters
#define IP6T_CONTINUE XT_CONTINUE
#define IP6T_RETURN XT_RETURN

/* Pre-iptables-1.4.0 */
#include <linux/netfilter/xt_tcpudp.h>
#define ip6t_tcp xt_tcp
#define ip6t_udp xt_udp
#define IP6T_TCP_INV_SRCPT	XT_TCP_INV_SRCPT
#define IP6T_TCP_INV_DSTPT	XT_TCP_INV_DSTPT
#define IP6T_TCP_INV_FLAGS	XT_TCP_INV_FLAGS
#define IP6T_TCP_INV_OPTION	XT_TCP_INV_OPTION
#define IP6T_TCP_INV_MASK	XT_TCP_INV_MASK
#define IP6T_UDP_INV_SRCPT	XT_UDP_INV_SRCPT
#define IP6T_UDP_INV_DSTPT	XT_UDP_INV_DSTPT
#define IP6T_UDP_INV_MASK	XT_UDP_INV_MASK

#define ip6t_counters_info xt_counters_info
#define IP6T_STANDARD_TARGET XT_STANDARD_TARGET
#define IP6T_ERROR_TARGET XT_ERROR_TARGET
#define IP6T_MATCH_ITERATE(e, fn, args...) \
	XT_MATCH_ITERATE(struct ip6t_entry, e, fn, ## args)
#define IP6T_ENTRY_ITERATE(entries, size, fn, args...) \
	XT_ENTRY_ITERATE(struct ip6t_entry, entries, size, fn, ## args)

/* Yes, Virginia, you have to zero the padding. */
struct ip6t_ip6 {
	/* Source and destination IP6 addr */
	struct in6_addr src, dst;		
	/* Mask for src and dest IP6 addr */
	struct in6_addr smsk, dmsk;
	char iniface[IFNAMSIZ], outiface[IFNAMSIZ];
	unsigned char iniface_mask[IFNAMSIZ], outiface_mask[IFNAMSIZ];

	/* Upper protocol number
	 * - The allowed value is 0 (any) or protocol number of last parsable
	 *   header, which is 50 (ESP), 59 (No Next Header), 135 (MH), or
	 *   the non IPv6 extension headers.
	 * - The protocol numbers of IPv6 extension headers except of ESP and
	 *   MH do not match any packets.
	 * - You also need to set IP6T_FLAGS_PROTO to "flags" to check protocol.
	 */
	__u16 proto;
	/* TOS to match iff flags & IP6T_F_TOS */
	__u8 tos;

	/* Flags word */
	__u8 flags;
	/* Inverse flags */
	__u8 invflags;
};

/* Values for "flag" field in struct ip6t_ip6 (general ip6 structure). */
#define IP6T_F_PROTO		0x01	/* Set if rule cares about upper 
					   protocols */
#define IP6T_F_TOS		0x02	/* Match the TOS. */
#define IP6T_F_GOTO		0x04	/* Set if jump is a goto */
#define IP6T_F_MASK		0x07	/* All possible flag bits mask. */

/* Values for "inv" field in struct ip6t_ip6. */
#define IP6T_INV_VIA_IN		0x01	/* Invert the sense of IN IFACE. */
#define IP6T_INV_VIA_OUT		0x02	/* Invert the sense of OUT IFACE */
#define IP6T_INV_TOS		0x04	/* Invert the sense of TOS. */
#define IP6T_INV_SRCIP		0x08	/* Invert the sense of SRC IP. */
#define IP6T_INV_DSTIP		0x10	/* Invert the sense of DST OP. */
#define IP6T_INV_FRAG		0x20	/* Invert the sense of FRAG. */
#define IP6T_INV_PROTO		XT_INV_PROTO
#define IP6T_INV_MASK		0x7F	/* All possible flag bits mask. */

/* This structure defines each of the firewall rules.  Consists of 3
   parts which are 1) general IP header stuff 2) match specific
   stuff 3) the target to perform if the rule matches */
struct ip6t_entry {
	struct ip6t_ip6 ipv6;

	/* Mark with fields that we care about. */
	unsigned int nfcache;

	/* Size of ipt_entry + matches */
	__u16 target_offset;
	/* Size of ipt_entry + matches + target */
	__u16 next_offset;

	/* Back pointer */
	unsigned int comefrom;

	/* Packet and byte counters. */
	struct xt_counters counters;

	/* The matches (if any), then the target. */
	unsigned char elems[0];
};

/* Standard entry */
struct ip6t_standard {
	struct ip6t_entry entry;
	struct xt_standard_target target;
};

struct ip6t_error {
	struct ip6t_entry entry;
	struct xt_error_target target;
};

#define IP6T_ENTRY_INIT(__size)						       \
{									       \
	.target_offset	= sizeof(struct ip6t_entry),			       \
	.next_offset	= (__size),					       \
}

#define IP6T_STANDARD_INIT(__verdict)					       \
{									       \
	.entry		= IP6T_ENTRY_INIT(sizeof(struct ip6t_standard)),       \
	.target		= XT_TARGET_INIT(XT_STANDARD_TARGET,		       \
					 sizeof(struct xt_standard_target)),   \
	.target.verdict	= -(__verdict) - 1,				       \
}

#define IP6T_ERROR_INIT							       \
{									       \
	.entry		= IP6T_ENTRY_INIT(sizeof(struct ip6t_error)),	       \
	.target		= XT_TARGET_INIT(XT_ERROR_TARGET,		       \
					 sizeof(struct xt_error_target)),      \
	.target.errorname = "ERROR",					       \
}

/*
 * New IP firewall options for [gs]etsockopt at the RAW IP level.
 * Unlike BSD Linux inherits IP options so you don't have to use
 * a raw socket for this. Instead we check rights in the calls.
 *
 * ATTENTION: check linux/in6.h before adding new number here.
 */
#define IP6T_BASE_CTL			64

#define IP6T_SO_SET_REPLACE		(IP6T_BASE_CTL)
#define IP6T_SO_SET_ADD_COUNTERS	(IP6T_BASE_CTL + 1)
#define IP6T_SO_SET_MAX			IP6T_SO_SET_ADD_COUNTERS

#define IP6T_SO_GET_INFO		(IP6T_BASE_CTL)
#define IP6T_SO_GET_ENTRIES		(IP6T_BASE_CTL + 1)
#define IP6T_SO_GET_REVISION_MATCH	(IP6T_BASE_CTL + 4)
#define IP6T_SO_GET_REVISION_TARGET	(IP6T_BASE_CTL + 5)
#define IP6T_SO_GET_MAX			IP6T_SO_GET_REVISION_TARGET

/* obtain original address if REDIRECT'd connection */
#define IP6T_SO_ORIGINAL_DST            80

/* ICMP matching stuff */
struct ip6t_icmp {
	__u8 type;				/* type to match */
	__u8 code[2];				/* range of code */
	__u8 invflags;				/* Inverse flags */
};

/* Values for "inv" field for struct ipt_icmp. */
#define IP6T_ICMP_INV	0x01	/* Invert the sense of type/code test */

/* The argument to IP6T_SO_GET_INFO */
struct ip6t_getinfo {
	/* Which table: caller fills this in. */
	char name[XT_TABLE_MAXNAMELEN];

	/* Kernel fills these in. */
	/* Which hook entry points are valid: bitmask */
	unsigned int valid_hooks;

	/* Hook entry points: one per netfilter hook. */
	unsigned int hook_entry[NF_INET_NUMHOOKS];

	/* Underflow points. */
	unsigned int underflow[NF_INET_NUMHOOKS];

	/* Number of entries */
	unsigned int num_entries;

	/* Size of entries. */
	unsigned int size;
};

/* The argument to IP6T_SO_SET_REPLACE. */
struct ip6t_replace {
	/* Which table. */
	char name[XT_TABLE_MAXNAMELEN];

	/* Which hook entry points are valid: bitmask.  You can't
           change this. */
	unsigned int valid_hooks;

	/* Number of entries */
	unsigned int num_entries;

	/* Total size of new entries */
	unsigned int size;

	/* Hook entry points. */
	unsigned int hook_entry[NF_INET_NUMHOOKS];

	/* Underflow points. */
	unsigned int underflow[NF_INET_NUMHOOKS];

	/* Information about old entries: */
	/* Number of counters (must be equal to current number of entries). */
	unsigned int num_counters;
	/* The old entries' counters. */
	struct xt_counters *counters;

	/* The entries (hang off end: not really an array). */
	struct ip6t_entry entries[0];
};

/* The argument to IP6T_SO_GET_ENTRIES. */
struct ip6t_get_entries {
	/* Which table: user fills this in. */
	char name[XT_TABLE_MAXNAMELEN];

	/* User fills this in: total entry size. */
	unsigned int size;

	/* The entries. */
	struct ip6t_entry entrytable[0];
};

/* Helper functions */
static __inline__ struct xt_entry_target *
ip6t_get_target(struct ip6t_entry *e)
{
	return (void *)e + e->target_offset;
}

/*
 *	Main firewall chains definitions and global var's definitions.
 */

#endif /* _IP6_TABLES_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _IP6T_MH_H
#define _IP6T_MH_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* MH matching stuff */
struct ip6t_mh {
	__u8 types[2];	/* MH type range */
	__u8 invflags;	/* Inverse flags */
};

/* Values for "invflags" field in struct ip6t_mh. */
#define IP6T_MH_INV_TYPE	0x01	/* Invert the sense of type. */
#define IP6T_MH_INV_MASK	0x01	/* All possible flags. */

#endif /*_IP6T_MH_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _IP6T_SRH_H
#define _IP6T_SRH_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/netfilter.h>

/* Values for "mt_flags" field in struct ip6t_srh */
#define IP6T_SRH_NEXTHDR        0x0001
#define IP6T_SRH_LEN_EQ         0x0002
#define IP6T_SRH_LEN_GT         0x0004
#define IP6T_SRH_LEN_LT         0x0008
#define IP6T_SRH_SEGS_EQ        0x0010
#define IP6T_SRH_SEGS_GT        0x0020
#define IP6T_SRH_SEGS_LT        0x0040
#define IP6T_SRH_LAST_EQ        0x0080
#define IP6T_SRH_LAST_GT        0x0100
#define IP6T_SRH_LAST_LT        0x0200
#define IP6T_SRH_TAG            0x0400
#define IP6T_SRH_PSID           0x0800
#define IP6T_SRH_NSID           0x1000
#define IP6T_SRH_LSID           0x2000
#define IP6T_SRH_MASK           0x3FFF

/* Values for "mt_invflags" field in struct ip6t_srh */
#define IP6T_SRH_INV_NEXTHDR    0x0001
#define IP6T_SRH_INV_LEN_EQ     0x0002
#define IP6T_SRH_INV_LEN_GT     0x0004
#define IP6T_SRH_INV_LEN_LT     0x0008
#define IP6T_SRH_INV_SEGS_EQ    0x0010
#define IP6T_SRH_INV_SEGS_GT    0x0020
#define IP6T_SRH_INV_SEGS_LT    0x0040
#define IP6T_SRH_INV_LAST_EQ    0x0080
#define IP6T_SRH_INV_LAST_GT    0x0100
#define IP6T_SRH_INV_LAST_LT    0x0200
#define IP6T_SRH_INV_TAG        0x0400
#define IP6T_SRH_INV_PSID       0x0800
#define IP6T_SRH_INV_NSID       0x1000
#define IP6T_SRH_INV_LSID       0x2000
#define IP6T_SRH_INV_MASK       0x3FFF

/**
 *      struct ip6t_srh - SRH match options
 *      @ next_hdr: Next header field of SRH
 *      @ hdr_len: Extension header length field of SRH
 *      @ segs_left: Segments left field of SRH
 *      @ last_entry: Last entry field of SRH
 *      @ tag: Tag field of SRH
 *      @ mt_flags: match options
 *      @ mt_invflags: Invert the sense of match options
 */

struct ip6t_srh {
	__u8                    next_hdr;
	__u8                    hdr_len;
	__u8                    segs_left;
	__u8                    last_entry;
	__u16                   tag;
	__u16                   mt_flags;
	__u16                   mt_invflags;
};

/**
 *      struct ip6t_srh1 - SRH match options (revision 1)
 *      @ next_hdr: Next header field of SRH
 *      @ hdr_len: Extension header length field of SRH
 *      @ segs_left: Segments left field of SRH
 *      @ last_entry: Last entry field of SRH
 *      @ tag: Tag field of SRH
 *      @ psid_addr: Address of previous SID in SRH SID list
 *      @ nsid_addr: Address of NEXT SID in SRH SID list
 *      @ lsid_addr: Address of LAST SID in SRH SID list
 *      @ psid_msk: Mask of previous SID in SRH SID list
 *      @ nsid_msk: Mask of next SID in SRH SID list
 *      @ lsid_msk: MAsk of last SID in SRH SID list
 *      @ mt_flags: match options
 *      @ mt_invflags: Invert the sense of match options
 */

struct ip6t_srh1 {
	__u8                    next_hdr;
	__u8                    hdr_len;
	__u8                    segs_left;
	__u8                    last_entry;
	__u16                   tag;
	struct in6_addr         psid_addr;
	struct in6_addr         nsid_addr;
	struct in6_addr         lsid_addr;
	struct in6_addr         psid_msk;
	struct in6_addr         nsid_msk;
	struct in6_addr         lsid_msk;
	__u16                   mt_flags;
	__u16                   mt_invflags;
};

#endif /*_IP6T_SRH_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _IP6T_REJECT_H
#define _IP6T_REJECT_H

#include <linux/types.h>

enum ip6t_reject_with {
	IP6T_ICMP6_NO_ROUTE,
	IP6T_ICMP6_ADM_PROHIBITED,
	IP6T_ICMP6_NOT_NEIGHBOUR,
	IP6T_ICMP6_ADDR_UNREACH,
	IP6T_ICMP6_PORT_UNREACH,
	IP6T_ICMP6_ECHOREPLY,
	IP6T_TCP_RESET,
	IP6T_ICMP6_POLICY_FAIL,
	IP6T_ICMP6_REJECT_ROUTE
};

struct ip6t_reject_info {
	__u32	with;	/* reject type */
};

#endif /*_IP6T_REJECT_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _IP6T_RT_H
#define _IP6T_RT_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/in6.h>

#define IP6T_RT_HOPS 16

struct ip6t_rt {
	__u32 rt_type;			/* Routing Type */
	__u32 segsleft[2];			/* Segments Left */
	__u32 hdrlen;			/* Header Length */
	__u8  flags;			/*  */
	__u8  invflags;			/* Inverse flags */
	struct in6_addr addrs[IP6T_RT_HOPS];	/* Hops */
	__u8 addrnr;			/* Nr of Addresses */
};

#define IP6T_RT_TYP 		0x01
#define IP6T_RT_SGS 		0x02
#define IP6T_RT_LEN 		0x04
#define IP6T_RT_RES 		0x08
#define IP6T_RT_FST_MASK	0x30
#define IP6T_RT_FST 		0x10
#define IP6T_RT_FST_NSTRICT	0x20

/* Values for "invflags" field in struct ip6t_rt. */
#define IP6T_RT_INV_TYP		0x01	/* Invert the sense of type. */
#define IP6T_RT_INV_SGS		0x02	/* Invert the sense of Segments. */
#define IP6T_RT_INV_LEN		0x04	/* Invert the sense of length. */
#define IP6T_RT_INV_MASK	0x07	/* All possible flags. */

#endif /*_IP6T_RT_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _IP6T_FRAG_H
#define _IP6T_FRAG_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct ip6t_frag {
	__u32 ids[2];			/* Identification range */
	__u32 hdrlen;			/* Header Length */
	__u8  flags;			/* Flags */
	__u8  invflags;			/* Inverse flags */
};

#define IP6T_FRAG_IDS 		0x01
#define IP6T_FRAG_LEN 		0x02
#define IP6T_FRAG_RES 		0x04
#define IP6T_FRAG_FST 		0x08
#define IP6T_FRAG_MF  		0x10
#define IP6T_FRAG_NMF  		0x20

/* Values for "invflags" field in struct ip6t_frag. */
#define IP6T_FRAG_INV_IDS	0x01	/* Invert the sense of ids. */
#define IP6T_FRAG_INV_LEN	0x02	/* Invert the sense of length. */
#define IP6T_FRAG_INV_MASK	0x03	/* All possible flags. */

#endif /*_IP6T_FRAG_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* Hop Limit modification module for ip6tables
 * Maciej Soltysiak <solt@dns.toxicfilms.tv>
 * Based on HW's TTL module */

#ifndef _IP6T_HL_H
#define _IP6T_HL_H

#include <linux/types.h>

enum {
	IP6T_HL_SET = 0,
	IP6T_HL_INC,
	IP6T_HL_DEC
};

#define IP6T_HL_MAXMODE	IP6T_HL_DEC

struct ip6t_HL_info {
	__u8	mode;
	__u8	hop_limit;
};


#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _IP6T_AH_H
#define _IP6T_AH_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct ip6t_ah {
	__u32 spis[2];			/* Security Parameter Index */
	__u32 hdrlen;			/* Header Length */
	__u8  hdrres;			/* Test of the Reserved Filed */
	__u8  invflags;			/* Inverse flags */
};

#define IP6T_AH_SPI 0x01
#define IP6T_AH_LEN 0x02
#define IP6T_AH_RES 0x04

/* Values for "invflags" field in struct ip6t_ah. */
#define IP6T_AH_INV_SPI		0x01	/* Invert the sense of spi. */
#define IP6T_AH_INV_LEN		0x02	/* Invert the sense of length. */
#define IP6T_AH_INV_MASK	0x03	/* All possible flags. */

#endif /*_IP6T_AH_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * xdp_diag: interface for query/monitor XDP sockets
 * Copyright(c) 2019 Intel Corporation.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_XDP_DIAG_H
#define _LINUX_XDP_DIAG_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct xdp_diag_req {
	__u8	sdiag_family;
	__u8	sdiag_protocol;
	__u16	pad;
	__u32	xdiag_ino;
	__u32	xdiag_show;
	__u32	xdiag_cookie[2];
};

struct xdp_diag_msg {
	__u8	xdiag_family;
	__u8	xdiag_type;
	__u16	pad;
	__u32	xdiag_ino;
	__u32	xdiag_cookie[2];
};

#define XDP_SHOW_INFO		(1 << 0) /* Basic information */
#define XDP_SHOW_RING_CFG	(1 << 1)
#define XDP_SHOW_UMEM		(1 << 2)
#define XDP_SHOW_MEMINFO	(1 << 3)
#define XDP_SHOW_STATS		(1 << 4)

enum {
	XDP_DIAG_NONE,
	XDP_DIAG_INFO,
	XDP_DIAG_UID,
	XDP_DIAG_RX_RING,
	XDP_DIAG_TX_RING,
	XDP_DIAG_UMEM,
	XDP_DIAG_UMEM_FILL_RING,
	XDP_DIAG_UMEM_COMPLETION_RING,
	XDP_DIAG_MEMINFO,
	XDP_DIAG_STATS,
	__XDP_DIAG_MAX,
};

#define XDP_DIAG_MAX (__XDP_DIAG_MAX - 1)

struct xdp_diag_info {
	__u32	ifindex;
	__u32	queue_id;
};

struct xdp_diag_ring {
	__u32	entries; /*num descs */
};

#define XDP_DU_F_ZEROCOPY (1 << 0)

struct xdp_diag_umem {
	__u64	size;
	__u32	id;
	__u32	num_pages;
	__u32	chunk_size;
	__u32	headroom;
	__u32	ifindex;
	__u32	queue_id;
	__u32	flags;
	__u32	refs;
};

struct xdp_diag_stats {
	__u64	n_rx_dropped;
	__u64	n_rx_invalid;
	__u64	n_rx_full;
	__u64	n_fill_ring_empty;
	__u64	n_tx_invalid;
	__u64	n_tx_ring_empty;
};

#endif /* _LINUX_XDP_DIAG_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright 1999-2000 Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
 *
 * This file is part of the Linux kernel and is made available under
 * the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2, or at your
 * option, any later version, incorporated herein by reference.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_AUTO_FS4_H
#define _LINUX_AUTO_FS4_H

#include <linux/auto_fs.h>

#endif /* _LINUX_AUTO_FS4_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * ioctl interface for the scsi media changer driver
 */

/* changer element types */
#define CHET_MT   0	/* media transport element (robot) */
#define CHET_ST   1	/* storage element (media slots) */
#define CHET_IE   2	/* import/export element */
#define CHET_DT   3	/* data transfer element (tape/cdrom/whatever) */
#define CHET_V1   4	/* vendor specific #1 */
#define CHET_V2   5	/* vendor specific #2 */
#define CHET_V3   6	/* vendor specific #3 */
#define CHET_V4   7	/* vendor specific #4 */


/*
 * CHIOGPARAMS
 *    query changer properties
 *
 * CHIOVGPARAMS
 *    query vendor-specific element types
 *
 *    accessing elements works by specifing type and unit of the element.
 *    for example, storage elements are addressed with type = CHET_ST and
 *    unit = 0 .. cp_nslots-1
 *
 */
struct changer_params {
	int cp_curpicker;  /* current transport element */
	int cp_npickers;   /* number of transport elements      (CHET_MT) */
	int cp_nslots;     /* number of storage elements        (CHET_ST) */
	int cp_nportals;   /* number of import/export elements  (CHET_IE) */
	int cp_ndrives;    /* number of data transfer elements  (CHET_DT) */
};
struct changer_vendor_params {
	int  cvp_n1;       /* number of vendor specific elems   (CHET_V1) */
	char cvp_label1[16];
	int  cvp_n2;       /* number of vendor specific elems   (CHET_V2) */
	char cvp_label2[16];
	int  cvp_n3;       /* number of vendor specific elems   (CHET_V3) */
	char cvp_label3[16];
	int  cvp_n4;       /* number of vendor specific elems   (CHET_V4) */
	char cvp_label4[16];
	int  reserved[8];
};


/*
 * CHIOMOVE
 *    move a medium from one element to another
 */
struct changer_move {
	int cm_fromtype;	/* type/unit of source element */
	int cm_fromunit;	
	int cm_totype;	/* type/unit of destination element */
	int cm_tounit;
	int cm_flags;
};
#define CM_INVERT   1   /* flag: rotate media (for double-sided like MOD) */


/*
 * CHIOEXCHANGE
 *    move one medium from element #1 to element #2,
 *    and another one from element #2 to element #3.
 *    element #1 and #3 are allowed to be identical.
 */
struct changer_exchange {
	int ce_srctype;	    /* type/unit of element #1 */
	int ce_srcunit;
	int ce_fdsttype;    /* type/unit of element #2 */
	int ce_fdstunit;
	int ce_sdsttype;    /* type/unit of element #3 */
	int ce_sdstunit;
	int ce_flags;
};
#define CE_INVERT1   1
#define CE_INVERT2   2


/*
 * CHIOPOSITION
 *    move the transport element (robot arm) to a specific element.
 */
struct changer_position {
	int cp_type;
	int cp_unit;
	int cp_flags;
};
#define CP_INVERT   1


/*
 * CHIOGSTATUS
 *    get element status for all elements of a specific type
 */
struct changer_element_status {
	int             ces_type;
	unsigned char   *ces_data;
};
#define CESTATUS_FULL     0x01 /* full */
#define CESTATUS_IMPEXP   0x02	/* media was imported (inserted by sysop) */
#define CESTATUS_EXCEPT   0x04	/* error condition */
#define CESTATUS_ACCESS   0x08	/* access allowed */
#define CESTATUS_EXENAB   0x10	/* element can export media */
#define CESTATUS_INENAB   0x20	/* element can import media */


/*
 * CHIOGELEM
 *    get more detailed status information for a single element
 */
struct changer_get_element {
	int	cge_type;	 /* type/unit */
	int	cge_unit;
	int	cge_status;      /* status */
	int     cge_errno;       /* errno */
	int     cge_srctype;     /* source element of the last move/exchange */
	int     cge_srcunit;
	int     cge_id;          /* scsi id  (for data transfer elements) */
	int     cge_lun;         /* scsi lun (for data transfer elements) */
	char    cge_pvoltag[36]; /* primary volume tag */
	char    cge_avoltag[36]; /* alternate volume tag */
	int     cge_flags;
};
/* flags */
#define CGE_ERRNO     0x01       /* errno available       */
#define CGE_INVERT    0x02       /* media inverted        */
#define CGE_SRC       0x04       /* media src available   */
#define CGE_IDLUN     0x08       /* ID+LUN available      */
#define CGE_PVOLTAG   0x10       /* primary volume tag available */
#define CGE_AVOLTAG   0x20       /* alternate volume tag available */


/*
 * CHIOSVOLTAG
 *    set volume tag
 */
struct changer_set_voltag {
	int	csv_type;	 /* type/unit */
	int	csv_unit;
	char    csv_voltag[36];  /* volume tag */
	int     csv_flags;
};
#define CSV_PVOLTAG   0x01       /* primary volume tag */
#define CSV_AVOLTAG   0x02       /* alternate volume tag */
#define CSV_CLEARTAG  0x04       /* clear volume tag */

/* ioctls */
#define CHIOMOVE       _IOW('c', 1,struct changer_move)
#define CHIOEXCHANGE   _IOW('c', 2,struct changer_exchange)
#define CHIOPOSITION   _IOW('c', 3,struct changer_position)
#define CHIOGPICKER    _IOR('c', 4,int)                        /* not impl. */
#define CHIOSPICKER    _IOW('c', 5,int)                        /* not impl. */
#define CHIOGPARAMS    _IOR('c', 6,struct changer_params)
#define CHIOGSTATUS    _IOW('c', 8,struct changer_element_status)
#define CHIOGELEM      _IOW('c',16,struct changer_get_element)
#define CHIOINITELEM   _IO('c',17)
#define CHIOSVOLTAG    _IOW('c',18,struct changer_set_voltag)
#define CHIOGVPARAMS   _IOR('c',19,struct changer_vendor_params)

/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */

/*
 * Local variables:
 * c-basic-offset: 8
 * End:
 */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
    Public ivtv API header
    Copyright (C) 2003-2004  Kevin Thayer <nufan_wfk at yahoo.com>
    Copyright (C) 2004-2007  Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl>

    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.

    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.

    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_IVTV_H__
#define __LINUX_IVTV_H__


#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/videodev2.h>

/* ivtv knows several distinct output modes: MPEG streaming,
   YUV streaming, YUV updates through user DMA and the passthrough
   mode.

   In order to clearly tell the driver that we are in user DMA
   YUV mode you need to call IVTV_IOC_DMA_FRAME with y_source == NULL
   first (althrough if you don't then the first time
   DMA_FRAME is called the mode switch is done automatically).

   When you close the file handle the user DMA mode is exited again.

   While in one mode, you cannot use another mode (EBUSY is returned).

   All this means that if you want to change the YUV interlacing
   for the user DMA YUV mode you first need to do call IVTV_IOC_DMA_FRAME
   with y_source == NULL before you can set the correct format using
   VIDIOC_S_FMT.

   Eventually all this should be replaced with a proper V4L2 API,
   but for now we have to do it this way. */

struct ivtv_dma_frame {
	enum v4l2_buf_type type; /* V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT */
	__u32 pixelformat;	 /* 0 == same as destination */
	void *y_source;   /* if NULL and type == V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT,
				    then just switch to user DMA YUV output mode */
	void *uv_source;  /* Unused for RGB pixelformats */
	struct v4l2_rect src;
	struct v4l2_rect dst;
	__u32 src_width;
	__u32 src_height;
};

#define IVTV_IOC_DMA_FRAME		_IOW ('V', BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE+0, struct ivtv_dma_frame)

/* Select the passthrough mode (if the argument is non-zero). In the passthrough
   mode the output of the encoder is passed immediately into the decoder. */
#define IVTV_IOC_PASSTHROUGH_MODE	_IOW ('V', BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE+1, int)

/* Deprecated defines: applications should use the defines from videodev2.h */
#define IVTV_SLICED_TYPE_TELETEXT_B     V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_TELETEXT_B
#define IVTV_SLICED_TYPE_CAPTION_525    V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_CAPTION_525
#define IVTV_SLICED_TYPE_WSS_625        V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_WSS_625
#define IVTV_SLICED_TYPE_VPS            V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_VPS

#endif /* _LINUX_IVTV_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright © 2016 Intel Corporation
 *
 * Authors:
 *    Rafael Antognolli <rafael.antognolli@intel.com>
 *    Scott  Bauer      <scott.bauer@intel.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License,
 * version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT
 * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
 * more details.
 */

#ifndef _SED_OPAL_H
#define _SED_OPAL_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define OPAL_KEY_MAX 256
#define OPAL_MAX_LRS 9

enum opal_mbr {
	OPAL_MBR_ENABLE = 0x0,
	OPAL_MBR_DISABLE = 0x01,
};

enum opal_user {
	OPAL_ADMIN1 = 0x0,
	OPAL_USER1 = 0x01,
	OPAL_USER2 = 0x02,
	OPAL_USER3 = 0x03,
	OPAL_USER4 = 0x04,
	OPAL_USER5 = 0x05,
	OPAL_USER6 = 0x06,
	OPAL_USER7 = 0x07,
	OPAL_USER8 = 0x08,
	OPAL_USER9 = 0x09,
};

enum opal_lock_state {
	OPAL_RO = 0x01, /* 0001 */
	OPAL_RW = 0x02, /* 0010 */
	OPAL_LK = 0x04, /* 0100 */
};

struct opal_key {
	__u8 lr;
	__u8 key_len;
	__u8 __align[6];
	__u8 key[OPAL_KEY_MAX];
};

struct opal_lr_act {
	struct opal_key key;
	__u32 sum;
	__u8    num_lrs;
	__u8 lr[OPAL_MAX_LRS];
	__u8 align[2]; /* Align to 8 byte boundary */
};

struct opal_session_info {
	__u32 sum;
	__u32 who;
	struct opal_key opal_key;
};

struct opal_user_lr_setup {
	__u64 range_start;
	__u64 range_length;
	__u32 RLE; /* Read Lock enabled */
	__u32 WLE; /* Write Lock Enabled */
	struct opal_session_info session;
};

struct opal_lock_unlock {
	struct opal_session_info session;
	__u32 l_state;
	__u8 __align[4];
};

struct opal_new_pw {
	struct opal_session_info session;

	/* When we're not operating in sum, and we first set
	 * passwords we need to set them via ADMIN authority.
	 * After passwords are changed, we can set them via,
	 * User authorities.
	 * Because of this restriction we need to know about
	 * Two different users. One in 'session' which we will use
	 * to start the session and new_userr_pw as the user we're
	 * chaning the pw for.
	 */
	struct opal_session_info new_user_pw;
};

struct opal_mbr_data {
	struct opal_key key;
	__u8 enable_disable;
	__u8 __align[7];
};

#define IOC_OPAL_SAVE		    _IOW('p', 220, struct opal_lock_unlock)
#define IOC_OPAL_LOCK_UNLOCK	    _IOW('p', 221, struct opal_lock_unlock)
#define IOC_OPAL_TAKE_OWNERSHIP	    _IOW('p', 222, struct opal_key)
#define IOC_OPAL_ACTIVATE_LSP       _IOW('p', 223, struct opal_lr_act)
#define IOC_OPAL_SET_PW             _IOW('p', 224, struct opal_new_pw)
#define IOC_OPAL_ACTIVATE_USR       _IOW('p', 225, struct opal_session_info)
#define IOC_OPAL_REVERT_TPR         _IOW('p', 226, struct opal_key)
#define IOC_OPAL_LR_SETUP           _IOW('p', 227, struct opal_user_lr_setup)
#define IOC_OPAL_ADD_USR_TO_LR      _IOW('p', 228, struct opal_lock_unlock)
#define IOC_OPAL_ENABLE_DISABLE_MBR _IOW('p', 229, struct opal_mbr_data)
#define IOC_OPAL_ERASE_LR           _IOW('p', 230, struct opal_session_info)
#define IOC_OPAL_SECURE_ERASE_LR    _IOW('p', 231, struct opal_session_info)

#endif /* _SED_OPAL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *	Linux INET6 implementation 
 *
 *	Authors:
 *	Pedro Roque		<roque@di.fc.ul.pt>	
 *
 *	This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *      modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *      as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *      2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_IPV6_ROUTE_H
#define _LINUX_IPV6_ROUTE_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/in6.h>			/* For struct in6_addr. */

#define RTF_DEFAULT	0x00010000	/* default - learned via ND	*/
#define RTF_ALLONLINK	0x00020000	/* (deprecated and will be removed)
					   fallback, no routers on link */
#define RTF_ADDRCONF	0x00040000	/* addrconf route - RA		*/
#define RTF_PREFIX_RT	0x00080000	/* A prefix only route - RA	*/
#define RTF_ANYCAST	0x00100000	/* Anycast			*/

#define RTF_NONEXTHOP	0x00200000	/* route with no nexthop	*/
#define RTF_EXPIRES	0x00400000

#define RTF_ROUTEINFO	0x00800000	/* route information - RA	*/

#define RTF_CACHE	0x01000000	/* read-only: can not be set by user */
#define RTF_FLOW	0x02000000	/* flow significant route	*/
#define RTF_POLICY	0x04000000	/* policy route			*/

#define RTF_PREF(pref)	((pref) << 27)
#define RTF_PREF_MASK	0x18000000

#define RTF_PCPU	0x40000000	/* read-only: can not be set by user */
#define RTF_LOCAL	0x80000000


struct in6_rtmsg {
	struct in6_addr		rtmsg_dst;
	struct in6_addr		rtmsg_src;
	struct in6_addr		rtmsg_gateway;
	__u32			rtmsg_type;
	__u16			rtmsg_dst_len;
	__u16			rtmsg_src_len;
	__u32			rtmsg_metric;
	unsigned long		rtmsg_info;
        __u32			rtmsg_flags;
	int			rtmsg_ifindex;
};

#define RTMSG_NEWDEVICE		0x11
#define RTMSG_DELDEVICE		0x12
#define RTMSG_NEWROUTE		0x21
#define RTMSG_DELROUTE		0x22

#define IP6_RT_PRIO_USER	1024
#define IP6_RT_PRIO_ADDRCONF	256

#endif /* _LINUX_IPV6_ROUTE_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Motion Eye video4linux driver for Sony Vaio PictureBook
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Stelian Pop <stelian@popies.net>
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Alcôve <www.alcove.com>
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2000 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@valinux.com>
 *
 * Earlier work by Werner Almesberger, Paul `Rusty' Russell and Paul Mackerras.
 *
 * Some parts borrowed from various video4linux drivers, especially
 * bttv-driver.c and zoran.c, see original files for credits.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
 */

#ifndef _MEYE_H_
#define _MEYE_H_

/****************************************************************************/
/* Private API for handling mjpeg capture / playback.                       */
/****************************************************************************/

struct meye_params {
	unsigned char subsample;
	unsigned char quality;
	unsigned char sharpness;
	unsigned char agc;
	unsigned char picture;
	unsigned char framerate;
};

/* query the extended parameters */
#define MEYEIOC_G_PARAMS	_IOR ('v', BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE+0, struct meye_params)
/* set the extended parameters */
#define MEYEIOC_S_PARAMS	_IOW ('v', BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE+1, struct meye_params)
/* queue a buffer for mjpeg capture */
#define MEYEIOC_QBUF_CAPT	_IOW ('v', BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE+2, int)
/* sync a previously queued mjpeg buffer */
#define MEYEIOC_SYNC		_IOWR('v', BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE+3, int)
/* get a still uncompressed snapshot */
#define MEYEIOC_STILLCAPT	_IO  ('v', BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE+4)
/* get a jpeg compressed snapshot */
#define MEYEIOC_STILLJCAPT	_IOR ('v', BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE+5, int)

/* V4L2 private controls */
#define V4L2_CID_MEYE_AGC		(V4L2_CID_USER_MEYE_BASE + 0)
#define V4L2_CID_MEYE_PICTURE		(V4L2_CID_USER_MEYE_BASE + 1)
#define V4L2_CID_MEYE_FRAMERATE		(V4L2_CID_USER_MEYE_BASE + 2)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LWTUNNEL_H_
#define _LWTUNNEL_H_

#include <linux/types.h>

enum lwtunnel_encap_types {
	LWTUNNEL_ENCAP_NONE,
	LWTUNNEL_ENCAP_MPLS,
	LWTUNNEL_ENCAP_IP,
	LWTUNNEL_ENCAP_ILA,
	LWTUNNEL_ENCAP_IP6,
	LWTUNNEL_ENCAP_SEG6,
	LWTUNNEL_ENCAP_BPF,
	LWTUNNEL_ENCAP_SEG6_LOCAL,
	__LWTUNNEL_ENCAP_MAX,
};

#define LWTUNNEL_ENCAP_MAX (__LWTUNNEL_ENCAP_MAX - 1)

enum lwtunnel_ip_t {
	LWTUNNEL_IP_UNSPEC,
	LWTUNNEL_IP_ID,
	LWTUNNEL_IP_DST,
	LWTUNNEL_IP_SRC,
	LWTUNNEL_IP_TTL,
	LWTUNNEL_IP_TOS,
	LWTUNNEL_IP_FLAGS,
	LWTUNNEL_IP_PAD,
	LWTUNNEL_IP_OPTS,
	__LWTUNNEL_IP_MAX,
};

#define LWTUNNEL_IP_MAX (__LWTUNNEL_IP_MAX - 1)

enum lwtunnel_ip6_t {
	LWTUNNEL_IP6_UNSPEC,
	LWTUNNEL_IP6_ID,
	LWTUNNEL_IP6_DST,
	LWTUNNEL_IP6_SRC,
	LWTUNNEL_IP6_HOPLIMIT,
	LWTUNNEL_IP6_TC,
	LWTUNNEL_IP6_FLAGS,
	LWTUNNEL_IP6_PAD,
	LWTUNNEL_IP6_OPTS,
	__LWTUNNEL_IP6_MAX,
};

#define LWTUNNEL_IP6_MAX (__LWTUNNEL_IP6_MAX - 1)

enum {
	LWTUNNEL_IP_OPTS_UNSPEC,
	LWTUNNEL_IP_OPTS_GENEVE,
	LWTUNNEL_IP_OPTS_VXLAN,
	LWTUNNEL_IP_OPTS_ERSPAN,
	__LWTUNNEL_IP_OPTS_MAX,
};

#define LWTUNNEL_IP_OPTS_MAX (__LWTUNNEL_IP_OPTS_MAX - 1)

enum {
	LWTUNNEL_IP_OPT_GENEVE_UNSPEC,
	LWTUNNEL_IP_OPT_GENEVE_CLASS,
	LWTUNNEL_IP_OPT_GENEVE_TYPE,
	LWTUNNEL_IP_OPT_GENEVE_DATA,
	__LWTUNNEL_IP_OPT_GENEVE_MAX,
};

#define LWTUNNEL_IP_OPT_GENEVE_MAX (__LWTUNNEL_IP_OPT_GENEVE_MAX - 1)

enum {
	LWTUNNEL_IP_OPT_VXLAN_UNSPEC,
	LWTUNNEL_IP_OPT_VXLAN_GBP,
	__LWTUNNEL_IP_OPT_VXLAN_MAX,
};

#define LWTUNNEL_IP_OPT_VXLAN_MAX (__LWTUNNEL_IP_OPT_VXLAN_MAX - 1)

enum {
	LWTUNNEL_IP_OPT_ERSPAN_UNSPEC,
	LWTUNNEL_IP_OPT_ERSPAN_VER,
	LWTUNNEL_IP_OPT_ERSPAN_INDEX,
	LWTUNNEL_IP_OPT_ERSPAN_DIR,
	LWTUNNEL_IP_OPT_ERSPAN_HWID,
	__LWTUNNEL_IP_OPT_ERSPAN_MAX,
};

#define LWTUNNEL_IP_OPT_ERSPAN_MAX (__LWTUNNEL_IP_OPT_ERSPAN_MAX - 1)

enum {
	LWT_BPF_PROG_UNSPEC,
	LWT_BPF_PROG_FD,
	LWT_BPF_PROG_NAME,
	__LWT_BPF_PROG_MAX,
};

#define LWT_BPF_PROG_MAX (__LWT_BPF_PROG_MAX - 1)

enum {
	LWT_BPF_UNSPEC,
	LWT_BPF_IN,
	LWT_BPF_OUT,
	LWT_BPF_XMIT,
	LWT_BPF_XMIT_HEADROOM,
	__LWT_BPF_MAX,
};

#define LWT_BPF_MAX (__LWT_BPF_MAX - 1)

#define LWT_BPF_MAX_HEADROOM 256

#endif /* _LWTUNNEL_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_NVRAM_H
#define _LINUX_NVRAM_H

#include <linux/ioctl.h>

/* /dev/nvram ioctls */
#define NVRAM_INIT	_IO('p', 0x40) /* initialize NVRAM and set checksum */
#define NVRAM_SETCKS	_IO('p', 0x41) /* recalculate checksum */

/* for all current systems, this is where NVRAM starts */
#define NVRAM_FIRST_BYTE    14
/* all these functions expect an NVRAM offset, not an absolute */
#define NVRAM_OFFSET(x)   ((x)-NVRAM_FIRST_BYTE)


#endif /* _LINUX_NVRAM_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/******************************************************************************
*******************************************************************************
**
**  Copyright (C) Sistina Software, Inc.  1997-2003  All rights reserved.
**  Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Red Hat, Inc.  All rights reserved.
**
**  This copyrighted material is made available to anyone wishing to use,
**  modify, copy, or redistribute it subject to the terms and conditions
**  of the GNU General Public License v.2.
**
*******************************************************************************
******************************************************************************/

#ifndef __DLMCONSTANTS_DOT_H__
#define __DLMCONSTANTS_DOT_H__

/*
 * Constants used by DLM interface.
 */

#define DLM_LOCKSPACE_LEN       64
#define DLM_RESNAME_MAXLEN      64


/*
 * Lock Modes
 */

#define DLM_LOCK_IV		(-1)	/* invalid */
#define DLM_LOCK_NL		0	/* null */
#define DLM_LOCK_CR		1	/* concurrent read */
#define DLM_LOCK_CW		2	/* concurrent write */
#define DLM_LOCK_PR		3	/* protected read */
#define DLM_LOCK_PW		4	/* protected write */
#define DLM_LOCK_EX		5	/* exclusive */


/*
 * Flags to dlm_lock
 *
 * DLM_LKF_NOQUEUE
 *
 * Do not queue the lock request on the wait queue if it cannot be granted
 * immediately.  If the lock cannot be granted because of this flag, DLM will
 * either return -EAGAIN from the dlm_lock call or will return 0 from
 * dlm_lock and -EAGAIN in the lock status block when the AST is executed.
 *
 * DLM_LKF_CANCEL
 *
 * Used to cancel a pending lock request or conversion.  A converting lock is
 * returned to its previously granted mode.
 *
 * DLM_LKF_CONVERT
 *
 * Indicates a lock conversion request.  For conversions the name and namelen
 * are ignored and the lock ID in the LKSB is used to identify the lock.
 *
 * DLM_LKF_VALBLK
 *
 * Requests DLM to return the current contents of the lock value block in the
 * lock status block.  When this flag is set in a lock conversion from PW or EX
 * modes, DLM assigns the value specified in the lock status block to the lock
 * value block of the lock resource.  The LVB is a DLM_LVB_LEN size array
 * containing application-specific information.
 *
 * DLM_LKF_QUECVT
 *
 * Force a conversion request to be queued, even if it is compatible with
 * the granted modes of other locks on the same resource.
 *
 * DLM_LKF_IVVALBLK
 *
 * Invalidate the lock value block.
 *
 * DLM_LKF_CONVDEADLK
 *
 * Allows the dlm to resolve conversion deadlocks internally by demoting the
 * granted mode of a converting lock to NL.  The DLM_SBF_DEMOTED flag is
 * returned for a conversion that's been effected by this.
 *
 * DLM_LKF_PERSISTENT
 *
 * Only relevant to locks originating in userspace.  A persistent lock will not
 * be removed if the process holding the lock exits.
 *
 * DLM_LKF_NODLCKWT
 *
 * Do not cancel the lock if it gets into conversion deadlock.
 * Exclude this lock from being monitored due to DLM_LSFL_TIMEWARN.
 *
 * DLM_LKF_NODLCKBLK
 *
 * net yet implemented
 *
 * DLM_LKF_EXPEDITE
 *
 * Used only with new requests for NL mode locks.  Tells the lock manager
 * to grant the lock, ignoring other locks in convert and wait queues.
 *
 * DLM_LKF_NOQUEUEBAST
 *
 * Send blocking AST's before returning -EAGAIN to the caller.  It is only
 * used along with the NOQUEUE flag.  Blocking AST's are not sent for failed
 * NOQUEUE requests otherwise.
 *
 * DLM_LKF_HEADQUE
 *
 * Add a lock to the head of the convert or wait queue rather than the tail.
 *
 * DLM_LKF_NOORDER
 *
 * Disregard the standard grant order rules and grant a lock as soon as it
 * is compatible with other granted locks.
 *
 * DLM_LKF_ORPHAN
 *
 * Acquire an orphan lock.
 *
 * DLM_LKF_ALTPR
 *
 * If the requested mode cannot be granted immediately, try to grant the lock
 * in PR mode instead.  If this alternate mode is granted instead of the
 * requested mode, DLM_SBF_ALTMODE is returned in the lksb.
 *
 * DLM_LKF_ALTCW
 *
 * The same as ALTPR, but the alternate mode is CW.
 *
 * DLM_LKF_FORCEUNLOCK
 *
 * Unlock the lock even if it is converting or waiting or has sublocks.
 * Only really for use by the userland device.c code.
 *
 */

#define DLM_LKF_NOQUEUE		0x00000001
#define DLM_LKF_CANCEL		0x00000002
#define DLM_LKF_CONVERT		0x00000004
#define DLM_LKF_VALBLK		0x00000008
#define DLM_LKF_QUECVT		0x00000010
#define DLM_LKF_IVVALBLK	0x00000020
#define DLM_LKF_CONVDEADLK	0x00000040
#define DLM_LKF_PERSISTENT	0x00000080
#define DLM_LKF_NODLCKWT	0x00000100
#define DLM_LKF_NODLCKBLK	0x00000200
#define DLM_LKF_EXPEDITE	0x00000400
#define DLM_LKF_NOQUEUEBAST	0x00000800
#define DLM_LKF_HEADQUE		0x00001000
#define DLM_LKF_NOORDER		0x00002000
#define DLM_LKF_ORPHAN		0x00004000
#define DLM_LKF_ALTPR		0x00008000
#define DLM_LKF_ALTCW		0x00010000
#define DLM_LKF_FORCEUNLOCK	0x00020000
#define DLM_LKF_TIMEOUT		0x00040000

/*
 * Some return codes that are not in errno.h
 */

#define DLM_ECANCEL		0x10001
#define DLM_EUNLOCK		0x10002

#endif  /* __DLMCONSTANTS_DOT_H__ */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 1982, 1986 Regents of the University of California.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
 * Robert Elz at The University of Melbourne.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_QUOTA_
#define _LINUX_QUOTA_

#include <linux/types.h>

#define __DQUOT_VERSION__	"dquot_6.6.0"

#define MAXQUOTAS 3
#define USRQUOTA  0		/* element used for user quotas */
#define GRPQUOTA  1		/* element used for group quotas */
#define PRJQUOTA  2		/* element used for project quotas */

/*
 * Definitions for the default names of the quotas files.
 */
#define INITQFNAMES { \
	"user",    /* USRQUOTA */ \
	"group",   /* GRPQUOTA */ \
	"project", /* PRJQUOTA */ \
	"undefined", \
};

/*
 * Command definitions for the 'quotactl' system call.
 * The commands are broken into a main command defined below
 * and a subcommand that is used to convey the type of
 * quota that is being manipulated (see above).
 */
#define SUBCMDMASK  0x00ff
#define SUBCMDSHIFT 8
#define QCMD(cmd, type)  (((cmd) << SUBCMDSHIFT) | ((type) & SUBCMDMASK))

#define Q_SYNC     0x800001	/* sync disk copy of a filesystems quotas */
#define Q_QUOTAON  0x800002	/* turn quotas on */
#define Q_QUOTAOFF 0x800003	/* turn quotas off */
#define Q_GETFMT   0x800004	/* get quota format used on given filesystem */
#define Q_GETINFO  0x800005	/* get information about quota files */
#define Q_SETINFO  0x800006	/* set information about quota files */
#define Q_GETQUOTA 0x800007	/* get user quota structure */
#define Q_SETQUOTA 0x800008	/* set user quota structure */
#define Q_GETNEXTQUOTA 0x800009	/* get disk limits and usage >= ID */

/* Quota format type IDs */
#define	QFMT_VFS_OLD 1
#define	QFMT_VFS_V0 2
#define QFMT_OCFS2 3
#define	QFMT_VFS_V1 4

/* Size of block in which space limits are passed through the quota
 * interface */
#define QIF_DQBLKSIZE_BITS 10
#define QIF_DQBLKSIZE (1 << QIF_DQBLKSIZE_BITS)

/*
 * Quota structure used for communication with userspace via quotactl
 * Following flags are used to specify which fields are valid
 */
enum {
	QIF_BLIMITS_B = 0,
	QIF_SPACE_B,
	QIF_ILIMITS_B,
	QIF_INODES_B,
	QIF_BTIME_B,
	QIF_ITIME_B,
};

#define QIF_BLIMITS	(1 << QIF_BLIMITS_B)
#define QIF_SPACE	(1 << QIF_SPACE_B)
#define QIF_ILIMITS	(1 << QIF_ILIMITS_B)
#define QIF_INODES	(1 << QIF_INODES_B)
#define QIF_BTIME	(1 << QIF_BTIME_B)
#define QIF_ITIME	(1 << QIF_ITIME_B)
#define QIF_LIMITS	(QIF_BLIMITS | QIF_ILIMITS)
#define QIF_USAGE	(QIF_SPACE | QIF_INODES)
#define QIF_TIMES	(QIF_BTIME | QIF_ITIME)
#define QIF_ALL		(QIF_LIMITS | QIF_USAGE | QIF_TIMES)

struct if_dqblk {
	__u64 dqb_bhardlimit;
	__u64 dqb_bsoftlimit;
	__u64 dqb_curspace;
	__u64 dqb_ihardlimit;
	__u64 dqb_isoftlimit;
	__u64 dqb_curinodes;
	__u64 dqb_btime;
	__u64 dqb_itime;
	__u32 dqb_valid;
};

struct if_nextdqblk {
	__u64 dqb_bhardlimit;
	__u64 dqb_bsoftlimit;
	__u64 dqb_curspace;
	__u64 dqb_ihardlimit;
	__u64 dqb_isoftlimit;
	__u64 dqb_curinodes;
	__u64 dqb_btime;
	__u64 dqb_itime;
	__u32 dqb_valid;
	__u32 dqb_id;
};

/*
 * Structure used for setting quota information about file via quotactl
 * Following flags are used to specify which fields are valid
 */
#define IIF_BGRACE	1
#define IIF_IGRACE	2
#define IIF_FLAGS	4
#define IIF_ALL		(IIF_BGRACE | IIF_IGRACE | IIF_FLAGS)

enum {
	DQF_ROOT_SQUASH_B = 0,
	DQF_SYS_FILE_B = 16,
	/* Kernel internal flags invisible to userspace */
	DQF_PRIVATE
};

/* Root squash enabled (for v1 quota format) */
#define DQF_ROOT_SQUASH	(1 << DQF_ROOT_SQUASH_B)
/* Quota stored in a system file */
#define DQF_SYS_FILE	(1 << DQF_SYS_FILE_B)

struct if_dqinfo {
	__u64 dqi_bgrace;
	__u64 dqi_igrace;
	__u32 dqi_flags;	/* DFQ_* */
	__u32 dqi_valid;
};

/*
 * Definitions for quota netlink interface
 */
#define QUOTA_NL_NOWARN 0
#define QUOTA_NL_IHARDWARN 1		/* Inode hardlimit reached */
#define QUOTA_NL_ISOFTLONGWARN 2 	/* Inode grace time expired */
#define QUOTA_NL_ISOFTWARN 3		/* Inode softlimit reached */
#define QUOTA_NL_BHARDWARN 4		/* Block hardlimit reached */
#define QUOTA_NL_BSOFTLONGWARN 5	/* Block grace time expired */
#define QUOTA_NL_BSOFTWARN 6		/* Block softlimit reached */
#define QUOTA_NL_IHARDBELOW 7		/* Usage got below inode hardlimit */
#define QUOTA_NL_ISOFTBELOW 8		/* Usage got below inode softlimit */
#define QUOTA_NL_BHARDBELOW 9		/* Usage got below block hardlimit */
#define QUOTA_NL_BSOFTBELOW 10		/* Usage got below block softlimit */

enum {
	QUOTA_NL_C_UNSPEC,
	QUOTA_NL_C_WARNING,
	__QUOTA_NL_C_MAX,
};
#define QUOTA_NL_C_MAX (__QUOTA_NL_C_MAX - 1)

enum {
	QUOTA_NL_A_UNSPEC,
	QUOTA_NL_A_QTYPE,
	QUOTA_NL_A_EXCESS_ID,
	QUOTA_NL_A_WARNING,
	QUOTA_NL_A_DEV_MAJOR,
	QUOTA_NL_A_DEV_MINOR,
	QUOTA_NL_A_CAUSED_ID,
	QUOTA_NL_A_PAD,
	__QUOTA_NL_A_MAX,
};
#define QUOTA_NL_A_MAX (__QUOTA_NL_A_MAX - 1)


#endif /* _LINUX_QUOTA_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * I2O user space accessible structures/APIs
 *
 * (c) Copyright 1999, 2000 Red Hat Software
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 * 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 *************************************************************************
 *
 * This header file defines the I2O APIs that are available to both
 * the kernel and user level applications.  Kernel specific structures
 * are defined in i2o_osm. OSMs should include _only_ i2o_osm.h which
 * automatically includes this file.
 *
 */

#ifndef _I2O_DEV_H
#define _I2O_DEV_H

/* How many controllers are we allowing */
#define MAX_I2O_CONTROLLERS	32

#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * I2O Control IOCTLs and structures
 */
#define I2O_MAGIC_NUMBER	'i'
#define I2OGETIOPS		_IOR(I2O_MAGIC_NUMBER,0,__u8[MAX_I2O_CONTROLLERS])
#define I2OHRTGET		_IOWR(I2O_MAGIC_NUMBER,1,struct i2o_cmd_hrtlct)
#define I2OLCTGET		_IOWR(I2O_MAGIC_NUMBER,2,struct i2o_cmd_hrtlct)
#define I2OPARMSET		_IOWR(I2O_MAGIC_NUMBER,3,struct i2o_cmd_psetget)
#define I2OPARMGET		_IOWR(I2O_MAGIC_NUMBER,4,struct i2o_cmd_psetget)
#define I2OSWDL 		_IOWR(I2O_MAGIC_NUMBER,5,struct i2o_sw_xfer)
#define I2OSWUL 		_IOWR(I2O_MAGIC_NUMBER,6,struct i2o_sw_xfer)
#define I2OSWDEL		_IOWR(I2O_MAGIC_NUMBER,7,struct i2o_sw_xfer)
#define I2OVALIDATE		_IOR(I2O_MAGIC_NUMBER,8,__u32)
#define I2OHTML 		_IOWR(I2O_MAGIC_NUMBER,9,struct i2o_html)
#define I2OEVTREG		_IOW(I2O_MAGIC_NUMBER,10,struct i2o_evt_id)
#define I2OEVTGET		_IOR(I2O_MAGIC_NUMBER,11,struct i2o_evt_info)
#define I2OPASSTHRU		_IOR(I2O_MAGIC_NUMBER,12,struct i2o_cmd_passthru)
#define I2OPASSTHRU32		_IOR(I2O_MAGIC_NUMBER,12,struct i2o_cmd_passthru32)

struct i2o_cmd_passthru32 {
	unsigned int iop;	/* IOP unit number */
	__u32 msg;		/* message */
};

struct i2o_cmd_passthru {
	unsigned int iop;	/* IOP unit number */
	void *msg;	/* message */
};

struct i2o_cmd_hrtlct {
	unsigned int iop;	/* IOP unit number */
	void *resbuf;	/* Buffer for result */
	unsigned int *reslen;	/* Buffer length in bytes */
};

struct i2o_cmd_psetget {
	unsigned int iop;	/* IOP unit number */
	unsigned int tid;	/* Target device TID */
	void *opbuf;	/* Operation List buffer */
	unsigned int oplen;	/* Operation List buffer length in bytes */
	void *resbuf;	/* Result List buffer */
	unsigned int *reslen;	/* Result List buffer length in bytes */
};

struct i2o_sw_xfer {
	unsigned int iop;	/* IOP unit number */
	unsigned char flags;	/* Flags field */
	unsigned char sw_type;	/* Software type */
	unsigned int sw_id;	/* Software ID */
	void *buf;	/* Pointer to software buffer */
	unsigned int *swlen;	/* Length of software data */
	unsigned int *maxfrag;	/* Maximum fragment count */
	unsigned int *curfrag;	/* Current fragment count */
};

struct i2o_html {
	unsigned int iop;	/* IOP unit number */
	unsigned int tid;	/* Target device ID */
	unsigned int page;	/* HTML page */
	void *resbuf;	/* Buffer for reply HTML page */
	unsigned int *reslen;	/* Length in bytes of reply buffer */
	void *qbuf;	/* Pointer to HTTP query string */
	unsigned int qlen;	/* Length in bytes of query string buffer */
};

#define I2O_EVT_Q_LEN 32

struct i2o_evt_id {
	unsigned int iop;
	unsigned int tid;
	unsigned int evt_mask;
};

/* Event data size = frame size - message header + evt indicator */
#define I2O_EVT_DATA_SIZE 88

struct i2o_evt_info {
	struct i2o_evt_id id;
	unsigned char evt_data[I2O_EVT_DATA_SIZE];
	unsigned int data_size;
};

struct i2o_evt_get {
	struct i2o_evt_info info;
	int pending;
	int lost;
};

typedef struct i2o_sg_io_hdr {
	unsigned int flags;	/* see I2O_DPT_SG_IO_FLAGS */
} i2o_sg_io_hdr_t;

/**************************************************************************
 * HRT related constants and structures
 **************************************************************************/
#define I2O_BUS_LOCAL	0
#define I2O_BUS_ISA	1
#define I2O_BUS_EISA	2
/* was  I2O_BUS_MCA	3 */
#define I2O_BUS_PCI	4
#define I2O_BUS_PCMCIA	5
#define I2O_BUS_NUBUS	6
#define I2O_BUS_CARDBUS 7
#define I2O_BUS_UNKNOWN 0x80

typedef struct _i2o_pci_bus {
	__u8 PciFunctionNumber;
	__u8 PciDeviceNumber;
	__u8 PciBusNumber;
	__u8 reserved;
	__u16 PciVendorID;
	__u16 PciDeviceID;
} i2o_pci_bus;

typedef struct _i2o_local_bus {
	__u16 LbBaseIOPort;
	__u16 reserved;
	__u32 LbBaseMemoryAddress;
} i2o_local_bus;

typedef struct _i2o_isa_bus {
	__u16 IsaBaseIOPort;
	__u8 CSN;
	__u8 reserved;
	__u32 IsaBaseMemoryAddress;
} i2o_isa_bus;

typedef struct _i2o_eisa_bus_info {
	__u16 EisaBaseIOPort;
	__u8 reserved;
	__u8 EisaSlotNumber;
	__u32 EisaBaseMemoryAddress;
} i2o_eisa_bus;

typedef struct _i2o_mca_bus {
	__u16 McaBaseIOPort;
	__u8 reserved;
	__u8 McaSlotNumber;
	__u32 McaBaseMemoryAddress;
} i2o_mca_bus;

typedef struct _i2o_other_bus {
	__u16 BaseIOPort;
	__u16 reserved;
	__u32 BaseMemoryAddress;
} i2o_other_bus;

typedef struct _i2o_hrt_entry {
	__u32 adapter_id;
	__u32 parent_tid:12;
	__u32 state:4;
	__u32 bus_num:8;
	__u32 bus_type:8;
	union {
		i2o_pci_bus pci_bus;
		i2o_local_bus local_bus;
		i2o_isa_bus isa_bus;
		i2o_eisa_bus eisa_bus;
		i2o_mca_bus mca_bus;
		i2o_other_bus other_bus;
	} bus;
} i2o_hrt_entry;

typedef struct _i2o_hrt {
	__u16 num_entries;
	__u8 entry_len;
	__u8 hrt_version;
	__u32 change_ind;
	i2o_hrt_entry hrt_entry[1];
} i2o_hrt;

typedef struct _i2o_lct_entry {
	__u32 entry_size:16;
	__u32 tid:12;
	__u32 reserved:4;
	__u32 change_ind;
	__u32 device_flags;
	__u32 class_id:12;
	__u32 version:4;
	__u32 vendor_id:16;
	__u32 sub_class;
	__u32 user_tid:12;
	__u32 parent_tid:12;
	__u32 bios_info:8;
	__u8 identity_tag[8];
	__u32 event_capabilities;
} i2o_lct_entry;

typedef struct _i2o_lct {
	__u32 table_size:16;
	__u32 boot_tid:12;
	__u32 lct_ver:4;
	__u32 iop_flags;
	__u32 change_ind;
	i2o_lct_entry lct_entry[1];
} i2o_lct;

typedef struct _i2o_status_block {
	__u16 org_id;
	__u16 reserved;
	__u16 iop_id:12;
	__u16 reserved1:4;
	__u16 host_unit_id;
	__u16 segment_number:12;
	__u16 i2o_version:4;
	__u8 iop_state;
	__u8 msg_type;
	__u16 inbound_frame_size;
	__u8 init_code;
	__u8 reserved2;
	__u32 max_inbound_frames;
	__u32 cur_inbound_frames;
	__u32 max_outbound_frames;
	char product_id[24];
	__u32 expected_lct_size;
	__u32 iop_capabilities;
	__u32 desired_mem_size;
	__u32 current_mem_size;
	__u32 current_mem_base;
	__u32 desired_io_size;
	__u32 current_io_size;
	__u32 current_io_base;
	__u32 reserved3:24;
	__u32 cmd_status:8;
} i2o_status_block;

/* Event indicator mask flags */
#define I2O_EVT_IND_STATE_CHANGE		0x80000000
#define I2O_EVT_IND_GENERAL_WARNING		0x40000000
#define I2O_EVT_IND_CONFIGURATION_FLAG		0x20000000
#define I2O_EVT_IND_LOCK_RELEASE		0x10000000
#define I2O_EVT_IND_CAPABILITY_CHANGE		0x08000000
#define I2O_EVT_IND_DEVICE_RESET		0x04000000
#define I2O_EVT_IND_EVT_MASK_MODIFIED		0x02000000
#define I2O_EVT_IND_FIELD_MODIFIED		0x01000000
#define I2O_EVT_IND_VENDOR_EVT			0x00800000
#define I2O_EVT_IND_DEVICE_STATE		0x00400000

/* Executive event indicitors */
#define I2O_EVT_IND_EXEC_RESOURCE_LIMITS	0x00000001
#define I2O_EVT_IND_EXEC_CONNECTION_FAIL	0x00000002
#define I2O_EVT_IND_EXEC_ADAPTER_FAULT		0x00000004
#define I2O_EVT_IND_EXEC_POWER_FAIL		0x00000008
#define I2O_EVT_IND_EXEC_RESET_PENDING		0x00000010
#define I2O_EVT_IND_EXEC_RESET_IMMINENT 	0x00000020
#define I2O_EVT_IND_EXEC_HW_FAIL		0x00000040
#define I2O_EVT_IND_EXEC_XCT_CHANGE		0x00000080
#define I2O_EVT_IND_EXEC_NEW_LCT_ENTRY		0x00000100
#define I2O_EVT_IND_EXEC_MODIFIED_LCT		0x00000200
#define I2O_EVT_IND_EXEC_DDM_AVAILABILITY	0x00000400

/* Random Block Storage Event Indicators */
#define I2O_EVT_IND_BSA_VOLUME_LOAD		0x00000001
#define I2O_EVT_IND_BSA_VOLUME_UNLOAD		0x00000002
#define I2O_EVT_IND_BSA_VOLUME_UNLOAD_REQ	0x00000004
#define I2O_EVT_IND_BSA_CAPACITY_CHANGE 	0x00000008
#define I2O_EVT_IND_BSA_SCSI_SMART		0x00000010

/* Event data for generic events */
#define I2O_EVT_STATE_CHANGE_NORMAL		0x00
#define I2O_EVT_STATE_CHANGE_SUSPENDED		0x01
#define I2O_EVT_STATE_CHANGE_RESTART		0x02
#define I2O_EVT_STATE_CHANGE_NA_RECOVER 	0x03
#define I2O_EVT_STATE_CHANGE_NA_NO_RECOVER	0x04
#define I2O_EVT_STATE_CHANGE_QUIESCE_REQUEST	0x05
#define I2O_EVT_STATE_CHANGE_FAILED		0x10
#define I2O_EVT_STATE_CHANGE_FAULTED		0x11

#define I2O_EVT_GEN_WARNING_NORMAL		0x00
#define I2O_EVT_GEN_WARNING_ERROR_THRESHOLD	0x01
#define I2O_EVT_GEN_WARNING_MEDIA_FAULT 	0x02

#define I2O_EVT_CAPABILITY_OTHER		0x01
#define I2O_EVT_CAPABILITY_CHANGED		0x02

#define I2O_EVT_SENSOR_STATE_CHANGED		0x01

/*
 *	I2O classes / subclasses
 */

/*  Class ID and Code Assignments
 *  (LCT.ClassID.Version field)
 */
#define I2O_CLASS_VERSION_10			0x00
#define I2O_CLASS_VERSION_11			0x01

/*  Class code names
 *  (from v1.5 Table 6-1 Class Code Assignments.)
 */

#define I2O_CLASS_EXECUTIVE			0x000
#define I2O_CLASS_DDM				0x001
#define I2O_CLASS_RANDOM_BLOCK_STORAGE		0x010
#define I2O_CLASS_SEQUENTIAL_STORAGE		0x011
#define I2O_CLASS_LAN				0x020
#define I2O_CLASS_WAN				0x030
#define I2O_CLASS_FIBRE_CHANNEL_PORT		0x040
#define I2O_CLASS_FIBRE_CHANNEL_PERIPHERAL	0x041
#define I2O_CLASS_SCSI_PERIPHERAL		0x051
#define I2O_CLASS_ATE_PORT			0x060
#define I2O_CLASS_ATE_PERIPHERAL		0x061
#define I2O_CLASS_FLOPPY_CONTROLLER		0x070
#define I2O_CLASS_FLOPPY_DEVICE 		0x071
#define I2O_CLASS_BUS_ADAPTER			0x080
#define I2O_CLASS_PEER_TRANSPORT_AGENT		0x090
#define I2O_CLASS_PEER_TRANSPORT		0x091
#define	I2O_CLASS_END				0xfff

/*
 *  Rest of 0x092 - 0x09f reserved for peer-to-peer classes
 */

#define I2O_CLASS_MATCH_ANYCLASS		0xffffffff

/*
 *  Subclasses
 */

#define I2O_SUBCLASS_i960			0x001
#define I2O_SUBCLASS_HDM			0x020
#define I2O_SUBCLASS_ISM			0x021

/* Operation functions */

#define I2O_PARAMS_FIELD_GET			0x0001
#define I2O_PARAMS_LIST_GET			0x0002
#define I2O_PARAMS_MORE_GET			0x0003
#define I2O_PARAMS_SIZE_GET			0x0004
#define I2O_PARAMS_TABLE_GET			0x0005
#define I2O_PARAMS_FIELD_SET			0x0006
#define I2O_PARAMS_LIST_SET			0x0007
#define I2O_PARAMS_ROW_ADD			0x0008
#define I2O_PARAMS_ROW_DELETE			0x0009
#define I2O_PARAMS_TABLE_CLEAR			0x000A

/*
 * I2O serial number conventions / formats
 * (circa v1.5)
 */

#define I2O_SNFORMAT_UNKNOWN			0
#define I2O_SNFORMAT_BINARY			1
#define I2O_SNFORMAT_ASCII			2
#define I2O_SNFORMAT_UNICODE			3
#define I2O_SNFORMAT_LAN48_MAC			4
#define I2O_SNFORMAT_WAN			5

/*
 * Plus new in v2.0 (Yellowstone pdf doc)
 */

#define I2O_SNFORMAT_LAN64_MAC			6
#define I2O_SNFORMAT_DDM			7
#define I2O_SNFORMAT_IEEE_REG64 		8
#define I2O_SNFORMAT_IEEE_REG128		9
#define I2O_SNFORMAT_UNKNOWN2			0xff

/*
 *	I2O Get Status State values
 */

#define ADAPTER_STATE_INITIALIZING		0x01
#define ADAPTER_STATE_RESET			0x02
#define ADAPTER_STATE_HOLD			0x04
#define ADAPTER_STATE_READY			0x05
#define ADAPTER_STATE_OPERATIONAL		0x08
#define ADAPTER_STATE_FAILED			0x10
#define ADAPTER_STATE_FAULTED			0x11

/*
 *	Software module types
 */
#define I2O_SOFTWARE_MODULE_IRTOS		0x11
#define I2O_SOFTWARE_MODULE_IOP_PRIVATE		0x22
#define I2O_SOFTWARE_MODULE_IOP_CONFIG		0x23

/*
 *	Vendors
 */
#define I2O_VENDOR_DPT				0x001b

/*
 * DPT / Adaptec specific values for i2o_sg_io_hdr flags.
 */
#define I2O_DPT_SG_FLAG_INTERPRET		0x00010000
#define I2O_DPT_SG_FLAG_PHYSICAL		0x00020000

#define I2O_DPT_FLASH_FRAG_SIZE			0x10000
#define I2O_DPT_FLASH_READ			0x0101
#define I2O_DPT_FLASH_WRITE			0x0102

#endif				/* _I2O_DEV_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_PRCTL_H
#define _LINUX_PRCTL_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* Values to pass as first argument to prctl() */

#define PR_SET_PDEATHSIG  1  /* Second arg is a signal */
#define PR_GET_PDEATHSIG  2  /* Second arg is a ptr to return the signal */

/* Get/set current->mm->dumpable */
#define PR_GET_DUMPABLE   3
#define PR_SET_DUMPABLE   4

/* Get/set unaligned access control bits (if meaningful) */
#define PR_GET_UNALIGN	  5
#define PR_SET_UNALIGN	  6
# define PR_UNALIGN_NOPRINT	1	/* silently fix up unaligned user accesses */
# define PR_UNALIGN_SIGBUS	2	/* generate SIGBUS on unaligned user access */

/* Get/set whether or not to drop capabilities on setuid() away from
 * uid 0 (as per security/commoncap.c) */
#define PR_GET_KEEPCAPS   7
#define PR_SET_KEEPCAPS   8

/* Get/set floating-point emulation control bits (if meaningful) */
#define PR_GET_FPEMU  9
#define PR_SET_FPEMU 10
# define PR_FPEMU_NOPRINT	1	/* silently emulate fp operations accesses */
# define PR_FPEMU_SIGFPE	2	/* don't emulate fp operations, send SIGFPE instead */

/* Get/set floating-point exception mode (if meaningful) */
#define PR_GET_FPEXC	11
#define PR_SET_FPEXC	12
# define PR_FP_EXC_SW_ENABLE	0x80	/* Use FPEXC for FP exception enables */
# define PR_FP_EXC_DIV		0x010000	/* floating point divide by zero */
# define PR_FP_EXC_OVF		0x020000	/* floating point overflow */
# define PR_FP_EXC_UND		0x040000	/* floating point underflow */
# define PR_FP_EXC_RES		0x080000	/* floating point inexact result */
# define PR_FP_EXC_INV		0x100000	/* floating point invalid operation */
# define PR_FP_EXC_DISABLED	0	/* FP exceptions disabled */
# define PR_FP_EXC_NONRECOV	1	/* async non-recoverable exc. mode */
# define PR_FP_EXC_ASYNC	2	/* async recoverable exception mode */
# define PR_FP_EXC_PRECISE	3	/* precise exception mode */

/* Get/set whether we use statistical process timing or accurate timestamp
 * based process timing */
#define PR_GET_TIMING   13
#define PR_SET_TIMING   14
# define PR_TIMING_STATISTICAL  0       /* Normal, traditional,
                                                   statistical process timing */
# define PR_TIMING_TIMESTAMP    1       /* Accurate timestamp based
                                                   process timing */

#define PR_SET_NAME    15		/* Set process name */
#define PR_GET_NAME    16		/* Get process name */

/* Get/set process endian */
#define PR_GET_ENDIAN	19
#define PR_SET_ENDIAN	20
# define PR_ENDIAN_BIG		0
# define PR_ENDIAN_LITTLE	1	/* True little endian mode */
# define PR_ENDIAN_PPC_LITTLE	2	/* "PowerPC" pseudo little endian */

/* Get/set process seccomp mode */
#define PR_GET_SECCOMP	21
#define PR_SET_SECCOMP	22

/* Get/set the capability bounding set (as per security/commoncap.c) */
#define PR_CAPBSET_READ 23
#define PR_CAPBSET_DROP 24

/* Get/set the process' ability to use the timestamp counter instruction */
#define PR_GET_TSC 25
#define PR_SET_TSC 26
# define PR_TSC_ENABLE		1	/* allow the use of the timestamp counter */
# define PR_TSC_SIGSEGV		2	/* throw a SIGSEGV instead of reading the TSC */

/* Get/set securebits (as per security/commoncap.c) */
#define PR_GET_SECUREBITS 27
#define PR_SET_SECUREBITS 28

/*
 * Get/set the timerslack as used by poll/select/nanosleep
 * A value of 0 means "use default"
 */
#define PR_SET_TIMERSLACK 29
#define PR_GET_TIMERSLACK 30

#define PR_TASK_PERF_EVENTS_DISABLE		31
#define PR_TASK_PERF_EVENTS_ENABLE		32

/*
 * Set early/late kill mode for hwpoison memory corruption.
 * This influences when the process gets killed on a memory corruption.
 */
#define PR_MCE_KILL	33
# define PR_MCE_KILL_CLEAR   0
# define PR_MCE_KILL_SET     1

# define PR_MCE_KILL_LATE    0
# define PR_MCE_KILL_EARLY   1
# define PR_MCE_KILL_DEFAULT 2

#define PR_MCE_KILL_GET 34

/*
 * Tune up process memory map specifics.
 */
#define PR_SET_MM		35
# define PR_SET_MM_START_CODE		1
# define PR_SET_MM_END_CODE		2
# define PR_SET_MM_START_DATA		3
# define PR_SET_MM_END_DATA		4
# define PR_SET_MM_START_STACK		5
# define PR_SET_MM_START_BRK		6
# define PR_SET_MM_BRK			7
# define PR_SET_MM_ARG_START		8
# define PR_SET_MM_ARG_END		9
# define PR_SET_MM_ENV_START		10
# define PR_SET_MM_ENV_END		11
# define PR_SET_MM_AUXV			12
# define PR_SET_MM_EXE_FILE		13
# define PR_SET_MM_MAP			14
# define PR_SET_MM_MAP_SIZE		15

/*
 * This structure provides new memory descriptor
 * map which mostly modifies /proc/pid/stat[m]
 * output for a task. This mostly done in a
 * sake of checkpoint/restore functionality.
 */
struct prctl_mm_map {
	__u64	start_code;		/* code section bounds */
	__u64	end_code;
	__u64	start_data;		/* data section bounds */
	__u64	end_data;
	__u64	start_brk;		/* heap for brk() syscall */
	__u64	brk;
	__u64	start_stack;		/* stack starts at */
	__u64	arg_start;		/* command line arguments bounds */
	__u64	arg_end;
	__u64	env_start;		/* environment variables bounds */
	__u64	env_end;
	__u64	*auxv;			/* auxiliary vector */
	__u32	auxv_size;		/* vector size */
	__u32	exe_fd;			/* /proc/$pid/exe link file */
};

/*
 * Set specific pid that is allowed to ptrace the current task.
 * A value of 0 mean "no process".
 */
#define PR_SET_PTRACER 0x59616d61
# define PR_SET_PTRACER_ANY ((unsigned long)-1)

#define PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER	36
#define PR_GET_CHILD_SUBREAPER	37

/*
 * If no_new_privs is set, then operations that grant new privileges (i.e.
 * execve) will either fail or not grant them.  This affects suid/sgid,
 * file capabilities, and LSMs.
 *
 * Operations that merely manipulate or drop existing privileges (setresuid,
 * capset, etc.) will still work.  Drop those privileges if you want them gone.
 *
 * Changing LSM security domain is considered a new privilege.  So, for example,
 * asking selinux for a specific new context (e.g. with runcon) will result
 * in execve returning -EPERM.
 *
 * See Documentation/userspace-api/no_new_privs.rst for more details.
 */
#define PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS	38
#define PR_GET_NO_NEW_PRIVS	39

#define PR_GET_TID_ADDRESS	40

#define PR_SET_THP_DISABLE	41
#define PR_GET_THP_DISABLE	42

/*
 * Tell the kernel to start/stop helping userspace manage bounds tables.
 */
#define PR_MPX_ENABLE_MANAGEMENT  43
#define PR_MPX_DISABLE_MANAGEMENT 44

#define PR_SET_FP_MODE		45
#define PR_GET_FP_MODE		46
# define PR_FP_MODE_FR		(1 << 0)	/* 64b FP registers */
# define PR_FP_MODE_FRE		(1 << 1)	/* 32b compatibility */

/* Control the ambient capability set */
#define PR_CAP_AMBIENT			47
# define PR_CAP_AMBIENT_IS_SET		1
# define PR_CAP_AMBIENT_RAISE		2
# define PR_CAP_AMBIENT_LOWER		3
# define PR_CAP_AMBIENT_CLEAR_ALL	4

/* arm64 Scalable Vector Extension controls */
/* Flag values must be kept in sync with ptrace NT_ARM_SVE interface */
#define PR_SVE_SET_VL			50	/* set task vector length */
# define PR_SVE_SET_VL_ONEXEC		(1 << 18) /* defer effect until exec */
#define PR_SVE_GET_VL			51	/* get task vector length */
/* Bits common to PR_SVE_SET_VL and PR_SVE_GET_VL */
# define PR_SVE_VL_LEN_MASK		0xffff
# define PR_SVE_VL_INHERIT		(1 << 17) /* inherit across exec */

/* Per task speculation control */
#define PR_GET_SPECULATION_CTRL		52
#define PR_SET_SPECULATION_CTRL		53
/* Speculation control variants */
# define PR_SPEC_STORE_BYPASS		0
# define PR_SPEC_INDIRECT_BRANCH	1
/* Return and control values for PR_SET/GET_SPECULATION_CTRL */
# define PR_SPEC_NOT_AFFECTED		0
# define PR_SPEC_PRCTL			(1UL << 0)
# define PR_SPEC_ENABLE			(1UL << 1)
# define PR_SPEC_DISABLE		(1UL << 2)
# define PR_SPEC_FORCE_DISABLE		(1UL << 3)
# define PR_SPEC_DISABLE_NOEXEC		(1UL << 4)

/* Reset arm64 pointer authentication keys */
#define PR_PAC_RESET_KEYS		54
# define PR_PAC_APIAKEY			(1UL << 0)
# define PR_PAC_APIBKEY			(1UL << 1)
# define PR_PAC_APDAKEY			(1UL << 2)
# define PR_PAC_APDBKEY			(1UL << 3)
# define PR_PAC_APGAKEY			(1UL << 4)

/* Control reclaim behavior when allocating memory */
#define PR_SET_IO_FLUSHER		57
#define PR_GET_IO_FLUSHER		58

#endif /* _LINUX_PRCTL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef FADVISE_H_INCLUDED
#define FADVISE_H_INCLUDED

#define POSIX_FADV_NORMAL	0 /* No further special treatment.  */
#define POSIX_FADV_RANDOM	1 /* Expect random page references.  */
#define POSIX_FADV_SEQUENTIAL	2 /* Expect sequential page references.  */
#define POSIX_FADV_WILLNEED	3 /* Will need these pages.  */

/*
 * The advise values for POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED and POSIX_ADV_NOREUSE
 * for s390-64 differ from the values for the rest of the world.
 */
#if defined(__s390x__)
#define POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED	6 /* Don't need these pages.  */
#define POSIX_FADV_NOREUSE	7 /* Data will be accessed once.  */
#else
#define POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED	4 /* Don't need these pages.  */
#define POSIX_FADV_NOREUSE	5 /* Data will be accessed once.  */
#endif

#endif	/* FADVISE_H_INCLUDED */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * IEEE 802.2 User Interface SAPs for Linux, data structures and indicators.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2001 by Jay Schulist <jschlst@samba.org>
 *
 * This program can be redistributed or modified under the terms of the
 * GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 * This program is distributed without any warranty or implied warranty
 * of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.
 *
 * See the GNU General Public License for more details.
 */
#ifndef __LINUX_LLC_H
#define __LINUX_LLC_H

#include <linux/socket.h>
#include <linux/if.h> 		/* For IFHWADDRLEN. */

#define __LLC_SOCK_SIZE__ 16	/* sizeof(sockaddr_llc), word align. */
struct sockaddr_llc {
	__kernel_sa_family_t sllc_family; /* AF_LLC */
	__kernel_sa_family_t sllc_arphrd; /* ARPHRD_ETHER */
	unsigned char   sllc_test;
	unsigned char   sllc_xid;
	unsigned char	sllc_ua;	/* UA data, only for SOCK_STREAM. */
	unsigned char   sllc_sap;
	unsigned char   sllc_mac[IFHWADDRLEN];
	unsigned char   __pad[__LLC_SOCK_SIZE__ -
			      sizeof(__kernel_sa_family_t) * 2 -
			      sizeof(unsigned char) * 4 - IFHWADDRLEN];
};

/* sockopt definitions. */
enum llc_sockopts {
	LLC_OPT_UNKNOWN = 0,
	LLC_OPT_RETRY,		/* max retrans attempts. */
	LLC_OPT_SIZE,		/* max PDU size (octets). */
	LLC_OPT_ACK_TMR_EXP,	/* ack expire time (secs). */
	LLC_OPT_P_TMR_EXP,	/* pf cycle expire time (secs). */
	LLC_OPT_REJ_TMR_EXP,	/* rej sent expire time (secs). */
	LLC_OPT_BUSY_TMR_EXP,	/* busy state expire time (secs). */
	LLC_OPT_TX_WIN,		/* tx window size. */
	LLC_OPT_RX_WIN,		/* rx window size. */
	LLC_OPT_PKTINFO,	/* ancillary packet information. */
	LLC_OPT_MAX
};

#define LLC_OPT_MAX_RETRY	 100
#define LLC_OPT_MAX_SIZE	4196
#define LLC_OPT_MAX_WIN		 127
#define LLC_OPT_MAX_ACK_TMR_EXP	  60
#define LLC_OPT_MAX_P_TMR_EXP	  60
#define LLC_OPT_MAX_REJ_TMR_EXP	  60
#define LLC_OPT_MAX_BUSY_TMR_EXP  60

/* LLC SAP types. */
#define LLC_SAP_NULL	0x00		/* NULL SAP. 			*/
#define LLC_SAP_LLC	0x02		/* LLC Sublayer Management. 	*/
#define LLC_SAP_SNA	0x04		/* SNA Path Control. 		*/
#define LLC_SAP_PNM	0x0E		/* Proway Network Management.	*/	
#define LLC_SAP_IP	0x06		/* TCP/IP. 			*/
#define LLC_SAP_BSPAN	0x42		/* Bridge Spanning Tree Proto	*/
#define LLC_SAP_MMS	0x4E		/* Manufacturing Message Srv.	*/
#define LLC_SAP_8208	0x7E		/* ISO 8208			*/
#define LLC_SAP_3COM	0x80		/* 3COM. 			*/
#define LLC_SAP_PRO	0x8E		/* Proway Active Station List	*/
#define LLC_SAP_SNAP	0xAA		/* SNAP. 			*/
#define LLC_SAP_BANYAN	0xBC		/* Banyan. 			*/
#define LLC_SAP_IPX	0xE0		/* IPX/SPX. 			*/
#define LLC_SAP_NETBEUI	0xF0		/* NetBEUI. 			*/
#define LLC_SAP_LANMGR	0xF4		/* LanManager. 			*/
#define LLC_SAP_IMPL	0xF8		/* IMPL				*/
#define LLC_SAP_DISC	0xFC		/* Discovery			*/
#define LLC_SAP_OSI	0xFE		/* OSI Network Layers. 		*/
#define LLC_SAP_LAR	0xDC		/* LAN Address Resolution 	*/
#define LLC_SAP_RM	0xD4		/* Resource Management 		*/
#define LLC_SAP_GLOBAL	0xFF		/* Global SAP. 			*/

struct llc_pktinfo {
	int lpi_ifindex;
	unsigned char lpi_sap;
	unsigned char lpi_mac[IFHWADDRLEN];
};

#endif /* __LINUX_LLC_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_ARP_NETFILTER_H
#define __LINUX_ARP_NETFILTER_H

/* ARP-specific defines for netfilter.
 * (C)2002 Rusty Russell IBM -- This code is GPL.
 */

#include <linux/netfilter.h>

/* There is no PF_ARP. */
#define NF_ARP		0

/* ARP Hooks */
#define NF_ARP_IN	0
#define NF_ARP_OUT	1
#define NF_ARP_FORWARD	2

#define NF_ARP_NUMHOOKS	3

#endif /* __LINUX_ARP_NETFILTER_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * userio: virtual serio device support
 * Copyright (C) 2015 Red Hat
 * Copyright (C) 2015 Lyude (Stephen Chandler Paul) <cpaul@redhat.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the
 * Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your
 * option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
 * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
 * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more
 * details.
 *
 * This is the public header used for user-space communication with the userio
 * driver. __attribute__((__packed__)) is used for all structs to keep ABI
 * compatibility between all architectures.
 */

#ifndef _USERIO_H
#define _USERIO_H

#include <linux/types.h>

enum userio_cmd_type {
	USERIO_CMD_REGISTER = 0,
	USERIO_CMD_SET_PORT_TYPE = 1,
	USERIO_CMD_SEND_INTERRUPT = 2
};

/*
 * userio Commands
 * All commands sent to /dev/userio are encoded using this structure. The type
 * field should contain a USERIO_CMD* value that indicates what kind of command
 * is being sent to userio. The data field should contain the accompanying
 * argument for the command, if there is one.
 */
struct userio_cmd {
	__u8 type;
	__u8 data;
} __attribute__((__packed__));

#endif /* !_USERIO_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR Linux-OpenIB) */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2008 Oracle.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * This software is available to you under a choice of one of two
 * licenses.  You may choose to be licensed under the terms of the GNU
 * General Public License (GPL) Version 2, available from the file
 * COPYING in the main directory of this source tree, or the
 * OpenIB.org BSD license below:
 *
 *     Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or
 *     without modification, are permitted provided that the following
 *     conditions are met:
 *
 *      - Redistributions of source code must retain the above
 *        copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
 *        disclaimer.
 *
 *      - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
 *        copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
 *        disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
 *        provided with the distribution.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
 * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
 * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
 * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
 * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
 * SOFTWARE.
 *
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_RDS_H
#define _LINUX_RDS_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/socket.h>		/* For __kernel_sockaddr_storage. */

#define RDS_IB_ABI_VERSION		0x301

#define	SOL_RDS		276

/*
 * setsockopt/getsockopt for SOL_RDS
 */
#define RDS_CANCEL_SENT_TO      	1
#define RDS_GET_MR			2
#define RDS_FREE_MR			3
/* deprecated: RDS_BARRIER 4 */
#define RDS_RECVERR			5
#define RDS_CONG_MONITOR		6
#define RDS_GET_MR_FOR_DEST		7
#define SO_RDS_TRANSPORT		8

/* Socket option to tap receive path latency
 *	SO_RDS: SO_RDS_MSG_RXPATH_LATENCY
 *	Format used struct rds_rx_trace_so
 */
#define SO_RDS_MSG_RXPATH_LATENCY	10


/* supported values for SO_RDS_TRANSPORT */
#define	RDS_TRANS_IB	0
#define	RDS_TRANS_IWARP	1
#define	RDS_TRANS_TCP	2
#define RDS_TRANS_COUNT	3
#define	RDS_TRANS_NONE	(~0)

/*
 * Control message types for SOL_RDS.
 *
 * CMSG_RDMA_ARGS (sendmsg)
 *	Request a RDMA transfer to/from the specified
 *	memory ranges.
 *	The cmsg_data is a struct rds_rdma_args.
 * RDS_CMSG_RDMA_DEST (recvmsg, sendmsg)
 *	Kernel informs application about intended
 *	source/destination of a RDMA transfer
 * RDS_CMSG_RDMA_MAP (sendmsg)
 *	Application asks kernel to map the given
 *	memory range into a IB MR, and send the
 *	R_Key along in an RDS extension header.
 *	The cmsg_data is a struct rds_get_mr_args,
 *	the same as for the GET_MR setsockopt.
 * RDS_CMSG_RDMA_STATUS (recvmsg)
 *	Returns the status of a completed RDMA operation.
 * RDS_CMSG_RXPATH_LATENCY(recvmsg)
 *	Returns rds message latencies in various stages of receive
 *	path in nS. Its set per socket using SO_RDS_MSG_RXPATH_LATENCY
 *	socket option. Legitimate points are defined in
 *	enum rds_message_rxpath_latency. More points can be added in
 *	future. CSMG format is struct rds_cmsg_rx_trace.
 */
#define RDS_CMSG_RDMA_ARGS		1
#define RDS_CMSG_RDMA_DEST		2
#define RDS_CMSG_RDMA_MAP		3
#define RDS_CMSG_RDMA_STATUS		4
#define RDS_CMSG_CONG_UPDATE		5
#define RDS_CMSG_ATOMIC_FADD		6
#define RDS_CMSG_ATOMIC_CSWP		7
#define RDS_CMSG_MASKED_ATOMIC_FADD	8
#define RDS_CMSG_MASKED_ATOMIC_CSWP	9
#define RDS_CMSG_RXPATH_LATENCY		11
#define	RDS_CMSG_ZCOPY_COOKIE		12
#define	RDS_CMSG_ZCOPY_COMPLETION	13

#define RDS_INFO_FIRST			10000
#define RDS_INFO_COUNTERS		10000
#define RDS_INFO_CONNECTIONS		10001
/* 10002 aka RDS_INFO_FLOWS is deprecated */
#define RDS_INFO_SEND_MESSAGES		10003
#define RDS_INFO_RETRANS_MESSAGES       10004
#define RDS_INFO_RECV_MESSAGES          10005
#define RDS_INFO_SOCKETS                10006
#define RDS_INFO_TCP_SOCKETS            10007
#define RDS_INFO_IB_CONNECTIONS		10008
#define RDS_INFO_CONNECTION_STATS	10009
#define RDS_INFO_IWARP_CONNECTIONS	10010
#define RDS_INFO_LAST			10010

struct rds_info_counter {
	__u8	name[32];
	__u64	value;
} __attribute__((packed));

#define RDS_INFO_CONNECTION_FLAG_SENDING	0x01
#define RDS_INFO_CONNECTION_FLAG_CONNECTING	0x02
#define RDS_INFO_CONNECTION_FLAG_CONNECTED	0x04

#define TRANSNAMSIZ	16

struct rds_info_connection {
	__u64		next_tx_seq;
	__u64		next_rx_seq;
	__be32		laddr;
	__be32		faddr;
	__u8		transport[TRANSNAMSIZ];		/* null term ascii */
	__u8		flags;
} __attribute__((packed));

#define RDS_INFO_MESSAGE_FLAG_ACK               0x01
#define RDS_INFO_MESSAGE_FLAG_FAST_ACK          0x02

struct rds_info_message {
	__u64		seq;
	__u32		len;
	__be32		laddr;
	__be32		faddr;
	__be16		lport;
	__be16		fport;
	__u8		flags;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct rds_info_socket {
	__u32		sndbuf;
	__be32		bound_addr;
	__be32		connected_addr;
	__be16		bound_port;
	__be16		connected_port;
	__u32		rcvbuf;
	__u64		inum;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct rds_info_tcp_socket {
	__be32          local_addr;
	__be16          local_port;
	__be32          peer_addr;
	__be16          peer_port;
	__u64           hdr_rem;
	__u64           data_rem;
	__u32           last_sent_nxt;
	__u32           last_expected_una;
	__u32           last_seen_una;
} __attribute__((packed));

#define RDS_IB_GID_LEN	16
struct rds_info_rdma_connection {
	__be32		src_addr;
	__be32		dst_addr;
	__u8		src_gid[RDS_IB_GID_LEN];
	__u8		dst_gid[RDS_IB_GID_LEN];

	__u32		max_send_wr;
	__u32		max_recv_wr;
	__u32		max_send_sge;
	__u32		rdma_mr_max;
	__u32		rdma_mr_size;
};

/* RDS message Receive Path Latency points */
enum rds_message_rxpath_latency {
	RDS_MSG_RX_HDR_TO_DGRAM_START = 0,
	RDS_MSG_RX_DGRAM_REASSEMBLE,
	RDS_MSG_RX_DGRAM_DELIVERED,
	RDS_MSG_RX_DGRAM_TRACE_MAX
};

struct rds_rx_trace_so {
	__u8 rx_traces;
	__u8 rx_trace_pos[RDS_MSG_RX_DGRAM_TRACE_MAX];
};

struct rds_cmsg_rx_trace {
	__u8 rx_traces;
	__u8 rx_trace_pos[RDS_MSG_RX_DGRAM_TRACE_MAX];
	__u64 rx_trace[RDS_MSG_RX_DGRAM_TRACE_MAX];
};

/*
 * Congestion monitoring.
 * Congestion control in RDS happens at the host connection
 * level by exchanging a bitmap marking congested ports.
 * By default, a process sleeping in poll() is always woken
 * up when the congestion map is updated.
 * With explicit monitoring, an application can have more
 * fine-grained control.
 * The application installs a 64bit mask value in the socket,
 * where each bit corresponds to a group of ports.
 * When a congestion update arrives, RDS checks the set of
 * ports that are now uncongested against the list bit mask
 * installed in the socket, and if they overlap, we queue a
 * cong_notification on the socket.
 *
 * To install the congestion monitor bitmask, use RDS_CONG_MONITOR
 * with the 64bit mask.
 * Congestion updates are received via RDS_CMSG_CONG_UPDATE
 * control messages.
 *
 * The correspondence between bits and ports is
 *	1 << (portnum % 64)
 */
#define RDS_CONG_MONITOR_SIZE	64
#define RDS_CONG_MONITOR_BIT(port)  (((unsigned int) port) % RDS_CONG_MONITOR_SIZE)
#define RDS_CONG_MONITOR_MASK(port) (1ULL << RDS_CONG_MONITOR_BIT(port))

/*
 * RDMA related types
 */

/*
 * This encapsulates a remote memory location.
 * In the current implementation, it contains the R_Key
 * of the remote memory region, and the offset into it
 * (so that the application does not have to worry about
 * alignment).
 */
typedef __u64		rds_rdma_cookie_t;

struct rds_iovec {
	__u64		addr;
	__u64		bytes;
};

struct rds_get_mr_args {
	struct rds_iovec vec;
	__u64		cookie_addr;
	__u64		flags;
};

struct rds_get_mr_for_dest_args {
	struct __kernel_sockaddr_storage dest_addr;
	struct rds_iovec 	vec;
	__u64			cookie_addr;
	__u64			flags;
};

struct rds_free_mr_args {
	rds_rdma_cookie_t cookie;
	__u64		flags;
};

struct rds_rdma_args {
	rds_rdma_cookie_t cookie;
	struct rds_iovec remote_vec;
	__u64		local_vec_addr;
	__u64		nr_local;
	__u64		flags;
	__u64		user_token;
};

struct rds_atomic_args {
	rds_rdma_cookie_t cookie;
	__u64		local_addr;
	__u64		remote_addr;
	union {
		struct {
			__u64		compare;
			__u64		swap;
		} cswp;
		struct {
			__u64		add;
		} fadd;
		struct {
			__u64		compare;
			__u64		swap;
			__u64		compare_mask;
			__u64		swap_mask;
		} m_cswp;
		struct {
			__u64		add;
			__u64		nocarry_mask;
		} m_fadd;
	};
	__u64		flags;
	__u64		user_token;
};

struct rds_rdma_notify {
	__u64		user_token;
	__s32		status;
};

#define RDS_RDMA_SUCCESS	0
#define RDS_RDMA_REMOTE_ERROR	1
#define RDS_RDMA_CANCELED	2
#define RDS_RDMA_DROPPED	3
#define RDS_RDMA_OTHER_ERROR	4

#define	RDS_MAX_ZCOOKIES	8
struct rds_zcopy_cookies {
	__u32 num;
	__u32 cookies[RDS_MAX_ZCOOKIES];
};

/*
 * Common set of flags for all RDMA related structs
 */
#define RDS_RDMA_READWRITE	0x0001
#define RDS_RDMA_FENCE		0x0002	/* use FENCE for immediate send */
#define RDS_RDMA_INVALIDATE	0x0004	/* invalidate R_Key after freeing MR */
#define RDS_RDMA_USE_ONCE	0x0008	/* free MR after use */
#define RDS_RDMA_DONTWAIT	0x0010	/* Don't wait in SET_BARRIER */
#define RDS_RDMA_NOTIFY_ME	0x0020	/* Notify when operation completes */
#define RDS_RDMA_SILENT		0x0040	/* Do not interrupt remote */

#endif /* IB_RDS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* taskstats.h - exporting per-task statistics
 *
 * Copyright (C) Shailabh Nagar, IBM Corp. 2006
 *           (C) Balbir Singh,   IBM Corp. 2006
 *           (C) Jay Lan,        SGI, 2006
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but
 * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_TASKSTATS_H
#define _LINUX_TASKSTATS_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* Format for per-task data returned to userland when
 *	- a task exits
 *	- listener requests stats for a task
 *
 * The struct is versioned. Newer versions should only add fields to
 * the bottom of the struct to maintain backward compatibility.
 *
 *
 * To add new fields
 *	a) bump up TASKSTATS_VERSION
 *	b) add comment indicating new version number at end of struct
 *	c) add new fields after version comment; maintain 64-bit alignment
 */


#define TASKSTATS_VERSION	9
#define TS_COMM_LEN		32	/* should be >= TASK_COMM_LEN
					 * in linux/sched.h */

struct taskstats {

	/* The version number of this struct. This field is always set to
	 * TAKSTATS_VERSION, which is defined in <linux/taskstats.h>.
	 * Each time the struct is changed, the value should be incremented.
	 */
	__u16	version;
	__u32	ac_exitcode;		/* Exit status */

	/* The accounting flags of a task as defined in <linux/acct.h>
	 * Defined values are AFORK, ASU, ACOMPAT, ACORE, and AXSIG.
	 */
	__u8	ac_flag;		/* Record flags */
	__u8	ac_nice;		/* task_nice */

	/* Delay accounting fields start
	 *
	 * All values, until comment "Delay accounting fields end" are
	 * available only if delay accounting is enabled, even though the last
	 * few fields are not delays
	 *
	 * xxx_count is the number of delay values recorded
	 * xxx_delay_total is the corresponding cumulative delay in nanoseconds
	 *
	 * xxx_delay_total wraps around to zero on overflow
	 * xxx_count incremented regardless of overflow
	 */

	/* Delay waiting for cpu, while runnable
	 * count, delay_total NOT updated atomically
	 */
	__u64	cpu_count __attribute__((aligned(8)));
	__u64	cpu_delay_total;

	/* Following four fields atomically updated using task->delays->lock */

	/* Delay waiting for synchronous block I/O to complete
	 * does not account for delays in I/O submission
	 */
	__u64	blkio_count;
	__u64	blkio_delay_total;

	/* Delay waiting for page fault I/O (swap in only) */
	__u64	swapin_count;
	__u64	swapin_delay_total;

	/* cpu "wall-clock" running time
	 * On some architectures, value will adjust for cpu time stolen
	 * from the kernel in involuntary waits due to virtualization.
	 * Value is cumulative, in nanoseconds, without a corresponding count
	 * and wraps around to zero silently on overflow
	 */
	__u64	cpu_run_real_total;

	/* cpu "virtual" running time
	 * Uses time intervals seen by the kernel i.e. no adjustment
	 * for kernel's involuntary waits due to virtualization.
	 * Value is cumulative, in nanoseconds, without a corresponding count
	 * and wraps around to zero silently on overflow
	 */
	__u64	cpu_run_virtual_total;
	/* Delay accounting fields end */
	/* version 1 ends here */

	/* Basic Accounting Fields start */
	char	ac_comm[TS_COMM_LEN];	/* Command name */
	__u8	ac_sched __attribute__((aligned(8)));
					/* Scheduling discipline */
	__u8	ac_pad[3];
	__u32	ac_uid __attribute__((aligned(8)));
					/* User ID */
	__u32	ac_gid;			/* Group ID */
	__u32	ac_pid;			/* Process ID */
	__u32	ac_ppid;		/* Parent process ID */
	__u32	ac_btime;		/* Begin time [sec since 1970] */
	__u64	ac_etime __attribute__((aligned(8)));
					/* Elapsed time [usec] */
	__u64	ac_utime;		/* User CPU time [usec] */
	__u64	ac_stime;		/* SYstem CPU time [usec] */
	__u64	ac_minflt;		/* Minor Page Fault Count */
	__u64	ac_majflt;		/* Major Page Fault Count */
	/* Basic Accounting Fields end */

	/* Extended accounting fields start */
	/* Accumulated RSS usage in duration of a task, in MBytes-usecs.
	 * The current rss usage is added to this counter every time
	 * a tick is charged to a task's system time. So, at the end we
	 * will have memory usage multiplied by system time. Thus an
	 * average usage per system time unit can be calculated.
	 */
	__u64	coremem;		/* accumulated RSS usage in MB-usec */
	/* Accumulated virtual memory usage in duration of a task.
	 * Same as acct_rss_mem1 above except that we keep track of VM usage.
	 */
	__u64	virtmem;		/* accumulated VM  usage in MB-usec */

	/* High watermark of RSS and virtual memory usage in duration of
	 * a task, in KBytes.
	 */
	__u64	hiwater_rss;		/* High-watermark of RSS usage, in KB */
	__u64	hiwater_vm;		/* High-water VM usage, in KB */

	/* The following four fields are I/O statistics of a task. */
	__u64	read_char;		/* bytes read */
	__u64	write_char;		/* bytes written */
	__u64	read_syscalls;		/* read syscalls */
	__u64	write_syscalls;		/* write syscalls */
	/* Extended accounting fields end */

#define TASKSTATS_HAS_IO_ACCOUNTING
	/* Per-task storage I/O accounting starts */
	__u64	read_bytes;		/* bytes of read I/O */
	__u64	write_bytes;		/* bytes of write I/O */
	__u64	cancelled_write_bytes;	/* bytes of cancelled write I/O */

	__u64  nvcsw;			/* voluntary_ctxt_switches */
	__u64  nivcsw;			/* nonvoluntary_ctxt_switches */

	/* time accounting for SMT machines */
	__u64	ac_utimescaled;		/* utime scaled on frequency etc */
	__u64	ac_stimescaled;		/* stime scaled on frequency etc */
	__u64	cpu_scaled_run_real_total; /* scaled cpu_run_real_total */

	/* Delay waiting for memory reclaim */
	__u64	freepages_count;
	__u64	freepages_delay_total;

#ifndef __GENKSYMS__
	/* Delay waiting for thrashing page */
	__u64	thrashing_count;
	__u64	thrashing_delay_total;
#endif
};


/*
 * Commands sent from userspace
 * Not versioned. New commands should only be inserted at the enum's end
 * prior to __TASKSTATS_CMD_MAX
 */

enum {
	TASKSTATS_CMD_UNSPEC = 0,	/* Reserved */
	TASKSTATS_CMD_GET,		/* user->kernel request/get-response */
	TASKSTATS_CMD_NEW,		/* kernel->user event */
	__TASKSTATS_CMD_MAX,
};

#define TASKSTATS_CMD_MAX (__TASKSTATS_CMD_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TASKSTATS_TYPE_UNSPEC = 0,	/* Reserved */
	TASKSTATS_TYPE_PID,		/* Process id */
	TASKSTATS_TYPE_TGID,		/* Thread group id */
	TASKSTATS_TYPE_STATS,		/* taskstats structure */
	TASKSTATS_TYPE_AGGR_PID,	/* contains pid + stats */
	TASKSTATS_TYPE_AGGR_TGID,	/* contains tgid + stats */
	TASKSTATS_TYPE_NULL,		/* contains nothing */
	__TASKSTATS_TYPE_MAX,
};

#define TASKSTATS_TYPE_MAX (__TASKSTATS_TYPE_MAX - 1)

enum {
	TASKSTATS_CMD_ATTR_UNSPEC = 0,
	TASKSTATS_CMD_ATTR_PID,
	TASKSTATS_CMD_ATTR_TGID,
	TASKSTATS_CMD_ATTR_REGISTER_CPUMASK,
	TASKSTATS_CMD_ATTR_DEREGISTER_CPUMASK,
	__TASKSTATS_CMD_ATTR_MAX,
};

#define TASKSTATS_CMD_ATTR_MAX (__TASKSTATS_CMD_ATTR_MAX - 1)

/* NETLINK_GENERIC related info */

#define TASKSTATS_GENL_NAME	"TASKSTATS"
#define TASKSTATS_GENL_VERSION	0x1

#endif /* _LINUX_TASKSTATS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) */
/*
 * linux/can/gw.h
 *
 * Definitions for CAN frame Gateway/Router/Bridge
 *
 * Author: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver.hartkopp@volkswagen.de>
 * Copyright (c) 2011 Volkswagen Group Electronic Research
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the name of Volkswagen nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * Alternatively, provided that this notice is retained in full, this
 * software may be distributed under the terms of the GNU General
 * Public License ("GPL") version 2, in which case the provisions of the
 * GPL apply INSTEAD OF those given above.
 *
 * The provided data structures and external interfaces from this code
 * are not restricted to be used by modules with a GPL compatible license.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
 * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
 * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
 * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
 * DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef _CAN_GW_H
#define _CAN_GW_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/can.h>

struct rtcanmsg {
	__u8  can_family;
	__u8  gwtype;
	__u16 flags;
};

/* CAN gateway types */
enum {
	CGW_TYPE_UNSPEC,
	CGW_TYPE_CAN_CAN,	/* CAN->CAN routing */
	__CGW_TYPE_MAX
};

#define CGW_TYPE_MAX (__CGW_TYPE_MAX - 1)

/* CAN rtnetlink attribute definitions */
enum {
	CGW_UNSPEC,
	CGW_MOD_AND,	/* CAN frame modification binary AND */
	CGW_MOD_OR,	/* CAN frame modification binary OR */
	CGW_MOD_XOR,	/* CAN frame modification binary XOR */
	CGW_MOD_SET,	/* CAN frame modification set alternate values */
	CGW_CS_XOR,	/* set data[] XOR checksum into data[index] */
	CGW_CS_CRC8,	/* set data[] CRC8 checksum into data[index] */
	CGW_HANDLED,	/* number of handled CAN frames */
	CGW_DROPPED,	/* number of dropped CAN frames */
	CGW_SRC_IF,	/* ifindex of source network interface */
	CGW_DST_IF,	/* ifindex of destination network interface */
	CGW_FILTER,	/* specify struct can_filter on source CAN device */
	CGW_DELETED,	/* number of deleted CAN frames (see max_hops param) */
	CGW_LIM_HOPS,	/* limit the number of hops of this specific rule */
	CGW_MOD_UID,	/* user defined identifier for modification updates */
	__CGW_MAX
};

#define CGW_MAX (__CGW_MAX - 1)

#define CGW_FLAGS_CAN_ECHO 0x01
#define CGW_FLAGS_CAN_SRC_TSTAMP 0x02
#define CGW_FLAGS_CAN_IIF_TX_OK 0x04

#define CGW_MOD_FUNCS 4 /* AND OR XOR SET */

/* CAN frame elements that are affected by curr. 3 CAN frame modifications */
#define CGW_MOD_ID	0x01
#define CGW_MOD_DLC	0x02
#define CGW_MOD_DATA	0x04

#define CGW_FRAME_MODS 3 /* ID DLC DATA */

#define MAX_MODFUNCTIONS (CGW_MOD_FUNCS * CGW_FRAME_MODS)

struct cgw_frame_mod {
	struct can_frame cf;
	__u8 modtype;
} __attribute__((packed));

#define CGW_MODATTR_LEN sizeof(struct cgw_frame_mod)

struct cgw_csum_xor {
	__s8 from_idx;
	__s8 to_idx;
	__s8 result_idx;
	__u8 init_xor_val;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct cgw_csum_crc8 {
	__s8 from_idx;
	__s8 to_idx;
	__s8 result_idx;
	__u8 init_crc_val;
	__u8 final_xor_val;
	__u8 crctab[256];
	__u8 profile;
	__u8 profile_data[20];
} __attribute__((packed));

/* length of checksum operation parameters. idx = index in CAN frame data[] */
#define CGW_CS_XOR_LEN  sizeof(struct cgw_csum_xor)
#define CGW_CS_CRC8_LEN  sizeof(struct cgw_csum_crc8)

/* CRC8 profiles (compute CRC for additional data elements - see below) */
enum {
	CGW_CRC8PRF_UNSPEC,
	CGW_CRC8PRF_1U8,	/* compute one additional u8 value */
	CGW_CRC8PRF_16U8,	/* u8 value table indexed by data[1] & 0xF */
	CGW_CRC8PRF_SFFID_XOR,	/* (can_id & 0xFF) ^ (can_id >> 8 & 0xFF) */
	__CGW_CRC8PRF_MAX
};

#define CGW_CRC8PRF_MAX (__CGW_CRC8PRF_MAX - 1)

/*
 * CAN rtnetlink attribute contents in detail
 *
 * CGW_XXX_IF (length 4 bytes):
 * Sets an interface index for source/destination network interfaces.
 * For the CAN->CAN gwtype the indices of _two_ CAN interfaces are mandatory.
 *
 * CGW_FILTER (length 8 bytes):
 * Sets a CAN receive filter for the gateway job specified by the
 * struct can_filter described in include/linux/can.h
 *
 * CGW_MOD_(AND|OR|XOR|SET) (length 17 bytes):
 * Specifies a modification that's done to a received CAN frame before it is
 * send out to the destination interface.
 *
 * <struct can_frame> data used as operator
 * <u8> affected CAN frame elements
 *
 * CGW_LIM_HOPS (length 1 byte):
 * Limit the number of hops of this specific rule. Usually the received CAN
 * frame can be processed as much as 'max_hops' times (which is given at module
 * load time of the can-gw module). This value is used to reduce the number of
 * possible hops for this gateway rule to a value smaller then max_hops.
 *
 * CGW_MOD_UID (length 4 bytes):
 * Optional non-zero user defined routing job identifier to alter existing
 * modification settings at runtime.
 *
 * CGW_CS_XOR (length 4 bytes):
 * Set a simple XOR checksum starting with an initial value into
 * data[result-idx] using data[start-idx] .. data[end-idx]
 *
 * The XOR checksum is calculated like this:
 *
 * xor = init_xor_val
 *
 * for (i = from_idx .. to_idx)
 *      xor ^= can_frame.data[i]
 *
 * can_frame.data[ result_idx ] = xor
 *
 * CGW_CS_CRC8 (length 282 bytes):
 * Set a CRC8 value into data[result-idx] using a given 256 byte CRC8 table,
 * a given initial value and a defined input data[start-idx] .. data[end-idx].
 * Finally the result value is XOR'ed with the final_xor_val.
 *
 * The CRC8 checksum is calculated like this:
 *
 * crc = init_crc_val
 *
 * for (i = from_idx .. to_idx)
 *      crc = crctab[ crc ^ can_frame.data[i] ]
 *
 * can_frame.data[ result_idx ] = crc ^ final_xor_val
 *
 * The calculated CRC may contain additional source data elements that can be
 * defined in the handling of 'checksum profiles' e.g. shown in AUTOSAR specs
 * like http://www.autosar.org/download/R4.0/AUTOSAR_SWS_E2ELibrary.pdf
 * E.g. the profile_data[] may contain additional u8 values (called DATA_IDs)
 * that are used depending on counter values inside the CAN frame data[].
 * So far only three profiles have been implemented for illustration.
 *
 * Remark: In general the attribute data is a linear buffer.
 *         Beware of sending unpacked or aligned structs!
 */

#endif /* !_UAPI_CAN_GW_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _CAN_VXCAN_H
#define _CAN_VXCAN_H

enum {
	VXCAN_INFO_UNSPEC,
	VXCAN_INFO_PEER,

	__VXCAN_INFO_MAX
#define VXCAN_INFO_MAX	(__VXCAN_INFO_MAX - 1)
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * linux/can/netlink.h
 *
 * Definitions for the CAN netlink interface
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2009 Wolfgang Grandegger <wg@grandegger.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the version 2 of the GNU General Public License
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 */

#ifndef _CAN_NETLINK_H
#define _CAN_NETLINK_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * CAN bit-timing parameters
 *
 * For further information, please read chapter "8 BIT TIMING
 * REQUIREMENTS" of the "Bosch CAN Specification version 2.0"
 * at http://www.semiconductors.bosch.de/pdf/can2spec.pdf.
 */
struct can_bittiming {
	__u32 bitrate;		/* Bit-rate in bits/second */
	__u32 sample_point;	/* Sample point in one-tenth of a percent */
	__u32 tq;		/* Time quanta (TQ) in nanoseconds */
	__u32 prop_seg;		/* Propagation segment in TQs */
	__u32 phase_seg1;	/* Phase buffer segment 1 in TQs */
	__u32 phase_seg2;	/* Phase buffer segment 2 in TQs */
	__u32 sjw;		/* Synchronisation jump width in TQs */
	__u32 brp;		/* Bit-rate prescaler */
};

/*
 * CAN harware-dependent bit-timing constant
 *
 * Used for calculating and checking bit-timing parameters
 */
struct can_bittiming_const {
	char name[16];		/* Name of the CAN controller hardware */
	__u32 tseg1_min;	/* Time segement 1 = prop_seg + phase_seg1 */
	__u32 tseg1_max;
	__u32 tseg2_min;	/* Time segement 2 = phase_seg2 */
	__u32 tseg2_max;
	__u32 sjw_max;		/* Synchronisation jump width */
	__u32 brp_min;		/* Bit-rate prescaler */
	__u32 brp_max;
	__u32 brp_inc;
};

/*
 * CAN clock parameters
 */
struct can_clock {
	__u32 freq;		/* CAN system clock frequency in Hz */
};

/*
 * CAN operational and error states
 */
enum can_state {
	CAN_STATE_ERROR_ACTIVE = 0,	/* RX/TX error count < 96 */
	CAN_STATE_ERROR_WARNING,	/* RX/TX error count < 128 */
	CAN_STATE_ERROR_PASSIVE,	/* RX/TX error count < 256 */
	CAN_STATE_BUS_OFF,		/* RX/TX error count >= 256 */
	CAN_STATE_STOPPED,		/* Device is stopped */
	CAN_STATE_SLEEPING,		/* Device is sleeping */
	CAN_STATE_MAX
};

/*
 * CAN bus error counters
 */
struct can_berr_counter {
	__u16 txerr;
	__u16 rxerr;
};

/*
 * CAN controller mode
 */
struct can_ctrlmode {
	__u32 mask;
	__u32 flags;
};

#define CAN_CTRLMODE_LOOPBACK		0x01	/* Loopback mode */
#define CAN_CTRLMODE_LISTENONLY		0x02	/* Listen-only mode */
#define CAN_CTRLMODE_3_SAMPLES		0x04	/* Triple sampling mode */
#define CAN_CTRLMODE_ONE_SHOT		0x08	/* One-Shot mode */
#define CAN_CTRLMODE_BERR_REPORTING	0x10	/* Bus-error reporting */
#define CAN_CTRLMODE_FD			0x20	/* CAN FD mode */
#define CAN_CTRLMODE_PRESUME_ACK	0x40	/* Ignore missing CAN ACKs */
#define CAN_CTRLMODE_FD_NON_ISO		0x80	/* CAN FD in non-ISO mode */

/*
 * CAN device statistics
 */
struct can_device_stats {
	__u32 bus_error;	/* Bus errors */
	__u32 error_warning;	/* Changes to error warning state */
	__u32 error_passive;	/* Changes to error passive state */
	__u32 bus_off;		/* Changes to bus off state */
	__u32 arbitration_lost; /* Arbitration lost errors */
	__u32 restarts;		/* CAN controller re-starts */
};

/*
 * CAN netlink interface
 */
enum {
	IFLA_CAN_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_CAN_BITTIMING,
	IFLA_CAN_BITTIMING_CONST,
	IFLA_CAN_CLOCK,
	IFLA_CAN_STATE,
	IFLA_CAN_CTRLMODE,
	IFLA_CAN_RESTART_MS,
	IFLA_CAN_RESTART,
	IFLA_CAN_BERR_COUNTER,
	IFLA_CAN_DATA_BITTIMING,
	IFLA_CAN_DATA_BITTIMING_CONST,
	IFLA_CAN_TERMINATION,
	IFLA_CAN_TERMINATION_CONST,
	IFLA_CAN_BITRATE_CONST,
	IFLA_CAN_DATA_BITRATE_CONST,
	IFLA_CAN_BITRATE_MAX,
	__IFLA_CAN_MAX
};

#define IFLA_CAN_MAX	(__IFLA_CAN_MAX - 1)

/* u16 termination range: 1..65535 Ohms */
#define CAN_TERMINATION_DISABLED 0

#endif /* !_UAPI_CAN_NETLINK_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) */
/*
 * linux/can/raw.h
 *
 * Definitions for raw CAN sockets
 *
 * Authors: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver.hartkopp@volkswagen.de>
 *          Urs Thuermann   <urs.thuermann@volkswagen.de>
 * Copyright (c) 2002-2007 Volkswagen Group Electronic Research
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the name of Volkswagen nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * Alternatively, provided that this notice is retained in full, this
 * software may be distributed under the terms of the GNU General
 * Public License ("GPL") version 2, in which case the provisions of the
 * GPL apply INSTEAD OF those given above.
 *
 * The provided data structures and external interfaces from this code
 * are not restricted to be used by modules with a GPL compatible license.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
 * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
 * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
 * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
 * DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef _CAN_RAW_H
#define _CAN_RAW_H

#include <linux/can.h>

#define SOL_CAN_RAW (SOL_CAN_BASE + CAN_RAW)

/* for socket options affecting the socket (not the global system) */

enum {
	CAN_RAW_FILTER = 1,	/* set 0 .. n can_filter(s)          */
	CAN_RAW_ERR_FILTER,	/* set filter for error frames       */
	CAN_RAW_LOOPBACK,	/* local loopback (default:on)       */
	CAN_RAW_RECV_OWN_MSGS,	/* receive my own msgs (default:off) */
	CAN_RAW_FD_FRAMES,	/* allow CAN FD frames (default:off) */
	CAN_RAW_JOIN_FILTERS,	/* all filters must match to trigger */
};

#endif /* !_UAPI_CAN_RAW_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) */
/*
 * linux/can/error.h
 *
 * Definitions of the CAN error messages to be filtered and passed to the user.
 *
 * Author: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver.hartkopp@volkswagen.de>
 * Copyright (c) 2002-2007 Volkswagen Group Electronic Research
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the name of Volkswagen nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * Alternatively, provided that this notice is retained in full, this
 * software may be distributed under the terms of the GNU General
 * Public License ("GPL") version 2, in which case the provisions of the
 * GPL apply INSTEAD OF those given above.
 *
 * The provided data structures and external interfaces from this code
 * are not restricted to be used by modules with a GPL compatible license.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
 * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
 * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
 * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
 * DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef _CAN_ERROR_H
#define _CAN_ERROR_H

#define CAN_ERR_DLC 8 /* dlc for error message frames */

/* error class (mask) in can_id */
#define CAN_ERR_TX_TIMEOUT   0x00000001U /* TX timeout (by netdevice driver) */
#define CAN_ERR_LOSTARB      0x00000002U /* lost arbitration    / data[0]    */
#define CAN_ERR_CRTL         0x00000004U /* controller problems / data[1]    */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT         0x00000008U /* protocol violations / data[2..3] */
#define CAN_ERR_TRX          0x00000010U /* transceiver status  / data[4]    */
#define CAN_ERR_ACK          0x00000020U /* received no ACK on transmission */
#define CAN_ERR_BUSOFF       0x00000040U /* bus off */
#define CAN_ERR_BUSERROR     0x00000080U /* bus error (may flood!) */
#define CAN_ERR_RESTARTED    0x00000100U /* controller restarted */

/* arbitration lost in bit ... / data[0] */
#define CAN_ERR_LOSTARB_UNSPEC   0x00 /* unspecified */
				      /* else bit number in bitstream */

/* error status of CAN-controller / data[1] */
#define CAN_ERR_CRTL_UNSPEC      0x00 /* unspecified */
#define CAN_ERR_CRTL_RX_OVERFLOW 0x01 /* RX buffer overflow */
#define CAN_ERR_CRTL_TX_OVERFLOW 0x02 /* TX buffer overflow */
#define CAN_ERR_CRTL_RX_WARNING  0x04 /* reached warning level for RX errors */
#define CAN_ERR_CRTL_TX_WARNING  0x08 /* reached warning level for TX errors */
#define CAN_ERR_CRTL_RX_PASSIVE  0x10 /* reached error passive status RX */
#define CAN_ERR_CRTL_TX_PASSIVE  0x20 /* reached error passive status TX */
				      /* (at least one error counter exceeds */
				      /* the protocol-defined level of 127)  */
#define CAN_ERR_CRTL_ACTIVE      0x40 /* recovered to error active state */

/* error in CAN protocol (type) / data[2] */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_UNSPEC      0x00 /* unspecified */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_BIT         0x01 /* single bit error */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_FORM        0x02 /* frame format error */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_STUFF       0x04 /* bit stuffing error */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_BIT0        0x08 /* unable to send dominant bit */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_BIT1        0x10 /* unable to send recessive bit */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_OVERLOAD    0x20 /* bus overload */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_ACTIVE      0x40 /* active error announcement */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_TX          0x80 /* error occurred on transmission */

/* error in CAN protocol (location) / data[3] */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_LOC_UNSPEC  0x00 /* unspecified */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_LOC_SOF     0x03 /* start of frame */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_LOC_ID28_21 0x02 /* ID bits 28 - 21 (SFF: 10 - 3) */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_LOC_ID20_18 0x06 /* ID bits 20 - 18 (SFF: 2 - 0 )*/
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_LOC_SRTR    0x04 /* substitute RTR (SFF: RTR) */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_LOC_IDE     0x05 /* identifier extension */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_LOC_ID17_13 0x07 /* ID bits 17-13 */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_LOC_ID12_05 0x0F /* ID bits 12-5 */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_LOC_ID04_00 0x0E /* ID bits 4-0 */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_LOC_RTR     0x0C /* RTR */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_LOC_RES1    0x0D /* reserved bit 1 */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_LOC_RES0    0x09 /* reserved bit 0 */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_LOC_DLC     0x0B /* data length code */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_LOC_DATA    0x0A /* data section */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_LOC_CRC_SEQ 0x08 /* CRC sequence */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_LOC_CRC_DEL 0x18 /* CRC delimiter */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_LOC_ACK     0x19 /* ACK slot */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_LOC_ACK_DEL 0x1B /* ACK delimiter */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_LOC_EOF     0x1A /* end of frame */
#define CAN_ERR_PROT_LOC_INTERM  0x12 /* intermission */

/* error status of CAN-transceiver / data[4] */
/*                                             CANH CANL */
#define CAN_ERR_TRX_UNSPEC             0x00 /* 0000 0000 */
#define CAN_ERR_TRX_CANH_NO_WIRE       0x04 /* 0000 0100 */
#define CAN_ERR_TRX_CANH_SHORT_TO_BAT  0x05 /* 0000 0101 */
#define CAN_ERR_TRX_CANH_SHORT_TO_VCC  0x06 /* 0000 0110 */
#define CAN_ERR_TRX_CANH_SHORT_TO_GND  0x07 /* 0000 0111 */
#define CAN_ERR_TRX_CANL_NO_WIRE       0x40 /* 0100 0000 */
#define CAN_ERR_TRX_CANL_SHORT_TO_BAT  0x50 /* 0101 0000 */
#define CAN_ERR_TRX_CANL_SHORT_TO_VCC  0x60 /* 0110 0000 */
#define CAN_ERR_TRX_CANL_SHORT_TO_GND  0x70 /* 0111 0000 */
#define CAN_ERR_TRX_CANL_SHORT_TO_CANH 0x80 /* 1000 0000 */

/* controller specific additional information / data[5..7] */

#endif /* _CAN_ERROR_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) */
/*
 * linux/can/bcm.h
 *
 * Definitions for CAN Broadcast Manager (BCM)
 *
 * Author: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver.hartkopp@volkswagen.de>
 * Copyright (c) 2002-2007 Volkswagen Group Electronic Research
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the name of Volkswagen nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * Alternatively, provided that this notice is retained in full, this
 * software may be distributed under the terms of the GNU General
 * Public License ("GPL") version 2, in which case the provisions of the
 * GPL apply INSTEAD OF those given above.
 *
 * The provided data structures and external interfaces from this code
 * are not restricted to be used by modules with a GPL compatible license.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
 * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
 * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
 * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
 * DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef _CAN_BCM_H
#define _CAN_BCM_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/can.h>

struct bcm_timeval {
	long tv_sec;
	long tv_usec;
};

/**
 * struct bcm_msg_head - head of messages to/from the broadcast manager
 * @opcode:    opcode, see enum below.
 * @flags:     special flags, see below.
 * @count:     number of frames to send before changing interval.
 * @ival1:     interval for the first @count frames.
 * @ival2:     interval for the following frames.
 * @can_id:    CAN ID of frames to be sent or received.
 * @nframes:   number of frames appended to the message head.
 * @frames:    array of CAN frames.
 */
struct bcm_msg_head {
	__u32 opcode;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 count;
	struct bcm_timeval ival1, ival2;
	canid_t can_id;
	__u32 nframes;
	struct can_frame frames[0];
};

enum {
	TX_SETUP = 1,	/* create (cyclic) transmission task */
	TX_DELETE,	/* remove (cyclic) transmission task */
	TX_READ,	/* read properties of (cyclic) transmission task */
	TX_SEND,	/* send one CAN frame */
	RX_SETUP,	/* create RX content filter subscription */
	RX_DELETE,	/* remove RX content filter subscription */
	RX_READ,	/* read properties of RX content filter subscription */
	TX_STATUS,	/* reply to TX_READ request */
	TX_EXPIRED,	/* notification on performed transmissions (count=0) */
	RX_STATUS,	/* reply to RX_READ request */
	RX_TIMEOUT,	/* cyclic message is absent */
	RX_CHANGED	/* updated CAN frame (detected content change) */
};

#define SETTIMER            0x0001
#define STARTTIMER          0x0002
#define TX_COUNTEVT         0x0004
#define TX_ANNOUNCE         0x0008
#define TX_CP_CAN_ID        0x0010
#define RX_FILTER_ID        0x0020
#define RX_CHECK_DLC        0x0040
#define RX_NO_AUTOTIMER     0x0080
#define RX_ANNOUNCE_RESUME  0x0100
#define TX_RESET_MULTI_IDX  0x0200
#define RX_RTR_FRAME        0x0400
#define CAN_FD_FRAME        0x0800

#endif /* !_UAPI_CAN_BCM_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_NFS4_MOUNT_H
#define _LINUX_NFS4_MOUNT_H

/*
 *  linux/include/linux/nfs4_mount.h
 *
 *  Copyright (C) 2002  Trond Myklebust
 *
 *  structure passed from user-space to kernel-space during an nfsv4 mount
 */

/*
 * WARNING!  Do not delete or change the order of these fields.  If
 * a new field is required then add it to the end.  The version field
 * tracks which fields are present.  This will ensure some measure of
 * mount-to-kernel version compatibility.  Some of these aren't used yet
 * but here they are anyway.
 */
#define NFS4_MOUNT_VERSION	1

struct nfs_string {
	unsigned int len;
	const char * data;
};

struct nfs4_mount_data {
	int version;				/* 1 */
	int flags;				/* 1 */
	int rsize;				/* 1 */
	int wsize;				/* 1 */
	int timeo;				/* 1 */
	int retrans;				/* 1 */
	int acregmin;				/* 1 */
	int acregmax;				/* 1 */
	int acdirmin;				/* 1 */
	int acdirmax;				/* 1 */

	/* see the definition of 'struct clientaddr4' in RFC3010 */
	struct nfs_string client_addr;		/* 1 */

	/* Mount path */
	struct nfs_string mnt_path;		/* 1 */

	/* Server details */
	struct nfs_string hostname;		/* 1 */
	/* Server IP address */
	unsigned int host_addrlen;		/* 1 */
	struct sockaddr * host_addr;	/* 1 */

	/* Transport protocol to use */
	int proto;				/* 1 */

	/* Pseudo-flavours to use for authentication. See RFC2623 */
	int auth_flavourlen;			/* 1 */
	int *auth_flavours;		/* 1 */
};

/* bits in the flags field */
/* Note: the fields that correspond to existing NFSv2/v3 mount options
 * 	 should mirror the values from include/linux/nfs_mount.h
 */

#define NFS4_MOUNT_SOFT		0x0001	/* 1 */
#define NFS4_MOUNT_INTR		0x0002	/* 1 */
#define NFS4_MOUNT_NOCTO	0x0010	/* 1 */
#define NFS4_MOUNT_NOAC		0x0020	/* 1 */
#define NFS4_MOUNT_STRICTLOCK	0x1000	/* 1 */
#define NFS4_MOUNT_UNSHARED	0x8000	/* 1 */
#define NFS4_MOUNT_FLAGMASK	0x9033

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _INET_DIAG_H_
#define _INET_DIAG_H_

#include <linux/types.h>

/* Just some random number */
#define TCPDIAG_GETSOCK 18
#define DCCPDIAG_GETSOCK 19

#define INET_DIAG_GETSOCK_MAX 24

/* Socket identity */
struct inet_diag_sockid {
	__be16	idiag_sport;
	__be16	idiag_dport;
	__be32	idiag_src[4];
	__be32	idiag_dst[4];
	__u32	idiag_if;
	__u32	idiag_cookie[2];
#define INET_DIAG_NOCOOKIE (~0U)
};

/* Request structure */

struct inet_diag_req {
	__u8	idiag_family;		/* Family of addresses. */
	__u8	idiag_src_len;
	__u8	idiag_dst_len;
	__u8	idiag_ext;		/* Query extended information */

	struct inet_diag_sockid id;

	__u32	idiag_states;		/* States to dump */
	__u32	idiag_dbs;		/* Tables to dump (NI) */
};

struct inet_diag_req_v2 {
	__u8	sdiag_family;
	__u8	sdiag_protocol;
	__u8	idiag_ext;
	__u8	pad;
	__u32	idiag_states;
	struct inet_diag_sockid id;
};

/*
 * SOCK_RAW sockets require the underlied protocol to be
 * additionally specified so we can use @pad member for
 * this, but we can't rename it because userspace programs
 * still may depend on this name. Instead lets use another
 * structure definition as an alias for struct
 * @inet_diag_req_v2.
 */
struct inet_diag_req_raw {
	__u8	sdiag_family;
	__u8	sdiag_protocol;
	__u8	idiag_ext;
	__u8	sdiag_raw_protocol;
	__u32	idiag_states;
	struct inet_diag_sockid id;
};

enum {
	INET_DIAG_REQ_NONE,
	INET_DIAG_REQ_BYTECODE,
	INET_DIAG_REQ_SK_BPF_STORAGES,
	INET_DIAG_REQ_PROTOCOL,
	__INET_DIAG_REQ_MAX,
};

#define INET_DIAG_REQ_MAX (__INET_DIAG_REQ_MAX - 1)

/* Bytecode is sequence of 4 byte commands followed by variable arguments.
 * All the commands identified by "code" are conditional jumps forward:
 * to offset cc+"yes" or to offset cc+"no". "yes" is supposed to be
 * length of the command and its arguments.
 */
 
struct inet_diag_bc_op {
	unsigned char	code;
	unsigned char	yes;
	unsigned short	no;
};

enum {
	INET_DIAG_BC_NOP,
	INET_DIAG_BC_JMP,
	INET_DIAG_BC_S_GE,
	INET_DIAG_BC_S_LE,
	INET_DIAG_BC_D_GE,
	INET_DIAG_BC_D_LE,
	INET_DIAG_BC_AUTO,
	INET_DIAG_BC_S_COND,
	INET_DIAG_BC_D_COND,
	INET_DIAG_BC_DEV_COND,   /* u32 ifindex */
	INET_DIAG_BC_MARK_COND,
	INET_DIAG_BC_S_EQ,
	INET_DIAG_BC_D_EQ,
};

struct inet_diag_hostcond {
	__u8	family;
	__u8	prefix_len;
	int	port;
	__be32	addr[0];
};

struct inet_diag_markcond {
	__u32 mark;
	__u32 mask;
};

/* Base info structure. It contains socket identity (addrs/ports/cookie)
 * and, alas, the information shown by netstat. */
struct inet_diag_msg {
	__u8	idiag_family;
	__u8	idiag_state;
	__u8	idiag_timer;
	__u8	idiag_retrans;

	struct inet_diag_sockid id;

	__u32	idiag_expires;
	__u32	idiag_rqueue;
	__u32	idiag_wqueue;
	__u32	idiag_uid;
	__u32	idiag_inode;
};

/* Extensions */

enum {
	INET_DIAG_NONE,
	INET_DIAG_MEMINFO,
	INET_DIAG_INFO,
	INET_DIAG_VEGASINFO,
	INET_DIAG_CONG,
	INET_DIAG_TOS,
	INET_DIAG_TCLASS,
	INET_DIAG_SKMEMINFO,
	INET_DIAG_SHUTDOWN,

	/*
	 * Next extenstions cannot be requested in struct inet_diag_req_v2:
	 * its field idiag_ext has only 8 bits.
	 */

	INET_DIAG_DCTCPINFO,	/* request as INET_DIAG_VEGASINFO */
	INET_DIAG_PROTOCOL,	/* response attribute only */
	INET_DIAG_SKV6ONLY,
	INET_DIAG_LOCALS,
	INET_DIAG_PEERS,
	INET_DIAG_PAD,
	INET_DIAG_MARK,		/* only with CAP_NET_ADMIN */
	INET_DIAG_BBRINFO,	/* request as INET_DIAG_VEGASINFO */
	INET_DIAG_CLASS_ID,	/* request as INET_DIAG_TCLASS */
	INET_DIAG_MD5SIG,
	INET_DIAG_ULP_INFO,
	INET_DIAG_SK_BPF_STORAGES,
	__INET_DIAG_MAX,
};

#define INET_DIAG_MAX (__INET_DIAG_MAX - 1)

enum {
	INET_ULP_INFO_UNSPEC,
	INET_ULP_INFO_NAME,
	INET_ULP_INFO_TLS,
	INET_ULP_INFO_MPTCP,
	__INET_ULP_INFO_MAX,
};
#define INET_ULP_INFO_MAX (__INET_ULP_INFO_MAX - 1)

/* INET_DIAG_MEM */

struct inet_diag_meminfo {
	__u32	idiag_rmem;
	__u32	idiag_wmem;
	__u32	idiag_fmem;
	__u32	idiag_tmem;
};

/* INET_DIAG_VEGASINFO */

struct tcpvegas_info {
	__u32	tcpv_enabled;
	__u32	tcpv_rttcnt;
	__u32	tcpv_rtt;
	__u32	tcpv_minrtt;
};

/* INET_DIAG_DCTCPINFO */

struct tcp_dctcp_info {
	__u16	dctcp_enabled;
	__u16	dctcp_ce_state;
	__u32	dctcp_alpha;
	__u32	dctcp_ab_ecn;
	__u32	dctcp_ab_tot;
};

/* INET_DIAG_BBRINFO */

struct tcp_bbr_info {
	/* u64 bw: max-filtered BW (app throughput) estimate in Byte per sec: */
	__u32	bbr_bw_lo;		/* lower 32 bits of bw */
	__u32	bbr_bw_hi;		/* upper 32 bits of bw */
	__u32	bbr_min_rtt;		/* min-filtered RTT in uSec */
	__u32	bbr_pacing_gain;	/* pacing gain shifted left 8 bits */
	__u32	bbr_cwnd_gain;		/* cwnd gain shifted left 8 bits */
};

union tcp_cc_info {
	struct tcpvegas_info	vegas;
	struct tcp_dctcp_info	dctcp;
	struct tcp_bbr_info	bbr;
};
#endif /* _INET_DIAG_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Red Hat, Inc.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * This copyrighted material is made available to anyone wishing to use,
 * modify, copy, or redistribute it subject to the terms and conditions
 * of the GNU General Public License v.2.
 */

#ifndef __DLM_PLOCK_DOT_H__
#define __DLM_PLOCK_DOT_H__

#include <linux/types.h>

#define DLM_PLOCK_MISC_NAME		"dlm_plock"

#define DLM_PLOCK_VERSION_MAJOR	1
#define DLM_PLOCK_VERSION_MINOR	2
#define DLM_PLOCK_VERSION_PATCH	0

enum {
	DLM_PLOCK_OP_LOCK = 1,
	DLM_PLOCK_OP_UNLOCK,
	DLM_PLOCK_OP_GET,
};

#define DLM_PLOCK_FL_CLOSE 1

struct dlm_plock_info {
	__u32 version[3];
	__u8 optype;
	__u8 ex;
	__u8 wait;
	__u8 flags;
	__u32 pid;
	__s32 nodeid;
	__s32 rv;
	__u32 fsid;
	__u64 number;
	__u64 start;
	__u64 end;
	__u64 owner;
};


#endif /* __DLM_PLOCK_DOT_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * INET		An implementation of the TCP/IP protocol suite for the LINUX
 *		operating system.  INET is implemented using the  BSD Socket
 *		interface as the means of communication with the user level.
 *
 *		Global definitions for Fibre Channel.
 *
 * Version:	@(#)if_fc.h	0.0	11/20/98
 *
 * Author:	Fred N. van Kempen, <waltje@uWalt.NL.Mugnet.ORG>
 *		Donald Becker, <becker@super.org>
 *    Peter De Schrijver, <stud11@cc4.kuleuven.ac.be>
 *	  Vineet Abraham, <vma@iol.unh.edu>
 *
 *		This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *		modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *		as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *		2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_IF_FC_H
#define _LINUX_IF_FC_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define FC_ALEN	6		/* Octets in one ethernet addr	 */
#define FC_HLEN   (sizeof(struct fch_hdr)+sizeof(struct fcllc))
#define FC_ID_LEN 3		/* Octets in a Fibre Channel Address */

/* LLC and SNAP constants */
#define EXTENDED_SAP 0xAA
#define UI_CMD       0x03

/* This is NOT the Fibre Channel frame header. The FC frame header is
 *  constructed in the driver as the Tachyon needs certain fields in
 *  certains positions. So, it can't be generalized here.*/

struct fch_hdr {
	__u8  daddr[FC_ALEN];		/* destination address */
	__u8  saddr[FC_ALEN];		/* source address */
};

/* This is a Fibre Channel LLC structure */
struct fcllc {
	__u8  dsap;			/* destination SAP */
	__u8  ssap;			/* source SAP */
	__u8  llc;			/* LLC control field */
	__u8  protid[3];		/* protocol id */
	__be16 ethertype;		/* ether type field */
};

#endif	/* _LINUX_IF_FC_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Media Bus API header
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2009, Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_MEDIA_BUS_FORMAT_H
#define __LINUX_MEDIA_BUS_FORMAT_H

/*
 * These bus formats uniquely identify data formats on the data bus. Format 0
 * is reserved, MEDIA_BUS_FMT_FIXED shall be used by host-client pairs, where
 * the data format is fixed. Additionally, "2X8" means that one pixel is
 * transferred in two 8-bit samples, "BE" or "LE" specify in which order those
 * samples are transferred over the bus: "LE" means that the least significant
 * bits are transferred first, "BE" means that the most significant bits are
 * transferred first, and "PADHI" and "PADLO" define which bits - low or high,
 * in the incomplete high byte, are filled with padding bits.
 *
 * The bus formats are grouped by type, bus_width, bits per component, samples
 * per pixel and order of subsamples. Numerical values are sorted using generic
 * numerical sort order (8 thus comes before 10).
 *
 * As their value can't change when a new bus format is inserted in the
 * enumeration, the bus formats are explicitly given a numerical value. The next
 * free values for each category are listed below, update them when inserting
 * new pixel codes.
 */

#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_FIXED			0x0001

/* RGB - next is	0x101b */
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB444_1X12		0x1016
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB444_2X8_PADHI_BE	0x1001
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB444_2X8_PADHI_LE	0x1002
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB555_2X8_PADHI_BE	0x1003
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB555_2X8_PADHI_LE	0x1004
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB565_1X16		0x1017
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_BGR565_2X8_BE		0x1005
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_BGR565_2X8_LE		0x1006
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB565_2X8_BE		0x1007
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB565_2X8_LE		0x1008
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB666_1X18		0x1009
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RBG888_1X24		0x100e
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB666_1X24_CPADHI	0x1015
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB666_1X7X3_SPWG		0x1010
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_BGR888_1X24		0x1013
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_GBR888_1X24		0x1014
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X24		0x100a
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_2X12_BE		0x100b
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_2X12_LE		0x100c
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X7X4_SPWG		0x1011
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X7X4_JEIDA	0x1012
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_ARGB8888_1X32		0x100d
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X32_PADHI		0x100f
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB101010_1X30		0x1018
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB121212_1X36		0x1019
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB161616_1X48		0x101a

/* YUV (including grey) - next is	0x202c */
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_Y8_1X8			0x2001
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UV8_1X8			0x2015
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY8_1_5X8		0x2002
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VYUY8_1_5X8		0x2003
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV8_1_5X8		0x2004
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YVYU8_1_5X8		0x2005
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY8_2X8			0x2006
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VYUY8_2X8			0x2007
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV8_2X8			0x2008
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YVYU8_2X8			0x2009
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_Y10_1X10			0x200a
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY10_2X10		0x2018
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VYUY10_2X10		0x2019
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV10_2X10		0x200b
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YVYU10_2X10		0x200c
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_Y12_1X12			0x2013
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY12_2X12		0x201c
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VYUY12_2X12		0x201d
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV12_2X12		0x201e
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YVYU12_2X12		0x201f
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY8_1X16		0x200f
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VYUY8_1X16		0x2010
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV8_1X16		0x2011
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YVYU8_1X16		0x2012
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YDYUYDYV8_1X16		0x2014
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY10_1X20		0x201a
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VYUY10_1X20		0x201b
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV10_1X20		0x200d
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YVYU10_1X20		0x200e
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VUY8_1X24			0x2024
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUV8_1X24			0x2025
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYYVYY8_0_5X24		0x2026
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY12_1X24		0x2020
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VYUY12_1X24		0x2021
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV12_1X24		0x2022
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YVYU12_1X24		0x2023
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUV10_1X30		0x2016
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYYVYY10_0_5X30		0x2027
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_AYUV8_1X32		0x2017
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYYVYY12_0_5X36		0x2028
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUV12_1X36		0x2029
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUV16_1X48		0x202a
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYYVYY16_0_5X48		0x202b

/* Bayer - next is	0x3021 */
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SBGGR8_1X8		0x3001
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SGBRG8_1X8		0x3013
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SGRBG8_1X8		0x3002
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SRGGB8_1X8		0x3014
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SBGGR10_ALAW8_1X8		0x3015
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SGBRG10_ALAW8_1X8		0x3016
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SGRBG10_ALAW8_1X8		0x3017
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SRGGB10_ALAW8_1X8		0x3018
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SBGGR10_DPCM8_1X8		0x300b
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SGBRG10_DPCM8_1X8		0x300c
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SGRBG10_DPCM8_1X8		0x3009
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SRGGB10_DPCM8_1X8		0x300d
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SBGGR10_2X8_PADHI_BE	0x3003
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SBGGR10_2X8_PADHI_LE	0x3004
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SBGGR10_2X8_PADLO_BE	0x3005
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SBGGR10_2X8_PADLO_LE	0x3006
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SBGGR10_1X10		0x3007
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SGBRG10_1X10		0x300e
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SGRBG10_1X10		0x300a
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SRGGB10_1X10		0x300f
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SBGGR12_1X12		0x3008
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SGBRG12_1X12		0x3010
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SGRBG12_1X12		0x3011
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SRGGB12_1X12		0x3012
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SBGGR14_1X14		0x3019
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SGBRG14_1X14		0x301a
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SGRBG14_1X14		0x301b
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SRGGB14_1X14		0x301c
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SBGGR16_1X16		0x301d
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SGBRG16_1X16		0x301e
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SGRBG16_1X16		0x301f
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SRGGB16_1X16		0x3020

/* JPEG compressed formats - next is	0x4002 */
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_JPEG_1X8			0x4001

/* Vendor specific formats - next is	0x5002 */

/* S5C73M3 sensor specific interleaved UYVY and JPEG */
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_S5C_UYVY_JPEG_1X8		0x5001

/* HSV - next is	0x6002 */
#define MEDIA_BUS_FMT_AHSV8888_1X32		0x6001

#endif /* __LINUX_MEDIA_BUS_FORMAT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* 	pg.h (c) 1998  Grant R. Guenther <grant@torque.net>
 		       Under the terms of the GNU General Public License


	pg.h defines the user interface to the generic ATAPI packet
        command driver for parallel port ATAPI devices (pg). The
	driver is loosely modelled after the generic SCSI driver, sg,
	although the actual interface is different.

	The pg driver provides a simple character device interface for
        sending ATAPI commands to a device.  With the exception of the
	ATAPI reset operation, all operations are performed by a pair
        of read and write operations to the appropriate /dev/pgN device.
	A write operation delivers a command and any outbound data in
        a single buffer.  Normally, the write will succeed unless the
        device is offline or malfunctioning, or there is already another
	command pending.  If the write succeeds, it should be followed
        immediately by a read operation, to obtain any returned data and
        status information.  A read will fail if there is no operation
        in progress.

	As a special case, the device can be reset with a write operation,
        and in this case, no following read is expected, or permitted.

	There are no ioctl() operations.  Any single operation
	may transfer at most PG_MAX_DATA bytes.  Note that the driver must
        copy the data through an internal buffer.  In keeping with all
	current ATAPI devices, command packets are assumed to be exactly
	12 bytes in length.

	To permit future changes to this interface, the headers in the
	read and write buffers contain a single character "magic" flag.
        Currently this flag must be the character "P".

*/

#ifndef _LINUX_PG_H
#define _LINUX_PG_H

#define PG_MAGIC	'P'
#define PG_RESET	'Z'
#define PG_COMMAND	'C'

#define PG_MAX_DATA	32768

struct pg_write_hdr {

	char	magic;		/* == PG_MAGIC */
	char	func;		/* PG_RESET or PG_COMMAND */
	int     dlen;		/* number of bytes expected to transfer */
	int     timeout;	/* number of seconds before timeout */
	char	packet[12];	/* packet command */

};

struct pg_read_hdr {

	char	magic;		/* == PG_MAGIC */
	char	scsi;		/* "scsi" status == sense key */
	int	dlen;		/* size of device transfer request */
	int     duration;	/* time in seconds command took */
	char    pad[12];	/* not used */

};

#endif /* _LINUX_PG_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * NFSv3 protocol definitions
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_NFS3_H
#define _LINUX_NFS3_H

#define NFS3_PORT		2049
#define NFS3_MAXDATA		32768
#define NFS3_MAXPATHLEN		PATH_MAX
#define NFS3_MAXNAMLEN		NAME_MAX
#define NFS3_MAXGROUPS		16
#define NFS3_FHSIZE		64
#define NFS3_COOKIESIZE		4
#define NFS3_CREATEVERFSIZE	8
#define NFS3_COOKIEVERFSIZE	8
#define NFS3_WRITEVERFSIZE	8
#define NFS3_FIFO_DEV		(-1)
#define NFS3MODE_FMT		0170000
#define NFS3MODE_DIR		0040000
#define NFS3MODE_CHR		0020000
#define NFS3MODE_BLK		0060000
#define NFS3MODE_REG		0100000
#define NFS3MODE_LNK		0120000
#define NFS3MODE_SOCK		0140000
#define NFS3MODE_FIFO		0010000

/* Flags for access() call */
#define NFS3_ACCESS_READ	0x0001
#define NFS3_ACCESS_LOOKUP	0x0002
#define NFS3_ACCESS_MODIFY	0x0004
#define NFS3_ACCESS_EXTEND	0x0008
#define NFS3_ACCESS_DELETE	0x0010
#define NFS3_ACCESS_EXECUTE	0x0020
#define NFS3_ACCESS_FULL	0x003f

/* Flags for create mode */
enum nfs3_createmode {
	NFS3_CREATE_UNCHECKED = 0,
	NFS3_CREATE_GUARDED = 1,
	NFS3_CREATE_EXCLUSIVE = 2
};

/* NFSv3 file system properties */
#define NFS3_FSF_LINK		0x0001
#define NFS3_FSF_SYMLINK	0x0002
#define NFS3_FSF_HOMOGENEOUS	0x0008
#define NFS3_FSF_CANSETTIME	0x0010
/* Some shorthands. See fs/nfsd/nfs3proc.c */
#define NFS3_FSF_DEFAULT	0x001B
#define NFS3_FSF_BILLYBOY	0x0018
#define NFS3_FSF_READONLY	0x0008

enum nfs3_ftype {
	NF3NON  = 0,
	NF3REG  = 1,
	NF3DIR  = 2,
	NF3BLK  = 3,
	NF3CHR  = 4,
	NF3LNK  = 5,
	NF3SOCK = 6,
	NF3FIFO = 7,	/* changed from NFSv2 (was 8) */
	NF3BAD  = 8
};

enum nfs3_time_how {
	DONT_CHANGE		= 0,
	SET_TO_SERVER_TIME	= 1,
	SET_TO_CLIENT_TIME	= 2,
};

struct nfs3_fh {
	unsigned short size;
	unsigned char  data[NFS3_FHSIZE];
};

#define NFS3_VERSION		3
#define NFS3PROC_NULL		0
#define NFS3PROC_GETATTR	1
#define NFS3PROC_SETATTR	2
#define NFS3PROC_LOOKUP		3
#define NFS3PROC_ACCESS		4
#define NFS3PROC_READLINK	5
#define NFS3PROC_READ		6
#define NFS3PROC_WRITE		7
#define NFS3PROC_CREATE		8
#define NFS3PROC_MKDIR		9
#define NFS3PROC_SYMLINK	10
#define NFS3PROC_MKNOD		11
#define NFS3PROC_REMOVE		12
#define NFS3PROC_RMDIR		13
#define NFS3PROC_RENAME		14
#define NFS3PROC_LINK		15
#define NFS3PROC_READDIR	16
#define NFS3PROC_READDIRPLUS	17
#define NFS3PROC_FSSTAT		18
#define NFS3PROC_FSINFO		19
#define NFS3PROC_PATHCONF	20
#define NFS3PROC_COMMIT		21

#define NFS_MNT3_VERSION	3
 

#endif /* _LINUX_NFS3_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */

#ifndef _LINUX_CFM_BRIDGE_H_
#define _LINUX_CFM_BRIDGE_H_

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>

#define ETHER_HEADER_LENGTH		(6+6+4+2)
#define CFM_MAID_LENGTH			48
#define CFM_CCM_PDU_LENGTH		75
#define CFM_PORT_STATUS_TLV_LENGTH	4
#define CFM_IF_STATUS_TLV_LENGTH	4
#define CFM_IF_STATUS_TLV_TYPE		4
#define CFM_PORT_STATUS_TLV_TYPE	2
#define CFM_ENDE_TLV_TYPE		0
#define CFM_CCM_MAX_FRAME_LENGTH	(ETHER_HEADER_LENGTH+\
					 CFM_CCM_PDU_LENGTH+\
					 CFM_PORT_STATUS_TLV_LENGTH+\
					 CFM_IF_STATUS_TLV_LENGTH)
#define CFM_FRAME_PRIO			7
#define CFM_CCM_TLV_OFFSET		70
#define CFM_CCM_PDU_MAID_OFFSET		10
#define CFM_CCM_PDU_MEPID_OFFSET	8
#define CFM_CCM_PDU_SEQNR_OFFSET	4
#define CFM_CCM_PDU_TLV_OFFSET		74
#define CFM_CCM_ITU_RESERVED_SIZE	16

struct br_cfm_common_hdr {
	__u8 mdlevel_version;
	__u8 opcode;
	__u8 flags;
	__u8 tlv_offset;
};

enum br_cfm_opcodes {
	BR_CFM_OPCODE_CCM = 0x1,
};

/* MEP domain */
enum br_cfm_domain {
	BR_CFM_PORT,
	BR_CFM_VLAN,
};

/* MEP direction */
enum br_cfm_mep_direction {
	BR_CFM_MEP_DIRECTION_DOWN,
	BR_CFM_MEP_DIRECTION_UP,
};

/* CCM interval supported. */
enum br_cfm_ccm_interval {
	BR_CFM_CCM_INTERVAL_NONE,
	BR_CFM_CCM_INTERVAL_3_3_MS,
	BR_CFM_CCM_INTERVAL_10_MS,
	BR_CFM_CCM_INTERVAL_100_MS,
	BR_CFM_CCM_INTERVAL_1_SEC,
	BR_CFM_CCM_INTERVAL_10_SEC,
	BR_CFM_CCM_INTERVAL_1_MIN,
	BR_CFM_CCM_INTERVAL_10_MIN,
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) */
/*
 * cec - HDMI Consumer Electronics Control public header
 *
 * Copyright 2016 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 */

#ifndef _CEC_UAPI_H
#define _CEC_UAPI_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/string.h>

#define CEC_MAX_MSG_SIZE	16

/**
 * struct cec_msg - CEC message structure.
 * @tx_ts:	Timestamp in nanoseconds using CLOCK_MONOTONIC. Set by the
 *		driver when the message transmission has finished.
 * @rx_ts:	Timestamp in nanoseconds using CLOCK_MONOTONIC. Set by the
 *		driver when the message was received.
 * @len:	Length in bytes of the message.
 * @timeout:	The timeout (in ms) that is used to timeout CEC_RECEIVE.
 *		Set to 0 if you want to wait forever. This timeout can also be
 *		used with CEC_TRANSMIT as the timeout for waiting for a reply.
 *		If 0, then it will use a 1 second timeout instead of waiting
 *		forever as is done with CEC_RECEIVE.
 * @sequence:	The framework assigns a sequence number to messages that are
 *		sent. This can be used to track replies to previously sent
 *		messages.
 * @flags:	Set to 0.
 * @msg:	The message payload.
 * @reply:	This field is ignored with CEC_RECEIVE and is only used by
 *		CEC_TRANSMIT. If non-zero, then wait for a reply with this
 *		opcode. Set to CEC_MSG_FEATURE_ABORT if you want to wait for
 *		a possible ABORT reply. If there was an error when sending the
 *		msg or FeatureAbort was returned, then reply is set to 0.
 *		If reply is non-zero upon return, then len/msg are set to
 *		the received message.
 *		If reply is zero upon return and status has the
 *		CEC_TX_STATUS_FEATURE_ABORT bit set, then len/msg are set to
 *		the received feature abort message.
 *		If reply is zero upon return and status has the
 *		CEC_TX_STATUS_MAX_RETRIES bit set, then no reply was seen at
 *		all. If reply is non-zero for CEC_TRANSMIT and the message is a
 *		broadcast, then -EINVAL is returned.
 *		if reply is non-zero, then timeout is set to 1000 (the required
 *		maximum response time).
 * @rx_status:	The message receive status bits. Set by the driver.
 * @tx_status:	The message transmit status bits. Set by the driver.
 * @tx_arb_lost_cnt: The number of 'Arbitration Lost' events. Set by the driver.
 * @tx_nack_cnt: The number of 'Not Acknowledged' events. Set by the driver.
 * @tx_low_drive_cnt: The number of 'Low Drive Detected' events. Set by the
 *		driver.
 * @tx_error_cnt: The number of 'Error' events. Set by the driver.
 */
struct cec_msg {
	__u64 tx_ts;
	__u64 rx_ts;
	__u32 len;
	__u32 timeout;
	__u32 sequence;
	__u32 flags;
	__u8 msg[CEC_MAX_MSG_SIZE];
	__u8 reply;
	__u8 rx_status;
	__u8 tx_status;
	__u8 tx_arb_lost_cnt;
	__u8 tx_nack_cnt;
	__u8 tx_low_drive_cnt;
	__u8 tx_error_cnt;
};

/**
 * cec_msg_initiator - return the initiator's logical address.
 * @msg:	the message structure
 */
static __inline__ __u8 cec_msg_initiator(const struct cec_msg *msg)
{
	return msg->msg[0] >> 4;
}

/**
 * cec_msg_destination - return the destination's logical address.
 * @msg:	the message structure
 */
static __inline__ __u8 cec_msg_destination(const struct cec_msg *msg)
{
	return msg->msg[0] & 0xf;
}

/**
 * cec_msg_opcode - return the opcode of the message, -1 for poll
 * @msg:	the message structure
 */
static __inline__ int cec_msg_opcode(const struct cec_msg *msg)
{
	return msg->len > 1 ? msg->msg[1] : -1;
}

/**
 * cec_msg_is_broadcast - return true if this is a broadcast message.
 * @msg:	the message structure
 */
static __inline__ int cec_msg_is_broadcast(const struct cec_msg *msg)
{
	return (msg->msg[0] & 0xf) == 0xf;
}

/**
 * cec_msg_init - initialize the message structure.
 * @msg:	the message structure
 * @initiator:	the logical address of the initiator
 * @destination:the logical address of the destination (0xf for broadcast)
 *
 * The whole structure is zeroed, the len field is set to 1 (i.e. a poll
 * message) and the initiator and destination are filled in.
 */
static __inline__ void cec_msg_init(struct cec_msg *msg,
				__u8 initiator, __u8 destination)
{
	memset(msg, 0, sizeof(*msg));
	msg->msg[0] = (initiator << 4) | destination;
	msg->len = 1;
}

/**
 * cec_msg_set_reply_to - fill in destination/initiator in a reply message.
 * @msg:	the message structure for the reply
 * @orig:	the original message structure
 *
 * Set the msg destination to the orig initiator and the msg initiator to the
 * orig destination. Note that msg and orig may be the same pointer, in which
 * case the change is done in place.
 */
static __inline__ void cec_msg_set_reply_to(struct cec_msg *msg,
					struct cec_msg *orig)
{
	/* The destination becomes the initiator and vice versa */
	msg->msg[0] = (cec_msg_destination(orig) << 4) |
		      cec_msg_initiator(orig);
	msg->reply = msg->timeout = 0;
}

/* cec_msg flags field */
#define CEC_MSG_FL_REPLY_TO_FOLLOWERS	(1 << 0)
#define CEC_MSG_FL_RAW			(1 << 1)

/* cec_msg tx/rx_status field */
#define CEC_TX_STATUS_OK		(1 << 0)
#define CEC_TX_STATUS_ARB_LOST		(1 << 1)
#define CEC_TX_STATUS_NACK		(1 << 2)
#define CEC_TX_STATUS_LOW_DRIVE		(1 << 3)
#define CEC_TX_STATUS_ERROR		(1 << 4)
#define CEC_TX_STATUS_MAX_RETRIES	(1 << 5)
#define CEC_TX_STATUS_ABORTED		(1 << 6)
#define CEC_TX_STATUS_TIMEOUT		(1 << 7)

#define CEC_RX_STATUS_OK		(1 << 0)
#define CEC_RX_STATUS_TIMEOUT		(1 << 1)
#define CEC_RX_STATUS_FEATURE_ABORT	(1 << 2)
#define CEC_RX_STATUS_ABORTED		(1 << 3)

static __inline__ int cec_msg_status_is_ok(const struct cec_msg *msg)
{
	if (msg->tx_status && !(msg->tx_status & CEC_TX_STATUS_OK))
		return 0;
	if (msg->rx_status && !(msg->rx_status & CEC_RX_STATUS_OK))
		return 0;
	if (!msg->tx_status && !msg->rx_status)
		return 0;
	return !(msg->rx_status & CEC_RX_STATUS_FEATURE_ABORT);
}

#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_INVALID		0xff
#define CEC_PHYS_ADDR_INVALID		0xffff

/*
 * The maximum number of logical addresses one device can be assigned to.
 * The CEC 2.0 spec allows for only 2 logical addresses at the moment. The
 * Analog Devices CEC hardware supports 3. So let's go wild and go for 4.
 */
#define CEC_MAX_LOG_ADDRS 4

/* The logical addresses defined by CEC 2.0 */
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_TV			0
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_RECORD_1		1
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_RECORD_2		2
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_TUNER_1		3
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_PLAYBACK_1		4
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_AUDIOSYSTEM	5
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_TUNER_2		6
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_TUNER_3		7
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_PLAYBACK_2		8
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_RECORD_3		9
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_TUNER_4		10
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_PLAYBACK_3		11
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_BACKUP_1		12
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_BACKUP_2		13
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_SPECIFIC		14
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_UNREGISTERED	15 /* as initiator address */
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_BROADCAST		15 /* as destination address */

/* The logical address types that the CEC device wants to claim */
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_TYPE_TV		0
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_TYPE_RECORD	1
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_TYPE_TUNER		2
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_TYPE_PLAYBACK	3
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_TYPE_AUDIOSYSTEM	4
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_TYPE_SPECIFIC	5
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_TYPE_UNREGISTERED	6
/*
 * Switches should use UNREGISTERED.
 * Processors should use SPECIFIC.
 */

#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_MASK_TV		(1 << CEC_LOG_ADDR_TV)
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_MASK_RECORD	((1 << CEC_LOG_ADDR_RECORD_1) | \
					 (1 << CEC_LOG_ADDR_RECORD_2) | \
					 (1 << CEC_LOG_ADDR_RECORD_3))
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_MASK_TUNER		((1 << CEC_LOG_ADDR_TUNER_1) | \
					 (1 << CEC_LOG_ADDR_TUNER_2) | \
					 (1 << CEC_LOG_ADDR_TUNER_3) | \
					 (1 << CEC_LOG_ADDR_TUNER_4))
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_MASK_PLAYBACK	((1 << CEC_LOG_ADDR_PLAYBACK_1) | \
					 (1 << CEC_LOG_ADDR_PLAYBACK_2) | \
					 (1 << CEC_LOG_ADDR_PLAYBACK_3))
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_MASK_AUDIOSYSTEM	(1 << CEC_LOG_ADDR_AUDIOSYSTEM)
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_MASK_BACKUP	((1 << CEC_LOG_ADDR_BACKUP_1) | \
					 (1 << CEC_LOG_ADDR_BACKUP_2))
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_MASK_SPECIFIC	(1 << CEC_LOG_ADDR_SPECIFIC)
#define CEC_LOG_ADDR_MASK_UNREGISTERED	(1 << CEC_LOG_ADDR_UNREGISTERED)

static __inline__ int cec_has_tv(__u16 log_addr_mask)
{
	return log_addr_mask & CEC_LOG_ADDR_MASK_TV;
}

static __inline__ int cec_has_record(__u16 log_addr_mask)
{
	return log_addr_mask & CEC_LOG_ADDR_MASK_RECORD;
}

static __inline__ int cec_has_tuner(__u16 log_addr_mask)
{
	return log_addr_mask & CEC_LOG_ADDR_MASK_TUNER;
}

static __inline__ int cec_has_playback(__u16 log_addr_mask)
{
	return log_addr_mask & CEC_LOG_ADDR_MASK_PLAYBACK;
}

static __inline__ int cec_has_audiosystem(__u16 log_addr_mask)
{
	return log_addr_mask & CEC_LOG_ADDR_MASK_AUDIOSYSTEM;
}

static __inline__ int cec_has_backup(__u16 log_addr_mask)
{
	return log_addr_mask & CEC_LOG_ADDR_MASK_BACKUP;
}

static __inline__ int cec_has_specific(__u16 log_addr_mask)
{
	return log_addr_mask & CEC_LOG_ADDR_MASK_SPECIFIC;
}

static __inline__ int cec_is_unregistered(__u16 log_addr_mask)
{
	return log_addr_mask & CEC_LOG_ADDR_MASK_UNREGISTERED;
}

static __inline__ int cec_is_unconfigured(__u16 log_addr_mask)
{
	return log_addr_mask == 0;
}

/*
 * Use this if there is no vendor ID (CEC_G_VENDOR_ID) or if the vendor ID
 * should be disabled (CEC_S_VENDOR_ID)
 */
#define CEC_VENDOR_ID_NONE		0xffffffff

/* The message handling modes */
/* Modes for initiator */
#define CEC_MODE_NO_INITIATOR		(0x0 << 0)
#define CEC_MODE_INITIATOR		(0x1 << 0)
#define CEC_MODE_EXCL_INITIATOR		(0x2 << 0)
#define CEC_MODE_INITIATOR_MSK		0x0f

/* Modes for follower */
#define CEC_MODE_NO_FOLLOWER		(0x0 << 4)
#define CEC_MODE_FOLLOWER		(0x1 << 4)
#define CEC_MODE_EXCL_FOLLOWER		(0x2 << 4)
#define CEC_MODE_EXCL_FOLLOWER_PASSTHRU	(0x3 << 4)
#define CEC_MODE_MONITOR_PIN		(0xd << 4)
#define CEC_MODE_MONITOR		(0xe << 4)
#define CEC_MODE_MONITOR_ALL		(0xf << 4)
#define CEC_MODE_FOLLOWER_MSK		0xf0

/* Userspace has to configure the physical address */
#define CEC_CAP_PHYS_ADDR	(1 << 0)
/* Userspace has to configure the logical addresses */
#define CEC_CAP_LOG_ADDRS	(1 << 1)
/* Userspace can transmit messages (and thus become follower as well) */
#define CEC_CAP_TRANSMIT	(1 << 2)
/*
 * Passthrough all messages instead of processing them.
 */
#define CEC_CAP_PASSTHROUGH	(1 << 3)
/* Supports remote control */
#define CEC_CAP_RC		(1 << 4)
/* Hardware can monitor all messages, not just directed and broadcast. */
#define CEC_CAP_MONITOR_ALL	(1 << 5)
/* Hardware can use CEC only if the HDMI HPD pin is high. */
#define CEC_CAP_NEEDS_HPD	(1 << 6)
/* Hardware can monitor CEC pin transitions */
#define CEC_CAP_MONITOR_PIN	(1 << 7)
/* CEC_ADAP_G_CONNECTOR_INFO is available */
#define CEC_CAP_CONNECTOR_INFO	(1 << 8)

/**
 * struct cec_caps - CEC capabilities structure.
 * @driver: name of the CEC device driver.
 * @name: name of the CEC device. @driver + @name must be unique.
 * @available_log_addrs: number of available logical addresses.
 * @capabilities: capabilities of the CEC adapter.
 * @version: version of the CEC adapter framework.
 */
struct cec_caps {
	char driver[32];
	char name[32];
	__u32 available_log_addrs;
	__u32 capabilities;
	__u32 version;
};

/**
 * struct cec_log_addrs - CEC logical addresses structure.
 * @log_addr: the claimed logical addresses. Set by the driver.
 * @log_addr_mask: current logical address mask. Set by the driver.
 * @cec_version: the CEC version that the adapter should implement. Set by the
 *	caller.
 * @num_log_addrs: how many logical addresses should be claimed. Set by the
 *	caller.
 * @vendor_id: the vendor ID of the device. Set by the caller.
 * @flags: flags.
 * @osd_name: the OSD name of the device. Set by the caller.
 * @primary_device_type: the primary device type for each logical address.
 *	Set by the caller.
 * @log_addr_type: the logical address types. Set by the caller.
 * @all_device_types: CEC 2.0: all device types represented by the logical
 *	address. Set by the caller.
 * @features:	CEC 2.0: The logical address features. Set by the caller.
 */
struct cec_log_addrs {
	__u8 log_addr[CEC_MAX_LOG_ADDRS];
	__u16 log_addr_mask;
	__u8 cec_version;
	__u8 num_log_addrs;
	__u32 vendor_id;
	__u32 flags;
	char osd_name[15];
	__u8 primary_device_type[CEC_MAX_LOG_ADDRS];
	__u8 log_addr_type[CEC_MAX_LOG_ADDRS];

	/* CEC 2.0 */
	__u8 all_device_types[CEC_MAX_LOG_ADDRS];
	__u8 features[CEC_MAX_LOG_ADDRS][12];
};

/* Allow a fallback to unregistered */
#define CEC_LOG_ADDRS_FL_ALLOW_UNREG_FALLBACK	(1 << 0)
/* Passthrough RC messages to the input subsystem */
#define CEC_LOG_ADDRS_FL_ALLOW_RC_PASSTHRU	(1 << 1)
/* CDC-Only device: supports only CDC messages */
#define CEC_LOG_ADDRS_FL_CDC_ONLY		(1 << 2)

/**
 * struct cec_drm_connector_info - tells which drm connector is
 * associated with the CEC adapter.
 * @card_no: drm card number
 * @connector_id: drm connector ID
 */
struct cec_drm_connector_info {
	__u32 card_no;
	__u32 connector_id;
};

#define CEC_CONNECTOR_TYPE_NO_CONNECTOR	0
#define CEC_CONNECTOR_TYPE_DRM		1

/**
 * struct cec_connector_info - tells if and which connector is
 * associated with the CEC adapter.
 * @type: connector type (if any)
 * @drm: drm connector info
 */
struct cec_connector_info {
	__u32 type;
	union {
		struct cec_drm_connector_info drm;
		__u32 raw[16];
	};
};

/* Events */

/* Event that occurs when the adapter state changes */
#define CEC_EVENT_STATE_CHANGE		1
/*
 * This event is sent when messages are lost because the application
 * didn't empty the message queue in time
 */
#define CEC_EVENT_LOST_MSGS		2
#define CEC_EVENT_PIN_CEC_LOW		3
#define CEC_EVENT_PIN_CEC_HIGH		4
#define CEC_EVENT_PIN_HPD_LOW		5
#define CEC_EVENT_PIN_HPD_HIGH		6
#define CEC_EVENT_PIN_5V_LOW		7
#define CEC_EVENT_PIN_5V_HIGH		8

#define CEC_EVENT_FL_INITIAL_STATE	(1 << 0)
#define CEC_EVENT_FL_DROPPED_EVENTS	(1 << 1)

/**
 * struct cec_event_state_change - used when the CEC adapter changes state.
 * @phys_addr: the current physical address
 * @log_addr_mask: the current logical address mask
 * @have_conn_info: if non-zero, then HDMI connector information is available.
 *	This field is only valid if CEC_CAP_CONNECTOR_INFO is set. If that
 *	capability is set and @have_conn_info is zero, then that indicates
 *	that the HDMI connector device is not instantiated, either because
 *	the HDMI driver is still configuring the device or because the HDMI
 *	device was unbound.
 */
struct cec_event_state_change {
	__u16 phys_addr;
	__u16 log_addr_mask;
	__u16 have_conn_info;
};

/**
 * struct cec_event_lost_msgs - tells you how many messages were lost.
 * @lost_msgs: how many messages were lost.
 */
struct cec_event_lost_msgs {
	__u32 lost_msgs;
};

/**
 * struct cec_event - CEC event structure
 * @ts: the timestamp of when the event was sent.
 * @event: the event.
 * array.
 * @state_change: the event payload for CEC_EVENT_STATE_CHANGE.
 * @lost_msgs: the event payload for CEC_EVENT_LOST_MSGS.
 * @raw: array to pad the union.
 */
struct cec_event {
	__u64 ts;
	__u32 event;
	__u32 flags;
	union {
		struct cec_event_state_change state_change;
		struct cec_event_lost_msgs lost_msgs;
		__u32 raw[16];
	};
};

/* ioctls */

/* Adapter capabilities */
#define CEC_ADAP_G_CAPS		_IOWR('a',  0, struct cec_caps)

/*
 * phys_addr is either 0 (if this is the CEC root device)
 * or a valid physical address obtained from the sink's EDID
 * as read by this CEC device (if this is a source device)
 * or a physical address obtained and modified from a sink
 * EDID and used for a sink CEC device.
 * If nothing is connected, then phys_addr is 0xffff.
 * See HDMI 1.4b, section 8.7 (Physical Address).
 *
 * The CEC_ADAP_S_PHYS_ADDR ioctl may not be available if that is handled
 * internally.
 */
#define CEC_ADAP_G_PHYS_ADDR	_IOR('a',  1, __u16)
#define CEC_ADAP_S_PHYS_ADDR	_IOW('a',  2, __u16)

/*
 * Configure the CEC adapter. It sets the device type and which
 * logical types it will try to claim. It will return which
 * logical addresses it could actually claim.
 * An error is returned if the adapter is disabled or if there
 * is no physical address assigned.
 */

#define CEC_ADAP_G_LOG_ADDRS	_IOR('a',  3, struct cec_log_addrs)
#define CEC_ADAP_S_LOG_ADDRS	_IOWR('a',  4, struct cec_log_addrs)

/* Transmit/receive a CEC command */
#define CEC_TRANSMIT		_IOWR('a',  5, struct cec_msg)
#define CEC_RECEIVE		_IOWR('a',  6, struct cec_msg)

/* Dequeue CEC events */
#define CEC_DQEVENT		_IOWR('a',  7, struct cec_event)

/*
 * Get and set the message handling mode for this filehandle.
 */
#define CEC_G_MODE		_IOR('a',  8, __u32)
#define CEC_S_MODE		_IOW('a',  9, __u32)

/* Get the connector info */
#define CEC_ADAP_G_CONNECTOR_INFO _IOR('a',  10, struct cec_connector_info)

/*
 * The remainder of this header defines all CEC messages and operands.
 * The format matters since it the cec-ctl utility parses it to generate
 * code for implementing all these messages.
 *
 * Comments ending with 'Feature' group messages for each feature.
 * If messages are part of multiple features, then the "Has also"
 * comment is used to list the previously defined messages that are
 * supported by the feature.
 *
 * Before operands are defined a comment is added that gives the
 * name of the operand and in brackets the variable name of the
 * corresponding argument in the cec-funcs.h function.
 */

/* Messages */

/* One Touch Play Feature */
#define CEC_MSG_ACTIVE_SOURCE				0x82
#define CEC_MSG_IMAGE_VIEW_ON				0x04
#define CEC_MSG_TEXT_VIEW_ON				0x0d


/* Routing Control Feature */

/*
 * Has also:
 *	CEC_MSG_ACTIVE_SOURCE
 */

#define CEC_MSG_INACTIVE_SOURCE				0x9d
#define CEC_MSG_REQUEST_ACTIVE_SOURCE			0x85
#define CEC_MSG_ROUTING_CHANGE				0x80
#define CEC_MSG_ROUTING_INFORMATION			0x81
#define CEC_MSG_SET_STREAM_PATH				0x86


/* Standby Feature */
#define CEC_MSG_STANDBY					0x36


/* One Touch Record Feature */
#define CEC_MSG_RECORD_OFF				0x0b
#define CEC_MSG_RECORD_ON				0x09
/* Record Source Type Operand (rec_src_type) */
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_SRC_OWN				1
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_SRC_DIGITAL			2
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_SRC_ANALOG			3
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_SRC_EXT_PLUG			4
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_SRC_EXT_PHYS_ADDR			5
/* Service Identification Method Operand (service_id_method) */
#define CEC_OP_SERVICE_ID_METHOD_BY_DIG_ID		0
#define CEC_OP_SERVICE_ID_METHOD_BY_CHANNEL		1
/* Digital Service Broadcast System Operand (dig_bcast_system) */
#define CEC_OP_DIG_SERVICE_BCAST_SYSTEM_ARIB_GEN	0x00
#define CEC_OP_DIG_SERVICE_BCAST_SYSTEM_ATSC_GEN	0x01
#define CEC_OP_DIG_SERVICE_BCAST_SYSTEM_DVB_GEN		0x02
#define CEC_OP_DIG_SERVICE_BCAST_SYSTEM_ARIB_BS		0x08
#define CEC_OP_DIG_SERVICE_BCAST_SYSTEM_ARIB_CS		0x09
#define CEC_OP_DIG_SERVICE_BCAST_SYSTEM_ARIB_T		0x0a
#define CEC_OP_DIG_SERVICE_BCAST_SYSTEM_ATSC_CABLE	0x10
#define CEC_OP_DIG_SERVICE_BCAST_SYSTEM_ATSC_SAT	0x11
#define CEC_OP_DIG_SERVICE_BCAST_SYSTEM_ATSC_T		0x12
#define CEC_OP_DIG_SERVICE_BCAST_SYSTEM_DVB_C		0x18
#define CEC_OP_DIG_SERVICE_BCAST_SYSTEM_DVB_S		0x19
#define CEC_OP_DIG_SERVICE_BCAST_SYSTEM_DVB_S2		0x1a
#define CEC_OP_DIG_SERVICE_BCAST_SYSTEM_DVB_T		0x1b
/* Analogue Broadcast Type Operand (ana_bcast_type) */
#define CEC_OP_ANA_BCAST_TYPE_CABLE			0
#define CEC_OP_ANA_BCAST_TYPE_SATELLITE			1
#define CEC_OP_ANA_BCAST_TYPE_TERRESTRIAL		2
/* Broadcast System Operand (bcast_system) */
#define CEC_OP_BCAST_SYSTEM_PAL_BG			0x00
#define CEC_OP_BCAST_SYSTEM_SECAM_LQ			0x01 /* SECAM L' */
#define CEC_OP_BCAST_SYSTEM_PAL_M			0x02
#define CEC_OP_BCAST_SYSTEM_NTSC_M			0x03
#define CEC_OP_BCAST_SYSTEM_PAL_I			0x04
#define CEC_OP_BCAST_SYSTEM_SECAM_DK			0x05
#define CEC_OP_BCAST_SYSTEM_SECAM_BG			0x06
#define CEC_OP_BCAST_SYSTEM_SECAM_L			0x07
#define CEC_OP_BCAST_SYSTEM_PAL_DK			0x08
#define CEC_OP_BCAST_SYSTEM_OTHER			0x1f
/* Channel Number Format Operand (channel_number_fmt) */
#define CEC_OP_CHANNEL_NUMBER_FMT_1_PART		0x01
#define CEC_OP_CHANNEL_NUMBER_FMT_2_PART		0x02

#define CEC_MSG_RECORD_STATUS				0x0a
/* Record Status Operand (rec_status) */
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_STATUS_CUR_SRC			0x01
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_STATUS_DIG_SERVICE		0x02
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_STATUS_ANA_SERVICE		0x03
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_STATUS_EXT_INPUT			0x04
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_STATUS_NO_DIG_SERVICE		0x05
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_STATUS_NO_ANA_SERVICE		0x06
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_STATUS_NO_SERVICE			0x07
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_STATUS_INVALID_EXT_PLUG		0x09
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_STATUS_INVALID_EXT_PHYS_ADDR	0x0a
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_STATUS_UNSUP_CA			0x0b
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_STATUS_NO_CA_ENTITLEMENTS		0x0c
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_STATUS_CANT_COPY_SRC		0x0d
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_STATUS_NO_MORE_COPIES		0x0e
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_STATUS_NO_MEDIA			0x10
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_STATUS_PLAYING			0x11
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_STATUS_ALREADY_RECORDING		0x12
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_STATUS_MEDIA_PROT			0x13
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_STATUS_NO_SIGNAL			0x14
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_STATUS_MEDIA_PROBLEM		0x15
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_STATUS_NO_SPACE			0x16
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_STATUS_PARENTAL_LOCK		0x17
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_STATUS_TERMINATED_OK		0x1a
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_STATUS_ALREADY_TERM		0x1b
#define CEC_OP_RECORD_STATUS_OTHER			0x1f

#define CEC_MSG_RECORD_TV_SCREEN			0x0f


/* Timer Programming Feature */
#define CEC_MSG_CLEAR_ANALOGUE_TIMER			0x33
/* Recording Sequence Operand (recording_seq) */
#define CEC_OP_REC_SEQ_SUNDAY				0x01
#define CEC_OP_REC_SEQ_MONDAY				0x02
#define CEC_OP_REC_SEQ_TUESDAY				0x04
#define CEC_OP_REC_SEQ_WEDNESDAY			0x08
#define CEC_OP_REC_SEQ_THURSDAY				0x10
#define CEC_OP_REC_SEQ_FRIDAY				0x20
#define CEC_OP_REC_SEQ_SATERDAY				0x40
#define CEC_OP_REC_SEQ_ONCE_ONLY			0x00

#define CEC_MSG_CLEAR_DIGITAL_TIMER			0x99

#define CEC_MSG_CLEAR_EXT_TIMER				0xa1
/* External Source Specifier Operand (ext_src_spec) */
#define CEC_OP_EXT_SRC_PLUG				0x04
#define CEC_OP_EXT_SRC_PHYS_ADDR			0x05

#define CEC_MSG_SET_ANALOGUE_TIMER			0x34
#define CEC_MSG_SET_DIGITAL_TIMER			0x97
#define CEC_MSG_SET_EXT_TIMER				0xa2

#define CEC_MSG_SET_TIMER_PROGRAM_TITLE			0x67
#define CEC_MSG_TIMER_CLEARED_STATUS			0x43
/* Timer Cleared Status Data Operand (timer_cleared_status) */
#define CEC_OP_TIMER_CLR_STAT_RECORDING			0x00
#define CEC_OP_TIMER_CLR_STAT_NO_MATCHING		0x01
#define CEC_OP_TIMER_CLR_STAT_NO_INFO			0x02
#define CEC_OP_TIMER_CLR_STAT_CLEARED			0x80

#define CEC_MSG_TIMER_STATUS				0x35
/* Timer Overlap Warning Operand (timer_overlap_warning) */
#define CEC_OP_TIMER_OVERLAP_WARNING_NO_OVERLAP		0
#define CEC_OP_TIMER_OVERLAP_WARNING_OVERLAP		1
/* Media Info Operand (media_info) */
#define CEC_OP_MEDIA_INFO_UNPROT_MEDIA			0
#define CEC_OP_MEDIA_INFO_PROT_MEDIA			1
#define CEC_OP_MEDIA_INFO_NO_MEDIA			2
/* Programmed Indicator Operand (prog_indicator) */
#define CEC_OP_PROG_IND_NOT_PROGRAMMED			0
#define CEC_OP_PROG_IND_PROGRAMMED			1
/* Programmed Info Operand (prog_info) */
#define CEC_OP_PROG_INFO_ENOUGH_SPACE			0x08
#define CEC_OP_PROG_INFO_NOT_ENOUGH_SPACE		0x09
#define CEC_OP_PROG_INFO_MIGHT_NOT_BE_ENOUGH_SPACE	0x0b
#define CEC_OP_PROG_INFO_NONE_AVAILABLE			0x0a
/* Not Programmed Error Info Operand (prog_error) */
#define CEC_OP_PROG_ERROR_NO_FREE_TIMER			0x01
#define CEC_OP_PROG_ERROR_DATE_OUT_OF_RANGE		0x02
#define CEC_OP_PROG_ERROR_REC_SEQ_ERROR			0x03
#define CEC_OP_PROG_ERROR_INV_EXT_PLUG			0x04
#define CEC_OP_PROG_ERROR_INV_EXT_PHYS_ADDR		0x05
#define CEC_OP_PROG_ERROR_CA_UNSUPP			0x06
#define CEC_OP_PROG_ERROR_INSUF_CA_ENTITLEMENTS		0x07
#define CEC_OP_PROG_ERROR_RESOLUTION_UNSUPP		0x08
#define CEC_OP_PROG_ERROR_PARENTAL_LOCK			0x09
#define CEC_OP_PROG_ERROR_CLOCK_FAILURE			0x0a
#define CEC_OP_PROG_ERROR_DUPLICATE			0x0e


/* System Information Feature */
#define CEC_MSG_CEC_VERSION				0x9e
/* CEC Version Operand (cec_version) */
#define CEC_OP_CEC_VERSION_1_3A				4
#define CEC_OP_CEC_VERSION_1_4				5
#define CEC_OP_CEC_VERSION_2_0				6

#define CEC_MSG_GET_CEC_VERSION				0x9f
#define CEC_MSG_GIVE_PHYSICAL_ADDR			0x83
#define CEC_MSG_GET_MENU_LANGUAGE			0x91
#define CEC_MSG_REPORT_PHYSICAL_ADDR			0x84
/* Primary Device Type Operand (prim_devtype) */
#define CEC_OP_PRIM_DEVTYPE_TV				0
#define CEC_OP_PRIM_DEVTYPE_RECORD			1
#define CEC_OP_PRIM_DEVTYPE_TUNER			3
#define CEC_OP_PRIM_DEVTYPE_PLAYBACK			4
#define CEC_OP_PRIM_DEVTYPE_AUDIOSYSTEM			5
#define CEC_OP_PRIM_DEVTYPE_SWITCH			6
#define CEC_OP_PRIM_DEVTYPE_PROCESSOR			7

#define CEC_MSG_SET_MENU_LANGUAGE			0x32
#define CEC_MSG_REPORT_FEATURES				0xa6	/* HDMI 2.0 */
/* All Device Types Operand (all_device_types) */
#define CEC_OP_ALL_DEVTYPE_TV				0x80
#define CEC_OP_ALL_DEVTYPE_RECORD			0x40
#define CEC_OP_ALL_DEVTYPE_TUNER			0x20
#define CEC_OP_ALL_DEVTYPE_PLAYBACK			0x10
#define CEC_OP_ALL_DEVTYPE_AUDIOSYSTEM			0x08
#define CEC_OP_ALL_DEVTYPE_SWITCH			0x04
/*
 * And if you wondering what happened to PROCESSOR devices: those should
 * be mapped to a SWITCH.
 */

/* Valid for RC Profile and Device Feature operands */
#define CEC_OP_FEAT_EXT					0x80	/* Extension bit */
/* RC Profile Operand (rc_profile) */
#define CEC_OP_FEAT_RC_TV_PROFILE_NONE			0x00
#define CEC_OP_FEAT_RC_TV_PROFILE_1			0x02
#define CEC_OP_FEAT_RC_TV_PROFILE_2			0x06
#define CEC_OP_FEAT_RC_TV_PROFILE_3			0x0a
#define CEC_OP_FEAT_RC_TV_PROFILE_4			0x0e
#define CEC_OP_FEAT_RC_SRC_HAS_DEV_ROOT_MENU		0x50
#define CEC_OP_FEAT_RC_SRC_HAS_DEV_SETUP_MENU		0x48
#define CEC_OP_FEAT_RC_SRC_HAS_CONTENTS_MENU		0x44
#define CEC_OP_FEAT_RC_SRC_HAS_MEDIA_TOP_MENU		0x42
#define CEC_OP_FEAT_RC_SRC_HAS_MEDIA_CONTEXT_MENU	0x41
/* Device Feature Operand (dev_features) */
#define CEC_OP_FEAT_DEV_HAS_RECORD_TV_SCREEN		0x40
#define CEC_OP_FEAT_DEV_HAS_SET_OSD_STRING		0x20
#define CEC_OP_FEAT_DEV_HAS_DECK_CONTROL		0x10
#define CEC_OP_FEAT_DEV_HAS_SET_AUDIO_RATE		0x08
#define CEC_OP_FEAT_DEV_SINK_HAS_ARC_TX			0x04
#define CEC_OP_FEAT_DEV_SOURCE_HAS_ARC_RX		0x02
#define CEC_OP_FEAT_DEV_HAS_SET_AUDIO_VOLUME_LEVEL	0x01

#define CEC_MSG_GIVE_FEATURES				0xa5	/* HDMI 2.0 */


/* Deck Control Feature */
#define CEC_MSG_DECK_CONTROL				0x42
/* Deck Control Mode Operand (deck_control_mode) */
#define CEC_OP_DECK_CTL_MODE_SKIP_FWD			1
#define CEC_OP_DECK_CTL_MODE_SKIP_REV			2
#define CEC_OP_DECK_CTL_MODE_STOP			3
#define CEC_OP_DECK_CTL_MODE_EJECT			4

#define CEC_MSG_DECK_STATUS				0x1b
/* Deck Info Operand (deck_info) */
#define CEC_OP_DECK_INFO_PLAY				0x11
#define CEC_OP_DECK_INFO_RECORD				0x12
#define CEC_OP_DECK_INFO_PLAY_REV			0x13
#define CEC_OP_DECK_INFO_STILL				0x14
#define CEC_OP_DECK_INFO_SLOW				0x15
#define CEC_OP_DECK_INFO_SLOW_REV			0x16
#define CEC_OP_DECK_INFO_FAST_FWD			0x17
#define CEC_OP_DECK_INFO_FAST_REV			0x18
#define CEC_OP_DECK_INFO_NO_MEDIA			0x19
#define CEC_OP_DECK_INFO_STOP				0x1a
#define CEC_OP_DECK_INFO_SKIP_FWD			0x1b
#define CEC_OP_DECK_INFO_SKIP_REV			0x1c
#define CEC_OP_DECK_INFO_INDEX_SEARCH_FWD		0x1d
#define CEC_OP_DECK_INFO_INDEX_SEARCH_REV		0x1e
#define CEC_OP_DECK_INFO_OTHER				0x1f

#define CEC_MSG_GIVE_DECK_STATUS			0x1a
/* Status Request Operand (status_req) */
#define CEC_OP_STATUS_REQ_ON				1
#define CEC_OP_STATUS_REQ_OFF				2
#define CEC_OP_STATUS_REQ_ONCE				3

#define CEC_MSG_PLAY					0x41
/* Play Mode Operand (play_mode) */
#define CEC_OP_PLAY_MODE_PLAY_FWD			0x24
#define CEC_OP_PLAY_MODE_PLAY_REV			0x20
#define CEC_OP_PLAY_MODE_PLAY_STILL			0x25
#define CEC_OP_PLAY_MODE_PLAY_FAST_FWD_MIN		0x05
#define CEC_OP_PLAY_MODE_PLAY_FAST_FWD_MED		0x06
#define CEC_OP_PLAY_MODE_PLAY_FAST_FWD_MAX		0x07
#define CEC_OP_PLAY_MODE_PLAY_FAST_REV_MIN		0x09
#define CEC_OP_PLAY_MODE_PLAY_FAST_REV_MED		0x0a
#define CEC_OP_PLAY_MODE_PLAY_FAST_REV_MAX		0x0b
#define CEC_OP_PLAY_MODE_PLAY_SLOW_FWD_MIN		0x15
#define CEC_OP_PLAY_MODE_PLAY_SLOW_FWD_MED		0x16
#define CEC_OP_PLAY_MODE_PLAY_SLOW_FWD_MAX		0x17
#define CEC_OP_PLAY_MODE_PLAY_SLOW_REV_MIN		0x19
#define CEC_OP_PLAY_MODE_PLAY_SLOW_REV_MED		0x1a
#define CEC_OP_PLAY_MODE_PLAY_SLOW_REV_MAX		0x1b


/* Tuner Control Feature */
#define CEC_MSG_GIVE_TUNER_DEVICE_STATUS		0x08
#define CEC_MSG_SELECT_ANALOGUE_SERVICE			0x92
#define CEC_MSG_SELECT_DIGITAL_SERVICE			0x93
#define CEC_MSG_TUNER_DEVICE_STATUS			0x07
/* Recording Flag Operand (rec_flag) */
#define CEC_OP_REC_FLAG_USED				0
#define CEC_OP_REC_FLAG_NOT_USED			1
/* Tuner Display Info Operand (tuner_display_info) */
#define CEC_OP_TUNER_DISPLAY_INFO_DIGITAL		0
#define CEC_OP_TUNER_DISPLAY_INFO_NONE			1
#define CEC_OP_TUNER_DISPLAY_INFO_ANALOGUE		2

#define CEC_MSG_TUNER_STEP_DECREMENT			0x06
#define CEC_MSG_TUNER_STEP_INCREMENT			0x05


/* Vendor Specific Commands Feature */

/*
 * Has also:
 *	CEC_MSG_CEC_VERSION
 *	CEC_MSG_GET_CEC_VERSION
 */
#define CEC_MSG_DEVICE_VENDOR_ID			0x87
#define CEC_MSG_GIVE_DEVICE_VENDOR_ID			0x8c
#define CEC_MSG_VENDOR_COMMAND				0x89
#define CEC_MSG_VENDOR_COMMAND_WITH_ID			0xa0
#define CEC_MSG_VENDOR_REMOTE_BUTTON_DOWN		0x8a
#define CEC_MSG_VENDOR_REMOTE_BUTTON_UP			0x8b


/* OSD Display Feature */
#define CEC_MSG_SET_OSD_STRING				0x64
/* Display Control Operand (disp_ctl) */
#define CEC_OP_DISP_CTL_DEFAULT				0x00
#define CEC_OP_DISP_CTL_UNTIL_CLEARED			0x40
#define CEC_OP_DISP_CTL_CLEAR				0x80


/* Device OSD Transfer Feature */
#define CEC_MSG_GIVE_OSD_NAME				0x46
#define CEC_MSG_SET_OSD_NAME				0x47


/* Device Menu Control Feature */
#define CEC_MSG_MENU_REQUEST				0x8d
/* Menu Request Type Operand (menu_req) */
#define CEC_OP_MENU_REQUEST_ACTIVATE			0x00
#define CEC_OP_MENU_REQUEST_DEACTIVATE			0x01
#define CEC_OP_MENU_REQUEST_QUERY			0x02

#define CEC_MSG_MENU_STATUS				0x8e
/* Menu State Operand (menu_state) */
#define CEC_OP_MENU_STATE_ACTIVATED			0x00
#define CEC_OP_MENU_STATE_DEACTIVATED			0x01

#define CEC_MSG_USER_CONTROL_PRESSED			0x44
/* UI Broadcast Type Operand (ui_bcast_type) */
#define CEC_OP_UI_BCAST_TYPE_TOGGLE_ALL			0x00
#define CEC_OP_UI_BCAST_TYPE_TOGGLE_DIG_ANA		0x01
#define CEC_OP_UI_BCAST_TYPE_ANALOGUE			0x10
#define CEC_OP_UI_BCAST_TYPE_ANALOGUE_T			0x20
#define CEC_OP_UI_BCAST_TYPE_ANALOGUE_CABLE		0x30
#define CEC_OP_UI_BCAST_TYPE_ANALOGUE_SAT		0x40
#define CEC_OP_UI_BCAST_TYPE_DIGITAL			0x50
#define CEC_OP_UI_BCAST_TYPE_DIGITAL_T			0x60
#define CEC_OP_UI_BCAST_TYPE_DIGITAL_CABLE		0x70
#define CEC_OP_UI_BCAST_TYPE_DIGITAL_SAT		0x80
#define CEC_OP_UI_BCAST_TYPE_DIGITAL_COM_SAT		0x90
#define CEC_OP_UI_BCAST_TYPE_DIGITAL_COM_SAT2		0x91
#define CEC_OP_UI_BCAST_TYPE_IP				0xa0
/* UI Sound Presentation Control Operand (ui_snd_pres_ctl) */
#define CEC_OP_UI_SND_PRES_CTL_DUAL_MONO		0x10
#define CEC_OP_UI_SND_PRES_CTL_KARAOKE			0x20
#define CEC_OP_UI_SND_PRES_CTL_DOWNMIX			0x80
#define CEC_OP_UI_SND_PRES_CTL_REVERB			0x90
#define CEC_OP_UI_SND_PRES_CTL_EQUALIZER		0xa0
#define CEC_OP_UI_SND_PRES_CTL_BASS_UP			0xb1
#define CEC_OP_UI_SND_PRES_CTL_BASS_NEUTRAL		0xb2
#define CEC_OP_UI_SND_PRES_CTL_BASS_DOWN		0xb3
#define CEC_OP_UI_SND_PRES_CTL_TREBLE_UP		0xc1
#define CEC_OP_UI_SND_PRES_CTL_TREBLE_NEUTRAL		0xc2
#define CEC_OP_UI_SND_PRES_CTL_TREBLE_DOWN		0xc3

#define CEC_MSG_USER_CONTROL_RELEASED			0x45


/* Remote Control Passthrough Feature */

/*
 * Has also:
 *	CEC_MSG_USER_CONTROL_PRESSED
 *	CEC_MSG_USER_CONTROL_RELEASED
 */


/* Power Status Feature */
#define CEC_MSG_GIVE_DEVICE_POWER_STATUS		0x8f
#define CEC_MSG_REPORT_POWER_STATUS			0x90
/* Power Status Operand (pwr_state) */
#define CEC_OP_POWER_STATUS_ON				0
#define CEC_OP_POWER_STATUS_STANDBY			1
#define CEC_OP_POWER_STATUS_TO_ON			2
#define CEC_OP_POWER_STATUS_TO_STANDBY			3


/* General Protocol Messages */
#define CEC_MSG_FEATURE_ABORT				0x00
/* Abort Reason Operand (reason) */
#define CEC_OP_ABORT_UNRECOGNIZED_OP			0
#define CEC_OP_ABORT_INCORRECT_MODE			1
#define CEC_OP_ABORT_NO_SOURCE				2
#define CEC_OP_ABORT_INVALID_OP				3
#define CEC_OP_ABORT_REFUSED				4
#define CEC_OP_ABORT_UNDETERMINED			5

#define CEC_MSG_ABORT					0xff


/* System Audio Control Feature */

/*
 * Has also:
 *	CEC_MSG_USER_CONTROL_PRESSED
 *	CEC_MSG_USER_CONTROL_RELEASED
 */
#define CEC_MSG_GIVE_AUDIO_STATUS			0x71
#define CEC_MSG_GIVE_SYSTEM_AUDIO_MODE_STATUS		0x7d
#define CEC_MSG_REPORT_AUDIO_STATUS			0x7a
/* Audio Mute Status Operand (aud_mute_status) */
#define CEC_OP_AUD_MUTE_STATUS_OFF			0
#define CEC_OP_AUD_MUTE_STATUS_ON			1

#define CEC_MSG_REPORT_SHORT_AUDIO_DESCRIPTOR		0xa3
#define CEC_MSG_REQUEST_SHORT_AUDIO_DESCRIPTOR		0xa4
#define CEC_MSG_SET_SYSTEM_AUDIO_MODE			0x72
/* System Audio Status Operand (sys_aud_status) */
#define CEC_OP_SYS_AUD_STATUS_OFF			0
#define CEC_OP_SYS_AUD_STATUS_ON			1

#define CEC_MSG_SYSTEM_AUDIO_MODE_REQUEST		0x70
#define CEC_MSG_SYSTEM_AUDIO_MODE_STATUS		0x7e
/* Audio Format ID Operand (audio_format_id) */
#define CEC_OP_AUD_FMT_ID_CEA861			0
#define CEC_OP_AUD_FMT_ID_CEA861_CXT			1

#define CEC_MSG_SET_AUDIO_VOLUME_LEVEL			0x73

/* Audio Rate Control Feature */
#define CEC_MSG_SET_AUDIO_RATE				0x9a
/* Audio Rate Operand (audio_rate) */
#define CEC_OP_AUD_RATE_OFF				0
#define CEC_OP_AUD_RATE_WIDE_STD			1
#define CEC_OP_AUD_RATE_WIDE_FAST			2
#define CEC_OP_AUD_RATE_WIDE_SLOW			3
#define CEC_OP_AUD_RATE_NARROW_STD			4
#define CEC_OP_AUD_RATE_NARROW_FAST			5
#define CEC_OP_AUD_RATE_NARROW_SLOW			6


/* Audio Return Channel Control Feature */
#define CEC_MSG_INITIATE_ARC				0xc0
#define CEC_MSG_REPORT_ARC_INITIATED			0xc1
#define CEC_MSG_REPORT_ARC_TERMINATED			0xc2
#define CEC_MSG_REQUEST_ARC_INITIATION			0xc3
#define CEC_MSG_REQUEST_ARC_TERMINATION			0xc4
#define CEC_MSG_TERMINATE_ARC				0xc5


/* Dynamic Audio Lipsync Feature */
/* Only for CEC 2.0 and up */
#define CEC_MSG_REQUEST_CURRENT_LATENCY			0xa7
#define CEC_MSG_REPORT_CURRENT_LATENCY			0xa8
/* Low Latency Mode Operand (low_latency_mode) */
#define CEC_OP_LOW_LATENCY_MODE_OFF			0
#define CEC_OP_LOW_LATENCY_MODE_ON			1
/* Audio Output Compensated Operand (audio_out_compensated) */
#define CEC_OP_AUD_OUT_COMPENSATED_NA			0
#define CEC_OP_AUD_OUT_COMPENSATED_DELAY		1
#define CEC_OP_AUD_OUT_COMPENSATED_NO_DELAY		2
#define CEC_OP_AUD_OUT_COMPENSATED_PARTIAL_DELAY	3


/* Capability Discovery and Control Feature */
#define CEC_MSG_CDC_MESSAGE				0xf8
/* Ethernet-over-HDMI: nobody ever does this... */
#define CEC_MSG_CDC_HEC_INQUIRE_STATE			0x00
#define CEC_MSG_CDC_HEC_REPORT_STATE			0x01
/* HEC Functionality State Operand (hec_func_state) */
#define CEC_OP_HEC_FUNC_STATE_NOT_SUPPORTED		0
#define CEC_OP_HEC_FUNC_STATE_INACTIVE			1
#define CEC_OP_HEC_FUNC_STATE_ACTIVE			2
#define CEC_OP_HEC_FUNC_STATE_ACTIVATION_FIELD		3
/* Host Functionality State Operand (host_func_state) */
#define CEC_OP_HOST_FUNC_STATE_NOT_SUPPORTED		0
#define CEC_OP_HOST_FUNC_STATE_INACTIVE			1
#define CEC_OP_HOST_FUNC_STATE_ACTIVE			2
/* ENC Functionality State Operand (enc_func_state) */
#define CEC_OP_ENC_FUNC_STATE_EXT_CON_NOT_SUPPORTED	0
#define CEC_OP_ENC_FUNC_STATE_EXT_CON_INACTIVE		1
#define CEC_OP_ENC_FUNC_STATE_EXT_CON_ACTIVE		2
/* CDC Error Code Operand (cdc_errcode) */
#define CEC_OP_CDC_ERROR_CODE_NONE			0
#define CEC_OP_CDC_ERROR_CODE_CAP_UNSUPPORTED		1
#define CEC_OP_CDC_ERROR_CODE_WRONG_STATE		2
#define CEC_OP_CDC_ERROR_CODE_OTHER			3
/* HEC Support Operand (hec_support) */
#define CEC_OP_HEC_SUPPORT_NO				0
#define CEC_OP_HEC_SUPPORT_YES				1
/* HEC Activation Operand (hec_activation) */
#define CEC_OP_HEC_ACTIVATION_ON			0
#define CEC_OP_HEC_ACTIVATION_OFF			1

#define CEC_MSG_CDC_HEC_SET_STATE_ADJACENT		0x02
#define CEC_MSG_CDC_HEC_SET_STATE			0x03
/* HEC Set State Operand (hec_set_state) */
#define CEC_OP_HEC_SET_STATE_DEACTIVATE			0
#define CEC_OP_HEC_SET_STATE_ACTIVATE			1

#define CEC_MSG_CDC_HEC_REQUEST_DEACTIVATION		0x04
#define CEC_MSG_CDC_HEC_NOTIFY_ALIVE			0x05
#define CEC_MSG_CDC_HEC_DISCOVER			0x06
/* Hotplug Detect messages */
#define CEC_MSG_CDC_HPD_SET_STATE			0x10
/* HPD State Operand (hpd_state) */
#define CEC_OP_HPD_STATE_CP_EDID_DISABLE		0
#define CEC_OP_HPD_STATE_CP_EDID_ENABLE			1
#define CEC_OP_HPD_STATE_CP_EDID_DISABLE_ENABLE		2
#define CEC_OP_HPD_STATE_EDID_DISABLE			3
#define CEC_OP_HPD_STATE_EDID_ENABLE			4
#define CEC_OP_HPD_STATE_EDID_DISABLE_ENABLE		5
#define CEC_MSG_CDC_HPD_REPORT_STATE			0x11
/* HPD Error Code Operand (hpd_error) */
#define CEC_OP_HPD_ERROR_NONE				0
#define CEC_OP_HPD_ERROR_INITIATOR_NOT_CAPABLE		1
#define CEC_OP_HPD_ERROR_INITIATOR_WRONG_STATE		2
#define CEC_OP_HPD_ERROR_OTHER				3
#define CEC_OP_HPD_ERROR_NONE_NO_VIDEO			4

/* End of Messages */

/* Helper functions to identify the 'special' CEC devices */

static __inline__ int cec_is_2nd_tv(const struct cec_log_addrs *las)
{
	/*
	 * It is a second TV if the logical address is 14 or 15 and the
	 * primary device type is a TV.
	 */
	return las->num_log_addrs &&
	       las->log_addr[0] >= CEC_LOG_ADDR_SPECIFIC &&
	       las->primary_device_type[0] == CEC_OP_PRIM_DEVTYPE_TV;
}

static __inline__ int cec_is_processor(const struct cec_log_addrs *las)
{
	/*
	 * It is a processor if the logical address is 12-15 and the
	 * primary device type is a Processor.
	 */
	return las->num_log_addrs &&
	       las->log_addr[0] >= CEC_LOG_ADDR_BACKUP_1 &&
	       las->primary_device_type[0] == CEC_OP_PRIM_DEVTYPE_PROCESSOR;
}

static __inline__ int cec_is_switch(const struct cec_log_addrs *las)
{
	/*
	 * It is a switch if the logical address is 15 and the
	 * primary device type is a Switch and the CDC-Only flag is not set.
	 */
	return las->num_log_addrs == 1 &&
	       las->log_addr[0] == CEC_LOG_ADDR_UNREGISTERED &&
	       las->primary_device_type[0] == CEC_OP_PRIM_DEVTYPE_SWITCH &&
	       !(las->flags & CEC_LOG_ADDRS_FL_CDC_ONLY);
}

static __inline__ int cec_is_cdc_only(const struct cec_log_addrs *las)
{
	/*
	 * It is a CDC-only device if the logical address is 15 and the
	 * primary device type is a Switch and the CDC-Only flag is set.
	 */
	return las->num_log_addrs == 1 &&
	       las->log_addr[0] == CEC_LOG_ADDR_UNREGISTERED &&
	       las->primary_device_type[0] == CEC_OP_PRIM_DEVTYPE_SWITCH &&
	       (las->flags & CEC_LOG_ADDRS_FL_CDC_ONLY);
}

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Userspace interface for TDX guest driver
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2022 Intel Corporation
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_TDX_GUEST_H_
#define _LINUX_TDX_GUEST_H_

#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/* Length of the REPORTDATA used in TDG.MR.REPORT TDCALL */
#define TDX_REPORTDATA_LEN              64

/* Length of TDREPORT used in TDG.MR.REPORT TDCALL */
#define TDX_REPORT_LEN                  1024

/**
 * struct tdx_report_req - Request struct for TDX_CMD_GET_REPORT0 IOCTL.
 *
 * @reportdata: User buffer with REPORTDATA to be included into TDREPORT.
 *              Typically it can be some nonce provided by attestation
 *              service, so the generated TDREPORT can be uniquely verified.
 * @tdreport: User buffer to store TDREPORT output from TDCALL[TDG.MR.REPORT].
 */
struct tdx_report_req {
	__u8 reportdata[TDX_REPORTDATA_LEN];
	__u8 tdreport[TDX_REPORT_LEN];
};

/*
 * TDX_CMD_GET_REPORT0 - Get TDREPORT0 (a.k.a. TDREPORT subtype 0) using
 *                       TDCALL[TDG.MR.REPORT]
 *
 * Return 0 on success, -EIO on TDCALL execution failure, and
 * standard errno on other general error cases.
 */
#define TDX_CMD_GET_REPORT0              _IOWR('T', 1, struct tdx_report_req)

#endif /* _LINUX_TDX_GUEST_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) */
/*
 * cec - HDMI Consumer Electronics Control message functions
 *
 * Copyright 2016 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 */

#ifndef _CEC_UAPI_FUNCS_H
#define _CEC_UAPI_FUNCS_H

#include <linux/cec.h>

/* One Touch Play Feature */
static __inline__ void cec_msg_active_source(struct cec_msg *msg, __u16 phys_addr)
{
	msg->len = 4;
	msg->msg[0] |= 0xf; /* broadcast */
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_ACTIVE_SOURCE;
	msg->msg[2] = phys_addr >> 8;
	msg->msg[3] = phys_addr & 0xff;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_active_source(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					 __u16 *phys_addr)
{
	*phys_addr = (msg->msg[2] << 8) | msg->msg[3];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_image_view_on(struct cec_msg *msg)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_IMAGE_VIEW_ON;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_text_view_on(struct cec_msg *msg)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_TEXT_VIEW_ON;
}


/* Routing Control Feature */
static __inline__ void cec_msg_inactive_source(struct cec_msg *msg,
					   __u16 phys_addr)
{
	msg->len = 4;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_INACTIVE_SOURCE;
	msg->msg[2] = phys_addr >> 8;
	msg->msg[3] = phys_addr & 0xff;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_inactive_source(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					   __u16 *phys_addr)
{
	*phys_addr = (msg->msg[2] << 8) | msg->msg[3];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_request_active_source(struct cec_msg *msg,
						 int reply)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[0] |= 0xf; /* broadcast */
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_REQUEST_ACTIVE_SOURCE;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_ACTIVE_SOURCE : 0;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_routing_information(struct cec_msg *msg,
					       __u16 phys_addr)
{
	msg->len = 4;
	msg->msg[0] |= 0xf; /* broadcast */
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_ROUTING_INFORMATION;
	msg->msg[2] = phys_addr >> 8;
	msg->msg[3] = phys_addr & 0xff;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_routing_information(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					       __u16 *phys_addr)
{
	*phys_addr = (msg->msg[2] << 8) | msg->msg[3];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_routing_change(struct cec_msg *msg,
					  int reply,
					  __u16 orig_phys_addr,
					  __u16 new_phys_addr)
{
	msg->len = 6;
	msg->msg[0] |= 0xf; /* broadcast */
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_ROUTING_CHANGE;
	msg->msg[2] = orig_phys_addr >> 8;
	msg->msg[3] = orig_phys_addr & 0xff;
	msg->msg[4] = new_phys_addr >> 8;
	msg->msg[5] = new_phys_addr & 0xff;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_ROUTING_INFORMATION : 0;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_routing_change(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					  __u16 *orig_phys_addr,
					  __u16 *new_phys_addr)
{
	*orig_phys_addr = (msg->msg[2] << 8) | msg->msg[3];
	*new_phys_addr = (msg->msg[4] << 8) | msg->msg[5];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_set_stream_path(struct cec_msg *msg, __u16 phys_addr)
{
	msg->len = 4;
	msg->msg[0] |= 0xf; /* broadcast */
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_SET_STREAM_PATH;
	msg->msg[2] = phys_addr >> 8;
	msg->msg[3] = phys_addr & 0xff;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_set_stream_path(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					   __u16 *phys_addr)
{
	*phys_addr = (msg->msg[2] << 8) | msg->msg[3];
}


/* Standby Feature */
static __inline__ void cec_msg_standby(struct cec_msg *msg)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_STANDBY;
}


/* One Touch Record Feature */
static __inline__ void cec_msg_record_off(struct cec_msg *msg, int reply)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_RECORD_OFF;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_RECORD_STATUS : 0;
}

struct cec_op_arib_data {
	__u16 transport_id;
	__u16 service_id;
	__u16 orig_network_id;
};

struct cec_op_atsc_data {
	__u16 transport_id;
	__u16 program_number;
};

struct cec_op_dvb_data {
	__u16 transport_id;
	__u16 service_id;
	__u16 orig_network_id;
};

struct cec_op_channel_data {
	__u8 channel_number_fmt;
	__u16 major;
	__u16 minor;
};

struct cec_op_digital_service_id {
	__u8 service_id_method;
	__u8 dig_bcast_system;
	union {
		struct cec_op_arib_data arib;
		struct cec_op_atsc_data atsc;
		struct cec_op_dvb_data dvb;
		struct cec_op_channel_data channel;
	};
};

struct cec_op_record_src {
	__u8 type;
	union {
		struct cec_op_digital_service_id digital;
		struct {
			__u8 ana_bcast_type;
			__u16 ana_freq;
			__u8 bcast_system;
		} analog;
		struct {
			__u8 plug;
		} ext_plug;
		struct {
			__u16 phys_addr;
		} ext_phys_addr;
	};
};

static __inline__ void cec_set_digital_service_id(__u8 *msg,
	      const struct cec_op_digital_service_id *digital)
{
	*msg++ = (digital->service_id_method << 7) | digital->dig_bcast_system;
	if (digital->service_id_method == CEC_OP_SERVICE_ID_METHOD_BY_CHANNEL) {
		*msg++ = (digital->channel.channel_number_fmt << 2) |
			 (digital->channel.major >> 8);
		*msg++ = digital->channel.major & 0xff;
		*msg++ = digital->channel.minor >> 8;
		*msg++ = digital->channel.minor & 0xff;
		*msg++ = 0;
		*msg++ = 0;
		return;
	}
	switch (digital->dig_bcast_system) {
	case CEC_OP_DIG_SERVICE_BCAST_SYSTEM_ATSC_GEN:
	case CEC_OP_DIG_SERVICE_BCAST_SYSTEM_ATSC_CABLE:
	case CEC_OP_DIG_SERVICE_BCAST_SYSTEM_ATSC_SAT:
	case CEC_OP_DIG_SERVICE_BCAST_SYSTEM_ATSC_T:
		*msg++ = digital->atsc.transport_id >> 8;
		*msg++ = digital->atsc.transport_id & 0xff;
		*msg++ = digital->atsc.program_number >> 8;
		*msg++ = digital->atsc.program_number & 0xff;
		*msg++ = 0;
		*msg++ = 0;
		break;
	default:
		*msg++ = digital->dvb.transport_id >> 8;
		*msg++ = digital->dvb.transport_id & 0xff;
		*msg++ = digital->dvb.service_id >> 8;
		*msg++ = digital->dvb.service_id & 0xff;
		*msg++ = digital->dvb.orig_network_id >> 8;
		*msg++ = digital->dvb.orig_network_id & 0xff;
		break;
	}
}

static __inline__ void cec_get_digital_service_id(const __u8 *msg,
	      struct cec_op_digital_service_id *digital)
{
	digital->service_id_method = msg[0] >> 7;
	digital->dig_bcast_system = msg[0] & 0x7f;
	if (digital->service_id_method == CEC_OP_SERVICE_ID_METHOD_BY_CHANNEL) {
		digital->channel.channel_number_fmt = msg[1] >> 2;
		digital->channel.major = ((msg[1] & 3) << 6) | msg[2];
		digital->channel.minor = (msg[3] << 8) | msg[4];
		return;
	}
	digital->dvb.transport_id = (msg[1] << 8) | msg[2];
	digital->dvb.service_id = (msg[3] << 8) | msg[4];
	digital->dvb.orig_network_id = (msg[5] << 8) | msg[6];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_record_on_own(struct cec_msg *msg)
{
	msg->len = 3;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_RECORD_ON;
	msg->msg[2] = CEC_OP_RECORD_SRC_OWN;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_record_on_digital(struct cec_msg *msg,
			     const struct cec_op_digital_service_id *digital)
{
	msg->len = 10;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_RECORD_ON;
	msg->msg[2] = CEC_OP_RECORD_SRC_DIGITAL;
	cec_set_digital_service_id(msg->msg + 3, digital);
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_record_on_analog(struct cec_msg *msg,
					    __u8 ana_bcast_type,
					    __u16 ana_freq,
					    __u8 bcast_system)
{
	msg->len = 7;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_RECORD_ON;
	msg->msg[2] = CEC_OP_RECORD_SRC_ANALOG;
	msg->msg[3] = ana_bcast_type;
	msg->msg[4] = ana_freq >> 8;
	msg->msg[5] = ana_freq & 0xff;
	msg->msg[6] = bcast_system;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_record_on_plug(struct cec_msg *msg,
					  __u8 plug)
{
	msg->len = 4;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_RECORD_ON;
	msg->msg[2] = CEC_OP_RECORD_SRC_EXT_PLUG;
	msg->msg[3] = plug;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_record_on_phys_addr(struct cec_msg *msg,
					       __u16 phys_addr)
{
	msg->len = 5;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_RECORD_ON;
	msg->msg[2] = CEC_OP_RECORD_SRC_EXT_PHYS_ADDR;
	msg->msg[3] = phys_addr >> 8;
	msg->msg[4] = phys_addr & 0xff;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_record_on(struct cec_msg *msg,
				     int reply,
				     const struct cec_op_record_src *rec_src)
{
	switch (rec_src->type) {
	case CEC_OP_RECORD_SRC_OWN:
		cec_msg_record_on_own(msg);
		break;
	case CEC_OP_RECORD_SRC_DIGITAL:
		cec_msg_record_on_digital(msg, &rec_src->digital);
		break;
	case CEC_OP_RECORD_SRC_ANALOG:
		cec_msg_record_on_analog(msg,
					 rec_src->analog.ana_bcast_type,
					 rec_src->analog.ana_freq,
					 rec_src->analog.bcast_system);
		break;
	case CEC_OP_RECORD_SRC_EXT_PLUG:
		cec_msg_record_on_plug(msg, rec_src->ext_plug.plug);
		break;
	case CEC_OP_RECORD_SRC_EXT_PHYS_ADDR:
		cec_msg_record_on_phys_addr(msg,
					    rec_src->ext_phys_addr.phys_addr);
		break;
	}
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_RECORD_STATUS : 0;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_record_on(const struct cec_msg *msg,
				     struct cec_op_record_src *rec_src)
{
	rec_src->type = msg->msg[2];
	switch (rec_src->type) {
	case CEC_OP_RECORD_SRC_OWN:
		break;
	case CEC_OP_RECORD_SRC_DIGITAL:
		cec_get_digital_service_id(msg->msg + 3, &rec_src->digital);
		break;
	case CEC_OP_RECORD_SRC_ANALOG:
		rec_src->analog.ana_bcast_type = msg->msg[3];
		rec_src->analog.ana_freq =
			(msg->msg[4] << 8) | msg->msg[5];
		rec_src->analog.bcast_system = msg->msg[6];
		break;
	case CEC_OP_RECORD_SRC_EXT_PLUG:
		rec_src->ext_plug.plug = msg->msg[3];
		break;
	case CEC_OP_RECORD_SRC_EXT_PHYS_ADDR:
		rec_src->ext_phys_addr.phys_addr =
			(msg->msg[3] << 8) | msg->msg[4];
		break;
	}
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_record_status(struct cec_msg *msg, __u8 rec_status)
{
	msg->len = 3;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_RECORD_STATUS;
	msg->msg[2] = rec_status;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_record_status(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					 __u8 *rec_status)
{
	*rec_status = msg->msg[2];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_record_tv_screen(struct cec_msg *msg,
					    int reply)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_RECORD_TV_SCREEN;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_RECORD_ON : 0;
}


/* Timer Programming Feature */
static __inline__ void cec_msg_timer_status(struct cec_msg *msg,
					__u8 timer_overlap_warning,
					__u8 media_info,
					__u8 prog_info,
					__u8 prog_error,
					__u8 duration_hr,
					__u8 duration_min)
{
	msg->len = 3;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_TIMER_STATUS;
	msg->msg[2] = (timer_overlap_warning << 7) |
		(media_info << 5) |
		(prog_info ? 0x10 : 0) |
		(prog_info ? prog_info : prog_error);
	if (prog_info == CEC_OP_PROG_INFO_NOT_ENOUGH_SPACE ||
	    prog_info == CEC_OP_PROG_INFO_MIGHT_NOT_BE_ENOUGH_SPACE ||
	    prog_error == CEC_OP_PROG_ERROR_DUPLICATE) {
		msg->len += 2;
		msg->msg[3] = ((duration_hr / 10) << 4) | (duration_hr % 10);
		msg->msg[4] = ((duration_min / 10) << 4) | (duration_min % 10);
	}
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_timer_status(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					__u8 *timer_overlap_warning,
					__u8 *media_info,
					__u8 *prog_info,
					__u8 *prog_error,
					__u8 *duration_hr,
					__u8 *duration_min)
{
	*timer_overlap_warning = msg->msg[2] >> 7;
	*media_info = (msg->msg[2] >> 5) & 3;
	if (msg->msg[2] & 0x10) {
		*prog_info = msg->msg[2] & 0xf;
		*prog_error = 0;
	} else {
		*prog_info = 0;
		*prog_error = msg->msg[2] & 0xf;
	}
	if (*prog_info == CEC_OP_PROG_INFO_NOT_ENOUGH_SPACE ||
	    *prog_info == CEC_OP_PROG_INFO_MIGHT_NOT_BE_ENOUGH_SPACE ||
	    *prog_error == CEC_OP_PROG_ERROR_DUPLICATE) {
		*duration_hr = (msg->msg[3] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[3] & 0xf);
		*duration_min = (msg->msg[4] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[4] & 0xf);
	} else {
		*duration_hr = *duration_min = 0;
	}
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_timer_cleared_status(struct cec_msg *msg,
						__u8 timer_cleared_status)
{
	msg->len = 3;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_TIMER_CLEARED_STATUS;
	msg->msg[2] = timer_cleared_status;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_timer_cleared_status(const struct cec_msg *msg,
						__u8 *timer_cleared_status)
{
	*timer_cleared_status = msg->msg[2];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_clear_analogue_timer(struct cec_msg *msg,
						int reply,
						__u8 day,
						__u8 month,
						__u8 start_hr,
						__u8 start_min,
						__u8 duration_hr,
						__u8 duration_min,
						__u8 recording_seq,
						__u8 ana_bcast_type,
						__u16 ana_freq,
						__u8 bcast_system)
{
	msg->len = 13;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_CLEAR_ANALOGUE_TIMER;
	msg->msg[2] = day;
	msg->msg[3] = month;
	/* Hours and minutes are in BCD format */
	msg->msg[4] = ((start_hr / 10) << 4) | (start_hr % 10);
	msg->msg[5] = ((start_min / 10) << 4) | (start_min % 10);
	msg->msg[6] = ((duration_hr / 10) << 4) | (duration_hr % 10);
	msg->msg[7] = ((duration_min / 10) << 4) | (duration_min % 10);
	msg->msg[8] = recording_seq;
	msg->msg[9] = ana_bcast_type;
	msg->msg[10] = ana_freq >> 8;
	msg->msg[11] = ana_freq & 0xff;
	msg->msg[12] = bcast_system;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_TIMER_CLEARED_STATUS : 0;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_clear_analogue_timer(const struct cec_msg *msg,
						__u8 *day,
						__u8 *month,
						__u8 *start_hr,
						__u8 *start_min,
						__u8 *duration_hr,
						__u8 *duration_min,
						__u8 *recording_seq,
						__u8 *ana_bcast_type,
						__u16 *ana_freq,
						__u8 *bcast_system)
{
	*day = msg->msg[2];
	*month = msg->msg[3];
	/* Hours and minutes are in BCD format */
	*start_hr = (msg->msg[4] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[4] & 0xf);
	*start_min = (msg->msg[5] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[5] & 0xf);
	*duration_hr = (msg->msg[6] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[6] & 0xf);
	*duration_min = (msg->msg[7] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[7] & 0xf);
	*recording_seq = msg->msg[8];
	*ana_bcast_type = msg->msg[9];
	*ana_freq = (msg->msg[10] << 8) | msg->msg[11];
	*bcast_system = msg->msg[12];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_clear_digital_timer(struct cec_msg *msg,
				int reply,
				__u8 day,
				__u8 month,
				__u8 start_hr,
				__u8 start_min,
				__u8 duration_hr,
				__u8 duration_min,
				__u8 recording_seq,
				const struct cec_op_digital_service_id *digital)
{
	msg->len = 16;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_TIMER_CLEARED_STATUS : 0;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_CLEAR_DIGITAL_TIMER;
	msg->msg[2] = day;
	msg->msg[3] = month;
	/* Hours and minutes are in BCD format */
	msg->msg[4] = ((start_hr / 10) << 4) | (start_hr % 10);
	msg->msg[5] = ((start_min / 10) << 4) | (start_min % 10);
	msg->msg[6] = ((duration_hr / 10) << 4) | (duration_hr % 10);
	msg->msg[7] = ((duration_min / 10) << 4) | (duration_min % 10);
	msg->msg[8] = recording_seq;
	cec_set_digital_service_id(msg->msg + 9, digital);
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_clear_digital_timer(const struct cec_msg *msg,
				__u8 *day,
				__u8 *month,
				__u8 *start_hr,
				__u8 *start_min,
				__u8 *duration_hr,
				__u8 *duration_min,
				__u8 *recording_seq,
				struct cec_op_digital_service_id *digital)
{
	*day = msg->msg[2];
	*month = msg->msg[3];
	/* Hours and minutes are in BCD format */
	*start_hr = (msg->msg[4] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[4] & 0xf);
	*start_min = (msg->msg[5] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[5] & 0xf);
	*duration_hr = (msg->msg[6] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[6] & 0xf);
	*duration_min = (msg->msg[7] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[7] & 0xf);
	*recording_seq = msg->msg[8];
	cec_get_digital_service_id(msg->msg + 9, digital);
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_clear_ext_timer(struct cec_msg *msg,
					   int reply,
					   __u8 day,
					   __u8 month,
					   __u8 start_hr,
					   __u8 start_min,
					   __u8 duration_hr,
					   __u8 duration_min,
					   __u8 recording_seq,
					   __u8 ext_src_spec,
					   __u8 plug,
					   __u16 phys_addr)
{
	msg->len = 13;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_CLEAR_EXT_TIMER;
	msg->msg[2] = day;
	msg->msg[3] = month;
	/* Hours and minutes are in BCD format */
	msg->msg[4] = ((start_hr / 10) << 4) | (start_hr % 10);
	msg->msg[5] = ((start_min / 10) << 4) | (start_min % 10);
	msg->msg[6] = ((duration_hr / 10) << 4) | (duration_hr % 10);
	msg->msg[7] = ((duration_min / 10) << 4) | (duration_min % 10);
	msg->msg[8] = recording_seq;
	msg->msg[9] = ext_src_spec;
	msg->msg[10] = plug;
	msg->msg[11] = phys_addr >> 8;
	msg->msg[12] = phys_addr & 0xff;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_TIMER_CLEARED_STATUS : 0;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_clear_ext_timer(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					   __u8 *day,
					   __u8 *month,
					   __u8 *start_hr,
					   __u8 *start_min,
					   __u8 *duration_hr,
					   __u8 *duration_min,
					   __u8 *recording_seq,
					   __u8 *ext_src_spec,
					   __u8 *plug,
					   __u16 *phys_addr)
{
	*day = msg->msg[2];
	*month = msg->msg[3];
	/* Hours and minutes are in BCD format */
	*start_hr = (msg->msg[4] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[4] & 0xf);
	*start_min = (msg->msg[5] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[5] & 0xf);
	*duration_hr = (msg->msg[6] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[6] & 0xf);
	*duration_min = (msg->msg[7] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[7] & 0xf);
	*recording_seq = msg->msg[8];
	*ext_src_spec = msg->msg[9];
	*plug = msg->msg[10];
	*phys_addr = (msg->msg[11] << 8) | msg->msg[12];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_set_analogue_timer(struct cec_msg *msg,
					      int reply,
					      __u8 day,
					      __u8 month,
					      __u8 start_hr,
					      __u8 start_min,
					      __u8 duration_hr,
					      __u8 duration_min,
					      __u8 recording_seq,
					      __u8 ana_bcast_type,
					      __u16 ana_freq,
					      __u8 bcast_system)
{
	msg->len = 13;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_SET_ANALOGUE_TIMER;
	msg->msg[2] = day;
	msg->msg[3] = month;
	/* Hours and minutes are in BCD format */
	msg->msg[4] = ((start_hr / 10) << 4) | (start_hr % 10);
	msg->msg[5] = ((start_min / 10) << 4) | (start_min % 10);
	msg->msg[6] = ((duration_hr / 10) << 4) | (duration_hr % 10);
	msg->msg[7] = ((duration_min / 10) << 4) | (duration_min % 10);
	msg->msg[8] = recording_seq;
	msg->msg[9] = ana_bcast_type;
	msg->msg[10] = ana_freq >> 8;
	msg->msg[11] = ana_freq & 0xff;
	msg->msg[12] = bcast_system;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_TIMER_STATUS : 0;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_set_analogue_timer(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					      __u8 *day,
					      __u8 *month,
					      __u8 *start_hr,
					      __u8 *start_min,
					      __u8 *duration_hr,
					      __u8 *duration_min,
					      __u8 *recording_seq,
					      __u8 *ana_bcast_type,
					      __u16 *ana_freq,
					      __u8 *bcast_system)
{
	*day = msg->msg[2];
	*month = msg->msg[3];
	/* Hours and minutes are in BCD format */
	*start_hr = (msg->msg[4] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[4] & 0xf);
	*start_min = (msg->msg[5] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[5] & 0xf);
	*duration_hr = (msg->msg[6] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[6] & 0xf);
	*duration_min = (msg->msg[7] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[7] & 0xf);
	*recording_seq = msg->msg[8];
	*ana_bcast_type = msg->msg[9];
	*ana_freq = (msg->msg[10] << 8) | msg->msg[11];
	*bcast_system = msg->msg[12];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_set_digital_timer(struct cec_msg *msg,
			int reply,
			__u8 day,
			__u8 month,
			__u8 start_hr,
			__u8 start_min,
			__u8 duration_hr,
			__u8 duration_min,
			__u8 recording_seq,
			const struct cec_op_digital_service_id *digital)
{
	msg->len = 16;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_TIMER_STATUS : 0;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_SET_DIGITAL_TIMER;
	msg->msg[2] = day;
	msg->msg[3] = month;
	/* Hours and minutes are in BCD format */
	msg->msg[4] = ((start_hr / 10) << 4) | (start_hr % 10);
	msg->msg[5] = ((start_min / 10) << 4) | (start_min % 10);
	msg->msg[6] = ((duration_hr / 10) << 4) | (duration_hr % 10);
	msg->msg[7] = ((duration_min / 10) << 4) | (duration_min % 10);
	msg->msg[8] = recording_seq;
	cec_set_digital_service_id(msg->msg + 9, digital);
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_set_digital_timer(const struct cec_msg *msg,
			__u8 *day,
			__u8 *month,
			__u8 *start_hr,
			__u8 *start_min,
			__u8 *duration_hr,
			__u8 *duration_min,
			__u8 *recording_seq,
			struct cec_op_digital_service_id *digital)
{
	*day = msg->msg[2];
	*month = msg->msg[3];
	/* Hours and minutes are in BCD format */
	*start_hr = (msg->msg[4] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[4] & 0xf);
	*start_min = (msg->msg[5] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[5] & 0xf);
	*duration_hr = (msg->msg[6] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[6] & 0xf);
	*duration_min = (msg->msg[7] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[7] & 0xf);
	*recording_seq = msg->msg[8];
	cec_get_digital_service_id(msg->msg + 9, digital);
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_set_ext_timer(struct cec_msg *msg,
					 int reply,
					 __u8 day,
					 __u8 month,
					 __u8 start_hr,
					 __u8 start_min,
					 __u8 duration_hr,
					 __u8 duration_min,
					 __u8 recording_seq,
					 __u8 ext_src_spec,
					 __u8 plug,
					 __u16 phys_addr)
{
	msg->len = 13;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_SET_EXT_TIMER;
	msg->msg[2] = day;
	msg->msg[3] = month;
	/* Hours and minutes are in BCD format */
	msg->msg[4] = ((start_hr / 10) << 4) | (start_hr % 10);
	msg->msg[5] = ((start_min / 10) << 4) | (start_min % 10);
	msg->msg[6] = ((duration_hr / 10) << 4) | (duration_hr % 10);
	msg->msg[7] = ((duration_min / 10) << 4) | (duration_min % 10);
	msg->msg[8] = recording_seq;
	msg->msg[9] = ext_src_spec;
	msg->msg[10] = plug;
	msg->msg[11] = phys_addr >> 8;
	msg->msg[12] = phys_addr & 0xff;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_TIMER_STATUS : 0;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_set_ext_timer(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					 __u8 *day,
					 __u8 *month,
					 __u8 *start_hr,
					 __u8 *start_min,
					 __u8 *duration_hr,
					 __u8 *duration_min,
					 __u8 *recording_seq,
					 __u8 *ext_src_spec,
					 __u8 *plug,
					 __u16 *phys_addr)
{
	*day = msg->msg[2];
	*month = msg->msg[3];
	/* Hours and minutes are in BCD format */
	*start_hr = (msg->msg[4] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[4] & 0xf);
	*start_min = (msg->msg[5] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[5] & 0xf);
	*duration_hr = (msg->msg[6] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[6] & 0xf);
	*duration_min = (msg->msg[7] >> 4) * 10 + (msg->msg[7] & 0xf);
	*recording_seq = msg->msg[8];
	*ext_src_spec = msg->msg[9];
	*plug = msg->msg[10];
	*phys_addr = (msg->msg[11] << 8) | msg->msg[12];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_set_timer_program_title(struct cec_msg *msg,
						   const char *prog_title)
{
	unsigned int len = strlen(prog_title);

	if (len > 14)
		len = 14;
	msg->len = 2 + len;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_SET_TIMER_PROGRAM_TITLE;
	memcpy(msg->msg + 2, prog_title, len);
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_set_timer_program_title(const struct cec_msg *msg,
						   char *prog_title)
{
	unsigned int len = msg->len > 2 ? msg->len - 2 : 0;

	if (len > 14)
		len = 14;
	memcpy(prog_title, msg->msg + 2, len);
	prog_title[len] = '\0';
}

/* System Information Feature */
static __inline__ void cec_msg_cec_version(struct cec_msg *msg, __u8 cec_version)
{
	msg->len = 3;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_CEC_VERSION;
	msg->msg[2] = cec_version;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_cec_version(const struct cec_msg *msg,
				       __u8 *cec_version)
{
	*cec_version = msg->msg[2];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_get_cec_version(struct cec_msg *msg,
					   int reply)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_GET_CEC_VERSION;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_CEC_VERSION : 0;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_report_physical_addr(struct cec_msg *msg,
					__u16 phys_addr, __u8 prim_devtype)
{
	msg->len = 5;
	msg->msg[0] |= 0xf; /* broadcast */
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_REPORT_PHYSICAL_ADDR;
	msg->msg[2] = phys_addr >> 8;
	msg->msg[3] = phys_addr & 0xff;
	msg->msg[4] = prim_devtype;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_report_physical_addr(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					__u16 *phys_addr, __u8 *prim_devtype)
{
	*phys_addr = (msg->msg[2] << 8) | msg->msg[3];
	*prim_devtype = msg->msg[4];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_give_physical_addr(struct cec_msg *msg,
					      int reply)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_GIVE_PHYSICAL_ADDR;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_REPORT_PHYSICAL_ADDR : 0;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_set_menu_language(struct cec_msg *msg,
					     const char *language)
{
	msg->len = 5;
	msg->msg[0] |= 0xf; /* broadcast */
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_SET_MENU_LANGUAGE;
	memcpy(msg->msg + 2, language, 3);
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_set_menu_language(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					     char *language)
{
	memcpy(language, msg->msg + 2, 3);
	language[3] = '\0';
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_get_menu_language(struct cec_msg *msg,
					     int reply)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_GET_MENU_LANGUAGE;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_SET_MENU_LANGUAGE : 0;
}

/*
 * Assumes a single RC Profile byte and a single Device Features byte,
 * i.e. no extended features are supported by this helper function.
 *
 * As of CEC 2.0 no extended features are defined, should those be added
 * in the future, then this function needs to be adapted or a new function
 * should be added.
 */
static __inline__ void cec_msg_report_features(struct cec_msg *msg,
				__u8 cec_version, __u8 all_device_types,
				__u8 rc_profile, __u8 dev_features)
{
	msg->len = 6;
	msg->msg[0] |= 0xf; /* broadcast */
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_REPORT_FEATURES;
	msg->msg[2] = cec_version;
	msg->msg[3] = all_device_types;
	msg->msg[4] = rc_profile;
	msg->msg[5] = dev_features;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_report_features(const struct cec_msg *msg,
			__u8 *cec_version, __u8 *all_device_types,
			const __u8 **rc_profile, const __u8 **dev_features)
{
	const __u8 *p = &msg->msg[4];

	*cec_version = msg->msg[2];
	*all_device_types = msg->msg[3];
	*rc_profile = p;
	*dev_features = NULL;
	while (p < &msg->msg[14] && (*p & CEC_OP_FEAT_EXT))
		p++;
	if (!(*p & CEC_OP_FEAT_EXT)) {
		*dev_features = p + 1;
		while (p < &msg->msg[15] && (*p & CEC_OP_FEAT_EXT))
			p++;
	}
	if (*p & CEC_OP_FEAT_EXT)
		*rc_profile = *dev_features = NULL;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_give_features(struct cec_msg *msg,
					 int reply)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_GIVE_FEATURES;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_REPORT_FEATURES : 0;
}

/* Deck Control Feature */
static __inline__ void cec_msg_deck_control(struct cec_msg *msg,
					__u8 deck_control_mode)
{
	msg->len = 3;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_DECK_CONTROL;
	msg->msg[2] = deck_control_mode;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_deck_control(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					__u8 *deck_control_mode)
{
	*deck_control_mode = msg->msg[2];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_deck_status(struct cec_msg *msg,
				       __u8 deck_info)
{
	msg->len = 3;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_DECK_STATUS;
	msg->msg[2] = deck_info;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_deck_status(const struct cec_msg *msg,
				       __u8 *deck_info)
{
	*deck_info = msg->msg[2];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_give_deck_status(struct cec_msg *msg,
					    int reply,
					    __u8 status_req)
{
	msg->len = 3;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_GIVE_DECK_STATUS;
	msg->msg[2] = status_req;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_DECK_STATUS : 0;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_give_deck_status(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					    __u8 *status_req)
{
	*status_req = msg->msg[2];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_play(struct cec_msg *msg,
				__u8 play_mode)
{
	msg->len = 3;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_PLAY;
	msg->msg[2] = play_mode;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_play(const struct cec_msg *msg,
				__u8 *play_mode)
{
	*play_mode = msg->msg[2];
}


/* Tuner Control Feature */
struct cec_op_tuner_device_info {
	__u8 rec_flag;
	__u8 tuner_display_info;
	__u8 is_analog;
	union {
		struct cec_op_digital_service_id digital;
		struct {
			__u8 ana_bcast_type;
			__u16 ana_freq;
			__u8 bcast_system;
		} analog;
	};
};

static __inline__ void cec_msg_tuner_device_status_analog(struct cec_msg *msg,
						      __u8 rec_flag,
						      __u8 tuner_display_info,
						      __u8 ana_bcast_type,
						      __u16 ana_freq,
						      __u8 bcast_system)
{
	msg->len = 7;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_TUNER_DEVICE_STATUS;
	msg->msg[2] = (rec_flag << 7) | tuner_display_info;
	msg->msg[3] = ana_bcast_type;
	msg->msg[4] = ana_freq >> 8;
	msg->msg[5] = ana_freq & 0xff;
	msg->msg[6] = bcast_system;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_tuner_device_status_digital(struct cec_msg *msg,
		   __u8 rec_flag, __u8 tuner_display_info,
		   const struct cec_op_digital_service_id *digital)
{
	msg->len = 10;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_TUNER_DEVICE_STATUS;
	msg->msg[2] = (rec_flag << 7) | tuner_display_info;
	cec_set_digital_service_id(msg->msg + 3, digital);
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_tuner_device_status(struct cec_msg *msg,
			const struct cec_op_tuner_device_info *tuner_dev_info)
{
	if (tuner_dev_info->is_analog)
		cec_msg_tuner_device_status_analog(msg,
			tuner_dev_info->rec_flag,
			tuner_dev_info->tuner_display_info,
			tuner_dev_info->analog.ana_bcast_type,
			tuner_dev_info->analog.ana_freq,
			tuner_dev_info->analog.bcast_system);
	else
		cec_msg_tuner_device_status_digital(msg,
			tuner_dev_info->rec_flag,
			tuner_dev_info->tuner_display_info,
			&tuner_dev_info->digital);
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_tuner_device_status(const struct cec_msg *msg,
				struct cec_op_tuner_device_info *tuner_dev_info)
{
	tuner_dev_info->is_analog = msg->len < 10;
	tuner_dev_info->rec_flag = msg->msg[2] >> 7;
	tuner_dev_info->tuner_display_info = msg->msg[2] & 0x7f;
	if (tuner_dev_info->is_analog) {
		tuner_dev_info->analog.ana_bcast_type = msg->msg[3];
		tuner_dev_info->analog.ana_freq = (msg->msg[4] << 8) | msg->msg[5];
		tuner_dev_info->analog.bcast_system = msg->msg[6];
		return;
	}
	cec_get_digital_service_id(msg->msg + 3, &tuner_dev_info->digital);
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_give_tuner_device_status(struct cec_msg *msg,
						    int reply,
						    __u8 status_req)
{
	msg->len = 3;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_GIVE_TUNER_DEVICE_STATUS;
	msg->msg[2] = status_req;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_TUNER_DEVICE_STATUS : 0;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_give_tuner_device_status(const struct cec_msg *msg,
						    __u8 *status_req)
{
	*status_req = msg->msg[2];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_select_analogue_service(struct cec_msg *msg,
						   __u8 ana_bcast_type,
						   __u16 ana_freq,
						   __u8 bcast_system)
{
	msg->len = 6;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_SELECT_ANALOGUE_SERVICE;
	msg->msg[2] = ana_bcast_type;
	msg->msg[3] = ana_freq >> 8;
	msg->msg[4] = ana_freq & 0xff;
	msg->msg[5] = bcast_system;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_select_analogue_service(const struct cec_msg *msg,
						   __u8 *ana_bcast_type,
						   __u16 *ana_freq,
						   __u8 *bcast_system)
{
	*ana_bcast_type = msg->msg[2];
	*ana_freq = (msg->msg[3] << 8) | msg->msg[4];
	*bcast_system = msg->msg[5];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_select_digital_service(struct cec_msg *msg,
				const struct cec_op_digital_service_id *digital)
{
	msg->len = 9;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_SELECT_DIGITAL_SERVICE;
	cec_set_digital_service_id(msg->msg + 2, digital);
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_select_digital_service(const struct cec_msg *msg,
				struct cec_op_digital_service_id *digital)
{
	cec_get_digital_service_id(msg->msg + 2, digital);
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_tuner_step_decrement(struct cec_msg *msg)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_TUNER_STEP_DECREMENT;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_tuner_step_increment(struct cec_msg *msg)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_TUNER_STEP_INCREMENT;
}


/* Vendor Specific Commands Feature */
static __inline__ void cec_msg_device_vendor_id(struct cec_msg *msg, __u32 vendor_id)
{
	msg->len = 5;
	msg->msg[0] |= 0xf; /* broadcast */
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_DEVICE_VENDOR_ID;
	msg->msg[2] = vendor_id >> 16;
	msg->msg[3] = (vendor_id >> 8) & 0xff;
	msg->msg[4] = vendor_id & 0xff;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_device_vendor_id(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					    __u32 *vendor_id)
{
	*vendor_id = (msg->msg[2] << 16) | (msg->msg[3] << 8) | msg->msg[4];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_give_device_vendor_id(struct cec_msg *msg,
						 int reply)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_GIVE_DEVICE_VENDOR_ID;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_DEVICE_VENDOR_ID : 0;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_vendor_command(struct cec_msg *msg,
					  __u8 size, const __u8 *vendor_cmd)
{
	if (size > 14)
		size = 14;
	msg->len = 2 + size;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_VENDOR_COMMAND;
	memcpy(msg->msg + 2, vendor_cmd, size);
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_vendor_command(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					  __u8 *size,
					  const __u8 **vendor_cmd)
{
	*size = msg->len - 2;

	if (*size > 14)
		*size = 14;
	*vendor_cmd = msg->msg + 2;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_vendor_command_with_id(struct cec_msg *msg,
						  __u32 vendor_id, __u8 size,
						  const __u8 *vendor_cmd)
{
	if (size > 11)
		size = 11;
	msg->len = 5 + size;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_VENDOR_COMMAND_WITH_ID;
	msg->msg[2] = vendor_id >> 16;
	msg->msg[3] = (vendor_id >> 8) & 0xff;
	msg->msg[4] = vendor_id & 0xff;
	memcpy(msg->msg + 5, vendor_cmd, size);
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_vendor_command_with_id(const struct cec_msg *msg,
						  __u32 *vendor_id,  __u8 *size,
						  const __u8 **vendor_cmd)
{
	*size = msg->len - 5;

	if (*size > 11)
		*size = 11;
	*vendor_id = (msg->msg[2] << 16) | (msg->msg[3] << 8) | msg->msg[4];
	*vendor_cmd = msg->msg + 5;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_vendor_remote_button_down(struct cec_msg *msg,
						     __u8 size,
						     const __u8 *rc_code)
{
	if (size > 14)
		size = 14;
	msg->len = 2 + size;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_VENDOR_REMOTE_BUTTON_DOWN;
	memcpy(msg->msg + 2, rc_code, size);
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_vendor_remote_button_down(const struct cec_msg *msg,
						     __u8 *size,
						     const __u8 **rc_code)
{
	*size = msg->len - 2;

	if (*size > 14)
		*size = 14;
	*rc_code = msg->msg + 2;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_vendor_remote_button_up(struct cec_msg *msg)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_VENDOR_REMOTE_BUTTON_UP;
}


/* OSD Display Feature */
static __inline__ void cec_msg_set_osd_string(struct cec_msg *msg,
					  __u8 disp_ctl,
					  const char *osd)
{
	unsigned int len = strlen(osd);

	if (len > 13)
		len = 13;
	msg->len = 3 + len;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_SET_OSD_STRING;
	msg->msg[2] = disp_ctl;
	memcpy(msg->msg + 3, osd, len);
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_set_osd_string(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					  __u8 *disp_ctl,
					  char *osd)
{
	unsigned int len = msg->len > 3 ? msg->len - 3 : 0;

	*disp_ctl = msg->msg[2];
	if (len > 13)
		len = 13;
	memcpy(osd, msg->msg + 3, len);
	osd[len] = '\0';
}


/* Device OSD Transfer Feature */
static __inline__ void cec_msg_set_osd_name(struct cec_msg *msg, const char *name)
{
	unsigned int len = strlen(name);

	if (len > 14)
		len = 14;
	msg->len = 2 + len;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_SET_OSD_NAME;
	memcpy(msg->msg + 2, name, len);
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_set_osd_name(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					char *name)
{
	unsigned int len = msg->len > 2 ? msg->len - 2 : 0;

	if (len > 14)
		len = 14;
	memcpy(name, msg->msg + 2, len);
	name[len] = '\0';
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_give_osd_name(struct cec_msg *msg,
					 int reply)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_GIVE_OSD_NAME;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_SET_OSD_NAME : 0;
}


/* Device Menu Control Feature */
static __inline__ void cec_msg_menu_status(struct cec_msg *msg,
				       __u8 menu_state)
{
	msg->len = 3;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_MENU_STATUS;
	msg->msg[2] = menu_state;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_menu_status(const struct cec_msg *msg,
				       __u8 *menu_state)
{
	*menu_state = msg->msg[2];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_menu_request(struct cec_msg *msg,
					int reply,
					__u8 menu_req)
{
	msg->len = 3;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_MENU_REQUEST;
	msg->msg[2] = menu_req;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_MENU_STATUS : 0;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_menu_request(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					__u8 *menu_req)
{
	*menu_req = msg->msg[2];
}

struct cec_op_ui_command {
	__u8 ui_cmd;
	__u8 has_opt_arg;
	union {
		struct cec_op_channel_data channel_identifier;
		__u8 ui_broadcast_type;
		__u8 ui_sound_presentation_control;
		__u8 play_mode;
		__u8 ui_function_media;
		__u8 ui_function_select_av_input;
		__u8 ui_function_select_audio_input;
	};
};

static __inline__ void cec_msg_user_control_pressed(struct cec_msg *msg,
					const struct cec_op_ui_command *ui_cmd)
{
	msg->len = 3;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_USER_CONTROL_PRESSED;
	msg->msg[2] = ui_cmd->ui_cmd;
	if (!ui_cmd->has_opt_arg)
		return;
	switch (ui_cmd->ui_cmd) {
	case 0x56:
	case 0x57:
	case 0x60:
	case 0x68:
	case 0x69:
	case 0x6a:
		/* The optional operand is one byte for all these ui commands */
		msg->len++;
		msg->msg[3] = ui_cmd->play_mode;
		break;
	case 0x67:
		msg->len += 4;
		msg->msg[3] = (ui_cmd->channel_identifier.channel_number_fmt << 2) |
			      (ui_cmd->channel_identifier.major >> 8);
		msg->msg[4] = ui_cmd->channel_identifier.major & 0xff;
		msg->msg[5] = ui_cmd->channel_identifier.minor >> 8;
		msg->msg[6] = ui_cmd->channel_identifier.minor & 0xff;
		break;
	}
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_user_control_pressed(const struct cec_msg *msg,
						struct cec_op_ui_command *ui_cmd)
{
	ui_cmd->ui_cmd = msg->msg[2];
	ui_cmd->has_opt_arg = 0;
	if (msg->len == 3)
		return;
	switch (ui_cmd->ui_cmd) {
	case 0x56:
	case 0x57:
	case 0x60:
	case 0x68:
	case 0x69:
	case 0x6a:
		/* The optional operand is one byte for all these ui commands */
		ui_cmd->play_mode = msg->msg[3];
		ui_cmd->has_opt_arg = 1;
		break;
	case 0x67:
		if (msg->len < 7)
			break;
		ui_cmd->has_opt_arg = 1;
		ui_cmd->channel_identifier.channel_number_fmt = msg->msg[3] >> 2;
		ui_cmd->channel_identifier.major = ((msg->msg[3] & 3) << 6) | msg->msg[4];
		ui_cmd->channel_identifier.minor = (msg->msg[5] << 8) | msg->msg[6];
		break;
	}
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_user_control_released(struct cec_msg *msg)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_USER_CONTROL_RELEASED;
}

/* Remote Control Passthrough Feature */

/* Power Status Feature */
static __inline__ void cec_msg_report_power_status(struct cec_msg *msg,
					       __u8 pwr_state)
{
	msg->len = 3;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_REPORT_POWER_STATUS;
	msg->msg[2] = pwr_state;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_report_power_status(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					       __u8 *pwr_state)
{
	*pwr_state = msg->msg[2];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_give_device_power_status(struct cec_msg *msg,
						    int reply)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_GIVE_DEVICE_POWER_STATUS;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_REPORT_POWER_STATUS : 0;
}

/* General Protocol Messages */
static __inline__ void cec_msg_feature_abort(struct cec_msg *msg,
					 __u8 abort_msg, __u8 reason)
{
	msg->len = 4;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_FEATURE_ABORT;
	msg->msg[2] = abort_msg;
	msg->msg[3] = reason;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_feature_abort(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					 __u8 *abort_msg, __u8 *reason)
{
	*abort_msg = msg->msg[2];
	*reason = msg->msg[3];
}

/* This changes the current message into a feature abort message */
static __inline__ void cec_msg_reply_feature_abort(struct cec_msg *msg, __u8 reason)
{
	cec_msg_set_reply_to(msg, msg);
	msg->len = 4;
	msg->msg[2] = msg->msg[1];
	msg->msg[3] = reason;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_FEATURE_ABORT;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_abort(struct cec_msg *msg)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_ABORT;
}


/* System Audio Control Feature */
static __inline__ void cec_msg_report_audio_status(struct cec_msg *msg,
					       __u8 aud_mute_status,
					       __u8 aud_vol_status)
{
	msg->len = 3;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_REPORT_AUDIO_STATUS;
	msg->msg[2] = (aud_mute_status << 7) | (aud_vol_status & 0x7f);
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_report_audio_status(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					       __u8 *aud_mute_status,
					       __u8 *aud_vol_status)
{
	*aud_mute_status = msg->msg[2] >> 7;
	*aud_vol_status = msg->msg[2] & 0x7f;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_give_audio_status(struct cec_msg *msg,
					     int reply)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_GIVE_AUDIO_STATUS;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_REPORT_AUDIO_STATUS : 0;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_set_system_audio_mode(struct cec_msg *msg,
						 __u8 sys_aud_status)
{
	msg->len = 3;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_SET_SYSTEM_AUDIO_MODE;
	msg->msg[2] = sys_aud_status;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_set_system_audio_mode(const struct cec_msg *msg,
						 __u8 *sys_aud_status)
{
	*sys_aud_status = msg->msg[2];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_system_audio_mode_request(struct cec_msg *msg,
						     int reply,
						     __u16 phys_addr)
{
	msg->len = phys_addr == 0xffff ? 2 : 4;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_SYSTEM_AUDIO_MODE_REQUEST;
	msg->msg[2] = phys_addr >> 8;
	msg->msg[3] = phys_addr & 0xff;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_SET_SYSTEM_AUDIO_MODE : 0;

}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_system_audio_mode_request(const struct cec_msg *msg,
						     __u16 *phys_addr)
{
	if (msg->len < 4)
		*phys_addr = 0xffff;
	else
		*phys_addr = (msg->msg[2] << 8) | msg->msg[3];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_system_audio_mode_status(struct cec_msg *msg,
						    __u8 sys_aud_status)
{
	msg->len = 3;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_SYSTEM_AUDIO_MODE_STATUS;
	msg->msg[2] = sys_aud_status;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_system_audio_mode_status(const struct cec_msg *msg,
						    __u8 *sys_aud_status)
{
	*sys_aud_status = msg->msg[2];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_give_system_audio_mode_status(struct cec_msg *msg,
							 int reply)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_GIVE_SYSTEM_AUDIO_MODE_STATUS;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_SYSTEM_AUDIO_MODE_STATUS : 0;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_report_short_audio_descriptor(struct cec_msg *msg,
					__u8 num_descriptors,
					const __u32 *descriptors)
{
	unsigned int i;

	if (num_descriptors > 4)
		num_descriptors = 4;
	msg->len = 2 + num_descriptors * 3;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_REPORT_SHORT_AUDIO_DESCRIPTOR;
	for (i = 0; i < num_descriptors; i++) {
		msg->msg[2 + i * 3] = (descriptors[i] >> 16) & 0xff;
		msg->msg[3 + i * 3] = (descriptors[i] >> 8) & 0xff;
		msg->msg[4 + i * 3] = descriptors[i] & 0xff;
	}
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_report_short_audio_descriptor(const struct cec_msg *msg,
							 __u8 *num_descriptors,
							 __u32 *descriptors)
{
	unsigned int i;

	*num_descriptors = (msg->len - 2) / 3;
	if (*num_descriptors > 4)
		*num_descriptors = 4;
	for (i = 0; i < *num_descriptors; i++)
		descriptors[i] = (msg->msg[2 + i * 3] << 16) |
			(msg->msg[3 + i * 3] << 8) |
			msg->msg[4 + i * 3];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_request_short_audio_descriptor(struct cec_msg *msg,
					int reply,
					__u8 num_descriptors,
					const __u8 *audio_format_id,
					const __u8 *audio_format_code)
{
	unsigned int i;

	if (num_descriptors > 4)
		num_descriptors = 4;
	msg->len = 2 + num_descriptors;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_REQUEST_SHORT_AUDIO_DESCRIPTOR;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_REPORT_SHORT_AUDIO_DESCRIPTOR : 0;
	for (i = 0; i < num_descriptors; i++)
		msg->msg[2 + i] = (audio_format_id[i] << 6) |
				  (audio_format_code[i] & 0x3f);
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_request_short_audio_descriptor(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					__u8 *num_descriptors,
					__u8 *audio_format_id,
					__u8 *audio_format_code)
{
	unsigned int i;

	*num_descriptors = msg->len - 2;
	if (*num_descriptors > 4)
		*num_descriptors = 4;
	for (i = 0; i < *num_descriptors; i++) {
		audio_format_id[i] = msg->msg[2 + i] >> 6;
		audio_format_code[i] = msg->msg[2 + i] & 0x3f;
	}
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_set_audio_volume_level(struct cec_msg *msg,
						  __u8 audio_volume_level)
{
	msg->len = 3;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_SET_AUDIO_VOLUME_LEVEL;
	msg->msg[2] = audio_volume_level;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_set_audio_volume_level(const struct cec_msg *msg,
						  __u8 *audio_volume_level)
{
	*audio_volume_level = msg->msg[2];
}


/* Audio Rate Control Feature */
static __inline__ void cec_msg_set_audio_rate(struct cec_msg *msg,
					  __u8 audio_rate)
{
	msg->len = 3;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_SET_AUDIO_RATE;
	msg->msg[2] = audio_rate;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_set_audio_rate(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					  __u8 *audio_rate)
{
	*audio_rate = msg->msg[2];
}


/* Audio Return Channel Control Feature */
static __inline__ void cec_msg_report_arc_initiated(struct cec_msg *msg)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_REPORT_ARC_INITIATED;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_initiate_arc(struct cec_msg *msg,
					int reply)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_INITIATE_ARC;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_REPORT_ARC_INITIATED : 0;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_request_arc_initiation(struct cec_msg *msg,
						  int reply)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_REQUEST_ARC_INITIATION;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_INITIATE_ARC : 0;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_report_arc_terminated(struct cec_msg *msg)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_REPORT_ARC_TERMINATED;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_terminate_arc(struct cec_msg *msg,
					 int reply)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_TERMINATE_ARC;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_REPORT_ARC_TERMINATED : 0;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_request_arc_termination(struct cec_msg *msg,
						   int reply)
{
	msg->len = 2;
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_REQUEST_ARC_TERMINATION;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_TERMINATE_ARC : 0;
}


/* Dynamic Audio Lipsync Feature */
/* Only for CEC 2.0 and up */
static __inline__ void cec_msg_report_current_latency(struct cec_msg *msg,
						  __u16 phys_addr,
						  __u8 video_latency,
						  __u8 low_latency_mode,
						  __u8 audio_out_compensated,
						  __u8 audio_out_delay)
{
	msg->len = 6;
	msg->msg[0] |= 0xf; /* broadcast */
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_REPORT_CURRENT_LATENCY;
	msg->msg[2] = phys_addr >> 8;
	msg->msg[3] = phys_addr & 0xff;
	msg->msg[4] = video_latency;
	msg->msg[5] = (low_latency_mode << 2) | audio_out_compensated;
	if (audio_out_compensated == 3)
		msg->msg[msg->len++] = audio_out_delay;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_report_current_latency(const struct cec_msg *msg,
						  __u16 *phys_addr,
						  __u8 *video_latency,
						  __u8 *low_latency_mode,
						  __u8 *audio_out_compensated,
						  __u8 *audio_out_delay)
{
	*phys_addr = (msg->msg[2] << 8) | msg->msg[3];
	*video_latency = msg->msg[4];
	*low_latency_mode = (msg->msg[5] >> 2) & 1;
	*audio_out_compensated = msg->msg[5] & 3;
	if (*audio_out_compensated == 3 && msg->len >= 7)
		*audio_out_delay = msg->msg[6];
	else
		*audio_out_delay = 0;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_request_current_latency(struct cec_msg *msg,
						   int reply,
						   __u16 phys_addr)
{
	msg->len = 4;
	msg->msg[0] |= 0xf; /* broadcast */
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_REQUEST_CURRENT_LATENCY;
	msg->msg[2] = phys_addr >> 8;
	msg->msg[3] = phys_addr & 0xff;
	msg->reply = reply ? CEC_MSG_REPORT_CURRENT_LATENCY : 0;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_request_current_latency(const struct cec_msg *msg,
						   __u16 *phys_addr)
{
	*phys_addr = (msg->msg[2] << 8) | msg->msg[3];
}


/* Capability Discovery and Control Feature */
static __inline__ void cec_msg_cdc_hec_inquire_state(struct cec_msg *msg,
						 __u16 phys_addr1,
						 __u16 phys_addr2)
{
	msg->len = 9;
	msg->msg[0] |= 0xf; /* broadcast */
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_CDC_MESSAGE;
	/* msg[2] and msg[3] (phys_addr) are filled in by the CEC framework */
	msg->msg[4] = CEC_MSG_CDC_HEC_INQUIRE_STATE;
	msg->msg[5] = phys_addr1 >> 8;
	msg->msg[6] = phys_addr1 & 0xff;
	msg->msg[7] = phys_addr2 >> 8;
	msg->msg[8] = phys_addr2 & 0xff;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_cdc_hec_inquire_state(const struct cec_msg *msg,
						 __u16 *phys_addr,
						 __u16 *phys_addr1,
						 __u16 *phys_addr2)
{
	*phys_addr = (msg->msg[2] << 8) | msg->msg[3];
	*phys_addr1 = (msg->msg[5] << 8) | msg->msg[6];
	*phys_addr2 = (msg->msg[7] << 8) | msg->msg[8];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_cdc_hec_report_state(struct cec_msg *msg,
						__u16 target_phys_addr,
						__u8 hec_func_state,
						__u8 host_func_state,
						__u8 enc_func_state,
						__u8 cdc_errcode,
						__u8 has_field,
						__u16 hec_field)
{
	msg->len = has_field ? 10 : 8;
	msg->msg[0] |= 0xf; /* broadcast */
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_CDC_MESSAGE;
	/* msg[2] and msg[3] (phys_addr) are filled in by the CEC framework */
	msg->msg[4] = CEC_MSG_CDC_HEC_REPORT_STATE;
	msg->msg[5] = target_phys_addr >> 8;
	msg->msg[6] = target_phys_addr & 0xff;
	msg->msg[7] = (hec_func_state << 6) |
		      (host_func_state << 4) |
		      (enc_func_state << 2) |
		      cdc_errcode;
	if (has_field) {
		msg->msg[8] = hec_field >> 8;
		msg->msg[9] = hec_field & 0xff;
	}
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_cdc_hec_report_state(const struct cec_msg *msg,
						__u16 *phys_addr,
						__u16 *target_phys_addr,
						__u8 *hec_func_state,
						__u8 *host_func_state,
						__u8 *enc_func_state,
						__u8 *cdc_errcode,
						__u8 *has_field,
						__u16 *hec_field)
{
	*phys_addr = (msg->msg[2] << 8) | msg->msg[3];
	*target_phys_addr = (msg->msg[5] << 8) | msg->msg[6];
	*hec_func_state = msg->msg[7] >> 6;
	*host_func_state = (msg->msg[7] >> 4) & 3;
	*enc_func_state = (msg->msg[7] >> 4) & 3;
	*cdc_errcode = msg->msg[7] & 3;
	*has_field = msg->len >= 10;
	*hec_field = *has_field ? ((msg->msg[8] << 8) | msg->msg[9]) : 0;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_cdc_hec_set_state(struct cec_msg *msg,
					     __u16 phys_addr1,
					     __u16 phys_addr2,
					     __u8 hec_set_state,
					     __u16 phys_addr3,
					     __u16 phys_addr4,
					     __u16 phys_addr5)
{
	msg->len = 10;
	msg->msg[0] |= 0xf; /* broadcast */
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_CDC_MESSAGE;
	/* msg[2] and msg[3] (phys_addr) are filled in by the CEC framework */
	msg->msg[4] = CEC_MSG_CDC_HEC_INQUIRE_STATE;
	msg->msg[5] = phys_addr1 >> 8;
	msg->msg[6] = phys_addr1 & 0xff;
	msg->msg[7] = phys_addr2 >> 8;
	msg->msg[8] = phys_addr2 & 0xff;
	msg->msg[9] = hec_set_state;
	if (phys_addr3 != CEC_PHYS_ADDR_INVALID) {
		msg->msg[msg->len++] = phys_addr3 >> 8;
		msg->msg[msg->len++] = phys_addr3 & 0xff;
		if (phys_addr4 != CEC_PHYS_ADDR_INVALID) {
			msg->msg[msg->len++] = phys_addr4 >> 8;
			msg->msg[msg->len++] = phys_addr4 & 0xff;
			if (phys_addr5 != CEC_PHYS_ADDR_INVALID) {
				msg->msg[msg->len++] = phys_addr5 >> 8;
				msg->msg[msg->len++] = phys_addr5 & 0xff;
			}
		}
	}
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_cdc_hec_set_state(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					     __u16 *phys_addr,
					     __u16 *phys_addr1,
					     __u16 *phys_addr2,
					     __u8 *hec_set_state,
					     __u16 *phys_addr3,
					     __u16 *phys_addr4,
					     __u16 *phys_addr5)
{
	*phys_addr = (msg->msg[2] << 8) | msg->msg[3];
	*phys_addr1 = (msg->msg[5] << 8) | msg->msg[6];
	*phys_addr2 = (msg->msg[7] << 8) | msg->msg[8];
	*hec_set_state = msg->msg[9];
	*phys_addr3 = *phys_addr4 = *phys_addr5 = CEC_PHYS_ADDR_INVALID;
	if (msg->len >= 12)
		*phys_addr3 = (msg->msg[10] << 8) | msg->msg[11];
	if (msg->len >= 14)
		*phys_addr4 = (msg->msg[12] << 8) | msg->msg[13];
	if (msg->len >= 16)
		*phys_addr5 = (msg->msg[14] << 8) | msg->msg[15];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_cdc_hec_set_state_adjacent(struct cec_msg *msg,
						      __u16 phys_addr1,
						      __u8 hec_set_state)
{
	msg->len = 8;
	msg->msg[0] |= 0xf; /* broadcast */
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_CDC_MESSAGE;
	/* msg[2] and msg[3] (phys_addr) are filled in by the CEC framework */
	msg->msg[4] = CEC_MSG_CDC_HEC_SET_STATE_ADJACENT;
	msg->msg[5] = phys_addr1 >> 8;
	msg->msg[6] = phys_addr1 & 0xff;
	msg->msg[7] = hec_set_state;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_cdc_hec_set_state_adjacent(const struct cec_msg *msg,
						      __u16 *phys_addr,
						      __u16 *phys_addr1,
						      __u8 *hec_set_state)
{
	*phys_addr = (msg->msg[2] << 8) | msg->msg[3];
	*phys_addr1 = (msg->msg[5] << 8) | msg->msg[6];
	*hec_set_state = msg->msg[7];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_cdc_hec_request_deactivation(struct cec_msg *msg,
							__u16 phys_addr1,
							__u16 phys_addr2,
							__u16 phys_addr3)
{
	msg->len = 11;
	msg->msg[0] |= 0xf; /* broadcast */
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_CDC_MESSAGE;
	/* msg[2] and msg[3] (phys_addr) are filled in by the CEC framework */
	msg->msg[4] = CEC_MSG_CDC_HEC_REQUEST_DEACTIVATION;
	msg->msg[5] = phys_addr1 >> 8;
	msg->msg[6] = phys_addr1 & 0xff;
	msg->msg[7] = phys_addr2 >> 8;
	msg->msg[8] = phys_addr2 & 0xff;
	msg->msg[9] = phys_addr3 >> 8;
	msg->msg[10] = phys_addr3 & 0xff;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_cdc_hec_request_deactivation(const struct cec_msg *msg,
							__u16 *phys_addr,
							__u16 *phys_addr1,
							__u16 *phys_addr2,
							__u16 *phys_addr3)
{
	*phys_addr = (msg->msg[2] << 8) | msg->msg[3];
	*phys_addr1 = (msg->msg[5] << 8) | msg->msg[6];
	*phys_addr2 = (msg->msg[7] << 8) | msg->msg[8];
	*phys_addr3 = (msg->msg[9] << 8) | msg->msg[10];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_cdc_hec_notify_alive(struct cec_msg *msg)
{
	msg->len = 5;
	msg->msg[0] |= 0xf; /* broadcast */
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_CDC_MESSAGE;
	/* msg[2] and msg[3] (phys_addr) are filled in by the CEC framework */
	msg->msg[4] = CEC_MSG_CDC_HEC_NOTIFY_ALIVE;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_cdc_hec_notify_alive(const struct cec_msg *msg,
						__u16 *phys_addr)
{
	*phys_addr = (msg->msg[2] << 8) | msg->msg[3];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_cdc_hec_discover(struct cec_msg *msg)
{
	msg->len = 5;
	msg->msg[0] |= 0xf; /* broadcast */
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_CDC_MESSAGE;
	/* msg[2] and msg[3] (phys_addr) are filled in by the CEC framework */
	msg->msg[4] = CEC_MSG_CDC_HEC_DISCOVER;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_cdc_hec_discover(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					    __u16 *phys_addr)
{
	*phys_addr = (msg->msg[2] << 8) | msg->msg[3];
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_cdc_hpd_set_state(struct cec_msg *msg,
					     __u8 input_port,
					     __u8 hpd_state)
{
	msg->len = 6;
	msg->msg[0] |= 0xf; /* broadcast */
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_CDC_MESSAGE;
	/* msg[2] and msg[3] (phys_addr) are filled in by the CEC framework */
	msg->msg[4] = CEC_MSG_CDC_HPD_SET_STATE;
	msg->msg[5] = (input_port << 4) | hpd_state;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_cdc_hpd_set_state(const struct cec_msg *msg,
					    __u16 *phys_addr,
					    __u8 *input_port,
					    __u8 *hpd_state)
{
	*phys_addr = (msg->msg[2] << 8) | msg->msg[3];
	*input_port = msg->msg[5] >> 4;
	*hpd_state = msg->msg[5] & 0xf;
}

static __inline__ void cec_msg_cdc_hpd_report_state(struct cec_msg *msg,
						__u8 hpd_state,
						__u8 hpd_error)
{
	msg->len = 6;
	msg->msg[0] |= 0xf; /* broadcast */
	msg->msg[1] = CEC_MSG_CDC_MESSAGE;
	/* msg[2] and msg[3] (phys_addr) are filled in by the CEC framework */
	msg->msg[4] = CEC_MSG_CDC_HPD_REPORT_STATE;
	msg->msg[5] = (hpd_state << 4) | hpd_error;
}

static __inline__ void cec_ops_cdc_hpd_report_state(const struct cec_msg *msg,
						__u16 *phys_addr,
						__u8 *hpd_state,
						__u8 *hpd_error)
{
	*phys_addr = (msg->msg[2] << 8) | msg->msg[3];
	*hpd_state = msg->msg[5] >> 4;
	*hpd_error = msg->msg[5] & 0xf;
}

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Definitions for MIBs
 *
 * Author: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_SNMP_H
#define _LINUX_SNMP_H

/* ipstats mib definitions */
/*
 * RFC 1213:  MIB-II
 * RFC 2011 (updates 1213):  SNMPv2-MIB-IP
 * RFC 2863:  Interfaces Group MIB
 * RFC 2465:  IPv6 MIB: General Group
 * draft-ietf-ipv6-rfc2011-update-10.txt: MIB for IP: IP Statistics Tables
 */
enum
{
	IPSTATS_MIB_NUM = 0,
/* frequently written fields in fast path, kept in same cache line */
	IPSTATS_MIB_INPKTS,			/* InReceives */
	IPSTATS_MIB_INOCTETS,			/* InOctets */
	IPSTATS_MIB_INDELIVERS,			/* InDelivers */
	IPSTATS_MIB_OUTFORWDATAGRAMS,		/* OutForwDatagrams */
	IPSTATS_MIB_OUTPKTS,			/* OutRequests */
	IPSTATS_MIB_OUTOCTETS,			/* OutOctets */
/* other fields */
	IPSTATS_MIB_INHDRERRORS,		/* InHdrErrors */
	IPSTATS_MIB_INTOOBIGERRORS,		/* InTooBigErrors */
	IPSTATS_MIB_INNOROUTES,			/* InNoRoutes */
	IPSTATS_MIB_INADDRERRORS,		/* InAddrErrors */
	IPSTATS_MIB_INUNKNOWNPROTOS,		/* InUnknownProtos */
	IPSTATS_MIB_INTRUNCATEDPKTS,		/* InTruncatedPkts */
	IPSTATS_MIB_INDISCARDS,			/* InDiscards */
	IPSTATS_MIB_OUTDISCARDS,		/* OutDiscards */
	IPSTATS_MIB_OUTNOROUTES,		/* OutNoRoutes */
	IPSTATS_MIB_REASMTIMEOUT,		/* ReasmTimeout */
	IPSTATS_MIB_REASMREQDS,			/* ReasmReqds */
	IPSTATS_MIB_REASMOKS,			/* ReasmOKs */
	IPSTATS_MIB_REASMFAILS,			/* ReasmFails */
	IPSTATS_MIB_FRAGOKS,			/* FragOKs */
	IPSTATS_MIB_FRAGFAILS,			/* FragFails */
	IPSTATS_MIB_FRAGCREATES,		/* FragCreates */
	IPSTATS_MIB_INMCASTPKTS,		/* InMcastPkts */
	IPSTATS_MIB_OUTMCASTPKTS,		/* OutMcastPkts */
	IPSTATS_MIB_INBCASTPKTS,		/* InBcastPkts */
	IPSTATS_MIB_OUTBCASTPKTS,		/* OutBcastPkts */
	IPSTATS_MIB_INMCASTOCTETS,		/* InMcastOctets */
	IPSTATS_MIB_OUTMCASTOCTETS,		/* OutMcastOctets */
	IPSTATS_MIB_INBCASTOCTETS,		/* InBcastOctets */
	IPSTATS_MIB_OUTBCASTOCTETS,		/* OutBcastOctets */
	IPSTATS_MIB_CSUMERRORS,			/* InCsumErrors */
	IPSTATS_MIB_NOECTPKTS,			/* InNoECTPkts */
	IPSTATS_MIB_ECT1PKTS,			/* InECT1Pkts */
	IPSTATS_MIB_ECT0PKTS,			/* InECT0Pkts */
	IPSTATS_MIB_CEPKTS,			/* InCEPkts */
	IPSTATS_MIB_REASM_OVERLAPS,		/* ReasmOverlaps */
	__IPSTATS_MIB_MAX
};

/* icmp mib definitions */
/*
 * RFC 1213:  MIB-II ICMP Group
 * RFC 2011 (updates 1213):  SNMPv2 MIB for IP: ICMP group
 */
enum
{
	ICMP_MIB_NUM = 0,
	ICMP_MIB_INMSGS,			/* InMsgs */
	ICMP_MIB_INERRORS,			/* InErrors */
	ICMP_MIB_INDESTUNREACHS,		/* InDestUnreachs */
	ICMP_MIB_INTIMEEXCDS,			/* InTimeExcds */
	ICMP_MIB_INPARMPROBS,			/* InParmProbs */
	ICMP_MIB_INSRCQUENCHS,			/* InSrcQuenchs */
	ICMP_MIB_INREDIRECTS,			/* InRedirects */
	ICMP_MIB_INECHOS,			/* InEchos */
	ICMP_MIB_INECHOREPS,			/* InEchoReps */
	ICMP_MIB_INTIMESTAMPS,			/* InTimestamps */
	ICMP_MIB_INTIMESTAMPREPS,		/* InTimestampReps */
	ICMP_MIB_INADDRMASKS,			/* InAddrMasks */
	ICMP_MIB_INADDRMASKREPS,		/* InAddrMaskReps */
	ICMP_MIB_OUTMSGS,			/* OutMsgs */
	ICMP_MIB_OUTERRORS,			/* OutErrors */
	ICMP_MIB_OUTDESTUNREACHS,		/* OutDestUnreachs */
	ICMP_MIB_OUTTIMEEXCDS,			/* OutTimeExcds */
	ICMP_MIB_OUTPARMPROBS,			/* OutParmProbs */
	ICMP_MIB_OUTSRCQUENCHS,			/* OutSrcQuenchs */
	ICMP_MIB_OUTREDIRECTS,			/* OutRedirects */
	ICMP_MIB_OUTECHOS,			/* OutEchos */
	ICMP_MIB_OUTECHOREPS,			/* OutEchoReps */
	ICMP_MIB_OUTTIMESTAMPS,			/* OutTimestamps */
	ICMP_MIB_OUTTIMESTAMPREPS,		/* OutTimestampReps */
	ICMP_MIB_OUTADDRMASKS,			/* OutAddrMasks */
	ICMP_MIB_OUTADDRMASKREPS,		/* OutAddrMaskReps */
	ICMP_MIB_CSUMERRORS,			/* InCsumErrors */
	__ICMP_MIB_MAX
};

#define __ICMPMSG_MIB_MAX 512	/* Out+In for all 8-bit ICMP types */

/* icmp6 mib definitions */
/*
 * RFC 2466:  ICMPv6-MIB
 */
enum
{
	ICMP6_MIB_NUM = 0,
	ICMP6_MIB_INMSGS,			/* InMsgs */
	ICMP6_MIB_INERRORS,			/* InErrors */
	ICMP6_MIB_OUTMSGS,			/* OutMsgs */
	ICMP6_MIB_OUTERRORS,			/* OutErrors */
	ICMP6_MIB_CSUMERRORS,			/* InCsumErrors */
	__ICMP6_MIB_MAX
};

#define __ICMP6MSG_MIB_MAX 512 /* Out+In for all 8-bit ICMPv6 types */

/* tcp mib definitions */
/*
 * RFC 1213:  MIB-II TCP group
 * RFC 2012 (updates 1213):  SNMPv2-MIB-TCP
 */
enum
{
	TCP_MIB_NUM = 0,
	TCP_MIB_RTOALGORITHM,			/* RtoAlgorithm */
	TCP_MIB_RTOMIN,				/* RtoMin */
	TCP_MIB_RTOMAX,				/* RtoMax */
	TCP_MIB_MAXCONN,			/* MaxConn */
	TCP_MIB_ACTIVEOPENS,			/* ActiveOpens */
	TCP_MIB_PASSIVEOPENS,			/* PassiveOpens */
	TCP_MIB_ATTEMPTFAILS,			/* AttemptFails */
	TCP_MIB_ESTABRESETS,			/* EstabResets */
	TCP_MIB_CURRESTAB,			/* CurrEstab */
	TCP_MIB_INSEGS,				/* InSegs */
	TCP_MIB_OUTSEGS,			/* OutSegs */
	TCP_MIB_RETRANSSEGS,			/* RetransSegs */
	TCP_MIB_INERRS,				/* InErrs */
	TCP_MIB_OUTRSTS,			/* OutRsts */
	TCP_MIB_CSUMERRORS,			/* InCsumErrors */
	__TCP_MIB_MAX
};

/* udp mib definitions */
/*
 * RFC 1213:  MIB-II UDP group
 * RFC 2013 (updates 1213):  SNMPv2-MIB-UDP
 */
enum
{
	UDP_MIB_NUM = 0,
	UDP_MIB_INDATAGRAMS,			/* InDatagrams */
	UDP_MIB_NOPORTS,			/* NoPorts */
	UDP_MIB_INERRORS,			/* InErrors */
	UDP_MIB_OUTDATAGRAMS,			/* OutDatagrams */
	UDP_MIB_RCVBUFERRORS,			/* RcvbufErrors */
	UDP_MIB_SNDBUFERRORS,			/* SndbufErrors */
	UDP_MIB_CSUMERRORS,			/* InCsumErrors */
	UDP_MIB_IGNOREDMULTI,			/* IgnoredMulti */
#ifndef __GENKSYMS__
	UDP_MIB_MEMERRORS,			/* MemErrors */
#endif
	__UDP_MIB_MAX
};

/* linux mib definitions */
enum
{
	LINUX_MIB_NUM = 0,
	LINUX_MIB_SYNCOOKIESSENT,		/* SyncookiesSent */
	LINUX_MIB_SYNCOOKIESRECV,		/* SyncookiesRecv */
	LINUX_MIB_SYNCOOKIESFAILED,		/* SyncookiesFailed */
	LINUX_MIB_EMBRYONICRSTS,		/* EmbryonicRsts */
	LINUX_MIB_PRUNECALLED,			/* PruneCalled */
	LINUX_MIB_RCVPRUNED,			/* RcvPruned */
	LINUX_MIB_OFOPRUNED,			/* OfoPruned */
	LINUX_MIB_OUTOFWINDOWICMPS,		/* OutOfWindowIcmps */
	LINUX_MIB_LOCKDROPPEDICMPS,		/* LockDroppedIcmps */
	LINUX_MIB_ARPFILTER,			/* ArpFilter */
	LINUX_MIB_TIMEWAITED,			/* TimeWaited */
	LINUX_MIB_TIMEWAITRECYCLED,		/* TimeWaitRecycled */
	LINUX_MIB_TIMEWAITKILLED,		/* TimeWaitKilled */
	LINUX_MIB_PAWSACTIVEREJECTED,		/* PAWSActiveRejected */
	LINUX_MIB_PAWSESTABREJECTED,		/* PAWSEstabRejected */
	LINUX_MIB_DELAYEDACKS,			/* DelayedACKs */
	LINUX_MIB_DELAYEDACKLOCKED,		/* DelayedACKLocked */
	LINUX_MIB_DELAYEDACKLOST,		/* DelayedACKLost */
	LINUX_MIB_LISTENOVERFLOWS,		/* ListenOverflows */
	LINUX_MIB_LISTENDROPS,			/* ListenDrops */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPHPHITS,			/* TCPHPHits */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPPUREACKS,			/* TCPPureAcks */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPHPACKS,			/* TCPHPAcks */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPRENORECOVERY,		/* TCPRenoRecovery */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPSACKRECOVERY,		/* TCPSackRecovery */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPSACKRENEGING,		/* TCPSACKReneging */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPSACKREORDER,		/* TCPSACKReorder */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPRENOREORDER,		/* TCPRenoReorder */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPTSREORDER,			/* TCPTSReorder */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPFULLUNDO,			/* TCPFullUndo */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPPARTIALUNDO,		/* TCPPartialUndo */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPDSACKUNDO,			/* TCPDSACKUndo */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPLOSSUNDO,			/* TCPLossUndo */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPLOSTRETRANSMIT,		/* TCPLostRetransmit */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPRENOFAILURES,		/* TCPRenoFailures */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPSACKFAILURES,		/* TCPSackFailures */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPLOSSFAILURES,		/* TCPLossFailures */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPFASTRETRANS,		/* TCPFastRetrans */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPSLOWSTARTRETRANS,		/* TCPSlowStartRetrans */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPTIMEOUTS,			/* TCPTimeouts */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPLOSSPROBES,		/* TCPLossProbes */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPLOSSPROBERECOVERY,		/* TCPLossProbeRecovery */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPRENORECOVERYFAIL,		/* TCPRenoRecoveryFail */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPSACKRECOVERYFAIL,		/* TCPSackRecoveryFail */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPRCVCOLLAPSED,		/* TCPRcvCollapsed */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPDSACKOLDSENT,		/* TCPDSACKOldSent */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPDSACKOFOSENT,		/* TCPDSACKOfoSent */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPDSACKRECV,			/* TCPDSACKRecv */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPDSACKOFORECV,		/* TCPDSACKOfoRecv */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPABORTONDATA,		/* TCPAbortOnData */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPABORTONCLOSE,		/* TCPAbortOnClose */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPABORTONMEMORY,		/* TCPAbortOnMemory */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPABORTONTIMEOUT,		/* TCPAbortOnTimeout */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPABORTONLINGER,		/* TCPAbortOnLinger */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPABORTFAILED,		/* TCPAbortFailed */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPMEMORYPRESSURES,		/* TCPMemoryPressures */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPMEMORYPRESSURESCHRONO,	/* TCPMemoryPressuresChrono */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPSACKDISCARD,		/* TCPSACKDiscard */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPDSACKIGNOREDOLD,		/* TCPSACKIgnoredOld */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPDSACKIGNOREDNOUNDO,	/* TCPSACKIgnoredNoUndo */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPSPURIOUSRTOS,		/* TCPSpuriousRTOs */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPMD5NOTFOUND,		/* TCPMD5NotFound */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPMD5UNEXPECTED,		/* TCPMD5Unexpected */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPMD5FAILURE,		/* TCPMD5Failure */
	LINUX_MIB_SACKSHIFTED,
	LINUX_MIB_SACKMERGED,
	LINUX_MIB_SACKSHIFTFALLBACK,
	LINUX_MIB_TCPBACKLOGDROP,
	LINUX_MIB_PFMEMALLOCDROP,
	LINUX_MIB_TCPMINTTLDROP, /* RFC 5082 */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPDEFERACCEPTDROP,
	LINUX_MIB_IPRPFILTER, /* IP Reverse Path Filter (rp_filter) */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPTIMEWAITOVERFLOW,		/* TCPTimeWaitOverflow */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPREQQFULLDOCOOKIES,		/* TCPReqQFullDoCookies */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPREQQFULLDROP,		/* TCPReqQFullDrop */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPRETRANSFAIL,		/* TCPRetransFail */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPRCVCOALESCE,		/* TCPRcvCoalesce */
#ifndef __GENKSYMS__
	LINUX_MIB_TCPBACKLOGCOALESCE,		/* TCPBacklogCoalesce */
#endif
	LINUX_MIB_TCPOFOQUEUE,			/* TCPOFOQueue */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPOFODROP,			/* TCPOFODrop */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPOFOMERGE,			/* TCPOFOMerge */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPCHALLENGEACK,		/* TCPChallengeACK */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPSYNCHALLENGE,		/* TCPSYNChallenge */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPFASTOPENACTIVE,		/* TCPFastOpenActive */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPFASTOPENACTIVEFAIL,	/* TCPFastOpenActiveFail */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPFASTOPENPASSIVE,		/* TCPFastOpenPassive*/
	LINUX_MIB_TCPFASTOPENPASSIVEFAIL,	/* TCPFastOpenPassiveFail */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPFASTOPENLISTENOVERFLOW,	/* TCPFastOpenListenOverflow */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPFASTOPENCOOKIEREQD,	/* TCPFastOpenCookieReqd */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPFASTOPENBLACKHOLE,		/* TCPFastOpenBlackholeDetect */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPSPURIOUS_RTX_HOSTQUEUES, /* TCPSpuriousRtxHostQueues */
	LINUX_MIB_BUSYPOLLRXPACKETS,		/* BusyPollRxPackets */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPAUTOCORKING,		/* TCPAutoCorking */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPFROMZEROWINDOWADV,		/* TCPFromZeroWindowAdv */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPTOZEROWINDOWADV,		/* TCPToZeroWindowAdv */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPWANTZEROWINDOWADV,		/* TCPWantZeroWindowAdv */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPSYNRETRANS,		/* TCPSynRetrans */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPORIGDATASENT,		/* TCPOrigDataSent */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPHYSTARTTRAINDETECT,	/* TCPHystartTrainDetect */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPHYSTARTTRAINCWND,		/* TCPHystartTrainCwnd */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPHYSTARTDELAYDETECT,	/* TCPHystartDelayDetect */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPHYSTARTDELAYCWND,		/* TCPHystartDelayCwnd */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPACKSKIPPEDSYNRECV,		/* TCPACKSkippedSynRecv */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPACKSKIPPEDPAWS,		/* TCPACKSkippedPAWS */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPACKSKIPPEDSEQ,		/* TCPACKSkippedSeq */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPACKSKIPPEDFINWAIT2,	/* TCPACKSkippedFinWait2 */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPACKSKIPPEDTIMEWAIT,	/* TCPACKSkippedTimeWait */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPACKSKIPPEDCHALLENGE,	/* TCPACKSkippedChallenge */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPWINPROBE,			/* TCPWinProbe */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPKEEPALIVE,			/* TCPKeepAlive */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPMTUPFAIL,			/* TCPMTUPFail */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPMTUPSUCCESS,		/* TCPMTUPSuccess */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPDELIVERED,			/* TCPDelivered */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPDELIVEREDCE,		/* TCPDeliveredCE */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPACKCOMPRESSED,		/* TCPAckCompressed */
#ifndef __GENKSYMS__
	LINUX_MIB_TCPZEROWINDOWDROP,		/* TCPZeroWindowDrop */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPRCVQDROP,			/* TCPRcvQDrop */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPWQUEUETOOBIG,		/* TCPWqueueTooBig */
	LINUX_MIB_TCPTIMEOUTREHASH,		/* TCPTimeoutRehash */
#endif
	__LINUX_MIB_MAX
};

/* linux Xfrm mib definitions */
enum
{
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMNUM = 0,
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMINERROR,			/* XfrmInError */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMINBUFFERERROR,		/* XfrmInBufferError */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMINHDRERROR,		/* XfrmInHdrError */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMINNOSTATES,		/* XfrmInNoStates */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMINSTATEPROTOERROR,	/* XfrmInStateProtoError */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMINSTATEMODEERROR,		/* XfrmInStateModeError */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMINSTATESEQERROR,		/* XfrmInStateSeqError */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMINSTATEEXPIRED,		/* XfrmInStateExpired */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMINSTATEMISMATCH,		/* XfrmInStateMismatch */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMINSTATEINVALID,		/* XfrmInStateInvalid */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMINTMPLMISMATCH,		/* XfrmInTmplMismatch */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMINNOPOLS,			/* XfrmInNoPols */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMINPOLBLOCK,		/* XfrmInPolBlock */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMINPOLERROR,		/* XfrmInPolError */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMOUTERROR,			/* XfrmOutError */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMOUTBUNDLEGENERROR,	/* XfrmOutBundleGenError */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMOUTBUNDLECHECKERROR,	/* XfrmOutBundleCheckError */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMOUTNOSTATES,		/* XfrmOutNoStates */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMOUTSTATEPROTOERROR,	/* XfrmOutStateProtoError */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMOUTSTATEMODEERROR,	/* XfrmOutStateModeError */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMOUTSTATESEQERROR,		/* XfrmOutStateSeqError */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMOUTSTATEEXPIRED,		/* XfrmOutStateExpired */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMOUTPOLBLOCK,		/* XfrmOutPolBlock */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMOUTPOLDEAD,		/* XfrmOutPolDead */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMOUTPOLERROR,		/* XfrmOutPolError */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMFWDHDRERROR,		/* XfrmFwdHdrError*/
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMOUTSTATEINVALID,		/* XfrmOutStateInvalid */
	LINUX_MIB_XFRMACQUIREERROR,		/* XfrmAcquireError */
	__LINUX_MIB_XFRMMAX
};

/* linux TLS mib definitions */
enum
{
	LINUX_MIB_TLSNUM = 0,
	LINUX_MIB_TLSCURRTXSW,			/* TlsCurrTxSw */
	LINUX_MIB_TLSCURRRXSW,			/* TlsCurrRxSw */
	LINUX_MIB_TLSCURRTXDEVICE,		/* TlsCurrTxDevice */
	LINUX_MIB_TLSCURRRXDEVICE,		/* TlsCurrRxDevice */
	LINUX_MIB_TLSTXSW,			/* TlsTxSw */
	LINUX_MIB_TLSRXSW,			/* TlsRxSw */
	LINUX_MIB_TLSTXDEVICE,			/* TlsTxDevice */
	LINUX_MIB_TLSRXDEVICE,			/* TlsRxDevice */
	LINUX_MIB_TLSDECRYPTERROR,		/* TlsDecryptError */
	LINUX_MIB_TLSRXDEVICERESYNC,		/* TlsRxDeviceResync */
	__LINUX_MIB_TLSMAX
};

#endif	/* _LINUX_SNMP_H */
#define LINUX_VERSION_CODE 266752
#define KERNEL_VERSION(a,b,c) (((a) << 16) + ((b) << 8) + (c))
#define RHEL_MAJOR 8
#define RHEL_MINOR 10
#define RHEL_RELEASE_VERSION(a,b) (((a) << 8) + (b))
#define RHEL_RELEASE_CODE 2058
#define RHEL_RELEASE "553.104.1"
#define LINUX_VERSION_MAJOR 4
#define LINUX_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL 18
#define LINUX_VERSION_SUBLEVEL 0
#define KERNEL_HEADERS_CHECKSUM "ea6cbf40c5ca102e2767b8057b08120d97f31640"
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2012 Google, Inc.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_SYNC_H
#define _LINUX_SYNC_H

#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/**
 * struct sync_merge_data - data passed to merge ioctl
 * @name:	name of new fence
 * @fd2:	file descriptor of second fence
 * @fence:	returns the fd of the new fence to userspace
 * @flags:	merge_data flags
 * @pad:	padding for 64-bit alignment, should always be zero
 */
struct sync_merge_data {
	char	name[32];
	__s32	fd2;
	__s32	fence;
	__u32	flags;
	__u32	pad;
};

/**
 * struct sync_fence_info - detailed fence information
 * @obj_name:		name of parent sync_timeline
* @driver_name:	name of driver implementing the parent
* @status:		status of the fence 0:active 1:signaled <0:error
 * @flags:		fence_info flags
 * @timestamp_ns:	timestamp of status change in nanoseconds
 */
struct sync_fence_info {
	char	obj_name[32];
	char	driver_name[32];
	__s32	status;
	__u32	flags;
	__u64	timestamp_ns;
};

/**
 * struct sync_file_info - data returned from fence info ioctl
 * @name:	name of fence
 * @status:	status of fence. 1: signaled 0:active <0:error
 * @flags:	sync_file_info flags
 * @num_fences	number of fences in the sync_file
 * @pad:	padding for 64-bit alignment, should always be zero
 * @sync_fence_info: pointer to array of structs sync_fence_info with all
 *		 fences in the sync_file
 */
struct sync_file_info {
	char	name[32];
	__s32	status;
	__u32	flags;
	__u32	num_fences;
	__u32	pad;

	__u64	sync_fence_info;
};

#define SYNC_IOC_MAGIC		'>'

/**
 * Opcodes  0, 1 and 2 were burned during a API change to avoid users of the
 * old API to get weird errors when trying to handling sync_files. The API
 * change happened during the de-stage of the Sync Framework when there was
 * no upstream users available.
 */

/**
 * DOC: SYNC_IOC_MERGE - merge two fences
 *
 * Takes a struct sync_merge_data.  Creates a new fence containing copies of
 * the sync_pts in both the calling fd and sync_merge_data.fd2.  Returns the
 * new fence's fd in sync_merge_data.fence
 */
#define SYNC_IOC_MERGE		_IOWR(SYNC_IOC_MAGIC, 3, struct sync_merge_data)

/**
 * DOC: SYNC_IOC_FILE_INFO - get detailed information on a sync_file
 *
 * Takes a struct sync_file_info. If num_fences is 0, the field is updated
 * with the actual number of fences. If num_fences is > 0, the system will
 * use the pointer provided on sync_fence_info to return up to num_fences of
 * struct sync_fence_info, with detailed fence information.
 */
#define SYNC_IOC_FILE_INFO	_IOWR(SYNC_IOC_MAGIC, 4, struct sync_file_info)

#endif /* _LINUX_SYNC_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * i8k.h -- Linux driver for accessing the SMM BIOS on Dell laptops
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2001  Massimo Dal Zotto <dz@debian.org>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
 * Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
 * later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
 * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 * General Public License for more details.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_I8K_H
#define _LINUX_I8K_H

#define I8K_PROC		"/proc/i8k"
#define I8K_PROC_FMT		"1.0"

#define I8K_BIOS_VERSION	_IOR ('i', 0x80, int)	/* broken: meant 4 bytes */
#define I8K_MACHINE_ID		_IOR ('i', 0x81, int)	/* broken: meant 16 bytes */
#define I8K_POWER_STATUS	_IOR ('i', 0x82, size_t)
#define I8K_FN_STATUS		_IOR ('i', 0x83, size_t)
#define I8K_GET_TEMP		_IOR ('i', 0x84, size_t)
#define I8K_GET_SPEED		_IOWR('i', 0x85, size_t)
#define I8K_GET_FAN		_IOWR('i', 0x86, size_t)
#define I8K_SET_FAN		_IOWR('i', 0x87, size_t)

#define I8K_FAN_LEFT		1
#define I8K_FAN_RIGHT		0
#define I8K_FAN_OFF		0
#define I8K_FAN_LOW		1
#define I8K_FAN_HIGH		2
#define I8K_FAN_TURBO		3
#define I8K_FAN_MAX		I8K_FAN_TURBO

#define I8K_VOL_UP		1
#define I8K_VOL_DOWN		2
#define I8K_VOL_MUTE		4

#define I8K_AC			1
#define I8K_BATTERY		0

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * vdpa device management interface
 * Copyright (c) 2020 Mellanox Technologies Ltd. All rights reserved.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_VDPA_H_
#define _LINUX_VDPA_H_

#define VDPA_GENL_NAME "vdpa"
#define VDPA_GENL_VERSION 0x1

enum vdpa_command {
	VDPA_CMD_UNSPEC,
	VDPA_CMD_MGMTDEV_NEW,
	VDPA_CMD_MGMTDEV_GET,		/* can dump */
	VDPA_CMD_DEV_NEW,
	VDPA_CMD_DEV_DEL,
	VDPA_CMD_DEV_GET,		/* can dump */
	VDPA_CMD_DEV_CONFIG_GET,	/* can dump */
};

enum vdpa_attr {
	VDPA_ATTR_UNSPEC,

	/* Pad attribute for 64b alignment */
	VDPA_ATTR_PAD = VDPA_ATTR_UNSPEC,

	/* bus name (optional) + dev name together make the parent device handle */
	VDPA_ATTR_MGMTDEV_BUS_NAME,		/* string */
	VDPA_ATTR_MGMTDEV_DEV_NAME,		/* string */
	VDPA_ATTR_MGMTDEV_SUPPORTED_CLASSES,	/* u64 */

	VDPA_ATTR_DEV_NAME,			/* string */
	VDPA_ATTR_DEV_ID,			/* u32 */
	VDPA_ATTR_DEV_VENDOR_ID,		/* u32 */
	VDPA_ATTR_DEV_MAX_VQS,			/* u32 */
	VDPA_ATTR_DEV_MAX_VQ_SIZE,		/* u16 */
	VDPA_ATTR_DEV_MIN_VQ_SIZE,		/* u16 */

	VDPA_ATTR_DEV_NET_CFG_MACADDR,		/* binary */
	VDPA_ATTR_DEV_NET_STATUS,		/* u8 */
	VDPA_ATTR_DEV_NET_CFG_MAX_VQP,		/* u16 */
	VDPA_ATTR_DEV_NET_CFG_MTU,		/* u16 */

	VDPA_ATTR_DEV_NEGOTIATED_FEATURES,	/* u64 */
	VDPA_ATTR_DEV_MGMTDEV_MAX_VQS,		/* u32 */
	VDPA_ATTR_DEV_SUPPORTED_FEATURES,	/* u64 */
	/* new attributes must be added above here */
	VDPA_ATTR_MAX,
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_KERNEL_H
#define _LINUX_KERNEL_H

#include <linux/sysinfo.h>

/*
 * 'kernel.h' contains some often-used function prototypes etc
 */
#define __ALIGN_KERNEL(x, a)		__ALIGN_KERNEL_MASK(x, (typeof(x))(a) - 1)
#define __ALIGN_KERNEL_MASK(x, mask)	(((x) + (mask)) & ~(mask))

#define __KERNEL_DIV_ROUND_UP(n, d) (((n) + (d) - 1) / (d))

#endif /* _LINUX_KERNEL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * FS_IOC_FIEMAP ioctl infrastructure.
 *
 * Some portions copyright (C) 2007 Cluster File Systems, Inc
 *
 * Authors: Mark Fasheh <mfasheh@suse.com>
 *          Kalpak Shah <kalpak.shah@sun.com>
 *          Andreas Dilger <adilger@sun.com>
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_FIEMAP_H
#define _LINUX_FIEMAP_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct fiemap_extent {
	__u64 fe_logical;  /* logical offset in bytes for the start of
			    * the extent from the beginning of the file */
	__u64 fe_physical; /* physical offset in bytes for the start
			    * of the extent from the beginning of the disk */
	__u64 fe_length;   /* length in bytes for this extent */
	__u64 fe_reserved64[2];
	__u32 fe_flags;    /* FIEMAP_EXTENT_* flags for this extent */
	__u32 fe_reserved[3];
};

struct fiemap {
	__u64 fm_start;		/* logical offset (inclusive) at
				 * which to start mapping (in) */
	__u64 fm_length;	/* logical length of mapping which
				 * userspace wants (in) */
	__u32 fm_flags;		/* FIEMAP_FLAG_* flags for request (in/out) */
	__u32 fm_mapped_extents;/* number of extents that were mapped (out) */
	__u32 fm_extent_count;  /* size of fm_extents array (in) */
	__u32 fm_reserved;
	struct fiemap_extent fm_extents[0]; /* array of mapped extents (out) */
};

#define FIEMAP_MAX_OFFSET	(~0ULL)

#define FIEMAP_FLAG_SYNC	0x00000001 /* sync file data before map */
#define FIEMAP_FLAG_XATTR	0x00000002 /* map extended attribute tree */
#define FIEMAP_FLAG_CACHE	0x00000004 /* request caching of the extents */

#define FIEMAP_FLAGS_COMPAT	(FIEMAP_FLAG_SYNC | FIEMAP_FLAG_XATTR)

#define FIEMAP_EXTENT_LAST		0x00000001 /* Last extent in file. */
#define FIEMAP_EXTENT_UNKNOWN		0x00000002 /* Data location unknown. */
#define FIEMAP_EXTENT_DELALLOC		0x00000004 /* Location still pending.
						    * Sets EXTENT_UNKNOWN. */
#define FIEMAP_EXTENT_ENCODED		0x00000008 /* Data can not be read
						    * while fs is unmounted */
#define FIEMAP_EXTENT_DATA_ENCRYPTED	0x00000080 /* Data is encrypted by fs.
						    * Sets EXTENT_NO_BYPASS. */
#define FIEMAP_EXTENT_NOT_ALIGNED	0x00000100 /* Extent offsets may not be
						    * block aligned. */
#define FIEMAP_EXTENT_DATA_INLINE	0x00000200 /* Data mixed with metadata.
						    * Sets EXTENT_NOT_ALIGNED.*/
#define FIEMAP_EXTENT_DATA_TAIL		0x00000400 /* Multiple files in block.
						    * Sets EXTENT_NOT_ALIGNED.*/
#define FIEMAP_EXTENT_UNWRITTEN		0x00000800 /* Space allocated, but
						    * no data (i.e. zero). */
#define FIEMAP_EXTENT_MERGED		0x00001000 /* File does not natively
						    * support extents. Result
						    * merged for efficiency. */
#define FIEMAP_EXTENT_SHARED		0x00002000 /* Space shared with other
						    * files. */

#endif /* _LINUX_FIEMAP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Definitions for the VTPM proxy driver
 * Copyright (c) 2015, 2016, IBM Corporation
 * Copyright (C) 2016 Intel Corporation
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License,
 * version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT
 * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
 * more details.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_VTPM_PROXY_H
#define _LINUX_VTPM_PROXY_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

/**
 * enum vtpm_proxy_flags - flags for the proxy TPM
 * @VTPM_PROXY_FLAG_TPM2:	the proxy TPM uses TPM 2.0 protocol
 */
enum vtpm_proxy_flags {
	VTPM_PROXY_FLAG_TPM2	= 1,
};

/**
 * struct vtpm_proxy_new_dev - parameter structure for the
 *                             %VTPM_PROXY_IOC_NEW_DEV ioctl
 * @flags:	flags for the proxy TPM
 * @tpm_num:	index of the TPM device
 * @fd:		the file descriptor used by the proxy TPM
 * @major:	the major number of the TPM device
 * @minor:	the minor number of the TPM device
 */
struct vtpm_proxy_new_dev {
	__u32 flags;         /* input */
	__u32 tpm_num;       /* output */
	__u32 fd;            /* output */
	__u32 major;         /* output */
	__u32 minor;         /* output */
};

#define VTPM_PROXY_IOC_NEW_DEV	_IOWR(0xa1, 0x00, struct vtpm_proxy_new_dev)

/* vendor specific commands to set locality */
#define TPM2_CC_SET_LOCALITY	0x20001000
#define TPM_ORD_SET_LOCALITY	0x20001000

#endif /* _LINUX_VTPM_PROXY_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) */
/*
 *  Video for Linux Two header file
 *
 *  Copyright (C) 1999-2012 the contributors
 *
 *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 *  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 *  (at your option) any later version.
 *
 *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 *  GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 *  Alternatively you can redistribute this file under the terms of the
 *  BSD license as stated below:
 *
 *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 *  are met:
 *  1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *  2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *     the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *     distribution.
 *  3. The names of its contributors may not be used to endorse or promote
 *     products derived from this software without specific prior written
 *     permission.
 *
 *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
 *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
 *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 *  OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 *  SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 *  TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
 *  PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
 *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
 *  NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
 *  SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 *	Header file for v4l or V4L2 drivers and applications
 * with public API.
 * All kernel-specific stuff were moved to media/v4l2-dev.h, so
 * no #if __KERNEL tests are allowed here
 *
 *	See https://linuxtv.org for more info
 *
 *	Author: Bill Dirks <bill@thedirks.org>
 *		Justin Schoeman
 *              Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl>
 *		et al.
 */
#ifndef __LINUX_VIDEODEV2_H
#define __LINUX_VIDEODEV2_H

#include <sys/time.h>

#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/v4l2-common.h>
#include <linux/v4l2-controls.h>

/*
 * Common stuff for both V4L1 and V4L2
 * Moved from videodev.h
 */
#define VIDEO_MAX_FRAME               32
#define VIDEO_MAX_PLANES               8

/*
 *	M I S C E L L A N E O U S
 */

/*  Four-character-code (FOURCC) */
#define v4l2_fourcc(a, b, c, d)\
	((__u32)(a) | ((__u32)(b) << 8) | ((__u32)(c) << 16) | ((__u32)(d) << 24))
#define v4l2_fourcc_be(a, b, c, d)	(v4l2_fourcc(a, b, c, d) | (1U << 31))

/*
 *	E N U M S
 */
enum v4l2_field {
	V4L2_FIELD_ANY           = 0, /* driver can choose from none,
					 top, bottom, interlaced
					 depending on whatever it thinks
					 is approximate ... */
	V4L2_FIELD_NONE          = 1, /* this device has no fields ... */
	V4L2_FIELD_TOP           = 2, /* top field only */
	V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM        = 3, /* bottom field only */
	V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED    = 4, /* both fields interlaced */
	V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_TB        = 5, /* both fields sequential into one
					 buffer, top-bottom order */
	V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_BT        = 6, /* same as above + bottom-top order */
	V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE     = 7, /* both fields alternating into
					 separate buffers */
	V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_TB = 8, /* both fields interlaced, top field
					 first and the top field is
					 transmitted first */
	V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_BT = 9, /* both fields interlaced, top field
					 first and the bottom field is
					 transmitted first */
};
#define V4L2_FIELD_HAS_TOP(field)	\
	((field) == V4L2_FIELD_TOP	||\
	 (field) == V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED ||\
	 (field) == V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_TB ||\
	 (field) == V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_BT ||\
	 (field) == V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_TB	||\
	 (field) == V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_BT)
#define V4L2_FIELD_HAS_BOTTOM(field)	\
	((field) == V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM	||\
	 (field) == V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED ||\
	 (field) == V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_TB ||\
	 (field) == V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_BT ||\
	 (field) == V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_TB	||\
	 (field) == V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_BT)
#define V4L2_FIELD_HAS_BOTH(field)	\
	((field) == V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED ||\
	 (field) == V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_TB ||\
	 (field) == V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_BT ||\
	 (field) == V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_TB ||\
	 (field) == V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_BT)
#define V4L2_FIELD_HAS_T_OR_B(field)	\
	((field) == V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM ||\
	 (field) == V4L2_FIELD_TOP ||\
	 (field) == V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE)
#define V4L2_FIELD_IS_INTERLACED(field) \
	((field) == V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED ||\
	 (field) == V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_TB ||\
	 (field) == V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_BT)
#define V4L2_FIELD_IS_SEQUENTIAL(field) \
	((field) == V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_TB ||\
	 (field) == V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_BT)

enum v4l2_buf_type {
	V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE        = 1,
	V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT         = 2,
	V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY        = 3,
	V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_CAPTURE          = 4,
	V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT           = 5,
	V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE   = 6,
	V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT    = 7,
	V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY = 8,
	V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE = 9,
	V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE  = 10,
	V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SDR_CAPTURE          = 11,
	V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SDR_OUTPUT           = 12,
	V4L2_BUF_TYPE_META_CAPTURE         = 13,
	V4L2_BUF_TYPE_META_OUTPUT	   = 14,
	/* Deprecated, do not use */
	V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE              = 0x80,
};

#define V4L2_TYPE_IS_MULTIPLANAR(type)			\
	((type) == V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE	\
	 || (type) == V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE)

#define V4L2_TYPE_IS_OUTPUT(type)				\
	((type) == V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT			\
	 || (type) == V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE		\
	 || (type) == V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY		\
	 || (type) == V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY	\
	 || (type) == V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT			\
	 || (type) == V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT		\
	 || (type) == V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SDR_OUTPUT			\
	 || (type) == V4L2_BUF_TYPE_META_OUTPUT)

enum v4l2_tuner_type {
	V4L2_TUNER_RADIO	     = 1,
	V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV	     = 2,
	V4L2_TUNER_DIGITAL_TV	     = 3,
	V4L2_TUNER_SDR               = 4,
	V4L2_TUNER_RF                = 5,
};

/* Deprecated, do not use */
#define V4L2_TUNER_ADC  V4L2_TUNER_SDR

enum v4l2_memory {
	V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP             = 1,
	V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR          = 2,
	V4L2_MEMORY_OVERLAY          = 3,
	V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF           = 4,
};

/* see also http://vektor.theorem.ca/graphics/ycbcr/ */
enum v4l2_colorspace {
	/*
	 * Default colorspace, i.e. let the driver figure it out.
	 * Can only be used with video capture.
	 */
	V4L2_COLORSPACE_DEFAULT       = 0,

	/* SMPTE 170M: used for broadcast NTSC/PAL SDTV */
	V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE170M     = 1,

	/* Obsolete pre-1998 SMPTE 240M HDTV standard, superseded by Rec 709 */
	V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE240M     = 2,

	/* Rec.709: used for HDTV */
	V4L2_COLORSPACE_REC709        = 3,

	/*
	 * Deprecated, do not use. No driver will ever return this. This was
	 * based on a misunderstanding of the bt878 datasheet.
	 */
	V4L2_COLORSPACE_BT878         = 4,

	/*
	 * NTSC 1953 colorspace. This only makes sense when dealing with
	 * really, really old NTSC recordings. Superseded by SMPTE 170M.
	 */
	V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_M  = 5,

	/*
	 * EBU Tech 3213 PAL/SECAM colorspace. This only makes sense when
	 * dealing with really old PAL/SECAM recordings. Superseded by
	 * SMPTE 170M.
	 */
	V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_BG = 6,

	/*
	 * Effectively shorthand for V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB, V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601
	 * and V4L2_QUANTIZATION_FULL_RANGE. To be used for (Motion-)JPEG.
	 */
	V4L2_COLORSPACE_JPEG          = 7,

	/* For RGB colorspaces such as produces by most webcams. */
	V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB          = 8,

	/* opRGB colorspace */
	V4L2_COLORSPACE_OPRGB         = 9,

	/* BT.2020 colorspace, used for UHDTV. */
	V4L2_COLORSPACE_BT2020        = 10,

	/* Raw colorspace: for RAW unprocessed images */
	V4L2_COLORSPACE_RAW           = 11,

	/* DCI-P3 colorspace, used by cinema projectors */
	V4L2_COLORSPACE_DCI_P3        = 12,
};

/*
 * Determine how COLORSPACE_DEFAULT should map to a proper colorspace.
 * This depends on whether this is a SDTV image (use SMPTE 170M), an
 * HDTV image (use Rec. 709), or something else (use sRGB).
 */
#define V4L2_MAP_COLORSPACE_DEFAULT(is_sdtv, is_hdtv) \
	((is_sdtv) ? V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE170M : \
	 ((is_hdtv) ? V4L2_COLORSPACE_REC709 : V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB))

enum v4l2_xfer_func {
	/*
	 * Mapping of V4L2_XFER_FUNC_DEFAULT to actual transfer functions
	 * for the various colorspaces:
	 *
	 * V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE170M, V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_M,
	 * V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_BG, V4L2_COLORSPACE_REC709 and
	 * V4L2_COLORSPACE_BT2020: V4L2_XFER_FUNC_709
	 *
	 * V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB, V4L2_COLORSPACE_JPEG: V4L2_XFER_FUNC_SRGB
	 *
	 * V4L2_COLORSPACE_OPRGB: V4L2_XFER_FUNC_OPRGB
	 *
	 * V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE240M: V4L2_XFER_FUNC_SMPTE240M
	 *
	 * V4L2_COLORSPACE_RAW: V4L2_XFER_FUNC_NONE
	 *
	 * V4L2_COLORSPACE_DCI_P3: V4L2_XFER_FUNC_DCI_P3
	 */
	V4L2_XFER_FUNC_DEFAULT     = 0,
	V4L2_XFER_FUNC_709         = 1,
	V4L2_XFER_FUNC_SRGB        = 2,
	V4L2_XFER_FUNC_OPRGB       = 3,
	V4L2_XFER_FUNC_SMPTE240M   = 4,
	V4L2_XFER_FUNC_NONE        = 5,
	V4L2_XFER_FUNC_DCI_P3      = 6,
	V4L2_XFER_FUNC_SMPTE2084   = 7,
};

/*
 * Determine how XFER_FUNC_DEFAULT should map to a proper transfer function.
 * This depends on the colorspace.
 */
#define V4L2_MAP_XFER_FUNC_DEFAULT(colsp) \
	((colsp) == V4L2_COLORSPACE_OPRGB ? V4L2_XFER_FUNC_OPRGB : \
	 ((colsp) == V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE240M ? V4L2_XFER_FUNC_SMPTE240M : \
	  ((colsp) == V4L2_COLORSPACE_DCI_P3 ? V4L2_XFER_FUNC_DCI_P3 : \
	   ((colsp) == V4L2_COLORSPACE_RAW ? V4L2_XFER_FUNC_NONE : \
	    ((colsp) == V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB || (colsp) == V4L2_COLORSPACE_JPEG ? \
	     V4L2_XFER_FUNC_SRGB : V4L2_XFER_FUNC_709)))))

enum v4l2_ycbcr_encoding {
	/*
	 * Mapping of V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_DEFAULT to actual encodings for the
	 * various colorspaces:
	 *
	 * V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE170M, V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_M,
	 * V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_BG, V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB,
	 * V4L2_COLORSPACE_OPRGB and V4L2_COLORSPACE_JPEG: V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601
	 *
	 * V4L2_COLORSPACE_REC709 and V4L2_COLORSPACE_DCI_P3: V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_709
	 *
	 * V4L2_COLORSPACE_BT2020: V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_BT2020
	 *
	 * V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE240M: V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_SMPTE240M
	 */
	V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_DEFAULT        = 0,

	/* ITU-R 601 -- SDTV */
	V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601            = 1,

	/* Rec. 709 -- HDTV */
	V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_709            = 2,

	/* ITU-R 601/EN 61966-2-4 Extended Gamut -- SDTV */
	V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV601          = 3,

	/* Rec. 709/EN 61966-2-4 Extended Gamut -- HDTV */
	V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV709          = 4,

	/*
	 * sYCC (Y'CbCr encoding of sRGB), identical to ENC_601. It was added
	 * originally due to a misunderstanding of the sYCC standard. It should
	 * not be used, instead use V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601.
	 */
	V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_SYCC           = 5,

	/* BT.2020 Non-constant Luminance Y'CbCr */
	V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_BT2020         = 6,

	/* BT.2020 Constant Luminance Y'CbcCrc */
	V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_BT2020_CONST_LUM = 7,

	/* SMPTE 240M -- Obsolete HDTV */
	V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_SMPTE240M      = 8,
};

/*
 * enum v4l2_hsv_encoding values should not collide with the ones from
 * enum v4l2_ycbcr_encoding.
 */
enum v4l2_hsv_encoding {

	/* Hue mapped to 0 - 179 */
	V4L2_HSV_ENC_180		= 128,

	/* Hue mapped to 0-255 */
	V4L2_HSV_ENC_256		= 129,
};

/*
 * Determine how YCBCR_ENC_DEFAULT should map to a proper Y'CbCr encoding.
 * This depends on the colorspace.
 */
#define V4L2_MAP_YCBCR_ENC_DEFAULT(colsp) \
	(((colsp) == V4L2_COLORSPACE_REC709 || \
	  (colsp) == V4L2_COLORSPACE_DCI_P3) ? V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_709 : \
	 ((colsp) == V4L2_COLORSPACE_BT2020 ? V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_BT2020 : \
	  ((colsp) == V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE240M ? V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_SMPTE240M : \
	   V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601)))

enum v4l2_quantization {
	/*
	 * The default for R'G'B' quantization is always full range, except
	 * for the BT2020 colorspace. For Y'CbCr the quantization is always
	 * limited range, except for COLORSPACE_JPEG: this is full range.
	 */
	V4L2_QUANTIZATION_DEFAULT     = 0,
	V4L2_QUANTIZATION_FULL_RANGE  = 1,
	V4L2_QUANTIZATION_LIM_RANGE   = 2,
};

/*
 * Determine how QUANTIZATION_DEFAULT should map to a proper quantization.
 * This depends on whether the image is RGB or not, the colorspace and the
 * Y'CbCr encoding.
 */
#define V4L2_MAP_QUANTIZATION_DEFAULT(is_rgb_or_hsv, colsp, ycbcr_enc) \
	(((is_rgb_or_hsv) && (colsp) == V4L2_COLORSPACE_BT2020) ? \
	 V4L2_QUANTIZATION_LIM_RANGE : \
	 (((is_rgb_or_hsv) || (colsp) == V4L2_COLORSPACE_JPEG) ? \
	 V4L2_QUANTIZATION_FULL_RANGE : V4L2_QUANTIZATION_LIM_RANGE))

/*
 * Deprecated names for opRGB colorspace (IEC 61966-2-5)
 *
 * WARNING: Please don't use these deprecated defines in your code, as
 * there is a chance we have to remove them in the future.
 */
#define V4L2_COLORSPACE_ADOBERGB V4L2_COLORSPACE_OPRGB
#define V4L2_XFER_FUNC_ADOBERGB  V4L2_XFER_FUNC_OPRGB

enum v4l2_priority {
	V4L2_PRIORITY_UNSET       = 0,  /* not initialized */
	V4L2_PRIORITY_BACKGROUND  = 1,
	V4L2_PRIORITY_INTERACTIVE = 2,
	V4L2_PRIORITY_RECORD      = 3,
	V4L2_PRIORITY_DEFAULT     = V4L2_PRIORITY_INTERACTIVE,
};

struct v4l2_rect {
	__s32   left;
	__s32   top;
	__u32   width;
	__u32   height;
};

struct v4l2_fract {
	__u32   numerator;
	__u32   denominator;
};

/**
  * struct v4l2_capability - Describes V4L2 device caps returned by VIDIOC_QUERYCAP
  *
  * @driver:	   name of the driver module (e.g. "bttv")
  * @card:	   name of the card (e.g. "Hauppauge WinTV")
  * @bus_info:	   name of the bus (e.g. "PCI:" + pci_name(pci_dev) )
  * @version:	   KERNEL_VERSION
  * @capabilities: capabilities of the physical device as a whole
  * @device_caps:  capabilities accessed via this particular device (node)
  * @reserved:	   reserved fields for future extensions
  */
struct v4l2_capability {
	__u8	driver[16];
	__u8	card[32];
	__u8	bus_info[32];
	__u32   version;
	__u32	capabilities;
	__u32	device_caps;
	__u32	reserved[3];
};

/* Values for 'capabilities' field */
#define V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_CAPTURE		0x00000001  /* Is a video capture device */
#define V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT		0x00000002  /* Is a video output device */
#define V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OVERLAY		0x00000004  /* Can do video overlay */
#define V4L2_CAP_VBI_CAPTURE		0x00000010  /* Is a raw VBI capture device */
#define V4L2_CAP_VBI_OUTPUT		0x00000020  /* Is a raw VBI output device */
#define V4L2_CAP_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE	0x00000040  /* Is a sliced VBI capture device */
#define V4L2_CAP_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT	0x00000080  /* Is a sliced VBI output device */
#define V4L2_CAP_RDS_CAPTURE		0x00000100  /* RDS data capture */
#define V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY	0x00000200  /* Can do video output overlay */
#define V4L2_CAP_HW_FREQ_SEEK		0x00000400  /* Can do hardware frequency seek  */
#define V4L2_CAP_RDS_OUTPUT		0x00000800  /* Is an RDS encoder */

/* Is a video capture device that supports multiplanar formats */
#define V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE	0x00001000
/* Is a video output device that supports multiplanar formats */
#define V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE	0x00002000
/* Is a video mem-to-mem device that supports multiplanar formats */
#define V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_M2M_MPLANE	0x00004000
/* Is a video mem-to-mem device */
#define V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_M2M		0x00008000

#define V4L2_CAP_TUNER			0x00010000  /* has a tuner */
#define V4L2_CAP_AUDIO			0x00020000  /* has audio support */
#define V4L2_CAP_RADIO			0x00040000  /* is a radio device */
#define V4L2_CAP_MODULATOR		0x00080000  /* has a modulator */

#define V4L2_CAP_SDR_CAPTURE		0x00100000  /* Is a SDR capture device */
#define V4L2_CAP_EXT_PIX_FORMAT		0x00200000  /* Supports the extended pixel format */
#define V4L2_CAP_SDR_OUTPUT		0x00400000  /* Is a SDR output device */
#define V4L2_CAP_META_CAPTURE		0x00800000  /* Is a metadata capture device */

#define V4L2_CAP_READWRITE              0x01000000  /* read/write systemcalls */
#define V4L2_CAP_ASYNCIO                0x02000000  /* async I/O */
#define V4L2_CAP_STREAMING              0x04000000  /* streaming I/O ioctls */
#define V4L2_CAP_META_OUTPUT		0x08000000  /* Is a metadata output device */

#define V4L2_CAP_TOUCH                  0x10000000  /* Is a touch device */

#define V4L2_CAP_DEVICE_CAPS            0x80000000  /* sets device capabilities field */

/*
 *	V I D E O   I M A G E   F O R M A T
 */
struct v4l2_pix_format {
	__u32			width;
	__u32			height;
	__u32			pixelformat;
	__u32			field;		/* enum v4l2_field */
	__u32			bytesperline;	/* for padding, zero if unused */
	__u32			sizeimage;
	__u32			colorspace;	/* enum v4l2_colorspace */
	__u32			priv;		/* private data, depends on pixelformat */
	__u32			flags;		/* format flags (V4L2_PIX_FMT_FLAG_*) */
	union {
		/* enum v4l2_ycbcr_encoding */
		__u32			ycbcr_enc;
		/* enum v4l2_hsv_encoding */
		__u32			hsv_enc;
	};
	__u32			quantization;	/* enum v4l2_quantization */
	__u32			xfer_func;	/* enum v4l2_xfer_func */
};

/*      Pixel format         FOURCC                          depth  Description  */

/* RGB formats */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB332  v4l2_fourcc('R', 'G', 'B', '1') /*  8  RGB-3-3-2     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB444  v4l2_fourcc('R', '4', '4', '4') /* 16  xxxxrrrr ggggbbbb */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_ARGB444 v4l2_fourcc('A', 'R', '1', '2') /* 16  aaaarrrr ggggbbbb */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_XRGB444 v4l2_fourcc('X', 'R', '1', '2') /* 16  xxxxrrrr ggggbbbb */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGBA444 v4l2_fourcc('R', 'A', '1', '2') /* 16  rrrrgggg bbbbaaaa */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGBX444 v4l2_fourcc('R', 'X', '1', '2') /* 16  rrrrgggg bbbbxxxx */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_ABGR444 v4l2_fourcc('A', 'B', '1', '2') /* 16  aaaabbbb ggggrrrr */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_XBGR444 v4l2_fourcc('X', 'B', '1', '2') /* 16  xxxxbbbb ggggrrrr */

/*
 * Originally this had 'BA12' as fourcc, but this clashed with the older
 * V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG12 which inexplicably used that same fourcc.
 * So use 'GA12' instead for V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGRA444.
 */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGRA444 v4l2_fourcc('G', 'A', '1', '2') /* 16  bbbbgggg rrrraaaa */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGRX444 v4l2_fourcc('B', 'X', '1', '2') /* 16  bbbbgggg rrrrxxxx */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB555  v4l2_fourcc('R', 'G', 'B', 'O') /* 16  RGB-5-5-5     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_ARGB555 v4l2_fourcc('A', 'R', '1', '5') /* 16  ARGB-1-5-5-5  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_XRGB555 v4l2_fourcc('X', 'R', '1', '5') /* 16  XRGB-1-5-5-5  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGBA555 v4l2_fourcc('R', 'A', '1', '5') /* 16  RGBA-5-5-5-1  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGBX555 v4l2_fourcc('R', 'X', '1', '5') /* 16  RGBX-5-5-5-1  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_ABGR555 v4l2_fourcc('A', 'B', '1', '5') /* 16  ABGR-1-5-5-5  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_XBGR555 v4l2_fourcc('X', 'B', '1', '5') /* 16  XBGR-1-5-5-5  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGRA555 v4l2_fourcc('B', 'A', '1', '5') /* 16  BGRA-5-5-5-1  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGRX555 v4l2_fourcc('B', 'X', '1', '5') /* 16  BGRX-5-5-5-1  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565  v4l2_fourcc('R', 'G', 'B', 'P') /* 16  RGB-5-6-5     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB555X v4l2_fourcc('R', 'G', 'B', 'Q') /* 16  RGB-5-5-5 BE  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_ARGB555X v4l2_fourcc_be('A', 'R', '1', '5') /* 16  ARGB-5-5-5 BE */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_XRGB555X v4l2_fourcc_be('X', 'R', '1', '5') /* 16  XRGB-5-5-5 BE */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565X v4l2_fourcc('R', 'G', 'B', 'R') /* 16  RGB-5-6-5 BE  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR666  v4l2_fourcc('B', 'G', 'R', 'H') /* 18  BGR-6-6-6	  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24   v4l2_fourcc('B', 'G', 'R', '3') /* 24  BGR-8-8-8     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB24   v4l2_fourcc('R', 'G', 'B', '3') /* 24  RGB-8-8-8     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32   v4l2_fourcc('B', 'G', 'R', '4') /* 32  BGR-8-8-8-8   */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_ABGR32  v4l2_fourcc('A', 'R', '2', '4') /* 32  BGRA-8-8-8-8  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_XBGR32  v4l2_fourcc('X', 'R', '2', '4') /* 32  BGRX-8-8-8-8  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGRA32  v4l2_fourcc('R', 'A', '2', '4') /* 32  ABGR-8-8-8-8  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGRX32  v4l2_fourcc('R', 'X', '2', '4') /* 32  XBGR-8-8-8-8  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB32   v4l2_fourcc('R', 'G', 'B', '4') /* 32  RGB-8-8-8-8   */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGBA32  v4l2_fourcc('A', 'B', '2', '4') /* 32  RGBA-8-8-8-8  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGBX32  v4l2_fourcc('X', 'B', '2', '4') /* 32  RGBX-8-8-8-8  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_ARGB32  v4l2_fourcc('B', 'A', '2', '4') /* 32  ARGB-8-8-8-8  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_XRGB32  v4l2_fourcc('B', 'X', '2', '4') /* 32  XRGB-8-8-8-8  */

/* Grey formats */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY    v4l2_fourcc('G', 'R', 'E', 'Y') /*  8  Greyscale     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y4      v4l2_fourcc('Y', '0', '4', ' ') /*  4  Greyscale     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y6      v4l2_fourcc('Y', '0', '6', ' ') /*  6  Greyscale     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y10     v4l2_fourcc('Y', '1', '0', ' ') /* 10  Greyscale     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y12     v4l2_fourcc('Y', '1', '2', ' ') /* 12  Greyscale     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16     v4l2_fourcc('Y', '1', '6', ' ') /* 16  Greyscale     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16_BE  v4l2_fourcc_be('Y', '1', '6', ' ') /* 16  Greyscale BE  */

/* Grey bit-packed formats */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y10BPACK    v4l2_fourcc('Y', '1', '0', 'B') /* 10  Greyscale bit-packed */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y10P    v4l2_fourcc('Y', '1', '0', 'P') /* 10  Greyscale, MIPI RAW10 packed */

/* Palette formats */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_PAL8    v4l2_fourcc('P', 'A', 'L', '8') /*  8  8-bit palette */

/* Chrominance formats */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_UV8     v4l2_fourcc('U', 'V', '8', ' ') /*  8  UV 4:4 */

/* Luminance+Chrominance formats */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV    v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'U', 'Y', 'V') /* 16  YUV 4:2:2     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_YYUV    v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'Y', 'U', 'V') /* 16  YUV 4:2:2     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVYU    v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'V', 'Y', 'U') /* 16 YVU 4:2:2 */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_UYVY    v4l2_fourcc('U', 'Y', 'V', 'Y') /* 16  YUV 4:2:2     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_VYUY    v4l2_fourcc('V', 'Y', 'U', 'Y') /* 16  YUV 4:2:2     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y41P    v4l2_fourcc('Y', '4', '1', 'P') /* 12  YUV 4:1:1     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV444  v4l2_fourcc('Y', '4', '4', '4') /* 16  xxxxyyyy uuuuvvvv */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV555  v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'U', 'V', 'O') /* 16  YUV-5-5-5     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV565  v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'U', 'V', 'P') /* 16  YUV-5-6-5     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV32   v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'U', 'V', '4') /* 32  YUV-8-8-8-8   */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_AYUV32  v4l2_fourcc('A', 'Y', 'U', 'V') /* 32  AYUV-8-8-8-8  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_XYUV32  v4l2_fourcc('X', 'Y', 'U', 'V') /* 32  XYUV-8-8-8-8  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_VUYA32  v4l2_fourcc('V', 'U', 'Y', 'A') /* 32  VUYA-8-8-8-8  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_VUYX32  v4l2_fourcc('V', 'U', 'Y', 'X') /* 32  VUYX-8-8-8-8  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_HI240   v4l2_fourcc('H', 'I', '2', '4') /*  8  8-bit color   */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_HM12    v4l2_fourcc('H', 'M', '1', '2') /*  8  YUV 4:2:0 16x16 macroblocks */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_M420    v4l2_fourcc('M', '4', '2', '0') /* 12  YUV 4:2:0 2 lines y, 1 line uv interleaved */

/* two planes -- one Y, one Cr + Cb interleaved  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12    v4l2_fourcc('N', 'V', '1', '2') /* 12  Y/CbCr 4:2:0  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21    v4l2_fourcc('N', 'V', '2', '1') /* 12  Y/CrCb 4:2:0  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16    v4l2_fourcc('N', 'V', '1', '6') /* 16  Y/CbCr 4:2:2  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV61    v4l2_fourcc('N', 'V', '6', '1') /* 16  Y/CrCb 4:2:2  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV24    v4l2_fourcc('N', 'V', '2', '4') /* 24  Y/CbCr 4:4:4  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV42    v4l2_fourcc('N', 'V', '4', '2') /* 24  Y/CrCb 4:4:4  */

/* two non contiguous planes - one Y, one Cr + Cb interleaved  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M   v4l2_fourcc('N', 'M', '1', '2') /* 12  Y/CbCr 4:2:0  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21M   v4l2_fourcc('N', 'M', '2', '1') /* 21  Y/CrCb 4:2:0  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16M   v4l2_fourcc('N', 'M', '1', '6') /* 16  Y/CbCr 4:2:2  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV61M   v4l2_fourcc('N', 'M', '6', '1') /* 16  Y/CrCb 4:2:2  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT  v4l2_fourcc('T', 'M', '1', '2') /* 12  Y/CbCr 4:2:0 64x32 macroblocks */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT_16X16 v4l2_fourcc('V', 'M', '1', '2') /* 12  Y/CbCr 4:2:0 16x16 macroblocks */

/* three planes - Y Cb, Cr */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV410  v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'U', 'V', '9') /*  9  YUV 4:1:0     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU410  v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'V', 'U', '9') /*  9  YVU 4:1:0     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV411P v4l2_fourcc('4', '1', '1', 'P') /* 12  YVU411 planar */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420  v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'U', '1', '2') /* 12  YUV 4:2:0     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420  v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'V', '1', '2') /* 12  YVU 4:2:0     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422P v4l2_fourcc('4', '2', '2', 'P') /* 16  YVU422 planar */

/* three non contiguous planes - Y, Cb, Cr */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'M', '1', '2') /* 12  YUV420 planar */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'M', '2', '1') /* 12  YVU420 planar */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422M v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'M', '1', '6') /* 16  YUV422 planar */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU422M v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'M', '6', '1') /* 16  YVU422 planar */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV444M v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'M', '2', '4') /* 24  YUV444 planar */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU444M v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'M', '4', '2') /* 24  YVU444 planar */

/* Bayer formats - see http://www.siliconimaging.com/RGB%20Bayer.htm */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR8  v4l2_fourcc('B', 'A', '8', '1') /*  8  BGBG.. GRGR.. */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG8  v4l2_fourcc('G', 'B', 'R', 'G') /*  8  GBGB.. RGRG.. */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG8  v4l2_fourcc('G', 'R', 'B', 'G') /*  8  GRGR.. BGBG.. */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB8  v4l2_fourcc('R', 'G', 'G', 'B') /*  8  RGRG.. GBGB.. */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10 v4l2_fourcc('B', 'G', '1', '0') /* 10  BGBG.. GRGR.. */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG10 v4l2_fourcc('G', 'B', '1', '0') /* 10  GBGB.. RGRG.. */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10 v4l2_fourcc('B', 'A', '1', '0') /* 10  GRGR.. BGBG.. */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10 v4l2_fourcc('R', 'G', '1', '0') /* 10  RGRG.. GBGB.. */
	/* 10bit raw bayer packed, 5 bytes for every 4 pixels */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10P v4l2_fourcc('p', 'B', 'A', 'A')
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG10P v4l2_fourcc('p', 'G', 'A', 'A')
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10P v4l2_fourcc('p', 'g', 'A', 'A')
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10P v4l2_fourcc('p', 'R', 'A', 'A')
	/* 10bit raw bayer a-law compressed to 8 bits */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10ALAW8 v4l2_fourcc('a', 'B', 'A', '8')
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG10ALAW8 v4l2_fourcc('a', 'G', 'A', '8')
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10ALAW8 v4l2_fourcc('a', 'g', 'A', '8')
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10ALAW8 v4l2_fourcc('a', 'R', 'A', '8')
	/* 10bit raw bayer DPCM compressed to 8 bits */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10DPCM8 v4l2_fourcc('b', 'B', 'A', '8')
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG10DPCM8 v4l2_fourcc('b', 'G', 'A', '8')
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10DPCM8 v4l2_fourcc('B', 'D', '1', '0')
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10DPCM8 v4l2_fourcc('b', 'R', 'A', '8')
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR12 v4l2_fourcc('B', 'G', '1', '2') /* 12  BGBG.. GRGR.. */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG12 v4l2_fourcc('G', 'B', '1', '2') /* 12  GBGB.. RGRG.. */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG12 v4l2_fourcc('B', 'A', '1', '2') /* 12  GRGR.. BGBG.. */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB12 v4l2_fourcc('R', 'G', '1', '2') /* 12  RGRG.. GBGB.. */
	/* 12bit raw bayer packed, 6 bytes for every 4 pixels */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR12P v4l2_fourcc('p', 'B', 'C', 'C')
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG12P v4l2_fourcc('p', 'G', 'C', 'C')
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG12P v4l2_fourcc('p', 'g', 'C', 'C')
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB12P v4l2_fourcc('p', 'R', 'C', 'C')
	/* 14bit raw bayer packed, 7 bytes for every 4 pixels */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR14P v4l2_fourcc('p', 'B', 'E', 'E')
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG14P v4l2_fourcc('p', 'G', 'E', 'E')
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG14P v4l2_fourcc('p', 'g', 'E', 'E')
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB14P v4l2_fourcc('p', 'R', 'E', 'E')
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR16 v4l2_fourcc('B', 'Y', 'R', '2') /* 16  BGBG.. GRGR.. */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG16 v4l2_fourcc('G', 'B', '1', '6') /* 16  GBGB.. RGRG.. */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG16 v4l2_fourcc('G', 'R', '1', '6') /* 16  GRGR.. BGBG.. */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB16 v4l2_fourcc('R', 'G', '1', '6') /* 16  RGRG.. GBGB.. */

/* HSV formats */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_HSV24 v4l2_fourcc('H', 'S', 'V', '3')
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_HSV32 v4l2_fourcc('H', 'S', 'V', '4')

/* compressed formats */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_MJPEG    v4l2_fourcc('M', 'J', 'P', 'G') /* Motion-JPEG   */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_JPEG     v4l2_fourcc('J', 'P', 'E', 'G') /* JFIF JPEG     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_DV       v4l2_fourcc('d', 'v', 's', 'd') /* 1394          */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_MPEG     v4l2_fourcc('M', 'P', 'E', 'G') /* MPEG-1/2/4 Multiplexed */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_H264     v4l2_fourcc('H', '2', '6', '4') /* H264 with start codes */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_H264_NO_SC v4l2_fourcc('A', 'V', 'C', '1') /* H264 without start codes */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_H264_MVC v4l2_fourcc('M', '2', '6', '4') /* H264 MVC */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_H263     v4l2_fourcc('H', '2', '6', '3') /* H263          */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_MPEG1    v4l2_fourcc('M', 'P', 'G', '1') /* MPEG-1 ES     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_MPEG2    v4l2_fourcc('M', 'P', 'G', '2') /* MPEG-2 ES     */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_MPEG2_SLICE v4l2_fourcc('M', 'G', '2', 'S') /* MPEG-2 parsed slice data */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_MPEG4    v4l2_fourcc('M', 'P', 'G', '4') /* MPEG-4 part 2 ES */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_XVID     v4l2_fourcc('X', 'V', 'I', 'D') /* Xvid           */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_VC1_ANNEX_G v4l2_fourcc('V', 'C', '1', 'G') /* SMPTE 421M Annex G compliant stream */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_VC1_ANNEX_L v4l2_fourcc('V', 'C', '1', 'L') /* SMPTE 421M Annex L compliant stream */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_VP8      v4l2_fourcc('V', 'P', '8', '0') /* VP8 */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_VP9      v4l2_fourcc('V', 'P', '9', '0') /* VP9 */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_HEVC     v4l2_fourcc('H', 'E', 'V', 'C') /* HEVC aka H.265 */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_FWHT     v4l2_fourcc('F', 'W', 'H', 'T') /* Fast Walsh Hadamard Transform (vicodec) */

/*  Vendor-specific formats   */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_CPIA1    v4l2_fourcc('C', 'P', 'I', 'A') /* cpia1 YUV */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_WNVA     v4l2_fourcc('W', 'N', 'V', 'A') /* Winnov hw compress */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SN9C10X  v4l2_fourcc('S', '9', '1', '0') /* SN9C10x compression */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SN9C20X_I420 v4l2_fourcc('S', '9', '2', '0') /* SN9C20x YUV 4:2:0 */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_PWC1     v4l2_fourcc('P', 'W', 'C', '1') /* pwc older webcam */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_PWC2     v4l2_fourcc('P', 'W', 'C', '2') /* pwc newer webcam */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_ET61X251 v4l2_fourcc('E', '6', '2', '5') /* ET61X251 compression */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA501  v4l2_fourcc('S', '5', '0', '1') /* YUYV per line */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA505  v4l2_fourcc('S', '5', '0', '5') /* YYUV per line */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA508  v4l2_fourcc('S', '5', '0', '8') /* YUVY per line */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA561  v4l2_fourcc('S', '5', '6', '1') /* compressed GBRG bayer */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_PAC207   v4l2_fourcc('P', '2', '0', '7') /* compressed BGGR bayer */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_MR97310A v4l2_fourcc('M', '3', '1', '0') /* compressed BGGR bayer */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_JL2005BCD v4l2_fourcc('J', 'L', '2', '0') /* compressed RGGB bayer */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SN9C2028 v4l2_fourcc('S', 'O', 'N', 'X') /* compressed GBRG bayer */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SQ905C   v4l2_fourcc('9', '0', '5', 'C') /* compressed RGGB bayer */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_PJPG     v4l2_fourcc('P', 'J', 'P', 'G') /* Pixart 73xx JPEG */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_OV511    v4l2_fourcc('O', '5', '1', '1') /* ov511 JPEG */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_OV518    v4l2_fourcc('O', '5', '1', '8') /* ov518 JPEG */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_STV0680  v4l2_fourcc('S', '6', '8', '0') /* stv0680 bayer */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_TM6000   v4l2_fourcc('T', 'M', '6', '0') /* tm5600/tm60x0 */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_CIT_YYVYUY v4l2_fourcc('C', 'I', 'T', 'V') /* one line of Y then 1 line of VYUY */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_KONICA420  v4l2_fourcc('K', 'O', 'N', 'I') /* YUV420 planar in blocks of 256 pixels */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_JPGL	v4l2_fourcc('J', 'P', 'G', 'L') /* JPEG-Lite */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SE401      v4l2_fourcc('S', '4', '0', '1') /* se401 janggu compressed rgb */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_S5C_UYVY_JPG v4l2_fourcc('S', '5', 'C', 'I') /* S5C73M3 interleaved UYVY/JPEG */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y8I      v4l2_fourcc('Y', '8', 'I', ' ') /* Greyscale 8-bit L/R interleaved */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y12I     v4l2_fourcc('Y', '1', '2', 'I') /* Greyscale 12-bit L/R interleaved */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_Z16      v4l2_fourcc('Z', '1', '6', ' ') /* Depth data 16-bit */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_MT21C    v4l2_fourcc('M', 'T', '2', '1') /* Mediatek compressed block mode  */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_INZI     v4l2_fourcc('I', 'N', 'Z', 'I') /* Intel Planar Greyscale 10-bit and Depth 16-bit */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SUNXI_TILED_NV12 v4l2_fourcc('S', 'T', '1', '2') /* Sunxi Tiled NV12 Format */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_CNF4     v4l2_fourcc('C', 'N', 'F', '4') /* Intel 4-bit packed depth confidence information */

/* 10bit raw bayer packed, 32 bytes for every 25 pixels, last LSB 6 bits unused */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_IPU3_SBGGR10	v4l2_fourcc('i', 'p', '3', 'b') /* IPU3 packed 10-bit BGGR bayer */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_IPU3_SGBRG10	v4l2_fourcc('i', 'p', '3', 'g') /* IPU3 packed 10-bit GBRG bayer */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_IPU3_SGRBG10	v4l2_fourcc('i', 'p', '3', 'G') /* IPU3 packed 10-bit GRBG bayer */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_IPU3_SRGGB10	v4l2_fourcc('i', 'p', '3', 'r') /* IPU3 packed 10-bit RGGB bayer */

/* SDR formats - used only for Software Defined Radio devices */
#define V4L2_SDR_FMT_CU8          v4l2_fourcc('C', 'U', '0', '8') /* IQ u8 */
#define V4L2_SDR_FMT_CU16LE       v4l2_fourcc('C', 'U', '1', '6') /* IQ u16le */
#define V4L2_SDR_FMT_CS8          v4l2_fourcc('C', 'S', '0', '8') /* complex s8 */
#define V4L2_SDR_FMT_CS14LE       v4l2_fourcc('C', 'S', '1', '4') /* complex s14le */
#define V4L2_SDR_FMT_RU12LE       v4l2_fourcc('R', 'U', '1', '2') /* real u12le */
#define V4L2_SDR_FMT_PCU16BE	  v4l2_fourcc('P', 'C', '1', '6') /* planar complex u16be */
#define V4L2_SDR_FMT_PCU18BE	  v4l2_fourcc('P', 'C', '1', '8') /* planar complex u18be */
#define V4L2_SDR_FMT_PCU20BE	  v4l2_fourcc('P', 'C', '2', '0') /* planar complex u20be */

/* Touch formats - used for Touch devices */
#define V4L2_TCH_FMT_DELTA_TD16	v4l2_fourcc('T', 'D', '1', '6') /* 16-bit signed deltas */
#define V4L2_TCH_FMT_DELTA_TD08	v4l2_fourcc('T', 'D', '0', '8') /* 8-bit signed deltas */
#define V4L2_TCH_FMT_TU16	v4l2_fourcc('T', 'U', '1', '6') /* 16-bit unsigned touch data */
#define V4L2_TCH_FMT_TU08	v4l2_fourcc('T', 'U', '0', '8') /* 8-bit unsigned touch data */

/* Meta-data formats */
#define V4L2_META_FMT_VSP1_HGO    v4l2_fourcc('V', 'S', 'P', 'H') /* R-Car VSP1 1-D Histogram */
#define V4L2_META_FMT_VSP1_HGT    v4l2_fourcc('V', 'S', 'P', 'T') /* R-Car VSP1 2-D Histogram */
#define V4L2_META_FMT_UVC         v4l2_fourcc('U', 'V', 'C', 'H') /* UVC Payload Header metadata */
#define V4L2_META_FMT_D4XX        v4l2_fourcc('D', '4', 'X', 'X') /* D4XX Payload Header metadata */

/* priv field value to indicates that subsequent fields are valid. */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_PRIV_MAGIC		0xfeedcafe

/* Flags */
#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PREMUL_ALPHA	0x00000001

/*
 *	F O R M A T   E N U M E R A T I O N
 */
struct v4l2_fmtdesc {
	__u32		    index;             /* Format number      */
	__u32		    type;              /* enum v4l2_buf_type */
	__u32               flags;
	__u8		    description[32];   /* Description string */
	__u32		    pixelformat;       /* Format fourcc      */
	__u32		    reserved[4];
};

#define V4L2_FMT_FLAG_COMPRESSED 0x0001
#define V4L2_FMT_FLAG_EMULATED   0x0002

	/* Frame Size and frame rate enumeration */
/*
 *	F R A M E   S I Z E   E N U M E R A T I O N
 */
enum v4l2_frmsizetypes {
	V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_DISCRETE	= 1,
	V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_CONTINUOUS	= 2,
	V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_STEPWISE	= 3,
};

struct v4l2_frmsize_discrete {
	__u32			width;		/* Frame width [pixel] */
	__u32			height;		/* Frame height [pixel] */
};

struct v4l2_frmsize_stepwise {
	__u32			min_width;	/* Minimum frame width [pixel] */
	__u32			max_width;	/* Maximum frame width [pixel] */
	__u32			step_width;	/* Frame width step size [pixel] */
	__u32			min_height;	/* Minimum frame height [pixel] */
	__u32			max_height;	/* Maximum frame height [pixel] */
	__u32			step_height;	/* Frame height step size [pixel] */
};

struct v4l2_frmsizeenum {
	__u32			index;		/* Frame size number */
	__u32			pixel_format;	/* Pixel format */
	__u32			type;		/* Frame size type the device supports. */

	union {					/* Frame size */
		struct v4l2_frmsize_discrete	discrete;
		struct v4l2_frmsize_stepwise	stepwise;
	};

	__u32   reserved[2];			/* Reserved space for future use */
};

/*
 *	F R A M E   R A T E   E N U M E R A T I O N
 */
enum v4l2_frmivaltypes {
	V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_DISCRETE	= 1,
	V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_CONTINUOUS	= 2,
	V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_STEPWISE	= 3,
};

struct v4l2_frmival_stepwise {
	struct v4l2_fract	min;		/* Minimum frame interval [s] */
	struct v4l2_fract	max;		/* Maximum frame interval [s] */
	struct v4l2_fract	step;		/* Frame interval step size [s] */
};

struct v4l2_frmivalenum {
	__u32			index;		/* Frame format index */
	__u32			pixel_format;	/* Pixel format */
	__u32			width;		/* Frame width */
	__u32			height;		/* Frame height */
	__u32			type;		/* Frame interval type the device supports. */

	union {					/* Frame interval */
		struct v4l2_fract		discrete;
		struct v4l2_frmival_stepwise	stepwise;
	};

	__u32	reserved[2];			/* Reserved space for future use */
};

/*
 *	T I M E C O D E
 */
struct v4l2_timecode {
	__u32	type;
	__u32	flags;
	__u8	frames;
	__u8	seconds;
	__u8	minutes;
	__u8	hours;
	__u8	userbits[4];
};

/*  Type  */
#define V4L2_TC_TYPE_24FPS		1
#define V4L2_TC_TYPE_25FPS		2
#define V4L2_TC_TYPE_30FPS		3
#define V4L2_TC_TYPE_50FPS		4
#define V4L2_TC_TYPE_60FPS		5

/*  Flags  */
#define V4L2_TC_FLAG_DROPFRAME		0x0001 /* "drop-frame" mode */
#define V4L2_TC_FLAG_COLORFRAME		0x0002
#define V4L2_TC_USERBITS_field		0x000C
#define V4L2_TC_USERBITS_USERDEFINED	0x0000
#define V4L2_TC_USERBITS_8BITCHARS	0x0008
/* The above is based on SMPTE timecodes */

struct v4l2_jpegcompression {
	int quality;

	int  APPn;              /* Number of APP segment to be written,
				 * must be 0..15 */
	int  APP_len;           /* Length of data in JPEG APPn segment */
	char APP_data[60];      /* Data in the JPEG APPn segment. */

	int  COM_len;           /* Length of data in JPEG COM segment */
	char COM_data[60];      /* Data in JPEG COM segment */

	__u32 jpeg_markers;     /* Which markers should go into the JPEG
				 * output. Unless you exactly know what
				 * you do, leave them untouched.
				 * Including less markers will make the
				 * resulting code smaller, but there will
				 * be fewer applications which can read it.
				 * The presence of the APP and COM marker
				 * is influenced by APP_len and COM_len
				 * ONLY, not by this property! */

#define V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_DHT (1<<3)    /* Define Huffman Tables */
#define V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_DQT (1<<4)    /* Define Quantization Tables */
#define V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_DRI (1<<5)    /* Define Restart Interval */
#define V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_COM (1<<6)    /* Comment segment */
#define V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_APP (1<<7)    /* App segment, driver will
					* always use APP0 */
};

/*
 *	M E M O R Y - M A P P I N G   B U F F E R S
 */
struct v4l2_requestbuffers {
	__u32			count;
	__u32			type;		/* enum v4l2_buf_type */
	__u32			memory;		/* enum v4l2_memory */
	__u32			capabilities;
	__u32			reserved[1];
};

/* capabilities for struct v4l2_requestbuffers and v4l2_create_buffers */
#define V4L2_BUF_CAP_SUPPORTS_MMAP	(1 << 0)
#define V4L2_BUF_CAP_SUPPORTS_USERPTR	(1 << 1)
#define V4L2_BUF_CAP_SUPPORTS_DMABUF	(1 << 2)
#define V4L2_BUF_CAP_SUPPORTS_REQUESTS	(1 << 3)

/**
 * struct v4l2_plane - plane info for multi-planar buffers
 * @bytesused:		number of bytes occupied by data in the plane (payload)
 * @length:		size of this plane (NOT the payload) in bytes
 * @mem_offset:		when memory in the associated struct v4l2_buffer is
 *			V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP, equals the offset from the start of
 *			the device memory for this plane (or is a "cookie" that
 *			should be passed to mmap() called on the video node)
 * @userptr:		when memory is V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR, a userspace pointer
 *			pointing to this plane
 * @fd:			when memory is V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF, a userspace file
 *			descriptor associated with this plane
 * @data_offset:	offset in the plane to the start of data; usually 0,
 *			unless there is a header in front of the data
 *
 * Multi-planar buffers consist of one or more planes, e.g. an YCbCr buffer
 * with two planes can have one plane for Y, and another for interleaved CbCr
 * components. Each plane can reside in a separate memory buffer, or even in
 * a completely separate memory node (e.g. in embedded devices).
 */
struct v4l2_plane {
	__u32			bytesused;
	__u32			length;
	union {
		__u32		mem_offset;
		unsigned long	userptr;
		__s32		fd;
	} m;
	__u32			data_offset;
	__u32			reserved[11];
};

/**
 * struct v4l2_buffer - video buffer info
 * @index:	id number of the buffer
 * @type:	enum v4l2_buf_type; buffer type (type == *_MPLANE for
 *		multiplanar buffers);
 * @bytesused:	number of bytes occupied by data in the buffer (payload);
 *		unused (set to 0) for multiplanar buffers
 * @flags:	buffer informational flags
 * @field:	enum v4l2_field; field order of the image in the buffer
 * @timestamp:	frame timestamp
 * @timecode:	frame timecode
 * @sequence:	sequence count of this frame
 * @memory:	enum v4l2_memory; the method, in which the actual video data is
 *		passed
 * @offset:	for non-multiplanar buffers with memory == V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP;
 *		offset from the start of the device memory for this plane,
 *		(or a "cookie" that should be passed to mmap() as offset)
 * @userptr:	for non-multiplanar buffers with memory == V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR;
 *		a userspace pointer pointing to this buffer
 * @fd:		for non-multiplanar buffers with memory == V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF;
 *		a userspace file descriptor associated with this buffer
 * @planes:	for multiplanar buffers; userspace pointer to the array of plane
 *		info structs for this buffer
 * @length:	size in bytes of the buffer (NOT its payload) for single-plane
 *		buffers (when type != *_MPLANE); number of elements in the
 *		planes array for multi-plane buffers
 *
 * Contains data exchanged by application and driver using one of the Streaming
 * I/O methods.
 */
struct v4l2_buffer {
	__u32			index;
	__u32			type;
	__u32			bytesused;
	__u32			flags;
	__u32			field;
	struct timeval		timestamp;
	struct v4l2_timecode	timecode;
	__u32			sequence;

	/* memory location */
	__u32			memory;
	union {
		__u32           offset;
		unsigned long   userptr;
		struct v4l2_plane *planes;
		__s32		fd;
	} m;
	__u32			length;
	__u32			reserved2;
	__u32			reserved;
};

/*  Flags for 'flags' field */
/* Buffer is mapped (flag) */
#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED			0x00000001
/* Buffer is queued for processing */
#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED			0x00000002
/* Buffer is ready */
#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE			0x00000004
/* Image is a keyframe (I-frame) */
#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_KEYFRAME			0x00000008
/* Image is a P-frame */
#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_PFRAME			0x00000010
/* Image is a B-frame */
#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_BFRAME			0x00000020
/* Buffer is ready, but the data contained within is corrupted. */
#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_ERROR			0x00000040
/* timecode field is valid */
#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMECODE			0x00000100
/* Buffer is prepared for queuing */
#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_PREPARED			0x00000400
/* Cache handling flags */
#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_NO_CACHE_INVALIDATE	0x00000800
#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_NO_CACHE_CLEAN		0x00001000
/* Timestamp type */
#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_MASK		0x0000e000
#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_UNKNOWN		0x00000000
#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_MONOTONIC	0x00002000
#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_COPY		0x00004000
/* Timestamp sources. */
#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TSTAMP_SRC_MASK		0x00070000
#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TSTAMP_SRC_EOF		0x00000000
#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TSTAMP_SRC_SOE		0x00010000
/* mem2mem encoder/decoder */
#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_LAST			0x00100000

/**
 * struct v4l2_exportbuffer - export of video buffer as DMABUF file descriptor
 *
 * @index:	id number of the buffer
 * @type:	enum v4l2_buf_type; buffer type (type == *_MPLANE for
 *		multiplanar buffers);
 * @plane:	index of the plane to be exported, 0 for single plane queues
 * @flags:	flags for newly created file, currently only O_CLOEXEC is
 *		supported, refer to manual of open syscall for more details
 * @fd:		file descriptor associated with DMABUF (set by driver)
 *
 * Contains data used for exporting a video buffer as DMABUF file descriptor.
 * The buffer is identified by a 'cookie' returned by VIDIOC_QUERYBUF
 * (identical to the cookie used to mmap() the buffer to userspace). All
 * reserved fields must be set to zero. The field reserved0 is expected to
 * become a structure 'type' allowing an alternative layout of the structure
 * content. Therefore this field should not be used for any other extensions.
 */
struct v4l2_exportbuffer {
	__u32		type; /* enum v4l2_buf_type */
	__u32		index;
	__u32		plane;
	__u32		flags;
	__s32		fd;
	__u32		reserved[11];
};

/*
 *	O V E R L A Y   P R E V I E W
 */
struct v4l2_framebuffer {
	__u32			capability;
	__u32			flags;
/* FIXME: in theory we should pass something like PCI device + memory
 * region + offset instead of some physical address */
	void                    *base;
	struct {
		__u32		width;
		__u32		height;
		__u32		pixelformat;
		__u32		field;		/* enum v4l2_field */
		__u32		bytesperline;	/* for padding, zero if unused */
		__u32		sizeimage;
		__u32		colorspace;	/* enum v4l2_colorspace */
		__u32		priv;		/* reserved field, set to 0 */
	} fmt;
};
/*  Flags for the 'capability' field. Read only */
#define V4L2_FBUF_CAP_EXTERNOVERLAY	0x0001
#define V4L2_FBUF_CAP_CHROMAKEY		0x0002
#define V4L2_FBUF_CAP_LIST_CLIPPING     0x0004
#define V4L2_FBUF_CAP_BITMAP_CLIPPING	0x0008
#define V4L2_FBUF_CAP_LOCAL_ALPHA	0x0010
#define V4L2_FBUF_CAP_GLOBAL_ALPHA	0x0020
#define V4L2_FBUF_CAP_LOCAL_INV_ALPHA	0x0040
#define V4L2_FBUF_CAP_SRC_CHROMAKEY	0x0080
/*  Flags for the 'flags' field. */
#define V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_PRIMARY		0x0001
#define V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_OVERLAY		0x0002
#define V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_CHROMAKEY	0x0004
#define V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_LOCAL_ALPHA	0x0008
#define V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_GLOBAL_ALPHA	0x0010
#define V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_LOCAL_INV_ALPHA	0x0020
#define V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_SRC_CHROMAKEY	0x0040

struct v4l2_clip {
	struct v4l2_rect        c;
	struct v4l2_clip	*next;
};

struct v4l2_window {
	struct v4l2_rect        w;
	__u32			field;	 /* enum v4l2_field */
	__u32			chromakey;
	struct v4l2_clip	*clips;
	__u32			clipcount;
	void			*bitmap;
	__u8                    global_alpha;
};

/*
 *	C A P T U R E   P A R A M E T E R S
 */
struct v4l2_captureparm {
	__u32		   capability;	  /*  Supported modes */
	__u32		   capturemode;	  /*  Current mode */
	struct v4l2_fract  timeperframe;  /*  Time per frame in seconds */
	__u32		   extendedmode;  /*  Driver-specific extensions */
	__u32              readbuffers;   /*  # of buffers for read */
	__u32		   reserved[4];
};

/*  Flags for 'capability' and 'capturemode' fields */
#define V4L2_MODE_HIGHQUALITY	0x0001	/*  High quality imaging mode */
#define V4L2_CAP_TIMEPERFRAME	0x1000	/*  timeperframe field is supported */

struct v4l2_outputparm {
	__u32		   capability;	 /*  Supported modes */
	__u32		   outputmode;	 /*  Current mode */
	struct v4l2_fract  timeperframe; /*  Time per frame in seconds */
	__u32		   extendedmode; /*  Driver-specific extensions */
	__u32              writebuffers; /*  # of buffers for write */
	__u32		   reserved[4];
};

/*
 *	I N P U T   I M A G E   C R O P P I N G
 */
struct v4l2_cropcap {
	__u32			type;	/* enum v4l2_buf_type */
	struct v4l2_rect        bounds;
	struct v4l2_rect        defrect;
	struct v4l2_fract       pixelaspect;
};

struct v4l2_crop {
	__u32			type;	/* enum v4l2_buf_type */
	struct v4l2_rect        c;
};

/**
 * struct v4l2_selection - selection info
 * @type:	buffer type (do not use *_MPLANE types)
 * @target:	Selection target, used to choose one of possible rectangles;
 *		defined in v4l2-common.h; V4L2_SEL_TGT_* .
 * @flags:	constraints flags, defined in v4l2-common.h; V4L2_SEL_FLAG_*.
 * @r:		coordinates of selection window
 * @reserved:	for future use, rounds structure size to 64 bytes, set to zero
 *
 * Hardware may use multiple helper windows to process a video stream.
 * The structure is used to exchange this selection areas between
 * an application and a driver.
 */
struct v4l2_selection {
	__u32			type;
	__u32			target;
	__u32                   flags;
	struct v4l2_rect        r;
	__u32                   reserved[9];
};


/*
 *      A N A L O G   V I D E O   S T A N D A R D
 */

typedef __u64 v4l2_std_id;

/* one bit for each */
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_B          ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000001)
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_B1         ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000002)
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_G          ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000004)
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_H          ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000008)
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_I          ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000010)
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_D          ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000020)
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_D1         ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000040)
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_K          ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000080)

#define V4L2_STD_PAL_M          ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000100)
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_N          ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000200)
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_Nc         ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000400)
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_60         ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000800)

#define V4L2_STD_NTSC_M         ((v4l2_std_id)0x00001000)	/* BTSC */
#define V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_JP      ((v4l2_std_id)0x00002000)	/* EIA-J */
#define V4L2_STD_NTSC_443       ((v4l2_std_id)0x00004000)
#define V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_KR      ((v4l2_std_id)0x00008000)	/* FM A2 */

#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_B        ((v4l2_std_id)0x00010000)
#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_D        ((v4l2_std_id)0x00020000)
#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_G        ((v4l2_std_id)0x00040000)
#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_H        ((v4l2_std_id)0x00080000)
#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_K        ((v4l2_std_id)0x00100000)
#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_K1       ((v4l2_std_id)0x00200000)
#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_L        ((v4l2_std_id)0x00400000)
#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_LC       ((v4l2_std_id)0x00800000)

/* ATSC/HDTV */
#define V4L2_STD_ATSC_8_VSB     ((v4l2_std_id)0x01000000)
#define V4L2_STD_ATSC_16_VSB    ((v4l2_std_id)0x02000000)

/* FIXME:
   Although std_id is 64 bits, there is an issue on PPC32 architecture that
   makes switch(__u64) to break. So, there's a hack on v4l2-common.c rounding
   this value to 32 bits.
   As, currently, the max value is for V4L2_STD_ATSC_16_VSB (30 bits wide),
   it should work fine. However, if needed to add more than two standards,
   v4l2-common.c should be fixed.
 */

/*
 * Some macros to merge video standards in order to make live easier for the
 * drivers and V4L2 applications
 */

/*
 * "Common" NTSC/M - It should be noticed that V4L2_STD_NTSC_443 is
 * Missing here.
 */
#define V4L2_STD_NTSC           (V4L2_STD_NTSC_M	|\
				 V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_JP     |\
				 V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_KR)
/* Secam macros */
#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_DK	(V4L2_STD_SECAM_D	|\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM_K	|\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM_K1)
/* All Secam Standards */
#define V4L2_STD_SECAM		(V4L2_STD_SECAM_B	|\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM_G	|\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM_H	|\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM_DK	|\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM_L       |\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM_LC)
/* PAL macros */
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_BG		(V4L2_STD_PAL_B		|\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_B1	|\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_G)
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_DK		(V4L2_STD_PAL_D		|\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_D1	|\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_K)
/*
 * "Common" PAL - This macro is there to be compatible with the old
 * V4L1 concept of "PAL": /BGDKHI.
 * Several PAL standards are missing here: /M, /N and /Nc
 */
#define V4L2_STD_PAL		(V4L2_STD_PAL_BG	|\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_DK	|\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_H		|\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_I)
/* Chroma "agnostic" standards */
#define V4L2_STD_B		(V4L2_STD_PAL_B		|\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_B1	|\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM_B)
#define V4L2_STD_G		(V4L2_STD_PAL_G		|\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM_G)
#define V4L2_STD_H		(V4L2_STD_PAL_H		|\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM_H)
#define V4L2_STD_L		(V4L2_STD_SECAM_L	|\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM_LC)
#define V4L2_STD_GH		(V4L2_STD_G		|\
				 V4L2_STD_H)
#define V4L2_STD_DK		(V4L2_STD_PAL_DK	|\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM_DK)
#define V4L2_STD_BG		(V4L2_STD_B		|\
				 V4L2_STD_G)
#define V4L2_STD_MN		(V4L2_STD_PAL_M		|\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_N		|\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_Nc	|\
				 V4L2_STD_NTSC)

/* Standards where MTS/BTSC stereo could be found */
#define V4L2_STD_MTS		(V4L2_STD_NTSC_M	|\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_M		|\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_N		|\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_Nc)

/* Standards for Countries with 60Hz Line frequency */
#define V4L2_STD_525_60		(V4L2_STD_PAL_M		|\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_60	|\
				 V4L2_STD_NTSC		|\
				 V4L2_STD_NTSC_443)
/* Standards for Countries with 50Hz Line frequency */
#define V4L2_STD_625_50		(V4L2_STD_PAL		|\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_N		|\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_Nc	|\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM)

#define V4L2_STD_ATSC           (V4L2_STD_ATSC_8_VSB    |\
				 V4L2_STD_ATSC_16_VSB)
/* Macros with none and all analog standards */
#define V4L2_STD_UNKNOWN        0
#define V4L2_STD_ALL            (V4L2_STD_525_60	|\
				 V4L2_STD_625_50)

struct v4l2_standard {
	__u32		     index;
	v4l2_std_id          id;
	__u8		     name[24];
	struct v4l2_fract    frameperiod; /* Frames, not fields */
	__u32		     framelines;
	__u32		     reserved[4];
};

/*
 *	D V	B T	T I M I N G S
 */

/** struct v4l2_bt_timings - BT.656/BT.1120 timing data
 * @width:	total width of the active video in pixels
 * @height:	total height of the active video in lines
 * @interlaced:	Interlaced or progressive
 * @polarities:	Positive or negative polarities
 * @pixelclock:	Pixel clock in HZ. Ex. 74.25MHz->74250000
 * @hfrontporch:Horizontal front porch in pixels
 * @hsync:	Horizontal Sync length in pixels
 * @hbackporch:	Horizontal back porch in pixels
 * @vfrontporch:Vertical front porch in lines
 * @vsync:	Vertical Sync length in lines
 * @vbackporch:	Vertical back porch in lines
 * @il_vfrontporch:Vertical front porch for the even field
 *		(aka field 2) of interlaced field formats
 * @il_vsync:	Vertical Sync length for the even field
 *		(aka field 2) of interlaced field formats
 * @il_vbackporch:Vertical back porch for the even field
 *		(aka field 2) of interlaced field formats
 * @standards:	Standards the timing belongs to
 * @flags:	Flags
 * @picture_aspect: The picture aspect ratio (hor/vert).
 * @cea861_vic:	VIC code as per the CEA-861 standard.
 * @hdmi_vic:	VIC code as per the HDMI standard.
 * @reserved:	Reserved fields, must be zeroed.
 *
 * A note regarding vertical interlaced timings: height refers to the total
 * height of the active video frame (= two fields). The blanking timings refer
 * to the blanking of each field. So the height of the total frame is
 * calculated as follows:
 *
 * tot_height = height + vfrontporch + vsync + vbackporch +
 *                       il_vfrontporch + il_vsync + il_vbackporch
 *
 * The active height of each field is height / 2.
 */
struct v4l2_bt_timings {
	__u32	width;
	__u32	height;
	__u32	interlaced;
	__u32	polarities;
	__u64	pixelclock;
	__u32	hfrontporch;
	__u32	hsync;
	__u32	hbackporch;
	__u32	vfrontporch;
	__u32	vsync;
	__u32	vbackporch;
	__u32	il_vfrontporch;
	__u32	il_vsync;
	__u32	il_vbackporch;
	__u32	standards;
	__u32	flags;
	struct v4l2_fract picture_aspect;
	__u8	cea861_vic;
	__u8	hdmi_vic;
	__u8	reserved[46];
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* Interlaced or progressive format */
#define	V4L2_DV_PROGRESSIVE	0
#define	V4L2_DV_INTERLACED	1

/* Polarities. If bit is not set, it is assumed to be negative polarity */
#define V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL	0x00000001
#define V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL	0x00000002

/* Timings standards */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861	(1 << 0)  /* CEA-861 Digital TV Profile */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT	(1 << 1)  /* VESA Discrete Monitor Timings */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT	(1 << 2)  /* VESA Coordinated Video Timings */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_STD_GTF	(1 << 3)  /* VESA Generalized Timings Formula */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_STD_SDI	(1 << 4)  /* SDI Timings */

/* Flags */

/*
 * CVT/GTF specific: timing uses reduced blanking (CVT) or the 'Secondary
 * GTF' curve (GTF). In both cases the horizontal and/or vertical blanking
 * intervals are reduced, allowing a higher resolution over the same
 * bandwidth. This is a read-only flag.
 */
#define V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING		(1 << 0)
/*
 * CEA-861 specific: set for CEA-861 formats with a framerate of a multiple
 * of six. These formats can be optionally played at 1 / 1.001 speed.
 * This is a read-only flag.
 */
#define V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS		(1 << 1)
/*
 * CEA-861 specific: only valid for video transmitters, the flag is cleared
 * by receivers.
 * If the framerate of the format is a multiple of six, then the pixelclock
 * used to set up the transmitter is divided by 1.001 to make it compatible
 * with 60 Hz based standards such as NTSC and PAL-M that use a framerate of
 * 29.97 Hz. Otherwise this flag is cleared. If the transmitter can't generate
 * such frequencies, then the flag will also be cleared.
 */
#define V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_FPS			(1 << 2)
/*
 * Specific to interlaced formats: if set, then field 1 is really one half-line
 * longer and field 2 is really one half-line shorter, so each field has
 * exactly the same number of half-lines. Whether half-lines can be detected
 * or used depends on the hardware.
 */
#define V4L2_DV_FL_HALF_LINE			(1 << 3)
/*
 * If set, then this is a Consumer Electronics (CE) video format. Such formats
 * differ from other formats (commonly called IT formats) in that if RGB
 * encoding is used then by default the RGB values use limited range (i.e.
 * use the range 16-235) as opposed to 0-255. All formats defined in CEA-861
 * except for the 640x480 format are CE formats.
 */
#define V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO			(1 << 4)
/* Some formats like SMPTE-125M have an interlaced signal with a odd
 * total height. For these formats, if this flag is set, the first
 * field has the extra line. If not, it is the second field.
 */
#define V4L2_DV_FL_FIRST_FIELD_EXTRA_LINE	(1 << 5)
/*
 * If set, then the picture_aspect field is valid. Otherwise assume that the
 * pixels are square, so the picture aspect ratio is the same as the width to
 * height ratio.
 */
#define V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_PICTURE_ASPECT		(1 << 6)
/*
 * If set, then the cea861_vic field is valid and contains the Video
 * Identification Code as per the CEA-861 standard.
 */
#define V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_CEA861_VIC		(1 << 7)
/*
 * If set, then the hdmi_vic field is valid and contains the Video
 * Identification Code as per the HDMI standard (HDMI Vendor Specific
 * InfoFrame).
 */
#define V4L2_DV_FL_HAS_HDMI_VIC			(1 << 8)
/*
 * CEA-861 specific: only valid for video receivers.
 * If set, then HW can detect the difference between regular FPS and
 * 1000/1001 FPS. Note: This flag is only valid for HDMI VIC codes with
 * the V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS flag set.
 */
#define V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_DETECT_REDUCED_FPS	(1 << 9)

/* A few useful defines to calculate the total blanking and frame sizes */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_BLANKING_WIDTH(bt) \
	((bt)->hfrontporch + (bt)->hsync + (bt)->hbackporch)
#define V4L2_DV_BT_FRAME_WIDTH(bt) \
	((bt)->width + V4L2_DV_BT_BLANKING_WIDTH(bt))
#define V4L2_DV_BT_BLANKING_HEIGHT(bt) \
	((bt)->vfrontporch + (bt)->vsync + (bt)->vbackporch + \
	 (bt)->il_vfrontporch + (bt)->il_vsync + (bt)->il_vbackporch)
#define V4L2_DV_BT_FRAME_HEIGHT(bt) \
	((bt)->height + V4L2_DV_BT_BLANKING_HEIGHT(bt))

/** struct v4l2_dv_timings - DV timings
 * @type:	the type of the timings
 * @bt:	BT656/1120 timings
 */
struct v4l2_dv_timings {
	__u32 type;
	union {
		struct v4l2_bt_timings	bt;
		__u32	reserved[32];
	};
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* Values for the type field */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120	0	/* BT.656/1120 timing type */


/** struct v4l2_enum_dv_timings - DV timings enumeration
 * @index:	enumeration index
 * @pad:	the pad number for which to enumerate timings (used with
 *		v4l-subdev nodes only)
 * @reserved:	must be zeroed
 * @timings:	the timings for the given index
 */
struct v4l2_enum_dv_timings {
	__u32 index;
	__u32 pad;
	__u32 reserved[2];
	struct v4l2_dv_timings timings;
};

/** struct v4l2_bt_timings_cap - BT.656/BT.1120 timing capabilities
 * @min_width:		width in pixels
 * @max_width:		width in pixels
 * @min_height:		height in lines
 * @max_height:		height in lines
 * @min_pixelclock:	Pixel clock in HZ. Ex. 74.25MHz->74250000
 * @max_pixelclock:	Pixel clock in HZ. Ex. 74.25MHz->74250000
 * @standards:		Supported standards
 * @capabilities:	Supported capabilities
 * @reserved:		Must be zeroed
 */
struct v4l2_bt_timings_cap {
	__u32	min_width;
	__u32	max_width;
	__u32	min_height;
	__u32	max_height;
	__u64	min_pixelclock;
	__u64	max_pixelclock;
	__u32	standards;
	__u32	capabilities;
	__u32	reserved[16];
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* Supports interlaced formats */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_CAP_INTERLACED	(1 << 0)
/* Supports progressive formats */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_CAP_PROGRESSIVE	(1 << 1)
/* Supports CVT/GTF reduced blanking */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_CAP_REDUCED_BLANKING	(1 << 2)
/* Supports custom formats */
#define V4L2_DV_BT_CAP_CUSTOM		(1 << 3)

/** struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap - DV timings capabilities
 * @type:	the type of the timings (same as in struct v4l2_dv_timings)
 * @pad:	the pad number for which to query capabilities (used with
 *		v4l-subdev nodes only)
 * @bt:		the BT656/1120 timings capabilities
 */
struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap {
	__u32 type;
	__u32 pad;
	__u32 reserved[2];
	union {
		struct v4l2_bt_timings_cap bt;
		__u32 raw_data[32];
	};
};


/*
 *	V I D E O   I N P U T S
 */
struct v4l2_input {
	__u32	     index;		/*  Which input */
	__u8	     name[32];		/*  Label */
	__u32	     type;		/*  Type of input */
	__u32	     audioset;		/*  Associated audios (bitfield) */
	__u32        tuner;             /*  enum v4l2_tuner_type */
	v4l2_std_id  std;
	__u32	     status;
	__u32	     capabilities;
	__u32	     reserved[3];
};

/*  Values for the 'type' field */
#define V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_TUNER		1
#define V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_CAMERA		2
#define V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_TOUCH		3

/* field 'status' - general */
#define V4L2_IN_ST_NO_POWER    0x00000001  /* Attached device is off */
#define V4L2_IN_ST_NO_SIGNAL   0x00000002
#define V4L2_IN_ST_NO_COLOR    0x00000004

/* field 'status' - sensor orientation */
/* If sensor is mounted upside down set both bits */
#define V4L2_IN_ST_HFLIP       0x00000010 /* Frames are flipped horizontally */
#define V4L2_IN_ST_VFLIP       0x00000020 /* Frames are flipped vertically */

/* field 'status' - analog */
#define V4L2_IN_ST_NO_H_LOCK   0x00000100  /* No horizontal sync lock */
#define V4L2_IN_ST_COLOR_KILL  0x00000200  /* Color killer is active */
#define V4L2_IN_ST_NO_V_LOCK   0x00000400  /* No vertical sync lock */
#define V4L2_IN_ST_NO_STD_LOCK 0x00000800  /* No standard format lock */

/* field 'status' - digital */
#define V4L2_IN_ST_NO_SYNC     0x00010000  /* No synchronization lock */
#define V4L2_IN_ST_NO_EQU      0x00020000  /* No equalizer lock */
#define V4L2_IN_ST_NO_CARRIER  0x00040000  /* Carrier recovery failed */

/* field 'status' - VCR and set-top box */
#define V4L2_IN_ST_MACROVISION 0x01000000  /* Macrovision detected */
#define V4L2_IN_ST_NO_ACCESS   0x02000000  /* Conditional access denied */
#define V4L2_IN_ST_VTR         0x04000000  /* VTR time constant */

/* capabilities flags */
#define V4L2_IN_CAP_DV_TIMINGS		0x00000002 /* Supports S_DV_TIMINGS */
#define V4L2_IN_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS	V4L2_IN_CAP_DV_TIMINGS /* For compatibility */
#define V4L2_IN_CAP_STD			0x00000004 /* Supports S_STD */
#define V4L2_IN_CAP_NATIVE_SIZE		0x00000008 /* Supports setting native size */

/*
 *	V I D E O   O U T P U T S
 */
struct v4l2_output {
	__u32	     index;		/*  Which output */
	__u8	     name[32];		/*  Label */
	__u32	     type;		/*  Type of output */
	__u32	     audioset;		/*  Associated audios (bitfield) */
	__u32	     modulator;         /*  Associated modulator */
	v4l2_std_id  std;
	__u32	     capabilities;
	__u32	     reserved[3];
};
/*  Values for the 'type' field */
#define V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_MODULATOR		1
#define V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_ANALOG			2
#define V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_ANALOGVGAOVERLAY	3

/* capabilities flags */
#define V4L2_OUT_CAP_DV_TIMINGS		0x00000002 /* Supports S_DV_TIMINGS */
#define V4L2_OUT_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS	V4L2_OUT_CAP_DV_TIMINGS /* For compatibility */
#define V4L2_OUT_CAP_STD		0x00000004 /* Supports S_STD */
#define V4L2_OUT_CAP_NATIVE_SIZE	0x00000008 /* Supports setting native size */

/*
 *	C O N T R O L S
 */
struct v4l2_control {
	__u32		     id;
	__s32		     value;
};

struct v4l2_ext_control {
	__u32 id;
	__u32 size;
	__u32 reserved2[1];
	union {
		__s32 value;
		__s64 value64;
		char *string;
		__u8 *p_u8;
		__u16 *p_u16;
		__u32 *p_u32;
		struct v4l2_ctrl_mpeg2_slice_params *p_mpeg2_slice_params;
		struct v4l2_ctrl_mpeg2_quantization *p_mpeg2_quantization;
		void *ptr;
	};
} __attribute__ ((packed));

struct v4l2_ext_controls {
	union {
		__u32 ctrl_class;
		__u32 which;
	};
	__u32 count;
	__u32 error_idx;
	__s32 request_fd;
	__u32 reserved[1];
	struct v4l2_ext_control *controls;
};

#define V4L2_CTRL_ID_MASK	  (0x0fffffff)
#define V4L2_CTRL_ID2CLASS(id)    ((id) & 0x0fff0000UL)
#define V4L2_CTRL_ID2WHICH(id)    ((id) & 0x0fff0000UL)
#define V4L2_CTRL_DRIVER_PRIV(id) (((id) & 0xffff) >= 0x1000)
#define V4L2_CTRL_MAX_DIMS	  (4)
#define V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_CUR_VAL   0
#define V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_DEF_VAL   0x0f000000
#define V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_REQUEST_VAL 0x0f010000

enum v4l2_ctrl_type {
	V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER	     = 1,
	V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BOOLEAN	     = 2,
	V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU	     = 3,
	V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BUTTON	     = 4,
	V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64     = 5,
	V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_CTRL_CLASS    = 6,
	V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING        = 7,
	V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BITMASK       = 8,
	V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU  = 9,

	/* Compound types are >= 0x0100 */
	V4L2_CTRL_COMPOUND_TYPES     = 0x0100,
	V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U8	     = 0x0100,
	V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U16	     = 0x0101,
	V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U32	     = 0x0102,
	V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MPEG2_SLICE_PARAMS = 0x0103,
	V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MPEG2_QUANTIZATION = 0x0104,
};

/*  Used in the VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL ioctl for querying controls */
struct v4l2_queryctrl {
	__u32		     id;
	__u32		     type;	/* enum v4l2_ctrl_type */
	__u8		     name[32];	/* Whatever */
	__s32		     minimum;	/* Note signedness */
	__s32		     maximum;
	__s32		     step;
	__s32		     default_value;
	__u32                flags;
	__u32		     reserved[2];
};

/*  Used in the VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL ioctl for querying extended controls */
struct v4l2_query_ext_ctrl {
	__u32		     id;
	__u32		     type;
	char		     name[32];
	__s64		     minimum;
	__s64		     maximum;
	__u64		     step;
	__s64		     default_value;
	__u32                flags;
	__u32                elem_size;
	__u32                elems;
	__u32                nr_of_dims;
	__u32                dims[V4L2_CTRL_MAX_DIMS];
	__u32		     reserved[32];
};

/*  Used in the VIDIOC_QUERYMENU ioctl for querying menu items */
struct v4l2_querymenu {
	__u32		id;
	__u32		index;
	union {
		__u8	name[32];	/* Whatever */
		__s64	value;
	};
	__u32		reserved;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/*  Control flags  */
#define V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED		0x0001
#define V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED		0x0002
#define V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY	0x0004
#define V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE		0x0008
#define V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE		0x0010
#define V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_SLIDER		0x0020
#define V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_WRITE_ONLY	0x0040
#define V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE		0x0080
#define V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_HAS_PAYLOAD	0x0100
#define V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_EXECUTE_ON_WRITE	0x0200
#define V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_MODIFY_LAYOUT	0x0400

/*  Query flags, to be ORed with the control ID */
#define V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL	0x80000000
#define V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_COMPOUND	0x40000000

/*  User-class control IDs defined by V4L2 */
#define V4L2_CID_MAX_CTRLS		1024
/*  IDs reserved for driver specific controls */
#define V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE		0x08000000


/*
 *	T U N I N G
 */
struct v4l2_tuner {
	__u32                   index;
	__u8			name[32];
	__u32			type;	/* enum v4l2_tuner_type */
	__u32			capability;
	__u32			rangelow;
	__u32			rangehigh;
	__u32			rxsubchans;
	__u32			audmode;
	__s32			signal;
	__s32			afc;
	__u32			reserved[4];
};

struct v4l2_modulator {
	__u32			index;
	__u8			name[32];
	__u32			capability;
	__u32			rangelow;
	__u32			rangehigh;
	__u32			txsubchans;
	__u32			type;	/* enum v4l2_tuner_type */
	__u32			reserved[3];
};

/*  Flags for the 'capability' field */
#define V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW		0x0001
#define V4L2_TUNER_CAP_NORM		0x0002
#define V4L2_TUNER_CAP_HWSEEK_BOUNDED	0x0004
#define V4L2_TUNER_CAP_HWSEEK_WRAP	0x0008
#define V4L2_TUNER_CAP_STEREO		0x0010
#define V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LANG2		0x0020
#define V4L2_TUNER_CAP_SAP		0x0020
#define V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LANG1		0x0040
#define V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS		0x0080
#define V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS_BLOCK_IO	0x0100
#define V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS_CONTROLS	0x0200
#define V4L2_TUNER_CAP_FREQ_BANDS	0x0400
#define V4L2_TUNER_CAP_HWSEEK_PROG_LIM	0x0800
#define V4L2_TUNER_CAP_1HZ		0x1000

/*  Flags for the 'rxsubchans' field */
#define V4L2_TUNER_SUB_MONO		0x0001
#define V4L2_TUNER_SUB_STEREO		0x0002
#define V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG2		0x0004
#define V4L2_TUNER_SUB_SAP		0x0004
#define V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG1		0x0008
#define V4L2_TUNER_SUB_RDS		0x0010

/*  Values for the 'audmode' field */
#define V4L2_TUNER_MODE_MONO		0x0000
#define V4L2_TUNER_MODE_STEREO		0x0001
#define V4L2_TUNER_MODE_LANG2		0x0002
#define V4L2_TUNER_MODE_SAP		0x0002
#define V4L2_TUNER_MODE_LANG1		0x0003
#define V4L2_TUNER_MODE_LANG1_LANG2	0x0004

struct v4l2_frequency {
	__u32	tuner;
	__u32	type;	/* enum v4l2_tuner_type */
	__u32	frequency;
	__u32	reserved[8];
};

#define V4L2_BAND_MODULATION_VSB	(1 << 1)
#define V4L2_BAND_MODULATION_FM		(1 << 2)
#define V4L2_BAND_MODULATION_AM		(1 << 3)

struct v4l2_frequency_band {
	__u32	tuner;
	__u32	type;	/* enum v4l2_tuner_type */
	__u32	index;
	__u32	capability;
	__u32	rangelow;
	__u32	rangehigh;
	__u32	modulation;
	__u32	reserved[9];
};

struct v4l2_hw_freq_seek {
	__u32	tuner;
	__u32	type;	/* enum v4l2_tuner_type */
	__u32	seek_upward;
	__u32	wrap_around;
	__u32	spacing;
	__u32	rangelow;
	__u32	rangehigh;
	__u32	reserved[5];
};

/*
 *	R D S
 */

struct v4l2_rds_data {
	__u8	lsb;
	__u8	msb;
	__u8	block;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

#define V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_MSK	 0x7
#define V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_A	 0
#define V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_B	 1
#define V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_C	 2
#define V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_D	 3
#define V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_C_ALT	 4
#define V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_INVALID	 7

#define V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_CORRECTED 0x40
#define V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_ERROR	 0x80

/*
 *	A U D I O
 */
struct v4l2_audio {
	__u32	index;
	__u8	name[32];
	__u32	capability;
	__u32	mode;
	__u32	reserved[2];
};

/*  Flags for the 'capability' field */
#define V4L2_AUDCAP_STEREO		0x00001
#define V4L2_AUDCAP_AVL			0x00002

/*  Flags for the 'mode' field */
#define V4L2_AUDMODE_AVL		0x00001

struct v4l2_audioout {
	__u32	index;
	__u8	name[32];
	__u32	capability;
	__u32	mode;
	__u32	reserved[2];
};

/*
 *	M P E G   S E R V I C E S
 */
#if 1
#define V4L2_ENC_IDX_FRAME_I    (0)
#define V4L2_ENC_IDX_FRAME_P    (1)
#define V4L2_ENC_IDX_FRAME_B    (2)
#define V4L2_ENC_IDX_FRAME_MASK (0xf)

struct v4l2_enc_idx_entry {
	__u64 offset;
	__u64 pts;
	__u32 length;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 reserved[2];
};

#define V4L2_ENC_IDX_ENTRIES (64)
struct v4l2_enc_idx {
	__u32 entries;
	__u32 entries_cap;
	__u32 reserved[4];
	struct v4l2_enc_idx_entry entry[V4L2_ENC_IDX_ENTRIES];
};


#define V4L2_ENC_CMD_START      (0)
#define V4L2_ENC_CMD_STOP       (1)
#define V4L2_ENC_CMD_PAUSE      (2)
#define V4L2_ENC_CMD_RESUME     (3)

/* Flags for V4L2_ENC_CMD_STOP */
#define V4L2_ENC_CMD_STOP_AT_GOP_END    (1 << 0)

struct v4l2_encoder_cmd {
	__u32 cmd;
	__u32 flags;
	union {
		struct {
			__u32 data[8];
		} raw;
	};
};

/* Decoder commands */
#define V4L2_DEC_CMD_START       (0)
#define V4L2_DEC_CMD_STOP        (1)
#define V4L2_DEC_CMD_PAUSE       (2)
#define V4L2_DEC_CMD_RESUME      (3)

/* Flags for V4L2_DEC_CMD_START */
#define V4L2_DEC_CMD_START_MUTE_AUDIO	(1 << 0)

/* Flags for V4L2_DEC_CMD_PAUSE */
#define V4L2_DEC_CMD_PAUSE_TO_BLACK	(1 << 0)

/* Flags for V4L2_DEC_CMD_STOP */
#define V4L2_DEC_CMD_STOP_TO_BLACK	(1 << 0)
#define V4L2_DEC_CMD_STOP_IMMEDIATELY	(1 << 1)

/* Play format requirements (returned by the driver): */

/* The decoder has no special format requirements */
#define V4L2_DEC_START_FMT_NONE		(0)
/* The decoder requires full GOPs */
#define V4L2_DEC_START_FMT_GOP		(1)

/* The structure must be zeroed before use by the application
   This ensures it can be extended safely in the future. */
struct v4l2_decoder_cmd {
	__u32 cmd;
	__u32 flags;
	union {
		struct {
			__u64 pts;
		} stop;

		struct {
			/* 0 or 1000 specifies normal speed,
			   1 specifies forward single stepping,
			   -1 specifies backward single stepping,
			   >1: playback at speed/1000 of the normal speed,
			   <-1: reverse playback at (-speed/1000) of the normal speed. */
			__s32 speed;
			__u32 format;
		} start;

		struct {
			__u32 data[16];
		} raw;
	};
};
#endif


/*
 *	D A T A   S E R V I C E S   ( V B I )
 *
 *	Data services API by Michael Schimek
 */

/* Raw VBI */
struct v4l2_vbi_format {
	__u32	sampling_rate;		/* in 1 Hz */
	__u32	offset;
	__u32	samples_per_line;
	__u32	sample_format;		/* V4L2_PIX_FMT_* */
	__s32	start[2];
	__u32	count[2];
	__u32	flags;			/* V4L2_VBI_* */
	__u32	reserved[2];		/* must be zero */
};

/*  VBI flags  */
#define V4L2_VBI_UNSYNC		(1 << 0)
#define V4L2_VBI_INTERLACED	(1 << 1)

/* ITU-R start lines for each field */
#define V4L2_VBI_ITU_525_F1_START (1)
#define V4L2_VBI_ITU_525_F2_START (264)
#define V4L2_VBI_ITU_625_F1_START (1)
#define V4L2_VBI_ITU_625_F2_START (314)

/* Sliced VBI
 *
 *    This implements is a proposal V4L2 API to allow SLICED VBI
 * required for some hardware encoders. It should change without
 * notice in the definitive implementation.
 */

struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_format {
	__u16   service_set;
	/* service_lines[0][...] specifies lines 0-23 (1-23 used) of the first field
	   service_lines[1][...] specifies lines 0-23 (1-23 used) of the second field
				 (equals frame lines 313-336 for 625 line video
				  standards, 263-286 for 525 line standards) */
	__u16   service_lines[2][24];
	__u32   io_size;
	__u32   reserved[2];            /* must be zero */
};

/* Teletext World System Teletext
   (WST), defined on ITU-R BT.653-2 */
#define V4L2_SLICED_TELETEXT_B          (0x0001)
/* Video Program System, defined on ETS 300 231*/
#define V4L2_SLICED_VPS                 (0x0400)
/* Closed Caption, defined on EIA-608 */
#define V4L2_SLICED_CAPTION_525         (0x1000)
/* Wide Screen System, defined on ITU-R BT1119.1 */
#define V4L2_SLICED_WSS_625             (0x4000)

#define V4L2_SLICED_VBI_525             (V4L2_SLICED_CAPTION_525)
#define V4L2_SLICED_VBI_625             (V4L2_SLICED_TELETEXT_B | V4L2_SLICED_VPS | V4L2_SLICED_WSS_625)

struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_cap {
	__u16   service_set;
	/* service_lines[0][...] specifies lines 0-23 (1-23 used) of the first field
	   service_lines[1][...] specifies lines 0-23 (1-23 used) of the second field
				 (equals frame lines 313-336 for 625 line video
				  standards, 263-286 for 525 line standards) */
	__u16   service_lines[2][24];
	__u32	type;		/* enum v4l2_buf_type */
	__u32   reserved[3];    /* must be 0 */
};

struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_data {
	__u32   id;
	__u32   field;          /* 0: first field, 1: second field */
	__u32   line;           /* 1-23 */
	__u32   reserved;       /* must be 0 */
	__u8    data[48];
};

/*
 * Sliced VBI data inserted into MPEG Streams
 */

/*
 * V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_IVTV:
 *
 * Structure of payload contained in an MPEG 2 Private Stream 1 PES Packet in an
 * MPEG-2 Program Pack that contains V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_IVTV Sliced VBI
 * data
 *
 * Note, the MPEG-2 Program Pack and Private Stream 1 PES packet header
 * definitions are not included here.  See the MPEG-2 specifications for details
 * on these headers.
 */

/* Line type IDs */
#define V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_TELETEXT_B     (1)
#define V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_CAPTION_525    (4)
#define V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_WSS_625        (5)
#define V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_VPS            (7)

struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0_line {
	__u8 id;	/* One of V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_* above */
	__u8 data[42];	/* Sliced VBI data for the line */
} __attribute__ ((packed));

struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0 {
	__le32 linemask[2]; /* Bitmasks of VBI service lines present */
	struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0_line line[35];
} __attribute__ ((packed));

struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_ITV0 {
	struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0_line line[36];
} __attribute__ ((packed));

#define V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_MAGIC0	"itv0"
#define V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_MAGIC1	"ITV0"

struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_fmt_ivtv {
	__u8 magic[4];
	union {
		struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0 itv0;
		struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_ITV0 ITV0;
	};
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/*
 *	A G G R E G A T E   S T R U C T U R E S
 */

/**
 * struct v4l2_plane_pix_format - additional, per-plane format definition
 * @sizeimage:		maximum size in bytes required for data, for which
 *			this plane will be used
 * @bytesperline:	distance in bytes between the leftmost pixels in two
 *			adjacent lines
 */
struct v4l2_plane_pix_format {
	__u32		sizeimage;
	__u32		bytesperline;
	__u16		reserved[6];
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/**
 * struct v4l2_pix_format_mplane - multiplanar format definition
 * @width:		image width in pixels
 * @height:		image height in pixels
 * @pixelformat:	little endian four character code (fourcc)
 * @field:		enum v4l2_field; field order (for interlaced video)
 * @colorspace:		enum v4l2_colorspace; supplemental to pixelformat
 * @plane_fmt:		per-plane information
 * @num_planes:		number of planes for this format
 * @flags:		format flags (V4L2_PIX_FMT_FLAG_*)
 * @ycbcr_enc:		enum v4l2_ycbcr_encoding, Y'CbCr encoding
 * @quantization:	enum v4l2_quantization, colorspace quantization
 * @xfer_func:		enum v4l2_xfer_func, colorspace transfer function
 */
struct v4l2_pix_format_mplane {
	__u32				width;
	__u32				height;
	__u32				pixelformat;
	__u32				field;
	__u32				colorspace;

	struct v4l2_plane_pix_format	plane_fmt[VIDEO_MAX_PLANES];
	__u8				num_planes;
	__u8				flags;
	 union {
		__u8				ycbcr_enc;
		__u8				hsv_enc;
	};
	__u8				quantization;
	__u8				xfer_func;
	__u8				reserved[7];
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/**
 * struct v4l2_sdr_format - SDR format definition
 * @pixelformat:	little endian four character code (fourcc)
 * @buffersize:		maximum size in bytes required for data
 */
struct v4l2_sdr_format {
	__u32				pixelformat;
	__u32				buffersize;
	__u8				reserved[24];
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/**
 * struct v4l2_meta_format - metadata format definition
 * @dataformat:		little endian four character code (fourcc)
 * @buffersize:		maximum size in bytes required for data
 */
struct v4l2_meta_format {
	__u32				dataformat;
	__u32				buffersize;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/**
 * struct v4l2_format - stream data format
 * @type:	enum v4l2_buf_type; type of the data stream
 * @pix:	definition of an image format
 * @pix_mp:	definition of a multiplanar image format
 * @win:	definition of an overlaid image
 * @vbi:	raw VBI capture or output parameters
 * @sliced:	sliced VBI capture or output parameters
 * @raw_data:	placeholder for future extensions and custom formats
 */
struct v4l2_format {
	__u32	 type;
	union {
		struct v4l2_pix_format		pix;     /* V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE */
		struct v4l2_pix_format_mplane	pix_mp;  /* V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE */
		struct v4l2_window		win;     /* V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY */
		struct v4l2_vbi_format		vbi;     /* V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_CAPTURE */
		struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_format	sliced;  /* V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE */
		struct v4l2_sdr_format		sdr;     /* V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SDR_CAPTURE */
		struct v4l2_meta_format		meta;    /* V4L2_BUF_TYPE_META_CAPTURE */
		__u8	raw_data[200];                   /* user-defined */
	} fmt;
};

/*	Stream type-dependent parameters
 */
struct v4l2_streamparm {
	__u32	 type;			/* enum v4l2_buf_type */
	union {
		struct v4l2_captureparm	capture;
		struct v4l2_outputparm	output;
		__u8	raw_data[200];  /* user-defined */
	} parm;
};

/*
 *	E V E N T S
 */

#define V4L2_EVENT_ALL				0
#define V4L2_EVENT_VSYNC			1
#define V4L2_EVENT_EOS				2
#define V4L2_EVENT_CTRL				3
#define V4L2_EVENT_FRAME_SYNC			4
#define V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE		5
#define V4L2_EVENT_MOTION_DET			6
#define V4L2_EVENT_PRIVATE_START		0x08000000

/* Payload for V4L2_EVENT_VSYNC */
struct v4l2_event_vsync {
	/* Can be V4L2_FIELD_ANY, _NONE, _TOP or _BOTTOM */
	__u8 field;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/* Payload for V4L2_EVENT_CTRL */
#define V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_VALUE		(1 << 0)
#define V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_FLAGS		(1 << 1)
#define V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_RANGE		(1 << 2)

struct v4l2_event_ctrl {
	__u32 changes;
	__u32 type;
	union {
		__s32 value;
		__s64 value64;
	};
	__u32 flags;
	__s32 minimum;
	__s32 maximum;
	__s32 step;
	__s32 default_value;
};

struct v4l2_event_frame_sync {
	__u32 frame_sequence;
};

#define V4L2_EVENT_SRC_CH_RESOLUTION		(1 << 0)

struct v4l2_event_src_change {
	__u32 changes;
};

#define V4L2_EVENT_MD_FL_HAVE_FRAME_SEQ	(1 << 0)

/**
 * struct v4l2_event_motion_det - motion detection event
 * @flags:             if V4L2_EVENT_MD_FL_HAVE_FRAME_SEQ is set, then the
 *                     frame_sequence field is valid.
 * @frame_sequence:    the frame sequence number associated with this event.
 * @region_mask:       which regions detected motion.
 */
struct v4l2_event_motion_det {
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 frame_sequence;
	__u32 region_mask;
};

struct v4l2_event {
	__u32				type;
	union {
		struct v4l2_event_vsync		vsync;
		struct v4l2_event_ctrl		ctrl;
		struct v4l2_event_frame_sync	frame_sync;
		struct v4l2_event_src_change	src_change;
		struct v4l2_event_motion_det	motion_det;
		__u8				data[64];
	} u;
	__u32				pending;
	__u32				sequence;
	struct timespec			timestamp;
	__u32				id;
	__u32				reserved[8];
};

#define V4L2_EVENT_SUB_FL_SEND_INITIAL		(1 << 0)
#define V4L2_EVENT_SUB_FL_ALLOW_FEEDBACK	(1 << 1)

struct v4l2_event_subscription {
	__u32				type;
	__u32				id;
	__u32				flags;
	__u32				reserved[5];
};

/*
 *	A D V A N C E D   D E B U G G I N G
 *
 *	NOTE: EXPERIMENTAL API, NEVER RELY ON THIS IN APPLICATIONS!
 *	FOR DEBUGGING, TESTING AND INTERNAL USE ONLY!
 */

/* VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER and VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER */

#define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_BRIDGE      0  /* Match against chip ID on the bridge (0 for the bridge) */
#define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_SUBDEV      4  /* Match against subdev index */

/* The following four defines are no longer in use */
#define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_HOST V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_BRIDGE
#define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_DRIVER  1  /* Match against I2C driver name */
#define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_ADDR    2  /* Match against I2C 7-bit address */
#define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_AC97        3  /* Match against ancillary AC97 chip */

struct v4l2_dbg_match {
	__u32 type; /* Match type */
	union {     /* Match this chip, meaning determined by type */
		__u32 addr;
		char name[32];
	};
} __attribute__ ((packed));

struct v4l2_dbg_register {
	struct v4l2_dbg_match match;
	__u32 size;	/* register size in bytes */
	__u64 reg;
	__u64 val;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

#define V4L2_CHIP_FL_READABLE (1 << 0)
#define V4L2_CHIP_FL_WRITABLE (1 << 1)

/* VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_INFO */
struct v4l2_dbg_chip_info {
	struct v4l2_dbg_match match;
	char name[32];
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 reserved[32];
} __attribute__ ((packed));

/**
 * struct v4l2_create_buffers - VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS argument
 * @index:	on return, index of the first created buffer
 * @count:	entry: number of requested buffers,
 *		return: number of created buffers
 * @memory:	enum v4l2_memory; buffer memory type
 * @format:	frame format, for which buffers are requested
 * @capabilities: capabilities of this buffer type.
 * @reserved:	future extensions
 */
struct v4l2_create_buffers {
	__u32			index;
	__u32			count;
	__u32			memory;
	struct v4l2_format	format;
	__u32			capabilities;
	__u32			reserved[7];
};

/*
 *	I O C T L   C O D E S   F O R   V I D E O   D E V I C E S
 *
 */
#define VIDIOC_QUERYCAP		 _IOR('V',  0, struct v4l2_capability)
#define VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT         _IOWR('V',  2, struct v4l2_fmtdesc)
#define VIDIOC_G_FMT		_IOWR('V',  4, struct v4l2_format)
#define VIDIOC_S_FMT		_IOWR('V',  5, struct v4l2_format)
#define VIDIOC_REQBUFS		_IOWR('V',  8, struct v4l2_requestbuffers)
#define VIDIOC_QUERYBUF		_IOWR('V',  9, struct v4l2_buffer)
#define VIDIOC_G_FBUF		 _IOR('V', 10, struct v4l2_framebuffer)
#define VIDIOC_S_FBUF		 _IOW('V', 11, struct v4l2_framebuffer)
#define VIDIOC_OVERLAY		 _IOW('V', 14, int)
#define VIDIOC_QBUF		_IOWR('V', 15, struct v4l2_buffer)
#define VIDIOC_EXPBUF		_IOWR('V', 16, struct v4l2_exportbuffer)
#define VIDIOC_DQBUF		_IOWR('V', 17, struct v4l2_buffer)
#define VIDIOC_STREAMON		 _IOW('V', 18, int)
#define VIDIOC_STREAMOFF	 _IOW('V', 19, int)
#define VIDIOC_G_PARM		_IOWR('V', 21, struct v4l2_streamparm)
#define VIDIOC_S_PARM		_IOWR('V', 22, struct v4l2_streamparm)
#define VIDIOC_G_STD		 _IOR('V', 23, v4l2_std_id)
#define VIDIOC_S_STD		 _IOW('V', 24, v4l2_std_id)
#define VIDIOC_ENUMSTD		_IOWR('V', 25, struct v4l2_standard)
#define VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT	_IOWR('V', 26, struct v4l2_input)
#define VIDIOC_G_CTRL		_IOWR('V', 27, struct v4l2_control)
#define VIDIOC_S_CTRL		_IOWR('V', 28, struct v4l2_control)
#define VIDIOC_G_TUNER		_IOWR('V', 29, struct v4l2_tuner)
#define VIDIOC_S_TUNER		 _IOW('V', 30, struct v4l2_tuner)
#define VIDIOC_G_AUDIO		 _IOR('V', 33, struct v4l2_audio)
#define VIDIOC_S_AUDIO		 _IOW('V', 34, struct v4l2_audio)
#define VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL	_IOWR('V', 36, struct v4l2_queryctrl)
#define VIDIOC_QUERYMENU	_IOWR('V', 37, struct v4l2_querymenu)
#define VIDIOC_G_INPUT		 _IOR('V', 38, int)
#define VIDIOC_S_INPUT		_IOWR('V', 39, int)
#define VIDIOC_G_EDID		_IOWR('V', 40, struct v4l2_edid)
#define VIDIOC_S_EDID		_IOWR('V', 41, struct v4l2_edid)
#define VIDIOC_G_OUTPUT		 _IOR('V', 46, int)
#define VIDIOC_S_OUTPUT		_IOWR('V', 47, int)
#define VIDIOC_ENUMOUTPUT	_IOWR('V', 48, struct v4l2_output)
#define VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT		 _IOR('V', 49, struct v4l2_audioout)
#define VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT		 _IOW('V', 50, struct v4l2_audioout)
#define VIDIOC_G_MODULATOR	_IOWR('V', 54, struct v4l2_modulator)
#define VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR	 _IOW('V', 55, struct v4l2_modulator)
#define VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY	_IOWR('V', 56, struct v4l2_frequency)
#define VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY	 _IOW('V', 57, struct v4l2_frequency)
#define VIDIOC_CROPCAP		_IOWR('V', 58, struct v4l2_cropcap)
#define VIDIOC_G_CROP		_IOWR('V', 59, struct v4l2_crop)
#define VIDIOC_S_CROP		 _IOW('V', 60, struct v4l2_crop)
#define VIDIOC_G_JPEGCOMP	 _IOR('V', 61, struct v4l2_jpegcompression)
#define VIDIOC_S_JPEGCOMP	 _IOW('V', 62, struct v4l2_jpegcompression)
#define VIDIOC_QUERYSTD		 _IOR('V', 63, v4l2_std_id)
#define VIDIOC_TRY_FMT		_IOWR('V', 64, struct v4l2_format)
#define VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO	_IOWR('V', 65, struct v4l2_audio)
#define VIDIOC_ENUMAUDOUT	_IOWR('V', 66, struct v4l2_audioout)
#define VIDIOC_G_PRIORITY	 _IOR('V', 67, __u32) /* enum v4l2_priority */
#define VIDIOC_S_PRIORITY	 _IOW('V', 68, __u32) /* enum v4l2_priority */
#define VIDIOC_G_SLICED_VBI_CAP _IOWR('V', 69, struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_cap)
#define VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS         _IO('V', 70)
#define VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS	_IOWR('V', 71, struct v4l2_ext_controls)
#define VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS	_IOWR('V', 72, struct v4l2_ext_controls)
#define VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS	_IOWR('V', 73, struct v4l2_ext_controls)
#define VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES	_IOWR('V', 74, struct v4l2_frmsizeenum)
#define VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS _IOWR('V', 75, struct v4l2_frmivalenum)
#define VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX       _IOR('V', 76, struct v4l2_enc_idx)
#define VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD      _IOWR('V', 77, struct v4l2_encoder_cmd)
#define VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD  _IOWR('V', 78, struct v4l2_encoder_cmd)

/*
 * Experimental, meant for debugging, testing and internal use.
 * Only implemented if CONFIG_VIDEO_ADV_DEBUG is defined.
 * You must be root to use these ioctls. Never use these in applications!
 */
#define	VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER	 _IOW('V', 79, struct v4l2_dbg_register)
#define	VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER	_IOWR('V', 80, struct v4l2_dbg_register)

#define VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK	 _IOW('V', 82, struct v4l2_hw_freq_seek)
#define	VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS	_IOWR('V', 87, struct v4l2_dv_timings)
#define	VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS	_IOWR('V', 88, struct v4l2_dv_timings)
#define	VIDIOC_DQEVENT		 _IOR('V', 89, struct v4l2_event)
#define	VIDIOC_SUBSCRIBE_EVENT	 _IOW('V', 90, struct v4l2_event_subscription)
#define	VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT _IOW('V', 91, struct v4l2_event_subscription)
#define VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS	_IOWR('V', 92, struct v4l2_create_buffers)
#define VIDIOC_PREPARE_BUF	_IOWR('V', 93, struct v4l2_buffer)
#define VIDIOC_G_SELECTION	_IOWR('V', 94, struct v4l2_selection)
#define VIDIOC_S_SELECTION	_IOWR('V', 95, struct v4l2_selection)
#define VIDIOC_DECODER_CMD	_IOWR('V', 96, struct v4l2_decoder_cmd)
#define VIDIOC_TRY_DECODER_CMD	_IOWR('V', 97, struct v4l2_decoder_cmd)
#define VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS  _IOWR('V', 98, struct v4l2_enum_dv_timings)
#define VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS  _IOR('V', 99, struct v4l2_dv_timings)
#define VIDIOC_DV_TIMINGS_CAP   _IOWR('V', 100, struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap)
#define VIDIOC_ENUM_FREQ_BANDS	_IOWR('V', 101, struct v4l2_frequency_band)

/*
 * Experimental, meant for debugging, testing and internal use.
 * Never use this in applications!
 */
#define VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_INFO  _IOWR('V', 102, struct v4l2_dbg_chip_info)

#define VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL	_IOWR('V', 103, struct v4l2_query_ext_ctrl)

/* Reminder: when adding new ioctls please add support for them to
   drivers/media/v4l2-core/v4l2-compat-ioctl32.c as well! */

#define BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE	192		/* 192-255 are private */

#endif /* __LINUX_VIDEODEV2_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) */
/*
 * Freescale hypervisor ioctl and kernel interface
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2008-2011 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.
 * Author: Timur Tabi <timur@freescale.com>
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 *     * Neither the name of Freescale Semiconductor nor the
 *       names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
 *       derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 *
 * ALTERNATIVELY, this software may be distributed under the terms of the
 * GNU General Public License ("GPL") as published by the Free Software
 * Foundation, either version 2 of that License or (at your option) any
 * later version.
 *
 * This software is provided by Freescale Semiconductor "as is" and any
 * express or implied warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied
 * warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are
 * disclaimed. In no event shall Freescale Semiconductor be liable for any
 * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential damages
 * (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute goods or services;
 * loss of use, data, or profits; or business interruption) however caused and
 * on any theory of liability, whether in contract, strict liability, or tort
 * (including negligence or otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this
 * software, even if advised of the possibility of such damage.
 *
 * This file is used by the Freescale hypervisor management driver.  It can
 * also be included by applications that need to communicate with the driver
 * via the ioctl interface.
 */

#ifndef FSL_HYPERVISOR_H
#define FSL_HYPERVISOR_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/**
 * struct fsl_hv_ioctl_restart - restart a partition
 * @ret: return error code from the hypervisor
 * @partition: the ID of the partition to restart, or -1 for the
 *             calling partition
 *
 * Used by FSL_HV_IOCTL_PARTITION_RESTART
 */
struct fsl_hv_ioctl_restart {
	__u32 ret;
	__u32 partition;
};

/**
 * struct fsl_hv_ioctl_status - get a partition's status
 * @ret: return error code from the hypervisor
 * @partition: the ID of the partition to query, or -1 for the
 *             calling partition
 * @status: The returned status of the partition
 *
 * Used by FSL_HV_IOCTL_PARTITION_GET_STATUS
 *
 * Values of 'status':
 *    0 = Stopped
 *    1 = Running
 *    2 = Starting
 *    3 = Stopping
 */
struct fsl_hv_ioctl_status {
	__u32 ret;
	__u32 partition;
	__u32 status;
};

/**
 * struct fsl_hv_ioctl_start - start a partition
 * @ret: return error code from the hypervisor
 * @partition: the ID of the partition to control
 * @entry_point: The offset within the guest IMA to start execution
 * @load: If non-zero, reload the partition's images before starting
 *
 * Used by FSL_HV_IOCTL_PARTITION_START
 */
struct fsl_hv_ioctl_start {
	__u32 ret;
	__u32 partition;
	__u32 entry_point;
	__u32 load;
};

/**
 * struct fsl_hv_ioctl_stop - stop a partition
 * @ret: return error code from the hypervisor
 * @partition: the ID of the partition to stop, or -1 for the calling
 *             partition
 *
 * Used by FSL_HV_IOCTL_PARTITION_STOP
 */
struct fsl_hv_ioctl_stop {
	__u32 ret;
	__u32 partition;
};

/**
 * struct fsl_hv_ioctl_memcpy - copy memory between partitions
 * @ret: return error code from the hypervisor
 * @source: the partition ID of the source partition, or -1 for this
 *          partition
 * @target: the partition ID of the target partition, or -1 for this
 *          partition
 * @reserved: reserved, must be set to 0
 * @local_addr: user-space virtual address of a buffer in the local
 *              partition
 * @remote_addr: guest physical address of a buffer in the
 *           remote partition
 * @count: the number of bytes to copy.  Both the local and remote
 *         buffers must be at least 'count' bytes long
 *
 * Used by FSL_HV_IOCTL_MEMCPY
 *
 * The 'local' partition is the partition that calls this ioctl.  The
 * 'remote' partition is a different partition.  The data is copied from
 * the 'source' paritition' to the 'target' partition.
 *
 * The buffer in the remote partition must be guest physically
 * contiguous.
 *
 * This ioctl does not support copying memory between two remote
 * partitions or within the same partition, so either 'source' or
 * 'target' (but not both) must be -1.  In other words, either
 *
 *      source == local and target == remote
 * or
 *      source == remote and target == local
 */
struct fsl_hv_ioctl_memcpy {
	__u32 ret;
	__u32 source;
	__u32 target;
	__u32 reserved;	/* padding to ensure local_vaddr is aligned */
	__u64 local_vaddr;
	__u64 remote_paddr;
	__u64 count;
};

/**
 * struct fsl_hv_ioctl_doorbell - ring a doorbell
 * @ret: return error code from the hypervisor
 * @doorbell: the handle of the doorbell to ring doorbell
 *
 * Used by FSL_HV_IOCTL_DOORBELL
 */
struct fsl_hv_ioctl_doorbell {
	__u32 ret;
	__u32 doorbell;
};

/**
 * struct fsl_hv_ioctl_prop - get/set a device tree property
 * @ret: return error code from the hypervisor
 * @handle: handle of partition whose tree to access
 * @path: virtual address of path name of node to access
 * @propname: virtual address of name of property to access
 * @propval: virtual address of property data buffer
 * @proplen: Size of property data buffer
 * @reserved: reserved, must be set to 0
 *
 * Used by FSL_HV_IOCTL_DOORBELL
 */
struct fsl_hv_ioctl_prop {
	__u32 ret;
	__u32 handle;
	__u64 path;
	__u64 propname;
	__u64 propval;
	__u32 proplen;
	__u32 reserved;	/* padding to ensure structure is aligned */
};

/* The ioctl type, documented in ioctl-number.txt */
#define FSL_HV_IOCTL_TYPE	0xAF

/* Restart another partition */
#define FSL_HV_IOCTL_PARTITION_RESTART \
	_IOWR(FSL_HV_IOCTL_TYPE, 1, struct fsl_hv_ioctl_restart)

/* Get a partition's status */
#define FSL_HV_IOCTL_PARTITION_GET_STATUS \
	_IOWR(FSL_HV_IOCTL_TYPE, 2, struct fsl_hv_ioctl_status)

/* Boot another partition */
#define FSL_HV_IOCTL_PARTITION_START \
	_IOWR(FSL_HV_IOCTL_TYPE, 3, struct fsl_hv_ioctl_start)

/* Stop this or another partition */
#define FSL_HV_IOCTL_PARTITION_STOP \
	_IOWR(FSL_HV_IOCTL_TYPE, 4, struct fsl_hv_ioctl_stop)

/* Copy data from one partition to another */
#define FSL_HV_IOCTL_MEMCPY \
	_IOWR(FSL_HV_IOCTL_TYPE, 5, struct fsl_hv_ioctl_memcpy)

/* Ring a doorbell */
#define FSL_HV_IOCTL_DOORBELL \
	_IOWR(FSL_HV_IOCTL_TYPE, 6, struct fsl_hv_ioctl_doorbell)

/* Get a property from another guest's device tree */
#define FSL_HV_IOCTL_GETPROP \
	_IOWR(FSL_HV_IOCTL_TYPE, 7, struct fsl_hv_ioctl_prop)

/* Set a property in another guest's device tree */
#define FSL_HV_IOCTL_SETPROP \
	_IOWR(FSL_HV_IOCTL_TYPE, 8, struct fsl_hv_ioctl_prop)


#endif /* FSL_HYPERVISOR_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/******************************************************************************
*******************************************************************************
**
**  Copyright (C) Sistina Software, Inc.  1997-2003  All rights reserved.
**  Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Red Hat, Inc.  All rights reserved.
**
**  This copyrighted material is made available to anyone wishing to use,
**  modify, copy, or redistribute it subject to the terms and conditions
**  of the GNU General Public License v.2.
**
*******************************************************************************
******************************************************************************/

#ifndef _LINUX_DLM_DEVICE_H
#define _LINUX_DLM_DEVICE_H

/* This is the device interface for dlm, most users will use a library
 * interface.
 */

#include <linux/dlm.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

#define DLM_USER_LVB_LEN	32

/* Version of the device interface */
#define DLM_DEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR 6
#define DLM_DEVICE_VERSION_MINOR 0
#define DLM_DEVICE_VERSION_PATCH 2

/* struct passed to the lock write */
struct dlm_lock_params {
	__u8 mode;
	__u8 namelen;
	__u16 unused;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 lkid;
	__u32 parent;
	__u64 xid;
	__u64 timeout;
	void *castparam;
	void *castaddr;
	void *bastparam;
	void *bastaddr;
	struct dlm_lksb *lksb;
	char lvb[DLM_USER_LVB_LEN];
	char name[0];
};

struct dlm_lspace_params {
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 minor;
	char name[0];
};

struct dlm_purge_params {
	__u32 nodeid;
	__u32 pid;
};

struct dlm_write_request {
	__u32 version[3];
	__u8 cmd;
	__u8 is64bit;
	__u8 unused[2];

	union  {
		struct dlm_lock_params   lock;
		struct dlm_lspace_params lspace;
		struct dlm_purge_params  purge;
	} i;
};

struct dlm_device_version {
	__u32 version[3];
};

/* struct read from the "device" fd,
   consists mainly of userspace pointers for the library to use */

struct dlm_lock_result {
	__u32 version[3];
	__u32 length;
	void * user_astaddr;
	void * user_astparam;
	struct dlm_lksb * user_lksb;
	struct dlm_lksb lksb;
	__u8 bast_mode;
	__u8 unused[3];
	/* Offsets may be zero if no data is present */
	__u32 lvb_offset;
};

/* Commands passed to the device */
#define DLM_USER_LOCK         1
#define DLM_USER_UNLOCK       2
#define DLM_USER_QUERY        3
#define DLM_USER_CREATE_LOCKSPACE  4
#define DLM_USER_REMOVE_LOCKSPACE  5
#define DLM_USER_PURGE        6
#define DLM_USER_DEADLOCK     7

/* Lockspace flags */
#define DLM_USER_LSFLG_AUTOFREE   1
#define DLM_USER_LSFLG_FORCEFREE  2

#endif

/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * INET		An implementation of the TCP/IP protocol suite for the LINUX
 *		operating system.  INET is implemented using the  BSD Socket
 *		interface as the means of communication with the user level.
 *
 *		Global definitions for the INET interface module.
 *
 * Version:	@(#)if.h	1.0.2	04/18/93
 *
 * Authors:	Original taken from Berkeley UNIX 4.3, (c) UCB 1982-1988
 *		Ross Biro
 *		Fred N. van Kempen, <waltje@uWalt.NL.Mugnet.ORG>
 *
 *		This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *		modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *		as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *		2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_IF_H
#define _LINUX_IF_H

#include <linux/libc-compat.h>          /* for compatibility with glibc */
#include <linux/types.h>		/* for "__kernel_caddr_t" et al	*/
#include <linux/socket.h>		/* for "struct sockaddr" et al	*/
		/* for "__user" et al           */

#include <sys/socket.h>			/* for struct sockaddr.		*/

#if __UAPI_DEF_IF_IFNAMSIZ
#define	IFNAMSIZ	16
#endif /* __UAPI_DEF_IF_IFNAMSIZ */
#define	IFALIASZ	256
#define	ALTIFNAMSIZ	128
#include <linux/hdlc/ioctl.h>

/* For glibc compatibility. An empty enum does not compile. */
#if __UAPI_DEF_IF_NET_DEVICE_FLAGS_LOWER_UP_DORMANT_ECHO != 0 || \
    __UAPI_DEF_IF_NET_DEVICE_FLAGS != 0
/**
 * enum net_device_flags - &struct net_device flags
 *
 * These are the &struct net_device flags, they can be set by drivers, the
 * kernel and some can be triggered by userspace. Userspace can query and
 * set these flags using userspace utilities but there is also a sysfs
 * entry available for all dev flags which can be queried and set. These flags
 * are shared for all types of net_devices. The sysfs entries are available
 * via /sys/class/net/<dev>/flags. Flags which can be toggled through sysfs
 * are annotated below, note that only a few flags can be toggled and some
 * other flags are always preserved from the original net_device flags
 * even if you try to set them via sysfs. Flags which are always preserved
 * are kept under the flag grouping @IFF_VOLATILE. Flags which are __volatile__
 * are annotated below as such.
 *
 * You should have a pretty good reason to be extending these flags.
 *
 * @IFF_UP: interface is up. Can be toggled through sysfs.
 * @IFF_BROADCAST: broadcast address valid. Volatile.
 * @IFF_DEBUG: turn on debugging. Can be toggled through sysfs.
 * @IFF_LOOPBACK: is a loopback net. Volatile.
 * @IFF_POINTOPOINT: interface is has p-p link. Volatile.
 * @IFF_NOTRAILERS: avoid use of trailers. Can be toggled through sysfs.
 *	Volatile.
 * @IFF_RUNNING: interface RFC2863 OPER_UP. Volatile.
 * @IFF_NOARP: no ARP protocol. Can be toggled through sysfs. Volatile.
 * @IFF_PROMISC: receive all packets. Can be toggled through sysfs.
 * @IFF_ALLMULTI: receive all multicast packets. Can be toggled through
 *	sysfs.
 * @IFF_MASTER: master of a load balancer. Volatile.
 * @IFF_SLAVE: slave of a load balancer. Volatile.
 * @IFF_MULTICAST: Supports multicast. Can be toggled through sysfs.
 * @IFF_PORTSEL: can set media type. Can be toggled through sysfs.
 * @IFF_AUTOMEDIA: auto media select active. Can be toggled through sysfs.
 * @IFF_DYNAMIC: dialup device with changing addresses. Can be toggled
 *	through sysfs.
 * @IFF_LOWER_UP: driver signals L1 up. Volatile.
 * @IFF_DORMANT: driver signals dormant. Volatile.
 * @IFF_ECHO: echo sent packets. Volatile.
 */
enum net_device_flags {
/* for compatibility with glibc net/if.h */
#if __UAPI_DEF_IF_NET_DEVICE_FLAGS
	IFF_UP				= 1<<0,  /* sysfs */
	IFF_BROADCAST			= 1<<1,  /* __volatile__ */
	IFF_DEBUG			= 1<<2,  /* sysfs */
	IFF_LOOPBACK			= 1<<3,  /* __volatile__ */
	IFF_POINTOPOINT			= 1<<4,  /* __volatile__ */
	IFF_NOTRAILERS			= 1<<5,  /* sysfs */
	IFF_RUNNING			= 1<<6,  /* __volatile__ */
	IFF_NOARP			= 1<<7,  /* sysfs */
	IFF_PROMISC			= 1<<8,  /* sysfs */
	IFF_ALLMULTI			= 1<<9,  /* sysfs */
	IFF_MASTER			= 1<<10, /* __volatile__ */
	IFF_SLAVE			= 1<<11, /* __volatile__ */
	IFF_MULTICAST			= 1<<12, /* sysfs */
	IFF_PORTSEL			= 1<<13, /* sysfs */
	IFF_AUTOMEDIA			= 1<<14, /* sysfs */
	IFF_DYNAMIC			= 1<<15, /* sysfs */
#endif /* __UAPI_DEF_IF_NET_DEVICE_FLAGS */
#if __UAPI_DEF_IF_NET_DEVICE_FLAGS_LOWER_UP_DORMANT_ECHO
	IFF_LOWER_UP			= 1<<16, /* __volatile__ */
	IFF_DORMANT			= 1<<17, /* __volatile__ */
	IFF_ECHO			= 1<<18, /* __volatile__ */
#endif /* __UAPI_DEF_IF_NET_DEVICE_FLAGS_LOWER_UP_DORMANT_ECHO */
};
#endif /* __UAPI_DEF_IF_NET_DEVICE_FLAGS_LOWER_UP_DORMANT_ECHO != 0 || __UAPI_DEF_IF_NET_DEVICE_FLAGS != 0 */

/* for compatibility with glibc net/if.h */
#if __UAPI_DEF_IF_NET_DEVICE_FLAGS
#define IFF_UP				IFF_UP
#define IFF_BROADCAST			IFF_BROADCAST
#define IFF_DEBUG			IFF_DEBUG
#define IFF_LOOPBACK			IFF_LOOPBACK
#define IFF_POINTOPOINT			IFF_POINTOPOINT
#define IFF_NOTRAILERS			IFF_NOTRAILERS
#define IFF_RUNNING			IFF_RUNNING
#define IFF_NOARP			IFF_NOARP
#define IFF_PROMISC			IFF_PROMISC
#define IFF_ALLMULTI			IFF_ALLMULTI
#define IFF_MASTER			IFF_MASTER
#define IFF_SLAVE			IFF_SLAVE
#define IFF_MULTICAST			IFF_MULTICAST
#define IFF_PORTSEL			IFF_PORTSEL
#define IFF_AUTOMEDIA			IFF_AUTOMEDIA
#define IFF_DYNAMIC			IFF_DYNAMIC
#endif /* __UAPI_DEF_IF_NET_DEVICE_FLAGS */

#if __UAPI_DEF_IF_NET_DEVICE_FLAGS_LOWER_UP_DORMANT_ECHO
#define IFF_LOWER_UP			IFF_LOWER_UP
#define IFF_DORMANT			IFF_DORMANT
#define IFF_ECHO			IFF_ECHO
#endif /* __UAPI_DEF_IF_NET_DEVICE_FLAGS_LOWER_UP_DORMANT_ECHO */

#define IFF_VOLATILE	(IFF_LOOPBACK|IFF_POINTOPOINT|IFF_BROADCAST|IFF_ECHO|\
		IFF_MASTER|IFF_SLAVE|IFF_RUNNING|IFF_LOWER_UP|IFF_DORMANT)

#define IF_GET_IFACE	0x0001		/* for querying only */
#define IF_GET_PROTO	0x0002

/* For definitions see hdlc.h */
#define IF_IFACE_V35	0x1000		/* V.35 serial interface	*/
#define IF_IFACE_V24	0x1001		/* V.24 serial interface	*/
#define IF_IFACE_X21	0x1002		/* X.21 serial interface	*/
#define IF_IFACE_T1	0x1003		/* T1 telco serial interface	*/
#define IF_IFACE_E1	0x1004		/* E1 telco serial interface	*/
#define IF_IFACE_SYNC_SERIAL 0x1005	/* can't be set by software	*/
#define IF_IFACE_X21D   0x1006          /* X.21 Dual Clocking (FarSite) */

/* For definitions see hdlc.h */
#define IF_PROTO_HDLC	0x2000		/* raw HDLC protocol		*/
#define IF_PROTO_PPP	0x2001		/* PPP protocol			*/
#define IF_PROTO_CISCO	0x2002		/* Cisco HDLC protocol		*/
#define IF_PROTO_FR	0x2003		/* Frame Relay protocol		*/
#define IF_PROTO_FR_ADD_PVC 0x2004	/*    Create FR PVC		*/
#define IF_PROTO_FR_DEL_PVC 0x2005	/*    Delete FR PVC		*/
#define IF_PROTO_X25	0x2006		/* X.25				*/
#define IF_PROTO_HDLC_ETH 0x2007	/* raw HDLC, Ethernet emulation	*/
#define IF_PROTO_FR_ADD_ETH_PVC 0x2008	/*  Create FR Ethernet-bridged PVC */
#define IF_PROTO_FR_DEL_ETH_PVC 0x2009	/*  Delete FR Ethernet-bridged PVC */
#define IF_PROTO_FR_PVC	0x200A		/* for reading PVC status	*/
#define IF_PROTO_FR_ETH_PVC 0x200B
#define IF_PROTO_RAW    0x200C          /* RAW Socket                   */

/* RFC 2863 operational status */
enum {
	IF_OPER_UNKNOWN,
	IF_OPER_NOTPRESENT,
	IF_OPER_DOWN,
	IF_OPER_LOWERLAYERDOWN,
	IF_OPER_TESTING,
	IF_OPER_DORMANT,
	IF_OPER_UP,
};

/* link modes */
enum {
	IF_LINK_MODE_DEFAULT,
	IF_LINK_MODE_DORMANT,	/* limit upward transition to dormant */
	IF_LINK_MODE_TESTING,	/* limit upward transition to testing */
};

/*
 *	Device mapping structure. I'd just gone off and designed a 
 *	beautiful scheme using only loadable modules with arguments
 *	for driver options and along come the PCMCIA people 8)
 *
 *	Ah well. The get() side of this is good for WDSETUP, and it'll
 *	be handy for debugging things. The set side is fine for now and
 *	being very small might be worth keeping for clean configuration.
 */

/* for compatibility with glibc net/if.h */
#if __UAPI_DEF_IF_IFMAP
struct ifmap {
	unsigned long mem_start;
	unsigned long mem_end;
	unsigned short base_addr; 
	unsigned char irq;
	unsigned char dma;
	unsigned char port;
	/* 3 bytes spare */
};
#endif /* __UAPI_DEF_IF_IFMAP */

struct if_settings {
	unsigned int type;	/* Type of physical device or protocol */
	unsigned int size;	/* Size of the data allocated by the caller */
	union {
		/* {atm/eth/dsl}_settings anyone ? */
		raw_hdlc_proto		*raw_hdlc;
		cisco_proto		*cisco;
		fr_proto		*fr;
		fr_proto_pvc		*fr_pvc;
		fr_proto_pvc_info	*fr_pvc_info;

		/* interface settings */
		sync_serial_settings	*sync;
		te1_settings		*te1;
	} ifs_ifsu;
};

/*
 * Interface request structure used for socket
 * ioctl's.  All interface ioctl's must have parameter
 * definitions which begin with ifr_name.  The
 * remainder may be interface specific.
 */

/* for compatibility with glibc net/if.h */
#if __UAPI_DEF_IF_IFREQ
struct ifreq {
#define IFHWADDRLEN	6
	union
	{
		char	ifrn_name[IFNAMSIZ];		/* if name, e.g. "en0" */
	} ifr_ifrn;
	
	union {
		struct	sockaddr ifru_addr;
		struct	sockaddr ifru_dstaddr;
		struct	sockaddr ifru_broadaddr;
		struct	sockaddr ifru_netmask;
		struct  sockaddr ifru_hwaddr;
		short	ifru_flags;
		int	ifru_ivalue;
		int	ifru_mtu;
		struct  ifmap ifru_map;
		char	ifru_slave[IFNAMSIZ];	/* Just fits the size */
		char	ifru_newname[IFNAMSIZ];
		void *	ifru_data;
		struct	if_settings ifru_settings;
	} ifr_ifru;
};
#endif /* __UAPI_DEF_IF_IFREQ */

#define ifr_name	ifr_ifrn.ifrn_name	/* interface name 	*/
#define ifr_hwaddr	ifr_ifru.ifru_hwaddr	/* MAC address 		*/
#define	ifr_addr	ifr_ifru.ifru_addr	/* address		*/
#define	ifr_dstaddr	ifr_ifru.ifru_dstaddr	/* other end of p-p lnk	*/
#define	ifr_broadaddr	ifr_ifru.ifru_broadaddr	/* broadcast address	*/
#define	ifr_netmask	ifr_ifru.ifru_netmask	/* interface net mask	*/
#define	ifr_flags	ifr_ifru.ifru_flags	/* flags		*/
#define	ifr_metric	ifr_ifru.ifru_ivalue	/* metric		*/
#define	ifr_mtu		ifr_ifru.ifru_mtu	/* mtu			*/
#define ifr_map		ifr_ifru.ifru_map	/* device map		*/
#define ifr_slave	ifr_ifru.ifru_slave	/* slave device		*/
#define	ifr_data	ifr_ifru.ifru_data	/* for use by interface	*/
#define ifr_ifindex	ifr_ifru.ifru_ivalue	/* interface index	*/
#define ifr_bandwidth	ifr_ifru.ifru_ivalue    /* link bandwidth	*/
#define ifr_qlen	ifr_ifru.ifru_ivalue	/* Queue length 	*/
#define ifr_newname	ifr_ifru.ifru_newname	/* New name		*/
#define ifr_settings	ifr_ifru.ifru_settings	/* Device/proto settings*/

/*
 * Structure used in SIOCGIFCONF request.
 * Used to retrieve interface configuration
 * for machine (useful for programs which
 * must know all networks accessible).
 */

/* for compatibility with glibc net/if.h */
#if __UAPI_DEF_IF_IFCONF
struct ifconf  {
	int	ifc_len;			/* size of buffer	*/
	union {
		char *ifcu_buf;
		struct ifreq *ifcu_req;
	} ifc_ifcu;
};
#endif /* __UAPI_DEF_IF_IFCONF */

#define	ifc_buf	ifc_ifcu.ifcu_buf		/* buffer address	*/
#define	ifc_req	ifc_ifcu.ifcu_req		/* array of structures	*/

#endif /* _LINUX_IF_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * INET		An implementation of the TCP/IP protocol suite for the LINUX
 *		operating system.  INET is implemented using the  BSD Socket
 *		interface as the means of communication with the user level.
 *
 *		Definitions for the IP protocol.
 *
 * Version:	@(#)ip.h	1.0.2	04/28/93
 *
 * Authors:	Fred N. van Kempen, <waltje@uWalt.NL.Mugnet.ORG>
 *
 *		This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *		modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *		as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *		2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_IP_H
#define _LINUX_IP_H
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <asm/byteorder.h>

#define IPTOS_TOS_MASK		0x1E
#define IPTOS_TOS(tos)		((tos)&IPTOS_TOS_MASK)
#define	IPTOS_LOWDELAY		0x10
#define	IPTOS_THROUGHPUT	0x08
#define	IPTOS_RELIABILITY	0x04
#define	IPTOS_MINCOST		0x02

#define IPTOS_PREC_MASK		0xE0
#define IPTOS_PREC(tos)		((tos)&IPTOS_PREC_MASK)
#define IPTOS_PREC_NETCONTROL           0xe0
#define IPTOS_PREC_INTERNETCONTROL      0xc0
#define IPTOS_PREC_CRITIC_ECP           0xa0
#define IPTOS_PREC_FLASHOVERRIDE        0x80
#define IPTOS_PREC_FLASH                0x60
#define IPTOS_PREC_IMMEDIATE            0x40
#define IPTOS_PREC_PRIORITY             0x20
#define IPTOS_PREC_ROUTINE              0x00


/* IP options */
#define IPOPT_COPY		0x80
#define IPOPT_CLASS_MASK	0x60
#define IPOPT_NUMBER_MASK	0x1f

#define	IPOPT_COPIED(o)		((o)&IPOPT_COPY)
#define	IPOPT_CLASS(o)		((o)&IPOPT_CLASS_MASK)
#define	IPOPT_NUMBER(o)		((o)&IPOPT_NUMBER_MASK)

#define	IPOPT_CONTROL		0x00
#define	IPOPT_RESERVED1		0x20
#define	IPOPT_MEASUREMENT	0x40
#define	IPOPT_RESERVED2		0x60

#define IPOPT_END	(0 |IPOPT_CONTROL)
#define IPOPT_NOOP	(1 |IPOPT_CONTROL)
#define IPOPT_SEC	(2 |IPOPT_CONTROL|IPOPT_COPY)
#define IPOPT_LSRR	(3 |IPOPT_CONTROL|IPOPT_COPY)
#define IPOPT_TIMESTAMP	(4 |IPOPT_MEASUREMENT)
#define IPOPT_CIPSO	(6 |IPOPT_CONTROL|IPOPT_COPY)
#define IPOPT_RR	(7 |IPOPT_CONTROL)
#define IPOPT_SID	(8 |IPOPT_CONTROL|IPOPT_COPY)
#define IPOPT_SSRR	(9 |IPOPT_CONTROL|IPOPT_COPY)
#define IPOPT_RA	(20|IPOPT_CONTROL|IPOPT_COPY)

#define IPVERSION	4
#define MAXTTL		255
#define IPDEFTTL	64

#define IPOPT_OPTVAL 0
#define IPOPT_OLEN   1
#define IPOPT_OFFSET 2
#define IPOPT_MINOFF 4
#define MAX_IPOPTLEN 40
#define IPOPT_NOP IPOPT_NOOP
#define IPOPT_EOL IPOPT_END
#define IPOPT_TS  IPOPT_TIMESTAMP

#define	IPOPT_TS_TSONLY		0		/* timestamps only */
#define	IPOPT_TS_TSANDADDR	1		/* timestamps and addresses */
#define	IPOPT_TS_PRESPEC	3		/* specified modules only */

#define IPV4_BEET_PHMAXLEN 8

struct iphdr {
#if defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8	ihl:4,
		version:4;
#elif defined (__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
	__u8	version:4,
  		ihl:4;
#else
#error	"Please fix <asm/byteorder.h>"
#endif
	__u8	tos;
	__be16	tot_len;
	__be16	id;
	__be16	frag_off;
	__u8	ttl;
	__u8	protocol;
	__sum16	check;
	__be32	saddr;
	__be32	daddr;
	/*The options start here. */
};


struct ip_auth_hdr {
	__u8  nexthdr;
	__u8  hdrlen;		/* This one is measured in 32 bit units! */
	__be16 reserved;
	__be32 spi;
	__be32 seq_no;		/* Sequence number */
	__u8  auth_data[0];	/* Variable len but >=4. Mind the 64 bit alignment! */
};

struct ip_esp_hdr {
	__be32 spi;
	__be32 seq_no;		/* Sequence number */
	__u8  enc_data[0];	/* Variable len but >=8. Mind the 64 bit alignment! */
};

struct ip_comp_hdr {
	__u8 nexthdr;
	__u8 flags;
	__be16 cpi;
};

struct ip_beet_phdr {
	__u8 nexthdr;
	__u8 hdrlen;
	__u8 padlen;
	__u8 reserved;
};

/* index values for the variables in ipv4_devconf */
enum
{
	IPV4_DEVCONF_FORWARDING=1,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_MC_FORWARDING,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_PROXY_ARP,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_ACCEPT_REDIRECTS,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_SECURE_REDIRECTS,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_SEND_REDIRECTS,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_SHARED_MEDIA,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_RP_FILTER,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_ACCEPT_SOURCE_ROUTE,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_BOOTP_RELAY,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_LOG_MARTIANS,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_TAG,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_ARPFILTER,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_MEDIUM_ID,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_NOXFRM,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_NOPOLICY,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_FORCE_IGMP_VERSION,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_ARP_ANNOUNCE,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_ARP_IGNORE,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_PROMOTE_SECONDARIES,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_ARP_ACCEPT,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_ARP_NOTIFY,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_ACCEPT_LOCAL,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_SRC_VMARK,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_PROXY_ARP_PVLAN,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_ROUTE_LOCALNET,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_IGMPV2_UNSOLICITED_REPORT_INTERVAL,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_IGMPV3_UNSOLICITED_REPORT_INTERVAL,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_IGNORE_ROUTES_WITH_LINKDOWN,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_DROP_UNICAST_IN_L2_MULTICAST,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_DROP_GRATUITOUS_ARP,
	IPV4_DEVCONF_BC_FORWARDING,
	__IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX
};

#define IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX (__IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX - 1)

#endif /* _LINUX_IP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
/*									     */
/* i2c.h - definitions for the i2c-bus interface			     */
/*									     */
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
/*   Copyright (C) 1995-2000 Simon G. Vogl

    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.

    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.

    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston,
    MA 02110-1301 USA.							     */
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */

/* With some changes from Kyösti Mälkki <kmalkki@cc.hut.fi> and
   Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl> */

#ifndef _LINUX_I2C_H
#define _LINUX_I2C_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/**
 * struct i2c_msg - an I2C transaction segment beginning with START
 * @addr: Slave address, either seven or ten bits.  When this is a ten
 *	bit address, I2C_M_TEN must be set in @flags and the adapter
 *	must support I2C_FUNC_10BIT_ADDR.
 * @flags: I2C_M_RD is handled by all adapters.  No other flags may be
 *	provided unless the adapter exported the relevant I2C_FUNC_*
 *	flags through i2c_check_functionality().
 * @len: Number of data bytes in @buf being read from or written to the
 *	I2C slave address.  For read transactions where I2C_M_RECV_LEN
 *	is set, the caller guarantees that this buffer can hold up to
 *	32 bytes in addition to the initial length byte sent by the
 *	slave (plus, if used, the SMBus PEC); and this value will be
 *	incremented by the number of block data bytes received.
 * @buf: The buffer into which data is read, or from which it's written.
 *
 * An i2c_msg is the low level representation of one segment of an I2C
 * transaction.  It is visible to drivers in the @i2c_transfer() procedure,
 * to userspace from i2c-dev, and to I2C adapter drivers through the
 * @i2c_adapter.@master_xfer() method.
 *
 * Except when I2C "protocol mangling" is used, all I2C adapters implement
 * the standard rules for I2C transactions.  Each transaction begins with a
 * START.  That is followed by the slave address, and a bit encoding read
 * versus write.  Then follow all the data bytes, possibly including a byte
 * with SMBus PEC.  The transfer terminates with a NAK, or when all those
 * bytes have been transferred and ACKed.  If this is the last message in a
 * group, it is followed by a STOP.  Otherwise it is followed by the next
 * @i2c_msg transaction segment, beginning with a (repeated) START.
 *
 * Alternatively, when the adapter supports I2C_FUNC_PROTOCOL_MANGLING then
 * passing certain @flags may have changed those standard protocol behaviors.
 * Those flags are only for use with broken/nonconforming slaves, and with
 * adapters which are known to support the specific mangling options they
 * need (one or more of IGNORE_NAK, NO_RD_ACK, NOSTART, and REV_DIR_ADDR).
 */
struct i2c_msg {
	__u16 addr;	/* slave address			*/
	__u16 flags;
#define I2C_M_RD		0x0001	/* read data, from slave to master */
					/* I2C_M_RD is guaranteed to be 0x0001! */
#define I2C_M_TEN		0x0010	/* this is a ten bit chip address */
#define I2C_M_DMA_SAFE		0x0200	/* the buffer of this message is DMA safe */
					/* makes only sense in kernelspace */
					/* userspace buffers are copied anyway */
#define I2C_M_RECV_LEN		0x0400	/* length will be first received byte */
#define I2C_M_NO_RD_ACK		0x0800	/* if I2C_FUNC_PROTOCOL_MANGLING */
#define I2C_M_IGNORE_NAK	0x1000	/* if I2C_FUNC_PROTOCOL_MANGLING */
#define I2C_M_REV_DIR_ADDR	0x2000	/* if I2C_FUNC_PROTOCOL_MANGLING */
#define I2C_M_NOSTART		0x4000	/* if I2C_FUNC_NOSTART */
#define I2C_M_STOP		0x8000	/* if I2C_FUNC_PROTOCOL_MANGLING */
	__u16 len;		/* msg length				*/
	__u8 *buf;		/* pointer to msg data			*/
};

/* To determine what functionality is present */

#define I2C_FUNC_I2C			0x00000001
#define I2C_FUNC_10BIT_ADDR		0x00000002
#define I2C_FUNC_PROTOCOL_MANGLING	0x00000004 /* I2C_M_IGNORE_NAK etc. */
#define I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_PEC		0x00000008
#define I2C_FUNC_NOSTART		0x00000010 /* I2C_M_NOSTART */
#define I2C_FUNC_SLAVE			0x00000020
#define I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_BLOCK_PROC_CALL	0x00008000 /* SMBus 2.0 */
#define I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_QUICK		0x00010000
#define I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_READ_BYTE	0x00020000
#define I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_WRITE_BYTE	0x00040000
#define I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_READ_BYTE_DATA	0x00080000
#define I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_WRITE_BYTE_DATA	0x00100000
#define I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_READ_WORD_DATA	0x00200000
#define I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_WRITE_WORD_DATA	0x00400000
#define I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_PROC_CALL	0x00800000
#define I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_READ_BLOCK_DATA	0x01000000
#define I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_WRITE_BLOCK_DATA 0x02000000
#define I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_READ_I2C_BLOCK	0x04000000 /* I2C-like block xfer  */
#define I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_WRITE_I2C_BLOCK	0x08000000 /* w/ 1-byte reg. addr. */
#define I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_HOST_NOTIFY	0x10000000

#define I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_BYTE		(I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_READ_BYTE | \
					 I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_WRITE_BYTE)
#define I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_BYTE_DATA	(I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_READ_BYTE_DATA | \
					 I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_WRITE_BYTE_DATA)
#define I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_WORD_DATA	(I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_READ_WORD_DATA | \
					 I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_WRITE_WORD_DATA)
#define I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_BLOCK_DATA	(I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_READ_BLOCK_DATA | \
					 I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_WRITE_BLOCK_DATA)
#define I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_I2C_BLOCK	(I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_READ_I2C_BLOCK | \
					 I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_WRITE_I2C_BLOCK)

#define I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_EMUL		(I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_QUICK | \
					 I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_BYTE | \
					 I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_BYTE_DATA | \
					 I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_WORD_DATA | \
					 I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_PROC_CALL | \
					 I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_WRITE_BLOCK_DATA | \
					 I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_I2C_BLOCK | \
					 I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_PEC)

/*
 * Data for SMBus Messages
 */
#define I2C_SMBUS_BLOCK_MAX	32	/* As specified in SMBus standard */
union i2c_smbus_data {
	__u8 byte;
	__u16 word;
	__u8 block[I2C_SMBUS_BLOCK_MAX + 2]; /* block[0] is used for length */
			       /* and one more for user-space compatibility */
};

/* i2c_smbus_xfer read or write markers */
#define I2C_SMBUS_READ	1
#define I2C_SMBUS_WRITE	0

/* SMBus transaction types (size parameter in the above functions)
   Note: these no longer correspond to the (arbitrary) PIIX4 internal codes! */
#define I2C_SMBUS_QUICK		    0
#define I2C_SMBUS_BYTE		    1
#define I2C_SMBUS_BYTE_DATA	    2
#define I2C_SMBUS_WORD_DATA	    3
#define I2C_SMBUS_PROC_CALL	    4
#define I2C_SMBUS_BLOCK_DATA	    5
#define I2C_SMBUS_I2C_BLOCK_BROKEN  6
#define I2C_SMBUS_BLOCK_PROC_CALL   7		/* SMBus 2.0 */
#define I2C_SMBUS_I2C_BLOCK_DATA    8

#endif /* _LINUX_I2C_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_IPC_H
#define _LINUX_IPC_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define IPC_PRIVATE ((__kernel_key_t) 0)  

/* Obsolete, used only for backwards compatibility and libc5 compiles */
struct ipc_perm
{
	__kernel_key_t	key;
	__kernel_uid_t	uid;
	__kernel_gid_t	gid;
	__kernel_uid_t	cuid;
	__kernel_gid_t	cgid;
	__kernel_mode_t	mode; 
	unsigned short	seq;
};

/* Include the definition of ipc64_perm */
#include <asm/ipcbuf.h>

/* resource get request flags */
#define IPC_CREAT  00001000   /* create if key is nonexistent */
#define IPC_EXCL   00002000   /* fail if key exists */
#define IPC_NOWAIT 00004000   /* return error on wait */

/* these fields are used by the DIPC package so the kernel as standard
   should avoid using them if possible */
   
#define IPC_DIPC 00010000  /* make it distributed */
#define IPC_OWN  00020000  /* this machine is the DIPC owner */

/* 
 * Control commands used with semctl, msgctl and shmctl 
 * see also specific commands in sem.h, msg.h and shm.h
 */
#define IPC_RMID 0     /* remove resource */
#define IPC_SET  1     /* set ipc_perm options */
#define IPC_STAT 2     /* get ipc_perm options */
#define IPC_INFO 3     /* see ipcs */

/*
 * Version flags for semctl, msgctl, and shmctl commands
 * These are passed as bitflags or-ed with the actual command
 */
#define IPC_OLD 0	/* Old version (no 32-bit UID support on many
			   architectures) */
#define IPC_64  0x0100  /* New version (support 32-bit UIDs, bigger
			   message sizes, etc. */

/*
 * These are used to wrap system calls.
 *
 * See architecture code for ugly details..
 */
struct ipc_kludge {
	struct msgbuf *msgp;
	long msgtyp;
};

#define SEMOP		 1
#define SEMGET		 2
#define SEMCTL		 3
#define SEMTIMEDOP	 4
#define MSGSND		11
#define MSGRCV		12
#define MSGGET		13
#define MSGCTL		14
#define SHMAT		21
#define SHMDT		22
#define SHMGET		23
#define SHMCTL		24

/* Used by the DIPC package, try and avoid reusing it */
#define DIPC            25

#define IPCCALL(version,op)	((version)<<16 | (op))


#endif /* _LINUX_IPC_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __A_OUT_GNU_H__
#define __A_OUT_GNU_H__

#define __GNU_EXEC_MACROS__

#ifndef __STRUCT_EXEC_OVERRIDE__

#include <asm/a.out.h>

#endif /* __STRUCT_EXEC_OVERRIDE__ */

#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__

/* these go in the N_MACHTYPE field */
enum machine_type {
#if defined (M_OLDSUN2)
  M__OLDSUN2 = M_OLDSUN2,
#else
  M_OLDSUN2 = 0,
#endif
#if defined (M_68010)
  M__68010 = M_68010,
#else
  M_68010 = 1,
#endif
#if defined (M_68020)
  M__68020 = M_68020,
#else
  M_68020 = 2,
#endif
#if defined (M_SPARC)
  M__SPARC = M_SPARC,
#else
  M_SPARC = 3,
#endif
  /* skip a bunch so we don't run into any of sun's numbers */
  M_386 = 100,
  M_MIPS1 = 151,	/* MIPS R3000/R3000 binary */
  M_MIPS2 = 152		/* MIPS R6000/R4000 binary */
};

#if !defined (N_MAGIC)
#define N_MAGIC(exec) ((exec).a_info & 0xffff)
#endif
#define N_MACHTYPE(exec) ((enum machine_type)(((exec).a_info >> 16) & 0xff))
#define N_FLAGS(exec) (((exec).a_info >> 24) & 0xff)
#define N_SET_INFO(exec, magic, type, flags) \
	((exec).a_info = ((magic) & 0xffff) \
	 | (((int)(type) & 0xff) << 16) \
	 | (((flags) & 0xff) << 24))
#define N_SET_MAGIC(exec, magic) \
	((exec).a_info = (((exec).a_info & 0xffff0000) | ((magic) & 0xffff)))

#define N_SET_MACHTYPE(exec, machtype) \
	((exec).a_info = \
	 ((exec).a_info&0xff00ffff) | ((((int)(machtype))&0xff) << 16))

#define N_SET_FLAGS(exec, flags) \
	((exec).a_info = \
	 ((exec).a_info&0x00ffffff) | (((flags) & 0xff) << 24))

/* Code indicating object file or impure executable.  */
#define OMAGIC 0407
/* Code indicating pure executable.  */
#define NMAGIC 0410
/* Code indicating demand-paged executable.  */
#define ZMAGIC 0413
/* This indicates a demand-paged executable with the header in the text. 
   The first page is unmapped to help trap NULL pointer references */
#define QMAGIC 0314

/* Code indicating core file.  */
#define CMAGIC 0421

#if !defined (N_BADMAG)
#define N_BADMAG(x)	  (N_MAGIC(x) != OMAGIC		\
			&& N_MAGIC(x) != NMAGIC		\
  			&& N_MAGIC(x) != ZMAGIC \
		        && N_MAGIC(x) != QMAGIC)
#endif

#define _N_HDROFF(x) (1024 - sizeof (struct exec))

#if !defined (N_TXTOFF)
#define N_TXTOFF(x) \
 (N_MAGIC(x) == ZMAGIC ? _N_HDROFF((x)) + sizeof (struct exec) : \
  (N_MAGIC(x) == QMAGIC ? 0 : sizeof (struct exec)))
#endif

#if !defined (N_DATOFF)
#define N_DATOFF(x) (N_TXTOFF(x) + (x).a_text)
#endif

#if !defined (N_TRELOFF)
#define N_TRELOFF(x) (N_DATOFF(x) + (x).a_data)
#endif

#if !defined (N_DRELOFF)
#define N_DRELOFF(x) (N_TRELOFF(x) + N_TRSIZE(x))
#endif

#if !defined (N_SYMOFF)
#define N_SYMOFF(x) (N_DRELOFF(x) + N_DRSIZE(x))
#endif

#if !defined (N_STROFF)
#define N_STROFF(x) (N_SYMOFF(x) + N_SYMSIZE(x))
#endif

/* Address of text segment in memory after it is loaded.  */
#if !defined (N_TXTADDR)
#define N_TXTADDR(x) (N_MAGIC(x) == QMAGIC ? PAGE_SIZE : 0)
#endif

/* Address of data segment in memory after it is loaded. */
#include <unistd.h>
#if defined(__i386__) || defined(__mc68000__)
#define SEGMENT_SIZE	1024
#else
#ifndef SEGMENT_SIZE
#define SEGMENT_SIZE   getpagesize()
#endif
#endif

#define _N_SEGMENT_ROUND(x) ALIGN(x, SEGMENT_SIZE)

#define _N_TXTENDADDR(x) (N_TXTADDR(x)+(x).a_text)

#ifndef N_DATADDR
#define N_DATADDR(x) \
    (N_MAGIC(x)==OMAGIC? (_N_TXTENDADDR(x)) \
     : (_N_SEGMENT_ROUND (_N_TXTENDADDR(x))))
#endif

/* Address of bss segment in memory after it is loaded.  */
#if !defined (N_BSSADDR)
#define N_BSSADDR(x) (N_DATADDR(x) + (x).a_data)
#endif

#if !defined (N_NLIST_DECLARED)
struct nlist {
  union {
    char *n_name;
    struct nlist *n_next;
    long n_strx;
  } n_un;
  unsigned char n_type;
  char n_other;
  short n_desc;
  unsigned long n_value;
};
#endif /* no N_NLIST_DECLARED.  */

#if !defined (N_UNDF)
#define N_UNDF 0
#endif
#if !defined (N_ABS)
#define N_ABS 2
#endif
#if !defined (N_TEXT)
#define N_TEXT 4
#endif
#if !defined (N_DATA)
#define N_DATA 6
#endif
#if !defined (N_BSS)
#define N_BSS 8
#endif
#if !defined (N_FN)
#define N_FN 15
#endif

#if !defined (N_EXT)
#define N_EXT 1
#endif
#if !defined (N_TYPE)
#define N_TYPE 036
#endif
#if !defined (N_STAB)
#define N_STAB 0340
#endif

/* The following type indicates the definition of a symbol as being
   an indirect reference to another symbol.  The other symbol
   appears as an undefined reference, immediately following this symbol.

   Indirection is asymmetrical.  The other symbol's value will be used
   to satisfy requests for the indirect symbol, but not vice versa.
   If the other symbol does not have a definition, libraries will
   be searched to find a definition.  */
#define N_INDR 0xa

/* The following symbols refer to set elements.
   All the N_SET[ATDB] symbols with the same name form one set.
   Space is allocated for the set in the text section, and each set
   element's value is stored into one word of the space.
   The first word of the space is the length of the set (number of elements).

   The address of the set is made into an N_SETV symbol
   whose name is the same as the name of the set.
   This symbol acts like a N_DATA global symbol
   in that it can satisfy undefined external references.  */

/* These appear as input to LD, in a .o file.  */
#define	N_SETA	0x14		/* Absolute set element symbol */
#define	N_SETT	0x16		/* Text set element symbol */
#define	N_SETD	0x18		/* Data set element symbol */
#define	N_SETB	0x1A		/* Bss set element symbol */

/* This is output from LD.  */
#define N_SETV	0x1C		/* Pointer to set vector in data area.  */

#if !defined (N_RELOCATION_INFO_DECLARED)
/* This structure describes a single relocation to be performed.
   The text-relocation section of the file is a vector of these structures,
   all of which apply to the text section.
   Likewise, the data-relocation section applies to the data section.  */

struct relocation_info
{
  /* Address (within segment) to be relocated.  */
  int r_address;
  /* The meaning of r_symbolnum depends on r_extern.  */
  unsigned int r_symbolnum:24;
  /* Nonzero means value is a pc-relative offset
     and it should be relocated for changes in its own address
     as well as for changes in the symbol or section specified.  */
  unsigned int r_pcrel:1;
  /* Length (as exponent of 2) of the field to be relocated.
     Thus, a value of 2 indicates 1<<2 bytes.  */
  unsigned int r_length:2;
  /* 1 => relocate with value of symbol.
          r_symbolnum is the index of the symbol
	  in file's the symbol table.
     0 => relocate with the address of a segment.
          r_symbolnum is N_TEXT, N_DATA, N_BSS or N_ABS
	  (the N_EXT bit may be set also, but signifies nothing).  */
  unsigned int r_extern:1;
  /* Four bits that aren't used, but when writing an object file
     it is desirable to clear them.  */
  unsigned int r_pad:4;
};
#endif /* no N_RELOCATION_INFO_DECLARED.  */

#endif /*__ASSEMBLY__ */
#endif /* __A_OUT_GNU_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/***************************************************************************
 * Linux PPP over L2TP (PPPoL2TP) Socket Implementation (RFC 2661)
 *
 * This file supplies definitions required by the PPP over L2TP driver
 * (l2tp_ppp.c).  All version information wrt this file is located in l2tp_ppp.c
 *
 * License:
 *		This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *		modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *		as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *		2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_IF_PPPOL2TP_H
#define __LINUX_IF_PPPOL2TP_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/in.h>
#include <linux/in6.h>
#include <linux/l2tp.h>

/* Structure used to connect() the socket to a particular tunnel UDP
 * socket over IPv4.
 */
struct pppol2tp_addr {
	__kernel_pid_t	pid;		/* pid that owns the fd.
					 * 0 => current */
	int	fd;			/* FD of UDP socket to use */

	struct sockaddr_in addr;	/* IP address and port to send to */

	__u16 s_tunnel, s_session;	/* For matching incoming packets */
	__u16 d_tunnel, d_session;	/* For sending outgoing packets */
};

/* Structure used to connect() the socket to a particular tunnel UDP
 * socket over IPv6.
 */
struct pppol2tpin6_addr {
	__kernel_pid_t	pid;		/* pid that owns the fd.
					 * 0 => current */
	int	fd;			/* FD of UDP socket to use */

	__u16 s_tunnel, s_session;	/* For matching incoming packets */
	__u16 d_tunnel, d_session;	/* For sending outgoing packets */

	struct sockaddr_in6 addr;	/* IP address and port to send to */
};

/* The L2TPv3 protocol changes tunnel and session ids from 16 to 32
 * bits. So we need a different sockaddr structure.
 */
struct pppol2tpv3_addr {
	__kernel_pid_t	pid;		/* pid that owns the fd.
					 * 0 => current */
	int	fd;			/* FD of UDP or IP socket to use */

	struct sockaddr_in addr;	/* IP address and port to send to */

	__u32 s_tunnel, s_session;	/* For matching incoming packets */
	__u32 d_tunnel, d_session;	/* For sending outgoing packets */
};

struct pppol2tpv3in6_addr {
	__kernel_pid_t	pid;		/* pid that owns the fd.
					 * 0 => current */
	int	fd;			/* FD of UDP or IP socket to use */

	__u32 s_tunnel, s_session;	/* For matching incoming packets */
	__u32 d_tunnel, d_session;	/* For sending outgoing packets */

	struct sockaddr_in6 addr;	/* IP address and port to send to */
};

/* Socket options:
 * DEBUG	- bitmask of debug message categories
 * SENDSEQ	- 0 => don't send packets with sequence numbers
 *		  1 => send packets with sequence numbers
 * RECVSEQ	- 0 => receive packet sequence numbers are optional
 *		  1 => drop receive packets without sequence numbers
 * LNSMODE	- 0 => act as LAC.
 *		  1 => act as LNS.
 * REORDERTO	- reorder timeout (in millisecs). If 0, don't try to reorder.
 */
enum {
	PPPOL2TP_SO_DEBUG	= 1,
	PPPOL2TP_SO_RECVSEQ	= 2,
	PPPOL2TP_SO_SENDSEQ	= 3,
	PPPOL2TP_SO_LNSMODE	= 4,
	PPPOL2TP_SO_REORDERTO	= 5,
};

/* Debug message categories for the DEBUG socket option (deprecated) */
enum {
	PPPOL2TP_MSG_DEBUG	= L2TP_MSG_DEBUG,
	PPPOL2TP_MSG_CONTROL	= L2TP_MSG_CONTROL,
	PPPOL2TP_MSG_SEQ	= L2TP_MSG_SEQ,
	PPPOL2TP_MSG_DATA	= L2TP_MSG_DATA,
};



#endif /* __LINUX_IF_PPPOL2TP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * linux/include/linux/edd.h
 *  Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004 Dell Inc.
 *  by Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com>
 *
 * structures and definitions for the int 13h, ax={41,48}h
 * BIOS Enhanced Disk Drive Services
 * This is based on the T13 group document D1572 Revision 0 (August 14 2002)
 * available at http://www.t13.org/docs2002/d1572r0.pdf.  It is
 * very similar to D1484 Revision 3 http://www.t13.org/docs2002/d1484r3.pdf
 *
 * In a nutshell, arch/{i386,x86_64}/boot/setup.S populates a scratch
 * table in the boot_params that contains a list of BIOS-enumerated
 * boot devices.
 * In arch/{i386,x86_64}/kernel/setup.c, this information is
 * transferred into the edd structure, and in drivers/firmware/edd.c, that
 * information is used to identify BIOS boot disk.  The code in setup.S
 * is very sensitive to the size of these structures.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2.0 as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_EDD_H
#define _LINUX_EDD_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define EDDNR 0x1e9		/* addr of number of edd_info structs at EDDBUF
				   in boot_params - treat this as 1 byte  */
#define EDDBUF	0xd00		/* addr of edd_info structs in boot_params */
#define EDDMAXNR 6		/* number of edd_info structs starting at EDDBUF  */
#define EDDEXTSIZE 8		/* change these if you muck with the structures */
#define EDDPARMSIZE 74
#define CHECKEXTENSIONSPRESENT 0x41
#define GETDEVICEPARAMETERS 0x48
#define LEGACYGETDEVICEPARAMETERS 0x08
#define EDDMAGIC1 0x55AA
#define EDDMAGIC2 0xAA55


#define READ_SECTORS 0x02         /* int13 AH=0x02 is READ_SECTORS command */
#define EDD_MBR_SIG_OFFSET 0x1B8  /* offset of signature in the MBR */
#define EDD_MBR_SIG_BUF    0x290  /* addr in boot params */
#define EDD_MBR_SIG_MAX 16        /* max number of signatures to store */
#define EDD_MBR_SIG_NR_BUF 0x1ea  /* addr of number of MBR signtaures at EDD_MBR_SIG_BUF
				     in boot_params - treat this as 1 byte  */

#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__

#define EDD_EXT_FIXED_DISK_ACCESS           (1 << 0)
#define EDD_EXT_DEVICE_LOCKING_AND_EJECTING (1 << 1)
#define EDD_EXT_ENHANCED_DISK_DRIVE_SUPPORT (1 << 2)
#define EDD_EXT_64BIT_EXTENSIONS            (1 << 3)

#define EDD_INFO_DMA_BOUNDARY_ERROR_TRANSPARENT (1 << 0)
#define EDD_INFO_GEOMETRY_VALID                (1 << 1)
#define EDD_INFO_REMOVABLE                     (1 << 2)
#define EDD_INFO_WRITE_VERIFY                  (1 << 3)
#define EDD_INFO_MEDIA_CHANGE_NOTIFICATION     (1 << 4)
#define EDD_INFO_LOCKABLE                      (1 << 5)
#define EDD_INFO_NO_MEDIA_PRESENT              (1 << 6)
#define EDD_INFO_USE_INT13_FN50                (1 << 7)

struct edd_device_params {
	__u16 length;
	__u16 info_flags;
	__u32 num_default_cylinders;
	__u32 num_default_heads;
	__u32 sectors_per_track;
	__u64 number_of_sectors;
	__u16 bytes_per_sector;
	__u32 dpte_ptr;		/* 0xFFFFFFFF for our purposes */
	__u16 key;		/* = 0xBEDD */
	__u8 device_path_info_length;	/* = 44 */
	__u8 reserved2;
	__u16 reserved3;
	__u8 host_bus_type[4];
	__u8 interface_type[8];
	union {
		struct {
			__u16 base_address;
			__u16 reserved1;
			__u32 reserved2;
		} __attribute__ ((packed)) isa;
		struct {
			__u8 bus;
			__u8 slot;
			__u8 function;
			__u8 channel;
			__u32 reserved;
		} __attribute__ ((packed)) pci;
		/* pcix is same as pci */
		struct {
			__u64 reserved;
		} __attribute__ ((packed)) ibnd;
		struct {
			__u64 reserved;
		} __attribute__ ((packed)) xprs;
		struct {
			__u64 reserved;
		} __attribute__ ((packed)) htpt;
		struct {
			__u64 reserved;
		} __attribute__ ((packed)) unknown;
	} interface_path;
	union {
		struct {
			__u8 device;
			__u8 reserved1;
			__u16 reserved2;
			__u32 reserved3;
			__u64 reserved4;
		} __attribute__ ((packed)) ata;
		struct {
			__u8 device;
			__u8 lun;
			__u8 reserved1;
			__u8 reserved2;
			__u32 reserved3;
			__u64 reserved4;
		} __attribute__ ((packed)) atapi;
		struct {
			__u16 id;
			__u64 lun;
			__u16 reserved1;
			__u32 reserved2;
		} __attribute__ ((packed)) scsi;
		struct {
			__u64 serial_number;
			__u64 reserved;
		} __attribute__ ((packed)) usb;
		struct {
			__u64 eui;
			__u64 reserved;
		} __attribute__ ((packed)) i1394;
		struct {
			__u64 wwid;
			__u64 lun;
		} __attribute__ ((packed)) fibre;
		struct {
			__u64 identity_tag;
			__u64 reserved;
		} __attribute__ ((packed)) i2o;
		struct {
			__u32 array_number;
			__u32 reserved1;
			__u64 reserved2;
		} __attribute__ ((packed)) raid;
		struct {
			__u8 device;
			__u8 reserved1;
			__u16 reserved2;
			__u32 reserved3;
			__u64 reserved4;
		} __attribute__ ((packed)) sata;
		struct {
			__u64 reserved1;
			__u64 reserved2;
		} __attribute__ ((packed)) unknown;
	} device_path;
	__u8 reserved4;
	__u8 checksum;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

struct edd_info {
	__u8 device;
	__u8 version;
	__u16 interface_support;
	__u16 legacy_max_cylinder;
	__u8 legacy_max_head;
	__u8 legacy_sectors_per_track;
	struct edd_device_params params;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

struct edd {
	unsigned int mbr_signature[EDD_MBR_SIG_MAX];
	struct edd_info edd_info[EDDMAXNR];
	unsigned char mbr_signature_nr;
	unsigned char edd_info_nr;
};

#endif				/*!__ASSEMBLY__ */

#endif /* _LINUX_EDD_H */
#ifndef _LINUX_VIRTIO_IDS_H
#define _LINUX_VIRTIO_IDS_H
/*
 * Virtio IDs
 *
 * This header is BSD licensed so anyone can use the definitions to implement
 * compatible drivers/servers.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the name of IBM nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL IBM OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE. */

#define VIRTIO_ID_NET		1 /* virtio net */
#define VIRTIO_ID_BLOCK		2 /* virtio block */
#define VIRTIO_ID_CONSOLE	3 /* virtio console */
#define VIRTIO_ID_RNG		4 /* virtio rng */
#define VIRTIO_ID_BALLOON	5 /* virtio balloon */
#define VIRTIO_ID_RPMSG		7 /* virtio remote processor messaging */
#define VIRTIO_ID_SCSI		8 /* virtio scsi */
#define VIRTIO_ID_9P		9 /* 9p virtio console */
#define VIRTIO_ID_RPROC_SERIAL 11 /* virtio remoteproc serial link */
#define VIRTIO_ID_CAIF	       12 /* Virtio caif */
#define VIRTIO_ID_GPU          16 /* virtio GPU */
#define VIRTIO_ID_INPUT        18 /* virtio input */
#define VIRTIO_ID_VSOCK        19 /* virtio vsock transport */
#define VIRTIO_ID_CRYPTO       20 /* virtio crypto */
#define VIRTIO_ID_IOMMU        23 /* virtio IOMMU */
#define VIRTIO_ID_MEM          24 /* virtio mem */
#define VIRTIO_ID_SOUND        25 /* virtio sound */
#define VIRTIO_ID_FS           26 /* virtio filesystem */
#define VIRTIO_ID_MAC80211_HWSIM 29 /* virtio mac80211-hwsim */
#define VIRTIO_ID_BT			40 /* virtio bluetooth */

/*
 * Virtio Transitional IDs
 */

#define VIRTIO_TRANS_ID_NET		1000 /* transitional virtio net */
#define VIRTIO_TRANS_ID_BLOCK		1001 /* transitional virtio block */
#define VIRTIO_TRANS_ID_BALLOON		1002 /* transitional virtio balloon */
#define VIRTIO_TRANS_ID_CONSOLE		1003 /* transitional virtio console */
#define VIRTIO_TRANS_ID_SCSI		1004 /* transitional virtio SCSI */
#define VIRTIO_TRANS_ID_RNG		1005 /* transitional virtio rng */
#define VIRTIO_TRANS_ID_9P		1009 /* transitional virtio 9p console */

#endif /* _LINUX_VIRTIO_IDS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* This file is derived from the GAS 2.1.4 assembler control file.
   The GAS product is under the GNU General Public License, version 2 or later.
   As such, this file is also under that license.

   If the file format changes in the COFF object, this file should be
   subsequently updated to reflect the changes.

   The actual loader module only uses a few of these structures. The full
   set is documented here because I received the full set. If you wish
   more information about COFF, then O'Reilly has a very excellent book.
*/

#define  E_SYMNMLEN  8   /* Number of characters in a symbol name         */
#define  E_FILNMLEN 14   /* Number of characters in a file name           */
#define  E_DIMNUM    4   /* Number of array dimensions in auxiliary entry */

/*
 * These defines are byte order independent. There is no alignment of fields
 * permitted in the structures. Therefore they are declared as characters
 * and the values loaded from the character positions. It also makes it
 * nice to have it "endian" independent.
 */
 
/* Load a short int from the following tables with little-endian formats */
#define COFF_SHORT_L(ps) ((short)(((unsigned short)((unsigned char)ps[1])<<8)|\
				  ((unsigned short)((unsigned char)ps[0]))))

/* Load a long int from the following tables with little-endian formats */
#define COFF_LONG_L(ps) (((long)(((unsigned long)((unsigned char)ps[3])<<24) |\
				 ((unsigned long)((unsigned char)ps[2])<<16) |\
				 ((unsigned long)((unsigned char)ps[1])<<8)  |\
				 ((unsigned long)((unsigned char)ps[0])))))
 
/* Load a short int from the following tables with big-endian formats */
#define COFF_SHORT_H(ps) ((short)(((unsigned short)((unsigned char)ps[0])<<8)|\
				  ((unsigned short)((unsigned char)ps[1]))))

/* Load a long int from the following tables with big-endian formats */
#define COFF_LONG_H(ps) (((long)(((unsigned long)((unsigned char)ps[0])<<24) |\
				 ((unsigned long)((unsigned char)ps[1])<<16) |\
				 ((unsigned long)((unsigned char)ps[2])<<8)  |\
				 ((unsigned long)((unsigned char)ps[3])))))

/* These may be overridden later by brain dead implementations which generate
   a big-endian header with little-endian data. In that case, generate a
   replacement macro which tests a flag and uses either of the two above
   as appropriate. */

#define COFF_LONG(v)   COFF_LONG_L(v)
#define COFF_SHORT(v)  COFF_SHORT_L(v)

/*** coff information for Intel 386/486.  */

/********************** FILE HEADER **********************/

struct COFF_filehdr {
	char f_magic[2];	/* magic number			*/
	char f_nscns[2];	/* number of sections		*/
	char f_timdat[4];	/* time & date stamp		*/
	char f_symptr[4];	/* file pointer to symtab	*/
	char f_nsyms[4];	/* number of symtab entries	*/
	char f_opthdr[2];	/* sizeof(optional hdr)		*/
	char f_flags[2];	/* flags			*/
};

/*
 *   Bits for f_flags:
 *
 *	F_RELFLG	relocation info stripped from file
 *	F_EXEC		file is executable  (i.e. no unresolved external
 *			references)
 *	F_LNNO		line numbers stripped from file
 *	F_LSYMS		local symbols stripped from file
 *	F_MINMAL	this is a minimal object file (".m") output of fextract
 *	F_UPDATE	this is a fully bound update file, output of ogen
 *	F_SWABD		this file has had its bytes swabbed (in names)
 *	F_AR16WR	this file has the byte ordering of an AR16WR
 *			(e.g. 11/70) machine
 *	F_AR32WR	this file has the byte ordering of an AR32WR machine
 *			(e.g. vax and iNTEL 386)
 *	F_AR32W		this file has the byte ordering of an AR32W machine
 *			(e.g. 3b,maxi)
 *	F_PATCH		file contains "patch" list in optional header
 *	F_NODF		(minimal file only) no decision functions for
 *			replaced functions
 */

#define  COFF_F_RELFLG		0000001
#define  COFF_F_EXEC		0000002
#define  COFF_F_LNNO		0000004
#define  COFF_F_LSYMS		0000010
#define  COFF_F_MINMAL		0000020
#define  COFF_F_UPDATE		0000040
#define  COFF_F_SWABD		0000100
#define  COFF_F_AR16WR		0000200
#define  COFF_F_AR32WR		0000400
#define  COFF_F_AR32W		0001000
#define  COFF_F_PATCH		0002000
#define  COFF_F_NODF		0002000

#define	COFF_I386MAGIC	        0x14c   /* Linux's system    */

#if 0   /* Perhaps, someday, these formats may be used.      */
#define COFF_I386PTXMAGIC	0x154
#define COFF_I386AIXMAGIC	0x175   /* IBM's AIX system  */
#define COFF_I386BADMAG(x) ((COFF_SHORT((x).f_magic) != COFF_I386MAGIC) \
			  && COFF_SHORT((x).f_magic) != COFF_I386PTXMAGIC \
			  && COFF_SHORT((x).f_magic) != COFF_I386AIXMAGIC)
#else
#define COFF_I386BADMAG(x) (COFF_SHORT((x).f_magic) != COFF_I386MAGIC)
#endif

#define	COFF_FILHDR	struct COFF_filehdr
#define	COFF_FILHSZ	sizeof(COFF_FILHDR)

/********************** AOUT "OPTIONAL HEADER" **********************/

/* Linux COFF must have this "optional" header. Standard COFF has no entry
   location for the "entry" point. They normally would start with the first
   location of the .text section. This is not a good idea for linux. So,
   the use of this "optional" header is not optional. It is required.

   Do not be tempted to assume that the size of the optional header is
   a constant and simply index the next byte by the size of this structure.
   Use the 'f_opthdr' field in the main coff header for the size of the
   structure actually written to the file!!
*/

typedef struct 
{
  char 	magic[2];		/* type of file				 */
  char	vstamp[2];		/* version stamp			 */
  char	tsize[4];		/* text size in bytes, padded to FW bdry */
  char	dsize[4];		/* initialized   data "   "		 */
  char	bsize[4];		/* uninitialized data "   "		 */
  char	entry[4];		/* entry pt.				 */
  char 	text_start[4];		/* base of text used for this file       */
  char 	data_start[4];		/* base of data used for this file       */
}
COFF_AOUTHDR;

#define COFF_AOUTSZ (sizeof(COFF_AOUTHDR))

#define COFF_STMAGIC	0401
#define COFF_OMAGIC     0404
#define COFF_JMAGIC     0407    /* dirty text and data image, can't share  */
#define COFF_DMAGIC     0410    /* dirty text segment, data aligned        */
#define COFF_ZMAGIC     0413    /* The proper magic number for executables  */
#define COFF_SHMAGIC	0443	/* shared library header                   */

/********************** SECTION HEADER **********************/

struct COFF_scnhdr {
  char		s_name[8];	/* section name			    */
  char		s_paddr[4];	/* physical address, aliased s_nlib */
  char		s_vaddr[4];	/* virtual address		    */
  char		s_size[4];	/* section size			    */
  char		s_scnptr[4];	/* file ptr to raw data for section */
  char		s_relptr[4];	/* file ptr to relocation	    */
  char		s_lnnoptr[4];	/* file ptr to line numbers	    */
  char		s_nreloc[2];	/* number of relocation entries	    */
  char		s_nlnno[2];	/* number of line number entries    */
  char		s_flags[4];	/* flags			    */
};

#define	COFF_SCNHDR	struct COFF_scnhdr
#define	COFF_SCNHSZ	sizeof(COFF_SCNHDR)

/*
 * names of "special" sections
 */

#define COFF_TEXT	".text"
#define COFF_DATA	".data"
#define COFF_BSS	".bss"
#define COFF_COMMENT    ".comment"
#define COFF_LIB        ".lib"

#define COFF_SECT_TEXT  0      /* Section for instruction code             */
#define COFF_SECT_DATA  1      /* Section for initialized globals          */
#define COFF_SECT_BSS   2      /* Section for un-initialized globals       */
#define COFF_SECT_REQD  3      /* Minimum number of sections for good file */

#define COFF_STYP_REG     0x00 /* regular segment                          */
#define COFF_STYP_DSECT   0x01 /* dummy segment                            */
#define COFF_STYP_NOLOAD  0x02 /* no-load segment                          */
#define COFF_STYP_GROUP   0x04 /* group segment                            */
#define COFF_STYP_PAD     0x08 /* .pad segment                             */
#define COFF_STYP_COPY    0x10 /* copy section                             */
#define COFF_STYP_TEXT    0x20 /* .text segment                            */
#define COFF_STYP_DATA    0x40 /* .data segment                            */
#define COFF_STYP_BSS     0x80 /* .bss segment                             */
#define COFF_STYP_INFO   0x200 /* .comment section                         */
#define COFF_STYP_OVER   0x400 /* overlay section                          */
#define COFF_STYP_LIB    0x800 /* library section                          */

/*
 * Shared libraries have the following section header in the data field for
 * each library.
 */

struct COFF_slib {
  char		sl_entsz[4];	/* Size of this entry               */
  char		sl_pathndx[4];	/* size of the header field         */
};

#define	COFF_SLIBHD	struct COFF_slib
#define	COFF_SLIBSZ	sizeof(COFF_SLIBHD)

/********************** LINE NUMBERS **********************/

/* 1 line number entry for every "breakpointable" source line in a section.
 * Line numbers are grouped on a per function basis; first entry in a function
 * grouping will have l_lnno = 0 and in place of physical address will be the
 * symbol table index of the function name.
 */

struct COFF_lineno {
  union {
    char l_symndx[4];	/* function name symbol index, iff l_lnno == 0*/
    char l_paddr[4];	/* (physical) address of line number	*/
  } l_addr;
  char l_lnno[2];	/* line number		*/
};

#define	COFF_LINENO	struct COFF_lineno
#define	COFF_LINESZ	6

/********************** SYMBOLS **********************/

#define COFF_E_SYMNMLEN	 8	/* # characters in a short symbol name	*/
#define COFF_E_FILNMLEN	14	/* # characters in a file name		*/
#define COFF_E_DIMNUM	 4	/* # array dimensions in auxiliary entry */

/*
 *  All symbols and sections have the following definition
 */

struct COFF_syment 
{
  union {
    char e_name[E_SYMNMLEN];    /* Symbol name (first 8 characters) */
    struct {
      char e_zeroes[4];         /* Leading zeros */
      char e_offset[4];         /* Offset if this is a header section */
    } e;
  } e;

  char e_value[4];              /* Value (address) of the segment */
  char e_scnum[2];              /* Section number */
  char e_type[2];               /* Type of section */
  char e_sclass[1];             /* Loader class */
  char e_numaux[1];             /* Number of auxiliary entries which follow */
};

#define COFF_N_BTMASK	(0xf)   /* Mask for important class bits */
#define COFF_N_TMASK	(0x30)  /* Mask for important type bits  */
#define COFF_N_BTSHFT	(4)     /* # bits to shift class field   */
#define COFF_N_TSHIFT	(2)     /* # bits to shift type field    */

/*
 *  Auxiliary entries because the main table is too limiting.
 */
  
union COFF_auxent {

/*
 *  Debugger information
 */

  struct {
    char x_tagndx[4];	        /* str, un, or enum tag indx */
    union {
      struct {
	char  x_lnno[2];        /* declaration line number */
	char  x_size[2];        /* str/union/array size */
      } x_lnsz;
      char x_fsize[4];	        /* size of function */
    } x_misc;

    union {
      struct {		        /* if ISFCN, tag, or .bb */
	char x_lnnoptr[4];	/* ptr to fcn line # */
	char x_endndx[4];	/* entry ndx past block end */
      } x_fcn;

      struct {		        /* if ISARY, up to 4 dimen. */
	char x_dimen[E_DIMNUM][2];
      } x_ary;
    } x_fcnary;

    char x_tvndx[2];	/* tv index */
  } x_sym;

/*
 *   Source file names (debugger information)
 */

  union {
    char x_fname[E_FILNMLEN];
    struct {
      char x_zeroes[4];
      char x_offset[4];
    } x_n;
  } x_file;

/*
 *   Section information
 */

  struct {
    char x_scnlen[4];	/* section length */
    char x_nreloc[2];	/* # relocation entries */
    char x_nlinno[2];	/* # line numbers */
  } x_scn;

/*
 *   Transfer vector (branch table)
 */
  
  struct {
    char x_tvfill[4];	/* tv fill value */
    char x_tvlen[2];	/* length of .tv */
    char x_tvran[2][2];	/* tv range */
  } x_tv;		/* info about .tv section (in auxent of symbol .tv)) */
};

#define	COFF_SYMENT	struct COFF_syment
#define	COFF_SYMESZ	18	
#define	COFF_AUXENT	union COFF_auxent
#define	COFF_AUXESZ	18

#define COFF_ETEXT	"etext"

/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/

struct COFF_reloc {
  char r_vaddr[4];        /* Virtual address of item    */
  char r_symndx[4];       /* Symbol index in the symtab */
  char r_type[2];         /* Relocation type            */
};

#define COFF_RELOC struct COFF_reloc
#define COFF_RELSZ 10

#define COFF_DEF_DATA_SECTION_ALIGNMENT  4
#define COFF_DEF_BSS_SECTION_ALIGNMENT   4
#define COFF_DEF_TEXT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT  4

/* For new sections we haven't heard of before */
#define COFF_DEF_SECTION_ALIGNMENT       4
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_SEG6_GENL_H
#define _LINUX_SEG6_GENL_H

#define SEG6_GENL_NAME		"SEG6"
#define SEG6_GENL_VERSION	0x1

enum {
	SEG6_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	SEG6_ATTR_DST,
	SEG6_ATTR_DSTLEN,
	SEG6_ATTR_HMACKEYID,
	SEG6_ATTR_SECRET,
	SEG6_ATTR_SECRETLEN,
	SEG6_ATTR_ALGID,
	SEG6_ATTR_HMACINFO,
	__SEG6_ATTR_MAX,
};

#define SEG6_ATTR_MAX (__SEG6_ATTR_MAX - 1)

enum {
	SEG6_CMD_UNSPEC,
	SEG6_CMD_SETHMAC,
	SEG6_CMD_DUMPHMAC,
	SEG6_CMD_SET_TUNSRC,
	SEG6_CMD_GET_TUNSRC,
	__SEG6_CMD_MAX,
};

#define SEG6_CMD_MAX (__SEG6_CMD_MAX - 1)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_MSDOS_FS_H
#define _LINUX_MSDOS_FS_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/magic.h>
#include <asm/byteorder.h>

/*
 * The MS-DOS filesystem constants/structures
 */

#ifndef SECTOR_SIZE
#define SECTOR_SIZE	512		/* sector size (bytes) */
#endif
#define SECTOR_BITS	9		/* log2(SECTOR_SIZE) */
#define MSDOS_DPB	(MSDOS_DPS)	/* dir entries per block */
#define MSDOS_DPB_BITS	4		/* log2(MSDOS_DPB) */
#define MSDOS_DPS	(SECTOR_SIZE / sizeof(struct msdos_dir_entry))
#define MSDOS_DPS_BITS	4		/* log2(MSDOS_DPS) */
#define MSDOS_LONGNAME	256		/* maximum name length */
#define CF_LE_W(v)	le16_to_cpu(v)
#define CF_LE_L(v)	le32_to_cpu(v)
#define CT_LE_W(v)	cpu_to_le16(v)
#define CT_LE_L(v)	cpu_to_le32(v)

#define MSDOS_ROOT_INO	 1	/* The root inode number */
#define MSDOS_FSINFO_INO 2	/* Used for managing the FSINFO block */

#define MSDOS_DIR_BITS	5	/* log2(sizeof(struct msdos_dir_entry)) */

/* directory limit */
#define FAT_MAX_DIR_ENTRIES	(65536)
#define FAT_MAX_DIR_SIZE	(FAT_MAX_DIR_ENTRIES << MSDOS_DIR_BITS)

#define ATTR_NONE	0	/* no attribute bits */
#define ATTR_RO		1	/* read-only */
#define ATTR_HIDDEN	2	/* hidden */
#define ATTR_SYS	4	/* system */
#define ATTR_VOLUME	8	/* volume label */
#define ATTR_DIR	16	/* directory */
#define ATTR_ARCH	32	/* archived */

/* attribute bits that are copied "as is" */
#define ATTR_UNUSED	(ATTR_VOLUME | ATTR_ARCH | ATTR_SYS | ATTR_HIDDEN)
/* bits that are used by the Windows 95/Windows NT extended FAT */
#define ATTR_EXT	(ATTR_RO | ATTR_HIDDEN | ATTR_SYS | ATTR_VOLUME)

#define CASE_LOWER_BASE	8	/* base is lower case */
#define CASE_LOWER_EXT	16	/* extension is lower case */

#define DELETED_FLAG	0xe5	/* marks file as deleted when in name[0] */
#define IS_FREE(n)	(!*(n) || *(n) == DELETED_FLAG)

#define FAT_LFN_LEN	255	/* maximum long name length */
#define MSDOS_NAME	11	/* maximum name length */
#define MSDOS_SLOTS	21	/* max # of slots for short and long names */
#define MSDOS_DOT	".          "	/* ".", padded to MSDOS_NAME chars */
#define MSDOS_DOTDOT	"..         "	/* "..", padded to MSDOS_NAME chars */

#define FAT_FIRST_ENT(s, x)	((MSDOS_SB(s)->fat_bits == 32 ? 0x0FFFFF00 : \
	MSDOS_SB(s)->fat_bits == 16 ? 0xFF00 : 0xF00) | (x))

/* start of data cluster's entry (number of reserved clusters) */
#define FAT_START_ENT	2

/* maximum number of clusters */
#define MAX_FAT12	0xFF4
#define MAX_FAT16	0xFFF4
#define MAX_FAT32	0x0FFFFFF6
#define MAX_FAT(s)	(MSDOS_SB(s)->fat_bits == 32 ? MAX_FAT32 : \
	MSDOS_SB(s)->fat_bits == 16 ? MAX_FAT16 : MAX_FAT12)

/* bad cluster mark */
#define BAD_FAT12	0xFF7
#define BAD_FAT16	0xFFF7
#define BAD_FAT32	0x0FFFFFF7

/* standard EOF */
#define EOF_FAT12	0xFFF
#define EOF_FAT16	0xFFFF
#define EOF_FAT32	0x0FFFFFFF

#define FAT_ENT_FREE	(0)
#define FAT_ENT_BAD	(BAD_FAT32)
#define FAT_ENT_EOF	(EOF_FAT32)

#define FAT_FSINFO_SIG1	0x41615252
#define FAT_FSINFO_SIG2	0x61417272
#define IS_FSINFO(x)	(le32_to_cpu((x)->signature1) == FAT_FSINFO_SIG1 \
			 && le32_to_cpu((x)->signature2) == FAT_FSINFO_SIG2)

#define FAT_STATE_DIRTY 0x01

struct __fat_dirent {
	long		d_ino;
	__kernel_off_t	d_off;
	unsigned short	d_reclen;
	char		d_name[256]; /* We must not include limits.h! */
};

/*
 * ioctl commands
 */
#define VFAT_IOCTL_READDIR_BOTH		_IOR('r', 1, struct __fat_dirent[2])
#define VFAT_IOCTL_READDIR_SHORT	_IOR('r', 2, struct __fat_dirent[2])
/* <linux/videotext.h> has used 0x72 ('r') in collision, so skip a few */
#define FAT_IOCTL_GET_ATTRIBUTES	_IOR('r', 0x10, __u32)
#define FAT_IOCTL_SET_ATTRIBUTES	_IOW('r', 0x11, __u32)
/*Android kernel has used 0x12, so we use 0x13*/
#define FAT_IOCTL_GET_VOLUME_ID		_IOR('r', 0x13, __u32)

struct fat_boot_sector {
	__u8	ignored[3];	/* Boot strap short or near jump */
	__u8	system_id[8];	/* Name - can be used to special case
				   partition manager volumes */
	__u8	sector_size[2];	/* bytes per logical sector */
	__u8	sec_per_clus;	/* sectors/cluster */
	__le16	reserved;	/* reserved sectors */
	__u8	fats;		/* number of FATs */
	__u8	dir_entries[2];	/* root directory entries */
	__u8	sectors[2];	/* number of sectors */
	__u8	media;		/* media code */
	__le16	fat_length;	/* sectors/FAT */
	__le16	secs_track;	/* sectors per track */
	__le16	heads;		/* number of heads */
	__le32	hidden;		/* hidden sectors (unused) */
	__le32	total_sect;	/* number of sectors (if sectors == 0) */

	union {
		struct {
			/*  Extended BPB Fields for FAT16 */
			__u8	drive_number;	/* Physical drive number */
			__u8	state;		/* undocumented, but used
						   for mount state. */
			__u8	signature;  /* extended boot signature */
			__u8	vol_id[4];	/* volume ID */
			__u8	vol_label[11];	/* volume label */
			__u8	fs_type[8];		/* file system type */
			/* other fields are not added here */
		} fat16;

		struct {
			/* only used by FAT32 */
			__le32	length;		/* sectors/FAT */
			__le16	flags;		/* bit 8: fat mirroring,
						   low 4: active fat */
			__u8	version[2];	/* major, minor filesystem
						   version */
			__le32	root_cluster;	/* first cluster in
						   root directory */
			__le16	info_sector;	/* filesystem info sector */
			__le16	backup_boot;	/* backup boot sector */
			__le16	reserved2[6];	/* Unused */
			/* Extended BPB Fields for FAT32 */
			__u8	drive_number;   /* Physical drive number */
			__u8    state;       	/* undocumented, but used
						   for mount state. */
			__u8	signature;  /* extended boot signature */
			__u8	vol_id[4];	/* volume ID */
			__u8	vol_label[11];	/* volume label */
			__u8	fs_type[8];		/* file system type */
			/* other fields are not added here */
		} fat32;
	};
};

struct fat_boot_fsinfo {
	__le32   signature1;	/* 0x41615252L */
	__le32   reserved1[120];	/* Nothing as far as I can tell */
	__le32   signature2;	/* 0x61417272L */
	__le32   free_clusters;	/* Free cluster count.  -1 if unknown */
	__le32   next_cluster;	/* Most recently allocated cluster */
	__le32   reserved2[4];
};

struct msdos_dir_entry {
	__u8	name[MSDOS_NAME];/* name and extension */
	__u8	attr;		/* attribute bits */
	__u8    lcase;		/* Case for base and extension */
	__u8	ctime_cs;	/* Creation time, centiseconds (0-199) */
	__le16	ctime;		/* Creation time */
	__le16	cdate;		/* Creation date */
	__le16	adate;		/* Last access date */
	__le16	starthi;	/* High 16 bits of cluster in FAT32 */
	__le16	time,date,start;/* time, date and first cluster */
	__le32	size;		/* file size (in bytes) */
};

/* Up to 13 characters of the name */
struct msdos_dir_slot {
	__u8    id;		/* sequence number for slot */
	__u8    name0_4[10];	/* first 5 characters in name */
	__u8    attr;		/* attribute byte */
	__u8    reserved;	/* always 0 */
	__u8    alias_checksum;	/* checksum for 8.3 alias */
	__u8    name5_10[12];	/* 6 more characters in name */
	__le16   start;		/* starting cluster number, 0 in long slots */
	__u8    name11_12[4];	/* last 2 characters in name */
};

#endif /* _LINUX_MSDOS_FS_H */
/*
 * Virtio PCI driver
 *
 * This module allows virtio devices to be used over a virtual PCI device.
 * This can be used with QEMU based VMMs like KVM or Xen.
 *
 * Copyright IBM Corp. 2007
 *
 * Authors:
 *  Anthony Liguori  <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
 *
 * This header is BSD licensed so anyone can use the definitions to implement
 * compatible drivers/servers.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the name of IBM nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL IBM OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_VIRTIO_PCI_H
#define _LINUX_VIRTIO_PCI_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#ifndef VIRTIO_PCI_NO_LEGACY

/* A 32-bit r/o bitmask of the features supported by the host */
#define VIRTIO_PCI_HOST_FEATURES	0

/* A 32-bit r/w bitmask of features activated by the guest */
#define VIRTIO_PCI_GUEST_FEATURES	4

/* A 32-bit r/w PFN for the currently selected queue */
#define VIRTIO_PCI_QUEUE_PFN		8

/* A 16-bit r/o queue size for the currently selected queue */
#define VIRTIO_PCI_QUEUE_NUM		12

/* A 16-bit r/w queue selector */
#define VIRTIO_PCI_QUEUE_SEL		14

/* A 16-bit r/w queue notifier */
#define VIRTIO_PCI_QUEUE_NOTIFY		16

/* An 8-bit device status register.  */
#define VIRTIO_PCI_STATUS		18

/* An 8-bit r/o interrupt status register.  Reading the value will return the
 * current contents of the ISR and will also clear it.  This is effectively
 * a read-and-acknowledge. */
#define VIRTIO_PCI_ISR			19

/* MSI-X registers: only enabled if MSI-X is enabled. */
/* A 16-bit vector for configuration changes. */
#define VIRTIO_MSI_CONFIG_VECTOR        20
/* A 16-bit vector for selected queue notifications. */
#define VIRTIO_MSI_QUEUE_VECTOR         22

/* The remaining space is defined by each driver as the per-driver
 * configuration space */
#define VIRTIO_PCI_CONFIG_OFF(msix_enabled)	((msix_enabled) ? 24 : 20)
/* Deprecated: please use VIRTIO_PCI_CONFIG_OFF instead */
#define VIRTIO_PCI_CONFIG(dev)	VIRTIO_PCI_CONFIG_OFF((dev)->msix_enabled)

/* Virtio ABI version, this must match exactly */
#define VIRTIO_PCI_ABI_VERSION		0

/* How many bits to shift physical queue address written to QUEUE_PFN.
 * 12 is historical, and due to x86 page size. */
#define VIRTIO_PCI_QUEUE_ADDR_SHIFT	12

/* The alignment to use between consumer and producer parts of vring.
 * x86 pagesize again. */
#define VIRTIO_PCI_VRING_ALIGN		4096

#endif /* VIRTIO_PCI_NO_LEGACY */

/* The bit of the ISR which indicates a device configuration change. */
#define VIRTIO_PCI_ISR_CONFIG		0x2
/* Vector value used to disable MSI for queue */
#define VIRTIO_MSI_NO_VECTOR            0xffff

#ifndef VIRTIO_PCI_NO_MODERN

/* IDs for different capabilities.  Must all exist. */

/* Common configuration */
#define VIRTIO_PCI_CAP_COMMON_CFG	1
/* Notifications */
#define VIRTIO_PCI_CAP_NOTIFY_CFG	2
/* ISR access */
#define VIRTIO_PCI_CAP_ISR_CFG		3
/* Device specific configuration */
#define VIRTIO_PCI_CAP_DEVICE_CFG	4
/* PCI configuration access */
#define VIRTIO_PCI_CAP_PCI_CFG		5
/* Additional shared memory capability */
#define VIRTIO_PCI_CAP_SHARED_MEMORY_CFG 8

/* This is the PCI capability header: */
struct virtio_pci_cap {
	__u8 cap_vndr;		/* Generic PCI field: PCI_CAP_ID_VNDR */
	__u8 cap_next;		/* Generic PCI field: next ptr. */
	__u8 cap_len;		/* Generic PCI field: capability length */
	__u8 cfg_type;		/* Identifies the structure. */
	__u8 bar;		/* Where to find it. */
	__u8 id;		/* Multiple capabilities of the same type */
	__u8 padding[2];	/* Pad to full dword. */
	__le32 offset;		/* Offset within bar. */
	__le32 length;		/* Length of the structure, in bytes. */
};

struct virtio_pci_cap64 {
	struct virtio_pci_cap cap;
	__le32 offset_hi;             /* Most sig 32 bits of offset */
	__le32 length_hi;             /* Most sig 32 bits of length */
};

struct virtio_pci_notify_cap {
	struct virtio_pci_cap cap;
	__le32 notify_off_multiplier;	/* Multiplier for queue_notify_off. */
};

/* Fields in VIRTIO_PCI_CAP_COMMON_CFG: */
struct virtio_pci_common_cfg {
	/* About the whole device. */
	__le32 device_feature_select;	/* read-write */
	__le32 device_feature;		/* read-only */
	__le32 guest_feature_select;	/* read-write */
	__le32 guest_feature;		/* read-write */
	__le16 msix_config;		/* read-write */
	__le16 num_queues;		/* read-only */
	__u8 device_status;		/* read-write */
	__u8 config_generation;		/* read-only */

	/* About a specific virtqueue. */
	__le16 queue_select;		/* read-write */
	__le16 queue_size;		/* read-write, power of 2. */
	__le16 queue_msix_vector;	/* read-write */
	__le16 queue_enable;		/* read-write */
	__le16 queue_notify_off;	/* read-only */
	__le32 queue_desc_lo;		/* read-write */
	__le32 queue_desc_hi;		/* read-write */
	__le32 queue_avail_lo;		/* read-write */
	__le32 queue_avail_hi;		/* read-write */
	__le32 queue_used_lo;		/* read-write */
	__le32 queue_used_hi;		/* read-write */
};

/* Fields in VIRTIO_PCI_CAP_PCI_CFG: */
struct virtio_pci_cfg_cap {
	struct virtio_pci_cap cap;
	__u8 pci_cfg_data[4]; /* Data for BAR access. */
};

/* Macro versions of offsets for the Old Timers! */
#define VIRTIO_PCI_CAP_VNDR		0
#define VIRTIO_PCI_CAP_NEXT		1
#define VIRTIO_PCI_CAP_LEN		2
#define VIRTIO_PCI_CAP_CFG_TYPE		3
#define VIRTIO_PCI_CAP_BAR		4
#define VIRTIO_PCI_CAP_OFFSET		8
#define VIRTIO_PCI_CAP_LENGTH		12

#define VIRTIO_PCI_NOTIFY_CAP_MULT	16

#define VIRTIO_PCI_COMMON_DFSELECT	0
#define VIRTIO_PCI_COMMON_DF		4
#define VIRTIO_PCI_COMMON_GFSELECT	8
#define VIRTIO_PCI_COMMON_GF		12
#define VIRTIO_PCI_COMMON_MSIX		16
#define VIRTIO_PCI_COMMON_NUMQ		18
#define VIRTIO_PCI_COMMON_STATUS	20
#define VIRTIO_PCI_COMMON_CFGGENERATION	21
#define VIRTIO_PCI_COMMON_Q_SELECT	22
#define VIRTIO_PCI_COMMON_Q_SIZE	24
#define VIRTIO_PCI_COMMON_Q_MSIX	26
#define VIRTIO_PCI_COMMON_Q_ENABLE	28
#define VIRTIO_PCI_COMMON_Q_NOFF	30
#define VIRTIO_PCI_COMMON_Q_DESCLO	32
#define VIRTIO_PCI_COMMON_Q_DESCHI	36
#define VIRTIO_PCI_COMMON_Q_AVAILLO	40
#define VIRTIO_PCI_COMMON_Q_AVAILHI	44
#define VIRTIO_PCI_COMMON_Q_USEDLO	48
#define VIRTIO_PCI_COMMON_Q_USEDHI	52

#endif /* VIRTIO_PCI_NO_MODERN */

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) */
/*
 *  Video for Linux Two controls header file
 *
 *  Copyright (C) 1999-2012 the contributors
 *
 *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 *  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 *  (at your option) any later version.
 *
 *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 *  GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 *  Alternatively you can redistribute this file under the terms of the
 *  BSD license as stated below:
 *
 *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 *  are met:
 *  1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *  2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *     the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *     distribution.
 *  3. The names of its contributors may not be used to endorse or promote
 *     products derived from this software without specific prior written
 *     permission.
 *
 *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
 *  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 *  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
 *  A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 *  OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 *  SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 *  TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
 *  PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
 *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
 *  NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
 *  SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 *  The contents of this header was split off from videodev2.h. All control
 *  definitions should be added to this header, which is included by
 *  videodev2.h.
 */

#ifndef __LINUX_V4L2_CONTROLS_H
#define __LINUX_V4L2_CONTROLS_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* Control classes */
#define V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_USER		0x00980000	/* Old-style 'user' controls */
#define V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG		0x00990000	/* MPEG-compression controls */
#define V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_CAMERA		0x009a0000	/* Camera class controls */
#define V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_TX		0x009b0000	/* FM Modulator controls */
#define V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FLASH		0x009c0000	/* Camera flash controls */
#define V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_JPEG		0x009d0000	/* JPEG-compression controls */
#define V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_IMAGE_SOURCE	0x009e0000	/* Image source controls */
#define V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_IMAGE_PROC	0x009f0000	/* Image processing controls */
#define V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_DV		0x00a00000	/* Digital Video controls */
#define V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_RX		0x00a10000	/* FM Receiver controls */
#define V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_RF_TUNER	0x00a20000	/* RF tuner controls */
#define V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_DETECT		0x00a30000	/* Detection controls */

/* User-class control IDs */

#define V4L2_CID_BASE			(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_USER | 0x900)
#define V4L2_CID_USER_BASE		V4L2_CID_BASE
#define V4L2_CID_USER_CLASS		(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_USER | 1)
#define V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS		(V4L2_CID_BASE+0)
#define V4L2_CID_CONTRAST		(V4L2_CID_BASE+1)
#define V4L2_CID_SATURATION		(V4L2_CID_BASE+2)
#define V4L2_CID_HUE			(V4L2_CID_BASE+3)
#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_VOLUME		(V4L2_CID_BASE+5)
#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BALANCE		(V4L2_CID_BASE+6)
#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BASS		(V4L2_CID_BASE+7)
#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_TREBLE		(V4L2_CID_BASE+8)
#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_MUTE		(V4L2_CID_BASE+9)
#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LOUDNESS		(V4L2_CID_BASE+10)
#define V4L2_CID_BLACK_LEVEL		(V4L2_CID_BASE+11) /* Deprecated */
#define V4L2_CID_AUTO_WHITE_BALANCE	(V4L2_CID_BASE+12)
#define V4L2_CID_DO_WHITE_BALANCE	(V4L2_CID_BASE+13)
#define V4L2_CID_RED_BALANCE		(V4L2_CID_BASE+14)
#define V4L2_CID_BLUE_BALANCE		(V4L2_CID_BASE+15)
#define V4L2_CID_GAMMA			(V4L2_CID_BASE+16)
#define V4L2_CID_WHITENESS		(V4L2_CID_GAMMA) /* Deprecated */
#define V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE		(V4L2_CID_BASE+17)
#define V4L2_CID_AUTOGAIN		(V4L2_CID_BASE+18)
#define V4L2_CID_GAIN			(V4L2_CID_BASE+19)
#define V4L2_CID_HFLIP			(V4L2_CID_BASE+20)
#define V4L2_CID_VFLIP			(V4L2_CID_BASE+21)

#define V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY	(V4L2_CID_BASE+24)
enum v4l2_power_line_frequency {
	V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY_DISABLED	= 0,
	V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY_50HZ	= 1,
	V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY_60HZ	= 2,
	V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY_AUTO	= 3,
};
#define V4L2_CID_HUE_AUTO			(V4L2_CID_BASE+25)
#define V4L2_CID_WHITE_BALANCE_TEMPERATURE	(V4L2_CID_BASE+26)
#define V4L2_CID_SHARPNESS			(V4L2_CID_BASE+27)
#define V4L2_CID_BACKLIGHT_COMPENSATION		(V4L2_CID_BASE+28)
#define V4L2_CID_CHROMA_AGC                     (V4L2_CID_BASE+29)
#define V4L2_CID_COLOR_KILLER                   (V4L2_CID_BASE+30)
#define V4L2_CID_COLORFX			(V4L2_CID_BASE+31)
enum v4l2_colorfx {
	V4L2_COLORFX_NONE			= 0,
	V4L2_COLORFX_BW				= 1,
	V4L2_COLORFX_SEPIA			= 2,
	V4L2_COLORFX_NEGATIVE			= 3,
	V4L2_COLORFX_EMBOSS			= 4,
	V4L2_COLORFX_SKETCH			= 5,
	V4L2_COLORFX_SKY_BLUE			= 6,
	V4L2_COLORFX_GRASS_GREEN		= 7,
	V4L2_COLORFX_SKIN_WHITEN		= 8,
	V4L2_COLORFX_VIVID			= 9,
	V4L2_COLORFX_AQUA			= 10,
	V4L2_COLORFX_ART_FREEZE			= 11,
	V4L2_COLORFX_SILHOUETTE			= 12,
	V4L2_COLORFX_SOLARIZATION		= 13,
	V4L2_COLORFX_ANTIQUE			= 14,
	V4L2_COLORFX_SET_CBCR			= 15,
};
#define V4L2_CID_AUTOBRIGHTNESS			(V4L2_CID_BASE+32)
#define V4L2_CID_BAND_STOP_FILTER		(V4L2_CID_BASE+33)

#define V4L2_CID_ROTATE				(V4L2_CID_BASE+34)
#define V4L2_CID_BG_COLOR			(V4L2_CID_BASE+35)

#define V4L2_CID_CHROMA_GAIN                    (V4L2_CID_BASE+36)

#define V4L2_CID_ILLUMINATORS_1			(V4L2_CID_BASE+37)
#define V4L2_CID_ILLUMINATORS_2			(V4L2_CID_BASE+38)

#define V4L2_CID_MIN_BUFFERS_FOR_CAPTURE	(V4L2_CID_BASE+39)
#define V4L2_CID_MIN_BUFFERS_FOR_OUTPUT		(V4L2_CID_BASE+40)

#define V4L2_CID_ALPHA_COMPONENT		(V4L2_CID_BASE+41)
#define V4L2_CID_COLORFX_CBCR			(V4L2_CID_BASE+42)

/* last CID + 1 */
#define V4L2_CID_LASTP1                         (V4L2_CID_BASE+43)

/* USER-class private control IDs */

/* The base for the meye driver controls. See linux/meye.h for the list
 * of controls. We reserve 16 controls for this driver. */
#define V4L2_CID_USER_MEYE_BASE			(V4L2_CID_USER_BASE + 0x1000)

/* The base for the bttv driver controls.
 * We reserve 32 controls for this driver. */
#define V4L2_CID_USER_BTTV_BASE			(V4L2_CID_USER_BASE + 0x1010)


/* The base for the s2255 driver controls.
 * We reserve 16 controls for this driver. */
#define V4L2_CID_USER_S2255_BASE		(V4L2_CID_USER_BASE + 0x1030)

/*
 * The base for the si476x driver controls. See include/media/drv-intf/si476x.h
 * for the list of controls. Total of 16 controls is reserved for this driver
 */
#define V4L2_CID_USER_SI476X_BASE		(V4L2_CID_USER_BASE + 0x1040)

/* The base for the TI VPE driver controls. Total of 16 controls is reserved for
 * this driver */
#define V4L2_CID_USER_TI_VPE_BASE		(V4L2_CID_USER_BASE + 0x1050)

/* The base for the saa7134 driver controls.
 * We reserve 16 controls for this driver. */
#define V4L2_CID_USER_SAA7134_BASE		(V4L2_CID_USER_BASE + 0x1060)

/* The base for the adv7180 driver controls.
 * We reserve 16 controls for this driver. */
#define V4L2_CID_USER_ADV7180_BASE		(V4L2_CID_USER_BASE + 0x1070)

/* The base for the tc358743 driver controls.
 * We reserve 16 controls for this driver. */
#define V4L2_CID_USER_TC358743_BASE		(V4L2_CID_USER_BASE + 0x1080)

/* The base for the max217x driver controls.
 * We reserve 32 controls for this driver
 */
#define V4L2_CID_USER_MAX217X_BASE		(V4L2_CID_USER_BASE + 0x1090)

/* The base for the imx driver controls.
 * We reserve 16 controls for this driver. */
#define V4L2_CID_USER_IMX_BASE			(V4L2_CID_USER_BASE + 0x1090)

/* MPEG-class control IDs */
/* The MPEG controls are applicable to all codec controls
 * and the 'MPEG' part of the define is historical */

#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE			(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG | 0x900)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CLASS			(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG | 1)

/*  MPEG streams, specific to multiplexed streams */
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+0)
enum v4l2_mpeg_stream_type {
	V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG2_PS   = 0, /* MPEG-2 program stream */
	V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG2_TS   = 1, /* MPEG-2 transport stream */
	V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG1_SS   = 2, /* MPEG-1 system stream */
	V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG2_DVD  = 3, /* MPEG-2 DVD-compatible stream */
	V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG1_VCD  = 4, /* MPEG-1 VCD-compatible stream */
	V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG2_SVCD = 5, /* MPEG-2 SVCD-compatible stream */
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_PMT		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+1)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_AUDIO		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+2)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_VIDEO		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+3)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_PCR		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+4)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PES_ID_AUDIO	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+5)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PES_ID_VIDEO	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+6)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+7)
enum v4l2_mpeg_stream_vbi_fmt {
	V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_NONE = 0,  /* No VBI in the MPEG stream */
	V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_IVTV = 1,  /* VBI in private packets, IVTV format */
};

/*  MPEG audio controls specific to multiplexed streams  */
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+100)
enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_sampling_freq {
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ_44100 = 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ_48000 = 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ_32000 = 2,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+101)
enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_encoding {
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_LAYER_1 = 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_LAYER_2 = 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_LAYER_3 = 2,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_AAC     = 3,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_AC3     = 4,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+102)
enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_l1_bitrate {
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_32K  = 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_64K  = 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_96K  = 2,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_128K = 3,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_160K = 4,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_192K = 5,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_224K = 6,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_256K = 7,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_288K = 8,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_320K = 9,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_352K = 10,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_384K = 11,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_416K = 12,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_448K = 13,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+103)
enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_l2_bitrate {
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_32K  = 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_48K  = 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_56K  = 2,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_64K  = 3,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_80K  = 4,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_96K  = 5,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_112K = 6,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_128K = 7,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_160K = 8,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_192K = 9,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_224K = 10,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_256K = 11,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_320K = 12,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_384K = 13,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+104)
enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_l3_bitrate {
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_32K  = 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_40K  = 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_48K  = 2,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_56K  = 3,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_64K  = 4,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_80K  = 5,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_96K  = 6,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_112K = 7,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_128K = 8,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_160K = 9,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_192K = 10,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_224K = 11,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_256K = 12,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_320K = 13,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+105)
enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_mode {
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_STEREO       = 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_JOINT_STEREO = 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_DUAL         = 2,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_MONO         = 3,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+106)
enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_mode_extension {
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION_BOUND_4  = 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION_BOUND_8  = 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION_BOUND_12 = 2,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION_BOUND_16 = 3,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+107)
enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_emphasis {
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS_NONE         = 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS_50_DIV_15_uS = 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS_CCITT_J17    = 2,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_CRC			(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+108)
enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_crc {
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_CRC_NONE  = 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_CRC_CRC16 = 1,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MUTE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+109)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_AAC_BITRATE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+110)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+111)
enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_ac3_bitrate {
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_32K  = 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_40K  = 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_48K  = 2,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_56K  = 3,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_64K  = 4,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_80K  = 5,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_96K  = 6,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_112K = 7,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_128K = 8,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_160K = 9,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_192K = 10,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_224K = 11,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_256K = 12,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_320K = 13,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_384K = 14,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_448K = 15,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_512K = 16,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_576K = 17,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_640K = 18,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+112)
enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_dec_playback {
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK_AUTO	    = 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK_STEREO	    = 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK_LEFT	    = 2,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK_RIGHT	    = 3,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK_MONO	    = 4,
	V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK_SWAPPED_STEREO = 5,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_MULTILINGUAL_PLAYBACK (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+113)

/*  MPEG video controls specific to multiplexed streams */
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+200)
enum v4l2_mpeg_video_encoding {
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING_MPEG_1     = 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING_MPEG_2     = 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING_MPEG_4_AVC = 2,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+201)
enum v4l2_mpeg_video_aspect {
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT_1x1     = 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT_4x3     = 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT_16x9    = 2,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT_221x100 = 3,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_B_FRAMES		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+202)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_GOP_SIZE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+203)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_GOP_CLOSURE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+204)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_PULLDOWN		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+205)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_MODE	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+206)
enum v4l2_mpeg_video_bitrate_mode {
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_MODE_VBR = 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_MODE_CBR = 1,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+207)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_PEAK	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+208)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_DECIMATION (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+209)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MUTE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+210)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MUTE_YUV		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+211)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DECODER_SLICE_INTERFACE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+212)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DECODER_MPEG4_DEBLOCK_FILTER	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+213)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_CYCLIC_INTRA_REFRESH_MB		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+214)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_FRAME_RC_ENABLE			(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+215)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEADER_MODE				(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+216)
enum v4l2_mpeg_video_header_mode {
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEADER_MODE_SEPARATE			= 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEADER_MODE_JOINED_WITH_1ST_FRAME	= 1,

};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MAX_REF_PIC			(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+217)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MB_RC_ENABLE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+218)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SLICE_MAX_BYTES	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+219)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SLICE_MAX_MB		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+220)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SLICE_MODE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+221)
enum v4l2_mpeg_video_multi_slice_mode {
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SLICE_MODE_SINGLE		= 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SICE_MODE_MAX_MB		= 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SICE_MODE_MAX_BYTES	= 2,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VBV_SIZE			(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+222)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DEC_PTS			(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+223)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DEC_FRAME			(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+224)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VBV_DELAY			(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+225)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_REPEAT_SEQ_HEADER		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+226)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MV_H_SEARCH_RANGE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+227)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MV_V_SEARCH_RANGE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+228)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_FORCE_KEY_FRAME		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+229)

#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG2_SLICE_PARAMS		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+250)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG2_QUANTIZATION		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+251)

#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H263_I_FRAME_QP		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+300)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H263_P_FRAME_QP		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+301)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H263_B_FRAME_QP		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+302)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H263_MIN_QP			(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+303)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H263_MAX_QP			(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+304)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_I_FRAME_QP		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+350)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_P_FRAME_QP		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+351)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_B_FRAME_QP		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+352)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_MIN_QP			(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+353)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_MAX_QP			(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+354)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_8X8_TRANSFORM		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+355)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_CPB_SIZE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+356)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_ENTROPY_MODE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+357)
enum v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_entropy_mode {
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_ENTROPY_MODE_CAVLC	= 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_ENTROPY_MODE_CABAC	= 1,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_I_PERIOD		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+358)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL			(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+359)
enum v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_level {
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_1_0	= 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_1B	= 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_1_1	= 2,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_1_2	= 3,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_1_3	= 4,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_2_0	= 5,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_2_1	= 6,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_2_2	= 7,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_3_0	= 8,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_3_1	= 9,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_3_2	= 10,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_4_0	= 11,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_4_1	= 12,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_4_2	= 13,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_5_0	= 14,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_5_1	= 15,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LOOP_FILTER_ALPHA	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+360)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LOOP_FILTER_BETA	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+361)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LOOP_FILTER_MODE	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+362)
enum v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_loop_filter_mode {
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LOOP_FILTER_MODE_ENABLED				= 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LOOP_FILTER_MODE_DISABLED				= 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LOOP_FILTER_MODE_DISABLED_AT_SLICE_BOUNDARY	= 2,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+363)
enum v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_profile {
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_BASELINE			= 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE	= 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_MAIN			= 2,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_EXTENDED			= 3,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_HIGH			= 4,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_HIGH_10			= 5,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_HIGH_422			= 6,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE	= 7,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_HIGH_10_INTRA		= 8,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_HIGH_422_INTRA		= 9,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_HIGH_444_INTRA		= 10,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_CAVLC_444_INTRA		= 11,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_SCALABLE_BASELINE		= 12,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_SCALABLE_HIGH		= 13,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_SCALABLE_HIGH_INTRA	= 14,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_STEREO_HIGH		= 15,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_MULTIVIEW_HIGH		= 16,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_EXT_SAR_HEIGHT	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+364)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_EXT_SAR_WIDTH	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+365)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_ENABLE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+366)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+367)
enum v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_vui_sar_idc {
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_UNSPECIFIED	= 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_1x1		= 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_12x11		= 2,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_10x11		= 3,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_16x11		= 4,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_40x33		= 5,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_24x11		= 6,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_20x11		= 7,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_32x11		= 8,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_80x33		= 9,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_18x11		= 10,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_15x11		= 11,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_64x33		= 12,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_160x99		= 13,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_4x3		= 14,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_3x2		= 15,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_2x1		= 16,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_EXTENDED	= 17,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FRAME_PACKING		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+368)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_CURRENT_FRAME_0		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+369)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+370)
enum v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_sei_fp_arrangement_type {
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE_CHECKERBOARD	= 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE_COLUMN		= 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE_ROW		= 2,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE_SIDE_BY_SIDE	= 3,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE_TOP_BOTTOM		= 4,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE_TEMPORAL		= 5,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO			(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+371)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+372)
enum v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_fmo_map_type {
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_INTERLEAVED_SLICES		= 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_SCATTERED_SLICES		= 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_FOREGROUND_WITH_LEFT_OVER	= 2,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_BOX_OUT			= 3,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_RASTER_SCAN			= 4,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_WIPE_SCAN			= 5,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_EXPLICIT			= 6,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_SLICE_GROUP	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+373)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_CHANGE_DIRECTION	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+374)
enum v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_fmo_change_dir {
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_CHANGE_DIR_RIGHT	= 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_CHANGE_DIR_LEFT	= 1,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_CHANGE_RATE	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+375)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_RUN_LENGTH		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+376)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_ASO			(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+377)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_ASO_SLICE_ORDER	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+378)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+379)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_TYPE	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+380)
enum v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_hierarchical_coding_type {
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_B	= 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_P	= 1,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_LAYER	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+381)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_LAYER_QP	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+382)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_I_FRAME_QP	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+400)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_P_FRAME_QP	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+401)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_B_FRAME_QP	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+402)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_MIN_QP	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+403)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_MAX_QP	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+404)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_LEVEL		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+405)
enum v4l2_mpeg_video_mpeg4_level {
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_LEVEL_0	= 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_LEVEL_0B	= 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_LEVEL_1	= 2,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_LEVEL_2	= 3,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_LEVEL_3	= 4,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_LEVEL_3B	= 5,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_LEVEL_4	= 6,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_LEVEL_5	= 7,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_PROFILE	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+406)
enum v4l2_mpeg_video_mpeg4_profile {
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_PROFILE_SIMPLE				= 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_PROFILE_ADVANCED_SIMPLE			= 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_PROFILE_CORE				= 2,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_PROFILE_SIMPLE_SCALABLE			= 3,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_PROFILE_ADVANCED_CODING_EFFICIENCY	= 4,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_QPEL		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+407)

/*  Control IDs for VP8 streams
 *  Although VP8 is not part of MPEG we add these controls to the MPEG class
 *  as that class is already handling other video compression standards
 */
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_NUM_PARTITIONS		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+500)
enum v4l2_vp8_num_partitions {
	V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_1_PARTITION	= 0,
	V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_2_PARTITIONS	= 1,
	V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_4_PARTITIONS	= 2,
	V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_8_PARTITIONS	= 3,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_IMD_DISABLE_4X4		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+501)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_NUM_REF_FRAMES		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+502)
enum v4l2_vp8_num_ref_frames {
	V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_1_REF_FRAME	= 0,
	V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_2_REF_FRAME	= 1,
	V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_3_REF_FRAME	= 2,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_FILTER_LEVEL		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+503)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_FILTER_SHARPNESS	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+504)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_GOLDEN_FRAME_REF_PERIOD	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+505)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_GOLDEN_FRAME_SEL	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+506)
enum v4l2_vp8_golden_frame_sel {
	V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_GOLDEN_FRAME_USE_PREV		= 0,
	V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_GOLDEN_FRAME_USE_REF_PERIOD	= 1,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_MIN_QP			(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+507)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_MAX_QP			(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+508)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_I_FRAME_QP		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+509)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_P_FRAME_QP		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+510)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_PROFILE			(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+511)

/* CIDs for HEVC encoding. */

#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MIN_QP		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 600)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MAX_QP		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 601)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_I_FRAME_QP	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 602)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_P_FRAME_QP	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 603)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_B_FRAME_QP	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 604)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_QP	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 605)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_TYPE (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 606)
enum v4l2_mpeg_video_hevc_hier_coding_type {
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_B	= 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_P	= 1,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_LAYER	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 607)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L0_QP	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 608)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L1_QP	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 609)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L2_QP	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 610)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L3_QP	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 611)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L4_QP	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 612)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L5_QP	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 613)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L6_QP	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 614)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_PROFILE	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 615)
enum v4l2_mpeg_video_hevc_profile {
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_PROFILE_MAIN = 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_PROFILE_MAIN_STILL_PICTURE = 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_PROFILE_MAIN_10 = 2,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 616)
enum v4l2_mpeg_video_hevc_level {
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_1	= 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_2	= 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_2_1	= 2,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_3	= 3,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_3_1	= 4,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_4	= 5,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_4_1	= 6,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_5	= 7,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_5_1	= 8,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_5_2	= 9,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_6	= 10,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_6_1	= 11,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_6_2	= 12,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_FRAME_RATE_RESOLUTION	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 617)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_TIER			(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 618)
enum v4l2_mpeg_video_hevc_tier {
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_TIER_MAIN = 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_TIER_HIGH = 1,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MAX_PARTITION_DEPTH	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 619)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LOOP_FILTER_MODE	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 620)
enum v4l2_cid_mpeg_video_hevc_loop_filter_mode {
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LOOP_FILTER_MODE_DISABLED			 = 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LOOP_FILTER_MODE_ENABLED			 = 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LOOP_FILTER_MODE_DISABLED_AT_SLICE_BOUNDARY = 2,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LF_BETA_OFFSET_DIV2	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 621)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LF_TC_OFFSET_DIV2	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 622)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_REFRESH_TYPE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 623)
enum v4l2_cid_mpeg_video_hevc_refresh_type {
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_REFRESH_NONE		= 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_REFRESH_CRA		= 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_REFRESH_IDR		= 2,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_REFRESH_PERIOD		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 624)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LOSSLESS_CU		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 625)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_CONST_INTRA_PRED	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 626)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_WAVEFRONT		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 627)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_GENERAL_PB		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 628)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_TEMPORAL_ID		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 629)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_STRONG_SMOOTHING	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 630)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MAX_NUM_MERGE_MV_MINUS1	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 631)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_INTRA_PU_SPLIT		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 632)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_TMV_PREDICTION		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 633)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_WITHOUT_STARTCODE	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 634)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_SIZE_OF_LENGTH_FIELD	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 635)
enum v4l2_cid_mpeg_video_hevc_size_of_length_field {
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_SIZE_0		= 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_SIZE_1		= 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_SIZE_2		= 2,
	V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_SIZE_4		= 3,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L0_BR	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 636)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L1_BR	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 637)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L2_BR	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 638)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L3_BR	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 639)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L4_BR	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 640)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L5_BR	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 641)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L6_BR	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 642)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_REF_NUMBER_FOR_PFRAMES	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 643)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_PREPEND_SPSPPS_TO_IDR	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE + 644)

/*  MPEG-class control IDs specific to the CX2341x driver as defined by V4L2 */
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE				(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG | 0x1000)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_SPATIAL_FILTER_MODE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE+0)
enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_spatial_filter_mode {
	V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_SPATIAL_FILTER_MODE_MANUAL = 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_SPATIAL_FILTER_MODE_AUTO   = 1,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_SPATIAL_FILTER		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE+1)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE+2)
enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_luma_spatial_filter_type {
	V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_OFF                  = 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_1D_HOR               = 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_1D_VERT              = 2,
	V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_2D_HV_SEPARABLE      = 3,
	V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_2D_SYM_NON_SEPARABLE = 4,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE+3)
enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_chroma_spatial_filter_type {
	V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_OFF    = 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_1D_HOR = 1,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_FILTER_MODE	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE+4)
enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_temporal_filter_mode {
	V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_FILTER_MODE_MANUAL = 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_FILTER_MODE_AUTO   = 1,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_FILTER		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE+5)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE+6)
enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_median_filter_type {
	V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_OFF      = 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_HOR      = 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_VERT     = 2,
	V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_HOR_VERT = 3,
	V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_DIAG     = 4,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_MEDIAN_FILTER_BOTTOM	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE+7)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_MEDIAN_FILTER_TOP	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE+8)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_MEDIAN_FILTER_BOTTOM	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE+9)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_MEDIAN_FILTER_TOP	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE+10)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_STREAM_INSERT_NAV_PACKETS		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE+11)

/*  MPEG-class control IDs specific to the Samsung MFC 5.1 driver as defined by V4L2 */
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_BASE				(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG | 0x1100)

#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_DECODER_H264_DISPLAY_DELAY		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_BASE+0)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_DECODER_H264_DISPLAY_DELAY_ENABLE	(V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_BASE+1)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_FRAME_SKIP_MODE			(V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_BASE+2)
enum v4l2_mpeg_mfc51_video_frame_skip_mode {
	V4L2_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_FRAME_SKIP_MODE_DISABLED		= 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_FRAME_SKIP_MODE_LEVEL_LIMIT	= 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_FRAME_SKIP_MODE_BUF_LIMIT		= 2,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_FORCE_FRAME_TYPE			(V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_BASE+3)
enum v4l2_mpeg_mfc51_video_force_frame_type {
	V4L2_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_FORCE_FRAME_TYPE_DISABLED		= 0,
	V4L2_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_FORCE_FRAME_TYPE_I_FRAME		= 1,
	V4L2_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_FORCE_FRAME_TYPE_NOT_CODED	= 2,
};
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_PADDING				(V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_BASE+4)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_PADDING_YUV				(V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_BASE+5)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_RC_FIXED_TARGET_BIT			(V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_BASE+6)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_RC_REACTION_COEFF			(V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_BASE+7)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_H264_ADAPTIVE_RC_ACTIVITY		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_BASE+50)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_H264_ADAPTIVE_RC_DARK			(V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_BASE+51)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_H264_ADAPTIVE_RC_SMOOTH		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_BASE+52)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_H264_ADAPTIVE_RC_STATIC		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_BASE+53)
#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_H264_NUM_REF_PIC_FOR_P		(V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_BASE+54)

/*  Camera class control IDs */

#define V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE	(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_CAMERA | 0x900)
#define V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS		(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_CAMERA | 1)

#define V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO			(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+1)
enum  v4l2_exposure_auto_type {
	V4L2_EXPOSURE_AUTO = 0,
	V4L2_EXPOSURE_MANUAL = 1,
	V4L2_EXPOSURE_SHUTTER_PRIORITY = 2,
	V4L2_EXPOSURE_APERTURE_PRIORITY = 3
};
#define V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_ABSOLUTE		(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+2)
#define V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO_PRIORITY		(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+3)

#define V4L2_CID_PAN_RELATIVE			(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+4)
#define V4L2_CID_TILT_RELATIVE			(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+5)
#define V4L2_CID_PAN_RESET			(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+6)
#define V4L2_CID_TILT_RESET			(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+7)

#define V4L2_CID_PAN_ABSOLUTE			(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+8)
#define V4L2_CID_TILT_ABSOLUTE			(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+9)

#define V4L2_CID_FOCUS_ABSOLUTE			(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+10)
#define V4L2_CID_FOCUS_RELATIVE			(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+11)
#define V4L2_CID_FOCUS_AUTO			(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+12)

#define V4L2_CID_ZOOM_ABSOLUTE			(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+13)
#define V4L2_CID_ZOOM_RELATIVE			(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+14)
#define V4L2_CID_ZOOM_CONTINUOUS		(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+15)

#define V4L2_CID_PRIVACY			(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+16)

#define V4L2_CID_IRIS_ABSOLUTE			(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+17)
#define V4L2_CID_IRIS_RELATIVE			(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+18)

#define V4L2_CID_AUTO_EXPOSURE_BIAS		(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+19)

#define V4L2_CID_AUTO_N_PRESET_WHITE_BALANCE	(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+20)
enum v4l2_auto_n_preset_white_balance {
	V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_MANUAL		= 0,
	V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_AUTO			= 1,
	V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_INCANDESCENT		= 2,
	V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_FLUORESCENT		= 3,
	V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_FLUORESCENT_H	= 4,
	V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_HORIZON		= 5,
	V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_DAYLIGHT		= 6,
	V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_FLASH		= 7,
	V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_CLOUDY		= 8,
	V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_SHADE		= 9,
};

#define V4L2_CID_WIDE_DYNAMIC_RANGE		(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+21)
#define V4L2_CID_IMAGE_STABILIZATION		(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+22)

#define V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY		(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+23)
#define V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY_AUTO		(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+24)
enum v4l2_iso_sensitivity_auto_type {
	V4L2_ISO_SENSITIVITY_MANUAL		= 0,
	V4L2_ISO_SENSITIVITY_AUTO		= 1,
};

#define V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_METERING		(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+25)
enum v4l2_exposure_metering {
	V4L2_EXPOSURE_METERING_AVERAGE		= 0,
	V4L2_EXPOSURE_METERING_CENTER_WEIGHTED	= 1,
	V4L2_EXPOSURE_METERING_SPOT		= 2,
	V4L2_EXPOSURE_METERING_MATRIX		= 3,
};

#define V4L2_CID_SCENE_MODE			(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+26)
enum v4l2_scene_mode {
	V4L2_SCENE_MODE_NONE			= 0,
	V4L2_SCENE_MODE_BACKLIGHT		= 1,
	V4L2_SCENE_MODE_BEACH_SNOW		= 2,
	V4L2_SCENE_MODE_CANDLE_LIGHT		= 3,
	V4L2_SCENE_MODE_DAWN_DUSK		= 4,
	V4L2_SCENE_MODE_FALL_COLORS		= 5,
	V4L2_SCENE_MODE_FIREWORKS		= 6,
	V4L2_SCENE_MODE_LANDSCAPE		= 7,
	V4L2_SCENE_MODE_NIGHT			= 8,
	V4L2_SCENE_MODE_PARTY_INDOOR		= 9,
	V4L2_SCENE_MODE_PORTRAIT		= 10,
	V4L2_SCENE_MODE_SPORTS			= 11,
	V4L2_SCENE_MODE_SUNSET			= 12,
	V4L2_SCENE_MODE_TEXT			= 13,
};

#define V4L2_CID_3A_LOCK			(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+27)
#define V4L2_LOCK_EXPOSURE			(1 << 0)
#define V4L2_LOCK_WHITE_BALANCE			(1 << 1)
#define V4L2_LOCK_FOCUS				(1 << 2)

#define V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_START		(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+28)
#define V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STOP		(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+29)
#define V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS		(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+30)
#define V4L2_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS_IDLE		(0 << 0)
#define V4L2_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS_BUSY		(1 << 0)
#define V4L2_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS_REACHED		(1 << 1)
#define V4L2_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS_FAILED		(1 << 2)

#define V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE		(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+31)
enum v4l2_auto_focus_range {
	V4L2_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE_AUTO		= 0,
	V4L2_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE_NORMAL		= 1,
	V4L2_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE_MACRO		= 2,
	V4L2_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE_INFINITY		= 3,
};

#define V4L2_CID_PAN_SPEED			(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+32)
#define V4L2_CID_TILT_SPEED			(V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+33)

/* FM Modulator class control IDs */

#define V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE		(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_TX | 0x900)
#define V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS			(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_TX | 1)

#define V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_DEVIATION		(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 1)
#define V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PI			(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 2)
#define V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PTY			(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 3)
#define V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PS_NAME			(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 5)
#define V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_RADIO_TEXT		(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 6)
#define V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_MONO_STEREO		(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 7)
#define V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_ARTIFICIAL_HEAD		(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 8)
#define V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_COMPRESSED		(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 9)
#define V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_DYNAMIC_PTY		(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 10)
#define V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_TRAFFIC_ANNOUNCEMENT	(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 11)
#define V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_TRAFFIC_PROGRAM		(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 12)
#define V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_MUSIC_SPEECH		(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 13)
#define V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_ALT_FREQS_ENABLE	(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 14)
#define V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_ALT_FREQS		(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 15)

#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_ENABLED		(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 64)
#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_RELEASE_TIME	(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 65)
#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_DEVIATION	(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 66)

#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_ENABLED	(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 80)
#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_GAIN		(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 81)
#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD	(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 82)
#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_ATTACK_TIME	(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 83)
#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_RELEASE_TIME	(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 84)

#define V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_ENABLED		(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 96)
#define V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_DEVIATION		(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 97)
#define V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_FREQUENCY		(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 98)

#define V4L2_CID_TUNE_PREEMPHASIS		(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 112)
enum v4l2_preemphasis {
	V4L2_PREEMPHASIS_DISABLED	= 0,
	V4L2_PREEMPHASIS_50_uS		= 1,
	V4L2_PREEMPHASIS_75_uS		= 2,
};
#define V4L2_CID_TUNE_POWER_LEVEL		(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 113)
#define V4L2_CID_TUNE_ANTENNA_CAPACITOR		(V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 114)


/* Flash and privacy (indicator) light controls */

#define V4L2_CID_FLASH_CLASS_BASE		(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FLASH | 0x900)
#define V4L2_CID_FLASH_CLASS			(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FLASH | 1)

#define V4L2_CID_FLASH_LED_MODE			(V4L2_CID_FLASH_CLASS_BASE + 1)
enum v4l2_flash_led_mode {
	V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_NONE,
	V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_FLASH,
	V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_TORCH,
};

#define V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE		(V4L2_CID_FLASH_CLASS_BASE + 2)
enum v4l2_flash_strobe_source {
	V4L2_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE_SOFTWARE,
	V4L2_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE_EXTERNAL,
};

#define V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE			(V4L2_CID_FLASH_CLASS_BASE + 3)
#define V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_STOP		(V4L2_CID_FLASH_CLASS_BASE + 4)
#define V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_STATUS		(V4L2_CID_FLASH_CLASS_BASE + 5)

#define V4L2_CID_FLASH_TIMEOUT			(V4L2_CID_FLASH_CLASS_BASE + 6)
#define V4L2_CID_FLASH_INTENSITY		(V4L2_CID_FLASH_CLASS_BASE + 7)
#define V4L2_CID_FLASH_TORCH_INTENSITY		(V4L2_CID_FLASH_CLASS_BASE + 8)
#define V4L2_CID_FLASH_INDICATOR_INTENSITY	(V4L2_CID_FLASH_CLASS_BASE + 9)

#define V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT			(V4L2_CID_FLASH_CLASS_BASE + 10)
#define V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_OVER_VOLTAGE		(1 << 0)
#define V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_TIMEOUT		(1 << 1)
#define V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_OVER_TEMPERATURE	(1 << 2)
#define V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_SHORT_CIRCUIT		(1 << 3)
#define V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_OVER_CURRENT		(1 << 4)
#define V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_INDICATOR		(1 << 5)
#define V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_UNDER_VOLTAGE		(1 << 6)
#define V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_INPUT_VOLTAGE		(1 << 7)
#define V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_LED_OVER_TEMPERATURE	(1 << 8)

#define V4L2_CID_FLASH_CHARGE			(V4L2_CID_FLASH_CLASS_BASE + 11)
#define V4L2_CID_FLASH_READY			(V4L2_CID_FLASH_CLASS_BASE + 12)


/* JPEG-class control IDs */

#define V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS_BASE		(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_JPEG | 0x900)
#define V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS			(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_JPEG | 1)

#define	V4L2_CID_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING	(V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS_BASE + 1)
enum v4l2_jpeg_chroma_subsampling {
	V4L2_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING_444	= 0,
	V4L2_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING_422	= 1,
	V4L2_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING_420	= 2,
	V4L2_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING_411	= 3,
	V4L2_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING_410	= 4,
	V4L2_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING_GRAY	= 5,
};
#define	V4L2_CID_JPEG_RESTART_INTERVAL		(V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS_BASE + 2)
#define	V4L2_CID_JPEG_COMPRESSION_QUALITY	(V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS_BASE + 3)

#define	V4L2_CID_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER		(V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS_BASE + 4)
#define	V4L2_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER_APP0		(1 << 0)
#define	V4L2_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER_APP1		(1 << 1)
#define	V4L2_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER_COM		(1 << 16)
#define	V4L2_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER_DQT		(1 << 17)
#define	V4L2_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER_DHT		(1 << 18)


/* Image source controls */
#define V4L2_CID_IMAGE_SOURCE_CLASS_BASE	(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_IMAGE_SOURCE | 0x900)
#define V4L2_CID_IMAGE_SOURCE_CLASS		(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_IMAGE_SOURCE | 1)

#define V4L2_CID_VBLANK				(V4L2_CID_IMAGE_SOURCE_CLASS_BASE + 1)
#define V4L2_CID_HBLANK				(V4L2_CID_IMAGE_SOURCE_CLASS_BASE + 2)
#define V4L2_CID_ANALOGUE_GAIN			(V4L2_CID_IMAGE_SOURCE_CLASS_BASE + 3)
#define V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN_RED		(V4L2_CID_IMAGE_SOURCE_CLASS_BASE + 4)
#define V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN_GREENR		(V4L2_CID_IMAGE_SOURCE_CLASS_BASE + 5)
#define V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN_BLUE		(V4L2_CID_IMAGE_SOURCE_CLASS_BASE + 6)
#define V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN_GREENB		(V4L2_CID_IMAGE_SOURCE_CLASS_BASE + 7)


/* Image processing controls */

#define V4L2_CID_IMAGE_PROC_CLASS_BASE		(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_IMAGE_PROC | 0x900)
#define V4L2_CID_IMAGE_PROC_CLASS		(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_IMAGE_PROC | 1)

#define V4L2_CID_LINK_FREQ			(V4L2_CID_IMAGE_PROC_CLASS_BASE + 1)
#define V4L2_CID_PIXEL_RATE			(V4L2_CID_IMAGE_PROC_CLASS_BASE + 2)
#define V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN			(V4L2_CID_IMAGE_PROC_CLASS_BASE + 3)
#define V4L2_CID_DEINTERLACING_MODE		(V4L2_CID_IMAGE_PROC_CLASS_BASE + 4)
#define V4L2_CID_DIGITAL_GAIN			(V4L2_CID_IMAGE_PROC_CLASS_BASE + 5)

/*  DV-class control IDs defined by V4L2 */
#define V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE			(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_DV | 0x900)
#define V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS			(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_DV | 1)

#define	V4L2_CID_DV_TX_HOTPLUG			(V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 1)
#define	V4L2_CID_DV_TX_RXSENSE			(V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 2)
#define	V4L2_CID_DV_TX_EDID_PRESENT		(V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 3)
#define	V4L2_CID_DV_TX_MODE			(V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 4)
enum v4l2_dv_tx_mode {
	V4L2_DV_TX_MODE_DVI_D	= 0,
	V4L2_DV_TX_MODE_HDMI	= 1,
};
#define V4L2_CID_DV_TX_RGB_RANGE		(V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 5)
enum v4l2_dv_rgb_range {
	V4L2_DV_RGB_RANGE_AUTO	  = 0,
	V4L2_DV_RGB_RANGE_LIMITED = 1,
	V4L2_DV_RGB_RANGE_FULL	  = 2,
};

#define V4L2_CID_DV_TX_IT_CONTENT_TYPE		(V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 6)
enum v4l2_dv_it_content_type {
	V4L2_DV_IT_CONTENT_TYPE_GRAPHICS  = 0,
	V4L2_DV_IT_CONTENT_TYPE_PHOTO	  = 1,
	V4L2_DV_IT_CONTENT_TYPE_CINEMA	  = 2,
	V4L2_DV_IT_CONTENT_TYPE_GAME	  = 3,
	V4L2_DV_IT_CONTENT_TYPE_NO_ITC	  = 4,
};

#define	V4L2_CID_DV_RX_POWER_PRESENT		(V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 100)
#define V4L2_CID_DV_RX_RGB_RANGE		(V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 101)
#define V4L2_CID_DV_RX_IT_CONTENT_TYPE		(V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 102)

#define V4L2_CID_FM_RX_CLASS_BASE		(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_RX | 0x900)
#define V4L2_CID_FM_RX_CLASS			(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_RX | 1)

#define V4L2_CID_TUNE_DEEMPHASIS		(V4L2_CID_FM_RX_CLASS_BASE + 1)
enum v4l2_deemphasis {
	V4L2_DEEMPHASIS_DISABLED	= V4L2_PREEMPHASIS_DISABLED,
	V4L2_DEEMPHASIS_50_uS		= V4L2_PREEMPHASIS_50_uS,
	V4L2_DEEMPHASIS_75_uS		= V4L2_PREEMPHASIS_75_uS,
};

#define V4L2_CID_RDS_RECEPTION			(V4L2_CID_FM_RX_CLASS_BASE + 2)
#define V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_PTY			(V4L2_CID_FM_RX_CLASS_BASE + 3)
#define V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_PS_NAME			(V4L2_CID_FM_RX_CLASS_BASE + 4)
#define V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_RADIO_TEXT		(V4L2_CID_FM_RX_CLASS_BASE + 5)
#define V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_TRAFFIC_ANNOUNCEMENT	(V4L2_CID_FM_RX_CLASS_BASE + 6)
#define V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_TRAFFIC_PROGRAM		(V4L2_CID_FM_RX_CLASS_BASE + 7)
#define V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_MUSIC_SPEECH		(V4L2_CID_FM_RX_CLASS_BASE + 8)

#define V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_CLASS_BASE		(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_RF_TUNER | 0x900)
#define V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_CLASS			(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_RF_TUNER | 1)

#define V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_BANDWIDTH_AUTO	(V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_CLASS_BASE + 11)
#define V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_BANDWIDTH		(V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_CLASS_BASE + 12)
#define V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_RF_GAIN		(V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_CLASS_BASE + 32)
#define V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_LNA_GAIN_AUTO		(V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_CLASS_BASE + 41)
#define V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_LNA_GAIN		(V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_CLASS_BASE + 42)
#define V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_MIXER_GAIN_AUTO	(V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_CLASS_BASE + 51)
#define V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_MIXER_GAIN		(V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_CLASS_BASE + 52)
#define V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_IF_GAIN_AUTO		(V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_CLASS_BASE + 61)
#define V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_IF_GAIN		(V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_CLASS_BASE + 62)
#define V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_PLL_LOCK			(V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_CLASS_BASE + 91)


/*  Detection-class control IDs defined by V4L2 */
#define V4L2_CID_DETECT_CLASS_BASE		(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_DETECT | 0x900)
#define V4L2_CID_DETECT_CLASS			(V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_DETECT | 1)

#define V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_MODE			(V4L2_CID_DETECT_CLASS_BASE + 1)
enum v4l2_detect_md_mode {
	V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_DISABLED		= 0,
	V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_GLOBAL		= 1,
	V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_THRESHOLD_GRID	= 2,
	V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_REGION_GRID		= 3,
};
#define V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_GLOBAL_THRESHOLD	(V4L2_CID_DETECT_CLASS_BASE + 2)
#define V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_THRESHOLD_GRID	(V4L2_CID_DETECT_CLASS_BASE + 3)
#define V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_REGION_GRID		(V4L2_CID_DETECT_CLASS_BASE + 4)

#define V4L2_MPEG2_PICTURE_CODING_TYPE_I	1
#define V4L2_MPEG2_PICTURE_CODING_TYPE_P	2
#define V4L2_MPEG2_PICTURE_CODING_TYPE_B	3
#define V4L2_MPEG2_PICTURE_CODING_TYPE_D	4

struct v4l2_mpeg2_sequence {
	/* ISO/IEC 13818-2, ITU-T Rec. H.262: Sequence header */
	__u16	horizontal_size;
	__u16	vertical_size;
	__u32	vbv_buffer_size;

	/* ISO/IEC 13818-2, ITU-T Rec. H.262: Sequence extension */
	__u8	profile_and_level_indication;
	__u8	progressive_sequence;
	__u8	chroma_format;
	__u8	pad;
};

struct v4l2_mpeg2_picture {
	/* ISO/IEC 13818-2, ITU-T Rec. H.262: Picture header */
	__u8	picture_coding_type;

	/* ISO/IEC 13818-2, ITU-T Rec. H.262: Picture coding extension */
	__u8	f_code[2][2];
	__u8	intra_dc_precision;
	__u8	picture_structure;
	__u8	top_field_first;
	__u8	frame_pred_frame_dct;
	__u8	concealment_motion_vectors;
	__u8	q_scale_type;
	__u8	intra_vlc_format;
	__u8	alternate_scan;
	__u8	repeat_first_field;
	__u8	progressive_frame;
	__u8	pad;
};

struct v4l2_ctrl_mpeg2_slice_params {
	__u32	bit_size;
	__u32	data_bit_offset;

	struct v4l2_mpeg2_sequence sequence;
	struct v4l2_mpeg2_picture picture;

	/* ISO/IEC 13818-2, ITU-T Rec. H.262: Slice */
	__u8	quantiser_scale_code;

	__u8	backward_ref_index;
	__u8	forward_ref_index;
	__u8	pad;
};

struct v4l2_ctrl_mpeg2_quantization {
	/* ISO/IEC 13818-2, ITU-T Rec. H.262: Quant matrix extension */
	__u8	load_intra_quantiser_matrix;
	__u8	load_non_intra_quantiser_matrix;
	__u8	load_chroma_intra_quantiser_matrix;
	__u8	load_chroma_non_intra_quantiser_matrix;

	__u8	intra_quantiser_matrix[64];
	__u8	non_intra_quantiser_matrix[64];
	__u8	chroma_intra_quantiser_matrix[64];
	__u8	chroma_non_intra_quantiser_matrix[64];
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2006-2009 Red Hat, Inc.
 *
 * This file is released under the LGPL.
 */

#ifndef __DM_LOG_USERSPACE_H__
#define __DM_LOG_USERSPACE_H__

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/dm-ioctl.h> /* For DM_UUID_LEN */

/*
 * The device-mapper userspace log module consists of a kernel component and
 * a user-space component.  The kernel component implements the API defined
 * in dm-dirty-log.h.  Its purpose is simply to pass the parameters and
 * return values of those API functions between kernel and user-space.
 *
 * Below are defined the 'request_types' - DM_ULOG_CTR, DM_ULOG_DTR, etc.
 * These request types represent the different functions in the device-mapper
 * dirty log API.  Each of these is described in more detail below.
 *
 * The user-space program must listen for requests from the kernel (representing
 * the various API functions) and process them.
 *
 * User-space begins by setting up the communication link (error checking
 * removed for clarity):
 *	fd = socket(PF_NETLINK, SOCK_DGRAM, NETLINK_CONNECTOR);
 *	addr.nl_family = AF_NETLINK;
 *	addr.nl_groups = CN_IDX_DM;
 *	addr.nl_pid = 0;
 *	r = bind(fd, (struct sockaddr *) &addr, sizeof(addr));
 *	opt = addr.nl_groups;
 *	setsockopt(fd, SOL_NETLINK, NETLINK_ADD_MEMBERSHIP, &opt, sizeof(opt));
 *
 * User-space will then wait to receive requests form the kernel, which it
 * will process as described below.  The requests are received in the form,
 * ((struct dm_ulog_request) + (additional data)).  Depending on the request
 * type, there may or may not be 'additional data'.  In the descriptions below,
 * you will see 'Payload-to-userspace' and 'Payload-to-kernel'.  The
 * 'Payload-to-userspace' is what the kernel sends in 'additional data' as
 * necessary parameters to complete the request.  The 'Payload-to-kernel' is
 * the 'additional data' returned to the kernel that contains the necessary
 * results of the request.  The 'data_size' field in the dm_ulog_request
 * structure denotes the availability and amount of payload data.
 */

/*
 * DM_ULOG_CTR corresponds to (found in dm-dirty-log.h):
 * int (*ctr)(struct dm_dirty_log *log, struct dm_target *ti,
 *	      unsigned argc, char **argv);
 *
 * Payload-to-userspace:
 *	A single string containing all the argv arguments separated by ' 's
 * Payload-to-kernel:
 *	A NUL-terminated string that is the name of the device that is used
 *	as the backing store for the log data.  'dm_get_device' will be called
 *	on this device.  ('dm_put_device' will be called on this device
 *	automatically after calling DM_ULOG_DTR.)  If there is no device needed
 *	for log data, 'data_size' in the dm_ulog_request struct should be 0.
 *
 * The UUID contained in the dm_ulog_request structure is the reference that
 * will be used by all request types to a specific log.  The constructor must
 * record this association with the instance created.
 *
 * When the request has been processed, user-space must return the
 * dm_ulog_request to the kernel - setting the 'error' field, filling the
 * data field with the log device if necessary, and setting 'data_size'
 * appropriately.
 */
#define DM_ULOG_CTR                    1

/*
 * DM_ULOG_DTR corresponds to (found in dm-dirty-log.h):
 * void (*dtr)(struct dm_dirty_log *log);
 *
 * Payload-to-userspace:
 *	A single string containing all the argv arguments separated by ' 's
 * Payload-to-kernel:
 *	None.  ('data_size' in the dm_ulog_request struct should be 0.)
 *
 * The UUID contained in the dm_ulog_request structure is all that is
 * necessary to identify the log instance being destroyed.  There is no
 * payload data.
 *
 * When the request has been processed, user-space must return the
 * dm_ulog_request to the kernel - setting the 'error' field and clearing
 * 'data_size' appropriately.
 */
#define DM_ULOG_DTR                    2

/*
 * DM_ULOG_PRESUSPEND corresponds to (found in dm-dirty-log.h):
 * int (*presuspend)(struct dm_dirty_log *log);
 *
 * Payload-to-userspace:
 *	None.
 * Payload-to-kernel:
 *	None.
 *
 * The UUID contained in the dm_ulog_request structure is all that is
 * necessary to identify the log instance being presuspended.  There is no
 * payload data.
 *
 * When the request has been processed, user-space must return the
 * dm_ulog_request to the kernel - setting the 'error' field and
 * 'data_size' appropriately.
 */
#define DM_ULOG_PRESUSPEND             3

/*
 * DM_ULOG_POSTSUSPEND corresponds to (found in dm-dirty-log.h):
 * int (*postsuspend)(struct dm_dirty_log *log);
 *
 * Payload-to-userspace:
 *	None.
 * Payload-to-kernel:
 *	None.
 *
 * The UUID contained in the dm_ulog_request structure is all that is
 * necessary to identify the log instance being postsuspended.  There is no
 * payload data.
 *
 * When the request has been processed, user-space must return the
 * dm_ulog_request to the kernel - setting the 'error' field and
 * 'data_size' appropriately.
 */
#define DM_ULOG_POSTSUSPEND            4

/*
 * DM_ULOG_RESUME corresponds to (found in dm-dirty-log.h):
 * int (*resume)(struct dm_dirty_log *log);
 *
 * Payload-to-userspace:
 *	None.
 * Payload-to-kernel:
 *	None.
 *
 * The UUID contained in the dm_ulog_request structure is all that is
 * necessary to identify the log instance being resumed.  There is no
 * payload data.
 *
 * When the request has been processed, user-space must return the
 * dm_ulog_request to the kernel - setting the 'error' field and
 * 'data_size' appropriately.
 */
#define DM_ULOG_RESUME                 5

/*
 * DM_ULOG_GET_REGION_SIZE corresponds to (found in dm-dirty-log.h):
 * __u32 (*get_region_size)(struct dm_dirty_log *log);
 *
 * Payload-to-userspace:
 *	None.
 * Payload-to-kernel:
 *	__u64 - contains the region size
 *
 * The region size is something that was determined at constructor time.
 * It is returned in the payload area and 'data_size' is set to
 * reflect this.
 *
 * When the request has been processed, user-space must return the
 * dm_ulog_request to the kernel - setting the 'error' field appropriately.
 */
#define DM_ULOG_GET_REGION_SIZE        6

/*
 * DM_ULOG_IS_CLEAN corresponds to (found in dm-dirty-log.h):
 * int (*is_clean)(struct dm_dirty_log *log, region_t region);
 *
 * Payload-to-userspace:
 *	__u64 - the region to get clean status on
 * Payload-to-kernel:
 *	__s64  - 1 if clean, 0 otherwise
 *
 * Payload is sizeof(__u64) and contains the region for which the clean
 * status is being made.
 *
 * When the request has been processed, user-space must return the
 * dm_ulog_request to the kernel - filling the payload with 0 (not clean) or
 * 1 (clean), setting 'data_size' and 'error' appropriately.
 */
#define DM_ULOG_IS_CLEAN               7

/*
 * DM_ULOG_IN_SYNC corresponds to (found in dm-dirty-log.h):
 * int (*in_sync)(struct dm_dirty_log *log, region_t region,
 *		  int can_block);
 *
 * Payload-to-userspace:
 *	__u64 - the region to get sync status on
 * Payload-to-kernel:
 *	__s64 - 1 if in-sync, 0 otherwise
 *
 * Exactly the same as 'is_clean' above, except this time asking "has the
 * region been recovered?" vs. "is the region not being modified?"
 */
#define DM_ULOG_IN_SYNC                8

/*
 * DM_ULOG_FLUSH corresponds to (found in dm-dirty-log.h):
 * int (*flush)(struct dm_dirty_log *log);
 *
 * Payload-to-userspace:
 *	If the 'integrated_flush' directive is present in the constructor
 *	table, the payload is as same as DM_ULOG_MARK_REGION:
 *		__u64 [] - region(s) to mark
 *	else
 *		None
 * Payload-to-kernel:
 *	None.
 *
 * If the 'integrated_flush' option was used during the creation of the
 * log, mark region requests are carried as payload in the flush request.
 * Piggybacking the mark requests in this way allows for fewer communications
 * between kernel and userspace.
 *
 * When the request has been processed, user-space must return the
 * dm_ulog_request to the kernel - setting the 'error' field and clearing
 * 'data_size' appropriately.
 */
#define DM_ULOG_FLUSH                  9

/*
 * DM_ULOG_MARK_REGION corresponds to (found in dm-dirty-log.h):
 * void (*mark_region)(struct dm_dirty_log *log, region_t region);
 *
 * Payload-to-userspace:
 *	__u64 [] - region(s) to mark
 * Payload-to-kernel:
 *	None.
 *
 * Incoming payload contains the one or more regions to mark dirty.
 * The number of regions contained in the payload can be determined from
 * 'data_size/sizeof(__u64)'.
 *
 * When the request has been processed, user-space must return the
 * dm_ulog_request to the kernel - setting the 'error' field and clearing
 * 'data_size' appropriately.
 */
#define DM_ULOG_MARK_REGION           10

/*
 * DM_ULOG_CLEAR_REGION corresponds to (found in dm-dirty-log.h):
 * void (*clear_region)(struct dm_dirty_log *log, region_t region);
 *
 * Payload-to-userspace:
 *	__u64 [] - region(s) to clear
 * Payload-to-kernel:
 *	None.
 *
 * Incoming payload contains the one or more regions to mark clean.
 * The number of regions contained in the payload can be determined from
 * 'data_size/sizeof(__u64)'.
 *
 * When the request has been processed, user-space must return the
 * dm_ulog_request to the kernel - setting the 'error' field and clearing
 * 'data_size' appropriately.
 */
#define DM_ULOG_CLEAR_REGION          11

/*
 * DM_ULOG_GET_RESYNC_WORK corresponds to (found in dm-dirty-log.h):
 * int (*get_resync_work)(struct dm_dirty_log *log, region_t *region);
 *
 * Payload-to-userspace:
 *	None.
 * Payload-to-kernel:
 *	{
 *		__s64 i; -- 1 if recovery necessary, 0 otherwise
 *		__u64 r; -- The region to recover if i=1
 *	}
 * 'data_size' should be set appropriately.
 *
 * When the request has been processed, user-space must return the
 * dm_ulog_request to the kernel - setting the 'error' field appropriately.
 */
#define DM_ULOG_GET_RESYNC_WORK       12

/*
 * DM_ULOG_SET_REGION_SYNC corresponds to (found in dm-dirty-log.h):
 * void (*set_region_sync)(struct dm_dirty_log *log,
 *			   region_t region, int in_sync);
 *
 * Payload-to-userspace:
 *	{
 *		__u64 - region to set sync state on
 *		__s64  - 0 if not-in-sync, 1 if in-sync
 *	}
 * Payload-to-kernel:
 *	None.
 *
 * When the request has been processed, user-space must return the
 * dm_ulog_request to the kernel - setting the 'error' field and clearing
 * 'data_size' appropriately.
 */
#define DM_ULOG_SET_REGION_SYNC       13

/*
 * DM_ULOG_GET_SYNC_COUNT corresponds to (found in dm-dirty-log.h):
 * region_t (*get_sync_count)(struct dm_dirty_log *log);
 *
 * Payload-to-userspace:
 *	None.
 * Payload-to-kernel:
 *	__u64 - the number of in-sync regions
 *
 * No incoming payload.  Kernel-bound payload contains the number of
 * regions that are in-sync (in a size_t).
 *
 * When the request has been processed, user-space must return the
 * dm_ulog_request to the kernel - setting the 'error' field and
 * 'data_size' appropriately.
 */
#define DM_ULOG_GET_SYNC_COUNT        14

/*
 * DM_ULOG_STATUS_INFO corresponds to (found in dm-dirty-log.h):
 * int (*status)(struct dm_dirty_log *log, STATUSTYPE_INFO,
 *		 char *result, unsigned maxlen);
 *
 * Payload-to-userspace:
 *	None.
 * Payload-to-kernel:
 *	Character string containing STATUSTYPE_INFO
 *
 * When the request has been processed, user-space must return the
 * dm_ulog_request to the kernel - setting the 'error' field and
 * 'data_size' appropriately.
 */
#define DM_ULOG_STATUS_INFO           15

/*
 * DM_ULOG_STATUS_TABLE corresponds to (found in dm-dirty-log.h):
 * int (*status)(struct dm_dirty_log *log, STATUSTYPE_TABLE,
 *		 char *result, unsigned maxlen);
 *
 * Payload-to-userspace:
 *	None.
 * Payload-to-kernel:
 *	Character string containing STATUSTYPE_TABLE
 *
 * When the request has been processed, user-space must return the
 * dm_ulog_request to the kernel - setting the 'error' field and
 * 'data_size' appropriately.
 */
#define DM_ULOG_STATUS_TABLE          16

/*
 * DM_ULOG_IS_REMOTE_RECOVERING corresponds to (found in dm-dirty-log.h):
 * int (*is_remote_recovering)(struct dm_dirty_log *log, region_t region);
 *
 * Payload-to-userspace:
 *	__u64 - region to determine recovery status on
 * Payload-to-kernel:
 *	{
 *		__s64 is_recovering;  -- 0 if no, 1 if yes
 *		__u64 in_sync_hint;  -- lowest region still needing resync
 *	}
 *
 * When the request has been processed, user-space must return the
 * dm_ulog_request to the kernel - setting the 'error' field and
 * 'data_size' appropriately.
 */
#define DM_ULOG_IS_REMOTE_RECOVERING  17

/*
 * (DM_ULOG_REQUEST_MASK & request_type) to get the request type
 *
 * Payload-to-userspace:
 *	A single string containing all the argv arguments separated by ' 's
 * Payload-to-kernel:
 *	None.  ('data_size' in the dm_ulog_request struct should be 0.)
 *
 * We are reserving 8 bits of the 32-bit 'request_type' field for the
 * various request types above.  The remaining 24-bits are currently
 * set to zero and are reserved for future use and compatibility concerns.
 *
 * User-space should always use DM_ULOG_REQUEST_TYPE to acquire the
 * request type from the 'request_type' field to maintain forward compatibility.
 */
#define DM_ULOG_REQUEST_MASK 0xFF
#define DM_ULOG_REQUEST_TYPE(request_type) \
	(DM_ULOG_REQUEST_MASK & (request_type))

/*
 * DM_ULOG_REQUEST_VERSION is incremented when there is a
 * change to the way information is passed between kernel
 * and userspace.  This could be a structure change of
 * dm_ulog_request or a change in the way requests are
 * issued/handled.  Changes are outlined here:
 *	version 1:  Initial implementation
 *	version 2:  DM_ULOG_CTR allowed to return a string containing a
 *	            device name that is to be registered with DM via
 *	            'dm_get_device'.
 *	version 3:  DM_ULOG_FLUSH is capable of carrying payload for marking
 *		    regions.  This "integrated flush" reduces the number of
 *		    requests between the kernel and userspace by effectively
 *		    merging 'mark' and 'flush' requests.  A constructor table
 *		    argument ('integrated_flush') is required to turn this
 *		    feature on, so it is backwards compatible with older
 *		    userspace versions.
 */
#define DM_ULOG_REQUEST_VERSION 3

struct dm_ulog_request {
	/*
	 * The local unique identifier (luid) and the universally unique
	 * identifier (uuid) are used to tie a request to a specific
	 * mirror log.  A single machine log could probably make due with
	 * just the 'luid', but a cluster-aware log must use the 'uuid' and
	 * the 'luid'.  The uuid is what is required for node to node
	 * communication concerning a particular log, but the 'luid' helps
	 * differentiate between logs that are being swapped and have the
	 * same 'uuid'.  (Think "live" and "inactive" device-mapper tables.)
	 */
	__u64 luid;
	char uuid[DM_UUID_LEN];
	char padding[3];        /* Padding because DM_UUID_LEN = 129 */

	__u32 version;       /* See DM_ULOG_REQUEST_VERSION */
	__s32 error;          /* Used to report back processing errors */

	__u32 seq;           /* Sequence number for request */
	__u32 request_type;  /* DM_ULOG_* defined above */
	__u32 data_size;     /* How much data (not including this struct) */

	char data[0];
};

#endif /* __DM_LOG_USERSPACE_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* Copyright (c) 2011-2014 PLUMgrid, http://plumgrid.com
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public
 * License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 */
#ifndef __LINUX_BPF_H__
#define __LINUX_BPF_H__

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/bpf_common.h>

/* Extended instruction set based on top of classic BPF */

/* instruction classes */
#define BPF_JMP32	0x06	/* jmp mode in word width */
#define BPF_ALU64	0x07	/* alu mode in double word width */

/* ld/ldx fields */
#define BPF_DW		0x18	/* double word (64-bit) */
#define BPF_ATOMIC	0xc0	/* atomic memory ops - op type in immediate */
#define BPF_XADD	0xc0	/* exclusive add - legacy name */

/* alu/jmp fields */
#define BPF_MOV		0xb0	/* mov reg to reg */
#define BPF_ARSH	0xc0	/* sign extending arithmetic shift right */

/* change endianness of a register */
#define BPF_END		0xd0	/* flags for endianness conversion: */
#define BPF_TO_LE	0x00	/* convert to little-endian */
#define BPF_TO_BE	0x08	/* convert to big-endian */
#define BPF_FROM_LE	BPF_TO_LE
#define BPF_FROM_BE	BPF_TO_BE

/* jmp encodings */
#define BPF_JNE		0x50	/* jump != */
#define BPF_JLT		0xa0	/* LT is unsigned, '<' */
#define BPF_JLE		0xb0	/* LE is unsigned, '<=' */
#define BPF_JSGT	0x60	/* SGT is signed '>', GT in x86 */
#define BPF_JSGE	0x70	/* SGE is signed '>=', GE in x86 */
#define BPF_JSLT	0xc0	/* SLT is signed, '<' */
#define BPF_JSLE	0xd0	/* SLE is signed, '<=' */
#define BPF_CALL	0x80	/* function call */
#define BPF_EXIT	0x90	/* function return */

/* atomic op type fields (stored in immediate) */
#define BPF_FETCH	0x01	/* not an opcode on its own, used to build others */
#define BPF_XCHG	(0xe0 | BPF_FETCH)	/* atomic exchange */
#define BPF_CMPXCHG	(0xf0 | BPF_FETCH)	/* atomic compare-and-write */

/* Register numbers */
enum {
	BPF_REG_0 = 0,
	BPF_REG_1,
	BPF_REG_2,
	BPF_REG_3,
	BPF_REG_4,
	BPF_REG_5,
	BPF_REG_6,
	BPF_REG_7,
	BPF_REG_8,
	BPF_REG_9,
	BPF_REG_10,
	__MAX_BPF_REG,
};

/* BPF has 10 general purpose 64-bit registers and stack frame. */
#define MAX_BPF_REG	__MAX_BPF_REG

struct bpf_insn {
	__u8	code;		/* opcode */
	__u8	dst_reg:4;	/* dest register */
	__u8	src_reg:4;	/* source register */
	__s16	off;		/* signed offset */
	__s32	imm;		/* signed immediate constant */
};

/* Key of an a BPF_MAP_TYPE_LPM_TRIE entry */
struct bpf_lpm_trie_key {
	__u32	prefixlen;	/* up to 32 for AF_INET, 128 for AF_INET6 */
	__u8	data[0];	/* Arbitrary size */
};

struct bpf_cgroup_storage_key {
	__u64	cgroup_inode_id;	/* cgroup inode id */
	__u32	attach_type;		/* program attach type */
};

union bpf_iter_link_info {
	struct {
		__u32	map_fd;
	} map;
};

/* BPF syscall commands, see bpf(2) man-page for more details. */
/**
 * DOC: eBPF Syscall Preamble
 *
 * The operation to be performed by the **bpf**\ () system call is determined
 * by the *cmd* argument. Each operation takes an accompanying argument,
 * provided via *attr*, which is a pointer to a union of type *bpf_attr* (see
 * below). The size argument is the size of the union pointed to by *attr*.
 */
/**
 * DOC: eBPF Syscall Commands
 *
 * BPF_MAP_CREATE
 *	Description
 *		Create a map and return a file descriptor that refers to the
 *		map. The close-on-exec file descriptor flag (see **fcntl**\ (2))
 *		is automatically enabled for the new file descriptor.
 *
 *		Applying **close**\ (2) to the file descriptor returned by
 *		**BPF_MAP_CREATE** will delete the map (but see NOTES).
 *
 *	Return
 *		A new file descriptor (a nonnegative integer), or -1 if an
 *		error occurred (in which case, *errno* is set appropriately).
 *
 * BPF_MAP_LOOKUP_ELEM
 *	Description
 *		Look up an element with a given *key* in the map referred to
 *		by the file descriptor *map_fd*.
 *
 *		The *flags* argument may be specified as one of the
 *		following:
 *
 *		**BPF_F_LOCK**
 *			Look up the value of a spin-locked map without
 *			returning the lock. This must be specified if the
 *			elements contain a spinlock.
 *
 *	Return
 *		Returns zero on success. On error, -1 is returned and *errno*
 *		is set appropriately.
 *
 * BPF_MAP_UPDATE_ELEM
 *	Description
 *		Create or update an element (key/value pair) in a specified map.
 *
 *		The *flags* argument should be specified as one of the
 *		following:
 *
 *		**BPF_ANY**
 *			Create a new element or update an existing element.
 *		**BPF_NOEXIST**
 *			Create a new element only if it did not exist.
 *		**BPF_EXIST**
 *			Update an existing element.
 *		**BPF_F_LOCK**
 *			Update a spin_lock-ed map element.
 *
 *	Return
 *		Returns zero on success. On error, -1 is returned and *errno*
 *		is set appropriately.
 *
 *		May set *errno* to **EINVAL**, **EPERM**, **ENOMEM**,
 *		**E2BIG**, **EEXIST**, or **ENOENT**.
 *
 *		**E2BIG**
 *			The number of elements in the map reached the
 *			*max_entries* limit specified at map creation time.
 *		**EEXIST**
 *			If *flags* specifies **BPF_NOEXIST** and the element
 *			with *key* already exists in the map.
 *		**ENOENT**
 *			If *flags* specifies **BPF_EXIST** and the element with
 *			*key* does not exist in the map.
 *
 * BPF_MAP_DELETE_ELEM
 *	Description
 *		Look up and delete an element by key in a specified map.
 *
 *	Return
 *		Returns zero on success. On error, -1 is returned and *errno*
 *		is set appropriately.
 *
 * BPF_MAP_GET_NEXT_KEY
 *	Description
 *		Look up an element by key in a specified map and return the key
 *		of the next element. Can be used to iterate over all elements
 *		in the map.
 *
 *	Return
 *		Returns zero on success. On error, -1 is returned and *errno*
 *		is set appropriately.
 *
 *		The following cases can be used to iterate over all elements of
 *		the map:
 *
 *		* If *key* is not found, the operation returns zero and sets
 *		  the *next_key* pointer to the key of the first element.
 *		* If *key* is found, the operation returns zero and sets the
 *		  *next_key* pointer to the key of the next element.
 *		* If *key* is the last element, returns -1 and *errno* is set
 *		  to **ENOENT**.
 *
 *		May set *errno* to **ENOMEM**, **EFAULT**, **EPERM**, or
 *		**EINVAL** on error.
 *
 * BPF_PROG_LOAD
 *	Description
 *		Verify and load an eBPF program, returning a new file
 *		descriptor associated with the program.
 *
 *		Applying **close**\ (2) to the file descriptor returned by
 *		**BPF_PROG_LOAD** will unload the eBPF program (but see NOTES).
 *
 *		The close-on-exec file descriptor flag (see **fcntl**\ (2)) is
 *		automatically enabled for the new file descriptor.
 *
 *	Return
 *		A new file descriptor (a nonnegative integer), or -1 if an
 *		error occurred (in which case, *errno* is set appropriately).
 *
 * BPF_OBJ_PIN
 *	Description
 *		Pin an eBPF program or map referred by the specified *bpf_fd*
 *		to the provided *pathname* on the filesystem.
 *
 *		The *pathname* argument must not contain a dot (".").
 *
 *		On success, *pathname* retains a reference to the eBPF object,
 *		preventing deallocation of the object when the original
 *		*bpf_fd* is closed. This allow the eBPF object to live beyond
 *		**close**\ (\ *bpf_fd*\ ), and hence the lifetime of the parent
 *		process.
 *
 *		Applying **unlink**\ (2) or similar calls to the *pathname*
 *		unpins the object from the filesystem, removing the reference.
 *		If no other file descriptors or filesystem nodes refer to the
 *		same object, it will be deallocated (see NOTES).
 *
 *		The filesystem type for the parent directory of *pathname* must
 *		be **BPF_FS_MAGIC**.
 *
 *	Return
 *		Returns zero on success. On error, -1 is returned and *errno*
 *		is set appropriately.
 *
 * BPF_OBJ_GET
 *	Description
 *		Open a file descriptor for the eBPF object pinned to the
 *		specified *pathname*.
 *
 *	Return
 *		A new file descriptor (a nonnegative integer), or -1 if an
 *		error occurred (in which case, *errno* is set appropriately).
 *
 * BPF_PROG_ATTACH
 *	Description
 *		Attach an eBPF program to a *target_fd* at the specified
 *		*attach_type* hook.
 *
 *		The *attach_type* specifies the eBPF attachment point to
 *		attach the program to, and must be one of *bpf_attach_type*
 *		(see below).
 *
 *		The *attach_bpf_fd* must be a valid file descriptor for a
 *		loaded eBPF program of a cgroup, flow dissector, LIRC, sockmap
 *		or sock_ops type corresponding to the specified *attach_type*.
 *
 *		The *target_fd* must be a valid file descriptor for a kernel
 *		object which depends on the attach type of *attach_bpf_fd*:
 *
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_DEVICE**,
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SKB**,
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCK**,
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCK_ADDR**,
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCKOPT**,
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SYSCTL**,
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCK_OPS**
 *
 *			Control Group v2 hierarchy with the eBPF controller
 *			enabled. Requires the kernel to be compiled with
 *			**CONFIG_CGROUP_BPF**.
 *
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_FLOW_DISSECTOR**
 *
 *			Network namespace (eg /proc/self/ns/net).
 *
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_LIRC_MODE2**
 *
 *			LIRC device path (eg /dev/lircN). Requires the kernel
 *			to be compiled with **CONFIG_BPF_LIRC_MODE2**.
 *
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_SKB**,
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_MSG**
 *
 *			eBPF map of socket type (eg **BPF_MAP_TYPE_SOCKHASH**).
 *
 *	Return
 *		Returns zero on success. On error, -1 is returned and *errno*
 *		is set appropriately.
 *
 * BPF_PROG_DETACH
 *	Description
 *		Detach the eBPF program associated with the *target_fd* at the
 *		hook specified by *attach_type*. The program must have been
 *		previously attached using **BPF_PROG_ATTACH**.
 *
 *	Return
 *		Returns zero on success. On error, -1 is returned and *errno*
 *		is set appropriately.
 *
 * BPF_PROG_TEST_RUN
 *	Description
 *		Run the eBPF program associated with the *prog_fd* a *repeat*
 *		number of times against a provided program context *ctx_in* and
 *		data *data_in*, and return the modified program context
 *		*ctx_out*, *data_out* (for example, packet data), result of the
 *		execution *retval*, and *duration* of the test run.
 *
 *		The sizes of the buffers provided as input and output
 *		parameters *ctx_in*, *ctx_out*, *data_in*, and *data_out* must
 *		be provided in the corresponding variables *ctx_size_in*,
 *		*ctx_size_out*, *data_size_in*, and/or *data_size_out*. If any
 *		of these parameters are not provided (ie set to NULL), the
 *		corresponding size field must be zero.
 *
 *		Some program types have particular requirements:
 *
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_LOOKUP**
 *			*data_in* and *data_out* must be NULL.
 *
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_XDP**
 *			*ctx_in* and *ctx_out* must be NULL.
 *
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_RAW_TRACEPOINT**,
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_RAW_TRACEPOINT_WRITABLE**
 *
 *			*ctx_out*, *data_in* and *data_out* must be NULL.
 *			*repeat* must be zero.
 *
 *	Return
 *		Returns zero on success. On error, -1 is returned and *errno*
 *		is set appropriately.
 *
 *		**ENOSPC**
 *			Either *data_size_out* or *ctx_size_out* is too small.
 *		**ENOTSUPP**
 *			This command is not supported by the program type of
 *			the program referred to by *prog_fd*.
 *
 * BPF_PROG_GET_NEXT_ID
 *	Description
 *		Fetch the next eBPF program currently loaded into the kernel.
 *
 *		Looks for the eBPF program with an id greater than *start_id*
 *		and updates *next_id* on success. If no other eBPF programs
 *		remain with ids higher than *start_id*, returns -1 and sets
 *		*errno* to **ENOENT**.
 *
 *	Return
 *		Returns zero on success. On error, or when no id remains, -1
 *		is returned and *errno* is set appropriately.
 *
 * BPF_MAP_GET_NEXT_ID
 *	Description
 *		Fetch the next eBPF map currently loaded into the kernel.
 *
 *		Looks for the eBPF map with an id greater than *start_id*
 *		and updates *next_id* on success. If no other eBPF maps
 *		remain with ids higher than *start_id*, returns -1 and sets
 *		*errno* to **ENOENT**.
 *
 *	Return
 *		Returns zero on success. On error, or when no id remains, -1
 *		is returned and *errno* is set appropriately.
 *
 * BPF_PROG_GET_FD_BY_ID
 *	Description
 *		Open a file descriptor for the eBPF program corresponding to
 *		*prog_id*.
 *
 *	Return
 *		A new file descriptor (a nonnegative integer), or -1 if an
 *		error occurred (in which case, *errno* is set appropriately).
 *
 * BPF_MAP_GET_FD_BY_ID
 *	Description
 *		Open a file descriptor for the eBPF map corresponding to
 *		*map_id*.
 *
 *	Return
 *		A new file descriptor (a nonnegative integer), or -1 if an
 *		error occurred (in which case, *errno* is set appropriately).
 *
 * BPF_OBJ_GET_INFO_BY_FD
 *	Description
 *		Obtain information about the eBPF object corresponding to
 *		*bpf_fd*.
 *
 *		Populates up to *info_len* bytes of *info*, which will be in
 *		one of the following formats depending on the eBPF object type
 *		of *bpf_fd*:
 *
 *		* **struct bpf_prog_info**
 *		* **struct bpf_map_info**
 *		* **struct bpf_btf_info**
 *		* **struct bpf_link_info**
 *
 *	Return
 *		Returns zero on success. On error, -1 is returned and *errno*
 *		is set appropriately.
 *
 * BPF_PROG_QUERY
 *	Description
 *		Obtain information about eBPF programs associated with the
 *		specified *attach_type* hook.
 *
 *		The *target_fd* must be a valid file descriptor for a kernel
 *		object which depends on the attach type of *attach_bpf_fd*:
 *
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_DEVICE**,
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SKB**,
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCK**,
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCK_ADDR**,
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCKOPT**,
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SYSCTL**,
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCK_OPS**
 *
 *			Control Group v2 hierarchy with the eBPF controller
 *			enabled. Requires the kernel to be compiled with
 *			**CONFIG_CGROUP_BPF**.
 *
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_FLOW_DISSECTOR**
 *
 *			Network namespace (eg /proc/self/ns/net).
 *
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_LIRC_MODE2**
 *
 *			LIRC device path (eg /dev/lircN). Requires the kernel
 *			to be compiled with **CONFIG_BPF_LIRC_MODE2**.
 *
 *		**BPF_PROG_QUERY** always fetches the number of programs
 *		attached and the *attach_flags* which were used to attach those
 *		programs. Additionally, if *prog_ids* is nonzero and the number
 *		of attached programs is less than *prog_cnt*, populates
 *		*prog_ids* with the eBPF program ids of the programs attached
 *		at *target_fd*.
 *
 *		The following flags may alter the result:
 *
 *		**BPF_F_QUERY_EFFECTIVE**
 *			Only return information regarding programs which are
 *			currently effective at the specified *target_fd*.
 *
 *	Return
 *		Returns zero on success. On error, -1 is returned and *errno*
 *		is set appropriately.
 *
 * BPF_RAW_TRACEPOINT_OPEN
 *	Description
 *		Attach an eBPF program to a tracepoint *name* to access kernel
 *		internal arguments of the tracepoint in their raw form.
 *
 *		The *prog_fd* must be a valid file descriptor associated with
 *		a loaded eBPF program of type **BPF_PROG_TYPE_RAW_TRACEPOINT**.
 *
 *		No ABI guarantees are made about the content of tracepoint
 *		arguments exposed to the corresponding eBPF program.
 *
 *		Applying **close**\ (2) to the file descriptor returned by
 *		**BPF_RAW_TRACEPOINT_OPEN** will delete the map (but see NOTES).
 *
 *	Return
 *		A new file descriptor (a nonnegative integer), or -1 if an
 *		error occurred (in which case, *errno* is set appropriately).
 *
 * BPF_BTF_LOAD
 *	Description
 *		Verify and load BPF Type Format (BTF) metadata into the kernel,
 *		returning a new file descriptor associated with the metadata.
 *		BTF is described in more detail at
 *		https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/bpf/btf.html.
 *
 *		The *btf* parameter must point to valid memory providing
 *		*btf_size* bytes of BTF binary metadata.
 *
 *		The returned file descriptor can be passed to other **bpf**\ ()
 *		subcommands such as **BPF_PROG_LOAD** or **BPF_MAP_CREATE** to
 *		associate the BTF with those objects.
 *
 *		Similar to **BPF_PROG_LOAD**, **BPF_BTF_LOAD** has optional
 *		parameters to specify a *btf_log_buf*, *btf_log_size* and
 *		*btf_log_level* which allow the kernel to return freeform log
 *		output regarding the BTF verification process.
 *
 *	Return
 *		A new file descriptor (a nonnegative integer), or -1 if an
 *		error occurred (in which case, *errno* is set appropriately).
 *
 * BPF_BTF_GET_FD_BY_ID
 *	Description
 *		Open a file descriptor for the BPF Type Format (BTF)
 *		corresponding to *btf_id*.
 *
 *	Return
 *		A new file descriptor (a nonnegative integer), or -1 if an
 *		error occurred (in which case, *errno* is set appropriately).
 *
 * BPF_TASK_FD_QUERY
 *	Description
 *		Obtain information about eBPF programs associated with the
 *		target process identified by *pid* and *fd*.
 *
 *		If the *pid* and *fd* are associated with a tracepoint, kprobe
 *		or uprobe perf event, then the *prog_id* and *fd_type* will
 *		be populated with the eBPF program id and file descriptor type
 *		of type **bpf_task_fd_type**. If associated with a kprobe or
 *		uprobe, the  *probe_offset* and *probe_addr* will also be
 *		populated. Optionally, if *buf* is provided, then up to
 *		*buf_len* bytes of *buf* will be populated with the name of
 *		the tracepoint, kprobe or uprobe.
 *
 *		The resulting *prog_id* may be introspected in deeper detail
 *		using **BPF_PROG_GET_FD_BY_ID** and **BPF_OBJ_GET_INFO_BY_FD**.
 *
 *	Return
 *		Returns zero on success. On error, -1 is returned and *errno*
 *		is set appropriately.
 *
 * BPF_MAP_LOOKUP_AND_DELETE_ELEM
 *	Description
 *		Look up an element with the given *key* in the map referred to
 *		by the file descriptor *fd*, and if found, delete the element.
 *
 *		For **BPF_MAP_TYPE_QUEUE** and **BPF_MAP_TYPE_STACK** map
 *		types, the *flags* argument needs to be set to 0, but for other
 *		map types, it may be specified as:
 *
 *		**BPF_F_LOCK**
 *			Look up and delete the value of a spin-locked map
 *			without returning the lock. This must be specified if
 *			the elements contain a spinlock.
 *
 *		The **BPF_MAP_TYPE_QUEUE** and **BPF_MAP_TYPE_STACK** map types
 *		implement this command as a "pop" operation, deleting the top
 *		element rather than one corresponding to *key*.
 *		The *key* and *key_len* parameters should be zeroed when
 *		issuing this operation for these map types.
 *
 *		This command is only valid for the following map types:
 *		* **BPF_MAP_TYPE_QUEUE**
 *		* **BPF_MAP_TYPE_STACK**
 *		* **BPF_MAP_TYPE_HASH**
 *		* **BPF_MAP_TYPE_PERCPU_HASH**
 *		* **BPF_MAP_TYPE_LRU_HASH**
 *		* **BPF_MAP_TYPE_LRU_PERCPU_HASH**
 *
 *	Return
 *		Returns zero on success. On error, -1 is returned and *errno*
 *		is set appropriately.
 *
 * BPF_MAP_FREEZE
 *	Description
 *		Freeze the permissions of the specified map.
 *
 *		Write permissions may be frozen by passing zero *flags*.
 *		Upon success, no future syscall invocations may alter the
 *		map state of *map_fd*. Write operations from eBPF programs
 *		are still possible for a frozen map.
 *
 *		Not supported for maps of type **BPF_MAP_TYPE_STRUCT_OPS**.
 *
 *	Return
 *		Returns zero on success. On error, -1 is returned and *errno*
 *		is set appropriately.
 *
 * BPF_BTF_GET_NEXT_ID
 *	Description
 *		Fetch the next BPF Type Format (BTF) object currently loaded
 *		into the kernel.
 *
 *		Looks for the BTF object with an id greater than *start_id*
 *		and updates *next_id* on success. If no other BTF objects
 *		remain with ids higher than *start_id*, returns -1 and sets
 *		*errno* to **ENOENT**.
 *
 *	Return
 *		Returns zero on success. On error, or when no id remains, -1
 *		is returned and *errno* is set appropriately.
 *
 * BPF_MAP_LOOKUP_BATCH
 *	Description
 *		Iterate and fetch multiple elements in a map.
 *
 *		Two opaque values are used to manage batch operations,
 *		*in_batch* and *out_batch*. Initially, *in_batch* must be set
 *		to NULL to begin the batched operation. After each subsequent
 *		**BPF_MAP_LOOKUP_BATCH**, the caller should pass the resultant
 *		*out_batch* as the *in_batch* for the next operation to
 *		continue iteration from the current point.
 *
 *		The *keys* and *values* are output parameters which must point
 *		to memory large enough to hold *count* items based on the key
 *		and value size of the map *map_fd*. The *keys* buffer must be
 *		of *key_size* * *count*. The *values* buffer must be of
 *		*value_size* * *count*.
 *
 *		The *elem_flags* argument may be specified as one of the
 *		following:
 *
 *		**BPF_F_LOCK**
 *			Look up the value of a spin-locked map without
 *			returning the lock. This must be specified if the
 *			elements contain a spinlock.
 *
 *		On success, *count* elements from the map are copied into the
 *		user buffer, with the keys copied into *keys* and the values
 *		copied into the corresponding indices in *values*.
 *
 *		If an error is returned and *errno* is not **EFAULT**, *count*
 *		is set to the number of successfully processed elements.
 *
 *	Return
 *		Returns zero on success. On error, -1 is returned and *errno*
 *		is set appropriately.
 *
 *		May set *errno* to **ENOSPC** to indicate that *keys* or
 *		*values* is too small to dump an entire bucket during
 *		iteration of a hash-based map type.
 *
 * BPF_MAP_LOOKUP_AND_DELETE_BATCH
 *	Description
 *		Iterate and delete all elements in a map.
 *
 *		This operation has the same behavior as
 *		**BPF_MAP_LOOKUP_BATCH** with two exceptions:
 *
 *		* Every element that is successfully returned is also deleted
 *		  from the map. This is at least *count* elements. Note that
 *		  *count* is both an input and an output parameter.
 *		* Upon returning with *errno* set to **EFAULT**, up to
 *		  *count* elements may be deleted without returning the keys
 *		  and values of the deleted elements.
 *
 *	Return
 *		Returns zero on success. On error, -1 is returned and *errno*
 *		is set appropriately.
 *
 * BPF_MAP_UPDATE_BATCH
 *	Description
 *		Update multiple elements in a map by *key*.
 *
 *		The *keys* and *values* are input parameters which must point
 *		to memory large enough to hold *count* items based on the key
 *		and value size of the map *map_fd*. The *keys* buffer must be
 *		of *key_size* * *count*. The *values* buffer must be of
 *		*value_size* * *count*.
 *
 *		Each element specified in *keys* is sequentially updated to the
 *		value in the corresponding index in *values*. The *in_batch*
 *		and *out_batch* parameters are ignored and should be zeroed.
 *
 *		The *elem_flags* argument should be specified as one of the
 *		following:
 *
 *		**BPF_ANY**
 *			Create new elements or update a existing elements.
 *		**BPF_NOEXIST**
 *			Create new elements only if they do not exist.
 *		**BPF_EXIST**
 *			Update existing elements.
 *		**BPF_F_LOCK**
 *			Update spin_lock-ed map elements. This must be
 *			specified if the map value contains a spinlock.
 *
 *		On success, *count* elements from the map are updated.
 *
 *		If an error is returned and *errno* is not **EFAULT**, *count*
 *		is set to the number of successfully processed elements.
 *
 *	Return
 *		Returns zero on success. On error, -1 is returned and *errno*
 *		is set appropriately.
 *
 *		May set *errno* to **EINVAL**, **EPERM**, **ENOMEM**, or
 *		**E2BIG**. **E2BIG** indicates that the number of elements in
 *		the map reached the *max_entries* limit specified at map
 *		creation time.
 *
 *		May set *errno* to one of the following error codes under
 *		specific circumstances:
 *
 *		**EEXIST**
 *			If *flags* specifies **BPF_NOEXIST** and the element
 *			with *key* already exists in the map.
 *		**ENOENT**
 *			If *flags* specifies **BPF_EXIST** and the element with
 *			*key* does not exist in the map.
 *
 * BPF_MAP_DELETE_BATCH
 *	Description
 *		Delete multiple elements in a map by *key*.
 *
 *		The *keys* parameter is an input parameter which must point
 *		to memory large enough to hold *count* items based on the key
 *		size of the map *map_fd*, that is, *key_size* * *count*.
 *
 *		Each element specified in *keys* is sequentially deleted. The
 *		*in_batch*, *out_batch*, and *values* parameters are ignored
 *		and should be zeroed.
 *
 *		The *elem_flags* argument may be specified as one of the
 *		following:
 *
 *		**BPF_F_LOCK**
 *			Look up the value of a spin-locked map without
 *			returning the lock. This must be specified if the
 *			elements contain a spinlock.
 *
 *		On success, *count* elements from the map are updated.
 *
 *		If an error is returned and *errno* is not **EFAULT**, *count*
 *		is set to the number of successfully processed elements. If
 *		*errno* is **EFAULT**, up to *count* elements may be been
 *		deleted.
 *
 *	Return
 *		Returns zero on success. On error, -1 is returned and *errno*
 *		is set appropriately.
 *
 * BPF_LINK_CREATE
 *	Description
 *		Attach an eBPF program to a *target_fd* at the specified
 *		*attach_type* hook and return a file descriptor handle for
 *		managing the link.
 *
 *	Return
 *		A new file descriptor (a nonnegative integer), or -1 if an
 *		error occurred (in which case, *errno* is set appropriately).
 *
 * BPF_LINK_UPDATE
 *	Description
 *		Update the eBPF program in the specified *link_fd* to
 *		*new_prog_fd*.
 *
 *	Return
 *		Returns zero on success. On error, -1 is returned and *errno*
 *		is set appropriately.
 *
 * BPF_LINK_GET_FD_BY_ID
 *	Description
 *		Open a file descriptor for the eBPF Link corresponding to
 *		*link_id*.
 *
 *	Return
 *		A new file descriptor (a nonnegative integer), or -1 if an
 *		error occurred (in which case, *errno* is set appropriately).
 *
 * BPF_LINK_GET_NEXT_ID
 *	Description
 *		Fetch the next eBPF link currently loaded into the kernel.
 *
 *		Looks for the eBPF link with an id greater than *start_id*
 *		and updates *next_id* on success. If no other eBPF links
 *		remain with ids higher than *start_id*, returns -1 and sets
 *		*errno* to **ENOENT**.
 *
 *	Return
 *		Returns zero on success. On error, or when no id remains, -1
 *		is returned and *errno* is set appropriately.
 *
 * BPF_ENABLE_STATS
 *	Description
 *		Enable eBPF runtime statistics gathering.
 *
 *		Runtime statistics gathering for the eBPF runtime is disabled
 *		by default to minimize the corresponding performance overhead.
 *		This command enables statistics globally.
 *
 *		Multiple programs may independently enable statistics.
 *		After gathering the desired statistics, eBPF runtime statistics
 *		may be disabled again by calling **close**\ (2) for the file
 *		descriptor returned by this function. Statistics will only be
 *		disabled system-wide when all outstanding file descriptors
 *		returned by prior calls for this subcommand are closed.
 *
 *	Return
 *		A new file descriptor (a nonnegative integer), or -1 if an
 *		error occurred (in which case, *errno* is set appropriately).
 *
 * BPF_ITER_CREATE
 *	Description
 *		Create an iterator on top of the specified *link_fd* (as
 *		previously created using **BPF_LINK_CREATE**) and return a
 *		file descriptor that can be used to trigger the iteration.
 *
 *		If the resulting file descriptor is pinned to the filesystem
 *		using  **BPF_OBJ_PIN**, then subsequent **read**\ (2) syscalls
 *		for that path will trigger the iterator to read kernel state
 *		using the eBPF program attached to *link_fd*.
 *
 *	Return
 *		A new file descriptor (a nonnegative integer), or -1 if an
 *		error occurred (in which case, *errno* is set appropriately).
 *
 * BPF_LINK_DETACH
 *	Description
 *		Forcefully detach the specified *link_fd* from its
 *		corresponding attachment point.
 *
 *	Return
 *		Returns zero on success. On error, -1 is returned and *errno*
 *		is set appropriately.
 *
 * BPF_PROG_BIND_MAP
 *	Description
 *		Bind a map to the lifetime of an eBPF program.
 *
 *		The map identified by *map_fd* is bound to the program
 *		identified by *prog_fd* and only released when *prog_fd* is
 *		released. This may be used in cases where metadata should be
 *		associated with a program which otherwise does not contain any
 *		references to the map (for example, embedded in the eBPF
 *		program instructions).
 *
 *	Return
 *		Returns zero on success. On error, -1 is returned and *errno*
 *		is set appropriately.
 *
 * NOTES
 *	eBPF objects (maps and programs) can be shared between processes.
 *
 *	* After **fork**\ (2), the child inherits file descriptors
 *	  referring to the same eBPF objects.
 *	* File descriptors referring to eBPF objects can be transferred over
 *	  **unix**\ (7) domain sockets.
 *	* File descriptors referring to eBPF objects can be duplicated in the
 *	  usual way, using **dup**\ (2) and similar calls.
 *	* File descriptors referring to eBPF objects can be pinned to the
 *	  filesystem using the **BPF_OBJ_PIN** command of **bpf**\ (2).
 *
 *	An eBPF object is deallocated only after all file descriptors referring
 *	to the object have been closed and no references remain pinned to the
 *	filesystem or attached (for example, bound to a program or device).
 */
enum bpf_cmd {
	BPF_MAP_CREATE,
	BPF_MAP_LOOKUP_ELEM,
	BPF_MAP_UPDATE_ELEM,
	BPF_MAP_DELETE_ELEM,
	BPF_MAP_GET_NEXT_KEY,
	BPF_PROG_LOAD,
	BPF_OBJ_PIN,
	BPF_OBJ_GET,
	BPF_PROG_ATTACH,
	BPF_PROG_DETACH,
	BPF_PROG_TEST_RUN,
	BPF_PROG_RUN = BPF_PROG_TEST_RUN,
	BPF_PROG_GET_NEXT_ID,
	BPF_MAP_GET_NEXT_ID,
	BPF_PROG_GET_FD_BY_ID,
	BPF_MAP_GET_FD_BY_ID,
	BPF_OBJ_GET_INFO_BY_FD,
	BPF_PROG_QUERY,
	BPF_RAW_TRACEPOINT_OPEN,
	BPF_BTF_LOAD,
	BPF_BTF_GET_FD_BY_ID,
	BPF_TASK_FD_QUERY,
	BPF_MAP_LOOKUP_AND_DELETE_ELEM,
	BPF_MAP_FREEZE,
	BPF_BTF_GET_NEXT_ID,
	BPF_MAP_LOOKUP_BATCH,
	BPF_MAP_LOOKUP_AND_DELETE_BATCH,
	BPF_MAP_UPDATE_BATCH,
	BPF_MAP_DELETE_BATCH,
	BPF_LINK_CREATE,
	BPF_LINK_UPDATE,
	BPF_LINK_GET_FD_BY_ID,
	BPF_LINK_GET_NEXT_ID,
	BPF_ENABLE_STATS,
	BPF_ITER_CREATE,
	BPF_LINK_DETACH,
	BPF_PROG_BIND_MAP,
};

enum bpf_map_type {
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_UNSPEC,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_HASH,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_ARRAY,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_PROG_ARRAY,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_PERF_EVENT_ARRAY,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_PERCPU_HASH,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_PERCPU_ARRAY,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_STACK_TRACE,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_CGROUP_ARRAY,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_LRU_HASH,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_LRU_PERCPU_HASH,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_LPM_TRIE,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_ARRAY_OF_MAPS,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_HASH_OF_MAPS,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_DEVMAP,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_SOCKMAP,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_CPUMAP,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_XSKMAP,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_SOCKHASH,
#ifndef __GENKSYMS__
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_CGROUP_STORAGE,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_REUSEPORT_SOCKARRAY,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_PERCPU_CGROUP_STORAGE,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_QUEUE,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_STACK,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_SK_STORAGE,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_DEVMAP_HASH,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_STRUCT_OPS,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_RINGBUF,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_INODE_STORAGE,
	BPF_MAP_TYPE_TASK_STORAGE,
#endif /* __GENKSYMS__ */
};

/* Note that tracing related programs such as
 * BPF_PROG_TYPE_{KPROBE,TRACEPOINT,PERF_EVENT,RAW_TRACEPOINT}
 * are not subject to a stable API since kernel internal data
 * structures can change from release to release and may
 * therefore break existing tracing BPF programs. Tracing BPF
 * programs correspond to /a/ specific kernel which is to be
 * analyzed, and not /a/ specific kernel /and/ all future ones.
 */
enum bpf_prog_type {
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_UNSPEC,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCKET_FILTER,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_KPROBE,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_SCHED_CLS,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_SCHED_ACT,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_TRACEPOINT,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_XDP,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_PERF_EVENT,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SKB,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCK,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_LWT_IN,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_LWT_OUT,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_LWT_XMIT,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCK_OPS,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_SKB,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_DEVICE,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_MSG,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_RAW_TRACEPOINT,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCK_ADDR,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_LWT_SEG6LOCAL,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_LIRC_MODE2,
#ifndef __GENKSYMS__
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_REUSEPORT,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_FLOW_DISSECTOR,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SYSCTL,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_RAW_TRACEPOINT_WRITABLE,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCKOPT,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_TRACING,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_STRUCT_OPS,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_EXT,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_LSM,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_LOOKUP,
	BPF_PROG_TYPE_SYSCALL, /* a program that can execute syscalls */
#endif /* __GENKSYMS__ */
};

enum bpf_attach_type {
	BPF_CGROUP_INET_INGRESS,
	BPF_CGROUP_INET_EGRESS,
	BPF_CGROUP_INET_SOCK_CREATE,
	BPF_CGROUP_SOCK_OPS,
	BPF_SK_SKB_STREAM_PARSER,
	BPF_SK_SKB_STREAM_VERDICT,
	BPF_CGROUP_DEVICE,
	BPF_SK_MSG_VERDICT,
	BPF_CGROUP_INET4_BIND,
	BPF_CGROUP_INET6_BIND,
	BPF_CGROUP_INET4_CONNECT,
	BPF_CGROUP_INET6_CONNECT,
	BPF_CGROUP_INET4_POST_BIND,
	BPF_CGROUP_INET6_POST_BIND,
	BPF_CGROUP_UDP4_SENDMSG,
	BPF_CGROUP_UDP6_SENDMSG,
	BPF_LIRC_MODE2,
#ifndef __GENKSYMS__
	BPF_FLOW_DISSECTOR,
	BPF_CGROUP_SYSCTL,
	BPF_CGROUP_UDP4_RECVMSG,
	BPF_CGROUP_UDP6_RECVMSG,
	BPF_CGROUP_GETSOCKOPT,
	BPF_CGROUP_SETSOCKOPT,
	BPF_TRACE_RAW_TP,
	BPF_TRACE_FENTRY,
	BPF_TRACE_FEXIT,
	BPF_MODIFY_RETURN,
	BPF_LSM_MAC,
	BPF_TRACE_ITER,
	BPF_CGROUP_INET4_GETPEERNAME,
	BPF_CGROUP_INET6_GETPEERNAME,
	BPF_CGROUP_INET4_GETSOCKNAME,
	BPF_CGROUP_INET6_GETSOCKNAME,
	BPF_XDP_DEVMAP,
	BPF_CGROUP_INET_SOCK_RELEASE,
	BPF_XDP_CPUMAP,
	BPF_SK_LOOKUP,
	BPF_XDP,
	BPF_SK_SKB_VERDICT,
#endif /* __GENKSYMS__ */
	__MAX_BPF_ATTACH_TYPE
};

#define MAX_BPF_ATTACH_TYPE __MAX_BPF_ATTACH_TYPE

enum bpf_link_type {
	BPF_LINK_TYPE_UNSPEC = 0,
	BPF_LINK_TYPE_RAW_TRACEPOINT = 1,
	BPF_LINK_TYPE_TRACING = 2,
	BPF_LINK_TYPE_CGROUP = 3,
	BPF_LINK_TYPE_ITER = 4,
	BPF_LINK_TYPE_NETNS = 5,
	BPF_LINK_TYPE_XDP = 6,

	MAX_BPF_LINK_TYPE,
};

/* cgroup-bpf attach flags used in BPF_PROG_ATTACH command
 *
 * NONE(default): No further bpf programs allowed in the subtree.
 *
 * BPF_F_ALLOW_OVERRIDE: If a sub-cgroup installs some bpf program,
 * the program in this cgroup yields to sub-cgroup program.
 *
 * BPF_F_ALLOW_MULTI: If a sub-cgroup installs some bpf program,
 * that cgroup program gets run in addition to the program in this cgroup.
 *
 * Only one program is allowed to be attached to a cgroup with
 * NONE or BPF_F_ALLOW_OVERRIDE flag.
 * Attaching another program on top of NONE or BPF_F_ALLOW_OVERRIDE will
 * release old program and attach the new one. Attach flags has to match.
 *
 * Multiple programs are allowed to be attached to a cgroup with
 * BPF_F_ALLOW_MULTI flag. They are executed in FIFO order
 * (those that were attached first, run first)
 * The programs of sub-cgroup are executed first, then programs of
 * this cgroup and then programs of parent cgroup.
 * When children program makes decision (like picking TCP CA or sock bind)
 * parent program has a chance to override it.
 *
 * With BPF_F_ALLOW_MULTI a new program is added to the end of the list of
 * programs for a cgroup. Though it's possible to replace an old program at
 * any position by also specifying BPF_F_REPLACE flag and position itself in
 * replace_bpf_fd attribute. Old program at this position will be released.
 *
 * A cgroup with MULTI or OVERRIDE flag allows any attach flags in sub-cgroups.
 * A cgroup with NONE doesn't allow any programs in sub-cgroups.
 * Ex1:
 * cgrp1 (MULTI progs A, B) ->
 *    cgrp2 (OVERRIDE prog C) ->
 *      cgrp3 (MULTI prog D) ->
 *        cgrp4 (OVERRIDE prog E) ->
 *          cgrp5 (NONE prog F)
 * the event in cgrp5 triggers execution of F,D,A,B in that order.
 * if prog F is detached, the execution is E,D,A,B
 * if prog F and D are detached, the execution is E,A,B
 * if prog F, E and D are detached, the execution is C,A,B
 *
 * All eligible programs are executed regardless of return code from
 * earlier programs.
 */
#define BPF_F_ALLOW_OVERRIDE	(1U << 0)
#define BPF_F_ALLOW_MULTI	(1U << 1)
#define BPF_F_REPLACE		(1U << 2)

/* If BPF_F_STRICT_ALIGNMENT is used in BPF_PROG_LOAD command, the
 * verifier will perform strict alignment checking as if the kernel
 * has been built with CONFIG_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS not set,
 * and NET_IP_ALIGN defined to 2.
 */
#define BPF_F_STRICT_ALIGNMENT	(1U << 0)

/* If BPF_F_ANY_ALIGNMENT is used in BPF_PROF_LOAD command, the
 * verifier will allow any alignment whatsoever.  On platforms
 * with strict alignment requirements for loads ands stores (such
 * as sparc and mips) the verifier validates that all loads and
 * stores provably follow this requirement.  This flag turns that
 * checking and enforcement off.
 *
 * It is mostly used for testing when we want to validate the
 * context and memory access aspects of the verifier, but because
 * of an unaligned access the alignment check would trigger before
 * the one we are interested in.
 */
#define BPF_F_ANY_ALIGNMENT	(1U << 1)

/* BPF_F_TEST_RND_HI32 is used in BPF_PROG_LOAD command for testing purpose.
 * Verifier does sub-register def/use analysis and identifies instructions whose
 * def only matters for low 32-bit, high 32-bit is never referenced later
 * through implicit zero extension. Therefore verifier notifies JIT back-ends
 * that it is safe to ignore clearing high 32-bit for these instructions. This
 * saves some back-ends a lot of code-gen. However such optimization is not
 * necessary on some arches, for example x86_64, arm64 etc, whose JIT back-ends
 * hence hasn't used verifier's analysis result. But, we really want to have a
 * way to be able to verify the correctness of the described optimization on
 * x86_64 on which testsuites are frequently exercised.
 *
 * So, this flag is introduced. Once it is set, verifier will randomize high
 * 32-bit for those instructions who has been identified as safe to ignore them.
 * Then, if verifier is not doing correct analysis, such randomization will
 * regress tests to expose bugs.
 */
#define BPF_F_TEST_RND_HI32	(1U << 2)

/* The verifier internal test flag. Behavior is undefined */
#define BPF_F_TEST_STATE_FREQ	(1U << 3)

/* If BPF_F_SLEEPABLE is used in BPF_PROG_LOAD command, the verifier will
 * restrict map and helper usage for such programs. Sleepable BPF programs can
 * only be attached to hooks where kernel execution context allows sleeping.
 * Such programs are allowed to use helpers that may sleep like
 * bpf_copy_from_user().
 */
#define BPF_F_SLEEPABLE		(1U << 4)

/* When BPF ldimm64's insn[0].src_reg != 0 then this can have
 * the following extensions:
 *
 * insn[0].src_reg:  BPF_PSEUDO_MAP_[FD|IDX]
 * insn[0].imm:      map fd or fd_idx
 * insn[1].imm:      0
 * insn[0].off:      0
 * insn[1].off:      0
 * ldimm64 rewrite:  address of map
 * verifier type:    CONST_PTR_TO_MAP
 */
#define BPF_PSEUDO_MAP_FD	1
#define BPF_PSEUDO_MAP_IDX	5

/* insn[0].src_reg:  BPF_PSEUDO_MAP_[IDX_]VALUE
 * insn[0].imm:      map fd or fd_idx
 * insn[1].imm:      offset into value
 * insn[0].off:      0
 * insn[1].off:      0
 * ldimm64 rewrite:  address of map[0]+offset
 * verifier type:    PTR_TO_MAP_VALUE
 */
#define BPF_PSEUDO_MAP_VALUE		2
#define BPF_PSEUDO_MAP_IDX_VALUE	6

/* insn[0].src_reg:  BPF_PSEUDO_BTF_ID
 * insn[0].imm:      kernel btd id of VAR
 * insn[1].imm:      0
 * insn[0].off:      0
 * insn[1].off:      0
 * ldimm64 rewrite:  address of the kernel variable
 * verifier type:    PTR_TO_BTF_ID or PTR_TO_MEM, depending on whether the var
 *                   is struct/union.
 */
#define BPF_PSEUDO_BTF_ID	3
/* insn[0].src_reg:  BPF_PSEUDO_FUNC
 * insn[0].imm:      insn offset to the func
 * insn[1].imm:      0
 * insn[0].off:      0
 * insn[1].off:      0
 * ldimm64 rewrite:  address of the function
 * verifier type:    PTR_TO_FUNC.
 */
#define BPF_PSEUDO_FUNC		4

/* when bpf_call->src_reg == BPF_PSEUDO_CALL, bpf_call->imm == pc-relative
 * offset to another bpf function
 */
#define BPF_PSEUDO_CALL		1
/* when bpf_call->src_reg == BPF_PSEUDO_KFUNC_CALL,
 * bpf_call->imm == btf_id of a BTF_KIND_FUNC in the running kernel
 */
#define BPF_PSEUDO_KFUNC_CALL	2

/* flags for BPF_MAP_UPDATE_ELEM command */
enum {
	BPF_ANY		= 0, /* create new element or update existing */
	BPF_NOEXIST	= 1, /* create new element if it didn't exist */
	BPF_EXIST	= 2, /* update existing element */
	BPF_F_LOCK	= 4, /* spin_lock-ed map_lookup/map_update */
};

/* flags for BPF_MAP_CREATE command */
enum {
	BPF_F_NO_PREALLOC	= (1U << 0),
/* Instead of having one common LRU list in the
 * BPF_MAP_TYPE_LRU_[PERCPU_]HASH map, use a percpu LRU list
 * which can scale and perform better.
 * Note, the LRU nodes (including free nodes) cannot be moved
 * across different LRU lists.
 */
	BPF_F_NO_COMMON_LRU	= (1U << 1),
/* Specify numa node during map creation */
	BPF_F_NUMA_NODE		= (1U << 2),

/* Flags for accessing BPF object from syscall side. */
	BPF_F_RDONLY		= (1U << 3),
	BPF_F_WRONLY		= (1U << 4),

/* Flag for stack_map, store build_id+offset instead of pointer */
	BPF_F_STACK_BUILD_ID	= (1U << 5),

/* Zero-initialize hash function seed. This should only be used for testing. */
	BPF_F_ZERO_SEED		= (1U << 6),

/* Flags for accessing BPF object from program side. */
	BPF_F_RDONLY_PROG	= (1U << 7),
	BPF_F_WRONLY_PROG	= (1U << 8),

/* Clone map from listener for newly accepted socket */
	BPF_F_CLONE		= (1U << 9),

/* Enable memory-mapping BPF map */
	BPF_F_MMAPABLE		= (1U << 10),

/* Share perf_event among processes */
	BPF_F_PRESERVE_ELEMS	= (1U << 11),

/* Create a map that is suitable to be an inner map with dynamic max entries */
	BPF_F_INNER_MAP		= (1U << 12),
};

/* Flags for BPF_PROG_QUERY. */

/* Query effective (directly attached + inherited from ancestor cgroups)
 * programs that will be executed for events within a cgroup.
 * attach_flags with this flag are returned only for directly attached programs.
 */
#define BPF_F_QUERY_EFFECTIVE	(1U << 0)

/* Flags for BPF_PROG_TEST_RUN */

/* If set, run the test on the cpu specified by bpf_attr.test.cpu */
#define BPF_F_TEST_RUN_ON_CPU	(1U << 0)

/* type for BPF_ENABLE_STATS */
enum bpf_stats_type {
	/* enabled run_time_ns and run_cnt */
	BPF_STATS_RUN_TIME = 0,
};

enum bpf_stack_build_id_status {
	/* user space need an empty entry to identify end of a trace */
	BPF_STACK_BUILD_ID_EMPTY = 0,
	/* with valid build_id and offset */
	BPF_STACK_BUILD_ID_VALID = 1,
	/* couldn't get build_id, fallback to ip */
	BPF_STACK_BUILD_ID_IP = 2,
};

#define BPF_BUILD_ID_SIZE 20
struct bpf_stack_build_id {
	__s32		status;
	unsigned char	build_id[BPF_BUILD_ID_SIZE];
	union {
		__u64	offset;
		__u64	ip;
	};
};

#define BPF_OBJ_NAME_LEN 16U

union bpf_attr {
	struct { /* anonymous struct used by BPF_MAP_CREATE command */
		__u32	map_type;	/* one of enum bpf_map_type */
		__u32	key_size;	/* size of key in bytes */
		__u32	value_size;	/* size of value in bytes */
		__u32	max_entries;	/* max number of entries in a map */
		__u32	map_flags;	/* BPF_MAP_CREATE related
					 * flags defined above.
					 */
		__u32	inner_map_fd;	/* fd pointing to the inner map */
		__u32	numa_node;	/* numa node (effective only if
					 * BPF_F_NUMA_NODE is set).
					 */
		char	map_name[BPF_OBJ_NAME_LEN];
		__u32	map_ifindex;	/* ifindex of netdev to create on */
		__u32	btf_fd;		/* fd pointing to a BTF type data */
		__u32	btf_key_type_id;	/* BTF type_id of the key */
		__u32	btf_value_type_id;	/* BTF type_id of the value */
#ifndef __GENKSYMS__
		__u32	btf_vmlinux_value_type_id;/* BTF type_id of a kernel-
						   * struct stored as the
						   * map value
						   */
#endif /* __GENKSYMS__ */
	};

	struct { /* anonymous struct used by BPF_MAP_*_ELEM commands */
		__u32		map_fd;
		__aligned_u64	key;
		union {
			__aligned_u64 value;
			__aligned_u64 next_key;
		};
		__u64		flags;
	};

#ifndef __GENKSYMS__
	struct { /* struct used by BPF_MAP_*_BATCH commands */
		__aligned_u64	in_batch;	/* start batch,
						 * NULL to start from beginning
						 */
		__aligned_u64	out_batch;	/* output: next start batch */
		__aligned_u64	keys;
		__aligned_u64	values;
		__u32		count;		/* input/output:
						 * input: # of key/value
						 * elements
						 * output: # of filled elements
						 */
		__u32		map_fd;
		__u64		elem_flags;
		__u64		flags;
	} batch;
#endif /* __GENKSYMS__ */

	struct { /* anonymous struct used by BPF_PROG_LOAD command */
		__u32		prog_type;	/* one of enum bpf_prog_type */
		__u32		insn_cnt;
		__aligned_u64	insns;
		__aligned_u64	license;
		__u32		log_level;	/* verbosity level of verifier */
		__u32		log_size;	/* size of user buffer */
		__aligned_u64	log_buf;	/* user supplied buffer */
		__u32		kern_version;	/* not used */
		__u32		prog_flags;
		char		prog_name[BPF_OBJ_NAME_LEN];
		__u32		prog_ifindex;	/* ifindex of netdev to prep for */
		/* For some prog types expected attach type must be known at
		 * load time to verify attach type specific parts of prog
		 * (context accesses, allowed helpers, etc).
		 */
		__u32		expected_attach_type;
#ifndef __GENKSYMS__
		__u32		prog_btf_fd;	/* fd pointing to BTF type data */
		__u32		func_info_rec_size;	/* userspace bpf_func_info size */
		__aligned_u64	func_info;	/* func info */
		__u32		func_info_cnt;	/* number of bpf_func_info records */
		__u32		line_info_rec_size;	/* userspace bpf_line_info size */
		__aligned_u64	line_info;	/* line info */
		__u32		line_info_cnt;	/* number of bpf_line_info records */
		__u32		attach_btf_id;	/* in-kernel BTF type id to attach to */
		union {
			/* valid prog_fd to attach to bpf prog */
			__u32		attach_prog_fd;
			/* or valid module BTF object fd or 0 to attach to vmlinux */
			__u32		attach_btf_obj_fd;
		};
		__u32		:32;		/* pad */
		__aligned_u64	fd_array;	/* array of FDs */
#endif /* __GENKSYMS__ */
	};

	struct { /* anonymous struct used by BPF_OBJ_* commands */
		__aligned_u64	pathname;
		__u32		bpf_fd;
		__u32		file_flags;
	};

	struct { /* anonymous struct used by BPF_PROG_ATTACH/DETACH commands */
		__u32		target_fd;	/* container object to attach to */
		__u32		attach_bpf_fd;	/* eBPF program to attach */
		__u32		attach_type;
		__u32		attach_flags;
#ifndef __GENKSYMS__
		__u32		replace_bpf_fd;	/* previously attached eBPF
						 * program to replace if
						 * BPF_F_REPLACE is used
						 */
#endif /* __GENKSYMS__ */
	};

	struct { /* anonymous struct used by BPF_PROG_TEST_RUN command */
		__u32		prog_fd;
		__u32		retval;
		__u32		data_size_in;	/* input: len of data_in */
		__u32		data_size_out;	/* input/output: len of data_out
						 *   returns ENOSPC if data_out
						 *   is too small.
						 */
		__aligned_u64	data_in;
		__aligned_u64	data_out;
		__u32		repeat;
		__u32		duration;
#ifndef __GENKSYMS__
		__u32		ctx_size_in;	/* input: len of ctx_in */
		__u32		ctx_size_out;	/* input/output: len of ctx_out
						 *   returns ENOSPC if ctx_out
						 *   is too small.
						 */
		__aligned_u64	ctx_in;
		__aligned_u64	ctx_out;
		__u32		flags;
		__u32		cpu;
#endif /* __GENKSYMS__ */
	} test;

	struct { /* anonymous struct used by BPF_*_GET_*_ID */
		union {
			__u32		start_id;
			__u32		prog_id;
			__u32		map_id;
			__u32		btf_id;
#ifndef __GENKSYMS__
			__u32		link_id;
#endif /* __GENKSYMS__ */
		};
		__u32		next_id;
		__u32		open_flags;
	};

	struct { /* anonymous struct used by BPF_OBJ_GET_INFO_BY_FD */
		__u32		bpf_fd;
		__u32		info_len;
		__aligned_u64	info;
	} info;

	struct { /* anonymous struct used by BPF_PROG_QUERY command */
		__u32		target_fd;	/* container object to query */
		__u32		attach_type;
		__u32		query_flags;
		__u32		attach_flags;
		__aligned_u64	prog_ids;
		__u32		prog_cnt;
	} query;

	struct { /* anonymous struct used by BPF_RAW_TRACEPOINT_OPEN command */
		__u64 name;
		__u32 prog_fd;
	} raw_tracepoint;

	struct { /* anonymous struct for BPF_BTF_LOAD */
		__aligned_u64	btf;
		__aligned_u64	btf_log_buf;
		__u32		btf_size;
		__u32		btf_log_size;
		__u32		btf_log_level;
	};

	struct {
		__u32		pid;		/* input: pid */
		__u32		fd;		/* input: fd */
		__u32		flags;		/* input: flags */
		__u32		buf_len;	/* input/output: buf len */
		__aligned_u64	buf;		/* input/output:
						 *   tp_name for tracepoint
						 *   symbol for kprobe
						 *   filename for uprobe
						 */
		__u32		prog_id;	/* output: prod_id */
		__u32		fd_type;	/* output: BPF_FD_TYPE_* */
		__u64		probe_offset;	/* output: probe_offset */
		__u64		probe_addr;	/* output: probe_addr */
	} task_fd_query;
#ifndef __GENKSYMS__

	struct { /* struct used by BPF_LINK_CREATE command */
		__u32		prog_fd;	/* eBPF program to attach */
		union {
			__u32		target_fd;	/* object to attach to */
			__u32		target_ifindex; /* target ifindex */
		};
		__u32		attach_type;	/* attach type */
		__u32		flags;		/* extra flags */
		union {
			__u32		target_btf_id;	/* btf_id of target to attach to */
			struct {
				__aligned_u64	iter_info;	/* extra bpf_iter_link_info */
				__u32		iter_info_len;	/* iter_info length */
			};
		};
	} link_create;

	struct { /* struct used by BPF_LINK_UPDATE command */
		__u32		link_fd;	/* link fd */
		/* new program fd to update link with */
		__u32		new_prog_fd;
		__u32		flags;		/* extra flags */
		/* expected link's program fd; is specified only if
		 * BPF_F_REPLACE flag is set in flags */
		__u32		old_prog_fd;
	} link_update;

	struct {
		__u32		link_fd;
	} link_detach;

	struct { /* struct used by BPF_ENABLE_STATS command */
		__u32		type;
	} enable_stats;

	struct { /* struct used by BPF_ITER_CREATE command */
		__u32		link_fd;
		__u32		flags;
	} iter_create;

	struct { /* struct used by BPF_PROG_BIND_MAP command */
		__u32		prog_fd;
		__u32		map_fd;
		__u32		flags;		/* extra flags */
	} prog_bind_map;

#endif /* __GENKSYMS__ */
} __attribute__((aligned(8)));

/* The description below is an attempt at providing documentation to eBPF
 * developers about the multiple available eBPF helper functions. It can be
 * parsed and used to produce a manual page. The workflow is the following,
 * and requires the rst2man utility:
 *
 *     $ ./scripts/bpf_doc.py \
 *             --filename include/uapi/linux/bpf.h > /tmp/bpf-helpers.rst
 *     $ rst2man /tmp/bpf-helpers.rst > /tmp/bpf-helpers.7
 *     $ man /tmp/bpf-helpers.7
 *
 * Note that in order to produce this external documentation, some RST
 * formatting is used in the descriptions to get "bold" and "italics" in
 * manual pages. Also note that the few trailing white spaces are
 * intentional, removing them would break paragraphs for rst2man.
 *
 * Start of BPF helper function descriptions:
 *
 * void *bpf_map_lookup_elem(struct bpf_map *map, const void *key)
 * 	Description
 * 		Perform a lookup in *map* for an entry associated to *key*.
 * 	Return
 * 		Map value associated to *key*, or **NULL** if no entry was
 * 		found.
 *
 * long bpf_map_update_elem(struct bpf_map *map, const void *key, const void *value, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Add or update the value of the entry associated to *key* in
 * 		*map* with *value*. *flags* is one of:
 *
 * 		**BPF_NOEXIST**
 * 			The entry for *key* must not exist in the map.
 * 		**BPF_EXIST**
 * 			The entry for *key* must already exist in the map.
 * 		**BPF_ANY**
 * 			No condition on the existence of the entry for *key*.
 *
 * 		Flag value **BPF_NOEXIST** cannot be used for maps of types
 * 		**BPF_MAP_TYPE_ARRAY** or **BPF_MAP_TYPE_PERCPU_ARRAY**  (all
 * 		elements always exist), the helper would return an error.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_map_delete_elem(struct bpf_map *map, const void *key)
 * 	Description
 * 		Delete entry with *key* from *map*.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_probe_read(void *dst, u32 size, const void *unsafe_ptr)
 * 	Description
 * 		For tracing programs, safely attempt to read *size* bytes from
 * 		kernel space address *unsafe_ptr* and store the data in *dst*.
 *
 * 		Generally, use **bpf_probe_read_user**\ () or
 * 		**bpf_probe_read_kernel**\ () instead.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * u64 bpf_ktime_get_ns(void)
 * 	Description
 * 		Return the time elapsed since system boot, in nanoseconds.
 * 		Does not include time the system was suspended.
 * 		See: **clock_gettime**\ (**CLOCK_MONOTONIC**)
 * 	Return
 * 		Current *ktime*.
 *
 * long bpf_trace_printk(const char *fmt, u32 fmt_size, ...)
 * 	Description
 * 		This helper is a "printk()-like" facility for debugging. It
 * 		prints a message defined by format *fmt* (of size *fmt_size*)
 * 		to file *\/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/trace* from DebugFS, if
 * 		available. It can take up to three additional **u64**
 * 		arguments (as an eBPF helpers, the total number of arguments is
 * 		limited to five).
 *
 * 		Each time the helper is called, it appends a line to the trace.
 * 		Lines are discarded while *\/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/trace* is
 * 		open, use *\/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/trace_pipe* to avoid this.
 * 		The format of the trace is customizable, and the exact output
 * 		one will get depends on the options set in
 * 		*\/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/trace_options* (see also the
 * 		*README* file under the same directory). However, it usually
 * 		defaults to something like:
 *
 * 		::
 *
 * 			telnet-470   [001] .N.. 419421.045894: 0x00000001: <formatted msg>
 *
 * 		In the above:
 *
 * 			* ``telnet`` is the name of the current task.
 * 			* ``470`` is the PID of the current task.
 * 			* ``001`` is the CPU number on which the task is
 * 			  running.
 * 			* In ``.N..``, each character refers to a set of
 * 			  options (whether irqs are enabled, scheduling
 * 			  options, whether hard/softirqs are running, level of
 * 			  preempt_disabled respectively). **N** means that
 * 			  **TIF_NEED_RESCHED** and **PREEMPT_NEED_RESCHED**
 * 			  are set.
 * 			* ``419421.045894`` is a timestamp.
 * 			* ``0x00000001`` is a fake value used by BPF for the
 * 			  instruction pointer register.
 * 			* ``<formatted msg>`` is the message formatted with
 * 			  *fmt*.
 *
 * 		The conversion specifiers supported by *fmt* are similar, but
 * 		more limited than for printk(). They are **%d**, **%i**,
 * 		**%u**, **%x**, **%ld**, **%li**, **%lu**, **%lx**, **%lld**,
 * 		**%lli**, **%llu**, **%llx**, **%p**, **%s**. No modifier (size
 * 		of field, padding with zeroes, etc.) is available, and the
 * 		helper will return **-EINVAL** (but print nothing) if it
 * 		encounters an unknown specifier.
 *
 * 		Also, note that **bpf_trace_printk**\ () is slow, and should
 * 		only be used for debugging purposes. For this reason, a notice
 * 		block (spanning several lines) is printed to kernel logs and
 * 		states that the helper should not be used "for production use"
 * 		the first time this helper is used (or more precisely, when
 * 		**trace_printk**\ () buffers are allocated). For passing values
 * 		to user space, perf events should be preferred.
 * 	Return
 * 		The number of bytes written to the buffer, or a negative error
 * 		in case of failure.
 *
 * u32 bpf_get_prandom_u32(void)
 * 	Description
 * 		Get a pseudo-random number.
 *
 * 		From a security point of view, this helper uses its own
 * 		pseudo-random internal state, and cannot be used to infer the
 * 		seed of other random functions in the kernel. However, it is
 * 		essential to note that the generator used by the helper is not
 * 		cryptographically secure.
 * 	Return
 * 		A random 32-bit unsigned value.
 *
 * u32 bpf_get_smp_processor_id(void)
 * 	Description
 * 		Get the SMP (symmetric multiprocessing) processor id. Note that
 * 		all programs run with preemption disabled, which means that the
 * 		SMP processor id is stable during all the execution of the
 * 		program.
 * 	Return
 * 		The SMP id of the processor running the program.
 *
 * long bpf_skb_store_bytes(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 offset, const void *from, u32 len, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Store *len* bytes from address *from* into the packet
 * 		associated to *skb*, at *offset*. *flags* are a combination of
 * 		**BPF_F_RECOMPUTE_CSUM** (automatically recompute the
 * 		checksum for the packet after storing the bytes) and
 * 		**BPF_F_INVALIDATE_HASH** (set *skb*\ **->hash**, *skb*\
 * 		**->swhash** and *skb*\ **->l4hash** to 0).
 *
 * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlying
 * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
 * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
 * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
 * 		direct packet access.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_l3_csum_replace(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 offset, u64 from, u64 to, u64 size)
 * 	Description
 * 		Recompute the layer 3 (e.g. IP) checksum for the packet
 * 		associated to *skb*. Computation is incremental, so the helper
 * 		must know the former value of the header field that was
 * 		modified (*from*), the new value of this field (*to*), and the
 * 		number of bytes (2 or 4) for this field, stored in *size*.
 * 		Alternatively, it is possible to store the difference between
 * 		the previous and the new values of the header field in *to*, by
 * 		setting *from* and *size* to 0. For both methods, *offset*
 * 		indicates the location of the IP checksum within the packet.
 *
 * 		This helper works in combination with **bpf_csum_diff**\ (),
 * 		which does not update the checksum in-place, but offers more
 * 		flexibility and can handle sizes larger than 2 or 4 for the
 * 		checksum to update.
 *
 * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlying
 * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
 * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
 * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
 * 		direct packet access.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_l4_csum_replace(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 offset, u64 from, u64 to, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Recompute the layer 4 (e.g. TCP, UDP or ICMP) checksum for the
 * 		packet associated to *skb*. Computation is incremental, so the
 * 		helper must know the former value of the header field that was
 * 		modified (*from*), the new value of this field (*to*), and the
 * 		number of bytes (2 or 4) for this field, stored on the lowest
 * 		four bits of *flags*. Alternatively, it is possible to store
 * 		the difference between the previous and the new values of the
 * 		header field in *to*, by setting *from* and the four lowest
 * 		bits of *flags* to 0. For both methods, *offset* indicates the
 * 		location of the IP checksum within the packet. In addition to
 * 		the size of the field, *flags* can be added (bitwise OR) actual
 * 		flags. With **BPF_F_MARK_MANGLED_0**, a null checksum is left
 * 		untouched (unless **BPF_F_MARK_ENFORCE** is added as well), and
 * 		for updates resulting in a null checksum the value is set to
 * 		**CSUM_MANGLED_0** instead. Flag **BPF_F_PSEUDO_HDR** indicates
 * 		the checksum is to be computed against a pseudo-header.
 *
 * 		This helper works in combination with **bpf_csum_diff**\ (),
 * 		which does not update the checksum in-place, but offers more
 * 		flexibility and can handle sizes larger than 2 or 4 for the
 * 		checksum to update.
 *
 * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlying
 * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
 * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
 * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
 * 		direct packet access.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_tail_call(void *ctx, struct bpf_map *prog_array_map, u32 index)
 * 	Description
 * 		This special helper is used to trigger a "tail call", or in
 * 		other words, to jump into another eBPF program. The same stack
 * 		frame is used (but values on stack and in registers for the
 * 		caller are not accessible to the callee). This mechanism allows
 * 		for program chaining, either for raising the maximum number of
 * 		available eBPF instructions, or to execute given programs in
 * 		conditional blocks. For security reasons, there is an upper
 * 		limit to the number of successive tail calls that can be
 * 		performed.
 *
 * 		Upon call of this helper, the program attempts to jump into a
 * 		program referenced at index *index* in *prog_array_map*, a
 * 		special map of type **BPF_MAP_TYPE_PROG_ARRAY**, and passes
 * 		*ctx*, a pointer to the context.
 *
 * 		If the call succeeds, the kernel immediately runs the first
 * 		instruction of the new program. This is not a function call,
 * 		and it never returns to the previous program. If the call
 * 		fails, then the helper has no effect, and the caller continues
 * 		to run its subsequent instructions. A call can fail if the
 * 		destination program for the jump does not exist (i.e. *index*
 * 		is superior to the number of entries in *prog_array_map*), or
 * 		if the maximum number of tail calls has been reached for this
 * 		chain of programs. This limit is defined in the kernel by the
 * 		macro **MAX_TAIL_CALL_CNT** (not accessible to user space),
 * 		which is currently set to 32.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_clone_redirect(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 ifindex, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Clone and redirect the packet associated to *skb* to another
 * 		net device of index *ifindex*. Both ingress and egress
 * 		interfaces can be used for redirection. The **BPF_F_INGRESS**
 * 		value in *flags* is used to make the distinction (ingress path
 * 		is selected if the flag is present, egress path otherwise).
 * 		This is the only flag supported for now.
 *
 * 		In comparison with **bpf_redirect**\ () helper,
 * 		**bpf_clone_redirect**\ () has the associated cost of
 * 		duplicating the packet buffer, but this can be executed out of
 * 		the eBPF program. Conversely, **bpf_redirect**\ () is more
 * 		efficient, but it is handled through an action code where the
 * 		redirection happens only after the eBPF program has returned.
 *
 * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlying
 * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
 * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
 * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
 * 		direct packet access.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure. Positive
 * 		error indicates a potential drop or congestion in the target
 * 		device. The particular positive error codes are not defined.
 *
 * u64 bpf_get_current_pid_tgid(void)
 * 	Return
 * 		A 64-bit integer containing the current tgid and pid, and
 * 		created as such:
 * 		*current_task*\ **->tgid << 32 \|**
 * 		*current_task*\ **->pid**.
 *
 * u64 bpf_get_current_uid_gid(void)
 * 	Return
 * 		A 64-bit integer containing the current GID and UID, and
 * 		created as such: *current_gid* **<< 32 \|** *current_uid*.
 *
 * long bpf_get_current_comm(void *buf, u32 size_of_buf)
 * 	Description
 * 		Copy the **comm** attribute of the current task into *buf* of
 * 		*size_of_buf*. The **comm** attribute contains the name of
 * 		the executable (excluding the path) for the current task. The
 * 		*size_of_buf* must be strictly positive. On success, the
 * 		helper makes sure that the *buf* is NUL-terminated. On failure,
 * 		it is filled with zeroes.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * u32 bpf_get_cgroup_classid(struct sk_buff *skb)
 * 	Description
 * 		Retrieve the classid for the current task, i.e. for the net_cls
 * 		cgroup to which *skb* belongs.
 *
 * 		This helper can be used on TC egress path, but not on ingress.
 *
 * 		The net_cls cgroup provides an interface to tag network packets
 * 		based on a user-provided identifier for all traffic coming from
 * 		the tasks belonging to the related cgroup. See also the related
 * 		kernel documentation, available from the Linux sources in file
 * 		*Documentation/cgroup-v1/net_cls.txt*.
 *
 * 		The Linux kernel has two versions for cgroups: there are
 * 		cgroups v1 and cgroups v2. Both are available to users, who can
 * 		use a mixture of them, but note that the net_cls cgroup is for
 * 		cgroup v1 only. This makes it incompatible with BPF programs
 * 		run on cgroups, which is a cgroup-v2-only feature (a socket can
 * 		only hold data for one version of cgroups at a time).
 *
 * 		This helper is only available is the kernel was compiled with
 * 		the **CONFIG_CGROUP_NET_CLASSID** configuration option set to
 * 		"**y**" or to "**m**".
 * 	Return
 * 		The classid, or 0 for the default unconfigured classid.
 *
 * long bpf_skb_vlan_push(struct sk_buff *skb, __be16 vlan_proto, u16 vlan_tci)
 * 	Description
 * 		Push a *vlan_tci* (VLAN tag control information) of protocol
 * 		*vlan_proto* to the packet associated to *skb*, then update
 * 		the checksum. Note that if *vlan_proto* is different from
 * 		**ETH_P_8021Q** and **ETH_P_8021AD**, it is considered to
 * 		be **ETH_P_8021Q**.
 *
 * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlying
 * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
 * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
 * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
 * 		direct packet access.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_skb_vlan_pop(struct sk_buff *skb)
 * 	Description
 * 		Pop a VLAN header from the packet associated to *skb*.
 *
 * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlying
 * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
 * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
 * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
 * 		direct packet access.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_skb_get_tunnel_key(struct sk_buff *skb, struct bpf_tunnel_key *key, u32 size, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Get tunnel metadata. This helper takes a pointer *key* to an
 * 		empty **struct bpf_tunnel_key** of **size**, that will be
 * 		filled with tunnel metadata for the packet associated to *skb*.
 * 		The *flags* can be set to **BPF_F_TUNINFO_IPV6**, which
 * 		indicates that the tunnel is based on IPv6 protocol instead of
 * 		IPv4.
 *
 * 		The **struct bpf_tunnel_key** is an object that generalizes the
 * 		principal parameters used by various tunneling protocols into a
 * 		single struct. This way, it can be used to easily make a
 * 		decision based on the contents of the encapsulation header,
 * 		"summarized" in this struct. In particular, it holds the IP
 * 		address of the remote end (IPv4 or IPv6, depending on the case)
 * 		in *key*\ **->remote_ipv4** or *key*\ **->remote_ipv6**. Also,
 * 		this struct exposes the *key*\ **->tunnel_id**, which is
 * 		generally mapped to a VNI (Virtual Network Identifier), making
 * 		it programmable together with the **bpf_skb_set_tunnel_key**\
 * 		() helper.
 *
 * 		Let's imagine that the following code is part of a program
 * 		attached to the TC ingress interface, on one end of a GRE
 * 		tunnel, and is supposed to filter out all messages coming from
 * 		remote ends with IPv4 address other than 10.0.0.1:
 *
 * 		::
 *
 * 			int ret;
 * 			struct bpf_tunnel_key key = {};
 *
 * 			ret = bpf_skb_get_tunnel_key(skb, &key, sizeof(key), 0);
 * 			if (ret < 0)
 * 				return TC_ACT_SHOT;	// drop packet
 *
 * 			if (key.remote_ipv4 != 0x0a000001)
 * 				return TC_ACT_SHOT;	// drop packet
 *
 * 			return TC_ACT_OK;		// accept packet
 *
 * 		This interface can also be used with all encapsulation devices
 * 		that can operate in "collect metadata" mode: instead of having
 * 		one network device per specific configuration, the "collect
 * 		metadata" mode only requires a single device where the
 * 		configuration can be extracted from this helper.
 *
 * 		This can be used together with various tunnels such as VXLan,
 * 		Geneve, GRE or IP in IP (IPIP).
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_skb_set_tunnel_key(struct sk_buff *skb, struct bpf_tunnel_key *key, u32 size, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Populate tunnel metadata for packet associated to *skb.* The
 * 		tunnel metadata is set to the contents of *key*, of *size*. The
 * 		*flags* can be set to a combination of the following values:
 *
 * 		**BPF_F_TUNINFO_IPV6**
 * 			Indicate that the tunnel is based on IPv6 protocol
 * 			instead of IPv4.
 * 		**BPF_F_ZERO_CSUM_TX**
 * 			For IPv4 packets, add a flag to tunnel metadata
 * 			indicating that checksum computation should be skipped
 * 			and checksum set to zeroes.
 * 		**BPF_F_DONT_FRAGMENT**
 * 			Add a flag to tunnel metadata indicating that the
 * 			packet should not be fragmented.
 * 		**BPF_F_SEQ_NUMBER**
 * 			Add a flag to tunnel metadata indicating that a
 * 			sequence number should be added to tunnel header before
 * 			sending the packet. This flag was added for GRE
 * 			encapsulation, but might be used with other protocols
 * 			as well in the future.
 *
 * 		Here is a typical usage on the transmit path:
 *
 * 		::
 *
 * 			struct bpf_tunnel_key key;
 * 			     populate key ...
 * 			bpf_skb_set_tunnel_key(skb, &key, sizeof(key), 0);
 * 			bpf_clone_redirect(skb, vxlan_dev_ifindex, 0);
 *
 * 		See also the description of the **bpf_skb_get_tunnel_key**\ ()
 * 		helper for additional information.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * u64 bpf_perf_event_read(struct bpf_map *map, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Read the value of a perf event counter. This helper relies on a
 * 		*map* of type **BPF_MAP_TYPE_PERF_EVENT_ARRAY**. The nature of
 * 		the perf event counter is selected when *map* is updated with
 * 		perf event file descriptors. The *map* is an array whose size
 * 		is the number of available CPUs, and each cell contains a value
 * 		relative to one CPU. The value to retrieve is indicated by
 * 		*flags*, that contains the index of the CPU to look up, masked
 * 		with **BPF_F_INDEX_MASK**. Alternatively, *flags* can be set to
 * 		**BPF_F_CURRENT_CPU** to indicate that the value for the
 * 		current CPU should be retrieved.
 *
 * 		Note that before Linux 4.13, only hardware perf event can be
 * 		retrieved.
 *
 * 		Also, be aware that the newer helper
 * 		**bpf_perf_event_read_value**\ () is recommended over
 * 		**bpf_perf_event_read**\ () in general. The latter has some ABI
 * 		quirks where error and counter value are used as a return code
 * 		(which is wrong to do since ranges may overlap). This issue is
 * 		fixed with **bpf_perf_event_read_value**\ (), which at the same
 * 		time provides more features over the **bpf_perf_event_read**\
 * 		() interface. Please refer to the description of
 * 		**bpf_perf_event_read_value**\ () for details.
 * 	Return
 * 		The value of the perf event counter read from the map, or a
 * 		negative error code in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_redirect(u32 ifindex, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Redirect the packet to another net device of index *ifindex*.
 * 		This helper is somewhat similar to **bpf_clone_redirect**\
 * 		(), except that the packet is not cloned, which provides
 * 		increased performance.
 *
 * 		Except for XDP, both ingress and egress interfaces can be used
 * 		for redirection. The **BPF_F_INGRESS** value in *flags* is used
 * 		to make the distinction (ingress path is selected if the flag
 * 		is present, egress path otherwise). Currently, XDP only
 * 		supports redirection to the egress interface, and accepts no
 * 		flag at all.
 *
 * 		The same effect can also be attained with the more generic
 * 		**bpf_redirect_map**\ (), which uses a BPF map to store the
 * 		redirect target instead of providing it directly to the helper.
 * 	Return
 * 		For XDP, the helper returns **XDP_REDIRECT** on success or
 * 		**XDP_ABORTED** on error. For other program types, the values
 * 		are **TC_ACT_REDIRECT** on success or **TC_ACT_SHOT** on
 * 		error.
 *
 * u32 bpf_get_route_realm(struct sk_buff *skb)
 * 	Description
 * 		Retrieve the realm or the route, that is to say the
 * 		**tclassid** field of the destination for the *skb*. The
 * 		identifier retrieved is a user-provided tag, similar to the
 * 		one used with the net_cls cgroup (see description for
 * 		**bpf_get_cgroup_classid**\ () helper), but here this tag is
 * 		held by a route (a destination entry), not by a task.
 *
 * 		Retrieving this identifier works with the clsact TC egress hook
 * 		(see also **tc-bpf(8)**), or alternatively on conventional
 * 		classful egress qdiscs, but not on TC ingress path. In case of
 * 		clsact TC egress hook, this has the advantage that, internally,
 * 		the destination entry has not been dropped yet in the transmit
 * 		path. Therefore, the destination entry does not need to be
 * 		artificially held via **netif_keep_dst**\ () for a classful
 * 		qdisc until the *skb* is freed.
 *
 * 		This helper is available only if the kernel was compiled with
 * 		**CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_CLASSID** configuration option.
 * 	Return
 * 		The realm of the route for the packet associated to *skb*, or 0
 * 		if none was found.
 *
 * long bpf_perf_event_output(void *ctx, struct bpf_map *map, u64 flags, void *data, u64 size)
 * 	Description
 * 		Write raw *data* blob into a special BPF perf event held by
 * 		*map* of type **BPF_MAP_TYPE_PERF_EVENT_ARRAY**. This perf
 * 		event must have the following attributes: **PERF_SAMPLE_RAW**
 * 		as **sample_type**, **PERF_TYPE_SOFTWARE** as **type**, and
 * 		**PERF_COUNT_SW_BPF_OUTPUT** as **config**.
 *
 * 		The *flags* are used to indicate the index in *map* for which
 * 		the value must be put, masked with **BPF_F_INDEX_MASK**.
 * 		Alternatively, *flags* can be set to **BPF_F_CURRENT_CPU**
 * 		to indicate that the index of the current CPU core should be
 * 		used.
 *
 * 		The value to write, of *size*, is passed through eBPF stack and
 * 		pointed by *data*.
 *
 * 		The context of the program *ctx* needs also be passed to the
 * 		helper.
 *
 * 		On user space, a program willing to read the values needs to
 * 		call **perf_event_open**\ () on the perf event (either for
 * 		one or for all CPUs) and to store the file descriptor into the
 * 		*map*. This must be done before the eBPF program can send data
 * 		into it. An example is available in file
 * 		*samples/bpf/trace_output_user.c* in the Linux kernel source
 * 		tree (the eBPF program counterpart is in
 * 		*samples/bpf/trace_output_kern.c*).
 *
 * 		**bpf_perf_event_output**\ () achieves better performance
 * 		than **bpf_trace_printk**\ () for sharing data with user
 * 		space, and is much better suitable for streaming data from eBPF
 * 		programs.
 *
 * 		Note that this helper is not restricted to tracing use cases
 * 		and can be used with programs attached to TC or XDP as well,
 * 		where it allows for passing data to user space listeners. Data
 * 		can be:
 *
 * 		* Only custom structs,
 * 		* Only the packet payload, or
 * 		* A combination of both.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_skb_load_bytes(const void *skb, u32 offset, void *to, u32 len)
 * 	Description
 * 		This helper was provided as an easy way to load data from a
 * 		packet. It can be used to load *len* bytes from *offset* from
 * 		the packet associated to *skb*, into the buffer pointed by
 * 		*to*.
 *
 * 		Since Linux 4.7, usage of this helper has mostly been replaced
 * 		by "direct packet access", enabling packet data to be
 * 		manipulated with *skb*\ **->data** and *skb*\ **->data_end**
 * 		pointing respectively to the first byte of packet data and to
 * 		the byte after the last byte of packet data. However, it
 * 		remains useful if one wishes to read large quantities of data
 * 		at once from a packet into the eBPF stack.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_get_stackid(void *ctx, struct bpf_map *map, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Walk a user or a kernel stack and return its id. To achieve
 * 		this, the helper needs *ctx*, which is a pointer to the context
 * 		on which the tracing program is executed, and a pointer to a
 * 		*map* of type **BPF_MAP_TYPE_STACK_TRACE**.
 *
 * 		The last argument, *flags*, holds the number of stack frames to
 * 		skip (from 0 to 255), masked with
 * 		**BPF_F_SKIP_FIELD_MASK**. The next bits can be used to set
 * 		a combination of the following flags:
 *
 * 		**BPF_F_USER_STACK**
 * 			Collect a user space stack instead of a kernel stack.
 * 		**BPF_F_FAST_STACK_CMP**
 * 			Compare stacks by hash only.
 * 		**BPF_F_REUSE_STACKID**
 * 			If two different stacks hash into the same *stackid*,
 * 			discard the old one.
 *
 * 		The stack id retrieved is a 32 bit long integer handle which
 * 		can be further combined with other data (including other stack
 * 		ids) and used as a key into maps. This can be useful for
 * 		generating a variety of graphs (such as flame graphs or off-cpu
 * 		graphs).
 *
 * 		For walking a stack, this helper is an improvement over
 * 		**bpf_probe_read**\ (), which can be used with unrolled loops
 * 		but is not efficient and consumes a lot of eBPF instructions.
 * 		Instead, **bpf_get_stackid**\ () can collect up to
 * 		**PERF_MAX_STACK_DEPTH** both kernel and user frames. Note that
 * 		this limit can be controlled with the **sysctl** program, and
 * 		that it should be manually increased in order to profile long
 * 		user stacks (such as stacks for Java programs). To do so, use:
 *
 * 		::
 *
 * 			# sysctl kernel.perf_event_max_stack=<new value>
 * 	Return
 * 		The positive or null stack id on success, or a negative error
 * 		in case of failure.
 *
 * s64 bpf_csum_diff(__be32 *from, u32 from_size, __be32 *to, u32 to_size, __wsum seed)
 * 	Description
 * 		Compute a checksum difference, from the raw buffer pointed by
 * 		*from*, of length *from_size* (that must be a multiple of 4),
 * 		towards the raw buffer pointed by *to*, of size *to_size*
 * 		(same remark). An optional *seed* can be added to the value
 * 		(this can be cascaded, the seed may come from a previous call
 * 		to the helper).
 *
 * 		This is flexible enough to be used in several ways:
 *
 * 		* With *from_size* == 0, *to_size* > 0 and *seed* set to
 * 		  checksum, it can be used when pushing new data.
 * 		* With *from_size* > 0, *to_size* == 0 and *seed* set to
 * 		  checksum, it can be used when removing data from a packet.
 * 		* With *from_size* > 0, *to_size* > 0 and *seed* set to 0, it
 * 		  can be used to compute a diff. Note that *from_size* and
 * 		  *to_size* do not need to be equal.
 *
 * 		This helper can be used in combination with
 * 		**bpf_l3_csum_replace**\ () and **bpf_l4_csum_replace**\ (), to
 * 		which one can feed in the difference computed with
 * 		**bpf_csum_diff**\ ().
 * 	Return
 * 		The checksum result, or a negative error code in case of
 * 		failure.
 *
 * long bpf_skb_get_tunnel_opt(struct sk_buff *skb, void *opt, u32 size)
 * 	Description
 * 		Retrieve tunnel options metadata for the packet associated to
 * 		*skb*, and store the raw tunnel option data to the buffer *opt*
 * 		of *size*.
 *
 * 		This helper can be used with encapsulation devices that can
 * 		operate in "collect metadata" mode (please refer to the related
 * 		note in the description of **bpf_skb_get_tunnel_key**\ () for
 * 		more details). A particular example where this can be used is
 * 		in combination with the Geneve encapsulation protocol, where it
 * 		allows for pushing (with **bpf_skb_get_tunnel_opt**\ () helper)
 * 		and retrieving arbitrary TLVs (Type-Length-Value headers) from
 * 		the eBPF program. This allows for full customization of these
 * 		headers.
 * 	Return
 * 		The size of the option data retrieved.
 *
 * long bpf_skb_set_tunnel_opt(struct sk_buff *skb, void *opt, u32 size)
 * 	Description
 * 		Set tunnel options metadata for the packet associated to *skb*
 * 		to the option data contained in the raw buffer *opt* of *size*.
 *
 * 		See also the description of the **bpf_skb_get_tunnel_opt**\ ()
 * 		helper for additional information.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_skb_change_proto(struct sk_buff *skb, __be16 proto, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Change the protocol of the *skb* to *proto*. Currently
 * 		supported are transition from IPv4 to IPv6, and from IPv6 to
 * 		IPv4. The helper takes care of the groundwork for the
 * 		transition, including resizing the socket buffer. The eBPF
 * 		program is expected to fill the new headers, if any, via
 * 		**skb_store_bytes**\ () and to recompute the checksums with
 * 		**bpf_l3_csum_replace**\ () and **bpf_l4_csum_replace**\
 * 		(). The main case for this helper is to perform NAT64
 * 		operations out of an eBPF program.
 *
 * 		Internally, the GSO type is marked as dodgy so that headers are
 * 		checked and segments are recalculated by the GSO/GRO engine.
 * 		The size for GSO target is adapted as well.
 *
 * 		All values for *flags* are reserved for future usage, and must
 * 		be left at zero.
 *
 * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlying
 * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
 * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
 * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
 * 		direct packet access.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_skb_change_type(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 type)
 * 	Description
 * 		Change the packet type for the packet associated to *skb*. This
 * 		comes down to setting *skb*\ **->pkt_type** to *type*, except
 * 		the eBPF program does not have a write access to *skb*\
 * 		**->pkt_type** beside this helper. Using a helper here allows
 * 		for graceful handling of errors.
 *
 * 		The major use case is to change incoming *skb*s to
 * 		**PACKET_HOST** in a programmatic way instead of having to
 * 		recirculate via **redirect**\ (..., **BPF_F_INGRESS**), for
 * 		example.
 *
 * 		Note that *type* only allows certain values. At this time, they
 * 		are:
 *
 * 		**PACKET_HOST**
 * 			Packet is for us.
 * 		**PACKET_BROADCAST**
 * 			Send packet to all.
 * 		**PACKET_MULTICAST**
 * 			Send packet to group.
 * 		**PACKET_OTHERHOST**
 * 			Send packet to someone else.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_skb_under_cgroup(struct sk_buff *skb, struct bpf_map *map, u32 index)
 * 	Description
 * 		Check whether *skb* is a descendant of the cgroup2 held by
 * 		*map* of type **BPF_MAP_TYPE_CGROUP_ARRAY**, at *index*.
 * 	Return
 * 		The return value depends on the result of the test, and can be:
 *
 * 		* 0, if the *skb* failed the cgroup2 descendant test.
 * 		* 1, if the *skb* succeeded the cgroup2 descendant test.
 * 		* A negative error code, if an error occurred.
 *
 * u32 bpf_get_hash_recalc(struct sk_buff *skb)
 * 	Description
 * 		Retrieve the hash of the packet, *skb*\ **->hash**. If it is
 * 		not set, in particular if the hash was cleared due to mangling,
 * 		recompute this hash. Later accesses to the hash can be done
 * 		directly with *skb*\ **->hash**.
 *
 * 		Calling **bpf_set_hash_invalid**\ (), changing a packet
 * 		prototype with **bpf_skb_change_proto**\ (), or calling
 * 		**bpf_skb_store_bytes**\ () with the
 * 		**BPF_F_INVALIDATE_HASH** are actions susceptible to clear
 * 		the hash and to trigger a new computation for the next call to
 * 		**bpf_get_hash_recalc**\ ().
 * 	Return
 * 		The 32-bit hash.
 *
 * u64 bpf_get_current_task(void)
 * 	Return
 * 		A pointer to the current task struct.
 *
 * long bpf_probe_write_user(void *dst, const void *src, u32 len)
 * 	Description
 * 		Attempt in a safe way to write *len* bytes from the buffer
 * 		*src* to *dst* in memory. It only works for threads that are in
 * 		user context, and *dst* must be a valid user space address.
 *
 * 		This helper should not be used to implement any kind of
 * 		security mechanism because of TOC-TOU attacks, but rather to
 * 		debug, divert, and manipulate execution of semi-cooperative
 * 		processes.
 *
 * 		Keep in mind that this feature is meant for experiments, and it
 * 		has a risk of crashing the system and running programs.
 * 		Therefore, when an eBPF program using this helper is attached,
 * 		a warning including PID and process name is printed to kernel
 * 		logs.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_current_task_under_cgroup(struct bpf_map *map, u32 index)
 * 	Description
 * 		Check whether the probe is being run is the context of a given
 * 		subset of the cgroup2 hierarchy. The cgroup2 to test is held by
 * 		*map* of type **BPF_MAP_TYPE_CGROUP_ARRAY**, at *index*.
 * 	Return
 * 		The return value depends on the result of the test, and can be:
 *
 *		* 0, if current task belongs to the cgroup2.
 *		* 1, if current task does not belong to the cgroup2.
 * 		* A negative error code, if an error occurred.
 *
 * long bpf_skb_change_tail(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 len, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Resize (trim or grow) the packet associated to *skb* to the
 * 		new *len*. The *flags* are reserved for future usage, and must
 * 		be left at zero.
 *
 * 		The basic idea is that the helper performs the needed work to
 * 		change the size of the packet, then the eBPF program rewrites
 * 		the rest via helpers like **bpf_skb_store_bytes**\ (),
 * 		**bpf_l3_csum_replace**\ (), **bpf_l3_csum_replace**\ ()
 * 		and others. This helper is a slow path utility intended for
 * 		replies with control messages. And because it is targeted for
 * 		slow path, the helper itself can afford to be slow: it
 * 		implicitly linearizes, unclones and drops offloads from the
 * 		*skb*.
 *
 * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlying
 * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
 * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
 * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
 * 		direct packet access.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_skb_pull_data(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 len)
 * 	Description
 * 		Pull in non-linear data in case the *skb* is non-linear and not
 * 		all of *len* are part of the linear section. Make *len* bytes
 * 		from *skb* readable and writable. If a zero value is passed for
 * 		*len*, then the whole length of the *skb* is pulled.
 *
 * 		This helper is only needed for reading and writing with direct
 * 		packet access.
 *
 * 		For direct packet access, testing that offsets to access
 * 		are within packet boundaries (test on *skb*\ **->data_end**) is
 * 		susceptible to fail if offsets are invalid, or if the requested
 * 		data is in non-linear parts of the *skb*. On failure the
 * 		program can just bail out, or in the case of a non-linear
 * 		buffer, use a helper to make the data available. The
 * 		**bpf_skb_load_bytes**\ () helper is a first solution to access
 * 		the data. Another one consists in using **bpf_skb_pull_data**
 * 		to pull in once the non-linear parts, then retesting and
 * 		eventually access the data.
 *
 * 		At the same time, this also makes sure the *skb* is uncloned,
 * 		which is a necessary condition for direct write. As this needs
 * 		to be an invariant for the write part only, the verifier
 * 		detects writes and adds a prologue that is calling
 * 		**bpf_skb_pull_data()** to effectively unclone the *skb* from
 * 		the very beginning in case it is indeed cloned.
 *
 * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlying
 * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
 * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
 * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
 * 		direct packet access.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * s64 bpf_csum_update(struct sk_buff *skb, __wsum csum)
 * 	Description
 * 		Add the checksum *csum* into *skb*\ **->csum** in case the
 * 		driver has supplied a checksum for the entire packet into that
 * 		field. Return an error otherwise. This helper is intended to be
 * 		used in combination with **bpf_csum_diff**\ (), in particular
 * 		when the checksum needs to be updated after data has been
 * 		written into the packet through direct packet access.
 * 	Return
 * 		The checksum on success, or a negative error code in case of
 * 		failure.
 *
 * void bpf_set_hash_invalid(struct sk_buff *skb)
 * 	Description
 * 		Invalidate the current *skb*\ **->hash**. It can be used after
 * 		mangling on headers through direct packet access, in order to
 * 		indicate that the hash is outdated and to trigger a
 * 		recalculation the next time the kernel tries to access this
 * 		hash or when the **bpf_get_hash_recalc**\ () helper is called.
 *
 * long bpf_get_numa_node_id(void)
 * 	Description
 * 		Return the id of the current NUMA node. The primary use case
 * 		for this helper is the selection of sockets for the local NUMA
 * 		node, when the program is attached to sockets using the
 * 		**SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_EBPF** option (see also **socket(7)**),
 * 		but the helper is also available to other eBPF program types,
 * 		similarly to **bpf_get_smp_processor_id**\ ().
 * 	Return
 * 		The id of current NUMA node.
 *
 * long bpf_skb_change_head(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 len, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Grows headroom of packet associated to *skb* and adjusts the
 * 		offset of the MAC header accordingly, adding *len* bytes of
 * 		space. It automatically extends and reallocates memory as
 * 		required.
 *
 * 		This helper can be used on a layer 3 *skb* to push a MAC header
 * 		for redirection into a layer 2 device.
 *
 * 		All values for *flags* are reserved for future usage, and must
 * 		be left at zero.
 *
 * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlying
 * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
 * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
 * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
 * 		direct packet access.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_xdp_adjust_head(struct xdp_buff *xdp_md, int delta)
 * 	Description
 * 		Adjust (move) *xdp_md*\ **->data** by *delta* bytes. Note that
 * 		it is possible to use a negative value for *delta*. This helper
 * 		can be used to prepare the packet for pushing or popping
 * 		headers.
 *
 * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlying
 * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
 * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
 * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
 * 		direct packet access.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_probe_read_str(void *dst, u32 size, const void *unsafe_ptr)
 * 	Description
 * 		Copy a NUL terminated string from an unsafe kernel address
 * 		*unsafe_ptr* to *dst*. See **bpf_probe_read_kernel_str**\ () for
 * 		more details.
 *
 * 		Generally, use **bpf_probe_read_user_str**\ () or
 * 		**bpf_probe_read_kernel_str**\ () instead.
 * 	Return
 * 		On success, the strictly positive length of the string,
 * 		including the trailing NUL character. On error, a negative
 * 		value.
 *
 * u64 bpf_get_socket_cookie(struct sk_buff *skb)
 * 	Description
 * 		If the **struct sk_buff** pointed by *skb* has a known socket,
 * 		retrieve the cookie (generated by the kernel) of this socket.
 * 		If no cookie has been set yet, generate a new cookie. Once
 * 		generated, the socket cookie remains stable for the life of the
 * 		socket. This helper can be useful for monitoring per socket
 * 		networking traffic statistics as it provides a global socket
 * 		identifier that can be assumed unique.
 * 	Return
 * 		A 8-byte long unique number on success, or 0 if the socket
 * 		field is missing inside *skb*.
 *
 * u64 bpf_get_socket_cookie(struct bpf_sock_addr *ctx)
 * 	Description
 * 		Equivalent to bpf_get_socket_cookie() helper that accepts
 * 		*skb*, but gets socket from **struct bpf_sock_addr** context.
 * 	Return
 * 		A 8-byte long unique number.
 *
 * u64 bpf_get_socket_cookie(struct bpf_sock_ops *ctx)
 * 	Description
 * 		Equivalent to **bpf_get_socket_cookie**\ () helper that accepts
 * 		*skb*, but gets socket from **struct bpf_sock_ops** context.
 * 	Return
 * 		A 8-byte long unique number.
 *
 * u64 bpf_get_socket_cookie(struct sock *sk)
 * 	Description
 * 		Equivalent to **bpf_get_socket_cookie**\ () helper that accepts
 * 		*sk*, but gets socket from a BTF **struct sock**. This helper
 * 		also works for sleepable programs.
 * 	Return
 * 		A 8-byte long unique number or 0 if *sk* is NULL.
 *
 * u32 bpf_get_socket_uid(struct sk_buff *skb)
 * 	Return
 * 		The owner UID of the socket associated to *skb*. If the socket
 * 		is **NULL**, or if it is not a full socket (i.e. if it is a
 * 		time-wait or a request socket instead), **overflowuid** value
 * 		is returned (note that **overflowuid** might also be the actual
 * 		UID value for the socket).
 *
 * long bpf_set_hash(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 hash)
 * 	Description
 * 		Set the full hash for *skb* (set the field *skb*\ **->hash**)
 * 		to value *hash*.
 * 	Return
 * 		0
 *
 * long bpf_setsockopt(void *bpf_socket, int level, int optname, void *optval, int optlen)
 * 	Description
 * 		Emulate a call to **setsockopt()** on the socket associated to
 * 		*bpf_socket*, which must be a full socket. The *level* at
 * 		which the option resides and the name *optname* of the option
 * 		must be specified, see **setsockopt(2)** for more information.
 * 		The option value of length *optlen* is pointed by *optval*.
 *
 * 		*bpf_socket* should be one of the following:
 *
 * 		* **struct bpf_sock_ops** for **BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCK_OPS**.
 * 		* **struct bpf_sock_addr** for **BPF_CGROUP_INET4_CONNECT**
 * 		  and **BPF_CGROUP_INET6_CONNECT**.
 *
 * 		This helper actually implements a subset of **setsockopt()**.
 * 		It supports the following *level*\ s:
 *
 * 		* **SOL_SOCKET**, which supports the following *optname*\ s:
 * 		  **SO_RCVBUF**, **SO_SNDBUF**, **SO_MAX_PACING_RATE**,
 * 		  **SO_PRIORITY**, **SO_RCVLOWAT**, **SO_MARK**,
 * 		  **SO_BINDTODEVICE**, **SO_KEEPALIVE**.
 * 		* **IPPROTO_TCP**, which supports the following *optname*\ s:
 * 		  **TCP_CONGESTION**, **TCP_BPF_IW**,
 * 		  **TCP_BPF_SNDCWND_CLAMP**, **TCP_SAVE_SYN**,
 * 		  **TCP_KEEPIDLE**, **TCP_KEEPINTVL**, **TCP_KEEPCNT**,
 *		  **TCP_SYNCNT**, **TCP_USER_TIMEOUT**, **TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT**.
 * 		* **IPPROTO_IP**, which supports *optname* **IP_TOS**.
 * 		* **IPPROTO_IPV6**, which supports *optname* **IPV6_TCLASS**.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_skb_adjust_room(struct sk_buff *skb, s32 len_diff, u32 mode, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Grow or shrink the room for data in the packet associated to
 * 		*skb* by *len_diff*, and according to the selected *mode*.
 *
 * 		By default, the helper will reset any offloaded checksum
 * 		indicator of the skb to CHECKSUM_NONE. This can be avoided
 * 		by the following flag:
 *
 * 		* **BPF_F_ADJ_ROOM_NO_CSUM_RESET**: Do not reset offloaded
 * 		  checksum data of the skb to CHECKSUM_NONE.
 *
 *		There are two supported modes at this time:
 *
 *		* **BPF_ADJ_ROOM_MAC**: Adjust room at the mac layer
 *		  (room space is added or removed below the layer 2 header).
 *
 * 		* **BPF_ADJ_ROOM_NET**: Adjust room at the network layer
 * 		  (room space is added or removed below the layer 3 header).
 *
 *		The following flags are supported at this time:
 *
 *		* **BPF_F_ADJ_ROOM_FIXED_GSO**: Do not adjust gso_size.
 *		  Adjusting mss in this way is not allowed for datagrams.
 *
 *		* **BPF_F_ADJ_ROOM_ENCAP_L3_IPV4**,
 *		  **BPF_F_ADJ_ROOM_ENCAP_L3_IPV6**:
 *		  Any new space is reserved to hold a tunnel header.
 *		  Configure skb offsets and other fields accordingly.
 *
 *		* **BPF_F_ADJ_ROOM_ENCAP_L4_GRE**,
 *		  **BPF_F_ADJ_ROOM_ENCAP_L4_UDP**:
 *		  Use with ENCAP_L3 flags to further specify the tunnel type.
 *
 *		* **BPF_F_ADJ_ROOM_ENCAP_L2**\ (*len*):
 *		  Use with ENCAP_L3/L4 flags to further specify the tunnel
 *		  type; *len* is the length of the inner MAC header.
 *
 *		* **BPF_F_ADJ_ROOM_ENCAP_L2_ETH**:
 *		  Use with BPF_F_ADJ_ROOM_ENCAP_L2 flag to further specify the
 *		  L2 type as Ethernet.
 *
 * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlying
 * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
 * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
 * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
 * 		direct packet access.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_redirect_map(struct bpf_map *map, u32 key, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Redirect the packet to the endpoint referenced by *map* at
 * 		index *key*. Depending on its type, this *map* can contain
 * 		references to net devices (for forwarding packets through other
 * 		ports), or to CPUs (for redirecting XDP frames to another CPU;
 * 		but this is only implemented for native XDP (with driver
 * 		support) as of this writing).
 *
 * 		The lower two bits of *flags* are used as the return code if
 * 		the map lookup fails. This is so that the return value can be
 * 		one of the XDP program return codes up to **XDP_TX**, as chosen
 * 		by the caller. The higher bits of *flags* can be set to
 * 		BPF_F_BROADCAST or BPF_F_EXCLUDE_INGRESS as defined below.
 *
 * 		With BPF_F_BROADCAST the packet will be broadcasted to all the
 * 		interfaces in the map, with BPF_F_EXCLUDE_INGRESS the ingress
 * 		interface will be excluded when do broadcasting.
 *
 * 		See also **bpf_redirect**\ (), which only supports redirecting
 * 		to an ifindex, but doesn't require a map to do so.
 * 	Return
 * 		**XDP_REDIRECT** on success, or the value of the two lower bits
 * 		of the *flags* argument on error.
 *
 * long bpf_sk_redirect_map(struct sk_buff *skb, struct bpf_map *map, u32 key, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Redirect the packet to the socket referenced by *map* (of type
 * 		**BPF_MAP_TYPE_SOCKMAP**) at index *key*. Both ingress and
 * 		egress interfaces can be used for redirection. The
 * 		**BPF_F_INGRESS** value in *flags* is used to make the
 * 		distinction (ingress path is selected if the flag is present,
 * 		egress path otherwise). This is the only flag supported for now.
 * 	Return
 * 		**SK_PASS** on success, or **SK_DROP** on error.
 *
 * long bpf_sock_map_update(struct bpf_sock_ops *skops, struct bpf_map *map, void *key, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Add an entry to, or update a *map* referencing sockets. The
 * 		*skops* is used as a new value for the entry associated to
 * 		*key*. *flags* is one of:
 *
 * 		**BPF_NOEXIST**
 * 			The entry for *key* must not exist in the map.
 * 		**BPF_EXIST**
 * 			The entry for *key* must already exist in the map.
 * 		**BPF_ANY**
 * 			No condition on the existence of the entry for *key*.
 *
 * 		If the *map* has eBPF programs (parser and verdict), those will
 * 		be inherited by the socket being added. If the socket is
 * 		already attached to eBPF programs, this results in an error.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_xdp_adjust_meta(struct xdp_buff *xdp_md, int delta)
 * 	Description
 * 		Adjust the address pointed by *xdp_md*\ **->data_meta** by
 * 		*delta* (which can be positive or negative). Note that this
 * 		operation modifies the address stored in *xdp_md*\ **->data**,
 * 		so the latter must be loaded only after the helper has been
 * 		called.
 *
 * 		The use of *xdp_md*\ **->data_meta** is optional and programs
 * 		are not required to use it. The rationale is that when the
 * 		packet is processed with XDP (e.g. as DoS filter), it is
 * 		possible to push further meta data along with it before passing
 * 		to the stack, and to give the guarantee that an ingress eBPF
 * 		program attached as a TC classifier on the same device can pick
 * 		this up for further post-processing. Since TC works with socket
 * 		buffers, it remains possible to set from XDP the **mark** or
 * 		**priority** pointers, or other pointers for the socket buffer.
 * 		Having this scratch space generic and programmable allows for
 * 		more flexibility as the user is free to store whatever meta
 * 		data they need.
 *
 * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlying
 * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
 * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
 * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
 * 		direct packet access.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_perf_event_read_value(struct bpf_map *map, u64 flags, struct bpf_perf_event_value *buf, u32 buf_size)
 * 	Description
 * 		Read the value of a perf event counter, and store it into *buf*
 * 		of size *buf_size*. This helper relies on a *map* of type
 * 		**BPF_MAP_TYPE_PERF_EVENT_ARRAY**. The nature of the perf event
 * 		counter is selected when *map* is updated with perf event file
 * 		descriptors. The *map* is an array whose size is the number of
 * 		available CPUs, and each cell contains a value relative to one
 * 		CPU. The value to retrieve is indicated by *flags*, that
 * 		contains the index of the CPU to look up, masked with
 * 		**BPF_F_INDEX_MASK**. Alternatively, *flags* can be set to
 * 		**BPF_F_CURRENT_CPU** to indicate that the value for the
 * 		current CPU should be retrieved.
 *
 * 		This helper behaves in a way close to
 * 		**bpf_perf_event_read**\ () helper, save that instead of
 * 		just returning the value observed, it fills the *buf*
 * 		structure. This allows for additional data to be retrieved: in
 * 		particular, the enabled and running times (in *buf*\
 * 		**->enabled** and *buf*\ **->running**, respectively) are
 * 		copied. In general, **bpf_perf_event_read_value**\ () is
 * 		recommended over **bpf_perf_event_read**\ (), which has some
 * 		ABI issues and provides fewer functionalities.
 *
 * 		These values are interesting, because hardware PMU (Performance
 * 		Monitoring Unit) counters are limited resources. When there are
 * 		more PMU based perf events opened than available counters,
 * 		kernel will multiplex these events so each event gets certain
 * 		percentage (but not all) of the PMU time. In case that
 * 		multiplexing happens, the number of samples or counter value
 * 		will not reflect the case compared to when no multiplexing
 * 		occurs. This makes comparison between different runs difficult.
 * 		Typically, the counter value should be normalized before
 * 		comparing to other experiments. The usual normalization is done
 * 		as follows.
 *
 * 		::
 *
 * 			normalized_counter = counter * t_enabled / t_running
 *
 * 		Where t_enabled is the time enabled for event and t_running is
 * 		the time running for event since last normalization. The
 * 		enabled and running times are accumulated since the perf event
 * 		open. To achieve scaling factor between two invocations of an
 * 		eBPF program, users can use CPU id as the key (which is
 * 		typical for perf array usage model) to remember the previous
 * 		value and do the calculation inside the eBPF program.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_perf_prog_read_value(struct bpf_perf_event_data *ctx, struct bpf_perf_event_value *buf, u32 buf_size)
 * 	Description
 * 		For en eBPF program attached to a perf event, retrieve the
 * 		value of the event counter associated to *ctx* and store it in
 * 		the structure pointed by *buf* and of size *buf_size*. Enabled
 * 		and running times are also stored in the structure (see
 * 		description of helper **bpf_perf_event_read_value**\ () for
 * 		more details).
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_getsockopt(void *bpf_socket, int level, int optname, void *optval, int optlen)
 * 	Description
 * 		Emulate a call to **getsockopt()** on the socket associated to
 * 		*bpf_socket*, which must be a full socket. The *level* at
 * 		which the option resides and the name *optname* of the option
 * 		must be specified, see **getsockopt(2)** for more information.
 * 		The retrieved value is stored in the structure pointed by
 * 		*opval* and of length *optlen*.
 *
 * 		*bpf_socket* should be one of the following:
 *
 * 		* **struct bpf_sock_ops** for **BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCK_OPS**.
 * 		* **struct bpf_sock_addr** for **BPF_CGROUP_INET4_CONNECT**
 * 		  and **BPF_CGROUP_INET6_CONNECT**.
 *
 * 		This helper actually implements a subset of **getsockopt()**.
 * 		It supports the following *level*\ s:
 *
 * 		* **IPPROTO_TCP**, which supports *optname*
 * 		  **TCP_CONGESTION**.
 * 		* **IPPROTO_IP**, which supports *optname* **IP_TOS**.
 * 		* **IPPROTO_IPV6**, which supports *optname* **IPV6_TCLASS**.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_override_return(struct pt_regs *regs, u64 rc)
 * 	Description
 * 		Used for error injection, this helper uses kprobes to override
 * 		the return value of the probed function, and to set it to *rc*.
 * 		The first argument is the context *regs* on which the kprobe
 * 		works.
 *
 * 		This helper works by setting the PC (program counter)
 * 		to an override function which is run in place of the original
 * 		probed function. This means the probed function is not run at
 * 		all. The replacement function just returns with the required
 * 		value.
 *
 * 		This helper has security implications, and thus is subject to
 * 		restrictions. It is only available if the kernel was compiled
 * 		with the **CONFIG_BPF_KPROBE_OVERRIDE** configuration
 * 		option, and in this case it only works on functions tagged with
 * 		**ALLOW_ERROR_INJECTION** in the kernel code.
 *
 * 		Also, the helper is only available for the architectures having
 * 		the CONFIG_FUNCTION_ERROR_INJECTION option. As of this writing,
 * 		x86 architecture is the only one to support this feature.
 * 	Return
 * 		0
 *
 * long bpf_sock_ops_cb_flags_set(struct bpf_sock_ops *bpf_sock, int argval)
 * 	Description
 * 		Attempt to set the value of the **bpf_sock_ops_cb_flags** field
 * 		for the full TCP socket associated to *bpf_sock_ops* to
 * 		*argval*.
 *
 * 		The primary use of this field is to determine if there should
 * 		be calls to eBPF programs of type
 * 		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCK_OPS** at various points in the TCP
 * 		code. A program of the same type can change its value, per
 * 		connection and as necessary, when the connection is
 * 		established. This field is directly accessible for reading, but
 * 		this helper must be used for updates in order to return an
 * 		error if an eBPF program tries to set a callback that is not
 * 		supported in the current kernel.
 *
 * 		*argval* is a flag array which can combine these flags:
 *
 * 		* **BPF_SOCK_OPS_RTO_CB_FLAG** (retransmission time out)
 * 		* **BPF_SOCK_OPS_RETRANS_CB_FLAG** (retransmission)
 * 		* **BPF_SOCK_OPS_STATE_CB_FLAG** (TCP state change)
 * 		* **BPF_SOCK_OPS_RTT_CB_FLAG** (every RTT)
 *
 * 		Therefore, this function can be used to clear a callback flag by
 * 		setting the appropriate bit to zero. e.g. to disable the RTO
 * 		callback:
 *
 * 		**bpf_sock_ops_cb_flags_set(bpf_sock,**
 * 			**bpf_sock->bpf_sock_ops_cb_flags & ~BPF_SOCK_OPS_RTO_CB_FLAG)**
 *
 * 		Here are some examples of where one could call such eBPF
 * 		program:
 *
 * 		* When RTO fires.
 * 		* When a packet is retransmitted.
 * 		* When the connection terminates.
 * 		* When a packet is sent.
 * 		* When a packet is received.
 * 	Return
 * 		Code **-EINVAL** if the socket is not a full TCP socket;
 * 		otherwise, a positive number containing the bits that could not
 * 		be set is returned (which comes down to 0 if all bits were set
 * 		as required).
 *
 * long bpf_msg_redirect_map(struct sk_msg_buff *msg, struct bpf_map *map, u32 key, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		This helper is used in programs implementing policies at the
 * 		socket level. If the message *msg* is allowed to pass (i.e. if
 * 		the verdict eBPF program returns **SK_PASS**), redirect it to
 * 		the socket referenced by *map* (of type
 * 		**BPF_MAP_TYPE_SOCKMAP**) at index *key*. Both ingress and
 * 		egress interfaces can be used for redirection. The
 * 		**BPF_F_INGRESS** value in *flags* is used to make the
 * 		distinction (ingress path is selected if the flag is present,
 * 		egress path otherwise). This is the only flag supported for now.
 * 	Return
 * 		**SK_PASS** on success, or **SK_DROP** on error.
 *
 * long bpf_msg_apply_bytes(struct sk_msg_buff *msg, u32 bytes)
 * 	Description
 * 		For socket policies, apply the verdict of the eBPF program to
 * 		the next *bytes* (number of bytes) of message *msg*.
 *
 * 		For example, this helper can be used in the following cases:
 *
 * 		* A single **sendmsg**\ () or **sendfile**\ () system call
 * 		  contains multiple logical messages that the eBPF program is
 * 		  supposed to read and for which it should apply a verdict.
 * 		* An eBPF program only cares to read the first *bytes* of a
 * 		  *msg*. If the message has a large payload, then setting up
 * 		  and calling the eBPF program repeatedly for all bytes, even
 * 		  though the verdict is already known, would create unnecessary
 * 		  overhead.
 *
 * 		When called from within an eBPF program, the helper sets a
 * 		counter internal to the BPF infrastructure, that is used to
 * 		apply the last verdict to the next *bytes*. If *bytes* is
 * 		smaller than the current data being processed from a
 * 		**sendmsg**\ () or **sendfile**\ () system call, the first
 * 		*bytes* will be sent and the eBPF program will be re-run with
 * 		the pointer for start of data pointing to byte number *bytes*
 * 		**+ 1**. If *bytes* is larger than the current data being
 * 		processed, then the eBPF verdict will be applied to multiple
 * 		**sendmsg**\ () or **sendfile**\ () calls until *bytes* are
 * 		consumed.
 *
 * 		Note that if a socket closes with the internal counter holding
 * 		a non-zero value, this is not a problem because data is not
 * 		being buffered for *bytes* and is sent as it is received.
 * 	Return
 * 		0
 *
 * long bpf_msg_cork_bytes(struct sk_msg_buff *msg, u32 bytes)
 * 	Description
 * 		For socket policies, prevent the execution of the verdict eBPF
 * 		program for message *msg* until *bytes* (byte number) have been
 * 		accumulated.
 *
 * 		This can be used when one needs a specific number of bytes
 * 		before a verdict can be assigned, even if the data spans
 * 		multiple **sendmsg**\ () or **sendfile**\ () calls. The extreme
 * 		case would be a user calling **sendmsg**\ () repeatedly with
 * 		1-byte long message segments. Obviously, this is bad for
 * 		performance, but it is still valid. If the eBPF program needs
 * 		*bytes* bytes to validate a header, this helper can be used to
 * 		prevent the eBPF program to be called again until *bytes* have
 * 		been accumulated.
 * 	Return
 * 		0
 *
 * long bpf_msg_pull_data(struct sk_msg_buff *msg, u32 start, u32 end, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		For socket policies, pull in non-linear data from user space
 * 		for *msg* and set pointers *msg*\ **->data** and *msg*\
 * 		**->data_end** to *start* and *end* bytes offsets into *msg*,
 * 		respectively.
 *
 * 		If a program of type **BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_MSG** is run on a
 * 		*msg* it can only parse data that the (**data**, **data_end**)
 * 		pointers have already consumed. For **sendmsg**\ () hooks this
 * 		is likely the first scatterlist element. But for calls relying
 * 		on the **sendpage** handler (e.g. **sendfile**\ ()) this will
 * 		be the range (**0**, **0**) because the data is shared with
 * 		user space and by default the objective is to avoid allowing
 * 		user space to modify data while (or after) eBPF verdict is
 * 		being decided. This helper can be used to pull in data and to
 * 		set the start and end pointer to given values. Data will be
 * 		copied if necessary (i.e. if data was not linear and if start
 * 		and end pointers do not point to the same chunk).
 *
 * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlying
 * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
 * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
 * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
 * 		direct packet access.
 *
 * 		All values for *flags* are reserved for future usage, and must
 * 		be left at zero.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_bind(struct bpf_sock_addr *ctx, struct sockaddr *addr, int addr_len)
 * 	Description
 * 		Bind the socket associated to *ctx* to the address pointed by
 * 		*addr*, of length *addr_len*. This allows for making outgoing
 * 		connection from the desired IP address, which can be useful for
 * 		example when all processes inside a cgroup should use one
 * 		single IP address on a host that has multiple IP configured.
 *
 * 		This helper works for IPv4 and IPv6, TCP and UDP sockets. The
 * 		domain (*addr*\ **->sa_family**) must be **AF_INET** (or
 * 		**AF_INET6**). It's advised to pass zero port (**sin_port**
 * 		or **sin6_port**) which triggers IP_BIND_ADDRESS_NO_PORT-like
 * 		behavior and lets the kernel efficiently pick up an unused
 * 		port as long as 4-tuple is unique. Passing non-zero port might
 * 		lead to degraded performance.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_xdp_adjust_tail(struct xdp_buff *xdp_md, int delta)
 * 	Description
 * 		Adjust (move) *xdp_md*\ **->data_end** by *delta* bytes. It is
 * 		possible to both shrink and grow the packet tail.
 * 		Shrink done via *delta* being a negative integer.
 *
 * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlying
 * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
 * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
 * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
 * 		direct packet access.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_skb_get_xfrm_state(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 index, struct bpf_xfrm_state *xfrm_state, u32 size, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Retrieve the XFRM state (IP transform framework, see also
 * 		**ip-xfrm(8)**) at *index* in XFRM "security path" for *skb*.
 *
 * 		The retrieved value is stored in the **struct bpf_xfrm_state**
 * 		pointed by *xfrm_state* and of length *size*.
 *
 * 		All values for *flags* are reserved for future usage, and must
 * 		be left at zero.
 *
 * 		This helper is available only if the kernel was compiled with
 * 		**CONFIG_XFRM** configuration option.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_get_stack(void *ctx, void *buf, u32 size, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Return a user or a kernel stack in bpf program provided buffer.
 * 		To achieve this, the helper needs *ctx*, which is a pointer
 * 		to the context on which the tracing program is executed.
 * 		To store the stacktrace, the bpf program provides *buf* with
 * 		a nonnegative *size*.
 *
 * 		The last argument, *flags*, holds the number of stack frames to
 * 		skip (from 0 to 255), masked with
 * 		**BPF_F_SKIP_FIELD_MASK**. The next bits can be used to set
 * 		the following flags:
 *
 * 		**BPF_F_USER_STACK**
 * 			Collect a user space stack instead of a kernel stack.
 * 		**BPF_F_USER_BUILD_ID**
 * 			Collect buildid+offset instead of ips for user stack,
 * 			only valid if **BPF_F_USER_STACK** is also specified.
 *
 * 		**bpf_get_stack**\ () can collect up to
 * 		**PERF_MAX_STACK_DEPTH** both kernel and user frames, subject
 * 		to sufficient large buffer size. Note that
 * 		this limit can be controlled with the **sysctl** program, and
 * 		that it should be manually increased in order to profile long
 * 		user stacks (such as stacks for Java programs). To do so, use:
 *
 * 		::
 *
 * 			# sysctl kernel.perf_event_max_stack=<new value>
 * 	Return
 * 		A non-negative value equal to or less than *size* on success,
 * 		or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_skb_load_bytes_relative(const void *skb, u32 offset, void *to, u32 len, u32 start_header)
 * 	Description
 * 		This helper is similar to **bpf_skb_load_bytes**\ () in that
 * 		it provides an easy way to load *len* bytes from *offset*
 * 		from the packet associated to *skb*, into the buffer pointed
 * 		by *to*. The difference to **bpf_skb_load_bytes**\ () is that
 * 		a fifth argument *start_header* exists in order to select a
 * 		base offset to start from. *start_header* can be one of:
 *
 * 		**BPF_HDR_START_MAC**
 * 			Base offset to load data from is *skb*'s mac header.
 * 		**BPF_HDR_START_NET**
 * 			Base offset to load data from is *skb*'s network header.
 *
 * 		In general, "direct packet access" is the preferred method to
 * 		access packet data, however, this helper is in particular useful
 * 		in socket filters where *skb*\ **->data** does not always point
 * 		to the start of the mac header and where "direct packet access"
 * 		is not available.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_fib_lookup(void *ctx, struct bpf_fib_lookup *params, int plen, u32 flags)
 *	Description
 *		Do FIB lookup in kernel tables using parameters in *params*.
 *		If lookup is successful and result shows packet is to be
 *		forwarded, the neighbor tables are searched for the nexthop.
 *		If successful (ie., FIB lookup shows forwarding and nexthop
 *		is resolved), the nexthop address is returned in ipv4_dst
 *		or ipv6_dst based on family, smac is set to mac address of
 *		egress device, dmac is set to nexthop mac address, rt_metric
 *		is set to metric from route (IPv4/IPv6 only), and ifindex
 *		is set to the device index of the nexthop from the FIB lookup.
 *
 *		*plen* argument is the size of the passed in struct.
 *		*flags* argument can be a combination of one or more of the
 *		following values:
 *
 *		**BPF_FIB_LOOKUP_DIRECT**
 *			Do a direct table lookup vs full lookup using FIB
 *			rules.
 *		**BPF_FIB_LOOKUP_OUTPUT**
 *			Perform lookup from an egress perspective (default is
 *			ingress).
 *
 *		*ctx* is either **struct xdp_md** for XDP programs or
 *		**struct sk_buff** tc cls_act programs.
 *	Return
 *		* < 0 if any input argument is invalid
 *		*   0 on success (packet is forwarded, nexthop neighbor exists)
 *		* > 0 one of **BPF_FIB_LKUP_RET_** codes explaining why the
 *		  packet is not forwarded or needs assist from full stack
 *
 *		If lookup fails with BPF_FIB_LKUP_RET_FRAG_NEEDED, then the MTU
 *		was exceeded and output params->mtu_result contains the MTU.
 *
 * long bpf_sock_hash_update(struct bpf_sock_ops *skops, struct bpf_map *map, void *key, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		Add an entry to, or update a sockhash *map* referencing sockets.
 *		The *skops* is used as a new value for the entry associated to
 *		*key*. *flags* is one of:
 *
 *		**BPF_NOEXIST**
 *			The entry for *key* must not exist in the map.
 *		**BPF_EXIST**
 *			The entry for *key* must already exist in the map.
 *		**BPF_ANY**
 *			No condition on the existence of the entry for *key*.
 *
 *		If the *map* has eBPF programs (parser and verdict), those will
 *		be inherited by the socket being added. If the socket is
 *		already attached to eBPF programs, this results in an error.
 *	Return
 *		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_msg_redirect_hash(struct sk_msg_buff *msg, struct bpf_map *map, void *key, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		This helper is used in programs implementing policies at the
 *		socket level. If the message *msg* is allowed to pass (i.e. if
 *		the verdict eBPF program returns **SK_PASS**), redirect it to
 *		the socket referenced by *map* (of type
 *		**BPF_MAP_TYPE_SOCKHASH**) using hash *key*. Both ingress and
 *		egress interfaces can be used for redirection. The
 *		**BPF_F_INGRESS** value in *flags* is used to make the
 *		distinction (ingress path is selected if the flag is present,
 *		egress path otherwise). This is the only flag supported for now.
 *	Return
 *		**SK_PASS** on success, or **SK_DROP** on error.
 *
 * long bpf_sk_redirect_hash(struct sk_buff *skb, struct bpf_map *map, void *key, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		This helper is used in programs implementing policies at the
 *		skb socket level. If the sk_buff *skb* is allowed to pass (i.e.
 *		if the verdict eBPF program returns **SK_PASS**), redirect it
 *		to the socket referenced by *map* (of type
 *		**BPF_MAP_TYPE_SOCKHASH**) using hash *key*. Both ingress and
 *		egress interfaces can be used for redirection. The
 *		**BPF_F_INGRESS** value in *flags* is used to make the
 *		distinction (ingress path is selected if the flag is present,
 *		egress otherwise). This is the only flag supported for now.
 *	Return
 *		**SK_PASS** on success, or **SK_DROP** on error.
 *
 * long bpf_lwt_push_encap(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 type, void *hdr, u32 len)
 *	Description
 *		Encapsulate the packet associated to *skb* within a Layer 3
 *		protocol header. This header is provided in the buffer at
 *		address *hdr*, with *len* its size in bytes. *type* indicates
 *		the protocol of the header and can be one of:
 *
 *		**BPF_LWT_ENCAP_SEG6**
 *			IPv6 encapsulation with Segment Routing Header
 *			(**struct ipv6_sr_hdr**). *hdr* only contains the SRH,
 *			the IPv6 header is computed by the kernel.
 *		**BPF_LWT_ENCAP_SEG6_INLINE**
 *			Only works if *skb* contains an IPv6 packet. Insert a
 *			Segment Routing Header (**struct ipv6_sr_hdr**) inside
 *			the IPv6 header.
 *		**BPF_LWT_ENCAP_IP**
 *			IP encapsulation (GRE/GUE/IPIP/etc). The outer header
 *			must be IPv4 or IPv6, followed by zero or more
 *			additional headers, up to **LWT_BPF_MAX_HEADROOM**
 *			total bytes in all prepended headers. Please note that
 *			if **skb_is_gso**\ (*skb*) is true, no more than two
 *			headers can be prepended, and the inner header, if
 *			present, should be either GRE or UDP/GUE.
 *
 *		**BPF_LWT_ENCAP_SEG6**\ \* types can be called by BPF programs
 *		of type **BPF_PROG_TYPE_LWT_IN**; **BPF_LWT_ENCAP_IP** type can
 *		be called by bpf programs of types **BPF_PROG_TYPE_LWT_IN** and
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_LWT_XMIT**.
 *
 * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlying
 * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
 * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
 * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
 * 		direct packet access.
 *	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_lwt_seg6_store_bytes(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 offset, const void *from, u32 len)
 *	Description
 *		Store *len* bytes from address *from* into the packet
 *		associated to *skb*, at *offset*. Only the flags, tag and TLVs
 *		inside the outermost IPv6 Segment Routing Header can be
 *		modified through this helper.
 *
 * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlying
 * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
 * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
 * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
 * 		direct packet access.
 *	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_lwt_seg6_adjust_srh(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 offset, s32 delta)
 *	Description
 *		Adjust the size allocated to TLVs in the outermost IPv6
 *		Segment Routing Header contained in the packet associated to
 *		*skb*, at position *offset* by *delta* bytes. Only offsets
 *		after the segments are accepted. *delta* can be as well
 *		positive (growing) as negative (shrinking).
 *
 * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlying
 * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
 * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
 * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
 * 		direct packet access.
 *	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_lwt_seg6_action(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 action, void *param, u32 param_len)
 *	Description
 *		Apply an IPv6 Segment Routing action of type *action* to the
 *		packet associated to *skb*. Each action takes a parameter
 *		contained at address *param*, and of length *param_len* bytes.
 *		*action* can be one of:
 *
 *		**SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_END_X**
 *			End.X action: Endpoint with Layer-3 cross-connect.
 *			Type of *param*: **struct in6_addr**.
 *		**SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_END_T**
 *			End.T action: Endpoint with specific IPv6 table lookup.
 *			Type of *param*: **int**.
 *		**SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_END_B6**
 *			End.B6 action: Endpoint bound to an SRv6 policy.
 *			Type of *param*: **struct ipv6_sr_hdr**.
 *		**SEG6_LOCAL_ACTION_END_B6_ENCAP**
 *			End.B6.Encap action: Endpoint bound to an SRv6
 *			encapsulation policy.
 *			Type of *param*: **struct ipv6_sr_hdr**.
 *
 * 		A call to this helper is susceptible to change the underlying
 * 		packet buffer. Therefore, at load time, all checks on pointers
 * 		previously done by the verifier are invalidated and must be
 * 		performed again, if the helper is used in combination with
 * 		direct packet access.
 *	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_rc_repeat(void *ctx)
 *	Description
 *		This helper is used in programs implementing IR decoding, to
 *		report a successfully decoded repeat key message. This delays
 *		the generation of a key up event for previously generated
 *		key down event.
 *
 *		Some IR protocols like NEC have a special IR message for
 *		repeating last button, for when a button is held down.
 *
 *		The *ctx* should point to the lirc sample as passed into
 *		the program.
 *
 *		This helper is only available is the kernel was compiled with
 *		the **CONFIG_BPF_LIRC_MODE2** configuration option set to
 *		"**y**".
 *	Return
 *		0
 *
 * long bpf_rc_keydown(void *ctx, u32 protocol, u64 scancode, u32 toggle)
 *	Description
 *		This helper is used in programs implementing IR decoding, to
 *		report a successfully decoded key press with *scancode*,
 *		*toggle* value in the given *protocol*. The scancode will be
 *		translated to a keycode using the rc keymap, and reported as
 *		an input key down event. After a period a key up event is
 *		generated. This period can be extended by calling either
 *		**bpf_rc_keydown**\ () again with the same values, or calling
 *		**bpf_rc_repeat**\ ().
 *
 *		Some protocols include a toggle bit, in case the button was
 *		released and pressed again between consecutive scancodes.
 *
 *		The *ctx* should point to the lirc sample as passed into
 *		the program.
 *
 *		The *protocol* is the decoded protocol number (see
 *		**enum rc_proto** for some predefined values).
 *
 *		This helper is only available is the kernel was compiled with
 *		the **CONFIG_BPF_LIRC_MODE2** configuration option set to
 *		"**y**".
 *	Return
 *		0
 *
 * u64 bpf_skb_cgroup_id(struct sk_buff *skb)
 * 	Description
 * 		Return the cgroup v2 id of the socket associated with the *skb*.
 * 		This is roughly similar to the **bpf_get_cgroup_classid**\ ()
 * 		helper for cgroup v1 by providing a tag resp. identifier that
 * 		can be matched on or used for map lookups e.g. to implement
 * 		policy. The cgroup v2 id of a given path in the hierarchy is
 * 		exposed in user space through the f_handle API in order to get
 * 		to the same 64-bit id.
 *
 * 		This helper can be used on TC egress path, but not on ingress,
 * 		and is available only if the kernel was compiled with the
 * 		**CONFIG_SOCK_CGROUP_DATA** configuration option.
 * 	Return
 * 		The id is returned or 0 in case the id could not be retrieved.
 *
 * u64 bpf_get_current_cgroup_id(void)
 * 	Return
 * 		A 64-bit integer containing the current cgroup id based
 * 		on the cgroup within which the current task is running.
 *
 * void *bpf_get_local_storage(void *map, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		Get the pointer to the local storage area.
 *		The type and the size of the local storage is defined
 *		by the *map* argument.
 *		The *flags* meaning is specific for each map type,
 *		and has to be 0 for cgroup local storage.
 *
 *		Depending on the BPF program type, a local storage area
 *		can be shared between multiple instances of the BPF program,
 *		running simultaneously.
 *
 *		A user should care about the synchronization by himself.
 *		For example, by using the **BPF_ATOMIC** instructions to alter
 *		the shared data.
 *	Return
 *		A pointer to the local storage area.
 *
 * long bpf_sk_select_reuseport(struct sk_reuseport_md *reuse, struct bpf_map *map, void *key, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		Select a **SO_REUSEPORT** socket from a
 *		**BPF_MAP_TYPE_REUSEPORT_ARRAY** *map*.
 *		It checks the selected socket is matching the incoming
 *		request in the socket buffer.
 *	Return
 *		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * u64 bpf_skb_ancestor_cgroup_id(struct sk_buff *skb, int ancestor_level)
 *	Description
 *		Return id of cgroup v2 that is ancestor of cgroup associated
 *		with the *skb* at the *ancestor_level*.  The root cgroup is at
 *		*ancestor_level* zero and each step down the hierarchy
 *		increments the level. If *ancestor_level* == level of cgroup
 *		associated with *skb*, then return value will be same as that
 *		of **bpf_skb_cgroup_id**\ ().
 *
 *		The helper is useful to implement policies based on cgroups
 *		that are upper in hierarchy than immediate cgroup associated
 *		with *skb*.
 *
 *		The format of returned id and helper limitations are same as in
 *		**bpf_skb_cgroup_id**\ ().
 *	Return
 *		The id is returned or 0 in case the id could not be retrieved.
 *
 * struct bpf_sock *bpf_sk_lookup_tcp(void *ctx, struct bpf_sock_tuple *tuple, u32 tuple_size, u64 netns, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		Look for TCP socket matching *tuple*, optionally in a child
 *		network namespace *netns*. The return value must be checked,
 *		and if non-**NULL**, released via **bpf_sk_release**\ ().
 *
 *		The *ctx* should point to the context of the program, such as
 *		the skb or socket (depending on the hook in use). This is used
 *		to determine the base network namespace for the lookup.
 *
 *		*tuple_size* must be one of:
 *
 *		**sizeof**\ (*tuple*\ **->ipv4**)
 *			Look for an IPv4 socket.
 *		**sizeof**\ (*tuple*\ **->ipv6**)
 *			Look for an IPv6 socket.
 *
 *		If the *netns* is a negative signed 32-bit integer, then the
 *		socket lookup table in the netns associated with the *ctx*
 *		will be used. For the TC hooks, this is the netns of the device
 *		in the skb. For socket hooks, this is the netns of the socket.
 *		If *netns* is any other signed 32-bit value greater than or
 *		equal to zero then it specifies the ID of the netns relative to
 *		the netns associated with the *ctx*. *netns* values beyond the
 *		range of 32-bit integers are reserved for future use.
 *
 *		All values for *flags* are reserved for future usage, and must
 *		be left at zero.
 *
 *		This helper is available only if the kernel was compiled with
 *		**CONFIG_NET** configuration option.
 *	Return
 *		Pointer to **struct bpf_sock**, or **NULL** in case of failure.
 *		For sockets with reuseport option, the **struct bpf_sock**
 *		result is from *reuse*\ **->socks**\ [] using the hash of the
 *		tuple.
 *
 * struct bpf_sock *bpf_sk_lookup_udp(void *ctx, struct bpf_sock_tuple *tuple, u32 tuple_size, u64 netns, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		Look for UDP socket matching *tuple*, optionally in a child
 *		network namespace *netns*. The return value must be checked,
 *		and if non-**NULL**, released via **bpf_sk_release**\ ().
 *
 *		The *ctx* should point to the context of the program, such as
 *		the skb or socket (depending on the hook in use). This is used
 *		to determine the base network namespace for the lookup.
 *
 *		*tuple_size* must be one of:
 *
 *		**sizeof**\ (*tuple*\ **->ipv4**)
 *			Look for an IPv4 socket.
 *		**sizeof**\ (*tuple*\ **->ipv6**)
 *			Look for an IPv6 socket.
 *
 *		If the *netns* is a negative signed 32-bit integer, then the
 *		socket lookup table in the netns associated with the *ctx*
 *		will be used. For the TC hooks, this is the netns of the device
 *		in the skb. For socket hooks, this is the netns of the socket.
 *		If *netns* is any other signed 32-bit value greater than or
 *		equal to zero then it specifies the ID of the netns relative to
 *		the netns associated with the *ctx*. *netns* values beyond the
 *		range of 32-bit integers are reserved for future use.
 *
 *		All values for *flags* are reserved for future usage, and must
 *		be left at zero.
 *
 *		This helper is available only if the kernel was compiled with
 *		**CONFIG_NET** configuration option.
 *	Return
 *		Pointer to **struct bpf_sock**, or **NULL** in case of failure.
 *		For sockets with reuseport option, the **struct bpf_sock**
 *		result is from *reuse*\ **->socks**\ [] using the hash of the
 *		tuple.
 *
 * long bpf_sk_release(void *sock)
 *	Description
 *		Release the reference held by *sock*. *sock* must be a
 *		non-**NULL** pointer that was returned from
 *		**bpf_sk_lookup_xxx**\ ().
 *	Return
 *		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_map_push_elem(struct bpf_map *map, const void *value, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Push an element *value* in *map*. *flags* is one of:
 *
 * 		**BPF_EXIST**
 * 			If the queue/stack is full, the oldest element is
 * 			removed to make room for this.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_map_pop_elem(struct bpf_map *map, void *value)
 * 	Description
 * 		Pop an element from *map*.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_map_peek_elem(struct bpf_map *map, void *value)
 * 	Description
 * 		Get an element from *map* without removing it.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_msg_push_data(struct sk_msg_buff *msg, u32 start, u32 len, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		For socket policies, insert *len* bytes into *msg* at offset
 *		*start*.
 *
 *		If a program of type **BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_MSG** is run on a
 *		*msg* it may want to insert metadata or options into the *msg*.
 *		This can later be read and used by any of the lower layer BPF
 *		hooks.
 *
 *		This helper may fail if under memory pressure (a malloc
 *		fails) in these cases BPF programs will get an appropriate
 *		error and BPF programs will need to handle them.
 *	Return
 *		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_msg_pop_data(struct sk_msg_buff *msg, u32 start, u32 len, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		Will remove *len* bytes from a *msg* starting at byte *start*.
 *		This may result in **ENOMEM** errors under certain situations if
 *		an allocation and copy are required due to a full ring buffer.
 *		However, the helper will try to avoid doing the allocation
 *		if possible. Other errors can occur if input parameters are
 *		invalid either due to *start* byte not being valid part of *msg*
 *		payload and/or *pop* value being to large.
 *	Return
 *		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_rc_pointer_rel(void *ctx, s32 rel_x, s32 rel_y)
 *	Description
 *		This helper is used in programs implementing IR decoding, to
 *		report a successfully decoded pointer movement.
 *
 *		The *ctx* should point to the lirc sample as passed into
 *		the program.
 *
 *		This helper is only available is the kernel was compiled with
 *		the **CONFIG_BPF_LIRC_MODE2** configuration option set to
 *		"**y**".
 *	Return
 *		0
 *
 * long bpf_spin_lock(struct bpf_spin_lock *lock)
 *	Description
 *		Acquire a spinlock represented by the pointer *lock*, which is
 *		stored as part of a value of a map. Taking the lock allows to
 *		safely update the rest of the fields in that value. The
 *		spinlock can (and must) later be released with a call to
 *		**bpf_spin_unlock**\ (\ *lock*\ ).
 *
 *		Spinlocks in BPF programs come with a number of restrictions
 *		and constraints:
 *
 *		* **bpf_spin_lock** objects are only allowed inside maps of
 *		  types **BPF_MAP_TYPE_HASH** and **BPF_MAP_TYPE_ARRAY** (this
 *		  list could be extended in the future).
 *		* BTF description of the map is mandatory.
 *		* The BPF program can take ONE lock at a time, since taking two
 *		  or more could cause dead locks.
 *		* Only one **struct bpf_spin_lock** is allowed per map element.
 *		* When the lock is taken, calls (either BPF to BPF or helpers)
 *		  are not allowed.
 *		* The **BPF_LD_ABS** and **BPF_LD_IND** instructions are not
 *		  allowed inside a spinlock-ed region.
 *		* The BPF program MUST call **bpf_spin_unlock**\ () to release
 *		  the lock, on all execution paths, before it returns.
 *		* The BPF program can access **struct bpf_spin_lock** only via
 *		  the **bpf_spin_lock**\ () and **bpf_spin_unlock**\ ()
 *		  helpers. Loading or storing data into the **struct
 *		  bpf_spin_lock** *lock*\ **;** field of a map is not allowed.
 *		* To use the **bpf_spin_lock**\ () helper, the BTF description
 *		  of the map value must be a struct and have **struct
 *		  bpf_spin_lock** *anyname*\ **;** field at the top level.
 *		  Nested lock inside another struct is not allowed.
 *		* The **struct bpf_spin_lock** *lock* field in a map value must
 *		  be aligned on a multiple of 4 bytes in that value.
 *		* Syscall with command **BPF_MAP_LOOKUP_ELEM** does not copy
 *		  the **bpf_spin_lock** field to user space.
 *		* Syscall with command **BPF_MAP_UPDATE_ELEM**, or update from
 *		  a BPF program, do not update the **bpf_spin_lock** field.
 *		* **bpf_spin_lock** cannot be on the stack or inside a
 *		  networking packet (it can only be inside of a map values).
 *		* **bpf_spin_lock** is available to root only.
 *		* Tracing programs and socket filter programs cannot use
 *		  **bpf_spin_lock**\ () due to insufficient preemption checks
 *		  (but this may change in the future).
 *		* **bpf_spin_lock** is not allowed in inner maps of map-in-map.
 *	Return
 *		0
 *
 * long bpf_spin_unlock(struct bpf_spin_lock *lock)
 *	Description
 *		Release the *lock* previously locked by a call to
 *		**bpf_spin_lock**\ (\ *lock*\ ).
 *	Return
 *		0
 *
 * struct bpf_sock *bpf_sk_fullsock(struct bpf_sock *sk)
 *	Description
 *		This helper gets a **struct bpf_sock** pointer such
 *		that all the fields in this **bpf_sock** can be accessed.
 *	Return
 *		A **struct bpf_sock** pointer on success, or **NULL** in
 *		case of failure.
 *
 * struct bpf_tcp_sock *bpf_tcp_sock(struct bpf_sock *sk)
 *	Description
 *		This helper gets a **struct bpf_tcp_sock** pointer from a
 *		**struct bpf_sock** pointer.
 *	Return
 *		A **struct bpf_tcp_sock** pointer on success, or **NULL** in
 *		case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_skb_ecn_set_ce(struct sk_buff *skb)
 *	Description
 *		Set ECN (Explicit Congestion Notification) field of IP header
 *		to **CE** (Congestion Encountered) if current value is **ECT**
 *		(ECN Capable Transport). Otherwise, do nothing. Works with IPv6
 *		and IPv4.
 *	Return
 *		1 if the **CE** flag is set (either by the current helper call
 *		or because it was already present), 0 if it is not set.
 *
 * struct bpf_sock *bpf_get_listener_sock(struct bpf_sock *sk)
 *	Description
 *		Return a **struct bpf_sock** pointer in **TCP_LISTEN** state.
 *		**bpf_sk_release**\ () is unnecessary and not allowed.
 *	Return
 *		A **struct bpf_sock** pointer on success, or **NULL** in
 *		case of failure.
 *
 * struct bpf_sock *bpf_skc_lookup_tcp(void *ctx, struct bpf_sock_tuple *tuple, u32 tuple_size, u64 netns, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		Look for TCP socket matching *tuple*, optionally in a child
 *		network namespace *netns*. The return value must be checked,
 *		and if non-**NULL**, released via **bpf_sk_release**\ ().
 *
 *		This function is identical to **bpf_sk_lookup_tcp**\ (), except
 *		that it also returns timewait or request sockets. Use
 *		**bpf_sk_fullsock**\ () or **bpf_tcp_sock**\ () to access the
 *		full structure.
 *
 *		This helper is available only if the kernel was compiled with
 *		**CONFIG_NET** configuration option.
 *	Return
 *		Pointer to **struct bpf_sock**, or **NULL** in case of failure.
 *		For sockets with reuseport option, the **struct bpf_sock**
 *		result is from *reuse*\ **->socks**\ [] using the hash of the
 *		tuple.
 *
 * long bpf_tcp_check_syncookie(void *sk, void *iph, u32 iph_len, struct tcphdr *th, u32 th_len)
 * 	Description
 * 		Check whether *iph* and *th* contain a valid SYN cookie ACK for
 * 		the listening socket in *sk*.
 *
 * 		*iph* points to the start of the IPv4 or IPv6 header, while
 * 		*iph_len* contains **sizeof**\ (**struct iphdr**) or
 * 		**sizeof**\ (**struct ip6hdr**).
 *
 * 		*th* points to the start of the TCP header, while *th_len*
 * 		contains **sizeof**\ (**struct tcphdr**).
 * 	Return
 * 		0 if *iph* and *th* are a valid SYN cookie ACK, or a negative
 * 		error otherwise.
 *
 * long bpf_sysctl_get_name(struct bpf_sysctl *ctx, char *buf, size_t buf_len, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		Get name of sysctl in /proc/sys/ and copy it into provided by
 *		program buffer *buf* of size *buf_len*.
 *
 *		The buffer is always NUL terminated, unless it's zero-sized.
 *
 *		If *flags* is zero, full name (e.g. "net/ipv4/tcp_mem") is
 *		copied. Use **BPF_F_SYSCTL_BASE_NAME** flag to copy base name
 *		only (e.g. "tcp_mem").
 *	Return
 *		Number of character copied (not including the trailing NUL).
 *
 *		**-E2BIG** if the buffer wasn't big enough (*buf* will contain
 *		truncated name in this case).
 *
 * long bpf_sysctl_get_current_value(struct bpf_sysctl *ctx, char *buf, size_t buf_len)
 *	Description
 *		Get current value of sysctl as it is presented in /proc/sys
 *		(incl. newline, etc), and copy it as a string into provided
 *		by program buffer *buf* of size *buf_len*.
 *
 *		The whole value is copied, no matter what file position user
 *		space issued e.g. sys_read at.
 *
 *		The buffer is always NUL terminated, unless it's zero-sized.
 *	Return
 *		Number of character copied (not including the trailing NUL).
 *
 *		**-E2BIG** if the buffer wasn't big enough (*buf* will contain
 *		truncated name in this case).
 *
 *		**-EINVAL** if current value was unavailable, e.g. because
 *		sysctl is uninitialized and read returns -EIO for it.
 *
 * long bpf_sysctl_get_new_value(struct bpf_sysctl *ctx, char *buf, size_t buf_len)
 *	Description
 *		Get new value being written by user space to sysctl (before
 *		the actual write happens) and copy it as a string into
 *		provided by program buffer *buf* of size *buf_len*.
 *
 *		User space may write new value at file position > 0.
 *
 *		The buffer is always NUL terminated, unless it's zero-sized.
 *	Return
 *		Number of character copied (not including the trailing NUL).
 *
 *		**-E2BIG** if the buffer wasn't big enough (*buf* will contain
 *		truncated name in this case).
 *
 *		**-EINVAL** if sysctl is being read.
 *
 * long bpf_sysctl_set_new_value(struct bpf_sysctl *ctx, const char *buf, size_t buf_len)
 *	Description
 *		Override new value being written by user space to sysctl with
 *		value provided by program in buffer *buf* of size *buf_len*.
 *
 *		*buf* should contain a string in same form as provided by user
 *		space on sysctl write.
 *
 *		User space may write new value at file position > 0. To override
 *		the whole sysctl value file position should be set to zero.
 *	Return
 *		0 on success.
 *
 *		**-E2BIG** if the *buf_len* is too big.
 *
 *		**-EINVAL** if sysctl is being read.
 *
 * long bpf_strtol(const char *buf, size_t buf_len, u64 flags, long *res)
 *	Description
 *		Convert the initial part of the string from buffer *buf* of
 *		size *buf_len* to a long integer according to the given base
 *		and save the result in *res*.
 *
 *		The string may begin with an arbitrary amount of white space
 *		(as determined by **isspace**\ (3)) followed by a single
 *		optional '**-**' sign.
 *
 *		Five least significant bits of *flags* encode base, other bits
 *		are currently unused.
 *
 *		Base must be either 8, 10, 16 or 0 to detect it automatically
 *		similar to user space **strtol**\ (3).
 *	Return
 *		Number of characters consumed on success. Must be positive but
 *		no more than *buf_len*.
 *
 *		**-EINVAL** if no valid digits were found or unsupported base
 *		was provided.
 *
 *		**-ERANGE** if resulting value was out of range.
 *
 * long bpf_strtoul(const char *buf, size_t buf_len, u64 flags, unsigned long *res)
 *	Description
 *		Convert the initial part of the string from buffer *buf* of
 *		size *buf_len* to an unsigned long integer according to the
 *		given base and save the result in *res*.
 *
 *		The string may begin with an arbitrary amount of white space
 *		(as determined by **isspace**\ (3)).
 *
 *		Five least significant bits of *flags* encode base, other bits
 *		are currently unused.
 *
 *		Base must be either 8, 10, 16 or 0 to detect it automatically
 *		similar to user space **strtoul**\ (3).
 *	Return
 *		Number of characters consumed on success. Must be positive but
 *		no more than *buf_len*.
 *
 *		**-EINVAL** if no valid digits were found or unsupported base
 *		was provided.
 *
 *		**-ERANGE** if resulting value was out of range.
 *
 * void *bpf_sk_storage_get(struct bpf_map *map, void *sk, void *value, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		Get a bpf-local-storage from a *sk*.
 *
 *		Logically, it could be thought of getting the value from
 *		a *map* with *sk* as the **key**.  From this
 *		perspective,  the usage is not much different from
 *		**bpf_map_lookup_elem**\ (*map*, **&**\ *sk*) except this
 *		helper enforces the key must be a full socket and the map must
 *		be a **BPF_MAP_TYPE_SK_STORAGE** also.
 *
 *		Underneath, the value is stored locally at *sk* instead of
 *		the *map*.  The *map* is used as the bpf-local-storage
 *		"type". The bpf-local-storage "type" (i.e. the *map*) is
 *		searched against all bpf-local-storages residing at *sk*.
 *
 *		*sk* is a kernel **struct sock** pointer for LSM program.
 *		*sk* is a **struct bpf_sock** pointer for other program types.
 *
 *		An optional *flags* (**BPF_SK_STORAGE_GET_F_CREATE**) can be
 *		used such that a new bpf-local-storage will be
 *		created if one does not exist.  *value* can be used
 *		together with **BPF_SK_STORAGE_GET_F_CREATE** to specify
 *		the initial value of a bpf-local-storage.  If *value* is
 *		**NULL**, the new bpf-local-storage will be zero initialized.
 *	Return
 *		A bpf-local-storage pointer is returned on success.
 *
 *		**NULL** if not found or there was an error in adding
 *		a new bpf-local-storage.
 *
 * long bpf_sk_storage_delete(struct bpf_map *map, void *sk)
 *	Description
 *		Delete a bpf-local-storage from a *sk*.
 *	Return
 *		0 on success.
 *
 *		**-ENOENT** if the bpf-local-storage cannot be found.
 *		**-EINVAL** if sk is not a fullsock (e.g. a request_sock).
 *
 * long bpf_send_signal(u32 sig)
 *	Description
 *		Send signal *sig* to the process of the current task.
 *		The signal may be delivered to any of this process's threads.
 *	Return
 *		0 on success or successfully queued.
 *
 *		**-EBUSY** if work queue under nmi is full.
 *
 *		**-EINVAL** if *sig* is invalid.
 *
 *		**-EPERM** if no permission to send the *sig*.
 *
 *		**-EAGAIN** if bpf program can try again.
 *
 * s64 bpf_tcp_gen_syncookie(void *sk, void *iph, u32 iph_len, struct tcphdr *th, u32 th_len)
 *	Description
 *		Try to issue a SYN cookie for the packet with corresponding
 *		IP/TCP headers, *iph* and *th*, on the listening socket in *sk*.
 *
 *		*iph* points to the start of the IPv4 or IPv6 header, while
 *		*iph_len* contains **sizeof**\ (**struct iphdr**) or
 *		**sizeof**\ (**struct ip6hdr**).
 *
 *		*th* points to the start of the TCP header, while *th_len*
 *		contains the length of the TCP header.
 *	Return
 *		On success, lower 32 bits hold the generated SYN cookie in
 *		followed by 16 bits which hold the MSS value for that cookie,
 *		and the top 16 bits are unused.
 *
 *		On failure, the returned value is one of the following:
 *
 *		**-EINVAL** SYN cookie cannot be issued due to error
 *
 *		**-ENOENT** SYN cookie should not be issued (no SYN flood)
 *
 *		**-EOPNOTSUPP** kernel configuration does not enable SYN cookies
 *
 *		**-EPROTONOSUPPORT** IP packet version is not 4 or 6
 *
 * long bpf_skb_output(void *ctx, struct bpf_map *map, u64 flags, void *data, u64 size)
 * 	Description
 * 		Write raw *data* blob into a special BPF perf event held by
 * 		*map* of type **BPF_MAP_TYPE_PERF_EVENT_ARRAY**. This perf
 * 		event must have the following attributes: **PERF_SAMPLE_RAW**
 * 		as **sample_type**, **PERF_TYPE_SOFTWARE** as **type**, and
 * 		**PERF_COUNT_SW_BPF_OUTPUT** as **config**.
 *
 * 		The *flags* are used to indicate the index in *map* for which
 * 		the value must be put, masked with **BPF_F_INDEX_MASK**.
 * 		Alternatively, *flags* can be set to **BPF_F_CURRENT_CPU**
 * 		to indicate that the index of the current CPU core should be
 * 		used.
 *
 * 		The value to write, of *size*, is passed through eBPF stack and
 * 		pointed by *data*.
 *
 * 		*ctx* is a pointer to in-kernel struct sk_buff.
 *
 * 		This helper is similar to **bpf_perf_event_output**\ () but
 * 		restricted to raw_tracepoint bpf programs.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_probe_read_user(void *dst, u32 size, const void *unsafe_ptr)
 * 	Description
 * 		Safely attempt to read *size* bytes from user space address
 * 		*unsafe_ptr* and store the data in *dst*.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_probe_read_kernel(void *dst, u32 size, const void *unsafe_ptr)
 * 	Description
 * 		Safely attempt to read *size* bytes from kernel space address
 * 		*unsafe_ptr* and store the data in *dst*.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_probe_read_user_str(void *dst, u32 size, const void *unsafe_ptr)
 * 	Description
 * 		Copy a NUL terminated string from an unsafe user address
 * 		*unsafe_ptr* to *dst*. The *size* should include the
 * 		terminating NUL byte. In case the string length is smaller than
 * 		*size*, the target is not padded with further NUL bytes. If the
 * 		string length is larger than *size*, just *size*-1 bytes are
 * 		copied and the last byte is set to NUL.
 *
 * 		On success, returns the number of bytes that were written,
 * 		including the terminal NUL. This makes this helper useful in
 * 		tracing programs for reading strings, and more importantly to
 * 		get its length at runtime. See the following snippet:
 *
 * 		::
 *
 * 			SEC("kprobe/sys_open")
 * 			void bpf_sys_open(struct pt_regs *ctx)
 * 			{
 * 			        char buf[PATHLEN]; // PATHLEN is defined to 256
 * 			        int res = bpf_probe_read_user_str(buf, sizeof(buf),
 * 				                                  ctx->di);
 *
 * 				// Consume buf, for example push it to
 * 				// userspace via bpf_perf_event_output(); we
 * 				// can use res (the string length) as event
 * 				// size, after checking its boundaries.
 * 			}
 *
 * 		In comparison, using **bpf_probe_read_user**\ () helper here
 * 		instead to read the string would require to estimate the length
 * 		at compile time, and would often result in copying more memory
 * 		than necessary.
 *
 * 		Another useful use case is when parsing individual process
 * 		arguments or individual environment variables navigating
 * 		*current*\ **->mm->arg_start** and *current*\
 * 		**->mm->env_start**: using this helper and the return value,
 * 		one can quickly iterate at the right offset of the memory area.
 * 	Return
 * 		On success, the strictly positive length of the output string,
 * 		including the trailing NUL character. On error, a negative
 * 		value.
 *
 * long bpf_probe_read_kernel_str(void *dst, u32 size, const void *unsafe_ptr)
 * 	Description
 * 		Copy a NUL terminated string from an unsafe kernel address *unsafe_ptr*
 * 		to *dst*. Same semantics as with **bpf_probe_read_user_str**\ () apply.
 * 	Return
 * 		On success, the strictly positive length of the string, including
 * 		the trailing NUL character. On error, a negative value.
 *
 * long bpf_tcp_send_ack(void *tp, u32 rcv_nxt)
 *	Description
 *		Send out a tcp-ack. *tp* is the in-kernel struct **tcp_sock**.
 *		*rcv_nxt* is the ack_seq to be sent out.
 *	Return
 *		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_send_signal_thread(u32 sig)
 *	Description
 *		Send signal *sig* to the thread corresponding to the current task.
 *	Return
 *		0 on success or successfully queued.
 *
 *		**-EBUSY** if work queue under nmi is full.
 *
 *		**-EINVAL** if *sig* is invalid.
 *
 *		**-EPERM** if no permission to send the *sig*.
 *
 *		**-EAGAIN** if bpf program can try again.
 *
 * u64 bpf_jiffies64(void)
 *	Description
 *		Obtain the 64bit jiffies
 *	Return
 *		The 64 bit jiffies
 *
 * long bpf_read_branch_records(struct bpf_perf_event_data *ctx, void *buf, u32 size, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		For an eBPF program attached to a perf event, retrieve the
 *		branch records (**struct perf_branch_entry**) associated to *ctx*
 *		and store it in the buffer pointed by *buf* up to size
 *		*size* bytes.
 *	Return
 *		On success, number of bytes written to *buf*. On error, a
 *		negative value.
 *
 *		The *flags* can be set to **BPF_F_GET_BRANCH_RECORDS_SIZE** to
 *		instead return the number of bytes required to store all the
 *		branch entries. If this flag is set, *buf* may be NULL.
 *
 *		**-EINVAL** if arguments invalid or **size** not a multiple
 *		of **sizeof**\ (**struct perf_branch_entry**\ ).
 *
 *		**-ENOENT** if architecture does not support branch records.
 *
 * long bpf_get_ns_current_pid_tgid(u64 dev, u64 ino, struct bpf_pidns_info *nsdata, u32 size)
 *	Description
 *		Returns 0 on success, values for *pid* and *tgid* as seen from the current
 *		*namespace* will be returned in *nsdata*.
 *	Return
 *		0 on success, or one of the following in case of failure:
 *
 *		**-EINVAL** if dev and inum supplied don't match dev_t and inode number
 *              with nsfs of current task, or if dev conversion to dev_t lost high bits.
 *
 *		**-ENOENT** if pidns does not exists for the current task.
 *
 * long bpf_xdp_output(void *ctx, struct bpf_map *map, u64 flags, void *data, u64 size)
 *	Description
 *		Write raw *data* blob into a special BPF perf event held by
 *		*map* of type **BPF_MAP_TYPE_PERF_EVENT_ARRAY**. This perf
 *		event must have the following attributes: **PERF_SAMPLE_RAW**
 *		as **sample_type**, **PERF_TYPE_SOFTWARE** as **type**, and
 *		**PERF_COUNT_SW_BPF_OUTPUT** as **config**.
 *
 *		The *flags* are used to indicate the index in *map* for which
 *		the value must be put, masked with **BPF_F_INDEX_MASK**.
 *		Alternatively, *flags* can be set to **BPF_F_CURRENT_CPU**
 *		to indicate that the index of the current CPU core should be
 *		used.
 *
 *		The value to write, of *size*, is passed through eBPF stack and
 *		pointed by *data*.
 *
 *		*ctx* is a pointer to in-kernel struct xdp_buff.
 *
 *		This helper is similar to **bpf_perf_eventoutput**\ () but
 *		restricted to raw_tracepoint bpf programs.
 *	Return
 *		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * u64 bpf_get_netns_cookie(void *ctx)
 * 	Description
 * 		Retrieve the cookie (generated by the kernel) of the network
 * 		namespace the input *ctx* is associated with. The network
 * 		namespace cookie remains stable for its lifetime and provides
 * 		a global identifier that can be assumed unique. If *ctx* is
 * 		NULL, then the helper returns the cookie for the initial
 * 		network namespace. The cookie itself is very similar to that
 * 		of **bpf_get_socket_cookie**\ () helper, but for network
 * 		namespaces instead of sockets.
 * 	Return
 * 		A 8-byte long opaque number.
 *
 * u64 bpf_get_current_ancestor_cgroup_id(int ancestor_level)
 * 	Description
 * 		Return id of cgroup v2 that is ancestor of the cgroup associated
 * 		with the current task at the *ancestor_level*. The root cgroup
 * 		is at *ancestor_level* zero and each step down the hierarchy
 * 		increments the level. If *ancestor_level* == level of cgroup
 * 		associated with the current task, then return value will be the
 * 		same as that of **bpf_get_current_cgroup_id**\ ().
 *
 * 		The helper is useful to implement policies based on cgroups
 * 		that are upper in hierarchy than immediate cgroup associated
 * 		with the current task.
 *
 * 		The format of returned id and helper limitations are same as in
 * 		**bpf_get_current_cgroup_id**\ ().
 * 	Return
 * 		The id is returned or 0 in case the id could not be retrieved.
 *
 * long bpf_sk_assign(struct sk_buff *skb, void *sk, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		Helper is overloaded depending on BPF program type. This
 *		description applies to **BPF_PROG_TYPE_SCHED_CLS** and
 *		**BPF_PROG_TYPE_SCHED_ACT** programs.
 *
 *		Assign the *sk* to the *skb*. When combined with appropriate
 *		routing configuration to receive the packet towards the socket,
 *		will cause *skb* to be delivered to the specified socket.
 *		Subsequent redirection of *skb* via  **bpf_redirect**\ (),
 *		**bpf_clone_redirect**\ () or other methods outside of BPF may
 *		interfere with successful delivery to the socket.
 *
 *		This operation is only valid from TC ingress path.
 *
 *		The *flags* argument must be zero.
 *	Return
 *		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure:
 *
 *		**-EINVAL** if specified *flags* are not supported.
 *
 *		**-ENOENT** if the socket is unavailable for assignment.
 *
 *		**-ENETUNREACH** if the socket is unreachable (wrong netns).
 *
 *		**-EOPNOTSUPP** if the operation is not supported, for example
 *		a call from outside of TC ingress.
 *
 *		**-ESOCKTNOSUPPORT** if the socket type is not supported
 *		(reuseport).
 *
 * long bpf_sk_assign(struct bpf_sk_lookup *ctx, struct bpf_sock *sk, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		Helper is overloaded depending on BPF program type. This
 *		description applies to **BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_LOOKUP** programs.
 *
 *		Select the *sk* as a result of a socket lookup.
 *
 *		For the operation to succeed passed socket must be compatible
 *		with the packet description provided by the *ctx* object.
 *
 *		L4 protocol (**IPPROTO_TCP** or **IPPROTO_UDP**) must
 *		be an exact match. While IP family (**AF_INET** or
 *		**AF_INET6**) must be compatible, that is IPv6 sockets
 *		that are not v6-only can be selected for IPv4 packets.
 *
 *		Only TCP listeners and UDP unconnected sockets can be
 *		selected. *sk* can also be NULL to reset any previous
 *		selection.
 *
 *		*flags* argument can combination of following values:
 *
 *		* **BPF_SK_LOOKUP_F_REPLACE** to override the previous
 *		  socket selection, potentially done by a BPF program
 *		  that ran before us.
 *
 *		* **BPF_SK_LOOKUP_F_NO_REUSEPORT** to skip
 *		  load-balancing within reuseport group for the socket
 *		  being selected.
 *
 *		On success *ctx->sk* will point to the selected socket.
 *
 *	Return
 *		0 on success, or a negative errno in case of failure.
 *
 *		* **-EAFNOSUPPORT** if socket family (*sk->family*) is
 *		  not compatible with packet family (*ctx->family*).
 *
 *		* **-EEXIST** if socket has been already selected,
 *		  potentially by another program, and
 *		  **BPF_SK_LOOKUP_F_REPLACE** flag was not specified.
 *
 *		* **-EINVAL** if unsupported flags were specified.
 *
 *		* **-EPROTOTYPE** if socket L4 protocol
 *		  (*sk->protocol*) doesn't match packet protocol
 *		  (*ctx->protocol*).
 *
 *		* **-ESOCKTNOSUPPORT** if socket is not in allowed
 *		  state (TCP listening or UDP unconnected).
 *
 * u64 bpf_ktime_get_boot_ns(void)
 * 	Description
 * 		Return the time elapsed since system boot, in nanoseconds.
 * 		Does include the time the system was suspended.
 * 		See: **clock_gettime**\ (**CLOCK_BOOTTIME**)
 * 	Return
 * 		Current *ktime*.
 *
 * long bpf_seq_printf(struct seq_file *m, const char *fmt, u32 fmt_size, const void *data, u32 data_len)
 * 	Description
 * 		**bpf_seq_printf**\ () uses seq_file **seq_printf**\ () to print
 * 		out the format string.
 * 		The *m* represents the seq_file. The *fmt* and *fmt_size* are for
 * 		the format string itself. The *data* and *data_len* are format string
 * 		arguments. The *data* are a **u64** array and corresponding format string
 * 		values are stored in the array. For strings and pointers where pointees
 * 		are accessed, only the pointer values are stored in the *data* array.
 * 		The *data_len* is the size of *data* in bytes.
 *
 *		Formats **%s**, **%p{i,I}{4,6}** requires to read kernel memory.
 *		Reading kernel memory may fail due to either invalid address or
 *		valid address but requiring a major memory fault. If reading kernel memory
 *		fails, the string for **%s** will be an empty string, and the ip
 *		address for **%p{i,I}{4,6}** will be 0. Not returning error to
 *		bpf program is consistent with what **bpf_trace_printk**\ () does for now.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure:
 *
 *		**-EBUSY** if per-CPU memory copy buffer is busy, can try again
 *		by returning 1 from bpf program.
 *
 *		**-EINVAL** if arguments are invalid, or if *fmt* is invalid/unsupported.
 *
 *		**-E2BIG** if *fmt* contains too many format specifiers.
 *
 *		**-EOVERFLOW** if an overflow happened: The same object will be tried again.
 *
 * long bpf_seq_write(struct seq_file *m, const void *data, u32 len)
 * 	Description
 * 		**bpf_seq_write**\ () uses seq_file **seq_write**\ () to write the data.
 * 		The *m* represents the seq_file. The *data* and *len* represent the
 * 		data to write in bytes.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure:
 *
 *		**-EOVERFLOW** if an overflow happened: The same object will be tried again.
 *
 * u64 bpf_sk_cgroup_id(void *sk)
 *	Description
 *		Return the cgroup v2 id of the socket *sk*.
 *
 *		*sk* must be a non-**NULL** pointer to a socket, e.g. one
 *		returned from **bpf_sk_lookup_xxx**\ (),
 *		**bpf_sk_fullsock**\ (), etc. The format of returned id is
 *		same as in **bpf_skb_cgroup_id**\ ().
 *
 *		This helper is available only if the kernel was compiled with
 *		the **CONFIG_SOCK_CGROUP_DATA** configuration option.
 *	Return
 *		The id is returned or 0 in case the id could not be retrieved.
 *
 * u64 bpf_sk_ancestor_cgroup_id(void *sk, int ancestor_level)
 *	Description
 *		Return id of cgroup v2 that is ancestor of cgroup associated
 *		with the *sk* at the *ancestor_level*.  The root cgroup is at
 *		*ancestor_level* zero and each step down the hierarchy
 *		increments the level. If *ancestor_level* == level of cgroup
 *		associated with *sk*, then return value will be same as that
 *		of **bpf_sk_cgroup_id**\ ().
 *
 *		The helper is useful to implement policies based on cgroups
 *		that are upper in hierarchy than immediate cgroup associated
 *		with *sk*.
 *
 *		The format of returned id and helper limitations are same as in
 *		**bpf_sk_cgroup_id**\ ().
 *	Return
 *		The id is returned or 0 in case the id could not be retrieved.
 *
 * long bpf_ringbuf_output(void *ringbuf, void *data, u64 size, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Copy *size* bytes from *data* into a ring buffer *ringbuf*.
 * 		If **BPF_RB_NO_WAKEUP** is specified in *flags*, no notification
 * 		of new data availability is sent.
 * 		If **BPF_RB_FORCE_WAKEUP** is specified in *flags*, notification
 * 		of new data availability is sent unconditionally.
 * 		If **0** is specified in *flags*, an adaptive notification
 * 		of new data availability is sent.
 *
 * 		An adaptive notification is a notification sent whenever the user-space
 * 		process has caught up and consumed all available payloads. In case the user-space
 * 		process is still processing a previous payload, then no notification is needed
 * 		as it will process the newly added payload automatically.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * void *bpf_ringbuf_reserve(void *ringbuf, u64 size, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Reserve *size* bytes of payload in a ring buffer *ringbuf*.
 * 		*flags* must be 0.
 * 	Return
 * 		Valid pointer with *size* bytes of memory available; NULL,
 * 		otherwise.
 *
 * void bpf_ringbuf_submit(void *data, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Submit reserved ring buffer sample, pointed to by *data*.
 * 		If **BPF_RB_NO_WAKEUP** is specified in *flags*, no notification
 * 		of new data availability is sent.
 * 		If **BPF_RB_FORCE_WAKEUP** is specified in *flags*, notification
 * 		of new data availability is sent unconditionally.
 * 		If **0** is specified in *flags*, an adaptive notification
 * 		of new data availability is sent.
 *
 * 		See 'bpf_ringbuf_output()' for the definition of adaptive notification.
 * 	Return
 * 		Nothing. Always succeeds.
 *
 * void bpf_ringbuf_discard(void *data, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Discard reserved ring buffer sample, pointed to by *data*.
 * 		If **BPF_RB_NO_WAKEUP** is specified in *flags*, no notification
 * 		of new data availability is sent.
 * 		If **BPF_RB_FORCE_WAKEUP** is specified in *flags*, notification
 * 		of new data availability is sent unconditionally.
 * 		If **0** is specified in *flags*, an adaptive notification
 * 		of new data availability is sent.
 *
 * 		See 'bpf_ringbuf_output()' for the definition of adaptive notification.
 * 	Return
 * 		Nothing. Always succeeds.
 *
 * u64 bpf_ringbuf_query(void *ringbuf, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		Query various characteristics of provided ring buffer. What
 *		exactly is queries is determined by *flags*:
 *
 *		* **BPF_RB_AVAIL_DATA**: Amount of data not yet consumed.
 *		* **BPF_RB_RING_SIZE**: The size of ring buffer.
 *		* **BPF_RB_CONS_POS**: Consumer position (can wrap around).
 *		* **BPF_RB_PROD_POS**: Producer(s) position (can wrap around).
 *
 *		Data returned is just a momentary snapshot of actual values
 *		and could be inaccurate, so this facility should be used to
 *		power heuristics and for reporting, not to make 100% correct
 *		calculation.
 *	Return
 *		Requested value, or 0, if *flags* are not recognized.
 *
 * long bpf_csum_level(struct sk_buff *skb, u64 level)
 * 	Description
 * 		Change the skbs checksum level by one layer up or down, or
 * 		reset it entirely to none in order to have the stack perform
 * 		checksum validation. The level is applicable to the following
 * 		protocols: TCP, UDP, GRE, SCTP, FCOE. For example, a decap of
 * 		| ETH | IP | UDP | GUE | IP | TCP | into | ETH | IP | TCP |
 * 		through **bpf_skb_adjust_room**\ () helper with passing in
 * 		**BPF_F_ADJ_ROOM_NO_CSUM_RESET** flag would require one	call
 * 		to **bpf_csum_level**\ () with **BPF_CSUM_LEVEL_DEC** since
 * 		the UDP header is removed. Similarly, an encap of the latter
 * 		into the former could be accompanied by a helper call to
 * 		**bpf_csum_level**\ () with **BPF_CSUM_LEVEL_INC** if the
 * 		skb is still intended to be processed in higher layers of the
 * 		stack instead of just egressing at tc.
 *
 * 		There are three supported level settings at this time:
 *
 * 		* **BPF_CSUM_LEVEL_INC**: Increases skb->csum_level for skbs
 * 		  with CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY.
 * 		* **BPF_CSUM_LEVEL_DEC**: Decreases skb->csum_level for skbs
 * 		  with CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY.
 * 		* **BPF_CSUM_LEVEL_RESET**: Resets skb->csum_level to 0 and
 * 		  sets CHECKSUM_NONE to force checksum validation by the stack.
 * 		* **BPF_CSUM_LEVEL_QUERY**: No-op, returns the current
 * 		  skb->csum_level.
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure. In the
 * 		case of **BPF_CSUM_LEVEL_QUERY**, the current skb->csum_level
 * 		is returned or the error code -EACCES in case the skb is not
 * 		subject to CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY.
 *
 * struct tcp6_sock *bpf_skc_to_tcp6_sock(void *sk)
 *	Description
 *		Dynamically cast a *sk* pointer to a *tcp6_sock* pointer.
 *	Return
 *		*sk* if casting is valid, or **NULL** otherwise.
 *
 * struct tcp_sock *bpf_skc_to_tcp_sock(void *sk)
 *	Description
 *		Dynamically cast a *sk* pointer to a *tcp_sock* pointer.
 *	Return
 *		*sk* if casting is valid, or **NULL** otherwise.
 *
 * struct tcp_timewait_sock *bpf_skc_to_tcp_timewait_sock(void *sk)
 * 	Description
 *		Dynamically cast a *sk* pointer to a *tcp_timewait_sock* pointer.
 *	Return
 *		*sk* if casting is valid, or **NULL** otherwise.
 *
 * struct tcp_request_sock *bpf_skc_to_tcp_request_sock(void *sk)
 * 	Description
 *		Dynamically cast a *sk* pointer to a *tcp_request_sock* pointer.
 *	Return
 *		*sk* if casting is valid, or **NULL** otherwise.
 *
 * struct udp6_sock *bpf_skc_to_udp6_sock(void *sk)
 * 	Description
 *		Dynamically cast a *sk* pointer to a *udp6_sock* pointer.
 *	Return
 *		*sk* if casting is valid, or **NULL** otherwise.
 *
 * long bpf_get_task_stack(struct task_struct *task, void *buf, u32 size, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		Return a user or a kernel stack in bpf program provided buffer.
 *		To achieve this, the helper needs *task*, which is a valid
 *		pointer to **struct task_struct**. To store the stacktrace, the
 *		bpf program provides *buf* with a nonnegative *size*.
 *
 *		The last argument, *flags*, holds the number of stack frames to
 *		skip (from 0 to 255), masked with
 *		**BPF_F_SKIP_FIELD_MASK**. The next bits can be used to set
 *		the following flags:
 *
 *		**BPF_F_USER_STACK**
 *			Collect a user space stack instead of a kernel stack.
 *		**BPF_F_USER_BUILD_ID**
 *			Collect buildid+offset instead of ips for user stack,
 *			only valid if **BPF_F_USER_STACK** is also specified.
 *
 *		**bpf_get_task_stack**\ () can collect up to
 *		**PERF_MAX_STACK_DEPTH** both kernel and user frames, subject
 *		to sufficient large buffer size. Note that
 *		this limit can be controlled with the **sysctl** program, and
 *		that it should be manually increased in order to profile long
 *		user stacks (such as stacks for Java programs). To do so, use:
 *
 *		::
 *
 *			# sysctl kernel.perf_event_max_stack=<new value>
 *	Return
 *		A non-negative value equal to or less than *size* on success,
 *		or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_load_hdr_opt(struct bpf_sock_ops *skops, void *searchby_res, u32 len, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		Load header option.  Support reading a particular TCP header
 *		option for bpf program (**BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCK_OPS**).
 *
 *		If *flags* is 0, it will search the option from the
 *		*skops*\ **->skb_data**.  The comment in **struct bpf_sock_ops**
 *		has details on what skb_data contains under different
 *		*skops*\ **->op**.
 *
 *		The first byte of the *searchby_res* specifies the
 *		kind that it wants to search.
 *
 *		If the searching kind is an experimental kind
 *		(i.e. 253 or 254 according to RFC6994).  It also
 *		needs to specify the "magic" which is either
 *		2 bytes or 4 bytes.  It then also needs to
 *		specify the size of the magic by using
 *		the 2nd byte which is "kind-length" of a TCP
 *		header option and the "kind-length" also
 *		includes the first 2 bytes "kind" and "kind-length"
 *		itself as a normal TCP header option also does.
 *
 *		For example, to search experimental kind 254 with
 *		2 byte magic 0xeB9F, the searchby_res should be
 *		[ 254, 4, 0xeB, 0x9F, 0, 0, .... 0 ].
 *
 *		To search for the standard window scale option (3),
 *		the *searchby_res* should be [ 3, 0, 0, .... 0 ].
 *		Note, kind-length must be 0 for regular option.
 *
 *		Searching for No-Op (0) and End-of-Option-List (1) are
 *		not supported.
 *
 *		*len* must be at least 2 bytes which is the minimal size
 *		of a header option.
 *
 *		Supported flags:
 *
 *		* **BPF_LOAD_HDR_OPT_TCP_SYN** to search from the
 *		  saved_syn packet or the just-received syn packet.
 *
 *	Return
 *		> 0 when found, the header option is copied to *searchby_res*.
 *		The return value is the total length copied. On failure, a
 *		negative error code is returned:
 *
 *		**-EINVAL** if a parameter is invalid.
 *
 *		**-ENOMSG** if the option is not found.
 *
 *		**-ENOENT** if no syn packet is available when
 *		**BPF_LOAD_HDR_OPT_TCP_SYN** is used.
 *
 *		**-ENOSPC** if there is not enough space.  Only *len* number of
 *		bytes are copied.
 *
 *		**-EFAULT** on failure to parse the header options in the
 *		packet.
 *
 *		**-EPERM** if the helper cannot be used under the current
 *		*skops*\ **->op**.
 *
 * long bpf_store_hdr_opt(struct bpf_sock_ops *skops, const void *from, u32 len, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		Store header option.  The data will be copied
 *		from buffer *from* with length *len* to the TCP header.
 *
 *		The buffer *from* should have the whole option that
 *		includes the kind, kind-length, and the actual
 *		option data.  The *len* must be at least kind-length
 *		long.  The kind-length does not have to be 4 byte
 *		aligned.  The kernel will take care of the padding
 *		and setting the 4 bytes aligned value to th->doff.
 *
 *		This helper will check for duplicated option
 *		by searching the same option in the outgoing skb.
 *
 *		This helper can only be called during
 *		**BPF_SOCK_OPS_WRITE_HDR_OPT_CB**.
 *
 *	Return
 *		0 on success, or negative error in case of failure:
 *
 *		**-EINVAL** If param is invalid.
 *
 *		**-ENOSPC** if there is not enough space in the header.
 *		Nothing has been written
 *
 *		**-EEXIST** if the option already exists.
 *
 *		**-EFAULT** on failrue to parse the existing header options.
 *
 *		**-EPERM** if the helper cannot be used under the current
 *		*skops*\ **->op**.
 *
 * long bpf_reserve_hdr_opt(struct bpf_sock_ops *skops, u32 len, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		Reserve *len* bytes for the bpf header option.  The
 *		space will be used by **bpf_store_hdr_opt**\ () later in
 *		**BPF_SOCK_OPS_WRITE_HDR_OPT_CB**.
 *
 *		If **bpf_reserve_hdr_opt**\ () is called multiple times,
 *		the total number of bytes will be reserved.
 *
 *		This helper can only be called during
 *		**BPF_SOCK_OPS_HDR_OPT_LEN_CB**.
 *
 *	Return
 *		0 on success, or negative error in case of failure:
 *
 *		**-EINVAL** if a parameter is invalid.
 *
 *		**-ENOSPC** if there is not enough space in the header.
 *
 *		**-EPERM** if the helper cannot be used under the current
 *		*skops*\ **->op**.
 *
 * void *bpf_inode_storage_get(struct bpf_map *map, void *inode, void *value, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		Get a bpf_local_storage from an *inode*.
 *
 *		Logically, it could be thought of as getting the value from
 *		a *map* with *inode* as the **key**.  From this
 *		perspective,  the usage is not much different from
 *		**bpf_map_lookup_elem**\ (*map*, **&**\ *inode*) except this
 *		helper enforces the key must be an inode and the map must also
 *		be a **BPF_MAP_TYPE_INODE_STORAGE**.
 *
 *		Underneath, the value is stored locally at *inode* instead of
 *		the *map*.  The *map* is used as the bpf-local-storage
 *		"type". The bpf-local-storage "type" (i.e. the *map*) is
 *		searched against all bpf_local_storage residing at *inode*.
 *
 *		An optional *flags* (**BPF_LOCAL_STORAGE_GET_F_CREATE**) can be
 *		used such that a new bpf_local_storage will be
 *		created if one does not exist.  *value* can be used
 *		together with **BPF_LOCAL_STORAGE_GET_F_CREATE** to specify
 *		the initial value of a bpf_local_storage.  If *value* is
 *		**NULL**, the new bpf_local_storage will be zero initialized.
 *	Return
 *		A bpf_local_storage pointer is returned on success.
 *
 *		**NULL** if not found or there was an error in adding
 *		a new bpf_local_storage.
 *
 * int bpf_inode_storage_delete(struct bpf_map *map, void *inode)
 *	Description
 *		Delete a bpf_local_storage from an *inode*.
 *	Return
 *		0 on success.
 *
 *		**-ENOENT** if the bpf_local_storage cannot be found.
 *
 * long bpf_d_path(struct path *path, char *buf, u32 sz)
 *	Description
 *		Return full path for given **struct path** object, which
 *		needs to be the kernel BTF *path* object. The path is
 *		returned in the provided buffer *buf* of size *sz* and
 *		is zero terminated.
 *
 *	Return
 *		On success, the strictly positive length of the string,
 *		including the trailing NUL character. On error, a negative
 *		value.
 *
 * long bpf_copy_from_user(void *dst, u32 size, const void *user_ptr)
 * 	Description
 * 		Read *size* bytes from user space address *user_ptr* and store
 * 		the data in *dst*. This is a wrapper of **copy_from_user**\ ().
 * 	Return
 * 		0 on success, or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_snprintf_btf(char *str, u32 str_size, struct btf_ptr *ptr, u32 btf_ptr_size, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		Use BTF to store a string representation of *ptr*->ptr in *str*,
 *		using *ptr*->type_id.  This value should specify the type
 *		that *ptr*->ptr points to. LLVM __builtin_btf_type_id(type, 1)
 *		can be used to look up vmlinux BTF type ids. Traversing the
 *		data structure using BTF, the type information and values are
 *		stored in the first *str_size* - 1 bytes of *str*.  Safe copy of
 *		the pointer data is carried out to avoid kernel crashes during
 *		operation.  Smaller types can use string space on the stack;
 *		larger programs can use map data to store the string
 *		representation.
 *
 *		The string can be subsequently shared with userspace via
 *		bpf_perf_event_output() or ring buffer interfaces.
 *		bpf_trace_printk() is to be avoided as it places too small
 *		a limit on string size to be useful.
 *
 *		*flags* is a combination of
 *
 *		**BTF_F_COMPACT**
 *			no formatting around type information
 *		**BTF_F_NONAME**
 *			no struct/union member names/types
 *		**BTF_F_PTR_RAW**
 *			show raw (unobfuscated) pointer values;
 *			equivalent to printk specifier %px.
 *		**BTF_F_ZERO**
 *			show zero-valued struct/union members; they
 *			are not displayed by default
 *
 *	Return
 *		The number of bytes that were written (or would have been
 *		written if output had to be truncated due to string size),
 *		or a negative error in cases of failure.
 *
 * long bpf_seq_printf_btf(struct seq_file *m, struct btf_ptr *ptr, u32 ptr_size, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		Use BTF to write to seq_write a string representation of
 *		*ptr*->ptr, using *ptr*->type_id as per bpf_snprintf_btf().
 *		*flags* are identical to those used for bpf_snprintf_btf.
 *	Return
 *		0 on success or a negative error in case of failure.
 *
 * u64 bpf_skb_cgroup_classid(struct sk_buff *skb)
 * 	Description
 * 		See **bpf_get_cgroup_classid**\ () for the main description.
 * 		This helper differs from **bpf_get_cgroup_classid**\ () in that
 * 		the cgroup v1 net_cls class is retrieved only from the *skb*'s
 * 		associated socket instead of the current process.
 * 	Return
 * 		The id is returned or 0 in case the id could not be retrieved.
 *
 * long bpf_redirect_neigh(u32 ifindex, struct bpf_redir_neigh *params, int plen, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Redirect the packet to another net device of index *ifindex*
 * 		and fill in L2 addresses from neighboring subsystem. This helper
 * 		is somewhat similar to **bpf_redirect**\ (), except that it
 * 		populates L2 addresses as well, meaning, internally, the helper
 * 		relies on the neighbor lookup for the L2 address of the nexthop.
 *
 * 		The helper will perform a FIB lookup based on the skb's
 * 		networking header to get the address of the next hop, unless
 * 		this is supplied by the caller in the *params* argument. The
 * 		*plen* argument indicates the len of *params* and should be set
 * 		to 0 if *params* is NULL.
 *
 * 		The *flags* argument is reserved and must be 0. The helper is
 * 		currently only supported for tc BPF program types, and enabled
 * 		for IPv4 and IPv6 protocols.
 * 	Return
 * 		The helper returns **TC_ACT_REDIRECT** on success or
 * 		**TC_ACT_SHOT** on error.
 *
 * void *bpf_per_cpu_ptr(const void *percpu_ptr, u32 cpu)
 *     Description
 *             Take a pointer to a percpu ksym, *percpu_ptr*, and return a
 *             pointer to the percpu kernel variable on *cpu*. A ksym is an
 *             extern variable decorated with '__ksym'. For ksym, there is a
 *             global var (either static or global) defined of the same name
 *             in the kernel. The ksym is percpu if the global var is percpu.
 *             The returned pointer points to the global percpu var on *cpu*.
 *
 *             bpf_per_cpu_ptr() has the same semantic as per_cpu_ptr() in the
 *             kernel, except that bpf_per_cpu_ptr() may return NULL. This
 *             happens if *cpu* is larger than nr_cpu_ids. The caller of
 *             bpf_per_cpu_ptr() must check the returned value.
 *     Return
 *             A pointer pointing to the kernel percpu variable on *cpu*, or
 *             NULL, if *cpu* is invalid.
 *
 * void *bpf_this_cpu_ptr(const void *percpu_ptr)
 *	Description
 *		Take a pointer to a percpu ksym, *percpu_ptr*, and return a
 *		pointer to the percpu kernel variable on this cpu. See the
 *		description of 'ksym' in **bpf_per_cpu_ptr**\ ().
 *
 *		bpf_this_cpu_ptr() has the same semantic as this_cpu_ptr() in
 *		the kernel. Different from **bpf_per_cpu_ptr**\ (), it would
 *		never return NULL.
 *	Return
 *		A pointer pointing to the kernel percpu variable on this cpu.
 *
 * long bpf_redirect_peer(u32 ifindex, u64 flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Redirect the packet to another net device of index *ifindex*.
 * 		This helper is somewhat similar to **bpf_redirect**\ (), except
 * 		that the redirection happens to the *ifindex*' peer device and
 * 		the netns switch takes place from ingress to ingress without
 * 		going through the CPU's backlog queue.
 *
 * 		The *flags* argument is reserved and must be 0. The helper is
 * 		currently only supported for tc BPF program types at the ingress
 * 		hook and for veth device types. The peer device must reside in a
 * 		different network namespace.
 * 	Return
 * 		The helper returns **TC_ACT_REDIRECT** on success or
 * 		**TC_ACT_SHOT** on error.
 *
 * void *bpf_task_storage_get(struct bpf_map *map, struct task_struct *task, void *value, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		Get a bpf_local_storage from the *task*.
 *
 *		Logically, it could be thought of as getting the value from
 *		a *map* with *task* as the **key**.  From this
 *		perspective,  the usage is not much different from
 *		**bpf_map_lookup_elem**\ (*map*, **&**\ *task*) except this
 *		helper enforces the key must be an task_struct and the map must also
 *		be a **BPF_MAP_TYPE_TASK_STORAGE**.
 *
 *		Underneath, the value is stored locally at *task* instead of
 *		the *map*.  The *map* is used as the bpf-local-storage
 *		"type". The bpf-local-storage "type" (i.e. the *map*) is
 *		searched against all bpf_local_storage residing at *task*.
 *
 *		An optional *flags* (**BPF_LOCAL_STORAGE_GET_F_CREATE**) can be
 *		used such that a new bpf_local_storage will be
 *		created if one does not exist.  *value* can be used
 *		together with **BPF_LOCAL_STORAGE_GET_F_CREATE** to specify
 *		the initial value of a bpf_local_storage.  If *value* is
 *		**NULL**, the new bpf_local_storage will be zero initialized.
 *	Return
 *		A bpf_local_storage pointer is returned on success.
 *
 *		**NULL** if not found or there was an error in adding
 *		a new bpf_local_storage.
 *
 * long bpf_task_storage_delete(struct bpf_map *map, struct task_struct *task)
 *	Description
 *		Delete a bpf_local_storage from a *task*.
 *	Return
 *		0 on success.
 *
 *		**-ENOENT** if the bpf_local_storage cannot be found.
 *
 * struct task_struct *bpf_get_current_task_btf(void)
 *	Description
 *		Return a BTF pointer to the "current" task.
 *		This pointer can also be used in helpers that accept an
 *		*ARG_PTR_TO_BTF_ID* of type *task_struct*.
 *	Return
 *		Pointer to the current task.
 *
 * long bpf_bprm_opts_set(struct linux_binprm *bprm, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		Set or clear certain options on *bprm*:
 *
 *		**BPF_F_BPRM_SECUREEXEC** Set the secureexec bit
 *		which sets the **AT_SECURE** auxv for glibc. The bit
 *		is cleared if the flag is not specified.
 *	Return
 *		**-EINVAL** if invalid *flags* are passed, zero otherwise.
 *
 * u64 bpf_ktime_get_coarse_ns(void)
 * 	Description
 * 		Return a coarse-grained version of the time elapsed since
 * 		system boot, in nanoseconds. Does not include time the system
 * 		was suspended.
 *
 * 		See: **clock_gettime**\ (**CLOCK_MONOTONIC_COARSE**)
 * 	Return
 * 		Current *ktime*.
 *
 * long bpf_ima_inode_hash(struct inode *inode, void *dst, u32 size)
 *	Description
 *		Returns the stored IMA hash of the *inode* (if it's avaialable).
 *		If the hash is larger than *size*, then only *size*
 *		bytes will be copied to *dst*
 *	Return
 *		The **hash_algo** is returned on success,
 *		**-EOPNOTSUP** if IMA is disabled or **-EINVAL** if
 *		invalid arguments are passed.
 *
 * struct socket *bpf_sock_from_file(struct file *file)
 *	Description
 *		If the given file represents a socket, returns the associated
 *		socket.
 *	Return
 *		A pointer to a struct socket on success or NULL if the file is
 *		not a socket.
 *
 * long bpf_check_mtu(void *ctx, u32 ifindex, u32 *mtu_len, s32 len_diff, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		Check packet size against exceeding MTU of net device (based
 *		on *ifindex*).  This helper will likely be used in combination
 *		with helpers that adjust/change the packet size.
 *
 *		The argument *len_diff* can be used for querying with a planned
 *		size change. This allows to check MTU prior to changing packet
 *		ctx. Providing an *len_diff* adjustment that is larger than the
 *		actual packet size (resulting in negative packet size) will in
 *		principle not exceed the MTU, why it is not considered a
 *		failure.  Other BPF-helpers are needed for performing the
 *		planned size change, why the responsability for catch a negative
 *		packet size belong in those helpers.
 *
 *		Specifying *ifindex* zero means the MTU check is performed
 *		against the current net device.  This is practical if this isn't
 *		used prior to redirect.
 *
 *		On input *mtu_len* must be a valid pointer, else verifier will
 *		reject BPF program.  If the value *mtu_len* is initialized to
 *		zero then the ctx packet size is use.  When value *mtu_len* is
 *		provided as input this specify the L3 length that the MTU check
 *		is done against. Remember XDP and TC length operate at L2, but
 *		this value is L3 as this correlate to MTU and IP-header tot_len
 *		values which are L3 (similar behavior as bpf_fib_lookup).
 *
 *		The Linux kernel route table can configure MTUs on a more
 *		specific per route level, which is not provided by this helper.
 *		For route level MTU checks use the **bpf_fib_lookup**\ ()
 *		helper.
 *
 *		*ctx* is either **struct xdp_md** for XDP programs or
 *		**struct sk_buff** for tc cls_act programs.
 *
 *		The *flags* argument can be a combination of one or more of the
 *		following values:
 *
 *		**BPF_MTU_CHK_SEGS**
 *			This flag will only works for *ctx* **struct sk_buff**.
 *			If packet context contains extra packet segment buffers
 *			(often knows as GSO skb), then MTU check is harder to
 *			check at this point, because in transmit path it is
 *			possible for the skb packet to get re-segmented
 *			(depending on net device features).  This could still be
 *			a MTU violation, so this flag enables performing MTU
 *			check against segments, with a different violation
 *			return code to tell it apart. Check cannot use len_diff.
 *
 *		On return *mtu_len* pointer contains the MTU value of the net
 *		device.  Remember the net device configured MTU is the L3 size,
 *		which is returned here and XDP and TC length operate at L2.
 *		Helper take this into account for you, but remember when using
 *		MTU value in your BPF-code.
 *
 *	Return
 *		* 0 on success, and populate MTU value in *mtu_len* pointer.
 *
 *		* < 0 if any input argument is invalid (*mtu_len* not updated)
 *
 *		MTU violations return positive values, but also populate MTU
 *		value in *mtu_len* pointer, as this can be needed for
 *		implementing PMTU handing:
 *
 *		* **BPF_MTU_CHK_RET_FRAG_NEEDED**
 *		* **BPF_MTU_CHK_RET_SEGS_TOOBIG**
 *
 * long bpf_for_each_map_elem(struct bpf_map *map, void *callback_fn, void *callback_ctx, u64 flags)
 *	Description
 *		For each element in **map**, call **callback_fn** function with
 *		**map**, **callback_ctx** and other map-specific parameters.
 *		The **callback_fn** should be a static function and
 *		the **callback_ctx** should be a pointer to the stack.
 *		The **flags** is used to control certain aspects of the helper.
 *		Currently, the **flags** must be 0.
 *
 *		The following are a list of supported map types and their
 *		respective expected callback signatures:
 *
 *		BPF_MAP_TYPE_HASH, BPF_MAP_TYPE_PERCPU_HASH,
 *		BPF_MAP_TYPE_LRU_HASH, BPF_MAP_TYPE_LRU_PERCPU_HASH,
 *		BPF_MAP_TYPE_ARRAY, BPF_MAP_TYPE_PERCPU_ARRAY
 *
 *		long (\*callback_fn)(struct bpf_map \*map, const void \*key, void \*value, void \*ctx);
 *
 *		For per_cpu maps, the map_value is the value on the cpu where the
 *		bpf_prog is running.
 *
 *		If **callback_fn** return 0, the helper will continue to the next
 *		element. If return value is 1, the helper will skip the rest of
 *		elements and return. Other return values are not used now.
 *
 *	Return
 *		The number of traversed map elements for success, **-EINVAL** for
 *		invalid **flags**.
 *
 * long bpf_snprintf(char *str, u32 str_size, const char *fmt, u64 *data, u32 data_len)
 *	Description
 *		Outputs a string into the **str** buffer of size **str_size**
 *		based on a format string stored in a read-only map pointed by
 *		**fmt**.
 *
 *		Each format specifier in **fmt** corresponds to one u64 element
 *		in the **data** array. For strings and pointers where pointees
 *		are accessed, only the pointer values are stored in the *data*
 *		array. The *data_len* is the size of *data* in bytes.
 *
 *		Formats **%s** and **%p{i,I}{4,6}** require to read kernel
 *		memory. Reading kernel memory may fail due to either invalid
 *		address or valid address but requiring a major memory fault. If
 *		reading kernel memory fails, the string for **%s** will be an
 *		empty string, and the ip address for **%p{i,I}{4,6}** will be 0.
 *		Not returning error to bpf program is consistent with what
 *		**bpf_trace_printk**\ () does for now.
 *
 *	Return
 *		The strictly positive length of the formatted string, including
 *		the trailing zero character. If the return value is greater than
 *		**str_size**, **str** contains a truncated string, guaranteed to
 *		be zero-terminated except when **str_size** is 0.
 *
 *		Or **-EBUSY** if the per-CPU memory copy buffer is busy.
 *
 * long bpf_sys_bpf(u32 cmd, void *attr, u32 attr_size)
 * 	Description
 * 		Execute bpf syscall with given arguments.
 * 	Return
 * 		A syscall result.
 *
 * long bpf_btf_find_by_name_kind(char *name, int name_sz, u32 kind, int flags)
 * 	Description
 * 		Find BTF type with given name and kind in vmlinux BTF or in module's BTFs.
 * 	Return
 * 		Returns btf_id and btf_obj_fd in lower and upper 32 bits.
 *
 * long bpf_sys_close(u32 fd)
 * 	Description
 * 		Execute close syscall for given FD.
 * 	Return
 * 		A syscall result.
 */
#define __BPF_FUNC_MAPPER(FN)		\
	FN(unspec),			\
	FN(map_lookup_elem),		\
	FN(map_update_elem),		\
	FN(map_delete_elem),		\
	FN(probe_read),			\
	FN(ktime_get_ns),		\
	FN(trace_printk),		\
	FN(get_prandom_u32),		\
	FN(get_smp_processor_id),	\
	FN(skb_store_bytes),		\
	FN(l3_csum_replace),		\
	FN(l4_csum_replace),		\
	FN(tail_call),			\
	FN(clone_redirect),		\
	FN(get_current_pid_tgid),	\
	FN(get_current_uid_gid),	\
	FN(get_current_comm),		\
	FN(get_cgroup_classid),		\
	FN(skb_vlan_push),		\
	FN(skb_vlan_pop),		\
	FN(skb_get_tunnel_key),		\
	FN(skb_set_tunnel_key),		\
	FN(perf_event_read),		\
	FN(redirect),			\
	FN(get_route_realm),		\
	FN(perf_event_output),		\
	FN(skb_load_bytes),		\
	FN(get_stackid),		\
	FN(csum_diff),			\
	FN(skb_get_tunnel_opt),		\
	FN(skb_set_tunnel_opt),		\
	FN(skb_change_proto),		\
	FN(skb_change_type),		\
	FN(skb_under_cgroup),		\
	FN(get_hash_recalc),		\
	FN(get_current_task),		\
	FN(probe_write_user),		\
	FN(current_task_under_cgroup),	\
	FN(skb_change_tail),		\
	FN(skb_pull_data),		\
	FN(csum_update),		\
	FN(set_hash_invalid),		\
	FN(get_numa_node_id),		\
	FN(skb_change_head),		\
	FN(xdp_adjust_head),		\
	FN(probe_read_str),		\
	FN(get_socket_cookie),		\
	FN(get_socket_uid),		\
	FN(set_hash),			\
	FN(setsockopt),			\
	FN(skb_adjust_room),		\
	FN(redirect_map),		\
	FN(sk_redirect_map),		\
	FN(sock_map_update),		\
	FN(xdp_adjust_meta),		\
	FN(perf_event_read_value),	\
	FN(perf_prog_read_value),	\
	FN(getsockopt),			\
	FN(override_return),		\
	FN(sock_ops_cb_flags_set),	\
	FN(msg_redirect_map),		\
	FN(msg_apply_bytes),		\
	FN(msg_cork_bytes),		\
	FN(msg_pull_data),		\
	FN(bind),			\
	FN(xdp_adjust_tail),		\
	FN(skb_get_xfrm_state),		\
	FN(get_stack),			\
	FN(skb_load_bytes_relative),	\
	FN(fib_lookup),			\
	FN(sock_hash_update),		\
	FN(msg_redirect_hash),		\
	FN(sk_redirect_hash),		\
	FN(lwt_push_encap),		\
	FN(lwt_seg6_store_bytes),	\
	FN(lwt_seg6_adjust_srh),	\
	FN(lwt_seg6_action),		\
	FN(rc_repeat),			\
	FN(rc_keydown),			\
	FN(skb_cgroup_id),		\
	FN(get_current_cgroup_id),	\
	FN(get_local_storage),		\
	FN(sk_select_reuseport),	\
	FN(skb_ancestor_cgroup_id),	\
	FN(sk_lookup_tcp),		\
	FN(sk_lookup_udp),		\
	FN(sk_release),			\
	FN(map_push_elem),		\
	FN(map_pop_elem),		\
	FN(map_peek_elem),		\
	FN(msg_push_data),		\
	FN(msg_pop_data),		\
	FN(rc_pointer_rel),		\
	FN(spin_lock),			\
	FN(spin_unlock),		\
	FN(sk_fullsock),		\
	FN(tcp_sock),			\
	FN(skb_ecn_set_ce),		\
	FN(get_listener_sock),		\
	FN(skc_lookup_tcp),		\
	FN(tcp_check_syncookie),	\
	FN(sysctl_get_name),		\
	FN(sysctl_get_current_value),	\
	FN(sysctl_get_new_value),	\
	FN(sysctl_set_new_value),	\
	FN(strtol),			\
	FN(strtoul),			\
	FN(sk_storage_get),		\
	FN(sk_storage_delete),		\
	FN(send_signal),		\
	FN(tcp_gen_syncookie),		\
	FN(skb_output),			\
	FN(probe_read_user),		\
	FN(probe_read_kernel),		\
	FN(probe_read_user_str),	\
	FN(probe_read_kernel_str),	\
	FN(tcp_send_ack),		\
	FN(send_signal_thread),		\
	FN(jiffies64),			\
	FN(read_branch_records),	\
	FN(get_ns_current_pid_tgid),	\
	FN(xdp_output),			\
	FN(get_netns_cookie),		\
	FN(get_current_ancestor_cgroup_id),	\
	FN(sk_assign),			\
	FN(ktime_get_boot_ns),		\
	FN(seq_printf),			\
	FN(seq_write),			\
	FN(sk_cgroup_id),		\
	FN(sk_ancestor_cgroup_id),	\
	FN(ringbuf_output),		\
	FN(ringbuf_reserve),		\
	FN(ringbuf_submit),		\
	FN(ringbuf_discard),		\
	FN(ringbuf_query),		\
	FN(csum_level),			\
	FN(skc_to_tcp6_sock),		\
	FN(skc_to_tcp_sock),		\
	FN(skc_to_tcp_timewait_sock),	\
	FN(skc_to_tcp_request_sock),	\
	FN(skc_to_udp6_sock),		\
	FN(get_task_stack),		\
	FN(load_hdr_opt),		\
	FN(store_hdr_opt),		\
	FN(reserve_hdr_opt),		\
	FN(inode_storage_get),		\
	FN(inode_storage_delete),	\
	FN(d_path),			\
	FN(copy_from_user),		\
	FN(snprintf_btf),		\
	FN(seq_printf_btf),		\
	FN(skb_cgroup_classid),		\
	FN(redirect_neigh),		\
	FN(per_cpu_ptr),		\
	FN(this_cpu_ptr),		\
	FN(redirect_peer),		\
	FN(task_storage_get),		\
	FN(task_storage_delete),	\
	FN(get_current_task_btf),	\
	FN(bprm_opts_set),		\
	FN(ktime_get_coarse_ns),	\
	FN(ima_inode_hash),		\
	FN(sock_from_file),		\
	FN(check_mtu),			\
	FN(for_each_map_elem),		\
	FN(snprintf),			\
	FN(sys_bpf),			\
	FN(btf_find_by_name_kind),	\
	FN(sys_close),			\
	/* */

/* integer value in 'imm' field of BPF_CALL instruction selects which helper
 * function eBPF program intends to call
 */
#define __BPF_ENUM_FN(x) BPF_FUNC_ ## x
enum bpf_func_id {
	__BPF_FUNC_MAPPER(__BPF_ENUM_FN)
	__BPF_FUNC_MAX_ID,
};
#undef __BPF_ENUM_FN

/* All flags used by eBPF helper functions, placed here. */

/* BPF_FUNC_skb_store_bytes flags. */
enum {
	BPF_F_RECOMPUTE_CSUM		= (1ULL << 0),
	BPF_F_INVALIDATE_HASH		= (1ULL << 1),
};

/* BPF_FUNC_l3_csum_replace and BPF_FUNC_l4_csum_replace flags.
 * First 4 bits are for passing the header field size.
 */
enum {
	BPF_F_HDR_FIELD_MASK		= 0xfULL,
};

/* BPF_FUNC_l4_csum_replace flags. */
enum {
	BPF_F_PSEUDO_HDR		= (1ULL << 4),
	BPF_F_MARK_MANGLED_0		= (1ULL << 5),
	BPF_F_MARK_ENFORCE		= (1ULL << 6),
};

/* BPF_FUNC_clone_redirect and BPF_FUNC_redirect flags. */
enum {
	BPF_F_INGRESS			= (1ULL << 0),
};

/* BPF_FUNC_skb_set_tunnel_key and BPF_FUNC_skb_get_tunnel_key flags. */
enum {
	BPF_F_TUNINFO_IPV6		= (1ULL << 0),
};

/* flags for both BPF_FUNC_get_stackid and BPF_FUNC_get_stack. */
enum {
	BPF_F_SKIP_FIELD_MASK		= 0xffULL,
	BPF_F_USER_STACK		= (1ULL << 8),
/* flags used by BPF_FUNC_get_stackid only. */
	BPF_F_FAST_STACK_CMP		= (1ULL << 9),
	BPF_F_REUSE_STACKID		= (1ULL << 10),
/* flags used by BPF_FUNC_get_stack only. */
	BPF_F_USER_BUILD_ID		= (1ULL << 11),
};

/* BPF_FUNC_skb_set_tunnel_key flags. */
enum {
	BPF_F_ZERO_CSUM_TX		= (1ULL << 1),
	BPF_F_DONT_FRAGMENT		= (1ULL << 2),
	BPF_F_SEQ_NUMBER		= (1ULL << 3),
};

/* BPF_FUNC_perf_event_output, BPF_FUNC_perf_event_read and
 * BPF_FUNC_perf_event_read_value flags.
 */
enum {
	BPF_F_INDEX_MASK		= 0xffffffffULL,
	BPF_F_CURRENT_CPU		= BPF_F_INDEX_MASK,
/* BPF_FUNC_perf_event_output for sk_buff input context. */
	BPF_F_CTXLEN_MASK		= (0xfffffULL << 32),
};

/* Current network namespace */
enum {
	BPF_F_CURRENT_NETNS		= (-1L),
};

/* BPF_FUNC_csum_level level values. */
enum {
	BPF_CSUM_LEVEL_QUERY,
	BPF_CSUM_LEVEL_INC,
	BPF_CSUM_LEVEL_DEC,
	BPF_CSUM_LEVEL_RESET,
};

/* BPF_FUNC_skb_adjust_room flags. */
enum {
	BPF_F_ADJ_ROOM_FIXED_GSO	= (1ULL << 0),
	BPF_F_ADJ_ROOM_ENCAP_L3_IPV4	= (1ULL << 1),
	BPF_F_ADJ_ROOM_ENCAP_L3_IPV6	= (1ULL << 2),
	BPF_F_ADJ_ROOM_ENCAP_L4_GRE	= (1ULL << 3),
	BPF_F_ADJ_ROOM_ENCAP_L4_UDP	= (1ULL << 4),
	BPF_F_ADJ_ROOM_NO_CSUM_RESET	= (1ULL << 5),
	BPF_F_ADJ_ROOM_ENCAP_L2_ETH	= (1ULL << 6),
};

enum {
	BPF_ADJ_ROOM_ENCAP_L2_MASK	= 0xff,
	BPF_ADJ_ROOM_ENCAP_L2_SHIFT	= 56,
};

#define BPF_F_ADJ_ROOM_ENCAP_L2(len)	(((__u64)len & \
					  BPF_ADJ_ROOM_ENCAP_L2_MASK) \
					 << BPF_ADJ_ROOM_ENCAP_L2_SHIFT)

/* BPF_FUNC_sysctl_get_name flags. */
enum {
	BPF_F_SYSCTL_BASE_NAME		= (1ULL << 0),
};

/* BPF_FUNC_<kernel_obj>_storage_get flags */
enum {
	BPF_LOCAL_STORAGE_GET_F_CREATE	= (1ULL << 0),
	/* BPF_SK_STORAGE_GET_F_CREATE is only kept for backward compatibility
	 * and BPF_LOCAL_STORAGE_GET_F_CREATE must be used instead.
	 */
	BPF_SK_STORAGE_GET_F_CREATE  = BPF_LOCAL_STORAGE_GET_F_CREATE,
};

/* BPF_FUNC_read_branch_records flags. */
enum {
	BPF_F_GET_BRANCH_RECORDS_SIZE	= (1ULL << 0),
};

/* BPF_FUNC_bpf_ringbuf_commit, BPF_FUNC_bpf_ringbuf_discard, and
 * BPF_FUNC_bpf_ringbuf_output flags.
 */
enum {
	BPF_RB_NO_WAKEUP		= (1ULL << 0),
	BPF_RB_FORCE_WAKEUP		= (1ULL << 1),
};

/* BPF_FUNC_bpf_ringbuf_query flags */
enum {
	BPF_RB_AVAIL_DATA = 0,
	BPF_RB_RING_SIZE = 1,
	BPF_RB_CONS_POS = 2,
	BPF_RB_PROD_POS = 3,
};

/* BPF ring buffer constants */
enum {
	BPF_RINGBUF_BUSY_BIT		= (1U << 31),
	BPF_RINGBUF_DISCARD_BIT		= (1U << 30),
	BPF_RINGBUF_HDR_SZ		= 8,
};

/* BPF_FUNC_sk_assign flags in bpf_sk_lookup context. */
enum {
	BPF_SK_LOOKUP_F_REPLACE		= (1ULL << 0),
	BPF_SK_LOOKUP_F_NO_REUSEPORT	= (1ULL << 1),
};

/* Mode for BPF_FUNC_skb_adjust_room helper. */
enum bpf_adj_room_mode {
	BPF_ADJ_ROOM_NET,
	BPF_ADJ_ROOM_MAC,
};

/* Mode for BPF_FUNC_skb_load_bytes_relative helper. */
enum bpf_hdr_start_off {
	BPF_HDR_START_MAC,
	BPF_HDR_START_NET,
};

/* Encapsulation type for BPF_FUNC_lwt_push_encap helper. */
enum bpf_lwt_encap_mode {
	BPF_LWT_ENCAP_SEG6,
	BPF_LWT_ENCAP_SEG6_INLINE,
	BPF_LWT_ENCAP_IP,
};

/* Flags for bpf_bprm_opts_set helper */
enum {
	BPF_F_BPRM_SECUREEXEC	= (1ULL << 0),
};

/* Flags for bpf_redirect_map helper */
enum {
	BPF_F_BROADCAST		= (1ULL << 3),
	BPF_F_EXCLUDE_INGRESS	= (1ULL << 4),
};

#define __bpf_md_ptr(type, name)	\
union {					\
	type name;			\
	__u64 :64;			\
} __attribute__((aligned(8)))

/* user accessible mirror of in-kernel sk_buff.
 * new fields can only be added to the end of this structure
 */
struct __sk_buff {
	__u32 len;
	__u32 pkt_type;
	__u32 mark;
	__u32 queue_mapping;
	__u32 protocol;
	__u32 vlan_present;
	__u32 vlan_tci;
	__u32 vlan_proto;
	__u32 priority;
	__u32 ingress_ifindex;
	__u32 ifindex;
	__u32 tc_index;
	__u32 cb[5];
	__u32 hash;
	__u32 tc_classid;
	__u32 data;
	__u32 data_end;
	__u32 napi_id;

	/* Accessed by BPF_PROG_TYPE_sk_skb types from here to ... */
	__u32 family;
	__u32 remote_ip4;	/* Stored in network byte order */
	__u32 local_ip4;	/* Stored in network byte order */
	__u32 remote_ip6[4];	/* Stored in network byte order */
	__u32 local_ip6[4];	/* Stored in network byte order */
	__u32 remote_port;	/* Stored in network byte order */
	__u32 local_port;	/* stored in host byte order */
	/* ... here. */

	__u32 data_meta;
	__bpf_md_ptr(struct bpf_flow_keys *, flow_keys);
	__u64 tstamp;
	__u32 wire_len;
	__u32 gso_segs;
	__bpf_md_ptr(struct bpf_sock *, sk);
	__u32 gso_size;
};

struct bpf_tunnel_key {
	__u32 tunnel_id;
	union {
		__u32 remote_ipv4;
		__u32 remote_ipv6[4];
	};
	__u8 tunnel_tos;
	__u8 tunnel_ttl;
	__u16 tunnel_ext;	/* Padding, future use. */
	__u32 tunnel_label;
};

/* user accessible mirror of in-kernel xfrm_state.
 * new fields can only be added to the end of this structure
 */
struct bpf_xfrm_state {
	__u32 reqid;
	__u32 spi;	/* Stored in network byte order */
	__u16 family;
	__u16 ext;	/* Padding, future use. */
	union {
		__u32 remote_ipv4;	/* Stored in network byte order */
		__u32 remote_ipv6[4];	/* Stored in network byte order */
	};
};

/* Generic BPF return codes which all BPF program types may support.
 * The values are binary compatible with their TC_ACT_* counter-part to
 * provide backwards compatibility with existing SCHED_CLS and SCHED_ACT
 * programs.
 *
 * XDP is handled seprately, see XDP_*.
 */
enum bpf_ret_code {
	BPF_OK = 0,
	/* 1 reserved */
	BPF_DROP = 2,
	/* 3-6 reserved */
	BPF_REDIRECT = 7,
	/* >127 are reserved for prog type specific return codes.
	 *
	 * BPF_LWT_REROUTE: used by BPF_PROG_TYPE_LWT_IN and
	 *    BPF_PROG_TYPE_LWT_XMIT to indicate that skb had been
	 *    changed and should be routed based on its new L3 header.
	 *    (This is an L3 redirect, as opposed to L2 redirect
	 *    represented by BPF_REDIRECT above).
	 */
	BPF_LWT_REROUTE = 128,
};

struct bpf_sock {
	__u32 bound_dev_if;
	__u32 family;
	__u32 type;
	__u32 protocol;
	__u32 mark;
	__u32 priority;
	/* IP address also allows 1 and 2 bytes access */
	__u32 src_ip4;
	__u32 src_ip6[4];
	__u32 src_port;		/* host byte order */
	__u32 dst_port;		/* network byte order */
	__u32 dst_ip4;
	__u32 dst_ip6[4];
	__u32 state;
	__s32 rx_queue_mapping;
};

struct bpf_tcp_sock {
	__u32 snd_cwnd;		/* Sending congestion window		*/
	__u32 srtt_us;		/* smoothed round trip time << 3 in usecs */
	__u32 rtt_min;
	__u32 snd_ssthresh;	/* Slow start size threshold		*/
	__u32 rcv_nxt;		/* What we want to receive next		*/
	__u32 snd_nxt;		/* Next sequence we send		*/
	__u32 snd_una;		/* First byte we want an ack for	*/
	__u32 mss_cache;	/* Cached effective mss, not including SACKS */
	__u32 ecn_flags;	/* ECN status bits.			*/
	__u32 rate_delivered;	/* saved rate sample: packets delivered */
	__u32 rate_interval_us;	/* saved rate sample: time elapsed */
	__u32 packets_out;	/* Packets which are "in flight"	*/
	__u32 retrans_out;	/* Retransmitted packets out		*/
	__u32 total_retrans;	/* Total retransmits for entire connection */
	__u32 segs_in;		/* RFC4898 tcpEStatsPerfSegsIn
				 * total number of segments in.
				 */
	__u32 data_segs_in;	/* RFC4898 tcpEStatsPerfDataSegsIn
				 * total number of data segments in.
				 */
	__u32 segs_out;		/* RFC4898 tcpEStatsPerfSegsOut
				 * The total number of segments sent.
				 */
	__u32 data_segs_out;	/* RFC4898 tcpEStatsPerfDataSegsOut
				 * total number of data segments sent.
				 */
	__u32 lost_out;		/* Lost packets			*/
	__u32 sacked_out;	/* SACK'd packets			*/
	__u64 bytes_received;	/* RFC4898 tcpEStatsAppHCThruOctetsReceived
				 * sum(delta(rcv_nxt)), or how many bytes
				 * were acked.
				 */
	__u64 bytes_acked;	/* RFC4898 tcpEStatsAppHCThruOctetsAcked
				 * sum(delta(snd_una)), or how many bytes
				 * were acked.
				 */
	__u32 dsack_dups;	/* RFC4898 tcpEStatsStackDSACKDups
				 * total number of DSACK blocks received
				 */
	__u32 delivered;	/* Total data packets delivered incl. rexmits */
	__u32 delivered_ce;	/* Like the above but only ECE marked packets */
	__u32 icsk_retransmits;	/* Number of unrecovered [RTO] timeouts */
};

struct bpf_sock_tuple {
	union {
		struct {
			__be32 saddr;
			__be32 daddr;
			__be16 sport;
			__be16 dport;
		} ipv4;
		struct {
			__be32 saddr[4];
			__be32 daddr[4];
			__be16 sport;
			__be16 dport;
		} ipv6;
	};
};

struct bpf_xdp_sock {
	__u32 queue_id;
};

#define XDP_PACKET_HEADROOM 256

/* User return codes for XDP prog type.
 * A valid XDP program must return one of these defined values. All other
 * return codes are reserved for future use. Unknown return codes will
 * result in packet drops and a warning via bpf_warn_invalid_xdp_action().
 */
enum xdp_action {
	XDP_ABORTED = 0,
	XDP_DROP,
	XDP_PASS,
	XDP_TX,
	XDP_REDIRECT,
};

/* user accessible metadata for XDP packet hook
 * new fields must be added to the end of this structure
 */
struct xdp_md {
	__u32 data;
	__u32 data_end;
	__u32 data_meta;
	/* Below access go through struct xdp_rxq_info */
	__u32 ingress_ifindex; /* rxq->dev->ifindex */
	__u32 rx_queue_index;  /* rxq->queue_index  */

	__u32 egress_ifindex;  /* txq->dev->ifindex */
};

/* DEVMAP map-value layout
 *
 * The struct data-layout of map-value is a configuration interface.
 * New members can only be added to the end of this structure.
 */
struct bpf_devmap_val {
	__u32 ifindex;   /* device index */
	union {
		int   fd;  /* prog fd on map write */
		__u32 id;  /* prog id on map read */
	} bpf_prog;
};

/* CPUMAP map-value layout
 *
 * The struct data-layout of map-value is a configuration interface.
 * New members can only be added to the end of this structure.
 */
struct bpf_cpumap_val {
	__u32 qsize;	/* queue size to remote target CPU */
	union {
		int   fd;	/* prog fd on map write */
		__u32 id;	/* prog id on map read */
	} bpf_prog;
};

enum sk_action {
	SK_DROP = 0,
	SK_PASS,
};

/* user accessible metadata for SK_MSG packet hook, new fields must
 * be added to the end of this structure
 */
struct sk_msg_md {
	__bpf_md_ptr(void *, data);
	__bpf_md_ptr(void *, data_end);

	__u32 family;
	__u32 remote_ip4;	/* Stored in network byte order */
	__u32 local_ip4;	/* Stored in network byte order */
	__u32 remote_ip6[4];	/* Stored in network byte order */
	__u32 local_ip6[4];	/* Stored in network byte order */
	__u32 remote_port;	/* Stored in network byte order */
	__u32 local_port;	/* stored in host byte order */
	__u32 size;		/* Total size of sk_msg */

	__bpf_md_ptr(struct bpf_sock *, sk); /* current socket */
};

struct sk_reuseport_md {
	/*
	 * Start of directly accessible data. It begins from
	 * the tcp/udp header.
	 */
	__bpf_md_ptr(void *, data);
	/* End of directly accessible data */
	__bpf_md_ptr(void *, data_end);
	/*
	 * Total length of packet (starting from the tcp/udp header).
	 * Note that the directly accessible bytes (data_end - data)
	 * could be less than this "len".  Those bytes could be
	 * indirectly read by a helper "bpf_skb_load_bytes()".
	 */
	__u32 len;
	/*
	 * Eth protocol in the mac header (network byte order). e.g.
	 * ETH_P_IP(0x0800) and ETH_P_IPV6(0x86DD)
	 */
	__u32 eth_protocol;
	__u32 ip_protocol;	/* IP protocol. e.g. IPPROTO_TCP, IPPROTO_UDP */
	__u32 bind_inany;	/* Is sock bound to an INANY address? */
	__u32 hash;		/* A hash of the packet 4 tuples */
	__bpf_md_ptr(struct bpf_sock *, sk);
};

#define BPF_TAG_SIZE	8

struct bpf_prog_info {
	__u32 type;
	__u32 id;
	__u8  tag[BPF_TAG_SIZE];
	__u32 jited_prog_len;
	__u32 xlated_prog_len;
	__aligned_u64 jited_prog_insns;
	__aligned_u64 xlated_prog_insns;
	__u64 load_time;	/* ns since boottime */
	__u32 created_by_uid;
	__u32 nr_map_ids;
	__aligned_u64 map_ids;
	char name[BPF_OBJ_NAME_LEN];
	__u32 ifindex;
	__u32 gpl_compatible:1;
	__u32 :31; /* alignment pad */
	__u64 netns_dev;
	__u64 netns_ino;
	__u32 nr_jited_ksyms;
	__u32 nr_jited_func_lens;
	__aligned_u64 jited_ksyms;
	__aligned_u64 jited_func_lens;
	__u32 btf_id;
	__u32 func_info_rec_size;
	__aligned_u64 func_info;
	__u32 nr_func_info;
	__u32 nr_line_info;
	__aligned_u64 line_info;
	__aligned_u64 jited_line_info;
	__u32 nr_jited_line_info;
	__u32 line_info_rec_size;
	__u32 jited_line_info_rec_size;
	__u32 nr_prog_tags;
	__aligned_u64 prog_tags;
	__u64 run_time_ns;
	__u64 run_cnt;
	__u64 recursion_misses;
} __attribute__((aligned(8)));

struct bpf_map_info {
	__u32 type;
	__u32 id;
	__u32 key_size;
	__u32 value_size;
	__u32 max_entries;
	__u32 map_flags;
	char  name[BPF_OBJ_NAME_LEN];
	__u32 ifindex;
	__u32 btf_vmlinux_value_type_id;
	__u64 netns_dev;
	__u64 netns_ino;
	__u32 btf_id;
	__u32 btf_key_type_id;
	__u32 btf_value_type_id;
} __attribute__((aligned(8)));

struct bpf_btf_info {
	__aligned_u64 btf;
	__u32 btf_size;
	__u32 id;
	__aligned_u64 name;
	__u32 name_len;
	__u32 kernel_btf;
} __attribute__((aligned(8)));

struct bpf_link_info {
	__u32 type;
	__u32 id;
	__u32 prog_id;
	union {
		struct {
			__aligned_u64 tp_name; /* in/out: tp_name buffer ptr */
			__u32 tp_name_len;     /* in/out: tp_name buffer len */
		} raw_tracepoint;
		struct {
			__u32 attach_type;
			__u32 target_obj_id; /* prog_id for PROG_EXT, otherwise btf object id */
			__u32 target_btf_id; /* BTF type id inside the object */
		} tracing;
		struct {
			__u64 cgroup_id;
			__u32 attach_type;
		} cgroup;
		struct {
			__aligned_u64 target_name; /* in/out: target_name buffer ptr */
			__u32 target_name_len;	   /* in/out: target_name buffer len */
			union {
				struct {
					__u32 map_id;
				} map;
			};
		} iter;
		struct  {
			__u32 netns_ino;
			__u32 attach_type;
		} netns;
		struct {
			__u32 ifindex;
		} xdp;
	};
} __attribute__((aligned(8)));

/* User bpf_sock_addr struct to access socket fields and sockaddr struct passed
 * by user and intended to be used by socket (e.g. to bind to, depends on
 * attach type).
 */
struct bpf_sock_addr {
	__u32 user_family;	/* Allows 4-byte read, but no write. */
	__u32 user_ip4;		/* Allows 1,2,4-byte read and 4-byte write.
				 * Stored in network byte order.
				 */
	__u32 user_ip6[4];	/* Allows 1,2,4,8-byte read and 4,8-byte write.
				 * Stored in network byte order.
				 */
	__u32 user_port;	/* Allows 1,2,4-byte read and 4-byte write.
				 * Stored in network byte order
				 */
	__u32 family;		/* Allows 4-byte read, but no write */
	__u32 type;		/* Allows 4-byte read, but no write */
	__u32 protocol;		/* Allows 4-byte read, but no write */
	__u32 msg_src_ip4;	/* Allows 1,2,4-byte read and 4-byte write.
				 * Stored in network byte order.
				 */
	__u32 msg_src_ip6[4];	/* Allows 1,2,4,8-byte read and 4,8-byte write.
				 * Stored in network byte order.
				 */
	__bpf_md_ptr(struct bpf_sock *, sk);
};

/* User bpf_sock_ops struct to access socket values and specify request ops
 * and their replies.
 * Some of this fields are in network (bigendian) byte order and may need
 * to be converted before use (bpf_ntohl() defined in samples/bpf/bpf_endian.h).
 * New fields can only be added at the end of this structure
 */
struct bpf_sock_ops {
	__u32 op;
	union {
		__u32 args[4];		/* Optionally passed to bpf program */
		__u32 reply;		/* Returned by bpf program	    */
		__u32 replylong[4];	/* Optionally returned by bpf prog  */
	};
	__u32 family;
	__u32 remote_ip4;	/* Stored in network byte order */
	__u32 local_ip4;	/* Stored in network byte order */
	__u32 remote_ip6[4];	/* Stored in network byte order */
	__u32 local_ip6[4];	/* Stored in network byte order */
	__u32 remote_port;	/* Stored in network byte order */
	__u32 local_port;	/* stored in host byte order */
	__u32 is_fullsock;	/* Some TCP fields are only valid if
				 * there is a full socket. If not, the
				 * fields read as zero.
				 */
	__u32 snd_cwnd;
	__u32 srtt_us;		/* Averaged RTT << 3 in usecs */
	__u32 bpf_sock_ops_cb_flags; /* flags defined in uapi/linux/tcp.h */
	__u32 state;
	__u32 rtt_min;
	__u32 snd_ssthresh;
	__u32 rcv_nxt;
	__u32 snd_nxt;
	__u32 snd_una;
	__u32 mss_cache;
	__u32 ecn_flags;
	__u32 rate_delivered;
	__u32 rate_interval_us;
	__u32 packets_out;
	__u32 retrans_out;
	__u32 total_retrans;
	__u32 segs_in;
	__u32 data_segs_in;
	__u32 segs_out;
	__u32 data_segs_out;
	__u32 lost_out;
	__u32 sacked_out;
	__u32 sk_txhash;
	__u64 bytes_received;
	__u64 bytes_acked;
	__bpf_md_ptr(struct bpf_sock *, sk);
	/* [skb_data, skb_data_end) covers the whole TCP header.
	 *
	 * BPF_SOCK_OPS_PARSE_HDR_OPT_CB: The packet received
	 * BPF_SOCK_OPS_HDR_OPT_LEN_CB:   Not useful because the
	 *                                header has not been written.
	 * BPF_SOCK_OPS_WRITE_HDR_OPT_CB: The header and options have
	 *				  been written so far.
	 * BPF_SOCK_OPS_ACTIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB:  The SYNACK that concludes
	 *					the 3WHS.
	 * BPF_SOCK_OPS_PASSIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB: The ACK that concludes
	 *					the 3WHS.
	 *
	 * bpf_load_hdr_opt() can also be used to read a particular option.
	 */
	__bpf_md_ptr(void *, skb_data);
	__bpf_md_ptr(void *, skb_data_end);
	__u32 skb_len;		/* The total length of a packet.
				 * It includes the header, options,
				 * and payload.
				 */
	__u32 skb_tcp_flags;	/* tcp_flags of the header.  It provides
				 * an easy way to check for tcp_flags
				 * without parsing skb_data.
				 *
				 * In particular, the skb_tcp_flags
				 * will still be available in
				 * BPF_SOCK_OPS_HDR_OPT_LEN even though
				 * the outgoing header has not
				 * been written yet.
				 */
};

/* Definitions for bpf_sock_ops_cb_flags */
enum {
	BPF_SOCK_OPS_RTO_CB_FLAG	= (1<<0),
	BPF_SOCK_OPS_RETRANS_CB_FLAG	= (1<<1),
	BPF_SOCK_OPS_STATE_CB_FLAG	= (1<<2),
	BPF_SOCK_OPS_RTT_CB_FLAG	= (1<<3),
	/* Call bpf for all received TCP headers.  The bpf prog will be
	 * called under sock_ops->op == BPF_SOCK_OPS_PARSE_HDR_OPT_CB
	 *
	 * Please refer to the comment in BPF_SOCK_OPS_PARSE_HDR_OPT_CB
	 * for the header option related helpers that will be useful
	 * to the bpf programs.
	 *
	 * It could be used at the client/active side (i.e. connect() side)
	 * when the server told it that the server was in syncookie
	 * mode and required the active side to resend the bpf-written
	 * options.  The active side can keep writing the bpf-options until
	 * it received a valid packet from the server side to confirm
	 * the earlier packet (and options) has been received.  The later
	 * example patch is using it like this at the active side when the
	 * server is in syncookie mode.
	 *
	 * The bpf prog will usually turn this off in the common cases.
	 */
	BPF_SOCK_OPS_PARSE_ALL_HDR_OPT_CB_FLAG	= (1<<4),
	/* Call bpf when kernel has received a header option that
	 * the kernel cannot handle.  The bpf prog will be called under
	 * sock_ops->op == BPF_SOCK_OPS_PARSE_HDR_OPT_CB.
	 *
	 * Please refer to the comment in BPF_SOCK_OPS_PARSE_HDR_OPT_CB
	 * for the header option related helpers that will be useful
	 * to the bpf programs.
	 */
	BPF_SOCK_OPS_PARSE_UNKNOWN_HDR_OPT_CB_FLAG = (1<<5),
	/* Call bpf when the kernel is writing header options for the
	 * outgoing packet.  The bpf prog will first be called
	 * to reserve space in a skb under
	 * sock_ops->op == BPF_SOCK_OPS_HDR_OPT_LEN_CB.  Then
	 * the bpf prog will be called to write the header option(s)
	 * under sock_ops->op == BPF_SOCK_OPS_WRITE_HDR_OPT_CB.
	 *
	 * Please refer to the comment in BPF_SOCK_OPS_HDR_OPT_LEN_CB
	 * and BPF_SOCK_OPS_WRITE_HDR_OPT_CB for the header option
	 * related helpers that will be useful to the bpf programs.
	 *
	 * The kernel gets its chance to reserve space and write
	 * options first before the BPF program does.
	 */
	BPF_SOCK_OPS_WRITE_HDR_OPT_CB_FLAG = (1<<6),
/* Mask of all currently supported cb flags */
	BPF_SOCK_OPS_ALL_CB_FLAGS       = 0x7F,
};

/* List of known BPF sock_ops operators.
 * New entries can only be added at the end
 */
enum {
	BPF_SOCK_OPS_VOID,
	BPF_SOCK_OPS_TIMEOUT_INIT,	/* Should return SYN-RTO value to use or
					 * -1 if default value should be used
					 */
	BPF_SOCK_OPS_RWND_INIT,		/* Should return initial advertized
					 * window (in packets) or -1 if default
					 * value should be used
					 */
	BPF_SOCK_OPS_TCP_CONNECT_CB,	/* Calls BPF program right before an
					 * active connection is initialized
					 */
	BPF_SOCK_OPS_ACTIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB,	/* Calls BPF program when an
						 * active connection is
						 * established
						 */
	BPF_SOCK_OPS_PASSIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB,	/* Calls BPF program when a
						 * passive connection is
						 * established
						 */
	BPF_SOCK_OPS_NEEDS_ECN,		/* If connection's congestion control
					 * needs ECN
					 */
	BPF_SOCK_OPS_BASE_RTT,		/* Get base RTT. The correct value is
					 * based on the path and may be
					 * dependent on the congestion control
					 * algorithm. In general it indicates
					 * a congestion threshold. RTTs above
					 * this indicate congestion
					 */
	BPF_SOCK_OPS_RTO_CB,		/* Called when an RTO has triggered.
					 * Arg1: value of icsk_retransmits
					 * Arg2: value of icsk_rto
					 * Arg3: whether RTO has expired
					 */
	BPF_SOCK_OPS_RETRANS_CB,	/* Called when skb is retransmitted.
					 * Arg1: sequence number of 1st byte
					 * Arg2: # segments
					 * Arg3: return value of
					 *       tcp_transmit_skb (0 => success)
					 */
	BPF_SOCK_OPS_STATE_CB,		/* Called when TCP changes state.
					 * Arg1: old_state
					 * Arg2: new_state
					 */
	BPF_SOCK_OPS_TCP_LISTEN_CB,	/* Called on listen(2), right after
					 * socket transition to LISTEN state.
					 */
	BPF_SOCK_OPS_RTT_CB,		/* Called on every RTT.
					 */
	BPF_SOCK_OPS_PARSE_HDR_OPT_CB,	/* Parse the header option.
					 * It will be called to handle
					 * the packets received at
					 * an already established
					 * connection.
					 *
					 * sock_ops->skb_data:
					 * Referring to the received skb.
					 * It covers the TCP header only.
					 *
					 * bpf_load_hdr_opt() can also
					 * be used to search for a
					 * particular option.
					 */
	BPF_SOCK_OPS_HDR_OPT_LEN_CB,	/* Reserve space for writing the
					 * header option later in
					 * BPF_SOCK_OPS_WRITE_HDR_OPT_CB.
					 * Arg1: bool want_cookie. (in
					 *       writing SYNACK only)
					 *
					 * sock_ops->skb_data:
					 * Not available because no header has
					 * been	written yet.
					 *
					 * sock_ops->skb_tcp_flags:
					 * The tcp_flags of the
					 * outgoing skb. (e.g. SYN, ACK, FIN).
					 *
					 * bpf_reserve_hdr_opt() should
					 * be used to reserve space.
					 */
	BPF_SOCK_OPS_WRITE_HDR_OPT_CB,	/* Write the header options
					 * Arg1: bool want_cookie. (in
					 *       writing SYNACK only)
					 *
					 * sock_ops->skb_data:
					 * Referring to the outgoing skb.
					 * It covers the TCP header
					 * that has already been written
					 * by the kernel and the
					 * earlier bpf-progs.
					 *
					 * sock_ops->skb_tcp_flags:
					 * The tcp_flags of the outgoing
					 * skb. (e.g. SYN, ACK, FIN).
					 *
					 * bpf_store_hdr_opt() should
					 * be used to write the
					 * option.
					 *
					 * bpf_load_hdr_opt() can also
					 * be used to search for a
					 * particular option that
					 * has already been written
					 * by the kernel or the
					 * earlier bpf-progs.
					 */
};

/* List of TCP states. There is a build check in net/ipv4/tcp.c to detect
 * changes between the TCP and BPF versions. Ideally this should never happen.
 * If it does, we need to add code to convert them before calling
 * the BPF sock_ops function.
 */
enum {
	BPF_TCP_ESTABLISHED = 1,
	BPF_TCP_SYN_SENT,
	BPF_TCP_SYN_RECV,
	BPF_TCP_FIN_WAIT1,
	BPF_TCP_FIN_WAIT2,
	BPF_TCP_TIME_WAIT,
	BPF_TCP_CLOSE,
	BPF_TCP_CLOSE_WAIT,
	BPF_TCP_LAST_ACK,
	BPF_TCP_LISTEN,
	BPF_TCP_CLOSING,	/* Now a valid state */
	BPF_TCP_NEW_SYN_RECV,
	BPF_TCP_BOUND_INACTIVE,

	BPF_TCP_MAX_STATES	/* Leave at the end! */
};

enum {
	TCP_BPF_IW		= 1001,	/* Set TCP initial congestion window */
	TCP_BPF_SNDCWND_CLAMP	= 1002,	/* Set sndcwnd_clamp */
	TCP_BPF_DELACK_MAX	= 1003, /* Max delay ack in usecs */
	TCP_BPF_RTO_MIN		= 1004, /* Min delay ack in usecs */
	/* Copy the SYN pkt to optval
	 *
	 * BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCK_OPS only.  It is similar to the
	 * bpf_getsockopt(TCP_SAVED_SYN) but it does not limit
	 * to only getting from the saved_syn.  It can either get the
	 * syn packet from:
	 *
	 * 1. the just-received SYN packet (only available when writing the
	 *    SYNACK).  It will be useful when it is not necessary to
	 *    save the SYN packet for latter use.  It is also the only way
	 *    to get the SYN during syncookie mode because the syn
	 *    packet cannot be saved during syncookie.
	 *
	 * OR
	 *
	 * 2. the earlier saved syn which was done by
	 *    bpf_setsockopt(TCP_SAVE_SYN).
	 *
	 * The bpf_getsockopt(TCP_BPF_SYN*) option will hide where the
	 * SYN packet is obtained.
	 *
	 * If the bpf-prog does not need the IP[46] header,  the
	 * bpf-prog can avoid parsing the IP header by using
	 * TCP_BPF_SYN.  Otherwise, the bpf-prog can get both
	 * IP[46] and TCP header by using TCP_BPF_SYN_IP.
	 *
	 *      >0: Total number of bytes copied
	 * -ENOSPC: Not enough space in optval. Only optlen number of
	 *          bytes is copied.
	 * -ENOENT: The SYN skb is not available now and the earlier SYN pkt
	 *	    is not saved by setsockopt(TCP_SAVE_SYN).
	 */
	TCP_BPF_SYN		= 1005, /* Copy the TCP header */
	TCP_BPF_SYN_IP		= 1006, /* Copy the IP[46] and TCP header */
	TCP_BPF_SYN_MAC         = 1007, /* Copy the MAC, IP[46], and TCP header */
};

enum {
	BPF_LOAD_HDR_OPT_TCP_SYN = (1ULL << 0),
};

/* args[0] value during BPF_SOCK_OPS_HDR_OPT_LEN_CB and
 * BPF_SOCK_OPS_WRITE_HDR_OPT_CB.
 */
enum {
	BPF_WRITE_HDR_TCP_CURRENT_MSS = 1,	/* Kernel is finding the
						 * total option spaces
						 * required for an established
						 * sk in order to calculate the
						 * MSS.  No skb is actually
						 * sent.
						 */
	BPF_WRITE_HDR_TCP_SYNACK_COOKIE = 2,	/* Kernel is in syncookie mode
						 * when sending a SYN.
						 */
};

struct bpf_perf_event_value {
	__u64 counter;
	__u64 enabled;
	__u64 running;
};

enum {
	BPF_DEVCG_ACC_MKNOD	= (1ULL << 0),
	BPF_DEVCG_ACC_READ	= (1ULL << 1),
	BPF_DEVCG_ACC_WRITE	= (1ULL << 2),
};

enum {
	BPF_DEVCG_DEV_BLOCK	= (1ULL << 0),
	BPF_DEVCG_DEV_CHAR	= (1ULL << 1),
};

struct bpf_cgroup_dev_ctx {
	/* access_type encoded as (BPF_DEVCG_ACC_* << 16) | BPF_DEVCG_DEV_* */
	__u32 access_type;
	__u32 major;
	__u32 minor;
};

struct bpf_raw_tracepoint_args {
	__u64 args[0];
};

/* DIRECT:  Skip the FIB rules and go to FIB table associated with device
 * OUTPUT:  Do lookup from egress perspective; default is ingress
 */
enum {
	BPF_FIB_LOOKUP_DIRECT  = (1U << 0),
	BPF_FIB_LOOKUP_OUTPUT  = (1U << 1),
};

enum {
	BPF_FIB_LKUP_RET_SUCCESS,      /* lookup successful */
	BPF_FIB_LKUP_RET_BLACKHOLE,    /* dest is blackholed; can be dropped */
	BPF_FIB_LKUP_RET_UNREACHABLE,  /* dest is unreachable; can be dropped */
	BPF_FIB_LKUP_RET_PROHIBIT,     /* dest not allowed; can be dropped */
	BPF_FIB_LKUP_RET_NOT_FWDED,    /* packet is not forwarded */
	BPF_FIB_LKUP_RET_FWD_DISABLED, /* fwding is not enabled on ingress */
	BPF_FIB_LKUP_RET_UNSUPP_LWT,   /* fwd requires encapsulation */
	BPF_FIB_LKUP_RET_NO_NEIGH,     /* no neighbor entry for nh */
	BPF_FIB_LKUP_RET_FRAG_NEEDED,  /* fragmentation required to fwd */
};

struct bpf_fib_lookup {
	/* input:  network family for lookup (AF_INET, AF_INET6)
	 * output: network family of egress nexthop
	 */
	__u8	family;

	/* set if lookup is to consider L4 data - e.g., FIB rules */
	__u8	l4_protocol;
	__be16	sport;
	__be16	dport;

	union {	/* used for MTU check */
		/* input to lookup */
		__u16	tot_len; /* L3 length from network hdr (iph->tot_len) */

		/* output: MTU value */
		__u16	mtu_result;
	};
	/* input: L3 device index for lookup
	 * output: device index from FIB lookup
	 */
	__u32	ifindex;

	union {
		/* inputs to lookup */
		__u8	tos;		/* AF_INET  */
		__be32	flowinfo;	/* AF_INET6, flow_label + priority */

		/* output: metric of fib result (IPv4/IPv6 only) */
		__u32	rt_metric;
	};

	union {
		__be32		ipv4_src;
		__u32		ipv6_src[4];  /* in6_addr; network order */
	};

	/* input to bpf_fib_lookup, ipv{4,6}_dst is destination address in
	 * network header. output: bpf_fib_lookup sets to gateway address
	 * if FIB lookup returns gateway route
	 */
	union {
		__be32		ipv4_dst;
		__u32		ipv6_dst[4];  /* in6_addr; network order */
	};

	/* output */
	__be16	h_vlan_proto;
	__be16	h_vlan_TCI;
	__u8	smac[6];     /* ETH_ALEN */
	__u8	dmac[6];     /* ETH_ALEN */
};

struct bpf_redir_neigh {
	/* network family for lookup (AF_INET, AF_INET6) */
	__u32 nh_family;
	/* network address of nexthop; skips fib lookup to find gateway */
	union {
		__be32		ipv4_nh;
		__u32		ipv6_nh[4];  /* in6_addr; network order */
	};
};

/* bpf_check_mtu flags*/
enum  bpf_check_mtu_flags {
	BPF_MTU_CHK_SEGS  = (1U << 0),
};

enum bpf_check_mtu_ret {
	BPF_MTU_CHK_RET_SUCCESS,      /* check and lookup successful */
	BPF_MTU_CHK_RET_FRAG_NEEDED,  /* fragmentation required to fwd */
	BPF_MTU_CHK_RET_SEGS_TOOBIG,  /* GSO re-segmentation needed to fwd */
};

enum bpf_task_fd_type {
	BPF_FD_TYPE_RAW_TRACEPOINT,	/* tp name */
	BPF_FD_TYPE_TRACEPOINT,		/* tp name */
	BPF_FD_TYPE_KPROBE,		/* (symbol + offset) or addr */
	BPF_FD_TYPE_KRETPROBE,		/* (symbol + offset) or addr */
	BPF_FD_TYPE_UPROBE,		/* filename + offset */
	BPF_FD_TYPE_URETPROBE,		/* filename + offset */
};

enum {
	BPF_FLOW_DISSECTOR_F_PARSE_1ST_FRAG		= (1U << 0),
	BPF_FLOW_DISSECTOR_F_STOP_AT_FLOW_LABEL		= (1U << 1),
	BPF_FLOW_DISSECTOR_F_STOP_AT_ENCAP		= (1U << 2),
};

struct bpf_flow_keys {
	__u16	nhoff;
	__u16	thoff;
	__u16	addr_proto;			/* ETH_P_* of valid addrs */
	__u8	is_frag;
	__u8	is_first_frag;
	__u8	is_encap;
	__u8	ip_proto;
	__be16	n_proto;
	__be16	sport;
	__be16	dport;
	union {
		struct {
			__be32	ipv4_src;
			__be32	ipv4_dst;
		};
		struct {
			__u32	ipv6_src[4];	/* in6_addr; network order */
			__u32	ipv6_dst[4];	/* in6_addr; network order */
		};
	};
	__u32	flags;
	__be32	flow_label;
};

struct bpf_func_info {
	__u32	insn_off;
	__u32	type_id;
};

#define BPF_LINE_INFO_LINE_NUM(line_col)	((line_col) >> 10)
#define BPF_LINE_INFO_LINE_COL(line_col)	((line_col) & 0x3ff)

struct bpf_line_info {
	__u32	insn_off;
	__u32	file_name_off;
	__u32	line_off;
	__u32	line_col;
};

struct bpf_spin_lock {
	__u32	val;
};

struct bpf_sysctl {
	__u32	write;		/* Sysctl is being read (= 0) or written (= 1).
				 * Allows 1,2,4-byte read, but no write.
				 */
	__u32	file_pos;	/* Sysctl file position to read from, write to.
				 * Allows 1,2,4-byte read an 4-byte write.
				 */
};

struct bpf_sockopt {
	__bpf_md_ptr(struct bpf_sock *, sk);
	__bpf_md_ptr(void *, optval);
	__bpf_md_ptr(void *, optval_end);

	__s32	level;
	__s32	optname;
	__s32	optlen;
	__s32	retval;
};

struct bpf_pidns_info {
	__u32 pid;
	__u32 tgid;
};

/* User accessible data for SK_LOOKUP programs. Add new fields at the end. */
struct bpf_sk_lookup {
	union {
		__bpf_md_ptr(struct bpf_sock *, sk); /* Selected socket */
		__u64 cookie; /* Non-zero if socket was selected in PROG_TEST_RUN */
	};

	__u32 family;		/* Protocol family (AF_INET, AF_INET6) */
	__u32 protocol;		/* IP protocol (IPPROTO_TCP, IPPROTO_UDP) */
	__u32 remote_ip4;	/* Network byte order */
	__u32 remote_ip6[4];	/* Network byte order */
	__u32 remote_port;	/* Network byte order */
	__u32 local_ip4;	/* Network byte order */
	__u32 local_ip6[4];	/* Network byte order */
	__u32 local_port;	/* Host byte order */
};

/*
 * struct btf_ptr is used for typed pointer representation; the
 * type id is used to render the pointer data as the appropriate type
 * via the bpf_snprintf_btf() helper described above.  A flags field -
 * potentially to specify additional details about the BTF pointer
 * (rather than its mode of display) - is included for future use.
 * Display flags - BTF_F_* - are passed to bpf_snprintf_btf separately.
 */
struct btf_ptr {
	void *ptr;
	__u32 type_id;
	__u32 flags;		/* BTF ptr flags; unused at present. */
};

/*
 * Flags to control bpf_snprintf_btf() behaviour.
 *     - BTF_F_COMPACT: no formatting around type information
 *     - BTF_F_NONAME: no struct/union member names/types
 *     - BTF_F_PTR_RAW: show raw (unobfuscated) pointer values;
 *       equivalent to %px.
 *     - BTF_F_ZERO: show zero-valued struct/union members; they
 *       are not displayed by default
 */
enum {
	BTF_F_COMPACT	=	(1ULL << 0),
	BTF_F_NONAME	=	(1ULL << 1),
	BTF_F_PTR_RAW	=	(1ULL << 2),
	BTF_F_ZERO	=	(1ULL << 3),
};

#endif /* __LINUX_BPF_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_NETFILTER_XT_RECENT_H
#define _LINUX_NETFILTER_XT_RECENT_H 1

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/netfilter.h>

enum {
	XT_RECENT_CHECK    = 1 << 0,
	XT_RECENT_SET      = 1 << 1,
	XT_RECENT_UPDATE   = 1 << 2,
	XT_RECENT_REMOVE   = 1 << 3,
	XT_RECENT_TTL      = 1 << 4,
	XT_RECENT_REAP     = 1 << 5,

	XT_RECENT_SOURCE   = 0,
	XT_RECENT_DEST     = 1,

	XT_RECENT_NAME_LEN = 200,
};

/* Only allowed with --rcheck and --update */
#define XT_RECENT_MODIFIERS (XT_RECENT_TTL|XT_RECENT_REAP)

#define XT_RECENT_VALID_FLAGS (XT_RECENT_CHECK|XT_RECENT_SET|XT_RECENT_UPDATE|\
			       XT_RECENT_REMOVE|XT_RECENT_TTL|XT_RECENT_REAP)

struct xt_recent_mtinfo {
	__u32 seconds;
	__u32 hit_count;
	__u8 check_set;
	__u8 invert;
	char name[XT_RECENT_NAME_LEN];
	__u8 side;
};

struct xt_recent_mtinfo_v1 {
	__u32 seconds;
	__u32 hit_count;
	__u8 check_set;
	__u8 invert;
	char name[XT_RECENT_NAME_LEN];
	__u8 side;
	union nf_inet_addr mask;
};

#endif /* _LINUX_NETFILTER_XT_RECENT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_TCPOPTSTRIP_H
#define _XT_TCPOPTSTRIP_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define tcpoptstrip_set_bit(bmap, idx) \
	(bmap[(idx) >> 5] |= 1U << (idx & 31))
#define tcpoptstrip_test_bit(bmap, idx) \
	(((1U << (idx & 31)) & bmap[(idx) >> 5]) != 0)

struct xt_tcpoptstrip_target_info {
	__u32 strip_bmap[8];
};

#endif /* _XT_TCPOPTSTRIP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_TCPUDP_H
#define _XT_TCPUDP_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* TCP matching stuff */
struct xt_tcp {
	__u16 spts[2];			/* Source port range. */
	__u16 dpts[2];			/* Destination port range. */
	__u8 option;			/* TCP Option iff non-zero*/
	__u8 flg_mask;			/* TCP flags mask byte */
	__u8 flg_cmp;			/* TCP flags compare byte */
	__u8 invflags;			/* Inverse flags */
};

/* Values for "inv" field in struct ipt_tcp. */
#define XT_TCP_INV_SRCPT	0x01	/* Invert the sense of source ports. */
#define XT_TCP_INV_DSTPT	0x02	/* Invert the sense of dest ports. */
#define XT_TCP_INV_FLAGS	0x04	/* Invert the sense of TCP flags. */
#define XT_TCP_INV_OPTION	0x08	/* Invert the sense of option test. */
#define XT_TCP_INV_MASK		0x0F	/* All possible flags. */

/* UDP matching stuff */
struct xt_udp {
	__u16 spts[2];			/* Source port range. */
	__u16 dpts[2];			/* Destination port range. */
	__u8 invflags;			/* Inverse flags */
};

/* Values for "invflags" field in struct ipt_udp. */
#define XT_UDP_INV_SRCPT	0x01	/* Invert the sense of source ports. */
#define XT_UDP_INV_DSTPT	0x02	/* Invert the sense of dest ports. */
#define XT_UDP_INV_MASK	0x03	/* All possible flags. */


#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_RATE_H
#define _XT_RATE_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* timings are in milliseconds. */
#define XT_LIMIT_SCALE 10000

struct xt_limit_priv;

/* 1/10,000 sec period => max of 10,000/sec.  Min rate is then 429490
   seconds, or one every 59 hours. */
struct xt_rateinfo {
	__u32 avg;    /* Average secs between packets * scale */
	__u32 burst;  /* Period multiplier for upper limit. */

	/* Used internally by the kernel */
	unsigned long prev; /* moved to xt_limit_priv */
	__u32 credit; /* moved to xt_limit_priv */
	__u32 credit_cap, cost;

	struct xt_limit_priv *master;
};
#endif /*_XT_RATE_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _NF_CONNTRACK_COMMON_H
#define _NF_CONNTRACK_COMMON_H
/* Connection state tracking for netfilter.  This is separated from,
   but required by, the NAT layer; it can also be used by an iptables
   extension. */
enum ip_conntrack_info {
	/* Part of an established connection (either direction). */
	IP_CT_ESTABLISHED,

	/* Like NEW, but related to an existing connection, or ICMP error
	   (in either direction). */
	IP_CT_RELATED,

	/* Started a new connection to track (only
           IP_CT_DIR_ORIGINAL); may be a retransmission. */
	IP_CT_NEW,

	/* >= this indicates reply direction */
	IP_CT_IS_REPLY,

	IP_CT_ESTABLISHED_REPLY = IP_CT_ESTABLISHED + IP_CT_IS_REPLY,
	IP_CT_RELATED_REPLY = IP_CT_RELATED + IP_CT_IS_REPLY,
	/* No NEW in reply direction. */

	/* Number of distinct IP_CT types. */
	IP_CT_NUMBER,

	/* only for userspace compatibility */
	IP_CT_NEW_REPLY = IP_CT_NUMBER,
};

#define NF_CT_STATE_INVALID_BIT			(1 << 0)
#define NF_CT_STATE_BIT(ctinfo)			(1 << ((ctinfo) % IP_CT_IS_REPLY + 1))
#define NF_CT_STATE_UNTRACKED_BIT		(1 << 6)

/* Bitset representing status of connection. */
enum ip_conntrack_status {
	/* It's an expected connection: bit 0 set.  This bit never changed */
	IPS_EXPECTED_BIT = 0,
	IPS_EXPECTED = (1 << IPS_EXPECTED_BIT),

	/* We've seen packets both ways: bit 1 set.  Can be set, not unset. */
	IPS_SEEN_REPLY_BIT = 1,
	IPS_SEEN_REPLY = (1 << IPS_SEEN_REPLY_BIT),

	/* Conntrack should never be early-expired. */
	IPS_ASSURED_BIT = 2,
	IPS_ASSURED = (1 << IPS_ASSURED_BIT),

	/* Connection is confirmed: originating packet has left box */
	IPS_CONFIRMED_BIT = 3,
	IPS_CONFIRMED = (1 << IPS_CONFIRMED_BIT),

	/* Connection needs src nat in orig dir.  This bit never changed. */
	IPS_SRC_NAT_BIT = 4,
	IPS_SRC_NAT = (1 << IPS_SRC_NAT_BIT),

	/* Connection needs dst nat in orig dir.  This bit never changed. */
	IPS_DST_NAT_BIT = 5,
	IPS_DST_NAT = (1 << IPS_DST_NAT_BIT),

	/* Both together. */
	IPS_NAT_MASK = (IPS_DST_NAT | IPS_SRC_NAT),

	/* Connection needs TCP sequence adjusted. */
	IPS_SEQ_ADJUST_BIT = 6,
	IPS_SEQ_ADJUST = (1 << IPS_SEQ_ADJUST_BIT),

	/* NAT initialization bits. */
	IPS_SRC_NAT_DONE_BIT = 7,
	IPS_SRC_NAT_DONE = (1 << IPS_SRC_NAT_DONE_BIT),

	IPS_DST_NAT_DONE_BIT = 8,
	IPS_DST_NAT_DONE = (1 << IPS_DST_NAT_DONE_BIT),

	/* Both together */
	IPS_NAT_DONE_MASK = (IPS_DST_NAT_DONE | IPS_SRC_NAT_DONE),

	/* Connection is dying (removed from lists), can not be unset. */
	IPS_DYING_BIT = 9,
	IPS_DYING = (1 << IPS_DYING_BIT),

	/* Connection has fixed timeout. */
	IPS_FIXED_TIMEOUT_BIT = 10,
	IPS_FIXED_TIMEOUT = (1 << IPS_FIXED_TIMEOUT_BIT),

	/* Conntrack is a template */
	IPS_TEMPLATE_BIT = 11,
	IPS_TEMPLATE = (1 << IPS_TEMPLATE_BIT),

	/* Conntrack is a fake untracked entry.  Obsolete and not used anymore */
	IPS_UNTRACKED_BIT = 12,
	IPS_UNTRACKED = (1 << IPS_UNTRACKED_BIT),


	/* Conntrack got a helper explicitly attached (ruleset, ctnetlink). */
	IPS_HELPER_BIT = 13,
	IPS_HELPER = (1 << IPS_HELPER_BIT),

	/* Conntrack has been offloaded to flow table. */
	IPS_OFFLOAD_BIT = 14,
	IPS_OFFLOAD = (1 << IPS_OFFLOAD_BIT),

	/* Conntrack has been offloaded to hardware. */
	IPS_HW_OFFLOAD_BIT = 15,
	IPS_HW_OFFLOAD = (1 << IPS_HW_OFFLOAD_BIT),

	/* Be careful here, modifying these bits can make things messy,
	 * so don't let users modify them directly.
	 */
	IPS_UNCHANGEABLE_MASK = (IPS_NAT_DONE_MASK | IPS_NAT_MASK |
				 IPS_EXPECTED | IPS_CONFIRMED | IPS_DYING |
				 IPS_SEQ_ADJUST | IPS_TEMPLATE | IPS_UNTRACKED |
				 IPS_OFFLOAD | IPS_HW_OFFLOAD),

	__IPS_MAX_BIT = 16,
};

/* Connection tracking event types */
enum ip_conntrack_events {
	IPCT_NEW,		/* new conntrack */
	IPCT_RELATED,		/* related conntrack */
	IPCT_DESTROY,		/* destroyed conntrack */
	IPCT_REPLY,		/* connection has seen two-way traffic */
	IPCT_ASSURED,		/* connection status has changed to assured */
	IPCT_PROTOINFO,		/* protocol information has changed */
	IPCT_HELPER,		/* new helper has been set */
	IPCT_MARK,		/* new mark has been set */
	IPCT_SEQADJ,		/* sequence adjustment has changed */
	IPCT_NATSEQADJ = IPCT_SEQADJ,
	IPCT_SECMARK,		/* new security mark has been set */
	IPCT_LABEL,		/* new connlabel has been set */
	IPCT_SYNPROXY,		/* synproxy has been set */
};

enum ip_conntrack_expect_events {
	IPEXP_NEW,		/* new expectation */
	IPEXP_DESTROY,		/* destroyed expectation */
};

/* expectation flags */
#define NF_CT_EXPECT_PERMANENT		0x1
#define NF_CT_EXPECT_INACTIVE		0x2
#define NF_CT_EXPECT_USERSPACE		0x4


#endif /* _NF_CONNTRACK_COMMON_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_TCPMSS_MATCH_H
#define _XT_TCPMSS_MATCH_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct xt_tcpmss_match_info {
    __u16 mss_min, mss_max;
    __u8 invert;
};

#endif /*_XT_TCPMSS_MATCH_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_HELPER_H
#define _XT_HELPER_H

struct xt_helper_info {
	int invert;
	char name[30];
};
#endif /* _XT_HELPER_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_CLUSTER_MATCH_H
#define _XT_CLUSTER_MATCH_H

#include <linux/types.h>

enum xt_cluster_flags {
	XT_CLUSTER_F_INV	= (1 << 0)
};

struct xt_cluster_match_info {
	__u32 total_nodes;
	__u32 node_mask;
	__u32 hash_seed;
	__u32 flags;
};

#define XT_CLUSTER_NODES_MAX	32

#endif /* _XT_CLUSTER_MATCH_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_U32_H
#define _XT_U32_H 1

#include <linux/types.h>

enum xt_u32_ops {
	XT_U32_AND,
	XT_U32_LEFTSH,
	XT_U32_RIGHTSH,
	XT_U32_AT,
};

struct xt_u32_location_element {
	__u32 number;
	__u8 nextop;
};

struct xt_u32_value_element {
	__u32 min;
	__u32 max;
};

/*
 * Any way to allow for an arbitrary number of elements?
 * For now, I settle with a limit of 10 each.
 */
#define XT_U32_MAXSIZE 10

struct xt_u32_test {
	struct xt_u32_location_element location[XT_U32_MAXSIZE+1];
	struct xt_u32_value_element value[XT_U32_MAXSIZE+1];
	__u8 nnums;
	__u8 nvalues;
};

struct xt_u32 {
	struct xt_u32_test tests[XT_U32_MAXSIZE+1];
	__u8 ntests;
	__u8 invert;
};

#endif /* _XT_U32_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_LOG_H
#define _XT_LOG_H

/* make sure not to change this without changing nf_log.h:NF_LOG_* (!) */
#define XT_LOG_TCPSEQ		0x01	/* Log TCP sequence numbers */
#define XT_LOG_TCPOPT		0x02	/* Log TCP options */
#define XT_LOG_IPOPT		0x04	/* Log IP options */
#define XT_LOG_UID		0x08	/* Log UID owning local socket */
#define XT_LOG_NFLOG		0x10	/* Unsupported, don't reuse */
#define XT_LOG_MACDECODE	0x20	/* Decode MAC header */
#define XT_LOG_MASK		0x2f

struct xt_log_info {
	unsigned char level;
	unsigned char logflags;
	char prefix[30];
};

#endif /* _XT_LOG_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef XT_HMARK_H_
#define XT_HMARK_H_

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/netfilter.h>

enum {
	XT_HMARK_SADDR_MASK,
	XT_HMARK_DADDR_MASK,
	XT_HMARK_SPI,
	XT_HMARK_SPI_MASK,
	XT_HMARK_SPORT,
	XT_HMARK_DPORT,
	XT_HMARK_SPORT_MASK,
	XT_HMARK_DPORT_MASK,
	XT_HMARK_PROTO_MASK,
	XT_HMARK_RND,
	XT_HMARK_MODULUS,
	XT_HMARK_OFFSET,
	XT_HMARK_CT,
	XT_HMARK_METHOD_L3,
	XT_HMARK_METHOD_L3_4,
};
#define XT_HMARK_FLAG(flag)	(1 << flag)

union hmark_ports {
	struct {
		__u16	src;
		__u16	dst;
	} p16;
	struct {
		__be16	src;
		__be16	dst;
	} b16;
	__u32	v32;
	__be32	b32;
};

struct xt_hmark_info {
	union nf_inet_addr	src_mask;
	union nf_inet_addr	dst_mask;
	union hmark_ports	port_mask;
	union hmark_ports	port_set;
	__u32			flags;
	__u16			proto_mask;
	__u32			hashrnd;
	__u32			hmodulus;
	__u32			hoffset;	/* Mark offset to start from */
};

#endif /* XT_HMARK_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _NETFILTER_NF_NAT_H
#define _NETFILTER_NF_NAT_H

#include <linux/netfilter.h>
#include <linux/netfilter/nf_conntrack_tuple_common.h>

#define NF_NAT_RANGE_MAP_IPS			(1 << 0)
#define NF_NAT_RANGE_PROTO_SPECIFIED		(1 << 1)
#define NF_NAT_RANGE_PROTO_RANDOM		(1 << 2)
#define NF_NAT_RANGE_PERSISTENT			(1 << 3)
#define NF_NAT_RANGE_PROTO_RANDOM_FULLY		(1 << 4)
#define NF_NAT_RANGE_PROTO_OFFSET		(1 << 5)

#define NF_NAT_RANGE_PROTO_RANDOM_ALL		\
	(NF_NAT_RANGE_PROTO_RANDOM | NF_NAT_RANGE_PROTO_RANDOM_FULLY)

#define NF_NAT_RANGE_MASK					\
	(NF_NAT_RANGE_MAP_IPS | NF_NAT_RANGE_PROTO_SPECIFIED |	\
	 NF_NAT_RANGE_PROTO_RANDOM | NF_NAT_RANGE_PERSISTENT |	\
	 NF_NAT_RANGE_PROTO_RANDOM_FULLY | NF_NAT_RANGE_PROTO_OFFSET)

struct nf_nat_ipv4_range {
	unsigned int			flags;
	__be32				min_ip;
	__be32				max_ip;
	union nf_conntrack_man_proto	min;
	union nf_conntrack_man_proto	max;
};

struct nf_nat_ipv4_multi_range_compat {
	unsigned int			rangesize;
	struct nf_nat_ipv4_range	range[1];
};

struct nf_nat_range {
	unsigned int			flags;
	union nf_inet_addr		min_addr;
	union nf_inet_addr		max_addr;
	union nf_conntrack_man_proto	min_proto;
	union nf_conntrack_man_proto	max_proto;
};

struct nf_nat_range2 {
	unsigned int			flags;
	union nf_inet_addr		min_addr;
	union nf_inet_addr		max_addr;
	union nf_conntrack_man_proto	min_proto;
	union nf_conntrack_man_proto	max_proto;
	union nf_conntrack_man_proto	base_proto;
};

#endif /* _NETFILTER_NF_NAT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _NFNETLINK_LOG_H
#define _NFNETLINK_LOG_H

/* This file describes the netlink messages (i.e. 'protocol packets'),
 * and not any kind of function definitions.  It is shared between kernel and
 * userspace.  Don't put kernel specific stuff in here */

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/netfilter/nfnetlink.h>

enum nfulnl_msg_types {
	NFULNL_MSG_PACKET,		/* packet from kernel to userspace */
	NFULNL_MSG_CONFIG,		/* connect to a particular queue */

	NFULNL_MSG_MAX
};

struct nfulnl_msg_packet_hdr {
	__be16		hw_protocol;	/* hw protocol (network order) */
	__u8	hook;		/* netfilter hook */
	__u8	_pad;
};

struct nfulnl_msg_packet_hw {
	__be16		hw_addrlen;
	__u16	_pad;
	__u8	hw_addr[8];
};

struct nfulnl_msg_packet_timestamp {
	__aligned_be64	sec;
	__aligned_be64	usec;
};

enum nfulnl_attr_type {
	NFULA_UNSPEC,
	NFULA_PACKET_HDR,
	NFULA_MARK,			/* __u32 nfmark */
	NFULA_TIMESTAMP,		/* nfulnl_msg_packet_timestamp */
	NFULA_IFINDEX_INDEV,		/* __u32 ifindex */
	NFULA_IFINDEX_OUTDEV,		/* __u32 ifindex */
	NFULA_IFINDEX_PHYSINDEV,	/* __u32 ifindex */
	NFULA_IFINDEX_PHYSOUTDEV,	/* __u32 ifindex */
	NFULA_HWADDR,			/* nfulnl_msg_packet_hw */
	NFULA_PAYLOAD,			/* opaque data payload */
	NFULA_PREFIX,			/* string prefix */
	NFULA_UID,			/* user id of socket */
	NFULA_SEQ,			/* instance-local sequence number */
	NFULA_SEQ_GLOBAL,		/* global sequence number */
	NFULA_GID,			/* group id of socket */
	NFULA_HWTYPE,			/* hardware type */
	NFULA_HWHEADER,			/* hardware header */
	NFULA_HWLEN,			/* hardware header length */
	NFULA_CT,                       /* nf_conntrack_netlink.h */
	NFULA_CT_INFO,                  /* enum ip_conntrack_info */

	__NFULA_MAX
};
#define NFULA_MAX (__NFULA_MAX - 1)

enum nfulnl_msg_config_cmds {
	NFULNL_CFG_CMD_NONE,
	NFULNL_CFG_CMD_BIND,
	NFULNL_CFG_CMD_UNBIND,
	NFULNL_CFG_CMD_PF_BIND,
	NFULNL_CFG_CMD_PF_UNBIND,
};

struct nfulnl_msg_config_cmd {
	__u8	command;	/* nfulnl_msg_config_cmds */
} __attribute__ ((packed));

struct nfulnl_msg_config_mode {
	__be32		copy_range;
	__u8	copy_mode;
	__u8	_pad;
} __attribute__ ((packed));

enum nfulnl_attr_config {
	NFULA_CFG_UNSPEC,
	NFULA_CFG_CMD,			/* nfulnl_msg_config_cmd */
	NFULA_CFG_MODE,			/* nfulnl_msg_config_mode */
	NFULA_CFG_NLBUFSIZ,		/* __u32 buffer size */
	NFULA_CFG_TIMEOUT,		/* __u32 in 1/100 s */
	NFULA_CFG_QTHRESH,		/* __u32 */
	NFULA_CFG_FLAGS,		/* __u16 */
	__NFULA_CFG_MAX
};
#define NFULA_CFG_MAX (__NFULA_CFG_MAX -1)

#define NFULNL_COPY_NONE	0x00
#define NFULNL_COPY_META	0x01
#define NFULNL_COPY_PACKET	0x02
/* 0xff is reserved, don't use it for new copy modes. */

#define NFULNL_CFG_F_SEQ	0x0001
#define NFULNL_CFG_F_SEQ_GLOBAL	0x0002
#define NFULNL_CFG_F_CONNTRACK	0x0004

#endif /* _NFNETLINK_LOG_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_CPU_H
#define _XT_CPU_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct xt_cpu_info {
	__u32	cpu;
	__u32	invert;
};

#endif /*_XT_CPU_H*/
#ifndef _NF_OSF_H
#define _NF_OSF_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define MAXGENRELEN	32

#define NF_OSF_GENRE	(1 << 0)
#define NF_OSF_TTL	(1 << 1)
#define NF_OSF_LOG	(1 << 2)
#define NF_OSF_INVERT	(1 << 3)

#define NF_OSF_LOGLEVEL_ALL		0	/* log all matched fingerprints */
#define NF_OSF_LOGLEVEL_FIRST		1	/* log only the first matced fingerprint */
#define NF_OSF_LOGLEVEL_ALL_KNOWN	2	/* do not log unknown packets */

#define NF_OSF_TTL_TRUE			0	/* True ip and fingerprint TTL comparison */

/* Do not compare ip and fingerprint TTL at all */
#define NF_OSF_TTL_NOCHECK		2

/* Wildcard MSS (kind of).
 * It is used to implement a state machine for the different wildcard values
 * of the MSS and window sizes.
 */
struct nf_osf_wc {
	__u32	wc;
	__u32	val;
};

/* This struct represents IANA options
 * http://www.iana.org/assignments/tcp-parameters
 */
struct nf_osf_opt {
	__u16			kind, length;
	struct nf_osf_wc	wc;
};

struct nf_osf_info {
	char	genre[MAXGENRELEN];
	__u32	len;
	__u32	flags;
	__u32	loglevel;
	__u32	ttl;
};

struct nf_osf_user_finger {
	struct nf_osf_wc	wss;

	__u8	ttl, df;
	__u16	ss, mss;
	__u16	opt_num;

	char	genre[MAXGENRELEN];
	char	version[MAXGENRELEN];
	char	subtype[MAXGENRELEN];

	/* MAX_IPOPTLEN is maximum if all options are NOPs or EOLs */
	struct nf_osf_opt	opt[MAX_IPOPTLEN];
};

struct nf_osf_nlmsg {
	struct nf_osf_user_finger	f;
	struct iphdr			ip;
	struct tcphdr			tcp;
};

/* Defines for IANA option kinds */
enum iana_options {
	OSFOPT_EOL = 0,		/* End of options */
	OSFOPT_NOP,		/* NOP */
	OSFOPT_MSS,		/* Maximum segment size */
	OSFOPT_WSO,		/* Window scale option */
	OSFOPT_SACKP,		/* SACK permitted */
	OSFOPT_SACK,		/* SACK */
	OSFOPT_ECHO,
	OSFOPT_ECHOREPLY,
	OSFOPT_TS,		/* Timestamp option */
	OSFOPT_POCP,		/* Partial Order Connection Permitted */
	OSFOPT_POSP,		/* Partial Order Service Profile */

	/* Others are not used in the current OSF */
	OSFOPT_EMPTY = 255,
};

#endif /* _NF_OSF_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_QUOTA_H
#define _XT_QUOTA_H

#include <linux/types.h>

enum xt_quota_flags {
	XT_QUOTA_INVERT		= 0x1,
};
#define XT_QUOTA_MASK		0x1

struct xt_quota_priv;

struct xt_quota_info {
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 pad;
	__aligned_u64 quota;

	/* Used internally by the kernel */
	struct xt_quota_priv	*master;
};

#endif /* _XT_QUOTA_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _NFNETLINK_COMPAT_H
#define _NFNETLINK_COMPAT_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* Old nfnetlink macros for userspace */

/* nfnetlink groups: Up to 32 maximum */
#define NF_NETLINK_CONNTRACK_NEW 		0x00000001
#define NF_NETLINK_CONNTRACK_UPDATE		0x00000002
#define NF_NETLINK_CONNTRACK_DESTROY		0x00000004
#define NF_NETLINK_CONNTRACK_EXP_NEW		0x00000008
#define NF_NETLINK_CONNTRACK_EXP_UPDATE		0x00000010
#define NF_NETLINK_CONNTRACK_EXP_DESTROY	0x00000020

/* Generic structure for encapsulation optional netfilter information.
 * It is reminiscent of sockaddr, but with sa_family replaced
 * with attribute type.
 * ! This should someday be put somewhere generic as now rtnetlink and
 * ! nfnetlink use the same attributes methods. - J. Schulist.
 */

struct nfattr {
	__u16 nfa_len;
	__u16 nfa_type;	/* we use 15 bits for the type, and the highest
				 * bit to indicate whether the payload is nested */
};

/* FIXME: Apart from NFNL_NFA_NESTED shamelessly copy and pasted from
 * rtnetlink.h, it's time to put this in a generic file */

#define NFNL_NFA_NEST	0x8000
#define NFA_TYPE(attr) 	((attr)->nfa_type & 0x7fff)

#define NFA_ALIGNTO     4
#define NFA_ALIGN(len)	(((len) + NFA_ALIGNTO - 1) & ~(NFA_ALIGNTO - 1))
#define NFA_OK(nfa,len)	((len) > 0 && (nfa)->nfa_len >= sizeof(struct nfattr) \
	&& (nfa)->nfa_len <= (len))
#define NFA_NEXT(nfa,attrlen)	((attrlen) -= NFA_ALIGN((nfa)->nfa_len), \
	(struct nfattr *)(((char *)(nfa)) + NFA_ALIGN((nfa)->nfa_len)))
#define NFA_LENGTH(len)	(NFA_ALIGN(sizeof(struct nfattr)) + (len))
#define NFA_SPACE(len)	NFA_ALIGN(NFA_LENGTH(len))
#define NFA_DATA(nfa)   ((void *)(((char *)(nfa)) + NFA_LENGTH(0)))
#define NFA_PAYLOAD(nfa) ((int)((nfa)->nfa_len) - NFA_LENGTH(0))
#define NFA_NEST(skb, type) \
({	struct nfattr *__start = (struct nfattr *)skb_tail_pointer(skb); \
	NFA_PUT(skb, (NFNL_NFA_NEST | type), 0, NULL); \
	__start;  })
#define NFA_NEST_END(skb, start) \
({      (start)->nfa_len = skb_tail_pointer(skb) - (unsigned char *)(start); \
        (skb)->len; })
#define NFA_NEST_CANCEL(skb, start) \
({      if (start) \
                skb_trim(skb, (unsigned char *) (start) - (skb)->data); \
        -1; })

#define NFM_NFA(n)      ((struct nfattr *)(((char *)(n)) \
        + NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct nfgenmsg))))
#define NFM_PAYLOAD(n)  NLMSG_PAYLOAD(n, sizeof(struct nfgenmsg))

#endif /* _NFNETLINK_COMPAT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_LED_H
#define _XT_LED_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct xt_led_info {
	char id[27];        /* Unique ID for this trigger in the LED class */
	__u8 always_blink;  /* Blink even if the LED is already on */
	__u32 delay;        /* Delay until LED is switched off after trigger */

	/* Kernel data used in the module */
	void *internal_data __attribute__((aligned(8)));
};

#endif /* _XT_LED_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_STRING_H
#define _XT_STRING_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define XT_STRING_MAX_PATTERN_SIZE 128
#define XT_STRING_MAX_ALGO_NAME_SIZE 16

enum {
	XT_STRING_FLAG_INVERT		= 0x01,
	XT_STRING_FLAG_IGNORECASE	= 0x02
};

struct xt_string_info {
	__u16 from_offset;
	__u16 to_offset;
	char	  algo[XT_STRING_MAX_ALGO_NAME_SIZE];
	char 	  pattern[XT_STRING_MAX_PATTERN_SIZE];
	__u8  patlen;
	union {
		struct {
			__u8  invert;
		} v0;

		struct {
			__u8  flags;
		} v1;
	} u;

	/* Used internally by the kernel */
	struct ts_config __attribute__((aligned(8))) *config;
};

#endif /*_XT_STRING_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_NF_TABLES_H
#define _LINUX_NF_TABLES_H

#define NFT_NAME_MAXLEN		256
#define NFT_TABLE_MAXNAMELEN	NFT_NAME_MAXLEN
#define NFT_CHAIN_MAXNAMELEN	NFT_NAME_MAXLEN
#define NFT_SET_MAXNAMELEN	NFT_NAME_MAXLEN
#define NFT_OBJ_MAXNAMELEN	NFT_NAME_MAXLEN
#define NFT_USERDATA_MAXLEN	256

/**
 * enum nft_registers - nf_tables registers
 *
 * nf_tables used to have five registers: a verdict register and four data
 * registers of size 16. The data registers have been changed to 16 registers
 * of size 4. For compatibility reasons, the NFT_REG_[1-4] registers still
 * map to areas of size 16, the 4 byte registers are addressed using
 * NFT_REG32_00 - NFT_REG32_15.
 */
enum nft_registers {
	NFT_REG_VERDICT,
	NFT_REG_1,
	NFT_REG_2,
	NFT_REG_3,
	NFT_REG_4,
	__NFT_REG_MAX,

	NFT_REG32_00	= 8,
	NFT_REG32_01,
	NFT_REG32_02,
	NFT_REG32_03,
	NFT_REG32_04,
	NFT_REG32_05,
	NFT_REG32_06,
	NFT_REG32_07,
	NFT_REG32_08,
	NFT_REG32_09,
	NFT_REG32_10,
	NFT_REG32_11,
	NFT_REG32_12,
	NFT_REG32_13,
	NFT_REG32_14,
	NFT_REG32_15,
};
#define NFT_REG_MAX	(__NFT_REG_MAX - 1)

#define NFT_REG_SIZE	16
#define NFT_REG32_SIZE	4
#define NFT_REG32_COUNT	(NFT_REG32_15 - NFT_REG32_00 + 1)

/**
 * enum nft_verdicts - nf_tables internal verdicts
 *
 * @NFT_CONTINUE: continue evaluation of the current rule
 * @NFT_BREAK: terminate evaluation of the current rule
 * @NFT_JUMP: push the current chain on the jump stack and jump to a chain
 * @NFT_GOTO: jump to a chain without pushing the current chain on the jump stack
 * @NFT_RETURN: return to the topmost chain on the jump stack
 *
 * The nf_tables verdicts share their numeric space with the netfilter verdicts.
 */
enum nft_verdicts {
	NFT_CONTINUE	= -1,
	NFT_BREAK	= -2,
	NFT_JUMP	= -3,
	NFT_GOTO	= -4,
	NFT_RETURN	= -5,
};

/**
 * enum nf_tables_msg_types - nf_tables netlink message types
 *
 * @NFT_MSG_NEWTABLE: create a new table (enum nft_table_attributes)
 * @NFT_MSG_GETTABLE: get a table (enum nft_table_attributes)
 * @NFT_MSG_DELTABLE: delete a table (enum nft_table_attributes)
 * @NFT_MSG_NEWCHAIN: create a new chain (enum nft_chain_attributes)
 * @NFT_MSG_GETCHAIN: get a chain (enum nft_chain_attributes)
 * @NFT_MSG_DELCHAIN: delete a chain (enum nft_chain_attributes)
 * @NFT_MSG_NEWRULE: create a new rule (enum nft_rule_attributes)
 * @NFT_MSG_GETRULE: get a rule (enum nft_rule_attributes)
 * @NFT_MSG_DELRULE: delete a rule (enum nft_rule_attributes)
 * @NFT_MSG_NEWSET: create a new set (enum nft_set_attributes)
 * @NFT_MSG_GETSET: get a set (enum nft_set_attributes)
 * @NFT_MSG_DELSET: delete a set (enum nft_set_attributes)
 * @NFT_MSG_NEWSETELEM: create a new set element (enum nft_set_elem_attributes)
 * @NFT_MSG_GETSETELEM: get a set element (enum nft_set_elem_attributes)
 * @NFT_MSG_DELSETELEM: delete a set element (enum nft_set_elem_attributes)
 * @NFT_MSG_NEWGEN: announce a new generation, only for events (enum nft_gen_attributes)
 * @NFT_MSG_GETGEN: get the rule-set generation (enum nft_gen_attributes)
 * @NFT_MSG_TRACE: trace event (enum nft_trace_attributes)
 * @NFT_MSG_NEWOBJ: create a stateful object (enum nft_obj_attributes)
 * @NFT_MSG_GETOBJ: get a stateful object (enum nft_obj_attributes)
 * @NFT_MSG_DELOBJ: delete a stateful object (enum nft_obj_attributes)
 * @NFT_MSG_GETOBJ_RESET: get and reset a stateful object (enum nft_obj_attributes)
 * @NFT_MSG_NEWFLOWTABLE: add new flow table (enum nft_flowtable_attributes)
 * @NFT_MSG_GETFLOWTABLE: get flow table (enum nft_flowtable_attributes)
 * @NFT_MSG_DELFLOWTABLE: delete flow table (enum nft_flowtable_attributes)
 */
enum nf_tables_msg_types {
	NFT_MSG_NEWTABLE,
	NFT_MSG_GETTABLE,
	NFT_MSG_DELTABLE,
	NFT_MSG_NEWCHAIN,
	NFT_MSG_GETCHAIN,
	NFT_MSG_DELCHAIN,
	NFT_MSG_NEWRULE,
	NFT_MSG_GETRULE,
	NFT_MSG_DELRULE,
	NFT_MSG_NEWSET,
	NFT_MSG_GETSET,
	NFT_MSG_DELSET,
	NFT_MSG_NEWSETELEM,
	NFT_MSG_GETSETELEM,
	NFT_MSG_DELSETELEM,
	NFT_MSG_NEWGEN,
	NFT_MSG_GETGEN,
	NFT_MSG_TRACE,
	NFT_MSG_NEWOBJ,
	NFT_MSG_GETOBJ,
	NFT_MSG_DELOBJ,
	NFT_MSG_GETOBJ_RESET,
	NFT_MSG_NEWFLOWTABLE,
	NFT_MSG_GETFLOWTABLE,
	NFT_MSG_DELFLOWTABLE,
	NFT_MSG_MAX,
};

/**
 * enum nft_list_attributes - nf_tables generic list netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_LIST_ELEM: list element (NLA_NESTED)
 */
enum nft_list_attributes {
	NFTA_LIST_UNPEC,
	NFTA_LIST_ELEM,
	__NFTA_LIST_MAX
};
#define NFTA_LIST_MAX		(__NFTA_LIST_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_hook_attributes - nf_tables netfilter hook netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_HOOK_HOOKNUM: netfilter hook number (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_HOOK_PRIORITY: netfilter hook priority (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_HOOK_DEV: netdevice name (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_HOOK_DEVS: list of netdevices (NLA_NESTED)
 */
enum nft_hook_attributes {
	NFTA_HOOK_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_HOOK_HOOKNUM,
	NFTA_HOOK_PRIORITY,
	NFTA_HOOK_DEV,
	NFTA_HOOK_DEVS,
	__NFTA_HOOK_MAX
};
#define NFTA_HOOK_MAX		(__NFTA_HOOK_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_table_flags - nf_tables table flags
 *
 * @NFT_TABLE_F_DORMANT: this table is not active
 */
enum nft_table_flags {
	NFT_TABLE_F_DORMANT	= 0x1,
};
#define NFT_TABLE_F_MASK       (NFT_TABLE_F_DORMANT)

/**
 * enum nft_table_attributes - nf_tables table netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_TABLE_NAME: name of the table (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_TABLE_FLAGS: bitmask of enum nft_table_flags (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_TABLE_USE: number of chains in this table (NLA_U32)
 */
enum nft_table_attributes {
	NFTA_TABLE_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_TABLE_NAME,
	NFTA_TABLE_FLAGS,
	NFTA_TABLE_USE,
	NFTA_TABLE_HANDLE,
	NFTA_TABLE_PAD,
	__NFTA_TABLE_MAX
};
#define NFTA_TABLE_MAX		(__NFTA_TABLE_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_chain_attributes - nf_tables chain netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_CHAIN_TABLE: name of the table containing the chain (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_CHAIN_HANDLE: numeric handle of the chain (NLA_U64)
 * @NFTA_CHAIN_NAME: name of the chain (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_CHAIN_HOOK: hook specification for basechains (NLA_NESTED: nft_hook_attributes)
 * @NFTA_CHAIN_POLICY: numeric policy of the chain (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_CHAIN_USE: number of references to this chain (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_CHAIN_TYPE: type name of the string (NLA_NUL_STRING)
 * @NFTA_CHAIN_COUNTERS: counter specification of the chain (NLA_NESTED: nft_counter_attributes)
 * @NFTA_CHAIN_FLAGS: chain flags
 */
enum nft_chain_attributes {
	NFTA_CHAIN_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_CHAIN_TABLE,
	NFTA_CHAIN_HANDLE,
	NFTA_CHAIN_NAME,
	NFTA_CHAIN_HOOK,
	NFTA_CHAIN_POLICY,
	NFTA_CHAIN_USE,
	NFTA_CHAIN_TYPE,
	NFTA_CHAIN_COUNTERS,
	NFTA_CHAIN_PAD,
	NFTA_CHAIN_FLAGS,
	__NFTA_CHAIN_MAX
};
#define NFTA_CHAIN_MAX		(__NFTA_CHAIN_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_rule_attributes - nf_tables rule netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_RULE_TABLE: name of the table containing the rule (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_RULE_CHAIN: name of the chain containing the rule (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_RULE_HANDLE: numeric handle of the rule (NLA_U64)
 * @NFTA_RULE_EXPRESSIONS: list of expressions (NLA_NESTED: nft_expr_attributes)
 * @NFTA_RULE_COMPAT: compatibility specifications of the rule (NLA_NESTED: nft_rule_compat_attributes)
 * @NFTA_RULE_POSITION: numeric handle of the previous rule (NLA_U64)
 * @NFTA_RULE_USERDATA: user data (NLA_BINARY, NFT_USERDATA_MAXLEN)
 * @NFTA_RULE_ID: uniquely identifies a rule in a transaction (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_RULE_POSITION_ID: transaction unique identifier of the previous rule (NLA_U32)
 */
enum nft_rule_attributes {
	NFTA_RULE_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_RULE_TABLE,
	NFTA_RULE_CHAIN,
	NFTA_RULE_HANDLE,
	NFTA_RULE_EXPRESSIONS,
	NFTA_RULE_COMPAT,
	NFTA_RULE_POSITION,
	NFTA_RULE_USERDATA,
	NFTA_RULE_PAD,
	NFTA_RULE_ID,
	NFTA_RULE_POSITION_ID,
	__NFTA_RULE_MAX
};
#define NFTA_RULE_MAX		(__NFTA_RULE_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_rule_compat_flags - nf_tables rule compat flags
 *
 * @NFT_RULE_COMPAT_F_INV: invert the check result
 */
enum nft_rule_compat_flags {
	NFT_RULE_COMPAT_F_INV	= (1 << 1),
	NFT_RULE_COMPAT_F_MASK	= NFT_RULE_COMPAT_F_INV,
};

/**
 * enum nft_rule_compat_attributes - nf_tables rule compat attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_RULE_COMPAT_PROTO: numeric value of handled protocol (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_RULE_COMPAT_FLAGS: bitmask of enum nft_rule_compat_flags (NLA_U32)
 */
enum nft_rule_compat_attributes {
	NFTA_RULE_COMPAT_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_RULE_COMPAT_PROTO,
	NFTA_RULE_COMPAT_FLAGS,
	__NFTA_RULE_COMPAT_MAX
};
#define NFTA_RULE_COMPAT_MAX	(__NFTA_RULE_COMPAT_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_set_flags - nf_tables set flags
 *
 * @NFT_SET_ANONYMOUS: name allocation, automatic cleanup on unlink
 * @NFT_SET_CONSTANT: set contents may not change while bound
 * @NFT_SET_INTERVAL: set contains intervals
 * @NFT_SET_MAP: set is used as a dictionary
 * @NFT_SET_TIMEOUT: set uses timeouts
 * @NFT_SET_EVAL: set can be updated from the evaluation path
 * @NFT_SET_OBJECT: set contains stateful objects
 * @NFT_SET_CONCAT: set contains a concatenation
 * @NFT_SET_EXPR: set contains expressions
 */
enum nft_set_flags {
	NFT_SET_ANONYMOUS		= 0x1,
	NFT_SET_CONSTANT		= 0x2,
	NFT_SET_INTERVAL		= 0x4,
	NFT_SET_MAP			= 0x8,
	NFT_SET_TIMEOUT			= 0x10,
	NFT_SET_EVAL			= 0x20,
	NFT_SET_OBJECT			= 0x40,
	NFT_SET_CONCAT			= 0x80,
	NFT_SET_EXPR			= 0x100,
};

/**
 * enum nft_set_policies - set selection policy
 *
 * @NFT_SET_POL_PERFORMANCE: prefer high performance over low memory use
 * @NFT_SET_POL_MEMORY: prefer low memory use over high performance
 */
enum nft_set_policies {
	NFT_SET_POL_PERFORMANCE,
	NFT_SET_POL_MEMORY,
};

/**
 * enum nft_set_desc_attributes - set element description
 *
 * @NFTA_SET_DESC_SIZE: number of elements in set (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_SET_DESC_CONCAT: description of field concatenation (NLA_NESTED)
 */
enum nft_set_desc_attributes {
	NFTA_SET_DESC_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_SET_DESC_SIZE,
	NFTA_SET_DESC_CONCAT,
	__NFTA_SET_DESC_MAX
};
#define NFTA_SET_DESC_MAX	(__NFTA_SET_DESC_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_set_field_attributes - attributes of concatenated fields
 *
 * @NFTA_SET_FIELD_LEN: length of single field, in bits (NLA_U32)
 */
enum nft_set_field_attributes {
	NFTA_SET_FIELD_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_SET_FIELD_LEN,
	__NFTA_SET_FIELD_MAX
};
#define NFTA_SET_FIELD_MAX	(__NFTA_SET_FIELD_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_set_attributes - nf_tables set netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_SET_TABLE: table name (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_SET_NAME: set name (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_SET_FLAGS: bitmask of enum nft_set_flags (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_SET_KEY_TYPE: key data type, informational purpose only (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_SET_KEY_LEN: key data length (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_SET_DATA_TYPE: mapping data type (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_SET_DATA_LEN: mapping data length (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_SET_POLICY: selection policy (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_SET_DESC: set description (NLA_NESTED)
 * @NFTA_SET_ID: uniquely identifies a set in a transaction (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_SET_TIMEOUT: default timeout value (NLA_U64)
 * @NFTA_SET_GC_INTERVAL: garbage collection interval (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_SET_USERDATA: user data (NLA_BINARY)
 * @NFTA_SET_OBJ_TYPE: stateful object type (NLA_U32: NFT_OBJECT_*)
 * @NFTA_SET_HANDLE: set handle (NLA_U64)
 * @NFTA_SET_EXPR: set expression (NLA_NESTED: nft_expr_attributes)
 * @NFTA_SET_EXPRESSIONS: list of expressions (NLA_NESTED: nft_list_attributes)
 */
enum nft_set_attributes {
	NFTA_SET_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_SET_TABLE,
	NFTA_SET_NAME,
	NFTA_SET_FLAGS,
	NFTA_SET_KEY_TYPE,
	NFTA_SET_KEY_LEN,
	NFTA_SET_DATA_TYPE,
	NFTA_SET_DATA_LEN,
	NFTA_SET_POLICY,
	NFTA_SET_DESC,
	NFTA_SET_ID,
	NFTA_SET_TIMEOUT,
	NFTA_SET_GC_INTERVAL,
	NFTA_SET_USERDATA,
	NFTA_SET_PAD,
	NFTA_SET_OBJ_TYPE,
	NFTA_SET_HANDLE,
	NFTA_SET_EXPR,
	NFTA_SET_EXPRESSIONS,
	__NFTA_SET_MAX
};
#define NFTA_SET_MAX		(__NFTA_SET_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_set_elem_flags - nf_tables set element flags
 *
 * @NFT_SET_ELEM_INTERVAL_END: element ends the previous interval
 */
enum nft_set_elem_flags {
	NFT_SET_ELEM_INTERVAL_END	= 0x1,
};

/**
 * enum nft_set_elem_attributes - nf_tables set element netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_SET_ELEM_KEY: key value (NLA_NESTED: nft_data)
 * @NFTA_SET_ELEM_DATA: data value of mapping (NLA_NESTED: nft_data_attributes)
 * @NFTA_SET_ELEM_FLAGS: bitmask of nft_set_elem_flags (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_SET_ELEM_TIMEOUT: timeout value (NLA_U64)
 * @NFTA_SET_ELEM_EXPIRATION: expiration time (NLA_U64)
 * @NFTA_SET_ELEM_USERDATA: user data (NLA_BINARY)
 * @NFTA_SET_ELEM_EXPR: expression (NLA_NESTED: nft_expr_attributes)
 * @NFTA_SET_ELEM_OBJREF: stateful object reference (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_SET_ELEM_KEY_END: closing key value (NLA_NESTED: nft_data)
 * @NFTA_SET_ELEM_EXPRESSIONS: list of expressions (NLA_NESTED: nft_list_attributes)
 */
enum nft_set_elem_attributes {
	NFTA_SET_ELEM_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_SET_ELEM_KEY,
	NFTA_SET_ELEM_DATA,
	NFTA_SET_ELEM_FLAGS,
	NFTA_SET_ELEM_TIMEOUT,
	NFTA_SET_ELEM_EXPIRATION,
	NFTA_SET_ELEM_USERDATA,
	NFTA_SET_ELEM_EXPR,
	NFTA_SET_ELEM_PAD,
	NFTA_SET_ELEM_OBJREF,
	NFTA_SET_ELEM_KEY_END,
	NFTA_SET_ELEM_EXPRESSIONS,
	__NFTA_SET_ELEM_MAX
};
#define NFTA_SET_ELEM_MAX	(__NFTA_SET_ELEM_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_set_elem_list_attributes - nf_tables set element list netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_SET_ELEM_LIST_TABLE: table of the set to be changed (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_SET_ELEM_LIST_SET: name of the set to be changed (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_SET_ELEM_LIST_ELEMENTS: list of set elements (NLA_NESTED: nft_set_elem_attributes)
 * @NFTA_SET_ELEM_LIST_SET_ID: uniquely identifies a set in a transaction (NLA_U32)
 */
enum nft_set_elem_list_attributes {
	NFTA_SET_ELEM_LIST_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_SET_ELEM_LIST_TABLE,
	NFTA_SET_ELEM_LIST_SET,
	NFTA_SET_ELEM_LIST_ELEMENTS,
	NFTA_SET_ELEM_LIST_SET_ID,
	__NFTA_SET_ELEM_LIST_MAX
};
#define NFTA_SET_ELEM_LIST_MAX	(__NFTA_SET_ELEM_LIST_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_data_types - nf_tables data types
 *
 * @NFT_DATA_VALUE: generic data
 * @NFT_DATA_VERDICT: netfilter verdict
 *
 * The type of data is usually determined by the kernel directly and is not
 * explicitly specified by userspace. The only difference are sets, where
 * userspace specifies the key and mapping data types.
 *
 * The values 0xffffff00-0xffffffff are reserved for internally used types.
 * The remaining range can be freely used by userspace to encode types, all
 * values are equivalent to NFT_DATA_VALUE.
 */
enum nft_data_types {
	NFT_DATA_VALUE,
	NFT_DATA_VERDICT	= 0xffffff00U,
};

#define NFT_DATA_RESERVED_MASK	0xffffff00U

/**
 * enum nft_data_attributes - nf_tables data netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_DATA_VALUE: generic data (NLA_BINARY)
 * @NFTA_DATA_VERDICT: nf_tables verdict (NLA_NESTED: nft_verdict_attributes)
 */
enum nft_data_attributes {
	NFTA_DATA_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_DATA_VALUE,
	NFTA_DATA_VERDICT,
	__NFTA_DATA_MAX
};
#define NFTA_DATA_MAX		(__NFTA_DATA_MAX - 1)

/* Maximum length of a value */
#define NFT_DATA_VALUE_MAXLEN	64

/**
 * enum nft_verdict_attributes - nf_tables verdict netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_VERDICT_CODE: nf_tables verdict (NLA_U32: enum nft_verdicts)
 * @NFTA_VERDICT_CHAIN: jump target chain name (NLA_STRING)
 */
enum nft_verdict_attributes {
	NFTA_VERDICT_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_VERDICT_CODE,
	NFTA_VERDICT_CHAIN,
	__NFTA_VERDICT_MAX
};
#define NFTA_VERDICT_MAX	(__NFTA_VERDICT_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_expr_attributes - nf_tables expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_EXPR_NAME: name of the expression type (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_EXPR_DATA: type specific data (NLA_NESTED)
 */
enum nft_expr_attributes {
	NFTA_EXPR_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_EXPR_NAME,
	NFTA_EXPR_DATA,
	__NFTA_EXPR_MAX
};
#define NFTA_EXPR_MAX		(__NFTA_EXPR_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_immediate_attributes - nf_tables immediate expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_IMMEDIATE_DREG: destination register to load data into (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_IMMEDIATE_DATA: data to load (NLA_NESTED: nft_data_attributes)
 */
enum nft_immediate_attributes {
	NFTA_IMMEDIATE_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_IMMEDIATE_DREG,
	NFTA_IMMEDIATE_DATA,
	__NFTA_IMMEDIATE_MAX
};
#define NFTA_IMMEDIATE_MAX	(__NFTA_IMMEDIATE_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_bitwise_attributes - nf_tables bitwise expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_BITWISE_SREG: source register (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 * @NFTA_BITWISE_DREG: destination register (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 * @NFTA_BITWISE_LEN: length of operands (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_BITWISE_MASK: mask value (NLA_NESTED: nft_data_attributes)
 * @NFTA_BITWISE_XOR: xor value (NLA_NESTED: nft_data_attributes)
 *
 * The bitwise expression performs the following operation:
 *
 * dreg = (sreg & mask) ^ xor
 *
 * which allow to express all bitwise operations:
 *
 * 		mask	xor
 * NOT:		1	1
 * OR:		0	x
 * XOR:		1	x
 * AND:		x	0
 */
enum nft_bitwise_attributes {
	NFTA_BITWISE_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_BITWISE_SREG,
	NFTA_BITWISE_DREG,
	NFTA_BITWISE_LEN,
	NFTA_BITWISE_MASK,
	NFTA_BITWISE_XOR,
	__NFTA_BITWISE_MAX
};
#define NFTA_BITWISE_MAX	(__NFTA_BITWISE_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_byteorder_ops - nf_tables byteorder operators
 *
 * @NFT_BYTEORDER_NTOH: network to host operator
 * @NFT_BYTEORDER_HTON: host to network operator
 */
enum nft_byteorder_ops {
	NFT_BYTEORDER_NTOH,
	NFT_BYTEORDER_HTON,
};

/**
 * enum nft_byteorder_attributes - nf_tables byteorder expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_BYTEORDER_SREG: source register (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 * @NFTA_BYTEORDER_DREG: destination register (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 * @NFTA_BYTEORDER_OP: operator (NLA_U32: enum nft_byteorder_ops)
 * @NFTA_BYTEORDER_LEN: length of the data (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_BYTEORDER_SIZE: data size in bytes (NLA_U32: 2 or 4)
 */
enum nft_byteorder_attributes {
	NFTA_BYTEORDER_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_BYTEORDER_SREG,
	NFTA_BYTEORDER_DREG,
	NFTA_BYTEORDER_OP,
	NFTA_BYTEORDER_LEN,
	NFTA_BYTEORDER_SIZE,
	__NFTA_BYTEORDER_MAX
};
#define NFTA_BYTEORDER_MAX	(__NFTA_BYTEORDER_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_cmp_ops - nf_tables relational operator
 *
 * @NFT_CMP_EQ: equal
 * @NFT_CMP_NEQ: not equal
 * @NFT_CMP_LT: less than
 * @NFT_CMP_LTE: less than or equal to
 * @NFT_CMP_GT: greater than
 * @NFT_CMP_GTE: greater than or equal to
 */
enum nft_cmp_ops {
	NFT_CMP_EQ,
	NFT_CMP_NEQ,
	NFT_CMP_LT,
	NFT_CMP_LTE,
	NFT_CMP_GT,
	NFT_CMP_GTE,
};

/**
 * enum nft_cmp_attributes - nf_tables cmp expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_CMP_SREG: source register of data to compare (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 * @NFTA_CMP_OP: cmp operation (NLA_U32: nft_cmp_ops)
 * @NFTA_CMP_DATA: data to compare against (NLA_NESTED: nft_data_attributes)
 */
enum nft_cmp_attributes {
	NFTA_CMP_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_CMP_SREG,
	NFTA_CMP_OP,
	NFTA_CMP_DATA,
	__NFTA_CMP_MAX
};
#define NFTA_CMP_MAX		(__NFTA_CMP_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_range_ops - nf_tables range operator
 *
 * @NFT_RANGE_EQ: equal
 * @NFT_RANGE_NEQ: not equal
 */
enum nft_range_ops {
	NFT_RANGE_EQ,
	NFT_RANGE_NEQ,
};

/**
 * enum nft_range_attributes - nf_tables range expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_RANGE_SREG: source register of data to compare (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 * @NFTA_RANGE_OP: cmp operation (NLA_U32: nft_cmp_ops)
 * @NFTA_RANGE_FROM_DATA: data range from (NLA_NESTED: nft_data_attributes)
 * @NFTA_RANGE_TO_DATA: data range to (NLA_NESTED: nft_data_attributes)
 */
enum nft_range_attributes {
	NFTA_RANGE_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_RANGE_SREG,
	NFTA_RANGE_OP,
	NFTA_RANGE_FROM_DATA,
	NFTA_RANGE_TO_DATA,
	__NFTA_RANGE_MAX
};
#define NFTA_RANGE_MAX		(__NFTA_RANGE_MAX - 1)

enum nft_lookup_flags {
	NFT_LOOKUP_F_INV = (1 << 0),
};

/**
 * enum nft_lookup_attributes - nf_tables set lookup expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_LOOKUP_SET: name of the set where to look for (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_LOOKUP_SREG: source register of the data to look for (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 * @NFTA_LOOKUP_DREG: destination register (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 * @NFTA_LOOKUP_SET_ID: uniquely identifies a set in a transaction (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_LOOKUP_FLAGS: flags (NLA_U32: enum nft_lookup_flags)
 */
enum nft_lookup_attributes {
	NFTA_LOOKUP_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_LOOKUP_SET,
	NFTA_LOOKUP_SREG,
	NFTA_LOOKUP_DREG,
	NFTA_LOOKUP_SET_ID,
	NFTA_LOOKUP_FLAGS,
	__NFTA_LOOKUP_MAX
};
#define NFTA_LOOKUP_MAX		(__NFTA_LOOKUP_MAX - 1)

enum nft_dynset_ops {
	NFT_DYNSET_OP_ADD,
	NFT_DYNSET_OP_UPDATE,
};

enum nft_dynset_flags {
	NFT_DYNSET_F_INV	= (1 << 0),
	NFT_DYNSET_F_EXPR	= (1 << 1),
};

/**
 * enum nft_dynset_attributes - dynset expression attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_DYNSET_SET_NAME: name of set the to add data to (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_DYNSET_SET_ID: uniquely identifier of the set in the transaction (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_DYNSET_OP: operation (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_DYNSET_SREG_KEY: source register of the key (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_DYNSET_SREG_DATA: source register of the data (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_DYNSET_TIMEOUT: timeout value for the new element (NLA_U64)
 * @NFTA_DYNSET_EXPR: expression (NLA_NESTED: nft_expr_attributes)
 * @NFTA_DYNSET_FLAGS: flags (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_DYNSET_EXPRESSIONS: list of expressions (NLA_NESTED: nft_list_attributes)
 */
enum nft_dynset_attributes {
	NFTA_DYNSET_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_DYNSET_SET_NAME,
	NFTA_DYNSET_SET_ID,
	NFTA_DYNSET_OP,
	NFTA_DYNSET_SREG_KEY,
	NFTA_DYNSET_SREG_DATA,
	NFTA_DYNSET_TIMEOUT,
	NFTA_DYNSET_EXPR,
	NFTA_DYNSET_PAD,
	NFTA_DYNSET_FLAGS,
	NFTA_DYNSET_EXPRESSIONS,
	__NFTA_DYNSET_MAX,
};
#define NFTA_DYNSET_MAX		(__NFTA_DYNSET_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_payload_bases - nf_tables payload expression offset bases
 *
 * @NFT_PAYLOAD_LL_HEADER: link layer header
 * @NFT_PAYLOAD_NETWORK_HEADER: network header
 * @NFT_PAYLOAD_TRANSPORT_HEADER: transport header
 */
enum nft_payload_bases {
	NFT_PAYLOAD_LL_HEADER,
	NFT_PAYLOAD_NETWORK_HEADER,
	NFT_PAYLOAD_TRANSPORT_HEADER,
};

/**
 * enum nft_payload_csum_types - nf_tables payload expression checksum types
 *
 * @NFT_PAYLOAD_CSUM_NONE: no checksumming
 * @NFT_PAYLOAD_CSUM_INET: internet checksum (RFC 791)
 * @NFT_PAYLOAD_CSUM_SCTP: CRC-32c, for use in SCTP header (RFC 3309)
 */
enum nft_payload_csum_types {
	NFT_PAYLOAD_CSUM_NONE,
	NFT_PAYLOAD_CSUM_INET,
	NFT_PAYLOAD_CSUM_SCTP,
};

enum nft_payload_csum_flags {
	NFT_PAYLOAD_L4CSUM_PSEUDOHDR = (1 << 0),
};

/**
 * enum nft_payload_attributes - nf_tables payload expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_PAYLOAD_DREG: destination register to load data into (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 * @NFTA_PAYLOAD_BASE: payload base (NLA_U32: nft_payload_bases)
 * @NFTA_PAYLOAD_OFFSET: payload offset relative to base (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_PAYLOAD_LEN: payload length (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_PAYLOAD_SREG: source register to load data from (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 * @NFTA_PAYLOAD_CSUM_TYPE: checksum type (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_PAYLOAD_CSUM_OFFSET: checksum offset relative to base (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_PAYLOAD_CSUM_FLAGS: checksum flags (NLA_U32)
 */
enum nft_payload_attributes {
	NFTA_PAYLOAD_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_PAYLOAD_DREG,
	NFTA_PAYLOAD_BASE,
	NFTA_PAYLOAD_OFFSET,
	NFTA_PAYLOAD_LEN,
	NFTA_PAYLOAD_SREG,
	NFTA_PAYLOAD_CSUM_TYPE,
	NFTA_PAYLOAD_CSUM_OFFSET,
	NFTA_PAYLOAD_CSUM_FLAGS,
	__NFTA_PAYLOAD_MAX
};
#define NFTA_PAYLOAD_MAX	(__NFTA_PAYLOAD_MAX - 1)

enum nft_exthdr_flags {
	NFT_EXTHDR_F_PRESENT = (1 << 0),
};

/**
 * enum nft_exthdr_op - nf_tables match options
 *
 * @NFT_EXTHDR_OP_IPV6: match against ipv6 extension headers
 * @NFT_EXTHDR_OP_TCP: match against tcp options
 * @NFT_EXTHDR_OP_IPV4: match against ipv4 options
 * @NFT_EXTHDR_OP_SCTP: match against sctp chunks
 */
enum nft_exthdr_op {
	NFT_EXTHDR_OP_IPV6,
	NFT_EXTHDR_OP_TCPOPT,
	NFT_EXTHDR_OP_IPV4,
	NFT_EXTHDR_OP_SCTP,
	__NFT_EXTHDR_OP_MAX
};
#define NFT_EXTHDR_OP_MAX	(__NFT_EXTHDR_OP_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_exthdr_attributes - nf_tables extension header expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_EXTHDR_DREG: destination register (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 * @NFTA_EXTHDR_TYPE: extension header type (NLA_U8)
 * @NFTA_EXTHDR_OFFSET: extension header offset (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_EXTHDR_LEN: extension header length (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_EXTHDR_FLAGS: extension header flags (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_EXTHDR_OP: option match type (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_EXTHDR_SREG: option match type (NLA_U32)
 */
enum nft_exthdr_attributes {
	NFTA_EXTHDR_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_EXTHDR_DREG,
	NFTA_EXTHDR_TYPE,
	NFTA_EXTHDR_OFFSET,
	NFTA_EXTHDR_LEN,
	NFTA_EXTHDR_FLAGS,
	NFTA_EXTHDR_OP,
	NFTA_EXTHDR_SREG,
	__NFTA_EXTHDR_MAX
};
#define NFTA_EXTHDR_MAX		(__NFTA_EXTHDR_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_meta_keys - nf_tables meta expression keys
 *
 * @NFT_META_LEN: packet length (skb->len)
 * @NFT_META_PROTOCOL: packet ethertype protocol (skb->protocol), invalid in OUTPUT
 * @NFT_META_PRIORITY: packet priority (skb->priority)
 * @NFT_META_MARK: packet mark (skb->mark)
 * @NFT_META_IIF: packet input interface index (dev->ifindex)
 * @NFT_META_OIF: packet output interface index (dev->ifindex)
 * @NFT_META_IIFNAME: packet input interface name (dev->name)
 * @NFT_META_OIFNAME: packet output interface name (dev->name)
 * @NFT_META_IIFTYPE: packet input interface type (dev->type)
 * @NFT_META_OIFTYPE: packet output interface type (dev->type)
 * @NFT_META_SKUID: originating socket UID (fsuid)
 * @NFT_META_SKGID: originating socket GID (fsgid)
 * @NFT_META_NFTRACE: packet nftrace bit
 * @NFT_META_RTCLASSID: realm value of packet's route (skb->dst->tclassid)
 * @NFT_META_SECMARK: packet secmark (skb->secmark)
 * @NFT_META_NFPROTO: netfilter protocol
 * @NFT_META_L4PROTO: layer 4 protocol number
 * @NFT_META_BRI_IIFNAME: packet input bridge interface name
 * @NFT_META_BRI_OIFNAME: packet output bridge interface name
 * @NFT_META_PKTTYPE: packet type (skb->pkt_type), special handling for loopback
 * @NFT_META_CPU: cpu id through smp_processor_id()
 * @NFT_META_IIFGROUP: packet input interface group
 * @NFT_META_OIFGROUP: packet output interface group
 * @NFT_META_CGROUP: socket control group (skb->sk->sk_classid)
 * @NFT_META_PRANDOM: a 32bit pseudo-random number
 * @NFT_META_SECPATH: boolean, secpath_exists (!!skb->sp)
 * @NFT_META_IIFKIND: packet input interface kind name (dev->rtnl_link_ops->kind)
 * @NFT_META_OIFKIND: packet output interface kind name (dev->rtnl_link_ops->kind)
 */
enum nft_meta_keys {
	NFT_META_LEN,
	NFT_META_PROTOCOL,
	NFT_META_PRIORITY,
	NFT_META_MARK,
	NFT_META_IIF,
	NFT_META_OIF,
	NFT_META_IIFNAME,
	NFT_META_OIFNAME,
	NFT_META_IIFTYPE,
	NFT_META_OIFTYPE,
	NFT_META_SKUID,
	NFT_META_SKGID,
	NFT_META_NFTRACE,
	NFT_META_RTCLASSID,
	NFT_META_SECMARK,
	NFT_META_NFPROTO,
	NFT_META_L4PROTO,
	NFT_META_BRI_IIFNAME,
	NFT_META_BRI_OIFNAME,
	NFT_META_PKTTYPE,
	NFT_META_CPU,
	NFT_META_IIFGROUP,
	NFT_META_OIFGROUP,
	NFT_META_CGROUP,
	NFT_META_PRANDOM,
	NFT_META_SECPATH,
	NFT_META_IIFKIND,
	NFT_META_OIFKIND,
};

/**
 * enum nft_rt_keys - nf_tables routing expression keys
 *
 * @NFT_RT_CLASSID: realm value of packet's route (skb->dst->tclassid)
 * @NFT_RT_NEXTHOP4: routing nexthop for IPv4
 * @NFT_RT_NEXTHOP6: routing nexthop for IPv6
 * @NFT_RT_TCPMSS: fetch current path tcp mss
 * @NFT_RT_XFRM: boolean, skb->dst->xfrm != NULL
 */
enum nft_rt_keys {
	NFT_RT_CLASSID,
	NFT_RT_NEXTHOP4,
	NFT_RT_NEXTHOP6,
	NFT_RT_TCPMSS,
	NFT_RT_XFRM,
	__NFT_RT_MAX
};
#define NFT_RT_MAX		(__NFT_RT_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_hash_types - nf_tables hash expression types
 *
 * @NFT_HASH_JENKINS: Jenkins Hash
 * @NFT_HASH_SYM: Symmetric Hash
 */
enum nft_hash_types {
	NFT_HASH_JENKINS,
	NFT_HASH_SYM,
};

/**
 * enum nft_hash_attributes - nf_tables hash expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_HASH_SREG: source register (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_HASH_DREG: destination register (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_HASH_LEN: source data length (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_HASH_MODULUS: modulus value (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_HASH_SEED: seed value (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_HASH_OFFSET: add this offset value to hash result (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_HASH_TYPE: hash operation (NLA_U32: nft_hash_types)
 * @NFTA_HASH_SET_NAME: name of the map to lookup (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_HASH_SET_ID: id of the map (NLA_U32)
 */
enum nft_hash_attributes {
	NFTA_HASH_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_HASH_SREG,
	NFTA_HASH_DREG,
	NFTA_HASH_LEN,
	NFTA_HASH_MODULUS,
	NFTA_HASH_SEED,
	NFTA_HASH_OFFSET,
	NFTA_HASH_TYPE,
	NFTA_HASH_SET_NAME,	/* deprecated */
	NFTA_HASH_SET_ID,	/* deprecated */
	__NFTA_HASH_MAX,
};
#define NFTA_HASH_MAX	(__NFTA_HASH_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_meta_attributes - nf_tables meta expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_META_DREG: destination register (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_META_KEY: meta data item to load (NLA_U32: nft_meta_keys)
 * @NFTA_META_SREG: source register (NLA_U32)
 */
enum nft_meta_attributes {
	NFTA_META_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_META_DREG,
	NFTA_META_KEY,
	NFTA_META_SREG,
	__NFTA_META_MAX
};
#define NFTA_META_MAX		(__NFTA_META_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_rt_attributes - nf_tables routing expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_RT_DREG: destination register (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_RT_KEY: routing data item to load (NLA_U32: nft_rt_keys)
 */
enum nft_rt_attributes {
	NFTA_RT_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_RT_DREG,
	NFTA_RT_KEY,
	__NFTA_RT_MAX
};
#define NFTA_RT_MAX		(__NFTA_RT_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_socket_attributes - nf_tables socket expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_SOCKET_KEY: socket key to match
 * @NFTA_SOCKET_DREG: destination register
 */
enum nft_socket_attributes {
	NFTA_SOCKET_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_SOCKET_KEY,
	NFTA_SOCKET_DREG,
	__NFTA_SOCKET_MAX
};
#define NFTA_SOCKET_MAX		(__NFTA_SOCKET_MAX - 1)

/*
 * enum nft_socket_keys - nf_tables socket expression keys
 *
 * @NFT_SOCKET_TRANSPARENT: Value of the IP(V6)_TRANSPARENT socket option_
 */
enum nft_socket_keys {
	NFT_SOCKET_TRANSPARENT,
	__NFT_SOCKET_MAX
};
#define NFT_SOCKET_MAX	(__NFT_SOCKET_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_ct_keys - nf_tables ct expression keys
 *
 * @NFT_CT_STATE: conntrack state (bitmask of enum ip_conntrack_info)
 * @NFT_CT_DIRECTION: conntrack direction (enum ip_conntrack_dir)
 * @NFT_CT_STATUS: conntrack status (bitmask of enum ip_conntrack_status)
 * @NFT_CT_MARK: conntrack mark value
 * @NFT_CT_SECMARK: conntrack secmark value
 * @NFT_CT_EXPIRATION: relative conntrack expiration time in ms
 * @NFT_CT_HELPER: connection tracking helper assigned to conntrack
 * @NFT_CT_L3PROTOCOL: conntrack layer 3 protocol
 * @NFT_CT_SRC: conntrack layer 3 protocol source (IPv4/IPv6 address, deprecated)
 * @NFT_CT_DST: conntrack layer 3 protocol destination (IPv4/IPv6 address, deprecated)
 * @NFT_CT_PROTOCOL: conntrack layer 4 protocol
 * @NFT_CT_PROTO_SRC: conntrack layer 4 protocol source
 * @NFT_CT_PROTO_DST: conntrack layer 4 protocol destination
 * @NFT_CT_LABELS: conntrack labels
 * @NFT_CT_PKTS: conntrack packets
 * @NFT_CT_BYTES: conntrack bytes
 * @NFT_CT_AVGPKT: conntrack average bytes per packet
 * @NFT_CT_ZONE: conntrack zone
 * @NFT_CT_EVENTMASK: ctnetlink events to be generated for this conntrack
 * @NFT_CT_SRC_IP: conntrack layer 3 protocol source (IPv4 address)
 * @NFT_CT_DST_IP: conntrack layer 3 protocol destination (IPv4 address)
 * @NFT_CT_SRC_IP6: conntrack layer 3 protocol source (IPv6 address)
 * @NFT_CT_DST_IP6: conntrack layer 3 protocol destination (IPv6 address)
 */
enum nft_ct_keys {
	NFT_CT_STATE,
	NFT_CT_DIRECTION,
	NFT_CT_STATUS,
	NFT_CT_MARK,
	NFT_CT_SECMARK,
	NFT_CT_EXPIRATION,
	NFT_CT_HELPER,
	NFT_CT_L3PROTOCOL,
	NFT_CT_SRC,
	NFT_CT_DST,
	NFT_CT_PROTOCOL,
	NFT_CT_PROTO_SRC,
	NFT_CT_PROTO_DST,
	NFT_CT_LABELS,
	NFT_CT_PKTS,
	NFT_CT_BYTES,
	NFT_CT_AVGPKT,
	NFT_CT_ZONE,
	NFT_CT_EVENTMASK,
	NFT_CT_SRC_IP,
	NFT_CT_DST_IP,
	NFT_CT_SRC_IP6,
	NFT_CT_DST_IP6,
	__NFT_CT_MAX
};
#define NFT_CT_MAX		(__NFT_CT_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_ct_attributes - nf_tables ct expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_CT_DREG: destination register (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_CT_KEY: conntrack data item to load (NLA_U32: nft_ct_keys)
 * @NFTA_CT_DIRECTION: direction in case of directional keys (NLA_U8)
 * @NFTA_CT_SREG: source register (NLA_U32)
 */
enum nft_ct_attributes {
	NFTA_CT_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_CT_DREG,
	NFTA_CT_KEY,
	NFTA_CT_DIRECTION,
	NFTA_CT_SREG,
	__NFTA_CT_MAX
};
#define NFTA_CT_MAX		(__NFTA_CT_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_flow_attributes - ct offload expression attributes
 * @NFTA_FLOW_TABLE_NAME: flow table name (NLA_STRING)
 */
enum nft_offload_attributes {
	NFTA_FLOW_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_FLOW_TABLE_NAME,
	__NFTA_FLOW_MAX,
};
#define NFTA_FLOW_MAX		(__NFTA_FLOW_MAX - 1)

enum nft_limit_type {
	NFT_LIMIT_PKTS,
	NFT_LIMIT_PKT_BYTES
};

enum nft_limit_flags {
	NFT_LIMIT_F_INV	= (1 << 0),
};

/**
 * enum nft_limit_attributes - nf_tables limit expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_LIMIT_RATE: refill rate (NLA_U64)
 * @NFTA_LIMIT_UNIT: refill unit (NLA_U64)
 * @NFTA_LIMIT_BURST: burst (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_LIMIT_TYPE: type of limit (NLA_U32: enum nft_limit_type)
 * @NFTA_LIMIT_FLAGS: flags (NLA_U32: enum nft_limit_flags)
 */
enum nft_limit_attributes {
	NFTA_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_LIMIT_RATE,
	NFTA_LIMIT_UNIT,
	NFTA_LIMIT_BURST,
	NFTA_LIMIT_TYPE,
	NFTA_LIMIT_FLAGS,
	NFTA_LIMIT_PAD,
	__NFTA_LIMIT_MAX
};
#define NFTA_LIMIT_MAX		(__NFTA_LIMIT_MAX - 1)

enum nft_connlimit_flags {
	NFT_CONNLIMIT_F_INV	= (1 << 0),
};

/**
 * enum nft_connlimit_attributes - nf_tables connlimit expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_CONNLIMIT_COUNT: number of connections (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_CONNLIMIT_FLAGS: flags (NLA_U32: enum nft_connlimit_flags)
 */
enum nft_connlimit_attributes {
	NFTA_CONNLIMIT_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_CONNLIMIT_COUNT,
	NFTA_CONNLIMIT_FLAGS,
	__NFTA_CONNLIMIT_MAX
};
#define NFTA_CONNLIMIT_MAX	(__NFTA_CONNLIMIT_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_counter_attributes - nf_tables counter expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_COUNTER_BYTES: number of bytes (NLA_U64)
 * @NFTA_COUNTER_PACKETS: number of packets (NLA_U64)
 */
enum nft_counter_attributes {
	NFTA_COUNTER_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_COUNTER_BYTES,
	NFTA_COUNTER_PACKETS,
	NFTA_COUNTER_PAD,
	__NFTA_COUNTER_MAX
};
#define NFTA_COUNTER_MAX	(__NFTA_COUNTER_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_log_attributes - nf_tables log expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_LOG_GROUP: netlink group to send messages to (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_LOG_PREFIX: prefix to prepend to log messages (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_LOG_SNAPLEN: length of payload to include in netlink message (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_LOG_QTHRESHOLD: queue threshold (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_LOG_LEVEL: log level (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_LOG_FLAGS: logging flags (NLA_U32)
 */
enum nft_log_attributes {
	NFTA_LOG_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_LOG_GROUP,
	NFTA_LOG_PREFIX,
	NFTA_LOG_SNAPLEN,
	NFTA_LOG_QTHRESHOLD,
	NFTA_LOG_LEVEL,
	NFTA_LOG_FLAGS,
	__NFTA_LOG_MAX
};
#define NFTA_LOG_MAX		(__NFTA_LOG_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_log_level - nf_tables log levels
 *
 * @NFT_LOGLEVEL_EMERG: system is unusable
 * @NFT_LOGLEVEL_ALERT: action must be taken immediately
 * @NFT_LOGLEVEL_CRIT: critical conditions
 * @NFT_LOGLEVEL_ERR: error conditions
 * @NFT_LOGLEVEL_WARNING: warning conditions
 * @NFT_LOGLEVEL_NOTICE: normal but significant condition
 * @NFT_LOGLEVEL_INFO: informational
 * @NFT_LOGLEVEL_DEBUG: debug-level messages
 * @NFT_LOGLEVEL_AUDIT: enabling audit logging
 */
enum nft_log_level {
	NFT_LOGLEVEL_EMERG,
	NFT_LOGLEVEL_ALERT,
	NFT_LOGLEVEL_CRIT,
	NFT_LOGLEVEL_ERR,
	NFT_LOGLEVEL_WARNING,
	NFT_LOGLEVEL_NOTICE,
	NFT_LOGLEVEL_INFO,
	NFT_LOGLEVEL_DEBUG,
	NFT_LOGLEVEL_AUDIT,
	__NFT_LOGLEVEL_MAX
};
#define NFT_LOGLEVEL_MAX	(__NFT_LOGLEVEL_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_queue_attributes - nf_tables queue expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_QUEUE_NUM: netlink queue to send messages to (NLA_U16)
 * @NFTA_QUEUE_TOTAL: number of queues to load balance packets on (NLA_U16)
 * @NFTA_QUEUE_FLAGS: various flags (NLA_U16)
 * @NFTA_QUEUE_SREG_QNUM: source register of queue number (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 */
enum nft_queue_attributes {
	NFTA_QUEUE_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_QUEUE_NUM,
	NFTA_QUEUE_TOTAL,
	NFTA_QUEUE_FLAGS,
	NFTA_QUEUE_SREG_QNUM,
	__NFTA_QUEUE_MAX
};
#define NFTA_QUEUE_MAX		(__NFTA_QUEUE_MAX - 1)

#define NFT_QUEUE_FLAG_BYPASS		0x01 /* for compatibility with v2 */
#define NFT_QUEUE_FLAG_CPU_FANOUT	0x02 /* use current CPU (no hashing) */
#define NFT_QUEUE_FLAG_MASK		0x03

enum nft_quota_flags {
	NFT_QUOTA_F_INV		= (1 << 0),
	NFT_QUOTA_F_DEPLETED	= (1 << 1),
};

/**
 * enum nft_quota_attributes - nf_tables quota expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_QUOTA_BYTES: quota in bytes (NLA_U16)
 * @NFTA_QUOTA_FLAGS: flags (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_QUOTA_CONSUMED: quota already consumed in bytes (NLA_U64)
 */
enum nft_quota_attributes {
	NFTA_QUOTA_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_QUOTA_BYTES,
	NFTA_QUOTA_FLAGS,
	NFTA_QUOTA_PAD,
	NFTA_QUOTA_CONSUMED,
	__NFTA_QUOTA_MAX
};
#define NFTA_QUOTA_MAX		(__NFTA_QUOTA_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_secmark_attributes - nf_tables secmark object netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_SECMARK_CTX: security context (NLA_STRING)
 */
enum nft_secmark_attributes {
	NFTA_SECMARK_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_SECMARK_CTX,
	__NFTA_SECMARK_MAX,
};
#define NFTA_SECMARK_MAX	(__NFTA_SECMARK_MAX - 1)

/* Max security context length */
#define NFT_SECMARK_CTX_MAXLEN		256

/**
 * enum nft_reject_types - nf_tables reject expression reject types
 *
 * @NFT_REJECT_ICMP_UNREACH: reject using ICMP unreachable
 * @NFT_REJECT_TCP_RST: reject using TCP RST
 * @NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_UNREACH: abstracted ICMP unreachable for bridge and inet
 */
enum nft_reject_types {
	NFT_REJECT_ICMP_UNREACH,
	NFT_REJECT_TCP_RST,
	NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_UNREACH,
};

/**
 * enum nft_reject_code - Generic reject codes for IPv4/IPv6
 *
 * @NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_NO_ROUTE: no route to host / network unreachable
 * @NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_PORT_UNREACH: port unreachable
 * @NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_HOST_UNREACH: host unreachable
 * @NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_ADMIN_PROHIBITED: administratively prohibited
 *
 * These codes are mapped to real ICMP and ICMPv6 codes.
 */
enum nft_reject_inet_code {
	NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_NO_ROUTE	= 0,
	NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_PORT_UNREACH,
	NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_HOST_UNREACH,
	NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_ADMIN_PROHIBITED,
	__NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_MAX
};
#define NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_MAX	(__NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_reject_attributes - nf_tables reject expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_REJECT_TYPE: packet type to use (NLA_U32: nft_reject_types)
 * @NFTA_REJECT_ICMP_CODE: ICMP code to use (NLA_U8)
 */
enum nft_reject_attributes {
	NFTA_REJECT_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_REJECT_TYPE,
	NFTA_REJECT_ICMP_CODE,
	__NFTA_REJECT_MAX
};
#define NFTA_REJECT_MAX		(__NFTA_REJECT_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_nat_types - nf_tables nat expression NAT types
 *
 * @NFT_NAT_SNAT: source NAT
 * @NFT_NAT_DNAT: destination NAT
 */
enum nft_nat_types {
	NFT_NAT_SNAT,
	NFT_NAT_DNAT,
};

/**
 * enum nft_nat_attributes - nf_tables nat expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_NAT_TYPE: NAT type (NLA_U32: nft_nat_types)
 * @NFTA_NAT_FAMILY: NAT family (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_NAT_REG_ADDR_MIN: source register of address range start (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 * @NFTA_NAT_REG_ADDR_MAX: source register of address range end (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 * @NFTA_NAT_REG_PROTO_MIN: source register of proto range start (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 * @NFTA_NAT_REG_PROTO_MAX: source register of proto range end (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 * @NFTA_NAT_FLAGS: NAT flags (see NF_NAT_RANGE_* in linux/netfilter/nf_nat.h) (NLA_U32)
 */
enum nft_nat_attributes {
	NFTA_NAT_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_NAT_TYPE,
	NFTA_NAT_FAMILY,
	NFTA_NAT_REG_ADDR_MIN,
	NFTA_NAT_REG_ADDR_MAX,
	NFTA_NAT_REG_PROTO_MIN,
	NFTA_NAT_REG_PROTO_MAX,
	NFTA_NAT_FLAGS,
	__NFTA_NAT_MAX
};
#define NFTA_NAT_MAX		(__NFTA_NAT_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_tproxy_attributes - nf_tables tproxy expression netlink attributes
 *
 * NFTA_TPROXY_FAMILY: Target address family (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 * NFTA_TPROXY_REG_ADDR: Target address register (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 * NFTA_TPROXY_REG_PORT: Target port register (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 */
enum nft_tproxy_attributes {
	NFTA_TPROXY_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_TPROXY_FAMILY,
	NFTA_TPROXY_REG_ADDR,
	NFTA_TPROXY_REG_PORT,
	__NFTA_TPROXY_MAX
};
#define NFTA_TPROXY_MAX		(__NFTA_TPROXY_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_masq_attributes - nf_tables masquerade expression attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_MASQ_FLAGS: NAT flags (see NF_NAT_RANGE_* in linux/netfilter/nf_nat.h) (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_MASQ_REG_PROTO_MIN: source register of proto range start (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 * @NFTA_MASQ_REG_PROTO_MAX: source register of proto range end (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 */
enum nft_masq_attributes {
	NFTA_MASQ_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_MASQ_FLAGS,
	NFTA_MASQ_REG_PROTO_MIN,
	NFTA_MASQ_REG_PROTO_MAX,
	__NFTA_MASQ_MAX
};
#define NFTA_MASQ_MAX		(__NFTA_MASQ_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_redir_attributes - nf_tables redirect expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_REDIR_REG_PROTO_MIN: source register of proto range start (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 * @NFTA_REDIR_REG_PROTO_MAX: source register of proto range end (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 * @NFTA_REDIR_FLAGS: NAT flags (see NF_NAT_RANGE_* in linux/netfilter/nf_nat.h) (NLA_U32)
 */
enum nft_redir_attributes {
	NFTA_REDIR_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_REDIR_REG_PROTO_MIN,
	NFTA_REDIR_REG_PROTO_MAX,
	NFTA_REDIR_FLAGS,
	__NFTA_REDIR_MAX
};
#define NFTA_REDIR_MAX		(__NFTA_REDIR_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_dup_attributes - nf_tables dup expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_DUP_SREG_ADDR: source register of address (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 * @NFTA_DUP_SREG_DEV: source register of output interface (NLA_U32: nft_register)
 */
enum nft_dup_attributes {
	NFTA_DUP_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_DUP_SREG_ADDR,
	NFTA_DUP_SREG_DEV,
	__NFTA_DUP_MAX
};
#define NFTA_DUP_MAX		(__NFTA_DUP_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_fwd_attributes - nf_tables fwd expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_FWD_SREG_DEV: source register of output interface (NLA_U32: nft_register)
 * @NFTA_FWD_SREG_ADDR: source register of destination address (NLA_U32: nft_register)
 * @NFTA_FWD_NFPROTO: layer 3 family of source register address (NLA_U32: enum nfproto)
 */
enum nft_fwd_attributes {
	NFTA_FWD_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_FWD_SREG_DEV,
	NFTA_FWD_SREG_ADDR,
	NFTA_FWD_NFPROTO,
	__NFTA_FWD_MAX
};
#define NFTA_FWD_MAX	(__NFTA_FWD_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_objref_attributes - nf_tables stateful object expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_OBJREF_IMM_TYPE: object type for immediate reference (NLA_U32: nft_register)
 * @NFTA_OBJREF_IMM_NAME: object name for immediate reference (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_OBJREF_SET_SREG: source register of the data to look for (NLA_U32: nft_registers)
 * @NFTA_OBJREF_SET_NAME: name of the set where to look for (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_OBJREF_SET_ID: id of the set where to look for in this transaction (NLA_U32)
 */
enum nft_objref_attributes {
	NFTA_OBJREF_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_OBJREF_IMM_TYPE,
	NFTA_OBJREF_IMM_NAME,
	NFTA_OBJREF_SET_SREG,
	NFTA_OBJREF_SET_NAME,
	NFTA_OBJREF_SET_ID,
	__NFTA_OBJREF_MAX
};
#define NFTA_OBJREF_MAX	(__NFTA_OBJREF_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_gen_attributes - nf_tables ruleset generation attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_GEN_ID: Ruleset generation ID (NLA_U32)
 */
enum nft_gen_attributes {
	NFTA_GEN_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_GEN_ID,
	NFTA_GEN_PROC_PID,
	NFTA_GEN_PROC_NAME,
	__NFTA_GEN_MAX
};
#define NFTA_GEN_MAX		(__NFTA_GEN_MAX - 1)

/*
 * enum nft_fib_attributes - nf_tables fib expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_FIB_DREG: destination register (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_FIB_RESULT: desired result (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_FIB_FLAGS: flowi fields to initialize when querying the FIB (NLA_U32)
 *
 * The FIB expression performs a route lookup according
 * to the packet data.
 */
enum nft_fib_attributes {
	NFTA_FIB_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_FIB_DREG,
	NFTA_FIB_RESULT,
	NFTA_FIB_FLAGS,
	__NFTA_FIB_MAX
};
#define NFTA_FIB_MAX (__NFTA_FIB_MAX - 1)

enum nft_fib_result {
	NFT_FIB_RESULT_UNSPEC,
	NFT_FIB_RESULT_OIF,
	NFT_FIB_RESULT_OIFNAME,
	NFT_FIB_RESULT_ADDRTYPE,
	__NFT_FIB_RESULT_MAX
};
#define NFT_FIB_RESULT_MAX	(__NFT_FIB_RESULT_MAX - 1)

enum nft_fib_flags {
	NFTA_FIB_F_SADDR	= 1 << 0,	/* look up src */
	NFTA_FIB_F_DADDR	= 1 << 1,	/* look up dst */
	NFTA_FIB_F_MARK		= 1 << 2,	/* use skb->mark */
	NFTA_FIB_F_IIF		= 1 << 3,	/* restrict to iif */
	NFTA_FIB_F_OIF		= 1 << 4,	/* restrict to oif */
	NFTA_FIB_F_PRESENT	= 1 << 5,	/* check existence only */
};

enum nft_ct_helper_attributes {
	NFTA_CT_HELPER_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_CT_HELPER_NAME,
	NFTA_CT_HELPER_L3PROTO,
	NFTA_CT_HELPER_L4PROTO,
	__NFTA_CT_HELPER_MAX,
};
#define NFTA_CT_HELPER_MAX	(__NFTA_CT_HELPER_MAX - 1)

#define NFT_OBJECT_UNSPEC	0
#define NFT_OBJECT_COUNTER	1
#define NFT_OBJECT_QUOTA	2
#define NFT_OBJECT_CT_HELPER	3
#define NFT_OBJECT_LIMIT	4
#define NFT_OBJECT_CONNLIMIT	5
#define NFT_OBJECT_TUNNEL	6
#define NFT_OBJECT_CT_TIMEOUT	7
#define NFT_OBJECT_SECMARK	8
#define __NFT_OBJECT_MAX	9
#define NFT_OBJECT_MAX		(__NFT_OBJECT_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_object_attributes - nf_tables stateful object netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_OBJ_TABLE: name of the table containing the expression (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_OBJ_NAME: name of this expression type (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_OBJ_TYPE: stateful object type (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_OBJ_DATA: stateful object data (NLA_NESTED)
 * @NFTA_OBJ_USE: number of references to this expression (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_OBJ_HANDLE: object handle (NLA_U64)
 */
enum nft_object_attributes {
	NFTA_OBJ_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_OBJ_TABLE,
	NFTA_OBJ_NAME,
	NFTA_OBJ_TYPE,
	NFTA_OBJ_DATA,
	NFTA_OBJ_USE,
	NFTA_OBJ_HANDLE,
	NFTA_OBJ_PAD,
	__NFTA_OBJ_MAX
};
#define NFTA_OBJ_MAX		(__NFTA_OBJ_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_flowtable_flags - nf_tables flowtable flags
 *
 * @NFT_FLOWTABLE_HW_OFFLOAD: flowtable hardware offload is enabled
 * @NFT_FLOWTABLE_COUNTER: enable flow counters
 */
enum nft_flowtable_flags {
	NFT_FLOWTABLE_HW_OFFLOAD	= 0x1,
	NFT_FLOWTABLE_COUNTER		= 0x2,
	NFT_FLOWTABLE_MASK		= (NFT_FLOWTABLE_HW_OFFLOAD |
					   NFT_FLOWTABLE_COUNTER)
};

/**
 * enum nft_flowtable_attributes - nf_tables flow table netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_FLOWTABLE_TABLE: name of the table containing the expression (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_FLOWTABLE_NAME: name of this flow table (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_FLOWTABLE_HOOK: netfilter hook configuration(NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_FLOWTABLE_USE: number of references to this flow table (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_FLOWTABLE_HANDLE: object handle (NLA_U64)
 * @NFTA_FLOWTABLE_FLAGS: flags (NLA_U32)
 */
enum nft_flowtable_attributes {
	NFTA_FLOWTABLE_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_FLOWTABLE_TABLE,
	NFTA_FLOWTABLE_NAME,
	NFTA_FLOWTABLE_HOOK,
	NFTA_FLOWTABLE_USE,
	NFTA_FLOWTABLE_HANDLE,
	NFTA_FLOWTABLE_PAD,
	NFTA_FLOWTABLE_FLAGS,
	__NFTA_FLOWTABLE_MAX
};
#define NFTA_FLOWTABLE_MAX	(__NFTA_FLOWTABLE_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_flowtable_hook_attributes - nf_tables flow table hook netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_FLOWTABLE_HOOK_NUM: netfilter hook number (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_FLOWTABLE_HOOK_PRIORITY: netfilter hook priority (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_FLOWTABLE_HOOK_DEVS: input devices this flow table is bound to (NLA_NESTED)
 */
enum nft_flowtable_hook_attributes {
	NFTA_FLOWTABLE_HOOK_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_FLOWTABLE_HOOK_NUM,
	NFTA_FLOWTABLE_HOOK_PRIORITY,
	NFTA_FLOWTABLE_HOOK_DEVS,
	__NFTA_FLOWTABLE_HOOK_MAX
};
#define NFTA_FLOWTABLE_HOOK_MAX	(__NFTA_FLOWTABLE_HOOK_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_device_attributes - nf_tables device netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_DEVICE_NAME: name of this device (NLA_STRING)
 */
enum nft_devices_attributes {
	NFTA_DEVICE_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_DEVICE_NAME,
	__NFTA_DEVICE_MAX
};
#define NFTA_DEVICE_MAX		(__NFTA_DEVICE_MAX - 1)

/*
 * enum nft_xfrm_attributes - nf_tables xfrm expr netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_XFRM_DREG: destination register (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_XFRM_KEY: enum nft_xfrm_keys (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_XFRM_DIR: direction (NLA_U8)
 * @NFTA_XFRM_SPNUM: index in secpath array (NLA_U32)
 */
enum nft_xfrm_attributes {
	NFTA_XFRM_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_XFRM_DREG,
	NFTA_XFRM_KEY,
	NFTA_XFRM_DIR,
	NFTA_XFRM_SPNUM,
	__NFTA_XFRM_MAX
};
#define NFTA_XFRM_MAX (__NFTA_XFRM_MAX - 1)

enum nft_xfrm_keys {
	NFT_XFRM_KEY_UNSPEC,
	NFT_XFRM_KEY_DADDR_IP4,
	NFT_XFRM_KEY_DADDR_IP6,
	NFT_XFRM_KEY_SADDR_IP4,
	NFT_XFRM_KEY_SADDR_IP6,
	NFT_XFRM_KEY_REQID,
	NFT_XFRM_KEY_SPI,
	__NFT_XFRM_KEY_MAX,
};
#define NFT_XFRM_KEY_MAX (__NFT_XFRM_KEY_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_trace_attributes - nf_tables trace netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_TRACE_TABLE: name of the table (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_TRACE_CHAIN: name of the chain (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_TRACE_RULE_HANDLE: numeric handle of the rule (NLA_U64)
 * @NFTA_TRACE_TYPE: type of the event (NLA_U32: nft_trace_types)
 * @NFTA_TRACE_VERDICT: verdict returned by hook (NLA_NESTED: nft_verdicts)
 * @NFTA_TRACE_ID: pseudo-id, same for each skb traced (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_TRACE_LL_HEADER: linklayer header (NLA_BINARY)
 * @NFTA_TRACE_NETWORK_HEADER: network header (NLA_BINARY)
 * @NFTA_TRACE_TRANSPORT_HEADER: transport header (NLA_BINARY)
 * @NFTA_TRACE_IIF: indev ifindex (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_TRACE_IIFTYPE: netdev->type of indev (NLA_U16)
 * @NFTA_TRACE_OIF: outdev ifindex (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_TRACE_OIFTYPE: netdev->type of outdev (NLA_U16)
 * @NFTA_TRACE_MARK: nfmark (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_TRACE_NFPROTO: nf protocol processed (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_TRACE_POLICY: policy that decided fate of packet (NLA_U32)
 */
enum nft_trace_attributes {
	NFTA_TRACE_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_TRACE_TABLE,
	NFTA_TRACE_CHAIN,
	NFTA_TRACE_RULE_HANDLE,
	NFTA_TRACE_TYPE,
	NFTA_TRACE_VERDICT,
	NFTA_TRACE_ID,
	NFTA_TRACE_LL_HEADER,
	NFTA_TRACE_NETWORK_HEADER,
	NFTA_TRACE_TRANSPORT_HEADER,
	NFTA_TRACE_IIF,
	NFTA_TRACE_IIFTYPE,
	NFTA_TRACE_OIF,
	NFTA_TRACE_OIFTYPE,
	NFTA_TRACE_MARK,
	NFTA_TRACE_NFPROTO,
	NFTA_TRACE_POLICY,
	NFTA_TRACE_PAD,
	__NFTA_TRACE_MAX
};
#define NFTA_TRACE_MAX (__NFTA_TRACE_MAX - 1)

enum nft_trace_types {
	NFT_TRACETYPE_UNSPEC,
	NFT_TRACETYPE_POLICY,
	NFT_TRACETYPE_RETURN,
	NFT_TRACETYPE_RULE,
	__NFT_TRACETYPE_MAX
};
#define NFT_TRACETYPE_MAX (__NFT_TRACETYPE_MAX - 1)

/**
 * enum nft_ng_attributes - nf_tables number generator expression netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFTA_NG_DREG: destination register (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_NG_MODULUS: maximum counter value (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_NG_TYPE: operation type (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_NG_OFFSET: offset to be added to the counter (NLA_U32)
 * @NFTA_NG_SET_NAME: name of the map to lookup (NLA_STRING)
 * @NFTA_NG_SET_ID: id of the map (NLA_U32)
 */
enum nft_ng_attributes {
	NFTA_NG_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_NG_DREG,
	NFTA_NG_MODULUS,
	NFTA_NG_TYPE,
	NFTA_NG_OFFSET,
	NFTA_NG_SET_NAME,	/* deprecated */
	NFTA_NG_SET_ID,		/* deprecated */
	__NFTA_NG_MAX
};
#define NFTA_NG_MAX	(__NFTA_NG_MAX - 1)

enum nft_ng_types {
	NFT_NG_INCREMENTAL,
	NFT_NG_RANDOM,
	__NFT_NG_MAX
};
#define NFT_NG_MAX	(__NFT_NG_MAX - 1)

#endif /* _LINUX_NF_TABLES_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_MAC_H
#define _XT_MAC_H

#include <linux/if_ether.h>

struct xt_mac_info {
    unsigned char srcaddr[ETH_ALEN];
    int invert;
};
#endif /*_XT_MAC_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_PHYSDEV_H
#define _XT_PHYSDEV_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/if.h>

#define XT_PHYSDEV_OP_IN		0x01
#define XT_PHYSDEV_OP_OUT		0x02
#define XT_PHYSDEV_OP_BRIDGED		0x04
#define XT_PHYSDEV_OP_ISIN		0x08
#define XT_PHYSDEV_OP_ISOUT		0x10
#define XT_PHYSDEV_OP_MASK		(0x20 - 1)

struct xt_physdev_info {
	char physindev[IFNAMSIZ];
	char in_mask[IFNAMSIZ];
	char physoutdev[IFNAMSIZ];
	char out_mask[IFNAMSIZ];
	__u8 invert;
	__u8 bitmask;
};

#endif /* _XT_PHYSDEV_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_RATEEST_MATCH_H
#define _XT_RATEEST_MATCH_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/if.h>

enum xt_rateest_match_flags {
	XT_RATEEST_MATCH_INVERT	= 1<<0,
	XT_RATEEST_MATCH_ABS	= 1<<1,
	XT_RATEEST_MATCH_REL	= 1<<2,
	XT_RATEEST_MATCH_DELTA	= 1<<3,
	XT_RATEEST_MATCH_BPS	= 1<<4,
	XT_RATEEST_MATCH_PPS	= 1<<5,
};

enum xt_rateest_match_mode {
	XT_RATEEST_MATCH_NONE,
	XT_RATEEST_MATCH_EQ,
	XT_RATEEST_MATCH_LT,
	XT_RATEEST_MATCH_GT,
};

struct xt_rateest_match_info {
	char			name1[IFNAMSIZ];
	char			name2[IFNAMSIZ];
	__u16		flags;
	__u16		mode;
	__u32		bps1;
	__u32		pps1;
	__u32		bps2;
	__u32		pps2;

	/* Used internally by the kernel */
	struct xt_rateest	*est1 __attribute__((aligned(8)));
	struct xt_rateest	*est2 __attribute__((aligned(8)));
};

#endif /* _XT_RATEEST_MATCH_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_NFLOG_TARGET
#define _XT_NFLOG_TARGET

#include <linux/types.h>

#define XT_NFLOG_DEFAULT_GROUP		0x1
#define XT_NFLOG_DEFAULT_THRESHOLD	0

#define XT_NFLOG_MASK			0x1

/* This flag indicates that 'len' field in xt_nflog_info is set*/
#define XT_NFLOG_F_COPY_LEN		0x1

struct xt_nflog_info {
	/* 'len' will be used iff you set XT_NFLOG_F_COPY_LEN in flags */
	__u32	len;
	__u16	group;
	__u16	threshold;
	__u16	flags;
	__u16	pad;
	char		prefix[64];
};

#endif /* _XT_NFLOG_TARGET */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_TIME_H
#define _XT_TIME_H 1

#include <linux/types.h>

struct xt_time_info {
	__u32 date_start;
	__u32 date_stop;
	__u32 daytime_start;
	__u32 daytime_stop;
	__u32 monthdays_match;
	__u8 weekdays_match;
	__u8 flags;
};

enum {
	/* Match against local time (instead of UTC) */
	XT_TIME_LOCAL_TZ = 1 << 0,

	/* treat timestart > timestop (e.g. 23:00-01:00) as single period */
	XT_TIME_CONTIGUOUS = 1 << 1,

	/* Shortcuts */
	XT_TIME_ALL_MONTHDAYS = 0xFFFFFFFE,
	XT_TIME_ALL_WEEKDAYS  = 0xFE,
	XT_TIME_MIN_DAYTIME   = 0,
	XT_TIME_MAX_DAYTIME   = 24 * 60 * 60 - 1,
};

#define XT_TIME_ALL_FLAGS (XT_TIME_LOCAL_TZ|XT_TIME_CONTIGUOUS)

#endif /* _XT_TIME_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* Header file for iptables ipt_CHECKSUM target
 *
 * (C) 2002 by Harald Welte <laforge@gnumonks.org>
 * (C) 2010 Red Hat Inc
 * Author: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
 *
 * This software is distributed under GNU GPL v2, 1991
*/
#ifndef _XT_CHECKSUM_TARGET_H
#define _XT_CHECKSUM_TARGET_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define XT_CHECKSUM_OP_FILL	0x01	/* fill in checksum in IP header */

struct xt_CHECKSUM_info {
	__u8 operation;	/* bitset of operations */
};

#endif /* _XT_CHECKSUM_TARGET_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_RATEEST_TARGET_H
#define _XT_RATEEST_TARGET_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/if.h>

struct xt_rateest_target_info {
	char			name[IFNAMSIZ];
	__s8			interval;
	__u8		ewma_log;

	/* Used internally by the kernel */
	struct xt_rateest	*est __attribute__((aligned(8)));
};

#endif /* _XT_RATEEST_TARGET_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_CONNLIMIT_H
#define _XT_CONNLIMIT_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/netfilter.h>

struct xt_connlimit_data;

enum {
	XT_CONNLIMIT_INVERT = 1 << 0,
	XT_CONNLIMIT_DADDR  = 1 << 1,
};

struct xt_connlimit_info {
	union {
		union nf_inet_addr mask;
		union {
			__be32 v4_mask;
			__be32 v6_mask[4];
		};
	};
	unsigned int limit;
	/* revision 1 */
	__u32 flags;

	/* Used internally by the kernel */
	struct nf_conncount_data *data __attribute__((aligned(8)));
};

#endif /* _XT_CONNLIMIT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_RPATH_H
#define _XT_RPATH_H

#include <linux/types.h>

enum {
	XT_RPFILTER_LOOSE = 1 << 0,
	XT_RPFILTER_VALID_MARK = 1 << 1,
	XT_RPFILTER_ACCEPT_LOCAL = 1 << 2,
	XT_RPFILTER_INVERT = 1 << 3,
};

struct xt_rpfilter_info {
	__u8 flags;
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_CONNMARK_H_target
#define _XT_CONNMARK_H_target

#include <linux/netfilter/xt_connmark.h>

#endif /*_XT_CONNMARK_H_target*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_TEE_TARGET_H
#define _XT_TEE_TARGET_H

#include <linux/netfilter.h>

struct xt_tee_tginfo {
	union nf_inet_addr gw;
	char oif[16];

	/* used internally by the kernel */
	struct xt_tee_priv *priv __attribute__((aligned(8)));
};

#endif /* _XT_TEE_TARGET_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_MARK_H_target
#define _XT_MARK_H_target

#include <linux/netfilter/xt_mark.h>

#endif /*_XT_MARK_H_target */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _NFNL_ACCT_H_
#define _NFNL_ACCT_H_

#ifndef NFACCT_NAME_MAX
#define NFACCT_NAME_MAX		32
#endif

enum nfnl_acct_msg_types {
	NFNL_MSG_ACCT_NEW,
	NFNL_MSG_ACCT_GET,
	NFNL_MSG_ACCT_GET_CTRZERO,
	NFNL_MSG_ACCT_DEL,
	NFNL_MSG_ACCT_OVERQUOTA,
	NFNL_MSG_ACCT_MAX
};

enum nfnl_acct_flags {
	NFACCT_F_QUOTA_PKTS	= (1 << 0),
	NFACCT_F_QUOTA_BYTES	= (1 << 1),
	NFACCT_F_OVERQUOTA	= (1 << 2), /* can't be set from userspace */
};

enum nfnl_acct_type {
	NFACCT_UNSPEC,
	NFACCT_NAME,
	NFACCT_PKTS,
	NFACCT_BYTES,
	NFACCT_USE,
	NFACCT_FLAGS,
	NFACCT_QUOTA,
	NFACCT_FILTER,
	NFACCT_PAD,
	__NFACCT_MAX
};
#define NFACCT_MAX (__NFACCT_MAX - 1)

enum nfnl_attr_filter_type {
	NFACCT_FILTER_UNSPEC,
	NFACCT_FILTER_MASK,
	NFACCT_FILTER_VALUE,
	__NFACCT_FILTER_MAX
};
#define NFACCT_FILTER_MAX (__NFACCT_FILTER_MAX - 1)

#endif /* _NFNL_ACCT_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_NFACCT_MATCH_H
#define _XT_NFACCT_MATCH_H

#include <linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_acct.h>

struct nf_acct;

struct xt_nfacct_match_info {
	char		name[NFACCT_NAME_MAX];
	struct nf_acct	*nfacct;
};

#endif /* _XT_NFACCT_MATCH_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_HASHLIMIT_H
#define _XT_HASHLIMIT_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/limits.h>
#include <linux/if.h>

/* timings are in milliseconds. */
#define XT_HASHLIMIT_SCALE 10000
#define XT_HASHLIMIT_SCALE_v2 1000000llu
/* 1/10,000 sec period => max of 10,000/sec.  Min rate is then 429490
 * seconds, or one packet every 59 hours.
 */

/* packet length accounting is done in 16-byte steps */
#define XT_HASHLIMIT_BYTE_SHIFT 4

/* details of this structure hidden by the implementation */
struct xt_hashlimit_htable;

enum {
	XT_HASHLIMIT_HASH_DIP		= 1 << 0,
	XT_HASHLIMIT_HASH_DPT		= 1 << 1,
	XT_HASHLIMIT_HASH_SIP		= 1 << 2,
	XT_HASHLIMIT_HASH_SPT		= 1 << 3,
	XT_HASHLIMIT_INVERT		= 1 << 4,
	XT_HASHLIMIT_BYTES		= 1 << 5,
	XT_HASHLIMIT_RATE_MATCH		= 1 << 6,
};

struct hashlimit_cfg {
	__u32 mode;	  /* bitmask of XT_HASHLIMIT_HASH_* */
	__u32 avg;    /* Average secs between packets * scale */
	__u32 burst;  /* Period multiplier for upper limit. */

	/* user specified */
	__u32 size;		/* how many buckets */
	__u32 max;		/* max number of entries */
	__u32 gc_interval;	/* gc interval */
	__u32 expire;	/* when do entries expire? */
};

struct xt_hashlimit_info {
	char name [IFNAMSIZ];		/* name */
	struct hashlimit_cfg cfg;

	/* Used internally by the kernel */
	struct xt_hashlimit_htable *hinfo;
	union {
		void *ptr;
		struct xt_hashlimit_info *master;
	} u;
};

struct hashlimit_cfg1 {
	__u32 mode;	  /* bitmask of XT_HASHLIMIT_HASH_* */
	__u32 avg;    /* Average secs between packets * scale */
	__u32 burst;  /* Period multiplier for upper limit. */

	/* user specified */
	__u32 size;		/* how many buckets */
	__u32 max;		/* max number of entries */
	__u32 gc_interval;	/* gc interval */
	__u32 expire;	/* when do entries expire? */

	__u8 srcmask, dstmask;
};

struct hashlimit_cfg2 {
	__u64 avg;		/* Average secs between packets * scale */
	__u64 burst;		/* Period multiplier for upper limit. */
	__u32 mode;		/* bitmask of XT_HASHLIMIT_HASH_* */

	/* user specified */
	__u32 size;		/* how many buckets */
	__u32 max;		/* max number of entries */
	__u32 gc_interval;	/* gc interval */
	__u32 expire;		/* when do entries expire? */

	__u8 srcmask, dstmask;
};

struct hashlimit_cfg3 {
	__u64 avg;		/* Average secs between packets * scale */
	__u64 burst;		/* Period multiplier for upper limit. */
	__u32 mode;		/* bitmask of XT_HASHLIMIT_HASH_* */

	/* user specified */
	__u32 size;		/* how many buckets */
	__u32 max;		/* max number of entries */
	__u32 gc_interval;	/* gc interval */
	__u32 expire;		/* when do entries expire? */

	__u32 interval;
	__u8 srcmask, dstmask;
};

struct xt_hashlimit_mtinfo1 {
	char name[IFNAMSIZ];
	struct hashlimit_cfg1 cfg;

	/* Used internally by the kernel */
	struct xt_hashlimit_htable *hinfo __attribute__((aligned(8)));
};

struct xt_hashlimit_mtinfo2 {
	char name[NAME_MAX];
	struct hashlimit_cfg2 cfg;

	/* Used internally by the kernel */
	struct xt_hashlimit_htable *hinfo __attribute__((aligned(8)));
};

struct xt_hashlimit_mtinfo3 {
	char name[NAME_MAX];
	struct hashlimit_cfg3 cfg;

	/* Used internally by the kernel */
	struct xt_hashlimit_htable *hinfo __attribute__((aligned(8)));
};

#endif /* _XT_HASHLIMIT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_SOCKET_H
#define _XT_SOCKET_H

#include <linux/types.h>

enum {
	XT_SOCKET_TRANSPARENT = 1 << 0,
	XT_SOCKET_NOWILDCARD = 1 << 1,
	XT_SOCKET_RESTORESKMARK = 1 << 2,
};

struct xt_socket_mtinfo1 {
	__u8 flags;
};
#define XT_SOCKET_FLAGS_V1 XT_SOCKET_TRANSPARENT

struct xt_socket_mtinfo2 {
	__u8 flags;
};
#define XT_SOCKET_FLAGS_V2 (XT_SOCKET_TRANSPARENT | XT_SOCKET_NOWILDCARD)

struct xt_socket_mtinfo3 {
	__u8 flags;
};
#define XT_SOCKET_FLAGS_V3 (XT_SOCKET_TRANSPARENT \
			   | XT_SOCKET_NOWILDCARD \
			   | XT_SOCKET_RESTORESKMARK)

#endif /* _XT_SOCKET_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Header file for iptables xt_AUDIT target
 *
 * (C) 2010-2011 Thomas Graf <tgraf@redhat.com>
 * (C) 2010-2011 Red Hat, Inc.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
 */

#ifndef _XT_AUDIT_TARGET_H
#define _XT_AUDIT_TARGET_H

#include <linux/types.h>

enum {
	XT_AUDIT_TYPE_ACCEPT = 0,
	XT_AUDIT_TYPE_DROP,
	XT_AUDIT_TYPE_REJECT,
	__XT_AUDIT_TYPE_MAX,
};

#define XT_AUDIT_TYPE_MAX (__XT_AUDIT_TYPE_MAX - 1)

struct xt_audit_info {
	__u8 type; /* XT_AUDIT_TYPE_* */
};

#endif /* _XT_AUDIT_TARGET_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_IPVS_H
#define _XT_IPVS_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/netfilter.h>

enum {
	XT_IPVS_IPVS_PROPERTY =	1 << 0, /* all other options imply this one */
	XT_IPVS_PROTO =		1 << 1,
	XT_IPVS_VADDR =		1 << 2,
	XT_IPVS_VPORT =		1 << 3,
	XT_IPVS_DIR =		1 << 4,
	XT_IPVS_METHOD =	1 << 5,
	XT_IPVS_VPORTCTL =	1 << 6,
	XT_IPVS_MASK =		(1 << 7) - 1,
	XT_IPVS_ONCE_MASK =	XT_IPVS_MASK & ~XT_IPVS_IPVS_PROPERTY
};

struct xt_ipvs_mtinfo {
	union nf_inet_addr	vaddr, vmask;
	__be16			vport;
	__u8			l4proto;
	__u8			fwd_method;
	__be16			vportctl;

	__u8			invert;
	__u8			bitmask;
};

#endif /* _XT_IPVS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * linux/include/linux/netfilter/xt_IDLETIMER.h
 *
 * Header file for Xtables timer target module.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2004, 2010 Nokia Corporation
 * Written by Timo Teras <ext-timo.teras@nokia.com>
 *
 * Converted to x_tables and forward-ported to 2.6.34
 * by Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@nokia.com>
 *
 * Contact: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@nokia.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 * version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
 * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 * General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
 * 02110-1301 USA
 */

#ifndef _XT_IDLETIMER_H
#define _XT_IDLETIMER_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define MAX_IDLETIMER_LABEL_SIZE 28

struct idletimer_tg_info {
	__u32 timeout;

	char label[MAX_IDLETIMER_LABEL_SIZE];

	/* for kernel module internal use only */
	struct idletimer_tg *timer __attribute__((aligned(8)));
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _NF_CONNTRACK_SCTP_H
#define _NF_CONNTRACK_SCTP_H
/* SCTP tracking. */

#include <linux/netfilter/nf_conntrack_tuple_common.h>

enum sctp_conntrack {
	SCTP_CONNTRACK_NONE,
	SCTP_CONNTRACK_CLOSED,
	SCTP_CONNTRACK_COOKIE_WAIT,
	SCTP_CONNTRACK_COOKIE_ECHOED,
	SCTP_CONNTRACK_ESTABLISHED,
	SCTP_CONNTRACK_SHUTDOWN_SENT,
	SCTP_CONNTRACK_SHUTDOWN_RECD,
	SCTP_CONNTRACK_SHUTDOWN_ACK_SENT,
	SCTP_CONNTRACK_HEARTBEAT_SENT,
	SCTP_CONNTRACK_HEARTBEAT_ACKED,
	SCTP_CONNTRACK_MAX
};

#endif /* _NF_CONNTRACK_SCTP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* iptables module for matching the ECN header in IPv4 and TCP header
 *
 * (C) 2002 Harald Welte <laforge@gnumonks.org>
 *
 * This software is distributed under GNU GPL v2, 1991
 * 
 * ipt_ecn.h,v 1.4 2002/08/05 19:39:00 laforge Exp
*/
#ifndef _XT_ECN_H
#define _XT_ECN_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/netfilter/xt_dscp.h>

#define XT_ECN_IP_MASK	(~XT_DSCP_MASK)

#define XT_ECN_OP_MATCH_IP	0x01
#define XT_ECN_OP_MATCH_ECE	0x10
#define XT_ECN_OP_MATCH_CWR	0x20

#define XT_ECN_OP_MATCH_MASK	0xce

/* match info */
struct xt_ecn_info {
	__u8 operation;
	__u8 invert;
	__u8 ip_ect;
	union {
		struct {
			__u8 ect;
		} tcp;
	} proto;
};

#endif /* _XT_ECN_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _NF_CONNTRACK_FTP_H
#define _NF_CONNTRACK_FTP_H
/* FTP tracking. */

/* This enum is exposed to userspace */
enum nf_ct_ftp_type {
	/* PORT command from client */
	NF_CT_FTP_PORT,
	/* PASV response from server */
	NF_CT_FTP_PASV,
	/* EPRT command from client */
	NF_CT_FTP_EPRT,
	/* EPSV response from server */
	NF_CT_FTP_EPSV,
};


#endif /* _NF_CONNTRACK_FTP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_CONNMARK_H
#define _XT_CONNMARK_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* Copyright (C) 2002,2004 MARA Systems AB <http://www.marasystems.com>
 * by Henrik Nordstrom <hno@marasystems.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 */

enum {
	XT_CONNMARK_SET = 0,
	XT_CONNMARK_SAVE,
	XT_CONNMARK_RESTORE
};

enum {
	D_SHIFT_LEFT = 0,
	D_SHIFT_RIGHT,
};

struct xt_connmark_tginfo1 {
	__u32 ctmark, ctmask, nfmask;
	__u8 mode;
};

struct xt_connmark_tginfo2 {
	__u32 ctmark, ctmask, nfmask;
	__u8 shift_dir, shift_bits, mode;
};

struct xt_connmark_mtinfo1 {
	__u32 mark, mask;
	__u8 invert;
};

#endif /*_XT_CONNMARK_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* Header file for kernel module to match connection tracking information.
 * GPL (C) 2001  Marc Boucher (marc@mbsi.ca).
 */

#ifndef _XT_CONNTRACK_H
#define _XT_CONNTRACK_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/netfilter.h>
#include <linux/netfilter/nf_conntrack_tuple_common.h>

#define XT_CONNTRACK_STATE_BIT(ctinfo) (1 << ((ctinfo)%IP_CT_IS_REPLY+1))
#define XT_CONNTRACK_STATE_INVALID (1 << 0)

#define XT_CONNTRACK_STATE_SNAT (1 << (IP_CT_NUMBER + 1))
#define XT_CONNTRACK_STATE_DNAT (1 << (IP_CT_NUMBER + 2))
#define XT_CONNTRACK_STATE_UNTRACKED (1 << (IP_CT_NUMBER + 3))

/* flags, invflags: */
enum {
	XT_CONNTRACK_STATE        = 1 << 0,
	XT_CONNTRACK_PROTO        = 1 << 1,
	XT_CONNTRACK_ORIGSRC      = 1 << 2,
	XT_CONNTRACK_ORIGDST      = 1 << 3,
	XT_CONNTRACK_REPLSRC      = 1 << 4,
	XT_CONNTRACK_REPLDST      = 1 << 5,
	XT_CONNTRACK_STATUS       = 1 << 6,
	XT_CONNTRACK_EXPIRES      = 1 << 7,
	XT_CONNTRACK_ORIGSRC_PORT = 1 << 8,
	XT_CONNTRACK_ORIGDST_PORT = 1 << 9,
	XT_CONNTRACK_REPLSRC_PORT = 1 << 10,
	XT_CONNTRACK_REPLDST_PORT = 1 << 11,
	XT_CONNTRACK_DIRECTION    = 1 << 12,
	XT_CONNTRACK_STATE_ALIAS  = 1 << 13,
};

struct xt_conntrack_mtinfo1 {
	union nf_inet_addr origsrc_addr, origsrc_mask;
	union nf_inet_addr origdst_addr, origdst_mask;
	union nf_inet_addr replsrc_addr, replsrc_mask;
	union nf_inet_addr repldst_addr, repldst_mask;
	__u32 expires_min, expires_max;
	__u16 l4proto;
	__be16 origsrc_port, origdst_port;
	__be16 replsrc_port, repldst_port;
	__u16 match_flags, invert_flags;
	__u8 state_mask, status_mask;
};

struct xt_conntrack_mtinfo2 {
	union nf_inet_addr origsrc_addr, origsrc_mask;
	union nf_inet_addr origdst_addr, origdst_mask;
	union nf_inet_addr replsrc_addr, replsrc_mask;
	union nf_inet_addr repldst_addr, repldst_mask;
	__u32 expires_min, expires_max;
	__u16 l4proto;
	__be16 origsrc_port, origdst_port;
	__be16 replsrc_port, repldst_port;
	__u16 match_flags, invert_flags;
	__u16 state_mask, status_mask;
};

struct xt_conntrack_mtinfo3 {
	union nf_inet_addr origsrc_addr, origsrc_mask;
	union nf_inet_addr origdst_addr, origdst_mask;
	union nf_inet_addr replsrc_addr, replsrc_mask;
	union nf_inet_addr repldst_addr, repldst_mask;
	__u32 expires_min, expires_max;
	__u16 l4proto;
	__u16 origsrc_port, origdst_port;
	__u16 replsrc_port, repldst_port;
	__u16 match_flags, invert_flags;
	__u16 state_mask, status_mask;
	__u16 origsrc_port_high, origdst_port_high;
	__u16 replsrc_port_high, repldst_port_high;
};

#endif /*_XT_CONNTRACK_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_TPROXY_H
#define _XT_TPROXY_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/netfilter.h>

/* TPROXY target is capable of marking the packet to perform
 * redirection. We can get rid of that whenever we get support for
 * mutliple targets in the same rule. */
struct xt_tproxy_target_info {
	__u32 mark_mask;
	__u32 mark_value;
	__be32 laddr;
	__be16 lport;
};

struct xt_tproxy_target_info_v1 {
	__u32 mark_mask;
	__u32 mark_value;
	union nf_inet_addr laddr;
	__be16 lport;
};

#endif /* _XT_TPROXY_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_ESP_H
#define _XT_ESP_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct xt_esp {
	__u32 spis[2];	/* Security Parameter Index */
	__u8  invflags;	/* Inverse flags */
};

/* Values for "invflags" field in struct xt_esp. */
#define XT_ESP_INV_SPI	0x01	/* Invert the sense of spi. */
#define XT_ESP_INV_MASK	0x01	/* All possible flags. */

#endif /*_XT_ESP_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */

#ifndef _XT_CONNLABEL_H
#define _XT_CONNLABEL_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define XT_CONNLABEL_MAXBIT 127
enum xt_connlabel_mtopts {
	XT_CONNLABEL_OP_INVERT = 1 << 0,
	XT_CONNLABEL_OP_SET    = 1 << 1,
};

struct xt_connlabel_mtinfo {
	__u16 bit;
	__u16 options;
};

#endif /* _XT_CONNLABEL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __IP_SET_BITMAP_H
#define __IP_SET_BITMAP_H

#include <linux/netfilter/ipset/ip_set.h>

/* Bitmap type specific error codes */
enum {
	/* The element is out of the range of the set */
	IPSET_ERR_BITMAP_RANGE = IPSET_ERR_TYPE_SPECIFIC,
	/* The range exceeds the size limit of the set type */
	IPSET_ERR_BITMAP_RANGE_SIZE,
};


#endif /* __IP_SET_BITMAP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __IP_SET_HASH_H
#define __IP_SET_HASH_H

#include <linux/netfilter/ipset/ip_set.h>

/* Hash type specific error codes */
enum {
	/* Hash is full */
	IPSET_ERR_HASH_FULL = IPSET_ERR_TYPE_SPECIFIC,
	/* Null-valued element */
	IPSET_ERR_HASH_ELEM,
	/* Invalid protocol */
	IPSET_ERR_INVALID_PROTO,
	/* Protocol missing but must be specified */
	IPSET_ERR_MISSING_PROTO,
	/* Range not supported */
	IPSET_ERR_HASH_RANGE_UNSUPPORTED,
	/* Invalid range */
	IPSET_ERR_HASH_RANGE,
};


#endif /* __IP_SET_HASH_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __IP_SET_LIST_H
#define __IP_SET_LIST_H

#include <linux/netfilter/ipset/ip_set.h>

/* List type specific error codes */
enum {
	/* Set name to be added/deleted/tested does not exist. */
	IPSET_ERR_NAME = IPSET_ERR_TYPE_SPECIFIC,
	/* list:set type is not permitted to add */
	IPSET_ERR_LOOP,
	/* Missing reference set */
	IPSET_ERR_BEFORE,
	/* Reference set does not exist */
	IPSET_ERR_NAMEREF,
	/* Set is full */
	IPSET_ERR_LIST_FULL,
	/* Reference set is not added to the set */
	IPSET_ERR_REF_EXIST,
};


#endif /* __IP_SET_LIST_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Joakim Axelsson <gozem@linux.nu>
 *                         Patrick Schaaf <bof@bof.de>
 *                         Martin Josefsson <gandalf@wlug.westbo.se>
 * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
 */
#ifndef _IP_SET_H
#define _IP_SET_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* The protocol versions */
#define IPSET_PROTOCOL		7
#define IPSET_PROTOCOL_MIN	6

/* The max length of strings including NUL: set and type identifiers */
#define IPSET_MAXNAMELEN	32

/* The maximum permissible comment length we will accept over netlink */
#define IPSET_MAX_COMMENT_SIZE	255

/* Message types and commands */
enum ipset_cmd {
	IPSET_CMD_NONE,
	IPSET_CMD_PROTOCOL,	/* 1: Return protocol version */
	IPSET_CMD_CREATE,	/* 2: Create a new (empty) set */
	IPSET_CMD_DESTROY,	/* 3: Destroy a (empty) set */
	IPSET_CMD_FLUSH,	/* 4: Remove all elements from a set */
	IPSET_CMD_RENAME,	/* 5: Rename a set */
	IPSET_CMD_SWAP,		/* 6: Swap two sets */
	IPSET_CMD_LIST,		/* 7: List sets */
	IPSET_CMD_SAVE,		/* 8: Save sets */
	IPSET_CMD_ADD,		/* 9: Add an element to a set */
	IPSET_CMD_DEL,		/* 10: Delete an element from a set */
	IPSET_CMD_TEST,		/* 11: Test an element in a set */
	IPSET_CMD_HEADER,	/* 12: Get set header data only */
	IPSET_CMD_TYPE,		/* 13: Get set type */
	IPSET_CMD_GET_BYNAME,	/* 14: Get set index by name */
	IPSET_CMD_GET_BYINDEX,	/* 15: Get set name by index */
	IPSET_MSG_MAX,		/* Netlink message commands */

	/* Commands in userspace: */
	IPSET_CMD_RESTORE = IPSET_MSG_MAX, /* 16: Enter restore mode */
	IPSET_CMD_HELP,		/* 17: Get help */
	IPSET_CMD_VERSION,	/* 18: Get program version */
	IPSET_CMD_QUIT,		/* 19: Quit from interactive mode */

	IPSET_CMD_MAX,

	IPSET_CMD_COMMIT = IPSET_CMD_MAX, /* 20: Commit buffered commands */
};

/* Attributes at command level */
enum {
	IPSET_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	IPSET_ATTR_PROTOCOL,	/* 1: Protocol version */
	IPSET_ATTR_SETNAME,	/* 2: Name of the set */
	IPSET_ATTR_TYPENAME,	/* 3: Typename */
	IPSET_ATTR_SETNAME2 = IPSET_ATTR_TYPENAME, /* Setname at rename/swap */
	IPSET_ATTR_REVISION,	/* 4: Settype revision */
	IPSET_ATTR_FAMILY,	/* 5: Settype family */
	IPSET_ATTR_FLAGS,	/* 6: Flags at command level */
	IPSET_ATTR_DATA,	/* 7: Nested attributes */
	IPSET_ATTR_ADT,		/* 8: Multiple data containers */
	IPSET_ATTR_LINENO,	/* 9: Restore lineno */
	IPSET_ATTR_PROTOCOL_MIN, /* 10: Minimal supported version number */
	IPSET_ATTR_REVISION_MIN	= IPSET_ATTR_PROTOCOL_MIN, /* type rev min */
	IPSET_ATTR_INDEX,	/* 11: Kernel index of set */
	__IPSET_ATTR_CMD_MAX,
};
#define IPSET_ATTR_CMD_MAX	(__IPSET_ATTR_CMD_MAX - 1)

/* CADT specific attributes */
enum {
	IPSET_ATTR_IP = IPSET_ATTR_UNSPEC + 1,
	IPSET_ATTR_IP_FROM = IPSET_ATTR_IP,
	IPSET_ATTR_IP_TO,	/* 2 */
	IPSET_ATTR_CIDR,	/* 3 */
	IPSET_ATTR_PORT,	/* 4 */
	IPSET_ATTR_PORT_FROM = IPSET_ATTR_PORT,
	IPSET_ATTR_PORT_TO,	/* 5 */
	IPSET_ATTR_TIMEOUT,	/* 6 */
	IPSET_ATTR_PROTO,	/* 7 */
	IPSET_ATTR_CADT_FLAGS,	/* 8 */
	IPSET_ATTR_CADT_LINENO = IPSET_ATTR_LINENO,	/* 9 */
	IPSET_ATTR_MARK,	/* 10 */
	IPSET_ATTR_MARKMASK,	/* 11 */
	/* Reserve empty slots */
	IPSET_ATTR_CADT_MAX = 16,
	/* Create-only specific attributes */
	IPSET_ATTR_GC,
	IPSET_ATTR_HASHSIZE,
	IPSET_ATTR_MAXELEM,
	IPSET_ATTR_NETMASK,
	IPSET_ATTR_PROBES,
	IPSET_ATTR_RESIZE,
	IPSET_ATTR_SIZE,
	/* Kernel-only */
	IPSET_ATTR_ELEMENTS,
	IPSET_ATTR_REFERENCES,
	IPSET_ATTR_MEMSIZE,

	__IPSET_ATTR_CREATE_MAX,
};
#define IPSET_ATTR_CREATE_MAX	(__IPSET_ATTR_CREATE_MAX - 1)

/* ADT specific attributes */
enum {
	IPSET_ATTR_ETHER = IPSET_ATTR_CADT_MAX + 1,
	IPSET_ATTR_NAME,
	IPSET_ATTR_NAMEREF,
	IPSET_ATTR_IP2,
	IPSET_ATTR_CIDR2,
	IPSET_ATTR_IP2_TO,
	IPSET_ATTR_IFACE,
	IPSET_ATTR_BYTES,
	IPSET_ATTR_PACKETS,
	IPSET_ATTR_COMMENT,
	IPSET_ATTR_SKBMARK,
	IPSET_ATTR_SKBPRIO,
	IPSET_ATTR_SKBQUEUE,
	IPSET_ATTR_PAD,
	__IPSET_ATTR_ADT_MAX,
};
#define IPSET_ATTR_ADT_MAX	(__IPSET_ATTR_ADT_MAX - 1)

/* IP specific attributes */
enum {
	IPSET_ATTR_IPADDR_IPV4 = IPSET_ATTR_UNSPEC + 1,
	IPSET_ATTR_IPADDR_IPV6,
	__IPSET_ATTR_IPADDR_MAX,
};
#define IPSET_ATTR_IPADDR_MAX	(__IPSET_ATTR_IPADDR_MAX - 1)

/* Error codes */
enum ipset_errno {
	IPSET_ERR_PRIVATE = 4096,
	IPSET_ERR_PROTOCOL,
	IPSET_ERR_FIND_TYPE,
	IPSET_ERR_MAX_SETS,
	IPSET_ERR_BUSY,
	IPSET_ERR_EXIST_SETNAME2,
	IPSET_ERR_TYPE_MISMATCH,
	IPSET_ERR_EXIST,
	IPSET_ERR_INVALID_CIDR,
	IPSET_ERR_INVALID_NETMASK,
	IPSET_ERR_INVALID_FAMILY,
	IPSET_ERR_TIMEOUT,
	IPSET_ERR_REFERENCED,
	IPSET_ERR_IPADDR_IPV4,
	IPSET_ERR_IPADDR_IPV6,
	IPSET_ERR_COUNTER,
	IPSET_ERR_COMMENT,
	IPSET_ERR_INVALID_MARKMASK,
	IPSET_ERR_SKBINFO,

	/* Type specific error codes */
	IPSET_ERR_TYPE_SPECIFIC = 4352,
};

/* Flags at command level or match/target flags, lower half of cmdattrs*/
enum ipset_cmd_flags {
	IPSET_FLAG_BIT_EXIST	= 0,
	IPSET_FLAG_EXIST	= (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_EXIST),
	IPSET_FLAG_BIT_LIST_SETNAME = 1,
	IPSET_FLAG_LIST_SETNAME	= (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_LIST_SETNAME),
	IPSET_FLAG_BIT_LIST_HEADER = 2,
	IPSET_FLAG_LIST_HEADER	= (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_LIST_HEADER),
	IPSET_FLAG_BIT_SKIP_COUNTER_UPDATE = 3,
	IPSET_FLAG_SKIP_COUNTER_UPDATE =
		(1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_SKIP_COUNTER_UPDATE),
	IPSET_FLAG_BIT_SKIP_SUBCOUNTER_UPDATE = 4,
	IPSET_FLAG_SKIP_SUBCOUNTER_UPDATE =
		(1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_SKIP_SUBCOUNTER_UPDATE),
	IPSET_FLAG_BIT_MATCH_COUNTERS = 5,
	IPSET_FLAG_MATCH_COUNTERS = (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_MATCH_COUNTERS),
	IPSET_FLAG_BIT_RETURN_NOMATCH = 7,
	IPSET_FLAG_RETURN_NOMATCH = (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_RETURN_NOMATCH),
	IPSET_FLAG_BIT_MAP_SKBMARK = 8,
	IPSET_FLAG_MAP_SKBMARK = (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_MAP_SKBMARK),
	IPSET_FLAG_BIT_MAP_SKBPRIO = 9,
	IPSET_FLAG_MAP_SKBPRIO = (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_MAP_SKBPRIO),
	IPSET_FLAG_BIT_MAP_SKBQUEUE = 10,
	IPSET_FLAG_MAP_SKBQUEUE = (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_MAP_SKBQUEUE),
	IPSET_FLAG_CMD_MAX = 15,
};

/* Flags at CADT attribute level, upper half of cmdattrs */
enum ipset_cadt_flags {
	IPSET_FLAG_BIT_BEFORE	= 0,
	IPSET_FLAG_BEFORE	= (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_BEFORE),
	IPSET_FLAG_BIT_PHYSDEV	= 1,
	IPSET_FLAG_PHYSDEV	= (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_PHYSDEV),
	IPSET_FLAG_BIT_NOMATCH	= 2,
	IPSET_FLAG_NOMATCH	= (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_NOMATCH),
	IPSET_FLAG_BIT_WITH_COUNTERS = 3,
	IPSET_FLAG_WITH_COUNTERS = (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_WITH_COUNTERS),
	IPSET_FLAG_BIT_WITH_COMMENT = 4,
	IPSET_FLAG_WITH_COMMENT = (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_WITH_COMMENT),
	IPSET_FLAG_BIT_WITH_FORCEADD = 5,
	IPSET_FLAG_WITH_FORCEADD = (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_WITH_FORCEADD),
	IPSET_FLAG_BIT_WITH_SKBINFO = 6,
	IPSET_FLAG_WITH_SKBINFO = (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_WITH_SKBINFO),
	IPSET_FLAG_CADT_MAX	= 15,
};

/* The flag bits which correspond to the non-extension create flags */
enum ipset_create_flags {
	IPSET_CREATE_FLAG_BIT_FORCEADD = 0,
	IPSET_CREATE_FLAG_FORCEADD = (1 << IPSET_CREATE_FLAG_BIT_FORCEADD),
	IPSET_CREATE_FLAG_BIT_MAX = 7,
};

/* Commands with settype-specific attributes */
enum ipset_adt {
	IPSET_ADD,
	IPSET_DEL,
	IPSET_TEST,
	IPSET_ADT_MAX,
	IPSET_CREATE = IPSET_ADT_MAX,
	IPSET_CADT_MAX,
};

/* Sets are identified by an index in kernel space. Tweak with ip_set_id_t
 * and IPSET_INVALID_ID if you want to increase the max number of sets.
 * Also, IPSET_ATTR_INDEX must be changed.
 */
typedef __u16 ip_set_id_t;

#define IPSET_INVALID_ID		65535

enum ip_set_dim {
	IPSET_DIM_ZERO = 0,
	IPSET_DIM_ONE,
	IPSET_DIM_TWO,
	IPSET_DIM_THREE,
	/* Max dimension in elements.
	 * If changed, new revision of iptables match/target is required.
	 */
	IPSET_DIM_MAX = 6,
	/* Backward compatibility: set match revision 2 */
	IPSET_BIT_RETURN_NOMATCH = 7,
};

/* Option flags for kernel operations */
enum ip_set_kopt {
	IPSET_INV_MATCH = (1 << IPSET_DIM_ZERO),
	IPSET_DIM_ONE_SRC = (1 << IPSET_DIM_ONE),
	IPSET_DIM_TWO_SRC = (1 << IPSET_DIM_TWO),
	IPSET_DIM_THREE_SRC = (1 << IPSET_DIM_THREE),
	IPSET_RETURN_NOMATCH = (1 << IPSET_BIT_RETURN_NOMATCH),
};

enum {
	IPSET_COUNTER_NONE = 0,
	IPSET_COUNTER_EQ,
	IPSET_COUNTER_NE,
	IPSET_COUNTER_LT,
	IPSET_COUNTER_GT,
};

/* Backward compatibility for set match v3 */
struct ip_set_counter_match0 {
	__u8 op;
	__u64 value;
};

struct ip_set_counter_match {
	__aligned_u64 value;
	__u8 op;
};

/* Interface to iptables/ip6tables */

#define SO_IP_SET		83

union ip_set_name_index {
	char name[IPSET_MAXNAMELEN];
	ip_set_id_t index;
};

#define IP_SET_OP_GET_BYNAME	0x00000006	/* Get set index by name */
struct ip_set_req_get_set {
	unsigned int op;
	unsigned int version;
	union ip_set_name_index set;
};

#define IP_SET_OP_GET_BYINDEX	0x00000007	/* Get set name by index */
/* Uses ip_set_req_get_set */

#define IP_SET_OP_GET_FNAME	0x00000008	/* Get set index and family */
struct ip_set_req_get_set_family {
	unsigned int op;
	unsigned int version;
	unsigned int family;
	union ip_set_name_index set;
};

#define IP_SET_OP_VERSION	0x00000100	/* Ask kernel version */
struct ip_set_req_version {
	unsigned int op;
	unsigned int version;
};

#endif /* _IP_SET_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_POLICY_H
#define _XT_POLICY_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/in.h>
#include <linux/in6.h>

#define XT_POLICY_MAX_ELEM	4

enum xt_policy_flags {
	XT_POLICY_MATCH_IN	= 0x1,
	XT_POLICY_MATCH_OUT	= 0x2,
	XT_POLICY_MATCH_NONE	= 0x4,
	XT_POLICY_MATCH_STRICT	= 0x8,
};

enum xt_policy_modes {
	XT_POLICY_MODE_TRANSPORT,
	XT_POLICY_MODE_TUNNEL
};

struct xt_policy_spec {
	__u8	saddr:1,
			daddr:1,
			proto:1,
			mode:1,
			spi:1,
			reqid:1;
};

union xt_policy_addr {
	struct in_addr	a4;
	struct in6_addr	a6;
};

struct xt_policy_elem {
	union {
		struct {
			union xt_policy_addr saddr;
			union xt_policy_addr smask;
			union xt_policy_addr daddr;
			union xt_policy_addr dmask;
		};
	};
	__be32			spi;
	__u32		reqid;
	__u8		proto;
	__u8		mode;

	struct xt_policy_spec	match;
	struct xt_policy_spec	invert;
};

struct xt_policy_info {
	struct xt_policy_elem pol[XT_POLICY_MAX_ELEM];
	__u16 flags;
	__u16 len;
};

#endif /* _XT_POLICY_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_COMMENT_H
#define _XT_COMMENT_H

#define XT_MAX_COMMENT_LEN 256

struct xt_comment_info {
	char comment[XT_MAX_COMMENT_LEN];
};

#endif /* XT_COMMENT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _NFNETLINK_QUEUE_H
#define _NFNETLINK_QUEUE_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/netfilter/nfnetlink.h>

enum nfqnl_msg_types {
	NFQNL_MSG_PACKET,		/* packet from kernel to userspace */
	NFQNL_MSG_VERDICT,		/* verdict from userspace to kernel */
	NFQNL_MSG_CONFIG,		/* connect to a particular queue */
	NFQNL_MSG_VERDICT_BATCH,	/* batchv from userspace to kernel */

	NFQNL_MSG_MAX
};

struct nfqnl_msg_packet_hdr {
	__be32		packet_id;	/* unique ID of packet in queue */
	__be16		hw_protocol;	/* hw protocol (network order) */
	__u8	hook;		/* netfilter hook */
} __attribute__ ((packed));

struct nfqnl_msg_packet_hw {
	__be16		hw_addrlen;
	__u16	_pad;
	__u8	hw_addr[8];
};

struct nfqnl_msg_packet_timestamp {
	__aligned_be64	sec;
	__aligned_be64	usec;
};

enum nfqnl_vlan_attr {
	NFQA_VLAN_UNSPEC,
	NFQA_VLAN_PROTO,		/* __be16 skb vlan_proto */
	NFQA_VLAN_TCI,			/* __be16 skb htons(vlan_tci) */
	__NFQA_VLAN_MAX,
};
#define NFQA_VLAN_MAX (__NFQA_VLAN_MAX - 1)

enum nfqnl_attr_type {
	NFQA_UNSPEC,
	NFQA_PACKET_HDR,
	NFQA_VERDICT_HDR,		/* nfqnl_msg_verdict_hrd */
	NFQA_MARK,			/* __u32 nfmark */
	NFQA_TIMESTAMP,			/* nfqnl_msg_packet_timestamp */
	NFQA_IFINDEX_INDEV,		/* __u32 ifindex */
	NFQA_IFINDEX_OUTDEV,		/* __u32 ifindex */
	NFQA_IFINDEX_PHYSINDEV,		/* __u32 ifindex */
	NFQA_IFINDEX_PHYSOUTDEV,	/* __u32 ifindex */
	NFQA_HWADDR,			/* nfqnl_msg_packet_hw */
	NFQA_PAYLOAD,			/* opaque data payload */
	NFQA_CT,			/* nf_conntrack_netlink.h */
	NFQA_CT_INFO,			/* enum ip_conntrack_info */
	NFQA_CAP_LEN,			/* __u32 length of captured packet */
	NFQA_SKB_INFO,			/* __u32 skb meta information */
	NFQA_EXP,			/* nf_conntrack_netlink.h */
	NFQA_UID,			/* __u32 sk uid */
	NFQA_GID,			/* __u32 sk gid */
	NFQA_SECCTX,			/* security context string */
	NFQA_VLAN,			/* nested attribute: packet vlan info */
	NFQA_L2HDR,			/* full L2 header */

	__NFQA_MAX
};
#define NFQA_MAX (__NFQA_MAX - 1)

struct nfqnl_msg_verdict_hdr {
	__be32 verdict;
	__be32 id;
};


enum nfqnl_msg_config_cmds {
	NFQNL_CFG_CMD_NONE,
	NFQNL_CFG_CMD_BIND,
	NFQNL_CFG_CMD_UNBIND,
	NFQNL_CFG_CMD_PF_BIND,
	NFQNL_CFG_CMD_PF_UNBIND,
};

struct nfqnl_msg_config_cmd {
	__u8	command;	/* nfqnl_msg_config_cmds */
	__u8	_pad;
	__be16		pf;		/* AF_xxx for PF_[UN]BIND */
};

enum nfqnl_config_mode {
	NFQNL_COPY_NONE,
	NFQNL_COPY_META,
	NFQNL_COPY_PACKET,
};

struct nfqnl_msg_config_params {
	__be32		copy_range;
	__u8	copy_mode;	/* enum nfqnl_config_mode */
} __attribute__ ((packed));


enum nfqnl_attr_config {
	NFQA_CFG_UNSPEC,
	NFQA_CFG_CMD,			/* nfqnl_msg_config_cmd */
	NFQA_CFG_PARAMS,		/* nfqnl_msg_config_params */
	NFQA_CFG_QUEUE_MAXLEN,		/* __u32 */
	NFQA_CFG_MASK,			/* identify which flags to change */
	NFQA_CFG_FLAGS,			/* value of these flags (__u32) */
	__NFQA_CFG_MAX
};
#define NFQA_CFG_MAX (__NFQA_CFG_MAX-1)

/* Flags for NFQA_CFG_FLAGS */
#define NFQA_CFG_F_FAIL_OPEN			(1 << 0)
#define NFQA_CFG_F_CONNTRACK			(1 << 1)
#define NFQA_CFG_F_GSO				(1 << 2)
#define NFQA_CFG_F_UID_GID			(1 << 3)
#define NFQA_CFG_F_SECCTX			(1 << 4)
#define NFQA_CFG_F_MAX				(1 << 5)

/* flags for NFQA_SKB_INFO */
/* packet appears to have wrong checksums, but they are ok */
#define NFQA_SKB_CSUMNOTREADY (1 << 0)
/* packet is GSO (i.e., exceeds device mtu) */
#define NFQA_SKB_GSO (1 << 1)
/* csum not validated (incoming device doesn't support hw checksum, etc.) */
#define NFQA_SKB_CSUM_NOTVERIFIED (1 << 2)

#endif /* _NFNETLINK_QUEUE_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_DEVGROUP_H
#define _XT_DEVGROUP_H

#include <linux/types.h>

enum xt_devgroup_flags {
	XT_DEVGROUP_MATCH_SRC	= 0x1,
	XT_DEVGROUP_INVERT_SRC	= 0x2,
	XT_DEVGROUP_MATCH_DST	= 0x4,
	XT_DEVGROUP_INVERT_DST	= 0x8,
};

struct xt_devgroup_info {
	__u32	flags;
	__u32	src_group;
	__u32	src_mask;
	__u32	dst_group;
	__u32	dst_mask;
};

#endif /* _XT_DEVGROUP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_CONNSECMARK_H_target
#define _XT_CONNSECMARK_H_target

#include <linux/types.h>

enum {
	CONNSECMARK_SAVE = 1,
	CONNSECMARK_RESTORE,
};

struct xt_connsecmark_target_info {
	__u8 mode;
};

#endif /*_XT_CONNSECMARK_H_target */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_MARK_H
#define _XT_MARK_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct xt_mark_tginfo2 {
	__u32 mark, mask;
};

struct xt_mark_mtinfo1 {
	__u32 mark, mask;
	__u8 invert;
};

#endif /*_XT_MARK_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_BPF_H
#define _XT_BPF_H

#include <linux/filter.h>
#include <linux/limits.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

#define XT_BPF_MAX_NUM_INSTR	64
#define XT_BPF_PATH_MAX		(XT_BPF_MAX_NUM_INSTR * sizeof(struct sock_filter))

struct bpf_prog;

struct xt_bpf_info {
	__u16 bpf_program_num_elem;
	struct sock_filter bpf_program[XT_BPF_MAX_NUM_INSTR];

	/* only used in the kernel */
	struct bpf_prog *filter __attribute__((aligned(8)));
};

enum xt_bpf_modes {
	XT_BPF_MODE_BYTECODE,
	XT_BPF_MODE_FD_PINNED,
	XT_BPF_MODE_FD_ELF,
};
#define XT_BPF_MODE_PATH_PINNED XT_BPF_MODE_FD_PINNED

struct xt_bpf_info_v1 {
	__u16 mode;
	__u16 bpf_program_num_elem;
	__s32 fd;
	union {
		struct sock_filter bpf_program[XT_BPF_MAX_NUM_INSTR];
		char path[XT_BPF_PATH_MAX];
	};

	/* only used in the kernel */
	struct bpf_prog *filter __attribute__((aligned(8)));
};

#endif /*_XT_BPF_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_ADDRTYPE_H
#define _XT_ADDRTYPE_H

#include <linux/types.h>

enum {
	XT_ADDRTYPE_INVERT_SOURCE	= 0x0001,
	XT_ADDRTYPE_INVERT_DEST		= 0x0002,
	XT_ADDRTYPE_LIMIT_IFACE_IN	= 0x0004,
	XT_ADDRTYPE_LIMIT_IFACE_OUT	= 0x0008,
};


/* rtn_type enum values from rtnetlink.h, but shifted */
enum {
	XT_ADDRTYPE_UNSPEC = 1 << 0,
	XT_ADDRTYPE_UNICAST = 1 << 1,	/* 1 << RTN_UNICAST */
	XT_ADDRTYPE_LOCAL  = 1 << 2,	/* 1 << RTN_LOCAL, etc */
	XT_ADDRTYPE_BROADCAST = 1 << 3,
	XT_ADDRTYPE_ANYCAST = 1 << 4,
	XT_ADDRTYPE_MULTICAST = 1 << 5,
	XT_ADDRTYPE_BLACKHOLE = 1 << 6,
	XT_ADDRTYPE_UNREACHABLE = 1 << 7,
	XT_ADDRTYPE_PROHIBIT = 1 << 8,
	XT_ADDRTYPE_THROW = 1 << 9,
	XT_ADDRTYPE_NAT = 1 << 10,
	XT_ADDRTYPE_XRESOLVE = 1 << 11,
};

struct xt_addrtype_info_v1 {
	__u16	source;		/* source-type mask */
	__u16	dest;		/* dest-type mask */
	__u32	flags;
};

/* revision 0 */
struct xt_addrtype_info {
	__u16	source;		/* source-type mask */
	__u16	dest;		/* dest-type mask */
	__u32	invert_source;
	__u32	invert_dest;
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_PKTTYPE_H
#define _XT_PKTTYPE_H

struct xt_pkttype_info {
	int	pkttype;
	int	invert;
};
#endif /*_XT_PKTTYPE_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _CTTIMEOUT_NETLINK_H
#define _CTTIMEOUT_NETLINK_H
#include <linux/netfilter/nfnetlink.h>

enum ctnl_timeout_msg_types {
	IPCTNL_MSG_TIMEOUT_NEW,
	IPCTNL_MSG_TIMEOUT_GET,
	IPCTNL_MSG_TIMEOUT_DELETE,
	IPCTNL_MSG_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT_SET,
	IPCTNL_MSG_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT_GET,

	IPCTNL_MSG_TIMEOUT_MAX
};

enum ctattr_timeout {
	CTA_TIMEOUT_UNSPEC,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_NAME,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_L3PROTO,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_L4PROTO,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_DATA,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_USE,
	__CTA_TIMEOUT_MAX
};
#define CTA_TIMEOUT_MAX (__CTA_TIMEOUT_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_timeout_generic {
	CTA_TIMEOUT_GENERIC_UNSPEC,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_GENERIC_TIMEOUT,
	__CTA_TIMEOUT_GENERIC_MAX
};
#define CTA_TIMEOUT_GENERIC_MAX (__CTA_TIMEOUT_GENERIC_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_timeout_tcp {
	CTA_TIMEOUT_TCP_UNSPEC,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_TCP_SYN_SENT,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_TCP_SYN_RECV,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_TCP_ESTABLISHED,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_TCP_FIN_WAIT,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_TCP_CLOSE_WAIT,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_TCP_LAST_ACK,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_TCP_TIME_WAIT,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_TCP_CLOSE,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_TCP_SYN_SENT2,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_TCP_RETRANS,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_TCP_UNACK,
	__CTA_TIMEOUT_TCP_MAX
};
#define CTA_TIMEOUT_TCP_MAX (__CTA_TIMEOUT_TCP_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_timeout_udp {
	CTA_TIMEOUT_UDP_UNSPEC,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_UDP_UNREPLIED,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_UDP_REPLIED,
	__CTA_TIMEOUT_UDP_MAX
};
#define CTA_TIMEOUT_UDP_MAX (__CTA_TIMEOUT_UDP_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_timeout_udplite {
	CTA_TIMEOUT_UDPLITE_UNSPEC,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_UDPLITE_UNREPLIED,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_UDPLITE_REPLIED,
	__CTA_TIMEOUT_UDPLITE_MAX
};
#define CTA_TIMEOUT_UDPLITE_MAX (__CTA_TIMEOUT_UDPLITE_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_timeout_icmp {
	CTA_TIMEOUT_ICMP_UNSPEC,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_ICMP_TIMEOUT,
	__CTA_TIMEOUT_ICMP_MAX
};
#define CTA_TIMEOUT_ICMP_MAX (__CTA_TIMEOUT_ICMP_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_timeout_dccp {
	CTA_TIMEOUT_DCCP_UNSPEC,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_DCCP_REQUEST,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_DCCP_RESPOND,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_DCCP_PARTOPEN,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_DCCP_OPEN,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_DCCP_CLOSEREQ,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_DCCP_CLOSING,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_DCCP_TIMEWAIT,
	__CTA_TIMEOUT_DCCP_MAX
};
#define CTA_TIMEOUT_DCCP_MAX (__CTA_TIMEOUT_DCCP_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_timeout_sctp {
	CTA_TIMEOUT_SCTP_UNSPEC,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_SCTP_CLOSED,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_SCTP_COOKIE_WAIT,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_SCTP_COOKIE_ECHOED,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_SCTP_ESTABLISHED,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_SCTP_SHUTDOWN_SENT,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_SCTP_SHUTDOWN_RECD,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_SCTP_SHUTDOWN_ACK_SENT,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_SCTP_HEARTBEAT_SENT,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_SCTP_HEARTBEAT_ACKED,
	__CTA_TIMEOUT_SCTP_MAX
};
#define CTA_TIMEOUT_SCTP_MAX (__CTA_TIMEOUT_SCTP_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_timeout_icmpv6 {
	CTA_TIMEOUT_ICMPV6_UNSPEC,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_ICMPV6_TIMEOUT,
	__CTA_TIMEOUT_ICMPV6_MAX
};
#define CTA_TIMEOUT_ICMPV6_MAX (__CTA_TIMEOUT_ICMPV6_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_timeout_gre {
	CTA_TIMEOUT_GRE_UNSPEC,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_GRE_UNREPLIED,
	CTA_TIMEOUT_GRE_REPLIED,
	__CTA_TIMEOUT_GRE_MAX
};
#define CTA_TIMEOUT_GRE_MAX (__CTA_TIMEOUT_GRE_MAX - 1)

#define CTNL_TIMEOUT_NAME_MAX	32

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_OWNER_MATCH_H
#define _XT_OWNER_MATCH_H

#include <linux/types.h>

enum {
	XT_OWNER_UID          = 1 << 0,
	XT_OWNER_GID          = 1 << 1,
	XT_OWNER_SOCKET       = 1 << 2,
	XT_OWNER_SUPPL_GROUPS = 1 << 3,
};

struct xt_owner_match_info {
	__u32 uid_min, uid_max;
	__u32 gid_min, gid_max;
	__u8 match, invert;
};

#endif /* _XT_OWNER_MATCH_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_DCCP_H_
#define _XT_DCCP_H_

#include <linux/types.h>

#define XT_DCCP_SRC_PORTS	        0x01
#define XT_DCCP_DEST_PORTS	        0x02
#define XT_DCCP_TYPE			0x04
#define XT_DCCP_OPTION			0x08

#define XT_DCCP_VALID_FLAGS		0x0f

struct xt_dccp_info {
	__u16 dpts[2];  /* Min, Max */
	__u16 spts[2];  /* Min, Max */

	__u16 flags;
	__u16 invflags;

	__u16 typemask;
	__u8 option;
};

#endif /* _XT_DCCP_H_ */

/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_CONNBYTES_H
#define _XT_CONNBYTES_H

#include <linux/types.h>

enum xt_connbytes_what {
	XT_CONNBYTES_PKTS,
	XT_CONNBYTES_BYTES,
	XT_CONNBYTES_AVGPKT,
};

enum xt_connbytes_direction {
	XT_CONNBYTES_DIR_ORIGINAL,
	XT_CONNBYTES_DIR_REPLY,
	XT_CONNBYTES_DIR_BOTH,
};

struct xt_connbytes_info {
	struct {
		__aligned_u64 from;	/* count to be matched */
		__aligned_u64 to;	/* count to be matched */
	} count;
	__u8 what;		/* ipt_connbytes_what */
	__u8 direction;	/* ipt_connbytes_direction */
};
#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_SYNPROXY_H
#define _XT_SYNPROXY_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define XT_SYNPROXY_OPT_MSS		0x01
#define XT_SYNPROXY_OPT_WSCALE		0x02
#define XT_SYNPROXY_OPT_SACK_PERM	0x04
#define XT_SYNPROXY_OPT_TIMESTAMP	0x08
#define XT_SYNPROXY_OPT_ECN		0x10

struct xt_synproxy_info {
	__u8	options;
	__u8	wscale;
	__u16	mss;
};

#endif /* _XT_SYNPROXY_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_CT_H
#define _XT_CT_H

#include <linux/types.h>

enum {
	XT_CT_NOTRACK		= 1 << 0,
	XT_CT_NOTRACK_ALIAS	= 1 << 1,
	XT_CT_ZONE_DIR_ORIG	= 1 << 2,
	XT_CT_ZONE_DIR_REPL	= 1 << 3,
	XT_CT_ZONE_MARK		= 1 << 4,

	XT_CT_MASK		= XT_CT_NOTRACK | XT_CT_NOTRACK_ALIAS |
				  XT_CT_ZONE_DIR_ORIG | XT_CT_ZONE_DIR_REPL |
				  XT_CT_ZONE_MARK,
};

struct xt_ct_target_info {
	__u16 flags;
	__u16 zone;
	__u32 ct_events;
	__u32 exp_events;
	char helper[16];

	/* Used internally by the kernel */
	struct nf_conn	*ct __attribute__((aligned(8)));
};

struct xt_ct_target_info_v1 {
	__u16 flags;
	__u16 zone;
	__u32 ct_events;
	__u32 exp_events;
	char helper[16];
	char timeout[32];

	/* Used internally by the kernel */
	struct nf_conn	*ct __attribute__((aligned(8)));
};

#endif /* _XT_CT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_NETFILTER_XT_L2TP_H
#define _LINUX_NETFILTER_XT_L2TP_H

#include <linux/types.h>

enum xt_l2tp_type {
	XT_L2TP_TYPE_CONTROL,
	XT_L2TP_TYPE_DATA,
};

/* L2TP matching stuff */
struct xt_l2tp_info {
	__u32 tid;			/* tunnel id */
	__u32 sid;			/* session id */
	__u8 version;			/* L2TP protocol version */
	__u8 type;			/* L2TP packet type */
	__u8 flags;			/* which fields to match */
};

enum {
	XT_L2TP_TID	= (1 << 0),	/* match L2TP tunnel id */
	XT_L2TP_SID	= (1 << 1),	/* match L2TP session id */
	XT_L2TP_VERSION	= (1 << 2),	/* match L2TP protocol version */
	XT_L2TP_TYPE	= (1 << 3),	/* match L2TP packet type */
};

#endif /* _LINUX_NETFILTER_XT_L2TP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* x_tables module for matching the IPv4/IPv6 DSCP field
 *
 * (C) 2002 Harald Welte <laforge@gnumonks.org>
 * This software is distributed under GNU GPL v2, 1991
 *
 * See RFC2474 for a description of the DSCP field within the IP Header.
 *
 * xt_dscp.h,v 1.3 2002/08/05 19:00:21 laforge Exp
*/
#ifndef _XT_DSCP_H
#define _XT_DSCP_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define XT_DSCP_MASK	0xfc	/* 11111100 */
#define XT_DSCP_SHIFT	2
#define XT_DSCP_MAX	0x3f	/* 00111111 */

/* match info */
struct xt_dscp_info {
	__u8 dscp;
	__u8 invert;
};

struct xt_tos_match_info {
	__u8 tos_mask;
	__u8 tos_value;
	__u8 invert;
};

#endif /* _XT_DSCP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_CGROUP_H
#define _XT_CGROUP_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/limits.h>

struct xt_cgroup_info_v0 {
	__u32 id;
	__u32 invert;
};

struct xt_cgroup_info_v1 {
	__u8		has_path;
	__u8		has_classid;
	__u8		invert_path;
	__u8		invert_classid;
	char		path[PATH_MAX];
	__u32		classid;

	/* kernel internal data */
	void		*priv __attribute__((aligned(8)));
};

#endif /* _XT_CGROUP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003+ Evgeniy Polyakov <johnpol@2ka.mxt.ru>
 *
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */

#ifndef _XT_OSF_H
#define _XT_OSF_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ip.h>
#include <linux/tcp.h>
#include <linux/netfilter/nf_osf.h>

#define XT_OSF_GENRE		NF_OSF_GENRE
#define XT_OSF_INVERT		NF_OSF_INVERT

#define XT_OSF_TTL		NF_OSF_TTL
#define XT_OSF_LOG		NF_OSF_LOG

#define XT_OSF_LOGLEVEL_ALL		NF_OSF_LOGLEVEL_ALL
#define XT_OSF_LOGLEVEL_FIRST		NF_OSF_LOGLEVEL_FIRST
#define XT_OSF_LOGLEVEL_ALL_KNOWN	NF_OSF_LOGLEVEL_ALL_KNOWN

#define XT_OSF_TTL_TRUE		NF_OSF_TTL_TRUE
#define XT_OSF_TTL_NOCHECK	NF_OSF_TTL_NOCHECK

#define XT_OSF_TTL_LESS	1	/* Check if ip TTL is less than fingerprint one */

#define xt_osf_wc		nf_osf_wc
#define xt_osf_opt		nf_osf_opt
#define xt_osf_info		nf_osf_info
#define xt_osf_user_finger	nf_osf_user_finger
#define xt_osf_finger		nf_osf_finger
#define xt_osf_nlmsg		nf_osf_nlmsg

/*
 * Add/remove fingerprint from the kernel.
 */
enum xt_osf_msg_types {
	OSF_MSG_ADD,
	OSF_MSG_REMOVE,
	OSF_MSG_MAX,
};

enum xt_osf_attr_type {
	OSF_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	OSF_ATTR_FINGER,
	OSF_ATTR_MAX,
};

#endif				/* _XT_OSF_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _X_TABLES_H
#define _X_TABLES_H
#include <linux/kernel.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

#define XT_FUNCTION_MAXNAMELEN 30
#define XT_EXTENSION_MAXNAMELEN 29
#define XT_TABLE_MAXNAMELEN 32

struct xt_entry_match {
	union {
		struct {
			__u16 match_size;

			/* Used by userspace */
			char name[XT_EXTENSION_MAXNAMELEN];
			__u8 revision;
		} user;
		struct {
			__u16 match_size;

			/* Used inside the kernel */
			struct xt_match *match;
		} kernel;

		/* Total length */
		__u16 match_size;
	} u;

	unsigned char data[0];
};

struct xt_entry_target {
	union {
		struct {
			__u16 target_size;

			/* Used by userspace */
			char name[XT_EXTENSION_MAXNAMELEN];
			__u8 revision;
		} user;
		struct {
			__u16 target_size;

			/* Used inside the kernel */
			struct xt_target *target;
		} kernel;

		/* Total length */
		__u16 target_size;
	} u;

	unsigned char data[0];
};

#define XT_TARGET_INIT(__name, __size)					       \
{									       \
	.target.u.user = {						       \
		.target_size	= XT_ALIGN(__size),			       \
		.name		= __name,				       \
	},								       \
}

struct xt_standard_target {
	struct xt_entry_target target;
	int verdict;
};

struct xt_error_target {
	struct xt_entry_target target;
	char errorname[XT_FUNCTION_MAXNAMELEN];
};

/* The argument to IPT_SO_GET_REVISION_*.  Returns highest revision
 * kernel supports, if >= revision. */
struct xt_get_revision {
	char name[XT_EXTENSION_MAXNAMELEN];
	__u8 revision;
};

/* CONTINUE verdict for targets */
#define XT_CONTINUE 0xFFFFFFFF

/* For standard target */
#define XT_RETURN (-NF_REPEAT - 1)

/* this is a dummy structure to find out the alignment requirement for a struct
 * containing all the fundamental data types that are used in ipt_entry,
 * ip6t_entry and arpt_entry.  This sucks, and it is a hack.  It will be my
 * personal pleasure to remove it -HW
 */
struct _xt_align {
	__u8 u8;
	__u16 u16;
	__u32 u32;
	__u64 u64;
};

#define XT_ALIGN(s) __ALIGN_KERNEL((s), __alignof__(struct _xt_align))

/* Standard return verdict, or do jump. */
#define XT_STANDARD_TARGET ""
/* Error verdict. */
#define XT_ERROR_TARGET "ERROR"

#define SET_COUNTER(c,b,p) do { (c).bcnt = (b); (c).pcnt = (p); } while(0)
#define ADD_COUNTER(c,b,p) do { (c).bcnt += (b); (c).pcnt += (p); } while(0)

struct xt_counters {
	__u64 pcnt, bcnt;			/* Packet and byte counters */
};

/* The argument to IPT_SO_ADD_COUNTERS. */
struct xt_counters_info {
	/* Which table. */
	char name[XT_TABLE_MAXNAMELEN];

	unsigned int num_counters;

	/* The counters (actually `number' of these). */
	struct xt_counters counters[0];
};

#define XT_INV_PROTO		0x40	/* Invert the sense of PROTO. */

/* fn returns 0 to continue iteration */
#define XT_MATCH_ITERATE(type, e, fn, args...)			\
({								\
	unsigned int __i;					\
	int __ret = 0;						\
	struct xt_entry_match *__m;				\
								\
	for (__i = sizeof(type);				\
	     __i < (e)->target_offset;				\
	     __i += __m->u.match_size) {			\
		__m = (void *)e + __i;				\
								\
		__ret = fn(__m , ## args);			\
		if (__ret != 0)					\
			break;					\
	}							\
	__ret;							\
})

/* fn returns 0 to continue iteration */
#define XT_ENTRY_ITERATE_CONTINUE(type, entries, size, n, fn, args...) \
({								\
	unsigned int __i, __n;					\
	int __ret = 0;						\
	type *__entry;						\
								\
	for (__i = 0, __n = 0; __i < (size);			\
	     __i += __entry->next_offset, __n++) { 		\
		__entry = (void *)(entries) + __i;		\
		if (__n < n)					\
			continue;				\
								\
		__ret = fn(__entry , ## args);			\
		if (__ret != 0)					\
			break;					\
	}							\
	__ret;							\
})

/* fn returns 0 to continue iteration */
#define XT_ENTRY_ITERATE(type, entries, size, fn, args...) \
	XT_ENTRY_ITERATE_CONTINUE(type, entries, size, 0, fn, args)


/* pos is normally a struct ipt_entry/ip6t_entry/etc. */
#define xt_entry_foreach(pos, ehead, esize) \
	for ((pos) = (typeof(pos))(ehead); \
	     (pos) < (typeof(pos))((char *)(ehead) + (esize)); \
	     (pos) = (typeof(pos))((char *)(pos) + (pos)->next_offset))

/* can only be xt_entry_match, so no use of typeof here */
#define xt_ematch_foreach(pos, entry) \
	for ((pos) = (struct xt_entry_match *)entry->elems; \
	     (pos) < (struct xt_entry_match *)((char *)(entry) + \
	             (entry)->target_offset); \
	     (pos) = (struct xt_entry_match *)((char *)(pos) + \
	             (pos)->u.match_size))


#endif /* _X_TABLES_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_NETFILTER_XT_IPRANGE_H
#define _LINUX_NETFILTER_XT_IPRANGE_H 1

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/netfilter.h>

enum {
	IPRANGE_SRC     = 1 << 0,	/* match source IP address */
	IPRANGE_DST     = 1 << 1,	/* match destination IP address */
	IPRANGE_SRC_INV = 1 << 4,	/* negate the condition */
	IPRANGE_DST_INV = 1 << 5,	/* -"- */
};

struct xt_iprange_mtinfo {
	union nf_inet_addr src_min, src_max;
	union nf_inet_addr dst_min, dst_max;
	__u8 flags;
};

#endif /* _LINUX_NETFILTER_XT_IPRANGE_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_STATE_H
#define _XT_STATE_H

#define XT_STATE_BIT(ctinfo) (1 << ((ctinfo)%IP_CT_IS_REPLY+1))
#define XT_STATE_INVALID (1 << 0)

#define XT_STATE_UNTRACKED (1 << (IP_CT_NUMBER + 1))

struct xt_state_info {
	unsigned int statemask;
};
#endif /*_XT_STATE_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _NETFILTER_NF_LOG_H
#define _NETFILTER_NF_LOG_H

#define NF_LOG_TCPSEQ		0x01	/* Log TCP sequence numbers */
#define NF_LOG_TCPOPT		0x02	/* Log TCP options */
#define NF_LOG_IPOPT		0x04	/* Log IP options */
#define NF_LOG_UID		0x08	/* Log UID owning local socket */
#define NF_LOG_NFLOG		0x10	/* Unsupported, don't reuse */
#define NF_LOG_MACDECODE	0x20	/* Decode MAC header */
#define NF_LOG_MASK		0x2f

#define NF_LOG_PREFIXLEN	128

#endif /* _NETFILTER_NF_LOG_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _IPCONNTRACK_NETLINK_H
#define _IPCONNTRACK_NETLINK_H
#include <linux/netfilter/nfnetlink.h>

enum cntl_msg_types {
	IPCTNL_MSG_CT_NEW,
	IPCTNL_MSG_CT_GET,
	IPCTNL_MSG_CT_DELETE,
	IPCTNL_MSG_CT_GET_CTRZERO,
	IPCTNL_MSG_CT_GET_STATS_CPU,
	IPCTNL_MSG_CT_GET_STATS,
	IPCTNL_MSG_CT_GET_DYING,
	IPCTNL_MSG_CT_GET_UNCONFIRMED,

	IPCTNL_MSG_MAX
};

enum ctnl_exp_msg_types {
	IPCTNL_MSG_EXP_NEW,
	IPCTNL_MSG_EXP_GET,
	IPCTNL_MSG_EXP_DELETE,
	IPCTNL_MSG_EXP_GET_STATS_CPU,

	IPCTNL_MSG_EXP_MAX
};


enum ctattr_type {
	CTA_UNSPEC,
	CTA_TUPLE_ORIG,
	CTA_TUPLE_REPLY,
	CTA_STATUS,
	CTA_PROTOINFO,
	CTA_HELP,
	CTA_NAT_SRC,
#define CTA_NAT	CTA_NAT_SRC	/* backwards compatibility */
	CTA_TIMEOUT,
	CTA_MARK,
	CTA_COUNTERS_ORIG,
	CTA_COUNTERS_REPLY,
	CTA_USE,
	CTA_ID,
	CTA_NAT_DST,
	CTA_TUPLE_MASTER,
	CTA_SEQ_ADJ_ORIG,
	CTA_NAT_SEQ_ADJ_ORIG	= CTA_SEQ_ADJ_ORIG,
	CTA_SEQ_ADJ_REPLY,
	CTA_NAT_SEQ_ADJ_REPLY	= CTA_SEQ_ADJ_REPLY,
	CTA_SECMARK,		/* obsolete */
	CTA_ZONE,
	CTA_SECCTX,
	CTA_TIMESTAMP,
	CTA_MARK_MASK,
	CTA_LABELS,
	CTA_LABELS_MASK,
	CTA_SYNPROXY,
	CTA_FILTER,
	CTA_STATUS_MASK,
	__CTA_MAX
};
#define CTA_MAX (__CTA_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_tuple {
	CTA_TUPLE_UNSPEC,
	CTA_TUPLE_IP,
	CTA_TUPLE_PROTO,
	CTA_TUPLE_ZONE,
	__CTA_TUPLE_MAX
};
#define CTA_TUPLE_MAX (__CTA_TUPLE_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_ip {
	CTA_IP_UNSPEC,
	CTA_IP_V4_SRC,
	CTA_IP_V4_DST,
	CTA_IP_V6_SRC,
	CTA_IP_V6_DST,
	__CTA_IP_MAX
};
#define CTA_IP_MAX (__CTA_IP_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_l4proto {
	CTA_PROTO_UNSPEC,
	CTA_PROTO_NUM,
	CTA_PROTO_SRC_PORT,
	CTA_PROTO_DST_PORT,
	CTA_PROTO_ICMP_ID,
	CTA_PROTO_ICMP_TYPE,
	CTA_PROTO_ICMP_CODE,
	CTA_PROTO_ICMPV6_ID,
	CTA_PROTO_ICMPV6_TYPE,
	CTA_PROTO_ICMPV6_CODE,
	__CTA_PROTO_MAX
};
#define CTA_PROTO_MAX (__CTA_PROTO_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_protoinfo {
	CTA_PROTOINFO_UNSPEC,
	CTA_PROTOINFO_TCP,
	CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP,
	CTA_PROTOINFO_SCTP,
	__CTA_PROTOINFO_MAX
};
#define CTA_PROTOINFO_MAX (__CTA_PROTOINFO_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_protoinfo_tcp {
	CTA_PROTOINFO_TCP_UNSPEC,
	CTA_PROTOINFO_TCP_STATE,
	CTA_PROTOINFO_TCP_WSCALE_ORIGINAL,
	CTA_PROTOINFO_TCP_WSCALE_REPLY,
	CTA_PROTOINFO_TCP_FLAGS_ORIGINAL,
	CTA_PROTOINFO_TCP_FLAGS_REPLY,
	__CTA_PROTOINFO_TCP_MAX
};
#define CTA_PROTOINFO_TCP_MAX (__CTA_PROTOINFO_TCP_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_protoinfo_dccp {
	CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP_UNSPEC,
	CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP_STATE,
	CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP_ROLE,
	CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP_HANDSHAKE_SEQ,
	CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP_PAD,
	__CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP_MAX,
};
#define CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP_MAX (__CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_protoinfo_sctp {
	CTA_PROTOINFO_SCTP_UNSPEC,
	CTA_PROTOINFO_SCTP_STATE,
	CTA_PROTOINFO_SCTP_VTAG_ORIGINAL,
	CTA_PROTOINFO_SCTP_VTAG_REPLY,
	__CTA_PROTOINFO_SCTP_MAX
};
#define CTA_PROTOINFO_SCTP_MAX (__CTA_PROTOINFO_SCTP_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_counters {
	CTA_COUNTERS_UNSPEC,
	CTA_COUNTERS_PACKETS,		/* 64bit counters */
	CTA_COUNTERS_BYTES,		/* 64bit counters */
	CTA_COUNTERS32_PACKETS,		/* old 32bit counters, unused */
	CTA_COUNTERS32_BYTES,		/* old 32bit counters, unused */
	CTA_COUNTERS_PAD,
	__CTA_COUNTERS_MAX
};
#define CTA_COUNTERS_MAX (__CTA_COUNTERS_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_tstamp {
	CTA_TIMESTAMP_UNSPEC,
	CTA_TIMESTAMP_START,
	CTA_TIMESTAMP_STOP,
	CTA_TIMESTAMP_PAD,
	__CTA_TIMESTAMP_MAX
};
#define CTA_TIMESTAMP_MAX (__CTA_TIMESTAMP_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_nat {
	CTA_NAT_UNSPEC,
	CTA_NAT_V4_MINIP,
#define CTA_NAT_MINIP CTA_NAT_V4_MINIP
	CTA_NAT_V4_MAXIP,
#define CTA_NAT_MAXIP CTA_NAT_V4_MAXIP
	CTA_NAT_PROTO,
	CTA_NAT_V6_MINIP,
	CTA_NAT_V6_MAXIP,
	__CTA_NAT_MAX
};
#define CTA_NAT_MAX (__CTA_NAT_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_protonat {
	CTA_PROTONAT_UNSPEC,
	CTA_PROTONAT_PORT_MIN,
	CTA_PROTONAT_PORT_MAX,
	__CTA_PROTONAT_MAX
};
#define CTA_PROTONAT_MAX (__CTA_PROTONAT_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_seqadj {
	CTA_SEQADJ_UNSPEC,
	CTA_SEQADJ_CORRECTION_POS,
	CTA_SEQADJ_OFFSET_BEFORE,
	CTA_SEQADJ_OFFSET_AFTER,
	__CTA_SEQADJ_MAX
};
#define CTA_SEQADJ_MAX (__CTA_SEQADJ_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_natseq {
	CTA_NAT_SEQ_UNSPEC,
	CTA_NAT_SEQ_CORRECTION_POS,
	CTA_NAT_SEQ_OFFSET_BEFORE,
	CTA_NAT_SEQ_OFFSET_AFTER,
	__CTA_NAT_SEQ_MAX
};
#define CTA_NAT_SEQ_MAX (__CTA_NAT_SEQ_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_synproxy {
	CTA_SYNPROXY_UNSPEC,
	CTA_SYNPROXY_ISN,
	CTA_SYNPROXY_ITS,
	CTA_SYNPROXY_TSOFF,
	__CTA_SYNPROXY_MAX,
};
#define CTA_SYNPROXY_MAX (__CTA_SYNPROXY_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_expect {
	CTA_EXPECT_UNSPEC,
	CTA_EXPECT_MASTER,
	CTA_EXPECT_TUPLE,
	CTA_EXPECT_MASK,
	CTA_EXPECT_TIMEOUT,
	CTA_EXPECT_ID,
	CTA_EXPECT_HELP_NAME,
	CTA_EXPECT_ZONE,
	CTA_EXPECT_FLAGS,
	CTA_EXPECT_CLASS,
	CTA_EXPECT_NAT,
	CTA_EXPECT_FN,
	__CTA_EXPECT_MAX
};
#define CTA_EXPECT_MAX (__CTA_EXPECT_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_expect_nat {
	CTA_EXPECT_NAT_UNSPEC,
	CTA_EXPECT_NAT_DIR,
	CTA_EXPECT_NAT_TUPLE,
	__CTA_EXPECT_NAT_MAX
};
#define CTA_EXPECT_NAT_MAX (__CTA_EXPECT_NAT_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_help {
	CTA_HELP_UNSPEC,
	CTA_HELP_NAME,
	CTA_HELP_INFO,
	__CTA_HELP_MAX
};
#define CTA_HELP_MAX (__CTA_HELP_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_secctx {
	CTA_SECCTX_UNSPEC,
	CTA_SECCTX_NAME,
	__CTA_SECCTX_MAX
};
#define CTA_SECCTX_MAX (__CTA_SECCTX_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_stats_cpu {
	CTA_STATS_UNSPEC,
	CTA_STATS_SEARCHED,	/* no longer used */
	CTA_STATS_FOUND,
	CTA_STATS_NEW,		/* no longer used */
	CTA_STATS_INVALID,
	CTA_STATS_IGNORE,	/* no longer used */
	CTA_STATS_DELETE,	/* no longer used */
	CTA_STATS_DELETE_LIST,	/* no longer used */
	CTA_STATS_INSERT,
	CTA_STATS_INSERT_FAILED,
	CTA_STATS_DROP,
	CTA_STATS_EARLY_DROP,
	CTA_STATS_ERROR,
	CTA_STATS_SEARCH_RESTART,
	CTA_STATS_CLASH_RESOLVE,
	__CTA_STATS_MAX,
};
#define CTA_STATS_MAX (__CTA_STATS_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_stats_global {
	CTA_STATS_GLOBAL_UNSPEC,
	CTA_STATS_GLOBAL_ENTRIES,
	CTA_STATS_GLOBAL_MAX_ENTRIES,
	__CTA_STATS_GLOBAL_MAX,
};
#define CTA_STATS_GLOBAL_MAX (__CTA_STATS_GLOBAL_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_expect_stats {
	CTA_STATS_EXP_UNSPEC,
	CTA_STATS_EXP_NEW,
	CTA_STATS_EXP_CREATE,
	CTA_STATS_EXP_DELETE,
	__CTA_STATS_EXP_MAX,
};
#define CTA_STATS_EXP_MAX (__CTA_STATS_EXP_MAX - 1)

enum ctattr_filter {
	CTA_FILTER_UNSPEC,
	CTA_FILTER_ORIG_FLAGS,
	CTA_FILTER_REPLY_FLAGS,
	__CTA_FILTER_MAX
};
#define CTA_FILTER_MAX (__CTA_FILTER_MAX - 1)

#endif /* _IPCONNTRACK_NETLINK_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_IPCOMP_H
#define _XT_IPCOMP_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct xt_ipcomp {
	__u32 spis[2];	/* Security Parameter Index */
	__u8 invflags;	/* Inverse flags */
	__u8 hdrres;	/* Test of the Reserved Filed */
};

/* Values for "invflags" field in struct xt_ipcomp. */
#define XT_IPCOMP_INV_SPI	0x01	/* Invert the sense of spi. */
#define XT_IPCOMP_INV_MASK	0x01	/* All possible flags. */

#endif /*_XT_IPCOMP_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_CLASSIFY_H
#define _XT_CLASSIFY_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct xt_classify_target_info {
	__u32 priority;
};

#endif /*_XT_CLASSIFY_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* x_tables module for setting the IPv4/IPv6 DSCP field
 *
 * (C) 2002 Harald Welte <laforge@gnumonks.org>
 * based on ipt_FTOS.c (C) 2000 by Matthew G. Marsh <mgm@paktronix.com>
 * This software is distributed under GNU GPL v2, 1991
 *
 * See RFC2474 for a description of the DSCP field within the IP Header.
 *
 * xt_DSCP.h,v 1.7 2002/03/14 12:03:13 laforge Exp
*/
#ifndef _XT_DSCP_TARGET_H
#define _XT_DSCP_TARGET_H
#include <linux/netfilter/xt_dscp.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/* target info */
struct xt_DSCP_info {
	__u8 dscp;
};

struct xt_tos_target_info {
	__u8 tos_value;
	__u8 tos_mask;
};

#endif /* _XT_DSCP_TARGET_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_LENGTH_H
#define _XT_LENGTH_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct xt_length_info {
    __u16	min, max;
    __u8	invert;
};

#endif /*_XT_LENGTH_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_SECMARK_H_target
#define _XT_SECMARK_H_target

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * This is intended for use by various security subsystems (but not
 * at the same time).
 *
 * 'mode' refers to the specific security subsystem which the
 * packets are being marked for.
 */
#define SECMARK_MODE_SEL	0x01		/* SELinux */
#define SECMARK_SECCTX_MAX	256

struct xt_secmark_target_info {
	__u8 mode;
	__u32 secid;
	char secctx[SECMARK_SECCTX_MAX];
};

struct xt_secmark_target_info_v1 {
	__u8 mode;
	char secctx[SECMARK_SECCTX_MAX];
	__u32 secid;
};

#endif /*_XT_SECMARK_H_target */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _NF_CONNTRACK_TUPLE_COMMON_H
#define _NF_CONNTRACK_TUPLE_COMMON_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/netfilter.h>
#include <linux/netfilter/nf_conntrack_common.h> /* IP_CT_IS_REPLY */

enum ip_conntrack_dir {
	IP_CT_DIR_ORIGINAL,
	IP_CT_DIR_REPLY,
	IP_CT_DIR_MAX
};

/* The protocol-specific manipulable parts of the tuple: always in
 * network order
 */
union nf_conntrack_man_proto {
	/* Add other protocols here. */
	__be16 all;

	struct {
		__be16 port;
	} tcp;
	struct {
		__be16 port;
	} udp;
	struct {
		__be16 id;
	} icmp;
	struct {
		__be16 port;
	} dccp;
	struct {
		__be16 port;
	} sctp;
	struct {
		__be16 key;	/* GRE key is 32bit, PPtP only uses 16bit */
	} gre;
};

#define CTINFO2DIR(ctinfo) ((ctinfo) >= IP_CT_IS_REPLY ? IP_CT_DIR_REPLY : IP_CT_DIR_ORIGINAL)

#endif /* _NF_CONNTRACK_TUPLE_COMMON_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_SCTP_H_
#define _XT_SCTP_H_

#include <linux/types.h>

#define XT_SCTP_SRC_PORTS	        0x01
#define XT_SCTP_DEST_PORTS	        0x02
#define XT_SCTP_CHUNK_TYPES		0x04

#define XT_SCTP_VALID_FLAGS		0x07

struct xt_sctp_flag_info {
	__u8 chunktype;
	__u8 flag;
	__u8 flag_mask;
};

#define XT_NUM_SCTP_FLAGS	4

struct xt_sctp_info {
	__u16 dpts[2];  /* Min, Max */
	__u16 spts[2];  /* Min, Max */

	__u32 chunkmap[256 / sizeof (__u32)];  /* Bit mask of chunks to be matched according to RFC 2960 */

#define SCTP_CHUNK_MATCH_ANY   0x01  /* Match if any of the chunk types are present */
#define SCTP_CHUNK_MATCH_ALL   0x02  /* Match if all of the chunk types are present */
#define SCTP_CHUNK_MATCH_ONLY  0x04  /* Match if these are the only chunk types present */

	__u32 chunk_match_type;
	struct xt_sctp_flag_info flag_info[XT_NUM_SCTP_FLAGS];
	int flag_count;

	__u32 flags;
	__u32 invflags;
};

#define bytes(type) (sizeof(type) * 8)

#define SCTP_CHUNKMAP_SET(chunkmap, type) 		\
	do { 						\
		(chunkmap)[type / bytes(__u32)] |= 	\
			1 << (type % bytes(__u32));	\
	} while (0)

#define SCTP_CHUNKMAP_CLEAR(chunkmap, type)		 	\
	do {							\
		(chunkmap)[type / bytes(__u32)] &= 		\
			~(1 << (type % bytes(__u32)));	\
	} while (0)

#define SCTP_CHUNKMAP_IS_SET(chunkmap, type) 			\
({								\
	((chunkmap)[type / bytes (__u32)] & 		\
		(1 << (type % bytes (__u32)))) ? 1: 0;	\
})

#define SCTP_CHUNKMAP_RESET(chunkmap) \
	memset((chunkmap), 0, sizeof(chunkmap))

#define SCTP_CHUNKMAP_SET_ALL(chunkmap) \
	memset((chunkmap), ~0U, sizeof(chunkmap))

#define SCTP_CHUNKMAP_COPY(destmap, srcmap) \
	memcpy((destmap), (srcmap), sizeof(srcmap))

#define SCTP_CHUNKMAP_IS_CLEAR(chunkmap) \
	__sctp_chunkmap_is_clear((chunkmap), ARRAY_SIZE(chunkmap))
static __inline__ _Bool
__sctp_chunkmap_is_clear(const __u32 *chunkmap, unsigned int n)
{
	unsigned int i;
	for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
		if (chunkmap[i])
			return 0;
	return 1;
}

#define SCTP_CHUNKMAP_IS_ALL_SET(chunkmap) \
	__sctp_chunkmap_is_all_set((chunkmap), ARRAY_SIZE(chunkmap))
static __inline__ _Bool
__sctp_chunkmap_is_all_set(const __u32 *chunkmap, unsigned int n)
{
	unsigned int i;
	for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
		if (chunkmap[i] != ~0U)
			return 0;
	return 1;
}

#endif /* _XT_SCTP_H_ */

/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_MULTIPORT_H
#define _XT_MULTIPORT_H

#include <linux/types.h>

enum xt_multiport_flags {
	XT_MULTIPORT_SOURCE,
	XT_MULTIPORT_DESTINATION,
	XT_MULTIPORT_EITHER
};

#define XT_MULTI_PORTS	15

/* Must fit inside union xt_matchinfo: 16 bytes */
struct xt_multiport {
	__u8 flags;				/* Type of comparison */
	__u8 count;				/* Number of ports */
	__u16 ports[XT_MULTI_PORTS];	/* Ports */
};

struct xt_multiport_v1 {
	__u8 flags;				/* Type of comparison */
	__u8 count;				/* Number of ports */
	__u16 ports[XT_MULTI_PORTS];	/* Ports */
	__u8 pflags[XT_MULTI_PORTS];	/* Port flags */
	__u8 invert;			/* Invert flag */
};

#endif /*_XT_MULTIPORT_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_REALM_H
#define _XT_REALM_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct xt_realm_info {
	__u32 id;
	__u32 mask;
	__u8 invert;
};

#endif /* _XT_REALM_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_SET_H
#define _XT_SET_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/netfilter/ipset/ip_set.h>

/* Revision 0 interface: backward compatible with netfilter/iptables */

/*
 * Option flags for kernel operations (xt_set_info_v0)
 */
#define IPSET_SRC		0x01	/* Source match/add */
#define IPSET_DST		0x02	/* Destination match/add */
#define IPSET_MATCH_INV		0x04	/* Inverse matching */

struct xt_set_info_v0 {
	ip_set_id_t index;
	union {
		__u32 flags[IPSET_DIM_MAX + 1];
		struct {
			__u32 __flags[IPSET_DIM_MAX];
			__u8 dim;
			__u8 flags;
		} compat;
	} u;
};

/* match and target infos */
struct xt_set_info_match_v0 {
	struct xt_set_info_v0 match_set;
};

struct xt_set_info_target_v0 {
	struct xt_set_info_v0 add_set;
	struct xt_set_info_v0 del_set;
};

/* Revision 1  match and target */

struct xt_set_info {
	ip_set_id_t index;
	__u8 dim;
	__u8 flags;
};

/* match and target infos */
struct xt_set_info_match_v1 {
	struct xt_set_info match_set;
};

struct xt_set_info_target_v1 {
	struct xt_set_info add_set;
	struct xt_set_info del_set;
};

/* Revision 2 target */

struct xt_set_info_target_v2 {
	struct xt_set_info add_set;
	struct xt_set_info del_set;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 timeout;
};

/* Revision 3 match */

struct xt_set_info_match_v3 {
	struct xt_set_info match_set;
	struct ip_set_counter_match0 packets;
	struct ip_set_counter_match0 bytes;
	__u32 flags;
};

/* Revision 3 target */

struct xt_set_info_target_v3 {
	struct xt_set_info add_set;
	struct xt_set_info del_set;
	struct xt_set_info map_set;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 timeout;
};

/* Revision 4 match */

struct xt_set_info_match_v4 {
	struct xt_set_info match_set;
	struct ip_set_counter_match packets;
	struct ip_set_counter_match bytes;
	__u32 flags;
};

#endif /*_XT_SET_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* iptables module for using NFQUEUE mechanism
 *
 * (C) 2005 Harald Welte <laforge@netfilter.org>
 *
 * This software is distributed under GNU GPL v2, 1991
 * 
*/
#ifndef _XT_NFQ_TARGET_H
#define _XT_NFQ_TARGET_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* target info */
struct xt_NFQ_info {
	__u16 queuenum;
};

struct xt_NFQ_info_v1 {
	__u16 queuenum;
	__u16 queues_total;
};

struct xt_NFQ_info_v2 {
	__u16 queuenum;
	__u16 queues_total;
	__u16 bypass;
};

struct xt_NFQ_info_v3 {
	__u16 queuenum;
	__u16 queues_total;
	__u16 flags;
#define NFQ_FLAG_BYPASS		0x01 /* for compatibility with v2 */
#define NFQ_FLAG_CPU_FANOUT	0x02 /* use current CPU (no hashing) */
#define NFQ_FLAG_MASK		0x03
};

#endif /* _XT_NFQ_TARGET_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _NFNETLINK_H
#define _NFNETLINK_H
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_compat.h>

enum nfnetlink_groups {
	NFNLGRP_NONE,
#define NFNLGRP_NONE			NFNLGRP_NONE
	NFNLGRP_CONNTRACK_NEW,
#define NFNLGRP_CONNTRACK_NEW		NFNLGRP_CONNTRACK_NEW
	NFNLGRP_CONNTRACK_UPDATE,
#define NFNLGRP_CONNTRACK_UPDATE	NFNLGRP_CONNTRACK_UPDATE
	NFNLGRP_CONNTRACK_DESTROY,
#define NFNLGRP_CONNTRACK_DESTROY	NFNLGRP_CONNTRACK_DESTROY
	NFNLGRP_CONNTRACK_EXP_NEW,
#define	NFNLGRP_CONNTRACK_EXP_NEW	NFNLGRP_CONNTRACK_EXP_NEW
	NFNLGRP_CONNTRACK_EXP_UPDATE,
#define NFNLGRP_CONNTRACK_EXP_UPDATE	NFNLGRP_CONNTRACK_EXP_UPDATE
	NFNLGRP_CONNTRACK_EXP_DESTROY,
#define NFNLGRP_CONNTRACK_EXP_DESTROY	NFNLGRP_CONNTRACK_EXP_DESTROY
	NFNLGRP_NFTABLES,
#define NFNLGRP_NFTABLES                NFNLGRP_NFTABLES
	NFNLGRP_ACCT_QUOTA,
#define NFNLGRP_ACCT_QUOTA		NFNLGRP_ACCT_QUOTA
	NFNLGRP_NFTRACE,
#define NFNLGRP_NFTRACE			NFNLGRP_NFTRACE
	__NFNLGRP_MAX,
};
#define NFNLGRP_MAX	(__NFNLGRP_MAX - 1)

/* General form of address family dependent message.
 */
struct nfgenmsg {
	__u8  nfgen_family;		/* AF_xxx */
	__u8  version;		/* nfnetlink version */
	__be16    res_id;		/* resource id */
};

#define NFNETLINK_V0	0

/* netfilter netlink message types are split in two pieces:
 * 8 bit subsystem, 8bit operation.
 */

#define NFNL_SUBSYS_ID(x)	((x & 0xff00) >> 8)
#define NFNL_MSG_TYPE(x)	(x & 0x00ff)

/* No enum here, otherwise __stringify() trick of MODULE_ALIAS_NFNL_SUBSYS()
 * won't work anymore */
#define NFNL_SUBSYS_NONE 		0
#define NFNL_SUBSYS_CTNETLINK		1
#define NFNL_SUBSYS_CTNETLINK_EXP	2
#define NFNL_SUBSYS_QUEUE		3
#define NFNL_SUBSYS_ULOG		4
#define NFNL_SUBSYS_OSF			5
#define NFNL_SUBSYS_IPSET		6
#define NFNL_SUBSYS_ACCT		7
#define NFNL_SUBSYS_CTNETLINK_TIMEOUT	8
#define NFNL_SUBSYS_CTHELPER		9
#define NFNL_SUBSYS_NFTABLES		10
#define NFNL_SUBSYS_NFT_COMPAT		11
#define NFNL_SUBSYS_COUNT		12

/* Reserved control nfnetlink messages */
#define NFNL_MSG_BATCH_BEGIN		NLMSG_MIN_TYPE
#define NFNL_MSG_BATCH_END		NLMSG_MIN_TYPE+1

/**
 * enum nfnl_batch_attributes - nfnetlink batch netlink attributes
 *
 * @NFNL_BATCH_GENID: generation ID for this changeset (NLA_U32)
 */
enum nfnl_batch_attributes {
        NFNL_BATCH_UNSPEC,
        NFNL_BATCH_GENID,
        __NFNL_BATCH_MAX
};
#define NFNL_BATCH_MAX			(__NFNL_BATCH_MAX - 1)

#endif /* _NFNETLINK_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _NFT_COMPAT_NFNETLINK_H_
#define _NFT_COMPAT_NFNETLINK_H_

enum nft_target_attributes {
	NFTA_TARGET_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_TARGET_NAME,
	NFTA_TARGET_REV,
	NFTA_TARGET_INFO,
	__NFTA_TARGET_MAX
};
#define NFTA_TARGET_MAX		(__NFTA_TARGET_MAX - 1)

enum nft_match_attributes {
	NFTA_MATCH_UNSPEC,
	NFTA_MATCH_NAME,
	NFTA_MATCH_REV,
	NFTA_MATCH_INFO,
	__NFTA_MATCH_MAX
};
#define NFTA_MATCH_MAX		(__NFTA_MATCH_MAX - 1)

#define NFT_COMPAT_NAME_MAX	32

enum {
	NFNL_MSG_COMPAT_GET,
	NFNL_MSG_COMPAT_MAX
};

enum {
	NFTA_COMPAT_UNSPEC = 0,
	NFTA_COMPAT_NAME,
	NFTA_COMPAT_REV,
	NFTA_COMPAT_TYPE,
	__NFTA_COMPAT_MAX,
};
#define NFTA_COMPAT_MAX (__NFTA_COMPAT_MAX - 1)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_STATISTIC_H
#define _XT_STATISTIC_H

#include <linux/types.h>

enum xt_statistic_mode {
	XT_STATISTIC_MODE_RANDOM,
	XT_STATISTIC_MODE_NTH,
	__XT_STATISTIC_MODE_MAX
};
#define XT_STATISTIC_MODE_MAX (__XT_STATISTIC_MODE_MAX - 1)

enum xt_statistic_flags {
	XT_STATISTIC_INVERT		= 0x1,
};
#define XT_STATISTIC_MASK		0x1

struct xt_statistic_priv;

struct xt_statistic_info {
	__u16			mode;
	__u16			flags;
	union {
		struct {
			__u32	probability;
		} random;
		struct {
			__u32	every;
			__u32	packet;
			__u32	count; /* unused */
		} nth;
	} u;
	struct xt_statistic_priv *master __attribute__((aligned(8)));
};

#endif /* _XT_STATISTIC_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_H
#define _NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_H
/* TCP tracking. */

#include <linux/types.h>

/* This is exposed to userspace (ctnetlink) */
enum tcp_conntrack {
	TCP_CONNTRACK_NONE,
	TCP_CONNTRACK_SYN_SENT,
	TCP_CONNTRACK_SYN_RECV,
	TCP_CONNTRACK_ESTABLISHED,
	TCP_CONNTRACK_FIN_WAIT,
	TCP_CONNTRACK_CLOSE_WAIT,
	TCP_CONNTRACK_LAST_ACK,
	TCP_CONNTRACK_TIME_WAIT,
	TCP_CONNTRACK_CLOSE,
	TCP_CONNTRACK_LISTEN,	/* obsolete */
#define TCP_CONNTRACK_SYN_SENT2	TCP_CONNTRACK_LISTEN
	TCP_CONNTRACK_MAX,
	TCP_CONNTRACK_IGNORE,
	TCP_CONNTRACK_RETRANS,
	TCP_CONNTRACK_UNACK,
	TCP_CONNTRACK_TIMEOUT_MAX
};

/* Window scaling is advertised by the sender */
#define IP_CT_TCP_FLAG_WINDOW_SCALE		0x01

/* SACK is permitted by the sender */
#define IP_CT_TCP_FLAG_SACK_PERM		0x02

/* This sender sent FIN first */
#define IP_CT_TCP_FLAG_CLOSE_INIT		0x04

/* Be liberal in window checking */
#define IP_CT_TCP_FLAG_BE_LIBERAL		0x08

/* Has unacknowledged data */
#define IP_CT_TCP_FLAG_DATA_UNACKNOWLEDGED	0x10

/* The field td_maxack has been set */
#define IP_CT_TCP_FLAG_MAXACK_SET		0x20

/* Marks possibility for expected RFC5961 challenge ACK */
#define IP_CT_EXP_CHALLENGE_ACK 		0x40

/* Simultaneous open initialized */
#define IP_CT_TCP_SIMULTANEOUS_OPEN		0x80

struct nf_ct_tcp_flags {
	__u8 flags;
	__u8 mask;
};


#endif /* _NF_CONNTRACK_TCP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _NFNL_CTHELPER_H_
#define _NFNL_CTHELPER_H_

#define NFCT_HELPER_STATUS_DISABLED	0
#define NFCT_HELPER_STATUS_ENABLED	1

enum nfnl_acct_msg_types {
	NFNL_MSG_CTHELPER_NEW,
	NFNL_MSG_CTHELPER_GET,
	NFNL_MSG_CTHELPER_DEL,
	NFNL_MSG_CTHELPER_MAX
};

enum nfnl_cthelper_type {
	NFCTH_UNSPEC,
	NFCTH_NAME,
	NFCTH_TUPLE,
	NFCTH_QUEUE_NUM,
	NFCTH_POLICY,
	NFCTH_PRIV_DATA_LEN,
	NFCTH_STATUS,
	__NFCTH_MAX
};
#define NFCTH_MAX (__NFCTH_MAX - 1)

enum nfnl_cthelper_policy_type {
	NFCTH_POLICY_SET_UNSPEC,
	NFCTH_POLICY_SET_NUM,
	NFCTH_POLICY_SET,
	NFCTH_POLICY_SET1	= NFCTH_POLICY_SET,
	NFCTH_POLICY_SET2,
	NFCTH_POLICY_SET3,
	NFCTH_POLICY_SET4,
	__NFCTH_POLICY_SET_MAX
};
#define NFCTH_POLICY_SET_MAX (__NFCTH_POLICY_SET_MAX - 1)

enum nfnl_cthelper_pol_type {
	NFCTH_POLICY_UNSPEC,
	NFCTH_POLICY_NAME,
	NFCTH_POLICY_EXPECT_MAX,
	NFCTH_POLICY_EXPECT_TIMEOUT,
	__NFCTH_POLICY_MAX
};
#define NFCTH_POLICY_MAX (__NFCTH_POLICY_MAX - 1)

enum nfnl_cthelper_tuple_type {
	NFCTH_TUPLE_UNSPEC,
	NFCTH_TUPLE_L3PROTONUM,
	NFCTH_TUPLE_L4PROTONUM,
	__NFCTH_TUPLE_MAX,
};
#define NFCTH_TUPLE_MAX (__NFCTH_TUPLE_MAX - 1)

#endif /* _NFNL_CTHELPER_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _XT_TCPMSS_H
#define _XT_TCPMSS_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct xt_tcpmss_info {
	__u16 mss;
};

#define XT_TCPMSS_CLAMP_PMTU 0xffff

#endif /* _XT_TCPMSS_H */
/*
 * There isn't anything here anymore, but the file must not be empty or patch
 * will delete it.
 */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR CDDL-1.0) */
/*
 * Virtual Device for Guest <-> VMM/Host communication, type definitions
 * which are also used for the vboxguest ioctl interface / by vboxsf
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2006-2016 Oracle Corporation
 */

#ifndef __UAPI_VBOX_VMMDEV_TYPES_H__
#define __UAPI_VBOX_VMMDEV_TYPES_H__

#include <asm/bitsperlong.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * We cannot use linux' compiletime_assert here because it expects to be used
 * inside a function only. Use a typedef to a char array with a negative size.
 */
#define VMMDEV_ASSERT_SIZE(type, size) \
	typedef char type ## _asrt_size[1 - 2*!!(sizeof(struct type) != (size))]

/** enum vmmdev_request_type - VMMDev request types. */
enum vmmdev_request_type {
	VMMDEVREQ_INVALID_REQUEST              =  0,
	VMMDEVREQ_GET_MOUSE_STATUS             =  1,
	VMMDEVREQ_SET_MOUSE_STATUS             =  2,
	VMMDEVREQ_SET_POINTER_SHAPE            =  3,
	VMMDEVREQ_GET_HOST_VERSION             =  4,
	VMMDEVREQ_IDLE                         =  5,
	VMMDEVREQ_GET_HOST_TIME                = 10,
	VMMDEVREQ_GET_HYPERVISOR_INFO          = 20,
	VMMDEVREQ_SET_HYPERVISOR_INFO          = 21,
	VMMDEVREQ_REGISTER_PATCH_MEMORY        = 22, /* since version 3.0.6 */
	VMMDEVREQ_DEREGISTER_PATCH_MEMORY      = 23, /* since version 3.0.6 */
	VMMDEVREQ_SET_POWER_STATUS             = 30,
	VMMDEVREQ_ACKNOWLEDGE_EVENTS           = 41,
	VMMDEVREQ_CTL_GUEST_FILTER_MASK        = 42,
	VMMDEVREQ_REPORT_GUEST_INFO            = 50,
	VMMDEVREQ_REPORT_GUEST_INFO2           = 58, /* since version 3.2.0 */
	VMMDEVREQ_REPORT_GUEST_STATUS          = 59, /* since version 3.2.8 */
	VMMDEVREQ_REPORT_GUEST_USER_STATE      = 74, /* since version 4.3 */
	/* Retrieve a display resize request sent by the host, deprecated. */
	VMMDEVREQ_GET_DISPLAY_CHANGE_REQ       = 51,
	VMMDEVREQ_VIDEMODE_SUPPORTED           = 52,
	VMMDEVREQ_GET_HEIGHT_REDUCTION         = 53,
	/**
	 * @VMMDEVREQ_GET_DISPLAY_CHANGE_REQ2:
	 * Retrieve a display resize request sent by the host.
	 *
	 * Queries a display resize request sent from the host.  If the
	 * event_ack member is sent to true and there is an unqueried request
	 * available for one of the virtual display then that request will
	 * be returned.  If several displays have unqueried requests the lowest
	 * numbered display will be chosen first.  Only the most recent unseen
	 * request for each display is remembered.
	 * If event_ack is set to false, the last host request queried with
	 * event_ack set is resent, or failing that the most recent received
	 * from the host.  If no host request was ever received then all zeros
	 * are returned.
	 */
	VMMDEVREQ_GET_DISPLAY_CHANGE_REQ2      = 54,
	VMMDEVREQ_REPORT_GUEST_CAPABILITIES    = 55,
	VMMDEVREQ_SET_GUEST_CAPABILITIES       = 56,
	VMMDEVREQ_VIDEMODE_SUPPORTED2          = 57, /* since version 3.2.0 */
	VMMDEVREQ_GET_DISPLAY_CHANGE_REQEX     = 80, /* since version 4.2.4 */
	VMMDEVREQ_HGCM_CONNECT                 = 60,
	VMMDEVREQ_HGCM_DISCONNECT              = 61,
	VMMDEVREQ_HGCM_CALL32                  = 62,
	VMMDEVREQ_HGCM_CALL64                  = 63,
	VMMDEVREQ_HGCM_CANCEL                  = 64,
	VMMDEVREQ_HGCM_CANCEL2                 = 65,
	VMMDEVREQ_VIDEO_ACCEL_ENABLE           = 70,
	VMMDEVREQ_VIDEO_ACCEL_FLUSH            = 71,
	VMMDEVREQ_VIDEO_SET_VISIBLE_REGION     = 72,
	VMMDEVREQ_GET_SEAMLESS_CHANGE_REQ      = 73,
	VMMDEVREQ_QUERY_CREDENTIALS            = 100,
	VMMDEVREQ_REPORT_CREDENTIALS_JUDGEMENT = 101,
	VMMDEVREQ_REPORT_GUEST_STATS           = 110,
	VMMDEVREQ_GET_MEMBALLOON_CHANGE_REQ    = 111,
	VMMDEVREQ_GET_STATISTICS_CHANGE_REQ    = 112,
	VMMDEVREQ_CHANGE_MEMBALLOON            = 113,
	VMMDEVREQ_GET_VRDPCHANGE_REQ           = 150,
	VMMDEVREQ_LOG_STRING                   = 200,
	VMMDEVREQ_GET_CPU_HOTPLUG_REQ          = 210,
	VMMDEVREQ_SET_CPU_HOTPLUG_STATUS       = 211,
	VMMDEVREQ_REGISTER_SHARED_MODULE       = 212,
	VMMDEVREQ_UNREGISTER_SHARED_MODULE     = 213,
	VMMDEVREQ_CHECK_SHARED_MODULES         = 214,
	VMMDEVREQ_GET_PAGE_SHARING_STATUS      = 215,
	VMMDEVREQ_DEBUG_IS_PAGE_SHARED         = 216,
	VMMDEVREQ_GET_SESSION_ID               = 217, /* since version 3.2.8 */
	VMMDEVREQ_WRITE_COREDUMP               = 218,
	VMMDEVREQ_GUEST_HEARTBEAT              = 219,
	VMMDEVREQ_HEARTBEAT_CONFIGURE          = 220,
	/* Ensure the enum is a 32 bit data-type */
	VMMDEVREQ_SIZEHACK                     = 0x7fffffff
};

#if __BITS_PER_LONG == 64
#define VMMDEVREQ_HGCM_CALL VMMDEVREQ_HGCM_CALL64
#else
#define VMMDEVREQ_HGCM_CALL VMMDEVREQ_HGCM_CALL32
#endif

/** HGCM service location types. */
enum vmmdev_hgcm_service_location_type {
	VMMDEV_HGCM_LOC_INVALID    = 0,
	VMMDEV_HGCM_LOC_LOCALHOST  = 1,
	VMMDEV_HGCM_LOC_LOCALHOST_EXISTING = 2,
	/* Ensure the enum is a 32 bit data-type */
	VMMDEV_HGCM_LOC_SIZEHACK   = 0x7fffffff
};

/** HGCM host service location. */
struct vmmdev_hgcm_service_location_localhost {
	/** Service name */
	char service_name[128];
};
VMMDEV_ASSERT_SIZE(vmmdev_hgcm_service_location_localhost, 128);

/** HGCM service location. */
struct vmmdev_hgcm_service_location {
	/** Type of the location. */
	enum vmmdev_hgcm_service_location_type type;

	union {
		struct vmmdev_hgcm_service_location_localhost localhost;
	} u;
};
VMMDEV_ASSERT_SIZE(vmmdev_hgcm_service_location, 128 + 4);

/** HGCM function parameter type. */
enum vmmdev_hgcm_function_parameter_type {
	VMMDEV_HGCM_PARM_TYPE_INVALID            = 0,
	VMMDEV_HGCM_PARM_TYPE_32BIT              = 1,
	VMMDEV_HGCM_PARM_TYPE_64BIT              = 2,
	/** Deprecated Doesn't work, use PAGELIST. */
	VMMDEV_HGCM_PARM_TYPE_PHYSADDR           = 3,
	/** In and Out, user-memory */
	VMMDEV_HGCM_PARM_TYPE_LINADDR            = 4,
	/** In, user-memory  (read;  host<-guest) */
	VMMDEV_HGCM_PARM_TYPE_LINADDR_IN         = 5,
	/** Out, user-memory (write; host->guest) */
	VMMDEV_HGCM_PARM_TYPE_LINADDR_OUT        = 6,
	/** In and Out, kernel-memory */
	VMMDEV_HGCM_PARM_TYPE_LINADDR_KERNEL     = 7,
	/** In, kernel-memory  (read;  host<-guest) */
	VMMDEV_HGCM_PARM_TYPE_LINADDR_KERNEL_IN  = 8,
	/** Out, kernel-memory (write; host->guest) */
	VMMDEV_HGCM_PARM_TYPE_LINADDR_KERNEL_OUT = 9,
	/** Physical addresses of locked pages for a buffer. */
	VMMDEV_HGCM_PARM_TYPE_PAGELIST           = 10,
	/* Ensure the enum is a 32 bit data-type */
	VMMDEV_HGCM_PARM_TYPE_SIZEHACK           = 0x7fffffff
};

/** HGCM function parameter, 32-bit client. */
struct vmmdev_hgcm_function_parameter32 {
	enum vmmdev_hgcm_function_parameter_type type;
	union {
		__u32 value32;
		__u64 value64;
		struct {
			__u32 size;
			union {
				__u32 phys_addr;
				__u32 linear_addr;
			} u;
		} pointer;
		struct {
			/** Size of the buffer described by the page list. */
			__u32 size;
			/** Relative to the request header. */
			__u32 offset;
		} page_list;
	} u;
} __attribute__((packed));
VMMDEV_ASSERT_SIZE(vmmdev_hgcm_function_parameter32, 4 + 8);

/** HGCM function parameter, 64-bit client. */
struct vmmdev_hgcm_function_parameter64 {
	enum vmmdev_hgcm_function_parameter_type type;
	union {
		__u32 value32;
		__u64 value64;
		struct {
			__u32 size;
			union {
				__u64 phys_addr;
				__u64 linear_addr;
			} u;
		} __attribute__((packed)) pointer;
		struct {
			/** Size of the buffer described by the page list. */
			__u32 size;
			/** Relative to the request header. */
			__u32 offset;
		} page_list;
	} __attribute__((packed)) u;
} __attribute__((packed));
VMMDEV_ASSERT_SIZE(vmmdev_hgcm_function_parameter64, 4 + 12);

#if __BITS_PER_LONG == 64
#define vmmdev_hgcm_function_parameter vmmdev_hgcm_function_parameter64
#else
#define vmmdev_hgcm_function_parameter vmmdev_hgcm_function_parameter32
#endif

#define VMMDEV_HGCM_F_PARM_DIRECTION_NONE      0x00000000U
#define VMMDEV_HGCM_F_PARM_DIRECTION_TO_HOST   0x00000001U
#define VMMDEV_HGCM_F_PARM_DIRECTION_FROM_HOST 0x00000002U
#define VMMDEV_HGCM_F_PARM_DIRECTION_BOTH      0x00000003U

/**
 * struct vmmdev_hgcm_pagelist - VMMDEV_HGCM_PARM_TYPE_PAGELIST parameters
 * point to this structure to actually describe the buffer.
 */
struct vmmdev_hgcm_pagelist {
	__u32 flags;             /** VMMDEV_HGCM_F_PARM_*. */
	__u16 offset_first_page; /** Data offset in the first page. */
	__u16 page_count;        /** Number of pages. */
	__u64 pages[1];          /** Page addresses. */
};
VMMDEV_ASSERT_SIZE(vmmdev_hgcm_pagelist, 4 + 2 + 2 + 8);

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
  File: linux/xattr.h

  Extended attributes handling.

  Copyright (C) 2001 by Andreas Gruenbacher <a.gruenbacher@computer.org>
  Copyright (c) 2001-2002 Silicon Graphics, Inc.  All Rights Reserved.
  Copyright (c) 2004 Red Hat, Inc., James Morris <jmorris@redhat.com>
*/

#include <linux/libc-compat.h>

#ifndef _LINUX_XATTR_H
#define _LINUX_XATTR_H

#if __UAPI_DEF_XATTR
#define __USE_KERNEL_XATTR_DEFS

#define XATTR_CREATE	0x1	/* set value, fail if attr already exists */
#define XATTR_REPLACE	0x2	/* set value, fail if attr does not exist */
#endif

/* Namespaces */
#define XATTR_OS2_PREFIX "os2."
#define XATTR_OS2_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof(XATTR_OS2_PREFIX) - 1)

#define XATTR_MAC_OSX_PREFIX "osx."
#define XATTR_MAC_OSX_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof(XATTR_MAC_OSX_PREFIX) - 1)

#define XATTR_BTRFS_PREFIX "btrfs."
#define XATTR_BTRFS_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof(XATTR_BTRFS_PREFIX) - 1)

#define XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX	"security."
#define XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof(XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX) - 1)

#define XATTR_SYSTEM_PREFIX "system."
#define XATTR_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof(XATTR_SYSTEM_PREFIX) - 1)

#define XATTR_TRUSTED_PREFIX "trusted."
#define XATTR_TRUSTED_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof(XATTR_TRUSTED_PREFIX) - 1)

#define XATTR_USER_PREFIX "user."
#define XATTR_USER_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof(XATTR_USER_PREFIX) - 1)

/* Security namespace */
#define XATTR_EVM_SUFFIX "evm"
#define XATTR_NAME_EVM XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX XATTR_EVM_SUFFIX

#define XATTR_IMA_SUFFIX "ima"
#define XATTR_NAME_IMA XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX XATTR_IMA_SUFFIX

#define XATTR_SELINUX_SUFFIX "selinux"
#define XATTR_NAME_SELINUX XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX XATTR_SELINUX_SUFFIX

#define XATTR_SMACK_SUFFIX "SMACK64"
#define XATTR_SMACK_IPIN "SMACK64IPIN"
#define XATTR_SMACK_IPOUT "SMACK64IPOUT"
#define XATTR_SMACK_EXEC "SMACK64EXEC"
#define XATTR_SMACK_TRANSMUTE "SMACK64TRANSMUTE"
#define XATTR_SMACK_MMAP "SMACK64MMAP"
#define XATTR_NAME_SMACK XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX XATTR_SMACK_SUFFIX
#define XATTR_NAME_SMACKIPIN	XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX XATTR_SMACK_IPIN
#define XATTR_NAME_SMACKIPOUT	XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX XATTR_SMACK_IPOUT
#define XATTR_NAME_SMACKEXEC	XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX XATTR_SMACK_EXEC
#define XATTR_NAME_SMACKTRANSMUTE XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX XATTR_SMACK_TRANSMUTE
#define XATTR_NAME_SMACKMMAP XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX XATTR_SMACK_MMAP

#define XATTR_APPARMOR_SUFFIX "apparmor"
#define XATTR_NAME_APPARMOR XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX XATTR_APPARMOR_SUFFIX

#define XATTR_CAPS_SUFFIX "capability"
#define XATTR_NAME_CAPS XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX XATTR_CAPS_SUFFIX

#define XATTR_POSIX_ACL_ACCESS  "posix_acl_access"
#define XATTR_NAME_POSIX_ACL_ACCESS XATTR_SYSTEM_PREFIX XATTR_POSIX_ACL_ACCESS
#define XATTR_POSIX_ACL_DEFAULT  "posix_acl_default"
#define XATTR_NAME_POSIX_ACL_DEFAULT XATTR_SYSTEM_PREFIX XATTR_POSIX_ACL_DEFAULT


#endif /* _LINUX_XATTR_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *	PCI standard defines
 *	Copyright 1994, Drew Eckhardt
 *	Copyright 1997--1999 Martin Mares <mj@ucw.cz>
 *
 *	For more information, please consult the following manuals (look at
 *	http://www.pcisig.com/ for how to get them):
 *
 *	PCI BIOS Specification
 *	PCI Local Bus Specification
 *	PCI to PCI Bridge Specification
 *	PCI System Design Guide
 *
 *	For HyperTransport information, please consult the following manuals
 *	from http://www.hypertransport.org :
 *
 *	The HyperTransport I/O Link Specification
 */

#ifndef LINUX_PCI_REGS_H
#define LINUX_PCI_REGS_H

/*
 * Conventional PCI and PCI-X Mode 1 devices have 256 bytes of
 * configuration space.  PCI-X Mode 2 and PCIe devices have 4096 bytes of
 * configuration space.
 */
#define PCI_CFG_SPACE_SIZE	256
#define PCI_CFG_SPACE_EXP_SIZE	4096

/*
 * Under PCI, each device has 256 bytes of configuration address space,
 * of which the first 64 bytes are standardized as follows:
 */
#define PCI_STD_HEADER_SIZEOF	64
#define PCI_STD_NUM_BARS	6
#define PCI_VENDOR_ID		0x00	/* 16 bits */
#define PCI_DEVICE_ID		0x02	/* 16 bits */
#define PCI_COMMAND		0x04	/* 16 bits */
#define  PCI_COMMAND_IO		0x1	/* Enable response in I/O space */
#define  PCI_COMMAND_MEMORY	0x2	/* Enable response in Memory space */
#define  PCI_COMMAND_MASTER	0x4	/* Enable bus mastering */
#define  PCI_COMMAND_SPECIAL	0x8	/* Enable response to special cycles */
#define  PCI_COMMAND_INVALIDATE	0x10	/* Use memory write and invalidate */
#define  PCI_COMMAND_VGA_PALETTE 0x20	/* Enable palette snooping */
#define  PCI_COMMAND_PARITY	0x40	/* Enable parity checking */
#define  PCI_COMMAND_WAIT	0x80	/* Enable address/data stepping */
#define  PCI_COMMAND_SERR	0x100	/* Enable SERR */
#define  PCI_COMMAND_FAST_BACK	0x200	/* Enable back-to-back writes */
#define  PCI_COMMAND_INTX_DISABLE 0x400 /* INTx Emulation Disable */

#define PCI_STATUS		0x06	/* 16 bits */
#define  PCI_STATUS_IMM_READY	0x01	/* Immediate Readiness */
#define  PCI_STATUS_INTERRUPT	0x08	/* Interrupt status */
#define  PCI_STATUS_CAP_LIST	0x10	/* Support Capability List */
#define  PCI_STATUS_66MHZ	0x20	/* Support 66 MHz PCI 2.1 bus */
#define  PCI_STATUS_UDF		0x40	/* Support User Definable Features [obsolete] */
#define  PCI_STATUS_FAST_BACK	0x80	/* Accept fast-back to back */
#define  PCI_STATUS_PARITY	0x100	/* Detected parity error */
#define  PCI_STATUS_DEVSEL_MASK	0x600	/* DEVSEL timing */
#define  PCI_STATUS_DEVSEL_FAST		0x000
#define  PCI_STATUS_DEVSEL_MEDIUM	0x200
#define  PCI_STATUS_DEVSEL_SLOW		0x400
#define  PCI_STATUS_SIG_TARGET_ABORT	0x800 /* Set on target abort */
#define  PCI_STATUS_REC_TARGET_ABORT	0x1000 /* Master ack of " */
#define  PCI_STATUS_REC_MASTER_ABORT	0x2000 /* Set on master abort */
#define  PCI_STATUS_SIG_SYSTEM_ERROR	0x4000 /* Set when we drive SERR */
#define  PCI_STATUS_DETECTED_PARITY	0x8000 /* Set on parity error */

#define PCI_CLASS_REVISION	0x08	/* High 24 bits are class, low 8 revision */
#define PCI_REVISION_ID		0x08	/* Revision ID */
#define PCI_CLASS_PROG		0x09	/* Reg. Level Programming Interface */
#define PCI_CLASS_DEVICE	0x0a	/* Device class */

#define PCI_CACHE_LINE_SIZE	0x0c	/* 8 bits */
#define PCI_LATENCY_TIMER	0x0d	/* 8 bits */
#define PCI_HEADER_TYPE		0x0e	/* 8 bits */
#define  PCI_HEADER_TYPE_MASK		0x7f
#define  PCI_HEADER_TYPE_NORMAL		0
#define  PCI_HEADER_TYPE_BRIDGE		1
#define  PCI_HEADER_TYPE_CARDBUS	2

#define PCI_BIST		0x0f	/* 8 bits */
#define  PCI_BIST_CODE_MASK	0x0f	/* Return result */
#define  PCI_BIST_START		0x40	/* 1 to start BIST, 2 secs or less */
#define  PCI_BIST_CAPABLE	0x80	/* 1 if BIST capable */

/*
 * Base addresses specify locations in memory or I/O space.
 * Decoded size can be determined by writing a value of
 * 0xffffffff to the register, and reading it back.  Only
 * 1 bits are decoded.
 */
#define PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_0	0x10	/* 32 bits */
#define PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_1	0x14	/* 32 bits [htype 0,1 only] */
#define PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_2	0x18	/* 32 bits [htype 0 only] */
#define PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_3	0x1c	/* 32 bits */
#define PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_4	0x20	/* 32 bits */
#define PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_5	0x24	/* 32 bits */
#define  PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_SPACE		0x01	/* 0 = memory, 1 = I/O */
#define  PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_SPACE_IO	0x01
#define  PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_SPACE_MEMORY	0x00
#define  PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_MEM_TYPE_MASK	0x06
#define  PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_MEM_TYPE_32	0x00	/* 32 bit address */
#define  PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_MEM_TYPE_1M	0x02	/* Below 1M [obsolete] */
#define  PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_MEM_TYPE_64	0x04	/* 64 bit address */
#define  PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_MEM_PREFETCH	0x08	/* prefetchable? */
#define  PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_MEM_MASK	(~0x0fUL)
#define  PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_IO_MASK	(~0x03UL)
/* bit 1 is reserved if address_space = 1 */

/* Header type 0 (normal devices) */
#define PCI_CARDBUS_CIS		0x28
#define PCI_SUBSYSTEM_VENDOR_ID	0x2c
#define PCI_SUBSYSTEM_ID	0x2e
#define PCI_ROM_ADDRESS		0x30	/* Bits 31..11 are address, 10..1 reserved */
#define  PCI_ROM_ADDRESS_ENABLE	0x01
#define PCI_ROM_ADDRESS_MASK	(~0x7ffU)

#define PCI_CAPABILITY_LIST	0x34	/* Offset of first capability list entry */

/* 0x35-0x3b are reserved */
#define PCI_INTERRUPT_LINE	0x3c	/* 8 bits */
#define PCI_INTERRUPT_PIN	0x3d	/* 8 bits */
#define PCI_MIN_GNT		0x3e	/* 8 bits */
#define PCI_MAX_LAT		0x3f	/* 8 bits */

/* Header type 1 (PCI-to-PCI bridges) */
#define PCI_PRIMARY_BUS		0x18	/* Primary bus number */
#define PCI_SECONDARY_BUS	0x19	/* Secondary bus number */
#define PCI_SUBORDINATE_BUS	0x1a	/* Highest bus number behind the bridge */
#define PCI_SEC_LATENCY_TIMER	0x1b	/* Latency timer for secondary interface */
#define PCI_IO_BASE		0x1c	/* I/O range behind the bridge */
#define PCI_IO_LIMIT		0x1d
#define  PCI_IO_RANGE_TYPE_MASK	0x0fUL	/* I/O bridging type */
#define  PCI_IO_RANGE_TYPE_16	0x00
#define  PCI_IO_RANGE_TYPE_32	0x01
#define  PCI_IO_RANGE_MASK	(~0x0fUL) /* Standard 4K I/O windows */
#define  PCI_IO_1K_RANGE_MASK	(~0x03UL) /* Intel 1K I/O windows */
#define PCI_SEC_STATUS		0x1e	/* Secondary status register, only bit 14 used */
#define PCI_MEMORY_BASE		0x20	/* Memory range behind */
#define PCI_MEMORY_LIMIT	0x22
#define  PCI_MEMORY_RANGE_TYPE_MASK 0x0fUL
#define  PCI_MEMORY_RANGE_MASK	(~0x0fUL)
#define PCI_PREF_MEMORY_BASE	0x24	/* Prefetchable memory range behind */
#define PCI_PREF_MEMORY_LIMIT	0x26
#define  PCI_PREF_RANGE_TYPE_MASK 0x0fUL
#define  PCI_PREF_RANGE_TYPE_32	0x00
#define  PCI_PREF_RANGE_TYPE_64	0x01
#define  PCI_PREF_RANGE_MASK	(~0x0fUL)
#define PCI_PREF_BASE_UPPER32	0x28	/* Upper half of prefetchable memory range */
#define PCI_PREF_LIMIT_UPPER32	0x2c
#define PCI_IO_BASE_UPPER16	0x30	/* Upper half of I/O addresses */
#define PCI_IO_LIMIT_UPPER16	0x32
/* 0x34 same as for htype 0 */
/* 0x35-0x3b is reserved */
#define PCI_ROM_ADDRESS1	0x38	/* Same as PCI_ROM_ADDRESS, but for htype 1 */
/* 0x3c-0x3d are same as for htype 0 */
#define PCI_BRIDGE_CONTROL	0x3e
#define  PCI_BRIDGE_CTL_PARITY	0x01	/* Enable parity detection on secondary interface */
#define  PCI_BRIDGE_CTL_SERR	0x02	/* The same for SERR forwarding */
#define  PCI_BRIDGE_CTL_ISA	0x04	/* Enable ISA mode */
#define  PCI_BRIDGE_CTL_VGA	0x08	/* Forward VGA addresses */
#define  PCI_BRIDGE_CTL_MASTER_ABORT	0x20  /* Report master aborts */
#define  PCI_BRIDGE_CTL_BUS_RESET	0x40	/* Secondary bus reset */
#define  PCI_BRIDGE_CTL_FAST_BACK	0x80	/* Fast Back2Back enabled on secondary interface */

/* Header type 2 (CardBus bridges) */
#define PCI_CB_CAPABILITY_LIST	0x14
/* 0x15 reserved */
#define PCI_CB_SEC_STATUS	0x16	/* Secondary status */
#define PCI_CB_PRIMARY_BUS	0x18	/* PCI bus number */
#define PCI_CB_CARD_BUS		0x19	/* CardBus bus number */
#define PCI_CB_SUBORDINATE_BUS	0x1a	/* Subordinate bus number */
#define PCI_CB_LATENCY_TIMER	0x1b	/* CardBus latency timer */
#define PCI_CB_MEMORY_BASE_0	0x1c
#define PCI_CB_MEMORY_LIMIT_0	0x20
#define PCI_CB_MEMORY_BASE_1	0x24
#define PCI_CB_MEMORY_LIMIT_1	0x28
#define PCI_CB_IO_BASE_0	0x2c
#define PCI_CB_IO_BASE_0_HI	0x2e
#define PCI_CB_IO_LIMIT_0	0x30
#define PCI_CB_IO_LIMIT_0_HI	0x32
#define PCI_CB_IO_BASE_1	0x34
#define PCI_CB_IO_BASE_1_HI	0x36
#define PCI_CB_IO_LIMIT_1	0x38
#define PCI_CB_IO_LIMIT_1_HI	0x3a
#define  PCI_CB_IO_RANGE_MASK	(~0x03UL)
/* 0x3c-0x3d are same as for htype 0 */
#define PCI_CB_BRIDGE_CONTROL	0x3e
#define  PCI_CB_BRIDGE_CTL_PARITY	0x01	/* Similar to standard bridge control register */
#define  PCI_CB_BRIDGE_CTL_SERR		0x02
#define  PCI_CB_BRIDGE_CTL_ISA		0x04
#define  PCI_CB_BRIDGE_CTL_VGA		0x08
#define  PCI_CB_BRIDGE_CTL_MASTER_ABORT	0x20
#define  PCI_CB_BRIDGE_CTL_CB_RESET	0x40	/* CardBus reset */
#define  PCI_CB_BRIDGE_CTL_16BIT_INT	0x80	/* Enable interrupt for 16-bit cards */
#define  PCI_CB_BRIDGE_CTL_PREFETCH_MEM0 0x100	/* Prefetch enable for both memory regions */
#define  PCI_CB_BRIDGE_CTL_PREFETCH_MEM1 0x200
#define  PCI_CB_BRIDGE_CTL_POST_WRITES	0x400
#define PCI_CB_SUBSYSTEM_VENDOR_ID	0x40
#define PCI_CB_SUBSYSTEM_ID		0x42
#define PCI_CB_LEGACY_MODE_BASE		0x44	/* 16-bit PC Card legacy mode base address (ExCa) */
/* 0x48-0x7f reserved */

/* Capability lists */

#define PCI_CAP_LIST_ID		0	/* Capability ID */
#define  PCI_CAP_ID_PM		0x01	/* Power Management */
#define  PCI_CAP_ID_AGP		0x02	/* Accelerated Graphics Port */
#define  PCI_CAP_ID_VPD		0x03	/* Vital Product Data */
#define  PCI_CAP_ID_SLOTID	0x04	/* Slot Identification */
#define  PCI_CAP_ID_MSI		0x05	/* Message Signalled Interrupts */
#define  PCI_CAP_ID_CHSWP	0x06	/* CompactPCI HotSwap */
#define  PCI_CAP_ID_PCIX	0x07	/* PCI-X */
#define  PCI_CAP_ID_HT		0x08	/* HyperTransport */
#define  PCI_CAP_ID_VNDR	0x09	/* Vendor-Specific */
#define  PCI_CAP_ID_DBG		0x0A	/* Debug port */
#define  PCI_CAP_ID_CCRC	0x0B	/* CompactPCI Central Resource Control */
#define  PCI_CAP_ID_SHPC	0x0C	/* PCI Standard Hot-Plug Controller */
#define  PCI_CAP_ID_SSVID	0x0D	/* Bridge subsystem vendor/device ID */
#define  PCI_CAP_ID_AGP3	0x0E	/* AGP Target PCI-PCI bridge */
#define  PCI_CAP_ID_SECDEV	0x0F	/* Secure Device */
#define  PCI_CAP_ID_EXP		0x10	/* PCI Express */
#define  PCI_CAP_ID_MSIX	0x11	/* MSI-X */
#define  PCI_CAP_ID_SATA	0x12	/* SATA Data/Index Conf. */
#define  PCI_CAP_ID_AF		0x13	/* PCI Advanced Features */
#define  PCI_CAP_ID_EA		0x14	/* PCI Enhanced Allocation */
#define  PCI_CAP_ID_MAX		PCI_CAP_ID_EA
#define PCI_CAP_LIST_NEXT	1	/* Next capability in the list */
#define PCI_CAP_FLAGS		2	/* Capability defined flags (16 bits) */
#define PCI_CAP_SIZEOF		4

/* Power Management Registers */

#define PCI_PM_PMC		2	/* PM Capabilities Register */
#define  PCI_PM_CAP_VER_MASK	0x0007	/* Version */
#define  PCI_PM_CAP_PME_CLOCK	0x0008	/* PME clock required */
#define  PCI_PM_CAP_RESERVED    0x0010  /* Reserved field */
#define  PCI_PM_CAP_DSI		0x0020	/* Device specific initialization */
#define  PCI_PM_CAP_AUX_POWER	0x01C0	/* Auxiliary power support mask */
#define  PCI_PM_CAP_D1		0x0200	/* D1 power state support */
#define  PCI_PM_CAP_D2		0x0400	/* D2 power state support */
#define  PCI_PM_CAP_PME		0x0800	/* PME pin supported */
#define  PCI_PM_CAP_PME_MASK	0xF800	/* PME Mask of all supported states */
#define  PCI_PM_CAP_PME_D0	0x0800	/* PME# from D0 */
#define  PCI_PM_CAP_PME_D1	0x1000	/* PME# from D1 */
#define  PCI_PM_CAP_PME_D2	0x2000	/* PME# from D2 */
#define  PCI_PM_CAP_PME_D3	0x4000	/* PME# from D3 (hot) */
#define  PCI_PM_CAP_PME_D3cold	0x8000	/* PME# from D3 (cold) */
#define  PCI_PM_CAP_PME_SHIFT	11	/* Start of the PME Mask in PMC */
#define PCI_PM_CTRL		4	/* PM control and status register */
#define  PCI_PM_CTRL_STATE_MASK	0x0003	/* Current power state (D0 to D3) */
#define  PCI_PM_CTRL_NO_SOFT_RESET	0x0008	/* No reset for D3hot->D0 */
#define  PCI_PM_CTRL_PME_ENABLE	0x0100	/* PME pin enable */
#define  PCI_PM_CTRL_DATA_SEL_MASK	0x1e00	/* Data select (??) */
#define  PCI_PM_CTRL_DATA_SCALE_MASK	0x6000	/* Data scale (??) */
#define  PCI_PM_CTRL_PME_STATUS	0x8000	/* PME pin status */
#define PCI_PM_PPB_EXTENSIONS	6	/* PPB support extensions (??) */
#define  PCI_PM_PPB_B2_B3	0x40	/* Stop clock when in D3hot (??) */
#define  PCI_PM_BPCC_ENABLE	0x80	/* Bus power/clock control enable (??) */
#define PCI_PM_DATA_REGISTER	7	/* (??) */
#define PCI_PM_SIZEOF		8

/* AGP registers */

#define PCI_AGP_VERSION		2	/* BCD version number */
#define PCI_AGP_RFU		3	/* Rest of capability flags */
#define PCI_AGP_STATUS		4	/* Status register */
#define  PCI_AGP_STATUS_RQ_MASK	0xff000000	/* Maximum number of requests - 1 */
#define  PCI_AGP_STATUS_SBA	0x0200	/* Sideband addressing supported */
#define  PCI_AGP_STATUS_64BIT	0x0020	/* 64-bit addressing supported */
#define  PCI_AGP_STATUS_FW	0x0010	/* FW transfers supported */
#define  PCI_AGP_STATUS_RATE4	0x0004	/* 4x transfer rate supported */
#define  PCI_AGP_STATUS_RATE2	0x0002	/* 2x transfer rate supported */
#define  PCI_AGP_STATUS_RATE1	0x0001	/* 1x transfer rate supported */
#define PCI_AGP_COMMAND		8	/* Control register */
#define  PCI_AGP_COMMAND_RQ_MASK 0xff000000  /* Master: Maximum number of requests */
#define  PCI_AGP_COMMAND_SBA	0x0200	/* Sideband addressing enabled */
#define  PCI_AGP_COMMAND_AGP	0x0100	/* Allow processing of AGP transactions */
#define  PCI_AGP_COMMAND_64BIT	0x0020	/* Allow processing of 64-bit addresses */
#define  PCI_AGP_COMMAND_FW	0x0010	/* Force FW transfers */
#define  PCI_AGP_COMMAND_RATE4	0x0004	/* Use 4x rate */
#define  PCI_AGP_COMMAND_RATE2	0x0002	/* Use 2x rate */
#define  PCI_AGP_COMMAND_RATE1	0x0001	/* Use 1x rate */
#define PCI_AGP_SIZEOF		12

/* Vital Product Data */

#define PCI_VPD_ADDR		2	/* Address to access (15 bits!) */
#define  PCI_VPD_ADDR_MASK	0x7fff	/* Address mask */
#define  PCI_VPD_ADDR_F		0x8000	/* Write 0, 1 indicates completion */
#define PCI_VPD_DATA		4	/* 32-bits of data returned here */
#define PCI_CAP_VPD_SIZEOF	8

/* Slot Identification */

#define PCI_SID_ESR		2	/* Expansion Slot Register */
#define  PCI_SID_ESR_NSLOTS	0x1f	/* Number of expansion slots available */
#define  PCI_SID_ESR_FIC	0x20	/* First In Chassis Flag */
#define PCI_SID_CHASSIS_NR	3	/* Chassis Number */

/* Message Signalled Interrupt registers */

#define PCI_MSI_FLAGS		2	/* Message Control */
#define  PCI_MSI_FLAGS_ENABLE	0x0001	/* MSI feature enabled */
#define  PCI_MSI_FLAGS_QMASK	0x000e	/* Maximum queue size available */
#define  PCI_MSI_FLAGS_QSIZE	0x0070	/* Message queue size configured */
#define  PCI_MSI_FLAGS_64BIT	0x0080	/* 64-bit addresses allowed */
#define  PCI_MSI_FLAGS_MASKBIT	0x0100	/* Per-vector masking capable */
#define PCI_MSI_RFU		3	/* Rest of capability flags */
#define PCI_MSI_ADDRESS_LO	4	/* Lower 32 bits */
#define PCI_MSI_ADDRESS_HI	8	/* Upper 32 bits (if PCI_MSI_FLAGS_64BIT set) */
#define PCI_MSI_DATA_32		8	/* 16 bits of data for 32-bit devices */
#define PCI_MSI_MASK_32		12	/* Mask bits register for 32-bit devices */
#define PCI_MSI_PENDING_32	16	/* Pending intrs for 32-bit devices */
#define PCI_MSI_DATA_64		12	/* 16 bits of data for 64-bit devices */
#define PCI_MSI_MASK_64		16	/* Mask bits register for 64-bit devices */
#define PCI_MSI_PENDING_64	20	/* Pending intrs for 64-bit devices */

/* MSI-X registers (in MSI-X capability) */
#define PCI_MSIX_FLAGS		2	/* Message Control */
#define  PCI_MSIX_FLAGS_QSIZE	0x07FF	/* Table size */
#define  PCI_MSIX_FLAGS_MASKALL	0x4000	/* Mask all vectors for this function */
#define  PCI_MSIX_FLAGS_ENABLE	0x8000	/* MSI-X enable */
#define PCI_MSIX_TABLE		4	/* Table offset */
#define  PCI_MSIX_TABLE_BIR	0x00000007 /* BAR index */
#define  PCI_MSIX_TABLE_OFFSET	0xfffffff8 /* Offset into specified BAR */
#define PCI_MSIX_PBA		8	/* Pending Bit Array offset */
#define  PCI_MSIX_PBA_BIR	0x00000007 /* BAR index */
#define  PCI_MSIX_PBA_OFFSET	0xfffffff8 /* Offset into specified BAR */
#define PCI_MSIX_FLAGS_BIRMASK	PCI_MSIX_PBA_BIR /* deprecated */
#define PCI_CAP_MSIX_SIZEOF	12	/* size of MSIX registers */

/* MSI-X Table entry format (in memory mapped by a BAR) */
#define PCI_MSIX_ENTRY_SIZE		16
#define PCI_MSIX_ENTRY_LOWER_ADDR	0  /* Message Address */
#define PCI_MSIX_ENTRY_UPPER_ADDR	4  /* Message Upper Address */
#define PCI_MSIX_ENTRY_DATA		8  /* Message Data */
#define PCI_MSIX_ENTRY_VECTOR_CTRL	12 /* Vector Control */
#define  PCI_MSIX_ENTRY_CTRL_MASKBIT	0x00000001

/* CompactPCI Hotswap Register */

#define PCI_CHSWP_CSR		2	/* Control and Status Register */
#define  PCI_CHSWP_DHA		0x01	/* Device Hiding Arm */
#define  PCI_CHSWP_EIM		0x02	/* ENUM# Signal Mask */
#define  PCI_CHSWP_PIE		0x04	/* Pending Insert or Extract */
#define  PCI_CHSWP_LOO		0x08	/* LED On / Off */
#define  PCI_CHSWP_PI		0x30	/* Programming Interface */
#define  PCI_CHSWP_EXT		0x40	/* ENUM# status - extraction */
#define  PCI_CHSWP_INS		0x80	/* ENUM# status - insertion */

/* PCI Advanced Feature registers */

#define PCI_AF_LENGTH		2
#define PCI_AF_CAP		3
#define  PCI_AF_CAP_TP		0x01
#define  PCI_AF_CAP_FLR		0x02
#define PCI_AF_CTRL		4
#define  PCI_AF_CTRL_FLR	0x01
#define PCI_AF_STATUS		5
#define  PCI_AF_STATUS_TP	0x01
#define PCI_CAP_AF_SIZEOF	6	/* size of AF registers */

/* PCI Enhanced Allocation registers */

#define PCI_EA_NUM_ENT		2	/* Number of Capability Entries */
#define  PCI_EA_NUM_ENT_MASK	0x3f	/* Num Entries Mask */
#define PCI_EA_FIRST_ENT	4	/* First EA Entry in List */
#define PCI_EA_FIRST_ENT_BRIDGE	8	/* First EA Entry for Bridges */
#define  PCI_EA_ES		0x00000007 /* Entry Size */
#define  PCI_EA_BEI		0x000000f0 /* BAR Equivalent Indicator */

/* EA fixed Secondary and Subordinate bus numbers for Bridge */
#define PCI_EA_SEC_BUS_MASK	0xff
#define PCI_EA_SUB_BUS_MASK	0xff00
#define PCI_EA_SUB_BUS_SHIFT	8

/* 0-5 map to BARs 0-5 respectively */
#define   PCI_EA_BEI_BAR0		0
#define   PCI_EA_BEI_BAR5		5
#define   PCI_EA_BEI_BRIDGE		6	/* Resource behind bridge */
#define   PCI_EA_BEI_ENI		7	/* Equivalent Not Indicated */
#define   PCI_EA_BEI_ROM		8	/* Expansion ROM */
/* 9-14 map to VF BARs 0-5 respectively */
#define   PCI_EA_BEI_VF_BAR0		9
#define   PCI_EA_BEI_VF_BAR5		14
#define   PCI_EA_BEI_RESERVED		15	/* Reserved - Treat like ENI */
#define  PCI_EA_PP		0x0000ff00	/* Primary Properties */
#define  PCI_EA_SP		0x00ff0000	/* Secondary Properties */
#define   PCI_EA_P_MEM			0x00	/* Non-Prefetch Memory */
#define   PCI_EA_P_MEM_PREFETCH		0x01	/* Prefetchable Memory */
#define   PCI_EA_P_IO			0x02	/* I/O Space */
#define   PCI_EA_P_VF_MEM_PREFETCH	0x03	/* VF Prefetchable Memory */
#define   PCI_EA_P_VF_MEM		0x04	/* VF Non-Prefetch Memory */
#define   PCI_EA_P_BRIDGE_MEM		0x05	/* Bridge Non-Prefetch Memory */
#define   PCI_EA_P_BRIDGE_MEM_PREFETCH	0x06	/* Bridge Prefetchable Memory */
#define   PCI_EA_P_BRIDGE_IO		0x07	/* Bridge I/O Space */
/* 0x08-0xfc reserved */
#define   PCI_EA_P_MEM_RESERVED		0xfd	/* Reserved Memory */
#define   PCI_EA_P_IO_RESERVED		0xfe	/* Reserved I/O Space */
#define   PCI_EA_P_UNAVAILABLE		0xff	/* Entry Unavailable */
#define  PCI_EA_WRITABLE	0x40000000	/* Writable: 1 = RW, 0 = HwInit */
#define  PCI_EA_ENABLE		0x80000000	/* Enable for this entry */
#define PCI_EA_BASE		4		/* Base Address Offset */
#define PCI_EA_MAX_OFFSET	8		/* MaxOffset (resource length) */
/* bit 0 is reserved */
#define  PCI_EA_IS_64		0x00000002	/* 64-bit field flag */
#define  PCI_EA_FIELD_MASK	0xfffffffc	/* For Base & Max Offset */

/* PCI-X registers (Type 0 (non-bridge) devices) */

#define PCI_X_CMD		2	/* Modes & Features */
#define  PCI_X_CMD_DPERR_E	0x0001	/* Data Parity Error Recovery Enable */
#define  PCI_X_CMD_ERO		0x0002	/* Enable Relaxed Ordering */
#define  PCI_X_CMD_READ_512	0x0000	/* 512 byte maximum read byte count */
#define  PCI_X_CMD_READ_1K	0x0004	/* 1Kbyte maximum read byte count */
#define  PCI_X_CMD_READ_2K	0x0008	/* 2Kbyte maximum read byte count */
#define  PCI_X_CMD_READ_4K	0x000c	/* 4Kbyte maximum read byte count */
#define  PCI_X_CMD_MAX_READ	0x000c	/* Max Memory Read Byte Count */
				/* Max # of outstanding split transactions */
#define  PCI_X_CMD_SPLIT_1	0x0000	/* Max 1 */
#define  PCI_X_CMD_SPLIT_2	0x0010	/* Max 2 */
#define  PCI_X_CMD_SPLIT_3	0x0020	/* Max 3 */
#define  PCI_X_CMD_SPLIT_4	0x0030	/* Max 4 */
#define  PCI_X_CMD_SPLIT_8	0x0040	/* Max 8 */
#define  PCI_X_CMD_SPLIT_12	0x0050	/* Max 12 */
#define  PCI_X_CMD_SPLIT_16	0x0060	/* Max 16 */
#define  PCI_X_CMD_SPLIT_32	0x0070	/* Max 32 */
#define  PCI_X_CMD_MAX_SPLIT	0x0070	/* Max Outstanding Split Transactions */
#define  PCI_X_CMD_VERSION(x)	(((x) >> 12) & 3) /* Version */
#define PCI_X_STATUS		4	/* PCI-X capabilities */
#define  PCI_X_STATUS_DEVFN	0x000000ff	/* A copy of devfn */
#define  PCI_X_STATUS_BUS	0x0000ff00	/* A copy of bus nr */
#define  PCI_X_STATUS_64BIT	0x00010000	/* 64-bit device */
#define  PCI_X_STATUS_133MHZ	0x00020000	/* 133 MHz capable */
#define  PCI_X_STATUS_SPL_DISC	0x00040000	/* Split Completion Discarded */
#define  PCI_X_STATUS_UNX_SPL	0x00080000	/* Unexpected Split Completion */
#define  PCI_X_STATUS_COMPLEX	0x00100000	/* Device Complexity */
#define  PCI_X_STATUS_MAX_READ	0x00600000	/* Designed Max Memory Read Count */
#define  PCI_X_STATUS_MAX_SPLIT	0x03800000	/* Designed Max Outstanding Split Transactions */
#define  PCI_X_STATUS_MAX_CUM	0x1c000000	/* Designed Max Cumulative Read Size */
#define  PCI_X_STATUS_SPL_ERR	0x20000000	/* Rcvd Split Completion Error Msg */
#define  PCI_X_STATUS_266MHZ	0x40000000	/* 266 MHz capable */
#define  PCI_X_STATUS_533MHZ	0x80000000	/* 533 MHz capable */
#define PCI_X_ECC_CSR		8	/* ECC control and status */
#define PCI_CAP_PCIX_SIZEOF_V0	8	/* size of registers for Version 0 */
#define PCI_CAP_PCIX_SIZEOF_V1	24	/* size for Version 1 */
#define PCI_CAP_PCIX_SIZEOF_V2	PCI_CAP_PCIX_SIZEOF_V1	/* Same for v2 */

/* PCI-X registers (Type 1 (bridge) devices) */

#define PCI_X_BRIDGE_SSTATUS	2	/* Secondary Status */
#define  PCI_X_SSTATUS_64BIT	0x0001	/* Secondary AD interface is 64 bits */
#define  PCI_X_SSTATUS_133MHZ	0x0002	/* 133 MHz capable */
#define  PCI_X_SSTATUS_FREQ	0x03c0	/* Secondary Bus Mode and Frequency */
#define  PCI_X_SSTATUS_VERS	0x3000	/* PCI-X Capability Version */
#define  PCI_X_SSTATUS_V1	0x1000	/* Mode 2, not Mode 1 */
#define  PCI_X_SSTATUS_V2	0x2000	/* Mode 1 or Modes 1 and 2 */
#define  PCI_X_SSTATUS_266MHZ	0x4000	/* 266 MHz capable */
#define  PCI_X_SSTATUS_533MHZ	0x8000	/* 533 MHz capable */
#define PCI_X_BRIDGE_STATUS	4	/* Bridge Status */

/* PCI Bridge Subsystem ID registers */

#define PCI_SSVID_VENDOR_ID     4	/* PCI Bridge subsystem vendor ID */
#define PCI_SSVID_DEVICE_ID     6	/* PCI Bridge subsystem device ID */

/* PCI Express capability registers */

#define PCI_EXP_FLAGS		2	/* Capabilities register */
#define  PCI_EXP_FLAGS_VERS	0x000f	/* Capability version */
#define  PCI_EXP_FLAGS_TYPE	0x00f0	/* Device/Port type */
#define   PCI_EXP_TYPE_ENDPOINT	   0x0	/* Express Endpoint */
#define   PCI_EXP_TYPE_LEG_END	   0x1	/* Legacy Endpoint */
#define   PCI_EXP_TYPE_ROOT_PORT   0x4	/* Root Port */
#define   PCI_EXP_TYPE_UPSTREAM	   0x5	/* Upstream Port */
#define   PCI_EXP_TYPE_DOWNSTREAM  0x6	/* Downstream Port */
#define   PCI_EXP_TYPE_PCI_BRIDGE  0x7	/* PCIe to PCI/PCI-X Bridge */
#define   PCI_EXP_TYPE_PCIE_BRIDGE 0x8	/* PCI/PCI-X to PCIe Bridge */
#define   PCI_EXP_TYPE_RC_END	   0x9	/* Root Complex Integrated Endpoint */
#define   PCI_EXP_TYPE_RC_EC	   0xa	/* Root Complex Event Collector */
#define  PCI_EXP_FLAGS_SLOT	0x0100	/* Slot implemented */
#define  PCI_EXP_FLAGS_IRQ	0x3e00	/* Interrupt message number */
#define PCI_EXP_DEVCAP		4	/* Device capabilities */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCAP_PAYLOAD	0x00000007 /* Max_Payload_Size */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCAP_PHANTOM	0x00000018 /* Phantom functions */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCAP_EXT_TAG	0x00000020 /* Extended tags */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCAP_L0S	0x000001c0 /* L0s Acceptable Latency */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCAP_L1	0x00000e00 /* L1 Acceptable Latency */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCAP_ATN_BUT	0x00001000 /* Attention Button Present */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCAP_ATN_IND	0x00002000 /* Attention Indicator Present */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCAP_PWR_IND	0x00004000 /* Power Indicator Present */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCAP_RBER	0x00008000 /* Role-Based Error Reporting */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCAP_PWR_VAL	0x03fc0000 /* Slot Power Limit Value */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCAP_PWR_SCL	0x0c000000 /* Slot Power Limit Scale */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCAP_FLR     0x10000000 /* Function Level Reset */
#define PCI_EXP_DEVCTL		8	/* Device Control */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_CERE	0x0001	/* Correctable Error Reporting En. */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_NFERE	0x0002	/* Non-Fatal Error Reporting Enable */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_FERE	0x0004	/* Fatal Error Reporting Enable */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_URRE	0x0008	/* Unsupported Request Reporting En. */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_RELAX_EN 0x0010 /* Enable relaxed ordering */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_PAYLOAD	0x00e0	/* Max_Payload_Size */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_EXT_TAG	0x0100	/* Extended Tag Field Enable */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_PHANTOM	0x0200	/* Phantom Functions Enable */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_AUX_PME	0x0400	/* Auxiliary Power PM Enable */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_NOSNOOP_EN 0x0800  /* Enable No Snoop */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_READRQ	0x7000	/* Max_Read_Request_Size */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_READRQ_128B  0x0000 /* 128 Bytes */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_READRQ_256B  0x1000 /* 256 Bytes */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_READRQ_512B  0x2000 /* 512 Bytes */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_READRQ_1024B 0x3000 /* 1024 Bytes */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_READRQ_2048B 0x4000 /* 2048 Bytes */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_READRQ_4096B 0x5000 /* 4096 Bytes */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_BCR_FLR 0x8000  /* Bridge Configuration Retry / FLR */
#define PCI_EXP_DEVSTA		10	/* Device Status */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVSTA_CED	0x0001	/* Correctable Error Detected */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVSTA_NFED	0x0002	/* Non-Fatal Error Detected */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVSTA_FED	0x0004	/* Fatal Error Detected */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVSTA_URD	0x0008	/* Unsupported Request Detected */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVSTA_AUXPD	0x0010	/* AUX Power Detected */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVSTA_TRPND	0x0020	/* Transactions Pending */
#define PCI_CAP_EXP_RC_ENDPOINT_SIZEOF_V1	12	/* v1 endpoints without link end here */
#define PCI_EXP_LNKCAP		12	/* Link Capabilities */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_SLS	0x0000000f /* Supported Link Speeds */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_SLS_2_5GB 0x00000001 /* LNKCAP2 SLS Vector bit 0 */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_SLS_5_0GB 0x00000002 /* LNKCAP2 SLS Vector bit 1 */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_SLS_8_0GB 0x00000003 /* LNKCAP2 SLS Vector bit 2 */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_SLS_16_0GB 0x00000004 /* LNKCAP2 SLS Vector bit 3 */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_SLS_32_0GB 0x00000005 /* LNKCAP2 SLS Vector bit 4 */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_SLS_64_0GB 0x00000006 /* LNKCAP2 SLS Vector bit 5 */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_MLW	0x000003f0 /* Maximum Link Width */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_ASPMS	0x00000c00 /* ASPM Support */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_ASPM_L0S 0x00000400 /* ASPM L0s Support */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_ASPM_L1  0x00000800 /* ASPM L1 Support */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_L0SEL	0x00007000 /* L0s Exit Latency */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_L1EL	0x00038000 /* L1 Exit Latency */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_CLKPM	0x00040000 /* Clock Power Management */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_SDERC	0x00080000 /* Surprise Down Error Reporting Capable */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_DLLLARC	0x00100000 /* Data Link Layer Link Active Reporting Capable */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_LBNC	0x00200000 /* Link Bandwidth Notification Capability */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_PN	0xff000000 /* Port Number */
#define PCI_EXP_LNKCTL		16	/* Link Control */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCTL_ASPMC	0x0003	/* ASPM Control */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCTL_ASPM_L0S 0x0001	/* L0s Enable */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCTL_ASPM_L1  0x0002	/* L1 Enable */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCTL_RCB	0x0008	/* Read Completion Boundary */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCTL_LD	0x0010	/* Link Disable */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCTL_RL	0x0020	/* Retrain Link */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCTL_CCC	0x0040	/* Common Clock Configuration */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCTL_ES	0x0080	/* Extended Synch */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCTL_CLKREQ_EN 0x0100 /* Enable clkreq */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCTL_HAWD	0x0200	/* Hardware Autonomous Width Disable */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCTL_LBMIE	0x0400	/* Link Bandwidth Management Interrupt Enable */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCTL_LABIE	0x0800	/* Link Autonomous Bandwidth Interrupt Enable */
#define PCI_EXP_LNKSTA		18	/* Link Status */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_CLS	0x000f	/* Current Link Speed */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_CLS_2_5GB 0x0001 /* Current Link Speed 2.5GT/s */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_CLS_5_0GB 0x0002 /* Current Link Speed 5.0GT/s */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_CLS_8_0GB 0x0003 /* Current Link Speed 8.0GT/s */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_CLS_16_0GB 0x0004 /* Current Link Speed 16.0GT/s */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_CLS_32_0GB 0x0005 /* Current Link Speed 32.0GT/s */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_CLS_64_0GB 0x0006 /* Current Link Speed 64.0GT/s */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_NLW	0x03f0	/* Negotiated Link Width */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_NLW_X1	0x0010	/* Current Link Width x1 */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_NLW_X2	0x0020	/* Current Link Width x2 */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_NLW_X4	0x0040	/* Current Link Width x4 */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_NLW_X8	0x0080	/* Current Link Width x8 */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_NLW_SHIFT 4	/* start of NLW mask in link status */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_LT	0x0800	/* Link Training */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_SLC	0x1000	/* Slot Clock Configuration */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_DLLLA	0x2000	/* Data Link Layer Link Active */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_LBMS	0x4000	/* Link Bandwidth Management Status */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_LABS	0x8000	/* Link Autonomous Bandwidth Status */
#define PCI_CAP_EXP_ENDPOINT_SIZEOF_V1	20	/* v1 endpoints with link end here */
#define PCI_EXP_SLTCAP		20	/* Slot Capabilities */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCAP_ABP	0x00000001 /* Attention Button Present */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCAP_PCP	0x00000002 /* Power Controller Present */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCAP_MRLSP	0x00000004 /* MRL Sensor Present */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCAP_AIP	0x00000008 /* Attention Indicator Present */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCAP_PIP	0x00000010 /* Power Indicator Present */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCAP_HPS	0x00000020 /* Hot-Plug Surprise */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCAP_HPC	0x00000040 /* Hot-Plug Capable */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCAP_SPLV	0x00007f80 /* Slot Power Limit Value */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCAP_SPLS	0x00018000 /* Slot Power Limit Scale */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCAP_EIP	0x00020000 /* Electromechanical Interlock Present */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCAP_NCCS	0x00040000 /* No Command Completed Support */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCAP_PSN	0xfff80000 /* Physical Slot Number */
#define PCI_EXP_SLTCTL		24	/* Slot Control */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCTL_ABPE	0x0001	/* Attention Button Pressed Enable */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCTL_PFDE	0x0002	/* Power Fault Detected Enable */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCTL_MRLSCE	0x0004	/* MRL Sensor Changed Enable */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCTL_PDCE	0x0008	/* Presence Detect Changed Enable */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCTL_CCIE	0x0010	/* Command Completed Interrupt Enable */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCTL_HPIE	0x0020	/* Hot-Plug Interrupt Enable */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCTL_AIC	0x00c0	/* Attention Indicator Control */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCTL_ATTN_IND_SHIFT 6      /* Attention Indicator shift */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCTL_ATTN_IND_ON    0x0040 /* Attention Indicator on */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCTL_ATTN_IND_BLINK 0x0080 /* Attention Indicator blinking */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCTL_ATTN_IND_OFF   0x00c0 /* Attention Indicator off */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCTL_PIC	0x0300	/* Power Indicator Control */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCTL_PWR_IND_ON     0x0100 /* Power Indicator on */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCTL_PWR_IND_BLINK  0x0200 /* Power Indicator blinking */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCTL_PWR_IND_OFF    0x0300 /* Power Indicator off */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCTL_PCC	0x0400	/* Power Controller Control */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCTL_PWR_ON         0x0000 /* Power On */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCTL_PWR_OFF        0x0400 /* Power Off */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCTL_EIC	0x0800	/* Electromechanical Interlock Control */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCTL_DLLSCE	0x1000	/* Data Link Layer State Changed Enable */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCTL_IBPD_DISABLE	0x4000 /* In-band PD disable */
#define PCI_EXP_SLTSTA		26	/* Slot Status */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTSTA_ABP	0x0001	/* Attention Button Pressed */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTSTA_PFD	0x0002	/* Power Fault Detected */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTSTA_MRLSC	0x0004	/* MRL Sensor Changed */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTSTA_PDC	0x0008	/* Presence Detect Changed */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTSTA_CC	0x0010	/* Command Completed */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTSTA_MRLSS	0x0020	/* MRL Sensor State */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTSTA_PDS	0x0040	/* Presence Detect State */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTSTA_EIS	0x0080	/* Electromechanical Interlock Status */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTSTA_DLLSC	0x0100	/* Data Link Layer State Changed */
#define PCI_EXP_RTCTL		28	/* Root Control */
#define  PCI_EXP_RTCTL_SECEE	0x0001	/* System Error on Correctable Error */
#define  PCI_EXP_RTCTL_SENFEE	0x0002	/* System Error on Non-Fatal Error */
#define  PCI_EXP_RTCTL_SEFEE	0x0004	/* System Error on Fatal Error */
#define  PCI_EXP_RTCTL_PMEIE	0x0008	/* PME Interrupt Enable */
#define  PCI_EXP_RTCTL_CRSSVE	0x0010	/* CRS Software Visibility Enable */
#define PCI_EXP_RTCAP		30	/* Root Capabilities */
#define  PCI_EXP_RTCAP_CRSVIS	0x0001	/* CRS Software Visibility capability */
#define PCI_EXP_RTSTA		32	/* Root Status */
#define  PCI_EXP_RTSTA_PME	0x00010000 /* PME status */
#define  PCI_EXP_RTSTA_PENDING	0x00020000 /* PME pending */
/*
 * The Device Capabilities 2, Device Status 2, Device Control 2,
 * Link Capabilities 2, Link Status 2, Link Control 2,
 * Slot Capabilities 2, Slot Status 2, and Slot Control 2 registers
 * are only present on devices with PCIe Capability version 2.
 * Use pcie_capability_read_word() and similar interfaces to use them
 * safely.
 */
#define PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2		36	/* Device Capabilities 2 */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2_COMP_TMOUT_DIS	0x00000010 /* Completion Timeout Disable supported */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2_ARI		0x00000020 /* Alternative Routing-ID */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2_ATOMIC_ROUTE	0x00000040 /* Atomic Op routing */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2_ATOMIC_COMP32	0x00000080 /* 32b AtomicOp completion */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2_ATOMIC_COMP64	0x00000100 /* 64b AtomicOp completion */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2_ATOMIC_COMP128	0x00000200 /* 128b AtomicOp completion */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2_LTR		0x00000800 /* Latency tolerance reporting */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2_OBFF_MASK	0x000c0000 /* OBFF support mechanism */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2_OBFF_MSG	0x00040000 /* New message signaling */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2_OBFF_WAKE	0x00080000 /* Re-use WAKE# for OBFF */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCAP2_EE_PREFIX	0x00200000 /* End-End TLP Prefix */
#define PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2		40	/* Device Control 2 */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2_COMP_TIMEOUT	0x000f	/* Completion Timeout Value */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2_COMP_TMOUT_DIS	0x0010	/* Completion Timeout Disable */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2_ARI		0x0020	/* Alternative Routing-ID */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2_ATOMIC_REQ	0x0040	/* Set Atomic requests */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2_ATOMIC_EGRESS_BLOCK 0x0080 /* Block atomic egress */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2_IDO_REQ_EN	0x0100	/* Allow IDO for requests */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2_IDO_CMP_EN	0x0200	/* Allow IDO for completions */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2_LTR_EN		0x0400	/* Enable LTR mechanism */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2_OBFF_MSGA_EN	0x2000	/* Enable OBFF Message type A */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2_OBFF_MSGB_EN	0x4000	/* Enable OBFF Message type B */
#define  PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2_OBFF_WAKE_EN	0x6000	/* OBFF using WAKE# signaling */
#define PCI_EXP_DEVSTA2		42	/* Device Status 2 */
#define PCI_CAP_EXP_RC_ENDPOINT_SIZEOF_V2	44	/* v2 endpoints without link end here */
#define PCI_EXP_LNKCAP2		44	/* Link Capabilities 2 */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP2_SLS_2_5GB	0x00000002 /* Supported Speed 2.5GT/s */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP2_SLS_5_0GB	0x00000004 /* Supported Speed 5GT/s */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP2_SLS_8_0GB	0x00000008 /* Supported Speed 8GT/s */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP2_SLS_16_0GB	0x00000010 /* Supported Speed 16GT/s */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP2_SLS_32_0GB	0x00000020 /* Supported Speed 32GT/s */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP2_SLS_64_0GB	0x00000040 /* Supported Speed 64GT/s */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCAP2_CROSSLINK	0x00000100 /* Crosslink supported */
#define PCI_EXP_LNKCTL2		48	/* Link Control 2 */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCTL2_TLS		0x000f
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCTL2_TLS_2_5GT	0x0001 /* Supported Speed 2.5GT/s */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCTL2_TLS_5_0GT	0x0002 /* Supported Speed 5GT/s */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCTL2_TLS_8_0GT	0x0003 /* Supported Speed 8GT/s */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCTL2_TLS_16_0GT	0x0004 /* Supported Speed 16GT/s */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCTL2_TLS_32_0GT	0x0005 /* Supported Speed 32GT/s */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCTL2_TLS_64_0GT	0x0006 /* Supported Speed 64GT/s */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCTL2_ENTER_COMP	0x0010 /* Enter Compliance */
#define  PCI_EXP_LNKCTL2_TX_MARGIN	0x0380 /* Transmit Margin */
#define PCI_EXP_LNKSTA2		50	/* Link Status 2 */
#define PCI_CAP_EXP_ENDPOINT_SIZEOF_V2	52	/* v2 endpoints with link end here */
#define PCI_EXP_SLTCAP2		52	/* Slot Capabilities 2 */
#define  PCI_EXP_SLTCAP2_IBPD	0x00000001 /* In-band PD Disable Supported */
#define PCI_EXP_SLTCTL2		56	/* Slot Control 2 */
#define PCI_EXP_SLTSTA2		58	/* Slot Status 2 */

/* Extended Capabilities (PCI-X 2.0 and Express) */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID(header)		(header & 0x0000ffff)
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_VER(header)		((header >> 16) & 0xf)
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_NEXT(header)	((header >> 20) & 0xffc)

#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_ERR	0x01	/* Advanced Error Reporting */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_VC	0x02	/* Virtual Channel Capability */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_DSN	0x03	/* Device Serial Number */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_PWR	0x04	/* Power Budgeting */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_RCLD	0x05	/* Root Complex Link Declaration */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_RCILC	0x06	/* Root Complex Internal Link Control */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_RCEC	0x07	/* Root Complex Event Collector */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_MFVC	0x08	/* Multi-Function VC Capability */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_VC9	0x09	/* same as _VC */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_RCRB	0x0A	/* Root Complex RB? */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_VNDR	0x0B	/* Vendor-Specific */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_CAC	0x0C	/* Config Access - obsolete */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_ACS	0x0D	/* Access Control Services */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_ARI	0x0E	/* Alternate Routing ID */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_ATS	0x0F	/* Address Translation Services */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_SRIOV	0x10	/* Single Root I/O Virtualization */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_MRIOV	0x11	/* Multi Root I/O Virtualization */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_MCAST	0x12	/* Multicast */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_PRI	0x13	/* Page Request Interface */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_AMD_XXX	0x14	/* Reserved for AMD */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_REBAR	0x15	/* Resizable BAR */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_DPA	0x16	/* Dynamic Power Allocation */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_TPH	0x17	/* TPH Requester */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_LTR	0x18	/* Latency Tolerance Reporting */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_SECPCI	0x19	/* Secondary PCIe Capability */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_PMUX	0x1A	/* Protocol Multiplexing */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_PASID	0x1B	/* Process Address Space ID */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_DPC	0x1D	/* Downstream Port Containment */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_L1SS	0x1E	/* L1 PM Substates */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_PTM	0x1F	/* Precision Time Measurement */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_DVSEC	0x23	/* Designated Vendor-Specific */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_MAX	PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_DVSEC

#define PCI_EXT_CAP_DSN_SIZEOF	12
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_MCAST_ENDPOINT_SIZEOF 40

/* Advanced Error Reporting */
#define PCI_ERR_UNCOR_STATUS	4	/* Uncorrectable Error Status */
#define  PCI_ERR_UNC_UND	0x00000001	/* Undefined */
#define  PCI_ERR_UNC_DLP	0x00000010	/* Data Link Protocol */
#define  PCI_ERR_UNC_SURPDN	0x00000020	/* Surprise Down */
#define  PCI_ERR_UNC_POISON_TLP	0x00001000	/* Poisoned TLP */
#define  PCI_ERR_UNC_FCP	0x00002000	/* Flow Control Protocol */
#define  PCI_ERR_UNC_COMP_TIME	0x00004000	/* Completion Timeout */
#define  PCI_ERR_UNC_COMP_ABORT	0x00008000	/* Completer Abort */
#define  PCI_ERR_UNC_UNX_COMP	0x00010000	/* Unexpected Completion */
#define  PCI_ERR_UNC_RX_OVER	0x00020000	/* Receiver Overflow */
#define  PCI_ERR_UNC_MALF_TLP	0x00040000	/* Malformed TLP */
#define  PCI_ERR_UNC_ECRC	0x00080000	/* ECRC Error Status */
#define  PCI_ERR_UNC_UNSUP	0x00100000	/* Unsupported Request */
#define  PCI_ERR_UNC_ACSV	0x00200000	/* ACS Violation */
#define  PCI_ERR_UNC_INTN	0x00400000	/* internal error */
#define  PCI_ERR_UNC_MCBTLP	0x00800000	/* MC blocked TLP */
#define  PCI_ERR_UNC_ATOMEG	0x01000000	/* Atomic egress blocked */
#define  PCI_ERR_UNC_TLPPRE	0x02000000	/* TLP prefix blocked */
#define PCI_ERR_UNCOR_MASK	8	/* Uncorrectable Error Mask */
	/* Same bits as above */
#define PCI_ERR_UNCOR_SEVER	12	/* Uncorrectable Error Severity */
	/* Same bits as above */
#define PCI_ERR_COR_STATUS	16	/* Correctable Error Status */
#define  PCI_ERR_COR_RCVR	0x00000001	/* Receiver Error Status */
#define  PCI_ERR_COR_BAD_TLP	0x00000040	/* Bad TLP Status */
#define  PCI_ERR_COR_BAD_DLLP	0x00000080	/* Bad DLLP Status */
#define  PCI_ERR_COR_REP_ROLL	0x00000100	/* REPLAY_NUM Rollover */
#define  PCI_ERR_COR_REP_TIMER	0x00001000	/* Replay Timer Timeout */
#define  PCI_ERR_COR_ADV_NFAT	0x00002000	/* Advisory Non-Fatal */
#define  PCI_ERR_COR_INTERNAL	0x00004000	/* Corrected Internal */
#define  PCI_ERR_COR_LOG_OVER	0x00008000	/* Header Log Overflow */
#define PCI_ERR_COR_MASK	20	/* Correctable Error Mask */
	/* Same bits as above */
#define PCI_ERR_CAP		24	/* Advanced Error Capabilities */
#define  PCI_ERR_CAP_FEP(x)	((x) & 31)	/* First Error Pointer */
#define  PCI_ERR_CAP_ECRC_GENC	0x00000020	/* ECRC Generation Capable */
#define  PCI_ERR_CAP_ECRC_GENE	0x00000040	/* ECRC Generation Enable */
#define  PCI_ERR_CAP_ECRC_CHKC	0x00000080	/* ECRC Check Capable */
#define  PCI_ERR_CAP_ECRC_CHKE	0x00000100	/* ECRC Check Enable */
#define PCI_ERR_HEADER_LOG	28	/* Header Log Register (16 bytes) */
#define PCI_ERR_ROOT_COMMAND	44	/* Root Error Command */
#define  PCI_ERR_ROOT_CMD_COR_EN	0x00000001 /* Correctable Err Reporting Enable */
#define  PCI_ERR_ROOT_CMD_NONFATAL_EN	0x00000002 /* Non-Fatal Err Reporting Enable */
#define  PCI_ERR_ROOT_CMD_FATAL_EN	0x00000004 /* Fatal Err Reporting Enable */
#define PCI_ERR_ROOT_STATUS	48
#define  PCI_ERR_ROOT_COR_RCV		0x00000001 /* ERR_COR Received */
#define  PCI_ERR_ROOT_MULTI_COR_RCV	0x00000002 /* Multiple ERR_COR */
#define  PCI_ERR_ROOT_UNCOR_RCV		0x00000004 /* ERR_FATAL/NONFATAL */
#define  PCI_ERR_ROOT_MULTI_UNCOR_RCV	0x00000008 /* Multiple FATAL/NONFATAL */
#define  PCI_ERR_ROOT_FIRST_FATAL	0x00000010 /* First UNC is Fatal */
#define  PCI_ERR_ROOT_NONFATAL_RCV	0x00000020 /* Non-Fatal Received */
#define  PCI_ERR_ROOT_FATAL_RCV		0x00000040 /* Fatal Received */
#define  PCI_ERR_ROOT_AER_IRQ		0xf8000000 /* Advanced Error Interrupt Message Number */
#define PCI_ERR_ROOT_ERR_SRC	52	/* Error Source Identification */

/* Virtual Channel */
#define PCI_VC_PORT_CAP1	4
#define  PCI_VC_CAP1_EVCC	0x00000007	/* extended VC count */
#define  PCI_VC_CAP1_LPEVCC	0x00000070	/* low prio extended VC count */
#define  PCI_VC_CAP1_ARB_SIZE	0x00000c00
#define PCI_VC_PORT_CAP2	8
#define  PCI_VC_CAP2_32_PHASE		0x00000002
#define  PCI_VC_CAP2_64_PHASE		0x00000004
#define  PCI_VC_CAP2_128_PHASE		0x00000008
#define  PCI_VC_CAP2_ARB_OFF		0xff000000
#define PCI_VC_PORT_CTRL	12
#define  PCI_VC_PORT_CTRL_LOAD_TABLE	0x00000001
#define PCI_VC_PORT_STATUS	14
#define  PCI_VC_PORT_STATUS_TABLE	0x00000001
#define PCI_VC_RES_CAP		16
#define  PCI_VC_RES_CAP_32_PHASE	0x00000002
#define  PCI_VC_RES_CAP_64_PHASE	0x00000004
#define  PCI_VC_RES_CAP_128_PHASE	0x00000008
#define  PCI_VC_RES_CAP_128_PHASE_TB	0x00000010
#define  PCI_VC_RES_CAP_256_PHASE	0x00000020
#define  PCI_VC_RES_CAP_ARB_OFF		0xff000000
#define PCI_VC_RES_CTRL		20
#define  PCI_VC_RES_CTRL_LOAD_TABLE	0x00010000
#define  PCI_VC_RES_CTRL_ARB_SELECT	0x000e0000
#define  PCI_VC_RES_CTRL_ID		0x07000000
#define  PCI_VC_RES_CTRL_ENABLE		0x80000000
#define PCI_VC_RES_STATUS	26
#define  PCI_VC_RES_STATUS_TABLE	0x00000001
#define  PCI_VC_RES_STATUS_NEGO		0x00000002
#define PCI_CAP_VC_BASE_SIZEOF		0x10
#define PCI_CAP_VC_PER_VC_SIZEOF	0x0C

/* Power Budgeting */
#define PCI_PWR_DSR		4	/* Data Select Register */
#define PCI_PWR_DATA		8	/* Data Register */
#define  PCI_PWR_DATA_BASE(x)	((x) & 0xff)	    /* Base Power */
#define  PCI_PWR_DATA_SCALE(x)	(((x) >> 8) & 3)    /* Data Scale */
#define  PCI_PWR_DATA_PM_SUB(x)	(((x) >> 10) & 7)   /* PM Sub State */
#define  PCI_PWR_DATA_PM_STATE(x) (((x) >> 13) & 3) /* PM State */
#define  PCI_PWR_DATA_TYPE(x)	(((x) >> 15) & 7)   /* Type */
#define  PCI_PWR_DATA_RAIL(x)	(((x) >> 18) & 7)   /* Power Rail */
#define PCI_PWR_CAP		12	/* Capability */
#define  PCI_PWR_CAP_BUDGET(x)	((x) & 1)	/* Included in system budget */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_PWR_SIZEOF	16

/* Root Complex Event Collector Endpoint Association  */
#define PCI_RCEC_RCIEP_BITMAP	4	/* Associated Bitmap for RCiEPs */
#define PCI_RCEC_BUSN		8	/* RCEC Associated Bus Numbers */
#define  PCI_RCEC_BUSN_REG_VER	0x02	/* Least version with BUSN present */
#define  PCI_RCEC_BUSN_NEXT(x)	(((x) >> 8) & 0xff)
#define  PCI_RCEC_BUSN_LAST(x)	(((x) >> 16) & 0xff)

/* Vendor-Specific (VSEC, PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_VNDR) */
#define PCI_VNDR_HEADER		4	/* Vendor-Specific Header */
#define  PCI_VNDR_HEADER_ID(x)	((x) & 0xffff)
#define  PCI_VNDR_HEADER_REV(x)	(((x) >> 16) & 0xf)
#define  PCI_VNDR_HEADER_LEN(x)	(((x) >> 20) & 0xfff)

/*
 * HyperTransport sub capability types
 *
 * Unfortunately there are both 3 bit and 5 bit capability types defined
 * in the HT spec, catering for that is a little messy. You probably don't
 * want to use these directly, just use pci_find_ht_capability() and it
 * will do the right thing for you.
 */
#define HT_3BIT_CAP_MASK	0xE0
#define HT_CAPTYPE_SLAVE	0x00	/* Slave/Primary link configuration */
#define HT_CAPTYPE_HOST		0x20	/* Host/Secondary link configuration */

#define HT_5BIT_CAP_MASK	0xF8
#define HT_CAPTYPE_IRQ		0x80	/* IRQ Configuration */
#define HT_CAPTYPE_REMAPPING_40	0xA0	/* 40 bit address remapping */
#define HT_CAPTYPE_REMAPPING_64 0xA2	/* 64 bit address remapping */
#define HT_CAPTYPE_UNITID_CLUMP	0x90	/* Unit ID clumping */
#define HT_CAPTYPE_EXTCONF	0x98	/* Extended Configuration Space Access */
#define HT_CAPTYPE_MSI_MAPPING	0xA8	/* MSI Mapping Capability */
#define  HT_MSI_FLAGS		0x02		/* Offset to flags */
#define  HT_MSI_FLAGS_ENABLE	0x1		/* Mapping enable */
#define  HT_MSI_FLAGS_FIXED	0x2		/* Fixed mapping only */
#define  HT_MSI_FIXED_ADDR	0x00000000FEE00000ULL	/* Fixed addr */
#define  HT_MSI_ADDR_LO		0x04		/* Offset to low addr bits */
#define  HT_MSI_ADDR_LO_MASK	0xFFF00000	/* Low address bit mask */
#define  HT_MSI_ADDR_HI		0x08		/* Offset to high addr bits */
#define HT_CAPTYPE_DIRECT_ROUTE	0xB0	/* Direct routing configuration */
#define HT_CAPTYPE_VCSET	0xB8	/* Virtual Channel configuration */
#define HT_CAPTYPE_ERROR_RETRY	0xC0	/* Retry on error configuration */
#define HT_CAPTYPE_GEN3		0xD0	/* Generation 3 HyperTransport configuration */
#define HT_CAPTYPE_PM		0xE0	/* HyperTransport power management configuration */
#define HT_CAP_SIZEOF_LONG	28	/* slave & primary */
#define HT_CAP_SIZEOF_SHORT	24	/* host & secondary */

/* Alternative Routing-ID Interpretation */
#define PCI_ARI_CAP		0x04	/* ARI Capability Register */
#define  PCI_ARI_CAP_MFVC	0x0001	/* MFVC Function Groups Capability */
#define  PCI_ARI_CAP_ACS	0x0002	/* ACS Function Groups Capability */
#define  PCI_ARI_CAP_NFN(x)	(((x) >> 8) & 0xff) /* Next Function Number */
#define PCI_ARI_CTRL		0x06	/* ARI Control Register */
#define  PCI_ARI_CTRL_MFVC	0x0001	/* MFVC Function Groups Enable */
#define  PCI_ARI_CTRL_ACS	0x0002	/* ACS Function Groups Enable */
#define  PCI_ARI_CTRL_FG(x)	(((x) >> 4) & 7) /* Function Group */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ARI_SIZEOF	8

/* Address Translation Service */
#define PCI_ATS_CAP		0x04	/* ATS Capability Register */
#define  PCI_ATS_CAP_QDEP(x)	((x) & 0x1f)	/* Invalidate Queue Depth */
#define  PCI_ATS_MAX_QDEP	32	/* Max Invalidate Queue Depth */
#define  PCI_ATS_CAP_PAGE_ALIGNED	0x0020 /* Page Aligned Request */
#define PCI_ATS_CTRL		0x06	/* ATS Control Register */
#define  PCI_ATS_CTRL_ENABLE	0x8000	/* ATS Enable */
#define  PCI_ATS_CTRL_STU(x)	((x) & 0x1f)	/* Smallest Translation Unit */
#define  PCI_ATS_MIN_STU	12	/* shift of minimum STU block */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_ATS_SIZEOF	8

/* Page Request Interface */
#define PCI_PRI_CTRL		0x04	/* PRI control register */
#define  PCI_PRI_CTRL_ENABLE	0x0001	/* Enable */
#define  PCI_PRI_CTRL_RESET	0x0002	/* Reset */
#define PCI_PRI_STATUS		0x06	/* PRI status register */
#define  PCI_PRI_STATUS_RF	0x0001	/* Response Failure */
#define  PCI_PRI_STATUS_UPRGI	0x0002	/* Unexpected PRG index */
#define  PCI_PRI_STATUS_STOPPED	0x0100	/* PRI Stopped */
#define  PCI_PRI_STATUS_PASID	0x8000	/* PRG Response PASID Required */
#define PCI_PRI_MAX_REQ		0x08	/* PRI max reqs supported */
#define PCI_PRI_ALLOC_REQ	0x0c	/* PRI max reqs allowed */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_PRI_SIZEOF	16

/* Process Address Space ID */
#define PCI_PASID_CAP		0x04    /* PASID feature register */
#define  PCI_PASID_CAP_EXEC	0x02	/* Exec permissions Supported */
#define  PCI_PASID_CAP_PRIV	0x04	/* Privilege Mode Supported */
#define PCI_PASID_CTRL		0x06    /* PASID control register */
#define  PCI_PASID_CTRL_ENABLE	0x01	/* Enable bit */
#define  PCI_PASID_CTRL_EXEC	0x02	/* Exec permissions Enable */
#define  PCI_PASID_CTRL_PRIV	0x04	/* Privilege Mode Enable */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_PASID_SIZEOF	8

/* Single Root I/O Virtualization */
#define PCI_SRIOV_CAP		0x04	/* SR-IOV Capabilities */
#define  PCI_SRIOV_CAP_VFM	0x00000001  /* VF Migration Capable */
#define  PCI_SRIOV_CAP_INTR(x)	((x) >> 21) /* Interrupt Message Number */
#define PCI_SRIOV_CTRL		0x08	/* SR-IOV Control */
#define  PCI_SRIOV_CTRL_VFE	0x0001	/* VF Enable */
#define  PCI_SRIOV_CTRL_VFM	0x0002	/* VF Migration Enable */
#define  PCI_SRIOV_CTRL_INTR	0x0004	/* VF Migration Interrupt Enable */
#define  PCI_SRIOV_CTRL_MSE	0x0008	/* VF Memory Space Enable */
#define  PCI_SRIOV_CTRL_ARI	0x0010	/* ARI Capable Hierarchy */
#define PCI_SRIOV_STATUS	0x0a	/* SR-IOV Status */
#define  PCI_SRIOV_STATUS_VFM	0x0001	/* VF Migration Status */
#define PCI_SRIOV_INITIAL_VF	0x0c	/* Initial VFs */
#define PCI_SRIOV_TOTAL_VF	0x0e	/* Total VFs */
#define PCI_SRIOV_NUM_VF	0x10	/* Number of VFs */
#define PCI_SRIOV_FUNC_LINK	0x12	/* Function Dependency Link */
#define PCI_SRIOV_VF_OFFSET	0x14	/* First VF Offset */
#define PCI_SRIOV_VF_STRIDE	0x16	/* Following VF Stride */
#define PCI_SRIOV_VF_DID	0x1a	/* VF Device ID */
#define PCI_SRIOV_SUP_PGSIZE	0x1c	/* Supported Page Sizes */
#define PCI_SRIOV_SYS_PGSIZE	0x20	/* System Page Size */
#define PCI_SRIOV_BAR		0x24	/* VF BAR0 */
#define  PCI_SRIOV_NUM_BARS	6	/* Number of VF BARs */
#define PCI_SRIOV_VFM		0x3c	/* VF Migration State Array Offset*/
#define  PCI_SRIOV_VFM_BIR(x)	((x) & 7)	/* State BIR */
#define  PCI_SRIOV_VFM_OFFSET(x) ((x) & ~7)	/* State Offset */
#define  PCI_SRIOV_VFM_UA	0x0	/* Inactive.Unavailable */
#define  PCI_SRIOV_VFM_MI	0x1	/* Dormant.MigrateIn */
#define  PCI_SRIOV_VFM_MO	0x2	/* Active.MigrateOut */
#define  PCI_SRIOV_VFM_AV	0x3	/* Active.Available */
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_SRIOV_SIZEOF 64

#define PCI_LTR_MAX_SNOOP_LAT	0x4
#define PCI_LTR_MAX_NOSNOOP_LAT	0x6
#define  PCI_LTR_VALUE_MASK	0x000003ff
#define  PCI_LTR_SCALE_MASK	0x00001c00
#define  PCI_LTR_SCALE_SHIFT	10
#define PCI_EXT_CAP_LTR_SIZEOF	8

/* Access Control Service */
#define PCI_ACS_CAP		0x04	/* ACS Capability Register */
#define  PCI_ACS_SV		0x0001	/* Source Validation */
#define  PCI_ACS_TB		0x0002	/* Translation Blocking */
#define  PCI_ACS_RR		0x0004	/* P2P Request Redirect */
#define  PCI_ACS_CR		0x0008	/* P2P Completion Redirect */
#define  PCI_ACS_UF		0x0010	/* Upstream Forwarding */
#define  PCI_ACS_EC		0x0020	/* P2P Egress Control */
#define  PCI_ACS_DT		0x0040	/* Direct Translated P2P */
#define PCI_ACS_EGRESS_BITS	0x05	/* ACS Egress Control Vector Size */
#define PCI_ACS_CTRL		0x06	/* ACS Control Register */
#define PCI_ACS_EGRESS_CTL_V	0x08	/* ACS Egress Control Vector */

#define PCI_VSEC_HDR		4	/* extended cap - vendor-specific */
#define  PCI_VSEC_HDR_LEN_SHIFT	20	/* shift for length field */

/* SATA capability */
#define PCI_SATA_REGS		4	/* SATA REGs specifier */
#define  PCI_SATA_REGS_MASK	0xF	/* location - BAR#/inline */
#define  PCI_SATA_REGS_INLINE	0xF	/* REGS in config space */
#define PCI_SATA_SIZEOF_SHORT	8
#define PCI_SATA_SIZEOF_LONG	16

/* Resizable BARs */
#define PCI_REBAR_CAP		4	/* capability register */
#define  PCI_REBAR_CAP_SIZES		0x00FFFFF0  /* supported BAR sizes */
#define PCI_REBAR_CTRL		8	/* control register */
#define  PCI_REBAR_CTRL_BAR_IDX		0x00000007  /* BAR index */
#define  PCI_REBAR_CTRL_NBAR_MASK	0x000000E0  /* # of resizable BARs */
#define  PCI_REBAR_CTRL_NBAR_SHIFT	5	    /* shift for # of BARs */
#define  PCI_REBAR_CTRL_BAR_SIZE	0x00001F00  /* BAR size */
#define  PCI_REBAR_CTRL_BAR_SHIFT	8	    /* shift for BAR size */

/* Dynamic Power Allocation */
#define PCI_DPA_CAP		4	/* capability register */
#define  PCI_DPA_CAP_SUBSTATE_MASK	0x1F	/* # substates - 1 */
#define PCI_DPA_BASE_SIZEOF	16	/* size with 0 substates */

/* TPH Requester */
#define PCI_TPH_CAP		4	/* capability register */
#define  PCI_TPH_CAP_LOC_MASK	0x600	/* location mask */
#define   PCI_TPH_LOC_NONE	0x000	/* no location */
#define   PCI_TPH_LOC_CAP	0x200	/* in capability */
#define   PCI_TPH_LOC_MSIX	0x400	/* in MSI-X */
#define PCI_TPH_CAP_ST_MASK	0x07FF0000	/* st table mask */
#define PCI_TPH_CAP_ST_SHIFT	16	/* st table shift */
#define PCI_TPH_BASE_SIZEOF	12	/* size with no st table */

/* Downstream Port Containment */
#define PCI_EXP_DPC_CAP			4	/* DPC Capability */
#define PCI_EXP_DPC_IRQ			0x001F	/* Interrupt Message Number */
#define  PCI_EXP_DPC_CAP_RP_EXT		0x0020	/* Root Port Extensions */
#define  PCI_EXP_DPC_CAP_POISONED_TLP	0x0040	/* Poisoned TLP Egress Blocking Supported */
#define  PCI_EXP_DPC_CAP_SW_TRIGGER	0x0080	/* Software Triggering Supported */
#define  PCI_EXP_DPC_RP_PIO_LOG_SIZE	0x0F00	/* RP PIO Log Size */
#define  PCI_EXP_DPC_CAP_DL_ACTIVE	0x1000	/* ERR_COR signal on DL_Active supported */

#define PCI_EXP_DPC_CTL			6	/* DPC control */
#define  PCI_EXP_DPC_CTL_EN_FATAL	0x0001	/* Enable trigger on ERR_FATAL message */
#define  PCI_EXP_DPC_CTL_EN_NONFATAL	0x0002	/* Enable trigger on ERR_NONFATAL message */
#define  PCI_EXP_DPC_CTL_INT_EN		0x0008	/* DPC Interrupt Enable */

#define PCI_EXP_DPC_STATUS		8	/* DPC Status */
#define  PCI_EXP_DPC_STATUS_TRIGGER	    0x0001 /* Trigger Status */
#define  PCI_EXP_DPC_STATUS_TRIGGER_RSN	    0x0006 /* Trigger Reason */
#define  PCI_EXP_DPC_STATUS_INTERRUPT	    0x0008 /* Interrupt Status */
#define  PCI_EXP_DPC_RP_BUSY		    0x0010 /* Root Port Busy */
#define  PCI_EXP_DPC_STATUS_TRIGGER_RSN_EXT 0x0060 /* Trig Reason Extension */

#define PCI_EXP_DPC_SOURCE_ID		10	/* DPC Source Identifier */

#define PCI_EXP_DPC_RP_PIO_STATUS	 0x0C	/* RP PIO Status */
#define PCI_EXP_DPC_RP_PIO_MASK		 0x10	/* RP PIO Mask */
#define PCI_EXP_DPC_RP_PIO_SEVERITY	 0x14	/* RP PIO Severity */
#define PCI_EXP_DPC_RP_PIO_SYSERROR	 0x18	/* RP PIO SysError */
#define PCI_EXP_DPC_RP_PIO_EXCEPTION	 0x1C	/* RP PIO Exception */
#define PCI_EXP_DPC_RP_PIO_HEADER_LOG	 0x20	/* RP PIO Header Log */
#define PCI_EXP_DPC_RP_PIO_IMPSPEC_LOG	 0x30	/* RP PIO ImpSpec Log */
#define PCI_EXP_DPC_RP_PIO_TLPPREFIX_LOG 0x34	/* RP PIO TLP Prefix Log */

/* Precision Time Measurement */
#define PCI_PTM_CAP			0x04	    /* PTM Capability */
#define  PCI_PTM_CAP_REQ		0x00000001  /* Requester capable */
#define  PCI_PTM_CAP_ROOT		0x00000004  /* Root capable */
#define  PCI_PTM_GRANULARITY_MASK	0x0000FF00  /* Clock granularity */
#define PCI_PTM_CTRL			0x08	    /* PTM Control */
#define  PCI_PTM_CTRL_ENABLE		0x00000001  /* PTM enable */
#define  PCI_PTM_CTRL_ROOT		0x00000002  /* Root select */

/* ASPM L1 PM Substates */
#define PCI_L1SS_CAP		0x04	/* Capabilities Register */
#define  PCI_L1SS_CAP_PCIPM_L1_2	0x00000001  /* PCI-PM L1.2 Supported */
#define  PCI_L1SS_CAP_PCIPM_L1_1	0x00000002  /* PCI-PM L1.1 Supported */
#define  PCI_L1SS_CAP_ASPM_L1_2		0x00000004  /* ASPM L1.2 Supported */
#define  PCI_L1SS_CAP_ASPM_L1_1		0x00000008  /* ASPM L1.1 Supported */
#define  PCI_L1SS_CAP_L1_PM_SS		0x00000010  /* L1 PM Substates Supported */
#define  PCI_L1SS_CAP_CM_RESTORE_TIME	0x0000ff00  /* Port Common_Mode_Restore_Time */
#define  PCI_L1SS_CAP_P_PWR_ON_SCALE	0x00030000  /* Port T_POWER_ON scale */
#define  PCI_L1SS_CAP_P_PWR_ON_VALUE	0x00f80000  /* Port T_POWER_ON value */
#define PCI_L1SS_CTL1		0x08	/* Control 1 Register */
#define  PCI_L1SS_CTL1_PCIPM_L1_2	0x00000001  /* PCI-PM L1.2 Enable */
#define  PCI_L1SS_CTL1_PCIPM_L1_1	0x00000002  /* PCI-PM L1.1 Enable */
#define  PCI_L1SS_CTL1_ASPM_L1_2	0x00000004  /* ASPM L1.2 Enable */
#define  PCI_L1SS_CTL1_ASPM_L1_1	0x00000008  /* ASPM L1.1 Enable */
#define  PCI_L1SS_CTL1_L1_2_MASK	0x00000005
#define  PCI_L1SS_CTL1_L1SS_MASK	0x0000000f
#define  PCI_L1SS_CTL1_CM_RESTORE_TIME	0x0000ff00  /* Common_Mode_Restore_Time */
#define  PCI_L1SS_CTL1_LTR_L12_TH_VALUE	0x03ff0000  /* LTR_L1.2_THRESHOLD_Value */
#define  PCI_L1SS_CTL1_LTR_L12_TH_SCALE	0xe0000000  /* LTR_L1.2_THRESHOLD_Scale */
#define PCI_L1SS_CTL2		0x0c	/* Control 2 Register */

/* Designated Vendor-Specific (DVSEC, PCI_EXT_CAP_ID_DVSEC) */
#define PCI_DVSEC_HEADER1		0x4 /* Designated Vendor-Specific Header1 */
#define  PCI_DVSEC_HEADER1_VID(x)	((x) & 0xffff)
#define  PCI_DVSEC_HEADER1_REV(x)	(((x) >> 16) & 0xf)
#define  PCI_DVSEC_HEADER1_LEN(x)	(((x) >> 20) & 0xfff)
#define PCI_DVSEC_HEADER2		0x8 /* Designated Vendor-Specific Header2 */
#define  PCI_DVSEC_HEADER2_ID(x)		((x) & 0xffff)

#endif /* LINUX_PCI_REGS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2000 Jens Axboe <axboe@suse.de>
 * Copyright (C) 2001-2004 Peter Osterlund <petero2@telia.com>
 *
 * May be copied or modified under the terms of the GNU General Public
 * License.  See linux/COPYING for more information.
 *
 * Packet writing layer for ATAPI and SCSI CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-R, and
 * DVD-RW devices.
 *
 */
#ifndef __PKTCDVD_H
#define __PKTCDVD_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * 1 for normal debug messages, 2 is very verbose. 0 to turn it off.
 */
#define PACKET_DEBUG		1

#define	MAX_WRITERS		8

#define PKT_RB_POOL_SIZE	512

/*
 * How long we should hold a non-full packet before starting data gathering.
 */
#define PACKET_WAIT_TIME	(HZ * 5 / 1000)

/*
 * use drive write caching -- we need deferred error handling to be
 * able to successfully recover with this option (drive will return good
 * status as soon as the cdb is validated).
 */
#if defined(CONFIG_CDROM_PKTCDVD_WCACHE)
#define USE_WCACHING		1
#else
#define USE_WCACHING		0
#endif

/*
 * No user-servicable parts beyond this point ->
 */

/*
 * device types
 */
#define PACKET_CDR		1
#define	PACKET_CDRW		2
#define PACKET_DVDR		3
#define PACKET_DVDRW		4

/*
 * flags
 */
#define PACKET_WRITABLE		1	/* pd is writable */
#define PACKET_NWA_VALID	2	/* next writable address valid */
#define PACKET_LRA_VALID	3	/* last recorded address valid */
#define PACKET_MERGE_SEGS	4	/* perform segment merging to keep */
					/* underlying cdrom device happy */

/*
 * Disc status -- from READ_DISC_INFO
 */
#define PACKET_DISC_EMPTY	0
#define PACKET_DISC_INCOMPLETE	1
#define PACKET_DISC_COMPLETE	2
#define PACKET_DISC_OTHER	3

/*
 * write type, and corresponding data block type
 */
#define PACKET_MODE1		1
#define PACKET_MODE2		2
#define PACKET_BLOCK_MODE1	8
#define PACKET_BLOCK_MODE2	10

/*
 * Last session/border status
 */
#define PACKET_SESSION_EMPTY		0
#define PACKET_SESSION_INCOMPLETE	1
#define PACKET_SESSION_RESERVED		2
#define PACKET_SESSION_COMPLETE		3

#define PACKET_MCN			"4a656e734178626f65323030300000"

#undef PACKET_USE_LS

#define PKT_CTRL_CMD_SETUP	0
#define PKT_CTRL_CMD_TEARDOWN	1
#define PKT_CTRL_CMD_STATUS	2

struct pkt_ctrl_command {
	__u32 command;				/* in: Setup, teardown, status */
	__u32 dev_index;			/* in/out: Device index */
	__u32 dev;				/* in/out: Device nr for cdrw device */
	__u32 pkt_dev;				/* in/out: Device nr for packet device */
	__u32 num_devices;			/* out: Largest device index + 1 */
	__u32 padding;				/* Not used */
};

/*
 * packet ioctls
 */
#define PACKET_IOCTL_MAGIC	('X')
#define PACKET_CTRL_CMD		_IOWR(PACKET_IOCTL_MAGIC, 1, struct pkt_ctrl_command)


#endif /* __PKTCDVD_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Bond several ethernet interfaces into a Cisco, running 'Etherchannel'.
 *
 *
 * Portions are (c) Copyright 1995 Simon "Guru Aleph-Null" Janes
 * NCM: Network and Communications Management, Inc.
 *
 * BUT, I'm the one who modified it for ethernet, so:
 * (c) Copyright 1999, Thomas Davis, tadavis@lbl.gov
 *
 *	This software may be used and distributed according to the terms
 *	of the GNU Public License, incorporated herein by reference.
 *
 * 2003/03/18 - Amir Noam <amir.noam at intel dot com>
 *	- Added support for getting slave's speed and duplex via ethtool.
 *	  Needed for 802.3ad and other future modes.
 *
 * 2003/03/18 - Tsippy Mendelson <tsippy.mendelson at intel dot com> and
 *		Shmulik Hen <shmulik.hen at intel dot com>
 *	- Enable support of modes that need to use the unique mac address of
 *	  each slave.
 *
 * 2003/03/18 - Tsippy Mendelson <tsippy.mendelson at intel dot com> and
 *		Amir Noam <amir.noam at intel dot com>
 *	- Moved driver's private data types to bonding.h
 *
 * 2003/03/18 - Amir Noam <amir.noam at intel dot com>,
 *		Tsippy Mendelson <tsippy.mendelson at intel dot com> and
 *		Shmulik Hen <shmulik.hen at intel dot com>
 *	- Added support for IEEE 802.3ad Dynamic link aggregation mode.
 *
 * 2003/05/01 - Amir Noam <amir.noam at intel dot com>
 *	- Added ABI version control to restore compatibility between
 *	  new/old ifenslave and new/old bonding.
 *
 * 2003/12/01 - Shmulik Hen <shmulik.hen at intel dot com>
 *	- Code cleanup and style changes
 *
 * 2005/05/05 - Jason Gabler <jygabler at lbl dot gov>
 *      - added definitions for various XOR hashing policies
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_IF_BONDING_H
#define _LINUX_IF_BONDING_H

#include <linux/if.h>
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>

/* userland - kernel ABI version (2003/05/08) */
#define BOND_ABI_VERSION 2

/*
 * We can remove these ioctl definitions in 2.5.  People should use the
 * SIOC*** versions of them instead
 */
#define BOND_ENSLAVE_OLD		(SIOCDEVPRIVATE)
#define BOND_RELEASE_OLD		(SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 1)
#define BOND_SETHWADDR_OLD		(SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 2)
#define BOND_SLAVE_INFO_QUERY_OLD	(SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 11)
#define BOND_INFO_QUERY_OLD		(SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 12)
#define BOND_CHANGE_ACTIVE_OLD		(SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 13)

#define BOND_CHECK_MII_STATUS	(SIOCGMIIPHY)

#define BOND_MODE_ROUNDROBIN	0
#define BOND_MODE_ACTIVEBACKUP	1
#define BOND_MODE_XOR		2
#define BOND_MODE_BROADCAST	3
#define BOND_MODE_8023AD        4
#define BOND_MODE_TLB           5
#define BOND_MODE_ALB		6 /* TLB + RLB (receive load balancing) */

/* each slave's link has 4 states */
#define BOND_LINK_UP    0           /* link is up and running */
#define BOND_LINK_FAIL  1           /* link has just gone down */
#define BOND_LINK_DOWN  2           /* link has been down for too long time */
#define BOND_LINK_BACK  3           /* link is going back */

/* each slave has several states */
#define BOND_STATE_ACTIVE       0   /* link is active */
#define BOND_STATE_BACKUP       1   /* link is backup */

#define BOND_DEFAULT_MAX_BONDS  1   /* Default maximum number of devices to support */

#define BOND_DEFAULT_TX_QUEUES 16   /* Default number of tx queues per device */

#define BOND_DEFAULT_RESEND_IGMP	1 /* Default number of IGMP membership reports */

/* hashing types */
#define BOND_XMIT_POLICY_LAYER2		0 /* layer 2 (MAC only), default */
#define BOND_XMIT_POLICY_LAYER34	1 /* layer 3+4 (IP ^ (TCP || UDP)) */
#define BOND_XMIT_POLICY_LAYER23	2 /* layer 2+3 (IP ^ MAC) */
#define BOND_XMIT_POLICY_ENCAP23	3 /* encapsulated layer 2+3 */
#define BOND_XMIT_POLICY_ENCAP34	4 /* encapsulated layer 3+4 */
#define BOND_XMIT_POLICY_VLAN_SRCMAC	5 /* vlan + source MAC */

/* 802.3ad port state definitions (43.4.2.2 in the 802.3ad standard) */
#define LACP_STATE_LACP_ACTIVITY   0x1
#define LACP_STATE_LACP_TIMEOUT    0x2
#define LACP_STATE_AGGREGATION     0x4
#define LACP_STATE_SYNCHRONIZATION 0x8
#define LACP_STATE_COLLECTING      0x10
#define LACP_STATE_DISTRIBUTING    0x20
#define LACP_STATE_DEFAULTED       0x40
#define LACP_STATE_EXPIRED         0x80

typedef struct ifbond {
	__s32 bond_mode;
	__s32 num_slaves;
	__s32 miimon;
} ifbond;

typedef struct ifslave {
	__s32 slave_id; /* Used as an IN param to the BOND_SLAVE_INFO_QUERY ioctl */
	char slave_name[IFNAMSIZ];
	__s8 link;
	__s8 state;
	__u32  link_failure_count;
} ifslave;

struct ad_info {
	__u16 aggregator_id;
	__u16 ports;
	__u16 actor_key;
	__u16 partner_key;
	__u8 partner_system[ETH_ALEN];
};

/* Embedded inside LINK_XSTATS_TYPE_BOND */
enum {
	BOND_XSTATS_UNSPEC,
	BOND_XSTATS_3AD,
	__BOND_XSTATS_MAX
};
#define BOND_XSTATS_MAX (__BOND_XSTATS_MAX - 1)

/* Embedded inside BOND_XSTATS_3AD */
enum {
	BOND_3AD_STAT_LACPDU_RX,
	BOND_3AD_STAT_LACPDU_TX,
	BOND_3AD_STAT_LACPDU_UNKNOWN_RX,
	BOND_3AD_STAT_LACPDU_ILLEGAL_RX,
	BOND_3AD_STAT_MARKER_RX,
	BOND_3AD_STAT_MARKER_TX,
	BOND_3AD_STAT_MARKER_RESP_RX,
	BOND_3AD_STAT_MARKER_RESP_TX,
	BOND_3AD_STAT_MARKER_UNKNOWN_RX,
	BOND_3AD_STAT_PAD,
	__BOND_3AD_STAT_MAX
};
#define BOND_3AD_STAT_MAX (__BOND_3AD_STAT_MAX - 1)

#endif /* _LINUX_IF_BONDING_H */

/*
 * Local variables:
 *  version-control: t
 *  kept-new-versions: 5
 *  c-indent-level: 8
 *  c-basic-offset: 8
 *  tab-width: 8
 * End:
 */

/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Netlink event notifications for SELinux.
 *
 * Author: James Morris <jmorris@redhat.com>
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2004 Red Hat, Inc., James Morris <jmorris@redhat.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2,
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_SELINUX_NETLINK_H
#define _LINUX_SELINUX_NETLINK_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* Message types. */
#define SELNL_MSG_BASE 0x10
enum {
	SELNL_MSG_SETENFORCE = SELNL_MSG_BASE,
	SELNL_MSG_POLICYLOAD,
	SELNL_MSG_MAX
};

/* Multicast groups - backwards compatiblility for userspace */
#define SELNL_GRP_NONE		0x00000000
#define SELNL_GRP_AVC		0x00000001	/* AVC notifications */
#define SELNL_GRP_ALL		0xffffffff

enum selinux_nlgroups {
	SELNLGRP_NONE,
#define SELNLGRP_NONE	SELNLGRP_NONE
	SELNLGRP_AVC,
#define SELNLGRP_AVC	SELNLGRP_AVC
	__SELNLGRP_MAX
};
#define SELNLGRP_MAX	(__SELNLGRP_MAX - 1)

/* Message structures */
struct selnl_msg_setenforce {
	__s32		val;
};

struct selnl_msg_policyload {
	__u32	seqno;
};

#endif /* _LINUX_SELINUX_NETLINK_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_SEG6_HMAC_H
#define _LINUX_SEG6_HMAC_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/seg6.h>

#define SEG6_HMAC_SECRET_LEN	64
#define SEG6_HMAC_FIELD_LEN	32

struct sr6_tlv_hmac {
	struct sr6_tlv tlvhdr;
	__u16 reserved;
	__be32 hmackeyid;
	__u8 hmac[SEG6_HMAC_FIELD_LEN];
};

enum {
	SEG6_HMAC_ALGO_SHA1 = 1,
	SEG6_HMAC_ALGO_SHA256 = 2,
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_ELF_EM_H
#define _LINUX_ELF_EM_H

/* These constants define the various ELF target machines */
#define EM_NONE		0
#define EM_M32		1
#define EM_SPARC	2
#define EM_386		3
#define EM_68K		4
#define EM_88K		5
#define EM_486		6	/* Perhaps disused */
#define EM_860		7
#define EM_MIPS		8	/* MIPS R3000 (officially, big-endian only) */
				/* Next two are historical and binaries and
				   modules of these types will be rejected by
				   Linux.  */
#define EM_MIPS_RS3_LE	10	/* MIPS R3000 little-endian */
#define EM_MIPS_RS4_BE	10	/* MIPS R4000 big-endian */

#define EM_PARISC	15	/* HPPA */
#define EM_SPARC32PLUS	18	/* Sun's "v8plus" */
#define EM_PPC		20	/* PowerPC */
#define EM_PPC64	21	 /* PowerPC64 */
#define EM_SPU		23	/* Cell BE SPU */
#define EM_ARM		40	/* ARM 32 bit */
#define EM_SH		42	/* SuperH */
#define EM_SPARCV9	43	/* SPARC v9 64-bit */
#define EM_H8_300	46	/* Renesas H8/300 */
#define EM_IA_64	50	/* HP/Intel IA-64 */
#define EM_X86_64	62	/* AMD x86-64 */
#define EM_S390		22	/* IBM S/390 */
#define EM_CRIS		76	/* Axis Communications 32-bit embedded processor */
#define EM_M32R		88	/* Renesas M32R */
#define EM_MN10300	89	/* Panasonic/MEI MN10300, AM33 */
#define EM_OPENRISC     92     /* OpenRISC 32-bit embedded processor */
#define EM_BLACKFIN     106     /* ADI Blackfin Processor */
#define EM_ALTERA_NIOS2	113	/* Altera Nios II soft-core processor */
#define EM_TI_C6000	140	/* TI C6X DSPs */
#define EM_AARCH64	183	/* ARM 64 bit */
#define EM_TILEPRO	188	/* Tilera TILEPro */
#define EM_MICROBLAZE	189	/* Xilinx MicroBlaze */
#define EM_TILEGX	191	/* Tilera TILE-Gx */
#define EM_BPF		247	/* Linux BPF - in-kernel virtual machine */
#define EM_FRV		0x5441	/* Fujitsu FR-V */

/*
 * This is an interim value that we will use until the committee comes
 * up with a final number.
 */
#define EM_ALPHA	0x9026

/* Bogus old m32r magic number, used by old tools. */
#define EM_CYGNUS_M32R	0x9041
/* This is the old interim value for S/390 architecture */
#define EM_S390_OLD	0xA390
/* Also Panasonic/MEI MN10300, AM33 */
#define EM_CYGNUS_MN10300 0xbeef


#endif /* _LINUX_ELF_EM_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * VLAN		An implementation of 802.1Q VLAN tagging.
 *
 * Authors:	Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
 *
 *		This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *		modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *		as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *		2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_IF_VLAN_H_
#define _LINUX_IF_VLAN_H_


/* VLAN IOCTLs are found in sockios.h */

/* Passed in vlan_ioctl_args structure to determine behaviour. */
enum vlan_ioctl_cmds {
	ADD_VLAN_CMD,
	DEL_VLAN_CMD,
	SET_VLAN_INGRESS_PRIORITY_CMD,
	SET_VLAN_EGRESS_PRIORITY_CMD,
	GET_VLAN_INGRESS_PRIORITY_CMD,
	GET_VLAN_EGRESS_PRIORITY_CMD,
	SET_VLAN_NAME_TYPE_CMD,
	SET_VLAN_FLAG_CMD,
	GET_VLAN_REALDEV_NAME_CMD, /* If this works, you know it's a VLAN device, btw */
	GET_VLAN_VID_CMD /* Get the VID of this VLAN (specified by name) */
};

enum vlan_flags {
	VLAN_FLAG_REORDER_HDR		= 0x1,
	VLAN_FLAG_GVRP			= 0x2,
	VLAN_FLAG_LOOSE_BINDING		= 0x4,
	VLAN_FLAG_MVRP			= 0x8,
	VLAN_FLAG_BRIDGE_BINDING	= 0x10,
};

enum vlan_name_types {
	VLAN_NAME_TYPE_PLUS_VID, /* Name will look like:  vlan0005 */
	VLAN_NAME_TYPE_RAW_PLUS_VID, /* name will look like:  eth1.0005 */
	VLAN_NAME_TYPE_PLUS_VID_NO_PAD, /* Name will look like:  vlan5 */
	VLAN_NAME_TYPE_RAW_PLUS_VID_NO_PAD, /* Name will look like:  eth0.5 */
	VLAN_NAME_TYPE_HIGHEST
};

struct vlan_ioctl_args {
	int cmd; /* Should be one of the vlan_ioctl_cmds enum above. */
	char device1[24];

        union {
		char device2[24];
		int VID;
		unsigned int skb_priority;
		unsigned int name_type;
		unsigned int bind_type;
		unsigned int flag; /* Matches vlan_dev_priv flags */
        } u;

	short vlan_qos;   
};

#endif /* _LINUX_IF_VLAN_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __HPET__
#define __HPET__




struct hpet_info {
	unsigned long hi_ireqfreq;	/* Hz */
	unsigned long hi_flags;	/* information */
	unsigned short hi_hpet;
	unsigned short hi_timer;
};

#define HPET_INFO_PERIODIC	0x0010	/* periodic-capable comparator */

#define	HPET_IE_ON	_IO('h', 0x01)	/* interrupt on */
#define	HPET_IE_OFF	_IO('h', 0x02)	/* interrupt off */
#define	HPET_INFO	_IOR('h', 0x03, struct hpet_info)
#define	HPET_EPI	_IO('h', 0x04)	/* enable periodic */
#define	HPET_DPI	_IO('h', 0x05)	/* disable periodic */
#define	HPET_IRQFREQ	_IOW('h', 0x6, unsigned long)	/* IRQFREQ usec */

#define MAX_HPET_TBS	8		/* maximum hpet timer blocks */

#endif /* __HPET__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_GSMMUX_H
#define _LINUX_GSMMUX_H

#include <linux/if.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

struct gsm_config
{
	unsigned int adaption;
	unsigned int encapsulation;
	unsigned int initiator;
	unsigned int t1;
	unsigned int t2;
	unsigned int t3;
	unsigned int n2;
	unsigned int mru;
	unsigned int mtu;
	unsigned int k;
	unsigned int i;
	unsigned int unused[8];		/* Padding for expansion without
					   breaking stuff */
};

#define GSMIOC_GETCONF		_IOR('G', 0, struct gsm_config)
#define GSMIOC_SETCONF		_IOW('G', 1, struct gsm_config)

struct gsm_netconfig {
	unsigned int adaption;  /* Adaption to use in network mode */
	unsigned short protocol;/* Protocol to use - only ETH_P_IP supported */
	unsigned short unused2;
	char if_name[IFNAMSIZ];	/* interface name format string */
	__u8 unused[28];        /* For future use */
};

#define GSMIOC_ENABLE_NET      _IOW('G', 2, struct gsm_netconfig)
#define GSMIOC_DISABLE_NET     _IO('G', 3)


#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_NFS_MOUNT_H
#define _LINUX_NFS_MOUNT_H

/*
 *  linux/include/linux/nfs_mount.h
 *
 *  Copyright (C) 1992  Rick Sladkey
 *
 *  structure passed from user-space to kernel-space during an nfs mount
 */
#include <linux/in.h>
#include <linux/nfs.h>
#include <linux/nfs2.h>
#include <linux/nfs3.h>

/*
 * WARNING!  Do not delete or change the order of these fields.  If
 * a new field is required then add it to the end.  The version field
 * tracks which fields are present.  This will ensure some measure of
 * mount-to-kernel version compatibility.  Some of these aren't used yet
 * but here they are anyway.
 */
#define NFS_MOUNT_VERSION	6
#define NFS_MAX_CONTEXT_LEN	256

struct nfs_mount_data {
	int		version;		/* 1 */
	int		fd;			/* 1 */
	struct nfs2_fh	old_root;		/* 1 */
	int		flags;			/* 1 */
	int		rsize;			/* 1 */
	int		wsize;			/* 1 */
	int		timeo;			/* 1 */
	int		retrans;		/* 1 */
	int		acregmin;		/* 1 */
	int		acregmax;		/* 1 */
	int		acdirmin;		/* 1 */
	int		acdirmax;		/* 1 */
	struct sockaddr_in addr;		/* 1 */
	char		hostname[NFS_MAXNAMLEN + 1];		/* 1 */
	int		namlen;			/* 2 */
	unsigned int	bsize;			/* 3 */
	struct nfs3_fh	root;			/* 4 */
	int		pseudoflavor;		/* 5 */
	char		context[NFS_MAX_CONTEXT_LEN + 1];	/* 6 */
};

/* bits in the flags field visible to user space */

#define NFS_MOUNT_SOFT		0x0001	/* 1 */
#define NFS_MOUNT_INTR		0x0002	/* 1 */ /* now unused, but ABI */
#define NFS_MOUNT_SECURE	0x0004	/* 1 */
#define NFS_MOUNT_POSIX		0x0008	/* 1 */
#define NFS_MOUNT_NOCTO		0x0010	/* 1 */
#define NFS_MOUNT_NOAC		0x0020	/* 1 */
#define NFS_MOUNT_TCP		0x0040	/* 2 */
#define NFS_MOUNT_VER3		0x0080	/* 3 */
#define NFS_MOUNT_KERBEROS	0x0100	/* 3 */
#define NFS_MOUNT_NONLM		0x0200	/* 3 */
#define NFS_MOUNT_BROKEN_SUID	0x0400	/* 4 */
#define NFS_MOUNT_NOACL		0x0800	/* 4 */
#define NFS_MOUNT_STRICTLOCK	0x1000	/* reserved for NFSv4 */
#define NFS_MOUNT_SECFLAVOUR	0x2000	/* 5 non-text parsed mount data only */
#define NFS_MOUNT_NORDIRPLUS	0x4000	/* 5 */
#define NFS_MOUNT_UNSHARED	0x8000	/* 5 */
#define NFS_MOUNT_FLAGMASK	0xFFFF

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_SEM_H
#define _LINUX_SEM_H

#include <linux/ipc.h>

/* semop flags */
#define SEM_UNDO        0x1000  /* undo the operation on exit */

/* semctl Command Definitions. */
#define GETPID  11       /* get sempid */
#define GETVAL  12       /* get semval */
#define GETALL  13       /* get all semval's */
#define GETNCNT 14       /* get semncnt */
#define GETZCNT 15       /* get semzcnt */
#define SETVAL  16       /* set semval */
#define SETALL  17       /* set all semval's */

/* ipcs ctl cmds */
#define SEM_STAT 18
#define SEM_INFO 19
#define SEM_STAT_ANY 20

/* Obsolete, used only for backwards compatibility and libc5 compiles */
struct semid_ds {
	struct ipc_perm	sem_perm;		/* permissions .. see ipc.h */
	__kernel_time_t	sem_otime;		/* last semop time */
	__kernel_time_t	sem_ctime;		/* create/last semctl() time */
	struct sem	*sem_base;		/* ptr to first semaphore in array */
	struct sem_queue *sem_pending;		/* pending operations to be processed */
	struct sem_queue **sem_pending_last;	/* last pending operation */
	struct sem_undo	*undo;			/* undo requests on this array */
	unsigned short	sem_nsems;		/* no. of semaphores in array */
};

/* Include the definition of semid64_ds */
#include <asm/sembuf.h>

/* semop system calls takes an array of these. */
struct sembuf {
	unsigned short  sem_num;	/* semaphore index in array */
	short		sem_op;		/* semaphore operation */
	short		sem_flg;	/* operation flags */
};

/* arg for semctl system calls. */
union semun {
	int val;			/* value for SETVAL */
	struct semid_ds *buf;	/* buffer for IPC_STAT & IPC_SET */
	unsigned short *array;	/* array for GETALL & SETALL */
	struct seminfo *__buf;	/* buffer for IPC_INFO */
	void *__pad;
};

struct  seminfo {
	int semmap;
	int semmni;
	int semmns;
	int semmnu;
	int semmsl;
	int semopm;
	int semume;
	int semusz;
	int semvmx;
	int semaem;
};

/*
 * SEMMNI, SEMMSL and SEMMNS are default values which can be
 * modified by sysctl.
 * The values has been chosen to be larger than necessary for any
 * known configuration.
 *
 * SEMOPM should not be increased beyond 1000, otherwise there is the
 * risk that semop()/semtimedop() fails due to kernel memory fragmentation when
 * allocating the sop array.
 */


#define SEMMNI  32000           /* <= IPCMNI  max # of semaphore identifiers */
#define SEMMSL  32000           /* <= INT_MAX max num of semaphores per id */
#define SEMMNS  (SEMMNI*SEMMSL) /* <= INT_MAX max # of semaphores in system */
#define SEMOPM  500	        /* <= 1 000 max num of ops per semop call */
#define SEMVMX  32767           /* <= 32767 semaphore maximum value */
#define SEMAEM  SEMVMX          /* adjust on exit max value */

/* unused */
#define SEMUME  SEMOPM          /* max num of undo entries per process */
#define SEMMNU  SEMMNS          /* num of undo structures system wide */
#define SEMMAP  SEMMNS          /* # of entries in semaphore map */
#define SEMUSZ  20		/* sizeof struct sem_undo */


#endif /* _LINUX_SEM_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * include/linux/random.h
 *
 * Include file for the random number generator.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_RANDOM_H
#define _LINUX_RANDOM_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/irqnr.h>

/* ioctl()'s for the random number generator */

/* Get the entropy count. */
#define RNDGETENTCNT	_IOR( 'R', 0x00, int )

/* Add to (or subtract from) the entropy count.  (Superuser only.) */
#define RNDADDTOENTCNT	_IOW( 'R', 0x01, int )

/* Get the contents of the entropy pool.  (Superuser only.) */
#define RNDGETPOOL	_IOR( 'R', 0x02, int [2] )

/* 
 * Write bytes into the entropy pool and add to the entropy count.
 * (Superuser only.)
 */
#define RNDADDENTROPY	_IOW( 'R', 0x03, int [2] )

/* Clear entropy count to 0.  (Superuser only.) */
#define RNDZAPENTCNT	_IO( 'R', 0x04 )

/* Clear the entropy pool and associated counters.  (Superuser only.) */
#define RNDCLEARPOOL	_IO( 'R', 0x06 )

/* Reseed CRNG.  (Superuser only.) */
#define RNDRESEEDCRNG	_IO( 'R', 0x07 )

struct rand_pool_info {
	int	entropy_count;
	int	buf_size;
	__u32	buf[0];
};

/*
 * Flags for getrandom(2)
 *
 * GRND_NONBLOCK	Don't block and return EAGAIN instead
 * GRND_RANDOM		Use the /dev/random pool instead of /dev/urandom
 */
#define GRND_NONBLOCK	0x0001
#define GRND_RANDOM	0x0002

#endif /* _LINUX_RANDOM_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_FCNTL_H
#define _LINUX_FCNTL_H

#include <asm/fcntl.h>
#include <linux/openat2.h>

#define F_SETLEASE	(F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE + 0)
#define F_GETLEASE	(F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE + 1)

/*
 * Cancel a blocking posix lock; internal use only until we expose an
 * asynchronous lock api to userspace:
 */
#define F_CANCELLK	(F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE + 5)

/* Create a file descriptor with FD_CLOEXEC set. */
#define F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC	(F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE + 6)

/*
 * Request nofications on a directory.
 * See below for events that may be notified.
 */
#define F_NOTIFY	(F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE+2)

/*
 * Set and get of pipe page size array
 */
#define F_SETPIPE_SZ	(F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE + 7)
#define F_GETPIPE_SZ	(F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE + 8)

/*
 * Set/Get seals
 */
#define F_ADD_SEALS	(F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE + 9)
#define F_GET_SEALS	(F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE + 10)

/*
 * Types of seals
 */
#define F_SEAL_SEAL	0x0001	/* prevent further seals from being set */
#define F_SEAL_SHRINK	0x0002	/* prevent file from shrinking */
#define F_SEAL_GROW	0x0004	/* prevent file from growing */
#define F_SEAL_WRITE	0x0008	/* prevent writes */
/* (1U << 31) is reserved for signed error codes */

/*
 * Set/Get write life time hints. {GET,SET}_RW_HINT operate on the
 * underlying inode, while {GET,SET}_FILE_RW_HINT operate only on
 * the specific file.
 */
#define F_GET_RW_HINT		(F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE + 11)
#define F_SET_RW_HINT		(F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE + 12)
#define F_GET_FILE_RW_HINT	(F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE + 13)
#define F_SET_FILE_RW_HINT	(F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE + 14)

/*
 * Valid hint values for F_{GET,SET}_RW_HINT. 0 is "not set", or can be
 * used to clear any hints previously set.
 */
#define RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET	0
#define RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NONE	1
#define RWH_WRITE_LIFE_SHORT	2
#define RWH_WRITE_LIFE_MEDIUM	3
#define RWH_WRITE_LIFE_LONG	4
#define RWH_WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME	5

/*
 * The originally introduced spelling is remained from the first
 * versions of the patch set that introduced the feature, see commit
 * v4.13-rc1~212^2~51.
 */
#define RWF_WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET	RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET

/*
 * Types of directory notifications that may be requested.
 */
#define DN_ACCESS	0x00000001	/* File accessed */
#define DN_MODIFY	0x00000002	/* File modified */
#define DN_CREATE	0x00000004	/* File created */
#define DN_DELETE	0x00000008	/* File removed */
#define DN_RENAME	0x00000010	/* File renamed */
#define DN_ATTRIB	0x00000020	/* File changed attibutes */
#define DN_MULTISHOT	0x80000000	/* Don't remove notifier */

/*
 * The constants AT_REMOVEDIR and AT_EACCESS have the same value.  AT_EACCESS is
 * meaningful only to faccessat, while AT_REMOVEDIR is meaningful only to
 * unlinkat.  The two functions do completely different things and therefore,
 * the flags can be allowed to overlap.  For example, passing AT_REMOVEDIR to
 * faccessat would be undefined behavior and thus treating it equivalent to
 * AT_EACCESS is valid undefined behavior.
 */
#define AT_FDCWD		-100    /* Special value used to indicate
                                           openat should use the current
                                           working directory. */
#define AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW	0x100   /* Do not follow symbolic links.  */
#define AT_EACCESS		0x200	/* Test access permitted for
                                           effective IDs, not real IDs.  */
#define AT_REMOVEDIR		0x200   /* Remove directory instead of
                                           unlinking file.  */
#define AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW	0x400   /* Follow symbolic links.  */
#define AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT		0x800	/* Suppress terminal automount traversal */
#define AT_EMPTY_PATH		0x1000	/* Allow empty relative pathname */

#define AT_STATX_SYNC_TYPE	0x6000	/* Type of synchronisation required from statx() */
#define AT_STATX_SYNC_AS_STAT	0x0000	/* - Do whatever stat() does */
#define AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC	0x2000	/* - Force the attributes to be sync'd with the server */
#define AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC	0x4000	/* - Don't sync attributes with the server */

#define AT_RECURSIVE		0x8000	/* Apply to the entire subtree */

#endif /* _LINUX_FCNTL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_DECNET_NETFILTER_H
#define __LINUX_DECNET_NETFILTER_H

/* DECnet-specific defines for netfilter. 
 * This file (C) Steve Whitehouse 1999 derived from the
 * ipv4 netfilter header file which is
 * (C)1998 Rusty Russell -- This code is GPL.
 */

#include <linux/netfilter.h>

/* only for userspace compatibility */

#include <limits.h> /* for INT_MIN, INT_MAX */

/* IP Cache bits. */
/* Src IP address. */
#define NFC_DN_SRC		0x0001
/* Dest IP address. */
#define NFC_DN_DST		0x0002
/* Input device. */
#define NFC_DN_IF_IN		0x0004
/* Output device. */
#define NFC_DN_IF_OUT		0x0008

/* kernel define is in netfilter_defs.h */
#define NF_DN_NUMHOOKS		7

/* DECnet Hooks */
/* After promisc drops, checksum checks. */
#define NF_DN_PRE_ROUTING	0
/* If the packet is destined for this box. */
#define NF_DN_LOCAL_IN		1
/* If the packet is destined for another interface. */
#define NF_DN_FORWARD		2
/* Packets coming from a local process. */
#define NF_DN_LOCAL_OUT		3
/* Packets about to hit the wire. */
#define NF_DN_POST_ROUTING	4
/* Input Hello Packets */
#define NF_DN_HELLO		5
/* Input Routing Packets */
#define NF_DN_ROUTE		6

enum nf_dn_hook_priorities {
	NF_DN_PRI_FIRST = INT_MIN,
	NF_DN_PRI_CONNTRACK = -200,
	NF_DN_PRI_MANGLE = -150,
	NF_DN_PRI_NAT_DST = -100,
	NF_DN_PRI_FILTER = 0,
	NF_DN_PRI_NAT_SRC = 100,
	NF_DN_PRI_DNRTMSG = 200,
	NF_DN_PRI_LAST = INT_MAX,
};

struct nf_dn_rtmsg {
	int nfdn_ifindex;
};

#define NFDN_RTMSG(r) ((unsigned char *)(r) + NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct nf_dn_rtmsg)))

/* backwards compatibility for userspace */
#define DNRMG_L1_GROUP 0x01
#define DNRMG_L2_GROUP 0x02

enum {
	DNRNG_NLGRP_NONE,
#define DNRNG_NLGRP_NONE	DNRNG_NLGRP_NONE
	DNRNG_NLGRP_L1,
#define DNRNG_NLGRP_L1		DNRNG_NLGRP_L1
	DNRNG_NLGRP_L2,
#define DNRNG_NLGRP_L2		DNRNG_NLGRP_L2
	__DNRNG_NLGRP_MAX
};
#define DNRNG_NLGRP_MAX	(__DNRNG_NLGRP_MAX - 1)

#endif /*__LINUX_DECNET_NETFILTER_H*/
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  BSD Process Accounting for Linux - Definitions
 *
 *  Author: Marco van Wieringen (mvw@planets.elm.net)
 *
 *  This header file contains the definitions needed to implement
 *  BSD-style process accounting. The kernel accounting code and all
 *  user-level programs that try to do something useful with the
 *  process accounting log must include this file.
 *
 *  Copyright (C) 1995 - 1997 Marco van Wieringen - ELM Consultancy B.V.
 *
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_ACCT_H
#define _LINUX_ACCT_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#include <asm/param.h>
#include <asm/byteorder.h>

/* 
 *  comp_t is a 16-bit "floating" point number with a 3-bit base 8
 *  exponent and a 13-bit fraction.
 *  comp2_t is 24-bit with 5-bit base 2 exponent and 20 bit fraction
 *  (leading 1 not stored).
 *  See linux/kernel/acct.c for the specific encoding systems used.
 */

typedef __u16	comp_t;
typedef __u32	comp2_t;

/*
 *   accounting file record
 *
 *   This structure contains all of the information written out to the
 *   process accounting file whenever a process exits.
 */

#define ACCT_COMM	16

struct acct
{
	char		ac_flag;		/* Flags */
	char		ac_version;		/* Always set to ACCT_VERSION */
	/* for binary compatibility back until 2.0 */
	__u16		ac_uid16;		/* LSB of Real User ID */
	__u16		ac_gid16;		/* LSB of Real Group ID */
	__u16		ac_tty;			/* Control Terminal */
	__u32		ac_btime;		/* Process Creation Time */
	comp_t		ac_utime;		/* User Time */
	comp_t		ac_stime;		/* System Time */
	comp_t		ac_etime;		/* Elapsed Time */
	comp_t		ac_mem;			/* Average Memory Usage */
	comp_t		ac_io;			/* Chars Transferred */
	comp_t		ac_rw;			/* Blocks Read or Written */
	comp_t		ac_minflt;		/* Minor Pagefaults */
	comp_t		ac_majflt;		/* Major Pagefaults */
	comp_t		ac_swaps;		/* Number of Swaps */
/* m68k had no padding here. */
	__u16		ac_ahz;			/* AHZ */
	__u32		ac_exitcode;		/* Exitcode */
	char		ac_comm[ACCT_COMM + 1];	/* Command Name */
	__u8		ac_etime_hi;		/* Elapsed Time MSB */
	__u16		ac_etime_lo;		/* Elapsed Time LSB */
	__u32		ac_uid;			/* Real User ID */
	__u32		ac_gid;			/* Real Group ID */
};

struct acct_v3
{
	char		ac_flag;		/* Flags */
	char		ac_version;		/* Always set to ACCT_VERSION */
	__u16		ac_tty;			/* Control Terminal */
	__u32		ac_exitcode;		/* Exitcode */
	__u32		ac_uid;			/* Real User ID */
	__u32		ac_gid;			/* Real Group ID */
	__u32		ac_pid;			/* Process ID */
	__u32		ac_ppid;		/* Parent Process ID */
	__u32		ac_btime;		/* Process Creation Time */
	float		ac_etime;		/* Elapsed Time */
	comp_t		ac_utime;		/* User Time */
	comp_t		ac_stime;		/* System Time */
	comp_t		ac_mem;			/* Average Memory Usage */
	comp_t		ac_io;			/* Chars Transferred */
	comp_t		ac_rw;			/* Blocks Read or Written */
	comp_t		ac_minflt;		/* Minor Pagefaults */
	comp_t		ac_majflt;		/* Major Pagefaults */
	comp_t		ac_swaps;		/* Number of Swaps */
	char		ac_comm[ACCT_COMM];	/* Command Name */
};

/*
 *  accounting flags
 */
				/* bit set when the process ... */
#define AFORK		0x01	/* ... executed fork, but did not exec */
#define ASU		0x02	/* ... used super-user privileges */
#define ACOMPAT		0x04	/* ... used compatibility mode (VAX only not used) */
#define ACORE		0x08	/* ... dumped core */
#define AXSIG		0x10	/* ... was killed by a signal */

#if defined(__BYTE_ORDER) ? __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN : defined(__BIG_ENDIAN)
#define ACCT_BYTEORDER	0x80	/* accounting file is big endian */
#elif defined(__BYTE_ORDER) ? __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN : defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN)
#define ACCT_BYTEORDER	0x00	/* accounting file is little endian */
#else
#error unspecified endianness
#endif

#define ACCT_VERSION	2
#define AHZ		(HZ)


#endif /* _LINUX_ACCT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _SCREEN_INFO_H
#define _SCREEN_INFO_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * These are set up by the setup-routine at boot-time:
 */

struct screen_info {
	__u8  orig_x;		/* 0x00 */
	__u8  orig_y;		/* 0x01 */
	__u16 ext_mem_k;	/* 0x02 */
	__u16 orig_video_page;	/* 0x04 */
	__u8  orig_video_mode;	/* 0x06 */
	__u8  orig_video_cols;	/* 0x07 */
	__u8  flags;		/* 0x08 */
	__u8  unused2;		/* 0x09 */
	__u16 orig_video_ega_bx;/* 0x0a */
	__u16 unused3;		/* 0x0c */
	__u8  orig_video_lines;	/* 0x0e */
	__u8  orig_video_isVGA;	/* 0x0f */
	__u16 orig_video_points;/* 0x10 */

	/* VESA graphic mode -- linear frame buffer */
	__u16 lfb_width;	/* 0x12 */
	__u16 lfb_height;	/* 0x14 */
	__u16 lfb_depth;	/* 0x16 */
	__u32 lfb_base;		/* 0x18 */
	__u32 lfb_size;		/* 0x1c */
	__u16 cl_magic, cl_offset; /* 0x20 */
	__u16 lfb_linelength;	/* 0x24 */
	__u8  red_size;		/* 0x26 */
	__u8  red_pos;		/* 0x27 */
	__u8  green_size;	/* 0x28 */
	__u8  green_pos;	/* 0x29 */
	__u8  blue_size;	/* 0x2a */
	__u8  blue_pos;		/* 0x2b */
	__u8  rsvd_size;	/* 0x2c */
	__u8  rsvd_pos;		/* 0x2d */
	__u16 vesapm_seg;	/* 0x2e */
	__u16 vesapm_off;	/* 0x30 */
	__u16 pages;		/* 0x32 */
	__u16 vesa_attributes;	/* 0x34 */
	__u32 capabilities;     /* 0x36 */
	__u32 ext_lfb_base;	/* 0x3a */
	__u8  _reserved[2];	/* 0x3e */
} __attribute__((packed));

#define VIDEO_TYPE_MDA		0x10	/* Monochrome Text Display	*/
#define VIDEO_TYPE_CGA		0x11	/* CGA Display 			*/
#define VIDEO_TYPE_EGAM		0x20	/* EGA/VGA in Monochrome Mode	*/
#define VIDEO_TYPE_EGAC		0x21	/* EGA in Color Mode		*/
#define VIDEO_TYPE_VGAC		0x22	/* VGA+ in Color Mode		*/
#define VIDEO_TYPE_VLFB		0x23	/* VESA VGA in graphic mode	*/

#define VIDEO_TYPE_PICA_S3	0x30	/* ACER PICA-61 local S3 video	*/
#define VIDEO_TYPE_MIPS_G364	0x31    /* MIPS Magnum 4000 G364 video  */
#define VIDEO_TYPE_SGI          0x33    /* Various SGI graphics hardware */

#define VIDEO_TYPE_TGAC		0x40	/* DEC TGA */

#define VIDEO_TYPE_SUN          0x50    /* Sun frame buffer. */
#define VIDEO_TYPE_SUNPCI       0x51    /* Sun PCI based frame buffer. */

#define VIDEO_TYPE_PMAC		0x60	/* PowerMacintosh frame buffer. */

#define VIDEO_TYPE_EFI		0x70	/* EFI graphic mode		*/

#define VIDEO_FLAGS_NOCURSOR	(1 << 0) /* The video mode has no cursor set */

#define VIDEO_CAPABILITY_SKIP_QUIRKS	(1 << 0)
#define VIDEO_CAPABILITY_64BIT_BASE	(1 << 1)	/* Frame buffer base is 64-bit */

#endif /* _SCREEN_INFO_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __TARGET_CORE_USER_H
#define __TARGET_CORE_USER_H

/* This header will be used by application too */

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/uio.h>

#define TCMU_VERSION "2.0"

/**
 * DOC: Ring Design
 * Ring Design
 * -----------
 *
 * The mmaped area is divided into three parts:
 * 1) The mailbox (struct tcmu_mailbox, below);
 * 2) The command ring;
 * 3) Everything beyond the command ring (data).
 *
 * The mailbox tells userspace the offset of the command ring from the
 * start of the shared memory region, and how big the command ring is.
 *
 * The kernel passes SCSI commands to userspace by putting a struct
 * tcmu_cmd_entry in the ring, updating mailbox->cmd_head, and poking
 * userspace via UIO's interrupt mechanism.
 *
 * tcmu_cmd_entry contains a header. If the header type is PAD,
 * userspace should skip hdr->length bytes (mod cmdr_size) to find the
 * next cmd_entry.
 *
 * Otherwise, the entry will contain offsets into the mmaped area that
 * contain the cdb and data buffers -- the latter accessible via the
 * iov array. iov addresses are also offsets into the shared area.
 *
 * When userspace is completed handling the command, set
 * entry->rsp.scsi_status, fill in rsp.sense_buffer if appropriate,
 * and also set mailbox->cmd_tail equal to the old cmd_tail plus
 * hdr->length, mod cmdr_size. If cmd_tail doesn't equal cmd_head, it
 * should process the next packet the same way, and so on.
 */

#define TCMU_MAILBOX_VERSION 2
#define ALIGN_SIZE 64 /* Should be enough for most CPUs */
#define TCMU_MAILBOX_FLAG_CAP_OOOC (1 << 0) /* Out-of-order completions */
#define TCMU_MAILBOX_FLAG_CAP_READ_LEN (1 << 1) /* Read data length */
#define TCMU_MAILBOX_FLAG_CAP_TMR (1 << 2) /* TMR notifications */
#define TCMU_MAILBOX_FLAG_CAP_KEEP_BUF (1<<3) /* Keep buf after cmd completion */

struct tcmu_mailbox {
	__u16 version;
	__u16 flags;
	__u32 cmdr_off;
	__u32 cmdr_size;

	__u32 cmd_head;

	/* Updated by user. On its own cacheline */
	__u32 cmd_tail __attribute__((__aligned__(ALIGN_SIZE)));

} __attribute__((packed));

enum tcmu_opcode {
	TCMU_OP_PAD = 0,
	TCMU_OP_CMD,
	TCMU_OP_TMR,
};

/*
 * Only a few opcodes, and length is 8-byte aligned, so use low bits for opcode.
 */
struct tcmu_cmd_entry_hdr {
	__u32 len_op;
	__u16 cmd_id;
	__u8 kflags;
#define TCMU_UFLAG_UNKNOWN_OP 0x1
#define TCMU_UFLAG_READ_LEN   0x2
#define TCMU_UFLAG_KEEP_BUF   0x4
	__u8 uflags;

} __attribute__((packed));

#define TCMU_OP_MASK 0x7

static __inline__ enum tcmu_opcode tcmu_hdr_get_op(__u32 len_op)
{
	return len_op & TCMU_OP_MASK;
}

static __inline__ void tcmu_hdr_set_op(__u32 *len_op, enum tcmu_opcode op)
{
	*len_op &= ~TCMU_OP_MASK;
	*len_op |= (op & TCMU_OP_MASK);
}

static __inline__ __u32 tcmu_hdr_get_len(__u32 len_op)
{
	return len_op & ~TCMU_OP_MASK;
}

static __inline__ void tcmu_hdr_set_len(__u32 *len_op, __u32 len)
{
	*len_op &= TCMU_OP_MASK;
	*len_op |= len;
}

/* Currently the same as SCSI_SENSE_BUFFERSIZE */
#define TCMU_SENSE_BUFFERSIZE 96

struct tcmu_cmd_entry {
	struct tcmu_cmd_entry_hdr hdr;

	union {
		struct {
			__u32 iov_cnt;
			__u32 iov_bidi_cnt;
			__u32 iov_dif_cnt;
			__u64 cdb_off;
			__u64 __pad1;
			__u64 __pad2;
			struct iovec iov[0];
		} req;
		struct {
			__u8 scsi_status;
			__u8 __pad1;
			__u16 __pad2;
			__u32 read_len;
			char sense_buffer[TCMU_SENSE_BUFFERSIZE];
		} rsp;
	};

} __attribute__((packed));

struct tcmu_tmr_entry {
	struct tcmu_cmd_entry_hdr hdr;

#define TCMU_TMR_UNKNOWN		0
#define TCMU_TMR_ABORT_TASK		1
#define TCMU_TMR_ABORT_TASK_SET		2
#define TCMU_TMR_CLEAR_ACA		3
#define TCMU_TMR_CLEAR_TASK_SET		4
#define TCMU_TMR_LUN_RESET		5
#define TCMU_TMR_TARGET_WARM_RESET	6
#define TCMU_TMR_TARGET_COLD_RESET	7
/* Pseudo reset due to received PR OUT */
#define TCMU_TMR_LUN_RESET_PRO		128
	__u8 tmr_type;

	__u8 __pad1;
	__u16 __pad2;
	__u32 cmd_cnt;
	__u64 __pad3;
	__u64 __pad4;
	__u16 cmd_ids[0];
} __attribute__((packed));

#define TCMU_OP_ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(__u64)

enum tcmu_genl_cmd {
	TCMU_CMD_UNSPEC,
	TCMU_CMD_ADDED_DEVICE,
	TCMU_CMD_REMOVED_DEVICE,
	TCMU_CMD_RECONFIG_DEVICE,
	TCMU_CMD_ADDED_DEVICE_DONE,
	TCMU_CMD_REMOVED_DEVICE_DONE,
	TCMU_CMD_RECONFIG_DEVICE_DONE,
	TCMU_CMD_SET_FEATURES,
	__TCMU_CMD_MAX,
};
#define TCMU_CMD_MAX (__TCMU_CMD_MAX - 1)

enum tcmu_genl_attr {
	TCMU_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	TCMU_ATTR_DEVICE,
	TCMU_ATTR_MINOR,
	TCMU_ATTR_PAD,
	TCMU_ATTR_DEV_CFG,
	TCMU_ATTR_DEV_SIZE,
	TCMU_ATTR_WRITECACHE,
	TCMU_ATTR_CMD_STATUS,
	TCMU_ATTR_DEVICE_ID,
	TCMU_ATTR_SUPP_KERN_CMD_REPLY,
	__TCMU_ATTR_MAX,
};
#define TCMU_ATTR_MAX (__TCMU_ATTR_MAX - 1)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * INET		An implementation of the TCP/IP protocol suite for the LINUX
 *		operating system.  INET is implemented using the  BSD Socket
 *		interface as the means of communication with the user level.
 *
 *		Definitions for the UDP protocol.
 *
 * Version:	@(#)udp.h	1.0.2	04/28/93
 *
 * Author:	Fred N. van Kempen, <waltje@uWalt.NL.Mugnet.ORG>
 *
 *		This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *		modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *		as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *		2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */
#ifndef _LINUX_UDP_H
#define _LINUX_UDP_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct udphdr {
	__be16	source;
	__be16	dest;
	__be16	len;
	__sum16	check;
};

/* UDP socket options */
#define UDP_CORK	1	/* Never send partially complete segments */
#define UDP_ENCAP	100	/* Set the socket to accept encapsulated packets */
#define UDP_NO_CHECK6_TX 101	/* Disable sending checksum for UDP6X */
#define UDP_NO_CHECK6_RX 102	/* Disable accpeting checksum for UDP6 */
#define UDP_SEGMENT	103	/* Set GSO segmentation size */
#define UDP_GRO		104	/* This socket can receive UDP GRO packets */

/* UDP encapsulation types */
#define UDP_ENCAP_ESPINUDP_NON_IKE	1 /* draft-ietf-ipsec-nat-t-ike-00/01 */
#define UDP_ENCAP_ESPINUDP	2 /* draft-ietf-ipsec-udp-encaps-06 */
#define UDP_ENCAP_L2TPINUDP	3 /* rfc2661 */
#define UDP_ENCAP_GTP0		4 /* GSM TS 09.60 */
#define UDP_ENCAP_GTP1U		5 /* 3GPP TS 29.060 */
#define TCP_ENCAP_ESPINTCP	7 /* Yikes, this is really xfrm encap types. */

#endif /* _LINUX_UDP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_PERSONALITY_H
#define _LINUX_PERSONALITY_H


/*
 * Flags for bug emulation.
 *
 * These occupy the top three bytes.
 */
enum {
	UNAME26	=               0x0020000,
	ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE = 	0x0040000,	/* disable randomization of VA space */
	FDPIC_FUNCPTRS =	0x0080000,	/* userspace function ptrs point to descriptors
						 * (signal handling)
						 */
	MMAP_PAGE_ZERO =	0x0100000,
	ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT =	0x0200000,
	READ_IMPLIES_EXEC =	0x0400000,
	ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT =	0x0800000,
	SHORT_INODE =		0x1000000,
	WHOLE_SECONDS =		0x2000000,
	STICKY_TIMEOUTS	=	0x4000000,
	ADDR_LIMIT_3GB = 	0x8000000,
};

/*
 * Security-relevant compatibility flags that must be
 * cleared upon setuid or setgid exec:
 */
#define PER_CLEAR_ON_SETID (READ_IMPLIES_EXEC  | \
			    ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE  | \
			    ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT | \
			    MMAP_PAGE_ZERO)

/*
 * Personality types.
 *
 * These go in the low byte.  Avoid using the top bit, it will
 * conflict with error returns.
 */
enum {
	PER_LINUX =		0x0000,
	PER_LINUX_32BIT =	0x0000 | ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT,
	PER_LINUX_FDPIC =	0x0000 | FDPIC_FUNCPTRS,
	PER_SVR4 =		0x0001 | STICKY_TIMEOUTS | MMAP_PAGE_ZERO,
	PER_SVR3 =		0x0002 | STICKY_TIMEOUTS | SHORT_INODE,
	PER_SCOSVR3 =		0x0003 | STICKY_TIMEOUTS |
					 WHOLE_SECONDS | SHORT_INODE,
	PER_OSR5 =		0x0003 | STICKY_TIMEOUTS | WHOLE_SECONDS,
	PER_WYSEV386 =		0x0004 | STICKY_TIMEOUTS | SHORT_INODE,
	PER_ISCR4 =		0x0005 | STICKY_TIMEOUTS,
	PER_BSD =		0x0006,
	PER_SUNOS =		0x0006 | STICKY_TIMEOUTS,
	PER_XENIX =		0x0007 | STICKY_TIMEOUTS | SHORT_INODE,
	PER_LINUX32 =		0x0008,
	PER_LINUX32_3GB =	0x0008 | ADDR_LIMIT_3GB,
	PER_IRIX32 =		0x0009 | STICKY_TIMEOUTS,/* IRIX5 32-bit */
	PER_IRIXN32 =		0x000a | STICKY_TIMEOUTS,/* IRIX6 new 32-bit */
	PER_IRIX64 =		0x000b | STICKY_TIMEOUTS,/* IRIX6 64-bit */
	PER_RISCOS =		0x000c,
	PER_SOLARIS =		0x000d | STICKY_TIMEOUTS,
	PER_UW7 =		0x000e | STICKY_TIMEOUTS | MMAP_PAGE_ZERO,
	PER_OSF4 =		0x000f,			 /* OSF/1 v4 */
	PER_HPUX =		0x0010,
	PER_MASK =		0x00ff,
};


#endif /* _LINUX_PERSONALITY_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef	__BPQETHER_H
#define	__BPQETHER_H

/*
 * 	Defines for the BPQETHER pseudo device driver
 */

#include <linux/if_ether.h>

#define SIOCSBPQETHOPT		(SIOCDEVPRIVATE+0)	/* reserved */
#define SIOCSBPQETHADDR		(SIOCDEVPRIVATE+1)
 
struct bpq_ethaddr {
	unsigned char destination[ETH_ALEN];
	unsigned char accept[ETH_ALEN];
};

/* 
 * For SIOCSBPQETHOPT - this is compatible with PI2/PacketTwin card drivers,
 * currently not implemented, though. If someone wants to hook a radio
 * to his Ethernet card he may find this useful. ;-)
 */

#define SIOCGBPQETHPARAM	0x5000  /* get Level 1 parameters */
#define SIOCSBPQETHPARAM	0x5001  /* set */

struct bpq_req  {
    int cmd;
    int speed;			/* unused */
    int clockmode;		/* unused */
    int txdelay;
    unsigned char persist;	/* unused */
    int slotime;		/* unused */
    int squeldelay;
    int dmachan;		/* unused */
    int irq;			/* unused */
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* $Id: b1lli.h,v 1.8.8.3 2001/09/23 22:25:05 kai Exp $
 *
 * ISDN lowlevel-module for AVM B1-card.
 *
 * Copyright 1996 by Carsten Paeth (calle@calle.in-berlin.de)
 *
 * This software may be used and distributed according to the terms
 * of the GNU General Public License, incorporated herein by reference.
 *
 */

#ifndef _B1LLI_H_
#define _B1LLI_H_
/*
 * struct for loading t4 file 
 */
typedef struct avmb1_t4file {
	int len;
	unsigned char *data;
} avmb1_t4file;

typedef struct avmb1_loaddef {
	int contr;
	avmb1_t4file t4file;
} avmb1_loaddef;

typedef struct avmb1_loadandconfigdef {
	int contr;
	avmb1_t4file t4file;
        avmb1_t4file t4config; 
} avmb1_loadandconfigdef;

typedef struct avmb1_resetdef {
	int contr;
} avmb1_resetdef;

typedef struct avmb1_getdef {
	int contr;
	int cardtype;
	int cardstate;
} avmb1_getdef;

/*
 * struct for adding new cards 
 */
typedef struct avmb1_carddef {
	int port;
	int irq;
} avmb1_carddef;

#define AVM_CARDTYPE_B1		0
#define AVM_CARDTYPE_T1		1
#define AVM_CARDTYPE_M1		2
#define AVM_CARDTYPE_M2		3

typedef struct avmb1_extcarddef {
	int port;
	int irq;
        int cardtype;
        int cardnr;  /* for HEMA/T1 */
} avmb1_extcarddef;

#define	AVMB1_LOAD		0	/* load image to card */
#define AVMB1_ADDCARD		1	/* add a new card - OBSOLETE */
#define AVMB1_RESETCARD		2	/* reset a card */
#define	AVMB1_LOAD_AND_CONFIG	3	/* load image and config to card */
#define	AVMB1_ADDCARD_WITH_TYPE	4	/* add a new card, with cardtype */
#define AVMB1_GET_CARDINFO	5	/* get cardtype */
#define AVMB1_REMOVECARD	6	/* remove a card - OBSOLETE */

#define	AVMB1_REGISTERCARD_IS_OBSOLETE

#endif				/* _B1LLI_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) */
/*
 * include/uapi/linux/tipc.h: Header for TIPC socket interface
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2003-2006, 2015-2016 Ericsson AB
 * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010-2011, Wind River Systems
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the names of the copyright holders nor the names of its
 *    contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
 *    this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * Alternatively, this software may be distributed under the terms of the
 * GNU General Public License ("GPL") version 2 as published by the Free
 * Software Foundation.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
 * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
 * LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
 * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
 * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
 * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
 * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
 * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
 * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_TIPC_H_
#define _LINUX_TIPC_H_

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/sockios.h>

/*
 * TIPC addressing primitives
 */

struct tipc_socket_addr {
	__u32 ref;
	__u32 node;
};

struct tipc_service_addr {
	__u32 type;
	__u32 instance;
};

struct tipc_service_range {
	__u32 type;
	__u32 lower;
	__u32 upper;
};

/*
 * Application-accessible service types
 */

#define TIPC_NODE_STATE		0	/* node state service type */
#define TIPC_TOP_SRV		1	/* topology server service type */
#define TIPC_LINK_STATE		2	/* link state service type */
#define TIPC_RESERVED_TYPES	64	/* lowest user-allowed service type */

/*
 * Publication scopes when binding service / service range
 */
enum tipc_scope {
	TIPC_CLUSTER_SCOPE = 2, /* 0 can also be used */
	TIPC_NODE_SCOPE    = 3
};

/*
 * Limiting values for messages
 */

#define TIPC_MAX_USER_MSG_SIZE	66000U

/*
 * Message importance levels
 */

#define TIPC_LOW_IMPORTANCE		0
#define TIPC_MEDIUM_IMPORTANCE		1
#define TIPC_HIGH_IMPORTANCE		2
#define TIPC_CRITICAL_IMPORTANCE	3

/*
 * Msg rejection/connection shutdown reasons
 */

#define TIPC_OK			0
#define TIPC_ERR_NO_NAME	1
#define TIPC_ERR_NO_PORT	2
#define TIPC_ERR_NO_NODE	3
#define TIPC_ERR_OVERLOAD	4
#define TIPC_CONN_SHUTDOWN	5

/*
 * TIPC topology subscription service definitions
 */

#define TIPC_SUB_PORTS          0x01    /* filter: evt at each match */
#define TIPC_SUB_SERVICE        0x02    /* filter: evt at first up/last down */
#define TIPC_SUB_CANCEL         0x04    /* filter: cancel a subscription */

#define TIPC_WAIT_FOREVER	(~0)	/* timeout for permanent subscription */

struct tipc_subscr {
	struct tipc_service_range seq;	/* range of interest */
	__u32 timeout;			/* subscription duration (in ms) */
	__u32 filter;			/* bitmask of filter options */
	char usr_handle[8];		/* available for subscriber use */
};

#define TIPC_PUBLISHED		1	/* publication event */
#define TIPC_WITHDRAWN		2	/* withdrawal event */
#define TIPC_SUBSCR_TIMEOUT	3	/* subscription timeout event */

struct tipc_event {
	__u32 event;			/* event type */
	__u32 found_lower;		/* matching range */
	__u32 found_upper;		/*    "      "    */
	struct tipc_socket_addr port;	/* associated socket */
	struct tipc_subscr s;		/* associated subscription */
};

/*
 * Socket API
 */

#ifndef AF_TIPC
#define AF_TIPC		30
#endif

#ifndef PF_TIPC
#define PF_TIPC		AF_TIPC
#endif

#ifndef SOL_TIPC
#define SOL_TIPC	271
#endif

#define TIPC_ADDR_MCAST         1
#define TIPC_SERVICE_RANGE      1
#define TIPC_SERVICE_ADDR       2
#define TIPC_SOCKET_ADDR        3

struct sockaddr_tipc {
	unsigned short family;
	unsigned char  addrtype;
	signed   char  scope;
	union {
		struct tipc_socket_addr id;
		struct tipc_service_range nameseq;
		struct {
			struct tipc_service_addr name;
			__u32 domain;
		} name;
	} addr;
};

/*
 * Ancillary data objects supported by recvmsg()
 */

#define TIPC_ERRINFO	1	/* error info */
#define TIPC_RETDATA	2	/* returned data */
#define TIPC_DESTNAME	3	/* destination name */

/*
 * TIPC-specific socket option names
 */

#define TIPC_IMPORTANCE		127	/* Default: TIPC_LOW_IMPORTANCE */
#define TIPC_SRC_DROPPABLE	128	/* Default: based on socket type */
#define TIPC_DEST_DROPPABLE	129	/* Default: based on socket type */
#define TIPC_CONN_TIMEOUT	130	/* Default: 8000 (ms)  */
#define TIPC_NODE_RECVQ_DEPTH	131	/* Default: none (read only) */
#define TIPC_SOCK_RECVQ_DEPTH	132	/* Default: none (read only) */
#define TIPC_MCAST_BROADCAST    133     /* Default: TIPC selects. No arg */
#define TIPC_MCAST_REPLICAST    134     /* Default: TIPC selects. No arg */
#define TIPC_GROUP_JOIN         135     /* Takes struct tipc_group_req* */
#define TIPC_GROUP_LEAVE        136     /* No argument */
#define TIPC_SOCK_RECVQ_USED    137     /* Default: none (read only) */
#define TIPC_NODELAY            138     /* Default: false */

/*
 * Flag values
 */
#define TIPC_GROUP_LOOPBACK     0x1  /* Receive copy of sent msg when match */
#define TIPC_GROUP_MEMBER_EVTS  0x2  /* Receive membership events in socket */

struct tipc_group_req {
	__u32 type;      /* group id */
	__u32 instance;  /* member id */
	__u32 scope;     /* cluster/node */
	__u32 flags;
};

/*
 * Maximum sizes of TIPC bearer-related names (including terminating NULL)
 * The string formatting for each name element is:
 * media: media
 * interface: media:interface name
 * link: node:interface-node:interface
 */
#define TIPC_NODEID_LEN         16
#define TIPC_MAX_MEDIA_NAME	16
#define TIPC_MAX_IF_NAME	16
#define TIPC_MAX_BEARER_NAME	32
#define TIPC_MAX_LINK_NAME	68

#define SIOCGETLINKNAME        SIOCPROTOPRIVATE
#define SIOCGETNODEID          (SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 1)

struct tipc_sioc_ln_req {
	__u32 peer;
	__u32 bearer_id;
	char linkname[TIPC_MAX_LINK_NAME];
};

struct tipc_sioc_nodeid_req {
	__u32 peer;
	char node_id[TIPC_NODEID_LEN];
};

/*
 * TIPC Crypto, AEAD
 */
#define TIPC_AEAD_ALG_NAME		(32)

struct tipc_aead_key {
	char alg_name[TIPC_AEAD_ALG_NAME];
	unsigned int keylen;	/* in bytes */
	char key[];
};

#define TIPC_AEAD_KEYLEN_MIN		(16 + 4)
#define TIPC_AEAD_KEYLEN_MAX		(32 + 4)
#define TIPC_AEAD_KEY_SIZE_MAX		(sizeof(struct tipc_aead_key) + \
							TIPC_AEAD_KEYLEN_MAX)

static __inline__ int tipc_aead_key_size(struct tipc_aead_key *key)
{
	return sizeof(*key) + key->keylen;
}

#define TIPC_REKEYING_NOW		(~0U)

/* The macros and functions below are deprecated:
 */

#define TIPC_CFG_SRV		0
#define TIPC_ZONE_SCOPE         1

#define TIPC_ADDR_NAMESEQ	1
#define TIPC_ADDR_NAME		2
#define TIPC_ADDR_ID		3

#define TIPC_NODE_BITS          12
#define TIPC_CLUSTER_BITS       12
#define TIPC_ZONE_BITS          8

#define TIPC_NODE_OFFSET        0
#define TIPC_CLUSTER_OFFSET     TIPC_NODE_BITS
#define TIPC_ZONE_OFFSET        (TIPC_CLUSTER_OFFSET + TIPC_CLUSTER_BITS)

#define TIPC_NODE_SIZE          ((1UL << TIPC_NODE_BITS) - 1)
#define TIPC_CLUSTER_SIZE       ((1UL << TIPC_CLUSTER_BITS) - 1)
#define TIPC_ZONE_SIZE          ((1UL << TIPC_ZONE_BITS) - 1)

#define TIPC_NODE_MASK		(TIPC_NODE_SIZE << TIPC_NODE_OFFSET)
#define TIPC_CLUSTER_MASK	(TIPC_CLUSTER_SIZE << TIPC_CLUSTER_OFFSET)
#define TIPC_ZONE_MASK		(TIPC_ZONE_SIZE << TIPC_ZONE_OFFSET)

#define TIPC_ZONE_CLUSTER_MASK (TIPC_ZONE_MASK | TIPC_CLUSTER_MASK)

#define tipc_portid tipc_socket_addr
#define tipc_name tipc_service_addr
#define tipc_name_seq tipc_service_range

static __inline__ __u32 tipc_addr(unsigned int zone,
			      unsigned int cluster,
			      unsigned int node)
{
	return (zone << TIPC_ZONE_OFFSET) |
		(cluster << TIPC_CLUSTER_OFFSET) |
		node;
}

static __inline__ unsigned int tipc_zone(__u32 addr)
{
	return addr >> TIPC_ZONE_OFFSET;
}

static __inline__ unsigned int tipc_cluster(__u32 addr)
{
	return (addr & TIPC_CLUSTER_MASK) >> TIPC_CLUSTER_OFFSET;
}

static __inline__ unsigned int tipc_node(__u32 addr)
{
	return addr & TIPC_NODE_MASK;
}

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __GENWQE_CARD_H__
#define __GENWQE_CARD_H__

/**
 * IBM Accelerator Family 'GenWQE'
 *
 * (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 2013
 *
 * Author: Frank Haverkamp <haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
 * Author: Joerg-Stephan Vogt <jsvogt@de.ibm.com>
 * Author: Michael Jung <mijung@gmx.net>
 * Author: Michael Ruettger <michael@ibmra.de>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2 only)
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 */

/*
 * User-space API for the GenWQE card. For debugging and test purposes
 * the register addresses are included here too.
 */

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

/* Basename of sysfs, debugfs and /dev interfaces */
#define GENWQE_DEVNAME			"genwqe"

#define GENWQE_TYPE_ALTERA_230		0x00 /* GenWQE4 Stratix-IV-230 */
#define GENWQE_TYPE_ALTERA_530		0x01 /* GenWQE4 Stratix-IV-530 */
#define GENWQE_TYPE_ALTERA_A4		0x02 /* GenWQE5 A4 Stratix-V-A4 */
#define GENWQE_TYPE_ALTERA_A7		0x03 /* GenWQE5 A7 Stratix-V-A7 */

/* MMIO Unit offsets: Each UnitID occupies a defined address range */
#define GENWQE_UID_OFFS(uid)		((uid) << 24)
#define GENWQE_SLU_OFFS			GENWQE_UID_OFFS(0)
#define GENWQE_HSU_OFFS			GENWQE_UID_OFFS(1)
#define GENWQE_APP_OFFS			GENWQE_UID_OFFS(2)
#define GENWQE_MAX_UNITS		3

/* Common offsets per UnitID */
#define IO_EXTENDED_ERROR_POINTER	0x00000048
#define IO_ERROR_INJECT_SELECTOR	0x00000060
#define IO_EXTENDED_DIAG_SELECTOR	0x00000070
#define IO_EXTENDED_DIAG_READ_MBX	0x00000078
#define IO_EXTENDED_DIAG_MAP(ring)	(0x00000500 | ((ring) << 3))

#define GENWQE_EXTENDED_DIAG_SELECTOR(ring, trace) (((ring) << 8) | (trace))

/* UnitID 0: Service Layer Unit (SLU) */

/* SLU: Unit Configuration Register */
#define IO_SLU_UNITCFG			0x00000000
#define IO_SLU_UNITCFG_TYPE_MASK	0x000000000ff00000 /* 27:20 */

/* SLU: Fault Isolation Register (FIR) (ac_slu_fir) */
#define IO_SLU_FIR			0x00000008 /* read only, wr direct */
#define IO_SLU_FIR_CLR			0x00000010 /* read and clear */

/* SLU: First Error Capture Register (FEC/WOF) */
#define IO_SLU_FEC			0x00000018

#define IO_SLU_ERR_ACT_MASK		0x00000020
#define IO_SLU_ERR_ATTN_MASK		0x00000028
#define IO_SLU_FIRX1_ACT_MASK		0x00000030
#define IO_SLU_FIRX0_ACT_MASK		0x00000038
#define IO_SLU_SEC_LEM_DEBUG_OVR	0x00000040
#define IO_SLU_EXTENDED_ERR_PTR		0x00000048
#define IO_SLU_COMMON_CONFIG		0x00000060

#define IO_SLU_FLASH_FIR		0x00000108
#define IO_SLU_SLC_FIR			0x00000110
#define IO_SLU_RIU_TRAP			0x00000280
#define IO_SLU_FLASH_FEC		0x00000308
#define IO_SLU_SLC_FEC			0x00000310

/*
 * The  Virtual Function's Access is from offset 0x00010000
 * The Physical Function's Access is from offset 0x00050000
 * Single Shared Registers exists only at offset 0x00060000
 *
 * SLC: Queue Virtual Window Window for accessing into a specific VF
 * queue. When accessing the 0x10000 space using the 0x50000 address
 * segment, the value indicated here is used to specify which VF
 * register is decoded. This register, and the 0x50000 register space
 * can only be accessed by the PF. Example, if this register is set to
 * 0x2, then a read from 0x50000 is the same as a read from 0x10000
 * from VF=2.
 */

/* SLC: Queue Segment */
#define IO_SLC_QUEUE_SEGMENT		0x00010000
#define IO_SLC_VF_QUEUE_SEGMENT		0x00050000

/* SLC: Queue Offset */
#define IO_SLC_QUEUE_OFFSET		0x00010008
#define IO_SLC_VF_QUEUE_OFFSET		0x00050008

/* SLC: Queue Configuration */
#define IO_SLC_QUEUE_CONFIG		0x00010010
#define IO_SLC_VF_QUEUE_CONFIG		0x00050010

/* SLC: Job Timout/Only accessible for the PF */
#define IO_SLC_APPJOB_TIMEOUT		0x00010018
#define IO_SLC_VF_APPJOB_TIMEOUT	0x00050018
#define TIMEOUT_250MS			0x0000000f
#define HEARTBEAT_DISABLE		0x0000ff00

/* SLC: Queue InitSequence Register */
#define	IO_SLC_QUEUE_INITSQN		0x00010020
#define	IO_SLC_VF_QUEUE_INITSQN		0x00050020

/* SLC: Queue Wrap */
#define IO_SLC_QUEUE_WRAP		0x00010028
#define IO_SLC_VF_QUEUE_WRAP		0x00050028

/* SLC: Queue Status */
#define IO_SLC_QUEUE_STATUS		0x00010100
#define IO_SLC_VF_QUEUE_STATUS		0x00050100

/* SLC: Queue Working Time */
#define IO_SLC_QUEUE_WTIME		0x00010030
#define IO_SLC_VF_QUEUE_WTIME		0x00050030

/* SLC: Queue Error Counts */
#define IO_SLC_QUEUE_ERRCNTS		0x00010038
#define IO_SLC_VF_QUEUE_ERRCNTS		0x00050038

/* SLC: Queue Loast Response Word */
#define IO_SLC_QUEUE_LRW		0x00010040
#define IO_SLC_VF_QUEUE_LRW		0x00050040

/* SLC: Freerunning Timer */
#define IO_SLC_FREE_RUNNING_TIMER	0x00010108
#define IO_SLC_VF_FREE_RUNNING_TIMER	0x00050108

/* SLC: Queue Virtual Access Region */
#define IO_PF_SLC_VIRTUAL_REGION	0x00050000

/* SLC: Queue Virtual Window */
#define IO_PF_SLC_VIRTUAL_WINDOW	0x00060000

/* SLC: DDCB Application Job Pending [n] (n=0:63) */
#define IO_PF_SLC_JOBPEND(n)		(0x00061000 + 8*(n))
#define IO_SLC_JOBPEND(n)		IO_PF_SLC_JOBPEND(n)

/* SLC: Parser Trap RAM [n] (n=0:31) */
#define IO_SLU_SLC_PARSE_TRAP(n)	(0x00011000 + 8*(n))

/* SLC: Dispatcher Trap RAM [n] (n=0:31) */
#define IO_SLU_SLC_DISP_TRAP(n)	(0x00011200 + 8*(n))

/* Global Fault Isolation Register (GFIR) */
#define IO_SLC_CFGREG_GFIR		0x00020000
#define GFIR_ERR_TRIGGER		0x0000ffff

/* SLU: Soft Reset Register */
#define IO_SLC_CFGREG_SOFTRESET		0x00020018

/* SLU: Misc Debug Register */
#define IO_SLC_MISC_DEBUG		0x00020060
#define IO_SLC_MISC_DEBUG_CLR		0x00020068
#define IO_SLC_MISC_DEBUG_SET		0x00020070

/* Temperature Sensor Reading */
#define IO_SLU_TEMPERATURE_SENSOR	0x00030000
#define IO_SLU_TEMPERATURE_CONFIG	0x00030008

/* Voltage Margining Control */
#define IO_SLU_VOLTAGE_CONTROL		0x00030080
#define IO_SLU_VOLTAGE_NOMINAL		0x00000000
#define IO_SLU_VOLTAGE_DOWN5		0x00000006
#define IO_SLU_VOLTAGE_UP5		0x00000007

/* Direct LED Control Register */
#define IO_SLU_LEDCONTROL		0x00030100

/* SLU: Flashbus Direct Access -A5 */
#define IO_SLU_FLASH_DIRECTACCESS	0x00040010

/* SLU: Flashbus Direct Access2 -A5 */
#define IO_SLU_FLASH_DIRECTACCESS2	0x00040020

/* SLU: Flashbus Command Interface -A5 */
#define IO_SLU_FLASH_CMDINTF		0x00040030

/* SLU: BitStream Loaded */
#define IO_SLU_BITSTREAM		0x00040040

/* This Register has a switch which will change the CAs to UR */
#define IO_HSU_ERR_BEHAVIOR		0x01001010

#define IO_SLC2_SQB_TRAP		0x00062000
#define IO_SLC2_QUEUE_MANAGER_TRAP	0x00062008
#define IO_SLC2_FLS_MASTER_TRAP		0x00062010

/* UnitID 1: HSU Registers */
#define IO_HSU_UNITCFG			0x01000000
#define IO_HSU_FIR			0x01000008
#define IO_HSU_FIR_CLR			0x01000010
#define IO_HSU_FEC			0x01000018
#define IO_HSU_ERR_ACT_MASK		0x01000020
#define IO_HSU_ERR_ATTN_MASK		0x01000028
#define IO_HSU_FIRX1_ACT_MASK		0x01000030
#define IO_HSU_FIRX0_ACT_MASK		0x01000038
#define IO_HSU_SEC_LEM_DEBUG_OVR	0x01000040
#define IO_HSU_EXTENDED_ERR_PTR		0x01000048
#define IO_HSU_COMMON_CONFIG		0x01000060

/* UnitID 2: Application Unit (APP) */
#define IO_APP_UNITCFG			0x02000000
#define IO_APP_FIR			0x02000008
#define IO_APP_FIR_CLR			0x02000010
#define IO_APP_FEC			0x02000018
#define IO_APP_ERR_ACT_MASK		0x02000020
#define IO_APP_ERR_ATTN_MASK		0x02000028
#define IO_APP_FIRX1_ACT_MASK		0x02000030
#define IO_APP_FIRX0_ACT_MASK		0x02000038
#define IO_APP_SEC_LEM_DEBUG_OVR	0x02000040
#define IO_APP_EXTENDED_ERR_PTR		0x02000048
#define IO_APP_COMMON_CONFIG		0x02000060

#define IO_APP_DEBUG_REG_01		0x02010000
#define IO_APP_DEBUG_REG_02		0x02010008
#define IO_APP_DEBUG_REG_03		0x02010010
#define IO_APP_DEBUG_REG_04		0x02010018
#define IO_APP_DEBUG_REG_05		0x02010020
#define IO_APP_DEBUG_REG_06		0x02010028
#define IO_APP_DEBUG_REG_07		0x02010030
#define IO_APP_DEBUG_REG_08		0x02010038
#define IO_APP_DEBUG_REG_09		0x02010040
#define IO_APP_DEBUG_REG_10		0x02010048
#define IO_APP_DEBUG_REG_11		0x02010050
#define IO_APP_DEBUG_REG_12		0x02010058
#define IO_APP_DEBUG_REG_13		0x02010060
#define IO_APP_DEBUG_REG_14		0x02010068
#define IO_APP_DEBUG_REG_15		0x02010070
#define IO_APP_DEBUG_REG_16		0x02010078
#define IO_APP_DEBUG_REG_17		0x02010080
#define IO_APP_DEBUG_REG_18		0x02010088

/* Read/write from/to registers */
struct genwqe_reg_io {
	__u64 num;		/* register offset/address */
	__u64 val64;
};

/*
 * All registers of our card will return values not equal this values.
 * If we see IO_ILLEGAL_VALUE on any of our MMIO register reads, the
 * card can be considered as unusable. It will need recovery.
 */
#define IO_ILLEGAL_VALUE		0xffffffffffffffffull

/*
 * Generic DDCB execution interface.
 *
 * This interface is a first prototype resulting from discussions we
 * had with other teams which wanted to use the Genwqe card. It allows
 * to issue a DDCB request in a generic way. The request will block
 * until it finishes or time out with error.
 *
 * Some DDCBs require DMA addresses to be specified in the ASIV
 * block. The interface provies the capability to let the kernel
 * driver know where those addresses are by specifying the ATS field,
 * such that it can replace the user-space addresses with appropriate
 * DMA addresses or DMA addresses of a scatter gather list which is
 * dynamically created.
 *
 * Our hardware will refuse DDCB execution if the ATS field is not as
 * expected. That means the DDCB execution engine in the chip knows
 * where it expects DMA addresses within the ASIV part of the DDCB and
 * will check that against the ATS field definition. Any invalid or
 * unknown ATS content will lead to DDCB refusal.
 */

/* Genwqe chip Units */
#define DDCB_ACFUNC_SLU			0x00  /* chip service layer unit */
#define DDCB_ACFUNC_APP			0x01  /* chip application */

/* DDCB return codes (RETC) */
#define DDCB_RETC_IDLE			0x0000 /* Unexecuted/DDCB created */
#define DDCB_RETC_PENDING		0x0101 /* Pending Execution */
#define DDCB_RETC_COMPLETE		0x0102 /* Cmd complete. No error */
#define DDCB_RETC_FAULT			0x0104 /* App Err, recoverable */
#define DDCB_RETC_ERROR			0x0108 /* App Err, non-recoverable */
#define DDCB_RETC_FORCED_ERROR		0x01ff /* overwritten by driver  */

#define DDCB_RETC_UNEXEC		0x0110 /* Unexe/Removed from queue */
#define DDCB_RETC_TERM			0x0120 /* Terminated */
#define DDCB_RETC_RES0			0x0140 /* Reserved */
#define DDCB_RETC_RES1			0x0180 /* Reserved */

/* DDCB Command Options (CMDOPT) */
#define DDCB_OPT_ECHO_FORCE_NO		0x0000 /* ECHO DDCB */
#define DDCB_OPT_ECHO_FORCE_102		0x0001 /* force return code */
#define DDCB_OPT_ECHO_FORCE_104		0x0002
#define DDCB_OPT_ECHO_FORCE_108		0x0003

#define DDCB_OPT_ECHO_FORCE_110		0x0004 /* only on PF ! */
#define DDCB_OPT_ECHO_FORCE_120		0x0005
#define DDCB_OPT_ECHO_FORCE_140		0x0006
#define DDCB_OPT_ECHO_FORCE_180		0x0007

#define DDCB_OPT_ECHO_COPY_NONE		(0 << 5)
#define DDCB_OPT_ECHO_COPY_ALL		(1 << 5)

/* Definitions of Service Layer Commands */
#define SLCMD_ECHO_SYNC			0x00 /* PF/VF */
#define SLCMD_MOVE_FLASH		0x06 /* PF only */
#define SLCMD_MOVE_FLASH_FLAGS_MODE	0x03 /* bit 0 and 1 used for mode */
#define SLCMD_MOVE_FLASH_FLAGS_DLOAD	0	/* mode: download  */
#define SLCMD_MOVE_FLASH_FLAGS_EMUL	1	/* mode: emulation */
#define SLCMD_MOVE_FLASH_FLAGS_UPLOAD	2	/* mode: upload	   */
#define SLCMD_MOVE_FLASH_FLAGS_VERIFY	3	/* mode: verify	   */
#define SLCMD_MOVE_FLASH_FLAG_NOTAP	(1 << 2)/* just dump DDCB and exit */
#define SLCMD_MOVE_FLASH_FLAG_POLL	(1 << 3)/* wait for RETC >= 0102   */
#define SLCMD_MOVE_FLASH_FLAG_PARTITION	(1 << 4)
#define SLCMD_MOVE_FLASH_FLAG_ERASE	(1 << 5)

enum genwqe_card_state {
	GENWQE_CARD_UNUSED = 0,
	GENWQE_CARD_USED = 1,
	GENWQE_CARD_FATAL_ERROR = 2,
	GENWQE_CARD_RELOAD_BITSTREAM = 3,
	GENWQE_CARD_STATE_MAX,
};

/* common struct for chip image exchange */
struct genwqe_bitstream {
	__u64 data_addr;		/* pointer to image data */
	__u32 size;			/* size of image file */
	__u32 crc;			/* crc of this image */
	__u64 target_addr;		/* starting address in Flash */
	__u32 partition;		/* '0', '1', or 'v' */
	__u32 uid;			/* 1=host/x=dram */

	__u64 slu_id;			/* informational/sim: SluID */
	__u64 app_id;			/* informational/sim: AppID */

	__u16 retc;			/* returned from processing */
	__u16 attn;			/* attention code from processing */
	__u32 progress;			/* progress code from processing */
};

/* Issuing a specific DDCB command */
#define DDCB_LENGTH			256 /* for debug data */
#define DDCB_ASIV_LENGTH		104 /* len of the DDCB ASIV array */
#define DDCB_ASIV_LENGTH_ATS		96  /* ASIV in ATS architecture */
#define DDCB_ASV_LENGTH			64  /* len of the DDCB ASV array  */
#define DDCB_FIXUPS			12  /* maximum number of fixups */

struct genwqe_debug_data {
	char driver_version[64];
	__u64 slu_unitcfg;
	__u64 app_unitcfg;

	__u8  ddcb_before[DDCB_LENGTH];
	__u8  ddcb_prev[DDCB_LENGTH];
	__u8  ddcb_finished[DDCB_LENGTH];
};

/*
 * Address Translation Specification (ATS) definitions
 *
 * Each 4 bit within the ATS 64-bit word specify the required address
 * translation at the defined offset.
 *
 * 63 LSB
 *         6666.5555.5555.5544.4444.4443.3333.3333 ... 11
 *         3210.9876.5432.1098.7654.3210.9876.5432 ... 1098.7654.3210
 *
 * offset: 0x00 0x08 0x10 0x18 0x20 0x28 0x30 0x38 ... 0x68 0x70 0x78
 *         res  res  res  res  ASIV ...
 * The first 4 entries in the ATS word are reserved. The following nibbles
 * each describe at an 8 byte offset the format of the required data.
 */
#define ATS_TYPE_DATA			0x0ull /* data  */
#define ATS_TYPE_FLAT_RD		0x4ull /* flat buffer read only */
#define ATS_TYPE_FLAT_RDWR		0x5ull /* flat buffer read/write */
#define ATS_TYPE_SGL_RD			0x6ull /* sgl read only */
#define ATS_TYPE_SGL_RDWR		0x7ull /* sgl read/write */

#define ATS_SET_FLAGS(_struct, _field, _flags)				\
	(((_flags) & 0xf) << (44 - (4 * (offsetof(_struct, _field) / 8))))

#define ATS_GET_FLAGS(_ats, _byte_offs)					\
	(((_ats)	  >> (44 - (4 * ((_byte_offs) / 8)))) & 0xf)

/**
 * struct genwqe_ddcb_cmd - User parameter for generic DDCB commands
 *
 * On the way into the kernel the driver will read the whole data
 * structure. On the way out the driver will not copy the ASIV data
 * back to user-space.
 */
struct genwqe_ddcb_cmd {
	/* START of data copied to/from driver */
	__u64 next_addr;		/* chaining genwqe_ddcb_cmd */
	__u64 flags;			/* reserved */

	__u8  acfunc;			/* accelerators functional unit */
	__u8  cmd;			/* command to execute */
	__u8  asiv_length;		/* used parameter length */
	__u8  asv_length;		/* length of valid return values  */
	__u16 cmdopts;			/* command options */
	__u16 retc;			/* return code from processing    */

	__u16 attn;			/* attention code from processing */
	__u16 vcrc;			/* variant crc16 */
	__u32 progress;			/* progress code from processing  */

	__u64 deque_ts;			/* dequeue time stamp */
	__u64 cmplt_ts;			/* completion time stamp */
	__u64 disp_ts;			/* SW processing start */

	/* move to end and avoid copy-back */
	__u64 ddata_addr;		/* collect debug data */

	/* command specific values */
	__u8  asv[DDCB_ASV_LENGTH];

	/* END of data copied from driver */
	union {
		struct {
			__u64 ats;
			__u8  asiv[DDCB_ASIV_LENGTH_ATS];
		};
		/* used for flash update to keep it backward compatible */
		__u8 __asiv[DDCB_ASIV_LENGTH];
	};
	/* END of data copied to driver */
};

#define GENWQE_IOC_CODE	    0xa5

/* Access functions */
#define GENWQE_READ_REG64   _IOR(GENWQE_IOC_CODE, 30, struct genwqe_reg_io)
#define GENWQE_WRITE_REG64  _IOW(GENWQE_IOC_CODE, 31, struct genwqe_reg_io)
#define GENWQE_READ_REG32   _IOR(GENWQE_IOC_CODE, 32, struct genwqe_reg_io)
#define GENWQE_WRITE_REG32  _IOW(GENWQE_IOC_CODE, 33, struct genwqe_reg_io)
#define GENWQE_READ_REG16   _IOR(GENWQE_IOC_CODE, 34, struct genwqe_reg_io)
#define GENWQE_WRITE_REG16  _IOW(GENWQE_IOC_CODE, 35, struct genwqe_reg_io)

#define GENWQE_GET_CARD_STATE _IOR(GENWQE_IOC_CODE, 36,	enum genwqe_card_state)

/**
 * struct genwqe_mem - Memory pinning/unpinning information
 * @addr:          virtual user space address
 * @size:          size of the area pin/dma-map/unmap
 * direction:      0: read/1: read and write
 *
 * Avoid pinning and unpinning of memory pages dynamically. Instead
 * the idea is to pin the whole buffer space required for DDCB
 * opertionas in advance. The driver will reuse this pinning and the
 * memory associated with it to setup the sglists for the DDCB
 * requests without the need to allocate and free memory or map and
 * unmap to get the DMA addresses.
 *
 * The inverse operation needs to be called after the pinning is not
 * needed anymore. The pinnings else the pinnings will get removed
 * after the device is closed. Note that pinnings will required
 * memory.
 */
struct genwqe_mem {
	__u64 addr;
	__u64 size;
	__u64 direction;
	__u64 flags;
};

#define GENWQE_PIN_MEM	      _IOWR(GENWQE_IOC_CODE, 40, struct genwqe_mem)
#define GENWQE_UNPIN_MEM      _IOWR(GENWQE_IOC_CODE, 41, struct genwqe_mem)

/*
 * Generic synchronous DDCB execution interface.
 * Synchronously execute a DDCB.
 *
 * Return: 0 on success or negative error code.
 *         -EINVAL: Invalid parameters (ASIV_LEN, ASV_LEN, illegal fixups
 *                  no mappings found/could not create mappings
 *         -EFAULT: illegal addresses in fixups, purging failed
 *         -EBADMSG: enqueing failed, retc != DDCB_RETC_COMPLETE
 */
#define GENWQE_EXECUTE_DDCB					\
	_IOWR(GENWQE_IOC_CODE, 50, struct genwqe_ddcb_cmd)

#define GENWQE_EXECUTE_RAW_DDCB					\
	_IOWR(GENWQE_IOC_CODE, 51, struct genwqe_ddcb_cmd)

/* Service Layer functions (PF only) */
#define GENWQE_SLU_UPDATE  _IOWR(GENWQE_IOC_CODE, 80, struct genwqe_bitstream)
#define GENWQE_SLU_READ	   _IOWR(GENWQE_IOC_CODE, 81, struct genwqe_bitstream)

#endif	/* __GENWQE_CARD_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_TERMIOS_H
#define _LINUX_TERMIOS_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <asm/termios.h>

#define NFF	5

struct termiox
{
	__u16	x_hflag;
	__u16	x_cflag;
	__u16	x_rflag[NFF];
	__u16	x_sflag;
};

#define	RTSXOFF		0x0001		/* RTS flow control on input */
#define	CTSXON		0x0002		/* CTS flow control on output */
#define	DTRXOFF		0x0004		/* DTR flow control on input */
#define DSRXON		0x0008		/* DCD flow control on output */

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Definitions for ADB (Apple Desktop Bus) support.
 */
#ifndef __ADB_H
#define __ADB_H

/* ADB commands */
#define ADB_BUSRESET		0
#define ADB_FLUSH(id)		(0x01 | ((id) << 4))
#define ADB_WRITEREG(id, reg)	(0x08 | (reg) | ((id) << 4))
#define ADB_READREG(id, reg)	(0x0C | (reg) | ((id) << 4))

/* ADB default device IDs (upper 4 bits of ADB command byte) */
#define ADB_DONGLE	1	/* "software execution control" devices */
#define ADB_KEYBOARD	2
#define ADB_MOUSE	3
#define ADB_TABLET	4
#define ADB_MODEM	5
#define ADB_MISC	7	/* maybe a monitor */

#define ADB_RET_OK	0
#define ADB_RET_TIMEOUT	3

/* The kind of ADB request. The controller may emulate some
   or all of those CUDA/PMU packet kinds */
#define ADB_PACKET	0
#define CUDA_PACKET	1
#define ERROR_PACKET	2
#define TIMER_PACKET	3
#define POWER_PACKET	4
#define MACIIC_PACKET	5
#define PMU_PACKET	6
#define ADB_QUERY	7

/* ADB queries */

/* ADB_QUERY_GETDEVINFO
 * Query ADB slot for device presence
 * data[2] = id, rep[0] = orig addr, rep[1] = handler_id
 */
#define ADB_QUERY_GETDEVINFO	1


#endif /* __ADB_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_FD_H
#define _LINUX_FD_H

#include <linux/ioctl.h>


/* New file layout: Now the ioctl definitions immediately follow the
 * definitions of the structures that they use */

/*
 * Geometry
 */
struct floppy_struct {
	unsigned int	size,		/* nr of sectors total */
			sect,		/* sectors per track */
			head,		/* nr of heads */
			track,		/* nr of tracks */
			stretch;	/* bit 0 !=0 means double track steps */
					/* bit 1 != 0 means swap sides */
					/* bits 2..9 give the first sector */
					/*  number (the LSB is flipped) */
#define FD_STRETCH 1
#define FD_SWAPSIDES 2
#define FD_ZEROBASED 4
#define FD_SECTBASEMASK 0x3FC
#define FD_MKSECTBASE(s) (((s) ^ 1) << 2)
#define FD_SECTBASE(floppy) ((((floppy)->stretch & FD_SECTBASEMASK) >> 2) ^ 1)

	unsigned char	gap,		/* gap1 size */

			rate,		/* data rate. |= 0x40 for perpendicular */
#define FD_2M 0x4
#define FD_SIZECODEMASK 0x38
#define FD_SIZECODE(floppy) (((((floppy)->rate&FD_SIZECODEMASK)>> 3)+ 2) %8)
#define FD_SECTSIZE(floppy) ( (floppy)->rate & FD_2M ? \
			     512 : 128 << FD_SIZECODE(floppy) )
#define FD_PERP 0x40

			spec1,		/* stepping rate, head unload time */
			fmt_gap;	/* gap2 size */
	const char	* name; /* used only for predefined formats */
};


/* commands needing write access have 0x40 set */
/* commands needing super user access have 0x80 set */

#define FDCLRPRM _IO(2, 0x41)
/* clear user-defined parameters */

#define FDSETPRM _IOW(2, 0x42, struct floppy_struct) 
#define FDSETMEDIAPRM FDSETPRM
/* set user-defined parameters for current media */

#define FDDEFPRM _IOW(2, 0x43, struct floppy_struct) 
#define FDGETPRM _IOR(2, 0x04, struct floppy_struct)
#define FDDEFMEDIAPRM FDDEFPRM
#define FDGETMEDIAPRM FDGETPRM
/* set/get disk parameters */


#define	FDMSGON  _IO(2,0x45)
#define	FDMSGOFF _IO(2,0x46)
/* issue/don't issue kernel messages on media type change */


/* 
 * Formatting (obsolete)
 */
#define FD_FILL_BYTE 0xF6 /* format fill byte. */

struct format_descr {
	unsigned int device,head,track;
};

#define FDFMTBEG _IO(2,0x47)
/* begin formatting a disk */
#define	FDFMTTRK _IOW(2,0x48, struct format_descr)
/* format the specified track */
#define FDFMTEND _IO(2,0x49)
/* end formatting a disk */


/*
 * Error thresholds
 */
struct floppy_max_errors {
	unsigned int
	  abort,      /* number of errors to be reached before aborting */
	  read_track, /* maximal number of errors permitted to read an
		       * entire track at once */
	  reset,      /* maximal number of errors before a reset is tried */
	  recal,      /* maximal number of errors before a recalibrate is
		       * tried */

	  /*
	   * Threshold for reporting FDC errors to the console.
	   * Setting this to zero may flood your screen when using
	   * ultra cheap floppies ;-)
	   */
	  reporting;

};

#define FDSETEMSGTRESH	_IO(2,0x4a)
/* set fdc error reporting threshold */

#define FDFLUSH  _IO(2,0x4b)
/* flush buffers for media; either for verifying media, or for
 * handling a media change without closing the file descriptor */

#define FDSETMAXERRS _IOW(2, 0x4c, struct floppy_max_errors)
#define FDGETMAXERRS _IOR(2, 0x0e, struct floppy_max_errors)
/* set/get abortion and read_track threshold. See also floppy_drive_params
 * structure */


typedef char floppy_drive_name[16];
#define FDGETDRVTYP _IOR(2, 0x0f, floppy_drive_name)
/* get drive type: 5 1/4 or 3 1/2 */


/*
 * Drive parameters (user modifiable)
 */
struct floppy_drive_params {
	signed char cmos;		/* CMOS type */
	
	/* Spec2 is (HLD<<1 | ND), where HLD is head load time (1=2ms, 2=4 ms 
	 * etc) and ND is set means no DMA. Hardcoded to 6 (HLD=6ms, use DMA).
	 */
	unsigned long max_dtr;		/* Step rate, usec */
	unsigned long hlt;     		/* Head load/settle time, msec */
	unsigned long hut;     		/* Head unload time (remnant of 
					 * 8" drives) */
	unsigned long srt;     		/* Step rate, usec */

	unsigned long spinup;		/* time needed for spinup (expressed
					 * in jiffies) */
	unsigned long spindown;		/* timeout needed for spindown */
	unsigned char spindown_offset;	/* decides in which position the disk
					 * will stop */
	unsigned char select_delay;	/* delay to wait after select */
	unsigned char rps;		/* rotations per second */
	unsigned char tracks;		/* maximum number of tracks */
	unsigned long timeout;		/* timeout for interrupt requests */
	
	unsigned char interleave_sect;	/* if there are more sectors, use 
					 * interleave */
	
	struct floppy_max_errors max_errors;
	
	char flags;			/* various flags, including ftd_msg */
/*
 * Announce successful media type detection and media information loss after
 * disk changes.
 * Also used to enable/disable printing of overrun warnings.
 */

#define FTD_MSG 0x10
#define FD_BROKEN_DCL 0x20
#define FD_DEBUG 0x02
#define FD_SILENT_DCL_CLEAR 0x4
#define FD_INVERTED_DCL 0x80 /* must be 0x80, because of hardware 
				considerations */

	char read_track;		/* use readtrack during probing? */

/*
 * Auto-detection. Each drive type has eight formats which are
 * used in succession to try to read the disk. If the FDC cannot lock onto
 * the disk, the next format is tried. This uses the variable 'probing'.
 */
	short autodetect[8];		/* autodetected formats */
	
	int checkfreq; /* how often should the drive be checked for disk 
			* changes */
	int native_format; /* native format of this drive */
};

enum {
	FD_NEED_TWADDLE_BIT,	/* more magic */
	FD_VERIFY_BIT,		/* inquire for write protection */
	FD_DISK_NEWCHANGE_BIT,	/* change detected, and no action undertaken yet
				 * to clear media change status */
	FD_UNUSED_BIT,
	FD_DISK_CHANGED_BIT,	/* disk has been changed since last i/o */
	FD_DISK_WRITABLE_BIT,	/* disk is writable */
	FD_OPEN_SHOULD_FAIL_BIT
};

#define FDSETDRVPRM _IOW(2, 0x90, struct floppy_drive_params)
#define FDGETDRVPRM _IOR(2, 0x11, struct floppy_drive_params)
/* set/get drive parameters */


/*
 * Current drive state (not directly modifiable by user, readonly)
 */
struct floppy_drive_struct {
	unsigned long flags;
/* values for these flags */
#define FD_NEED_TWADDLE (1 << FD_NEED_TWADDLE_BIT)
#define FD_VERIFY (1 << FD_VERIFY_BIT)
#define FD_DISK_NEWCHANGE (1 << FD_DISK_NEWCHANGE_BIT)
#define FD_DISK_CHANGED (1 << FD_DISK_CHANGED_BIT)
#define FD_DISK_WRITABLE (1 << FD_DISK_WRITABLE_BIT)

	unsigned long spinup_date;
	unsigned long select_date;
	unsigned long first_read_date;
	short probed_format;
	short track; /* current track */
	short maxblock; /* id of highest block read */
	short maxtrack; /* id of highest half track read */
	int generation; /* how many diskchanges? */

/*
 * (User-provided) media information is _not_ discarded after a media change
 * if the corresponding keep_data flag is non-zero. Positive values are
 * decremented after each probe.
 */
	int keep_data;
	
	/* Prevent "aliased" accesses. */
	int fd_ref;
	int fd_device;
	unsigned long last_checked; /* when was the drive last checked for a disk 
			   * change? */
	
	char *dmabuf;
	int bufblocks;
};

#define FDGETDRVSTAT _IOR(2, 0x12, struct floppy_drive_struct)
#define FDPOLLDRVSTAT _IOR(2, 0x13, struct floppy_drive_struct)
/* get drive state: GET returns the cached state, POLL polls for new state */


/*
 * reset FDC
 */
enum reset_mode {
	FD_RESET_IF_NEEDED,	/* reset only if the reset flags is set */
	FD_RESET_IF_RAWCMD,	/* obsolete */
	FD_RESET_ALWAYS		/* reset always */
};
#define FDRESET _IO(2, 0x54)


/*
 * FDC state
 */
struct floppy_fdc_state {	
	int spec1;		/* spec1 value last used */
	int spec2;		/* spec2 value last used */
	int dtr;
	unsigned char version;	/* FDC version code */
	unsigned char dor;
	unsigned long address;	/* io address */
	unsigned int rawcmd:2;
	unsigned int reset:1;
	unsigned int need_configure:1;
	unsigned int perp_mode:2;
	unsigned int has_fifo:1;
	unsigned int driver_version;	/* version code for floppy driver */
#define FD_DRIVER_VERSION 0x100
/* user programs using the floppy API should use floppy_fdc_state to
 * get the version number of the floppy driver that they are running
 * on. If this version number is bigger than the one compiled into the
 * user program (the FD_DRIVER_VERSION define), it should be prepared
 * to bigger structures
 */

	unsigned char track[4];
	/* Position of the heads of the 4 units attached to this FDC,
	 * as stored on the FDC. In the future, the position as stored
	 * on the FDC might not agree with the actual physical
	 * position of these drive heads. By allowing such
	 * disagreement, it will be possible to reset the FDC without
	 * incurring the expensive cost of repositioning all heads.
	 * Right now, these positions are hard wired to 0. */

};

#define FDGETFDCSTAT _IOR(2, 0x15, struct floppy_fdc_state)


/*
 * Asynchronous Write error tracking
 */
struct floppy_write_errors {
	/* Write error logging.
	 *
	 * These fields can be cleared with the FDWERRORCLR ioctl.
	 * Only writes that were attempted but failed due to a physical media
	 * error are logged.  write(2) calls that fail and return an error code
	 * to the user process are not counted.
	 */

	unsigned int write_errors;  /* number of physical write errors 
				     * encountered */
	
	/* position of first and last write errors */
	unsigned long first_error_sector;
	int           first_error_generation;
	unsigned long last_error_sector;
	int           last_error_generation;
	
	unsigned int badness; /* highest retry count for a read or write 
			       * operation */
};

#define FDWERRORCLR  _IO(2, 0x56)
/* clear write error and badness information */
#define FDWERRORGET  _IOR(2, 0x17, struct floppy_write_errors)
/* get write error and badness information */


/*
 * Raw commands
 */
/* new interface flag: now we can do them in batches */
#define FDHAVEBATCHEDRAWCMD

struct floppy_raw_cmd {
	unsigned int flags;
#define FD_RAW_READ 1
#define FD_RAW_WRITE 2
#define FD_RAW_NO_MOTOR 4
#define FD_RAW_DISK_CHANGE 4 /* out: disk change flag was set */
#define FD_RAW_INTR 8    /* wait for an interrupt */
#define FD_RAW_SPIN 0x10 /* spin up the disk for this command */
#define FD_RAW_NO_MOTOR_AFTER 0x20 /* switch the motor off after command 
				    * completion */
#define FD_RAW_NEED_DISK 0x40  /* this command needs a disk to be present */
#define FD_RAW_NEED_SEEK 0x80  /* this command uses an implied seek (soft) */

/* more "in" flags */
#define FD_RAW_MORE 0x100  /* more records follow */
#define FD_RAW_STOP_IF_FAILURE 0x200 /* stop if we encounter a failure */
#define FD_RAW_STOP_IF_SUCCESS 0x400 /* stop if command successful */
#define FD_RAW_SOFTFAILURE 0x800 /* consider the return value for failure
				  * detection too */

/* more "out" flags */
#define FD_RAW_FAILURE 0x10000 /* command sent to fdc, fdc returned error */
#define FD_RAW_HARDFAILURE 0x20000 /* fdc had to be reset, or timed out */

	void *data;
	char *kernel_data; /* location of data buffer in the kernel */
	struct floppy_raw_cmd *next; /* used for chaining of raw cmd's 
				      * within the kernel */
	long length; /* in: length of dma transfer. out: remaining bytes */
	long phys_length; /* physical length, if different from dma length */
	int buffer_length; /* length of allocated buffer */

	unsigned char rate;
	unsigned char cmd_count;
	unsigned char cmd[16];
	unsigned char reply_count;
	unsigned char reply[16];
	int track;
	int resultcode;

	int reserved1;
	int reserved2;
};

#define FDRAWCMD _IO(2, 0x58)
/* send a raw command to the fdc. Structure size not included, because of
 * batches */

#define FDTWADDLE _IO(2, 0x59)
/* flicker motor-on bit before reading a sector. Experimental */


#define FDEJECT _IO(2, 0x5a)
/* eject the disk */



#endif /* _LINUX_FD_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  Copyright (c) 1999 Andreas Gal
 *  Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Vojtech Pavlik
 *  Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Jiri Kosina
 */
/*
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
 *
 * Should you need to contact me, the author, you can do so either by
 * e-mail - mail your message to <vojtech@ucw.cz>, or by paper mail:
 * Vojtech Pavlik, Simunkova 1594, Prague 8, 182 00 Czech Republic
 */
#ifndef __HID_H
#define __HID_H



/*
 * USB HID (Human Interface Device) interface class code
 */

#define USB_INTERFACE_CLASS_HID		3

/*
 * USB HID interface subclass and protocol codes
 */

#define USB_INTERFACE_SUBCLASS_BOOT	1
#define USB_INTERFACE_PROTOCOL_KEYBOARD	1
#define USB_INTERFACE_PROTOCOL_MOUSE	2

/*
 * HID class requests
 */

#define HID_REQ_GET_REPORT		0x01
#define HID_REQ_GET_IDLE		0x02
#define HID_REQ_GET_PROTOCOL		0x03
#define HID_REQ_SET_REPORT		0x09
#define HID_REQ_SET_IDLE		0x0A
#define HID_REQ_SET_PROTOCOL		0x0B

/*
 * HID class descriptor types
 */

#define HID_DT_HID			(USB_TYPE_CLASS | 0x01)
#define HID_DT_REPORT			(USB_TYPE_CLASS | 0x02)
#define HID_DT_PHYSICAL			(USB_TYPE_CLASS | 0x03)

#define HID_MAX_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE		4096


#endif /* __HID_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * hdlcdrv.h  -- HDLC packet radio network driver.
 * The Linux soundcard driver for 1200 baud and 9600 baud packet radio
 * (C) 1996-1998 by Thomas Sailer, HB9JNX/AE4WA
 */

#ifndef _HDLCDRV_H
#define _HDLCDRV_H

/* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
/*
 * structs for the IOCTL commands
 */

struct hdlcdrv_params {
	int iobase;
	int irq;
	int dma;
	int dma2;
	int seriobase;
	int pariobase;
	int midiiobase;
};	

struct hdlcdrv_channel_params {
	int tx_delay;  /* the transmitter keyup delay in 10ms units */
	int tx_tail;   /* the transmitter keyoff delay in 10ms units */
	int slottime;  /* the slottime in 10ms; usually 10 = 100ms */
	int ppersist;  /* the p-persistence 0..255 */
	int fulldup;   /* some driver do not support full duplex, setting */
	               /* this just makes them send even if DCD is on */
};	

struct hdlcdrv_old_channel_state {
  	int ptt;
  	int dcd;
  	int ptt_keyed;
};

struct hdlcdrv_channel_state {
 	int ptt;
 	int dcd;
 	int ptt_keyed;
 	unsigned long tx_packets;
 	unsigned long tx_errors;
 	unsigned long rx_packets;
 	unsigned long rx_errors;
};

struct hdlcdrv_ioctl {
	int cmd;
	union {
		struct hdlcdrv_params mp;
		struct hdlcdrv_channel_params cp;
		struct hdlcdrv_channel_state cs;
		struct hdlcdrv_old_channel_state ocs;
		unsigned int calibrate;
		unsigned char bits;
		char modename[128];
		char drivername[32];
	} data;
};

/* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */

/*
 * ioctl values
 */
#define HDLCDRVCTL_GETMODEMPAR       0
#define HDLCDRVCTL_SETMODEMPAR       1
#define HDLCDRVCTL_MODEMPARMASK      2  /* not handled by hdlcdrv */
#define HDLCDRVCTL_GETCHANNELPAR    10
#define HDLCDRVCTL_SETCHANNELPAR    11
#define HDLCDRVCTL_OLDGETSTAT       20
#define HDLCDRVCTL_CALIBRATE        21
#define HDLCDRVCTL_GETSTAT          22

/*
 * these are mainly for debugging purposes
 */
#define HDLCDRVCTL_GETSAMPLES       30
#define HDLCDRVCTL_GETBITS          31

/*
 * not handled by hdlcdrv, but by its depending drivers
 */
#define HDLCDRVCTL_GETMODE          40
#define HDLCDRVCTL_SETMODE          41
#define HDLCDRVCTL_MODELIST         42
#define HDLCDRVCTL_DRIVERNAME       43

/*
 * mask of needed modem parameters, returned by HDLCDRVCTL_MODEMPARMASK
 */
#define HDLCDRV_PARMASK_IOBASE      (1<<0)
#define HDLCDRV_PARMASK_IRQ         (1<<1)
#define HDLCDRV_PARMASK_DMA         (1<<2)
#define HDLCDRV_PARMASK_DMA2        (1<<3)
#define HDLCDRV_PARMASK_SERIOBASE   (1<<4)
#define HDLCDRV_PARMASK_PARIOBASE   (1<<5)
#define HDLCDRV_PARMASK_MIDIIOBASE  (1<<6)

/* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */


/* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */

#endif /* _HDLCDRV_H */

/* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_FS_H
#define _LINUX_FS_H

/*
 * This file has definitions for some important file table structures
 * and constants and structures used by various generic file system
 * ioctl's.  Please do not make any changes in this file before
 * sending patches for review to linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org and
 * linux-api@vger.kernel.org.
 */

#include <linux/limits.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/* Use of MS_* flags within the kernel is restricted to core mount(2) code. */
#include <linux/mount.h>

/*
 * It's silly to have NR_OPEN bigger than NR_FILE, but you can change
 * the file limit at runtime and only root can increase the per-process
 * nr_file rlimit, so it's safe to set up a ridiculously high absolute
 * upper limit on files-per-process.
 *
 * Some programs (notably those using select()) may have to be 
 * recompiled to take full advantage of the new limits..  
 */

/* Fixed constants first: */
#undef NR_OPEN
#define INR_OPEN_CUR 1024	/* Initial setting for nfile rlimits */
#define INR_OPEN_MAX 4096	/* Hard limit for nfile rlimits */

#define BLOCK_SIZE_BITS 10
#define BLOCK_SIZE (1<<BLOCK_SIZE_BITS)

#define SEEK_SET	0	/* seek relative to beginning of file */
#define SEEK_CUR	1	/* seek relative to current file position */
#define SEEK_END	2	/* seek relative to end of file */
#define SEEK_DATA	3	/* seek to the next data */
#define SEEK_HOLE	4	/* seek to the next hole */
#define SEEK_MAX	SEEK_HOLE

#define RENAME_NOREPLACE	(1 << 0)	/* Don't overwrite target */
#define RENAME_EXCHANGE		(1 << 1)	/* Exchange source and dest */
#define RENAME_WHITEOUT		(1 << 2)	/* Whiteout source */

struct file_clone_range {
	__s64 src_fd;
	__u64 src_offset;
	__u64 src_length;
	__u64 dest_offset;
};

struct fstrim_range {
	__u64 start;
	__u64 len;
	__u64 minlen;
};

/* extent-same (dedupe) ioctls; these MUST match the btrfs ioctl definitions */
#define FILE_DEDUPE_RANGE_SAME		0
#define FILE_DEDUPE_RANGE_DIFFERS	1

/* from struct btrfs_ioctl_file_extent_same_info */
struct file_dedupe_range_info {
	__s64 dest_fd;		/* in - destination file */
	__u64 dest_offset;	/* in - start of extent in destination */
	__u64 bytes_deduped;	/* out - total # of bytes we were able
				 * to dedupe from this file. */
	/* status of this dedupe operation:
	 * < 0 for error
	 * == FILE_DEDUPE_RANGE_SAME if dedupe succeeds
	 * == FILE_DEDUPE_RANGE_DIFFERS if data differs
	 */
	__s32 status;		/* out - see above description */
	__u32 reserved;		/* must be zero */
};

/* from struct btrfs_ioctl_file_extent_same_args */
struct file_dedupe_range {
	__u64 src_offset;	/* in - start of extent in source */
	__u64 src_length;	/* in - length of extent */
	__u16 dest_count;	/* in - total elements in info array */
	__u16 reserved1;	/* must be zero */
	__u32 reserved2;	/* must be zero */
	struct file_dedupe_range_info info[0];
};

/* And dynamically-tunable limits and defaults: */
struct files_stat_struct {
	unsigned long nr_files;		/* read only */
	unsigned long nr_free_files;	/* read only */
	unsigned long max_files;		/* tunable */
};

struct inodes_stat_t {
	long nr_inodes;
	long nr_unused;
	long dummy[5];		/* padding for sysctl ABI compatibility */
};


#define NR_FILE  8192	/* this can well be larger on a larger system */

/*
 * Structure for FS_IOC_FSGETXATTR[A] and FS_IOC_FSSETXATTR.
 */
struct fsxattr {
	__u32		fsx_xflags;	/* xflags field value (get/set) */
	__u32		fsx_extsize;	/* extsize field value (get/set)*/
	__u32		fsx_nextents;	/* nextents field value (get)	*/
	__u32		fsx_projid;	/* project identifier (get/set) */
	__u32		fsx_cowextsize;	/* CoW extsize field value (get/set)*/
	unsigned char	fsx_pad[8];
};

/*
 * Flags for the fsx_xflags field
 */
#define FS_XFLAG_REALTIME	0x00000001	/* data in realtime volume */
#define FS_XFLAG_PREALLOC	0x00000002	/* preallocated file extents */
#define FS_XFLAG_IMMUTABLE	0x00000008	/* file cannot be modified */
#define FS_XFLAG_APPEND		0x00000010	/* all writes append */
#define FS_XFLAG_SYNC		0x00000020	/* all writes synchronous */
#define FS_XFLAG_NOATIME	0x00000040	/* do not update access time */
#define FS_XFLAG_NODUMP		0x00000080	/* do not include in backups */
#define FS_XFLAG_RTINHERIT	0x00000100	/* create with rt bit set */
#define FS_XFLAG_PROJINHERIT	0x00000200	/* create with parents projid */
#define FS_XFLAG_NOSYMLINKS	0x00000400	/* disallow symlink creation */
#define FS_XFLAG_EXTSIZE	0x00000800	/* extent size allocator hint */
#define FS_XFLAG_EXTSZINHERIT	0x00001000	/* inherit inode extent size */
#define FS_XFLAG_NODEFRAG	0x00002000	/* do not defragment */
#define FS_XFLAG_FILESTREAM	0x00004000	/* use filestream allocator */
#define FS_XFLAG_DAX		0x00008000	/* use DAX for IO */
#define FS_XFLAG_COWEXTSIZE	0x00010000	/* CoW extent size allocator hint */
#define FS_XFLAG_HASATTR	0x80000000	/* no DIFLAG for this	*/

/* the read-only stuff doesn't really belong here, but any other place is
   probably as bad and I don't want to create yet another include file. */

#define BLKROSET   _IO(0x12,93)	/* set device read-only (0 = read-write) */
#define BLKROGET   _IO(0x12,94)	/* get read-only status (0 = read_write) */
#define BLKRRPART  _IO(0x12,95)	/* re-read partition table */
#define BLKGETSIZE _IO(0x12,96)	/* return device size /512 (long *arg) */
#define BLKFLSBUF  _IO(0x12,97)	/* flush buffer cache */
#define BLKRASET   _IO(0x12,98)	/* set read ahead for block device */
#define BLKRAGET   _IO(0x12,99)	/* get current read ahead setting */
#define BLKFRASET  _IO(0x12,100)/* set filesystem (mm/filemap.c) read-ahead */
#define BLKFRAGET  _IO(0x12,101)/* get filesystem (mm/filemap.c) read-ahead */
#define BLKSECTSET _IO(0x12,102)/* set max sectors per request (ll_rw_blk.c) */
#define BLKSECTGET _IO(0x12,103)/* get max sectors per request (ll_rw_blk.c) */
#define BLKSSZGET  _IO(0x12,104)/* get block device sector size */
#if 0
#define BLKPG      _IO(0x12,105)/* See blkpg.h */

/* Some people are morons.  Do not use sizeof! */

#define BLKELVGET  _IOR(0x12,106,size_t)/* elevator get */
#define BLKELVSET  _IOW(0x12,107,size_t)/* elevator set */
/* This was here just to show that the number is taken -
   probably all these _IO(0x12,*) ioctls should be moved to blkpg.h. */
#endif
/* A jump here: 108-111 have been used for various private purposes. */
#define BLKBSZGET  _IOR(0x12,112,size_t)
#define BLKBSZSET  _IOW(0x12,113,size_t)
#define BLKGETSIZE64 _IOR(0x12,114,size_t)	/* return device size in bytes (u64 *arg) */
#define BLKTRACESETUP _IOWR(0x12,115,struct blk_user_trace_setup)
#define BLKTRACESTART _IO(0x12,116)
#define BLKTRACESTOP _IO(0x12,117)
#define BLKTRACETEARDOWN _IO(0x12,118)
#define BLKDISCARD _IO(0x12,119)
#define BLKIOMIN _IO(0x12,120)
#define BLKIOOPT _IO(0x12,121)
#define BLKALIGNOFF _IO(0x12,122)
#define BLKPBSZGET _IO(0x12,123)
#define BLKDISCARDZEROES _IO(0x12,124)
#define BLKSECDISCARD _IO(0x12,125)
#define BLKROTATIONAL _IO(0x12,126)
#define BLKZEROOUT _IO(0x12,127)
/*
 * A jump here: 130-136 are reserved for zoned block devices
 * (see uapi/linux/blkzoned.h)
 */

#define BMAP_IOCTL 1		/* obsolete - kept for compatibility */
#define FIBMAP	   _IO(0x00,1)	/* bmap access */
#define FIGETBSZ   _IO(0x00,2)	/* get the block size used for bmap */
#define FIFREEZE	_IOWR('X', 119, int)	/* Freeze */
#define FITHAW		_IOWR('X', 120, int)	/* Thaw */
#define FITRIM		_IOWR('X', 121, struct fstrim_range)	/* Trim */
#define FICLONE		_IOW(0x94, 9, int)
#define FICLONERANGE	_IOW(0x94, 13, struct file_clone_range)
#define FIDEDUPERANGE	_IOWR(0x94, 54, struct file_dedupe_range)

#define FSLABEL_MAX 256	/* Max chars for the interface; each fs may differ */

#define	FS_IOC_GETFLAGS			_IOR('f', 1, long)
#define	FS_IOC_SETFLAGS			_IOW('f', 2, long)
#define	FS_IOC_GETVERSION		_IOR('v', 1, long)
#define	FS_IOC_SETVERSION		_IOW('v', 2, long)
#define FS_IOC_FIEMAP			_IOWR('f', 11, struct fiemap)
#define FS_IOC32_GETFLAGS		_IOR('f', 1, int)
#define FS_IOC32_SETFLAGS		_IOW('f', 2, int)
#define FS_IOC32_GETVERSION		_IOR('v', 1, int)
#define FS_IOC32_SETVERSION		_IOW('v', 2, int)
#define FS_IOC_FSGETXATTR		_IOR('X', 31, struct fsxattr)
#define FS_IOC_FSSETXATTR		_IOW('X', 32, struct fsxattr)
#define FS_IOC_GETFSLABEL		_IOR(0x94, 49, char[FSLABEL_MAX])
#define FS_IOC_SETFSLABEL		_IOW(0x94, 50, char[FSLABEL_MAX])

/*
 * File system encryption support
 */
/* Policy provided via an ioctl on the topmost directory */
#define FS_KEY_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE	8

#define FS_POLICY_FLAGS_PAD_4		0x00
#define FS_POLICY_FLAGS_PAD_8		0x01
#define FS_POLICY_FLAGS_PAD_16		0x02
#define FS_POLICY_FLAGS_PAD_32		0x03
#define FS_POLICY_FLAGS_PAD_MASK	0x03
#define FS_POLICY_FLAGS_VALID		0x03

/* Encryption algorithms */
#define FS_ENCRYPTION_MODE_INVALID		0
#define FS_ENCRYPTION_MODE_AES_256_XTS		1
#define FS_ENCRYPTION_MODE_AES_256_GCM		2
#define FS_ENCRYPTION_MODE_AES_256_CBC		3
#define FS_ENCRYPTION_MODE_AES_256_CTS		4
#define FS_ENCRYPTION_MODE_AES_128_CBC		5
#define FS_ENCRYPTION_MODE_AES_128_CTS		6
#define FS_ENCRYPTION_MODE_SPECK128_256_XTS	7
#define FS_ENCRYPTION_MODE_SPECK128_256_CTS	8

struct fscrypt_policy {
	__u8 version;
	__u8 contents_encryption_mode;
	__u8 filenames_encryption_mode;
	__u8 flags;
	__u8 master_key_descriptor[FS_KEY_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE];
};

#define FS_IOC_SET_ENCRYPTION_POLICY	_IOR('f', 19, struct fscrypt_policy)
#define FS_IOC_GET_ENCRYPTION_PWSALT	_IOW('f', 20, __u8[16])
#define FS_IOC_GET_ENCRYPTION_POLICY	_IOW('f', 21, struct fscrypt_policy)

/* Parameters for passing an encryption key into the kernel keyring */
#define FS_KEY_DESC_PREFIX		"fscrypt:"
#define FS_KEY_DESC_PREFIX_SIZE		8

/* Structure that userspace passes to the kernel keyring */
#define FS_MAX_KEY_SIZE			64

struct fscrypt_key {
	__u32 mode;
	__u8 raw[FS_MAX_KEY_SIZE];
	__u32 size;
};

/*
 * Inode flags (FS_IOC_GETFLAGS / FS_IOC_SETFLAGS)
 *
 * Note: for historical reasons, these flags were originally used and
 * defined for use by ext2/ext3, and then other file systems started
 * using these flags so they wouldn't need to write their own version
 * of chattr/lsattr (which was shipped as part of e2fsprogs).  You
 * should think twice before trying to use these flags in new
 * contexts, or trying to assign these flags, since they are used both
 * as the UAPI and the on-disk encoding for ext2/3/4.  Also, we are
 * almost out of 32-bit flags.  :-)
 *
 * We have recently hoisted FS_IOC_FSGETXATTR / FS_IOC_FSSETXATTR from
 * XFS to the generic FS level interface.  This uses a structure that
 * has padding and hence has more room to grow, so it may be more
 * appropriate for many new use cases.
 *
 * Please do not change these flags or interfaces before checking with
 * linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org and linux-api@vger.kernel.org.
 */
#define	FS_SECRM_FL			0x00000001 /* Secure deletion */
#define	FS_UNRM_FL			0x00000002 /* Undelete */
#define	FS_COMPR_FL			0x00000004 /* Compress file */
#define FS_SYNC_FL			0x00000008 /* Synchronous updates */
#define FS_IMMUTABLE_FL			0x00000010 /* Immutable file */
#define FS_APPEND_FL			0x00000020 /* writes to file may only append */
#define FS_NODUMP_FL			0x00000040 /* do not dump file */
#define FS_NOATIME_FL			0x00000080 /* do not update atime */
/* Reserved for compression usage... */
#define FS_DIRTY_FL			0x00000100
#define FS_COMPRBLK_FL			0x00000200 /* One or more compressed clusters */
#define FS_NOCOMP_FL			0x00000400 /* Don't compress */
/* End compression flags --- maybe not all used */
#define FS_ENCRYPT_FL			0x00000800 /* Encrypted file */
#define FS_BTREE_FL			0x00001000 /* btree format dir */
#define FS_INDEX_FL			0x00001000 /* hash-indexed directory */
#define FS_IMAGIC_FL			0x00002000 /* AFS directory */
#define FS_JOURNAL_DATA_FL		0x00004000 /* Reserved for ext3 */
#define FS_NOTAIL_FL			0x00008000 /* file tail should not be merged */
#define FS_DIRSYNC_FL			0x00010000 /* dirsync behaviour (directories only) */
#define FS_TOPDIR_FL			0x00020000 /* Top of directory hierarchies*/
#define FS_HUGE_FILE_FL			0x00040000 /* Reserved for ext4 */
#define FS_EXTENT_FL			0x00080000 /* Extents */
#define FS_EA_INODE_FL			0x00200000 /* Inode used for large EA */
#define FS_EOFBLOCKS_FL			0x00400000 /* Reserved for ext4 */
#define FS_NOCOW_FL			0x00800000 /* Do not cow file */
#define FS_DAX_FL			0x02000000 /* Inode is DAX */
#define FS_INLINE_DATA_FL		0x10000000 /* Reserved for ext4 */
#define FS_PROJINHERIT_FL		0x20000000 /* Create with parents projid */
#define FS_RESERVED_FL			0x80000000 /* reserved for ext2 lib */

#define FS_FL_USER_VISIBLE		0x0003DFFF /* User visible flags */
#define FS_FL_USER_MODIFIABLE		0x000380FF /* User modifiable flags */


#define SYNC_FILE_RANGE_WAIT_BEFORE	1
#define SYNC_FILE_RANGE_WRITE		2
#define SYNC_FILE_RANGE_WAIT_AFTER	4

/*
 * Flags for preadv2/pwritev2:
 */

typedef int __bitwise __kernel_rwf_t;

/* high priority request, poll if possible */
#define RWF_HIPRI	((__kernel_rwf_t)0x00000001)

/* per-IO O_DSYNC */
#define RWF_DSYNC	((__kernel_rwf_t)0x00000002)

/* per-IO O_SYNC */
#define RWF_SYNC	((__kernel_rwf_t)0x00000004)

/* per-IO, return -EAGAIN if operation would block */
#define RWF_NOWAIT	((__kernel_rwf_t)0x00000008)

/* per-IO O_APPEND */
#define RWF_APPEND	((__kernel_rwf_t)0x00000010)

/* mask of flags supported by the kernel */
#define RWF_SUPPORTED	(RWF_HIPRI | RWF_DSYNC | RWF_SYNC | RWF_NOWAIT |\
			 RWF_APPEND)

#endif /* _LINUX_FS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Input event codes
 *
 *    *** IMPORTANT ***
 * This file is not only included from C-code but also from devicetree source
 * files. As such this file MUST only contain comments and defines.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1999-2002 Vojtech Pavlik
 * Copyright (c) 2015 Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation.
 */
#ifndef _INPUT_EVENT_CODES_H
#define _INPUT_EVENT_CODES_H

/*
 * Device properties and quirks
 */

#define INPUT_PROP_POINTER		0x00	/* needs a pointer */
#define INPUT_PROP_DIRECT		0x01	/* direct input devices */
#define INPUT_PROP_BUTTONPAD		0x02	/* has button(s) under pad */
#define INPUT_PROP_SEMI_MT		0x03	/* touch rectangle only */
#define INPUT_PROP_TOPBUTTONPAD		0x04	/* softbuttons at top of pad */
#define INPUT_PROP_POINTING_STICK	0x05	/* is a pointing stick */
#define INPUT_PROP_ACCELEROMETER	0x06	/* has accelerometer */

#define INPUT_PROP_MAX			0x1f
#define INPUT_PROP_CNT			(INPUT_PROP_MAX + 1)

/*
 * Event types
 */

#define EV_SYN			0x00
#define EV_KEY			0x01
#define EV_REL			0x02
#define EV_ABS			0x03
#define EV_MSC			0x04
#define EV_SW			0x05
#define EV_LED			0x11
#define EV_SND			0x12
#define EV_REP			0x14
#define EV_FF			0x15
#define EV_PWR			0x16
#define EV_FF_STATUS		0x17
#define EV_MAX			0x1f
#define EV_CNT			(EV_MAX+1)

/*
 * Synchronization events.
 */

#define SYN_REPORT		0
#define SYN_CONFIG		1
#define SYN_MT_REPORT		2
#define SYN_DROPPED		3
#define SYN_MAX			0xf
#define SYN_CNT			(SYN_MAX+1)

/*
 * Keys and buttons
 *
 * Most of the keys/buttons are modeled after USB HUT 1.12
 * (see http://www.usb.org/developers/hidpage).
 * Abbreviations in the comments:
 * AC - Application Control
 * AL - Application Launch Button
 * SC - System Control
 */

#define KEY_RESERVED		0
#define KEY_ESC			1
#define KEY_1			2
#define KEY_2			3
#define KEY_3			4
#define KEY_4			5
#define KEY_5			6
#define KEY_6			7
#define KEY_7			8
#define KEY_8			9
#define KEY_9			10
#define KEY_0			11
#define KEY_MINUS		12
#define KEY_EQUAL		13
#define KEY_BACKSPACE		14
#define KEY_TAB			15
#define KEY_Q			16
#define KEY_W			17
#define KEY_E			18
#define KEY_R			19
#define KEY_T			20
#define KEY_Y			21
#define KEY_U			22
#define KEY_I			23
#define KEY_O			24
#define KEY_P			25
#define KEY_LEFTBRACE		26
#define KEY_RIGHTBRACE		27
#define KEY_ENTER		28
#define KEY_LEFTCTRL		29
#define KEY_A			30
#define KEY_S			31
#define KEY_D			32
#define KEY_F			33
#define KEY_G			34
#define KEY_H			35
#define KEY_J			36
#define KEY_K			37
#define KEY_L			38
#define KEY_SEMICOLON		39
#define KEY_APOSTROPHE		40
#define KEY_GRAVE		41
#define KEY_LEFTSHIFT		42
#define KEY_BACKSLASH		43
#define KEY_Z			44
#define KEY_X			45
#define KEY_C			46
#define KEY_V			47
#define KEY_B			48
#define KEY_N			49
#define KEY_M			50
#define KEY_COMMA		51
#define KEY_DOT			52
#define KEY_SLASH		53
#define KEY_RIGHTSHIFT		54
#define KEY_KPASTERISK		55
#define KEY_LEFTALT		56
#define KEY_SPACE		57
#define KEY_CAPSLOCK		58
#define KEY_F1			59
#define KEY_F2			60
#define KEY_F3			61
#define KEY_F4			62
#define KEY_F5			63
#define KEY_F6			64
#define KEY_F7			65
#define KEY_F8			66
#define KEY_F9			67
#define KEY_F10			68
#define KEY_NUMLOCK		69
#define KEY_SCROLLLOCK		70
#define KEY_KP7			71
#define KEY_KP8			72
#define KEY_KP9			73
#define KEY_KPMINUS		74
#define KEY_KP4			75
#define KEY_KP5			76
#define KEY_KP6			77
#define KEY_KPPLUS		78
#define KEY_KP1			79
#define KEY_KP2			80
#define KEY_KP3			81
#define KEY_KP0			82
#define KEY_KPDOT		83

#define KEY_ZENKAKUHANKAKU	85
#define KEY_102ND		86
#define KEY_F11			87
#define KEY_F12			88
#define KEY_RO			89
#define KEY_KATAKANA		90
#define KEY_HIRAGANA		91
#define KEY_HENKAN		92
#define KEY_KATAKANAHIRAGANA	93
#define KEY_MUHENKAN		94
#define KEY_KPJPCOMMA		95
#define KEY_KPENTER		96
#define KEY_RIGHTCTRL		97
#define KEY_KPSLASH		98
#define KEY_SYSRQ		99
#define KEY_RIGHTALT		100
#define KEY_LINEFEED		101
#define KEY_HOME		102
#define KEY_UP			103
#define KEY_PAGEUP		104
#define KEY_LEFT		105
#define KEY_RIGHT		106
#define KEY_END			107
#define KEY_DOWN		108
#define KEY_PAGEDOWN		109
#define KEY_INSERT		110
#define KEY_DELETE		111
#define KEY_MACRO		112
#define KEY_MUTE		113
#define KEY_VOLUMEDOWN		114
#define KEY_VOLUMEUP		115
#define KEY_POWER		116	/* SC System Power Down */
#define KEY_KPEQUAL		117
#define KEY_KPPLUSMINUS		118
#define KEY_PAUSE		119
#define KEY_SCALE		120	/* AL Compiz Scale (Expose) */

#define KEY_KPCOMMA		121
#define KEY_HANGEUL		122
#define KEY_HANGUEL		KEY_HANGEUL
#define KEY_HANJA		123
#define KEY_YEN			124
#define KEY_LEFTMETA		125
#define KEY_RIGHTMETA		126
#define KEY_COMPOSE		127

#define KEY_STOP		128	/* AC Stop */
#define KEY_AGAIN		129
#define KEY_PROPS		130	/* AC Properties */
#define KEY_UNDO		131	/* AC Undo */
#define KEY_FRONT		132
#define KEY_COPY		133	/* AC Copy */
#define KEY_OPEN		134	/* AC Open */
#define KEY_PASTE		135	/* AC Paste */
#define KEY_FIND		136	/* AC Search */
#define KEY_CUT			137	/* AC Cut */
#define KEY_HELP		138	/* AL Integrated Help Center */
#define KEY_MENU		139	/* Menu (show menu) */
#define KEY_CALC		140	/* AL Calculator */
#define KEY_SETUP		141
#define KEY_SLEEP		142	/* SC System Sleep */
#define KEY_WAKEUP		143	/* System Wake Up */
#define KEY_FILE		144	/* AL Local Machine Browser */
#define KEY_SENDFILE		145
#define KEY_DELETEFILE		146
#define KEY_XFER		147
#define KEY_PROG1		148
#define KEY_PROG2		149
#define KEY_WWW			150	/* AL Internet Browser */
#define KEY_MSDOS		151
#define KEY_COFFEE		152	/* AL Terminal Lock/Screensaver */
#define KEY_SCREENLOCK		KEY_COFFEE
#define KEY_ROTATE_DISPLAY	153	/* Display orientation for e.g. tablets */
#define KEY_DIRECTION		KEY_ROTATE_DISPLAY
#define KEY_CYCLEWINDOWS	154
#define KEY_MAIL		155
#define KEY_BOOKMARKS		156	/* AC Bookmarks */
#define KEY_COMPUTER		157
#define KEY_BACK		158	/* AC Back */
#define KEY_FORWARD		159	/* AC Forward */
#define KEY_CLOSECD		160
#define KEY_EJECTCD		161
#define KEY_EJECTCLOSECD	162
#define KEY_NEXTSONG		163
#define KEY_PLAYPAUSE		164
#define KEY_PREVIOUSSONG	165
#define KEY_STOPCD		166
#define KEY_RECORD		167
#define KEY_REWIND		168
#define KEY_PHONE		169	/* Media Select Telephone */
#define KEY_ISO			170
#define KEY_CONFIG		171	/* AL Consumer Control Configuration */
#define KEY_HOMEPAGE		172	/* AC Home */
#define KEY_REFRESH		173	/* AC Refresh */
#define KEY_EXIT		174	/* AC Exit */
#define KEY_MOVE		175
#define KEY_EDIT		176
#define KEY_SCROLLUP		177
#define KEY_SCROLLDOWN		178
#define KEY_KPLEFTPAREN		179
#define KEY_KPRIGHTPAREN	180
#define KEY_NEW			181	/* AC New */
#define KEY_REDO		182	/* AC Redo/Repeat */

#define KEY_F13			183
#define KEY_F14			184
#define KEY_F15			185
#define KEY_F16			186
#define KEY_F17			187
#define KEY_F18			188
#define KEY_F19			189
#define KEY_F20			190
#define KEY_F21			191
#define KEY_F22			192
#define KEY_F23			193
#define KEY_F24			194

#define KEY_PLAYCD		200
#define KEY_PAUSECD		201
#define KEY_PROG3		202
#define KEY_PROG4		203
#define KEY_DASHBOARD		204	/* AL Dashboard */
#define KEY_SUSPEND		205
#define KEY_CLOSE		206	/* AC Close */
#define KEY_PLAY		207
#define KEY_FASTFORWARD		208
#define KEY_BASSBOOST		209
#define KEY_PRINT		210	/* AC Print */
#define KEY_HP			211
#define KEY_CAMERA		212
#define KEY_SOUND		213
#define KEY_QUESTION		214
#define KEY_EMAIL		215
#define KEY_CHAT		216
#define KEY_SEARCH		217
#define KEY_CONNECT		218
#define KEY_FINANCE		219	/* AL Checkbook/Finance */
#define KEY_SPORT		220
#define KEY_SHOP		221
#define KEY_ALTERASE		222
#define KEY_CANCEL		223	/* AC Cancel */
#define KEY_BRIGHTNESSDOWN	224
#define KEY_BRIGHTNESSUP	225
#define KEY_MEDIA		226

#define KEY_SWITCHVIDEOMODE	227	/* Cycle between available video
					   outputs (Monitor/LCD/TV-out/etc) */
#define KEY_KBDILLUMTOGGLE	228
#define KEY_KBDILLUMDOWN	229
#define KEY_KBDILLUMUP		230

#define KEY_SEND		231	/* AC Send */
#define KEY_REPLY		232	/* AC Reply */
#define KEY_FORWARDMAIL		233	/* AC Forward Msg */
#define KEY_SAVE		234	/* AC Save */
#define KEY_DOCUMENTS		235

#define KEY_BATTERY		236

#define KEY_BLUETOOTH		237
#define KEY_WLAN		238
#define KEY_UWB			239

#define KEY_UNKNOWN		240

#define KEY_VIDEO_NEXT		241	/* drive next video source */
#define KEY_VIDEO_PREV		242	/* drive previous video source */
#define KEY_BRIGHTNESS_CYCLE	243	/* brightness up, after max is min */
#define KEY_BRIGHTNESS_AUTO	244	/* Set Auto Brightness: manual
					  brightness control is off,
					  rely on ambient */
#define KEY_BRIGHTNESS_ZERO	KEY_BRIGHTNESS_AUTO
#define KEY_DISPLAY_OFF		245	/* display device to off state */

#define KEY_WWAN		246	/* Wireless WAN (LTE, UMTS, GSM, etc.) */
#define KEY_WIMAX		KEY_WWAN
#define KEY_RFKILL		247	/* Key that controls all radios */

#define KEY_MICMUTE		248	/* Mute / unmute the microphone */

/* Code 255 is reserved for special needs of AT keyboard driver */

#define BTN_MISC		0x100
#define BTN_0			0x100
#define BTN_1			0x101
#define BTN_2			0x102
#define BTN_3			0x103
#define BTN_4			0x104
#define BTN_5			0x105
#define BTN_6			0x106
#define BTN_7			0x107
#define BTN_8			0x108
#define BTN_9			0x109

#define BTN_MOUSE		0x110
#define BTN_LEFT		0x110
#define BTN_RIGHT		0x111
#define BTN_MIDDLE		0x112
#define BTN_SIDE		0x113
#define BTN_EXTRA		0x114
#define BTN_FORWARD		0x115
#define BTN_BACK		0x116
#define BTN_TASK		0x117

#define BTN_JOYSTICK		0x120
#define BTN_TRIGGER		0x120
#define BTN_THUMB		0x121
#define BTN_THUMB2		0x122
#define BTN_TOP			0x123
#define BTN_TOP2		0x124
#define BTN_PINKIE		0x125
#define BTN_BASE		0x126
#define BTN_BASE2		0x127
#define BTN_BASE3		0x128
#define BTN_BASE4		0x129
#define BTN_BASE5		0x12a
#define BTN_BASE6		0x12b
#define BTN_DEAD		0x12f

#define BTN_GAMEPAD		0x130
#define BTN_SOUTH		0x130
#define BTN_A			BTN_SOUTH
#define BTN_EAST		0x131
#define BTN_B			BTN_EAST
#define BTN_C			0x132
#define BTN_NORTH		0x133
#define BTN_X			BTN_NORTH
#define BTN_WEST		0x134
#define BTN_Y			BTN_WEST
#define BTN_Z			0x135
#define BTN_TL			0x136
#define BTN_TR			0x137
#define BTN_TL2			0x138
#define BTN_TR2			0x139
#define BTN_SELECT		0x13a
#define BTN_START		0x13b
#define BTN_MODE		0x13c
#define BTN_THUMBL		0x13d
#define BTN_THUMBR		0x13e

#define BTN_DIGI		0x140
#define BTN_TOOL_PEN		0x140
#define BTN_TOOL_RUBBER		0x141
#define BTN_TOOL_BRUSH		0x142
#define BTN_TOOL_PENCIL		0x143
#define BTN_TOOL_AIRBRUSH	0x144
#define BTN_TOOL_FINGER		0x145
#define BTN_TOOL_MOUSE		0x146
#define BTN_TOOL_LENS		0x147
#define BTN_TOOL_QUINTTAP	0x148	/* Five fingers on trackpad */
#define BTN_STYLUS3		0x149
#define BTN_TOUCH		0x14a
#define BTN_STYLUS		0x14b
#define BTN_STYLUS2		0x14c
#define BTN_TOOL_DOUBLETAP	0x14d
#define BTN_TOOL_TRIPLETAP	0x14e
#define BTN_TOOL_QUADTAP	0x14f	/* Four fingers on trackpad */

#define BTN_WHEEL		0x150
#define BTN_GEAR_DOWN		0x150
#define BTN_GEAR_UP		0x151

#define KEY_OK			0x160
#define KEY_SELECT		0x161
#define KEY_GOTO		0x162
#define KEY_CLEAR		0x163
#define KEY_POWER2		0x164
#define KEY_OPTION		0x165
#define KEY_INFO		0x166	/* AL OEM Features/Tips/Tutorial */
#define KEY_TIME		0x167
#define KEY_VENDOR		0x168
#define KEY_ARCHIVE		0x169
#define KEY_PROGRAM		0x16a	/* Media Select Program Guide */
#define KEY_CHANNEL		0x16b
#define KEY_FAVORITES		0x16c
#define KEY_EPG			0x16d
#define KEY_PVR			0x16e	/* Media Select Home */
#define KEY_MHP			0x16f
#define KEY_LANGUAGE		0x170
#define KEY_TITLE		0x171
#define KEY_SUBTITLE		0x172
#define KEY_ANGLE		0x173
#define KEY_FULL_SCREEN		0x174	/* AC View Toggle */
#define KEY_ZOOM		KEY_FULL_SCREEN
#define KEY_MODE		0x175
#define KEY_KEYBOARD		0x176
#define KEY_ASPECT_RATIO	0x177	/* HUTRR37: Aspect */
#define KEY_SCREEN		KEY_ASPECT_RATIO
#define KEY_PC			0x178	/* Media Select Computer */
#define KEY_TV			0x179	/* Media Select TV */
#define KEY_TV2			0x17a	/* Media Select Cable */
#define KEY_VCR			0x17b	/* Media Select VCR */
#define KEY_VCR2		0x17c	/* VCR Plus */
#define KEY_SAT			0x17d	/* Media Select Satellite */
#define KEY_SAT2		0x17e
#define KEY_CD			0x17f	/* Media Select CD */
#define KEY_TAPE		0x180	/* Media Select Tape */
#define KEY_RADIO		0x181
#define KEY_TUNER		0x182	/* Media Select Tuner */
#define KEY_PLAYER		0x183
#define KEY_TEXT		0x184
#define KEY_DVD			0x185	/* Media Select DVD */
#define KEY_AUX			0x186
#define KEY_MP3			0x187
#define KEY_AUDIO		0x188	/* AL Audio Browser */
#define KEY_VIDEO		0x189	/* AL Movie Browser */
#define KEY_DIRECTORY		0x18a
#define KEY_LIST		0x18b
#define KEY_MEMO		0x18c	/* Media Select Messages */
#define KEY_CALENDAR		0x18d
#define KEY_RED			0x18e
#define KEY_GREEN		0x18f
#define KEY_YELLOW		0x190
#define KEY_BLUE		0x191
#define KEY_CHANNELUP		0x192	/* Channel Increment */
#define KEY_CHANNELDOWN		0x193	/* Channel Decrement */
#define KEY_FIRST		0x194
#define KEY_LAST		0x195	/* Recall Last */
#define KEY_AB			0x196
#define KEY_NEXT		0x197
#define KEY_RESTART		0x198
#define KEY_SLOW		0x199
#define KEY_SHUFFLE		0x19a
#define KEY_BREAK		0x19b
#define KEY_PREVIOUS		0x19c
#define KEY_DIGITS		0x19d
#define KEY_TEEN		0x19e
#define KEY_TWEN		0x19f
#define KEY_VIDEOPHONE		0x1a0	/* Media Select Video Phone */
#define KEY_GAMES		0x1a1	/* Media Select Games */
#define KEY_ZOOMIN		0x1a2	/* AC Zoom In */
#define KEY_ZOOMOUT		0x1a3	/* AC Zoom Out */
#define KEY_ZOOMRESET		0x1a4	/* AC Zoom */
#define KEY_WORDPROCESSOR	0x1a5	/* AL Word Processor */
#define KEY_EDITOR		0x1a6	/* AL Text Editor */
#define KEY_SPREADSHEET		0x1a7	/* AL Spreadsheet */
#define KEY_GRAPHICSEDITOR	0x1a8	/* AL Graphics Editor */
#define KEY_PRESENTATION	0x1a9	/* AL Presentation App */
#define KEY_DATABASE		0x1aa	/* AL Database App */
#define KEY_NEWS		0x1ab	/* AL Newsreader */
#define KEY_VOICEMAIL		0x1ac	/* AL Voicemail */
#define KEY_ADDRESSBOOK		0x1ad	/* AL Contacts/Address Book */
#define KEY_MESSENGER		0x1ae	/* AL Instant Messaging */
#define KEY_DISPLAYTOGGLE	0x1af	/* Turn display (LCD) on and off */
#define KEY_BRIGHTNESS_TOGGLE	KEY_DISPLAYTOGGLE
#define KEY_SPELLCHECK		0x1b0   /* AL Spell Check */
#define KEY_LOGOFF		0x1b1   /* AL Logoff */

#define KEY_DOLLAR		0x1b2
#define KEY_EURO		0x1b3

#define KEY_FRAMEBACK		0x1b4	/* Consumer - transport controls */
#define KEY_FRAMEFORWARD	0x1b5
#define KEY_CONTEXT_MENU	0x1b6	/* GenDesc - system context menu */
#define KEY_MEDIA_REPEAT	0x1b7	/* Consumer - transport control */
#define KEY_10CHANNELSUP	0x1b8	/* 10 channels up (10+) */
#define KEY_10CHANNELSDOWN	0x1b9	/* 10 channels down (10-) */
#define KEY_IMAGES		0x1ba	/* AL Image Browser */
#define KEY_NOTIFICATION_CENTER	0x1bc	/* Show/hide the notification center */
#define KEY_PICKUP_PHONE	0x1bd	/* Answer incoming call */
#define KEY_HANGUP_PHONE	0x1be	/* Decline incoming call */

#define KEY_DEL_EOL		0x1c0
#define KEY_DEL_EOS		0x1c1
#define KEY_INS_LINE		0x1c2
#define KEY_DEL_LINE		0x1c3

#define KEY_FN			0x1d0
#define KEY_FN_ESC		0x1d1
#define KEY_FN_F1		0x1d2
#define KEY_FN_F2		0x1d3
#define KEY_FN_F3		0x1d4
#define KEY_FN_F4		0x1d5
#define KEY_FN_F5		0x1d6
#define KEY_FN_F6		0x1d7
#define KEY_FN_F7		0x1d8
#define KEY_FN_F8		0x1d9
#define KEY_FN_F9		0x1da
#define KEY_FN_F10		0x1db
#define KEY_FN_F11		0x1dc
#define KEY_FN_F12		0x1dd
#define KEY_FN_1		0x1de
#define KEY_FN_2		0x1df
#define KEY_FN_D		0x1e0
#define KEY_FN_E		0x1e1
#define KEY_FN_F		0x1e2
#define KEY_FN_S		0x1e3
#define KEY_FN_B		0x1e4
#define KEY_FN_RIGHT_SHIFT	0x1e5

#define KEY_BRL_DOT1		0x1f1
#define KEY_BRL_DOT2		0x1f2
#define KEY_BRL_DOT3		0x1f3
#define KEY_BRL_DOT4		0x1f4
#define KEY_BRL_DOT5		0x1f5
#define KEY_BRL_DOT6		0x1f6
#define KEY_BRL_DOT7		0x1f7
#define KEY_BRL_DOT8		0x1f8
#define KEY_BRL_DOT9		0x1f9
#define KEY_BRL_DOT10		0x1fa

#define KEY_NUMERIC_0		0x200	/* used by phones, remote controls, */
#define KEY_NUMERIC_1		0x201	/* and other keypads */
#define KEY_NUMERIC_2		0x202
#define KEY_NUMERIC_3		0x203
#define KEY_NUMERIC_4		0x204
#define KEY_NUMERIC_5		0x205
#define KEY_NUMERIC_6		0x206
#define KEY_NUMERIC_7		0x207
#define KEY_NUMERIC_8		0x208
#define KEY_NUMERIC_9		0x209
#define KEY_NUMERIC_STAR	0x20a
#define KEY_NUMERIC_POUND	0x20b
#define KEY_NUMERIC_A		0x20c	/* Phone key A - HUT Telephony 0xb9 */
#define KEY_NUMERIC_B		0x20d
#define KEY_NUMERIC_C		0x20e
#define KEY_NUMERIC_D		0x20f

#define KEY_CAMERA_FOCUS	0x210
#define KEY_WPS_BUTTON		0x211	/* WiFi Protected Setup key */

#define KEY_TOUCHPAD_TOGGLE	0x212	/* Request switch touchpad on or off */
#define KEY_TOUCHPAD_ON		0x213
#define KEY_TOUCHPAD_OFF	0x214

#define KEY_CAMERA_ZOOMIN	0x215
#define KEY_CAMERA_ZOOMOUT	0x216
#define KEY_CAMERA_UP		0x217
#define KEY_CAMERA_DOWN		0x218
#define KEY_CAMERA_LEFT		0x219
#define KEY_CAMERA_RIGHT	0x21a

#define KEY_ATTENDANT_ON	0x21b
#define KEY_ATTENDANT_OFF	0x21c
#define KEY_ATTENDANT_TOGGLE	0x21d	/* Attendant call on or off */
#define KEY_LIGHTS_TOGGLE	0x21e	/* Reading light on or off */

#define BTN_DPAD_UP		0x220
#define BTN_DPAD_DOWN		0x221
#define BTN_DPAD_LEFT		0x222
#define BTN_DPAD_RIGHT		0x223

#define KEY_ALS_TOGGLE		0x230	/* Ambient light sensor */
#define KEY_ROTATE_LOCK_TOGGLE	0x231	/* Display rotation lock */

#define KEY_BUTTONCONFIG		0x240	/* AL Button Configuration */
#define KEY_TASKMANAGER		0x241	/* AL Task/Project Manager */
#define KEY_JOURNAL		0x242	/* AL Log/Journal/Timecard */
#define KEY_CONTROLPANEL		0x243	/* AL Control Panel */
#define KEY_APPSELECT		0x244	/* AL Select Task/Application */
#define KEY_SCREENSAVER		0x245	/* AL Screen Saver */
#define KEY_VOICECOMMAND		0x246	/* Listening Voice Command */
#define KEY_ASSISTANT		0x247	/* AL Context-aware desktop assistant */
#define KEY_KBD_LAYOUT_NEXT	0x248	/* AC Next Keyboard Layout Select */
#define KEY_EMOJI_PICKER	0x249	/* Show/hide emoji picker (HUTRR101) */

#define KEY_BRIGHTNESS_MIN		0x250	/* Set Brightness to Minimum */
#define KEY_BRIGHTNESS_MAX		0x251	/* Set Brightness to Maximum */

#define KEY_KBDINPUTASSIST_PREV		0x260
#define KEY_KBDINPUTASSIST_NEXT		0x261
#define KEY_KBDINPUTASSIST_PREVGROUP		0x262
#define KEY_KBDINPUTASSIST_NEXTGROUP		0x263
#define KEY_KBDINPUTASSIST_ACCEPT		0x264
#define KEY_KBDINPUTASSIST_CANCEL		0x265

/* Diagonal movement keys */
#define KEY_RIGHT_UP			0x266
#define KEY_RIGHT_DOWN			0x267
#define KEY_LEFT_UP			0x268
#define KEY_LEFT_DOWN			0x269

#define KEY_ROOT_MENU			0x26a /* Show Device's Root Menu */
/* Show Top Menu of the Media (e.g. DVD) */
#define KEY_MEDIA_TOP_MENU		0x26b
#define KEY_NUMERIC_11			0x26c
#define KEY_NUMERIC_12			0x26d
/*
 * Toggle Audio Description: refers to an audio service that helps blind and
 * visually impaired consumers understand the action in a program. Note: in
 * some countries this is referred to as "Video Description".
 */
#define KEY_AUDIO_DESC			0x26e
#define KEY_3D_MODE			0x26f
#define KEY_NEXT_FAVORITE		0x270
#define KEY_STOP_RECORD			0x271
#define KEY_PAUSE_RECORD		0x272
#define KEY_VOD				0x273 /* Video on Demand */
#define KEY_UNMUTE			0x274
#define KEY_FASTREVERSE			0x275
#define KEY_SLOWREVERSE			0x276
/*
 * Control a data application associated with the currently viewed channel,
 * e.g. teletext or data broadcast application (MHEG, MHP, HbbTV, etc.)
 */
#define KEY_DATA			0x277
#define KEY_ONSCREEN_KEYBOARD		0x278
/* Electronic privacy screen control */
#define KEY_PRIVACY_SCREEN_TOGGLE	0x279

/* Select an area of screen to be copied */
#define KEY_SELECTIVE_SCREENSHOT	0x27a

/*
 * Some keyboards have keys which do not have a defined meaning, these keys
 * are intended to be programmed / bound to macros by the user. For most
 * keyboards with these macro-keys the key-sequence to inject, or action to
 * take, is all handled by software on the host side. So from the kernel's
 * point of view these are just normal keys.
 *
 * The KEY_MACRO# codes below are intended for such keys, which may be labeled
 * e.g. G1-G18, or S1 - S30. The KEY_MACRO# codes MUST NOT be used for keys
 * where the marking on the key does indicate a defined meaning / purpose.
 *
 * The KEY_MACRO# codes MUST also NOT be used as fallback for when no existing
 * KEY_FOO define matches the marking / purpose. In this case a new KEY_FOO
 * define MUST be added.
 */
#define KEY_MACRO1			0x290
#define KEY_MACRO2			0x291
#define KEY_MACRO3			0x292
#define KEY_MACRO4			0x293
#define KEY_MACRO5			0x294
#define KEY_MACRO6			0x295
#define KEY_MACRO7			0x296
#define KEY_MACRO8			0x297
#define KEY_MACRO9			0x298
#define KEY_MACRO10			0x299
#define KEY_MACRO11			0x29a
#define KEY_MACRO12			0x29b
#define KEY_MACRO13			0x29c
#define KEY_MACRO14			0x29d
#define KEY_MACRO15			0x29e
#define KEY_MACRO16			0x29f
#define KEY_MACRO17			0x2a0
#define KEY_MACRO18			0x2a1
#define KEY_MACRO19			0x2a2
#define KEY_MACRO20			0x2a3
#define KEY_MACRO21			0x2a4
#define KEY_MACRO22			0x2a5
#define KEY_MACRO23			0x2a6
#define KEY_MACRO24			0x2a7
#define KEY_MACRO25			0x2a8
#define KEY_MACRO26			0x2a9
#define KEY_MACRO27			0x2aa
#define KEY_MACRO28			0x2ab
#define KEY_MACRO29			0x2ac
#define KEY_MACRO30			0x2ad

/*
 * Some keyboards with the macro-keys described above have some extra keys
 * for controlling the host-side software responsible for the macro handling:
 * -A macro recording start/stop key. Note that not all keyboards which emit
 *  KEY_MACRO_RECORD_START will also emit KEY_MACRO_RECORD_STOP if
 *  KEY_MACRO_RECORD_STOP is not advertised, then KEY_MACRO_RECORD_START
 *  should be interpreted as a recording start/stop toggle;
 * -Keys for switching between different macro (pre)sets, either a key for
 *  cycling through the configured presets or keys to directly select a preset.
 */
#define KEY_MACRO_RECORD_START		0x2b0
#define KEY_MACRO_RECORD_STOP		0x2b1
#define KEY_MACRO_PRESET_CYCLE		0x2b2
#define KEY_MACRO_PRESET1		0x2b3
#define KEY_MACRO_PRESET2		0x2b4
#define KEY_MACRO_PRESET3		0x2b5

/*
 * Some keyboards have a buildin LCD panel where the contents are controlled
 * by the host. Often these have a number of keys directly below the LCD
 * intended for controlling a menu shown on the LCD. These keys often don't
 * have any labeling so we just name them KEY_KBD_LCD_MENU#
 */
#define KEY_KBD_LCD_MENU1		0x2b8
#define KEY_KBD_LCD_MENU2		0x2b9
#define KEY_KBD_LCD_MENU3		0x2ba
#define KEY_KBD_LCD_MENU4		0x2bb
#define KEY_KBD_LCD_MENU5		0x2bc

#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY		0x2c0
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY1		0x2c0
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY2		0x2c1
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY3		0x2c2
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY4		0x2c3
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY5		0x2c4
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY6		0x2c5
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY7		0x2c6
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY8		0x2c7
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY9		0x2c8
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY10		0x2c9
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY11		0x2ca
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY12		0x2cb
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY13		0x2cc
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY14		0x2cd
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY15		0x2ce
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY16		0x2cf
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY17		0x2d0
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY18		0x2d1
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY19		0x2d2
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY20		0x2d3
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY21		0x2d4
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY22		0x2d5
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY23		0x2d6
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY24		0x2d7
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY25		0x2d8
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY26		0x2d9
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY27		0x2da
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY28		0x2db
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY29		0x2dc
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY30		0x2dd
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY31		0x2de
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY32		0x2df
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY33		0x2e0
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY34		0x2e1
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY35		0x2e2
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY36		0x2e3
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY37		0x2e4
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY38		0x2e5
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY39		0x2e6
#define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY40		0x2e7

/* We avoid low common keys in module aliases so they don't get huge. */
#define KEY_MIN_INTERESTING	KEY_MUTE
#define KEY_MAX			0x2ff
#define KEY_CNT			(KEY_MAX+1)

/*
 * Relative axes
 */

#define REL_X			0x00
#define REL_Y			0x01
#define REL_Z			0x02
#define REL_RX			0x03
#define REL_RY			0x04
#define REL_RZ			0x05
#define REL_HWHEEL		0x06
#define REL_DIAL		0x07
#define REL_WHEEL		0x08
#define REL_MISC		0x09
/*
 * 0x0a is reserved and should not be used in input drivers.
 * It was used by HID as REL_MISC+1 and userspace needs to detect if
 * the next REL_* event is correct or is just REL_MISC + n.
 * We define here REL_RESERVED so userspace can rely on it and detect
 * the situation described above.
 */
#define REL_RESERVED		0x0a
#define REL_WHEEL_HI_RES	0x0b
#define REL_HWHEEL_HI_RES	0x0c
#define REL_MAX			0x0f
#define REL_CNT			(REL_MAX+1)

/*
 * Absolute axes
 */

#define ABS_X			0x00
#define ABS_Y			0x01
#define ABS_Z			0x02
#define ABS_RX			0x03
#define ABS_RY			0x04
#define ABS_RZ			0x05
#define ABS_THROTTLE		0x06
#define ABS_RUDDER		0x07
#define ABS_WHEEL		0x08
#define ABS_GAS			0x09
#define ABS_BRAKE		0x0a
#define ABS_HAT0X		0x10
#define ABS_HAT0Y		0x11
#define ABS_HAT1X		0x12
#define ABS_HAT1Y		0x13
#define ABS_HAT2X		0x14
#define ABS_HAT2Y		0x15
#define ABS_HAT3X		0x16
#define ABS_HAT3Y		0x17
#define ABS_PRESSURE		0x18
#define ABS_DISTANCE		0x19
#define ABS_TILT_X		0x1a
#define ABS_TILT_Y		0x1b
#define ABS_TOOL_WIDTH		0x1c

#define ABS_VOLUME		0x20

#define ABS_MISC		0x28

/*
 * 0x2e is reserved and should not be used in input drivers.
 * It was used by HID as ABS_MISC+6 and userspace needs to detect if
 * the next ABS_* event is correct or is just ABS_MISC + n.
 * We define here ABS_RESERVED so userspace can rely on it and detect
 * the situation described above.
 */
#define ABS_RESERVED		0x2e

#define ABS_MT_SLOT		0x2f	/* MT slot being modified */
#define ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR	0x30	/* Major axis of touching ellipse */
#define ABS_MT_TOUCH_MINOR	0x31	/* Minor axis (omit if circular) */
#define ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR	0x32	/* Major axis of approaching ellipse */
#define ABS_MT_WIDTH_MINOR	0x33	/* Minor axis (omit if circular) */
#define ABS_MT_ORIENTATION	0x34	/* Ellipse orientation */
#define ABS_MT_POSITION_X	0x35	/* Center X touch position */
#define ABS_MT_POSITION_Y	0x36	/* Center Y touch position */
#define ABS_MT_TOOL_TYPE	0x37	/* Type of touching device */
#define ABS_MT_BLOB_ID		0x38	/* Group a set of packets as a blob */
#define ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID	0x39	/* Unique ID of initiated contact */
#define ABS_MT_PRESSURE		0x3a	/* Pressure on contact area */
#define ABS_MT_DISTANCE		0x3b	/* Contact hover distance */
#define ABS_MT_TOOL_X		0x3c	/* Center X tool position */
#define ABS_MT_TOOL_Y		0x3d	/* Center Y tool position */


#define ABS_MAX			0x3f
#define ABS_CNT			(ABS_MAX+1)

/*
 * Switch events
 */

#define SW_LID			0x00  /* set = lid shut */
#define SW_TABLET_MODE		0x01  /* set = tablet mode */
#define SW_HEADPHONE_INSERT	0x02  /* set = inserted */
#define SW_RFKILL_ALL		0x03  /* rfkill master switch, type "any"
					 set = radio enabled */
#define SW_RADIO		SW_RFKILL_ALL	/* deprecated */
#define SW_MICROPHONE_INSERT	0x04  /* set = inserted */
#define SW_DOCK			0x05  /* set = plugged into dock */
#define SW_LINEOUT_INSERT	0x06  /* set = inserted */
#define SW_JACK_PHYSICAL_INSERT 0x07  /* set = mechanical switch set */
#define SW_VIDEOOUT_INSERT	0x08  /* set = inserted */
#define SW_CAMERA_LENS_COVER	0x09  /* set = lens covered */
#define SW_KEYPAD_SLIDE		0x0a  /* set = keypad slide out */
#define SW_FRONT_PROXIMITY	0x0b  /* set = front proximity sensor active */
#define SW_ROTATE_LOCK		0x0c  /* set = rotate locked/disabled */
#define SW_LINEIN_INSERT	0x0d  /* set = inserted */
#define SW_MUTE_DEVICE		0x0e  /* set = device disabled */
#define SW_PEN_INSERTED		0x0f  /* set = pen inserted */
#define SW_MACHINE_COVER	0x10  /* set = cover closed */
#define SW_MAX			0x10
#define SW_CNT			(SW_MAX+1)

/*
 * Misc events
 */

#define MSC_SERIAL		0x00
#define MSC_PULSELED		0x01
#define MSC_GESTURE		0x02
#define MSC_RAW			0x03
#define MSC_SCAN		0x04
#define MSC_TIMESTAMP		0x05
#define MSC_MAX			0x07
#define MSC_CNT			(MSC_MAX+1)

/*
 * LEDs
 */

#define LED_NUML		0x00
#define LED_CAPSL		0x01
#define LED_SCROLLL		0x02
#define LED_COMPOSE		0x03
#define LED_KANA		0x04
#define LED_SLEEP		0x05
#define LED_SUSPEND		0x06
#define LED_MUTE		0x07
#define LED_MISC		0x08
#define LED_MAIL		0x09
#define LED_CHARGING		0x0a
#define LED_MAX			0x0f
#define LED_CNT			(LED_MAX+1)

/*
 * Autorepeat values
 */

#define REP_DELAY		0x00
#define REP_PERIOD		0x01
#define REP_MAX			0x01
#define REP_CNT			(REP_MAX+1)

/*
 * Sounds
 */

#define SND_CLICK		0x00
#define SND_BELL		0x01
#define SND_TONE		0x02
#define SND_MAX			0x07
#define SND_CNT			(SND_MAX+1)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_CABLEMODEM_H_
#define _LINUX_CABLEMODEM_H_
/*
 *		Author: Franco Venturi <fventuri@mediaone.net>
 *		Copyright 1998 Franco Venturi
 *
 *		This program is free software; you can redistribute it
 *		and/or  modify it under  the terms of  the GNU General
 *		Public  License as  published  by  the  Free  Software
 *		Foundation;  either  version 2 of the License, or  (at
 *		your option) any later version.
 */

/* some useful defines for sb1000.c e cmconfig.c - fv */
#define SIOCGCMSTATS		(SIOCDEVPRIVATE+0)	/* get cable modem stats */
#define SIOCGCMFIRMWARE		(SIOCDEVPRIVATE+1)	/* get cm firmware version */
#define SIOCGCMFREQUENCY	(SIOCDEVPRIVATE+2)	/* get cable modem frequency */
#define SIOCSCMFREQUENCY	(SIOCDEVPRIVATE+3)	/* set cable modem frequency */
#define SIOCGCMPIDS			(SIOCDEVPRIVATE+4)	/* get cable modem PIDs */
#define SIOCSCMPIDS			(SIOCDEVPRIVATE+5)	/* set cable modem PIDs */

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_SYSINFO_H
#define _LINUX_SYSINFO_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define SI_LOAD_SHIFT	16
struct sysinfo {
	__kernel_long_t uptime;		/* Seconds since boot */
	__kernel_ulong_t loads[3];	/* 1, 5, and 15 minute load averages */
	__kernel_ulong_t totalram;	/* Total usable main memory size */
	__kernel_ulong_t freeram;	/* Available memory size */
	__kernel_ulong_t sharedram;	/* Amount of shared memory */
	__kernel_ulong_t bufferram;	/* Memory used by buffers */
	__kernel_ulong_t totalswap;	/* Total swap space size */
	__kernel_ulong_t freeswap;	/* swap space still available */
	__u16 procs;		   	/* Number of current processes */
	__u16 pad;		   	/* Explicit padding for m68k */
	__kernel_ulong_t totalhigh;	/* Total high memory size */
	__kernel_ulong_t freehigh;	/* Available high memory size */
	__u32 mem_unit;			/* Memory unit size in bytes */
	char _f[20-2*sizeof(__kernel_ulong_t)-sizeof(__u32)];	/* Padding: libc5 uses this.. */
};

#endif /* _LINUX_SYSINFO_H */
/*
 * Virtio platform device driver
 *
 * Copyright 2011, ARM Ltd.
 *
 * Based on Virtio PCI driver by Anthony Liguori, copyright IBM Corp. 2007
 *
 * This header is BSD licensed so anyone can use the definitions to implement
 * compatible drivers/servers.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the name of IBM nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL IBM OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_VIRTIO_MMIO_H
#define _LINUX_VIRTIO_MMIO_H

/*
 * Control registers
 */

/* Magic value ("virt" string) - Read Only */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_MAGIC_VALUE		0x000

/* Virtio device version - Read Only */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_VERSION		0x004

/* Virtio device ID - Read Only */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_DEVICE_ID		0x008

/* Virtio vendor ID - Read Only */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_VENDOR_ID		0x00c

/* Bitmask of the features supported by the device (host)
 * (32 bits per set) - Read Only */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_DEVICE_FEATURES	0x010

/* Device (host) features set selector - Write Only */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_DEVICE_FEATURES_SEL	0x014

/* Bitmask of features activated by the driver (guest)
 * (32 bits per set) - Write Only */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_DRIVER_FEATURES	0x020

/* Activated features set selector - Write Only */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_DRIVER_FEATURES_SEL	0x024


#ifndef VIRTIO_MMIO_NO_LEGACY /* LEGACY DEVICES ONLY! */

/* Guest's memory page size in bytes - Write Only */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_GUEST_PAGE_SIZE	0x028

#endif


/* Queue selector - Write Only */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_QUEUE_SEL		0x030

/* Maximum size of the currently selected queue - Read Only */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_QUEUE_NUM_MAX	0x034

/* Queue size for the currently selected queue - Write Only */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_QUEUE_NUM		0x038


#ifndef VIRTIO_MMIO_NO_LEGACY /* LEGACY DEVICES ONLY! */

/* Used Ring alignment for the currently selected queue - Write Only */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_QUEUE_ALIGN		0x03c

/* Guest's PFN for the currently selected queue - Read Write */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_QUEUE_PFN		0x040

#endif


/* Ready bit for the currently selected queue - Read Write */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_QUEUE_READY		0x044

/* Queue notifier - Write Only */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_QUEUE_NOTIFY	0x050

/* Interrupt status - Read Only */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_INTERRUPT_STATUS	0x060

/* Interrupt acknowledge - Write Only */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_INTERRUPT_ACK	0x064

/* Device status register - Read Write */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_STATUS		0x070

/* Selected queue's Descriptor Table address, 64 bits in two halves */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_QUEUE_DESC_LOW	0x080
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_QUEUE_DESC_HIGH	0x084

/* Selected queue's Available Ring address, 64 bits in two halves */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_QUEUE_AVAIL_LOW	0x090
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_QUEUE_AVAIL_HIGH	0x094

/* Selected queue's Used Ring address, 64 bits in two halves */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_QUEUE_USED_LOW	0x0a0
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_QUEUE_USED_HIGH	0x0a4

/* Shared memory region id */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_SHM_SEL             0x0ac

/* Shared memory region length, 64 bits in two halves */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_SHM_LEN_LOW         0x0b0
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_SHM_LEN_HIGH        0x0b4

/* Shared memory region base address, 64 bits in two halves */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_SHM_BASE_LOW        0x0b8
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_SHM_BASE_HIGH       0x0bc

/* Configuration atomicity value */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_CONFIG_GENERATION	0x0fc

/* The config space is defined by each driver as
 * the per-driver configuration space - Read Write */
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_CONFIG		0x100



/*
 * Interrupt flags (re: interrupt status & acknowledge registers)
 */

#define VIRTIO_MMIO_INT_VRING		(1 << 0)
#define VIRTIO_MMIO_INT_CONFIG		(1 << 1)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _IP6_TUNNEL_H
#define _IP6_TUNNEL_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/if.h>		/* For IFNAMSIZ. */
#include <linux/in6.h>		/* For struct in6_addr. */

#define IPV6_TLV_TNL_ENCAP_LIMIT 4
#define IPV6_DEFAULT_TNL_ENCAP_LIMIT 4

/* don't add encapsulation limit if one isn't present in inner packet */
#define IP6_TNL_F_IGN_ENCAP_LIMIT 0x1
/* copy the traffic class field from the inner packet */
#define IP6_TNL_F_USE_ORIG_TCLASS 0x2
/* copy the flowlabel from the inner packet */
#define IP6_TNL_F_USE_ORIG_FLOWLABEL 0x4
/* being used for Mobile IPv6 */
#define IP6_TNL_F_MIP6_DEV 0x8
/* copy DSCP from the outer packet */
#define IP6_TNL_F_RCV_DSCP_COPY 0x10
/* copy fwmark from inner packet */
#define IP6_TNL_F_USE_ORIG_FWMARK 0x20
/* allow remote endpoint on the local node */
#define IP6_TNL_F_ALLOW_LOCAL_REMOTE 0x40

struct ip6_tnl_parm {
	char name[IFNAMSIZ];	/* name of tunnel device */
	int link;		/* ifindex of underlying L2 interface */
	__u8 proto;		/* tunnel protocol */
	__u8 encap_limit;	/* encapsulation limit for tunnel */
	__u8 hop_limit;		/* hop limit for tunnel */
	__be32 flowinfo;	/* traffic class and flowlabel for tunnel */
	__u32 flags;		/* tunnel flags */
	struct in6_addr laddr;	/* local tunnel end-point address */
	struct in6_addr raddr;	/* remote tunnel end-point address */
};

struct ip6_tnl_parm2 {
	char name[IFNAMSIZ];	/* name of tunnel device */
	int link;		/* ifindex of underlying L2 interface */
	__u8 proto;		/* tunnel protocol */
	__u8 encap_limit;	/* encapsulation limit for tunnel */
	__u8 hop_limit;		/* hop limit for tunnel */
	__be32 flowinfo;	/* traffic class and flowlabel for tunnel */
	__u32 flags;		/* tunnel flags */
	struct in6_addr laddr;	/* local tunnel end-point address */
	struct in6_addr raddr;	/* remote tunnel end-point address */

	__be16			i_flags;
	__be16			o_flags;
	__be32			i_key;
	__be32			o_key;
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *	Linux ethernet bridge
 *
 *	Authors:
 *	Lennert Buytenhek		<buytenh@gnu.org>
 *
 *	This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *	modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 *	as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 *	2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_IF_BRIDGE_H
#define _LINUX_IF_BRIDGE_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>
#include <linux/in6.h>

#define SYSFS_BRIDGE_ATTR	"bridge"
#define SYSFS_BRIDGE_FDB	"brforward"
#define SYSFS_BRIDGE_PORT_SUBDIR "brif"
#define SYSFS_BRIDGE_PORT_ATTR	"brport"
#define SYSFS_BRIDGE_PORT_LINK	"bridge"

#define BRCTL_VERSION 1

#define BRCTL_GET_VERSION 0
#define BRCTL_GET_BRIDGES 1
#define BRCTL_ADD_BRIDGE 2
#define BRCTL_DEL_BRIDGE 3
#define BRCTL_ADD_IF 4
#define BRCTL_DEL_IF 5
#define BRCTL_GET_BRIDGE_INFO 6
#define BRCTL_GET_PORT_LIST 7
#define BRCTL_SET_BRIDGE_FORWARD_DELAY 8
#define BRCTL_SET_BRIDGE_HELLO_TIME 9
#define BRCTL_SET_BRIDGE_MAX_AGE 10
#define BRCTL_SET_AGEING_TIME 11
#define BRCTL_SET_GC_INTERVAL 12
#define BRCTL_GET_PORT_INFO 13
#define BRCTL_SET_BRIDGE_STP_STATE 14
#define BRCTL_SET_BRIDGE_PRIORITY 15
#define BRCTL_SET_PORT_PRIORITY 16
#define BRCTL_SET_PATH_COST 17
#define BRCTL_GET_FDB_ENTRIES 18

#define BR_STATE_DISABLED 0
#define BR_STATE_LISTENING 1
#define BR_STATE_LEARNING 2
#define BR_STATE_FORWARDING 3
#define BR_STATE_BLOCKING 4

struct __bridge_info {
	__u64 designated_root;
	__u64 bridge_id;
	__u32 root_path_cost;
	__u32 max_age;
	__u32 hello_time;
	__u32 forward_delay;
	__u32 bridge_max_age;
	__u32 bridge_hello_time;
	__u32 bridge_forward_delay;
	__u8 topology_change;
	__u8 topology_change_detected;
	__u8 root_port;
	__u8 stp_enabled;
	__u32 ageing_time;
	__u32 gc_interval;
	__u32 hello_timer_value;
	__u32 tcn_timer_value;
	__u32 topology_change_timer_value;
	__u32 gc_timer_value;
};

struct __port_info {
	__u64 designated_root;
	__u64 designated_bridge;
	__u16 port_id;
	__u16 designated_port;
	__u32 path_cost;
	__u32 designated_cost;
	__u8 state;
	__u8 top_change_ack;
	__u8 config_pending;
	__u8 unused0;
	__u32 message_age_timer_value;
	__u32 forward_delay_timer_value;
	__u32 hold_timer_value;
};

struct __fdb_entry {
	__u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN];
	__u8 port_no;
	__u8 is_local;
	__u32 ageing_timer_value;
	__u8 port_hi;
	__u8 pad0;
	__u16 unused;
};

/* Bridge Flags */
#define BRIDGE_FLAGS_MASTER	1	/* Bridge command to/from master */
#define BRIDGE_FLAGS_SELF	2	/* Bridge command to/from lowerdev */

#define BRIDGE_MODE_VEB		0	/* Default loopback mode */
#define BRIDGE_MODE_VEPA	1	/* 802.1Qbg defined VEPA mode */
#define BRIDGE_MODE_UNDEF	0xFFFF  /* mode undefined */

/* Bridge management nested attributes
 * [IFLA_AF_SPEC] = {
 *     [IFLA_BRIDGE_FLAGS]
 *     [IFLA_BRIDGE_MODE]
 *     [IFLA_BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO]
 * }
 */
enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_FLAGS,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MODE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_VLAN_TUNNEL_INFO,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MST,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_MAX,
};
#define IFLA_BRIDGE_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_MAX - 1)

#define BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_MASTER	(1<<0)	/* Operate on Bridge device as well */
#define BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID	(1<<1)	/* VLAN is PVID, ingress untagged */
#define BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_UNTAGGED	(1<<2)	/* VLAN egresses untagged */
#define BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_RANGE_BEGIN	(1<<3) /* VLAN is start of vlan range */
#define BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_RANGE_END	(1<<4) /* VLAN is end of vlan range */
#define BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_BRENTRY	(1<<5) /* Global bridge VLAN entry */
#define BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_ONLY_OPTS	(1<<6) /* Skip create/delete/flags */

struct bridge_vlan_info {
	__u16 flags;
	__u16 vid;
};

enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_VLAN_TUNNEL_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_VLAN_TUNNEL_ID,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_VLAN_TUNNEL_VID,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_VLAN_TUNNEL_FLAGS,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_VLAN_TUNNEL_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BRIDGE_VLAN_TUNNEL_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_VLAN_TUNNEL_MAX - 1)

struct bridge_vlan_xstats {
	__u64 rx_bytes;
	__u64 rx_packets;
	__u64 tx_bytes;
	__u64 tx_packets;
	__u16 vid;
	__u16 flags;
	__u32 pad2;
};

enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INSTANCE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_PORT_STATE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_PORT_ROLE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_RING_STATE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_RING_ROLE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_START_TEST,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INFO,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_IN_ROLE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_IN_STATE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_START_IN_TEST,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INSTANCE_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INSTANCE_RING_ID,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INSTANCE_P_IFINDEX,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INSTANCE_S_IFINDEX,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INSTANCE_PRIO,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INSTANCE_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INSTANCE_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INSTANCE_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_PORT_STATE_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_PORT_STATE_STATE,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_PORT_STATE_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_PORT_STATE_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_PORT_STATE_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_PORT_ROLE_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_PORT_ROLE_ROLE,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_PORT_ROLE_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_PORT_ROLE_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_PORT_ROLE_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_RING_STATE_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_RING_STATE_RING_ID,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_RING_STATE_STATE,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_RING_STATE_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_RING_STATE_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_RING_STATE_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_RING_ROLE_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_RING_ROLE_RING_ID,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_RING_ROLE_ROLE,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_RING_ROLE_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_RING_ROLE_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_RING_ROLE_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_START_TEST_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_START_TEST_RING_ID,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_START_TEST_INTERVAL,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_START_TEST_MAX_MISS,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_START_TEST_PERIOD,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_START_TEST_MONITOR,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_START_TEST_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_START_TEST_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_START_TEST_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INFO_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INFO_RING_ID,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INFO_P_IFINDEX,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INFO_S_IFINDEX,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INFO_PRIO,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INFO_RING_STATE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INFO_RING_ROLE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INFO_TEST_INTERVAL,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INFO_TEST_MAX_MISS,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INFO_TEST_MONITOR,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INFO_I_IFINDEX,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INFO_IN_STATE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INFO_IN_ROLE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INFO_IN_TEST_INTERVAL,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INFO_IN_TEST_MAX_MISS,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INFO_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INFO_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_INFO_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_IN_STATE_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_IN_STATE_IN_ID,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_IN_STATE_STATE,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_IN_STATE_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_IN_STATE_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_IN_STATE_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_IN_ROLE_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_IN_ROLE_RING_ID,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_IN_ROLE_IN_ID,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_IN_ROLE_ROLE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_IN_ROLE_I_IFINDEX,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_IN_ROLE_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_IN_ROLE_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_IN_ROLE_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_START_IN_TEST_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_START_IN_TEST_IN_ID,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_START_IN_TEST_INTERVAL,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_START_IN_TEST_MAX_MISS,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_START_IN_TEST_PERIOD,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_START_IN_TEST_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_START_IN_TEST_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP_START_IN_TEST_MAX - 1)

struct br_mrp_instance {
	__u32 ring_id;
	__u32 p_ifindex;
	__u32 s_ifindex;
	__u16 prio;
};

struct br_mrp_ring_state {
	__u32 ring_id;
	__u32 ring_state;
};

struct br_mrp_ring_role {
	__u32 ring_id;
	__u32 ring_role;
};

struct br_mrp_start_test {
	__u32 ring_id;
	__u32 interval;
	__u32 max_miss;
	__u32 period;
	__u32 monitor;
};

struct br_mrp_in_state {
	__u32 in_state;
	__u16 in_id;
};

struct br_mrp_in_role {
	__u32 ring_id;
	__u32 in_role;
	__u32 i_ifindex;
	__u16 in_id;
};

struct br_mrp_start_in_test {
	__u32 interval;
	__u32 max_miss;
	__u32 period;
	__u16 in_id;
};

enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_DELETE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEP_ADD,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEP_REMOVE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_INFO,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_INFO,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_INFO,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI_INFO,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_INFO,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEP_INFO,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INFO,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_INSTANCE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_DOMAIN,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_DIRECTION,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_IFINDEX,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_DELETE_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_DELETE_INSTANCE,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_DELETE_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_DELETE_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_DELETE_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_INSTANCE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_UNICAST_MAC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_MDLEVEL,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_MEPID,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_INSTANCE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_ENABLE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_INTERVAL,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_MAID,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEP_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEP_INSTANCE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEPID,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEP_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEP_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEP_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI_INSTANCE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI_RDI,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_INSTANCE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_DMAC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_SEQ_NO_UPDATE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_PERIOD,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_IF_TLV,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_IF_TLV_VALUE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_PORT_TLV,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_PORT_TLV_VALUE,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INSTANCE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_OPCODE_UNEXP_SEEN,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_VERSION_UNEXP_SEEN,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_RX_LEVEL_LOW_SEEN,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INSTANCE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PEER_MEPID,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_CCM_DEFECT,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_RDI,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PORT_TLV_VALUE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_IF_TLV_VALUE,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEEN,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_TLV_SEEN,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEQ_UNEXP_SEEN,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_MAX,
};

#define IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MST_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MST_ENTRY,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_MST_MAX,
};
#define IFLA_BRIDGE_MST_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_MST_MAX - 1)

enum {
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MST_ENTRY_UNSPEC,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MST_ENTRY_MSTI,
	IFLA_BRIDGE_MST_ENTRY_STATE,
	__IFLA_BRIDGE_MST_ENTRY_MAX,
};
#define IFLA_BRIDGE_MST_ENTRY_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_MST_ENTRY_MAX - 1)

struct bridge_stp_xstats {
	__u64 transition_blk;
	__u64 transition_fwd;
	__u64 rx_bpdu;
	__u64 tx_bpdu;
	__u64 rx_tcn;
	__u64 tx_tcn;
};

/* Bridge vlan RTM header */
struct br_vlan_msg {
	__u8 family;
	__u8 reserved1;
	__u16 reserved2;
	__u32 ifindex;
};

enum {
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_DUMP_UNSPEC,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_DUMP_FLAGS,
	__BRIDGE_VLANDB_DUMP_MAX,
};
#define BRIDGE_VLANDB_DUMP_MAX (__BRIDGE_VLANDB_DUMP_MAX - 1)

/* flags used in BRIDGE_VLANDB_DUMP_FLAGS attribute to affect dumps */
#define BRIDGE_VLANDB_DUMPF_STATS	(1 << 0) /* Include stats in the dump */
#define BRIDGE_VLANDB_DUMPF_GLOBAL	(1 << 1) /* Dump global vlan options only */

/* Bridge vlan RTM attributes
 * [BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY] = {
 *     [BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY_INFO]
 *     ...
 * }
 * [BRIDGE_VLANDB_GLOBAL_OPTIONS] = {
 *     [BRIDGE_VLANDB_GOPTS_ID]
 *     ...
 * }
 */
enum {
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_UNSPEC,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_GLOBAL_OPTIONS,
	__BRIDGE_VLANDB_MAX,
};
#define BRIDGE_VLANDB_MAX (__BRIDGE_VLANDB_MAX - 1)

enum {
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY_UNSPEC,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY_INFO,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY_RANGE,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY_STATE,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY_TUNNEL_INFO,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY_STATS,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY_MCAST_ROUTER,
	__BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY_MAX,
};
#define BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY_MAX (__BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY_MAX - 1)

/* [BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY] = {
 *     [BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY_TUNNEL_INFO] = {
 *         [BRIDGE_VLANDB_TINFO_ID]
 *         ...
 *     }
 * }
 */
enum {
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_TINFO_UNSPEC,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_TINFO_ID,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_TINFO_CMD,
	__BRIDGE_VLANDB_TINFO_MAX,
};
#define BRIDGE_VLANDB_TINFO_MAX (__BRIDGE_VLANDB_TINFO_MAX - 1)

/* [BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY] = {
 *     [BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY_STATS] = {
 *         [BRIDGE_VLANDB_STATS_RX_BYTES]
 *         ...
 *     }
 *     ...
 * }
 */
enum {
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_STATS_UNSPEC,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_STATS_RX_BYTES,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_STATS_RX_PACKETS,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_STATS_TX_BYTES,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_STATS_PAD,
	__BRIDGE_VLANDB_STATS_MAX,
};
#define BRIDGE_VLANDB_STATS_MAX (__BRIDGE_VLANDB_STATS_MAX - 1)

enum {
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_GOPTS_UNSPEC,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_GOPTS_ID,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_GOPTS_RANGE,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_GOPTS_MCAST_SNOOPING,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_GOPTS_MCAST_IGMP_VERSION,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_GOPTS_MCAST_MLD_VERSION,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_GOPTS_MCAST_LAST_MEMBER_CNT,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_GOPTS_MCAST_STARTUP_QUERY_CNT,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_GOPTS_MCAST_LAST_MEMBER_INTVL,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_GOPTS_PAD,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_GOPTS_MCAST_MEMBERSHIP_INTVL,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_GOPTS_MCAST_QUERIER_INTVL,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_GOPTS_MCAST_QUERY_INTVL,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_GOPTS_MCAST_QUERY_RESPONSE_INTVL,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_GOPTS_MCAST_STARTUP_QUERY_INTVL,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_GOPTS_MCAST_QUERIER,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_GOPTS_MCAST_ROUTER_PORTS,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_GOPTS_MCAST_QUERIER_STATE,
	BRIDGE_VLANDB_GOPTS_MSTI,
	__BRIDGE_VLANDB_GOPTS_MAX
};
#define BRIDGE_VLANDB_GOPTS_MAX (__BRIDGE_VLANDB_GOPTS_MAX - 1)

/* Bridge multicast database attributes
 * [MDBA_MDB] = {
 *     [MDBA_MDB_ENTRY] = {
 *         [MDBA_MDB_ENTRY_INFO] {
 *		struct br_mdb_entry
 *		[MDBA_MDB_EATTR attributes]
 *         }
 *     }
 * }
 * [MDBA_ROUTER] = {
 *    [MDBA_ROUTER_PORT] = {
 *        u32 ifindex
 *        [MDBA_ROUTER_PATTR attributes]
 *    }
 * }
 */
enum {
	MDBA_UNSPEC,
	MDBA_MDB,
	MDBA_ROUTER,
	__MDBA_MAX,
};
#define MDBA_MAX (__MDBA_MAX - 1)

enum {
	MDBA_MDB_UNSPEC,
	MDBA_MDB_ENTRY,
	__MDBA_MDB_MAX,
};
#define MDBA_MDB_MAX (__MDBA_MDB_MAX - 1)

enum {
	MDBA_MDB_ENTRY_UNSPEC,
	MDBA_MDB_ENTRY_INFO,
	__MDBA_MDB_ENTRY_MAX,
};
#define MDBA_MDB_ENTRY_MAX (__MDBA_MDB_ENTRY_MAX - 1)

/* per mdb entry additional attributes */
enum {
	MDBA_MDB_EATTR_UNSPEC,
	MDBA_MDB_EATTR_TIMER,
	MDBA_MDB_EATTR_SRC_LIST,
	MDBA_MDB_EATTR_GROUP_MODE,
	MDBA_MDB_EATTR_SOURCE,
	MDBA_MDB_EATTR_RTPROT,
	__MDBA_MDB_EATTR_MAX
};
#define MDBA_MDB_EATTR_MAX (__MDBA_MDB_EATTR_MAX - 1)

/* per mdb entry source */
enum {
	MDBA_MDB_SRCLIST_UNSPEC,
	MDBA_MDB_SRCLIST_ENTRY,
	__MDBA_MDB_SRCLIST_MAX
};
#define MDBA_MDB_SRCLIST_MAX (__MDBA_MDB_SRCLIST_MAX - 1)

/* per mdb entry per source attributes
 * these are embedded in MDBA_MDB_SRCLIST_ENTRY
 */
enum {
	MDBA_MDB_SRCATTR_UNSPEC,
	MDBA_MDB_SRCATTR_ADDRESS,
	MDBA_MDB_SRCATTR_TIMER,
	__MDBA_MDB_SRCATTR_MAX
};
#define MDBA_MDB_SRCATTR_MAX (__MDBA_MDB_SRCATTR_MAX - 1)

/* multicast router types */
enum {
	MDB_RTR_TYPE_DISABLED,
	MDB_RTR_TYPE_TEMP_QUERY,
	MDB_RTR_TYPE_PERM,
	MDB_RTR_TYPE_TEMP
};

enum {
	MDBA_ROUTER_UNSPEC,
	MDBA_ROUTER_PORT,
	__MDBA_ROUTER_MAX,
};
#define MDBA_ROUTER_MAX (__MDBA_ROUTER_MAX - 1)

/* router port attributes */
enum {
	MDBA_ROUTER_PATTR_UNSPEC,
	MDBA_ROUTER_PATTR_TIMER,
	MDBA_ROUTER_PATTR_TYPE,
	MDBA_ROUTER_PATTR_INET_TIMER,
	MDBA_ROUTER_PATTR_INET6_TIMER,
	MDBA_ROUTER_PATTR_VID,
	__MDBA_ROUTER_PATTR_MAX
};
#define MDBA_ROUTER_PATTR_MAX (__MDBA_ROUTER_PATTR_MAX - 1)

struct br_port_msg {
	__u8  family;
	__u32 ifindex;
};

struct br_mdb_entry {
	__u32 ifindex;
#define MDB_TEMPORARY 0
#define MDB_PERMANENT 1
	__u8 state;
#define MDB_FLAGS_OFFLOAD	(1 << 0)
#define MDB_FLAGS_FAST_LEAVE	(1 << 1)
#define MDB_FLAGS_STAR_EXCL	(1 << 2)
#define MDB_FLAGS_BLOCKED	(1 << 3)
	__u8 flags;
	__u16 vid;
	struct {
		union {
			__be32	ip4;
			struct in6_addr ip6;
			unsigned char mac_addr[ETH_ALEN];
		} u;
		__be16		proto;
	} addr;
};

enum {
	MDBA_SET_ENTRY_UNSPEC,
	MDBA_SET_ENTRY,
	MDBA_SET_ENTRY_ATTRS,
	__MDBA_SET_ENTRY_MAX,
};
#define MDBA_SET_ENTRY_MAX (__MDBA_SET_ENTRY_MAX - 1)

/* [MDBA_SET_ENTRY_ATTRS] = {
 *    [MDBE_ATTR_xxx]
 *    ...
 * }
 */
enum {
	MDBE_ATTR_UNSPEC,
	MDBE_ATTR_SOURCE,
	__MDBE_ATTR_MAX,
};
#define MDBE_ATTR_MAX (__MDBE_ATTR_MAX - 1)

/* Embedded inside LINK_XSTATS_TYPE_BRIDGE */
enum {
	BRIDGE_XSTATS_UNSPEC,
	BRIDGE_XSTATS_VLAN,
	BRIDGE_XSTATS_MCAST,
	BRIDGE_XSTATS_PAD,
	BRIDGE_XSTATS_STP,
	__BRIDGE_XSTATS_MAX
};
#define BRIDGE_XSTATS_MAX (__BRIDGE_XSTATS_MAX - 1)

enum {
	BR_MCAST_DIR_RX,
	BR_MCAST_DIR_TX,
	BR_MCAST_DIR_SIZE
};

/* IGMP/MLD statistics */
struct br_mcast_stats {
	__u64 igmp_v1queries[BR_MCAST_DIR_SIZE];
	__u64 igmp_v2queries[BR_MCAST_DIR_SIZE];
	__u64 igmp_v3queries[BR_MCAST_DIR_SIZE];
	__u64 igmp_leaves[BR_MCAST_DIR_SIZE];
	__u64 igmp_v1reports[BR_MCAST_DIR_SIZE];
	__u64 igmp_v2reports[BR_MCAST_DIR_SIZE];
	__u64 igmp_v3reports[BR_MCAST_DIR_SIZE];
	__u64 igmp_parse_errors;

	__u64 mld_v1queries[BR_MCAST_DIR_SIZE];
	__u64 mld_v2queries[BR_MCAST_DIR_SIZE];
	__u64 mld_leaves[BR_MCAST_DIR_SIZE];
	__u64 mld_v1reports[BR_MCAST_DIR_SIZE];
	__u64 mld_v2reports[BR_MCAST_DIR_SIZE];
	__u64 mld_parse_errors;

	__u64 mcast_bytes[BR_MCAST_DIR_SIZE];
	__u64 mcast_packets[BR_MCAST_DIR_SIZE];
};

/* bridge boolean options
 * BR_BOOLOPT_NO_LL_LEARN - disable learning from link-local packets
 * BR_BOOLOPT_MCAST_VLAN_SNOOPING - control vlan multicast snooping
 *
 * IMPORTANT: if adding a new option do not forget to handle
 *            it in br_boolopt_toggle/get and bridge sysfs
 */
enum br_boolopt_id {
	BR_BOOLOPT_NO_LL_LEARN,
	BR_BOOLOPT_MCAST_VLAN_SNOOPING,
	BR_BOOLOPT_MST_ENABLE,
	BR_BOOLOPT_MAX
};

/* struct br_boolopt_multi - change multiple bridge boolean options
 *
 * @optval: new option values (bit per option)
 * @optmask: options to change (bit per option)
 */
struct br_boolopt_multi {
	__u32 optval;
	__u32 optmask;
};

enum {
	BRIDGE_QUERIER_UNSPEC,
	BRIDGE_QUERIER_IP_ADDRESS,
	BRIDGE_QUERIER_IP_PORT,
	BRIDGE_QUERIER_IP_OTHER_TIMER,
	BRIDGE_QUERIER_PAD,
	BRIDGE_QUERIER_IPV6_ADDRESS,
	BRIDGE_QUERIER_IPV6_PORT,
	BRIDGE_QUERIER_IPV6_OTHER_TIMER,
	__BRIDGE_QUERIER_MAX
};
#define BRIDGE_QUERIER_MAX (__BRIDGE_QUERIER_MAX - 1)
#endif /* _LINUX_IF_BRIDGE_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/**
 * file phonet.h
 *
 * Phonet sockets kernel interface
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2008 Nokia Corporation. All rights reserved.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 * version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
 * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 * General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
 * 02110-1301 USA
 */

#ifndef LINUX_PHONET_H
#define LINUX_PHONET_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/socket.h>

/* Automatic protocol selection */
#define PN_PROTO_TRANSPORT	0
/* Phonet datagram socket */
#define PN_PROTO_PHONET		1
/* Phonet pipe */
#define PN_PROTO_PIPE		2
#define PHONET_NPROTO		3

/* Socket options for SOL_PNPIPE level */
#define PNPIPE_ENCAP		1
#define PNPIPE_IFINDEX		2
#define PNPIPE_HANDLE		3
#define PNPIPE_INITSTATE	4

#define PNADDR_ANY		0
#define PNADDR_BROADCAST	0xFC
#define PNPORT_RESOURCE_ROUTING	0

/* Values for PNPIPE_ENCAP option */
#define PNPIPE_ENCAP_NONE	0
#define PNPIPE_ENCAP_IP		1

/* ioctls */
#define SIOCPNGETOBJECT		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 0)
#define SIOCPNENABLEPIPE	(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 13)
#define SIOCPNADDRESOURCE	(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 14)
#define SIOCPNDELRESOURCE	(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 15)

/* Phonet protocol header */
struct phonethdr {
	__u8	pn_rdev;
	__u8	pn_sdev;
	__u8	pn_res;
	__be16	pn_length;
	__u8	pn_robj;
	__u8	pn_sobj;
} __attribute__((packed));

/* Common Phonet payload header */
struct phonetmsg {
	__u8	pn_trans_id;	/* transaction ID */
	__u8	pn_msg_id;	/* message type */
	union {
		struct {
			__u8	pn_submsg_id;	/* message subtype */
			__u8	pn_data[5];
		} base;
		struct {
			__u16	pn_e_res_id;	/* extended resource ID */
			__u8	pn_e_submsg_id;	/* message subtype */
			__u8	pn_e_data[3];
		} ext;
	} pn_msg_u;
};
#define PN_COMMON_MESSAGE	0xF0
#define PN_COMMGR		0x10
#define PN_PREFIX		0xE0 /* resource for extended messages */
#define pn_submsg_id		pn_msg_u.base.pn_submsg_id
#define pn_e_submsg_id		pn_msg_u.ext.pn_e_submsg_id
#define pn_e_res_id		pn_msg_u.ext.pn_e_res_id
#define pn_data			pn_msg_u.base.pn_data
#define pn_e_data		pn_msg_u.ext.pn_e_data

/* data for unreachable errors */
#define PN_COMM_SERVICE_NOT_IDENTIFIED_RESP	0x01
#define PN_COMM_ISA_ENTITY_NOT_REACHABLE_RESP	0x14
#define pn_orig_msg_id		pn_data[0]
#define pn_status		pn_data[1]
#define pn_e_orig_msg_id	pn_e_data[0]
#define pn_e_status		pn_e_data[1]

/* Phonet socket address structure */
struct sockaddr_pn {
	__kernel_sa_family_t spn_family;
	__u8 spn_obj;
	__u8 spn_dev;
	__u8 spn_resource;
	__u8 spn_zero[sizeof(struct sockaddr) - sizeof(__kernel_sa_family_t) - 3];
} __attribute__((packed));

/* Well known address */
#define PN_DEV_PC	0x10

static __inline__ __u16 pn_object(__u8 addr, __u16 port)
{
	return (addr << 8) | (port & 0x3ff);
}

static __inline__ __u8 pn_obj(__u16 handle)
{
	return handle & 0xff;
}

static __inline__ __u8 pn_dev(__u16 handle)
{
	return handle >> 8;
}

static __inline__ __u16 pn_port(__u16 handle)
{
	return handle & 0x3ff;
}

static __inline__ __u8 pn_addr(__u16 handle)
{
	return (handle >> 8) & 0xfc;
}

static __inline__ void pn_sockaddr_set_addr(struct sockaddr_pn *spn, __u8 addr)
{
	spn->spn_dev &= 0x03;
	spn->spn_dev |= addr & 0xfc;
}

static __inline__ void pn_sockaddr_set_port(struct sockaddr_pn *spn, __u16 port)
{
	spn->spn_dev &= 0xfc;
	spn->spn_dev |= (port >> 8) & 0x03;
	spn->spn_obj = port & 0xff;
}

static __inline__ void pn_sockaddr_set_object(struct sockaddr_pn *spn,
						__u16 handle)
{
	spn->spn_dev = pn_dev(handle);
	spn->spn_obj = pn_obj(handle);
}

static __inline__ void pn_sockaddr_set_resource(struct sockaddr_pn *spn,
						__u8 resource)
{
	spn->spn_resource = resource;
}

static __inline__ __u8 pn_sockaddr_get_addr(const struct sockaddr_pn *spn)
{
	return spn->spn_dev & 0xfc;
}

static __inline__ __u16 pn_sockaddr_get_port(const struct sockaddr_pn *spn)
{
	return ((spn->spn_dev & 0x03) << 8) | spn->spn_obj;
}

static __inline__ __u16 pn_sockaddr_get_object(const struct sockaddr_pn *spn)
{
	return pn_object(spn->spn_dev, spn->spn_obj);
}

static __inline__ __u8 pn_sockaddr_get_resource(const struct sockaddr_pn *spn)
{
	return spn->spn_resource;
}

/* Phonet device ioctl requests */

#endif /* LINUX_PHONET_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2002 Andreas Gruenbacher <a.gruenbacher@computer.org>
 * Copyright (C) 2016 Red Hat, Inc.
 *
 * This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
 * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
 * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 * Lesser General Public License for more details.
 *
 */

#ifndef __UAPI_POSIX_ACL_H
#define __UAPI_POSIX_ACL_H

#define ACL_UNDEFINED_ID	(-1)

/* a_type field in acl_user_posix_entry_t */
#define ACL_TYPE_ACCESS		(0x8000)
#define ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT	(0x4000)

/* e_tag entry in struct posix_acl_entry */
#define ACL_USER_OBJ		(0x01)
#define ACL_USER		(0x02)
#define ACL_GROUP_OBJ		(0x04)
#define ACL_GROUP		(0x08)
#define ACL_MASK		(0x10)
#define ACL_OTHER		(0x20)

/* permissions in the e_perm field */
#define ACL_READ		(0x04)
#define ACL_WRITE		(0x02)
#define ACL_EXECUTE		(0x01)

#endif  /* __UAPI_POSIX_ACL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_ATMBR2684_H
#define _LINUX_ATMBR2684_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/atm.h>
#include <linux/if.h>		/* For IFNAMSIZ */

/*
 * Type of media we're bridging (ethernet, token ring, etc)  Currently only
 * ethernet is supported
 */
#define BR2684_MEDIA_ETHERNET	(0)	/* 802.3 */
#define BR2684_MEDIA_802_4	(1)	/* 802.4 */
#define BR2684_MEDIA_TR		(2)	/* 802.5 - token ring */
#define BR2684_MEDIA_FDDI	(3)
#define BR2684_MEDIA_802_6	(4)	/* 802.6 */

					/* used only at device creation:  */
#define BR2684_FLAG_ROUTED	(1<<16)	/* payload is routed, not bridged */

/*
 * Is there FCS inbound on this VC?  This currently isn't supported.
 */
#define BR2684_FCSIN_NO		(0)
#define BR2684_FCSIN_IGNORE	(1)
#define BR2684_FCSIN_VERIFY	(2)

/*
 * Is there FCS outbound on this VC?  This currently isn't supported.
 */
#define BR2684_FCSOUT_NO	(0)
#define BR2684_FCSOUT_SENDZERO	(1)
#define BR2684_FCSOUT_GENERATE	(2)

/*
 * Does this VC include LLC encapsulation?
 */
#define BR2684_ENCAPS_VC	(0)	/* VC-mux */
#define BR2684_ENCAPS_LLC	(1)
#define BR2684_ENCAPS_AUTODETECT (2)	/* Unsuported */

/*
 * Is this VC bridged or routed?
 */

#define BR2684_PAYLOAD_ROUTED   (0)
#define BR2684_PAYLOAD_BRIDGED  (1)

/*
 * This is for the ATM_NEWBACKENDIF call - these are like socket families:
 * the first element of the structure is the backend number and the rest
 * is per-backend specific
 */
struct atm_newif_br2684 {
	atm_backend_t backend_num;	/* ATM_BACKEND_BR2684 */
	int media;		/* BR2684_MEDIA_*, flags in upper bits */
	char ifname[IFNAMSIZ];
	int mtu;
};

/*
 * This structure is used to specify a br2684 interface - either by a
 * positive integer (returned by ATM_NEWBACKENDIF) or the interfaces name
 */
#define BR2684_FIND_BYNOTHING	(0)
#define BR2684_FIND_BYNUM	(1)
#define BR2684_FIND_BYIFNAME	(2)
struct br2684_if_spec {
	int method;		/* BR2684_FIND_* */
	union {
		char ifname[IFNAMSIZ];
		int devnum;
	} spec;
};

/*
 * This is for the ATM_SETBACKEND call - these are like socket families:
 * the first element of the structure is the backend number and the rest
 * is per-backend specific
 */
struct atm_backend_br2684 {
	atm_backend_t backend_num;	/* ATM_BACKEND_BR2684 */
	struct br2684_if_spec ifspec;
	int fcs_in;		/* BR2684_FCSIN_* */
	int fcs_out;		/* BR2684_FCSOUT_* */
	int fcs_auto;		/* 1: fcs_{in,out} disabled if no FCS rx'ed */
	int encaps;		/* BR2684_ENCAPS_* */
	int has_vpiid;		/* 1: use vpn_id - Unsupported */
	__u8 vpn_id[7];
	int send_padding;	/* unsupported */
	int min_size;		/* we will pad smaller packets than this */
};

/*
 * The BR2684_SETFILT ioctl is an experimental mechanism for folks
 * terminating a large number of IP-only vcc's.  When netfilter allows
 * efficient per-if in/out filters, this support will be removed
 */
struct br2684_filter {
	__be32 prefix;		/* network byte order */
	__be32 netmask;		/* 0 = disable filter */
};

struct br2684_filter_set {
	struct br2684_if_spec ifspec;
	struct br2684_filter filter;
};

enum br2684_payload {
	p_routed = BR2684_PAYLOAD_ROUTED,
	p_bridged = BR2684_PAYLOAD_BRIDGED,
};

#define BR2684_SETFILT	_IOW( 'a', ATMIOC_BACKEND + 0, \
				struct br2684_filter_set)

#endif /* _LINUX_ATMBR2684_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* AF_TIPC sock_diag interface for querying open sockets */

#ifndef __TIPC_SOCKETS_DIAG_H__
#define __TIPC_SOCKETS_DIAG_H__

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/sock_diag.h>

/* Request */
struct tipc_sock_diag_req {
	__u8	sdiag_family;	/* must be AF_TIPC */
	__u8	sdiag_protocol;	/* must be 0 */
	__u16	pad;		/* must be 0 */
	__u32	tidiag_states;	/* query*/
};
#endif /* __TIPC_SOCKETS_DIAG_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* $Revision: 3.0 $$Date: 1998/11/02 14:20:59 $
 * linux/include/linux/cyclades.h
 *
 * This file was initially written by
 * Randolph Bentson <bentson@grieg.seaslug.org> and is maintained by
 * Ivan Passos <ivan@cyclades.com>.
 *
 * This file contains the general definitions for the cyclades.c driver
 *$Log: cyclades.h,v $
 *Revision 3.1  2002/01/29 11:36:16  henrique
 *added throttle field on struct cyclades_port to indicate whether the
 *port is throttled or not
 *
 *Revision 3.1  2000/04/19 18:52:52  ivan
 *converted address fields to unsigned long and added fields for physical
 *addresses on cyclades_card structure;
 *
 *Revision 3.0  1998/11/02 14:20:59  ivan
 *added nports field on cyclades_card structure;
 *
 *Revision 2.5  1998/08/03 16:57:01  ivan
 *added cyclades_idle_stats structure;
 * 
 *Revision 2.4  1998/06/01 12:09:53  ivan
 *removed closing_wait2 from cyclades_port structure;
 *
 *Revision 2.3  1998/03/16 18:01:12  ivan
 *changes in the cyclades_port structure to get it closer to the 
 *standard serial port structure;
 *added constants for new ioctls;
 *
 *Revision 2.2  1998/02/17 16:50:00  ivan
 *changes in the cyclades_port structure (addition of shutdown_wait and 
 *chip_rev variables);
 *added constants for new ioctls and for CD1400 rev. numbers.
 *
 *Revision 2.1	1997/10/24 16:03:00  ivan
 *added rflow (which allows enabling the CD1400 special flow control 
 *feature) and rtsdtr_inv (which allows DTR/RTS pin inversion) to 
 *cyclades_port structure;
 *added Alpha support
 *
 *Revision 2.0  1997/06/30 10:30:00  ivan
 *added some new doorbell command constants related to IOCTLW and
 *UART error signaling
 *
 *Revision 1.8  1997/06/03 15:30:00  ivan
 *added constant ZFIRM_HLT
 *added constant CyPCI_Ze_win ( = 2 * Cy_PCI_Zwin)
 *
 *Revision 1.7  1997/03/26 10:30:00  daniel
 *new entries at the end of cyclades_port struct to reallocate
 *variables illegally allocated within card memory.
 *
 *Revision 1.6  1996/09/09 18:35:30  bentson
 *fold in changes for Cyclom-Z -- including structures for
 *communicating with board as well modest changes to original
 *structures to support new features.
 *
 *Revision 1.5  1995/11/13 21:13:31  bentson
 *changes suggested by Michael Chastain <mec@duracef.shout.net>
 *to support use of this file in non-kernel applications
 *
 *
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_CYCLADES_H
#define _LINUX_CYCLADES_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct cyclades_monitor {
        unsigned long           int_count;
        unsigned long           char_count;
        unsigned long           char_max;
        unsigned long           char_last;
};

/*
 * These stats all reflect activity since the device was last initialized.
 * (i.e., since the port was opened with no other processes already having it
 * open)
 */
struct cyclades_idle_stats {
    __kernel_time_t in_use;	/* Time device has been in use (secs) */
    __kernel_time_t recv_idle;	/* Time since last char received (secs) */
    __kernel_time_t xmit_idle;	/* Time since last char transmitted (secs) */
    unsigned long  recv_bytes;	/* Bytes received */
    unsigned long  xmit_bytes;	/* Bytes transmitted */
    unsigned long  overruns;	/* Input overruns */
    unsigned long  frame_errs;	/* Input framing errors */
    unsigned long  parity_errs;	/* Input parity errors */
};

#define CYCLADES_MAGIC  0x4359

#define CYGETMON                0x435901
#define CYGETTHRESH             0x435902
#define CYSETTHRESH             0x435903
#define CYGETDEFTHRESH          0x435904
#define CYSETDEFTHRESH          0x435905
#define CYGETTIMEOUT            0x435906
#define CYSETTIMEOUT            0x435907
#define CYGETDEFTIMEOUT         0x435908
#define CYSETDEFTIMEOUT         0x435909
#define CYSETRFLOW		0x43590a
#define CYGETRFLOW		0x43590b
#define CYSETRTSDTR_INV		0x43590c
#define CYGETRTSDTR_INV		0x43590d
#define CYZSETPOLLCYCLE		0x43590e
#define CYZGETPOLLCYCLE		0x43590f
#define CYGETCD1400VER		0x435910
#define	CYSETWAIT		0x435912
#define	CYGETWAIT		0x435913

/*************** CYCLOM-Z ADDITIONS ***************/

#define CZIOC           ('M' << 8)
#define CZ_NBOARDS      (CZIOC|0xfa)
#define CZ_BOOT_START   (CZIOC|0xfb)
#define CZ_BOOT_DATA    (CZIOC|0xfc)
#define CZ_BOOT_END     (CZIOC|0xfd)
#define CZ_TEST         (CZIOC|0xfe)

#define CZ_DEF_POLL	(HZ/25)

#define MAX_BOARD       4       /* Max number of boards */
#define MAX_DEV         256     /* Max number of ports total */
#define	CYZ_MAX_SPEED	921600

#define	CYZ_FIFO_SIZE	16

#define CYZ_BOOT_NWORDS 0x100
struct CYZ_BOOT_CTRL {
        unsigned short  nboard;
        int             status[MAX_BOARD];
        int             nchannel[MAX_BOARD];
        int             fw_rev[MAX_BOARD];
        unsigned long   offset;
        unsigned long   data[CYZ_BOOT_NWORDS];
};


#ifndef DP_WINDOW_SIZE
/*
 *	Memory Window Sizes
 */

#define	DP_WINDOW_SIZE		(0x00080000)	/* window size 512 Kb */
#define	ZE_DP_WINDOW_SIZE	(0x00100000)	/* window size 1 Mb (Ze and
						  8Zo V.2 */
#define	CTRL_WINDOW_SIZE	(0x00000080)	/* runtime regs 128 bytes */

/*
 *	CUSTOM_REG - Cyclom-Z/PCI Custom Registers Set. The driver
 *	normally will access only interested on the fpga_id, fpga_version,
 *	start_cpu and stop_cpu.
 */

struct	CUSTOM_REG {
	__u32	fpga_id;		/* FPGA Identification Register */
	__u32	fpga_version;		/* FPGA Version Number Register */
	__u32	cpu_start;		/* CPU start Register (write) */
	__u32	cpu_stop;		/* CPU stop Register (write) */
	__u32	misc_reg;		/* Miscellaneous Register */
	__u32	idt_mode;		/* IDT mode Register */
	__u32	uart_irq_status;	/* UART IRQ status Register */
	__u32	clear_timer0_irq;	/* Clear timer interrupt Register */
	__u32	clear_timer1_irq;	/* Clear timer interrupt Register */
	__u32	clear_timer2_irq;	/* Clear timer interrupt Register */
	__u32	test_register;		/* Test Register */
	__u32	test_count;		/* Test Count Register */
	__u32	timer_select;		/* Timer select register */
	__u32	pr_uart_irq_status;	/* Prioritized UART IRQ stat Reg */
	__u32	ram_wait_state;		/* RAM wait-state Register */
	__u32	uart_wait_state;	/* UART wait-state Register */
	__u32	timer_wait_state;	/* timer wait-state Register */
	__u32	ack_wait_state;		/* ACK wait State Register */
};

/*
 *	RUNTIME_9060 - PLX PCI9060ES local configuration and shared runtime
 *	registers. This structure can be used to access the 9060 registers
 *	(memory mapped).
 */

struct RUNTIME_9060 {
	__u32	loc_addr_range;	/* 00h - Local Address Range */
	__u32	loc_addr_base;	/* 04h - Local Address Base */
	__u32	loc_arbitr;	/* 08h - Local Arbitration */
	__u32	endian_descr;	/* 0Ch - Big/Little Endian Descriptor */
	__u32	loc_rom_range;	/* 10h - Local ROM Range */
	__u32	loc_rom_base;	/* 14h - Local ROM Base */
	__u32	loc_bus_descr;	/* 18h - Local Bus descriptor */
	__u32	loc_range_mst;	/* 1Ch - Local Range for Master to PCI */
	__u32	loc_base_mst;	/* 20h - Local Base for Master PCI */
	__u32	loc_range_io;	/* 24h - Local Range for Master IO */
	__u32	pci_base_mst;	/* 28h - PCI Base for Master PCI */
	__u32	pci_conf_io;	/* 2Ch - PCI configuration for Master IO */
	__u32	filler1;	/* 30h */
	__u32	filler2;	/* 34h */
	__u32	filler3;	/* 38h */
	__u32	filler4;	/* 3Ch */
	__u32	mail_box_0;	/* 40h - Mail Box 0 */
	__u32	mail_box_1;	/* 44h - Mail Box 1 */
	__u32	mail_box_2;	/* 48h - Mail Box 2 */
	__u32	mail_box_3;	/* 4Ch - Mail Box 3 */
	__u32	filler5;	/* 50h */
	__u32	filler6;	/* 54h */
	__u32	filler7;	/* 58h */
	__u32	filler8;	/* 5Ch */
	__u32	pci_doorbell;	/* 60h - PCI to Local Doorbell */
	__u32	loc_doorbell;	/* 64h - Local to PCI Doorbell */
	__u32	intr_ctrl_stat;	/* 68h - Interrupt Control/Status */
	__u32	init_ctrl;	/* 6Ch - EEPROM control, Init Control, etc */
};

/* Values for the Local Base Address re-map register */

#define	WIN_RAM		0x00000001L	/* set the sliding window to RAM */
#define	WIN_CREG	0x14000001L	/* set the window to custom Registers */

/* Values timer select registers */

#define	TIMER_BY_1M	0x00		/* clock divided by 1M */
#define	TIMER_BY_256K	0x01		/* clock divided by 256k */
#define	TIMER_BY_128K	0x02		/* clock divided by 128k */
#define	TIMER_BY_32K	0x03		/* clock divided by 32k */

/****************** ****************** *******************/
#endif

#ifndef ZFIRM_ID
/* #include "zfwint.h" */
/****************** ****************** *******************/
/*
 *	This file contains the definitions for interfacing with the
 *	Cyclom-Z ZFIRM Firmware.
 */

/* General Constant definitions */

#define	MAX_CHAN	64		/* max number of channels per board */

/* firmware id structure (set after boot) */

#define ID_ADDRESS	0x00000180L	/* signature/pointer address */
#define	ZFIRM_ID	0x5557465AL	/* ZFIRM/U signature */
#define	ZFIRM_HLT	0x59505B5CL	/* ZFIRM needs external power supply */
#define	ZFIRM_RST	0x56040674L	/* RST signal (due to FW reset) */

#define	ZF_TINACT_DEF	1000		/* default inactivity timeout 
					   (1000 ms) */
#define	ZF_TINACT	ZF_TINACT_DEF

struct	FIRM_ID {
	__u32	signature;		/* ZFIRM/U signature */
	__u32	zfwctrl_addr;		/* pointer to ZFW_CTRL structure */
};

/* Op. System id */

#define	C_OS_LINUX	0x00000030	/* generic Linux system */

/* channel op_mode */

#define	C_CH_DISABLE	0x00000000	/* channel is disabled */
#define	C_CH_TXENABLE	0x00000001	/* channel Tx enabled */
#define	C_CH_RXENABLE	0x00000002	/* channel Rx enabled */
#define	C_CH_ENABLE	0x00000003	/* channel Tx/Rx enabled */
#define	C_CH_LOOPBACK	0x00000004	/* Loopback mode */

/* comm_parity - parity */

#define	C_PR_NONE	0x00000000	/* None */
#define	C_PR_ODD	0x00000001	/* Odd */
#define C_PR_EVEN	0x00000002	/* Even */
#define C_PR_MARK	0x00000004	/* Mark */
#define C_PR_SPACE	0x00000008	/* Space */
#define C_PR_PARITY	0x000000ff

#define	C_PR_DISCARD	0x00000100	/* discard char with frame/par error */
#define C_PR_IGNORE	0x00000200	/* ignore frame/par error */

/* comm_data_l - data length and stop bits */

#define C_DL_CS5	0x00000001
#define C_DL_CS6	0x00000002
#define C_DL_CS7	0x00000004
#define C_DL_CS8	0x00000008
#define	C_DL_CS		0x0000000f
#define C_DL_1STOP	0x00000010
#define C_DL_15STOP	0x00000020
#define C_DL_2STOP	0x00000040
#define	C_DL_STOP	0x000000f0

/* interrupt enabling/status */

#define	C_IN_DISABLE	0x00000000	/* zero, disable interrupts */
#define	C_IN_TXBEMPTY	0x00000001	/* tx buffer empty */
#define	C_IN_TXLOWWM	0x00000002	/* tx buffer below LWM */
#define	C_IN_RXHIWM	0x00000010	/* rx buffer above HWM */
#define	C_IN_RXNNDT	0x00000020	/* rx no new data timeout */
#define	C_IN_MDCD	0x00000100	/* modem DCD change */
#define	C_IN_MDSR	0x00000200	/* modem DSR change */
#define	C_IN_MRI	0x00000400	/* modem RI change */
#define	C_IN_MCTS	0x00000800	/* modem CTS change */
#define	C_IN_RXBRK	0x00001000	/* Break received */
#define	C_IN_PR_ERROR	0x00002000	/* parity error */
#define	C_IN_FR_ERROR	0x00004000	/* frame error */
#define C_IN_OVR_ERROR  0x00008000      /* overrun error */
#define C_IN_RXOFL	0x00010000      /* RX buffer overflow */
#define C_IN_IOCTLW	0x00020000      /* I/O control w/ wait */
#define C_IN_MRTS	0x00040000	/* modem RTS drop */
#define C_IN_ICHAR	0x00080000
 
/* flow control */

#define	C_FL_OXX	0x00000001	/* output Xon/Xoff flow control */
#define	C_FL_IXX	0x00000002	/* output Xon/Xoff flow control */
#define C_FL_OIXANY	0x00000004	/* output Xon/Xoff (any xon) */
#define	C_FL_SWFLOW	0x0000000f

/* flow status */

#define	C_FS_TXIDLE	0x00000000	/* no Tx data in the buffer or UART */
#define	C_FS_SENDING	0x00000001	/* UART is sending data */
#define	C_FS_SWFLOW	0x00000002	/* Tx is stopped by received Xoff */

/* rs_control/rs_status RS-232 signals */

#define C_RS_PARAM	0x80000000	/* Indicates presence of parameter in 
					   IOCTLM command */
#define	C_RS_RTS	0x00000001	/* RTS */
#define	C_RS_DTR	0x00000004	/* DTR */
#define	C_RS_DCD	0x00000100	/* CD */
#define	C_RS_DSR	0x00000200	/* DSR */
#define	C_RS_RI		0x00000400	/* RI */
#define	C_RS_CTS	0x00000800	/* CTS */

/* commands Host <-> Board */

#define	C_CM_RESET	0x01		/* reset/flush buffers */
#define	C_CM_IOCTL	0x02		/* re-read CH_CTRL */
#define	C_CM_IOCTLW	0x03		/* re-read CH_CTRL, intr when done */
#define	C_CM_IOCTLM	0x04		/* RS-232 outputs change */
#define	C_CM_SENDXOFF	0x10		/* send Xoff */
#define	C_CM_SENDXON	0x11		/* send Xon */
#define C_CM_CLFLOW	0x12		/* Clear flow control (resume) */
#define	C_CM_SENDBRK	0x41		/* send break */
#define	C_CM_INTBACK	0x42		/* Interrupt back */
#define	C_CM_SET_BREAK	0x43		/* Tx break on */
#define	C_CM_CLR_BREAK	0x44		/* Tx break off */
#define	C_CM_CMD_DONE	0x45		/* Previous command done */
#define C_CM_INTBACK2	0x46		/* Alternate Interrupt back */
#define	C_CM_TINACT	0x51		/* set inactivity detection */
#define	C_CM_IRQ_ENBL	0x52		/* enable generation of interrupts */
#define	C_CM_IRQ_DSBL	0x53		/* disable generation of interrupts */
#define	C_CM_ACK_ENBL	0x54		/* enable acknowledged interrupt mode */
#define	C_CM_ACK_DSBL	0x55		/* disable acknowledged intr mode */
#define	C_CM_FLUSH_RX	0x56		/* flushes Rx buffer */
#define	C_CM_FLUSH_TX	0x57		/* flushes Tx buffer */
#define C_CM_Q_ENABLE	0x58		/* enables queue access from the 
					   driver */
#define C_CM_Q_DISABLE  0x59            /* disables queue access from the 
					   driver */

#define	C_CM_TXBEMPTY	0x60		/* Tx buffer is empty */
#define	C_CM_TXLOWWM	0x61		/* Tx buffer low water mark */
#define	C_CM_RXHIWM	0x62		/* Rx buffer high water mark */
#define	C_CM_RXNNDT	0x63		/* rx no new data timeout */
#define	C_CM_TXFEMPTY	0x64
#define	C_CM_ICHAR	0x65
#define	C_CM_MDCD	0x70		/* modem DCD change */
#define	C_CM_MDSR	0x71		/* modem DSR change */
#define	C_CM_MRI	0x72		/* modem RI change */
#define	C_CM_MCTS	0x73		/* modem CTS change */
#define C_CM_MRTS	0x74		/* modem RTS drop */
#define	C_CM_RXBRK	0x84		/* Break received */
#define	C_CM_PR_ERROR	0x85		/* Parity error */
#define	C_CM_FR_ERROR	0x86		/* Frame error */
#define C_CM_OVR_ERROR  0x87            /* Overrun error */
#define C_CM_RXOFL	0x88            /* RX buffer overflow */
#define	C_CM_CMDERROR	0x90		/* command error */
#define	C_CM_FATAL	0x91		/* fatal error */
#define	C_CM_HW_RESET	0x92		/* reset board */

/*
 *	CH_CTRL - This per port structure contains all parameters
 *	that control an specific port. It can be seen as the
 *	configuration registers of a "super-serial-controller".
 */

struct CH_CTRL {
	__u32	op_mode;	/* operation mode */
	__u32	intr_enable;	/* interrupt masking */
	__u32	sw_flow;	/* SW flow control */
	__u32	flow_status;	/* output flow status */
	__u32	comm_baud;	/* baud rate  - numerically specified */
	__u32	comm_parity;	/* parity */
	__u32	comm_data_l;	/* data length/stop */
	__u32	comm_flags;	/* other flags */
	__u32	hw_flow;	/* HW flow control */
	__u32	rs_control;	/* RS-232 outputs */
	__u32	rs_status;	/* RS-232 inputs */
	__u32	flow_xon;	/* xon char */
	__u32	flow_xoff;	/* xoff char */
	__u32	hw_overflow;	/* hw overflow counter */
	__u32	sw_overflow;	/* sw overflow counter */
	__u32	comm_error;	/* frame/parity error counter */
	__u32 ichar;
	__u32 filler[7];
};


/*
 *	BUF_CTRL - This per channel structure contains
 *	all Tx and Rx buffer control for a given channel.
 */

struct	BUF_CTRL	{
	__u32	flag_dma;	/* buffers are in Host memory */
	__u32	tx_bufaddr;	/* address of the tx buffer */
	__u32	tx_bufsize;	/* tx buffer size */
	__u32	tx_threshold;	/* tx low water mark */
	__u32	tx_get;		/* tail index tx buf */
	__u32	tx_put;		/* head index tx buf */
	__u32	rx_bufaddr;	/* address of the rx buffer */
	__u32	rx_bufsize;	/* rx buffer size */
	__u32	rx_threshold;	/* rx high water mark */
	__u32	rx_get;		/* tail index rx buf */
	__u32	rx_put;		/* head index rx buf */
	__u32	filler[5];	/* filler to align structures */
};

/*
 *	BOARD_CTRL - This per board structure contains all global 
 *	control fields related to the board.
 */

struct BOARD_CTRL {

	/* static info provided by the on-board CPU */
	__u32	n_channel;	/* number of channels */
	__u32	fw_version;	/* firmware version */

	/* static info provided by the driver */
	__u32	op_system;	/* op_system id */
	__u32	dr_version;	/* driver version */

	/* board control area */
	__u32	inactivity;	/* inactivity control */

	/* host to FW commands */
	__u32	hcmd_channel;	/* channel number */
	__u32	hcmd_param;	/* pointer to parameters */

	/* FW to Host commands */
	__u32	fwcmd_channel;	/* channel number */
	__u32	fwcmd_param;	/* pointer to parameters */
	__u32	zf_int_queue_addr; /* offset for INT_QUEUE structure */

	/* filler so the structures are aligned */
	__u32	filler[6];
};

/* Host Interrupt Queue */

#define QUEUE_SIZE	(10*MAX_CHAN)

struct	INT_QUEUE {
	unsigned char	intr_code[QUEUE_SIZE];
	unsigned long	channel[QUEUE_SIZE];
	unsigned long	param[QUEUE_SIZE];
	unsigned long	put;
	unsigned long	get;
};

/*
 *	ZFW_CTRL - This is the data structure that includes all other
 *	data structures used by the Firmware.
 */
 
struct ZFW_CTRL {
	struct BOARD_CTRL	board_ctrl;
	struct CH_CTRL		ch_ctrl[MAX_CHAN];
	struct BUF_CTRL		buf_ctrl[MAX_CHAN];
};

/****************** ****************** *******************/
#endif

#endif /* _LINUX_CYCLADES_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * nilfs2_api.h - NILFS2 user space API
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
 * by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef _LINUX_NILFS2_API_H
#define _LINUX_NILFS2_API_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

/**
 * struct nilfs_cpinfo - checkpoint information
 * @ci_flags: flags
 * @ci_pad: padding
 * @ci_cno: checkpoint number
 * @ci_create: creation timestamp
 * @ci_nblk_inc: number of blocks incremented by this checkpoint
 * @ci_inodes_count: inodes count
 * @ci_blocks_count: blocks count
 * @ci_next: next checkpoint number in snapshot list
 */
struct nilfs_cpinfo {
	__u32 ci_flags;
	__u32 ci_pad;
	__u64 ci_cno;
	__u64 ci_create;
	__u64 ci_nblk_inc;
	__u64 ci_inodes_count;
	__u64 ci_blocks_count;
	__u64 ci_next;
};

/* checkpoint flags */
enum {
	NILFS_CPINFO_SNAPSHOT,
	NILFS_CPINFO_INVALID,
	NILFS_CPINFO_SKETCH,
	NILFS_CPINFO_MINOR,
};

#define NILFS_CPINFO_FNS(flag, name)					\
static __inline__ int							\
nilfs_cpinfo_##name(const struct nilfs_cpinfo *cpinfo)			\
{									\
	return !!(cpinfo->ci_flags & (1UL << NILFS_CPINFO_##flag));	\
}

NILFS_CPINFO_FNS(SNAPSHOT, snapshot)
NILFS_CPINFO_FNS(INVALID, invalid)
NILFS_CPINFO_FNS(MINOR, minor)

/**
 * nilfs_suinfo - segment usage information
 * @sui_lastmod: timestamp of last modification
 * @sui_nblocks: number of written blocks in segment
 * @sui_flags: segment usage flags
 */
struct nilfs_suinfo {
	__u64 sui_lastmod;
	__u32 sui_nblocks;
	__u32 sui_flags;
};

/* segment usage flags */
enum {
	NILFS_SUINFO_ACTIVE,
	NILFS_SUINFO_DIRTY,
	NILFS_SUINFO_ERROR,
};

#define NILFS_SUINFO_FNS(flag, name)					\
static __inline__ int							\
nilfs_suinfo_##name(const struct nilfs_suinfo *si)			\
{									\
	return si->sui_flags & (1UL << NILFS_SUINFO_##flag);		\
}

NILFS_SUINFO_FNS(ACTIVE, active)
NILFS_SUINFO_FNS(DIRTY, dirty)
NILFS_SUINFO_FNS(ERROR, error)

static __inline__ int nilfs_suinfo_clean(const struct nilfs_suinfo *si)
{
	return !si->sui_flags;
}

/**
 * nilfs_suinfo_update - segment usage information update
 * @sup_segnum: segment number
 * @sup_flags: flags for which fields are active in sup_sui
 * @sup_reserved: reserved necessary for alignment
 * @sup_sui: segment usage information
 */
struct nilfs_suinfo_update {
	__u64 sup_segnum;
	__u32 sup_flags;
	__u32 sup_reserved;
	struct nilfs_suinfo sup_sui;
};

enum {
	NILFS_SUINFO_UPDATE_LASTMOD,
	NILFS_SUINFO_UPDATE_NBLOCKS,
	NILFS_SUINFO_UPDATE_FLAGS,
	__NR_NILFS_SUINFO_UPDATE_FIELDS,
};

#define NILFS_SUINFO_UPDATE_FNS(flag, name)				\
static __inline__ void							\
nilfs_suinfo_update_set_##name(struct nilfs_suinfo_update *sup)		\
{									\
	sup->sup_flags |= 1UL << NILFS_SUINFO_UPDATE_##flag;		\
}									\
static __inline__ void							\
nilfs_suinfo_update_clear_##name(struct nilfs_suinfo_update *sup)	\
{									\
	sup->sup_flags &= ~(1UL << NILFS_SUINFO_UPDATE_##flag);		\
}									\
static __inline__ int							\
nilfs_suinfo_update_##name(const struct nilfs_suinfo_update *sup)	\
{									\
	return !!(sup->sup_flags & (1UL << NILFS_SUINFO_UPDATE_##flag));\
}

NILFS_SUINFO_UPDATE_FNS(LASTMOD, lastmod)
NILFS_SUINFO_UPDATE_FNS(NBLOCKS, nblocks)
NILFS_SUINFO_UPDATE_FNS(FLAGS, flags)

enum {
	NILFS_CHECKPOINT,
	NILFS_SNAPSHOT,
};

/**
 * struct nilfs_cpmode - change checkpoint mode structure
 * @cm_cno: checkpoint number
 * @cm_mode: mode of checkpoint
 * @cm_pad: padding
 */
struct nilfs_cpmode {
	__u64 cm_cno;
	__u32 cm_mode;
	__u32 cm_pad;
};

/**
 * struct nilfs_argv - argument vector
 * @v_base: pointer on data array from userspace
 * @v_nmembs: number of members in data array
 * @v_size: size of data array in bytes
 * @v_flags: flags
 * @v_index: start number of target data items
 */
struct nilfs_argv {
	__u64 v_base;
	__u32 v_nmembs;	/* number of members */
	__u16 v_size;	/* size of members */
	__u16 v_flags;
	__u64 v_index;
};

/**
 * struct nilfs_period - period of checkpoint numbers
 * @p_start: start checkpoint number (inclusive)
 * @p_end: end checkpoint number (exclusive)
 */
struct nilfs_period {
	__u64 p_start;
	__u64 p_end;
};

/**
 * struct nilfs_cpstat - checkpoint statistics
 * @cs_cno: checkpoint number
 * @cs_ncps: number of checkpoints
 * @cs_nsss: number of snapshots
 */
struct nilfs_cpstat {
	__u64 cs_cno;
	__u64 cs_ncps;
	__u64 cs_nsss;
};

/**
 * struct nilfs_sustat - segment usage statistics
 * @ss_nsegs: number of segments
 * @ss_ncleansegs: number of clean segments
 * @ss_ndirtysegs: number of dirty segments
 * @ss_ctime: creation time of the last segment
 * @ss_nongc_ctime: creation time of the last segment not for GC
 * @ss_prot_seq: least sequence number of segments which must not be reclaimed
 */
struct nilfs_sustat {
	__u64 ss_nsegs;
	__u64 ss_ncleansegs;
	__u64 ss_ndirtysegs;
	__u64 ss_ctime;
	__u64 ss_nongc_ctime;
	__u64 ss_prot_seq;
};

/**
 * struct nilfs_vinfo - virtual block number information
 * @vi_vblocknr: virtual block number
 * @vi_start: start checkpoint number (inclusive)
 * @vi_end: end checkpoint number (exclusive)
 * @vi_blocknr: disk block number
 */
struct nilfs_vinfo {
	__u64 vi_vblocknr;
	__u64 vi_start;
	__u64 vi_end;
	__u64 vi_blocknr;
};

/**
 * struct nilfs_vdesc - descriptor of virtual block number
 * @vd_ino: inode number
 * @vd_cno: checkpoint number
 * @vd_vblocknr: virtual block number
 * @vd_period: period of checkpoint numbers
 * @vd_blocknr: disk block number
 * @vd_offset: logical block offset inside a file
 * @vd_flags: flags (data or node block)
 * @vd_pad: padding
 */
struct nilfs_vdesc {
	__u64 vd_ino;
	__u64 vd_cno;
	__u64 vd_vblocknr;
	struct nilfs_period vd_period;
	__u64 vd_blocknr;
	__u64 vd_offset;
	__u32 vd_flags;
	__u32 vd_pad;
};

/**
 * struct nilfs_bdesc - descriptor of disk block number
 * @bd_ino: inode number
 * @bd_oblocknr: disk block address (for skipping dead blocks)
 * @bd_blocknr: disk block address
 * @bd_offset: logical block offset inside a file
 * @bd_level: level in the b-tree organization
 * @bd_pad: padding
 */
struct nilfs_bdesc {
	__u64 bd_ino;
	__u64 bd_oblocknr;
	__u64 bd_blocknr;
	__u64 bd_offset;
	__u32 bd_level;
	__u32 bd_pad;
};

#define NILFS_IOCTL_IDENT	'n'

#define NILFS_IOCTL_CHANGE_CPMODE					\
	_IOW(NILFS_IOCTL_IDENT, 0x80, struct nilfs_cpmode)
#define NILFS_IOCTL_DELETE_CHECKPOINT					\
	_IOW(NILFS_IOCTL_IDENT, 0x81, __u64)
#define NILFS_IOCTL_GET_CPINFO						\
	_IOR(NILFS_IOCTL_IDENT, 0x82, struct nilfs_argv)
#define NILFS_IOCTL_GET_CPSTAT						\
	_IOR(NILFS_IOCTL_IDENT, 0x83, struct nilfs_cpstat)
#define NILFS_IOCTL_GET_SUINFO						\
	_IOR(NILFS_IOCTL_IDENT, 0x84, struct nilfs_argv)
#define NILFS_IOCTL_GET_SUSTAT						\
	_IOR(NILFS_IOCTL_IDENT, 0x85, struct nilfs_sustat)
#define NILFS_IOCTL_GET_VINFO						\
	_IOWR(NILFS_IOCTL_IDENT, 0x86, struct nilfs_argv)
#define NILFS_IOCTL_GET_BDESCS						\
	_IOWR(NILFS_IOCTL_IDENT, 0x87, struct nilfs_argv)
#define NILFS_IOCTL_CLEAN_SEGMENTS					\
	_IOW(NILFS_IOCTL_IDENT, 0x88, struct nilfs_argv[5])
#define NILFS_IOCTL_SYNC						\
	_IOR(NILFS_IOCTL_IDENT, 0x8A, __u64)
#define NILFS_IOCTL_RESIZE						\
	_IOW(NILFS_IOCTL_IDENT, 0x8B, __u64)
#define NILFS_IOCTL_SET_ALLOC_RANGE					\
	_IOW(NILFS_IOCTL_IDENT, 0x8C, __u64[2])
#define NILFS_IOCTL_SET_SUINFO						\
	_IOW(NILFS_IOCTL_IDENT, 0x8D, struct nilfs_argv)

#endif /* _LINUX_NILFS2_API_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_RSEQ_H
#define _LINUX_RSEQ_H

/*
 * linux/rseq.h
 *
 * Restartable sequences system call API
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2015-2018 Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
 */

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <asm/byteorder.h>

enum rseq_cpu_id_state {
	RSEQ_CPU_ID_UNINITIALIZED		= -1,
	RSEQ_CPU_ID_REGISTRATION_FAILED		= -2,
};

enum rseq_flags {
	RSEQ_FLAG_UNREGISTER = (1 << 0),
};

enum rseq_cs_flags_bit {
	RSEQ_CS_FLAG_NO_RESTART_ON_PREEMPT_BIT	= 0,
	RSEQ_CS_FLAG_NO_RESTART_ON_SIGNAL_BIT	= 1,
	RSEQ_CS_FLAG_NO_RESTART_ON_MIGRATE_BIT	= 2,
};

enum rseq_cs_flags {
	RSEQ_CS_FLAG_NO_RESTART_ON_PREEMPT	=
		(1U << RSEQ_CS_FLAG_NO_RESTART_ON_PREEMPT_BIT),
	RSEQ_CS_FLAG_NO_RESTART_ON_SIGNAL	=
		(1U << RSEQ_CS_FLAG_NO_RESTART_ON_SIGNAL_BIT),
	RSEQ_CS_FLAG_NO_RESTART_ON_MIGRATE	=
		(1U << RSEQ_CS_FLAG_NO_RESTART_ON_MIGRATE_BIT),
};

/*
 * struct rseq_cs is aligned on 4 * 8 bytes to ensure it is always
 * contained within a single cache-line. It is usually declared as
 * link-time constant data.
 */
struct rseq_cs {
	/* Version of this structure. */
	__u32 version;
	/* enum rseq_cs_flags */
	__u32 flags;
	__u64 start_ip;
	/* Offset from start_ip. */
	__u64 post_commit_offset;
	__u64 abort_ip;
} __attribute__((aligned(4 * sizeof(__u64))));

/*
 * struct rseq is aligned on 4 * 8 bytes to ensure it is always
 * contained within a single cache-line.
 *
 * A single struct rseq per thread is allowed.
 */
struct rseq {
	/*
	 * Restartable sequences cpu_id_start field. Updated by the
	 * kernel. Read by user-space with single-copy atomicity
	 * semantics. This field should only be read by the thread which
	 * registered this data structure. Aligned on 32-bit. Always
	 * contains a value in the range of possible CPUs, although the
	 * value may not be the actual current CPU (e.g. if rseq is not
	 * initialized). This CPU number value should always be compared
	 * against the value of the cpu_id field before performing a rseq
	 * commit or returning a value read from a data structure indexed
	 * using the cpu_id_start value.
	 */
	__u32 cpu_id_start;
	/*
	 * Restartable sequences cpu_id field. Updated by the kernel.
	 * Read by user-space with single-copy atomicity semantics. This
	 * field should only be read by the thread which registered this
	 * data structure. Aligned on 32-bit. Values
	 * RSEQ_CPU_ID_UNINITIALIZED and RSEQ_CPU_ID_REGISTRATION_FAILED
	 * have a special semantic: the former means "rseq uninitialized",
	 * and latter means "rseq initialization failed". This value is
	 * meant to be read within rseq critical sections and compared
	 * with the cpu_id_start value previously read, before performing
	 * the commit instruction, or read and compared with the
	 * cpu_id_start value before returning a value loaded from a data
	 * structure indexed using the cpu_id_start value.
	 */
	__u32 cpu_id;
	/*
	 * Restartable sequences rseq_cs field.
	 *
	 * Contains NULL when no critical section is active for the current
	 * thread, or holds a pointer to the currently active struct rseq_cs.
	 *
	 * Updated by user-space, which sets the address of the currently
	 * active rseq_cs at the beginning of assembly instruction sequence
	 * block, and set to NULL by the kernel when it restarts an assembly
	 * instruction sequence block, as well as when the kernel detects that
	 * it is preempting or delivering a signal outside of the range
	 * targeted by the rseq_cs. Also needs to be set to NULL by user-space
	 * before reclaiming memory that contains the targeted struct rseq_cs.
	 *
	 * Read and set by the kernel. Set by user-space with single-copy
	 * atomicity semantics. This field should only be updated by the
	 * thread which registered this data structure. Aligned on 64-bit.
	 */
	union {
		__u64 ptr64;
#ifdef __LP64__
		__u64 ptr;
#else
		struct {
#if (defined(__BYTE_ORDER) && (__BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN)) || defined(__BIG_ENDIAN)
			__u32 padding;		/* Initialized to zero. */
			__u32 ptr32;
#else /* LITTLE */
			__u32 ptr32;
			__u32 padding;		/* Initialized to zero. */
#endif /* ENDIAN */
		} ptr;
#endif
	} rseq_cs;

	/*
	 * Restartable sequences flags field.
	 *
	 * This field should only be updated by the thread which
	 * registered this data structure. Read by the kernel.
	 * Mainly used for single-stepping through rseq critical sections
	 * with debuggers.
	 *
	 * - RSEQ_CS_FLAG_NO_RESTART_ON_PREEMPT
	 *     Inhibit instruction sequence block restart on preemption
	 *     for this thread.
	 * - RSEQ_CS_FLAG_NO_RESTART_ON_SIGNAL
	 *     Inhibit instruction sequence block restart on signal
	 *     delivery for this thread.
	 * - RSEQ_CS_FLAG_NO_RESTART_ON_MIGRATE
	 *     Inhibit instruction sequence block restart on migration for
	 *     this thread.
	 */
	__u32 flags;
} __attribute__((aligned(4 * sizeof(__u64))));

#endif /* _LINUX_RSEQ_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_SECCOMP_H
#define _LINUX_SECCOMP_H


#include <linux/types.h>


/* Valid values for seccomp.mode and prctl(PR_SET_SECCOMP, <mode>) */
#define SECCOMP_MODE_DISABLED	0 /* seccomp is not in use. */
#define SECCOMP_MODE_STRICT	1 /* uses hard-coded filter. */
#define SECCOMP_MODE_FILTER	2 /* uses user-supplied filter. */

/* Valid operations for seccomp syscall. */
#define SECCOMP_SET_MODE_STRICT		0
#define SECCOMP_SET_MODE_FILTER		1
#define SECCOMP_GET_ACTION_AVAIL	2

/* Valid flags for SECCOMP_SET_MODE_FILTER */
#define SECCOMP_FILTER_FLAG_TSYNC	(1UL << 0)
#define SECCOMP_FILTER_FLAG_LOG		(1UL << 1)
#define SECCOMP_FILTER_FLAG_SPEC_ALLOW	(1UL << 2)

/*
 * All BPF programs must return a 32-bit value.
 * The bottom 16-bits are for optional return data.
 * The upper 16-bits are ordered from least permissive values to most,
 * as a signed value (so 0x8000000 is negative).
 *
 * The ordering ensures that a min_t() over composed return values always
 * selects the least permissive choice.
 */
#define SECCOMP_RET_KILL_PROCESS 0x80000000U /* kill the process */
#define SECCOMP_RET_KILL_THREAD	 0x00000000U /* kill the thread */
#define SECCOMP_RET_KILL	 SECCOMP_RET_KILL_THREAD
#define SECCOMP_RET_TRAP	 0x00030000U /* disallow and force a SIGSYS */
#define SECCOMP_RET_ERRNO	 0x00050000U /* returns an errno */
#define SECCOMP_RET_TRACE	 0x7ff00000U /* pass to a tracer or disallow */
#define SECCOMP_RET_LOG		 0x7ffc0000U /* allow after logging */
#define SECCOMP_RET_ALLOW	 0x7fff0000U /* allow */

/* Masks for the return value sections. */
#define SECCOMP_RET_ACTION_FULL	0xffff0000U
#define SECCOMP_RET_ACTION	0x7fff0000U
#define SECCOMP_RET_DATA	0x0000ffffU

/**
 * struct seccomp_data - the format the BPF program executes over.
 * @nr: the system call number
 * @arch: indicates system call convention as an AUDIT_ARCH_* value
 *        as defined in <linux/audit.h>.
 * @instruction_pointer: at the time of the system call.
 * @args: up to 6 system call arguments always stored as 64-bit values
 *        regardless of the architecture.
 */
struct seccomp_data {
	int nr;
	__u32 arch;
	__u64 instruction_pointer;
	__u64 args[6];
};

#endif /* _LINUX_SECCOMP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __NET_VETH_H_
#define __NET_VETH_H_

enum {
	VETH_INFO_UNSPEC,
	VETH_INFO_PEER,

	__VETH_INFO_MAX
#define VETH_INFO_MAX	(__VETH_INFO_MAX - 1)
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* atmapi.h - ATM API user space/kernel compatibility */
 
/* Written 1999,2000 by Werner Almesberger, EPFL ICA */
 

#ifndef _LINUX_ATMAPI_H
#define _LINUX_ATMAPI_H

#if defined(__sparc__) || defined(__ia64__)
/* such alignment is not required on 32 bit sparcs, but we can't
   figure that we are on a sparc64 while compiling user-space programs. */
#define __ATM_API_ALIGN	__attribute__((aligned(8)))
#else
#define __ATM_API_ALIGN
#endif


/*
 * Opaque type for kernel pointers. Note that _ is never accessed. We need
 * the struct in order hide the array, so that we can make simple assignments
 * instead of being forced to use memcpy. It also improves error reporting for
 * code that still assumes that we're passing unsigned longs.
 *
 * Convention: NULL pointers are passed as a field of all zeroes.
 */
 
typedef struct { unsigned char _[8]; } __ATM_API_ALIGN atm_kptr_t;

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_IPSEC_H
#define _LINUX_IPSEC_H

/* The definitions, required to talk to KAME racoon IKE. */

#include <linux/pfkeyv2.h>

#define IPSEC_PORT_ANY		0
#define IPSEC_ULPROTO_ANY	255
#define IPSEC_PROTO_ANY		255

enum {
	IPSEC_MODE_ANY		= 0,	/* We do not support this for SA */
	IPSEC_MODE_TRANSPORT	= 1,
	IPSEC_MODE_TUNNEL	= 2,
	IPSEC_MODE_BEET         = 3
};

enum {
	IPSEC_DIR_ANY		= 0,
	IPSEC_DIR_INBOUND	= 1,
	IPSEC_DIR_OUTBOUND	= 2,
	IPSEC_DIR_FWD		= 3,	/* It is our own */
	IPSEC_DIR_MAX		= 4,
	IPSEC_DIR_INVALID	= 5
};

enum {
	IPSEC_POLICY_DISCARD	= 0,
	IPSEC_POLICY_NONE	= 1,
	IPSEC_POLICY_IPSEC	= 2,
	IPSEC_POLICY_ENTRUST	= 3,
	IPSEC_POLICY_BYPASS	= 4
};

enum {
	IPSEC_LEVEL_DEFAULT	= 0,
	IPSEC_LEVEL_USE		= 1,
	IPSEC_LEVEL_REQUIRE	= 2,
	IPSEC_LEVEL_UNIQUE	= 3
};

#define IPSEC_MANUAL_REQID_MAX	0x3fff

#define IPSEC_REPLAYWSIZE  32

#endif	/* _LINUX_IPSEC_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __LINUX_FIB_RULES_H
#define __LINUX_FIB_RULES_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/rtnetlink.h>

/* rule is permanent, and cannot be deleted */
#define FIB_RULE_PERMANENT	0x00000001
#define FIB_RULE_INVERT		0x00000002
#define FIB_RULE_UNRESOLVED	0x00000004
#define FIB_RULE_IIF_DETACHED	0x00000008
#define FIB_RULE_DEV_DETACHED	FIB_RULE_IIF_DETACHED
#define FIB_RULE_OIF_DETACHED	0x00000010

/* try to find source address in routing lookups */
#define FIB_RULE_FIND_SADDR	0x00010000

struct fib_rule_hdr {
	__u8		family;
	__u8		dst_len;
	__u8		src_len;
	__u8		tos;

	__u8		table;
	__u8		res1;   /* reserved */
	__u8		res2;	/* reserved */
	__u8		action;

	__u32		flags;
};

struct fib_rule_uid_range {
	__u32		start;
	__u32		end;
};

struct fib_rule_port_range {
	__u16		start;
	__u16		end;
};

enum {
	FRA_UNSPEC,
	FRA_DST,	/* destination address */
	FRA_SRC,	/* source address */
	FRA_IIFNAME,	/* interface name */
#define FRA_IFNAME	FRA_IIFNAME
	FRA_GOTO,	/* target to jump to (FR_ACT_GOTO) */
	FRA_UNUSED2,
	FRA_PRIORITY,	/* priority/preference */
	FRA_UNUSED3,
	FRA_UNUSED4,
	FRA_UNUSED5,
	FRA_FWMARK,	/* mark */
	FRA_FLOW,	/* flow/class id */
	FRA_TUN_ID,
	FRA_SUPPRESS_IFGROUP,
	FRA_SUPPRESS_PREFIXLEN,
	FRA_TABLE,	/* Extended table id */
	FRA_FWMASK,	/* mask for netfilter mark */
	FRA_OIFNAME,
	FRA_PAD,
	FRA_L3MDEV,	/* iif or oif is l3mdev goto its table */
	FRA_UID_RANGE,	/* UID range */
	FRA_PROTOCOL,   /* Originator of the rule */
	FRA_IP_PROTO,	/* ip proto */
	FRA_SPORT_RANGE, /* sport */
	FRA_DPORT_RANGE, /* dport */
	__FRA_MAX
};

#define FRA_MAX (__FRA_MAX - 1)

enum {
	FR_ACT_UNSPEC,
	FR_ACT_TO_TBL,		/* Pass to fixed table */
	FR_ACT_GOTO,		/* Jump to another rule */
	FR_ACT_NOP,		/* No operation */
	FR_ACT_RES3,
	FR_ACT_RES4,
	FR_ACT_BLACKHOLE,	/* Drop without notification */
	FR_ACT_UNREACHABLE,	/* Drop with ENETUNREACH */
	FR_ACT_PROHIBIT,	/* Drop with EACCES */
	__FR_ACT_MAX,
};

#define FR_ACT_MAX (__FR_ACT_MAX - 1)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause */
#ifndef _LINUX_FW_CFG_H
#define _LINUX_FW_CFG_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define FW_CFG_ACPI_DEVICE_ID	"QEMU0002"

/* selector key values for "well-known" fw_cfg entries */
#define FW_CFG_SIGNATURE	0x00
#define FW_CFG_ID		0x01
#define FW_CFG_UUID		0x02
#define FW_CFG_RAM_SIZE		0x03
#define FW_CFG_NOGRAPHIC	0x04
#define FW_CFG_NB_CPUS		0x05
#define FW_CFG_MACHINE_ID	0x06
#define FW_CFG_KERNEL_ADDR	0x07
#define FW_CFG_KERNEL_SIZE	0x08
#define FW_CFG_KERNEL_CMDLINE	0x09
#define FW_CFG_INITRD_ADDR	0x0a
#define FW_CFG_INITRD_SIZE	0x0b
#define FW_CFG_BOOT_DEVICE	0x0c
#define FW_CFG_NUMA		0x0d
#define FW_CFG_BOOT_MENU	0x0e
#define FW_CFG_MAX_CPUS		0x0f
#define FW_CFG_KERNEL_ENTRY	0x10
#define FW_CFG_KERNEL_DATA	0x11
#define FW_CFG_INITRD_DATA	0x12
#define FW_CFG_CMDLINE_ADDR	0x13
#define FW_CFG_CMDLINE_SIZE	0x14
#define FW_CFG_CMDLINE_DATA	0x15
#define FW_CFG_SETUP_ADDR	0x16
#define FW_CFG_SETUP_SIZE	0x17
#define FW_CFG_SETUP_DATA	0x18
#define FW_CFG_FILE_DIR		0x19

#define FW_CFG_FILE_FIRST	0x20
#define FW_CFG_FILE_SLOTS_MIN	0x10

#define FW_CFG_WRITE_CHANNEL	0x4000
#define FW_CFG_ARCH_LOCAL	0x8000
#define FW_CFG_ENTRY_MASK	(~(FW_CFG_WRITE_CHANNEL | FW_CFG_ARCH_LOCAL))

#define FW_CFG_INVALID		0xffff

/* width in bytes of fw_cfg control register */
#define FW_CFG_CTL_SIZE		0x02

/* fw_cfg "file name" is up to 56 characters (including terminating nul) */
#define FW_CFG_MAX_FILE_PATH	56

/* size in bytes of fw_cfg signature */
#define FW_CFG_SIG_SIZE 4

/* FW_CFG_ID bits */
#define FW_CFG_VERSION		0x01
#define FW_CFG_VERSION_DMA	0x02

/* fw_cfg file directory entry type */
struct fw_cfg_file {
	__be32 size;
	__be16 select;
	__u16 reserved;
	char name[FW_CFG_MAX_FILE_PATH];
};

/* FW_CFG_DMA_CONTROL bits */
#define FW_CFG_DMA_CTL_ERROR	0x01
#define FW_CFG_DMA_CTL_READ	0x02
#define FW_CFG_DMA_CTL_SKIP	0x04
#define FW_CFG_DMA_CTL_SELECT	0x08
#define FW_CFG_DMA_CTL_WRITE	0x10

#define FW_CFG_DMA_SIGNATURE    0x51454d5520434647ULL /* "QEMU CFG" */

/* Control as first field allows for different structures selected by this
 * field, which might be useful in the future
 */
struct fw_cfg_dma_access {
	__be32 control;
	__be32 length;
	__be64 address;
};

#define FW_CFG_VMCOREINFO_FILENAME "etc/vmcoreinfo"

#define FW_CFG_VMCOREINFO_FORMAT_NONE 0x0
#define FW_CFG_VMCOREINFO_FORMAT_ELF 0x1

struct fw_cfg_vmcoreinfo {
	__le16 host_format;
	__le16 guest_format;
	__le32 size;
	__le64 paddr;
};

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_SCHED_TYPES_H
#define _LINUX_SCHED_TYPES_H

#include <linux/types.h>

struct sched_param {
	int sched_priority;
};

#define SCHED_ATTR_SIZE_VER0	48	/* sizeof first published struct */

/*
 * Extended scheduling parameters data structure.
 *
 * This is needed because the original struct sched_param can not be
 * altered without introducing ABI issues with legacy applications
 * (e.g., in sched_getparam()).
 *
 * However, the possibility of specifying more than just a priority for
 * the tasks may be useful for a wide variety of application fields, e.g.,
 * multimedia, streaming, automation and control, and many others.
 *
 * This variant (sched_attr) is meant at describing a so-called
 * sporadic time-constrained task. In such model a task is specified by:
 *  - the activation period or minimum instance inter-arrival time;
 *  - the maximum (or average, depending on the actual scheduling
 *    discipline) computation time of all instances, a.k.a. runtime;
 *  - the deadline (relative to the actual activation time) of each
 *    instance.
 * Very briefly, a periodic (sporadic) task asks for the execution of
 * some specific computation --which is typically called an instance--
 * (at most) every period. Moreover, each instance typically lasts no more
 * than the runtime and must be completed by time instant t equal to
 * the instance activation time + the deadline.
 *
 * This is reflected by the actual fields of the sched_attr structure:
 *
 *  @size		size of the structure, for fwd/bwd compat.
 *
 *  @sched_policy	task's scheduling policy
 *  @sched_flags	for customizing the scheduler behaviour
 *  @sched_nice		task's nice value      (SCHED_NORMAL/BATCH)
 *  @sched_priority	task's static priority (SCHED_FIFO/RR)
 *  @sched_deadline	representative of the task's deadline
 *  @sched_runtime	representative of the task's runtime
 *  @sched_period	representative of the task's period
 *
 * Given this task model, there are a multiplicity of scheduling algorithms
 * and policies, that can be used to ensure all the tasks will make their
 * timing constraints.
 *
 * As of now, the SCHED_DEADLINE policy (sched_dl scheduling class) is the
 * only user of this new interface. More information about the algorithm
 * available in the scheduling class file or in Documentation/.
 */
struct sched_attr {
	__u32 size;

	__u32 sched_policy;
	__u64 sched_flags;

	/* SCHED_NORMAL, SCHED_BATCH */
	__s32 sched_nice;

	/* SCHED_FIFO, SCHED_RR */
	__u32 sched_priority;

	/* SCHED_DEADLINE */
	__u64 sched_runtime;
	__u64 sched_deadline;
	__u64 sched_period;
};

#endif /* _LINUX_SCHED_TYPES_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __CRAMFS_H
#define __CRAMFS_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/magic.h>

#define CRAMFS_SIGNATURE	"Compressed ROMFS"

/*
 * Width of various bitfields in struct cramfs_inode.
 * Primarily used to generate warnings in mkcramfs.
 */
#define CRAMFS_MODE_WIDTH 16
#define CRAMFS_UID_WIDTH 16
#define CRAMFS_SIZE_WIDTH 24
#define CRAMFS_GID_WIDTH 8
#define CRAMFS_NAMELEN_WIDTH 6
#define CRAMFS_OFFSET_WIDTH 26

/*
 * Since inode.namelen is a unsigned 6-bit number, the maximum cramfs
 * path length is 63 << 2 = 252.
 */
#define CRAMFS_MAXPATHLEN (((1 << CRAMFS_NAMELEN_WIDTH) - 1) << 2)

/*
 * Reasonably terse representation of the inode data.
 */
struct cramfs_inode {
	__u32 mode:CRAMFS_MODE_WIDTH, uid:CRAMFS_UID_WIDTH;
	/* SIZE for device files is i_rdev */
	__u32 size:CRAMFS_SIZE_WIDTH, gid:CRAMFS_GID_WIDTH;
	/* NAMELEN is the length of the file name, divided by 4 and
           rounded up.  (cramfs doesn't support hard links.) */
	/* OFFSET: For symlinks and non-empty regular files, this
	   contains the offset (divided by 4) of the file data in
	   compressed form (starting with an array of block pointers;
	   see README).  For non-empty directories it is the offset
	   (divided by 4) of the inode of the first file in that
	   directory.  For anything else, offset is zero. */
	__u32 namelen:CRAMFS_NAMELEN_WIDTH, offset:CRAMFS_OFFSET_WIDTH;
};

struct cramfs_info {
	__u32 crc;
	__u32 edition;
	__u32 blocks;
	__u32 files;
};

/*
 * Superblock information at the beginning of the FS.
 */
struct cramfs_super {
	__u32 magic;			/* 0x28cd3d45 - random number */
	__u32 size;			/* length in bytes */
	__u32 flags;			/* feature flags */
	__u32 future;			/* reserved for future use */
	__u8 signature[16];		/* "Compressed ROMFS" */
	struct cramfs_info fsid;	/* unique filesystem info */
	__u8 name[16];			/* user-defined name */
	struct cramfs_inode root;	/* root inode data */
};

/*
 * Feature flags
 *
 * 0x00000000 - 0x000000ff: features that work for all past kernels
 * 0x00000100 - 0xffffffff: features that don't work for past kernels
 */
#define CRAMFS_FLAG_FSID_VERSION_2	0x00000001	/* fsid version #2 */
#define CRAMFS_FLAG_SORTED_DIRS		0x00000002	/* sorted dirs */
#define CRAMFS_FLAG_HOLES		0x00000100	/* support for holes */
#define CRAMFS_FLAG_WRONG_SIGNATURE	0x00000200	/* reserved */
#define CRAMFS_FLAG_SHIFTED_ROOT_OFFSET	0x00000400	/* shifted root fs */
#define CRAMFS_FLAG_EXT_BLOCK_POINTERS	0x00000800	/* block pointer extensions */

/*
 * Valid values in super.flags.  Currently we refuse to mount
 * if (flags & ~CRAMFS_SUPPORTED_FLAGS).  Maybe that should be
 * changed to test super.future instead.
 */
#define CRAMFS_SUPPORTED_FLAGS	( 0x000000ff \
				| CRAMFS_FLAG_HOLES \
				| CRAMFS_FLAG_WRONG_SIGNATURE \
				| CRAMFS_FLAG_SHIFTED_ROOT_OFFSET \
				| CRAMFS_FLAG_EXT_BLOCK_POINTERS )

/*
 * Block pointer flags
 *
 * The maximum block offset that needs to be represented is roughly:
 *
 *   (1 << CRAMFS_OFFSET_WIDTH) * 4 +
 *   (1 << CRAMFS_SIZE_WIDTH) / PAGE_SIZE * (4 + PAGE_SIZE)
 *   = 0x11004000
 *
 * That leaves room for 3 flag bits in the block pointer table.
 */
#define CRAMFS_BLK_FLAG_UNCOMPRESSED	(1 << 31)
#define CRAMFS_BLK_FLAG_DIRECT_PTR	(1 << 30)

#define CRAMFS_BLK_FLAGS	( CRAMFS_BLK_FLAG_UNCOMPRESSED \
				| CRAMFS_BLK_FLAG_DIRECT_PTR )

/*
 * Direct blocks are at least 4-byte aligned.
 * Pointers to direct blocks are shifted down by 2 bits.
 */
#define CRAMFS_BLK_DIRECT_PTR_SHIFT	2

#endif /* __CRAMFS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *	Swansea University Computer Society	NET3
 *	
 *	This file declares the constants of special use with the SLIP/CSLIP/
 *	KISS TNC driver.
 */
 
#ifndef __LINUX_SLIP_H
#define __LINUX_SLIP_H

#define		SL_MODE_SLIP		0
#define		SL_MODE_CSLIP		1
#define 	SL_MODE_KISS		4

#define		SL_OPT_SIXBIT		2
#define		SL_OPT_ADAPTIVE		8

/*
 *	VSV = ioctl for keepalive & outfill in SLIP driver 
 */
 
#define SIOCSKEEPALIVE	(SIOCDEVPRIVATE)		/* Set keepalive timeout in sec */
#define SIOCGKEEPALIVE	(SIOCDEVPRIVATE+1)		/* Get keepalive timeout */
#define SIOCSOUTFILL	(SIOCDEVPRIVATE+2)		/* Set outfill timeout */
#define	SIOCGOUTFILL	(SIOCDEVPRIVATE+3)		/* Get outfill timeout */
#define SIOCSLEASE	(SIOCDEVPRIVATE+4)		/* Set "leased" line type */
#define	SIOCGLEASE	(SIOCDEVPRIVATE+5)		/* Get line type */


#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_UN_H
#define _LINUX_UN_H

#include <linux/socket.h>

#define UNIX_PATH_MAX	108

struct sockaddr_un {
	__kernel_sa_family_t sun_family; /* AF_UNIX */
	char sun_path[UNIX_PATH_MAX];	/* pathname */
};

#define SIOCUNIXFILE (SIOCPROTOPRIVATE + 0) /* open a socket file with O_PATH */

#endif /* _LINUX_UN_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Compatibility interface for userspace libc header coordination:
 *
 * Define compatibility macros that are used to control the inclusion or
 * exclusion of UAPI structures and definitions in coordination with another
 * userspace C library.
 *
 * This header is intended to solve the problem of UAPI definitions that
 * conflict with userspace definitions. If a UAPI header has such conflicting
 * definitions then the solution is as follows:
 *
 * * Synchronize the UAPI header and the libc headers so either one can be
 *   used and such that the ABI is preserved. If this is not possible then
 *   no simple compatibility interface exists (you need to write translating
 *   wrappers and rename things) and you can't use this interface.
 *
 * Then follow this process:
 *
 * (a) Include libc-compat.h in the UAPI header.
 *      e.g. #include <linux/libc-compat.h>
 *     This include must be as early as possible.
 *
 * (b) In libc-compat.h add enough code to detect that the comflicting
 *     userspace libc header has been included first.
 *
 * (c) If the userspace libc header has been included first define a set of
 *     guard macros of the form __UAPI_DEF_FOO and set their values to 1, else
 *     set their values to 0.
 *
 * (d) Back in the UAPI header with the conflicting definitions, guard the
 *     definitions with:
 *     #if __UAPI_DEF_FOO
 *       ...
 *     #endif
 *
 * This fixes the situation where the linux headers are included *after* the
 * libc headers. To fix the problem with the inclusion in the other order the
 * userspace libc headers must be fixed like this:
 *
 * * For all definitions that conflict with kernel definitions wrap those
 *   defines in the following:
 *   #if !__UAPI_DEF_FOO
 *     ...
 *   #endif
 *
 * This prevents the redefinition of a construct already defined by the kernel.
 */
#ifndef _LIBC_COMPAT_H
#define _LIBC_COMPAT_H

/* We have included glibc headers... */
#if defined(__GLIBC__)

/* Coordinate with glibc net/if.h header. */
#if defined(_NET_IF_H) && defined(__USE_MISC)

/* GLIBC headers included first so don't define anything
 * that would already be defined. */

#define __UAPI_DEF_IF_IFCONF 0
#define __UAPI_DEF_IF_IFMAP 0
#define __UAPI_DEF_IF_IFNAMSIZ 0
#define __UAPI_DEF_IF_IFREQ 0
/* Everything up to IFF_DYNAMIC, matches net/if.h until glibc 2.23 */
#define __UAPI_DEF_IF_NET_DEVICE_FLAGS 0
/* For the future if glibc adds IFF_LOWER_UP, IFF_DORMANT and IFF_ECHO */
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_IF_NET_DEVICE_FLAGS_LOWER_UP_DORMANT_ECHO
#define __UAPI_DEF_IF_NET_DEVICE_FLAGS_LOWER_UP_DORMANT_ECHO 1
#endif /* __UAPI_DEF_IF_NET_DEVICE_FLAGS_LOWER_UP_DORMANT_ECHO */

#else /* _NET_IF_H */

/* Linux headers included first, and we must define everything
 * we need. The expectation is that glibc will check the
 * __UAPI_DEF_* defines and adjust appropriately. */

#define __UAPI_DEF_IF_IFCONF 1
#define __UAPI_DEF_IF_IFMAP 1
#define __UAPI_DEF_IF_IFNAMSIZ 1
#define __UAPI_DEF_IF_IFREQ 1
/* Everything up to IFF_DYNAMIC, matches net/if.h until glibc 2.23 */
#define __UAPI_DEF_IF_NET_DEVICE_FLAGS 1
/* For the future if glibc adds IFF_LOWER_UP, IFF_DORMANT and IFF_ECHO */
#define __UAPI_DEF_IF_NET_DEVICE_FLAGS_LOWER_UP_DORMANT_ECHO 1

#endif /* _NET_IF_H */

/* Coordinate with glibc netinet/in.h header. */
#if defined(_NETINET_IN_H)

/* GLIBC headers included first so don't define anything
 * that would already be defined. */
#define __UAPI_DEF_IN_ADDR		0
#define __UAPI_DEF_IN_IPPROTO		0
#define __UAPI_DEF_IN_PKTINFO		0
#define __UAPI_DEF_IP_MREQ		0
#define __UAPI_DEF_SOCKADDR_IN		0
#define __UAPI_DEF_IN_CLASS		0

#define __UAPI_DEF_IN6_ADDR		0
/* The exception is the in6_addr macros which must be defined
 * if the glibc code didn't define them. This guard matches
 * the guard in glibc/inet/netinet/in.h which defines the
 * additional in6_addr macros e.g. s6_addr16, and s6_addr32. */
#if defined(__USE_MISC) || defined (__USE_GNU)
#define __UAPI_DEF_IN6_ADDR_ALT		0
#else
#define __UAPI_DEF_IN6_ADDR_ALT		1
#endif
#define __UAPI_DEF_SOCKADDR_IN6		0
#define __UAPI_DEF_IPV6_MREQ		0
#define __UAPI_DEF_IPPROTO_V6		0
#define __UAPI_DEF_IPV6_OPTIONS		0
#define __UAPI_DEF_IN6_PKTINFO		0
#define __UAPI_DEF_IP6_MTUINFO		0

#else

/* Linux headers included first, and we must define everything
 * we need. The expectation is that glibc will check the
 * __UAPI_DEF_* defines and adjust appropriately. */
#define __UAPI_DEF_IN_ADDR		1
#define __UAPI_DEF_IN_IPPROTO		1
#define __UAPI_DEF_IN_PKTINFO		1
#define __UAPI_DEF_IP_MREQ		1
#define __UAPI_DEF_SOCKADDR_IN		1
#define __UAPI_DEF_IN_CLASS		1

#define __UAPI_DEF_IN6_ADDR		1
/* We unconditionally define the in6_addr macros and glibc must
 * coordinate. */
#define __UAPI_DEF_IN6_ADDR_ALT		1
#define __UAPI_DEF_SOCKADDR_IN6		1
#define __UAPI_DEF_IPV6_MREQ		1
#define __UAPI_DEF_IPPROTO_V6		1
#define __UAPI_DEF_IPV6_OPTIONS		1
#define __UAPI_DEF_IN6_PKTINFO		1
#define __UAPI_DEF_IP6_MTUINFO		1

#endif /* _NETINET_IN_H */

/* Coordinate with glibc netipx/ipx.h header. */
#if defined(__NETIPX_IPX_H)

#define __UAPI_DEF_SOCKADDR_IPX			0
#define __UAPI_DEF_IPX_ROUTE_DEFINITION		0
#define __UAPI_DEF_IPX_INTERFACE_DEFINITION	0
#define __UAPI_DEF_IPX_CONFIG_DATA		0
#define __UAPI_DEF_IPX_ROUTE_DEF		0

#else /* defined(__NETIPX_IPX_H) */

#define __UAPI_DEF_SOCKADDR_IPX			1
#define __UAPI_DEF_IPX_ROUTE_DEFINITION		1
#define __UAPI_DEF_IPX_INTERFACE_DEFINITION	1
#define __UAPI_DEF_IPX_CONFIG_DATA		1
#define __UAPI_DEF_IPX_ROUTE_DEF		1

#endif /* defined(__NETIPX_IPX_H) */

/* Definitions for xattr.h */
#if defined(_SYS_XATTR_H)
#define __UAPI_DEF_XATTR		0
#else
#define __UAPI_DEF_XATTR		1
#endif

/* If we did not see any headers from any supported C libraries,
 * or we are being included in the kernel, then define everything
 * that we need. Check for previous __UAPI_* definitions to give
 * unsupported C libraries a way to opt out of any kernel definition. */
#else /* !defined(__GLIBC__) */

/* Definitions for if.h */
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_IF_IFCONF
#define __UAPI_DEF_IF_IFCONF 1
#endif
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_IF_IFMAP
#define __UAPI_DEF_IF_IFMAP 1
#endif
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_IF_IFNAMSIZ
#define __UAPI_DEF_IF_IFNAMSIZ 1
#endif
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_IF_IFREQ
#define __UAPI_DEF_IF_IFREQ 1
#endif
/* Everything up to IFF_DYNAMIC, matches net/if.h until glibc 2.23 */
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_IF_NET_DEVICE_FLAGS
#define __UAPI_DEF_IF_NET_DEVICE_FLAGS 1
#endif
/* For the future if glibc adds IFF_LOWER_UP, IFF_DORMANT and IFF_ECHO */
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_IF_NET_DEVICE_FLAGS_LOWER_UP_DORMANT_ECHO
#define __UAPI_DEF_IF_NET_DEVICE_FLAGS_LOWER_UP_DORMANT_ECHO 1
#endif

/* Definitions for in.h */
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_IN_ADDR
#define __UAPI_DEF_IN_ADDR		1
#endif
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_IN_IPPROTO
#define __UAPI_DEF_IN_IPPROTO		1
#endif
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_IN_PKTINFO
#define __UAPI_DEF_IN_PKTINFO		1
#endif
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_IP_MREQ
#define __UAPI_DEF_IP_MREQ		1
#endif
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_SOCKADDR_IN
#define __UAPI_DEF_SOCKADDR_IN		1
#endif
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_IN_CLASS
#define __UAPI_DEF_IN_CLASS		1
#endif

/* Definitions for in6.h */
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_IN6_ADDR
#define __UAPI_DEF_IN6_ADDR		1
#endif
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_IN6_ADDR_ALT
#define __UAPI_DEF_IN6_ADDR_ALT		1
#endif
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_SOCKADDR_IN6
#define __UAPI_DEF_SOCKADDR_IN6		1
#endif
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_IPV6_MREQ
#define __UAPI_DEF_IPV6_MREQ		1
#endif
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_IPPROTO_V6
#define __UAPI_DEF_IPPROTO_V6		1
#endif
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_IPV6_OPTIONS
#define __UAPI_DEF_IPV6_OPTIONS		1
#endif
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_IN6_PKTINFO
#define __UAPI_DEF_IN6_PKTINFO		1
#endif
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_IP6_MTUINFO
#define __UAPI_DEF_IP6_MTUINFO		1
#endif

/* Definitions for ipx.h */
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_SOCKADDR_IPX
#define __UAPI_DEF_SOCKADDR_IPX			1
#endif
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_IPX_ROUTE_DEFINITION
#define __UAPI_DEF_IPX_ROUTE_DEFINITION		1
#endif
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_IPX_INTERFACE_DEFINITION
#define __UAPI_DEF_IPX_INTERFACE_DEFINITION	1
#endif
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_IPX_CONFIG_DATA
#define __UAPI_DEF_IPX_CONFIG_DATA		1
#endif
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_IPX_ROUTE_DEF
#define __UAPI_DEF_IPX_ROUTE_DEF		1
#endif

/* Definitions for xattr.h */
#ifndef __UAPI_DEF_XATTR
#define __UAPI_DEF_XATTR		1
#endif

#endif /* __GLIBC__ */

#endif /* _LIBC_COMPAT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _LINUX_KDEV_T_H
#define _LINUX_KDEV_T_H

/*
Some programs want their definitions of MAJOR and MINOR and MKDEV
from the kernel sources. These must be the externally visible ones.
*/
#define MAJOR(dev)	((dev)>>8)
#define MINOR(dev)	((dev) & 0xff)
#define MKDEV(ma,mi)	((ma)<<8 | (mi))
#endif /* _LINUX_KDEV_T_H */
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 *	ISO C99 Standard: 7.11 Localization	<locale.h>
 */

#ifndef	_LOCALE_H
#define	_LOCALE_H	1

#include <features.h>

#define __need_NULL
#include <stddef.h>
#include <bits/locale.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* These are the possibilities for the first argument to setlocale.
   The code assumes that the lowest LC_* symbol has the value zero.  */
#define LC_CTYPE          __LC_CTYPE
#define LC_NUMERIC        __LC_NUMERIC
#define LC_TIME           __LC_TIME
#define LC_COLLATE        __LC_COLLATE
#define LC_MONETARY       __LC_MONETARY
#define LC_MESSAGES       __LC_MESSAGES
#define	LC_ALL		  __LC_ALL
#define LC_PAPER	  __LC_PAPER
#define LC_NAME		  __LC_NAME
#define LC_ADDRESS	  __LC_ADDRESS
#define LC_TELEPHONE	  __LC_TELEPHONE
#define LC_MEASUREMENT	  __LC_MEASUREMENT
#define LC_IDENTIFICATION __LC_IDENTIFICATION


/* Structure giving information about numeric and monetary notation.  */
struct lconv
{
  /* Numeric (non-monetary) information.  */

  char *decimal_point;		/* Decimal point character.  */
  char *thousands_sep;		/* Thousands separator.  */
  /* Each element is the number of digits in each group;
     elements with higher indices are farther left.
     An element with value CHAR_MAX means that no further grouping is done.
     An element with value 0 means that the previous element is used
     for all groups farther left.  */
  char *grouping;

  /* Monetary information.  */

  /* First three chars are a currency symbol from ISO 4217.
     Fourth char is the separator.  Fifth char is '\0'.  */
  char *int_curr_symbol;
  char *currency_symbol;	/* Local currency symbol.  */
  char *mon_decimal_point;	/* Decimal point character.  */
  char *mon_thousands_sep;	/* Thousands separator.  */
  char *mon_grouping;		/* Like `grouping' element (above).  */
  char *positive_sign;		/* Sign for positive values.  */
  char *negative_sign;		/* Sign for negative values.  */
  char int_frac_digits;		/* Int'l fractional digits.  */
  char frac_digits;		/* Local fractional digits.  */
  /* 1 if currency_symbol precedes a positive value, 0 if succeeds.  */
  char p_cs_precedes;
  /* 1 iff a space separates currency_symbol from a positive value.  */
  char p_sep_by_space;
  /* 1 if currency_symbol precedes a negative value, 0 if succeeds.  */
  char n_cs_precedes;
  /* 1 iff a space separates currency_symbol from a negative value.  */
  char n_sep_by_space;
  /* Positive and negative sign positions:
     0 Parentheses surround the quantity and currency_symbol.
     1 The sign string precedes the quantity and currency_symbol.
     2 The sign string follows the quantity and currency_symbol.
     3 The sign string immediately precedes the currency_symbol.
     4 The sign string immediately follows the currency_symbol.  */
  char p_sign_posn;
  char n_sign_posn;
#ifdef __USE_ISOC99
  /* 1 if int_curr_symbol precedes a positive value, 0 if succeeds.  */
  char int_p_cs_precedes;
  /* 1 iff a space separates int_curr_symbol from a positive value.  */
  char int_p_sep_by_space;
  /* 1 if int_curr_symbol precedes a negative value, 0 if succeeds.  */
  char int_n_cs_precedes;
  /* 1 iff a space separates int_curr_symbol from a negative value.  */
  char int_n_sep_by_space;
  /* Positive and negative sign positions:
     0 Parentheses surround the quantity and int_curr_symbol.
     1 The sign string precedes the quantity and int_curr_symbol.
     2 The sign string follows the quantity and int_curr_symbol.
     3 The sign string immediately precedes the int_curr_symbol.
     4 The sign string immediately follows the int_curr_symbol.  */
  char int_p_sign_posn;
  char int_n_sign_posn;
#else
  char __int_p_cs_precedes;
  char __int_p_sep_by_space;
  char __int_n_cs_precedes;
  char __int_n_sep_by_space;
  char __int_p_sign_posn;
  char __int_n_sign_posn;
#endif
};


/* Set and/or return the current locale.  */
extern char *setlocale (int __category, const char *__locale) __THROW;

/* Return the numeric/monetary information for the current locale.  */
extern struct lconv *localeconv (void) __THROW;


#ifdef	__USE_XOPEN2K8
/* POSIX.1-2008 extends the locale interface with functions for
   explicit creation and manipulation of 'locale_t' objects
   representing locale contexts, and a set of parallel
   locale-sensitive text processing functions that take a locale_t
   argument.  This enables applications to work with data from
   multiple locales simultaneously and thread-safely.  */
# include <bits/types/locale_t.h>

/* Return a reference to a data structure representing a set of locale
   datasets.  Unlike for the CATEGORY parameter for `setlocale' the
   CATEGORY_MASK parameter here uses a single bit for each category,
   made by OR'ing together LC_*_MASK bits above.  */
extern locale_t newlocale (int __category_mask, const char *__locale,
			   locale_t __base) __THROW;

/* These are the bits that can be set in the CATEGORY_MASK argument to
   `newlocale'.  In the GNU implementation, LC_FOO_MASK has the value
   of (1 << LC_FOO), but this is not a part of the interface that
   callers can assume will be true.  */
# define LC_CTYPE_MASK		(1 << __LC_CTYPE)
# define LC_NUMERIC_MASK	(1 << __LC_NUMERIC)
# define LC_TIME_MASK		(1 << __LC_TIME)
# define LC_COLLATE_MASK	(1 << __LC_COLLATE)
# define LC_MONETARY_MASK	(1 << __LC_MONETARY)
# define LC_MESSAGES_MASK	(1 << __LC_MESSAGES)
# define LC_PAPER_MASK		(1 << __LC_PAPER)
# define LC_NAME_MASK		(1 << __LC_NAME)
# define LC_ADDRESS_MASK	(1 << __LC_ADDRESS)
# define LC_TELEPHONE_MASK	(1 << __LC_TELEPHONE)
# define LC_MEASUREMENT_MASK	(1 << __LC_MEASUREMENT)
# define LC_IDENTIFICATION_MASK	(1 << __LC_IDENTIFICATION)
# define LC_ALL_MASK		(LC_CTYPE_MASK \
				 | LC_NUMERIC_MASK \
				 | LC_TIME_MASK \
				 | LC_COLLATE_MASK \
				 | LC_MONETARY_MASK \
				 | LC_MESSAGES_MASK \
				 | LC_PAPER_MASK \
				 | LC_NAME_MASK \
				 | LC_ADDRESS_MASK \
				 | LC_TELEPHONE_MASK \
				 | LC_MEASUREMENT_MASK \
				 | LC_IDENTIFICATION_MASK \
				 )

/* Return a duplicate of the set of locale in DATASET.  All usage
   counters are increased if necessary.  */
extern locale_t duplocale (locale_t __dataset) __THROW;

/* Free the data associated with a locale dataset previously returned
   by a call to `setlocale_r'.  */
extern void freelocale (locale_t __dataset) __THROW;

/* Switch the current thread's locale to DATASET.
   If DATASET is null, instead just return the current setting.
   The special value LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE is the initial setting
   for all threads and can also be installed any time, meaning
   the thread uses the global settings controlled by `setlocale'.  */
extern locale_t uselocale (locale_t __dataset) __THROW;

/* This value can be passed to `uselocale' and may be returned by it.
   Passing this value to any other function has undefined behavior.  */
# define LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE	((locale_t) -1L)

#endif

__END_DECLS

#endif /* locale.h  */
/* Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _LIBGEN_H
#define _LIBGEN_H	1

#include <features.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Return directory part of PATH or "." if none is available.  */
extern char *dirname (char *__path) __THROW;

/* Return final component of PATH.

   This is the weird XPG version of this function.  It sometimes will
   modify its argument.  Therefore we normally use the GNU version (in
   <string.h>) and only if this header is included make the XPG
   version available under the real name.  */
extern char *__xpg_basename (char *__path) __THROW;
#define basename	__xpg_basename

__END_DECLS

#endif /* libgen.h */
#ifndef _GLX_glxmd_h_
#define _GLX_glxmd_h_


/*
 * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
 * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
 * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
 * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
 * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
 * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
 * either this permission notice or a reference to
 * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
 * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
 * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
 * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
 * SOFTWARE.
 *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
 * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
 * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
 * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
 */

/*
** Machine dependent declarations.
*/

/*
** Define floating point wire types.  These are in IEEE format on the wire.
*/
typedef float FLOAT32;
typedef double FLOAT64;

/*
** Like B32, but this is used to store floats in a request.
**
** NOTE: Machines that have a native 32-bit IEEE float can define this as
**       nothing.  Machines that don't might mimic the float with an integer,
**       and then define this to :32.
*/
#define F32

#endif /* _GLX_glxmd_h_ */
#ifndef __GLX_glxint_h__
#define __GLX_glxint_h__

/*
 * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
 * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
 * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
 * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
 * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
 * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
 * either this permission notice or a reference to
 * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
 * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
 * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
 * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
 * SOFTWARE.
 *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
 * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
 * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
 * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
 */

#include <X11/X.h>
#include <X11/Xdefs.h>
#include "GL/gl.h"

typedef struct __GLXvisualConfigRec __GLXvisualConfig;
typedef struct __GLXFBConfigRec __GLXFBConfig;

struct __GLXvisualConfigRec {
    VisualID vid;
    int class;
    Bool rgba;
    int redSize, greenSize, blueSize, alphaSize;
    unsigned long redMask, greenMask, blueMask, alphaMask;
    int accumRedSize, accumGreenSize, accumBlueSize, accumAlphaSize;
    Bool doubleBuffer;
    Bool stereo;
    int bufferSize;
    int depthSize;
    int stencilSize;
    int auxBuffers;
    int level;
    /* Start of Extended Visual Properties */
    int visualRating;		/* visual_rating extension */
    int transparentPixel;	/* visual_info extension */
				/*    colors are floats scaled to ints */
    int transparentRed, transparentGreen, transparentBlue, transparentAlpha;
    int transparentIndex;
    int multiSampleSize;
    int nMultiSampleBuffers;
    int visualSelectGroup;
};

#define __GLX_MIN_CONFIG_PROPS	18
#define __GLX_MAX_CONFIG_PROPS	500

#define __GLX_EXT_CONFIG_PROPS 	10

/*
** Since we send all non-core visual properties as token, value pairs,
** we require 2 words across the wire. In order to maintain backwards
** compatibility, we need to send the total number of words that the
** VisualConfigs are sent back in so old libraries can simply "ignore"
** the new properties.
*/
#define __GLX_TOTAL_CONFIG       (__GLX_MIN_CONFIG_PROPS +      \
                                    2 * __GLX_EXT_CONFIG_PROPS)

struct __GLXFBConfigRec {
    int visualType;
    int transparentType;
                                /*    colors are floats scaled to ints */
    int transparentRed, transparentGreen, transparentBlue, transparentAlpha;
    int transparentIndex;

    int visualCaveat;

    int associatedVisualId;
    int screen;

    int drawableType;
    int renderType;

    int maxPbufferWidth, maxPbufferHeight, maxPbufferPixels;
    int optimalPbufferWidth, optimalPbufferHeight;  /* for SGIX_pbuffer */

    int visualSelectGroup;	/* visuals grouped by select priority */

    unsigned int id;

    GLboolean rgbMode;
    GLboolean colorIndexMode;
    GLboolean doubleBufferMode;
    GLboolean stereoMode;
    GLboolean haveAccumBuffer;
    GLboolean haveDepthBuffer;
    GLboolean haveStencilBuffer;

    /* The number of bits present in various buffers */
    GLint accumRedBits, accumGreenBits, accumBlueBits, accumAlphaBits;
    GLint depthBits;
    GLint stencilBits;
    GLint indexBits;
    GLint redBits, greenBits, blueBits, alphaBits;
    GLuint redMask, greenMask, blueMask, alphaMask;

    GLuint multiSampleSize;     /* Number of samples per pixel (0 if no ms) */

    GLuint nMultiSampleBuffers; /* Number of availble ms buffers */
    GLint maxAuxBuffers;

    /* frame buffer level */
    GLint level;

    /* color ranges (for SGI_color_range) */
    GLboolean extendedRange;
    GLdouble minRed, maxRed;
    GLdouble minGreen, maxGreen;
    GLdouble minBlue, maxBlue;
    GLdouble minAlpha, maxAlpha;
};

#define __GLX_TOTAL_FBCONFIG_PROPS	 35

#endif /* !__GLX_glxint_h__ */
#ifndef __GLX_glxtokens_h__
#define __GLX_glxtokens_h__

/*
 * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
 * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
 * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
 * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
 * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
 * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
 * either this permission notice or a reference to
 * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
 * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
 * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
 * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
 * SOFTWARE.
 *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
 * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
 * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
 * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
 */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define GLX_VERSION_1_1 1
#define GLX_VERSION_1_2 1
#define GLX_VERSION_1_3 1
#define GLX_VERSION_1_4 1

/*
** Visual Config Attributes (glXGetConfig, glXGetFBConfigAttrib)
*/
#define GLX_USE_GL		1	/* support GLX rendering */
#define GLX_BUFFER_SIZE		2	/* depth of the color buffer */
#define GLX_LEVEL		3	/* level in plane stacking */
#define GLX_RGBA		4	/* true if RGBA mode */
#define GLX_DOUBLEBUFFER	5	/* double buffering supported */
#define GLX_STEREO		6	/* stereo buffering supported */
#define GLX_AUX_BUFFERS		7	/* number of aux buffers */
#define GLX_RED_SIZE		8	/* number of red component bits */
#define GLX_GREEN_SIZE		9	/* number of green component bits */
#define GLX_BLUE_SIZE		10	/* number of blue component bits */
#define GLX_ALPHA_SIZE		11	/* number of alpha component bits */
#define GLX_DEPTH_SIZE		12	/* number of depth bits */
#define GLX_STENCIL_SIZE	13	/* number of stencil bits */
#define GLX_ACCUM_RED_SIZE	14	/* number of red accum bits */
#define GLX_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE	15	/* number of green accum bits */
#define GLX_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE	16	/* number of blue accum bits */
#define GLX_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE	17	/* number of alpha accum bits */
/*
** FBConfig-specific attributes
*/
#define GLX_X_VISUAL_TYPE		0x22
#define GLX_CONFIG_CAVEAT		0x20	/* Like visual_info VISUAL_CAVEAT_EXT */
#define GLX_TRANSPARENT_TYPE		0x23
#define GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE	0x24
#define GLX_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE	0x25
#define GLX_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE	0x26
#define GLX_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE	0x27
#define GLX_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE	0x28
#define GLX_DRAWABLE_TYPE		0x8010
#define GLX_RENDER_TYPE			0x8011
#define GLX_X_RENDERABLE		0x8012
#define GLX_FBCONFIG_ID			0x8013
#define GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_WIDTH		0x8016
#define GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_HEIGHT		0x8017
#define GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_PIXELS		0x8018
#define GLX_VISUAL_ID			0x800B

/* FBConfigSGIX Attributes */
#define GLX_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_WIDTH_SGIX	0x8019
#define GLX_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_SGIX	0x801A

/*
** Error return values from glXGetConfig.  Success is indicated by
** a value of 0.
*/
#define GLX_BAD_SCREEN		1	/* screen # is bad */
#define GLX_BAD_ATTRIBUTE	2	/* attribute to get is bad */
#define GLX_NO_EXTENSION	3	/* no glx extension on server */
#define GLX_BAD_VISUAL		4	/* visual # not known by GLX */
#define GLX_BAD_CONTEXT		5	/* returned only by import_context EXT? */
#define GLX_BAD_VALUE		6	/* returned only by glXSwapIntervalSGI? */
#define GLX_BAD_ENUM		7	/* unused? */

/* FBConfig attribute values */

/*
** Generic "don't care" value for glX ChooseFBConfig attributes (except
** GLX_LEVEL)
*/
#define GLX_DONT_CARE			0xFFFFFFFF

/* GLX_RENDER_TYPE bits */
#define GLX_RGBA_BIT			0x00000001
#define GLX_COLOR_INDEX_BIT		0x00000002
#define GLX_RGBA_FLOAT_BIT_ARB          0x00000004
#define GLX_RGBA_UNSIGNED_FLOAT_BIT_EXT 0x00000008

/* GLX_DRAWABLE_TYPE bits */
#define GLX_WINDOW_BIT			0x00000001
#define GLX_PIXMAP_BIT			0x00000002
#define GLX_PBUFFER_BIT			0x00000004

/* GLX_CONFIG_CAVEAT attribute values */
#define GLX_NONE			0x8000
#define GLX_SLOW_CONFIG			0x8001
#define GLX_NON_CONFORMANT_CONFIG	0x800D

/* GLX_X_VISUAL_TYPE attribute values */
#define GLX_TRUE_COLOR			0x8002
#define GLX_DIRECT_COLOR		0x8003
#define GLX_PSEUDO_COLOR		0x8004
#define GLX_STATIC_COLOR		0x8005
#define GLX_GRAY_SCALE			0x8006
#define GLX_STATIC_GRAY			0x8007

/* GLX_TRANSPARENT_TYPE attribute values */
/* #define GLX_NONE			   0x8000 */
#define GLX_TRANSPARENT_RGB		0x8008
#define GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX		0x8009

/* glXCreateGLXPbuffer attributes */
#define GLX_PRESERVED_CONTENTS		0x801B
#define GLX_LARGEST_PBUFFER		0x801C
#define GLX_PBUFFER_HEIGHT		0x8040	/* New for GLX 1.3 */
#define GLX_PBUFFER_WIDTH		0x8041	/* New for GLX 1.3 */

/* glXQueryGLXPBuffer attributes */
#define GLX_WIDTH			0x801D
#define GLX_HEIGHT			0x801E
#define GLX_EVENT_MASK			0x801F

/* glXCreateNewContext render_type attribute values */
#define GLX_RGBA_TYPE			0x8014
#define GLX_COLOR_INDEX_TYPE		0x8015

/* glXQueryContext attributes */
/* #define GLX_FBCONFIG_ID		  0x8013 */
/* #define GLX_RENDER_TYPE		  0x8011 */
#define GLX_SCREEN			0x800C

/* glXSelectEvent event mask bits */
#define GLX_PBUFFER_CLOBBER_MASK	0x08000000
#define GLX_BUFFER_SWAP_COMPLETE_INTEL_MASK	0x04000000

/* GLXPbufferClobberEvent event_type values */
#define GLX_DAMAGED			0x8020
#define GLX_SAVED			0x8021
#define GLX_EXCHANGE_COMPLETE_INTEL	0x8180
#define GLX_BLIT_COMPLETE_INTEL		0x8181
#define GLX_FLIP_COMPLETE_INTEL		0x8182

/* GLXPbufferClobberEvent draw_type values */
#define GLX_WINDOW			0x8022
#define GLX_PBUFFER			0x8023

/* GLXPbufferClobberEvent buffer_mask bits */
#define GLX_FRONT_LEFT_BUFFER_BIT	0x00000001
#define GLX_FRONT_RIGHT_BUFFER_BIT	0x00000002
#define GLX_BACK_LEFT_BUFFER_BIT	0x00000004
#define GLX_BACK_RIGHT_BUFFER_BIT	0x00000008
#define GLX_AUX_BUFFERS_BIT		0x00000010
#define GLX_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT		0x00000020
#define GLX_STENCIL_BUFFER_BIT		0x00000040
#define GLX_ACCUM_BUFFER_BIT		0x00000080

/*
** Extension return values from glXGetConfig.  These are also
** accepted as parameter values for glXChooseVisual.
*/

#define GLX_X_VISUAL_TYPE_EXT	0x22	/* visual_info extension type */
#define GLX_TRANSPARENT_TYPE_EXT 0x23	/* visual_info extension */
#define GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE_EXT 0x24	/* visual_info extension */
#define GLX_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE_EXT	0x25	/* visual_info extension */
#define GLX_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE_EXT 0x26	/* visual_info extension */
#define GLX_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE_EXT	0x27	/* visual_info extension */
#define GLX_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE_EXT 0x28	/* visual_info extension */

/* Property values for visual_type */
#define GLX_TRUE_COLOR_EXT	0x8002
#define GLX_DIRECT_COLOR_EXT	0x8003
#define GLX_PSEUDO_COLOR_EXT	0x8004
#define GLX_STATIC_COLOR_EXT	0x8005
#define GLX_GRAY_SCALE_EXT	0x8006
#define GLX_STATIC_GRAY_EXT	0x8007

/* Property values for transparent pixel */
#define GLX_NONE_EXT		0x8000
#define GLX_TRANSPARENT_RGB_EXT		0x8008
#define GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_EXT	0x8009

/* Property values for visual_rating */
#define GLX_VISUAL_CAVEAT_EXT		0x20  /* visual_rating extension type */
#define GLX_SLOW_VISUAL_EXT		0x8001
#define GLX_NON_CONFORMANT_VISUAL_EXT	0x800D

/* Property values for swap method (GLX_OML_swap_method) */
#define GLX_SWAP_METHOD_OML                0x8060
#define GLX_SWAP_EXCHANGE_OML              0x8061
#define GLX_SWAP_COPY_OML                  0x8062
#define GLX_SWAP_UNDEFINED_OML             0x8063

/* Property values for multi-sampling */
#define GLX_VISUAL_SELECT_GROUP_SGIX	0x8028	/* visuals grouped by select priority */

/*
** Names for attributes to glXGetClientString.
*/
#define GLX_VENDOR		0x1
#define GLX_VERSION		0x2
#define GLX_EXTENSIONS		0x3

/*
** Names for attributes to glXQueryContextInfoEXT.
*/
#define GLX_SHARE_CONTEXT_EXT	0x800A	/* id of share context */
#define GLX_VISUAL_ID_EXT	0x800B	/* id of context's visual */
#define GLX_SCREEN_EXT		0x800C	/* screen number */

/*
** GLX_EXT_texture_from_pixmap
*/
#define GLX_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RGB_EXT        0x20D0
#define GLX_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RGBA_EXT       0x20D1
#define GLX_BIND_TO_MIPMAP_TEXTURE_EXT     0x20D2
#define GLX_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_TARGETS_EXT    0x20D3
#define GLX_Y_INVERTED_EXT                 0x20D4

#define GLX_TEXTURE_FORMAT_EXT             0x20D5
#define GLX_TEXTURE_TARGET_EXT             0x20D6
#define GLX_MIPMAP_TEXTURE_EXT             0x20D7

#define GLX_TEXTURE_FORMAT_NONE_EXT        0x20D8
#define GLX_TEXTURE_FORMAT_RGB_EXT         0x20D9
#define GLX_TEXTURE_FORMAT_RGBA_EXT        0x20DA

#define GLX_TEXTURE_1D_BIT_EXT             0x00000001
#define GLX_TEXTURE_2D_BIT_EXT             0x00000002
#define GLX_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_BIT_EXT      0x00000004

#define GLX_TEXTURE_1D_EXT                 0x20DB
#define GLX_TEXTURE_2D_EXT                 0x20DC
#define GLX_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_EXT          0x20DD

#define GLX_FRONT_LEFT_EXT                 0x20DE
#define GLX_FRONT_RIGHT_EXT                0x20DF
#define GLX_BACK_LEFT_EXT                  0x20E0
#define GLX_BACK_RIGHT_EXT                 0x20E1
#define GLX_FRONT_EXT                      GLX_FRONT_LEFT_EXT
#define GLX_BACK_EXT                       GLX_BACK_LEFT_EXT
#define GLX_AUX0_EXT                       0x20E2
#define GLX_AUX1_EXT                       0x20E3
#define GLX_AUX2_EXT                       0x20E4
#define GLX_AUX3_EXT                       0x20E5
#define GLX_AUX4_EXT                       0x20E6
#define GLX_AUX5_EXT                       0x20E7
#define GLX_AUX6_EXT                       0x20E8
#define GLX_AUX7_EXT                       0x20E9
#define GLX_AUX8_EXT                       0x20EA
#define GLX_AUX9_EXT                       0x20EB

/*
 * GLX 1.4 and later:
 */
#define GLX_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_SGIS            100000
#define GLX_SAMPLES_SGIS                   100001

/*
 * GLX_EXT_framebuffer_SRGB
 */
#define GLX_FRAMEBUFFER_SRGB_CAPABLE_EXT   0x20B2

/*
 * GLX_ARB_create_context
 * GLX_ARB_create_context_profile
 * GLX_EXT_create_context_es2_profile
 */
#define GLX_CONTEXT_MAJOR_VERSION_ARB      0x2091
#define GLX_CONTEXT_MINOR_VERSION_ARB      0x2092
#define GLX_CONTEXT_FLAGS_ARB              0x2094
#define GLX_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK_ARB       0x9126

#define GLX_CONTEXT_DEBUG_BIT_ARB          0x0001
#define GLX_CONTEXT_FORWARD_COMPATIBLE_BIT_ARB          0x0002

#define GLX_CONTEXT_CORE_PROFILE_BIT_ARB   0x0001
#define GLX_CONTEXT_COMPATIBILITY_PROFILE_BIT_ARB   0x0002
#define GLX_CONTEXT_ES2_PROFILE_BIT_EXT    0x0004

/*
 * GLX_ARB_create_context_robustness
 */
#define GLX_CONTEXT_ROBUST_ACCESS_BIT_ARB  0x0004
#define GLX_CONTEXT_RESET_NOTIFICATION_STRATEGY_ARB 0x8256
#define GLX_NO_RESET_NOTIFICATION_ARB      0x8261
#define GLX_LOSE_CONTEXT_ON_RESET_ARB      0x8252
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* !__GLX_glxtokens_h__ */
#ifndef _GLX_glxproto_h_
#define _GLX_glxproto_h_

/*
 * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
 * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
 * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
 * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
 * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
 * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
 * either this permission notice or a reference to
 * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
 * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
 * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
 * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
 * SOFTWARE.
 *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
 * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
 * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
 * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
 */

#include <GL/glxmd.h>

/*****************************************************************************/

/*
** Errors.
*/
#define GLXBadContext		0
#define GLXBadContextState	1
#define GLXBadDrawable		2
#define GLXBadPixmap		3
#define GLXBadContextTag	4
#define GLXBadCurrentWindow	5
#define GLXBadRenderRequest	6
#define GLXBadLargeRequest	7
#define GLXUnsupportedPrivateRequest	8
#define GLXBadFBConfig		9
#define GLXBadPbuffer		10
#define GLXBadCurrentDrawable	11
#define GLXBadWindow		12
#define GLXBadProfileARB        13

#define __GLX_NUMBER_ERRORS 14

/*
** Events.
** __GLX_NUMBER_EVENTS is set to 17 to account for the BufferClobberSGIX
**  event - this helps initialization if the server supports the pbuffer
**  extension and the client doesn't.
*/
#define GLX_PbufferClobber	0
#define GLX_BufferSwapComplete	1

#define __GLX_NUMBER_EVENTS 17

#define GLX_EXTENSION_NAME	"GLX"
#define GLX_EXTENSION_ALIAS	"SGI-GLX"

#define __GLX_MAX_CONTEXT_PROPS 3

#ifndef GLX_VENDOR
#define GLX_VENDOR		0x1
#endif
#ifndef GLX_VERSION
#define GLX_VERSION		0x2
#endif
#ifndef GLX_EXTENSIONS
#define GLX_EXTENSIONS		0x3
#endif

/*****************************************************************************/

/*
** For the structure definitions in this file, we must redefine these types in
** terms of Xmd.h types, which may include bitfields.  All of these are
** undef'ed at the end of this file, restoring the definitions in glx.h.
*/
#define GLXContextID CARD32
#define GLXPixmap CARD32
#define GLXDrawable CARD32
#define GLXPbuffer CARD32
#define GLXWindow CARD32
#define GLXFBConfigID CARD32
#define GLXFBConfigIDSGIX CARD32
#define GLXPbufferSGIX CARD32

/*
** ContextTag is not exposed to the API.
*/
typedef CARD32 GLXContextTag;

/*****************************************************************************/

/*
** Sizes of basic wire types.
*/
#define __GLX_SIZE_INT8		1
#define __GLX_SIZE_INT16	2
#define __GLX_SIZE_INT32	4
#define __GLX_SIZE_CARD8	1
#define __GLX_SIZE_CARD16	2
#define __GLX_SIZE_CARD32	4
#define __GLX_SIZE_FLOAT32	4
#define __GLX_SIZE_FLOAT64	8

/*****************************************************************************/

/* Requests */

/*
** Render command request.  A bunch of rendering commands are packed into
** a single X extension request.
*/
typedef struct GLXRender {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    GLXContextTag contextTag;
} xGLXRenderReq;
#define sz_xGLXRenderReq 8

/*
** The maximum size that a GLXRender command can be.  The value must fit
** in 16 bits and should be a multiple of 4.
*/
#define __GLX_MAX_RENDER_CMD_SIZE	64000

/*
** Large render command request.  A single large rendering command
** is output in multiple X extension requests.	The first packet
** contains an opcode dependent header (see below) that describes
** the data that follows.
*/
typedef struct GLXRenderLarge {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    GLXContextTag contextTag;
    CARD16	requestNumber;
    CARD16	requestTotal;
    CARD32	dataBytes;
} xGLXRenderLargeReq;
#define sz_xGLXRenderLargeReq 16

/*
** GLX single request.	Commands that go over as single GLX protocol
** requests use this structure.  The glxCode will be one of the X_GLsop
** opcodes.
*/
typedef struct GLXSingle {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    GLXContextTag contextTag;
} xGLXSingleReq;
#define sz_xGLXSingleReq 8

/*
** glXQueryVersion request
*/
typedef struct GLXQueryVersion {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	majorVersion;
    CARD32	minorVersion;
} xGLXQueryVersionReq;
#define sz_xGLXQueryVersionReq 12

/*
** glXIsDirect request
*/
typedef struct GLXIsDirect {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    GLXContextID context;
} xGLXIsDirectReq;
#define sz_xGLXIsDirectReq 8

/*
** glXCreateContext request
*/
typedef struct GLXCreateContext {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    GLXContextID context;
    CARD32	visual;
    CARD32	screen;
    GLXContextID shareList;
    BOOL	isDirect;
    CARD8	reserved1;
    CARD16	reserved2;
} xGLXCreateContextReq;
#define sz_xGLXCreateContextReq 24

/*
** glXDestroyContext request
*/
typedef struct GLXDestroyContext {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    GLXContextID context;
} xGLXDestroyContextReq;
#define sz_xGLXDestroyContextReq 8

/*
** glXMakeCurrent request
*/
typedef struct GLXMakeCurrent {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    GLXDrawable drawable;
    GLXContextID context;
    GLXContextTag oldContextTag;
} xGLXMakeCurrentReq;
#define sz_xGLXMakeCurrentReq 16

/*
** glXWaitGL request
*/
typedef struct GLXWaitGL {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    GLXContextTag contextTag;
} xGLXWaitGLReq;
#define sz_xGLXWaitGLReq 8

/*
** glXWaitX request
*/
typedef struct GLXWaitX {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    GLXContextTag contextTag;
} xGLXWaitXReq;
#define sz_xGLXWaitXReq 8

/*
** glXCopyContext request
*/
typedef struct GLXCopyContext {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    GLXContextID source;
    GLXContextID dest;
    CARD32	mask;
    GLXContextTag contextTag;
} xGLXCopyContextReq;
#define sz_xGLXCopyContextReq 20

/*
** glXSwapBuffers request
*/
typedef struct GLXSwapBuffers {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    GLXContextTag contextTag;
    GLXDrawable drawable;
} xGLXSwapBuffersReq;
#define sz_xGLXSwapBuffersReq 12

/*
** glXUseXFont request
*/
typedef struct GLXUseXFont {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    GLXContextTag contextTag;
    CARD32	font;
    CARD32	first;
    CARD32	count;
    CARD32	listBase;
} xGLXUseXFontReq;
#define sz_xGLXUseXFontReq 24

/*
** glXCreateGLXPixmap request
*/
typedef struct GLXCreateGLXPixmap {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	screen;
    CARD32	visual;
    CARD32	pixmap;
    GLXPixmap	glxpixmap;
} xGLXCreateGLXPixmapReq;
#define sz_xGLXCreateGLXPixmapReq 20

/*
** glXDestroyGLXPixmap request
*/
typedef struct GLXDestroyGLXPixmap {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    GLXPixmap	glxpixmap;
} xGLXDestroyGLXPixmapReq;
#define sz_xGLXDestroyGLXPixmapReq 8

/*
** glXGetVisualConfigs request
*/
typedef struct GLXGetVisualConfigs {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	screen;
} xGLXGetVisualConfigsReq;
#define sz_xGLXGetVisualConfigsReq 8

/*
** glXVendorPrivate request.
*/
typedef struct GLXVendorPrivate {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	vendorCode;		/* vendor-specific opcode */
    GLXContextTag contextTag;
    /*
    ** More data may follow; this is just the header.
    */
} xGLXVendorPrivateReq;
#define sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq 12

/*
** glXVendorPrivateWithReply request
*/
typedef struct GLXVendorPrivateWithReply {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	vendorCode;		/* vendor-specific opcode */
    GLXContextTag contextTag;
    /*
    ** More data may follow; this is just the header.
    */
} xGLXVendorPrivateWithReplyReq;
#define sz_xGLXVendorPrivateWithReplyReq 12

/*
** glXQueryExtensionsString request
*/
typedef struct GLXQueryExtensionsString {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	screen;
} xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReq;
#define sz_xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReq 8

/*
** glXQueryServerString request
*/
typedef struct GLXQueryServerString {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	screen;
    CARD32	name;
} xGLXQueryServerStringReq;
#define sz_xGLXQueryServerStringReq 12

/*
** glXClientInfo request
*/
typedef struct GLXClientInfo {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	major;
    CARD32	minor;
    CARD32	numbytes;
} xGLXClientInfoReq;
#define sz_xGLXClientInfoReq 16

/*** Start of GLX 1.3 requests */

/*
** glXGetFBConfigs request
*/
typedef struct GLXGetFBConfigs {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	screen;
} xGLXGetFBConfigsReq;
#define sz_xGLXGetFBConfigsReq 8

/*
** glXCreatePixmap request
*/
typedef struct GLXCreatePixmap {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	screen;
    GLXFBConfigID fbconfig;
    CARD32	pixmap;
    GLXPixmap	glxpixmap;
    CARD32	numAttribs;
    /* followed by attribute list */
} xGLXCreatePixmapReq;
#define sz_xGLXCreatePixmapReq 24

/*
** glXDestroyPixmap request
*/
typedef struct GLXDestroyPixmap {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    GLXPixmap	glxpixmap;
} xGLXDestroyPixmapReq;
#define sz_xGLXDestroyPixmapReq 8

/*
** glXCreateNewContext request
*/
typedef struct GLXCreateNewContext {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    GLXContextID context;
    GLXFBConfigID fbconfig;
    CARD32	screen;
    CARD32	renderType;
    GLXContextID shareList;
    BOOL	isDirect;
    CARD8	reserved1;
    CARD16	reserved2;
} xGLXCreateNewContextReq;
#define sz_xGLXCreateNewContextReq 28

/*
** glXQueryContext request
*/
typedef struct GLXQueryContext {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    GLXContextID context;
} xGLXQueryContextReq;
#define sz_xGLXQueryContextReq 8

/*
** glXMakeContextCurrent request
*/
typedef struct GLXMakeContextCurrent {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    GLXContextTag oldContextTag;
    GLXDrawable drawable;
    GLXDrawable readdrawable;
    GLXContextID context;
} xGLXMakeContextCurrentReq;
#define sz_xGLXMakeContextCurrentReq 20

/*
** glXCreatePbuffer request
*/
typedef struct GLXCreatePbuffer {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	screen;
    GLXFBConfigID fbconfig;
    GLXPbuffer	pbuffer;
    CARD32	numAttribs;
    /* followed by attribute list */
} xGLXCreatePbufferReq;
#define sz_xGLXCreatePbufferReq 20

/*
** glXDestroyPbuffer request
*/
typedef struct GLXDestroyPbuffer {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    GLXPbuffer	pbuffer;
} xGLXDestroyPbufferReq;
#define sz_xGLXDestroyPbufferReq 8

/*
** glXGetDrawableAttributes request
*/
typedef struct GLXGetDrawableAttributes {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    GLXDrawable drawable;
} xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReq;
#define sz_xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReq 8

/*
** glXChangeDrawableAttributes request
*/
typedef struct GLXChangeDrawableAttributes {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    GLXDrawable drawable;
    CARD32	numAttribs;
    /* followed by attribute list */
} xGLXChangeDrawableAttributesReq;
#define sz_xGLXChangeDrawableAttributesReq 12

/*
** glXCreateWindow request
*/
typedef struct GLXCreateWindow {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	screen;
    GLXFBConfigID fbconfig;
    CARD32	window;
    GLXWindow	glxwindow;
    CARD32	numAttribs;
    /* followed by attribute list */
} xGLXCreateWindowReq;
#define sz_xGLXCreateWindowReq 24

/*
** glXDestroyWindow request
*/
typedef struct GLXDestroyWindow {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    GLXWindow	glxwindow;
} xGLXDestroyWindowReq;
#define sz_xGLXDestroyWindowReq 8

/* Replies */

typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;			/* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    CARD32	error;
    CARD32	pad2;
    CARD32	pad3;
    CARD32	pad4;
    CARD32	pad5;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXGetErrorReply;
#define sz_xGLXGetErrorReply 32

typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;			/* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    GLXContextTag contextTag;
    CARD32	pad2;
    CARD32	pad3;
    CARD32	pad4;
    CARD32	pad5;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXMakeCurrentReply;
#define sz_xGLXMakeCurrentReply 32

typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;			/* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    CARD32	pad1;
    CARD32	pad2;
    CARD32	pad3;
    CARD32	pad4;
    CARD32	pad5;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXReadPixelsReply;
#define sz_xGLXReadPixelsReply 32

typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;			/* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    CARD32	pad1;
    CARD32	pad2;
    CARD32	width;
    CARD32	height;
    CARD32	depth;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXGetTexImageReply;
#define sz_xGLXGetTexImageReply 32

typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;			/* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    CARD32	pad1;
    CARD32	pad2;
    CARD32	width;
    CARD32	height;
    CARD32	pad5;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXGetSeparableFilterReply;
#define sz_xGLXGetSeparableFilterReply 32

typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;			/* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    CARD32	pad1;
    CARD32	pad2;
    CARD32	width;
    CARD32	height;
    CARD32	pad5;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXGetConvolutionFilterReply;
#define sz_xGLXGetConvolutionFilterReply 32

typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;			/* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    CARD32	pad1;
    CARD32	pad2;
    CARD32	width;
    CARD32	pad4;
    CARD32	pad5;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXGetHistogramReply;
#define sz_xGLXGetHistogramReply 32

typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;			/* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    CARD32	pad1;
    CARD32	pad2;
    CARD32	pad3;
    CARD32	pad4;
    CARD32	pad5;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXGetMinmaxReply;
#define sz_xGLXGetMinmaxReply 32

typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;			/* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    CARD32	retval;
    CARD32	size;
    CARD32	newMode;
    CARD32	pad4;
    CARD32	pad5;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXRenderModeReply;
#define sz_xGLXRenderModeReply 32

typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;			/* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    CARD32	majorVersion;
    CARD32	minorVersion;
    CARD32	pad3;
    CARD32	pad4;
    CARD32	pad5;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXQueryVersionReply;
#define sz_xGLXQueryVersionReply 32

typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;			/* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    CARD32	numVisuals;
    CARD32	numProps;
    CARD32	pad3;
    CARD32	pad4;
    CARD32	pad5;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXGetVisualConfigsReply;
#define sz_xGLXGetVisualConfigsReply 32

typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;			/* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    BOOL	isDirect;
    CARD8	pad1;
    CARD16	pad2;
    CARD32	pad3;
    CARD32	pad4;
    CARD32	pad5;
    CARD32	pad6;
    CARD32	pad7;
} xGLXIsDirectReply;
#define sz_xGLXIsDirectReply	32

/*
** This reply structure is used for all single replies.  Single replies
** ship either 1 piece of data or N pieces of data.  In these cases
** size indicates how much data is to be returned.
*/
typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;			/* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    CARD32	retval;
    CARD32	size;
    CARD32	pad3;			/* NOTE: may hold a single value */
    CARD32	pad4;			/* NOTE: may hold half a double */
    CARD32	pad5;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXSingleReply;
#define sz_xGLXSingleReply 32

/*
** This reply structure is used for all Vendor Private replies. Vendor
** Private replies can ship up to 24 bytes within the header or can
** be variable sized, in which case, the reply length field indicates
** the number of words of data which follow the header.
*/
typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;			/* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    CARD32	retval;
    CARD32	size;
    CARD32	pad3;
    CARD32	pad4;
    CARD32	pad5;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXVendorPrivReply;
#define sz_xGLXVendorPrivReply 32

/*
**  QueryExtensionsStringReply
**  n indicates the number of bytes to be returned.
*/
typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;			/* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    CARD32	pad1;
    CARD32	n;
    CARD32	pad3;
    CARD32	pad4;
    CARD32	pad5;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReply;
#define sz_xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReply 32

/*
** QueryServerString Reply struct
** n indicates the number of bytes to be returned.
*/
typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;			/* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    CARD32	pad1;
    CARD32	n;
    CARD32	pad3;			/* NOTE: may hold a single value */
    CARD32	pad4;			/* NOTE: may hold half a double */
    CARD32	pad5;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXQueryServerStringReply;
#define sz_xGLXQueryServerStringReply 32

/*** Start of GLX 1.3 replies */

/*
** glXGetFBConfigs reply
*/
typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;			/* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    CARD32	numFBConfigs;
    CARD32	numAttribs;
    CARD32	pad3;
    CARD32	pad4;
    CARD32	pad5;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXGetFBConfigsReply;
#define sz_xGLXGetFBConfigsReply 32

/*
** glXQueryContext reply
*/
typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;			/* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    CARD32	n;			/* number of attribute/value pairs */
    CARD32	pad2;
    CARD32	pad3;
    CARD32	pad4;
    CARD32	pad5;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXQueryContextReply;
#define sz_xGLXQueryContextReply 32

/*
** glXMakeContextCurrent reply
*/
typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;			/* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    GLXContextTag contextTag;
    CARD32	pad2;
    CARD32	pad3;
    CARD32	pad4;
    CARD32	pad5;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXMakeContextCurrentReply;
#define sz_xGLXMakeContextCurrentReply 32

/*
** glXCreateGLXPbuffer reply
** This is used only in the direct rendering case on SGIs - otherwise
**  CreateGLXPbuffer has no reply. It is not part of GLX 1.3.
*/
typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	success;
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    CARD32	pad1;
    CARD32	pad2;
    CARD32	pad3;
    CARD32	pad4;
    CARD32	pad5;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXCreateGLXPbufferReply;
#define sz_xGLXCreateGLXPbufferReply 32

/*
** glXGetDrawableAttributes reply
*/
typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;			/* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    CARD32	numAttribs;
    CARD32	pad2;
    CARD32	pad3;
    CARD32	pad4;
    CARD32	pad5;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReply;
#define sz_xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReply 32

/*
** glXGetColorTable reply
*/
typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;		       /* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;		       /* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    CARD32	pad1;
    CARD32	pad2;
    CARD32	width;
    CARD32	pad4;
    CARD32	pad5;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXGetColorTableReply;
#define sz_xGLXGetColorTableReply 32

/************************************************************************/

/* GLX extension requests and replies */

/*
** glXQueryContextInfoEXT request
*/
typedef struct GLXQueryContextInfoEXT {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	vendorCode;		/* vendor-specific opcode */
    CARD32	pad1;	/* unused; corresponds to contextTag in header */
    GLXContextID context;
} xGLXQueryContextInfoEXTReq;
#define sz_xGLXQueryContextInfoEXTReq 16

/*
** glXQueryContextInfoEXT reply
*/
typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;			/* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    CARD32	n;			/* number of attribute/value pairs */
    CARD32	pad2;
    CARD32	pad3;
    CARD32	pad4;
    CARD32	pad5;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXQueryContextInfoEXTReply;
#define sz_xGLXQueryContextInfoEXTReply 32

/*
** glXMakeCurrentReadSGI request
*/
typedef struct GLXMakeCurrentReadSGI {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	vendorCode;		/* vendor-specific opcode */
    GLXContextTag oldContextTag;
    GLXDrawable drawable;
    GLXDrawable readable;
    GLXContextID context;
} xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReq;
#define sz_xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReq 24

typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;			/* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    GLXContextTag contextTag;
    CARD32	writeVid;
    CARD32	writeType;
    CARD32	readVid;
    CARD32	readType;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReply;
#define sz_xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReply 32

/*
** glXGetFBConfigsSGIX request
*/
typedef struct GLXGetFBConfigsSGIX {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	vendorCode;		/* vendor-specific opcode */
    CARD32	pad1;   /* unused; corresponds to contextTag in header */
    CARD32	screen;
} xGLXGetFBConfigsSGIXReq;
#define sz_xGLXGetFBConfigsSGIXReq 16

/*
** glXCreateContextWithConfigSGIX request
*/

typedef struct GLXCreateContextWithConfigSGIX {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	vendorCode;		/* vendor-specific opcode */
    CARD32	pad1;   /* unused; corresponds to contextTag in header */
    GLXContextID context;
    GLXFBConfigID fbconfig;
    CARD32	screen;
    CARD32	renderType;
    GLXContextID shareList;
    BOOL	isDirect;
    CARD8	reserved1;
    CARD16	reserved2;
} xGLXCreateContextWithConfigSGIXReq;
#define sz_xGLXCreateContextWithConfigSGIXReq 36

/*
** glXCreatePixmapWithConfigSGIX request
*/

typedef struct GLXCreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIX {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	vendorCode;		/* vendor-specific opcode */
    CARD32	pad1;   /* unused; corresponds to contextTag in header */
    CARD32	screen;
    GLXFBConfigID fbconfig;
    CARD32	pixmap;
    GLXPixmap	glxpixmap;
} xGLXCreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIXReq;
#define sz_xGLXCreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIXReq 28

/*
** glXCreateGLXPbufferSGIX request
*/
typedef struct GLXCreateGLXPbufferSGIX {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	vendorCode;		/* vendor-specific opcode */
    CARD32	pad1;   /* unused; corresponds to contextTag in header */
    CARD32	screen;
    GLXFBConfigID fbconfig;
    GLXPbuffer	pbuffer;
    CARD32	width;
    CARD32	height;
    /* followed by attribute list */
} xGLXCreateGLXPbufferSGIXReq;
#define sz_xGLXCreateGLXPbufferSGIXReq 32

/*
** glXDestroyGLXPbufferSGIX request
*/
typedef struct GLXDestroyGLXPbuffer {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	vendorCode;		/* vendor-specific opcode */
    CARD32	pad1;   /* unused; corresponds to contextTag in header */
    GLXPbuffer	pbuffer;
} xGLXDestroyGLXPbufferSGIXReq;
#define sz_xGLXDestroyGLXPbufferSGIXReq 16

/*
** glXChangeDrawableAttributesSGIX request
*/
typedef struct GLXChangeDrawableAttributesSGIX {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	vendorCode;		/* vendor-specific opcode */
    CARD32	pad1;   /* unused; corresponds to contextTag in header */
    GLXDrawable drawable;
    CARD32	numAttribs;
    /* followed by attribute list */
} xGLXChangeDrawableAttributesSGIXReq;
#define sz_xGLXChangeDrawableAttributesSGIXReq 20

/*
** glXGetDrawableAttributesSGIX request
*/
typedef struct GLXGetDrawableAttributesSGIX {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	vendorCode;		/* vendor-specific opcode */
    CARD32	pad1;   /* unused; corresponds to contextTag in header */
    GLXDrawable drawable;
} xGLXGetDrawableAttributesSGIXReq;
#define sz_xGLXGetDrawableAttributesSGIXReq 16

/*
** glXGetDrawableAttributesSGIX reply
*/
typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;			/* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    CARD32	numAttribs;
    CARD32	pad2;
    CARD32	pad3;
    CARD32	pad4;
    CARD32	pad5;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXGetDrawableAttributesSGIXReply;
#define sz_xGLXGetDrawableAttributesSGIXReply 32

/*
** glXJoinSwapGroupSGIX request
*/
typedef struct GLXJoinSwapGroupSGIX {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	vendorCode;		/* vendor-specific opcode */
    CARD32 	unused;		/* corresponds to contextTag in hdr */
    GLXDrawable	drawable;
    GLXDrawable	member;
} xGLXJoinSwapGroupSGIXReq;
#define sz_xGLXJoinSwapGroupSGIXReq 20

/*
** glXBindSwapBarrierSGIX request
*/
typedef struct GLXBindSwapBarrierSGIX {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	vendorCode;		/* vendor-specific opcode */
    CARD32 	unused;		/* corresponds to contextTag in hdr */
    GLXDrawable	drawable;
    CARD32	barrier;
} xGLXBindSwapBarrierSGIXReq;
#define sz_xGLXBindSwapBarrierSGIXReq 20

/*
** glXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIX request
*/
typedef struct GLXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIX {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	vendorCode;		/* vendor-specific opcode */
    CARD32 	unused;		/* corresponds to contextTag in hdr */
    CARD32	screen;
} xGLXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReq;
#define sz_xGLXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReq 16

typedef struct {
    BYTE	type;			/* X_Reply */
    CARD8	unused;			/* not used */
    CARD16	sequenceNumber;
    CARD32	length;
    CARD32	max;
    CARD32	size;
    CARD32	pad3;
    CARD32	pad4;
    CARD32	pad5;
    CARD32	pad6;
} xGLXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReply;
#define sz_xGLXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReply 32

/*
** glXQueryHyperpipeNetworkSGIX request
*/
typedef struct GLXQueryHyperpipeNetworkSGIX {
    CARD8       reqType;
    CARD8       glxCode;
    CARD16      length;
    CARD32      vendorCode;		/* vendor-specific opcode */
    CARD32      pad1;   /* unused; corresponds to contextTag in header */
    CARD32      screen;
} xGLXQueryHyperpipeNetworkSGIXReq;
#define sz_xGLXQueryHyperpipeNetworkSGIXReq 16

/*
** glXQueryHyperpipeNetworkSGIX reply
*/
typedef struct {
    BYTE        type;                   /* X_Reply */
    CARD8       unused;                 /* not used */
    CARD16      sequenceNumber;
    CARD32      length;
    CARD32      pad1;
    CARD32      n;
    CARD32	npipes;			/* NOTE: may hold a single value */
    CARD32	pad4;			/* NOTE: may hold half a double */
    CARD32      pad5;
    CARD32      pad6;
} xGLXQueryHyperpipeNetworkSGIXReply;
#define sz_xGLXQueryHyperpipeNetworkSGIXReply 32

/*
** glXDestroyHyperpipeConfigSGIX request
*/
typedef struct GLXDestroyHyperpipeConfigSGIX {
    CARD8       reqType;
    CARD8       glxCode;
    CARD16      length;
    CARD32      vendorCode;		/* vendor-specific opcode */
    CARD32      pad1;   /* unused; corresponds to contextTag in header */
    CARD32      screen;
    CARD32      hpId;
    CARD32      pad2;
    CARD32      pad3;
    CARD32      pad4;
} xGLXDestroyHyperpipeConfigSGIXReq;
#define sz_xGLXDestroyHyperpipeConfigSGIXReq 32

/*
** glXDestroyHyperpipeConfigSGIX reply
*/
typedef struct {
    BYTE        type;                   /* X_Reply */
    CARD8       unused;                 /* not used */
    CARD16      sequenceNumber;
    CARD32      length;
    CARD32      pad1;
    CARD32      n;
    CARD32      success;		/* NOTE: may hold a single value */
    CARD32      pad4;			/* NOTE: may hold half a double */
    CARD32      pad5;
    CARD32      pad6;
} xGLXDestroyHyperpipeConfigSGIXReply;
#define sz_xGLXDestroyHyperpipeConfigSGIXReply 32

/*
** glXQueryHyperpipeConfigSGIX request
*/
typedef struct GLXQueryHyperpipeConfigSGIX {
    CARD8       reqType;
    CARD8       glxCode;
    CARD16      length;
    CARD32      vendorCode;		/* vendor-specific opcode */
    CARD32      pad1;   /* unused; corresponds to contextTag in header */
    CARD32      screen;
    CARD32      hpId;
    CARD32      pad2;
    CARD32      pad3;
    CARD32      pad4;
} xGLXQueryHyperpipeConfigSGIXReq;
#define sz_xGLXQueryHyperpipeConfigSGIXReq 32

/*
** glXQueryHyperpipeConfigSGIX reply
*/
typedef struct {
    BYTE        type;                   /* X_Reply */
    CARD8       unused;                 /* not used */
    CARD16      sequenceNumber;
    CARD32      length;
    CARD32      pad1;
    CARD32      n;
    CARD32      npipes;
    CARD32      pad4;
    CARD32      pad5;
    CARD32      pad6;
} xGLXQueryHyperpipeConfigSGIXReply;
#define sz_xGLXQueryHyperpipeConfigSGIXReply 32

/*
** glXHyperpipeConfigSGIX request
*/
typedef struct {
    CARD8       reqType;
    CARD8       glxCode;
    CARD16      length;
    CARD32      vendorCode;		/* vendor-specific opcode */
    CARD32      pad1;   /* unused; corresponds to contextTag in header */
    CARD32      screen;
    CARD32      npipes;
    CARD32      networkId;
    CARD32      pad2;
    CARD32      pad3;
    /* followed by attribute list */
} xGLXHyperpipeConfigSGIXReq;
#define sz_xGLXHyperpipeConfigSGIXReq 32

/*
** glXHyperpipeConfigSGIX reply
*/
typedef struct {
    BYTE        type;                   /* X_Reply */
    CARD8       unused;                 /* not used */
    CARD16      sequenceNumber;
    CARD32      length;
    CARD32      pad1;
    CARD32      n;
    CARD32      npipes;
    CARD32      hpId;
    CARD32      pad5;
    CARD32      pad6;
} xGLXHyperpipeConfigSGIXReply;
#define sz_xGLXHyperpipeConfigSGIXReply 32

/**
 * \name Protocol structures for GLX_ARB_create_context and
 * GLX_ARB_create_context_profile
 */
/*@{*/
/**
 * Protocol header for glXSetClientInfoARB
 *
 * This structure is followed by \c numVersions * 2 \c CARD32 values listing
 * the OpenGL versions supported by the client.  The pairs of values are an
 * OpenGL major version followed by a minor version.  For example,
 *
 *      CARD32 versions[4] = { 2, 1, 3, 0 };
 *
 * says that the client supports OpenGL 2.1 and OpenGL 3.0.
 *
 * These are followed by \c numGLExtensionBytes bytes of \c STRING8 containing
 * the OpenGL extension string supported by the client and up to 3 bytes of
 * padding.
 *
 * The list of OpenGL extensions is followed by \c numGLXExtensionBytes bytes
 * of \c STRING8 containing the GLX extension string supported by the client
 * and up to 3 bytes of padding.
 *
 * This protocol replaces \c GLXClientInfo.
 *
 * \sa GLXClientInfo, GLXSetClientInfo2ARB
 */
typedef struct GLXSetClientInfoARB {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	major;
    CARD32	minor;
    CARD32	numVersions;
    CARD32	numGLExtensionBytes;
    CARD32	numGLXExtensionBytes;
    /*
    ** More data may follow; this is just the header.
    */
} xGLXSetClientInfoARBReq;
#define sz_xGLXSetClientInfoARBReq 24

/**
 * Protocol head for glXCreateContextAttribsARB
 *
 * This protocol replaces \c GLXCreateContext, \c GLXCreateNewContext, and
 * \c GLXCreateContextWithConfigSGIX.
 */
typedef struct GLXCreateContextAttribsARB {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    GLXContextID	context;
    GLXFBConfigID	fbconfig;
    CARD32	screen;
    GLXContextID	shareList;
    BOOL	isDirect;
    CARD8	reserved1;
    CARD16	reserved2;
    CARD32	numAttribs;
    /* followed by attribute list */
} xGLXCreateContextAttribsARBReq;
#define sz_xGLXCreateContextAttribsARBReq 28

/**
 * Protocol header for glXSetClientInfo2ARB
 *
 * The glXSetClientInfo2ARB protocol differs from glXSetClientInfoARB in that
 * the list of OpenGL versions supported by the client is 3 \c CARD32 values
 * per version: major version, minor version, and supported profile mask.
 *
 * This protocol replaces \c GLXClientInfo and \c GLXSetClientInfoARB.
 *
 * \sa GLXClientInfo, GLXSetClientInfoARB
 */
typedef struct GLXSetClientInfo2ARB {
    CARD8	reqType;
    CARD8	glxCode;
    CARD16	length;
    CARD32	major;
    CARD32	minor;
    CARD32	numVersions;
    CARD32	numGLExtensionBytes;
    CARD32	numGLXExtensionBytes;
    /*
    ** More data may follow; this is just the header.
    */
} xGLXSetClientInfo2ARBReq;
#define sz_xGLXSetClientInfo2ARBReq 24
/*@}*/

/************************************************************************/

/*
** Events
*/

typedef struct {
    BYTE type;
    BYTE pad;
    CARD16 sequenceNumber;
    CARD16 event_type;  /*** was clobber_class */
    CARD16 draw_type;
    CARD32 drawable;
    CARD32 buffer_mask; /*** was mask */
    CARD16 aux_buffer;
    CARD16 x;
    CARD16 y;
    CARD16 width;
    CARD16 height;
    CARD16 count;
    CARD32 unused2;
} xGLXPbufferClobberEvent;

typedef struct {
    BYTE type;
    BYTE pad;
    CARD16 sequenceNumber;
    CARD16 event_type;
    CARD32 drawable;
    CARD32 ust_hi;
    CARD32 ust_lo;
    CARD32 msc_hi;
    CARD32 msc_lo;
    CARD32 sbc_hi;
    CARD32 sbc_lo;
} xGLXBufferSwapComplete;

typedef struct {
    BYTE type;
    BYTE pad;
    CARD16 sequenceNumber;
    CARD16 event_type;
    CARD16 pad2;
    CARD32 drawable;
    CARD32 ust_hi;
    CARD32 ust_lo;
    CARD32 msc_hi;
    CARD32 msc_lo;
    CARD32 sbc;
} xGLXBufferSwapComplete2;

/************************************************************************/

/*
** Size of the standard X request header.
*/
#define __GLX_SINGLE_HDR_SIZE sz_xGLXSingleReq
#define __GLX_VENDPRIV_HDR_SIZE sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq

#define __GLX_RENDER_HDR    \
    CARD16	length;	    \
    CARD16	opcode

#define __GLX_RENDER_HDR_SIZE 4

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_HDR;
} __GLXrenderHeader;

#define __GLX_RENDER_LARGE_HDR \
    CARD32	length;	       \
    CARD32	opcode

#define __GLX_RENDER_LARGE_HDR_SIZE 8

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_LARGE_HDR;
} __GLXrenderLargeHeader;

/*
** The glBitmap, glPolygonStipple, glTexImage[12]D, glTexSubImage[12]D
** and glDrawPixels calls all have a pixel header transmitted after the
** Render or RenderLarge header and before their own opcode specific
** headers.
*/
#define __GLX_PIXEL_HDR		\
    BOOL	swapBytes;	\
    BOOL	lsbFirst;	\
    CARD8	reserved0;	\
    CARD8	reserved1;	\
    CARD32	rowLength;	\
    CARD32	skipRows;	\
    CARD32	skipPixels;	\
    CARD32	alignment

#define __GLX_PIXEL_HDR_SIZE 20

typedef struct {
    __GLX_PIXEL_HDR;
} __GLXpixelHeader;

/*
** glTexImage[34]D and glTexSubImage[34]D calls
** all have a pixel header transmitted after the Render or RenderLarge
** header and before their own opcode specific headers.
*/
#define __GLX_PIXEL_3D_HDR		\
    BOOL	swapBytes;		\
    BOOL	lsbFirst;		\
    CARD8	reserved0;		\
    CARD8	reserved1;		\
    CARD32	rowLength;		\
    CARD32	imageHeight;		\
    CARD32	imageDepth;		\
    CARD32	skipRows;		\
    CARD32	skipImages;		\
    CARD32	skipVolumes;		\
    CARD32	skipPixels;		\
    CARD32	alignment

#define __GLX_PIXEL_3D_HDR_SIZE 36

/*
** Data that is specific to a glBitmap call.  The data is sent in the
** following order:
**	Render or RenderLarge header
**	Pixel header
**	Bitmap header
*/
#define __GLX_BITMAP_HDR    \
    CARD32	width;	    \
    CARD32	height;	    \
    FLOAT32	xorig F32;  \
    FLOAT32	yorig F32;  \
    FLOAT32	xmove F32;  \
    FLOAT32	ymove F32

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_HDR;
    __GLX_PIXEL_HDR;
    __GLX_BITMAP_HDR;
} __GLXbitmapHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_LARGE_HDR;
    __GLX_PIXEL_HDR;
    __GLX_BITMAP_HDR;
} __GLXbitmapLargeHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_PIXEL_HDR;
    __GLX_BITMAP_HDR;
} __GLXdispatchBitmapHeader;

#define __GLX_BITMAP_HDR_SIZE 24

#define __GLX_BITMAP_CMD_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_RENDER_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_PIXEL_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_BITMAP_HDR_SIZE)

#define __GLX_BITMAP_CMD_DISPATCH_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_PIXEL_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_BITMAP_HDR_SIZE)

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_HDR;
    __GLX_PIXEL_HDR;
} __GLXpolygonStippleHeader;

#define __GLX_POLYGONSTIPPLE_CMD_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_RENDER_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_PIXEL_HDR_SIZE)

/*
** Data that is specific to a glTexImage1D or glTexImage2D call.  The
** data is sent in the following order:
**	Render or RenderLarge header
**	Pixel header
**	TexImage header
** When a glTexImage1D call the height field is unexamined by the server.
*/
#define __GLX_TEXIMAGE_HDR	\
    CARD32	target;		\
    CARD32	level;		\
    CARD32	components;	\
    CARD32	width;		\
    CARD32	height;		\
    CARD32	border;		\
    CARD32	format;		\
    CARD32	type

#define __GLX_TEXIMAGE_HDR_SIZE 32

#define __GLX_TEXIMAGE_CMD_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_RENDER_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_PIXEL_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_TEXIMAGE_HDR_SIZE)

#define __GLX_TEXIMAGE_CMD_DISPATCH_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_PIXEL_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_TEXIMAGE_HDR_SIZE)

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_HDR;
    __GLX_PIXEL_HDR;
    __GLX_TEXIMAGE_HDR;
} __GLXtexImageHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_LARGE_HDR;
    __GLX_PIXEL_HDR;
    __GLX_TEXIMAGE_HDR;
} __GLXtexImageLargeHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_PIXEL_HDR;
    __GLX_TEXIMAGE_HDR;
} __GLXdispatchTexImageHeader;

/*
** Data that is specific to a glTexImage3D or glTexImage4D call.  The
** data is sent in the following order:
**	Render or RenderLarge header
**	Pixel 3D header
**	TexImage 3D header
** When a glTexImage3D call the size4d and woffset fields are unexamined
** by the server.
** Could be used by all TexImage commands and perhaps should be in the
** future.
*/
#define __GLX_TEXIMAGE_3D_HDR \
    CARD32	target;		\
    CARD32	level;		\
    CARD32	internalformat;	\
    CARD32	width;		\
    CARD32	height;		\
    CARD32	depth;		\
    CARD32	size4d;		\
    CARD32	border;		\
    CARD32	format;		\
    CARD32	type;		\
    CARD32	nullimage

#define __GLX_TEXIMAGE_3D_HDR_SIZE 44

#define __GLX_TEXIMAGE_3D_CMD_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_RENDER_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_PIXEL_3D_HDR_SIZE + \
		__GLX_TEXIMAGE_3D_HDR_SIZE)

#define __GLX_TEXIMAGE_3D_CMD_DISPATCH_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_PIXEL_3D_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_TEXIMAGE_3D_HDR_SIZE)

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_HDR;
    __GLX_PIXEL_3D_HDR;
    __GLX_TEXIMAGE_3D_HDR;
} __GLXtexImage3DHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_LARGE_HDR;
    __GLX_PIXEL_3D_HDR;
    __GLX_TEXIMAGE_3D_HDR;
} __GLXtexImage3DLargeHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_PIXEL_3D_HDR;
    __GLX_TEXIMAGE_3D_HDR;
} __GLXdispatchTexImage3DHeader;

/*
** Data that is specific to a glTexSubImage1D or glTexSubImage2D call.	The
** data is sent in the following order:
**	Render or RenderLarge header
**	Pixel header
**	TexSubImage header
** When a glTexSubImage1D call is made, the yoffset and height fields
** are unexamined by the server and are  considered to be padding.
*/
#define __GLX_TEXSUBIMAGE_HDR	\
    CARD32	target;		\
    CARD32	level;		\
    CARD32	xoffset;	\
    CARD32	yoffset;	\
    CARD32	width;		\
    CARD32	height;		\
    CARD32	format;		\
    CARD32	type;		\
    CARD32	nullImage	\

#define __GLX_TEXSUBIMAGE_HDR_SIZE 36

#define __GLX_TEXSUBIMAGE_CMD_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_RENDER_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_PIXEL_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_TEXSUBIMAGE_HDR_SIZE)

#define __GLX_TEXSUBIMAGE_CMD_DISPATCH_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_PIXEL_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_TEXSUBIMAGE_HDR_SIZE)

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_HDR;
    __GLX_PIXEL_HDR;
    __GLX_TEXSUBIMAGE_HDR;
} __GLXtexSubImageHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_LARGE_HDR;
    __GLX_PIXEL_HDR;
    __GLX_TEXSUBIMAGE_HDR;
} __GLXtexSubImageLargeHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_PIXEL_HDR;
    __GLX_TEXSUBIMAGE_HDR;
} __GLXdispatchTexSubImageHeader;

/*
** Data that is specific to a glTexSubImage3D and 4D calls.  The
** data is sent in the following order:
**	Render or RenderLarge header
**	Pixel 3D header
**	TexSubImage 3D header
** When a glTexSubImage3D call is made, the woffset and size4d fields
** are unexamined by the server and are considered to be padding.
*/
#define __GLX_TEXSUBIMAGE_3D_HDR	\
    CARD32	target;			\
    CARD32	level;			\
    CARD32	xoffset;		\
    CARD32	yoffset;		\
    CARD32	zoffset;		\
    CARD32	woffset;		\
    CARD32	width;			\
    CARD32	height;			\
    CARD32	depth;			\
    CARD32	size4d;			\
    CARD32	format;			\
    CARD32	type;			\
    CARD32	nullImage		\

#define __GLX_TEXSUBIMAGE_3D_HDR_SIZE 52

#define __GLX_TEXSUBIMAGE_3D_CMD_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_RENDER_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_PIXEL_3D_HDR_SIZE + \
		__GLX_TEXSUBIMAGE_3D_HDR_SIZE)

#define __GLX_TEXSUBIMAGE_3D_CMD_DISPATCH_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_PIXEL_3D_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_TEXSUBIMAGE_3D_HDR_SIZE)

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_HDR;
    __GLX_PIXEL_3D_HDR;
    __GLX_TEXSUBIMAGE_3D_HDR;
} __GLXtexSubImage3DHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_LARGE_HDR;
    __GLX_PIXEL_3D_HDR;
    __GLX_TEXSUBIMAGE_3D_HDR;
} __GLXtexSubImage3DLargeHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_PIXEL_3D_HDR;
    __GLX_TEXSUBIMAGE_3D_HDR;
} __GLXdispatchTexSubImage3DHeader;

/**
 * Data that is specific to a \c glCompressedTexImage1D or
 * \c glCompressedTexImage2D call.  The data is sent in the following
 * order:
 *     - Render or RenderLarge header
 *     - CompressedTexImage header
 *
 * When a \c glCompressedTexImage1D call is made, the \c height field is
 * not examined by the server and is considered padding.
 */

#define __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXIMAGE_HDR \
    CARD32     target;		      \
    CARD32     level;		      \
    CARD32     internalFormat;	      \
    CARD32     width;		      \
    CARD32     height;		      \
    CARD32     border;		      \
    CARD32     imageSize

#define __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXIMAGE_HDR_SIZE 28

#define __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXIMAGE_CMD_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_RENDER_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXIMAGE_HDR_SIZE)

#define __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXIMAGE_DISPATCH_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXIMAGE_HDR_SIZE)

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_HDR;
    __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXIMAGE_HDR;
} __GLXcompressedTexImageHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_LARGE_HDR;
    __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXIMAGE_HDR;
} __GLXcompressedTexImageLargeHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXIMAGE_HDR;
} __GLXdispatchCompressedTexImageHeader;

/**
 * Data that is specifi to a \c glCompressedTexSubImage1D or
 * \c glCompressedTexSubImage2D call.  The data is sent in the following
 * order:
 *     - Render or RenderLarge header
 *     - CompressedTexSubImage header
 *
 * When a \c glCompressedTexSubImage1D call is made, the \c yoffset and
 * \c height fields are not examined by the server and are considered padding.
 */

#define __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXSUBIMAGE_HDR \
    CARD32     target;			 \
    CARD32     level;			 \
    CARD32     xoffset;			 \
    CARD32     yoffset;			 \
    CARD32     width;			 \
    CARD32     height;			 \
    CARD32     format;			 \
    CARD32     imageSize

#define __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXSUBIMAGE_HDR_SIZE 32

#define __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXSUBIMAGE_CMD_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_RENDER_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXSUBIMAGE_HDR_SIZE)

#define __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXSUBIMAGE_DISPATCH_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXSUBIMAGE_HDR_SIZE)

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_HDR;
    __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXSUBIMAGE_HDR;
} __GLXcompressedTexSubImageHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_LARGE_HDR;
    __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXSUBIMAGE_HDR;
} __GLXcompressedTexSubImageLargeHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXSUBIMAGE_HDR;
} __GLXdispatchCompressedTexSubImageHeader;

/**
 * Data that is specific to a \c glCompressedTexImage3D call.  The data is
 * sent in the following order:
 *     - Render or RenderLarge header
 *     - CompressedTexImage3D header
 */

#define __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXIMAGE_3D_HDR \
    CARD32     target;			 \
    CARD32     level;			 \
    CARD32     internalFormat;		 \
    CARD32     width;			 \
    CARD32     height;			 \
    CARD32     depth;			 \
    CARD32     border;			 \
    CARD32     imageSize

#define __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXIMAGE_3D_HDR_SIZE 32

#define __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXIMAGE_3D_CMD_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_RENDER_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXIMAGE_3D_HDR_SIZE)

#define __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXIMAGE_3D_DISPATCH_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXIMAGE_3D_HDR_SIZE)

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_HDR;
    __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXIMAGE_3D_HDR;
} __GLXcompressedTexImage3DHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_LARGE_HDR;
    __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXIMAGE_3D_HDR;
} __GLXcompressedTexImage3DLargeHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXIMAGE_3D_HDR;
} __GLXdispatchCompressedTexImage3DHeader;

/**
 * Data that is specifi to a \c glCompressedTexSubImage3D call.  The data is
 * sent in the following order:
 *     - Render or RenderLarge header
 *     - CompressedTexSubImage3D header
 */

#define __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXSUBIMAGE_3D_HDR \
    CARD32     target;			    \
    CARD32     level;			    \
    CARD32     xoffset;			    \
    CARD32     yoffset;			    \
    CARD32     zoffset;			    \
    CARD32     width;			    \
    CARD32     height;			    \
    CARD32     depth;			    \
    CARD32     format;			    \
    CARD32     imageSize

#define __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXSUBIMAGE_3D_HDR_SIZE 32

#define __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXSUBIMAGE_3D_CMD_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_RENDER_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXSUBIMAGE_3D_HDR_SIZE)

#define __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXSUBIMAGE_3D_DISPATCH_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXSUBIMAGE_3D_HDR_SIZE)

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_HDR;
    __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXSUBIMAGE_3D_HDR;
} __GLXcompressedTexSubImage3DHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_LARGE_HDR;
    __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXSUBIMAGE_3D_HDR;
} __GLXcompressedTexSubImage3DLargeHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_COMPRESSED_TEXSUBIMAGE_3D_HDR;
} __GLXdispatchCompressedTexSubImage3DHeader;

/*
** Data that is specific to a glDrawPixels call.  The data is sent in the
** following order:
**	Render or RenderLarge header
**	Pixel header
**	DrawPixels header
*/
#define __GLX_DRAWPIXELS_HDR \
    CARD32	width;	     \
    CARD32	height;	     \
    CARD32	format;	     \
    CARD32	type

#define __GLX_DRAWPIXELS_HDR_SIZE 16

#define __GLX_DRAWPIXELS_CMD_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_RENDER_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_PIXEL_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_DRAWPIXELS_HDR_SIZE)

#define __GLX_DRAWPIXELS_CMD_DISPATCH_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_PIXEL_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_DRAWPIXELS_HDR_SIZE)

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_HDR;
    __GLX_PIXEL_HDR;
    __GLX_DRAWPIXELS_HDR;
} __GLXdrawPixelsHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_LARGE_HDR;
    __GLX_PIXEL_HDR;
    __GLX_DRAWPIXELS_HDR;
} __GLXdrawPixelsLargeHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_PIXEL_HDR;
    __GLX_DRAWPIXELS_HDR;
} __GLXdispatchDrawPixelsHeader;

/*
** Data that is specific to a glConvolutionFilter1D or glConvolutionFilter2D
** call.  The data is sent in the following order:
**	Render or RenderLarge header
**	Pixel header
**	ConvolutionFilter header
** When a glConvolutionFilter1D call the height field is unexamined by the server.
*/
#define __GLX_CONV_FILT_HDR	\
    CARD32	target;		\
    CARD32	internalformat;	\
    CARD32	width;		\
    CARD32	height;		\
    CARD32	format;		\
    CARD32	type

#define __GLX_CONV_FILT_HDR_SIZE 24

#define __GLX_CONV_FILT_CMD_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_RENDER_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_PIXEL_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_CONV_FILT_HDR_SIZE)

#define __GLX_CONV_FILT_CMD_DISPATCH_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_PIXEL_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_CONV_FILT_HDR_SIZE)
typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_HDR;
    __GLX_PIXEL_HDR;
    __GLX_CONV_FILT_HDR;
} __GLXConvolutionFilterHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_LARGE_HDR;
    __GLX_PIXEL_HDR;
    __GLX_CONV_FILT_HDR;
} __GLXConvolutionFilterLargeHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_PIXEL_HDR;
    __GLX_CONV_FILT_HDR;
} __GLXdispatchConvolutionFilterHeader;

/*
** Data that is specific to a glDrawArraysEXT call.  The data is sent in the
** following order:
**	Render or RenderLarge header
**	Draw Arrays header
**	a variable number of Component headers
**	vertex data for each component type
*/

#define __GLX_DRAWARRAYS_HDR \
    CARD32	numVertexes;   \
    CARD32	numComponents; \
    CARD32	primType

#define __GLX_DRAWARRAYS_HDR_SIZE 12

#define __GLX_DRAWARRAYS_CMD_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_RENDER_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_DRAWARRAYS_HDR_SIZE)

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_HDR;
    __GLX_DRAWARRAYS_HDR;
} __GLXdrawArraysHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_LARGE_HDR;
    __GLX_DRAWARRAYS_HDR;
} __GLXdrawArraysLargeHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_DRAWARRAYS_HDR;
} __GLXdispatchDrawArraysHeader;

#define __GLX_COMPONENT_HDR \
    CARD32	datatype;   \
    INT32	numVals;    \
    CARD32	component

typedef struct {
    __GLX_COMPONENT_HDR;
} __GLXdispatchDrawArraysComponentHeader;

#define __GLX_COMPONENT_HDR_SIZE 12

/*
** Data that is specific to a glColorTable call
**	The data is sent in the following order:
**	Render or RenderLarge header
**	Pixel header
**	ColorTable header
*/

#define __GLX_COLOR_TABLE_HDR	     \
    CARD32	target;		     \
    CARD32	internalformat;	     \
    CARD32	width;		     \
    CARD32	format;		     \
    CARD32	type

#define __GLX_COLOR_TABLE_HDR_SIZE 20

#define __GLX_COLOR_TABLE_CMD_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_RENDER_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_PIXEL_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_COLOR_TABLE_HDR_SIZE)

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_HDR;
    __GLX_PIXEL_HDR;
    __GLX_COLOR_TABLE_HDR;
} __GLXColorTableHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_LARGE_HDR;
    __GLX_PIXEL_HDR;
    __GLX_COLOR_TABLE_HDR;
} __GLXColorTableLargeHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_PIXEL_HDR;
    __GLX_COLOR_TABLE_HDR;
} __GLXdispatchColorTableHeader;

/*
** Data that is specific to a glColorSubTable call
**	The data is sent in the following order:
**	Render or RenderLarge header
**	Pixel header
**	ColorTable header
*/

#define __GLX_COLOR_SUBTABLE_HDR    \
    CARD32	target;		    \
    CARD32	start;		    \
    CARD32	count;		    \
    CARD32	format;		    \
    CARD32	type

#define __GLX_COLOR_SUBTABLE_HDR_SIZE 20

#define __GLX_COLOR_SUBTABLE_CMD_HDR_SIZE \
    (__GLX_RENDER_HDR_SIZE + __GLX_PIXEL_HDR_SIZE + \
     __GLX_COLOR_SUBTABLE_HDR_SIZE)

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_HDR;
    __GLX_PIXEL_HDR;
    __GLX_COLOR_SUBTABLE_HDR;
} __GLXColorSubTableHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_RENDER_LARGE_HDR;
    __GLX_PIXEL_HDR;
    __GLX_COLOR_SUBTABLE_HDR;
} __GLXColorSubTableLargeHeader;

typedef struct {
    __GLX_PIXEL_HDR;
    __GLX_COLOR_SUBTABLE_HDR;
} __GLXdispatchColorSubTableHeader;

#define GLX_WINDOW_TYPE		1
#define GLX_PIXMAP_TYPE		2
#define GLX_VIDEO_SOURCE_TYPE	3
#define GLX_PBUFFER_TYPE	4
/* 5 is for DM_PBUFFER */
#define GLX_GLXWINDOW_TYPE	6

/*****************************************************************************/

/*
** Restore these definitions back to the typedefs in glx.h
*/
#undef GLXContextID
#undef GLXPixmap
#undef GLXDrawable
#undef GLXPbuffer
#undef GLXWindow
#undef GLXFBConfigID
#undef GLXFBConfigIDSGIX
#undef GLXPbufferSGIX


/* Opcodes for GLX commands */

#define X_GLXRender                       1
#define X_GLXRenderLarge                  2
#define X_GLXCreateContext                3
#define X_GLXDestroyContext               4
#define X_GLXMakeCurrent                  5
#define X_GLXIsDirect                     6
#define X_GLXQueryVersion                 7
#define X_GLXWaitGL                       8
#define X_GLXWaitX                        9
#define X_GLXCopyContext                 10
#define X_GLXSwapBuffers                 11
#define X_GLXUseXFont                    12
#define X_GLXCreateGLXPixmap             13
#define X_GLXGetVisualConfigs            14
#define X_GLXDestroyGLXPixmap            15
#define X_GLXVendorPrivate               16
#define X_GLXVendorPrivateWithReply      17
#define X_GLXQueryExtensionsString       18
#define X_GLXQueryServerString           19
#define X_GLXClientInfo                  20
#define X_GLXGetFBConfigs                21
#define X_GLXCreatePixmap                22
#define X_GLXDestroyPixmap               23
#define X_GLXCreateNewContext            24
#define X_GLXQueryContext                25
#define X_GLXMakeContextCurrent          26
#define X_GLXCreatePbuffer               27
#define X_GLXDestroyPbuffer              28
#define X_GLXGetDrawableAttributes       29
#define X_GLXChangeDrawableAttributes    30
#define X_GLXCreateWindow                31
#define X_GLXDestroyWindow               32
#define X_GLXSetClientInfoARB            33
#define X_GLXCreateContextAttribsARB     34
#define X_GLXSetClientInfo2ARB           35

/* typo compatibility with older headers */
#define X_GLXCreateContextAtrribsARB     34
#define X_GLXSetConfigInfo2ARB           35

/* Opcodes for single commands (part of GLX command space) */

#define X_GLsop_NewList                    101
#define X_GLsop_EndList                    102
#define X_GLsop_DeleteLists                103
#define X_GLsop_GenLists                   104
#define X_GLsop_FeedbackBuffer             105
#define X_GLsop_SelectBuffer               106
#define X_GLsop_RenderMode                 107
#define X_GLsop_Finish                     108
#define X_GLsop_Flush                      142
#define X_GLsop_PixelStoref                109
#define X_GLsop_PixelStorei                110
#define X_GLsop_ReadPixels                 111
#define X_GLsop_GetBooleanv                112
#define X_GLsop_GetClipPlane               113
#define X_GLsop_GetDoublev                 114
#define X_GLsop_GetError                   115
#define X_GLsop_GetFloatv                  116
#define X_GLsop_GetIntegerv                117
#define X_GLsop_GetLightfv                 118
#define X_GLsop_GetLightiv                 119
#define X_GLsop_GetMapdv                   120
#define X_GLsop_GetMapfv                   121
#define X_GLsop_GetMapiv                   122
#define X_GLsop_GetMaterialfv              123
#define X_GLsop_GetMaterialiv              124
#define X_GLsop_GetPixelMapfv              125
#define X_GLsop_GetPixelMapuiv             126
#define X_GLsop_GetPixelMapusv             127
#define X_GLsop_GetPolygonStipple          128
#define X_GLsop_GetString                  129
#define X_GLsop_GetTexEnvfv                130
#define X_GLsop_GetTexEnviv                131
#define X_GLsop_GetTexGendv                132
#define X_GLsop_GetTexGenfv                133
#define X_GLsop_GetTexGeniv                134
#define X_GLsop_GetTexImage                135
#define X_GLsop_GetTexParameterfv          136
#define X_GLsop_GetTexParameteriv          137
#define X_GLsop_GetTexLevelParameterfv     138
#define X_GLsop_GetTexLevelParameteriv     139
#define X_GLsop_IsEnabled                  140
#define X_GLsop_IsList                     141
#define X_GLsop_AreTexturesResident        143
#define X_GLsop_DeleteTextures             144
#define X_GLsop_GenTextures                145
#define X_GLsop_IsTexture                  146
#define X_GLsop_GetColorTable              147
#define X_GLsop_GetColorTableParameterfv   148
#define X_GLsop_GetColorTableParameteriv   149
#define X_GLsop_GetConvolutionFilter       150
#define X_GLsop_GetConvolutionParameterfv  151
#define X_GLsop_GetConvolutionParameteriv  152
#define X_GLsop_GetSeparableFilter         153
#define X_GLsop_GetHistogram               154
#define X_GLsop_GetHistogramParameterfv    155
#define X_GLsop_GetHistogramParameteriv    156
#define X_GLsop_GetMinmax                  157
#define X_GLsop_GetMinmaxParameterfv       158
#define X_GLsop_GetMinmaxParameteriv       159
#define X_GLsop_GetCompressedTexImage      160


/* Opcodes for rendering commands */

#define X_GLrop_CallList                     1
#define X_GLrop_CallLists                    2
#define X_GLrop_ListBase                     3
#define X_GLrop_Begin                        4
#define X_GLrop_Bitmap                       5
#define X_GLrop_Color3bv                     6
#define X_GLrop_Color3dv                     7
#define X_GLrop_Color3fv                     8
#define X_GLrop_Color3iv                     9
#define X_GLrop_Color3sv                    10
#define X_GLrop_Color3ubv                   11
#define X_GLrop_Color3uiv                   12
#define X_GLrop_Color3usv                   13
#define X_GLrop_Color4bv                    14
#define X_GLrop_Color4dv                    15
#define X_GLrop_Color4fv                    16
#define X_GLrop_Color4iv                    17
#define X_GLrop_Color4sv                    18
#define X_GLrop_Color4ubv                   19
#define X_GLrop_Color4uiv                   20
#define X_GLrop_Color4usv                   21
#define X_GLrop_EdgeFlagv                   22
#define X_GLrop_End                         23
#define X_GLrop_Indexdv                     24
#define X_GLrop_Indexfv                     25
#define X_GLrop_Indexiv                     26
#define X_GLrop_Indexsv                     27
#define X_GLrop_Normal3bv                   28
#define X_GLrop_Normal3dv                   29
#define X_GLrop_Normal3fv                   30
#define X_GLrop_Normal3iv                   31
#define X_GLrop_Normal3sv                   32
#define X_GLrop_RasterPos2dv                33
#define X_GLrop_RasterPos2fv                34
#define X_GLrop_RasterPos2iv                35
#define X_GLrop_RasterPos2sv                36
#define X_GLrop_RasterPos3dv                37
#define X_GLrop_RasterPos3fv                38
#define X_GLrop_RasterPos3iv                39
#define X_GLrop_RasterPos3sv                40
#define X_GLrop_RasterPos4dv                41
#define X_GLrop_RasterPos4fv                42
#define X_GLrop_RasterPos4iv                43
#define X_GLrop_RasterPos4sv                44
#define X_GLrop_Rectdv                      45
#define X_GLrop_Rectfv                      46
#define X_GLrop_Rectiv                      47
#define X_GLrop_Rectsv                      48
#define X_GLrop_TexCoord1dv                 49
#define X_GLrop_TexCoord1fv                 50
#define X_GLrop_TexCoord1iv                 51
#define X_GLrop_TexCoord1sv                 52
#define X_GLrop_TexCoord2dv                 53
#define X_GLrop_TexCoord2fv                 54
#define X_GLrop_TexCoord2iv                 55
#define X_GLrop_TexCoord2sv                 56
#define X_GLrop_TexCoord3dv                 57
#define X_GLrop_TexCoord3fv                 58
#define X_GLrop_TexCoord3iv                 59
#define X_GLrop_TexCoord3sv                 60
#define X_GLrop_TexCoord4dv                 61
#define X_GLrop_TexCoord4fv                 62
#define X_GLrop_TexCoord4iv                 63
#define X_GLrop_TexCoord4sv                 64
#define X_GLrop_Vertex2dv                   65
#define X_GLrop_Vertex2fv                   66
#define X_GLrop_Vertex2iv                   67
#define X_GLrop_Vertex2sv                   68
#define X_GLrop_Vertex3dv                   69
#define X_GLrop_Vertex3fv                   70
#define X_GLrop_Vertex3iv                   71
#define X_GLrop_Vertex3sv                   72
#define X_GLrop_Vertex4dv                   73
#define X_GLrop_Vertex4fv                   74
#define X_GLrop_Vertex4iv                   75
#define X_GLrop_Vertex4sv                   76
#define X_GLrop_ClipPlane                   77
#define X_GLrop_ColorMaterial               78
#define X_GLrop_CullFace                    79
#define X_GLrop_Fogf                        80
#define X_GLrop_Fogfv                       81
#define X_GLrop_Fogi                        82
#define X_GLrop_Fogiv                       83
#define X_GLrop_FrontFace                   84
#define X_GLrop_Hint                        85
#define X_GLrop_Lightf                      86
#define X_GLrop_Lightfv                     87
#define X_GLrop_Lighti                      88
#define X_GLrop_Lightiv                     89
#define X_GLrop_LightModelf                 90
#define X_GLrop_LightModelfv                91
#define X_GLrop_LightModeli                 92
#define X_GLrop_LightModeliv                93
#define X_GLrop_LineStipple                 94
#define X_GLrop_LineWidth                   95
#define X_GLrop_Materialf                   96
#define X_GLrop_Materialfv                  97
#define X_GLrop_Materiali                   98
#define X_GLrop_Materialiv                  99
#define X_GLrop_PointSize                  100
#define X_GLrop_PolygonMode                101
#define X_GLrop_PolygonStipple             102
#define X_GLrop_Scissor                    103
#define X_GLrop_ShadeModel                 104
#define X_GLrop_TexParameterf              105
#define X_GLrop_TexParameterfv             106
#define X_GLrop_TexParameteri              107
#define X_GLrop_TexParameteriv             108
#define X_GLrop_TexImage1D                 109
#define X_GLrop_TexImage2D                 110
#define X_GLrop_TexEnvf                    111
#define X_GLrop_TexEnvfv                   112
#define X_GLrop_TexEnvi                    113
#define X_GLrop_TexEnviv                   114
#define X_GLrop_TexGend                    115
#define X_GLrop_TexGendv                   116
#define X_GLrop_TexGenf                    117
#define X_GLrop_TexGenfv                   118
#define X_GLrop_TexGeni                    119
#define X_GLrop_TexGeniv                   120
#define X_GLrop_InitNames                  121
#define X_GLrop_LoadName                   122
#define X_GLrop_PassThrough                123
#define X_GLrop_PopName                    124
#define X_GLrop_PushName                   125
#define X_GLrop_DrawBuffer                 126
#define X_GLrop_Clear                      127
#define X_GLrop_ClearAccum                 128
#define X_GLrop_ClearIndex                 129
#define X_GLrop_ClearColor                 130
#define X_GLrop_ClearStencil               131
#define X_GLrop_ClearDepth                 132
#define X_GLrop_StencilMask                133
#define X_GLrop_ColorMask                  134
#define X_GLrop_DepthMask                  135
#define X_GLrop_IndexMask                  136
#define X_GLrop_Accum                      137
#define X_GLrop_Disable                    138
#define X_GLrop_Enable                     139
#define X_GLrop_PopAttrib                  141
#define X_GLrop_PushAttrib                 142
#define X_GLrop_Map1d                      143
#define X_GLrop_Map1f                      144
#define X_GLrop_Map2d                      145
#define X_GLrop_Map2f                      146
#define X_GLrop_MapGrid1d                  147
#define X_GLrop_MapGrid1f                  148
#define X_GLrop_MapGrid2d                  149
#define X_GLrop_MapGrid2f                  150
#define X_GLrop_EvalCoord1dv               151
#define X_GLrop_EvalCoord1fv               152
#define X_GLrop_EvalCoord2dv               153
#define X_GLrop_EvalCoord2fv               154
#define X_GLrop_EvalMesh1                  155
#define X_GLrop_EvalPoint1                 156
#define X_GLrop_EvalMesh2                  157
#define X_GLrop_EvalPoint2                 158
#define X_GLrop_AlphaFunc                  159
#define X_GLrop_BlendFunc                  160
#define X_GLrop_LogicOp                    161
#define X_GLrop_StencilFunc                162
#define X_GLrop_StencilOp                  163
#define X_GLrop_DepthFunc                  164
#define X_GLrop_PixelZoom                  165
#define X_GLrop_PixelTransferf             166
#define X_GLrop_PixelTransferi             167
#define X_GLrop_PixelMapfv                 168
#define X_GLrop_PixelMapuiv                169
#define X_GLrop_PixelMapusv                170
#define X_GLrop_ReadBuffer                 171
#define X_GLrop_CopyPixels                 172
#define X_GLrop_DrawPixels                 173
#define X_GLrop_DepthRange                 174
#define X_GLrop_Frustum                    175
#define X_GLrop_LoadIdentity               176
#define X_GLrop_LoadMatrixf                177
#define X_GLrop_LoadMatrixd                178
#define X_GLrop_MatrixMode                 179
#define X_GLrop_MultMatrixf                180
#define X_GLrop_MultMatrixd                181
#define X_GLrop_Ortho                      182
#define X_GLrop_PopMatrix                  183
#define X_GLrop_PushMatrix                 184
#define X_GLrop_Rotated                    185
#define X_GLrop_Rotatef                    186
#define X_GLrop_Scaled                     187
#define X_GLrop_Scalef                     188
#define X_GLrop_Translated                 189
#define X_GLrop_Translatef                 190
#define X_GLrop_Viewport                   191
#define X_GLrop_DrawArrays                 193
#define X_GLrop_PolygonOffset              192
#define X_GLrop_CopyTexImage1D             4119
#define X_GLrop_CopyTexImage2D             4120
#define X_GLrop_CopyTexSubImage1D          4121
#define X_GLrop_CopyTexSubImage2D          4122
#define X_GLrop_TexSubImage1D              4099
#define X_GLrop_TexSubImage2D              4100
#define X_GLrop_BindTexture                4117
#define X_GLrop_PrioritizeTextures         4118
#define X_GLrop_Indexubv                   194
#define X_GLrop_BlendColor                 4096
#define X_GLrop_BlendEquation              4097
#define X_GLrop_ColorTable                 2053
#define X_GLrop_ColorTableParameterfv      2054
#define X_GLrop_ColorTableParameteriv      2055
#define X_GLrop_CopyColorTable             2056
#define X_GLrop_ColorSubTable              195
#define X_GLrop_CopyColorSubTable          196
#define X_GLrop_ConvolutionFilter1D        4101
#define X_GLrop_ConvolutionFilter2D        4102
#define X_GLrop_ConvolutionParameterf      4103
#define X_GLrop_ConvolutionParameterfv     4104
#define X_GLrop_ConvolutionParameteri      4105
#define X_GLrop_ConvolutionParameteriv     4106
#define X_GLrop_CopyConvolutionFilter1D    4107
#define X_GLrop_CopyConvolutionFilter2D    4108
#define X_GLrop_SeparableFilter2D          4109
#define X_GLrop_Histogram                  4110
#define X_GLrop_Minmax                     4111
#define X_GLrop_ResetHistogram             4112
#define X_GLrop_ResetMinmax                4113
#define X_GLrop_TexImage3D                 4114
#define X_GLrop_TexSubImage3D              4115
#define X_GLrop_CopyTexSubImage3D          4123
#define X_GLrop_DrawArraysEXT              4116

/* Added for core GL version 1.3 */

#define X_GLrop_ActiveTextureARB            197
#define X_GLrop_MultiTexCoord1dvARB         198
#define X_GLrop_MultiTexCoord1fvARB         199
#define X_GLrop_MultiTexCoord1ivARB         200
#define X_GLrop_MultiTexCoord1svARB         201
#define X_GLrop_MultiTexCoord2dvARB         202
#define X_GLrop_MultiTexCoord2fvARB         203
#define X_GLrop_MultiTexCoord2ivARB         204
#define X_GLrop_MultiTexCoord2svARB         205
#define X_GLrop_MultiTexCoord3dvARB         206
#define X_GLrop_MultiTexCoord3fvARB         207
#define X_GLrop_MultiTexCoord3ivARB         208
#define X_GLrop_MultiTexCoord3svARB         209
#define X_GLrop_MultiTexCoord4dvARB         210
#define X_GLrop_MultiTexCoord4fvARB         211
#define X_GLrop_MultiTexCoord4ivARB         212
#define X_GLrop_MultiTexCoord4svARB         213
#define X_GLrop_CompressedTexImage1D        214
#define X_GLrop_CompressedTexImage2D        215
#define X_GLrop_CompressedTexImage3D        216
#define X_GLrop_CompressedTexSubImage1D     217
#define X_GLrop_CompressedTexSubImage2D     218
#define X_GLrop_CompressedTexSubImage3D     219
#define X_GLrop_SampleCoverageARB           229

/* Added for core GL version 1.4 */

#define X_GLrop_WindowPos3fARB              230
#define X_GLrop_FogCoordfv                  4124
#define X_GLrop_FogCoorddv                  4125
#define X_GLrop_PointParameterfARB          2065
#define X_GLrop_PointParameterfvARB         2066
#define X_GLrop_SecondaryColor3bv           4126
#define X_GLrop_SecondaryColor3sv           4127
#define X_GLrop_SecondaryColor3iv           4128
#define X_GLrop_SecondaryColor3fv           4129
#define X_GLrop_SecondaryColor3dv           4130
#define X_GLrop_SecondaryColor3ubv          4131
#define X_GLrop_SecondaryColor3usv          4132
#define X_GLrop_SecondaryColor3uiv          4133
#define X_GLrop_BlendFuncSeparate           4134
#define X_GLrop_PointParameteri             4221
#define X_GLrop_PointParameteriv            4222

/* Added for core GL version 1.5 */
/* XXX opcodes not defined in the spec */

/* Opcodes for Vendor Private commands */


#define X_GLvop_GetConvolutionFilterEXT        1
#define X_GLvop_GetConvolutionParameterfvEXT   2
#define X_GLvop_GetConvolutionParameterivEXT   3
#define X_GLvop_GetSeparableFilterEXT          4
#define X_GLvop_GetHistogramEXT                5
#define X_GLvop_GetHistogramParameterfvEXT     6
#define X_GLvop_GetHistogramParameterivEXT     7
#define X_GLvop_GetMinmaxEXT                   8
#define X_GLvop_GetMinmaxParameterfvEXT        9
#define X_GLvop_GetMinmaxParameterivEXT        10
#define X_GLvop_AreTexturesResidentEXT         11
#define X_GLvop_DeleteTexturesEXT              12
#define X_GLvop_GenTexturesEXT                 13
#define X_GLvop_IsTextureEXT                   14
#define X_GLvop_GetCombinerInputParameterfvNV  1270
#define X_GLvop_GetCombinerInputParameterivNV  1271
#define X_GLvop_GetCombinerOutputParameterfvNV 1272
#define X_GLvop_GetCombinerOutputParameterivNV 1273
#define X_GLvop_GetFinalCombinerOutputParameterfvNV 1274
#define X_GLvop_GetFinalCombinerOutputParameterivNV 1275
#define X_GLvop_DeleteFenceNV                  1276
#define X_GLvop_GenFencesNV                    1277
#define X_GLvop_IsFenceNV                      1278
#define X_GLvop_TestFenceNV                    1279
#define X_GLvop_GetFenceivNV                   1280
#define X_GLvop_AreProgramsResidentNV          1293
#define X_GLvop_DeleteProgramARB               1294
#define X_GLvop_GenProgramsARB                 1295
#define X_GLvop_GetProgramEnvParameterfvARB    1296
#define X_GLvop_GetProgramEnvParameterdvARB    1297
#define X_GLvop_GetProgramEnvParameterivNV     1298
#define X_GLvop_GetProgramStringNV             1299
#define X_GLvop_GetTrackMatrixivNV             1300
#define X_GLvop_GetVertexAttribdvARB           1301
#define X_GLvop_GetVertexAttribfvARB           1302
#define X_GLvop_GetVertexAttribivARB           1303
#define X_GLvop_IsProgramARB                   1304
#define X_GLvop_GetProgramLocalParameterfvARB  1305
#define X_GLvop_GetProgramLocalParameterdvARB  1306
#define X_GLvop_GetProgramivARB                1307
#define X_GLvop_GetProgramStringARB            1308
#define X_GLvop_GetProgramNamedParameter4fvNV  1310
#define X_GLvop_GetProgramNamedParameter4dvNV  1311
#define X_GLvop_SampleMaskSGIS                 2048
#define X_GLvop_SamplePatternSGIS              2049
#define X_GLvop_GetDetailTexFuncSGIS           4096
#define X_GLvop_GetSharpenTexFuncSGIS          4097
#define X_GLvop_GetColorTableSGI               4098
#define X_GLvop_GetColorTableParameterfvSGI    4099
#define X_GLvop_GetColorTableParameterivSGI    4100
#define X_GLvop_GetTexFilterFuncSGIS           4101
#define X_GLvop_GetInstrumentsSGIX             4102
#define X_GLvop_InstrumentsBufferSGIX          4103
#define X_GLvop_PollInstrumentsSGIX            4104
#define X_GLvop_FlushRasterSGIX                4105

/* Opcodes for GLX vendor private commands */

#define X_GLXvop_QueryContextInfoEXT            1024
#define X_GLXvop_BindTexImageEXT                1330
#define X_GLXvop_ReleaseTexImageEXT             1331
#define X_GLXvop_SwapIntervalSGI                65536
#define X_GLXvop_MakeCurrentReadSGI             65537
#define X_GLXvop_CreateGLXVideoSourceSGIX       65538
#define X_GLXvop_DestroyGLXVideoSourceSGIX      65539
#define X_GLXvop_GetFBConfigsSGIX               65540
#define X_GLXvop_CreateContextWithConfigSGIX    65541
#define X_GLXvop_CreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIX  65542
#define X_GLXvop_CreateGLXPbufferSGIX           65543
#define X_GLXvop_DestroyGLXPbufferSGIX          65544
#define X_GLXvop_ChangeDrawableAttributesSGIX   65545
#define X_GLXvop_GetDrawableAttributesSGIX      65546
#define X_GLXvop_JoinSwapGroupSGIX              65547
#define X_GLXvop_BindSwapBarrierSGIX            65548
#define X_GLXvop_QueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIX       65549
#define X_GLXvop_QueryHyperpipeNetworkSGIX      65550
#define X_GLXvop_QueryHyperpipeConfigSGIX       65551
#define X_GLXvop_HyperpipeConfigSGIX            65552
#define X_GLXvop_DestroyHyperpipeConfigSGIX     65553

/* ARB extension opcodes */

/*  1. GL_ARB_multitexture - see GL 1.2 opcodes */
/*  5. GL_ARB_multisample - see GL 1.3 opcodes */
/* 12. GL_ARB_texture_compression - see GL 1.3 opcodes */
/* 14. GL_ARB_point_parameters - see GL 1.4 opcodees */

/* 15. GL_ARB_vertex_blend */
#define X_GLrop_WeightbvARB                  220
#define X_GLrop_WeightubvARB                 221
#define X_GLrop_WeightsvARB                  222
#define X_GLrop_WeightusvARB                 223
#define X_GLrop_WeightivARB                  224
#define X_GLrop_WeightuivARB                 225
#define X_GLrop_VertexBlendARB               226
#define X_GLrop_WeightfvARB                  227
#define X_GLrop_WeightdvARB                  228

/* 16. GL_ARB_matrix_palette */
/* XXX opcodes not defined in the spec */

/* 25. GL_ARB_window_pos - see GL 1.4 opcodes */

/* 26. GL_ARB_vertex_program */
#define X_GLrop_BindProgramARB              4180
#define X_GLrop_ProgramEnvParameter4fvARB   4184
#define X_GLrop_ProgramEnvParameter4dvARB   4185
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttrib1svARB          4189
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttrib2svARB          4190
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttrib3svARB          4191
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttrib4svARB          4192
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttrib1fvARB          4193
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttrib2fvARB          4194
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttrib3fvARB          4195
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttrib4fvARB          4196
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttrib1dvARB          4197
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttrib2dvARB          4198
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttrib3dvARB          4199
#define X_GLrop_ProgramLocalParameter4fvARB 4215
#define X_GLrop_ProgramLocalParameter4dvARB 4216
#define X_GLrop_ProgramStringARB            4217
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttrib4dvARB          4200
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttrib4NubvARB        4201
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttrib4bvARB          4230
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttrib4ivARB          4231
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttrib4ubvARB         4232
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttrib4usvARB         4233
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttrib4uivARB         4234
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttrib4NbvARB         4235
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttrib4NsvARB         4236
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttrib4NivARB         4237
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttrib4NusvARB        4238
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttrib4NuivARB        4239

/* 27. GL_ARB_fragment_program - see GL_ARB_vertex_program opcodes */

/* 29. GL_ARB_occlusion_query */
/* XXX opcodes not defined in the spec */


/* New extension opcodes */

/* 145. GL_EXT_secondary_color - see GL 1.4 opcodes */

/* 188. GL_EXT_vertex_weighting */
#define X_GLrop_VertexWeightfvEXT           4135

/* 191. GL_NV_register_combiners */
#define X_GLrop_CombinerParameterfNV        4136
#define X_GLrop_CombinerParameterfvNV       4137
#define X_GLrop_CombinerParameteriNV        4138
#define X_GLrop_CombinerParameterivNV       4139
#define X_GLrop_CombinerInputNV             4140
#define X_GLrop_CombinerOutputNV            4141
#define X_GLrop_FinalCombinerInputNV        4142

/* 222. GL_NV_fence */
#define X_GLrop_SetFenceNV                  4143
#define X_GLrop_FinishFenceNV               4144

/* 227. GL_NV_register_combiners2 */
/* XXX opcodes not defined in the spec */

/* 233. GL_NV_vertex_program - see also GL_ARB_vertex_program opcodes */
#define X_GLrop_ExecuteProgramNV            4181
#define X_GLrop_RequestResidentProgramsNV   4182
#define X_GLrop_LoadProgamNV                4183
#define X_GLrop_ProgramParameters4fvNV      4186
#define X_GLrop_ProgramParameters4dvNV      4187
#define X_GLrop_TrackMatrixNV               4188
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttribs1svNV          4202
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttribs2svNV          4203
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttribs3svNV          4204
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttribs4svNV          4205
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttribs1fvNV          4206
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttribs2fvNV          4207
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttribs3fvNV          4208
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttribs4fvNV          4209
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttribs1dvNV          4210
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttribs2dvNV          4211
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttribs3dvNV          4212
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttribs4dvNV          4213
#define X_GLrop_VertexAttribs4ubvNV         4214

/* 261. GL_NV_occlusion_query */
/* XXX opcodes not defined in the spec */

/* 262. GL_NV_point_sprite - see GL 1.4 opcodes */

/* 268. GL_EXT_stencil_two_side */
#define X_GLrop_ActiveStencilFaceEXT        4220

/* 282. GL_NV_fragment_program - see also GL_NV_vertex_program and GL_ARB_vertex_program opcodes */
#define X_GLrop_ProgramNamedParameter4fvNV  4218
#define X_GLrop_ProgramNamedParameter4dvNV  4219

/* 285. GL_NV_primitive_restart */
/* XXX opcodes not defined in the spec */

/* 297. GL_EXT_depth_bounds_test */
#define X_GLrop_DepthBoundsEXT              4229

/* 299. GL_EXT_blend_equation_separate */
#define X_GLrop_BlendEquationSeparateEXT    4228

/* 310. GL_EXT_framebuffer_object */
#define X_GLvop_IsRenderbufferEXT                      1422
#define X_GLvop_GenRenderbuffersEXT                    1423
#define X_GLvop_GetRenderbufferParameterivEXT          1424
#define X_GLvop_IsFramebufferEXT                       1425
#define X_GLvop_GenFramebuffersEXT                     1426
#define X_GLvop_CheckFramebufferStatusEXT              1427
#define X_GLvop_GetFramebufferAttachmentParameterivEXT 1428

#endif /* _GLX_glxproto_h_ */
#ifndef __gl_core_h_
#define __gl_core_h_

/*
 * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
 * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
 * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
 * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
 * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
 * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
 * either this permission notice or a reference to
 * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
 * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
 * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
 * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
 * SOFTWARE.
 *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
 * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
 * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
 * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
 */

#if !defined(_WIN32_WCE)
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif

#define GL_CORE_SGI  1
#define GL_CORE_MESA 2
#define GL_CORE_APPLE 4
#define GL_CORE_WINDOWS 8

typedef struct __GLcontextRec __GLcontext;

/*
** This file defines the interface between the GL core and the surrounding
** "operating system" that supports it (currently the GLX or WGL extensions).
**
** Members (data and function pointers) are documented as imported or
** exported according to how they are used by the core rendering functions.
** Imported members are initialized by the "operating system" and used by
** the core functions.  Exported members are initialized by the core functions
** and used by the "operating system".
*/

/**
 * Mode and limit information for a context.  This information is
 * kept around in the context so that values can be used during
 * command execution, and for returning information about the
 * context to the application.
 *
 * Instances of this structure are shared by the driver and the loader.  To
 * maintain binary compatability, new fields \b must be added only to the
 * end of the structure.
 *
 * \sa _gl_context_modes_create
 */
typedef struct __GLcontextModesRec {
    struct __GLcontextModesRec * next;

    GLboolean rgbMode;
    GLboolean floatMode;
    GLboolean colorIndexMode;
    GLuint doubleBufferMode;
    GLuint stereoMode;

    GLboolean haveAccumBuffer;
    GLboolean haveDepthBuffer;
    GLboolean haveStencilBuffer;

    GLint redBits, greenBits, blueBits, alphaBits;	/* bits per comp */
    GLuint redMask, greenMask, blueMask, alphaMask;
    GLint rgbBits;		/* total bits for rgb */
    GLint indexBits;		/* total bits for colorindex */

    GLint accumRedBits, accumGreenBits, accumBlueBits, accumAlphaBits;
    GLint depthBits;
    GLint stencilBits;

    GLint numAuxBuffers;

    GLint level;

    GLint pixmapMode;

    /* GLX */
    GLint visualID;
    GLint visualType;     /**< One of the GLX X visual types. (i.e.,
			   * \c GLX_TRUE_COLOR, etc.)
			   */

    /* EXT_visual_rating / GLX 1.2 */
    GLint visualRating;

    /* EXT_visual_info / GLX 1.2 */
    GLint transparentPixel;
				/*    colors are floats scaled to ints */
    GLint transparentRed, transparentGreen, transparentBlue, transparentAlpha;
    GLint transparentIndex;

    /* ARB_multisample / SGIS_multisample */
    GLint sampleBuffers;
    GLint samples;

    /* SGIX_fbconfig / GLX 1.3 */
    GLint drawableType;
    GLint renderType;
    GLint xRenderable;
    GLint fbconfigID;

    /* SGIX_pbuffer / GLX 1.3 */
    GLint maxPbufferWidth;
    GLint maxPbufferHeight;
    GLint maxPbufferPixels;
    GLint optimalPbufferWidth;   /* Only for SGIX_pbuffer. */
    GLint optimalPbufferHeight;  /* Only for SGIX_pbuffer. */

    /* SGIX_visual_select_group */
    GLint visualSelectGroup;

    /* OML_swap_method */
    GLint swapMethod;

    GLint screen;

    /* EXT_texture_from_pixmap */
    GLint bindToTextureRgb;
    GLint bindToTextureRgba;
    GLint bindToMipmapTexture;
    GLint bindToTextureTargets;
    GLint yInverted;
} __GLcontextModes;

/* Several fields of __GLcontextModes can take these as values.  Since
 * GLX header files may not be available everywhere they need to be used,
 * redefine them here.
 */
#define GLX_NONE                           0x8000
#define GLX_SLOW_CONFIG                    0x8001
#define GLX_TRUE_COLOR                     0x8002
#define GLX_DIRECT_COLOR                   0x8003
#define GLX_PSEUDO_COLOR                   0x8004
#define GLX_STATIC_COLOR                   0x8005
#define GLX_GRAY_SCALE                     0x8006
#define GLX_STATIC_GRAY                    0x8007
#define GLX_TRANSPARENT_RGB                0x8008
#define GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX              0x8009
#define GLX_NON_CONFORMANT_CONFIG          0x800D
#define GLX_SWAP_EXCHANGE_OML              0x8061
#define GLX_SWAP_COPY_OML                  0x8062
#define GLX_SWAP_UNDEFINED_OML             0x8063

#define GLX_DONT_CARE                      0xFFFFFFFF

#define GLX_RGBA_BIT                       0x00000001
#define GLX_COLOR_INDEX_BIT                0x00000002
#define GLX_WINDOW_BIT                     0x00000001
#define GLX_PIXMAP_BIT                     0x00000002
#define GLX_PBUFFER_BIT                    0x00000004

#define GLX_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RGB_EXT        0x20D0
#define GLX_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RGBA_EXT       0x20D1
#define GLX_BIND_TO_MIPMAP_TEXTURE_EXT     0x20D2
#define GLX_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_TARGETS_EXT    0x20D3
#define GLX_Y_INVERTED_EXT                 0x20D4

#define GLX_TEXTURE_1D_BIT_EXT             0x00000001
#define GLX_TEXTURE_2D_BIT_EXT             0x00000002
#define GLX_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_BIT_EXT      0x00000004

#endif /* __gl_core_h_ */
/* gpg-error.h or gpgrt.h - Common code for GnuPG and others.    -*- c -*-
 * Copyright (C) 2001-2018 g10 Code GmbH
 *
 * This file is part of libgpg-error (aka libgpgrt).
 *
 * libgpg-error is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of
 * the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * libgpg-error is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
 * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 * Lesser General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
 * License along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 * SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1+
 *
 * Do not edit.  Generated from gpg-error.h.in.
 */

/* The GnuPG project consists of many components.  Error codes are
 * exchanged between all components.  The common error codes and their
 * user-presentable descriptions are kept into a shared library to
 * allow adding new error codes and components without recompiling any
 * of the other components.  In addition to error codes this library
 * also features several other groups of functions which are common to
 * all GnuPG components.  They may be used by independet project as
 * well.  The interfaces will not change in a backward incompatible way.
 *
 * An error code together with an error source build up an error
 * value.  As the error value is been passed from one component to
 * another, it preserves the information about the source and nature
 * of the error.
 *
 * A component of the GnuPG project can define the following macros to
 * tune the behaviour of the library:
 *
 * GPG_ERR_SOURCE_DEFAULT: Define to an error source of type
 * gpg_err_source_t to make that source the default for gpg_error().
 * Otherwise GPG_ERR_SOURCE_UNKNOWN is used as default.
 *
 * GPG_ERR_ENABLE_GETTEXT_MACROS: Define to provide macros to map the
 * internal gettext API to standard names.  This has only an effect on
 * Windows platforms.
 *
 * GPGRT_ENABLE_ES_MACROS: Define to provide "es_" macros for the
 * estream functions.
 *
 * GPGRT_ENABLE_LOG_MACROS: Define to provide short versions of the
 * log functions.
 *
 * GPGRT_ENABLE_ARGPARSE_MACROS: Needs to be defined to provide the
 * mandatory macros of the argparse interface.
 */

#ifndef GPG_ERROR_H
#define GPG_ERROR_H 1
#ifndef GPGRT_H
#define GPGRT_H 1

#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdarg.h>

/* The version string of this header. */
#define GPG_ERROR_VERSION "1.31"
#define GPGRT_VERSION     "1.31"

/* The version number of this header. */
#define GPG_ERROR_VERSION_NUMBER 0x011f00
#define GPGRT_VERSION_NUMBER     0x011f00


#ifdef __GNUC__
# define GPG_ERR_INLINE __inline__
#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1300
# define GPG_ERR_INLINE __inline
#elif defined (__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
# define GPG_ERR_INLINE inline
#else
# ifndef GPG_ERR_INLINE
#  define GPG_ERR_INLINE
# endif
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#if 0 /* just to make Emacs auto-indent happy */
}
#endif
#endif /* __cplusplus */



/* The error source type gpg_err_source_t.
 *
 * Where as the Poo out of a welle small
 * Taketh his firste springing and his sours.
 *					--Chaucer.
 */

/* Only use free slots, never change or reorder the existing
 * entries.  */
typedef enum
  {
    GPG_ERR_SOURCE_UNKNOWN = 0,
    GPG_ERR_SOURCE_GCRYPT = 1,
    GPG_ERR_SOURCE_GPG = 2,
    GPG_ERR_SOURCE_GPGSM = 3,
    GPG_ERR_SOURCE_GPGAGENT = 4,
    GPG_ERR_SOURCE_PINENTRY = 5,
    GPG_ERR_SOURCE_SCD = 6,
    GPG_ERR_SOURCE_GPGME = 7,
    GPG_ERR_SOURCE_KEYBOX = 8,
    GPG_ERR_SOURCE_KSBA = 9,
    GPG_ERR_SOURCE_DIRMNGR = 10,
    GPG_ERR_SOURCE_GSTI = 11,
    GPG_ERR_SOURCE_GPA = 12,
    GPG_ERR_SOURCE_KLEO = 13,
    GPG_ERR_SOURCE_G13 = 14,
    GPG_ERR_SOURCE_ASSUAN = 15,
    GPG_ERR_SOURCE_TLS = 17,
    GPG_ERR_SOURCE_ANY = 31,
    GPG_ERR_SOURCE_USER_1 = 32,
    GPG_ERR_SOURCE_USER_2 = 33,
    GPG_ERR_SOURCE_USER_3 = 34,
    GPG_ERR_SOURCE_USER_4 = 35,

    /* This is one more than the largest allowed entry.  */
    GPG_ERR_SOURCE_DIM = 128
  } gpg_err_source_t;


/* The error code type gpg_err_code_t.  */

/* Only use free slots, never change or reorder the existing
 * entries.  */
typedef enum
  {
    GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR = 0,
    GPG_ERR_GENERAL = 1,
    GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_PACKET = 2,
    GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_VERSION = 3,
    GPG_ERR_PUBKEY_ALGO = 4,
    GPG_ERR_DIGEST_ALGO = 5,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_PUBKEY = 6,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_SECKEY = 7,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_SIGNATURE = 8,
    GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY = 9,
    GPG_ERR_CHECKSUM = 10,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_PASSPHRASE = 11,
    GPG_ERR_CIPHER_ALGO = 12,
    GPG_ERR_KEYRING_OPEN = 13,
    GPG_ERR_INV_PACKET = 14,
    GPG_ERR_INV_ARMOR = 15,
    GPG_ERR_NO_USER_ID = 16,
    GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY = 17,
    GPG_ERR_WRONG_SECKEY = 18,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_KEY = 19,
    GPG_ERR_COMPR_ALGO = 20,
    GPG_ERR_NO_PRIME = 21,
    GPG_ERR_NO_ENCODING_METHOD = 22,
    GPG_ERR_NO_ENCRYPTION_SCHEME = 23,
    GPG_ERR_NO_SIGNATURE_SCHEME = 24,
    GPG_ERR_INV_ATTR = 25,
    GPG_ERR_NO_VALUE = 26,
    GPG_ERR_NOT_FOUND = 27,
    GPG_ERR_VALUE_NOT_FOUND = 28,
    GPG_ERR_SYNTAX = 29,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_MPI = 30,
    GPG_ERR_INV_PASSPHRASE = 31,
    GPG_ERR_SIG_CLASS = 32,
    GPG_ERR_RESOURCE_LIMIT = 33,
    GPG_ERR_INV_KEYRING = 34,
    GPG_ERR_TRUSTDB = 35,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_CERT = 36,
    GPG_ERR_INV_USER_ID = 37,
    GPG_ERR_UNEXPECTED = 38,
    GPG_ERR_TIME_CONFLICT = 39,
    GPG_ERR_KEYSERVER = 40,
    GPG_ERR_WRONG_PUBKEY_ALGO = 41,
    GPG_ERR_TRIBUTE_TO_D_A = 42,
    GPG_ERR_WEAK_KEY = 43,
    GPG_ERR_INV_KEYLEN = 44,
    GPG_ERR_INV_ARG = 45,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_URI = 46,
    GPG_ERR_INV_URI = 47,
    GPG_ERR_NETWORK = 48,
    GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_HOST = 49,
    GPG_ERR_SELFTEST_FAILED = 50,
    GPG_ERR_NOT_ENCRYPTED = 51,
    GPG_ERR_NOT_PROCESSED = 52,
    GPG_ERR_UNUSABLE_PUBKEY = 53,
    GPG_ERR_UNUSABLE_SECKEY = 54,
    GPG_ERR_INV_VALUE = 55,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_CERT_CHAIN = 56,
    GPG_ERR_MISSING_CERT = 57,
    GPG_ERR_NO_DATA = 58,
    GPG_ERR_BUG = 59,
    GPG_ERR_NOT_SUPPORTED = 60,
    GPG_ERR_INV_OP = 61,
    GPG_ERR_TIMEOUT = 62,
    GPG_ERR_INTERNAL = 63,
    GPG_ERR_EOF_GCRYPT = 64,
    GPG_ERR_INV_OBJ = 65,
    GPG_ERR_TOO_SHORT = 66,
    GPG_ERR_TOO_LARGE = 67,
    GPG_ERR_NO_OBJ = 68,
    GPG_ERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED = 69,
    GPG_ERR_CONFLICT = 70,
    GPG_ERR_INV_CIPHER_MODE = 71,
    GPG_ERR_INV_FLAG = 72,
    GPG_ERR_INV_HANDLE = 73,
    GPG_ERR_TRUNCATED = 74,
    GPG_ERR_INCOMPLETE_LINE = 75,
    GPG_ERR_INV_RESPONSE = 76,
    GPG_ERR_NO_AGENT = 77,
    GPG_ERR_AGENT = 78,
    GPG_ERR_INV_DATA = 79,
    GPG_ERR_ASSUAN_SERVER_FAULT = 80,
    GPG_ERR_ASSUAN = 81,
    GPG_ERR_INV_SESSION_KEY = 82,
    GPG_ERR_INV_SEXP = 83,
    GPG_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_ALGORITHM = 84,
    GPG_ERR_NO_PIN_ENTRY = 85,
    GPG_ERR_PIN_ENTRY = 86,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_PIN = 87,
    GPG_ERR_INV_NAME = 88,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_DATA = 89,
    GPG_ERR_INV_PARAMETER = 90,
    GPG_ERR_WRONG_CARD = 91,
    GPG_ERR_NO_DIRMNGR = 92,
    GPG_ERR_DIRMNGR = 93,
    GPG_ERR_CERT_REVOKED = 94,
    GPG_ERR_NO_CRL_KNOWN = 95,
    GPG_ERR_CRL_TOO_OLD = 96,
    GPG_ERR_LINE_TOO_LONG = 97,
    GPG_ERR_NOT_TRUSTED = 98,
    GPG_ERR_CANCELED = 99,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_CA_CERT = 100,
    GPG_ERR_CERT_EXPIRED = 101,
    GPG_ERR_CERT_TOO_YOUNG = 102,
    GPG_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_CERT = 103,
    GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_SEXP = 104,
    GPG_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_PROTECTION = 105,
    GPG_ERR_CORRUPTED_PROTECTION = 106,
    GPG_ERR_AMBIGUOUS_NAME = 107,
    GPG_ERR_CARD = 108,
    GPG_ERR_CARD_RESET = 109,
    GPG_ERR_CARD_REMOVED = 110,
    GPG_ERR_INV_CARD = 111,
    GPG_ERR_CARD_NOT_PRESENT = 112,
    GPG_ERR_NO_PKCS15_APP = 113,
    GPG_ERR_NOT_CONFIRMED = 114,
    GPG_ERR_CONFIGURATION = 115,
    GPG_ERR_NO_POLICY_MATCH = 116,
    GPG_ERR_INV_INDEX = 117,
    GPG_ERR_INV_ID = 118,
    GPG_ERR_NO_SCDAEMON = 119,
    GPG_ERR_SCDAEMON = 120,
    GPG_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL = 121,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_PIN_METHOD = 122,
    GPG_ERR_CARD_NOT_INITIALIZED = 123,
    GPG_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION = 124,
    GPG_ERR_WRONG_KEY_USAGE = 125,
    GPG_ERR_NOTHING_FOUND = 126,
    GPG_ERR_WRONG_BLOB_TYPE = 127,
    GPG_ERR_MISSING_VALUE = 128,
    GPG_ERR_HARDWARE = 129,
    GPG_ERR_PIN_BLOCKED = 130,
    GPG_ERR_USE_CONDITIONS = 131,
    GPG_ERR_PIN_NOT_SYNCED = 132,
    GPG_ERR_INV_CRL = 133,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_BER = 134,
    GPG_ERR_INV_BER = 135,
    GPG_ERR_ELEMENT_NOT_FOUND = 136,
    GPG_ERR_IDENTIFIER_NOT_FOUND = 137,
    GPG_ERR_INV_TAG = 138,
    GPG_ERR_INV_LENGTH = 139,
    GPG_ERR_INV_KEYINFO = 140,
    GPG_ERR_UNEXPECTED_TAG = 141,
    GPG_ERR_NOT_DER_ENCODED = 142,
    GPG_ERR_NO_CMS_OBJ = 143,
    GPG_ERR_INV_CMS_OBJ = 144,
    GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_CMS_OBJ = 145,
    GPG_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_CMS_OBJ = 146,
    GPG_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_ENCODING = 147,
    GPG_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_CMS_VERSION = 148,
    GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_ALGORITHM = 149,
    GPG_ERR_INV_ENGINE = 150,
    GPG_ERR_PUBKEY_NOT_TRUSTED = 151,
    GPG_ERR_DECRYPT_FAILED = 152,
    GPG_ERR_KEY_EXPIRED = 153,
    GPG_ERR_SIG_EXPIRED = 154,
    GPG_ERR_ENCODING_PROBLEM = 155,
    GPG_ERR_INV_STATE = 156,
    GPG_ERR_DUP_VALUE = 157,
    GPG_ERR_MISSING_ACTION = 158,
    GPG_ERR_MODULE_NOT_FOUND = 159,
    GPG_ERR_INV_OID_STRING = 160,
    GPG_ERR_INV_TIME = 161,
    GPG_ERR_INV_CRL_OBJ = 162,
    GPG_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_CRL_VERSION = 163,
    GPG_ERR_INV_CERT_OBJ = 164,
    GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_NAME = 165,
    GPG_ERR_LOCALE_PROBLEM = 166,
    GPG_ERR_NOT_LOCKED = 167,
    GPG_ERR_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION = 168,
    GPG_ERR_INV_MAC = 169,
    GPG_ERR_INV_REQUEST = 170,
    GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_EXTN = 171,
    GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_CRIT_EXTN = 172,
    GPG_ERR_LOCKED = 173,
    GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_OPTION = 174,
    GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_COMMAND = 175,
    GPG_ERR_NOT_OPERATIONAL = 176,
    GPG_ERR_NO_PASSPHRASE = 177,
    GPG_ERR_NO_PIN = 178,
    GPG_ERR_NOT_ENABLED = 179,
    GPG_ERR_NO_ENGINE = 180,
    GPG_ERR_MISSING_KEY = 181,
    GPG_ERR_TOO_MANY = 182,
    GPG_ERR_LIMIT_REACHED = 183,
    GPG_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED = 184,
    GPG_ERR_MISSING_ISSUER_CERT = 185,
    GPG_ERR_NO_KEYSERVER = 186,
    GPG_ERR_INV_CURVE = 187,
    GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_CURVE = 188,
    GPG_ERR_DUP_KEY = 189,
    GPG_ERR_AMBIGUOUS = 190,
    GPG_ERR_NO_CRYPT_CTX = 191,
    GPG_ERR_WRONG_CRYPT_CTX = 192,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_CRYPT_CTX = 193,
    GPG_ERR_CRYPT_CTX_CONFLICT = 194,
    GPG_ERR_BROKEN_PUBKEY = 195,
    GPG_ERR_BROKEN_SECKEY = 196,
    GPG_ERR_MAC_ALGO = 197,
    GPG_ERR_FULLY_CANCELED = 198,
    GPG_ERR_UNFINISHED = 199,
    GPG_ERR_BUFFER_TOO_SHORT = 200,
    GPG_ERR_SEXP_INV_LEN_SPEC = 201,
    GPG_ERR_SEXP_STRING_TOO_LONG = 202,
    GPG_ERR_SEXP_UNMATCHED_PAREN = 203,
    GPG_ERR_SEXP_NOT_CANONICAL = 204,
    GPG_ERR_SEXP_BAD_CHARACTER = 205,
    GPG_ERR_SEXP_BAD_QUOTATION = 206,
    GPG_ERR_SEXP_ZERO_PREFIX = 207,
    GPG_ERR_SEXP_NESTED_DH = 208,
    GPG_ERR_SEXP_UNMATCHED_DH = 209,
    GPG_ERR_SEXP_UNEXPECTED_PUNC = 210,
    GPG_ERR_SEXP_BAD_HEX_CHAR = 211,
    GPG_ERR_SEXP_ODD_HEX_NUMBERS = 212,
    GPG_ERR_SEXP_BAD_OCT_CHAR = 213,
    GPG_ERR_SUBKEYS_EXP_OR_REV = 217,
    GPG_ERR_DB_CORRUPTED = 218,
    GPG_ERR_SERVER_FAILED = 219,
    GPG_ERR_NO_NAME = 220,
    GPG_ERR_NO_KEY = 221,
    GPG_ERR_LEGACY_KEY = 222,
    GPG_ERR_REQUEST_TOO_SHORT = 223,
    GPG_ERR_REQUEST_TOO_LONG = 224,
    GPG_ERR_OBJ_TERM_STATE = 225,
    GPG_ERR_NO_CERT_CHAIN = 226,
    GPG_ERR_CERT_TOO_LARGE = 227,
    GPG_ERR_INV_RECORD = 228,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_MAC = 229,
    GPG_ERR_UNEXPECTED_MSG = 230,
    GPG_ERR_COMPR_FAILED = 231,
    GPG_ERR_WOULD_WRAP = 232,
    GPG_ERR_FATAL_ALERT = 233,
    GPG_ERR_NO_CIPHER = 234,
    GPG_ERR_MISSING_CLIENT_CERT = 235,
    GPG_ERR_CLOSE_NOTIFY = 236,
    GPG_ERR_TICKET_EXPIRED = 237,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_TICKET = 238,
    GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_IDENTITY = 239,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_HS_CERT = 240,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_HS_CERT_REQ = 241,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_HS_CERT_VER = 242,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_HS_CHANGE_CIPHER = 243,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_HS_CLIENT_HELLO = 244,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_HS_SERVER_HELLO = 245,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_HS_SERVER_HELLO_DONE = 246,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_HS_FINISHED = 247,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_HS_SERVER_KEX = 248,
    GPG_ERR_BAD_HS_CLIENT_KEX = 249,
    GPG_ERR_BOGUS_STRING = 250,
    GPG_ERR_FORBIDDEN = 251,
    GPG_ERR_KEY_DISABLED = 252,
    GPG_ERR_KEY_ON_CARD = 253,
    GPG_ERR_INV_LOCK_OBJ = 254,
    GPG_ERR_TRUE = 255,
    GPG_ERR_FALSE = 256,
    GPG_ERR_ASS_GENERAL = 257,
    GPG_ERR_ASS_ACCEPT_FAILED = 258,
    GPG_ERR_ASS_CONNECT_FAILED = 259,
    GPG_ERR_ASS_INV_RESPONSE = 260,
    GPG_ERR_ASS_INV_VALUE = 261,
    GPG_ERR_ASS_INCOMPLETE_LINE = 262,
    GPG_ERR_ASS_LINE_TOO_LONG = 263,
    GPG_ERR_ASS_NESTED_COMMANDS = 264,
    GPG_ERR_ASS_NO_DATA_CB = 265,
    GPG_ERR_ASS_NO_INQUIRE_CB = 266,
    GPG_ERR_ASS_NOT_A_SERVER = 267,
    GPG_ERR_ASS_NOT_A_CLIENT = 268,
    GPG_ERR_ASS_SERVER_START = 269,
    GPG_ERR_ASS_READ_ERROR = 270,
    GPG_ERR_ASS_WRITE_ERROR = 271,
    GPG_ERR_ASS_TOO_MUCH_DATA = 273,
    GPG_ERR_ASS_UNEXPECTED_CMD = 274,
    GPG_ERR_ASS_UNKNOWN_CMD = 275,
    GPG_ERR_ASS_SYNTAX = 276,
    GPG_ERR_ASS_CANCELED = 277,
    GPG_ERR_ASS_NO_INPUT = 278,
    GPG_ERR_ASS_NO_OUTPUT = 279,
    GPG_ERR_ASS_PARAMETER = 280,
    GPG_ERR_ASS_UNKNOWN_INQUIRE = 281,
    GPG_ERR_ENGINE_TOO_OLD = 300,
    GPG_ERR_WINDOW_TOO_SMALL = 301,
    GPG_ERR_WINDOW_TOO_LARGE = 302,
    GPG_ERR_MISSING_ENVVAR = 303,
    GPG_ERR_USER_ID_EXISTS = 304,
    GPG_ERR_NAME_EXISTS = 305,
    GPG_ERR_DUP_NAME = 306,
    GPG_ERR_TOO_YOUNG = 307,
    GPG_ERR_TOO_OLD = 308,
    GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_FLAG = 309,
    GPG_ERR_INV_ORDER = 310,
    GPG_ERR_ALREADY_FETCHED = 311,
    GPG_ERR_TRY_LATER = 312,
    GPG_ERR_WRONG_NAME = 313,
    GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_BUG = 666,
    GPG_ERR_DNS_UNKNOWN = 711,
    GPG_ERR_DNS_SECTION = 712,
    GPG_ERR_DNS_ADDRESS = 713,
    GPG_ERR_DNS_NO_QUERY = 714,
    GPG_ERR_DNS_NO_ANSWER = 715,
    GPG_ERR_DNS_CLOSED = 716,
    GPG_ERR_DNS_VERIFY = 717,
    GPG_ERR_DNS_TIMEOUT = 718,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_GENERAL = 721,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_ATTR_GENERAL = 722,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_NAME_GENERAL = 723,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_SECURITY_GENERAL = 724,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_SERVICE_GENERAL = 725,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_UPDATE_GENERAL = 726,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_E_GENERAL = 727,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_X_GENERAL = 728,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_OTHER_GENERAL = 729,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_X_CONNECTING = 750,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_REFERRAL_LIMIT = 751,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_CLIENT_LOOP = 752,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_NO_RESULTS = 754,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND = 755,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED = 756,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_CONNECT = 757,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_NO_MEMORY = 758,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_PARAM = 759,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_USER_CANCELLED = 760,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_FILTER = 761,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_AUTH_UNKNOWN = 762,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_TIMEOUT = 763,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_DECODING = 764,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_ENCODING = 765,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_LOCAL = 766,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_SERVER_DOWN = 767,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_SUCCESS = 768,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_OPERATIONS = 769,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_PROTOCOL = 770,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_TIMELIMIT = 771,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_SIZELIMIT = 772,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_COMPARE_FALSE = 773,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE = 774,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_UNSUPPORTED_AUTH = 775,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_RQRD = 776,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_PARTIAL_RESULTS = 777,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_REFERRAL = 778,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_ADMINLIMIT = 779,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_UNAVAIL_CRIT_EXTN = 780,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_CONFIDENT_RQRD = 781,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_SASL_BIND_INPROG = 782,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_NO_SUCH_ATTRIBUTE = 784,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_UNDEFINED_TYPE = 785,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_BAD_MATCHING = 786,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_CONST_VIOLATION = 787,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_TYPE_VALUE_EXISTS = 788,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_INV_SYNTAX = 789,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJ = 800,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_ALIAS_PROBLEM = 801,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_INV_DN_SYNTAX = 802,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_IS_LEAF = 803,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_ALIAS_DEREF = 804,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_X_PROXY_AUTH_FAIL = 815,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_BAD_AUTH = 816,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_INV_CREDENTIALS = 817,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_INSUFFICIENT_ACC = 818,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_BUSY = 819,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_UNAVAILABLE = 820,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_UNWILL_TO_PERFORM = 821,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_LOOP_DETECT = 822,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_NAMING_VIOLATION = 832,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_OBJ_CLS_VIOLATION = 833,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_NOT_ALLOW_NONLEAF = 834,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_NOT_ALLOW_ON_RDN = 835,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_ALREADY_EXISTS = 836,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_NO_OBJ_CLASS_MODS = 837,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_RESULTS_TOO_LARGE = 838,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_AFFECTS_MULT_DSAS = 839,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_VLV = 844,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_OTHER = 848,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_CUP_RESOURCE_LIMIT = 881,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_CUP_SEC_VIOLATION = 882,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_CUP_INV_DATA = 883,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_CUP_UNSUP_SCHEME = 884,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_CUP_RELOAD = 885,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_CANCELLED = 886,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_NO_SUCH_OPERATION = 887,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_TOO_LATE = 888,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_CANNOT_CANCEL = 889,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_ASSERTION_FAILED = 890,
    GPG_ERR_LDAP_PROX_AUTH_DENIED = 891,
    GPG_ERR_USER_1 = 1024,
    GPG_ERR_USER_2 = 1025,
    GPG_ERR_USER_3 = 1026,
    GPG_ERR_USER_4 = 1027,
    GPG_ERR_USER_5 = 1028,
    GPG_ERR_USER_6 = 1029,
    GPG_ERR_USER_7 = 1030,
    GPG_ERR_USER_8 = 1031,
    GPG_ERR_USER_9 = 1032,
    GPG_ERR_USER_10 = 1033,
    GPG_ERR_USER_11 = 1034,
    GPG_ERR_USER_12 = 1035,
    GPG_ERR_USER_13 = 1036,
    GPG_ERR_USER_14 = 1037,
    GPG_ERR_USER_15 = 1038,
    GPG_ERR_USER_16 = 1039,
    GPG_ERR_MISSING_ERRNO = 16381,
    GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_ERRNO = 16382,
    GPG_ERR_EOF = 16383,

    /* The following error codes are used to map system errors.  */
#define GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR	(1 << 15)
    GPG_ERR_E2BIG = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 0,
    GPG_ERR_EACCES = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 1,
    GPG_ERR_EADDRINUSE = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 2,
    GPG_ERR_EADDRNOTAVAIL = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 3,
    GPG_ERR_EADV = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 4,
    GPG_ERR_EAFNOSUPPORT = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 5,
    GPG_ERR_EAGAIN = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 6,
    GPG_ERR_EALREADY = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 7,
    GPG_ERR_EAUTH = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 8,
    GPG_ERR_EBACKGROUND = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 9,
    GPG_ERR_EBADE = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 10,
    GPG_ERR_EBADF = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 11,
    GPG_ERR_EBADFD = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 12,
    GPG_ERR_EBADMSG = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 13,
    GPG_ERR_EBADR = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 14,
    GPG_ERR_EBADRPC = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 15,
    GPG_ERR_EBADRQC = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 16,
    GPG_ERR_EBADSLT = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 17,
    GPG_ERR_EBFONT = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 18,
    GPG_ERR_EBUSY = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 19,
    GPG_ERR_ECANCELED = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 20,
    GPG_ERR_ECHILD = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 21,
    GPG_ERR_ECHRNG = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 22,
    GPG_ERR_ECOMM = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 23,
    GPG_ERR_ECONNABORTED = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 24,
    GPG_ERR_ECONNREFUSED = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 25,
    GPG_ERR_ECONNRESET = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 26,
    GPG_ERR_ED = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 27,
    GPG_ERR_EDEADLK = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 28,
    GPG_ERR_EDEADLOCK = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 29,
    GPG_ERR_EDESTADDRREQ = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 30,
    GPG_ERR_EDIED = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 31,
    GPG_ERR_EDOM = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 32,
    GPG_ERR_EDOTDOT = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 33,
    GPG_ERR_EDQUOT = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 34,
    GPG_ERR_EEXIST = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 35,
    GPG_ERR_EFAULT = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 36,
    GPG_ERR_EFBIG = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 37,
    GPG_ERR_EFTYPE = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 38,
    GPG_ERR_EGRATUITOUS = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 39,
    GPG_ERR_EGREGIOUS = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 40,
    GPG_ERR_EHOSTDOWN = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 41,
    GPG_ERR_EHOSTUNREACH = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 42,
    GPG_ERR_EIDRM = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 43,
    GPG_ERR_EIEIO = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 44,
    GPG_ERR_EILSEQ = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 45,
    GPG_ERR_EINPROGRESS = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 46,
    GPG_ERR_EINTR = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 47,
    GPG_ERR_EINVAL = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 48,
    GPG_ERR_EIO = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 49,
    GPG_ERR_EISCONN = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 50,
    GPG_ERR_EISDIR = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 51,
    GPG_ERR_EISNAM = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 52,
    GPG_ERR_EL2HLT = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 53,
    GPG_ERR_EL2NSYNC = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 54,
    GPG_ERR_EL3HLT = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 55,
    GPG_ERR_EL3RST = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 56,
    GPG_ERR_ELIBACC = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 57,
    GPG_ERR_ELIBBAD = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 58,
    GPG_ERR_ELIBEXEC = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 59,
    GPG_ERR_ELIBMAX = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 60,
    GPG_ERR_ELIBSCN = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 61,
    GPG_ERR_ELNRNG = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 62,
    GPG_ERR_ELOOP = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 63,
    GPG_ERR_EMEDIUMTYPE = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 64,
    GPG_ERR_EMFILE = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 65,
    GPG_ERR_EMLINK = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 66,
    GPG_ERR_EMSGSIZE = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 67,
    GPG_ERR_EMULTIHOP = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 68,
    GPG_ERR_ENAMETOOLONG = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 69,
    GPG_ERR_ENAVAIL = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 70,
    GPG_ERR_ENEEDAUTH = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 71,
    GPG_ERR_ENETDOWN = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 72,
    GPG_ERR_ENETRESET = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 73,
    GPG_ERR_ENETUNREACH = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 74,
    GPG_ERR_ENFILE = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 75,
    GPG_ERR_ENOANO = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 76,
    GPG_ERR_ENOBUFS = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 77,
    GPG_ERR_ENOCSI = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 78,
    GPG_ERR_ENODATA = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 79,
    GPG_ERR_ENODEV = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 80,
    GPG_ERR_ENOENT = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 81,
    GPG_ERR_ENOEXEC = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 82,
    GPG_ERR_ENOLCK = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 83,
    GPG_ERR_ENOLINK = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 84,
    GPG_ERR_ENOMEDIUM = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 85,
    GPG_ERR_ENOMEM = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 86,
    GPG_ERR_ENOMSG = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 87,
    GPG_ERR_ENONET = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 88,
    GPG_ERR_ENOPKG = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 89,
    GPG_ERR_ENOPROTOOPT = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 90,
    GPG_ERR_ENOSPC = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 91,
    GPG_ERR_ENOSR = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 92,
    GPG_ERR_ENOSTR = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 93,
    GPG_ERR_ENOSYS = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 94,
    GPG_ERR_ENOTBLK = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 95,
    GPG_ERR_ENOTCONN = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 96,
    GPG_ERR_ENOTDIR = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 97,
    GPG_ERR_ENOTEMPTY = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 98,
    GPG_ERR_ENOTNAM = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 99,
    GPG_ERR_ENOTSOCK = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 100,
    GPG_ERR_ENOTSUP = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 101,
    GPG_ERR_ENOTTY = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 102,
    GPG_ERR_ENOTUNIQ = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 103,
    GPG_ERR_ENXIO = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 104,
    GPG_ERR_EOPNOTSUPP = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 105,
    GPG_ERR_EOVERFLOW = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 106,
    GPG_ERR_EPERM = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 107,
    GPG_ERR_EPFNOSUPPORT = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 108,
    GPG_ERR_EPIPE = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 109,
    GPG_ERR_EPROCLIM = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 110,
    GPG_ERR_EPROCUNAVAIL = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 111,
    GPG_ERR_EPROGMISMATCH = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 112,
    GPG_ERR_EPROGUNAVAIL = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 113,
    GPG_ERR_EPROTO = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 114,
    GPG_ERR_EPROTONOSUPPORT = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 115,
    GPG_ERR_EPROTOTYPE = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 116,
    GPG_ERR_ERANGE = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 117,
    GPG_ERR_EREMCHG = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 118,
    GPG_ERR_EREMOTE = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 119,
    GPG_ERR_EREMOTEIO = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 120,
    GPG_ERR_ERESTART = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 121,
    GPG_ERR_EROFS = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 122,
    GPG_ERR_ERPCMISMATCH = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 123,
    GPG_ERR_ESHUTDOWN = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 124,
    GPG_ERR_ESOCKTNOSUPPORT = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 125,
    GPG_ERR_ESPIPE = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 126,
    GPG_ERR_ESRCH = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 127,
    GPG_ERR_ESRMNT = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 128,
    GPG_ERR_ESTALE = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 129,
    GPG_ERR_ESTRPIPE = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 130,
    GPG_ERR_ETIME = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 131,
    GPG_ERR_ETIMEDOUT = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 132,
    GPG_ERR_ETOOMANYREFS = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 133,
    GPG_ERR_ETXTBSY = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 134,
    GPG_ERR_EUCLEAN = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 135,
    GPG_ERR_EUNATCH = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 136,
    GPG_ERR_EUSERS = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 137,
    GPG_ERR_EWOULDBLOCK = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 138,
    GPG_ERR_EXDEV = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 139,
    GPG_ERR_EXFULL = GPG_ERR_SYSTEM_ERROR | 140,

    /* This is one more than the largest allowed entry.  */
    GPG_ERR_CODE_DIM = 65536
  } gpg_err_code_t;


/* The error value type gpg_error_t.  */

/* We would really like to use bit-fields in a struct, but using
 * structs as return values can cause binary compatibility issues, in
 * particular if you want to do it efficiently (also see
 * -freg-struct-return option to GCC).  */
typedef unsigned int gpg_error_t;

/* We use the lowest 16 bits of gpg_error_t for error codes.  The 16th
 * bit indicates system errors.  */
#define GPG_ERR_CODE_MASK	(GPG_ERR_CODE_DIM - 1)

/* Bits 17 to 24 are reserved.  */

/* We use the upper 7 bits of gpg_error_t for error sources.  */
#define GPG_ERR_SOURCE_MASK	(GPG_ERR_SOURCE_DIM - 1)
#define GPG_ERR_SOURCE_SHIFT	24

/* The highest bit is reserved.  It shouldn't be used to prevent
 * potential negative numbers when transmitting error values as
 * text.  */


/*
 * GCC feature test.
 */
#if __GNUC__
# define _GPG_ERR_GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__ * 10000 \
                               + __GNUC_MINOR__ * 100 \
                               + __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__)
#else
# define _GPG_ERR_GCC_VERSION 0
#endif

#undef _GPG_ERR_HAVE_CONSTRUCTOR
#if _GPG_ERR_GCC_VERSION > 30100
# define _GPG_ERR_CONSTRUCTOR	__attribute__ ((__constructor__))
# define _GPG_ERR_HAVE_CONSTRUCTOR
#else
# define _GPG_ERR_CONSTRUCTOR
#endif

#define GPGRT_GCC_VERSION  _GPG_ERR_GCC_VERSION

#if _GPG_ERR_GCC_VERSION >= 29200
# define _GPGRT__RESTRICT __restrict__
#else
# define _GPGRT__RESTRICT
#endif

/* The noreturn attribute.  */
#if _GPG_ERR_GCC_VERSION >= 20500
# define GPGRT_ATTR_NORETURN   __attribute__ ((noreturn))
#else
# define GPGRT_ATTR_NORETURN
#endif

/* The printf attributes.  */
#if _GPG_ERR_GCC_VERSION >= 40400
# define GPGRT_ATTR_PRINTF(f, a) \
                    __attribute__ ((format(__gnu_printf__,f,a)))
# define GPGRT_ATTR_NR_PRINTF(f, a) \
                    __attribute__ ((noreturn, format(__gnu_printf__,f,a)))
#elif _GPG_ERR_GCC_VERSION >= 20500
# define GPGRT_ATTR_PRINTF(f, a) \
                    __attribute__ ((format(printf,f,a)))
# define GPGRT_ATTR_NR_PRINTF(f, a) \
                    __attribute__ ((noreturn, format(printf,f,a)))
#else
# define GPGRT_ATTR_PRINTF(f, a)
# define GPGRT_ATTR_NR_PRINTF(f, a)
#endif
#if _GPG_ERR_GCC_VERSION >= 20800
# define GPGRT_ATTR_FORMAT_ARG(a)  __attribute__ ((__format_arg__ (a)))
#else
# define GPGRT_ATTR_FORMAT_ARG(a)
#endif

/* The sentinel attribute.  */
#if _GPG_ERR_GCC_VERSION >= 40000
# define GPGRT_ATTR_SENTINEL(a)  __attribute__ ((sentinel(a)))
#else
# define GPGRT_ATTR_SENTINEL(a)
#endif

/* The used and unused attributes.
 * I am not sure since when the unused attribute is really supported.
 * In any case it it only needed for gcc versions which print a
 * warning.  Thus let us require gcc >= 3.5.  */
#if _GPG_ERR_GCC_VERSION >= 40000
# define GPGRT_ATTR_USED  __attribute__ ((used))
#else
# define GPGRT_ATTR_USED
#endif
#if _GPG_ERR_GCC_VERSION >= 30500
# define GPGRT_ATTR_UNUSED  __attribute__ ((unused))
#else
# define GPGRT_ATTR_UNUSED
#endif

/* The deprecated attribute.  */
#if _GPG_ERR_GCC_VERSION >= 30100
# define GPGRT_ATTR_DEPRECATED  __attribute__ ((__deprecated__))
#else
# define GPGRT_ATTR_DEPRECATED
#endif

/* The pure attribute.  */
#if _GPG_ERR_GCC_VERSION >= 29600
# define GPGRT_ATTR_PURE  __attribute__ ((__pure__))
#else
# define GPGRT_ATTR_PURE
#endif

/* The malloc attribute.  */
#if _GPG_ERR_GCC_VERSION >= 30200
# define GPGRT_ATTR_MALLOC  __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
#else
# define GPGRT_ATTR_MALLOC
#endif

/* A macro defined if a GCC style __FUNCTION__ macro is available.  */
#undef GPGRT_HAVE_MACRO_FUNCTION
#if _GPG_ERR_GCC_VERSION >= 20500
# define GPGRT_HAVE_MACRO_FUNCTION 1
#endif

/* A macro defined if the pragma GCC push_options is available.  */
#undef GPGRT_HAVE_PRAGMA_GCC_PUSH
#if _GPG_ERR_GCC_VERSION >= 40400
# define GPGRT_HAVE_PRAGMA_GCC_PUSH 1
#endif

/* Detect LeakSanitizer (LSan) support for GCC and Clang based on
 * whether AddressSanitizer (ASAN) is enabled via -fsanitize=address).
 * Note that -fsanitize=leak just affect the linker options which
 * cannot be detected here.  In that case you have to define the
 * GPGRT_HAVE_LEAK_SANITIZER macro manually.  */
#ifdef __GNUC__
# ifdef __SANITIZE_ADDRESS__
#  define GPGRT_HAVE_LEAK_SANITIZER
# elif defined(__has_feature)
#  if __has_feature(address_sanitizer)
#   define GPGRT_HAVE_LEAK_SANITIZER
#  endif
# endif
#endif


/* The new name for the inline macro.  */
#define GPGRT_INLINE GPG_ERR_INLINE

#ifdef GPGRT_HAVE_LEAK_SANITIZER
# include <sanitizer/lsan_interface.h>
#endif

/* Mark heap objects as non-leaked memory. */
static GPGRT_INLINE void
gpgrt_annotate_leaked_object (const void *p)
{
#ifdef GPGRT_HAVE_LEAK_SANITIZER
  __lsan_ignore_object(p);
#else
  (void)p;
#endif
}


/*
 * Initialization function.
 */

/* Initialize the library.  This function should be run early.  */
gpg_error_t gpg_err_init (void) _GPG_ERR_CONSTRUCTOR;

/* If this is defined, the library is already initialized by the
   constructor and does not need to be initialized explicitely.  */
#undef GPG_ERR_INITIALIZED
#ifdef _GPG_ERR_HAVE_CONSTRUCTOR
# define GPG_ERR_INITIALIZED	1
# define gpgrt_init() do { gpg_err_init (); } while (0)
#else
# define gpgrt_init() do { ; } while (0)
#endif

/* See the source on how to use the deinit function; it is usually not
   required.  */
void gpg_err_deinit (int mode);

/* Register blocking system I/O clamping functions.  */
void gpgrt_set_syscall_clamp (void (*pre)(void), void (*post)(void));

/* Get current I/O clamping functions.  */
void gpgrt_get_syscall_clamp (void (**r_pre)(void), void (**r_post)(void));

/* Register a custom malloc/realloc/free function.  */
void gpgrt_set_alloc_func  (void *(*f)(void *a, size_t n));



/*
 * Constructor and accessor functions.
 */

/* Construct an error value from an error code and source.  Within a
 * subsystem, use gpg_error.  */
static GPG_ERR_INLINE gpg_error_t
gpg_err_make (gpg_err_source_t source, gpg_err_code_t code)
{
  return code == GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR ? GPG_ERR_NO_ERROR
    : (((source & GPG_ERR_SOURCE_MASK) << GPG_ERR_SOURCE_SHIFT)
       | (code & GPG_ERR_CODE_MASK));
}


/* The user should define GPG_ERR_SOURCE_DEFAULT before including this
 * file to specify a default source for gpg_error.  */
#ifndef GPG_ERR_SOURCE_DEFAULT
#define GPG_ERR_SOURCE_DEFAULT	GPG_ERR_SOURCE_UNKNOWN
#endif

static GPG_ERR_INLINE gpg_error_t
gpg_error (gpg_err_code_t code)
{
  return gpg_err_make (GPG_ERR_SOURCE_DEFAULT, code);
}


/* Retrieve the error code from an error value.  */
static GPG_ERR_INLINE gpg_err_code_t
gpg_err_code (gpg_error_t err)
{
  return (gpg_err_code_t) (err & GPG_ERR_CODE_MASK);
}


/* Retrieve the error source from an error value.  */
static GPG_ERR_INLINE gpg_err_source_t
gpg_err_source (gpg_error_t err)
{
  return (gpg_err_source_t) ((err >> GPG_ERR_SOURCE_SHIFT)
			     & GPG_ERR_SOURCE_MASK);
}


/* String functions.  */

/* Return a pointer to a string containing a description of the error
 * code in the error value ERR.  This function is not thread-safe.  */
const char *gpg_strerror (gpg_error_t err);

/* Return the error string for ERR in the user-supplied buffer BUF of
 * size BUFLEN.  This function is, in contrast to gpg_strerror,
 * thread-safe if a thread-safe strerror_r() function is provided by
 * the system.  If the function succeeds, 0 is returned and BUF
 * contains the string describing the error.  If the buffer was not
 * large enough, ERANGE is returned and BUF contains as much of the
 * beginning of the error string as fits into the buffer.  */
int gpg_strerror_r (gpg_error_t err, char *buf, size_t buflen);

/* Return a pointer to a string containing a description of the error
 * source in the error value ERR.  */
const char *gpg_strsource (gpg_error_t err);


/*
 * Mapping of system errors (errno).
 */

/* Retrieve the error code for the system error ERR.  This returns
 * GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_ERRNO if the system error is not mapped (report
 * this). */
gpg_err_code_t gpg_err_code_from_errno (int err);

/* Retrieve the system error for the error code CODE.  This returns 0
 * if CODE is not a system error code.  */
int gpg_err_code_to_errno (gpg_err_code_t code);

/* Retrieve the error code directly from the ERRNO variable.  This
 * returns GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_ERRNO if the system error is not mapped
 * (report this) and GPG_ERR_MISSING_ERRNO if ERRNO has the value 0. */
gpg_err_code_t gpg_err_code_from_syserror (void);


/* Set the ERRNO variable.  This function is the preferred way to set
 * ERRNO due to peculiarities on WindowsCE.  */
void gpg_err_set_errno (int err);

/* Return or check the version.  Both functions are identical.  */
const char *gpgrt_check_version (const char *req_version);
const char *gpg_error_check_version (const char *req_version);

/* System specific type definitions.  */
#include <sys/types.h>

typedef ssize_t gpgrt_ssize_t;

#include <stdint.h>

typedef int64_t gpgrt_off_t;




/* Self-documenting convenience functions.  */

static GPG_ERR_INLINE gpg_error_t
gpg_err_make_from_errno (gpg_err_source_t source, int err)
{
  return gpg_err_make (source, gpg_err_code_from_errno (err));
}


static GPG_ERR_INLINE gpg_error_t
gpg_error_from_errno (int err)
{
  return gpg_error (gpg_err_code_from_errno (err));
}

static GPG_ERR_INLINE gpg_error_t
gpg_error_from_syserror (void)
{
  return gpg_error (gpg_err_code_from_syserror ());
}



/*
 * Malloc and friends
 */

void *gpgrt_realloc (void *a, size_t n);
void *gpgrt_malloc (size_t n);
void *gpgrt_calloc (size_t n, size_t m);
char *gpgrt_strdup (const char *string);
char *gpgrt_strconcat (const char *s1, ...) GPGRT_ATTR_SENTINEL(0);
void gpgrt_free (void *a);


/*
 * System specific function wrappers.
 */

/* A getenv replacement which mallocs the returned string.  */
char *gpgrt_getenv (const char *name);

/* A setenv and a unsetenv replacement.*/
gpg_err_code_t gpgrt_setenv (const char *name,
                             const char *value, int overwrite);
#define gpgrt_unsetenv(n) gpgrt_setenv ((n), NULL, 1)

/* A wrapper around mkdir using a string for the mode.  */
gpg_err_code_t gpgrt_mkdir (const char *name, const char *modestr);

/* A simple wrapper around chdir.  */
gpg_err_code_t gpgrt_chdir (const char *name);

/* Return the current WD as a malloced string.  */
char *gpgrt_getcwd (void);




/*
 * Lock functions.
 */


#include <pthread.h>
typedef struct
{
  long _vers;
  union {
    volatile char _priv[sizeof(pthread_mutex_t)];
    long _x_align;
    long *_xp_align;
  } u;
} gpgrt_lock_t;

#define GPGRT_LOCK_INITIALIZER {1,{{0}}}


#define GPGRT_LOCK_DEFINE(name) \
  static gpgrt_lock_t name  = GPGRT_LOCK_INITIALIZER

/* NB: If GPGRT_LOCK_DEFINE is not used, zero out the lock variable
   before passing it to gpgrt_lock_init.  */
gpg_err_code_t gpgrt_lock_init (gpgrt_lock_t *lockhd);
gpg_err_code_t gpgrt_lock_lock (gpgrt_lock_t *lockhd);
gpg_err_code_t gpgrt_lock_trylock (gpgrt_lock_t *lockhd);
gpg_err_code_t gpgrt_lock_unlock (gpgrt_lock_t *lockhd);
gpg_err_code_t gpgrt_lock_destroy (gpgrt_lock_t *lockhd);



/*
 * Thread functions.
 */

gpg_err_code_t gpgrt_yield (void);




/*
 * Estream
 */

/* The definition of this struct is entirely private.  You must not
   use it for anything.  It is only here so some functions can be
   implemented as macros.  */
struct _gpgrt_stream_internal;
struct _gpgrt__stream
{
  /* The layout of this struct must never change.  It may be grown,
     but only if all functions which access the new members are
     versioned.  */

  /* Various flags.  */
  struct {
    unsigned int magic: 16;
    unsigned int writing: 1;
    unsigned int reserved: 15;
  } flags;

  /* A pointer to the stream buffer.  */
  unsigned char *buffer;

  /* The size of the buffer in bytes.  */
  size_t buffer_size;

  /* The length of the usable data in the buffer, only valid when in
     read mode (see flags).  */
  size_t data_len;

  /* The current position of the offset pointer, valid in read and
     write mode.  */
  size_t data_offset;

  size_t data_flushed;
  unsigned char *unread_buffer;
  size_t unread_buffer_size;

  /* The number of unread bytes.  */
  size_t unread_data_len;

  /* A pointer to our internal data for this stream.  */
  struct _gpgrt_stream_internal *intern;
};

/* The opaque type for an estream.  */
typedef struct _gpgrt__stream *gpgrt_stream_t;
#ifdef GPGRT_ENABLE_ES_MACROS
typedef struct _gpgrt__stream *estream_t;
#endif

typedef ssize_t (*gpgrt_cookie_read_function_t) (void *cookie,
                                                 void *buffer, size_t size);
typedef ssize_t (*gpgrt_cookie_write_function_t) (void *cookie,
                                                  const void *buffer,
                                                  size_t size);
typedef int (*gpgrt_cookie_seek_function_t) (void *cookie,
                                             gpgrt_off_t *pos, int whence);
typedef int (*gpgrt_cookie_close_function_t) (void *cookie);

struct _gpgrt_cookie_io_functions
{
  gpgrt_cookie_read_function_t func_read;
  gpgrt_cookie_write_function_t func_write;
  gpgrt_cookie_seek_function_t func_seek;
  gpgrt_cookie_close_function_t func_close;
};
typedef struct _gpgrt_cookie_io_functions gpgrt_cookie_io_functions_t;
#ifdef GPGRT_ENABLE_ES_MACROS
typedef struct _gpgrt_cookie_io_functions  es_cookie_io_functions_t;
#define es_cookie_read_function_t  gpgrt_cookie_read_function_t
#define es_cookie_write_function_t gpgrt_cookie_read_function_t
#define es_cookie_seek_function_t  gpgrt_cookie_read_function_t
#define es_cookie_close_function_t gpgrt_cookie_read_function_t
#endif

enum gpgrt_syshd_types
  {
    GPGRT_SYSHD_NONE = 0,  /* No system handle available.                   */
    GPGRT_SYSHD_FD = 1,    /* A file descriptor as returned by open().      */
    GPGRT_SYSHD_SOCK = 2,  /* A socket as returned by socket().             */
    GPGRT_SYSHD_RVID = 3,  /* A rendezvous id (see libassuan's gpgcedev.c).  */
    GPGRT_SYSHD_HANDLE = 4 /* A HANDLE object (Windows).                    */
  };

struct _gpgrt_syshd
{
  enum gpgrt_syshd_types type;
  union {
    int fd;
    int sock;
    int rvid;
    void *handle;
  } u;
};
typedef struct _gpgrt_syshd gpgrt_syshd_t;
#ifdef GPGRT_ENABLE_ES_MACROS
typedef struct _gpgrt_syshd es_syshd_t;
#define ES_SYSHD_NONE   GPGRT_SYSHD_NONE
#define ES_SYSHD_FD     GPGRT_SYSHD_FD
#define ES_SYSHD_SOCK   GPGRT_SYSHD_SOCK
#define ES_SYSHD_RVID   GPGRT_SYSHD_RVID
#define ES_SYSHD_HANDLE GPGRT_SYSHD_HANDLE
#endif

/* The object used with gpgrt_poll.  */
struct _gpgrt_poll_s
{
  gpgrt_stream_t stream;
  unsigned int want_read:1;
  unsigned int want_write:1;
  unsigned int want_oob:1;
  unsigned int want_rdhup:1;
  unsigned int _reserv1:4;
  unsigned int got_read:1;
  unsigned int got_write:1;
  unsigned int got_oob:1;
  unsigned int got_rdhup:1;
  unsigned int _reserv2:4;
  unsigned int got_err:1;
  unsigned int got_hup:1;
  unsigned int got_nval:1;
  unsigned int _reserv3:4;
  unsigned int ignore:1;
  unsigned int user:8;       /* For application use.  */
};
typedef struct _gpgrt_poll_s gpgrt_poll_t;
#ifdef GPGRT_ENABLE_ES_MACROS
typedef struct _gpgrt_poll_s es_poll_t;
#endif

gpgrt_stream_t gpgrt_fopen (const char *_GPGRT__RESTRICT path,
                            const char *_GPGRT__RESTRICT mode);
gpgrt_stream_t gpgrt_mopen (void *_GPGRT__RESTRICT data,
                            size_t data_n, size_t data_len,
                            unsigned int grow,
                            void *(*func_realloc) (void *mem, size_t size),
                            void (*func_free) (void *mem),
                            const char *_GPGRT__RESTRICT mode);
gpgrt_stream_t gpgrt_fopenmem (size_t memlimit,
                               const char *_GPGRT__RESTRICT mode);
gpgrt_stream_t gpgrt_fopenmem_init (size_t memlimit,
                                    const char *_GPGRT__RESTRICT mode,
                                    const void *data, size_t datalen);
gpgrt_stream_t gpgrt_fdopen    (int filedes, const char *mode);
gpgrt_stream_t gpgrt_fdopen_nc (int filedes, const char *mode);
gpgrt_stream_t gpgrt_sysopen    (gpgrt_syshd_t *syshd, const char *mode);
gpgrt_stream_t gpgrt_sysopen_nc (gpgrt_syshd_t *syshd, const char *mode);
gpgrt_stream_t gpgrt_fpopen    (FILE *fp, const char *mode);
gpgrt_stream_t gpgrt_fpopen_nc (FILE *fp, const char *mode);
gpgrt_stream_t gpgrt_freopen (const char *_GPGRT__RESTRICT path,
                              const char *_GPGRT__RESTRICT mode,
                              gpgrt_stream_t _GPGRT__RESTRICT stream);
gpgrt_stream_t gpgrt_fopencookie (void *_GPGRT__RESTRICT cookie,
                                  const char *_GPGRT__RESTRICT mode,
                                  gpgrt_cookie_io_functions_t functions);
int gpgrt_fclose (gpgrt_stream_t stream);
int gpgrt_fclose_snatch (gpgrt_stream_t stream,
                         void **r_buffer, size_t *r_buflen);
int gpgrt_onclose (gpgrt_stream_t stream, int mode,
                   void (*fnc) (gpgrt_stream_t, void*), void *fnc_value);
int gpgrt_fileno (gpgrt_stream_t stream);
int gpgrt_fileno_unlocked (gpgrt_stream_t stream);
int gpgrt_syshd (gpgrt_stream_t stream, gpgrt_syshd_t *syshd);
int gpgrt_syshd_unlocked (gpgrt_stream_t stream, gpgrt_syshd_t *syshd);

void _gpgrt_set_std_fd (int no, int fd);
gpgrt_stream_t _gpgrt_get_std_stream (int fd);

#define gpgrt_stdin  _gpgrt_get_std_stream (0)
#define gpgrt_stdout _gpgrt_get_std_stream (1)
#define gpgrt_stderr _gpgrt_get_std_stream (2)


void gpgrt_flockfile (gpgrt_stream_t stream);
int  gpgrt_ftrylockfile (gpgrt_stream_t stream);
void gpgrt_funlockfile (gpgrt_stream_t stream);

int gpgrt_feof (gpgrt_stream_t stream);
int gpgrt_feof_unlocked (gpgrt_stream_t stream);
int gpgrt_ferror (gpgrt_stream_t stream);
int gpgrt_ferror_unlocked (gpgrt_stream_t stream);
void gpgrt_clearerr (gpgrt_stream_t stream);
void gpgrt_clearerr_unlocked (gpgrt_stream_t stream);

int _gpgrt_pending (gpgrt_stream_t stream);          /* (private) */
int _gpgrt_pending_unlocked (gpgrt_stream_t stream); /* (private) */

#define gpgrt_pending(stream) _gpgrt_pending (stream)

#define gpgrt_pending_unlocked(stream)				\
  (((!(stream)->flags.writing)					\
    && (((stream)->data_offset < (stream)->data_len)		\
        || ((stream)->unread_data_len)))                        \
   ? 1 : _gpgrt_pending_unlocked ((stream)))

int gpgrt_fflush (gpgrt_stream_t stream);
int gpgrt_fseek (gpgrt_stream_t stream, long int offset, int whence);
int gpgrt_fseeko (gpgrt_stream_t stream, gpgrt_off_t offset, int whence);
long int gpgrt_ftell (gpgrt_stream_t stream);
gpgrt_off_t gpgrt_ftello (gpgrt_stream_t stream);
void gpgrt_rewind (gpgrt_stream_t stream);

int gpgrt_fgetc (gpgrt_stream_t stream);
int gpgrt_fputc (int c, gpgrt_stream_t stream);

int _gpgrt_getc_underflow (gpgrt_stream_t stream);       /* (private) */
int _gpgrt_putc_overflow (int c, gpgrt_stream_t stream); /* (private) */

#define gpgrt_getc_unlocked(stream)				\
  (((!(stream)->flags.writing)					\
    && ((stream)->data_offset < (stream)->data_len)		\
    && (! (stream)->unread_data_len))				\
  ? ((int) (stream)->buffer[((stream)->data_offset)++])		\
  : _gpgrt_getc_underflow ((stream)))

#define gpgrt_putc_unlocked(c, stream)				\
  (((stream)->flags.writing					\
    && ((stream)->data_offset < (stream)->buffer_size)		\
    && (c != '\n'))						\
  ? ((int) ((stream)->buffer[((stream)->data_offset)++] = (c)))	\
  : _gpgrt_putc_overflow ((c), (stream)))

#define gpgrt_getc(stream)    gpgrt_fgetc (stream)
#define gpgrt_putc(c, stream) gpgrt_fputc (c, stream)

int gpgrt_ungetc (int c, gpgrt_stream_t stream);

int gpgrt_read (gpgrt_stream_t _GPGRT__RESTRICT stream,
                void *_GPGRT__RESTRICT buffer, size_t bytes_to_read,
                size_t *_GPGRT__RESTRICT bytes_read);
int gpgrt_write (gpgrt_stream_t _GPGRT__RESTRICT stream,
                 const void *_GPGRT__RESTRICT buffer, size_t bytes_to_write,
                 size_t *_GPGRT__RESTRICT bytes_written);
int gpgrt_write_sanitized (gpgrt_stream_t _GPGRT__RESTRICT stream,
                           const void *_GPGRT__RESTRICT buffer, size_t length,
                           const char *delimiters,
                           size_t *_GPGRT__RESTRICT bytes_written);
int gpgrt_write_hexstring (gpgrt_stream_t _GPGRT__RESTRICT stream,
                           const void *_GPGRT__RESTRICT buffer, size_t length,
                           int reserved,
                           size_t *_GPGRT__RESTRICT bytes_written);

size_t gpgrt_fread (void *_GPGRT__RESTRICT ptr, size_t size, size_t nitems,
                    gpgrt_stream_t _GPGRT__RESTRICT stream);
size_t gpgrt_fwrite (const void *_GPGRT__RESTRICT ptr, size_t size, size_t memb,
                     gpgrt_stream_t _GPGRT__RESTRICT stream);

char *gpgrt_fgets (char *_GPGRT__RESTRICT s, int n,
                   gpgrt_stream_t _GPGRT__RESTRICT stream);
int gpgrt_fputs (const char *_GPGRT__RESTRICT s,
                 gpgrt_stream_t _GPGRT__RESTRICT stream);
int gpgrt_fputs_unlocked (const char *_GPGRT__RESTRICT s,
                          gpgrt_stream_t _GPGRT__RESTRICT stream);

ssize_t gpgrt_getline (char *_GPGRT__RESTRICT *_GPGRT__RESTRICT lineptr,
                       size_t *_GPGRT__RESTRICT n,
                       gpgrt_stream_t stream);
ssize_t gpgrt_read_line (gpgrt_stream_t stream,
                         char **addr_of_buffer, size_t *length_of_buffer,
                         size_t *max_length);

int gpgrt_fprintf (gpgrt_stream_t _GPGRT__RESTRICT stream,
                   const char *_GPGRT__RESTRICT format, ...)
                   GPGRT_ATTR_PRINTF(2,3);
int gpgrt_fprintf_unlocked (gpgrt_stream_t _GPGRT__RESTRICT stream,
                            const char *_GPGRT__RESTRICT format, ...)
                            GPGRT_ATTR_PRINTF(2,3);

int gpgrt_printf (const char *_GPGRT__RESTRICT format, ...)
                  GPGRT_ATTR_PRINTF(1,2);
int gpgrt_printf_unlocked (const char *_GPGRT__RESTRICT format, ...)
                           GPGRT_ATTR_PRINTF(1,2);

int gpgrt_vfprintf (gpgrt_stream_t _GPGRT__RESTRICT stream,
                    const char *_GPGRT__RESTRICT format, va_list ap)
                    GPGRT_ATTR_PRINTF(2,0);
int gpgrt_vfprintf_unlocked (gpgrt_stream_t _GPGRT__RESTRICT stream,
                             const char *_GPGRT__RESTRICT format, va_list ap)
                             GPGRT_ATTR_PRINTF(2,0);

int gpgrt_setvbuf (gpgrt_stream_t _GPGRT__RESTRICT stream,
                   char *_GPGRT__RESTRICT buf, int mode, size_t size);
void gpgrt_setbuf (gpgrt_stream_t _GPGRT__RESTRICT stream,
                   char *_GPGRT__RESTRICT buf);

void gpgrt_set_binary (gpgrt_stream_t stream);
int  gpgrt_set_nonblock (gpgrt_stream_t stream, int onoff);
int  gpgrt_get_nonblock (gpgrt_stream_t stream);

int gpgrt_poll (gpgrt_poll_t *fdlist, unsigned int nfds, int timeout);

gpgrt_stream_t gpgrt_tmpfile (void);

void gpgrt_opaque_set (gpgrt_stream_t _GPGRT__RESTRICT stream,
                       void *_GPGRT__RESTRICT opaque);
void *gpgrt_opaque_get (gpgrt_stream_t stream);

void gpgrt_fname_set (gpgrt_stream_t stream, const char *fname);
const char *gpgrt_fname_get (gpgrt_stream_t stream);

int gpgrt_asprintf (char **r_buf, const char * _GPGRT__RESTRICT format, ...)
                    GPGRT_ATTR_PRINTF(2,3);
int gpgrt_vasprintf (char **r_buf, const char * _GPGRT__RESTRICT format,
                     va_list ap)
                     GPGRT_ATTR_PRINTF(2,0);
char *gpgrt_bsprintf (const char * _GPGRT__RESTRICT format, ...)
                      GPGRT_ATTR_PRINTF(1,2);
char *gpgrt_vbsprintf (const char * _GPGRT__RESTRICT format, va_list ap)
                       GPGRT_ATTR_PRINTF(1,0);
int gpgrt_snprintf (char *buf, size_t bufsize,
                    const char * _GPGRT__RESTRICT format, ...)
                    GPGRT_ATTR_PRINTF(3,4);
int gpgrt_vsnprintf (char *buf,size_t bufsize,
                     const char * _GPGRT__RESTRICT format, va_list arg_ptr)
                     GPGRT_ATTR_PRINTF(3,0);


#ifdef GPGRT_ENABLE_ES_MACROS
# define es_fopen             gpgrt_fopen
# define es_mopen             gpgrt_mopen
# define es_fopenmem          gpgrt_fopenmem
# define es_fopenmem_init     gpgrt_fopenmem_init
# define es_fdopen            gpgrt_fdopen
# define es_fdopen_nc         gpgrt_fdopen_nc
# define es_sysopen           gpgrt_sysopen
# define es_sysopen_nc        gpgrt_sysopen_nc
# define es_fpopen            gpgrt_fpopen
# define es_fpopen_nc         gpgrt_fpopen_nc
# define es_freopen           gpgrt_freopen
# define es_fopencookie       gpgrt_fopencookie
# define es_fclose            gpgrt_fclose
# define es_fclose_snatch     gpgrt_fclose_snatch
# define es_onclose           gpgrt_onclose
# define es_fileno            gpgrt_fileno
# define es_fileno_unlocked   gpgrt_fileno_unlocked
# define es_syshd             gpgrt_syshd
# define es_syshd_unlocked    gpgrt_syshd_unlocked
# define es_stdin             _gpgrt_get_std_stream (0)
# define es_stdout            _gpgrt_get_std_stream (1)
# define es_stderr            _gpgrt_get_std_stream (2)
# define es_flockfile         gpgrt_flockfile
# define es_ftrylockfile      gpgrt_ftrylockfile
# define es_funlockfile       gpgrt_funlockfile
# define es_feof              gpgrt_feof
# define es_feof_unlocked     gpgrt_feof_unlocked
# define es_ferror            gpgrt_ferror
# define es_ferror_unlocked   gpgrt_ferror_unlocked
# define es_clearerr          gpgrt_clearerr
# define es_clearerr_unlocked gpgrt_clearerr_unlocked
# define es_pending           gpgrt_pending
# define es_pending_unlocked  gpgrt_pending_unlocked
# define es_fflush            gpgrt_fflush
# define es_fseek             gpgrt_fseek
# define es_fseeko            gpgrt_fseeko
# define es_ftell             gpgrt_ftell
# define es_ftello            gpgrt_ftello
# define es_rewind            gpgrt_rewind
# define es_fgetc             gpgrt_fgetc
# define es_fputc             gpgrt_fputc
# define es_getc_unlocked     gpgrt_getc_unlocked
# define es_putc_unlocked     gpgrt_putc_unlocked
# define es_getc              gpgrt_getc
# define es_putc              gpgrt_putc
# define es_ungetc            gpgrt_ungetc
# define es_read              gpgrt_read
# define es_write             gpgrt_write
# define es_write_sanitized   gpgrt_write_sanitized
# define es_write_hexstring   gpgrt_write_hexstring
# define es_fread             gpgrt_fread
# define es_fwrite            gpgrt_fwrite
# define es_fgets             gpgrt_fgets
# define es_fputs             gpgrt_fputs
# define es_fputs_unlocked    gpgrt_fputs_unlocked
# define es_getline           gpgrt_getline
# define es_read_line         gpgrt_read_line
# define es_free              gpgrt_free
# define es_fprintf           gpgrt_fprintf
# define es_fprintf_unlocked  gpgrt_fprintf_unlocked
# define es_printf            gpgrt_printf
# define es_printf_unlocked   gpgrt_printf_unlocked
# define es_vfprintf          gpgrt_vfprintf
# define es_vfprintf_unlocked gpgrt_vfprintf_unlocked
# define es_setvbuf           gpgrt_setvbuf
# define es_setbuf            gpgrt_setbuf
# define es_set_binary        gpgrt_set_binary
# define es_set_nonblock      gpgrt_set_nonblock
# define es_get_nonblock      gpgrt_get_nonblock
# define es_poll              gpgrt_poll
# define es_tmpfile           gpgrt_tmpfile
# define es_opaque_set        gpgrt_opaque_set
# define es_opaque_get        gpgrt_opaque_get
# define es_fname_set         gpgrt_fname_set
# define es_fname_get         gpgrt_fname_get
# define es_asprintf          gpgrt_asprintf
# define es_vasprintf         gpgrt_vasprintf
# define es_bsprintf          gpgrt_bsprintf
# define es_vbsprintf         gpgrt_vbsprintf
#endif /*GPGRT_ENABLE_ES_MACROS*/



/*
 * Base64 encode and decode functions.
 */

struct _gpgrt_b64state;
typedef struct _gpgrt_b64state *gpgrt_b64state_t;

gpgrt_b64state_t gpgrt_b64enc_start (gpgrt_stream_t stream, const char *title);
gpg_err_code_t   gpgrt_b64enc_write (gpgrt_b64state_t state,
                                     const void *buffer, size_t nbytes);
gpg_err_code_t   gpgrt_b64enc_finish (gpgrt_b64state_t state);

gpgrt_b64state_t gpgrt_b64dec_start (const char *title);
gpg_error_t      gpgrt_b64dec_proc (gpgrt_b64state_t state,
                                    void *buffer, size_t length,
                                    size_t *r_nbytes);
gpg_error_t      gpgrt_b64dec_finish (gpgrt_b64state_t state);



/*
 * Logging functions
 */

/* Flag values for gpgrt_log_set_prefix. */
#define GPGRT_LOG_WITH_PREFIX  1
#define GPGRT_LOG_WITH_TIME    2
#define GPGRT_LOG_WITH_PID     4
#define GPGRT_LOG_RUN_DETACHED 256
#define GPGRT_LOG_NO_REGISTRY  512

/* Log levels as used by gpgrt_log.  */
enum gpgrt_log_levels
  {
    GPGRT_LOGLVL_BEGIN,
    GPGRT_LOGLVL_CONT,
    GPGRT_LOGLVL_INFO,
    GPGRT_LOGLVL_WARN,
    GPGRT_LOGLVL_ERROR,
    GPGRT_LOGLVL_FATAL,
    GPGRT_LOGLVL_BUG,
    GPGRT_LOGLVL_DEBUG
  };


/* The next 4 functions are not thread-safe - call them early.  */
void gpgrt_log_set_sink (const char *name, gpgrt_stream_t stream, int fd);
void gpgrt_log_set_socket_dir_cb (const char *(*fnc)(void));
void gpgrt_log_set_pid_suffix_cb (int (*cb)(unsigned long *r_value));
void gpgrt_log_set_prefix (const char *text, unsigned int flags);

int  gpgrt_get_errorcount (int clear);
void gpgrt_inc_errorcount (void);
const char *gpgrt_log_get_prefix (unsigned int *flags);
int  gpgrt_log_test_fd (int fd);
int  gpgrt_log_get_fd (void);
gpgrt_stream_t gpgrt_log_get_stream (void);

void gpgrt_log (int level, const char *fmt, ...) GPGRT_ATTR_PRINTF(2,3);
void gpgrt_logv (int level, const char *fmt, va_list arg_ptr);
void gpgrt_logv_prefix (int level, const char *prefix,
                              const char *fmt, va_list arg_ptr);
void gpgrt_log_string (int level, const char *string);
void gpgrt_log_bug (const char *fmt, ...)    GPGRT_ATTR_NR_PRINTF(1,2);
void gpgrt_log_fatal (const char *fmt, ...)  GPGRT_ATTR_NR_PRINTF(1,2);
void gpgrt_log_error (const char *fmt, ...)  GPGRT_ATTR_PRINTF(1,2);
void gpgrt_log_info (const char *fmt, ...)   GPGRT_ATTR_PRINTF(1,2);
void gpgrt_log_debug (const char *fmt, ...)  GPGRT_ATTR_PRINTF(1,2);
void gpgrt_log_debug_string (const char *string,
                             const char *fmt, ...) GPGRT_ATTR_PRINTF(2,3);
void gpgrt_log_printf (const char *fmt, ...) GPGRT_ATTR_PRINTF(1,2);
void gpgrt_log_printhex (const void *buffer, size_t length,
                         const char *fmt, ...) GPGRT_ATTR_PRINTF(3,4);
void gpgrt_log_clock (const char *fmt, ...) GPGRT_ATTR_PRINTF(1,2);
void gpgrt_log_flush (void);
void _gpgrt_log_assert (const char *expr, const char *file, int line,
                        const char *func) GPGRT_ATTR_NORETURN;

#ifdef GPGRT_HAVE_MACRO_FUNCTION
# define gpgrt_assert(expr)                                     \
  ((expr)                                                       \
   ? (void) 0                                                   \
   : _gpgrt_log_assert (#expr, __FILE__, __LINE__, __FUNCTION__))
#else /*!GPGRT_HAVE_MACRO_FUNCTION*/
# define gpgrt_assert(expr)                                     \
  ((expr)                                                       \
   ? (void) 0                                                   \
   : _gpgrt_log_assert (#expr, __FILE__, __LINE__, NULL))
#endif /*!GPGRT_HAVE_MACRO_FUNCTION*/

#ifdef GPGRT_ENABLE_LOG_MACROS
# define log_get_errorcount      gpgrt_get_errorcount
# define log_inc_errorcount      gpgrt_inc_errorcount
# define log_set_file(a)         gpgrt_log_set_sink ((a), NULL, -1)
# define log_set_fd(a)           gpgrt_log_set_sink (NULL, NULL, (a))
# define log_set_stream(a)       gpgrt_log_set_sink (NULL, (a), -1)
# define log_set_socket_dir_cb   gpgrt_log_set_socket_dir_cb
# define log_set_pid_suffix_cb   gpgrt_log_set_pid_suffix_cb
# define log_set_prefix          gpgrt_log_set_prefix
# define log_get_prefix          gpgrt_log_get_prefix
# define log_test_fd             gpgrt_log_test_fd
# define log_get_fd              gpgrt_log_get_fd
# define log_get_stream          gpgrt_log_get_stream
# define log_log                 gpgrt_log
# define log_logv                gpgrt_logv
# define log_logv_prefix         gpgrt_logv_prefix
# define log_string              gpgrt_log_string
# define log_bug                 gpgrt_log_bug
# define log_fatal               gpgrt_log_fatal
# define log_error               gpgrt_log_error
# define log_info                gpgrt_log_info
# define log_debug               gpgrt_log_debug
# define log_debug_string        gpgrt_log_debug_string
# define log_printf              gpgrt_log_printf
# define log_printhex            gpgrt_log_printhex
# define log_clock               gpgrt_log_clock
# define log_flush               gpgrt_log_flush
# ifdef GPGRT_HAVE_MACRO_FUNCTION
#  define log_assert(expr)                                      \
  ((expr)                                                       \
   ? (void) 0                                                   \
   : _gpgrt_log_assert (#expr, __FILE__, __LINE__, __FUNCTION__))
# else /*!GPGRT_HAVE_MACRO_FUNCTION*/
#  define log_assert(expr)                                      \
  ((expr)                                                       \
   ? (void) 0                                                   \
   : _gpgrt_log_assert (#expr, __FILE__, __LINE__, NULL))
# endif /*!GPGRT_HAVE_MACRO_FUNCTION*/

#endif /*GPGRT_ENABLE_LOG_MACROS*/


/*
 * Spawn functions  (Not yet available)
 */
#define GPGRT_SPAWN_NONBLOCK   16 /* Set the streams to non-blocking.      */
#define GPGRT_SPAWN_RUN_ASFW   64 /* Use AllowSetForegroundWindow on W32.  */
#define GPGRT_SPAWN_DETACHED  128 /* Start the process in the background.  */

#if 0

/* Function and convenience macros to create pipes.  */
gpg_err_code_t gpgrt_make_pipe (int filedes[2], gpgrt_stream_t *r_fp,
                                int direction, int nonblock);
#define gpgrt_create_pipe(a)              gpgrt_make_pipe ((a),NULL,  0,  0);
#define gpgrt_create_inbound_pipe(a,b,c)  gpgrt_make_pipe ((a), (b), -1,(c));
#define gpgrt_create_outbound_pipe(a,b,c) gpgrt_make_pipe ((a), (b),  1,(c));


/* Fork and exec PGMNAME.  */
gpg_err_code_t gpgrt_spawn_process (const char *pgmname, const char *argv[],
                                    int *execpt, void (*preexec)(void),
                                    unsigned int flags,
                                    gpgrt_stream_t *r_infp,
                                    gpgrt_stream_t *r_outfp,
                                    gpgrt_stream_t *r_errfp,
                                    pid_t *pid);

/* Fork and exec PGNNAME and connect the process to the given FDs.  */
gpg_err_code_t gpgrt_spawn_process_fd (const char *pgmname, const char *argv[],
                                       int infd, int outfd, int errfd,
                                       pid_t *pid);

/* Fork and exec PGMNAME as a detached process.  */
gpg_err_code_t gpgrt_spawn_process_detached (const char *pgmname,
                                             const char *argv[],
                                             const char *envp[] );

/* Wait for a single process.  */
gpg_err_code_t gpgrt_wait_process (const char *pgmname, pid_t pid, int hang,
                                int *r_exitcode);

/* Wait for a multiple processes.  */
gpg_err_code_t gpgrt_wait_processes (const char **pgmnames, pid_t *pids,
                                     size_t count, int hang, int *r_exitcodes);

/* Kill the process identified by PID.  */
void gpgrt_kill_process (pid_t pid);

/* Release process resources identified by PID.  */
void gpgrt_release_process (pid_t pid);

#endif /*0*/



/*
 * Option parsing.
 */

struct _gpgrt_argparse_internal_s;
typedef struct
{
  int  *argc;	      /* Pointer to ARGC (value subject to change). */
  char ***argv;	      /* Pointer to ARGV (value subject to change). */
  unsigned int flags; /* Global flags.  May be set prior to calling the
                         parser.  The parser may change the value.  */
  int err;            /* Print error description for last option.
                         Either 0,  ARGPARSE_PRINT_WARNING or
                         ARGPARSE_PRINT_ERROR.  */
  unsigned int lineno;/* The current line number.  */
  int r_opt; 	      /* Returns option code. */
  int r_type;	      /* Returns type of option value.  */
  union {
    int   ret_int;
    long  ret_long;
    unsigned long ret_ulong;
    char *ret_str;
  } r;		      /* Return values */

  struct _gpgrt_argparse_internal_s *internal;
} gpgrt_argparse_t;


typedef struct
{
  int          short_opt;
  const char  *long_opt;
  unsigned int flags;
  const char  *description; /* Optional description. */
} gpgrt_opt_t;


#ifdef GPGRT_ENABLE_ARGPARSE_MACROS

/* Global flags for (gpgrt_argparse_t).flags.  */
#define ARGPARSE_FLAG_KEEP        1  /* Do not remove options form argv.     */
#define ARGPARSE_FLAG_ALL         2  /* Do not stop at last option but return
                                        remaining args with R_OPT set to -1. */
#define ARGPARSE_FLAG_MIXED       4  /* Assume options and args are mixed.   */
#define ARGPARSE_FLAG_NOSTOP      8  /* Do not stop processing at "--".      */
#define ARGPARSE_FLAG_ARG0       16  /* Do not skip the first arg.           */
#define ARGPARSE_FLAG_ONEDASH    32  /* Allow long options with one dash.    */
#define ARGPARSE_FLAG_NOVERSION  64  /* No output for "--version".           */
#define ARGPARSE_FLAG_RESET     128  /* Request to reset the internal state. */
#define ARGPARSE_FLAG_STOP_SEEN 256  /* Set to true if a "--" has been seen. */
#define ARGPARSE_FLAG_NOLINENO  512  /* Do not zero the lineno field.         */

/* Constants for (gpgrt_argparse_t).err.  */
#define ARGPARSE_PRINT_WARNING  1    /* Print a diagnostic.                  */
#define ARGPARSE_PRINT_ERROR    2    /* Print a diagnostic and call exit.    */

/* Special return values of gpgrt_argparse.  */
#define ARGPARSE_IS_ARG            (-1)
#define ARGPARSE_INVALID_OPTION    (-2)
#define ARGPARSE_MISSING_ARG       (-3)
#define ARGPARSE_KEYWORD_TOO_LONG  (-4)
#define ARGPARSE_READ_ERROR        (-5)
#define ARGPARSE_UNEXPECTED_ARG    (-6)
#define ARGPARSE_INVALID_COMMAND   (-7)
#define ARGPARSE_AMBIGUOUS_OPTION  (-8)
#define ARGPARSE_AMBIGUOUS_COMMAND (-9)
#define ARGPARSE_INVALID_ALIAS     (-10)
#define ARGPARSE_OUT_OF_CORE       (-11)
#define ARGPARSE_INVALID_ARG       (-12)

/* Flags for the option descriptor (gpgrt_opt_t)->flags.  Note that
 * a TYPE constant may be or-ed with the OPT constants.  */
#define ARGPARSE_TYPE_NONE        0  /* Does not take an argument.        */
#define ARGPARSE_TYPE_INT         1  /* Takes an int argument.            */
#define ARGPARSE_TYPE_STRING      2  /* Takes a string argument.          */
#define ARGPARSE_TYPE_LONG        3  /* Takes a long argument.            */
#define ARGPARSE_TYPE_ULONG       4  /* Takes an unsigned long argument.  */
#define ARGPARSE_OPT_OPTIONAL (1<<3) /* Argument is optional.             */
#define ARGPARSE_OPT_PREFIX   (1<<4) /* Allow 0x etc. prefixed values.    */
#define ARGPARSE_OPT_IGNORE   (1<<6) /* Ignore command or option.         */
#define ARGPARSE_OPT_COMMAND  (1<<7) /* The argument is a command.        */

/* A set of macros to make option definitions easier to read.  */
#define ARGPARSE_x(s,l,t,f,d) \
     { (s), (l), ARGPARSE_TYPE_ ## t | (f), (d) }

#define ARGPARSE_s(s,l,t,d) \
     { (s), (l), ARGPARSE_TYPE_ ## t, (d) }
#define ARGPARSE_s_n(s,l,d) \
     { (s), (l), ARGPARSE_TYPE_NONE, (d) }
#define ARGPARSE_s_i(s,l,d) \
     { (s), (l), ARGPARSE_TYPE_INT, (d) }
#define ARGPARSE_s_s(s,l,d) \
     { (s), (l), ARGPARSE_TYPE_STRING, (d) }
#define ARGPARSE_s_l(s,l,d) \
     { (s), (l), ARGPARSE_TYPE_LONG, (d) }
#define ARGPARSE_s_u(s,l,d) \
     { (s), (l), ARGPARSE_TYPE_ULONG, (d) }

#define ARGPARSE_o(s,l,t,d) \
     { (s), (l), (ARGPARSE_TYPE_ ## t  | ARGPARSE_OPT_OPTIONAL), (d) }
#define ARGPARSE_o_n(s,l,d) \
     { (s), (l), (ARGPARSE_TYPE_NONE   | ARGPARSE_OPT_OPTIONAL), (d) }
#define ARGPARSE_o_i(s,l,d) \
     { (s), (l), (ARGPARSE_TYPE_INT    | ARGPARSE_OPT_OPTIONAL), (d) }
#define ARGPARSE_o_s(s,l,d) \
     { (s), (l), (ARGPARSE_TYPE_STRING | ARGPARSE_OPT_OPTIONAL), (d) }
#define ARGPARSE_o_l(s,l,d) \
     { (s), (l), (ARGPARSE_TYPE_LONG   | ARGPARSE_OPT_OPTIONAL), (d) }
#define ARGPARSE_o_u(s,l,d) \
     { (s), (l), (ARGPARSE_TYPE_ULONG  | ARGPARSE_OPT_OPTIONAL), (d) }

#define ARGPARSE_p(s,l,t,d) \
     { (s), (l), (ARGPARSE_TYPE_ ## t  | ARGPARSE_OPT_PREFIX), (d) }
#define ARGPARSE_p_n(s,l,d) \
     { (s), (l), (ARGPARSE_TYPE_NONE   | ARGPARSE_OPT_PREFIX), (d) }
#define ARGPARSE_p_i(s,l,d) \
     { (s), (l), (ARGPARSE_TYPE_INT    | ARGPARSE_OPT_PREFIX), (d) }
#define ARGPARSE_p_s(s,l,d) \
     { (s), (l), (ARGPARSE_TYPE_STRING | ARGPARSE_OPT_PREFIX), (d) }
#define ARGPARSE_p_l(s,l,d) \
     { (s), (l), (ARGPARSE_TYPE_LONG   | ARGPARSE_OPT_PREFIX), (d) }
#define ARGPARSE_p_u(s,l,d) \
     { (s), (l), (ARGPARSE_TYPE_ULONG  | ARGPARSE_OPT_PREFIX), (d) }

#define ARGPARSE_op(s,l,t,d) \
     { (s), (l), (ARGPARSE_TYPE_ ## t \
                  | ARGPARSE_OPT_OPTIONAL | ARGPARSE_OPT_PREFIX), (d) }
#define ARGPARSE_op_n(s,l,d) \
     { (s), (l), (ARGPARSE_TYPE_NONE \
                  | ARGPARSE_OPT_OPTIONAL | ARGPARSE_OPT_PREFIX), (d) }
#define ARGPARSE_op_i(s,l,d) \
     { (s), (l), (ARGPARSE_TYPE_INT \
                  | ARGPARSE_OPT_OPTIONAL | ARGPARSE_OPT_PREFIX), (d) }
#define ARGPARSE_op_s(s,l,d) \
     { (s), (l), (ARGPARSE_TYPE_STRING \
                  | ARGPARSE_OPT_OPTIONAL | ARGPARSE_OPT_PREFIX), (d) }
#define ARGPARSE_op_l(s,l,d) \
     { (s), (l), (ARGPARSE_TYPE_LONG \
                  | ARGPARSE_OPT_OPTIONAL | ARGPARSE_OPT_PREFIX), (d) }
#define ARGPARSE_op_u(s,l,d) \
     { (s), (l), (ARGPARSE_TYPE_ULONG \
                  | ARGPARSE_OPT_OPTIONAL | ARGPARSE_OPT_PREFIX), (d) }

#define ARGPARSE_c(s,l,d) \
     { (s), (l), (ARGPARSE_TYPE_NONE | ARGPARSE_OPT_COMMAND), (d) }

#define ARGPARSE_ignore(s,l) \
     { (s), (l), (ARGPARSE_OPT_IGNORE), "@" }

#define ARGPARSE_group(s,d) \
     { (s), NULL, 0, (d) }

/* Mark the end of the list (mandatory).  */
#define ARGPARSE_end() \
     { 0, NULL, 0, NULL }

#endif /* GPGRT_ENABLE_ARGPARSE_MACROS */

/* Take care: gpgrt_argparse keeps state in ARG and requires that
 * either ARGPARSE_FLAG_RESET is used after OPTS has been changed or
 * gpgrt_argparse (NULL, ARG, NULL) is called first.  */
int gpgrt_argparse (gpgrt_stream_t fp,
                    gpgrt_argparse_t *arg, gpgrt_opt_t *opts);
void gpgrt_usage (int level);
const char *gpgrt_strusage (int level);
void gpgrt_set_strusage (const char *(*f)(int));
void gpgrt_set_usage_outfnc (int (*f)(int, const char *));
void gpgrt_set_fixed_string_mapper (const char *(*f)(const char*));



#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif	/* GPGRT_H */
#endif	/* GPG_ERROR_H */
/*
Local Variables:
buffer-read-only: t
End:
*/
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT1_EVUTIL_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT1_EVUTIL_H_INCLUDED_

/** @file evutil.h

  Utility and compatibility functions for Libevent.

  The <evutil.h> header is deprecated in Libevent 2.0 and later; please
  use <event2/util.h> instead.
*/

#include <event2/util.h>

#endif /* EVENT1_EVUTIL_H_INCLUDED_ */
/*
 * e2p.h --- header file for the e2p library
 *
 * %Begin-Header%
 * This file may be redistributed under the terms of the GNU Library
 * General Public License, version 2.
 * %End-Header%
 */

#include <sys/types.h>		/* Needed by dirent.h on netbsd */
#include <stdio.h>
#include <dirent.h>

#include <ext2fs/ext2_fs.h>

#define E2P_FEATURE_COMPAT	0
#define E2P_FEATURE_INCOMPAT	1
#define E2P_FEATURE_RO_INCOMPAT	2
#define E2P_FEATURE_TYPE_MASK	0x03

#define E2P_FEATURE_NEGATE_FLAG	0x80

#define E2P_FS_FEATURE		0
#define E2P_JOURNAL_FEATURE	1

/* `options' for print_flags() */

#define PFOPT_LONG  1 /* Must be 1 for compatibility with `int long_format'. */


int fgetflags (const char * name, unsigned long * flags);
int fgetversion (const char * name, unsigned long * version);
int fsetflags (const char * name, unsigned long flags);
int fsetversion (const char * name, unsigned long version);
int fgetproject(const char *name, unsigned long *project);
int fsetproject(const char *name, unsigned long project);
int getflags (int fd, unsigned long * flags);
int getversion (int fd, unsigned long * version);
int iterate_on_dir (const char * dir_name,
		    int (*func) (const char *, struct dirent *, void *),
		    void * private_arg);
void list_super(struct ext2_super_block * s);
void list_super2(struct ext2_super_block * s, FILE *f);
void print_fs_errors (FILE * f, unsigned short errors);
void print_flags (FILE * f, unsigned long flags, unsigned options);
void print_fs_state (FILE * f, unsigned short state);
int setflags (int fd, unsigned long flags);
int setversion (int fd, unsigned long version);

void e2p_list_journal_super(FILE *f, char *journal_sb_buf,
			    int exp_block_size, int flags);

void e2p_feature_to_string(int compat, unsigned int mask, char *buf,
                           size_t buf_len);
const char *e2p_feature2string(int compat, unsigned int mask);
const char *e2p_jrnl_feature2string(int compat, unsigned int mask);
int e2p_string2feature(char *string, int *compat, unsigned int *mask);
int e2p_jrnl_string2feature(char *string, int *compat_type, unsigned int *mask);
int e2p_edit_feature(const char *str, __u32 *compat_array, __u32 *ok_array);
int e2p_edit_feature2(const char *str, __u32 *compat_array, __u32 *ok_array,
		      __u32 *clear_ok_array, int *type_err,
		      unsigned int *mask_err);

int e2p_is_null_uuid(void *uu);
void e2p_uuid_to_str(void *uu, char *out);
const char *e2p_uuid2str(void *uu);

const char *e2p_hash2string(int num);
int e2p_string2hash(char *string);

const char *e2p_mntopt2string(unsigned int mask);
int e2p_string2mntopt(char *string, unsigned int *mask);
int e2p_edit_mntopts(const char *str, __u32 *mntopts, __u32 ok);

unsigned long parse_num_blocks(const char *arg, int log_block_size);
unsigned long long parse_num_blocks2(const char *arg, int log_block_size);

char *e2p_os2string(int os_type);
int e2p_string2os(char *str);

unsigned int e2p_percent(int percent, unsigned int base);

const char *e2p_encmode2string(int num);
int e2p_string2encmode(char *string);

int e2p_str2encoding(const char *string);
const char *e2p_encoding2str(int encoding);
int e2p_get_encoding_flags(int encoding);
int e2p_str2encoding_flags(int encoding, char *param, __u16 *flags);
#include <asm-generic/ioctl.h>
#include <asm-generic/socket.h>
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_MSR_H
#define _ASM_X86_MSR_H

#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

#define X86_IOC_RDMSR_REGS	_IOWR('c', 0xA0, __u32[8])
#define X86_IOC_WRMSR_REGS	_IOWR('c', 0xA1, __u32[8])

#endif /* __ASSEMBLY__ */
#endif /* _ASM_X86_MSR_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_UNISTD_H
#define _ASM_X86_UNISTD_H

/* x32 syscall flag bit */
#define __X32_SYSCALL_BIT	0x40000000

# ifdef __i386__
#  include <asm/unistd_32.h>
# elif defined(__ILP32__)
#  include <asm/unistd_x32.h>
# else
#  include <asm/unistd_64.h>
# endif

#endif /* _ASM_X86_UNISTD_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*  Generic MTRR (Memory Type Range Register) ioctls.

    Copyright (C) 1997-1999  Richard Gooch

    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.

    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
    Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.

    Richard Gooch may be reached by email at  rgooch@atnf.csiro.au
    The postal address is:
      Richard Gooch, c/o ATNF, P. O. Box 76, Epping, N.S.W., 2121, Australia.
*/
#ifndef _ASM_X86_MTRR_H
#define _ASM_X86_MTRR_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/errno.h>

#define	MTRR_IOCTL_BASE	'M'

/* Warning: this structure has a different order from i386
   on x86-64. The 32bit emulation code takes care of that.
   But you need to use this for 64bit, otherwise your X server
   will break. */

#ifdef __i386__
struct mtrr_sentry {
    unsigned long base;    /*  Base address     */
    unsigned int size;    /*  Size of region   */
    unsigned int type;     /*  Type of region   */
};

struct mtrr_gentry {
    unsigned int regnum;   /*  Register number  */
    unsigned long base;    /*  Base address     */
    unsigned int size;    /*  Size of region   */
    unsigned int type;     /*  Type of region   */
};

#else /* __i386__ */

struct mtrr_sentry {
	__u64 base;		/*  Base address     */
	__u32 size;		/*  Size of region   */
	__u32 type;		/*  Type of region   */
};

struct mtrr_gentry {
	__u64 base;		/*  Base address     */
	__u32 size;		/*  Size of region   */
	__u32 regnum;		/*  Register number  */
	__u32 type;		/*  Type of region   */
	__u32 _pad;		/*  Unused	     */
};

#endif /* !__i386__ */

struct mtrr_var_range {
	__u32 base_lo;
	__u32 base_hi;
	__u32 mask_lo;
	__u32 mask_hi;
};

/* In the Intel processor's MTRR interface, the MTRR type is always held in
   an 8 bit field: */
typedef __u8 mtrr_type;

#define MTRR_NUM_FIXED_RANGES 88
#define MTRR_MAX_VAR_RANGES 256

struct mtrr_state_type {
	struct mtrr_var_range var_ranges[MTRR_MAX_VAR_RANGES];
	mtrr_type fixed_ranges[MTRR_NUM_FIXED_RANGES];
	unsigned char enabled;
	unsigned char have_fixed;
	mtrr_type def_type;
};

#define MTRRphysBase_MSR(reg) (0x200 + 2 * (reg))
#define MTRRphysMask_MSR(reg) (0x200 + 2 * (reg) + 1)

/*  These are the various ioctls  */
#define MTRRIOC_ADD_ENTRY        _IOW(MTRR_IOCTL_BASE,  0, struct mtrr_sentry)
#define MTRRIOC_SET_ENTRY        _IOW(MTRR_IOCTL_BASE,  1, struct mtrr_sentry)
#define MTRRIOC_DEL_ENTRY        _IOW(MTRR_IOCTL_BASE,  2, struct mtrr_sentry)
#define MTRRIOC_GET_ENTRY        _IOWR(MTRR_IOCTL_BASE, 3, struct mtrr_gentry)
#define MTRRIOC_KILL_ENTRY       _IOW(MTRR_IOCTL_BASE,  4, struct mtrr_sentry)
#define MTRRIOC_ADD_PAGE_ENTRY   _IOW(MTRR_IOCTL_BASE,  5, struct mtrr_sentry)
#define MTRRIOC_SET_PAGE_ENTRY   _IOW(MTRR_IOCTL_BASE,  6, struct mtrr_sentry)
#define MTRRIOC_DEL_PAGE_ENTRY   _IOW(MTRR_IOCTL_BASE,  7, struct mtrr_sentry)
#define MTRRIOC_GET_PAGE_ENTRY   _IOWR(MTRR_IOCTL_BASE, 8, struct mtrr_gentry)
#define MTRRIOC_KILL_PAGE_ENTRY  _IOW(MTRR_IOCTL_BASE,  9, struct mtrr_sentry)

/* MTRR memory types, which are defined in SDM */
#define MTRR_TYPE_UNCACHABLE 0
#define MTRR_TYPE_WRCOMB     1
/*#define MTRR_TYPE_         2*/
/*#define MTRR_TYPE_         3*/
#define MTRR_TYPE_WRTHROUGH  4
#define MTRR_TYPE_WRPROT     5
#define MTRR_TYPE_WRBACK     6
#define MTRR_NUM_TYPES       7

/*
 * Invalid MTRR memory type.  mtrr_type_lookup() returns this value when
 * MTRRs are disabled.  Note, this value is allocated from the reserved
 * values (0x7-0xff) of the MTRR memory types.
 */
#define MTRR_TYPE_INVALID    0xff

#endif /* _ASM_X86_MTRR_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright(c) 2016-20 Intel Corporation.
 */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_SGX_H
#define _ASM_X86_SGX_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

/**
 * enum sgx_page_flags - page control flags
 * %SGX_PAGE_MEASURE:	Measure the page contents with a sequence of
 *			ENCLS[EEXTEND] operations.
 */
enum sgx_page_flags {
	SGX_PAGE_MEASURE	= 0x01,
};

#define SGX_MAGIC 0xA4

#define SGX_IOC_ENCLAVE_CREATE \
	_IOW(SGX_MAGIC, 0x00, struct sgx_enclave_create)
#define SGX_IOC_ENCLAVE_ADD_PAGES \
	_IOWR(SGX_MAGIC, 0x01, struct sgx_enclave_add_pages)
#define SGX_IOC_ENCLAVE_INIT \
	_IOW(SGX_MAGIC, 0x02, struct sgx_enclave_init)
#define SGX_IOC_ENCLAVE_PROVISION \
	_IOW(SGX_MAGIC, 0x03, struct sgx_enclave_provision)
#define SGX_IOC_VEPC_REMOVE_ALL \
	_IO(SGX_MAGIC, 0x04)
#define SGX_IOC_ENCLAVE_RESTRICT_PERMISSIONS \
	_IOWR(SGX_MAGIC, 0x05, struct sgx_enclave_restrict_permissions)
#define SGX_IOC_ENCLAVE_MODIFY_TYPES \
	_IOWR(SGX_MAGIC, 0x06, struct sgx_enclave_modify_types)
#define SGX_IOC_ENCLAVE_REMOVE_PAGES \
	_IOWR(SGX_MAGIC, 0x07, struct sgx_enclave_remove_pages)

/**
 * struct sgx_enclave_create - parameter structure for the
 *                             %SGX_IOC_ENCLAVE_CREATE ioctl
 * @src:	address for the SECS page data
 */
struct sgx_enclave_create  {
	__u64	src;
};

/**
 * struct sgx_enclave_add_pages - parameter structure for the
 *                                %SGX_IOC_ENCLAVE_ADD_PAGE ioctl
 * @src:	start address for the page data
 * @offset:	starting page offset
 * @length:	length of the data (multiple of the page size)
 * @secinfo:	address for the SECINFO data
 * @flags:	page control flags
 * @count:	number of bytes added (multiple of the page size)
 */
struct sgx_enclave_add_pages {
	__u64 src;
	__u64 offset;
	__u64 length;
	__u64 secinfo;
	__u64 flags;
	__u64 count;
};

/**
 * struct sgx_enclave_init - parameter structure for the
 *                           %SGX_IOC_ENCLAVE_INIT ioctl
 * @sigstruct:	address for the SIGSTRUCT data
 */
struct sgx_enclave_init {
	__u64 sigstruct;
};

/**
 * struct sgx_enclave_provision - parameter structure for the
 *				  %SGX_IOC_ENCLAVE_PROVISION ioctl
 * @fd:		file handle of /dev/sgx_provision
 */
struct sgx_enclave_provision {
	__u64 fd;
};

/**
 * struct sgx_enclave_restrict_permissions - parameters for ioctl
 *                                        %SGX_IOC_ENCLAVE_RESTRICT_PERMISSIONS
 * @offset:	starting page offset (page aligned relative to enclave base
 *		address defined in SECS)
 * @length:	length of memory (multiple of the page size)
 * @permissions:new permission bits for pages in range described by @offset
 *              and @length
 * @result:	(output) SGX result code of ENCLS[EMODPR] function
 * @count:	(output) bytes successfully changed (multiple of page size)
 */
struct sgx_enclave_restrict_permissions {
	__u64 offset;
	__u64 length;
	__u64 permissions;
	__u64 result;
	__u64 count;
};

/**
 * struct sgx_enclave_modify_types - parameters for ioctl
 *                                   %SGX_IOC_ENCLAVE_MODIFY_TYPES
 * @offset:	starting page offset (page aligned relative to enclave base
 *		address defined in SECS)
 * @length:	length of memory (multiple of the page size)
 * @page_type:	new type for pages in range described by @offset and @length
 * @result:	(output) SGX result code of ENCLS[EMODT] function
 * @count:	(output) bytes successfully changed (multiple of page size)
 */
struct sgx_enclave_modify_types {
	__u64 offset;
	__u64 length;
	__u64 page_type;
	__u64 result;
	__u64 count;
};

/**
 * struct sgx_enclave_remove_pages - %SGX_IOC_ENCLAVE_REMOVE_PAGES parameters
 * @offset:	starting page offset (page aligned relative to enclave base
 *		address defined in SECS)
 * @length:	length of memory (multiple of the page size)
 * @count:	(output) bytes successfully changed (multiple of page size)
 *
 * Regular (PT_REG) or TCS (PT_TCS) can be removed from an initialized
 * enclave if the system supports SGX2. First, the %SGX_IOC_ENCLAVE_MODIFY_TYPES
 * ioctl() should be used to change the page type to PT_TRIM. After that
 * succeeds ENCLU[EACCEPT] should be run from within the enclave and then
 * %SGX_IOC_ENCLAVE_REMOVE_PAGES can be used to complete the page removal.
 */
struct sgx_enclave_remove_pages {
	__u64 offset;
	__u64 length;
	__u64 count;
};

struct sgx_enclave_run;

/**
 * typedef sgx_enclave_user_handler_t - Exit handler function accepted by
 *					__vdso_sgx_enter_enclave()
 * @run:	The run instance given by the caller
 *
 * The register parameters contain the snapshot of their values at enclave
 * exit. An invalid ENCLU function number will cause -EINVAL to be returned
 * to the caller.
 *
 * Return:
 * - <= 0:	The given value is returned back to the caller.
 * - > 0:	ENCLU function to invoke, either EENTER or ERESUME.
 */
typedef int (*sgx_enclave_user_handler_t)(long rdi, long rsi, long rdx,
					  long rsp, long r8, long r9,
					  struct sgx_enclave_run *run);

/**
 * struct sgx_enclave_run - the execution context of __vdso_sgx_enter_enclave()
 * @tcs:			TCS used to enter the enclave
 * @function:			The last seen ENCLU function (EENTER, ERESUME or EEXIT)
 * @exception_vector:		The interrupt vector of the exception
 * @exception_error_code:	The exception error code pulled out of the stack
 * @exception_addr:		The address that triggered the exception
 * @user_handler:		User provided callback run on exception
 * @user_data:			Data passed to the user handler
 * @reserved			Reserved for future extensions
 *
 * If @user_handler is provided, the handler will be invoked on all return paths
 * of the normal flow.  The user handler may transfer control, e.g. via a
 * longjmp() call or a C++ exception, without returning to
 * __vdso_sgx_enter_enclave().
 */
struct sgx_enclave_run {
	__u64 tcs;
	__u32 function;
	__u16 exception_vector;
	__u16 exception_error_code;
	__u64 exception_addr;
	__u64 user_handler;
	__u64 user_data;
	__u8  reserved[216];
};

/**
 * typedef vdso_sgx_enter_enclave_t - Prototype for __vdso_sgx_enter_enclave(),
 *				      a vDSO function to enter an SGX enclave.
 * @rdi:	Pass-through value for RDI
 * @rsi:	Pass-through value for RSI
 * @rdx:	Pass-through value for RDX
 * @function:	ENCLU function, must be EENTER or ERESUME
 * @r8:		Pass-through value for R8
 * @r9:		Pass-through value for R9
 * @run:	struct sgx_enclave_run, must be non-NULL
 *
 * NOTE: __vdso_sgx_enter_enclave() does not ensure full compliance with the
 * x86-64 ABI, e.g. doesn't handle XSAVE state.  Except for non-volatile
 * general purpose registers, EFLAGS.DF, and RSP alignment, preserving/setting
 * state in accordance with the x86-64 ABI is the responsibility of the enclave
 * and its runtime, i.e. __vdso_sgx_enter_enclave() cannot be called from C
 * code without careful consideration by both the enclave and its runtime.
 *
 * All general purpose registers except RAX, RBX and RCX are passed as-is to the
 * enclave.  RAX, RBX and RCX are consumed by EENTER and ERESUME and are loaded
 * with @function, asynchronous exit pointer, and @run.tcs respectively.
 *
 * RBP and the stack are used to anchor __vdso_sgx_enter_enclave() to the
 * pre-enclave state, e.g. to retrieve @run.exception and @run.user_handler
 * after an enclave exit.  All other registers are available for use by the
 * enclave and its runtime, e.g. an enclave can push additional data onto the
 * stack (and modify RSP) to pass information to the optional user handler (see
 * below).
 *
 * Most exceptions reported on ENCLU, including those that occur within the
 * enclave, are fixed up and reported synchronously instead of being delivered
 * via a standard signal. Debug Exceptions (#DB) and Breakpoints (#BP) are
 * never fixed up and are always delivered via standard signals. On synchrously
 * reported exceptions, -EFAULT is returned and details about the exception are
 * recorded in @run.exception, the optional sgx_enclave_exception struct.
 *
 * Return:
 * - 0:		ENCLU function was successfully executed.
 * - -EINVAL:	Invalid ENCL number (neither EENTER nor ERESUME).
 */
typedef int (*vdso_sgx_enter_enclave_t)(unsigned long rdi, unsigned long rsi,
					unsigned long rdx, unsigned int function,
					unsigned long r8,  unsigned long r9,
					struct sgx_enclave_run *run);

#endif /* _ASM_X86_SGX_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_VSYSCALL_H
#define _ASM_X86_VSYSCALL_H

enum vsyscall_num {
	__NR_vgettimeofday,
	__NR_vtime,
	__NR_vgetcpu,
};

#define VSYSCALL_ADDR (-10UL << 20)

#endif /* _ASM_X86_VSYSCALL_H */
#include <asm-generic/param.h>
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_POSIX_TYPES_X32_H
#define _ASM_X86_POSIX_TYPES_X32_H

/*
 * This file is only used by user-level software, so you need to
 * be a little careful about namespace pollution etc.  Also, we cannot
 * assume GCC is being used.
 *
 * These types should generally match the ones used by the 64-bit kernel,
 *
 */

typedef long long __kernel_long_t;
typedef unsigned long long __kernel_ulong_t;
#define __kernel_long_t __kernel_long_t

#include <asm/posix_types_64.h>

#endif /* _ASM_X86_POSIX_TYPES_X32_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/* */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_TYPES_H
#define _ASM_X86_TYPES_H

#include <asm-generic/types.h>

#endif /* _ASM_X86_TYPES_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_HWCAP2_H
#define _ASM_X86_HWCAP2_H

/* MONITOR/MWAIT enabled in Ring 3 */
#define HWCAP2_RING3MWAIT		(1 << 0)

/* Kernel allows FSGSBASE instructions available in Ring 3 */
#define HWCAP2_FSGSBASE			BIT(1)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_E820_H
#define _ASM_X86_E820_H
#define E820MAP	0x2d0		/* our map */
#define E820MAX	128		/* number of entries in E820MAP */

/*
 * Legacy E820 BIOS limits us to 128 (E820MAX) nodes due to the
 * constrained space in the zeropage.  If we have more nodes than
 * that, and if we've booted off EFI firmware, then the EFI tables
 * passed us from the EFI firmware can list more nodes.  Size our
 * internal memory map tables to have room for these additional
 * nodes, based on up to three entries per node for which the
 * kernel was built: MAX_NUMNODES == (1 << CONFIG_NODES_SHIFT),
 * plus E820MAX, allowing space for the possible duplicate E820
 * entries that might need room in the same arrays, prior to the
 * call to sanitize_e820_map() to remove duplicates.  The allowance
 * of three memory map entries per node is "enough" entries for
 * the initial hardware platform motivating this mechanism to make
 * use of additional EFI map entries.  Future platforms may want
 * to allow more than three entries per node or otherwise refine
 * this size.
 */

#define E820_X_MAX E820MAX

#define E820NR	0x1e8		/* # entries in E820MAP */

#define E820_RAM	1
#define E820_RESERVED	2
#define E820_ACPI	3
#define E820_NVS	4
#define E820_UNUSABLE	5
#define E820_PMEM	7

/*
 * This is a non-standardized way to represent ADR or NVDIMM regions that
 * persist over a reboot.  The kernel will ignore their special capabilities
 * unless the CONFIG_X86_PMEM_LEGACY option is set.
 *
 * ( Note that older platforms also used 6 for the same type of memory,
 *   but newer versions switched to 12 as 6 was assigned differently.  Some
 *   time they will learn... )
 */
#define E820_PRAM	12

/*
 * reserved RAM used by kernel itself
 * if CONFIG_INTEL_TXT is enabled, memory of this type will be
 * included in the S3 integrity calculation and so should not include
 * any memory that BIOS might alter over the S3 transition
 */
#define E820_RESERVED_KERN        128

#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__
#include <linux/types.h>
struct e820entry {
	__u64 addr;	/* start of memory segment */
	__u64 size;	/* size of memory segment */
	__u32 type;	/* type of memory segment */
} __attribute__((packed));

struct e820map {
	__u32 nr_map;
	struct e820entry map[E820_X_MAX];
};

#define ISA_START_ADDRESS	0xa0000
#define ISA_END_ADDRESS		0x100000

#define BIOS_BEGIN		0x000a0000
#define BIOS_END		0x00100000

#define BIOS_ROM_BASE		0xffe00000
#define BIOS_ROM_END		0xffffffff

#endif /* __ASSEMBLY__ */


#endif /* _ASM_X86_E820_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_PERF_REGS_H
#define _ASM_X86_PERF_REGS_H

enum perf_event_x86_regs {
	PERF_REG_X86_AX,
	PERF_REG_X86_BX,
	PERF_REG_X86_CX,
	PERF_REG_X86_DX,
	PERF_REG_X86_SI,
	PERF_REG_X86_DI,
	PERF_REG_X86_BP,
	PERF_REG_X86_SP,
	PERF_REG_X86_IP,
	PERF_REG_X86_FLAGS,
	PERF_REG_X86_CS,
	PERF_REG_X86_SS,
	PERF_REG_X86_DS,
	PERF_REG_X86_ES,
	PERF_REG_X86_FS,
	PERF_REG_X86_GS,
	PERF_REG_X86_R8,
	PERF_REG_X86_R9,
	PERF_REG_X86_R10,
	PERF_REG_X86_R11,
	PERF_REG_X86_R12,
	PERF_REG_X86_R13,
	PERF_REG_X86_R14,
	PERF_REG_X86_R15,
	/* These are the limits for the GPRs. */
	PERF_REG_X86_32_MAX = PERF_REG_X86_GS + 1,
	PERF_REG_X86_64_MAX = PERF_REG_X86_R15 + 1,

	/* These all need two bits set because they are 128bit */
	PERF_REG_X86_XMM0  = 32,
	PERF_REG_X86_XMM1  = 34,
	PERF_REG_X86_XMM2  = 36,
	PERF_REG_X86_XMM3  = 38,
	PERF_REG_X86_XMM4  = 40,
	PERF_REG_X86_XMM5  = 42,
	PERF_REG_X86_XMM6  = 44,
	PERF_REG_X86_XMM7  = 46,
	PERF_REG_X86_XMM8  = 48,
	PERF_REG_X86_XMM9  = 50,
	PERF_REG_X86_XMM10 = 52,
	PERF_REG_X86_XMM11 = 54,
	PERF_REG_X86_XMM12 = 56,
	PERF_REG_X86_XMM13 = 58,
	PERF_REG_X86_XMM14 = 60,
	PERF_REG_X86_XMM15 = 62,

	/* These include both GPRs and XMMX registers */
	PERF_REG_X86_XMM_MAX = PERF_REG_X86_XMM15 + 2,
};

#define PERF_REG_EXTENDED_MASK	(~((1ULL << PERF_REG_X86_XMM0) - 1))

#endif /* _ASM_X86_PERF_REGS_H */
#include <asm-generic/resource.h>
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_SIGCONTEXT32_H
#define _ASM_X86_SIGCONTEXT32_H

/* This is a legacy file - all the type definitions are in sigcontext.h: */

#include <asm/sigcontext.h>

#endif /* _ASM_X86_SIGCONTEXT32_H */
#include <asm-generic/bpf_perf_event.h>
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __ASM_X64_MSGBUF_H
#define __ASM_X64_MSGBUF_H

#if !defined(__x86_64__) || !defined(__ILP32__)
#include <asm-generic/msgbuf.h>
#else
/*
 * The msqid64_ds structure for x86 architecture with x32 ABI.
 *
 * On x86-32 and x86-64 we can just use the generic definition, but
 * x32 uses the same binary layout as x86_64, which is differnet
 * from other 32-bit architectures.
 */

struct msqid64_ds {
	struct ipc64_perm msg_perm;
	__kernel_time_t msg_stime;	/* last msgsnd time */
	__kernel_time_t msg_rtime;	/* last msgrcv time */
	__kernel_time_t msg_ctime;	/* last change time */
	__kernel_ulong_t msg_cbytes;	/* current number of bytes on queue */
	__kernel_ulong_t msg_qnum;	/* number of messages in queue */
	__kernel_ulong_t msg_qbytes;	/* max number of bytes on queue */
	__kernel_pid_t msg_lspid;	/* pid of last msgsnd */
	__kernel_pid_t msg_lrpid;	/* last receive pid */
	__kernel_ulong_t __unused4;
	__kernel_ulong_t __unused5;
};

#endif

#endif /* __ASM_GENERIC_MSGBUF_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_BOOT_H
#define _ASM_X86_BOOT_H

/* Internal svga startup constants */
#define NORMAL_VGA	0xffff		/* 80x25 mode */
#define EXTENDED_VGA	0xfffe		/* 80x50 mode */
#define ASK_VGA		0xfffd		/* ask for it at bootup */


#endif /* _ASM_X86_BOOT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_VM86_H
#define _ASM_X86_VM86_H

/*
 * I'm guessing at the VIF/VIP flag usage, but hope that this is how
 * the Pentium uses them. Linux will return from vm86 mode when both
 * VIF and VIP is set.
 *
 * On a Pentium, we could probably optimize the virtual flags directly
 * in the eflags register instead of doing it "by hand" in vflags...
 *
 * Linus
 */

#include <asm/processor-flags.h>

#define BIOSSEG		0x0f000

#define CPU_086		0
#define CPU_186		1
#define CPU_286		2
#define CPU_386		3
#define CPU_486		4
#define CPU_586		5

/*
 * Return values for the 'vm86()' system call
 */
#define VM86_TYPE(retval)	((retval) & 0xff)
#define VM86_ARG(retval)	((retval) >> 8)

#define VM86_SIGNAL	0	/* return due to signal */
#define VM86_UNKNOWN	1	/* unhandled GP fault
				   - IO-instruction or similar */
#define VM86_INTx	2	/* int3/int x instruction (ARG = x) */
#define VM86_STI	3	/* sti/popf/iret instruction enabled
				   virtual interrupts */

/*
 * Additional return values when invoking new vm86()
 */
#define VM86_PICRETURN	4	/* return due to pending PIC request */
#define VM86_TRAP	6	/* return due to DOS-debugger request */

/*
 * function codes when invoking new vm86()
 */
#define VM86_PLUS_INSTALL_CHECK	0
#define VM86_ENTER		1
#define VM86_ENTER_NO_BYPASS	2
#define	VM86_REQUEST_IRQ	3
#define VM86_FREE_IRQ		4
#define VM86_GET_IRQ_BITS	5
#define VM86_GET_AND_RESET_IRQ	6

/*
 * This is the stack-layout seen by the user space program when we have
 * done a translation of "SAVE_ALL" from vm86 mode. The real kernel layout
 * is 'kernel_vm86_regs' (see below).
 */

struct vm86_regs {
/*
 * normal regs, with special meaning for the segment descriptors..
 */
	long ebx;
	long ecx;
	long edx;
	long esi;
	long edi;
	long ebp;
	long eax;
	long __null_ds;
	long __null_es;
	long __null_fs;
	long __null_gs;
	long orig_eax;
	long eip;
	unsigned short cs, __csh;
	long eflags;
	long esp;
	unsigned short ss, __ssh;
/*
 * these are specific to v86 mode:
 */
	unsigned short es, __esh;
	unsigned short ds, __dsh;
	unsigned short fs, __fsh;
	unsigned short gs, __gsh;
};

struct revectored_struct {
	unsigned long __map[8];			/* 256 bits */
};

struct vm86_struct {
	struct vm86_regs regs;
	unsigned long flags;
	unsigned long screen_bitmap;
	unsigned long cpu_type;
	struct revectored_struct int_revectored;
	struct revectored_struct int21_revectored;
};

/*
 * flags masks
 */
#define VM86_SCREEN_BITMAP	0x0001

struct vm86plus_info_struct {
	unsigned long force_return_for_pic:1;
	unsigned long vm86dbg_active:1;       /* for debugger */
	unsigned long vm86dbg_TFpendig:1;     /* for debugger */
	unsigned long unused:28;
	unsigned long is_vm86pus:1;	      /* for vm86 internal use */
	unsigned char vm86dbg_intxxtab[32];   /* for debugger */
};
struct vm86plus_struct {
	struct vm86_regs regs;
	unsigned long flags;
	unsigned long screen_bitmap;
	unsigned long cpu_type;
	struct revectored_struct int_revectored;
	struct revectored_struct int21_revectored;
	struct vm86plus_info_struct vm86plus;
};


#endif /* _ASM_X86_VM86_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_BYTEORDER_H
#define _ASM_X86_BYTEORDER_H

#include <linux/byteorder/little_endian.h>

#endif /* _ASM_X86_BYTEORDER_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_PTRACE_H
#define _ASM_X86_PTRACE_H

	/* For */
#include <asm/ptrace-abi.h>
#include <asm/processor-flags.h>


#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__

#ifdef __i386__
/* this struct defines the way the registers are stored on the
   stack during a system call. */


struct pt_regs {
	long ebx;
	long ecx;
	long edx;
	long esi;
	long edi;
	long ebp;
	long eax;
	int  xds;
	int  xes;
	int  xfs;
	int  xgs;
	long orig_eax;
	long eip;
	int  xcs;
	long eflags;
	long esp;
	int  xss;
};


#else /* __i386__ */


struct pt_regs {
/*
 * C ABI says these regs are callee-preserved. They aren't saved on kernel entry
 * unless syscall needs a complete, fully filled "struct pt_regs".
 */
	unsigned long r15;
	unsigned long r14;
	unsigned long r13;
	unsigned long r12;
	unsigned long rbp;
	unsigned long rbx;
/* These regs are callee-clobbered. Always saved on kernel entry. */
	unsigned long r11;
	unsigned long r10;
	unsigned long r9;
	unsigned long r8;
	unsigned long rax;
	unsigned long rcx;
	unsigned long rdx;
	unsigned long rsi;
	unsigned long rdi;
/*
 * On syscall entry, this is syscall#. On CPU exception, this is error code.
 * On hw interrupt, it's IRQ number:
 */
	unsigned long orig_rax;
/* Return frame for iretq */
	unsigned long rip;
	unsigned long cs;
	unsigned long eflags;
	unsigned long rsp;
	unsigned long ss;
/* top of stack page */
};

#endif /* !__i386__ */



#endif /* !__ASSEMBLY__ */

#endif /* _ASM_X86_PTRACE_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_KVM_PARA_H
#define _ASM_X86_KVM_PARA_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/* This CPUID returns the signature 'KVMKVMKVM' in ebx, ecx, and edx.  It
 * should be used to determine that a VM is running under KVM.
 */
#define KVM_CPUID_SIGNATURE	0x40000000
#define KVM_SIGNATURE "KVMKVMKVM\0\0\0"

/* This CPUID returns two feature bitmaps in eax, edx. Before enabling
 * a particular paravirtualization, the appropriate feature bit should
 * be checked in eax. The performance hint feature bit should be checked
 * in edx.
 */
#define KVM_CPUID_FEATURES	0x40000001
#define KVM_FEATURE_CLOCKSOURCE		0
#define KVM_FEATURE_NOP_IO_DELAY	1
#define KVM_FEATURE_MMU_OP		2
/* This indicates that the new set of kvmclock msrs
 * are available. The use of 0x11 and 0x12 is deprecated
 */
#define KVM_FEATURE_CLOCKSOURCE2        3
#define KVM_FEATURE_ASYNC_PF		4
#define KVM_FEATURE_STEAL_TIME		5
#define KVM_FEATURE_PV_EOI		6
#define KVM_FEATURE_PV_UNHALT		7
#define KVM_FEATURE_PV_TLB_FLUSH	9
#define KVM_FEATURE_ASYNC_PF_VMEXIT	10
#define KVM_FEATURE_PV_SEND_IPI	11
#define KVM_FEATURE_POLL_CONTROL	12
#define KVM_FEATURE_PV_SCHED_YIELD	13
#define KVM_FEATURE_ASYNC_PF_INT	14
#define KVM_FEATURE_MSI_EXT_DEST_ID	15
#define KVM_FEATURE_HC_MAP_GPA_RANGE	16
#define KVM_FEATURE_MIGRATION_CONTROL	17

#define KVM_HINTS_REALTIME      0

/* The last 8 bits are used to indicate how to interpret the flags field
 * in pvclock structure. If no bits are set, all flags are ignored.
 */
#define KVM_FEATURE_CLOCKSOURCE_STABLE_BIT	24

#define MSR_KVM_WALL_CLOCK  0x11
#define MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME 0x12

#define KVM_MSR_ENABLED 1
/* Custom MSRs falls in the range 0x4b564d00-0x4b564dff */
#define MSR_KVM_WALL_CLOCK_NEW  0x4b564d00
#define MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME_NEW 0x4b564d01
#define MSR_KVM_ASYNC_PF_EN 0x4b564d02
#define MSR_KVM_STEAL_TIME  0x4b564d03
#define MSR_KVM_PV_EOI_EN      0x4b564d04
#define MSR_KVM_POLL_CONTROL	0x4b564d05
#define MSR_KVM_ASYNC_PF_INT	0x4b564d06
#define MSR_KVM_ASYNC_PF_ACK	0x4b564d07
#define MSR_KVM_MIGRATION_CONTROL	0x4b564d08

struct kvm_steal_time {
	__u64 steal;
	__u32 version;
	__u32 flags;
	__u8  preempted;
	__u8  u8_pad[3];
	__u32 pad[11];
};

#define KVM_VCPU_PREEMPTED          (1 << 0)
#define KVM_VCPU_FLUSH_TLB          (1 << 1)

#define KVM_CLOCK_PAIRING_WALLCLOCK 0
struct kvm_clock_pairing {
	__s64 sec;
	__s64 nsec;
	__u64 tsc;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 pad[9];
};

#define KVM_STEAL_ALIGNMENT_BITS 5
#define KVM_STEAL_VALID_BITS ((-1ULL << (KVM_STEAL_ALIGNMENT_BITS + 1)))
#define KVM_STEAL_RESERVED_MASK (((1 << KVM_STEAL_ALIGNMENT_BITS) - 1 ) << 1)

#define KVM_MAX_MMU_OP_BATCH           32

#define KVM_ASYNC_PF_ENABLED			(1 << 0)
#define KVM_ASYNC_PF_SEND_ALWAYS		(1 << 1)
#define KVM_ASYNC_PF_DELIVERY_AS_PF_VMEXIT	(1 << 2)
#define KVM_ASYNC_PF_DELIVERY_AS_INT		(1 << 3)

/* MSR_KVM_ASYNC_PF_INT */
#define KVM_ASYNC_PF_VEC_MASK			GENMASK(7, 0)

/* MSR_KVM_MIGRATION_CONTROL */
#define KVM_MIGRATION_READY		(1 << 0)

/* KVM_HC_MAP_GPA_RANGE */
#define KVM_MAP_GPA_RANGE_PAGE_SZ_4K	0
#define KVM_MAP_GPA_RANGE_PAGE_SZ_2M	(1 << 0)
#define KVM_MAP_GPA_RANGE_PAGE_SZ_1G	(1 << 1)
#define KVM_MAP_GPA_RANGE_ENC_STAT(n)	(n << 4)
#define KVM_MAP_GPA_RANGE_ENCRYPTED	KVM_MAP_GPA_RANGE_ENC_STAT(1)
#define KVM_MAP_GPA_RANGE_DECRYPTED	KVM_MAP_GPA_RANGE_ENC_STAT(0)

/* Operations for KVM_HC_MMU_OP */
#define KVM_MMU_OP_WRITE_PTE            1
#define KVM_MMU_OP_FLUSH_TLB	        2
#define KVM_MMU_OP_RELEASE_PT	        3

/* Payload for KVM_HC_MMU_OP */
struct kvm_mmu_op_header {
	__u32 op;
	__u32 pad;
};

struct kvm_mmu_op_write_pte {
	struct kvm_mmu_op_header header;
	__u64 pte_phys;
	__u64 pte_val;
};

struct kvm_mmu_op_flush_tlb {
	struct kvm_mmu_op_header header;
};

struct kvm_mmu_op_release_pt {
	struct kvm_mmu_op_header header;
	__u64 pt_phys;
};

#define KVM_PV_REASON_PAGE_NOT_PRESENT 1
#define KVM_PV_REASON_PAGE_READY 2

struct kvm_vcpu_pv_apf_data {
	/* Used for 'page not present' events delivered via #PF */
	__u32 flags;

	/* Used for 'page ready' events delivered via interrupt notification */
	__u32 token;

	__u8 pad[56];
	__u32 enabled;
};

#define KVM_PV_EOI_BIT 0
#define KVM_PV_EOI_MASK (0x1 << KVM_PV_EOI_BIT)
#define KVM_PV_EOI_ENABLED KVM_PV_EOI_MASK
#define KVM_PV_EOI_DISABLED 0x0

#endif /* _ASM_X86_KVM_PARA_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_PROCESSOR_FLAGS_H
#define _ASM_X86_PROCESSOR_FLAGS_H
/* Various flags defined: can be included from assembler. */

#include <linux/const.h>

/*
 * EFLAGS bits
 */
#define X86_EFLAGS_CF_BIT	0 /* Carry Flag */
#define X86_EFLAGS_CF		_BITUL(X86_EFLAGS_CF_BIT)
#define X86_EFLAGS_FIXED_BIT	1 /* Bit 1 - always on */
#define X86_EFLAGS_FIXED	_BITUL(X86_EFLAGS_FIXED_BIT)
#define X86_EFLAGS_PF_BIT	2 /* Parity Flag */
#define X86_EFLAGS_PF		_BITUL(X86_EFLAGS_PF_BIT)
#define X86_EFLAGS_AF_BIT	4 /* Auxiliary carry Flag */
#define X86_EFLAGS_AF		_BITUL(X86_EFLAGS_AF_BIT)
#define X86_EFLAGS_ZF_BIT	6 /* Zero Flag */
#define X86_EFLAGS_ZF		_BITUL(X86_EFLAGS_ZF_BIT)
#define X86_EFLAGS_SF_BIT	7 /* Sign Flag */
#define X86_EFLAGS_SF		_BITUL(X86_EFLAGS_SF_BIT)
#define X86_EFLAGS_TF_BIT	8 /* Trap Flag */
#define X86_EFLAGS_TF		_BITUL(X86_EFLAGS_TF_BIT)
#define X86_EFLAGS_IF_BIT	9 /* Interrupt Flag */
#define X86_EFLAGS_IF		_BITUL(X86_EFLAGS_IF_BIT)
#define X86_EFLAGS_DF_BIT	10 /* Direction Flag */
#define X86_EFLAGS_DF		_BITUL(X86_EFLAGS_DF_BIT)
#define X86_EFLAGS_OF_BIT	11 /* Overflow Flag */
#define X86_EFLAGS_OF		_BITUL(X86_EFLAGS_OF_BIT)
#define X86_EFLAGS_IOPL_BIT	12 /* I/O Privilege Level (2 bits) */
#define X86_EFLAGS_IOPL		(_AC(3,UL) << X86_EFLAGS_IOPL_BIT)
#define X86_EFLAGS_NT_BIT	14 /* Nested Task */
#define X86_EFLAGS_NT		_BITUL(X86_EFLAGS_NT_BIT)
#define X86_EFLAGS_RF_BIT	16 /* Resume Flag */
#define X86_EFLAGS_RF		_BITUL(X86_EFLAGS_RF_BIT)
#define X86_EFLAGS_VM_BIT	17 /* Virtual Mode */
#define X86_EFLAGS_VM		_BITUL(X86_EFLAGS_VM_BIT)
#define X86_EFLAGS_AC_BIT	18 /* Alignment Check/Access Control */
#define X86_EFLAGS_AC		_BITUL(X86_EFLAGS_AC_BIT)
#define X86_EFLAGS_VIF_BIT	19 /* Virtual Interrupt Flag */
#define X86_EFLAGS_VIF		_BITUL(X86_EFLAGS_VIF_BIT)
#define X86_EFLAGS_VIP_BIT	20 /* Virtual Interrupt Pending */
#define X86_EFLAGS_VIP		_BITUL(X86_EFLAGS_VIP_BIT)
#define X86_EFLAGS_ID_BIT	21 /* CPUID detection */
#define X86_EFLAGS_ID		_BITUL(X86_EFLAGS_ID_BIT)

/*
 * Basic CPU control in CR0
 */
#define X86_CR0_PE_BIT		0 /* Protection Enable */
#define X86_CR0_PE		_BITUL(X86_CR0_PE_BIT)
#define X86_CR0_MP_BIT		1 /* Monitor Coprocessor */
#define X86_CR0_MP		_BITUL(X86_CR0_MP_BIT)
#define X86_CR0_EM_BIT		2 /* Emulation */
#define X86_CR0_EM		_BITUL(X86_CR0_EM_BIT)
#define X86_CR0_TS_BIT		3 /* Task Switched */
#define X86_CR0_TS		_BITUL(X86_CR0_TS_BIT)
#define X86_CR0_ET_BIT		4 /* Extension Type */
#define X86_CR0_ET		_BITUL(X86_CR0_ET_BIT)
#define X86_CR0_NE_BIT		5 /* Numeric Error */
#define X86_CR0_NE		_BITUL(X86_CR0_NE_BIT)
#define X86_CR0_WP_BIT		16 /* Write Protect */
#define X86_CR0_WP		_BITUL(X86_CR0_WP_BIT)
#define X86_CR0_AM_BIT		18 /* Alignment Mask */
#define X86_CR0_AM		_BITUL(X86_CR0_AM_BIT)
#define X86_CR0_NW_BIT		29 /* Not Write-through */
#define X86_CR0_NW		_BITUL(X86_CR0_NW_BIT)
#define X86_CR0_CD_BIT		30 /* Cache Disable */
#define X86_CR0_CD		_BITUL(X86_CR0_CD_BIT)
#define X86_CR0_PG_BIT		31 /* Paging */
#define X86_CR0_PG		_BITUL(X86_CR0_PG_BIT)

/*
 * Paging options in CR3
 */
#define X86_CR3_PWT_BIT		3 /* Page Write Through */
#define X86_CR3_PWT		_BITUL(X86_CR3_PWT_BIT)
#define X86_CR3_PCD_BIT		4 /* Page Cache Disable */
#define X86_CR3_PCD		_BITUL(X86_CR3_PCD_BIT)

#define X86_CR3_PCID_BITS	12
#define X86_CR3_PCID_MASK	(_AC((1UL << X86_CR3_PCID_BITS) - 1, UL))

#define X86_CR3_PCID_NOFLUSH_BIT 63 /* Preserve old PCID */
#define X86_CR3_PCID_NOFLUSH    _BITULL(X86_CR3_PCID_NOFLUSH_BIT)

/*
 * Intel CPU features in CR4
 */
#define X86_CR4_VME_BIT		0 /* enable vm86 extensions */
#define X86_CR4_VME		_BITUL(X86_CR4_VME_BIT)
#define X86_CR4_PVI_BIT		1 /* virtual interrupts flag enable */
#define X86_CR4_PVI		_BITUL(X86_CR4_PVI_BIT)
#define X86_CR4_TSD_BIT		2 /* disable time stamp at ipl 3 */
#define X86_CR4_TSD		_BITUL(X86_CR4_TSD_BIT)
#define X86_CR4_DE_BIT		3 /* enable debugging extensions */
#define X86_CR4_DE		_BITUL(X86_CR4_DE_BIT)
#define X86_CR4_PSE_BIT		4 /* enable page size extensions */
#define X86_CR4_PSE		_BITUL(X86_CR4_PSE_BIT)
#define X86_CR4_PAE_BIT		5 /* enable physical address extensions */
#define X86_CR4_PAE		_BITUL(X86_CR4_PAE_BIT)
#define X86_CR4_MCE_BIT		6 /* Machine check enable */
#define X86_CR4_MCE		_BITUL(X86_CR4_MCE_BIT)
#define X86_CR4_PGE_BIT		7 /* enable global pages */
#define X86_CR4_PGE		_BITUL(X86_CR4_PGE_BIT)
#define X86_CR4_PCE_BIT		8 /* enable performance counters at ipl 3 */
#define X86_CR4_PCE		_BITUL(X86_CR4_PCE_BIT)
#define X86_CR4_OSFXSR_BIT	9 /* enable fast FPU save and restore */
#define X86_CR4_OSFXSR		_BITUL(X86_CR4_OSFXSR_BIT)
#define X86_CR4_OSXMMEXCPT_BIT	10 /* enable unmasked SSE exceptions */
#define X86_CR4_OSXMMEXCPT	_BITUL(X86_CR4_OSXMMEXCPT_BIT)
#define X86_CR4_UMIP_BIT	11 /* enable UMIP support */
#define X86_CR4_UMIP		_BITUL(X86_CR4_UMIP_BIT)
#define X86_CR4_LA57_BIT	12 /* enable 5-level page tables */
#define X86_CR4_LA57		_BITUL(X86_CR4_LA57_BIT)
#define X86_CR4_VMXE_BIT	13 /* enable VMX virtualization */
#define X86_CR4_VMXE		_BITUL(X86_CR4_VMXE_BIT)
#define X86_CR4_SMXE_BIT	14 /* enable safer mode (TXT) */
#define X86_CR4_SMXE		_BITUL(X86_CR4_SMXE_BIT)
#define X86_CR4_FSGSBASE_BIT	16 /* enable RDWRFSGS support */
#define X86_CR4_FSGSBASE	_BITUL(X86_CR4_FSGSBASE_BIT)
#define X86_CR4_PCIDE_BIT	17 /* enable PCID support */
#define X86_CR4_PCIDE		_BITUL(X86_CR4_PCIDE_BIT)
#define X86_CR4_OSXSAVE_BIT	18 /* enable xsave and xrestore */
#define X86_CR4_OSXSAVE		_BITUL(X86_CR4_OSXSAVE_BIT)
#define X86_CR4_SMEP_BIT	20 /* enable SMEP support */
#define X86_CR4_SMEP		_BITUL(X86_CR4_SMEP_BIT)
#define X86_CR4_SMAP_BIT	21 /* enable SMAP support */
#define X86_CR4_SMAP		_BITUL(X86_CR4_SMAP_BIT)
#define X86_CR4_PKE_BIT		22 /* enable Protection Keys support */
#define X86_CR4_PKE		_BITUL(X86_CR4_PKE_BIT)

/*
 * x86-64 Task Priority Register, CR8
 */
#define X86_CR8_TPR		_AC(0x0000000f,UL) /* task priority register */

/*
 * AMD and Transmeta use MSRs for configuration; see <asm/msr-index.h>
 */

/*
 *      NSC/Cyrix CPU configuration register indexes
 */
#define CX86_PCR0	0x20
#define CX86_GCR	0xb8
#define CX86_CCR0	0xc0
#define CX86_CCR1	0xc1
#define CX86_CCR2	0xc2
#define CX86_CCR3	0xc3
#define CX86_CCR4	0xe8
#define CX86_CCR5	0xe9
#define CX86_CCR6	0xea
#define CX86_CCR7	0xeb
#define CX86_PCR1	0xf0
#define CX86_DIR0	0xfe
#define CX86_DIR1	0xff
#define CX86_ARR_BASE	0xc4
#define CX86_RCR_BASE	0xdc

#define CR0_STATE	(X86_CR0_PE | X86_CR0_MP | X86_CR0_ET | \
			 X86_CR0_NE | X86_CR0_WP | X86_CR0_AM | \
			 X86_CR0_PG)

#endif /* _ASM_X86_PROCESSOR_FLAGS_H */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_UNISTD_32_H
#define _ASM_X86_UNISTD_32_H 1

#define __NR_restart_syscall 0
#define __NR_exit 1
#define __NR_fork 2
#define __NR_read 3
#define __NR_write 4
#define __NR_open 5
#define __NR_close 6
#define __NR_waitpid 7
#define __NR_creat 8
#define __NR_link 9
#define __NR_unlink 10
#define __NR_execve 11
#define __NR_chdir 12
#define __NR_time 13
#define __NR_mknod 14
#define __NR_chmod 15
#define __NR_lchown 16
#define __NR_break 17
#define __NR_oldstat 18
#define __NR_lseek 19
#define __NR_getpid 20
#define __NR_mount 21
#define __NR_umount 22
#define __NR_setuid 23
#define __NR_getuid 24
#define __NR_stime 25
#define __NR_ptrace 26
#define __NR_alarm 27
#define __NR_oldfstat 28
#define __NR_pause 29
#define __NR_utime 30
#define __NR_stty 31
#define __NR_gtty 32
#define __NR_access 33
#define __NR_nice 34
#define __NR_ftime 35
#define __NR_sync 36
#define __NR_kill 37
#define __NR_rename 38
#define __NR_mkdir 39
#define __NR_rmdir 40
#define __NR_dup 41
#define __NR_pipe 42
#define __NR_times 43
#define __NR_prof 44
#define __NR_brk 45
#define __NR_setgid 46
#define __NR_getgid 47
#define __NR_signal 48
#define __NR_geteuid 49
#define __NR_getegid 50
#define __NR_acct 51
#define __NR_umount2 52
#define __NR_lock 53
#define __NR_ioctl 54
#define __NR_fcntl 55
#define __NR_mpx 56
#define __NR_setpgid 57
#define __NR_ulimit 58
#define __NR_oldolduname 59
#define __NR_umask 60
#define __NR_chroot 61
#define __NR_ustat 62
#define __NR_dup2 63
#define __NR_getppid 64
#define __NR_getpgrp 65
#define __NR_setsid 66
#define __NR_sigaction 67
#define __NR_sgetmask 68
#define __NR_ssetmask 69
#define __NR_setreuid 70
#define __NR_setregid 71
#define __NR_sigsuspend 72
#define __NR_sigpending 73
#define __NR_sethostname 74
#define __NR_setrlimit 75
#define __NR_getrlimit 76
#define __NR_getrusage 77
#define __NR_gettimeofday 78
#define __NR_settimeofday 79
#define __NR_getgroups 80
#define __NR_setgroups 81
#define __NR_select 82
#define __NR_symlink 83
#define __NR_oldlstat 84
#define __NR_readlink 85
#define __NR_uselib 86
#define __NR_swapon 87
#define __NR_reboot 88
#define __NR_readdir 89
#define __NR_mmap 90
#define __NR_munmap 91
#define __NR_truncate 92
#define __NR_ftruncate 93
#define __NR_fchmod 94
#define __NR_fchown 95
#define __NR_getpriority 96
#define __NR_setpriority 97
#define __NR_profil 98
#define __NR_statfs 99
#define __NR_fstatfs 100
#define __NR_ioperm 101
#define __NR_socketcall 102
#define __NR_syslog 103
#define __NR_setitimer 104
#define __NR_getitimer 105
#define __NR_stat 106
#define __NR_lstat 107
#define __NR_fstat 108
#define __NR_olduname 109
#define __NR_iopl 110
#define __NR_vhangup 111
#define __NR_idle 112
#define __NR_vm86old 113
#define __NR_wait4 114
#define __NR_swapoff 115
#define __NR_sysinfo 116
#define __NR_ipc 117
#define __NR_fsync 118
#define __NR_sigreturn 119
#define __NR_clone 120
#define __NR_setdomainname 121
#define __NR_uname 122
#define __NR_modify_ldt 123
#define __NR_adjtimex 124
#define __NR_mprotect 125
#define __NR_sigprocmask 126
#define __NR_create_module 127
#define __NR_init_module 128
#define __NR_delete_module 129
#define __NR_get_kernel_syms 130
#define __NR_quotactl 131
#define __NR_getpgid 132
#define __NR_fchdir 133
#define __NR_bdflush 134
#define __NR_sysfs 135
#define __NR_personality 136
#define __NR_afs_syscall 137
#define __NR_setfsuid 138
#define __NR_setfsgid 139
#define __NR__llseek 140
#define __NR_getdents 141
#define __NR__newselect 142
#define __NR_flock 143
#define __NR_msync 144
#define __NR_readv 145
#define __NR_writev 146
#define __NR_getsid 147
#define __NR_fdatasync 148
#define __NR__sysctl 149
#define __NR_mlock 150
#define __NR_munlock 151
#define __NR_mlockall 152
#define __NR_munlockall 153
#define __NR_sched_setparam 154
#define __NR_sched_getparam 155
#define __NR_sched_setscheduler 156
#define __NR_sched_getscheduler 157
#define __NR_sched_yield 158
#define __NR_sched_get_priority_max 159
#define __NR_sched_get_priority_min 160
#define __NR_sched_rr_get_interval 161
#define __NR_nanosleep 162
#define __NR_mremap 163
#define __NR_setresuid 164
#define __NR_getresuid 165
#define __NR_vm86 166
#define __NR_query_module 167
#define __NR_poll 168
#define __NR_nfsservctl 169
#define __NR_setresgid 170
#define __NR_getresgid 171
#define __NR_prctl 172
#define __NR_rt_sigreturn 173
#define __NR_rt_sigaction 174
#define __NR_rt_sigprocmask 175
#define __NR_rt_sigpending 176
#define __NR_rt_sigtimedwait 177
#define __NR_rt_sigqueueinfo 178
#define __NR_rt_sigsuspend 179
#define __NR_pread64 180
#define __NR_pwrite64 181
#define __NR_chown 182
#define __NR_getcwd 183
#define __NR_capget 184
#define __NR_capset 185
#define __NR_sigaltstack 186
#define __NR_sendfile 187
#define __NR_getpmsg 188
#define __NR_putpmsg 189
#define __NR_vfork 190
#define __NR_ugetrlimit 191
#define __NR_mmap2 192
#define __NR_truncate64 193
#define __NR_ftruncate64 194
#define __NR_stat64 195
#define __NR_lstat64 196
#define __NR_fstat64 197
#define __NR_lchown32 198
#define __NR_getuid32 199
#define __NR_getgid32 200
#define __NR_geteuid32 201
#define __NR_getegid32 202
#define __NR_setreuid32 203
#define __NR_setregid32 204
#define __NR_getgroups32 205
#define __NR_setgroups32 206
#define __NR_fchown32 207
#define __NR_setresuid32 208
#define __NR_getresuid32 209
#define __NR_setresgid32 210
#define __NR_getresgid32 211
#define __NR_chown32 212
#define __NR_setuid32 213
#define __NR_setgid32 214
#define __NR_setfsuid32 215
#define __NR_setfsgid32 216
#define __NR_pivot_root 217
#define __NR_mincore 218
#define __NR_madvise 219
#define __NR_getdents64 220
#define __NR_fcntl64 221
#define __NR_gettid 224
#define __NR_readahead 225
#define __NR_setxattr 226
#define __NR_lsetxattr 227
#define __NR_fsetxattr 228
#define __NR_getxattr 229
#define __NR_lgetxattr 230
#define __NR_fgetxattr 231
#define __NR_listxattr 232
#define __NR_llistxattr 233
#define __NR_flistxattr 234
#define __NR_removexattr 235
#define __NR_lremovexattr 236
#define __NR_fremovexattr 237
#define __NR_tkill 238
#define __NR_sendfile64 239
#define __NR_futex 240
#define __NR_sched_setaffinity 241
#define __NR_sched_getaffinity 242
#define __NR_set_thread_area 243
#define __NR_get_thread_area 244
#define __NR_io_setup 245
#define __NR_io_destroy 246
#define __NR_io_getevents 247
#define __NR_io_submit 248
#define __NR_io_cancel 249
#define __NR_fadvise64 250
#define __NR_exit_group 252
#define __NR_lookup_dcookie 253
#define __NR_epoll_create 254
#define __NR_epoll_ctl 255
#define __NR_epoll_wait 256
#define __NR_remap_file_pages 257
#define __NR_set_tid_address 258
#define __NR_timer_create 259
#define __NR_timer_settime 260
#define __NR_timer_gettime 261
#define __NR_timer_getoverrun 262
#define __NR_timer_delete 263
#define __NR_clock_settime 264
#define __NR_clock_gettime 265
#define __NR_clock_getres 266
#define __NR_clock_nanosleep 267
#define __NR_statfs64 268
#define __NR_fstatfs64 269
#define __NR_tgkill 270
#define __NR_utimes 271
#define __NR_fadvise64_64 272
#define __NR_vserver 273
#define __NR_mbind 274
#define __NR_get_mempolicy 275
#define __NR_set_mempolicy 276
#define __NR_mq_open 277
#define __NR_mq_unlink 278
#define __NR_mq_timedsend 279
#define __NR_mq_timedreceive 280
#define __NR_mq_notify 281
#define __NR_mq_getsetattr 282
#define __NR_kexec_load 283
#define __NR_waitid 284
#define __NR_add_key 286
#define __NR_request_key 287
#define __NR_keyctl 288
#define __NR_ioprio_set 289
#define __NR_ioprio_get 290
#define __NR_inotify_init 291
#define __NR_inotify_add_watch 292
#define __NR_inotify_rm_watch 293
#define __NR_migrate_pages 294
#define __NR_openat 295
#define __NR_mkdirat 296
#define __NR_mknodat 297
#define __NR_fchownat 298
#define __NR_futimesat 299
#define __NR_fstatat64 300
#define __NR_unlinkat 301
#define __NR_renameat 302
#define __NR_linkat 303
#define __NR_symlinkat 304
#define __NR_readlinkat 305
#define __NR_fchmodat 306
#define __NR_faccessat 307
#define __NR_pselect6 308
#define __NR_ppoll 309
#define __NR_unshare 310
#define __NR_set_robust_list 311
#define __NR_get_robust_list 312
#define __NR_splice 313
#define __NR_sync_file_range 314
#define __NR_tee 315
#define __NR_vmsplice 316
#define __NR_move_pages 317
#define __NR_getcpu 318
#define __NR_epoll_pwait 319
#define __NR_utimensat 320
#define __NR_signalfd 321
#define __NR_timerfd_create 322
#define __NR_eventfd 323
#define __NR_fallocate 324
#define __NR_timerfd_settime 325
#define __NR_timerfd_gettime 326
#define __NR_signalfd4 327
#define __NR_eventfd2 328
#define __NR_epoll_create1 329
#define __NR_dup3 330
#define __NR_pipe2 331
#define __NR_inotify_init1 332
#define __NR_preadv 333
#define __NR_pwritev 334
#define __NR_rt_tgsigqueueinfo 335
#define __NR_perf_event_open 336
#define __NR_recvmmsg 337
#define __NR_fanotify_init 338
#define __NR_fanotify_mark 339
#define __NR_prlimit64 340
#define __NR_name_to_handle_at 341
#define __NR_open_by_handle_at 342
#define __NR_clock_adjtime 343
#define __NR_syncfs 344
#define __NR_sendmmsg 345
#define __NR_setns 346
#define __NR_process_vm_readv 347
#define __NR_process_vm_writev 348
#define __NR_kcmp 349
#define __NR_finit_module 350
#define __NR_sched_setattr 351
#define __NR_sched_getattr 352
#define __NR_renameat2 353
#define __NR_seccomp 354
#define __NR_getrandom 355
#define __NR_memfd_create 356
#define __NR_bpf 357
#define __NR_execveat 358
#define __NR_socket 359
#define __NR_socketpair 360
#define __NR_bind 361
#define __NR_connect 362
#define __NR_listen 363
#define __NR_accept4 364
#define __NR_getsockopt 365
#define __NR_setsockopt 366
#define __NR_getsockname 367
#define __NR_getpeername 368
#define __NR_sendto 369
#define __NR_sendmsg 370
#define __NR_recvfrom 371
#define __NR_recvmsg 372
#define __NR_shutdown 373
#define __NR_userfaultfd 374
#define __NR_membarrier 375
#define __NR_mlock2 376
#define __NR_copy_file_range 377
#define __NR_preadv2 378
#define __NR_pwritev2 379
#define __NR_pkey_mprotect 380
#define __NR_pkey_alloc 381
#define __NR_pkey_free 382
#define __NR_statx 383
#define __NR_arch_prctl 384
#define __NR_io_pgetevents 385
#define __NR_rseq 386
#define __NR_clock_gettime64 403
#define __NR_clock_settime64 404
#define __NR_clock_adjtime64 405
#define __NR_clock_getres_time64 406
#define __NR_clock_nanosleep_time64 407
#define __NR_timer_gettime64 408
#define __NR_timer_settime64 409
#define __NR_timerfd_gettime64 410
#define __NR_timerfd_settime64 411
#define __NR_utimensat_time64 412
#define __NR_io_pgetevents_time64 416
#define __NR_mq_timedsend_time64 418
#define __NR_mq_timedreceive_time64 419
#define __NR_semtimedop_time64 420
#define __NR_futex_time64 422
#define __NR_sched_rr_get_interval_time64 423
#define __NR_pidfd_send_signal 424
#define __NR_io_uring_setup 425
#define __NR_io_uring_enter 426
#define __NR_io_uring_register 427
#define __NR_open_tree 428
#define __NR_move_mount 429
#define __NR_fsopen 430
#define __NR_fsconfig 431
#define __NR_fsmount 432
#define __NR_fspick 433
#define __NR_close_range 436
#define __NR_openat2 437
#define __NR_faccessat2 439

#endif /* _ASM_X86_UNISTD_32_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_POSIX_TYPES_32_H
#define _ASM_X86_POSIX_TYPES_32_H

/*
 * This file is generally used by user-level software, so you need to
 * be a little careful about namespace pollution etc.  Also, we cannot
 * assume GCC is being used.
 */

typedef unsigned short	__kernel_mode_t;
#define __kernel_mode_t __kernel_mode_t

typedef unsigned short	__kernel_ipc_pid_t;
#define __kernel_ipc_pid_t __kernel_ipc_pid_t

typedef unsigned short	__kernel_uid_t;
typedef unsigned short	__kernel_gid_t;
#define __kernel_uid_t __kernel_uid_t

typedef unsigned short	__kernel_old_dev_t;
#define __kernel_old_dev_t __kernel_old_dev_t

#include <asm-generic/posix_types.h>

#endif /* _ASM_X86_POSIX_TYPES_32_H */
#include <asm-generic/sockios.h>
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_BOOTPARAM_H
#define _ASM_X86_BOOTPARAM_H

/* setup_data types */
#define SETUP_NONE			0
#define SETUP_E820_EXT			1
#define SETUP_DTB			2
#define SETUP_PCI			3
#define SETUP_EFI			4
#define SETUP_APPLE_PROPERTIES		5
#define SETUP_JAILHOUSE			6
#define SETUP_CC_BLOB			7

/* ram_size flags */
#define RAMDISK_IMAGE_START_MASK	0x07FF
#define RAMDISK_PROMPT_FLAG		0x8000
#define RAMDISK_LOAD_FLAG		0x4000

/* loadflags */
#define LOADED_HIGH	(1<<0)
#define KASLR_FLAG	(1<<1)
#define QUIET_FLAG	(1<<5)
#define KEEP_SEGMENTS	(1<<6)
#define CAN_USE_HEAP	(1<<7)

/* xloadflags */
#define XLF_KERNEL_64			(1<<0)
#define XLF_CAN_BE_LOADED_ABOVE_4G	(1<<1)
#define XLF_EFI_HANDOVER_32		(1<<2)
#define XLF_EFI_HANDOVER_64		(1<<3)
#define XLF_EFI_KEXEC			(1<<4)

#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/screen_info.h>
#include <linux/apm_bios.h>
#include <linux/edd.h>
#include <asm/ist.h>
#include <video/edid.h>

/* extensible setup data list node */
struct setup_data {
	__u64 next;
	__u32 type;
	__u32 len;
	__u8 data[0];
};

struct setup_header {
	__u8	setup_sects;
	__u16	root_flags;
	__u32	syssize;
	__u16	ram_size;
	__u16	vid_mode;
	__u16	root_dev;
	__u16	boot_flag;
	__u16	jump;
	__u32	header;
	__u16	version;
	__u32	realmode_swtch;
	__u16	start_sys_seg;
	__u16	kernel_version;
	__u8	type_of_loader;
	__u8	loadflags;
	__u16	setup_move_size;
	__u32	code32_start;
	__u32	ramdisk_image;
	__u32	ramdisk_size;
	__u32	bootsect_kludge;
	__u16	heap_end_ptr;
	__u8	ext_loader_ver;
	__u8	ext_loader_type;
	__u32	cmd_line_ptr;
	__u32	initrd_addr_max;
	__u32	kernel_alignment;
	__u8	relocatable_kernel;
	__u8	min_alignment;
	__u16	xloadflags;
	__u32	cmdline_size;
	__u32	hardware_subarch;
	__u64	hardware_subarch_data;
	__u32	payload_offset;
	__u32	payload_length;
	__u64	setup_data;
	__u64	pref_address;
	__u32	init_size;
	__u32	handover_offset;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct sys_desc_table {
	__u16 length;
	__u8  table[14];
};

/* Gleaned from OFW's set-parameters in cpu/x86/pc/linux.fth */
struct olpc_ofw_header {
	__u32 ofw_magic;	/* OFW signature */
	__u32 ofw_version;
	__u32 cif_handler;	/* callback into OFW */
	__u32 irq_desc_table;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct efi_info {
	__u32 efi_loader_signature;
	__u32 efi_systab;
	__u32 efi_memdesc_size;
	__u32 efi_memdesc_version;
	__u32 efi_memmap;
	__u32 efi_memmap_size;
	__u32 efi_systab_hi;
	__u32 efi_memmap_hi;
};

/*
 * This is the maximum number of entries in struct boot_params::e820_table
 * (the zeropage), which is part of the x86 boot protocol ABI:
 */
#define E820_MAX_ENTRIES_ZEROPAGE 128

/*
 * The E820 memory region entry of the boot protocol ABI:
 */
struct boot_e820_entry {
	__u64 addr;
	__u64 size;
	__u32 type;
} __attribute__((packed));

/*
 * Smallest compatible version of jailhouse_setup_data required by this kernel.
 */
#define JAILHOUSE_SETUP_REQUIRED_VERSION	1

/*
 * The boot loader is passing platform information via this Jailhouse-specific
 * setup data structure.
 */
struct jailhouse_setup_data {
	__u16	version;
	__u16	compatible_version;
	__u16	pm_timer_address;
	__u16	num_cpus;
	__u64	pci_mmconfig_base;
	__u32	tsc_khz;
	__u32	apic_khz;
	__u8	standard_ioapic;
	__u8	cpu_ids[255];
} __attribute__((packed));

/* The so-called "zeropage" */
struct boot_params {
	struct screen_info screen_info;			/* 0x000 */
	struct apm_bios_info apm_bios_info;		/* 0x040 */
	__u8  _pad2[4];					/* 0x054 */
	__u64  tboot_addr;				/* 0x058 */
	struct ist_info ist_info;			/* 0x060 */
	__u64 acpi_rsdp_addr;				/* 0x070 */
	__u8  _pad3[8];					/* 0x078 */
	__u8  hd0_info[16];	/* obsolete! */		/* 0x080 */
	__u8  hd1_info[16];	/* obsolete! */		/* 0x090 */
	struct sys_desc_table sys_desc_table; /* obsolete! */	/* 0x0a0 */
	struct olpc_ofw_header olpc_ofw_header;		/* 0x0b0 */
	__u32 ext_ramdisk_image;			/* 0x0c0 */
	__u32 ext_ramdisk_size;				/* 0x0c4 */
	__u32 ext_cmd_line_ptr;				/* 0x0c8 */
	__u8  _pad4[112];				/* 0x0cc */
	__u32 cc_blob_address;				/* 0x13c */
	struct edid_info edid_info;			/* 0x140 */
	struct efi_info efi_info;			/* 0x1c0 */
	__u32 alt_mem_k;				/* 0x1e0 */
	__u32 scratch;		/* Scratch field! */	/* 0x1e4 */
	__u8  e820_entries;				/* 0x1e8 */
	__u8  eddbuf_entries;				/* 0x1e9 */
	__u8  edd_mbr_sig_buf_entries;			/* 0x1ea */
	__u8  kbd_status;				/* 0x1eb */
	__u8  secure_boot;				/* 0x1ec */
	__u8  _pad5[2];					/* 0x1ed */
	/*
	 * The sentinel is set to a nonzero value (0xff) in header.S.
	 *
	 * A bootloader is supposed to only take setup_header and put
	 * it into a clean boot_params buffer. If it turns out that
	 * it is clumsy or too generous with the buffer, it most
	 * probably will pick up the sentinel variable too. The fact
	 * that this variable then is still 0xff will let kernel
	 * know that some variables in boot_params are invalid and
	 * kernel should zero out certain portions of boot_params.
	 */
	__u8  sentinel;					/* 0x1ef */
	__u8  _pad6[1];					/* 0x1f0 */
	struct setup_header hdr;    /* setup header */	/* 0x1f1 */
	__u8  _pad7[0x290-0x1f1-sizeof(struct setup_header)];
	__u32 edd_mbr_sig_buffer[EDD_MBR_SIG_MAX];	/* 0x290 */
	struct boot_e820_entry e820_table[E820_MAX_ENTRIES_ZEROPAGE]; /* 0x2d0 */
	__u8  _pad8[48];				/* 0xcd0 */
	struct edd_info eddbuf[EDDMAXNR];		/* 0xd00 */
	__u8  _pad9[276];				/* 0xeec */
} __attribute__((packed));

/**
 * enum x86_hardware_subarch - x86 hardware subarchitecture
 *
 * The x86 hardware_subarch and hardware_subarch_data were added as of the x86
 * boot protocol 2.07 to help distinguish and support custom x86 boot
 * sequences. This enum represents accepted values for the x86
 * hardware_subarch.  Custom x86 boot sequences (not X86_SUBARCH_PC) do not
 * have or simply *cannot* make use of natural stubs like BIOS or EFI, the
 * hardware_subarch can be used on the Linux entry path to revector to a
 * subarchitecture stub when needed. This subarchitecture stub can be used to
 * set up Linux boot parameters or for special care to account for nonstandard
 * handling of page tables.
 *
 * These enums should only ever be used by x86 code, and the code that uses
 * it should be well contained and compartamentalized.
 *
 * KVM and Xen HVM do not have a subarch as these are expected to follow
 * standard x86 boot entries. If there is a genuine need for "hypervisor" type
 * that should be considered separately in the future. Future guest types
 * should seriously consider working with standard x86 boot stubs such as
 * the BIOS or EFI boot stubs.
 *
 * WARNING: this enum is only used for legacy hacks, for platform features that
 *	    are not easily enumerated or discoverable. You should not ever use
 *	    this for new features.
 *
 * @X86_SUBARCH_PC: Should be used if the hardware is enumerable using standard
 *	PC mechanisms (PCI, ACPI) and doesn't need a special boot flow.
 * @X86_SUBARCH_LGUEST: Used for x86 hypervisor demo, lguest, deprecated
 * @X86_SUBARCH_XEN: Used for Xen guest types which follow the PV boot path,
 * 	which start at __asm__ startup_xen() entry point and later jump to the C
 * 	xen_start_kernel() entry point. Both domU and dom0 type of guests are
 * 	currently supportd through this PV boot path.
 * @X86_SUBARCH_INTEL_MID: Used for Intel MID (Mobile Internet Device) platform
 *	systems which do not have the PCI legacy interfaces.
 * @X86_SUBARCH_CE4100: Used for Intel CE media processor (CE4100) SoC for
 * 	for settop boxes and media devices, the use of a subarch for CE4100
 * 	is more of a hack...
 */
enum x86_hardware_subarch {
	X86_SUBARCH_PC = 0,
	X86_SUBARCH_LGUEST,
	X86_SUBARCH_XEN,
	X86_SUBARCH_INTEL_MID,
	X86_SUBARCH_CE4100,
	X86_NR_SUBARCHS,
};

#endif /* __ASSEMBLY__ */

#endif /* _ASM_X86_BOOTPARAM_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_KVM_H
#define _ASM_X86_KVM_H

/*
 * KVM x86 specific structures and definitions
 *
 */

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

#define KVM_PIO_PAGE_OFFSET 1
#define KVM_COALESCED_MMIO_PAGE_OFFSET 2
#define KVM_DIRTY_LOG_PAGE_OFFSET 64

#define DE_VECTOR 0
#define DB_VECTOR 1
#define BP_VECTOR 3
#define OF_VECTOR 4
#define BR_VECTOR 5
#define UD_VECTOR 6
#define NM_VECTOR 7
#define DF_VECTOR 8
#define TS_VECTOR 10
#define NP_VECTOR 11
#define SS_VECTOR 12
#define GP_VECTOR 13
#define PF_VECTOR 14
#define MF_VECTOR 16
#define AC_VECTOR 17
#define MC_VECTOR 18
#define XM_VECTOR 19
#define VE_VECTOR 20

/* Select x86 specific features in <linux/kvm.h> */
#define __KVM_HAVE_PIT
#define __KVM_HAVE_IOAPIC
#define __KVM_HAVE_IRQ_LINE
#define __KVM_HAVE_MSI
#define __KVM_HAVE_USER_NMI
#define __KVM_HAVE_GUEST_DEBUG
#define __KVM_HAVE_MSIX
#define __KVM_HAVE_MCE
#define __KVM_HAVE_PIT_STATE2
#define __KVM_HAVE_XEN_HVM
#define __KVM_HAVE_VCPU_EVENTS
#define __KVM_HAVE_DEBUGREGS
#define __KVM_HAVE_XSAVE
#define __KVM_HAVE_XCRS
#define __KVM_HAVE_READONLY_MEM

/* Architectural interrupt line count. */
#define KVM_NR_INTERRUPTS 256

struct kvm_memory_alias {
	__u32 slot;  /* this has a different namespace than memory slots */
	__u32 flags;
	__u64 guest_phys_addr;
	__u64 memory_size;
	__u64 target_phys_addr;
};

/* for KVM_GET_IRQCHIP and KVM_SET_IRQCHIP */
struct kvm_pic_state {
	__u8 last_irr;	/* edge detection */
	__u8 irr;		/* interrupt request register */
	__u8 imr;		/* interrupt mask register */
	__u8 isr;		/* interrupt service register */
	__u8 priority_add;	/* highest irq priority */
	__u8 irq_base;
	__u8 read_reg_select;
	__u8 poll;
	__u8 special_mask;
	__u8 init_state;
	__u8 auto_eoi;
	__u8 rotate_on_auto_eoi;
	__u8 special_fully_nested_mode;
	__u8 init4;		/* true if 4 byte init */
	__u8 elcr;		/* PIIX edge/trigger selection */
	__u8 elcr_mask;
};

#define KVM_IOAPIC_NUM_PINS  24
struct kvm_ioapic_state {
	__u64 base_address;
	__u32 ioregsel;
	__u32 id;
	__u32 irr;
	__u32 pad;
	union {
		__u64 bits;
		struct {
			__u8 vector;
			__u8 delivery_mode:3;
			__u8 dest_mode:1;
			__u8 delivery_status:1;
			__u8 polarity:1;
			__u8 remote_irr:1;
			__u8 trig_mode:1;
			__u8 mask:1;
			__u8 reserve:7;
			__u8 reserved[4];
			__u8 dest_id;
		} fields;
	} redirtbl[KVM_IOAPIC_NUM_PINS];
};

#define KVM_IRQCHIP_PIC_MASTER   0
#define KVM_IRQCHIP_PIC_SLAVE    1
#define KVM_IRQCHIP_IOAPIC       2
#define KVM_NR_IRQCHIPS          3

#define KVM_RUN_X86_SMM		 (1 << 0)
#define KVM_RUN_X86_BUS_LOCK     (1 << 1)

/* for KVM_GET_REGS and KVM_SET_REGS */
struct kvm_regs {
	/* out (KVM_GET_REGS) / in (KVM_SET_REGS) */
	__u64 rax, rbx, rcx, rdx;
	__u64 rsi, rdi, rsp, rbp;
	__u64 r8,  r9,  r10, r11;
	__u64 r12, r13, r14, r15;
	__u64 rip, rflags;
};

/* for KVM_GET_LAPIC and KVM_SET_LAPIC */
#define KVM_APIC_REG_SIZE 0x400
struct kvm_lapic_state {
	char regs[KVM_APIC_REG_SIZE];
};

struct kvm_segment {
	__u64 base;
	__u32 limit;
	__u16 selector;
	__u8  type;
	__u8  present, dpl, db, s, l, g, avl;
	__u8  unusable;
	__u8  padding;
};

struct kvm_dtable {
	__u64 base;
	__u16 limit;
	__u16 padding[3];
};


/* for KVM_GET_SREGS and KVM_SET_SREGS */
struct kvm_sregs {
	/* out (KVM_GET_SREGS) / in (KVM_SET_SREGS) */
	struct kvm_segment cs, ds, es, fs, gs, ss;
	struct kvm_segment tr, ldt;
	struct kvm_dtable gdt, idt;
	__u64 cr0, cr2, cr3, cr4, cr8;
	__u64 efer;
	__u64 apic_base;
	__u64 interrupt_bitmap[(KVM_NR_INTERRUPTS + 63) / 64];
};

struct kvm_sregs2 {
	/* out (KVM_GET_SREGS2) / in (KVM_SET_SREGS2) */
	struct kvm_segment cs, ds, es, fs, gs, ss;
	struct kvm_segment tr, ldt;
	struct kvm_dtable gdt, idt;
	__u64 cr0, cr2, cr3, cr4, cr8;
	__u64 efer;
	__u64 apic_base;
	__u64 flags;
	__u64 pdptrs[4];
};
#define KVM_SREGS2_FLAGS_PDPTRS_VALID 1

/* for KVM_GET_FPU and KVM_SET_FPU */
struct kvm_fpu {
	__u8  fpr[8][16];
	__u16 fcw;
	__u16 fsw;
	__u8  ftwx;  /* in fxsave format */
	__u8  pad1;
	__u16 last_opcode;
	__u64 last_ip;
	__u64 last_dp;
	__u8  xmm[16][16];
	__u32 mxcsr;
	__u32 pad2;
};

struct kvm_msr_entry {
	__u32 index;
	__u32 reserved;
	__u64 data;
};

/* for KVM_GET_MSRS and KVM_SET_MSRS */
struct kvm_msrs {
	__u32 nmsrs; /* number of msrs in entries */
	__u32 pad;

	struct kvm_msr_entry entries[0];
};

/* for KVM_GET_MSR_INDEX_LIST */
struct kvm_msr_list {
	__u32 nmsrs; /* number of msrs in entries */
	__u32 indices[0];
};

/* Maximum size of any access bitmap in bytes */
#define KVM_MSR_FILTER_MAX_BITMAP_SIZE 0x600

/* for KVM_X86_SET_MSR_FILTER */
struct kvm_msr_filter_range {
#define KVM_MSR_FILTER_READ  (1 << 0)
#define KVM_MSR_FILTER_WRITE (1 << 1)
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 nmsrs; /* number of msrs in bitmap */
	__u32 base;  /* MSR index the bitmap starts at */
	__u8 *bitmap; /* a 1 bit allows the operations in flags, 0 denies */
};

#define KVM_MSR_FILTER_MAX_RANGES 16
struct kvm_msr_filter {
#define KVM_MSR_FILTER_DEFAULT_ALLOW (0 << 0)
#define KVM_MSR_FILTER_DEFAULT_DENY  (1 << 0)
	__u32 flags;
	struct kvm_msr_filter_range ranges[KVM_MSR_FILTER_MAX_RANGES];
};

struct kvm_cpuid_entry {
	__u32 function;
	__u32 eax;
	__u32 ebx;
	__u32 ecx;
	__u32 edx;
	__u32 padding;
};

/* for KVM_SET_CPUID */
struct kvm_cpuid {
	__u32 nent;
	__u32 padding;
	struct kvm_cpuid_entry entries[0];
};

struct kvm_cpuid_entry2 {
	__u32 function;
	__u32 index;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 eax;
	__u32 ebx;
	__u32 ecx;
	__u32 edx;
	__u32 padding[3];
};

#define KVM_CPUID_FLAG_SIGNIFCANT_INDEX		(1 << 0)
#define KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATEFUL_FUNC		(1 << 1)
#define KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATE_READ_NEXT		(1 << 2)

/* for KVM_SET_CPUID2 */
struct kvm_cpuid2 {
	__u32 nent;
	__u32 padding;
	struct kvm_cpuid_entry2 entries[0];
};

/* for KVM_GET_PIT and KVM_SET_PIT */
struct kvm_pit_channel_state {
	__u32 count; /* can be 65536 */
	__u16 latched_count;
	__u8 count_latched;
	__u8 status_latched;
	__u8 status;
	__u8 read_state;
	__u8 write_state;
	__u8 write_latch;
	__u8 rw_mode;
	__u8 mode;
	__u8 bcd;
	__u8 gate;
	__s64 count_load_time;
};

struct kvm_debug_exit_arch {
	__u32 exception;
	__u32 pad;
	__u64 pc;
	__u64 dr6;
	__u64 dr7;
};

#define KVM_GUESTDBG_USE_SW_BP		0x00010000
#define KVM_GUESTDBG_USE_HW_BP		0x00020000
#define KVM_GUESTDBG_INJECT_DB		0x00040000
#define KVM_GUESTDBG_INJECT_BP		0x00080000
#define KVM_GUESTDBG_BLOCKIRQ		0x00100000

/* for KVM_SET_GUEST_DEBUG */
struct kvm_guest_debug_arch {
	__u64 debugreg[8];
};

struct kvm_pit_state {
	struct kvm_pit_channel_state channels[3];
};

#define KVM_PIT_FLAGS_HPET_LEGACY  0x00000001

struct kvm_pit_state2 {
	struct kvm_pit_channel_state channels[3];
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 reserved[9];
};

struct kvm_reinject_control {
	__u8 pit_reinject;
	__u8 reserved[31];
};

/* When set in flags, include corresponding fields on KVM_SET_VCPU_EVENTS */
#define KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_NMI_PENDING	0x00000001
#define KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SIPI_VECTOR	0x00000002
#define KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SHADOW	0x00000004
#define KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SMM		0x00000008
#define KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_PAYLOAD	0x00000010

/* Interrupt shadow states */
#define KVM_X86_SHADOW_INT_MOV_SS	0x01
#define KVM_X86_SHADOW_INT_STI		0x02

/* for KVM_GET/SET_VCPU_EVENTS */
struct kvm_vcpu_events {
	struct {
		__u8 injected;
		__u8 nr;
		__u8 has_error_code;
		__u8 pending;
		__u32 error_code;
	} exception;
	struct {
		__u8 injected;
		__u8 nr;
		__u8 soft;
		__u8 shadow;
	} interrupt;
	struct {
		__u8 injected;
		__u8 pending;
		__u8 masked;
		__u8 pad;
	} nmi;
	__u32 sipi_vector;
	__u32 flags;
	struct {
		__u8 smm;
		__u8 pending;
		__u8 smm_inside_nmi;
		__u8 latched_init;
	} smi;
	__u8 reserved[27];
	__u8 exception_has_payload;
	__u64 exception_payload;
};

/* for KVM_GET/SET_DEBUGREGS */
struct kvm_debugregs {
	__u64 db[4];
	__u64 dr6;
	__u64 dr7;
	__u64 flags;
	__u64 reserved[9];
};

/* for KVM_CAP_XSAVE and KVM_CAP_XSAVE2 */
struct kvm_xsave {
	/*
	 * KVM_GET_XSAVE2 and KVM_SET_XSAVE write and read as many bytes
	 * as are returned by KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION(KVM_CAP_XSAVE2)
	 * respectively, when invoked on the vm file descriptor.
	 *
	 * The size value returned by KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION(KVM_CAP_XSAVE2)
	 * will always be at least 4096. Currently, it is only greater
	 * than 4096 if a dynamic feature has been enabled with
	 * ``arch_prctl()``, but this may change in the future.
	 *
	 * The offsets of the state save areas in struct kvm_xsave follow
	 * the contents of CPUID leaf 0xD on the host.
	 */
	__u32 region[1024];
	__u32 extra[0];
};

#define KVM_MAX_XCRS	16

struct kvm_xcr {
	__u32 xcr;
	__u32 reserved;
	__u64 value;
};

struct kvm_xcrs {
	__u32 nr_xcrs;
	__u32 flags;
	struct kvm_xcr xcrs[KVM_MAX_XCRS];
	__u64 padding[16];
};

#define KVM_SYNC_X86_REGS      (1UL << 0)
#define KVM_SYNC_X86_SREGS     (1UL << 1)
#define KVM_SYNC_X86_EVENTS    (1UL << 2)

#define KVM_SYNC_X86_VALID_FIELDS \
	(KVM_SYNC_X86_REGS| \
	 KVM_SYNC_X86_SREGS| \
	 KVM_SYNC_X86_EVENTS)

/* kvm_sync_regs struct included by kvm_run struct */
struct kvm_sync_regs {
	/* Members of this structure are potentially malicious.
	 * Care must be taken by code reading, esp. interpreting,
	 * data fields from them inside KVM to prevent TOCTOU and
	 * double-fetch types of vulnerabilities.
	 */
	struct kvm_regs regs;
	struct kvm_sregs sregs;
	struct kvm_vcpu_events events;
};

#define KVM_X86_QUIRK_LINT0_REENABLED	   (1 << 0)
#define KVM_X86_QUIRK_CD_NW_CLEARED	   (1 << 1)
#define KVM_X86_QUIRK_LAPIC_MMIO_HOLE	   (1 << 2)
#define KVM_X86_QUIRK_OUT_7E_INC_RIP	   (1 << 3)
#define KVM_X86_QUIRK_MISC_ENABLE_NO_MWAIT (1 << 4)

#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_FORMAT_VMX	0
#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_FORMAT_SVM	1

#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_GUEST_MODE	0x00000001
#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_RUN_PENDING	0x00000002
#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_EVMCS		0x00000004
#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_MTF_PENDING	0x00000008
#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_GIF_SET	0x00000100

#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_SMM_GUEST_MODE	0x00000001
#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_SMM_VMXON	0x00000002

#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_VMX_VMCS_SIZE	0x1000

#define KVM_STATE_NESTED_SVM_VMCB_SIZE	0x1000

#define KVM_STATE_VMX_PREEMPTION_TIMER_DEADLINE	0x00000001

/* attributes for system fd (group 0) */
#define KVM_X86_XCOMP_GUEST_SUPP	0

struct kvm_vmx_nested_state_data {
	__u8 vmcs12[KVM_STATE_NESTED_VMX_VMCS_SIZE];
	__u8 shadow_vmcs12[KVM_STATE_NESTED_VMX_VMCS_SIZE];
};

struct kvm_vmx_nested_state_hdr {
	__u64 vmxon_pa;
	__u64 vmcs12_pa;

	struct {
		__u16 flags;
	} smm;

	__u16 pad;

	__u32 flags;
	__u64 preemption_timer_deadline;
};

struct kvm_svm_nested_state_data {
	/* Save area only used if KVM_STATE_NESTED_RUN_PENDING.  */
	__u8 vmcb12[KVM_STATE_NESTED_SVM_VMCB_SIZE];
};

struct kvm_svm_nested_state_hdr {
	__u64 vmcb_pa;
};

/* for KVM_CAP_NESTED_STATE */
struct kvm_nested_state {
	__u16 flags;
	__u16 format;
	__u32 size;

	union {
		struct kvm_vmx_nested_state_hdr vmx;
		struct kvm_svm_nested_state_hdr svm;

		/* Pad the header to 128 bytes.  */
		__u8 pad[120];
	} hdr;

	/*
	 * Define data region as 0 bytes to preserve backwards-compatability
	 * to old definition of kvm_nested_state in order to avoid changing
	 * KVM_{GET,PUT}_NESTED_STATE ioctl values.
	 */
	union {
		struct kvm_vmx_nested_state_data vmx[0];
		struct kvm_svm_nested_state_data svm[0];
	} data;
};

/* for KVM_CAP_PMU_EVENT_FILTER */
struct kvm_pmu_event_filter {
	__u32 action;
	__u32 nevents;
	__u32 fixed_counter_bitmap;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 pad[4];
	__u64 events[0];
};

#define KVM_PMU_EVENT_ALLOW 0
#define KVM_PMU_EVENT_DENY 1

/* for KVM_{GET,SET,HAS}_DEVICE_ATTR */
#define KVM_VCPU_TSC_CTRL 0 /* control group for the timestamp counter (TSC) */
#define   KVM_VCPU_TSC_OFFSET 0 /* attribute for the TSC offset */

#endif /* _ASM_X86_KVM_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_SEMBUF_H
#define _ASM_X86_SEMBUF_H

/*
 * The semid64_ds structure for x86 architecture.
 * Note extra padding because this structure is passed back and forth
 * between kernel and user space.
 *
 * Pad space is left for:
 * - 2 miscellaneous 32-bit values
 *
 * x86_64 and x32 incorrectly added padding here, so the structures
 * are still incompatible with the padding on x86.
 */
struct semid64_ds {
	struct ipc64_perm sem_perm;	/* permissions .. see ipc.h */
#ifdef __i386__
	unsigned long	sem_otime;	/* last semop time */
	unsigned long	sem_otime_high;
	unsigned long	sem_ctime;	/* last change time */
	unsigned long	sem_ctime_high;
#else
	__kernel_time_t	sem_otime;	/* last semop time */
	__kernel_ulong_t __unused1;
	__kernel_time_t	sem_ctime;	/* last change time */
	__kernel_ulong_t __unused2;
#endif
	__kernel_ulong_t sem_nsems;	/* no. of semaphores in array */
	__kernel_ulong_t __unused3;
	__kernel_ulong_t __unused4;
};

#endif /* _ASM_X86_SEMBUF_H */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_UNISTD_64_H
#define _ASM_X86_UNISTD_64_H 1

#define __NR_read 0
#define __NR_write 1
#define __NR_open 2
#define __NR_close 3
#define __NR_stat 4
#define __NR_fstat 5
#define __NR_lstat 6
#define __NR_poll 7
#define __NR_lseek 8
#define __NR_mmap 9
#define __NR_mprotect 10
#define __NR_munmap 11
#define __NR_brk 12
#define __NR_rt_sigaction 13
#define __NR_rt_sigprocmask 14
#define __NR_rt_sigreturn 15
#define __NR_ioctl 16
#define __NR_pread64 17
#define __NR_pwrite64 18
#define __NR_readv 19
#define __NR_writev 20
#define __NR_access 21
#define __NR_pipe 22
#define __NR_select 23
#define __NR_sched_yield 24
#define __NR_mremap 25
#define __NR_msync 26
#define __NR_mincore 27
#define __NR_madvise 28
#define __NR_shmget 29
#define __NR_shmat 30
#define __NR_shmctl 31
#define __NR_dup 32
#define __NR_dup2 33
#define __NR_pause 34
#define __NR_nanosleep 35
#define __NR_getitimer 36
#define __NR_alarm 37
#define __NR_setitimer 38
#define __NR_getpid 39
#define __NR_sendfile 40
#define __NR_socket 41
#define __NR_connect 42
#define __NR_accept 43
#define __NR_sendto 44
#define __NR_recvfrom 45
#define __NR_sendmsg 46
#define __NR_recvmsg 47
#define __NR_shutdown 48
#define __NR_bind 49
#define __NR_listen 50
#define __NR_getsockname 51
#define __NR_getpeername 52
#define __NR_socketpair 53
#define __NR_setsockopt 54
#define __NR_getsockopt 55
#define __NR_clone 56
#define __NR_fork 57
#define __NR_vfork 58
#define __NR_execve 59
#define __NR_exit 60
#define __NR_wait4 61
#define __NR_kill 62
#define __NR_uname 63
#define __NR_semget 64
#define __NR_semop 65
#define __NR_semctl 66
#define __NR_shmdt 67
#define __NR_msgget 68
#define __NR_msgsnd 69
#define __NR_msgrcv 70
#define __NR_msgctl 71
#define __NR_fcntl 72
#define __NR_flock 73
#define __NR_fsync 74
#define __NR_fdatasync 75
#define __NR_truncate 76
#define __NR_ftruncate 77
#define __NR_getdents 78
#define __NR_getcwd 79
#define __NR_chdir 80
#define __NR_fchdir 81
#define __NR_rename 82
#define __NR_mkdir 83
#define __NR_rmdir 84
#define __NR_creat 85
#define __NR_link 86
#define __NR_unlink 87
#define __NR_symlink 88
#define __NR_readlink 89
#define __NR_chmod 90
#define __NR_fchmod 91
#define __NR_chown 92
#define __NR_fchown 93
#define __NR_lchown 94
#define __NR_umask 95
#define __NR_gettimeofday 96
#define __NR_getrlimit 97
#define __NR_getrusage 98
#define __NR_sysinfo 99
#define __NR_times 100
#define __NR_ptrace 101
#define __NR_getuid 102
#define __NR_syslog 103
#define __NR_getgid 104
#define __NR_setuid 105
#define __NR_setgid 106
#define __NR_geteuid 107
#define __NR_getegid 108
#define __NR_setpgid 109
#define __NR_getppid 110
#define __NR_getpgrp 111
#define __NR_setsid 112
#define __NR_setreuid 113
#define __NR_setregid 114
#define __NR_getgroups 115
#define __NR_setgroups 116
#define __NR_setresuid 117
#define __NR_getresuid 118
#define __NR_setresgid 119
#define __NR_getresgid 120
#define __NR_getpgid 121
#define __NR_setfsuid 122
#define __NR_setfsgid 123
#define __NR_getsid 124
#define __NR_capget 125
#define __NR_capset 126
#define __NR_rt_sigpending 127
#define __NR_rt_sigtimedwait 128
#define __NR_rt_sigqueueinfo 129
#define __NR_rt_sigsuspend 130
#define __NR_sigaltstack 131
#define __NR_utime 132
#define __NR_mknod 133
#define __NR_uselib 134
#define __NR_personality 135
#define __NR_ustat 136
#define __NR_statfs 137
#define __NR_fstatfs 138
#define __NR_sysfs 139
#define __NR_getpriority 140
#define __NR_setpriority 141
#define __NR_sched_setparam 142
#define __NR_sched_getparam 143
#define __NR_sched_setscheduler 144
#define __NR_sched_getscheduler 145
#define __NR_sched_get_priority_max 146
#define __NR_sched_get_priority_min 147
#define __NR_sched_rr_get_interval 148
#define __NR_mlock 149
#define __NR_munlock 150
#define __NR_mlockall 151
#define __NR_munlockall 152
#define __NR_vhangup 153
#define __NR_modify_ldt 154
#define __NR_pivot_root 155
#define __NR__sysctl 156
#define __NR_prctl 157
#define __NR_arch_prctl 158
#define __NR_adjtimex 159
#define __NR_setrlimit 160
#define __NR_chroot 161
#define __NR_sync 162
#define __NR_acct 163
#define __NR_settimeofday 164
#define __NR_mount 165
#define __NR_umount2 166
#define __NR_swapon 167
#define __NR_swapoff 168
#define __NR_reboot 169
#define __NR_sethostname 170
#define __NR_setdomainname 171
#define __NR_iopl 172
#define __NR_ioperm 173
#define __NR_create_module 174
#define __NR_init_module 175
#define __NR_delete_module 176
#define __NR_get_kernel_syms 177
#define __NR_query_module 178
#define __NR_quotactl 179
#define __NR_nfsservctl 180
#define __NR_getpmsg 181
#define __NR_putpmsg 182
#define __NR_afs_syscall 183
#define __NR_tuxcall 184
#define __NR_security 185
#define __NR_gettid 186
#define __NR_readahead 187
#define __NR_setxattr 188
#define __NR_lsetxattr 189
#define __NR_fsetxattr 190
#define __NR_getxattr 191
#define __NR_lgetxattr 192
#define __NR_fgetxattr 193
#define __NR_listxattr 194
#define __NR_llistxattr 195
#define __NR_flistxattr 196
#define __NR_removexattr 197
#define __NR_lremovexattr 198
#define __NR_fremovexattr 199
#define __NR_tkill 200
#define __NR_time 201
#define __NR_futex 202
#define __NR_sched_setaffinity 203
#define __NR_sched_getaffinity 204
#define __NR_set_thread_area 205
#define __NR_io_setup 206
#define __NR_io_destroy 207
#define __NR_io_getevents 208
#define __NR_io_submit 209
#define __NR_io_cancel 210
#define __NR_get_thread_area 211
#define __NR_lookup_dcookie 212
#define __NR_epoll_create 213
#define __NR_epoll_ctl_old 214
#define __NR_epoll_wait_old 215
#define __NR_remap_file_pages 216
#define __NR_getdents64 217
#define __NR_set_tid_address 218
#define __NR_restart_syscall 219
#define __NR_semtimedop 220
#define __NR_fadvise64 221
#define __NR_timer_create 222
#define __NR_timer_settime 223
#define __NR_timer_gettime 224
#define __NR_timer_getoverrun 225
#define __NR_timer_delete 226
#define __NR_clock_settime 227
#define __NR_clock_gettime 228
#define __NR_clock_getres 229
#define __NR_clock_nanosleep 230
#define __NR_exit_group 231
#define __NR_epoll_wait 232
#define __NR_epoll_ctl 233
#define __NR_tgkill 234
#define __NR_utimes 235
#define __NR_vserver 236
#define __NR_mbind 237
#define __NR_set_mempolicy 238
#define __NR_get_mempolicy 239
#define __NR_mq_open 240
#define __NR_mq_unlink 241
#define __NR_mq_timedsend 242
#define __NR_mq_timedreceive 243
#define __NR_mq_notify 244
#define __NR_mq_getsetattr 245
#define __NR_kexec_load 246
#define __NR_waitid 247
#define __NR_add_key 248
#define __NR_request_key 249
#define __NR_keyctl 250
#define __NR_ioprio_set 251
#define __NR_ioprio_get 252
#define __NR_inotify_init 253
#define __NR_inotify_add_watch 254
#define __NR_inotify_rm_watch 255
#define __NR_migrate_pages 256
#define __NR_openat 257
#define __NR_mkdirat 258
#define __NR_mknodat 259
#define __NR_fchownat 260
#define __NR_futimesat 261
#define __NR_newfstatat 262
#define __NR_unlinkat 263
#define __NR_renameat 264
#define __NR_linkat 265
#define __NR_symlinkat 266
#define __NR_readlinkat 267
#define __NR_fchmodat 268
#define __NR_faccessat 269
#define __NR_pselect6 270
#define __NR_ppoll 271
#define __NR_unshare 272
#define __NR_set_robust_list 273
#define __NR_get_robust_list 274
#define __NR_splice 275
#define __NR_tee 276
#define __NR_sync_file_range 277
#define __NR_vmsplice 278
#define __NR_move_pages 279
#define __NR_utimensat 280
#define __NR_epoll_pwait 281
#define __NR_signalfd 282
#define __NR_timerfd_create 283
#define __NR_eventfd 284
#define __NR_fallocate 285
#define __NR_timerfd_settime 286
#define __NR_timerfd_gettime 287
#define __NR_accept4 288
#define __NR_signalfd4 289
#define __NR_eventfd2 290
#define __NR_epoll_create1 291
#define __NR_dup3 292
#define __NR_pipe2 293
#define __NR_inotify_init1 294
#define __NR_preadv 295
#define __NR_pwritev 296
#define __NR_rt_tgsigqueueinfo 297
#define __NR_perf_event_open 298
#define __NR_recvmmsg 299
#define __NR_fanotify_init 300
#define __NR_fanotify_mark 301
#define __NR_prlimit64 302
#define __NR_name_to_handle_at 303
#define __NR_open_by_handle_at 304
#define __NR_clock_adjtime 305
#define __NR_syncfs 306
#define __NR_sendmmsg 307
#define __NR_setns 308
#define __NR_getcpu 309
#define __NR_process_vm_readv 310
#define __NR_process_vm_writev 311
#define __NR_kcmp 312
#define __NR_finit_module 313
#define __NR_sched_setattr 314
#define __NR_sched_getattr 315
#define __NR_renameat2 316
#define __NR_seccomp 317
#define __NR_getrandom 318
#define __NR_memfd_create 319
#define __NR_kexec_file_load 320
#define __NR_bpf 321
#define __NR_execveat 322
#define __NR_userfaultfd 323
#define __NR_membarrier 324
#define __NR_mlock2 325
#define __NR_copy_file_range 326
#define __NR_preadv2 327
#define __NR_pwritev2 328
#define __NR_pkey_mprotect 329
#define __NR_pkey_alloc 330
#define __NR_pkey_free 331
#define __NR_statx 332
#define __NR_io_pgetevents 333
#define __NR_rseq 334
#define __NR_pidfd_send_signal 424
#define __NR_io_uring_setup 425
#define __NR_io_uring_enter 426
#define __NR_io_uring_register 427
#define __NR_open_tree 428
#define __NR_move_mount 429
#define __NR_fsopen 430
#define __NR_fsconfig 431
#define __NR_fsmount 432
#define __NR_fspick 433
#define __NR_close_range 436
#define __NR_openat2 437
#define __NR_faccessat2 439

#endif /* _ASM_X86_UNISTD_64_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_MMAN_H
#define _ASM_X86_MMAN_H

#define MAP_32BIT	0x40		/* only give out 32bit addresses */

#ifdef CONFIG_X86_INTEL_MEMORY_PROTECTION_KEYS
/*
 * Take the 4 protection key bits out of the vma->vm_flags
 * value and turn them in to the bits that we can put in
 * to a pte.
 *
 * Only override these if Protection Keys are available
 * (which is only on 64-bit).
 */
#define arch_vm_get_page_prot(vm_flags)	__pgprot(	\
		((vm_flags) & VM_PKEY_BIT0 ? _PAGE_PKEY_BIT0 : 0) |	\
		((vm_flags) & VM_PKEY_BIT1 ? _PAGE_PKEY_BIT1 : 0) |	\
		((vm_flags) & VM_PKEY_BIT2 ? _PAGE_PKEY_BIT2 : 0) |	\
		((vm_flags) & VM_PKEY_BIT3 ? _PAGE_PKEY_BIT3 : 0))

#define arch_calc_vm_prot_bits(prot, key) (		\
		((key) & 0x1 ? VM_PKEY_BIT0 : 0) |      \
		((key) & 0x2 ? VM_PKEY_BIT1 : 0) |      \
		((key) & 0x4 ? VM_PKEY_BIT2 : 0) |      \
		((key) & 0x8 ? VM_PKEY_BIT3 : 0))
#endif

#include <asm-generic/mman.h>

#endif /* _ASM_X86_MMAN_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_SIGNAL_H
#define _ASM_X86_SIGNAL_H

#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/time.h>


/* Avoid too many header ordering problems.  */
struct siginfo;

/* Here we must cater to libcs that poke about in kernel headers.  */

#define NSIG		32
typedef unsigned long sigset_t;

#endif /* __ASSEMBLY__ */


#define SIGHUP		 1
#define SIGINT		 2
#define SIGQUIT		 3
#define SIGILL		 4
#define SIGTRAP		 5
#define SIGABRT		 6
#define SIGIOT		 6
#define SIGBUS		 7
#define SIGFPE		 8
#define SIGKILL		 9
#define SIGUSR1		10
#define SIGSEGV		11
#define SIGUSR2		12
#define SIGPIPE		13
#define SIGALRM		14
#define SIGTERM		15
#define SIGSTKFLT	16
#define SIGCHLD		17
#define SIGCONT		18
#define SIGSTOP		19
#define SIGTSTP		20
#define SIGTTIN		21
#define SIGTTOU		22
#define SIGURG		23
#define SIGXCPU		24
#define SIGXFSZ		25
#define SIGVTALRM	26
#define SIGPROF		27
#define SIGWINCH	28
#define SIGIO		29
#define SIGPOLL		SIGIO
/*
#define SIGLOST		29
*/
#define SIGPWR		30
#define SIGSYS		31
#define	SIGUNUSED	31

/* These should not be considered constants from userland.  */
#define SIGRTMIN	32
#define SIGRTMAX	_NSIG

/*
 * SA_FLAGS values:
 *
 * SA_ONSTACK indicates that a registered stack_t will be used.
 * SA_RESTART flag to get restarting signals (which were the default long ago)
 * SA_NOCLDSTOP flag to turn off SIGCHLD when children stop.
 * SA_RESETHAND clears the handler when the signal is delivered.
 * SA_NOCLDWAIT flag on SIGCHLD to inhibit zombies.
 * SA_NODEFER prevents the current signal from being masked in the handler.
 *
 * SA_ONESHOT and SA_NOMASK are the historical Linux names for the Single
 * Unix names RESETHAND and NODEFER respectively.
 */
#define SA_NOCLDSTOP	0x00000001u
#define SA_NOCLDWAIT	0x00000002u
#define SA_SIGINFO	0x00000004u
#define SA_ONSTACK	0x08000000u
#define SA_RESTART	0x10000000u
#define SA_NODEFER	0x40000000u
#define SA_RESETHAND	0x80000000u

#define SA_NOMASK	SA_NODEFER
#define SA_ONESHOT	SA_RESETHAND

#define SA_RESTORER	0x04000000

#define MINSIGSTKSZ	2048
#define SIGSTKSZ	8192

#include <asm-generic/signal-defs.h>

#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__


/* Here we must cater to libcs that poke about in kernel headers.  */
#ifdef __i386__

struct sigaction {
	union {
	  __sighandler_t _sa_handler;
	  void (*_sa_sigaction)(int, struct siginfo *, void *);
	} _u;
	sigset_t sa_mask;
	unsigned long sa_flags;
	void (*sa_restorer)(void);
};

#define sa_handler	_u._sa_handler
#define sa_sigaction	_u._sa_sigaction

#else /* __i386__ */

struct sigaction {
	__sighandler_t sa_handler;
	unsigned long sa_flags;
	__sigrestore_t sa_restorer;
	sigset_t sa_mask;		/* mask last for extensibility */
};

#endif /* !__i386__ */

typedef struct sigaltstack {
	void *ss_sp;
	int ss_flags;
	size_t ss_size;
} stack_t;

#endif /* __ASSEMBLY__ */

#endif /* _ASM_X86_SIGNAL_H */
#include <asm-generic/errno.h>
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_AUXVEC_H
#define _ASM_X86_AUXVEC_H
/*
 * Architecture-neutral AT_ values in 0-17, leave some room
 * for more of them, start the x86-specific ones at 32.
 */
#ifdef __i386__
#define AT_SYSINFO		32
#endif
#define AT_SYSINFO_EHDR		33

/* entries in ARCH_DLINFO: */
#if defined(CONFIG_IA32_EMULATION) || !defined(CONFIG_X86_64)
# define AT_VECTOR_SIZE_ARCH 3
# define ORIG_AT_VECTOR_SIZE_ARCH 2
#else /* else it's non-compat x86-64 */
# define AT_VECTOR_SIZE_ARCH 2
# define ORIG_AT_VECTOR_SIZE_ARCH 1
#endif

#endif /* _ASM_X86_AUXVEC_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */

#ifndef _ASM_X86_AMD_HSMP_H_
#define _ASM_X86_AMD_HSMP_H_

#include <linux/types.h>

#pragma pack(4)

#define HSMP_MAX_MSG_LEN 8

/*
 * HSMP Messages supported
 */
enum hsmp_message_ids {
	HSMP_TEST = 1,			/* 01h Increments input value by 1 */
	HSMP_GET_SMU_VER,		/* 02h SMU FW version */
	HSMP_GET_PROTO_VER,		/* 03h HSMP interface version */
	HSMP_GET_SOCKET_POWER,		/* 04h average package power consumption */
	HSMP_SET_SOCKET_POWER_LIMIT,	/* 05h Set the socket power limit */
	HSMP_GET_SOCKET_POWER_LIMIT,	/* 06h Get current socket power limit */
	HSMP_GET_SOCKET_POWER_LIMIT_MAX,/* 07h Get maximum socket power value */
	HSMP_SET_BOOST_LIMIT,		/* 08h Set a core maximum frequency limit */
	HSMP_SET_BOOST_LIMIT_SOCKET,	/* 09h Set socket maximum frequency level */
	HSMP_GET_BOOST_LIMIT,		/* 0Ah Get current frequency limit */
	HSMP_GET_PROC_HOT,		/* 0Bh Get PROCHOT status */
	HSMP_SET_XGMI_LINK_WIDTH,	/* 0Ch Set max and min width of xGMI Link */
	HSMP_SET_DF_PSTATE,		/* 0Dh Alter APEnable/Disable messages behavior */
	HSMP_SET_AUTO_DF_PSTATE,	/* 0Eh Enable DF P-State Performance Boost algorithm */
	HSMP_GET_FCLK_MCLK,		/* 0Fh Get FCLK and MEMCLK for current socket */
	HSMP_GET_CCLK_THROTTLE_LIMIT,	/* 10h Get CCLK frequency limit in socket */
	HSMP_GET_C0_PERCENT,		/* 11h Get average C0 residency in socket */
	HSMP_SET_NBIO_DPM_LEVEL,	/* 12h Set max/min LCLK DPM Level for a given NBIO */
	HSMP_GET_NBIO_DPM_LEVEL,	/* 13h Get LCLK DPM level min and max for a given NBIO */
	HSMP_GET_DDR_BANDWIDTH,		/* 14h Get theoretical maximum and current DDR Bandwidth */
	HSMP_GET_TEMP_MONITOR,		/* 15h Get socket temperature */
	HSMP_GET_DIMM_TEMP_RANGE,	/* 16h Get per-DIMM temperature range and refresh rate */
	HSMP_GET_DIMM_POWER,		/* 17h Get per-DIMM power consumption */
	HSMP_GET_DIMM_THERMAL,		/* 18h Get per-DIMM thermal sensors */
	HSMP_GET_SOCKET_FREQ_LIMIT,	/* 19h Get current active frequency per socket */
	HSMP_GET_CCLK_CORE_LIMIT,	/* 1Ah Get CCLK frequency limit per core */
	HSMP_GET_RAILS_SVI,		/* 1Bh Get SVI-based Telemetry for all rails */
	HSMP_GET_SOCKET_FMAX_FMIN,	/* 1Ch Get Fmax and Fmin per socket */
	HSMP_GET_IOLINK_BANDWITH,	/* 1Dh Get current bandwidth on IO Link */
	HSMP_GET_XGMI_BANDWITH,		/* 1Eh Get current bandwidth on xGMI Link */
	HSMP_SET_GMI3_WIDTH,		/* 1Fh Set max and min GMI3 Link width */
	HSMP_SET_PCI_RATE,		/* 20h Control link rate on PCIe devices */
	HSMP_SET_POWER_MODE,		/* 21h Select power efficiency profile policy */
	HSMP_SET_PSTATE_MAX_MIN,	/* 22h Set the max and min DF P-State  */
	HSMP_MSG_ID_MAX,
};

struct hsmp_message {
	__u32	msg_id;			/* Message ID */
	__u16	num_args;		/* Number of input argument words in message */
	__u16	response_sz;		/* Number of expected output/response words */
	__u32	args[HSMP_MAX_MSG_LEN];	/* argument/response buffer */
	__u16	sock_ind;		/* socket number */
};

enum hsmp_msg_type {
	HSMP_RSVD = -1,
	HSMP_SET  = 0,
	HSMP_GET  = 1,
};

struct hsmp_msg_desc {
	int num_args;
	int response_sz;
	enum hsmp_msg_type type;
};

/*
 * User may use these comments as reference, please find the
 * supported list of messages and message definition in the
 * HSMP chapter of respective family/model PPR.
 *
 * Not supported messages would return -ENOMSG.
 */
static const struct hsmp_msg_desc hsmp_msg_desc_table[] = {
	/* RESERVED */
	{0, 0, HSMP_RSVD},

	/*
	 * HSMP_TEST, num_args = 1, response_sz = 1
	 * input:  args[0] = xx
	 * output: args[0] = xx + 1
	 */
	{1, 1, HSMP_GET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_GET_SMU_VER, num_args = 0, response_sz = 1
	 * output: args[0] = smu fw ver
	 */
	{0, 1, HSMP_GET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_GET_PROTO_VER, num_args = 0, response_sz = 1
	 * output: args[0] = proto version
	 */
	{0, 1, HSMP_GET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_GET_SOCKET_POWER, num_args = 0, response_sz = 1
	 * output: args[0] = socket power in mWatts
	 */
	{0, 1, HSMP_GET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_SET_SOCKET_POWER_LIMIT, num_args = 1, response_sz = 0
	 * input: args[0] = power limit value in mWatts
	 */
	{1, 0, HSMP_SET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_GET_SOCKET_POWER_LIMIT, num_args = 0, response_sz = 1
	 * output: args[0] = socket power limit value in mWatts
	 */
	{0, 1, HSMP_GET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_GET_SOCKET_POWER_LIMIT_MAX, num_args = 0, response_sz = 1
	 * output: args[0] = maximuam socket power limit in mWatts
	 */
	{0, 1, HSMP_GET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_SET_BOOST_LIMIT, num_args = 1, response_sz = 0
	 * input: args[0] = apic id[31:16] + boost limit value in MHz[15:0]
	 */
	{1, 0, HSMP_SET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_SET_BOOST_LIMIT_SOCKET, num_args = 1, response_sz = 0
	 * input: args[0] = boost limit value in MHz
	 */
	{1, 0, HSMP_SET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_GET_BOOST_LIMIT, num_args = 1, response_sz = 1
	 * input: args[0] = apic id
	 * output: args[0] = boost limit value in MHz
	 */
	{1, 1, HSMP_GET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_GET_PROC_HOT, num_args = 0, response_sz = 1
	 * output: args[0] = proc hot status
	 */
	{0, 1, HSMP_GET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_SET_XGMI_LINK_WIDTH, num_args = 1, response_sz = 0
	 * input: args[0] = min link width[15:8] + max link width[7:0]
	 */
	{1, 0, HSMP_SET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_SET_DF_PSTATE, num_args = 1, response_sz = 0
	 * input: args[0] = df pstate[7:0]
	 */
	{1, 0, HSMP_SET},

	/* HSMP_SET_AUTO_DF_PSTATE, num_args = 0, response_sz = 0 */
	{0, 0, HSMP_SET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_GET_FCLK_MCLK, num_args = 0, response_sz = 2
	 * output: args[0] = fclk in MHz, args[1] = mclk in MHz
	 */
	{0, 2, HSMP_GET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_GET_CCLK_THROTTLE_LIMIT, num_args = 0, response_sz = 1
	 * output: args[0] = core clock in MHz
	 */
	{0, 1, HSMP_GET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_GET_C0_PERCENT, num_args = 0, response_sz = 1
	 * output: args[0] = average c0 residency
	 */
	{0, 1, HSMP_GET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_SET_NBIO_DPM_LEVEL, num_args = 1, response_sz = 0
	 * input: args[0] = nbioid[23:16] + max dpm level[15:8] + min dpm level[7:0]
	 */
	{1, 0, HSMP_SET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_GET_NBIO_DPM_LEVEL, num_args = 1, response_sz = 1
	 * input: args[0] = nbioid[23:16]
	 * output: args[0] = max dpm level[15:8] + min dpm level[7:0]
	 */
	{1, 1, HSMP_GET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_GET_DDR_BANDWIDTH, num_args = 0, response_sz = 1
	 * output: args[0] = max bw in Gbps[31:20] + utilised bw in Gbps[19:8] +
	 * bw in percentage[7:0]
	 */
	{0, 1, HSMP_GET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_GET_TEMP_MONITOR, num_args = 0, response_sz = 1
	 * output: args[0] = temperature in degree celsius. [15:8] integer part +
	 * [7:5] fractional part
	 */
	{0, 1, HSMP_GET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_GET_DIMM_TEMP_RANGE, num_args = 1, response_sz = 1
	 * input: args[0] = DIMM address[7:0]
	 * output: args[0] = refresh rate[3] + temperature range[2:0]
	 */
	{1, 1, HSMP_GET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_GET_DIMM_POWER, num_args = 1, response_sz = 1
	 * input: args[0] = DIMM address[7:0]
	 * output: args[0] = DIMM power in mW[31:17] + update rate in ms[16:8] +
	 * DIMM address[7:0]
	 */
	{1, 1, HSMP_GET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_GET_DIMM_THERMAL, num_args = 1, response_sz = 1
	 * input: args[0] = DIMM address[7:0]
	 * output: args[0] = temperature in degree celcius[31:21] + update rate in ms[16:8] +
	 * DIMM address[7:0]
	 */
	{1, 1, HSMP_GET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_GET_SOCKET_FREQ_LIMIT, num_args = 0, response_sz = 1
	 * output: args[0] = frequency in MHz[31:16] + frequency source[15:0]
	 */
	{0, 1, HSMP_GET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_GET_CCLK_CORE_LIMIT, num_args = 1, response_sz = 1
	 * input: args[0] = apic id [31:0]
	 * output: args[0] = frequency in MHz[31:0]
	 */
	{1, 1, HSMP_GET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_GET_RAILS_SVI, num_args = 0, response_sz = 1
	 * output: args[0] = power in mW[31:0]
	 */
	{0, 1, HSMP_GET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_GET_SOCKET_FMAX_FMIN, num_args = 0, response_sz = 1
	 * output: args[0] = fmax in MHz[31:16] + fmin in MHz[15:0]
	 */
	{0, 1, HSMP_GET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_GET_IOLINK_BANDWITH, num_args = 1, response_sz = 1
	 * input: args[0] = link id[15:8] + bw type[2:0]
	 * output: args[0] = io bandwidth in Mbps[31:0]
	 */
	{1, 1, HSMP_GET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_GET_XGMI_BANDWITH, num_args = 1, response_sz = 1
	 * input: args[0] = link id[15:8] + bw type[2:0]
	 * output: args[0] = xgmi bandwidth in Mbps[31:0]
	 */
	{1, 1, HSMP_GET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_SET_GMI3_WIDTH, num_args = 1, response_sz = 0
	 * input: args[0] = min link width[15:8] + max link width[7:0]
	 */
	{1, 0, HSMP_SET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_SET_PCI_RATE, num_args = 1, response_sz = 1
	 * input: args[0] = link rate control value
	 * output: args[0] = previous link rate control value
	 */
	{1, 1, HSMP_SET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_SET_POWER_MODE, num_args = 1, response_sz = 0
	 * input: args[0] = power efficiency mode[2:0]
	 */
	{1, 0, HSMP_SET},

	/*
	 * HSMP_SET_PSTATE_MAX_MIN, num_args = 1, response_sz = 0
	 * input: args[0] = min df pstate[15:8] + max df pstate[7:0]
	 */
	{1, 0, HSMP_SET},
};

/* Reset to default packing */
#pragma pack()

/* Define unique ioctl command for hsmp msgs using generic _IOWR */
#define HSMP_BASE_IOCTL_NR	0xF8
#define HSMP_IOCTL_CMD		_IOWR(HSMP_BASE_IOCTL_NR, 0, struct hsmp_message)

#endif /*_ASM_X86_AMD_HSMP_H_*/
#include <asm-generic/ipcbuf.h>
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_SIGINFO_H
#define _ASM_X86_SIGINFO_H

#ifdef __x86_64__
# ifdef __ILP32__ /* x32 */
typedef long long __kernel_si_clock_t __attribute__((aligned(4)));
#  define __ARCH_SI_CLOCK_T		__kernel_si_clock_t
#  define __ARCH_SI_ATTRIBUTES		__attribute__((aligned(8)))
# endif
#endif

#include <asm-generic/siginfo.h>

#endif /* _ASM_X86_SIGINFO_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_SIGCONTEXT_H
#define _ASM_X86_SIGCONTEXT_H

/*
 * Linux signal context definitions. The sigcontext includes a complex
 * hierarchy of CPU and FPU state, available to user-space (on the stack) when
 * a signal handler is executed.
 *
 * As over the years this ABI grew from its very simple roots towards
 * supporting more and more CPU state organically, some of the details (which
 * were rather clever hacks back in the days) became a bit quirky by today.
 *
 * The current ABI includes flexible provisions for future extensions, so we
 * won't have to grow new quirks for quite some time. Promise!
 */


#include <linux/types.h>

#define FP_XSTATE_MAGIC1		0x46505853U
#define FP_XSTATE_MAGIC2		0x46505845U
#define FP_XSTATE_MAGIC2_SIZE		sizeof(FP_XSTATE_MAGIC2)

/*
 * Bytes 464..511 in the current 512-byte layout of the FXSAVE/FXRSTOR frame
 * are reserved for SW usage. On CPUs supporting XSAVE/XRSTOR, these bytes are
 * used to extend the fpstate pointer in the sigcontext, which now includes the
 * extended state information along with fpstate information.
 *
 * If sw_reserved.magic1 == FP_XSTATE_MAGIC1 then there's a
 * sw_reserved.extended_size bytes large extended context area present. (The
 * last 32-bit word of this extended area (at the
 * fpstate+extended_size-FP_XSTATE_MAGIC2_SIZE address) is set to
 * FP_XSTATE_MAGIC2 so that you can sanity check your size calculations.)
 *
 * This extended area typically grows with newer CPUs that have larger and
 * larger XSAVE areas.
 */
struct _fpx_sw_bytes {
	/*
	 * If set to FP_XSTATE_MAGIC1 then this is an xstate context.
	 * 0 if a legacy frame.
	 */
	__u32				magic1;

	/*
	 * Total size of the fpstate area:
	 *
	 *  - if magic1 == 0 then it's sizeof(struct _fpstate)
	 *  - if magic1 == FP_XSTATE_MAGIC1 then it's sizeof(struct _xstate)
	 *    plus extensions (if any)
	 */
	__u32				extended_size;

	/*
	 * Feature bit mask (including FP/SSE/extended state) that is present
	 * in the memory layout:
	 */
	__u64				xfeatures;

	/*
	 * Actual XSAVE state size, based on the xfeatures saved in the layout.
	 * 'extended_size' is greater than 'xstate_size':
	 */
	__u32				xstate_size;

	/* For future use: */
	__u32				padding[7];
};

/*
 * As documented in the iBCS2 standard:
 *
 * The first part of "struct _fpstate" is just the normal i387 hardware setup,
 * the extra "status" word is used to save the coprocessor status word before
 * entering the handler.
 *
 * The FPU state data structure has had to grow to accommodate the extended FPU
 * state required by the Streaming SIMD Extensions.  There is no documented
 * standard to accomplish this at the moment.
 */

/* 10-byte legacy floating point register: */
struct _fpreg {
	__u16				significand[4];
	__u16				exponent;
};

/* 16-byte floating point register: */
struct _fpxreg {
	__u16				significand[4];
	__u16				exponent;
	__u16				padding[3];
};

/* 16-byte XMM register: */
struct _xmmreg {
	__u32				element[4];
};

#define X86_FXSR_MAGIC			0x0000

/*
 * The 32-bit FPU frame:
 */
struct _fpstate_32 {
	/* Legacy FPU environment: */
	__u32				cw;
	__u32				sw;
	__u32				tag;
	__u32				ipoff;
	__u32				cssel;
	__u32				dataoff;
	__u32				datasel;
	struct _fpreg			_st[8];
	__u16				status;
	__u16				magic;		/* 0xffff: regular FPU data only */
							/* 0x0000: FXSR FPU data */

	/* FXSR FPU environment */
	__u32				_fxsr_env[6];	/* FXSR FPU env is ignored */
	__u32				mxcsr;
	__u32				reserved;
	struct _fpxreg			_fxsr_st[8];	/* FXSR FPU reg data is ignored */
	struct _xmmreg			_xmm[8];	/* First 8 XMM registers */
	union {
		__u32			padding1[44];	/* Second 8 XMM registers plus padding */
		__u32			padding[44];	/* Alias name for old user-space */
	};

	union {
		__u32			padding2[12];
		struct _fpx_sw_bytes	sw_reserved;	/* Potential extended state is encoded here */
	};
};

/*
 * The 64-bit FPU frame. (FXSAVE format and later)
 *
 * Note1: If sw_reserved.magic1 == FP_XSTATE_MAGIC1 then the structure is
 *        larger: 'struct _xstate'. Note that 'struct _xstate' embedds
 *        'struct _fpstate' so that you can always assume the _fpstate portion
 *        exists so that you can check the magic value.
 *
 * Note2: Reserved fields may someday contain valuable data. Always
 *	  save/restore them when you change signal frames.
 */
struct _fpstate_64 {
	__u16				cwd;
	__u16				swd;
	/* Note this is not the same as the 32-bit/x87/FSAVE twd: */
	__u16				twd;
	__u16				fop;
	__u64				rip;
	__u64				rdp;
	__u32				mxcsr;
	__u32				mxcsr_mask;
	__u32				st_space[32];	/*  8x  FP registers, 16 bytes each */
	__u32				xmm_space[64];	/* 16x XMM registers, 16 bytes each */
	__u32				reserved2[12];
	union {
		__u32			reserved3[12];
		struct _fpx_sw_bytes	sw_reserved;	/* Potential extended state is encoded here */
	};
};

#ifdef __i386__
# define _fpstate _fpstate_32
#else
# define _fpstate _fpstate_64
#endif

struct _header {
	__u64				xfeatures;
	__u64				reserved1[2];
	__u64				reserved2[5];
};

struct _ymmh_state {
	/* 16x YMM registers, 16 bytes each: */
	__u32				ymmh_space[64];
};

/*
 * Extended state pointed to by sigcontext::fpstate.
 *
 * In addition to the fpstate, information encoded in _xstate::xstate_hdr
 * indicates the presence of other extended state information supported
 * by the CPU and kernel:
 */
struct _xstate {
	struct _fpstate			fpstate;
	struct _header			xstate_hdr;
	struct _ymmh_state		ymmh;
	/* New processor state extensions go here: */
};

/*
 * The 32-bit signal frame:
 */
struct sigcontext_32 {
	__u16				gs, __gsh;
	__u16				fs, __fsh;
	__u16				es, __esh;
	__u16				ds, __dsh;
	__u32				di;
	__u32				si;
	__u32				bp;
	__u32				sp;
	__u32				bx;
	__u32				dx;
	__u32				cx;
	__u32				ax;
	__u32				trapno;
	__u32				err;
	__u32				ip;
	__u16				cs, __csh;
	__u32				flags;
	__u32				sp_at_signal;
	__u16				ss, __ssh;

	/*
	 * fpstate is really (struct _fpstate *) or (struct _xstate *)
	 * depending on the FP_XSTATE_MAGIC1 encoded in the SW reserved
	 * bytes of (struct _fpstate) and FP_XSTATE_MAGIC2 present at the end
	 * of extended memory layout. See comments at the definition of
	 * (struct _fpx_sw_bytes)
	 */
	__u32				fpstate; /* Zero when no FPU/extended context */
	__u32				oldmask;
	__u32				cr2;
};

/*
 * The 64-bit signal frame:
 */
struct sigcontext_64 {
	__u64				r8;
	__u64				r9;
	__u64				r10;
	__u64				r11;
	__u64				r12;
	__u64				r13;
	__u64				r14;
	__u64				r15;
	__u64				di;
	__u64				si;
	__u64				bp;
	__u64				bx;
	__u64				dx;
	__u64				ax;
	__u64				cx;
	__u64				sp;
	__u64				ip;
	__u64				flags;
	__u16				cs;
	__u16				gs;
	__u16				fs;
	__u16				ss;
	__u64				err;
	__u64				trapno;
	__u64				oldmask;
	__u64				cr2;

	/*
	 * fpstate is really (struct _fpstate *) or (struct _xstate *)
	 * depending on the FP_XSTATE_MAGIC1 encoded in the SW reserved
	 * bytes of (struct _fpstate) and FP_XSTATE_MAGIC2 present at the end
	 * of extended memory layout. See comments at the definition of
	 * (struct _fpx_sw_bytes)
	 */
	__u64				fpstate; /* Zero when no FPU/extended context */
	__u64				reserved1[8];
};

/*
 * Create the real 'struct sigcontext' type:
 */

/*
 * The old user-space sigcontext definition, just in case user-space still
 * relies on it. The kernel definition (in asm/sigcontext.h) has unified
 * field names but otherwise the same layout.
 */

#define _fpstate_ia32			_fpstate_32
#define sigcontext_ia32			sigcontext_32


# ifdef __i386__
struct sigcontext {
	__u16				gs, __gsh;
	__u16				fs, __fsh;
	__u16				es, __esh;
	__u16				ds, __dsh;
	__u32				edi;
	__u32				esi;
	__u32				ebp;
	__u32				esp;
	__u32				ebx;
	__u32				edx;
	__u32				ecx;
	__u32				eax;
	__u32				trapno;
	__u32				err;
	__u32				eip;
	__u16				cs, __csh;
	__u32				eflags;
	__u32				esp_at_signal;
	__u16				ss, __ssh;
	struct _fpstate 	*fpstate;
	__u32				oldmask;
	__u32				cr2;
};
# else /* __x86_64__: */
struct sigcontext {
	__u64				r8;
	__u64				r9;
	__u64				r10;
	__u64				r11;
	__u64				r12;
	__u64				r13;
	__u64				r14;
	__u64				r15;
	__u64				rdi;
	__u64				rsi;
	__u64				rbp;
	__u64				rbx;
	__u64				rdx;
	__u64				rax;
	__u64				rcx;
	__u64				rsp;
	__u64				rip;
	__u64				eflags;		/* RFLAGS */
	__u16				cs;

	/*
	 * Prior to 2.5.64 ("[PATCH] x86-64 updates for 2.5.64-bk3"),
	 * Linux saved and restored fs and gs in these slots.  This
	 * was counterproductive, as fsbase and gsbase were never
	 * saved, so arch_prctl was presumably unreliable.
	 *
	 * These slots should never be reused without extreme caution:
	 *
	 *  - Some DOSEMU versions stash fs and gs in these slots manually,
	 *    thus overwriting anything the kernel expects to be preserved
	 *    in these slots.
	 *
	 *  - If these slots are ever needed for any other purpose,
	 *    there is some risk that very old 64-bit binaries could get
	 *    confused.  I doubt that many such binaries still work,
	 *    though, since the same patch in 2.5.64 also removed the
	 *    64-bit set_thread_area syscall, so it appears that there
	 *    is no TLS API beyond modify_ldt that works in both pre-
	 *    and post-2.5.64 kernels.
	 *
	 * If the kernel ever adds explicit fs, gs, fsbase, and gsbase
	 * save/restore, it will most likely need to be opt-in and use
	 * different context slots.
	 */
	__u16				gs;
	__u16				fs;
	union {
		__u16			ss;	/* If UC_SIGCONTEXT_SS */
		__u16			__pad0;	/* Alias name for old (!UC_SIGCONTEXT_SS) user-space */
	};
	__u64				err;
	__u64				trapno;
	__u64				oldmask;
	__u64				cr2;
	struct _fpstate 	*fpstate;	/* Zero when no FPU context */
#  ifdef __ILP32__
	__u32				__fpstate_pad;
#  endif
	__u64				reserved1[8];
};
# endif /* __x86_64__ */

#endif /* _ASM_X86_SIGCONTEXT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_SWAB_H
#define _ASM_X86_SWAB_H

#include <linux/types.h>


static __inline__  __u32 __arch_swab32(__u32 val)
{
	__asm__("bswapl %0" : "=r" (val) : "0" (val));
	return val;
}
#define __arch_swab32 __arch_swab32

static __inline__  __u64 __arch_swab64(__u64 val)
{
#ifdef __i386__
	union {
		struct {
			__u32 a;
			__u32 b;
		} s;
		__u64 u;
	} v;
	v.u = val;
	__asm__("bswapl %0 ; bswapl %1 ; xchgl %0,%1"
	    : "=r" (v.s.a), "=r" (v.s.b)
	    : "0" (v.s.a), "1" (v.s.b));
	return v.u;
#else /* __i386__ */
	__asm__("bswapq %0" : "=r" (val) : "0" (val));
	return val;
#endif
}
#define __arch_swab64 __arch_swab64

#endif /* _ASM_X86_SWAB_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Include file for the interface to IST BIOS
 * Copyright 2002 Andy Grover <andrew.grover@intel.com>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
 * Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
 * later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
 * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 * General Public License for more details.
 */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_IST_H
#define _ASM_X86_IST_H



#include <linux/types.h>

struct ist_info {
	__u32 signature;
	__u32 command;
	__u32 event;
	__u32 perf_level;
};

#endif /* _ASM_X86_IST_H */
#include <asm-generic/ioctls.h>
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_STAT_H
#define _ASM_X86_STAT_H

#include <asm/posix_types.h>

#define STAT_HAVE_NSEC 1

#ifdef __i386__
struct stat {
	unsigned long  st_dev;
	unsigned long  st_ino;
	unsigned short st_mode;
	unsigned short st_nlink;
	unsigned short st_uid;
	unsigned short st_gid;
	unsigned long  st_rdev;
	unsigned long  st_size;
	unsigned long  st_blksize;
	unsigned long  st_blocks;
	unsigned long  st_atime;
	unsigned long  st_atime_nsec;
	unsigned long  st_mtime;
	unsigned long  st_mtime_nsec;
	unsigned long  st_ctime;
	unsigned long  st_ctime_nsec;
	unsigned long  __unused4;
	unsigned long  __unused5;
};

/* We don't need to memset the whole thing just to initialize the padding */
#define INIT_STRUCT_STAT_PADDING(st) do {	\
	st.__unused4 = 0;			\
	st.__unused5 = 0;			\
} while (0)

#define STAT64_HAS_BROKEN_ST_INO	1

/* This matches struct stat64 in glibc2.1, hence the absolutely
 * insane amounts of padding around dev_t's.
 */
struct stat64 {
	unsigned long long	st_dev;
	unsigned char	__pad0[4];

	unsigned long	__st_ino;

	unsigned int	st_mode;
	unsigned int	st_nlink;

	unsigned long	st_uid;
	unsigned long	st_gid;

	unsigned long long	st_rdev;
	unsigned char	__pad3[4];

	long long	st_size;
	unsigned long	st_blksize;

	/* Number 512-byte blocks allocated. */
	unsigned long long	st_blocks;

	unsigned long	st_atime;
	unsigned long	st_atime_nsec;

	unsigned long	st_mtime;
	unsigned int	st_mtime_nsec;

	unsigned long	st_ctime;
	unsigned long	st_ctime_nsec;

	unsigned long long	st_ino;
};

/* We don't need to memset the whole thing just to initialize the padding */
#define INIT_STRUCT_STAT64_PADDING(st) do {		\
	memset(&st.__pad0, 0, sizeof(st.__pad0));	\
	memset(&st.__pad3, 0, sizeof(st.__pad3));	\
} while (0)

#else /* __i386__ */

struct stat {
	__kernel_ulong_t	st_dev;
	__kernel_ulong_t	st_ino;
	__kernel_ulong_t	st_nlink;

	unsigned int		st_mode;
	unsigned int		st_uid;
	unsigned int		st_gid;
	unsigned int		__pad0;
	__kernel_ulong_t	st_rdev;
	__kernel_long_t		st_size;
	__kernel_long_t		st_blksize;
	__kernel_long_t		st_blocks;	/* Number 512-byte blocks allocated. */

	__kernel_ulong_t	st_atime;
	__kernel_ulong_t	st_atime_nsec;
	__kernel_ulong_t	st_mtime;
	__kernel_ulong_t	st_mtime_nsec;
	__kernel_ulong_t	st_ctime;
	__kernel_ulong_t	st_ctime_nsec;
	__kernel_long_t		__unused[3];
};

/* We don't need to memset the whole thing just to initialize the padding */
#define INIT_STRUCT_STAT_PADDING(st) do {	\
	st.__pad0 = 0;				\
	st.__unused[0] = 0;			\
	st.__unused[1] = 0;			\
	st.__unused[2] = 0;			\
} while (0)

#endif

/* for 32bit emulation and 32 bit kernels */
struct __old_kernel_stat {
	unsigned short st_dev;
	unsigned short st_ino;
	unsigned short st_mode;
	unsigned short st_nlink;
	unsigned short st_uid;
	unsigned short st_gid;
	unsigned short st_rdev;
#ifdef __i386__
	unsigned long  st_size;
	unsigned long  st_atime;
	unsigned long  st_mtime;
	unsigned long  st_ctime;
#else
	unsigned int  st_size;
	unsigned int  st_atime;
	unsigned int  st_mtime;
	unsigned int  st_ctime;
#endif
};

#endif /* _ASM_X86_STAT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * ldt.h
 *
 * Definitions of structures used with the modify_ldt system call.
 */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_LDT_H
#define _ASM_X86_LDT_H

/* Maximum number of LDT entries supported. */
#define LDT_ENTRIES	8192
/* The size of each LDT entry. */
#define LDT_ENTRY_SIZE	8

#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__
/*
 * Note on 64bit base and limit is ignored and you cannot set DS/ES/CS
 * not to the default values if you still want to do syscalls. This
 * call is more for 32bit mode therefore.
 */
struct user_desc {
	unsigned int  entry_number;
	unsigned int  base_addr;
	unsigned int  limit;
	unsigned int  seg_32bit:1;
	unsigned int  contents:2;
	unsigned int  read_exec_only:1;
	unsigned int  limit_in_pages:1;
	unsigned int  seg_not_present:1;
	unsigned int  useable:1;
#ifdef __x86_64__
	/*
	 * Because this bit is not present in 32-bit user code, user
	 * programs can pass uninitialized values here.  Therefore, in
	 * any context in which a user_desc comes from a 32-bit program,
	 * the kernel must act as though lm == 0, regardless of the
	 * actual value.
	 */
	unsigned int  lm:1;
#endif
};

#define MODIFY_LDT_CONTENTS_DATA	0
#define MODIFY_LDT_CONTENTS_STACK	1
#define MODIFY_LDT_CONTENTS_CODE	2

#endif /* !__ASSEMBLY__ */
#endif /* _ASM_X86_LDT_H */
#include <asm-generic/poll.h>
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_PTRACE_ABI_H
#define _ASM_X86_PTRACE_ABI_H

#ifdef __i386__

#define EBX 0
#define ECX 1
#define EDX 2
#define ESI 3
#define EDI 4
#define EBP 5
#define EAX 6
#define DS 7
#define ES 8
#define FS 9
#define GS 10
#define ORIG_EAX 11
#define EIP 12
#define CS  13
#define EFL 14
#define UESP 15
#define SS   16
#define FRAME_SIZE 17

#else /* __i386__ */

#if defined(__ASSEMBLY__) || defined(__FRAME_OFFSETS)
/*
 * C ABI says these regs are callee-preserved. They aren't saved on kernel entry
 * unless syscall needs a complete, fully filled "struct pt_regs".
 */
#define R15 0
#define R14 8
#define R13 16
#define R12 24
#define RBP 32
#define RBX 40
/* These regs are callee-clobbered. Always saved on kernel entry. */
#define R11 48
#define R10 56
#define R9 64
#define R8 72
#define RAX 80
#define RCX 88
#define RDX 96
#define RSI 104
#define RDI 112
/*
 * On syscall entry, this is syscall#. On CPU exception, this is error code.
 * On hw interrupt, it's IRQ number:
 */
#define ORIG_RAX 120
/* Return frame for iretq */
#define RIP 128
#define CS 136
#define EFLAGS 144
#define RSP 152
#define SS 160
#endif /* __ASSEMBLY__ */

/* top of stack page */
#define FRAME_SIZE 168

#endif /* !__i386__ */

/* Arbitrarily choose the same ptrace numbers as used by the Sparc code. */
#define PTRACE_GETREGS            12
#define PTRACE_SETREGS            13
#define PTRACE_GETFPREGS          14
#define PTRACE_SETFPREGS          15
#define PTRACE_GETFPXREGS         18
#define PTRACE_SETFPXREGS         19

#define PTRACE_OLDSETOPTIONS      21

/* only useful for access 32bit programs / kernels */
#define PTRACE_GET_THREAD_AREA    25
#define PTRACE_SET_THREAD_AREA    26

#ifdef __x86_64__
# define PTRACE_ARCH_PRCTL	  30
#endif

#define PTRACE_SYSEMU		  31
#define PTRACE_SYSEMU_SINGLESTEP  32

#define PTRACE_SINGLEBLOCK	33	/* resume execution until next branch */

#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__
#include <linux/types.h>
#endif

#endif /* _ASM_X86_PTRACE_ABI_H */
/* */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
# ifdef __i386__
#  include <asm/posix_types_32.h>
# elif defined(__ILP32__)
#  include <asm/posix_types_x32.h>
# else
#  include <asm/posix_types_64.h>
# endif
#include <asm-generic/termbits.h>
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_POSIX_TYPES_64_H
#define _ASM_X86_POSIX_TYPES_64_H

/*
 * This file is generally used by user-level software, so you need to
 * be a little careful about namespace pollution etc.  Also, we cannot
 * assume GCC is being used.
 */

typedef unsigned short __kernel_old_uid_t;
typedef unsigned short __kernel_old_gid_t;
#define __kernel_old_uid_t __kernel_old_uid_t

typedef unsigned long	__kernel_old_dev_t;
#define __kernel_old_dev_t __kernel_old_dev_t

#include <asm-generic/posix_types.h>

#endif /* _ASM_X86_POSIX_TYPES_64_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_PRCTL_H
#define _ASM_X86_PRCTL_H

#define ARCH_SET_GS			0x1001
#define ARCH_SET_FS			0x1002
#define ARCH_GET_FS			0x1003
#define ARCH_GET_GS			0x1004

#define ARCH_GET_CPUID			0x1011
#define ARCH_SET_CPUID			0x1012

#define ARCH_GET_XCOMP_SUPP		0x1021
#define ARCH_GET_XCOMP_PERM		0x1022
#define ARCH_REQ_XCOMP_PERM		0x1023
#define ARCH_GET_XCOMP_GUEST_PERM	0x1024
#define ARCH_REQ_XCOMP_GUEST_PERM	0x1025

#define ARCH_MAP_VDSO_X32		0x2001
#define ARCH_MAP_VDSO_32		0x2002
#define ARCH_MAP_VDSO_64		0x2003

#endif /* _ASM_X86_PRCTL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * vmx.h: VMX Architecture related definitions
 * Copyright (c) 2004, Intel Corporation.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License,
 * version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT
 * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
 * more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
 * this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
 * Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA.
 *
 * A few random additions are:
 * Copyright (C) 2006 Qumranet
 *    Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
 *    Yaniv Kamay <yaniv@qumranet.com>
 *
 */
#ifndef VMX_H
#define VMX_H


#define VMX_EXIT_REASONS_FAILED_VMENTRY         0x80000000
#define VMX_EXIT_REASONS_SGX_ENCLAVE_MODE	0x08000000

#define EXIT_REASON_EXCEPTION_NMI       0
#define EXIT_REASON_EXTERNAL_INTERRUPT  1
#define EXIT_REASON_TRIPLE_FAULT        2
#define EXIT_REASON_INIT_SIGNAL			3
#define EXIT_REASON_SIPI_SIGNAL         4

#define EXIT_REASON_INTERRUPT_WINDOW    7
#define EXIT_REASON_NMI_WINDOW          8
#define EXIT_REASON_TASK_SWITCH         9
#define EXIT_REASON_CPUID               10
#define EXIT_REASON_HLT                 12
#define EXIT_REASON_INVD                13
#define EXIT_REASON_INVLPG              14
#define EXIT_REASON_RDPMC               15
#define EXIT_REASON_RDTSC               16
#define EXIT_REASON_VMCALL              18
#define EXIT_REASON_VMCLEAR             19
#define EXIT_REASON_VMLAUNCH            20
#define EXIT_REASON_VMPTRLD             21
#define EXIT_REASON_VMPTRST             22
#define EXIT_REASON_VMREAD              23
#define EXIT_REASON_VMRESUME            24
#define EXIT_REASON_VMWRITE             25
#define EXIT_REASON_VMOFF               26
#define EXIT_REASON_VMON                27
#define EXIT_REASON_CR_ACCESS           28
#define EXIT_REASON_DR_ACCESS           29
#define EXIT_REASON_IO_INSTRUCTION      30
#define EXIT_REASON_MSR_READ            31
#define EXIT_REASON_MSR_WRITE           32
#define EXIT_REASON_INVALID_STATE       33
#define EXIT_REASON_MSR_LOAD_FAIL       34
#define EXIT_REASON_MWAIT_INSTRUCTION   36
#define EXIT_REASON_MONITOR_TRAP_FLAG   37
#define EXIT_REASON_MONITOR_INSTRUCTION 39
#define EXIT_REASON_PAUSE_INSTRUCTION   40
#define EXIT_REASON_MCE_DURING_VMENTRY  41
#define EXIT_REASON_TPR_BELOW_THRESHOLD 43
#define EXIT_REASON_APIC_ACCESS         44
#define EXIT_REASON_EOI_INDUCED         45
#define EXIT_REASON_GDTR_IDTR           46
#define EXIT_REASON_LDTR_TR             47
#define EXIT_REASON_EPT_VIOLATION       48
#define EXIT_REASON_EPT_MISCONFIG       49
#define EXIT_REASON_INVEPT              50
#define EXIT_REASON_RDTSCP              51
#define EXIT_REASON_PREEMPTION_TIMER    52
#define EXIT_REASON_INVVPID             53
#define EXIT_REASON_WBINVD              54
#define EXIT_REASON_XSETBV              55
#define EXIT_REASON_APIC_WRITE          56
#define EXIT_REASON_RDRAND              57
#define EXIT_REASON_INVPCID             58
#define EXIT_REASON_VMFUNC              59
#define EXIT_REASON_ENCLS               60
#define EXIT_REASON_RDSEED              61
#define EXIT_REASON_PML_FULL            62
#define EXIT_REASON_XSAVES              63
#define EXIT_REASON_XRSTORS             64
#define EXIT_REASON_UMWAIT              67
#define EXIT_REASON_TPAUSE              68
#define EXIT_REASON_BUS_LOCK            74

#define VMX_EXIT_REASONS \
	{ EXIT_REASON_EXCEPTION_NMI,         "EXCEPTION_NMI" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_EXTERNAL_INTERRUPT,    "EXTERNAL_INTERRUPT" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_TRIPLE_FAULT,          "TRIPLE_FAULT" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_INIT_SIGNAL,           "INIT_SIGNAL" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_SIPI_SIGNAL,           "SIPI_SIGNAL" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_INTERRUPT_WINDOW,      "INTERRUPT_WINDOW" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_NMI_WINDOW,            "NMI_WINDOW" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_TASK_SWITCH,           "TASK_SWITCH" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_CPUID,                 "CPUID" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_HLT,                   "HLT" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_INVD,                  "INVD" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_INVLPG,                "INVLPG" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_RDPMC,                 "RDPMC" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_RDTSC,                 "RDTSC" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_VMCALL,                "VMCALL" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_VMCLEAR,               "VMCLEAR" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_VMLAUNCH,              "VMLAUNCH" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_VMPTRLD,               "VMPTRLD" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_VMPTRST,               "VMPTRST" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_VMREAD,                "VMREAD" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_VMRESUME,              "VMRESUME" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_VMWRITE,               "VMWRITE" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_VMOFF,                 "VMOFF" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_VMON,                  "VMON" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_CR_ACCESS,             "CR_ACCESS" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_DR_ACCESS,             "DR_ACCESS" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_IO_INSTRUCTION,        "IO_INSTRUCTION" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_MSR_READ,              "MSR_READ" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_MSR_WRITE,             "MSR_WRITE" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_INVALID_STATE,         "INVALID_STATE" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_MSR_LOAD_FAIL,         "MSR_LOAD_FAIL" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_MWAIT_INSTRUCTION,     "MWAIT_INSTRUCTION" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_MONITOR_TRAP_FLAG,     "MONITOR_TRAP_FLAG" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_MONITOR_INSTRUCTION,   "MONITOR_INSTRUCTION" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_PAUSE_INSTRUCTION,     "PAUSE_INSTRUCTION" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_MCE_DURING_VMENTRY,    "MCE_DURING_VMENTRY" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_TPR_BELOW_THRESHOLD,   "TPR_BELOW_THRESHOLD" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_APIC_ACCESS,           "APIC_ACCESS" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_EOI_INDUCED,           "EOI_INDUCED" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_GDTR_IDTR,             "GDTR_IDTR" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_LDTR_TR,               "LDTR_TR" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_EPT_VIOLATION,         "EPT_VIOLATION" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_EPT_MISCONFIG,         "EPT_MISCONFIG" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_INVEPT,                "INVEPT" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_RDTSCP,                "RDTSCP" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_PREEMPTION_TIMER,      "PREEMPTION_TIMER" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_INVVPID,               "INVVPID" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_WBINVD,                "WBINVD" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_XSETBV,                "XSETBV" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_APIC_WRITE,            "APIC_WRITE" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_RDRAND,                "RDRAND" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_INVPCID,               "INVPCID" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_VMFUNC,                "VMFUNC" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_ENCLS,                 "ENCLS" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_RDSEED,                "RDSEED" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_PML_FULL,              "PML_FULL" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_XSAVES,                "XSAVES" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_XRSTORS,               "XRSTORS" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_UMWAIT,                "UMWAIT" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_TPAUSE,                "TPAUSE" }, \
	{ EXIT_REASON_BUS_LOCK,              "BUS_LOCK" }

#define VMX_EXIT_REASON_FLAGS \
	{ VMX_EXIT_REASONS_FAILED_VMENTRY,	"FAILED_VMENTRY" }

#define VMX_ABORT_SAVE_GUEST_MSR_FAIL        1
#define VMX_ABORT_LOAD_HOST_PDPTE_FAIL       2
#define VMX_ABORT_LOAD_HOST_MSR_FAIL         4

#endif /* VMX_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_STATFS_H
#define _ASM_X86_STATFS_H

/*
 * We need compat_statfs64 to be packed, because the i386 ABI won't
 * add padding at the end to bring it to a multiple of 8 bytes, but
 * the x86_64 ABI will.
 */
#define ARCH_PACK_COMPAT_STATFS64 __attribute__((packed,aligned(4)))

#include <asm-generic/statfs.h>
#endif /* _ASM_X86_STATFS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __ASM_X86_BITSPERLONG_H
#define __ASM_X86_BITSPERLONG_H

#if defined(__x86_64__) && !defined(__ILP32__)
# define __BITS_PER_LONG 64
#else
# define __BITS_PER_LONG 32
#endif

#include <asm-generic/bitsperlong.h>

#endif /* __ASM_X86_BITSPERLONG_H */

/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_DEBUGREG_H
#define _ASM_X86_DEBUGREG_H


/* Indicate the register numbers for a number of the specific
   debug registers.  Registers 0-3 contain the addresses we wish to trap on */
#define DR_FIRSTADDR 0        /* u_debugreg[DR_FIRSTADDR] */
#define DR_LASTADDR 3         /* u_debugreg[DR_LASTADDR]  */

#define DR_STATUS 6           /* u_debugreg[DR_STATUS]     */
#define DR_CONTROL 7          /* u_debugreg[DR_CONTROL] */

/* Define a few things for the status register.  We can use this to determine
   which debugging register was responsible for the trap.  The other bits
   are either reserved or not of interest to us. */

/* Define reserved bits in DR6 which are always set to 1 */
#define DR6_RESERVED	(0xFFFF0FF0)

#define DR_TRAP0	(0x1)		/* db0 */
#define DR_TRAP1	(0x2)		/* db1 */
#define DR_TRAP2	(0x4)		/* db2 */
#define DR_TRAP3	(0x8)		/* db3 */
#define DR_TRAP_BITS	(DR_TRAP0|DR_TRAP1|DR_TRAP2|DR_TRAP3)

#define DR_BUS_LOCK	(0x800)		/* bus_lock */
#define DR_STEP		(0x4000)	/* single-step */
#define DR_SWITCH	(0x8000)	/* task switch */

/* Now define a bunch of things for manipulating the control register.
   The top two bytes of the control register consist of 4 fields of 4
   bits - each field corresponds to one of the four debug registers,
   and indicates what types of access we trap on, and how large the data
   field is that we are looking at */

#define DR_CONTROL_SHIFT 16 /* Skip this many bits in ctl register */
#define DR_CONTROL_SIZE 4   /* 4 control bits per register */

#define DR_RW_EXECUTE (0x0)   /* Settings for the access types to trap on */
#define DR_RW_WRITE (0x1)
#define DR_RW_READ (0x3)

#define DR_LEN_1 (0x0) /* Settings for data length to trap on */
#define DR_LEN_2 (0x4)
#define DR_LEN_4 (0xC)
#define DR_LEN_8 (0x8)

/* The low byte to the control register determine which registers are
   enabled.  There are 4 fields of two bits.  One bit is "local", meaning
   that the processor will reset the bit after a task switch and the other
   is global meaning that we have to explicitly reset the bit.  With linux,
   you can use either one, since we explicitly zero the register when we enter
   kernel mode. */

#define DR_LOCAL_ENABLE_SHIFT 0    /* Extra shift to the local enable bit */
#define DR_GLOBAL_ENABLE_SHIFT 1   /* Extra shift to the global enable bit */
#define DR_LOCAL_ENABLE (0x1)      /* Local enable for reg 0 */
#define DR_GLOBAL_ENABLE (0x2)     /* Global enable for reg 0 */
#define DR_ENABLE_SIZE 2           /* 2 enable bits per register */

#define DR_LOCAL_ENABLE_MASK (0x55)  /* Set  local bits for all 4 regs */
#define DR_GLOBAL_ENABLE_MASK (0xAA) /* Set global bits for all 4 regs */

/* The second byte to the control register has a few special things.
   We can slow the instruction pipeline for instructions coming via the
   gdt or the ldt if we want to.  I am not sure why this is an advantage */

#ifdef __i386__
#define DR_CONTROL_RESERVED (0xFC00) /* Reserved by Intel */
#else
#define DR_CONTROL_RESERVED (0xFFFFFFFF0000FC00UL) /* Reserved */
#endif

#define DR_LOCAL_SLOWDOWN (0x100)   /* Local slow the pipeline */
#define DR_GLOBAL_SLOWDOWN (0x200)  /* Global slow the pipeline */

/*
 * HW breakpoint additions
 */

#endif /* _ASM_X86_DEBUGREG_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_UCONTEXT_H
#define _ASM_X86_UCONTEXT_H

/*
 * Indicates the presence of extended state information in the memory
 * layout pointed by the fpstate pointer in the ucontext's sigcontext
 * struct (uc_mcontext).
 */
#define UC_FP_XSTATE	0x1

#ifdef __x86_64__
/*
 * UC_SIGCONTEXT_SS will be set when delivering 64-bit or x32 signals on
 * kernels that save SS in the sigcontext.  All kernels that set
 * UC_SIGCONTEXT_SS will correctly restore at least the low 32 bits of esp
 * regardless of SS (i.e. they implement espfix).
 *
 * Kernels that set UC_SIGCONTEXT_SS will also set UC_STRICT_RESTORE_SS
 * when delivering a signal that came from 64-bit code.
 *
 * Sigreturn restores SS as follows:
 *
 * if (saved SS is valid || UC_STRICT_RESTORE_SS is set ||
 *     saved CS is not 64-bit)
 *         new SS = saved SS  (will fail IRET and signal if invalid)
 * else
 *         new SS = a flat 32-bit data segment
 *
 * This behavior serves three purposes:
 *
 * - Legacy programs that construct a 64-bit sigcontext from scratch
 *   with zero or garbage in the SS slot (e.g. old CRIU) and call
 *   sigreturn will still work.
 *
 * - Old DOSEMU versions sometimes catch a signal from a segmented
 *   context, delete the old SS segment (with modify_ldt), and change
 *   the saved CS to a 64-bit segment.  These DOSEMU versions expect
 *   sigreturn to send them back to 64-bit mode without killing them,
 *   despite the fact that the SS selector when the signal was raised is
 *   no longer valid.  UC_STRICT_RESTORE_SS will be clear, so the kernel
 *   will fix up SS for these DOSEMU versions.
 *
 * - Old and new programs that catch a signal and return without
 *   modifying the saved context will end up in exactly the state they
 *   started in, even if they were running in a segmented context when
 *   the signal was raised..  Old kernels would lose track of the
 *   previous SS value.
 */
#define UC_SIGCONTEXT_SS	0x2
#define UC_STRICT_RESTORE_SS	0x4
#endif

#include <asm-generic/ucontext.h>

#endif /* _ASM_X86_UCONTEXT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_A_OUT_H
#define _ASM_X86_A_OUT_H

struct exec
{
	unsigned int a_info;	/* Use macros N_MAGIC, etc for access */
	unsigned a_text;	/* length of text, in bytes */
	unsigned a_data;	/* length of data, in bytes */
	unsigned a_bss;		/* length of uninitialized data area for file, in bytes */
	unsigned a_syms;	/* length of symbol table data in file, in bytes */
	unsigned a_entry;	/* start address */
	unsigned a_trsize;	/* length of relocation info for text, in bytes */
	unsigned a_drsize;	/* length of relocation info for data, in bytes */
};

#define N_TRSIZE(a)	((a).a_trsize)
#define N_DRSIZE(a)	((a).a_drsize)
#define N_SYMSIZE(a)	((a).a_syms)

#endif /* _ASM_X86_A_OUT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_MCE_H
#define _ASM_X86_MCE_H

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/ioctl.h>

/*
 * Fields are zero when not available. Also, this struct is shared with
 * userspace mcelog and thus must keep existing fields at current offsets.
 * Only add new fields to the end of the structure
 */
struct mce {
	__u64 status;		/* Bank's MCi_STATUS MSR */
	__u64 misc;		/* Bank's MCi_MISC MSR */
	__u64 addr;		/* Bank's MCi_ADDR MSR */
	__u64 mcgstatus;	/* Machine Check Global Status MSR */
	__u64 ip;		/* Instruction Pointer when the error happened */
	__u64 tsc;		/* CPU time stamp counter */
	__u64 time;		/* Wall time_t when error was detected */
	__u8  cpuvendor;	/* Kernel's X86_VENDOR enum */
	__u8  inject_flags;	/* Software inject flags */
	__u8  severity;		/* Error severity */
	__u8  pad;
	__u32 cpuid;		/* CPUID 1 EAX */
	__u8  cs;		/* Code segment */
	__u8  bank;		/* Machine check bank reporting the error */
	__u8  cpu;		/* CPU number; obsoleted by extcpu */
	__u8  finished;		/* Entry is valid */
	__u32 extcpu;		/* Linux CPU number that detected the error */
	__u32 socketid;		/* CPU socket ID */
	__u32 apicid;		/* CPU initial APIC ID */
	__u64 mcgcap;		/* MCGCAP MSR: machine check capabilities of CPU */
	__u64 synd;		/* MCA_SYND MSR: only valid on SMCA systems */
	__u64 ipid;		/* MCA_IPID MSR: only valid on SMCA systems */
	__u64 ppin;		/* Protected Processor Inventory Number */
	__u32 microcode;	/* Microcode revision */
};

#define MCE_GET_RECORD_LEN   _IOR('M', 1, int)
#define MCE_GET_LOG_LEN      _IOR('M', 2, int)
#define MCE_GETCLEAR_FLAGS   _IOR('M', 3, int)

#endif /* _ASM_X86_MCE_H */
#include <asm-generic/fcntl.h>
#include <asm-generic/termios.h>
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_KVM_PERF_H
#define _ASM_X86_KVM_PERF_H

#include <asm/svm.h>
#include <asm/vmx.h>
#include <asm/kvm.h>

#define DECODE_STR_LEN 20

#define VCPU_ID "vcpu_id"

#define KVM_ENTRY_TRACE "kvm:kvm_entry"
#define KVM_EXIT_TRACE "kvm:kvm_exit"
#define KVM_EXIT_REASON "exit_reason"

#endif /* _ASM_X86_KVM_PERF_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __ASM_X86_SHMBUF_H
#define __ASM_X86_SHMBUF_H

#if !defined(__x86_64__) || !defined(__ILP32__)
#include <asm-generic/shmbuf.h>
#else
/*
 * The shmid64_ds structure for x86 architecture with x32 ABI.
 *
 * On x86-32 and x86-64 we can just use the generic definition, but
 * x32 uses the same binary layout as x86_64, which is differnet
 * from other 32-bit architectures.
 */

struct shmid64_ds {
	struct ipc64_perm	shm_perm;	/* operation perms */
	size_t			shm_segsz;	/* size of segment (bytes) */
	__kernel_time_t		shm_atime;	/* last attach time */
	__kernel_time_t		shm_dtime;	/* last detach time */
	__kernel_time_t		shm_ctime;	/* last change time */
	__kernel_pid_t		shm_cpid;	/* pid of creator */
	__kernel_pid_t		shm_lpid;	/* pid of last operator */
	__kernel_ulong_t	shm_nattch;	/* no. of current attaches */
	__kernel_ulong_t	__unused4;
	__kernel_ulong_t	__unused5;
};

struct shminfo64 {
	__kernel_ulong_t	shmmax;
	__kernel_ulong_t	shmmin;
	__kernel_ulong_t	shmmni;
	__kernel_ulong_t	shmseg;
	__kernel_ulong_t	shmall;
	__kernel_ulong_t	__unused1;
	__kernel_ulong_t	__unused2;
	__kernel_ulong_t	__unused3;
	__kernel_ulong_t	__unused4;
};

#endif

#endif /* __ASM_X86_SHMBUF_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __SVM_H
#define __SVM_H

#define SVM_EXIT_READ_CR0      0x000
#define SVM_EXIT_READ_CR2      0x002
#define SVM_EXIT_READ_CR3      0x003
#define SVM_EXIT_READ_CR4      0x004
#define SVM_EXIT_READ_CR8      0x008
#define SVM_EXIT_WRITE_CR0     0x010
#define SVM_EXIT_WRITE_CR2     0x012
#define SVM_EXIT_WRITE_CR3     0x013
#define SVM_EXIT_WRITE_CR4     0x014
#define SVM_EXIT_WRITE_CR8     0x018
#define SVM_EXIT_READ_DR0      0x020
#define SVM_EXIT_READ_DR1      0x021
#define SVM_EXIT_READ_DR2      0x022
#define SVM_EXIT_READ_DR3      0x023
#define SVM_EXIT_READ_DR4      0x024
#define SVM_EXIT_READ_DR5      0x025
#define SVM_EXIT_READ_DR6      0x026
#define SVM_EXIT_READ_DR7      0x027
#define SVM_EXIT_WRITE_DR0     0x030
#define SVM_EXIT_WRITE_DR1     0x031
#define SVM_EXIT_WRITE_DR2     0x032
#define SVM_EXIT_WRITE_DR3     0x033
#define SVM_EXIT_WRITE_DR4     0x034
#define SVM_EXIT_WRITE_DR5     0x035
#define SVM_EXIT_WRITE_DR6     0x036
#define SVM_EXIT_WRITE_DR7     0x037
#define SVM_EXIT_EXCP_BASE     0x040
#define SVM_EXIT_LAST_EXCP     0x05f
#define SVM_EXIT_INTR          0x060
#define SVM_EXIT_NMI           0x061
#define SVM_EXIT_SMI           0x062
#define SVM_EXIT_INIT          0x063
#define SVM_EXIT_VINTR         0x064
#define SVM_EXIT_CR0_SEL_WRITE 0x065
#define SVM_EXIT_IDTR_READ     0x066
#define SVM_EXIT_GDTR_READ     0x067
#define SVM_EXIT_LDTR_READ     0x068
#define SVM_EXIT_TR_READ       0x069
#define SVM_EXIT_IDTR_WRITE    0x06a
#define SVM_EXIT_GDTR_WRITE    0x06b
#define SVM_EXIT_LDTR_WRITE    0x06c
#define SVM_EXIT_TR_WRITE      0x06d
#define SVM_EXIT_RDTSC         0x06e
#define SVM_EXIT_RDPMC         0x06f
#define SVM_EXIT_PUSHF         0x070
#define SVM_EXIT_POPF          0x071
#define SVM_EXIT_CPUID         0x072
#define SVM_EXIT_RSM           0x073
#define SVM_EXIT_IRET          0x074
#define SVM_EXIT_SWINT         0x075
#define SVM_EXIT_INVD          0x076
#define SVM_EXIT_PAUSE         0x077
#define SVM_EXIT_HLT           0x078
#define SVM_EXIT_INVLPG        0x079
#define SVM_EXIT_INVLPGA       0x07a
#define SVM_EXIT_IOIO          0x07b
#define SVM_EXIT_MSR           0x07c
#define SVM_EXIT_TASK_SWITCH   0x07d
#define SVM_EXIT_FERR_FREEZE   0x07e
#define SVM_EXIT_SHUTDOWN      0x07f
#define SVM_EXIT_VMRUN         0x080
#define SVM_EXIT_VMMCALL       0x081
#define SVM_EXIT_VMLOAD        0x082
#define SVM_EXIT_VMSAVE        0x083
#define SVM_EXIT_STGI          0x084
#define SVM_EXIT_CLGI          0x085
#define SVM_EXIT_SKINIT        0x086
#define SVM_EXIT_RDTSCP        0x087
#define SVM_EXIT_ICEBP         0x088
#define SVM_EXIT_WBINVD        0x089
#define SVM_EXIT_MONITOR       0x08a
#define SVM_EXIT_MWAIT         0x08b
#define SVM_EXIT_MWAIT_COND    0x08c
#define SVM_EXIT_XSETBV        0x08d
#define SVM_EXIT_RDPRU         0x08e
#define SVM_EXIT_EFER_WRITE_TRAP		0x08f
#define SVM_EXIT_CR0_WRITE_TRAP			0x090
#define SVM_EXIT_CR1_WRITE_TRAP			0x091
#define SVM_EXIT_CR2_WRITE_TRAP			0x092
#define SVM_EXIT_CR3_WRITE_TRAP			0x093
#define SVM_EXIT_CR4_WRITE_TRAP			0x094
#define SVM_EXIT_CR5_WRITE_TRAP			0x095
#define SVM_EXIT_CR6_WRITE_TRAP			0x096
#define SVM_EXIT_CR7_WRITE_TRAP			0x097
#define SVM_EXIT_CR8_WRITE_TRAP			0x098
#define SVM_EXIT_CR9_WRITE_TRAP			0x099
#define SVM_EXIT_CR10_WRITE_TRAP		0x09a
#define SVM_EXIT_CR11_WRITE_TRAP		0x09b
#define SVM_EXIT_CR12_WRITE_TRAP		0x09c
#define SVM_EXIT_CR13_WRITE_TRAP		0x09d
#define SVM_EXIT_CR14_WRITE_TRAP		0x09e
#define SVM_EXIT_CR15_WRITE_TRAP		0x09f
#define SVM_EXIT_INVPCID       0x0a2
#define SVM_EXIT_NPF           0x400
#define SVM_EXIT_AVIC_INCOMPLETE_IPI		0x401
#define SVM_EXIT_AVIC_UNACCELERATED_ACCESS	0x402
#define SVM_EXIT_VMGEXIT       0x403

/* SEV-ES software-defined VMGEXIT events */
#define SVM_VMGEXIT_MMIO_READ			0x80000001
#define SVM_VMGEXIT_MMIO_WRITE			0x80000002
#define SVM_VMGEXIT_NMI_COMPLETE		0x80000003
#define SVM_VMGEXIT_AP_HLT_LOOP			0x80000004
#define SVM_VMGEXIT_AP_JUMP_TABLE		0x80000005
#define SVM_VMGEXIT_SET_AP_JUMP_TABLE		0
#define SVM_VMGEXIT_GET_AP_JUMP_TABLE		1
#define SVM_VMGEXIT_PSC				0x80000010
#define SVM_VMGEXIT_GUEST_REQUEST		0x80000011
#define SVM_VMGEXIT_EXT_GUEST_REQUEST		0x80000012
#define SVM_VMGEXIT_AP_CREATION			0x80000013
#define SVM_VMGEXIT_AP_CREATE_ON_INIT		0
#define SVM_VMGEXIT_AP_CREATE			1
#define SVM_VMGEXIT_AP_DESTROY			2
#define SVM_VMGEXIT_HV_FEATURES			0x8000fffd
#define SVM_VMGEXIT_TERM_REQUEST		0x8000fffe
#define SVM_VMGEXIT_TERM_REASON(reason_set, reason_code)	\
	/* SW_EXITINFO1[3:0] */					\
	(((((u64)reason_set) & 0xf)) |				\
	/* SW_EXITINFO1[11:4] */				\
	((((u64)reason_code) & 0xff) << 4))
#define SVM_VMGEXIT_UNSUPPORTED_EVENT		0x8000ffff

/* Exit code reserved for hypervisor/software use */
#define SVM_EXIT_SW				0xf0000000

#define SVM_EXIT_ERR           -1

#define SVM_EXIT_REASONS \
	{ SVM_EXIT_READ_CR0,    "read_cr0" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_READ_CR2,    "read_cr2" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_READ_CR3,    "read_cr3" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_READ_CR4,    "read_cr4" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_READ_CR8,    "read_cr8" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_WRITE_CR0,   "write_cr0" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_WRITE_CR2,   "write_cr2" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_WRITE_CR3,   "write_cr3" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_WRITE_CR4,   "write_cr4" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_WRITE_CR8,   "write_cr8" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_READ_DR0,    "read_dr0" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_READ_DR1,    "read_dr1" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_READ_DR2,    "read_dr2" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_READ_DR3,    "read_dr3" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_READ_DR4,    "read_dr4" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_READ_DR5,    "read_dr5" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_READ_DR6,    "read_dr6" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_READ_DR7,    "read_dr7" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_WRITE_DR0,   "write_dr0" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_WRITE_DR1,   "write_dr1" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_WRITE_DR2,   "write_dr2" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_WRITE_DR3,   "write_dr3" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_WRITE_DR4,   "write_dr4" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_WRITE_DR5,   "write_dr5" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_WRITE_DR6,   "write_dr6" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_WRITE_DR7,   "write_dr7" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_EXCP_BASE + DE_VECTOR,       "DE excp" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_EXCP_BASE + DB_VECTOR,       "DB excp" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_EXCP_BASE + BP_VECTOR,       "BP excp" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_EXCP_BASE + OF_VECTOR,       "OF excp" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_EXCP_BASE + BR_VECTOR,       "BR excp" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_EXCP_BASE + UD_VECTOR,       "UD excp" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_EXCP_BASE + NM_VECTOR,       "NM excp" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_EXCP_BASE + DF_VECTOR,       "DF excp" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_EXCP_BASE + TS_VECTOR,       "TS excp" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_EXCP_BASE + NP_VECTOR,       "NP excp" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_EXCP_BASE + SS_VECTOR,       "SS excp" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_EXCP_BASE + GP_VECTOR,       "GP excp" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_EXCP_BASE + PF_VECTOR,       "PF excp" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_EXCP_BASE + MF_VECTOR,       "MF excp" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_EXCP_BASE + AC_VECTOR,       "AC excp" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_EXCP_BASE + MC_VECTOR,       "MC excp" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_EXCP_BASE + XM_VECTOR,       "XF excp" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_INTR,        "interrupt" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_NMI,         "nmi" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_SMI,         "smi" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_INIT,        "init" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_VINTR,       "vintr" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_CR0_SEL_WRITE, "cr0_sel_write" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_IDTR_READ,   "read_idtr" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_GDTR_READ,   "read_gdtr" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_LDTR_READ,   "read_ldtr" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_TR_READ,     "read_rt" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_IDTR_WRITE,  "write_idtr" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_GDTR_WRITE,  "write_gdtr" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_LDTR_WRITE,  "write_ldtr" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_TR_WRITE,    "write_rt" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_RDTSC,       "rdtsc" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_RDPMC,       "rdpmc" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_PUSHF,       "pushf" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_POPF,        "popf" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_CPUID,       "cpuid" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_RSM,         "rsm" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_IRET,        "iret" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_SWINT,       "swint" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_INVD,        "invd" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_PAUSE,       "pause" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_HLT,         "hlt" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_INVLPG,      "invlpg" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_INVLPGA,     "invlpga" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_IOIO,        "io" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_MSR,         "msr" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_TASK_SWITCH, "task_switch" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_FERR_FREEZE, "ferr_freeze" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_SHUTDOWN,    "shutdown" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_VMRUN,       "vmrun" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_VMMCALL,     "hypercall" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_VMLOAD,      "vmload" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_VMSAVE,      "vmsave" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_STGI,        "stgi" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_CLGI,        "clgi" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_SKINIT,      "skinit" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_RDTSCP,      "rdtscp" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_ICEBP,       "icebp" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_WBINVD,      "wbinvd" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_MONITOR,     "monitor" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_MWAIT,       "mwait" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_XSETBV,      "xsetbv" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_EFER_WRITE_TRAP,	"write_efer_trap" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_CR0_WRITE_TRAP,	"write_cr0_trap" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_CR4_WRITE_TRAP,	"write_cr4_trap" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_CR8_WRITE_TRAP,	"write_cr8_trap" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_INVPCID,     "invpcid" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_NPF,         "npf" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_AVIC_INCOMPLETE_IPI,		"avic_incomplete_ipi" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_AVIC_UNACCELERATED_ACCESS,   "avic_unaccelerated_access" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_VMGEXIT,		"vmgexit" }, \
	{ SVM_VMGEXIT_MMIO_READ,	"vmgexit_mmio_read" }, \
	{ SVM_VMGEXIT_MMIO_WRITE,	"vmgexit_mmio_write" }, \
	{ SVM_VMGEXIT_NMI_COMPLETE,	"vmgexit_nmi_complete" }, \
	{ SVM_VMGEXIT_AP_HLT_LOOP,	"vmgexit_ap_hlt_loop" }, \
	{ SVM_VMGEXIT_AP_JUMP_TABLE,	"vmgexit_ap_jump_table" }, \
	{ SVM_VMGEXIT_PSC,		"vmgexit_page_state_change" }, \
	{ SVM_VMGEXIT_GUEST_REQUEST,	"vmgexit_guest_request" }, \
	{ SVM_VMGEXIT_EXT_GUEST_REQUEST, "vmgexit_ext_guest_request" }, \
	{ SVM_VMGEXIT_AP_CREATION,	"vmgexit_ap_creation" }, \
	{ SVM_VMGEXIT_HV_FEATURES,	"vmgexit_hypervisor_feature" }, \
	{ SVM_EXIT_ERR,         "invalid_guest_state" }


#endif /* __SVM_H */
#ifndef _ASM_X86_UNISTD_X32_H
#define _ASM_X86_UNISTD_X32_H 1

#define __NR_read (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 0)
#define __NR_write (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 1)
#define __NR_open (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 2)
#define __NR_close (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 3)
#define __NR_stat (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 4)
#define __NR_fstat (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 5)
#define __NR_lstat (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 6)
#define __NR_poll (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 7)
#define __NR_lseek (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 8)
#define __NR_mmap (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 9)
#define __NR_mprotect (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 10)
#define __NR_munmap (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 11)
#define __NR_brk (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 12)
#define __NR_rt_sigprocmask (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 14)
#define __NR_pread64 (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 17)
#define __NR_pwrite64 (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 18)
#define __NR_access (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 21)
#define __NR_pipe (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 22)
#define __NR_select (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 23)
#define __NR_sched_yield (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 24)
#define __NR_mremap (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 25)
#define __NR_msync (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 26)
#define __NR_mincore (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 27)
#define __NR_madvise (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 28)
#define __NR_shmget (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 29)
#define __NR_shmat (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 30)
#define __NR_shmctl (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 31)
#define __NR_dup (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 32)
#define __NR_dup2 (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 33)
#define __NR_pause (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 34)
#define __NR_nanosleep (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 35)
#define __NR_getitimer (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 36)
#define __NR_alarm (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 37)
#define __NR_setitimer (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 38)
#define __NR_getpid (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 39)
#define __NR_sendfile (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 40)
#define __NR_socket (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 41)
#define __NR_connect (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 42)
#define __NR_accept (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 43)
#define __NR_sendto (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 44)
#define __NR_shutdown (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 48)
#define __NR_bind (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 49)
#define __NR_listen (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 50)
#define __NR_getsockname (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 51)
#define __NR_getpeername (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 52)
#define __NR_socketpair (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 53)
#define __NR_clone (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 56)
#define __NR_fork (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 57)
#define __NR_vfork (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 58)
#define __NR_exit (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 60)
#define __NR_wait4 (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 61)
#define __NR_kill (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 62)
#define __NR_uname (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 63)
#define __NR_semget (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 64)
#define __NR_semop (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 65)
#define __NR_semctl (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 66)
#define __NR_shmdt (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 67)
#define __NR_msgget (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 68)
#define __NR_msgsnd (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 69)
#define __NR_msgrcv (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 70)
#define __NR_msgctl (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 71)
#define __NR_fcntl (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 72)
#define __NR_flock (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 73)
#define __NR_fsync (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 74)
#define __NR_fdatasync (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 75)
#define __NR_truncate (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 76)
#define __NR_ftruncate (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 77)
#define __NR_getdents (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 78)
#define __NR_getcwd (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 79)
#define __NR_chdir (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 80)
#define __NR_fchdir (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 81)
#define __NR_rename (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 82)
#define __NR_mkdir (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 83)
#define __NR_rmdir (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 84)
#define __NR_creat (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 85)
#define __NR_link (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 86)
#define __NR_unlink (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 87)
#define __NR_symlink (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 88)
#define __NR_readlink (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 89)
#define __NR_chmod (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 90)
#define __NR_fchmod (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 91)
#define __NR_chown (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 92)
#define __NR_fchown (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 93)
#define __NR_lchown (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 94)
#define __NR_umask (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 95)
#define __NR_gettimeofday (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 96)
#define __NR_getrlimit (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 97)
#define __NR_getrusage (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 98)
#define __NR_sysinfo (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 99)
#define __NR_times (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 100)
#define __NR_getuid (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 102)
#define __NR_syslog (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 103)
#define __NR_getgid (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 104)
#define __NR_setuid (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 105)
#define __NR_setgid (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 106)
#define __NR_geteuid (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 107)
#define __NR_getegid (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 108)
#define __NR_setpgid (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 109)
#define __NR_getppid (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 110)
#define __NR_getpgrp (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 111)
#define __NR_setsid (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 112)
#define __NR_setreuid (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 113)
#define __NR_setregid (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 114)
#define __NR_getgroups (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 115)
#define __NR_setgroups (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 116)
#define __NR_setresuid (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 117)
#define __NR_getresuid (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 118)
#define __NR_setresgid (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 119)
#define __NR_getresgid (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 120)
#define __NR_getpgid (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 121)
#define __NR_setfsuid (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 122)
#define __NR_setfsgid (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 123)
#define __NR_getsid (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 124)
#define __NR_capget (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 125)
#define __NR_capset (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 126)
#define __NR_rt_sigsuspend (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 130)
#define __NR_utime (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 132)
#define __NR_mknod (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 133)
#define __NR_personality (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 135)
#define __NR_ustat (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 136)
#define __NR_statfs (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 137)
#define __NR_fstatfs (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 138)
#define __NR_sysfs (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 139)
#define __NR_getpriority (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 140)
#define __NR_setpriority (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 141)
#define __NR_sched_setparam (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 142)
#define __NR_sched_getparam (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 143)
#define __NR_sched_setscheduler (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 144)
#define __NR_sched_getscheduler (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 145)
#define __NR_sched_get_priority_max (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 146)
#define __NR_sched_get_priority_min (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 147)
#define __NR_sched_rr_get_interval (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 148)
#define __NR_mlock (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 149)
#define __NR_munlock (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 150)
#define __NR_mlockall (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 151)
#define __NR_munlockall (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 152)
#define __NR_vhangup (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 153)
#define __NR_modify_ldt (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 154)
#define __NR_pivot_root (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 155)
#define __NR_prctl (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 157)
#define __NR_arch_prctl (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 158)
#define __NR_adjtimex (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 159)
#define __NR_setrlimit (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 160)
#define __NR_chroot (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 161)
#define __NR_sync (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 162)
#define __NR_acct (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 163)
#define __NR_settimeofday (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 164)
#define __NR_mount (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 165)
#define __NR_umount2 (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 166)
#define __NR_swapon (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 167)
#define __NR_swapoff (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 168)
#define __NR_reboot (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 169)
#define __NR_sethostname (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 170)
#define __NR_setdomainname (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 171)
#define __NR_iopl (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 172)
#define __NR_ioperm (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 173)
#define __NR_init_module (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 175)
#define __NR_delete_module (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 176)
#define __NR_quotactl (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 179)
#define __NR_getpmsg (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 181)
#define __NR_putpmsg (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 182)
#define __NR_afs_syscall (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 183)
#define __NR_tuxcall (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 184)
#define __NR_security (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 185)
#define __NR_gettid (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 186)
#define __NR_readahead (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 187)
#define __NR_setxattr (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 188)
#define __NR_lsetxattr (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 189)
#define __NR_fsetxattr (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 190)
#define __NR_getxattr (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 191)
#define __NR_lgetxattr (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 192)
#define __NR_fgetxattr (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 193)
#define __NR_listxattr (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 194)
#define __NR_llistxattr (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 195)
#define __NR_flistxattr (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 196)
#define __NR_removexattr (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 197)
#define __NR_lremovexattr (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 198)
#define __NR_fremovexattr (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 199)
#define __NR_tkill (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 200)
#define __NR_time (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 201)
#define __NR_futex (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 202)
#define __NR_sched_setaffinity (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 203)
#define __NR_sched_getaffinity (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 204)
#define __NR_io_destroy (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 207)
#define __NR_io_getevents (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 208)
#define __NR_io_cancel (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 210)
#define __NR_lookup_dcookie (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 212)
#define __NR_epoll_create (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 213)
#define __NR_remap_file_pages (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 216)
#define __NR_getdents64 (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 217)
#define __NR_set_tid_address (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 218)
#define __NR_restart_syscall (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 219)
#define __NR_semtimedop (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 220)
#define __NR_fadvise64 (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 221)
#define __NR_timer_settime (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 223)
#define __NR_timer_gettime (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 224)
#define __NR_timer_getoverrun (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 225)
#define __NR_timer_delete (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 226)
#define __NR_clock_settime (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 227)
#define __NR_clock_gettime (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 228)
#define __NR_clock_getres (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 229)
#define __NR_clock_nanosleep (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 230)
#define __NR_exit_group (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 231)
#define __NR_epoll_wait (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 232)
#define __NR_epoll_ctl (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 233)
#define __NR_tgkill (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 234)
#define __NR_utimes (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 235)
#define __NR_mbind (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 237)
#define __NR_set_mempolicy (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 238)
#define __NR_get_mempolicy (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 239)
#define __NR_mq_open (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 240)
#define __NR_mq_unlink (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 241)
#define __NR_mq_timedsend (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 242)
#define __NR_mq_timedreceive (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 243)
#define __NR_mq_getsetattr (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 245)
#define __NR_add_key (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 248)
#define __NR_request_key (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 249)
#define __NR_keyctl (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 250)
#define __NR_ioprio_set (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 251)
#define __NR_ioprio_get (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 252)
#define __NR_inotify_init (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 253)
#define __NR_inotify_add_watch (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 254)
#define __NR_inotify_rm_watch (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 255)
#define __NR_migrate_pages (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 256)
#define __NR_openat (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 257)
#define __NR_mkdirat (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 258)
#define __NR_mknodat (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 259)
#define __NR_fchownat (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 260)
#define __NR_futimesat (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 261)
#define __NR_newfstatat (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 262)
#define __NR_unlinkat (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 263)
#define __NR_renameat (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 264)
#define __NR_linkat (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 265)
#define __NR_symlinkat (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 266)
#define __NR_readlinkat (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 267)
#define __NR_fchmodat (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 268)
#define __NR_faccessat (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 269)
#define __NR_pselect6 (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 270)
#define __NR_ppoll (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 271)
#define __NR_unshare (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 272)
#define __NR_splice (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 275)
#define __NR_tee (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 276)
#define __NR_sync_file_range (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 277)
#define __NR_utimensat (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 280)
#define __NR_epoll_pwait (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 281)
#define __NR_signalfd (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 282)
#define __NR_timerfd_create (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 283)
#define __NR_eventfd (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 284)
#define __NR_fallocate (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 285)
#define __NR_timerfd_settime (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 286)
#define __NR_timerfd_gettime (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 287)
#define __NR_accept4 (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 288)
#define __NR_signalfd4 (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 289)
#define __NR_eventfd2 (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 290)
#define __NR_epoll_create1 (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 291)
#define __NR_dup3 (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 292)
#define __NR_pipe2 (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 293)
#define __NR_inotify_init1 (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 294)
#define __NR_perf_event_open (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 298)
#define __NR_fanotify_init (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 300)
#define __NR_fanotify_mark (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 301)
#define __NR_prlimit64 (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 302)
#define __NR_name_to_handle_at (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 303)
#define __NR_open_by_handle_at (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 304)
#define __NR_clock_adjtime (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 305)
#define __NR_syncfs (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 306)
#define __NR_setns (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 308)
#define __NR_getcpu (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 309)
#define __NR_kcmp (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 312)
#define __NR_finit_module (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 313)
#define __NR_sched_setattr (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 314)
#define __NR_sched_getattr (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 315)
#define __NR_renameat2 (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 316)
#define __NR_seccomp (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 317)
#define __NR_getrandom (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 318)
#define __NR_memfd_create (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 319)
#define __NR_kexec_file_load (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 320)
#define __NR_bpf (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 321)
#define __NR_userfaultfd (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 323)
#define __NR_membarrier (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 324)
#define __NR_mlock2 (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 325)
#define __NR_copy_file_range (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 326)
#define __NR_pkey_mprotect (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 329)
#define __NR_pkey_alloc (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 330)
#define __NR_pkey_free (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 331)
#define __NR_statx (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 332)
#define __NR_io_pgetevents (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 333)
#define __NR_rseq (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 334)
#define __NR_pidfd_send_signal (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 424)
#define __NR_io_uring_setup (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 425)
#define __NR_io_uring_enter (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 426)
#define __NR_io_uring_register (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 427)
#define __NR_open_tree (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 428)
#define __NR_move_mount (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 429)
#define __NR_fsopen (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 430)
#define __NR_fsconfig (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 431)
#define __NR_fsmount (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 432)
#define __NR_fspick (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 433)
#define __NR_close_range (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 436)
#define __NR_openat2 (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 437)
#define __NR_faccessat2 (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 439)
#define __NR_rt_sigaction (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 512)
#define __NR_rt_sigreturn (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 513)
#define __NR_ioctl (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 514)
#define __NR_readv (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 515)
#define __NR_writev (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 516)
#define __NR_recvfrom (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 517)
#define __NR_sendmsg (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 518)
#define __NR_recvmsg (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 519)
#define __NR_execve (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 520)
#define __NR_ptrace (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 521)
#define __NR_rt_sigpending (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 522)
#define __NR_rt_sigtimedwait (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 523)
#define __NR_rt_sigqueueinfo (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 524)
#define __NR_sigaltstack (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 525)
#define __NR_timer_create (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 526)
#define __NR_mq_notify (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 527)
#define __NR_kexec_load (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 528)
#define __NR_waitid (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 529)
#define __NR_set_robust_list (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 530)
#define __NR_get_robust_list (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 531)
#define __NR_vmsplice (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 532)
#define __NR_move_pages (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 533)
#define __NR_preadv (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 534)
#define __NR_pwritev (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 535)
#define __NR_rt_tgsigqueueinfo (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 536)
#define __NR_recvmmsg (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 537)
#define __NR_sendmmsg (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 538)
#define __NR_process_vm_readv (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 539)
#define __NR_process_vm_writev (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 540)
#define __NR_setsockopt (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 541)
#define __NR_getsockopt (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 542)
#define __NR_io_setup (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 543)
#define __NR_io_submit (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 544)
#define __NR_execveat (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 545)
#define __NR_preadv2 (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 546)
#define __NR_pwritev2 (__X32_SYSCALL_BIT + 547)

#endif /* _ASM_X86_UNISTD_X32_H */
#ifndef _GDFONTT_H_
#define _GDFONTT_H_ 1

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif

/*
	This is a header file for gd font, generated using
	bdftogd version 0.5 by Jan Pazdziora, adelton@fi.muni.cz
	from bdf font
	-Misc-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--8-80-75-75-C-50-ISO8859-2
	at Thu Jan  8 13:49:54 1998.
	The original bdf was holding following copyright:
	"Libor Skarvada, libor@informatics.muni.cz"
 */

#include "gd.h"

extern BGD_EXPORT_DATA_PROT gdFontPtr gdFontTiny;
BGD_DECLARE(gdFontPtr) gdFontGetTiny(void);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/* Copyright (C) 1992-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _IEEE754_H

#define _IEEE754_H 1
#include <features.h>

#include <endian.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

union ieee754_float
  {
    float f;

    /* This is the IEEE 754 single-precision format.  */
    struct
      {
#if	__BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
	unsigned int negative:1;
	unsigned int exponent:8;
	unsigned int mantissa:23;
#endif				/* Big endian.  */
#if	__BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
	unsigned int mantissa:23;
	unsigned int exponent:8;
	unsigned int negative:1;
#endif				/* Little endian.  */
      } ieee;

    /* This format makes it easier to see if a NaN is a signalling NaN.  */
    struct
      {
#if	__BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
	unsigned int negative:1;
	unsigned int exponent:8;
	unsigned int quiet_nan:1;
	unsigned int mantissa:22;
#endif				/* Big endian.  */
#if	__BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
	unsigned int mantissa:22;
	unsigned int quiet_nan:1;
	unsigned int exponent:8;
	unsigned int negative:1;
#endif				/* Little endian.  */
      } ieee_nan;
  };

#define IEEE754_FLOAT_BIAS	0x7f /* Added to exponent.  */


union ieee754_double
  {
    double d;

    /* This is the IEEE 754 double-precision format.  */
    struct
      {
#if	__BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
	unsigned int negative:1;
	unsigned int exponent:11;
	/* Together these comprise the mantissa.  */
	unsigned int mantissa0:20;
	unsigned int mantissa1:32;
#endif				/* Big endian.  */
#if	__BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
# if	__FLOAT_WORD_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
	unsigned int mantissa0:20;
	unsigned int exponent:11;
	unsigned int negative:1;
	unsigned int mantissa1:32;
# else
	/* Together these comprise the mantissa.  */
	unsigned int mantissa1:32;
	unsigned int mantissa0:20;
	unsigned int exponent:11;
	unsigned int negative:1;
# endif
#endif				/* Little endian.  */
      } ieee;

    /* This format makes it easier to see if a NaN is a signalling NaN.  */
    struct
      {
#if	__BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
	unsigned int negative:1;
	unsigned int exponent:11;
	unsigned int quiet_nan:1;
	/* Together these comprise the mantissa.  */
	unsigned int mantissa0:19;
	unsigned int mantissa1:32;
#else
# if	__FLOAT_WORD_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
	unsigned int mantissa0:19;
	unsigned int quiet_nan:1;
	unsigned int exponent:11;
	unsigned int negative:1;
	unsigned int mantissa1:32;
# else
	/* Together these comprise the mantissa.  */
	unsigned int mantissa1:32;
	unsigned int mantissa0:19;
	unsigned int quiet_nan:1;
	unsigned int exponent:11;
	unsigned int negative:1;
# endif
#endif
      } ieee_nan;
  };

#define IEEE754_DOUBLE_BIAS	0x3ff /* Added to exponent.  */


union ieee854_long_double
  {
    long double d;

    /* This is the IEEE 854 double-extended-precision format.  */
    struct
      {
#if	__BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
	unsigned int negative:1;
	unsigned int exponent:15;
	unsigned int empty:16;
	unsigned int mantissa0:32;
	unsigned int mantissa1:32;
#endif
#if	__BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
# if	__FLOAT_WORD_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
	unsigned int exponent:15;
	unsigned int negative:1;
	unsigned int empty:16;
	unsigned int mantissa0:32;
	unsigned int mantissa1:32;
# else
	unsigned int mantissa1:32;
	unsigned int mantissa0:32;
	unsigned int exponent:15;
	unsigned int negative:1;
	unsigned int empty:16;
# endif
#endif
      } ieee;

    /* This is for NaNs in the IEEE 854 double-extended-precision format.  */
    struct
      {
#if	__BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
	unsigned int negative:1;
	unsigned int exponent:15;
	unsigned int empty:16;
	unsigned int one:1;
	unsigned int quiet_nan:1;
	unsigned int mantissa0:30;
	unsigned int mantissa1:32;
#endif
#if	__BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
# if	__FLOAT_WORD_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
	unsigned int exponent:15;
	unsigned int negative:1;
	unsigned int empty:16;
	unsigned int mantissa0:30;
	unsigned int quiet_nan:1;
	unsigned int one:1;
	unsigned int mantissa1:32;
# else
	unsigned int mantissa1:32;
	unsigned int mantissa0:30;
	unsigned int quiet_nan:1;
	unsigned int one:1;
	unsigned int exponent:15;
	unsigned int negative:1;
	unsigned int empty:16;
# endif
#endif
      } ieee_nan;
  };

#define IEEE854_LONG_DOUBLE_BIAS 0x3fff

__END_DECLS

#endif /* ieee754.h */
/*************************************************
*       Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions      *
*************************************************/

/* This is the public header file for the PCRE library, second API, to be
#included by applications that call PCRE2 functions.

           Copyright (c) 2016-2018 University of Cambridge

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.

    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
      documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

    * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
      this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/

#ifndef PCRE2_H_IDEMPOTENT_GUARD
#define PCRE2_H_IDEMPOTENT_GUARD

/* The current PCRE version information. */

#define PCRE2_MAJOR           10
#define PCRE2_MINOR           32
#define PCRE2_PRERELEASE      
#define PCRE2_DATE            2018-09-10

/* For the benefit of systems without stdint.h, an alternative is to use
inttypes.h. The existence of these headers is checked by configure or CMake. */

#define PCRE2_HAVE_STDINT_H   1
#define PCRE2_HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1

/* When an application links to a PCRE DLL in Windows, the symbols that are
imported have to be identified as such. When building PCRE2, the appropriate
export setting is defined in pcre2_internal.h, which includes this file. So we
don't change existing definitions of PCRE2_EXP_DECL. */

#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(PCRE2_STATIC)
#  ifndef PCRE2_EXP_DECL
#    define PCRE2_EXP_DECL  extern __declspec(dllimport)
#  endif
#endif

/* By default, we use the standard "extern" declarations. */

#ifndef PCRE2_EXP_DECL
#  ifdef __cplusplus
#    define PCRE2_EXP_DECL  extern "C"
#  else
#    define PCRE2_EXP_DECL  extern
#  endif
#endif

/* When compiling with the MSVC compiler, it is sometimes necessary to include
a "calling convention" before exported function names. (This is secondhand
information; I know nothing about MSVC myself). For example, something like

  void __cdecl function(....)

might be needed. In order so make this easy, all the exported functions have
PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION just before their names. It is rarely needed; if not
set, we ensure here that it has no effect. */

#ifndef PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION
#define PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION
#endif

/* Have to include limits.h, stdlib.h and stdint.h (or inttypes.h) to ensure
that size_t and uint8_t, UCHAR_MAX, etc are defined. If the system has neither
header, the relevant values must be provided by some other means. */

#include <limits.h>
#include <stdlib.h>

#if PCRE2_HAVE_STDINT_H
#include <stdint.h>
#elif PCRE2_HAVE_INTTYPES_H
#include <inttypes.h>
#endif

/* Allow for C++ users compiling this directly. */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* The following option bits can be passed to pcre2_compile(), pcre2_match(),
or pcre2_dfa_match(). PCRE2_NO_UTF_CHECK affects only the function to which it
is passed. Put these bits at the most significant end of the options word so
others can be added next to them */

#define PCRE2_ANCHORED            0x80000000u
#define PCRE2_NO_UTF_CHECK        0x40000000u
#define PCRE2_ENDANCHORED         0x20000000u

/* The following option bits can be passed only to pcre2_compile(). However,
they may affect compilation, JIT compilation, and/or interpretive execution.
The following tags indicate which:

C   alters what is compiled by pcre2_compile()
J   alters what is compiled by pcre2_jit_compile()
M   is inspected during pcre2_match() execution
D   is inspected during pcre2_dfa_match() execution
*/

#define PCRE2_ALLOW_EMPTY_CLASS   0x00000001u  /* C       */
#define PCRE2_ALT_BSUX            0x00000002u  /* C       */
#define PCRE2_AUTO_CALLOUT        0x00000004u  /* C       */
#define PCRE2_CASELESS            0x00000008u  /* C       */
#define PCRE2_DOLLAR_ENDONLY      0x00000010u  /*   J M D */
#define PCRE2_DOTALL              0x00000020u  /* C       */
#define PCRE2_DUPNAMES            0x00000040u  /* C       */
#define PCRE2_EXTENDED            0x00000080u  /* C       */
#define PCRE2_FIRSTLINE           0x00000100u  /*   J M D */
#define PCRE2_MATCH_UNSET_BACKREF 0x00000200u  /* C J M   */
#define PCRE2_MULTILINE           0x00000400u  /* C       */
#define PCRE2_NEVER_UCP           0x00000800u  /* C       */
#define PCRE2_NEVER_UTF           0x00001000u  /* C       */
#define PCRE2_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE     0x00002000u  /* C       */
#define PCRE2_NO_AUTO_POSSESS     0x00004000u  /* C       */
#define PCRE2_NO_DOTSTAR_ANCHOR   0x00008000u  /* C       */
#define PCRE2_NO_START_OPTIMIZE   0x00010000u  /*   J M D */
#define PCRE2_UCP                 0x00020000u  /* C J M D */
#define PCRE2_UNGREEDY            0x00040000u  /* C       */
#define PCRE2_UTF                 0x00080000u  /* C J M D */
#define PCRE2_NEVER_BACKSLASH_C   0x00100000u  /* C       */
#define PCRE2_ALT_CIRCUMFLEX      0x00200000u  /*   J M D */
#define PCRE2_ALT_VERBNAMES       0x00400000u  /* C       */
#define PCRE2_USE_OFFSET_LIMIT    0x00800000u  /*   J M D */
#define PCRE2_EXTENDED_MORE       0x01000000u  /* C       */
#define PCRE2_LITERAL             0x02000000u  /* C       */

/* An additional compile options word is available in the compile context. */

#define PCRE2_EXTRA_ALLOW_SURROGATE_ESCAPES  0x00000001u  /* C */
#define PCRE2_EXTRA_BAD_ESCAPE_IS_LITERAL    0x00000002u  /* C */
#define PCRE2_EXTRA_MATCH_WORD               0x00000004u  /* C */
#define PCRE2_EXTRA_MATCH_LINE               0x00000008u  /* C */

/* These are for pcre2_jit_compile(). */

#define PCRE2_JIT_COMPLETE        0x00000001u  /* For full matching */
#define PCRE2_JIT_PARTIAL_SOFT    0x00000002u
#define PCRE2_JIT_PARTIAL_HARD    0x00000004u

/* These are for pcre2_match(), pcre2_dfa_match(), and pcre2_jit_match(). Note
that PCRE2_ANCHORED and PCRE2_NO_UTF_CHECK can also be passed to these
functions (though pcre2_jit_match() ignores the latter since it bypasses all
sanity checks). */

#define PCRE2_NOTBOL              0x00000001u
#define PCRE2_NOTEOL              0x00000002u
#define PCRE2_NOTEMPTY            0x00000004u  /* ) These two must be kept */
#define PCRE2_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART    0x00000008u  /* ) adjacent to each other. */
#define PCRE2_PARTIAL_SOFT        0x00000010u
#define PCRE2_PARTIAL_HARD        0x00000020u

/* These are additional options for pcre2_dfa_match(). */

#define PCRE2_DFA_RESTART         0x00000040u
#define PCRE2_DFA_SHORTEST        0x00000080u

/* These are additional options for pcre2_substitute(), which passes any others
through to pcre2_match(). */

#define PCRE2_SUBSTITUTE_GLOBAL           0x00000100u
#define PCRE2_SUBSTITUTE_EXTENDED         0x00000200u
#define PCRE2_SUBSTITUTE_UNSET_EMPTY      0x00000400u
#define PCRE2_SUBSTITUTE_UNKNOWN_UNSET    0x00000800u
#define PCRE2_SUBSTITUTE_OVERFLOW_LENGTH  0x00001000u

/* A further option for pcre2_match(), not allowed for pcre2_dfa_match(),
ignored for pcre2_jit_match(). */

#define PCRE2_NO_JIT              0x00002000u

/* Options for pcre2_pattern_convert(). */

#define PCRE2_CONVERT_UTF                    0x00000001u
#define PCRE2_CONVERT_NO_UTF_CHECK           0x00000002u
#define PCRE2_CONVERT_POSIX_BASIC            0x00000004u
#define PCRE2_CONVERT_POSIX_EXTENDED         0x00000008u
#define PCRE2_CONVERT_GLOB                   0x00000010u
#define PCRE2_CONVERT_GLOB_NO_WILD_SEPARATOR 0x00000030u
#define PCRE2_CONVERT_GLOB_NO_STARSTAR       0x00000050u

/* Newline and \R settings, for use in compile contexts. The newline values
must be kept in step with values set in config.h and both sets must all be
greater than zero. */

#define PCRE2_NEWLINE_CR          1
#define PCRE2_NEWLINE_LF          2
#define PCRE2_NEWLINE_CRLF        3
#define PCRE2_NEWLINE_ANY         4
#define PCRE2_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF     5
#define PCRE2_NEWLINE_NUL         6

#define PCRE2_BSR_UNICODE         1
#define PCRE2_BSR_ANYCRLF         2

/* Error codes for pcre2_compile(). Some of these are also used by
pcre2_pattern_convert(). */

#define PCRE2_ERROR_END_BACKSLASH                  101
#define PCRE2_ERROR_END_BACKSLASH_C                102
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UNKNOWN_ESCAPE                 103
#define PCRE2_ERROR_QUANTIFIER_OUT_OF_ORDER        104
#define PCRE2_ERROR_QUANTIFIER_TOO_BIG             105
#define PCRE2_ERROR_MISSING_SQUARE_BRACKET         106
#define PCRE2_ERROR_ESCAPE_INVALID_IN_CLASS        107
#define PCRE2_ERROR_CLASS_RANGE_ORDER              108
#define PCRE2_ERROR_QUANTIFIER_INVALID             109
#define PCRE2_ERROR_INTERNAL_UNEXPECTED_REPEAT     110
#define PCRE2_ERROR_INVALID_AFTER_PARENS_QUERY     111
#define PCRE2_ERROR_POSIX_CLASS_NOT_IN_CLASS       112
#define PCRE2_ERROR_POSIX_NO_SUPPORT_COLLATING     113
#define PCRE2_ERROR_MISSING_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS    114
#define PCRE2_ERROR_BAD_SUBPATTERN_REFERENCE       115
#define PCRE2_ERROR_NULL_PATTERN                   116
#define PCRE2_ERROR_BAD_OPTIONS                    117
#define PCRE2_ERROR_MISSING_COMMENT_CLOSING        118
#define PCRE2_ERROR_PARENTHESES_NEST_TOO_DEEP      119
#define PCRE2_ERROR_PATTERN_TOO_LARGE              120
#define PCRE2_ERROR_HEAP_FAILED                    121
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UNMATCHED_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS  122
#define PCRE2_ERROR_INTERNAL_CODE_OVERFLOW         123
#define PCRE2_ERROR_MISSING_CONDITION_CLOSING      124
#define PCRE2_ERROR_LOOKBEHIND_NOT_FIXED_LENGTH    125
#define PCRE2_ERROR_ZERO_RELATIVE_REFERENCE        126
#define PCRE2_ERROR_TOO_MANY_CONDITION_BRANCHES    127
#define PCRE2_ERROR_CONDITION_ASSERTION_EXPECTED   128
#define PCRE2_ERROR_BAD_RELATIVE_REFERENCE         129
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UNKNOWN_POSIX_CLASS            130
#define PCRE2_ERROR_INTERNAL_STUDY_ERROR           131
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UNICODE_NOT_SUPPORTED          132
#define PCRE2_ERROR_PARENTHESES_STACK_CHECK        133
#define PCRE2_ERROR_CODE_POINT_TOO_BIG             134
#define PCRE2_ERROR_LOOKBEHIND_TOO_COMPLICATED     135
#define PCRE2_ERROR_LOOKBEHIND_INVALID_BACKSLASH_C 136
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE    137
#define PCRE2_ERROR_CALLOUT_NUMBER_TOO_BIG         138
#define PCRE2_ERROR_MISSING_CALLOUT_CLOSING        139
#define PCRE2_ERROR_ESCAPE_INVALID_IN_VERB         140
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UNRECOGNIZED_AFTER_QUERY_P     141
#define PCRE2_ERROR_MISSING_NAME_TERMINATOR        142
#define PCRE2_ERROR_DUPLICATE_SUBPATTERN_NAME      143
#define PCRE2_ERROR_INVALID_SUBPATTERN_NAME        144
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UNICODE_PROPERTIES_UNAVAILABLE 145
#define PCRE2_ERROR_MALFORMED_UNICODE_PROPERTY     146
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UNKNOWN_UNICODE_PROPERTY       147
#define PCRE2_ERROR_SUBPATTERN_NAME_TOO_LONG       148
#define PCRE2_ERROR_TOO_MANY_NAMED_SUBPATTERNS     149
#define PCRE2_ERROR_CLASS_INVALID_RANGE            150
#define PCRE2_ERROR_OCTAL_BYTE_TOO_BIG             151
#define PCRE2_ERROR_INTERNAL_OVERRAN_WORKSPACE     152
#define PCRE2_ERROR_INTERNAL_MISSING_SUBPATTERN    153
#define PCRE2_ERROR_DEFINE_TOO_MANY_BRANCHES       154
#define PCRE2_ERROR_BACKSLASH_O_MISSING_BRACE      155
#define PCRE2_ERROR_INTERNAL_UNKNOWN_NEWLINE       156
#define PCRE2_ERROR_BACKSLASH_G_SYNTAX             157
#define PCRE2_ERROR_PARENS_QUERY_R_MISSING_CLOSING 158
/* Error 159 is obsolete and should now never occur */
#define PCRE2_ERROR_VERB_ARGUMENT_NOT_ALLOWED      159
#define PCRE2_ERROR_VERB_UNKNOWN                   160
#define PCRE2_ERROR_SUBPATTERN_NUMBER_TOO_BIG      161
#define PCRE2_ERROR_SUBPATTERN_NAME_EXPECTED       162
#define PCRE2_ERROR_INTERNAL_PARSED_OVERFLOW       163
#define PCRE2_ERROR_INVALID_OCTAL                  164
#define PCRE2_ERROR_SUBPATTERN_NAMES_MISMATCH      165
#define PCRE2_ERROR_MARK_MISSING_ARGUMENT          166
#define PCRE2_ERROR_INVALID_HEXADECIMAL            167
#define PCRE2_ERROR_BACKSLASH_C_SYNTAX             168
#define PCRE2_ERROR_BACKSLASH_K_SYNTAX             169
#define PCRE2_ERROR_INTERNAL_BAD_CODE_LOOKBEHINDS  170
#define PCRE2_ERROR_BACKSLASH_N_IN_CLASS           171
#define PCRE2_ERROR_CALLOUT_STRING_TOO_LONG        172
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UNICODE_DISALLOWED_CODE_POINT  173
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF_IS_DISABLED                174
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UCP_IS_DISABLED                175
#define PCRE2_ERROR_VERB_NAME_TOO_LONG             176
#define PCRE2_ERROR_BACKSLASH_U_CODE_POINT_TOO_BIG 177
#define PCRE2_ERROR_MISSING_OCTAL_OR_HEX_DIGITS    178
#define PCRE2_ERROR_VERSION_CONDITION_SYNTAX       179
#define PCRE2_ERROR_INTERNAL_BAD_CODE_AUTO_POSSESS 180
#define PCRE2_ERROR_CALLOUT_NO_STRING_DELIMITER    181
#define PCRE2_ERROR_CALLOUT_BAD_STRING_DELIMITER   182
#define PCRE2_ERROR_BACKSLASH_C_CALLER_DISABLED    183
#define PCRE2_ERROR_QUERY_BARJX_NEST_TOO_DEEP      184
#define PCRE2_ERROR_BACKSLASH_C_LIBRARY_DISABLED   185
#define PCRE2_ERROR_PATTERN_TOO_COMPLICATED        186
#define PCRE2_ERROR_LOOKBEHIND_TOO_LONG            187
#define PCRE2_ERROR_PATTERN_STRING_TOO_LONG        188
#define PCRE2_ERROR_INTERNAL_BAD_CODE              189
#define PCRE2_ERROR_INTERNAL_BAD_CODE_IN_SKIP      190
#define PCRE2_ERROR_NO_SURROGATES_IN_UTF16         191
#define PCRE2_ERROR_BAD_LITERAL_OPTIONS            192
#define PCRE2_ERROR_SUPPORTED_ONLY_IN_UNICODE      193
#define PCRE2_ERROR_INVALID_HYPHEN_IN_OPTIONS      194


/* "Expected" matching error codes: no match and partial match. */

#define PCRE2_ERROR_NOMATCH          (-1)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_PARTIAL          (-2)

/* Error codes for UTF-8 validity checks */

#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF8_ERR1        (-3)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF8_ERR2        (-4)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF8_ERR3        (-5)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF8_ERR4        (-6)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF8_ERR5        (-7)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF8_ERR6        (-8)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF8_ERR7        (-9)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF8_ERR8       (-10)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF8_ERR9       (-11)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF8_ERR10      (-12)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF8_ERR11      (-13)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF8_ERR12      (-14)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF8_ERR13      (-15)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF8_ERR14      (-16)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF8_ERR15      (-17)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF8_ERR16      (-18)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF8_ERR17      (-19)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF8_ERR18      (-20)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF8_ERR19      (-21)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF8_ERR20      (-22)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF8_ERR21      (-23)

/* Error codes for UTF-16 validity checks */

#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF16_ERR1      (-24)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF16_ERR2      (-25)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF16_ERR3      (-26)

/* Error codes for UTF-32 validity checks */

#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF32_ERR1      (-27)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UTF32_ERR2      (-28)

/* Miscellaneous error codes for pcre2[_dfa]_match(), substring extraction
functions, context functions, and serializing functions. They are in numerical
order. Originally they were in alphabetical order too, but now that PCRE2 is
released, the numbers must not be changed. */

#define PCRE2_ERROR_BADDATA           (-29)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_MIXEDTABLES       (-30)  /* Name was changed */
#define PCRE2_ERROR_BADMAGIC          (-31)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_BADMODE           (-32)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_BADOFFSET         (-33)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_BADOPTION         (-34)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_BADREPLACEMENT    (-35)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_BADUTFOFFSET      (-36)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_CALLOUT           (-37)  /* Never used by PCRE2 itself */
#define PCRE2_ERROR_DFA_BADRESTART    (-38)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_DFA_RECURSE       (-39)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_DFA_UCOND         (-40)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_DFA_UFUNC         (-41)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_DFA_UITEM         (-42)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_DFA_WSSIZE        (-43)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_INTERNAL          (-44)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_JIT_BADOPTION     (-45)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_JIT_STACKLIMIT    (-46)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_MATCHLIMIT        (-47)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_NOMEMORY          (-48)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING       (-49)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_NOUNIQUESUBSTRING (-50)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_NULL              (-51)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_RECURSELOOP       (-52)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_DEPTHLIMIT        (-53)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_RECURSIONLIMIT    (-53)  /* Obsolete synonym */
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UNAVAILABLE       (-54)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_UNSET             (-55)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_BADOFFSETLIMIT    (-56)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_BADREPESCAPE      (-57)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_REPMISSINGBRACE   (-58)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_BADSUBSTITUTION   (-59)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_BADSUBSPATTERN    (-60)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_TOOMANYREPLACE    (-61)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_BADSERIALIZEDDATA (-62)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_HEAPLIMIT         (-63)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_CONVERT_SYNTAX    (-64)
#define PCRE2_ERROR_INTERNAL_DUPMATCH (-65)


/* Request types for pcre2_pattern_info() */

#define PCRE2_INFO_ALLOPTIONS            0
#define PCRE2_INFO_ARGOPTIONS            1
#define PCRE2_INFO_BACKREFMAX            2
#define PCRE2_INFO_BSR                   3
#define PCRE2_INFO_CAPTURECOUNT          4
#define PCRE2_INFO_FIRSTCODEUNIT         5
#define PCRE2_INFO_FIRSTCODETYPE         6
#define PCRE2_INFO_FIRSTBITMAP           7
#define PCRE2_INFO_HASCRORLF             8
#define PCRE2_INFO_JCHANGED              9
#define PCRE2_INFO_JITSIZE              10
#define PCRE2_INFO_LASTCODEUNIT         11
#define PCRE2_INFO_LASTCODETYPE         12
#define PCRE2_INFO_MATCHEMPTY           13
#define PCRE2_INFO_MATCHLIMIT           14
#define PCRE2_INFO_MAXLOOKBEHIND        15
#define PCRE2_INFO_MINLENGTH            16
#define PCRE2_INFO_NAMECOUNT            17
#define PCRE2_INFO_NAMEENTRYSIZE        18
#define PCRE2_INFO_NAMETABLE            19
#define PCRE2_INFO_NEWLINE              20
#define PCRE2_INFO_DEPTHLIMIT           21
#define PCRE2_INFO_RECURSIONLIMIT       21  /* Obsolete synonym */
#define PCRE2_INFO_SIZE                 22
#define PCRE2_INFO_HASBACKSLASHC        23
#define PCRE2_INFO_FRAMESIZE            24
#define PCRE2_INFO_HEAPLIMIT            25
#define PCRE2_INFO_EXTRAOPTIONS         26

/* Request types for pcre2_config(). */

#define PCRE2_CONFIG_BSR                     0
#define PCRE2_CONFIG_JIT                     1
#define PCRE2_CONFIG_JITTARGET               2
#define PCRE2_CONFIG_LINKSIZE                3
#define PCRE2_CONFIG_MATCHLIMIT              4
#define PCRE2_CONFIG_NEWLINE                 5
#define PCRE2_CONFIG_PARENSLIMIT             6
#define PCRE2_CONFIG_DEPTHLIMIT              7
#define PCRE2_CONFIG_RECURSIONLIMIT          7  /* Obsolete synonym */
#define PCRE2_CONFIG_STACKRECURSE            8  /* Obsolete */
#define PCRE2_CONFIG_UNICODE                 9
#define PCRE2_CONFIG_UNICODE_VERSION        10
#define PCRE2_CONFIG_VERSION                11
#define PCRE2_CONFIG_HEAPLIMIT              12
#define PCRE2_CONFIG_NEVER_BACKSLASH_C      13
#define PCRE2_CONFIG_COMPILED_WIDTHS        14


/* Types for code units in patterns and subject strings. */

typedef uint8_t  PCRE2_UCHAR8;
typedef uint16_t PCRE2_UCHAR16;
typedef uint32_t PCRE2_UCHAR32;

typedef const PCRE2_UCHAR8  *PCRE2_SPTR8;
typedef const PCRE2_UCHAR16 *PCRE2_SPTR16;
typedef const PCRE2_UCHAR32 *PCRE2_SPTR32;

/* The PCRE2_SIZE type is used for all string lengths and offsets in PCRE2,
including pattern offsets for errors and subject offsets after a match. We
define special values to indicate zero-terminated strings and unset offsets in
the offset vector (ovector). */

#define PCRE2_SIZE            size_t
#define PCRE2_SIZE_MAX        SIZE_MAX
#define PCRE2_ZERO_TERMINATED (~(PCRE2_SIZE)0)
#define PCRE2_UNSET           (~(PCRE2_SIZE)0)

/* Generic types for opaque structures and JIT callback functions. These
declarations are defined in a macro that is expanded for each width later. */

#define PCRE2_TYPES_LIST \
struct pcre2_real_general_context; \
typedef struct pcre2_real_general_context pcre2_general_context; \
\
struct pcre2_real_compile_context; \
typedef struct pcre2_real_compile_context pcre2_compile_context; \
\
struct pcre2_real_match_context; \
typedef struct pcre2_real_match_context pcre2_match_context; \
\
struct pcre2_real_convert_context; \
typedef struct pcre2_real_convert_context pcre2_convert_context; \
\
struct pcre2_real_code; \
typedef struct pcre2_real_code pcre2_code; \
\
struct pcre2_real_match_data; \
typedef struct pcre2_real_match_data pcre2_match_data; \
\
struct pcre2_real_jit_stack; \
typedef struct pcre2_real_jit_stack pcre2_jit_stack; \
\
typedef pcre2_jit_stack *(*pcre2_jit_callback)(void *);


/* The structure for passing out data via the pcre_callout_function. We use a
structure so that new fields can be added on the end in future versions,
without changing the API of the function, thereby allowing old clients to work
without modification. Define the generic version in a macro; the width-specific
versions are generated from this macro below. */

/* Flags for the callout_flags field. These are cleared after a callout. */

#define PCRE2_CALLOUT_STARTMATCH    0x00000001u  /* Set for each bumpalong */
#define PCRE2_CALLOUT_BACKTRACK     0x00000002u  /* Set after a backtrack */

#define PCRE2_STRUCTURE_LIST \
typedef struct pcre2_callout_block { \
  uint32_t      version;           /* Identifies version of block */ \
  /* ------------------------ Version 0 ------------------------------- */ \
  uint32_t      callout_number;    /* Number compiled into pattern */ \
  uint32_t      capture_top;       /* Max current capture */ \
  uint32_t      capture_last;      /* Most recently closed capture */ \
  PCRE2_SIZE   *offset_vector;     /* The offset vector */ \
  PCRE2_SPTR    mark;              /* Pointer to current mark or NULL */ \
  PCRE2_SPTR    subject;           /* The subject being matched */ \
  PCRE2_SIZE    subject_length;    /* The length of the subject */ \
  PCRE2_SIZE    start_match;       /* Offset to start of this match attempt */ \
  PCRE2_SIZE    current_position;  /* Where we currently are in the subject */ \
  PCRE2_SIZE    pattern_position;  /* Offset to next item in the pattern */ \
  PCRE2_SIZE    next_item_length;  /* Length of next item in the pattern */ \
  /* ------------------- Added for Version 1 -------------------------- */ \
  PCRE2_SIZE    callout_string_offset; /* Offset to string within pattern */ \
  PCRE2_SIZE    callout_string_length; /* Length of string compiled into pattern */ \
  PCRE2_SPTR    callout_string;    /* String compiled into pattern */ \
  /* ------------------- Added for Version 2 -------------------------- */ \
  uint32_t      callout_flags;     /* See above for list */ \
  /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */ \
} pcre2_callout_block; \
\
typedef struct pcre2_callout_enumerate_block { \
  uint32_t      version;           /* Identifies version of block */ \
  /* ------------------------ Version 0 ------------------------------- */ \
  PCRE2_SIZE    pattern_position;  /* Offset to next item in the pattern */ \
  PCRE2_SIZE    next_item_length;  /* Length of next item in the pattern */ \
  uint32_t      callout_number;    /* Number compiled into pattern */ \
  PCRE2_SIZE    callout_string_offset; /* Offset to string within pattern */ \
  PCRE2_SIZE    callout_string_length; /* Length of string compiled into pattern */ \
  PCRE2_SPTR    callout_string;    /* String compiled into pattern */ \
  /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */ \
} pcre2_callout_enumerate_block;


/* List the generic forms of all other functions in macros, which will be
expanded for each width below. Start with functions that give general
information. */

#define PCRE2_GENERAL_INFO_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION pcre2_config(uint32_t, void *);


/* Functions for manipulating contexts. */

#define PCRE2_GENERAL_CONTEXT_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL pcre2_general_context PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  *pcre2_general_context_copy(pcre2_general_context *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL pcre2_general_context PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  *pcre2_general_context_create(void *(*)(PCRE2_SIZE, void *), \
    void (*)(void *, void *), void *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL void PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_general_context_free(pcre2_general_context *);

#define PCRE2_COMPILE_CONTEXT_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL pcre2_compile_context PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  *pcre2_compile_context_copy(pcre2_compile_context *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL pcre2_compile_context PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  *pcre2_compile_context_create(pcre2_general_context *);\
PCRE2_EXP_DECL void PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_compile_context_free(pcre2_compile_context *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_set_bsr(pcre2_compile_context *, uint32_t); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_set_character_tables(pcre2_compile_context *, const unsigned char *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_set_compile_extra_options(pcre2_compile_context *, uint32_t); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_set_max_pattern_length(pcre2_compile_context *, PCRE2_SIZE); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_set_newline(pcre2_compile_context *, uint32_t); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_set_parens_nest_limit(pcre2_compile_context *, uint32_t); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_set_compile_recursion_guard(pcre2_compile_context *, \
    int (*)(uint32_t, void *), void *);

#define PCRE2_MATCH_CONTEXT_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL pcre2_match_context PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  *pcre2_match_context_copy(pcre2_match_context *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL pcre2_match_context PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  *pcre2_match_context_create(pcre2_general_context *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL void PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_match_context_free(pcre2_match_context *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_set_callout(pcre2_match_context *, \
    int (*)(pcre2_callout_block *, void *), void *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_set_depth_limit(pcre2_match_context *, uint32_t); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_set_heap_limit(pcre2_match_context *, uint32_t); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_set_match_limit(pcre2_match_context *, uint32_t); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_set_offset_limit(pcre2_match_context *, PCRE2_SIZE); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_set_recursion_limit(pcre2_match_context *, uint32_t); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_set_recursion_memory_management(pcre2_match_context *, \
    void *(*)(PCRE2_SIZE, void *), void (*)(void *, void *), void *);

#define PCRE2_CONVERT_CONTEXT_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL pcre2_convert_context PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  *pcre2_convert_context_copy(pcre2_convert_context *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL pcre2_convert_context PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  *pcre2_convert_context_create(pcre2_general_context *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL void PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_convert_context_free(pcre2_convert_context *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_set_glob_escape(pcre2_convert_context *, uint32_t); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_set_glob_separator(pcre2_convert_context *, uint32_t);


/* Functions concerned with compiling a pattern to PCRE internal code. */

#define PCRE2_COMPILE_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL pcre2_code PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  *pcre2_compile(PCRE2_SPTR, PCRE2_SIZE, uint32_t, int *, PCRE2_SIZE *, \
    pcre2_compile_context *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL void PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_code_free(pcre2_code *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL pcre2_code PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  *pcre2_code_copy(const pcre2_code *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL pcre2_code PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  *pcre2_code_copy_with_tables(const pcre2_code *);


/* Functions that give information about a compiled pattern. */

#define PCRE2_PATTERN_INFO_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_pattern_info(const pcre2_code *, uint32_t, void *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_callout_enumerate(const pcre2_code *, \
    int (*)(pcre2_callout_enumerate_block *, void *), void *);


/* Functions for running a match and inspecting the result. */

#define PCRE2_MATCH_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL pcre2_match_data PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  *pcre2_match_data_create(uint32_t, pcre2_general_context *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL pcre2_match_data PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  *pcre2_match_data_create_from_pattern(const pcre2_code *, \
    pcre2_general_context *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_dfa_match(const pcre2_code *, PCRE2_SPTR, PCRE2_SIZE, PCRE2_SIZE, \
    uint32_t, pcre2_match_data *, pcre2_match_context *, int *, PCRE2_SIZE); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_match(const pcre2_code *, PCRE2_SPTR, PCRE2_SIZE, PCRE2_SIZE, \
    uint32_t, pcre2_match_data *, pcre2_match_context *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL void PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_match_data_free(pcre2_match_data *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL PCRE2_SPTR PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_get_mark(pcre2_match_data *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL uint32_t PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_get_ovector_count(pcre2_match_data *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL PCRE2_SIZE PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  *pcre2_get_ovector_pointer(pcre2_match_data *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL PCRE2_SIZE PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_get_startchar(pcre2_match_data *);


/* Convenience functions for handling matched substrings. */

#define PCRE2_SUBSTRING_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_substring_copy_byname(pcre2_match_data *, PCRE2_SPTR, PCRE2_UCHAR *, \
    PCRE2_SIZE *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_substring_copy_bynumber(pcre2_match_data *, uint32_t, PCRE2_UCHAR *, \
    PCRE2_SIZE *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL void PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_substring_free(PCRE2_UCHAR *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_substring_get_byname(pcre2_match_data *, PCRE2_SPTR, PCRE2_UCHAR **, \
    PCRE2_SIZE *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_substring_get_bynumber(pcre2_match_data *, uint32_t, PCRE2_UCHAR **, \
    PCRE2_SIZE *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_substring_length_byname(pcre2_match_data *, PCRE2_SPTR, PCRE2_SIZE *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_substring_length_bynumber(pcre2_match_data *, uint32_t, PCRE2_SIZE *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_substring_nametable_scan(const pcre2_code *, PCRE2_SPTR, PCRE2_SPTR *, \
    PCRE2_SPTR *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_substring_number_from_name(const pcre2_code *, PCRE2_SPTR); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL void PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_substring_list_free(PCRE2_SPTR *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_substring_list_get(pcre2_match_data *, PCRE2_UCHAR ***, PCRE2_SIZE **);

/* Functions for serializing / deserializing compiled patterns. */

#define PCRE2_SERIALIZE_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int32_t PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_serialize_encode(const pcre2_code **, int32_t, uint8_t **, \
    PCRE2_SIZE *, pcre2_general_context *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int32_t PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_serialize_decode(pcre2_code **, int32_t, const uint8_t *, \
    pcre2_general_context *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int32_t PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_serialize_get_number_of_codes(const uint8_t *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL void PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_serialize_free(uint8_t *);


/* Convenience function for match + substitute. */

#define PCRE2_SUBSTITUTE_FUNCTION \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_substitute(const pcre2_code *, PCRE2_SPTR, PCRE2_SIZE, PCRE2_SIZE, \
    uint32_t, pcre2_match_data *, pcre2_match_context *, PCRE2_SPTR, \
    PCRE2_SIZE, PCRE2_UCHAR *, PCRE2_SIZE *);


/* Functions for converting pattern source strings. */

#define PCRE2_CONVERT_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_pattern_convert(PCRE2_SPTR, PCRE2_SIZE, uint32_t, PCRE2_UCHAR **, \
    PCRE2_SIZE *, pcre2_convert_context *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL void PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_converted_pattern_free(PCRE2_UCHAR *);


/* Functions for JIT processing */

#define PCRE2_JIT_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_jit_compile(pcre2_code *, uint32_t); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_jit_match(const pcre2_code *, PCRE2_SPTR, PCRE2_SIZE, PCRE2_SIZE, \
    uint32_t, pcre2_match_data *, pcre2_match_context *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL void PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_jit_free_unused_memory(pcre2_general_context *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL pcre2_jit_stack PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  *pcre2_jit_stack_create(PCRE2_SIZE, PCRE2_SIZE, pcre2_general_context *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL void PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_jit_stack_assign(pcre2_match_context *, pcre2_jit_callback, void *); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL void PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_jit_stack_free(pcre2_jit_stack *);


/* Other miscellaneous functions. */

#define PCRE2_OTHER_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL int PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  pcre2_get_error_message(int, PCRE2_UCHAR *, PCRE2_SIZE); \
PCRE2_EXP_DECL const uint8_t PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION \
  *pcre2_maketables(pcre2_general_context *); \


/* Define macros that generate width-specific names from generic versions. The
three-level macro scheme is necessary to get the macros expanded when we want
them to be. First we get the width from PCRE2_LOCAL_WIDTH, which is used for
generating three versions of everything below. After that, PCRE2_SUFFIX will be
re-defined to use PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH, for use when macros such as
pcre2_compile are called by application code. */

#define PCRE2_JOIN(a,b) a ## b
#define PCRE2_GLUE(a,b) PCRE2_JOIN(a,b)
#define PCRE2_SUFFIX(a) PCRE2_GLUE(a,PCRE2_LOCAL_WIDTH)


/* Data types */

#define PCRE2_UCHAR                 PCRE2_SUFFIX(PCRE2_UCHAR)
#define PCRE2_SPTR                  PCRE2_SUFFIX(PCRE2_SPTR)

#define pcre2_code                  PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_code_)
#define pcre2_jit_callback          PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_jit_callback_)
#define pcre2_jit_stack             PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_jit_stack_)

#define pcre2_real_code             PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_real_code_)
#define pcre2_real_general_context  PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_real_general_context_)
#define pcre2_real_compile_context  PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_real_compile_context_)
#define pcre2_real_convert_context  PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_real_convert_context_)
#define pcre2_real_match_context    PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_real_match_context_)
#define pcre2_real_jit_stack        PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_real_jit_stack_)
#define pcre2_real_match_data       PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_real_match_data_)


/* Data blocks */

#define pcre2_callout_block            PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_callout_block_)
#define pcre2_callout_enumerate_block  PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_callout_enumerate_block_)
#define pcre2_general_context          PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_general_context_)
#define pcre2_compile_context          PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_compile_context_)
#define pcre2_convert_context          PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_convert_context_)
#define pcre2_match_context            PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_match_context_)
#define pcre2_match_data               PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_match_data_)


/* Functions: the complete list in alphabetical order */

#define pcre2_callout_enumerate               PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_callout_enumerate_)
#define pcre2_code_copy                       PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_code_copy_)
#define pcre2_code_copy_with_tables           PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_code_copy_with_tables_)
#define pcre2_code_free                       PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_code_free_)
#define pcre2_compile                         PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_compile_)
#define pcre2_compile_context_copy            PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_compile_context_copy_)
#define pcre2_compile_context_create          PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_compile_context_create_)
#define pcre2_compile_context_free            PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_compile_context_free_)
#define pcre2_config                          PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_config_)
#define pcre2_convert_context_copy            PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_convert_context_copy_)
#define pcre2_convert_context_create          PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_convert_context_create_)
#define pcre2_convert_context_free            PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_convert_context_free_)
#define pcre2_converted_pattern_free          PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_converted_pattern_free_)
#define pcre2_dfa_match                       PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_dfa_match_)
#define pcre2_general_context_copy            PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_general_context_copy_)
#define pcre2_general_context_create          PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_general_context_create_)
#define pcre2_general_context_free            PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_general_context_free_)
#define pcre2_get_error_message               PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_get_error_message_)
#define pcre2_get_mark                        PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_get_mark_)
#define pcre2_get_ovector_pointer             PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_get_ovector_pointer_)
#define pcre2_get_ovector_count               PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_get_ovector_count_)
#define pcre2_get_startchar                   PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_get_startchar_)
#define pcre2_jit_compile                     PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_jit_compile_)
#define pcre2_jit_match                       PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_jit_match_)
#define pcre2_jit_free_unused_memory          PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_jit_free_unused_memory_)
#define pcre2_jit_stack_assign                PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_jit_stack_assign_)
#define pcre2_jit_stack_create                PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_jit_stack_create_)
#define pcre2_jit_stack_free                  PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_jit_stack_free_)
#define pcre2_maketables                      PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_maketables_)
#define pcre2_match                           PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_match_)
#define pcre2_match_context_copy              PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_match_context_copy_)
#define pcre2_match_context_create            PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_match_context_create_)
#define pcre2_match_context_free              PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_match_context_free_)
#define pcre2_match_data_create               PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_match_data_create_)
#define pcre2_match_data_create_from_pattern  PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_match_data_create_from_pattern_)
#define pcre2_match_data_free                 PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_match_data_free_)
#define pcre2_pattern_convert                 PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_pattern_convert_)
#define pcre2_pattern_info                    PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_pattern_info_)
#define pcre2_serialize_decode                PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_serialize_decode_)
#define pcre2_serialize_encode                PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_serialize_encode_)
#define pcre2_serialize_free                  PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_serialize_free_)
#define pcre2_serialize_get_number_of_codes   PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_serialize_get_number_of_codes_)
#define pcre2_set_bsr                         PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_set_bsr_)
#define pcre2_set_callout                     PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_set_callout_)
#define pcre2_set_character_tables            PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_set_character_tables_)
#define pcre2_set_compile_extra_options       PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_set_compile_extra_options_)
#define pcre2_set_compile_recursion_guard     PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_set_compile_recursion_guard_)
#define pcre2_set_depth_limit                 PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_set_depth_limit_)
#define pcre2_set_glob_escape                 PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_set_glob_escape_)
#define pcre2_set_glob_separator              PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_set_glob_separator_)
#define pcre2_set_heap_limit                  PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_set_heap_limit_)
#define pcre2_set_match_limit                 PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_set_match_limit_)
#define pcre2_set_max_pattern_length          PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_set_max_pattern_length_)
#define pcre2_set_newline                     PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_set_newline_)
#define pcre2_set_parens_nest_limit           PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_set_parens_nest_limit_)
#define pcre2_set_offset_limit                PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_set_offset_limit_)
#define pcre2_substitute                      PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_substitute_)
#define pcre2_substring_copy_byname           PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_substring_copy_byname_)
#define pcre2_substring_copy_bynumber         PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_substring_copy_bynumber_)
#define pcre2_substring_free                  PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_substring_free_)
#define pcre2_substring_get_byname            PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_substring_get_byname_)
#define pcre2_substring_get_bynumber          PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_substring_get_bynumber_)
#define pcre2_substring_length_byname         PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_substring_length_byname_)
#define pcre2_substring_length_bynumber       PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_substring_length_bynumber_)
#define pcre2_substring_list_get              PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_substring_list_get_)
#define pcre2_substring_list_free             PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_substring_list_free_)
#define pcre2_substring_nametable_scan        PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_substring_nametable_scan_)
#define pcre2_substring_number_from_name      PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_substring_number_from_name_)

/* Keep this old function name for backwards compatibility */
#define pcre2_set_recursion_limit PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_set_recursion_limit_)

/* Keep this obsolete function for backwards compatibility: it is now a noop. */
#define pcre2_set_recursion_memory_management PCRE2_SUFFIX(pcre2_set_recursion_memory_management_)

/* Now generate all three sets of width-specific structures and function
prototypes. */

#define PCRE2_TYPES_STRUCTURES_AND_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_TYPES_LIST \
PCRE2_STRUCTURE_LIST \
PCRE2_GENERAL_INFO_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_GENERAL_CONTEXT_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_COMPILE_CONTEXT_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_CONVERT_CONTEXT_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_CONVERT_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_MATCH_CONTEXT_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_COMPILE_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_PATTERN_INFO_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_MATCH_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_SUBSTRING_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_SERIALIZE_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_SUBSTITUTE_FUNCTION \
PCRE2_JIT_FUNCTIONS \
PCRE2_OTHER_FUNCTIONS

#define PCRE2_LOCAL_WIDTH 8
PCRE2_TYPES_STRUCTURES_AND_FUNCTIONS
#undef PCRE2_LOCAL_WIDTH

#define PCRE2_LOCAL_WIDTH 16
PCRE2_TYPES_STRUCTURES_AND_FUNCTIONS
#undef PCRE2_LOCAL_WIDTH

#define PCRE2_LOCAL_WIDTH 32
PCRE2_TYPES_STRUCTURES_AND_FUNCTIONS
#undef PCRE2_LOCAL_WIDTH

/* Undefine the list macros; they are no longer needed. */

#undef PCRE2_TYPES_LIST
#undef PCRE2_STRUCTURE_LIST
#undef PCRE2_GENERAL_INFO_FUNCTIONS
#undef PCRE2_GENERAL_CONTEXT_FUNCTIONS
#undef PCRE2_COMPILE_CONTEXT_FUNCTIONS
#undef PCRE2_CONVERT_CONTEXT_FUNCTIONS
#undef PCRE2_MATCH_CONTEXT_FUNCTIONS
#undef PCRE2_COMPILE_FUNCTIONS
#undef PCRE2_PATTERN_INFO_FUNCTIONS
#undef PCRE2_MATCH_FUNCTIONS
#undef PCRE2_SUBSTRING_FUNCTIONS
#undef PCRE2_SERIALIZE_FUNCTIONS
#undef PCRE2_SUBSTITUTE_FUNCTION
#undef PCRE2_JIT_FUNCTIONS
#undef PCRE2_OTHER_FUNCTIONS
#undef PCRE2_TYPES_STRUCTURES_AND_FUNCTIONS

/* PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH must be defined. If it is 8, 16, or 32, redefine
PCRE2_SUFFIX to use it. If it is 0, undefine the other macros and make
PCRE2_SUFFIX a no-op. Otherwise, generate an error. */

#undef PCRE2_SUFFIX
#ifndef PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH
#error PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH must be defined before including pcre2.h.
#error Use 8, 16, or 32; or 0 for a multi-width application.
#else  /* PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH is defined */
#if PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH == 8 || \
    PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH == 16 || \
    PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH == 32
#define PCRE2_SUFFIX(a) PCRE2_GLUE(a, PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH)
#elif PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH == 0
#undef PCRE2_JOIN
#undef PCRE2_GLUE
#define PCRE2_SUFFIX(a) a
#else
#error PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH must be 0, 8, 16, or 32.
#endif
#endif  /* PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH is defined */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}  /* extern "C" */
#endif

#endif  /* PCRE2_H_IDEMPOTENT_GUARD */

/* End of pcre2.h */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 1980, 1993
 *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 *	@(#)fstab.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/2/93
 */

#ifndef _FSTAB_H
#define _FSTAB_H	1

#include <features.h>

/*
 * File system table, see fstab(5).
 *
 * Used by dump, mount, umount, swapon, fsck, df, ...
 *
 * For ufs fs_spec field is the block special name.  Programs that want to
 * use the character special name must create that name by prepending a 'r'
 * after the right most slash.  Quota files are always named "quotas", so
 * if type is "rq", then use concatenation of fs_file and "quotas" to locate
 * quota file.
 */
#define	_PATH_FSTAB	"/etc/fstab"
#define	FSTAB		"/etc/fstab"	/* deprecated */

#define	FSTAB_RW	"rw"		/* read/write device */
#define	FSTAB_RQ	"rq"		/* read/write with quotas */
#define	FSTAB_RO	"ro"		/* read-only device */
#define	FSTAB_SW	"sw"		/* swap device */
#define	FSTAB_XX	"xx"		/* ignore totally */

struct fstab
  {
    char *fs_spec;			/* block special device name */
    char *fs_file;			/* file system path prefix */
    char *fs_vfstype;			/* File system type, ufs, nfs */
    char *fs_mntops;			/* Mount options ala -o */
    const char *fs_type;		/* FSTAB_* from fs_mntops */
    int	fs_freq;			/* dump frequency, in days */
    int	fs_passno;			/* pass number on parallel dump */
  };


__BEGIN_DECLS

extern struct fstab *getfsent (void) __THROW;
extern struct fstab *getfsspec (const char *__name) __THROW;
extern struct fstab *getfsfile (const char *__name) __THROW;
extern int setfsent (void) __THROW;
extern void endfsent (void) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* fstab.h */
/* -*- mode: c; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*- */
/* The MIT Kerberos header file krb5.h used to live here.

   As of the 1.5 release, we're installing multiple Kerberos headers,
   so they're all moving to a krb5/ subdirectory.  This file is
   present just to keep old software still compiling.  Please update
   your code to use the new path for the header.  */
#include <krb5/krb5.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

	/*
	 * gdcache.h
	 *
	 * Caches of pointers to user structs in which the least-recently-used
	 * element is replaced in the event of a cache miss after the cache has
	 * reached a given size.
	 *
	 * John Ellson  (ellson@graphviz.org)  Oct 31, 1997
	 *
	 * Test this with:
	 *		 gcc -o gdcache -g -Wall -DTEST gdcache.c
	 *
	 * The cache is implemented by a singly-linked list of elements
	 * each containing a pointer to a user struct that is being managed by
	 * the cache.
	 *
	 * The head structure has a pointer to the most-recently-used
	 * element, and elements are moved to this position in the list each
	 * time they are used.  The head also contains pointers to three
	 * user defined functions:
	 *		- a function to test if a cached userdata matches some keydata
	 *		- a function to provide a new userdata struct to the cache
	 *          if there has been a cache miss.
	 *		- a function to release a userdata struct when it is
	 *          no longer being managed by the cache
	 *
	 * In the event of a cache miss the cache is allowed to grow up to
	 * a specified maximum size.  After the maximum size is reached then
	 * the least-recently-used element is discarded to make room for the
	 * new.  The most-recently-returned value is always left at the
	 * beginning of the list after retrieval.
	 *
	 * In the current implementation the cache is traversed by a linear
	 * search from most-recent to least-recent.  This linear search
	 * probably limits the usefulness of this implementation to cache
	 * sizes of a few tens of elements.
	 */

	/*********************************************************/
	/* header                                                */
	/*********************************************************/

#include <stdlib.h>
#ifndef NULL
#	define NULL (void *)0
#endif

	/* user defined function templates */
	typedef int (*gdCacheTestFn_t)(void *userdata, void *keydata);
	typedef void *(*gdCacheFetchFn_t)(char **error, void *keydata);
	typedef void (*gdCacheReleaseFn_t)(void *userdata);

	/* element structure */
	typedef struct gdCache_element_s gdCache_element_t;
	struct gdCache_element_s {
		gdCache_element_t *next;
		void *userdata;
	};

	/* head structure */
	typedef struct gdCache_head_s gdCache_head_t;
	struct gdCache_head_s {
		gdCache_element_t *mru;
		int size;
		char *error;
		gdCacheTestFn_t gdCacheTest;
		gdCacheFetchFn_t gdCacheFetch;
		gdCacheReleaseFn_t gdCacheRelease;
	};

	/* function templates */
	gdCache_head_t *gdCacheCreate(int size,
	                              gdCacheTestFn_t gdCacheTest,
	                              gdCacheFetchFn_t gdCacheFetch,
	                              gdCacheReleaseFn_t gdCacheRelease
	                             );

	void gdCacheDelete(gdCache_head_t *head);

	void *gdCacheGet(gdCache_head_t *head, void *keydata);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* gcrypt.h -  GNU Cryptographic Library Interface              -*- c -*-
 * Copyright (C) 1998-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 * Copyright (C) 2012-2017 g10 Code GmbH
 *
 * This file is part of Libgcrypt.
 *
 * Libgcrypt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
 * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of
 * the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * Libgcrypt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
 * License along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 *
 * File: src/gcrypt.h.  Generated from gcrypt.h.in by configure.
 */

#ifndef _GCRYPT_H
#define _GCRYPT_H

#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <string.h>

#include <gpg-error.h>

#include <sys/types.h>

#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
# include <winsock2.h>
# include <ws2tcpip.h>
# include <time.h>
# ifndef __GNUC__
  typedef long ssize_t;
  typedef int  pid_t;
# endif /*!__GNUC__*/
#else
# include <sys/socket.h>
# include <sys/time.h>
# include <sys/select.h>
#endif /*!_WIN32*/

typedef socklen_t gcry_socklen_t;

/* This is required for error code compatibility. */
#define _GCRY_ERR_SOURCE_DEFAULT GPG_ERR_SOURCE_GCRYPT

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#if 0 /* (Keep Emacsens' auto-indent happy.) */
}
#endif
#endif

/* The version of this header should match the one of the library. It
   should not be used by a program because gcry_check_version() should
   return the same version.  The purpose of this macro is to let
   autoconf (using the AM_PATH_GCRYPT macro) check that this header
   matches the installed library.  */
#define GCRYPT_VERSION "1.8.5"

/* The version number of this header.  It may be used to handle minor
   API incompatibilities.  */
#define GCRYPT_VERSION_NUMBER 0x010805


/* Internal: We can't use the convenience macros for the multi
   precision integer functions when building this library. */
#ifdef _GCRYPT_IN_LIBGCRYPT
#ifndef GCRYPT_NO_MPI_MACROS
#define GCRYPT_NO_MPI_MACROS 1
#endif
#endif

/* We want to use gcc attributes when possible.  Warning: Don't use
   these macros in your programs: As indicated by the leading
   underscore they are subject to change without notice. */
#ifdef __GNUC__

#define _GCRY_GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__ * 10000 \
                             + __GNUC_MINOR__ * 100 \
                             + __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__)

#if _GCRY_GCC_VERSION >= 30100
#define _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_DEPRECATED __attribute__ ((__deprecated__))
#endif

#if _GCRY_GCC_VERSION >= 29600
#define _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_PURE  __attribute__ ((__pure__))
#endif

#if _GCRY_GCC_VERSION >= 30200
#define _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_MALLOC  __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
#endif

#define _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_PRINTF(f,a)  __attribute__ ((format (printf,f,a)))

#if _GCRY_GCC_VERSION >= 40000
#define _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_SENTINEL(a) __attribute__ ((sentinel(a)))
#endif

#endif /*__GNUC__*/

#ifndef _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_DEPRECATED
#define _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_DEPRECATED
#endif
#ifndef _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_PURE
#define _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_PURE
#endif
#ifndef _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_MALLOC
#define _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_MALLOC
#endif
#ifndef _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_PRINTF
#define _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_PRINTF(f,a)
#endif
#ifndef _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_SENTINEL
#define _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_SENTINEL(a)
#endif

/* Make up an attribute to mark functions and types as deprecated but
   allow internal use by Libgcrypt.  */
#ifdef _GCRYPT_IN_LIBGCRYPT
#define _GCRY_ATTR_INTERNAL
#else
#define _GCRY_ATTR_INTERNAL	_GCRY_GCC_ATTR_DEPRECATED
#endif

/* Wrappers for the libgpg-error library.  */

typedef gpg_error_t gcry_error_t;
typedef gpg_err_code_t gcry_err_code_t;
typedef gpg_err_source_t gcry_err_source_t;

static GPG_ERR_INLINE gcry_error_t
gcry_err_make (gcry_err_source_t source, gcry_err_code_t code)
{
  return gpg_err_make (source, code);
}

/* The user can define GPG_ERR_SOURCE_DEFAULT before including this
   file to specify a default source for gpg_error.  */
#ifndef GCRY_ERR_SOURCE_DEFAULT
#define GCRY_ERR_SOURCE_DEFAULT  GPG_ERR_SOURCE_USER_1
#endif

static GPG_ERR_INLINE gcry_error_t
gcry_error (gcry_err_code_t code)
{
  return gcry_err_make (GCRY_ERR_SOURCE_DEFAULT, code);
}

static GPG_ERR_INLINE gcry_err_code_t
gcry_err_code (gcry_error_t err)
{
  return gpg_err_code (err);
}


static GPG_ERR_INLINE gcry_err_source_t
gcry_err_source (gcry_error_t err)
{
  return gpg_err_source (err);
}

/* Return a pointer to a string containing a description of the error
   code in the error value ERR.  */
const char *gcry_strerror (gcry_error_t err);

/* Return a pointer to a string containing a description of the error
   source in the error value ERR.  */
const char *gcry_strsource (gcry_error_t err);

/* Retrieve the error code for the system error ERR.  This returns
   GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_ERRNO if the system error is not mapped (report
   this).  */
gcry_err_code_t gcry_err_code_from_errno (int err);

/* Retrieve the system error for the error code CODE.  This returns 0
   if CODE is not a system error code.  */
int gcry_err_code_to_errno (gcry_err_code_t code);

/* Return an error value with the error source SOURCE and the system
   error ERR.  */
gcry_error_t gcry_err_make_from_errno (gcry_err_source_t source, int err);

/* Return an error value with the system error ERR.  */
gcry_error_t gcry_error_from_errno (int err);


/* NOTE: Since Libgcrypt 1.6 the thread callbacks are not anymore
   used.  However we keep it to allow for some source code
   compatibility if used in the standard way.  */

/* Constants defining the thread model to use.  Used with the OPTION
   field of the struct gcry_thread_cbs.  */
#define GCRY_THREAD_OPTION_DEFAULT  0
#define GCRY_THREAD_OPTION_USER     1
#define GCRY_THREAD_OPTION_PTH      2
#define GCRY_THREAD_OPTION_PTHREAD  3

/* The version number encoded in the OPTION field of the struct
   gcry_thread_cbs.  */
#define GCRY_THREAD_OPTION_VERSION  1

/* Wrapper for struct ath_ops.  */
struct gcry_thread_cbs
{
  /* The OPTION field encodes the thread model and the version number
     of this structure.
       Bits  7 - 0  are used for the thread model
       Bits 15 - 8  are used for the version number.  */
  unsigned int option;
} _GCRY_ATTR_INTERNAL;

#define GCRY_THREAD_OPTION_PTH_IMPL                                     \
  static struct gcry_thread_cbs gcry_threads_pth = {                    \
    (GCRY_THREAD_OPTION_PTH | (GCRY_THREAD_OPTION_VERSION << 8))}

#define GCRY_THREAD_OPTION_PTHREAD_IMPL                                 \
  static struct gcry_thread_cbs gcry_threads_pthread = {                \
    (GCRY_THREAD_OPTION_PTHREAD | (GCRY_THREAD_OPTION_VERSION << 8))}



/* A generic context object as used by some functions.  */
struct gcry_context;
typedef struct gcry_context *gcry_ctx_t;

/* The data objects used to hold multi precision integers.  */
struct gcry_mpi;
typedef struct gcry_mpi *gcry_mpi_t;
struct gcry_mpi_point;
typedef struct gcry_mpi_point *gcry_mpi_point_t;

#ifndef GCRYPT_NO_DEPRECATED
typedef struct gcry_mpi *GCRY_MPI _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_DEPRECATED;
typedef struct gcry_mpi *GcryMPI _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_DEPRECATED;
#endif

/* A structure used for scatter gather hashing.  */
typedef struct
{
  size_t size;  /* The allocated size of the buffer or 0.  */
  size_t off;   /* Offset into the buffer.  */
  size_t len;   /* The used length of the buffer.  */
  void *data;   /* The buffer.  */
} gcry_buffer_t;




/* Check that the library fulfills the version requirement.  */
const char *gcry_check_version (const char *req_version);

/* Codes for function dispatchers.  */

/* Codes used with the gcry_control function. */
enum gcry_ctl_cmds
  {
    /* Note: 1 .. 2 are not anymore used. */
    GCRYCTL_CFB_SYNC = 3,
    GCRYCTL_RESET    = 4,   /* e.g. for MDs */
    GCRYCTL_FINALIZE = 5,
    GCRYCTL_GET_KEYLEN = 6,
    GCRYCTL_GET_BLKLEN = 7,
    GCRYCTL_TEST_ALGO = 8,
    GCRYCTL_IS_SECURE = 9,
    GCRYCTL_GET_ASNOID = 10,
    GCRYCTL_ENABLE_ALGO = 11,
    GCRYCTL_DISABLE_ALGO = 12,
    GCRYCTL_DUMP_RANDOM_STATS = 13,
    GCRYCTL_DUMP_SECMEM_STATS = 14,
    GCRYCTL_GET_ALGO_NPKEY    = 15,
    GCRYCTL_GET_ALGO_NSKEY    = 16,
    GCRYCTL_GET_ALGO_NSIGN    = 17,
    GCRYCTL_GET_ALGO_NENCR    = 18,
    GCRYCTL_SET_VERBOSITY     = 19,
    GCRYCTL_SET_DEBUG_FLAGS   = 20,
    GCRYCTL_CLEAR_DEBUG_FLAGS = 21,
    GCRYCTL_USE_SECURE_RNDPOOL= 22,
    GCRYCTL_DUMP_MEMORY_STATS = 23,
    GCRYCTL_INIT_SECMEM       = 24,
    GCRYCTL_TERM_SECMEM       = 25,
    GCRYCTL_DISABLE_SECMEM_WARN = 27,
    GCRYCTL_SUSPEND_SECMEM_WARN = 28,
    GCRYCTL_RESUME_SECMEM_WARN  = 29,
    GCRYCTL_DROP_PRIVS          = 30,
    GCRYCTL_ENABLE_M_GUARD      = 31,
    GCRYCTL_START_DUMP          = 32,
    GCRYCTL_STOP_DUMP           = 33,
    GCRYCTL_GET_ALGO_USAGE      = 34,
    GCRYCTL_IS_ALGO_ENABLED     = 35,
    GCRYCTL_DISABLE_INTERNAL_LOCKING = 36,
    GCRYCTL_DISABLE_SECMEM      = 37,
    GCRYCTL_INITIALIZATION_FINISHED = 38,
    GCRYCTL_INITIALIZATION_FINISHED_P = 39,
    GCRYCTL_ANY_INITIALIZATION_P = 40,
    GCRYCTL_SET_CBC_CTS = 41,
    GCRYCTL_SET_CBC_MAC = 42,
    /* Note: 43 is not anymore used. */
    GCRYCTL_ENABLE_QUICK_RANDOM = 44,
    GCRYCTL_SET_RANDOM_SEED_FILE = 45,
    GCRYCTL_UPDATE_RANDOM_SEED_FILE = 46,
    GCRYCTL_SET_THREAD_CBS = 47,
    GCRYCTL_FAST_POLL = 48,
    GCRYCTL_SET_RANDOM_DAEMON_SOCKET = 49,
    GCRYCTL_USE_RANDOM_DAEMON = 50,
    GCRYCTL_FAKED_RANDOM_P = 51,
    GCRYCTL_SET_RNDEGD_SOCKET = 52,
    GCRYCTL_PRINT_CONFIG = 53,
    GCRYCTL_OPERATIONAL_P = 54,
    GCRYCTL_FIPS_MODE_P = 55,
    GCRYCTL_FORCE_FIPS_MODE = 56,
    GCRYCTL_SELFTEST = 57,
    /* Note: 58 .. 62 are used internally.  */
    GCRYCTL_DISABLE_HWF = 63,
    GCRYCTL_SET_ENFORCED_FIPS_FLAG = 64,
    GCRYCTL_SET_PREFERRED_RNG_TYPE = 65,
    GCRYCTL_GET_CURRENT_RNG_TYPE = 66,
    GCRYCTL_DISABLE_LOCKED_SECMEM = 67,
    GCRYCTL_DISABLE_PRIV_DROP = 68,
    GCRYCTL_SET_CCM_LENGTHS = 69,
    GCRYCTL_CLOSE_RANDOM_DEVICE = 70,
    GCRYCTL_INACTIVATE_FIPS_FLAG = 71,
    GCRYCTL_REACTIVATE_FIPS_FLAG = 72,
    GCRYCTL_SET_SBOX = 73,
    GCRYCTL_DRBG_REINIT = 74,
    GCRYCTL_SET_TAGLEN = 75,
    GCRYCTL_GET_TAGLEN = 76,
    GCRYCTL_REINIT_SYSCALL_CLAMP = 77
  };

/* Perform various operations defined by CMD. */
gcry_error_t gcry_control (enum gcry_ctl_cmds CMD, ...);


/* S-expression management. */

/* The object to represent an S-expression as used with the public key
   functions.  */
struct gcry_sexp;
typedef struct gcry_sexp *gcry_sexp_t;

#ifndef GCRYPT_NO_DEPRECATED
typedef struct gcry_sexp *GCRY_SEXP _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_DEPRECATED;
typedef struct gcry_sexp *GcrySexp _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_DEPRECATED;
#endif

/* The possible values for the S-expression format. */
enum gcry_sexp_format
  {
    GCRYSEXP_FMT_DEFAULT   = 0,
    GCRYSEXP_FMT_CANON     = 1,
    GCRYSEXP_FMT_BASE64    = 2,
    GCRYSEXP_FMT_ADVANCED  = 3
  };

/* Create an new S-expression object from BUFFER of size LENGTH and
   return it in RETSEXP.  With AUTODETECT set to 0 the data in BUFFER
   is expected to be in canonized format.  */
gcry_error_t gcry_sexp_new (gcry_sexp_t *retsexp,
                            const void *buffer, size_t length,
                            int autodetect);

 /* Same as gcry_sexp_new but allows to pass a FREEFNC which has the
    effect to transfer ownership of BUFFER to the created object.  */
gcry_error_t gcry_sexp_create (gcry_sexp_t *retsexp,
                               void *buffer, size_t length,
                               int autodetect, void (*freefnc) (void *));

/* Scan BUFFER and return a new S-expression object in RETSEXP.  This
   function expects a printf like string in BUFFER.  */
gcry_error_t gcry_sexp_sscan (gcry_sexp_t *retsexp, size_t *erroff,
                              const char *buffer, size_t length);

/* Same as gcry_sexp_sscan but expects a string in FORMAT and can thus
   only be used for certain encodings.  */
gcry_error_t gcry_sexp_build (gcry_sexp_t *retsexp, size_t *erroff,
                              const char *format, ...);

/* Like gcry_sexp_build, but uses an array instead of variable
   function arguments.  */
gcry_error_t gcry_sexp_build_array (gcry_sexp_t *retsexp, size_t *erroff,
				    const char *format, void **arg_list);

/* Release the S-expression object SEXP */
void gcry_sexp_release (gcry_sexp_t sexp);

/* Calculate the length of an canonized S-expression in BUFFER and
   check for a valid encoding. */
size_t gcry_sexp_canon_len (const unsigned char *buffer, size_t length,
                            size_t *erroff, gcry_error_t *errcode);

/* Copies the S-expression object SEXP into BUFFER using the format
   specified in MODE.  */
size_t gcry_sexp_sprint (gcry_sexp_t sexp, int mode, void *buffer,
                         size_t maxlength);

/* Dumps the S-expression object A in a format suitable for debugging
   to Libgcrypt's logging stream.  */
void gcry_sexp_dump (const gcry_sexp_t a);

gcry_sexp_t gcry_sexp_cons (const gcry_sexp_t a, const gcry_sexp_t b);
gcry_sexp_t gcry_sexp_alist (const gcry_sexp_t *array);
gcry_sexp_t gcry_sexp_vlist (const gcry_sexp_t a, ...);
gcry_sexp_t gcry_sexp_append (const gcry_sexp_t a, const gcry_sexp_t n);
gcry_sexp_t gcry_sexp_prepend (const gcry_sexp_t a, const gcry_sexp_t n);

/* Scan the S-expression for a sublist with a type (the car of the
   list) matching the string TOKEN.  If TOKLEN is not 0, the token is
   assumed to be raw memory of this length.  The function returns a
   newly allocated S-expression consisting of the found sublist or
   `NULL' when not found.  */
gcry_sexp_t gcry_sexp_find_token (gcry_sexp_t list,
                                const char *tok, size_t toklen);
/* Return the length of the LIST.  For a valid S-expression this
   should be at least 1.  */
int gcry_sexp_length (const gcry_sexp_t list);

/* Create and return a new S-expression from the element with index
   NUMBER in LIST.  Note that the first element has the index 0.  If
   there is no such element, `NULL' is returned.  */
gcry_sexp_t gcry_sexp_nth (const gcry_sexp_t list, int number);

/* Create and return a new S-expression from the first element in
   LIST; this called the "type" and should always exist and be a
   string. `NULL' is returned in case of a problem.  */
gcry_sexp_t gcry_sexp_car (const gcry_sexp_t list);

/* Create and return a new list form all elements except for the first
   one.  Note, that this function may return an invalid S-expression
   because it is not guaranteed, that the type exists and is a string.
   However, for parsing a complex S-expression it might be useful for
   intermediate lists.  Returns `NULL' on error.  */
gcry_sexp_t gcry_sexp_cdr (const gcry_sexp_t list);

gcry_sexp_t gcry_sexp_cadr (const gcry_sexp_t list);


/* This function is used to get data from a LIST.  A pointer to the
   actual data with index NUMBER is returned and the length of this
   data will be stored to DATALEN.  If there is no data at the given
   index or the index represents another list, `NULL' is returned.
   *Note:* The returned pointer is valid as long as LIST is not
   modified or released.  */
const char *gcry_sexp_nth_data (const gcry_sexp_t list, int number,
                                size_t *datalen);

/* This function is used to get data from a LIST.  A malloced buffer to the
   data with index NUMBER is returned and the length of this
   data will be stored to RLENGTH.  If there is no data at the given
   index or the index represents another list, `NULL' is returned.  */
void *gcry_sexp_nth_buffer (const gcry_sexp_t list, int number,
                            size_t *rlength);

/* This function is used to get and convert data from a LIST.  The
   data is assumed to be a Nul terminated string.  The caller must
   release the returned value using `gcry_free'.  If there is no data
   at the given index, the index represents a list or the value can't
   be converted to a string, `NULL' is returned.  */
char *gcry_sexp_nth_string (gcry_sexp_t list, int number);

/* This function is used to get and convert data from a LIST. This
   data is assumed to be an MPI stored in the format described by
   MPIFMT and returned as a standard Libgcrypt MPI.  The caller must
   release this returned value using `gcry_mpi_release'.  If there is
   no data at the given index, the index represents a list or the
   value can't be converted to an MPI, `NULL' is returned.  */
gcry_mpi_t gcry_sexp_nth_mpi (gcry_sexp_t list, int number, int mpifmt);

/* Extract MPIs from an s-expression using a list of parameters.  The
 * names of these parameters are given by the string LIST.  Some
 * special characters may be given to control the conversion:
 *
 *    + :: Switch to unsigned integer format (default).
 *    - :: Switch to standard signed format.
 *    / :: Switch to opaque format.
 *    & :: Switch to buffer descriptor mode - see below.
 *    ? :: The previous parameter is optional.
 *
 * In general parameter names are single letters.  To use a string for
 * a parameter name, enclose the name in single quotes.
 *
 * Unless in gcry_buffer_t mode for each parameter name a pointer to
 * an MPI variable is expected that must be set to NULL prior to
 * invoking this function, and finally a NULL is expected.  Example:
 *
 *   _gcry_sexp_extract_param (key, NULL, "n/x+ed",
 *                             &mpi_n, &mpi_x, &mpi_e, NULL)
 *
 * This stores the parameter "N" from KEY as an unsigned MPI into
 * MPI_N, the parameter "X" as an opaque MPI into MPI_X, and the
 * parameter "E" again as an unsigned MPI into MPI_E.
 *
 * If in buffer descriptor mode a pointer to gcry_buffer_t descriptor
 * is expected instead of a pointer to an MPI.  The caller may use two
 * different operation modes: If the DATA field of the provided buffer
 * descriptor is NULL, the function allocates a new buffer and stores
 * it at DATA; the other fields are set accordingly with OFF being 0.
 * If DATA is not NULL, the function assumes that DATA, SIZE, and OFF
 * describe a buffer where to but the data; on return the LEN field
 * receives the number of bytes copied to that buffer; if the buffer
 * is too small, the function immediately returns with an error code
 * (and LEN set to 0).
 *
 * PATH is an optional string used to locate a token.  The exclamation
 * mark separated tokens are used to via gcry_sexp_find_token to find
 * a start point inside SEXP.
 *
 * The function returns 0 on success.  On error an error code is
 * returned, all passed MPIs that might have been allocated up to this
 * point are deallocated and set to NULL, and all passed buffers are
 * either truncated if the caller supplied the buffer, or deallocated
 * if the function allocated the buffer.
 */
gpg_error_t gcry_sexp_extract_param (gcry_sexp_t sexp,
                                     const char *path,
                                     const char *list,
                                     ...) _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_SENTINEL(0);


/*******************************************
 *                                         *
 *  Multi Precision Integer Functions      *
 *                                         *
 *******************************************/

/* Different formats of external big integer representation. */
enum gcry_mpi_format
  {
    GCRYMPI_FMT_NONE= 0,
    GCRYMPI_FMT_STD = 1,    /* Twos complement stored without length.  */
    GCRYMPI_FMT_PGP = 2,    /* As used by OpenPGP (unsigned only).  */
    GCRYMPI_FMT_SSH = 3,    /* As used by SSH (like STD but with length).  */
    GCRYMPI_FMT_HEX = 4,    /* Hex format. */
    GCRYMPI_FMT_USG = 5,    /* Like STD but unsigned. */
    GCRYMPI_FMT_OPAQUE = 8  /* Opaque format (some functions only).  */
  };

/* Flags used for creating big integers.  */
enum gcry_mpi_flag
  {
    GCRYMPI_FLAG_SECURE = 1,  /* Allocate the number in "secure" memory.  */
    GCRYMPI_FLAG_OPAQUE = 2,  /* The number is not a real one but just
                                 a way to store some bytes.  This is
                                 useful for encrypted big integers.  */
    GCRYMPI_FLAG_IMMUTABLE = 4, /* Mark the MPI as immutable.  */
    GCRYMPI_FLAG_CONST     = 8, /* Mark the MPI as a constant.  */
    GCRYMPI_FLAG_USER1 = 0x0100,/* User flag 1.  */
    GCRYMPI_FLAG_USER2 = 0x0200,/* User flag 2.  */
    GCRYMPI_FLAG_USER3 = 0x0400,/* User flag 3.  */
    GCRYMPI_FLAG_USER4 = 0x0800 /* User flag 4.  */
  };


/* Macros to return pre-defined MPI constants.  */
#define GCRYMPI_CONST_ONE   (_gcry_mpi_get_const (1))
#define GCRYMPI_CONST_TWO   (_gcry_mpi_get_const (2))
#define GCRYMPI_CONST_THREE (_gcry_mpi_get_const (3))
#define GCRYMPI_CONST_FOUR  (_gcry_mpi_get_const (4))
#define GCRYMPI_CONST_EIGHT (_gcry_mpi_get_const (8))

/* Allocate a new big integer object, initialize it with 0 and
   initially allocate memory for a number of at least NBITS. */
gcry_mpi_t gcry_mpi_new (unsigned int nbits);

/* Same as gcry_mpi_new() but allocate in "secure" memory. */
gcry_mpi_t gcry_mpi_snew (unsigned int nbits);

/* Release the number A and free all associated resources. */
void gcry_mpi_release (gcry_mpi_t a);

/* Create a new number with the same value as A. */
gcry_mpi_t gcry_mpi_copy (const gcry_mpi_t a);

/* Store the big integer value U in W and release U.  */
void gcry_mpi_snatch (gcry_mpi_t w, gcry_mpi_t u);

/* Store the big integer value U in W. */
gcry_mpi_t gcry_mpi_set (gcry_mpi_t w, const gcry_mpi_t u);

/* Store the unsigned integer value U in W. */
gcry_mpi_t gcry_mpi_set_ui (gcry_mpi_t w, unsigned long u);

/* Swap the values of A and B. */
void gcry_mpi_swap (gcry_mpi_t a, gcry_mpi_t b);

/* Return 1 if A is negative; 0 if zero or positive.  */
int gcry_mpi_is_neg (gcry_mpi_t a);

/* W = - U */
void gcry_mpi_neg (gcry_mpi_t w, gcry_mpi_t u);

/* W = [W] */
void gcry_mpi_abs (gcry_mpi_t w);

/* Compare the big integer number U and V returning 0 for equality, a
   positive value for U > V and a negative for U < V. */
int gcry_mpi_cmp (const gcry_mpi_t u, const gcry_mpi_t v);

/* Compare the big integer number U with the unsigned integer V
   returning 0 for equality, a positive value for U > V and a negative
   for U < V. */
int gcry_mpi_cmp_ui (const gcry_mpi_t u, unsigned long v);

/* Convert the external representation of an integer stored in BUFFER
   with a length of BUFLEN into a newly create MPI returned in
   RET_MPI.  If NSCANNED is not NULL, it will receive the number of
   bytes actually scanned after a successful operation. */
gcry_error_t gcry_mpi_scan (gcry_mpi_t *ret_mpi, enum gcry_mpi_format format,
                            const void *buffer, size_t buflen,
                            size_t *nscanned);

/* Convert the big integer A into the external representation
   described by FORMAT and store it in the provided BUFFER which has
   been allocated by the user with a size of BUFLEN bytes.  NWRITTEN
   receives the actual length of the external representation unless it
   has been passed as NULL. */
gcry_error_t gcry_mpi_print (enum gcry_mpi_format format,
                             unsigned char *buffer, size_t buflen,
                             size_t *nwritten,
                             const gcry_mpi_t a);

/* Convert the big integer A into the external representation described
   by FORMAT and store it in a newly allocated buffer which address
   will be put into BUFFER.  NWRITTEN receives the actual lengths of the
   external representation. */
gcry_error_t gcry_mpi_aprint (enum gcry_mpi_format format,
                              unsigned char **buffer, size_t *nwritten,
                              const gcry_mpi_t a);

/* Dump the value of A in a format suitable for debugging to
   Libgcrypt's logging stream.  Note that one leading space but no
   trailing space or linefeed will be printed.  It is okay to pass
   NULL for A. */
void gcry_mpi_dump (const gcry_mpi_t a);


/* W = U + V.  */
void gcry_mpi_add (gcry_mpi_t w, gcry_mpi_t u, gcry_mpi_t v);

/* W = U + V.  V is an unsigned integer. */
void gcry_mpi_add_ui (gcry_mpi_t w, gcry_mpi_t u, unsigned long v);

/* W = U + V mod M. */
void gcry_mpi_addm (gcry_mpi_t w, gcry_mpi_t u, gcry_mpi_t v, gcry_mpi_t m);

/* W = U - V. */
void gcry_mpi_sub (gcry_mpi_t w, gcry_mpi_t u, gcry_mpi_t v);

/* W = U - V.  V is an unsigned integer. */
void gcry_mpi_sub_ui (gcry_mpi_t w, gcry_mpi_t u, unsigned long v );

/* W = U - V mod M */
void gcry_mpi_subm (gcry_mpi_t w, gcry_mpi_t u, gcry_mpi_t v, gcry_mpi_t m);

/* W = U * V. */
void gcry_mpi_mul (gcry_mpi_t w, gcry_mpi_t u, gcry_mpi_t v);

/* W = U * V.  V is an unsigned integer. */
void gcry_mpi_mul_ui (gcry_mpi_t w, gcry_mpi_t u, unsigned long v );

/* W = U * V mod M. */
void gcry_mpi_mulm (gcry_mpi_t w, gcry_mpi_t u, gcry_mpi_t v, gcry_mpi_t m);

/* W = U * (2 ^ CNT). */
void gcry_mpi_mul_2exp (gcry_mpi_t w, gcry_mpi_t u, unsigned long cnt);

/* Q = DIVIDEND / DIVISOR, R = DIVIDEND % DIVISOR,
   Q or R may be passed as NULL.  ROUND should be negative or 0. */
void gcry_mpi_div (gcry_mpi_t q, gcry_mpi_t r,
                   gcry_mpi_t dividend, gcry_mpi_t divisor, int round);

/* R = DIVIDEND % DIVISOR */
void gcry_mpi_mod (gcry_mpi_t r, gcry_mpi_t dividend, gcry_mpi_t divisor);

/* W = B ^ E mod M. */
void gcry_mpi_powm (gcry_mpi_t w,
                    const gcry_mpi_t b, const gcry_mpi_t e,
                    const gcry_mpi_t m);

/* Set G to the greatest common divisor of A and B.
   Return true if the G is 1. */
int gcry_mpi_gcd (gcry_mpi_t g, gcry_mpi_t a, gcry_mpi_t b);

/* Set X to the multiplicative inverse of A mod M.
   Return true if the value exists. */
int gcry_mpi_invm (gcry_mpi_t x, gcry_mpi_t a, gcry_mpi_t m);

/* Create a new point object.  NBITS is usually 0.  */
gcry_mpi_point_t gcry_mpi_point_new (unsigned int nbits);

/* Release the object POINT.  POINT may be NULL. */
void gcry_mpi_point_release (gcry_mpi_point_t point);

/* Return a copy of POINT. */
gcry_mpi_point_t gcry_mpi_point_copy (gcry_mpi_point_t point);

/* Store the projective coordinates from POINT into X, Y, and Z.  */
void gcry_mpi_point_get (gcry_mpi_t x, gcry_mpi_t y, gcry_mpi_t z,
                         gcry_mpi_point_t point);

/* Store the projective coordinates from POINT into X, Y, and Z and
   release POINT.  */
void gcry_mpi_point_snatch_get (gcry_mpi_t x, gcry_mpi_t y, gcry_mpi_t z,
                                gcry_mpi_point_t point);

/* Store the projective coordinates X, Y, and Z into POINT.  */
gcry_mpi_point_t gcry_mpi_point_set (gcry_mpi_point_t point,
                                     gcry_mpi_t x, gcry_mpi_t y, gcry_mpi_t z);

/* Store the projective coordinates X, Y, and Z into POINT and release
   X, Y, and Z.  */
gcry_mpi_point_t gcry_mpi_point_snatch_set (gcry_mpi_point_t point,
                                            gcry_mpi_t x, gcry_mpi_t y,
                                            gcry_mpi_t z);

/* Allocate a new context for elliptic curve operations based on the
   parameters given by KEYPARAM or using CURVENAME.  */
gpg_error_t gcry_mpi_ec_new (gcry_ctx_t *r_ctx,
                             gcry_sexp_t keyparam, const char *curvename);

/* Get a named MPI from an elliptic curve context.  */
gcry_mpi_t gcry_mpi_ec_get_mpi (const char *name, gcry_ctx_t ctx, int copy);

/* Get a named point from an elliptic curve context.  */
gcry_mpi_point_t gcry_mpi_ec_get_point (const char *name,
                                        gcry_ctx_t ctx, int copy);

/* Store a named MPI into an elliptic curve context.  */
gpg_error_t gcry_mpi_ec_set_mpi (const char *name, gcry_mpi_t newvalue,
                                 gcry_ctx_t ctx);

/* Store a named point into an elliptic curve context.  */
gpg_error_t gcry_mpi_ec_set_point (const char *name, gcry_mpi_point_t newvalue,
                                   gcry_ctx_t ctx);

/* Decode and store VALUE into RESULT.  */
gpg_error_t gcry_mpi_ec_decode_point (gcry_mpi_point_t result,
                                      gcry_mpi_t value, gcry_ctx_t ctx);

/* Store the affine coordinates of POINT into X and Y.  */
int gcry_mpi_ec_get_affine (gcry_mpi_t x, gcry_mpi_t y, gcry_mpi_point_t point,
                            gcry_ctx_t ctx);

/* W = 2 * U.  */
void gcry_mpi_ec_dup (gcry_mpi_point_t w, gcry_mpi_point_t u, gcry_ctx_t ctx);

/* W = U + V.  */
void gcry_mpi_ec_add (gcry_mpi_point_t w,
                      gcry_mpi_point_t u, gcry_mpi_point_t v, gcry_ctx_t ctx);

/* W = U - V.  */
void gcry_mpi_ec_sub (gcry_mpi_point_t w,
                      gcry_mpi_point_t u, gcry_mpi_point_t v, gcry_ctx_t ctx);

/* W = N * U.  */
void gcry_mpi_ec_mul (gcry_mpi_point_t w, gcry_mpi_t n, gcry_mpi_point_t u,
                      gcry_ctx_t ctx);

/* Return true if POINT is on the curve described by CTX.  */
int gcry_mpi_ec_curve_point (gcry_mpi_point_t w, gcry_ctx_t ctx);

/* Return the number of bits required to represent A. */
unsigned int gcry_mpi_get_nbits (gcry_mpi_t a);

/* Return true when bit number N (counting from 0) is set in A. */
int      gcry_mpi_test_bit (gcry_mpi_t a, unsigned int n);

/* Set bit number N in A. */
void     gcry_mpi_set_bit (gcry_mpi_t a, unsigned int n);

/* Clear bit number N in A. */
void     gcry_mpi_clear_bit (gcry_mpi_t a, unsigned int n);

/* Set bit number N in A and clear all bits greater than N. */
void     gcry_mpi_set_highbit (gcry_mpi_t a, unsigned int n);

/* Clear bit number N in A and all bits greater than N. */
void     gcry_mpi_clear_highbit (gcry_mpi_t a, unsigned int n);

/* Shift the value of A by N bits to the right and store the result in X. */
void     gcry_mpi_rshift (gcry_mpi_t x, gcry_mpi_t a, unsigned int n);

/* Shift the value of A by N bits to the left and store the result in X. */
void     gcry_mpi_lshift (gcry_mpi_t x, gcry_mpi_t a, unsigned int n);

/* Store NBITS of the value P points to in A and mark A as an opaque
   value.  On success A received the the ownership of the value P.
   WARNING: Never use an opaque MPI for anything thing else than
   gcry_mpi_release, gcry_mpi_get_opaque. */
gcry_mpi_t gcry_mpi_set_opaque (gcry_mpi_t a, void *p, unsigned int nbits);

/* Store NBITS of the value P points to in A and mark A as an opaque
   value.  The function takes a copy of the provided value P.
   WARNING: Never use an opaque MPI for anything thing else than
   gcry_mpi_release, gcry_mpi_get_opaque. */
gcry_mpi_t gcry_mpi_set_opaque_copy (gcry_mpi_t a,
                                     const void *p, unsigned int nbits);

/* Return a pointer to an opaque value stored in A and return its size
   in NBITS.  Note that the returned pointer is still owned by A and
   that the function should never be used for an non-opaque MPI. */
void *gcry_mpi_get_opaque (gcry_mpi_t a, unsigned int *nbits);

/* Set the FLAG for the big integer A.  Currently only the flag
   GCRYMPI_FLAG_SECURE is allowed to convert A into an big intger
   stored in "secure" memory. */
void gcry_mpi_set_flag (gcry_mpi_t a, enum gcry_mpi_flag flag);

/* Clear FLAG for the big integer A.  Note that this function is
   currently useless as no flags are allowed. */
void gcry_mpi_clear_flag (gcry_mpi_t a, enum gcry_mpi_flag flag);

/* Return true if the FLAG is set for A. */
int gcry_mpi_get_flag (gcry_mpi_t a, enum gcry_mpi_flag flag);

/* Private function - do not use.  */
gcry_mpi_t _gcry_mpi_get_const (int no);

/* Unless the GCRYPT_NO_MPI_MACROS is used, provide a couple of
   convenience macros for the big integer functions. */
#ifndef GCRYPT_NO_MPI_MACROS
#define mpi_new(n)          gcry_mpi_new( (n) )
#define mpi_secure_new( n ) gcry_mpi_snew( (n) )
#define mpi_release(a)      \
  do \
    { \
      gcry_mpi_release ((a)); \
      (a) = NULL; \
    } \
  while (0)

#define mpi_copy( a )          gcry_mpi_copy( (a) )
#define mpi_snatch( w, u)      gcry_mpi_snatch( (w), (u) )
#define mpi_set( w, u)         gcry_mpi_set( (w), (u) )
#define mpi_set_ui( w, u)      gcry_mpi_set_ui( (w), (u) )
#define mpi_abs( w )           gcry_mpi_abs( (w) )
#define mpi_neg( w, u)         gcry_mpi_neg( (w), (u) )
#define mpi_cmp( u, v )        gcry_mpi_cmp( (u), (v) )
#define mpi_cmp_ui( u, v )     gcry_mpi_cmp_ui( (u), (v) )
#define mpi_is_neg( a )        gcry_mpi_is_neg ((a))

#define mpi_add_ui(w,u,v)      gcry_mpi_add_ui((w),(u),(v))
#define mpi_add(w,u,v)         gcry_mpi_add ((w),(u),(v))
#define mpi_addm(w,u,v,m)      gcry_mpi_addm ((w),(u),(v),(m))
#define mpi_sub_ui(w,u,v)      gcry_mpi_sub_ui ((w),(u),(v))
#define mpi_sub(w,u,v)         gcry_mpi_sub ((w),(u),(v))
#define mpi_subm(w,u,v,m)      gcry_mpi_subm ((w),(u),(v),(m))
#define mpi_mul_ui(w,u,v)      gcry_mpi_mul_ui ((w),(u),(v))
#define mpi_mul_2exp(w,u,v)    gcry_mpi_mul_2exp ((w),(u),(v))
#define mpi_mul(w,u,v)         gcry_mpi_mul ((w),(u),(v))
#define mpi_mulm(w,u,v,m)      gcry_mpi_mulm ((w),(u),(v),(m))
#define mpi_powm(w,b,e,m)      gcry_mpi_powm ( (w), (b), (e), (m) )
#define mpi_tdiv(q,r,a,m)      gcry_mpi_div ( (q), (r), (a), (m), 0)
#define mpi_fdiv(q,r,a,m)      gcry_mpi_div ( (q), (r), (a), (m), -1)
#define mpi_mod(r,a,m)         gcry_mpi_mod ((r), (a), (m))
#define mpi_gcd(g,a,b)         gcry_mpi_gcd ( (g), (a), (b) )
#define mpi_invm(g,a,b)        gcry_mpi_invm ( (g), (a), (b) )

#define mpi_point_new(n)              gcry_mpi_point_new((n))
#define mpi_point_release(p)                    \
  do                                            \
    {                                           \
      gcry_mpi_point_release ((p));             \
      (p) = NULL;                               \
    }                                           \
  while (0)
#define mpi_point_copy(p)             gcry_mpi_point_copy((p))
#define mpi_point_get(x,y,z,p)        gcry_mpi_point_get((x),(y),(z),(p))
#define mpi_point_snatch_get(x,y,z,p) gcry_mpi_point_snatch_get((x),(y),(z),(p))
#define mpi_point_set(p,x,y,z)        gcry_mpi_point_set((p),(x),(y),(z))
#define mpi_point_snatch_set(p,x,y,z) gcry_mpi_point_snatch_set((p),(x),(y),(z))

#define mpi_get_nbits(a)       gcry_mpi_get_nbits ((a))
#define mpi_test_bit(a,b)      gcry_mpi_test_bit ((a),(b))
#define mpi_set_bit(a,b)       gcry_mpi_set_bit ((a),(b))
#define mpi_set_highbit(a,b)   gcry_mpi_set_highbit ((a),(b))
#define mpi_clear_bit(a,b)     gcry_mpi_clear_bit ((a),(b))
#define mpi_clear_highbit(a,b) gcry_mpi_clear_highbit ((a),(b))
#define mpi_rshift(a,b,c)      gcry_mpi_rshift ((a),(b),(c))
#define mpi_lshift(a,b,c)      gcry_mpi_lshift ((a),(b),(c))

#define mpi_set_opaque(a,b,c)  gcry_mpi_set_opaque( (a), (b), (c) )
#define mpi_get_opaque(a,b)    gcry_mpi_get_opaque( (a), (b) )
#endif /* GCRYPT_NO_MPI_MACROS */



/************************************
 *                                  *
 *   Symmetric Cipher Functions     *
 *                                  *
 ************************************/

/* The data object used to hold a handle to an encryption object.  */
struct gcry_cipher_handle;
typedef struct gcry_cipher_handle *gcry_cipher_hd_t;

#ifndef GCRYPT_NO_DEPRECATED
typedef struct gcry_cipher_handle *GCRY_CIPHER_HD _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_DEPRECATED;
typedef struct gcry_cipher_handle *GcryCipherHd _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_DEPRECATED;
#endif

/* All symmetric encryption algorithms are identified by their IDs.
   More IDs may be registered at runtime. */
enum gcry_cipher_algos
  {
    GCRY_CIPHER_NONE        = 0,
    GCRY_CIPHER_IDEA        = 1,
    GCRY_CIPHER_3DES        = 2,
    GCRY_CIPHER_CAST5       = 3,
    GCRY_CIPHER_BLOWFISH    = 4,
    GCRY_CIPHER_SAFER_SK128 = 5,
    GCRY_CIPHER_DES_SK      = 6,
    GCRY_CIPHER_AES         = 7,
    GCRY_CIPHER_AES192      = 8,
    GCRY_CIPHER_AES256      = 9,
    GCRY_CIPHER_TWOFISH     = 10,

    /* Other cipher numbers are above 300 for OpenPGP reasons. */
    GCRY_CIPHER_ARCFOUR     = 301,  /* Fully compatible with RSA's RC4 (tm). */
    GCRY_CIPHER_DES         = 302,  /* Yes, this is single key 56 bit DES. */
    GCRY_CIPHER_TWOFISH128  = 303,
    GCRY_CIPHER_SERPENT128  = 304,
    GCRY_CIPHER_SERPENT192  = 305,
    GCRY_CIPHER_SERPENT256  = 306,
    GCRY_CIPHER_RFC2268_40  = 307,  /* Ron's Cipher 2 (40 bit). */
    GCRY_CIPHER_RFC2268_128 = 308,  /* Ron's Cipher 2 (128 bit). */
    GCRY_CIPHER_SEED        = 309,  /* 128 bit cipher described in RFC4269. */
    GCRY_CIPHER_CAMELLIA128 = 310,
    GCRY_CIPHER_CAMELLIA192 = 311,
    GCRY_CIPHER_CAMELLIA256 = 312,
    GCRY_CIPHER_SALSA20     = 313,
    GCRY_CIPHER_SALSA20R12  = 314,
    GCRY_CIPHER_GOST28147   = 315,
    GCRY_CIPHER_CHACHA20    = 316
  };

/* The Rijndael algorithm is basically AES, so provide some macros. */
#define GCRY_CIPHER_AES128      GCRY_CIPHER_AES
#define GCRY_CIPHER_RIJNDAEL    GCRY_CIPHER_AES
#define GCRY_CIPHER_RIJNDAEL128 GCRY_CIPHER_AES128
#define GCRY_CIPHER_RIJNDAEL192 GCRY_CIPHER_AES192
#define GCRY_CIPHER_RIJNDAEL256 GCRY_CIPHER_AES256

/* The supported encryption modes.  Note that not all of them are
   supported for each algorithm. */
enum gcry_cipher_modes
  {
    GCRY_CIPHER_MODE_NONE     = 0,   /* Not yet specified. */
    GCRY_CIPHER_MODE_ECB      = 1,   /* Electronic codebook. */
    GCRY_CIPHER_MODE_CFB      = 2,   /* Cipher feedback. */
    GCRY_CIPHER_MODE_CBC      = 3,   /* Cipher block chaining. */
    GCRY_CIPHER_MODE_STREAM   = 4,   /* Used with stream ciphers. */
    GCRY_CIPHER_MODE_OFB      = 5,   /* Outer feedback. */
    GCRY_CIPHER_MODE_CTR      = 6,   /* Counter. */
    GCRY_CIPHER_MODE_AESWRAP  = 7,   /* AES-WRAP algorithm.  */
    GCRY_CIPHER_MODE_CCM      = 8,   /* Counter with CBC-MAC.  */
    GCRY_CIPHER_MODE_GCM      = 9,   /* Galois Counter Mode. */
    GCRY_CIPHER_MODE_POLY1305 = 10,  /* Poly1305 based AEAD mode. */
    GCRY_CIPHER_MODE_OCB      = 11,  /* OCB3 mode.  */
    GCRY_CIPHER_MODE_CFB8     = 12,  /* Cipher feedback (8 bit mode). */
    GCRY_CIPHER_MODE_XTS      = 13  /* XTS mode.  */
  };

/* Flags used with the open function. */
enum gcry_cipher_flags
  {
    GCRY_CIPHER_SECURE      = 1,  /* Allocate in secure memory. */
    GCRY_CIPHER_ENABLE_SYNC = 2,  /* Enable CFB sync mode. */
    GCRY_CIPHER_CBC_CTS     = 4,  /* Enable CBC cipher text stealing (CTS). */
    GCRY_CIPHER_CBC_MAC     = 8   /* Enable CBC message auth. code (MAC). */
  };

/* GCM works only with blocks of 128 bits */
#define GCRY_GCM_BLOCK_LEN  (128 / 8)

/* CCM works only with blocks of 128 bits.  */
#define GCRY_CCM_BLOCK_LEN  (128 / 8)

/* OCB works only with blocks of 128 bits.  */
#define GCRY_OCB_BLOCK_LEN  (128 / 8)

/* XTS works only with blocks of 128 bits.  */
#define GCRY_XTS_BLOCK_LEN  (128 / 8)

/* Create a handle for algorithm ALGO to be used in MODE.  FLAGS may
   be given as an bitwise OR of the gcry_cipher_flags values. */
gcry_error_t gcry_cipher_open (gcry_cipher_hd_t *handle,
                              int algo, int mode, unsigned int flags);

/* Close the cipher handle H and release all resource. */
void gcry_cipher_close (gcry_cipher_hd_t h);

/* Perform various operations on the cipher object H. */
gcry_error_t gcry_cipher_ctl (gcry_cipher_hd_t h, int cmd, void *buffer,
                             size_t buflen);

/* Retrieve various information about the cipher object H. */
gcry_error_t gcry_cipher_info (gcry_cipher_hd_t h, int what, void *buffer,
                              size_t *nbytes);

/* Retrieve various information about the cipher algorithm ALGO. */
gcry_error_t gcry_cipher_algo_info (int algo, int what, void *buffer,
                                   size_t *nbytes);

/* Map the cipher algorithm whose ID is contained in ALGORITHM to a
   string representation of the algorithm name.  For unknown algorithm
   IDs this function returns "?".  */
const char *gcry_cipher_algo_name (int algorithm) _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_PURE;

/* Map the algorithm name NAME to an cipher algorithm ID.  Return 0 if
   the algorithm name is not known. */
int gcry_cipher_map_name (const char *name) _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_PURE;

/* Given an ASN.1 object identifier in standard IETF dotted decimal
   format in STRING, return the encryption mode associated with that
   OID or 0 if not known or applicable. */
int gcry_cipher_mode_from_oid (const char *string) _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_PURE;

/* Encrypt the plaintext of size INLEN in IN using the cipher handle H
   into the buffer OUT which has an allocated length of OUTSIZE.  For
   most algorithms it is possible to pass NULL for in and 0 for INLEN
   and do a in-place decryption of the data provided in OUT.  */
gcry_error_t gcry_cipher_encrypt (gcry_cipher_hd_t h,
                                  void *out, size_t outsize,
                                  const void *in, size_t inlen);

/* The counterpart to gcry_cipher_encrypt.  */
gcry_error_t gcry_cipher_decrypt (gcry_cipher_hd_t h,
                                  void *out, size_t outsize,
                                  const void *in, size_t inlen);

/* Set KEY of length KEYLEN bytes for the cipher handle HD.  */
gcry_error_t gcry_cipher_setkey (gcry_cipher_hd_t hd,
                                 const void *key, size_t keylen);


/* Set initialization vector IV of length IVLEN for the cipher handle HD. */
gcry_error_t gcry_cipher_setiv (gcry_cipher_hd_t hd,
                                const void *iv, size_t ivlen);

/* Provide additional authentication data for AEAD modes/ciphers.  */
gcry_error_t gcry_cipher_authenticate (gcry_cipher_hd_t hd, const void *abuf,
                                       size_t abuflen);

/* Get authentication tag for AEAD modes/ciphers.  */
gcry_error_t gcry_cipher_gettag (gcry_cipher_hd_t hd, void *outtag,
                                 size_t taglen);

/* Check authentication tag for AEAD modes/ciphers.  */
gcry_error_t gcry_cipher_checktag (gcry_cipher_hd_t hd, const void *intag,
                                   size_t taglen);

/* Reset the handle to the state after open.  */
#define gcry_cipher_reset(h)  gcry_cipher_ctl ((h), GCRYCTL_RESET, NULL, 0)

/* Perform the OpenPGP sync operation if this is enabled for the
   cipher handle H. */
#define gcry_cipher_sync(h)  gcry_cipher_ctl( (h), GCRYCTL_CFB_SYNC, NULL, 0)

/* Enable or disable CTS in future calls to gcry_encrypt(). CBC mode only. */
#define gcry_cipher_cts(h,on)  gcry_cipher_ctl( (h), GCRYCTL_SET_CBC_CTS, \
                                                                   NULL, on )

#define gcry_cipher_set_sbox(h,oid) gcry_cipher_ctl( (h), GCRYCTL_SET_SBOX, \
                                                     (void *) oid, 0);

/* Indicate to the encrypt and decrypt functions that the next call
   provides the final data.  Only used with some modes.  */
#define gcry_cipher_final(a) \
            gcry_cipher_ctl ((a), GCRYCTL_FINALIZE, NULL, 0)

/* Set counter for CTR mode.  (CTR,CTRLEN) must denote a buffer of
   block size length, or (NULL,0) to set the CTR to the all-zero block. */
gpg_error_t gcry_cipher_setctr (gcry_cipher_hd_t hd,
                                const void *ctr, size_t ctrlen);

/* Retrieve the key length in bytes used with algorithm A. */
size_t gcry_cipher_get_algo_keylen (int algo);

/* Retrieve the block length in bytes used with algorithm A. */
size_t gcry_cipher_get_algo_blklen (int algo);

/* Return 0 if the algorithm A is available for use. */
#define gcry_cipher_test_algo(a) \
            gcry_cipher_algo_info( (a), GCRYCTL_TEST_ALGO, NULL, NULL )


/************************************
 *                                  *
 *    Asymmetric Cipher Functions   *
 *                                  *
 ************************************/

/* The algorithms and their IDs we support.  */
enum gcry_pk_algos
  {
    GCRY_PK_RSA   = 1,      /* RSA */
    GCRY_PK_RSA_E = 2,      /* (deprecated: use 1).  */
    GCRY_PK_RSA_S = 3,      /* (deprecated: use 1).  */
    GCRY_PK_ELG_E = 16,     /* (deprecated: use 20). */
    GCRY_PK_DSA   = 17,     /* Digital Signature Algorithm.  */
    GCRY_PK_ECC   = 18,     /* Generic ECC.  */
    GCRY_PK_ELG   = 20,     /* Elgamal       */
    GCRY_PK_ECDSA = 301,    /* (only for external use).  */
    GCRY_PK_ECDH  = 302,    /* (only for external use).  */
    GCRY_PK_EDDSA = 303     /* (only for external use).  */
  };

/* Flags describing usage capabilities of a PK algorithm. */
#define GCRY_PK_USAGE_SIGN 1   /* Good for signatures. */
#define GCRY_PK_USAGE_ENCR 2   /* Good for encryption. */
#define GCRY_PK_USAGE_CERT 4   /* Good to certify other keys. */
#define GCRY_PK_USAGE_AUTH 8   /* Good for authentication. */
#define GCRY_PK_USAGE_UNKN 128 /* Unknown usage flag. */

/* Modes used with gcry_pubkey_get_sexp.  */
#define GCRY_PK_GET_PUBKEY 1
#define GCRY_PK_GET_SECKEY 2

/* Encrypt the DATA using the public key PKEY and store the result as
   a newly created S-expression at RESULT. */
gcry_error_t gcry_pk_encrypt (gcry_sexp_t *result,
                              gcry_sexp_t data, gcry_sexp_t pkey);

/* Decrypt the DATA using the private key SKEY and store the result as
   a newly created S-expression at RESULT. */
gcry_error_t gcry_pk_decrypt (gcry_sexp_t *result,
                              gcry_sexp_t data, gcry_sexp_t skey);

/* Sign the DATA using the private key SKEY and store the result as
   a newly created S-expression at RESULT. */
gcry_error_t gcry_pk_sign (gcry_sexp_t *result,
                           gcry_sexp_t data, gcry_sexp_t skey);

/* Check the signature SIGVAL on DATA using the public key PKEY. */
gcry_error_t gcry_pk_verify (gcry_sexp_t sigval,
                             gcry_sexp_t data, gcry_sexp_t pkey);

/* Check that private KEY is sane. */
gcry_error_t gcry_pk_testkey (gcry_sexp_t key);

/* Generate a new key pair according to the parameters given in
   S_PARMS.  The new key pair is returned in as an S-expression in
   R_KEY. */
gcry_error_t gcry_pk_genkey (gcry_sexp_t *r_key, gcry_sexp_t s_parms);

/* Catch all function for miscellaneous operations. */
gcry_error_t gcry_pk_ctl (int cmd, void *buffer, size_t buflen);

/* Retrieve information about the public key algorithm ALGO. */
gcry_error_t gcry_pk_algo_info (int algo, int what,
                                void *buffer, size_t *nbytes);

/* Map the public key algorithm whose ID is contained in ALGORITHM to
   a string representation of the algorithm name.  For unknown
   algorithm IDs this functions returns "?". */
const char *gcry_pk_algo_name (int algorithm) _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_PURE;

/* Map the algorithm NAME to a public key algorithm Id.  Return 0 if
   the algorithm name is not known. */
int gcry_pk_map_name (const char* name) _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_PURE;

/* Return what is commonly referred as the key length for the given
   public or private KEY.  */
unsigned int gcry_pk_get_nbits (gcry_sexp_t key) _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_PURE;

/* Return the so called KEYGRIP which is the SHA-1 hash of the public
   key parameters expressed in a way depending on the algorithm.  */
unsigned char *gcry_pk_get_keygrip (gcry_sexp_t key, unsigned char *array);

/* Return the name of the curve matching KEY.  */
const char *gcry_pk_get_curve (gcry_sexp_t key, int iterator,
                               unsigned int *r_nbits);

/* Return an S-expression with the parameters of the named ECC curve
   NAME.  ALGO must be set to an ECC algorithm.  */
gcry_sexp_t gcry_pk_get_param (int algo, const char *name);

/* Return 0 if the public key algorithm A is available for use. */
#define gcry_pk_test_algo(a) \
            gcry_pk_algo_info( (a), GCRYCTL_TEST_ALGO, NULL, NULL )

/* Return an S-expression representing the context CTX.  */
gcry_error_t gcry_pubkey_get_sexp (gcry_sexp_t *r_sexp,
                                   int mode, gcry_ctx_t ctx);



/************************************
 *                                  *
 *   Cryptograhic Hash Functions    *
 *                                  *
 ************************************/

/* Algorithm IDs for the hash functions we know about. Not all of them
   are implemented. */
enum gcry_md_algos
  {
    GCRY_MD_NONE    = 0,
    GCRY_MD_MD5     = 1,
    GCRY_MD_SHA1    = 2,
    GCRY_MD_RMD160  = 3,
    GCRY_MD_MD2     = 5,
    GCRY_MD_TIGER   = 6,   /* TIGER/192 as used by gpg <= 1.3.2. */
    GCRY_MD_HAVAL   = 7,   /* HAVAL, 5 pass, 160 bit. */
    GCRY_MD_SHA256  = 8,
    GCRY_MD_SHA384  = 9,
    GCRY_MD_SHA512  = 10,
    GCRY_MD_SHA224  = 11,

    GCRY_MD_MD4           = 301,
    GCRY_MD_CRC32         = 302,
    GCRY_MD_CRC32_RFC1510 = 303,
    GCRY_MD_CRC24_RFC2440 = 304,
    GCRY_MD_WHIRLPOOL     = 305,
    GCRY_MD_TIGER1        = 306, /* TIGER fixed.  */
    GCRY_MD_TIGER2        = 307, /* TIGER2 variant.   */
    GCRY_MD_GOSTR3411_94  = 308, /* GOST R 34.11-94.  */
    GCRY_MD_STRIBOG256    = 309, /* GOST R 34.11-2012, 256 bit.  */
    GCRY_MD_STRIBOG512    = 310, /* GOST R 34.11-2012, 512 bit.  */
    GCRY_MD_GOSTR3411_CP  = 311, /* GOST R 34.11-94 with CryptoPro-A S-Box.  */
    GCRY_MD_SHA3_224      = 312,
    GCRY_MD_SHA3_256      = 313,
    GCRY_MD_SHA3_384      = 314,
    GCRY_MD_SHA3_512      = 315,
    GCRY_MD_SHAKE128      = 316,
    GCRY_MD_SHAKE256      = 317,
    GCRY_MD_BLAKE2B_512   = 318,
    GCRY_MD_BLAKE2B_384   = 319,
    GCRY_MD_BLAKE2B_256   = 320,
    GCRY_MD_BLAKE2B_160   = 321,
    GCRY_MD_BLAKE2S_256   = 322,
    GCRY_MD_BLAKE2S_224   = 323,
    GCRY_MD_BLAKE2S_160   = 324,
    GCRY_MD_BLAKE2S_128   = 325
  };

/* Flags used with the open function.  */
enum gcry_md_flags
  {
    GCRY_MD_FLAG_SECURE = 1,  /* Allocate all buffers in "secure" memory.  */
    GCRY_MD_FLAG_HMAC   = 2,  /* Make an HMAC out of this algorithm.  */
    GCRY_MD_FLAG_BUGEMU1 = 0x0100
  };

/* (Forward declaration.)  */
struct gcry_md_context;

/* This object is used to hold a handle to a message digest object.
   This structure is private - only to be used by the public gcry_md_*
   macros.  */
typedef struct gcry_md_handle
{
  /* Actual context.  */
  struct gcry_md_context *ctx;

  /* Buffer management.  */
  int  bufpos;
  int  bufsize;
  unsigned char buf[1];
} *gcry_md_hd_t;

/* Compatibility types, do not use them.  */
#ifndef GCRYPT_NO_DEPRECATED
typedef struct gcry_md_handle *GCRY_MD_HD _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_DEPRECATED;
typedef struct gcry_md_handle *GcryMDHd _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_DEPRECATED;
#endif

/* Create a message digest object for algorithm ALGO.  FLAGS may be
   given as an bitwise OR of the gcry_md_flags values.  ALGO may be
   given as 0 if the algorithms to be used are later set using
   gcry_md_enable.  */
gcry_error_t gcry_md_open (gcry_md_hd_t *h, int algo, unsigned int flags);

/* Release the message digest object HD.  */
void gcry_md_close (gcry_md_hd_t hd);

/* Add the message digest algorithm ALGO to the digest object HD.  */
gcry_error_t gcry_md_enable (gcry_md_hd_t hd, int algo);

/* Create a new digest object as an exact copy of the object HD.  */
gcry_error_t gcry_md_copy (gcry_md_hd_t *bhd, gcry_md_hd_t ahd);

/* Reset the digest object HD to its initial state.  */
void gcry_md_reset (gcry_md_hd_t hd);

/* Perform various operations on the digest object HD. */
gcry_error_t gcry_md_ctl (gcry_md_hd_t hd, int cmd,
                          void *buffer, size_t buflen);

/* Pass LENGTH bytes of data in BUFFER to the digest object HD so that
   it can update the digest values.  This is the actual hash
   function. */
void gcry_md_write (gcry_md_hd_t hd, const void *buffer, size_t length);

/* Read out the final digest from HD return the digest value for
   algorithm ALGO. */
unsigned char *gcry_md_read (gcry_md_hd_t hd, int algo);

/* Read more output from algorithm ALGO to BUFFER of size LENGTH from
 * digest object HD. Algorithm needs to be 'expendable-output function'. */
gpg_error_t gcry_md_extract (gcry_md_hd_t hd, int algo, void *buffer,
                             size_t length);

/* Convenience function to calculate the hash from the data in BUFFER
   of size LENGTH using the algorithm ALGO avoiding the creation of a
   hash object.  The hash is returned in the caller provided buffer
   DIGEST which must be large enough to hold the digest of the given
   algorithm. */
void gcry_md_hash_buffer (int algo, void *digest,
                          const void *buffer, size_t length);

/* Convenience function to hash multiple buffers.  */
gpg_error_t gcry_md_hash_buffers (int algo, unsigned int flags, void *digest,
                                  const gcry_buffer_t *iov, int iovcnt);

/* Retrieve the algorithm used with HD.  This does not work reliable
   if more than one algorithm is enabled in HD. */
int gcry_md_get_algo (gcry_md_hd_t hd);

/* Retrieve the length in bytes of the digest yielded by algorithm
   ALGO. */
unsigned int gcry_md_get_algo_dlen (int algo);

/* Return true if the the algorithm ALGO is enabled in the digest
   object A. */
int gcry_md_is_enabled (gcry_md_hd_t a, int algo);

/* Return true if the digest object A is allocated in "secure" memory. */
int gcry_md_is_secure (gcry_md_hd_t a);

/* Deprecated: Use gcry_md_is_enabled or gcry_md_is_secure.  */
gcry_error_t gcry_md_info (gcry_md_hd_t h, int what, void *buffer,
                          size_t *nbytes) _GCRY_ATTR_INTERNAL;

/* Retrieve various information about the algorithm ALGO.  */
gcry_error_t gcry_md_algo_info (int algo, int what, void *buffer,
                               size_t *nbytes);

/* Map the digest algorithm id ALGO to a string representation of the
   algorithm name.  For unknown algorithms this function returns
   "?". */
const char *gcry_md_algo_name (int algo) _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_PURE;

/* Map the algorithm NAME to a digest algorithm Id.  Return 0 if
   the algorithm name is not known. */
int gcry_md_map_name (const char* name) _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_PURE;

/* For use with the HMAC feature, the set MAC key to the KEY of
   KEYLEN bytes. */
gcry_error_t gcry_md_setkey (gcry_md_hd_t hd, const void *key, size_t keylen);

/* Start or stop debugging for digest handle HD; i.e. create a file
   named dbgmd-<n>.<suffix> while hashing.  If SUFFIX is NULL,
   debugging stops and the file will be closed. */
void gcry_md_debug (gcry_md_hd_t hd, const char *suffix);


/* Update the hash(s) of H with the character C.  This is a buffered
   version of the gcry_md_write function. */
#define gcry_md_putc(h,c)  \
            do {                                          \
                gcry_md_hd_t h__ = (h);                   \
                if( (h__)->bufpos == (h__)->bufsize )     \
                    gcry_md_write( (h__), NULL, 0 );      \
                (h__)->buf[(h__)->bufpos++] = (c) & 0xff; \
            } while(0)

/* Finalize the digest calculation.  This is not really needed because
   gcry_md_read() does this implicitly. */
#define gcry_md_final(a) \
            gcry_md_ctl ((a), GCRYCTL_FINALIZE, NULL, 0)

/* Return 0 if the algorithm A is available for use. */
#define gcry_md_test_algo(a) \
            gcry_md_algo_info( (a), GCRYCTL_TEST_ALGO, NULL, NULL )

/* Return an DER encoded ASN.1 OID for the algorithm A in buffer B. N
   must point to size_t variable with the available size of buffer B.
   After return it will receive the actual size of the returned
   OID. */
#define gcry_md_get_asnoid(a,b,n) \
            gcry_md_algo_info((a), GCRYCTL_GET_ASNOID, (b), (n))



/**********************************************
 *                                            *
 *   Message Authentication Code Functions    *
 *                                            *
 **********************************************/

/* The data object used to hold a handle to an encryption object.  */
struct gcry_mac_handle;
typedef struct gcry_mac_handle *gcry_mac_hd_t;

/* Algorithm IDs for the hash functions we know about. Not all of them
   are implemented. */
enum gcry_mac_algos
  {
    GCRY_MAC_NONE               = 0,

    GCRY_MAC_HMAC_SHA256        = 101,
    GCRY_MAC_HMAC_SHA224        = 102,
    GCRY_MAC_HMAC_SHA512        = 103,
    GCRY_MAC_HMAC_SHA384        = 104,
    GCRY_MAC_HMAC_SHA1          = 105,
    GCRY_MAC_HMAC_MD5           = 106,
    GCRY_MAC_HMAC_MD4           = 107,
    GCRY_MAC_HMAC_RMD160        = 108,
    GCRY_MAC_HMAC_TIGER1        = 109, /* The fixed TIGER variant */
    GCRY_MAC_HMAC_WHIRLPOOL     = 110,
    GCRY_MAC_HMAC_GOSTR3411_94  = 111,
    GCRY_MAC_HMAC_STRIBOG256    = 112,
    GCRY_MAC_HMAC_STRIBOG512    = 113,
    GCRY_MAC_HMAC_MD2           = 114,
    GCRY_MAC_HMAC_SHA3_224      = 115,
    GCRY_MAC_HMAC_SHA3_256      = 116,
    GCRY_MAC_HMAC_SHA3_384      = 117,
    GCRY_MAC_HMAC_SHA3_512      = 118,

    GCRY_MAC_CMAC_AES           = 201,
    GCRY_MAC_CMAC_3DES          = 202,
    GCRY_MAC_CMAC_CAMELLIA      = 203,
    GCRY_MAC_CMAC_CAST5         = 204,
    GCRY_MAC_CMAC_BLOWFISH      = 205,
    GCRY_MAC_CMAC_TWOFISH       = 206,
    GCRY_MAC_CMAC_SERPENT       = 207,
    GCRY_MAC_CMAC_SEED          = 208,
    GCRY_MAC_CMAC_RFC2268       = 209,
    GCRY_MAC_CMAC_IDEA          = 210,
    GCRY_MAC_CMAC_GOST28147     = 211,

    GCRY_MAC_GMAC_AES           = 401,
    GCRY_MAC_GMAC_CAMELLIA      = 402,
    GCRY_MAC_GMAC_TWOFISH       = 403,
    GCRY_MAC_GMAC_SERPENT       = 404,
    GCRY_MAC_GMAC_SEED          = 405,

    GCRY_MAC_POLY1305           = 501,
    GCRY_MAC_POLY1305_AES       = 502,
    GCRY_MAC_POLY1305_CAMELLIA  = 503,
    GCRY_MAC_POLY1305_TWOFISH   = 504,
    GCRY_MAC_POLY1305_SERPENT   = 505,
    GCRY_MAC_POLY1305_SEED      = 506
  };

/* Flags used with the open function.  */
enum gcry_mac_flags
  {
    GCRY_MAC_FLAG_SECURE = 1   /* Allocate all buffers in "secure" memory.  */
  };

/* Create a MAC handle for algorithm ALGO.  FLAGS may be given as an bitwise OR
   of the gcry_mac_flags values.  CTX maybe NULL or gcry_ctx_t object to be
   associated with HANDLE.  */
gcry_error_t gcry_mac_open (gcry_mac_hd_t *handle, int algo,
                            unsigned int flags, gcry_ctx_t ctx);

/* Close the MAC handle H and release all resource. */
void gcry_mac_close (gcry_mac_hd_t h);

/* Perform various operations on the MAC object H. */
gcry_error_t gcry_mac_ctl (gcry_mac_hd_t h, int cmd, void *buffer,
                           size_t buflen);

/* Retrieve various information about the MAC algorithm ALGO. */
gcry_error_t gcry_mac_algo_info (int algo, int what, void *buffer,
                                 size_t *nbytes);

/* Set KEY of length KEYLEN bytes for the MAC handle HD.  */
gcry_error_t gcry_mac_setkey (gcry_mac_hd_t hd, const void *key,
                              size_t keylen);

/* Set initialization vector IV of length IVLEN for the MAC handle HD. */
gcry_error_t gcry_mac_setiv (gcry_mac_hd_t hd, const void *iv,
                             size_t ivlen);

/* Pass LENGTH bytes of data in BUFFER to the MAC object HD so that
   it can update the MAC values.  */
gcry_error_t gcry_mac_write (gcry_mac_hd_t hd, const void *buffer,
                             size_t length);

/* Read out the final authentication code from the MAC object HD to BUFFER. */
gcry_error_t gcry_mac_read (gcry_mac_hd_t hd, void *buffer, size_t *buflen);

/* Verify the final authentication code from the MAC object HD with BUFFER. */
gcry_error_t gcry_mac_verify (gcry_mac_hd_t hd, const void *buffer,
                              size_t buflen);

/* Retrieve the algorithm used with MAC. */
int gcry_mac_get_algo (gcry_mac_hd_t hd);

/* Retrieve the length in bytes of the MAC yielded by algorithm ALGO. */
unsigned int gcry_mac_get_algo_maclen (int algo);

/* Retrieve the default key length in bytes used with algorithm A. */
unsigned int gcry_mac_get_algo_keylen (int algo);

/* Map the MAC algorithm whose ID is contained in ALGORITHM to a
   string representation of the algorithm name.  For unknown algorithm
   IDs this function returns "?".  */
const char *gcry_mac_algo_name (int algorithm) _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_PURE;

/* Map the algorithm name NAME to an MAC algorithm ID.  Return 0 if
   the algorithm name is not known. */
int gcry_mac_map_name (const char *name) _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_PURE;

/* Reset the handle to the state after open/setkey.  */
#define gcry_mac_reset(h)  gcry_mac_ctl ((h), GCRYCTL_RESET, NULL, 0)

/* Return 0 if the algorithm A is available for use. */
#define gcry_mac_test_algo(a) \
            gcry_mac_algo_info( (a), GCRYCTL_TEST_ALGO, NULL, NULL )


/******************************
 *                            *
 *  Key Derivation Functions  *
 *                            *
 ******************************/

/* Algorithm IDs for the KDFs.  */
enum gcry_kdf_algos
  {
    GCRY_KDF_NONE = 0,
    GCRY_KDF_SIMPLE_S2K = 16,
    GCRY_KDF_SALTED_S2K = 17,
    GCRY_KDF_ITERSALTED_S2K = 19,
    GCRY_KDF_PBKDF1 = 33,
    GCRY_KDF_PBKDF2 = 34,
    GCRY_KDF_SCRYPT = 48
  };

/* Derive a key from a passphrase.  */
gpg_error_t gcry_kdf_derive (const void *passphrase, size_t passphraselen,
                             int algo, int subalgo,
                             const void *salt, size_t saltlen,
                             unsigned long iterations,
                             size_t keysize, void *keybuffer);




/************************************
 *                                  *
 *   Random Generating Functions    *
 *                                  *
 ************************************/

/* The type of the random number generator.  */
enum gcry_rng_types
  {
    GCRY_RNG_TYPE_STANDARD   = 1, /* The default CSPRNG generator.  */
    GCRY_RNG_TYPE_FIPS       = 2, /* The FIPS X9.31 AES generator.  */
    GCRY_RNG_TYPE_SYSTEM     = 3  /* The system's native generator. */
  };

/* The possible values for the random quality.  The rule of thumb is
   to use STRONG for session keys and VERY_STRONG for key material.
   WEAK is usually an alias for STRONG and should not be used anymore
   (except with gcry_mpi_randomize); use gcry_create_nonce instead. */
typedef enum gcry_random_level
  {
    GCRY_WEAK_RANDOM = 0,
    GCRY_STRONG_RANDOM = 1,
    GCRY_VERY_STRONG_RANDOM = 2
  }
gcry_random_level_t;

/* Fill BUFFER with LENGTH bytes of random, using random numbers of
   quality LEVEL. */
void gcry_randomize (void *buffer, size_t length,
                     enum gcry_random_level level);

/* Add the external random from BUFFER with LENGTH bytes into the
   pool. QUALITY should either be -1 for unknown or in the range of 0
   to 100 */
gcry_error_t gcry_random_add_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t length,
                                    int quality);

/* If random numbers are used in an application, this macro should be
   called from time to time so that new stuff gets added to the
   internal pool of the RNG.  */
#define gcry_fast_random_poll()  gcry_control (GCRYCTL_FAST_POLL, NULL)


/* Return NBYTES of allocated random using a random numbers of quality
   LEVEL. */
void *gcry_random_bytes (size_t nbytes, enum gcry_random_level level)
                         _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_MALLOC;

/* Return NBYTES of allocated random using a random numbers of quality
   LEVEL.  The random numbers are created returned in "secure"
   memory. */
void *gcry_random_bytes_secure (size_t nbytes, enum gcry_random_level level)
                                _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_MALLOC;


/* Set the big integer W to a random value of NBITS using a random
   generator with quality LEVEL.  Note that by using a level of
   GCRY_WEAK_RANDOM gcry_create_nonce is used internally. */
void gcry_mpi_randomize (gcry_mpi_t w,
                         unsigned int nbits, enum gcry_random_level level);


/* Create an unpredicable nonce of LENGTH bytes in BUFFER. */
void gcry_create_nonce (void *buffer, size_t length);





/*******************************/
/*                             */
/*    Prime Number Functions   */
/*                             */
/*******************************/

/* Mode values passed to a gcry_prime_check_func_t. */
#define GCRY_PRIME_CHECK_AT_FINISH      0
#define GCRY_PRIME_CHECK_AT_GOT_PRIME   1
#define GCRY_PRIME_CHECK_AT_MAYBE_PRIME 2

/* The function should return 1 if the operation shall continue, 0 to
   reject the prime candidate. */
typedef int (*gcry_prime_check_func_t) (void *arg, int mode,
                                        gcry_mpi_t candidate);

/* Flags for gcry_prime_generate():  */

/* Allocate prime numbers and factors in secure memory.  */
#define GCRY_PRIME_FLAG_SECRET         (1 << 0)

/* Make sure that at least one prime factor is of size
   `FACTOR_BITS'.  */
#define GCRY_PRIME_FLAG_SPECIAL_FACTOR (1 << 1)

/* Generate a new prime number of PRIME_BITS bits and store it in
   PRIME.  If FACTOR_BITS is non-zero, one of the prime factors of
   (prime - 1) / 2 must be FACTOR_BITS bits long.  If FACTORS is
   non-zero, allocate a new, NULL-terminated array holding the prime
   factors and store it in FACTORS.  FLAGS might be used to influence
   the prime number generation process.  */
gcry_error_t gcry_prime_generate (gcry_mpi_t *prime,
                                  unsigned int prime_bits,
                                  unsigned int factor_bits,
                                  gcry_mpi_t **factors,
                                  gcry_prime_check_func_t cb_func,
                                  void *cb_arg,
                                  gcry_random_level_t random_level,
                                  unsigned int flags);

/* Find a generator for PRIME where the factorization of (prime-1) is
   in the NULL terminated array FACTORS. Return the generator as a
   newly allocated MPI in R_G.  If START_G is not NULL, use this as
   the start for the search. */
gcry_error_t gcry_prime_group_generator (gcry_mpi_t *r_g,
                                         gcry_mpi_t prime,
                                         gcry_mpi_t *factors,
                                         gcry_mpi_t start_g);


/* Convenience function to release the FACTORS array. */
void gcry_prime_release_factors (gcry_mpi_t *factors);


/* Check whether the number X is prime.  */
gcry_error_t gcry_prime_check (gcry_mpi_t x, unsigned int flags);



/************************************
 *                                  *
 *     Miscellaneous Stuff          *
 *                                  *
 ************************************/

/* Release the context object CTX.  */
void gcry_ctx_release (gcry_ctx_t ctx);

/* Log data using Libgcrypt's own log interface.  */
void gcry_log_debug (const char *fmt, ...) _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_PRINTF(1,2);
void gcry_log_debughex (const char *text, const void *buffer, size_t length);
void gcry_log_debugmpi (const char *text, gcry_mpi_t mpi);
void gcry_log_debugpnt (const char *text,
                        gcry_mpi_point_t point, gcry_ctx_t ctx);
void gcry_log_debugsxp (const char *text, gcry_sexp_t sexp);

char *gcry_get_config (int mode, const char *what);

/* Log levels used by the internal logging facility. */
enum gcry_log_levels
  {
    GCRY_LOG_CONT   = 0,    /* (Continue the last log line.) */
    GCRY_LOG_INFO   = 10,
    GCRY_LOG_WARN   = 20,
    GCRY_LOG_ERROR  = 30,
    GCRY_LOG_FATAL  = 40,
    GCRY_LOG_BUG    = 50,
    GCRY_LOG_DEBUG  = 100
  };

/* Type for progress handlers.  */
typedef void (*gcry_handler_progress_t) (void *, const char *, int, int, int);

/* Type for memory allocation handlers.  */
typedef void *(*gcry_handler_alloc_t) (size_t n);

/* Type for secure memory check handlers.  */
typedef int (*gcry_handler_secure_check_t) (const void *);

/* Type for memory reallocation handlers.  */
typedef void *(*gcry_handler_realloc_t) (void *p, size_t n);

/* Type for memory free handlers.  */
typedef void (*gcry_handler_free_t) (void *);

/* Type for out-of-memory handlers.  */
typedef int (*gcry_handler_no_mem_t) (void *, size_t, unsigned int);

/* Type for fatal error handlers.  */
typedef void (*gcry_handler_error_t) (void *, int, const char *);

/* Type for logging handlers.  */
typedef void (*gcry_handler_log_t) (void *, int, const char *, va_list);

/* Certain operations can provide progress information.  This function
   is used to register a handler for retrieving these information. */
void gcry_set_progress_handler (gcry_handler_progress_t cb, void *cb_data);


/* Register a custom memory allocation functions. */
void gcry_set_allocation_handler (
                             gcry_handler_alloc_t func_alloc,
                             gcry_handler_alloc_t func_alloc_secure,
                             gcry_handler_secure_check_t func_secure_check,
                             gcry_handler_realloc_t func_realloc,
                             gcry_handler_free_t func_free);

/* Register a function used instead of the internal out of memory
   handler. */
void gcry_set_outofcore_handler (gcry_handler_no_mem_t h, void *opaque);

/* Register a function used instead of the internal fatal error
   handler. */
void gcry_set_fatalerror_handler (gcry_handler_error_t fnc, void *opaque);

/* Register a function used instead of the internal logging
   facility. */
void gcry_set_log_handler (gcry_handler_log_t f, void *opaque);

/* Reserved for future use. */
void gcry_set_gettext_handler (const char *(*f)(const char*));

/* Libgcrypt uses its own memory allocation.  It is important to use
   gcry_free () to release memory allocated by libgcrypt. */
void *gcry_malloc (size_t n) _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_MALLOC;
void *gcry_calloc (size_t n, size_t m) _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_MALLOC;
void *gcry_malloc_secure (size_t n) _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_MALLOC;
void *gcry_calloc_secure (size_t n, size_t m) _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_MALLOC;
void *gcry_realloc (void *a, size_t n);
char *gcry_strdup (const char *string) _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_MALLOC;
void *gcry_xmalloc (size_t n) _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_MALLOC;
void *gcry_xcalloc (size_t n, size_t m) _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_MALLOC;
void *gcry_xmalloc_secure (size_t n) _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_MALLOC;
void *gcry_xcalloc_secure (size_t n, size_t m) _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_MALLOC;
void *gcry_xrealloc (void *a, size_t n);
char *gcry_xstrdup (const char * a) _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_MALLOC;
void  gcry_free (void *a);

/* Return true if A is allocated in "secure" memory. */
int gcry_is_secure (const void *a) _GCRY_GCC_ATTR_PURE;

/* Return true if Libgcrypt is in FIPS mode.  */
#define gcry_fips_mode_active()  !!gcry_control (GCRYCTL_FIPS_MODE_P, 0)


#if 0 /* (Keep Emacsens' auto-indent happy.) */
{
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _GCRYPT_H */
/*
Local Variables:
buffer-read-only: t
End:
*/
/* ISO C11 Standard: 7.26 - Thread support library  <threads.h>.
   Copyright (C) 2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _THREADS_H
#define _THREADS_H	1

#include <features.h>
#include <time.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

#include <bits/pthreadtypes-arch.h>
#include <bits/types/struct_timespec.h>

#ifndef __cplusplus
# define thread_local _Thread_local
#endif

#define TSS_DTOR_ITERATIONS 4
typedef unsigned int tss_t;
typedef void (*tss_dtor_t) (void*);

typedef unsigned long int thrd_t;
typedef int (*thrd_start_t) (void*);

/* Exit and error codes.  */
enum
{
  thrd_success  = 0,
  thrd_busy     = 1,
  thrd_error    = 2,
  thrd_nomem    = 3,
  thrd_timedout = 4
};

/* Mutex types.  */
enum
{
  mtx_plain     = 0,
  mtx_recursive = 1,
  mtx_timed     = 2
};

typedef struct
{
  int __data __ONCE_ALIGNMENT;
} once_flag;
#define ONCE_FLAG_INIT { 0 }

typedef union
{
  char __size[__SIZEOF_PTHREAD_MUTEX_T];
  long int __align __LOCK_ALIGNMENT;
} mtx_t;

typedef union
{
  char __size[__SIZEOF_PTHREAD_COND_T];
  __extension__ long long int __align __LOCK_ALIGNMENT;
} cnd_t;

/* Threads functions.  */

/* Create a new thread executing the function __FUNC.  Arguments for __FUNC
   are passed through __ARG.  If succesful, __THR is set to new thread
   identifier.  */
extern int thrd_create (thrd_t *__thr, thrd_start_t __func, void *__arg);

/* Check if __LHS and __RHS point to the same thread.  */
extern int thrd_equal (thrd_t __lhs, thrd_t __rhs);

/* Return current thread identifier.  */
extern thrd_t thrd_current (void);

/* Block current thread execution for at least the time pointed by
   __TIME_POINT.  The current thread may resume if receives a signal.  In
   that case, if __REMAINING is not NULL, the remaining time is stored in
   the object pointed by it.  */
extern int thrd_sleep (const struct timespec *__time_point,
		       struct timespec *__remaining);

/* Terminate current thread execution, cleaning up any thread local
   storage and freeing resources.  Returns the value specified in __RES.  */
extern void thrd_exit (int __res) __attribute__ ((__noreturn__));

/* Detach the thread identified by __THR from the current environment
   (it does not allow join or wait for it).  */
extern int thrd_detach (thrd_t __thr);

/* Block current thread until execution of __THR is complete.  In case that
   __RES is not NULL, will store the return value of __THR when exiting.  */
extern int thrd_join (thrd_t __thr, int *__res);

/* Stop current thread execution and call the scheduler to decide which
   thread should execute next.  The current thread may be selected by the
   scheduler to keep running.  */
extern void thrd_yield (void);

#ifdef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
/* Optimizations.  */
__extern_inline int
thrd_equal (thrd_t __thread1, thrd_t __thread2)
{
  return __thread1 == __thread2;
}
#endif


/* Mutex functions.  */

/* Creates a new mutex object with type __TYPE.  If successful the new
   object is pointed by __MUTEX.  */
extern int mtx_init (mtx_t *__mutex, int __type);

/* Block the current thread until the mutex pointed to by __MUTEX is
   unlocked.  In that case current thread will not be blocked.  */
extern int mtx_lock (mtx_t *__mutex);

/* Block the current thread until the mutex pointed by __MUTEX is unlocked
   or time pointed by __TIME_POINT is reached.  In case the mutex is unlock,
   the current thread will not be blocked.  */
extern int mtx_timedlock (mtx_t *__restrict __mutex,
			  const struct timespec *__restrict __time_point);

/* Try to lock the mutex pointed by __MUTEX without blocking.  If the mutex
   is free the current threads takes control of it, otherwise it returns
   immediately.  */
extern int mtx_trylock (mtx_t *__mutex);

/* Unlock the mutex pointed by __MUTEX.  It may potentially awake other
   threads waiting on this mutex.  */
extern int mtx_unlock (mtx_t *__mutex);

/* Destroy the mutex object pointed by __MUTEX.  */
extern void mtx_destroy (mtx_t *__mutex);


/* Call function __FUNC exactly once, even if invoked from several threads.
   All calls must be made with the same __FLAGS object.  */
extern void call_once (once_flag *__flag, void (*__func)(void));


/* Condition variable functions.  */

/* Initialize new condition variable pointed by __COND.  */
extern int cnd_init (cnd_t *__cond);

/* Unblock one thread that currently waits on condition variable pointed
   by __COND.  */
extern int cnd_signal (cnd_t *__cond);

/* Unblock all threads currently waiting on condition variable pointed by
   __COND.  */
extern int cnd_broadcast (cnd_t *__cond);

/* Block current thread on the condition variable pointed by __COND.  */
extern int cnd_wait (cnd_t *__cond, mtx_t *__mutex);

/* Block current thread on the condition variable until condition variable
   pointed by __COND is signaled or time pointed by __TIME_POINT is
   reached.  */
extern int cnd_timedwait (cnd_t *__restrict __cond,
			  mtx_t *__restrict __mutex,
			  const struct timespec *__restrict __time_point);

/* Destroy condition variable pointed by __cond and free all of its
   resources.  */
extern void cnd_destroy (cnd_t *__COND);


/* Thread specific storage functions.  */

/* Create new thread-specific storage key and stores it in the object pointed
   by __TSS_ID.  If __DESTRUCTOR is not NULL, the function will be called when
   the thread terminates.  */
extern int tss_create (tss_t *__tss_id, tss_dtor_t __destructor);

/* Return the value held in thread-specific storage for the current thread
   identified by __TSS_ID.  */
extern void *tss_get (tss_t __tss_id);

/* Sets the value of the thread-specific storage identified by __TSS_ID for
   the current thread to __VAL.  */
extern int tss_set (tss_t __tss_id, void *__val);

/* Destroys the thread-specific storage identified by __TSS_ID.  The
   destructor is not called until thrd_exit is called.  */
extern void tss_delete (tss_t __tss_id);

__END_DECLS

#endif /* _THREADS_H */
/* Declarations for math functions.
   Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 *	ISO C99 Standard: 7.12 Mathematics	<math.h>
 */

#ifndef	_MATH_H
#define	_MATH_H	1

#define __GLIBC_INTERNAL_STARTING_HEADER_IMPLEMENTATION
#include <bits/libc-header-start.h>

#if defined log && defined __GNUC__
# warning A macro called log was already defined when <math.h> was included.
# warning This will cause compilation problems.
#endif

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Get definitions of __intmax_t and __uintmax_t.  */
#include <bits/types.h>

/* Get machine-dependent vector math functions declarations.  */
#include <bits/math-vector.h>

/* Gather machine dependent type support.  */
#include <bits/floatn.h>

/* Value returned on overflow.  With IEEE 754 floating point, this is
   +Infinity, otherwise the largest representable positive value.  */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3, 3)
# define HUGE_VAL (__builtin_huge_val ())
#else
/* This may provoke compiler warnings, and may not be rounded to
   +Infinity in all IEEE 754 rounding modes, but is the best that can
   be done in ISO C while remaining a constant expression.  10,000 is
   greater than the maximum (decimal) exponent for all supported
   floating-point formats and widths.  */
# define HUGE_VAL 1e10000
#endif
#ifdef __USE_ISOC99
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (3, 3)
#  define HUGE_VALF (__builtin_huge_valf ())
#  define HUGE_VALL (__builtin_huge_vall ())
# else
#  define HUGE_VALF 1e10000f
#  define HUGE_VALL 1e10000L
# endif
#endif
#if __HAVE_FLOAT16 && __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
# define HUGE_VAL_F16 (__builtin_huge_valf16 ())
#endif
#if __HAVE_FLOAT32 && __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
# define HUGE_VAL_F32 (__builtin_huge_valf32 ())
#endif
#if __HAVE_FLOAT64 && __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
# define HUGE_VAL_F64 (__builtin_huge_valf64 ())
#endif
#if __HAVE_FLOAT128 && __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
# define HUGE_VAL_F128 (__builtin_huge_valf128 ())
#endif
#if __HAVE_FLOAT32X && __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
# define HUGE_VAL_F32X (__builtin_huge_valf32x ())
#endif
#if __HAVE_FLOAT64X && __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
# define HUGE_VAL_F64X (__builtin_huge_valf64x ())
#endif
#if __HAVE_FLOAT128X && __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
# define HUGE_VAL_F128X (__builtin_huge_valf128x ())
#endif

#ifdef __USE_ISOC99
/* IEEE positive infinity.  */
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (3, 3)
#  define INFINITY (__builtin_inff ())
# else
#  define INFINITY HUGE_VALF
# endif

/* IEEE Not A Number.  */
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (3, 3)
#  define NAN (__builtin_nanf (""))
# else
/* This will raise an "invalid" exception outside static initializers,
   but is the best that can be done in ISO C while remaining a
   constant expression.  */
#  define NAN (0.0f / 0.0f)
# endif
#endif /* __USE_ISOC99 */

#if __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_BFP_EXT)
/* Signaling NaN macros, if supported.  */
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (3, 3)
#  define SNANF (__builtin_nansf (""))
#  define SNAN (__builtin_nans (""))
#  define SNANL (__builtin_nansl (""))
# endif
#endif
#if __HAVE_FLOAT16 && __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
# define SNANF16 (__builtin_nansf16 (""))
#endif
#if __HAVE_FLOAT32 && __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
# define SNANF32 (__builtin_nansf32 (""))
#endif
#if __HAVE_FLOAT64 && __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
# define SNANF64 (__builtin_nansf64 (""))
#endif
#if __HAVE_FLOAT128 && __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
# define SNANF128 (__builtin_nansf128 (""))
#endif
#if __HAVE_FLOAT32X && __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
# define SNANF32X (__builtin_nansf32x (""))
#endif
#if __HAVE_FLOAT64X && __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
# define SNANF64X (__builtin_nansf64x (""))
#endif
#if __HAVE_FLOAT128X && __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
# define SNANF128X (__builtin_nansf128x (""))
#endif

/* Get __GLIBC_FLT_EVAL_METHOD.  */
#include <bits/flt-eval-method.h>

#ifdef __USE_ISOC99
/* Define the following typedefs.

    float_t	floating-point type at least as wide as `float' used
		to evaluate `float' expressions
    double_t	floating-point type at least as wide as `double' used
		to evaluate `double' expressions
*/
# if __GLIBC_FLT_EVAL_METHOD == 0 || __GLIBC_FLT_EVAL_METHOD == 16
typedef float float_t;
typedef double double_t;
# elif __GLIBC_FLT_EVAL_METHOD == 1
typedef double float_t;
typedef double double_t;
# elif __GLIBC_FLT_EVAL_METHOD == 2
typedef long double float_t;
typedef long double double_t;
# elif __GLIBC_FLT_EVAL_METHOD == 32
typedef _Float32 float_t;
typedef double double_t;
# elif __GLIBC_FLT_EVAL_METHOD == 33
typedef _Float32x float_t;
typedef _Float32x double_t;
# elif __GLIBC_FLT_EVAL_METHOD == 64
typedef _Float64 float_t;
typedef _Float64 double_t;
# elif __GLIBC_FLT_EVAL_METHOD == 65
typedef _Float64x float_t;
typedef _Float64x double_t;
# elif __GLIBC_FLT_EVAL_METHOD == 128
typedef _Float128 float_t;
typedef _Float128 double_t;
# elif __GLIBC_FLT_EVAL_METHOD == 129
typedef _Float128x float_t;
typedef _Float128x double_t;
# else
#  error "Unknown __GLIBC_FLT_EVAL_METHOD"
# endif
#endif

/* Define macros for the return values of ilogb and llogb, based on
   __FP_LOGB0_IS_MIN and __FP_LOGBNAN_IS_MIN.

    FP_ILOGB0	Expands to a value returned by `ilogb (0.0)'.
    FP_ILOGBNAN	Expands to a value returned by `ilogb (NAN)'.
    FP_LLOGB0	Expands to a value returned by `llogb (0.0)'.
    FP_LLOGBNAN	Expands to a value returned by `llogb (NAN)'.

*/

#include <bits/fp-logb.h>
#ifdef __USE_ISOC99
# if __FP_LOGB0_IS_MIN
#  define FP_ILOGB0	(-2147483647 - 1)
# else
#  define FP_ILOGB0	(-2147483647)
# endif
# if __FP_LOGBNAN_IS_MIN
#  define FP_ILOGBNAN	(-2147483647 - 1)
# else
#  define FP_ILOGBNAN	2147483647
# endif
#endif
#if __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_BFP_EXT)
# if __WORDSIZE == 32
#  define __FP_LONG_MAX 0x7fffffffL
# else
#  define __FP_LONG_MAX 0x7fffffffffffffffL
# endif
# if __FP_LOGB0_IS_MIN
#  define FP_LLOGB0	(-__FP_LONG_MAX - 1)
# else
#  define FP_LLOGB0	(-__FP_LONG_MAX)
# endif
# if __FP_LOGBNAN_IS_MIN
#  define FP_LLOGBNAN	(-__FP_LONG_MAX - 1)
# else
#  define FP_LLOGBNAN	__FP_LONG_MAX
# endif
#endif

/* Get the architecture specific values describing the floating-point
   evaluation.  The following symbols will get defined:

    FP_FAST_FMA
    FP_FAST_FMAF
    FP_FAST_FMAL
		If defined it indicates that the `fma' function
		generally executes about as fast as a multiply and an add.
		This macro is defined only iff the `fma' function is
		implemented directly with a hardware multiply-add instructions.
*/

#include <bits/fp-fast.h>

#if __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_BFP_EXT)
/* Rounding direction macros for fromfp functions.  */
enum
  {
    FP_INT_UPWARD =
# define FP_INT_UPWARD 0
      FP_INT_UPWARD,
    FP_INT_DOWNWARD =
# define FP_INT_DOWNWARD 1
      FP_INT_DOWNWARD,
    FP_INT_TOWARDZERO =
# define FP_INT_TOWARDZERO 2
      FP_INT_TOWARDZERO,
    FP_INT_TONEARESTFROMZERO =
# define FP_INT_TONEARESTFROMZERO 3
      FP_INT_TONEARESTFROMZERO,
    FP_INT_TONEAREST =
# define FP_INT_TONEAREST 4
      FP_INT_TONEAREST,
  };
#endif

/* The file <bits/mathcalls.h> contains the prototypes for all the
   actual math functions.  These macros are used for those prototypes,
   so we can easily declare each function as both `name' and `__name',
   and can declare the float versions `namef' and `__namef'.  */

#define __SIMD_DECL(function) __CONCAT (__DECL_SIMD_, function)

#define __MATHCALL_VEC(function, suffix, args) 	\
  __SIMD_DECL (__MATH_PRECNAME (function, suffix)) \
  __MATHCALL (function, suffix, args)

#define __MATHDECL_VEC(type, function,suffix, args) \
  __SIMD_DECL (__MATH_PRECNAME (function, suffix)) \
  __MATHDECL(type, function,suffix, args)

#define __MATHCALL(function,suffix, args)	\
  __MATHDECL (_Mdouble_,function,suffix, args)
#define __MATHDECL(type, function,suffix, args) \
  __MATHDECL_1(type, function,suffix, args); \
  __MATHDECL_1(type, __CONCAT(__,function),suffix, args)
#define __MATHCALLX(function,suffix, args, attrib)	\
  __MATHDECLX (_Mdouble_,function,suffix, args, attrib)
#define __MATHDECLX(type, function,suffix, args, attrib) \
  __MATHDECL_1(type, function,suffix, args) __attribute__ (attrib); \
  __MATHDECL_1(type, __CONCAT(__,function),suffix, args) __attribute__ (attrib)
#define __MATHDECL_1(type, function,suffix, args) \
  extern type __MATH_PRECNAME(function,suffix) args __THROW

#define _Mdouble_		double
#define __MATH_PRECNAME(name,r)	__CONCAT(name,r)
#define __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE  1
#define __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN  0
#include <bits/mathcalls-helper-functions.h>
#include <bits/mathcalls.h>
#undef	_Mdouble_
#undef	__MATH_PRECNAME
#undef __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE
#undef __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN

#ifdef __USE_ISOC99


/* Include the file of declarations again, this time using `float'
   instead of `double' and appending f to each function name.  */

# define _Mdouble_		float
# define __MATH_PRECNAME(name,r) name##f##r
# define __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE  0
# define __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN  0
# include <bits/mathcalls-helper-functions.h>
# include <bits/mathcalls.h>
# undef	_Mdouble_
# undef	__MATH_PRECNAME
# undef __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE
# undef __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN

# if !(defined __NO_LONG_DOUBLE_MATH && defined _LIBC) \
     || defined __LDBL_COMPAT \
     || defined _LIBC_TEST
#  ifdef __LDBL_COMPAT

#   ifdef __USE_ISOC99
extern float __nldbl_nexttowardf (float __x, long double __y)
				  __THROW __attribute__ ((__const__));
#    ifdef __REDIRECT_NTH
extern float __REDIRECT_NTH (nexttowardf, (float __x, long double __y),
			     __nldbl_nexttowardf)
     __attribute__ ((__const__));
extern double __REDIRECT_NTH (nexttoward, (double __x, long double __y),
			      nextafter) __attribute__ ((__const__));
extern long double __REDIRECT_NTH (nexttowardl,
				   (long double __x, long double __y),
				   nextafter) __attribute__ ((__const__));
#    endif
#   endif

#   undef __MATHDECL_1
#   define __MATHDECL_2(type, function,suffix, args, alias) \
  extern type __REDIRECT_NTH(__MATH_PRECNAME(function,suffix), \
			     args, alias)
#   define __MATHDECL_1(type, function,suffix, args) \
  __MATHDECL_2(type, function,suffix, args, __CONCAT(function,suffix))
#  endif

/* Include the file of declarations again, this time using `long double'
   instead of `double' and appending l to each function name.  */

#  define _Mdouble_		long double
#  define __MATH_PRECNAME(name,r) name##l##r
#  define __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE  0
#  define __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN  0
#  define __MATH_DECLARE_LDOUBLE   1
#  include <bits/mathcalls-helper-functions.h>
#  include <bits/mathcalls.h>
#  undef _Mdouble_
#  undef __MATH_PRECNAME
#  undef __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE
#  undef __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN

# endif /* !(__NO_LONG_DOUBLE_MATH && _LIBC) || __LDBL_COMPAT */

#endif	/* Use ISO C99.  */

/* Include the file of declarations for _FloatN and _FloatNx
   types.  */

#if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT16 || (__HAVE_FLOAT16 && !defined _LIBC)
# define _Mdouble_		_Float16
# define __MATH_PRECNAME(name,r) name##f16##r
# define __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE  0
# define __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN  1
# if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT16
#  include <bits/mathcalls-helper-functions.h>
# endif
# if __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
#  include <bits/mathcalls.h>
# endif
# undef _Mdouble_
# undef __MATH_PRECNAME
# undef __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE
# undef __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
#endif /* __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT16 || (__HAVE_FLOAT16 && !_LIBC).  */

#if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT32 || (__HAVE_FLOAT32 && !defined _LIBC)
# define _Mdouble_		_Float32
# define __MATH_PRECNAME(name,r) name##f32##r
# define __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE  0
# define __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN  1
# if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT32
#  include <bits/mathcalls-helper-functions.h>
# endif
# if __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
#  include <bits/mathcalls.h>
# endif
# undef _Mdouble_
# undef __MATH_PRECNAME
# undef __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE
# undef __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
#endif /* __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT32 || (__HAVE_FLOAT32 && !_LIBC).  */

#if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT64 || (__HAVE_FLOAT64 && !defined _LIBC)
# define _Mdouble_		_Float64
# define __MATH_PRECNAME(name,r) name##f64##r
# define __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE  0
# define __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN  1
# if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT64
#  include <bits/mathcalls-helper-functions.h>
# endif
# if __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
#  include <bits/mathcalls.h>
# endif
# undef _Mdouble_
# undef __MATH_PRECNAME
# undef __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE
# undef __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
#endif /* __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT64 || (__HAVE_FLOAT64 && !_LIBC).  */

#if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT128 || (__HAVE_FLOAT128 && !defined _LIBC)
# define _Mdouble_		_Float128
# define __MATH_PRECNAME(name,r) name##f128##r
# define __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE  0
# define __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN  1
# if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT128
#  include <bits/mathcalls-helper-functions.h>
# endif
# if __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
#  include <bits/mathcalls.h>
# endif
# undef _Mdouble_
# undef __MATH_PRECNAME
# undef __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE
# undef __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
#endif /* __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT128 || (__HAVE_FLOAT128 && !_LIBC).  */

#if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT32X || (__HAVE_FLOAT32X && !defined _LIBC)
# define _Mdouble_		_Float32x
# define __MATH_PRECNAME(name,r) name##f32x##r
# define __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE  0
# define __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN  1
# if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT32X
#  include <bits/mathcalls-helper-functions.h>
# endif
# if __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
#  include <bits/mathcalls.h>
# endif
# undef _Mdouble_
# undef __MATH_PRECNAME
# undef __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE
# undef __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
#endif /* __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT32X || (__HAVE_FLOAT32X && !_LIBC).  */

#if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT64X || (__HAVE_FLOAT64X && !defined _LIBC)
# define _Mdouble_		_Float64x
# define __MATH_PRECNAME(name,r) name##f64x##r
# define __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE  0
# define __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN  1
# if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT64X
#  include <bits/mathcalls-helper-functions.h>
# endif
# if __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
#  include <bits/mathcalls.h>
# endif
# undef _Mdouble_
# undef __MATH_PRECNAME
# undef __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE
# undef __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
#endif /* __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT64X || (__HAVE_FLOAT64X && !_LIBC).  */

#if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT128X || (__HAVE_FLOAT128X && !defined _LIBC)
# define _Mdouble_		_Float128x
# define __MATH_PRECNAME(name,r) name##f128x##r
# define __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE  0
# define __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN  1
# if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT128X
#  include <bits/mathcalls-helper-functions.h>
# endif
# if __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
#  include <bits/mathcalls.h>
# endif
# undef _Mdouble_
# undef __MATH_PRECNAME
# undef __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE
# undef __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
#endif /* __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT128X || (__HAVE_FLOAT128X && !_LIBC).  */

#undef	__MATHDECL_1
#undef	__MATHDECL
#undef	__MATHCALL

/* Declare functions returning a narrower type.  */
#define __MATHCALL_NARROW_ARGS_1 (_Marg_ __x)
#define __MATHCALL_NARROW_ARGS_2 (_Marg_ __x, _Marg_ __y)
#define __MATHCALL_NARROW_ARGS_3 (_Marg_ __x, _Marg_ __y, _Marg_ __z)
#define __MATHCALL_NARROW_NORMAL(func, nargs)			\
  extern _Mret_ func __MATHCALL_NARROW_ARGS_ ## nargs __THROW
#define __MATHCALL_NARROW_REDIR(func, redir, nargs)			\
  extern _Mret_ __REDIRECT_NTH (func, __MATHCALL_NARROW_ARGS_ ## nargs, \
				redir)
#define __MATHCALL_NARROW(func, redir, nargs)	\
  __MATHCALL_NARROW_NORMAL (func, nargs)

#if __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_BFP_EXT)

# define _Mret_ float
# define _Marg_ double
# define __MATHCALL_NAME(name) f ## name
# include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h>
# undef _Mret_
# undef _Marg_
# undef __MATHCALL_NAME

# define _Mret_ float
# define _Marg_ long double
# define __MATHCALL_NAME(name) f ## name ## l
# ifdef __LDBL_COMPAT
#  define __MATHCALL_REDIR_NAME(name) f ## name
#  undef __MATHCALL_NARROW
#  define __MATHCALL_NARROW(func, redir, nargs) \
  __MATHCALL_NARROW_REDIR (func, redir, nargs)
# endif
# include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h>
# undef _Mret_
# undef _Marg_
# undef __MATHCALL_NAME
# ifdef __LDBL_COMPAT
#  undef __MATHCALL_REDIR_NAME
#  undef __MATHCALL_NARROW
#  define __MATHCALL_NARROW(func, redir, nargs) \
  __MATHCALL_NARROW_NORMAL (func, nargs)
# endif

# define _Mret_ double
# define _Marg_ long double
# define __MATHCALL_NAME(name) d ## name ## l
# ifdef __LDBL_COMPAT
#  define __MATHCALL_REDIR_NAME(name) __nldbl_d ## name ## l
#  undef __MATHCALL_NARROW
#  define __MATHCALL_NARROW(func, redir, nargs) \
  __MATHCALL_NARROW_REDIR (func, redir, nargs)
# endif
# include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h>
# undef _Mret_
# undef _Marg_
# undef __MATHCALL_NAME
# ifdef __LDBL_COMPAT
#  undef __MATHCALL_REDIR_NAME
#  undef __MATHCALL_NARROW
#  define __MATHCALL_NARROW(func, redir, nargs) \
  __MATHCALL_NARROW_NORMAL (func, nargs)
# endif

#endif

#if __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)

# if __HAVE_FLOAT16 && __HAVE_FLOAT32
#  define _Mret_ _Float16
#  define _Marg_ _Float32
#  define __MATHCALL_NAME(name) f16 ## name ## f32
#  include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h>
#  undef _Mret_
#  undef _Marg_
#  undef __MATHCALL_NAME
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT16 && __HAVE_FLOAT32X
#  define _Mret_ _Float16
#  define _Marg_ _Float32x
#  define __MATHCALL_NAME(name) f16 ## name ## f32x
#  include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h>
#  undef _Mret_
#  undef _Marg_
#  undef __MATHCALL_NAME
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT16 && __HAVE_FLOAT64
#  define _Mret_ _Float16
#  define _Marg_ _Float64
#  define __MATHCALL_NAME(name) f16 ## name ## f64
#  include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h>
#  undef _Mret_
#  undef _Marg_
#  undef __MATHCALL_NAME
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT16 && __HAVE_FLOAT64X
#  define _Mret_ _Float16
#  define _Marg_ _Float64x
#  define __MATHCALL_NAME(name) f16 ## name ## f64x
#  include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h>
#  undef _Mret_
#  undef _Marg_
#  undef __MATHCALL_NAME
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT16 && __HAVE_FLOAT128
#  define _Mret_ _Float16
#  define _Marg_ _Float128
#  define __MATHCALL_NAME(name) f16 ## name ## f128
#  include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h>
#  undef _Mret_
#  undef _Marg_
#  undef __MATHCALL_NAME
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT16 && __HAVE_FLOAT128X
#  define _Mret_ _Float16
#  define _Marg_ _Float128x
#  define __MATHCALL_NAME(name) f16 ## name ## f128x
#  include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h>
#  undef _Mret_
#  undef _Marg_
#  undef __MATHCALL_NAME
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT32 && __HAVE_FLOAT32X
#  define _Mret_ _Float32
#  define _Marg_ _Float32x
#  define __MATHCALL_NAME(name) f32 ## name ## f32x
#  include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h>
#  undef _Mret_
#  undef _Marg_
#  undef __MATHCALL_NAME
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT32 && __HAVE_FLOAT64
#  define _Mret_ _Float32
#  define _Marg_ _Float64
#  define __MATHCALL_NAME(name) f32 ## name ## f64
#  include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h>
#  undef _Mret_
#  undef _Marg_
#  undef __MATHCALL_NAME
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT32 && __HAVE_FLOAT64X
#  define _Mret_ _Float32
#  define _Marg_ _Float64x
#  define __MATHCALL_NAME(name) f32 ## name ## f64x
#  include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h>
#  undef _Mret_
#  undef _Marg_
#  undef __MATHCALL_NAME
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT32 && __HAVE_FLOAT128
#  define _Mret_ _Float32
#  define _Marg_ _Float128
#  define __MATHCALL_NAME(name) f32 ## name ## f128
#  include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h>
#  undef _Mret_
#  undef _Marg_
#  undef __MATHCALL_NAME
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT32 && __HAVE_FLOAT128X
#  define _Mret_ _Float32
#  define _Marg_ _Float128x
#  define __MATHCALL_NAME(name) f32 ## name ## f128x
#  include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h>
#  undef _Mret_
#  undef _Marg_
#  undef __MATHCALL_NAME
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT32X && __HAVE_FLOAT64
#  define _Mret_ _Float32x
#  define _Marg_ _Float64
#  define __MATHCALL_NAME(name) f32x ## name ## f64
#  include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h>
#  undef _Mret_
#  undef _Marg_
#  undef __MATHCALL_NAME
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT32X && __HAVE_FLOAT64X
#  define _Mret_ _Float32x
#  define _Marg_ _Float64x
#  define __MATHCALL_NAME(name) f32x ## name ## f64x
#  include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h>
#  undef _Mret_
#  undef _Marg_
#  undef __MATHCALL_NAME
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT32X && __HAVE_FLOAT128
#  define _Mret_ _Float32x
#  define _Marg_ _Float128
#  define __MATHCALL_NAME(name) f32x ## name ## f128
#  include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h>
#  undef _Mret_
#  undef _Marg_
#  undef __MATHCALL_NAME
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT32X && __HAVE_FLOAT128X
#  define _Mret_ _Float32x
#  define _Marg_ _Float128x
#  define __MATHCALL_NAME(name) f32x ## name ## f128x
#  include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h>
#  undef _Mret_
#  undef _Marg_
#  undef __MATHCALL_NAME
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT64 && __HAVE_FLOAT64X
#  define _Mret_ _Float64
#  define _Marg_ _Float64x
#  define __MATHCALL_NAME(name) f64 ## name ## f64x
#  include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h>
#  undef _Mret_
#  undef _Marg_
#  undef __MATHCALL_NAME
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT64 && __HAVE_FLOAT128
#  define _Mret_ _Float64
#  define _Marg_ _Float128
#  define __MATHCALL_NAME(name) f64 ## name ## f128
#  include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h>
#  undef _Mret_
#  undef _Marg_
#  undef __MATHCALL_NAME
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT64 && __HAVE_FLOAT128X
#  define _Mret_ _Float64
#  define _Marg_ _Float128x
#  define __MATHCALL_NAME(name) f64 ## name ## f128x
#  include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h>
#  undef _Mret_
#  undef _Marg_
#  undef __MATHCALL_NAME
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT64X && __HAVE_FLOAT128
#  define _Mret_ _Float64x
#  define _Marg_ _Float128
#  define __MATHCALL_NAME(name) f64x ## name ## f128
#  include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h>
#  undef _Mret_
#  undef _Marg_
#  undef __MATHCALL_NAME
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT64X && __HAVE_FLOAT128X
#  define _Mret_ _Float64x
#  define _Marg_ _Float128x
#  define __MATHCALL_NAME(name) f64x ## name ## f128x
#  include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h>
#  undef _Mret_
#  undef _Marg_
#  undef __MATHCALL_NAME
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT128 && __HAVE_FLOAT128X
#  define _Mret_ _Float128
#  define _Marg_ _Float128x
#  define __MATHCALL_NAME(name) f128 ## name ## f128x
#  include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h>
#  undef _Mret_
#  undef _Marg_
#  undef __MATHCALL_NAME
# endif

#endif

#undef __MATHCALL_NARROW_ARGS_1
#undef __MATHCALL_NARROW_ARGS_2
#undef __MATHCALL_NARROW_ARGS_3
#undef __MATHCALL_NARROW_NORMAL
#undef __MATHCALL_NARROW_REDIR
#undef __MATHCALL_NARROW

#if defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_XOPEN
/* This variable is used by `gamma' and `lgamma'.  */
extern int signgam;
#endif

#if (__HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT16			\
     || __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT32			\
     || __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT64			\
     || __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT32X		\
     || __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT64X		\
     || __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT128X)
# error "Unsupported _FloatN or _FloatNx types for <math.h>."
#endif

/* Depending on the type of TG_ARG, call an appropriately suffixed
   version of FUNC with arguments (including parentheses) ARGS.
   Suffixed functions may not exist for long double if it has the same
   format as double, or for other types with the same format as float,
   double or long double.  The behavior is undefined if the argument
   does not have a real floating type.  The definition may use a
   conditional expression, so all suffixed versions of FUNC must
   return the same type (FUNC may include a cast if necessary rather
   than being a single identifier).  */
#ifdef __NO_LONG_DOUBLE_MATH
# if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT128
#  error "Distinct _Float128 without distinct long double not supported."
# endif
# define __MATH_TG(TG_ARG, FUNC, ARGS)					\
  (sizeof (TG_ARG) == sizeof (float) ? FUNC ## f ARGS : FUNC ARGS)
#elif __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT128
# if __HAVE_GENERIC_SELECTION
#  if __HAVE_FLOATN_NOT_TYPEDEF && __HAVE_FLOAT32
#   define __MATH_TG_F32(FUNC, ARGS) _Float32: FUNC ## f ARGS,
#  else
#   define __MATH_TG_F32(FUNC, ARGS)
#  endif
#  if __HAVE_FLOATN_NOT_TYPEDEF && __HAVE_FLOAT64X
#   if __HAVE_FLOAT64X_LONG_DOUBLE
#    define __MATH_TG_F64X(FUNC, ARGS) _Float64x: FUNC ## l ARGS,
#   else
#    define __MATH_TG_F64X(FUNC, ARGS) _Float64x: FUNC ## f128 ARGS,
#   endif
#  else
#   define __MATH_TG_F64X(FUNC, ARGS)
#  endif
#  define __MATH_TG(TG_ARG, FUNC, ARGS)	\
     _Generic ((TG_ARG),			\
	       float: FUNC ## f ARGS,		\
	       __MATH_TG_F32 (FUNC, ARGS)	\
	       default: FUNC ARGS,		\
	       long double: FUNC ## l ARGS,	\
	       __MATH_TG_F64X (FUNC, ARGS)	\
	       _Float128: FUNC ## f128 ARGS)
# else
#  if __HAVE_FLOATN_NOT_TYPEDEF
#   error "Non-typedef _FloatN but no _Generic."
#  endif
#  define __MATH_TG(TG_ARG, FUNC, ARGS)					\
     __builtin_choose_expr						\
     (__builtin_types_compatible_p (__typeof (TG_ARG), float),		\
      FUNC ## f ARGS,							\
      __builtin_choose_expr						\
      (__builtin_types_compatible_p (__typeof (TG_ARG), double),	\
       FUNC ARGS,							\
       __builtin_choose_expr						\
       (__builtin_types_compatible_p (__typeof (TG_ARG), long double),	\
	FUNC ## l ARGS,							\
	FUNC ## f128 ARGS)))
# endif
#else
# define __MATH_TG(TG_ARG, FUNC, ARGS)		\
  (sizeof (TG_ARG) == sizeof (float)		\
   ? FUNC ## f ARGS				\
   : sizeof (TG_ARG) == sizeof (double)		\
   ? FUNC ARGS					\
   : FUNC ## l ARGS)
#endif

/* ISO C99 defines some generic macros which work on any data type.  */
#ifdef __USE_ISOC99

/* All floating-point numbers can be put in one of these categories.  */
enum
  {
    FP_NAN =
# define FP_NAN 0
      FP_NAN,
    FP_INFINITE =
# define FP_INFINITE 1
      FP_INFINITE,
    FP_ZERO =
# define FP_ZERO 2
      FP_ZERO,
    FP_SUBNORMAL =
# define FP_SUBNORMAL 3
      FP_SUBNORMAL,
    FP_NORMAL =
# define FP_NORMAL 4
      FP_NORMAL
  };

/* GCC bug 66462 means we cannot use the math builtins with -fsignaling-nan,
   so disable builtins if this is enabled.  When fixed in a newer GCC,
   the __SUPPORT_SNAN__ check may be skipped for those versions.  */

/* Return number of classification appropriate for X.  */
# if ((__GNUC_PREREQ (4,4) && !defined __SUPPORT_SNAN__)		      \
      || __glibc_clang_prereq (2,8))					      \
     && (!defined __OPTIMIZE_SIZE__ || defined __cplusplus)
     /* The check for __cplusplus allows the use of the builtin, even
	when optimization for size is on.  This is provided for
	libstdc++, only to let its configure test work when it is built
	with -Os.  No further use of this definition of fpclassify is
	expected in C++ mode, since libstdc++ provides its own version
	of fpclassify in cmath (which undefines fpclassify).  */
#  define fpclassify(x) __builtin_fpclassify (FP_NAN, FP_INFINITE,	      \
     FP_NORMAL, FP_SUBNORMAL, FP_ZERO, x)
# else
#  define fpclassify(x) __MATH_TG ((x), __fpclassify, (x))
# endif

/* Return nonzero value if sign of X is negative.  */
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (6,0) || __glibc_clang_prereq (3,3)
#  define signbit(x) __builtin_signbit (x)
# elif defined __cplusplus
  /* In C++ mode, __MATH_TG cannot be used, because it relies on
     __builtin_types_compatible_p, which is a C-only builtin.
     The check for __cplusplus allows the use of the builtin instead of
     __MATH_TG. This is provided for libstdc++, only to let its configure
     test work. No further use of this definition of signbit is expected
     in C++ mode, since libstdc++ provides its own version of signbit
     in cmath (which undefines signbit). */
#  define signbit(x) __builtin_signbitl (x)
# elif __GNUC_PREREQ (4,0)
#  define signbit(x) __MATH_TG ((x), __builtin_signbit, (x))
# else
#  define signbit(x) __MATH_TG ((x), __signbit, (x))
# endif

/* Return nonzero value if X is not +-Inf or NaN.  */
# if (__GNUC_PREREQ (4,4) && !defined __SUPPORT_SNAN__) \
     || __glibc_clang_prereq (2,8)
#  define isfinite(x) __builtin_isfinite (x)
# else
#  define isfinite(x) __MATH_TG ((x), __finite, (x))
# endif

/* Return nonzero value if X is neither zero, subnormal, Inf, nor NaN.  */
# if (__GNUC_PREREQ (4,4) && !defined __SUPPORT_SNAN__) \
     || __glibc_clang_prereq (2,8)
#  define isnormal(x) __builtin_isnormal (x)
# else
#  define isnormal(x) (fpclassify (x) == FP_NORMAL)
# endif

/* Return nonzero value if X is a NaN.  We could use `fpclassify' but
   we already have this functions `__isnan' and it is faster.  */
# if (__GNUC_PREREQ (4,4) && !defined __SUPPORT_SNAN__) \
     || __glibc_clang_prereq (2,8)
#  define isnan(x) __builtin_isnan (x)
# else
#  define isnan(x) __MATH_TG ((x), __isnan, (x))
# endif

/* Return nonzero value if X is positive or negative infinity.  */
# if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT128 && !__GNUC_PREREQ (7,0) \
     && !defined __SUPPORT_SNAN__ && !defined __cplusplus
   /* Since __builtin_isinf_sign is broken for float128 before GCC 7.0,
      use the helper function, __isinff128, with older compilers.  This is
      only provided for C mode, because in C++ mode, GCC has no support
      for __builtin_types_compatible_p (and when in C++ mode, this macro is
      not used anyway, because libstdc++ headers undefine it).  */
#  define isinf(x) \
    (__builtin_types_compatible_p (__typeof (x), _Float128) \
     ? __isinff128 (x) : __builtin_isinf_sign (x))
# elif (__GNUC_PREREQ (4,4) && !defined __SUPPORT_SNAN__) \
       || __glibc_clang_prereq (3,7)
#  define isinf(x) __builtin_isinf_sign (x)
# else
#  define isinf(x) __MATH_TG ((x), __isinf, (x))
# endif

/* Bitmasks for the math_errhandling macro.  */
# define MATH_ERRNO	1	/* errno set by math functions.  */
# define MATH_ERREXCEPT	2	/* Exceptions raised by math functions.  */

/* By default all math functions support both errno and exception handling
   (except for soft floating point implementations which may only support
   errno handling).  If errno handling is disabled, exceptions are still
   supported by GLIBC.  Set math_errhandling to 0 with -ffast-math (this is
   nonconforming but it is more useful than leaving it undefined).  */
# ifdef __FAST_MATH__
#  define math_errhandling	0
# elif defined __NO_MATH_ERRNO__
#  define math_errhandling	(MATH_ERREXCEPT)
# else
#  define math_errhandling	(MATH_ERRNO | MATH_ERREXCEPT)
# endif

#endif /* Use ISO C99.  */

#if __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_BFP_EXT)
# include <bits/iscanonical.h>

/* Return nonzero value if X is a signaling NaN.  */
# ifndef __cplusplus
#  define issignaling(x) __MATH_TG ((x), __issignaling, (x))
# else
   /* In C++ mode, __MATH_TG cannot be used, because it relies on
      __builtin_types_compatible_p, which is a C-only builtin.  On the
      other hand, overloading provides the means to distinguish between
      the floating-point types.  The overloading resolution will match
      the correct parameter (regardless of type qualifiers (i.e.: const
      and volatile)).  */
extern "C++" {
inline int issignaling (float __val) { return __issignalingf (__val); }
inline int issignaling (double __val) { return __issignaling (__val); }
inline int
issignaling (long double __val)
{
#  ifdef __NO_LONG_DOUBLE_MATH
  return __issignaling (__val);
#  else
  return __issignalingl (__val);
#  endif
}
#  if __HAVE_FLOAT128_UNLIKE_LDBL
/* When using an IEEE 128-bit long double, _Float128 is defined as long double
   in C++.  */
inline int issignaling (_Float128 __val) { return __issignalingf128 (__val); }
#  endif
} /* extern C++ */
# endif

/* Return nonzero value if X is subnormal.  */
# define issubnormal(x) (fpclassify (x) == FP_SUBNORMAL)

/* Return nonzero value if X is zero.  */
# ifndef __cplusplus
#  ifdef __SUPPORT_SNAN__
#   define iszero(x) (fpclassify (x) == FP_ZERO)
#  else
#   define iszero(x) (((__typeof (x)) (x)) == 0)
#  endif
# else	/* __cplusplus */
extern "C++" {
#  ifdef __SUPPORT_SNAN__
inline int
iszero (float __val)
{
  return __fpclassifyf (__val) == FP_ZERO;
}
inline int
iszero (double __val)
{
  return __fpclassify (__val) == FP_ZERO;
}
inline int
iszero (long double __val)
{
#   ifdef __NO_LONG_DOUBLE_MATH
  return __fpclassify (__val) == FP_ZERO;
#   else
  return __fpclassifyl (__val) == FP_ZERO;
#   endif
}
#   if __HAVE_FLOAT128_UNLIKE_LDBL
  /* When using an IEEE 128-bit long double, _Float128 is defined as long double
     in C++.  */
inline int
iszero (_Float128 __val)
{
  return __fpclassifyf128 (__val) == FP_ZERO;
}
#   endif
#  else
template <class __T> inline bool
iszero (__T __val)
{
  return __val == 0;
}
#  endif
} /* extern C++ */
# endif	/* __cplusplus */
#endif /* Use IEC_60559_BFP_EXT.  */

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN
/* X/Open wants another strange constant.  */
# define MAXFLOAT	3.40282347e+38F
#endif


/* Some useful constants.  */
#if defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_XOPEN
# define M_E		2.7182818284590452354	/* e */
# define M_LOG2E	1.4426950408889634074	/* log_2 e */
# define M_LOG10E	0.43429448190325182765	/* log_10 e */
# define M_LN2		0.69314718055994530942	/* log_e 2 */
# define M_LN10		2.30258509299404568402	/* log_e 10 */
# define M_PI		3.14159265358979323846	/* pi */
# define M_PI_2		1.57079632679489661923	/* pi/2 */
# define M_PI_4		0.78539816339744830962	/* pi/4 */
# define M_1_PI		0.31830988618379067154	/* 1/pi */
# define M_2_PI		0.63661977236758134308	/* 2/pi */
# define M_2_SQRTPI	1.12837916709551257390	/* 2/sqrt(pi) */
# define M_SQRT2	1.41421356237309504880	/* sqrt(2) */
# define M_SQRT1_2	0.70710678118654752440	/* 1/sqrt(2) */
#endif

/* The above constants are not adequate for computation using `long double's.
   Therefore we provide as an extension constants with similar names as a
   GNU extension.  Provide enough digits for the 128-bit IEEE quad.  */
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define M_El		2.718281828459045235360287471352662498L /* e */
# define M_LOG2El	1.442695040888963407359924681001892137L /* log_2 e */
# define M_LOG10El	0.434294481903251827651128918916605082L /* log_10 e */
# define M_LN2l		0.693147180559945309417232121458176568L /* log_e 2 */
# define M_LN10l	2.302585092994045684017991454684364208L /* log_e 10 */
# define M_PIl		3.141592653589793238462643383279502884L /* pi */
# define M_PI_2l	1.570796326794896619231321691639751442L /* pi/2 */
# define M_PI_4l	0.785398163397448309615660845819875721L /* pi/4 */
# define M_1_PIl	0.318309886183790671537767526745028724L /* 1/pi */
# define M_2_PIl	0.636619772367581343075535053490057448L /* 2/pi */
# define M_2_SQRTPIl	1.128379167095512573896158903121545172L /* 2/sqrt(pi) */
# define M_SQRT2l	1.414213562373095048801688724209698079L /* sqrt(2) */
# define M_SQRT1_2l	0.707106781186547524400844362104849039L /* 1/sqrt(2) */
#endif

#if __HAVE_FLOAT16 && defined __USE_GNU
# define M_Ef16		__f16 (2.718281828459045235360287471352662498) /* e */
# define M_LOG2Ef16	__f16 (1.442695040888963407359924681001892137) /* log_2 e */
# define M_LOG10Ef16	__f16 (0.434294481903251827651128918916605082) /* log_10 e */
# define M_LN2f16	__f16 (0.693147180559945309417232121458176568) /* log_e 2 */
# define M_LN10f16	__f16 (2.302585092994045684017991454684364208) /* log_e 10 */
# define M_PIf16	__f16 (3.141592653589793238462643383279502884) /* pi */
# define M_PI_2f16	__f16 (1.570796326794896619231321691639751442) /* pi/2 */
# define M_PI_4f16	__f16 (0.785398163397448309615660845819875721) /* pi/4 */
# define M_1_PIf16	__f16 (0.318309886183790671537767526745028724) /* 1/pi */
# define M_2_PIf16	__f16 (0.636619772367581343075535053490057448) /* 2/pi */
# define M_2_SQRTPIf16	__f16 (1.128379167095512573896158903121545172) /* 2/sqrt(pi) */
# define M_SQRT2f16	__f16 (1.414213562373095048801688724209698079) /* sqrt(2) */
# define M_SQRT1_2f16	__f16 (0.707106781186547524400844362104849039) /* 1/sqrt(2) */
#endif

#if __HAVE_FLOAT32 && defined __USE_GNU
# define M_Ef32		__f32 (2.718281828459045235360287471352662498) /* e */
# define M_LOG2Ef32	__f32 (1.442695040888963407359924681001892137) /* log_2 e */
# define M_LOG10Ef32	__f32 (0.434294481903251827651128918916605082) /* log_10 e */
# define M_LN2f32	__f32 (0.693147180559945309417232121458176568) /* log_e 2 */
# define M_LN10f32	__f32 (2.302585092994045684017991454684364208) /* log_e 10 */
# define M_PIf32	__f32 (3.141592653589793238462643383279502884) /* pi */
# define M_PI_2f32	__f32 (1.570796326794896619231321691639751442) /* pi/2 */
# define M_PI_4f32	__f32 (0.785398163397448309615660845819875721) /* pi/4 */
# define M_1_PIf32	__f32 (0.318309886183790671537767526745028724) /* 1/pi */
# define M_2_PIf32	__f32 (0.636619772367581343075535053490057448) /* 2/pi */
# define M_2_SQRTPIf32	__f32 (1.128379167095512573896158903121545172) /* 2/sqrt(pi) */
# define M_SQRT2f32	__f32 (1.414213562373095048801688724209698079) /* sqrt(2) */
# define M_SQRT1_2f32	__f32 (0.707106781186547524400844362104849039) /* 1/sqrt(2) */
#endif

#if __HAVE_FLOAT64 && defined __USE_GNU
# define M_Ef64		__f64 (2.718281828459045235360287471352662498) /* e */
# define M_LOG2Ef64	__f64 (1.442695040888963407359924681001892137) /* log_2 e */
# define M_LOG10Ef64	__f64 (0.434294481903251827651128918916605082) /* log_10 e */
# define M_LN2f64	__f64 (0.693147180559945309417232121458176568) /* log_e 2 */
# define M_LN10f64	__f64 (2.302585092994045684017991454684364208) /* log_e 10 */
# define M_PIf64	__f64 (3.141592653589793238462643383279502884) /* pi */
# define M_PI_2f64	__f64 (1.570796326794896619231321691639751442) /* pi/2 */
# define M_PI_4f64	__f64 (0.785398163397448309615660845819875721) /* pi/4 */
# define M_1_PIf64	__f64 (0.318309886183790671537767526745028724) /* 1/pi */
# define M_2_PIf64	__f64 (0.636619772367581343075535053490057448) /* 2/pi */
# define M_2_SQRTPIf64	__f64 (1.128379167095512573896158903121545172) /* 2/sqrt(pi) */
# define M_SQRT2f64	__f64 (1.414213562373095048801688724209698079) /* sqrt(2) */
# define M_SQRT1_2f64	__f64 (0.707106781186547524400844362104849039) /* 1/sqrt(2) */
#endif

#if __HAVE_FLOAT128 && defined __USE_GNU
# define M_Ef128	__f128 (2.718281828459045235360287471352662498) /* e */
# define M_LOG2Ef128	__f128 (1.442695040888963407359924681001892137) /* log_2 e */
# define M_LOG10Ef128	__f128 (0.434294481903251827651128918916605082) /* log_10 e */
# define M_LN2f128	__f128 (0.693147180559945309417232121458176568) /* log_e 2 */
# define M_LN10f128	__f128 (2.302585092994045684017991454684364208) /* log_e 10 */
# define M_PIf128	__f128 (3.141592653589793238462643383279502884) /* pi */
# define M_PI_2f128	__f128 (1.570796326794896619231321691639751442) /* pi/2 */
# define M_PI_4f128	__f128 (0.785398163397448309615660845819875721) /* pi/4 */
# define M_1_PIf128	__f128 (0.318309886183790671537767526745028724) /* 1/pi */
# define M_2_PIf128	__f128 (0.636619772367581343075535053490057448) /* 2/pi */
# define M_2_SQRTPIf128	__f128 (1.128379167095512573896158903121545172) /* 2/sqrt(pi) */
# define M_SQRT2f128	__f128 (1.414213562373095048801688724209698079) /* sqrt(2) */
# define M_SQRT1_2f128	__f128 (0.707106781186547524400844362104849039) /* 1/sqrt(2) */
#endif

#if __HAVE_FLOAT32X && defined __USE_GNU
# define M_Ef32x	__f32x (2.718281828459045235360287471352662498) /* e */
# define M_LOG2Ef32x	__f32x (1.442695040888963407359924681001892137) /* log_2 e */
# define M_LOG10Ef32x	__f32x (0.434294481903251827651128918916605082) /* log_10 e */
# define M_LN2f32x	__f32x (0.693147180559945309417232121458176568) /* log_e 2 */
# define M_LN10f32x	__f32x (2.302585092994045684017991454684364208) /* log_e 10 */
# define M_PIf32x	__f32x (3.141592653589793238462643383279502884) /* pi */
# define M_PI_2f32x	__f32x (1.570796326794896619231321691639751442) /* pi/2 */
# define M_PI_4f32x	__f32x (0.785398163397448309615660845819875721) /* pi/4 */
# define M_1_PIf32x	__f32x (0.318309886183790671537767526745028724) /* 1/pi */
# define M_2_PIf32x	__f32x (0.636619772367581343075535053490057448) /* 2/pi */
# define M_2_SQRTPIf32x	__f32x (1.128379167095512573896158903121545172) /* 2/sqrt(pi) */
# define M_SQRT2f32x	__f32x (1.414213562373095048801688724209698079) /* sqrt(2) */
# define M_SQRT1_2f32x	__f32x (0.707106781186547524400844362104849039) /* 1/sqrt(2) */
#endif

#if __HAVE_FLOAT64X && defined __USE_GNU
# define M_Ef64x	__f64x (2.718281828459045235360287471352662498) /* e */
# define M_LOG2Ef64x	__f64x (1.442695040888963407359924681001892137) /* log_2 e */
# define M_LOG10Ef64x	__f64x (0.434294481903251827651128918916605082) /* log_10 e */
# define M_LN2f64x	__f64x (0.693147180559945309417232121458176568) /* log_e 2 */
# define M_LN10f64x	__f64x (2.302585092994045684017991454684364208) /* log_e 10 */
# define M_PIf64x	__f64x (3.141592653589793238462643383279502884) /* pi */
# define M_PI_2f64x	__f64x (1.570796326794896619231321691639751442) /* pi/2 */
# define M_PI_4f64x	__f64x (0.785398163397448309615660845819875721) /* pi/4 */
# define M_1_PIf64x	__f64x (0.318309886183790671537767526745028724) /* 1/pi */
# define M_2_PIf64x	__f64x (0.636619772367581343075535053490057448) /* 2/pi */
# define M_2_SQRTPIf64x	__f64x (1.128379167095512573896158903121545172) /* 2/sqrt(pi) */
# define M_SQRT2f64x	__f64x (1.414213562373095048801688724209698079) /* sqrt(2) */
# define M_SQRT1_2f64x	__f64x (0.707106781186547524400844362104849039) /* 1/sqrt(2) */
#endif

#if __HAVE_FLOAT128X && defined __USE_GNU
# error "M_* values needed for _Float128x"
#endif

/* When compiling in strict ISO C compatible mode we must not use the
   inline functions since they, among other things, do not set the
   `errno' variable correctly.  */
#if defined __STRICT_ANSI__ && !defined __NO_MATH_INLINES
# define __NO_MATH_INLINES	1
#endif

#ifdef __USE_ISOC99
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (3, 1)
/* ISO C99 defines some macros to compare number while taking care for
   unordered numbers.  Many FPUs provide special instructions to support
   these operations.  Generic support in GCC for these as builtins went
   in 2.97, but not all cpus added their patterns until 3.1.  Therefore
   we enable the builtins from 3.1 onwards and use a generic implementation
   othwerwise.  */
#  define isgreater(x, y)	__builtin_isgreater(x, y)
#  define isgreaterequal(x, y)	__builtin_isgreaterequal(x, y)
#  define isless(x, y)		__builtin_isless(x, y)
#  define islessequal(x, y)	__builtin_islessequal(x, y)
#  define islessgreater(x, y)	__builtin_islessgreater(x, y)
#  define isunordered(x, y)	__builtin_isunordered(x, y)
# else
#  define isgreater(x, y) \
  (__extension__ ({ __typeof__ (x) __x = (x); __typeof__ (y) __y = (y); \
		    !isunordered (__x, __y) && __x > __y; }))
#  define isgreaterequal(x, y) \
  (__extension__ ({ __typeof__ (x) __x = (x); __typeof__ (y) __y = (y); \
		    !isunordered (__x, __y) && __x >= __y; }))
#  define isless(x, y) \
  (__extension__ ({ __typeof__ (x) __x = (x); __typeof__ (y) __y = (y); \
		    !isunordered (__x, __y) && __x < __y; }))
#  define islessequal(x, y) \
  (__extension__ ({ __typeof__ (x) __x = (x); __typeof__ (y) __y = (y); \
		    !isunordered (__x, __y) && __x <= __y; }))
#  define islessgreater(x, y) \
  (__extension__ ({ __typeof__ (x) __x = (x); __typeof__ (y) __y = (y); \
		    !isunordered (__x, __y) && __x != __y; }))
/* isunordered must always check both operands first for signaling NaNs.  */
#  define isunordered(x, y) \
  (__extension__ ({ __typeof__ (x) __u = (x); __typeof__ (y) __v = (y); \
		    __u != __v && (__u != __u || __v != __v); }))
# endif
#endif

/* Get machine-dependent inline versions (if there are any).  */
#ifdef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
# include <bits/mathinline.h>
#endif

/* Define special entry points to use when the compiler got told to
   only expect finite results.  */
#if defined __FINITE_MATH_ONLY__ && __FINITE_MATH_ONLY__ > 0

/* Include bits/math-finite.h for double.  */
# define _Mdouble_ double
# define __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE 1
# define __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN 0
# define __REDIRFROM_X(function, reentrant) \
  function ## reentrant
# define __REDIRTO_X(function, reentrant) \
   __ ## function ## reentrant ## _finite
# include <bits/math-finite.h>
# undef _Mdouble_
# undef __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE
# undef __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
# undef __REDIRFROM_X
# undef __REDIRTO_X

/* When __USE_ISOC99 is defined, include math-finite for float and
   long double, as well.  */
# ifdef __USE_ISOC99

/* Include bits/math-finite.h for float.  */
#  define _Mdouble_ float
#  define __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE 0
#  define __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN 0
#  define __REDIRFROM_X(function, reentrant) \
  function ## f ## reentrant
#  define __REDIRTO_X(function, reentrant) \
   __ ## function ## f ## reentrant ## _finite
#  include <bits/math-finite.h>
#  undef _Mdouble_
#  undef __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE
#  undef __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
#  undef __REDIRFROM_X
#  undef __REDIRTO_X

/* Include bits/math-finite.h for long double.  */
#  ifdef __MATH_DECLARE_LDOUBLE
#   define _Mdouble_ long double
#   define __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE 0
#   define __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN 0
#   define __REDIRFROM_X(function, reentrant) \
  function ## l ## reentrant
#   ifdef __NO_LONG_DOUBLE_MATH
#    define __REDIRTO_X(function, reentrant) \
   __ ## function ## reentrant ## _finite
#   else
#    define __REDIRTO_X(function, reentrant) \
   __ ## function ## l ## reentrant ## _finite
#   endif
#   include <bits/math-finite.h>
#   undef _Mdouble_
#   undef __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE
#   undef __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
#   undef __REDIRFROM_X
#   undef __REDIRTO_X
#  endif

# endif /* __USE_ISOC99.  */

/* Include bits/math-finite.h for _FloatN and _FloatNx.  */

# if (__HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT16 || (__HAVE_FLOAT16 && !defined _LIBC))	\
      && __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
#  define _Mdouble_ _Float16
#  define __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE 0
#  define __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN 1
#  define __REDIRFROM_X(function, reentrant) \
  function ## f16 ## reentrant
#  if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT16
#   define __REDIRTO_X(function, reentrant) \
   __ ## function ## f16 ## reentrant ## _finite
#  else
#   error "non-disinct _Float16"
#  endif
#  include <bits/math-finite.h>
#  undef _Mdouble_
#  undef __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE
#  undef __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
#  undef __REDIRFROM_X
#  undef __REDIRTO_X
# endif

# if (__HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT32 || (__HAVE_FLOAT32 && !defined _LIBC))	\
      && __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
#  define _Mdouble_ _Float32
#  define __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE 0
#  define __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN 1
#  define __REDIRFROM_X(function, reentrant) \
  function ## f32 ## reentrant
#  if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT32
#   define __REDIRTO_X(function, reentrant) \
   __ ## function ## f32 ## reentrant ## _finite
#  else
#   define __REDIRTO_X(function, reentrant) \
   __ ## function ## f ## reentrant ## _finite
#  endif
#  include <bits/math-finite.h>
#  undef _Mdouble_
#  undef __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE
#  undef __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
#  undef __REDIRFROM_X
#  undef __REDIRTO_X
# endif

# if (__HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT64 || (__HAVE_FLOAT64 && !defined _LIBC))	\
      && __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
#  define _Mdouble_ _Float64
#  define __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE 0
#  define __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN 1
#  define __REDIRFROM_X(function, reentrant) \
  function ## f64 ## reentrant
#  if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT64
#   define __REDIRTO_X(function, reentrant) \
   __ ## function ## f64 ## reentrant ## _finite
#  else
#   define __REDIRTO_X(function, reentrant) \
   __ ## function ## reentrant ## _finite
#  endif
#  include <bits/math-finite.h>
#  undef _Mdouble_
#  undef __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE
#  undef __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
#  undef __REDIRFROM_X
#  undef __REDIRTO_X
# endif

# if (__HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT128 || (__HAVE_FLOAT128 && !defined _LIBC))	\
      && __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
#  define _Mdouble_ _Float128
#  define __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE 0
#  define __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN 1
#  define __REDIRFROM_X(function, reentrant) \
  function ## f128 ## reentrant
#  if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT128
#   define __REDIRTO_X(function, reentrant) \
   __ ## function ## f128 ## reentrant ## _finite
#  else
#   define __REDIRTO_X(function, reentrant) \
   __ ## function ## l ## reentrant ## _finite
#  endif
#  include <bits/math-finite.h>
#  undef _Mdouble_
#  undef __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE
#  undef __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
#  undef __REDIRFROM_X
#  undef __REDIRTO_X
# endif

# if (__HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT32X || (__HAVE_FLOAT32X && !defined _LIBC))	\
      && __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
#  define _Mdouble_ _Float32x
#  define __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE 0
#  define __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN 1
#  define __REDIRFROM_X(function, reentrant) \
  function ## f32x ## reentrant
#  if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT32X
#   define __REDIRTO_X(function, reentrant) \
   __ ## function ## f32x ## reentrant ## _finite
#  else
#   define __REDIRTO_X(function, reentrant) \
   __ ## function ## reentrant ## _finite
#  endif
#  include <bits/math-finite.h>
#  undef _Mdouble_
#  undef __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE
#  undef __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
#  undef __REDIRFROM_X
#  undef __REDIRTO_X
# endif

# if (__HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT64X || (__HAVE_FLOAT64X && !defined _LIBC))	\
      && __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
#  define _Mdouble_ _Float64x
#  define __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE 0
#  define __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN 1
#  define __REDIRFROM_X(function, reentrant) \
  function ## f64x ## reentrant
#  if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT64X
#   define __REDIRTO_X(function, reentrant) \
   __ ## function ## f64x ## reentrant ## _finite
#  elif __HAVE_FLOAT64X_LONG_DOUBLE
#   define __REDIRTO_X(function, reentrant) \
   __ ## function ## l ## reentrant ## _finite
#  else
#   define __REDIRTO_X(function, reentrant) \
   __ ## function ## f128 ## reentrant ## _finite
#  endif
#  include <bits/math-finite.h>
#  undef _Mdouble_
#  undef __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE
#  undef __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
#  undef __REDIRFROM_X
#  undef __REDIRTO_X
# endif

# if (__HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT128X || (__HAVE_FLOAT128X && !defined _LIBC)) \
      && __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT)
#  define _Mdouble_ _Float128x
#  define __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE 0
#  define __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN 1
#  define __REDIRFROM_X(function, reentrant) \
  function ## f128x ## reentrant
#  if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT128X
#   define __REDIRTO_X(function, reentrant) \
   __ ## function ## f128x ## reentrant ## _finite
#  else
#   error "non-disinct _Float128x"
#  endif
#  include <bits/math-finite.h>
#  undef _Mdouble_
#  undef __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE
#  undef __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
#  undef __REDIRFROM_X
#  undef __REDIRTO_X
# endif

#endif /* __FINITE_MATH_ONLY__ > 0.  */

#if __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_BFP_EXT)
/* An expression whose type has the widest of the evaluation formats
   of X and Y (which are of floating-point types).  */
# if __FLT_EVAL_METHOD__ == 2 || __FLT_EVAL_METHOD__ > 64
#  define __MATH_EVAL_FMT2(x, y) ((x) + (y) + 0.0L)
# elif __FLT_EVAL_METHOD__ == 1 || __FLT_EVAL_METHOD__ > 32
#  define __MATH_EVAL_FMT2(x, y) ((x) + (y) + 0.0)
# elif __FLT_EVAL_METHOD__ == 0 || __FLT_EVAL_METHOD__ == 32
#  define __MATH_EVAL_FMT2(x, y) ((x) + (y) + 0.0f)
# else
#  define __MATH_EVAL_FMT2(x, y) ((x) + (y))
# endif

/* Return X == Y but raising "invalid" and setting errno if X or Y is
   a NaN.  */
# if !defined __cplusplus || (__cplusplus < 201103L && !defined __GNUC__)
#  define iseqsig(x, y) \
   __MATH_TG (__MATH_EVAL_FMT2 (x, y), __iseqsig, ((x), (y)))
# else
/* In C++ mode, __MATH_TG cannot be used, because it relies on
   __builtin_types_compatible_p, which is a C-only builtin.  Moreover,
   the comparison macros from ISO C take two floating-point arguments,
   which need not have the same type.  Choosing what underlying function
   to call requires evaluating the formats of the arguments, then
   selecting which is wider.  The macro __MATH_EVAL_FMT2 provides this
   information, however, only the type of the macro expansion is
   relevant (actually evaluating the expression would be incorrect).
   Thus, the type is used as a template parameter for __iseqsig_type,
   which calls the appropriate underlying function.  */
extern "C++" {
template<typename> struct __iseqsig_type;

template<> struct __iseqsig_type<float>
{
  static int __call (float __x, float __y) throw ()
  {
    return __iseqsigf (__x, __y);
  }
};

template<> struct __iseqsig_type<double>
{
  static int __call (double __x, double __y) throw ()
  {
    return __iseqsig (__x, __y);
  }
};

template<> struct __iseqsig_type<long double>
{
  static int __call (long double __x, long double __y) throw ()
  {
#  ifndef __NO_LONG_DOUBLE_MATH
    return __iseqsigl (__x, __y);
#  else
    return __iseqsig (__x, __y);
#  endif
  }
};

#  if __HAVE_FLOAT128_UNLIKE_LDBL
  /* When using an IEEE 128-bit long double, _Float128 is defined as long double
     in C++.  */
template<> struct __iseqsig_type<_Float128>
{
  static int __call (_Float128 __x, _Float128 __y) throw ()
  {
    return __iseqsigf128 (__x, __y);
  }
};
#  endif

template<typename _T1, typename _T2>
inline int
iseqsig (_T1 __x, _T2 __y) throw ()
{
#  if __cplusplus >= 201103L
  typedef decltype (__MATH_EVAL_FMT2 (__x, __y)) _T3;
#  else
  typedef __typeof (__MATH_EVAL_FMT2 (__x, __y)) _T3;
#  endif
  return __iseqsig_type<_T3>::__call (__x, __y);
}

} /* extern "C++" */
# endif /* __cplusplus */

#endif

__END_DECLS


#endif /* math.h  */
/* Definitions of macros to access `dev_t' values.
   Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_SYSMACROS_H
#define _SYS_SYSMACROS_H 1

#include <features.h>
#include <bits/types.h>
#include <bits/sysmacros.h>

#define __SYSMACROS_DECL_TEMPL(rtype, name, proto)			     \
  extern rtype gnu_dev_##name proto __THROW __attribute_const__;

#define __SYSMACROS_IMPL_TEMPL(rtype, name, proto)			     \
  __extension__ __extern_inline __attribute_const__ rtype		     \
  __NTH (gnu_dev_##name proto)

__BEGIN_DECLS

__SYSMACROS_DECLARE_MAJOR (__SYSMACROS_DECL_TEMPL)
__SYSMACROS_DECLARE_MINOR (__SYSMACROS_DECL_TEMPL)
__SYSMACROS_DECLARE_MAKEDEV (__SYSMACROS_DECL_TEMPL)

#ifdef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES

__SYSMACROS_DEFINE_MAJOR (__SYSMACROS_IMPL_TEMPL)
__SYSMACROS_DEFINE_MINOR (__SYSMACROS_IMPL_TEMPL)
__SYSMACROS_DEFINE_MAKEDEV (__SYSMACROS_IMPL_TEMPL)

#endif

__END_DECLS

#ifndef __SYSMACROS_NEED_IMPLEMENTATION
# undef __SYSMACROS_DECL_TEMPL
# undef __SYSMACROS_IMPL_TEMPL
# undef __SYSMACROS_DECLARE_MAJOR
# undef __SYSMACROS_DECLARE_MINOR
# undef __SYSMACROS_DECLARE_MAKEDEV
# undef __SYSMACROS_DEFINE_MAJOR
# undef __SYSMACROS_DEFINE_MINOR
# undef __SYSMACROS_DEFINE_MAKEDEV
#endif

#define major(dev) gnu_dev_major (dev)
#define minor(dev) gnu_dev_minor (dev)
#define makedev(maj, min) gnu_dev_makedev (maj, min)

#endif /* sys/sysmacros.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_IOCTL_H
#define	_SYS_IOCTL_H	1

#include <features.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Get the list of `ioctl' requests and related constants.  */
#include <bits/ioctls.h>

/* Define some types used by `ioctl' requests.  */
#include <bits/ioctl-types.h>

/* On a Unix system, the system <sys/ioctl.h> probably defines some of
   the symbols we define in <sys/ttydefaults.h> (usually with the same
   values).  The code to generate <bits/ioctls.h> has omitted these
   symbols to avoid the conflict, but a Unix program expects <sys/ioctl.h>
   to define them, so we must include <sys/ttydefaults.h> here.  */
#include <sys/ttydefaults.h>

/* Perform the I/O control operation specified by REQUEST on FD.
   One argument may follow; its presence and type depend on REQUEST.
   Return value depends on REQUEST.  Usually -1 indicates error.  */
extern int ioctl (int __fd, unsigned long int __request, ...) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/ioctl.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_KLOG_H

#define	_SYS_KLOG_H	1
#include <features.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Control the kernel's logging facility.  This corresponds exactly to
   the kernel's syslog system call, but that name is easily confused
   with the user-level syslog facility, which is something completely
   different.  */
extern int klogctl (int __type, char *__bufp, int __len) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* _SYS_KLOG_H */
/* `fd_set' type and related macros, and `select'/`pselect' declarations.
   Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*	POSIX 1003.1g: 6.2 Select from File Descriptor Sets <sys/select.h>  */

#ifndef _SYS_SELECT_H
#define _SYS_SELECT_H	1

#include <features.h>

/* Get definition of needed basic types.  */
#include <bits/types.h>

/* Get __FD_* definitions.  */
#include <bits/select.h>

/* Get sigset_t.  */
#include <bits/types/sigset_t.h>

/* Get definition of timer specification structures.  */
#include <bits/types/time_t.h>
#include <bits/types/struct_timeval.h>
#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
# include <bits/types/struct_timespec.h>
#endif

#ifndef __suseconds_t_defined
typedef __suseconds_t suseconds_t;
# define __suseconds_t_defined
#endif


/* The fd_set member is required to be an array of longs.  */
typedef long int __fd_mask;

/* Some versions of <linux/posix_types.h> define this macros.  */
#undef	__NFDBITS
/* It's easier to assume 8-bit bytes than to get CHAR_BIT.  */
#define __NFDBITS	(8 * (int) sizeof (__fd_mask))
#define	__FD_ELT(d)	((d) / __NFDBITS)
#define	__FD_MASK(d)	((__fd_mask) (1UL << ((d) % __NFDBITS)))

/* fd_set for select and pselect.  */
typedef struct
  {
    /* XPG4.2 requires this member name.  Otherwise avoid the name
       from the global namespace.  */
#ifdef __USE_XOPEN
    __fd_mask fds_bits[__FD_SETSIZE / __NFDBITS];
# define __FDS_BITS(set) ((set)->fds_bits)
#else
    __fd_mask __fds_bits[__FD_SETSIZE / __NFDBITS];
# define __FDS_BITS(set) ((set)->__fds_bits)
#endif
  } fd_set;

/* Maximum number of file descriptors in `fd_set'.  */
#define	FD_SETSIZE		__FD_SETSIZE

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Sometimes the fd_set member is assumed to have this type.  */
typedef __fd_mask fd_mask;

/* Number of bits per word of `fd_set' (some code assumes this is 32).  */
# define NFDBITS		__NFDBITS
#endif


/* Access macros for `fd_set'.  */
#define	FD_SET(fd, fdsetp)	__FD_SET (fd, fdsetp)
#define	FD_CLR(fd, fdsetp)	__FD_CLR (fd, fdsetp)
#define	FD_ISSET(fd, fdsetp)	__FD_ISSET (fd, fdsetp)
#define	FD_ZERO(fdsetp)		__FD_ZERO (fdsetp)


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Check the first NFDS descriptors each in READFDS (if not NULL) for read
   readiness, in WRITEFDS (if not NULL) for write readiness, and in EXCEPTFDS
   (if not NULL) for exceptional conditions.  If TIMEOUT is not NULL, time out
   after waiting the interval specified therein.  Returns the number of ready
   descriptors, or -1 for errors.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int select (int __nfds, fd_set *__restrict __readfds,
		   fd_set *__restrict __writefds,
		   fd_set *__restrict __exceptfds,
		   struct timeval *__restrict __timeout);

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
/* Same as above only that the TIMEOUT value is given with higher
   resolution and a sigmask which is been set temporarily.  This version
   should be used.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int pselect (int __nfds, fd_set *__restrict __readfds,
		    fd_set *__restrict __writefds,
		    fd_set *__restrict __exceptfds,
		    const struct timespec *__restrict __timeout,
		    const __sigset_t *__restrict __sigmask);
#endif


/* Define some inlines helping to catch common problems.  */
#if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 0 && defined __GNUC__
# include <bits/select2.h>
#endif

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/select.h */
/* Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_REG_H
#define _SYS_REG_H	1


#ifdef __x86_64__
/* Index into an array of 8 byte longs returned from ptrace for
   location of the users' stored general purpose registers.  */

# define R15	0
# define R14	1
# define R13	2
# define R12	3
# define RBP	4
# define RBX	5
# define R11	6
# define R10	7
# define R9	8
# define R8	9
# define RAX	10
# define RCX	11
# define RDX	12
# define RSI	13
# define RDI	14
# define ORIG_RAX 15
# define RIP	16
# define CS	17
# define EFLAGS	18
# define RSP	19
# define SS	20
# define FS_BASE 21
# define GS_BASE 22
# define DS	23
# define ES	24
# define FS	25
# define GS	26
#else

/* Index into an array of 4 byte integers returned from ptrace for
 * location of the users' stored general purpose registers. */

# define EBX 0
# define ECX 1
# define EDX 2
# define ESI 3
# define EDI 4
# define EBP 5
# define EAX 6
# define DS 7
# define ES 8
# define FS 9
# define GS 10
# define ORIG_EAX 11
# define EIP 12
# define CS  13
# define EFL 14
# define UESP 15
# define SS   16
#endif

#endif
/* Access to the auxiliary vector.
   Copyright (C) 2012-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_AUXV_H
#define _SYS_AUXV_H 1

#include <elf.h>
#include <sys/cdefs.h>
#include <bits/hwcap.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Return the value associated with an Elf*_auxv_t type from the auxv list
   passed to the program on startup.  If TYPE was not present in the auxv
   list, returns zero and sets errno to ENOENT.  */
extern unsigned long int getauxval (unsigned long int __type)
  __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/auxv.h */
/* Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _PROFIL_H
#define _PROFIL_H	1

#include <features.h>

#include <sys/time.h>
#include <sys/types.h>

/* This interface is intended to follow the sprofil() system calls as
   described by the sprofil(2) man page of Irix v6.5, except that:

	- there is no a priori limit on number of text sections
	- pr_scale is declared as unsigned long (instead of "unsigned int")
	- pr_size is declared as size_t (instead of "unsigned int")
	- pr_off is declared as void * (instead of "__psunsigned_t")
	- the overflow bin (pr_base==0, pr_scale==2) can appear anywhere
	  in the profp array
	- PROF_FAST has no effect  */

struct prof
  {
    void *pr_base;		/* buffer base */
    size_t pr_size;		/* buffer size */
    size_t pr_off;		/* pc offset */
    unsigned long int pr_scale;	/* pc scaling (fixed-point number) */
  };

enum
  {
    PROF_USHORT	= 0,		/* use 16-bit counters (default) */
    PROF_UINT	= 1 << 0,	/* use 32-bit counters */
    PROF_FAST   = 1 << 1	/* profile faster than usual */
  };


__BEGIN_DECLS

extern int sprofil (struct prof *__profp, int __profcnt,
		    struct timeval *__tvp, unsigned int __flags) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* profil.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_FSUID_H
#define _SYS_FSUID_H	1

#include <features.h>
#include <sys/types.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Change uid used for file access control to UID, without affecting
   other privileges (such as who can send signals at the process).  */
extern int setfsuid (__uid_t __uid) __THROW;

/* Ditto for group id. */
extern int setfsgid (__gid_t __gid) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* fsuid.h */
/* Declarations of socket constants, types, and functions.
   Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_SOCKET_H
#define	_SYS_SOCKET_H	1

#include <features.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

#include <bits/types/struct_iovec.h>
#define	__need_size_t
#include <stddef.h>

/* This operating system-specific header file defines the SOCK_*, PF_*,
   AF_*, MSG_*, SOL_*, and SO_* constants, and the `struct sockaddr',
   `struct msghdr', and `struct linger' types.  */
#include <bits/socket.h>

#ifdef __USE_MISC
# include <bits/types/struct_osockaddr.h>
#endif

/* The following constants should be used for the second parameter of
   `shutdown'.  */
enum
{
  SHUT_RD = 0,		/* No more receptions.  */
#define SHUT_RD		SHUT_RD
  SHUT_WR,		/* No more transmissions.  */
#define SHUT_WR		SHUT_WR
  SHUT_RDWR		/* No more receptions or transmissions.  */
#define SHUT_RDWR	SHUT_RDWR
};

/* This is the type we use for generic socket address arguments.

   With GCC 2.7 and later, the funky union causes redeclarations or
   uses with any of the listed types to be allowed without complaint.
   G++ 2.7 does not support transparent unions so there we want the
   old-style declaration, too.  */
#if defined __cplusplus || !__GNUC_PREREQ (2, 7) || !defined __USE_GNU
# define __SOCKADDR_ARG		struct sockaddr *__restrict
# define __CONST_SOCKADDR_ARG	const struct sockaddr *
#else
/* Add more `struct sockaddr_AF' types here as necessary.
   These are all the ones I found on NetBSD and Linux.  */
# define __SOCKADDR_ALLTYPES \
  __SOCKADDR_ONETYPE (sockaddr) \
  __SOCKADDR_ONETYPE (sockaddr_at) \
  __SOCKADDR_ONETYPE (sockaddr_ax25) \
  __SOCKADDR_ONETYPE (sockaddr_dl) \
  __SOCKADDR_ONETYPE (sockaddr_eon) \
  __SOCKADDR_ONETYPE (sockaddr_in) \
  __SOCKADDR_ONETYPE (sockaddr_in6) \
  __SOCKADDR_ONETYPE (sockaddr_inarp) \
  __SOCKADDR_ONETYPE (sockaddr_ipx) \
  __SOCKADDR_ONETYPE (sockaddr_iso) \
  __SOCKADDR_ONETYPE (sockaddr_ns) \
  __SOCKADDR_ONETYPE (sockaddr_un) \
  __SOCKADDR_ONETYPE (sockaddr_x25)

# define __SOCKADDR_ONETYPE(type) struct type *__restrict __##type##__;
typedef union { __SOCKADDR_ALLTYPES
	      } __SOCKADDR_ARG __attribute__ ((__transparent_union__));
# undef __SOCKADDR_ONETYPE
# define __SOCKADDR_ONETYPE(type) const struct type *__restrict __##type##__;
typedef union { __SOCKADDR_ALLTYPES
	      } __CONST_SOCKADDR_ARG __attribute__ ((__transparent_union__));
# undef __SOCKADDR_ONETYPE
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* For `recvmmsg' and `sendmmsg'.  */
struct mmsghdr
  {
    struct msghdr msg_hdr;	/* Actual message header.  */
    unsigned int msg_len;	/* Number of received or sent bytes for the
				   entry.  */
  };
#endif


/* Create a new socket of type TYPE in domain DOMAIN, using
   protocol PROTOCOL.  If PROTOCOL is zero, one is chosen automatically.
   Returns a file descriptor for the new socket, or -1 for errors.  */
extern int socket (int __domain, int __type, int __protocol) __THROW;

/* Create two new sockets, of type TYPE in domain DOMAIN and using
   protocol PROTOCOL, which are connected to each other, and put file
   descriptors for them in FDS[0] and FDS[1].  If PROTOCOL is zero,
   one will be chosen automatically.  Returns 0 on success, -1 for errors.  */
extern int socketpair (int __domain, int __type, int __protocol,
		       int __fds[2]) __THROW;

/* Give the socket FD the local address ADDR (which is LEN bytes long).  */
extern int bind (int __fd, __CONST_SOCKADDR_ARG __addr, socklen_t __len)
     __THROW;

/* Put the local address of FD into *ADDR and its length in *LEN.  */
extern int getsockname (int __fd, __SOCKADDR_ARG __addr,
			socklen_t *__restrict __len) __THROW;

/* Open a connection on socket FD to peer at ADDR (which LEN bytes long).
   For connectionless socket types, just set the default address to send to
   and the only address from which to accept transmissions.
   Return 0 on success, -1 for errors.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int connect (int __fd, __CONST_SOCKADDR_ARG __addr, socklen_t __len);

/* Put the address of the peer connected to socket FD into *ADDR
   (which is *LEN bytes long), and its actual length into *LEN.  */
extern int getpeername (int __fd, __SOCKADDR_ARG __addr,
			socklen_t *__restrict __len) __THROW;


/* Send N bytes of BUF to socket FD.  Returns the number sent or -1.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern ssize_t send (int __fd, const void *__buf, size_t __n, int __flags);

/* Read N bytes into BUF from socket FD.
   Returns the number read or -1 for errors.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern ssize_t recv (int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __n, int __flags);

/* Send N bytes of BUF on socket FD to peer at address ADDR (which is
   ADDR_LEN bytes long).  Returns the number sent, or -1 for errors.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern ssize_t sendto (int __fd, const void *__buf, size_t __n,
		       int __flags, __CONST_SOCKADDR_ARG __addr,
		       socklen_t __addr_len);

/* Read N bytes into BUF through socket FD.
   If ADDR is not NULL, fill in *ADDR_LEN bytes of it with tha address of
   the sender, and store the actual size of the address in *ADDR_LEN.
   Returns the number of bytes read or -1 for errors.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern ssize_t recvfrom (int __fd, void *__restrict __buf, size_t __n,
			 int __flags, __SOCKADDR_ARG __addr,
			 socklen_t *__restrict __addr_len);


/* Send a message described MESSAGE on socket FD.
   Returns the number of bytes sent, or -1 for errors.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern ssize_t sendmsg (int __fd, const struct msghdr *__message,
			int __flags);

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Send a VLEN messages as described by VMESSAGES to socket FD.
   Returns the number of datagrams successfully written or -1 for errors.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int sendmmsg (int __fd, struct mmsghdr *__vmessages,
		     unsigned int __vlen, int __flags);
#endif

/* Receive a message as described by MESSAGE from socket FD.
   Returns the number of bytes read or -1 for errors.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern ssize_t recvmsg (int __fd, struct msghdr *__message, int __flags);

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Receive up to VLEN messages as described by VMESSAGES from socket FD.
   Returns the number of messages received or -1 for errors.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int recvmmsg (int __fd, struct mmsghdr *__vmessages,
		     unsigned int __vlen, int __flags,
		     struct timespec *__tmo);
#endif


/* Put the current value for socket FD's option OPTNAME at protocol level LEVEL
   into OPTVAL (which is *OPTLEN bytes long), and set *OPTLEN to the value's
   actual length.  Returns 0 on success, -1 for errors.  */
extern int getsockopt (int __fd, int __level, int __optname,
		       void *__restrict __optval,
		       socklen_t *__restrict __optlen) __THROW;

/* Set socket FD's option OPTNAME at protocol level LEVEL
   to *OPTVAL (which is OPTLEN bytes long).
   Returns 0 on success, -1 for errors.  */
extern int setsockopt (int __fd, int __level, int __optname,
		       const void *__optval, socklen_t __optlen) __THROW;


/* Prepare to accept connections on socket FD.
   N connection requests will be queued before further requests are refused.
   Returns 0 on success, -1 for errors.  */
extern int listen (int __fd, int __n) __THROW;

/* Await a connection on socket FD.
   When a connection arrives, open a new socket to communicate with it,
   set *ADDR (which is *ADDR_LEN bytes long) to the address of the connecting
   peer and *ADDR_LEN to the address's actual length, and return the
   new socket's descriptor, or -1 for errors.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int accept (int __fd, __SOCKADDR_ARG __addr,
		   socklen_t *__restrict __addr_len);

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Similar to 'accept' but takes an additional parameter to specify flags.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int accept4 (int __fd, __SOCKADDR_ARG __addr,
		    socklen_t *__restrict __addr_len, int __flags);
#endif

/* Shut down all or part of the connection open on socket FD.
   HOW determines what to shut down:
     SHUT_RD   = No more receptions;
     SHUT_WR   = No more transmissions;
     SHUT_RDWR = No more receptions or transmissions.
   Returns 0 on success, -1 for errors.  */
extern int shutdown (int __fd, int __how) __THROW;


#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
/* Determine wheter socket is at a out-of-band mark.  */
extern int sockatmark (int __fd) __THROW;
#endif


#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* FDTYPE is S_IFSOCK or another S_IF* macro defined in <sys/stat.h>;
   returns 1 if FD is open on an object of the indicated type, 0 if not,
   or -1 for errors (setting errno).  */
extern int isfdtype (int __fd, int __fdtype) __THROW;
#endif


/* Define some macros helping to catch buffer overflows.  */
#if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 0 && defined __fortify_function
# include <bits/socket2.h>
#endif

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/socket.h */
/* Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_USER_H
#define _SYS_USER_H	1

/* The whole purpose of this file is for GDB and GDB only.  Don't read
   too much into it.  Don't use it for anything other than GDB unless
   you know what you are doing.  */

#ifdef __x86_64__

struct user_fpregs_struct
{
  unsigned short int	cwd;
  unsigned short int	swd;
  unsigned short int	ftw;
  unsigned short int	fop;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int rip;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int rdp;
  unsigned int		mxcsr;
  unsigned int		mxcr_mask;
  unsigned int		st_space[32];   /* 8*16 bytes for each FP-reg = 128 bytes */
  unsigned int		xmm_space[64];  /* 16*16 bytes for each XMM-reg = 256 bytes */
  unsigned int		padding[24];
};

struct user_regs_struct
{
  __extension__ unsigned long long int r15;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int r14;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int r13;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int r12;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int rbp;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int rbx;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int r11;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int r10;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int r9;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int r8;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int rax;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int rcx;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int rdx;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int rsi;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int rdi;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int orig_rax;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int rip;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int cs;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int eflags;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int rsp;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int ss;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int fs_base;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int gs_base;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int ds;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int es;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int fs;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int gs;
};

struct user
{
  struct user_regs_struct	regs;
  int				u_fpvalid;
  struct user_fpregs_struct	i387;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int	u_tsize;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int	u_dsize;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int	u_ssize;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int	start_code;
  __extension__ unsigned long long int	start_stack;
  __extension__ long long int		signal;
  int				reserved;
  __extension__ union
    {
      struct user_regs_struct*	u_ar0;
      __extension__ unsigned long long int	__u_ar0_word;
    };
  __extension__ union
    {
      struct user_fpregs_struct*	u_fpstate;
      __extension__ unsigned long long int	__u_fpstate_word;
    };
  __extension__ unsigned long long int	magic;
  char				u_comm [32];
  __extension__ unsigned long long int	u_debugreg [8];
};

#else
/* These are the 32-bit x86 structures.  */
struct user_fpregs_struct
{
  long int cwd;
  long int swd;
  long int twd;
  long int fip;
  long int fcs;
  long int foo;
  long int fos;
  long int st_space [20];
};

struct user_fpxregs_struct
{
  unsigned short int cwd;
  unsigned short int swd;
  unsigned short int twd;
  unsigned short int fop;
  long int fip;
  long int fcs;
  long int foo;
  long int fos;
  long int mxcsr;
  long int reserved;
  long int st_space[32];   /* 8*16 bytes for each FP-reg = 128 bytes */
  long int xmm_space[32];  /* 8*16 bytes for each XMM-reg = 128 bytes */
  long int padding[56];
};

struct user_regs_struct
{
  long int ebx;
  long int ecx;
  long int edx;
  long int esi;
  long int edi;
  long int ebp;
  long int eax;
  long int xds;
  long int xes;
  long int xfs;
  long int xgs;
  long int orig_eax;
  long int eip;
  long int xcs;
  long int eflags;
  long int esp;
  long int xss;
};

struct user
{
  struct user_regs_struct	regs;
  int				u_fpvalid;
  struct user_fpregs_struct	i387;
  unsigned long int		u_tsize;
  unsigned long int		u_dsize;
  unsigned long int		u_ssize;
  unsigned long int		start_code;
  unsigned long int		start_stack;
  long int			signal;
  int				reserved;
  struct user_regs_struct*	u_ar0;
  struct user_fpregs_struct*	u_fpstate;
  unsigned long int		magic;
  char				u_comm [32];
  int				u_debugreg [8];
};
#endif  /* __x86_64__ */

#define PAGE_SHIFT		12
#define PAGE_SIZE		(1UL << PAGE_SHIFT)
#define PAGE_MASK		(~(PAGE_SIZE-1))
#define NBPG			PAGE_SIZE
#define UPAGES			1
#define HOST_TEXT_START_ADDR	(u.start_code)
#define HOST_STACK_END_ADDR	(u.start_stack + u.u_ssize * NBPG)

#endif	/* _SYS_USER_H */
#include <unistd.h>
/*-
 * Copyright (c) 1982, 1986, 1993
 *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 * (c) UNIX System Laboratories, Inc.
 * All or some portions of this file are derived from material licensed
 * to the University of California by American Telephone and Telegraph
 * Co. or Unix System Laboratories, Inc. and are reproduced herein with
 * the permission of UNIX System Laboratories, Inc.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 *	@(#)ttydefaults.h	8.4 (Berkeley) 1/21/94
 */

/*
 * System wide defaults for terminal state.  Linux version.
 */
#ifndef _SYS_TTYDEFAULTS_H_
#define	_SYS_TTYDEFAULTS_H_

/*
 * Defaults on "first" open.
 */
#define	TTYDEF_IFLAG	(BRKINT | ISTRIP | ICRNL | IMAXBEL | IXON | IXANY)
#define TTYDEF_OFLAG	(OPOST | ONLCR | XTABS)
#define TTYDEF_LFLAG	(ECHO | ICANON | ISIG | IEXTEN | ECHOE|ECHOKE|ECHOCTL)
#define TTYDEF_CFLAG	(CREAD | CS7 | PARENB | HUPCL)
#define TTYDEF_SPEED	(B9600)

/*
 * Control Character Defaults
 */
#define CTRL(x)	(x&037)
#define	CEOF		CTRL('d')
#ifdef _POSIX_VDISABLE
# define CEOL		_POSIX_VDISABLE
#else
# define CEOL		'\0'		/* XXX avoid _POSIX_VDISABLE */
#endif
#define	CERASE		0177
#define	CINTR		CTRL('c')
#ifdef _POSIX_VDISABLE
# define CSTATUS	_POSIX_VDISABLE
#else
# define CSTATUS	'\0'		/* XXX avoid _POSIX_VDISABLE */
#endif
#define	CKILL		CTRL('u')
#define	CMIN		1
#define	CQUIT		034		/* FS, ^\ */
#define	CSUSP		CTRL('z')
#define	CTIME		0
#define	CDSUSP		CTRL('y')
#define	CSTART		CTRL('q')
#define	CSTOP		CTRL('s')
#define	CLNEXT		CTRL('v')
#define	CDISCARD 	CTRL('o')
#define	CWERASE 	CTRL('w')
#define	CREPRINT 	CTRL('r')
#define	CEOT		CEOF
/* compat */
#define	CBRK		CEOL
#define CRPRNT		CREPRINT
#define	CFLUSH		CDISCARD

/* PROTECTED INCLUSION ENDS HERE */
#endif /* !_SYS_TTYDEFAULTS_H_ */

/*
 * #define TTYDEFCHARS to include an array of default control characters.
 */
#ifdef TTYDEFCHARS
cc_t	ttydefchars[NCCS] = {
	CEOF,	CEOL,	CEOL,	CERASE, CWERASE, CKILL, CREPRINT,
	_POSIX_VDISABLE, CINTR,	CQUIT,	CSUSP,	CDSUSP,	CSTART,	CSTOP,	CLNEXT,
	CDISCARD, CMIN,	CTIME,  CSTATUS, _POSIX_VDISABLE
};
#undef TTYDEFCHARS
#endif
/* Copyright (C) 2002-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_EPOLL_H
#define	_SYS_EPOLL_H	1

#include <stdint.h>
#include <sys/types.h>

#include <bits/types/sigset_t.h>

/* Get the platform-dependent flags.  */
#include <bits/epoll.h>

#ifndef __EPOLL_PACKED
# define __EPOLL_PACKED
#endif


enum EPOLL_EVENTS
  {
    EPOLLIN = 0x001,
#define EPOLLIN EPOLLIN
    EPOLLPRI = 0x002,
#define EPOLLPRI EPOLLPRI
    EPOLLOUT = 0x004,
#define EPOLLOUT EPOLLOUT
    EPOLLRDNORM = 0x040,
#define EPOLLRDNORM EPOLLRDNORM
    EPOLLRDBAND = 0x080,
#define EPOLLRDBAND EPOLLRDBAND
    EPOLLWRNORM = 0x100,
#define EPOLLWRNORM EPOLLWRNORM
    EPOLLWRBAND = 0x200,
#define EPOLLWRBAND EPOLLWRBAND
    EPOLLMSG = 0x400,
#define EPOLLMSG EPOLLMSG
    EPOLLERR = 0x008,
#define EPOLLERR EPOLLERR
    EPOLLHUP = 0x010,
#define EPOLLHUP EPOLLHUP
    EPOLLRDHUP = 0x2000,
#define EPOLLRDHUP EPOLLRDHUP
    EPOLLEXCLUSIVE = 1u << 28,
#define EPOLLEXCLUSIVE EPOLLEXCLUSIVE
    EPOLLWAKEUP = 1u << 29,
#define EPOLLWAKEUP EPOLLWAKEUP
    EPOLLONESHOT = 1u << 30,
#define EPOLLONESHOT EPOLLONESHOT
    EPOLLET = 1u << 31
#define EPOLLET EPOLLET
  };


/* Valid opcodes ( "op" parameter ) to issue to epoll_ctl().  */
#define EPOLL_CTL_ADD 1	/* Add a file descriptor to the interface.  */
#define EPOLL_CTL_DEL 2	/* Remove a file descriptor from the interface.  */
#define EPOLL_CTL_MOD 3	/* Change file descriptor epoll_event structure.  */


typedef union epoll_data
{
  void *ptr;
  int fd;
  uint32_t u32;
  uint64_t u64;
} epoll_data_t;

struct epoll_event
{
  uint32_t events;	/* Epoll events */
  epoll_data_t data;	/* User data variable */
} __EPOLL_PACKED;


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Creates an epoll instance.  Returns an fd for the new instance.
   The "size" parameter is a hint specifying the number of file
   descriptors to be associated with the new instance.  The fd
   returned by epoll_create() should be closed with close().  */
extern int epoll_create (int __size) __THROW;

/* Same as epoll_create but with an FLAGS parameter.  The unused SIZE
   parameter has been dropped.  */
extern int epoll_create1 (int __flags) __THROW;


/* Manipulate an epoll instance "epfd". Returns 0 in case of success,
   -1 in case of error ( the "errno" variable will contain the
   specific error code ) The "op" parameter is one of the EPOLL_CTL_*
   constants defined above. The "fd" parameter is the target of the
   operation. The "event" parameter describes which events the caller
   is interested in and any associated user data.  */
extern int epoll_ctl (int __epfd, int __op, int __fd,
		      struct epoll_event *__event) __THROW;


/* Wait for events on an epoll instance "epfd". Returns the number of
   triggered events returned in "events" buffer. Or -1 in case of
   error with the "errno" variable set to the specific error code. The
   "events" parameter is a buffer that will contain triggered
   events. The "maxevents" is the maximum number of events to be
   returned ( usually size of "events" ). The "timeout" parameter
   specifies the maximum wait time in milliseconds (-1 == infinite).

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int epoll_wait (int __epfd, struct epoll_event *__events,
		       int __maxevents, int __timeout);


/* Same as epoll_wait, but the thread's signal mask is temporarily
   and atomically replaced with the one provided as parameter.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int epoll_pwait (int __epfd, struct epoll_event *__events,
			int __maxevents, int __timeout,
			const __sigset_t *__ss);

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/epoll.h */
/* includes/sys/sdt-config.h.  Generated from sdt-config.h.in by configure.

   This file just defines _SDT_ASM_SECTION_AUTOGROUP_SUPPORT to 0 or 1 to
   indicate whether the assembler supports "?" in .pushsection directives.  */

#define _SDT_ASM_SECTION_AUTOGROUP_SUPPORT 1
/* Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
   Contributed by David Mosberger <davidm@cs.arizona.edu>.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/* This file specifies the format of gmon.out files.  It should have
   as few external dependencies as possible as it is going to be included
   in many different programs.  That is, minimize the number of #include's.

   A gmon.out file consists of a header (defined by gmon_hdr) followed by
   a sequence of records.  Each record starts with a one-byte tag
   identifying the type of records, followed by records specific data. */

#ifndef _SYS_GMON_OUT_H
#define _SYS_GMON_OUT_H	1

#include <features.h>

#define	GMON_MAGIC	"gmon"	/* magic cookie */
#define GMON_VERSION	1	/* version number */

/* For profiling shared object we need a new format.  */
#define GMON_SHOBJ_VERSION	0x1ffff

__BEGIN_DECLS

/*
 * Raw header as it appears on file (without padding).  This header
 * always comes first in gmon.out and is then followed by a series
 * records defined below.
 */
struct gmon_hdr
  {
    char cookie[4];
    char version[4];
    char spare[3 * 4];
  };

/* types of records in this file: */
typedef enum
  {
    GMON_TAG_TIME_HIST = 0,
    GMON_TAG_CG_ARC = 1,
    GMON_TAG_BB_COUNT = 2
  } GMON_Record_Tag;

struct gmon_hist_hdr
  {
    char low_pc[sizeof (char *)];	/* base pc address of sample buffer */
    char high_pc[sizeof (char *)];	/* max pc address of sampled buffer */
    char hist_size[4];			/* size of sample buffer */
    char prof_rate[4];			/* profiling clock rate */
    char dimen[15];			/* phys. dim., usually "seconds" */
    char dimen_abbrev;			/* usually 's' for "seconds" */
  };

struct gmon_cg_arc_record
  {
    char from_pc[sizeof (char *)];	/* address within caller's body */
    char self_pc[sizeof (char *)];	/* address within callee's body */
    char count[4];			/* number of arc traversals */
  };

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/gmon_out.h */
/* Compatibility header for old-style Unix parameters and limits.
   Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_PARAM_H
#define _SYS_PARAM_H    1

#define __need_NULL
#include <stddef.h>

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <endian.h>                     /* Define BYTE_ORDER et al.  */
#include <signal.h>                     /* Define NSIG.  */

/* This file defines some things in system-specific ways.  */
#include <bits/param.h>


/* BSD names for some <limits.h> values.  */

#define NBBY		CHAR_BIT

#if !defined NGROUPS && defined NGROUPS_MAX
# define NGROUPS	NGROUPS_MAX
#endif
#if !defined MAXSYMLINKS && defined SYMLOOP_MAX
# define MAXSYMLINKS	SYMLOOP_MAX
#endif
#if !defined CANBSIZ && defined MAX_CANON
# define CANBSIZ	MAX_CANON
#endif
#if !defined MAXPATHLEN && defined PATH_MAX
# define MAXPATHLEN	PATH_MAX
#endif
#if !defined NOFILE && defined OPEN_MAX
# define NOFILE		OPEN_MAX
#endif
#if !defined MAXHOSTNAMELEN && defined HOST_NAME_MAX
# define MAXHOSTNAMELEN	HOST_NAME_MAX
#endif
#ifndef NCARGS
# ifdef ARG_MAX
#  define NCARGS	ARG_MAX
# else
/* ARG_MAX is unlimited, but we define NCARGS for BSD programs that want to
   compare against some fixed limit.  */
# define NCARGS		INT_MAX
# endif
#endif


/* Magical constants.  */
#ifndef NOGROUP
# define NOGROUP	65535     /* Marker for empty group set member.  */
#endif
#ifndef NODEV
# define NODEV		((dev_t) -1)    /* Non-existent device.  */
#endif


/* Unit of `st_blocks'.  */
#ifndef DEV_BSIZE
# define DEV_BSIZE	512
#endif


/* Bit map related macros.  */
#define setbit(a,i)     ((a)[(i)/NBBY] |= 1<<((i)%NBBY))
#define clrbit(a,i)     ((a)[(i)/NBBY] &= ~(1<<((i)%NBBY)))
#define isset(a,i)      ((a)[(i)/NBBY] & (1<<((i)%NBBY)))
#define isclr(a,i)      (((a)[(i)/NBBY] & (1<<((i)%NBBY))) == 0)

/* Macros for counting and rounding.  */
#ifndef howmany
# define howmany(x, y)  (((x) + ((y) - 1)) / (y))
#endif
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define roundup(x, y)  (__builtin_constant_p (y) && powerof2 (y)             \
                         ? (((x) + (y) - 1) & ~((y) - 1))                     \
                         : ((((x) + ((y) - 1)) / (y)) * (y)))
#else
# define roundup(x, y)  ((((x) + ((y) - 1)) / (y)) * (y))
#endif
#define powerof2(x)     ((((x) - 1) & (x)) == 0)

/* Macros for min/max.  */
#define MIN(a,b) (((a)<(b))?(a):(b))
#define MAX(a,b) (((a)>(b))?(a):(b))


#endif  /* sys/param.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_UIO_H
#define _SYS_UIO_H	1

#include <features.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <bits/types/struct_iovec.h>
#include <bits/uio_lim.h>
#ifdef __IOV_MAX
# define UIO_MAXIOV __IOV_MAX
#else
# undef UIO_MAXIOV
#endif

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Read data from file descriptor FD, and put the result in the
   buffers described by IOVEC, which is a vector of COUNT 'struct iovec's.
   The buffers are filled in the order specified.
   Operates just like 'read' (see <unistd.h>) except that data are
   put in IOVEC instead of a contiguous buffer.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern ssize_t readv (int __fd, const struct iovec *__iovec, int __count)
  __wur;

/* Write data pointed by the buffers described by IOVEC, which
   is a vector of COUNT 'struct iovec's, to file descriptor FD.
   The data is written in the order specified.
   Operates just like 'write' (see <unistd.h>) except that the data
   are taken from IOVEC instead of a contiguous buffer.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern ssize_t writev (int __fd, const struct iovec *__iovec, int __count)
  __wur;


#ifdef __USE_MISC
# ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
/* Read data from file descriptor FD at the given position OFFSET
   without change the file pointer, and put the result in the buffers
   described by IOVEC, which is a vector of COUNT 'struct iovec's.
   The buffers are filled in the order specified.  Operates just like
   'pread' (see <unistd.h>) except that data are put in IOVEC instead
   of a contiguous buffer.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern ssize_t preadv (int __fd, const struct iovec *__iovec, int __count,
		       __off_t __offset) __wur;

/* Write data pointed by the buffers described by IOVEC, which is a
   vector of COUNT 'struct iovec's, to file descriptor FD at the given
   position OFFSET without change the file pointer.  The data is
   written in the order specified.  Operates just like 'pwrite' (see
   <unistd.h>) except that the data are taken from IOVEC instead of a
   contiguous buffer.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern ssize_t pwritev (int __fd, const struct iovec *__iovec, int __count,
			__off_t __offset) __wur;

# else
#  ifdef __REDIRECT
extern ssize_t __REDIRECT (preadv, (int __fd, const struct iovec *__iovec,
				    int __count, __off64_t __offset),
			   preadv64) __wur;
extern ssize_t __REDIRECT (pwritev, (int __fd, const struct iovec *__iovec,
				     int __count, __off64_t __offset),
			   pwritev64) __wur;
#  else
#   define preadv preadv64
#   define pwritev pwritev64
#  endif
# endif

# ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
/* Read data from file descriptor FD at the given position OFFSET
   without change the file pointer, and put the result in the buffers
   described by IOVEC, which is a vector of COUNT 'struct iovec's.
   The buffers are filled in the order specified.  Operates just like
   'pread' (see <unistd.h>) except that data are put in IOVEC instead
   of a contiguous buffer.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern ssize_t preadv64 (int __fd, const struct iovec *__iovec, int __count,
			 __off64_t __offset) __wur;

/* Write data pointed by the buffers described by IOVEC, which is a
   vector of COUNT 'struct iovec's, to file descriptor FD at the given
   position OFFSET without change the file pointer.  The data is
   written in the order specified.  Operates just like 'pwrite' (see
   <unistd.h>) except that the data are taken from IOVEC instead of a
   contiguous buffer.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern ssize_t pwritev64 (int __fd, const struct iovec *__iovec, int __count,
			  __off64_t __offset) __wur;
# endif
#endif	/* Use misc.  */


#ifdef __USE_GNU
# ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
/* Same as preadv but with an additional flag argumenti defined at uio.h.  */
extern ssize_t preadv2 (int __fp, const struct iovec *__iovec, int __count,
			__off_t __offset, int ___flags) __wur;

/* Same as preadv but with an additional flag argument defined at uio.h.  */
extern ssize_t pwritev2 (int __fd, const struct iovec *__iodev, int __count,
			 __off_t __offset, int __flags) __wur;

# else
#  ifdef __REDIRECT
extern ssize_t __REDIRECT (pwritev2, (int __fd, const struct iovec *__iovec,
				      int __count, __off64_t __offset,
				      int __flags),
			   pwritev64v2) __wur;
extern ssize_t __REDIRECT (preadv2, (int __fd, const struct iovec *__iovec,
				     int __count, __off64_t __offset,
				     int __flags),
			   preadv64v2) __wur;
#  else
#   define preadv2 preadv64v2
#   define pwritev2 pwritev64v2
#  endif
# endif

# ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
/* Same as preadv but with an additional flag argumenti defined at uio.h.  */
extern ssize_t preadv64v2 (int __fp, const struct iovec *__iovec,
			   int __count, __off64_t __offset,
			   int ___flags) __wur;

/* Same as preadv but with an additional flag argument defined at uio.h.  */
extern ssize_t pwritev64v2 (int __fd, const struct iovec *__iodev,
			    int __count, __off64_t __offset,
			    int __flags) __wur;
# endif
#endif /* Use GNU.  */

__END_DECLS

/* Some operating systems provide system-specific extensions to this
   header.  */
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# include <bits/uio-ext.h>
#endif

#endif /* sys/uio.h */
/* Calls to enable and disable swapping on specified locations.  Linux version.
   Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_SWAP_H

#define _SYS_SWAP_H	1
#include <features.h>

/* The swap priority is encoded as:
   (prio << SWAP_FLAG_PRIO_SHIFT) & SWAP_FLAG_PRIO_MASK
*/
#define	SWAP_FLAG_PREFER	0x8000	/* Set if swap priority is specified. */
#define	SWAP_FLAG_PRIO_MASK	0x7fff
#define	SWAP_FLAG_PRIO_SHIFT	0
#define SWAP_FLAG_DISCARD	0x10000	/* Discard swap cluster after use.  */

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Make the block special device PATH available to the system for swapping.
   This call is restricted to the super-user.  */
extern int swapon (const char *__path, int __flags) __THROW;

/* Stop using block special device PATH for swapping.  */
extern int swapoff (const char *__path) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* _SYS_SWAP_H */
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 *	POSIX Standard: 2.6 Primitive System Data Types	<sys/types.h>
 */

#ifndef	_SYS_TYPES_H
#define	_SYS_TYPES_H	1

#include <features.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

#include <bits/types.h>

#ifdef	__USE_MISC
# ifndef __u_char_defined
typedef __u_char u_char;
typedef __u_short u_short;
typedef __u_int u_int;
typedef __u_long u_long;
typedef __quad_t quad_t;
typedef __u_quad_t u_quad_t;
typedef __fsid_t fsid_t;
#  define __u_char_defined
# endif
typedef __loff_t loff_t;
#endif

#ifndef __ino_t_defined
# ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
typedef __ino_t ino_t;
# else
typedef __ino64_t ino_t;
# endif
# define __ino_t_defined
#endif
#if defined __USE_LARGEFILE64 && !defined __ino64_t_defined
typedef __ino64_t ino64_t;
# define __ino64_t_defined
#endif

#ifndef __dev_t_defined
typedef __dev_t dev_t;
# define __dev_t_defined
#endif

#ifndef __gid_t_defined
typedef __gid_t gid_t;
# define __gid_t_defined
#endif

#ifndef __mode_t_defined
typedef __mode_t mode_t;
# define __mode_t_defined
#endif

#ifndef __nlink_t_defined
typedef __nlink_t nlink_t;
# define __nlink_t_defined
#endif

#ifndef __uid_t_defined
typedef __uid_t uid_t;
# define __uid_t_defined
#endif

#ifndef __off_t_defined
# ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
typedef __off_t off_t;
# else
typedef __off64_t off_t;
# endif
# define __off_t_defined
#endif
#if defined __USE_LARGEFILE64 && !defined __off64_t_defined
typedef __off64_t off64_t;
# define __off64_t_defined
#endif

#ifndef __pid_t_defined
typedef __pid_t pid_t;
# define __pid_t_defined
#endif

#if (defined __USE_XOPEN || defined __USE_XOPEN2K8) \
    && !defined __id_t_defined
typedef __id_t id_t;
# define __id_t_defined
#endif

#ifndef __ssize_t_defined
typedef __ssize_t ssize_t;
# define __ssize_t_defined
#endif

#ifdef	__USE_MISC
# ifndef __daddr_t_defined
typedef __daddr_t daddr_t;
typedef __caddr_t caddr_t;
#  define __daddr_t_defined
# endif
#endif

#if (defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_XOPEN) && !defined __key_t_defined
typedef __key_t key_t;
# define __key_t_defined
#endif

#if defined __USE_XOPEN || defined __USE_XOPEN2K8
# include <bits/types/clock_t.h>
#endif
#include <bits/types/clockid_t.h>
#include <bits/types/time_t.h>
#include <bits/types/timer_t.h>

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN
# ifndef __useconds_t_defined
typedef __useconds_t useconds_t;
#  define __useconds_t_defined
# endif
# ifndef __suseconds_t_defined
typedef __suseconds_t suseconds_t;
#  define __suseconds_t_defined
# endif
#endif

#define	__need_size_t
#include <stddef.h>

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Old compatibility names for C types.  */
typedef unsigned long int ulong;
typedef unsigned short int ushort;
typedef unsigned int uint;
#endif

/* These size-specific names are used by some of the inet code.  */

#include <bits/stdint-intn.h>

/* These were defined by ISO C without the first `_'.  */
typedef __uint8_t u_int8_t;
typedef __uint16_t u_int16_t;
typedef __uint32_t u_int32_t;
typedef __uint64_t u_int64_t;

#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2, 7)
typedef int register_t __attribute__ ((__mode__ (__word__)));
#else
typedef int register_t;
#endif

/* Some code from BIND tests this macro to see if the types above are
   defined.  */
#define __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__	1


#ifdef	__USE_MISC
/* In BSD <sys/types.h> is expected to define BYTE_ORDER.  */
# include <endian.h>

/* It also defines `fd_set' and the FD_* macros for `select'.  */
# include <sys/select.h>
#endif /* Use misc.  */


#if (defined __USE_UNIX98 || defined __USE_XOPEN2K8) \
    && !defined __blksize_t_defined
typedef __blksize_t blksize_t;
# define __blksize_t_defined
#endif

/* Types from the Large File Support interface.  */
#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
# ifndef __blkcnt_t_defined
typedef __blkcnt_t blkcnt_t;	 /* Type to count number of disk blocks.  */
#  define __blkcnt_t_defined
# endif
# ifndef __fsblkcnt_t_defined
typedef __fsblkcnt_t fsblkcnt_t; /* Type to count file system blocks.  */
#  define __fsblkcnt_t_defined
# endif
# ifndef __fsfilcnt_t_defined
typedef __fsfilcnt_t fsfilcnt_t; /* Type to count file system inodes.  */
#  define __fsfilcnt_t_defined
# endif
#else
# ifndef __blkcnt_t_defined
typedef __blkcnt64_t blkcnt_t;	   /* Type to count number of disk blocks.  */
#  define __blkcnt_t_defined
# endif
# ifndef __fsblkcnt_t_defined
typedef __fsblkcnt64_t fsblkcnt_t; /* Type to count file system blocks.  */
#  define __fsblkcnt_t_defined
# endif
# ifndef __fsfilcnt_t_defined
typedef __fsfilcnt64_t fsfilcnt_t; /* Type to count file system inodes.  */
#  define __fsfilcnt_t_defined
# endif
#endif

#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
typedef __blkcnt64_t blkcnt64_t;     /* Type to count number of disk blocks. */
typedef __fsblkcnt64_t fsblkcnt64_t; /* Type to count file system blocks.  */
typedef __fsfilcnt64_t fsfilcnt64_t; /* Type to count file system inodes.  */
#endif


/* Now add the thread types.  */
#if defined __USE_POSIX199506 || defined __USE_UNIX98
# include <bits/pthreadtypes.h>
#endif

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/types.h */
/*
 * <sys/capability.h>
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1997   Aleph One
 * Copyright (C) 1997,8, 2008,19,20 Andrew G. Morgan <morgan@kernel.org>
 *
 * defunct POSIX.1e Standard: 25.2 Capabilities           <sys/capability.h>
 */

#ifndef _SYS_CAPABILITY_H
#define _SYS_CAPABILITY_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * This file complements the kernel file by providing prototype
 * information for the user library.
 */

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

#ifndef __user
#define __user
#endif
#include <linux/capability.h>

/*
 * POSIX capability types
 */

/*
 * Opaque capability handle (defined internally by libcap)
 * internal capability representation
 */
typedef struct _cap_struct *cap_t;

/* "external" capability representation is a (void *) */

/*
 * This is the type used to identify capabilities
 */

typedef int cap_value_t;

/*
 * libcap initialized first unnamed capability of the running kernel.
 * capsh includes a runtime test to flag when this is larger than
 * what is known to libcap... Time for a new libcap release!
 */
extern cap_value_t cap_max_bits(void);

/*
 * Set identifiers
 */
typedef enum {
    CAP_EFFECTIVE = 0,                 /* Specifies the effective flag */
    CAP_PERMITTED = 1,                 /* Specifies the permitted flag */
    CAP_INHERITABLE = 2                /* Specifies the inheritable flag */
} cap_flag_t;

typedef enum {
    CAP_IAB_INH = 2,
    CAP_IAB_AMB = 3,
    CAP_IAB_BOUND = 4
} cap_iab_vector_t;

/*
 * An opaque generalization of the inheritable bits that includes both
 * what ambient bits to raise and what bounding bits to *lower* (aka
 * drop).  None of these bits once set, using cap_iab_set(), affect
 * the running process but are consulted, through the execve() system
 * call, by the kernel. Note, the ambient bits ('A') of the running
 * process are fragile with respect to other aspects of the "posix"
 * (cap_t) operations: most importantly, 'A' cannot ever hold bits not
 * present in the intersection of 'pI' and 'pP'. The kernel
 * immediately drops all ambient caps whenever such a situation
 * arises. Typically, the ambient bits are used to support a naive
 * capability inheritance model - at odds with the POSIX (sic) model
 * of inheritance where inherited (pI) capabilities need to also be
 * wanted by the executed binary (fI) in order to become raised
 * through exec.
 */
typedef struct cap_iab_s *cap_iab_t;

/*
 * These are the states available to each capability
 */
typedef enum {
    CAP_CLEAR=0,                            /* The flag is cleared/disabled */
    CAP_SET=1                                    /* The flag is set/enabled */
} cap_flag_value_t;

/*
 * User-space capability manipulation routines
 */
typedef unsigned cap_mode_t;
#define CAP_MODE_UNCERTAIN    ((cap_mode_t) 0)
#define CAP_MODE_NOPRIV       ((cap_mode_t) 1)
#define CAP_MODE_PURE1E_INIT  ((cap_mode_t) 2)
#define CAP_MODE_PURE1E       ((cap_mode_t) 3)

/* libcap/cap_alloc.c */
extern cap_t      cap_dup(cap_t);
extern int        cap_free(void *);
extern cap_t      cap_init(void);
extern cap_iab_t  cap_iab_init(void);

/* libcap/cap_flag.c */
extern int     cap_get_flag(cap_t, cap_value_t, cap_flag_t, cap_flag_value_t *);
extern int     cap_set_flag(cap_t, cap_flag_t, int, const cap_value_t *,
			    cap_flag_value_t);
extern int     cap_clear(cap_t);
extern int     cap_clear_flag(cap_t, cap_flag_t);

extern cap_flag_value_t cap_iab_get_vector(cap_iab_t, cap_iab_vector_t,
					 cap_value_t);
extern int     cap_iab_set_vector(cap_iab_t, cap_iab_vector_t, cap_value_t,
				cap_flag_value_t);
extern int     cap_iab_fill(cap_iab_t, cap_iab_vector_t, cap_t, cap_flag_t);

/* libcap/cap_file.c */
extern cap_t   cap_get_fd(int);
extern cap_t   cap_get_file(const char *);
extern uid_t   cap_get_nsowner(cap_t);
extern int     cap_set_fd(int, cap_t);
extern int     cap_set_file(const char *, cap_t);
extern int     cap_set_nsowner(cap_t, uid_t);

/* libcap/cap_proc.c */
extern cap_t   cap_get_proc(void);
extern cap_t   cap_get_pid(pid_t);
extern int     cap_set_proc(cap_t);

extern int     cap_get_bound(cap_value_t);
extern int     cap_drop_bound(cap_value_t);
#define CAP_IS_SUPPORTED(cap)  (cap_get_bound(cap) >= 0)

extern int     cap_get_ambient(cap_value_t);
extern int     cap_set_ambient(cap_value_t, cap_flag_value_t);
extern int     cap_reset_ambient(void);
#define CAP_AMBIENT_SUPPORTED() (cap_get_ambient(CAP_CHOWN) >= 0)

/* libcap/cap_extint.c */
extern ssize_t cap_size(cap_t);
extern ssize_t cap_copy_ext(void *, cap_t, ssize_t);
extern cap_t   cap_copy_int(const void *);

/* libcap/cap_text.c */
extern cap_t   cap_from_text(const char *);
extern char *  cap_to_text(cap_t, ssize_t *);
extern int     cap_from_name(const char *, cap_value_t *);
extern char *  cap_to_name(cap_value_t);

extern char *     cap_iab_to_text(cap_iab_t iab);
extern cap_iab_t  cap_iab_from_text(const char *text);

#define CAP_DIFFERS(result, flag)  (((result) & (1 << (flag))) != 0)
extern int     cap_compare(cap_t, cap_t);

/* libcap/cap_proc.c */
extern void cap_set_syscall(long int (*new_syscall)(long int,
				long int, long int, long int),
			    long int (*new_syscall6)(long int,
				long int, long int, long int,
				long int, long int, long int));

extern int cap_set_mode(cap_mode_t flavor);
extern cap_mode_t cap_get_mode(void);
extern const char *cap_mode_name(cap_mode_t flavor);

extern unsigned cap_get_secbits(void);
extern int cap_set_secbits(unsigned bits);

extern int cap_prctl(long int pr_cmd, long int arg1, long int arg2,
		    long int arg3, long int arg4, long int arg5);
extern int cap_prctlw(long int pr_cmd, long int arg1, long int arg2,
		     long int arg3, long int arg4, long int arg5);

extern int cap_setuid(uid_t uid);
extern int cap_setgroups(gid_t gid, size_t ngroups, const gid_t groups[]);

extern cap_iab_t cap_iab_get_proc(void);
extern int cap_iab_set_proc(cap_iab_t iab);

typedef struct cap_launch_s *cap_launch_t;

extern cap_launch_t cap_new_launcher(const char *arg0, const char * const *argv,
				     const char * const *envp);
extern void cap_launcher_callback(cap_launch_t attr,
				  int (callback_fn)(void *detail));
extern void cap_launcher_setuid(cap_launch_t attr, uid_t uid);
extern void cap_launcher_setgroups(cap_launch_t attr, gid_t gid,
				   int ngroups, const gid_t *groups);
extern void cap_launcher_set_mode(cap_launch_t attr, cap_mode_t flavor);
extern cap_iab_t cap_launcher_set_iab(cap_launch_t attr, cap_iab_t iab);
extern void cap_launcher_set_chroot(cap_launch_t attr, const char *chroot);
extern pid_t cap_launch(cap_launch_t attr, void *data);

/*
 * system calls - look to libc for function to system call
 * mapping. Note, libcap does not use capset directly, but permits the
 * cap_set_syscall() to redirect the system call function.
 */
extern int capget(cap_user_header_t header, cap_user_data_t data);
extern int capset(cap_user_header_t header, const cap_user_data_t data);

/* deprecated - use cap_get_pid() */
extern int capgetp(pid_t pid, cap_t cap_d);

/* not valid with filesystem capability support - use cap_set_proc() */
extern int capsetp(pid_t pid, cap_t cap_d);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* _SYS_CAPABILITY_H */
/* Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_PCI_H
#define _SYS_PCI_H	1

/* We use the constants from the kernel.  */
#include <linux/pci.h>

#endif /* sys/pci.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_SYSCTL_H
#define	_SYS_SYSCTL_H	1

#include <features.h>
#define __need_size_t
#include <stddef.h>
/* Prevent more kernel headers than necessary to be included.  */
#ifndef _LINUX_KERNEL_H
# define _LINUX_KERNEL_H	1
# define __undef_LINUX_KERNEL_H
#endif
#ifndef _LINUX_TYPES_H
# define _LINUX_TYPES_H		1
# define __undef_LINUX_TYPES_H
#endif
#ifndef _LINUX_LIST_H
# define _LINUX_LIST_H		1
# define __undef_LINUX_LIST_H
#endif
#ifndef __LINUX_COMPILER_H
# define __LINUX_COMPILER_H	1
# define __user
# define __undef__LINUX_COMPILER_H
#endif

#include <linux/sysctl.h>

#ifdef __undef_LINUX_KERNEL_H
# undef _LINUX_KERNEL_H
# undef __undef_LINUX_KERNEL_H
#endif
#ifdef __undef_LINUX_TYPES_H
# undef _LINUX_TYPES_H
# undef __undef_LINUX_TYPES_H
#endif
#ifdef __undef_LINUX_LIST_H
# undef _LINUX_LIST_H
# undef __undef_LINUX_LIST_H
#endif
#ifdef __undef__LINUX_COMPILER_H
# undef __LINUX_COMPILER_H
# undef __user
# undef __undef__LINUX_COMPILER_H
#endif

#include <bits/sysctl.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Read or write system parameters.  */
extern int sysctl (int *__name, int __nlen, void *__oldval,
		   size_t *__oldlenp, void *__newval, size_t __newlen) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif	/* _SYS_SYSCTL_H */
/* Structures and definitions for magnetic tape I/O control commands.
   Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/* Written by H. Bergman <hennus@cybercomm.nl>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_MTIO_H
#define _SYS_MTIO_H	1

/* Get necessary definitions from system and kernel headers.  */
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/ioctl.h>


/* Structure for MTIOCTOP - magnetic tape operation command.  */
struct mtop
  {
    short int mt_op;		/* Operations defined below.  */
    int mt_count;		/* How many of them.  */
  };
#define _IOT_mtop /* Hurd ioctl type field.  */ \
  _IOT (_IOTS (short), 1, _IOTS (int), 1, 0, 0)

/* Magnetic Tape operations [Not all operations supported by all drivers].  */
#define MTRESET 0	/* +reset drive in case of problems.  */
#define MTFSF	1	/* Forward space over FileMark,
			 * position at first record of next file.  */
#define MTBSF	2	/* Backward space FileMark (position before FM).  */
#define MTFSR	3	/* Forward space record.  */
#define MTBSR	4	/* Backward space record.  */
#define MTWEOF	5	/* Write an end-of-file record (mark).  */
#define MTREW	6	/* Rewind.  */
#define MTOFFL	7	/* Rewind and put the drive offline (eject?).  */
#define MTNOP	8	/* No op, set status only (read with MTIOCGET).  */
#define MTRETEN 9	/* Retension tape.  */
#define MTBSFM	10	/* +backward space FileMark, position at FM.  */
#define MTFSFM  11	/* +forward space FileMark, position at FM.  */
#define MTEOM	12	/* Goto end of recorded media (for appending files).
			   MTEOM positions after the last FM, ready for
			   appending another file.  */
#define MTERASE 13	/* Erase tape -- be careful!  */

#define MTRAS1  14	/* Run self test 1 (nondestructive).  */
#define MTRAS2	15	/* Run self test 2 (destructive).  */
#define MTRAS3  16	/* Reserved for self test 3.  */

#define MTSETBLK 20	/* Set block length (SCSI).  */
#define MTSETDENSITY 21	/* Set tape density (SCSI).  */
#define MTSEEK	22	/* Seek to block (Tandberg, etc.).  */
#define MTTELL	23	/* Tell block (Tandberg, etc.).  */
#define MTSETDRVBUFFER 24 /* Set the drive buffering according to SCSI-2.
			     Ordinary buffered operation with code 1.  */
#define MTFSS	25	/* Space forward over setmarks.  */
#define MTBSS	26	/* Space backward over setmarks.  */
#define MTWSM	27	/* Write setmarks.  */

#define MTLOCK  28	/* Lock the drive door.  */
#define MTUNLOCK 29	/* Unlock the drive door.  */
#define MTLOAD  30	/* Execute the SCSI load command.  */
#define MTUNLOAD 31	/* Execute the SCSI unload command.  */
#define MTCOMPRESSION 32/* Control compression with SCSI mode page 15.  */
#define MTSETPART 33	/* Change the active tape partition.  */
#define MTMKPART  34	/* Format the tape with one or two partitions.  */

/* structure for MTIOCGET - mag tape get status command */

struct mtget
  {
    long int mt_type;		/* Type of magtape device.  */
    long int mt_resid;		/* Residual count: (not sure)
				   number of bytes ignored, or
				   number of files not skipped, or
				   number of records not skipped.  */
    /* The following registers are device dependent.  */
    long int mt_dsreg;		/* Status register.  */
    long int mt_gstat;		/* Generic (device independent) status.  */
    long int mt_erreg;		/* Error register.  */
    /* The next two fields are not always used.  */
    __daddr_t mt_fileno;	/* Number of current file on tape.  */
    __daddr_t mt_blkno;		/* Current block number.  */
  };
#define _IOT_mtget /* Hurd ioctl type field.  */ \
  _IOT (_IOTS (long), 7, 0, 0, 0, 0)


/* Constants for mt_type. Not all of these are supported, and
   these are not all of the ones that are supported.  */
#define MT_ISUNKNOWN		0x01
#define MT_ISQIC02		0x02	/* Generic QIC-02 tape streamer.  */
#define MT_ISWT5150		0x03	/* Wangtek 5150EQ, QIC-150, QIC-02.  */
#define MT_ISARCHIVE_5945L2	0x04	/* Archive 5945L-2, QIC-24, QIC-02?. */
#define MT_ISCMSJ500		0x05	/* CMS Jumbo 500 (QIC-02?).  */
#define MT_ISTDC3610		0x06	/* Tandberg 6310, QIC-24.  */
#define MT_ISARCHIVE_VP60I	0x07	/* Archive VP60i, QIC-02.  */
#define MT_ISARCHIVE_2150L	0x08	/* Archive Viper 2150L.  */
#define MT_ISARCHIVE_2060L	0x09	/* Archive Viper 2060L.  */
#define MT_ISARCHIVESC499	0x0A	/* Archive SC-499 QIC-36 controller. */
#define MT_ISQIC02_ALL_FEATURES	0x0F	/* Generic QIC-02 with all features. */
#define MT_ISWT5099EEN24	0x11	/* Wangtek 5099-een24, 60MB, QIC-24. */
#define MT_ISTEAC_MT2ST		0x12	/* Teac MT-2ST 155mb drive,
					   Teac DC-1 card (Wangtek type).  */
#define MT_ISEVEREX_FT40A	0x32	/* Everex FT40A (QIC-40).  */
#define MT_ISDDS1		0x51	/* DDS device without partitions.  */
#define MT_ISDDS2		0x52	/* DDS device with partitions.  */
#define MT_ISSCSI1		0x71	/* Generic ANSI SCSI-1 tape unit.  */
#define MT_ISSCSI2		0x72	/* Generic ANSI SCSI-2 tape unit.  */

/* QIC-40/80/3010/3020 ftape supported drives.
   20bit vendor ID + 0x800000 (see vendors.h in ftape distribution).  */
#define MT_ISFTAPE_UNKNOWN	0x800000 /* obsolete */
#define MT_ISFTAPE_FLAG		0x800000

struct mt_tape_info
  {
    long int t_type;		/* Device type id (mt_type).  */
    char *t_name;		/* Descriptive name.  */
  };

#define MT_TAPE_INFO \
  {									      \
	{MT_ISUNKNOWN,		"Unknown type of tape device"},		      \
	{MT_ISQIC02,		"Generic QIC-02 tape streamer"},	      \
	{MT_ISWT5150,		"Wangtek 5150, QIC-150"},		      \
	{MT_ISARCHIVE_5945L2,	"Archive 5945L-2"},			      \
	{MT_ISCMSJ500,		"CMS Jumbo 500"},			      \
	{MT_ISTDC3610,		"Tandberg TDC 3610, QIC-24"},		      \
	{MT_ISARCHIVE_VP60I,	"Archive VP60i, QIC-02"},		      \
	{MT_ISARCHIVE_2150L,	"Archive Viper 2150L"},			      \
	{MT_ISARCHIVE_2060L,	"Archive Viper 2060L"},			      \
	{MT_ISARCHIVESC499,	"Archive SC-499 QIC-36 controller"},	      \
	{MT_ISQIC02_ALL_FEATURES, "Generic QIC-02 tape, all features"},	      \
	{MT_ISWT5099EEN24,	"Wangtek 5099-een24, 60MB"},		      \
	{MT_ISTEAC_MT2ST,	"Teac MT-2ST 155mb data cassette drive"},     \
	{MT_ISEVEREX_FT40A,	"Everex FT40A, QIC-40"},		      \
	{MT_ISSCSI1,		"Generic SCSI-1 tape"},			      \
	{MT_ISSCSI2,		"Generic SCSI-2 tape"},			      \
	{0, NULL}							      \
  }


/* Structure for MTIOCPOS - mag tape get position command.  */

struct mtpos
  {
    long int mt_blkno;	/* Current block number.  */
  };
#define _IOT_mtpos /* Hurd ioctl type field.  */ \
  _IOT_SIMPLE (long)


/* Structure for MTIOCGETCONFIG/MTIOCSETCONFIG primarily intended
   as an interim solution for QIC-02 until DDI is fully implemented.  */
struct mtconfiginfo
  {
    long int mt_type;		/* Drive type.  */
    long int ifc_type;		/* Interface card type.  */
    unsigned short int irqnr;	/* IRQ number to use.  */
    unsigned short int dmanr;	/* DMA channel to use.  */
    unsigned short int port;	/* IO port base address.  */

    unsigned long int debug;	/* Debugging flags.  */

    unsigned have_dens:1;
    unsigned have_bsf:1;
    unsigned have_fsr:1;
    unsigned have_bsr:1;
    unsigned have_eod:1;
    unsigned have_seek:1;
    unsigned have_tell:1;
    unsigned have_ras1:1;
    unsigned have_ras2:1;
    unsigned have_ras3:1;
    unsigned have_qfa:1;

    unsigned pad1:5;
    char reserved[10];
  };
#define _IOT_mtconfiginfo /* Hurd ioctl type field.  */ \
  _IOT (_IOTS (long), 2, _IOTS (short), 3, _IOTS (long), 1) /* XXX wrong */


/* Magnetic tape I/O control commands.  */
#define	MTIOCTOP	_IOW('m', 1, struct mtop)	/* Do a mag tape op. */
#define	MTIOCGET	_IOR('m', 2, struct mtget)	/* Get tape status.  */
#define	MTIOCPOS	_IOR('m', 3, struct mtpos)	/* Get tape position.*/

/* The next two are used by the QIC-02 driver for runtime reconfiguration.
   See tpqic02.h for struct mtconfiginfo.  */
#define	MTIOCGETCONFIG	_IOR('m', 4, struct mtconfiginfo) /* Get tape config.*/
#define	MTIOCSETCONFIG	_IOW('m', 5, struct mtconfiginfo) /* Set tape config.*/

/* Generic Mag Tape (device independent) status macros for examining
   mt_gstat -- HP-UX compatible.
   There is room for more generic status bits here, but I don't
   know which of them are reserved. At least three or so should
   be added to make this really useful.  */
#define GMT_EOF(x)              ((x) & 0x80000000)
#define GMT_BOT(x)              ((x) & 0x40000000)
#define GMT_EOT(x)              ((x) & 0x20000000)
#define GMT_SM(x)               ((x) & 0x10000000)  /* DDS setmark */
#define GMT_EOD(x)              ((x) & 0x08000000)  /* DDS EOD */
#define GMT_WR_PROT(x)          ((x) & 0x04000000)
/* #define GMT_ ? 		((x) & 0x02000000) */
#define GMT_ONLINE(x)           ((x) & 0x01000000)
#define GMT_D_6250(x)           ((x) & 0x00800000)
#define GMT_D_1600(x)           ((x) & 0x00400000)
#define GMT_D_800(x)            ((x) & 0x00200000)
/* #define GMT_ ? 		((x) & 0x00100000) */
/* #define GMT_ ? 		((x) & 0x00080000) */
#define GMT_DR_OPEN(x)          ((x) & 0x00040000)  /* Door open (no tape).  */
/* #define GMT_ ? 		((x) & 0x00020000) */
#define GMT_IM_REP_EN(x)        ((x) & 0x00010000)  /* Immediate report mode.*/
/* 16 generic status bits unused.  */


/* SCSI-tape specific definitions.  Bitfield shifts in the status  */
#define MT_ST_BLKSIZE_SHIFT	0
#define MT_ST_BLKSIZE_MASK	0xffffff
#define MT_ST_DENSITY_SHIFT	24
#define MT_ST_DENSITY_MASK	0xff000000

#define MT_ST_SOFTERR_SHIFT	0
#define MT_ST_SOFTERR_MASK	0xffff

/* Bitfields for the MTSETDRVBUFFER ioctl.  */
#define MT_ST_OPTIONS		0xf0000000
#define MT_ST_BOOLEANS		0x10000000
#define MT_ST_SETBOOLEANS	0x30000000
#define MT_ST_CLEARBOOLEANS	0x40000000
#define MT_ST_WRITE_THRESHOLD	0x20000000
#define MT_ST_DEF_BLKSIZE	0x50000000
#define MT_ST_DEF_OPTIONS	0x60000000

#define MT_ST_BUFFER_WRITES	0x1
#define MT_ST_ASYNC_WRITES	0x2
#define MT_ST_READ_AHEAD	0x4
#define MT_ST_DEBUGGING		0x8
#define MT_ST_TWO_FM		0x10
#define MT_ST_FAST_MTEOM	0x20
#define MT_ST_AUTO_LOCK		0x40
#define MT_ST_DEF_WRITES	0x80
#define MT_ST_CAN_BSR		0x100
#define MT_ST_NO_BLKLIMS	0x200
#define MT_ST_CAN_PARTITIONS    0x400
#define MT_ST_SCSI2LOGICAL      0x800

/* The mode parameters to be controlled. Parameter chosen with bits 20-28.  */
#define MT_ST_CLEAR_DEFAULT	0xfffff
#define MT_ST_DEF_DENSITY	(MT_ST_DEF_OPTIONS | 0x100000)
#define MT_ST_DEF_COMPRESSION	(MT_ST_DEF_OPTIONS | 0x200000)
#define MT_ST_DEF_DRVBUFFER	(MT_ST_DEF_OPTIONS | 0x300000)

/* The offset for the arguments for the special HP changer load command.  */
#define MT_ST_HPLOADER_OFFSET 10000


/* Specify default tape device.  */
#ifndef DEFTAPE
# define DEFTAPE	"/dev/tape"
#endif

#endif /* mtio.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_SHM_H
#define _SYS_SHM_H	1

#include <features.h>

#define __need_size_t
#include <stddef.h>

/* Get common definition of System V style IPC.  */
#include <sys/ipc.h>

/* Get system dependent definition of `struct shmid_ds' and more.  */
#include <bits/shm.h>

/* Define types required by the standard.  */
#include <bits/types/time_t.h>

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN
# ifndef __pid_t_defined
typedef __pid_t pid_t;
#  define __pid_t_defined
# endif
#endif	/* X/Open */


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* The following System V style IPC functions implement a shared memory
   facility.  The definition is found in XPG4.2.  */

/* Shared memory control operation.  */
extern int shmctl (int __shmid, int __cmd, struct shmid_ds *__buf) __THROW;

/* Get shared memory segment.  */
extern int shmget (key_t __key, size_t __size, int __shmflg) __THROW;

/* Attach shared memory segment.  */
extern void *shmat (int __shmid, const void *__shmaddr, int __shmflg)
     __THROW;

/* Detach shared memory segment.  */
extern int shmdt (const void *__shmaddr) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/shm.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_VLIMIT_H
#define _SYS_VLIMIT_H	1

#include <features.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* This interface is obsolete, and is superseded by <sys/resource.h>.  */

/* Kinds of resource limit.  */
enum __vlimit_resource
{
  /* Setting this non-zero makes it impossible to raise limits.
     Only the super-use can set it to zero.

     This is not implemented in recent versions of BSD, nor by
     the GNU C library.  */
  LIM_NORAISE,

  /* CPU time available for each process (seconds).  */
  LIM_CPU,

  /* Largest file which can be created (bytes).  */
  LIM_FSIZE,

  /* Maximum size of the data segment (bytes).  */
  LIM_DATA,

  /* Maximum size of the stack segment (bytes).  */
  LIM_STACK,

  /* Largest core file that will be created (bytes).  */
  LIM_CORE,

  /* Resident set size (bytes).  */
  LIM_MAXRSS
};

/* This means no limit.  */
#define INFINITY 0x7fffffff


/* Set the soft limit for RESOURCE to be VALUE.
   Returns 0 for success, -1 for failure.  */
extern int vlimit (enum __vlimit_resource __resource, int __value) __THROW;


__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/vlimit.h  */
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_FILE_H
#define	_SYS_FILE_H	1

#include <features.h>

#ifndef	_FCNTL_H
# include <fcntl.h>
#endif

__BEGIN_DECLS


/* Alternate names for values for the WHENCE argument to `lseek'.
   These are the same as SEEK_SET, SEEK_CUR, and SEEK_END, respectively.  */
#ifndef L_SET
# define L_SET	0	/* Seek from beginning of file.  */
# define L_INCR	1	/* Seek from current position.  */
# define L_XTND	2	/* Seek from end of file.  */
#endif


/* Operations for the `flock' call.  */
#define	LOCK_SH	1	/* Shared lock.  */
#define	LOCK_EX	2 	/* Exclusive lock.  */
#define	LOCK_UN	8	/* Unlock.  */

/* Can be OR'd in to one of the above.  */
#define	LOCK_NB	4	/* Don't block when locking.  */


/* Apply or remove an advisory lock, according to OPERATION,
   on the file FD refers to.  */
extern int flock (int __fd, int __operation) __THROW;


__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/file.h  */
/* Copyright (C) 1992-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_RESOURCE_H
#define	_SYS_RESOURCE_H	1

#include <features.h>

/* Get the system-dependent definitions of structures and bit values.  */
#include <bits/resource.h>

#ifndef __id_t_defined
typedef __id_t id_t;
# define __id_t_defined
#endif

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* The X/Open standard defines that all the functions below must use
   `int' as the type for the first argument.  When we are compiling with
   GNU extensions we change this slightly to provide better error
   checking.  */
#if defined __USE_GNU && !defined __cplusplus
typedef enum __rlimit_resource __rlimit_resource_t;
typedef enum __rusage_who __rusage_who_t;
typedef enum __priority_which __priority_which_t;
#else
typedef int __rlimit_resource_t;
typedef int __rusage_who_t;
typedef int __priority_which_t;
#endif

/* Put the soft and hard limits for RESOURCE in *RLIMITS.
   Returns 0 if successful, -1 if not (and sets errno).  */
#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
extern int getrlimit (__rlimit_resource_t __resource,
		      struct rlimit *__rlimits) __THROW;
#else
# ifdef __REDIRECT_NTH
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (getrlimit, (__rlimit_resource_t __resource,
				       struct rlimit *__rlimits), getrlimit64);
# else
#  define getrlimit getrlimit64
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
extern int getrlimit64 (__rlimit_resource_t __resource,
			struct rlimit64 *__rlimits) __THROW;
#endif

/* Set the soft and hard limits for RESOURCE to *RLIMITS.
   Only the super-user can increase hard limits.
   Return 0 if successful, -1 if not (and sets errno).  */
#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
extern int setrlimit (__rlimit_resource_t __resource,
		      const struct rlimit *__rlimits) __THROW;
#else
# ifdef __REDIRECT_NTH
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (setrlimit, (__rlimit_resource_t __resource,
				       const struct rlimit *__rlimits),
			   setrlimit64);
# else
#  define setrlimit setrlimit64
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
extern int setrlimit64 (__rlimit_resource_t __resource,
			const struct rlimit64 *__rlimits) __THROW;
#endif

/* Return resource usage information on process indicated by WHO
   and put it in *USAGE.  Returns 0 for success, -1 for failure.  */
extern int getrusage (__rusage_who_t __who, struct rusage *__usage) __THROW;

/* Return the highest priority of any process specified by WHICH and WHO
   (see above); if WHO is zero, the current process, process group, or user
   (as specified by WHO) is used.  A lower priority number means higher
   priority.  Priorities range from PRIO_MIN to PRIO_MAX (above).  */
extern int getpriority (__priority_which_t __which, id_t __who) __THROW;

/* Set the priority of all processes specified by WHICH and WHO (see above)
   to PRIO.  Returns 0 on success, -1 on errors.  */
extern int setpriority (__priority_which_t __which, id_t __who, int __prio)
     __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif	/* sys/resource.h  */
/*-
 * Copyright (c) 1982, 1986, 1990, 1993
 *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 *	@(#)ttychars.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/4/94
 */

/*
 * 4.3 COMPATIBILITY FILE
 *
 * User visible structures and constants related to terminal handling.
 */
#ifndef _SYS_TTYCHARS_H
#define	_SYS_TTYCHARS_H 1

struct ttychars {
	char	tc_erase;	/* erase last character */
	char	tc_kill;	/* erase entire line */
	char	tc_intrc;	/* interrupt */
	char	tc_quitc;	/* quit */
	char	tc_startc;	/* start output */
	char	tc_stopc;	/* stop output */
	char	tc_eofc;	/* end-of-file */
	char	tc_brkc;	/* input delimiter (like nl) */
	char	tc_suspc;	/* stop process signal */
	char	tc_dsuspc;	/* delayed stop process signal */
	char	tc_rprntc;	/* reprint line */
	char	tc_flushc;	/* flush output (toggles) */
	char	tc_werasc;	/* word erase */
	char	tc_lnextc;	/* literal next character */
};

#ifdef __USE_OLD_TTY
#include <sys/ttydefaults.h>	/* to pick up character defaults */
#endif

#endif /* sys/ttychars.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 *	POSIX Standard: 4.4 System Identification	<sys/utsname.h>
 */

#ifndef	_SYS_UTSNAME_H
#define	_SYS_UTSNAME_H	1

#include <features.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

#include <bits/utsname.h>

#ifndef _UTSNAME_SYSNAME_LENGTH
# define _UTSNAME_SYSNAME_LENGTH _UTSNAME_LENGTH
#endif
#ifndef _UTSNAME_NODENAME_LENGTH
# define _UTSNAME_NODENAME_LENGTH _UTSNAME_LENGTH
#endif
#ifndef _UTSNAME_RELEASE_LENGTH
# define _UTSNAME_RELEASE_LENGTH _UTSNAME_LENGTH
#endif
#ifndef _UTSNAME_VERSION_LENGTH
# define _UTSNAME_VERSION_LENGTH _UTSNAME_LENGTH
#endif
#ifndef _UTSNAME_MACHINE_LENGTH
# define _UTSNAME_MACHINE_LENGTH _UTSNAME_LENGTH
#endif

/* Structure describing the system and machine.  */
struct utsname
  {
    /* Name of the implementation of the operating system.  */
    char sysname[_UTSNAME_SYSNAME_LENGTH];

    /* Name of this node on the network.  */
    char nodename[_UTSNAME_NODENAME_LENGTH];

    /* Current release level of this implementation.  */
    char release[_UTSNAME_RELEASE_LENGTH];
    /* Current version level of this release.  */
    char version[_UTSNAME_VERSION_LENGTH];

    /* Name of the hardware type the system is running on.  */
    char machine[_UTSNAME_MACHINE_LENGTH];

#if _UTSNAME_DOMAIN_LENGTH - 0
    /* Name of the domain of this node on the network.  */
# ifdef __USE_GNU
    char domainname[_UTSNAME_DOMAIN_LENGTH];
# else
    char __domainname[_UTSNAME_DOMAIN_LENGTH];
# endif
#endif
  };

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Note that SVID assumes all members have the same size.  */
# define SYS_NMLN  _UTSNAME_LENGTH
#endif


/* Put information about the system in NAME.  */
extern int uname (struct utsname *__name) __THROW;


__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/utsname.h  */
/* Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_SIGNALFD_H
#define	_SYS_SIGNALFD_H	1

#include <stdint.h>
#include <bits/types/sigset_t.h>

/* Get the platform-dependent flags.  */
#include <bits/signalfd.h>

struct signalfd_siginfo
{
  uint32_t ssi_signo;
  int32_t ssi_errno;
  int32_t ssi_code;
  uint32_t ssi_pid;
  uint32_t ssi_uid;
  int32_t ssi_fd;
  uint32_t ssi_tid;
  uint32_t ssi_band;
  uint32_t ssi_overrun;
  uint32_t ssi_trapno;
  int32_t ssi_status;
  int32_t ssi_int;
  uint64_t ssi_ptr;
  uint64_t ssi_utime;
  uint64_t ssi_stime;
  uint64_t ssi_addr;
  uint8_t __pad[48];
};

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Request notification for delivery of signals in MASK to be
   performed using descriptor FD.*/
extern int signalfd (int __fd, const sigset_t *__mask, int __flags)
  __THROW __nonnull ((2));

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/signalfd.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 *	POSIX Standard: 3.2.1 Wait for Process Termination	<sys/wait.h>
 */

#ifndef	_SYS_WAIT_H
#define	_SYS_WAIT_H	1

#include <features.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

#include <bits/types.h>
#ifndef __pid_t_defined
typedef __pid_t pid_t;
# define __pid_t_defined
#endif

#if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_XOPEN2K8
# include <signal.h>
#endif

#if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED && !defined __USE_XOPEN2K8
/* Some older standards require the contents of struct rusage to be
   defined here.  */
# include <bits/types/struct_rusage.h>
#endif

/* These macros could also be defined in <stdlib.h>.  */
#if !defined _STDLIB_H || (!defined __USE_XOPEN && !defined __USE_XOPEN2K8)
/* This will define the `W*' macros for the flag
   bits to `waitpid', `wait3', and `wait4'.  */
# include <bits/waitflags.h>

/* This will define all the `__W*' macros.  */
# include <bits/waitstatus.h>

# define WEXITSTATUS(status)	__WEXITSTATUS (status)
# define WTERMSIG(status)	__WTERMSIG (status)
# define WSTOPSIG(status)	__WSTOPSIG (status)
# define WIFEXITED(status)	__WIFEXITED (status)
# define WIFSIGNALED(status)	__WIFSIGNALED (status)
# define WIFSTOPPED(status)	__WIFSTOPPED (status)
# ifdef __WIFCONTINUED
#  define WIFCONTINUED(status)	__WIFCONTINUED (status)
# endif
#endif	/* <stdlib.h> not included.  */

#ifdef	__USE_MISC
# define WCOREFLAG		__WCOREFLAG
# define WCOREDUMP(status)	__WCOREDUMP (status)
# define W_EXITCODE(ret, sig)	__W_EXITCODE (ret, sig)
# define W_STOPCODE(sig)	__W_STOPCODE (sig)
#endif

/* The following values are used by the `waitid' function.  */
#if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_XOPEN2K8
typedef enum
{
  P_ALL,		/* Wait for any child.  */
  P_PID,		/* Wait for specified process.  */
  P_PGID		/* Wait for members of process group.  */
} idtype_t;
#endif


/* Wait for a child to die.  When one does, put its status in *STAT_LOC
   and return its process ID.  For errors, return (pid_t) -1.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern __pid_t wait (int *__stat_loc);

#ifdef	__USE_MISC
/* Special values for the PID argument to `waitpid' and `wait4'.  */
# define WAIT_ANY	(-1)	/* Any process.  */
# define WAIT_MYPGRP	0	/* Any process in my process group.  */
#endif

/* Wait for a child matching PID to die.
   If PID is greater than 0, match any process whose process ID is PID.
   If PID is (pid_t) -1, match any process.
   If PID is (pid_t) 0, match any process with the
   same process group as the current process.
   If PID is less than -1, match any process whose
   process group is the absolute value of PID.
   If the WNOHANG bit is set in OPTIONS, and that child
   is not already dead, return (pid_t) 0.  If successful,
   return PID and store the dead child's status in STAT_LOC.
   Return (pid_t) -1 for errors.  If the WUNTRACED bit is
   set in OPTIONS, return status for stopped children; otherwise don't.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern __pid_t waitpid (__pid_t __pid, int *__stat_loc, int __options);

#if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_XOPEN2K8
# ifndef __id_t_defined
typedef __id_t id_t;
#  define __id_t_defined
# endif

# include <bits/types/siginfo_t.h>

/* Wait for a childing matching IDTYPE and ID to change the status and
   place appropriate information in *INFOP.
   If IDTYPE is P_PID, match any process whose process ID is ID.
   If IDTYPE is P_PGID, match any process whose process group is ID.
   If IDTYPE is P_ALL, match any process.
   If the WNOHANG bit is set in OPTIONS, and that child
   is not already dead, clear *INFOP and return 0.  If successful, store
   exit code and status in *INFOP.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int waitid (idtype_t __idtype, __id_t __id, siginfo_t *__infop,
		   int __options);
#endif

#if defined __USE_MISC \
    || (defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED && !defined __USE_XOPEN2K)
/* This being here makes the prototypes valid whether or not
   we have already included <sys/resource.h> to define `struct rusage'.  */
struct rusage;

/* Wait for a child to exit.  When one does, put its status in *STAT_LOC and
   return its process ID.  For errors return (pid_t) -1.  If USAGE is not
   nil, store information about the child's resource usage there.  If the
   WUNTRACED bit is set in OPTIONS, return status for stopped children;
   otherwise don't.  */
extern __pid_t wait3 (int *__stat_loc, int __options,
		      struct rusage * __usage) __THROWNL;
#endif

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* PID is like waitpid.  Other args are like wait3.  */
extern __pid_t wait4 (__pid_t __pid, int *__stat_loc, int __options,
		      struct rusage *__usage) __THROWNL;
#endif /* Use misc.  */


__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/wait.h  */
/* Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_VM86_H

#define _SYS_VM86_H	1
#include <features.h>

#ifdef __x86_64__
# error This header is unsupported on x86-64.
#else
/* Get constants and data types from kernel header file.  */
# include <asm/vm86.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Enter virtual 8086 mode.  */
extern int vm86 (unsigned long int __subfunction,
		 struct vm86plus_struct *__info) __THROW;

__END_DECLS
# endif

#endif	/* _SYS_VM86_H */
/* Copyright (C) 2008-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_TIMERFD_H
#define	_SYS_TIMERFD_H	1

#include <time.h>
#include <bits/types/struct_itimerspec.h>

/* Get the platform-dependent flags.  */
#include <bits/timerfd.h>


/* Bits to be set in the FLAGS parameter of `timerfd_settime'.  */
enum
  {
    TFD_TIMER_ABSTIME = 1 << 0,
#define TFD_TIMER_ABSTIME TFD_TIMER_ABSTIME
    TFD_TIMER_CANCEL_ON_SET = 1 << 1
#define TFD_TIMER_CANCEL_ON_SET TFD_TIMER_CANCEL_ON_SET
  };


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Return file descriptor for new interval timer source.  */
extern int timerfd_create (__clockid_t __clock_id, int __flags) __THROW;

/* Set next expiration time of interval timer source UFD to UTMR.  If
   FLAGS has the TFD_TIMER_ABSTIME flag set the timeout value is
   absolute.  Optionally return the old expiration time in OTMR.  */
extern int timerfd_settime (int __ufd, int __flags,
			    const struct itimerspec *__utmr,
			    struct itimerspec *__otmr) __THROW;

/* Return the next expiration time of UFD.  */
extern int timerfd_gettime (int __ufd, struct itimerspec *__otmr) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/timerfd.h */
/* `ptrace' debugger support interface.  Linux/x86 version.
   Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_PTRACE_H
#define _SYS_PTRACE_H	1

#include <features.h>
#include <bits/types.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Type of the REQUEST argument to `ptrace.'  */
enum __ptrace_request
{
  /* Indicate that the process making this request should be traced.
     All signals received by this process can be intercepted by its
     parent, and its parent can use the other `ptrace' requests.  */
  PTRACE_TRACEME = 0,
#define PT_TRACE_ME PTRACE_TRACEME

  /* Return the word in the process's text space at address ADDR.  */
  PTRACE_PEEKTEXT = 1,
#define PT_READ_I PTRACE_PEEKTEXT

  /* Return the word in the process's data space at address ADDR.  */
  PTRACE_PEEKDATA = 2,
#define PT_READ_D PTRACE_PEEKDATA

  /* Return the word in the process's user area at offset ADDR.  */
  PTRACE_PEEKUSER = 3,
#define PT_READ_U PTRACE_PEEKUSER

  /* Write the word DATA into the process's text space at address ADDR.  */
  PTRACE_POKETEXT = 4,
#define PT_WRITE_I PTRACE_POKETEXT

  /* Write the word DATA into the process's data space at address ADDR.  */
  PTRACE_POKEDATA = 5,
#define PT_WRITE_D PTRACE_POKEDATA

  /* Write the word DATA into the process's user area at offset ADDR.  */
  PTRACE_POKEUSER = 6,
#define PT_WRITE_U PTRACE_POKEUSER

  /* Continue the process.  */
  PTRACE_CONT = 7,
#define PT_CONTINUE PTRACE_CONT

  /* Kill the process.  */
  PTRACE_KILL = 8,
#define PT_KILL PTRACE_KILL

  /* Single step the process.  */
  PTRACE_SINGLESTEP = 9,
#define PT_STEP PTRACE_SINGLESTEP

  /* Get all general purpose registers used by a processes.  */
  PTRACE_GETREGS = 12,
#define PT_GETREGS PTRACE_GETREGS

  /* Set all general purpose registers used by a processes.  */
  PTRACE_SETREGS = 13,
#define PT_SETREGS PTRACE_SETREGS

  /* Get all floating point registers used by a processes.  */
  PTRACE_GETFPREGS = 14,
#define PT_GETFPREGS PTRACE_GETFPREGS

  /* Set all floating point registers used by a processes.  */
  PTRACE_SETFPREGS = 15,
#define PT_SETFPREGS PTRACE_SETFPREGS

  /* Attach to a process that is already running. */
  PTRACE_ATTACH = 16,
#define PT_ATTACH PTRACE_ATTACH

  /* Detach from a process attached to with PTRACE_ATTACH.  */
  PTRACE_DETACH = 17,
#define PT_DETACH PTRACE_DETACH

  /* Get all extended floating point registers used by a processes.  */
  PTRACE_GETFPXREGS = 18,
#define PT_GETFPXREGS PTRACE_GETFPXREGS

  /* Set all extended floating point registers used by a processes.  */
  PTRACE_SETFPXREGS = 19,
#define PT_SETFPXREGS PTRACE_SETFPXREGS

  /* Continue and stop at the next entry to or return from syscall.  */
  PTRACE_SYSCALL = 24,
#define PT_SYSCALL PTRACE_SYSCALL

  /* Get a TLS entry in the GDT.  */
  PTRACE_GET_THREAD_AREA = 25,
#define PT_GET_THREAD_AREA PTRACE_GET_THREAD_AREA

  /* Change a TLS entry in the GDT.  */
  PTRACE_SET_THREAD_AREA = 26,
#define PT_SET_THREAD_AREA PTRACE_SET_THREAD_AREA

#ifdef __x86_64__
  /* Access TLS data.  */
  PTRACE_ARCH_PRCTL = 30,
# define PT_ARCH_PRCTL PTRACE_ARCH_PRCTL
#endif

  /* Continue and stop at the next syscall, it will not be executed.  */
  PTRACE_SYSEMU = 31,
#define PT_SYSEMU PTRACE_SYSEMU

  /* Single step the process, the next syscall will not be executed.  */
  PTRACE_SYSEMU_SINGLESTEP = 32,
#define PT_SYSEMU_SINGLESTEP PTRACE_SYSEMU_SINGLESTEP

  /* Execute process until next taken branch.  */
  PTRACE_SINGLEBLOCK = 33,
#define PT_STEPBLOCK PTRACE_SINGLEBLOCK

  /* Set ptrace filter options.  */
  PTRACE_SETOPTIONS = 0x4200,
#define PT_SETOPTIONS PTRACE_SETOPTIONS

  /* Get last ptrace message.  */
  PTRACE_GETEVENTMSG = 0x4201,
#define PT_GETEVENTMSG PTRACE_GETEVENTMSG

  /* Get siginfo for process.  */
  PTRACE_GETSIGINFO = 0x4202,
#define PT_GETSIGINFO PTRACE_GETSIGINFO

  /* Set new siginfo for process.  */
  PTRACE_SETSIGINFO = 0x4203,
#define PT_SETSIGINFO PTRACE_SETSIGINFO

  /* Get register content.  */
  PTRACE_GETREGSET = 0x4204,
#define PTRACE_GETREGSET PTRACE_GETREGSET

  /* Set register content.  */
  PTRACE_SETREGSET = 0x4205,
#define PTRACE_SETREGSET PTRACE_SETREGSET

  /* Like PTRACE_ATTACH, but do not force tracee to trap and do not affect
     signal or group stop state.  */
  PTRACE_SEIZE = 0x4206,
#define PTRACE_SEIZE PTRACE_SEIZE

  /* Trap seized tracee.  */
  PTRACE_INTERRUPT = 0x4207,
#define PTRACE_INTERRUPT PTRACE_INTERRUPT

  /* Wait for next group event.  */
  PTRACE_LISTEN = 0x4208,
#define PTRACE_LISTEN PTRACE_LISTEN

  /* Retrieve siginfo_t structures without removing signals from a queue.  */
  PTRACE_PEEKSIGINFO = 0x4209,
#define PTRACE_PEEKSIGINFO PTRACE_PEEKSIGINFO

  /* Get the mask of blocked signals.  */
  PTRACE_GETSIGMASK = 0x420a,
#define PTRACE_GETSIGMASK PTRACE_GETSIGMASK

  /* Change the mask of blocked signals.  */
  PTRACE_SETSIGMASK = 0x420b,
#define PTRACE_SETSIGMASK PTRACE_SETSIGMASK

  /* Get seccomp BPF filters.  */
  PTRACE_SECCOMP_GET_FILTER = 0x420c,
#define PTRACE_SECCOMP_GET_FILTER PTRACE_SECCOMP_GET_FILTER

  /* Get seccomp BPF filter metadata.  */
  PTRACE_SECCOMP_GET_METADATA = 0x420d
#define PTRACE_SECCOMP_GET_METADATA PTRACE_SECCOMP_GET_METADATA
};


#include <bits/ptrace-shared.h>

__END_DECLS

#endif /* _SYS_PTRACE_H */
/* Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_PROCFS_H
#define _SYS_PROCFS_H	1

/* This is somewhat modelled after the file of the same name on SVR4
   systems.  It provides a definition of the core file format for ELF
   used on Linux.  It doesn't have anything to do with the /proc file
   system, even though Linux has one.

   Anyway, the whole purpose of this file is for GDB and GDB only.
   Don't read too much into it.  Don't use it for anything other than
   GDB unless you know what you are doing.  */

#include <features.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/user.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Type for a general-purpose register.  */
#ifdef __x86_64__
__extension__ typedef unsigned long long elf_greg_t;
#else
typedef unsigned long elf_greg_t;
#endif

/* And the whole bunch of them.  We could have used `struct
   user_regs_struct' directly in the typedef, but tradition says that
   the register set is an array, which does have some peculiar
   semantics, so leave it that way.  */
#define ELF_NGREG (sizeof (struct user_regs_struct) / sizeof(elf_greg_t))
typedef elf_greg_t elf_gregset_t[ELF_NGREG];

#ifndef __x86_64__
/* Register set for the floating-point registers.  */
typedef struct user_fpregs_struct elf_fpregset_t;

/* Register set for the extended floating-point registers.  Includes
   the Pentium III SSE registers in addition to the classic
   floating-point stuff.  */
typedef struct user_fpxregs_struct elf_fpxregset_t;
#else
/* Register set for the extended floating-point registers.  Includes
   the Pentium III SSE registers in addition to the classic
   floating-point stuff.  */
typedef struct user_fpregs_struct elf_fpregset_t;
#endif

/* Signal info.  */
struct elf_siginfo
  {
    int si_signo;			/* Signal number.  */
    int si_code;			/* Extra code.  */
    int si_errno;			/* Errno.  */
  };


/* Definitions to generate Intel SVR4-like core files.  These mostly
   have the same names as the SVR4 types with "elf_" tacked on the
   front to prevent clashes with Linux definitions, and the typedef
   forms have been avoided.  This is mostly like the SVR4 structure,
   but more Linuxy, with things that Linux does not support and which
   GDB doesn't really use excluded.  */

struct elf_prstatus
  {
    struct elf_siginfo pr_info;		/* Info associated with signal.  */
    short int pr_cursig;		/* Current signal.  */
    unsigned long int pr_sigpend;	/* Set of pending signals.  */
    unsigned long int pr_sighold;	/* Set of held signals.  */
    __pid_t pr_pid;
    __pid_t pr_ppid;
    __pid_t pr_pgrp;
    __pid_t pr_sid;
    struct timeval pr_utime;		/* User time.  */
    struct timeval pr_stime;		/* System time.  */
    struct timeval pr_cutime;		/* Cumulative user time.  */
    struct timeval pr_cstime;		/* Cumulative system time.  */
    elf_gregset_t pr_reg;		/* GP registers.  */
    int pr_fpvalid;			/* True if math copro being used.  */
  };


#define ELF_PRARGSZ     (80)    /* Number of chars for args.  */

struct elf_prpsinfo
  {
    char pr_state;			/* Numeric process state.  */
    char pr_sname;			/* Char for pr_state.  */
    char pr_zomb;			/* Zombie.  */
    char pr_nice;			/* Nice val.  */
    unsigned long int pr_flag;		/* Flags.  */
#if __WORDSIZE == 32
    unsigned short int pr_uid;
    unsigned short int pr_gid;
#else
    unsigned int pr_uid;
    unsigned int pr_gid;
#endif
    int pr_pid, pr_ppid, pr_pgrp, pr_sid;
    /* Lots missing */
    char pr_fname[16];			/* Filename of executable.  */
    char pr_psargs[ELF_PRARGSZ];	/* Initial part of arg list.  */
  };


/* The rest of this file provides the types for emulation of the
   Solaris <proc_service.h> interfaces that should be implemented by
   users of libthread_db.  */

/* Addresses.  */
typedef void *psaddr_t;

/* Register sets.  Linux has different names.  */
typedef elf_gregset_t prgregset_t;
typedef elf_fpregset_t prfpregset_t;

/* We don't have any differences between processes and threads,
   therefore have only one PID type.  */
typedef __pid_t lwpid_t;

/* Process status and info.  In the end we do provide typedefs for them.  */
typedef struct elf_prstatus prstatus_t;
typedef struct elf_prpsinfo prpsinfo_t;

__END_DECLS

#endif	/* sys/procfs.h */
#include <linux/vt.h>
/* Copyright (C) 1992-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_CDEFS_H
#define	_SYS_CDEFS_H	1

/* We are almost always included from features.h. */
#ifndef _FEATURES_H
# include <features.h>
#endif

/* The GNU libc does not support any K&R compilers or the traditional mode
   of ISO C compilers anymore.  Check for some of the combinations not
   anymore supported.  */
#if defined __GNUC__ && !defined __STDC__
# error "You need a ISO C conforming compiler to use the glibc headers"
#endif

/* Some user header file might have defined this before.  */
#undef	__P
#undef	__PMT

#ifdef __GNUC__

/* All functions, except those with callbacks or those that
   synchronize memory, are leaf functions.  */
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 6) && !defined _LIBC
#  define __LEAF , __leaf__
#  define __LEAF_ATTR __attribute__ ((__leaf__))
# else
#  define __LEAF
#  define __LEAF_ATTR
# endif

/* GCC can always grok prototypes.  For C++ programs we add throw()
   to help it optimize the function calls.  But this works only with
   gcc 2.8.x and egcs.  For gcc 3.2 and up we even mark C functions
   as non-throwing using a function attribute since programs can use
   the -fexceptions options for C code as well.  */
# if !defined __cplusplus && __GNUC_PREREQ (3, 3)
#  define __THROW	__attribute__ ((__nothrow__ __LEAF))
#  define __THROWNL	__attribute__ ((__nothrow__))
#  define __NTH(fct)	__attribute__ ((__nothrow__ __LEAF)) fct
#  define __NTHNL(fct)  __attribute__ ((__nothrow__)) fct
# else
#  if defined __cplusplus && __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
#   define __THROW	throw ()
#   define __THROWNL	throw ()
#   define __NTH(fct)	__LEAF_ATTR fct throw ()
#   define __NTHNL(fct) fct throw ()
#  else
#   define __THROW
#   define __THROWNL
#   define __NTH(fct)	fct
#   define __NTHNL(fct) fct
#  endif
# endif

#else	/* Not GCC.  */

# if (defined __cplusplus						\
      || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L))
#  define __inline	inline
# else
#  define __inline		/* No inline functions.  */
# endif

# define __THROW
# define __THROWNL
# define __NTH(fct)	fct

#endif	/* GCC.  */

/* Compilers that are not clang may object to
       #if defined __clang__ && __has_extension(...)
   even though they do not need to evaluate the right-hand side of the &&.  */
#if defined __clang__ && defined __has_extension
# define __glibc_clang_has_extension(ext) __has_extension (ext)
#else
# define __glibc_clang_has_extension(ext) 0
#endif

/* These two macros are not used in glibc anymore.  They are kept here
   only because some other projects expect the macros to be defined.  */
#define __P(args)	args
#define __PMT(args)	args

/* For these things, GCC behaves the ANSI way normally,
   and the non-ANSI way under -traditional.  */

#define __CONCAT(x,y)	x ## y
#define __STRING(x)	#x

/* This is not a typedef so `const __ptr_t' does the right thing.  */
#define __ptr_t void *


/* C++ needs to know that types and declarations are C, not C++.  */
#ifdef	__cplusplus
# define __BEGIN_DECLS	extern "C" {
# define __END_DECLS	}
#else
# define __BEGIN_DECLS
# define __END_DECLS
#endif


/* Fortify support.  */
#define __bos(ptr) __builtin_object_size (ptr, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 1)
#define __bos0(ptr) __builtin_object_size (ptr, 0)

/* Use __builtin_dynamic_object_size at _FORTIFY_SOURCE=3 when available.  */
#if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL == 3 && (__glibc_clang_prereq (9, 0)		      \
				 || __GNUC_PREREQ (12, 0))
# define __glibc_objsize0(__o) __builtin_dynamic_object_size (__o, 0)
# define __glibc_objsize(__o) __builtin_dynamic_object_size (__o, 1)
#else
# define __glibc_objsize0(__o) __bos0 (__o)
# define __glibc_objsize(__o) __bos (__o)
#endif

#if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 0
/* Compile time conditions to choose between the regular, _chk and _chk_warn
   variants.  These conditions should get evaluated to constant and optimized
   away.  */

#define __glibc_safe_len_cond(__l, __s, __osz) ((__l) <= (__osz) / (__s))
#define __glibc_unsigned_or_positive(__l) \
  ((__typeof (__l)) 0 < (__typeof (__l)) -1				      \
   || (__builtin_constant_p (__l) && (__l) > 0))

/* Length is known to be safe at compile time if the __L * __S <= __OBJSZ
   condition can be folded to a constant and if it is true, or unknown (-1) */
#define __glibc_safe_or_unknown_len(__l, __s, __osz) \
  ((__builtin_constant_p (__osz) && (__osz) == (__SIZE_TYPE__) -1)	      \
   || (__glibc_unsigned_or_positive (__l)				      \
       && __builtin_constant_p (__glibc_safe_len_cond ((__SIZE_TYPE__) (__l), \
						       (__s), (__osz)))	      \
       && __glibc_safe_len_cond ((__SIZE_TYPE__) (__l), (__s), (__osz))))

/* Conversely, we know at compile time that the length is unsafe if the
   __L * __S <= __OBJSZ condition can be folded to a constant and if it is
   false.  */
#define __glibc_unsafe_len(__l, __s, __osz) \
  (__glibc_unsigned_or_positive (__l)					      \
   && __builtin_constant_p (__glibc_safe_len_cond ((__SIZE_TYPE__) (__l),     \
						   __s, __osz))		      \
   && !__glibc_safe_len_cond ((__SIZE_TYPE__) (__l), __s, __osz))

/* Fortify function f.  __f_alias, __f_chk and __f_chk_warn must be
   declared.  */

#define __glibc_fortify(f, __l, __s, __osz, ...) \
  (__glibc_safe_or_unknown_len (__l, __s, __osz)			      \
   ? __ ## f ## _alias (__VA_ARGS__)					      \
   : (__glibc_unsafe_len (__l, __s, __osz)				      \
      ? __ ## f ## _chk_warn (__VA_ARGS__, __osz)			      \
      : __ ## f ## _chk (__VA_ARGS__, __osz)))

/* Fortify function f, where object size argument passed to f is the number of
   elements and not total size.  */

#define __glibc_fortify_n(f, __l, __s, __osz, ...) \
  (__glibc_safe_or_unknown_len (__l, __s, __osz)			      \
   ? __ ## f ## _alias (__VA_ARGS__)					      \
   : (__glibc_unsafe_len (__l, __s, __osz)				      \
      ? __ ## f ## _chk_warn (__VA_ARGS__, (__osz) / (__s))		      \
      : __ ## f ## _chk (__VA_ARGS__, (__osz) / (__s))))
#endif

#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3)
# define __warndecl(name, msg) \
  extern void name (void) __attribute__((__warning__ (msg)))
# define __warnattr(msg) __attribute__((__warning__ (msg)))
# define __errordecl(name, msg) \
  extern void name (void) __attribute__((__error__ (msg)))
#else
# define __warndecl(name, msg) extern void name (void)
# define __warnattr(msg)
# define __errordecl(name, msg) extern void name (void)
#endif

/* Support for flexible arrays.
   Headers that should use flexible arrays only if they're "real"
   (e.g. only if they won't affect sizeof()) should test
   #if __glibc_c99_flexarr_available.  */
#if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
# define __flexarr	[]
# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 1
#elif __GNUC_PREREQ (2,97)
/* GCC 2.97 supports C99 flexible array members as an extension,
   even when in C89 mode or compiling C++ (any version).  */
# define __flexarr	[]
# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 1
#elif defined __GNUC__
/* Pre-2.97 GCC did not support C99 flexible arrays but did have
   an equivalent extension with slightly different notation.  */
# define __flexarr	[0]
# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 1
#else
/* Some other non-C99 compiler.  Approximate with [1].  */
# define __flexarr	[1]
# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 0
#endif


/* __asm__ ("xyz") is used throughout the headers to rename functions
   at the assembly language level.  This is wrapped by the __REDIRECT
   macro, in order to support compilers that can do this some other
   way.  When compilers don't support asm-names at all, we have to do
   preprocessor tricks instead (which don't have exactly the right
   semantics, but it's the best we can do).

   Example:
   int __REDIRECT(setpgrp, (__pid_t pid, __pid_t pgrp), setpgid); */

#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2

# define __REDIRECT(name, proto, alias) name proto __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias))
# ifdef __cplusplus
#  define __REDIRECT_NTH(name, proto, alias) \
     name proto __THROW __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias))
#  define __REDIRECT_NTHNL(name, proto, alias) \
     name proto __THROWNL __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias))
# else
#  define __REDIRECT_NTH(name, proto, alias) \
     name proto __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias)) __THROW
#  define __REDIRECT_NTHNL(name, proto, alias) \
     name proto __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias)) __THROWNL
# endif
# define __ASMNAME(cname)  __ASMNAME2 (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, cname)
# define __ASMNAME2(prefix, cname) __STRING (prefix) cname

/*
#elif __SOME_OTHER_COMPILER__

# define __REDIRECT(name, proto, alias) name proto; \
	_Pragma("let " #name " = " #alias)
*/
#endif

/* GCC has various useful declarations that can be made with the
   `__attribute__' syntax.  All of the ways we use this do fine if
   they are omitted for compilers that don't understand it. */
#if !defined __GNUC__ || __GNUC__ < 2
# define __attribute__(xyz)	/* Ignore */
#endif

/* At some point during the gcc 2.96 development the `malloc' attribute
   for functions was introduced.  We don't want to use it unconditionally
   (although this would be possible) since it generates warnings.  */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,96)
# define __attribute_malloc__ __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
#else
# define __attribute_malloc__ /* Ignore */
#endif

/* Tell the compiler which arguments to an allocation function
   indicate the size of the allocation.  */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 3)
# define __attribute_alloc_size__(params) \
  __attribute__ ((__alloc_size__ params))
#else
# define __attribute_alloc_size__(params) /* Ignore.  */
#endif

/* At some point during the gcc 2.96 development the `pure' attribute
   for functions was introduced.  We don't want to use it unconditionally
   (although this would be possible) since it generates warnings.  */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,96)
# define __attribute_pure__ __attribute__ ((__pure__))
#else
# define __attribute_pure__ /* Ignore */
#endif

/* This declaration tells the compiler that the value is constant.  */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,5)
# define __attribute_const__ __attribute__ ((__const__))
#else
# define __attribute_const__ /* Ignore */
#endif

/* At some point during the gcc 3.1 development the `used' attribute
   for functions was introduced.  We don't want to use it unconditionally
   (although this would be possible) since it generates warnings.  */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,1)
# define __attribute_used__ __attribute__ ((__used__))
# define __attribute_noinline__ __attribute__ ((__noinline__))
#else
# define __attribute_used__ __attribute__ ((__unused__))
# define __attribute_noinline__ /* Ignore */
#endif

/* Since version 3.2, gcc allows marking deprecated functions.  */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,2)
# define __attribute_deprecated__ __attribute__ ((__deprecated__))
#else
# define __attribute_deprecated__ /* Ignore */
#endif

/* Since version 4.5, gcc also allows one to specify the message printed
   when a deprecated function is used.  clang claims to be gcc 4.2, but
   may also support this feature.  */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,5) || \
    __glibc_clang_has_extension (__attribute_deprecated_with_message__)
# define __attribute_deprecated_msg__(msg) \
	 __attribute__ ((__deprecated__ (msg)))
#else
# define __attribute_deprecated_msg__(msg) __attribute_deprecated__
#endif

/* At some point during the gcc 2.8 development the `format_arg' attribute
   for functions was introduced.  We don't want to use it unconditionally
   (although this would be possible) since it generates warnings.
   If several `format_arg' attributes are given for the same function, in
   gcc-3.0 and older, all but the last one are ignored.  In newer gccs,
   all designated arguments are considered.  */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
# define __attribute_format_arg__(x) __attribute__ ((__format_arg__ (x)))
#else
# define __attribute_format_arg__(x) /* Ignore */
#endif

/* At some point during the gcc 2.97 development the `strfmon' format
   attribute for functions was introduced.  We don't want to use it
   unconditionally (although this would be possible) since it
   generates warnings.  */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,97)
# define __attribute_format_strfmon__(a,b) \
  __attribute__ ((__format__ (__strfmon__, a, b)))
#else
# define __attribute_format_strfmon__(a,b) /* Ignore */
#endif

/* The nonull function attribute allows to mark pointer parameters which
   must not be NULL.  */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,3)
# define __nonnull(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
#else
# define __nonnull(params)
#endif

/* If fortification mode, we warn about unused results of certain
   function calls which can lead to problems.  */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,4)
# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ \
   __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
# if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 0
#  define __wur __attribute_warn_unused_result__
# endif
#else
# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ /* empty */
#endif
#ifndef __wur
# define __wur /* Ignore */
#endif

/* Forces a function to be always inlined.  */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,2)
/* The Linux kernel defines __always_inline in stddef.h (283d7573), and
   it conflicts with this definition.  Therefore undefine it first to
   allow either header to be included first.  */
# undef __always_inline
# define __always_inline __inline __attribute__ ((__always_inline__))
#else
# undef __always_inline
# define __always_inline __inline
#endif

/* Associate error messages with the source location of the call site rather
   than with the source location inside the function.  */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3)
# define __attribute_artificial__ __attribute__ ((__artificial__))
#else
# define __attribute_artificial__ /* Ignore */
#endif

/* GCC 4.3 and above with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements ISO C99
   inline semantics, unless -fgnu89-inline is used.  Using __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
   or __GNUC_GNU_INLINE is not a good enough check for gcc because gcc versions
   older than 4.3 may define these macros and still not guarantee GNU inlining
   semantics.

   clang++ identifies itself as gcc-4.2, but has support for GNU inlining
   semantics, that can be checked fot by using the __GNUC_STDC_INLINE_ and
   __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ macro definitions.  */
#if (!defined __cplusplus || __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3) \
     || (defined __clang__ && (defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ \
			       || defined __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__)))
# if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ || defined __cplusplus
#  define __extern_inline extern __inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
#  define __extern_always_inline \
  extern __always_inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
# else
#  define __extern_inline extern __inline
#  define __extern_always_inline extern __always_inline
# endif
#endif

#ifdef __extern_always_inline
# define __fortify_function __extern_always_inline __attribute_artificial__
#endif

/* GCC 4.3 and above allow passing all anonymous arguments of an
   __extern_always_inline function to some other vararg function.  */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3)
# define __va_arg_pack() __builtin_va_arg_pack ()
# define __va_arg_pack_len() __builtin_va_arg_pack_len ()
#endif

/* It is possible to compile containing GCC extensions even if GCC is
   run in pedantic mode if the uses are carefully marked using the
   `__extension__' keyword.  But this is not generally available before
   version 2.8.  */
#if !__GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
# define __extension__		/* Ignore */
#endif

/* __restrict is known in EGCS 1.2 and above. */
#if !__GNUC_PREREQ (2,92)
# if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
#  define __restrict	restrict
# else
#  define __restrict	/* Ignore */
# endif
#endif

/* ISO C99 also allows to declare arrays as non-overlapping.  The syntax is
     array_name[restrict]
   GCC 3.1 supports this.  */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,1) && !defined __GNUG__
# define __restrict_arr	__restrict
#else
# ifdef __GNUC__
#  define __restrict_arr	/* Not supported in old GCC.  */
# else
#  if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
#   define __restrict_arr	restrict
#  else
/* Some other non-C99 compiler.  */
#   define __restrict_arr	/* Not supported.  */
#  endif
# endif
#endif

#if __GNUC__ >= 3
# define __glibc_unlikely(cond)	__builtin_expect ((cond), 0)
# define __glibc_likely(cond)	__builtin_expect ((cond), 1)
#else
# define __glibc_unlikely(cond)	(cond)
# define __glibc_likely(cond)	(cond)
#endif

#ifdef __has_attribute
# define __glibc_has_attribute(attr)	__has_attribute (attr)
#else
# define __glibc_has_attribute(attr)	0
#endif

#if (!defined _Noreturn \
     && (defined __STDC_VERSION__ ? __STDC_VERSION__ : 0) < 201112 \
     &&  !__GNUC_PREREQ (4,7))
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
#  define _Noreturn __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
# else
#  define _Noreturn
# endif
#endif

#if __GNUC_PREREQ (8, 0)
/* Describes a char array whose address can safely be passed as the first
   argument to strncpy and strncat, as the char array is not necessarily
   a NUL-terminated string.  */
# define __attribute_nonstring__ __attribute__ ((__nonstring__))
#else
# define __attribute_nonstring__
#endif

#if (!defined _Static_assert && !defined __cplusplus \
     && (defined __STDC_VERSION__ ? __STDC_VERSION__ : 0) < 201112 \
     && (!__GNUC_PREREQ (4, 6) || defined __STRICT_ANSI__))
# define _Static_assert(expr, diagnostic) \
    extern int (*__Static_assert_function (void)) \
      [!!sizeof (struct { int __error_if_negative: (expr) ? 2 : -1; })]
#endif

#include <bits/wordsize.h>
#include <bits/long-double.h>

#if defined __LONG_DOUBLE_MATH_OPTIONAL && defined __NO_LONG_DOUBLE_MATH
# define __LDBL_COMPAT 1
# ifdef __REDIRECT
#  define __LDBL_REDIR1(name, proto, alias) __REDIRECT (name, proto, alias)
#  define __LDBL_REDIR(name, proto) \
  __LDBL_REDIR1 (name, proto, __nldbl_##name)
#  define __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH(name, proto, alias) __REDIRECT_NTH (name, proto, alias)
#  define __LDBL_REDIR_NTH(name, proto) \
  __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH (name, proto, __nldbl_##name)
#  define __LDBL_REDIR1_DECL(name, alias) \
  extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME (#alias));
#  define __LDBL_REDIR_DECL(name) \
  extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME ("__nldbl_" #name));
#  define __REDIRECT_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
  __LDBL_REDIR1 (name, proto, __nldbl_##alias)
#  define __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
  __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH (name, proto, __nldbl_##alias)
# endif
#endif
#if !defined __LDBL_COMPAT || !defined __REDIRECT
# define __LDBL_REDIR1(name, proto, alias) name proto
# define __LDBL_REDIR(name, proto) name proto
# define __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH(name, proto, alias) name proto __THROW
# define __LDBL_REDIR_NTH(name, proto) name proto __THROW
# define __LDBL_REDIR_DECL(name)
# ifdef __REDIRECT
#  define __REDIRECT_LDBL(name, proto, alias) __REDIRECT (name, proto, alias)
#  define __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
  __REDIRECT_NTH (name, proto, alias)
# endif
#endif

/* __glibc_macro_warning (MESSAGE) issues warning MESSAGE.  This is
   intended for use in preprocessor macros.

   Note: MESSAGE must be a _single_ string; concatenation of string
   literals is not supported.  */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,8) || __glibc_clang_prereq (3,5)
# define __glibc_macro_warning1(message) _Pragma (#message)
# define __glibc_macro_warning(message) \
  __glibc_macro_warning1 (GCC warning message)
#else
# define __glibc_macro_warning(msg)
#endif

/* Generic selection (ISO C11) is a C-only feature, available in GCC
   since version 4.9.  Previous versions do not provide generic
   selection, even though they might set __STDC_VERSION__ to 201112L,
   when in -std=c11 mode.  Thus, we must check for !defined __GNUC__
   when testing __STDC_VERSION__ for generic selection support.
   On the other hand, Clang also defines __GNUC__, so a clang-specific
   check is required to enable the use of generic selection.  */
#if !defined __cplusplus \
    && (__GNUC_PREREQ (4, 9) \
	|| __glibc_clang_has_extension (c_generic_selections) \
	|| (!defined __GNUC__ && defined __STDC_VERSION__ \
	    && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L))
# define __HAVE_GENERIC_SELECTION 1
#else
# define __HAVE_GENERIC_SELECTION 0
#endif

#endif	 /* sys/cdefs.h */
/* The GNU <sys/types.h> defines all the necessary types.  */

#include <sys/types.h>
/* This header is used on many systems but for GNU we have everything
   already defined in the standard header.  */
#include <sys/socket.h>
/* Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_EVENTFD_H
#define	_SYS_EVENTFD_H	1

#include <stdint.h>

/* Get the platform-dependent flags.  */
#include <bits/eventfd.h>

/* Type for event counter.  */
typedef uint64_t eventfd_t;


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Return file descriptor for generic event channel.  Set initial
   value to COUNT.  */
extern int eventfd (unsigned int __count, int __flags) __THROW;

/* Read event counter and possibly wait for events.  */
extern int eventfd_read (int __fd, eventfd_t *__value);

/* Increment event counter.  */
extern int eventfd_write (int __fd, eventfd_t __value);

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/eventfd.h */
/* Definitions for BSD-style memory management.
   Copyright (C) 1994-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_MMAN_H
#define	_SYS_MMAN_H	1

#include <features.h>
#include <bits/types.h>
#define __need_size_t
#include <stddef.h>

#ifndef __off_t_defined
# ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
typedef __off_t off_t;
# else
typedef __off64_t off_t;
# endif
# define __off_t_defined
#endif

#ifndef __mode_t_defined
typedef __mode_t mode_t;
# define __mode_t_defined
#endif

#include <bits/mman.h>

/* Return value of `mmap' in case of an error.  */
#define MAP_FAILED	((void *) -1)

__BEGIN_DECLS
/* Map addresses starting near ADDR and extending for LEN bytes.  from
   OFFSET into the file FD describes according to PROT and FLAGS.  If ADDR
   is nonzero, it is the desired mapping address.  If the MAP_FIXED bit is
   set in FLAGS, the mapping will be at ADDR exactly (which must be
   page-aligned); otherwise the system chooses a convenient nearby address.
   The return value is the actual mapping address chosen or MAP_FAILED
   for errors (in which case `errno' is set).  A successful `mmap' call
   deallocates any previous mapping for the affected region.  */

#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
extern void *mmap (void *__addr, size_t __len, int __prot,
		   int __flags, int __fd, __off_t __offset) __THROW;
#else
# ifdef __REDIRECT_NTH
extern void * __REDIRECT_NTH (mmap,
			      (void *__addr, size_t __len, int __prot,
			       int __flags, int __fd, __off64_t __offset),
			      mmap64);
# else
#  define mmap mmap64
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
extern void *mmap64 (void *__addr, size_t __len, int __prot,
		     int __flags, int __fd, __off64_t __offset) __THROW;
#endif

/* Deallocate any mapping for the region starting at ADDR and extending LEN
   bytes.  Returns 0 if successful, -1 for errors (and sets errno).  */
extern int munmap (void *__addr, size_t __len) __THROW;

/* Change the memory protection of the region starting at ADDR and
   extending LEN bytes to PROT.  Returns 0 if successful, -1 for errors
   (and sets errno).  */
extern int mprotect (void *__addr, size_t __len, int __prot) __THROW;

/* Synchronize the region starting at ADDR and extending LEN bytes with the
   file it maps.  Filesystem operations on a file being mapped are
   unpredictable before this is done.  Flags are from the MS_* set.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int msync (void *__addr, size_t __len, int __flags);

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Advise the system about particular usage patterns the program follows
   for the region starting at ADDR and extending LEN bytes.  */
extern int madvise (void *__addr, size_t __len, int __advice) __THROW;
#endif
#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
/* This is the POSIX name for this function.  */
extern int posix_madvise (void *__addr, size_t __len, int __advice) __THROW;
#endif

/* Guarantee all whole pages mapped by the range [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) to
   be memory resident.  */
extern int mlock (const void *__addr, size_t __len) __THROW;

/* Unlock whole pages previously mapped by the range [ADDR,ADDR+LEN).  */
extern int munlock (const void *__addr, size_t __len) __THROW;

/* Cause all currently mapped pages of the process to be memory resident
   until unlocked by a call to the `munlockall', until the process exits,
   or until the process calls `execve'.  */
extern int mlockall (int __flags) __THROW;

/* All currently mapped pages of the process' address space become
   unlocked.  */
extern int munlockall (void) __THROW;

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* mincore returns the memory residency status of the pages in the
   current process's address space specified by [start, start + len).
   The status is returned in a vector of bytes.  The least significant
   bit of each byte is 1 if the referenced page is in memory, otherwise
   it is zero.  */
extern int mincore (void *__start, size_t __len, unsigned char *__vec)
     __THROW;
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Remap pages mapped by the range [ADDR,ADDR+OLD_LEN) to new length
   NEW_LEN.  If MREMAP_MAYMOVE is set in FLAGS the returned address
   may differ from ADDR.  If MREMAP_FIXED is set in FLAGS the function
   takes another parameter which is a fixed address at which the block
   resides after a successful call.  */
extern void *mremap (void *__addr, size_t __old_len, size_t __new_len,
		     int __flags, ...) __THROW;

/* Remap arbitrary pages of a shared backing store within an existing
   VMA.  */
extern int remap_file_pages (void *__start, size_t __size, int __prot,
			     size_t __pgoff, int __flags) __THROW;
#endif


/* Open shared memory segment.  */
extern int shm_open (const char *__name, int __oflag, mode_t __mode);

/* Remove shared memory segment.  */
extern int shm_unlink (const char *__name);

__END_DECLS

#endif	/* sys/mman.h */
#include <signal.h>
#include <errno.h>
/* Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_PERM_H

#define _SYS_PERM_H	1
#include <features.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Set port input/output permissions.  */
extern int ioperm (unsigned long int __from, unsigned long int __num,
		   int __turn_on) __THROW;


/* Change I/O privilege level.  */
extern int iopl (int __level) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif	/* _SYS_PERM_H */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 1982, 1986, 1988, 1993
 *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 *	@(#)syslog.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/2/93
 */

#ifndef _SYS_SYSLOG_H
#define _SYS_SYSLOG_H 1

#include <features.h>
#define __need___va_list
#include <stdarg.h>

/* This file defines _PATH_LOG.  */
#include <bits/syslog-path.h>

/*
 * priorities/facilities are encoded into a single 32-bit quantity, where the
 * bottom 3 bits are the priority (0-7) and the top 28 bits are the facility
 * (0-big number).  Both the priorities and the facilities map roughly
 * one-to-one to strings in the syslogd(8) source code.  This mapping is
 * included in this file.
 *
 * priorities (these are ordered)
 */
#define	LOG_EMERG	0	/* system is unusable */
#define	LOG_ALERT	1	/* action must be taken immediately */
#define	LOG_CRIT	2	/* critical conditions */
#define	LOG_ERR		3	/* error conditions */
#define	LOG_WARNING	4	/* warning conditions */
#define	LOG_NOTICE	5	/* normal but significant condition */
#define	LOG_INFO	6	/* informational */
#define	LOG_DEBUG	7	/* debug-level messages */

#define	LOG_PRIMASK	0x07	/* mask to extract priority part (internal) */
				/* extract priority */
#define	LOG_PRI(p)	((p) & LOG_PRIMASK)
#define	LOG_MAKEPRI(fac, pri)	((fac) | (pri))

#ifdef SYSLOG_NAMES
#define	INTERNAL_NOPRI	0x10	/* the "no priority" priority */
				/* mark "facility" */
#define	INTERNAL_MARK	LOG_MAKEPRI(LOG_NFACILITIES << 3, 0)
typedef struct _code {
	char	*c_name;
	int	c_val;
} CODE;

CODE prioritynames[] =
  {
    { "alert", LOG_ALERT },
    { "crit", LOG_CRIT },
    { "debug", LOG_DEBUG },
    { "emerg", LOG_EMERG },
    { "err", LOG_ERR },
    { "error", LOG_ERR },		/* DEPRECATED */
    { "info", LOG_INFO },
    { "none", INTERNAL_NOPRI },		/* INTERNAL */
    { "notice", LOG_NOTICE },
    { "panic", LOG_EMERG },		/* DEPRECATED */
    { "warn", LOG_WARNING },		/* DEPRECATED */
    { "warning", LOG_WARNING },
    { NULL, -1 }
  };
#endif

/* facility codes */
#define	LOG_KERN	(0<<3)	/* kernel messages */
#define	LOG_USER	(1<<3)	/* random user-level messages */
#define	LOG_MAIL	(2<<3)	/* mail system */
#define	LOG_DAEMON	(3<<3)	/* system daemons */
#define	LOG_AUTH	(4<<3)	/* security/authorization messages */
#define	LOG_SYSLOG	(5<<3)	/* messages generated internally by syslogd */
#define	LOG_LPR		(6<<3)	/* line printer subsystem */
#define	LOG_NEWS	(7<<3)	/* network news subsystem */
#define	LOG_UUCP	(8<<3)	/* UUCP subsystem */
#define	LOG_CRON	(9<<3)	/* clock daemon */
#define	LOG_AUTHPRIV	(10<<3)	/* security/authorization messages (private) */
#define	LOG_FTP		(11<<3)	/* ftp daemon */

	/* other codes through 15 reserved for system use */
#define	LOG_LOCAL0	(16<<3)	/* reserved for local use */
#define	LOG_LOCAL1	(17<<3)	/* reserved for local use */
#define	LOG_LOCAL2	(18<<3)	/* reserved for local use */
#define	LOG_LOCAL3	(19<<3)	/* reserved for local use */
#define	LOG_LOCAL4	(20<<3)	/* reserved for local use */
#define	LOG_LOCAL5	(21<<3)	/* reserved for local use */
#define	LOG_LOCAL6	(22<<3)	/* reserved for local use */
#define	LOG_LOCAL7	(23<<3)	/* reserved for local use */

#define	LOG_NFACILITIES	24	/* current number of facilities */
#define	LOG_FACMASK	0x03f8	/* mask to extract facility part */
				/* facility of pri */
#define	LOG_FAC(p)	(((p) & LOG_FACMASK) >> 3)

#ifdef SYSLOG_NAMES
CODE facilitynames[] =
  {
    { "auth", LOG_AUTH },
    { "authpriv", LOG_AUTHPRIV },
    { "cron", LOG_CRON },
    { "daemon", LOG_DAEMON },
    { "ftp", LOG_FTP },
    { "kern", LOG_KERN },
    { "lpr", LOG_LPR },
    { "mail", LOG_MAIL },
    { "mark", INTERNAL_MARK },		/* INTERNAL */
    { "news", LOG_NEWS },
    { "security", LOG_AUTH },		/* DEPRECATED */
    { "syslog", LOG_SYSLOG },
    { "user", LOG_USER },
    { "uucp", LOG_UUCP },
    { "local0", LOG_LOCAL0 },
    { "local1", LOG_LOCAL1 },
    { "local2", LOG_LOCAL2 },
    { "local3", LOG_LOCAL3 },
    { "local4", LOG_LOCAL4 },
    { "local5", LOG_LOCAL5 },
    { "local6", LOG_LOCAL6 },
    { "local7", LOG_LOCAL7 },
    { NULL, -1 }
  };
#endif

/*
 * arguments to setlogmask.
 */
#define	LOG_MASK(pri)	(1 << (pri))		/* mask for one priority */
#define	LOG_UPTO(pri)	((1 << ((pri)+1)) - 1)	/* all priorities through pri */

/*
 * Option flags for openlog.
 *
 * LOG_ODELAY no longer does anything.
 * LOG_NDELAY is the inverse of what it used to be.
 */
#define	LOG_PID		0x01	/* log the pid with each message */
#define	LOG_CONS	0x02	/* log on the console if errors in sending */
#define	LOG_ODELAY	0x04	/* delay open until first syslog() (default) */
#define	LOG_NDELAY	0x08	/* don't delay open */
#define	LOG_NOWAIT	0x10	/* don't wait for console forks: DEPRECATED */
#define	LOG_PERROR	0x20	/* log to stderr as well */

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Close descriptor used to write to system logger.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern void closelog (void);

/* Open connection to system logger.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern void openlog (const char *__ident, int __option, int __facility);

/* Set the log mask level.  */
extern int setlogmask (int __mask) __THROW;

/* Generate a log message using FMT string and option arguments.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern void syslog (int __pri, const char *__fmt, ...)
     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)));

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Generate a log message using FMT and using arguments pointed to by AP.

   This function is not part of POSIX and therefore no official
   cancellation point.  But due to similarity with an POSIX interface
   or due to the implementation it is a cancellation point and
   therefore not marked with __THROW.  */
extern void vsyslog (int __pri, const char *__fmt, __gnuc_va_list __ap)
     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 0)));
#endif


/* Define some macros helping to catch buffer overflows.  */
#if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 0 && defined __fortify_function
# include <bits/syslog.h>
#endif
#ifdef __LDBL_COMPAT
# include <bits/syslog-ldbl.h>
#endif

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/syslog.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1998-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_ELF_H
#define _SYS_ELF_H	1

#ifdef __x86_64__
# error This header is unsupported on x86-64.
#else
# warning "This header is obsolete; use <sys/procfs.h> instead."

# include <sys/procfs.h>
#endif

#endif	/* _SYS_ELF_H */
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_TIME_H
#define _SYS_TIME_H	1

#include <features.h>

#include <bits/types.h>
#include <bits/types/time_t.h>
#include <bits/types/struct_timeval.h>

#ifndef __suseconds_t_defined
typedef __suseconds_t suseconds_t;
# define __suseconds_t_defined
#endif

#include <sys/select.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Macros for converting between `struct timeval' and `struct timespec'.  */
# define TIMEVAL_TO_TIMESPEC(tv, ts) {                                   \
	(ts)->tv_sec = (tv)->tv_sec;                                    \
	(ts)->tv_nsec = (tv)->tv_usec * 1000;                           \
}
# define TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL(tv, ts) {                                   \
	(tv)->tv_sec = (ts)->tv_sec;                                    \
	(tv)->tv_usec = (ts)->tv_nsec / 1000;                           \
}
#endif


#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Structure crudely representing a timezone.
   This is obsolete and should never be used.  */
struct timezone
  {
    int tz_minuteswest;		/* Minutes west of GMT.  */
    int tz_dsttime;		/* Nonzero if DST is ever in effect.  */
  };

typedef struct timezone *__restrict __timezone_ptr_t;
#else
typedef void *__restrict __timezone_ptr_t;
#endif

/* Get the current time of day and timezone information,
   putting it into *TV and *TZ.  If TZ is NULL, *TZ is not filled.
   Returns 0 on success, -1 on errors.
   NOTE: This form of timezone information is obsolete.
   Use the functions and variables declared in <time.h> instead.  */
extern int gettimeofday (struct timeval *__restrict __tv,
			 __timezone_ptr_t __tz) __THROW __nonnull ((1));

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Set the current time of day and timezone information.
   This call is restricted to the super-user.  */
extern int settimeofday (const struct timeval *__tv,
			 const struct timezone *__tz)
     __THROW;

/* Adjust the current time of day by the amount in DELTA.
   If OLDDELTA is not NULL, it is filled in with the amount
   of time adjustment remaining to be done from the last `adjtime' call.
   This call is restricted to the super-user.  */
extern int adjtime (const struct timeval *__delta,
		    struct timeval *__olddelta) __THROW;
#endif


/* Values for the first argument to `getitimer' and `setitimer'.  */
enum __itimer_which
  {
    /* Timers run in real time.  */
    ITIMER_REAL = 0,
#define ITIMER_REAL ITIMER_REAL
    /* Timers run only when the process is executing.  */
    ITIMER_VIRTUAL = 1,
#define ITIMER_VIRTUAL ITIMER_VIRTUAL
    /* Timers run when the process is executing and when
       the system is executing on behalf of the process.  */
    ITIMER_PROF = 2
#define ITIMER_PROF ITIMER_PROF
  };

/* Type of the second argument to `getitimer' and
   the second and third arguments `setitimer'.  */
struct itimerval
  {
    /* Value to put into `it_value' when the timer expires.  */
    struct timeval it_interval;
    /* Time to the next timer expiration.  */
    struct timeval it_value;
  };

#if defined __USE_GNU && !defined __cplusplus
/* Use the nicer parameter type only in GNU mode and not for C++ since the
   strict C++ rules prevent the automatic promotion.  */
typedef enum __itimer_which __itimer_which_t;
#else
typedef int __itimer_which_t;
#endif

/* Set *VALUE to the current setting of timer WHICH.
   Return 0 on success, -1 on errors.  */
extern int getitimer (__itimer_which_t __which,
		      struct itimerval *__value) __THROW;

/* Set the timer WHICH to *NEW.  If OLD is not NULL,
   set *OLD to the old value of timer WHICH.
   Returns 0 on success, -1 on errors.  */
extern int setitimer (__itimer_which_t __which,
		      const struct itimerval *__restrict __new,
		      struct itimerval *__restrict __old) __THROW;

/* Change the access time of FILE to TVP[0] and the modification time of
   FILE to TVP[1].  If TVP is a null pointer, use the current time instead.
   Returns 0 on success, -1 on errors.  */
extern int utimes (const char *__file, const struct timeval __tvp[2])
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Same as `utimes', but does not follow symbolic links.  */
extern int lutimes (const char *__file, const struct timeval __tvp[2])
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Same as `utimes', but takes an open file descriptor instead of a name.  */
extern int futimes (int __fd, const struct timeval __tvp[2]) __THROW;
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Change the access time of FILE relative to FD to TVP[0] and the
   modification time of FILE to TVP[1].  If TVP is a null pointer, use
   the current time instead.  Returns 0 on success, -1 on errors.  */
extern int futimesat (int __fd, const char *__file,
		      const struct timeval __tvp[2]) __THROW;
#endif


#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Convenience macros for operations on timevals.
   NOTE: `timercmp' does not work for >= or <=.  */
# define timerisset(tvp)	((tvp)->tv_sec || (tvp)->tv_usec)
# define timerclear(tvp)	((tvp)->tv_sec = (tvp)->tv_usec = 0)
# define timercmp(a, b, CMP) 						      \
  (((a)->tv_sec == (b)->tv_sec) ? 					      \
   ((a)->tv_usec CMP (b)->tv_usec) : 					      \
   ((a)->tv_sec CMP (b)->tv_sec))
# define timeradd(a, b, result)						      \
  do {									      \
    (result)->tv_sec = (a)->tv_sec + (b)->tv_sec;			      \
    (result)->tv_usec = (a)->tv_usec + (b)->tv_usec;			      \
    if ((result)->tv_usec >= 1000000)					      \
      {									      \
	++(result)->tv_sec;						      \
	(result)->tv_usec -= 1000000;					      \
      }									      \
  } while (0)
# define timersub(a, b, result)						      \
  do {									      \
    (result)->tv_sec = (a)->tv_sec - (b)->tv_sec;			      \
    (result)->tv_usec = (a)->tv_usec - (b)->tv_usec;			      \
    if ((result)->tv_usec < 0) {					      \
      --(result)->tv_sec;						      \
      (result)->tv_usec += 1000000;					      \
    }									      \
  } while (0)
#endif	/* Misc.  */

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/time.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/* This file should define RB_* macros to be used as flag
   bits in the argument to the `reboot' system call.  */

#ifndef _SYS_REBOOT_H
#define _SYS_REBOOT_H	1

#include <features.h>

/* Perform a hard reset now.  */
#define RB_AUTOBOOT	0x01234567

/* Halt the system.  */
#define RB_HALT_SYSTEM	0xcdef0123

/* Enable reboot using Ctrl-Alt-Delete keystroke.  */
#define RB_ENABLE_CAD	0x89abcdef

/* Disable reboot using Ctrl-Alt-Delete keystroke.  */
#define RB_DISABLE_CAD	0

/* Stop system and switch power off if possible.  */
#define RB_POWER_OFF	0x4321fedc

/* Suspend system using software suspend.  */
#define RB_SW_SUSPEND	0xd000fce2

/* Reboot system into new kernel.  */
#define RB_KEXEC	0x45584543

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Reboot or halt the system.  */
extern int reboot (int __howto) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif	/* _SYS_REBOOT_H */
/* Copyright (C) 2005-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_INOTIFY_H
#define	_SYS_INOTIFY_H	1

#include <stdint.h>

/* Get the platform-dependent flags.  */
#include <bits/inotify.h>


/* Structure describing an inotify event.  */
struct inotify_event
{
  int wd;		/* Watch descriptor.  */
  uint32_t mask;	/* Watch mask.  */
  uint32_t cookie;	/* Cookie to synchronize two events.  */
  uint32_t len;		/* Length (including NULs) of name.  */
  char name __flexarr;	/* Name.  */
};


/* Supported events suitable for MASK parameter of INOTIFY_ADD_WATCH.  */
#define IN_ACCESS	 0x00000001	/* File was accessed.  */
#define IN_MODIFY	 0x00000002	/* File was modified.  */
#define IN_ATTRIB	 0x00000004	/* Metadata changed.  */
#define IN_CLOSE_WRITE	 0x00000008	/* Writtable file was closed.  */
#define IN_CLOSE_NOWRITE 0x00000010	/* Unwrittable file closed.  */
#define IN_CLOSE	 (IN_CLOSE_WRITE | IN_CLOSE_NOWRITE) /* Close.  */
#define IN_OPEN		 0x00000020	/* File was opened.  */
#define IN_MOVED_FROM	 0x00000040	/* File was moved from X.  */
#define IN_MOVED_TO      0x00000080	/* File was moved to Y.  */
#define IN_MOVE		 (IN_MOVED_FROM | IN_MOVED_TO) /* Moves.  */
#define IN_CREATE	 0x00000100	/* Subfile was created.  */
#define IN_DELETE	 0x00000200	/* Subfile was deleted.  */
#define IN_DELETE_SELF	 0x00000400	/* Self was deleted.  */
#define IN_MOVE_SELF	 0x00000800	/* Self was moved.  */

/* Events sent by the kernel.  */
#define IN_UNMOUNT	 0x00002000	/* Backing fs was unmounted.  */
#define IN_Q_OVERFLOW	 0x00004000	/* Event queued overflowed.  */
#define IN_IGNORED	 0x00008000	/* File was ignored.  */

/* Helper events.  */
#define IN_CLOSE	 (IN_CLOSE_WRITE | IN_CLOSE_NOWRITE)	/* Close.  */
#define IN_MOVE		 (IN_MOVED_FROM | IN_MOVED_TO)		/* Moves.  */

/* Special flags.  */
#define IN_ONLYDIR	 0x01000000	/* Only watch the path if it is a
					   directory.  */
#define IN_DONT_FOLLOW	 0x02000000	/* Do not follow a sym link.  */
#define IN_EXCL_UNLINK	 0x04000000	/* Exclude events on unlinked
					   objects.  */
#define IN_MASK_ADD	 0x20000000	/* Add to the mask of an already
					   existing watch.  */
#define IN_ISDIR	 0x40000000	/* Event occurred against dir.  */
#define IN_ONESHOT	 0x80000000	/* Only send event once.  */

/* All events which a program can wait on.  */
#define IN_ALL_EVENTS	 (IN_ACCESS | IN_MODIFY | IN_ATTRIB | IN_CLOSE_WRITE  \
			  | IN_CLOSE_NOWRITE | IN_OPEN | IN_MOVED_FROM	      \
			  | IN_MOVED_TO | IN_CREATE | IN_DELETE		      \
			  | IN_DELETE_SELF | IN_MOVE_SELF)


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Create and initialize inotify instance.  */
extern int inotify_init (void) __THROW;

/* Create and initialize inotify instance.  */
extern int inotify_init1 (int __flags) __THROW;

/* Add watch of object NAME to inotify instance FD.  Notify about
   events specified by MASK.  */
extern int inotify_add_watch (int __fd, const char *__name, uint32_t __mask)
  __THROW;

/* Remove the watch specified by WD from the inotify instance FD.  */
extern int inotify_rm_watch (int __fd, int __wd) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/inotify.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_IO_H
#define	_SYS_IO_H	1

#include <features.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* If TURN_ON is TRUE, request for permission to do direct i/o on the
   port numbers in the range [FROM,FROM+NUM-1].  Otherwise, turn I/O
   permission off for that range.  This call requires root privileges.

   Portability note: not all Linux platforms support this call.  Most
   platforms based on the PC I/O architecture probably will, however.
   E.g., Linux/Alpha for Alpha PCs supports this.  */
extern int ioperm (unsigned long int __from, unsigned long int __num,
                   int __turn_on) __THROW;

/* Set the I/O privilege level to LEVEL.  If LEVEL>3, permission to
   access any I/O port is granted.  This call requires root
   privileges. */
extern int iopl (int __level) __THROW;

#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2

static __inline unsigned char
inb (unsigned short int __port)
{
  unsigned char _v;

  __asm__ __volatile__ ("inb %w1,%0":"=a" (_v):"Nd" (__port));
  return _v;
}

static __inline unsigned char
inb_p (unsigned short int __port)
{
  unsigned char _v;

  __asm__ __volatile__ ("inb %w1,%0\noutb %%al,$0x80":"=a" (_v):"Nd" (__port));
  return _v;
}

static __inline unsigned short int
inw (unsigned short int __port)
{
  unsigned short _v;

  __asm__ __volatile__ ("inw %w1,%0":"=a" (_v):"Nd" (__port));
  return _v;
}

static __inline unsigned short int
inw_p (unsigned short int __port)
{
  unsigned short int _v;

  __asm__ __volatile__ ("inw %w1,%0\noutb %%al,$0x80":"=a" (_v):"Nd" (__port));
  return _v;
}

static __inline unsigned int
inl (unsigned short int __port)
{
  unsigned int _v;

  __asm__ __volatile__ ("inl %w1,%0":"=a" (_v):"Nd" (__port));
  return _v;
}

static __inline unsigned int
inl_p (unsigned short int __port)
{
  unsigned int _v;
  __asm__ __volatile__ ("inl %w1,%0\noutb %%al,$0x80":"=a" (_v):"Nd" (__port));
  return _v;
}

static __inline void
outb (unsigned char __value, unsigned short int __port)
{
  __asm__ __volatile__ ("outb %b0,%w1": :"a" (__value), "Nd" (__port));
}

static __inline void
outb_p (unsigned char __value, unsigned short int __port)
{
  __asm__ __volatile__ ("outb %b0,%w1\noutb %%al,$0x80": :"a" (__value),
			"Nd" (__port));
}

static __inline void
outw (unsigned short int __value, unsigned short int __port)
{
  __asm__ __volatile__ ("outw %w0,%w1": :"a" (__value), "Nd" (__port));

}

static __inline void
outw_p (unsigned short int __value, unsigned short int __port)
{
  __asm__ __volatile__ ("outw %w0,%w1\noutb %%al,$0x80": :"a" (__value),
			"Nd" (__port));
}

static __inline void
outl (unsigned int __value, unsigned short int __port)
{
  __asm__ __volatile__ ("outl %0,%w1": :"a" (__value), "Nd" (__port));
}

static __inline void
outl_p (unsigned int __value, unsigned short int __port)
{
  __asm__ __volatile__ ("outl %0,%w1\noutb %%al,$0x80": :"a" (__value),
			"Nd" (__port));
}

static __inline void
insb (unsigned short int __port, void *__addr, unsigned long int __count)
{
  __asm__ __volatile__ ("cld ; rep ; insb":"=D" (__addr), "=c" (__count)
			:"d" (__port), "0" (__addr), "1" (__count));
}

static __inline void
insw (unsigned short int __port, void *__addr, unsigned long int __count)
{
  __asm__ __volatile__ ("cld ; rep ; insw":"=D" (__addr), "=c" (__count)
			:"d" (__port), "0" (__addr), "1" (__count));
}

static __inline void
insl (unsigned short int __port, void *__addr, unsigned long int __count)
{
  __asm__ __volatile__ ("cld ; rep ; insl":"=D" (__addr), "=c" (__count)
			:"d" (__port), "0" (__addr), "1" (__count));
}

static __inline void
outsb (unsigned short int __port, const void *__addr,
       unsigned long int __count)
{
  __asm__ __volatile__ ("cld ; rep ; outsb":"=S" (__addr), "=c" (__count)
			:"d" (__port), "0" (__addr), "1" (__count));
}

static __inline void
outsw (unsigned short int __port, const void *__addr,
       unsigned long int __count)
{
  __asm__ __volatile__ ("cld ; rep ; outsw":"=S" (__addr), "=c" (__count)
			:"d" (__port), "0" (__addr), "1" (__count));
}

static __inline void
outsl (unsigned short int __port, const void *__addr,
       unsigned long int __count)
{
  __asm__ __volatile__ ("cld ; rep ; outsl":"=S" (__addr), "=c" (__count)
			:"d" (__port), "0" (__addr), "1" (__count));
}

#endif	/* GNU C */

__END_DECLS
#endif /* _SYS_IO_H */
/* Header file for mounting/unmount Linux filesystems.
   Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/* This is taken from /usr/include/linux/fs.h.  */

#ifndef _SYS_MOUNT_H
#define _SYS_MOUNT_H	1

#include <features.h>
#include <sys/ioctl.h>

#define BLOCK_SIZE	1024
#define BLOCK_SIZE_BITS	10


/* These are the fs-independent mount-flags: up to 16 flags are
   supported  */
enum
{
  MS_RDONLY = 1,		/* Mount read-only.  */
#define MS_RDONLY	MS_RDONLY
  MS_NOSUID = 2,		/* Ignore suid and sgid bits.  */
#define MS_NOSUID	MS_NOSUID
  MS_NODEV = 4,			/* Disallow access to device special files.  */
#define MS_NODEV	MS_NODEV
  MS_NOEXEC = 8,		/* Disallow program execution.  */
#define MS_NOEXEC	MS_NOEXEC
  MS_SYNCHRONOUS = 16,		/* Writes are synced at once.  */
#define MS_SYNCHRONOUS	MS_SYNCHRONOUS
  MS_REMOUNT = 32,		/* Alter flags of a mounted FS.  */
#define MS_REMOUNT	MS_REMOUNT
  MS_MANDLOCK = 64,		/* Allow mandatory locks on an FS.  */
#define MS_MANDLOCK	MS_MANDLOCK
  MS_DIRSYNC = 128,		/* Directory modifications are synchronous.  */
#define MS_DIRSYNC	MS_DIRSYNC
  MS_NOATIME = 1024,		/* Do not update access times.  */
#define MS_NOATIME	MS_NOATIME
  MS_NODIRATIME = 2048,		/* Do not update directory access times.  */
#define MS_NODIRATIME	MS_NODIRATIME
  MS_BIND = 4096,		/* Bind directory at different place.  */
#define MS_BIND		MS_BIND
  MS_MOVE = 8192,
#define MS_MOVE		MS_MOVE
  MS_REC = 16384,
#define MS_REC		MS_REC
  MS_SILENT = 32768,
#define MS_SILENT	MS_SILENT
  MS_POSIXACL = 1 << 16,	/* VFS does not apply the umask.  */
#define MS_POSIXACL	MS_POSIXACL
  MS_UNBINDABLE = 1 << 17,	/* Change to unbindable.  */
#define MS_UNBINDABLE	MS_UNBINDABLE
  MS_PRIVATE = 1 << 18,		/* Change to private.  */
#define MS_PRIVATE	MS_PRIVATE
  MS_SLAVE = 1 << 19,		/* Change to slave.  */
#define MS_SLAVE	MS_SLAVE
  MS_SHARED = 1 << 20,		/* Change to shared.  */
#define MS_SHARED	MS_SHARED
  MS_RELATIME = 1 << 21,	/* Update atime relative to mtime/ctime.  */
#define MS_RELATIME	MS_RELATIME
  MS_KERNMOUNT = 1 << 22,	/* This is a kern_mount call.  */
#define MS_KERNMOUNT	MS_KERNMOUNT
  MS_I_VERSION =  1 << 23,	/* Update inode I_version field.  */
#define MS_I_VERSION	MS_I_VERSION
  MS_STRICTATIME = 1 << 24,	/* Always perform atime updates.  */
#define MS_STRICTATIME	MS_STRICTATIME
  MS_LAZYTIME = 1 << 25,	/* Update the on-disk [acm]times lazily.  */
#define MS_LAZYTIME	MS_LAZYTIME
  MS_ACTIVE = 1 << 30,
#define MS_ACTIVE	MS_ACTIVE
  MS_NOUSER = 1 << 31
#define MS_NOUSER	MS_NOUSER
};

/* Flags that can be altered by MS_REMOUNT  */
#define MS_RMT_MASK (MS_RDONLY|MS_SYNCHRONOUS|MS_MANDLOCK|MS_I_VERSION \
		     |MS_LAZYTIME)


/* Magic mount flag number. Has to be or-ed to the flag values.  */

#define MS_MGC_VAL 0xc0ed0000	/* Magic flag number to indicate "new" flags */
#define MS_MGC_MSK 0xffff0000	/* Magic flag number mask */


/* The read-only stuff doesn't really belong here, but any other place
   is probably as bad and I don't want to create yet another include
   file.  */

#define BLKROSET   _IO(0x12, 93) /* Set device read-only (0 = read-write).  */
#define BLKROGET   _IO(0x12, 94) /* Get read-only status (0 = read_write).  */
#define BLKRRPART  _IO(0x12, 95) /* Re-read partition table.  */
#define BLKGETSIZE _IO(0x12, 96) /* Return device size.  */
#define BLKFLSBUF  _IO(0x12, 97) /* Flush buffer cache.  */
#define BLKRASET   _IO(0x12, 98) /* Set read ahead for block device.  */
#define BLKRAGET   _IO(0x12, 99) /* Get current read ahead setting.  */
#define BLKFRASET  _IO(0x12,100) /* Set filesystem read-ahead.  */
#define BLKFRAGET  _IO(0x12,101) /* Get filesystem read-ahead.  */
#define BLKSECTSET _IO(0x12,102) /* Set max sectors per request.  */
#define BLKSECTGET _IO(0x12,103) /* Get max sectors per request.  */
#define BLKSSZGET  _IO(0x12,104) /* Get block device sector size.  */
#define BLKBSZGET  _IOR(0x12,112,size_t)
#define BLKBSZSET  _IOW(0x12,113,size_t)
#define BLKGETSIZE64 _IOR(0x12,114,size_t) /* return device size.  */


/* Possible value for FLAGS parameter of `umount2'.  */
enum
{
  MNT_FORCE = 1,		/* Force unmounting.  */
#define MNT_FORCE MNT_FORCE
  MNT_DETACH = 2,		/* Just detach from the tree.  */
#define MNT_DETACH MNT_DETACH
  MNT_EXPIRE = 4,		/* Mark for expiry.  */
#define MNT_EXPIRE MNT_EXPIRE
  UMOUNT_NOFOLLOW = 8		/* Don't follow symlink on umount.  */
#define UMOUNT_NOFOLLOW UMOUNT_NOFOLLOW
};


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Mount a filesystem.  */
extern int mount (const char *__special_file, const char *__dir,
		  const char *__fstype, unsigned long int __rwflag,
		  const void *__data) __THROW;

/* Unmount a filesystem.  */
extern int umount (const char *__special_file) __THROW;

/* Unmount a filesystem.  Force unmounting if FLAGS is set to MNT_FORCE.  */
extern int umount2 (const char *__special_file, int __flags) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* _SYS_MOUNT_H */
/* Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_FANOTIFY_H
#define	_SYS_FANOTIFY_H	1

#include <stdint.h>
#include <linux/fanotify.h>


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Create and initialize fanotify group.  */
extern int fanotify_init (unsigned int __flags, unsigned int __event_f_flags)
  __THROW;

/* Add, remove, or modify an fanotify mark on a filesystem object.  */
extern int fanotify_mark (int __fanotify_fd, unsigned int __flags,
			  uint64_t __mask, int __dfd, const char *__pathname)
     __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/fanotify.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1999-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_RAW_H
#define _SYS_RAW_H	1

#include <stdint.h>
#include <sys/ioctl.h>

/* The major device number for raw devices.  */
#define RAW_MAJOR	162

/* `ioctl' commands for raw devices.  */
#define RAW_SETBIND     _IO(0xac, 0)
#define RAW_GETBIND     _IO(0xac, 1)

struct raw_config_request
{
  int raw_minor;
  uint64_t block_major;
  uint64_t block_minor;
};

#endif /* sys/raw.h */
/* sendfile -- copy data directly from one file descriptor to another
   Copyright (C) 1998-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_SENDFILE_H
#define _SYS_SENDFILE_H	1

#include <features.h>
#include <sys/types.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Send up to COUNT bytes from file associated with IN_FD starting at
   *OFFSET to descriptor OUT_FD.  Set *OFFSET to the IN_FD's file position
   following the read bytes.  If OFFSET is a null pointer, use the normal
   file position instead.  Return the number of written bytes, or -1 in
   case of error.  */
#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
extern ssize_t sendfile (int __out_fd, int __in_fd, off_t *__offset,
			 size_t __count) __THROW;
#else
# ifdef __REDIRECT_NTH
extern ssize_t __REDIRECT_NTH (sendfile,
			       (int __out_fd, int __in_fd, __off64_t *__offset,
				size_t __count), sendfile64);
# else
#  define sendfile sendfile64
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
extern ssize_t sendfile64 (int __out_fd, int __in_fd, __off64_t *__offset,
			   size_t __count) __THROW;
#endif

__END_DECLS

#endif	/* sys/sendfile.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_TIMEX_H
#define	_SYS_TIMEX_H	1

#include <features.h>
#include <sys/time.h>

/* These definitions from linux/timex.h as of 2.6.30.  */

#include <bits/timex.h>

#define NTP_API	4	/* NTP API version */

struct ntptimeval
{
  struct timeval time;	/* current time (ro) */
  long int maxerror;	/* maximum error (us) (ro) */
  long int esterror;	/* estimated error (us) (ro) */
  long int tai;		/* TAI offset (ro) */

  long int __glibc_reserved1;
  long int __glibc_reserved2;
  long int __glibc_reserved3;
  long int __glibc_reserved4;
};

/* Clock states (time_state) */
#define TIME_OK		0	/* clock synchronized, no leap second */
#define TIME_INS	1	/* insert leap second */
#define TIME_DEL	2	/* delete leap second */
#define TIME_OOP	3	/* leap second in progress */
#define TIME_WAIT	4	/* leap second has occurred */
#define TIME_ERROR	5	/* clock not synchronized */
#define TIME_BAD	TIME_ERROR /* bw compat */

/* Maximum time constant of the PLL.  */
#define MAXTC		6

__BEGIN_DECLS

extern int __adjtimex (struct timex *__ntx) __THROW;
extern int adjtimex (struct timex *__ntx) __THROW;

#ifdef __REDIRECT_NTH
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (ntp_gettime, (struct ntptimeval *__ntv),
			   ntp_gettimex);
#else
extern int ntp_gettimex (struct ntptimeval *__ntv) __THROW;
# define ntp_gettime ntp_gettimex
#endif
extern int ntp_adjtime (struct timex *__tntx) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/timex.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 *	POSIX Standard: 4.5.2 Process Times	<sys/times.h>
 */

#ifndef	_SYS_TIMES_H
#define	_SYS_TIMES_H	1

#include <features.h>

#include <bits/types/clock_t.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Structure describing CPU time used by a process and its children.  */
struct tms
  {
    clock_t tms_utime;		/* User CPU time.  */
    clock_t tms_stime;		/* System CPU time.  */

    clock_t tms_cutime;		/* User CPU time of dead children.  */
    clock_t tms_cstime;		/* System CPU time of dead children.  */
  };


/* Store the CPU time used by this process and all its
   dead children (and their dead children) in BUFFER.
   Return the elapsed real time, or (clock_t) -1 for errors.
   All times are in CLK_TCKths of a second.  */
extern clock_t times (struct tms *__buffer) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/times.h	*/
/* Definitions for getting information about a filesystem.
   Copyright (C) 1998-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_STATVFS_H
#define	_SYS_STATVFS_H	1

#include <features.h>

/* Get the system-specific definition of `struct statfs'.  */
#include <bits/statvfs.h>

#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
# ifndef __fsblkcnt_t_defined
typedef __fsblkcnt_t fsblkcnt_t; /* Type to count file system blocks.  */
#  define __fsblkcnt_t_defined
# endif
# ifndef __fsfilcnt_t_defined
typedef __fsfilcnt_t fsfilcnt_t; /* Type to count file system inodes.  */
#  define __fsfilcnt_t_defined
# endif
#else
# ifndef __fsblkcnt_t_defined
typedef __fsblkcnt64_t fsblkcnt_t; /* Type to count file system blocks.  */
#  define __fsblkcnt_t_defined
# endif
# ifndef __fsfilcnt_t_defined
typedef __fsfilcnt64_t fsfilcnt_t; /* Type to count file system inodes.  */
#  define __fsfilcnt_t_defined
# endif
#endif

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Return information about the filesystem on which FILE resides.  */
#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
extern int statvfs (const char *__restrict __file,
		    struct statvfs *__restrict __buf)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));
#else
# ifdef __REDIRECT_NTH
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (statvfs,
			   (const char *__restrict __file,
			    struct statvfs *__restrict __buf), statvfs64)
     __nonnull ((1, 2));
# else
#  define statvfs statvfs64
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
extern int statvfs64 (const char *__restrict __file,
		      struct statvfs64 *__restrict __buf)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));
#endif

/* Return information about the filesystem containing the file FILDES
   refers to.  */
#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
extern int fstatvfs (int __fildes, struct statvfs *__buf)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2));
#else
# ifdef __REDIRECT_NTH
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (fstatvfs, (int __fildes, struct statvfs *__buf),
			   fstatvfs64) __nonnull ((2));
# else
#  define fstatvfs fstatvfs64
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
extern int fstatvfs64 (int __fildes, struct statvfs64 *__buf)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2));
#endif

__END_DECLS

#endif	/* sys/statvfs.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 *	POSIX Standard: 5.6 File Characteristics	<sys/stat.h>
 */

#ifndef	_SYS_STAT_H
#define	_SYS_STAT_H	1

#include <features.h>

#include <bits/types.h>		/* For __mode_t and __dev_t.  */

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K8
# include <bits/types/struct_timespec.h>
#endif

#if defined __USE_XOPEN || defined __USE_XOPEN2K
/* The Single Unix specification says that some more types are
   available here.  */

# include <bits/types/time_t.h>

# ifndef __dev_t_defined
typedef __dev_t dev_t;
#  define __dev_t_defined
# endif

# ifndef __gid_t_defined
typedef __gid_t gid_t;
#  define __gid_t_defined
# endif

# ifndef __ino_t_defined
#  ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
typedef __ino_t ino_t;
#  else
typedef __ino64_t ino_t;
#  endif
#  define __ino_t_defined
# endif

# ifndef __mode_t_defined
typedef __mode_t mode_t;
#  define __mode_t_defined
# endif

# ifndef __nlink_t_defined
typedef __nlink_t nlink_t;
#  define __nlink_t_defined
# endif

# ifndef __off_t_defined
#  ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
typedef __off_t off_t;
#  else
typedef __off64_t off_t;
#  endif
#  define __off_t_defined
# endif

# ifndef __uid_t_defined
typedef __uid_t uid_t;
#  define __uid_t_defined
# endif
#endif	/* X/Open */

#ifdef __USE_UNIX98
# ifndef __blkcnt_t_defined
#  ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
typedef __blkcnt_t blkcnt_t;
#  else
typedef __blkcnt64_t blkcnt_t;
#  endif
#  define __blkcnt_t_defined
# endif

# ifndef __blksize_t_defined
typedef __blksize_t blksize_t;
#  define __blksize_t_defined
# endif
#endif	/* Unix98 */

__BEGIN_DECLS

#include <bits/stat.h>

#if defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_XOPEN
# define S_IFMT		__S_IFMT
# define S_IFDIR	__S_IFDIR
# define S_IFCHR	__S_IFCHR
# define S_IFBLK	__S_IFBLK
# define S_IFREG	__S_IFREG
# ifdef __S_IFIFO
#  define S_IFIFO	__S_IFIFO
# endif
# ifdef __S_IFLNK
#  define S_IFLNK	__S_IFLNK
# endif
# if (defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED) \
     && defined __S_IFSOCK
#  define S_IFSOCK	__S_IFSOCK
# endif
#endif

/* Test macros for file types.	*/

#define	__S_ISTYPE(mode, mask)	(((mode) & __S_IFMT) == (mask))

#define	S_ISDIR(mode)	 __S_ISTYPE((mode), __S_IFDIR)
#define	S_ISCHR(mode)	 __S_ISTYPE((mode), __S_IFCHR)
#define	S_ISBLK(mode)	 __S_ISTYPE((mode), __S_IFBLK)
#define	S_ISREG(mode)	 __S_ISTYPE((mode), __S_IFREG)
#ifdef __S_IFIFO
# define S_ISFIFO(mode)	 __S_ISTYPE((mode), __S_IFIFO)
#endif
#ifdef __S_IFLNK
# define S_ISLNK(mode)	 __S_ISTYPE((mode), __S_IFLNK)
#endif

#if defined __USE_MISC && !defined __S_IFLNK
# define S_ISLNK(mode)  0
#endif

#if (defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_XOPEN2K) \
    && defined __S_IFSOCK
# define S_ISSOCK(mode) __S_ISTYPE((mode), __S_IFSOCK)
#elif defined __USE_XOPEN2K
# define S_ISSOCK(mode) 0
#endif

/* These are from POSIX.1b.  If the objects are not implemented using separate
   distinct file types, the macros always will evaluate to zero.  Unlike the
   other S_* macros the following three take a pointer to a `struct stat'
   object as the argument.  */
#ifdef	__USE_POSIX199309
# define S_TYPEISMQ(buf) __S_TYPEISMQ(buf)
# define S_TYPEISSEM(buf) __S_TYPEISSEM(buf)
# define S_TYPEISSHM(buf) __S_TYPEISSHM(buf)
#endif


/* Protection bits.  */

#define	S_ISUID __S_ISUID	/* Set user ID on execution.  */
#define	S_ISGID	__S_ISGID	/* Set group ID on execution.  */

#if defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_XOPEN
/* Save swapped text after use (sticky bit).  This is pretty well obsolete.  */
# define S_ISVTX	__S_ISVTX
#endif

#define	S_IRUSR	__S_IREAD	/* Read by owner.  */
#define	S_IWUSR	__S_IWRITE	/* Write by owner.  */
#define	S_IXUSR	__S_IEXEC	/* Execute by owner.  */
/* Read, write, and execute by owner.  */
#define	S_IRWXU	(__S_IREAD|__S_IWRITE|__S_IEXEC)

#ifdef __USE_MISC
# define S_IREAD	S_IRUSR
# define S_IWRITE	S_IWUSR
# define S_IEXEC	S_IXUSR
#endif

#define	S_IRGRP	(S_IRUSR >> 3)	/* Read by group.  */
#define	S_IWGRP	(S_IWUSR >> 3)	/* Write by group.  */
#define	S_IXGRP	(S_IXUSR >> 3)	/* Execute by group.  */
/* Read, write, and execute by group.  */
#define	S_IRWXG	(S_IRWXU >> 3)

#define	S_IROTH	(S_IRGRP >> 3)	/* Read by others.  */
#define	S_IWOTH	(S_IWGRP >> 3)	/* Write by others.  */
#define	S_IXOTH	(S_IXGRP >> 3)	/* Execute by others.  */
/* Read, write, and execute by others.  */
#define	S_IRWXO	(S_IRWXG >> 3)


#ifdef	__USE_MISC
/* Macros for common mode bit masks.  */
# define ACCESSPERMS (S_IRWXU|S_IRWXG|S_IRWXO) /* 0777 */
# define ALLPERMS (S_ISUID|S_ISGID|S_ISVTX|S_IRWXU|S_IRWXG|S_IRWXO)/* 07777 */
# define DEFFILEMODE (S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP|S_IROTH|S_IWOTH)/* 0666*/

# define S_BLKSIZE	512	/* Block size for `st_blocks'.  */
#endif


#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
/* Get file attributes for FILE and put them in BUF.  */
extern int stat (const char *__restrict __file,
		 struct stat *__restrict __buf) __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Get file attributes for the file, device, pipe, or socket
   that file descriptor FD is open on and put them in BUF.  */
extern int fstat (int __fd, struct stat *__buf) __THROW __nonnull ((2));
#else
# ifdef __REDIRECT_NTH
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (stat, (const char *__restrict __file,
				  struct stat *__restrict __buf), stat64)
     __nonnull ((1, 2));
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (fstat, (int __fd, struct stat *__buf), fstat64)
     __nonnull ((2));
# else
#  define stat stat64
#  define fstat fstat64
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
extern int stat64 (const char *__restrict __file,
		   struct stat64 *__restrict __buf) __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));
extern int fstat64 (int __fd, struct stat64 *__buf) __THROW __nonnull ((2));
#endif

#ifdef __USE_ATFILE
/* Similar to stat, get the attributes for FILE and put them in BUF.
   Relative path names are interpreted relative to FD unless FD is
   AT_FDCWD.  */
# ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
extern int fstatat (int __fd, const char *__restrict __file,
		    struct stat *__restrict __buf, int __flag)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2, 3));
# else
#  ifdef __REDIRECT_NTH
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (fstatat, (int __fd, const char *__restrict __file,
				     struct stat *__restrict __buf,
				     int __flag),
			   fstatat64) __nonnull ((2, 3));
#  else
#   define fstatat fstatat64
#  endif
# endif

# ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
extern int fstatat64 (int __fd, const char *__restrict __file,
		      struct stat64 *__restrict __buf, int __flag)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2, 3));
# endif
#endif

#if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_XOPEN2K
# ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
/* Get file attributes about FILE and put them in BUF.
   If FILE is a symbolic link, do not follow it.  */
extern int lstat (const char *__restrict __file,
		  struct stat *__restrict __buf) __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));
# else
#  ifdef __REDIRECT_NTH
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (lstat,
			   (const char *__restrict __file,
			    struct stat *__restrict __buf), lstat64)
     __nonnull ((1, 2));
#  else
#   define lstat lstat64
#  endif
# endif
# ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
extern int lstat64 (const char *__restrict __file,
		    struct stat64 *__restrict __buf)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));
# endif
#endif

/* Set file access permissions for FILE to MODE.
   If FILE is a symbolic link, this affects its target instead.  */
extern int chmod (const char *__file, __mode_t __mode)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Set file access permissions for FILE to MODE.
   If FILE is a symbolic link, this affects the link itself
   rather than its target.  */
extern int lchmod (const char *__file, __mode_t __mode)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));
#endif

/* Set file access permissions of the file FD is open on to MODE.  */
#if defined __USE_POSIX199309 || defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED
extern int fchmod (int __fd, __mode_t __mode) __THROW;
#endif

#ifdef __USE_ATFILE
/* Set file access permissions of FILE relative to
   the directory FD is open on.  */
extern int fchmodat (int __fd, const char *__file, __mode_t __mode,
		     int __flag)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2)) __wur;
#endif /* Use ATFILE.  */



/* Set the file creation mask of the current process to MASK,
   and return the old creation mask.  */
extern __mode_t umask (__mode_t __mask) __THROW;

#ifdef	__USE_GNU
/* Get the current `umask' value without changing it.
   This function is only available under the GNU Hurd.  */
extern __mode_t getumask (void) __THROW;
#endif

/* Create a new directory named PATH, with permission bits MODE.  */
extern int mkdir (const char *__path, __mode_t __mode)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

#ifdef __USE_ATFILE
/* Like mkdir, create a new directory with permission bits MODE.  But
   interpret relative PATH names relative to the directory associated
   with FD.  */
extern int mkdirat (int __fd, const char *__path, __mode_t __mode)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2));
#endif

/* Create a device file named PATH, with permission and special bits MODE
   and device number DEV (which can be constructed from major and minor
   device numbers with the `makedev' macro above).  */
#if defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED
extern int mknod (const char *__path, __mode_t __mode, __dev_t __dev)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

# ifdef __USE_ATFILE
/* Like mknod, create a new device file with permission bits MODE and
   device number DEV.  But interpret relative PATH names relative to
   the directory associated with FD.  */
extern int mknodat (int __fd, const char *__path, __mode_t __mode,
		    __dev_t __dev) __THROW __nonnull ((2));
# endif
#endif


/* Create a new FIFO named PATH, with permission bits MODE.  */
extern int mkfifo (const char *__path, __mode_t __mode)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

#ifdef __USE_ATFILE
/* Like mkfifo, create a new FIFO with permission bits MODE.  But
   interpret relative PATH names relative to the directory associated
   with FD.  */
extern int mkfifoat (int __fd, const char *__path, __mode_t __mode)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2));
#endif

#ifdef __USE_ATFILE
/* Set file access and modification times relative to directory file
   descriptor.  */
extern int utimensat (int __fd, const char *__path,
		      const struct timespec __times[2],
		      int __flags)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2));
#endif

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K8
/* Set file access and modification times of the file associated with FD.  */
extern int futimens (int __fd, const struct timespec __times[2]) __THROW;
#endif

/* To allow the `struct stat' structure and the file type `mode_t'
   bits to vary without changing shared library major version number,
   the `stat' family of functions and `mknod' are in fact inline
   wrappers around calls to `xstat', `fxstat', `lxstat', and `xmknod',
   which all take a leading version-number argument designating the
   data structure and bits used.  <bits/stat.h> defines _STAT_VER with
   the version number corresponding to `struct stat' as defined in
   that file; and _MKNOD_VER with the version number corresponding to
   the S_IF* macros defined therein.  It is arranged that when not
   inlined these function are always statically linked; that way a
   dynamically-linked executable always encodes the version number
   corresponding to the data structures it uses, so the `x' functions
   in the shared library can adapt without needing to recompile all
   callers.  */

#ifndef _STAT_VER
# define _STAT_VER	0
#endif
#ifndef _MKNOD_VER
# define _MKNOD_VER	0
#endif

/* Wrappers for stat and mknod system calls.  */
#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
extern int __fxstat (int __ver, int __fildes, struct stat *__stat_buf)
     __THROW __nonnull ((3));
extern int __xstat (int __ver, const char *__filename,
		    struct stat *__stat_buf) __THROW __nonnull ((2, 3));
extern int __lxstat (int __ver, const char *__filename,
		     struct stat *__stat_buf) __THROW __nonnull ((2, 3));
extern int __fxstatat (int __ver, int __fildes, const char *__filename,
		       struct stat *__stat_buf, int __flag)
     __THROW __nonnull ((3, 4));
#else
# ifdef __REDIRECT_NTH
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (__fxstat, (int __ver, int __fildes,
				      struct stat *__stat_buf), __fxstat64)
     __nonnull ((3));
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (__xstat, (int __ver, const char *__filename,
				     struct stat *__stat_buf), __xstat64)
     __nonnull ((2, 3));
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (__lxstat, (int __ver, const char *__filename,
				      struct stat *__stat_buf), __lxstat64)
     __nonnull ((2, 3));
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (__fxstatat, (int __ver, int __fildes,
					const char *__filename,
					struct stat *__stat_buf, int __flag),
			   __fxstatat64) __nonnull ((3, 4));

# else
#  define __fxstat __fxstat64
#  define __xstat __xstat64
#  define __lxstat __lxstat64
# endif
#endif

#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
extern int __fxstat64 (int __ver, int __fildes, struct stat64 *__stat_buf)
     __THROW __nonnull ((3));
extern int __xstat64 (int __ver, const char *__filename,
		      struct stat64 *__stat_buf) __THROW __nonnull ((2, 3));
extern int __lxstat64 (int __ver, const char *__filename,
		       struct stat64 *__stat_buf) __THROW __nonnull ((2, 3));
extern int __fxstatat64 (int __ver, int __fildes, const char *__filename,
			 struct stat64 *__stat_buf, int __flag)
     __THROW __nonnull ((3, 4));
#endif
extern int __xmknod (int __ver, const char *__path, __mode_t __mode,
		     __dev_t *__dev) __THROW __nonnull ((2, 4));

extern int __xmknodat (int __ver, int __fd, const char *__path,
		       __mode_t __mode, __dev_t *__dev)
     __THROW __nonnull ((3, 5));

#ifdef __USE_GNU
# include <bits/statx.h>
#endif

#ifdef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
/* Inlined versions of the real stat and mknod functions.  */

__extern_inline int
__NTH (stat (const char *__path, struct stat *__statbuf))
{
  return __xstat (_STAT_VER, __path, __statbuf);
}

# if defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED
__extern_inline int
__NTH (lstat (const char *__path, struct stat *__statbuf))
{
  return __lxstat (_STAT_VER, __path, __statbuf);
}
# endif

__extern_inline int
__NTH (fstat (int __fd, struct stat *__statbuf))
{
  return __fxstat (_STAT_VER, __fd, __statbuf);
}

# ifdef __USE_ATFILE
__extern_inline int
__NTH (fstatat (int __fd, const char *__filename, struct stat *__statbuf,
		int __flag))
{
  return __fxstatat (_STAT_VER, __fd, __filename, __statbuf, __flag);
}
# endif

# ifdef __USE_MISC
__extern_inline int
__NTH (mknod (const char *__path, __mode_t __mode, __dev_t __dev))
{
  return __xmknod (_MKNOD_VER, __path, __mode, &__dev);
}
# endif

# ifdef __USE_ATFILE
__extern_inline int
__NTH (mknodat (int __fd, const char *__path, __mode_t __mode,
		__dev_t __dev))
{
  return __xmknodat (_MKNOD_VER, __fd, __path, __mode, &__dev);
}
# endif

# if defined __USE_LARGEFILE64 \
  && (! defined __USE_FILE_OFFSET64 \
      || (defined __REDIRECT_NTH && defined __OPTIMIZE__))
__extern_inline int
__NTH (stat64 (const char *__path, struct stat64 *__statbuf))
{
  return __xstat64 (_STAT_VER, __path, __statbuf);
}

#  if defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED
__extern_inline int
__NTH (lstat64 (const char *__path, struct stat64 *__statbuf))
{
  return __lxstat64 (_STAT_VER, __path, __statbuf);
}
#  endif

__extern_inline int
__NTH (fstat64 (int __fd, struct stat64 *__statbuf))
{
  return __fxstat64 (_STAT_VER, __fd, __statbuf);
}

#  ifdef __USE_ATFILE
__extern_inline int
__NTH (fstatat64 (int __fd, const char *__filename, struct stat64 *__statbuf,
		  int __flag))
{
  return __fxstatat64 (_STAT_VER, __fd, __filename, __statbuf, __flag);
}
#  endif

# endif

#endif

__END_DECLS


#endif /* sys/stat.h  */
/* Compatibility definitions for System V `poll' interface.
   Copyright (C) 1994-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_POLL_H
#define	_SYS_POLL_H	1

#include <features.h>

/* Get the platform dependent bits of `poll'.  */
#include <bits/poll.h>
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# include <bits/types/__sigset_t.h>
# include <bits/types/struct_timespec.h>
#endif


/* Type used for the number of file descriptors.  */
typedef unsigned long int nfds_t;

/* Data structure describing a polling request.  */
struct pollfd
  {
    int fd;			/* File descriptor to poll.  */
    short int events;		/* Types of events poller cares about.  */
    short int revents;		/* Types of events that actually occurred.  */
  };


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Poll the file descriptors described by the NFDS structures starting at
   FDS.  If TIMEOUT is nonzero and not -1, allow TIMEOUT milliseconds for
   an event to occur; if TIMEOUT is -1, block until an event occurs.
   Returns the number of file descriptors with events, zero if timed out,
   or -1 for errors.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int poll (struct pollfd *__fds, nfds_t __nfds, int __timeout);

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Like poll, but before waiting the threads signal mask is replaced
   with that specified in the fourth parameter.  For better usability,
   the timeout value is specified using a TIMESPEC object.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int ppoll (struct pollfd *__fds, nfds_t __nfds,
		  const struct timespec *__timeout,
		  const __sigset_t *__ss);
#endif

__END_DECLS


/* Define some inlines helping to catch common problems.  */
#if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 0 && defined __fortify_function
# include <bits/poll2.h>
#endif

#endif	/* sys/poll.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_DIR_H
#define	_SYS_DIR_H	1

#include <features.h>

#include <dirent.h>

#define	direct	dirent

#endif	/* sys/dir.h  */
/* Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_KD_H
#define _SYS_KD_H	1

/* Make sure the <linux/types.h> header is not loaded.  */
#ifndef _LINUX_TYPES_H
# define _LINUX_TYPES_H		1
# define __undef_LINUX_TYPES_H
#endif

#include <linux/kd.h>

#ifdef __undef_LINUX_TYPES_H
# undef _LINUX_TYPES_H
# undef __undef_LINUX_TYPES_H
#endif

#endif	/* sys/kd.h */
/* <sys/sdt.h> - Systemtap static probe definition macros.

   This file is dedicated to the public domain, pursuant to CC0
   (https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/)
*/

#ifndef _SYS_SDT_H
#define _SYS_SDT_H    1

/*
  This file defines a family of macros

       STAP_PROBEn(op1, ..., opn)

  that emit a nop into the instruction stream, and some data into an auxiliary
  note section.  The data in the note section describes the operands, in terms
  of size and location.  Each location is encoded as assembler operand string.
  Consumer tools such as gdb or systemtap insert breakpoints on top of
  the nop, and decode the location operand-strings, like an assembler,
  to find the values being passed.

  The operand strings are selected by the compiler for each operand.
  They are constrained by gcc inline-assembler codes.  The default is:

  #define STAP_SDT_ARG_CONSTRAINT nor

  This is a good default if the operands tend to be integral and
  moderate in number (smaller than number of registers).  In other
  cases, the compiler may report "'asm' requires impossible reload" or
  similar.  In this case, consider simplifying the macro call (fewer
  and simpler operands), reduce optimization, or override the default
  constraints string via:

  #define STAP_SDT_ARG_CONSTRAINT g
  #include <sys/sdt.h>

  See also:
  https://sourceware.org/systemtap/wiki/UserSpaceProbeImplementation
  https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Constraints.html
 */



#ifdef __ASSEMBLER__
# define _SDT_PROBE(provider, name, n, arglist)	\
  _SDT_ASM_BODY(provider, name, _SDT_ASM_SUBSTR_1, (_SDT_DEPAREN_##n arglist)) \
  _SDT_ASM_BASE
# define _SDT_ASM_1(x)			x;
# define _SDT_ASM_2(a, b)		a,b;
# define _SDT_ASM_3(a, b, c)		a,b,c;
# define _SDT_ASM_5(a, b, c, d, e)	a,b,c,d,e;
# define _SDT_ASM_STRING_1(x)		.asciz #x;
# define _SDT_ASM_SUBSTR_1(x)		.ascii #x;
# define _SDT_DEPAREN_0()				/* empty */
# define _SDT_DEPAREN_1(a)				a
# define _SDT_DEPAREN_2(a,b)				a b
# define _SDT_DEPAREN_3(a,b,c)				a b c
# define _SDT_DEPAREN_4(a,b,c,d)			a b c d
# define _SDT_DEPAREN_5(a,b,c,d,e)			a b c d e
# define _SDT_DEPAREN_6(a,b,c,d,e,f)			a b c d e f
# define _SDT_DEPAREN_7(a,b,c,d,e,f,g)			a b c d e f g
# define _SDT_DEPAREN_8(a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h)		a b c d e f g h
# define _SDT_DEPAREN_9(a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i)		a b c d e f g h i
# define _SDT_DEPAREN_10(a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j)		a b c d e f g h i j
# define _SDT_DEPAREN_11(a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j,k)		a b c d e f g h i j k
# define _SDT_DEPAREN_12(a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j,k,l)	a b c d e f g h i j k l
#else
#if defined _SDT_HAS_SEMAPHORES
#define _SDT_NOTE_SEMAPHORE_USE(provider, name) \
  __asm__ __volatile__ ("" :: "m" (provider##_##name##_semaphore));
#else
#define _SDT_NOTE_SEMAPHORE_USE(provider, name)
#endif

# define _SDT_PROBE(provider, name, n, arglist) \
  do {									    \
    _SDT_NOTE_SEMAPHORE_USE(provider, name); \
    __asm__ __volatile__ (_SDT_ASM_BODY(provider, name, _SDT_ASM_ARGS, (n)) \
			  :: _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_##n arglist);		    \
    __asm__ __volatile__ (_SDT_ASM_BASE);				    \
  } while (0)
# define _SDT_S(x)			#x
# define _SDT_ASM_1(x)			_SDT_S(x) "\n"
# define _SDT_ASM_2(a, b)		_SDT_S(a) "," _SDT_S(b) "\n"
# define _SDT_ASM_3(a, b, c)		_SDT_S(a) "," _SDT_S(b) "," \
					_SDT_S(c) "\n"
# define _SDT_ASM_5(a, b, c, d, e)	_SDT_S(a) "," _SDT_S(b) "," \
					_SDT_S(c) "," _SDT_S(d) "," \
					_SDT_S(e) "\n"
# define _SDT_ASM_ARGS(n)		_SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_##n
# define _SDT_ASM_STRING_1(x)		_SDT_ASM_1(.asciz #x)
# define _SDT_ASM_SUBSTR_1(x)		_SDT_ASM_1(.ascii #x)

# define _SDT_ARGFMT(no)                _SDT_ASM_1(_SDT_SIGN %n[_SDT_S##no]) \
                                        _SDT_ASM_1(_SDT_SIZE %n[_SDT_S##no]) \
                                        _SDT_ASM_1(_SDT_TYPE %n[_SDT_S##no]) \
                                        _SDT_ASM_SUBSTR(_SDT_ARGTMPL(_SDT_A##no))


# ifndef STAP_SDT_ARG_CONSTRAINT
# if defined __powerpc__
# define STAP_SDT_ARG_CONSTRAINT        nZr
# elif defined __arm__
# define STAP_SDT_ARG_CONSTRAINT        g
# else
# define STAP_SDT_ARG_CONSTRAINT        nor
# endif
# endif

# define _SDT_STRINGIFY(x)              #x
# define _SDT_ARG_CONSTRAINT_STRING(x)  _SDT_STRINGIFY(x)
/* _SDT_S encodes the size and type as 0xSSTT which is decoded by the assembler
   macros _SDT_SIZE and _SDT_TYPE */
# define _SDT_ARG(n, x)				    \
  [_SDT_S##n] "n" ((_SDT_ARGSIGNED (x) ? (int)-1 : 1) * (-(((int) _SDT_ARGSIZE (x)) << 8) + (-(0x7f & __builtin_classify_type (x))))), \
  [_SDT_A##n] _SDT_ARG_CONSTRAINT_STRING (STAP_SDT_ARG_CONSTRAINT) (_SDT_ARGVAL (x))
#endif
#define _SDT_ASM_STRING(x)		_SDT_ASM_STRING_1(x)
#define _SDT_ASM_SUBSTR(x)		_SDT_ASM_SUBSTR_1(x)

#define _SDT_ARGARRAY(x)	(__builtin_classify_type (x) == 14	\
				 || __builtin_classify_type (x) == 5)

#ifdef __cplusplus
# define _SDT_ARGSIGNED(x)	(!_SDT_ARGARRAY (x) \
				 && __sdt_type<__typeof (x)>::__sdt_signed)
# define _SDT_ARGSIZE(x)	(_SDT_ARGARRAY (x) \
				 ? sizeof (void *) : sizeof (x))
# define _SDT_ARGVAL(x)		(x)

# include <cstddef>

template<typename __sdt_T>
struct __sdt_type
{
  static const bool __sdt_signed = false;
};
  
#define __SDT_ALWAYS_SIGNED(T) \
template<> struct __sdt_type<T> { static const bool __sdt_signed = true; };
#define __SDT_COND_SIGNED(T,CT)						\
template<> struct __sdt_type<T> { static const bool __sdt_signed = ((CT)(-1) < 1); };
__SDT_ALWAYS_SIGNED(signed char)
__SDT_ALWAYS_SIGNED(short)
__SDT_ALWAYS_SIGNED(int)
__SDT_ALWAYS_SIGNED(long)
__SDT_ALWAYS_SIGNED(long long)
__SDT_ALWAYS_SIGNED(volatile signed char)
__SDT_ALWAYS_SIGNED(volatile short)
__SDT_ALWAYS_SIGNED(volatile int)
__SDT_ALWAYS_SIGNED(volatile long)
__SDT_ALWAYS_SIGNED(volatile long long)
__SDT_ALWAYS_SIGNED(const signed char)
__SDT_ALWAYS_SIGNED(const short)
__SDT_ALWAYS_SIGNED(const int)
__SDT_ALWAYS_SIGNED(const long)
__SDT_ALWAYS_SIGNED(const long long)
__SDT_ALWAYS_SIGNED(const volatile signed char)
__SDT_ALWAYS_SIGNED(const volatile short)
__SDT_ALWAYS_SIGNED(const volatile int)
__SDT_ALWAYS_SIGNED(const volatile long)
__SDT_ALWAYS_SIGNED(const volatile long long)
__SDT_COND_SIGNED(char, char)
__SDT_COND_SIGNED(wchar_t, wchar_t)
__SDT_COND_SIGNED(volatile char, char)
__SDT_COND_SIGNED(volatile wchar_t, wchar_t)
__SDT_COND_SIGNED(const char, char)
__SDT_COND_SIGNED(const wchar_t, wchar_t)
__SDT_COND_SIGNED(const volatile char, char)
__SDT_COND_SIGNED(const volatile wchar_t, wchar_t)
#if defined (__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4))
/* __SDT_COND_SIGNED(char16_t) */
/* __SDT_COND_SIGNED(char32_t) */
#endif

template<typename __sdt_E>
struct __sdt_type<__sdt_E[]> : public __sdt_type<__sdt_E *> {};

template<typename __sdt_E, size_t __sdt_N>
struct __sdt_type<__sdt_E[__sdt_N]> : public __sdt_type<__sdt_E *> {};

#elif !defined(__ASSEMBLER__)
__extension__ extern unsigned long long __sdt_unsp;
# define _SDT_ARGINTTYPE(x)						\
  __typeof (__builtin_choose_expr (((__builtin_classify_type (x)	\
				     + 3) & -4) == 4, (x), 0U))
# define _SDT_ARGSIGNED(x)						\
  (!__extension__							\
   (__builtin_constant_p ((((unsigned long long)			\
			    (_SDT_ARGINTTYPE (x)) __sdt_unsp)		\
			   & ((unsigned long long)1 << (sizeof (unsigned long long)	\
				       * __CHAR_BIT__ - 1))) == 0)	\
    || (_SDT_ARGINTTYPE (x)) -1 > (_SDT_ARGINTTYPE (x)) 0))
# define _SDT_ARGSIZE(x)	\
  (_SDT_ARGARRAY (x) ? sizeof (void *) : sizeof (x))
# define _SDT_ARGVAL(x)		(x)
#endif

#if defined __powerpc__ || defined __powerpc64__
# define _SDT_ARGTMPL(id)	%I[id]%[id]
#elif defined __i386__
# define _SDT_ARGTMPL(id)	%k[id]  /* gcc.gnu.org/PR80115 sourceware.org/PR24541 */
#else
# define _SDT_ARGTMPL(id)	%[id]
#endif

/* NB: gdb PR24541 highlighted an unspecified corner of the sdt.h
   operand note format.

   The named register may be a longer or shorter (!) alias for the
   storage where the value in question is found.  For example, on
   i386, 64-bit value may be put in register pairs, and the register
   name stored would identify just one of them.  Previously, gcc was
   asked to emit the %w[id] (16-bit alias of some registers holding
   operands), even when a wider 32-bit value was used.

   Bottom line: the byte-width given before the @ sign governs.  If
   there is a mismatch between that width and that of the named
   register, then a sys/sdt.h note consumer may need to employ
   architecture-specific heuristics to figure out where the compiler
   has actually put the complete value.
*/

#ifdef __LP64__
# define _SDT_ASM_ADDR	.8byte
#else
# define _SDT_ASM_ADDR	.4byte
#endif

/* The ia64 and s390 nop instructions take an argument. */
#if defined(__ia64__) || defined(__s390__) || defined(__s390x__)
#define _SDT_NOP	nop 0
#else
#define _SDT_NOP	nop
#endif

#define _SDT_NOTE_NAME	"stapsdt"
#define _SDT_NOTE_TYPE	3

/* If the assembler supports the necessary feature, then we can play
   nice with code in COMDAT sections, which comes up in C++ code.
   Without that assembler support, some combinations of probe placements
   in certain kinds of C++ code may produce link-time errors.  */
#include "sdt-config.h"
#if _SDT_ASM_SECTION_AUTOGROUP_SUPPORT
# define _SDT_ASM_AUTOGROUP "?"
#else
# define _SDT_ASM_AUTOGROUP ""
#endif

#define _SDT_DEF_MACROS							     \
	_SDT_ASM_1(.altmacro)						     \
	_SDT_ASM_1(.macro _SDT_SIGN x)				     	     \
	_SDT_ASM_1(.iflt \\x)						     \
	_SDT_ASM_1(.ascii "-")						     \
	_SDT_ASM_1(.endif)						     \
	_SDT_ASM_1(.endm)						     \
	_SDT_ASM_1(.macro _SDT_SIZE_ x)					     \
	_SDT_ASM_1(.ascii "\x")						     \
	_SDT_ASM_1(.endm)						     \
	_SDT_ASM_1(.macro _SDT_SIZE x)					     \
	_SDT_ASM_1(_SDT_SIZE_ %%((-(-\\x*((-\\x>0)-(-\\x<0))))>>8))	     \
	_SDT_ASM_1(.endm)						     \
	_SDT_ASM_1(.macro _SDT_TYPE_ x)				             \
	_SDT_ASM_2(.ifc 8,\\x)					     	     \
	_SDT_ASM_1(.ascii "f")						     \
	_SDT_ASM_1(.endif)						     \
	_SDT_ASM_1(.ascii "@")						     \
	_SDT_ASM_1(.endm)						     \
	_SDT_ASM_1(.macro _SDT_TYPE x)				     	     \
	_SDT_ASM_1(_SDT_TYPE_ %%((\\x)&(0xff)))			     \
	_SDT_ASM_1(.endm)

#define _SDT_UNDEF_MACROS						      \
  _SDT_ASM_1(.purgem _SDT_SIGN)						      \
  _SDT_ASM_1(.purgem _SDT_SIZE_)					      \
  _SDT_ASM_1(.purgem _SDT_SIZE)						      \
  _SDT_ASM_1(.purgem _SDT_TYPE_)					      \
  _SDT_ASM_1(.purgem _SDT_TYPE)

#define _SDT_ASM_BODY(provider, name, pack_args, args, ...)		      \
  _SDT_DEF_MACROS							      \
  _SDT_ASM_1(990:	_SDT_NOP)					      \
  _SDT_ASM_3(		.pushsection .note.stapsdt,_SDT_ASM_AUTOGROUP,"note") \
  _SDT_ASM_1(		.balign 4)					      \
  _SDT_ASM_3(		.4byte 992f-991f, 994f-993f, _SDT_NOTE_TYPE)	      \
  _SDT_ASM_1(991:	.asciz _SDT_NOTE_NAME)				      \
  _SDT_ASM_1(992:	.balign 4)					      \
  _SDT_ASM_1(993:	_SDT_ASM_ADDR 990b)				      \
  _SDT_ASM_1(		_SDT_ASM_ADDR _.stapsdt.base)			      \
  _SDT_SEMAPHORE(provider,name)						      \
  _SDT_ASM_STRING(provider)						      \
  _SDT_ASM_STRING(name)							      \
  pack_args args							      \
  _SDT_ASM_SUBSTR(\x00)							      \
  _SDT_UNDEF_MACROS							      \
  _SDT_ASM_1(994:	.balign 4)					      \
  _SDT_ASM_1(		.popsection)

#define _SDT_ASM_BASE							      \
  _SDT_ASM_1(.ifndef _.stapsdt.base)					      \
  _SDT_ASM_5(		.pushsection .stapsdt.base,"aG","progbits",	      \
							.stapsdt.base,comdat) \
  _SDT_ASM_1(		.weak _.stapsdt.base)				      \
  _SDT_ASM_1(		.hidden _.stapsdt.base)				      \
  _SDT_ASM_1(	_.stapsdt.base: .space 1)				      \
  _SDT_ASM_2(		.size _.stapsdt.base, 1)			      \
  _SDT_ASM_1(		.popsection)					      \
  _SDT_ASM_1(.endif)

#if defined _SDT_HAS_SEMAPHORES
#define _SDT_SEMAPHORE(p,n) \
	_SDT_ASM_1(		_SDT_ASM_ADDR p##_##n##_semaphore)
#else
#define _SDT_SEMAPHORE(p,n) _SDT_ASM_1(		_SDT_ASM_ADDR 0)
#endif

#define _SDT_ASM_BLANK _SDT_ASM_SUBSTR(\x20)
#define _SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_0		/* no arguments */
#define _SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_1		_SDT_ARGFMT(1)
#define _SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_2		_SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_1 _SDT_ASM_BLANK _SDT_ARGFMT(2)
#define _SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_3		_SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_2 _SDT_ASM_BLANK _SDT_ARGFMT(3)
#define _SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_4		_SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_3 _SDT_ASM_BLANK _SDT_ARGFMT(4)
#define _SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_5		_SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_4 _SDT_ASM_BLANK _SDT_ARGFMT(5)
#define _SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_6		_SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_5 _SDT_ASM_BLANK _SDT_ARGFMT(6)
#define _SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_7		_SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_6 _SDT_ASM_BLANK _SDT_ARGFMT(7)
#define _SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_8		_SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_7 _SDT_ASM_BLANK _SDT_ARGFMT(8)
#define _SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_9		_SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_8 _SDT_ASM_BLANK _SDT_ARGFMT(9)
#define _SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_10		_SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_9 _SDT_ASM_BLANK _SDT_ARGFMT(10)
#define _SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_11		_SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_10 _SDT_ASM_BLANK _SDT_ARGFMT(11)
#define _SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_12		_SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_11 _SDT_ASM_BLANK _SDT_ARGFMT(12)
#define _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_0()		[__sdt_dummy] "g" (0)
#define _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_1(arg1)	_SDT_ARG(1, arg1)
#define _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_2(arg1, arg2) \
  _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_1(arg1), _SDT_ARG(2, arg2)
#define _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_3(arg1, arg2, arg3) \
  _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_2(arg1, arg2), _SDT_ARG(3, arg3)
#define _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_4(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4) \
  _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_3(arg1, arg2, arg3), _SDT_ARG(4, arg4)
#define _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_5(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5) \
  _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_4(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4), _SDT_ARG(5, arg5)
#define _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_6(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5, arg6) \
  _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_5(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5), _SDT_ARG(6, arg6)
#define _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_7(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5, arg6, arg7) \
  _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_6(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5, arg6), _SDT_ARG(7, arg7)
#define _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_8(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5, arg6, arg7, arg8) \
  _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_7(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5, arg6, arg7), \
    _SDT_ARG(8, arg8)
#define _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_9(arg1,arg2,arg3,arg4,arg5,arg6,arg7,arg8,arg9) \
  _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_8(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5, arg6, arg7, arg8), \
    _SDT_ARG(9, arg9)
#define _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_10(arg1,arg2,arg3,arg4,arg5,arg6,arg7,arg8,arg9,arg10) \
  _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_9(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5, arg6, arg7, arg8, arg9), \
    _SDT_ARG(10, arg10)
#define _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_11(arg1,arg2,arg3,arg4,arg5,arg6,arg7,arg8,arg9,arg10,arg11) \
  _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_10(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5, arg6, arg7, arg8, arg9, arg10), \
    _SDT_ARG(11, arg11)
#define _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_12(arg1,arg2,arg3,arg4,arg5,arg6,arg7,arg8,arg9,arg10,arg11,arg12) \
  _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_11(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5, arg6, arg7, arg8, arg9, arg10, arg11), \
    _SDT_ARG(12, arg12)

/* These macros can be used in C, C++, or assembly code.
   In assembly code the arguments should use normal assembly operand syntax.  */

#define STAP_PROBE(provider, name) \
  _SDT_PROBE(provider, name, 0, ())
#define STAP_PROBE1(provider, name, arg1) \
  _SDT_PROBE(provider, name, 1, (arg1))
#define STAP_PROBE2(provider, name, arg1, arg2) \
  _SDT_PROBE(provider, name, 2, (arg1, arg2))
#define STAP_PROBE3(provider, name, arg1, arg2, arg3) \
  _SDT_PROBE(provider, name, 3, (arg1, arg2, arg3))
#define STAP_PROBE4(provider, name, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4) \
  _SDT_PROBE(provider, name, 4, (arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4))
#define STAP_PROBE5(provider, name, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5) \
  _SDT_PROBE(provider, name, 5, (arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5))
#define STAP_PROBE6(provider, name, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5, arg6)	\
  _SDT_PROBE(provider, name, 6, (arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5, arg6))
#define STAP_PROBE7(provider, name, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5, arg6, arg7) \
  _SDT_PROBE(provider, name, 7, (arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5, arg6, arg7))
#define STAP_PROBE8(provider,name,arg1,arg2,arg3,arg4,arg5,arg6,arg7,arg8) \
  _SDT_PROBE(provider, name, 8, (arg1,arg2,arg3,arg4,arg5,arg6,arg7,arg8))
#define STAP_PROBE9(provider,name,arg1,arg2,arg3,arg4,arg5,arg6,arg7,arg8,arg9)\
  _SDT_PROBE(provider, name, 9, (arg1,arg2,arg3,arg4,arg5,arg6,arg7,arg8,arg9))
#define STAP_PROBE10(provider,name,arg1,arg2,arg3,arg4,arg5,arg6,arg7,arg8,arg9,arg10) \
  _SDT_PROBE(provider, name, 10, \
	     (arg1,arg2,arg3,arg4,arg5,arg6,arg7,arg8,arg9,arg10))
#define STAP_PROBE11(provider,name,arg1,arg2,arg3,arg4,arg5,arg6,arg7,arg8,arg9,arg10,arg11) \
  _SDT_PROBE(provider, name, 11, \
	     (arg1,arg2,arg3,arg4,arg5,arg6,arg7,arg8,arg9,arg10,arg11))
#define STAP_PROBE12(provider,name,arg1,arg2,arg3,arg4,arg5,arg6,arg7,arg8,arg9,arg10,arg11,arg12) \
  _SDT_PROBE(provider, name, 12, \
	     (arg1,arg2,arg3,arg4,arg5,arg6,arg7,arg8,arg9,arg10,arg11,arg12))

/* This STAP_PROBEV macro can be used in variadic scenarios, where the
   number of probe arguments is not known until compile time.  Since
   variadic macro support may vary with compiler options, you must
   pre-#define SDT_USE_VARIADIC to enable this type of probe.

   The trick to count __VA_ARGS__ was inspired by this post by
   Laurent Deniau <laurent.deniau@cern.ch>:
       http://groups.google.com/group/comp.std.c/msg/346fc464319b1ee5

   Note that our _SDT_NARG is called with an extra 0 arg that's not
   counted, so we don't have to worry about the behavior of macros
   called without any arguments.  */

#define _SDT_NARG(...) __SDT_NARG(__VA_ARGS__, 12,11,10,9,8,7,6,5,4,3,2,1,0)
#define __SDT_NARG(_0,_1,_2,_3,_4,_5,_6,_7,_8,_9,_10,_11,_12, N, ...) N
#ifdef SDT_USE_VARIADIC
#define _SDT_PROBE_N(provider, name, N, ...) \
  _SDT_PROBE(provider, name, N, (__VA_ARGS__))
#define STAP_PROBEV(provider, name, ...) \
  _SDT_PROBE_N(provider, name, _SDT_NARG(0, ##__VA_ARGS__), ##__VA_ARGS__)
#endif

/* These macros are for use in asm statements.  You must compile
   with -std=gnu99 or -std=c99 to use the STAP_PROBE_ASM macro.

   The STAP_PROBE_ASM macro generates a quoted string to be used in the
   template portion of the asm statement, concatenated with strings that
   contain the actual assembly code around the probe site.

   For example:

	asm ("before\n"
	     STAP_PROBE_ASM(provider, fooprobe, %eax 4(%esi))
	     "after");

   emits the assembly code for "before\nafter", with a probe in between.
   The probe arguments are the %eax register, and the value of the memory
   word located 4 bytes past the address in the %esi register.  Note that
   because this is a simple asm, not a GNU C extended asm statement, these
   % characters do not need to be doubled to generate literal %reg names.

   In a GNU C extended asm statement, the probe arguments can be specified
   using the macro STAP_PROBE_ASM_TEMPLATE(n) for n arguments.  The paired
   macro STAP_PROBE_ASM_OPERANDS gives the C values of these probe arguments,
   and appears in the input operand list of the asm statement.  For example:

	asm ("someinsn %0,%1\n" // %0 is output operand, %1 is input operand
	     STAP_PROBE_ASM(provider, fooprobe, STAP_PROBE_ASM_TEMPLATE(3))
	     "otherinsn %[namedarg]"
	     : "r" (outvar)
	     : "g" (some_value), [namedarg] "i" (1234),
	       STAP_PROBE_ASM_OPERANDS(3, some_value, some_ptr->field, 1234));

    This is just like writing:

	STAP_PROBE3(provider, fooprobe, some_value, some_ptr->field, 1234));

    but the probe site is right between "someinsn" and "otherinsn".

    The probe arguments in STAP_PROBE_ASM can be given as assembly
    operands instead, even inside a GNU C extended asm statement.
    Note that these can use operand templates like %0 or %[name],
    and likewise they must write %%reg for a literal operand of %reg.  */

#define _SDT_ASM_BODY_1(p,n,...) _SDT_ASM_BODY(p,n,_SDT_ASM_SUBSTR,(__VA_ARGS__))
#define _SDT_ASM_BODY_2(p,n,...) _SDT_ASM_BODY(p,n,/*_SDT_ASM_STRING */,__VA_ARGS__)
#define _SDT_ASM_BODY_N2(p,n,no,...) _SDT_ASM_BODY_ ## no(p,n,__VA_ARGS__)
#define _SDT_ASM_BODY_N1(p,n,no,...) _SDT_ASM_BODY_N2(p,n,no,__VA_ARGS__)
#define _SDT_ASM_BODY_N(p,n,...) _SDT_ASM_BODY_N1(p,n,_SDT_NARG(0, __VA_ARGS__),__VA_ARGS__)

#if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
# define STAP_PROBE_ASM(provider, name, ...)		\
  _SDT_ASM_BODY_N(provider, name, __VA_ARGS__)					\
  _SDT_ASM_BASE
# define STAP_PROBE_ASM_OPERANDS(n, ...) _SDT_ASM_OPERANDS_##n(__VA_ARGS__)
#else
# define STAP_PROBE_ASM(provider, name, args)	\
  _SDT_ASM_BODY(provider, name, /* _SDT_ASM_STRING */, (args))	\
  _SDT_ASM_BASE
#endif
#define STAP_PROBE_ASM_TEMPLATE(n) _SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_##n,"use _SDT_ASM_TEMPLATE_"


/* DTrace compatible macro names.  */
#define DTRACE_PROBE(provider,probe)		\
  STAP_PROBE(provider,probe)
#define DTRACE_PROBE1(provider,probe,parm1)	\
  STAP_PROBE1(provider,probe,parm1)
#define DTRACE_PROBE2(provider,probe,parm1,parm2)	\
  STAP_PROBE2(provider,probe,parm1,parm2)
#define DTRACE_PROBE3(provider,probe,parm1,parm2,parm3) \
  STAP_PROBE3(provider,probe,parm1,parm2,parm3)
#define DTRACE_PROBE4(provider,probe,parm1,parm2,parm3,parm4)	\
  STAP_PROBE4(provider,probe,parm1,parm2,parm3,parm4)
#define DTRACE_PROBE5(provider,probe,parm1,parm2,parm3,parm4,parm5)	\
  STAP_PROBE5(provider,probe,parm1,parm2,parm3,parm4,parm5)
#define DTRACE_PROBE6(provider,probe,parm1,parm2,parm3,parm4,parm5,parm6) \
  STAP_PROBE6(provider,probe,parm1,parm2,parm3,parm4,parm5,parm6)
#define DTRACE_PROBE7(provider,probe,parm1,parm2,parm3,parm4,parm5,parm6,parm7) \
  STAP_PROBE7(provider,probe,parm1,parm2,parm3,parm4,parm5,parm6,parm7)
#define DTRACE_PROBE8(provider,probe,parm1,parm2,parm3,parm4,parm5,parm6,parm7,parm8) \
  STAP_PROBE8(provider,probe,parm1,parm2,parm3,parm4,parm5,parm6,parm7,parm8)
#define DTRACE_PROBE9(provider,probe,parm1,parm2,parm3,parm4,parm5,parm6,parm7,parm8,parm9) \
  STAP_PROBE9(provider,probe,parm1,parm2,parm3,parm4,parm5,parm6,parm7,parm8,parm9)
#define DTRACE_PROBE10(provider,probe,parm1,parm2,parm3,parm4,parm5,parm6,parm7,parm8,parm9,parm10) \
  STAP_PROBE10(provider,probe,parm1,parm2,parm3,parm4,parm5,parm6,parm7,parm8,parm9,parm10)
#define DTRACE_PROBE11(provider,probe,parm1,parm2,parm3,parm4,parm5,parm6,parm7,parm8,parm9,parm10,parm11) \
  STAP_PROBE11(provider,probe,parm1,parm2,parm3,parm4,parm5,parm6,parm7,parm8,parm9,parm10,parm11)
#define DTRACE_PROBE12(provider,probe,parm1,parm2,parm3,parm4,parm5,parm6,parm7,parm8,parm9,parm10,parm11,parm12) \
  STAP_PROBE12(provider,probe,parm1,parm2,parm3,parm4,parm5,parm6,parm7,parm8,parm9,parm10,parm11,parm12)


#endif /* sys/sdt.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_VTIMES_H
#define _SYS_VTIMES_H	1

#include <features.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* This interface is obsolete; use `getrusage' instead.  */

/* Granularity of the `vm_utime' and `vm_stime' fields of a `struct vtimes'.
   (This is the frequency of the machine's power supply, in Hz.)  */
#define	VTIMES_UNITS_PER_SECOND	60

struct vtimes
{
  /* User time used in units of 1/VTIMES_UNITS_PER_SECOND seconds.  */
  int vm_utime;
  /* System time used in units of 1/VTIMES_UNITS_PER_SECOND seconds.  */
  int vm_stime;

  /* Amount of data and stack memory used (kilobyte-seconds).  */
  unsigned int vm_idsrss;
  /* Amount of text memory used (kilobyte-seconds).  */
  unsigned int vm_ixrss;
  /* Maximum resident set size (text, data, and stack) (kilobytes).  */
  int vm_maxrss;

  /* Number of hard page faults (i.e. those that required I/O).  */
  int vm_majflt;
  /* Number of soft page faults (i.e. those serviced by reclaiming
     a page from the list of pages awaiting reallocation.  */
  int vm_minflt;

  /* Number of times a process was swapped out of physical memory.  */
  int vm_nswap;

  /* Number of input operations via the file system.  Note: This
     and `ru_oublock' do not include operations with the cache.  */
  int vm_inblk;
  /* Number of output operations via the file system.  */
  int vm_oublk;
};

/* If CURRENT is not NULL, write statistics for the current process into
   *CURRENT.  If CHILD is not NULL, write statistics for all terminated child
   processes into *CHILD.  Returns 0 for success, -1 for failure.  */
extern int vtimes (struct vtimes * __current, struct vtimes * __child) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/vtimes.h  */
/* Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_MSG_H
#define _SYS_MSG_H

#include <features.h>

#define __need_size_t
#include <stddef.h>

/* Get common definition of System V style IPC.  */
#include <sys/ipc.h>

/* Get system dependent definition of `struct msqid_ds' and more.  */
#include <bits/msq.h>

/* Define types required by the standard.  */
#include <bits/types/time_t.h>

#ifndef __pid_t_defined
typedef __pid_t pid_t;
# define __pid_t_defined
#endif

#ifndef __ssize_t_defined
typedef __ssize_t ssize_t;
# define __ssize_t_defined
#endif

/* The following System V style IPC functions implement a message queue
   system.  The definition is found in XPG2.  */

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Template for struct to be used as argument for `msgsnd' and `msgrcv'.  */
struct msgbuf
  {
    __syscall_slong_t mtype;	/* type of received/sent message */
    char mtext[1];		/* text of the message */
  };
#endif


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Message queue control operation.  */
extern int msgctl (int __msqid, int __cmd, struct msqid_ds *__buf) __THROW;

/* Get messages queue.  */
extern int msgget (key_t __key, int __msgflg) __THROW;

/* Receive message from message queue.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern ssize_t msgrcv (int __msqid, void *__msgp, size_t __msgsz,
		       long int __msgtyp, int __msgflg);

/* Send message to message queue.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int msgsnd (int __msqid, const void *__msgp, size_t __msgsz,
		   int __msgflg);

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/msg.h */
#include <linux/soundcard.h>
/* This just represents the non-kernel parts of <linux/quota.h>.
   Copyright (C) 1998-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 * Copyright (c) 1982, 1986 Regents of the University of California.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
 * Robert Elz at The University of Melbourne.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef _SYS_QUOTA_H
#define _SYS_QUOTA_H 1

#include <features.h>
#include <sys/types.h>

#include <linux/quota.h>

/*
 * Convert diskblocks to blocks and the other way around.
 * currently only to fool the BSD source. :-)
 */
#define dbtob(num) ((num) << 10)
#define btodb(num) ((num) >> 10)

/*
 * Convert count of filesystem blocks to diskquota blocks, meant for
 * filesystems where i_blksize != 1024.
 */
#define fs_to_dq_blocks(num, blksize) (((num) * (blksize)) / 1024)

/*
 * Definitions for disk quotas imposed on the average user
 * (big brother finally hits Linux).
 *
 * The following constants define the amount of time given a user
 * before the soft limits are treated as hard limits (usually resulting
 * in an allocation failure). The timer is started when the user crosses
 * their soft limit, it is reset when they go below their soft limit.
 */
#define MAX_IQ_TIME  604800	/* (7*24*60*60) 1 week */
#define MAX_DQ_TIME  604800	/* (7*24*60*60) 1 week */

#define QUOTAFILENAME "quota"
#define QUOTAGROUP "staff"

#define NR_DQHASH 43          /* Just an arbitrary number any suggestions ? */
#define NR_DQUOTS 256         /* Number of quotas active at one time */

/* Old name for struct if_dqblk.  */
struct dqblk
  {
    __uint64_t dqb_bhardlimit;	/* absolute limit on disk quota blocks alloc */
    __uint64_t dqb_bsoftlimit;	/* preferred limit on disk quota blocks */
    __uint64_t dqb_curspace;	/* current quota block count */
    __uint64_t dqb_ihardlimit;	/* maximum # allocated inodes */
    __uint64_t dqb_isoftlimit;	/* preferred inode limit */
    __uint64_t dqb_curinodes;	/* current # allocated inodes */
    __uint64_t dqb_btime;	/* time limit for excessive disk use */
    __uint64_t dqb_itime;	/* time limit for excessive files */
    __uint32_t dqb_valid;	/* bitmask of QIF_* constants */
  };

/*
 * Shorthand notation.
 */
#define	dq_bhardlimit	dq_dqb.dqb_bhardlimit
#define	dq_bsoftlimit	dq_dqb.dqb_bsoftlimit
#define dq_curspace	dq_dqb.dqb_curspace
#define dq_valid	dq_dqb.dqb_valid
#define	dq_ihardlimit	dq_dqb.dqb_ihardlimit
#define	dq_isoftlimit	dq_dqb.dqb_isoftlimit
#define	dq_curinodes	dq_dqb.dqb_curinodes
#define	dq_btime	dq_dqb.dqb_btime
#define	dq_itime	dq_dqb.dqb_itime

#define dqoff(UID)      ((__loff_t)((UID) * sizeof (struct dqblk)))

/* Old name for struct if_dqinfo.  */
struct dqinfo
  {
    __uint64_t dqi_bgrace;
    __uint64_t dqi_igrace;
    __uint32_t dqi_flags;
    __uint32_t dqi_valid;
  };

__BEGIN_DECLS

extern int quotactl (int __cmd, const char *__special, int __id,
		     __caddr_t __addr) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/quota.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_PRCTL_H
#define _SYS_PRCTL_H	1

#include <features.h>
#include <linux/prctl.h>  /*  The magic values come from here  */

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Control process execution.  */
extern int prctl (int __option, ...) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif  /* sys/prctl.h */
/* Definitions for getting information about a filesystem.
   Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_STATFS_H
#define	_SYS_STATFS_H	1

#include <features.h>

/* Get the system-specific definition of `struct statfs'.  */
#include <bits/statfs.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Return information about the filesystem on which FILE resides.  */
#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
extern int statfs (const char *__file, struct statfs *__buf)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));
#else
# ifdef __REDIRECT_NTH
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (statfs,
			   (const char *__file, struct statfs *__buf),
			   statfs64) __nonnull ((1, 2));
# else
#  define statfs statfs64
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
extern int statfs64 (const char *__file, struct statfs64 *__buf)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));
#endif

/* Return information about the filesystem containing the file FILDES
   refers to.  */
#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
extern int fstatfs (int __fildes, struct statfs *__buf)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2));
#else
# ifdef __REDIRECT_NTH
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (fstatfs, (int __fildes, struct statfs *__buf),
			   fstatfs64) __nonnull ((2));
# else
#  define fstatfs fstatfs64
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
extern int fstatfs64 (int __fildes, struct statfs64 *__buf)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2));
#endif

__END_DECLS

#endif	/* sys/statfs.h */
/*-
 * Copyright (c) 1982, 1986, 1992, 1993
 *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 *	@(#)gmon.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/4/94
 */

#ifndef	_SYS_GMON_H
#define	_SYS_GMON_H	1

#include <features.h>

#include <sys/types.h>

/*
 * See gmon_out.h for gmon.out format.
 */

/* structure emitted by "gcc -a".  This must match struct bb in
   gcc/libgcc2.c.  It is OK for gcc to declare a longer structure as
   long as the members below are present.  */
struct __bb
{
  long			zero_word;
  const char		*filename;
  long			*counts;
  long			ncounts;
  struct __bb		*next;
  const unsigned long	*addresses;
};

extern struct __bb *__bb_head;

/*
 * histogram counters are unsigned shorts (according to the kernel).
 */
#define	HISTCOUNTER	unsigned short

/*
 * fraction of text space to allocate for histogram counters here, 1/2
 */
#define	HISTFRACTION	2

/*
 * Fraction of text space to allocate for from hash buckets.
 * The value of HASHFRACTION is based on the minimum number of bytes
 * of separation between two subroutine call points in the object code.
 * Given MIN_SUBR_SEPARATION bytes of separation the value of
 * HASHFRACTION is calculated as:
 *
 *	HASHFRACTION = MIN_SUBR_SEPARATION / (2 * sizeof(short) - 1);
 *
 * For example, on the VAX, the shortest two call sequence is:
 *
 *	calls	$0,(r0)
 *	calls	$0,(r0)
 *
 * which is separated by only three bytes, thus HASHFRACTION is
 * calculated as:
 *
 *	HASHFRACTION = 3 / (2 * 2 - 1) = 1
 *
 * Note that the division above rounds down, thus if MIN_SUBR_FRACTION
 * is less than three, this algorithm will not work!
 *
 * In practice, however, call instructions are rarely at a minimal
 * distance.  Hence, we will define HASHFRACTION to be 2 across all
 * architectures.  This saves a reasonable amount of space for
 * profiling data structures without (in practice) sacrificing
 * any granularity.
 */
#define	HASHFRACTION	2

/*
 * Percent of text space to allocate for tostructs.
 * This is a heuristic; we will fail with a warning when profiling programs
 * with a very large number of very small functions, but that's
 * normally OK.
 * 2 is probably still a good value for normal programs.
 * Profiling a test case with 64000 small functions will work if
 * you raise this value to 3 and link statically (which bloats the
 * text size, thus raising the number of arcs expected by the heuristic).
 */
#define ARCDENSITY	3

/*
 * Always allocate at least this many tostructs.  This
 * hides the inadequacy of the ARCDENSITY heuristic, at least
 * for small programs.
 *
 * Value can be overridden at runtime by glibc.gmon.minarcs tunable.
 */
#define MINARCS		50

/*
 * The type used to represent indices into gmonparam.tos[].
 */
#define	ARCINDEX	unsigned long

/*
 * Maximum number of arcs we want to allow.
 * Used to be max representable value of ARCINDEX minus 2, but now
 * that ARCINDEX is a long, that's too large; we don't really want
 * to allow a 48 gigabyte table.
 *
 * Value can be overridden at runtime by glibc.gmon.maxarcs tunable.
 */
#define MAXARCS		(1 << 20)

struct tostruct {
	unsigned long	selfpc;
	long		count;
	ARCINDEX	link;
};

/*
 * a raw arc, with pointers to the calling site and
 * the called site and a count.
 */
struct rawarc {
	unsigned long	raw_frompc;
	unsigned long	raw_selfpc;
	long		raw_count;
};

/*
 * general rounding functions.
 */
#define ROUNDDOWN(x,y)	(((x)/(y))*(y))
#define ROUNDUP(x,y)	((((x)+(y)-1)/(y))*(y))

/*
 * The profiling data structures are housed in this structure.
 */
struct gmonparam {
	long int	state;
	unsigned short	*kcount;
	unsigned long	kcountsize;
	ARCINDEX	*froms;
	unsigned long	fromssize;
	struct tostruct	*tos;
	unsigned long	tossize;
	long		tolimit;
	unsigned long	lowpc;
	unsigned long	highpc;
	unsigned long	textsize;
	unsigned long	hashfraction;
	long		log_hashfraction;
};

/*
 * Possible states of profiling.
 */
#define	GMON_PROF_ON	0
#define	GMON_PROF_BUSY	1
#define	GMON_PROF_ERROR	2
#define	GMON_PROF_OFF	3

/*
 * Sysctl definitions for extracting profiling information from the kernel.
 */
#define	GPROF_STATE	0	/* int: profiling enabling variable */
#define	GPROF_COUNT	1	/* struct: profile tick count buffer */
#define	GPROF_FROMS	2	/* struct: from location hash bucket */
#define	GPROF_TOS	3	/* struct: destination/count structure */
#define	GPROF_GMONPARAM	4	/* struct: profiling parameters (see above) */

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Set up data structures and start profiling.  */
extern void __monstartup (unsigned long __lowpc, unsigned long __highpc) __THROW;
extern void monstartup (unsigned long __lowpc, unsigned long __highpc) __THROW;

/* Clean up profiling and write out gmon.out.  */
extern void _mcleanup (void) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/gmon.h */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2019 Andrew G. Morgan <morgan@kernel.org>
 *
 * This header, and the -lpsx library, provide a number of things to
 * support POSIX semantics for syscalls associated with the pthread
 * library. Linking this code is tricky and is done as follows:
 *
 *     ld ... -lpsx -lpthread --wrap=pthread_create
 * or, gcc ... -lpsx -lpthread -Wl,-wrap,pthread_create
 *
 * glibc provides a subset of this functionality natively through the
 * nptl:setxid mechanism and could implement psx_syscall() directly
 * using that style of functionality but, as of 2019-11-30, the setxid
 * mechanism is limited to 9 specific set*() syscalls that do not
 * support the syscall6 API (needed for prctl functions and the ambient
 * capabilities set for example).
 */

#ifndef _SYS_PSX_SYSCALL_H
#define _SYS_PSX_SYSCALL_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <pthread.h>

/*
 * psx_syscall performs the specified syscall on all psx registered
 * threads. The mechanism by which this occurs is much less efficient
 * than a standard system call on Linux, so it should only be used
 * when POSIX semantics are required to change process relevant
 * security state.
 *
 * Glibc has native support for POSIX semantics on setgroups() and the
 * 8 set*[gu]id() functions. So, there is no need to use psx_syscall()
 * for these calls. This call exists for all the other system calls
 * that need to maintain parity on all pthreads of a program.
 *
 * Some macrology is used to allow the caller to provide only as many
 * arguments as needed, thus psx_syscall() cannot be used as a
 * function pointer. For those situations, we define psx_syscall3()
 * and psx_syscall6().
 */
#define psx_syscall(syscall_nr, ...) \
    __psx_syscall(syscall_nr, __VA_ARGS__, (long int) 6, (long int) 5, \
		  (long int) 4, (long int) 3, (long int) 2, \
		  (long int) 1, (long int) 0)
long int __psx_syscall(long int syscall_nr, ...);
long int psx_syscall3(long int syscall_nr,
		      long int arg1, long int arg2, long int arg3);
long int psx_syscall6(long int syscall_nr,
		      long int arg1, long int arg2, long int arg3,
		      long int arg4, long int arg5, long int arg6);

/*
 * This function should be used by systems to obtain pointers to the
 * two syscall functions provided by the PSX library. A linkage trick
 * is to define this function as weak in a library that can optionally
 * use libpsx and then, should the caller link -lpsx, that library can
 * implicitly use these POSIX semantics syscalls. See libcap for an
 * example of this useage.
 */
void psx_load_syscalls(long int (**syscall_fn)(long int,
					       long int, long int, long int),
		       long int (**syscall6_fn)(long int,
						long int, long int, long int,
						long int, long int, long int));

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* _SYS_PSX_SYSCALL_H */
/* Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_DEBUGREG_H
#define _SYS_DEBUGREG_H	1

/* Indicate the register numbers for a number of the specific
   debug registers.  Registers 0-3 contain the addresses we wish to trap on */
#define DR_FIRSTADDR 0        /* u_debugreg[DR_FIRSTADDR] */
#define DR_LASTADDR 3         /* u_debugreg[DR_LASTADDR]  */

#define DR_STATUS 6           /* u_debugreg[DR_STATUS]     */
#define DR_CONTROL 7          /* u_debugreg[DR_CONTROL] */

/* Define a few things for the status register.  We can use this to determine
   which debugging register was responsible for the trap.  The other bits
   are either reserved or not of interest to us. */

#define DR_TRAP0	(0x1)		/* db0 */
#define DR_TRAP1	(0x2)		/* db1 */
#define DR_TRAP2	(0x4)		/* db2 */
#define DR_TRAP3	(0x8)		/* db3 */

#define DR_STEP		(0x4000)	/* single-step */
#define DR_SWITCH	(0x8000)	/* task switch */

/* Now define a bunch of things for manipulating the control register.
   The top two bytes of the control register consist of 4 fields of 4
   bits - each field corresponds to one of the four debug registers,
   and indicates what types of access we trap on, and how large the data
   field is that we are looking at */

#define DR_CONTROL_SHIFT 16   /* Skip this many bits in ctl register */
#define DR_CONTROL_SIZE  4    /* 4 control bits per register */

#define DR_RW_EXECUTE	(0x0) /* Settings for the access types to trap on */
#define DR_RW_WRITE	(0x1)
#define DR_RW_READ	(0x3)

#define DR_LEN_1 (0x0)	      /* Settings for data length to trap on */
#define DR_LEN_2 (0x4)
#define DR_LEN_4 (0xC)
#ifdef __x86_64__
# define DR_LEN_8 (0x8)
#endif

/* The low byte to the control register determine which registers are
   enabled.  There are 4 fields of two bits.  One bit is "local", meaning
   that the processor will reset the bit after a task switch and the other
   is global meaning that we have to explicitly reset the bit.  With linux,
   you can use either one, since we explicitly zero the register when we enter
   kernel mode. */

#define DR_LOCAL_ENABLE_SHIFT  0   /* Extra shift to the local enable bit */
#define DR_GLOBAL_ENABLE_SHIFT 1   /* Extra shift to the global enable bit */
#define DR_ENABLE_SIZE	       2   /* 2 enable bits per register */

#define DR_LOCAL_ENABLE_MASK  (0x55) /* Set  local bits for all 4 regs */
#define DR_GLOBAL_ENABLE_MASK (0xAA) /* Set global bits for all 4 regs */

/* The second byte to the control register has a few special
   things.  */



#ifdef __x86_64__
# define DR_CONTROL_RESERVED (0xFFFFFFFF0000FC00ULL) /* Reserved */
#else
# define DR_CONTROL_RESERVED (0x00FC00U) /* Reserved */
#endif
#define DR_LOCAL_SLOWDOWN   (0x100)  /* Local slow the pipeline */
#define DR_GLOBAL_SLOWDOWN  (0x200)  /* Global slow the pipeline */

#endif	/* sys/debugreg.h */
/* Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_UCONTEXT_H
#define _SYS_UCONTEXT_H	1

#include <features.h>

#include <bits/types.h>
#include <bits/types/sigset_t.h>
#include <bits/types/stack_t.h>


#ifdef __USE_MISC
# define __ctx(fld) fld
#else
# define __ctx(fld) __ ## fld
#endif

#ifdef __x86_64__

/* Type for general register.  */
__extension__ typedef long long int greg_t;

/* Number of general registers.  */
#define __NGREG	23
#ifdef __USE_MISC
# define NGREG	__NGREG
#endif

/* Container for all general registers.  */
typedef greg_t gregset_t[__NGREG];

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Number of each register in the `gregset_t' array.  */
enum
{
  REG_R8 = 0,
# define REG_R8		REG_R8
  REG_R9,
# define REG_R9		REG_R9
  REG_R10,
# define REG_R10	REG_R10
  REG_R11,
# define REG_R11	REG_R11
  REG_R12,
# define REG_R12	REG_R12
  REG_R13,
# define REG_R13	REG_R13
  REG_R14,
# define REG_R14	REG_R14
  REG_R15,
# define REG_R15	REG_R15
  REG_RDI,
# define REG_RDI	REG_RDI
  REG_RSI,
# define REG_RSI	REG_RSI
  REG_RBP,
# define REG_RBP	REG_RBP
  REG_RBX,
# define REG_RBX	REG_RBX
  REG_RDX,
# define REG_RDX	REG_RDX
  REG_RAX,
# define REG_RAX	REG_RAX
  REG_RCX,
# define REG_RCX	REG_RCX
  REG_RSP,
# define REG_RSP	REG_RSP
  REG_RIP,
# define REG_RIP	REG_RIP
  REG_EFL,
# define REG_EFL	REG_EFL
  REG_CSGSFS,		/* Actually short cs, gs, fs, __pad0.  */
# define REG_CSGSFS	REG_CSGSFS
  REG_ERR,
# define REG_ERR	REG_ERR
  REG_TRAPNO,
# define REG_TRAPNO	REG_TRAPNO
  REG_OLDMASK,
# define REG_OLDMASK	REG_OLDMASK
  REG_CR2
# define REG_CR2	REG_CR2
};
#endif

struct _libc_fpxreg
{
  unsigned short int __ctx(significand)[4];
  unsigned short int __ctx(exponent);
  unsigned short int __glibc_reserved1[3];
};

struct _libc_xmmreg
{
  __uint32_t	__ctx(element)[4];
};

struct _libc_fpstate
{
  /* 64-bit FXSAVE format.  */
  __uint16_t		__ctx(cwd);
  __uint16_t		__ctx(swd);
  __uint16_t		__ctx(ftw);
  __uint16_t		__ctx(fop);
  __uint64_t		__ctx(rip);
  __uint64_t		__ctx(rdp);
  __uint32_t		__ctx(mxcsr);
  __uint32_t		__ctx(mxcr_mask);
  struct _libc_fpxreg	_st[8];
  struct _libc_xmmreg	_xmm[16];
  __uint32_t		__glibc_reserved1[24];
};

/* Structure to describe FPU registers.  */
typedef struct _libc_fpstate *fpregset_t;

/* Context to describe whole processor state.  */
typedef struct
  {
    gregset_t __ctx(gregs);
    /* Note that fpregs is a pointer.  */
    fpregset_t __ctx(fpregs);
    __extension__ unsigned long long __reserved1 [8];
} mcontext_t;

/* Userlevel context.  */
typedef struct ucontext_t
  {
    unsigned long int __ctx(uc_flags);
    struct ucontext_t *uc_link;
    stack_t uc_stack;
    mcontext_t uc_mcontext;
    sigset_t uc_sigmask;
    struct _libc_fpstate __fpregs_mem;
    __extension__ unsigned long long int __ssp[4];
  } ucontext_t;

#else /* !__x86_64__ */

/* Type for general register.  */
typedef int greg_t;

/* Number of general registers.  */
#define __NGREG	19
#ifdef __USE_MISC
# define NGREG	__NGREG
#endif

/* Container for all general registers.  */
typedef greg_t gregset_t[__NGREG];

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Number of each register is the `gregset_t' array.  */
enum
{
  REG_GS = 0,
# define REG_GS		REG_GS
  REG_FS,
# define REG_FS		REG_FS
  REG_ES,
# define REG_ES		REG_ES
  REG_DS,
# define REG_DS		REG_DS
  REG_EDI,
# define REG_EDI	REG_EDI
  REG_ESI,
# define REG_ESI	REG_ESI
  REG_EBP,
# define REG_EBP	REG_EBP
  REG_ESP,
# define REG_ESP	REG_ESP
  REG_EBX,
# define REG_EBX	REG_EBX
  REG_EDX,
# define REG_EDX	REG_EDX
  REG_ECX,
# define REG_ECX	REG_ECX
  REG_EAX,
# define REG_EAX	REG_EAX
  REG_TRAPNO,
# define REG_TRAPNO	REG_TRAPNO
  REG_ERR,
# define REG_ERR	REG_ERR
  REG_EIP,
# define REG_EIP	REG_EIP
  REG_CS,
# define REG_CS		REG_CS
  REG_EFL,
# define REG_EFL	REG_EFL
  REG_UESP,
# define REG_UESP	REG_UESP
  REG_SS
# define REG_SS	REG_SS
};
#endif

/* Definitions taken from the kernel headers.  */
struct _libc_fpreg
{
  unsigned short int __ctx(significand)[4];
  unsigned short int __ctx(exponent);
};

struct _libc_fpstate
{
  unsigned long int __ctx(cw);
  unsigned long int __ctx(sw);
  unsigned long int __ctx(tag);
  unsigned long int __ctx(ipoff);
  unsigned long int __ctx(cssel);
  unsigned long int __ctx(dataoff);
  unsigned long int __ctx(datasel);
  struct _libc_fpreg _st[8];
  unsigned long int __ctx(status);
};

/* Structure to describe FPU registers.  */
typedef struct _libc_fpstate *fpregset_t;

/* Context to describe whole processor state.  */
typedef struct
  {
    gregset_t __ctx(gregs);
    /* Due to Linux's history we have to use a pointer here.  The SysV/i386
       ABI requires a struct with the values.  */
    fpregset_t __ctx(fpregs);
    unsigned long int __ctx(oldmask);
    unsigned long int __ctx(cr2);
  } mcontext_t;

/* Userlevel context.  */
typedef struct ucontext_t
  {
    unsigned long int __ctx(uc_flags);
    struct ucontext_t *uc_link;
    stack_t uc_stack;
    mcontext_t uc_mcontext;
    sigset_t uc_sigmask;
    struct _libc_fpstate __fpregs_mem;
    unsigned long int __ssp[4];
  } ucontext_t;

#endif /* !__x86_64__ */

#undef __ctx

#endif /* sys/ucontext.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_IPC_H
#define _SYS_IPC_H	1

#include <features.h>

/* Get system dependent definition of `struct ipc_perm' and more.  */
#include <bits/ipctypes.h>
#include <bits/ipc.h>

#ifndef __uid_t_defined
typedef __uid_t uid_t;
# define __uid_t_defined
#endif

#ifndef __gid_t_defined
typedef __gid_t gid_t;
# define __gid_t_defined
#endif

#ifndef __mode_t_defined
typedef __mode_t mode_t;
# define __mode_t_defined
#endif

#ifndef __key_t_defined
typedef __key_t key_t;
# define __key_t_defined
#endif

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Generates key for System V style IPC.  */
extern key_t ftok (const char *__pathname, int __proj_id) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/ipc.h */
/* Copyright (C) 2002-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_XATTR_H
#define _SYS_XATTR_H	1

#include <features.h>
#include <sys/types.h>


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* The following constants should be used for the fifth parameter of
   `*setxattr'.  */
#ifndef __USE_KERNEL_XATTR_DEFS
enum
{
  XATTR_CREATE = 1,	/* set value, fail if attr already exists.  */
#define XATTR_CREATE	XATTR_CREATE
  XATTR_REPLACE = 2	/* set value, fail if attr does not exist.  */
#define XATTR_REPLACE	XATTR_REPLACE
};
#endif

/* Set the attribute NAME of the file pointed to by PATH to VALUE (which
   is SIZE bytes long).  Return 0 on success, -1 for errors.  */
extern int setxattr (const char *__path, const char *__name,
		     const void *__value, size_t __size, int __flags)
	__THROW;

/* Set the attribute NAME of the file pointed to by PATH to VALUE (which is
   SIZE bytes long), not following symlinks for the last pathname component.
   Return 0 on success, -1 for errors.  */
extern int lsetxattr (const char *__path, const char *__name,
		      const void *__value, size_t __size, int __flags)
	__THROW;

/* Set the attribute NAME of the file descriptor FD to VALUE (which is SIZE
   bytes long).  Return 0 on success, -1 for errors.  */
extern int fsetxattr (int __fd, const char *__name, const void *__value,
		      size_t __size, int __flags) __THROW;

/* Get the attribute NAME of the file pointed to by PATH to VALUE (which is
   SIZE bytes long).  Return 0 on success, -1 for errors.  */
extern ssize_t getxattr (const char *__path, const char *__name,
			 void *__value, size_t __size) __THROW;

/* Get the attribute NAME of the file pointed to by PATH to VALUE (which is
   SIZE bytes long), not following symlinks for the last pathname component.
   Return 0 on success, -1 for errors.  */
extern ssize_t lgetxattr (const char *__path, const char *__name,
			  void *__value, size_t __size) __THROW;

/* Get the attribute NAME of the file descriptor FD to VALUE (which is SIZE
   bytes long).  Return 0 on success, -1 for errors.  */
extern ssize_t fgetxattr (int __fd, const char *__name, void *__value,
			  size_t __size) __THROW;

/* List attributes of the file pointed to by PATH into the user-supplied
   buffer LIST (which is SIZE bytes big).  Return 0 on success, -1 for
   errors.  */
extern ssize_t listxattr (const char *__path, char *__list, size_t __size)
	__THROW;

/* List attributes of the file pointed to by PATH into the user-supplied
   buffer LIST (which is SIZE bytes big), not following symlinks for the
   last pathname component.  Return 0 on success, -1 for errors.  */
extern ssize_t llistxattr (const char *__path, char *__list, size_t __size)
	__THROW;

/* List attributes of the file descriptor FD into the user-supplied buffer
   LIST (which is SIZE bytes big).  Return 0 on success, -1 for errors.  */
extern ssize_t flistxattr (int __fd, char *__list, size_t __size)
	__THROW;

/* Remove the attribute NAME from the file pointed to by PATH.  Return 0
   on success, -1 for errors.  */
extern int removexattr (const char *__path, const char *__name) __THROW;

/* Remove the attribute NAME from the file pointed to by PATH, not
   following symlinks for the last pathname component.  Return 0 on
   success, -1 for errors.  */
extern int lremovexattr (const char *__path, const char *__name) __THROW;

/* Remove the attribute NAME from the file descriptor FD.  Return 0 on
   success, -1 for errors.  */
extern int fremovexattr (int __fd, const char *__name) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif	/* sys/xattr.h  */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
 *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 *	@(#)queue.h	8.5 (Berkeley) 8/20/94
 */

#ifndef	_SYS_QUEUE_H_
#define	_SYS_QUEUE_H_

/*
 * This file defines five types of data structures: singly-linked lists,
 * lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues.
 *
 * A singly-linked list is headed by a single forward pointer. The
 * elements are singly linked for minimum space and pointer manipulation
 * overhead at the expense of O(n) removal for arbitrary elements. New
 * elements can be added to the list after an existing element or at the
 * head of the list.  Elements being removed from the head of the list
 * should use the explicit macro for this purpose for optimum
 * efficiency. A singly-linked list may only be traversed in the forward
 * direction.  Singly-linked lists are ideal for applications with large
 * datasets and few or no removals or for implementing a LIFO queue.
 *
 * A list is headed by a single forward pointer (or an array of forward
 * pointers for a hash table header). The elements are doubly linked
 * so that an arbitrary element can be removed without a need to
 * traverse the list. New elements can be added to the list before
 * or after an existing element or at the head of the list. A list
 * may only be traversed in the forward direction.
 *
 * A simple queue is headed by a pair of pointers, one the head of the
 * list and the other to the tail of the list. The elements are singly
 * linked to save space, so elements can only be removed from the
 * head of the list. New elements can be added to the list after
 * an existing element, at the head of the list, or at the end of the
 * list. A simple queue may only be traversed in the forward direction.
 *
 * A tail queue is headed by a pair of pointers, one to the head of the
 * list and the other to the tail of the list. The elements are doubly
 * linked so that an arbitrary element can be removed without a need to
 * traverse the list. New elements can be added to the list before or
 * after an existing element, at the head of the list, or at the end of
 * the list. A tail queue may be traversed in either direction.
 *
 * A circle queue is headed by a pair of pointers, one to the head of the
 * list and the other to the tail of the list. The elements are doubly
 * linked so that an arbitrary element can be removed without a need to
 * traverse the list. New elements can be added to the list before or after
 * an existing element, at the head of the list, or at the end of the list.
 * A circle queue may be traversed in either direction, but has a more
 * complex end of list detection.
 *
 * For details on the use of these macros, see the queue(3) manual page.
 */

/*
 * List definitions.
 */
#define	LIST_HEAD(name, type)						\
struct name {								\
	struct type *lh_first;	/* first element */			\
}

#define	LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER(head)					\
	{ NULL }

#define	LIST_ENTRY(type)						\
struct {								\
	struct type *le_next;	/* next element */			\
	struct type **le_prev;	/* address of previous next element */	\
}

/*
 * List functions.
 */
#define	LIST_INIT(head) do {						\
	(head)->lh_first = NULL;					\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	LIST_INSERT_AFTER(listelm, elm, field) do {			\
	if (((elm)->field.le_next = (listelm)->field.le_next) != NULL)	\
		(listelm)->field.le_next->field.le_prev =		\
		    &(elm)->field.le_next;				\
	(listelm)->field.le_next = (elm);				\
	(elm)->field.le_prev = &(listelm)->field.le_next;		\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	LIST_INSERT_BEFORE(listelm, elm, field) do {			\
	(elm)->field.le_prev = (listelm)->field.le_prev;		\
	(elm)->field.le_next = (listelm);				\
	*(listelm)->field.le_prev = (elm);				\
	(listelm)->field.le_prev = &(elm)->field.le_next;		\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	LIST_INSERT_HEAD(head, elm, field) do {				\
	if (((elm)->field.le_next = (head)->lh_first) != NULL)		\
		(head)->lh_first->field.le_prev = &(elm)->field.le_next;\
	(head)->lh_first = (elm);					\
	(elm)->field.le_prev = &(head)->lh_first;			\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	LIST_REMOVE(elm, field) do {					\
	if ((elm)->field.le_next != NULL)				\
		(elm)->field.le_next->field.le_prev = 			\
		    (elm)->field.le_prev;				\
	*(elm)->field.le_prev = (elm)->field.le_next;			\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	LIST_FOREACH(var, head, field)					\
	for ((var) = ((head)->lh_first);				\
		(var);							\
		(var) = ((var)->field.le_next))

/*
 * List access methods.
 */
#define	LIST_EMPTY(head)		((head)->lh_first == NULL)
#define	LIST_FIRST(head)		((head)->lh_first)
#define	LIST_NEXT(elm, field)		((elm)->field.le_next)


/*
 * Singly-linked List definitions.
 */
#define	SLIST_HEAD(name, type)						\
struct name {								\
	struct type *slh_first;	/* first element */			\
}

#define	SLIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER(head)					\
	{ NULL }

#define	SLIST_ENTRY(type)						\
struct {								\
	struct type *sle_next;	/* next element */			\
}

/*
 * Singly-linked List functions.
 */
#define	SLIST_INIT(head) do {						\
	(head)->slh_first = NULL;					\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	SLIST_INSERT_AFTER(slistelm, elm, field) do {			\
	(elm)->field.sle_next = (slistelm)->field.sle_next;		\
	(slistelm)->field.sle_next = (elm);				\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	SLIST_INSERT_HEAD(head, elm, field) do {			\
	(elm)->field.sle_next = (head)->slh_first;			\
	(head)->slh_first = (elm);					\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD(head, field) do {				\
	(head)->slh_first = (head)->slh_first->field.sle_next;		\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	SLIST_REMOVE(head, elm, type, field) do {			\
	if ((head)->slh_first == (elm)) {				\
		SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD((head), field);			\
	}								\
	else {								\
		struct type *curelm = (head)->slh_first;		\
		while(curelm->field.sle_next != (elm))			\
			curelm = curelm->field.sle_next;		\
		curelm->field.sle_next =				\
		    curelm->field.sle_next->field.sle_next;		\
	}								\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	SLIST_FOREACH(var, head, field)					\
	for((var) = (head)->slh_first; (var); (var) = (var)->field.sle_next)

/*
 * Singly-linked List access methods.
 */
#define	SLIST_EMPTY(head)	((head)->slh_first == NULL)
#define	SLIST_FIRST(head)	((head)->slh_first)
#define	SLIST_NEXT(elm, field)	((elm)->field.sle_next)


/*
 * Singly-linked Tail queue declarations.
 */
#define	STAILQ_HEAD(name, type)					\
struct name {								\
	struct type *stqh_first;	/* first element */			\
	struct type **stqh_last;	/* addr of last next element */		\
}

#define	STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(head)					\
	{ NULL, &(head).stqh_first }

#define	STAILQ_ENTRY(type)						\
struct {								\
	struct type *stqe_next;	/* next element */			\
}

/*
 * Singly-linked Tail queue functions.
 */
#define	STAILQ_INIT(head) do {						\
	(head)->stqh_first = NULL;					\
	(head)->stqh_last = &(head)->stqh_first;				\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(head, elm, field) do {			\
	if (((elm)->field.stqe_next = (head)->stqh_first) == NULL)	\
		(head)->stqh_last = &(elm)->field.stqe_next;		\
	(head)->stqh_first = (elm);					\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(head, elm, field) do {			\
	(elm)->field.stqe_next = NULL;					\
	*(head)->stqh_last = (elm);					\
	(head)->stqh_last = &(elm)->field.stqe_next;			\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	STAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(head, listelm, elm, field) do {		\
	if (((elm)->field.stqe_next = (listelm)->field.stqe_next) == NULL)\
		(head)->stqh_last = &(elm)->field.stqe_next;		\
	(listelm)->field.stqe_next = (elm);				\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD(head, field) do {				\
	if (((head)->stqh_first = (head)->stqh_first->field.stqe_next) == NULL) \
		(head)->stqh_last = &(head)->stqh_first;			\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	STAILQ_REMOVE(head, elm, type, field) do {			\
	if ((head)->stqh_first == (elm)) {				\
		STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD((head), field);			\
	} else {							\
		struct type *curelm = (head)->stqh_first;		\
		while (curelm->field.stqe_next != (elm))			\
			curelm = curelm->field.stqe_next;		\
		if ((curelm->field.stqe_next =				\
			curelm->field.stqe_next->field.stqe_next) == NULL) \
			    (head)->stqh_last = &(curelm)->field.stqe_next; \
	}								\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	STAILQ_FOREACH(var, head, field)				\
	for ((var) = ((head)->stqh_first);				\
		(var);							\
		(var) = ((var)->field.stqe_next))

#define	STAILQ_CONCAT(head1, head2) do {				\
	if (!STAILQ_EMPTY((head2))) {					\
		*(head1)->stqh_last = (head2)->stqh_first;		\
		(head1)->stqh_last = (head2)->stqh_last;		\
		STAILQ_INIT((head2));					\
	}								\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

/*
 * Singly-linked Tail queue access methods.
 */
#define	STAILQ_EMPTY(head)	((head)->stqh_first == NULL)
#define	STAILQ_FIRST(head)	((head)->stqh_first)
#define	STAILQ_NEXT(elm, field)	((elm)->field.stqe_next)


/*
 * Simple queue definitions.
 */
#define	SIMPLEQ_HEAD(name, type)					\
struct name {								\
	struct type *sqh_first;	/* first element */			\
	struct type **sqh_last;	/* addr of last next element */		\
}

#define	SIMPLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(head)					\
	{ NULL, &(head).sqh_first }

#define	SIMPLEQ_ENTRY(type)						\
struct {								\
	struct type *sqe_next;	/* next element */			\
}

/*
 * Simple queue functions.
 */
#define	SIMPLEQ_INIT(head) do {						\
	(head)->sqh_first = NULL;					\
	(head)->sqh_last = &(head)->sqh_first;				\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	SIMPLEQ_INSERT_HEAD(head, elm, field) do {			\
	if (((elm)->field.sqe_next = (head)->sqh_first) == NULL)	\
		(head)->sqh_last = &(elm)->field.sqe_next;		\
	(head)->sqh_first = (elm);					\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	SIMPLEQ_INSERT_TAIL(head, elm, field) do {			\
	(elm)->field.sqe_next = NULL;					\
	*(head)->sqh_last = (elm);					\
	(head)->sqh_last = &(elm)->field.sqe_next;			\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	SIMPLEQ_INSERT_AFTER(head, listelm, elm, field) do {		\
	if (((elm)->field.sqe_next = (listelm)->field.sqe_next) == NULL)\
		(head)->sqh_last = &(elm)->field.sqe_next;		\
	(listelm)->field.sqe_next = (elm);				\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	SIMPLEQ_REMOVE_HEAD(head, field) do {				\
	if (((head)->sqh_first = (head)->sqh_first->field.sqe_next) == NULL) \
		(head)->sqh_last = &(head)->sqh_first;			\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	SIMPLEQ_REMOVE(head, elm, type, field) do {			\
	if ((head)->sqh_first == (elm)) {				\
		SIMPLEQ_REMOVE_HEAD((head), field);			\
	} else {							\
		struct type *curelm = (head)->sqh_first;		\
		while (curelm->field.sqe_next != (elm))			\
			curelm = curelm->field.sqe_next;		\
		if ((curelm->field.sqe_next =				\
			curelm->field.sqe_next->field.sqe_next) == NULL) \
			    (head)->sqh_last = &(curelm)->field.sqe_next; \
	}								\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	SIMPLEQ_FOREACH(var, head, field)				\
	for ((var) = ((head)->sqh_first);				\
		(var);							\
		(var) = ((var)->field.sqe_next))

/*
 * Simple queue access methods.
 */
#define	SIMPLEQ_EMPTY(head)		((head)->sqh_first == NULL)
#define	SIMPLEQ_FIRST(head)		((head)->sqh_first)
#define	SIMPLEQ_NEXT(elm, field)	((elm)->field.sqe_next)


/*
 * Tail queue definitions.
 */
#define	_TAILQ_HEAD(name, type, qual)					\
struct name {								\
	qual type *tqh_first;		/* first element */		\
	qual type *qual *tqh_last;	/* addr of last next element */	\
}
#define TAILQ_HEAD(name, type)	_TAILQ_HEAD(name, struct type,)

#define	TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(head)					\
	{ NULL, &(head).tqh_first }

#define	_TAILQ_ENTRY(type, qual)					\
struct {								\
	qual type *tqe_next;		/* next element */		\
	qual type *qual *tqe_prev;	/* address of previous next element */\
}
#define TAILQ_ENTRY(type)	_TAILQ_ENTRY(struct type,)

/*
 * Tail queue functions.
 */
#define	TAILQ_INIT(head) do {						\
	(head)->tqh_first = NULL;					\
	(head)->tqh_last = &(head)->tqh_first;				\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(head, elm, field) do {			\
	if (((elm)->field.tqe_next = (head)->tqh_first) != NULL)	\
		(head)->tqh_first->field.tqe_prev =			\
		    &(elm)->field.tqe_next;				\
	else								\
		(head)->tqh_last = &(elm)->field.tqe_next;		\
	(head)->tqh_first = (elm);					\
	(elm)->field.tqe_prev = &(head)->tqh_first;			\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(head, elm, field) do {			\
	(elm)->field.tqe_next = NULL;					\
	(elm)->field.tqe_prev = (head)->tqh_last;			\
	*(head)->tqh_last = (elm);					\
	(head)->tqh_last = &(elm)->field.tqe_next;			\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(head, listelm, elm, field) do {		\
	if (((elm)->field.tqe_next = (listelm)->field.tqe_next) != NULL)\
		(elm)->field.tqe_next->field.tqe_prev = 		\
		    &(elm)->field.tqe_next;				\
	else								\
		(head)->tqh_last = &(elm)->field.tqe_next;		\
	(listelm)->field.tqe_next = (elm);				\
	(elm)->field.tqe_prev = &(listelm)->field.tqe_next;		\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE(listelm, elm, field) do {			\
	(elm)->field.tqe_prev = (listelm)->field.tqe_prev;		\
	(elm)->field.tqe_next = (listelm);				\
	*(listelm)->field.tqe_prev = (elm);				\
	(listelm)->field.tqe_prev = &(elm)->field.tqe_next;		\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	TAILQ_REMOVE(head, elm, field) do {				\
	if (((elm)->field.tqe_next) != NULL)				\
		(elm)->field.tqe_next->field.tqe_prev = 		\
		    (elm)->field.tqe_prev;				\
	else								\
		(head)->tqh_last = (elm)->field.tqe_prev;		\
	*(elm)->field.tqe_prev = (elm)->field.tqe_next;			\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	TAILQ_FOREACH(var, head, field)					\
	for ((var) = ((head)->tqh_first);				\
		(var);							\
		(var) = ((var)->field.tqe_next))

#define	TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE(var, head, headname, field)		\
	for ((var) = (*(((struct headname *)((head)->tqh_last))->tqh_last));	\
		(var);							\
		(var) = (*(((struct headname *)((var)->field.tqe_prev))->tqh_last)))

#define	TAILQ_CONCAT(head1, head2, field) do {				\
	if (!TAILQ_EMPTY(head2)) {					\
		*(head1)->tqh_last = (head2)->tqh_first;		\
		(head2)->tqh_first->field.tqe_prev = (head1)->tqh_last;	\
		(head1)->tqh_last = (head2)->tqh_last;			\
		TAILQ_INIT((head2));					\
	}								\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

/*
 * Tail queue access methods.
 */
#define	TAILQ_EMPTY(head)		((head)->tqh_first == NULL)
#define	TAILQ_FIRST(head)		((head)->tqh_first)
#define	TAILQ_NEXT(elm, field)		((elm)->field.tqe_next)

#define	TAILQ_LAST(head, headname) \
	(*(((struct headname *)((head)->tqh_last))->tqh_last))
#define	TAILQ_PREV(elm, headname, field) \
	(*(((struct headname *)((elm)->field.tqe_prev))->tqh_last))


/*
 * Circular queue definitions.
 */
#define	CIRCLEQ_HEAD(name, type)					\
struct name {								\
	struct type *cqh_first;		/* first element */		\
	struct type *cqh_last;		/* last element */		\
}

#define	CIRCLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(head)					\
	{ (void *)&head, (void *)&head }

#define	CIRCLEQ_ENTRY(type)						\
struct {								\
	struct type *cqe_next;		/* next element */		\
	struct type *cqe_prev;		/* previous element */		\
}

/*
 * Circular queue functions.
 */
#define	CIRCLEQ_INIT(head) do {						\
	(head)->cqh_first = (void *)(head);				\
	(head)->cqh_last = (void *)(head);				\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER(head, listelm, elm, field) do {		\
	(elm)->field.cqe_next = (listelm)->field.cqe_next;		\
	(elm)->field.cqe_prev = (listelm);				\
	if ((listelm)->field.cqe_next == (void *)(head))		\
		(head)->cqh_last = (elm);				\
	else								\
		(listelm)->field.cqe_next->field.cqe_prev = (elm);	\
	(listelm)->field.cqe_next = (elm);				\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE(head, listelm, elm, field) do {		\
	(elm)->field.cqe_next = (listelm);				\
	(elm)->field.cqe_prev = (listelm)->field.cqe_prev;		\
	if ((listelm)->field.cqe_prev == (void *)(head))		\
		(head)->cqh_first = (elm);				\
	else								\
		(listelm)->field.cqe_prev->field.cqe_next = (elm);	\
	(listelm)->field.cqe_prev = (elm);				\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD(head, elm, field) do {			\
	(elm)->field.cqe_next = (head)->cqh_first;			\
	(elm)->field.cqe_prev = (void *)(head);				\
	if ((head)->cqh_last == (void *)(head))				\
		(head)->cqh_last = (elm);				\
	else								\
		(head)->cqh_first->field.cqe_prev = (elm);		\
	(head)->cqh_first = (elm);					\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL(head, elm, field) do {			\
	(elm)->field.cqe_next = (void *)(head);				\
	(elm)->field.cqe_prev = (head)->cqh_last;			\
	if ((head)->cqh_first == (void *)(head))			\
		(head)->cqh_first = (elm);				\
	else								\
		(head)->cqh_last->field.cqe_next = (elm);		\
	(head)->cqh_last = (elm);					\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	CIRCLEQ_REMOVE(head, elm, field) do {				\
	if ((elm)->field.cqe_next == (void *)(head))			\
		(head)->cqh_last = (elm)->field.cqe_prev;		\
	else								\
		(elm)->field.cqe_next->field.cqe_prev =			\
		    (elm)->field.cqe_prev;				\
	if ((elm)->field.cqe_prev == (void *)(head))			\
		(head)->cqh_first = (elm)->field.cqe_next;		\
	else								\
		(elm)->field.cqe_prev->field.cqe_next =			\
		    (elm)->field.cqe_next;				\
} while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)

#define	CIRCLEQ_FOREACH(var, head, field)				\
	for ((var) = ((head)->cqh_first);				\
		(var) != (const void *)(head);				\
		(var) = ((var)->field.cqe_next))

#define	CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_REVERSE(var, head, field)			\
	for ((var) = ((head)->cqh_last);				\
		(var) != (const void *)(head);				\
		(var) = ((var)->field.cqe_prev))

/*
 * Circular queue access methods.
 */
#define	CIRCLEQ_EMPTY(head)		((head)->cqh_first == (void *)(head))
#define	CIRCLEQ_FIRST(head)		((head)->cqh_first)
#define	CIRCLEQ_LAST(head)		((head)->cqh_last)
#define	CIRCLEQ_NEXT(elm, field)	((elm)->field.cqe_next)
#define	CIRCLEQ_PREV(elm, field)	((elm)->field.cqe_prev)

#define CIRCLEQ_LOOP_NEXT(head, elm, field)				\
	(((elm)->field.cqe_next == (void *)(head))			\
	    ? ((head)->cqh_first)					\
	    : (elm->field.cqe_next))
#define CIRCLEQ_LOOP_PREV(head, elm, field)				\
	(((elm)->field.cqe_prev == (void *)(head))			\
	    ? ((head)->cqh_last)					\
	    : (elm->field.cqe_prev))

#endif	/* sys/queue.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_SEM_H
#define _SYS_SEM_H	1

#include <features.h>

#define __need_size_t
#include <stddef.h>

/* Get common definition of System V style IPC.  */
#include <sys/ipc.h>

/* Get system dependent definition of `struct semid_ds' and more.  */
#include <bits/sem.h>

#ifdef __USE_GNU
# include <bits/types/struct_timespec.h>
#endif

/* The following System V style IPC functions implement a semaphore
   handling.  The definition is found in XPG2.  */

/* Structure used for argument to `semop' to describe operations.  */
struct sembuf
{
  unsigned short int sem_num;	/* semaphore number */
  short int sem_op;		/* semaphore operation */
  short int sem_flg;		/* operation flag */
};


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Semaphore control operation.  */
extern int semctl (int __semid, int __semnum, int __cmd, ...) __THROW;

/* Get semaphore.  */
extern int semget (key_t __key, int __nsems, int __semflg) __THROW;

/* Operate on semaphore.  */
extern int semop (int __semid, struct sembuf *__sops, size_t __nsops) __THROW;

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Operate on semaphore with timeout.  */
extern int semtimedop (int __semid, struct sembuf *__sops, size_t __nsops,
		       const struct timespec *__timeout) __THROW;
#endif

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/sem.h */
/* Interfaces for obtaining random bytes.
   Copyright (C) 2016-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_RANDOM_H
#define _SYS_RANDOM_H 1

#include <features.h>
#include <sys/types.h>

/* Flags for use with getrandom.  */
#define GRND_NONBLOCK 0x01
#define GRND_RANDOM 0x02

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Write LENGTH bytes of randomness starting at BUFFER.  Return the
   number of bytes written, or -1 on error.  */
ssize_t getrandom (void *__buffer, size_t __length,
                   unsigned int __flags) __wur;

/* Write LENGTH bytes of randomness starting at BUFFER.  Return 0 on
   success or -1 on error.  */
int getentropy (void *__buffer, size_t __length) __wur;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* _SYS_RANDOM_H */
#include <fcntl.h>
/* Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_ACCT_H
#define _SYS_ACCT_H	1

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <endian.h>
#include <bits/types/time_t.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

#define ACCT_COMM 16

/*
  comp_t is a 16-bit "floating" point number with a 3-bit base 8
  exponent and a 13-bit fraction. See linux/kernel/acct.c for the
  specific encoding system used.
*/

typedef uint16_t comp_t;

struct acct
{
  char ac_flag;			/* Flags.  */
  uint16_t ac_uid;		/* Real user ID.  */
  uint16_t ac_gid;		/* Real group ID.  */
  uint16_t ac_tty;		/* Controlling terminal.  */
  uint32_t ac_btime;		/* Beginning time.  */
  comp_t ac_utime;		/* User time.  */
  comp_t ac_stime;		/* System time.  */
  comp_t ac_etime;		/* Elapsed time.  */
  comp_t ac_mem;		/* Average memory usage.  */
  comp_t ac_io;			/* Chars transferred.  */
  comp_t ac_rw;			/* Blocks read or written.  */
  comp_t ac_minflt;		/* Minor pagefaults.  */
  comp_t ac_majflt;		/* Major pagefaults.  */
  comp_t ac_swaps;		/* Number of swaps.  */
  uint32_t ac_exitcode;		/* Process exitcode.  */
  char ac_comm[ACCT_COMM+1];	/* Command name.  */
  char ac_pad[10];		/* Padding bytes.  */
};


struct acct_v3
{
  char ac_flag;			/* Flags */
  char ac_version;		/* Always set to ACCT_VERSION */
  uint16_t ac_tty;		/* Control Terminal */
  uint32_t ac_exitcode;		/* Exitcode */
  uint32_t ac_uid;		/* Real User ID */
  uint32_t ac_gid;		/* Real Group ID */
  uint32_t ac_pid;		/* Process ID */
  uint32_t ac_ppid;		/* Parent Process ID */
  uint32_t ac_btime;		/* Process Creation Time */
  float ac_etime;		/* Elapsed Time */
  comp_t ac_utime;		/* User Time */
  comp_t ac_stime;		/* System Time */
  comp_t ac_mem;		/* Average Memory Usage */
  comp_t ac_io;			/* Chars Transferred */
  comp_t ac_rw;			/* Blocks Read or Written */
  comp_t ac_minflt;		/* Minor Pagefaults */
  comp_t ac_majflt;		/* Major Pagefaults */
  comp_t ac_swaps;		/* Number of Swaps */
  char ac_comm[ACCT_COMM];	/* Command Name */
};


enum
  {
    AFORK = 0x01,		/* Has executed fork, but no exec.  */
    ASU = 0x02,			/* Used super-user privileges.  */
    ACORE = 0x08,		/* Dumped core.  */
    AXSIG = 0x10		/* Killed by a signal.  */
  };

#if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
# define ACCT_BYTEORDER 0x80	/* Accounting file is big endian.  */
#else
# define ACCT_BYTEORDER 0x00	/* Accounting file is little endian.  */
#endif

#define AHZ     100


/* Switch process accounting on and off.  */
extern int acct (const char *__filename) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif	/* sys/acct.h */
/* Copyright (C) 2002-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/* Taken verbatim from Linux 2.6 (include/linux/personality.h).  */

#ifndef _SYS_PERSONALITY_H
#define _SYS_PERSONALITY_H 1

#include <features.h>

/* Flags for bug emulation.
   These occupy the top three bytes.  */
enum
  {
    UNAME26 = 0x0020000,
    ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE = 0x0040000,
    FDPIC_FUNCPTRS = 0x0080000,
    MMAP_PAGE_ZERO = 0x0100000,
    ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT = 0x0200000,
    READ_IMPLIES_EXEC = 0x0400000,
    ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT = 0x0800000,
    SHORT_INODE = 0x1000000,
    WHOLE_SECONDS = 0x2000000,
    STICKY_TIMEOUTS = 0x4000000,
    ADDR_LIMIT_3GB = 	0x8000000
  };

/* Personality types.

   These go in the low byte.  Avoid using the top bit, it will
   conflict with error returns.  */
enum
  {
    PER_LINUX = 0x0000,
    PER_LINUX_32BIT = 0x0000 | ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT,
    PER_LINUX_FDPIC = 0x0000 | FDPIC_FUNCPTRS,
    PER_SVR4 = 0x0001 | STICKY_TIMEOUTS | MMAP_PAGE_ZERO,
    PER_SVR3 = 0x0002 | STICKY_TIMEOUTS | SHORT_INODE,
    PER_SCOSVR3 = 0x0003 | STICKY_TIMEOUTS | WHOLE_SECONDS | SHORT_INODE,
    PER_OSR5 = 0x0003 | STICKY_TIMEOUTS | WHOLE_SECONDS,
    PER_WYSEV386 = 0x0004 | STICKY_TIMEOUTS | SHORT_INODE,
    PER_ISCR4 = 0x0005 | STICKY_TIMEOUTS,
    PER_BSD = 0x0006,
    PER_SUNOS = 0x0006 | STICKY_TIMEOUTS,
    PER_XENIX = 0x0007 | STICKY_TIMEOUTS | SHORT_INODE,
    PER_LINUX32 = 0x0008,
    PER_LINUX32_3GB = 0x0008 | ADDR_LIMIT_3GB,
    PER_IRIX32 = 0x0009 | STICKY_TIMEOUTS,	/* IRIX5 32-bit */
    PER_IRIXN32 = 0x000a | STICKY_TIMEOUTS,	/* IRIX6 new 32-bit */
    PER_IRIX64 = 0x000b | STICKY_TIMEOUTS,	/* IRIX6 64-bit */
    PER_RISCOS = 0x000c,
    PER_SOLARIS = 0x000d | STICKY_TIMEOUTS,
    PER_UW7 = 0x000e | STICKY_TIMEOUTS | MMAP_PAGE_ZERO,
    PER_OSF4 = 0x000f,
    PER_HPUX = 0x0010,
    PER_MASK = 0x00ff,
  };

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Set different ABIs (personalities).  */
extern int personality (unsigned long int __persona) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sys/personality.h */
/* Other systems declare `struct statfs' et al in <sys/vfs.h>,
   so we have this file to be compatible with programs expecting it.  */

#include <sys/statfs.h>
#ifndef _SYS_TERMIOS_H
#define _SYS_TERMIOS_H
#include <termios.h>
#endif
/* Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_SYSINFO_H
#define _SYS_SYSINFO_H	1

#include <features.h>

/* Get sysinfo structure from kernel header.  */
#include <linux/kernel.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Returns information on overall system statistics.  */
extern int sysinfo (struct sysinfo *__info) __THROW;


/* Return number of configured processors.  */
extern int get_nprocs_conf (void) __THROW;

/* Return number of available processors.  */
extern int get_nprocs (void) __THROW;


/* Return number of physical pages of memory in the system.  */
extern long int get_phys_pages (void) __THROW;

/* Return number of available physical pages of memory in the system.  */
extern long int get_avphys_pages (void) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif	/* sys/sysinfo.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1994-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_TIMEB_H
#define _SYS_TIMEB_H	1

#include <features.h>

#include <bits/types/time_t.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Structure returned by the `ftime' function.  */

struct timeb
  {
    time_t time;		/* Seconds since epoch, as from `time'.  */
    unsigned short int millitm;	/* Additional milliseconds.  */
    short int timezone;		/* Minutes west of GMT.  */
    short int dstflag;		/* Nonzero if Daylight Savings Time used.  */
  };

/* Fill in TIMEBUF with information about the current time.  */

extern int ftime (struct timeb *__timebuf);

__END_DECLS

#endif	/* sys/timeb.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYSCALL_H
#define _SYSCALL_H	1

/* This file should list the numbers of the system calls the system knows.
   But instead of duplicating this we use the information available
   from the kernel sources.  */
#include <asm/unistd.h>

#ifndef _LIBC
/* The Linux kernel header file defines macros `__NR_<name>', but some
   programs expect the traditional form `SYS_<name>'.  So in building libc
   we scan the kernel's list and produce <bits/syscall.h> with macros for
   all the `SYS_' names.  */
# include <bits/syscall.h>
#endif

#endif
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_UN_H
#define	_SYS_UN_H	1

#include <sys/cdefs.h>

/* Get the definition of the macro to define the common sockaddr members.  */
#include <bits/sockaddr.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Structure describing the address of an AF_LOCAL (aka AF_UNIX) socket.  */
struct sockaddr_un
  {
    __SOCKADDR_COMMON (sun_);
    char sun_path[108];		/* Path name.  */
  };


#ifdef __USE_MISC
# include <string.h>		/* For prototype of `strlen'.  */

/* Evaluate to actual length of the `sockaddr_un' structure.  */
# define SUN_LEN(ptr) ((size_t) (((struct sockaddr_un *) 0)->sun_path)	      \
		      + strlen ((ptr)->sun_path))
#endif

__END_DECLS

#endif	/* sys/un.h  */
/* Header file for monetary value formatting functions.
   Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_MONETARY_H
#define	_MONETARY_H	1

#include <features.h>

/* Get needed types.  */
#define __need_size_t
#include <stddef.h>
#include <bits/types.h>

#ifndef	__ssize_t_defined
typedef __ssize_t ssize_t;
# define __ssize_t_defined
#endif


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Formatting a monetary value according to the current locale.  */
extern ssize_t strfmon (char *__restrict __s, size_t __maxsize,
			const char *__restrict __format, ...)
     __THROW __attribute_format_strfmon__ (3, 4);

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K8
/* POSIX.1-2008 extended locale interface (see locale.h).  */
# include <bits/types/locale_t.h>

/* Formatting a monetary value according to the given locale.  */
extern ssize_t strfmon_l (char *__restrict __s, size_t __maxsize,
			  locale_t __loc,
			  const char *__restrict __format, ...)
     __THROW __attribute_format_strfmon__ (4, 5);
#endif

#ifdef __LDBL_COMPAT
# include <bits/monetary-ldbl.h>
#endif

__END_DECLS

#endif	/* monetary.h */
/*
 * bsock_addrinfo - struct addrinfo string manipulation
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2011, Glue Logic LLC. All rights reserved. code()gluelogic.com
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *   * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *   * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *     documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 *   * Neither the name of Glue Logic LLC nor the names of its contributors
 *     may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *     without specific prior written permission.
 * 
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
 * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL <COPYRIGHT HOLDER> BE LIABLE FOR ANY
 * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
 * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
 * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
 * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef INCLUDED_BSOCK_ADDRINFO_H
#define INCLUDED_BSOCK_ADDRINFO_H

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <netdb.h>
#include <stdbool.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#if defined(_AIX) && !defined(_ALL_SOURCE)
/* #define _ALL_SOURCE required for definition of struct addrinfo on AIX (!) */
/* !!Differs!! from Single Unix Specification SUSv6 (from 2004!)
 * http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/basedefs/netdb.h.html */
struct addrinfo
{                         /* AIX struct addrinfo DIFFERS FROM POSIX STANDARD! */
    int ai_flags;
    int ai_family;
    int ai_socktype;
    int ai_protocol;
    size_t ai_addrlen;         /* socklen_t in standard */
    char *ai_canonname;        /* order swapped with ai_addr in standard */
    struct sockaddr *ai_addr;  /* order swapped with ai_cannonname in standard*/
    struct addrinfo *ai_next;
};
#define AI_PASSIVE 0x02        /* specific to AIX */
#endif

struct bsock_addrinfo_strs {
    const char *family;
    const char *socktype;
    const char *protocol;
    const char *service;
    const char *addr;
};

/* ai->ai_addr must be provided containing usable storage of len ai->ai_addrlen
 * (recommended: #include <sys/socket.h> and use struct sockaddr_storage) */
bool  __attribute__((nonnull))
bsock_addrinfo_from_strs(struct addrinfo * const restrict ai,
                         const struct bsock_addrinfo_strs *
                           const restrict aistr);

bool  __attribute__((nonnull))
bsock_addrinfo_to_strs(const struct addrinfo * const restrict ai,
                       struct bsock_addrinfo_strs * const aistr,
                       char * const restrict buf, const size_t bufsz);

bool  __attribute__((nonnull))
bsock_addrinfo_split_str(struct bsock_addrinfo_strs * const aistr,
                         char * const restrict str);

bool  __attribute__((nonnull (2,3)))
bsock_addrinfo_recv_ex (const int fd,
                        struct addrinfo * const restrict ai,
                        int * const restrict rfd,
                        char * const restrict ctrlbuf,
                        const size_t ctrlbuf_sz);

#define bsock_addrinfo_recv(fd, ai, rfd) \
        bsock_addrinfo_recv_ex((fd),(ai),(rfd),0,0)

bool  __attribute__((nonnull))
bsock_addrinfo_send (const int fd,
                     const struct addrinfo * const restrict ai, const int sfd);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/*
 * bsock_daemon - daemon initialization and signal setup
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2011, Glue Logic LLC. All rights reserved. code()gluelogic.com
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *   * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *   * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *     documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 *   * Neither the name of Glue Logic LLC nor the names of its contributors
 *     may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *     without specific prior written permission.
 * 
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
 * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL <COPYRIGHT HOLDER> BE LIABLE FOR ANY
 * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
 * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
 * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
 * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef INCLUDED_BSOCK_DAEMON_H
#define INCLUDED_BSOCK_DAEMON_H

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdbool.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

bool
bsock_daemon_setuid_stdinit (void);

bool
bsock_daemon_init (const int supervised, const bool check);

int  __attribute__((nonnull))
bsock_daemon_init_socket (const char * const restrict sockpath, /*(persistent)*/
                          const uid_t uid, const gid_t gid,
                          const mode_t mode);

size_t
bsock_daemon_msg_control_max (void);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/*
 * bsock_bind - interfaces to bind to reserved ports
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2011, Glue Logic LLC. All rights reserved. code()gluelogic.com
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *   * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *   * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *     documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 *   * Neither the name of Glue Logic LLC nor the names of its contributors
 *     may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *     without specific prior written permission.
 * 
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
 * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL <COPYRIGHT HOLDER> BE LIABLE FOR ANY
 * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
 * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
 * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
 * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef INCLUDED_BSOCK_BIND_H
#define INCLUDED_BSOCK_BIND_H

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <netdb.h>

#ifdef _AIX
#include "bsock_addrinfo.h"  /* struct addrinfo */
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

int  __attribute__((nonnull))
bsock_bind_addrinfo (const int fd, const struct addrinfo * const restrict ai);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/*
 * bsock_unix - unix domain socket sendmsg and recvmsg wrappers
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2011, Glue Logic LLC. All rights reserved. code()gluelogic.com
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *   * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *   * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *     documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 *   * Neither the name of Glue Logic LLC nor the names of its contributors
 *     may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *     without specific prior written permission.
 * 
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
 * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL <COPYRIGHT HOLDER> BE LIABLE FOR ANY
 * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
 * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
 * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
 * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef INCLUDED_BSOCK_UNIX_H
#define INCLUDED_BSOCK_UNIX_H

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/uio.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* bsock stack allocation for recvmsg() ancillary data
 * On Linux, maximum length of ancillary data and user control data is set in
 * /proc/sys/net/core/optmem_max (man 3 cmsg, man 7 socket); customarily 10240.
 * RFC 3542: Advanced Sockets Application Program Interface (API) for IPv6
 * RFC 3542 min ancillary data is 10240; recommends getsockopt SO_SNDBUF
 * (traditional BSD mbuf is 108, which is way too small for RFC 3542 spec)
 *
 * The reason this setting is important is because a client can send many file
 * descriptors.  On Linux, even if recvmsg() reports MSG_CTRUNC, the file
 * descriptors that the client sent are still received by the server process
 * (up to sysconf(_SC_OPEN_MAX)), resulting in leakage of file descriptors
 * unless process takes extra measures to close fds it does not know about.
 * Such an undertaking is difficult to do correctly since process might not
 * know which fds have been opened by lower-level libraries, e.g. to syslog,
 * nscd, /etc/protocols, /etc/services, etc.  Setting this buffer size to the
 * maximum allowed means that MSG_CTRUNC should not be possible.  (Take care
 * if increasing size since buffer is allocated on stack (as of this writing.)
 * On Linux, client can send the same descriptor many times and it will be
 * dup'd and received many times by server.  On Linux, there appears to be a
 * maximum of 255 file descriptors that can be sent with sendmsg() over unix
 * domain sockets, whether in one or many separate ancillary control buffers.
 * On Linux, these ancillary control buffers appear to be independent of
 * SO_RCVBUF and SO_SNDBUF sizes of either client or server; limiting size of
 * SO_RCVBUF and SO_SNDBUF has no effect on size of ancillary control buffers.
 * In any case, allocating /proc/sys/net/core/optmem_max for ancillary control
 * buffers prevents the possibility of MSG_CTRUNC on Linux.
 */
#ifndef BSOCK_ANCILLARY_DATA_MAX
#define BSOCK_ANCILLARY_DATA_MAX 10240
#endif

int  __attribute__((nonnull))
bsock_unix_socket_connect (const char * const restrict sockpath);

int  __attribute__((nonnull))
bsock_unix_socket_bind_listen (const char * const restrict sockpath,
                               int * const restrict bound);

ssize_t  __attribute__((nonnull (4)))
bsock_unix_recv_fds (const int fd,
                     int * const restrict rfds,
                     unsigned int * const restrict nrfds,
                     struct iovec * const restrict iov,
                     const size_t iovlen);

ssize_t  __attribute__((nonnull (4,6)))
bsock_unix_recv_fds_ex (const int fd,
                        int * const restrict rfds,
                        unsigned int * const restrict nrfds,
                        struct iovec * const restrict iov,
                        const size_t iovlen,
                        char * const restrict ctrlbuf,
                        const size_t ctrlbuf_sz);

ssize_t  __attribute__((nonnull (4)))
bsock_unix_send_fds (const int fd,
                     const int * const restrict sfds,
                     unsigned int nsfds,
                     struct iovec * const restrict iov,
                     const size_t iovlen);

int  __attribute__((nonnull))
bsock_unix_getpeereid (const int s,
                       uid_t * const restrict euid,
                       gid_t * const restrict egid);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/*
 * bsock_syslog - syslog() wrapper for error messages
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2011, Glue Logic LLC. All rights reserved. code()gluelogic.com
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *   * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *   * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *     documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 *   * Neither the name of Glue Logic LLC nor the names of its contributors
 *     may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *     without specific prior written permission.
 * 
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
 * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL <COPYRIGHT HOLDER> BE LIABLE FOR ANY
 * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
 * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
 * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
 * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef INCLUDED_BSOCK_SYSLOG_H
#define INCLUDED_BSOCK_SYSLOG_H

#include <sys/types.h>  /*(for __GNUC_PREREQ(), if available)*/

#ifndef __has_attribute
#define __has_attribute(x) 0
#endif
#ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ
#  ifdef __GNUC_PREREQ__
#    define __GNUC_PREREQ __GNUC_PREREQ__
#  elif defined __GNUC__ && defined __GNUC_MINOR__
#    define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) \
       ((__GNUC__ << 16) + __GNUC_MINOR__ >= ((maj) << 16) + (min))
#  else
#    define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) 0
#  endif
#endif

#if __GNUC_PREREQ(4,3) || __has_attribute(cold)
#ifndef __attribute_cold__
#define __attribute_cold__  __attribute__ ((cold))
#endif
#endif
#ifndef __attribute_cold__
#define __attribute_cold__
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

enum {
  BSOCK_SYSLOG_DAEMON = 0,
  BSOCK_SYSLOG_PERROR = 1,
  BSOCK_SYSLOG_PERROR_NOSYSLOG = 2
};

void  __attribute_cold__
bsock_syslog_setlevel (const int level);

void  __attribute_cold__
bsock_syslog_setlogfd (const int fd);

void  __attribute_cold__
bsock_syslog_openlog (const char * const ident,
                      const int option, const int facility);

void  __attribute_cold__  __attribute__((format(printf,3,4)))
bsock_syslog (const int errnum, const int priority,
              const char * const restrict fmt, ...);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 *	POSIX Standard: 2.10 Symbolic Constants		<unistd.h>
 */

#ifndef	_UNISTD_H
#define	_UNISTD_H	1

#include <features.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* These may be used to determine what facilities are present at compile time.
   Their values can be obtained at run time from `sysconf'.  */

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K8
/* POSIX Standard approved as ISO/IEC 9945-1 as of September 2008.  */
# define _POSIX_VERSION	200809L
#elif defined __USE_XOPEN2K
/* POSIX Standard approved as ISO/IEC 9945-1 as of December 2001.  */
# define _POSIX_VERSION	200112L
#elif defined __USE_POSIX199506
/* POSIX Standard approved as ISO/IEC 9945-1 as of June 1995.  */
# define _POSIX_VERSION	199506L
#elif defined __USE_POSIX199309
/* POSIX Standard approved as ISO/IEC 9945-1 as of September 1993.  */
# define _POSIX_VERSION	199309L
#else
/* POSIX Standard approved as ISO/IEC 9945-1 as of September 1990.  */
# define _POSIX_VERSION	199009L
#endif

/* These are not #ifdef __USE_POSIX2 because they are
   in the theoretically application-owned namespace.  */

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K8
# define __POSIX2_THIS_VERSION	200809L
/* The utilities on GNU systems also correspond to this version.  */
#elif defined __USE_XOPEN2K
/* The utilities on GNU systems also correspond to this version.  */
# define __POSIX2_THIS_VERSION	200112L
#elif defined __USE_POSIX199506
/* The utilities on GNU systems also correspond to this version.  */
# define __POSIX2_THIS_VERSION	199506L
#else
/* The utilities on GNU systems also correspond to this version.  */
# define __POSIX2_THIS_VERSION	199209L
#endif

/* The utilities on GNU systems also correspond to this version.  */
#define _POSIX2_VERSION	__POSIX2_THIS_VERSION

/* This symbol was required until the 2001 edition of POSIX.  */
#define	_POSIX2_C_VERSION	__POSIX2_THIS_VERSION

/* If defined, the implementation supports the
   C Language Bindings Option.  */
#define	_POSIX2_C_BIND	__POSIX2_THIS_VERSION

/* If defined, the implementation supports the
   C Language Development Utilities Option.  */
#define	_POSIX2_C_DEV	__POSIX2_THIS_VERSION

/* If defined, the implementation supports the
   Software Development Utilities Option.  */
#define	_POSIX2_SW_DEV	__POSIX2_THIS_VERSION

/* If defined, the implementation supports the
   creation of locales with the localedef utility.  */
#define _POSIX2_LOCALEDEF       __POSIX2_THIS_VERSION

/* X/Open version number to which the library conforms.  It is selectable.  */
#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K8
# define _XOPEN_VERSION	700
#elif defined __USE_XOPEN2K
# define _XOPEN_VERSION	600
#elif defined __USE_UNIX98
# define _XOPEN_VERSION	500
#else
# define _XOPEN_VERSION	4
#endif

/* Commands and utilities from XPG4 are available.  */
#define _XOPEN_XCU_VERSION	4

/* We are compatible with the old published standards as well.  */
#define _XOPEN_XPG2	1
#define _XOPEN_XPG3	1
#define _XOPEN_XPG4	1

/* The X/Open Unix extensions are available.  */
#define _XOPEN_UNIX	1

/* The enhanced internationalization capabilities according to XPG4.2
   are present.  */
#define	_XOPEN_ENH_I18N	1

/* The legacy interfaces are also available.  */
#define _XOPEN_LEGACY	1


/* Get values of POSIX options:

   If these symbols are defined, the corresponding features are
   always available.  If not, they may be available sometimes.
   The current values can be obtained with `sysconf'.

   _POSIX_JOB_CONTROL		Job control is supported.
   _POSIX_SAVED_IDS		Processes have a saved set-user-ID
				and a saved set-group-ID.
   _POSIX_REALTIME_SIGNALS	Real-time, queued signals are supported.
   _POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING	Priority scheduling is supported.
   _POSIX_TIMERS		POSIX.4 clocks and timers are supported.
   _POSIX_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO	Asynchronous I/O is supported.
   _POSIX_PRIORITIZED_IO	Prioritized asynchronous I/O is supported.
   _POSIX_SYNCHRONIZED_IO	Synchronizing file data is supported.
   _POSIX_FSYNC			The fsync function is present.
   _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES		Mapping of files to memory is supported.
   _POSIX_MEMLOCK		Locking of all memory is supported.
   _POSIX_MEMLOCK_RANGE		Locking of ranges of memory is supported.
   _POSIX_MEMORY_PROTECTION	Setting of memory protections is supported.
   _POSIX_MESSAGE_PASSING	POSIX.4 message queues are supported.
   _POSIX_SEMAPHORES		POSIX.4 counting semaphores are supported.
   _POSIX_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS	POSIX.4 shared memory objects are supported.
   _POSIX_THREADS		POSIX.1c pthreads are supported.
   _POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR	Thread stack address attribute option supported.
   _POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE	Thread stack size attribute option supported.
   _POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS	Thread-safe functions are supported.
   _POSIX_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING
				POSIX.1c thread execution scheduling supported.
   _POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT	Thread priority inheritance option supported.
   _POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT	Thread priority protection option supported.
   _POSIX_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED	Process-shared synchronization supported.
   _POSIX_PII			Protocol-independent interfaces are supported.
   _POSIX_PII_XTI		XTI protocol-indep. interfaces are supported.
   _POSIX_PII_SOCKET		Socket protocol-indep. interfaces are supported.
   _POSIX_PII_INTERNET		Internet family of protocols supported.
   _POSIX_PII_INTERNET_STREAM	Connection-mode Internet protocol supported.
   _POSIX_PII_INTERNET_DGRAM	Connectionless Internet protocol supported.
   _POSIX_PII_OSI		ISO/OSI family of protocols supported.
   _POSIX_PII_OSI_COTS		Connection-mode ISO/OSI service supported.
   _POSIX_PII_OSI_CLTS		Connectionless ISO/OSI service supported.
   _POSIX_POLL			Implementation supports `poll' function.
   _POSIX_SELECT		Implementation supports `select' and `pselect'.

   _XOPEN_REALTIME		X/Open realtime support is available.
   _XOPEN_REALTIME_THREADS	X/Open realtime thread support is available.
   _XOPEN_SHM			Shared memory interface according to XPG4.2.

   _XBS5_ILP32_OFF32		Implementation provides environment with 32-bit
				int, long, pointer, and off_t types.
   _XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG		Implementation provides environment with 32-bit
				int, long, and pointer and off_t with at least
				64 bits.
   _XBS5_LP64_OFF64		Implementation provides environment with 32-bit
				int, and 64-bit long, pointer, and off_t types.
   _XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG		Implementation provides environment with at
				least 32 bits int and long, pointer, and off_t
				with at least 64 bits.

   If any of these symbols is defined as -1, the corresponding option is not
   true for any file.  If any is defined as other than -1, the corresponding
   option is true for all files.  If a symbol is not defined at all, the value
   for a specific file can be obtained from `pathconf' and `fpathconf'.

   _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED	Only the super user can use `chown' to change
				the owner of a file.  `chown' can only be used
				to change the group ID of a file to a group of
				which the calling process is a member.
   _POSIX_NO_TRUNC		Pathname components longer than
				NAME_MAX generate an error.
   _POSIX_VDISABLE		If defined, if the value of an element of the
				`c_cc' member of `struct termios' is
				_POSIX_VDISABLE, no character will have the
				effect associated with that element.
   _POSIX_SYNC_IO		Synchronous I/O may be performed.
   _POSIX_ASYNC_IO		Asynchronous I/O may be performed.
   _POSIX_PRIO_IO		Prioritized Asynchronous I/O may be performed.

   Support for the Large File Support interface is not generally available.
   If it is available the following constants are defined to one.
   _LFS64_LARGEFILE		Low-level I/O supports large files.
   _LFS64_STDIO			Standard I/O supports large files.
   */

#include <bits/posix_opt.h>

/* Get the environment definitions from Unix98.  */
#if defined __USE_UNIX98 || defined __USE_XOPEN2K
# include <bits/environments.h>
#endif

/* Standard file descriptors.  */
#define	STDIN_FILENO	0	/* Standard input.  */
#define	STDOUT_FILENO	1	/* Standard output.  */
#define	STDERR_FILENO	2	/* Standard error output.  */


/* All functions that are not declared anywhere else.  */

#include <bits/types.h>

#ifndef	__ssize_t_defined
typedef __ssize_t ssize_t;
# define __ssize_t_defined
#endif

#define	__need_size_t
#define __need_NULL
#include <stddef.h>

#if defined __USE_XOPEN || defined __USE_XOPEN2K
/* The Single Unix specification says that some more types are
   available here.  */
# ifndef __gid_t_defined
typedef __gid_t gid_t;
#  define __gid_t_defined
# endif

# ifndef __uid_t_defined
typedef __uid_t uid_t;
#  define __uid_t_defined
# endif

# ifndef __off_t_defined
#  ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
typedef __off_t off_t;
#  else
typedef __off64_t off_t;
#  endif
#  define __off_t_defined
# endif
# if defined __USE_LARGEFILE64 && !defined __off64_t_defined
typedef __off64_t off64_t;
#  define __off64_t_defined
# endif

# ifndef __useconds_t_defined
typedef __useconds_t useconds_t;
#  define __useconds_t_defined
# endif

# ifndef __pid_t_defined
typedef __pid_t pid_t;
#  define __pid_t_defined
# endif
#endif	/* X/Open */

#if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_XOPEN2K
# ifndef __intptr_t_defined
typedef __intptr_t intptr_t;
#  define __intptr_t_defined
# endif
#endif

#if defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_XOPEN
# ifndef __socklen_t_defined
typedef __socklen_t socklen_t;
#  define __socklen_t_defined
# endif
#endif

/* Values for the second argument to access.
   These may be OR'd together.  */
#define	R_OK	4		/* Test for read permission.  */
#define	W_OK	2		/* Test for write permission.  */
#define	X_OK	1		/* Test for execute permission.  */
#define	F_OK	0		/* Test for existence.  */

/* Test for access to NAME using the real UID and real GID.  */
extern int access (const char *__name, int __type) __THROW __nonnull ((1));

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Test for access to NAME using the effective UID and GID
   (as normal file operations use).  */
extern int euidaccess (const char *__name, int __type)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* An alias for `euidaccess', used by some other systems.  */
extern int eaccess (const char *__name, int __type)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));
#endif

#ifdef __USE_ATFILE
/* Test for access to FILE relative to the directory FD is open on.
   If AT_EACCESS is set in FLAG, then use effective IDs like `eaccess',
   otherwise use real IDs like `access'.  */
extern int faccessat (int __fd, const char *__file, int __type, int __flag)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2)) __wur;
#endif /* Use GNU.  */


/* Values for the WHENCE argument to lseek.  */
#ifndef	_STDIO_H		/* <stdio.h> has the same definitions.  */
# define SEEK_SET	0	/* Seek from beginning of file.  */
# define SEEK_CUR	1	/* Seek from current position.  */
# define SEEK_END	2	/* Seek from end of file.  */
# ifdef __USE_GNU
#  define SEEK_DATA	3	/* Seek to next data.  */
#  define SEEK_HOLE	4	/* Seek to next hole.  */
# endif
#endif

#if defined __USE_MISC && !defined L_SET
/* Old BSD names for the same constants; just for compatibility.  */
# define L_SET		SEEK_SET
# define L_INCR		SEEK_CUR
# define L_XTND		SEEK_END
#endif


/* Move FD's file position to OFFSET bytes from the
   beginning of the file (if WHENCE is SEEK_SET),
   the current position (if WHENCE is SEEK_CUR),
   or the end of the file (if WHENCE is SEEK_END).
   Return the new file position.  */
#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
extern __off_t lseek (int __fd, __off_t __offset, int __whence) __THROW;
#else
# ifdef __REDIRECT_NTH
extern __off64_t __REDIRECT_NTH (lseek,
				 (int __fd, __off64_t __offset, int __whence),
				 lseek64);
# else
#  define lseek lseek64
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
extern __off64_t lseek64 (int __fd, __off64_t __offset, int __whence)
     __THROW;
#endif

/* Close the file descriptor FD.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int close (int __fd);

/* Read NBYTES into BUF from FD.  Return the
   number read, -1 for errors or 0 for EOF.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern ssize_t read (int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __nbytes) __wur;

/* Write N bytes of BUF to FD.  Return the number written, or -1.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern ssize_t write (int __fd, const void *__buf, size_t __n) __wur;

#if defined __USE_UNIX98 || defined __USE_XOPEN2K8
# ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
/* Read NBYTES into BUF from FD at the given position OFFSET without
   changing the file pointer.  Return the number read, -1 for errors
   or 0 for EOF.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern ssize_t pread (int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __nbytes,
		      __off_t __offset) __wur;

/* Write N bytes of BUF to FD at the given position OFFSET without
   changing the file pointer.  Return the number written, or -1.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern ssize_t pwrite (int __fd, const void *__buf, size_t __n,
		       __off_t __offset) __wur;
# else
#  ifdef __REDIRECT
extern ssize_t __REDIRECT (pread, (int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __nbytes,
				   __off64_t __offset),
			   pread64) __wur;
extern ssize_t __REDIRECT (pwrite, (int __fd, const void *__buf,
				    size_t __nbytes, __off64_t __offset),
			   pwrite64) __wur;
#  else
#   define pread pread64
#   define pwrite pwrite64
#  endif
# endif

# ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
/* Read NBYTES into BUF from FD at the given position OFFSET without
   changing the file pointer.  Return the number read, -1 for errors
   or 0 for EOF.  */
extern ssize_t pread64 (int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __nbytes,
			__off64_t __offset) __wur;
/* Write N bytes of BUF to FD at the given position OFFSET without
   changing the file pointer.  Return the number written, or -1.  */
extern ssize_t pwrite64 (int __fd, const void *__buf, size_t __n,
			 __off64_t __offset) __wur;
# endif
#endif

/* Create a one-way communication channel (pipe).
   If successful, two file descriptors are stored in PIPEDES;
   bytes written on PIPEDES[1] can be read from PIPEDES[0].
   Returns 0 if successful, -1 if not.  */
extern int pipe (int __pipedes[2]) __THROW __wur;

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Same as pipe but apply flags passed in FLAGS to the new file
   descriptors.  */
extern int pipe2 (int __pipedes[2], int __flags) __THROW __wur;
#endif

/* Schedule an alarm.  In SECONDS seconds, the process will get a SIGALRM.
   If SECONDS is zero, any currently scheduled alarm will be cancelled.
   The function returns the number of seconds remaining until the last
   alarm scheduled would have signaled, or zero if there wasn't one.
   There is no return value to indicate an error, but you can set `errno'
   to 0 and check its value after calling `alarm', and this might tell you.
   The signal may come late due to processor scheduling.  */
extern unsigned int alarm (unsigned int __seconds) __THROW;

/* Make the process sleep for SECONDS seconds, or until a signal arrives
   and is not ignored.  The function returns the number of seconds less
   than SECONDS which it actually slept (thus zero if it slept the full time).
   If a signal handler does a `longjmp' or modifies the handling of the
   SIGALRM signal while inside `sleep' call, the handling of the SIGALRM
   signal afterwards is undefined.  There is no return value to indicate
   error, but if `sleep' returns SECONDS, it probably didn't work.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern unsigned int sleep (unsigned int __seconds);

#if (defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED && !defined __USE_XOPEN2K8) \
    || defined __USE_MISC
/* Set an alarm to go off (generating a SIGALRM signal) in VALUE
   microseconds.  If INTERVAL is nonzero, when the alarm goes off, the
   timer is reset to go off every INTERVAL microseconds thereafter.
   Returns the number of microseconds remaining before the alarm.  */
extern __useconds_t ualarm (__useconds_t __value, __useconds_t __interval)
     __THROW;

/* Sleep USECONDS microseconds, or until a signal arrives that is not blocked
   or ignored.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int usleep (__useconds_t __useconds);
#endif


/* Suspend the process until a signal arrives.
   This always returns -1 and sets `errno' to EINTR.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int pause (void);


/* Change the owner and group of FILE.  */
extern int chown (const char *__file, __uid_t __owner, __gid_t __group)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1)) __wur;

#if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_XOPEN2K8
/* Change the owner and group of the file that FD is open on.  */
extern int fchown (int __fd, __uid_t __owner, __gid_t __group) __THROW __wur;


/* Change owner and group of FILE, if it is a symbolic
   link the ownership of the symbolic link is changed.  */
extern int lchown (const char *__file, __uid_t __owner, __gid_t __group)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1)) __wur;

#endif /* Use X/Open Unix.  */

#ifdef __USE_ATFILE
/* Change the owner and group of FILE relative to the directory FD is open
   on.  */
extern int fchownat (int __fd, const char *__file, __uid_t __owner,
		     __gid_t __group, int __flag)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2)) __wur;
#endif /* Use GNU.  */

/* Change the process's working directory to PATH.  */
extern int chdir (const char *__path) __THROW __nonnull ((1)) __wur;

#if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_XOPEN2K8
/* Change the process's working directory to the one FD is open on.  */
extern int fchdir (int __fd) __THROW __wur;
#endif

/* Get the pathname of the current working directory,
   and put it in SIZE bytes of BUF.  Returns NULL if the
   directory couldn't be determined or SIZE was too small.
   If successful, returns BUF.  In GNU, if BUF is NULL,
   an array is allocated with `malloc'; the array is SIZE
   bytes long, unless SIZE == 0, in which case it is as
   big as necessary.  */
extern char *getcwd (char *__buf, size_t __size) __THROW __wur;

#ifdef	__USE_GNU
/* Return a malloc'd string containing the current directory name.
   If the environment variable `PWD' is set, and its value is correct,
   that value is used.  */
extern char *get_current_dir_name (void) __THROW;
#endif

#if (defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED && !defined __USE_XOPEN2K8) \
    || defined __USE_MISC
/* Put the absolute pathname of the current working directory in BUF.
   If successful, return BUF.  If not, put an error message in
   BUF and return NULL.  BUF should be at least PATH_MAX bytes long.  */
extern char *getwd (char *__buf)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1)) __attribute_deprecated__ __wur;
#endif


/* Duplicate FD, returning a new file descriptor on the same file.  */
extern int dup (int __fd) __THROW __wur;

/* Duplicate FD to FD2, closing FD2 and making it open on the same file.  */
extern int dup2 (int __fd, int __fd2) __THROW;

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Duplicate FD to FD2, closing FD2 and making it open on the same
   file while setting flags according to FLAGS.  */
extern int dup3 (int __fd, int __fd2, int __flags) __THROW;
#endif

/* NULL-terminated array of "NAME=VALUE" environment variables.  */
extern char **__environ;
#ifdef __USE_GNU
extern char **environ;
#endif


/* Replace the current process, executing PATH with arguments ARGV and
   environment ENVP.  ARGV and ENVP are terminated by NULL pointers.  */
extern int execve (const char *__path, char *const __argv[],
		   char *const __envp[]) __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K8
/* Execute the file FD refers to, overlaying the running program image.
   ARGV and ENVP are passed to the new program, as for `execve'.  */
extern int fexecve (int __fd, char *const __argv[], char *const __envp[])
     __THROW __nonnull ((2));
#endif


/* Execute PATH with arguments ARGV and environment from `environ'.  */
extern int execv (const char *__path, char *const __argv[])
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Execute PATH with all arguments after PATH until a NULL pointer,
   and the argument after that for environment.  */
extern int execle (const char *__path, const char *__arg, ...)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Execute PATH with all arguments after PATH until
   a NULL pointer and environment from `environ'.  */
extern int execl (const char *__path, const char *__arg, ...)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Execute FILE, searching in the `PATH' environment variable if it contains
   no slashes, with arguments ARGV and environment from `environ'.  */
extern int execvp (const char *__file, char *const __argv[])
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Execute FILE, searching in the `PATH' environment variable if
   it contains no slashes, with all arguments after FILE until a
   NULL pointer and environment from `environ'.  */
extern int execlp (const char *__file, const char *__arg, ...)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Execute FILE, searching in the `PATH' environment variable if it contains
   no slashes, with arguments ARGV and environment from `environ'.  */
extern int execvpe (const char *__file, char *const __argv[],
		    char *const __envp[])
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));
#endif


#if defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_XOPEN
/* Add INC to priority of the current process.  */
extern int nice (int __inc) __THROW __wur;
#endif


/* Terminate program execution with the low-order 8 bits of STATUS.  */
extern void _exit (int __status) __attribute__ ((__noreturn__));


/* Get the `_PC_*' symbols for the NAME argument to `pathconf' and `fpathconf';
   the `_SC_*' symbols for the NAME argument to `sysconf';
   and the `_CS_*' symbols for the NAME argument to `confstr'.  */
#include <bits/confname.h>

/* Get file-specific configuration information about PATH.  */
extern long int pathconf (const char *__path, int __name)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Get file-specific configuration about descriptor FD.  */
extern long int fpathconf (int __fd, int __name) __THROW;

/* Get the value of the system variable NAME.  */
extern long int sysconf (int __name) __THROW;

#ifdef	__USE_POSIX2
/* Get the value of the string-valued system variable NAME.  */
extern size_t confstr (int __name, char *__buf, size_t __len) __THROW;
#endif


/* Get the process ID of the calling process.  */
extern __pid_t getpid (void) __THROW;

/* Get the process ID of the calling process's parent.  */
extern __pid_t getppid (void) __THROW;

/* Get the process group ID of the calling process.  */
extern __pid_t getpgrp (void) __THROW;

/* Get the process group ID of process PID.  */
extern __pid_t __getpgid (__pid_t __pid) __THROW;
#if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_XOPEN2K8
extern __pid_t getpgid (__pid_t __pid) __THROW;
#endif


/* Set the process group ID of the process matching PID to PGID.
   If PID is zero, the current process's process group ID is set.
   If PGID is zero, the process ID of the process is used.  */
extern int setpgid (__pid_t __pid, __pid_t __pgid) __THROW;

#if defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED
/* Both System V and BSD have `setpgrp' functions, but with different
   calling conventions.  The BSD function is the same as POSIX.1 `setpgid'
   (above).  The System V function takes no arguments and puts the calling
   process in its on group like `setpgid (0, 0)'.

   New programs should always use `setpgid' instead.

   GNU provides the POSIX.1 function.  */

/* Set the process group ID of the calling process to its own PID.
   This is exactly the same as `setpgid (0, 0)'.  */
extern int setpgrp (void) __THROW;

#endif	/* Use misc or X/Open.  */

/* Create a new session with the calling process as its leader.
   The process group IDs of the session and the calling process
   are set to the process ID of the calling process, which is returned.  */
extern __pid_t setsid (void) __THROW;

#if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_XOPEN2K8
/* Return the session ID of the given process.  */
extern __pid_t getsid (__pid_t __pid) __THROW;
#endif

/* Get the real user ID of the calling process.  */
extern __uid_t getuid (void) __THROW;

/* Get the effective user ID of the calling process.  */
extern __uid_t geteuid (void) __THROW;

/* Get the real group ID of the calling process.  */
extern __gid_t getgid (void) __THROW;

/* Get the effective group ID of the calling process.  */
extern __gid_t getegid (void) __THROW;

/* If SIZE is zero, return the number of supplementary groups
   the calling process is in.  Otherwise, fill in the group IDs
   of its supplementary groups in LIST and return the number written.  */
extern int getgroups (int __size, __gid_t __list[]) __THROW __wur;

#ifdef	__USE_GNU
/* Return nonzero iff the calling process is in group GID.  */
extern int group_member (__gid_t __gid) __THROW;
#endif

/* Set the user ID of the calling process to UID.
   If the calling process is the super-user, set the real
   and effective user IDs, and the saved set-user-ID to UID;
   if not, the effective user ID is set to UID.  */
extern int setuid (__uid_t __uid) __THROW __wur;

#if defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED
/* Set the real user ID of the calling process to RUID,
   and the effective user ID of the calling process to EUID.  */
extern int setreuid (__uid_t __ruid, __uid_t __euid) __THROW __wur;
#endif

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
/* Set the effective user ID of the calling process to UID.  */
extern int seteuid (__uid_t __uid) __THROW __wur;
#endif /* Use POSIX.1-2001.  */

/* Set the group ID of the calling process to GID.
   If the calling process is the super-user, set the real
   and effective group IDs, and the saved set-group-ID to GID;
   if not, the effective group ID is set to GID.  */
extern int setgid (__gid_t __gid) __THROW __wur;

#if defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED
/* Set the real group ID of the calling process to RGID,
   and the effective group ID of the calling process to EGID.  */
extern int setregid (__gid_t __rgid, __gid_t __egid) __THROW __wur;
#endif

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
/* Set the effective group ID of the calling process to GID.  */
extern int setegid (__gid_t __gid) __THROW __wur;
#endif /* Use POSIX.1-2001.  */

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Fetch the real user ID, effective user ID, and saved-set user ID,
   of the calling process.  */
extern int getresuid (__uid_t *__ruid, __uid_t *__euid, __uid_t *__suid)
     __THROW;

/* Fetch the real group ID, effective group ID, and saved-set group ID,
   of the calling process.  */
extern int getresgid (__gid_t *__rgid, __gid_t *__egid, __gid_t *__sgid)
     __THROW;

/* Set the real user ID, effective user ID, and saved-set user ID,
   of the calling process to RUID, EUID, and SUID, respectively.  */
extern int setresuid (__uid_t __ruid, __uid_t __euid, __uid_t __suid)
     __THROW __wur;

/* Set the real group ID, effective group ID, and saved-set group ID,
   of the calling process to RGID, EGID, and SGID, respectively.  */
extern int setresgid (__gid_t __rgid, __gid_t __egid, __gid_t __sgid)
     __THROW __wur;
#endif


/* Clone the calling process, creating an exact copy.
   Return -1 for errors, 0 to the new process,
   and the process ID of the new process to the old process.  */
extern __pid_t fork (void) __THROWNL;

#if (defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED && !defined __USE_XOPEN2K8) \
    || defined __USE_MISC
/* Clone the calling process, but without copying the whole address space.
   The calling process is suspended until the new process exits or is
   replaced by a call to `execve'.  Return -1 for errors, 0 to the new process,
   and the process ID of the new process to the old process.  */
extern __pid_t vfork (void) __THROW;
#endif /* Use misc or XPG < 7. */


/* Return the pathname of the terminal FD is open on, or NULL on errors.
   The returned storage is good only until the next call to this function.  */
extern char *ttyname (int __fd) __THROW;

/* Store at most BUFLEN characters of the pathname of the terminal FD is
   open on in BUF.  Return 0 on success, otherwise an error number.  */
extern int ttyname_r (int __fd, char *__buf, size_t __buflen)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2)) __wur;

/* Return 1 if FD is a valid descriptor associated
   with a terminal, zero if not.  */
extern int isatty (int __fd) __THROW;

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Return the index into the active-logins file (utmp) for
   the controlling terminal.  */
extern int ttyslot (void) __THROW;
#endif


/* Make a link to FROM named TO.  */
extern int link (const char *__from, const char *__to)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2)) __wur;

#ifdef __USE_ATFILE
/* Like link but relative paths in TO and FROM are interpreted relative
   to FROMFD and TOFD respectively.  */
extern int linkat (int __fromfd, const char *__from, int __tofd,
		   const char *__to, int __flags)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2, 4)) __wur;
#endif

#if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_XOPEN2K
/* Make a symbolic link to FROM named TO.  */
extern int symlink (const char *__from, const char *__to)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2)) __wur;

/* Read the contents of the symbolic link PATH into no more than
   LEN bytes of BUF.  The contents are not null-terminated.
   Returns the number of characters read, or -1 for errors.  */
extern ssize_t readlink (const char *__restrict __path,
			 char *__restrict __buf, size_t __len)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2)) __wur;
#endif /* Use POSIX.1-2001.  */

#ifdef __USE_ATFILE
/* Like symlink but a relative path in TO is interpreted relative to TOFD.  */
extern int symlinkat (const char *__from, int __tofd,
		      const char *__to) __THROW __nonnull ((1, 3)) __wur;

/* Like readlink but a relative PATH is interpreted relative to FD.  */
extern ssize_t readlinkat (int __fd, const char *__restrict __path,
			   char *__restrict __buf, size_t __len)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2, 3)) __wur;
#endif

/* Remove the link NAME.  */
extern int unlink (const char *__name) __THROW __nonnull ((1));

#ifdef __USE_ATFILE
/* Remove the link NAME relative to FD.  */
extern int unlinkat (int __fd, const char *__name, int __flag)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2));
#endif

/* Remove the directory PATH.  */
extern int rmdir (const char *__path) __THROW __nonnull ((1));


/* Return the foreground process group ID of FD.  */
extern __pid_t tcgetpgrp (int __fd) __THROW;

/* Set the foreground process group ID of FD set PGRP_ID.  */
extern int tcsetpgrp (int __fd, __pid_t __pgrp_id) __THROW;


/* Return the login name of the user.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern char *getlogin (void);
#ifdef __USE_POSIX199506
/* Return at most NAME_LEN characters of the login name of the user in NAME.
   If it cannot be determined or some other error occurred, return the error
   code.  Otherwise return 0.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int getlogin_r (char *__name, size_t __name_len) __nonnull ((1));
#endif

#ifdef	__USE_MISC
/* Set the login name returned by `getlogin'.  */
extern int setlogin (const char *__name) __THROW __nonnull ((1));
#endif


#ifdef	__USE_POSIX2
/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
   arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
   options given in OPTS.  */
# include <bits/getopt_posix.h>
#endif


#if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_XOPEN2K
/* Put the name of the current host in no more than LEN bytes of NAME.
   The result is null-terminated if LEN is large enough for the full
   name and the terminator.  */
extern int gethostname (char *__name, size_t __len) __THROW __nonnull ((1));
#endif


#if defined __USE_MISC
/* Set the name of the current host to NAME, which is LEN bytes long.
   This call is restricted to the super-user.  */
extern int sethostname (const char *__name, size_t __len)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1)) __wur;

/* Set the current machine's Internet number to ID.
   This call is restricted to the super-user.  */
extern int sethostid (long int __id) __THROW __wur;


/* Get and set the NIS (aka YP) domain name, if any.
   Called just like `gethostname' and `sethostname'.
   The NIS domain name is usually the empty string when not using NIS.  */
extern int getdomainname (char *__name, size_t __len)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1)) __wur;
extern int setdomainname (const char *__name, size_t __len)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1)) __wur;


/* Revoke access permissions to all processes currently communicating
   with the control terminal, and then send a SIGHUP signal to the process
   group of the control terminal.  */
extern int vhangup (void) __THROW;

/* Revoke the access of all descriptors currently open on FILE.  */
extern int revoke (const char *__file) __THROW __nonnull ((1)) __wur;


/* Enable statistical profiling, writing samples of the PC into at most
   SIZE bytes of SAMPLE_BUFFER; every processor clock tick while profiling
   is enabled, the system examines the user PC and increments
   SAMPLE_BUFFER[((PC - OFFSET) / 2) * SCALE / 65536].  If SCALE is zero,
   disable profiling.  Returns zero on success, -1 on error.  */
extern int profil (unsigned short int *__sample_buffer, size_t __size,
		   size_t __offset, unsigned int __scale)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));


/* Turn accounting on if NAME is an existing file.  The system will then write
   a record for each process as it terminates, to this file.  If NAME is NULL,
   turn accounting off.  This call is restricted to the super-user.  */
extern int acct (const char *__name) __THROW;


/* Successive calls return the shells listed in `/etc/shells'.  */
extern char *getusershell (void) __THROW;
extern void endusershell (void) __THROW; /* Discard cached info.  */
extern void setusershell (void) __THROW; /* Rewind and re-read the file.  */


/* Put the program in the background, and dissociate from the controlling
   terminal.  If NOCHDIR is zero, do `chdir ("/")'.  If NOCLOSE is zero,
   redirects stdin, stdout, and stderr to /dev/null.  */
extern int daemon (int __nochdir, int __noclose) __THROW __wur;
#endif /* Use misc.  */


#if defined __USE_MISC || (defined __USE_XOPEN && !defined __USE_XOPEN2K)
/* Make PATH be the root directory (the starting point for absolute paths).
   This call is restricted to the super-user.  */
extern int chroot (const char *__path) __THROW __nonnull ((1)) __wur;

/* Prompt with PROMPT and read a string from the terminal without echoing.
   Uses /dev/tty if possible; otherwise stderr and stdin.  */
extern char *getpass (const char *__prompt) __nonnull ((1));
#endif /* Use misc || X/Open.  */


/* Make all changes done to FD actually appear on disk.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int fsync (int __fd);


#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Make all changes done to all files on the file system associated
   with FD actually appear on disk.  */
extern int syncfs (int __fd) __THROW;
#endif


#if defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED

/* Return identifier for the current host.  */
extern long int gethostid (void);

/* Make all changes done to all files actually appear on disk.  */
extern void sync (void) __THROW;


# if defined __USE_MISC || !defined __USE_XOPEN2K
/* Return the number of bytes in a page.  This is the system's page size,
   which is not necessarily the same as the hardware page size.  */
extern int getpagesize (void)  __THROW __attribute__ ((__const__));


/* Return the maximum number of file descriptors
   the current process could possibly have.  */
extern int getdtablesize (void) __THROW;
# endif

#endif /* Use misc || X/Open Unix.  */


#if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_XOPEN2K8

/* Truncate FILE to LENGTH bytes.  */
# ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
extern int truncate (const char *__file, __off_t __length)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1)) __wur;
# else
#  ifdef __REDIRECT_NTH
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (truncate,
			   (const char *__file, __off64_t __length),
			   truncate64) __nonnull ((1)) __wur;
#  else
#   define truncate truncate64
#  endif
# endif
# ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
extern int truncate64 (const char *__file, __off64_t __length)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1)) __wur;
# endif

#endif /* Use X/Open Unix || POSIX 2008.  */

#if defined __USE_POSIX199309 \
    || defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_XOPEN2K

/* Truncate the file FD is open on to LENGTH bytes.  */
# ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
extern int ftruncate (int __fd, __off_t __length) __THROW __wur;
# else
#  ifdef __REDIRECT_NTH
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (ftruncate, (int __fd, __off64_t __length),
			   ftruncate64) __wur;
#  else
#   define ftruncate ftruncate64
#  endif
# endif
# ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
extern int ftruncate64 (int __fd, __off64_t __length) __THROW __wur;
# endif

#endif /* Use POSIX.1b || X/Open Unix || XPG6.  */


#if (defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED && !defined __USE_XOPEN2K) \
    || defined __USE_MISC

/* Set the end of accessible data space (aka "the break") to ADDR.
   Returns zero on success and -1 for errors (with errno set).  */
extern int brk (void *__addr) __THROW __wur;

/* Increase or decrease the end of accessible data space by DELTA bytes.
   If successful, returns the address the previous end of data space
   (i.e. the beginning of the new space, if DELTA > 0);
   returns (void *) -1 for errors (with errno set).  */
extern void *sbrk (intptr_t __delta) __THROW;
#endif


#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Invoke `system call' number SYSNO, passing it the remaining arguments.
   This is completely system-dependent, and not often useful.

   In Unix, `syscall' sets `errno' for all errors and most calls return -1
   for errors; in many systems you cannot pass arguments or get return
   values for all system calls (`pipe', `fork', and `getppid' typically
   among them).

   In Mach, all system calls take normal arguments and always return an
   error code (zero for success).  */
extern long int syscall (long int __sysno, ...) __THROW;

#endif	/* Use misc.  */


#if (defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED) && !defined F_LOCK
/* NOTE: These declarations also appear in <fcntl.h>; be sure to keep both
   files consistent.  Some systems have them there and some here, and some
   software depends on the macros being defined without including both.  */

/* `lockf' is a simpler interface to the locking facilities of `fcntl'.
   LEN is always relative to the current file position.
   The CMD argument is one of the following.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */

# define F_ULOCK 0	/* Unlock a previously locked region.  */
# define F_LOCK  1	/* Lock a region for exclusive use.  */
# define F_TLOCK 2	/* Test and lock a region for exclusive use.  */
# define F_TEST  3	/* Test a region for other processes locks.  */

# ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
extern int lockf (int __fd, int __cmd, __off_t __len) __wur;
# else
#  ifdef __REDIRECT
extern int __REDIRECT (lockf, (int __fd, int __cmd, __off64_t __len),
		       lockf64) __wur;
#  else
#   define lockf lockf64
#  endif
# endif
# ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
extern int lockf64 (int __fd, int __cmd, __off64_t __len) __wur;
# endif
#endif /* Use misc and F_LOCK not already defined.  */


#ifdef __USE_GNU

/* Evaluate EXPRESSION, and repeat as long as it returns -1 with `errno'
   set to EINTR.  */

# define TEMP_FAILURE_RETRY(expression) \
  (__extension__							      \
    ({ long int __result;						      \
       do __result = (long int) (expression);				      \
       while (__result == -1L && errno == EINTR);			      \
       __result; }))

/* Copy LENGTH bytes from INFD to OUTFD.  */
ssize_t copy_file_range (int __infd, __off64_t *__pinoff,
			 int __outfd, __off64_t *__poutoff,
			 size_t __length, unsigned int __flags);
#endif /* __USE_GNU */

#if defined __USE_POSIX199309 || defined __USE_UNIX98
/* Synchronize at least the data part of a file with the underlying
   media.  */
extern int fdatasync (int __fildes);
#endif /* Use POSIX199309 */

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* One-way hash PHRASE, returning a string suitable for storage in the
   user database.  SALT selects the one-way function to use, and
   ensures that no two users' hashes are the same, even if they use
   the same passphrase.  The return value points to static storage
   which will be overwritten by the next call to crypt.  */
extern char *crypt (const char *__key, const char *__salt)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));
#endif

#ifdef	__USE_XOPEN
/* Swab pairs bytes in the first N bytes of the area pointed to by
   FROM and copy the result to TO.  The value of TO must not be in the
   range [FROM - N + 1, FROM - 1].  If N is odd the first byte in FROM
   is without partner.  */
extern void swab (const void *__restrict __from, void *__restrict __to,
		  ssize_t __n) __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));
#endif


/* Prior to Issue 6, the Single Unix Specification required these
   prototypes to appear in this header.  They are also found in
   <stdio.h>.  */
#if defined __USE_XOPEN && !defined __USE_XOPEN2K
/* Return the name of the controlling terminal.  */
extern char *ctermid (char *__s) __THROW;

/* Return the name of the current user.  */
extern char *cuserid (char *__s);
#endif


/* Unix98 requires this function to be declared here.  In other
   standards it is in <pthread.h>.  */
#if defined __USE_UNIX98 && !defined __USE_XOPEN2K
extern int pthread_atfork (void (*__prepare) (void),
			   void (*__parent) (void),
			   void (*__child) (void)) __THROW;
#endif

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Write LENGTH bytes of randomness starting at BUFFER.  Return 0 on
   success or -1 on error.  */
int getentropy (void *__buffer, size_t __length) __wur;
#endif

/* Define some macros helping to catch buffer overflows.  */
#if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 0 && defined __fortify_function
# include <bits/unistd.h>
#endif

__END_DECLS

#endif /* unistd.h  */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2000-2007 Niels Provos <provos@citi.umich.edu>
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT1_EVRPC_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT1_EVRPC_H_INCLUDED_

/** @file evrpc.h

  An RPC system for Libevent.

  The <evrpc.h> header is deprecated in Libevent 2.0 and later; please
  use <event2/rpc.h> instead.  Depending on what functionality you
  need, you may also want to include more of the other <event2/...>
  headers.
 */

#include <event.h>
#include <event2/rpc.h>
#include <event2/rpc_struct.h>
#include <event2/rpc_compat.h>

#endif /* EVENT1_EVRPC_H_INCLUDED_ */
/* zconf.h -- configuration of the zlib compression library
 * Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Jean-loup Gailly, Mark Adler
 * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
 */

/* @(#) $Id$ */

#ifndef ZCONF_H
#define ZCONF_H

/*
 * If you *really* need a unique prefix for all types and library functions,
 * compile with -DZ_PREFIX. The "standard" zlib should be compiled without it.
 * Even better than compiling with -DZ_PREFIX would be to use configure to set
 * this permanently in zconf.h using "./configure --zprefix".
 */
#ifdef Z_PREFIX     /* may be set to #if 1 by ./configure */
#  define Z_PREFIX_SET

/* all linked symbols and init macros */
#  define _dist_code            z__dist_code
#  define _length_code          z__length_code
#  define _tr_align             z__tr_align
#  define _tr_flush_bits        z__tr_flush_bits
#  define _tr_flush_block       z__tr_flush_block
#  define _tr_init              z__tr_init
#  define _tr_stored_block      z__tr_stored_block
#  define _tr_tally             z__tr_tally
#  define adler32               z_adler32
#  define adler32_combine       z_adler32_combine
#  define adler32_combine64     z_adler32_combine64
#  define adler32_z             z_adler32_z
#  ifndef Z_SOLO
#    define compress              z_compress
#    define compress2             z_compress2
#    define compressBound         z_compressBound
#  endif
#  define crc32                 z_crc32
#  define crc32_combine         z_crc32_combine
#  define crc32_combine64       z_crc32_combine64
#  define crc32_z               z_crc32_z
#  define deflate               z_deflate
#  define deflateBound          z_deflateBound
#  define deflateCopy           z_deflateCopy
#  define deflateEnd            z_deflateEnd
#  define deflateGetDictionary  z_deflateGetDictionary
#  define deflateInit           z_deflateInit
#  define deflateInit2          z_deflateInit2
#  define deflateInit2_         z_deflateInit2_
#  define deflateInit_          z_deflateInit_
#  define deflateParams         z_deflateParams
#  define deflatePending        z_deflatePending
#  define deflatePrime          z_deflatePrime
#  define deflateReset          z_deflateReset
#  define deflateResetKeep      z_deflateResetKeep
#  define deflateSetDictionary  z_deflateSetDictionary
#  define deflateSetHeader      z_deflateSetHeader
#  define deflateTune           z_deflateTune
#  define deflate_copyright     z_deflate_copyright
#  define get_crc_table         z_get_crc_table
#  ifndef Z_SOLO
#    define gz_error              z_gz_error
#    define gz_intmax             z_gz_intmax
#    define gz_strwinerror        z_gz_strwinerror
#    define gzbuffer              z_gzbuffer
#    define gzclearerr            z_gzclearerr
#    define gzclose               z_gzclose
#    define gzclose_r             z_gzclose_r
#    define gzclose_w             z_gzclose_w
#    define gzdirect              z_gzdirect
#    define gzdopen               z_gzdopen
#    define gzeof                 z_gzeof
#    define gzerror               z_gzerror
#    define gzflush               z_gzflush
#    define gzfread               z_gzfread
#    define gzfwrite              z_gzfwrite
#    define gzgetc                z_gzgetc
#    define gzgetc_               z_gzgetc_
#    define gzgets                z_gzgets
#    define gzoffset              z_gzoffset
#    define gzoffset64            z_gzoffset64
#    define gzopen                z_gzopen
#    define gzopen64              z_gzopen64
#    ifdef _WIN32
#      define gzopen_w              z_gzopen_w
#    endif
#    define gzprintf              z_gzprintf
#    define gzputc                z_gzputc
#    define gzputs                z_gzputs
#    define gzread                z_gzread
#    define gzrewind              z_gzrewind
#    define gzseek                z_gzseek
#    define gzseek64              z_gzseek64
#    define gzsetparams           z_gzsetparams
#    define gztell                z_gztell
#    define gztell64              z_gztell64
#    define gzungetc              z_gzungetc
#    define gzvprintf             z_gzvprintf
#    define gzwrite               z_gzwrite
#  endif
#  define inflate               z_inflate
#  define inflateBack           z_inflateBack
#  define inflateBackEnd        z_inflateBackEnd
#  define inflateBackInit       z_inflateBackInit
#  define inflateBackInit_      z_inflateBackInit_
#  define inflateCodesUsed      z_inflateCodesUsed
#  define inflateCopy           z_inflateCopy
#  define inflateEnd            z_inflateEnd
#  define inflateGetDictionary  z_inflateGetDictionary
#  define inflateGetHeader      z_inflateGetHeader
#  define inflateInit           z_inflateInit
#  define inflateInit2          z_inflateInit2
#  define inflateInit2_         z_inflateInit2_
#  define inflateInit_          z_inflateInit_
#  define inflateMark           z_inflateMark
#  define inflatePrime          z_inflatePrime
#  define inflateReset          z_inflateReset
#  define inflateReset2         z_inflateReset2
#  define inflateResetKeep      z_inflateResetKeep
#  define inflateSetDictionary  z_inflateSetDictionary
#  define inflateSync           z_inflateSync
#  define inflateSyncPoint      z_inflateSyncPoint
#  define inflateUndermine      z_inflateUndermine
#  define inflateValidate       z_inflateValidate
#  define inflate_copyright     z_inflate_copyright
#  define inflate_fast          z_inflate_fast
#  define inflate_table         z_inflate_table
#  ifndef Z_SOLO
#    define uncompress            z_uncompress
#    define uncompress2           z_uncompress2
#  endif
#  define zError                z_zError
#  ifndef Z_SOLO
#    define zcalloc               z_zcalloc
#    define zcfree                z_zcfree
#  endif
#  define zlibCompileFlags      z_zlibCompileFlags
#  define zlibVersion           z_zlibVersion

/* all zlib typedefs in zlib.h and zconf.h */
#  define Byte                  z_Byte
#  define Bytef                 z_Bytef
#  define alloc_func            z_alloc_func
#  define charf                 z_charf
#  define free_func             z_free_func
#  ifndef Z_SOLO
#    define gzFile                z_gzFile
#  endif
#  define gz_header             z_gz_header
#  define gz_headerp            z_gz_headerp
#  define in_func               z_in_func
#  define intf                  z_intf
#  define out_func              z_out_func
#  define uInt                  z_uInt
#  define uIntf                 z_uIntf
#  define uLong                 z_uLong
#  define uLongf                z_uLongf
#  define voidp                 z_voidp
#  define voidpc                z_voidpc
#  define voidpf                z_voidpf

/* all zlib structs in zlib.h and zconf.h */
#  define gz_header_s           z_gz_header_s
#  define internal_state        z_internal_state

#endif

#if defined(__MSDOS__) && !defined(MSDOS)
#  define MSDOS
#endif
#if (defined(OS_2) || defined(__OS2__)) && !defined(OS2)
#  define OS2
#endif
#if defined(_WINDOWS) && !defined(WINDOWS)
#  define WINDOWS
#endif
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(_WIN32_WCE) || defined(__WIN32__)
#  ifndef WIN32
#    define WIN32
#  endif
#endif
#if (defined(MSDOS) || defined(OS2) || defined(WINDOWS)) && !defined(WIN32)
#  if !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__FLAT__) && !defined(__386__)
#    ifndef SYS16BIT
#      define SYS16BIT
#    endif
#  endif
#endif

/*
 * Compile with -DMAXSEG_64K if the alloc function cannot allocate more
 * than 64k bytes at a time (needed on systems with 16-bit int).
 */
#ifdef SYS16BIT
#  define MAXSEG_64K
#endif
#ifdef MSDOS
#  define UNALIGNED_OK
#endif

#ifdef __STDC_VERSION__
#  ifndef STDC
#    define STDC
#  endif
#  if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
#    ifndef STDC99
#      define STDC99
#    endif
#  endif
#endif
#if !defined(STDC) && (defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus))
#  define STDC
#endif
#if !defined(STDC) && (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__BORLANDC__))
#  define STDC
#endif
#if !defined(STDC) && (defined(MSDOS) || defined(WINDOWS) || defined(WIN32))
#  define STDC
#endif
#if !defined(STDC) && (defined(OS2) || defined(__HOS_AIX__))
#  define STDC
#endif

#if defined(__OS400__) && !defined(STDC)    /* iSeries (formerly AS/400). */
#  define STDC
#endif

#ifndef STDC
#  ifndef const /* cannot use !defined(STDC) && !defined(const) on Mac */
#    define const       /* note: need a more gentle solution here */
#  endif
#endif

#if defined(ZLIB_CONST) && !defined(z_const)
#  define z_const const
#else
#  define z_const
#endif

#ifdef Z_SOLO
   typedef unsigned long z_size_t;
#else
#  define z_longlong long long
#  if defined(NO_SIZE_T)
     typedef unsigned NO_SIZE_T z_size_t;
#  elif defined(STDC)
#    include <stddef.h>
     typedef size_t z_size_t;
#  else
     typedef unsigned long z_size_t;
#  endif
#  undef z_longlong
#endif

/* Maximum value for memLevel in deflateInit2 */
#ifndef MAX_MEM_LEVEL
#  ifdef MAXSEG_64K
#    define MAX_MEM_LEVEL 8
#  else
#    define MAX_MEM_LEVEL 9
#  endif
#endif

/* Maximum value for windowBits in deflateInit2 and inflateInit2.
 * WARNING: reducing MAX_WBITS makes minigzip unable to extract .gz files
 * created by gzip. (Files created by minigzip can still be extracted by
 * gzip.)
 */
#ifndef MAX_WBITS
#  define MAX_WBITS   15 /* 32K LZ77 window */
#endif

/* The memory requirements for deflate are (in bytes):
            (1 << (windowBits+2)) +  (1 << (memLevel+9))
 that is: 128K for windowBits=15  +  128K for memLevel = 8  (default values)
 plus a few kilobytes for small objects. For example, if you want to reduce
 the default memory requirements from 256K to 128K, compile with
     make CFLAGS="-O -DMAX_WBITS=14 -DMAX_MEM_LEVEL=7"
 Of course this will generally degrade compression (there's no free lunch).

   The memory requirements for inflate are (in bytes) 1 << windowBits
 that is, 32K for windowBits=15 (default value) plus about 7 kilobytes
 for small objects.
*/

                        /* Type declarations */

#ifndef OF /* function prototypes */
#  ifdef STDC
#    define OF(args)  args
#  else
#    define OF(args)  ()
#  endif
#endif

#ifndef Z_ARG /* function prototypes for stdarg */
#  if defined(STDC) || defined(Z_HAVE_STDARG_H)
#    define Z_ARG(args)  args
#  else
#    define Z_ARG(args)  ()
#  endif
#endif

/* The following definitions for FAR are needed only for MSDOS mixed
 * model programming (small or medium model with some far allocations).
 * This was tested only with MSC; for other MSDOS compilers you may have
 * to define NO_MEMCPY in zutil.h.  If you don't need the mixed model,
 * just define FAR to be empty.
 */
#ifdef SYS16BIT
#  if defined(M_I86SM) || defined(M_I86MM)
     /* MSC small or medium model */
#    define SMALL_MEDIUM
#    ifdef _MSC_VER
#      define FAR _far
#    else
#      define FAR far
#    endif
#  endif
#  if (defined(__SMALL__) || defined(__MEDIUM__))
     /* Turbo C small or medium model */
#    define SMALL_MEDIUM
#    ifdef __BORLANDC__
#      define FAR _far
#    else
#      define FAR far
#    endif
#  endif
#endif

#if defined(WINDOWS) || defined(WIN32)
   /* If building or using zlib as a DLL, define ZLIB_DLL.
    * This is not mandatory, but it offers a little performance increase.
    */
#  ifdef ZLIB_DLL
#    if defined(WIN32) && (!defined(__BORLANDC__) || (__BORLANDC__ >= 0x500))
#      ifdef ZLIB_INTERNAL
#        define ZEXTERN extern __declspec(dllexport)
#      else
#        define ZEXTERN extern __declspec(dllimport)
#      endif
#    endif
#  endif  /* ZLIB_DLL */
   /* If building or using zlib with the WINAPI/WINAPIV calling convention,
    * define ZLIB_WINAPI.
    * Caution: the standard ZLIB1.DLL is NOT compiled using ZLIB_WINAPI.
    */
#  ifdef ZLIB_WINAPI
#    ifdef FAR
#      undef FAR
#    endif
#    include <windows.h>
     /* No need for _export, use ZLIB.DEF instead. */
     /* For complete Windows compatibility, use WINAPI, not __stdcall. */
#    define ZEXPORT WINAPI
#    ifdef WIN32
#      define ZEXPORTVA WINAPIV
#    else
#      define ZEXPORTVA FAR CDECL
#    endif
#  endif
#endif

#if defined (__BEOS__)
#  ifdef ZLIB_DLL
#    ifdef ZLIB_INTERNAL
#      define ZEXPORT   __declspec(dllexport)
#      define ZEXPORTVA __declspec(dllexport)
#    else
#      define ZEXPORT   __declspec(dllimport)
#      define ZEXPORTVA __declspec(dllimport)
#    endif
#  endif
#endif

#ifndef ZEXTERN
#  define ZEXTERN extern
#endif
#ifndef ZEXPORT
#  define ZEXPORT
#endif
#ifndef ZEXPORTVA
#  define ZEXPORTVA
#endif

#ifndef FAR
#  define FAR
#endif

#if !defined(__MACTYPES__)
typedef unsigned char  Byte;  /* 8 bits */
#endif
typedef unsigned int   uInt;  /* 16 bits or more */
typedef unsigned long  uLong; /* 32 bits or more */

#ifdef SMALL_MEDIUM
   /* Borland C/C++ and some old MSC versions ignore FAR inside typedef */
#  define Bytef Byte FAR
#else
   typedef Byte  FAR Bytef;
#endif
typedef char  FAR charf;
typedef int   FAR intf;
typedef uInt  FAR uIntf;
typedef uLong FAR uLongf;

#ifdef STDC
   typedef void const *voidpc;
   typedef void FAR   *voidpf;
   typedef void       *voidp;
#else
   typedef Byte const *voidpc;
   typedef Byte FAR   *voidpf;
   typedef Byte       *voidp;
#endif

#if !defined(Z_U4) && !defined(Z_SOLO) && defined(STDC)
#  include <limits.h>
#  if (UINT_MAX == 0xffffffffUL)
#    define Z_U4 unsigned
#  elif (ULONG_MAX == 0xffffffffUL)
#    define Z_U4 unsigned long
#  elif (USHRT_MAX == 0xffffffffUL)
#    define Z_U4 unsigned short
#  endif
#endif

#ifdef Z_U4
   typedef Z_U4 z_crc_t;
#else
   typedef unsigned long z_crc_t;
#endif

#if 1    /* was set to #if 1 by ./configure */
#  define Z_HAVE_UNISTD_H
#endif

#if 1    /* was set to #if 1 by ./configure */
#  define Z_HAVE_STDARG_H
#endif

#ifdef STDC
#  ifndef Z_SOLO
#    include <sys/types.h>      /* for off_t */
#  endif
#endif

#if defined(STDC) || defined(Z_HAVE_STDARG_H)
#  ifndef Z_SOLO
#    include <stdarg.h>         /* for va_list */
#  endif
#endif

#ifdef _WIN32
#  ifndef Z_SOLO
#    include <stddef.h>         /* for wchar_t */
#  endif
#endif

/* a little trick to accommodate both "#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE" and
 * "#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE 1" as requesting 64-bit operations, (even
 * though the former does not conform to the LFS document), but considering
 * both "#undef _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE" and "#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE 0" as
 * equivalently requesting no 64-bit operations
 */
#if defined(_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE) && -_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE - -1 == 1
#  undef _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE
#endif

#if defined(__WATCOMC__) && !defined(Z_HAVE_UNISTD_H)
#  define Z_HAVE_UNISTD_H
#endif
#ifndef Z_SOLO
#  if defined(Z_HAVE_UNISTD_H) || defined(_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE)
#    include <unistd.h>         /* for SEEK_*, off_t, and _LFS64_LARGEFILE */
#    ifdef VMS
#      include <unixio.h>       /* for off_t */
#    endif
#    ifndef z_off_t
#      define z_off_t off_t
#    endif
#  endif
#endif

#if defined(_LFS64_LARGEFILE) && _LFS64_LARGEFILE-0
#  define Z_LFS64
#endif

#if defined(_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE) && defined(Z_LFS64)
#  define Z_LARGE64
#endif

#if defined(_FILE_OFFSET_BITS) && _FILE_OFFSET_BITS-0 == 64 && defined(Z_LFS64)
#  define Z_WANT64
#endif

#if !defined(SEEK_SET) && !defined(Z_SOLO)
#  define SEEK_SET        0       /* Seek from beginning of file.  */
#  define SEEK_CUR        1       /* Seek from current position.  */
#  define SEEK_END        2       /* Set file pointer to EOF plus "offset" */
#endif

#ifndef z_off_t
#  define z_off_t long
#endif

#if !defined(_WIN32) && defined(Z_LARGE64)
#  define z_off64_t off64_t
#else
#  if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(Z_SOLO)
#    define z_off64_t __int64
#  else
#    define z_off64_t z_off_t
#  endif
#endif

/* MVS linker does not support external names larger than 8 bytes */
#if defined(__MVS__)
  #pragma map(deflateInit_,"DEIN")
  #pragma map(deflateInit2_,"DEIN2")
  #pragma map(deflateEnd,"DEEND")
  #pragma map(deflateBound,"DEBND")
  #pragma map(inflateInit_,"ININ")
  #pragma map(inflateInit2_,"ININ2")
  #pragma map(inflateEnd,"INEND")
  #pragma map(inflateSync,"INSY")
  #pragma map(inflateSetDictionary,"INSEDI")
  #pragma map(compressBound,"CMBND")
  #pragma map(inflate_table,"INTABL")
  #pragma map(inflate_fast,"INFA")
  #pragma map(inflate_copyright,"INCOPY")
#endif

#endif /* ZCONF_H */
/* Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_UTMPX_H
#define	_UTMPX_H	1

#include <features.h>
#include <sys/time.h>

/* Required according to Unix98.  */
#ifndef __pid_t_defined
typedef __pid_t pid_t;
# define __pid_t_defined
#endif

/* Get system dependent values and data structures.  */
#include <bits/utmpx.h>

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Compatibility names for the strings of the canonical file names.  */
# define UTMPX_FILE	_PATH_UTMPX
# define UTMPX_FILENAME	_PATH_UTMPX
# define WTMPX_FILE	_PATH_WTMPX
# define WTMPX_FILENAME	_PATH_WTMPX
#endif

/* For the getutmp{,x} functions we need the `struct utmp'.  */
#ifdef __USE_GNU
struct utmp;
#endif


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Open user accounting database.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern void setutxent (void);

/* Close user accounting database.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern void endutxent (void);

/* Get the next entry from the user accounting database.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern struct utmpx *getutxent (void);

/* Get the user accounting database entry corresponding to ID.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern struct utmpx *getutxid (const struct utmpx *__id);

/* Get the user accounting database entry corresponding to LINE.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern struct utmpx *getutxline (const struct utmpx *__line);

/* Write the entry UTMPX into the user accounting database.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern struct utmpx *pututxline (const struct utmpx *__utmpx);


#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Change name of the utmpx file to be examined.

   This function is not part of POSIX and therefore no official
   cancellation point.  But due to similarity with an POSIX interface
   or due to the implementation it is a cancellation point and
   therefore not marked with __THROW.  */
extern int utmpxname (const char *__file);

/* Append entry UTMP to the wtmpx-like file WTMPX_FILE.

   This function is not part of POSIX and therefore no official
   cancellation point.  But due to similarity with an POSIX interface
   or due to the implementation it is a cancellation point and
   therefore not marked with __THROW.  */
extern void updwtmpx (const char *__wtmpx_file,
		      const struct utmpx *__utmpx);


/* Copy the information in UTMPX to UTMP.

   This function is not part of POSIX and therefore no official
   cancellation point.  But due to similarity with an POSIX interface
   or due to the implementation it is a cancellation point and
   therefore not marked with __THROW.  */
extern void getutmp (const struct utmpx *__utmpx,
		     struct utmp *__utmp);

/* Copy the information in UTMP to UTMPX.

   This function is not part of POSIX and therefore no official
   cancellation point.  But due to similarity with an POSIX interface
   or due to the implementation it is a cancellation point and
   therefore not marked with __THROW.  */
extern void getutmpx (const struct utmp *__utmp, struct utmpx *__utmpx);
#endif

__END_DECLS

#endif /* utmpx.h  */
/* Define __GLIBC_FLT_EVAL_METHOD.  x86 version.
   Copyright (C) 2016-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _MATH_H
# error "Never use <bits/flt-eval-method.h> directly; include <math.h> instead."
#endif

#ifdef __FLT_EVAL_METHOD__
# if __FLT_EVAL_METHOD__ == -1
#  define __GLIBC_FLT_EVAL_METHOD	2
# else
#  define __GLIBC_FLT_EVAL_METHOD	__FLT_EVAL_METHOD__
# endif
#elif defined __x86_64__
# define __GLIBC_FLT_EVAL_METHOD	0
#else
# define __GLIBC_FLT_EVAL_METHOD	2
#endif
/* Definitions of macros to access `dev_t' values.
   Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_SYSMACROS_H
#define _BITS_SYSMACROS_H 1

#ifndef _SYS_SYSMACROS_H
# error "Never include <bits/sysmacros.h> directly; use <sys/sysmacros.h> instead."
#endif

/* dev_t in glibc is a 64-bit quantity, with 32-bit major and minor numbers.
   Our default encoding is MMMM Mmmm mmmM MMmm, where M is a hex digit of
   the major number and m is a hex digit of the minor number.  This is
   downward compatible with legacy systems where dev_t is 16 bits wide,
   encoded as MMmm.  It is also downward compatible with the Linux kernel,
   which (as of 2016) uses 32-bit dev_t, encoded as mmmM MMmm.

   Systems that use an incompatible encoding for dev_t should override this
   file in the appropriate sysdeps subdirectory.  */

#define __SYSMACROS_DECLARE_MAJOR(DECL_TEMPL)			\
  DECL_TEMPL(unsigned int, major, (__dev_t __dev))

#define __SYSMACROS_DEFINE_MAJOR(DECL_TEMPL)			\
  __SYSMACROS_DECLARE_MAJOR (DECL_TEMPL)			\
  {								\
    unsigned int __major;					\
    __major  = ((__dev & (__dev_t) 0x00000000000fff00u) >>  8); \
    __major |= ((__dev & (__dev_t) 0xfffff00000000000u) >> 32); \
    return __major;						\
  }

#define __SYSMACROS_DECLARE_MINOR(DECL_TEMPL)			\
  DECL_TEMPL(unsigned int, minor, (__dev_t __dev))

#define __SYSMACROS_DEFINE_MINOR(DECL_TEMPL)			\
  __SYSMACROS_DECLARE_MINOR (DECL_TEMPL)			\
  {								\
    unsigned int __minor;					\
    __minor  = ((__dev & (__dev_t) 0x00000000000000ffu) >>  0); \
    __minor |= ((__dev & (__dev_t) 0x00000ffffff00000u) >> 12); \
    return __minor;						\
  }

#define __SYSMACROS_DECLARE_MAKEDEV(DECL_TEMPL)			\
  DECL_TEMPL(__dev_t, makedev, (unsigned int __major, unsigned int __minor))

#define __SYSMACROS_DEFINE_MAKEDEV(DECL_TEMPL)			\
  __SYSMACROS_DECLARE_MAKEDEV (DECL_TEMPL)			\
  {								\
    __dev_t __dev;						\
    __dev  = (((__dev_t) (__major & 0x00000fffu)) <<  8);	\
    __dev |= (((__dev_t) (__major & 0xfffff000u)) << 32);	\
    __dev |= (((__dev_t) (__minor & 0x000000ffu)) <<  0);	\
    __dev |= (((__dev_t) (__minor & 0xffffff00u)) << 12);	\
    return __dev;						\
  }

#endif /* bits/sysmacros.h */
/* System dependent definitions for run-time dynamic loading.
   Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _DLFCN_H
# error "Never use <bits/dlfcn.h> directly; include <dlfcn.h> instead."
#endif

/* The MODE argument to `dlopen' contains one of the following: */
#define RTLD_LAZY	0x00001	/* Lazy function call binding.  */
#define RTLD_NOW	0x00002	/* Immediate function call binding.  */
#define	RTLD_BINDING_MASK   0x3	/* Mask of binding time value.  */
#define RTLD_NOLOAD	0x00004	/* Do not load the object.  */
#define RTLD_DEEPBIND	0x00008	/* Use deep binding.  */

/* If the following bit is set in the MODE argument to `dlopen',
   the symbols of the loaded object and its dependencies are made
   visible as if the object were linked directly into the program.  */
#define RTLD_GLOBAL	0x00100

/* Unix98 demands the following flag which is the inverse to RTLD_GLOBAL.
   The implementation does this by default and so we can define the
   value to zero.  */
#define RTLD_LOCAL	0

/* Do not delete object when closed.  */
#define RTLD_NODELETE	0x01000

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* To support profiling of shared objects it is a good idea to call
   the function found using `dlsym' using the following macro since
   these calls do not use the PLT.  But this would mean the dynamic
   loader has no chance to find out when the function is called.  The
   macro applies the necessary magic so that profiling is possible.
   Rewrite
	foo = (*fctp) (arg1, arg2);
   into
        foo = DL_CALL_FCT (fctp, (arg1, arg2));
*/
# define DL_CALL_FCT(fctp, args) \
  (_dl_mcount_wrapper_check ((void *) (fctp)), (*(fctp)) args)

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* This function calls the profiling functions.  */
extern void _dl_mcount_wrapper_check (void *__selfpc) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif
/* Determine the wordsize from the preprocessor defines.  */

#if defined __x86_64__ && !defined __ILP32__
# define __WORDSIZE	64
#else
# define __WORDSIZE	32
#define __WORDSIZE32_SIZE_ULONG		0
#define __WORDSIZE32_PTRDIFF_LONG	0
#endif

#ifdef __x86_64__
# define __WORDSIZE_TIME64_COMPAT32	1
/* Both x86-64 and x32 use the 64-bit system call interface.  */
# define __SYSCALL_WORDSIZE		64
#else
# define __WORDSIZE_TIME64_COMPAT32	0
#endif
#ifndef __sigval_t_defined
#define __sigval_t_defined

#include <bits/types/__sigval_t.h>

/* To avoid sigval_t (not a standard type name) having C++ name
   mangling depending on whether the selected standard includes union
   sigval, it should not be defined at all when using a standard for
   which the sigval name is not reserved; in that case, headers should
   not include <bits/types/sigval_t.h> and should use only the
   internal __sigval_t name.  */
#ifndef __USE_POSIX199309
# error "sigval_t defined for standard not including union sigval"
#endif

typedef __sigval_t sigval_t;

#endif
/* Definition of locale_t.
   Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_TYPES_LOCALE_T_H
#define _BITS_TYPES_LOCALE_T_H 1

#include <bits/types/__locale_t.h>

typedef __locale_t locale_t;

#endif /* bits/types/locale_t.h */
/* NB: Include guard matches what <linux/time.h> uses.  */
#ifndef _STRUCT_TIMESPEC
#define _STRUCT_TIMESPEC 1

#include <bits/types.h>

/* POSIX.1b structure for a time value.  This is like a `struct timeval' but
   has nanoseconds instead of microseconds.  */
struct timespec
{
  __time_t tv_sec;		/* Seconds.  */
  __syscall_slong_t tv_nsec;	/* Nanoseconds.  */
};

#endif
#ifndef __sigevent_t_defined
#define __sigevent_t_defined 1

#include <bits/wordsize.h>
#include <bits/types.h>
#include <bits/types/__sigval_t.h>

#define __SIGEV_MAX_SIZE	64
#if __WORDSIZE == 64
# define __SIGEV_PAD_SIZE	((__SIGEV_MAX_SIZE / sizeof (int)) - 4)
#else
# define __SIGEV_PAD_SIZE	((__SIGEV_MAX_SIZE / sizeof (int)) - 3)
#endif

/* Forward declaration.  */
#ifndef __have_pthread_attr_t
typedef union pthread_attr_t pthread_attr_t;
# define __have_pthread_attr_t	1
#endif

/* Structure to transport application-defined values with signals.  */
typedef struct sigevent
  {
    __sigval_t sigev_value;
    int sigev_signo;
    int sigev_notify;

    union
      {
	int _pad[__SIGEV_PAD_SIZE];

	/* When SIGEV_SIGNAL and SIGEV_THREAD_ID set, LWP ID of the
	   thread to receive the signal.  */
	__pid_t _tid;

	struct
	  {
	    void (*_function) (__sigval_t);	/* Function to start.  */
	    pthread_attr_t *_attribute;		/* Thread attributes.  */
	  } _sigev_thread;
      } _sigev_un;
  } sigevent_t;

/* POSIX names to access some of the members.  */
#define sigev_notify_function   _sigev_un._sigev_thread._function
#define sigev_notify_attributes _sigev_un._sigev_thread._attribute

#endif
#ifndef __clock_t_defined
#define __clock_t_defined 1

#include <bits/types.h>

/* Returned by `clock'.  */
typedef __clock_t clock_t;

#endif
#ifndef __osockaddr_defined
#define __osockaddr_defined 1

/* This is the 4.3 BSD `struct sockaddr' format, which is used as wire
   format in the grotty old 4.3 `talk' protocol.  */
struct osockaddr
{
  unsigned short int sa_family;
  unsigned char sa_data[14];
};

#endif
/* Definition of the generic version of struct statx.
   Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_STAT_H
# error Never include <bits/types/struct_statx.h> directly, include <sys/stat.h> instead.
#endif

#ifndef __statx_defined
#define __statx_defined 1

/* Warning: The kernel may add additional fields to this struct in the
   future.  Only use this struct for calling the statx function, not
   for storing data.  (Expansion will be controlled by the mask
   argument of the statx function.)  */
struct statx
{
  __uint32_t stx_mask;
  __uint32_t stx_blksize;
  __uint64_t stx_attributes;
  __uint32_t stx_nlink;
  __uint32_t stx_uid;
  __uint32_t stx_gid;
  __uint16_t stx_mode;
  __uint16_t __statx_pad1[1];
  __uint64_t stx_ino;
  __uint64_t stx_size;
  __uint64_t stx_blocks;
  __uint64_t stx_attributes_mask;
  struct statx_timestamp stx_atime;
  struct statx_timestamp stx_btime;
  struct statx_timestamp stx_ctime;
  struct statx_timestamp stx_mtime;
  __uint32_t stx_rdev_major;
  __uint32_t stx_rdev_minor;
  __uint32_t stx_dev_major;
  __uint32_t stx_dev_minor;
  __uint64_t __statx_pad2[14];
};

#endif /* __statx_defined */
#ifndef _____fpos64_t_defined
#define _____fpos64_t_defined 1

#include <bits/types.h>
#include <bits/types/__mbstate_t.h>

/* The tag name of this struct is _G_fpos64_t to preserve historic
   C++ mangled names for functions taking fpos_t and/or fpos64_t
   arguments.  That name should not be used in new code.  */
typedef struct _G_fpos64_t
{
  __off64_t __pos;
  __mbstate_t __state;
} __fpos64_t;

#endif
#ifndef __sigset_t_defined
#define __sigset_t_defined 1

#include <bits/types/__sigset_t.h>

/* A set of signals to be blocked, unblocked, or waited for.  */
typedef __sigset_t sigset_t;

#endif
#ifndef ____sigset_t_defined
#define ____sigset_t_defined

#define _SIGSET_NWORDS (1024 / (8 * sizeof (unsigned long int)))
typedef struct
{
  unsigned long int __val[_SIGSET_NWORDS];
} __sigset_t;

#endif
/* Define struct iovec.
   Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef __iovec_defined
#define __iovec_defined 1

#define __need_size_t
#include <stddef.h>

/* Structure for scatter/gather I/O.  */
struct iovec
  {
    void *iov_base;	/* Pointer to data.  */
    size_t iov_len;	/* Length of data.  */
  };

#endif
/* Definition of the generic version of struct statx_timestamp.
   Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_STAT_H
# error Never include <bits/types/struct_statx_timestamp.h> directly, include <sys/stat.h> instead.
#endif

#ifndef __statx_timestamp_defined
#define __statx_timestamp_defined 1

struct statx_timestamp
{
  __int64_t tv_sec;
  __uint32_t tv_nsec;
  __int32_t __statx_timestamp_pad1[1];
};

#endif /* __statx_timestamp_defined */
#ifndef __FILE_defined
#define __FILE_defined 1

struct _IO_FILE;

/* The opaque type of streams.  This is the definition used elsewhere.  */
typedef struct _IO_FILE FILE;

#endif
#ifndef __res_state_defined
#define __res_state_defined 1

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <netinet/in.h>

/* res_state: the global state used by the resolver stub.  */
#define MAXNS			3	/* max # name servers we'll track */
#define MAXDFLSRCH		3	/* # default domain levels to try */
#define MAXDNSRCH		6	/* max # domains in search path */
#define MAXRESOLVSORT		10	/* number of net to sort on */

struct __res_state {
	int	retrans;		/* retransmition time interval */
	int	retry;			/* number of times to retransmit */
	unsigned long options;		/* option flags - see below. */
	int	nscount;		/* number of name servers */
	struct sockaddr_in
		nsaddr_list[MAXNS];	/* address of name server */
	unsigned short id;		/* current message id */
	/* 2 byte hole here.  */
	char	*dnsrch[MAXDNSRCH+1];	/* components of domain to search */
	char	defdname[256];		/* default domain (deprecated) */
	unsigned long pfcode;		/* RES_PRF_ flags - see below. */
	unsigned ndots:4;		/* threshold for initial abs. query */
	unsigned nsort:4;		/* number of elements in sort_list[] */
	unsigned ipv6_unavail:1;	/* connecting to IPv6 server failed */
	unsigned unused:23;
	struct {
		struct in_addr	addr;
		uint32_t	mask;
	} sort_list[MAXRESOLVSORT];
	/* 4 byte hole here on 64-bit architectures.  */
	void * __glibc_unused_qhook;
	void * __glibc_unused_rhook;
	int	res_h_errno;		/* last one set for this context */
	int	_vcsock;		/* PRIVATE: for res_send VC i/o */
	unsigned int _flags;		/* PRIVATE: see below */
	/* 4 byte hole here on 64-bit architectures.  */
	union {
		char	pad[52];	/* On an i386 this means 512b total. */
		struct {
			uint16_t		nscount;
			uint16_t		nsmap[MAXNS];
			int			nssocks[MAXNS];
			uint16_t		nscount6;
			uint16_t		nsinit;
			struct sockaddr_in6	*nsaddrs[MAXNS];
#ifdef _LIBC
			unsigned long long int __glibc_extension_index
			  __attribute__((packed));
#else
			unsigned int		__glibc_reserved[2];
#endif
		} _ext;
	} _u;
};

typedef struct __res_state *res_state;

#endif /* __res_state_defined */
/* Sched parameter structure.  Generic version.
   Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library;  if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_TYPES_STRUCT_SCHED_PARAM
#define _BITS_TYPES_STRUCT_SCHED_PARAM 1

/* Data structure to describe a process' schedulability.  */
struct sched_param
{
  int sched_priority;
};

#endif /* bits/types/struct_sched_param.h */
/* Define error_t.
   Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef __error_t_defined
# define __error_t_defined 1

typedef int error_t;

#endif
#ifndef ____mbstate_t_defined
#define ____mbstate_t_defined 1

/* Integral type unchanged by default argument promotions that can
   hold any value corresponding to members of the extended character
   set, as well as at least one value that does not correspond to any
   member of the extended character set.  */
#ifndef __WINT_TYPE__
# define __WINT_TYPE__ unsigned int
#endif

/* Conversion state information.  */
typedef struct
{
  int __count;
  union
  {
    __WINT_TYPE__ __wch;
    char __wchb[4];
  } __value;		/* Value so far.  */
} __mbstate_t;

#endif
#ifndef __itimerspec_defined
#define __itimerspec_defined 1

#include <bits/types.h>
#include <bits/types/struct_timespec.h>

/* POSIX.1b structure for timer start values and intervals.  */
struct itimerspec
  {
    struct timespec it_interval;
    struct timespec it_value;
  };

#endif
#ifndef __siginfo_t_defined
#define __siginfo_t_defined 1

#include <bits/wordsize.h>
#include <bits/types.h>
#include <bits/types/__sigval_t.h>

#define __SI_MAX_SIZE	128
#if __WORDSIZE == 64
# define __SI_PAD_SIZE	((__SI_MAX_SIZE / sizeof (int)) - 4)
#else
# define __SI_PAD_SIZE	((__SI_MAX_SIZE / sizeof (int)) - 3)
#endif

/* Some fields of siginfo_t have architecture-specific variations.  */
#include <bits/siginfo-arch.h>
#ifndef __SI_ALIGNMENT
# define __SI_ALIGNMENT		/* nothing */
#endif
#ifndef __SI_BAND_TYPE
# define __SI_BAND_TYPE		long int
#endif
#ifndef __SI_CLOCK_T
# define __SI_CLOCK_T		__clock_t
#endif
#ifndef __SI_ERRNO_THEN_CODE
# define __SI_ERRNO_THEN_CODE	1
#endif
#ifndef __SI_HAVE_SIGSYS
# define __SI_HAVE_SIGSYS	1
#endif
#ifndef __SI_SIGFAULT_ADDL
# define __SI_SIGFAULT_ADDL	/* nothing */
#endif

typedef struct
  {
    int si_signo;		/* Signal number.  */
#if __SI_ERRNO_THEN_CODE
    int si_errno;		/* If non-zero, an errno value associated with
				   this signal, as defined in <errno.h>.  */
    int si_code;		/* Signal code.  */
#else
    int si_code;
    int si_errno;
#endif
#if __WORDSIZE == 64
    int __pad0;			/* Explicit padding.  */
#endif

    union
      {
	int _pad[__SI_PAD_SIZE];

	 /* kill().  */
	struct
	  {
	    __pid_t si_pid;	/* Sending process ID.  */
	    __uid_t si_uid;	/* Real user ID of sending process.  */
	  } _kill;

	/* POSIX.1b timers.  */
	struct
	  {
	    int si_tid;		/* Timer ID.  */
	    int si_overrun;	/* Overrun count.  */
	    __sigval_t si_sigval;	/* Signal value.  */
	  } _timer;

	/* POSIX.1b signals.  */
	struct
	  {
	    __pid_t si_pid;	/* Sending process ID.  */
	    __uid_t si_uid;	/* Real user ID of sending process.  */
	    __sigval_t si_sigval;	/* Signal value.  */
	  } _rt;

	/* SIGCHLD.  */
	struct
	  {
	    __pid_t si_pid;	/* Which child.	 */
	    __uid_t si_uid;	/* Real user ID of sending process.  */
	    int si_status;	/* Exit value or signal.  */
	    __SI_CLOCK_T si_utime;
	    __SI_CLOCK_T si_stime;
	  } _sigchld;

	/* SIGILL, SIGFPE, SIGSEGV, SIGBUS.  */
	struct
	  {
	    void *si_addr;	    /* Faulting insn/memory ref.  */
	    __SI_SIGFAULT_ADDL
	    short int si_addr_lsb;  /* Valid LSB of the reported address.  */
	    union
	      {
		/* used when si_code=SEGV_BNDERR */
		struct
		  {
		    void *_lower;
		    void *_upper;
		  } _addr_bnd;
		/* used when si_code=SEGV_PKUERR */
		__uint32_t _pkey;
	      } _bounds;
	  } _sigfault;

	/* SIGPOLL.  */
	struct
	  {
	    long int si_band;	/* Band event for SIGPOLL.  */
	    int si_fd;
	  } _sigpoll;

	/* SIGSYS.  */
#if __SI_HAVE_SIGSYS
	struct
	  {
	    void *_call_addr;	/* Calling user insn.  */
	    int _syscall;	/* Triggering system call number.  */
	    unsigned int _arch; /* AUDIT_ARCH_* of syscall.  */
	  } _sigsys;
#endif
      } _sifields;
  } siginfo_t __SI_ALIGNMENT;


/* X/Open requires some more fields with fixed names.  */
#define si_pid		_sifields._kill.si_pid
#define si_uid		_sifields._kill.si_uid
#define si_timerid	_sifields._timer.si_tid
#define si_overrun	_sifields._timer.si_overrun
#define si_status	_sifields._sigchld.si_status
#define si_utime	_sifields._sigchld.si_utime
#define si_stime	_sifields._sigchld.si_stime
#define si_value	_sifields._rt.si_sigval
#define si_int		_sifields._rt.si_sigval.sival_int
#define si_ptr		_sifields._rt.si_sigval.sival_ptr
#define si_addr		_sifields._sigfault.si_addr
#define si_addr_lsb	_sifields._sigfault.si_addr_lsb
#define si_lower	_sifields._sigfault._bounds._addr_bnd._lower
#define si_upper	_sifields._sigfault._bounds._addr_bnd._upper
#define si_pkey		_sifields._sigfault._bounds._pkey
#define si_band		_sifields._sigpoll.si_band
#define si_fd		_sifields._sigpoll.si_fd
#if __SI_HAVE_SIGSYS
# define si_call_addr	_sifields._sigsys._call_addr
# define si_syscall	_sifields._sigsys._syscall
# define si_arch	_sifields._sigsys._arch
#endif

#endif
#ifndef ____FILE_defined
#define ____FILE_defined 1

struct _IO_FILE;
typedef struct _IO_FILE __FILE;

#endif
#ifndef __wint_t_defined
#define __wint_t_defined 1

/* Some versions of stddef.h provide wint_t, even though neither the
   C nor C++ standards, nor POSIX, specifies this.  We assume that
   stddef.h will define the macro _WINT_T if and only if it provides
   wint_t, and conversely, that it will avoid providing wint_t if
   _WINT_T is already defined.  */
#ifndef _WINT_T
#define _WINT_T 1

/* Integral type unchanged by default argument promotions that can
   hold any value corresponding to members of the extended character
   set, as well as at least one value that does not correspond to any
   member of the extended character set.  */
#ifndef __WINT_TYPE__
# define __WINT_TYPE__ unsigned int
#endif

typedef __WINT_TYPE__ wint_t;

#endif /* _WINT_T */
#endif /* bits/types/wint_t.h */
/* Define stack_t.  Linux version.
   Copyright (C) 1998-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef __stack_t_defined
#define __stack_t_defined 1

#define __need_size_t
#include <stddef.h>

/* Structure describing a signal stack.  */
typedef struct
  {
    void *ss_sp;
    int ss_flags;
    size_t ss_size;
  } stack_t;

#endif
#ifndef __timeval_defined
#define __timeval_defined 1

#include <bits/types.h>

/* A time value that is accurate to the nearest
   microsecond but also has a range of years.  */
struct timeval
{
  __time_t tv_sec;		/* Seconds.  */
  __suseconds_t tv_usec;	/* Microseconds.  */
};
#endif
#ifndef _____fpos_t_defined
#define _____fpos_t_defined 1

#include <bits/types.h>
#include <bits/types/__mbstate_t.h>

/* The tag name of this struct is _G_fpos_t to preserve historic
   C++ mangled names for functions taking fpos_t arguments.
   That name should not be used in new code.  */
typedef struct _G_fpos_t
{
  __off_t __pos;
  __mbstate_t __state;
} __fpos_t;

#endif
#ifndef __struct_tm_defined
#define __struct_tm_defined 1

#include <bits/types.h>

/* ISO C `broken-down time' structure.  */
struct tm
{
  int tm_sec;			/* Seconds.	[0-60] (1 leap second) */
  int tm_min;			/* Minutes.	[0-59] */
  int tm_hour;			/* Hours.	[0-23] */
  int tm_mday;			/* Day.		[1-31] */
  int tm_mon;			/* Month.	[0-11] */
  int tm_year;			/* Year	- 1900.  */
  int tm_wday;			/* Day of week.	[0-6] */
  int tm_yday;			/* Days in year.[0-365]	*/
  int tm_isdst;			/* DST.		[-1/0/1]*/

# ifdef	__USE_MISC
  long int tm_gmtoff;		/* Seconds east of UTC.  */
  const char *tm_zone;		/* Timezone abbreviation.  */
# else
  long int __tm_gmtoff;		/* Seconds east of UTC.  */
  const char *__tm_zone;	/* Timezone abbreviation.  */
# endif
};

#endif
/* Definition of struct __locale_struct and __locale_t.
   Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1997.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_TYPES___LOCALE_T_H
#define _BITS_TYPES___LOCALE_T_H 1

/* POSIX.1-2008: the locale_t type, representing a locale context
   (implementation-namespace version).  This type should be treated
   as opaque by applications; some details are exposed for the sake of
   efficiency in e.g. ctype functions.  */

struct __locale_struct
{
  /* Note: LC_ALL is not a valid index into this array.  */
  struct __locale_data *__locales[13]; /* 13 = __LC_LAST. */

  /* To increase the speed of this solution we add some special members.  */
  const unsigned short int *__ctype_b;
  const int *__ctype_tolower;
  const int *__ctype_toupper;

  /* Note: LC_ALL is not a valid index into this array.  */
  const char *__names[13];
};

typedef struct __locale_struct *__locale_t;

#endif /* bits/types/__locale_t.h */
#ifndef __clockid_t_defined
#define __clockid_t_defined 1

#include <bits/types.h>

/* Clock ID used in clock and timer functions.  */
typedef __clockid_t clockid_t;

#endif
#ifndef __timer_t_defined
#define __timer_t_defined 1

#include <bits/types.h>

/* Timer ID returned by `timer_create'.  */
typedef __timer_t timer_t;

#endif
/* Define __sigval_t.
   Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef ____sigval_t_defined
#define ____sigval_t_defined

/* Type for data associated with a signal.  */
#ifdef __USE_POSIX199309
union sigval
{
  int sival_int;
  void *sival_ptr;
};

typedef union sigval __sigval_t;
#else
union __sigval
{
  int __sival_int;
  void *__sival_ptr;
};

typedef union __sigval __sigval_t;
#endif

#endif
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef __struct_FILE_defined
#define __struct_FILE_defined 1

/* Caution: The contents of this file are not part of the official
   stdio.h API.  However, much of it is part of the official *binary*
   interface, and therefore cannot be changed.  */

#if defined _IO_USE_OLD_IO_FILE && !defined _LIBC
# error "_IO_USE_OLD_IO_FILE should only be defined when building libc itself"
#endif

#if defined _IO_lock_t_defined && !defined _LIBC
# error "_IO_lock_t_defined should only be defined when building libc itself"
#endif

#include <bits/types.h>

struct _IO_FILE;
struct _IO_marker;
struct _IO_codecvt;
struct _IO_wide_data;

/* During the build of glibc itself, _IO_lock_t will already have been
   defined by internal headers.  */
#ifndef _IO_lock_t_defined
typedef void _IO_lock_t;
#endif

/* The tag name of this struct is _IO_FILE to preserve historic
   C++ mangled names for functions taking FILE* arguments.
   That name should not be used in new code.  */
struct _IO_FILE
{
  int _flags;		/* High-order word is _IO_MAGIC; rest is flags. */

  /* The following pointers correspond to the C++ streambuf protocol. */
  char *_IO_read_ptr;	/* Current read pointer */
  char *_IO_read_end;	/* End of get area. */
  char *_IO_read_base;	/* Start of putback+get area. */
  char *_IO_write_base;	/* Start of put area. */
  char *_IO_write_ptr;	/* Current put pointer. */
  char *_IO_write_end;	/* End of put area. */
  char *_IO_buf_base;	/* Start of reserve area. */
  char *_IO_buf_end;	/* End of reserve area. */

  /* The following fields are used to support backing up and undo. */
  char *_IO_save_base; /* Pointer to start of non-current get area. */
  char *_IO_backup_base;  /* Pointer to first valid character of backup area */
  char *_IO_save_end; /* Pointer to end of non-current get area. */

  struct _IO_marker *_markers;

  struct _IO_FILE *_chain;

  int _fileno;
  int _flags2;
  __off_t _old_offset; /* This used to be _offset but it's too small.  */

  /* 1+column number of pbase(); 0 is unknown. */
  unsigned short _cur_column;
  signed char _vtable_offset;
  char _shortbuf[1];

  _IO_lock_t *_lock;
#ifdef _IO_USE_OLD_IO_FILE
};

struct _IO_FILE_complete
{
  struct _IO_FILE _file;
#endif
  __off64_t _offset;
  /* Wide character stream stuff.  */
  struct _IO_codecvt *_codecvt;
  struct _IO_wide_data *_wide_data;
  struct _IO_FILE *_freeres_list;
  void *_freeres_buf;
  size_t __pad5;
  int _mode;
  /* Make sure we don't get into trouble again.  */
  char _unused2[15 * sizeof (int) - 4 * sizeof (void *) - sizeof (size_t)];
};

/* These macros are used by bits/stdio.h and internal headers.  */
#define __getc_unlocked_body(_fp)					\
  (__glibc_unlikely ((_fp)->_IO_read_ptr >= (_fp)->_IO_read_end)	\
   ? __uflow (_fp) : *(unsigned char *) (_fp)->_IO_read_ptr++)

#define __putc_unlocked_body(_ch, _fp)					\
  (__glibc_unlikely ((_fp)->_IO_write_ptr >= (_fp)->_IO_write_end)	\
   ? __overflow (_fp, (unsigned char) (_ch))				\
   : (unsigned char) (*(_fp)->_IO_write_ptr++ = (_ch)))

#define _IO_EOF_SEEN 0x0010
#define __feof_unlocked_body(_fp) (((_fp)->_flags & _IO_EOF_SEEN) != 0)

#define _IO_ERR_SEEN 0x0020
#define __ferror_unlocked_body(_fp) (((_fp)->_flags & _IO_ERR_SEEN) != 0)

#define _IO_USER_LOCK 0x8000
/* Many more flag bits are defined internally.  */

#endif
#ifndef __time_t_defined
#define __time_t_defined 1

#include <bits/types.h>

/* Returned by `time'.  */
typedef __time_t time_t;

#endif
#ifndef __sig_atomic_t_defined
#define __sig_atomic_t_defined 1

#include <bits/types.h>

/* An integral type that can be modified atomically, without the
   possibility of a signal arriving in the middle of the operation.  */
typedef __sig_atomic_t sig_atomic_t;

#endif
/* Define struct rusage.
   Copyright (C) 1994-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef __rusage_defined
#define __rusage_defined 1

#include <bits/types.h>
#include <bits/types/struct_timeval.h>

/* Structure which says how much of each resource has been used.  */

/* The purpose of all the unions is to have the kernel-compatible layout
   while keeping the API type as 'long int', and among machines where
   __syscall_slong_t is not 'long int', this only does the right thing
   for little-endian ones, like x32.  */
struct rusage
  {
    /* Total amount of user time used.  */
    struct timeval ru_utime;
    /* Total amount of system time used.  */
    struct timeval ru_stime;
    /* Maximum resident set size (in kilobytes).  */
    __extension__ union
      {
	long int ru_maxrss;
	__syscall_slong_t __ru_maxrss_word;
      };
    /* Amount of sharing of text segment memory
       with other processes (kilobyte-seconds).  */
    /* Maximum resident set size (in kilobytes).  */
    __extension__ union
      {
	long int ru_ixrss;
	__syscall_slong_t __ru_ixrss_word;
      };
    /* Amount of data segment memory used (kilobyte-seconds).  */
    __extension__ union
      {
	long int ru_idrss;
	__syscall_slong_t __ru_idrss_word;
      };
    /* Amount of stack memory used (kilobyte-seconds).  */
    __extension__ union
      {
	long int ru_isrss;
	 __syscall_slong_t __ru_isrss_word;
      };
    /* Number of soft page faults (i.e. those serviced by reclaiming
       a page from the list of pages awaiting reallocation.  */
    __extension__ union
      {
	long int ru_minflt;
	__syscall_slong_t __ru_minflt_word;
      };
    /* Number of hard page faults (i.e. those that required I/O).  */
    __extension__ union
      {
	long int ru_majflt;
	__syscall_slong_t __ru_majflt_word;
      };
    /* Number of times a process was swapped out of physical memory.  */
    __extension__ union
      {
	long int ru_nswap;
	__syscall_slong_t __ru_nswap_word;
      };
    /* Number of input operations via the file system.  Note: This
       and `ru_oublock' do not include operations with the cache.  */
    __extension__ union
      {
	long int ru_inblock;
	__syscall_slong_t __ru_inblock_word;
      };
    /* Number of output operations via the file system.  */
    __extension__ union
      {
	long int ru_oublock;
	__syscall_slong_t __ru_oublock_word;
      };
    /* Number of IPC messages sent.  */
    __extension__ union
      {
	long int ru_msgsnd;
	__syscall_slong_t __ru_msgsnd_word;
      };
    /* Number of IPC messages received.  */
    __extension__ union
      {
	long int ru_msgrcv;
	__syscall_slong_t __ru_msgrcv_word;
      };
    /* Number of signals delivered.  */
    __extension__ union
      {
	long int ru_nsignals;
	__syscall_slong_t __ru_nsignals_word;
      };
    /* Number of voluntary context switches, i.e. because the process
       gave up the process before it had to (usually to wait for some
       resource to be available).  */
    __extension__ union
      {
	long int ru_nvcsw;
	__syscall_slong_t __ru_nvcsw_word;
      };
    /* Number of involuntary context switches, i.e. a higher priority process
       became runnable or the current process used up its time slice.  */
    __extension__ union
      {
	long int ru_nivcsw;
	__syscall_slong_t __ru_nivcsw_word;
      };
  };

#endif
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef __cookie_io_functions_t_defined
#define __cookie_io_functions_t_defined 1

#include <bits/types.h>

/* Functions to do I/O and file management for a stream.  */

/* Read NBYTES bytes from COOKIE into a buffer pointed to by BUF.
   Return number of bytes read.  */
typedef __ssize_t cookie_read_function_t (void *__cookie, char *__buf,
                                          size_t __nbytes);

/* Write NBYTES bytes pointed to by BUF to COOKIE.  Write all NBYTES bytes
   unless there is an error.  Return number of bytes written.  If
   there is an error, return 0 and do not write anything.  If the file
   has been opened for append (__mode.__append set), then set the file
   pointer to the end of the file and then do the write; if not, just
   write at the current file pointer.  */
typedef __ssize_t cookie_write_function_t (void *__cookie, const char *__buf,
                                           size_t __nbytes);

/* Move COOKIE's file position to *POS bytes from the
   beginning of the file (if W is SEEK_SET),
   the current position (if W is SEEK_CUR),
   or the end of the file (if W is SEEK_END).
   Set *POS to the new file position.
   Returns zero if successful, nonzero if not.  */
typedef int cookie_seek_function_t (void *__cookie, __off64_t *__pos, int __w);

/* Close COOKIE.  */
typedef int cookie_close_function_t (void *__cookie);

/* The structure with the cookie function pointers.
   The tag name of this struct is _IO_cookie_io_functions_t to
   preserve historic C++ mangled names for functions taking
   cookie_io_functions_t arguments.  That name should not be used in
   new code.  */
typedef struct _IO_cookie_io_functions_t
{
  cookie_read_function_t *read;		/* Read bytes.  */
  cookie_write_function_t *write;	/* Write bytes.  */
  cookie_seek_function_t *seek;		/* Seek/tell file position.  */
  cookie_close_function_t *close;	/* Close file.  */
} cookie_io_functions_t;

#endif
#ifndef __mbstate_t_defined
#define __mbstate_t_defined 1

#include <bits/types/__mbstate_t.h>

typedef __mbstate_t mbstate_t;

#endif
/* Define struct sigstack.
   Copyright (C) 1998-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef __sigstack_defined
#define __sigstack_defined 1

/* Structure describing a signal stack (obsolete).  */
struct sigstack
  {
    void *ss_sp;		/* Signal stack pointer.  */
    int ss_onstack;		/* Nonzero if executing on this stack.  */
  };

#endif
/* statx-related definitions and declarations.  Linux version.
   Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/* This interface is based on <linux/stat.h> in Linux.  */

#ifndef _SYS_STAT_H
# error Never include <bits/statx.h> directly, include <sys/stat.h> instead.
#endif

/* Use the Linux kernel header if available.  */

/* Use "" to work around incorrect macro expansion of the
   __has_include argument (GCC PR 80005).  */
#ifdef __has_include
# if __has_include ("linux/stat.h")
#  include "linux/stat.h"
#  ifdef STATX_TYPE
#   define __statx_timestamp_defined 1
#   define __statx_defined 1
#  endif
# endif
#endif

#include <bits/statx-generic.h>
/* Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_SELECT_H
# error "Never use <bits/select.h> directly; include <sys/select.h> instead."
#endif

#include <bits/wordsize.h>


#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2

# if __WORDSIZE == 64
#  define __FD_ZERO_STOS "stosq"
# else
#  define __FD_ZERO_STOS "stosl"
# endif

# define __FD_ZERO(fdsp) \
  do {									      \
    int __d0, __d1;							      \
    __asm__ __volatile__ ("cld; rep; " __FD_ZERO_STOS			      \
			  : "=c" (__d0), "=D" (__d1)			      \
			  : "a" (0), "0" (sizeof (fd_set)		      \
					  / sizeof (__fd_mask)),	      \
			    "1" (&__FDS_BITS (fdsp)[0])			      \
			  : "memory");					      \
  } while (0)

#else	/* ! GNU CC */

/* We don't use `memset' because this would require a prototype and
   the array isn't too big.  */
# define __FD_ZERO(set)  \
  do {									      \
    unsigned int __i;							      \
    fd_set *__arr = (set);						      \
    for (__i = 0; __i < sizeof (fd_set) / sizeof (__fd_mask); ++__i)	      \
      __FDS_BITS (__arr)[__i] = 0;					      \
  } while (0)

#endif	/* GNU CC */

#define __FD_SET(d, set) \
  ((void) (__FDS_BITS (set)[__FD_ELT (d)] |= __FD_MASK (d)))
#define __FD_CLR(d, set) \
  ((void) (__FDS_BITS (set)[__FD_ELT (d)] &= ~__FD_MASK (d)))
#define __FD_ISSET(d, set) \
  ((__FDS_BITS (set)[__FD_ELT (d)] & __FD_MASK (d)) != 0)
/* <bits/syslog-path.h> -- _PATH_LOG definition
   Copyright (C) 2006-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_SYSLOG_H
# error "Never include this file directly.  Use <sys/syslog.h> instead"
#endif

#ifndef _BITS_SYSLOG_PATH_H
#define _BITS_SYSLOG_PATH_H 1

#define	_PATH_LOG	"/dev/log"

#endif /* bits/syslog-path.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 *	ISO C99 Standard: 7.25
 *	Wide character classification and mapping utilities  <wctype.h>
 */

#ifndef _BITS_WCTYPE_WCHAR_H
#define _BITS_WCTYPE_WCHAR_H 1

#if !defined _WCTYPE_H && !defined _WCHAR_H
#error "Never include <bits/wctype-wchar.h> directly; include <wctype.h> or <wchar.h> instead."
#endif

#include <bits/types.h>
#include <bits/types/wint_t.h>

/* The definitions in this header are specified to appear in <wctype.h>
   in ISO C99, but in <wchar.h> in Unix98.  _GNU_SOURCE follows C99.  */

/* Scalar type that can hold values which represent locale-specific
   character classifications.  */
typedef unsigned long int wctype_t;

# ifndef _ISwbit
/* The characteristics are stored always in network byte order (big
   endian).  We define the bit value interpretations here dependent on the
   machine's byte order.  */

#  include <endian.h>
#  if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
#   define _ISwbit(bit)	(1 << (bit))
#  else /* __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN */
#   define _ISwbit(bit)	\
	((bit) < 8 ? (int) ((1UL << (bit)) << 24)			      \
	 : ((bit) < 16 ? (int) ((1UL << (bit)) << 8)			      \
	    : ((bit) < 24 ? (int) ((1UL << (bit)) >> 8)			      \
	       : (int) ((1UL << (bit)) >> 24))))
#  endif

enum
{
  __ISwupper = 0,			/* UPPERCASE.  */
  __ISwlower = 1,			/* lowercase.  */
  __ISwalpha = 2,			/* Alphabetic.  */
  __ISwdigit = 3,			/* Numeric.  */
  __ISwxdigit = 4,			/* Hexadecimal numeric.  */
  __ISwspace = 5,			/* Whitespace.  */
  __ISwprint = 6,			/* Printing.  */
  __ISwgraph = 7,			/* Graphical.  */
  __ISwblank = 8,			/* Blank (usually SPC and TAB).  */
  __ISwcntrl = 9,			/* Control character.  */
  __ISwpunct = 10,			/* Punctuation.  */
  __ISwalnum = 11,			/* Alphanumeric.  */

  _ISwupper = _ISwbit (__ISwupper),	/* UPPERCASE.  */
  _ISwlower = _ISwbit (__ISwlower),	/* lowercase.  */
  _ISwalpha = _ISwbit (__ISwalpha),	/* Alphabetic.  */
  _ISwdigit = _ISwbit (__ISwdigit),	/* Numeric.  */
  _ISwxdigit = _ISwbit (__ISwxdigit),	/* Hexadecimal numeric.  */
  _ISwspace = _ISwbit (__ISwspace),	/* Whitespace.  */
  _ISwprint = _ISwbit (__ISwprint),	/* Printing.  */
  _ISwgraph = _ISwbit (__ISwgraph),	/* Graphical.  */
  _ISwblank = _ISwbit (__ISwblank),	/* Blank (usually SPC and TAB).  */
  _ISwcntrl = _ISwbit (__ISwcntrl),	/* Control character.  */
  _ISwpunct = _ISwbit (__ISwpunct),	/* Punctuation.  */
  _ISwalnum = _ISwbit (__ISwalnum)	/* Alphanumeric.  */
};
# endif /* Not _ISwbit  */


__BEGIN_DECLS

/*
 * Wide-character classification functions: 7.15.2.1.
 */

/* Test for any wide character for which `iswalpha' or `iswdigit' is
   true.  */
extern int iswalnum (wint_t __wc) __THROW;

/* Test for any wide character for which `iswupper' or 'iswlower' is
   true, or any wide character that is one of a locale-specific set of
   wide-characters for which none of `iswcntrl', `iswdigit',
   `iswpunct', or `iswspace' is true.  */
extern int iswalpha (wint_t __wc) __THROW;

/* Test for any control wide character.  */
extern int iswcntrl (wint_t __wc) __THROW;

/* Test for any wide character that corresponds to a decimal-digit
   character.  */
extern int iswdigit (wint_t __wc) __THROW;

/* Test for any wide character for which `iswprint' is true and
   `iswspace' is false.  */
extern int iswgraph (wint_t __wc) __THROW;

/* Test for any wide character that corresponds to a lowercase letter
   or is one of a locale-specific set of wide characters for which
   none of `iswcntrl', `iswdigit', `iswpunct', or `iswspace' is true.  */
extern int iswlower (wint_t __wc) __THROW;

/* Test for any printing wide character.  */
extern int iswprint (wint_t __wc) __THROW;

/* Test for any printing wide character that is one of a
   locale-specific et of wide characters for which neither `iswspace'
   nor `iswalnum' is true.  */
extern int iswpunct (wint_t __wc) __THROW;

/* Test for any wide character that corresponds to a locale-specific
   set of wide characters for which none of `iswalnum', `iswgraph', or
   `iswpunct' is true.  */
extern int iswspace (wint_t __wc) __THROW;

/* Test for any wide character that corresponds to an uppercase letter
   or is one of a locale-specific set of wide character for which none
   of `iswcntrl', `iswdigit', `iswpunct', or `iswspace' is true.  */
extern int iswupper (wint_t __wc) __THROW;

/* Test for any wide character that corresponds to a hexadecimal-digit
   character equivalent to that performed be the functions described
   in the previous subclause.  */
extern int iswxdigit (wint_t __wc) __THROW;

/* Test for any wide character that corresponds to a standard blank
   wide character or a locale-specific set of wide characters for
   which `iswalnum' is false.  */
# ifdef __USE_ISOC99
extern int iswblank (wint_t __wc) __THROW;
# endif

/*
 * Extensible wide-character classification functions: 7.15.2.2.
 */

/* Construct value that describes a class of wide characters identified
   by the string argument PROPERTY.  */
extern wctype_t wctype (const char *__property) __THROW;

/* Determine whether the wide-character WC has the property described by
   DESC.  */
extern int iswctype (wint_t __wc, wctype_t __desc) __THROW;

/*
 * Wide-character case-mapping functions: 7.15.3.1.
 */

/* Converts an uppercase letter to the corresponding lowercase letter.  */
extern wint_t towlower (wint_t __wc) __THROW;

/* Converts an lowercase letter to the corresponding uppercase letter.  */
extern wint_t towupper (wint_t __wc) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* bits/wctype-wchar.h.  */
/* Definition of locale category symbol values.
   Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#if !defined _LOCALE_H && !defined _LANGINFO_H
# error "Never use <bits/locale.h> directly; include <locale.h> instead."
#endif

#ifndef _BITS_LOCALE_H
#define _BITS_LOCALE_H	1

#define __LC_CTYPE		 0
#define __LC_NUMERIC		 1
#define __LC_TIME		 2
#define __LC_COLLATE		 3
#define __LC_MONETARY		 4
#define __LC_MESSAGES		 5
#define __LC_ALL		 6
#define __LC_PAPER		 7
#define __LC_NAME		 8
#define __LC_ADDRESS		 9
#define __LC_TELEPHONE		10
#define __LC_MEASUREMENT	11
#define __LC_IDENTIFICATION	12

#endif	/* bits/locale.h */
/* System-specific socket constants and types.  Linux version.
   Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef __BITS_SOCKET_H
#define __BITS_SOCKET_H

#ifndef _SYS_SOCKET_H
# error "Never include <bits/socket.h> directly; use <sys/socket.h> instead."
#endif

#define __need_size_t
#include <stddef.h>

#include <sys/types.h>

/* Type for length arguments in socket calls.  */
#ifndef __socklen_t_defined
typedef __socklen_t socklen_t;
# define __socklen_t_defined
#endif

/* Get the architecture-dependent definition of enum __socket_type.  */
#include <bits/socket_type.h>

/* Protocol families.  */
#define PF_UNSPEC	0	/* Unspecified.  */
#define PF_LOCAL	1	/* Local to host (pipes and file-domain).  */
#define PF_UNIX		PF_LOCAL /* POSIX name for PF_LOCAL.  */
#define PF_FILE		PF_LOCAL /* Another non-standard name for PF_LOCAL.  */
#define PF_INET		2	/* IP protocol family.  */
#define PF_AX25		3	/* Amateur Radio AX.25.  */
#define PF_IPX		4	/* Novell Internet Protocol.  */
#define PF_APPLETALK	5	/* Appletalk DDP.  */
#define PF_NETROM	6	/* Amateur radio NetROM.  */
#define PF_BRIDGE	7	/* Multiprotocol bridge.  */
#define PF_ATMPVC	8	/* ATM PVCs.  */
#define PF_X25		9	/* Reserved for X.25 project.  */
#define PF_INET6	10	/* IP version 6.  */
#define PF_ROSE		11	/* Amateur Radio X.25 PLP.  */
#define PF_DECnet	12	/* Reserved for DECnet project.  */
#define PF_NETBEUI	13	/* Reserved for 802.2LLC project.  */
#define PF_SECURITY	14	/* Security callback pseudo AF.  */
#define PF_KEY		15	/* PF_KEY key management API.  */
#define PF_NETLINK	16
#define PF_ROUTE	PF_NETLINK /* Alias to emulate 4.4BSD.  */
#define PF_PACKET	17	/* Packet family.  */
#define PF_ASH		18	/* Ash.  */
#define PF_ECONET	19	/* Acorn Econet.  */
#define PF_ATMSVC	20	/* ATM SVCs.  */
#define PF_RDS		21	/* RDS sockets.  */
#define PF_SNA		22	/* Linux SNA Project */
#define PF_IRDA		23	/* IRDA sockets.  */
#define PF_PPPOX	24	/* PPPoX sockets.  */
#define PF_WANPIPE	25	/* Wanpipe API sockets.  */
#define PF_LLC		26	/* Linux LLC.  */
#define PF_IB		27	/* Native InfiniBand address.  */
#define PF_MPLS		28	/* MPLS.  */
#define PF_CAN		29	/* Controller Area Network.  */
#define PF_TIPC		30	/* TIPC sockets.  */
#define PF_BLUETOOTH	31	/* Bluetooth sockets.  */
#define PF_IUCV		32	/* IUCV sockets.  */
#define PF_RXRPC	33	/* RxRPC sockets.  */
#define PF_ISDN		34	/* mISDN sockets.  */
#define PF_PHONET	35	/* Phonet sockets.  */
#define PF_IEEE802154	36	/* IEEE 802.15.4 sockets.  */
#define PF_CAIF		37	/* CAIF sockets.  */
#define PF_ALG		38	/* Algorithm sockets.  */
#define PF_NFC		39	/* NFC sockets.  */
#define PF_VSOCK	40	/* vSockets.  */
#define PF_KCM		41	/* Kernel Connection Multiplexor.  */
#define PF_QIPCRTR	42	/* Qualcomm IPC Router.  */
#define PF_SMC		43	/* SMC sockets.  */
#define PF_XDP		44	/* XDP sockets.  */
#define PF_MAX		45	/* For now..  */

/* Address families.  */
#define AF_UNSPEC	PF_UNSPEC
#define AF_LOCAL	PF_LOCAL
#define AF_UNIX		PF_UNIX
#define AF_FILE		PF_FILE
#define AF_INET		PF_INET
#define AF_AX25		PF_AX25
#define AF_IPX		PF_IPX
#define AF_APPLETALK	PF_APPLETALK
#define AF_NETROM	PF_NETROM
#define AF_BRIDGE	PF_BRIDGE
#define AF_ATMPVC	PF_ATMPVC
#define AF_X25		PF_X25
#define AF_INET6	PF_INET6
#define AF_ROSE		PF_ROSE
#define AF_DECnet	PF_DECnet
#define AF_NETBEUI	PF_NETBEUI
#define AF_SECURITY	PF_SECURITY
#define AF_KEY		PF_KEY
#define AF_NETLINK	PF_NETLINK
#define AF_ROUTE	PF_ROUTE
#define AF_PACKET	PF_PACKET
#define AF_ASH		PF_ASH
#define AF_ECONET	PF_ECONET
#define AF_ATMSVC	PF_ATMSVC
#define AF_RDS		PF_RDS
#define AF_SNA		PF_SNA
#define AF_IRDA		PF_IRDA
#define AF_PPPOX	PF_PPPOX
#define AF_WANPIPE	PF_WANPIPE
#define AF_LLC		PF_LLC
#define AF_IB		PF_IB
#define AF_MPLS		PF_MPLS
#define AF_CAN		PF_CAN
#define AF_TIPC		PF_TIPC
#define AF_BLUETOOTH	PF_BLUETOOTH
#define AF_IUCV		PF_IUCV
#define AF_RXRPC	PF_RXRPC
#define AF_ISDN		PF_ISDN
#define AF_PHONET	PF_PHONET
#define AF_IEEE802154	PF_IEEE802154
#define AF_CAIF		PF_CAIF
#define AF_ALG		PF_ALG
#define AF_NFC		PF_NFC
#define AF_VSOCK	PF_VSOCK
#define AF_KCM		PF_KCM
#define AF_QIPCRTR	PF_QIPCRTR
#define AF_SMC		PF_SMC
#define AF_XDP		PF_XDP
#define AF_MAX		PF_MAX

/* Socket level values.  Others are defined in the appropriate headers.

   XXX These definitions also should go into the appropriate headers as
   far as they are available.  */
#define SOL_RAW		255
#define SOL_DECNET      261
#define SOL_X25         262
#define SOL_PACKET	263
#define SOL_ATM		264	/* ATM layer (cell level).  */
#define SOL_AAL		265	/* ATM Adaption Layer (packet level).  */
#define SOL_IRDA	266
#define SOL_NETBEUI	267
#define SOL_LLC		268
#define SOL_DCCP	269
#define SOL_NETLINK	270
#define SOL_TIPC	271
#define SOL_RXRPC	272
#define SOL_PPPOL2TP	273
#define SOL_BLUETOOTH	274
#define SOL_PNPIPE	275
#define SOL_RDS		276
#define SOL_IUCV	277
#define SOL_CAIF	278
#define SOL_ALG		279
#define SOL_NFC		280
#define SOL_KCM		281
#define SOL_TLS		282
#define SOL_XDP		283

/* Maximum queue length specifiable by listen.  */
#define SOMAXCONN	128

/* Get the definition of the macro to define the common sockaddr members.  */
#include <bits/sockaddr.h>

/* Structure describing a generic socket address.  */
struct sockaddr
  {
    __SOCKADDR_COMMON (sa_);	/* Common data: address family and length.  */
    char sa_data[14];		/* Address data.  */
  };


/* Structure large enough to hold any socket address (with the historical
   exception of AF_UNIX).  */
#define __ss_aligntype	unsigned long int
#define _SS_PADSIZE \
  (_SS_SIZE - __SOCKADDR_COMMON_SIZE - sizeof (__ss_aligntype))

struct sockaddr_storage
  {
    __SOCKADDR_COMMON (ss_);	/* Address family, etc.  */
    char __ss_padding[_SS_PADSIZE];
    __ss_aligntype __ss_align;	/* Force desired alignment.  */
  };


/* Bits in the FLAGS argument to `send', `recv', et al.  */
enum
  {
    MSG_OOB		= 0x01,	/* Process out-of-band data.  */
#define MSG_OOB		MSG_OOB
    MSG_PEEK		= 0x02,	/* Peek at incoming messages.  */
#define MSG_PEEK	MSG_PEEK
    MSG_DONTROUTE	= 0x04,	/* Don't use local routing.  */
#define MSG_DONTROUTE	MSG_DONTROUTE
#ifdef __USE_GNU
    /* DECnet uses a different name.  */
    MSG_TRYHARD		= MSG_DONTROUTE,
# define MSG_TRYHARD	MSG_DONTROUTE
#endif
    MSG_CTRUNC		= 0x08,	/* Control data lost before delivery.  */
#define MSG_CTRUNC	MSG_CTRUNC
    MSG_PROXY		= 0x10,	/* Supply or ask second address.  */
#define MSG_PROXY	MSG_PROXY
    MSG_TRUNC		= 0x20,
#define MSG_TRUNC	MSG_TRUNC
    MSG_DONTWAIT	= 0x40, /* Nonblocking IO.  */
#define MSG_DONTWAIT	MSG_DONTWAIT
    MSG_EOR		= 0x80, /* End of record.  */
#define MSG_EOR		MSG_EOR
    MSG_WAITALL		= 0x100, /* Wait for a full request.  */
#define MSG_WAITALL	MSG_WAITALL
    MSG_FIN		= 0x200,
#define MSG_FIN		MSG_FIN
    MSG_SYN		= 0x400,
#define MSG_SYN		MSG_SYN
    MSG_CONFIRM		= 0x800, /* Confirm path validity.  */
#define MSG_CONFIRM	MSG_CONFIRM
    MSG_RST		= 0x1000,
#define MSG_RST		MSG_RST
    MSG_ERRQUEUE	= 0x2000, /* Fetch message from error queue.  */
#define MSG_ERRQUEUE	MSG_ERRQUEUE
    MSG_NOSIGNAL	= 0x4000, /* Do not generate SIGPIPE.  */
#define MSG_NOSIGNAL	MSG_NOSIGNAL
    MSG_MORE		= 0x8000,  /* Sender will send more.  */
#define MSG_MORE	MSG_MORE
    MSG_WAITFORONE	= 0x10000, /* Wait for at least one packet to return.*/
#define MSG_WAITFORONE	MSG_WAITFORONE
    MSG_BATCH		= 0x40000, /* sendmmsg: more messages coming.  */
#define MSG_BATCH	MSG_BATCH
    MSG_ZEROCOPY	= 0x4000000, /* Use user data in kernel path.  */
#define MSG_ZEROCOPY	MSG_ZEROCOPY
    MSG_FASTOPEN	= 0x20000000, /* Send data in TCP SYN.  */
#define MSG_FASTOPEN	MSG_FASTOPEN

    MSG_CMSG_CLOEXEC	= 0x40000000	/* Set close_on_exit for file
					   descriptor received through
					   SCM_RIGHTS.  */
#define MSG_CMSG_CLOEXEC MSG_CMSG_CLOEXEC
  };


/* Structure describing messages sent by
   `sendmsg' and received by `recvmsg'.  */
struct msghdr
  {
    void *msg_name;		/* Address to send to/receive from.  */
    socklen_t msg_namelen;	/* Length of address data.  */

    struct iovec *msg_iov;	/* Vector of data to send/receive into.  */
    size_t msg_iovlen;		/* Number of elements in the vector.  */

    void *msg_control;		/* Ancillary data (eg BSD filedesc passing). */
    size_t msg_controllen;	/* Ancillary data buffer length.
				   !! The type should be socklen_t but the
				   definition of the kernel is incompatible
				   with this.  */

    int msg_flags;		/* Flags on received message.  */
  };

/* Structure used for storage of ancillary data object information.  */
struct cmsghdr
  {
    size_t cmsg_len;		/* Length of data in cmsg_data plus length
				   of cmsghdr structure.
				   !! The type should be socklen_t but the
				   definition of the kernel is incompatible
				   with this.  */
    int cmsg_level;		/* Originating protocol.  */
    int cmsg_type;		/* Protocol specific type.  */
#if __glibc_c99_flexarr_available
    __extension__ unsigned char __cmsg_data __flexarr; /* Ancillary data.  */
#endif
  };

/* Ancillary data object manipulation macros.  */
#if __glibc_c99_flexarr_available
# define CMSG_DATA(cmsg) ((cmsg)->__cmsg_data)
#else
# define CMSG_DATA(cmsg) ((unsigned char *) ((struct cmsghdr *) (cmsg) + 1))
#endif
#define CMSG_NXTHDR(mhdr, cmsg) __cmsg_nxthdr (mhdr, cmsg)
#define CMSG_FIRSTHDR(mhdr) \
  ((size_t) (mhdr)->msg_controllen >= sizeof (struct cmsghdr)		      \
   ? (struct cmsghdr *) (mhdr)->msg_control : (struct cmsghdr *) 0)
#define CMSG_ALIGN(len) (((len) + sizeof (size_t) - 1) \
			 & (size_t) ~(sizeof (size_t) - 1))
#define CMSG_SPACE(len) (CMSG_ALIGN (len) \
			 + CMSG_ALIGN (sizeof (struct cmsghdr)))
#define CMSG_LEN(len)   (CMSG_ALIGN (sizeof (struct cmsghdr)) + (len))

/* Given a length, return the additional padding necessary such that
   len + __CMSG_PADDING(len) == CMSG_ALIGN (len).  */
#define __CMSG_PADDING(len) ((sizeof (size_t) \
                              - ((len) & (sizeof (size_t) - 1))) \
                             & (sizeof (size_t) - 1))

extern struct cmsghdr *__cmsg_nxthdr (struct msghdr *__mhdr,
				      struct cmsghdr *__cmsg) __THROW;
#ifdef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
# ifndef _EXTERN_INLINE
#  define _EXTERN_INLINE __extern_inline
# endif
_EXTERN_INLINE struct cmsghdr *
__NTH (__cmsg_nxthdr (struct msghdr *__mhdr, struct cmsghdr *__cmsg))
{
  /* We may safely assume that __cmsg lies between __mhdr->msg_control and
     __mhdr->msg_controllen because the user is required to obtain the first
     cmsg via CMSG_FIRSTHDR, set its length, then obtain subsequent cmsgs
     via CMSG_NXTHDR, setting lengths along the way.  However, we don't yet
     trust the value of __cmsg->cmsg_len and therefore do not use it in any
     pointer arithmetic until we check its value.  */

  unsigned char * __msg_control_ptr = (unsigned char *) __mhdr->msg_control;
  unsigned char * __cmsg_ptr = (unsigned char *) __cmsg;

  size_t __size_needed = sizeof (struct cmsghdr)
                         + __CMSG_PADDING (__cmsg->cmsg_len);

  /* The current header is malformed, too small to be a full header.  */
  if ((size_t) __cmsg->cmsg_len < sizeof (struct cmsghdr))
    return (struct cmsghdr *) 0;

  /* There isn't enough space between __cmsg and the end of the buffer to
  hold the current cmsg *and* the next one.  */
  if (((size_t)
         (__msg_control_ptr + __mhdr->msg_controllen - __cmsg_ptr)
       < __size_needed)
      || ((size_t)
            (__msg_control_ptr + __mhdr->msg_controllen - __cmsg_ptr
             - __size_needed)
          < __cmsg->cmsg_len))

    return (struct cmsghdr *) 0;

  /* Now, we trust cmsg_len and can use it to find the next header.  */
  __cmsg = (struct cmsghdr *) ((unsigned char *) __cmsg
			       + CMSG_ALIGN (__cmsg->cmsg_len));
  return __cmsg;
}
#endif	/* Use `extern inline'.  */

/* Socket level message types.  This must match the definitions in
   <linux/socket.h>.  */
enum
  {
    SCM_RIGHTS = 0x01		/* Transfer file descriptors.  */
#define SCM_RIGHTS SCM_RIGHTS
#ifdef __USE_GNU
    , SCM_CREDENTIALS = 0x02	/* Credentials passing.  */
# define SCM_CREDENTIALS SCM_CREDENTIALS
#endif
  };

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* User visible structure for SCM_CREDENTIALS message */
struct ucred
{
  pid_t pid;			/* PID of sending process.  */
  uid_t uid;			/* UID of sending process.  */
  gid_t gid;			/* GID of sending process.  */
};
#endif

/* Ugly workaround for unclean kernel headers.  */
#ifndef __USE_MISC
# ifndef FIOGETOWN
#  define __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_FIOGETOWN
# endif
# ifndef FIOSETOWN
#  define __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_FIOSETOWN
# endif
# ifndef SIOCATMARK
#  define __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_SIOCATMARK
# endif
# ifndef SIOCGPGRP
#  define __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_SIOCGPGRP
# endif
# ifndef SIOCGSTAMP
#  define __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_SIOCGSTAMP
# endif
# ifndef SIOCGSTAMPNS
#  define __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_SIOCGSTAMPNS
# endif
# ifndef SIOCSPGRP
#  define __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_SIOCSPGRP
# endif
#endif
#ifndef IOCSIZE_MASK
# define __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_IOCSIZE_MASK
#endif
#ifndef IOCSIZE_SHIFT
# define __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_IOCSIZE_SHIFT
#endif
#ifndef IOC_IN
# define __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_IOC_IN
#endif
#ifndef IOC_INOUT
# define __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_IOC_INOUT
#endif
#ifndef IOC_OUT
# define __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_IOC_OUT
#endif

/* Get socket manipulation related informations from kernel headers.  */
#include <asm/socket.h>

#ifndef __USE_MISC
# ifdef __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_FIOGETOWN
#  undef __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_FIOGETOWN
#  undef FIOGETOWN
# endif
# ifdef __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_FIOSETOWN
#  undef __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_FIOSETOWN
#  undef FIOSETOWN
# endif
# ifdef __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_SIOCATMARK
#  undef __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_SIOCATMARK
#  undef SIOCATMARK
# endif
# ifdef __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_SIOCGPGRP
#  undef __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_SIOCGPGRP
#  undef SIOCGPGRP
# endif
# ifdef __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_SIOCGSTAMP
#  undef __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_SIOCGSTAMP
#  undef SIOCGSTAMP
# endif
# ifdef __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_SIOCGSTAMPNS
#  undef __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_SIOCGSTAMPNS
#  undef SIOCGSTAMPNS
# endif
# ifdef __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_SIOCSPGRP
#  undef __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_SIOCSPGRP
#  undef SIOCSPGRP
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_IOCSIZE_MASK
# undef __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_IOCSIZE_MASK
# undef IOCSIZE_MASK
#endif
#ifdef __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_IOCSIZE_SHIFT
# undef __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_IOCSIZE_SHIFT
# undef IOCSIZE_SHIFT
#endif
#ifdef __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_IOC_IN
# undef __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_IOC_IN
# undef IOC_IN
#endif
#ifdef __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_IOC_INOUT
# undef __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_IOC_INOUT
# undef IOC_INOUT
#endif
#ifdef __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_IOC_OUT
# undef __SYS_SOCKET_H_undef_IOC_OUT
# undef IOC_OUT
#endif

/* Structure used to manipulate the SO_LINGER option.  */
struct linger
  {
    int l_onoff;		/* Nonzero to linger on close.  */
    int l_linger;		/* Time to linger.  */
  };

#endif	/* bits/socket.h */
/* Minimum guaranteed maximum values for system limits.  Linux version.
   Copyright (C) 1993-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
   License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
   not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/* The kernel header pollutes the namespace with the NR_OPEN symbol
   and defines LINK_MAX although filesystems have different maxima.  A
   similar thing is true for OPEN_MAX: the limit can be changed at
   runtime and therefore the macro must not be defined.  Remove this
   after including the header if necessary.  */
#ifndef NR_OPEN
# define __undef_NR_OPEN
#endif
#ifndef LINK_MAX
# define __undef_LINK_MAX
#endif
#ifndef OPEN_MAX
# define __undef_OPEN_MAX
#endif
#ifndef ARG_MAX
# define __undef_ARG_MAX
#endif

/* The kernel sources contain a file with all the needed information.  */
#include <linux/limits.h>

/* Have to remove NR_OPEN?  */
#ifdef __undef_NR_OPEN
# undef NR_OPEN
# undef __undef_NR_OPEN
#endif
/* Have to remove LINK_MAX?  */
#ifdef __undef_LINK_MAX
# undef LINK_MAX
# undef __undef_LINK_MAX
#endif
/* Have to remove OPEN_MAX?  */
#ifdef __undef_OPEN_MAX
# undef OPEN_MAX
# undef __undef_OPEN_MAX
#endif
/* Have to remove ARG_MAX?  */
#ifdef __undef_ARG_MAX
# undef ARG_MAX
# undef __undef_ARG_MAX
#endif

/* The number of data keys per process.  */
#define _POSIX_THREAD_KEYS_MAX	128
/* This is the value this implementation supports.  */
#define PTHREAD_KEYS_MAX	1024

/* Controlling the iterations of destructors for thread-specific data.  */
#define _POSIX_THREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS	4
/* Number of iterations this implementation does.  */
#define PTHREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS	_POSIX_THREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS

/* The number of threads per process.  */
#define _POSIX_THREAD_THREADS_MAX	64
/* We have no predefined limit on the number of threads.  */
#undef PTHREAD_THREADS_MAX

/* Maximum amount by which a process can descrease its asynchronous I/O
   priority level.  */
#define AIO_PRIO_DELTA_MAX	20

/* Minimum size for a thread.  We are free to choose a reasonable value.  */
#define PTHREAD_STACK_MIN	16384

/* Maximum number of timer expiration overruns.  */
#define DELAYTIMER_MAX	2147483647

/* Maximum tty name length.  */
#define TTY_NAME_MAX		32

/* Maximum login name length.  This is arbitrary.  */
#define LOGIN_NAME_MAX		256

/* Maximum host name length.  */
#define HOST_NAME_MAX		64

/* Maximum message queue priority level.  */
#define MQ_PRIO_MAX		32768

/* Maximum value the semaphore can have.  */
#define SEM_VALUE_MAX   (2147483647)
/* Signal number definitions.  Linux version.
   Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_SIGNUM_H
#define _BITS_SIGNUM_H 1

#ifndef _SIGNAL_H
#error "Never include <bits/signum.h> directly; use <signal.h> instead."
#endif

#include <bits/signum-generic.h>

/* Adjustments and additions to the signal number constants for
   most Linux systems.  */

#define	SIGSTKFLT	16	/* Stack fault (obsolete).  */
#define	SIGPWR		30	/* Power failure imminent.  */

#undef	SIGBUS
#define	SIGBUS		 7
#undef	SIGUSR1
#define	SIGUSR1		10
#undef	SIGUSR2
#define	SIGUSR2		12
#undef	SIGCHLD
#define	SIGCHLD		17
#undef	SIGCONT
#define	SIGCONT		18
#undef	SIGSTOP
#define	SIGSTOP		19
#undef	SIGTSTP
#define	SIGTSTP		20
#undef	SIGURG
#define	SIGURG		23
#undef	SIGPOLL
#define	SIGPOLL		29
#undef	SIGSYS
#define SIGSYS		31

#undef	__SIGRTMAX
#define __SIGRTMAX	64

#endif	/* <signal.h> included.  */
/* Declaration of common pthread types for all architectures.
   Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_PTHREADTYPES_COMMON_H
# define _BITS_PTHREADTYPES_COMMON_H	1

/* For internal mutex and condition variable definitions.  */
#include <bits/thread-shared-types.h>

/* Thread identifiers.  The structure of the attribute type is not
   exposed on purpose.  */
typedef unsigned long int pthread_t;


/* Data structures for mutex handling.  The structure of the attribute
   type is not exposed on purpose.  */
typedef union
{
  char __size[__SIZEOF_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_T];
  int __align;
} pthread_mutexattr_t;


/* Data structure for condition variable handling.  The structure of
   the attribute type is not exposed on purpose.  */
typedef union
{
  char __size[__SIZEOF_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_T];
  int __align;
} pthread_condattr_t;


/* Keys for thread-specific data */
typedef unsigned int pthread_key_t;


/* Once-only execution */
typedef int __ONCE_ALIGNMENT pthread_once_t;


union pthread_attr_t
{
  char __size[__SIZEOF_PTHREAD_ATTR_T];
  long int __align;
};
#ifndef __have_pthread_attr_t
typedef union pthread_attr_t pthread_attr_t;
# define __have_pthread_attr_t 1
#endif


typedef union
{
  struct __pthread_mutex_s __data;
  char __size[__SIZEOF_PTHREAD_MUTEX_T];
  long int __align;
} pthread_mutex_t;


typedef union
{
  struct __pthread_cond_s __data;
  char __size[__SIZEOF_PTHREAD_COND_T];
  __extension__ long long int __align;
} pthread_cond_t;


#if defined __USE_UNIX98 || defined __USE_XOPEN2K
/* Data structure for reader-writer lock variable handling.  The
   structure of the attribute type is deliberately not exposed.  */
typedef union
{
  struct __pthread_rwlock_arch_t __data;
  char __size[__SIZEOF_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_T];
  long int __align;
} pthread_rwlock_t;

typedef union
{
  char __size[__SIZEOF_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_T];
  long int __align;
} pthread_rwlockattr_t;
#endif


#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
/* POSIX spinlock data type.  */
typedef volatile int pthread_spinlock_t;


/* POSIX barriers data type.  The structure of the type is
   deliberately not exposed.  */
typedef union
{
  char __size[__SIZEOF_PTHREAD_BARRIER_T];
  long int __align;
} pthread_barrier_t;

typedef union
{
  char __size[__SIZEOF_PTHREAD_BARRIERATTR_T];
  int __align;
} pthread_barrierattr_t;
#endif

#endif
/* -mlong-double-64 compatibility mode for <stdlib.h> functions.
   Copyright (C) 2006-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _STDLIB_H
# error "Never include <bits/stdlib-ldbl.h> directly; use <stdlib.h> instead."
#endif

#ifdef	__USE_ISOC99
__LDBL_REDIR1_DECL (strtold, strtod)
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
__LDBL_REDIR1_DECL (strtold_l, strtod_l)
#endif

#if __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_BFP_EXT)
__LDBL_REDIR1_DECL (strfroml, strfromd)
#endif

#ifdef __USE_MISC
__LDBL_REDIR1_DECL (qecvt, ecvt)
__LDBL_REDIR1_DECL (qfcvt, fcvt)
__LDBL_REDIR1_DECL (qgcvt, gcvt)
__LDBL_REDIR1_DECL (qecvt_r, ecvt_r)
__LDBL_REDIR1_DECL (qfcvt_r, fcvt_r)
#endif
/* bits/typesizes.h -- underlying types for *_t.  Linux/x86-64 version.
   Copyright (C) 2012-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_TYPES_H
# error "Never include <bits/typesizes.h> directly; use <sys/types.h> instead."
#endif

#ifndef	_BITS_TYPESIZES_H
#define	_BITS_TYPESIZES_H	1

/* See <bits/types.h> for the meaning of these macros.  This file exists so
   that <bits/types.h> need not vary across different GNU platforms.  */

/* X32 kernel interface is 64-bit.  */
#if defined __x86_64__ && defined __ILP32__
# define __SYSCALL_SLONG_TYPE	__SQUAD_TYPE
# define __SYSCALL_ULONG_TYPE	__UQUAD_TYPE
#else
# define __SYSCALL_SLONG_TYPE	__SLONGWORD_TYPE
# define __SYSCALL_ULONG_TYPE	__ULONGWORD_TYPE
#endif

#define __DEV_T_TYPE		__UQUAD_TYPE
#define __UID_T_TYPE		__U32_TYPE
#define __GID_T_TYPE		__U32_TYPE
#define __INO_T_TYPE		__SYSCALL_ULONG_TYPE
#define __INO64_T_TYPE		__UQUAD_TYPE
#define __MODE_T_TYPE		__U32_TYPE
#ifdef __x86_64__
# define __NLINK_T_TYPE		__SYSCALL_ULONG_TYPE
# define __FSWORD_T_TYPE	__SYSCALL_SLONG_TYPE
#else
# define __NLINK_T_TYPE		__UWORD_TYPE
# define __FSWORD_T_TYPE	__SWORD_TYPE
#endif
#define __OFF_T_TYPE		__SYSCALL_SLONG_TYPE
#define __OFF64_T_TYPE		__SQUAD_TYPE
#define __PID_T_TYPE		__S32_TYPE
#define __RLIM_T_TYPE		__SYSCALL_ULONG_TYPE
#define __RLIM64_T_TYPE		__UQUAD_TYPE
#define __BLKCNT_T_TYPE		__SYSCALL_SLONG_TYPE
#define __BLKCNT64_T_TYPE	__SQUAD_TYPE
#define __FSBLKCNT_T_TYPE	__SYSCALL_ULONG_TYPE
#define __FSBLKCNT64_T_TYPE	__UQUAD_TYPE
#define __FSFILCNT_T_TYPE	__SYSCALL_ULONG_TYPE
#define __FSFILCNT64_T_TYPE	__UQUAD_TYPE
#define __ID_T_TYPE		__U32_TYPE
#define __CLOCK_T_TYPE		__SYSCALL_SLONG_TYPE
#define __TIME_T_TYPE		__SYSCALL_SLONG_TYPE
#define __USECONDS_T_TYPE	__U32_TYPE
#define __SUSECONDS_T_TYPE	__SYSCALL_SLONG_TYPE
#define __DADDR_T_TYPE		__S32_TYPE
#define __KEY_T_TYPE		__S32_TYPE
#define __CLOCKID_T_TYPE	__S32_TYPE
#define __TIMER_T_TYPE		void *
#define __BLKSIZE_T_TYPE	__SYSCALL_SLONG_TYPE
#define __FSID_T_TYPE		struct { int __val[2]; }
#define __SSIZE_T_TYPE		__SWORD_TYPE
#define __CPU_MASK_TYPE 	__SYSCALL_ULONG_TYPE

#ifdef __x86_64__
/* Tell the libc code that off_t and off64_t are actually the same type
   for all ABI purposes, even if possibly expressed as different base types
   for C type-checking purposes.  */
# define __OFF_T_MATCHES_OFF64_T	1

/* Same for ino_t and ino64_t.  */
# define __INO_T_MATCHES_INO64_T	1

/* And for __rlim_t and __rlim64_t.  */
# define __RLIM_T_MATCHES_RLIM64_T	1
#else
# define __RLIM_T_MATCHES_RLIM64_T	0
#endif

/* Number of descriptors that can fit in an `fd_set'.  */
#define __FD_SETSIZE		1024


#endif /* bits/typesizes.h */
/* Checking macros for mq functions.
   Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_FCNTL_H
# error "Never include <bits/mqueue2.h> directly; use <mqueue.h> instead."
#endif

/* Check that calls to mq_open with O_CREAT set have an appropriate third and fourth
   parameter.  */
extern mqd_t mq_open (const char *__name, int __oflag, ...)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));
extern mqd_t __mq_open_2 (const char *__name, int __oflag)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));
extern mqd_t __REDIRECT_NTH (__mq_open_alias, (const char *__name,
					       int __oflag, ...), mq_open)
     __nonnull ((1));
__errordecl (__mq_open_wrong_number_of_args,
	     "mq_open can be called either with 2 or 4 arguments");
__errordecl (__mq_open_missing_mode_and_attr,
	     "mq_open with O_CREAT in second argument needs 4 arguments");

__fortify_function mqd_t
__NTH (mq_open (const char *__name, int __oflag, ...))
{
  if (__va_arg_pack_len () != 0 && __va_arg_pack_len () != 2)
    __mq_open_wrong_number_of_args ();

  if (__builtin_constant_p (__oflag))
    {
      if ((__oflag & O_CREAT) != 0 && __va_arg_pack_len () == 0)
	{
	  __mq_open_missing_mode_and_attr ();
	  return __mq_open_2 (__name, __oflag);
	}
      return __mq_open_alias (__name, __oflag, __va_arg_pack ());
    }

  if (__va_arg_pack_len () == 0)
    return __mq_open_2 (__name, __oflag);

  return __mq_open_alias (__name, __oflag, __va_arg_pack ());
}
/* Checking macros for unistd functions.
   Copyright (C) 2005-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _UNISTD_H
# error "Never include <bits/unistd.h> directly; use <unistd.h> instead."
#endif

extern ssize_t __read_chk (int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __nbytes,
			   size_t __buflen) __wur;
extern ssize_t __REDIRECT (__read_alias, (int __fd, void *__buf,
					  size_t __nbytes), read) __wur;
extern ssize_t __REDIRECT (__read_chk_warn,
			   (int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __nbytes,
			    size_t __buflen), __read_chk)
     __wur __warnattr ("read called with bigger length than size of "
		       "the destination buffer");

__fortify_function __wur ssize_t
read (int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __nbytes)
{
  return __glibc_fortify (read, __nbytes, sizeof (char),
			  __glibc_objsize0 (__buf),
			  __fd, __buf, __nbytes);
}

#if defined __USE_UNIX98 || defined __USE_XOPEN2K8
extern ssize_t __pread_chk (int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __nbytes,
			    __off_t __offset, size_t __bufsize) __wur;
extern ssize_t __pread64_chk (int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __nbytes,
			      __off64_t __offset, size_t __bufsize) __wur;
extern ssize_t __REDIRECT (__pread_alias,
			   (int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __nbytes,
			    __off_t __offset), pread) __wur;
extern ssize_t __REDIRECT (__pread64_alias,
			   (int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __nbytes,
			    __off64_t __offset), pread64) __wur;
extern ssize_t __REDIRECT (__pread_chk_warn,
			   (int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __nbytes,
			    __off_t __offset, size_t __bufsize), __pread_chk)
     __wur __warnattr ("pread called with bigger length than size of "
		       "the destination buffer");
extern ssize_t __REDIRECT (__pread64_chk_warn,
			   (int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __nbytes,
			    __off64_t __offset, size_t __bufsize),
			    __pread64_chk)
     __wur __warnattr ("pread64 called with bigger length than size of "
		       "the destination buffer");

# ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
__fortify_function __wur ssize_t
pread (int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __nbytes, __off_t __offset)
{
  return __glibc_fortify (pread, __nbytes, sizeof (char),
			  __glibc_objsize0 (__buf),
			  __fd, __buf, __nbytes, __offset);
}
# else
__fortify_function __wur ssize_t
pread (int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __nbytes, __off64_t __offset)
{
  return __glibc_fortify (pread64, __nbytes, sizeof (char),
			  __glibc_objsize0 (__buf),
			  __fd, __buf, __nbytes, __offset);
}
# endif

# ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
__fortify_function __wur ssize_t
pread64 (int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __nbytes, __off64_t __offset)
{
  return __glibc_fortify (pread64, __nbytes, sizeof (char),
			  __glibc_objsize0 (__buf),
			  __fd, __buf, __nbytes, __offset);
}
# endif
#endif

#if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_XOPEN2K
extern ssize_t __readlink_chk (const char *__restrict __path,
			       char *__restrict __buf, size_t __len,
			       size_t __buflen)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2)) __wur;
extern ssize_t __REDIRECT_NTH (__readlink_alias,
			       (const char *__restrict __path,
				char *__restrict __buf, size_t __len), readlink)
     __nonnull ((1, 2)) __wur;
extern ssize_t __REDIRECT_NTH (__readlink_chk_warn,
			       (const char *__restrict __path,
				char *__restrict __buf, size_t __len,
				size_t __buflen), __readlink_chk)
     __nonnull ((1, 2)) __wur __warnattr ("readlink called with bigger length "
					  "than size of destination buffer");

__fortify_function __nonnull ((1, 2)) __wur ssize_t
__NTH (readlink (const char *__restrict __path, char *__restrict __buf,
		 size_t __len))
{
  return __glibc_fortify (readlink, __len, sizeof (char),
			  __glibc_objsize (__buf),
			  __path, __buf, __len);
}
#endif

#ifdef __USE_ATFILE
extern ssize_t __readlinkat_chk (int __fd, const char *__restrict __path,
				 char *__restrict __buf, size_t __len,
				 size_t __buflen)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2, 3)) __wur;
extern ssize_t __REDIRECT_NTH (__readlinkat_alias,
			       (int __fd, const char *__restrict __path,
				char *__restrict __buf, size_t __len),
			       readlinkat)
     __nonnull ((2, 3)) __wur;
extern ssize_t __REDIRECT_NTH (__readlinkat_chk_warn,
			       (int __fd, const char *__restrict __path,
				char *__restrict __buf, size_t __len,
				size_t __buflen), __readlinkat_chk)
     __nonnull ((2, 3)) __wur __warnattr ("readlinkat called with bigger "
					  "length than size of destination "
					  "buffer");

__fortify_function __nonnull ((2, 3)) __wur ssize_t
__NTH (readlinkat (int __fd, const char *__restrict __path,
		   char *__restrict __buf, size_t __len))
{
  return __glibc_fortify (readlinkat, __len, sizeof (char),
			  __glibc_objsize (__buf),
			  __fd, __path, __buf, __len);
}
#endif

extern char *__getcwd_chk (char *__buf, size_t __size, size_t __buflen)
     __THROW __wur;
extern char *__REDIRECT_NTH (__getcwd_alias,
			     (char *__buf, size_t __size), getcwd) __wur;
extern char *__REDIRECT_NTH (__getcwd_chk_warn,
			     (char *__buf, size_t __size, size_t __buflen),
			     __getcwd_chk)
     __wur __warnattr ("getcwd caller with bigger length than size of "
		       "destination buffer");

__fortify_function __wur char *
__NTH (getcwd (char *__buf, size_t __size))
{
  return __glibc_fortify (getcwd, __size, sizeof (char),
			  __glibc_objsize (__buf),
			  __buf, __size);
}

#if defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED
extern char *__getwd_chk (char *__buf, size_t buflen)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1)) __wur;
extern char *__REDIRECT_NTH (__getwd_warn, (char *__buf), getwd)
     __nonnull ((1)) __wur __warnattr ("please use getcwd instead, as getwd "
				       "doesn't specify buffer size");

__fortify_function __nonnull ((1)) __attribute_deprecated__ __wur char *
__NTH (getwd (char *__buf))
{
  if (__glibc_objsize (__buf) != (size_t) -1)
    return __getwd_chk (__buf, __glibc_objsize (__buf));
  return __getwd_warn (__buf);
}
#endif

extern size_t __confstr_chk (int __name, char *__buf, size_t __len,
			     size_t __buflen) __THROW;
extern size_t __REDIRECT_NTH (__confstr_alias, (int __name, char *__buf,
						size_t __len), confstr);
extern size_t __REDIRECT_NTH (__confstr_chk_warn,
			      (int __name, char *__buf, size_t __len,
			       size_t __buflen), __confstr_chk)
     __warnattr ("confstr called with bigger length than size of destination "
		 "buffer");

__fortify_function size_t
__NTH (confstr (int __name, char *__buf, size_t __len))
{
  return __glibc_fortify (confstr, __len, sizeof (char),
			  __glibc_objsize (__buf),
			  __name, __buf, __len);
}


extern int __getgroups_chk (int __size, __gid_t __list[], size_t __listlen)
     __THROW __wur;
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (__getgroups_alias, (int __size, __gid_t __list[]),
			   getgroups) __wur;
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (__getgroups_chk_warn,
			   (int __size, __gid_t __list[], size_t __listlen),
			   __getgroups_chk)
     __wur __warnattr ("getgroups called with bigger group count than what "
		       "can fit into destination buffer");

__fortify_function int
__NTH (getgroups (int __size, __gid_t __list[]))
{
  return __glibc_fortify (getgroups, __size, sizeof (__gid_t),
			  __glibc_objsize (__list),
			  __size, __list);
}


extern int __ttyname_r_chk (int __fd, char *__buf, size_t __buflen,
			    size_t __nreal) __THROW __nonnull ((2));
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (__ttyname_r_alias, (int __fd, char *__buf,
					       size_t __buflen), ttyname_r)
     __nonnull ((2));
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (__ttyname_r_chk_warn,
			   (int __fd, char *__buf, size_t __buflen,
			    size_t __nreal), __ttyname_r_chk)
     __nonnull ((2)) __warnattr ("ttyname_r called with bigger buflen than "
				 "size of destination buffer");

__fortify_function int
__NTH (ttyname_r (int __fd, char *__buf, size_t __buflen))
{
  return __glibc_fortify (ttyname_r, __buflen, sizeof (char),
			  __glibc_objsize (__buf),
			  __fd, __buf, __buflen);
}


#ifdef __USE_POSIX199506
extern int __getlogin_r_chk (char *__buf, size_t __buflen, size_t __nreal)
     __nonnull ((1));
extern int __REDIRECT (__getlogin_r_alias, (char *__buf, size_t __buflen),
		       getlogin_r) __nonnull ((1));
extern int __REDIRECT (__getlogin_r_chk_warn,
		       (char *__buf, size_t __buflen, size_t __nreal),
		       __getlogin_r_chk)
     __nonnull ((1)) __warnattr ("getlogin_r called with bigger buflen than "
				 "size of destination buffer");

__fortify_function int
getlogin_r (char *__buf, size_t __buflen)
{
  return __glibc_fortify (getlogin_r, __buflen, sizeof (char),
			  __glibc_objsize (__buf),
			  __buf, __buflen);
}
#endif


#if defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_UNIX98
extern int __gethostname_chk (char *__buf, size_t __buflen, size_t __nreal)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (__gethostname_alias, (char *__buf, size_t __buflen),
			   gethostname) __nonnull ((1));
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (__gethostname_chk_warn,
			   (char *__buf, size_t __buflen, size_t __nreal),
			   __gethostname_chk)
     __nonnull ((1)) __warnattr ("gethostname called with bigger buflen than "
				 "size of destination buffer");

__fortify_function int
__NTH (gethostname (char *__buf, size_t __buflen))
{
  return __glibc_fortify (gethostname, __buflen, sizeof (char),
			  __glibc_objsize (__buf),
			  __buf, __buflen);
}
#endif


#if defined __USE_MISC || (defined __USE_XOPEN && !defined __USE_UNIX98)
extern int __getdomainname_chk (char *__buf, size_t __buflen, size_t __nreal)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1)) __wur;
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (__getdomainname_alias, (char *__buf,
						   size_t __buflen),
			   getdomainname) __nonnull ((1)) __wur;
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (__getdomainname_chk_warn,
			   (char *__buf, size_t __buflen, size_t __nreal),
			   __getdomainname_chk)
     __nonnull ((1)) __wur __warnattr ("getdomainname called with bigger "
				       "buflen than size of destination "
				       "buffer");

__fortify_function int
__NTH (getdomainname (char *__buf, size_t __buflen))
{
  return __glibc_fortify (getdomainname, __buflen, sizeof (char),
			  __glibc_objsize (__buf),
			  __buf, __buflen);
}
#endif
/* Structures and definitions for the user accounting database.  GNU version.
   Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _UTMPX_H
# error "Never include <bits/utmpx.h> directly; use <utmpx.h> instead."
#endif

#include <bits/types.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <bits/wordsize.h>


#ifdef __USE_GNU
# include <paths.h>
# define _PATH_UTMPX	_PATH_UTMP
# define _PATH_WTMPX	_PATH_WTMP
#endif


#define __UT_LINESIZE	32
#define __UT_NAMESIZE	32
#define __UT_HOSTSIZE	256


/* The structure describing the status of a terminated process.  This
   type is used in `struct utmpx' below.  */
struct __exit_status
  {
#ifdef __USE_GNU
    short int e_termination;	/* Process termination status.  */
    short int e_exit;		/* Process exit status.  */
#else
    short int __e_termination;	/* Process termination status.  */
    short int __e_exit;		/* Process exit status.  */
#endif
  };


/* The structure describing an entry in the user accounting database.  */
struct utmpx
{
  short int ut_type;		/* Type of login.  */
  __pid_t ut_pid;		/* Process ID of login process.  */
  char ut_line[__UT_LINESIZE]
    __attribute_nonstring__;	/* Devicename.  */
  char ut_id[4]
    __attribute_nonstring__;	/* Inittab ID.  */
  char ut_user[__UT_NAMESIZE]
    __attribute_nonstring__;	/* Username.  */
  char ut_host[__UT_HOSTSIZE]
    __attribute_nonstring__;	/* Hostname for remote login.  */
  struct __exit_status ut_exit;	/* Exit status of a process marked
				   as DEAD_PROCESS.  */

/* The fields ut_session and ut_tv must be the same size when compiled
   32- and 64-bit.  This allows files and shared memory to be shared
   between 32- and 64-bit applications.  */
#if __WORDSIZE_TIME64_COMPAT32
  __int32_t ut_session;		/* Session ID, used for windowing.  */
  struct
  {
    __int32_t tv_sec;		/* Seconds.  */
    __int32_t tv_usec;		/* Microseconds.  */
  } ut_tv;			/* Time entry was made.  */
#else
  long int ut_session;		/* Session ID, used for windowing.  */
  struct timeval ut_tv;		/* Time entry was made.  */
#endif
  __int32_t ut_addr_v6[4];	/* Internet address of remote host.  */
  char __glibc_reserved[20];		/* Reserved for future use.  */
};


/* Values for the `ut_type' field of a `struct utmpx'.  */
#define EMPTY		0	/* No valid user accounting information.  */

#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define RUN_LVL	1	/* The system's runlevel.  */
#endif
#define BOOT_TIME	2	/* Time of system boot.  */
#define NEW_TIME	3	/* Time after system clock changed.  */
#define OLD_TIME	4	/* Time when system clock changed.  */

#define INIT_PROCESS	5	/* Process spawned by the init process.  */
#define LOGIN_PROCESS	6	/* Session leader of a logged in user.  */
#define USER_PROCESS	7	/* Normal process.  */
#define DEAD_PROCESS	8	/* Terminated process.  */

#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define ACCOUNTING	9	/* System accounting.  */
#endif
/* Common threading primitives definitions for both POSIX and C11.
   Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _THREAD_SHARED_TYPES_H
#define _THREAD_SHARED_TYPES_H 1

/* Arch-specific definitions.  Each architecture must define the following
   macros to define the expected sizes of pthread data types:

   __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_ATTR_T        - size of pthread_attr_t.
   __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_MUTEX_T       - size of pthread_mutex_t.
   __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_T   - size of pthread_mutexattr_t.
   __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_COND_T        - size of pthread_cond_t.
   __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_T    - size of pthread_condattr_t.
   __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_T      - size of pthread_rwlock_t.
   __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_T  - size of pthread_rwlockattr_t.
   __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_BARRIER_T     - size of pthread_barrier_t.
   __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_BARRIERATTR_T - size of pthread_barrierattr_t.

   Also, the following macros must be define for internal pthread_mutex_t
   struct definitions (struct __pthread_mutex_s):

   __PTHREAD_COMPAT_PADDING_MID   - any additional members after 'kind'
				    and before '__spin' (for 64 bits) or
				    '__nusers' (for 32 bits).
   __PTHREAD_COMPAT_PADDING_END   - any additional members at the end of
				    the internal structure.
   __PTHREAD_MUTEX_LOCK_ELISION   - 1 if the architecture supports lock
				    elision or 0 otherwise.
   __PTHREAD_MUTEX_NUSERS_AFTER_KIND - control where to put __nusers.  The
				       preferred value for new architectures
				       is 0.
   __PTHREAD_MUTEX_USE_UNION      - control whether internal __spins and
				    __list will be place inside a union for
				    linuxthreads compatibility.
				    The preferred value for new architectures
				    is 0.

   For a new port the preferred values for the required defines are:

   #define __PTHREAD_COMPAT_PADDING_MID
   #define __PTHREAD_COMPAT_PADDING_END
   #define __PTHREAD_MUTEX_LOCK_ELISION         0
   #define __PTHREAD_MUTEX_NUSERS_AFTER_KIND    0
   #define __PTHREAD_MUTEX_USE_UNION            0

   __PTHREAD_MUTEX_LOCK_ELISION can be set to 1 if the hardware plans to
   eventually support lock elision using transactional memory.

   The additional macro defines any constraint for the lock alignment
   inside the thread structures:

   __LOCK_ALIGNMENT - for internal lock/futex usage.

   Same idea but for the once locking primitive:

   __ONCE_ALIGNMENT - for pthread_once_t/once_flag definition.

   And finally the internal pthread_rwlock_t (struct __pthread_rwlock_arch_t)
   must be defined.
 */
#include <bits/pthreadtypes-arch.h>

/* Common definition of pthread_mutex_t. */

#if !__PTHREAD_MUTEX_USE_UNION
typedef struct __pthread_internal_list
{
  struct __pthread_internal_list *__prev;
  struct __pthread_internal_list *__next;
} __pthread_list_t;
#else
typedef struct __pthread_internal_slist
{
  struct __pthread_internal_slist *__next;
} __pthread_slist_t;
#endif

/* Lock elision support.  */
#if __PTHREAD_MUTEX_LOCK_ELISION
# if !__PTHREAD_MUTEX_USE_UNION
#  define __PTHREAD_SPINS_DATA	\
  short __spins;		\
  short __elision
#  define __PTHREAD_SPINS             0, 0
# else
#  define __PTHREAD_SPINS_DATA	\
  struct			\
  {				\
    short __espins;		\
    short __eelision;		\
  } __elision_data
#  define __PTHREAD_SPINS         { 0, 0 }
#  define __spins __elision_data.__espins
#  define __elision __elision_data.__eelision
# endif
#else
# define __PTHREAD_SPINS_DATA int __spins
/* Mutex __spins initializer used by PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER.  */
# define __PTHREAD_SPINS 0
#endif

struct __pthread_mutex_s
{
  int __lock __LOCK_ALIGNMENT;
  unsigned int __count;
  int __owner;
#if !__PTHREAD_MUTEX_NUSERS_AFTER_KIND
  unsigned int __nusers;
#endif
  /* KIND must stay at this position in the structure to maintain
     binary compatibility with static initializers.

     Concurrency notes:
     The __kind of a mutex is initialized either by the static
     PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER or by a call to pthread_mutex_init.

     After a mutex has been initialized, the __kind of a mutex is usually not
     changed.  BUT it can be set to -1 in pthread_mutex_destroy or elision can
     be enabled.  This is done concurrently in the pthread_mutex_*lock functions
     by using the macro FORCE_ELISION. This macro is only defined for
     architectures which supports lock elision.

     For elision, there are the flags PTHREAD_MUTEX_ELISION_NP and
     PTHREAD_MUTEX_NO_ELISION_NP which can be set in addition to the already set
     type of a mutex.
     Before a mutex is initialized, only PTHREAD_MUTEX_NO_ELISION_NP can be set
     with pthread_mutexattr_settype.
     After a mutex has been initialized, the functions pthread_mutex_*lock can
     enable elision - if the mutex-type and the machine supports it - by setting
     the flag PTHREAD_MUTEX_ELISION_NP. This is done concurrently. Afterwards
     the lock / unlock functions are using specific elision code-paths.  */
  int __kind;
  __PTHREAD_COMPAT_PADDING_MID
#if __PTHREAD_MUTEX_NUSERS_AFTER_KIND
  unsigned int __nusers;
#endif
#if !__PTHREAD_MUTEX_USE_UNION
  __PTHREAD_SPINS_DATA;
  __pthread_list_t __list;
# define __PTHREAD_MUTEX_HAVE_PREV      1
#else
  __extension__ union
  {
    __PTHREAD_SPINS_DATA;
    __pthread_slist_t __list;
  };
# define __PTHREAD_MUTEX_HAVE_PREV      0
#endif
  __PTHREAD_COMPAT_PADDING_END
};


/* Common definition of pthread_cond_t. */

struct __pthread_cond_s
{
  __extension__ union
  {
    __extension__ unsigned long long int __wseq;
    struct
    {
      unsigned int __low;
      unsigned int __high;
    } __wseq32;
  };
  __extension__ union
  {
    __extension__ unsigned long long int __g1_start;
    struct
    {
      unsigned int __low;
      unsigned int __high;
    } __g1_start32;
  };
  unsigned int __glibc_unused___g_refs[2] __LOCK_ALIGNMENT;
  unsigned int __g_size[2];
  unsigned int __g1_orig_size;
  unsigned int __wrefs;
  unsigned int __g_signals[2];
};

#endif /* _THREAD_SHARED_TYPES_H  */
/* Checking macros for select functions.
   Copyright (C) 2011-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_SELECT_H
# error "Never include <bits/select2.h> directly; use <sys/select.h> instead."
#endif

/* Helper functions to issue warnings and errors when needed.  */
extern long int __fdelt_chk (long int __d);
extern long int __fdelt_warn (long int __d)
  __warnattr ("bit outside of fd_set selected");
#undef __FD_ELT
#define	__FD_ELT(d) \
  __extension__								    \
  ({ long int __d = (d);						    \
     (__builtin_constant_p (__d)					    \
      ? (0 <= __d && __d < __FD_SETSIZE					    \
	 ? (__d / __NFDBITS)						    \
	 : __fdelt_warn (__d))						    \
      : __fdelt_chk (__d)); })
/* Optimizing macros and inline functions for stdio functions.
   Copyright (C) 1998-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_STDIO_H
#define _BITS_STDIO_H 1

#ifndef _STDIO_H
# error "Never include <bits/stdio.h> directly; use <stdio.h> instead."
#endif

#ifndef __extern_inline
# define __STDIO_INLINE inline
#else
# define __STDIO_INLINE __extern_inline
#endif


#ifdef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
/* For -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE{,=2,=3} bits/stdio2.h will define a different
   inline.  */
# if !(__USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 0 && defined __fortify_function)
/* Write formatted output to stdout from argument list ARG.  */
__STDIO_INLINE int
vprintf (const char *__restrict __fmt, __gnuc_va_list __arg)
{
  return vfprintf (stdout, __fmt, __arg);
}
# endif

/* Read a character from stdin.  */
__STDIO_INLINE int
getchar (void)
{
  return getc (stdin);
}


# ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Faster version when locking is not necessary.  */
__STDIO_INLINE int
fgetc_unlocked (FILE *__fp)
{
  return __getc_unlocked_body (__fp);
}
# endif /* misc */


# ifdef __USE_POSIX
/* This is defined in POSIX.1:1996.  */
__STDIO_INLINE int
getc_unlocked (FILE *__fp)
{
  return __getc_unlocked_body (__fp);
}

/* This is defined in POSIX.1:1996.  */
__STDIO_INLINE int
getchar_unlocked (void)
{
  return __getc_unlocked_body (stdin);
}
# endif	/* POSIX */


/* Write a character to stdout.  */
__STDIO_INLINE int
putchar (int __c)
{
  return putc (__c, stdout);
}


# ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Faster version when locking is not necessary.  */
__STDIO_INLINE int
fputc_unlocked (int __c, FILE *__stream)
{
  return __putc_unlocked_body (__c, __stream);
}
# endif /* misc */


# ifdef __USE_POSIX
/* This is defined in POSIX.1:1996.  */
__STDIO_INLINE int
putc_unlocked (int __c, FILE *__stream)
{
  return __putc_unlocked_body (__c, __stream);
}

/* This is defined in POSIX.1:1996.  */
__STDIO_INLINE int
putchar_unlocked (int __c)
{
  return __putc_unlocked_body (__c, stdout);
}
# endif	/* POSIX */


# ifdef	__USE_GNU
/* Like `getdelim', but reads up to a newline.  */
__STDIO_INLINE __ssize_t
getline (char **__lineptr, size_t *__n, FILE *__stream)
{
  return __getdelim (__lineptr, __n, '\n', __stream);
}
# endif /* GNU */


# ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Faster versions when locking is not required.  */
__STDIO_INLINE int
__NTH (feof_unlocked (FILE *__stream))
{
  return __feof_unlocked_body (__stream);
}

/* Faster versions when locking is not required.  */
__STDIO_INLINE int
__NTH (ferror_unlocked (FILE *__stream))
{
  return __ferror_unlocked_body (__stream);
}
# endif /* misc */

#endif /* Use extern inlines.  */


#if defined __USE_MISC && defined __GNUC__ && defined __OPTIMIZE__ \
    && !defined __cplusplus
/* Perform some simple optimizations.  */
# define fread_unlocked(ptr, size, n, stream) \
  (__extension__ ((__builtin_constant_p (size) && __builtin_constant_p (n)    \
		   && (size_t) (size) * (size_t) (n) <= 8		      \
		   && (size_t) (size) != 0)				      \
		  ? ({ char *__ptr = (char *) (ptr);			      \
		       FILE *__stream = (stream);			      \
		       size_t __cnt;					      \
		       for (__cnt = (size_t) (size) * (size_t) (n);	      \
			    __cnt > 0; --__cnt)				      \
			 {						      \
			   int __c = getc_unlocked (__stream);		      \
			   if (__c == EOF)				      \
			     break;					      \
			   *__ptr++ = __c;				      \
			 }						      \
		       ((size_t) (size) * (size_t) (n) - __cnt)		      \
			/ (size_t) (size); })				      \
		  : (((__builtin_constant_p (size) && (size_t) (size) == 0)   \
		      || (__builtin_constant_p (n) && (size_t) (n) == 0))     \
			/* Evaluate all parameters once.  */		      \
		     ? ((void) (ptr), (void) (stream), (void) (size),	      \
			(void) (n), (size_t) 0)				      \
		     : fread_unlocked (ptr, size, n, stream))))

# define fwrite_unlocked(ptr, size, n, stream) \
  (__extension__ ((__builtin_constant_p (size) && __builtin_constant_p (n)    \
		   && (size_t) (size) * (size_t) (n) <= 8		      \
		   && (size_t) (size) != 0)				      \
		  ? ({ const char *__ptr = (const char *) (ptr);	      \
		       FILE *__stream = (stream);			      \
		       size_t __cnt;					      \
		       for (__cnt = (size_t) (size) * (size_t) (n);	      \
			    __cnt > 0; --__cnt)				      \
			 if (putc_unlocked (*__ptr++, __stream) == EOF)	      \
			   break;					      \
		       ((size_t) (size) * (size_t) (n) - __cnt)		      \
			/ (size_t) (size); })				      \
		  : (((__builtin_constant_p (size) && (size_t) (size) == 0)   \
		      || (__builtin_constant_p (n) && (size_t) (n) == 0))     \
			/* Evaluate all parameters once.  */		      \
		     ? ((void) (ptr), (void) (stream), (void) (size),	      \
			(void) (n), (size_t) 0)				      \
		     : fwrite_unlocked (ptr, size, n, stream))))
#endif

/* Define helper macro.  */
#undef __STDIO_INLINE

#endif /* bits/stdio.h.  */
/* Declarations for getopt (POSIX compatibility shim).
   Copyright (C) 1989-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Unlike the bulk of the getopt implementation, this file is NOT part
   of gnulib.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _GETOPT_POSIX_H
#define _GETOPT_POSIX_H 1

#if !defined _UNISTD_H && !defined _STDIO_H
#error "Never include getopt_posix.h directly; use unistd.h instead."
#endif

#include <bits/getopt_core.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

#if defined __USE_POSIX2 && !defined __USE_POSIX_IMPLICITLY \
    && !defined __USE_GNU && !defined _GETOPT_H
/* GNU getopt has more functionality than POSIX getopt.  When we are
   explicitly conforming to POSIX and not GNU, and getopt.h (which is
   not part of POSIX) has not been included, the extra functionality
   is disabled.  */
# ifdef __REDIRECT
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (getopt, (int ___argc, char *const *___argv,
				    const char *__shortopts),
			   __posix_getopt);
# else
extern int __posix_getopt (int ___argc, char *const *___argv,
			   const char *__shortopts)
  __THROW __nonnull ((2, 3));
#  define getopt __posix_getopt
# endif
#endif

__END_DECLS

#endif /* getopt_posix.h */
/* Copyright (C) 2004-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _MQUEUE_H
# error "Never use <bits/mqueue.h> directly; include <mqueue.h> instead."
#endif

#include <bits/types.h>

typedef int mqd_t;

struct mq_attr
{
  __syscall_slong_t mq_flags;	/* Message queue flags.  */
  __syscall_slong_t mq_maxmsg;	/* Maximum number of messages.  */
  __syscall_slong_t mq_msgsize;	/* Maximum message size.  */
  __syscall_slong_t mq_curmsgs;	/* Number of messages currently queued.  */
  __syscall_slong_t __pad[4];
};
/* Copyright (C) 2002-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com>, 2002.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SEMAPHORE_H
# error "Never use <bits/semaphore.h> directly; include <semaphore.h> instead."
#endif

#include <bits/wordsize.h>

#if __WORDSIZE == 64
# define __SIZEOF_SEM_T	32
#else
# define __SIZEOF_SEM_T	16
#endif


/* Value returned if `sem_open' failed.  */
#define SEM_FAILED      ((sem_t *) 0)


typedef union
{
  char __size[__SIZEOF_SEM_T];
  long int __align;
} sem_t;
/* Definitions of constants and data structure for POSIX 1003.1b-1993
   scheduling interface.
   Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_SCHED_H
#define _BITS_SCHED_H 1

#ifndef _SCHED_H
# error "Never include <bits/sched.h> directly; use <sched.h> instead."
#endif

/* Scheduling algorithms.  */
#define SCHED_OTHER		0
#define SCHED_FIFO		1
#define SCHED_RR		2
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define SCHED_BATCH		3
# define SCHED_ISO		4
# define SCHED_IDLE		5
# define SCHED_DEADLINE		6

# define SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK	0x40000000
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Cloning flags.  */
# define CSIGNAL       0x000000ff /* Signal mask to be sent at exit.  */
# define CLONE_VM      0x00000100 /* Set if VM shared between processes.  */
# define CLONE_FS      0x00000200 /* Set if fs info shared between processes.  */
# define CLONE_FILES   0x00000400 /* Set if open files shared between processes.  */
# define CLONE_SIGHAND 0x00000800 /* Set if signal handlers shared.  */
# define CLONE_PTRACE  0x00002000 /* Set if tracing continues on the child.  */
# define CLONE_VFORK   0x00004000 /* Set if the parent wants the child to
				     wake it up on mm_release.  */
# define CLONE_PARENT  0x00008000 /* Set if we want to have the same
				     parent as the cloner.  */
# define CLONE_THREAD  0x00010000 /* Set to add to same thread group.  */
# define CLONE_NEWNS   0x00020000 /* Set to create new namespace.  */
# define CLONE_SYSVSEM 0x00040000 /* Set to shared SVID SEM_UNDO semantics.  */
# define CLONE_SETTLS  0x00080000 /* Set TLS info.  */
# define CLONE_PARENT_SETTID 0x00100000 /* Store TID in userlevel buffer
					   before MM copy.  */
# define CLONE_CHILD_CLEARTID 0x00200000 /* Register exit futex and memory
					    location to clear.  */
# define CLONE_DETACHED 0x00400000 /* Create clone detached.  */
# define CLONE_UNTRACED 0x00800000 /* Set if the tracing process can't
				      force CLONE_PTRACE on this clone.  */
# define CLONE_CHILD_SETTID 0x01000000 /* Store TID in userlevel buffer in
					  the child.  */
# define CLONE_NEWCGROUP    0x02000000	/* New cgroup namespace.  */
# define CLONE_NEWUTS	0x04000000	/* New utsname group.  */
# define CLONE_NEWIPC	0x08000000	/* New ipcs.  */
# define CLONE_NEWUSER	0x10000000	/* New user namespace.  */
# define CLONE_NEWPID	0x20000000	/* New pid namespace.  */
# define CLONE_NEWNET	0x40000000	/* New network namespace.  */
# define CLONE_IO	0x80000000	/* Clone I/O context.  */
#endif

#include <bits/types/struct_sched_param.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Clone current process.  */
extern int clone (int (*__fn) (void *__arg), void *__child_stack,
		  int __flags, void *__arg, ...) __THROW;

/* Unshare the specified resources.  */
extern int unshare (int __flags) __THROW;

/* Get index of currently used CPU.  */
extern int sched_getcpu (void) __THROW;

/* Switch process to namespace of type NSTYPE indicated by FD.  */
extern int setns (int __fd, int __nstype) __THROW;
#endif

__END_DECLS

#endif /* bits/sched.h */
/* Copyright (C) 2002-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_EPOLL_H
# error "Never use <bits/epoll.h> directly; include <sys/epoll.h> instead."
#endif

/* Flags to be passed to epoll_create1.  */
enum
  {
    EPOLL_CLOEXEC = 02000000
#define EPOLL_CLOEXEC EPOLL_CLOEXEC
  };

#define __EPOLL_PACKED __attribute__ ((__packed__))
/* bits/ipctypes.h -- Define some types used by SysV IPC/MSG/SHM.
   Copyright (C) 2012-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_IPC_H
# error "Never use <bits/ipctypes.h> directly; include <sys/ipc.h> instead."
#endif

#ifndef _BITS_IPCTYPES_H
#define _BITS_IPCTYPES_H	1

/* Used in `struct shmid_ds'.  */
# ifdef __x86_64__
typedef int __ipc_pid_t;
# else
typedef unsigned short int __ipc_pid_t;
# endif

#endif /* bits/ipctypes.h */
/* Macros to control TS 18661-3 glibc features where the same
   definitions are appropriate for all platforms.
   Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_FLOATN_COMMON_H
#define _BITS_FLOATN_COMMON_H

#include <features.h>
#include <bits/long-double.h>

/* This header should be included at the bottom of each bits/floatn.h.
   It defines the following macros for each _FloatN and _FloatNx type,
   where the same definitions, or definitions based only on the macros
   in bits/floatn.h, are appropriate for all glibc configurations.  */

/* Defined to 1 if the current compiler invocation provides a
   floating-point type with the right format for this type, and this
   glibc includes corresponding *fN or *fNx interfaces for it.  */
#define __HAVE_FLOAT16 0
#define __HAVE_FLOAT32 1
#define __HAVE_FLOAT64 1
#define __HAVE_FLOAT32X 1
#define __HAVE_FLOAT128X 0

/* Defined to 1 if the corresponding __HAVE_<type> macro is 1 and the
   type is the first with its format in the sequence of (the default
   choices for) float, double, long double, _Float16, _Float32,
   _Float64, _Float128, _Float32x, _Float64x, _Float128x for this
   glibc; that is, if functions present once per floating-point format
   rather than once per type are present for this type.

   All configurations supported by glibc have _Float32 the same format
   as float, _Float64 and _Float32x the same format as double, the
   _Float64x the same format as either long double or _Float128.  No
   configurations support _Float128x or, as of GCC 7, have compiler
   support for a type meeting the requirements for _Float128x.  */
#define __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT16 __HAVE_FLOAT16
#define __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT32 0
#define __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT64 0
#define __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT32X 0
#define __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT64X 0
#define __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT128X __HAVE_FLOAT128X

/* Defined to 1 if the corresponding _FloatN type is not binary compatible
   with the corresponding ISO C type in the current compilation unit as
   opposed to __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOATN, which indicates the default types built
   in glibc.  */
#define __HAVE_FLOAT128_UNLIKE_LDBL (__HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT128	\
				     && __LDBL_MANT_DIG__ != 113)

/* Defined to 1 if any _FloatN or _FloatNx types that are not
   ABI-distinct are however distinct types at the C language level (so
   for the purposes of __builtin_types_compatible_p and _Generic).  */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0) && !defined __cplusplus
# define __HAVE_FLOATN_NOT_TYPEDEF 1
#else
# define __HAVE_FLOATN_NOT_TYPEDEF 0
#endif

#ifndef __ASSEMBLER__

/* Defined to concatenate the literal suffix to be used with _FloatN
   or _FloatNx types, if __HAVE_<type> is 1.  The corresponding
   literal suffixes exist since GCC 7, for C only.  */
# if __HAVE_FLOAT16
#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0) || defined __cplusplus
/* No corresponding suffix available for this type.  */
#   define __f16(x) ((_Float16) x##f)
#  else
#   define __f16(x) x##f16
#  endif
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT32
#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0) || defined __cplusplus
#   define __f32(x) x##f
#  else
#   define __f32(x) x##f32
#  endif
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT64
#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0) || defined __cplusplus
#   ifdef __NO_LONG_DOUBLE_MATH
#    define __f64(x) x##l
#   else
#    define __f64(x) x
#   endif
#  else
#   define __f64(x) x##f64
#  endif
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT32X
#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0) || defined __cplusplus
#   define __f32x(x) x
#  else
#   define __f32x(x) x##f32x
#  endif
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT64X
#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0) || defined __cplusplus
#   if __HAVE_FLOAT64X_LONG_DOUBLE
#    define __f64x(x) x##l
#   else
#    define __f64x(x) __f128 (x)
#   endif
#  else
#   define __f64x(x) x##f64x
#  endif
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT128X
#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0) || defined __cplusplus
#   error "_Float128X supported but no constant suffix"
#  else
#   define __f128x(x) x##f128x
#  endif
# endif

/* Defined to a complex type if __HAVE_<type> is 1.  */
# if __HAVE_FLOAT16
#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0) || defined __cplusplus
typedef _Complex float __cfloat16 __attribute__ ((__mode__ (__HC__)));
#   define __CFLOAT16 __cfloat16
#  else
#   define __CFLOAT16 _Complex _Float16
#  endif
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT32
#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0) || defined __cplusplus
#   define __CFLOAT32 _Complex float
#  else
#   define __CFLOAT32 _Complex _Float32
#  endif
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT64
#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0) || defined __cplusplus
#   ifdef __NO_LONG_DOUBLE_MATH
#    define __CFLOAT64 _Complex long double
#   else
#    define __CFLOAT64 _Complex double
#   endif
#  else
#   define __CFLOAT64 _Complex _Float64
#  endif
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT32X
#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0) || defined __cplusplus
#   define __CFLOAT32X _Complex double
#  else
#   define __CFLOAT32X _Complex _Float32x
#  endif
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT64X
#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0) || defined __cplusplus
#   if __HAVE_FLOAT64X_LONG_DOUBLE
#    define __CFLOAT64X _Complex long double
#   else
#    define __CFLOAT64X __CFLOAT128
#   endif
#  else
#   define __CFLOAT64X _Complex _Float64x
#  endif
# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT128X
#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0) || defined __cplusplus
#   error "_Float128X supported but no complex type"
#  else
#   define __CFLOAT128X _Complex _Float128x
#  endif
# endif

/* The remaining of this file provides support for older compilers.  */
# if __HAVE_FLOAT16

#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0) || defined __cplusplus
typedef float _Float16 __attribute__ ((__mode__ (__HF__)));
#  endif

#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0)
#   define __builtin_huge_valf16() ((_Float16) __builtin_huge_val ())
#   define __builtin_inff16() ((_Float16) __builtin_inf ())
#   define __builtin_nanf16(x) ((_Float16) __builtin_nan (x))
#   define __builtin_nansf16(x) ((_Float16) __builtin_nans (x))
#  endif

# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT32

#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0) || defined __cplusplus
typedef float _Float32;
#  endif

#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0)
#   define __builtin_huge_valf32() (__builtin_huge_valf ())
#   define __builtin_inff32() (__builtin_inff ())
#   define __builtin_nanf32(x) (__builtin_nanf (x))
#   define __builtin_nansf32(x) (__builtin_nansf (x))
#  endif

# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT64

/* If double, long double and _Float64 all have the same set of
   values, TS 18661-3 requires the usual arithmetic conversions on
   long double and _Float64 to produce _Float64.  For this to be the
   case when building with a compiler without a distinct _Float64
   type, _Float64 must be a typedef for long double, not for
   double.  */

#  ifdef __NO_LONG_DOUBLE_MATH

#   if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0) || defined __cplusplus
typedef long double _Float64;
#   endif

#   if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0)
#    define __builtin_huge_valf64() (__builtin_huge_vall ())
#    define __builtin_inff64() (__builtin_infl ())
#    define __builtin_nanf64(x) (__builtin_nanl (x))
#    define __builtin_nansf64(x) (__builtin_nansl (x))
#   endif

#  else

#   if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0) || defined __cplusplus
typedef double _Float64;
#   endif

#   if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0)
#    define __builtin_huge_valf64() (__builtin_huge_val ())
#    define __builtin_inff64() (__builtin_inf ())
#    define __builtin_nanf64(x) (__builtin_nan (x))
#    define __builtin_nansf64(x) (__builtin_nans (x))
#   endif

#  endif

# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT32X

#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0) || defined __cplusplus
typedef double _Float32x;
#  endif

#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0)
#   define __builtin_huge_valf32x() (__builtin_huge_val ())
#   define __builtin_inff32x() (__builtin_inf ())
#   define __builtin_nanf32x(x) (__builtin_nan (x))
#   define __builtin_nansf32x(x) (__builtin_nans (x))
#  endif

# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT64X

#  if __HAVE_FLOAT64X_LONG_DOUBLE

#   if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0) || defined __cplusplus
typedef long double _Float64x;
#   endif

#   if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0)
#    define __builtin_huge_valf64x() (__builtin_huge_vall ())
#    define __builtin_inff64x() (__builtin_infl ())
#    define __builtin_nanf64x(x) (__builtin_nanl (x))
#    define __builtin_nansf64x(x) (__builtin_nansl (x))
#   endif

#  else

#   if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0) || defined __cplusplus
typedef _Float128 _Float64x;
#   endif

#   if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0)
#    define __builtin_huge_valf64x() (__builtin_huge_valf128 ())
#    define __builtin_inff64x() (__builtin_inff128 ())
#    define __builtin_nanf64x(x) (__builtin_nanf128 (x))
#    define __builtin_nansf64x(x) (__builtin_nansf128 (x))
#   endif

#  endif

# endif

# if __HAVE_FLOAT128X

#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0) || defined __cplusplus
#   error "_Float128x supported but no type"
#  endif

#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0)
#   define __builtin_huge_valf128x() ((_Float128x) __builtin_huge_val ())
#   define __builtin_inff128x() ((_Float128x) __builtin_inf ())
#   define __builtin_nanf128x(x) ((_Float128x) __builtin_nan (x))
#   define __builtin_nansf128x(x) ((_Float128x) __builtin_nans (x))
#  endif

# endif

#endif /* !__ASSEMBLER__.  */

#endif /* _BITS_FLOATN_COMMON_H */
/* -mlong-double-64 compatibility mode for <printf.h> functions.
   Copyright (C) 2006-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _PRINTF_H
# error "Never include <bits/printf-ldbl.h> directly; use <printf.h> instead."
#endif

__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (printf_size)
/* Declare sys_errlist and sys_nerr, or don't.  Compatibility (do) version.
   Copyright (C) 2002-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _STDIO_H
# error "Never include <bits/sys_errlist.h> directly; use <stdio.h> instead."
#endif

/* sys_errlist and sys_nerr are deprecated.  Use strerror instead.  */

#ifdef  __USE_MISC
extern int sys_nerr;
extern const char *const sys_errlist[];
#endif
#ifdef  __USE_GNU
extern int _sys_nerr;
extern const char *const _sys_errlist[];
#endif
/* Declarations for getopt (GNU extensions).
   Copyright (C) 1989-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library and is also part of gnulib.
   Patches to this file should be submitted to both projects.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _GETOPT_EXT_H
#define _GETOPT_EXT_H 1

/* This header should not be used directly; include getopt.h instead.
   Unlike most bits headers, it does not have a protective #error,
   because the guard macro for getopt.h in gnulib is not fixed.  */

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
   of 'struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
   zero.

   The field 'has_arg' is:
   no_argument		(or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
   required_argument	(or 1) if the option requires an argument,
   optional_argument 	(or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.

   If the field 'flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
   to the value given in the field 'val' when the option is found, but
   left unchanged if the option is not found.

   To have a long-named option do something other than set an 'int' to
   a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from 'optarg', set the
   option's 'flag' field to zero and its 'val' field to a nonzero
   value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
   one).  For long options that have a zero 'flag' field, 'getopt'
   returns the contents of the 'val' field.  */

struct option
{
  const char *name;
  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
  int has_arg;
  int *flag;
  int val;
};

/* Names for the values of the 'has_arg' field of 'struct option'.  */

#define no_argument		0
#define required_argument	1
#define optional_argument	2

extern int getopt_long (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
			const char *__shortopts,
		        const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
       __THROW __nonnull ((2, 3));
extern int getopt_long_only (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
			     const char *__shortopts,
		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
       __THROW __nonnull ((2, 3));

__END_DECLS

#endif /* getopt_ext.h */
/* Old-style Unix parameters and limits.  Linux version.
   Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_PARAM_H
# error "Never use <bits/param.h> directly; include <sys/param.h> instead."
#endif

#ifndef ARG_MAX
# define __undef_ARG_MAX
#endif

#include <linux/limits.h>
#include <linux/param.h>

/* The kernel headers define ARG_MAX.  The value is wrong, though.  */
#ifdef __undef_ARG_MAX
# undef ARG_MAX
# undef __undef_ARG_MAX
#endif

#define	MAXSYMLINKS	20

/* The following are not really correct but it is a value we used for a
   long time and which seems to be usable.  People should not use NOFILE
   and NCARGS anyway.  */
#define NOFILE		256
#define	NCARGS		131072
/* Copyright (C) 2004-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_LINK_H
# error "Never include <bits/link.h> directly; use <link.h> instead."
#endif


#ifndef __x86_64__
/* Registers for entry into PLT on IA-32.  */
typedef struct La_i86_regs
{
  uint32_t lr_edx;
  uint32_t lr_ecx;
  uint32_t lr_eax;
  uint32_t lr_ebp;
  uint32_t lr_esp;
} La_i86_regs;

/* Return values for calls from PLT on IA-32.  */
typedef struct La_i86_retval
{
  uint32_t lrv_eax;
  uint32_t lrv_edx;
  long double lrv_st0;
  long double lrv_st1;
  uint64_t lrv_bnd0;
  uint64_t lrv_bnd1;
} La_i86_retval;


__BEGIN_DECLS

extern Elf32_Addr la_i86_gnu_pltenter (Elf32_Sym *__sym, unsigned int __ndx,
				       uintptr_t *__refcook,
				       uintptr_t *__defcook,
				       La_i86_regs *__regs,
				       unsigned int *__flags,
				       const char *__symname,
				       long int *__framesizep);
extern unsigned int la_i86_gnu_pltexit (Elf32_Sym *__sym, unsigned int __ndx,
					uintptr_t *__refcook,
					uintptr_t *__defcook,
					const La_i86_regs *__inregs,
					La_i86_retval *__outregs,
					const char *symname);

__END_DECLS

#else

/* Registers for entry into PLT on x86-64.  */
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,0)
typedef float La_x86_64_xmm __attribute__ ((__vector_size__ (16)));
typedef float La_x86_64_ymm
    __attribute__ ((__vector_size__ (32), __aligned__ (16)));
typedef double La_x86_64_zmm
    __attribute__ ((__vector_size__ (64), __aligned__ (16)));
# else
typedef float La_x86_64_xmm __attribute__ ((__mode__ (__V4SF__)));
# endif

typedef union
{
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,0)
  La_x86_64_ymm ymm[2];
  La_x86_64_zmm zmm[1];
# endif
  La_x86_64_xmm xmm[4];
} La_x86_64_vector __attribute__ ((__aligned__ (16)));

typedef struct La_x86_64_regs
{
  uint64_t lr_rdx;
  uint64_t lr_r8;
  uint64_t lr_r9;
  uint64_t lr_rcx;
  uint64_t lr_rsi;
  uint64_t lr_rdi;
  uint64_t lr_rbp;
  uint64_t lr_rsp;
  La_x86_64_xmm lr_xmm[8];
  La_x86_64_vector lr_vector[8];
#ifndef __ILP32__
  __int128_t lr_bnd[4];
#endif
} La_x86_64_regs;

/* Return values for calls from PLT on x86-64.  */
typedef struct La_x86_64_retval
{
  uint64_t lrv_rax;
  uint64_t lrv_rdx;
  La_x86_64_xmm lrv_xmm0;
  La_x86_64_xmm lrv_xmm1;
  long double lrv_st0;
  long double lrv_st1;
  La_x86_64_vector lrv_vector0;
  La_x86_64_vector lrv_vector1;
#ifndef __ILP32__
  __int128_t lrv_bnd0;
  __int128_t lrv_bnd1;
#endif
} La_x86_64_retval;

#define La_x32_regs La_x86_64_regs
#define La_x32_retval La_x86_64_retval

__BEGIN_DECLS

extern Elf64_Addr la_x86_64_gnu_pltenter (Elf64_Sym *__sym,
					  unsigned int __ndx,
					  uintptr_t *__refcook,
					  uintptr_t *__defcook,
					  La_x86_64_regs *__regs,
					  unsigned int *__flags,
					  const char *__symname,
					  long int *__framesizep);
extern unsigned int la_x86_64_gnu_pltexit (Elf64_Sym *__sym,
					   unsigned int __ndx,
					   uintptr_t *__refcook,
					   uintptr_t *__defcook,
					   const La_x86_64_regs *__inregs,
					   La_x86_64_retval *__outregs,
					   const char *__symname);

extern Elf32_Addr la_x32_gnu_pltenter (Elf32_Sym *__sym,
				       unsigned int __ndx,
				       uintptr_t *__refcook,
				       uintptr_t *__defcook,
				       La_x32_regs *__regs,
				       unsigned int *__flags,
				       const char *__symname,
				       long int *__framesizep);
extern unsigned int la_x32_gnu_pltexit (Elf32_Sym *__sym,
					unsigned int __ndx,
					uintptr_t *__refcook,
					uintptr_t *__defcook,
					const La_x32_regs *__inregs,
					La_x32_retval *__outregs,
					const char *__symname);

__END_DECLS

#endif
/* bits/types.h -- definitions of __*_t types underlying *_t types.
   Copyright (C) 2002-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 * Never include this file directly; use <sys/types.h> instead.
 */

#ifndef	_BITS_TYPES_H
#define	_BITS_TYPES_H	1

#include <features.h>
#include <bits/wordsize.h>

/* Convenience types.  */
typedef unsigned char __u_char;
typedef unsigned short int __u_short;
typedef unsigned int __u_int;
typedef unsigned long int __u_long;

/* Fixed-size types, underlying types depend on word size and compiler.  */
typedef signed char __int8_t;
typedef unsigned char __uint8_t;
typedef signed short int __int16_t;
typedef unsigned short int __uint16_t;
typedef signed int __int32_t;
typedef unsigned int __uint32_t;
#if __WORDSIZE == 64
typedef signed long int __int64_t;
typedef unsigned long int __uint64_t;
#else
__extension__ typedef signed long long int __int64_t;
__extension__ typedef unsigned long long int __uint64_t;
#endif

/* Smallest types with at least a given width.  */
typedef __int8_t __int_least8_t;
typedef __uint8_t __uint_least8_t;
typedef __int16_t __int_least16_t;
typedef __uint16_t __uint_least16_t;
typedef __int32_t __int_least32_t;
typedef __uint32_t __uint_least32_t;
typedef __int64_t __int_least64_t;
typedef __uint64_t __uint_least64_t;

/* quad_t is also 64 bits.  */
#if __WORDSIZE == 64
typedef long int __quad_t;
typedef unsigned long int __u_quad_t;
#else
__extension__ typedef long long int __quad_t;
__extension__ typedef unsigned long long int __u_quad_t;
#endif

/* Largest integral types.  */
#if __WORDSIZE == 64
typedef long int __intmax_t;
typedef unsigned long int __uintmax_t;
#else
__extension__ typedef long long int __intmax_t;
__extension__ typedef unsigned long long int __uintmax_t;
#endif


/* The machine-dependent file <bits/typesizes.h> defines __*_T_TYPE
   macros for each of the OS types we define below.  The definitions
   of those macros must use the following macros for underlying types.
   We define __S<SIZE>_TYPE and __U<SIZE>_TYPE for the signed and unsigned
   variants of each of the following integer types on this machine.

	16		-- "natural" 16-bit type (always short)
	32		-- "natural" 32-bit type (always int)
	64		-- "natural" 64-bit type (long or long long)
	LONG32		-- 32-bit type, traditionally long
	QUAD		-- 64-bit type, traditionally long long
	WORD		-- natural type of __WORDSIZE bits (int or long)
	LONGWORD	-- type of __WORDSIZE bits, traditionally long

   We distinguish WORD/LONGWORD, 32/LONG32, and 64/QUAD so that the
   conventional uses of `long' or `long long' type modifiers match the
   types we define, even when a less-adorned type would be the same size.
   This matters for (somewhat) portably writing printf/scanf formats for
   these types, where using the appropriate l or ll format modifiers can
   make the typedefs and the formats match up across all GNU platforms.  If
   we used `long' when it's 64 bits where `long long' is expected, then the
   compiler would warn about the formats not matching the argument types,
   and the programmer changing them to shut up the compiler would break the
   program's portability.

   Here we assume what is presently the case in all the GCC configurations
   we support: long long is always 64 bits, long is always word/address size,
   and int is always 32 bits.  */

#define	__S16_TYPE		short int
#define __U16_TYPE		unsigned short int
#define	__S32_TYPE		int
#define __U32_TYPE		unsigned int
#define __SLONGWORD_TYPE	long int
#define __ULONGWORD_TYPE	unsigned long int
#if __WORDSIZE == 32
# define __SQUAD_TYPE		__int64_t
# define __UQUAD_TYPE		__uint64_t
# define __SWORD_TYPE		int
# define __UWORD_TYPE		unsigned int
# define __SLONG32_TYPE		long int
# define __ULONG32_TYPE		unsigned long int
# define __S64_TYPE		__int64_t
# define __U64_TYPE		__uint64_t
/* We want __extension__ before typedef's that use nonstandard base types
   such as `long long' in C89 mode.  */
# define __STD_TYPE		__extension__ typedef
#elif __WORDSIZE == 64
# define __SQUAD_TYPE		long int
# define __UQUAD_TYPE		unsigned long int
# define __SWORD_TYPE		long int
# define __UWORD_TYPE		unsigned long int
# define __SLONG32_TYPE		int
# define __ULONG32_TYPE		unsigned int
# define __S64_TYPE		long int
# define __U64_TYPE		unsigned long int
/* No need to mark the typedef with __extension__.   */
# define __STD_TYPE		typedef
#else
# error
#endif
#include <bits/typesizes.h>	/* Defines __*_T_TYPE macros.  */


__STD_TYPE __DEV_T_TYPE __dev_t;	/* Type of device numbers.  */
__STD_TYPE __UID_T_TYPE __uid_t;	/* Type of user identifications.  */
__STD_TYPE __GID_T_TYPE __gid_t;	/* Type of group identifications.  */
__STD_TYPE __INO_T_TYPE __ino_t;	/* Type of file serial numbers.  */
__STD_TYPE __INO64_T_TYPE __ino64_t;	/* Type of file serial numbers (LFS).*/
__STD_TYPE __MODE_T_TYPE __mode_t;	/* Type of file attribute bitmasks.  */
__STD_TYPE __NLINK_T_TYPE __nlink_t;	/* Type of file link counts.  */
__STD_TYPE __OFF_T_TYPE __off_t;	/* Type of file sizes and offsets.  */
__STD_TYPE __OFF64_T_TYPE __off64_t;	/* Type of file sizes and offsets (LFS).  */
__STD_TYPE __PID_T_TYPE __pid_t;	/* Type of process identifications.  */
__STD_TYPE __FSID_T_TYPE __fsid_t;	/* Type of file system IDs.  */
__STD_TYPE __CLOCK_T_TYPE __clock_t;	/* Type of CPU usage counts.  */
__STD_TYPE __RLIM_T_TYPE __rlim_t;	/* Type for resource measurement.  */
__STD_TYPE __RLIM64_T_TYPE __rlim64_t;	/* Type for resource measurement (LFS).  */
__STD_TYPE __ID_T_TYPE __id_t;		/* General type for IDs.  */
__STD_TYPE __TIME_T_TYPE __time_t;	/* Seconds since the Epoch.  */
__STD_TYPE __USECONDS_T_TYPE __useconds_t; /* Count of microseconds.  */
__STD_TYPE __SUSECONDS_T_TYPE __suseconds_t; /* Signed count of microseconds.  */

__STD_TYPE __DADDR_T_TYPE __daddr_t;	/* The type of a disk address.  */
__STD_TYPE __KEY_T_TYPE __key_t;	/* Type of an IPC key.  */

/* Clock ID used in clock and timer functions.  */
__STD_TYPE __CLOCKID_T_TYPE __clockid_t;

/* Timer ID returned by `timer_create'.  */
__STD_TYPE __TIMER_T_TYPE __timer_t;

/* Type to represent block size.  */
__STD_TYPE __BLKSIZE_T_TYPE __blksize_t;

/* Types from the Large File Support interface.  */

/* Type to count number of disk blocks.  */
__STD_TYPE __BLKCNT_T_TYPE __blkcnt_t;
__STD_TYPE __BLKCNT64_T_TYPE __blkcnt64_t;

/* Type to count file system blocks.  */
__STD_TYPE __FSBLKCNT_T_TYPE __fsblkcnt_t;
__STD_TYPE __FSBLKCNT64_T_TYPE __fsblkcnt64_t;

/* Type to count file system nodes.  */
__STD_TYPE __FSFILCNT_T_TYPE __fsfilcnt_t;
__STD_TYPE __FSFILCNT64_T_TYPE __fsfilcnt64_t;

/* Type of miscellaneous file system fields.  */
__STD_TYPE __FSWORD_T_TYPE __fsword_t;

__STD_TYPE __SSIZE_T_TYPE __ssize_t; /* Type of a byte count, or error.  */

/* Signed long type used in system calls.  */
__STD_TYPE __SYSCALL_SLONG_TYPE __syscall_slong_t;
/* Unsigned long type used in system calls.  */
__STD_TYPE __SYSCALL_ULONG_TYPE __syscall_ulong_t;

/* These few don't really vary by system, they always correspond
   to one of the other defined types.  */
typedef __off64_t __loff_t;	/* Type of file sizes and offsets (LFS).  */
typedef char *__caddr_t;

/* Duplicates info from stdint.h but this is used in unistd.h.  */
__STD_TYPE __SWORD_TYPE __intptr_t;

/* Duplicate info from sys/socket.h.  */
__STD_TYPE __U32_TYPE __socklen_t;

/* C99: An integer type that can be accessed as an atomic entity,
   even in the presence of asynchronous interrupts.
   It is not currently necessary for this to be machine-specific.  */
typedef int __sig_atomic_t;

#undef __STD_TYPE

#endif /* bits/types.h */
/* Memory-mapping-related declarations/definitions, not architecture-specific.
   Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_MMAN_H
# error "Never use <bits/mman-shared.h> directly; include <sys/mman.h> instead."
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Flags for memfd_create.  */
# ifndef MFD_CLOEXEC
#  define MFD_CLOEXEC 1U
#  define MFD_ALLOW_SEALING 2U
#  define MFD_HUGETLB 4U
# endif

/* Flags for mlock2.  */
# ifndef MLOCK_ONFAULT
#  define MLOCK_ONFAULT 1U
# endif

/* Access rights for pkey_alloc.  */
# ifndef PKEY_DISABLE_ACCESS
#  define PKEY_DISABLE_ACCESS 0x1
#  define PKEY_DISABLE_WRITE 0x2
# endif

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Create a new memory file descriptor.  NAME is a name for debugging.
   FLAGS is a combination of the MFD_* constants.  */
int memfd_create (const char *__name, unsigned int __flags) __THROW;

/* Lock pages from ADDR (inclusive) to ADDR + LENGTH (exclusive) into
   memory.  FLAGS is a combination of the MLOCK_* flags above.  */
int mlock2 (const void *__addr, size_t __length, unsigned int __flags) __THROW;

/* Allocate a new protection key, with the PKEY_DISABLE_* bits
   specified in ACCESS_RIGHTS.  The protection key mask for the
   current thread is updated to match the access privilege for the new
   key.  */
int pkey_alloc (unsigned int __flags, unsigned int __access_rights) __THROW;

/* Update the access rights for the current thread for KEY, which must
   have been allocated using pkey_alloc.  */
int pkey_set (int __key, unsigned int __access_rights) __THROW;

/* Return the access rights for the current thread for KEY, which must
   have been allocated using pkey_alloc.  */
int pkey_get (int __key) __THROW;

/* Free an allocated protection key, which must have been allocated
   using pkey_alloc.  */
int pkey_free (int __key) __THROW;

/* Apply memory protection flags for KEY to the specified address
   range.  */
int pkey_mprotect (void *__addr, size_t __len, int __prot, int __pkey) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* __USE_GNU */
/* Copyright (C) 2012-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#if defined __x86_64__ && defined __ILP32__
# error "sysctl system call is unsupported in x32 kernel"
#endif
/* Fortify macros for strings.h functions.
   Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef __STRINGS_FORTIFIED
# define __STRINGS_FORTIFIED 1

__fortify_function void
__NTH (bcopy (const void *__src, void *__dest, size_t __len))
{
  (void) __builtin___memmove_chk (__dest, __src, __len,
				  __glibc_objsize0 (__dest));
}

__fortify_function void
__NTH (bzero (void *__dest, size_t __len))
{
  (void) __builtin___memset_chk (__dest, '\0', __len,
				 __glibc_objsize0 (__dest));
}

#endif
/* Properties of long double type.  ldbl-96 version.
   Copyright (C) 2016-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License  published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/* long double is distinct from double, so there is nothing to
   define here.  */
/* This file specifies the native word size of the machine, which indicates
   the ELF file class used for executables and shared objects on this
   machine.  */

#ifndef _LINK_H
# error "Never use <bits/elfclass.h> directly; include <link.h> instead."
#endif

#include <bits/wordsize.h>

#define __ELF_NATIVE_CLASS __WORDSIZE

/* The entries in the .hash table always have a size of 32 bits.  */
typedef uint32_t Elf_Symndx;
/* -mlong-double-64 compatibility mode for monetary functions.
   Copyright (C) 2006-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _MONETARY_H
# error "Never include <bits/monetary-ldbl.h> directly; use <monetary.h> instead."
#endif

__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (strfmon)

#ifdef __USE_GNU
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (strfmon_l)
#endif
/* Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_SHM_H
# error "Never include <bits/shm.h> directly; use <sys/shm.h> instead."
#endif

#include <bits/types.h>

/* Permission flag for shmget.  */
#define SHM_R		0400		/* or S_IRUGO from <linux/stat.h> */
#define SHM_W		0200		/* or S_IWUGO from <linux/stat.h> */

/* Flags for `shmat'.  */
#define SHM_RDONLY	010000		/* attach read-only else read-write */
#define SHM_RND		020000		/* round attach address to SHMLBA */
#define SHM_REMAP	040000		/* take-over region on attach */
#define SHM_EXEC	0100000		/* execution access */

/* Commands for `shmctl'.  */
#define SHM_LOCK	11		/* lock segment (root only) */
#define SHM_UNLOCK	12		/* unlock segment (root only) */

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Segment low boundary address multiple.  */
#define SHMLBA		(__getpagesize ())
extern int __getpagesize (void) __THROW __attribute__ ((__const__));


/* Type to count number of attaches.  */
typedef __syscall_ulong_t shmatt_t;

/* Data structure describing a shared memory segment.  */
struct shmid_ds
  {
    struct ipc_perm shm_perm;		/* operation permission struct */
    size_t shm_segsz;			/* size of segment in bytes */
    __time_t shm_atime;			/* time of last shmat() */
#ifndef __x86_64__
    unsigned long int __glibc_reserved1;
#endif
    __time_t shm_dtime;			/* time of last shmdt() */
#ifndef __x86_64__
    unsigned long int __glibc_reserved2;
#endif
    __time_t shm_ctime;			/* time of last change by shmctl() */
#ifndef __x86_64__
    unsigned long int __glibc_reserved3;
#endif
    __pid_t shm_cpid;			/* pid of creator */
    __pid_t shm_lpid;			/* pid of last shmop */
    shmatt_t shm_nattch;		/* number of current attaches */
    __syscall_ulong_t __glibc_reserved4;
    __syscall_ulong_t __glibc_reserved5;
  };

#ifdef __USE_MISC

/* ipcs ctl commands */
# define SHM_STAT 	13
# define SHM_INFO 	14
# define SHM_STAT_ANY	15

/* shm_mode upper byte flags */
# define SHM_DEST	01000	/* segment will be destroyed on last detach */
# define SHM_LOCKED	02000   /* segment will not be swapped */
# define SHM_HUGETLB	04000	/* segment is mapped via hugetlb */
# define SHM_NORESERVE	010000	/* don't check for reservations */

struct	shminfo
  {
    __syscall_ulong_t shmmax;
    __syscall_ulong_t shmmin;
    __syscall_ulong_t shmmni;
    __syscall_ulong_t shmseg;
    __syscall_ulong_t shmall;
    __syscall_ulong_t __glibc_reserved1;
    __syscall_ulong_t __glibc_reserved2;
    __syscall_ulong_t __glibc_reserved3;
    __syscall_ulong_t __glibc_reserved4;
  };

struct shm_info
  {
    int used_ids;
    __syscall_ulong_t shm_tot;	/* total allocated shm */
    __syscall_ulong_t shm_rss;	/* total resident shm */
    __syscall_ulong_t shm_swp;	/* total swapped shm */
    __syscall_ulong_t swap_attempts;
    __syscall_ulong_t swap_successes;
  };

#endif /* __USE_MISC */

__END_DECLS
/* Declarations for getopt (basic, portable features only).
   Copyright (C) 1989-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library and is also part of gnulib.
   Patches to this file should be submitted to both projects.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _GETOPT_CORE_H
#define _GETOPT_CORE_H 1

/* This header should not be used directly; include getopt.h or
   unistd.h instead.  Unlike most bits headers, it does not have
   a protective #error, because the guard macro for getopt.h in
   gnulib is not fixed.  */

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* For communication from 'getopt' to the caller.
   When 'getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
   the argument value is returned here.
   Also, when 'ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */

extern char *optarg;

/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
   This is used for communication to and from the caller
   and for communication between successive calls to 'getopt'.

   On entry to 'getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.

   When 'getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.

   Otherwise, 'optind' communicates from one call to the next
   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */

extern int optind;

/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message 'getopt' prints
   for unrecognized options.  */

extern int opterr;

/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.  */

extern int optopt;

/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
   arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
   options given in OPTS.

   Return the option character from OPTS just read.  Return -1 when
   there are no more options.  For unrecognized options, or options
   missing arguments, 'optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
   returned.

   The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
   letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
   takes an argument, to be placed in 'optarg'.

   If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
   optional.  This behavior is specific to the GNU 'getopt'.

   The argument '--' causes premature termination of argument
   scanning, explicitly telling 'getopt' that there are no more
   options.

   If OPTS begins with '-', then non-option arguments are treated as
   arguments to the option '\1'.  This behavior is specific to the GNU
   'getopt'.  If OPTS begins with '+', or POSIXLY_CORRECT is set in
   the environment, then do not permute arguments.

   For standards compliance, the 'argv' argument has the type
   char *const *, but this is inaccurate; if argument permutation is
   enabled, the argv array (not the strings it points to) must be
   writable.  */

extern int getopt (int ___argc, char *const *___argv, const char *__shortopts)
       __THROW __nonnull ((2, 3));

__END_DECLS

#endif /* getopt_core.h */
/* Checking macros for setjmp functions.
   Copyright (C) 2009-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SETJMP_H
# error "Never include <bits/setjmp2.h> directly; use <setjmp.h> instead."
#endif

/* Variant of the longjmp functions which perform some sanity checking.  */
#ifdef __REDIRECT_NTH
extern void __REDIRECT_NTHNL (longjmp,
			      (struct __jmp_buf_tag __env[1], int __val),
			      __longjmp_chk) __attribute__ ((__noreturn__));
extern void __REDIRECT_NTHNL (_longjmp,
			      (struct __jmp_buf_tag __env[1], int __val),
			      __longjmp_chk) __attribute__ ((__noreturn__));
extern void __REDIRECT_NTHNL (siglongjmp,
			      (struct __jmp_buf_tag __env[1], int __val),
			      __longjmp_chk) __attribute__ ((__noreturn__));
#else
extern void __longjmp_chk (struct __jmp_buf_tag __env[1], int __val),
     __THROWNL __attribute__ ((__noreturn__));
# define longjmp __longjmp_chk
# define _longjmp __longjmp_chk
# define siglongjmp __longjmp_chk
#endif
/* Bit values & structures for resource limits.  Linux version.
   Copyright (C) 1994-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_RESOURCE_H
# error "Never use <bits/resource.h> directly; include <sys/resource.h> instead."
#endif

#include <bits/types.h>

/* Transmute defines to enumerations.  The macro re-definitions are
   necessary because some programs want to test for operating system
   features with #ifdef RUSAGE_SELF.  In ISO C the reflexive
   definition is a no-op.  */

/* Kinds of resource limit.  */
enum __rlimit_resource
{
  /* Per-process CPU limit, in seconds.  */
  RLIMIT_CPU = 0,
#define RLIMIT_CPU RLIMIT_CPU

  /* Largest file that can be created, in bytes.  */
  RLIMIT_FSIZE = 1,
#define	RLIMIT_FSIZE RLIMIT_FSIZE

  /* Maximum size of data segment, in bytes.  */
  RLIMIT_DATA = 2,
#define	RLIMIT_DATA RLIMIT_DATA

  /* Maximum size of stack segment, in bytes.  */
  RLIMIT_STACK = 3,
#define	RLIMIT_STACK RLIMIT_STACK

  /* Largest core file that can be created, in bytes.  */
  RLIMIT_CORE = 4,
#define	RLIMIT_CORE RLIMIT_CORE

  /* Largest resident set size, in bytes.
     This affects swapping; processes that are exceeding their
     resident set size will be more likely to have physical memory
     taken from them.  */
  __RLIMIT_RSS = 5,
#define	RLIMIT_RSS __RLIMIT_RSS

  /* Number of open files.  */
  RLIMIT_NOFILE = 7,
  __RLIMIT_OFILE = RLIMIT_NOFILE, /* BSD name for same.  */
#define RLIMIT_NOFILE RLIMIT_NOFILE
#define RLIMIT_OFILE __RLIMIT_OFILE

  /* Address space limit.  */
  RLIMIT_AS = 9,
#define RLIMIT_AS RLIMIT_AS

  /* Number of processes.  */
  __RLIMIT_NPROC = 6,
#define RLIMIT_NPROC __RLIMIT_NPROC

  /* Locked-in-memory address space.  */
  __RLIMIT_MEMLOCK = 8,
#define RLIMIT_MEMLOCK __RLIMIT_MEMLOCK

  /* Maximum number of file locks.  */
  __RLIMIT_LOCKS = 10,
#define RLIMIT_LOCKS __RLIMIT_LOCKS

  /* Maximum number of pending signals.  */
  __RLIMIT_SIGPENDING = 11,
#define RLIMIT_SIGPENDING __RLIMIT_SIGPENDING

  /* Maximum bytes in POSIX message queues.  */
  __RLIMIT_MSGQUEUE = 12,
#define RLIMIT_MSGQUEUE __RLIMIT_MSGQUEUE

  /* Maximum nice priority allowed to raise to.
     Nice levels 19 .. -20 correspond to 0 .. 39
     values of this resource limit.  */
  __RLIMIT_NICE = 13,
#define RLIMIT_NICE __RLIMIT_NICE

  /* Maximum realtime priority allowed for non-priviledged
     processes.  */
  __RLIMIT_RTPRIO = 14,
#define RLIMIT_RTPRIO __RLIMIT_RTPRIO

  /* Maximum CPU time in µs that a process scheduled under a real-time
     scheduling policy may consume without making a blocking system
     call before being forcibly descheduled.  */
  __RLIMIT_RTTIME = 15,
#define RLIMIT_RTTIME __RLIMIT_RTTIME

  __RLIMIT_NLIMITS = 16,
  __RLIM_NLIMITS = __RLIMIT_NLIMITS
#define RLIMIT_NLIMITS __RLIMIT_NLIMITS
#define RLIM_NLIMITS __RLIM_NLIMITS
};

/* Value to indicate that there is no limit.  */
#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
# define RLIM_INFINITY ((__rlim_t) -1)
#else
# define RLIM_INFINITY 0xffffffffffffffffuLL
#endif

#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
# define RLIM64_INFINITY 0xffffffffffffffffuLL
#endif

/* We can represent all limits.  */
#define RLIM_SAVED_MAX	RLIM_INFINITY
#define RLIM_SAVED_CUR	RLIM_INFINITY


/* Type for resource quantity measurement.  */
#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
typedef __rlim_t rlim_t;
#else
typedef __rlim64_t rlim_t;
#endif
#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
typedef __rlim64_t rlim64_t;
#endif

struct rlimit
  {
    /* The current (soft) limit.  */
    rlim_t rlim_cur;
    /* The hard limit.  */
    rlim_t rlim_max;
  };

#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
struct rlimit64
  {
    /* The current (soft) limit.  */
    rlim64_t rlim_cur;
    /* The hard limit.  */
    rlim64_t rlim_max;
 };
#endif

/* Whose usage statistics do you want?  */
enum __rusage_who
{
  /* The calling process.  */
  RUSAGE_SELF = 0,
#define RUSAGE_SELF RUSAGE_SELF

  /* All of its terminated child processes.  */
  RUSAGE_CHILDREN = -1
#define RUSAGE_CHILDREN RUSAGE_CHILDREN

#ifdef __USE_GNU
  ,
  /* The calling thread.  */
  RUSAGE_THREAD = 1
# define RUSAGE_THREAD RUSAGE_THREAD
  /* Name for the same functionality on Solaris.  */
# define RUSAGE_LWP RUSAGE_THREAD
#endif
};

#include <bits/types/struct_timeval.h>
#include <bits/types/struct_rusage.h>

/* Priority limits.  */
#define PRIO_MIN	-20	/* Minimum priority a process can have.  */
#define PRIO_MAX	20	/* Maximum priority a process can have.  */

/* The type of the WHICH argument to `getpriority' and `setpriority',
   indicating what flavor of entity the WHO argument specifies.  */
enum __priority_which
{
  PRIO_PROCESS = 0,		/* WHO is a process ID.  */
#define PRIO_PROCESS PRIO_PROCESS
  PRIO_PGRP = 1,		/* WHO is a process group ID.  */
#define PRIO_PGRP PRIO_PGRP
  PRIO_USER = 2			/* WHO is a user ID.  */
#define PRIO_USER PRIO_USER
};


__BEGIN_DECLS

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Modify and return resource limits of a process atomically.  */
# ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
extern int prlimit (__pid_t __pid, enum __rlimit_resource __resource,
		    const struct rlimit *__new_limit,
		    struct rlimit *__old_limit) __THROW;
# else
#  ifdef __REDIRECT_NTH
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (prlimit, (__pid_t __pid,
				     enum __rlimit_resource __resource,
				     const struct rlimit *__new_limit,
				     struct rlimit *__old_limit), prlimit64);
#  else
#   define prlimit prlimit64
#  endif
# endif
# ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
extern int prlimit64 (__pid_t __pid, enum __rlimit_resource __resource,
		      const struct rlimit64 *__new_limit,
		      struct rlimit64 *__old_limit) __THROW;
# endif
#endif

__END_DECLS
/* Define __FP_LOGB0_IS_MIN and __FP_LOGBNAN_IS_MIN.  x86 version.
   Copyright (C) 2016-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _MATH_H
# error "Never use <bits/fp-logb.h> directly; include <math.h> instead."
#endif

#define __FP_LOGB0_IS_MIN	1
#define __FP_LOGBNAN_IS_MIN	1
/* Define FP_FAST_* macros.
   Copyright (C) 2016-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _MATH_H
# error "Never use <bits/fp-fast.h> directly; include <math.h> instead."
#endif

#ifdef __USE_ISOC99

/* The GCC 4.6 compiler will define __FP_FAST_FMA{,F,L} if the fma{,f,l}
   builtins are supported.  */
# ifdef __FP_FAST_FMA
#  define FP_FAST_FMA 1
# endif

# ifdef __FP_FAST_FMAF
#  define FP_FAST_FMAF 1
# endif

# ifdef __FP_FAST_FMAL
#  define FP_FAST_FMAL 1
# endif

#endif
/* Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_UTSNAME_H
# error "Never include <bits/utsname.h> directly; use <sys/utsname.h> instead."
#endif

/* Length of the entries in `struct utsname' is 65.  */
#define _UTSNAME_LENGTH 65

/* Linux provides as additional information in the `struct utsname'
   the name of the current domain.  Define _UTSNAME_DOMAIN_LENGTH
   to a value != 0 to activate this entry.  */
#define _UTSNAME_DOMAIN_LENGTH _UTSNAME_LENGTH
/* Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_SIGNALFD_H
# error "Never use <bits/signalfd.h> directly; include <sys/signalfd.h> instead."
#endif

/* Flags for signalfd.  */
enum
  {
    SFD_CLOEXEC = 02000000,
#define SFD_CLOEXEC SFD_CLOEXEC
    SFD_NONBLOCK = 00004000
#define SFD_NONBLOCK SFD_NONBLOCK
  };
/* Checking macros for stdlib functions.
   Copyright (C) 2005-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _STDLIB_H
# error "Never include <bits/stdlib.h> directly; use <stdlib.h> instead."
#endif

extern char *__realpath_chk (const char *__restrict __name,
			     char *__restrict __resolved,
			     size_t __resolvedlen) __THROW __wur;
extern char *__REDIRECT_NTH (__realpath_alias,
			     (const char *__restrict __name,
			      char *__restrict __resolved), realpath) __wur;
extern char *__REDIRECT_NTH (__realpath_chk_warn,
			     (const char *__restrict __name,
			      char *__restrict __resolved,
			      size_t __resolvedlen), __realpath_chk) __wur
     __warnattr ("second argument of realpath must be either NULL or at "
		 "least PATH_MAX bytes long buffer");

__fortify_function __wur char *
__NTH (realpath (const char *__restrict __name, char *__restrict __resolved))
{
  size_t sz = __glibc_objsize (__resolved);

  if (sz == (size_t) -1)
    return __realpath_alias (__name, __resolved);

#if defined _LIBC_LIMITS_H_ && defined PATH_MAX
  if (__glibc_unsafe_len (PATH_MAX, sizeof (char), sz))
    return __realpath_chk_warn (__name, __resolved, sz);
#endif
  return __realpath_chk (__name, __resolved, sz);
}


extern int __ptsname_r_chk (int __fd, char *__buf, size_t __buflen,
			    size_t __nreal) __THROW __nonnull ((2));
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (__ptsname_r_alias, (int __fd, char *__buf,
					       size_t __buflen), ptsname_r)
     __nonnull ((2));
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (__ptsname_r_chk_warn,
			   (int __fd, char *__buf, size_t __buflen,
			    size_t __nreal), __ptsname_r_chk)
     __nonnull ((2)) __warnattr ("ptsname_r called with buflen bigger than "
				 "size of buf");

__fortify_function int
__NTH (ptsname_r (int __fd, char *__buf, size_t __buflen))
{
  return __glibc_fortify (ptsname_r, __buflen, sizeof (char),
			  __glibc_objsize (__buf),
			  __fd, __buf, __buflen);
}


extern int __wctomb_chk (char *__s, wchar_t __wchar, size_t __buflen)
  __THROW __wur;
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (__wctomb_alias, (char *__s, wchar_t __wchar),
			   wctomb) __wur;

__fortify_function __wur int
__NTH (wctomb (char *__s, wchar_t __wchar))
{
  /* We would have to include <limits.h> to get a definition of MB_LEN_MAX.
     But this would only disturb the namespace.  So we define our own
     version here.  */
#define __STDLIB_MB_LEN_MAX	16
#if defined MB_LEN_MAX && MB_LEN_MAX != __STDLIB_MB_LEN_MAX
# error "Assumed value of MB_LEN_MAX wrong"
#endif
  if (__glibc_objsize (__s) != (size_t) -1
      && __STDLIB_MB_LEN_MAX > __glibc_objsize (__s))
    return __wctomb_chk (__s, __wchar, __glibc_objsize (__s));
  return __wctomb_alias (__s, __wchar);
}


extern size_t __mbstowcs_chk (wchar_t *__restrict __dst,
			      const char *__restrict __src,
			      size_t __len, size_t __dstlen) __THROW;
extern size_t __REDIRECT_NTH (__mbstowcs_alias,
			      (wchar_t *__restrict __dst,
			       const char *__restrict __src,
			       size_t __len), mbstowcs);
extern size_t __REDIRECT_NTH (__mbstowcs_chk_warn,
			      (wchar_t *__restrict __dst,
			       const char *__restrict __src,
			       size_t __len, size_t __dstlen), __mbstowcs_chk)
     __warnattr ("mbstowcs called with dst buffer smaller than len "
		 "* sizeof (wchar_t)");

__fortify_function size_t
__NTH (mbstowcs (wchar_t *__restrict __dst, const char *__restrict __src,
		 size_t __len))
{
  return __glibc_fortify_n (mbstowcs, __len, sizeof (wchar_t),
			    __glibc_objsize (__dst),
			    __dst, __src, __len);
}


extern size_t __wcstombs_chk (char *__restrict __dst,
			      const wchar_t *__restrict __src,
			      size_t __len, size_t __dstlen) __THROW;
extern size_t __REDIRECT_NTH (__wcstombs_alias,
			      (char *__restrict __dst,
			       const wchar_t *__restrict __src,
			       size_t __len), wcstombs);
extern size_t __REDIRECT_NTH (__wcstombs_chk_warn,
			      (char *__restrict __dst,
			       const wchar_t *__restrict __src,
			       size_t __len, size_t __dstlen), __wcstombs_chk)
     __warnattr ("wcstombs called with dst buffer smaller than len");

__fortify_function size_t
__NTH (wcstombs (char *__restrict __dst, const wchar_t *__restrict __src,
		 size_t __len))
{
  return __glibc_fortify (wcstombs, __len, sizeof (char),
			  __glibc_objsize (__dst),
			  __dst, __src, __len);
}
/* Architecture-specific additional siginfo constants.  */
#ifndef _BITS_SIGINFO_CONSTS_ARCH_H
#define _BITS_SIGINFO_CONSTS_ARCH_H 1

/* This architecture has no additional siginfo constants.  */

#endif
/* Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _COMPLEX_H
# error "Never use <bits/mathdef.h> directly; include <complex.h> instead"
#endif
/* Operating system-specific extensions to sys/uio.h - Linux version.
   Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_UIO_EXT_H
#define _BITS_UIO_EXT_H 1

#ifndef _SYS_UIO_H
# error "Never include <bits/uio-ext.h> directly; use <sys/uio.h> instead."
#endif

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Read from another process' address space.  */
extern ssize_t process_vm_readv (pid_t __pid, const struct iovec *__lvec,
				 unsigned long int __liovcnt,
				 const struct iovec *__rvec,
				 unsigned long int __riovcnt,
				 unsigned long int __flags)
  __THROW;

/* Write to another process' address space.  */
extern ssize_t process_vm_writev (pid_t __pid, const struct iovec *__lvec,
				  unsigned long int __liovcnt,
				  const struct iovec *__rvec,
				  unsigned long int __riovcnt,
				  unsigned long int __flags)
  __THROW;

/* Flags for preadv2/pwritev2.  */
#define RWF_HIPRI	0x00000001 /* High priority request.  */
#define RWF_DSYNC	0x00000002 /* per-IO O_DSYNC.  */
#define RWF_SYNC	0x00000004 /* per-IO O_SYNC.  */
#define RWF_NOWAIT	0x00000008 /* per-IO nonblocking mode.  */
#define RWF_APPEND	0x00000010 /* per-IO O_APPEND.  */

__END_DECLS

#endif /* bits/uio-ext.h */
/* Copyright (C) 2008-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_TIMERFD_H
# error "Never use <bits/timerfd.h> directly; include <sys/timerfd.h> instead."
#endif

/* Bits to be set in the FLAGS parameter of `timerfd_create'.  */
enum
  {
    TFD_CLOEXEC = 02000000,
#define TFD_CLOEXEC TFD_CLOEXEC
    TFD_NONBLOCK = 00004000
#define TFD_NONBLOCK TFD_NONBLOCK
  };
/* sigevent constants.  Linux version.
   Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_SIGEVENT_CONSTS_H
#define _BITS_SIGEVENT_CONSTS_H 1

#if !defined _SIGNAL_H && !defined _AIO_H
#error "Don't include <bits/sigevent-consts.h> directly; use <signal.h> instead."
#endif

/* `sigev_notify' values.  */
enum
{
  SIGEV_SIGNAL = 0,		/* Notify via signal.  */
# define SIGEV_SIGNAL	SIGEV_SIGNAL
  SIGEV_NONE,			/* Other notification: meaningless.  */
# define SIGEV_NONE	SIGEV_NONE
  SIGEV_THREAD,			/* Deliver via thread creation.  */
# define SIGEV_THREAD	SIGEV_THREAD

  SIGEV_THREAD_ID = 4		/* Send signal to specific thread.
				   This is a Linux extension.  */
#define SIGEV_THREAD_ID	SIGEV_THREAD_ID
};

#endif
/* Prototype declarations for math functions; helper file for <math.h>.
   Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/* NOTE: Because of the special way this file is used by <math.h>, this
   file must NOT be protected from multiple inclusion as header files
   usually are.

   This file provides prototype declarations for the math functions.
   Most functions are declared using the macro:

   __MATHCALL (NAME,[_r], (ARGS...));

   This means there is a function `NAME' returning `double' and a function
   `NAMEf' returning `float'.  Each place `_Mdouble_' appears in the
   prototype, that is actually `double' in the prototype for `NAME' and
   `float' in the prototype for `NAMEf'.  Reentrant variant functions are
   called `NAME_r' and `NAMEf_r'.

   Functions returning other types like `int' are declared using the macro:

   __MATHDECL (TYPE, NAME,[_r], (ARGS...));

   This is just like __MATHCALL but for a function returning `TYPE'
   instead of `_Mdouble_'.  In all of these cases, there is still
   both a `NAME' and a `NAMEf' that takes `float' arguments.

   Note that there must be no whitespace before the argument passed for
   NAME, to make token pasting work with -traditional.  */

#ifndef _MATH_H
# error "Never include <bits/mathcalls.h> directly; include <math.h> instead."
#endif


/* Trigonometric functions.  */

/* Arc cosine of X.  */
__MATHCALL (acos,, (_Mdouble_ __x));
/* Arc sine of X.  */
__MATHCALL (asin,, (_Mdouble_ __x));
/* Arc tangent of X.  */
__MATHCALL (atan,, (_Mdouble_ __x));
/* Arc tangent of Y/X.  */
__MATHCALL (atan2,, (_Mdouble_ __y, _Mdouble_ __x));

/* Cosine of X.  */
__MATHCALL_VEC (cos,, (_Mdouble_ __x));
/* Sine of X.  */
__MATHCALL_VEC (sin,, (_Mdouble_ __x));
/* Tangent of X.  */
__MATHCALL (tan,, (_Mdouble_ __x));

/* Hyperbolic functions.  */

/* Hyperbolic cosine of X.  */
__MATHCALL (cosh,, (_Mdouble_ __x));
/* Hyperbolic sine of X.  */
__MATHCALL (sinh,, (_Mdouble_ __x));
/* Hyperbolic tangent of X.  */
__MATHCALL (tanh,, (_Mdouble_ __x));

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Cosine and sine of X.  */
__MATHDECL_VEC (void,sincos,,
		(_Mdouble_ __x, _Mdouble_ *__sinx, _Mdouble_ *__cosx));
#endif

#if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_ISOC99
/* Hyperbolic arc cosine of X.  */
__MATHCALL (acosh,, (_Mdouble_ __x));
/* Hyperbolic arc sine of X.  */
__MATHCALL (asinh,, (_Mdouble_ __x));
/* Hyperbolic arc tangent of X.  */
__MATHCALL (atanh,, (_Mdouble_ __x));
#endif

/* Exponential and logarithmic functions.  */

/* Exponential function of X.  */
__MATHCALL_VEC (exp,, (_Mdouble_ __x));

/* Break VALUE into a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2.  */
__MATHCALL (frexp,, (_Mdouble_ __x, int *__exponent));

/* X times (two to the EXP power).  */
__MATHCALL (ldexp,, (_Mdouble_ __x, int __exponent));

/* Natural logarithm of X.  */
__MATHCALL_VEC (log,, (_Mdouble_ __x));

/* Base-ten logarithm of X.  */
__MATHCALL (log10,, (_Mdouble_ __x));

/* Break VALUE into integral and fractional parts.  */
__MATHCALL (modf,, (_Mdouble_ __x, _Mdouble_ *__iptr)) __nonnull ((2));

#if __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_FUNCS_EXT)
/* Compute exponent to base ten.  */
__MATHCALL (exp10,, (_Mdouble_ __x));
#endif

#if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_ISOC99
/* Return exp(X) - 1.  */
__MATHCALL (expm1,, (_Mdouble_ __x));

/* Return log(1 + X).  */
__MATHCALL (log1p,, (_Mdouble_ __x));

/* Return the base 2 signed integral exponent of X.  */
__MATHCALL (logb,, (_Mdouble_ __x));
#endif

#ifdef __USE_ISOC99
/* Compute base-2 exponential of X.  */
__MATHCALL (exp2,, (_Mdouble_ __x));

/* Compute base-2 logarithm of X.  */
__MATHCALL (log2,, (_Mdouble_ __x));
#endif


/* Power functions.  */

/* Return X to the Y power.  */
__MATHCALL_VEC (pow,, (_Mdouble_ __x, _Mdouble_ __y));

/* Return the square root of X.  */
__MATHCALL (sqrt,, (_Mdouble_ __x));

#if defined __USE_XOPEN || defined __USE_ISOC99
/* Return `sqrt(X*X + Y*Y)'.  */
__MATHCALL (hypot,, (_Mdouble_ __x, _Mdouble_ __y));
#endif

#if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_ISOC99
/* Return the cube root of X.  */
__MATHCALL (cbrt,, (_Mdouble_ __x));
#endif


/* Nearest integer, absolute value, and remainder functions.  */

/* Smallest integral value not less than X.  */
__MATHCALLX (ceil,, (_Mdouble_ __x), (__const__));

/* Absolute value of X.  */
__MATHCALLX (fabs,, (_Mdouble_ __x), (__const__));

/* Largest integer not greater than X.  */
__MATHCALLX (floor,, (_Mdouble_ __x), (__const__));

/* Floating-point modulo remainder of X/Y.  */
__MATHCALL (fmod,, (_Mdouble_ __x, _Mdouble_ __y));

#ifdef __USE_MISC
# if ((!defined __cplusplus \
       || __cplusplus < 201103L /* isinf conflicts with C++11.  */ \
       || __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE == 0)) /* isinff or isinfl don't.  */ \
      && !__MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
/* Return 0 if VALUE is finite or NaN, +1 if it
   is +Infinity, -1 if it is -Infinity.  */
__MATHDECL_1 (int,isinf,, (_Mdouble_ __value)) __attribute__ ((__const__));
# endif

# if !__MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
/* Return nonzero if VALUE is finite and not NaN.  */
__MATHDECL_1 (int,finite,, (_Mdouble_ __value)) __attribute__ ((__const__));

/* Return the remainder of X/Y.  */
__MATHCALL (drem,, (_Mdouble_ __x, _Mdouble_ __y));


/* Return the fractional part of X after dividing out `ilogb (X)'.  */
__MATHCALL (significand,, (_Mdouble_ __x));
# endif

#endif /* Use misc.  */

#ifdef __USE_ISOC99
/* Return X with its signed changed to Y's.  */
__MATHCALLX (copysign,, (_Mdouble_ __x, _Mdouble_ __y), (__const__));
#endif

#ifdef __USE_ISOC99
/* Return representation of qNaN for double type.  */
__MATHCALL (nan,, (const char *__tagb));
#endif


#if defined __USE_MISC || (defined __USE_XOPEN && !defined __USE_XOPEN2K)
# if ((!defined __cplusplus \
       || __cplusplus < 201103L /* isnan conflicts with C++11.  */ \
       || __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE == 0)) /* isnanf or isnanl don't.  */ \
      && !__MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
/* Return nonzero if VALUE is not a number.  */
__MATHDECL_1 (int,isnan,, (_Mdouble_ __value)) __attribute__ ((__const__));
# endif
#endif

#if defined __USE_MISC || (defined __USE_XOPEN && __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE)
/* Bessel functions.  */
__MATHCALL (j0,, (_Mdouble_));
__MATHCALL (j1,, (_Mdouble_));
__MATHCALL (jn,, (int, _Mdouble_));
__MATHCALL (y0,, (_Mdouble_));
__MATHCALL (y1,, (_Mdouble_));
__MATHCALL (yn,, (int, _Mdouble_));
#endif


#if defined __USE_XOPEN || defined __USE_ISOC99
/* Error and gamma functions.  */
__MATHCALL (erf,, (_Mdouble_));
__MATHCALL (erfc,, (_Mdouble_));
__MATHCALL (lgamma,, (_Mdouble_));
#endif

#ifdef __USE_ISOC99
/* True gamma function.  */
__MATHCALL (tgamma,, (_Mdouble_));
#endif

#if defined __USE_MISC || (defined __USE_XOPEN && !defined __USE_XOPEN2K)
# if !__MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
/* Obsolete alias for `lgamma'.  */
__MATHCALL (gamma,, (_Mdouble_));
# endif
#endif

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Reentrant version of lgamma.  This function uses the global variable
   `signgam'.  The reentrant version instead takes a pointer and stores
   the value through it.  */
__MATHCALL (lgamma,_r, (_Mdouble_, int *__signgamp));
#endif


#if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_ISOC99
/* Return the integer nearest X in the direction of the
   prevailing rounding mode.  */
__MATHCALL (rint,, (_Mdouble_ __x));

/* Return X + epsilon if X < Y, X - epsilon if X > Y.  */
__MATHCALL (nextafter,, (_Mdouble_ __x, _Mdouble_ __y));
# if defined __USE_ISOC99 && !defined __LDBL_COMPAT && !__MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
__MATHCALL (nexttoward,, (_Mdouble_ __x, long double __y));
# endif

# if __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_BFP_EXT) || __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
/* Return X - epsilon.  */
__MATHCALL (nextdown,, (_Mdouble_ __x));
/* Return X + epsilon.  */
__MATHCALL (nextup,, (_Mdouble_ __x));
# endif

/* Return the remainder of integer divison X / Y with infinite precision.  */
__MATHCALL (remainder,, (_Mdouble_ __x, _Mdouble_ __y));

# ifdef __USE_ISOC99
/* Return X times (2 to the Nth power).  */
__MATHCALL (scalbn,, (_Mdouble_ __x, int __n));
# endif

/* Return the binary exponent of X, which must be nonzero.  */
__MATHDECL (int,ilogb,, (_Mdouble_ __x));
#endif

#if __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_BFP_EXT) || __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
/* Like ilogb, but returning long int.  */
__MATHDECL (long int, llogb,, (_Mdouble_ __x));
#endif

#ifdef __USE_ISOC99
/* Return X times (2 to the Nth power).  */
__MATHCALL (scalbln,, (_Mdouble_ __x, long int __n));

/* Round X to integral value in floating-point format using current
   rounding direction, but do not raise inexact exception.  */
__MATHCALL (nearbyint,, (_Mdouble_ __x));

/* Round X to nearest integral value, rounding halfway cases away from
   zero.  */
__MATHCALLX (round,, (_Mdouble_ __x), (__const__));

/* Round X to the integral value in floating-point format nearest but
   not larger in magnitude.  */
__MATHCALLX (trunc,, (_Mdouble_ __x), (__const__));

/* Compute remainder of X and Y and put in *QUO a value with sign of x/y
   and magnitude congruent `mod 2^n' to the magnitude of the integral
   quotient x/y, with n >= 3.  */
__MATHCALL (remquo,, (_Mdouble_ __x, _Mdouble_ __y, int *__quo));


/* Conversion functions.  */

/* Round X to nearest integral value according to current rounding
   direction.  */
__MATHDECL (long int,lrint,, (_Mdouble_ __x));
__extension__
__MATHDECL (long long int,llrint,, (_Mdouble_ __x));

/* Round X to nearest integral value, rounding halfway cases away from
   zero.  */
__MATHDECL (long int,lround,, (_Mdouble_ __x));
__extension__
__MATHDECL (long long int,llround,, (_Mdouble_ __x));


/* Return positive difference between X and Y.  */
__MATHCALL (fdim,, (_Mdouble_ __x, _Mdouble_ __y));

/* Return maximum numeric value from X and Y.  */
__MATHCALLX (fmax,, (_Mdouble_ __x, _Mdouble_ __y), (__const__));

/* Return minimum numeric value from X and Y.  */
__MATHCALLX (fmin,, (_Mdouble_ __x, _Mdouble_ __y), (__const__));

/* Multiply-add function computed as a ternary operation.  */
__MATHCALL (fma,, (_Mdouble_ __x, _Mdouble_ __y, _Mdouble_ __z));
#endif /* Use ISO C99.  */

#if __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_BFP_EXT) || __MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
/* Round X to nearest integer value, rounding halfway cases to even.  */
__MATHCALLX (roundeven,, (_Mdouble_ __x), (__const__));

/* Round X to nearest signed integer value, not raising inexact, with
   control of rounding direction and width of result.  */
__MATHDECL (__intmax_t, fromfp,, (_Mdouble_ __x, int __round,
				  unsigned int __width));

/* Round X to nearest unsigned integer value, not raising inexact,
   with control of rounding direction and width of result.  */
__MATHDECL (__uintmax_t, ufromfp,, (_Mdouble_ __x, int __round,
				    unsigned int __width));

/* Round X to nearest signed integer value, raising inexact for
   non-integers, with control of rounding direction and width of
   result.  */
__MATHDECL (__intmax_t, fromfpx,, (_Mdouble_ __x, int __round,
				   unsigned int __width));

/* Round X to nearest unsigned integer value, raising inexact for
   non-integers, with control of rounding direction and width of
   result.  */
__MATHDECL (__uintmax_t, ufromfpx,, (_Mdouble_ __x, int __round,
				     unsigned int __width));

/* Return value with maximum magnitude.  */
__MATHCALLX (fmaxmag,, (_Mdouble_ __x, _Mdouble_ __y), (__const__));

/* Return value with minimum magnitude.  */
__MATHCALLX (fminmag,, (_Mdouble_ __x, _Mdouble_ __y), (__const__));

/* Total order operation.  */
__MATHDECL_1 (int, totalorder,, (_Mdouble_ __x, _Mdouble_ __y))
     __attribute__ ((__const__));

/* Total order operation on absolute values.  */
__MATHDECL_1 (int, totalordermag,, (_Mdouble_ __x, _Mdouble_ __y))
     __attribute__ ((__const__));

/* Canonicalize floating-point representation.  */
__MATHDECL_1 (int, canonicalize,, (_Mdouble_ *__cx, const _Mdouble_ *__x));

/* Get NaN payload.  */
__MATHCALL (getpayload,, (const _Mdouble_ *__x));

/* Set quiet NaN payload.  */
__MATHDECL_1 (int, setpayload,, (_Mdouble_ *__x, _Mdouble_ __payload));

/* Set signaling NaN payload.  */
__MATHDECL_1 (int, setpayloadsig,, (_Mdouble_ *__x, _Mdouble_ __payload));
#endif

#if (defined __USE_MISC || (defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED \
			    && __MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE	  \
			    && !defined __USE_XOPEN2K8))  \
     && !__MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
/* Return X times (2 to the Nth power).  */
__MATHCALL (scalb,, (_Mdouble_ __x, _Mdouble_ __n));
#endif
/* -mlong-double-64 compatibility mode for syslog functions.
   Copyright (C) 2006-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_SYSLOG_H
# error "Never include <bits/syslog-ldbl.h> directly; use <sys/syslog.h> instead."
#endif

__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (syslog)

#ifdef __USE_MISC
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (vsyslog)
#endif

#if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 0 && defined __fortify_function
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (__syslog_chk)

# ifdef __USE_MISC
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (__vsyslog_chk)
# endif
#endif
/* Handle feature test macros at the start of a header.
   Copyright (C) 2016-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/* This header is internal to glibc and should not be included outside
   of glibc headers.  Headers including it must define
   __GLIBC_INTERNAL_STARTING_HEADER_IMPLEMENTATION first.  This header
   cannot have multiple include guards because ISO C feature test
   macros depend on the definition of the macro when an affected
   header is included, not when the first system header is
   included.  */

#ifndef __GLIBC_INTERNAL_STARTING_HEADER_IMPLEMENTATION
# error "Never include <bits/libc-header-start.h> directly."
#endif

#undef __GLIBC_INTERNAL_STARTING_HEADER_IMPLEMENTATION

#include <features.h>

/* ISO/IEC TR 24731-2:2010 defines the __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT2__
   macro.  */
#undef __GLIBC_USE_LIB_EXT2
#if (defined __USE_GNU							\
     || (defined __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT2__ && __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT2__ > 0))
# define __GLIBC_USE_LIB_EXT2 1
#else
# define __GLIBC_USE_LIB_EXT2 0
#endif

/* ISO/IEC TS 18661-1:2014 defines the __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__
   macro.  */
#undef __GLIBC_USE_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT
#if defined __USE_GNU || defined __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__
# define __GLIBC_USE_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT 1
#else
# define __GLIBC_USE_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT 0
#endif

/* ISO/IEC TS 18661-4:2015 defines the
   __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_FUNCS_EXT__ macro.  */
#undef __GLIBC_USE_IEC_60559_FUNCS_EXT
#if defined __USE_GNU || defined __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_FUNCS_EXT__
# define __GLIBC_USE_IEC_60559_FUNCS_EXT 1
#else
# define __GLIBC_USE_IEC_60559_FUNCS_EXT 0
#endif

/* ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015 defines the
   __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT__ macro.  */
#undef __GLIBC_USE_IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT
#if defined __USE_GNU || defined __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT__
# define __GLIBC_USE_IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT 1
#else
# define __GLIBC_USE_IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT 0
#endif
/* Signal handling function for threaded programs.
   Copyright (C) 1998-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
   License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
   not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_SIGTHREAD_H
#define _BITS_SIGTHREAD_H	1

#if !defined _SIGNAL_H && !defined _PTHREAD_H
# error "Never include this file directly.  Use <signal.h> instead"
#endif

/* Functions for handling signals. */
#include <bits/types/__sigset_t.h>

/* Modify the signal mask for the calling thread.  The arguments have
   the same meaning as for sigprocmask(2). */
extern int pthread_sigmask (int __how,
			    const __sigset_t *__restrict __newmask,
			    __sigset_t *__restrict __oldmask)__THROW;

/* Send signal SIGNO to the given thread. */
extern int pthread_kill (pthread_t __threadid, int __signo) __THROW;

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Queue signal and data to a thread.  */
extern int pthread_sigqueue (pthread_t __threadid, int __signo,
			     const union sigval __value) __THROW;
#endif

#endif	/* bits/sigthread.h */
/* Implementation limits related to sys/uio.h - Linux version.
   Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_UIO_LIM_H
#define _BITS_UIO_LIM_H 1

/* Maximum length of the 'struct iovec' array in a single call to
   readv or writev.

   This macro has different values in different kernel versions.  The
   latest versions of the kernel use 1024 and this is good choice.  Since
   the C library implementation of readv/writev is able to emulate the
   functionality even if the currently running kernel does not support
   this large value the readv/writev call will not fail because of this.  */
#define __IOV_MAX	1024

#endif
/* Prototype declarations for math classification macros helpers.
   Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */


/* Classify given number.  */
__MATHDECL_1 (int, __fpclassify,, (_Mdouble_ __value))
     __attribute__ ((__const__));

/* Test for negative number.  */
__MATHDECL_1 (int, __signbit,, (_Mdouble_ __value))
     __attribute__ ((__const__));

/* Return 0 if VALUE is finite or NaN, +1 if it
   is +Infinity, -1 if it is -Infinity.  */
__MATHDECL_1 (int, __isinf,, (_Mdouble_ __value)) __attribute__ ((__const__));

/* Return nonzero if VALUE is finite and not NaN.  Used by isfinite macro.  */
__MATHDECL_1 (int, __finite,, (_Mdouble_ __value)) __attribute__ ((__const__));

/* Return nonzero if VALUE is not a number.  */
__MATHDECL_1 (int, __isnan,, (_Mdouble_ __value)) __attribute__ ((__const__));

/* Test equality.  */
__MATHDECL_1 (int, __iseqsig,, (_Mdouble_ __x, _Mdouble_ __y));

/* Test for signaling NaN.  */
__MATHDECL_1 (int, __issignaling,, (_Mdouble_ __value))
     __attribute__ ((__const__));
/* Define enum __socket_type for generic Linux.
   Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_SOCKET_H
# error "Never include <bits/socket_type.h> directly; use <sys/socket.h> instead."
#endif

/* Types of sockets.  */
enum __socket_type
{
  SOCK_STREAM = 1,		/* Sequenced, reliable, connection-based
				   byte streams.  */
#define SOCK_STREAM SOCK_STREAM
  SOCK_DGRAM = 2,		/* Connectionless, unreliable datagrams
				   of fixed maximum length.  */
#define SOCK_DGRAM SOCK_DGRAM
  SOCK_RAW = 3,			/* Raw protocol interface.  */
#define SOCK_RAW SOCK_RAW
  SOCK_RDM = 4,			/* Reliably-delivered messages.  */
#define SOCK_RDM SOCK_RDM
  SOCK_SEQPACKET = 5,		/* Sequenced, reliable, connection-based,
				   datagrams of fixed maximum length.  */
#define SOCK_SEQPACKET SOCK_SEQPACKET
  SOCK_DCCP = 6,		/* Datagram Congestion Control Protocol.  */
#define SOCK_DCCP SOCK_DCCP
  SOCK_PACKET = 10,		/* Linux specific way of getting packets
				   at the dev level.  For writing rarp and
				   other similar things on the user level. */
#define SOCK_PACKET SOCK_PACKET

  /* Flags to be ORed into the type parameter of socket and socketpair and
     used for the flags parameter of paccept.  */

  SOCK_CLOEXEC = 02000000,	/* Atomically set close-on-exec flag for the
				   new descriptor(s).  */
#define SOCK_CLOEXEC SOCK_CLOEXEC
  SOCK_NONBLOCK = 00004000	/* Atomically mark descriptor(s) as
				   non-blocking.  */
#define SOCK_NONBLOCK SOCK_NONBLOCK
};
/* -mlong-double-64 compatibility mode for <wchar.h> functions.
   Copyright (C) 2006-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _WCHAR_H
# error "Never include <bits/wchar-ldbl.h> directly; use <wchar.h> instead."
#endif

#if defined __USE_ISOC95 || defined __USE_UNIX98
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (fwprintf);
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (wprintf);
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (swprintf);
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (vfwprintf);
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (vwprintf);
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (vswprintf);
# if defined __USE_ISOC99 && !defined __USE_GNU \
     && !defined __REDIRECT \
     && (defined __STRICT_ANSI__ || defined __USE_XOPEN2K)
__LDBL_REDIR1_DECL (fwscanf, __nldbl___isoc99_fwscanf)
__LDBL_REDIR1_DECL (wscanf, __nldbl___isoc99_wscanf)
__LDBL_REDIR1_DECL (swscanf, __nldbl___isoc99_swscanf)
# else
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (fwscanf);
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (wscanf);
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (swscanf);
# endif
#endif

#ifdef __USE_ISOC99
__LDBL_REDIR1_DECL (wcstold, wcstod);
# if !defined __USE_GNU && !defined __REDIRECT \
     && (defined __STRICT_ANSI__ || defined __USE_XOPEN2K)
__LDBL_REDIR1_DECL (vfwscanf, __nldbl___isoc99_vfwscanf)
__LDBL_REDIR1_DECL (vwscanf, __nldbl___isoc99_vwscanf)
__LDBL_REDIR1_DECL (vswscanf, __nldbl___isoc99_vswscanf)
# else
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (vfwscanf);
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (vwscanf);
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (vswscanf);
# endif
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
__LDBL_REDIR1_DECL (wcstold_l, wcstod_l);
#endif

#if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 0 && defined __fortify_function
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (__swprintf_chk)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (__vswprintf_chk)
# if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 1
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (__fwprintf_chk)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (__wprintf_chk)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (__vfwprintf_chk)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (__vwprintf_chk)
# endif
#endif
/* The `struct utmp' type, describing entries in the utmp file.
   Copyright (C) 1993-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _UTMP_H
# error "Never include <bits/utmp.h> directly; use <utmp.h> instead."
#endif

#include <paths.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <bits/wordsize.h>


#define UT_LINESIZE	32
#define UT_NAMESIZE	32
#define UT_HOSTSIZE	256


/* The structure describing an entry in the database of
   previous logins.  */
struct lastlog
  {
#if __WORDSIZE_TIME64_COMPAT32
    int32_t ll_time;
#else
    __time_t ll_time;
#endif
    char ll_line[UT_LINESIZE];
    char ll_host[UT_HOSTSIZE];
  };


/* The structure describing the status of a terminated process.  This
   type is used in `struct utmp' below.  */
struct exit_status
  {
    short int e_termination;	/* Process termination status.  */
    short int e_exit;		/* Process exit status.  */
  };


/* The structure describing an entry in the user accounting database.  */
struct utmp
{
  short int ut_type;		/* Type of login.  */
  pid_t ut_pid;			/* Process ID of login process.  */
  char ut_line[UT_LINESIZE]
    __attribute_nonstring__;	/* Devicename.  */
  char ut_id[4]
    __attribute_nonstring__;	/* Inittab ID.  */
  char ut_user[UT_NAMESIZE]
    __attribute_nonstring__;	/* Username.  */
  char ut_host[UT_HOSTSIZE]
    __attribute_nonstring__;	/* Hostname for remote login.  */
  struct exit_status ut_exit;	/* Exit status of a process marked
				   as DEAD_PROCESS.  */
/* The ut_session and ut_tv fields must be the same size when compiled
   32- and 64-bit.  This allows data files and shared memory to be
   shared between 32- and 64-bit applications.  */
#if __WORDSIZE_TIME64_COMPAT32
  int32_t ut_session;		/* Session ID, used for windowing.  */
  struct
  {
    int32_t tv_sec;		/* Seconds.  */
    int32_t tv_usec;		/* Microseconds.  */
  } ut_tv;			/* Time entry was made.  */
#else
  long int ut_session;		/* Session ID, used for windowing.  */
  struct timeval ut_tv;		/* Time entry was made.  */
#endif

  int32_t ut_addr_v6[4];	/* Internet address of remote host.  */
  char __glibc_reserved[20];		/* Reserved for future use.  */
};

/* Backwards compatibility hacks.  */
#define ut_name		ut_user
#ifndef _NO_UT_TIME
/* We have a problem here: `ut_time' is also used otherwise.  Define
   _NO_UT_TIME if the compiler complains.  */
# define ut_time	ut_tv.tv_sec
#endif
#define ut_xtime	ut_tv.tv_sec
#define ut_addr		ut_addr_v6[0]


/* Values for the `ut_type' field of a `struct utmp'.  */
#define EMPTY		0	/* No valid user accounting information.  */

#define RUN_LVL		1	/* The system's runlevel.  */
#define BOOT_TIME	2	/* Time of system boot.  */
#define NEW_TIME	3	/* Time after system clock changed.  */
#define OLD_TIME	4	/* Time when system clock changed.  */

#define INIT_PROCESS	5	/* Process spawned by the init process.  */
#define LOGIN_PROCESS	6	/* Session leader of a logged in user.  */
#define USER_PROCESS	7	/* Normal process.  */
#define DEAD_PROCESS	8	/* Terminated process.  */

#define ACCOUNTING	9

/* Old Linux name for the EMPTY type.  */
#define UT_UNKNOWN	EMPTY


/* Tell the user that we have a modern system with UT_HOST, UT_PID,
   UT_TYPE, UT_ID and UT_TV fields.  */
#define _HAVE_UT_TYPE	1
#define _HAVE_UT_PID	1
#define _HAVE_UT_ID	1
#define _HAVE_UT_TV	1
#define _HAVE_UT_HOST	1
/* Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_MSG_H
# error "Never use <bits/msq.h> directly; include <sys/msg.h> instead."
#endif

#include <bits/types.h>

/* Define options for message queue functions.  */
#define MSG_NOERROR	010000	/* no error if message is too big */
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define MSG_EXCEPT	020000	/* recv any msg except of specified type */
# define MSG_COPY	040000	/* copy (not remove) all queue messages */
#endif

/* Types used in the structure definition.  */
typedef __syscall_ulong_t msgqnum_t;
typedef __syscall_ulong_t msglen_t;

/* Structure of record for one message inside the kernel.
   The type `struct msg' is opaque.  */
struct msqid_ds
{
  struct ipc_perm msg_perm;	/* structure describing operation permission */
  __time_t msg_stime;		/* time of last msgsnd command */
#ifndef __x86_64__
  unsigned long int __glibc_reserved1;
#endif
  __time_t msg_rtime;		/* time of last msgrcv command */
#ifndef __x86_64__
  unsigned long int __glibc_reserved2;
#endif
  __time_t msg_ctime;		/* time of last change */
#ifndef __x86_64__
  unsigned long int __glibc_reserved3;
#endif
  __syscall_ulong_t __msg_cbytes; /* current number of bytes on queue */
  msgqnum_t msg_qnum;		/* number of messages currently on queue */
  msglen_t msg_qbytes;		/* max number of bytes allowed on queue */
  __pid_t msg_lspid;		/* pid of last msgsnd() */
  __pid_t msg_lrpid;		/* pid of last msgrcv() */
  __syscall_ulong_t __glibc_reserved4;
  __syscall_ulong_t __glibc_reserved5;
};

#ifdef __USE_MISC

# define msg_cbytes	__msg_cbytes

/* ipcs ctl commands */
# define MSG_STAT 11
# define MSG_INFO 12
# define MSG_STAT_ANY 13

/* buffer for msgctl calls IPC_INFO, MSG_INFO */
struct msginfo
  {
    int msgpool;
    int msgmap;
    int msgmax;
    int msgmnb;
    int msgmni;
    int msgssz;
    int msgtql;
    unsigned short int msgseg;
  };

#endif /* __USE_MISC */
/* Define iscanonical macro.  ldbl-96 version.
   Copyright (C) 2016-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _MATH_H
# error "Never use <bits/iscanonical.h> directly; include <math.h> instead."
#endif

extern int __iscanonicall (long double __x)
     __THROW __attribute__ ((__const__));
#define __iscanonicalf(x) ((void) (__typeof (x)) (x), 1)
#define __iscanonical(x) ((void) (__typeof (x)) (x), 1)
#if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT128
# define __iscanonicalf128(x) ((void) (__typeof (x)) (x), 1)
#endif

/* Return nonzero value if X is canonical.  In IEEE interchange binary
   formats, all values are canonical, but the argument must still be
   converted to its semantic type for any exceptions arising from the
   conversion, before being discarded; in extended precision, there
   are encodings that are not consistently handled as corresponding to
   any particular value of the type, and we return 0 for those.  */
#ifndef __cplusplus
# define iscanonical(x) __MATH_TG ((x), __iscanonical, (x))
#else
/* In C++ mode, __MATH_TG cannot be used, because it relies on
   __builtin_types_compatible_p, which is a C-only builtin.  On the
   other hand, overloading provides the means to distinguish between
   the floating-point types.  The overloading resolution will match
   the correct parameter (regardless of type qualifiers (i.e.: const
   and volatile)).  */
extern "C++" {
inline int iscanonical (float __val) { return __iscanonicalf (__val); }
inline int iscanonical (double __val) { return __iscanonical (__val); }
inline int iscanonical (long double __val) { return __iscanonicall (__val); }
# if __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT128
inline int iscanonical (_Float128 __val) { return __iscanonicalf128 (__val); }
# endif
}
#endif /* __cplusplus */
/* Empty definitions required for __MATHCALL_VEC unfolding in mathcalls.h.
   Copyright (C) 2014-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _MATH_H
# error "Never include <bits/libm-simd-decl-stubs.h> directly;\
 include <math.h> instead."
#endif

/* Needed definitions could be generated with:
   for func in $(grep __MATHCALL_VEC math/bits/mathcalls.h |\
		 sed -r "s|__MATHCALL_VEC.?\(||; s|,.*||"); do
     echo "#define __DECL_SIMD_${func}";
     echo "#define __DECL_SIMD_${func}f";
     echo "#define __DECL_SIMD_${func}l";
   done
 */

#ifndef _BITS_LIBM_SIMD_DECL_STUBS_H
#define _BITS_LIBM_SIMD_DECL_STUBS_H 1

#define __DECL_SIMD_cos
#define __DECL_SIMD_cosf
#define __DECL_SIMD_cosl
#define __DECL_SIMD_cosf16
#define __DECL_SIMD_cosf32
#define __DECL_SIMD_cosf64
#define __DECL_SIMD_cosf128
#define __DECL_SIMD_cosf32x
#define __DECL_SIMD_cosf64x
#define __DECL_SIMD_cosf128x

#define __DECL_SIMD_sin
#define __DECL_SIMD_sinf
#define __DECL_SIMD_sinl
#define __DECL_SIMD_sinf16
#define __DECL_SIMD_sinf32
#define __DECL_SIMD_sinf64
#define __DECL_SIMD_sinf128
#define __DECL_SIMD_sinf32x
#define __DECL_SIMD_sinf64x
#define __DECL_SIMD_sinf128x

#define __DECL_SIMD_sincos
#define __DECL_SIMD_sincosf
#define __DECL_SIMD_sincosl
#define __DECL_SIMD_sincosf16
#define __DECL_SIMD_sincosf32
#define __DECL_SIMD_sincosf64
#define __DECL_SIMD_sincosf128
#define __DECL_SIMD_sincosf32x
#define __DECL_SIMD_sincosf64x
#define __DECL_SIMD_sincosf128x

#define __DECL_SIMD_log
#define __DECL_SIMD_logf
#define __DECL_SIMD_logl
#define __DECL_SIMD_logf16
#define __DECL_SIMD_logf32
#define __DECL_SIMD_logf64
#define __DECL_SIMD_logf128
#define __DECL_SIMD_logf32x
#define __DECL_SIMD_logf64x
#define __DECL_SIMD_logf128x

#define __DECL_SIMD_exp
#define __DECL_SIMD_expf
#define __DECL_SIMD_expl
#define __DECL_SIMD_expf16
#define __DECL_SIMD_expf32
#define __DECL_SIMD_expf64
#define __DECL_SIMD_expf128
#define __DECL_SIMD_expf32x
#define __DECL_SIMD_expf64x
#define __DECL_SIMD_expf128x

#define __DECL_SIMD_pow
#define __DECL_SIMD_powf
#define __DECL_SIMD_powl
#define __DECL_SIMD_powf16
#define __DECL_SIMD_powf32
#define __DECL_SIMD_powf64
#define __DECL_SIMD_powf128
#define __DECL_SIMD_powf32x
#define __DECL_SIMD_powf64x
#define __DECL_SIMD_powf128x
#endif
/* sigstack, sigaltstack definitions.
   Copyright (C) 1998-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_SIGSTACK_H
#define _BITS_SIGSTACK_H 1

#if !defined _SIGNAL_H && !defined _SYS_UCONTEXT_H
# error "Never include this file directly.  Use <signal.h> instead"
#endif

/* Minimum stack size for a signal handler.  */
#define MINSIGSTKSZ	2048

/* System default stack size.  */
#define SIGSTKSZ	8192

#endif /* bits/sigstack.h */
/* O_*, F_*, FD_* bit values for Linux.
   Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_FCNTL_H
# error "Never use <bits/fcntl-linux.h> directly; include <fcntl.h> instead."
#endif

/* This file contains shared definitions between Linux architectures
   and is included by <bits/fcntl.h> to declare them.  The various
   #ifndef cases allow the architecture specific file to define those
   values with different values.

   A minimal <bits/fcntl.h> contains just:

   struct flock {...}
   #ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
   struct flock64 {...}
   #endif
   #include <bits/fcntl-linux.h>
*/

#ifdef __USE_GNU
# include <bits/types/struct_iovec.h>
#endif

/* open/fcntl.  */
#define O_ACCMODE	   0003
#define O_RDONLY	     00
#define O_WRONLY	     01
#define O_RDWR		     02
#ifndef O_CREAT
# define O_CREAT	   0100	/* Not fcntl.  */
#endif
#ifndef O_EXCL
# define O_EXCL		   0200	/* Not fcntl.  */
#endif
#ifndef O_NOCTTY
# define O_NOCTTY	   0400	/* Not fcntl.  */
#endif
#ifndef O_TRUNC
# define O_TRUNC	  01000	/* Not fcntl.  */
#endif
#ifndef O_APPEND
# define O_APPEND	  02000
#endif
#ifndef O_NONBLOCK
# define O_NONBLOCK	  04000
#endif
#ifndef O_NDELAY
# define O_NDELAY	O_NONBLOCK
#endif
#ifndef O_SYNC
# define O_SYNC	       04010000
#endif
#define O_FSYNC		O_SYNC
#ifndef O_ASYNC
# define O_ASYNC	 020000
#endif
#ifndef __O_LARGEFILE
# define __O_LARGEFILE	0100000
#endif

#ifndef __O_DIRECTORY
# define __O_DIRECTORY	0200000
#endif
#ifndef __O_NOFOLLOW
# define __O_NOFOLLOW	0400000
#endif
#ifndef __O_CLOEXEC
# define __O_CLOEXEC   02000000
#endif
#ifndef __O_DIRECT
# define __O_DIRECT	 040000
#endif
#ifndef __O_NOATIME
# define __O_NOATIME   01000000
#endif
#ifndef __O_PATH
# define __O_PATH     010000000
#endif
#ifndef __O_DSYNC
# define __O_DSYNC	 010000
#endif
#ifndef __O_TMPFILE
# define __O_TMPFILE   (020000000 | __O_DIRECTORY)
#endif

#ifndef F_GETLK
# ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
#  define F_GETLK	5	/* Get record locking info.  */
#  define F_SETLK	6	/* Set record locking info (non-blocking).  */
#  define F_SETLKW	7	/* Set record locking info (blocking).  */
# else
#  define F_GETLK	F_GETLK64  /* Get record locking info.  */
#  define F_SETLK	F_SETLK64  /* Set record locking info (non-blocking).*/
#  define F_SETLKW	F_SETLKW64 /* Set record locking info (blocking).  */
# endif
#endif
#ifndef F_GETLK64
# define F_GETLK64	12	/* Get record locking info.  */
# define F_SETLK64	13	/* Set record locking info (non-blocking).  */
# define F_SETLKW64	14	/* Set record locking info (blocking).  */
#endif

/* open file description locks.

   Usually record locks held by a process are released on *any* close and are
   not inherited across a fork.

   These cmd values will set locks that conflict with process-associated record
   locks, but are "owned" by the opened file description, not the process.
   This means that they are inherited across fork or clone with CLONE_FILES
   like BSD (flock) locks, and they are only released automatically when the
   last reference to the the file description against which they were acquired
   is put. */
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define F_OFD_GETLK	36
# define F_OFD_SETLK	37
# define F_OFD_SETLKW	38
#endif

#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
# define O_LARGEFILE __O_LARGEFILE
#endif

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K8
# define O_DIRECTORY	__O_DIRECTORY	/* Must be a directory.  */
# define O_NOFOLLOW	__O_NOFOLLOW	/* Do not follow links.  */
# define O_CLOEXEC	__O_CLOEXEC	/* Set close_on_exec.  */
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define O_DIRECT	__O_DIRECT	/* Direct disk access.  */
# define O_NOATIME	__O_NOATIME	/* Do not set atime.  */
# define O_PATH		__O_PATH	/* Resolve pathname but do not open file.  */
# define O_TMPFILE	__O_TMPFILE	/* Atomically create nameless file.  */
#endif

/* For now, Linux has no separate synchronicity options for read
   operations.  We define O_RSYNC therefore as the same as O_SYNC
   since this is a superset.  */
#if defined __USE_POSIX199309 || defined __USE_UNIX98
# define O_DSYNC	__O_DSYNC	/* Synchronize data.  */
# if defined __O_RSYNC
#  define O_RSYNC	__O_RSYNC	/* Synchronize read operations.  */
# else
#  define O_RSYNC	O_SYNC		/* Synchronize read operations.  */
# endif
#endif

/* Values for the second argument to `fcntl'.  */
#define F_DUPFD		0	/* Duplicate file descriptor.  */
#define F_GETFD		1	/* Get file descriptor flags.  */
#define F_SETFD		2	/* Set file descriptor flags.  */
#define F_GETFL		3	/* Get file status flags.  */
#define F_SETFL		4	/* Set file status flags.  */

#ifndef __F_SETOWN
# define __F_SETOWN	8
# define __F_GETOWN	9
#endif

#if defined __USE_UNIX98 || defined __USE_XOPEN2K8
# define F_SETOWN	__F_SETOWN /* Get owner (process receiving SIGIO).  */
# define F_GETOWN	__F_GETOWN /* Set owner (process receiving SIGIO).  */
#endif

#ifndef __F_SETSIG
# define __F_SETSIG	10	/* Set number of signal to be sent.  */
# define __F_GETSIG	11	/* Get number of signal to be sent.  */
#endif
#ifndef __F_SETOWN_EX
# define __F_SETOWN_EX	15	/* Get owner (thread receiving SIGIO).  */
# define __F_GETOWN_EX	16	/* Set owner (thread receiving SIGIO).  */
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define F_SETSIG	__F_SETSIG	/* Set number of signal to be sent.  */
# define F_GETSIG	__F_GETSIG	/* Get number of signal to be sent.  */
# define F_SETOWN_EX	__F_SETOWN_EX	/* Get owner (thread receiving SIGIO).  */
# define F_GETOWN_EX	__F_GETOWN_EX	/* Set owner (thread receiving SIGIO).  */
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define F_SETLEASE	1024	/* Set a lease.  */
# define F_GETLEASE	1025	/* Enquire what lease is active.  */
# define F_NOTIFY	1026	/* Request notifications on a directory.  */
# define F_SETPIPE_SZ	1031	/* Set pipe page size array.  */
# define F_GETPIPE_SZ	1032	/* Set pipe page size array.  */
# define F_ADD_SEALS	1033	/* Add seals to file.  */
# define F_GET_SEALS	1034	/* Get seals for file.  */
/* Set / get write life time hints.  */
# define F_GET_RW_HINT	1035
# define F_SET_RW_HINT	1036
# define F_GET_FILE_RW_HINT	1037
# define F_SET_FILE_RW_HINT	1038
#endif
#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K8
# define F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 1030	/* Duplicate file descriptor with
				   close-on-exit set.  */
#endif

/* For F_[GET|SET]FD.  */
#define FD_CLOEXEC	1	/* Actually anything with low bit set goes */

#ifndef F_RDLCK
/* For posix fcntl() and `l_type' field of a `struct flock' for lockf().  */
# define F_RDLCK		0	/* Read lock.  */
# define F_WRLCK		1	/* Write lock.  */
# define F_UNLCK		2	/* Remove lock.  */
#endif


/* For old implementation of BSD flock.  */
#ifndef F_EXLCK
# define F_EXLCK		4	/* or 3 */
# define F_SHLCK		8	/* or 4 */
#endif

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Operations for BSD flock, also used by the kernel implementation.  */
# define LOCK_SH	1	/* Shared lock.  */
# define LOCK_EX	2	/* Exclusive lock.  */
# define LOCK_NB	4	/* Or'd with one of the above to prevent
				   blocking.  */
# define LOCK_UN	8	/* Remove lock.  */
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define LOCK_MAND	32	/* This is a mandatory flock:  */
# define LOCK_READ	64	/* ... which allows concurrent read operations.  */
# define LOCK_WRITE	128	/* ... which allows concurrent write operations.  */
# define LOCK_RW	192	/* ... Which allows concurrent read & write operations.  */
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Types of directory notifications that may be requested with F_NOTIFY.  */
# define DN_ACCESS	0x00000001	/* File accessed.  */
# define DN_MODIFY	0x00000002	/* File modified.  */
# define DN_CREATE	0x00000004	/* File created.  */
# define DN_DELETE	0x00000008	/* File removed.  */
# define DN_RENAME	0x00000010	/* File renamed.  */
# define DN_ATTRIB	0x00000020	/* File changed attributes.  */
# define DN_MULTISHOT	0x80000000	/* Don't remove notifier.  */
#endif


#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Owner types.  */
enum __pid_type
  {
    F_OWNER_TID = 0,		/* Kernel thread.  */
    F_OWNER_PID,		/* Process.  */
    F_OWNER_PGRP,		/* Process group.  */
    F_OWNER_GID = F_OWNER_PGRP	/* Alternative, obsolete name.  */
  };

/* Structure to use with F_GETOWN_EX and F_SETOWN_EX.  */
struct f_owner_ex
  {
    enum __pid_type type;	/* Owner type of ID.  */
    __pid_t pid;		/* ID of owner.  */
  };
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Types of seals.  */
# define F_SEAL_SEAL	0x0001	/* Prevent further seals from being set.  */
# define F_SEAL_SHRINK	0x0002	/* Prevent file from shrinking.  */
# define F_SEAL_GROW	0x0004	/* Prevent file from growing.  */
# define F_SEAL_WRITE	0x0008	/* Prevent writes.  */
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Hint values for F_{GET,SET}_RW_HINT.  */
# define RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET	0
# define RWF_WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET	RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET
# define RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NONE	1
# define RWH_WRITE_LIFE_SHORT	2
# define RWH_WRITE_LIFE_MEDIUM	3
# define RWH_WRITE_LIFE_LONG	4
# define RWH_WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME	5
#endif

/* Define some more compatibility macros to be backward compatible with
   BSD systems which did not managed to hide these kernel macros.  */
#ifdef	__USE_MISC
# define FAPPEND	O_APPEND
# define FFSYNC		O_FSYNC
# define FASYNC		O_ASYNC
# define FNONBLOCK	O_NONBLOCK
# define FNDELAY	O_NDELAY
#endif /* Use misc.  */

#ifndef __POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED
#  define __POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED	4
#  define __POSIX_FADV_NOREUSE	5
#endif
/* Advise to `posix_fadvise'.  */
#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
# define POSIX_FADV_NORMAL	0 /* No further special treatment.  */
# define POSIX_FADV_RANDOM	1 /* Expect random page references.  */
# define POSIX_FADV_SEQUENTIAL	2 /* Expect sequential page references.  */
# define POSIX_FADV_WILLNEED	3 /* Will need these pages.  */
# define POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED	__POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED /* Don't need these pages.  */
# define POSIX_FADV_NOREUSE	__POSIX_FADV_NOREUSE /* Data will be accessed once.  */
#endif


#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Flags for SYNC_FILE_RANGE.  */
# define SYNC_FILE_RANGE_WAIT_BEFORE	1 /* Wait upon writeout of all pages
					     in the range before performing the
					     write.  */
# define SYNC_FILE_RANGE_WRITE		2 /* Initiate writeout of all those
					     dirty pages in the range which are
					     not presently under writeback.  */
# define SYNC_FILE_RANGE_WAIT_AFTER	4 /* Wait upon writeout of all pages in
					     the range after performing the
					     write.  */

/* Flags for SPLICE and VMSPLICE.  */
# define SPLICE_F_MOVE		1	/* Move pages instead of copying.  */
# define SPLICE_F_NONBLOCK	2	/* Don't block on the pipe splicing
					   (but we may still block on the fd
					   we splice from/to).  */
# define SPLICE_F_MORE		4	/* Expect more data.  */
# define SPLICE_F_GIFT		8	/* Pages passed in are a gift.  */


/* Flags for fallocate.  */
# include <linux/falloc.h>


/* File handle structure.  */
struct file_handle
{
  unsigned int handle_bytes;
  int handle_type;
  /* File identifier.  */
  unsigned char f_handle[0];
};

/* Maximum handle size (for now).  */
# define MAX_HANDLE_SZ	128
#endif

__BEGIN_DECLS

#ifdef __USE_GNU

/* Provide kernel hint to read ahead.  */
extern __ssize_t readahead (int __fd, __off64_t __offset, size_t __count)
    __THROW;


/* Selective file content synch'ing.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int sync_file_range (int __fd, __off64_t __offset, __off64_t __count,
			    unsigned int __flags);


/* Splice address range into a pipe.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern __ssize_t vmsplice (int __fdout, const struct iovec *__iov,
			   size_t __count, unsigned int __flags);

/* Splice two files together.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern __ssize_t splice (int __fdin, __off64_t *__offin, int __fdout,
			 __off64_t *__offout, size_t __len,
			 unsigned int __flags);

/* In-kernel implementation of tee for pipe buffers.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern __ssize_t tee (int __fdin, int __fdout, size_t __len,
		      unsigned int __flags);

/* Reserve storage for the data of the file associated with FD.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
# ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
extern int fallocate (int __fd, int __mode, __off_t __offset, __off_t __len);
# else
#  ifdef __REDIRECT
extern int __REDIRECT (fallocate, (int __fd, int __mode, __off64_t __offset,
				   __off64_t __len),
		       fallocate64);
#  else
#   define fallocate fallocate64
#  endif
# endif
# ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
extern int fallocate64 (int __fd, int __mode, __off64_t __offset,
			__off64_t __len);
# endif


/* Map file name to file handle.  */
extern int name_to_handle_at (int __dfd, const char *__name,
			      struct file_handle *__handle, int *__mnt_id,
			      int __flags) __THROW;

/* Open file using the file handle.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int open_by_handle_at (int __mountdirfd, struct file_handle *__handle,
			      int __flags);

#endif	/* use GNU */

__END_DECLS
/* Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_EVENTFD_H
# error "Never use <bits/eventfd.h> directly; include <sys/eventfd.h> instead."
#endif

/* Flags for eventfd.  */
enum
  {
    EFD_SEMAPHORE = 00000001,
#define EFD_SEMAPHORE EFD_SEMAPHORE
    EFD_CLOEXEC = 02000000,
#define EFD_CLOEXEC EFD_CLOEXEC
    EFD_NONBLOCK = 00004000
#define EFD_NONBLOCK EFD_NONBLOCK
  };
/* Definitions for POSIX memory map interface.  Linux/x86_64 version.
   Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_MMAN_H
# error "Never use <bits/mman.h> directly; include <sys/mman.h> instead."
#endif

/* The following definitions basically come from the kernel headers.
   But the kernel header is not namespace clean.  */

/* Other flags.  */
#ifdef __USE_MISC
# define MAP_32BIT	0x40		/* Only give out 32-bit addresses.  */
#endif

/* These are Linux-specific.  */
#ifdef __USE_MISC
# define MAP_GROWSDOWN	0x00100		/* Stack-like segment.  */
# define MAP_DENYWRITE	0x00800		/* ETXTBSY */
# define MAP_EXECUTABLE	0x01000		/* Mark it as an executable.  */
# define MAP_LOCKED	0x02000		/* Lock the mapping.  */
# define MAP_NORESERVE	0x04000		/* Don't check for reservations.  */
# define MAP_POPULATE	0x08000		/* Populate (prefault) pagetables.  */
# define MAP_NONBLOCK	0x10000		/* Do not block on IO.  */
# define MAP_STACK	0x20000		/* Allocation is for a stack.  */
# define MAP_HUGETLB	0x40000		/* Create huge page mapping.  */
# define MAP_SYNC	0x80000		/* Perform synchronous page
					   faults for the mapping.  */
# define MAP_FIXED_NOREPLACE 0x100000	/* MAP_FIXED but do not unmap
					   underlying mapping.  */
#endif

/* Include generic Linux declarations.  */
#include <bits/mman-linux.h>
/* Error constants.  Linux specific version.
   Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_ERRNO_H
#define _BITS_ERRNO_H 1

#if !defined _ERRNO_H
# error "Never include <bits/errno.h> directly; use <errno.h> instead."
#endif

# include <linux/errno.h>

/* Older Linux headers do not define these constants.  */
# ifndef ENOTSUP
#  define ENOTSUP		EOPNOTSUPP
# endif

# ifndef ECANCELED
#  define ECANCELED		125
# endif

# ifndef EOWNERDEAD
#  define EOWNERDEAD		130
# endif

#ifndef ENOTRECOVERABLE
#  define ENOTRECOVERABLE	131
# endif

# ifndef ERFKILL
#  define ERFKILL		132
# endif

# ifndef EHWPOISON
#  define EHWPOISON		133
# endif

#endif /* bits/errno.h.  */
/* Definitions of status bits for `wait' et al.
   Copyright (C) 1992-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#if !defined _SYS_WAIT_H && !defined _STDLIB_H
# error "Never include <bits/waitstatus.h> directly; use <sys/wait.h> instead."
#endif


/* Everything extant so far uses these same bits.  */


/* If WIFEXITED(STATUS), the low-order 8 bits of the status.  */
#define	__WEXITSTATUS(status)	(((status) & 0xff00) >> 8)

/* If WIFSIGNALED(STATUS), the terminating signal.  */
#define	__WTERMSIG(status)	((status) & 0x7f)

/* If WIFSTOPPED(STATUS), the signal that stopped the child.  */
#define	__WSTOPSIG(status)	__WEXITSTATUS(status)

/* Nonzero if STATUS indicates normal termination.  */
#define	__WIFEXITED(status)	(__WTERMSIG(status) == 0)

/* Nonzero if STATUS indicates termination by a signal.  */
#define __WIFSIGNALED(status) \
  (((signed char) (((status) & 0x7f) + 1) >> 1) > 0)

/* Nonzero if STATUS indicates the child is stopped.  */
#define	__WIFSTOPPED(status)	(((status) & 0xff) == 0x7f)

/* Nonzero if STATUS indicates the child continued after a stop.  We only
   define this if <bits/waitflags.h> provides the WCONTINUED flag bit.  */
#ifdef WCONTINUED
# define __WIFCONTINUED(status)	((status) == __W_CONTINUED)
#endif

/* Nonzero if STATUS indicates the child dumped core.  */
#define	__WCOREDUMP(status)	((status) & __WCOREFLAG)

/* Macros for constructing status values.  */
#define	__W_EXITCODE(ret, sig)	((ret) << 8 | (sig))
#define	__W_STOPCODE(sig)	((sig) << 8 | 0x7f)
#define __W_CONTINUED		0xffff
#define	__WCOREFLAG		0x80
/* Inline math functions for i387 and SSE.
   Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _MATH_H
# error "Never use <bits/mathinline.h> directly; include <math.h> instead."
#endif

#ifndef __extern_always_inline
# define __MATH_INLINE __inline
#else
# define __MATH_INLINE __extern_always_inline
#endif

/* Disable x87 inlines when -fpmath=sse is passed and also when we're building
   on x86_64.  Older gcc (gcc-3.2 for example) does not define __SSE2_MATH__
   for x86_64.  */
#if !defined __SSE2_MATH__ && !defined __x86_64__
# if ((!defined __NO_MATH_INLINES || defined __LIBC_INTERNAL_MATH_INLINES) \
     && defined __OPTIMIZE__)

/* The inline functions do not set errno or raise necessarily the
   correct exceptions.  */
#  undef math_errhandling

/* A macro to define float, double, and long double versions of various
   math functions for the ix87 FPU.  FUNC is the function name (which will
   be suffixed with f and l for the float and long double version,
   respectively).  OP is the name of the FPU operation.
   We define two sets of macros.  The set with the additional NP
   doesn't add a prototype declaration.  */

#  ifdef __USE_ISOC99
#   define __inline_mathop(func, op) \
  __inline_mathop_ (double, func, op)					      \
  __inline_mathop_ (float, __CONCAT(func,f), op)			      \
  __inline_mathop_ (long double, __CONCAT(func,l), op)
#   define __inline_mathopNP(func, op) \
  __inline_mathopNP_ (double, func, op)					      \
  __inline_mathopNP_ (float, __CONCAT(func,f), op)			      \
  __inline_mathopNP_ (long double, __CONCAT(func,l), op)
#  else
#   define __inline_mathop(func, op) \
  __inline_mathop_ (double, func, op)
#   define __inline_mathopNP(func, op) \
  __inline_mathopNP_ (double, func, op)
#  endif

#  define __inline_mathop_(float_type, func, op) \
  __inline_mathop_decl_ (float_type, func, op, "0" (__x))
#  define __inline_mathopNP_(float_type, func, op) \
  __inline_mathop_declNP_ (float_type, func, op, "0" (__x))


#  ifdef __USE_ISOC99
#   define __inline_mathop_decl(func, op, params...) \
  __inline_mathop_decl_ (double, func, op, params)			      \
  __inline_mathop_decl_ (float, __CONCAT(func,f), op, params)		      \
  __inline_mathop_decl_ (long double, __CONCAT(func,l), op, params)
#   define __inline_mathop_declNP(func, op, params...) \
  __inline_mathop_declNP_ (double, func, op, params)			      \
  __inline_mathop_declNP_ (float, __CONCAT(func,f), op, params)		      \
  __inline_mathop_declNP_ (long double, __CONCAT(func,l), op, params)
#  else
#   define __inline_mathop_decl(func, op, params...) \
  __inline_mathop_decl_ (double, func, op, params)
#   define __inline_mathop_declNP(func, op, params...) \
  __inline_mathop_declNP_ (double, func, op, params)
#  endif

#  define __inline_mathop_decl_(float_type, func, op, params...) \
  __MATH_INLINE float_type func (float_type) __THROW;			      \
  __inline_mathop_declNP_ (float_type, func, op, params)

#  define __inline_mathop_declNP_(float_type, func, op, params...) \
  __MATH_INLINE float_type __NTH (func (float_type __x))		      \
  {									      \
    register float_type __result;					      \
    __asm __volatile__ (op : "=t" (__result) : params);			      \
    return __result;							      \
  }


#  ifdef __USE_ISOC99
#   define __inline_mathcode(func, arg, code) \
  __inline_mathcode_ (double, func, arg, code)				      \
  __inline_mathcode_ (float, __CONCAT(func,f), arg, code)		      \
  __inline_mathcode_ (long double, __CONCAT(func,l), arg, code)
#   define __inline_mathcodeNP(func, arg, code) \
  __inline_mathcodeNP_ (double, func, arg, code)			      \
  __inline_mathcodeNP_ (float, __CONCAT(func,f), arg, code)		      \
  __inline_mathcodeNP_ (long double, __CONCAT(func,l), arg, code)
#   define __inline_mathcode2(func, arg1, arg2, code) \
  __inline_mathcode2_ (double, func, arg1, arg2, code)			      \
  __inline_mathcode2_ (float, __CONCAT(func,f), arg1, arg2, code)	      \
  __inline_mathcode2_ (long double, __CONCAT(func,l), arg1, arg2, code)
#   define __inline_mathcodeNP2(func, arg1, arg2, code) \
  __inline_mathcodeNP2_ (double, func, arg1, arg2, code)		      \
  __inline_mathcodeNP2_ (float, __CONCAT(func,f), arg1, arg2, code)	      \
  __inline_mathcodeNP2_ (long double, __CONCAT(func,l), arg1, arg2, code)
#   define __inline_mathcode3(func, arg1, arg2, arg3, code) \
  __inline_mathcode3_ (double, func, arg1, arg2, arg3, code)		      \
  __inline_mathcode3_ (float, __CONCAT(func,f), arg1, arg2, arg3, code)	      \
  __inline_mathcode3_ (long double, __CONCAT(func,l), arg1, arg2, arg3, code)
#   define __inline_mathcodeNP3(func, arg1, arg2, arg3, code) \
  __inline_mathcodeNP3_ (double, func, arg1, arg2, arg3, code)		      \
  __inline_mathcodeNP3_ (float, __CONCAT(func,f), arg1, arg2, arg3, code)     \
  __inline_mathcodeNP3_ (long double, __CONCAT(func,l), arg1, arg2, arg3, code)
#  else
#   define __inline_mathcode(func, arg, code) \
  __inline_mathcode_ (double, func, (arg), code)
#   define __inline_mathcodeNP(func, arg, code) \
  __inline_mathcodeNP_ (double, func, (arg), code)
#   define __inline_mathcode2(func, arg1, arg2, code) \
  __inline_mathcode2_ (double, func, arg1, arg2, code)
#   define __inline_mathcodeNP2(func, arg1, arg2, code) \
  __inline_mathcodeNP2_ (double, func, arg1, arg2, code)
#   define __inline_mathcode3(func, arg1, arg2, arg3, code) \
  __inline_mathcode3_ (double, func, arg1, arg2, arg3, code)
#   define __inline_mathcodeNP3(func, arg1, arg2, arg3, code) \
  __inline_mathcodeNP3_ (double, func, arg1, arg2, arg3, code)
#  endif

#  define __inline_mathcode_(float_type, func, arg, code) \
  __MATH_INLINE float_type func (float_type) __THROW;			      \
  __inline_mathcodeNP_(float_type, func, arg, code)

#  define __inline_mathcodeNP_(float_type, func, arg, code) \
  __MATH_INLINE float_type __NTH (func (float_type arg))		      \
  {									      \
    code;								      \
  }


#  define __inline_mathcode2_(float_type, func, arg1, arg2, code) \
  __MATH_INLINE float_type func (float_type, float_type) __THROW;	      \
  __inline_mathcodeNP2_ (float_type, func, arg1, arg2, code)

#  define __inline_mathcodeNP2_(float_type, func, arg1, arg2, code) \
  __MATH_INLINE float_type __NTH (func (float_type arg1, float_type arg2))    \
  {									      \
    code;								      \
  }

#  define __inline_mathcode3_(float_type, func, arg1, arg2, arg3, code) \
  __MATH_INLINE float_type func (float_type, float_type, float_type) __THROW; \
  __inline_mathcodeNP3_(float_type, func, arg1, arg2, arg3, code)

#  define __inline_mathcodeNP3_(float_type, func, arg1, arg2, arg3, code) \
  __MATH_INLINE float_type __NTH (func (float_type arg1, float_type arg2,     \
					float_type arg3))		      \
  {									      \
    code;								      \
  }
# endif


# if !defined __NO_MATH_INLINES && defined __OPTIMIZE__
/* Miscellaneous functions  */

/* __FAST_MATH__ is defined by gcc -ffast-math.  */
#  ifdef __FAST_MATH__
/* Optimized inline implementation, sometimes with reduced precision
   and/or argument range.  */

#   if __GNUC_PREREQ (3, 5)
#    define __expm1_code \
  register long double __temp;						      \
  __temp = __builtin_expm1l (__x);					      \
  return __temp ? __temp : __x
#   else
#    define __expm1_code \
  register long double __value;						      \
  register long double __exponent;					      \
  register long double __temp;						      \
  __asm __volatile__							      \
    ("fldl2e			# e^x - 1 = 2^(x * log2(e)) - 1\n\t"	      \
     "fmul	%%st(1)		# x * log2(e)\n\t"			      \
     "fst	%%st(1)\n\t"						      \
     "frndint			# int(x * log2(e))\n\t"			      \
     "fxch\n\t"								      \
     "fsub	%%st(1)		# fract(x * log2(e))\n\t"		      \
     "f2xm1			# 2^(fract(x * log2(e))) - 1\n\t"	      \
     "fscale			# 2^(x * log2(e)) - 2^(int(x * log2(e)))\n\t" \
     : "=t" (__value), "=u" (__exponent) : "0" (__x));			      \
  __asm __volatile__							      \
    ("fscale			# 2^int(x * log2(e))\n\t"		      \
     : "=t" (__temp) : "0" (1.0), "u" (__exponent));			      \
  __temp -= 1.0;							      \
  __temp += __value;							      \
  return __temp ? __temp : __x
#   endif
__inline_mathcodeNP_ (long double, __expm1l, __x, __expm1_code)

#   if __GNUC_PREREQ (3, 4)
__inline_mathcodeNP_ (long double, __expl, __x, return __builtin_expl (__x))
#   else
#    define __exp_code \
  register long double __value;						      \
  register long double __exponent;					      \
  __asm __volatile__							      \
    ("fldl2e			# e^x = 2^(x * log2(e))\n\t"		      \
     "fmul	%%st(1)		# x * log2(e)\n\t"			      \
     "fst	%%st(1)\n\t"						      \
     "frndint			# int(x * log2(e))\n\t"			      \
     "fxch\n\t"								      \
     "fsub	%%st(1)		# fract(x * log2(e))\n\t"		      \
     "f2xm1			# 2^(fract(x * log2(e))) - 1\n\t"	      \
     : "=t" (__value), "=u" (__exponent) : "0" (__x));			      \
  __value += 1.0;							      \
  __asm __volatile__							      \
    ("fscale"								      \
     : "=t" (__value) : "0" (__value), "u" (__exponent));		      \
  return __value
__inline_mathcodeNP (exp, __x, __exp_code)
__inline_mathcodeNP_ (long double, __expl, __x, __exp_code)
#   endif
#  endif /* __FAST_MATH__ */


#  ifdef __FAST_MATH__
#   if !__GNUC_PREREQ (3,3)
__inline_mathopNP (sqrt, "fsqrt")
__inline_mathopNP_ (long double, __sqrtl, "fsqrt")
#    define __libc_sqrtl(n) __sqrtl (n)
#   else
#    define __libc_sqrtl(n) __builtin_sqrtl (n)
#   endif
#  endif

#  if __GNUC_PREREQ (2, 8)
__inline_mathcodeNP_ (double, fabs, __x, return __builtin_fabs (__x))
#   ifdef __USE_ISOC99
__inline_mathcodeNP_ (float, fabsf, __x, return __builtin_fabsf (__x))
__inline_mathcodeNP_ (long double, fabsl, __x, return __builtin_fabsl (__x))
#   endif
__inline_mathcodeNP_ (long double, __fabsl, __x, return __builtin_fabsl (__x))
#  else
__inline_mathop (fabs, "fabs")
__inline_mathop_ (long double, __fabsl, "fabs")
# endif

__inline_mathcode_ (long double, __sgn1l, __x, \
  __extension__ union { long double __xld; unsigned int __xi[3]; } __n =      \
    { __xld: __x };							      \
  __n.__xi[2] = (__n.__xi[2] & 0x8000) | 0x3fff;			      \
  __n.__xi[1] = 0x80000000;						      \
  __n.__xi[0] = 0;							      \
  return __n.__xld)


#  ifdef __FAST_MATH__
/* The argument range of the inline version of sinhl is slightly reduced.  */
__inline_mathcodeNP (sinh, __x, \
  register long double __exm1 = __expm1l (__fabsl (__x));		      \
  return 0.5 * (__exm1 / (__exm1 + 1.0) + __exm1) * __sgn1l (__x))

__inline_mathcodeNP (cosh, __x, \
  register long double __ex = __expl (__x);				      \
  return 0.5 * (__ex + 1.0 / __ex))

__inline_mathcodeNP (tanh, __x, \
  register long double __exm1 = __expm1l (-__fabsl (__x + __x));	      \
  return __exm1 / (__exm1 + 2.0) * __sgn1l (-__x))
#  endif


/* Optimized versions for some non-standardized functions.  */
#  ifdef __USE_ISOC99

#   ifdef __FAST_MATH__
__inline_mathcodeNP (expm1, __x, __expm1_code)

/* The argument range of the inline version of asinhl is slightly reduced.  */
__inline_mathcodeNP (asinh, __x, \
  register long double  __y = __fabsl (__x);				      \
  return (log1pl (__y * __y / (__libc_sqrtl (__y * __y + 1.0) + 1.0) + __y)   \
	  * __sgn1l (__x)))

__inline_mathcodeNP (acosh, __x, \
  return logl (__x + __libc_sqrtl (__x - 1.0) * __libc_sqrtl (__x + 1.0)))

__inline_mathcodeNP (atanh, __x, \
  register long double __y = __fabsl (__x);				      \
  return -0.5 * log1pl (-(__y + __y) / (1.0 + __y)) * __sgn1l (__x))

/* The argument range of the inline version of hypotl is slightly reduced.  */
__inline_mathcodeNP2 (hypot, __x, __y,
		      return __libc_sqrtl (__x * __x + __y * __y))

#   endif
#  endif


/* Undefine some of the large macros which are not used anymore.  */
#  ifdef __FAST_MATH__
#   undef __expm1_code
#   undef __exp_code
#  endif /* __FAST_MATH__ */

# endif /* __NO_MATH_INLINES  */


/* This code is used internally in the GNU libc.  */
# ifdef __LIBC_INTERNAL_MATH_INLINES
__inline_mathcode2_ (long double, __ieee754_atan2l, __y, __x,
		     register long double __value;
		     __asm __volatile__ ("fpatan\n\t"
					 : "=t" (__value)
					 : "0" (__x), "u" (__y) : "st(1)");
		     return __value;)
# endif

#endif /* !__SSE2_MATH__ && !__x86_64__ */
/* No thread support. */
/* Checking macros for syslog functions.
   Copyright (C) 2005-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_SYSLOG_H
# error "Never include <bits/syslog.h> directly; use <sys/syslog.h> instead."
#endif


extern void __syslog_chk (int __pri, int __flag, const char *__fmt, ...)
     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));

#ifdef __va_arg_pack
__fortify_function void
syslog (int __pri, const char *__fmt, ...)
{
  __syslog_chk (__pri, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __fmt, __va_arg_pack ());
}
#elif !defined __cplusplus
# define syslog(pri, ...) \
  __syslog_chk (pri, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __VA_ARGS__)
#endif


#ifdef __USE_MISC
extern void __vsyslog_chk (int __pri, int __flag, const char *__fmt,
			   __gnuc_va_list __ap)
     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)));

__fortify_function void
vsyslog (int __pri, const char *__fmt, __gnuc_va_list __ap)
{
  __vsyslog_chk (__pri,  __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __fmt, __ap);
}
#endif
/* Copyright (C) 2002-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_PTHREADTYPES_ARCH_H
#define _BITS_PTHREADTYPES_ARCH_H	1

#include <bits/wordsize.h>

#ifdef __x86_64__
# if __WORDSIZE == 64
#  define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_MUTEX_T 40
#  define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_ATTR_T 56
#  define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_MUTEX_T 40
#  define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_T 56
#  define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_BARRIER_T 32
# else
#  define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_MUTEX_T 32
#  define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_ATTR_T 32
#  define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_MUTEX_T 32
#  define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_T 44
#  define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_BARRIER_T 20
# endif
#else
# define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_MUTEX_T 24
# define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_ATTR_T 36
# define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_MUTEX_T 24
# define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_T 32
# define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_BARRIER_T 20
#endif
#define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_T 4
#define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_COND_T 48
#define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_T 4
#define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_T 8
#define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_BARRIERATTR_T 4

/* Definitions for internal mutex struct.  */
#define __PTHREAD_COMPAT_PADDING_MID
#define __PTHREAD_COMPAT_PADDING_END
#define __PTHREAD_MUTEX_LOCK_ELISION    1
#ifdef __x86_64__
# define __PTHREAD_MUTEX_NUSERS_AFTER_KIND  0
# define __PTHREAD_MUTEX_USE_UNION          0
#else
# define __PTHREAD_MUTEX_NUSERS_AFTER_KIND  1
# define __PTHREAD_MUTEX_USE_UNION          1
#endif

#define __LOCK_ALIGNMENT
#define __ONCE_ALIGNMENT

struct __pthread_rwlock_arch_t
{
  unsigned int __readers;
  unsigned int __writers;
  unsigned int __wrphase_futex;
  unsigned int __writers_futex;
  unsigned int __pad3;
  unsigned int __pad4;
#ifdef __x86_64__
  int __cur_writer;
  int __shared;
  signed char __rwelision;
# ifdef  __ILP32__
  unsigned char __pad1[3];
#  define __PTHREAD_RWLOCK_ELISION_EXTRA 0, { 0, 0, 0 }
# else
  unsigned char __pad1[7];
#  define __PTHREAD_RWLOCK_ELISION_EXTRA 0, { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
# endif
  unsigned long int __pad2;
  /* FLAGS must stay at this position in the structure to maintain
     binary compatibility.  */
  unsigned int __flags;
# define __PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INT_FLAGS_SHARED	1
#else
  /* FLAGS must stay at this position in the structure to maintain
     binary compatibility.  */
  unsigned char __flags;
  unsigned char __shared;
  signed char __rwelision;
# define __PTHREAD_RWLOCK_ELISION_EXTRA 0
  unsigned char __pad2;
  int __cur_writer;
#endif
};

#ifndef __x86_64__
/* Extra attributes for the cleanup functions.  */
# define __cleanup_fct_attribute __attribute__ ((__regparm__ (1)))
#endif

#endif	/* bits/pthreadtypes.h */
/* This file provides inline versions of floating-pint environment
   handling functions.  If there were any.  */

#ifndef __NO_MATH_INLINES

/* Here is where the code would go.  */

#endif
/* System-dependent timing definitions.  Linux version.
   Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 * Never include this file directly; use <time.h> instead.
 */

#ifndef _BITS_TIME_H
#define _BITS_TIME_H	1

#include <bits/types.h>

/* ISO/IEC 9899:1999 7.23.1: Components of time
   The macro `CLOCKS_PER_SEC' is an expression with type `clock_t' that is
   the number per second of the value returned by the `clock' function.  */
/* CAE XSH, Issue 4, Version 2: <time.h>
   The value of CLOCKS_PER_SEC is required to be 1 million on all
   XSI-conformant systems. */
#define CLOCKS_PER_SEC  ((__clock_t) 1000000)

#if (!defined __STRICT_ANSI__ || defined __USE_POSIX) \
   && !defined __USE_XOPEN2K
/* Even though CLOCKS_PER_SEC has such a strange value CLK_TCK
   presents the real value for clock ticks per second for the system.  */
extern long int __sysconf (int);
# define CLK_TCK ((__clock_t) __sysconf (2))	/* 2 is _SC_CLK_TCK */
#endif

#ifdef __USE_POSIX199309
/* Identifier for system-wide realtime clock.  */
# define CLOCK_REALTIME			0
/* Monotonic system-wide clock.  */
# define CLOCK_MONOTONIC		1
/* High-resolution timer from the CPU.  */
# define CLOCK_PROCESS_CPUTIME_ID	2
/* Thread-specific CPU-time clock.  */
# define CLOCK_THREAD_CPUTIME_ID	3
/* Monotonic system-wide clock, not adjusted for frequency scaling.  */
# define CLOCK_MONOTONIC_RAW		4
/* Identifier for system-wide realtime clock, updated only on ticks.  */
# define CLOCK_REALTIME_COARSE		5
/* Monotonic system-wide clock, updated only on ticks.  */
# define CLOCK_MONOTONIC_COARSE		6
/* Monotonic system-wide clock that includes time spent in suspension.  */
# define CLOCK_BOOTTIME			7
/* Like CLOCK_REALTIME but also wakes suspended system.  */
# define CLOCK_REALTIME_ALARM		8
/* Like CLOCK_BOOTTIME but also wakes suspended system.  */
# define CLOCK_BOOTTIME_ALARM		9
/* Like CLOCK_REALTIME but in International Atomic Time.  */
# define CLOCK_TAI			11

/* Flag to indicate time is absolute.  */
# define TIMER_ABSTIME			1
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
# include <bits/timex.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Tune a POSIX clock.  */
extern int clock_adjtime (__clockid_t __clock_id, struct timex *__utx) __THROW;

__END_DECLS
#endif /* use GNU */

#endif	/* bits/time.h */
/* Copyright (C) 2005-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SYS_INOTIFY_H
# error "Never use <bits/inotify.h> directly; include <sys/inotify.h> instead."
#endif

/* Flags for the parameter of inotify_init1.  */
enum
  {
    IN_CLOEXEC = 02000000,
#define IN_CLOEXEC IN_CLOEXEC
    IN_NONBLOCK = 00004000
#define IN_NONBLOCK IN_NONBLOCK
  };
/* `ptrace' debugger support interface.  Linux version,
   not architecture-specific.
   Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_PTRACE_H
# error "Never use <bits/ptrace-shared.h> directly; include <sys/ptrace.h> instead."
#endif

/* Options set using PTRACE_SETOPTIONS.  */
enum __ptrace_setoptions
{
  PTRACE_O_TRACESYSGOOD	= 0x00000001,
  PTRACE_O_TRACEFORK	= 0x00000002,
  PTRACE_O_TRACEVFORK	= 0x00000004,
  PTRACE_O_TRACECLONE	= 0x00000008,
  PTRACE_O_TRACEEXEC	= 0x00000010,
  PTRACE_O_TRACEVFORKDONE = 0x00000020,
  PTRACE_O_TRACEEXIT	= 0x00000040,
  PTRACE_O_TRACESECCOMP	= 0x00000080,
  PTRACE_O_EXITKILL	= 0x00100000,
  PTRACE_O_SUSPEND_SECCOMP = 0x00200000,
  PTRACE_O_MASK		= 0x003000ff
};

enum __ptrace_eventcodes
{
/* Wait extended result codes for the above trace options.  */
  PTRACE_EVENT_FORK	= 1,
  PTRACE_EVENT_VFORK	= 2,
  PTRACE_EVENT_CLONE	= 3,
  PTRACE_EVENT_EXEC	= 4,
  PTRACE_EVENT_VFORK_DONE = 5,
  PTRACE_EVENT_EXIT	= 6,
  PTRACE_EVENT_SECCOMP  = 7,
/* Extended result codes enabled by means other than options.  */
  PTRACE_EVENT_STOP	= 128
};

/* Arguments for PTRACE_PEEKSIGINFO.  */
struct __ptrace_peeksiginfo_args
{
  __uint64_t off;	/* From which siginfo to start.  */
  __uint32_t flags;	/* Flags for peeksiginfo.  */
  __int32_t nr;		/* How many siginfos to take.  */
};

enum __ptrace_peeksiginfo_flags
{
  /* Read signals from a shared (process wide) queue.  */
  PTRACE_PEEKSIGINFO_SHARED = (1 << 0)
};

/* Argument and results of PTRACE_SECCOMP_GET_METADATA.  */
struct __ptrace_seccomp_metadata
{
  __uint64_t filter_off;	/* Input: which filter.  */
  __uint64_t flags;		/* Output: filter's flags.  */
};

/* Perform process tracing functions.  REQUEST is one of the values
   above, and determines the action to be taken.
   For all requests except PTRACE_TRACEME, PID specifies the process to be
   traced.

   PID and the other arguments described above for the various requests should
   appear (those that are used for the particular request) as:
     pid_t PID, void *ADDR, int DATA, void *ADDR2
   after REQUEST.  */
extern long int ptrace (enum __ptrace_request __request, ...) __THROW;
/* Checking macros for stdio functions.
   Copyright (C) 2004-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_STDIO2_H
#define _BITS_STDIO2_H 1

#ifndef _STDIO_H
# error "Never include <bits/stdio2.h> directly; use <stdio.h> instead."
#endif

extern int __sprintf_chk (char *__restrict __s, int __flag, size_t __slen,
			  const char *__restrict __format, ...) __THROW;
extern int __vsprintf_chk (char *__restrict __s, int __flag, size_t __slen,
			   const char *__restrict __format,
			   __gnuc_va_list __ap) __THROW;

#ifdef __va_arg_pack
__fortify_function int
__NTH (sprintf (char *__restrict __s, const char *__restrict __fmt, ...))
{
  return __builtin___sprintf_chk (__s, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1,
				  __glibc_objsize (__s), __fmt,
				  __va_arg_pack ());
}
#elif !defined __cplusplus
# define sprintf(str, ...) \
  __builtin___sprintf_chk (str, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1,		      \
			   __glibc_objsize (str), __VA_ARGS__)
#endif

__fortify_function int
__NTH (vsprintf (char *__restrict __s, const char *__restrict __fmt,
		 __gnuc_va_list __ap))
{
  return __builtin___vsprintf_chk (__s, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1,
				   __glibc_objsize (__s), __fmt, __ap);
}

#if defined __USE_ISOC99 || defined __USE_UNIX98

extern int __snprintf_chk (char *__restrict __s, size_t __n, int __flag,
			   size_t __slen, const char *__restrict __format,
			   ...) __THROW;
extern int __vsnprintf_chk (char *__restrict __s, size_t __n, int __flag,
			    size_t __slen, const char *__restrict __format,
			    __gnuc_va_list __ap) __THROW;

# ifdef __va_arg_pack
__fortify_function int
__NTH (snprintf (char *__restrict __s, size_t __n,
		 const char *__restrict __fmt, ...))
{
  return __builtin___snprintf_chk (__s, __n, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1,
				   __glibc_objsize (__s), __fmt,
				   __va_arg_pack ());
}
# elif !defined __cplusplus
#  define snprintf(str, len, ...) \
  __builtin___snprintf_chk (str, len, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1,		      \
			    __glibc_objsize (str), __VA_ARGS__)
# endif

__fortify_function int
__NTH (vsnprintf (char *__restrict __s, size_t __n,
		  const char *__restrict __fmt, __gnuc_va_list __ap))
{
  return __builtin___vsnprintf_chk (__s, __n, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1,
				    __glibc_objsize (__s), __fmt, __ap);
}

#endif

#if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 1

extern int __fprintf_chk (FILE *__restrict __stream, int __flag,
			  const char *__restrict __format, ...);
extern int __printf_chk (int __flag, const char *__restrict __format, ...);
extern int __vfprintf_chk (FILE *__restrict __stream, int __flag,
			   const char *__restrict __format, __gnuc_va_list __ap);
extern int __vprintf_chk (int __flag, const char *__restrict __format,
			  __gnuc_va_list __ap);

# ifdef __va_arg_pack
__fortify_function int
fprintf (FILE *__restrict __stream, const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
{
  return __fprintf_chk (__stream, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __fmt,
			__va_arg_pack ());
}

__fortify_function int
printf (const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
{
  return __printf_chk (__USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __fmt, __va_arg_pack ());
}
# elif !defined __cplusplus
#  define printf(...) \
  __printf_chk (__USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __VA_ARGS__)
#  define fprintf(stream, ...) \
  __fprintf_chk (stream, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __VA_ARGS__)
# endif

__fortify_function int
vprintf (const char *__restrict __fmt, __gnuc_va_list __ap)
{
#ifdef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
  return __vfprintf_chk (stdout, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __fmt, __ap);
#else
  return __vprintf_chk (__USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __fmt, __ap);
#endif
}

__fortify_function int
vfprintf (FILE *__restrict __stream,
	  const char *__restrict __fmt, __gnuc_va_list __ap)
{
  return __vfprintf_chk (__stream, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __fmt, __ap);
}

# ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K8
extern int __dprintf_chk (int __fd, int __flag, const char *__restrict __fmt,
			  ...) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
extern int __vdprintf_chk (int __fd, int __flag,
			   const char *__restrict __fmt, __gnuc_va_list __arg)
     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)));

#  ifdef __va_arg_pack
__fortify_function int
dprintf (int __fd, const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
{
  return __dprintf_chk (__fd, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __fmt,
			__va_arg_pack ());
}
#  elif !defined __cplusplus
#   define dprintf(fd, ...) \
  __dprintf_chk (fd, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __VA_ARGS__)
#  endif

__fortify_function int
vdprintf (int __fd, const char *__restrict __fmt, __gnuc_va_list __ap)
{
  return __vdprintf_chk (__fd, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __fmt, __ap);
}
# endif

# ifdef __USE_GNU

extern int __asprintf_chk (char **__restrict __ptr, int __flag,
			   const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
     __THROW __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4))) __wur;
extern int __vasprintf_chk (char **__restrict __ptr, int __flag,
			    const char *__restrict __fmt, __gnuc_va_list __arg)
     __THROW __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0))) __wur;
extern int __obstack_printf_chk (struct obstack *__restrict __obstack,
				 int __flag, const char *__restrict __format,
				 ...)
     __THROW __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
extern int __obstack_vprintf_chk (struct obstack *__restrict __obstack,
				  int __flag,
				  const char *__restrict __format,
				  __gnuc_va_list __args)
     __THROW __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)));

#  ifdef __va_arg_pack
__fortify_function int
__NTH (asprintf (char **__restrict __ptr, const char *__restrict __fmt, ...))
{
  return __asprintf_chk (__ptr, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __fmt,
			 __va_arg_pack ());
}

__fortify_function int
__NTH (__asprintf (char **__restrict __ptr, const char *__restrict __fmt,
		   ...))
{
  return __asprintf_chk (__ptr, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __fmt,
			 __va_arg_pack ());
}

__fortify_function int
__NTH (obstack_printf (struct obstack *__restrict __obstack,
		       const char *__restrict __fmt, ...))
{
  return __obstack_printf_chk (__obstack, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __fmt,
			       __va_arg_pack ());
}
#  elif !defined __cplusplus
#   define asprintf(ptr, ...) \
  __asprintf_chk (ptr, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __VA_ARGS__)
#   define __asprintf(ptr, ...) \
  __asprintf_chk (ptr, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __VA_ARGS__)
#   define obstack_printf(obstack, ...) \
  __obstack_printf_chk (obstack, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __VA_ARGS__)
#  endif

__fortify_function int
__NTH (vasprintf (char **__restrict __ptr, const char *__restrict __fmt,
		  __gnuc_va_list __ap))
{
  return __vasprintf_chk (__ptr, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __fmt, __ap);
}

__fortify_function int
__NTH (obstack_vprintf (struct obstack *__restrict __obstack,
			const char *__restrict __fmt, __gnuc_va_list __ap))
{
  return __obstack_vprintf_chk (__obstack, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __fmt,
				__ap);
}

# endif

#endif

#if __GLIBC_USE (DEPRECATED_GETS)
extern char *__gets_chk (char *__str, size_t) __wur;
extern char *__REDIRECT (__gets_warn, (char *__str), gets)
     __wur __warnattr ("please use fgets or getline instead, gets can't "
		       "specify buffer size");

__fortify_function __wur char *
gets (char *__str)
{
  if (__glibc_objsize (__str) != (size_t) -1)
    return __gets_chk (__str, __glibc_objsize (__str));
  return __gets_warn (__str);
}
#endif

extern char *__fgets_chk (char *__restrict __s, size_t __size, int __n,
			  FILE *__restrict __stream) __wur;
extern char *__REDIRECT (__fgets_alias,
			 (char *__restrict __s, int __n,
			  FILE *__restrict __stream), fgets) __wur;
extern char *__REDIRECT (__fgets_chk_warn,
			 (char *__restrict __s, size_t __size, int __n,
			  FILE *__restrict __stream), __fgets_chk)
     __wur __warnattr ("fgets called with bigger size than length "
		       "of destination buffer");

__fortify_function __wur char *
fgets (char *__restrict __s, int __n, FILE *__restrict __stream)
{
  size_t sz = __glibc_objsize (__s);
  if (__glibc_safe_or_unknown_len (__n, sizeof (char), sz))
    return __fgets_alias (__s, __n, __stream);
  if (__glibc_unsafe_len (__n, sizeof (char), sz))
    return __fgets_chk_warn (__s, sz, __n, __stream);
  return __fgets_chk (__s, sz, __n, __stream);
}

extern size_t __fread_chk (void *__restrict __ptr, size_t __ptrlen,
			   size_t __size, size_t __n,
			   FILE *__restrict __stream) __wur;
extern size_t __REDIRECT (__fread_alias,
			  (void *__restrict __ptr, size_t __size,
			   size_t __n, FILE *__restrict __stream),
			  fread) __wur;
extern size_t __REDIRECT (__fread_chk_warn,
			  (void *__restrict __ptr, size_t __ptrlen,
			   size_t __size, size_t __n,
			   FILE *__restrict __stream),
			  __fread_chk)
     __wur __warnattr ("fread called with bigger size * nmemb than length "
		       "of destination buffer");

__fortify_function __wur size_t
fread (void *__restrict __ptr, size_t __size, size_t __n,
       FILE *__restrict __stream)
{
  size_t sz = __glibc_objsize0 (__ptr);
  if (__glibc_safe_or_unknown_len (__n, __size, sz))
    return __fread_alias (__ptr, __size, __n, __stream);
  if (__glibc_unsafe_len (__n, __size, sz))
    return __fread_chk_warn (__ptr, sz, __size, __n, __stream);
  return __fread_chk (__ptr, sz, __size, __n, __stream);
}

#ifdef __USE_GNU
extern char *__fgets_unlocked_chk (char *__restrict __s, size_t __size,
				   int __n, FILE *__restrict __stream) __wur;
extern char *__REDIRECT (__fgets_unlocked_alias,
			 (char *__restrict __s, int __n,
			  FILE *__restrict __stream), fgets_unlocked) __wur;
extern char *__REDIRECT (__fgets_unlocked_chk_warn,
			 (char *__restrict __s, size_t __size, int __n,
			  FILE *__restrict __stream), __fgets_unlocked_chk)
     __wur __warnattr ("fgets_unlocked called with bigger size than length "
		       "of destination buffer");

__fortify_function __wur char *
fgets_unlocked (char *__restrict __s, int __n, FILE *__restrict __stream)
{
  size_t sz = __glibc_objsize (__s);
  if (__glibc_safe_or_unknown_len (__n, sizeof (char), sz))
    return __fgets_unlocked_alias (__s, __n, __stream);
  if (__glibc_unsafe_len (__n, sizeof (char), sz))
    return __fgets_unlocked_chk_warn (__s, sz, __n, __stream);
  return __fgets_unlocked_chk (__s, sz, __n, __stream);
}
#endif

#ifdef __USE_MISC
# undef fread_unlocked
extern size_t __fread_unlocked_chk (void *__restrict __ptr, size_t __ptrlen,
				    size_t __size, size_t __n,
				    FILE *__restrict __stream) __wur;
extern size_t __REDIRECT (__fread_unlocked_alias,
			  (void *__restrict __ptr, size_t __size,
			   size_t __n, FILE *__restrict __stream),
			  fread_unlocked) __wur;
extern size_t __REDIRECT (__fread_unlocked_chk_warn,
			  (void *__restrict __ptr, size_t __ptrlen,
			   size_t __size, size_t __n,
			   FILE *__restrict __stream),
			  __fread_unlocked_chk)
     __wur __warnattr ("fread_unlocked called with bigger size * nmemb than "
		       "length of destination buffer");

__fortify_function __wur size_t
fread_unlocked (void *__restrict __ptr, size_t __size, size_t __n,
		FILE *__restrict __stream)
{
  size_t sz = __glibc_objsize0 (__ptr);
  if (__glibc_safe_or_unknown_len (__n, __size, sz))
    {
# ifdef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
      if (__builtin_constant_p (__size)
	  && __builtin_constant_p (__n)
	  && (__size | __n) < (((size_t) 1) << (8 * sizeof (size_t) / 2))
	  && __size * __n <= 8)
	{
	  size_t __cnt = __size * __n;
	  char *__cptr = (char *) __ptr;
	  if (__cnt == 0)
	    return 0;

	  for (; __cnt > 0; --__cnt)
	    {
	      int __c = getc_unlocked (__stream);
	      if (__c == EOF)
		break;
	      *__cptr++ = __c;
	    }
	  return (__cptr - (char *) __ptr) / __size;
	}
# endif
      return __fread_unlocked_alias (__ptr, __size, __n, __stream);
    }
  if (__glibc_unsafe_len (__n, __size, sz))
    return __fread_unlocked_chk_warn (__ptr, sz, __size, __n, __stream);
  return __fread_unlocked_chk (__ptr, sz, __size, __n, __stream);

}
#endif

#endif /* bits/stdio2.h.  */
/* Table of DBX symbol codes for the GNU system.
   Copyright (C) 1988, 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/* This contains contribution from Cygnus Support.  */

/* Global variable.  Only the name is significant.
   To find the address, look in the corresponding external symbol.  */
__define_stab (N_GSYM, 0x20, "GSYM")

/* Function name for BSD Fortran.  Only the name is significant.
   To find the address, look in the corresponding external symbol.  */
__define_stab (N_FNAME, 0x22, "FNAME")

/* Function name or text-segment variable for C.  Value is its address.
   Desc is supposedly starting line number, but GCC doesn't set it
   and DBX seems not to miss it.  */
__define_stab (N_FUN, 0x24, "FUN")

/* Data-segment variable with internal linkage.  Value is its address.
   "Static Sym".  */
__define_stab (N_STSYM, 0x26, "STSYM")

/* BSS-segment variable with internal linkage.  Value is its address.  */
__define_stab (N_LCSYM, 0x28, "LCSYM")

/* Name of main routine.  Only the name is significant.
   This is not used in C.  */
__define_stab (N_MAIN, 0x2a, "MAIN")

/* Global symbol in Pascal.
   Supposedly the value is its line number; I'm skeptical.  */
__define_stab (N_PC, 0x30, "PC")

/* Number of symbols:  0, files,,funcs,lines according to Ultrix V4.0. */
__define_stab (N_NSYMS, 0x32, "NSYMS")

/* "No DST map for sym: name, ,0,type,ignored"  according to Ultrix V4.0. */
__define_stab (N_NOMAP, 0x34, "NOMAP")

/* New stab from Solaris.  I don't know what it means, but it
   don't seem to contain useful information.  */
__define_stab (N_OBJ, 0x38, "OBJ")

/* New stab from Solaris.  I don't know what it means, but it
   don't seem to contain useful information.  Possibly related to the
   optimization flags used in this module.  */
__define_stab (N_OPT, 0x3c, "OPT")

/* Register variable.  Value is number of register.  */
__define_stab (N_RSYM, 0x40, "RSYM")

/* Modula-2 compilation unit.  Can someone say what info it contains?  */
__define_stab (N_M2C, 0x42, "M2C")

/* Line number in text segment.  Desc is the line number;
   value is corresponding address.  */
__define_stab (N_SLINE, 0x44, "SLINE")

/* Similar, for data segment.  */
__define_stab (N_DSLINE, 0x46, "DSLINE")

/* Similar, for bss segment.  */
__define_stab (N_BSLINE, 0x48, "BSLINE")

/* Sun's source-code browser stabs.  ?? Don't know what the fields are.
   Supposedly the field is "path to associated .cb file".  THIS VALUE
   OVERLAPS WITH N_BSLINE!  */
__define_stab (N_BROWS, 0x48, "BROWS")

/* GNU Modula-2 definition module dependency.  Value is the modification time
   of the definition file.  Other is non-zero if it is imported with the
   GNU M2 keyword %INITIALIZE.  Perhaps N_M2C can be used if there
   are enough empty fields? */
__define_stab(N_DEFD, 0x4a, "DEFD")

/* THE FOLLOWING TWO STAB VALUES CONFLICT.  Happily, one is for Modula-2
   and one is for C++.   Still,... */
/* GNU C++ exception variable.  Name is variable name.  */
__define_stab (N_EHDECL, 0x50, "EHDECL")
/* Modula2 info "for imc":  name,,0,0,0  according to Ultrix V4.0.  */
__define_stab (N_MOD2, 0x50, "MOD2")

/* GNU C++ `catch' clause.  Value is its address.  Desc is nonzero if
   this entry is immediately followed by a CAUGHT stab saying what exception
   was caught.  Multiple CAUGHT stabs means that multiple exceptions
   can be caught here.  If Desc is 0, it means all exceptions are caught
   here.  */
__define_stab (N_CATCH, 0x54, "CATCH")

/* Structure or union element.  Value is offset in the structure.  */
__define_stab (N_SSYM, 0x60, "SSYM")

/* Name of main source file.
   Value is starting text address of the compilation.  */
__define_stab (N_SO, 0x64, "SO")

/* Automatic variable in the stack.  Value is offset from frame pointer.
   Also used for type descriptions.  */
__define_stab (N_LSYM, 0x80, "LSYM")

/* Beginning of an include file.  Only Sun uses this.
   In an object file, only the name is significant.
   The Sun linker puts data into some of the other fields.  */
__define_stab (N_BINCL, 0x82, "BINCL")

/* Name of sub-source file (#include file).
   Value is starting text address of the compilation.  */
__define_stab (N_SOL, 0x84, "SOL")

/* Parameter variable.  Value is offset from argument pointer.
   (On most machines the argument pointer is the same as the frame pointer.  */
__define_stab (N_PSYM, 0xa0, "PSYM")

/* End of an include file.  No name.
   This and N_BINCL act as brackets around the file's output.
   In an object file, there is no significant data in this entry.
   The Sun linker puts data into some of the fields.  */
__define_stab (N_EINCL, 0xa2, "EINCL")

/* Alternate entry point.  Value is its address.  */
__define_stab (N_ENTRY, 0xa4, "ENTRY")

/* Beginning of lexical block.
   The desc is the nesting level in lexical blocks.
   The value is the address of the start of the text for the block.
   The variables declared inside the block *precede* the N_LBRAC symbol.  */
__define_stab (N_LBRAC, 0xc0, "LBRAC")

/* Place holder for deleted include file.  Replaces a N_BINCL and everything
   up to the corresponding N_EINCL.  The Sun linker generates these when
   it finds multiple identical copies of the symbols from an include file.
   This appears only in output from the Sun linker.  */
__define_stab (N_EXCL, 0xc2, "EXCL")

/* Modula-2 scope information.  Can someone say what info it contains?  */
__define_stab (N_SCOPE, 0xc4, "SCOPE")

/* End of a lexical block.  Desc matches the N_LBRAC's desc.
   The value is the address of the end of the text for the block.  */
__define_stab (N_RBRAC, 0xe0, "RBRAC")

/* Begin named common block.  Only the name is significant.  */
__define_stab (N_BCOMM, 0xe2, "BCOMM")

/* End named common block.  Only the name is significant
   (and it should match the N_BCOMM).  */
__define_stab (N_ECOMM, 0xe4, "ECOMM")

/* End common (local name): value is address.
   I'm not sure how this is used.  */
__define_stab (N_ECOML, 0xe8, "ECOML")

/* These STAB's are used on Gould systems for Non-Base register symbols
   or something like that.  FIXME.  I have assigned the values at random
   since I don't have a Gould here.  Fixups from Gould folk welcome... */
__define_stab (N_NBTEXT, 0xF0, "NBTEXT")
__define_stab (N_NBDATA, 0xF2, "NBDATA")
__define_stab (N_NBBSS,  0xF4, "NBBSS")
__define_stab (N_NBSTS,  0xF6, "NBSTS")
__define_stab (N_NBLCS,  0xF8, "NBLCS")

/* Second symbol entry containing a length-value for the preceding entry.
   The value is the length.  */
__define_stab (N_LENG, 0xfe, "LENG")

/* The above information, in matrix format.

			STAB MATRIX
	_________________________________________________
	| 00 - 1F are not dbx stab symbols		|
	| In most cases, the low bit is the EXTernal bit|

	| 00 UNDEF  | 02 ABS	| 04 TEXT   | 06 DATA	|
	| 01  |EXT  | 03  |EXT	| 05  |EXT  | 07  |EXT	|

	| 08 BSS    | 0A INDR	| 0C FN_SEQ | 0E   	|
	| 09  |EXT  | 0B 	| 0D	    | 0F	|

	| 10 	    | 12 COMM	| 14 SETA   | 16 SETT	|
	| 11	    | 13	| 15 	    | 17	|

	| 18 SETD   | 1A SETB	| 1C SETV   | 1E WARNING|
	| 19	    | 1B	| 1D 	    | 1F FN	|

	|_______________________________________________|
	| Debug entries with bit 01 set are unused.	|
	| 20 GSYM   | 22 FNAME	| 24 FUN    | 26 STSYM	|
	| 28 LCSYM  | 2A MAIN	| 2C	    | 2E	|
	| 30 PC	    | 32 NSYMS	| 34 NOMAP  | 36	|
	| 38 OBJ    | 3A	| 3C OPT    | 3E	|
	| 40 RSYM   | 42 M2C	| 44 SLINE  | 46 DSLINE |
	| 48 BSLINE*| 4A DEFD	| 4C        | 4E	|
	| 50 EHDECL*| 52	| 54 CATCH  | 56        |
	| 58        | 5A        | 5C        | 5E	|
	| 60 SSYM   | 62	| 64 SO	    | 66 	|
	| 68 	    | 6A	| 6C	    | 6E	|
	| 70	    | 72	| 74	    | 76	|
	| 78	    | 7A	| 7C	    | 7E	|
	| 80 LSYM   | 82 BINCL	| 84 SOL    | 86	|
	| 88	    | 8A	| 8C	    | 8E	|
	| 90	    | 92	| 94	    | 96	|
	| 98	    | 9A	| 9C	    | 9E	|
	| A0 PSYM   | A2 EINCL	| A4 ENTRY  | A6	|
	| A8	    | AA	| AC	    | AE	|
	| B0	    | B2	| B4	    | B6	|
	| B8	    | BA	| BC	    | BE	|
	| C0 LBRAC  | C2 EXCL	| C4 SCOPE  | C6	|
	| C8	    | CA	| CC	    | CE	|
	| D0	    | D2	| D4	    | D6	|
	| D8	    | DA	| DC	    | DE	|
	| E0 RBRAC  | E2 BCOMM	| E4 ECOMM  | E6	|
	| E8 ECOML  | EA	| EC	    | EE	|
	| F0	    | F2	| F4	    | F6	|
	| F8	    | FA	| FC	    | FE LENG	|
	+-----------------------------------------------+
 * 50 EHDECL is also MOD2.
 * 48 BSLINE is also BROWS.
 */
/* Define intN_t types.
   Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_STDINT_INTN_H
#define _BITS_STDINT_INTN_H	1

#include <bits/types.h>

typedef __int8_t int8_t;
typedef __int16_t int16_t;
typedef __int32_t int32_t;
typedef __int64_t int64_t;

#endif /* bits/stdint-intn.h */
/* Copyright (C) 2002-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.	 See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_SIGCONTEXT_H
#define _BITS_SIGCONTEXT_H  1

#if !defined _SIGNAL_H && !defined _SYS_UCONTEXT_H
# error "Never use <bits/sigcontext.h> directly; include <signal.h> instead."
#endif

#include <bits/types.h>

#define FP_XSTATE_MAGIC1	0x46505853U
#define FP_XSTATE_MAGIC2	0x46505845U
#define FP_XSTATE_MAGIC2_SIZE	sizeof(FP_XSTATE_MAGIC2)

struct _fpx_sw_bytes
{
  __uint32_t magic1;
  __uint32_t extended_size;
  __uint64_t xstate_bv;
  __uint32_t xstate_size;
  __uint32_t __glibc_reserved1[7];
};

struct _fpreg
{
  unsigned short significand[4];
  unsigned short exponent;
};

struct _fpxreg
{
  unsigned short significand[4];
  unsigned short exponent;
  unsigned short __glibc_reserved1[3];
};

struct _xmmreg
{
  __uint32_t	element[4];
};



#ifndef __x86_64__

struct _fpstate
{
  /* Regular FPU environment.  */
  __uint32_t	cw;
  __uint32_t		sw;
  __uint32_t		tag;
  __uint32_t		ipoff;
  __uint32_t		cssel;
  __uint32_t		dataoff;
  __uint32_t		datasel;
  struct _fpreg	_st[8];
  unsigned short status;
  unsigned short magic;

  /* FXSR FPU environment.  */
  __uint32_t		_fxsr_env[6];
  __uint32_t		mxcsr;
  __uint32_t		__glibc_reserved1;
  struct _fpxreg	_fxsr_st[8];
  struct _xmmreg	_xmm[8];
  __uint32_t		__glibc_reserved2[56];
};

#ifndef sigcontext_struct
/* Kernel headers before 2.1.1 define a struct sigcontext_struct, but
   we need sigcontext.  Some packages have come to rely on
   sigcontext_struct being defined on 32-bit x86, so define this for
   their benefit.  */
# define sigcontext_struct sigcontext
#endif

#define X86_FXSR_MAGIC		0x0000

struct sigcontext
{
  unsigned short gs, __gsh;
  unsigned short fs, __fsh;
  unsigned short es, __esh;
  unsigned short ds, __dsh;
  unsigned long edi;
  unsigned long esi;
  unsigned long ebp;
  unsigned long esp;
  unsigned long ebx;
  unsigned long edx;
  unsigned long ecx;
  unsigned long eax;
  unsigned long trapno;
  unsigned long err;
  unsigned long eip;
  unsigned short cs, __csh;
  unsigned long eflags;
  unsigned long esp_at_signal;
  unsigned short ss, __ssh;
  struct _fpstate * fpstate;
  unsigned long oldmask;
  unsigned long cr2;
};

#else /* __x86_64__ */

struct _fpstate
{
  /* FPU environment matching the 64-bit FXSAVE layout.  */
  __uint16_t		cwd;
  __uint16_t		swd;
  __uint16_t		ftw;
  __uint16_t		fop;
  __uint64_t		rip;
  __uint64_t		rdp;
  __uint32_t		mxcsr;
  __uint32_t		mxcr_mask;
  struct _fpxreg	_st[8];
  struct _xmmreg	_xmm[16];
  __uint32_t		__glibc_reserved1[24];
};

struct sigcontext
{
  __uint64_t r8;
  __uint64_t r9;
  __uint64_t r10;
  __uint64_t r11;
  __uint64_t r12;
  __uint64_t r13;
  __uint64_t r14;
  __uint64_t r15;
  __uint64_t rdi;
  __uint64_t rsi;
  __uint64_t rbp;
  __uint64_t rbx;
  __uint64_t rdx;
  __uint64_t rax;
  __uint64_t rcx;
  __uint64_t rsp;
  __uint64_t rip;
  __uint64_t eflags;
  unsigned short cs;
  unsigned short gs;
  unsigned short fs;
  unsigned short __pad0;
  __uint64_t err;
  __uint64_t trapno;
  __uint64_t oldmask;
  __uint64_t cr2;
  __extension__ union
    {
      struct _fpstate * fpstate;
      __uint64_t __fpstate_word;
    };
  __uint64_t __reserved1 [8];
};

#endif /* __x86_64__ */

struct _xsave_hdr
{
  __uint64_t xstate_bv;
  __uint64_t __glibc_reserved1[2];
  __uint64_t __glibc_reserved2[5];
};

struct _ymmh_state
{
  __uint32_t ymmh_space[64];
};

struct _xstate
{
  struct _fpstate fpstate;
  struct _xsave_hdr xstate_hdr;
  struct _ymmh_state ymmh;
};

#endif /* _BITS_SIGCONTEXT_H */
/* Floating-point inline functions for stdlib.h.
   Copyright (C) 2012-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _STDLIB_H
# error "Never use <bits/stdlib-float.h> directly; include <stdlib.h> instead."
#endif

#ifdef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
__extern_inline double
__NTH (atof (const char *__nptr))
{
  return strtod (__nptr, (char **) NULL);
}
#endif /* Optimizing and Inlining.  */
/* Definitions for POSIX memory map interface.  Linux generic version.
   Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_MMAN_H
# error "Never use <bits/mman-linux.h> directly; include <sys/mman.h> instead."
#endif

/* The following definitions basically come from the kernel headers.
   But the kernel header is not namespace clean.  */


/* Protections are chosen from these bits, OR'd together.  The
   implementation does not necessarily support PROT_EXEC or PROT_WRITE
   without PROT_READ.  The only guarantees are that no writing will be
   allowed without PROT_WRITE and no access will be allowed for PROT_NONE. */

#define PROT_READ	0x1		/* Page can be read.  */
#define PROT_WRITE	0x2		/* Page can be written.  */
#define PROT_EXEC	0x4		/* Page can be executed.  */
#define PROT_NONE	0x0		/* Page can not be accessed.  */
#define PROT_GROWSDOWN	0x01000000	/* Extend change to start of
					   growsdown vma (mprotect only).  */
#define PROT_GROWSUP	0x02000000	/* Extend change to start of
					   growsup vma (mprotect only).  */

/* Sharing types (must choose one and only one of these).  */
#define MAP_SHARED	0x01		/* Share changes.  */
#define MAP_PRIVATE	0x02		/* Changes are private.  */
#ifdef __USE_MISC
# define MAP_SHARED_VALIDATE	0x03	/* Share changes and validate
					   extension flags.  */
# define MAP_TYPE	0x0f		/* Mask for type of mapping.  */
#endif

/* Other flags.  */
#define MAP_FIXED	0x10		/* Interpret addr exactly.  */
#ifdef __USE_MISC
# define MAP_FILE	0
# ifdef __MAP_ANONYMOUS
#  define MAP_ANONYMOUS	__MAP_ANONYMOUS	/* Don't use a file.  */
# else
#  define MAP_ANONYMOUS	0x20		/* Don't use a file.  */
# endif
# define MAP_ANON	MAP_ANONYMOUS
/* When MAP_HUGETLB is set bits [26:31] encode the log2 of the huge page size.  */
# define MAP_HUGE_SHIFT	26
# define MAP_HUGE_MASK	0x3f
#endif

/* Flags to `msync'.  */
#define MS_ASYNC	1		/* Sync memory asynchronously.  */
#define MS_SYNC		4		/* Synchronous memory sync.  */
#define MS_INVALIDATE	2		/* Invalidate the caches.  */

/* Flags for `mremap'.  */
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define MREMAP_MAYMOVE	1
# define MREMAP_FIXED	2
#endif

/* Advice to `madvise'.  */
#ifdef __USE_MISC
# define MADV_NORMAL	  0	/* No further special treatment.  */
# define MADV_RANDOM	  1	/* Expect random page references.  */
# define MADV_SEQUENTIAL  2	/* Expect sequential page references.  */
# define MADV_WILLNEED	  3	/* Will need these pages.  */
# define MADV_DONTNEED	  4	/* Don't need these pages.  */
# define MADV_FREE	  8	/* Free pages only if memory pressure.  */
# define MADV_REMOVE	  9	/* Remove these pages and resources.  */
# define MADV_DONTFORK	  10	/* Do not inherit across fork.  */
# define MADV_DOFORK	  11	/* Do inherit across fork.  */
# define MADV_MERGEABLE	  12	/* KSM may merge identical pages.  */
# define MADV_UNMERGEABLE 13	/* KSM may not merge identical pages.  */
# define MADV_HUGEPAGE	  14	/* Worth backing with hugepages.  */
# define MADV_NOHUGEPAGE  15	/* Not worth backing with hugepages.  */
# define MADV_DONTDUMP	  16    /* Explicity exclude from the core dump,
                                   overrides the coredump filter bits.  */
# define MADV_DODUMP	  17	/* Clear the MADV_DONTDUMP flag.  */
# define MADV_WIPEONFORK  18	/* Zero memory on fork, child only.  */
# define MADV_KEEPONFORK  19	/* Undo MADV_WIPEONFORK.  */
# define MADV_HWPOISON	  100	/* Poison a page for testing.  */
#endif

/* The POSIX people had to invent similar names for the same things.  */
#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
# define POSIX_MADV_NORMAL	0 /* No further special treatment.  */
# define POSIX_MADV_RANDOM	1 /* Expect random page references.  */
# define POSIX_MADV_SEQUENTIAL	2 /* Expect sequential page references.  */
# define POSIX_MADV_WILLNEED	3 /* Will need these pages.  */
# define POSIX_MADV_DONTNEED	4 /* Don't need these pages.  */
#endif

/* Flags for `mlockall'.  */
#ifndef MCL_CURRENT
# define MCL_CURRENT	1		/* Lock all currently mapped pages.  */
# define MCL_FUTURE	2		/* Lock all additions to address
					   space.  */
# define MCL_ONFAULT	4		/* Lock all pages that are
					   faulted in.  */
#endif

#include <bits/mman-shared.h>
/* Checking macros for wchar functions.
   Copyright (C) 2005-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _WCHAR_H
# error "Never include <bits/wchar2.h> directly; use <wchar.h> instead."
#endif


extern wchar_t *__wmemcpy_chk (wchar_t *__restrict __s1,
			       const wchar_t *__restrict __s2, size_t __n,
			       size_t __ns1) __THROW;
extern wchar_t *__REDIRECT_NTH (__wmemcpy_alias,
				(wchar_t *__restrict __s1,
				 const wchar_t *__restrict __s2, size_t __n),
				wmemcpy);
extern wchar_t *__REDIRECT_NTH (__wmemcpy_chk_warn,
				(wchar_t *__restrict __s1,
				 const wchar_t *__restrict __s2, size_t __n,
				 size_t __ns1), __wmemcpy_chk)
     __warnattr ("wmemcpy called with length bigger than size of destination "
		 "buffer");

__fortify_function wchar_t *
__NTH (wmemcpy (wchar_t *__restrict __s1, const wchar_t *__restrict __s2,
		size_t __n))
{
  return __glibc_fortify_n (wmemcpy, __n, sizeof (wchar_t),
			    __glibc_objsize0 (__s1),
			    __s1, __s2, __n);
}


extern wchar_t *__wmemmove_chk (wchar_t *__s1, const wchar_t *__s2,
				size_t __n, size_t __ns1) __THROW;
extern wchar_t *__REDIRECT_NTH (__wmemmove_alias, (wchar_t *__s1,
						   const wchar_t *__s2,
						   size_t __n), wmemmove);
extern wchar_t *__REDIRECT_NTH (__wmemmove_chk_warn,
				(wchar_t *__s1, const wchar_t *__s2,
				 size_t __n, size_t __ns1), __wmemmove_chk)
     __warnattr ("wmemmove called with length bigger than size of destination "
		 "buffer");

__fortify_function wchar_t *
__NTH (wmemmove (wchar_t *__s1, const wchar_t *__s2, size_t __n))
{
  return __glibc_fortify_n (wmemmove, __n, sizeof (wchar_t),
			    __glibc_objsize0 (__s1),
			    __s1, __s2, __n);
}


#ifdef __USE_GNU
extern wchar_t *__wmempcpy_chk (wchar_t *__restrict __s1,
				const wchar_t *__restrict __s2, size_t __n,
				size_t __ns1) __THROW;
extern wchar_t *__REDIRECT_NTH (__wmempcpy_alias,
				(wchar_t *__restrict __s1,
				 const wchar_t *__restrict __s2,
				 size_t __n), wmempcpy);
extern wchar_t *__REDIRECT_NTH (__wmempcpy_chk_warn,
				(wchar_t *__restrict __s1,
				 const wchar_t *__restrict __s2, size_t __n,
				 size_t __ns1), __wmempcpy_chk)
     __warnattr ("wmempcpy called with length bigger than size of destination "
		 "buffer");

__fortify_function wchar_t *
__NTH (wmempcpy (wchar_t *__restrict __s1, const wchar_t *__restrict __s2,
		 size_t __n))
{
  return __glibc_fortify_n (wmempcpy, __n, sizeof (wchar_t),
			    __glibc_objsize0 (__s1),
			    __s1, __s2, __n);
}
#endif


extern wchar_t *__wmemset_chk (wchar_t *__s, wchar_t __c, size_t __n,
			       size_t __ns) __THROW;
extern wchar_t *__REDIRECT_NTH (__wmemset_alias, (wchar_t *__s, wchar_t __c,
						  size_t __n), wmemset);
extern wchar_t *__REDIRECT_NTH (__wmemset_chk_warn,
				(wchar_t *__s, wchar_t __c, size_t __n,
				 size_t __ns), __wmemset_chk)
     __warnattr ("wmemset called with length bigger than size of destination "
		 "buffer");

__fortify_function wchar_t *
__NTH (wmemset (wchar_t *__s, wchar_t __c, size_t __n))
{
  return __glibc_fortify_n (wmemset, __n, sizeof (wchar_t),
			    __glibc_objsize0 (__s),
			    __s, __c, __n);
}


extern wchar_t *__wcscpy_chk (wchar_t *__restrict __dest,
			      const wchar_t *__restrict __src,
			      size_t __n) __THROW;
extern wchar_t *__REDIRECT_NTH (__wcscpy_alias,
				(wchar_t *__restrict __dest,
				 const wchar_t *__restrict __src), wcscpy);

__fortify_function wchar_t *
__NTH (wcscpy (wchar_t *__restrict __dest, const wchar_t *__restrict __src))
{
  size_t sz = __glibc_objsize (__dest);
  if (sz != (size_t) -1)
    return __wcscpy_chk (__dest, __src, sz / sizeof (wchar_t));
  return __wcscpy_alias (__dest, __src);
}


extern wchar_t *__wcpcpy_chk (wchar_t *__restrict __dest,
			      const wchar_t *__restrict __src,
			      size_t __destlen) __THROW;
extern wchar_t *__REDIRECT_NTH (__wcpcpy_alias,
				(wchar_t *__restrict __dest,
				 const wchar_t *__restrict __src), wcpcpy);

__fortify_function wchar_t *
__NTH (wcpcpy (wchar_t *__restrict __dest, const wchar_t *__restrict __src))
{
  size_t sz = __glibc_objsize (__dest);
  if (sz != (size_t) -1)
    return __wcpcpy_chk (__dest, __src, sz / sizeof (wchar_t));
  return __wcpcpy_alias (__dest, __src);
}


extern wchar_t *__wcsncpy_chk (wchar_t *__restrict __dest,
			       const wchar_t *__restrict __src, size_t __n,
			       size_t __destlen) __THROW;
extern wchar_t *__REDIRECT_NTH (__wcsncpy_alias,
				(wchar_t *__restrict __dest,
				 const wchar_t *__restrict __src,
				 size_t __n), wcsncpy);
extern wchar_t *__REDIRECT_NTH (__wcsncpy_chk_warn,
				(wchar_t *__restrict __dest,
				 const wchar_t *__restrict __src,
				 size_t __n, size_t __destlen), __wcsncpy_chk)
     __warnattr ("wcsncpy called with length bigger than size of destination "
		 "buffer");

__fortify_function wchar_t *
__NTH (wcsncpy (wchar_t *__restrict __dest, const wchar_t *__restrict __src,
		size_t __n))
{
  return __glibc_fortify_n (wcsncpy, __n, sizeof (wchar_t),
			    __glibc_objsize (__dest),
			    __dest, __src, __n);
}


extern wchar_t *__wcpncpy_chk (wchar_t *__restrict __dest,
			       const wchar_t *__restrict __src, size_t __n,
			       size_t __destlen) __THROW;
extern wchar_t *__REDIRECT_NTH (__wcpncpy_alias,
				(wchar_t *__restrict __dest,
				 const wchar_t *__restrict __src,
				 size_t __n), wcpncpy);
extern wchar_t *__REDIRECT_NTH (__wcpncpy_chk_warn,
				(wchar_t *__restrict __dest,
				 const wchar_t *__restrict __src,
				 size_t __n, size_t __destlen), __wcpncpy_chk)
     __warnattr ("wcpncpy called with length bigger than size of destination "
		 "buffer");

__fortify_function wchar_t *
__NTH (wcpncpy (wchar_t *__restrict __dest, const wchar_t *__restrict __src,
		size_t __n))
{
  return __glibc_fortify_n (wcpncpy, __n, sizeof (wchar_t),
			    __glibc_objsize (__dest),
			    __dest, __src, __n);
}


extern wchar_t *__wcscat_chk (wchar_t *__restrict __dest,
			      const wchar_t *__restrict __src,
			      size_t __destlen) __THROW;
extern wchar_t *__REDIRECT_NTH (__wcscat_alias,
				(wchar_t *__restrict __dest,
				 const wchar_t *__restrict __src), wcscat);

__fortify_function wchar_t *
__NTH (wcscat (wchar_t *__restrict __dest, const wchar_t *__restrict __src))
{
  size_t sz = __glibc_objsize (__dest);
  if (sz != (size_t) -1)
    return __wcscat_chk (__dest, __src, sz / sizeof (wchar_t));
  return __wcscat_alias (__dest, __src);
}


extern wchar_t *__wcsncat_chk (wchar_t *__restrict __dest,
			       const wchar_t *__restrict __src,
			       size_t __n, size_t __destlen) __THROW;
extern wchar_t *__REDIRECT_NTH (__wcsncat_alias,
				(wchar_t *__restrict __dest,
				 const wchar_t *__restrict __src,
				 size_t __n), wcsncat);

__fortify_function wchar_t *
__NTH (wcsncat (wchar_t *__restrict __dest, const wchar_t *__restrict __src,
		size_t __n))
{
  size_t sz = __glibc_objsize (__dest);
  if (sz != (size_t) -1)
    return __wcsncat_chk (__dest, __src, __n, sz / sizeof (wchar_t));
  return __wcsncat_alias (__dest, __src, __n);
}


extern int __swprintf_chk (wchar_t *__restrict __s, size_t __n,
			   int __flag, size_t __s_len,
			   const wchar_t *__restrict __format, ...)
     __THROW /* __attribute__ ((__format__ (__wprintf__, 5, 6))) */;

extern int __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL (__swprintf_alias,
				(wchar_t *__restrict __s, size_t __n,
				 const wchar_t *__restrict __fmt, ...),
				swprintf);

#ifdef __va_arg_pack
__fortify_function int
__NTH (swprintf (wchar_t *__restrict __s, size_t __n,
		 const wchar_t *__restrict __fmt, ...))
{
  size_t sz = __glibc_objsize (__s);
  if (sz != (size_t) -1 || __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 1)
    return __swprintf_chk (__s, __n, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1,
			   sz / sizeof (wchar_t), __fmt, __va_arg_pack ());
  return __swprintf_alias (__s, __n, __fmt, __va_arg_pack ());
}
#elif !defined __cplusplus
/* XXX We might want to have support in gcc for swprintf.  */
# define swprintf(s, n, ...) \
  (__glibc_objsize (s) != (size_t) -1 || __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 1		      \
   ? __swprintf_chk (s, n, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1,			      \
		     __glibc_objsize (s) / sizeof (wchar_t), __VA_ARGS__)	      \
   : swprintf (s, n, __VA_ARGS__))
#endif

extern int __vswprintf_chk (wchar_t *__restrict __s, size_t __n,
			    int __flag, size_t __s_len,
			    const wchar_t *__restrict __format,
			    __gnuc_va_list __arg)
     __THROW /* __attribute__ ((__format__ (__wprintf__, 5, 0))) */;

extern int __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL (__vswprintf_alias,
				(wchar_t *__restrict __s, size_t __n,
				 const wchar_t *__restrict __fmt,
				 __gnuc_va_list __ap), vswprintf);

__fortify_function int
__NTH (vswprintf (wchar_t *__restrict __s, size_t __n,
		  const wchar_t *__restrict __fmt, __gnuc_va_list __ap))
{
  size_t sz = __glibc_objsize (__s);
  if (sz != (size_t) -1 || __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 1)
    return __vswprintf_chk (__s, __n,  __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1,
			    sz / sizeof (wchar_t), __fmt, __ap);
  return __vswprintf_alias (__s, __n, __fmt, __ap);
}


#if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 1

extern int __fwprintf_chk (__FILE *__restrict __stream, int __flag,
			   const wchar_t *__restrict __format, ...);
extern int __wprintf_chk (int __flag, const wchar_t *__restrict __format,
			  ...);
extern int __vfwprintf_chk (__FILE *__restrict __stream, int __flag,
			    const wchar_t *__restrict __format,
			    __gnuc_va_list __ap);
extern int __vwprintf_chk (int __flag, const wchar_t *__restrict __format,
			   __gnuc_va_list __ap);

# ifdef __va_arg_pack
__fortify_function int
wprintf (const wchar_t *__restrict __fmt, ...)
{
  return __wprintf_chk (__USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __fmt, __va_arg_pack ());
}

__fortify_function int
fwprintf (__FILE *__restrict __stream, const wchar_t *__restrict __fmt, ...)
{
  return __fwprintf_chk (__stream, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __fmt,
			 __va_arg_pack ());
}
# elif !defined __cplusplus
#  define wprintf(...) \
  __wprintf_chk (__USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __VA_ARGS__)
#  define fwprintf(stream, ...) \
  __fwprintf_chk (stream, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __VA_ARGS__)
# endif

__fortify_function int
vwprintf (const wchar_t *__restrict __fmt, __gnuc_va_list __ap)
{
  return __vwprintf_chk (__USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __fmt, __ap);
}

__fortify_function int
vfwprintf (__FILE *__restrict __stream,
	   const wchar_t *__restrict __fmt, __gnuc_va_list __ap)
{
  return __vfwprintf_chk (__stream, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1, __fmt, __ap);
}

#endif

extern wchar_t *__fgetws_chk (wchar_t *__restrict __s, size_t __size, int __n,
			      __FILE *__restrict __stream) __wur;
extern wchar_t *__REDIRECT (__fgetws_alias,
			    (wchar_t *__restrict __s, int __n,
			     __FILE *__restrict __stream), fgetws) __wur;
extern wchar_t *__REDIRECT (__fgetws_chk_warn,
			    (wchar_t *__restrict __s, size_t __size, int __n,
			     __FILE *__restrict __stream), __fgetws_chk)
     __wur __warnattr ("fgetws called with bigger size than length "
		       "of destination buffer");

__fortify_function __wur wchar_t *
fgetws (wchar_t *__restrict __s, int __n, __FILE *__restrict __stream)
{
  size_t sz = __glibc_objsize (__s);
  if (__glibc_safe_or_unknown_len (__n, sizeof (wchar_t), sz))
    return __fgetws_alias (__s, __n, __stream);
  if (__glibc_unsafe_len (__n, sizeof (wchar_t), sz))
    return __fgetws_chk_warn (__s, sz / sizeof (wchar_t), __n, __stream);
  return __fgetws_chk (__s, sz / sizeof (wchar_t), __n, __stream);
}

#ifdef __USE_GNU
extern wchar_t *__fgetws_unlocked_chk (wchar_t *__restrict __s, size_t __size,
				       int __n, __FILE *__restrict __stream)
  __wur;
extern wchar_t *__REDIRECT (__fgetws_unlocked_alias,
			    (wchar_t *__restrict __s, int __n,
			     __FILE *__restrict __stream), fgetws_unlocked)
  __wur;
extern wchar_t *__REDIRECT (__fgetws_unlocked_chk_warn,
			    (wchar_t *__restrict __s, size_t __size, int __n,
			     __FILE *__restrict __stream),
			    __fgetws_unlocked_chk)
     __wur __warnattr ("fgetws_unlocked called with bigger size than length "
		       "of destination buffer");

__fortify_function __wur wchar_t *
fgetws_unlocked (wchar_t *__restrict __s, int __n, __FILE *__restrict __stream)
{
  size_t sz = __glibc_objsize (__s);
  if (__glibc_safe_or_unknown_len (__n, sizeof (wchar_t), sz))
    return __fgetws_unlocked_alias (__s, __n, __stream);
  if (__glibc_unsafe_len (__n, sizeof (wchar_t), sz))
    return __fgetws_unlocked_chk_warn (__s, sz / sizeof (wchar_t), __n,
				       __stream);
  return __fgetws_unlocked_chk (__s, sz / sizeof (wchar_t), __n, __stream);
}
#endif


extern size_t __wcrtomb_chk (char *__restrict __s, wchar_t __wchar,
			     mbstate_t *__restrict __p,
			     size_t __buflen) __THROW __wur;
extern size_t __REDIRECT_NTH (__wcrtomb_alias,
			      (char *__restrict __s, wchar_t __wchar,
			       mbstate_t *__restrict __ps), wcrtomb) __wur;

__fortify_function __wur size_t
__NTH (wcrtomb (char *__restrict __s, wchar_t __wchar,
		mbstate_t *__restrict __ps))
{
  /* We would have to include <limits.h> to get a definition of MB_LEN_MAX.
     But this would only disturb the namespace.  So we define our own
     version here.  */
#define __WCHAR_MB_LEN_MAX	16
#if defined MB_LEN_MAX && MB_LEN_MAX != __WCHAR_MB_LEN_MAX
# error "Assumed value of MB_LEN_MAX wrong"
#endif
  if (__glibc_objsize (__s) != (size_t) -1
      && __WCHAR_MB_LEN_MAX > __glibc_objsize (__s))
    return __wcrtomb_chk (__s, __wchar, __ps, __glibc_objsize (__s));
  return __wcrtomb_alias (__s, __wchar, __ps);
}


extern size_t __mbsrtowcs_chk (wchar_t *__restrict __dst,
			       const char **__restrict __src,
			       size_t __len, mbstate_t *__restrict __ps,
			       size_t __dstlen) __THROW;
extern size_t __REDIRECT_NTH (__mbsrtowcs_alias,
			      (wchar_t *__restrict __dst,
			       const char **__restrict __src,
			       size_t __len, mbstate_t *__restrict __ps),
			      mbsrtowcs);
extern size_t __REDIRECT_NTH (__mbsrtowcs_chk_warn,
			      (wchar_t *__restrict __dst,
			       const char **__restrict __src,
			       size_t __len, mbstate_t *__restrict __ps,
			       size_t __dstlen), __mbsrtowcs_chk)
     __warnattr ("mbsrtowcs called with dst buffer smaller than len "
		 "* sizeof (wchar_t)");

__fortify_function size_t
__NTH (mbsrtowcs (wchar_t *__restrict __dst, const char **__restrict __src,
		  size_t __len, mbstate_t *__restrict __ps))
{
  return __glibc_fortify_n (mbsrtowcs, __len, sizeof (wchar_t),
			    __glibc_objsize (__dst),
			    __dst, __src, __len, __ps);
}


extern size_t __wcsrtombs_chk (char *__restrict __dst,
			       const wchar_t **__restrict __src,
			       size_t __len, mbstate_t *__restrict __ps,
			       size_t __dstlen) __THROW;
extern size_t __REDIRECT_NTH (__wcsrtombs_alias,
			      (char *__restrict __dst,
			       const wchar_t **__restrict __src,
			       size_t __len, mbstate_t *__restrict __ps),
			      wcsrtombs);
extern size_t __REDIRECT_NTH (__wcsrtombs_chk_warn,
			      (char *__restrict __dst,
			       const wchar_t **__restrict __src,
			       size_t __len, mbstate_t *__restrict __ps,
			       size_t __dstlen), __wcsrtombs_chk)
    __warnattr ("wcsrtombs called with dst buffer smaller than len");

__fortify_function size_t
__NTH (wcsrtombs (char *__restrict __dst, const wchar_t **__restrict __src,
		  size_t __len, mbstate_t *__restrict __ps))
{
  return __glibc_fortify (wcsrtombs, __len, sizeof (char),
			  __glibc_objsize (__dst),
			  __dst, __src, __len, __ps);
}


#ifdef	__USE_XOPEN2K8
extern size_t __mbsnrtowcs_chk (wchar_t *__restrict __dst,
				const char **__restrict __src, size_t __nmc,
				size_t __len, mbstate_t *__restrict __ps,
				size_t __dstlen) __THROW;
extern size_t __REDIRECT_NTH (__mbsnrtowcs_alias,
			      (wchar_t *__restrict __dst,
			       const char **__restrict __src, size_t __nmc,
			       size_t __len, mbstate_t *__restrict __ps),
			      mbsnrtowcs);
extern size_t __REDIRECT_NTH (__mbsnrtowcs_chk_warn,
			      (wchar_t *__restrict __dst,
			       const char **__restrict __src, size_t __nmc,
			       size_t __len, mbstate_t *__restrict __ps,
			       size_t __dstlen), __mbsnrtowcs_chk)
     __warnattr ("mbsnrtowcs called with dst buffer smaller than len "
		 "* sizeof (wchar_t)");

__fortify_function size_t
__NTH (mbsnrtowcs (wchar_t *__restrict __dst, const char **__restrict __src,
		   size_t __nmc, size_t __len, mbstate_t *__restrict __ps))
{
  return __glibc_fortify_n (mbsnrtowcs, __len, sizeof (wchar_t),
			    __glibc_objsize (__dst),
			    __dst, __src, __nmc, __len, __ps);
}


extern size_t __wcsnrtombs_chk (char *__restrict __dst,
				const wchar_t **__restrict __src,
				size_t __nwc, size_t __len,
				mbstate_t *__restrict __ps, size_t __dstlen)
     __THROW;
extern size_t __REDIRECT_NTH (__wcsnrtombs_alias,
			      (char *__restrict __dst,
			       const wchar_t **__restrict __src,
			       size_t __nwc, size_t __len,
			       mbstate_t *__restrict __ps), wcsnrtombs);
extern size_t __REDIRECT_NTH (__wcsnrtombs_chk_warn,
			      (char *__restrict __dst,
			       const wchar_t **__restrict __src,
			       size_t __nwc, size_t __len,
			       mbstate_t *__restrict __ps,
			       size_t __dstlen), __wcsnrtombs_chk)
     __warnattr ("wcsnrtombs called with dst buffer smaller than len");

__fortify_function size_t
__NTH (wcsnrtombs (char *__restrict __dst, const wchar_t **__restrict __src,
		   size_t __nwc, size_t __len, mbstate_t *__restrict __ps))
{
  return __glibc_fortify (wcsnrtombs, __len, sizeof (char),
			  __glibc_objsize (__dst),
			  __dst, __src, __nwc, __len, __ps);
}
#endif
/* Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _DIRENT_H
# error "Never use <bits/dirent.h> directly; include <dirent.h> instead."
#endif

struct dirent
  {
#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
    __ino_t d_ino;
    __off_t d_off;
#else
    __ino64_t d_ino;
    __off64_t d_off;
#endif
    unsigned short int d_reclen;
    unsigned char d_type;
    char d_name[256];		/* We must not include limits.h! */
  };

#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
struct dirent64
  {
    __ino64_t d_ino;
    __off64_t d_off;
    unsigned short int d_reclen;
    unsigned char d_type;
    char d_name[256];		/* We must not include limits.h! */
  };
#endif

#define d_fileno	d_ino	/* Backwards compatibility.  */

#undef  _DIRENT_HAVE_D_NAMLEN
#define _DIRENT_HAVE_D_RECLEN
#define _DIRENT_HAVE_D_OFF
#define _DIRENT_HAVE_D_TYPE

#if defined __OFF_T_MATCHES_OFF64_T && defined __INO_T_MATCHES_INO64_T
/* Inform libc code that these two types are effectively identical.  */
# define _DIRENT_MATCHES_DIRENT64	1
#else
# define _DIRENT_MATCHES_DIRENT64	0
#endif
/* Specializations for error functions.
   Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_ERROR_H
# error "Never include <bits/error.h> directly; use <error.h> instead."
#endif


extern void __REDIRECT (__error_alias, (int __status, int __errnum,
					const char *__format, ...),
			error)
  __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
extern void __REDIRECT (__error_noreturn, (int __status, int __errnum,
					   const char *__format, ...),
			error)
  __attribute__ ((__noreturn__, __format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));


/* If we know the function will never return make sure the compiler
   realizes that, too.  */
__extern_always_inline void
error (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__format, ...)
{
  if (__builtin_constant_p (__status) && __status != 0)
    __error_noreturn (__status, __errnum, __format, __va_arg_pack ());
  else
    __error_alias (__status, __errnum, __format, __va_arg_pack ());
}


extern void __REDIRECT (__error_at_line_alias, (int __status, int __errnum,
						const char *__fname,
						unsigned int __line,
						const char *__format, ...),
			error_at_line)
  __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));
extern void __REDIRECT (__error_at_line_noreturn, (int __status, int __errnum,
						   const char *__fname,
						   unsigned int __line,
						   const char *__format,
						   ...),
			error_at_line)
  __attribute__ ((__noreturn__, __format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));


/* If we know the function will never return make sure the compiler
   realizes that, too.  */
__extern_always_inline void
error_at_line (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__fname,
	       unsigned int __line, const char *__format, ...)
{
  if (__builtin_constant_p (__status) && __status != 0)
    __error_at_line_noreturn (__status, __errnum, __fname, __line, __format,
			      __va_arg_pack ());
  else
    __error_at_line_alias (__status, __errnum, __fname, __line,
			   __format, __va_arg_pack ());
}
/* Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_BITS_TIMEX_H
#define	_BITS_TIMEX_H	1

#include <bits/types.h>
#include <bits/types/struct_timeval.h>

/* These definitions from linux/timex.h as of 3.18.  */

struct timex
{
  unsigned int modes;		/* mode selector */
  __syscall_slong_t offset;	/* time offset (usec) */
  __syscall_slong_t freq;	/* frequency offset (scaled ppm) */
  __syscall_slong_t maxerror;	/* maximum error (usec) */
  __syscall_slong_t esterror;	/* estimated error (usec) */
  int status;			/* clock command/status */
  __syscall_slong_t constant;	/* pll time constant */
  __syscall_slong_t precision;	/* clock precision (usec) (ro) */
  __syscall_slong_t tolerance;	/* clock frequency tolerance (ppm) (ro) */
  struct timeval time;		/* (read only, except for ADJ_SETOFFSET) */
  __syscall_slong_t tick;	/* (modified) usecs between clock ticks */
  __syscall_slong_t ppsfreq;	/* pps frequency (scaled ppm) (ro) */
  __syscall_slong_t jitter;	/* pps jitter (us) (ro) */
  int shift;			/* interval duration (s) (shift) (ro) */
  __syscall_slong_t stabil;	/* pps stability (scaled ppm) (ro) */
  __syscall_slong_t jitcnt;	/* jitter limit exceeded (ro) */
  __syscall_slong_t calcnt;	/* calibration intervals (ro) */
  __syscall_slong_t errcnt;	/* calibration errors (ro) */
  __syscall_slong_t stbcnt;	/* stability limit exceeded (ro) */

  int tai;			/* TAI offset (ro) */

  /* ??? */
  int  :32; int  :32; int  :32; int  :32;
  int  :32; int  :32; int  :32; int  :32;
  int  :32; int  :32; int  :32;
};

/* Mode codes (timex.mode) */
#define ADJ_OFFSET		0x0001	/* time offset */
#define ADJ_FREQUENCY		0x0002	/* frequency offset */
#define ADJ_MAXERROR		0x0004	/* maximum time error */
#define ADJ_ESTERROR		0x0008	/* estimated time error */
#define ADJ_STATUS		0x0010	/* clock status */
#define ADJ_TIMECONST		0x0020	/* pll time constant */
#define ADJ_TAI			0x0080	/* set TAI offset */
#define ADJ_SETOFFSET		0x0100	/* add 'time' to current time */
#define ADJ_MICRO		0x1000	/* select microsecond resolution */
#define ADJ_NANO		0x2000	/* select nanosecond resolution */
#define ADJ_TICK		0x4000	/* tick value */
#define ADJ_OFFSET_SINGLESHOT	0x8001	/* old-fashioned adjtime */
#define ADJ_OFFSET_SS_READ	0xa001	/* read-only adjtime */

/* xntp 3.4 compatibility names */
#define MOD_OFFSET	ADJ_OFFSET
#define MOD_FREQUENCY	ADJ_FREQUENCY
#define MOD_MAXERROR	ADJ_MAXERROR
#define MOD_ESTERROR	ADJ_ESTERROR
#define MOD_STATUS	ADJ_STATUS
#define MOD_TIMECONST	ADJ_TIMECONST
#define MOD_CLKB	ADJ_TICK
#define MOD_CLKA	ADJ_OFFSET_SINGLESHOT /* 0x8000 in original */
#define MOD_TAI		ADJ_TAI
#define MOD_MICRO	ADJ_MICRO
#define MOD_NANO	ADJ_NANO


/* Status codes (timex.status) */
#define STA_PLL		0x0001	/* enable PLL updates (rw) */
#define STA_PPSFREQ	0x0002	/* enable PPS freq discipline (rw) */
#define STA_PPSTIME	0x0004	/* enable PPS time discipline (rw) */
#define STA_FLL		0x0008	/* select frequency-lock mode (rw) */

#define STA_INS		0x0010	/* insert leap (rw) */
#define STA_DEL		0x0020	/* delete leap (rw) */
#define STA_UNSYNC	0x0040	/* clock unsynchronized (rw) */
#define STA_FREQHOLD	0x0080	/* hold frequency (rw) */

#define STA_PPSSIGNAL	0x0100	/* PPS signal present (ro) */
#define STA_PPSJITTER	0x0200	/* PPS signal jitter exceeded (ro) */
#define STA_PPSWANDER	0x0400	/* PPS signal wander exceeded (ro) */
#define STA_PPSERROR	0x0800	/* PPS signal calibration error (ro) */

#define STA_CLOCKERR	0x1000	/* clock hardware fault (ro) */
#define STA_NANO	0x2000	/* resolution (0 = us, 1 = ns) (ro) */
#define STA_MODE	0x4000	/* mode (0 = PLL, 1 = FLL) (ro) */
#define STA_CLK		0x8000	/* clock source (0 = A, 1 = B) (ro) */

/* Read-only bits */
#define STA_RONLY (STA_PPSSIGNAL | STA_PPSJITTER | STA_PPSWANDER | \
    STA_PPSERROR | STA_CLOCKERR | STA_NANO | STA_MODE | STA_CLK)

#endif /* bits/timex.h */
/* Definitions of flag bits for `waitpid' et al.
   Copyright (C) 1992-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#if !defined _SYS_WAIT_H && !defined _STDLIB_H
# error "Never include <bits/waitflags.h> directly; use <sys/wait.h> instead."
#endif


/* Bits in the third argument to `waitpid'.  */
#define	WNOHANG		1	/* Don't block waiting.  */
#define	WUNTRACED	2	/* Report status of stopped children.  */

/* Bits in the fourth argument to `waitid'.  */
#if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_XOPEN2K8
# define WSTOPPED	2	/* Report stopped child (same as WUNTRACED). */
# define WEXITED	4	/* Report dead child.  */
# define WCONTINUED	8	/* Report continued child.  */
# define WNOWAIT	0x01000000 /* Don't reap, just poll status.  */
#endif

#define __WNOTHREAD     0x20000000 /* Don't wait on children of other threads
				      in this group */
#define __WALL		0x40000000 /* Wait for any child.  */
#define __WCLONE	0x80000000 /* Wait for cloned process.  */
/* Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_STATVFS_H
# error "Never include <bits/statvfs.h> directly; use <sys/statvfs.h> instead."
#endif

#include <bits/types.h>  /* For __fsblkcnt_t and __fsfilcnt_t.  */

#if (__WORDSIZE == 32 \
     && (!defined __SYSCALL_WORDSIZE || __SYSCALL_WORDSIZE == 32))
#define _STATVFSBUF_F_UNUSED
#endif

struct statvfs
  {
    unsigned long int f_bsize;
    unsigned long int f_frsize;
#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
    __fsblkcnt_t f_blocks;
    __fsblkcnt_t f_bfree;
    __fsblkcnt_t f_bavail;
    __fsfilcnt_t f_files;
    __fsfilcnt_t f_ffree;
    __fsfilcnt_t f_favail;
#else
    __fsblkcnt64_t f_blocks;
    __fsblkcnt64_t f_bfree;
    __fsblkcnt64_t f_bavail;
    __fsfilcnt64_t f_files;
    __fsfilcnt64_t f_ffree;
    __fsfilcnt64_t f_favail;
#endif
    unsigned long int f_fsid;
#ifdef _STATVFSBUF_F_UNUSED
    int __f_unused;
#endif
    unsigned long int f_flag;
    unsigned long int f_namemax;
    int __f_spare[6];
  };

#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
struct statvfs64
  {
    unsigned long int f_bsize;
    unsigned long int f_frsize;
    __fsblkcnt64_t f_blocks;
    __fsblkcnt64_t f_bfree;
    __fsblkcnt64_t f_bavail;
    __fsfilcnt64_t f_files;
    __fsfilcnt64_t f_ffree;
    __fsfilcnt64_t f_favail;
    unsigned long int f_fsid;
#ifdef _STATVFSBUF_F_UNUSED
    int __f_unused;
#endif
    unsigned long int f_flag;
    unsigned long int f_namemax;
    int __f_spare[6];
  };
#endif

/* Definitions for the flag in `f_flag'.  These definitions should be
   kept in sync with the definitions in <sys/mount.h>.  */
enum
{
  ST_RDONLY = 1,		/* Mount read-only.  */
#define ST_RDONLY	ST_RDONLY
  ST_NOSUID = 2			/* Ignore suid and sgid bits.  */
#define ST_NOSUID	ST_NOSUID
#ifdef __USE_GNU
  ,
  ST_NODEV = 4,			/* Disallow access to device special files.  */
# define ST_NODEV	ST_NODEV
  ST_NOEXEC = 8,		/* Disallow program execution.  */
# define ST_NOEXEC	ST_NOEXEC
  ST_SYNCHRONOUS = 16,		/* Writes are synced at once.  */
# define ST_SYNCHRONOUS	ST_SYNCHRONOUS
  ST_MANDLOCK = 64,		/* Allow mandatory locks on an FS.  */
# define ST_MANDLOCK	ST_MANDLOCK
  ST_WRITE = 128,		/* Write on file/directory/symlink.  */
# define ST_WRITE	ST_WRITE
  ST_APPEND = 256,		/* Append-only file.  */
# define ST_APPEND	ST_APPEND
  ST_IMMUTABLE = 512,		/* Immutable file.  */
# define ST_IMMUTABLE	ST_IMMUTABLE
  ST_NOATIME = 1024,		/* Do not update access times.  */
# define ST_NOATIME	ST_NOATIME
  ST_NODIRATIME = 2048,		/* Do not update directory access times.  */
# define ST_NODIRATIME	ST_NODIRATIME
  ST_RELATIME = 4096		/* Update atime relative to mtime/ctime.  */
# define ST_RELATIME	ST_RELATIME
#endif	/* Use GNU.  */
};
/* Copyright (C) 1999-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _UNISTD_H
# error "Never include this file directly.  Use <unistd.h> instead"
#endif

#include <bits/wordsize.h>

/* This header should define the following symbols under the described
   situations.  A value `1' means that the model is always supported,
   `-1' means it is never supported.  Undefined means it cannot be
   statically decided.

   _POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32   32bit int, long, pointers, and off_t type
   _POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG  32bit int, long, and pointers and larger off_t type

   _POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF32	   64bit long and pointers and 32bit off_t type
   _POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG  64bit long and pointers and large off_t type

   The macros _POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32, _POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG,
   _POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF32, _POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG, _XBS5_ILP32_OFF32,
   _XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG, _XBS5_LP64_OFF32, and _XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG were
   used in previous versions of the Unix standard and are available
   only for compatibility.
*/

#if __WORDSIZE == 64

/* Environments with 32-bit wide pointers are optionally provided.
   Therefore following macros aren't defined:
   # undef _POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32
   # undef _POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG
   # undef _POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32
   # undef _POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG
   # undef _XBS5_ILP32_OFF32
   # undef _XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG
   and users need to check at runtime.  */

/* We also have no use (for now) for an environment with bigger pointers
   and offsets.  */
# define _POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG	-1
# define _POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG	-1
# define _XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG	-1

/* By default we have 64-bit wide `long int', pointers and `off_t'.  */
# define _POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64	1
# define _POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64	1
# define _XBS5_LP64_OFF64	1

#else /* __WORDSIZE == 32 */

/* We have 32-bit wide `int', `long int' and pointers and all platforms
   support LFS.  -mx32 has 64-bit wide `off_t'.  */
# define _POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG	1
# define _POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG 1
# define _XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG	1

# ifndef __x86_64__
/* -m32 has 32-bit wide `off_t'.  */
#  define _POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32	1
#  define _POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32	1
#  define _XBS5_ILP32_OFF32	1
# endif

/* We optionally provide an environment with the above size but an 64-bit
   side `off_t'.  Therefore we don't define _POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG.  */

/* Environments with 64-bit wide pointers can be provided,
   so these macros aren't defined:
   # undef _POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64
   # undef _POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG
   # undef _POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64
   # undef _POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG
   # undef _XBS5_LP64_OFF64
   # undef _XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG
   and sysconf tests for it at runtime.  */

#endif /* __WORDSIZE == 32 */

#define __ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS	"-m32"
#define __ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS	"-m32"
#if defined __x86_64__ && defined __ILP32__
# define __ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS	"-mx32"
# define __ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS	"-mx32"
#else
# define __ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS	"-m32 -D_LARGEFILE_SOURCE -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64"
# define __ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS	"-m32"
#endif
#define __LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS	"-m64"
#define __LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS	"-m64"
/* Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_IOCTL_H
# error "Never use <bits/ioctls.h> directly; include <sys/ioctl.h> instead."
#endif

/* Use the definitions from the kernel header files.  */
#include <asm/ioctls.h>

/* Routing table calls.  */
#define SIOCADDRT	0x890B		/* add routing table entry	*/
#define SIOCDELRT	0x890C		/* delete routing table entry	*/
#define SIOCRTMSG	0x890D		/* call to routing system	*/

/* Socket configuration controls. */
#define SIOCGIFNAME	0x8910		/* get iface name		*/
#define SIOCSIFLINK	0x8911		/* set iface channel		*/
#define SIOCGIFCONF	0x8912		/* get iface list		*/
#define SIOCGIFFLAGS	0x8913		/* get flags			*/
#define SIOCSIFFLAGS	0x8914		/* set flags			*/
#define SIOCGIFADDR	0x8915		/* get PA address		*/
#define SIOCSIFADDR	0x8916		/* set PA address		*/
#define SIOCGIFDSTADDR	0x8917		/* get remote PA address	*/
#define SIOCSIFDSTADDR	0x8918		/* set remote PA address	*/
#define SIOCGIFBRDADDR	0x8919		/* get broadcast PA address	*/
#define SIOCSIFBRDADDR	0x891a		/* set broadcast PA address	*/
#define SIOCGIFNETMASK	0x891b		/* get network PA mask		*/
#define SIOCSIFNETMASK	0x891c		/* set network PA mask		*/
#define SIOCGIFMETRIC	0x891d		/* get metric			*/
#define SIOCSIFMETRIC	0x891e		/* set metric			*/
#define SIOCGIFMEM	0x891f		/* get memory address (BSD)	*/
#define SIOCSIFMEM	0x8920		/* set memory address (BSD)	*/
#define SIOCGIFMTU	0x8921		/* get MTU size			*/
#define SIOCSIFMTU	0x8922		/* set MTU size			*/
#define SIOCSIFNAME	0x8923		/* set interface name		*/
#define	SIOCSIFHWADDR	0x8924		/* set hardware address 	*/
#define SIOCGIFENCAP	0x8925		/* get/set encapsulations       */
#define SIOCSIFENCAP	0x8926
#define SIOCGIFHWADDR	0x8927		/* Get hardware address		*/
#define SIOCGIFSLAVE	0x8929		/* Driver slaving support	*/
#define SIOCSIFSLAVE	0x8930
#define SIOCADDMULTI	0x8931		/* Multicast address lists	*/
#define SIOCDELMULTI	0x8932
#define SIOCGIFINDEX	0x8933		/* name -> if_index mapping	*/
#define SIOGIFINDEX	SIOCGIFINDEX	/* misprint compatibility :-)	*/
#define SIOCSIFPFLAGS	0x8934		/* set/get extended flags set	*/
#define SIOCGIFPFLAGS	0x8935
#define SIOCDIFADDR	0x8936		/* delete PA address		*/
#define	SIOCSIFHWBROADCAST	0x8937	/* set hardware broadcast addr	*/
#define SIOCGIFCOUNT	0x8938		/* get number of devices */

#define SIOCGIFBR	0x8940		/* Bridging support		*/
#define SIOCSIFBR	0x8941		/* Set bridging options 	*/

#define SIOCGIFTXQLEN	0x8942		/* Get the tx queue length	*/
#define SIOCSIFTXQLEN	0x8943		/* Set the tx queue length 	*/


/* ARP cache control calls. */
		    /*  0x8950 - 0x8952  * obsolete calls, don't re-use */
#define SIOCDARP	0x8953		/* delete ARP table entry	*/
#define SIOCGARP	0x8954		/* get ARP table entry		*/
#define SIOCSARP	0x8955		/* set ARP table entry		*/

/* RARP cache control calls. */
#define SIOCDRARP	0x8960		/* delete RARP table entry	*/
#define SIOCGRARP	0x8961		/* get RARP table entry		*/
#define SIOCSRARP	0x8962		/* set RARP table entry		*/

/* Driver configuration calls */

#define SIOCGIFMAP	0x8970		/* Get device parameters	*/
#define SIOCSIFMAP	0x8971		/* Set device parameters	*/

/* DLCI configuration calls */

#define SIOCADDDLCI	0x8980		/* Create new DLCI device	*/
#define SIOCDELDLCI	0x8981		/* Delete DLCI device		*/

/* Device private ioctl calls.  */

/* These 16 ioctls are available to devices via the do_ioctl() device
   vector.  Each device should include this file and redefine these
   names as their own. Because these are device dependent it is a good
   idea _NOT_ to issue them to random objects and hope.  */

#define SIOCDEVPRIVATE 		0x89F0	/* to 89FF */

/*
 *	These 16 ioctl calls are protocol private
 */

#define SIOCPROTOPRIVATE 0x89E0 /* to 89EF */
/* Copyright (C) 1999-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#if !defined _SYS_STAT_H && !defined _FCNTL_H
# error "Never include <bits/stat.h> directly; use <sys/stat.h> instead."
#endif

#ifndef _BITS_STAT_H
#define _BITS_STAT_H	1

/* Versions of the `struct stat' data structure.  */
#ifndef __x86_64__
# define _STAT_VER_LINUX_OLD	1
# define _STAT_VER_KERNEL	1
# define _STAT_VER_SVR4		2
# define _STAT_VER_LINUX	3

/* i386 versions of the `xmknod' interface.  */
# define _MKNOD_VER_LINUX	1
# define _MKNOD_VER_SVR4	2
# define _MKNOD_VER		_MKNOD_VER_LINUX /* The bits defined below.  */
#else
# define _STAT_VER_KERNEL	0
# define _STAT_VER_LINUX	1

/* x86-64 versions of the `xmknod' interface.  */
# define _MKNOD_VER_LINUX	0
#endif

#define _STAT_VER		_STAT_VER_LINUX

struct stat
  {
    __dev_t st_dev;		/* Device.  */
#ifndef __x86_64__
    unsigned short int __pad1;
#endif
#if defined __x86_64__ || !defined __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
    __ino_t st_ino;		/* File serial number.	*/
#else
    __ino_t __st_ino;			/* 32bit file serial number.	*/
#endif
#ifndef __x86_64__
    __mode_t st_mode;			/* File mode.  */
    __nlink_t st_nlink;			/* Link count.  */
#else
    __nlink_t st_nlink;		/* Link count.  */
    __mode_t st_mode;		/* File mode.  */
#endif
    __uid_t st_uid;		/* User ID of the file's owner.	*/
    __gid_t st_gid;		/* Group ID of the file's group.*/
#ifdef __x86_64__
    int __pad0;
#endif
    __dev_t st_rdev;		/* Device number, if device.  */
#ifndef __x86_64__
    unsigned short int __pad2;
#endif
#if defined __x86_64__ || !defined __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
    __off_t st_size;			/* Size of file, in bytes.  */
#else
    __off64_t st_size;			/* Size of file, in bytes.  */
#endif
    __blksize_t st_blksize;	/* Optimal block size for I/O.  */
#if defined __x86_64__  || !defined __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
    __blkcnt_t st_blocks;		/* Number 512-byte blocks allocated. */
#else
    __blkcnt64_t st_blocks;		/* Number 512-byte blocks allocated. */
#endif
#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K8
    /* Nanosecond resolution timestamps are stored in a format
       equivalent to 'struct timespec'.  This is the type used
       whenever possible but the Unix namespace rules do not allow the
       identifier 'timespec' to appear in the <sys/stat.h> header.
       Therefore we have to handle the use of this header in strictly
       standard-compliant sources special.  */
    struct timespec st_atim;		/* Time of last access.  */
    struct timespec st_mtim;		/* Time of last modification.  */
    struct timespec st_ctim;		/* Time of last status change.  */
# define st_atime st_atim.tv_sec	/* Backward compatibility.  */
# define st_mtime st_mtim.tv_sec
# define st_ctime st_ctim.tv_sec
#else
    __time_t st_atime;			/* Time of last access.  */
    __syscall_ulong_t st_atimensec;	/* Nscecs of last access.  */
    __time_t st_mtime;			/* Time of last modification.  */
    __syscall_ulong_t st_mtimensec;	/* Nsecs of last modification.  */
    __time_t st_ctime;			/* Time of last status change.  */
    __syscall_ulong_t st_ctimensec;	/* Nsecs of last status change.  */
#endif
#ifdef __x86_64__
    __syscall_slong_t __glibc_reserved[3];
#else
# ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
    unsigned long int __glibc_reserved4;
    unsigned long int __glibc_reserved5;
# else
    __ino64_t st_ino;			/* File serial number.	*/
# endif
#endif
  };

#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
/* Note stat64 has the same shape as stat for x86-64.  */
struct stat64
  {
    __dev_t st_dev;		/* Device.  */
# ifdef __x86_64__
    __ino64_t st_ino;		/* File serial number.  */
    __nlink_t st_nlink;		/* Link count.  */
    __mode_t st_mode;		/* File mode.  */
# else
    unsigned int __pad1;
    __ino_t __st_ino;			/* 32bit file serial number.	*/
    __mode_t st_mode;			/* File mode.  */
    __nlink_t st_nlink;			/* Link count.  */
# endif
    __uid_t st_uid;		/* User ID of the file's owner.	*/
    __gid_t st_gid;		/* Group ID of the file's group.*/
# ifdef __x86_64__
    int __pad0;
    __dev_t st_rdev;		/* Device number, if device.  */
    __off_t st_size;		/* Size of file, in bytes.  */
# else
    __dev_t st_rdev;			/* Device number, if device.  */
    unsigned int __pad2;
    __off64_t st_size;			/* Size of file, in bytes.  */
# endif
    __blksize_t st_blksize;	/* Optimal block size for I/O.  */
    __blkcnt64_t st_blocks;	/* Nr. 512-byte blocks allocated.  */
# ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K8
    /* Nanosecond resolution timestamps are stored in a format
       equivalent to 'struct timespec'.  This is the type used
       whenever possible but the Unix namespace rules do not allow the
       identifier 'timespec' to appear in the <sys/stat.h> header.
       Therefore we have to handle the use of this header in strictly
       standard-compliant sources special.  */
    struct timespec st_atim;		/* Time of last access.  */
    struct timespec st_mtim;		/* Time of last modification.  */
    struct timespec st_ctim;		/* Time of last status change.  */
# else
    __time_t st_atime;			/* Time of last access.  */
    __syscall_ulong_t st_atimensec;	/* Nscecs of last access.  */
    __time_t st_mtime;			/* Time of last modification.  */
    __syscall_ulong_t st_mtimensec;	/* Nsecs of last modification.  */
    __time_t st_ctime;			/* Time of last status change.  */
    __syscall_ulong_t st_ctimensec;	/* Nsecs of last status change.  */
# endif
# ifdef __x86_64__
    __syscall_slong_t __glibc_reserved[3];
# else
    __ino64_t st_ino;			/* File serial number.		*/
# endif
  };
#endif

/* Tell code we have these members.  */
#define	_STATBUF_ST_BLKSIZE
#define _STATBUF_ST_RDEV
/* Nanosecond resolution time values are supported.  */
#define _STATBUF_ST_NSEC

/* Encoding of the file mode.  */

#define	__S_IFMT	0170000	/* These bits determine file type.  */

/* File types.  */
#define	__S_IFDIR	0040000	/* Directory.  */
#define	__S_IFCHR	0020000	/* Character device.  */
#define	__S_IFBLK	0060000	/* Block device.  */
#define	__S_IFREG	0100000	/* Regular file.  */
#define	__S_IFIFO	0010000	/* FIFO.  */
#define	__S_IFLNK	0120000	/* Symbolic link.  */
#define	__S_IFSOCK	0140000	/* Socket.  */

/* POSIX.1b objects.  Note that these macros always evaluate to zero.  But
   they do it by enforcing the correct use of the macros.  */
#define __S_TYPEISMQ(buf)  ((buf)->st_mode - (buf)->st_mode)
#define __S_TYPEISSEM(buf) ((buf)->st_mode - (buf)->st_mode)
#define __S_TYPEISSHM(buf) ((buf)->st_mode - (buf)->st_mode)

/* Protection bits.  */

#define	__S_ISUID	04000	/* Set user ID on execution.  */
#define	__S_ISGID	02000	/* Set group ID on execution.  */
#define	__S_ISVTX	01000	/* Save swapped text after use (sticky).  */
#define	__S_IREAD	0400	/* Read by owner.  */
#define	__S_IWRITE	0200	/* Write by owner.  */
#define	__S_IEXEC	0100	/* Execute by owner.  */

#ifdef __USE_ATFILE
# define UTIME_NOW	((1l << 30) - 1l)
# define UTIME_OMIT	((1l << 30) - 2l)
#endif

#endif	/* bits/stat.h */
/* Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/* Define the machine-dependent type `jmp_buf'.  x86-64 version.  */
#ifndef _BITS_SETJMP_H
#define _BITS_SETJMP_H  1

#if !defined _SETJMP_H && !defined _PTHREAD_H
# error "Never include <bits/setjmp.h> directly; use <setjmp.h> instead."
#endif

#include <bits/wordsize.h>

#ifndef _ASM

# if __WORDSIZE == 64
typedef long int __jmp_buf[8];
# elif defined  __x86_64__
__extension__ typedef long long int __jmp_buf[8];
# else
typedef int __jmp_buf[6];
# endif

#endif

#endif  /* bits/setjmp.h */
/* wchar_t type related definitions.
   Copyright (C) 2000-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_WCHAR_H
#define _BITS_WCHAR_H	1

/* The fallback definitions, for when __WCHAR_MAX__ or __WCHAR_MIN__
   are not defined, give the right value and type as long as both int
   and wchar_t are 32-bit types.  Adding L'\0' to a constant value
   ensures that the type is correct; it is necessary to use (L'\0' +
   0) rather than just L'\0' so that the type in C++ is the promoted
   version of wchar_t rather than the distinct wchar_t type itself.
   Because wchar_t in preprocessor #if expressions is treated as
   intmax_t or uintmax_t, the expression (L'\0' - 1) would have the
   wrong value for WCHAR_MAX in such expressions and so cannot be used
   to define __WCHAR_MAX in the unsigned case.  */

#ifdef __WCHAR_MAX__
# define __WCHAR_MAX	__WCHAR_MAX__
#elif L'\0' - 1 > 0
# define __WCHAR_MAX	(0xffffffffu + L'\0')
#else
# define __WCHAR_MAX	(0x7fffffff + L'\0')
#endif

#ifdef __WCHAR_MIN__
# define __WCHAR_MIN	__WCHAR_MIN__
#elif L'\0' - 1 > 0
# define __WCHAR_MIN	(L'\0' + 0)
#else
# define __WCHAR_MIN	(-__WCHAR_MAX - 1)
#endif

#endif	/* bits/wchar.h */
/* Defines for bits in AT_HWCAP.
   Copyright (C) 2012-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_AUXV_H
# error "Never include <bits/hwcap.h> directly; use <sys/auxv.h> instead."
#endif

/* No bits defined for this architecture.  */
/* Macros and inline functions to swap the order of bytes in integer values.
   Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#if !defined _BYTESWAP_H && !defined _NETINET_IN_H && !defined _ENDIAN_H
# error "Never use <bits/byteswap.h> directly; include <byteswap.h> instead."
#endif

#ifndef _BITS_BYTESWAP_H
#define _BITS_BYTESWAP_H 1

#include <features.h>
#include <bits/types.h>

/* Swap bytes in 16-bit value.  */
#define __bswap_constant_16(x)					\
  ((__uint16_t) ((((x) >> 8) & 0xff) | (((x) & 0xff) << 8)))

static __inline __uint16_t
__bswap_16 (__uint16_t __bsx)
{
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 8)
  return __builtin_bswap16 (__bsx);
#else
  return __bswap_constant_16 (__bsx);
#endif
}

/* Swap bytes in 32-bit value.  */
#define __bswap_constant_32(x)					\
  ((((x) & 0xff000000u) >> 24) | (((x) & 0x00ff0000u) >> 8)	\
   | (((x) & 0x0000ff00u) << 8) | (((x) & 0x000000ffu) << 24))

static __inline __uint32_t
__bswap_32 (__uint32_t __bsx)
{
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 3)
  return __builtin_bswap32 (__bsx);
#else
  return __bswap_constant_32 (__bsx);
#endif
}

/* Swap bytes in 64-bit value.  */
#define __bswap_constant_64(x)			\
  ((((x) & 0xff00000000000000ull) >> 56)	\
   | (((x) & 0x00ff000000000000ull) >> 40)	\
   | (((x) & 0x0000ff0000000000ull) >> 24)	\
   | (((x) & 0x000000ff00000000ull) >> 8)	\
   | (((x) & 0x00000000ff000000ull) << 8)	\
   | (((x) & 0x0000000000ff0000ull) << 24)	\
   | (((x) & 0x000000000000ff00ull) << 40)	\
   | (((x) & 0x00000000000000ffull) << 56))

__extension__ static __inline __uint64_t
__bswap_64 (__uint64_t __bsx)
{
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 3)
  return __builtin_bswap64 (__bsx);
#else
  return __bswap_constant_64 (__bsx);
#endif
}

#endif /* _BITS_BYTESWAP_H */
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/* Linux version.  */

#ifndef _NETINET_IN_H
# error "Never use <bits/in.h> directly; include <netinet/in.h> instead."
#endif

/* If the application has already included linux/in6.h from a linux-based
   kernel then we will not define the IPv6 IPPROTO_* defines, in6_addr (nor the
   defines), sockaddr_in6, or ipv6_mreq. Same for in6_ptkinfo or ip6_mtuinfo
   in linux/ipv6.h. The ABI used by the linux-kernel and glibc match exactly.
   Neither the linux kernel nor glibc should break this ABI without coordination.
   In upstream kernel 56c176c9 the _UAPI prefix was stripped so we need to check
   for _LINUX_IN6_H and _IPV6_H now, and keep checking the old versions for
   maximum backwards compatibility.  */
#if defined _UAPI_LINUX_IN6_H \
    || defined _UAPI_IPV6_H \
    || defined _LINUX_IN6_H \
    || defined _IPV6_H
/* This is not quite the same API since the kernel always defines s6_addr16 and
   s6_addr32. This is not a violation of POSIX since POSIX says "at least the
   following member" and that holds true.  */
# define __USE_KERNEL_IPV6_DEFS 1
#else
# define __USE_KERNEL_IPV6_DEFS 0
#endif

/* Options for use with `getsockopt' and `setsockopt' at the IP level.
   The first word in the comment at the right is the data type used;
   "bool" means a boolean value stored in an `int'.  */
#define        IP_OPTIONS      4       /* ip_opts; IP per-packet options.  */
#define        IP_HDRINCL      3       /* int; Header is included with data.  */
#define        IP_TOS          1       /* int; IP type of service and precedence.  */
#define        IP_TTL          2       /* int; IP time to live.  */
#define        IP_RECVOPTS     6       /* bool; Receive all IP options w/datagram.  */
/* For BSD compatibility.  */
#define        IP_RECVRETOPTS  IP_RETOPTS       /* bool; Receive IP options for response.  */
#define        IP_RETOPTS      7       /* ip_opts; Set/get IP per-packet options.  */
#define IP_MULTICAST_IF 32	/* in_addr; set/get IP multicast i/f */
#define IP_MULTICAST_TTL 33	/* unsigned char; set/get IP multicast ttl */
#define IP_MULTICAST_LOOP 34	/* bool; set/get IP multicast loopback */
#define IP_ADD_MEMBERSHIP 35	/* ip_mreq; add an IP group membership */
#define IP_DROP_MEMBERSHIP 36	/* ip_mreq; drop an IP group membership */
#define IP_UNBLOCK_SOURCE 37	/* ip_mreq_source: unblock data from source */
#define IP_BLOCK_SOURCE 38	/* ip_mreq_source: block data from source */
#define IP_ADD_SOURCE_MEMBERSHIP 39 /* ip_mreq_source: join source group */
#define IP_DROP_SOURCE_MEMBERSHIP 40 /* ip_mreq_source: leave source group */
#define IP_MSFILTER 41
#ifdef __USE_MISC
# define MCAST_JOIN_GROUP 42	/* group_req: join any-source group */
# define MCAST_BLOCK_SOURCE 43	/* group_source_req: block from given group */
# define MCAST_UNBLOCK_SOURCE 44 /* group_source_req: unblock from given group*/
# define MCAST_LEAVE_GROUP 45	/* group_req: leave any-source group */
# define MCAST_JOIN_SOURCE_GROUP 46 /* group_source_req: join source-spec gr */
# define MCAST_LEAVE_SOURCE_GROUP 47 /* group_source_req: leave source-spec gr*/
# define MCAST_MSFILTER 48
# define IP_MULTICAST_ALL 49
# define IP_UNICAST_IF 50

# define MCAST_EXCLUDE   0
# define MCAST_INCLUDE   1
#endif

#define IP_ROUTER_ALERT	5	/* bool */
#define IP_PKTINFO	8	/* bool */
#define IP_PKTOPTIONS	9
#define IP_PMTUDISC	10	/* obsolete name? */
#define IP_MTU_DISCOVER	10	/* int; see below */
#define IP_RECVERR	11	/* bool */
#define IP_RECVTTL	12	/* bool */
#define IP_RECVTOS	13	/* bool */
#define IP_MTU		14	/* int */
#define IP_FREEBIND	15
#define IP_IPSEC_POLICY 16
#define IP_XFRM_POLICY	17
#define IP_PASSSEC	18
#define IP_TRANSPARENT	19
#define IP_MULTICAST_ALL 49	/* bool */

/* TProxy original addresses */
#define IP_ORIGDSTADDR       20
#define IP_RECVORIGDSTADDR   IP_ORIGDSTADDR

#define IP_MINTTL       21
#define IP_NODEFRAG     22
#define IP_CHECKSUM     23
#define IP_BIND_ADDRESS_NO_PORT 24
#define IP_RECVFRAGSIZE 25

/* IP_MTU_DISCOVER arguments.  */
#define IP_PMTUDISC_DONT   0	/* Never send DF frames.  */
#define IP_PMTUDISC_WANT   1	/* Use per route hints.  */
#define IP_PMTUDISC_DO     2	/* Always DF.  */
#define IP_PMTUDISC_PROBE  3	/* Ignore dst pmtu.  */
/* Always use interface mtu (ignores dst pmtu) but don't set DF flag.
   Also incoming ICMP frag_needed notifications will be ignored on
   this socket to prevent accepting spoofed ones.  */
#define IP_PMTUDISC_INTERFACE           4
/* Like IP_PMTUDISC_INTERFACE but allow packets to be fragmented.  */
#define IP_PMTUDISC_OMIT		5

#define IP_MULTICAST_IF			32
#define IP_MULTICAST_TTL 		33
#define IP_MULTICAST_LOOP 		34
#define IP_ADD_MEMBERSHIP		35
#define IP_DROP_MEMBERSHIP		36
#define IP_UNBLOCK_SOURCE		37
#define IP_BLOCK_SOURCE			38
#define IP_ADD_SOURCE_MEMBERSHIP	39
#define IP_DROP_SOURCE_MEMBERSHIP	40
#define IP_MSFILTER			41
#define IP_MULTICAST_ALL		49
#define IP_UNICAST_IF			50

/* To select the IP level.  */
#define SOL_IP	0

#define IP_DEFAULT_MULTICAST_TTL        1
#define IP_DEFAULT_MULTICAST_LOOP       1
#define IP_MAX_MEMBERSHIPS              20

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Structure used to describe IP options for IP_OPTIONS and IP_RETOPTS.
   The `ip_dst' field is used for the first-hop gateway when using a
   source route (this gets put into the header proper).  */
struct ip_opts
  {
    struct in_addr ip_dst;	/* First hop; zero without source route.  */
    char ip_opts[40];		/* Actually variable in size.  */
  };

/* Like `struct ip_mreq' but including interface specification by index.  */
struct ip_mreqn
  {
    struct in_addr imr_multiaddr;	/* IP multicast address of group */
    struct in_addr imr_address;		/* local IP address of interface */
    int	imr_ifindex;			/* Interface index */
  };

/* Structure used for IP_PKTINFO.  */
struct in_pktinfo
  {
    int ipi_ifindex;			/* Interface index  */
    struct in_addr ipi_spec_dst;	/* Routing destination address  */
    struct in_addr ipi_addr;		/* Header destination address  */
  };
#endif

/* Options for use with `getsockopt' and `setsockopt' at the IPv6 level.
   The first word in the comment at the right is the data type used;
   "bool" means a boolean value stored in an `int'.  */
#define IPV6_ADDRFORM		1
#define IPV6_2292PKTINFO	2
#define IPV6_2292HOPOPTS	3
#define IPV6_2292DSTOPTS	4
#define IPV6_2292RTHDR		5
#define IPV6_2292PKTOPTIONS	6
#define IPV6_CHECKSUM		7
#define IPV6_2292HOPLIMIT	8

#define SCM_SRCRT		IPV6_RXSRCRT

#define IPV6_NEXTHOP		9
#define IPV6_AUTHHDR		10
#define IPV6_UNICAST_HOPS	16
#define IPV6_MULTICAST_IF	17
#define IPV6_MULTICAST_HOPS	18
#define IPV6_MULTICAST_LOOP	19
#define IPV6_JOIN_GROUP		20
#define IPV6_LEAVE_GROUP	21
#define IPV6_ROUTER_ALERT	22
#define IPV6_MTU_DISCOVER	23
#define IPV6_MTU		24
#define IPV6_RECVERR		25
#define IPV6_V6ONLY		26
#define IPV6_JOIN_ANYCAST	27
#define IPV6_LEAVE_ANYCAST	28
#define IPV6_IPSEC_POLICY	34
#define IPV6_XFRM_POLICY	35
#define IPV6_HDRINCL		36

/* Advanced API (RFC3542) (1).  */
#define IPV6_RECVPKTINFO	49
#define IPV6_PKTINFO		50
#define IPV6_RECVHOPLIMIT	51
#define IPV6_HOPLIMIT		52
#define IPV6_RECVHOPOPTS	53
#define IPV6_HOPOPTS		54
#define IPV6_RTHDRDSTOPTS	55
#define IPV6_RECVRTHDR		56
#define IPV6_RTHDR		57
#define IPV6_RECVDSTOPTS	58
#define IPV6_DSTOPTS		59
#define IPV6_RECVPATHMTU	60
#define IPV6_PATHMTU		61
#define IPV6_DONTFRAG		62

/* Advanced API (RFC3542) (2).  */
#define IPV6_RECVTCLASS		66
#define IPV6_TCLASS		67

#define IPV6_AUTOFLOWLABEL	70

/* RFC5014.  */
#define IPV6_ADDR_PREFERENCES	72

/* RFC5082.  */
#define IPV6_MINHOPCOUNT	73

#define IPV6_ORIGDSTADDR	74
#define IPV6_RECVORIGDSTADDR	IPV6_ORIGDSTADDR
#define IPV6_TRANSPARENT	75
#define IPV6_UNICAST_IF		76
#define IPV6_RECVFRAGSIZE	77
#define IPV6_FREEBIND		78

/* Obsolete synonyms for the above.  */
#if !__USE_KERNEL_IPV6_DEFS
# define IPV6_ADD_MEMBERSHIP	IPV6_JOIN_GROUP
# define IPV6_DROP_MEMBERSHIP	IPV6_LEAVE_GROUP
#endif
#define IPV6_RXHOPOPTS		IPV6_HOPOPTS
#define IPV6_RXDSTOPTS		IPV6_DSTOPTS

/* IPV6_MTU_DISCOVER values.  */
#define IPV6_PMTUDISC_DONT	0	/* Never send DF frames.  */
#define IPV6_PMTUDISC_WANT	1	/* Use per route hints.  */
#define IPV6_PMTUDISC_DO	2	/* Always DF.  */
#define IPV6_PMTUDISC_PROBE	3	/* Ignore dst pmtu.  */
#define IPV6_PMTUDISC_INTERFACE	4	/* See IP_PMTUDISC_INTERFACE.  */
#define IPV6_PMTUDISC_OMIT	5	/* See IP_PMTUDISC_OMIT.  */

/* Socket level values for IPv6.  */
#define SOL_IPV6        41
#define SOL_ICMPV6      58

/* Routing header options for IPv6.  */
#define IPV6_RTHDR_LOOSE	0	/* Hop doesn't need to be neighbour. */
#define IPV6_RTHDR_STRICT	1	/* Hop must be a neighbour.  */

#define IPV6_RTHDR_TYPE_0	0	/* IPv6 Routing header type 0.  */
/* Definition of struct sockaddr_* common members and sizes, generic version.
   Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 * Never include this file directly; use <sys/socket.h> instead.
 */

#ifndef _BITS_SOCKADDR_H
#define _BITS_SOCKADDR_H	1


/* POSIX.1g specifies this type name for the `sa_family' member.  */
typedef unsigned short int sa_family_t;

/* This macro is used to declare the initial common members
   of the data types used for socket addresses, `struct sockaddr',
   `struct sockaddr_in', `struct sockaddr_un', etc.  */

#define	__SOCKADDR_COMMON(sa_prefix) \
  sa_family_t sa_prefix##family

#define __SOCKADDR_COMMON_SIZE	(sizeof (unsigned short int))

/* Size of struct sockaddr_storage.  */
#define _SS_SIZE 128

#endif	/* bits/sockaddr.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_POLL_H
# error "Never use <bits/poll.h> directly; include <sys/poll.h> instead."
#endif

/* Event types that can be polled for.  These bits may be set in `events'
   to indicate the interesting event types; they will appear in `revents'
   to indicate the status of the file descriptor.  */
#define POLLIN		0x001		/* There is data to read.  */
#define POLLPRI		0x002		/* There is urgent data to read.  */
#define POLLOUT		0x004		/* Writing now will not block.  */

#if defined __USE_XOPEN || defined __USE_XOPEN2K8
/* These values are defined in XPG4.2.  */
# define POLLRDNORM	0x040		/* Normal data may be read.  */
# define POLLRDBAND	0x080		/* Priority data may be read.  */
# define POLLWRNORM	0x100		/* Writing now will not block.  */
# define POLLWRBAND	0x200		/* Priority data may be written.  */
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* These are extensions for Linux.  */
# define POLLMSG	0x400
# define POLLREMOVE	0x1000
# define POLLRDHUP	0x2000
#endif

/* Event types always implicitly polled for.  These bits need not be set in
   `events', but they will appear in `revents' to indicate the status of
   the file descriptor.  */
#define POLLERR		0x008		/* Error condition.  */
#define POLLHUP		0x010		/* Hung up.  */
#define POLLNVAL	0x020		/* Invalid polling request.  */
/* Inline functions to return unsigned integer values unchanged.
   Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#if !defined _NETINET_IN_H && !defined _ENDIAN_H
# error "Never use <bits/uintn-identity.h> directly; include <netinet/in.h> or <endian.h> instead."
#endif

#ifndef _BITS_UINTN_IDENTITY_H
#define _BITS_UINTN_IDENTITY_H 1

#include <bits/types.h>

/* These inline functions are to ensure the appropriate type
   conversions and associated diagnostics from macros that convert to
   a given endianness.  */

static __inline __uint16_t
__uint16_identity (__uint16_t __x)
{
  return __x;
}

static __inline __uint32_t
__uint32_identity (__uint32_t __x)
{
  return __x;
}

static __inline __uint64_t
__uint64_identity (__uint64_t __x)
{
  return __x;
}

#endif /* _BITS_UINTN_IDENTITY_H.  */
/* siginfo constants.  Linux version.
   Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_SIGINFO_CONSTS_H
#define _BITS_SIGINFO_CONSTS_H 1

#ifndef _SIGNAL_H
#error "Don't include <bits/siginfo-consts.h> directly; use <signal.h> instead."
#endif

/* Most of these constants are uniform across all architectures, but there
   is one exception.  */
#include <bits/siginfo-arch.h>
#ifndef __SI_ASYNCIO_AFTER_SIGIO
# define __SI_ASYNCIO_AFTER_SIGIO 1
#endif

/* Values for `si_code'.  Positive values are reserved for kernel-generated
   signals.  */
enum
{
  SI_ASYNCNL = -60,		/* Sent by asynch name lookup completion.  */
  SI_TKILL = -6,		/* Sent by tkill.  */
  SI_SIGIO,			/* Sent by queued SIGIO. */
#if __SI_ASYNCIO_AFTER_SIGIO
  SI_ASYNCIO,			/* Sent by AIO completion.  */
  SI_MESGQ,			/* Sent by real time mesq state change.  */
  SI_TIMER,			/* Sent by timer expiration.  */
#else
  SI_MESGQ,
  SI_TIMER,
  SI_ASYNCIO,
#endif
  SI_QUEUE,			/* Sent by sigqueue.  */
  SI_USER,			/* Sent by kill, sigsend.  */
  SI_KERNEL = 0x80		/* Send by kernel.  */

#define SI_ASYNCNL	SI_ASYNCNL
#define SI_TKILL	SI_TKILL
#define SI_SIGIO	SI_SIGIO
#define SI_ASYNCIO	SI_ASYNCIO
#define SI_MESGQ	SI_MESGQ
#define SI_TIMER	SI_TIMER
#define SI_ASYNCIO	SI_ASYNCIO
#define SI_QUEUE	SI_QUEUE
#define SI_USER		SI_USER
#define SI_KERNEL	SI_KERNEL
};


# if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_XOPEN2K8
/* `si_code' values for SIGILL signal.  */
enum
{
  ILL_ILLOPC = 1,		/* Illegal opcode.  */
#  define ILL_ILLOPC	ILL_ILLOPC
  ILL_ILLOPN,			/* Illegal operand.  */
#  define ILL_ILLOPN	ILL_ILLOPN
  ILL_ILLADR,			/* Illegal addressing mode.  */
#  define ILL_ILLADR	ILL_ILLADR
  ILL_ILLTRP,			/* Illegal trap. */
#  define ILL_ILLTRP	ILL_ILLTRP
  ILL_PRVOPC,			/* Privileged opcode.  */
#  define ILL_PRVOPC	ILL_PRVOPC
  ILL_PRVREG,			/* Privileged register.  */
#  define ILL_PRVREG	ILL_PRVREG
  ILL_COPROC,			/* Coprocessor error.  */
#  define ILL_COPROC	ILL_COPROC
  ILL_BADSTK			/* Internal stack error.  */
#  define ILL_BADSTK	ILL_BADSTK
};

/* `si_code' values for SIGFPE signal.  */
enum
{
  FPE_INTDIV = 1,		/* Integer divide by zero.  */
#  define FPE_INTDIV	FPE_INTDIV
  FPE_INTOVF,			/* Integer overflow.  */
#  define FPE_INTOVF	FPE_INTOVF
  FPE_FLTDIV,			/* Floating point divide by zero.  */
#  define FPE_FLTDIV	FPE_FLTDIV
  FPE_FLTOVF,			/* Floating point overflow.  */
#  define FPE_FLTOVF	FPE_FLTOVF
  FPE_FLTUND,			/* Floating point underflow.  */
#  define FPE_FLTUND	FPE_FLTUND
  FPE_FLTRES,			/* Floating point inexact result.  */
#  define FPE_FLTRES	FPE_FLTRES
  FPE_FLTINV,			/* Floating point invalid operation.  */
#  define FPE_FLTINV	FPE_FLTINV
  FPE_FLTSUB			/* Subscript out of range.  */
#  define FPE_FLTSUB	FPE_FLTSUB
};

/* `si_code' values for SIGSEGV signal.  */
enum
{
  SEGV_MAPERR = 1,		/* Address not mapped to object.  */
#  define SEGV_MAPERR	SEGV_MAPERR
  SEGV_ACCERR,			/* Invalid permissions for mapped object.  */
#  define SEGV_ACCERR	SEGV_ACCERR
  SEGV_BNDERR,			/* Bounds checking failure.  */
#  define SEGV_BNDERR	SEGV_BNDERR
  SEGV_PKUERR			/* Protection key checking failure.  */
#  define SEGV_PKUERR	SEGV_PKUERR
};

/* `si_code' values for SIGBUS signal.  */
enum
{
  BUS_ADRALN = 1,		/* Invalid address alignment.  */
#  define BUS_ADRALN	BUS_ADRALN
  BUS_ADRERR,			/* Non-existant physical address.  */
#  define BUS_ADRERR	BUS_ADRERR
  BUS_OBJERR,			/* Object specific hardware error.  */
#  define BUS_OBJERR	BUS_OBJERR
  BUS_MCEERR_AR,		/* Hardware memory error: action required.  */
#  define BUS_MCEERR_AR	BUS_MCEERR_AR
  BUS_MCEERR_AO			/* Hardware memory error: action optional.  */
#  define BUS_MCEERR_AO	BUS_MCEERR_AO
};
# endif

# ifdef __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED
/* `si_code' values for SIGTRAP signal.  */
enum
{
  TRAP_BRKPT = 1,		/* Process breakpoint.  */
#  define TRAP_BRKPT	TRAP_BRKPT
  TRAP_TRACE			/* Process trace trap.  */
#  define TRAP_TRACE	TRAP_TRACE
};
# endif

# if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_XOPEN2K8
/* `si_code' values for SIGCHLD signal.  */
enum
{
  CLD_EXITED = 1,		/* Child has exited.  */
#  define CLD_EXITED	CLD_EXITED
  CLD_KILLED,			/* Child was killed.  */
#  define CLD_KILLED	CLD_KILLED
  CLD_DUMPED,			/* Child terminated abnormally.  */
#  define CLD_DUMPED	CLD_DUMPED
  CLD_TRAPPED,			/* Traced child has trapped.  */
#  define CLD_TRAPPED	CLD_TRAPPED
  CLD_STOPPED,			/* Child has stopped.  */
#  define CLD_STOPPED	CLD_STOPPED
  CLD_CONTINUED			/* Stopped child has continued.  */
#  define CLD_CONTINUED	CLD_CONTINUED
};

/* `si_code' values for SIGPOLL signal.  */
enum
{
  POLL_IN = 1,			/* Data input available.  */
#  define POLL_IN	POLL_IN
  POLL_OUT,			/* Output buffers available.  */
#  define POLL_OUT	POLL_OUT
  POLL_MSG,			/* Input message available.   */
#  define POLL_MSG	POLL_MSG
  POLL_ERR,			/* I/O error.  */
#  define POLL_ERR	POLL_ERR
  POLL_PRI,			/* High priority input available.  */
#  define POLL_PRI	POLL_PRI
  POLL_HUP			/* Device disconnected.  */
#  define POLL_HUP	POLL_HUP
};
# endif

/* Architectures might also add architecture-specific constants.
   These are all considered GNU extensions.  */
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# include <bits/siginfo-consts-arch.h>
#endif

#endif
/* Prototype declarations for complex math functions;
   helper file for <complex.h>.
   Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/* NOTE: Because of the special way this file is used by <complex.h>, this
   file must NOT be protected from multiple inclusion as header files
   usually are.

   This file provides prototype declarations for the math functions.
   Most functions are declared using the macro:

   __MATHCALL (NAME, (ARGS...));

   This means there is a function `NAME' returning `double' and a function
   `NAMEf' returning `float'.  Each place `_Mdouble_' appears in the
   prototype, that is actually `double' in the prototype for `NAME' and
   `float' in the prototype for `NAMEf'.  Reentrant variant functions are
   called `NAME_r' and `NAMEf_r'.

   Functions returning other types like `int' are declared using the macro:

   __MATHDECL (TYPE, NAME, (ARGS...));

   This is just like __MATHCALL but for a function returning `TYPE'
   instead of `_Mdouble_'.  In all of these cases, there is still
   both a `NAME' and a `NAMEf' that takes `float' arguments.  */

#ifndef _COMPLEX_H
#error "Never use <bits/cmathcalls.h> directly; include <complex.h> instead."
#endif

#ifndef _Mdouble_complex_
# define _Mdouble_complex_ _Mdouble_ _Complex
#endif


/* Trigonometric functions.  */

/* Arc cosine of Z.  */
__MATHCALL (cacos, (_Mdouble_complex_ __z));
/* Arc sine of Z.  */
__MATHCALL (casin, (_Mdouble_complex_ __z));
/* Arc tangent of Z.  */
__MATHCALL (catan, (_Mdouble_complex_ __z));

/* Cosine of Z.  */
__MATHCALL (ccos, (_Mdouble_complex_ __z));
/* Sine of Z.  */
__MATHCALL (csin, (_Mdouble_complex_ __z));
/* Tangent of Z.  */
__MATHCALL (ctan, (_Mdouble_complex_ __z));


/* Hyperbolic functions.  */

/* Hyperbolic arc cosine of Z.  */
__MATHCALL (cacosh, (_Mdouble_complex_ __z));
/* Hyperbolic arc sine of Z.  */
__MATHCALL (casinh, (_Mdouble_complex_ __z));
/* Hyperbolic arc tangent of Z.  */
__MATHCALL (catanh, (_Mdouble_complex_ __z));

/* Hyperbolic cosine of Z.  */
__MATHCALL (ccosh, (_Mdouble_complex_ __z));
/* Hyperbolic sine of Z.  */
__MATHCALL (csinh, (_Mdouble_complex_ __z));
/* Hyperbolic tangent of Z.  */
__MATHCALL (ctanh, (_Mdouble_complex_ __z));


/* Exponential and logarithmic functions.  */

/* Exponential function of Z.  */
__MATHCALL (cexp, (_Mdouble_complex_ __z));

/* Natural logarithm of Z.  */
__MATHCALL (clog, (_Mdouble_complex_ __z));

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* The base 10 logarithm is not defined by the standard but to implement
   the standard C++ library it is handy.  */
__MATHCALL (clog10, (_Mdouble_complex_ __z));
#endif

/* Power functions.  */

/* Return X to the Y power.  */
__MATHCALL (cpow, (_Mdouble_complex_ __x, _Mdouble_complex_ __y));

/* Return the square root of Z.  */
__MATHCALL (csqrt, (_Mdouble_complex_ __z));


/* Absolute value, conjugates, and projection.  */

/* Absolute value of Z.  */
__MATHDECL (_Mdouble_,cabs, (_Mdouble_complex_ __z));

/* Argument value of Z.  */
__MATHDECL (_Mdouble_,carg, (_Mdouble_complex_ __z));

/* Complex conjugate of Z.  */
__MATHCALL (conj, (_Mdouble_complex_ __z));

/* Projection of Z onto the Riemann sphere.  */
__MATHCALL (cproj, (_Mdouble_complex_ __z));


/* Decomposing complex values.  */

/* Imaginary part of Z.  */
__MATHDECL (_Mdouble_,cimag, (_Mdouble_complex_ __z));

/* Real part of Z.  */
__MATHDECL (_Mdouble_,creal, (_Mdouble_complex_ __z));
/* Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _NETDB_H
# error "Never include <bits/netdb.h> directly; use <netdb.h> instead."
#endif


/* Description of data base entry for a single network.  NOTE: here a
   poor assumption is made.  The network number is expected to fit
   into an unsigned long int variable.  */
struct netent
{
  char *n_name;			/* Official name of network.  */
  char **n_aliases;		/* Alias list.  */
  int n_addrtype;		/* Net address type.  */
  uint32_t n_net;		/* Network number.  */
};
/* Definition of the cpu_set_t structure used by the POSIX 1003.1b-1993
   scheduling interface.
   Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_CPU_SET_H
#define _BITS_CPU_SET_H 1

#ifndef _SCHED_H
# error "Never include <bits/cpu-set.h> directly; use <sched.h> instead."
#endif

/* Size definition for CPU sets.  */
#define __CPU_SETSIZE	1024
#define __NCPUBITS	(8 * sizeof (__cpu_mask))

/* Type for array elements in 'cpu_set_t'.  */
typedef __CPU_MASK_TYPE __cpu_mask;

/* Basic access functions.  */
#define __CPUELT(cpu)	((cpu) / __NCPUBITS)
#define __CPUMASK(cpu)	((__cpu_mask) 1 << ((cpu) % __NCPUBITS))

/* Data structure to describe CPU mask.  */
typedef struct
{
  __cpu_mask __bits[__CPU_SETSIZE / __NCPUBITS];
} cpu_set_t;

/* Access functions for CPU masks.  */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2, 91)
# define __CPU_ZERO_S(setsize, cpusetp) \
  do __builtin_memset (cpusetp, '\0', setsize); while (0)
#else
# define __CPU_ZERO_S(setsize, cpusetp) \
  do {									      \
    size_t __i;								      \
    size_t __imax = (setsize) / sizeof (__cpu_mask);			      \
    __cpu_mask *__bits = (cpusetp)->__bits;				      \
    for (__i = 0; __i < __imax; ++__i)					      \
      __bits[__i] = 0;							      \
  } while (0)
#endif
#define __CPU_SET_S(cpu, setsize, cpusetp) \
  (__extension__							      \
   ({ size_t __cpu = (cpu);						      \
      __cpu / 8 < (setsize)						      \
      ? (((__cpu_mask *) ((cpusetp)->__bits))[__CPUELT (__cpu)]		      \
	 |= __CPUMASK (__cpu))						      \
      : 0; }))
#define __CPU_CLR_S(cpu, setsize, cpusetp) \
  (__extension__							      \
   ({ size_t __cpu = (cpu);						      \
      __cpu / 8 < (setsize)						      \
      ? (((__cpu_mask *) ((cpusetp)->__bits))[__CPUELT (__cpu)]		      \
	 &= ~__CPUMASK (__cpu))						      \
      : 0; }))
#define __CPU_ISSET_S(cpu, setsize, cpusetp) \
  (__extension__							      \
   ({ size_t __cpu = (cpu);						      \
      __cpu / 8 < (setsize)						      \
      ? ((((const __cpu_mask *) ((cpusetp)->__bits))[__CPUELT (__cpu)]	      \
	  & __CPUMASK (__cpu))) != 0					      \
      : 0; }))

#define __CPU_COUNT_S(setsize, cpusetp) \
  __sched_cpucount (setsize, cpusetp)

#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2, 91)
# define __CPU_EQUAL_S(setsize, cpusetp1, cpusetp2) \
  (__builtin_memcmp (cpusetp1, cpusetp2, setsize) == 0)
#else
# define __CPU_EQUAL_S(setsize, cpusetp1, cpusetp2) \
  (__extension__							      \
   ({ const __cpu_mask *__arr1 = (cpusetp1)->__bits;			      \
      const __cpu_mask *__arr2 = (cpusetp2)->__bits;			      \
      size_t __imax = (setsize) / sizeof (__cpu_mask);			      \
      size_t __i;							      \
      for (__i = 0; __i < __imax; ++__i)				      \
	if (__arr1[__i] != __arr2[__i])					      \
	  break;							      \
      __i == __imax; }))
#endif

#define __CPU_OP_S(setsize, destset, srcset1, srcset2, op) \
  (__extension__							      \
   ({ cpu_set_t *__dest = (destset);					      \
      const __cpu_mask *__arr1 = (srcset1)->__bits;			      \
      const __cpu_mask *__arr2 = (srcset2)->__bits;			      \
      size_t __imax = (setsize) / sizeof (__cpu_mask);			      \
      size_t __i;							      \
      for (__i = 0; __i < __imax; ++__i)				      \
	((__cpu_mask *) __dest->__bits)[__i] = __arr1[__i] op __arr2[__i];    \
      __dest; }))

#define __CPU_ALLOC_SIZE(count) \
  ((((count) + __NCPUBITS - 1) / __NCPUBITS) * sizeof (__cpu_mask))
#define __CPU_ALLOC(count) __sched_cpualloc (count)
#define __CPU_FREE(cpuset) __sched_cpufree (cpuset)

__BEGIN_DECLS

extern int __sched_cpucount (size_t __setsize, const cpu_set_t *__setp)
     __THROW;
extern cpu_set_t *__sched_cpualloc (size_t __count) __THROW __wur;
extern void __sched_cpufree (cpu_set_t *__set) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* bits/cpu-set.h */
/* `sysconf', `pathconf', and `confstr' NAME values.  Generic version.
   Copyright (C) 1993-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _UNISTD_H
# error "Never use <bits/confname.h> directly; include <unistd.h> instead."
#endif

/* Values for the NAME argument to `pathconf' and `fpathconf'.  */
enum
  {
    _PC_LINK_MAX,
#define	_PC_LINK_MAX			_PC_LINK_MAX
    _PC_MAX_CANON,
#define	_PC_MAX_CANON			_PC_MAX_CANON
    _PC_MAX_INPUT,
#define	_PC_MAX_INPUT			_PC_MAX_INPUT
    _PC_NAME_MAX,
#define	_PC_NAME_MAX			_PC_NAME_MAX
    _PC_PATH_MAX,
#define	_PC_PATH_MAX			_PC_PATH_MAX
    _PC_PIPE_BUF,
#define	_PC_PIPE_BUF			_PC_PIPE_BUF
    _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED,
#define	_PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED		_PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED
    _PC_NO_TRUNC,
#define	_PC_NO_TRUNC			_PC_NO_TRUNC
    _PC_VDISABLE,
#define _PC_VDISABLE			_PC_VDISABLE
    _PC_SYNC_IO,
#define	_PC_SYNC_IO			_PC_SYNC_IO
    _PC_ASYNC_IO,
#define	_PC_ASYNC_IO			_PC_ASYNC_IO
    _PC_PRIO_IO,
#define	_PC_PRIO_IO			_PC_PRIO_IO
    _PC_SOCK_MAXBUF,
#define	_PC_SOCK_MAXBUF			_PC_SOCK_MAXBUF
    _PC_FILESIZEBITS,
#define _PC_FILESIZEBITS		_PC_FILESIZEBITS
    _PC_REC_INCR_XFER_SIZE,
#define _PC_REC_INCR_XFER_SIZE		_PC_REC_INCR_XFER_SIZE
    _PC_REC_MAX_XFER_SIZE,
#define _PC_REC_MAX_XFER_SIZE		_PC_REC_MAX_XFER_SIZE
    _PC_REC_MIN_XFER_SIZE,
#define _PC_REC_MIN_XFER_SIZE		_PC_REC_MIN_XFER_SIZE
    _PC_REC_XFER_ALIGN,
#define _PC_REC_XFER_ALIGN		_PC_REC_XFER_ALIGN
    _PC_ALLOC_SIZE_MIN,
#define _PC_ALLOC_SIZE_MIN		_PC_ALLOC_SIZE_MIN
    _PC_SYMLINK_MAX,
#define _PC_SYMLINK_MAX			_PC_SYMLINK_MAX
    _PC_2_SYMLINKS
#define _PC_2_SYMLINKS			_PC_2_SYMLINKS
  };

/* Values for the argument to `sysconf'.  */
enum
  {
    _SC_ARG_MAX,
#define	_SC_ARG_MAX			_SC_ARG_MAX
    _SC_CHILD_MAX,
#define	_SC_CHILD_MAX			_SC_CHILD_MAX
    _SC_CLK_TCK,
#define	_SC_CLK_TCK			_SC_CLK_TCK
    _SC_NGROUPS_MAX,
#define	_SC_NGROUPS_MAX			_SC_NGROUPS_MAX
    _SC_OPEN_MAX,
#define	_SC_OPEN_MAX			_SC_OPEN_MAX
    _SC_STREAM_MAX,
#define	_SC_STREAM_MAX			_SC_STREAM_MAX
    _SC_TZNAME_MAX,
#define	_SC_TZNAME_MAX			_SC_TZNAME_MAX
    _SC_JOB_CONTROL,
#define	_SC_JOB_CONTROL			_SC_JOB_CONTROL
    _SC_SAVED_IDS,
#define	_SC_SAVED_IDS			_SC_SAVED_IDS
    _SC_REALTIME_SIGNALS,
#define	_SC_REALTIME_SIGNALS		_SC_REALTIME_SIGNALS
    _SC_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING,
#define	_SC_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING		_SC_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING
    _SC_TIMERS,
#define	_SC_TIMERS			_SC_TIMERS
    _SC_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO,
#define	_SC_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO		_SC_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO
    _SC_PRIORITIZED_IO,
#define	_SC_PRIORITIZED_IO		_SC_PRIORITIZED_IO
    _SC_SYNCHRONIZED_IO,
#define	_SC_SYNCHRONIZED_IO		_SC_SYNCHRONIZED_IO
    _SC_FSYNC,
#define	_SC_FSYNC			_SC_FSYNC
    _SC_MAPPED_FILES,
#define	_SC_MAPPED_FILES		_SC_MAPPED_FILES
    _SC_MEMLOCK,
#define	_SC_MEMLOCK			_SC_MEMLOCK
    _SC_MEMLOCK_RANGE,
#define	_SC_MEMLOCK_RANGE		_SC_MEMLOCK_RANGE
    _SC_MEMORY_PROTECTION,
#define	_SC_MEMORY_PROTECTION		_SC_MEMORY_PROTECTION
    _SC_MESSAGE_PASSING,
#define	_SC_MESSAGE_PASSING		_SC_MESSAGE_PASSING
    _SC_SEMAPHORES,
#define	_SC_SEMAPHORES			_SC_SEMAPHORES
    _SC_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS,
#define	_SC_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS	_SC_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS
    _SC_AIO_LISTIO_MAX,
#define	_SC_AIO_LISTIO_MAX		_SC_AIO_LISTIO_MAX
    _SC_AIO_MAX,
#define	_SC_AIO_MAX			_SC_AIO_MAX
    _SC_AIO_PRIO_DELTA_MAX,
#define	_SC_AIO_PRIO_DELTA_MAX		_SC_AIO_PRIO_DELTA_MAX
    _SC_DELAYTIMER_MAX,
#define	_SC_DELAYTIMER_MAX		_SC_DELAYTIMER_MAX
    _SC_MQ_OPEN_MAX,
#define	_SC_MQ_OPEN_MAX			_SC_MQ_OPEN_MAX
    _SC_MQ_PRIO_MAX,
#define	_SC_MQ_PRIO_MAX			_SC_MQ_PRIO_MAX
    _SC_VERSION,
#define	_SC_VERSION			_SC_VERSION
    _SC_PAGESIZE,
#define	_SC_PAGESIZE			_SC_PAGESIZE
#define	_SC_PAGE_SIZE			_SC_PAGESIZE
    _SC_RTSIG_MAX,
#define	_SC_RTSIG_MAX			_SC_RTSIG_MAX
    _SC_SEM_NSEMS_MAX,
#define	_SC_SEM_NSEMS_MAX		_SC_SEM_NSEMS_MAX
    _SC_SEM_VALUE_MAX,
#define	_SC_SEM_VALUE_MAX		_SC_SEM_VALUE_MAX
    _SC_SIGQUEUE_MAX,
#define	_SC_SIGQUEUE_MAX		_SC_SIGQUEUE_MAX
    _SC_TIMER_MAX,
#define	_SC_TIMER_MAX			_SC_TIMER_MAX

    /* Values for the argument to `sysconf'
       corresponding to _POSIX2_* symbols.  */
    _SC_BC_BASE_MAX,
#define	_SC_BC_BASE_MAX			_SC_BC_BASE_MAX
    _SC_BC_DIM_MAX,
#define	_SC_BC_DIM_MAX			_SC_BC_DIM_MAX
    _SC_BC_SCALE_MAX,
#define	_SC_BC_SCALE_MAX		_SC_BC_SCALE_MAX
    _SC_BC_STRING_MAX,
#define	_SC_BC_STRING_MAX		_SC_BC_STRING_MAX
    _SC_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX,
#define	_SC_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX		_SC_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX
    _SC_EQUIV_CLASS_MAX,
#define	_SC_EQUIV_CLASS_MAX		_SC_EQUIV_CLASS_MAX
    _SC_EXPR_NEST_MAX,
#define	_SC_EXPR_NEST_MAX		_SC_EXPR_NEST_MAX
    _SC_LINE_MAX,
#define	_SC_LINE_MAX			_SC_LINE_MAX
    _SC_RE_DUP_MAX,
#define	_SC_RE_DUP_MAX			_SC_RE_DUP_MAX
    _SC_CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX,
#define	_SC_CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX		_SC_CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX

    _SC_2_VERSION,
#define	_SC_2_VERSION			_SC_2_VERSION
    _SC_2_C_BIND,
#define	_SC_2_C_BIND			_SC_2_C_BIND
    _SC_2_C_DEV,
#define	_SC_2_C_DEV			_SC_2_C_DEV
    _SC_2_FORT_DEV,
#define	_SC_2_FORT_DEV			_SC_2_FORT_DEV
    _SC_2_FORT_RUN,
#define	_SC_2_FORT_RUN			_SC_2_FORT_RUN
    _SC_2_SW_DEV,
#define	_SC_2_SW_DEV			_SC_2_SW_DEV
    _SC_2_LOCALEDEF,
#define	_SC_2_LOCALEDEF			_SC_2_LOCALEDEF

    _SC_PII,
#define	_SC_PII				_SC_PII
    _SC_PII_XTI,
#define	_SC_PII_XTI			_SC_PII_XTI
    _SC_PII_SOCKET,
#define	_SC_PII_SOCKET			_SC_PII_SOCKET
    _SC_PII_INTERNET,
#define	_SC_PII_INTERNET		_SC_PII_INTERNET
    _SC_PII_OSI,
#define	_SC_PII_OSI			_SC_PII_OSI
    _SC_POLL,
#define	_SC_POLL			_SC_POLL
    _SC_SELECT,
#define	_SC_SELECT			_SC_SELECT
    _SC_UIO_MAXIOV,
#define	_SC_UIO_MAXIOV			_SC_UIO_MAXIOV
    _SC_IOV_MAX = _SC_UIO_MAXIOV,
#define _SC_IOV_MAX			_SC_IOV_MAX
    _SC_PII_INTERNET_STREAM,
#define	_SC_PII_INTERNET_STREAM		_SC_PII_INTERNET_STREAM
    _SC_PII_INTERNET_DGRAM,
#define	_SC_PII_INTERNET_DGRAM		_SC_PII_INTERNET_DGRAM
    _SC_PII_OSI_COTS,
#define	_SC_PII_OSI_COTS		_SC_PII_OSI_COTS
    _SC_PII_OSI_CLTS,
#define	_SC_PII_OSI_CLTS		_SC_PII_OSI_CLTS
    _SC_PII_OSI_M,
#define	_SC_PII_OSI_M			_SC_PII_OSI_M
    _SC_T_IOV_MAX,
#define	_SC_T_IOV_MAX			_SC_T_IOV_MAX

    /* Values according to POSIX 1003.1c (POSIX threads).  */
    _SC_THREADS,
#define	_SC_THREADS			_SC_THREADS
    _SC_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS,
#define _SC_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS	_SC_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS
    _SC_GETGR_R_SIZE_MAX,
#define	_SC_GETGR_R_SIZE_MAX		_SC_GETGR_R_SIZE_MAX
    _SC_GETPW_R_SIZE_MAX,
#define	_SC_GETPW_R_SIZE_MAX		_SC_GETPW_R_SIZE_MAX
    _SC_LOGIN_NAME_MAX,
#define	_SC_LOGIN_NAME_MAX		_SC_LOGIN_NAME_MAX
    _SC_TTY_NAME_MAX,
#define	_SC_TTY_NAME_MAX		_SC_TTY_NAME_MAX
    _SC_THREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS,
#define	_SC_THREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS _SC_THREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS
    _SC_THREAD_KEYS_MAX,
#define	_SC_THREAD_KEYS_MAX		_SC_THREAD_KEYS_MAX
    _SC_THREAD_STACK_MIN,
#define	_SC_THREAD_STACK_MIN		_SC_THREAD_STACK_MIN
    _SC_THREAD_THREADS_MAX,
#define	_SC_THREAD_THREADS_MAX		_SC_THREAD_THREADS_MAX
    _SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR,
#define	_SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR	_SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR
    _SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE,
#define	_SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE	_SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE
    _SC_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING,
#define	_SC_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING	_SC_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING
    _SC_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT,
#define	_SC_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT		_SC_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT
    _SC_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT,
#define	_SC_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT		_SC_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT
    _SC_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED,
#define	_SC_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED	_SC_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED

    _SC_NPROCESSORS_CONF,
#define _SC_NPROCESSORS_CONF		_SC_NPROCESSORS_CONF
    _SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN,
#define _SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN		_SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN
    _SC_PHYS_PAGES,
#define _SC_PHYS_PAGES			_SC_PHYS_PAGES
    _SC_AVPHYS_PAGES,
#define _SC_AVPHYS_PAGES		_SC_AVPHYS_PAGES
    _SC_ATEXIT_MAX,
#define _SC_ATEXIT_MAX			_SC_ATEXIT_MAX
    _SC_PASS_MAX,
#define _SC_PASS_MAX			_SC_PASS_MAX

    _SC_XOPEN_VERSION,
#define _SC_XOPEN_VERSION		_SC_XOPEN_VERSION
    _SC_XOPEN_XCU_VERSION,
#define _SC_XOPEN_XCU_VERSION		_SC_XOPEN_XCU_VERSION
    _SC_XOPEN_UNIX,
#define _SC_XOPEN_UNIX			_SC_XOPEN_UNIX
    _SC_XOPEN_CRYPT,
#define _SC_XOPEN_CRYPT			_SC_XOPEN_CRYPT
    _SC_XOPEN_ENH_I18N,
#define _SC_XOPEN_ENH_I18N		_SC_XOPEN_ENH_I18N
    _SC_XOPEN_SHM,
#define _SC_XOPEN_SHM			_SC_XOPEN_SHM

    _SC_2_CHAR_TERM,
#define _SC_2_CHAR_TERM			_SC_2_CHAR_TERM
    _SC_2_C_VERSION,
#define _SC_2_C_VERSION			_SC_2_C_VERSION
    _SC_2_UPE,
#define _SC_2_UPE			_SC_2_UPE

    _SC_XOPEN_XPG2,
#define _SC_XOPEN_XPG2			_SC_XOPEN_XPG2
    _SC_XOPEN_XPG3,
#define _SC_XOPEN_XPG3			_SC_XOPEN_XPG3
    _SC_XOPEN_XPG4,
#define _SC_XOPEN_XPG4			_SC_XOPEN_XPG4

    _SC_CHAR_BIT,
#define	_SC_CHAR_BIT			_SC_CHAR_BIT
    _SC_CHAR_MAX,
#define	_SC_CHAR_MAX			_SC_CHAR_MAX
    _SC_CHAR_MIN,
#define	_SC_CHAR_MIN			_SC_CHAR_MIN
    _SC_INT_MAX,
#define	_SC_INT_MAX			_SC_INT_MAX
    _SC_INT_MIN,
#define	_SC_INT_MIN			_SC_INT_MIN
    _SC_LONG_BIT,
#define	_SC_LONG_BIT			_SC_LONG_BIT
    _SC_WORD_BIT,
#define	_SC_WORD_BIT			_SC_WORD_BIT
    _SC_MB_LEN_MAX,
#define	_SC_MB_LEN_MAX			_SC_MB_LEN_MAX
    _SC_NZERO,
#define	_SC_NZERO			_SC_NZERO
    _SC_SSIZE_MAX,
#define	_SC_SSIZE_MAX			_SC_SSIZE_MAX
    _SC_SCHAR_MAX,
#define	_SC_SCHAR_MAX			_SC_SCHAR_MAX
    _SC_SCHAR_MIN,
#define	_SC_SCHAR_MIN			_SC_SCHAR_MIN
    _SC_SHRT_MAX,
#define	_SC_SHRT_MAX			_SC_SHRT_MAX
    _SC_SHRT_MIN,
#define	_SC_SHRT_MIN			_SC_SHRT_MIN
    _SC_UCHAR_MAX,
#define	_SC_UCHAR_MAX			_SC_UCHAR_MAX
    _SC_UINT_MAX,
#define	_SC_UINT_MAX			_SC_UINT_MAX
    _SC_ULONG_MAX,
#define	_SC_ULONG_MAX			_SC_ULONG_MAX
    _SC_USHRT_MAX,
#define	_SC_USHRT_MAX			_SC_USHRT_MAX

    _SC_NL_ARGMAX,
#define	_SC_NL_ARGMAX			_SC_NL_ARGMAX
    _SC_NL_LANGMAX,
#define	_SC_NL_LANGMAX			_SC_NL_LANGMAX
    _SC_NL_MSGMAX,
#define	_SC_NL_MSGMAX			_SC_NL_MSGMAX
    _SC_NL_NMAX,
#define	_SC_NL_NMAX			_SC_NL_NMAX
    _SC_NL_SETMAX,
#define	_SC_NL_SETMAX			_SC_NL_SETMAX
    _SC_NL_TEXTMAX,
#define	_SC_NL_TEXTMAX			_SC_NL_TEXTMAX

    _SC_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32,
#define _SC_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32		_SC_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32
    _SC_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG,
#define _SC_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG		_SC_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG
    _SC_XBS5_LP64_OFF64,
#define _SC_XBS5_LP64_OFF64		_SC_XBS5_LP64_OFF64
    _SC_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG,
#define _SC_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG		_SC_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG

    _SC_XOPEN_LEGACY,
#define _SC_XOPEN_LEGACY		_SC_XOPEN_LEGACY
    _SC_XOPEN_REALTIME,
#define _SC_XOPEN_REALTIME		_SC_XOPEN_REALTIME
    _SC_XOPEN_REALTIME_THREADS,
#define _SC_XOPEN_REALTIME_THREADS	_SC_XOPEN_REALTIME_THREADS

    _SC_ADVISORY_INFO,
#define _SC_ADVISORY_INFO		_SC_ADVISORY_INFO
    _SC_BARRIERS,
#define _SC_BARRIERS			_SC_BARRIERS
    _SC_BASE,
#define _SC_BASE			_SC_BASE
    _SC_C_LANG_SUPPORT,
#define _SC_C_LANG_SUPPORT		_SC_C_LANG_SUPPORT
    _SC_C_LANG_SUPPORT_R,
#define _SC_C_LANG_SUPPORT_R		_SC_C_LANG_SUPPORT_R
    _SC_CLOCK_SELECTION,
#define _SC_CLOCK_SELECTION		_SC_CLOCK_SELECTION
    _SC_CPUTIME,
#define _SC_CPUTIME			_SC_CPUTIME
    _SC_THREAD_CPUTIME,
#define _SC_THREAD_CPUTIME		_SC_THREAD_CPUTIME
    _SC_DEVICE_IO,
#define _SC_DEVICE_IO			_SC_DEVICE_IO
    _SC_DEVICE_SPECIFIC,
#define _SC_DEVICE_SPECIFIC		_SC_DEVICE_SPECIFIC
    _SC_DEVICE_SPECIFIC_R,
#define _SC_DEVICE_SPECIFIC_R		_SC_DEVICE_SPECIFIC_R
    _SC_FD_MGMT,
#define _SC_FD_MGMT			_SC_FD_MGMT
    _SC_FIFO,
#define _SC_FIFO			_SC_FIFO
    _SC_PIPE,
#define _SC_PIPE			_SC_PIPE
    _SC_FILE_ATTRIBUTES,
#define _SC_FILE_ATTRIBUTES		_SC_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
    _SC_FILE_LOCKING,
#define _SC_FILE_LOCKING		_SC_FILE_LOCKING
    _SC_FILE_SYSTEM,
#define _SC_FILE_SYSTEM			_SC_FILE_SYSTEM
    _SC_MONOTONIC_CLOCK,
#define _SC_MONOTONIC_CLOCK		_SC_MONOTONIC_CLOCK
    _SC_MULTI_PROCESS,
#define _SC_MULTI_PROCESS		_SC_MULTI_PROCESS
    _SC_SINGLE_PROCESS,
#define _SC_SINGLE_PROCESS		_SC_SINGLE_PROCESS
    _SC_NETWORKING,
#define _SC_NETWORKING			_SC_NETWORKING
    _SC_READER_WRITER_LOCKS,
#define _SC_READER_WRITER_LOCKS		_SC_READER_WRITER_LOCKS
    _SC_SPIN_LOCKS,
#define _SC_SPIN_LOCKS			_SC_SPIN_LOCKS
    _SC_REGEXP,
#define _SC_REGEXP			_SC_REGEXP
    _SC_REGEX_VERSION,
#define _SC_REGEX_VERSION		_SC_REGEX_VERSION
    _SC_SHELL,
#define _SC_SHELL			_SC_SHELL
    _SC_SIGNALS,
#define _SC_SIGNALS			_SC_SIGNALS
    _SC_SPAWN,
#define _SC_SPAWN			_SC_SPAWN
    _SC_SPORADIC_SERVER,
#define _SC_SPORADIC_SERVER		_SC_SPORADIC_SERVER
    _SC_THREAD_SPORADIC_SERVER,
#define _SC_THREAD_SPORADIC_SERVER	_SC_THREAD_SPORADIC_SERVER
    _SC_SYSTEM_DATABASE,
#define _SC_SYSTEM_DATABASE		_SC_SYSTEM_DATABASE
    _SC_SYSTEM_DATABASE_R,
#define _SC_SYSTEM_DATABASE_R		_SC_SYSTEM_DATABASE_R
    _SC_TIMEOUTS,
#define _SC_TIMEOUTS			_SC_TIMEOUTS
    _SC_TYPED_MEMORY_OBJECTS,
#define _SC_TYPED_MEMORY_OBJECTS	_SC_TYPED_MEMORY_OBJECTS
    _SC_USER_GROUPS,
#define _SC_USER_GROUPS			_SC_USER_GROUPS
    _SC_USER_GROUPS_R,
#define _SC_USER_GROUPS_R		_SC_USER_GROUPS_R
    _SC_2_PBS,
#define _SC_2_PBS			_SC_2_PBS
    _SC_2_PBS_ACCOUNTING,
#define _SC_2_PBS_ACCOUNTING		_SC_2_PBS_ACCOUNTING
    _SC_2_PBS_LOCATE,
#define _SC_2_PBS_LOCATE		_SC_2_PBS_LOCATE
    _SC_2_PBS_MESSAGE,
#define _SC_2_PBS_MESSAGE		_SC_2_PBS_MESSAGE
    _SC_2_PBS_TRACK,
#define _SC_2_PBS_TRACK			_SC_2_PBS_TRACK
    _SC_SYMLOOP_MAX,
#define _SC_SYMLOOP_MAX			_SC_SYMLOOP_MAX
    _SC_STREAMS,
#define _SC_STREAMS			_SC_STREAMS
    _SC_2_PBS_CHECKPOINT,
#define _SC_2_PBS_CHECKPOINT		_SC_2_PBS_CHECKPOINT

    _SC_V6_ILP32_OFF32,
#define _SC_V6_ILP32_OFF32		_SC_V6_ILP32_OFF32
    _SC_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG,
#define _SC_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG		_SC_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG
    _SC_V6_LP64_OFF64,
#define _SC_V6_LP64_OFF64		_SC_V6_LP64_OFF64
    _SC_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG,
#define _SC_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG		_SC_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG

    _SC_HOST_NAME_MAX,
#define _SC_HOST_NAME_MAX		_SC_HOST_NAME_MAX
    _SC_TRACE,
#define _SC_TRACE			_SC_TRACE
    _SC_TRACE_EVENT_FILTER,
#define _SC_TRACE_EVENT_FILTER		_SC_TRACE_EVENT_FILTER
    _SC_TRACE_INHERIT,
#define _SC_TRACE_INHERIT		_SC_TRACE_INHERIT
    _SC_TRACE_LOG,
#define _SC_TRACE_LOG			_SC_TRACE_LOG

    _SC_LEVEL1_ICACHE_SIZE,
#define _SC_LEVEL1_ICACHE_SIZE		_SC_LEVEL1_ICACHE_SIZE
    _SC_LEVEL1_ICACHE_ASSOC,
#define _SC_LEVEL1_ICACHE_ASSOC		_SC_LEVEL1_ICACHE_ASSOC
    _SC_LEVEL1_ICACHE_LINESIZE,
#define _SC_LEVEL1_ICACHE_LINESIZE	_SC_LEVEL1_ICACHE_LINESIZE
    _SC_LEVEL1_DCACHE_SIZE,
#define _SC_LEVEL1_DCACHE_SIZE		_SC_LEVEL1_DCACHE_SIZE
    _SC_LEVEL1_DCACHE_ASSOC,
#define _SC_LEVEL1_DCACHE_ASSOC		_SC_LEVEL1_DCACHE_ASSOC
    _SC_LEVEL1_DCACHE_LINESIZE,
#define _SC_LEVEL1_DCACHE_LINESIZE	_SC_LEVEL1_DCACHE_LINESIZE
    _SC_LEVEL2_CACHE_SIZE,
#define _SC_LEVEL2_CACHE_SIZE		_SC_LEVEL2_CACHE_SIZE
    _SC_LEVEL2_CACHE_ASSOC,
#define _SC_LEVEL2_CACHE_ASSOC		_SC_LEVEL2_CACHE_ASSOC
    _SC_LEVEL2_CACHE_LINESIZE,
#define _SC_LEVEL2_CACHE_LINESIZE	_SC_LEVEL2_CACHE_LINESIZE
    _SC_LEVEL3_CACHE_SIZE,
#define _SC_LEVEL3_CACHE_SIZE		_SC_LEVEL3_CACHE_SIZE
    _SC_LEVEL3_CACHE_ASSOC,
#define _SC_LEVEL3_CACHE_ASSOC		_SC_LEVEL3_CACHE_ASSOC
    _SC_LEVEL3_CACHE_LINESIZE,
#define _SC_LEVEL3_CACHE_LINESIZE	_SC_LEVEL3_CACHE_LINESIZE
    _SC_LEVEL4_CACHE_SIZE,
#define _SC_LEVEL4_CACHE_SIZE		_SC_LEVEL4_CACHE_SIZE
    _SC_LEVEL4_CACHE_ASSOC,
#define _SC_LEVEL4_CACHE_ASSOC		_SC_LEVEL4_CACHE_ASSOC
    _SC_LEVEL4_CACHE_LINESIZE,
#define _SC_LEVEL4_CACHE_LINESIZE	_SC_LEVEL4_CACHE_LINESIZE
    /* Leave room here, maybe we need a few more cache levels some day.  */

    _SC_IPV6 = _SC_LEVEL1_ICACHE_SIZE + 50,
#define _SC_IPV6			_SC_IPV6
    _SC_RAW_SOCKETS,
#define _SC_RAW_SOCKETS			_SC_RAW_SOCKETS

    _SC_V7_ILP32_OFF32,
#define _SC_V7_ILP32_OFF32		_SC_V7_ILP32_OFF32
    _SC_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG,
#define _SC_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG		_SC_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG
    _SC_V7_LP64_OFF64,
#define _SC_V7_LP64_OFF64		_SC_V7_LP64_OFF64
    _SC_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG,
#define _SC_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG		_SC_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG

    _SC_SS_REPL_MAX,
#define _SC_SS_REPL_MAX			_SC_SS_REPL_MAX

    _SC_TRACE_EVENT_NAME_MAX,
#define _SC_TRACE_EVENT_NAME_MAX	_SC_TRACE_EVENT_NAME_MAX
    _SC_TRACE_NAME_MAX,
#define _SC_TRACE_NAME_MAX		_SC_TRACE_NAME_MAX
    _SC_TRACE_SYS_MAX,
#define _SC_TRACE_SYS_MAX		_SC_TRACE_SYS_MAX
    _SC_TRACE_USER_EVENT_MAX,
#define _SC_TRACE_USER_EVENT_MAX	_SC_TRACE_USER_EVENT_MAX

    _SC_XOPEN_STREAMS,
#define _SC_XOPEN_STREAMS		_SC_XOPEN_STREAMS

    _SC_THREAD_ROBUST_PRIO_INHERIT,
#define _SC_THREAD_ROBUST_PRIO_INHERIT	_SC_THREAD_ROBUST_PRIO_INHERIT
    _SC_THREAD_ROBUST_PRIO_PROTECT
#define _SC_THREAD_ROBUST_PRIO_PROTECT	_SC_THREAD_ROBUST_PRIO_PROTECT
  };

/* Values for the NAME argument to `confstr'.  */
enum
  {
    _CS_PATH,			/* The default search path.  */
#define _CS_PATH		_CS_PATH

    _CS_V6_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS,
#define _CS_V6_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS	_CS_V6_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS
#define _CS_POSIX_V6_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS	_CS_V6_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS

    _CS_GNU_LIBC_VERSION,
#define _CS_GNU_LIBC_VERSION	_CS_GNU_LIBC_VERSION
    _CS_GNU_LIBPTHREAD_VERSION,
#define _CS_GNU_LIBPTHREAD_VERSION	_CS_GNU_LIBPTHREAD_VERSION

    _CS_V5_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS,
#define _CS_V5_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS	_CS_V5_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS
#define _CS_POSIX_V5_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS	_CS_V5_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS

    _CS_V7_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS,
#define _CS_V7_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS	_CS_V7_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS
#define _CS_POSIX_V7_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS	_CS_V7_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS

    _CS_LFS_CFLAGS = 1000,
#define _CS_LFS_CFLAGS	_CS_LFS_CFLAGS
    _CS_LFS_LDFLAGS,
#define _CS_LFS_LDFLAGS	_CS_LFS_LDFLAGS
    _CS_LFS_LIBS,
#define _CS_LFS_LIBS		_CS_LFS_LIBS
    _CS_LFS_LINTFLAGS,
#define _CS_LFS_LINTFLAGS	_CS_LFS_LINTFLAGS
    _CS_LFS64_CFLAGS,
#define _CS_LFS64_CFLAGS	_CS_LFS64_CFLAGS
    _CS_LFS64_LDFLAGS,
#define _CS_LFS64_LDFLAGS	_CS_LFS64_LDFLAGS
    _CS_LFS64_LIBS,
#define _CS_LFS64_LIBS	_CS_LFS64_LIBS
    _CS_LFS64_LINTFLAGS,
#define _CS_LFS64_LINTFLAGS	_CS_LFS64_LINTFLAGS

    _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS = 1100,
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS
    _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS,
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS
    _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS,
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS
    _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LINTFLAGS,
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LINTFLAGS _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LINTFLAGS
    _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS,
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS
    _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS,
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS
    _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS,
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS
    _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS,
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS
    _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS,
#define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS
    _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS,
#define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS
    _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LIBS,
#define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LIBS _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LIBS
    _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LINTFLAGS,
#define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LINTFLAGS _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LINTFLAGS
    _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS,
#define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS
    _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS,
#define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS
    _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS,
#define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS
    _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS,
#define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS

    _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS
    _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS
    _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS
    _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_LINTFLAGS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_LINTFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_LINTFLAGS
    _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS
    _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS
    _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS
    _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS
    _CS_POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS
    _CS_POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS
    _CS_POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_LIBS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_LIBS _CS_POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_LIBS
    _CS_POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_LINTFLAGS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_LINTFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_LINTFLAGS
    _CS_POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS
    _CS_POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS
    _CS_POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS _CS_POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS
    _CS_POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS

    _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS
    _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS
    _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS
    _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_LINTFLAGS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_LINTFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFF32_LINTFLAGS
    _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS
    _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS
    _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS
    _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_ILP32_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS
    _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS
    _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS
    _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_LIBS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_LIBS _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_LIBS
    _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_LINTFLAGS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_LINTFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_LP64_OFF64_LINTFLAGS
    _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS
    _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS
    _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS
    _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS,
#define _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS _CS_POSIX_V7_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS

    _CS_V6_ENV,
#define _CS_V6_ENV			_CS_V6_ENV
    _CS_V7_ENV
#define _CS_V7_ENV			_CS_V7_ENV
  };
/* -mlong-double-64 compatibility mode for stdio functions.
   Copyright (C) 2006-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _STDIO_H
# error "Never include <bits/stdio-ldbl.h> directly; use <stdio.h> instead."
#endif

__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (fprintf)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (printf)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (sprintf)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (vfprintf)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (vprintf)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (vsprintf)
#if defined __USE_ISOC99 && !defined __USE_GNU \
    && !defined __REDIRECT \
    && (defined __STRICT_ANSI__ || defined __USE_XOPEN2K)
__LDBL_REDIR1_DECL (fscanf, __nldbl___isoc99_fscanf)
__LDBL_REDIR1_DECL (scanf, __nldbl___isoc99_scanf)
__LDBL_REDIR1_DECL (sscanf, __nldbl___isoc99_sscanf)
#else
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (fscanf)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (scanf)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (sscanf)
#endif

#if defined __USE_ISOC99 || defined __USE_UNIX98
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (snprintf)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (vsnprintf)
#endif

#ifdef	__USE_ISOC99
# if !defined __USE_GNU && !defined __REDIRECT \
     && (defined __STRICT_ANSI__ || defined __USE_XOPEN2K)
__LDBL_REDIR1_DECL (vfscanf, __nldbl___isoc99_vfscanf)
__LDBL_REDIR1_DECL (vscanf, __nldbl___isoc99_vscanf)
__LDBL_REDIR1_DECL (vsscanf, __nldbl___isoc99_vsscanf)
# else
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (vfscanf)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (vsscanf)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (vscanf)
# endif
#endif

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K8
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (vdprintf)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (dprintf)
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (vasprintf)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (__asprintf)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (asprintf)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (obstack_printf)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (obstack_vprintf)
#endif

#if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 0 && defined __fortify_function
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (__sprintf_chk)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (__vsprintf_chk)
# if defined __USE_ISOC99 || defined __USE_UNIX98
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (__snprintf_chk)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (__vsnprintf_chk)
# endif
# if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 1
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (__fprintf_chk)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (__printf_chk)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (__vfprintf_chk)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (__vprintf_chk)
#  ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K8
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (__dprintf_chk)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (__vdprintf_chk)
#  endif
#  ifdef __USE_GNU
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (__asprintf_chk)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (__vasprintf_chk)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (__obstack_printf_chk)
__LDBL_REDIR_DECL (__obstack_vprintf_chk)
#  endif
# endif
#endif
/* Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_STATFS_H
# error "Never include <bits/statfs.h> directly; use <sys/statfs.h> instead."
#endif

#include <bits/types.h>

struct statfs
  {
    __fsword_t f_type;
    __fsword_t f_bsize;
#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
    __fsblkcnt_t f_blocks;
    __fsblkcnt_t f_bfree;
    __fsblkcnt_t f_bavail;
    __fsfilcnt_t f_files;
    __fsfilcnt_t f_ffree;
#else
    __fsblkcnt64_t f_blocks;
    __fsblkcnt64_t f_bfree;
    __fsblkcnt64_t f_bavail;
    __fsfilcnt64_t f_files;
    __fsfilcnt64_t f_ffree;
#endif
    __fsid_t f_fsid;
    __fsword_t f_namelen;
    __fsword_t f_frsize;
    __fsword_t f_flags;
    __fsword_t f_spare[4];
  };

#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
struct statfs64
  {
    __fsword_t f_type;
    __fsword_t f_bsize;
    __fsblkcnt64_t f_blocks;
    __fsblkcnt64_t f_bfree;
    __fsblkcnt64_t f_bavail;
    __fsfilcnt64_t f_files;
    __fsfilcnt64_t f_ffree;
    __fsid_t f_fsid;
    __fsword_t f_namelen;
    __fsword_t f_frsize;
    __fsword_t f_flags;
    __fsword_t f_spare[4];
  };
#endif

/* Tell code we have these members.  */
#define _STATFS_F_NAMELEN
#define _STATFS_F_FRSIZE
#define _STATFS_F_FLAGS
/* Define uintN_t types.
   Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_STDINT_UINTN_H
#define _BITS_STDINT_UINTN_H	1

#include <bits/types.h>

typedef __uint8_t uint8_t;
typedef __uint16_t uint16_t;
typedef __uint32_t uint32_t;
typedef __uint64_t uint64_t;

#endif /* bits/stdint-uintn.h */
/* Macros to control TS 18661-3 glibc features on x86.
   Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_FLOATN_H
#define _BITS_FLOATN_H

#include <features.h>

/* Defined to 1 if the current compiler invocation provides a
   floating-point type with the IEEE 754 binary128 format, and this
   glibc includes corresponding *f128 interfaces for it.  The required
   libgcc support was added some time after the basic compiler
   support, for x86_64 and x86.  */
#if (defined __x86_64__							\
     ? __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 3)						\
     : (defined __GNU__ ? __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 5) : __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 4)))
# define __HAVE_FLOAT128 1
#else
# define __HAVE_FLOAT128 0
#endif

/* Defined to 1 if __HAVE_FLOAT128 is 1 and the type is ABI-distinct
   from the default float, double and long double types in this glibc.  */
#if __HAVE_FLOAT128
# define __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT128 1
#else
# define __HAVE_DISTINCT_FLOAT128 0
#endif

/* Defined to 1 if the current compiler invocation provides a
   floating-point type with the right format for _Float64x, and this
   glibc includes corresponding *f64x interfaces for it.  */
#define __HAVE_FLOAT64X 1

/* Defined to 1 if __HAVE_FLOAT64X is 1 and _Float64x has the format
   of long double.  Otherwise, if __HAVE_FLOAT64X is 1, _Float64x has
   the format of _Float128, which must be different from that of long
   double.  */
#define __HAVE_FLOAT64X_LONG_DOUBLE 1

#ifndef __ASSEMBLER__

/* Defined to concatenate the literal suffix to be used with _Float128
   types, if __HAVE_FLOAT128 is 1. */
# if __HAVE_FLOAT128
#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0) || defined __cplusplus
/* The literal suffix f128 exists only since GCC 7.0.  */
#   define __f128(x) x##q
#  else
#   define __f128(x) x##f128
#  endif
# endif

/* Defined to a complex binary128 type if __HAVE_FLOAT128 is 1.  */
# if __HAVE_FLOAT128
#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0) || defined __cplusplus
/* Add a typedef for older GCC compilers which don't natively support
   _Complex _Float128.  */
typedef _Complex float __cfloat128 __attribute__ ((__mode__ (__TC__)));
#   define __CFLOAT128 __cfloat128
#  else
#   define __CFLOAT128 _Complex _Float128
#  endif
# endif

/* The remaining of this file provides support for older compilers.  */
# if __HAVE_FLOAT128

/* The type _Float128 exists only since GCC 7.0.  */
#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0) || defined __cplusplus
typedef __float128 _Float128;
#  endif

/* __builtin_huge_valf128 doesn't exist before GCC 7.0.  */
#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0)
#   define __builtin_huge_valf128() ((_Float128) __builtin_huge_val ())
#  endif

/* Older GCC has only a subset of built-in functions for _Float128 on
   x86, and __builtin_infq is not usable in static initializers.
   Converting a narrower sNaN to _Float128 produces a quiet NaN, so
   attempts to use _Float128 sNaNs will not work properly with older
   compilers.  */
#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0)
#   define __builtin_copysignf128 __builtin_copysignq
#   define __builtin_fabsf128 __builtin_fabsq
#   define __builtin_inff128() ((_Float128) __builtin_inf ())
#   define __builtin_nanf128(x) ((_Float128) __builtin_nan (x))
#   define __builtin_nansf128(x) ((_Float128) __builtin_nans (x))
#  endif

/* In math/math.h, __MATH_TG will expand signbit to __builtin_signbit*,
   e.g.: __builtin_signbitf128, before GCC 6.  However, there has never
   been a __builtin_signbitf128 in GCC and the type-generic builtin is
   only available since GCC 6.  */
#  if !__GNUC_PREREQ (6, 0)
#   define __builtin_signbitf128 __signbitf128
#  endif

# endif

#endif /* !__ASSEMBLER__.  */

#include <bits/floatn-common.h>

#endif /* _BITS_FLOATN_H */
/* Declare functions returning a narrower type.
   Copyright (C) 2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _MATH_H
# error "Never include <bits/mathcalls-narrow.h> directly; include <math.h> instead."
#endif

/* Add.  */
__MATHCALL_NARROW (__MATHCALL_NAME (add), __MATHCALL_REDIR_NAME (add), 2);

/* Divide.  */
__MATHCALL_NARROW (__MATHCALL_NAME (div), __MATHCALL_REDIR_NAME (div), 2);

/* Multiply.  */
__MATHCALL_NARROW (__MATHCALL_NAME (mul), __MATHCALL_REDIR_NAME (mul), 2);

/* Subtract.  */
__MATHCALL_NARROW (__MATHCALL_NAME (sub), __MATHCALL_REDIR_NAME (sub), 2);
/* Architecture-specific adjustments to siginfo_t.  x86 version.  */
#ifndef _BITS_SIGINFO_ARCH_H
#define _BITS_SIGINFO_ARCH_H 1

#if defined __x86_64__ && __WORDSIZE == 32
/* si_utime and si_stime must be 4 byte aligned for x32 to match the
   kernel.  We align siginfo_t to 8 bytes so that si_utime and
   si_stime are actually aligned to 8 bytes since their offsets are
   multiple of 8 bytes.  Note: with some compilers, the alignment
   attribute would be ignored if it were put in __SI_CLOCK_T instead
   of encapsulated in a typedef.  */
typedef __clock_t __attribute__ ((__aligned__ (4))) __sigchld_clock_t;
# define __SI_ALIGNMENT __attribute__ ((__aligned__ (8)))
# define __SI_CLOCK_T __sigchld_clock_t
#endif

#endif
/* Structure types for pre-termios terminal ioctls.  Linux version.
   Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_IOCTL_H
# error "Never use <bits/ioctl-types.h> directly; include <sys/ioctl.h> instead."
#endif

/* Get definition of constants for use with `ioctl'.  */
#include <asm/ioctls.h>


struct winsize
  {
    unsigned short int ws_row;
    unsigned short int ws_col;
    unsigned short int ws_xpixel;
    unsigned short int ws_ypixel;
  };

#define NCC 8
struct termio
  {
    unsigned short int c_iflag;		/* input mode flags */
    unsigned short int c_oflag;		/* output mode flags */
    unsigned short int c_cflag;		/* control mode flags */
    unsigned short int c_lflag;		/* local mode flags */
    unsigned char c_line;		/* line discipline */
    unsigned char c_cc[NCC];		/* control characters */
};

/* modem lines */
#define TIOCM_LE	0x001
#define TIOCM_DTR	0x002
#define TIOCM_RTS	0x004
#define TIOCM_ST	0x008
#define TIOCM_SR	0x010
#define TIOCM_CTS	0x020
#define TIOCM_CAR	0x040
#define TIOCM_RNG	0x080
#define TIOCM_DSR	0x100
#define TIOCM_CD	TIOCM_CAR
#define TIOCM_RI	TIOCM_RNG

/* ioctl (fd, TIOCSERGETLSR, &result) where result may be as below */

/* line disciplines */
#define N_TTY		0
#define N_SLIP		1
#define N_MOUSE		2
#define N_PPP		3
#define N_STRIP		4
#define N_AX25		5
#define N_X25		6	/* X.25 async  */
#define N_6PACK		7
#define N_MASC		8	/* Mobitex module  */
#define N_R3964		9	/* Simatic R3964 module  */
#define N_PROFIBUS_FDL	10	/* Profibus  */
#define N_IRDA		11	/* Linux IR  */
#define N_SMSBLOCK	12	/* SMS block mode  */
#define N_HDLC		13	/* synchronous HDLC  */
#define N_SYNC_PPP	14	/* synchronous PPP  */
#define	N_HCI		15	/* Bluetooth HCI UART  */
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 * Never include this file directly; include <limits.h> instead.
 */

#ifndef	_BITS_POSIX2_LIM_H
#define	_BITS_POSIX2_LIM_H	1


/* The maximum `ibase' and `obase' values allowed by the `bc' utility.  */
#define	_POSIX2_BC_BASE_MAX		99

/* The maximum number of elements allowed in an array by the `bc' utility.  */
#define	_POSIX2_BC_DIM_MAX		2048

/* The maximum `scale' value allowed by the `bc' utility.  */
#define	_POSIX2_BC_SCALE_MAX		99

/* The maximum length of a string constant accepted by the `bc' utility.  */
#define	_POSIX2_BC_STRING_MAX		1000

/* The maximum number of weights that can be assigned to an entry of
   the LC_COLLATE `order' keyword in the locale definition file.  */
#define	_POSIX2_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX	2

/* The maximum number of expressions that can be nested
   within parentheses by the `expr' utility.  */
#define	_POSIX2_EXPR_NEST_MAX		32

/* The maximum length, in bytes, of an input line.  */
#define	_POSIX2_LINE_MAX		2048

/* The maximum number of repeated occurrences of a regular expression
   permitted when using the interval notation `\{M,N\}'.  */
#define	_POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX		255

/* The maximum number of bytes in a character class name.  We have no
   fixed limit, 2048 is a high number.  */
#define	_POSIX2_CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX	14


/* These values are implementation-specific,
   and may vary within the implementation.
   Their precise values can be obtained from sysconf.  */

#ifndef	BC_BASE_MAX
#define	BC_BASE_MAX		_POSIX2_BC_BASE_MAX
#endif
#ifndef	BC_DIM_MAX
#define	BC_DIM_MAX		_POSIX2_BC_DIM_MAX
#endif
#ifndef	BC_SCALE_MAX
#define	BC_SCALE_MAX		_POSIX2_BC_SCALE_MAX
#endif
#ifndef	BC_STRING_MAX
#define	BC_STRING_MAX		_POSIX2_BC_STRING_MAX
#endif
#ifndef	COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX
#define	COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX	255
#endif
#ifndef	EXPR_NEST_MAX
#define	EXPR_NEST_MAX		_POSIX2_EXPR_NEST_MAX
#endif
#ifndef	LINE_MAX
#define	LINE_MAX		_POSIX2_LINE_MAX
#endif
#ifndef	CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
#define	CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX	2048
#endif

/* This value is defined like this in regex.h.  */
#define	RE_DUP_MAX (0x7fff)

#endif	/* bits/posix2_lim.h */
/* Checking macros for poll functions.
   Copyright (C) 2012-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_POLL_H
# error "Never include <bits/poll2.h> directly; use <sys/poll.h> instead."
#endif


__BEGIN_DECLS

extern int __REDIRECT (__poll_alias, (struct pollfd *__fds, nfds_t __nfds,
				      int __timeout), poll);
extern int __poll_chk (struct pollfd *__fds, nfds_t __nfds, int __timeout,
		       __SIZE_TYPE__ __fdslen);
extern int __REDIRECT (__poll_chk_warn, (struct pollfd *__fds, nfds_t __nfds,
					 int __timeout, __SIZE_TYPE__ __fdslen),
		       __poll_chk)
  __warnattr ("poll called with fds buffer too small file nfds entries");

__fortify_function int
poll (struct pollfd *__fds, nfds_t __nfds, int __timeout)
{
  return __glibc_fortify (poll, __nfds, sizeof (*__fds),
			  __glibc_objsize (__fds),
			  __fds, __nfds, __timeout);
}


#ifdef __USE_GNU
extern int __REDIRECT (__ppoll_alias, (struct pollfd *__fds, nfds_t __nfds,
				       const struct timespec *__timeout,
				       const __sigset_t *__ss), ppoll);
extern int __ppoll_chk (struct pollfd *__fds, nfds_t __nfds,
			const struct timespec *__timeout,
			const __sigset_t *__ss, __SIZE_TYPE__ __fdslen);
extern int __REDIRECT (__ppoll_chk_warn, (struct pollfd *__fds, nfds_t __nfds,
					  const struct timespec *__timeout,
					  const __sigset_t *__ss,
					  __SIZE_TYPE__ __fdslen),
		       __ppoll_chk)
  __warnattr ("ppoll called with fds buffer too small file nfds entries");

__fortify_function int
ppoll (struct pollfd *__fds, nfds_t __nfds, const struct timespec *__timeout,
       const __sigset_t *__ss)
{
  return __glibc_fortify (ppoll, __nfds, sizeof (*__fds),
			  __glibc_objsize (__fds),
			  __fds, __nfds, __timeout, __ss);
}
#endif

__END_DECLS
/* Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_IPC_H
# error "Never use <bits/ipc.h> directly; include <sys/ipc.h> instead."
#endif

#include <bits/types.h>

/* Mode bits for `msgget', `semget', and `shmget'.  */
#define IPC_CREAT	01000		/* Create key if key does not exist. */
#define IPC_EXCL	02000		/* Fail if key exists.  */
#define IPC_NOWAIT	04000		/* Return error on wait.  */

/* Control commands for `msgctl', `semctl', and `shmctl'.  */
#define IPC_RMID	0		/* Remove identifier.  */
#define IPC_SET		1		/* Set `ipc_perm' options.  */
#define IPC_STAT	2		/* Get `ipc_perm' options.  */
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define IPC_INFO	3		/* See ipcs.  */
#endif

/* Special key values.  */
#define IPC_PRIVATE	((__key_t) 0)	/* Private key.  */


/* Data structure used to pass permission information to IPC operations.  */
struct ipc_perm
  {
    __key_t __key;			/* Key.  */
    __uid_t uid;			/* Owner's user ID.  */
    __gid_t gid;			/* Owner's group ID.  */
    __uid_t cuid;			/* Creator's user ID.  */
    __gid_t cgid;			/* Creator's group ID.  */
    unsigned short int mode;		/* Read/write permission.  */
    unsigned short int __pad1;
    unsigned short int __seq;		/* Sequence number.  */
    unsigned short int __pad2;
    __syscall_ulong_t __glibc_reserved1;
    __syscall_ulong_t __glibc_reserved2;
  };
#ifndef __A_OUT_GNU_H__
# error "Never use <bits/a.out.h> directly; include <a.out.h> instead."
#endif

#ifdef __x86_64__

/* Signal to users of this header that this architecture really doesn't
   support a.out binary format.  */
#define __NO_A_OUT_SUPPORT 1

#endif
/* Copyright (C) 1994-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_STDIO_LIM_H
#define _BITS_STDIO_LIM_H 1

#ifndef _STDIO_H
# error "Never include <bits/stdio_lim.h> directly; use <stdio.h> instead."
#endif

#define L_tmpnam 20
#define TMP_MAX 238328
#define FILENAME_MAX 4096

#ifdef __USE_POSIX
# define L_ctermid 9
# if !defined __USE_XOPEN2K || defined __USE_GNU
#  define L_cuserid 9
# endif
#endif

#undef  FOPEN_MAX
#define FOPEN_MAX 16

#endif /* bits/stdio_lim.h */
/* Copyright (C) 2004-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_STRING_FORTIFIED_H
#define _BITS_STRING_FORTIFIED_H 1

#ifndef _STRING_H
# error "Never use <bits/string_fortified.h> directly; include <string.h> instead."
#endif

#if !__GNUC_PREREQ (5,0)
__warndecl (__warn_memset_zero_len,
	    "memset used with constant zero length parameter; this could be due to transposed parameters");
#endif

__fortify_function void *
__NTH (memcpy (void *__restrict __dest, const void *__restrict __src,
	       size_t __len))
{
  return __builtin___memcpy_chk (__dest, __src, __len,
				 __glibc_objsize0 (__dest));
}

__fortify_function void *
__NTH (memmove (void *__dest, const void *__src, size_t __len))
{
  return __builtin___memmove_chk (__dest, __src, __len,
				  __glibc_objsize0 (__dest));
}

#ifdef __USE_GNU
__fortify_function void *
__NTH (mempcpy (void *__restrict __dest, const void *__restrict __src,
		size_t __len))
{
  return __builtin___mempcpy_chk (__dest, __src, __len,
				  __glibc_objsize0 (__dest));
}
#endif


/* The first two tests here help to catch a somewhat common problem
   where the second and third parameter are transposed.  This is
   especially problematic if the intended fill value is zero.  In this
   case no work is done at all.  We detect these problems by referring
   non-existing functions.  */
__fortify_function void *
__NTH (memset (void *__dest, int __ch, size_t __len))
{
  /* GCC-5.0 and newer implements these checks in the compiler, so we don't
     need them here.  */
#if !__GNUC_PREREQ (5,0)
  if (__builtin_constant_p (__len) && __len == 0
      && (!__builtin_constant_p (__ch) || __ch != 0))
    {
      __warn_memset_zero_len ();
      return __dest;
    }
#endif
  return __builtin___memset_chk (__dest, __ch, __len,
				 __glibc_objsize0 (__dest));
}

#ifdef __USE_MISC
# include <bits/strings_fortified.h>

void __explicit_bzero_chk (void *__dest, size_t __len, size_t __destlen)
  __THROW __nonnull ((1));

__fortify_function void
__NTH (explicit_bzero (void *__dest, size_t __len))
{
  __explicit_bzero_chk (__dest, __len, __glibc_objsize0 (__dest));
}
#endif

__fortify_function char *
__NTH (strcpy (char *__restrict __dest, const char *__restrict __src))
{
  return __builtin___strcpy_chk (__dest, __src, __glibc_objsize (__dest));
}

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K8
__fortify_function char *
__NTH (stpcpy (char *__restrict __dest, const char *__restrict __src))
{
  return __builtin___stpcpy_chk (__dest, __src, __glibc_objsize (__dest));
}
#endif


__fortify_function char *
__NTH (strncpy (char *__restrict __dest, const char *__restrict __src,
		size_t __len))
{
  return __builtin___strncpy_chk (__dest, __src, __len,
				  __glibc_objsize (__dest));
}

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K8
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 7) || __glibc_clang_prereq (2, 6)
__fortify_function char *
__NTH (stpncpy (char *__dest, const char *__src, size_t __n))
{
  return __builtin___stpncpy_chk (__dest, __src, __n,
				  __glibc_objsize (__dest));
}
# else
extern char *__stpncpy_chk (char *__dest, const char *__src, size_t __n,
			    size_t __destlen) __THROW;
extern char *__REDIRECT_NTH (__stpncpy_alias, (char *__dest, const char *__src,
					       size_t __n), stpncpy);

__fortify_function char *
__NTH (stpncpy (char *__dest, const char *__src, size_t __n))
{
  if (__bos (__dest) != (size_t) -1
      && (!__builtin_constant_p (__n) || __n > __bos (__dest)))
    return __stpncpy_chk (__dest, __src, __n, __bos (__dest));
  return __stpncpy_alias (__dest, __src, __n);
}
# endif
#endif


__fortify_function char *
__NTH (strcat (char *__restrict __dest, const char *__restrict __src))
{
  return __builtin___strcat_chk (__dest, __src, __glibc_objsize (__dest));
}


__fortify_function char *
__NTH (strncat (char *__restrict __dest, const char *__restrict __src,
		size_t __len))
{
  return __builtin___strncat_chk (__dest, __src, __len,
				  __glibc_objsize (__dest));
}

#endif /* bits/string_fortified.h */
/* Definition of __INDIRECT_RETURN.  x86 version.
   Copyright (C) 2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _UCONTEXT_H
# error "Never include <bits/indirect-return.h> directly; use <ucontext.h> instead."
#endif

/* On x86, swapcontext returns via indirect branch when the shadow stack
   is enabled.  Define __INDIRECT_RETURN to indicate whether swapcontext
   returns via indirect branch.  */
#if defined __CET__ && (__CET__ & 2) != 0
# if __glibc_has_attribute (__indirect_return__)
#  define __INDIRECT_RETURN __attribute__ ((__indirect_return__))
# else
/* Newer compilers provide the indirect_return attribute, but without
   it we can use returns_twice to affect the optimizer in the same
   way and avoid unsafe optimizations.  */
#  define __INDIRECT_RETURN __attribute__ ((__returns_twice__))
# endif
#else
# define __INDIRECT_RETURN
#endif
/* The proper definitions for Linux's sigaction.
   Copyright (C) 1993-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_SIGACTION_H
#define _BITS_SIGACTION_H 1

#ifndef _SIGNAL_H
# error "Never include <bits/sigaction.h> directly; use <signal.h> instead."
#endif

/* Structure describing the action to be taken when a signal arrives.  */
struct sigaction
  {
    /* Signal handler.  */
#if defined __USE_POSIX199309 || defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED
    union
      {
	/* Used if SA_SIGINFO is not set.  */
	__sighandler_t sa_handler;
	/* Used if SA_SIGINFO is set.  */
	void (*sa_sigaction) (int, siginfo_t *, void *);
      }
    __sigaction_handler;
# define sa_handler	__sigaction_handler.sa_handler
# define sa_sigaction	__sigaction_handler.sa_sigaction
#else
    __sighandler_t sa_handler;
#endif

    /* Additional set of signals to be blocked.  */
    __sigset_t sa_mask;

    /* Special flags.  */
    int sa_flags;

    /* Restore handler.  */
    void (*sa_restorer) (void);
  };

/* Bits in `sa_flags'.  */
#define	SA_NOCLDSTOP  1		 /* Don't send SIGCHLD when children stop.  */
#define SA_NOCLDWAIT  2		 /* Don't create zombie on child death.  */
#define SA_SIGINFO    4		 /* Invoke signal-catching function with
				    three arguments instead of one.  */
#if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_MISC
# define SA_ONSTACK   0x08000000 /* Use signal stack by using `sa_restorer'. */
#endif
#if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_XOPEN2K8
# define SA_RESTART   0x10000000 /* Restart syscall on signal return.  */
# define SA_NODEFER   0x40000000 /* Don't automatically block the signal when
				    its handler is being executed.  */
# define SA_RESETHAND 0x80000000 /* Reset to SIG_DFL on entry to handler.  */
#endif
#ifdef __USE_MISC
# define SA_INTERRUPT 0x20000000 /* Historical no-op.  */

/* Some aliases for the SA_ constants.  */
# define SA_NOMASK    SA_NODEFER
# define SA_ONESHOT   SA_RESETHAND
# define SA_STACK     SA_ONSTACK
#endif

/* Values for the HOW argument to `sigprocmask'.  */
#define	SIG_BLOCK     0		 /* Block signals.  */
#define	SIG_UNBLOCK   1		 /* Unblock signals.  */
#define	SIG_SETMASK   2		 /* Set the set of blocked signals.  */

#endif
/* Copyright (C) 2002-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_SEM_H
# error "Never include <bits/sem.h> directly; use <sys/sem.h> instead."
#endif

#include <sys/types.h>

/* Flags for `semop'.  */
#define SEM_UNDO	0x1000		/* undo the operation on exit */

/* Commands for `semctl'.  */
#define GETPID		11		/* get sempid */
#define GETVAL		12		/* get semval */
#define GETALL		13		/* get all semval's */
#define GETNCNT		14		/* get semncnt */
#define GETZCNT		15		/* get semzcnt */
#define SETVAL		16		/* set semval */
#define SETALL		17		/* set all semval's */


/* Data structure describing a set of semaphores.  */
struct semid_ds
{
  struct ipc_perm sem_perm;		/* operation permission struct */
  __time_t sem_otime;			/* last semop() time */
  __syscall_ulong_t __glibc_reserved1;
  __time_t sem_ctime;			/* last time changed by semctl() */
  __syscall_ulong_t __glibc_reserved2;
  __syscall_ulong_t sem_nsems;		/* number of semaphores in set */
  __syscall_ulong_t __glibc_reserved3;
  __syscall_ulong_t __glibc_reserved4;
};

/* The user should define a union like the following to use it for arguments
   for `semctl'.

   union semun
   {
     int val;				<= value for SETVAL
     struct semid_ds *buf;		<= buffer for IPC_STAT & IPC_SET
     unsigned short int *array;		<= array for GETALL & SETALL
     struct seminfo *__buf;		<= buffer for IPC_INFO
   };

   Previous versions of this file used to define this union but this is
   incorrect.  One can test the macro _SEM_SEMUN_UNDEFINED to see whether
   one must define the union or not.  */
#define _SEM_SEMUN_UNDEFINED	1

#ifdef __USE_MISC

/* ipcs ctl cmds */
# define SEM_STAT 18
# define SEM_INFO 19
# define SEM_STAT_ANY 20

struct  seminfo
{
  int semmap;
  int semmni;
  int semmns;
  int semmnu;
  int semmsl;
  int semopm;
  int semume;
  int semusz;
  int semvmx;
  int semaem;
};

#endif /* __USE_MISC */
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 *	POSIX Standard: 2.9.2 Minimum Values	Added to <limits.h>
 *
 *	Never include this file directly; use <limits.h> instead.
 */

#ifndef	_BITS_POSIX1_LIM_H
#define	_BITS_POSIX1_LIM_H	1

#include <bits/wordsize.h>

/* These are the standard-mandated minimum values.  */

/* Minimum number of operations in one list I/O call.  */
#define _POSIX_AIO_LISTIO_MAX	2

/* Minimal number of outstanding asynchronous I/O operations.  */
#define _POSIX_AIO_MAX		1

/* Maximum length of arguments to `execve', including environment.  */
#define	_POSIX_ARG_MAX		4096

/* Maximum simultaneous processes per real user ID.  */
#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
# define _POSIX_CHILD_MAX	25
#else
# define _POSIX_CHILD_MAX	6
#endif

/* Minimal number of timer expiration overruns.  */
#define _POSIX_DELAYTIMER_MAX	32

/* Maximum length of a host name (not including the terminating null)
   as returned from the GETHOSTNAME function.  */
#define _POSIX_HOST_NAME_MAX	255

/* Maximum link count of a file.  */
#define	_POSIX_LINK_MAX		8

/* Maximum length of login name.  */
#define	_POSIX_LOGIN_NAME_MAX	9

/* Number of bytes in a terminal canonical input queue.  */
#define	_POSIX_MAX_CANON	255

/* Number of bytes for which space will be
   available in a terminal input queue.  */
#define	_POSIX_MAX_INPUT	255

/* Maximum number of message queues open for a process.  */
#define _POSIX_MQ_OPEN_MAX	8

/* Maximum number of supported message priorities.  */
#define _POSIX_MQ_PRIO_MAX	32

/* Number of bytes in a filename.  */
#define	_POSIX_NAME_MAX		14

/* Number of simultaneous supplementary group IDs per process.  */
#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
# define _POSIX_NGROUPS_MAX	8
#else
# define _POSIX_NGROUPS_MAX	0
#endif

/* Number of files one process can have open at once.  */
#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
# define _POSIX_OPEN_MAX	20
#else
# define _POSIX_OPEN_MAX	16
#endif

#if !defined __USE_XOPEN2K || defined __USE_GNU
/* Number of descriptors that a process may examine with `pselect' or
   `select'.  */
# define _POSIX_FD_SETSIZE	_POSIX_OPEN_MAX
#endif

/* Number of bytes in a pathname.  */
#define	_POSIX_PATH_MAX		256

/* Number of bytes than can be written atomically to a pipe.  */
#define	_POSIX_PIPE_BUF		512

/* The number of repeated occurrences of a BRE permitted by the
   REGEXEC and REGCOMP functions when using the interval notation.  */
#define _POSIX_RE_DUP_MAX	255

/* Minimal number of realtime signals reserved for the application.  */
#define _POSIX_RTSIG_MAX	8

/* Number of semaphores a process can have.  */
#define _POSIX_SEM_NSEMS_MAX	256

/* Maximal value of a semaphore.  */
#define _POSIX_SEM_VALUE_MAX	32767

/* Number of pending realtime signals.  */
#define _POSIX_SIGQUEUE_MAX	32

/* Largest value of a `ssize_t'.  */
#define	_POSIX_SSIZE_MAX	32767

/* Number of streams a process can have open at once.  */
#define	_POSIX_STREAM_MAX	8

/* The number of bytes in a symbolic link.  */
#define _POSIX_SYMLINK_MAX	255

/* The number of symbolic links that can be traversed in the
   resolution of a pathname in the absence of a loop.  */
#define _POSIX_SYMLOOP_MAX	8

/* Number of timer for a process.  */
#define _POSIX_TIMER_MAX	32

/* Maximum number of characters in a tty name.  */
#define	_POSIX_TTY_NAME_MAX	9

/* Maximum length of a timezone name (element of `tzname').  */
#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
# define _POSIX_TZNAME_MAX	6
#else
# define _POSIX_TZNAME_MAX	3
#endif

#if !defined __USE_XOPEN2K || defined __USE_GNU
/* Maximum number of connections that can be queued on a socket.  */
# define _POSIX_QLIMIT		1

/* Maximum number of bytes that can be buffered on a socket for send
   or receive.  */
# define _POSIX_HIWAT		_POSIX_PIPE_BUF

/* Maximum number of elements in an `iovec' array.  */
# define _POSIX_UIO_MAXIOV	16
#endif

/* Maximum clock resolution in nanoseconds.  */
#define _POSIX_CLOCKRES_MIN	20000000


/* Get the implementation-specific values for the above.  */
#include <bits/local_lim.h>


#ifndef	SSIZE_MAX
/* ssize_t is not formally required to be the signed type
   corresponding to size_t, but it is for all configurations supported
   by glibc.  */
# if __WORDSIZE == 64 || __WORDSIZE32_SIZE_ULONG
#  define SSIZE_MAX	LONG_MAX
# else
#  define SSIZE_MAX	INT_MAX
# endif
#endif


/* This value is a guaranteed minimum maximum.
   The current maximum can be got from `sysconf'.  */

#ifndef	NGROUPS_MAX
# define NGROUPS_MAX	8
#endif

#endif	/* bits/posix1_lim.h  */
/* O_*, F_*, FD_* bit values for Linux/x86.
   Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _FCNTL_H
# error "Never use <bits/fcntl.h> directly; include <fcntl.h> instead."
#endif

#ifdef __x86_64__
# define __O_LARGEFILE	0
#endif

#ifdef __x86_64__
/* Not necessary, we always have 64-bit offsets.  */
# define F_GETLK64	5	/* Get record locking info.  */
# define F_SETLK64	6	/* Set record locking info (non-blocking).  */
# define F_SETLKW64	7	/* Set record locking info (blocking).	*/
#endif


struct flock
  {
    short int l_type;	/* Type of lock: F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK, or F_UNLCK.	*/
    short int l_whence;	/* Where `l_start' is relative to (like `lseek').  */
#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
    __off_t l_start;	/* Offset where the lock begins.  */
    __off_t l_len;	/* Size of the locked area; zero means until EOF.  */
#else
    __off64_t l_start;	/* Offset where the lock begins.  */
    __off64_t l_len;	/* Size of the locked area; zero means until EOF.  */
#endif
    __pid_t l_pid;	/* Process holding the lock.  */
  };

#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
struct flock64
  {
    short int l_type;	/* Type of lock: F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK, or F_UNLCK.	*/
    short int l_whence;	/* Where `l_start' is relative to (like `lseek').  */
    __off64_t l_start;	/* Offset where the lock begins.  */
    __off64_t l_len;	/* Size of the locked area; zero means until EOF.  */
    __pid_t l_pid;	/* Process holding the lock.  */
  };
#endif

/* Include generic Linux declarations.  */
#include <bits/fcntl-linux.h>
/* Entry points to finite-math-only compiler runs.
   Copyright (C) 2011-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _MATH_H
# error "Never use <bits/math-finite.h> directly; include <math.h> instead."
#endif

#define __REDIRFROM(...) __REDIRFROM_X(__VA_ARGS__)

#define __REDIRTO(...) __REDIRTO_X(__VA_ARGS__)

#define __MATH_REDIRCALL_X(from, args, to) \
  extern _Mdouble_ __REDIRECT_NTH (from, args, to)
#define __MATH_REDIRCALL(function, reentrant, args) \
  __MATH_REDIRCALL_X \
   (__REDIRFROM (function, reentrant), args, \
    __REDIRTO (function, reentrant))
#define __MATH_REDIRCALL_2(from, reentrant, args, to) \
  __MATH_REDIRCALL_X \
   (__REDIRFROM (from, reentrant), args, \
    __REDIRTO (to, reentrant))

#define __MATH_REDIRCALL_INTERNAL(function, reentrant, args) \
  __MATH_REDIRCALL_X \
   (__REDIRFROM (__CONCAT (__, function), \
		 __CONCAT (reentrant, _finite)), \
    args, __REDIRTO (function, _r))


/* acos.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (acos, , (_Mdouble_));

#if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_ISOC99
/* acosh.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (acosh, , (_Mdouble_));
#endif

/* asin.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (asin, , (_Mdouble_));

/* atan2.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (atan2, , (_Mdouble_, _Mdouble_));

#if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_ISOC99
/* atanh.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (atanh, , (_Mdouble_));
#endif

/* cosh.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (cosh, , (_Mdouble_));

/* exp.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (exp, , (_Mdouble_));

#if __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_FUNCS_EXT)
/* exp10.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (exp10, , (_Mdouble_));
#endif

#ifdef __USE_ISOC99
/* exp2.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (exp2, , (_Mdouble_));
#endif

/* fmod.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (fmod, , (_Mdouble_, _Mdouble_));

#if defined __USE_XOPEN || defined __USE_ISOC99
/* hypot.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (hypot, , (_Mdouble_, _Mdouble_));
#endif

#if (__MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE && (defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_XOPEN)) \
    || (!__MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE && defined __USE_MISC)
/* j0.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (j0, , (_Mdouble_));

/* y0.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (y0, , (_Mdouble_));

/* j1.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (j1, , (_Mdouble_));

/* y1.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (y1, , (_Mdouble_));

/* jn.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (jn, , (int, _Mdouble_));

/* yn.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (yn, , (int, _Mdouble_));
#endif

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* lgamma_r.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (lgamma, _r, (_Mdouble_, int *));
#endif

/* Redirect __lgammal_r_finite to __lgamma_r_finite when __NO_LONG_DOUBLE_MATH
   is set and to itself otherwise.  It also redirects __lgamma_r_finite and
   __lgammaf_r_finite to themselves.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL_INTERNAL (lgamma, _r, (_Mdouble_, int *));

#if ((defined __USE_XOPEN || defined __USE_ISOC99) \
     && defined __extern_always_inline)
/* lgamma.  */
__extern_always_inline _Mdouble_
__NTH (__REDIRFROM (lgamma, ) (_Mdouble_ __d))
{
# if defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_XOPEN
  return __REDIRTO (lgamma, _r) (__d, &signgam);
# else
  int __local_signgam = 0;
  return __REDIRTO (lgamma, _r) (__d, &__local_signgam);
# endif
}
#endif

#if ((defined __USE_MISC || (defined __USE_XOPEN && !defined __USE_XOPEN2K)) \
     && defined __extern_always_inline) && !__MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
/* gamma.  */
__extern_always_inline _Mdouble_
__NTH (__REDIRFROM (gamma, ) (_Mdouble_ __d))
{
  return __REDIRTO (lgamma, _r) (__d, &signgam);
}
#endif

/* log.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (log, , (_Mdouble_));

/* log10.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (log10, , (_Mdouble_));

#ifdef __USE_ISOC99
/* log2.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (log2, , (_Mdouble_));
#endif

/* pow.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (pow, , (_Mdouble_, _Mdouble_));

#if defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_ISOC99
/* remainder.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (remainder, , (_Mdouble_, _Mdouble_));
#endif

#if ((__MATH_DECLARING_DOUBLE \
      && (defined __USE_MISC \
	  || (defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED && !defined __USE_XOPEN2K8))) \
     || (!defined __MATH_DECLARE_LDOUBLE && defined __USE_MISC)) \
    && !__MATH_DECLARING_FLOATN
/* scalb.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (scalb, , (_Mdouble_, _Mdouble_));
#endif

/* sinh.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (sinh, , (_Mdouble_));

/* sqrt.  */
__MATH_REDIRCALL (sqrt, , (_Mdouble_));

#if defined __USE_ISOC99 && defined __extern_always_inline
/* tgamma.  */
extern _Mdouble_
__REDIRFROM (__gamma, _r_finite) (_Mdouble_, int *);

__extern_always_inline _Mdouble_
__NTH (__REDIRFROM (tgamma, ) (_Mdouble_ __d))
{
  int __local_signgam = 0;
  _Mdouble_ __res = __REDIRTO (gamma, _r) (__d, &__local_signgam);
  return __local_signgam < 0 ? -__res : __res;
}
#endif

#undef __REDIRFROM
#undef __REDIRTO
#undef __MATH_REDIRCALL
#undef __MATH_REDIRCALL_2
#undef __MATH_REDIRCALL_INTERNAL
#undef __MATH_REDIRCALL_X
/* Perform binary search - inline version.
   Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

__extern_inline void *
bsearch (const void *__key, const void *__base, size_t __nmemb, size_t __size,
	 __compar_fn_t __compar)
{
  size_t __l, __u, __idx;
  const void *__p;
  int __comparison;

  __l = 0;
  __u = __nmemb;
  while (__l < __u)
    {
      __idx = (__l + __u) / 2;
      __p = (void *) (((const char *) __base) + (__idx * __size));
      __comparison = (*__compar) (__key, __p);
      if (__comparison < 0)
	__u = __idx;
      else if (__comparison > 0)
	__l = __idx + 1;
      else
	return (void *) __p;
    }

  return NULL;
}
/* Platform-specific SIMD declarations of math functions.
   Copyright (C) 2014-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _MATH_H
# error "Never include <bits/math-vector.h> directly;\
 include <math.h> instead."
#endif

/* Get default empty definitions for simd declarations.  */
#include <bits/libm-simd-decl-stubs.h>

#if defined __x86_64__ && defined __FAST_MATH__
# if defined _OPENMP && _OPENMP >= 201307
/* OpenMP case.  */
#  define __DECL_SIMD_x86_64 _Pragma ("omp declare simd notinbranch")
# elif __GNUC_PREREQ (6,0)
/* W/o OpenMP use GCC 6.* __attribute__ ((__simd__)).  */
#  define __DECL_SIMD_x86_64 __attribute__ ((__simd__ ("notinbranch")))
# endif

# ifdef __DECL_SIMD_x86_64
#  undef __DECL_SIMD_cos
#  define __DECL_SIMD_cos __DECL_SIMD_x86_64
#  undef __DECL_SIMD_cosf
#  define __DECL_SIMD_cosf __DECL_SIMD_x86_64
#  undef __DECL_SIMD_sin
#  define __DECL_SIMD_sin __DECL_SIMD_x86_64
#  undef __DECL_SIMD_sinf
#  define __DECL_SIMD_sinf __DECL_SIMD_x86_64
#  undef __DECL_SIMD_sincos
#  define __DECL_SIMD_sincos __DECL_SIMD_x86_64
#  undef __DECL_SIMD_sincosf
#  define __DECL_SIMD_sincosf __DECL_SIMD_x86_64
#  undef __DECL_SIMD_log
#  define __DECL_SIMD_log __DECL_SIMD_x86_64
#  undef __DECL_SIMD_logf
#  define __DECL_SIMD_logf __DECL_SIMD_x86_64
#  undef __DECL_SIMD_exp
#  define __DECL_SIMD_exp __DECL_SIMD_x86_64
#  undef __DECL_SIMD_expf
#  define __DECL_SIMD_expf __DECL_SIMD_x86_64
#  undef __DECL_SIMD_pow
#  define __DECL_SIMD_pow __DECL_SIMD_x86_64
#  undef __DECL_SIMD_powf
#  define __DECL_SIMD_powf __DECL_SIMD_x86_64

# endif
#endif
/* Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 * Never include this file directly; use <limits.h> instead.
 */

/* Additional definitions from X/Open Portability Guide, Issue 4, Version 2
   System Interfaces and Headers, 4.16 <limits.h>

   Please note only the values which are not greater than the minimum
   stated in the standard document are listed.  The `sysconf' functions
   should be used to obtain the actual value.  */

#ifndef _XOPEN_LIM_H
#define _XOPEN_LIM_H	1

/* We do not provide fixed values for

   ARG_MAX	Maximum length of argument to the `exec' function
		including environment data.

   ATEXIT_MAX	Maximum number of functions that may be registered
		with `atexit'.

   CHILD_MAX	Maximum number of simultaneous processes per real
		user ID.

   OPEN_MAX	Maximum number of files that one process can have open
		at anyone time.

   PAGESIZE
   PAGE_SIZE	Size of bytes of a page.

   PASS_MAX	Maximum number of significant bytes in a password.

   We only provide a fixed limit for

   IOV_MAX	Maximum number of `iovec' structures that one process has
		available for use with `readv' or writev'.

   if this is indeed fixed by the underlying system.
*/


/* Maximum number of `iovec' structures that may be used in a single call
   to `readv', `writev', etc.  */
#define	_XOPEN_IOV_MAX	_POSIX_UIO_MAXIOV

#include <bits/uio_lim.h>
#ifdef __IOV_MAX
# define IOV_MAX __IOV_MAX
#else
# undef IOV_MAX
#endif

/* Maximum value of `digit' in calls to the `printf' and `scanf'
   functions.  We have no limit, so return a reasonable value.  */
#define NL_ARGMAX	_POSIX_ARG_MAX

/* Maximum number of bytes in a `LANG' name.  We have no limit.  */
#define NL_LANGMAX	_POSIX2_LINE_MAX

/* Maximum message number.  We have no limit.  */
#define NL_MSGMAX	INT_MAX

/* Maximum number of bytes in N-to-1 collation mapping.  We have no
   limit.  */
#if defined __USE_GNU || !defined __USE_XOPEN2K8
# define NL_NMAX	INT_MAX
#endif

/* Maximum set number.  We have no limit.  */
#define NL_SETMAX	INT_MAX

/* Maximum number of bytes in a message.  We have no limit.  */
#define NL_TEXTMAX	INT_MAX

/* Default process priority.  */
#define NZERO		20


/* Number of bits in a word of type `int'.  */
#ifdef INT_MAX
# if INT_MAX == 32767
#  define WORD_BIT	16
# else
#  if INT_MAX == 2147483647
#   define WORD_BIT	32
#  else
/* Safe assumption.  */
#   define WORD_BIT	64
#  endif
# endif
#elif defined __INT_MAX__
# if __INT_MAX__ == 32767
#  define WORD_BIT	16
# else
#  if __INT_MAX__ == 2147483647
#   define WORD_BIT	32
#  else
/* Safe assumption.  */
#   define WORD_BIT	64
#  endif
# endif
#else
# define WORD_BIT	32
#endif

/* Number of bits in a word of type `long int'.  */
#ifdef LONG_MAX
# if LONG_MAX == 2147483647
#  define LONG_BIT	32
# else
/* Safe assumption.  */
#  define LONG_BIT	64
# endif
#elif defined __LONG_MAX__
# if __LONG_MAX__ == 2147483647
#  define LONG_BIT	32
# else
/* Safe assumption.  */
#  define LONG_BIT	64
# endif
#else
# include <bits/wordsize.h>
# if __WORDSIZE == 64
#  define LONG_BIT	64
# else
#  define LONG_BIT	32
# endif
#endif

#endif /* bits/xopen_lim.h */
/* Checking macros for fcntl functions.
   Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_FCNTL_H
# error "Never include <bits/fcntl2.h> directly; use <fcntl.h> instead."
#endif

/* Check that calls to open and openat with O_CREAT or O_TMPFILE set have an
   appropriate third/fourth parameter.  */
#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
extern int __open_2 (const char *__path, int __oflag) __nonnull ((1));
extern int __REDIRECT (__open_alias, (const char *__path, int __oflag, ...),
		       open) __nonnull ((1));
#else
extern int __REDIRECT (__open_2, (const char *__path, int __oflag),
		       __open64_2) __nonnull ((1));
extern int __REDIRECT (__open_alias, (const char *__path, int __oflag, ...),
		       open64) __nonnull ((1));
#endif
__errordecl (__open_too_many_args,
	     "open can be called either with 2 or 3 arguments, not more");
__errordecl (__open_missing_mode,
	     "open with O_CREAT or O_TMPFILE in second argument needs 3 arguments");

__fortify_function int
open (const char *__path, int __oflag, ...)
{
  if (__va_arg_pack_len () > 1)
    __open_too_many_args ();

  if (__builtin_constant_p (__oflag))
    {
      if (__OPEN_NEEDS_MODE (__oflag) && __va_arg_pack_len () < 1)
	{
	  __open_missing_mode ();
	  return __open_2 (__path, __oflag);
	}
      return __open_alias (__path, __oflag, __va_arg_pack ());
    }

  if (__va_arg_pack_len () < 1)
    return __open_2 (__path, __oflag);

  return __open_alias (__path, __oflag, __va_arg_pack ());
}


#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
extern int __open64_2 (const char *__path, int __oflag) __nonnull ((1));
extern int __REDIRECT (__open64_alias, (const char *__path, int __oflag,
					...), open64) __nonnull ((1));
__errordecl (__open64_too_many_args,
	     "open64 can be called either with 2 or 3 arguments, not more");
__errordecl (__open64_missing_mode,
	     "open64 with O_CREAT or O_TMPFILE in second argument needs 3 arguments");

__fortify_function int
open64 (const char *__path, int __oflag, ...)
{
  if (__va_arg_pack_len () > 1)
    __open64_too_many_args ();

  if (__builtin_constant_p (__oflag))
    {
      if (__OPEN_NEEDS_MODE (__oflag) && __va_arg_pack_len () < 1)
	{
	  __open64_missing_mode ();
	  return __open64_2 (__path, __oflag);
	}
      return __open64_alias (__path, __oflag, __va_arg_pack ());
    }

  if (__va_arg_pack_len () < 1)
    return __open64_2 (__path, __oflag);

  return __open64_alias (__path, __oflag, __va_arg_pack ());
}
#endif


#ifdef __USE_ATFILE
# ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
extern int __openat_2 (int __fd, const char *__path, int __oflag)
     __nonnull ((2));
extern int __REDIRECT (__openat_alias, (int __fd, const char *__path,
					int __oflag, ...), openat)
     __nonnull ((2));
# else
extern int __REDIRECT (__openat_2, (int __fd, const char *__path,
				    int __oflag), __openat64_2)
     __nonnull ((2));
extern int __REDIRECT (__openat_alias, (int __fd, const char *__path,
					int __oflag, ...), openat64)
     __nonnull ((2));
# endif
__errordecl (__openat_too_many_args,
	     "openat can be called either with 3 or 4 arguments, not more");
__errordecl (__openat_missing_mode,
	     "openat with O_CREAT or O_TMPFILE in third argument needs 4 arguments");

__fortify_function int
openat (int __fd, const char *__path, int __oflag, ...)
{
  if (__va_arg_pack_len () > 1)
    __openat_too_many_args ();

  if (__builtin_constant_p (__oflag))
    {
      if (__OPEN_NEEDS_MODE (__oflag) && __va_arg_pack_len () < 1)
	{
	  __openat_missing_mode ();
	  return __openat_2 (__fd, __path, __oflag);
	}
      return __openat_alias (__fd, __path, __oflag, __va_arg_pack ());
    }

  if (__va_arg_pack_len () < 1)
    return __openat_2 (__fd, __path, __oflag);

  return __openat_alias (__fd, __path, __oflag, __va_arg_pack ());
}


# ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
extern int __openat64_2 (int __fd, const char *__path, int __oflag)
     __nonnull ((2));
extern int __REDIRECT (__openat64_alias, (int __fd, const char *__path,
					  int __oflag, ...), openat64)
     __nonnull ((2));
__errordecl (__openat64_too_many_args,
	     "openat64 can be called either with 3 or 4 arguments, not more");
__errordecl (__openat64_missing_mode,
	     "openat64 with O_CREAT or O_TMPFILE in third argument needs 4 arguments");

__fortify_function int
openat64 (int __fd, const char *__path, int __oflag, ...)
{
  if (__va_arg_pack_len () > 1)
    __openat64_too_many_args ();

  if (__builtin_constant_p (__oflag))
    {
      if (__OPEN_NEEDS_MODE (__oflag) && __va_arg_pack_len () < 1)
	{
	  __openat64_missing_mode ();
	  return __openat64_2 (__fd, __path, __oflag);
	}
      return __openat64_alias (__fd, __path, __oflag, __va_arg_pack ());
    }

  if (__va_arg_pack_len () < 1)
    return __openat64_2 (__fd, __path, __oflag);

  return __openat64_alias (__fd, __path, __oflag, __va_arg_pack ());
}
# endif
#endif
/* termios type and macro definitions.  Linux version.
   Copyright (C) 1993-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _TERMIOS_H
# error "Never include <bits/termios.h> directly; use <termios.h> instead."
#endif

typedef unsigned char	cc_t;
typedef unsigned int	speed_t;
typedef unsigned int	tcflag_t;

#define NCCS 32
struct termios
  {
    tcflag_t c_iflag;		/* input mode flags */
    tcflag_t c_oflag;		/* output mode flags */
    tcflag_t c_cflag;		/* control mode flags */
    tcflag_t c_lflag;		/* local mode flags */
    cc_t c_line;			/* line discipline */
    cc_t c_cc[NCCS];		/* control characters */
    speed_t c_ispeed;		/* input speed */
    speed_t c_ospeed;		/* output speed */
#define _HAVE_STRUCT_TERMIOS_C_ISPEED 1
#define _HAVE_STRUCT_TERMIOS_C_OSPEED 1
  };

/* c_cc characters */
#define VINTR 0
#define VQUIT 1
#define VERASE 2
#define VKILL 3
#define VEOF 4
#define VTIME 5
#define VMIN 6
#define VSWTC 7
#define VSTART 8
#define VSTOP 9
#define VSUSP 10
#define VEOL 11
#define VREPRINT 12
#define VDISCARD 13
#define VWERASE 14
#define VLNEXT 15
#define VEOL2 16

/* c_iflag bits */
#define IGNBRK	0000001
#define BRKINT	0000002
#define IGNPAR	0000004
#define PARMRK	0000010
#define INPCK	0000020
#define ISTRIP	0000040
#define INLCR	0000100
#define IGNCR	0000200
#define ICRNL	0000400
#define IUCLC	0001000
#define IXON	0002000
#define IXANY	0004000
#define IXOFF	0010000
#define IMAXBEL	0020000
#define IUTF8	0040000

/* c_oflag bits */
#define OPOST	0000001
#define OLCUC	0000002
#define ONLCR	0000004
#define OCRNL	0000010
#define ONOCR	0000020
#define ONLRET	0000040
#define OFILL	0000100
#define OFDEL	0000200
#if defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_XOPEN
# define NLDLY	0000400
# define   NL0	0000000
# define   NL1	0000400
# define CRDLY	0003000
# define   CR0	0000000
# define   CR1	0001000
# define   CR2	0002000
# define   CR3	0003000
# define TABDLY	0014000
# define   TAB0	0000000
# define   TAB1	0004000
# define   TAB2	0010000
# define   TAB3	0014000
# define BSDLY	0020000
# define   BS0	0000000
# define   BS1	0020000
# define FFDLY	0100000
# define   FF0	0000000
# define   FF1	0100000
#endif

#define VTDLY	0040000
#define   VT0	0000000
#define   VT1	0040000

#ifdef __USE_MISC
# define XTABS	0014000
#endif

/* c_cflag bit meaning */
#ifdef __USE_MISC
# define CBAUD	0010017
#endif
#define  B0	0000000		/* hang up */
#define  B50	0000001
#define  B75	0000002
#define  B110	0000003
#define  B134	0000004
#define  B150	0000005
#define  B200	0000006
#define  B300	0000007
#define  B600	0000010
#define  B1200	0000011
#define  B1800	0000012
#define  B2400	0000013
#define  B4800	0000014
#define  B9600	0000015
#define  B19200	0000016
#define  B38400	0000017
#ifdef __USE_MISC
# define EXTA B19200
# define EXTB B38400
#endif
#define CSIZE	0000060
#define   CS5	0000000
#define   CS6	0000020
#define   CS7	0000040
#define   CS8	0000060
#define CSTOPB	0000100
#define CREAD	0000200
#define PARENB	0000400
#define PARODD	0001000
#define HUPCL	0002000
#define CLOCAL	0004000
#ifdef __USE_MISC
# define CBAUDEX 0010000
#endif
#define  B57600   0010001
#define  B115200  0010002
#define  B230400  0010003
#define  B460800  0010004
#define  B500000  0010005
#define  B576000  0010006
#define  B921600  0010007
#define  B1000000 0010010
#define  B1152000 0010011
#define  B1500000 0010012
#define  B2000000 0010013
#define  B2500000 0010014
#define  B3000000 0010015
#define  B3500000 0010016
#define  B4000000 0010017
#define __MAX_BAUD B4000000
#ifdef __USE_MISC
# define CIBAUD	  002003600000		/* input baud rate (not used) */
# define CMSPAR   010000000000		/* mark or space (stick) parity */
# define CRTSCTS  020000000000		/* flow control */
#endif

/* c_lflag bits */
#define ISIG	0000001
#define ICANON	0000002
#if defined __USE_MISC || (defined __USE_XOPEN && !defined __USE_XOPEN2K)
# define XCASE	0000004
#endif
#define ECHO	0000010
#define ECHOE	0000020
#define ECHOK	0000040
#define ECHONL	0000100
#define NOFLSH	0000200
#define TOSTOP	0000400
#ifdef __USE_MISC
# define ECHOCTL 0001000
# define ECHOPRT 0002000
# define ECHOKE	 0004000
# define FLUSHO	 0010000
# define PENDIN	 0040000
#endif
#define IEXTEN	0100000
#ifdef __USE_MISC
# define EXTPROC 0200000
#endif

/* tcflow() and TCXONC use these */
#define	TCOOFF		0
#define	TCOON		1
#define	TCIOFF		2
#define	TCION		3

/* tcflush() and TCFLSH use these */
#define	TCIFLUSH	0
#define	TCOFLUSH	1
#define	TCIOFLUSH	2

/* tcsetattr uses these */
#define	TCSANOW		0
#define	TCSADRAIN	1
#define	TCSAFLUSH	2


#define _IOT_termios /* Hurd ioctl type field.  */ \
  _IOT (_IOTS (cflag_t), 4, _IOTS (cc_t), NCCS, _IOTS (speed_t), 2)
/* Checking macros for socket functions.
   Copyright (C) 2005-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SYS_SOCKET_H
# error "Never include <bits/socket2.h> directly; use <sys/socket.h> instead."
#endif

extern ssize_t __recv_chk (int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __n, size_t __buflen,
			   int __flags);
extern ssize_t __REDIRECT (__recv_alias, (int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __n,
					  int __flags), recv);
extern ssize_t __REDIRECT (__recv_chk_warn,
			   (int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __n, size_t __buflen,
			    int __flags), __recv_chk)
     __warnattr ("recv called with bigger length than size of destination "
		 "buffer");

__fortify_function ssize_t
recv (int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __n, int __flags)
{
  size_t sz = __glibc_objsize0 (__buf);
  if (__glibc_safe_or_unknown_len (__n, sizeof (char), sz))
    return __recv_alias (__fd, __buf, __n, __flags);
  if (__glibc_unsafe_len (__n, sizeof (char), sz))
    return __recv_chk_warn (__fd, __buf, __n, sz, __flags);
  return __recv_chk (__fd, __buf, __n, sz, __flags);
}

extern ssize_t __recvfrom_chk (int __fd, void *__restrict __buf, size_t __n,
			       size_t __buflen, int __flags,
			       __SOCKADDR_ARG __addr,
			       socklen_t *__restrict __addr_len);
extern ssize_t __REDIRECT (__recvfrom_alias,
			   (int __fd, void *__restrict __buf, size_t __n,
			    int __flags, __SOCKADDR_ARG __addr,
			    socklen_t *__restrict __addr_len), recvfrom);
extern ssize_t __REDIRECT (__recvfrom_chk_warn,
			   (int __fd, void *__restrict __buf, size_t __n,
			    size_t __buflen, int __flags,
			    __SOCKADDR_ARG __addr,
			    socklen_t *__restrict __addr_len), __recvfrom_chk)
     __warnattr ("recvfrom called with bigger length than size of "
		 "destination buffer");

__fortify_function ssize_t
recvfrom (int __fd, void *__restrict __buf, size_t __n, int __flags,
	  __SOCKADDR_ARG __addr, socklen_t *__restrict __addr_len)
{
  size_t sz = __glibc_objsize0 (__buf);
  if (__glibc_safe_or_unknown_len (__n, sizeof (char), sz))
    return __recvfrom_alias (__fd, __buf, __n, __flags, __addr, __addr_len);
  if (__glibc_unsafe_len (__n, sizeof (char), sz))
    return __recvfrom_chk_warn (__fd, __buf, __n, sz, __flags, __addr,
				__addr_len);
  return __recvfrom_chk (__fd, __buf, __n, sz, __flags, __addr, __addr_len);
}
/* Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _FENV_H
# error "Never use <bits/fenv.h> directly; include <fenv.h> instead."
#endif

/* Define bits representing the exception.  We use the bit positions
   of the appropriate bits in the FPU control word.  */
enum
  {
    FE_INVALID =
#define FE_INVALID	0x01
      FE_INVALID,
    __FE_DENORM = 0x02,
    FE_DIVBYZERO =
#define FE_DIVBYZERO	0x04
      FE_DIVBYZERO,
    FE_OVERFLOW =
#define FE_OVERFLOW	0x08
      FE_OVERFLOW,
    FE_UNDERFLOW =
#define FE_UNDERFLOW	0x10
      FE_UNDERFLOW,
    FE_INEXACT =
#define FE_INEXACT	0x20
      FE_INEXACT
  };

#define FE_ALL_EXCEPT \
	(FE_INEXACT | FE_DIVBYZERO | FE_UNDERFLOW | FE_OVERFLOW | FE_INVALID)

/* The ix87 FPU supports all of the four defined rounding modes.  We
   use again the bit positions in the FPU control word as the values
   for the appropriate macros.  */
enum
  {
    FE_TONEAREST =
#define FE_TONEAREST	0
      FE_TONEAREST,
    FE_DOWNWARD =
#define FE_DOWNWARD	0x400
      FE_DOWNWARD,
    FE_UPWARD =
#define FE_UPWARD	0x800
      FE_UPWARD,
    FE_TOWARDZERO =
#define FE_TOWARDZERO	0xc00
      FE_TOWARDZERO
  };


/* Type representing exception flags.  */
typedef unsigned short int fexcept_t;


/* Type representing floating-point environment.  This structure
   corresponds to the layout of the block written by the `fstenv'
   instruction and has additional fields for the contents of the MXCSR
   register as written by the `stmxcsr' instruction.  */
typedef struct
  {
    unsigned short int __control_word;
    unsigned short int __glibc_reserved1;
    unsigned short int __status_word;
    unsigned short int __glibc_reserved2;
    unsigned short int __tags;
    unsigned short int __glibc_reserved3;
    unsigned int __eip;
    unsigned short int __cs_selector;
    unsigned int __opcode:11;
    unsigned int __glibc_reserved4:5;
    unsigned int __data_offset;
    unsigned short int __data_selector;
    unsigned short int __glibc_reserved5;
#ifdef __x86_64__
    unsigned int __mxcsr;
#endif
  }
fenv_t;

/* If the default argument is used we use this value.  */
#define FE_DFL_ENV	((const fenv_t *) -1)

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Floating-point environment where none of the exception is masked.  */
# define FE_NOMASK_ENV	((const fenv_t *) -2)
#endif

#if __GLIBC_USE (IEC_60559_BFP_EXT)
/* Type representing floating-point control modes.  */
typedef struct
  {
    unsigned short int __control_word;
    unsigned short int __glibc_reserved;
    unsigned int __mxcsr;
  }
femode_t;

/* Default floating-point control modes.  */
# define FE_DFL_MODE	((const femode_t *) -1L)
#endif


#ifdef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Optimized versions.  */
#ifndef _LIBC
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (__feraiseexcept_renamed, (int), feraiseexcept);
#endif
__extern_always_inline void
__NTH (__feraiseexcept_invalid_divbyzero (int __excepts))
{
  if ((FE_INVALID & __excepts) != 0)
    {
      /* One example of an invalid operation is 0.0 / 0.0.  */
      float __f = 0.0;

# ifdef __SSE_MATH__
      __asm__ __volatile__ ("divss %0, %0 " : "+x" (__f));
# else
      __asm__ __volatile__ ("fdiv %%st, %%st(0); fwait"
			    : "=t" (__f) : "0" (__f));
# endif
      (void) &__f;
    }
  if ((FE_DIVBYZERO & __excepts) != 0)
    {
      float __f = 1.0;
      float __g = 0.0;

# ifdef __SSE_MATH__
      __asm__ __volatile__ ("divss %1, %0" : "+x" (__f) : "x" (__g));
# else
      __asm__ __volatile__ ("fdivp %%st, %%st(1); fwait"
			    : "=t" (__f) : "0" (__f), "u" (__g) : "st(1)");
# endif
      (void) &__f;
    }
}
__extern_inline int
__NTH (feraiseexcept (int __excepts))
{
  if (__builtin_constant_p (__excepts)
      && (__excepts & ~(FE_INVALID | FE_DIVBYZERO)) == 0)
    {
      __feraiseexcept_invalid_divbyzero (__excepts);
      return 0;
    }

  return __feraiseexcept_renamed (__excepts);
}

__END_DECLS
#endif
/* Define POSIX options for Linux.
   Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
   License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
   not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_BITS_POSIX_OPT_H
#define	_BITS_POSIX_OPT_H	1

/* Job control is supported.  */
#define	_POSIX_JOB_CONTROL	1

/* Processes have a saved set-user-ID and a saved set-group-ID.  */
#define	_POSIX_SAVED_IDS	1

/* Priority scheduling is supported.  */
#define	_POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING	200809L

/* Synchronizing file data is supported.  */
#define	_POSIX_SYNCHRONIZED_IO	200809L

/* The fsync function is present.  */
#define	_POSIX_FSYNC	200809L

/* Mapping of files to memory is supported.  */
#define	_POSIX_MAPPED_FILES	200809L

/* Locking of all memory is supported.  */
#define	_POSIX_MEMLOCK	200809L

/* Locking of ranges of memory is supported.  */
#define	_POSIX_MEMLOCK_RANGE	200809L

/* Setting of memory protections is supported.  */
#define	_POSIX_MEMORY_PROTECTION	200809L

/* Some filesystems allow all users to change file ownership.  */
#define	_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED	0

/* `c_cc' member of 'struct termios' structure can be disabled by
   using the value _POSIX_VDISABLE.  */
#define	_POSIX_VDISABLE	'\0'

/* Filenames are not silently truncated.  */
#define	_POSIX_NO_TRUNC	1

/* X/Open realtime support is available.  */
#define _XOPEN_REALTIME	1

/* X/Open thread realtime support is available.  */
#define _XOPEN_REALTIME_THREADS	1

/* XPG4.2 shared memory is supported.  */
#define	_XOPEN_SHM	1

/* Tell we have POSIX threads.  */
#define _POSIX_THREADS	200809L

/* We have the reentrant functions described in POSIX.  */
#define _POSIX_REENTRANT_FUNCTIONS      1
#define _POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS	200809L

/* We provide priority scheduling for threads.  */
#define _POSIX_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING	200809L

/* We support user-defined stack sizes.  */
#define _POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE	200809L

/* We support user-defined stacks.  */
#define _POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR	200809L

/* We support priority inheritence.  */
#define _POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT	200809L

/* We support priority protection, though only for non-robust
   mutexes.  */
#define _POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT	200809L

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K8
/* We support priority inheritence for robust mutexes.  */
# define _POSIX_THREAD_ROBUST_PRIO_INHERIT	200809L

/* We do not support priority protection for robust mutexes.  */
# define _POSIX_THREAD_ROBUST_PRIO_PROTECT	-1
#endif

/* We support POSIX.1b semaphores.  */
#define _POSIX_SEMAPHORES	200809L

/* Real-time signals are supported.  */
#define _POSIX_REALTIME_SIGNALS	200809L

/* We support asynchronous I/O.  */
#define _POSIX_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO	200809L
#define _POSIX_ASYNC_IO		1
/* Alternative name for Unix98.  */
#define _LFS_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO	1
/* Support for prioritization is also available.  */
#define _POSIX_PRIORITIZED_IO	200809L

/* The LFS support in asynchronous I/O is also available.  */
#define _LFS64_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO	1

/* The rest of the LFS is also available.  */
#define _LFS_LARGEFILE		1
#define _LFS64_LARGEFILE	1
#define _LFS64_STDIO		1

/* POSIX shared memory objects are implemented.  */
#define _POSIX_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS	200809L

/* CPU-time clocks support needs to be checked at runtime.  */
#define _POSIX_CPUTIME	0

/* Clock support in threads must be also checked at runtime.  */
#define _POSIX_THREAD_CPUTIME	0

/* GNU libc provides regular expression handling.  */
#define _POSIX_REGEXP	1

/* Reader/Writer locks are available.  */
#define _POSIX_READER_WRITER_LOCKS	200809L

/* We have a POSIX shell.  */
#define _POSIX_SHELL	1

/* We support the Timeouts option.  */
#define _POSIX_TIMEOUTS	200809L

/* We support spinlocks.  */
#define _POSIX_SPIN_LOCKS	200809L

/* The `spawn' function family is supported.  */
#define _POSIX_SPAWN	200809L

/* We have POSIX timers.  */
#define _POSIX_TIMERS	200809L

/* The barrier functions are available.  */
#define _POSIX_BARRIERS	200809L

/* POSIX message queues are available.  */
#define	_POSIX_MESSAGE_PASSING	200809L

/* Thread process-shared synchronization is supported.  */
#define _POSIX_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED	200809L

/* The monotonic clock might be available.  */
#define _POSIX_MONOTONIC_CLOCK	0

/* The clock selection interfaces are available.  */
#define _POSIX_CLOCK_SELECTION	200809L

/* Advisory information interfaces are available.  */
#define _POSIX_ADVISORY_INFO	200809L

/* IPv6 support is available.  */
#define _POSIX_IPV6	200809L

/* Raw socket support is available.  */
#define _POSIX_RAW_SOCKETS	200809L

/* We have at least one terminal.  */
#define _POSIX2_CHAR_TERM	200809L

/* Neither process nor thread sporadic server interfaces is available.  */
#define _POSIX_SPORADIC_SERVER	-1
#define _POSIX_THREAD_SPORADIC_SERVER	-1

/* trace.h is not available.  */
#define _POSIX_TRACE	-1
#define _POSIX_TRACE_EVENT_FILTER	-1
#define _POSIX_TRACE_INHERIT	-1
#define _POSIX_TRACE_LOG	-1

/* Typed memory objects are not available.  */
#define _POSIX_TYPED_MEMORY_OBJECTS	-1

/* Streams are not available.  */
#define _XOPEN_STREAMS	-1

#endif /* bits/posix_opt.h */
/* Generic statx-related definitions and declarations.
   Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/* This interface is based on <linux/stat.h> in Linux.  */

#ifndef _SYS_STAT_H
# error Never include <bits/statx-generic.h> directly, include <sys/stat.h> instead.
#endif

#include <bits/types/struct_statx_timestamp.h>
#include <bits/types/struct_statx.h>

#ifndef STATX_TYPE
# define STATX_TYPE 0x0001U
# define STATX_MODE 0x0002U
# define STATX_NLINK 0x0004U
# define STATX_UID 0x0008U
# define STATX_GID 0x0010U
# define STATX_ATIME 0x0020U
# define STATX_MTIME 0x0040U
# define STATX_CTIME 0x0080U
# define STATX_INO 0x0100U
# define STATX_SIZE 0x0200U
# define STATX_BLOCKS 0x0400U
# define STATX_BASIC_STATS 0x07ffU
# define STATX_ALL 0x0fffU
# define STATX_BTIME 0x0800U
# define STATX__RESERVED 0x80000000U

# define STATX_ATTR_COMPRESSED 0x0004
# define STATX_ATTR_IMMUTABLE 0x0010
# define STATX_ATTR_APPEND 0x0020
# define STATX_ATTR_NODUMP 0x0040
# define STATX_ATTR_ENCRYPTED 0x0800
# define STATX_ATTR_AUTOMOUNT 0x1000
#endif /* !STATX_TYPE */

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Fill *BUF with information about PATH in DIRFD.  */
int statx (int __dirfd, const char *__restrict __path, int __flags,
           unsigned int __mask, struct statx *__restrict __buf)
  __THROW __nonnull ((2, 5));

__END_DECLS
/* ss_flags values for stack_t.  Linux version.
   Copyright (C) 1998-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _BITS_SS_FLAGS_H
#define _BITS_SS_FLAGS_H 1

#if !defined _SIGNAL_H && !defined _SYS_UCONTEXT_H
# error "Never include this file directly.  Use <signal.h> instead"
#endif

/* Possible values for `ss_flags'.  */
enum
{
  SS_ONSTACK = 1,
#define SS_ONSTACK	SS_ONSTACK
  SS_DISABLE
#define SS_DISABLE	SS_DISABLE
};

#endif /* bits/ss_flags.h */
/* Data structure for communication from the run-time dynamic linker for
   loaded ELF shared objects.  LAV_CURRENT definition.
   Copyright (C) 2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _LINK_H
# error "Never include <bits/link_lavcurrent.h> directly; use <link.h> instead."
#endif

/* Version numbers for la_version handshake interface.  */
#define LAV_CURRENT	2
/* Signal number constants.  Generic template.
   Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_BITS_SIGNUM_GENERIC_H
#define _BITS_SIGNUM_GENERIC_H 1

#ifndef _SIGNAL_H
#error "Never include <bits/signum-generic.h> directly; use <signal.h> instead."
#endif

/* Fake signal functions.  */

#define	SIG_ERR	 ((__sighandler_t) -1)	/* Error return.  */
#define	SIG_DFL	 ((__sighandler_t)  0)	/* Default action.  */
#define	SIG_IGN	 ((__sighandler_t)  1)	/* Ignore signal.  */

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN
# define SIG_HOLD ((__sighandler_t) 2)	/* Add signal to hold mask.  */
#endif

/* We define here all the signal names listed in POSIX (1003.1-2008);
   as of 1003.1-2013, no additional signals have been added by POSIX.
   We also define here signal names that historically exist in every
   real-world POSIX variant (e.g. SIGWINCH).

   Signals in the 1-15 range are defined with their historical numbers.
   For other signals, we use the BSD numbers.
   There are two unallocated signal numbers in the 1-31 range: 7 and 29.
   Signal number 0 is reserved for use as kill(pid, 0), to test whether
   a process exists without sending it a signal.  */

/* ISO C99 signals.  */
#define	SIGINT		2	/* Interactive attention signal.  */
#define	SIGILL		4	/* Illegal instruction.  */
#define	SIGABRT		6	/* Abnormal termination.  */
#define	SIGFPE		8	/* Erroneous arithmetic operation.  */
#define	SIGSEGV		11	/* Invalid access to storage.  */
#define	SIGTERM		15	/* Termination request.  */

/* Historical signals specified by POSIX. */
#define	SIGHUP		1	/* Hangup.  */
#define	SIGQUIT		3	/* Quit.  */
#define	SIGTRAP		5	/* Trace/breakpoint trap.  */
#define	SIGKILL		9	/* Killed.  */
#define SIGBUS		10	/* Bus error.  */
#define	SIGSYS		12	/* Bad system call.  */
#define	SIGPIPE		13	/* Broken pipe.  */
#define	SIGALRM		14	/* Alarm clock.  */

/* New(er) POSIX signals (1003.1-2008, 1003.1-2013).  */
#define	SIGURG		16	/* Urgent data is available at a socket.  */
#define	SIGSTOP		17	/* Stop, unblockable.  */
#define	SIGTSTP		18	/* Keyboard stop.  */
#define	SIGCONT		19	/* Continue.  */
#define	SIGCHLD		20	/* Child terminated or stopped.  */
#define	SIGTTIN		21	/* Background read from control terminal.  */
#define	SIGTTOU		22	/* Background write to control terminal.  */
#define	SIGPOLL		23	/* Pollable event occurred (System V).  */
#define	SIGXCPU		24	/* CPU time limit exceeded.  */
#define	SIGXFSZ		25	/* File size limit exceeded.  */
#define	SIGVTALRM	26	/* Virtual timer expired.  */
#define	SIGPROF		27	/* Profiling timer expired.  */
#define	SIGUSR1		30	/* User-defined signal 1.  */
#define	SIGUSR2		31	/* User-defined signal 2.  */

/* Nonstandard signals found in all modern POSIX systems
   (including both BSD and Linux).  */
#define	SIGWINCH	28	/* Window size change (4.3 BSD, Sun).  */

/* Archaic names for compatibility.  */
#define	SIGIO		SIGPOLL	/* I/O now possible (4.2 BSD).  */
#define	SIGIOT		SIGABRT	/* IOT instruction, abort() on a PDP-11.  */
#define	SIGCLD		SIGCHLD	/* Old System V name */

/* Not all systems support real-time signals.  bits/signum.h indicates
   that they are supported by overriding __SIGRTMAX to a value greater
   than __SIGRTMIN.  These constants give the kernel-level hard limits,
   but some real-time signals may be used internally by glibc.  Do not
   use these constants in application code; use SIGRTMIN and SIGRTMAX
   (defined in signal.h) instead.  */
#define __SIGRTMIN	32
#define __SIGRTMAX	__SIGRTMIN

/* Biggest signal number + 1 (including real-time signals).  */
#define _NSIG		(__SIGRTMAX + 1)

#endif /* bits/signum-generic.h.  */
/* Generated at libc build time from syscall list.  */
/* The system call list corresponds to kernel 5.18.  */

#ifndef _SYSCALL_H
# error "Never use <bits/syscall.h> directly; include <sys/syscall.h> instead."
#endif

#define __GLIBC_LINUX_VERSION_CODE 332288

#ifdef __NR_FAST_atomic_update
# define SYS_FAST_atomic_update __NR_FAST_atomic_update
#endif

#ifdef __NR_FAST_cmpxchg
# define SYS_FAST_cmpxchg __NR_FAST_cmpxchg
#endif

#ifdef __NR_FAST_cmpxchg64
# define SYS_FAST_cmpxchg64 __NR_FAST_cmpxchg64
#endif

#ifdef __NR__llseek
# define SYS__llseek __NR__llseek
#endif

#ifdef __NR__newselect
# define SYS__newselect __NR__newselect
#endif

#ifdef __NR__sysctl
# define SYS__sysctl __NR__sysctl
#endif

#ifdef __NR_accept
# define SYS_accept __NR_accept
#endif

#ifdef __NR_accept4
# define SYS_accept4 __NR_accept4
#endif

#ifdef __NR_access
# define SYS_access __NR_access
#endif

#ifdef __NR_acct
# define SYS_acct __NR_acct
#endif

#ifdef __NR_acl_get
# define SYS_acl_get __NR_acl_get
#endif

#ifdef __NR_acl_set
# define SYS_acl_set __NR_acl_set
#endif

#ifdef __NR_add_key
# define SYS_add_key __NR_add_key
#endif

#ifdef __NR_adjtimex
# define SYS_adjtimex __NR_adjtimex
#endif

#ifdef __NR_afs_syscall
# define SYS_afs_syscall __NR_afs_syscall
#endif

#ifdef __NR_alarm
# define SYS_alarm __NR_alarm
#endif

#ifdef __NR_alloc_hugepages
# define SYS_alloc_hugepages __NR_alloc_hugepages
#endif

#ifdef __NR_arc_gettls
# define SYS_arc_gettls __NR_arc_gettls
#endif

#ifdef __NR_arc_settls
# define SYS_arc_settls __NR_arc_settls
#endif

#ifdef __NR_arc_usr_cmpxchg
# define SYS_arc_usr_cmpxchg __NR_arc_usr_cmpxchg
#endif

#ifdef __NR_arch_prctl
# define SYS_arch_prctl __NR_arch_prctl
#endif

#ifdef __NR_arm_fadvise64_64
# define SYS_arm_fadvise64_64 __NR_arm_fadvise64_64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_arm_sync_file_range
# define SYS_arm_sync_file_range __NR_arm_sync_file_range
#endif

#ifdef __NR_atomic_barrier
# define SYS_atomic_barrier __NR_atomic_barrier
#endif

#ifdef __NR_atomic_cmpxchg_32
# define SYS_atomic_cmpxchg_32 __NR_atomic_cmpxchg_32
#endif

#ifdef __NR_attrctl
# define SYS_attrctl __NR_attrctl
#endif

#ifdef __NR_bdflush
# define SYS_bdflush __NR_bdflush
#endif

#ifdef __NR_bind
# define SYS_bind __NR_bind
#endif

#ifdef __NR_bpf
# define SYS_bpf __NR_bpf
#endif

#ifdef __NR_break
# define SYS_break __NR_break
#endif

#ifdef __NR_breakpoint
# define SYS_breakpoint __NR_breakpoint
#endif

#ifdef __NR_brk
# define SYS_brk __NR_brk
#endif

#ifdef __NR_cachectl
# define SYS_cachectl __NR_cachectl
#endif

#ifdef __NR_cacheflush
# define SYS_cacheflush __NR_cacheflush
#endif

#ifdef __NR_capget
# define SYS_capget __NR_capget
#endif

#ifdef __NR_capset
# define SYS_capset __NR_capset
#endif

#ifdef __NR_chdir
# define SYS_chdir __NR_chdir
#endif

#ifdef __NR_chmod
# define SYS_chmod __NR_chmod
#endif

#ifdef __NR_chown
# define SYS_chown __NR_chown
#endif

#ifdef __NR_chown32
# define SYS_chown32 __NR_chown32
#endif

#ifdef __NR_chroot
# define SYS_chroot __NR_chroot
#endif

#ifdef __NR_clock_adjtime
# define SYS_clock_adjtime __NR_clock_adjtime
#endif

#ifdef __NR_clock_adjtime64
# define SYS_clock_adjtime64 __NR_clock_adjtime64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_clock_getres
# define SYS_clock_getres __NR_clock_getres
#endif

#ifdef __NR_clock_getres_time64
# define SYS_clock_getres_time64 __NR_clock_getres_time64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_clock_gettime
# define SYS_clock_gettime __NR_clock_gettime
#endif

#ifdef __NR_clock_gettime64
# define SYS_clock_gettime64 __NR_clock_gettime64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_clock_nanosleep
# define SYS_clock_nanosleep __NR_clock_nanosleep
#endif

#ifdef __NR_clock_nanosleep_time64
# define SYS_clock_nanosleep_time64 __NR_clock_nanosleep_time64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_clock_settime
# define SYS_clock_settime __NR_clock_settime
#endif

#ifdef __NR_clock_settime64
# define SYS_clock_settime64 __NR_clock_settime64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_clone
# define SYS_clone __NR_clone
#endif

#ifdef __NR_clone2
# define SYS_clone2 __NR_clone2
#endif

#ifdef __NR_clone3
# define SYS_clone3 __NR_clone3
#endif

#ifdef __NR_close
# define SYS_close __NR_close
#endif

#ifdef __NR_close_range
# define SYS_close_range __NR_close_range
#endif

#ifdef __NR_cmpxchg_badaddr
# define SYS_cmpxchg_badaddr __NR_cmpxchg_badaddr
#endif

#ifdef __NR_connect
# define SYS_connect __NR_connect
#endif

#ifdef __NR_copy_file_range
# define SYS_copy_file_range __NR_copy_file_range
#endif

#ifdef __NR_creat
# define SYS_creat __NR_creat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_create_module
# define SYS_create_module __NR_create_module
#endif

#ifdef __NR_delete_module
# define SYS_delete_module __NR_delete_module
#endif

#ifdef __NR_dipc
# define SYS_dipc __NR_dipc
#endif

#ifdef __NR_dup
# define SYS_dup __NR_dup
#endif

#ifdef __NR_dup2
# define SYS_dup2 __NR_dup2
#endif

#ifdef __NR_dup3
# define SYS_dup3 __NR_dup3
#endif

#ifdef __NR_epoll_create
# define SYS_epoll_create __NR_epoll_create
#endif

#ifdef __NR_epoll_create1
# define SYS_epoll_create1 __NR_epoll_create1
#endif

#ifdef __NR_epoll_ctl
# define SYS_epoll_ctl __NR_epoll_ctl
#endif

#ifdef __NR_epoll_ctl_old
# define SYS_epoll_ctl_old __NR_epoll_ctl_old
#endif

#ifdef __NR_epoll_pwait
# define SYS_epoll_pwait __NR_epoll_pwait
#endif

#ifdef __NR_epoll_pwait2
# define SYS_epoll_pwait2 __NR_epoll_pwait2
#endif

#ifdef __NR_epoll_wait
# define SYS_epoll_wait __NR_epoll_wait
#endif

#ifdef __NR_epoll_wait_old
# define SYS_epoll_wait_old __NR_epoll_wait_old
#endif

#ifdef __NR_eventfd
# define SYS_eventfd __NR_eventfd
#endif

#ifdef __NR_eventfd2
# define SYS_eventfd2 __NR_eventfd2
#endif

#ifdef __NR_exec_with_loader
# define SYS_exec_with_loader __NR_exec_with_loader
#endif

#ifdef __NR_execv
# define SYS_execv __NR_execv
#endif

#ifdef __NR_execve
# define SYS_execve __NR_execve
#endif

#ifdef __NR_execveat
# define SYS_execveat __NR_execveat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_exit
# define SYS_exit __NR_exit
#endif

#ifdef __NR_exit_group
# define SYS_exit_group __NR_exit_group
#endif

#ifdef __NR_faccessat
# define SYS_faccessat __NR_faccessat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_faccessat2
# define SYS_faccessat2 __NR_faccessat2
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fadvise64
# define SYS_fadvise64 __NR_fadvise64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fadvise64_64
# define SYS_fadvise64_64 __NR_fadvise64_64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fallocate
# define SYS_fallocate __NR_fallocate
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fanotify_init
# define SYS_fanotify_init __NR_fanotify_init
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fanotify_mark
# define SYS_fanotify_mark __NR_fanotify_mark
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fchdir
# define SYS_fchdir __NR_fchdir
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fchmod
# define SYS_fchmod __NR_fchmod
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fchmodat
# define SYS_fchmodat __NR_fchmodat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fchown
# define SYS_fchown __NR_fchown
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fchown32
# define SYS_fchown32 __NR_fchown32
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fchownat
# define SYS_fchownat __NR_fchownat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fcntl
# define SYS_fcntl __NR_fcntl
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fcntl64
# define SYS_fcntl64 __NR_fcntl64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fdatasync
# define SYS_fdatasync __NR_fdatasync
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fgetxattr
# define SYS_fgetxattr __NR_fgetxattr
#endif

#ifdef __NR_finit_module
# define SYS_finit_module __NR_finit_module
#endif

#ifdef __NR_flistxattr
# define SYS_flistxattr __NR_flistxattr
#endif

#ifdef __NR_flock
# define SYS_flock __NR_flock
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fork
# define SYS_fork __NR_fork
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fp_udfiex_crtl
# define SYS_fp_udfiex_crtl __NR_fp_udfiex_crtl
#endif

#ifdef __NR_free_hugepages
# define SYS_free_hugepages __NR_free_hugepages
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fremovexattr
# define SYS_fremovexattr __NR_fremovexattr
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fsconfig
# define SYS_fsconfig __NR_fsconfig
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fsetxattr
# define SYS_fsetxattr __NR_fsetxattr
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fsmount
# define SYS_fsmount __NR_fsmount
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fsopen
# define SYS_fsopen __NR_fsopen
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fspick
# define SYS_fspick __NR_fspick
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fstat
# define SYS_fstat __NR_fstat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fstat64
# define SYS_fstat64 __NR_fstat64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fstatat64
# define SYS_fstatat64 __NR_fstatat64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fstatfs
# define SYS_fstatfs __NR_fstatfs
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fstatfs64
# define SYS_fstatfs64 __NR_fstatfs64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_fsync
# define SYS_fsync __NR_fsync
#endif

#ifdef __NR_ftime
# define SYS_ftime __NR_ftime
#endif

#ifdef __NR_ftruncate
# define SYS_ftruncate __NR_ftruncate
#endif

#ifdef __NR_ftruncate64
# define SYS_ftruncate64 __NR_ftruncate64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_futex
# define SYS_futex __NR_futex
#endif

#ifdef __NR_futex_time64
# define SYS_futex_time64 __NR_futex_time64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_futex_waitv
# define SYS_futex_waitv __NR_futex_waitv
#endif

#ifdef __NR_futimesat
# define SYS_futimesat __NR_futimesat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_get_kernel_syms
# define SYS_get_kernel_syms __NR_get_kernel_syms
#endif

#ifdef __NR_get_mempolicy
# define SYS_get_mempolicy __NR_get_mempolicy
#endif

#ifdef __NR_get_robust_list
# define SYS_get_robust_list __NR_get_robust_list
#endif

#ifdef __NR_get_thread_area
# define SYS_get_thread_area __NR_get_thread_area
#endif

#ifdef __NR_get_tls
# define SYS_get_tls __NR_get_tls
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getcpu
# define SYS_getcpu __NR_getcpu
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getcwd
# define SYS_getcwd __NR_getcwd
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getdents
# define SYS_getdents __NR_getdents
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getdents64
# define SYS_getdents64 __NR_getdents64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getdomainname
# define SYS_getdomainname __NR_getdomainname
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getdtablesize
# define SYS_getdtablesize __NR_getdtablesize
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getegid
# define SYS_getegid __NR_getegid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getegid32
# define SYS_getegid32 __NR_getegid32
#endif

#ifdef __NR_geteuid
# define SYS_geteuid __NR_geteuid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_geteuid32
# define SYS_geteuid32 __NR_geteuid32
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getgid
# define SYS_getgid __NR_getgid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getgid32
# define SYS_getgid32 __NR_getgid32
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getgroups
# define SYS_getgroups __NR_getgroups
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getgroups32
# define SYS_getgroups32 __NR_getgroups32
#endif

#ifdef __NR_gethostname
# define SYS_gethostname __NR_gethostname
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getitimer
# define SYS_getitimer __NR_getitimer
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getpagesize
# define SYS_getpagesize __NR_getpagesize
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getpeername
# define SYS_getpeername __NR_getpeername
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getpgid
# define SYS_getpgid __NR_getpgid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getpgrp
# define SYS_getpgrp __NR_getpgrp
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getpid
# define SYS_getpid __NR_getpid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getpmsg
# define SYS_getpmsg __NR_getpmsg
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getppid
# define SYS_getppid __NR_getppid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getpriority
# define SYS_getpriority __NR_getpriority
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getrandom
# define SYS_getrandom __NR_getrandom
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getresgid
# define SYS_getresgid __NR_getresgid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getresgid32
# define SYS_getresgid32 __NR_getresgid32
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getresuid
# define SYS_getresuid __NR_getresuid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getresuid32
# define SYS_getresuid32 __NR_getresuid32
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getrlimit
# define SYS_getrlimit __NR_getrlimit
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getrusage
# define SYS_getrusage __NR_getrusage
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getsid
# define SYS_getsid __NR_getsid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getsockname
# define SYS_getsockname __NR_getsockname
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getsockopt
# define SYS_getsockopt __NR_getsockopt
#endif

#ifdef __NR_gettid
# define SYS_gettid __NR_gettid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_gettimeofday
# define SYS_gettimeofday __NR_gettimeofday
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getuid
# define SYS_getuid __NR_getuid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getuid32
# define SYS_getuid32 __NR_getuid32
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getunwind
# define SYS_getunwind __NR_getunwind
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getxattr
# define SYS_getxattr __NR_getxattr
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getxgid
# define SYS_getxgid __NR_getxgid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getxpid
# define SYS_getxpid __NR_getxpid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_getxuid
# define SYS_getxuid __NR_getxuid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_gtty
# define SYS_gtty __NR_gtty
#endif

#ifdef __NR_idle
# define SYS_idle __NR_idle
#endif

#ifdef __NR_init_module
# define SYS_init_module __NR_init_module
#endif

#ifdef __NR_inotify_add_watch
# define SYS_inotify_add_watch __NR_inotify_add_watch
#endif

#ifdef __NR_inotify_init
# define SYS_inotify_init __NR_inotify_init
#endif

#ifdef __NR_inotify_init1
# define SYS_inotify_init1 __NR_inotify_init1
#endif

#ifdef __NR_inotify_rm_watch
# define SYS_inotify_rm_watch __NR_inotify_rm_watch
#endif

#ifdef __NR_io_cancel
# define SYS_io_cancel __NR_io_cancel
#endif

#ifdef __NR_io_destroy
# define SYS_io_destroy __NR_io_destroy
#endif

#ifdef __NR_io_getevents
# define SYS_io_getevents __NR_io_getevents
#endif

#ifdef __NR_io_pgetevents
# define SYS_io_pgetevents __NR_io_pgetevents
#endif

#ifdef __NR_io_pgetevents_time64
# define SYS_io_pgetevents_time64 __NR_io_pgetevents_time64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_io_setup
# define SYS_io_setup __NR_io_setup
#endif

#ifdef __NR_io_submit
# define SYS_io_submit __NR_io_submit
#endif

#ifdef __NR_io_uring_enter
# define SYS_io_uring_enter __NR_io_uring_enter
#endif

#ifdef __NR_io_uring_register
# define SYS_io_uring_register __NR_io_uring_register
#endif

#ifdef __NR_io_uring_setup
# define SYS_io_uring_setup __NR_io_uring_setup
#endif

#ifdef __NR_ioctl
# define SYS_ioctl __NR_ioctl
#endif

#ifdef __NR_ioperm
# define SYS_ioperm __NR_ioperm
#endif

#ifdef __NR_iopl
# define SYS_iopl __NR_iopl
#endif

#ifdef __NR_ioprio_get
# define SYS_ioprio_get __NR_ioprio_get
#endif

#ifdef __NR_ioprio_set
# define SYS_ioprio_set __NR_ioprio_set
#endif

#ifdef __NR_ipc
# define SYS_ipc __NR_ipc
#endif

#ifdef __NR_kcmp
# define SYS_kcmp __NR_kcmp
#endif

#ifdef __NR_kern_features
# define SYS_kern_features __NR_kern_features
#endif

#ifdef __NR_kexec_file_load
# define SYS_kexec_file_load __NR_kexec_file_load
#endif

#ifdef __NR_kexec_load
# define SYS_kexec_load __NR_kexec_load
#endif

#ifdef __NR_keyctl
# define SYS_keyctl __NR_keyctl
#endif

#ifdef __NR_kill
# define SYS_kill __NR_kill
#endif

#ifdef __NR_landlock_add_rule
# define SYS_landlock_add_rule __NR_landlock_add_rule
#endif

#ifdef __NR_landlock_create_ruleset
# define SYS_landlock_create_ruleset __NR_landlock_create_ruleset
#endif

#ifdef __NR_landlock_restrict_self
# define SYS_landlock_restrict_self __NR_landlock_restrict_self
#endif

#ifdef __NR_lchown
# define SYS_lchown __NR_lchown
#endif

#ifdef __NR_lchown32
# define SYS_lchown32 __NR_lchown32
#endif

#ifdef __NR_lgetxattr
# define SYS_lgetxattr __NR_lgetxattr
#endif

#ifdef __NR_link
# define SYS_link __NR_link
#endif

#ifdef __NR_linkat
# define SYS_linkat __NR_linkat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_listen
# define SYS_listen __NR_listen
#endif

#ifdef __NR_listxattr
# define SYS_listxattr __NR_listxattr
#endif

#ifdef __NR_llistxattr
# define SYS_llistxattr __NR_llistxattr
#endif

#ifdef __NR_llseek
# define SYS_llseek __NR_llseek
#endif

#ifdef __NR_lock
# define SYS_lock __NR_lock
#endif

#ifdef __NR_lookup_dcookie
# define SYS_lookup_dcookie __NR_lookup_dcookie
#endif

#ifdef __NR_lremovexattr
# define SYS_lremovexattr __NR_lremovexattr
#endif

#ifdef __NR_lseek
# define SYS_lseek __NR_lseek
#endif

#ifdef __NR_lsetxattr
# define SYS_lsetxattr __NR_lsetxattr
#endif

#ifdef __NR_lstat
# define SYS_lstat __NR_lstat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_lstat64
# define SYS_lstat64 __NR_lstat64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_madvise
# define SYS_madvise __NR_madvise
#endif

#ifdef __NR_mbind
# define SYS_mbind __NR_mbind
#endif

#ifdef __NR_membarrier
# define SYS_membarrier __NR_membarrier
#endif

#ifdef __NR_memfd_create
# define SYS_memfd_create __NR_memfd_create
#endif

#ifdef __NR_memfd_secret
# define SYS_memfd_secret __NR_memfd_secret
#endif

#ifdef __NR_memory_ordering
# define SYS_memory_ordering __NR_memory_ordering
#endif

#ifdef __NR_migrate_pages
# define SYS_migrate_pages __NR_migrate_pages
#endif

#ifdef __NR_mincore
# define SYS_mincore __NR_mincore
#endif

#ifdef __NR_mkdir
# define SYS_mkdir __NR_mkdir
#endif

#ifdef __NR_mkdirat
# define SYS_mkdirat __NR_mkdirat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_mknod
# define SYS_mknod __NR_mknod
#endif

#ifdef __NR_mknodat
# define SYS_mknodat __NR_mknodat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_mlock
# define SYS_mlock __NR_mlock
#endif

#ifdef __NR_mlock2
# define SYS_mlock2 __NR_mlock2
#endif

#ifdef __NR_mlockall
# define SYS_mlockall __NR_mlockall
#endif

#ifdef __NR_mmap
# define SYS_mmap __NR_mmap
#endif

#ifdef __NR_mmap2
# define SYS_mmap2 __NR_mmap2
#endif

#ifdef __NR_modify_ldt
# define SYS_modify_ldt __NR_modify_ldt
#endif

#ifdef __NR_mount
# define SYS_mount __NR_mount
#endif

#ifdef __NR_mount_setattr
# define SYS_mount_setattr __NR_mount_setattr
#endif

#ifdef __NR_move_mount
# define SYS_move_mount __NR_move_mount
#endif

#ifdef __NR_move_pages
# define SYS_move_pages __NR_move_pages
#endif

#ifdef __NR_mprotect
# define SYS_mprotect __NR_mprotect
#endif

#ifdef __NR_mpx
# define SYS_mpx __NR_mpx
#endif

#ifdef __NR_mq_getsetattr
# define SYS_mq_getsetattr __NR_mq_getsetattr
#endif

#ifdef __NR_mq_notify
# define SYS_mq_notify __NR_mq_notify
#endif

#ifdef __NR_mq_open
# define SYS_mq_open __NR_mq_open
#endif

#ifdef __NR_mq_timedreceive
# define SYS_mq_timedreceive __NR_mq_timedreceive
#endif

#ifdef __NR_mq_timedreceive_time64
# define SYS_mq_timedreceive_time64 __NR_mq_timedreceive_time64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_mq_timedsend
# define SYS_mq_timedsend __NR_mq_timedsend
#endif

#ifdef __NR_mq_timedsend_time64
# define SYS_mq_timedsend_time64 __NR_mq_timedsend_time64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_mq_unlink
# define SYS_mq_unlink __NR_mq_unlink
#endif

#ifdef __NR_mremap
# define SYS_mremap __NR_mremap
#endif

#ifdef __NR_msgctl
# define SYS_msgctl __NR_msgctl
#endif

#ifdef __NR_msgget
# define SYS_msgget __NR_msgget
#endif

#ifdef __NR_msgrcv
# define SYS_msgrcv __NR_msgrcv
#endif

#ifdef __NR_msgsnd
# define SYS_msgsnd __NR_msgsnd
#endif

#ifdef __NR_msync
# define SYS_msync __NR_msync
#endif

#ifdef __NR_multiplexer
# define SYS_multiplexer __NR_multiplexer
#endif

#ifdef __NR_munlock
# define SYS_munlock __NR_munlock
#endif

#ifdef __NR_munlockall
# define SYS_munlockall __NR_munlockall
#endif

#ifdef __NR_munmap
# define SYS_munmap __NR_munmap
#endif

#ifdef __NR_name_to_handle_at
# define SYS_name_to_handle_at __NR_name_to_handle_at
#endif

#ifdef __NR_nanosleep
# define SYS_nanosleep __NR_nanosleep
#endif

#ifdef __NR_newfstatat
# define SYS_newfstatat __NR_newfstatat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_nfsservctl
# define SYS_nfsservctl __NR_nfsservctl
#endif

#ifdef __NR_ni_syscall
# define SYS_ni_syscall __NR_ni_syscall
#endif

#ifdef __NR_nice
# define SYS_nice __NR_nice
#endif

#ifdef __NR_old_adjtimex
# define SYS_old_adjtimex __NR_old_adjtimex
#endif

#ifdef __NR_old_getpagesize
# define SYS_old_getpagesize __NR_old_getpagesize
#endif

#ifdef __NR_oldfstat
# define SYS_oldfstat __NR_oldfstat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_oldlstat
# define SYS_oldlstat __NR_oldlstat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_oldolduname
# define SYS_oldolduname __NR_oldolduname
#endif

#ifdef __NR_oldstat
# define SYS_oldstat __NR_oldstat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_oldumount
# define SYS_oldumount __NR_oldumount
#endif

#ifdef __NR_olduname
# define SYS_olduname __NR_olduname
#endif

#ifdef __NR_open
# define SYS_open __NR_open
#endif

#ifdef __NR_open_by_handle_at
# define SYS_open_by_handle_at __NR_open_by_handle_at
#endif

#ifdef __NR_open_tree
# define SYS_open_tree __NR_open_tree
#endif

#ifdef __NR_openat
# define SYS_openat __NR_openat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_openat2
# define SYS_openat2 __NR_openat2
#endif

#ifdef __NR_or1k_atomic
# define SYS_or1k_atomic __NR_or1k_atomic
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_adjtime
# define SYS_osf_adjtime __NR_osf_adjtime
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_afs_syscall
# define SYS_osf_afs_syscall __NR_osf_afs_syscall
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_alt_plock
# define SYS_osf_alt_plock __NR_osf_alt_plock
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_alt_setsid
# define SYS_osf_alt_setsid __NR_osf_alt_setsid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_alt_sigpending
# define SYS_osf_alt_sigpending __NR_osf_alt_sigpending
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_asynch_daemon
# define SYS_osf_asynch_daemon __NR_osf_asynch_daemon
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_audcntl
# define SYS_osf_audcntl __NR_osf_audcntl
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_audgen
# define SYS_osf_audgen __NR_osf_audgen
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_chflags
# define SYS_osf_chflags __NR_osf_chflags
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_execve
# define SYS_osf_execve __NR_osf_execve
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_exportfs
# define SYS_osf_exportfs __NR_osf_exportfs
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_fchflags
# define SYS_osf_fchflags __NR_osf_fchflags
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_fdatasync
# define SYS_osf_fdatasync __NR_osf_fdatasync
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_fpathconf
# define SYS_osf_fpathconf __NR_osf_fpathconf
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_fstat
# define SYS_osf_fstat __NR_osf_fstat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_fstatfs
# define SYS_osf_fstatfs __NR_osf_fstatfs
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_fstatfs64
# define SYS_osf_fstatfs64 __NR_osf_fstatfs64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_fuser
# define SYS_osf_fuser __NR_osf_fuser
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_getaddressconf
# define SYS_osf_getaddressconf __NR_osf_getaddressconf
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_getdirentries
# define SYS_osf_getdirentries __NR_osf_getdirentries
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_getdomainname
# define SYS_osf_getdomainname __NR_osf_getdomainname
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_getfh
# define SYS_osf_getfh __NR_osf_getfh
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_getfsstat
# define SYS_osf_getfsstat __NR_osf_getfsstat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_gethostid
# define SYS_osf_gethostid __NR_osf_gethostid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_getitimer
# define SYS_osf_getitimer __NR_osf_getitimer
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_getlogin
# define SYS_osf_getlogin __NR_osf_getlogin
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_getmnt
# define SYS_osf_getmnt __NR_osf_getmnt
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_getrusage
# define SYS_osf_getrusage __NR_osf_getrusage
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_getsysinfo
# define SYS_osf_getsysinfo __NR_osf_getsysinfo
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_gettimeofday
# define SYS_osf_gettimeofday __NR_osf_gettimeofday
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_kloadcall
# define SYS_osf_kloadcall __NR_osf_kloadcall
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_kmodcall
# define SYS_osf_kmodcall __NR_osf_kmodcall
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_lstat
# define SYS_osf_lstat __NR_osf_lstat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_memcntl
# define SYS_osf_memcntl __NR_osf_memcntl
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_mincore
# define SYS_osf_mincore __NR_osf_mincore
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_mount
# define SYS_osf_mount __NR_osf_mount
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_mremap
# define SYS_osf_mremap __NR_osf_mremap
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_msfs_syscall
# define SYS_osf_msfs_syscall __NR_osf_msfs_syscall
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_msleep
# define SYS_osf_msleep __NR_osf_msleep
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_mvalid
# define SYS_osf_mvalid __NR_osf_mvalid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_mwakeup
# define SYS_osf_mwakeup __NR_osf_mwakeup
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_naccept
# define SYS_osf_naccept __NR_osf_naccept
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_nfssvc
# define SYS_osf_nfssvc __NR_osf_nfssvc
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_ngetpeername
# define SYS_osf_ngetpeername __NR_osf_ngetpeername
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_ngetsockname
# define SYS_osf_ngetsockname __NR_osf_ngetsockname
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_nrecvfrom
# define SYS_osf_nrecvfrom __NR_osf_nrecvfrom
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_nrecvmsg
# define SYS_osf_nrecvmsg __NR_osf_nrecvmsg
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_nsendmsg
# define SYS_osf_nsendmsg __NR_osf_nsendmsg
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_ntp_adjtime
# define SYS_osf_ntp_adjtime __NR_osf_ntp_adjtime
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_ntp_gettime
# define SYS_osf_ntp_gettime __NR_osf_ntp_gettime
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_old_creat
# define SYS_osf_old_creat __NR_osf_old_creat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_old_fstat
# define SYS_osf_old_fstat __NR_osf_old_fstat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_old_getpgrp
# define SYS_osf_old_getpgrp __NR_osf_old_getpgrp
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_old_killpg
# define SYS_osf_old_killpg __NR_osf_old_killpg
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_old_lstat
# define SYS_osf_old_lstat __NR_osf_old_lstat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_old_open
# define SYS_osf_old_open __NR_osf_old_open
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_old_sigaction
# define SYS_osf_old_sigaction __NR_osf_old_sigaction
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_old_sigblock
# define SYS_osf_old_sigblock __NR_osf_old_sigblock
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_old_sigreturn
# define SYS_osf_old_sigreturn __NR_osf_old_sigreturn
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_old_sigsetmask
# define SYS_osf_old_sigsetmask __NR_osf_old_sigsetmask
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_old_sigvec
# define SYS_osf_old_sigvec __NR_osf_old_sigvec
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_old_stat
# define SYS_osf_old_stat __NR_osf_old_stat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_old_vadvise
# define SYS_osf_old_vadvise __NR_osf_old_vadvise
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_old_vtrace
# define SYS_osf_old_vtrace __NR_osf_old_vtrace
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_old_wait
# define SYS_osf_old_wait __NR_osf_old_wait
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_oldquota
# define SYS_osf_oldquota __NR_osf_oldquota
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_pathconf
# define SYS_osf_pathconf __NR_osf_pathconf
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_pid_block
# define SYS_osf_pid_block __NR_osf_pid_block
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_pid_unblock
# define SYS_osf_pid_unblock __NR_osf_pid_unblock
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_plock
# define SYS_osf_plock __NR_osf_plock
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_priocntlset
# define SYS_osf_priocntlset __NR_osf_priocntlset
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_profil
# define SYS_osf_profil __NR_osf_profil
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_proplist_syscall
# define SYS_osf_proplist_syscall __NR_osf_proplist_syscall
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_reboot
# define SYS_osf_reboot __NR_osf_reboot
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_revoke
# define SYS_osf_revoke __NR_osf_revoke
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_sbrk
# define SYS_osf_sbrk __NR_osf_sbrk
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_security
# define SYS_osf_security __NR_osf_security
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_select
# define SYS_osf_select __NR_osf_select
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_set_program_attributes
# define SYS_osf_set_program_attributes __NR_osf_set_program_attributes
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_set_speculative
# define SYS_osf_set_speculative __NR_osf_set_speculative
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_sethostid
# define SYS_osf_sethostid __NR_osf_sethostid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_setitimer
# define SYS_osf_setitimer __NR_osf_setitimer
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_setlogin
# define SYS_osf_setlogin __NR_osf_setlogin
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_setsysinfo
# define SYS_osf_setsysinfo __NR_osf_setsysinfo
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_settimeofday
# define SYS_osf_settimeofday __NR_osf_settimeofday
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_shmat
# define SYS_osf_shmat __NR_osf_shmat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_signal
# define SYS_osf_signal __NR_osf_signal
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_sigprocmask
# define SYS_osf_sigprocmask __NR_osf_sigprocmask
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_sigsendset
# define SYS_osf_sigsendset __NR_osf_sigsendset
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_sigstack
# define SYS_osf_sigstack __NR_osf_sigstack
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_sigwaitprim
# define SYS_osf_sigwaitprim __NR_osf_sigwaitprim
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_sstk
# define SYS_osf_sstk __NR_osf_sstk
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_stat
# define SYS_osf_stat __NR_osf_stat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_statfs
# define SYS_osf_statfs __NR_osf_statfs
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_statfs64
# define SYS_osf_statfs64 __NR_osf_statfs64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_subsys_info
# define SYS_osf_subsys_info __NR_osf_subsys_info
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_swapctl
# define SYS_osf_swapctl __NR_osf_swapctl
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_swapon
# define SYS_osf_swapon __NR_osf_swapon
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_syscall
# define SYS_osf_syscall __NR_osf_syscall
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_sysinfo
# define SYS_osf_sysinfo __NR_osf_sysinfo
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_table
# define SYS_osf_table __NR_osf_table
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_uadmin
# define SYS_osf_uadmin __NR_osf_uadmin
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_usleep_thread
# define SYS_osf_usleep_thread __NR_osf_usleep_thread
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_uswitch
# define SYS_osf_uswitch __NR_osf_uswitch
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_utc_adjtime
# define SYS_osf_utc_adjtime __NR_osf_utc_adjtime
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_utc_gettime
# define SYS_osf_utc_gettime __NR_osf_utc_gettime
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_utimes
# define SYS_osf_utimes __NR_osf_utimes
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_utsname
# define SYS_osf_utsname __NR_osf_utsname
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_wait4
# define SYS_osf_wait4 __NR_osf_wait4
#endif

#ifdef __NR_osf_waitid
# define SYS_osf_waitid __NR_osf_waitid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_pause
# define SYS_pause __NR_pause
#endif

#ifdef __NR_pciconfig_iobase
# define SYS_pciconfig_iobase __NR_pciconfig_iobase
#endif

#ifdef __NR_pciconfig_read
# define SYS_pciconfig_read __NR_pciconfig_read
#endif

#ifdef __NR_pciconfig_write
# define SYS_pciconfig_write __NR_pciconfig_write
#endif

#ifdef __NR_perf_event_open
# define SYS_perf_event_open __NR_perf_event_open
#endif

#ifdef __NR_perfctr
# define SYS_perfctr __NR_perfctr
#endif

#ifdef __NR_perfmonctl
# define SYS_perfmonctl __NR_perfmonctl
#endif

#ifdef __NR_personality
# define SYS_personality __NR_personality
#endif

#ifdef __NR_pidfd_getfd
# define SYS_pidfd_getfd __NR_pidfd_getfd
#endif

#ifdef __NR_pidfd_open
# define SYS_pidfd_open __NR_pidfd_open
#endif

#ifdef __NR_pidfd_send_signal
# define SYS_pidfd_send_signal __NR_pidfd_send_signal
#endif

#ifdef __NR_pipe
# define SYS_pipe __NR_pipe
#endif

#ifdef __NR_pipe2
# define SYS_pipe2 __NR_pipe2
#endif

#ifdef __NR_pivot_root
# define SYS_pivot_root __NR_pivot_root
#endif

#ifdef __NR_pkey_alloc
# define SYS_pkey_alloc __NR_pkey_alloc
#endif

#ifdef __NR_pkey_free
# define SYS_pkey_free __NR_pkey_free
#endif

#ifdef __NR_pkey_mprotect
# define SYS_pkey_mprotect __NR_pkey_mprotect
#endif

#ifdef __NR_poll
# define SYS_poll __NR_poll
#endif

#ifdef __NR_ppoll
# define SYS_ppoll __NR_ppoll
#endif

#ifdef __NR_ppoll_time64
# define SYS_ppoll_time64 __NR_ppoll_time64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_prctl
# define SYS_prctl __NR_prctl
#endif

#ifdef __NR_pread64
# define SYS_pread64 __NR_pread64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_preadv
# define SYS_preadv __NR_preadv
#endif

#ifdef __NR_preadv2
# define SYS_preadv2 __NR_preadv2
#endif

#ifdef __NR_prlimit64
# define SYS_prlimit64 __NR_prlimit64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_process_madvise
# define SYS_process_madvise __NR_process_madvise
#endif

#ifdef __NR_process_mrelease
# define SYS_process_mrelease __NR_process_mrelease
#endif

#ifdef __NR_process_vm_readv
# define SYS_process_vm_readv __NR_process_vm_readv
#endif

#ifdef __NR_process_vm_writev
# define SYS_process_vm_writev __NR_process_vm_writev
#endif

#ifdef __NR_prof
# define SYS_prof __NR_prof
#endif

#ifdef __NR_profil
# define SYS_profil __NR_profil
#endif

#ifdef __NR_pselect6
# define SYS_pselect6 __NR_pselect6
#endif

#ifdef __NR_pselect6_time64
# define SYS_pselect6_time64 __NR_pselect6_time64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_ptrace
# define SYS_ptrace __NR_ptrace
#endif

#ifdef __NR_putpmsg
# define SYS_putpmsg __NR_putpmsg
#endif

#ifdef __NR_pwrite64
# define SYS_pwrite64 __NR_pwrite64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_pwritev
# define SYS_pwritev __NR_pwritev
#endif

#ifdef __NR_pwritev2
# define SYS_pwritev2 __NR_pwritev2
#endif

#ifdef __NR_query_module
# define SYS_query_module __NR_query_module
#endif

#ifdef __NR_quotactl
# define SYS_quotactl __NR_quotactl
#endif

#ifdef __NR_quotactl_fd
# define SYS_quotactl_fd __NR_quotactl_fd
#endif

#ifdef __NR_read
# define SYS_read __NR_read
#endif

#ifdef __NR_readahead
# define SYS_readahead __NR_readahead
#endif

#ifdef __NR_readdir
# define SYS_readdir __NR_readdir
#endif

#ifdef __NR_readlink
# define SYS_readlink __NR_readlink
#endif

#ifdef __NR_readlinkat
# define SYS_readlinkat __NR_readlinkat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_readv
# define SYS_readv __NR_readv
#endif

#ifdef __NR_reboot
# define SYS_reboot __NR_reboot
#endif

#ifdef __NR_recv
# define SYS_recv __NR_recv
#endif

#ifdef __NR_recvfrom
# define SYS_recvfrom __NR_recvfrom
#endif

#ifdef __NR_recvmmsg
# define SYS_recvmmsg __NR_recvmmsg
#endif

#ifdef __NR_recvmmsg_time64
# define SYS_recvmmsg_time64 __NR_recvmmsg_time64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_recvmsg
# define SYS_recvmsg __NR_recvmsg
#endif

#ifdef __NR_remap_file_pages
# define SYS_remap_file_pages __NR_remap_file_pages
#endif

#ifdef __NR_removexattr
# define SYS_removexattr __NR_removexattr
#endif

#ifdef __NR_rename
# define SYS_rename __NR_rename
#endif

#ifdef __NR_renameat
# define SYS_renameat __NR_renameat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_renameat2
# define SYS_renameat2 __NR_renameat2
#endif

#ifdef __NR_request_key
# define SYS_request_key __NR_request_key
#endif

#ifdef __NR_restart_syscall
# define SYS_restart_syscall __NR_restart_syscall
#endif

#ifdef __NR_riscv_flush_icache
# define SYS_riscv_flush_icache __NR_riscv_flush_icache
#endif

#ifdef __NR_rmdir
# define SYS_rmdir __NR_rmdir
#endif

#ifdef __NR_rseq
# define SYS_rseq __NR_rseq
#endif

#ifdef __NR_rt_sigaction
# define SYS_rt_sigaction __NR_rt_sigaction
#endif

#ifdef __NR_rt_sigpending
# define SYS_rt_sigpending __NR_rt_sigpending
#endif

#ifdef __NR_rt_sigprocmask
# define SYS_rt_sigprocmask __NR_rt_sigprocmask
#endif

#ifdef __NR_rt_sigqueueinfo
# define SYS_rt_sigqueueinfo __NR_rt_sigqueueinfo
#endif

#ifdef __NR_rt_sigreturn
# define SYS_rt_sigreturn __NR_rt_sigreturn
#endif

#ifdef __NR_rt_sigsuspend
# define SYS_rt_sigsuspend __NR_rt_sigsuspend
#endif

#ifdef __NR_rt_sigtimedwait
# define SYS_rt_sigtimedwait __NR_rt_sigtimedwait
#endif

#ifdef __NR_rt_sigtimedwait_time64
# define SYS_rt_sigtimedwait_time64 __NR_rt_sigtimedwait_time64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_rt_tgsigqueueinfo
# define SYS_rt_tgsigqueueinfo __NR_rt_tgsigqueueinfo
#endif

#ifdef __NR_rtas
# define SYS_rtas __NR_rtas
#endif

#ifdef __NR_s390_guarded_storage
# define SYS_s390_guarded_storage __NR_s390_guarded_storage
#endif

#ifdef __NR_s390_pci_mmio_read
# define SYS_s390_pci_mmio_read __NR_s390_pci_mmio_read
#endif

#ifdef __NR_s390_pci_mmio_write
# define SYS_s390_pci_mmio_write __NR_s390_pci_mmio_write
#endif

#ifdef __NR_s390_runtime_instr
# define SYS_s390_runtime_instr __NR_s390_runtime_instr
#endif

#ifdef __NR_s390_sthyi
# define SYS_s390_sthyi __NR_s390_sthyi
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sched_get_affinity
# define SYS_sched_get_affinity __NR_sched_get_affinity
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sched_get_priority_max
# define SYS_sched_get_priority_max __NR_sched_get_priority_max
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sched_get_priority_min
# define SYS_sched_get_priority_min __NR_sched_get_priority_min
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sched_getaffinity
# define SYS_sched_getaffinity __NR_sched_getaffinity
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sched_getattr
# define SYS_sched_getattr __NR_sched_getattr
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sched_getparam
# define SYS_sched_getparam __NR_sched_getparam
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sched_getscheduler
# define SYS_sched_getscheduler __NR_sched_getscheduler
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sched_rr_get_interval
# define SYS_sched_rr_get_interval __NR_sched_rr_get_interval
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sched_rr_get_interval_time64
# define SYS_sched_rr_get_interval_time64 __NR_sched_rr_get_interval_time64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sched_set_affinity
# define SYS_sched_set_affinity __NR_sched_set_affinity
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sched_setaffinity
# define SYS_sched_setaffinity __NR_sched_setaffinity
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sched_setattr
# define SYS_sched_setattr __NR_sched_setattr
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sched_setparam
# define SYS_sched_setparam __NR_sched_setparam
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sched_setscheduler
# define SYS_sched_setscheduler __NR_sched_setscheduler
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sched_yield
# define SYS_sched_yield __NR_sched_yield
#endif

#ifdef __NR_seccomp
# define SYS_seccomp __NR_seccomp
#endif

#ifdef __NR_security
# define SYS_security __NR_security
#endif

#ifdef __NR_select
# define SYS_select __NR_select
#endif

#ifdef __NR_semctl
# define SYS_semctl __NR_semctl
#endif

#ifdef __NR_semget
# define SYS_semget __NR_semget
#endif

#ifdef __NR_semop
# define SYS_semop __NR_semop
#endif

#ifdef __NR_semtimedop
# define SYS_semtimedop __NR_semtimedop
#endif

#ifdef __NR_semtimedop_time64
# define SYS_semtimedop_time64 __NR_semtimedop_time64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_send
# define SYS_send __NR_send
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sendfile
# define SYS_sendfile __NR_sendfile
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sendfile64
# define SYS_sendfile64 __NR_sendfile64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sendmmsg
# define SYS_sendmmsg __NR_sendmmsg
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sendmsg
# define SYS_sendmsg __NR_sendmsg
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sendto
# define SYS_sendto __NR_sendto
#endif

#ifdef __NR_set_mempolicy
# define SYS_set_mempolicy __NR_set_mempolicy
#endif

#ifdef __NR_set_mempolicy_home_node
# define SYS_set_mempolicy_home_node __NR_set_mempolicy_home_node
#endif

#ifdef __NR_set_robust_list
# define SYS_set_robust_list __NR_set_robust_list
#endif

#ifdef __NR_set_thread_area
# define SYS_set_thread_area __NR_set_thread_area
#endif

#ifdef __NR_set_tid_address
# define SYS_set_tid_address __NR_set_tid_address
#endif

#ifdef __NR_set_tls
# define SYS_set_tls __NR_set_tls
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setdomainname
# define SYS_setdomainname __NR_setdomainname
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setfsgid
# define SYS_setfsgid __NR_setfsgid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setfsgid32
# define SYS_setfsgid32 __NR_setfsgid32
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setfsuid
# define SYS_setfsuid __NR_setfsuid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setfsuid32
# define SYS_setfsuid32 __NR_setfsuid32
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setgid
# define SYS_setgid __NR_setgid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setgid32
# define SYS_setgid32 __NR_setgid32
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setgroups
# define SYS_setgroups __NR_setgroups
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setgroups32
# define SYS_setgroups32 __NR_setgroups32
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sethae
# define SYS_sethae __NR_sethae
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sethostname
# define SYS_sethostname __NR_sethostname
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setitimer
# define SYS_setitimer __NR_setitimer
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setns
# define SYS_setns __NR_setns
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setpgid
# define SYS_setpgid __NR_setpgid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setpgrp
# define SYS_setpgrp __NR_setpgrp
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setpriority
# define SYS_setpriority __NR_setpriority
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setregid
# define SYS_setregid __NR_setregid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setregid32
# define SYS_setregid32 __NR_setregid32
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setresgid
# define SYS_setresgid __NR_setresgid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setresgid32
# define SYS_setresgid32 __NR_setresgid32
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setresuid
# define SYS_setresuid __NR_setresuid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setresuid32
# define SYS_setresuid32 __NR_setresuid32
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setreuid
# define SYS_setreuid __NR_setreuid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setreuid32
# define SYS_setreuid32 __NR_setreuid32
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setrlimit
# define SYS_setrlimit __NR_setrlimit
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setsid
# define SYS_setsid __NR_setsid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setsockopt
# define SYS_setsockopt __NR_setsockopt
#endif

#ifdef __NR_settimeofday
# define SYS_settimeofday __NR_settimeofday
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setuid
# define SYS_setuid __NR_setuid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setuid32
# define SYS_setuid32 __NR_setuid32
#endif

#ifdef __NR_setxattr
# define SYS_setxattr __NR_setxattr
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sgetmask
# define SYS_sgetmask __NR_sgetmask
#endif

#ifdef __NR_shmat
# define SYS_shmat __NR_shmat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_shmctl
# define SYS_shmctl __NR_shmctl
#endif

#ifdef __NR_shmdt
# define SYS_shmdt __NR_shmdt
#endif

#ifdef __NR_shmget
# define SYS_shmget __NR_shmget
#endif

#ifdef __NR_shutdown
# define SYS_shutdown __NR_shutdown
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sigaction
# define SYS_sigaction __NR_sigaction
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sigaltstack
# define SYS_sigaltstack __NR_sigaltstack
#endif

#ifdef __NR_signal
# define SYS_signal __NR_signal
#endif

#ifdef __NR_signalfd
# define SYS_signalfd __NR_signalfd
#endif

#ifdef __NR_signalfd4
# define SYS_signalfd4 __NR_signalfd4
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sigpending
# define SYS_sigpending __NR_sigpending
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sigprocmask
# define SYS_sigprocmask __NR_sigprocmask
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sigreturn
# define SYS_sigreturn __NR_sigreturn
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sigsuspend
# define SYS_sigsuspend __NR_sigsuspend
#endif

#ifdef __NR_socket
# define SYS_socket __NR_socket
#endif

#ifdef __NR_socketcall
# define SYS_socketcall __NR_socketcall
#endif

#ifdef __NR_socketpair
# define SYS_socketpair __NR_socketpair
#endif

#ifdef __NR_splice
# define SYS_splice __NR_splice
#endif

#ifdef __NR_spu_create
# define SYS_spu_create __NR_spu_create
#endif

#ifdef __NR_spu_run
# define SYS_spu_run __NR_spu_run
#endif

#ifdef __NR_ssetmask
# define SYS_ssetmask __NR_ssetmask
#endif

#ifdef __NR_stat
# define SYS_stat __NR_stat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_stat64
# define SYS_stat64 __NR_stat64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_statfs
# define SYS_statfs __NR_statfs
#endif

#ifdef __NR_statfs64
# define SYS_statfs64 __NR_statfs64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_statx
# define SYS_statx __NR_statx
#endif

#ifdef __NR_stime
# define SYS_stime __NR_stime
#endif

#ifdef __NR_stty
# define SYS_stty __NR_stty
#endif

#ifdef __NR_subpage_prot
# define SYS_subpage_prot __NR_subpage_prot
#endif

#ifdef __NR_swapcontext
# define SYS_swapcontext __NR_swapcontext
#endif

#ifdef __NR_swapoff
# define SYS_swapoff __NR_swapoff
#endif

#ifdef __NR_swapon
# define SYS_swapon __NR_swapon
#endif

#ifdef __NR_switch_endian
# define SYS_switch_endian __NR_switch_endian
#endif

#ifdef __NR_symlink
# define SYS_symlink __NR_symlink
#endif

#ifdef __NR_symlinkat
# define SYS_symlinkat __NR_symlinkat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sync
# define SYS_sync __NR_sync
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sync_file_range
# define SYS_sync_file_range __NR_sync_file_range
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sync_file_range2
# define SYS_sync_file_range2 __NR_sync_file_range2
#endif

#ifdef __NR_syncfs
# define SYS_syncfs __NR_syncfs
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sys_debug_setcontext
# define SYS_sys_debug_setcontext __NR_sys_debug_setcontext
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sys_epoll_create
# define SYS_sys_epoll_create __NR_sys_epoll_create
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sys_epoll_ctl
# define SYS_sys_epoll_ctl __NR_sys_epoll_ctl
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sys_epoll_wait
# define SYS_sys_epoll_wait __NR_sys_epoll_wait
#endif

#ifdef __NR_syscall
# define SYS_syscall __NR_syscall
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sysfs
# define SYS_sysfs __NR_sysfs
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sysinfo
# define SYS_sysinfo __NR_sysinfo
#endif

#ifdef __NR_syslog
# define SYS_syslog __NR_syslog
#endif

#ifdef __NR_sysmips
# define SYS_sysmips __NR_sysmips
#endif

#ifdef __NR_tee
# define SYS_tee __NR_tee
#endif

#ifdef __NR_tgkill
# define SYS_tgkill __NR_tgkill
#endif

#ifdef __NR_time
# define SYS_time __NR_time
#endif

#ifdef __NR_timer_create
# define SYS_timer_create __NR_timer_create
#endif

#ifdef __NR_timer_delete
# define SYS_timer_delete __NR_timer_delete
#endif

#ifdef __NR_timer_getoverrun
# define SYS_timer_getoverrun __NR_timer_getoverrun
#endif

#ifdef __NR_timer_gettime
# define SYS_timer_gettime __NR_timer_gettime
#endif

#ifdef __NR_timer_gettime64
# define SYS_timer_gettime64 __NR_timer_gettime64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_timer_settime
# define SYS_timer_settime __NR_timer_settime
#endif

#ifdef __NR_timer_settime64
# define SYS_timer_settime64 __NR_timer_settime64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_timerfd
# define SYS_timerfd __NR_timerfd
#endif

#ifdef __NR_timerfd_create
# define SYS_timerfd_create __NR_timerfd_create
#endif

#ifdef __NR_timerfd_gettime
# define SYS_timerfd_gettime __NR_timerfd_gettime
#endif

#ifdef __NR_timerfd_gettime64
# define SYS_timerfd_gettime64 __NR_timerfd_gettime64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_timerfd_settime
# define SYS_timerfd_settime __NR_timerfd_settime
#endif

#ifdef __NR_timerfd_settime64
# define SYS_timerfd_settime64 __NR_timerfd_settime64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_times
# define SYS_times __NR_times
#endif

#ifdef __NR_tkill
# define SYS_tkill __NR_tkill
#endif

#ifdef __NR_truncate
# define SYS_truncate __NR_truncate
#endif

#ifdef __NR_truncate64
# define SYS_truncate64 __NR_truncate64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_tuxcall
# define SYS_tuxcall __NR_tuxcall
#endif

#ifdef __NR_udftrap
# define SYS_udftrap __NR_udftrap
#endif

#ifdef __NR_ugetrlimit
# define SYS_ugetrlimit __NR_ugetrlimit
#endif

#ifdef __NR_ulimit
# define SYS_ulimit __NR_ulimit
#endif

#ifdef __NR_umask
# define SYS_umask __NR_umask
#endif

#ifdef __NR_umount
# define SYS_umount __NR_umount
#endif

#ifdef __NR_umount2
# define SYS_umount2 __NR_umount2
#endif

#ifdef __NR_uname
# define SYS_uname __NR_uname
#endif

#ifdef __NR_unlink
# define SYS_unlink __NR_unlink
#endif

#ifdef __NR_unlinkat
# define SYS_unlinkat __NR_unlinkat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_unshare
# define SYS_unshare __NR_unshare
#endif

#ifdef __NR_uselib
# define SYS_uselib __NR_uselib
#endif

#ifdef __NR_userfaultfd
# define SYS_userfaultfd __NR_userfaultfd
#endif

#ifdef __NR_usr26
# define SYS_usr26 __NR_usr26
#endif

#ifdef __NR_usr32
# define SYS_usr32 __NR_usr32
#endif

#ifdef __NR_ustat
# define SYS_ustat __NR_ustat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_utime
# define SYS_utime __NR_utime
#endif

#ifdef __NR_utimensat
# define SYS_utimensat __NR_utimensat
#endif

#ifdef __NR_utimensat_time64
# define SYS_utimensat_time64 __NR_utimensat_time64
#endif

#ifdef __NR_utimes
# define SYS_utimes __NR_utimes
#endif

#ifdef __NR_utrap_install
# define SYS_utrap_install __NR_utrap_install
#endif

#ifdef __NR_vfork
# define SYS_vfork __NR_vfork
#endif

#ifdef __NR_vhangup
# define SYS_vhangup __NR_vhangup
#endif

#ifdef __NR_vm86
# define SYS_vm86 __NR_vm86
#endif

#ifdef __NR_vm86old
# define SYS_vm86old __NR_vm86old
#endif

#ifdef __NR_vmsplice
# define SYS_vmsplice __NR_vmsplice
#endif

#ifdef __NR_vserver
# define SYS_vserver __NR_vserver
#endif

#ifdef __NR_wait4
# define SYS_wait4 __NR_wait4
#endif

#ifdef __NR_waitid
# define SYS_waitid __NR_waitid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_waitpid
# define SYS_waitpid __NR_waitpid
#endif

#ifdef __NR_write
# define SYS_write __NR_write
#endif

#ifdef __NR_writev
# define SYS_writev __NR_writev
#endif

/* i386/x86_64 are little-endian.  */

#ifndef _ENDIAN_H
# error "Never use <bits/endian.h> directly; include <endian.h> instead."
#endif

#define __BYTE_ORDER __LITTLE_ENDIAN
/* -*- mode: c; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*- */
/*
 * Wrapper so that #include <gssapi.h> will work without special include
 * paths.
 */
#include <gssapi/gssapi.h>
#include <stdint.h>
/* Compatible <termio.h> for old `struct termio' ioctl interface.
   This is obsolete; use the POSIX.1 `struct termios' interface
   defined in <termios.h> instead.  */

#include <termios.h>
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
/* Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _NETAX25_AX25_H
#define _NETAX25_AX25_H	1

#include <features.h>
#include <bits/sockaddr.h>

/* Setsockoptions(2) level.  Thanks to BSD these must match IPPROTO_xxx.  */
#define SOL_AX25	257

/* AX.25 flags: */
#define AX25_WINDOW	1
#define AX25_T1		2
#define AX25_T2		5
#define AX25_T3		4
#define AX25_N2		3
#define AX25_BACKOFF	6
#define AX25_EXTSEQ	7
#define AX25_PIDINCL	8
#define AX25_IDLE	9
#define	AX25_PACLEN	10
#define AX25_IPMAXQUEUE 11
#define AX25_IAMDIGI	12
#define AX25_KILL	99

/* AX.25 socket ioctls: */
#define SIOCAX25GETUID		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE)
#define SIOCAX25ADDUID		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+1)
#define SIOCAX25DELUID		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+2)
#define SIOCAX25NOUID		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+3)
#define SIOCAX25BPQADDR		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+4)
#define SIOCAX25GETPARMS	(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+5)
#define SIOCAX25SETPARMS	(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+6)
#define SIOCAX25OPTRT		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+7)
#define SIOCAX25CTLCON		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+8)
#define SIOCAX25GETINFO		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+9)
#define SIOCAX25ADDFWD		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+10)
#define SIOCAX25DELFWD		(SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+11)

/* unknown: */
#define AX25_NOUID_DEFAULT	0
#define AX25_NOUID_BLOCK	1
#define AX25_SET_RT_IPMODE	2

/* Digipeating flags: */
#define AX25_DIGI_INBAND	0x01	/* Allow digipeating within port */
#define AX25_DIGI_XBAND		0x02	/* Allow digipeating across ports */

/* Maximim number of digipeaters: */
#define AX25_MAX_DIGIS 8


typedef struct
  {
    char ax25_call[7];		/* 6 call + SSID (shifted ascii) */
  }
ax25_address;

struct sockaddr_ax25
  {
    sa_family_t sax25_family;
    ax25_address sax25_call;
    int sax25_ndigis;
  };

/*
 * The sockaddr struct with the digipeater adresses:
 */
struct full_sockaddr_ax25
  {
    struct sockaddr_ax25 fsa_ax25;
    ax25_address fsa_digipeater[AX25_MAX_DIGIS];
  };
#define sax25_uid	sax25_ndigis

struct ax25_routes_struct
  {
    ax25_address port_addr;
    ax25_address dest_addr;
    unsigned char digi_count;
    ax25_address digi_addr[AX25_MAX_DIGIS];
  };

/* The AX.25 ioctl structure: */
struct ax25_ctl_struct
  {
    ax25_address port_addr;
    ax25_address source_addr;
    ax25_address dest_addr;
    unsigned int cmd;
    unsigned long arg;
    unsigned char digi_count;
    ax25_address digi_addr[AX25_MAX_DIGIS];
  };

struct ax25_info_struct
  {
    unsigned int  n2, n2count;
    unsigned int t1, t1timer;
    unsigned int t2, t2timer;
    unsigned int t3, t3timer;
    unsigned int idle, idletimer;
    unsigned int state;
    unsigned int rcv_q, snd_q;
  };

struct ax25_fwd_struct
  {
    ax25_address port_from;
    ax25_address port_to;
  };

/* AX.25 route structure: */
struct ax25_route_opt_struct
  {
    ax25_address port_addr;
    ax25_address dest_addr;
    int cmd;
    int arg;
  };

/* AX.25 BPQ stuff: */
struct ax25_bpqaddr_struct
  {
    char dev[16];
    ax25_address addr;
  };

/* Definitions for the AX.25 `values' fields: */
#define	AX25_VALUES_IPDEFMODE	0	/* 'D'=DG 'V'=VC */
#define	AX25_VALUES_AXDEFMODE	1	/* 8=Normal 128=Extended Seq Nos */
#define	AX25_VALUES_NETROM	2	/* Allow NET/ROM  - 0=No 1=Yes */
#define	AX25_VALUES_TEXT	3	/* Allow PID=Text - 0=No 1=Yes */
#define	AX25_VALUES_BACKOFF	4	/* 'E'=Exponential 'L'=Linear */
#define	AX25_VALUES_CONMODE	5	/* Allow connected modes - 0=No 1=Yes */
#define	AX25_VALUES_WINDOW	6	/* Default window size for standard AX.25 */
#define	AX25_VALUES_EWINDOW	7	/* Default window size for extended AX.25 */
#define	AX25_VALUES_T1		8	/* Default T1 timeout value */
#define	AX25_VALUES_T2		9	/* Default T2 timeout value */
#define	AX25_VALUES_T3		10	/* Default T3 timeout value */
#define	AX25_VALUES_N2		11	/* Default N2 value */
#define	AX25_VALUES_DIGI	12	/* Digipeat mode */
#define AX25_VALUES_IDLE	13	/* mode vc idle timer */
#define AX25_VALUES_PACLEN	14	/* AX.25 MTU */
#define AX25_VALUES_IPMAXQUEUE  15	/* Maximum number of buffers enqueued */
#define	AX25_MAX_VALUES		20

struct ax25_parms_struct
  {
    ax25_address port_addr;
    unsigned short values[AX25_MAX_VALUES];
  };

#endif /* netax25/ax25.h */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
#ifndef __CPUPOWER_CPUIDLE_H__
#define __CPUPOWER_CPUIDLE_H__

int cpuidle_is_state_disabled(unsigned int cpu,
				       unsigned int idlestate);
int cpuidle_state_disable(unsigned int cpu, unsigned int idlestate,
				   unsigned int disable);
unsigned long cpuidle_state_latency(unsigned int cpu,
						unsigned int idlestate);
unsigned long cpuidle_state_usage(unsigned int cpu,
					unsigned int idlestate);
unsigned long long cpuidle_state_time(unsigned int cpu,
						unsigned int idlestate);
char *cpuidle_state_name(unsigned int cpu,
				unsigned int idlestate);
char *cpuidle_state_desc(unsigned int cpu,
				unsigned int idlestate);
unsigned int cpuidle_state_count(unsigned int cpu);

char *cpuidle_get_governor(void);
char *cpuidle_get_driver(void);

#endif /* __CPUPOWER_HELPERS_SYSFS_H__ */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
 *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 *	@(#)ttyent.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/2/93
 */

#ifndef	_TTYENT_H
#define	_TTYENT_H	1

#include <features.h>

#define	_PATH_TTYS	"/etc/ttys"

#define	_TTYS_OFF	"off"
#define	_TTYS_ON	"on"
#define	_TTYS_SECURE	"secure"
#define	_TTYS_WINDOW	"window"

struct ttyent {
	char	*ty_name;	/* terminal device name */
	char	*ty_getty;	/* command to execute, usually getty */
	char	*ty_type;	/* terminal type for termcap */
#define	TTY_ON		0x01	/* enable logins (start ty_getty program) */
#define	TTY_SECURE	0x02	/* allow uid of 0 to login */
	int	ty_status;	/* status flags */
	char 	*ty_window;	/* command to start up window manager */
	char	*ty_comment;	/* comment field */
};


__BEGIN_DECLS

extern struct ttyent *getttyent (void) __THROW;
extern struct ttyent *getttynam (const char *__tty) __THROW;
extern int setttyent (void) __THROW;
extern int endttyent (void) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* ttyent.h */
! Platform-specific declarations of SIMD math functions for Fortran. -*- f90 -*-
!   Copyright (C) 2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
!   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
!
!   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
!   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
!   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
!   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
!
!   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
!   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
!   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
!   Lesser General Public License for more details.
!
!   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
!   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
!   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

!GCC$ builtin (cos) attributes simd (notinbranch) if('x86_64')
!GCC$ builtin (cosf) attributes simd (notinbranch) if('x86_64')
!GCC$ builtin (sin) attributes simd (notinbranch) if('x86_64')
!GCC$ builtin (sinf) attributes simd (notinbranch) if('x86_64')
!GCC$ builtin (sincos) attributes simd (notinbranch) if('x86_64')
!GCC$ builtin (sincosf) attributes simd (notinbranch) if('x86_64')
!GCC$ builtin (log) attributes simd (notinbranch) if('x86_64')
!GCC$ builtin (logf) attributes simd (notinbranch) if('x86_64')
!GCC$ builtin (exp) attributes simd (notinbranch) if('x86_64')
!GCC$ builtin (expf) attributes simd (notinbranch) if('x86_64')
!GCC$ builtin (pow) attributes simd (notinbranch) if('x86_64')
!GCC$ builtin (powf) attributes simd (notinbranch) if('x86_64')

!GCC$ builtin (cos) attributes simd (notinbranch) if('x32')
!GCC$ builtin (cosf) attributes simd (notinbranch) if('x32')
!GCC$ builtin (sin) attributes simd (notinbranch) if('x32')
!GCC$ builtin (sinf) attributes simd (notinbranch) if('x32')
!GCC$ builtin (sincos) attributes simd (notinbranch) if('x32')
!GCC$ builtin (sincosf) attributes simd (notinbranch) if('x32')
!GCC$ builtin (log) attributes simd (notinbranch) if('x32')
!GCC$ builtin (logf) attributes simd (notinbranch) if('x32')
!GCC$ builtin (exp) attributes simd (notinbranch) if('x32')
!GCC$ builtin (expf) attributes simd (notinbranch) if('x32')
!GCC$ builtin (pow) attributes simd (notinbranch) if('x32')
!GCC$ builtin (powf) attributes simd (notinbranch) if('x32')
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 *	ISO C99 Standard: 7.21 String handling	<string.h>
 */

#ifndef	_STRING_H
#define	_STRING_H	1

#define __GLIBC_INTERNAL_STARTING_HEADER_IMPLEMENTATION
#include <bits/libc-header-start.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Get size_t and NULL from <stddef.h>.  */
#define	__need_size_t
#define	__need_NULL
#include <stddef.h>

/* Tell the caller that we provide correct C++ prototypes.  */
#if defined __cplusplus && (__GNUC_PREREQ (4, 4) \
			    || __glibc_clang_prereq (3, 5))
# define __CORRECT_ISO_CPP_STRING_H_PROTO
#endif


/* Copy N bytes of SRC to DEST.  */
extern void *memcpy (void *__restrict __dest, const void *__restrict __src,
		     size_t __n) __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));
/* Copy N bytes of SRC to DEST, guaranteeing
   correct behavior for overlapping strings.  */
extern void *memmove (void *__dest, const void *__src, size_t __n)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Copy no more than N bytes of SRC to DEST, stopping when C is found.
   Return the position in DEST one byte past where C was copied,
   or NULL if C was not found in the first N bytes of SRC.  */
#if defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_XOPEN
extern void *memccpy (void *__restrict __dest, const void *__restrict __src,
		      int __c, size_t __n)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));
#endif /* Misc || X/Open.  */


/* Set N bytes of S to C.  */
extern void *memset (void *__s, int __c, size_t __n) __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Compare N bytes of S1 and S2.  */
extern int memcmp (const void *__s1, const void *__s2, size_t __n)
     __THROW __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Search N bytes of S for C.  */
#ifdef __CORRECT_ISO_CPP_STRING_H_PROTO
extern "C++"
{
extern void *memchr (void *__s, int __c, size_t __n)
      __THROW __asm ("memchr") __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1));
extern const void *memchr (const void *__s, int __c, size_t __n)
      __THROW __asm ("memchr") __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1));

# ifdef __OPTIMIZE__
__extern_always_inline void *
memchr (void *__s, int __c, size_t __n) __THROW
{
  return __builtin_memchr (__s, __c, __n);
}

__extern_always_inline const void *
memchr (const void *__s, int __c, size_t __n) __THROW
{
  return __builtin_memchr (__s, __c, __n);
}
# endif
}
#else
extern void *memchr (const void *__s, int __c, size_t __n)
      __THROW __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1));
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Search in S for C.  This is similar to `memchr' but there is no
   length limit.  */
# ifdef __CORRECT_ISO_CPP_STRING_H_PROTO
extern "C++" void *rawmemchr (void *__s, int __c)
     __THROW __asm ("rawmemchr") __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1));
extern "C++" const void *rawmemchr (const void *__s, int __c)
     __THROW __asm ("rawmemchr") __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1));
# else
extern void *rawmemchr (const void *__s, int __c)
     __THROW __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1));
# endif

/* Search N bytes of S for the final occurrence of C.  */
# ifdef __CORRECT_ISO_CPP_STRING_H_PROTO
extern "C++" void *memrchr (void *__s, int __c, size_t __n)
      __THROW __asm ("memrchr") __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1));
extern "C++" const void *memrchr (const void *__s, int __c, size_t __n)
      __THROW __asm ("memrchr") __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1));
# else
extern void *memrchr (const void *__s, int __c, size_t __n)
      __THROW __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1));
# endif
#endif


/* Copy SRC to DEST.  */
extern char *strcpy (char *__restrict __dest, const char *__restrict __src)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));
/* Copy no more than N characters of SRC to DEST.  */
extern char *strncpy (char *__restrict __dest,
		      const char *__restrict __src, size_t __n)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Append SRC onto DEST.  */
extern char *strcat (char *__restrict __dest, const char *__restrict __src)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));
/* Append no more than N characters from SRC onto DEST.  */
extern char *strncat (char *__restrict __dest, const char *__restrict __src,
		      size_t __n) __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Compare S1 and S2.  */
extern int strcmp (const char *__s1, const char *__s2)
     __THROW __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1, 2));
/* Compare N characters of S1 and S2.  */
extern int strncmp (const char *__s1, const char *__s2, size_t __n)
     __THROW __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Compare the collated forms of S1 and S2.  */
extern int strcoll (const char *__s1, const char *__s2)
     __THROW __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1, 2));
/* Put a transformation of SRC into no more than N bytes of DEST.  */
extern size_t strxfrm (char *__restrict __dest,
		       const char *__restrict __src, size_t __n)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2));

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K8
/* POSIX.1-2008 extended locale interface (see locale.h).  */
# include <bits/types/locale_t.h>

/* Compare the collated forms of S1 and S2, using sorting rules from L.  */
extern int strcoll_l (const char *__s1, const char *__s2, locale_t __l)
     __THROW __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1, 2, 3));
/* Put a transformation of SRC into no more than N bytes of DEST,
   using sorting rules from L.  */
extern size_t strxfrm_l (char *__dest, const char *__src, size_t __n,
			 locale_t __l) __THROW __nonnull ((2, 4));
#endif

#if (defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED || defined __USE_XOPEN2K8	\
     || __GLIBC_USE (LIB_EXT2))
/* Duplicate S, returning an identical malloc'd string.  */
extern char *strdup (const char *__s)
     __THROW __attribute_malloc__ __nonnull ((1));
#endif

/* Return a malloc'd copy of at most N bytes of STRING.  The
   resultant string is terminated even if no null terminator
   appears before STRING[N].  */
#if defined __USE_XOPEN2K8 || __GLIBC_USE (LIB_EXT2)
extern char *strndup (const char *__string, size_t __n)
     __THROW __attribute_malloc__ __nonnull ((1));
#endif

#if defined __USE_GNU && defined __GNUC__
/* Duplicate S, returning an identical alloca'd string.  */
# define strdupa(s)							      \
  (__extension__							      \
    ({									      \
      const char *__old = (s);						      \
      size_t __len = strlen (__old) + 1;				      \
      char *__new = (char *) __builtin_alloca (__len);			      \
      (char *) memcpy (__new, __old, __len);				      \
    }))

/* Return an alloca'd copy of at most N bytes of string.  */
# define strndupa(s, n)							      \
  (__extension__							      \
    ({									      \
      const char *__old = (s);						      \
      size_t __len = strnlen (__old, (n));				      \
      char *__new = (char *) __builtin_alloca (__len + 1);		      \
      __new[__len] = '\0';						      \
      (char *) memcpy (__new, __old, __len);				      \
    }))
#endif

/* Find the first occurrence of C in S.  */
#ifdef __CORRECT_ISO_CPP_STRING_H_PROTO
extern "C++"
{
extern char *strchr (char *__s, int __c)
     __THROW __asm ("strchr") __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1));
extern const char *strchr (const char *__s, int __c)
     __THROW __asm ("strchr") __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1));

# ifdef __OPTIMIZE__
__extern_always_inline char *
strchr (char *__s, int __c) __THROW
{
  return __builtin_strchr (__s, __c);
}

__extern_always_inline const char *
strchr (const char *__s, int __c) __THROW
{
  return __builtin_strchr (__s, __c);
}
# endif
}
#else
extern char *strchr (const char *__s, int __c)
     __THROW __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1));
#endif
/* Find the last occurrence of C in S.  */
#ifdef __CORRECT_ISO_CPP_STRING_H_PROTO
extern "C++"
{
extern char *strrchr (char *__s, int __c)
     __THROW __asm ("strrchr") __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1));
extern const char *strrchr (const char *__s, int __c)
     __THROW __asm ("strrchr") __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1));

# ifdef __OPTIMIZE__
__extern_always_inline char *
strrchr (char *__s, int __c) __THROW
{
  return __builtin_strrchr (__s, __c);
}

__extern_always_inline const char *
strrchr (const char *__s, int __c) __THROW
{
  return __builtin_strrchr (__s, __c);
}
# endif
}
#else
extern char *strrchr (const char *__s, int __c)
     __THROW __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1));
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* This function is similar to `strchr'.  But it returns a pointer to
   the closing NUL byte in case C is not found in S.  */
# ifdef __CORRECT_ISO_CPP_STRING_H_PROTO
extern "C++" char *strchrnul (char *__s, int __c)
     __THROW __asm ("strchrnul") __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1));
extern "C++" const char *strchrnul (const char *__s, int __c)
     __THROW __asm ("strchrnul") __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1));
# else
extern char *strchrnul (const char *__s, int __c)
     __THROW __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1));
# endif
#endif

/* Return the length of the initial segment of S which
   consists entirely of characters not in REJECT.  */
extern size_t strcspn (const char *__s, const char *__reject)
     __THROW __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1, 2));
/* Return the length of the initial segment of S which
   consists entirely of characters in ACCEPT.  */
extern size_t strspn (const char *__s, const char *__accept)
     __THROW __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1, 2));
/* Find the first occurrence in S of any character in ACCEPT.  */
#ifdef __CORRECT_ISO_CPP_STRING_H_PROTO
extern "C++"
{
extern char *strpbrk (char *__s, const char *__accept)
     __THROW __asm ("strpbrk") __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1, 2));
extern const char *strpbrk (const char *__s, const char *__accept)
     __THROW __asm ("strpbrk") __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1, 2));

# ifdef __OPTIMIZE__
__extern_always_inline char *
strpbrk (char *__s, const char *__accept) __THROW
{
  return __builtin_strpbrk (__s, __accept);
}

__extern_always_inline const char *
strpbrk (const char *__s, const char *__accept) __THROW
{
  return __builtin_strpbrk (__s, __accept);
}
# endif
}
#else
extern char *strpbrk (const char *__s, const char *__accept)
     __THROW __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1, 2));
#endif
/* Find the first occurrence of NEEDLE in HAYSTACK.  */
#ifdef __CORRECT_ISO_CPP_STRING_H_PROTO
extern "C++"
{
extern char *strstr (char *__haystack, const char *__needle)
     __THROW __asm ("strstr") __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1, 2));
extern const char *strstr (const char *__haystack, const char *__needle)
     __THROW __asm ("strstr") __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1, 2));

# ifdef __OPTIMIZE__
__extern_always_inline char *
strstr (char *__haystack, const char *__needle) __THROW
{
  return __builtin_strstr (__haystack, __needle);
}

__extern_always_inline const char *
strstr (const char *__haystack, const char *__needle) __THROW
{
  return __builtin_strstr (__haystack, __needle);
}
# endif
}
#else
extern char *strstr (const char *__haystack, const char *__needle)
     __THROW __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1, 2));
#endif


/* Divide S into tokens separated by characters in DELIM.  */
extern char *strtok (char *__restrict __s, const char *__restrict __delim)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2));

/* Divide S into tokens separated by characters in DELIM.  Information
   passed between calls are stored in SAVE_PTR.  */
extern char *__strtok_r (char *__restrict __s,
			 const char *__restrict __delim,
			 char **__restrict __save_ptr)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2, 3));
#ifdef __USE_POSIX
extern char *strtok_r (char *__restrict __s, const char *__restrict __delim,
		       char **__restrict __save_ptr)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2, 3));
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Similar to `strstr' but this function ignores the case of both strings.  */
# ifdef __CORRECT_ISO_CPP_STRING_H_PROTO
extern "C++" char *strcasestr (char *__haystack, const char *__needle)
     __THROW __asm ("strcasestr") __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1, 2));
extern "C++" const char *strcasestr (const char *__haystack,
				     const char *__needle)
     __THROW __asm ("strcasestr") __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1, 2));
# else
extern char *strcasestr (const char *__haystack, const char *__needle)
     __THROW __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1, 2));
# endif
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Find the first occurrence of NEEDLE in HAYSTACK.
   NEEDLE is NEEDLELEN bytes long;
   HAYSTACK is HAYSTACKLEN bytes long.  */
extern void *memmem (const void *__haystack, size_t __haystacklen,
		     const void *__needle, size_t __needlelen)
     __THROW __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1, 3));

/* Copy N bytes of SRC to DEST, return pointer to bytes after the
   last written byte.  */
extern void *__mempcpy (void *__restrict __dest,
			const void *__restrict __src, size_t __n)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));
extern void *mempcpy (void *__restrict __dest,
		      const void *__restrict __src, size_t __n)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));
#endif


/* Return the length of S.  */
extern size_t strlen (const char *__s)
     __THROW __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1));

#ifdef	__USE_XOPEN2K8
/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
   If no '\0' terminator is found in that many characters, return MAXLEN.  */
extern size_t strnlen (const char *__string, size_t __maxlen)
     __THROW __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1));
#endif


/* Return a string describing the meaning of the `errno' code in ERRNUM.  */
extern char *strerror (int __errnum) __THROW;
#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
/* Reentrant version of `strerror'.
   There are 2 flavors of `strerror_r', GNU which returns the string
   and may or may not use the supplied temporary buffer and POSIX one
   which fills the string into the buffer.
   To use the POSIX version, -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=600 or -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=200112L
   without -D_GNU_SOURCE is needed, otherwise the GNU version is
   preferred.  */
# if defined __USE_XOPEN2K && !defined __USE_GNU
/* Fill BUF with a string describing the meaning of the `errno' code in
   ERRNUM.  */
#  ifdef __REDIRECT_NTH
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (strerror_r,
			   (int __errnum, char *__buf, size_t __buflen),
			   __xpg_strerror_r) __nonnull ((2));
#  else
extern int __xpg_strerror_r (int __errnum, char *__buf, size_t __buflen)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2));
#   define strerror_r __xpg_strerror_r
#  endif
# else
/* If a temporary buffer is required, at most BUFLEN bytes of BUF will be
   used.  */
extern char *strerror_r (int __errnum, char *__buf, size_t __buflen)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2)) __wur;
# endif
#endif

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K8
/* Translate error number to string according to the locale L.  */
extern char *strerror_l (int __errnum, locale_t __l) __THROW;
#endif

#ifdef __USE_MISC
# include <strings.h>

/* Set N bytes of S to 0.  The compiler will not delete a call to this
   function, even if S is dead after the call.  */
extern void explicit_bzero (void *__s, size_t __n) __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Return the next DELIM-delimited token from *STRINGP,
   terminating it with a '\0', and update *STRINGP to point past it.  */
extern char *strsep (char **__restrict __stringp,
		     const char *__restrict __delim)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));
#endif

#ifdef	__USE_XOPEN2K8
/* Return a string describing the meaning of the signal number in SIG.  */
extern char *strsignal (int __sig) __THROW;

/* Copy SRC to DEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in DEST.  */
extern char *__stpcpy (char *__restrict __dest, const char *__restrict __src)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));
extern char *stpcpy (char *__restrict __dest, const char *__restrict __src)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Copy no more than N characters of SRC to DEST, returning the address of
   the last character written into DEST.  */
extern char *__stpncpy (char *__restrict __dest,
			const char *__restrict __src, size_t __n)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));
extern char *stpncpy (char *__restrict __dest,
		      const char *__restrict __src, size_t __n)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));
#endif

#ifdef	__USE_GNU
/* Compare S1 and S2 as strings holding name & indices/version numbers.  */
extern int strverscmp (const char *__s1, const char *__s2)
     __THROW __attribute_pure__ __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Sautee STRING briskly.  */
extern char *strfry (char *__string) __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Frobnicate N bytes of S.  */
extern void *memfrob (void *__s, size_t __n) __THROW __nonnull ((1));

# ifndef basename
/* Return the file name within directory of FILENAME.  We don't
   declare the function if the `basename' macro is available (defined
   in <libgen.h>) which makes the XPG version of this function
   available.  */
#  ifdef __CORRECT_ISO_CPP_STRING_H_PROTO
extern "C++" char *basename (char *__filename)
     __THROW __asm ("basename") __nonnull ((1));
extern "C++" const char *basename (const char *__filename)
     __THROW __asm ("basename") __nonnull ((1));
#  else
extern char *basename (const char *__filename) __THROW __nonnull ((1));
#  endif
# endif
#endif

#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,4)
# if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 0 && defined __fortify_function
/* Functions with security checks.  */
#  include <bits/string_fortified.h>
# endif
#endif

__END_DECLS

#endif /* string.h  */
#ifndef _NET_PPP_DEFS_H
#define _NET_PPP_DEFS_H 1

#include <bits/types/time_t.h>
#include <asm/types.h>
#include <linux/ppp_defs.h>

#endif /* net/ppp_defs.h */
/* Definitions for use with Linux SOCK_PACKET sockets.
   Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef __IF_PACKET_H
#define __IF_PACKET_H

#include <features.h>
#include <bits/sockaddr.h>

/* This is the SOCK_PACKET address structure as used in Linux 2.0.
   From Linux 2.1 the AF_PACKET interface is preferred and you should
   consider using it in place of this one.  */

struct sockaddr_pkt
  {
    __SOCKADDR_COMMON (spkt_);
    unsigned char spkt_device[14];
    unsigned short spkt_protocol;
  };

#endif
/* Definitions for Address Resolution Protocol.
   Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1997.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/* Based on the 4.4BSD and Linux version of this file.  */

#ifndef _NET_IF_ARP_H
#define _NET_IF_ARP_H 1

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <stdint.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Some internals from deep down in the kernel.  */
#define MAX_ADDR_LEN	7


/* This structure defines an ethernet arp header.  */

/* ARP protocol opcodes. */
#define	ARPOP_REQUEST	1		/* ARP request.  */
#define	ARPOP_REPLY	2		/* ARP reply.  */
#define	ARPOP_RREQUEST	3		/* RARP request.  */
#define	ARPOP_RREPLY	4		/* RARP reply.  */
#define	ARPOP_InREQUEST	8		/* InARP request.  */
#define	ARPOP_InREPLY	9		/* InARP reply.  */
#define	ARPOP_NAK	10		/* (ATM)ARP NAK.  */

/* See RFC 826 for protocol description.  ARP packets are variable
   in size; the arphdr structure defines the fixed-length portion.
   Protocol type values are the same as those for 10 Mb/s Ethernet.
   It is followed by the variable-sized fields ar_sha, arp_spa,
   arp_tha and arp_tpa in that order, according to the lengths
   specified.  Field names used correspond to RFC 826.  */

struct arphdr
  {
    unsigned short int ar_hrd;		/* Format of hardware address.  */
    unsigned short int ar_pro;		/* Format of protocol address.  */
    unsigned char ar_hln;		/* Length of hardware address.  */
    unsigned char ar_pln;		/* Length of protocol address.  */
    unsigned short int ar_op;		/* ARP opcode (command).  */
#if 0
    /* Ethernet looks like this : This bit is variable sized
       however...  */
    unsigned char __ar_sha[ETH_ALEN];	/* Sender hardware address.  */
    unsigned char __ar_sip[4];		/* Sender IP address.  */
    unsigned char __ar_tha[ETH_ALEN];	/* Target hardware address.  */
    unsigned char __ar_tip[4];		/* Target IP address.  */
#endif
  };


/* ARP protocol HARDWARE identifiers. */
#define ARPHRD_NETROM	0		/* From KA9Q: NET/ROM pseudo. */
#define ARPHRD_ETHER 	1		/* Ethernet 10/100Mbps.  */
#define	ARPHRD_EETHER	2		/* Experimental Ethernet.  */
#define	ARPHRD_AX25	3		/* AX.25 Level 2.  */
#define	ARPHRD_PRONET	4		/* PROnet token ring.  */
#define	ARPHRD_CHAOS	5		/* Chaosnet.  */
#define	ARPHRD_IEEE802	6		/* IEEE 802.2 Ethernet/TR/TB.  */
#define	ARPHRD_ARCNET	7		/* ARCnet.  */
#define	ARPHRD_APPLETLK	8		/* APPLEtalk.  */
#define	ARPHRD_DLCI	15		/* Frame Relay DLCI.  */
#define	ARPHRD_ATM	19		/* ATM.  */
#define	ARPHRD_METRICOM	23		/* Metricom STRIP (new IANA id).  */
#define ARPHRD_IEEE1394	24		/* IEEE 1394 IPv4 - RFC 2734.  */
#define ARPHRD_EUI64		27		/* EUI-64.  */
#define ARPHRD_INFINIBAND	32		/* InfiniBand.  */

/* Dummy types for non ARP hardware */
#define ARPHRD_SLIP	256
#define ARPHRD_CSLIP	257
#define ARPHRD_SLIP6	258
#define ARPHRD_CSLIP6	259
#define ARPHRD_RSRVD	260		/* Notional KISS type.  */
#define ARPHRD_ADAPT	264
#define ARPHRD_ROSE	270
#define ARPHRD_X25	271		/* CCITT X.25.  */
#define ARPHRD_HWX25	272		/* Boards with X.25 in firmware.  */
#define ARPHRD_PPP	512
#define ARPHRD_CISCO	513		/* Cisco HDLC.  */
#define ARPHRD_HDLC	ARPHRD_CISCO
#define ARPHRD_LAPB	516		/* LAPB.  */
#define ARPHRD_DDCMP	517		/* Digital's DDCMP.  */
#define	ARPHRD_RAWHDLC	518		/* Raw HDLC.  */
#define ARPHRD_RAWIP	519		/* Raw IP.  */

#define ARPHRD_TUNNEL	768		/* IPIP tunnel.  */
#define ARPHRD_TUNNEL6	769		/* IPIP6 tunnel.  */
#define ARPHRD_FRAD	770             /* Frame Relay Access Device.  */
#define ARPHRD_SKIP	771		/* SKIP vif.  */
#define ARPHRD_LOOPBACK	772		/* Loopback device.  */
#define ARPHRD_LOCALTLK 773		/* Localtalk device.  */
#define ARPHRD_FDDI	774		/* Fiber Distributed Data Interface. */
#define ARPHRD_BIF	775             /* AP1000 BIF.  */
#define ARPHRD_SIT	776		/* sit0 device - IPv6-in-IPv4.  */
#define ARPHRD_IPDDP	777		/* IP-in-DDP tunnel.  */
#define ARPHRD_IPGRE	778		/* GRE over IP.  */
#define ARPHRD_PIMREG	779		/* PIMSM register interface.  */
#define ARPHRD_HIPPI	780		/* High Performance Parallel I'face. */
#define ARPHRD_ASH	781		/* (Nexus Electronics) Ash.  */
#define ARPHRD_ECONET	782		/* Acorn Econet.  */
#define ARPHRD_IRDA	783		/* Linux-IrDA.  */
#define ARPHRD_FCPP	784		/* Point to point fibrechanel.  */
#define ARPHRD_FCAL	785		/* Fibrechanel arbitrated loop.  */
#define ARPHRD_FCPL	786		/* Fibrechanel public loop.  */
#define ARPHRD_FCFABRIC 787		/* Fibrechanel fabric.  */
#define ARPHRD_IEEE802_TR 800		/* Magic type ident for TR.  */
#define ARPHRD_IEEE80211 801		/* IEEE 802.11.  */
#define ARPHRD_IEEE80211_PRISM 802	/* IEEE 802.11 + Prism2 header.  */
#define ARPHRD_IEEE80211_RADIOTAP 803	/* IEEE 802.11 + radiotap header.  */
#define ARPHRD_IEEE802154 804		/* IEEE 802.15.4 header.  */
#define ARPHRD_IEEE802154_PHY 805	/* IEEE 802.15.4 PHY header.  */

#define ARPHRD_VOID	  0xFFFF	/* Void type, nothing is known.  */
#define ARPHRD_NONE	  0xFFFE	/* Zero header length.  */


/* ARP ioctl request.  */
struct arpreq
  {
    struct sockaddr arp_pa;		/* Protocol address.  */
    struct sockaddr arp_ha;		/* Hardware address.  */
    int arp_flags;			/* Flags.  */
    struct sockaddr arp_netmask;	/* Netmask (only for proxy arps).  */
    char arp_dev[16];
  };

struct arpreq_old
  {
    struct sockaddr arp_pa;		/* Protocol address.  */
    struct sockaddr arp_ha;		/* Hardware address.  */
    int arp_flags;			/* Flags.  */
    struct sockaddr arp_netmask;	/* Netmask (only for proxy arps).  */
  };

/* ARP Flag values.  */
#define ATF_COM		0x02		/* Completed entry (ha valid).  */
#define	ATF_PERM	0x04		/* Permanent entry.  */
#define	ATF_PUBL	0x08		/* Publish entry.  */
#define	ATF_USETRAILERS	0x10		/* Has requested trailers.  */
#define ATF_NETMASK     0x20            /* Want to use a netmask (only
					   for proxy entries).  */
#define ATF_DONTPUB	0x40		/* Don't answer this addresses.  */
#define ATF_MAGIC	0x80		/* Automatically added entry.  */


/* Support for the user space arp daemon, arpd.  */
#define ARPD_UPDATE	0x01
#define ARPD_LOOKUP	0x02
#define ARPD_FLUSH	0x03

struct arpd_request
  {
    unsigned short int req;		/* Request type.  */
    uint32_t ip;			/* IP address of entry.  */
    unsigned long int dev;		/* Device entry is tied to.  */
    unsigned long int stamp;
    unsigned long int updated;
    unsigned char ha[MAX_ADDR_LEN];	/* Hardware address.  */
  };

__END_DECLS

#endif	/* net/if_arp.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/* Based on the FreeBSD version of this file. Curiously, that file
   lacks a copyright in the header. */

#ifndef __NET_ETHERNET_H
#define __NET_ETHERNET_H 1

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdint.h>

#include <linux/if_ether.h>     /* IEEE 802.3 Ethernet constants */

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* This is a name for the 48 bit ethernet address available on many
   systems.  */
struct ether_addr
{
  uint8_t ether_addr_octet[ETH_ALEN];
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

/* 10Mb/s ethernet header */
struct ether_header
{
  uint8_t  ether_dhost[ETH_ALEN];	/* destination eth addr	*/
  uint8_t  ether_shost[ETH_ALEN];	/* source ether addr	*/
  uint16_t ether_type;		        /* packet type ID field	*/
} __attribute__ ((__packed__));

/* Ethernet protocol ID's */
#define	ETHERTYPE_PUP		0x0200          /* Xerox PUP */
#define ETHERTYPE_SPRITE	0x0500		/* Sprite */
#define	ETHERTYPE_IP		0x0800		/* IP */
#define	ETHERTYPE_ARP		0x0806		/* Address resolution */
#define	ETHERTYPE_REVARP	0x8035		/* Reverse ARP */
#define ETHERTYPE_AT		0x809B		/* AppleTalk protocol */
#define ETHERTYPE_AARP		0x80F3		/* AppleTalk ARP */
#define	ETHERTYPE_VLAN		0x8100		/* IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tagging */
#define ETHERTYPE_IPX		0x8137		/* IPX */
#define	ETHERTYPE_IPV6		0x86dd		/* IP protocol version 6 */
#define ETHERTYPE_LOOPBACK	0x9000		/* used to test interfaces */


#define	ETHER_ADDR_LEN	ETH_ALEN                 /* size of ethernet addr */
#define	ETHER_TYPE_LEN	2                        /* bytes in type field */
#define	ETHER_CRC_LEN	4                        /* bytes in CRC field */
#define	ETHER_HDR_LEN	ETH_HLEN                 /* total octets in header */
#define	ETHER_MIN_LEN	(ETH_ZLEN + ETHER_CRC_LEN) /* min packet length */
#define	ETHER_MAX_LEN	(ETH_FRAME_LEN + ETHER_CRC_LEN) /* max packet length */

/* make sure ethenet length is valid */
#define	ETHER_IS_VALID_LEN(foo)	\
	((foo) >= ETHER_MIN_LEN && (foo) <= ETHER_MAX_LEN)

/*
 * The ETHERTYPE_NTRAILER packet types starting at ETHERTYPE_TRAIL have
 * (type-ETHERTYPE_TRAIL)*512 bytes of data followed
 * by an ETHER type (as given above) and then the (variable-length) header.
 */
#define	ETHERTYPE_TRAIL		0x1000		/* Trailer packet */
#define	ETHERTYPE_NTRAILER	16

#define	ETHERMTU	ETH_DATA_LEN
#define	ETHERMIN	(ETHER_MIN_LEN - ETHER_HDR_LEN - ETHER_CRC_LEN)

__END_DECLS

#endif	/* net/ethernet.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/* Based on the 4.4BSD and Linux version of this file.  */

#ifndef _NET_ROUTE_H
#define _NET_ROUTE_H	1

#include <features.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <netinet/in.h>
#include <bits/wordsize.h>


/* This structure gets passed by the SIOCADDRT and SIOCDELRT calls. */
struct rtentry
  {
    unsigned long int rt_pad1;
    struct sockaddr rt_dst;		/* Target address.  */
    struct sockaddr rt_gateway;		/* Gateway addr (RTF_GATEWAY).  */
    struct sockaddr rt_genmask;		/* Target network mask (IP).  */
    unsigned short int rt_flags;
    short int rt_pad2;
    unsigned long int rt_pad3;
    unsigned char rt_tos;
    unsigned char rt_class;
#if __WORDSIZE == 64
    short int rt_pad4[3];
#else
    short int rt_pad4;
#endif
    short int rt_metric;		/* +1 for binary compatibility!  */
    char *rt_dev;			/* Forcing the device at add.  */
    unsigned long int rt_mtu;		/* Per route MTU/Window.  */
    unsigned long int rt_window;	/* Window clamping.  */
    unsigned short int rt_irtt;		/* Initial RTT.  */
  };
/* Compatibility hack.  */
#define rt_mss	rt_mtu


struct in6_rtmsg
  {
    struct in6_addr rtmsg_dst;
    struct in6_addr rtmsg_src;
    struct in6_addr rtmsg_gateway;
    uint32_t rtmsg_type;
    uint16_t rtmsg_dst_len;
    uint16_t rtmsg_src_len;
    uint32_t rtmsg_metric;
    unsigned long int rtmsg_info;
    uint32_t rtmsg_flags;
    int rtmsg_ifindex;
  };


#define	RTF_UP		0x0001		/* Route usable.  */
#define	RTF_GATEWAY	0x0002		/* Destination is a gateway.  */

#define	RTF_HOST	0x0004		/* Host entry (net otherwise).  */
#define RTF_REINSTATE	0x0008		/* Reinstate route after timeout.  */
#define	RTF_DYNAMIC	0x0010		/* Created dyn. (by redirect).  */
#define	RTF_MODIFIED	0x0020		/* Modified dyn. (by redirect).  */
#define RTF_MTU		0x0040		/* Specific MTU for this route.  */
#define RTF_MSS		RTF_MTU		/* Compatibility.  */
#define RTF_WINDOW	0x0080		/* Per route window clamping.  */
#define RTF_IRTT	0x0100		/* Initial round trip time.  */
#define RTF_REJECT	0x0200		/* Reject route.  */
#define	RTF_STATIC	0x0400		/* Manually injected route.  */
#define	RTF_XRESOLVE	0x0800		/* External resolver.  */
#define RTF_NOFORWARD   0x1000		/* Forwarding inhibited.  */
#define RTF_THROW	0x2000		/* Go to next class.  */
#define RTF_NOPMTUDISC  0x4000		/* Do not send packets with DF.  */

/* for IPv6 */
#define RTF_DEFAULT	0x00010000	/* default - learned via ND	*/
#define RTF_ALLONLINK	0x00020000	/* fallback, no routers on link	*/
#define RTF_ADDRCONF	0x00040000	/* addrconf route - RA		*/

#define RTF_LINKRT	0x00100000	/* link specific - device match	*/
#define RTF_NONEXTHOP	0x00200000	/* route with no nexthop	*/

#define RTF_CACHE	0x01000000	/* cache entry			*/
#define RTF_FLOW	0x02000000	/* flow significant route	*/
#define RTF_POLICY	0x04000000	/* policy route			*/

#define RTCF_VALVE	0x00200000
#define RTCF_MASQ	0x00400000
#define RTCF_NAT	0x00800000
#define RTCF_DOREDIRECT 0x01000000
#define RTCF_LOG	0x02000000
#define RTCF_DIRECTSRC	0x04000000

#define RTF_LOCAL	0x80000000
#define RTF_INTERFACE	0x40000000
#define RTF_MULTICAST	0x20000000
#define RTF_BROADCAST	0x10000000
#define RTF_NAT		0x08000000

#define RTF_ADDRCLASSMASK	0xF8000000
#define RT_ADDRCLASS(flags)	((uint32_t) flags >> 23)

#define RT_TOS(tos)		((tos) & IPTOS_TOS_MASK)

#define RT_LOCALADDR(flags)	((flags & RTF_ADDRCLASSMASK) \
				 == (RTF_LOCAL|RTF_INTERFACE))

#define RT_CLASS_UNSPEC		0
#define RT_CLASS_DEFAULT	253

#define RT_CLASS_MAIN		254
#define RT_CLASS_LOCAL		255
#define RT_CLASS_MAX		255


#define RTMSG_ACK		NLMSG_ACK
#define RTMSG_OVERRUN		NLMSG_OVERRUN

#define RTMSG_NEWDEVICE		0x11
#define RTMSG_DELDEVICE		0x12
#define RTMSG_NEWROUTE		0x21
#define RTMSG_DELROUTE		0x22
#define RTMSG_NEWRULE		0x31
#define RTMSG_DELRULE		0x32
#define RTMSG_CONTROL		0x40

#define RTMSG_AR_FAILED		0x51	/* Address Resolution failed.  */

#endif /* net/route.h */
/*	From: if_ppp.h,v 1.3 1995/06/12 11:36:50 paulus Exp */

/*
 * if_ppp.h - Point-to-Point Protocol definitions.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1989 Carnegie Mellon University.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY CARNEGIE MELLON UNIVERSITY AND
 * CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
 * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
 * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
 * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
 * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
 * IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
 * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN
 * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 */

/*
 *  ==FILEVERSION 960926==
 *
 *  NOTE TO MAINTAINERS:
 *     If you modify this file at all, please set the above date.
 *     if_ppp.h is shipped with a PPP distribution as well as with the kernel;
 *     if everyone increases the FILEVERSION number above, then scripts
 *     can do the right thing when deciding whether to install a new if_ppp.h
 *     file.  Don't change the format of that line otherwise, so the
 *     installation script can recognize it.
 */


#ifndef __NET_IF_PPP_H
#define __NET_IF_PPP_H 1

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <net/if.h>
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
#include <net/ppp_defs.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/*
 * Packet sizes
 */

#define	PPP_MTU		1500	/* Default MTU (size of Info field) */
#define PPP_MAXMRU	65000	/* Largest MRU we allow */
#define PPP_VERSION	"2.2.0"
#define PPP_MAGIC	0x5002	/* Magic value for the ppp structure */
#define PROTO_IPX	0x002b	/* protocol numbers */
#define PROTO_DNA_RT    0x0027  /* DNA Routing */


/*
 * Bit definitions for flags.
 */

#define SC_COMP_PROT	0x00000001	/* protocol compression (output) */
#define SC_COMP_AC	0x00000002	/* header compression (output) */
#define	SC_COMP_TCP	0x00000004	/* TCP (VJ) compression (output) */
#define SC_NO_TCP_CCID	0x00000008	/* disable VJ connection-id comp. */
#define SC_REJ_COMP_AC	0x00000010	/* reject adrs/ctrl comp. on input */
#define SC_REJ_COMP_TCP	0x00000020	/* reject TCP (VJ) comp. on input */
#define SC_CCP_OPEN	0x00000040	/* Look at CCP packets */
#define SC_CCP_UP	0x00000080	/* May send/recv compressed packets */
#define SC_ENABLE_IP	0x00000100	/* IP packets may be exchanged */
#define SC_COMP_RUN	0x00001000	/* compressor has been inited */
#define SC_DECOMP_RUN	0x00002000	/* decompressor has been inited */
#define SC_DEBUG	0x00010000	/* enable debug messages */
#define SC_LOG_INPKT	0x00020000	/* log contents of good pkts recvd */
#define SC_LOG_OUTPKT	0x00040000	/* log contents of pkts sent */
#define SC_LOG_RAWIN	0x00080000	/* log all chars received */
#define SC_LOG_FLUSH	0x00100000	/* log all chars flushed */
#define	SC_MASK		0x0fE0ffff	/* bits that user can change */

/* state bits */
#define	SC_ESCAPED	0x80000000	/* saw a PPP_ESCAPE */
#define	SC_FLUSH	0x40000000	/* flush input until next PPP_FLAG */
#define SC_VJ_RESET	0x20000000	/* Need to reset the VJ decompressor */
#define SC_XMIT_BUSY	0x10000000	/* ppp_write_wakeup is active */
#define SC_RCV_ODDP	0x08000000	/* have rcvd char with odd parity */
#define SC_RCV_EVNP	0x04000000	/* have rcvd char with even parity */
#define SC_RCV_B7_1	0x02000000	/* have rcvd char with bit 7 = 1 */
#define SC_RCV_B7_0	0x01000000	/* have rcvd char with bit 7 = 0 */
#define SC_DC_FERROR	0x00800000	/* fatal decomp error detected */
#define SC_DC_ERROR	0x00400000	/* non-fatal decomp error detected */

/*
 * Ioctl definitions.
 */

struct npioctl {
    int		protocol;	/* PPP protocol, e.g. PPP_IP */
    enum NPmode	mode;
};

/* Structure describing a CCP configuration option, for PPPIOCSCOMPRESS */
struct ppp_option_data {
	uint8_t  *ptr;
	uint32_t length;
	int	 transmit;
};

/* 'struct ifreq' is only available from net/if.h under __USE_MISC.  */
#ifdef __USE_MISC
struct ifpppstatsreq {
  struct ifreq	   b;
  struct ppp_stats stats;			/* statistic information */
};

struct ifpppcstatsreq {
  struct ifreq		b;
  struct ppp_comp_stats stats;
};

#define ifr__name       b.ifr_ifrn.ifrn_name
#define stats_ptr       b.ifr_ifru.ifru_data
#endif

/*
 * Ioctl definitions.
 */

#define	PPPIOCGFLAGS	_IOR('t', 90, int)	/* get configuration flags */
#define	PPPIOCSFLAGS	_IOW('t', 89, int)	/* set configuration flags */
#define	PPPIOCGASYNCMAP	_IOR('t', 88, int)	/* get async map */
#define	PPPIOCSASYNCMAP	_IOW('t', 87, int)	/* set async map */
#define	PPPIOCGUNIT	_IOR('t', 86, int)	/* get ppp unit number */
#define	PPPIOCGRASYNCMAP _IOR('t', 85, int)	/* get receive async map */
#define	PPPIOCSRASYNCMAP _IOW('t', 84, int)	/* set receive async map */
#define	PPPIOCGMRU	_IOR('t', 83, int)	/* get max receive unit */
#define	PPPIOCSMRU	_IOW('t', 82, int)	/* set max receive unit */
#define	PPPIOCSMAXCID	_IOW('t', 81, int)	/* set VJ max slot ID */
#define PPPIOCGXASYNCMAP _IOR('t', 80, ext_accm) /* get extended ACCM */
#define PPPIOCSXASYNCMAP _IOW('t', 79, ext_accm) /* set extended ACCM */
#define PPPIOCXFERUNIT	_IO('t', 78)		/* transfer PPP unit */
#define PPPIOCSCOMPRESS	_IOW('t', 77, struct ppp_option_data)
#define PPPIOCGNPMODE	_IOWR('t', 76, struct npioctl) /* get NP mode */
#define PPPIOCSNPMODE	_IOW('t', 75, struct npioctl)  /* set NP mode */
#define PPPIOCGDEBUG	_IOR('t', 65, int)	/* Read debug level */
#define PPPIOCSDEBUG	_IOW('t', 64, int)	/* Set debug level */
#define PPPIOCGIDLE	_IOR('t', 63, struct ppp_idle) /* get idle time */

#define SIOCGPPPSTATS   (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 0)
#define SIOCGPPPVER     (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 1)  /* NEVER change this!! */
#define SIOCGPPPCSTATS  (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 2)

#if !defined(ifr_mtu)
#define ifr_mtu	ifr_ifru.ifru_metric
#endif

__END_DECLS

#endif /* net/if_ppp.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1998-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _NET_IF_SHAPER_H
#define _NET_IF_SHAPER_H 1

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <net/if.h>
#include <sys/ioctl.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

#define SHAPER_QLEN	10
/*
 *	This is a bit speed dependant (read it shouldnt be a constant!)
 *
 *	5 is about right for 28.8 upwards. Below that double for every
 *	halving of speed or so. - ie about 20 for 9600 baud.
 */
#define SHAPER_LATENCY	(5 * HZ)
#define SHAPER_MAXSLIP	2
#define SHAPER_BURST	(HZ / 50)	/* Good for >128K then */

#define SHAPER_SET_DEV		0x0001
#define SHAPER_SET_SPEED	0x0002
#define SHAPER_GET_DEV		0x0003
#define SHAPER_GET_SPEED	0x0004

struct shaperconf
{
  uint16_t ss_cmd;
  union
  {
    char ssu_name[14];
    uint32_t ssu_speed;
  } ss_u;
#define ss_speed ss_u.ssu_speed
#define ss_name ss_u.ssu_name
};

__END_DECLS

#endif /* net/if_shaper.h */
#include <linux/ppp-comp.h>
/* net/if.h -- declarations for inquiring about network interfaces
   Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _NET_IF_H
#define _NET_IF_H	1

#include <features.h>

#ifdef __USE_MISC
# include <sys/types.h>
# include <sys/socket.h>
#endif


/* Length of interface name.  */
#define IF_NAMESIZE	16

struct if_nameindex
  {
    unsigned int if_index;	/* 1, 2, ... */
    char *if_name;		/* null terminated name: "eth0", ... */
  };


#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Standard interface flags. */
enum
  {
    IFF_UP = 0x1,		/* Interface is up.  */
# define IFF_UP	IFF_UP
    IFF_BROADCAST = 0x2,	/* Broadcast address valid.  */
# define IFF_BROADCAST	IFF_BROADCAST
    IFF_DEBUG = 0x4,		/* Turn on debugging.  */
# define IFF_DEBUG	IFF_DEBUG
    IFF_LOOPBACK = 0x8,		/* Is a loopback net.  */
# define IFF_LOOPBACK	IFF_LOOPBACK
    IFF_POINTOPOINT = 0x10,	/* Interface is point-to-point link.  */
# define IFF_POINTOPOINT IFF_POINTOPOINT
    IFF_NOTRAILERS = 0x20,	/* Avoid use of trailers.  */
# define IFF_NOTRAILERS	IFF_NOTRAILERS
    IFF_RUNNING = 0x40,		/* Resources allocated.  */
# define IFF_RUNNING	IFF_RUNNING
    IFF_NOARP = 0x80,		/* No address resolution protocol.  */
# define IFF_NOARP	IFF_NOARP
    IFF_PROMISC = 0x100,	/* Receive all packets.  */
# define IFF_PROMISC	IFF_PROMISC

    /* Not supported */
    IFF_ALLMULTI = 0x200,	/* Receive all multicast packets.  */
# define IFF_ALLMULTI	IFF_ALLMULTI

    IFF_MASTER = 0x400,		/* Master of a load balancer.  */
# define IFF_MASTER	IFF_MASTER
    IFF_SLAVE = 0x800,		/* Slave of a load balancer.  */
# define IFF_SLAVE	IFF_SLAVE

    IFF_MULTICAST = 0x1000,	/* Supports multicast.  */
# define IFF_MULTICAST	IFF_MULTICAST

    IFF_PORTSEL = 0x2000,	/* Can set media type.  */
# define IFF_PORTSEL	IFF_PORTSEL
    IFF_AUTOMEDIA = 0x4000,	/* Auto media select active.  */
# define IFF_AUTOMEDIA	IFF_AUTOMEDIA
    IFF_DYNAMIC = 0x8000	/* Dialup device with changing addresses.  */
# define IFF_DYNAMIC	IFF_DYNAMIC
  };

/* The ifaddr structure contains information about one address of an
   interface.  They are maintained by the different address families,
   are allocated and attached when an address is set, and are linked
   together so all addresses for an interface can be located.  */

struct ifaddr
  {
    struct sockaddr ifa_addr;	/* Address of interface.  */
    union
      {
	struct sockaddr	ifu_broadaddr;
	struct sockaddr	ifu_dstaddr;
      } ifa_ifu;
    struct iface *ifa_ifp;	/* Back-pointer to interface.  */
    struct ifaddr *ifa_next;	/* Next address for interface.  */
  };

# define ifa_broadaddr	ifa_ifu.ifu_broadaddr	/* broadcast address	*/
# define ifa_dstaddr	ifa_ifu.ifu_dstaddr	/* other end of link	*/

/* Device mapping structure. I'd just gone off and designed a
   beautiful scheme using only loadable modules with arguments for
   driver options and along come the PCMCIA people 8)

   Ah well. The get() side of this is good for WDSETUP, and it'll be
   handy for debugging things. The set side is fine for now and being
   very small might be worth keeping for clean configuration.  */

struct ifmap
  {
    unsigned long int mem_start;
    unsigned long int mem_end;
    unsigned short int base_addr;
    unsigned char irq;
    unsigned char dma;
    unsigned char port;
    /* 3 bytes spare */
  };

/* Interface request structure used for socket ioctl's.  All interface
   ioctl's must have parameter definitions which begin with ifr_name.
   The remainder may be interface specific.  */

struct ifreq
  {
# define IFHWADDRLEN	6
# define IFNAMSIZ	IF_NAMESIZE
    union
      {
	char ifrn_name[IFNAMSIZ];	/* Interface name, e.g. "en0".  */
      } ifr_ifrn;

    union
      {
	struct sockaddr ifru_addr;
	struct sockaddr ifru_dstaddr;
	struct sockaddr ifru_broadaddr;
	struct sockaddr ifru_netmask;
	struct sockaddr ifru_hwaddr;
	short int ifru_flags;
	int ifru_ivalue;
	int ifru_mtu;
	struct ifmap ifru_map;
	char ifru_slave[IFNAMSIZ];	/* Just fits the size */
	char ifru_newname[IFNAMSIZ];
	__caddr_t ifru_data;
      } ifr_ifru;
  };
# define ifr_name	ifr_ifrn.ifrn_name	/* interface name 	*/
# define ifr_hwaddr	ifr_ifru.ifru_hwaddr	/* MAC address 		*/
# define ifr_addr	ifr_ifru.ifru_addr	/* address		*/
# define ifr_dstaddr	ifr_ifru.ifru_dstaddr	/* other end of p-p lnk	*/
# define ifr_broadaddr	ifr_ifru.ifru_broadaddr	/* broadcast address	*/
# define ifr_netmask	ifr_ifru.ifru_netmask	/* interface net mask	*/
# define ifr_flags	ifr_ifru.ifru_flags	/* flags		*/
# define ifr_metric	ifr_ifru.ifru_ivalue	/* metric		*/
# define ifr_mtu	ifr_ifru.ifru_mtu	/* mtu			*/
# define ifr_map	ifr_ifru.ifru_map	/* device map		*/
# define ifr_slave	ifr_ifru.ifru_slave	/* slave device		*/
# define ifr_data	ifr_ifru.ifru_data	/* for use by interface	*/
# define ifr_ifindex	ifr_ifru.ifru_ivalue    /* interface index      */
# define ifr_bandwidth	ifr_ifru.ifru_ivalue	/* link bandwidth	*/
# define ifr_qlen	ifr_ifru.ifru_ivalue	/* queue length		*/
# define ifr_newname	ifr_ifru.ifru_newname	/* New name		*/
# define _IOT_ifreq	_IOT(_IOTS(char),IFNAMSIZ,_IOTS(char),16,0,0)
# define _IOT_ifreq_short _IOT(_IOTS(char),IFNAMSIZ,_IOTS(short),1,0,0)
# define _IOT_ifreq_int	_IOT(_IOTS(char),IFNAMSIZ,_IOTS(int),1,0,0)


/* Structure used in SIOCGIFCONF request.  Used to retrieve interface
   configuration for machine (useful for programs which must know all
   networks accessible).  */

struct ifconf
  {
    int	ifc_len;			/* Size of buffer.  */
    union
      {
	__caddr_t ifcu_buf;
	struct ifreq *ifcu_req;
      } ifc_ifcu;
  };
# define ifc_buf	ifc_ifcu.ifcu_buf	/* Buffer address.  */
# define ifc_req	ifc_ifcu.ifcu_req	/* Array of structures.  */
# define _IOT_ifconf _IOT(_IOTS(struct ifconf),1,0,0,0,0) /* not right */
#endif	/* Misc.  */

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Convert an interface name to an index, and vice versa.  */
extern unsigned int if_nametoindex (const char *__ifname) __THROW;
extern char *if_indextoname (unsigned int __ifindex, char *__ifname) __THROW;

/* Return a list of all interfaces and their indices.  */
extern struct if_nameindex *if_nameindex (void) __THROW;

/* Free the data returned from if_nameindex.  */
extern void if_freenameindex (struct if_nameindex *__ptr) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* net/if.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _NET_IF_SLIP_H
#define _NET_IF_SLIP_H 1

/* We can use the kernel header.  */
#include <linux/if_slip.h>

#endif	/* net/if_slip.h.  */
/* Define ISO C stdio on top of C++ iostreams.
   Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 *	ISO C99 Standard: 7.19 Input/output	<stdio.h>
 */

#ifndef _STDIO_H
#define _STDIO_H	1

#define __GLIBC_INTERNAL_STARTING_HEADER_IMPLEMENTATION
#include <bits/libc-header-start.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

#define __need_size_t
#define __need_NULL
#include <stddef.h>

#define __need___va_list
#include <stdarg.h>

#include <bits/types.h>
#include <bits/types/__fpos_t.h>
#include <bits/types/__fpos64_t.h>
#include <bits/types/__FILE.h>
#include <bits/types/FILE.h>
#include <bits/types/struct_FILE.h>

#ifdef __USE_GNU
# include <bits/types/cookie_io_functions_t.h>
#endif

#if defined __USE_XOPEN || defined __USE_XOPEN2K8
# ifdef __GNUC__
#  ifndef _VA_LIST_DEFINED
typedef __gnuc_va_list va_list;
#   define _VA_LIST_DEFINED
#  endif
# else
#  include <stdarg.h>
# endif
#endif

#if defined __USE_UNIX98 || defined __USE_XOPEN2K
# ifndef __off_t_defined
# ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
typedef __off_t off_t;
# else
typedef __off64_t off_t;
# endif
# define __off_t_defined
# endif
# if defined __USE_LARGEFILE64 && !defined __off64_t_defined
typedef __off64_t off64_t;
# define __off64_t_defined
# endif
#endif

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K8
# ifndef __ssize_t_defined
typedef __ssize_t ssize_t;
# define __ssize_t_defined
# endif
#endif

/* The type of the second argument to `fgetpos' and `fsetpos'.  */
#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
typedef __fpos_t fpos_t;
#else
typedef __fpos64_t fpos_t;
#endif
#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
typedef __fpos64_t fpos64_t;
#endif

/* The possibilities for the third argument to `setvbuf'.  */
#define _IOFBF 0		/* Fully buffered.  */
#define _IOLBF 1		/* Line buffered.  */
#define _IONBF 2		/* No buffering.  */


/* Default buffer size.  */
#define BUFSIZ 8192


/* The value returned by fgetc and similar functions to indicate the
   end of the file.  */
#define EOF (-1)


/* The possibilities for the third argument to `fseek'.
   These values should not be changed.  */
#define SEEK_SET	0	/* Seek from beginning of file.  */
#define SEEK_CUR	1	/* Seek from current position.  */
#define SEEK_END	2	/* Seek from end of file.  */
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define SEEK_DATA	3	/* Seek to next data.  */
# define SEEK_HOLE	4	/* Seek to next hole.  */
#endif


#if defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_XOPEN
/* Default path prefix for `tempnam' and `tmpnam'.  */
# define P_tmpdir	"/tmp"
#endif


/* Get the values:
   L_tmpnam	How long an array of chars must be to be passed to `tmpnam'.
   TMP_MAX	The minimum number of unique filenames generated by tmpnam
		(and tempnam when it uses tmpnam's name space),
		or tempnam (the two are separate).
   L_ctermid	How long an array to pass to `ctermid'.
   L_cuserid	How long an array to pass to `cuserid'.
   FOPEN_MAX	Minimum number of files that can be open at once.
   FILENAME_MAX	Maximum length of a filename.  */
#include <bits/stdio_lim.h>


/* Standard streams.  */
extern FILE *stdin;		/* Standard input stream.  */
extern FILE *stdout;		/* Standard output stream.  */
extern FILE *stderr;		/* Standard error output stream.  */
/* C89/C99 say they're macros.  Make them happy.  */
#define stdin stdin
#define stdout stdout
#define stderr stderr

/* Remove file FILENAME.  */
extern int remove (const char *__filename) __THROW;
/* Rename file OLD to NEW.  */
extern int rename (const char *__old, const char *__new) __THROW;

#ifdef __USE_ATFILE
/* Rename file OLD relative to OLDFD to NEW relative to NEWFD.  */
extern int renameat (int __oldfd, const char *__old, int __newfd,
		     const char *__new) __THROW;
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Flags for renameat2.  */
# define RENAME_NOREPLACE (1 << 0)
# define RENAME_EXCHANGE (1 << 1)
# define RENAME_WHITEOUT (1 << 2)

/* Rename file OLD relative to OLDFD to NEW relative to NEWFD, with
   additional flags.  */
extern int renameat2 (int __oldfd, const char *__old, int __newfd,
		      const char *__new, unsigned int __flags) __THROW;
#endif

/* Create a temporary file and open it read/write.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
extern FILE *tmpfile (void) __wur;
#else
# ifdef __REDIRECT
extern FILE *__REDIRECT (tmpfile, (void), tmpfile64) __wur;
# else
#  define tmpfile tmpfile64
# endif
#endif

#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
extern FILE *tmpfile64 (void) __wur;
#endif

/* Generate a temporary filename.  */
extern char *tmpnam (char *__s) __THROW __wur;

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* This is the reentrant variant of `tmpnam'.  The only difference is
   that it does not allow S to be NULL.  */
extern char *tmpnam_r (char *__s) __THROW __wur;
#endif


#if defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_XOPEN
/* Generate a unique temporary filename using up to five characters of PFX
   if it is not NULL.  The directory to put this file in is searched for
   as follows: First the environment variable "TMPDIR" is checked.
   If it contains the name of a writable directory, that directory is used.
   If not and if DIR is not NULL, that value is checked.  If that fails,
   P_tmpdir is tried and finally "/tmp".  The storage for the filename
   is allocated by `malloc'.  */
extern char *tempnam (const char *__dir, const char *__pfx)
     __THROW __attribute_malloc__ __wur;
#endif


/* Close STREAM.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int fclose (FILE *__stream);
/* Flush STREAM, or all streams if STREAM is NULL.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int fflush (FILE *__stream);

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Faster versions when locking is not required.

   This function is not part of POSIX and therefore no official
   cancellation point.  But due to similarity with an POSIX interface
   or due to the implementation it is a cancellation point and
   therefore not marked with __THROW.  */
extern int fflush_unlocked (FILE *__stream);
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Close all streams.

   This function is not part of POSIX and therefore no official
   cancellation point.  But due to similarity with an POSIX interface
   or due to the implementation it is a cancellation point and
   therefore not marked with __THROW.  */
extern int fcloseall (void);
#endif


#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
/* Open a file and create a new stream for it.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern FILE *fopen (const char *__restrict __filename,
		    const char *__restrict __modes) __wur;
/* Open a file, replacing an existing stream with it.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern FILE *freopen (const char *__restrict __filename,
		      const char *__restrict __modes,
		      FILE *__restrict __stream) __wur;
#else
# ifdef __REDIRECT
extern FILE *__REDIRECT (fopen, (const char *__restrict __filename,
				 const char *__restrict __modes), fopen64)
  __wur;
extern FILE *__REDIRECT (freopen, (const char *__restrict __filename,
				   const char *__restrict __modes,
				   FILE *__restrict __stream), freopen64)
  __wur;
# else
#  define fopen fopen64
#  define freopen freopen64
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
extern FILE *fopen64 (const char *__restrict __filename,
		      const char *__restrict __modes) __wur;
extern FILE *freopen64 (const char *__restrict __filename,
			const char *__restrict __modes,
			FILE *__restrict __stream) __wur;
#endif

#ifdef	__USE_POSIX
/* Create a new stream that refers to an existing system file descriptor.  */
extern FILE *fdopen (int __fd, const char *__modes) __THROW __wur;
#endif

#ifdef	__USE_GNU
/* Create a new stream that refers to the given magic cookie,
   and uses the given functions for input and output.  */
extern FILE *fopencookie (void *__restrict __magic_cookie,
			  const char *__restrict __modes,
			  cookie_io_functions_t __io_funcs) __THROW __wur;
#endif

#if defined __USE_XOPEN2K8 || __GLIBC_USE (LIB_EXT2)
/* Create a new stream that refers to a memory buffer.  */
extern FILE *fmemopen (void *__s, size_t __len, const char *__modes)
  __THROW __wur;

/* Open a stream that writes into a malloc'd buffer that is expanded as
   necessary.  *BUFLOC and *SIZELOC are updated with the buffer's location
   and the number of characters written on fflush or fclose.  */
extern FILE *open_memstream (char **__bufloc, size_t *__sizeloc) __THROW __wur;
#endif


/* If BUF is NULL, make STREAM unbuffered.
   Else make it use buffer BUF, of size BUFSIZ.  */
extern void setbuf (FILE *__restrict __stream, char *__restrict __buf) __THROW;
/* Make STREAM use buffering mode MODE.
   If BUF is not NULL, use N bytes of it for buffering;
   else allocate an internal buffer N bytes long.  */
extern int setvbuf (FILE *__restrict __stream, char *__restrict __buf,
		    int __modes, size_t __n) __THROW;

#ifdef	__USE_MISC
/* If BUF is NULL, make STREAM unbuffered.
   Else make it use SIZE bytes of BUF for buffering.  */
extern void setbuffer (FILE *__restrict __stream, char *__restrict __buf,
		       size_t __size) __THROW;

/* Make STREAM line-buffered.  */
extern void setlinebuf (FILE *__stream) __THROW;
#endif


/* Write formatted output to STREAM.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int fprintf (FILE *__restrict __stream,
		    const char *__restrict __format, ...);
/* Write formatted output to stdout.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int printf (const char *__restrict __format, ...);
/* Write formatted output to S.  */
extern int sprintf (char *__restrict __s,
		    const char *__restrict __format, ...) __THROWNL;

/* Write formatted output to S from argument list ARG.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int vfprintf (FILE *__restrict __s, const char *__restrict __format,
		     __gnuc_va_list __arg);
/* Write formatted output to stdout from argument list ARG.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int vprintf (const char *__restrict __format, __gnuc_va_list __arg);
/* Write formatted output to S from argument list ARG.  */
extern int vsprintf (char *__restrict __s, const char *__restrict __format,
		     __gnuc_va_list __arg) __THROWNL;

#if defined __USE_ISOC99 || defined __USE_UNIX98
/* Maximum chars of output to write in MAXLEN.  */
extern int snprintf (char *__restrict __s, size_t __maxlen,
		     const char *__restrict __format, ...)
     __THROWNL __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));

extern int vsnprintf (char *__restrict __s, size_t __maxlen,
		      const char *__restrict __format, __gnuc_va_list __arg)
     __THROWNL __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)));
#endif

#if __GLIBC_USE (LIB_EXT2)
/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with `malloc'.
   Store the address of the string in *PTR.  */
extern int vasprintf (char **__restrict __ptr, const char *__restrict __f,
		      __gnuc_va_list __arg)
     __THROWNL __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 0))) __wur;
extern int __asprintf (char **__restrict __ptr,
		       const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
     __THROWNL __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3))) __wur;
extern int asprintf (char **__restrict __ptr,
		     const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
     __THROWNL __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3))) __wur;
#endif

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K8
/* Write formatted output to a file descriptor.  */
extern int vdprintf (int __fd, const char *__restrict __fmt,
		     __gnuc_va_list __arg)
     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 0)));
extern int dprintf (int __fd, const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)));
#endif


/* Read formatted input from STREAM.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int fscanf (FILE *__restrict __stream,
		   const char *__restrict __format, ...) __wur;
/* Read formatted input from stdin.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int scanf (const char *__restrict __format, ...) __wur;
/* Read formatted input from S.  */
extern int sscanf (const char *__restrict __s,
		   const char *__restrict __format, ...) __THROW;

#if defined __USE_ISOC99 && !defined __USE_GNU \
    && (!defined __LDBL_COMPAT || !defined __REDIRECT) \
    && (defined __STRICT_ANSI__ || defined __USE_XOPEN2K)
# ifdef __REDIRECT
/* For strict ISO C99 or POSIX compliance disallow %as, %aS and %a[
   GNU extension which conflicts with valid %a followed by letter
   s, S or [.  */
extern int __REDIRECT (fscanf, (FILE *__restrict __stream,
				const char *__restrict __format, ...),
		       __isoc99_fscanf) __wur;
extern int __REDIRECT (scanf, (const char *__restrict __format, ...),
		       __isoc99_scanf) __wur;
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (sscanf, (const char *__restrict __s,
				    const char *__restrict __format, ...),
			   __isoc99_sscanf);
# else
extern int __isoc99_fscanf (FILE *__restrict __stream,
			    const char *__restrict __format, ...) __wur;
extern int __isoc99_scanf (const char *__restrict __format, ...) __wur;
extern int __isoc99_sscanf (const char *__restrict __s,
			    const char *__restrict __format, ...) __THROW;
#  define fscanf __isoc99_fscanf
#  define scanf __isoc99_scanf
#  define sscanf __isoc99_sscanf
# endif
#endif

#ifdef	__USE_ISOC99
/* Read formatted input from S into argument list ARG.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int vfscanf (FILE *__restrict __s, const char *__restrict __format,
		    __gnuc_va_list __arg)
     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__scanf__, 2, 0))) __wur;

/* Read formatted input from stdin into argument list ARG.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int vscanf (const char *__restrict __format, __gnuc_va_list __arg)
     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__scanf__, 1, 0))) __wur;

/* Read formatted input from S into argument list ARG.  */
extern int vsscanf (const char *__restrict __s,
		    const char *__restrict __format, __gnuc_va_list __arg)
     __THROW __attribute__ ((__format__ (__scanf__, 2, 0)));

# if !defined __USE_GNU \
     && (!defined __LDBL_COMPAT || !defined __REDIRECT) \
     && (defined __STRICT_ANSI__ || defined __USE_XOPEN2K)
#  ifdef __REDIRECT
/* For strict ISO C99 or POSIX compliance disallow %as, %aS and %a[
   GNU extension which conflicts with valid %a followed by letter
   s, S or [.  */
extern int __REDIRECT (vfscanf,
		       (FILE *__restrict __s,
			const char *__restrict __format, __gnuc_va_list __arg),
		       __isoc99_vfscanf)
     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__scanf__, 2, 0))) __wur;
extern int __REDIRECT (vscanf, (const char *__restrict __format,
				__gnuc_va_list __arg), __isoc99_vscanf)
     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__scanf__, 1, 0))) __wur;
extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (vsscanf,
			   (const char *__restrict __s,
			    const char *__restrict __format,
			    __gnuc_va_list __arg), __isoc99_vsscanf)
     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__scanf__, 2, 0)));
#  else
extern int __isoc99_vfscanf (FILE *__restrict __s,
			     const char *__restrict __format,
			     __gnuc_va_list __arg) __wur;
extern int __isoc99_vscanf (const char *__restrict __format,
			    __gnuc_va_list __arg) __wur;
extern int __isoc99_vsscanf (const char *__restrict __s,
			     const char *__restrict __format,
			     __gnuc_va_list __arg) __THROW;
#   define vfscanf __isoc99_vfscanf
#   define vscanf __isoc99_vscanf
#   define vsscanf __isoc99_vsscanf
#  endif
# endif
#endif /* Use ISO C9x.  */


/* Read a character from STREAM.

   These functions are possible cancellation points and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int fgetc (FILE *__stream);
extern int getc (FILE *__stream);

/* Read a character from stdin.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int getchar (void);

#ifdef __USE_POSIX199506
/* These are defined in POSIX.1:1996.

   These functions are possible cancellation points and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int getc_unlocked (FILE *__stream);
extern int getchar_unlocked (void);
#endif /* Use POSIX.  */

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Faster version when locking is not necessary.

   This function is not part of POSIX and therefore no official
   cancellation point.  But due to similarity with an POSIX interface
   or due to the implementation it is a cancellation point and
   therefore not marked with __THROW.  */
extern int fgetc_unlocked (FILE *__stream);
#endif /* Use MISC.  */


/* Write a character to STREAM.

   These functions are possible cancellation points and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.

   These functions is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int fputc (int __c, FILE *__stream);
extern int putc (int __c, FILE *__stream);

/* Write a character to stdout.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int putchar (int __c);

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Faster version when locking is not necessary.

   This function is not part of POSIX and therefore no official
   cancellation point.  But due to similarity with an POSIX interface
   or due to the implementation it is a cancellation point and
   therefore not marked with __THROW.  */
extern int fputc_unlocked (int __c, FILE *__stream);
#endif /* Use MISC.  */

#ifdef __USE_POSIX199506
/* These are defined in POSIX.1:1996.

   These functions are possible cancellation points and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int putc_unlocked (int __c, FILE *__stream);
extern int putchar_unlocked (int __c);
#endif /* Use POSIX.  */


#if defined __USE_MISC \
    || (defined __USE_XOPEN && !defined __USE_XOPEN2K)
/* Get a word (int) from STREAM.  */
extern int getw (FILE *__stream);

/* Write a word (int) to STREAM.  */
extern int putw (int __w, FILE *__stream);
#endif


/* Get a newline-terminated string of finite length from STREAM.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern char *fgets (char *__restrict __s, int __n, FILE *__restrict __stream)
     __wur;

#if __GLIBC_USE (DEPRECATED_GETS)
/* Get a newline-terminated string from stdin, removing the newline.

   This function is impossible to use safely.  It has been officially
   removed from ISO C11 and ISO C++14, and we have also removed it
   from the _GNU_SOURCE feature list.  It remains available when
   explicitly using an old ISO C, Unix, or POSIX standard.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern char *gets (char *__s) __wur __attribute_deprecated__;
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* This function does the same as `fgets' but does not lock the stream.

   This function is not part of POSIX and therefore no official
   cancellation point.  But due to similarity with an POSIX interface
   or due to the implementation it is a cancellation point and
   therefore not marked with __THROW.  */
extern char *fgets_unlocked (char *__restrict __s, int __n,
			     FILE *__restrict __stream) __wur;
#endif


#if defined __USE_XOPEN2K8 || __GLIBC_USE (LIB_EXT2)
/* Read up to (and including) a DELIMITER from STREAM into *LINEPTR
   (and null-terminate it). *LINEPTR is a pointer returned from malloc (or
   NULL), pointing to *N characters of space.  It is realloc'd as
   necessary.  Returns the number of characters read (not including the
   null terminator), or -1 on error or EOF.

   These functions are not part of POSIX and therefore no official
   cancellation point.  But due to similarity with an POSIX interface
   or due to the implementation they are cancellation points and
   therefore not marked with __THROW.  */
extern __ssize_t __getdelim (char **__restrict __lineptr,
                             size_t *__restrict __n, int __delimiter,
                             FILE *__restrict __stream) __wur;
extern __ssize_t getdelim (char **__restrict __lineptr,
                           size_t *__restrict __n, int __delimiter,
                           FILE *__restrict __stream) __wur;

/* Like `getdelim', but reads up to a newline.

   This function is not part of POSIX and therefore no official
   cancellation point.  But due to similarity with an POSIX interface
   or due to the implementation it is a cancellation point and
   therefore not marked with __THROW.  */
extern __ssize_t getline (char **__restrict __lineptr,
                          size_t *__restrict __n,
                          FILE *__restrict __stream) __wur;
#endif


/* Write a string to STREAM.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int fputs (const char *__restrict __s, FILE *__restrict __stream);

/* Write a string, followed by a newline, to stdout.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int puts (const char *__s);


/* Push a character back onto the input buffer of STREAM.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int ungetc (int __c, FILE *__stream);


/* Read chunks of generic data from STREAM.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern size_t fread (void *__restrict __ptr, size_t __size,
		     size_t __n, FILE *__restrict __stream) __wur;
/* Write chunks of generic data to STREAM.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern size_t fwrite (const void *__restrict __ptr, size_t __size,
		      size_t __n, FILE *__restrict __s);

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* This function does the same as `fputs' but does not lock the stream.

   This function is not part of POSIX and therefore no official
   cancellation point.  But due to similarity with an POSIX interface
   or due to the implementation it is a cancellation point and
   therefore not marked with __THROW.  */
extern int fputs_unlocked (const char *__restrict __s,
			   FILE *__restrict __stream);
#endif

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Faster versions when locking is not necessary.

   These functions are not part of POSIX and therefore no official
   cancellation point.  But due to similarity with an POSIX interface
   or due to the implementation they are cancellation points and
   therefore not marked with __THROW.  */
extern size_t fread_unlocked (void *__restrict __ptr, size_t __size,
			      size_t __n, FILE *__restrict __stream) __wur;
extern size_t fwrite_unlocked (const void *__restrict __ptr, size_t __size,
			       size_t __n, FILE *__restrict __stream);
#endif


/* Seek to a certain position on STREAM.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int fseek (FILE *__stream, long int __off, int __whence);
/* Return the current position of STREAM.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern long int ftell (FILE *__stream) __wur;
/* Rewind to the beginning of STREAM.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern void rewind (FILE *__stream);

/* The Single Unix Specification, Version 2, specifies an alternative,
   more adequate interface for the two functions above which deal with
   file offset.  `long int' is not the right type.  These definitions
   are originally defined in the Large File Support API.  */

#if defined __USE_LARGEFILE || defined __USE_XOPEN2K
# ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
/* Seek to a certain position on STREAM.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int fseeko (FILE *__stream, __off_t __off, int __whence);
/* Return the current position of STREAM.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern __off_t ftello (FILE *__stream) __wur;
# else
#  ifdef __REDIRECT
extern int __REDIRECT (fseeko,
		       (FILE *__stream, __off64_t __off, int __whence),
		       fseeko64);
extern __off64_t __REDIRECT (ftello, (FILE *__stream), ftello64);
#  else
#   define fseeko fseeko64
#   define ftello ftello64
#  endif
# endif
#endif

#ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
/* Get STREAM's position.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int fgetpos (FILE *__restrict __stream, fpos_t *__restrict __pos);
/* Set STREAM's position.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int fsetpos (FILE *__stream, const fpos_t *__pos);
#else
# ifdef __REDIRECT
extern int __REDIRECT (fgetpos, (FILE *__restrict __stream,
				 fpos_t *__restrict __pos), fgetpos64);
extern int __REDIRECT (fsetpos,
		       (FILE *__stream, const fpos_t *__pos), fsetpos64);
# else
#  define fgetpos fgetpos64
#  define fsetpos fsetpos64
# endif
#endif

#ifdef __USE_LARGEFILE64
extern int fseeko64 (FILE *__stream, __off64_t __off, int __whence);
extern __off64_t ftello64 (FILE *__stream) __wur;
extern int fgetpos64 (FILE *__restrict __stream, fpos64_t *__restrict __pos);
extern int fsetpos64 (FILE *__stream, const fpos64_t *__pos);
#endif

/* Clear the error and EOF indicators for STREAM.  */
extern void clearerr (FILE *__stream) __THROW;
/* Return the EOF indicator for STREAM.  */
extern int feof (FILE *__stream) __THROW __wur;
/* Return the error indicator for STREAM.  */
extern int ferror (FILE *__stream) __THROW __wur;

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Faster versions when locking is not required.  */
extern void clearerr_unlocked (FILE *__stream) __THROW;
extern int feof_unlocked (FILE *__stream) __THROW __wur;
extern int ferror_unlocked (FILE *__stream) __THROW __wur;
#endif


/* Print a message describing the meaning of the value of errno.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern void perror (const char *__s);

/* Provide the declarations for `sys_errlist' and `sys_nerr' if they
   are available on this system.  Even if available, these variables
   should not be used directly.  The `strerror' function provides
   all the necessary functionality.  */
#include <bits/sys_errlist.h>


#ifdef	__USE_POSIX
/* Return the system file descriptor for STREAM.  */
extern int fileno (FILE *__stream) __THROW __wur;
#endif /* Use POSIX.  */

#ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Faster version when locking is not required.  */
extern int fileno_unlocked (FILE *__stream) __THROW __wur;
#endif


#ifdef __USE_POSIX2
/* Create a new stream connected to a pipe running the given command.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern FILE *popen (const char *__command, const char *__modes) __wur;

/* Close a stream opened by popen and return the status of its child.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern int pclose (FILE *__stream);
#endif


#ifdef	__USE_POSIX
/* Return the name of the controlling terminal.  */
extern char *ctermid (char *__s) __THROW;
#endif /* Use POSIX.  */


#if (defined __USE_XOPEN && !defined __USE_XOPEN2K) || defined __USE_GNU
/* Return the name of the current user.  */
extern char *cuserid (char *__s);
#endif /* Use X/Open, but not issue 6.  */


#ifdef	__USE_GNU
struct obstack;			/* See <obstack.h>.  */

/* Write formatted output to an obstack.  */
extern int obstack_printf (struct obstack *__restrict __obstack,
			   const char *__restrict __format, ...)
     __THROWNL __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)));
extern int obstack_vprintf (struct obstack *__restrict __obstack,
			    const char *__restrict __format,
			    __gnuc_va_list __args)
     __THROWNL __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 0)));
#endif /* Use GNU.  */


#ifdef __USE_POSIX199506
/* These are defined in POSIX.1:1996.  */

/* Acquire ownership of STREAM.  */
extern void flockfile (FILE *__stream) __THROW;

/* Try to acquire ownership of STREAM but do not block if it is not
   possible.  */
extern int ftrylockfile (FILE *__stream) __THROW __wur;

/* Relinquish the ownership granted for STREAM.  */
extern void funlockfile (FILE *__stream) __THROW;
#endif /* POSIX */

#if defined __USE_XOPEN && !defined __USE_XOPEN2K && !defined __USE_GNU
/*  X/Open Issues 1-5 required getopt to be declared in this
   header.  It was removed in Issue 6.  GNU follows Issue 6.  */
# include <bits/getopt_posix.h>
#endif

/* Slow-path routines used by the optimized inline functions in
   bits/stdio.h.  */
extern int __uflow (FILE *);
extern int __overflow (FILE *, int);

/* If we are compiling with optimizing read this file.  It contains
   several optimizing inline functions and macros.  */
#ifdef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
# include <bits/stdio.h>
#endif
#if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 0 && defined __fortify_function
# include <bits/stdio2.h>
#endif
#ifdef __LDBL_COMPAT
# include <bits/stdio-ldbl.h>
#endif

__END_DECLS

#endif /* <stdio.h> included.  */
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2008,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
 *  Author: Zeyd M. Ben-Halim <zmbenhal@netcom.com> 1992,1995               *
 *     and: Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>                         *
 ****************************************************************************/

/*
 * unctrl.h
 *
 * Display a printable version of a control character.
 * Control characters are displayed in caret notation (^x), DELETE is displayed
 * as ^?. Printable characters are displayed as is.
 */

/* $Id: unctrl.h.in,v 1.11 2009/04/18 21:00:52 tom Exp $ */

#ifndef NCURSES_UNCTRL_H_incl
#define NCURSES_UNCTRL_H_incl	1

#undef  NCURSES_VERSION
#define NCURSES_VERSION "6.1"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <curses.h>

#undef unctrl
NCURSES_EXPORT(NCURSES_CONST char *) unctrl (chtype);

#if 1
NCURSES_EXPORT(NCURSES_CONST char *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(unctrl) (SCREEN*, chtype);
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* NCURSES_UNCTRL_H_incl */
/*
 * Summary: internals routines and limits exported by the parser.
 * Description: this module exports a number of internal parsing routines
 *              they are not really all intended for applications but
 *              can prove useful doing low level processing.
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_PARSER_INTERNALS_H__
#define __XML_PARSER_INTERNALS_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/parser.h>
#include <libxml/HTMLparser.h>
#include <libxml/chvalid.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * xmlParserMaxDepth:
 *
 * arbitrary depth limit for the XML documents that we allow to
 * process. This is not a limitation of the parser but a safety
 * boundary feature, use XML_PARSE_HUGE option to override it.
 */
XMLPUBVAR unsigned int xmlParserMaxDepth;

/**
 * XML_MAX_TEXT_LENGTH:
 *
 * Maximum size allowed for a single text node when building a tree.
 * This is not a limitation of the parser but a safety boundary feature,
 * use XML_PARSE_HUGE option to override it.
 * Introduced in 2.9.0
 */
#define XML_MAX_TEXT_LENGTH 10000000

/**
 * XML_MAX_NAME_LENGTH:
 *
 * Maximum size allowed for a markup identitier
 * This is not a limitation of the parser but a safety boundary feature,
 * use XML_PARSE_HUGE option to override it.
 * Note that with the use of parsing dictionaries overriding the limit
 * may result in more runtime memory usage in face of "unfriendly' content
 * Introduced in 2.9.0
 */
#define XML_MAX_NAME_LENGTH 50000

/**
 * XML_MAX_DICTIONARY_LIMIT:
 *
 * Maximum size allowed by the parser for a dictionary by default
 * This is not a limitation of the parser but a safety boundary feature,
 * use XML_PARSE_HUGE option to override it.
 * Introduced in 2.9.0
 */
#define XML_MAX_DICTIONARY_LIMIT 10000000

/**
 * XML_MAX_LOOKUP_LIMIT:
 *
 * Maximum size allowed by the parser for ahead lookup
 * This is an upper boundary enforced by the parser to avoid bad
 * behaviour on "unfriendly' content
 * Introduced in 2.9.0
 */
#define XML_MAX_LOOKUP_LIMIT 10000000

/**
 * XML_MAX_NAMELEN:
 *
 * Identifiers can be longer, but this will be more costly
 * at runtime.
 */
#define XML_MAX_NAMELEN 100

/**
 * INPUT_CHUNK:
 *
 * The parser tries to always have that amount of input ready.
 * One of the point is providing context when reporting errors.
 */
#define INPUT_CHUNK	250

/************************************************************************
 *									*
 * UNICODE version of the macros.					*
 *									*
 ************************************************************************/
/**
 * IS_BYTE_CHAR:
 * @c:  an byte value (int)
 *
 * Macro to check the following production in the XML spec:
 *
 * [2] Char ::= #x9 | #xA | #xD | [#x20...]
 * any byte character in the accepted range
 */
#define IS_BYTE_CHAR(c)	 xmlIsChar_ch(c)

/**
 * IS_CHAR:
 * @c:  an UNICODE value (int)
 *
 * Macro to check the following production in the XML spec:
 *
 * [2] Char ::= #x9 | #xA | #xD | [#x20-#xD7FF] | [#xE000-#xFFFD]
 *                  | [#x10000-#x10FFFF]
 * any Unicode character, excluding the surrogate blocks, FFFE, and FFFF.
 */
#define IS_CHAR(c)   xmlIsCharQ(c)

/**
 * IS_CHAR_CH:
 * @c: an xmlChar (usually an unsigned char)
 *
 * Behaves like IS_CHAR on single-byte value
 */
#define IS_CHAR_CH(c)  xmlIsChar_ch(c)

/**
 * IS_BLANK:
 * @c:  an UNICODE value (int)
 *
 * Macro to check the following production in the XML spec:
 *
 * [3] S ::= (#x20 | #x9 | #xD | #xA)+
 */
#define IS_BLANK(c)  xmlIsBlankQ(c)

/**
 * IS_BLANK_CH:
 * @c:  an xmlChar value (normally unsigned char)
 *
 * Behaviour same as IS_BLANK
 */
#define IS_BLANK_CH(c)  xmlIsBlank_ch(c)

/**
 * IS_BASECHAR:
 * @c:  an UNICODE value (int)
 *
 * Macro to check the following production in the XML spec:
 *
 * [85] BaseChar ::= ... long list see REC ...
 */
#define IS_BASECHAR(c) xmlIsBaseCharQ(c)

/**
 * IS_DIGIT:
 * @c:  an UNICODE value (int)
 *
 * Macro to check the following production in the XML spec:
 *
 * [88] Digit ::= ... long list see REC ...
 */
#define IS_DIGIT(c) xmlIsDigitQ(c)

/**
 * IS_DIGIT_CH:
 * @c:  an xmlChar value (usually an unsigned char)
 *
 * Behaves like IS_DIGIT but with a single byte argument
 */
#define IS_DIGIT_CH(c)  xmlIsDigit_ch(c)

/**
 * IS_COMBINING:
 * @c:  an UNICODE value (int)
 *
 * Macro to check the following production in the XML spec:
 *
 * [87] CombiningChar ::= ... long list see REC ...
 */
#define IS_COMBINING(c) xmlIsCombiningQ(c)

/**
 * IS_COMBINING_CH:
 * @c:  an xmlChar (usually an unsigned char)
 *
 * Always false (all combining chars > 0xff)
 */
#define IS_COMBINING_CH(c) 0

/**
 * IS_EXTENDER:
 * @c:  an UNICODE value (int)
 *
 * Macro to check the following production in the XML spec:
 *
 *
 * [89] Extender ::= #x00B7 | #x02D0 | #x02D1 | #x0387 | #x0640 |
 *                   #x0E46 | #x0EC6 | #x3005 | [#x3031-#x3035] |
 *                   [#x309D-#x309E] | [#x30FC-#x30FE]
 */
#define IS_EXTENDER(c) xmlIsExtenderQ(c)

/**
 * IS_EXTENDER_CH:
 * @c:  an xmlChar value (usually an unsigned char)
 *
 * Behaves like IS_EXTENDER but with a single-byte argument
 */
#define IS_EXTENDER_CH(c)  xmlIsExtender_ch(c)

/**
 * IS_IDEOGRAPHIC:
 * @c:  an UNICODE value (int)
 *
 * Macro to check the following production in the XML spec:
 *
 *
 * [86] Ideographic ::= [#x4E00-#x9FA5] | #x3007 | [#x3021-#x3029]
 */
#define IS_IDEOGRAPHIC(c) xmlIsIdeographicQ(c)

/**
 * IS_LETTER:
 * @c:  an UNICODE value (int)
 *
 * Macro to check the following production in the XML spec:
 *
 *
 * [84] Letter ::= BaseChar | Ideographic
 */
#define IS_LETTER(c) (IS_BASECHAR(c) || IS_IDEOGRAPHIC(c))

/**
 * IS_LETTER_CH:
 * @c:  an xmlChar value (normally unsigned char)
 *
 * Macro behaves like IS_LETTER, but only check base chars
 *
 */
#define IS_LETTER_CH(c) xmlIsBaseChar_ch(c)

/**
 * IS_ASCII_LETTER:
 * @c: an xmlChar value
 *
 * Macro to check [a-zA-Z]
 *
 */
#define IS_ASCII_LETTER(c)	(((0x41 <= (c)) && ((c) <= 0x5a)) || \
				 ((0x61 <= (c)) && ((c) <= 0x7a)))

/**
 * IS_ASCII_DIGIT:
 * @c: an xmlChar value
 *
 * Macro to check [0-9]
 *
 */
#define IS_ASCII_DIGIT(c)	((0x30 <= (c)) && ((c) <= 0x39))

/**
 * IS_PUBIDCHAR:
 * @c:  an UNICODE value (int)
 *
 * Macro to check the following production in the XML spec:
 *
 *
 * [13] PubidChar ::= #x20 | #xD | #xA | [a-zA-Z0-9] | [-'()+,./:=?;!*#@$_%]
 */
#define IS_PUBIDCHAR(c)	xmlIsPubidCharQ(c)

/**
 * IS_PUBIDCHAR_CH:
 * @c:  an xmlChar value (normally unsigned char)
 *
 * Same as IS_PUBIDCHAR but for single-byte value
 */
#define IS_PUBIDCHAR_CH(c) xmlIsPubidChar_ch(c)

/**
 * SKIP_EOL:
 * @p:  and UTF8 string pointer
 *
 * Skips the end of line chars.
 */
#define SKIP_EOL(p)							\
    if (*(p) == 0x13) { p++ ; if (*(p) == 0x10) p++; }			\
    if (*(p) == 0x10) { p++ ; if (*(p) == 0x13) p++; }

/**
 * MOVETO_ENDTAG:
 * @p:  and UTF8 string pointer
 *
 * Skips to the next '>' char.
 */
#define MOVETO_ENDTAG(p)						\
    while ((*p) && (*(p) != '>')) (p)++

/**
 * MOVETO_STARTTAG:
 * @p:  and UTF8 string pointer
 *
 * Skips to the next '<' char.
 */
#define MOVETO_STARTTAG(p)						\
    while ((*p) && (*(p) != '<')) (p)++

/**
 * Global variables used for predefined strings.
 */
XMLPUBVAR const xmlChar xmlStringText[];
XMLPUBVAR const xmlChar xmlStringTextNoenc[];
XMLPUBVAR const xmlChar xmlStringComment[];

/*
 * Function to finish the work of the macros where needed.
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL                   xmlIsLetter     (int c);

/**
 * Parser context.
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserCtxtPtr XMLCALL
			xmlCreateFileParserCtxt	(const char *filename);
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserCtxtPtr XMLCALL
			xmlCreateURLParserCtxt	(const char *filename,
						 int options);
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserCtxtPtr XMLCALL
			xmlCreateMemoryParserCtxt(const char *buffer,
						 int size);
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserCtxtPtr XMLCALL
			xmlCreateEntityParserCtxt(const xmlChar *URL,
						 const xmlChar *ID,
						 const xmlChar *base);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlSwitchEncoding	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 xmlCharEncoding enc);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlSwitchToEncoding	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlCharEncodingHandlerPtr handler);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlSwitchInputEncoding	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 xmlParserInputPtr input,
					 xmlCharEncodingHandlerPtr handler);

#ifdef IN_LIBXML
/* internal error reporting */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			__xmlErrEncoding	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 xmlParserErrors xmlerr,
						 const char *msg,
						 const xmlChar * str1,
						 const xmlChar * str2) LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(3,0);
#endif

/**
 * Input Streams.
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserInputPtr XMLCALL
			xmlNewStringInputStream	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 const xmlChar *buffer);
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserInputPtr XMLCALL
			xmlNewEntityInputStream	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 xmlEntityPtr entity);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlPushInput		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 xmlParserInputPtr input);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar XMLCALL
			xmlPopInput		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlFreeInputStream	(xmlParserInputPtr input);
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserInputPtr XMLCALL
			xmlNewInputFromFile	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 const char *filename);
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserInputPtr XMLCALL
			xmlNewInputStream	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);

/**
 * Namespaces.
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlSplitQName		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 xmlChar **prefix);

/**
 * Generic production rules.
 */
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlParseName		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlParseNmtoken		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlParseEntityValue	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 xmlChar **orig);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlParseAttValue	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlParseSystemLiteral	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlParsePubidLiteral	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlParseCharData	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 int cdata);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlParseExternalID	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 xmlChar **publicID,
						 int strict);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlParseComment		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlParsePITarget	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlParsePI		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlParseNotationDecl	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlParseEntityDecl	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlParseDefaultDecl	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 xmlChar **value);
XMLPUBFUN xmlEnumerationPtr XMLCALL
			xmlParseNotationType	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN xmlEnumerationPtr XMLCALL
			xmlParseEnumerationType	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlParseEnumeratedType	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 xmlEnumerationPtr *tree);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlParseAttributeType	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 xmlEnumerationPtr *tree);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlParseAttributeListDecl(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN xmlElementContentPtr XMLCALL
			xmlParseElementMixedContentDecl
						(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 int inputchk);
XMLPUBFUN xmlElementContentPtr XMLCALL
			xmlParseElementChildrenContentDecl
						(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 int inputchk);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlParseElementContentDecl(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 xmlElementContentPtr *result);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlParseElementDecl	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlParseMarkupDecl	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlParseCharRef		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN xmlEntityPtr XMLCALL
			xmlParseEntityRef	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlParseReference	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlParsePEReference	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlParseDocTypeDecl	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
#ifdef LIBXML_SAX1_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlParseAttribute	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 xmlChar **value);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlParseStartTag	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlParseEndTag		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
#endif /* LIBXML_SAX1_ENABLED */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlParseCDSect		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlParseContent		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlParseElement		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlParseVersionNum	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlParseVersionInfo	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlParseEncName		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlParseEncodingDecl	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlParseSDDecl		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlParseXMLDecl		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlParseTextDecl	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlParseMisc		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlParseExternalSubset	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 const xmlChar *ExternalID,
						 const xmlChar *SystemID);
/**
 * XML_SUBSTITUTE_NONE:
 *
 * If no entities need to be substituted.
 */
#define XML_SUBSTITUTE_NONE	0
/**
 * XML_SUBSTITUTE_REF:
 *
 * Whether general entities need to be substituted.
 */
#define XML_SUBSTITUTE_REF	1
/**
 * XML_SUBSTITUTE_PEREF:
 *
 * Whether parameter entities need to be substituted.
 */
#define XML_SUBSTITUTE_PEREF	2
/**
 * XML_SUBSTITUTE_BOTH:
 *
 * Both general and parameter entities need to be substituted.
 */
#define XML_SUBSTITUTE_BOTH	3

XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlStringDecodeEntities		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 const xmlChar *str,
						 int what,
						 xmlChar end,
						 xmlChar  end2,
						 xmlChar end3);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlStringLenDecodeEntities	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 const xmlChar *str,
						 int len,
						 int what,
						 xmlChar end,
						 xmlChar  end2,
						 xmlChar end3);

/*
 * Generated by MACROS on top of parser.c c.f. PUSH_AND_POP.
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL			nodePush		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 xmlNodePtr value);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL		nodePop			(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL			inputPush		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 xmlParserInputPtr value);
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserInputPtr XMLCALL	inputPop		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL	namePop			(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL			namePush		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 const xmlChar *value);

/*
 * other commodities shared between parser.c and parserInternals.
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL			xmlSkipBlankChars	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL			xmlStringCurrentChar	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 const xmlChar *cur,
						 int *len);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL			xmlParserHandlePEReference(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL			xmlCheckLanguageID	(const xmlChar *lang);

/*
 * Really core function shared with HTML parser.
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL			xmlCurrentChar		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 int *len);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL		xmlCopyCharMultiByte	(xmlChar *out,
						 int val);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL			xmlCopyChar		(int len,
						 xmlChar *out,
						 int val);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL			xmlNextChar		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL			xmlParserInputShrink	(xmlParserInputPtr in);

#ifdef LIBXML_HTML_ENABLED
/*
 * Actually comes from the HTML parser but launched from the init stuff.
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL			htmlInitAutoClose	(void);
XMLPUBFUN htmlParserCtxtPtr XMLCALL	htmlCreateFileParserCtxt(const char *filename,
	                                         const char *encoding);
#endif

/*
 * Specific function to keep track of entities references
 * and used by the XSLT debugger.
 */
#ifdef LIBXML_LEGACY_ENABLED
/**
 * xmlEntityReferenceFunc:
 * @ent: the entity
 * @firstNode:  the fist node in the chunk
 * @lastNode:  the last nod in the chunk
 *
 * Callback function used when one needs to be able to track back the
 * provenance of a chunk of nodes inherited from an entity replacement.
 */
typedef	void	(*xmlEntityReferenceFunc)	(xmlEntityPtr ent,
						 xmlNodePtr firstNode,
						 xmlNodePtr lastNode);

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL		xmlSetEntityReferenceFunc	(xmlEntityReferenceFunc func);

XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlParseQuotedString	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
                        xmlParseNamespace       (xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlNamespaceParseNSDef	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlScanName		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlNamespaceParseNCName	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL	xmlParserHandleReference(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlNamespaceParseQName	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 xmlChar **prefix);
/**
 * Entities
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlDecodeEntities		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 int len,
						 int what,
						 xmlChar end,
						 xmlChar  end2,
						 xmlChar end3);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlHandleEntity		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 xmlEntityPtr entity);

#endif /* LIBXML_LEGACY_ENABLED */

#ifdef IN_LIBXML
/*
 * internal only
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlErrMemory		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
				 const char *extra);
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __XML_PARSER_INTERNALS_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: incomplete XML Schemas structure implementation
 * Description: interface to the XML Schemas handling and schema validity
 *              checking, it is incomplete right now.
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */


#ifndef __XML_SCHEMA_H__
#define __XML_SCHEMA_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED

#include <libxml/tree.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * This error codes are obsolete; not used any more.
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_OK		= 0,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_NOROOT	= 1,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_UNDECLAREDELEM,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_NOTTOPLEVEL,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_MISSING,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_WRONGELEM,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_NOTYPE,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_NOROLLBACK,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_ISABSTRACT,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_NOTEMPTY,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_ELEMCONT,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_HAVEDEFAULT,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_NOTNILLABLE,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_EXTRACONTENT,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_INVALIDATTR,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_INVALIDELEM,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_NOTDETERMINIST,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_CONSTRUCT,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_INTERNAL,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_NOTSIMPLE,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_ATTRUNKNOWN,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_ATTRINVALID,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_VALUE,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_FACET,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ERR_XXX
} xmlSchemaValidError;

/*
* ATTENTION: Change xmlSchemaSetValidOptions's check
* for invalid values, if adding to the validation
* options below.
*/
/**
 * xmlSchemaValidOption:
 *
 * This is the set of XML Schema validation options.
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_SCHEMA_VAL_VC_I_CREATE			= 1<<0
	/* Default/fixed: create an attribute node
	* or an element's text node on the instance.
	*/
} xmlSchemaValidOption;

/*
    XML_SCHEMA_VAL_XSI_ASSEMBLE			= 1<<1,
	* assemble schemata using
	* xsi:schemaLocation and
	* xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation
*/

/**
 * The schemas related types are kept internal
 */
typedef struct _xmlSchema xmlSchema;
typedef xmlSchema *xmlSchemaPtr;

/**
 * xmlSchemaValidityErrorFunc:
 * @ctx: the validation context
 * @msg: the message
 * @...: extra arguments
 *
 * Signature of an error callback from an XSD validation
 */
typedef void (XMLCDECL *xmlSchemaValidityErrorFunc)
                 (void *ctx, const char *msg, ...) LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(2,3);

/**
 * xmlSchemaValidityWarningFunc:
 * @ctx: the validation context
 * @msg: the message
 * @...: extra arguments
 *
 * Signature of a warning callback from an XSD validation
 */
typedef void (XMLCDECL *xmlSchemaValidityWarningFunc)
                 (void *ctx, const char *msg, ...) LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(2,3);

/**
 * A schemas validation context
 */
typedef struct _xmlSchemaParserCtxt xmlSchemaParserCtxt;
typedef xmlSchemaParserCtxt *xmlSchemaParserCtxtPtr;

typedef struct _xmlSchemaValidCtxt xmlSchemaValidCtxt;
typedef xmlSchemaValidCtxt *xmlSchemaValidCtxtPtr;

/**
 * xmlSchemaValidityLocatorFunc:
 * @ctx: user provided context
 * @file: returned file information
 * @line: returned line information
 *
 * A schemas validation locator, a callback called by the validator.
 * This is used when file or node informations are not available
 * to find out what file and line number are affected
 *
 * Returns: 0 in case of success and -1 in case of error
 */

typedef int (XMLCDECL *xmlSchemaValidityLocatorFunc) (void *ctx,
                           const char **file, unsigned long *line);

/*
 * Interfaces for parsing.
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlSchemaParserCtxtPtr XMLCALL
	    xmlSchemaNewParserCtxt	(const char *URL);
XMLPUBFUN xmlSchemaParserCtxtPtr XMLCALL
	    xmlSchemaNewMemParserCtxt	(const char *buffer,
					 int size);
XMLPUBFUN xmlSchemaParserCtxtPtr XMLCALL
	    xmlSchemaNewDocParserCtxt	(xmlDocPtr doc);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	    xmlSchemaFreeParserCtxt	(xmlSchemaParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	    xmlSchemaSetParserErrors	(xmlSchemaParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlSchemaValidityErrorFunc err,
					 xmlSchemaValidityWarningFunc warn,
					 void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	    xmlSchemaSetParserStructuredErrors(xmlSchemaParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlStructuredErrorFunc serror,
					 void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaGetParserErrors(xmlSchemaParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					xmlSchemaValidityErrorFunc * err,
					xmlSchemaValidityWarningFunc * warn,
					void **ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaIsValid	(xmlSchemaValidCtxtPtr ctxt);

XMLPUBFUN xmlSchemaPtr XMLCALL
	    xmlSchemaParse		(xmlSchemaParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	    xmlSchemaFree		(xmlSchemaPtr schema);
#ifdef LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	    xmlSchemaDump		(FILE *output,
					 xmlSchemaPtr schema);
#endif /* LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED */
/*
 * Interfaces for validating
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	    xmlSchemaSetValidErrors	(xmlSchemaValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlSchemaValidityErrorFunc err,
					 xmlSchemaValidityWarningFunc warn,
					 void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	    xmlSchemaSetValidStructuredErrors(xmlSchemaValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlStructuredErrorFunc serror,
					 void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	    xmlSchemaGetValidErrors	(xmlSchemaValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlSchemaValidityErrorFunc *err,
					 xmlSchemaValidityWarningFunc *warn,
					 void **ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	    xmlSchemaSetValidOptions	(xmlSchemaValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
            xmlSchemaValidateSetFilename(xmlSchemaValidCtxtPtr vctxt,
	                                 const char *filename);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	    xmlSchemaValidCtxtGetOptions(xmlSchemaValidCtxtPtr ctxt);

XMLPUBFUN xmlSchemaValidCtxtPtr XMLCALL
	    xmlSchemaNewValidCtxt	(xmlSchemaPtr schema);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	    xmlSchemaFreeValidCtxt	(xmlSchemaValidCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	    xmlSchemaValidateDoc	(xmlSchemaValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr instance);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
            xmlSchemaValidateOneElement (xmlSchemaValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
			                 xmlNodePtr elem);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	    xmlSchemaValidateStream	(xmlSchemaValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlParserInputBufferPtr input,
					 xmlCharEncoding enc,
					 xmlSAXHandlerPtr sax,
					 void *user_data);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	    xmlSchemaValidateFile	(xmlSchemaValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 const char * filename,
					 int options);

XMLPUBFUN xmlParserCtxtPtr XMLCALL
	    xmlSchemaValidCtxtGetParserCtxt(xmlSchemaValidCtxtPtr ctxt);

/*
 * Interface to insert Schemas SAX validation in a SAX stream
 */
typedef struct _xmlSchemaSAXPlug xmlSchemaSAXPlugStruct;
typedef xmlSchemaSAXPlugStruct *xmlSchemaSAXPlugPtr;

XMLPUBFUN xmlSchemaSAXPlugPtr XMLCALL
            xmlSchemaSAXPlug		(xmlSchemaValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlSAXHandlerPtr *sax,
					 void **user_data);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
            xmlSchemaSAXUnplug		(xmlSchemaSAXPlugPtr plug);


XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
            xmlSchemaValidateSetLocator	(xmlSchemaValidCtxtPtr vctxt,
					 xmlSchemaValidityLocatorFunc f,
					 void *ctxt);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED */
#endif /* __XML_SCHEMA_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: specific APIs to process HTML tree, especially serialization
 * Description: this module implements a few function needed to process
 *              tree in an HTML specific way.
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __HTML_TREE_H__
#define __HTML_TREE_H__

#include <stdio.h>
#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/tree.h>
#include <libxml/HTMLparser.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_HTML_ENABLED

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


/**
 * HTML_TEXT_NODE:
 *
 * Macro. A text node in a HTML document is really implemented
 * the same way as a text node in an XML document.
 */
#define HTML_TEXT_NODE		XML_TEXT_NODE
/**
 * HTML_ENTITY_REF_NODE:
 *
 * Macro. An entity reference in a HTML document is really implemented
 * the same way as an entity reference in an XML document.
 */
#define HTML_ENTITY_REF_NODE	XML_ENTITY_REF_NODE
/**
 * HTML_COMMENT_NODE:
 *
 * Macro. A comment in a HTML document is really implemented
 * the same way as a comment in an XML document.
 */
#define HTML_COMMENT_NODE	XML_COMMENT_NODE
/**
 * HTML_PRESERVE_NODE:
 *
 * Macro. A preserved node in a HTML document is really implemented
 * the same way as a CDATA section in an XML document.
 */
#define HTML_PRESERVE_NODE	XML_CDATA_SECTION_NODE
/**
 * HTML_PI_NODE:
 *
 * Macro. A processing instruction in a HTML document is really implemented
 * the same way as a processing instruction in an XML document.
 */
#define HTML_PI_NODE		XML_PI_NODE

XMLPUBFUN htmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		htmlNewDoc		(const xmlChar *URI,
					 const xmlChar *ExternalID);
XMLPUBFUN htmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		htmlNewDocNoDtD		(const xmlChar *URI,
					 const xmlChar *ExternalID);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
		htmlGetMetaEncoding	(htmlDocPtr doc);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		htmlSetMetaEncoding	(htmlDocPtr doc,
					 const xmlChar *encoding);
#ifdef LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		htmlDocDumpMemory	(xmlDocPtr cur,
					 xmlChar **mem,
					 int *size);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		htmlDocDumpMemoryFormat	(xmlDocPtr cur,
					 xmlChar **mem,
					 int *size,
					 int format);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		htmlDocDump		(FILE *f,
					 xmlDocPtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		htmlSaveFile		(const char *filename,
					 xmlDocPtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		htmlNodeDump		(xmlBufferPtr buf,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		htmlNodeDumpFile	(FILE *out,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		htmlNodeDumpFileFormat	(FILE *out,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr cur,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int format);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		htmlSaveFileEnc		(const char *filename,
					 xmlDocPtr cur,
					 const char *encoding);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		htmlSaveFileFormat	(const char *filename,
					 xmlDocPtr cur,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int format);

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		htmlNodeDumpFormatOutput(xmlOutputBufferPtr buf,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr cur,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int format);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		htmlDocContentDumpOutput(xmlOutputBufferPtr buf,
					 xmlDocPtr cur,
					 const char *encoding);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		htmlDocContentDumpFormatOutput(xmlOutputBufferPtr buf,
					 xmlDocPtr cur,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int format);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		htmlNodeDumpOutput	(xmlOutputBufferPtr buf,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr cur,
					 const char *encoding);

#endif /* LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED */

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		htmlIsBooleanAttr	(const xmlChar *name);


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* LIBXML_HTML_ENABLED */

#endif /* __HTML_TREE_H__ */

/*
 * Summary: SAX2 parser interface used to build the DOM tree
 * Description: those are the default SAX2 interfaces used by
 *              the library when building DOM tree.
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */


#ifndef __XML_SAX2_H__
#define __XML_SAX2_H__

#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/parser.h>
#include <libxml/xlink.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2GetPublicId		(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2GetSystemId		(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2SetDocumentLocator	(void *ctx,
						 xmlSAXLocatorPtr loc);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2GetLineNumber		(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2GetColumnNumber		(void *ctx);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2IsStandalone		(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2HasInternalSubset	(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2HasExternalSubset	(void *ctx);

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2InternalSubset		(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 const xmlChar *ExternalID,
						 const xmlChar *SystemID);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2ExternalSubset		(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 const xmlChar *ExternalID,
						 const xmlChar *SystemID);
XMLPUBFUN xmlEntityPtr XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2GetEntity		(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN xmlEntityPtr XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2GetParameterEntity	(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserInputPtr XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2ResolveEntity		(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *publicId,
						 const xmlChar *systemId);

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2EntityDecl		(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 int type,
						 const xmlChar *publicId,
						 const xmlChar *systemId,
						 xmlChar *content);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2AttributeDecl		(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *elem,
						 const xmlChar *fullname,
						 int type,
						 int def,
						 const xmlChar *defaultValue,
						 xmlEnumerationPtr tree);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2ElementDecl		(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 int type,
						 xmlElementContentPtr content);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2NotationDecl		(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 const xmlChar *publicId,
						 const xmlChar *systemId);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2UnparsedEntityDecl	(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 const xmlChar *publicId,
						 const xmlChar *systemId,
						 const xmlChar *notationName);

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2StartDocument		(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2EndDocument		(void *ctx);
#if defined(LIBXML_SAX1_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_HTML_ENABLED) || \
    defined(LIBXML_WRITER_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_DOCB_ENABLED) || \
    defined(LIBXML_LEGACY_ENABLED)
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2StartElement		(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *fullname,
						 const xmlChar **atts);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2EndElement		(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *name);
#endif /* LIBXML_SAX1_ENABLED or LIBXML_HTML_ENABLED or LIBXML_LEGACY_ENABLED */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2StartElementNs		(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *localname,
						 const xmlChar *prefix,
						 const xmlChar *URI,
						 int nb_namespaces,
						 const xmlChar **namespaces,
						 int nb_attributes,
						 int nb_defaulted,
						 const xmlChar **attributes);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2EndElementNs		(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *localname,
						 const xmlChar *prefix,
						 const xmlChar *URI);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2Reference		(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2Characters		(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *ch,
						 int len);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2IgnorableWhitespace	(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *ch,
						 int len);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2ProcessingInstruction	(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *target,
						 const xmlChar *data);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2Comment			(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *value);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2CDataBlock		(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *value,
						 int len);

#ifdef LIBXML_SAX1_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSAXDefaultVersion		(int version);
#endif /* LIBXML_SAX1_ENABLED */

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSAXVersion			(xmlSAXHandler *hdlr,
						 int version);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2InitDefaultSAXHandler    (xmlSAXHandler *hdlr,
						 int warning);
#ifdef LIBXML_HTML_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2InitHtmlDefaultSAXHandler(xmlSAXHandler *hdlr);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		htmlDefaultSAXHandlerInit	(void);
#endif
#ifdef LIBXML_DOCB_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSAX2InitDocbDefaultSAXHandler(xmlSAXHandler *hdlr);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		docbDefaultSAXHandlerInit	(void);
#endif
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlDefaultSAXHandlerInit	(void);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __XML_SAX2_H__ */
/**
 * Summary: interfaces for thread handling
 * Description: set of generic threading related routines
 *              should work with pthreads, Windows native or TLS threads
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_THREADS_H__
#define __XML_THREADS_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * xmlMutex are a simple mutual exception locks.
 */
typedef struct _xmlMutex xmlMutex;
typedef xmlMutex *xmlMutexPtr;

/*
 * xmlRMutex are reentrant mutual exception locks.
 */
typedef struct _xmlRMutex xmlRMutex;
typedef xmlRMutex *xmlRMutexPtr;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include <libxml/globals.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
XMLPUBFUN xmlMutexPtr XMLCALL
			xmlNewMutex	(void);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlMutexLock	(xmlMutexPtr tok);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlMutexUnlock	(xmlMutexPtr tok);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlFreeMutex	(xmlMutexPtr tok);

XMLPUBFUN xmlRMutexPtr XMLCALL
			xmlNewRMutex	(void);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlRMutexLock	(xmlRMutexPtr tok);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlRMutexUnlock	(xmlRMutexPtr tok);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlFreeRMutex	(xmlRMutexPtr tok);

/*
 * Library wide APIs.
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlInitThreads	(void);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlLockLibrary	(void);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlUnlockLibrary(void);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlGetThreadId	(void);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlIsMainThread	(void);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlCleanupThreads(void);
XMLPUBFUN xmlGlobalStatePtr XMLCALL
			xmlGetGlobalState(void);

#ifdef HAVE_PTHREAD_H
#elif defined(HAVE_WIN32_THREADS) && !defined(HAVE_COMPILER_TLS) && (!defined(LIBXML_STATIC) || defined(LIBXML_STATIC_FOR_DLL))
#if defined(LIBXML_STATIC_FOR_DLL)
int XMLCALL
xmlDllMain(void *hinstDLL, unsigned long fdwReason,
           void *lpvReserved);
#endif
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif


#endif /* __XML_THREADS_H__ */
/**
 * Summary: interfaces to the Catalog handling system
 * Description: the catalog module implements the support for
 * XML Catalogs and SGML catalogs
 *
 * SGML Open Technical Resolution TR9401:1997.
 * http://www.jclark.com/sp/catalog.htm
 *
 * XML Catalogs Working Draft 06 August 2001
 * http://www.oasis-open.org/committees/entity/spec-2001-08-06.html
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_CATALOG_H__
#define __XML_CATALOG_H__

#include <stdio.h>

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/xmlstring.h>
#include <libxml/tree.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_CATALOG_ENABLED

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * XML_CATALOGS_NAMESPACE:
 *
 * The namespace for the XML Catalogs elements.
 */
#define XML_CATALOGS_NAMESPACE					\
    (const xmlChar *) "urn:oasis:names:tc:entity:xmlns:xml:catalog"
/**
 * XML_CATALOG_PI:
 *
 * The specific XML Catalog Processing Instuction name.
 */
#define XML_CATALOG_PI						\
    (const xmlChar *) "oasis-xml-catalog"

/*
 * The API is voluntarily limited to general cataloging.
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_CATA_PREFER_NONE = 0,
    XML_CATA_PREFER_PUBLIC = 1,
    XML_CATA_PREFER_SYSTEM
} xmlCatalogPrefer;

typedef enum {
    XML_CATA_ALLOW_NONE = 0,
    XML_CATA_ALLOW_GLOBAL = 1,
    XML_CATA_ALLOW_DOCUMENT = 2,
    XML_CATA_ALLOW_ALL = 3
} xmlCatalogAllow;

typedef struct _xmlCatalog xmlCatalog;
typedef xmlCatalog *xmlCatalogPtr;

/*
 * Operations on a given catalog.
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlCatalogPtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewCatalog		(int sgml);
XMLPUBFUN xmlCatalogPtr XMLCALL
		xmlLoadACatalog		(const char *filename);
XMLPUBFUN xmlCatalogPtr XMLCALL
		xmlLoadSGMLSuperCatalog	(const char *filename);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlConvertSGMLCatalog	(xmlCatalogPtr catal);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlACatalogAdd		(xmlCatalogPtr catal,
					 const xmlChar *type,
					 const xmlChar *orig,
					 const xmlChar *replace);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlACatalogRemove	(xmlCatalogPtr catal,
					 const xmlChar *value);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlACatalogResolve	(xmlCatalogPtr catal,
					 const xmlChar *pubID,
	                                 const xmlChar *sysID);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlACatalogResolveSystem(xmlCatalogPtr catal,
					 const xmlChar *sysID);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlACatalogResolvePublic(xmlCatalogPtr catal,
					 const xmlChar *pubID);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlACatalogResolveURI	(xmlCatalogPtr catal,
					 const xmlChar *URI);
#ifdef LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlACatalogDump		(xmlCatalogPtr catal,
					 FILE *out);
#endif /* LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlFreeCatalog		(xmlCatalogPtr catal);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlCatalogIsEmpty	(xmlCatalogPtr catal);

/*
 * Global operations.
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlInitializeCatalog	(void);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlLoadCatalog		(const char *filename);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlLoadCatalogs		(const char *paths);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlCatalogCleanup	(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlCatalogDump		(FILE *out);
#endif /* LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED */
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlCatalogResolve	(const xmlChar *pubID,
	                                 const xmlChar *sysID);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlCatalogResolveSystem	(const xmlChar *sysID);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlCatalogResolvePublic	(const xmlChar *pubID);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlCatalogResolveURI	(const xmlChar *URI);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlCatalogAdd		(const xmlChar *type,
					 const xmlChar *orig,
					 const xmlChar *replace);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlCatalogRemove	(const xmlChar *value);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlParseCatalogFile	(const char *filename);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlCatalogConvert	(void);

/*
 * Strictly minimal interfaces for per-document catalogs used
 * by the parser.
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlCatalogFreeLocal	(void *catalogs);
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
		xmlCatalogAddLocal	(void *catalogs,
					 const xmlChar *URL);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlCatalogLocalResolve	(void *catalogs,
					 const xmlChar *pubID,
	                                 const xmlChar *sysID);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlCatalogLocalResolveURI(void *catalogs,
					 const xmlChar *URI);
/*
 * Preference settings.
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlCatalogSetDebug	(int level);
XMLPUBFUN xmlCatalogPrefer XMLCALL
		xmlCatalogSetDefaultPrefer(xmlCatalogPrefer prefer);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlCatalogSetDefaults	(xmlCatalogAllow allow);
XMLPUBFUN xmlCatalogAllow XMLCALL
		xmlCatalogGetDefaults	(void);


/* DEPRECATED interfaces */
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlCatalogGetSystem	(const xmlChar *sysID);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlCatalogGetPublic	(const xmlChar *pubID);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* LIBXML_CATALOG_ENABLED */
#endif /* __XML_CATALOG_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: interface for the XML entities handling
 * Description: this module provides some of the entity API needed
 *              for the parser and applications.
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_ENTITIES_H__
#define __XML_ENTITIES_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/tree.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * The different valid entity types.
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_INTERNAL_GENERAL_ENTITY = 1,
    XML_EXTERNAL_GENERAL_PARSED_ENTITY = 2,
    XML_EXTERNAL_GENERAL_UNPARSED_ENTITY = 3,
    XML_INTERNAL_PARAMETER_ENTITY = 4,
    XML_EXTERNAL_PARAMETER_ENTITY = 5,
    XML_INTERNAL_PREDEFINED_ENTITY = 6
} xmlEntityType;

typedef enum {
  XML_ENTITY_NOT_BEING_CHECKED,
  XML_ENTITY_BEING_CHECKED              /* entity check is in progress */
} xmlEntityRecursionGuard;

/*
 * An unit of storage for an entity, contains the string, the value
 * and the linkind data needed for the linking in the hash table.
 */

struct _xmlEntity {
    void           *_private;	        /* application data */
    xmlElementType          type;       /* XML_ENTITY_DECL, must be second ! */
    const xmlChar          *name;	/* Entity name */
    struct _xmlNode    *children;	/* First child link */
    struct _xmlNode        *last;	/* Last child link */
    struct _xmlDtd       *parent;	/* -> DTD */
    struct _xmlNode        *next;	/* next sibling link  */
    struct _xmlNode        *prev;	/* previous sibling link  */
    struct _xmlDoc          *doc;       /* the containing document */

    xmlChar                *orig;	/* content without ref substitution */
    xmlChar             *content;	/* content or ndata if unparsed */
    int                   length;	/* the content length */
    xmlEntityType          etype;	/* The entity type */
    const xmlChar    *ExternalID;	/* External identifier for PUBLIC */
    const xmlChar      *SystemID;	/* URI for a SYSTEM or PUBLIC Entity */

    struct _xmlEntity     *nexte;	/* unused */
    const xmlChar           *URI;	/* the full URI as computed */
    int                    owner;	/* does the entity own the childrens */
    int			 checked;	/* was the entity content checked */
					/* this is also used to count entities
					 * references done from that entity
					 * and if it contains '<' */
     xmlEntityRecursionGuard guard;
};

/*
 * All entities are stored in an hash table.
 * There is 2 separate hash tables for global and parameter entities.
 */

typedef struct _xmlHashTable xmlEntitiesTable;
typedef xmlEntitiesTable *xmlEntitiesTablePtr;

/*
 * External functions:
 */

#ifdef LIBXML_LEGACY_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlInitializePredefinedEntities	(void);
#endif /* LIBXML_LEGACY_ENABLED */

XMLPUBFUN xmlEntityPtr XMLCALL
			xmlNewEntity		(xmlDocPtr doc,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 int type,
						 const xmlChar *ExternalID,
						 const xmlChar *SystemID,
						 const xmlChar *content);
XMLPUBFUN xmlEntityPtr XMLCALL
			xmlAddDocEntity		(xmlDocPtr doc,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 int type,
						 const xmlChar *ExternalID,
						 const xmlChar *SystemID,
						 const xmlChar *content);
XMLPUBFUN xmlEntityPtr XMLCALL
			xmlAddDtdEntity		(xmlDocPtr doc,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 int type,
						 const xmlChar *ExternalID,
						 const xmlChar *SystemID,
						 const xmlChar *content);
XMLPUBFUN xmlEntityPtr XMLCALL
			xmlGetPredefinedEntity	(const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN xmlEntityPtr XMLCALL
			xmlGetDocEntity		(const xmlDoc *doc,
						 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN xmlEntityPtr XMLCALL
			xmlGetDtdEntity		(xmlDocPtr doc,
						 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN xmlEntityPtr XMLCALL
			xmlGetParameterEntity	(xmlDocPtr doc,
						 const xmlChar *name);
#ifdef LIBXML_LEGACY_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlEncodeEntities	(xmlDocPtr doc,
						 const xmlChar *input);
#endif /* LIBXML_LEGACY_ENABLED */
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlEncodeEntitiesReentrant(xmlDocPtr doc,
						 const xmlChar *input);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlEncodeSpecialChars	(const xmlDoc *doc,
						 const xmlChar *input);
XMLPUBFUN xmlEntitiesTablePtr XMLCALL
			xmlCreateEntitiesTable	(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN xmlEntitiesTablePtr XMLCALL
			xmlCopyEntitiesTable	(xmlEntitiesTablePtr table);
#endif /* LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlFreeEntitiesTable	(xmlEntitiesTablePtr table);
#ifdef LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlDumpEntitiesTable	(xmlBufferPtr buf,
						 xmlEntitiesTablePtr table);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlDumpEntityDecl	(xmlBufferPtr buf,
						 xmlEntityPtr ent);
#endif /* LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED */
#ifdef LIBXML_LEGACY_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlCleanupPredefinedEntities(void);
#endif /* LIBXML_LEGACY_ENABLED */


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

# endif /* __XML_ENTITIES_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: old DocBook SGML parser
 * Description: interface for a DocBook SGML non-verifying parser
 * This code is DEPRECATED, and should not be used anymore.
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __DOCB_PARSER_H__
#define __DOCB_PARSER_H__
#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_DOCB_ENABLED

#include <libxml/parser.h>
#include <libxml/parserInternals.h>

#ifndef IN_LIBXML
#ifdef __GNUC__
#warning "The DOCBparser module has been deprecated in libxml2-2.6.0"
#endif
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * Most of the back-end structures from XML and SGML are shared.
 */
typedef xmlParserCtxt docbParserCtxt;
typedef xmlParserCtxtPtr docbParserCtxtPtr;
typedef xmlSAXHandler docbSAXHandler;
typedef xmlSAXHandlerPtr docbSAXHandlerPtr;
typedef xmlParserInput docbParserInput;
typedef xmlParserInputPtr docbParserInputPtr;
typedef xmlDocPtr docbDocPtr;

/*
 * There is only few public functions.
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		     docbEncodeEntities(unsigned char *out,
                                        int *outlen,
                                        const unsigned char *in,
                                        int *inlen, int quoteChar);

XMLPUBFUN docbDocPtr XMLCALL
		     docbSAXParseDoc   (xmlChar *cur,
                                        const char *encoding,
                                        docbSAXHandlerPtr sax,
                                        void *userData);
XMLPUBFUN docbDocPtr XMLCALL
		     docbParseDoc      (xmlChar *cur,
                                        const char *encoding);
XMLPUBFUN docbDocPtr XMLCALL
		     docbSAXParseFile  (const char *filename,
                                        const char *encoding,
                                        docbSAXHandlerPtr sax,
                                        void *userData);
XMLPUBFUN docbDocPtr XMLCALL
		     docbParseFile     (const char *filename,
                                        const char *encoding);

/**
 * Interfaces for the Push mode.
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		     docbFreeParserCtxt      (docbParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN docbParserCtxtPtr XMLCALL
		     docbCreatePushParserCtxt(docbSAXHandlerPtr sax,
                                              void *user_data,
                                              const char *chunk,
                                              int size,
                                              const char *filename,
                                              xmlCharEncoding enc);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		     docbParseChunk          (docbParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
                                              const char *chunk,
                                              int size,
                                              int terminate);
XMLPUBFUN docbParserCtxtPtr XMLCALL
		     docbCreateFileParserCtxt(const char *filename,
                                              const char *encoding);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		     docbParseDocument       (docbParserCtxtPtr ctxt);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* LIBXML_DOCB_ENABLED */

#endif /* __DOCB_PARSER_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: XML Path Language implementation
 * Description: API for the XML Path Language implementation
 *
 * XML Path Language implementation
 * XPath is a language for addressing parts of an XML document,
 * designed to be used by both XSLT and XPointer
 *     http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath
 *
 * Implements
 * W3C Recommendation 16 November 1999
 *     http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/REC-xpath-19991116
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_XPATH_H__
#define __XML_XPATH_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_XPATH_ENABLED

#include <libxml/xmlerror.h>
#include <libxml/tree.h>
#include <libxml/hash.h>
#endif /* LIBXML_XPATH_ENABLED */

#if defined(LIBXML_XPATH_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED)
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* LIBXML_XPATH_ENABLED or LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED */

#ifdef LIBXML_XPATH_ENABLED

typedef struct _xmlXPathContext xmlXPathContext;
typedef xmlXPathContext *xmlXPathContextPtr;
typedef struct _xmlXPathParserContext xmlXPathParserContext;
typedef xmlXPathParserContext *xmlXPathParserContextPtr;

/**
 * The set of XPath error codes.
 */

typedef enum {
    XPATH_EXPRESSION_OK = 0,
    XPATH_NUMBER_ERROR,
    XPATH_UNFINISHED_LITERAL_ERROR,
    XPATH_START_LITERAL_ERROR,
    XPATH_VARIABLE_REF_ERROR,
    XPATH_UNDEF_VARIABLE_ERROR,
    XPATH_INVALID_PREDICATE_ERROR,
    XPATH_EXPR_ERROR,
    XPATH_UNCLOSED_ERROR,
    XPATH_UNKNOWN_FUNC_ERROR,
    XPATH_INVALID_OPERAND,
    XPATH_INVALID_TYPE,
    XPATH_INVALID_ARITY,
    XPATH_INVALID_CTXT_SIZE,
    XPATH_INVALID_CTXT_POSITION,
    XPATH_MEMORY_ERROR,
    XPTR_SYNTAX_ERROR,
    XPTR_RESOURCE_ERROR,
    XPTR_SUB_RESOURCE_ERROR,
    XPATH_UNDEF_PREFIX_ERROR,
    XPATH_ENCODING_ERROR,
    XPATH_INVALID_CHAR_ERROR,
    XPATH_INVALID_CTXT,
    XPATH_STACK_ERROR,
    XPATH_FORBID_VARIABLE_ERROR
} xmlXPathError;

/*
 * A node-set (an unordered collection of nodes without duplicates).
 */
typedef struct _xmlNodeSet xmlNodeSet;
typedef xmlNodeSet *xmlNodeSetPtr;
struct _xmlNodeSet {
    int nodeNr;			/* number of nodes in the set */
    int nodeMax;		/* size of the array as allocated */
    xmlNodePtr *nodeTab;	/* array of nodes in no particular order */
    /* @@ with_ns to check wether namespace nodes should be looked at @@ */
};

/*
 * An expression is evaluated to yield an object, which
 * has one of the following four basic types:
 *   - node-set
 *   - boolean
 *   - number
 *   - string
 *
 * @@ XPointer will add more types !
 */

typedef enum {
    XPATH_UNDEFINED = 0,
    XPATH_NODESET = 1,
    XPATH_BOOLEAN = 2,
    XPATH_NUMBER = 3,
    XPATH_STRING = 4,
    XPATH_POINT = 5,
    XPATH_RANGE = 6,
    XPATH_LOCATIONSET = 7,
    XPATH_USERS = 8,
    XPATH_XSLT_TREE = 9  /* An XSLT value tree, non modifiable */
} xmlXPathObjectType;

typedef struct _xmlXPathObject xmlXPathObject;
typedef xmlXPathObject *xmlXPathObjectPtr;
struct _xmlXPathObject {
    xmlXPathObjectType type;
    xmlNodeSetPtr nodesetval;
    int boolval;
    double floatval;
    xmlChar *stringval;
    void *user;
    int index;
    void *user2;
    int index2;
};

/**
 * xmlXPathConvertFunc:
 * @obj:  an XPath object
 * @type:  the number of the target type
 *
 * A conversion function is associated to a type and used to cast
 * the new type to primitive values.
 *
 * Returns -1 in case of error, 0 otherwise
 */
typedef int (*xmlXPathConvertFunc) (xmlXPathObjectPtr obj, int type);

/*
 * Extra type: a name and a conversion function.
 */

typedef struct _xmlXPathType xmlXPathType;
typedef xmlXPathType *xmlXPathTypePtr;
struct _xmlXPathType {
    const xmlChar         *name;		/* the type name */
    xmlXPathConvertFunc func;		/* the conversion function */
};

/*
 * Extra variable: a name and a value.
 */

typedef struct _xmlXPathVariable xmlXPathVariable;
typedef xmlXPathVariable *xmlXPathVariablePtr;
struct _xmlXPathVariable {
    const xmlChar       *name;		/* the variable name */
    xmlXPathObjectPtr value;		/* the value */
};

/**
 * xmlXPathEvalFunc:
 * @ctxt: an XPath parser context
 * @nargs: the number of arguments passed to the function
 *
 * An XPath evaluation function, the parameters are on the XPath context stack.
 */

typedef void (*xmlXPathEvalFunc)(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt,
	                         int nargs);

/*
 * Extra function: a name and a evaluation function.
 */

typedef struct _xmlXPathFunct xmlXPathFunct;
typedef xmlXPathFunct *xmlXPathFuncPtr;
struct _xmlXPathFunct {
    const xmlChar      *name;		/* the function name */
    xmlXPathEvalFunc func;		/* the evaluation function */
};

/**
 * xmlXPathAxisFunc:
 * @ctxt:  the XPath interpreter context
 * @cur:  the previous node being explored on that axis
 *
 * An axis traversal function. To traverse an axis, the engine calls
 * the first time with cur == NULL and repeat until the function returns
 * NULL indicating the end of the axis traversal.
 *
 * Returns the next node in that axis or NULL if at the end of the axis.
 */

typedef xmlXPathObjectPtr (*xmlXPathAxisFunc) (xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt,
				 xmlXPathObjectPtr cur);

/*
 * Extra axis: a name and an axis function.
 */

typedef struct _xmlXPathAxis xmlXPathAxis;
typedef xmlXPathAxis *xmlXPathAxisPtr;
struct _xmlXPathAxis {
    const xmlChar      *name;		/* the axis name */
    xmlXPathAxisFunc func;		/* the search function */
};

/**
 * xmlXPathFunction:
 * @ctxt:  the XPath interprestation context
 * @nargs:  the number of arguments
 *
 * An XPath function.
 * The arguments (if any) are popped out from the context stack
 * and the result is pushed on the stack.
 */

typedef void (*xmlXPathFunction) (xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);

/*
 * Function and Variable Lookup.
 */

/**
 * xmlXPathVariableLookupFunc:
 * @ctxt:  an XPath context
 * @name:  name of the variable
 * @ns_uri:  the namespace name hosting this variable
 *
 * Prototype for callbacks used to plug variable lookup in the XPath
 * engine.
 *
 * Returns the XPath object value or NULL if not found.
 */
typedef xmlXPathObjectPtr (*xmlXPathVariableLookupFunc) (void *ctxt,
                                         const xmlChar *name,
                                         const xmlChar *ns_uri);

/**
 * xmlXPathFuncLookupFunc:
 * @ctxt:  an XPath context
 * @name:  name of the function
 * @ns_uri:  the namespace name hosting this function
 *
 * Prototype for callbacks used to plug function lookup in the XPath
 * engine.
 *
 * Returns the XPath function or NULL if not found.
 */
typedef xmlXPathFunction (*xmlXPathFuncLookupFunc) (void *ctxt,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *ns_uri);

/**
 * xmlXPathFlags:
 * Flags for XPath engine compilation and runtime
 */
/**
 * XML_XPATH_CHECKNS:
 *
 * check namespaces at compilation
 */
#define XML_XPATH_CHECKNS (1<<0)
/**
 * XML_XPATH_NOVAR:
 *
 * forbid variables in expression
 */
#define XML_XPATH_NOVAR	  (1<<1)

/**
 * xmlXPathContext:
 *
 * Expression evaluation occurs with respect to a context.
 * he context consists of:
 *    - a node (the context node)
 *    - a node list (the context node list)
 *    - a set of variable bindings
 *    - a function library
 *    - the set of namespace declarations in scope for the expression
 * Following the switch to hash tables, this need to be trimmed up at
 * the next binary incompatible release.
 * The node may be modified when the context is passed to libxml2
 * for an XPath evaluation so you may need to initialize it again
 * before the next call.
 */

struct _xmlXPathContext {
    xmlDocPtr doc;			/* The current document */
    xmlNodePtr node;			/* The current node */

    int nb_variables_unused;		/* unused (hash table) */
    int max_variables_unused;		/* unused (hash table) */
    xmlHashTablePtr varHash;		/* Hash table of defined variables */

    int nb_types;			/* number of defined types */
    int max_types;			/* max number of types */
    xmlXPathTypePtr types;		/* Array of defined types */

    int nb_funcs_unused;		/* unused (hash table) */
    int max_funcs_unused;		/* unused (hash table) */
    xmlHashTablePtr funcHash;		/* Hash table of defined funcs */

    int nb_axis;			/* number of defined axis */
    int max_axis;			/* max number of axis */
    xmlXPathAxisPtr axis;		/* Array of defined axis */

    /* the namespace nodes of the context node */
    xmlNsPtr *namespaces;		/* Array of namespaces */
    int nsNr;				/* number of namespace in scope */
    void *user;				/* function to free */

    /* extra variables */
    int contextSize;			/* the context size */
    int proximityPosition;		/* the proximity position */

    /* extra stuff for XPointer */
    int xptr;				/* is this an XPointer context? */
    xmlNodePtr here;			/* for here() */
    xmlNodePtr origin;			/* for origin() */

    /* the set of namespace declarations in scope for the expression */
    xmlHashTablePtr nsHash;		/* The namespaces hash table */
    xmlXPathVariableLookupFunc varLookupFunc;/* variable lookup func */
    void *varLookupData;		/* variable lookup data */

    /* Possibility to link in an extra item */
    void *extra;                        /* needed for XSLT */

    /* The function name and URI when calling a function */
    const xmlChar *function;
    const xmlChar *functionURI;

    /* function lookup function and data */
    xmlXPathFuncLookupFunc funcLookupFunc;/* function lookup func */
    void *funcLookupData;		/* function lookup data */

    /* temporary namespace lists kept for walking the namespace axis */
    xmlNsPtr *tmpNsList;		/* Array of namespaces */
    int tmpNsNr;			/* number of namespaces in scope */

    /* error reporting mechanism */
    void *userData;                     /* user specific data block */
    xmlStructuredErrorFunc error;       /* the callback in case of errors */
    xmlError lastError;			/* the last error */
    xmlNodePtr debugNode;		/* the source node XSLT */

    /* dictionary */
    xmlDictPtr dict;			/* dictionary if any */

    int flags;				/* flags to control compilation */

    /* Cache for reusal of XPath objects */
    void *cache;
};

/*
 * The structure of a compiled expression form is not public.
 */

typedef struct _xmlXPathCompExpr xmlXPathCompExpr;
typedef xmlXPathCompExpr *xmlXPathCompExprPtr;

/**
 * xmlXPathParserContext:
 *
 * An XPath parser context. It contains pure parsing informations,
 * an xmlXPathContext, and the stack of objects.
 */
struct _xmlXPathParserContext {
    const xmlChar *cur;			/* the current char being parsed */
    const xmlChar *base;			/* the full expression */

    int error;				/* error code */

    xmlXPathContextPtr  context;	/* the evaluation context */
    xmlXPathObjectPtr     value;	/* the current value */
    int                 valueNr;	/* number of values stacked */
    int                valueMax;	/* max number of values stacked */
    xmlXPathObjectPtr *valueTab;	/* stack of values */

    xmlXPathCompExprPtr comp;		/* the precompiled expression */
    int xptr;				/* it this an XPointer expression */
    xmlNodePtr         ancestor;	/* used for walking preceding axis */

    int              valueFrame;        /* used to limit Pop on the stack */
};

/************************************************************************
 *									*
 *			Public API					*
 *									*
 ************************************************************************/

/**
 * Objects and Nodesets handling
 */

XMLPUBVAR double xmlXPathNAN;
XMLPUBVAR double xmlXPathPINF;
XMLPUBVAR double xmlXPathNINF;

/* These macros may later turn into functions */
/**
 * xmlXPathNodeSetGetLength:
 * @ns:  a node-set
 *
 * Implement a functionality similar to the DOM NodeList.length.
 *
 * Returns the number of nodes in the node-set.
 */
#define xmlXPathNodeSetGetLength(ns) ((ns) ? (ns)->nodeNr : 0)
/**
 * xmlXPathNodeSetItem:
 * @ns:  a node-set
 * @index:  index of a node in the set
 *
 * Implements a functionality similar to the DOM NodeList.item().
 *
 * Returns the xmlNodePtr at the given @index in @ns or NULL if
 *         @index is out of range (0 to length-1)
 */
#define xmlXPathNodeSetItem(ns, index)				\
		((((ns) != NULL) &&				\
		  ((index) >= 0) && ((index) < (ns)->nodeNr)) ?	\
		 (ns)->nodeTab[(index)]				\
		 : NULL)
/**
 * xmlXPathNodeSetIsEmpty:
 * @ns: a node-set
 *
 * Checks whether @ns is empty or not.
 *
 * Returns %TRUE if @ns is an empty node-set.
 */
#define xmlXPathNodeSetIsEmpty(ns)                                      \
    (((ns) == NULL) || ((ns)->nodeNr == 0) || ((ns)->nodeTab == NULL))


XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathFreeObject		(xmlXPathObjectPtr obj);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodeSetPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathNodeSetCreate	(xmlNodePtr val);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathFreeNodeSetList	(xmlXPathObjectPtr obj);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathFreeNodeSet		(xmlNodeSetPtr obj);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathObjectCopy		(xmlXPathObjectPtr val);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathCmpNodes		(xmlNodePtr node1,
						 xmlNodePtr node2);
/**
 * Conversion functions to basic types.
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathCastNumberToBoolean	(double val);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathCastStringToBoolean	(const xmlChar * val);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathCastNodeSetToBoolean(xmlNodeSetPtr ns);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathCastToBoolean	(xmlXPathObjectPtr val);

XMLPUBFUN double XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathCastBooleanToNumber	(int val);
XMLPUBFUN double XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathCastStringToNumber	(const xmlChar * val);
XMLPUBFUN double XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathCastNodeToNumber	(xmlNodePtr node);
XMLPUBFUN double XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathCastNodeSetToNumber	(xmlNodeSetPtr ns);
XMLPUBFUN double XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathCastToNumber	(xmlXPathObjectPtr val);

XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathCastBooleanToString	(int val);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathCastNumberToString	(double val);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathCastNodeToString	(xmlNodePtr node);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathCastNodeSetToString	(xmlNodeSetPtr ns);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathCastToString	(xmlXPathObjectPtr val);

XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathConvertBoolean	(xmlXPathObjectPtr val);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathConvertNumber	(xmlXPathObjectPtr val);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathConvertString	(xmlXPathObjectPtr val);

/**
 * Context handling.
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathContextPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathNewContext		(xmlDocPtr doc);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathFreeContext		(xmlXPathContextPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathContextSetCache(xmlXPathContextPtr ctxt,
				            int active,
					    int value,
					    int options);
/**
 * Evaluation functions.
 */
XMLPUBFUN long XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathOrderDocElems	(xmlDocPtr doc);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathSetContextNode	(xmlNodePtr node,
						 xmlXPathContextPtr ctx);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathNodeEval		(xmlNodePtr node,
						 const xmlChar *str,
						 xmlXPathContextPtr ctx);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathEval		(const xmlChar *str,
						 xmlXPathContextPtr ctx);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathEvalExpression	(const xmlChar *str,
						 xmlXPathContextPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathEvalPredicate	(xmlXPathContextPtr ctxt,
						 xmlXPathObjectPtr res);
/**
 * Separate compilation/evaluation entry points.
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathCompExprPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathCompile		(const xmlChar *str);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathCompExprPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathCtxtCompile		(xmlXPathContextPtr ctxt,
						 const xmlChar *str);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathCompiledEval	(xmlXPathCompExprPtr comp,
						 xmlXPathContextPtr ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathCompiledEvalToBoolean(xmlXPathCompExprPtr comp,
						 xmlXPathContextPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathFreeCompExpr	(xmlXPathCompExprPtr comp);
#endif /* LIBXML_XPATH_ENABLED */
#if defined(LIBXML_XPATH_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED)
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		    xmlXPathInit		(void);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlXPathIsNaN	(double val);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlXPathIsInf	(double val);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* LIBXML_XPATH_ENABLED or LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED*/
#endif /* ! __XML_XPATH_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: internal interfaces for XML Path Language implementation
 * Description: internal interfaces for XML Path Language implementation
 *              used to build new modules on top of XPath like XPointer and
 *              XSLT
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_XPATH_INTERNALS_H__
#define __XML_XPATH_INTERNALS_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/xpath.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_XPATH_ENABLED

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/************************************************************************
 *									*
 *			Helpers						*
 *									*
 ************************************************************************/

/*
 * Many of these macros may later turn into functions. They
 * shouldn't be used in #ifdef's preprocessor instructions.
 */
/**
 * xmlXPathSetError:
 * @ctxt:  an XPath parser context
 * @err:  an xmlXPathError code
 *
 * Raises an error.
 */
#define xmlXPathSetError(ctxt, err)					\
    { xmlXPatherror((ctxt), __FILE__, __LINE__, (err));			\
      if ((ctxt) != NULL) (ctxt)->error = (err); }

/**
 * xmlXPathSetArityError:
 * @ctxt:  an XPath parser context
 *
 * Raises an XPATH_INVALID_ARITY error.
 */
#define xmlXPathSetArityError(ctxt)					\
    xmlXPathSetError((ctxt), XPATH_INVALID_ARITY)

/**
 * xmlXPathSetTypeError:
 * @ctxt:  an XPath parser context
 *
 * Raises an XPATH_INVALID_TYPE error.
 */
#define xmlXPathSetTypeError(ctxt)					\
    xmlXPathSetError((ctxt), XPATH_INVALID_TYPE)

/**
 * xmlXPathGetError:
 * @ctxt:  an XPath parser context
 *
 * Get the error code of an XPath context.
 *
 * Returns the context error.
 */
#define xmlXPathGetError(ctxt)	  ((ctxt)->error)

/**
 * xmlXPathCheckError:
 * @ctxt:  an XPath parser context
 *
 * Check if an XPath error was raised.
 *
 * Returns true if an error has been raised, false otherwise.
 */
#define xmlXPathCheckError(ctxt)  ((ctxt)->error != XPATH_EXPRESSION_OK)

/**
 * xmlXPathGetDocument:
 * @ctxt:  an XPath parser context
 *
 * Get the document of an XPath context.
 *
 * Returns the context document.
 */
#define xmlXPathGetDocument(ctxt)	((ctxt)->context->doc)

/**
 * xmlXPathGetContextNode:
 * @ctxt: an XPath parser context
 *
 * Get the context node of an XPath context.
 *
 * Returns the context node.
 */
#define xmlXPathGetContextNode(ctxt)	((ctxt)->context->node)

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlXPathPopBoolean	(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN double XMLCALL
		xmlXPathPopNumber	(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlXPathPopString	(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodeSetPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathPopNodeSet	(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
		xmlXPathPopExternal	(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt);

/**
 * xmlXPathReturnBoolean:
 * @ctxt:  an XPath parser context
 * @val:  a boolean
 *
 * Pushes the boolean @val on the context stack.
 */
#define xmlXPathReturnBoolean(ctxt, val)				\
    valuePush((ctxt), xmlXPathNewBoolean(val))

/**
 * xmlXPathReturnTrue:
 * @ctxt:  an XPath parser context
 *
 * Pushes true on the context stack.
 */
#define xmlXPathReturnTrue(ctxt)   xmlXPathReturnBoolean((ctxt), 1)

/**
 * xmlXPathReturnFalse:
 * @ctxt:  an XPath parser context
 *
 * Pushes false on the context stack.
 */
#define xmlXPathReturnFalse(ctxt)  xmlXPathReturnBoolean((ctxt), 0)

/**
 * xmlXPathReturnNumber:
 * @ctxt:  an XPath parser context
 * @val:  a double
 *
 * Pushes the double @val on the context stack.
 */
#define xmlXPathReturnNumber(ctxt, val)					\
    valuePush((ctxt), xmlXPathNewFloat(val))

/**
 * xmlXPathReturnString:
 * @ctxt:  an XPath parser context
 * @str:  a string
 *
 * Pushes the string @str on the context stack.
 */
#define xmlXPathReturnString(ctxt, str)					\
    valuePush((ctxt), xmlXPathWrapString(str))

/**
 * xmlXPathReturnEmptyString:
 * @ctxt:  an XPath parser context
 *
 * Pushes an empty string on the stack.
 */
#define xmlXPathReturnEmptyString(ctxt)					\
    valuePush((ctxt), xmlXPathNewCString(""))

/**
 * xmlXPathReturnNodeSet:
 * @ctxt:  an XPath parser context
 * @ns:  a node-set
 *
 * Pushes the node-set @ns on the context stack.
 */
#define xmlXPathReturnNodeSet(ctxt, ns)					\
    valuePush((ctxt), xmlXPathWrapNodeSet(ns))

/**
 * xmlXPathReturnEmptyNodeSet:
 * @ctxt:  an XPath parser context
 *
 * Pushes an empty node-set on the context stack.
 */
#define xmlXPathReturnEmptyNodeSet(ctxt)				\
    valuePush((ctxt), xmlXPathNewNodeSet(NULL))

/**
 * xmlXPathReturnExternal:
 * @ctxt:  an XPath parser context
 * @val:  user data
 *
 * Pushes user data on the context stack.
 */
#define xmlXPathReturnExternal(ctxt, val)				\
    valuePush((ctxt), xmlXPathWrapExternal(val))

/**
 * xmlXPathStackIsNodeSet:
 * @ctxt: an XPath parser context
 *
 * Check if the current value on the XPath stack is a node set or
 * an XSLT value tree.
 *
 * Returns true if the current object on the stack is a node-set.
 */
#define xmlXPathStackIsNodeSet(ctxt)					\
    (((ctxt)->value != NULL)						\
     && (((ctxt)->value->type == XPATH_NODESET)				\
         || ((ctxt)->value->type == XPATH_XSLT_TREE)))

/**
 * xmlXPathStackIsExternal:
 * @ctxt: an XPath parser context
 *
 * Checks if the current value on the XPath stack is an external
 * object.
 *
 * Returns true if the current object on the stack is an external
 * object.
 */
#define xmlXPathStackIsExternal(ctxt)					\
	((ctxt->value != NULL) && (ctxt->value->type == XPATH_USERS))

/**
 * xmlXPathEmptyNodeSet:
 * @ns:  a node-set
 *
 * Empties a node-set.
 */
#define xmlXPathEmptyNodeSet(ns)					\
    { while ((ns)->nodeNr > 0) (ns)->nodeTab[--(ns)->nodeNr] = NULL; }

/**
 * CHECK_ERROR:
 *
 * Macro to return from the function if an XPath error was detected.
 */
#define CHECK_ERROR							\
    if (ctxt->error != XPATH_EXPRESSION_OK) return

/**
 * CHECK_ERROR0:
 *
 * Macro to return 0 from the function if an XPath error was detected.
 */
#define CHECK_ERROR0							\
    if (ctxt->error != XPATH_EXPRESSION_OK) return(0)

/**
 * XP_ERROR:
 * @X:  the error code
 *
 * Macro to raise an XPath error and return.
 */
#define XP_ERROR(X)							\
    { xmlXPathErr(ctxt, X); return; }

/**
 * XP_ERROR0:
 * @X:  the error code
 *
 * Macro to raise an XPath error and return 0.
 */
#define XP_ERROR0(X)							\
    { xmlXPathErr(ctxt, X); return(0); }

/**
 * CHECK_TYPE:
 * @typeval:  the XPath type
 *
 * Macro to check that the value on top of the XPath stack is of a given
 * type.
 */
#define CHECK_TYPE(typeval)						\
    if ((ctxt->value == NULL) || (ctxt->value->type != typeval))	\
        XP_ERROR(XPATH_INVALID_TYPE)

/**
 * CHECK_TYPE0:
 * @typeval:  the XPath type
 *
 * Macro to check that the value on top of the XPath stack is of a given
 * type. Return(0) in case of failure
 */
#define CHECK_TYPE0(typeval)						\
    if ((ctxt->value == NULL) || (ctxt->value->type != typeval))	\
        XP_ERROR0(XPATH_INVALID_TYPE)

/**
 * CHECK_ARITY:
 * @x:  the number of expected args
 *
 * Macro to check that the number of args passed to an XPath function matches.
 */
#define CHECK_ARITY(x)							\
    if (ctxt == NULL) return;						\
    if (nargs != (x))							\
        XP_ERROR(XPATH_INVALID_ARITY);					\
    if (ctxt->valueNr < ctxt->valueFrame + (x))				\
        XP_ERROR(XPATH_STACK_ERROR);

/**
 * CAST_TO_STRING:
 *
 * Macro to try to cast the value on the top of the XPath stack to a string.
 */
#define CAST_TO_STRING							\
    if ((ctxt->value != NULL) && (ctxt->value->type != XPATH_STRING))	\
        xmlXPathStringFunction(ctxt, 1);

/**
 * CAST_TO_NUMBER:
 *
 * Macro to try to cast the value on the top of the XPath stack to a number.
 */
#define CAST_TO_NUMBER							\
    if ((ctxt->value != NULL) && (ctxt->value->type != XPATH_NUMBER))	\
        xmlXPathNumberFunction(ctxt, 1);

/**
 * CAST_TO_BOOLEAN:
 *
 * Macro to try to cast the value on the top of the XPath stack to a boolean.
 */
#define CAST_TO_BOOLEAN							\
    if ((ctxt->value != NULL) && (ctxt->value->type != XPATH_BOOLEAN))	\
        xmlXPathBooleanFunction(ctxt, 1);

/*
 * Variable Lookup forwarding.
 */

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlXPathRegisterVariableLookup	(xmlXPathContextPtr ctxt,
					 xmlXPathVariableLookupFunc f,
					 void *data);

/*
 * Function Lookup forwarding.
 */

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	    xmlXPathRegisterFuncLookup	(xmlXPathContextPtr ctxt,
					 xmlXPathFuncLookupFunc f,
					 void *funcCtxt);

/*
 * Error reporting.
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlXPatherror	(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt,
				 const char *file,
				 int line,
				 int no);

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlXPathErr	(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt,
				 int error);

#ifdef LIBXML_DEBUG_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlXPathDebugDumpObject	(FILE *output,
					 xmlXPathObjectPtr cur,
					 int depth);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	    xmlXPathDebugDumpCompExpr(FILE *output,
					 xmlXPathCompExprPtr comp,
					 int depth);
#endif
/**
 * NodeSet handling.
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlXPathNodeSetContains		(xmlNodeSetPtr cur,
						 xmlNodePtr val);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodeSetPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathDifference		(xmlNodeSetPtr nodes1,
						 xmlNodeSetPtr nodes2);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodeSetPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathIntersection		(xmlNodeSetPtr nodes1,
						 xmlNodeSetPtr nodes2);

XMLPUBFUN xmlNodeSetPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathDistinctSorted		(xmlNodeSetPtr nodes);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodeSetPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathDistinct		(xmlNodeSetPtr nodes);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlXPathHasSameNodes		(xmlNodeSetPtr nodes1,
						 xmlNodeSetPtr nodes2);

XMLPUBFUN xmlNodeSetPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathNodeLeadingSorted	(xmlNodeSetPtr nodes,
						 xmlNodePtr node);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodeSetPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathLeadingSorted		(xmlNodeSetPtr nodes1,
						 xmlNodeSetPtr nodes2);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodeSetPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathNodeLeading		(xmlNodeSetPtr nodes,
						 xmlNodePtr node);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodeSetPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathLeading			(xmlNodeSetPtr nodes1,
						 xmlNodeSetPtr nodes2);

XMLPUBFUN xmlNodeSetPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathNodeTrailingSorted	(xmlNodeSetPtr nodes,
						 xmlNodePtr node);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodeSetPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathTrailingSorted		(xmlNodeSetPtr nodes1,
						 xmlNodeSetPtr nodes2);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodeSetPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathNodeTrailing		(xmlNodeSetPtr nodes,
						 xmlNodePtr node);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodeSetPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathTrailing		(xmlNodeSetPtr nodes1,
						 xmlNodeSetPtr nodes2);


/**
 * Extending a context.
 */

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlXPathRegisterNs		(xmlXPathContextPtr ctxt,
						 const xmlChar *prefix,
						 const xmlChar *ns_uri);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlXPathNsLookup		(xmlXPathContextPtr ctxt,
						 const xmlChar *prefix);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlXPathRegisteredNsCleanup	(xmlXPathContextPtr ctxt);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlXPathRegisterFunc		(xmlXPathContextPtr ctxt,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 xmlXPathFunction f);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlXPathRegisterFuncNS		(xmlXPathContextPtr ctxt,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 const xmlChar *ns_uri,
						 xmlXPathFunction f);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlXPathRegisterVariable	(xmlXPathContextPtr ctxt,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 xmlXPathObjectPtr value);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlXPathRegisterVariableNS	(xmlXPathContextPtr ctxt,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 const xmlChar *ns_uri,
						 xmlXPathObjectPtr value);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathFunction XMLCALL
		xmlXPathFunctionLookup		(xmlXPathContextPtr ctxt,
						 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathFunction XMLCALL
		xmlXPathFunctionLookupNS	(xmlXPathContextPtr ctxt,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 const xmlChar *ns_uri);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlXPathRegisteredFuncsCleanup	(xmlXPathContextPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathVariableLookup		(xmlXPathContextPtr ctxt,
						 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathVariableLookupNS	(xmlXPathContextPtr ctxt,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 const xmlChar *ns_uri);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlXPathRegisteredVariablesCleanup(xmlXPathContextPtr ctxt);

/**
 * Utilities to extend XPath.
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathParserContextPtr XMLCALL
		  xmlXPathNewParserContext	(const xmlChar *str,
						 xmlXPathContextPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlXPathFreeParserContext	(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt);

/* TODO: remap to xmlXPathValuePop and Push. */
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		valuePop			(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		valuePush			(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt,
						 xmlXPathObjectPtr value);

XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathNewString		(const xmlChar *val);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathNewCString		(const char *val);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathWrapString		(xmlChar *val);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathWrapCString		(char * val);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathNewFloat		(double val);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathNewBoolean		(int val);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathNewNodeSet		(xmlNodePtr val);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathNewValueTree		(xmlNodePtr val);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlXPathNodeSetAdd		(xmlNodeSetPtr cur,
						 xmlNodePtr val);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlXPathNodeSetAddUnique	(xmlNodeSetPtr cur,
						 xmlNodePtr val);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlXPathNodeSetAddNs		(xmlNodeSetPtr cur,
						 xmlNodePtr node,
						 xmlNsPtr ns);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlXPathNodeSetSort		(xmlNodeSetPtr set);

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlXPathRoot			(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlXPathEvalExpr		(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlXPathParseName		(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlXPathParseNCName		(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt);

/*
 * Existing functions.
 */
XMLPUBFUN double XMLCALL
		xmlXPathStringEvalNumber	(const xmlChar *str);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlXPathEvaluatePredicateResult (xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt,
						 xmlXPathObjectPtr res);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlXPathRegisterAllFunctions	(xmlXPathContextPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodeSetPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathNodeSetMerge		(xmlNodeSetPtr val1,
						 xmlNodeSetPtr val2);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlXPathNodeSetDel		(xmlNodeSetPtr cur,
						 xmlNodePtr val);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlXPathNodeSetRemove		(xmlNodeSetPtr cur,
						 int val);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathNewNodeSetList		(xmlNodeSetPtr val);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathWrapNodeSet		(xmlNodeSetPtr val);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXPathWrapExternal		(void *val);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlXPathEqualValues(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlXPathNotEqualValues(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlXPathCompareValues(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int inf, int strict);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathValueFlipSign(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathAddValues(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathSubValues(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathMultValues(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathDivValues(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathModValues(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlXPathIsNodeType(const xmlChar *name);

/*
 * Some of the axis navigation routines.
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL xmlXPathNextSelf(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt,
			xmlNodePtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL xmlXPathNextChild(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt,
			xmlNodePtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL xmlXPathNextDescendant(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt,
			xmlNodePtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL xmlXPathNextDescendantOrSelf(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt,
			xmlNodePtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL xmlXPathNextParent(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt,
			xmlNodePtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL xmlXPathNextAncestorOrSelf(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt,
			xmlNodePtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL xmlXPathNextFollowingSibling(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt,
			xmlNodePtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL xmlXPathNextFollowing(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt,
			xmlNodePtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL xmlXPathNextNamespace(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt,
			xmlNodePtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL xmlXPathNextAttribute(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt,
			xmlNodePtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL xmlXPathNextPreceding(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt,
			xmlNodePtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL xmlXPathNextAncestor(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt,
			xmlNodePtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL xmlXPathNextPrecedingSibling(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt,
			xmlNodePtr cur);
/*
 * The official core of XPath functions.
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathLastFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathPositionFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathCountFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathIdFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathLocalNameFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathNamespaceURIFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathStringFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathStringLengthFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathConcatFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathContainsFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathStartsWithFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathSubstringFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathSubstringBeforeFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathSubstringAfterFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathNormalizeFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathTranslateFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathNotFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathTrueFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathFalseFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathLangFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathNumberFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathSumFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathFloorFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathCeilingFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathRoundFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathBooleanFunction(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt, int nargs);

/**
 * Really internal functions
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlXPathNodeSetFreeNs(xmlNsPtr ns);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* LIBXML_XPATH_ENABLED */
#endif /* ! __XML_XPATH_INTERNALS_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: text writing API for XML
 * Description: text writing API for XML
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Alfred Mickautsch <alfred@mickautsch.de>
 */

#ifndef __XML_XMLWRITER_H__
#define __XML_XMLWRITER_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_WRITER_ENABLED

#include <stdarg.h>
#include <libxml/xmlIO.h>
#include <libxml/list.h>
#include <libxml/xmlstring.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

    typedef struct _xmlTextWriter xmlTextWriter;
    typedef xmlTextWriter *xmlTextWriterPtr;

/*
 * Constructors & Destructor
 */
    XMLPUBFUN xmlTextWriterPtr XMLCALL
        xmlNewTextWriter(xmlOutputBufferPtr out);
    XMLPUBFUN xmlTextWriterPtr XMLCALL
        xmlNewTextWriterFilename(const char *uri, int compression);
    XMLPUBFUN xmlTextWriterPtr XMLCALL
        xmlNewTextWriterMemory(xmlBufferPtr buf, int compression);
    XMLPUBFUN xmlTextWriterPtr XMLCALL
        xmlNewTextWriterPushParser(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt, int compression);
    XMLPUBFUN xmlTextWriterPtr XMLCALL
        xmlNewTextWriterDoc(xmlDocPtr * doc, int compression);
    XMLPUBFUN xmlTextWriterPtr XMLCALL
        xmlNewTextWriterTree(xmlDocPtr doc, xmlNodePtr node,
                             int compression);
    XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlFreeTextWriter(xmlTextWriterPtr writer);

/*
 * Functions
 */


/*
 * Document
 */
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterStartDocument(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                   const char *version,
                                   const char *encoding,
                                   const char *standalone);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterEndDocument(xmlTextWriterPtr
                                                   writer);

/*
 * Comments
 */
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterStartComment(xmlTextWriterPtr
                                                    writer);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterEndComment(xmlTextWriterPtr writer);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteFormatComment(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                        const char *format, ...)
					LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(2,3);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteVFormatComment(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                         const char *format,
                                         va_list argptr)
					 LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(2,0);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterWriteComment(xmlTextWriterPtr
                                                    writer,
                                                    const xmlChar *
                                                    content);

/*
 * Elements
 */
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterStartElement(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                  const xmlChar * name);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterStartElementNS(xmlTextWriterPtr
                                                      writer,
                                                      const xmlChar *
                                                      prefix,
                                                      const xmlChar * name,
                                                      const xmlChar *
                                                      namespaceURI);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterEndElement(xmlTextWriterPtr writer);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterFullEndElement(xmlTextWriterPtr
                                                      writer);

/*
 * Elements conveniency functions
 */
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteFormatElement(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                        const xmlChar * name,
                                        const char *format, ...)
					LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(3,4);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteVFormatElement(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                         const xmlChar * name,
                                         const char *format,
                                         va_list argptr)
					 LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(3,0);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterWriteElement(xmlTextWriterPtr
                                                    writer,
                                                    const xmlChar * name,
                                                    const xmlChar *
                                                    content);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteFormatElementNS(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                          const xmlChar * prefix,
                                          const xmlChar * name,
                                          const xmlChar * namespaceURI,
                                          const char *format, ...)
					  LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(5,6);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteVFormatElementNS(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                           const xmlChar * prefix,
                                           const xmlChar * name,
                                           const xmlChar * namespaceURI,
                                           const char *format,
                                           va_list argptr)
					   LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(5,0);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterWriteElementNS(xmlTextWriterPtr
                                                      writer,
                                                      const xmlChar *
                                                      prefix,
                                                      const xmlChar * name,
                                                      const xmlChar *
                                                      namespaceURI,
                                                      const xmlChar *
                                                      content);

/*
 * Text
 */
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteFormatRaw(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                    const char *format, ...)
				    LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(2,3);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteVFormatRaw(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                     const char *format, va_list argptr)
				     LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(2,0);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteRawLen(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                 const xmlChar * content, int len);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteRaw(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                              const xmlChar * content);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterWriteFormatString(xmlTextWriterPtr
                                                         writer,
                                                         const char
                                                         *format, ...)
							 LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(2,3);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterWriteVFormatString(xmlTextWriterPtr
                                                          writer,
                                                          const char
                                                          *format,
                                                          va_list argptr)
							  LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(2,0);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterWriteString(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                                   const xmlChar *
                                                   content);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterWriteBase64(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                                   const char *data,
                                                   int start, int len);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterWriteBinHex(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                                   const char *data,
                                                   int start, int len);

/*
 * Attributes
 */
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterStartAttribute(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                    const xmlChar * name);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterStartAttributeNS(xmlTextWriterPtr
                                                        writer,
                                                        const xmlChar *
                                                        prefix,
                                                        const xmlChar *
                                                        name,
                                                        const xmlChar *
                                                        namespaceURI);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterEndAttribute(xmlTextWriterPtr
                                                    writer);

/*
 * Attributes conveniency functions
 */
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteFormatAttribute(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                          const xmlChar * name,
                                          const char *format, ...)
					  LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(3,4);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteVFormatAttribute(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                           const xmlChar * name,
                                           const char *format,
                                           va_list argptr)
					   LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(3,0);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterWriteAttribute(xmlTextWriterPtr
                                                      writer,
                                                      const xmlChar * name,
                                                      const xmlChar *
                                                      content);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteFormatAttributeNS(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                            const xmlChar * prefix,
                                            const xmlChar * name,
                                            const xmlChar * namespaceURI,
                                            const char *format, ...)
					    LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(5,6);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteVFormatAttributeNS(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                             const xmlChar * prefix,
                                             const xmlChar * name,
                                             const xmlChar * namespaceURI,
                                             const char *format,
                                             va_list argptr)
					     LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(5,0);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterWriteAttributeNS(xmlTextWriterPtr
                                                        writer,
                                                        const xmlChar *
                                                        prefix,
                                                        const xmlChar *
                                                        name,
                                                        const xmlChar *
                                                        namespaceURI,
                                                        const xmlChar *
                                                        content);

/*
 * PI's
 */
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterStartPI(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                             const xmlChar * target);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterEndPI(xmlTextWriterPtr writer);

/*
 * PI conveniency functions
 */
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteFormatPI(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                   const xmlChar * target,
                                   const char *format, ...)
				   LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(3,4);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteVFormatPI(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                    const xmlChar * target,
                                    const char *format, va_list argptr)
				    LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(3,0);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWritePI(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                             const xmlChar * target,
                             const xmlChar * content);

/**
 * xmlTextWriterWriteProcessingInstruction:
 *
 * This macro maps to xmlTextWriterWritePI
 */
#define xmlTextWriterWriteProcessingInstruction xmlTextWriterWritePI

/*
 * CDATA
 */
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterStartCDATA(xmlTextWriterPtr writer);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterEndCDATA(xmlTextWriterPtr writer);

/*
 * CDATA conveniency functions
 */
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteFormatCDATA(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                      const char *format, ...)
				      LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(2,3);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteVFormatCDATA(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                       const char *format, va_list argptr)
				       LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(2,0);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteCDATA(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                const xmlChar * content);

/*
 * DTD
 */
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterStartDTD(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                              const xmlChar * name,
                              const xmlChar * pubid,
                              const xmlChar * sysid);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterEndDTD(xmlTextWriterPtr writer);

/*
 * DTD conveniency functions
 */
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteFormatDTD(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                    const xmlChar * name,
                                    const xmlChar * pubid,
                                    const xmlChar * sysid,
                                    const char *format, ...)
				    LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(5,6);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteVFormatDTD(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                     const xmlChar * name,
                                     const xmlChar * pubid,
                                     const xmlChar * sysid,
                                     const char *format, va_list argptr)
				     LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(5,0);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteDTD(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                              const xmlChar * name,
                              const xmlChar * pubid,
                              const xmlChar * sysid,
                              const xmlChar * subset);

/**
 * xmlTextWriterWriteDocType:
 *
 * this macro maps to xmlTextWriterWriteDTD
 */
#define xmlTextWriterWriteDocType xmlTextWriterWriteDTD

/*
 * DTD element definition
 */
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterStartDTDElement(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                     const xmlChar * name);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterEndDTDElement(xmlTextWriterPtr
                                                     writer);

/*
 * DTD element definition conveniency functions
 */
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteFormatDTDElement(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                           const xmlChar * name,
                                           const char *format, ...)
					   LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(3,4);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteVFormatDTDElement(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                            const xmlChar * name,
                                            const char *format,
                                            va_list argptr)
					    LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(3,0);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterWriteDTDElement(xmlTextWriterPtr
                                                       writer,
                                                       const xmlChar *
                                                       name,
                                                       const xmlChar *
                                                       content);

/*
 * DTD attribute list definition
 */
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterStartDTDAttlist(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                     const xmlChar * name);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterEndDTDAttlist(xmlTextWriterPtr
                                                     writer);

/*
 * DTD attribute list definition conveniency functions
 */
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteFormatDTDAttlist(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                           const xmlChar * name,
                                           const char *format, ...)
					   LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(3,4);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteVFormatDTDAttlist(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                            const xmlChar * name,
                                            const char *format,
                                            va_list argptr)
					    LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(3,0);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterWriteDTDAttlist(xmlTextWriterPtr
                                                       writer,
                                                       const xmlChar *
                                                       name,
                                                       const xmlChar *
                                                       content);

/*
 * DTD entity definition
 */
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterStartDTDEntity(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                    int pe, const xmlChar * name);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterEndDTDEntity(xmlTextWriterPtr
                                                    writer);

/*
 * DTD entity definition conveniency functions
 */
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteFormatDTDInternalEntity(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                                  int pe,
                                                  const xmlChar * name,
                                                  const char *format, ...)
						  LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(4,5);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteVFormatDTDInternalEntity(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                                   int pe,
                                                   const xmlChar * name,
                                                   const char *format,
                                                   va_list argptr)
						   LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(4,0);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteDTDInternalEntity(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                            int pe,
                                            const xmlChar * name,
                                            const xmlChar * content);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteDTDExternalEntity(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                            int pe,
                                            const xmlChar * name,
                                            const xmlChar * pubid,
                                            const xmlChar * sysid,
                                            const xmlChar * ndataid);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteDTDExternalEntityContents(xmlTextWriterPtr
                                                    writer,
                                                    const xmlChar * pubid,
                                                    const xmlChar * sysid,
                                                    const xmlChar *
                                                    ndataid);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterWriteDTDEntity(xmlTextWriterPtr
                                                      writer, int pe,
                                                      const xmlChar * name,
                                                      const xmlChar *
                                                      pubid,
                                                      const xmlChar *
                                                      sysid,
                                                      const xmlChar *
                                                      ndataid,
                                                      const xmlChar *
                                                      content);

/*
 * DTD notation definition
 */
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterWriteDTDNotation(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                      const xmlChar * name,
                                      const xmlChar * pubid,
                                      const xmlChar * sysid);

/*
 * Indentation
 */
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterSetIndent(xmlTextWriterPtr writer, int indent);
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterSetIndentString(xmlTextWriterPtr writer,
                                     const xmlChar * str);

    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlTextWriterSetQuoteChar(xmlTextWriterPtr writer, xmlChar quotechar);


/*
 * misc
 */
    XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlTextWriterFlush(xmlTextWriterPtr writer);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* LIBXML_WRITER_ENABLED */

#endif                          /* __XML_XMLWRITER_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: minimal FTP implementation
 * Description: minimal FTP implementation allowing to fetch resources
 *              like external subset.
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __NANO_FTP_H__
#define __NANO_FTP_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_FTP_ENABLED

/* Needed for portability to Windows 64 bits */
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
#include <winsock2.h>
#else
/**
 * SOCKET:
 *
 * macro used to provide portability of code to windows sockets
 */
#define SOCKET int
/**
 * INVALID_SOCKET:
 *
 * macro used to provide portability of code to windows sockets
 * the value to be used when the socket is not valid
 */
#undef  INVALID_SOCKET
#define INVALID_SOCKET (-1)
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * ftpListCallback:
 * @userData:  user provided data for the callback
 * @filename:  the file name (including "->" when links are shown)
 * @attrib:  the attribute string
 * @owner:  the owner string
 * @group:  the group string
 * @size:  the file size
 * @links:  the link count
 * @year:  the year
 * @month:  the month
 * @day:  the day
 * @hour:  the hour
 * @minute:  the minute
 *
 * A callback for the xmlNanoFTPList command.
 * Note that only one of year and day:minute are specified.
 */
typedef void (*ftpListCallback) (void *userData,
	                         const char *filename, const char *attrib,
	                         const char *owner, const char *group,
				 unsigned long size, int links, int year,
				 const char *month, int day, int hour,
				 int minute);
/**
 * ftpDataCallback:
 * @userData: the user provided context
 * @data: the data received
 * @len: its size in bytes
 *
 * A callback for the xmlNanoFTPGet command.
 */
typedef void (*ftpDataCallback) (void *userData,
				 const char *data,
				 int len);

/*
 * Init
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlNanoFTPInit		(void);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlNanoFTPCleanup	(void);

/*
 * Creating/freeing contexts.
 */
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
	xmlNanoFTPNewCtxt	(const char *URL);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlNanoFTPFreeCtxt	(void * ctx);
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
	xmlNanoFTPConnectTo	(const char *server,
				 int port);
/*
 * Opening/closing session connections.
 */
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
	xmlNanoFTPOpen		(const char *URL);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlNanoFTPConnect	(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlNanoFTPClose		(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlNanoFTPQuit		(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlNanoFTPScanProxy	(const char *URL);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlNanoFTPProxy		(const char *host,
				 int port,
				 const char *user,
				 const char *passwd,
				 int type);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlNanoFTPUpdateURL	(void *ctx,
				 const char *URL);

/*
 * Rather internal commands.
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlNanoFTPGetResponse	(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlNanoFTPCheckResponse	(void *ctx);

/*
 * CD/DIR/GET handlers.
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlNanoFTPCwd		(void *ctx,
				 const char *directory);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlNanoFTPDele		(void *ctx,
				 const char *file);

XMLPUBFUN SOCKET XMLCALL
	xmlNanoFTPGetConnection	(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlNanoFTPCloseConnection(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlNanoFTPList		(void *ctx,
				 ftpListCallback callback,
				 void *userData,
				 const char *filename);
XMLPUBFUN SOCKET XMLCALL
	xmlNanoFTPGetSocket	(void *ctx,
				 const char *filename);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlNanoFTPGet		(void *ctx,
				 ftpDataCallback callback,
				 void *userData,
				 const char *filename);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlNanoFTPRead		(void *ctx,
				 void *dest,
				 int len);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* LIBXML_FTP_ENABLED */
#endif /* __NANO_FTP_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: the XML document serializer
 * Description: API to save document or subtree of document
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_XMLSAVE_H__
#define __XML_XMLSAVE_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/tree.h>
#include <libxml/encoding.h>
#include <libxml/xmlIO.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * xmlSaveOption:
 *
 * This is the set of XML save options that can be passed down
 * to the xmlSaveToFd() and similar calls.
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_SAVE_FORMAT     = 1<<0,	/* format save output */
    XML_SAVE_NO_DECL    = 1<<1,	/* drop the xml declaration */
    XML_SAVE_NO_EMPTY	= 1<<2, /* no empty tags */
    XML_SAVE_NO_XHTML	= 1<<3, /* disable XHTML1 specific rules */
    XML_SAVE_XHTML	= 1<<4, /* force XHTML1 specific rules */
    XML_SAVE_AS_XML     = 1<<5, /* force XML serialization on HTML doc */
    XML_SAVE_AS_HTML    = 1<<6, /* force HTML serialization on XML doc */
    XML_SAVE_WSNONSIG   = 1<<7  /* format with non-significant whitespace */
} xmlSaveOption;


typedef struct _xmlSaveCtxt xmlSaveCtxt;
typedef xmlSaveCtxt *xmlSaveCtxtPtr;

XMLPUBFUN xmlSaveCtxtPtr XMLCALL
		xmlSaveToFd		(int fd,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN xmlSaveCtxtPtr XMLCALL
		xmlSaveToFilename	(const char *filename,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);

XMLPUBFUN xmlSaveCtxtPtr XMLCALL
		xmlSaveToBuffer		(xmlBufferPtr buffer,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);

XMLPUBFUN xmlSaveCtxtPtr XMLCALL
		xmlSaveToIO		(xmlOutputWriteCallback iowrite,
					 xmlOutputCloseCallback ioclose,
					 void *ioctx,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);

XMLPUBFUN long XMLCALL
		xmlSaveDoc		(xmlSaveCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr doc);
XMLPUBFUN long XMLCALL
		xmlSaveTree		(xmlSaveCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlNodePtr node);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSaveFlush		(xmlSaveCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSaveClose		(xmlSaveCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSaveSetEscape	(xmlSaveCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlCharEncodingOutputFunc escape);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSaveSetAttrEscape	(xmlSaveCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlCharEncodingOutputFunc escape);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED */
#endif /* __XML_XMLSAVE_H__ */


/*
 * Summary: lists interfaces
 * Description: this module implement the list support used in
 * various place in the library.
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Gary Pennington <Gary.Pennington@uk.sun.com>
 */

#ifndef __XML_LINK_INCLUDE__
#define __XML_LINK_INCLUDE__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct _xmlLink xmlLink;
typedef xmlLink *xmlLinkPtr;

typedef struct _xmlList xmlList;
typedef xmlList *xmlListPtr;

/**
 * xmlListDeallocator:
 * @lk:  the data to deallocate
 *
 * Callback function used to free data from a list.
 */
typedef void (*xmlListDeallocator) (xmlLinkPtr lk);
/**
 * xmlListDataCompare:
 * @data0: the first data
 * @data1: the second data
 *
 * Callback function used to compare 2 data.
 *
 * Returns 0 is equality, -1 or 1 otherwise depending on the ordering.
 */
typedef int  (*xmlListDataCompare) (const void *data0, const void *data1);
/**
 * xmlListWalker:
 * @data: the data found in the list
 * @user: extra user provided data to the walker
 *
 * Callback function used when walking a list with xmlListWalk().
 *
 * Returns 0 to stop walking the list, 1 otherwise.
 */
typedef int (*xmlListWalker) (const void *data, const void *user);

/* Creation/Deletion */
XMLPUBFUN xmlListPtr XMLCALL
		xmlListCreate		(xmlListDeallocator deallocator,
	                                 xmlListDataCompare compare);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlListDelete		(xmlListPtr l);

/* Basic Operators */
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
		xmlListSearch		(xmlListPtr l,
					 void *data);
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
		xmlListReverseSearch	(xmlListPtr l,
					 void *data);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlListInsert		(xmlListPtr l,
					 void *data) ;
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlListAppend		(xmlListPtr l,
					 void *data) ;
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlListRemoveFirst	(xmlListPtr l,
					 void *data);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlListRemoveLast	(xmlListPtr l,
					 void *data);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlListRemoveAll	(xmlListPtr l,
					 void *data);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlListClear		(xmlListPtr l);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlListEmpty		(xmlListPtr l);
XMLPUBFUN xmlLinkPtr XMLCALL
		xmlListFront		(xmlListPtr l);
XMLPUBFUN xmlLinkPtr XMLCALL
		xmlListEnd		(xmlListPtr l);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlListSize		(xmlListPtr l);

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlListPopFront		(xmlListPtr l);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlListPopBack		(xmlListPtr l);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlListPushFront	(xmlListPtr l,
					 void *data);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlListPushBack		(xmlListPtr l,
					 void *data);

/* Advanced Operators */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlListReverse		(xmlListPtr l);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlListSort		(xmlListPtr l);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlListWalk		(xmlListPtr l,
					 xmlListWalker walker,
					 const void *user);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlListReverseWalk	(xmlListPtr l,
					 xmlListWalker walker,
					 const void *user);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlListMerge		(xmlListPtr l1,
					 xmlListPtr l2);
XMLPUBFUN xmlListPtr XMLCALL
		xmlListDup		(const xmlListPtr old);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlListCopy		(xmlListPtr cur,
					 const xmlListPtr old);
/* Link operators */
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
		xmlLinkGetData          (xmlLinkPtr lk);

/* xmlListUnique() */
/* xmlListSwap */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* __XML_LINK_INCLUDE__ */
/*
 * Summary: minimal HTTP implementation
 * Description: minimal HTTP implementation allowing to fetch resources
 *              like external subset.
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __NANO_HTTP_H__
#define __NANO_HTTP_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_HTTP_ENABLED

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlNanoHTTPInit		(void);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlNanoHTTPCleanup	(void);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlNanoHTTPScanProxy	(const char *URL);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlNanoHTTPFetch	(const char *URL,
				 const char *filename,
				 char **contentType);
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
	xmlNanoHTTPMethod	(const char *URL,
				 const char *method,
				 const char *input,
				 char **contentType,
				 const char *headers,
				 int   ilen);
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
	xmlNanoHTTPMethodRedir	(const char *URL,
				 const char *method,
				 const char *input,
				 char **contentType,
				 char **redir,
				 const char *headers,
				 int   ilen);
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
	xmlNanoHTTPOpen		(const char *URL,
				 char **contentType);
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
	xmlNanoHTTPOpenRedir	(const char *URL,
				 char **contentType,
				 char **redir);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlNanoHTTPReturnCode	(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN const char * XMLCALL
	xmlNanoHTTPAuthHeader	(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN const char * XMLCALL
	xmlNanoHTTPRedir	(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlNanoHTTPContentLength( void * ctx );
XMLPUBFUN const char * XMLCALL
	xmlNanoHTTPEncoding	(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN const char * XMLCALL
	xmlNanoHTTPMimeType	(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlNanoHTTPRead		(void *ctx,
				 void *dest,
				 int len);
#ifdef LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlNanoHTTPSave		(void *ctxt,
				 const char *filename);
#endif /* LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlNanoHTTPClose	(void *ctx);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* LIBXML_HTTP_ENABLED */
#endif /* __NANO_HTTP_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: The DTD validation
 * Description: API for the DTD handling and the validity checking
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */


#ifndef __XML_VALID_H__
#define __XML_VALID_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/xmlerror.h>
#include <libxml/tree.h>
#include <libxml/list.h>
#include <libxml/xmlautomata.h>
#include <libxml/xmlregexp.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * Validation state added for non-determinist content model.
 */
typedef struct _xmlValidState xmlValidState;
typedef xmlValidState *xmlValidStatePtr;

/**
 * xmlValidityErrorFunc:
 * @ctx:  usually an xmlValidCtxtPtr to a validity error context,
 *        but comes from ctxt->userData (which normally contains such
 *        a pointer); ctxt->userData can be changed by the user.
 * @msg:  the string to format *printf like vararg
 * @...:  remaining arguments to the format
 *
 * Callback called when a validity error is found. This is a message
 * oriented function similar to an *printf function.
 */
typedef void (XMLCDECL *xmlValidityErrorFunc) (void *ctx,
			     const char *msg,
			     ...) LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(2,3);

/**
 * xmlValidityWarningFunc:
 * @ctx:  usually an xmlValidCtxtPtr to a validity error context,
 *        but comes from ctxt->userData (which normally contains such
 *        a pointer); ctxt->userData can be changed by the user.
 * @msg:  the string to format *printf like vararg
 * @...:  remaining arguments to the format
 *
 * Callback called when a validity warning is found. This is a message
 * oriented function similar to an *printf function.
 */
typedef void (XMLCDECL *xmlValidityWarningFunc) (void *ctx,
			       const char *msg,
			       ...) LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(2,3);

#ifdef IN_LIBXML
/**
 * XML_CTXT_FINISH_DTD_0:
 *
 * Special value for finishDtd field when embedded in an xmlParserCtxt
 */
#define XML_CTXT_FINISH_DTD_0 0xabcd1234
/**
 * XML_CTXT_FINISH_DTD_1:
 *
 * Special value for finishDtd field when embedded in an xmlParserCtxt
 */
#define XML_CTXT_FINISH_DTD_1 0xabcd1235
#endif

/*
 * xmlValidCtxt:
 * An xmlValidCtxt is used for error reporting when validating.
 */
typedef struct _xmlValidCtxt xmlValidCtxt;
typedef xmlValidCtxt *xmlValidCtxtPtr;
struct _xmlValidCtxt {
    void *userData;			/* user specific data block */
    xmlValidityErrorFunc error;		/* the callback in case of errors */
    xmlValidityWarningFunc warning;	/* the callback in case of warning */

    /* Node analysis stack used when validating within entities */
    xmlNodePtr         node;          /* Current parsed Node */
    int                nodeNr;        /* Depth of the parsing stack */
    int                nodeMax;       /* Max depth of the parsing stack */
    xmlNodePtr        *nodeTab;       /* array of nodes */

    unsigned int     finishDtd;       /* finished validating the Dtd ? */
    xmlDocPtr              doc;       /* the document */
    int                  valid;       /* temporary validity check result */

    /* state state used for non-determinist content validation */
    xmlValidState     *vstate;        /* current state */
    int                vstateNr;      /* Depth of the validation stack */
    int                vstateMax;     /* Max depth of the validation stack */
    xmlValidState     *vstateTab;     /* array of validation states */

#ifdef LIBXML_REGEXP_ENABLED
    xmlAutomataPtr            am;     /* the automata */
    xmlAutomataStatePtr    state;     /* used to build the automata */
#else
    void                     *am;
    void                  *state;
#endif
};

/*
 * ALL notation declarations are stored in a table.
 * There is one table per DTD.
 */

typedef struct _xmlHashTable xmlNotationTable;
typedef xmlNotationTable *xmlNotationTablePtr;

/*
 * ALL element declarations are stored in a table.
 * There is one table per DTD.
 */

typedef struct _xmlHashTable xmlElementTable;
typedef xmlElementTable *xmlElementTablePtr;

/*
 * ALL attribute declarations are stored in a table.
 * There is one table per DTD.
 */

typedef struct _xmlHashTable xmlAttributeTable;
typedef xmlAttributeTable *xmlAttributeTablePtr;

/*
 * ALL IDs attributes are stored in a table.
 * There is one table per document.
 */

typedef struct _xmlHashTable xmlIDTable;
typedef xmlIDTable *xmlIDTablePtr;

/*
 * ALL Refs attributes are stored in a table.
 * There is one table per document.
 */

typedef struct _xmlHashTable xmlRefTable;
typedef xmlRefTable *xmlRefTablePtr;

/* Notation */
XMLPUBFUN xmlNotationPtr XMLCALL
		xmlAddNotationDecl	(xmlValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDtdPtr dtd,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *PublicID,
					 const xmlChar *SystemID);
#ifdef LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN xmlNotationTablePtr XMLCALL
		xmlCopyNotationTable	(xmlNotationTablePtr table);
#endif /* LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlFreeNotationTable	(xmlNotationTablePtr table);
#ifdef LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlDumpNotationDecl	(xmlBufferPtr buf,
					 xmlNotationPtr nota);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlDumpNotationTable	(xmlBufferPtr buf,
					 xmlNotationTablePtr table);
#endif /* LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED */

/* Element Content */
/* the non Doc version are being deprecated */
XMLPUBFUN xmlElementContentPtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewElementContent	(const xmlChar *name,
					 xmlElementContentType type);
XMLPUBFUN xmlElementContentPtr XMLCALL
		xmlCopyElementContent	(xmlElementContentPtr content);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlFreeElementContent	(xmlElementContentPtr cur);
/* the new versions with doc argument */
XMLPUBFUN xmlElementContentPtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewDocElementContent	(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 xmlElementContentType type);
XMLPUBFUN xmlElementContentPtr XMLCALL
		xmlCopyDocElementContent(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlElementContentPtr content);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlFreeDocElementContent(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlElementContentPtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSnprintfElementContent(char *buf,
					 int size,
	                                 xmlElementContentPtr content,
					 int englob);
#ifdef LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED
/* DEPRECATED */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSprintfElementContent(char *buf,
	                                 xmlElementContentPtr content,
					 int englob);
#endif /* LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED */
/* DEPRECATED */

/* Element */
XMLPUBFUN xmlElementPtr XMLCALL
		xmlAddElementDecl	(xmlValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDtdPtr dtd,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 xmlElementTypeVal type,
					 xmlElementContentPtr content);
#ifdef LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN xmlElementTablePtr XMLCALL
		xmlCopyElementTable	(xmlElementTablePtr table);
#endif /* LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlFreeElementTable	(xmlElementTablePtr table);
#ifdef LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlDumpElementTable	(xmlBufferPtr buf,
					 xmlElementTablePtr table);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlDumpElementDecl	(xmlBufferPtr buf,
					 xmlElementPtr elem);
#endif /* LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED */

/* Enumeration */
XMLPUBFUN xmlEnumerationPtr XMLCALL
		xmlCreateEnumeration	(const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlFreeEnumeration	(xmlEnumerationPtr cur);
#ifdef LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN xmlEnumerationPtr XMLCALL
		xmlCopyEnumeration	(xmlEnumerationPtr cur);
#endif /* LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED */

/* Attribute */
XMLPUBFUN xmlAttributePtr XMLCALL
		xmlAddAttributeDecl	(xmlValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDtdPtr dtd,
					 const xmlChar *elem,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *ns,
					 xmlAttributeType type,
					 xmlAttributeDefault def,
					 const xmlChar *defaultValue,
					 xmlEnumerationPtr tree);
#ifdef LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN xmlAttributeTablePtr XMLCALL
		xmlCopyAttributeTable  (xmlAttributeTablePtr table);
#endif /* LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlFreeAttributeTable  (xmlAttributeTablePtr table);
#ifdef LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlDumpAttributeTable  (xmlBufferPtr buf,
					xmlAttributeTablePtr table);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlDumpAttributeDecl   (xmlBufferPtr buf,
					xmlAttributePtr attr);
#endif /* LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED */

/* IDs */
XMLPUBFUN xmlIDPtr XMLCALL
		xmlAddID	       (xmlValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					xmlDocPtr doc,
					const xmlChar *value,
					xmlAttrPtr attr);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlFreeIDTable	       (xmlIDTablePtr table);
XMLPUBFUN xmlAttrPtr XMLCALL
		xmlGetID	       (xmlDocPtr doc,
					const xmlChar *ID);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlIsID		       (xmlDocPtr doc,
					xmlNodePtr elem,
					xmlAttrPtr attr);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlRemoveID	       (xmlDocPtr doc,
					xmlAttrPtr attr);

/* IDREFs */
XMLPUBFUN xmlRefPtr XMLCALL
		xmlAddRef	       (xmlValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					xmlDocPtr doc,
					const xmlChar *value,
					xmlAttrPtr attr);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlFreeRefTable	       (xmlRefTablePtr table);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlIsRef	       (xmlDocPtr doc,
					xmlNodePtr elem,
					xmlAttrPtr attr);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlRemoveRef	       (xmlDocPtr doc,
					xmlAttrPtr attr);
XMLPUBFUN xmlListPtr XMLCALL
		xmlGetRefs	       (xmlDocPtr doc,
					const xmlChar *ID);

/**
 * The public function calls related to validity checking.
 */
#ifdef LIBXML_VALID_ENABLED
/* Allocate/Release Validation Contexts */
XMLPUBFUN xmlValidCtxtPtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewValidCtxt(void);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlFreeValidCtxt(xmlValidCtxtPtr);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidateRoot		(xmlValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr doc);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidateElementDecl	(xmlValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
		                         xmlElementPtr elem);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlValidNormalizeAttributeValue(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr elem,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *value);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlValidCtxtNormalizeAttributeValue(xmlValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr elem,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *value);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidateAttributeDecl(xmlValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
		                         xmlAttributePtr attr);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidateAttributeValue(xmlAttributeType type,
					 const xmlChar *value);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidateNotationDecl	(xmlValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
		                         xmlNotationPtr nota);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidateDtd		(xmlValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlDtdPtr dtd);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidateDtdFinal	(xmlValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr doc);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidateDocument	(xmlValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr doc);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidateElement	(xmlValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr elem);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidateOneElement	(xmlValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
		                         xmlNodePtr elem);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidateOneAttribute	(xmlValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr	elem,
					 xmlAttrPtr attr,
					 const xmlChar *value);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidateOneNamespace	(xmlValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr elem,
					 const xmlChar *prefix,
					 xmlNsPtr ns,
					 const xmlChar *value);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidateDocumentFinal(xmlValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr doc);
#endif /* LIBXML_VALID_ENABLED */

#if defined(LIBXML_VALID_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED)
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidateNotationUse	(xmlValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
					 const xmlChar *notationName);
#endif /* LIBXML_VALID_ENABLED or LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED */

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlIsMixedElement	(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN xmlAttributePtr XMLCALL
		xmlGetDtdAttrDesc	(xmlDtdPtr dtd,
					 const xmlChar *elem,
					 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN xmlAttributePtr XMLCALL
		xmlGetDtdQAttrDesc	(xmlDtdPtr dtd,
					 const xmlChar *elem,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *prefix);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNotationPtr XMLCALL
		xmlGetDtdNotationDesc	(xmlDtdPtr dtd,
					 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN xmlElementPtr XMLCALL
		xmlGetDtdQElementDesc	(xmlDtdPtr dtd,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *prefix);
XMLPUBFUN xmlElementPtr XMLCALL
		xmlGetDtdElementDesc	(xmlDtdPtr dtd,
					 const xmlChar *name);

#ifdef LIBXML_VALID_ENABLED

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidGetPotentialChildren(xmlElementContent *ctree,
					 const xmlChar **names,
					 int *len,
					 int max);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidGetValidElements(xmlNode *prev,
					 xmlNode *next,
					 const xmlChar **names,
					 int max);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidateNameValue	(const xmlChar *value);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidateNamesValue	(const xmlChar *value);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidateNmtokenValue	(const xmlChar *value);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidateNmtokensValue(const xmlChar *value);

#ifdef LIBXML_REGEXP_ENABLED
/*
 * Validation based on the regexp support
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidBuildContentModel(xmlValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlElementPtr elem);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidatePushElement	(xmlValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr elem,
					 const xmlChar *qname);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidatePushCData	(xmlValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 const xmlChar *data,
					 int len);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidatePopElement	(xmlValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr elem,
					 const xmlChar *qname);
#endif /* LIBXML_REGEXP_ENABLED */
#endif /* LIBXML_VALID_ENABLED */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __XML_VALID_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: interface for the encoding conversion functions
 * Description: interface for the encoding conversion functions needed for
 *              XML basic encoding and iconv() support.
 *
 * Related specs are
 * rfc2044        (UTF-8 and UTF-16) F. Yergeau Alis Technologies
 * [ISO-10646]    UTF-8 and UTF-16 in Annexes
 * [ISO-8859-1]   ISO Latin-1 characters codes.
 * [UNICODE]      The Unicode Consortium, "The Unicode Standard --
 *                Worldwide Character Encoding -- Version 1.0", Addison-
 *                Wesley, Volume 1, 1991, Volume 2, 1992.  UTF-8 is
 *                described in Unicode Technical Report #4.
 * [US-ASCII]     Coded Character Set--7-bit American Standard Code for
 *                Information Interchange, ANSI X3.4-1986.
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_CHAR_ENCODING_H__
#define __XML_CHAR_ENCODING_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_ICONV_ENABLED
#include <iconv.h>
#endif
#ifdef LIBXML_ICU_ENABLED
#include <unicode/ucnv.h>
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * xmlCharEncoding:
 *
 * Predefined values for some standard encodings.
 * Libxml does not do beforehand translation on UTF8 and ISOLatinX.
 * It also supports ASCII, ISO-8859-1, and UTF16 (LE and BE) by default.
 *
 * Anything else would have to be translated to UTF8 before being
 * given to the parser itself. The BOM for UTF16 and the encoding
 * declaration are looked at and a converter is looked for at that
 * point. If not found the parser stops here as asked by the XML REC. A
 * converter can be registered by the user using xmlRegisterCharEncodingHandler
 * but the current form doesn't allow stateful transcoding (a serious
 * problem agreed !). If iconv has been found it will be used
 * automatically and allow stateful transcoding, the simplest is then
 * to be sure to enable iconv and to provide iconv libs for the encoding
 * support needed.
 *
 * Note that the generic "UTF-16" is not a predefined value.  Instead, only
 * the specific UTF-16LE and UTF-16BE are present.
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_CHAR_ENCODING_ERROR=   -1, /* No char encoding detected */
    XML_CHAR_ENCODING_NONE=	0, /* No char encoding detected */
    XML_CHAR_ENCODING_UTF8=	1, /* UTF-8 */
    XML_CHAR_ENCODING_UTF16LE=	2, /* UTF-16 little endian */
    XML_CHAR_ENCODING_UTF16BE=	3, /* UTF-16 big endian */
    XML_CHAR_ENCODING_UCS4LE=	4, /* UCS-4 little endian */
    XML_CHAR_ENCODING_UCS4BE=	5, /* UCS-4 big endian */
    XML_CHAR_ENCODING_EBCDIC=	6, /* EBCDIC uh! */
    XML_CHAR_ENCODING_UCS4_2143=7, /* UCS-4 unusual ordering */
    XML_CHAR_ENCODING_UCS4_3412=8, /* UCS-4 unusual ordering */
    XML_CHAR_ENCODING_UCS2=	9, /* UCS-2 */
    XML_CHAR_ENCODING_8859_1=	10,/* ISO-8859-1 ISO Latin 1 */
    XML_CHAR_ENCODING_8859_2=	11,/* ISO-8859-2 ISO Latin 2 */
    XML_CHAR_ENCODING_8859_3=	12,/* ISO-8859-3 */
    XML_CHAR_ENCODING_8859_4=	13,/* ISO-8859-4 */
    XML_CHAR_ENCODING_8859_5=	14,/* ISO-8859-5 */
    XML_CHAR_ENCODING_8859_6=	15,/* ISO-8859-6 */
    XML_CHAR_ENCODING_8859_7=	16,/* ISO-8859-7 */
    XML_CHAR_ENCODING_8859_8=	17,/* ISO-8859-8 */
    XML_CHAR_ENCODING_8859_9=	18,/* ISO-8859-9 */
    XML_CHAR_ENCODING_2022_JP=  19,/* ISO-2022-JP */
    XML_CHAR_ENCODING_SHIFT_JIS=20,/* Shift_JIS */
    XML_CHAR_ENCODING_EUC_JP=   21,/* EUC-JP */
    XML_CHAR_ENCODING_ASCII=    22 /* pure ASCII */
} xmlCharEncoding;

/**
 * xmlCharEncodingInputFunc:
 * @out:  a pointer to an array of bytes to store the UTF-8 result
 * @outlen:  the length of @out
 * @in:  a pointer to an array of chars in the original encoding
 * @inlen:  the length of @in
 *
 * Take a block of chars in the original encoding and try to convert
 * it to an UTF-8 block of chars out.
 *
 * Returns the number of bytes written, -1 if lack of space, or -2
 *     if the transcoding failed.
 * The value of @inlen after return is the number of octets consumed
 *     if the return value is positive, else unpredictiable.
 * The value of @outlen after return is the number of octets consumed.
 */
typedef int (* xmlCharEncodingInputFunc)(unsigned char *out, int *outlen,
                                         const unsigned char *in, int *inlen);


/**
 * xmlCharEncodingOutputFunc:
 * @out:  a pointer to an array of bytes to store the result
 * @outlen:  the length of @out
 * @in:  a pointer to an array of UTF-8 chars
 * @inlen:  the length of @in
 *
 * Take a block of UTF-8 chars in and try to convert it to another
 * encoding.
 * Note: a first call designed to produce heading info is called with
 * in = NULL. If stateful this should also initialize the encoder state.
 *
 * Returns the number of bytes written, -1 if lack of space, or -2
 *     if the transcoding failed.
 * The value of @inlen after return is the number of octets consumed
 *     if the return value is positive, else unpredictiable.
 * The value of @outlen after return is the number of octets produced.
 */
typedef int (* xmlCharEncodingOutputFunc)(unsigned char *out, int *outlen,
                                          const unsigned char *in, int *inlen);


/*
 * Block defining the handlers for non UTF-8 encodings.
 * If iconv is supported, there are two extra fields.
 */
#ifdef LIBXML_ICU_ENABLED
struct _uconv_t {
  UConverter *uconv; /* for conversion between an encoding and UTF-16 */
  UConverter *utf8; /* for conversion between UTF-8 and UTF-16 */
};
typedef struct _uconv_t uconv_t;
#endif

typedef struct _xmlCharEncodingHandler xmlCharEncodingHandler;
typedef xmlCharEncodingHandler *xmlCharEncodingHandlerPtr;
struct _xmlCharEncodingHandler {
    char                       *name;
    xmlCharEncodingInputFunc   input;
    xmlCharEncodingOutputFunc  output;
#ifdef LIBXML_ICONV_ENABLED
    iconv_t                    iconv_in;
    iconv_t                    iconv_out;
#endif /* LIBXML_ICONV_ENABLED */
#ifdef LIBXML_ICU_ENABLED
    uconv_t                    *uconv_in;
    uconv_t                    *uconv_out;
#endif /* LIBXML_ICU_ENABLED */
};

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include <libxml/tree.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * Interfaces for encoding handlers.
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlInitCharEncodingHandlers	(void);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlCleanupCharEncodingHandlers	(void);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlRegisterCharEncodingHandler	(xmlCharEncodingHandlerPtr handler);
XMLPUBFUN xmlCharEncodingHandlerPtr XMLCALL
	xmlGetCharEncodingHandler	(xmlCharEncoding enc);
XMLPUBFUN xmlCharEncodingHandlerPtr XMLCALL
	xmlFindCharEncodingHandler	(const char *name);
XMLPUBFUN xmlCharEncodingHandlerPtr XMLCALL
	xmlNewCharEncodingHandler	(const char *name,
					 xmlCharEncodingInputFunc input,
					 xmlCharEncodingOutputFunc output);

/*
 * Interfaces for encoding names and aliases.
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlAddEncodingAlias		(const char *name,
					 const char *alias);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlDelEncodingAlias		(const char *alias);
XMLPUBFUN const char * XMLCALL
	xmlGetEncodingAlias		(const char *alias);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlCleanupEncodingAliases	(void);
XMLPUBFUN xmlCharEncoding XMLCALL
	xmlParseCharEncoding		(const char *name);
XMLPUBFUN const char * XMLCALL
	xmlGetCharEncodingName		(xmlCharEncoding enc);

/*
 * Interfaces directly used by the parsers.
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlCharEncoding XMLCALL
	xmlDetectCharEncoding		(const unsigned char *in,
					 int len);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlCharEncOutFunc		(xmlCharEncodingHandler *handler,
					 xmlBufferPtr out,
					 xmlBufferPtr in);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlCharEncInFunc		(xmlCharEncodingHandler *handler,
					 xmlBufferPtr out,
					 xmlBufferPtr in);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlCharEncFirstLine		(xmlCharEncodingHandler *handler,
					 xmlBufferPtr out,
					 xmlBufferPtr in);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlCharEncCloseFunc		(xmlCharEncodingHandler *handler);

/*
 * Export a few useful functions
 */
#ifdef LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	UTF8Toisolat1			(unsigned char *out,
					 int *outlen,
					 const unsigned char *in,
					 int *inlen);
#endif /* LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	isolat1ToUTF8			(unsigned char *out,
					 int *outlen,
					 const unsigned char *in,
					 int *inlen);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* __XML_CHAR_ENCODING_H__ */
/**
 * Summary: library of generic URI related routines
 * Description: library of generic URI related routines
 *              Implements RFC 2396
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_URI_H__
#define __XML_URI_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/tree.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * xmlURI:
 *
 * A parsed URI reference. This is a struct containing the various fields
 * as described in RFC 2396 but separated for further processing.
 *
 * Note: query is a deprecated field which is incorrectly unescaped.
 * query_raw takes precedence over query if the former is set.
 * See: http://mail.gnome.org/archives/xml/2007-April/thread.html#00127
 */
typedef struct _xmlURI xmlURI;
typedef xmlURI *xmlURIPtr;
struct _xmlURI {
    char *scheme;	/* the URI scheme */
    char *opaque;	/* opaque part */
    char *authority;	/* the authority part */
    char *server;	/* the server part */
    char *user;		/* the user part */
    int port;		/* the port number */
    char *path;		/* the path string */
    char *query;	/* the query string (deprecated - use with caution) */
    char *fragment;	/* the fragment identifier */
    int  cleanup;	/* parsing potentially unclean URI */
    char *query_raw;	/* the query string (as it appears in the URI) */
};

/*
 * This function is in tree.h:
 * xmlChar *	xmlNodeGetBase	(xmlDocPtr doc,
 *                               xmlNodePtr cur);
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlURIPtr XMLCALL
		xmlCreateURI		(void);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlBuildURI		(const xmlChar *URI,
					 const xmlChar *base);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlBuildRelativeURI	(const xmlChar *URI,
					 const xmlChar *base);
XMLPUBFUN xmlURIPtr XMLCALL
		xmlParseURI		(const char *str);
XMLPUBFUN xmlURIPtr XMLCALL
		xmlParseURIRaw		(const char *str,
					 int raw);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlParseURIReference	(xmlURIPtr uri,
					 const char *str);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlSaveUri		(xmlURIPtr uri);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlPrintURI		(FILE *stream,
					 xmlURIPtr uri);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlURIEscapeStr         (const xmlChar *str,
					 const xmlChar *list);
XMLPUBFUN char * XMLCALL
		xmlURIUnescapeString	(const char *str,
					 int len,
					 char *target);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlNormalizeURIPath	(char *path);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlURIEscape		(const xmlChar *str);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlFreeURI		(xmlURIPtr uri);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar* XMLCALL
		xmlCanonicPath		(const xmlChar *path);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar* XMLCALL
		xmlPathToURI		(const xmlChar *path);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __XML_URI_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: dynamic module loading
 * Description: basic API for dynamic module loading, used by
 *              libexslt added in 2.6.17
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Joel W. Reed
 */

#ifndef __XML_MODULE_H__
#define __XML_MODULE_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_MODULES_ENABLED

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * xmlModulePtr:
 *
 * A handle to a dynamically loaded module
 */
typedef struct _xmlModule xmlModule;
typedef xmlModule *xmlModulePtr;

/**
 * xmlModuleOption:
 *
 * enumeration of options that can be passed down to xmlModuleOpen()
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_MODULE_LAZY = 1,	/* lazy binding */
    XML_MODULE_LOCAL= 2		/* local binding */
} xmlModuleOption;

XMLPUBFUN xmlModulePtr XMLCALL xmlModuleOpen	(const char *filename,
						 int options);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlModuleSymbol		(xmlModulePtr module,
						 const char* name,
						 void **result);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlModuleClose		(xmlModulePtr module);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlModuleFree		(xmlModulePtr module);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* LIBXML_MODULES_ENABLED */

#endif /*__XML_MODULE_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: XML Schemastron implementation
 * Description: interface to the XML Schematron validity checking.
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */


#ifndef __XML_SCHEMATRON_H__
#define __XML_SCHEMATRON_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_SCHEMATRON_ENABLED

#include <libxml/tree.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef enum {
    XML_SCHEMATRON_OUT_QUIET = 1 << 0,	/* quiet no report */
    XML_SCHEMATRON_OUT_TEXT = 1 << 1,	/* build a textual report */
    XML_SCHEMATRON_OUT_XML = 1 << 2,	/* output SVRL */
    XML_SCHEMATRON_OUT_ERROR = 1 << 3,  /* output via xmlStructuredErrorFunc */
    XML_SCHEMATRON_OUT_FILE = 1 << 8,	/* output to a file descriptor */
    XML_SCHEMATRON_OUT_BUFFER = 1 << 9,	/* output to a buffer */
    XML_SCHEMATRON_OUT_IO = 1 << 10	/* output to I/O mechanism */
} xmlSchematronValidOptions;

/**
 * The schemas related types are kept internal
 */
typedef struct _xmlSchematron xmlSchematron;
typedef xmlSchematron *xmlSchematronPtr;

/**
 * xmlSchematronValidityErrorFunc:
 * @ctx: the validation context
 * @msg: the message
 * @...: extra arguments
 *
 * Signature of an error callback from a Schematron validation
 */
typedef void (*xmlSchematronValidityErrorFunc) (void *ctx, const char *msg, ...);

/**
 * xmlSchematronValidityWarningFunc:
 * @ctx: the validation context
 * @msg: the message
 * @...: extra arguments
 *
 * Signature of a warning callback from a Schematron validation
 */
typedef void (*xmlSchematronValidityWarningFunc) (void *ctx, const char *msg, ...);

/**
 * A schemas validation context
 */
typedef struct _xmlSchematronParserCtxt xmlSchematronParserCtxt;
typedef xmlSchematronParserCtxt *xmlSchematronParserCtxtPtr;

typedef struct _xmlSchematronValidCtxt xmlSchematronValidCtxt;
typedef xmlSchematronValidCtxt *xmlSchematronValidCtxtPtr;

/*
 * Interfaces for parsing.
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlSchematronParserCtxtPtr XMLCALL
	    xmlSchematronNewParserCtxt	(const char *URL);
XMLPUBFUN xmlSchematronParserCtxtPtr XMLCALL
	    xmlSchematronNewMemParserCtxt(const char *buffer,
					 int size);
XMLPUBFUN xmlSchematronParserCtxtPtr XMLCALL
	    xmlSchematronNewDocParserCtxt(xmlDocPtr doc);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	    xmlSchematronFreeParserCtxt	(xmlSchematronParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
/*****
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	    xmlSchematronSetParserErrors(xmlSchematronParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlSchematronValidityErrorFunc err,
					 xmlSchematronValidityWarningFunc warn,
					 void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSchematronGetParserErrors(xmlSchematronParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					xmlSchematronValidityErrorFunc * err,
					xmlSchematronValidityWarningFunc * warn,
					void **ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSchematronIsValid	(xmlSchematronValidCtxtPtr ctxt);
 *****/
XMLPUBFUN xmlSchematronPtr XMLCALL
	    xmlSchematronParse		(xmlSchematronParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	    xmlSchematronFree		(xmlSchematronPtr schema);
/*
 * Interfaces for validating
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	    xmlSchematronSetValidStructuredErrors(
	                                  xmlSchematronValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					  xmlStructuredErrorFunc serror,
					  void *ctx);
/******
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	    xmlSchematronSetValidErrors	(xmlSchematronValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlSchematronValidityErrorFunc err,
					 xmlSchematronValidityWarningFunc warn,
					 void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	    xmlSchematronGetValidErrors	(xmlSchematronValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlSchematronValidityErrorFunc *err,
					 xmlSchematronValidityWarningFunc *warn,
					 void **ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	    xmlSchematronSetValidOptions(xmlSchematronValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	    xmlSchematronValidCtxtGetOptions(xmlSchematronValidCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
            xmlSchematronValidateOneElement (xmlSchematronValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
			                 xmlNodePtr elem);
 *******/

XMLPUBFUN xmlSchematronValidCtxtPtr XMLCALL
	    xmlSchematronNewValidCtxt	(xmlSchematronPtr schema,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	    xmlSchematronFreeValidCtxt	(xmlSchematronValidCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	    xmlSchematronValidateDoc	(xmlSchematronValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr instance);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* LIBXML_SCHEMATRON_ENABLED */
#endif /* __XML_SCHEMATRON_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: interface for all global variables of the library
 * Description: all the global variables and thread handling for
 *              those variables is handled by this module.
 *
 * The bottom of this file is automatically generated by build_glob.py
 * based on the description file global.data
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Gary Pennington <Gary.Pennington@uk.sun.com>, Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_GLOBALS_H
#define __XML_GLOBALS_H

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/parser.h>
#include <libxml/xmlerror.h>
#include <libxml/SAX.h>
#include <libxml/SAX2.h>
#include <libxml/xmlmemory.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlInitGlobals(void);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlCleanupGlobals(void);

/**
 * xmlParserInputBufferCreateFilenameFunc:
 * @URI: the URI to read from
 * @enc: the requested source encoding
 *
 * Signature for the function doing the lookup for a suitable input method
 * corresponding to an URI.
 *
 * Returns the new xmlParserInputBufferPtr in case of success or NULL if no
 *         method was found.
 */
typedef xmlParserInputBufferPtr (*xmlParserInputBufferCreateFilenameFunc) (const char *URI,
									   xmlCharEncoding enc);


/**
 * xmlOutputBufferCreateFilenameFunc:
 * @URI: the URI to write to
 * @enc: the requested target encoding
 *
 * Signature for the function doing the lookup for a suitable output method
 * corresponding to an URI.
 *
 * Returns the new xmlOutputBufferPtr in case of success or NULL if no
 *         method was found.
 */
typedef xmlOutputBufferPtr (*xmlOutputBufferCreateFilenameFunc) (const char *URI,
								 xmlCharEncodingHandlerPtr encoder,
								 int compression);

XMLPUBFUN xmlParserInputBufferCreateFilenameFunc
XMLCALL xmlParserInputBufferCreateFilenameDefault (xmlParserInputBufferCreateFilenameFunc func);
XMLPUBFUN xmlOutputBufferCreateFilenameFunc
XMLCALL xmlOutputBufferCreateFilenameDefault (xmlOutputBufferCreateFilenameFunc func);

/*
 * Externally global symbols which need to be protected for backwards
 * compatibility support.
 */

#undef	docbDefaultSAXHandler
#undef	htmlDefaultSAXHandler
#undef	oldXMLWDcompatibility
#undef	xmlBufferAllocScheme
#undef	xmlDefaultBufferSize
#undef	xmlDefaultSAXHandler
#undef	xmlDefaultSAXLocator
#undef	xmlDoValidityCheckingDefaultValue
#undef	xmlFree
#undef	xmlGenericError
#undef	xmlStructuredError
#undef	xmlGenericErrorContext
#undef	xmlStructuredErrorContext
#undef	xmlGetWarningsDefaultValue
#undef	xmlIndentTreeOutput
#undef  xmlTreeIndentString
#undef	xmlKeepBlanksDefaultValue
#undef	xmlLineNumbersDefaultValue
#undef	xmlLoadExtDtdDefaultValue
#undef	xmlMalloc
#undef	xmlMallocAtomic
#undef	xmlMemStrdup
#undef	xmlParserDebugEntities
#undef	xmlParserVersion
#undef	xmlPedanticParserDefaultValue
#undef	xmlRealloc
#undef	xmlSaveNoEmptyTags
#undef	xmlSubstituteEntitiesDefaultValue
#undef  xmlRegisterNodeDefaultValue
#undef  xmlDeregisterNodeDefaultValue
#undef  xmlLastError
#undef  xmlParserInputBufferCreateFilenameValue
#undef  xmlOutputBufferCreateFilenameValue

/**
 * xmlRegisterNodeFunc:
 * @node: the current node
 *
 * Signature for the registration callback of a created node
 */
typedef void (*xmlRegisterNodeFunc) (xmlNodePtr node);
/**
 * xmlDeregisterNodeFunc:
 * @node: the current node
 *
 * Signature for the deregistration callback of a discarded node
 */
typedef void (*xmlDeregisterNodeFunc) (xmlNodePtr node);

typedef struct _xmlGlobalState xmlGlobalState;
typedef xmlGlobalState *xmlGlobalStatePtr;
struct _xmlGlobalState
{
	const char *xmlParserVersion;

	xmlSAXLocator xmlDefaultSAXLocator;
	xmlSAXHandlerV1 xmlDefaultSAXHandler;
	xmlSAXHandlerV1 docbDefaultSAXHandler;
	xmlSAXHandlerV1 htmlDefaultSAXHandler;

	xmlFreeFunc xmlFree;
	xmlMallocFunc xmlMalloc;
	xmlStrdupFunc xmlMemStrdup;
	xmlReallocFunc xmlRealloc;

	xmlGenericErrorFunc xmlGenericError;
	xmlStructuredErrorFunc xmlStructuredError;
	void *xmlGenericErrorContext;

	int oldXMLWDcompatibility;

	xmlBufferAllocationScheme xmlBufferAllocScheme;
	int xmlDefaultBufferSize;

	int xmlSubstituteEntitiesDefaultValue;
	int xmlDoValidityCheckingDefaultValue;
	int xmlGetWarningsDefaultValue;
	int xmlKeepBlanksDefaultValue;
	int xmlLineNumbersDefaultValue;
	int xmlLoadExtDtdDefaultValue;
	int xmlParserDebugEntities;
	int xmlPedanticParserDefaultValue;

	int xmlSaveNoEmptyTags;
	int xmlIndentTreeOutput;
	const char *xmlTreeIndentString;

	xmlRegisterNodeFunc xmlRegisterNodeDefaultValue;
	xmlDeregisterNodeFunc xmlDeregisterNodeDefaultValue;

	xmlMallocFunc xmlMallocAtomic;
	xmlError xmlLastError;

	xmlParserInputBufferCreateFilenameFunc xmlParserInputBufferCreateFilenameValue;
	xmlOutputBufferCreateFilenameFunc xmlOutputBufferCreateFilenameValue;

	void *xmlStructuredErrorContext;
};

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include <libxml/threads.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL	xmlInitializeGlobalState(xmlGlobalStatePtr gs);

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlThrDefSetGenericErrorFunc(void *ctx, xmlGenericErrorFunc handler);

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlThrDefSetStructuredErrorFunc(void *ctx, xmlStructuredErrorFunc handler);

XMLPUBFUN xmlRegisterNodeFunc XMLCALL xmlRegisterNodeDefault(xmlRegisterNodeFunc func);
XMLPUBFUN xmlRegisterNodeFunc XMLCALL xmlThrDefRegisterNodeDefault(xmlRegisterNodeFunc func);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDeregisterNodeFunc XMLCALL xmlDeregisterNodeDefault(xmlDeregisterNodeFunc func);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDeregisterNodeFunc XMLCALL xmlThrDefDeregisterNodeDefault(xmlDeregisterNodeFunc func);

XMLPUBFUN xmlOutputBufferCreateFilenameFunc XMLCALL
	xmlThrDefOutputBufferCreateFilenameDefault(xmlOutputBufferCreateFilenameFunc func);
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserInputBufferCreateFilenameFunc XMLCALL
	xmlThrDefParserInputBufferCreateFilenameDefault(
				xmlParserInputBufferCreateFilenameFunc func);

/** DOC_DISABLE */
/*
 * In general the memory allocation entry points are not kept
 * thread specific but this can be overridden by LIBXML_THREAD_ALLOC_ENABLED
 *    - xmlMalloc
 *    - xmlMallocAtomic
 *    - xmlRealloc
 *    - xmlMemStrdup
 *    - xmlFree
 */

#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ALLOC_ENABLED
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN  xmlMallocFunc * XMLCALL __xmlMalloc(void);
#define xmlMalloc \
(*(__xmlMalloc()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR xmlMallocFunc xmlMalloc;
#endif

#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN  xmlMallocFunc * XMLCALL __xmlMallocAtomic(void);
#define xmlMallocAtomic \
(*(__xmlMallocAtomic()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR xmlMallocFunc xmlMallocAtomic;
#endif

#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN  xmlReallocFunc * XMLCALL __xmlRealloc(void);
#define xmlRealloc \
(*(__xmlRealloc()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR xmlReallocFunc xmlRealloc;
#endif

#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN  xmlFreeFunc * XMLCALL __xmlFree(void);
#define xmlFree \
(*(__xmlFree()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR xmlFreeFunc xmlFree;
#endif

#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN  xmlStrdupFunc * XMLCALL __xmlMemStrdup(void);
#define xmlMemStrdup \
(*(__xmlMemStrdup()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR xmlStrdupFunc xmlMemStrdup;
#endif

#else /* !LIBXML_THREAD_ALLOC_ENABLED */
XMLPUBVAR xmlMallocFunc xmlMalloc;
XMLPUBVAR xmlMallocFunc xmlMallocAtomic;
XMLPUBVAR xmlReallocFunc xmlRealloc;
XMLPUBVAR xmlFreeFunc xmlFree;
XMLPUBVAR xmlStrdupFunc xmlMemStrdup;
#endif /* LIBXML_THREAD_ALLOC_ENABLED */

#ifdef LIBXML_DOCB_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN  xmlSAXHandlerV1 * XMLCALL __docbDefaultSAXHandler(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define docbDefaultSAXHandler \
(*(__docbDefaultSAXHandler()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR xmlSAXHandlerV1 docbDefaultSAXHandler;
#endif
#endif

#ifdef LIBXML_HTML_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN xmlSAXHandlerV1 * XMLCALL __htmlDefaultSAXHandler(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define htmlDefaultSAXHandler \
(*(__htmlDefaultSAXHandler()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR xmlSAXHandlerV1 htmlDefaultSAXHandler;
#endif
#endif

XMLPUBFUN xmlError * XMLCALL __xmlLastError(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlLastError \
(*(__xmlLastError()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR xmlError xmlLastError;
#endif

/*
 * Everything starting from the line below is
 * Automatically generated by build_glob.py.
 * Do not modify the previous line.
 */


XMLPUBFUN int * XMLCALL __oldXMLWDcompatibility(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define oldXMLWDcompatibility \
(*(__oldXMLWDcompatibility()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR int oldXMLWDcompatibility;
#endif

XMLPUBFUN xmlBufferAllocationScheme * XMLCALL __xmlBufferAllocScheme(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlBufferAllocScheme \
(*(__xmlBufferAllocScheme()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR xmlBufferAllocationScheme xmlBufferAllocScheme;
#endif
XMLPUBFUN xmlBufferAllocationScheme XMLCALL
	xmlThrDefBufferAllocScheme(xmlBufferAllocationScheme v);

XMLPUBFUN int * XMLCALL __xmlDefaultBufferSize(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlDefaultBufferSize \
(*(__xmlDefaultBufferSize()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR int xmlDefaultBufferSize;
#endif
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlThrDefDefaultBufferSize(int v);

XMLPUBFUN xmlSAXHandlerV1 * XMLCALL __xmlDefaultSAXHandler(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlDefaultSAXHandler \
(*(__xmlDefaultSAXHandler()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR xmlSAXHandlerV1 xmlDefaultSAXHandler;
#endif

XMLPUBFUN xmlSAXLocator * XMLCALL __xmlDefaultSAXLocator(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlDefaultSAXLocator \
(*(__xmlDefaultSAXLocator()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR xmlSAXLocator xmlDefaultSAXLocator;
#endif

XMLPUBFUN int * XMLCALL __xmlDoValidityCheckingDefaultValue(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlDoValidityCheckingDefaultValue \
(*(__xmlDoValidityCheckingDefaultValue()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR int xmlDoValidityCheckingDefaultValue;
#endif
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlThrDefDoValidityCheckingDefaultValue(int v);

XMLPUBFUN xmlGenericErrorFunc * XMLCALL __xmlGenericError(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlGenericError \
(*(__xmlGenericError()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR xmlGenericErrorFunc xmlGenericError;
#endif

XMLPUBFUN xmlStructuredErrorFunc * XMLCALL __xmlStructuredError(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlStructuredError \
(*(__xmlStructuredError()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR xmlStructuredErrorFunc xmlStructuredError;
#endif

XMLPUBFUN void * * XMLCALL __xmlGenericErrorContext(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlGenericErrorContext \
(*(__xmlGenericErrorContext()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR void * xmlGenericErrorContext;
#endif

XMLPUBFUN void * * XMLCALL __xmlStructuredErrorContext(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlStructuredErrorContext \
(*(__xmlStructuredErrorContext()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR void * xmlStructuredErrorContext;
#endif

XMLPUBFUN int * XMLCALL __xmlGetWarningsDefaultValue(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlGetWarningsDefaultValue \
(*(__xmlGetWarningsDefaultValue()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR int xmlGetWarningsDefaultValue;
#endif
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlThrDefGetWarningsDefaultValue(int v);

XMLPUBFUN int * XMLCALL __xmlIndentTreeOutput(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlIndentTreeOutput \
(*(__xmlIndentTreeOutput()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR int xmlIndentTreeOutput;
#endif
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlThrDefIndentTreeOutput(int v);

XMLPUBFUN const char * * XMLCALL __xmlTreeIndentString(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlTreeIndentString \
(*(__xmlTreeIndentString()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR const char * xmlTreeIndentString;
#endif
XMLPUBFUN const char * XMLCALL xmlThrDefTreeIndentString(const char * v);

XMLPUBFUN int * XMLCALL __xmlKeepBlanksDefaultValue(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlKeepBlanksDefaultValue \
(*(__xmlKeepBlanksDefaultValue()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR int xmlKeepBlanksDefaultValue;
#endif
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlThrDefKeepBlanksDefaultValue(int v);

XMLPUBFUN int * XMLCALL __xmlLineNumbersDefaultValue(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlLineNumbersDefaultValue \
(*(__xmlLineNumbersDefaultValue()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR int xmlLineNumbersDefaultValue;
#endif
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlThrDefLineNumbersDefaultValue(int v);

XMLPUBFUN int * XMLCALL __xmlLoadExtDtdDefaultValue(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlLoadExtDtdDefaultValue \
(*(__xmlLoadExtDtdDefaultValue()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR int xmlLoadExtDtdDefaultValue;
#endif
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlThrDefLoadExtDtdDefaultValue(int v);

XMLPUBFUN int * XMLCALL __xmlParserDebugEntities(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlParserDebugEntities \
(*(__xmlParserDebugEntities()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR int xmlParserDebugEntities;
#endif
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlThrDefParserDebugEntities(int v);

XMLPUBFUN const char * * XMLCALL __xmlParserVersion(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlParserVersion \
(*(__xmlParserVersion()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR const char * xmlParserVersion;
#endif

XMLPUBFUN int * XMLCALL __xmlPedanticParserDefaultValue(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlPedanticParserDefaultValue \
(*(__xmlPedanticParserDefaultValue()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR int xmlPedanticParserDefaultValue;
#endif
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlThrDefPedanticParserDefaultValue(int v);

XMLPUBFUN int * XMLCALL __xmlSaveNoEmptyTags(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlSaveNoEmptyTags \
(*(__xmlSaveNoEmptyTags()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR int xmlSaveNoEmptyTags;
#endif
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlThrDefSaveNoEmptyTags(int v);

XMLPUBFUN int * XMLCALL __xmlSubstituteEntitiesDefaultValue(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlSubstituteEntitiesDefaultValue \
(*(__xmlSubstituteEntitiesDefaultValue()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR int xmlSubstituteEntitiesDefaultValue;
#endif
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlThrDefSubstituteEntitiesDefaultValue(int v);

XMLPUBFUN xmlRegisterNodeFunc * XMLCALL __xmlRegisterNodeDefaultValue(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlRegisterNodeDefaultValue \
(*(__xmlRegisterNodeDefaultValue()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR xmlRegisterNodeFunc xmlRegisterNodeDefaultValue;
#endif

XMLPUBFUN xmlDeregisterNodeFunc * XMLCALL __xmlDeregisterNodeDefaultValue(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlDeregisterNodeDefaultValue \
(*(__xmlDeregisterNodeDefaultValue()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR xmlDeregisterNodeFunc xmlDeregisterNodeDefaultValue;
#endif

XMLPUBFUN xmlParserInputBufferCreateFilenameFunc * XMLCALL \
				__xmlParserInputBufferCreateFilenameValue(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlParserInputBufferCreateFilenameValue \
(*(__xmlParserInputBufferCreateFilenameValue()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR xmlParserInputBufferCreateFilenameFunc xmlParserInputBufferCreateFilenameValue;
#endif

XMLPUBFUN xmlOutputBufferCreateFilenameFunc * XMLCALL __xmlOutputBufferCreateFilenameValue(void);
#ifdef LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#define xmlOutputBufferCreateFilenameValue \
(*(__xmlOutputBufferCreateFilenameValue()))
#else
XMLPUBVAR xmlOutputBufferCreateFilenameFunc xmlOutputBufferCreateFilenameValue;
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* __XML_GLOBALS_H */
/*
 * Summary: interface for an HTML 4.0 non-verifying parser
 * Description: this module implements an HTML 4.0 non-verifying parser
 *              with API compatible with the XML parser ones. It should
 *              be able to parse "real world" HTML, even if severely
 *              broken from a specification point of view.
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __HTML_PARSER_H__
#define __HTML_PARSER_H__
#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/parser.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_HTML_ENABLED

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * Most of the back-end structures from XML and HTML are shared.
 */
typedef xmlParserCtxt htmlParserCtxt;
typedef xmlParserCtxtPtr htmlParserCtxtPtr;
typedef xmlParserNodeInfo htmlParserNodeInfo;
typedef xmlSAXHandler htmlSAXHandler;
typedef xmlSAXHandlerPtr htmlSAXHandlerPtr;
typedef xmlParserInput htmlParserInput;
typedef xmlParserInputPtr htmlParserInputPtr;
typedef xmlDocPtr htmlDocPtr;
typedef xmlNodePtr htmlNodePtr;

/*
 * Internal description of an HTML element, representing HTML 4.01
 * and XHTML 1.0 (which share the same structure).
 */
typedef struct _htmlElemDesc htmlElemDesc;
typedef htmlElemDesc *htmlElemDescPtr;
struct _htmlElemDesc {
    const char *name;	/* The tag name */
    char startTag;      /* Whether the start tag can be implied */
    char endTag;        /* Whether the end tag can be implied */
    char saveEndTag;    /* Whether the end tag should be saved */
    char empty;         /* Is this an empty element ? */
    char depr;          /* Is this a deprecated element ? */
    char dtd;           /* 1: only in Loose DTD, 2: only Frameset one */
    char isinline;      /* is this a block 0 or inline 1 element */
    const char *desc;   /* the description */

/* NRK Jan.2003
 * New fields encapsulating HTML structure
 *
 * Bugs:
 *	This is a very limited representation.  It fails to tell us when
 *	an element *requires* subelements (we only have whether they're
 *	allowed or not), and it doesn't tell us where CDATA and PCDATA
 *	are allowed.  Some element relationships are not fully represented:
 *	these are flagged with the word MODIFIER
 */
    const char** subelts;		/* allowed sub-elements of this element */
    const char* defaultsubelt;	/* subelement for suggested auto-repair
					   if necessary or NULL */
    const char** attrs_opt;		/* Optional Attributes */
    const char** attrs_depr;		/* Additional deprecated attributes */
    const char** attrs_req;		/* Required attributes */
};

/*
 * Internal description of an HTML entity.
 */
typedef struct _htmlEntityDesc htmlEntityDesc;
typedef htmlEntityDesc *htmlEntityDescPtr;
struct _htmlEntityDesc {
    unsigned int value;	/* the UNICODE value for the character */
    const char *name;	/* The entity name */
    const char *desc;   /* the description */
};

/*
 * There is only few public functions.
 */
XMLPUBFUN const htmlElemDesc * XMLCALL
			htmlTagLookup	(const xmlChar *tag);
XMLPUBFUN const htmlEntityDesc * XMLCALL
			htmlEntityLookup(const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN const htmlEntityDesc * XMLCALL
			htmlEntityValueLookup(unsigned int value);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			htmlIsAutoClosed(htmlDocPtr doc,
					 htmlNodePtr elem);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			htmlAutoCloseTag(htmlDocPtr doc,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 htmlNodePtr elem);
XMLPUBFUN const htmlEntityDesc * XMLCALL
			htmlParseEntityRef(htmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 const xmlChar **str);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			htmlParseCharRef(htmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			htmlParseElement(htmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);

XMLPUBFUN htmlParserCtxtPtr XMLCALL
			htmlNewParserCtxt(void);

XMLPUBFUN htmlParserCtxtPtr XMLCALL
			htmlCreateMemoryParserCtxt(const char *buffer,
						   int size);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			htmlParseDocument(htmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN htmlDocPtr XMLCALL
			htmlSAXParseDoc	(const xmlChar *cur,
					 const char *encoding,
					 htmlSAXHandlerPtr sax,
					 void *userData);
XMLPUBFUN htmlDocPtr XMLCALL
			htmlParseDoc	(const xmlChar *cur,
					 const char *encoding);
XMLPUBFUN htmlDocPtr XMLCALL
			htmlSAXParseFile(const char *filename,
					 const char *encoding,
					 htmlSAXHandlerPtr sax,
					 void *userData);
XMLPUBFUN htmlDocPtr XMLCALL
			htmlParseFile	(const char *filename,
					 const char *encoding);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			UTF8ToHtml	(unsigned char *out,
					 int *outlen,
					 const unsigned char *in,
					 int *inlen);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			htmlEncodeEntities(unsigned char *out,
					 int *outlen,
					 const unsigned char *in,
					 int *inlen, int quoteChar);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			htmlIsScriptAttribute(const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			htmlHandleOmittedElem(int val);

#ifdef LIBXML_PUSH_ENABLED
/**
 * Interfaces for the Push mode.
 */
XMLPUBFUN htmlParserCtxtPtr XMLCALL
			htmlCreatePushParserCtxt(htmlSAXHandlerPtr sax,
						 void *user_data,
						 const char *chunk,
						 int size,
						 const char *filename,
						 xmlCharEncoding enc);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			htmlParseChunk		(htmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 const char *chunk,
						 int size,
						 int terminate);
#endif /* LIBXML_PUSH_ENABLED */

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			htmlFreeParserCtxt	(htmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);

/*
 * New set of simpler/more flexible APIs
 */
/**
 * xmlParserOption:
 *
 * This is the set of XML parser options that can be passed down
 * to the xmlReadDoc() and similar calls.
 */
typedef enum {
    HTML_PARSE_RECOVER  = 1<<0, /* Relaxed parsing */
    HTML_PARSE_NODEFDTD = 1<<2, /* do not default a doctype if not found */
    HTML_PARSE_NOERROR	= 1<<5,	/* suppress error reports */
    HTML_PARSE_NOWARNING= 1<<6,	/* suppress warning reports */
    HTML_PARSE_PEDANTIC	= 1<<7,	/* pedantic error reporting */
    HTML_PARSE_NOBLANKS	= 1<<8,	/* remove blank nodes */
    HTML_PARSE_NONET	= 1<<11,/* Forbid network access */
    HTML_PARSE_NOIMPLIED= 1<<13,/* Do not add implied html/body... elements */
    HTML_PARSE_COMPACT  = 1<<16,/* compact small text nodes */
    HTML_PARSE_IGNORE_ENC=1<<21 /* ignore internal document encoding hint */
} htmlParserOption;

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		htmlCtxtReset		(htmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		htmlCtxtUseOptions	(htmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN htmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		htmlReadDoc		(const xmlChar *cur,
					 const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN htmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		htmlReadFile		(const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN htmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		htmlReadMemory		(const char *buffer,
					 int size,
					 const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN htmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		htmlReadFd		(int fd,
					 const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN htmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		htmlReadIO		(xmlInputReadCallback ioread,
					 xmlInputCloseCallback ioclose,
					 void *ioctx,
					 const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN htmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		htmlCtxtReadDoc		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 const xmlChar *cur,
					 const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN htmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		htmlCtxtReadFile		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 const char *filename,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN htmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		htmlCtxtReadMemory		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 const char *buffer,
					 int size,
					 const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN htmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		htmlCtxtReadFd		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 int fd,
					 const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN htmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		htmlCtxtReadIO		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlInputReadCallback ioread,
					 xmlInputCloseCallback ioclose,
					 void *ioctx,
					 const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);

/* NRK/Jan2003: further knowledge of HTML structure
 */
typedef enum {
  HTML_NA = 0 ,		/* something we don't check at all */
  HTML_INVALID = 0x1 ,
  HTML_DEPRECATED = 0x2 ,
  HTML_VALID = 0x4 ,
  HTML_REQUIRED = 0xc /* VALID bit set so ( & HTML_VALID ) is TRUE */
} htmlStatus ;

/* Using htmlElemDesc rather than name here, to emphasise the fact
   that otherwise there's a lookup overhead
*/
XMLPUBFUN htmlStatus XMLCALL htmlAttrAllowed(const htmlElemDesc*, const xmlChar*, int) ;
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL htmlElementAllowedHere(const htmlElemDesc*, const xmlChar*) ;
XMLPUBFUN htmlStatus XMLCALL htmlElementStatusHere(const htmlElemDesc*, const htmlElemDesc*) ;
XMLPUBFUN htmlStatus XMLCALL htmlNodeStatus(const htmlNodePtr, int) ;
/**
 * htmlDefaultSubelement:
 * @elt: HTML element
 *
 * Returns the default subelement for this element
 */
#define htmlDefaultSubelement(elt) elt->defaultsubelt
/**
 * htmlElementAllowedHereDesc:
 * @parent: HTML parent element
 * @elt: HTML element
 *
 * Checks whether an HTML element description may be a
 * direct child of the specified element.
 *
 * Returns 1 if allowed; 0 otherwise.
 */
#define htmlElementAllowedHereDesc(parent,elt) \
	htmlElementAllowedHere((parent), (elt)->name)
/**
 * htmlRequiredAttrs:
 * @elt: HTML element
 *
 * Returns the attributes required for the specified element.
 */
#define htmlRequiredAttrs(elt) (elt)->attrs_req


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* LIBXML_HTML_ENABLED */
#endif /* __HTML_PARSER_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: Unicode character APIs
 * Description: API for the Unicode character APIs
 *
 * This file is automatically generated from the
 * UCS description files of the Unicode Character Database
 * http://www.unicode.org/Public/4.0-Update1/UCD-4.0.1.html
 * using the genUnicode.py Python script.
 *
 * Generation date: Mon Mar 27 11:09:52 2006
 * Sources: Blocks-4.0.1.txt UnicodeData-4.0.1.txt
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_UNICODE_H__
#define __XML_UNICODE_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_UNICODE_ENABLED

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsAegeanNumbers	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsAlphabeticPresentationForms	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsArabic	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsArabicPresentationFormsA	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsArabicPresentationFormsB	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsArmenian	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsArrows	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsBasicLatin	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsBengali	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsBlockElements	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsBopomofo	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsBopomofoExtended	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsBoxDrawing	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsBraillePatterns	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsBuhid	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsByzantineMusicalSymbols	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCJKCompatibility	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCJKCompatibilityForms	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCJKCompatibilityIdeographs	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCJKCompatibilityIdeographsSupplement	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCJKRadicalsSupplement	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCJKSymbolsandPunctuation	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCJKUnifiedIdeographs	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCJKUnifiedIdeographsExtensionA	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCJKUnifiedIdeographsExtensionB	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCherokee	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCombiningDiacriticalMarks	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCombiningDiacriticalMarksforSymbols	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCombiningHalfMarks	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCombiningMarksforSymbols	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsControlPictures	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCurrencySymbols	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCypriotSyllabary	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCyrillic	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCyrillicSupplement	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsDeseret	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsDevanagari	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsDingbats	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsEnclosedAlphanumerics	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsEnclosedCJKLettersandMonths	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsEthiopic	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsGeneralPunctuation	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsGeometricShapes	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsGeorgian	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsGothic	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsGreek	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsGreekExtended	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsGreekandCoptic	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsGujarati	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsGurmukhi	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsHalfwidthandFullwidthForms	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsHangulCompatibilityJamo	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsHangulJamo	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsHangulSyllables	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsHanunoo	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsHebrew	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsHighPrivateUseSurrogates	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsHighSurrogates	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsHiragana	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsIPAExtensions	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsIdeographicDescriptionCharacters	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsKanbun	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsKangxiRadicals	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsKannada	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsKatakana	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsKatakanaPhoneticExtensions	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsKhmer	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsKhmerSymbols	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsLao	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsLatin1Supplement	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsLatinExtendedA	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsLatinExtendedB	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsLatinExtendedAdditional	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsLetterlikeSymbols	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsLimbu	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsLinearBIdeograms	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsLinearBSyllabary	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsLowSurrogates	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsMalayalam	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsMathematicalAlphanumericSymbols	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsMathematicalOperators	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsMiscellaneousMathematicalSymbolsA	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsMiscellaneousMathematicalSymbolsB	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsMiscellaneousSymbols	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsMiscellaneousSymbolsandArrows	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsMiscellaneousTechnical	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsMongolian	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsMusicalSymbols	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsMyanmar	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsNumberForms	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsOgham	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsOldItalic	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsOpticalCharacterRecognition	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsOriya	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsOsmanya	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsPhoneticExtensions	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsPrivateUse	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsPrivateUseArea	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsRunic	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsShavian	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsSinhala	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsSmallFormVariants	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsSpacingModifierLetters	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsSpecials	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsSuperscriptsandSubscripts	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsSupplementalArrowsA	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsSupplementalArrowsB	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsSupplementalMathematicalOperators	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsSupplementaryPrivateUseAreaA	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsSupplementaryPrivateUseAreaB	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsSyriac	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsTagalog	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsTagbanwa	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsTags	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsTaiLe	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsTaiXuanJingSymbols	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsTamil	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsTelugu	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsThaana	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsThai	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsTibetan	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsUgaritic	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsUnifiedCanadianAboriginalSyllabics	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsVariationSelectors	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsVariationSelectorsSupplement	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsYiRadicals	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsYiSyllables	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsYijingHexagramSymbols	(int code);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsBlock	(int code, const char *block);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatC	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatCc	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatCf	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatCo	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatCs	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatL	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatLl	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatLm	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatLo	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatLt	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatLu	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatM	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatMc	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatMe	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatMn	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatN	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatNd	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatNl	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatNo	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatP	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatPc	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatPd	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatPe	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatPf	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatPi	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatPo	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatPs	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatS	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatSc	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatSk	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatSm	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatSo	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatZ	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatZl	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatZp	(int code);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCatZs	(int code);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL xmlUCSIsCat	(int code, const char *cat);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* LIBXML_UNICODE_ENABLED */

#endif /* __XML_UNICODE_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: implementation of XML Schema Datatypes
 * Description: module providing the XML Schema Datatypes implementation
 *              both definition and validity checking
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */


#ifndef __XML_SCHEMA_TYPES_H__
#define __XML_SCHEMA_TYPES_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED

#include <libxml/schemasInternals.h>
#include <libxml/xmlschemas.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef enum {
    XML_SCHEMA_WHITESPACE_UNKNOWN = 0,
    XML_SCHEMA_WHITESPACE_PRESERVE = 1,
    XML_SCHEMA_WHITESPACE_REPLACE = 2,
    XML_SCHEMA_WHITESPACE_COLLAPSE = 3
} xmlSchemaWhitespaceValueType;

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaInitTypes		(void);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaCleanupTypes		(void);
XMLPUBFUN xmlSchemaTypePtr XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaGetPredefinedType	(const xmlChar *name,
						 const xmlChar *ns);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaValidatePredefinedType	(xmlSchemaTypePtr type,
						 const xmlChar *value,
						 xmlSchemaValPtr *val);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaValPredefTypeNode	(xmlSchemaTypePtr type,
						 const xmlChar *value,
						 xmlSchemaValPtr *val,
						 xmlNodePtr node);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaValidateFacet		(xmlSchemaTypePtr base,
						 xmlSchemaFacetPtr facet,
						 const xmlChar *value,
						 xmlSchemaValPtr val);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaValidateFacetWhtsp	(xmlSchemaFacetPtr facet,
						 xmlSchemaWhitespaceValueType fws,
						 xmlSchemaValType valType,
						 const xmlChar *value,
						 xmlSchemaValPtr val,
						 xmlSchemaWhitespaceValueType ws);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaFreeValue		(xmlSchemaValPtr val);
XMLPUBFUN xmlSchemaFacetPtr XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaNewFacet		(void);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaCheckFacet		(xmlSchemaFacetPtr facet,
						 xmlSchemaTypePtr typeDecl,
						 xmlSchemaParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaFreeFacet		(xmlSchemaFacetPtr facet);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaCompareValues		(xmlSchemaValPtr x,
						 xmlSchemaValPtr y);
XMLPUBFUN xmlSchemaTypePtr XMLCALL
    xmlSchemaGetBuiltInListSimpleTypeItemType	(xmlSchemaTypePtr type);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
    xmlSchemaValidateListSimpleTypeFacet	(xmlSchemaFacetPtr facet,
						 const xmlChar *value,
						 unsigned long actualLen,
						 unsigned long *expectedLen);
XMLPUBFUN xmlSchemaTypePtr XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaGetBuiltInType		(xmlSchemaValType type);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaIsBuiltInTypeFacet	(xmlSchemaTypePtr type,
						 int facetType);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaCollapseString		(const xmlChar *value);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaWhiteSpaceReplace	(const xmlChar *value);
XMLPUBFUN unsigned long  XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaGetFacetValueAsULong	(xmlSchemaFacetPtr facet);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaValidateLengthFacet	(xmlSchemaTypePtr type,
						 xmlSchemaFacetPtr facet,
						 const xmlChar *value,
						 xmlSchemaValPtr val,
						 unsigned long *length);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaValidateLengthFacetWhtsp(xmlSchemaFacetPtr facet,
						  xmlSchemaValType valType,
						  const xmlChar *value,
						  xmlSchemaValPtr val,
						  unsigned long *length,
						  xmlSchemaWhitespaceValueType ws);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaValPredefTypeNodeNoNorm(xmlSchemaTypePtr type,
						 const xmlChar *value,
						 xmlSchemaValPtr *val,
						 xmlNodePtr node);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaGetCanonValue		(xmlSchemaValPtr val,
						 const xmlChar **retValue);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaGetCanonValueWhtsp	(xmlSchemaValPtr val,
						 const xmlChar **retValue,
						 xmlSchemaWhitespaceValueType ws);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaValueAppend		(xmlSchemaValPtr prev,
						 xmlSchemaValPtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN xmlSchemaValPtr XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaValueGetNext		(xmlSchemaValPtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaValueGetAsString	(xmlSchemaValPtr val);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaValueGetAsBoolean	(xmlSchemaValPtr val);
XMLPUBFUN xmlSchemaValPtr XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaNewStringValue		(xmlSchemaValType type,
						 const xmlChar *value);
XMLPUBFUN xmlSchemaValPtr XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaNewNOTATIONValue	(const xmlChar *name,
						 const xmlChar *ns);
XMLPUBFUN xmlSchemaValPtr XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaNewQNameValue		(const xmlChar *namespaceName,
						 const xmlChar *localName);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaCompareValuesWhtsp	(xmlSchemaValPtr x,
						 xmlSchemaWhitespaceValueType xws,
						 xmlSchemaValPtr y,
						 xmlSchemaWhitespaceValueType yws);
XMLPUBFUN xmlSchemaValPtr XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaCopyValue		(xmlSchemaValPtr val);
XMLPUBFUN xmlSchemaValType XMLCALL
		xmlSchemaGetValType		(xmlSchemaValPtr val);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED */
#endif /* __XML_SCHEMA_TYPES_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: implementation of XInclude
 * Description: API to handle XInclude processing,
 * implements the
 * World Wide Web Consortium Last Call Working Draft 10 November 2003
 * http://www.w3.org/TR/2003/WD-xinclude-20031110
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_XINCLUDE_H__
#define __XML_XINCLUDE_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/tree.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_XINCLUDE_ENABLED

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * XINCLUDE_NS:
 *
 * Macro defining the Xinclude namespace: http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude
 */
#define XINCLUDE_NS (const xmlChar *) "http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude"
/**
 * XINCLUDE_OLD_NS:
 *
 * Macro defining the draft Xinclude namespace: http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude
 */
#define XINCLUDE_OLD_NS (const xmlChar *) "http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
/**
 * XINCLUDE_NODE:
 *
 * Macro defining "include"
 */
#define XINCLUDE_NODE (const xmlChar *) "include"
/**
 * XINCLUDE_FALLBACK:
 *
 * Macro defining "fallback"
 */
#define XINCLUDE_FALLBACK (const xmlChar *) "fallback"
/**
 * XINCLUDE_HREF:
 *
 * Macro defining "href"
 */
#define XINCLUDE_HREF (const xmlChar *) "href"
/**
 * XINCLUDE_PARSE:
 *
 * Macro defining "parse"
 */
#define XINCLUDE_PARSE (const xmlChar *) "parse"
/**
 * XINCLUDE_PARSE_XML:
 *
 * Macro defining "xml"
 */
#define XINCLUDE_PARSE_XML (const xmlChar *) "xml"
/**
 * XINCLUDE_PARSE_TEXT:
 *
 * Macro defining "text"
 */
#define XINCLUDE_PARSE_TEXT (const xmlChar *) "text"
/**
 * XINCLUDE_PARSE_ENCODING:
 *
 * Macro defining "encoding"
 */
#define XINCLUDE_PARSE_ENCODING (const xmlChar *) "encoding"
/**
 * XINCLUDE_PARSE_XPOINTER:
 *
 * Macro defining "xpointer"
 */
#define XINCLUDE_PARSE_XPOINTER (const xmlChar *) "xpointer"

typedef struct _xmlXIncludeCtxt xmlXIncludeCtxt;
typedef xmlXIncludeCtxt *xmlXIncludeCtxtPtr;

/*
 * standalone processing
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlXIncludeProcess	(xmlDocPtr doc);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlXIncludeProcessFlags	(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 int flags);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlXIncludeProcessFlagsData(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 int flags,
					 void *data);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
                xmlXIncludeProcessTreeFlagsData(xmlNodePtr tree,
                                         int flags,
                                         void *data);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlXIncludeProcessTree	(xmlNodePtr tree);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlXIncludeProcessTreeFlags(xmlNodePtr tree,
					 int flags);
/*
 * contextual processing
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlXIncludeCtxtPtr XMLCALL
		xmlXIncludeNewContext	(xmlDocPtr doc);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlXIncludeSetFlags	(xmlXIncludeCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 int flags);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlXIncludeFreeContext	(xmlXIncludeCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlXIncludeProcessNode	(xmlXIncludeCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlNodePtr tree);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* LIBXML_XINCLUDE_ENABLED */

#endif /* __XML_XINCLUDE_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: string dictionary
 * Description: dictionary of reusable strings, just used to avoid allocation
 *         and freeing operations.
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_DICT_H__
#define __XML_DICT_H__

#ifdef __cplusplus
#define __XML_EXTERNC	extern "C"
#else
#define __XML_EXTERNC
#endif

/*
 * The dictionary.
 */
__XML_EXTERNC typedef struct _xmlDict xmlDict;
__XML_EXTERNC typedef xmlDict *xmlDictPtr;

#include <limits.h>
#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/tree.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * Initializer
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL  xmlInitializeDict(void);

/*
 * Constructor and destructor.
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlDictPtr XMLCALL
			xmlDictCreate	(void);
XMLPUBFUN size_t XMLCALL
			xmlDictSetLimit	(xmlDictPtr dict,
                                         size_t limit);
XMLPUBFUN size_t XMLCALL
			xmlDictGetUsage (xmlDictPtr dict);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDictPtr XMLCALL
			xmlDictCreateSub(xmlDictPtr sub);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlDictReference(xmlDictPtr dict);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlDictFree	(xmlDictPtr dict);

/*
 * Lookup of entry in the dictionary.
 */
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlDictLookup	(xmlDictPtr dict,
		                         const xmlChar *name,
		                         int len);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlDictExists	(xmlDictPtr dict,
		                         const xmlChar *name,
		                         int len);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlDictQLookup	(xmlDictPtr dict,
		                         const xmlChar *prefix,
		                         const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlDictOwns	(xmlDictPtr dict,
					 const xmlChar *str);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlDictSize	(xmlDictPtr dict);

/*
 * Cleanup function
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
                        xmlDictCleanup  (void);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* ! __XML_DICT_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: Tree debugging APIs
 * Description: Interfaces to a set of routines used for debugging the tree
 *              produced by the XML parser.
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __DEBUG_XML__
#define __DEBUG_XML__
#include <stdio.h>
#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/tree.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_DEBUG_ENABLED

#include <libxml/xpath.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * The standard Dump routines.
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlDebugDumpString	(FILE *output,
				 const xmlChar *str);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlDebugDumpAttr	(FILE *output,
				 xmlAttrPtr attr,
				 int depth);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlDebugDumpAttrList	(FILE *output,
				 xmlAttrPtr attr,
				 int depth);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlDebugDumpOneNode	(FILE *output,
				 xmlNodePtr node,
				 int depth);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlDebugDumpNode	(FILE *output,
				 xmlNodePtr node,
				 int depth);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlDebugDumpNodeList	(FILE *output,
				 xmlNodePtr node,
				 int depth);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlDebugDumpDocumentHead(FILE *output,
				 xmlDocPtr doc);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlDebugDumpDocument	(FILE *output,
				 xmlDocPtr doc);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlDebugDumpDTD		(FILE *output,
				 xmlDtdPtr dtd);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlDebugDumpEntities	(FILE *output,
				 xmlDocPtr doc);

/****************************************************************
 *								*
 *			Checking routines			*
 *								*
 ****************************************************************/

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlDebugCheckDocument	(FILE * output,
				 xmlDocPtr doc);

/****************************************************************
 *								*
 *			XML shell helpers			*
 *								*
 ****************************************************************/

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlLsOneNode		(FILE *output, xmlNodePtr node);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlLsCountNode		(xmlNodePtr node);

XMLPUBFUN const char * XMLCALL
	xmlBoolToText		(int boolval);

/****************************************************************
 *								*
 *	 The XML shell related structures and functions		*
 *								*
 ****************************************************************/

#ifdef LIBXML_XPATH_ENABLED
/**
 * xmlShellReadlineFunc:
 * @prompt:  a string prompt
 *
 * This is a generic signature for the XML shell input function.
 *
 * Returns a string which will be freed by the Shell.
 */
typedef char * (* xmlShellReadlineFunc)(char *prompt);

/**
 * xmlShellCtxt:
 *
 * A debugging shell context.
 * TODO: add the defined function tables.
 */
typedef struct _xmlShellCtxt xmlShellCtxt;
typedef xmlShellCtxt *xmlShellCtxtPtr;
struct _xmlShellCtxt {
    char *filename;
    xmlDocPtr doc;
    xmlNodePtr node;
    xmlXPathContextPtr pctxt;
    int loaded;
    FILE *output;
    xmlShellReadlineFunc input;
};

/**
 * xmlShellCmd:
 * @ctxt:  a shell context
 * @arg:  a string argument
 * @node:  a first node
 * @node2:  a second node
 *
 * This is a generic signature for the XML shell functions.
 *
 * Returns an int, negative returns indicating errors.
 */
typedef int (* xmlShellCmd) (xmlShellCtxtPtr ctxt,
                             char *arg,
			     xmlNodePtr node,
			     xmlNodePtr node2);

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlShellPrintXPathError	(int errorType,
				 const char *arg);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlShellPrintXPathResult(xmlXPathObjectPtr list);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlShellList		(xmlShellCtxtPtr ctxt,
				 char *arg,
				 xmlNodePtr node,
				 xmlNodePtr node2);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlShellBase		(xmlShellCtxtPtr ctxt,
				 char *arg,
				 xmlNodePtr node,
				 xmlNodePtr node2);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlShellDir		(xmlShellCtxtPtr ctxt,
				 char *arg,
				 xmlNodePtr node,
				 xmlNodePtr node2);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlShellLoad		(xmlShellCtxtPtr ctxt,
				 char *filename,
				 xmlNodePtr node,
				 xmlNodePtr node2);
#ifdef LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlShellPrintNode	(xmlNodePtr node);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlShellCat		(xmlShellCtxtPtr ctxt,
				 char *arg,
				 xmlNodePtr node,
				 xmlNodePtr node2);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlShellWrite		(xmlShellCtxtPtr ctxt,
				 char *filename,
				 xmlNodePtr node,
				 xmlNodePtr node2);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlShellSave		(xmlShellCtxtPtr ctxt,
				 char *filename,
				 xmlNodePtr node,
				 xmlNodePtr node2);
#endif /* LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED */
#ifdef LIBXML_VALID_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlShellValidate	(xmlShellCtxtPtr ctxt,
				 char *dtd,
				 xmlNodePtr node,
				 xmlNodePtr node2);
#endif /* LIBXML_VALID_ENABLED */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlShellDu		(xmlShellCtxtPtr ctxt,
				 char *arg,
				 xmlNodePtr tree,
				 xmlNodePtr node2);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlShellPwd		(xmlShellCtxtPtr ctxt,
				 char *buffer,
				 xmlNodePtr node,
				 xmlNodePtr node2);

/*
 * The Shell interface.
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlShell		(xmlDocPtr doc,
				 char *filename,
				 xmlShellReadlineFunc input,
				 FILE *output);

#endif /* LIBXML_XPATH_ENABLED */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* LIBXML_DEBUG_ENABLED */
#endif /* __DEBUG_XML__ */
/*
 * Summary: Provide Canonical XML and Exclusive XML Canonicalization
 * Description: the c14n modules provides a
 *
 * "Canonical XML" implementation
 * http://www.w3.org/TR/xml-c14n
 *
 * and an
 *
 * "Exclusive XML Canonicalization" implementation
 * http://www.w3.org/TR/xml-exc-c14n

 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Aleksey Sanin <aleksey@aleksey.com>
 */
#ifndef __XML_C14N_H__
#define __XML_C14N_H__
#ifdef LIBXML_C14N_ENABLED
#ifdef LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif /* __cplusplus */

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/tree.h>
#include <libxml/xpath.h>

/*
 * XML Canonicazation
 * http://www.w3.org/TR/xml-c14n
 *
 * Exclusive XML Canonicazation
 * http://www.w3.org/TR/xml-exc-c14n
 *
 * Canonical form of an XML document could be created if and only if
 *  a) default attributes (if any) are added to all nodes
 *  b) all character and parsed entity references are resolved
 * In order to achive this in libxml2 the document MUST be loaded with
 * following global setings:
 *
 *    xmlLoadExtDtdDefaultValue = XML_DETECT_IDS | XML_COMPLETE_ATTRS;
 *    xmlSubstituteEntitiesDefault(1);
 *
 * or corresponding parser context setting:
 *    xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt;
 *
 *    ...
 *    ctxt->loadsubset = XML_DETECT_IDS | XML_COMPLETE_ATTRS;
 *    ctxt->replaceEntities = 1;
 *    ...
 */

/*
 * xmlC14NMode:
 *
 * Predefined values for C14N modes
 *
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_C14N_1_0            = 0,    /* Origianal C14N 1.0 spec */
    XML_C14N_EXCLUSIVE_1_0  = 1,    /* Exclusive C14N 1.0 spec */
    XML_C14N_1_1            = 2     /* C14N 1.1 spec */
} xmlC14NMode;

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlC14NDocSaveTo	(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodeSetPtr nodes,
					 int mode, /* a xmlC14NMode */
					 xmlChar **inclusive_ns_prefixes,
					 int with_comments,
					 xmlOutputBufferPtr buf);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlC14NDocDumpMemory	(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodeSetPtr nodes,
					 int mode, /* a xmlC14NMode */
					 xmlChar **inclusive_ns_prefixes,
					 int with_comments,
					 xmlChar **doc_txt_ptr);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlC14NDocSave		(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodeSetPtr nodes,
					 int mode, /* a xmlC14NMode */
					 xmlChar **inclusive_ns_prefixes,
					 int with_comments,
					 const char* filename,
					 int compression);


/**
 * This is the core C14N function
 */
/**
 * xmlC14NIsVisibleCallback:
 * @user_data: user data
 * @node: the curent node
 * @parent: the parent node
 *
 * Signature for a C14N callback on visible nodes
 *
 * Returns 1 if the node should be included
 */
typedef int (*xmlC14NIsVisibleCallback)	(void* user_data,
					 xmlNodePtr node,
					 xmlNodePtr parent);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlC14NExecute		(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlC14NIsVisibleCallback is_visible_callback,
					 void* user_data,
					 int mode, /* a xmlC14NMode */
					 xmlChar **inclusive_ns_prefixes,
					 int with_comments,
					 xmlOutputBufferPtr buf);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif /* __cplusplus */

#endif /* LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED */
#endif /* LIBXML_C14N_ENABLED */
#endif /* __XML_C14N_H__ */

/*
 * Summary: Unicode character range checking
 * Description: this module exports interfaces for the character
 *               range validation APIs
 *
 * This file is automatically generated from the cvs source
 * definition files using the genChRanges.py Python script
 *
 * Generation date: Mon Mar 27 11:09:48 2006
 * Sources: chvalid.def
 * Author: William Brack <wbrack@mmm.com.hk>
 */

#ifndef __XML_CHVALID_H__
#define __XML_CHVALID_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/xmlstring.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * Define our typedefs and structures
 *
 */
typedef struct _xmlChSRange xmlChSRange;
typedef xmlChSRange *xmlChSRangePtr;
struct _xmlChSRange {
    unsigned short	low;
    unsigned short	high;
};

typedef struct _xmlChLRange xmlChLRange;
typedef xmlChLRange *xmlChLRangePtr;
struct _xmlChLRange {
    unsigned int	low;
    unsigned int	high;
};

typedef struct _xmlChRangeGroup xmlChRangeGroup;
typedef xmlChRangeGroup *xmlChRangeGroupPtr;
struct _xmlChRangeGroup {
    int			nbShortRange;
    int			nbLongRange;
    const xmlChSRange	*shortRange;	/* points to an array of ranges */
    const xmlChLRange	*longRange;
};

/**
 * Range checking routine
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlCharInRange(unsigned int val, const xmlChRangeGroup *group);


/**
 * xmlIsBaseChar_ch:
 * @c: char to validate
 *
 * Automatically generated by genChRanges.py
 */
#define xmlIsBaseChar_ch(c)	(((0x41 <= (c)) && ((c) <= 0x5a)) || \
				 ((0x61 <= (c)) && ((c) <= 0x7a)) || \
				 ((0xc0 <= (c)) && ((c) <= 0xd6)) || \
				 ((0xd8 <= (c)) && ((c) <= 0xf6)) || \
				  (0xf8 <= (c)))

/**
 * xmlIsBaseCharQ:
 * @c: char to validate
 *
 * Automatically generated by genChRanges.py
 */
#define xmlIsBaseCharQ(c)	(((c) < 0x100) ? \
				 xmlIsBaseChar_ch((c)) : \
				 xmlCharInRange((c), &xmlIsBaseCharGroup))

XMLPUBVAR const xmlChRangeGroup xmlIsBaseCharGroup;

/**
 * xmlIsBlank_ch:
 * @c: char to validate
 *
 * Automatically generated by genChRanges.py
 */
#define xmlIsBlank_ch(c)	(((c) == 0x20) || \
				 ((0x9 <= (c)) && ((c) <= 0xa)) || \
				 ((c) == 0xd))

/**
 * xmlIsBlankQ:
 * @c: char to validate
 *
 * Automatically generated by genChRanges.py
 */
#define xmlIsBlankQ(c)		(((c) < 0x100) ? \
				 xmlIsBlank_ch((c)) : 0)


/**
 * xmlIsChar_ch:
 * @c: char to validate
 *
 * Automatically generated by genChRanges.py
 */
#define xmlIsChar_ch(c)		(((0x9 <= (c)) && ((c) <= 0xa)) || \
				 ((c) == 0xd) || \
				  (0x20 <= (c)))

/**
 * xmlIsCharQ:
 * @c: char to validate
 *
 * Automatically generated by genChRanges.py
 */
#define xmlIsCharQ(c)		(((c) < 0x100) ? \
				 xmlIsChar_ch((c)) :\
				(((0x100 <= (c)) && ((c) <= 0xd7ff)) || \
				 ((0xe000 <= (c)) && ((c) <= 0xfffd)) || \
				 ((0x10000 <= (c)) && ((c) <= 0x10ffff))))

XMLPUBVAR const xmlChRangeGroup xmlIsCharGroup;

/**
 * xmlIsCombiningQ:
 * @c: char to validate
 *
 * Automatically generated by genChRanges.py
 */
#define xmlIsCombiningQ(c)	(((c) < 0x100) ? \
				 0 : \
				 xmlCharInRange((c), &xmlIsCombiningGroup))

XMLPUBVAR const xmlChRangeGroup xmlIsCombiningGroup;

/**
 * xmlIsDigit_ch:
 * @c: char to validate
 *
 * Automatically generated by genChRanges.py
 */
#define xmlIsDigit_ch(c)	(((0x30 <= (c)) && ((c) <= 0x39)))

/**
 * xmlIsDigitQ:
 * @c: char to validate
 *
 * Automatically generated by genChRanges.py
 */
#define xmlIsDigitQ(c)		(((c) < 0x100) ? \
				 xmlIsDigit_ch((c)) : \
				 xmlCharInRange((c), &xmlIsDigitGroup))

XMLPUBVAR const xmlChRangeGroup xmlIsDigitGroup;

/**
 * xmlIsExtender_ch:
 * @c: char to validate
 *
 * Automatically generated by genChRanges.py
 */
#define xmlIsExtender_ch(c)	(((c) == 0xb7))

/**
 * xmlIsExtenderQ:
 * @c: char to validate
 *
 * Automatically generated by genChRanges.py
 */
#define xmlIsExtenderQ(c)	(((c) < 0x100) ? \
				 xmlIsExtender_ch((c)) : \
				 xmlCharInRange((c), &xmlIsExtenderGroup))

XMLPUBVAR const xmlChRangeGroup xmlIsExtenderGroup;

/**
 * xmlIsIdeographicQ:
 * @c: char to validate
 *
 * Automatically generated by genChRanges.py
 */
#define xmlIsIdeographicQ(c)	(((c) < 0x100) ? \
				 0 :\
				(((0x4e00 <= (c)) && ((c) <= 0x9fa5)) || \
				 ((c) == 0x3007) || \
				 ((0x3021 <= (c)) && ((c) <= 0x3029))))

XMLPUBVAR const xmlChRangeGroup xmlIsIdeographicGroup;
XMLPUBVAR const unsigned char xmlIsPubidChar_tab[256];

/**
 * xmlIsPubidChar_ch:
 * @c: char to validate
 *
 * Automatically generated by genChRanges.py
 */
#define xmlIsPubidChar_ch(c)	(xmlIsPubidChar_tab[(c)])

/**
 * xmlIsPubidCharQ:
 * @c: char to validate
 *
 * Automatically generated by genChRanges.py
 */
#define xmlIsPubidCharQ(c)	(((c) < 0x100) ? \
				 xmlIsPubidChar_ch((c)) : 0)

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlIsBaseChar(unsigned int ch);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlIsBlank(unsigned int ch);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlIsChar(unsigned int ch);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlIsCombining(unsigned int ch);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlIsDigit(unsigned int ch);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlIsExtender(unsigned int ch);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlIsIdeographic(unsigned int ch);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlIsPubidChar(unsigned int ch);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __XML_CHVALID_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: interface for the memory allocator
 * Description: provides interfaces for the memory allocator,
 *              including debugging capabilities.
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */


#ifndef __DEBUG_MEMORY_ALLOC__
#define __DEBUG_MEMORY_ALLOC__

#include <stdio.h>
#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>

/**
 * DEBUG_MEMORY:
 *
 * DEBUG_MEMORY replaces the allocator with a collect and debug
 * shell to the libc allocator.
 * DEBUG_MEMORY should only be activated when debugging
 * libxml i.e. if libxml has been configured with --with-debug-mem too.
 */
/* #define DEBUG_MEMORY_FREED */
/* #define DEBUG_MEMORY_LOCATION */

#ifdef DEBUG
#ifndef DEBUG_MEMORY
#define DEBUG_MEMORY
#endif
#endif

/**
 * DEBUG_MEMORY_LOCATION:
 *
 * DEBUG_MEMORY_LOCATION should be activated only when debugging
 * libxml i.e. if libxml has been configured with --with-debug-mem too.
 */
#ifdef DEBUG_MEMORY_LOCATION
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * The XML memory wrapper support 4 basic overloadable functions.
 */
/**
 * xmlFreeFunc:
 * @mem: an already allocated block of memory
 *
 * Signature for a free() implementation.
 */
typedef void (XMLCALL *xmlFreeFunc)(void *mem);
/**
 * xmlMallocFunc:
 * @size:  the size requested in bytes
 *
 * Signature for a malloc() implementation.
 *
 * Returns a pointer to the newly allocated block or NULL in case of error.
 */
typedef void *(LIBXML_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE(1) XMLCALL *xmlMallocFunc)(size_t size);

/**
 * xmlReallocFunc:
 * @mem: an already allocated block of memory
 * @size:  the new size requested in bytes
 *
 * Signature for a realloc() implementation.
 *
 * Returns a pointer to the newly reallocated block or NULL in case of error.
 */
typedef void *(XMLCALL *xmlReallocFunc)(void *mem, size_t size);

/**
 * xmlStrdupFunc:
 * @str: a zero terminated string
 *
 * Signature for an strdup() implementation.
 *
 * Returns the copy of the string or NULL in case of error.
 */
typedef char *(XMLCALL *xmlStrdupFunc)(const char *str);

/*
 * The 4 interfaces used for all memory handling within libxml.
LIBXML_DLL_IMPORT xmlFreeFunc xmlFree;
LIBXML_DLL_IMPORT xmlMallocFunc xmlMalloc;
LIBXML_DLL_IMPORT xmlMallocFunc xmlMallocAtomic;
LIBXML_DLL_IMPORT xmlReallocFunc xmlRealloc;
LIBXML_DLL_IMPORT xmlStrdupFunc xmlMemStrdup;
 */

/*
 * The way to overload the existing functions.
 * The xmlGc function have an extra entry for atomic block
 * allocations useful for garbage collected memory allocators
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlMemSetup	(xmlFreeFunc freeFunc,
			 xmlMallocFunc mallocFunc,
			 xmlReallocFunc reallocFunc,
			 xmlStrdupFunc strdupFunc);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlMemGet	(xmlFreeFunc *freeFunc,
			 xmlMallocFunc *mallocFunc,
			 xmlReallocFunc *reallocFunc,
			 xmlStrdupFunc *strdupFunc);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlGcMemSetup	(xmlFreeFunc freeFunc,
			 xmlMallocFunc mallocFunc,
			 xmlMallocFunc mallocAtomicFunc,
			 xmlReallocFunc reallocFunc,
			 xmlStrdupFunc strdupFunc);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlGcMemGet	(xmlFreeFunc *freeFunc,
			 xmlMallocFunc *mallocFunc,
			 xmlMallocFunc *mallocAtomicFunc,
			 xmlReallocFunc *reallocFunc,
			 xmlStrdupFunc *strdupFunc);

/*
 * Initialization of the memory layer.
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlInitMemory	(void);

/*
 * Cleanup of the memory layer.
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
                xmlCleanupMemory        (void);
/*
 * These are specific to the XML debug memory wrapper.
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlMemUsed	(void);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlMemBlocks	(void);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlMemDisplay	(FILE *fp);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlMemDisplayLast(FILE *fp, long nbBytes);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlMemShow	(FILE *fp, int nr);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlMemoryDump	(void);
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
	xmlMemMalloc	(size_t size) LIBXML_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE(1);
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
	xmlMemRealloc	(void *ptr,size_t size);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlMemFree	(void *ptr);
XMLPUBFUN char * XMLCALL
	xmlMemoryStrdup	(const char *str);
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
	xmlMallocLoc	(size_t size, const char *file, int line) LIBXML_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE(1);
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
	xmlReallocLoc	(void *ptr, size_t size, const char *file, int line);
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
	xmlMallocAtomicLoc (size_t size, const char *file, int line) LIBXML_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE(1);
XMLPUBFUN char * XMLCALL
	xmlMemStrdupLoc	(const char *str, const char *file, int line);


#ifdef DEBUG_MEMORY_LOCATION
/**
 * xmlMalloc:
 * @size:  number of bytes to allocate
 *
 * Wrapper for the malloc() function used in the XML library.
 *
 * Returns the pointer to the allocated area or NULL in case of error.
 */
#define xmlMalloc(size) xmlMallocLoc((size), __FILE__, __LINE__)
/**
 * xmlMallocAtomic:
 * @size:  number of bytes to allocate
 *
 * Wrapper for the malloc() function used in the XML library for allocation
 * of block not containing pointers to other areas.
 *
 * Returns the pointer to the allocated area or NULL in case of error.
 */
#define xmlMallocAtomic(size) xmlMallocAtomicLoc((size), __FILE__, __LINE__)
/**
 * xmlRealloc:
 * @ptr:  pointer to the existing allocated area
 * @size:  number of bytes to allocate
 *
 * Wrapper for the realloc() function used in the XML library.
 *
 * Returns the pointer to the allocated area or NULL in case of error.
 */
#define xmlRealloc(ptr, size) xmlReallocLoc((ptr), (size), __FILE__, __LINE__)
/**
 * xmlMemStrdup:
 * @str:  pointer to the existing string
 *
 * Wrapper for the strdup() function, xmlStrdup() is usually preferred.
 *
 * Returns the pointer to the allocated area or NULL in case of error.
 */
#define xmlMemStrdup(str) xmlMemStrdupLoc((str), __FILE__, __LINE__)

#endif /* DEBUG_MEMORY_LOCATION */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif /* __cplusplus */

#ifndef __XML_GLOBALS_H
#ifndef __XML_THREADS_H__
#include <libxml/threads.h>
#include <libxml/globals.h>
#endif
#endif

#endif  /* __DEBUG_MEMORY_ALLOC__ */

/*
 * Summary: unfinished XLink detection module
 * Description: unfinished XLink detection module
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_XLINK_H__
#define __XML_XLINK_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/tree.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_XPTR_ENABLED

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * Various defines for the various Link properties.
 *
 * NOTE: the link detection layer will try to resolve QName expansion
 *       of namespaces. If "foo" is the prefix for "http://foo.com/"
 *       then the link detection layer will expand role="foo:myrole"
 *       to "http://foo.com/:myrole".
 * NOTE: the link detection layer will expand URI-Refences found on
 *       href attributes by using the base mechanism if found.
 */
typedef xmlChar *xlinkHRef;
typedef xmlChar *xlinkRole;
typedef xmlChar *xlinkTitle;

typedef enum {
    XLINK_TYPE_NONE = 0,
    XLINK_TYPE_SIMPLE,
    XLINK_TYPE_EXTENDED,
    XLINK_TYPE_EXTENDED_SET
} xlinkType;

typedef enum {
    XLINK_SHOW_NONE = 0,
    XLINK_SHOW_NEW,
    XLINK_SHOW_EMBED,
    XLINK_SHOW_REPLACE
} xlinkShow;

typedef enum {
    XLINK_ACTUATE_NONE = 0,
    XLINK_ACTUATE_AUTO,
    XLINK_ACTUATE_ONREQUEST
} xlinkActuate;

/**
 * xlinkNodeDetectFunc:
 * @ctx:  user data pointer
 * @node:  the node to check
 *
 * This is the prototype for the link detection routine.
 * It calls the default link detection callbacks upon link detection.
 */
typedef void (*xlinkNodeDetectFunc) (void *ctx, xmlNodePtr node);

/*
 * The link detection module interact with the upper layers using
 * a set of callback registered at parsing time.
 */

/**
 * xlinkSimpleLinkFunk:
 * @ctx:  user data pointer
 * @node:  the node carrying the link
 * @href:  the target of the link
 * @role:  the role string
 * @title:  the link title
 *
 * This is the prototype for a simple link detection callback.
 */
typedef void
(*xlinkSimpleLinkFunk)	(void *ctx,
			 xmlNodePtr node,
			 const xlinkHRef href,
			 const xlinkRole role,
			 const xlinkTitle title);

/**
 * xlinkExtendedLinkFunk:
 * @ctx:  user data pointer
 * @node:  the node carrying the link
 * @nbLocators: the number of locators detected on the link
 * @hrefs:  pointer to the array of locator hrefs
 * @roles:  pointer to the array of locator roles
 * @nbArcs: the number of arcs detected on the link
 * @from:  pointer to the array of source roles found on the arcs
 * @to:  pointer to the array of target roles found on the arcs
 * @show:  array of values for the show attributes found on the arcs
 * @actuate:  array of values for the actuate attributes found on the arcs
 * @nbTitles: the number of titles detected on the link
 * @title:  array of titles detected on the link
 * @langs:  array of xml:lang values for the titles
 *
 * This is the prototype for a extended link detection callback.
 */
typedef void
(*xlinkExtendedLinkFunk)(void *ctx,
			 xmlNodePtr node,
			 int nbLocators,
			 const xlinkHRef *hrefs,
			 const xlinkRole *roles,
			 int nbArcs,
			 const xlinkRole *from,
			 const xlinkRole *to,
			 xlinkShow *show,
			 xlinkActuate *actuate,
			 int nbTitles,
			 const xlinkTitle *titles,
			 const xmlChar **langs);

/**
 * xlinkExtendedLinkSetFunk:
 * @ctx:  user data pointer
 * @node:  the node carrying the link
 * @nbLocators: the number of locators detected on the link
 * @hrefs:  pointer to the array of locator hrefs
 * @roles:  pointer to the array of locator roles
 * @nbTitles: the number of titles detected on the link
 * @title:  array of titles detected on the link
 * @langs:  array of xml:lang values for the titles
 *
 * This is the prototype for a extended link set detection callback.
 */
typedef void
(*xlinkExtendedLinkSetFunk)	(void *ctx,
				 xmlNodePtr node,
				 int nbLocators,
				 const xlinkHRef *hrefs,
				 const xlinkRole *roles,
				 int nbTitles,
				 const xlinkTitle *titles,
				 const xmlChar **langs);

/**
 * This is the structure containing a set of Links detection callbacks.
 *
 * There is no default xlink callbacks, if one want to get link
 * recognition activated, those call backs must be provided before parsing.
 */
typedef struct _xlinkHandler xlinkHandler;
typedef xlinkHandler *xlinkHandlerPtr;
struct _xlinkHandler {
    xlinkSimpleLinkFunk simple;
    xlinkExtendedLinkFunk extended;
    xlinkExtendedLinkSetFunk set;
};

/*
 * The default detection routine, can be overridden, they call the default
 * detection callbacks.
 */

XMLPUBFUN xlinkNodeDetectFunc XMLCALL
		xlinkGetDefaultDetect	(void);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xlinkSetDefaultDetect	(xlinkNodeDetectFunc func);

/*
 * Routines to set/get the default handlers.
 */
XMLPUBFUN xlinkHandlerPtr XMLCALL
		xlinkGetDefaultHandler	(void);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xlinkSetDefaultHandler	(xlinkHandlerPtr handler);

/*
 * Link detection module itself.
 */
XMLPUBFUN xlinkType XMLCALL
		xlinkIsLink		(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr node);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* LIBXML_XPTR_ENABLED */

#endif /* __XML_XLINK_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: API to handle XML Pointers
 * Description: API to handle XML Pointers
 * Base implementation was made accordingly to
 * W3C Candidate Recommendation 7 June 2000
 * http://www.w3.org/TR/2000/CR-xptr-20000607
 *
 * Added support for the element() scheme described in:
 * W3C Proposed Recommendation 13 November 2002
 * http://www.w3.org/TR/2002/PR-xptr-element-20021113/
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_XPTR_H__
#define __XML_XPTR_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_XPTR_ENABLED

#include <libxml/tree.h>
#include <libxml/xpath.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * A Location Set
 */
typedef struct _xmlLocationSet xmlLocationSet;
typedef xmlLocationSet *xmlLocationSetPtr;
struct _xmlLocationSet {
    int locNr;		      /* number of locations in the set */
    int locMax;		      /* size of the array as allocated */
    xmlXPathObjectPtr *locTab;/* array of locations */
};

/*
 * Handling of location sets.
 */

XMLPUBFUN xmlLocationSetPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPtrLocationSetCreate	(xmlXPathObjectPtr val);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		    xmlXPtrFreeLocationSet	(xmlLocationSetPtr obj);
XMLPUBFUN xmlLocationSetPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPtrLocationSetMerge	(xmlLocationSetPtr val1,
						 xmlLocationSetPtr val2);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPtrNewRange		(xmlNodePtr start,
						 int startindex,
						 xmlNodePtr end,
						 int endindex);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPtrNewRangePoints	(xmlXPathObjectPtr start,
						 xmlXPathObjectPtr end);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPtrNewRangeNodePoint	(xmlNodePtr start,
						 xmlXPathObjectPtr end);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPtrNewRangePointNode	(xmlXPathObjectPtr start,
						 xmlNodePtr end);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPtrNewRangeNodes	(xmlNodePtr start,
						 xmlNodePtr end);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPtrNewLocationSetNodes	(xmlNodePtr start,
						 xmlNodePtr end);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPtrNewLocationSetNodeSet(xmlNodeSetPtr set);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPtrNewRangeNodeObject	(xmlNodePtr start,
						 xmlXPathObjectPtr end);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPtrNewCollapsedRange	(xmlNodePtr start);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		    xmlXPtrLocationSetAdd	(xmlLocationSetPtr cur,
						 xmlXPathObjectPtr val);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPtrWrapLocationSet	(xmlLocationSetPtr val);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		    xmlXPtrLocationSetDel	(xmlLocationSetPtr cur,
						 xmlXPathObjectPtr val);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		    xmlXPtrLocationSetRemove	(xmlLocationSetPtr cur,
						 int val);

/*
 * Functions.
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathContextPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPtrNewContext		(xmlDocPtr doc,
						 xmlNodePtr here,
						 xmlNodePtr origin);
XMLPUBFUN xmlXPathObjectPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPtrEval			(const xmlChar *str,
						 xmlXPathContextPtr ctx);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		    xmlXPtrRangeToFunction	(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt,
						 int nargs);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		    xmlXPtrBuildNodeList	(xmlXPathObjectPtr obj);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		    xmlXPtrEvalRangePredicate	(xmlXPathParserContextPtr ctxt);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* LIBXML_XPTR_ENABLED */
#endif /* __XML_XPTR_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: implementation of the Relax-NG validation
 * Description: implementation of the Relax-NG validation
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_RELAX_NG__
#define __XML_RELAX_NG__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/hash.h>
#include <libxml/xmlstring.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct _xmlRelaxNG xmlRelaxNG;
typedef xmlRelaxNG *xmlRelaxNGPtr;


/**
 * xmlRelaxNGValidityErrorFunc:
 * @ctx: the validation context
 * @msg: the message
 * @...: extra arguments
 *
 * Signature of an error callback from a Relax-NG validation
 */
typedef void (XMLCDECL *xmlRelaxNGValidityErrorFunc) (void *ctx,
						      const char *msg,
						      ...) LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(2,3);

/**
 * xmlRelaxNGValidityWarningFunc:
 * @ctx: the validation context
 * @msg: the message
 * @...: extra arguments
 *
 * Signature of a warning callback from a Relax-NG validation
 */
typedef void (XMLCDECL *xmlRelaxNGValidityWarningFunc) (void *ctx,
							const char *msg,
							...) LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(2,3);

/**
 * A schemas validation context
 */
typedef struct _xmlRelaxNGParserCtxt xmlRelaxNGParserCtxt;
typedef xmlRelaxNGParserCtxt *xmlRelaxNGParserCtxtPtr;

typedef struct _xmlRelaxNGValidCtxt xmlRelaxNGValidCtxt;
typedef xmlRelaxNGValidCtxt *xmlRelaxNGValidCtxtPtr;

/*
 * xmlRelaxNGValidErr:
 *
 * List of possible Relax NG validation errors
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_RELAXNG_OK = 0,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_MEMORY,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_TYPE,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_TYPEVAL,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_DUPID,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_TYPECMP,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_NOSTATE,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_NODEFINE,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_LISTEXTRA,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_LISTEMPTY,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_INTERNODATA,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_INTERSEQ,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_INTEREXTRA,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_ELEMNAME,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_ATTRNAME,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_ELEMNONS,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_ATTRNONS,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_ELEMWRONGNS,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_ATTRWRONGNS,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_ELEMEXTRANS,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_ATTREXTRANS,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_ELEMNOTEMPTY,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_NOELEM,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_NOTELEM,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_ATTRVALID,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_CONTENTVALID,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_EXTRACONTENT,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_INVALIDATTR,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_DATAELEM,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_VALELEM,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_LISTELEM,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_DATATYPE,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_VALUE,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_LIST,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_NOGRAMMAR,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_EXTRADATA,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_LACKDATA,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_INTERNAL,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_ELEMWRONG,
    XML_RELAXNG_ERR_TEXTWRONG
} xmlRelaxNGValidErr;

/*
 * xmlRelaxNGParserFlags:
 *
 * List of possible Relax NG Parser flags
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_RELAXNGP_NONE = 0,
    XML_RELAXNGP_FREE_DOC = 1,
    XML_RELAXNGP_CRNG = 2
} xmlRelaxNGParserFlag;

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlRelaxNGInitTypes		(void);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		    xmlRelaxNGCleanupTypes	(void);

/*
 * Interfaces for parsing.
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlRelaxNGParserCtxtPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlRelaxNGNewParserCtxt	(const char *URL);
XMLPUBFUN xmlRelaxNGParserCtxtPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlRelaxNGNewMemParserCtxt	(const char *buffer,
						 int size);
XMLPUBFUN xmlRelaxNGParserCtxtPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlRelaxNGNewDocParserCtxt	(xmlDocPtr doc);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlRelaxParserSetFlag	(xmlRelaxNGParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 int flag);

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		    xmlRelaxNGFreeParserCtxt	(xmlRelaxNGParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		    xmlRelaxNGSetParserErrors(xmlRelaxNGParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlRelaxNGValidityErrorFunc err,
					 xmlRelaxNGValidityWarningFunc warn,
					 void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlRelaxNGGetParserErrors(xmlRelaxNGParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlRelaxNGValidityErrorFunc *err,
					 xmlRelaxNGValidityWarningFunc *warn,
					 void **ctx);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		    xmlRelaxNGSetParserStructuredErrors(
					 xmlRelaxNGParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlStructuredErrorFunc serror,
					 void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN xmlRelaxNGPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlRelaxNGParse		(xmlRelaxNGParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		    xmlRelaxNGFree		(xmlRelaxNGPtr schema);
#ifdef LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		    xmlRelaxNGDump		(FILE *output,
					 xmlRelaxNGPtr schema);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		    xmlRelaxNGDumpTree	(FILE * output,
					 xmlRelaxNGPtr schema);
#endif /* LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED */
/*
 * Interfaces for validating
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		    xmlRelaxNGSetValidErrors(xmlRelaxNGValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlRelaxNGValidityErrorFunc err,
					 xmlRelaxNGValidityWarningFunc warn,
					 void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlRelaxNGGetValidErrors(xmlRelaxNGValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlRelaxNGValidityErrorFunc *err,
					 xmlRelaxNGValidityWarningFunc *warn,
					 void **ctx);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlRelaxNGSetValidStructuredErrors(xmlRelaxNGValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					  xmlStructuredErrorFunc serror, void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN xmlRelaxNGValidCtxtPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlRelaxNGNewValidCtxt	(xmlRelaxNGPtr schema);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		    xmlRelaxNGFreeValidCtxt	(xmlRelaxNGValidCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlRelaxNGValidateDoc	(xmlRelaxNGValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 xmlDocPtr doc);
/*
 * Interfaces for progressive validation when possible
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlRelaxNGValidatePushElement	(xmlRelaxNGValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr elem);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlRelaxNGValidatePushCData	(xmlRelaxNGValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 const xmlChar *data,
					 int len);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlRelaxNGValidatePopElement	(xmlRelaxNGValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr elem);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlRelaxNGValidateFullElement	(xmlRelaxNGValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr elem);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED */

#endif /* __XML_RELAX_NG__ */
/*
 * Summary: compile-time version informations
 * Description: compile-time version informations for the XML library
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_VERSION_H__
#define __XML_VERSION_H__

#include <libxml/xmlexports.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * use those to be sure nothing nasty will happen if
 * your library and includes mismatch
 */
#ifndef LIBXML2_COMPILING_MSCCDEF
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL xmlCheckVersion(int version);
#endif /* LIBXML2_COMPILING_MSCCDEF */

/**
 * LIBXML_DOTTED_VERSION:
 *
 * the version string like "1.2.3"
 */
#define LIBXML_DOTTED_VERSION "2.9.7"

/**
 * LIBXML_VERSION:
 *
 * the version number: 1.2.3 value is 10203
 */
#define LIBXML_VERSION 20907

/**
 * LIBXML_VERSION_STRING:
 *
 * the version number string, 1.2.3 value is "10203"
 */
#define LIBXML_VERSION_STRING "20907"

/**
 * LIBXML_VERSION_EXTRA:
 *
 * extra version information, used to show a CVS compilation
 */
#define LIBXML_VERSION_EXTRA ""

/**
 * LIBXML_TEST_VERSION:
 *
 * Macro to check that the libxml version in use is compatible with
 * the version the software has been compiled against
 */
#define LIBXML_TEST_VERSION xmlCheckVersion(20907);

#ifndef VMS
#if 0
/**
 * WITH_TRIO:
 *
 * defined if the trio support need to be configured in
 */
#define WITH_TRIO
#else
/**
 * WITHOUT_TRIO:
 *
 * defined if the trio support should not be configured in
 */
#define WITHOUT_TRIO
#endif
#else /* VMS */
/**
 * WITH_TRIO:
 *
 * defined if the trio support need to be configured in
 */
#define WITH_TRIO 1
#endif /* VMS */

/**
 * LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the thread support is configured in
 */
#if 1
#if defined(_REENTRANT) || defined(__MT__) || \
    (defined(_POSIX_C_SOURCE) && (_POSIX_C_SOURCE - 0 >= 199506L))
#define LIBXML_THREAD_ENABLED
#endif
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_THREAD_ALLOC_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the allocation hooks are per-thread
 */
#if 0
#define LIBXML_THREAD_ALLOC_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the DOM like tree manipulation API support is configured in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the serialization/saving support is configured in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_PUSH_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the push parsing interfaces are configured in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_PUSH_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_READER_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the xmlReader parsing interface is configured in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_READER_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_PATTERN_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the xmlPattern node selection interface is configured in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_PATTERN_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_WRITER_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the xmlWriter saving interface is configured in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_WRITER_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_SAX1_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the older SAX1 interface is configured in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_SAX1_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_FTP_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the FTP support is configured in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_FTP_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_HTTP_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the HTTP support is configured in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_HTTP_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_VALID_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the DTD validation support is configured in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_VALID_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_HTML_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the HTML support is configured in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_HTML_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_LEGACY_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the deprecated APIs are compiled in for compatibility
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_LEGACY_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_C14N_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the Canonicalization support is configured in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_C14N_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_CATALOG_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the Catalog support is configured in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_CATALOG_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_DOCB_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the SGML Docbook support is configured in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_DOCB_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_XPATH_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether XPath is configured in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_XPATH_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_XPTR_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether XPointer is configured in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_XPTR_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_XINCLUDE_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether XInclude is configured in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_XINCLUDE_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_ICONV_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether iconv support is available
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_ICONV_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_ICU_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether icu support is available
 */
#if 0
#define LIBXML_ICU_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_ISO8859X_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether ISO-8859-* support is made available in case iconv is not
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_ISO8859X_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_DEBUG_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether Debugging module is configured in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_DEBUG_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * DEBUG_MEMORY_LOCATION:
 *
 * Whether the memory debugging is configured in
 */
#if 0
#define DEBUG_MEMORY_LOCATION
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_DEBUG_RUNTIME:
 *
 * Whether the runtime debugging is configured in
 */
#if 0
#define LIBXML_DEBUG_RUNTIME
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_UNICODE_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the Unicode related interfaces are compiled in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_UNICODE_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_REGEXP_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the regular expressions interfaces are compiled in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_REGEXP_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_AUTOMATA_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the automata interfaces are compiled in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_AUTOMATA_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_EXPR_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the formal expressions interfaces are compiled in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_EXPR_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the Schemas validation interfaces are compiled in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_SCHEMATRON_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the Schematron validation interfaces are compiled in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_SCHEMATRON_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_MODULES_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the module interfaces are compiled in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_MODULES_ENABLED
/**
 * LIBXML_MODULE_EXTENSION:
 *
 * the string suffix used by dynamic modules (usually shared libraries)
 */
#define LIBXML_MODULE_EXTENSION ".so" 
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_ZLIB_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the Zlib support is compiled in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_ZLIB_ENABLED
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_LZMA_ENABLED:
 *
 * Whether the Lzma support is compiled in
 */
#if 1
#define LIBXML_LZMA_ENABLED
#endif

#ifdef __GNUC__
#ifdef HAVE_ANSIDECL_H
#include <ansidecl.h>
#endif

/**
 * ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
 *
 * Macro used to signal to GCC unused function parameters
 */

#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
# if ((__GNUC__ > 2) || ((__GNUC__ == 2) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)))
#  define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__((unused))
# else
#  define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
# endif
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE:
 *
 * Macro used to indicate to GCC this is an allocator function
 */

#ifndef LIBXML_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE
# if (!defined(__clang__) && ((__GNUC__ > 4) || ((__GNUC__ == 4) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3))))
#  define LIBXML_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE(x) __attribute__((alloc_size(x)))
# else
#  define LIBXML_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE(x)
# endif
#else
# define LIBXML_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE(x)
#endif

/**
 * LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT:
 *
 * Macro used to indicate to GCC the parameter are printf like
 */

#ifndef LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT
# if ((__GNUC__ > 3) || ((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)))
#  define LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(fmt,args) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__,fmt,args)))
# else
#  define LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(fmt,args)
# endif
#else
# define LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(fmt,args)
#endif

#else /* ! __GNUC__ */
/**
 * ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
 *
 * Macro used to signal to GCC unused function parameters
 */
#define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
/**
 * LIBXML_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE:
 *
 * Macro used to indicate to GCC this is an allocator function
 */
#define LIBXML_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE(x)
/**
 * LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT:
 *
 * Macro used to indicate to GCC the parameter are printf like
 */
#define LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(fmt,args)
#endif /* __GNUC__ */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif /* __cplusplus */
#endif


/*
 * Summary: internal interfaces for XML Schemas
 * Description: internal interfaces for the XML Schemas handling
 *              and schema validity checking
 *		The Schemas development is a Work In Progress.
 *              Some of those interfaces are not guaranteed to be API or ABI stable !
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */


#ifndef __XML_SCHEMA_INTERNALS_H__
#define __XML_SCHEMA_INTERNALS_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED

#include <libxml/xmlregexp.h>
#include <libxml/hash.h>
#include <libxml/dict.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef enum {
    XML_SCHEMAS_UNKNOWN = 0,
    XML_SCHEMAS_STRING = 1,
    XML_SCHEMAS_NORMSTRING = 2,
    XML_SCHEMAS_DECIMAL = 3,
    XML_SCHEMAS_TIME = 4,
    XML_SCHEMAS_GDAY = 5,
    XML_SCHEMAS_GMONTH = 6,
    XML_SCHEMAS_GMONTHDAY = 7,
    XML_SCHEMAS_GYEAR = 8,
    XML_SCHEMAS_GYEARMONTH = 9,
    XML_SCHEMAS_DATE = 10,
    XML_SCHEMAS_DATETIME = 11,
    XML_SCHEMAS_DURATION = 12,
    XML_SCHEMAS_FLOAT = 13,
    XML_SCHEMAS_DOUBLE = 14,
    XML_SCHEMAS_BOOLEAN = 15,
    XML_SCHEMAS_TOKEN = 16,
    XML_SCHEMAS_LANGUAGE = 17,
    XML_SCHEMAS_NMTOKEN = 18,
    XML_SCHEMAS_NMTOKENS = 19,
    XML_SCHEMAS_NAME = 20,
    XML_SCHEMAS_QNAME = 21,
    XML_SCHEMAS_NCNAME = 22,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ID = 23,
    XML_SCHEMAS_IDREF = 24,
    XML_SCHEMAS_IDREFS = 25,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ENTITY = 26,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ENTITIES = 27,
    XML_SCHEMAS_NOTATION = 28,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ANYURI = 29,
    XML_SCHEMAS_INTEGER = 30,
    XML_SCHEMAS_NPINTEGER = 31,
    XML_SCHEMAS_NINTEGER = 32,
    XML_SCHEMAS_NNINTEGER = 33,
    XML_SCHEMAS_PINTEGER = 34,
    XML_SCHEMAS_INT = 35,
    XML_SCHEMAS_UINT = 36,
    XML_SCHEMAS_LONG = 37,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ULONG = 38,
    XML_SCHEMAS_SHORT = 39,
    XML_SCHEMAS_USHORT = 40,
    XML_SCHEMAS_BYTE = 41,
    XML_SCHEMAS_UBYTE = 42,
    XML_SCHEMAS_HEXBINARY = 43,
    XML_SCHEMAS_BASE64BINARY = 44,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ANYTYPE = 45,
    XML_SCHEMAS_ANYSIMPLETYPE = 46
} xmlSchemaValType;

/*
 * XML Schemas defines multiple type of types.
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_BASIC = 1, /* A built-in datatype */
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_ANY,
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_FACET,
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_SIMPLE,
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_COMPLEX,
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_SEQUENCE = 6,
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_CHOICE,
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_ALL,
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_SIMPLE_CONTENT,
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_COMPLEX_CONTENT,
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_UR,
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_RESTRICTION,
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_EXTENSION,
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_ELEMENT,
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_ATTRIBUTE,
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_ATTRIBUTEGROUP,
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_GROUP,
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_NOTATION,
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_LIST,
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_UNION,
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_ANY_ATTRIBUTE,
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_IDC_UNIQUE,
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_IDC_KEY,
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_IDC_KEYREF,
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_PARTICLE = 25,
    XML_SCHEMA_TYPE_ATTRIBUTE_USE,
    XML_SCHEMA_FACET_MININCLUSIVE = 1000,
    XML_SCHEMA_FACET_MINEXCLUSIVE,
    XML_SCHEMA_FACET_MAXINCLUSIVE,
    XML_SCHEMA_FACET_MAXEXCLUSIVE,
    XML_SCHEMA_FACET_TOTALDIGITS,
    XML_SCHEMA_FACET_FRACTIONDIGITS,
    XML_SCHEMA_FACET_PATTERN,
    XML_SCHEMA_FACET_ENUMERATION,
    XML_SCHEMA_FACET_WHITESPACE,
    XML_SCHEMA_FACET_LENGTH,
    XML_SCHEMA_FACET_MAXLENGTH,
    XML_SCHEMA_FACET_MINLENGTH,
    XML_SCHEMA_EXTRA_QNAMEREF = 2000,
    XML_SCHEMA_EXTRA_ATTR_USE_PROHIB
} xmlSchemaTypeType;

typedef enum {
    XML_SCHEMA_CONTENT_UNKNOWN = 0,
    XML_SCHEMA_CONTENT_EMPTY = 1,
    XML_SCHEMA_CONTENT_ELEMENTS,
    XML_SCHEMA_CONTENT_MIXED,
    XML_SCHEMA_CONTENT_SIMPLE,
    XML_SCHEMA_CONTENT_MIXED_OR_ELEMENTS, /* Obsolete */
    XML_SCHEMA_CONTENT_BASIC,
    XML_SCHEMA_CONTENT_ANY
} xmlSchemaContentType;

typedef struct _xmlSchemaVal xmlSchemaVal;
typedef xmlSchemaVal *xmlSchemaValPtr;

typedef struct _xmlSchemaType xmlSchemaType;
typedef xmlSchemaType *xmlSchemaTypePtr;

typedef struct _xmlSchemaFacet xmlSchemaFacet;
typedef xmlSchemaFacet *xmlSchemaFacetPtr;

/**
 * Annotation
 */
typedef struct _xmlSchemaAnnot xmlSchemaAnnot;
typedef xmlSchemaAnnot *xmlSchemaAnnotPtr;
struct _xmlSchemaAnnot {
    struct _xmlSchemaAnnot *next;
    xmlNodePtr content;         /* the annotation */
};

/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ANYATTR_SKIP:
 *
 * Skip unknown attribute from validation
 * Obsolete, not used anymore.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ANYATTR_SKIP        1
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ANYATTR_LAX:
 *
 * Ignore validation non definition on attributes
 * Obsolete, not used anymore.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ANYATTR_LAX                2
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ANYATTR_STRICT:
 *
 * Apply strict validation rules on attributes
 * Obsolete, not used anymore.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ANYATTR_STRICT        3
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ANY_SKIP:
 *
 * Skip unknown attribute from validation
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ANY_SKIP        1
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ANY_LAX:
 *
 * Used by wildcards.
 * Validate if type found, don't worry if not found
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ANY_LAX                2
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ANY_STRICT:
 *
 * Used by wildcards.
 * Apply strict validation rules
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ANY_STRICT        3
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ATTR_USE_PROHIBITED:
 *
 * Used by wildcards.
 * The attribute is prohibited.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ATTR_USE_PROHIBITED 0
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ATTR_USE_REQUIRED:
 *
 * The attribute is required.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ATTR_USE_REQUIRED 1
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ATTR_USE_OPTIONAL:
 *
 * The attribute is optional.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ATTR_USE_OPTIONAL 2
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ATTR_GLOBAL:
 *
 * allow elements in no namespace
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ATTR_GLOBAL        1 << 0
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ATTR_NSDEFAULT:
 *
 * allow elements in no namespace
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ATTR_NSDEFAULT        1 << 7
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ATTR_INTERNAL_RESOLVED:
 *
 * this is set when the "type" and "ref" references
 * have been resolved.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ATTR_INTERNAL_RESOLVED        1 << 8
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ATTR_FIXED:
 *
 * the attribute has a fixed value
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ATTR_FIXED        1 << 9

/**
 * xmlSchemaAttribute:
 * An attribute definition.
 */

typedef struct _xmlSchemaAttribute xmlSchemaAttribute;
typedef xmlSchemaAttribute *xmlSchemaAttributePtr;
struct _xmlSchemaAttribute {
    xmlSchemaTypeType type;
    struct _xmlSchemaAttribute *next; /* the next attribute (not used?) */
    const xmlChar *name; /* the name of the declaration */
    const xmlChar *id; /* Deprecated; not used */
    const xmlChar *ref; /* Deprecated; not used */
    const xmlChar *refNs; /* Deprecated; not used */
    const xmlChar *typeName; /* the local name of the type definition */
    const xmlChar *typeNs; /* the ns URI of the type definition */
    xmlSchemaAnnotPtr annot;

    xmlSchemaTypePtr base; /* Deprecated; not used */
    int occurs; /* Deprecated; not used */
    const xmlChar *defValue; /* The initial value of the value constraint */
    xmlSchemaTypePtr subtypes; /* the type definition */
    xmlNodePtr node;
    const xmlChar *targetNamespace;
    int flags;
    const xmlChar *refPrefix; /* Deprecated; not used */
    xmlSchemaValPtr defVal; /* The compiled value constraint */
    xmlSchemaAttributePtr refDecl; /* Deprecated; not used */
};

/**
 * xmlSchemaAttributeLink:
 * Used to build a list of attribute uses on complexType definitions.
 * WARNING: Deprecated; not used.
 */
typedef struct _xmlSchemaAttributeLink xmlSchemaAttributeLink;
typedef xmlSchemaAttributeLink *xmlSchemaAttributeLinkPtr;
struct _xmlSchemaAttributeLink {
    struct _xmlSchemaAttributeLink *next;/* the next attribute link ... */
    struct _xmlSchemaAttribute *attr;/* the linked attribute */
};

/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_WILDCARD_COMPLETE:
 *
 * If the wildcard is complete.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_WILDCARD_COMPLETE 1 << 0

/**
 * xmlSchemaCharValueLink:
 * Used to build a list of namespaces on wildcards.
 */
typedef struct _xmlSchemaWildcardNs xmlSchemaWildcardNs;
typedef xmlSchemaWildcardNs *xmlSchemaWildcardNsPtr;
struct _xmlSchemaWildcardNs {
    struct _xmlSchemaWildcardNs *next;/* the next constraint link ... */
    const xmlChar *value;/* the value */
};

/**
 * xmlSchemaWildcard.
 * A wildcard.
 */
typedef struct _xmlSchemaWildcard xmlSchemaWildcard;
typedef xmlSchemaWildcard *xmlSchemaWildcardPtr;
struct _xmlSchemaWildcard {
    xmlSchemaTypeType type;        /* The kind of type */
    const xmlChar *id; /* Deprecated; not used */
    xmlSchemaAnnotPtr annot;
    xmlNodePtr node;
    int minOccurs; /* Deprecated; not used */
    int maxOccurs; /* Deprecated; not used */
    int processContents;
    int any; /* Indicates if the ns constraint is of ##any */
    xmlSchemaWildcardNsPtr nsSet; /* The list of allowed namespaces */
    xmlSchemaWildcardNsPtr negNsSet; /* The negated namespace */
    int flags;
};

/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ATTRGROUP_WILDCARD_BUILDED:
 *
 * The attribute wildcard has been already builded.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ATTRGROUP_WILDCARD_BUILDED 1 << 0
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ATTRGROUP_GLOBAL:
 *
 * The attribute wildcard has been already builded.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ATTRGROUP_GLOBAL 1 << 1
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ATTRGROUP_MARKED:
 *
 * Marks the attr group as marked; used for circular checks.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ATTRGROUP_MARKED 1 << 2

/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ATTRGROUP_REDEFINED:
 *
 * The attr group was redefined.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ATTRGROUP_REDEFINED 1 << 3
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ATTRGROUP_HAS_REFS:
 *
 * Whether this attr. group contains attr. group references.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ATTRGROUP_HAS_REFS 1 << 4

/**
 * An attribute group definition.
 *
 * xmlSchemaAttribute and xmlSchemaAttributeGroup start of structures
 * must be kept similar
 */
typedef struct _xmlSchemaAttributeGroup xmlSchemaAttributeGroup;
typedef xmlSchemaAttributeGroup *xmlSchemaAttributeGroupPtr;
struct _xmlSchemaAttributeGroup {
    xmlSchemaTypeType type;        /* The kind of type */
    struct _xmlSchemaAttribute *next;/* the next attribute if in a group ... */
    const xmlChar *name;
    const xmlChar *id;
    const xmlChar *ref; /* Deprecated; not used */
    const xmlChar *refNs; /* Deprecated; not used */
    xmlSchemaAnnotPtr annot;

    xmlSchemaAttributePtr attributes; /* Deprecated; not used */
    xmlNodePtr node;
    int flags;
    xmlSchemaWildcardPtr attributeWildcard;
    const xmlChar *refPrefix; /* Deprecated; not used */
    xmlSchemaAttributeGroupPtr refItem; /* Deprecated; not used */
    const xmlChar *targetNamespace;
    void *attrUses;
};

/**
 * xmlSchemaTypeLink:
 * Used to build a list of types (e.g. member types of
 * simpleType with variety "union").
 */
typedef struct _xmlSchemaTypeLink xmlSchemaTypeLink;
typedef xmlSchemaTypeLink *xmlSchemaTypeLinkPtr;
struct _xmlSchemaTypeLink {
    struct _xmlSchemaTypeLink *next;/* the next type link ... */
    xmlSchemaTypePtr type;/* the linked type */
};

/**
 * xmlSchemaFacetLink:
 * Used to build a list of facets.
 */
typedef struct _xmlSchemaFacetLink xmlSchemaFacetLink;
typedef xmlSchemaFacetLink *xmlSchemaFacetLinkPtr;
struct _xmlSchemaFacetLink {
    struct _xmlSchemaFacetLink *next;/* the next facet link ... */
    xmlSchemaFacetPtr facet;/* the linked facet */
};

/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_MIXED:
 *
 * the element content type is mixed
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_MIXED                1 << 0
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_DERIVATION_METHOD_EXTENSION:
 *
 * the simple or complex type has a derivation method of "extension".
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_DERIVATION_METHOD_EXTENSION                1 << 1
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_DERIVATION_METHOD_RESTRICTION:
 *
 * the simple or complex type has a derivation method of "restriction".
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_DERIVATION_METHOD_RESTRICTION                1 << 2
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_GLOBAL:
 *
 * the type is global
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_GLOBAL                1 << 3
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_OWNED_ATTR_WILDCARD:
 *
 * the complexType owns an attribute wildcard, i.e.
 * it can be freed by the complexType
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_OWNED_ATTR_WILDCARD    1 << 4 /* Obsolete. */
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_VARIETY_ABSENT:
 *
 * the simpleType has a variety of "absent".
 * TODO: Actually not necessary :-/, since if
 * none of the variety flags occur then it's
 * automatically absent.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_VARIETY_ABSENT    1 << 5
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_VARIETY_LIST:
 *
 * the simpleType has a variety of "list".
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_VARIETY_LIST    1 << 6
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_VARIETY_UNION:
 *
 * the simpleType has a variety of "union".
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_VARIETY_UNION    1 << 7
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_VARIETY_ATOMIC:
 *
 * the simpleType has a variety of "union".
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_VARIETY_ATOMIC    1 << 8
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_FINAL_EXTENSION:
 *
 * the complexType has a final of "extension".
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_FINAL_EXTENSION    1 << 9
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_FINAL_RESTRICTION:
 *
 * the simpleType/complexType has a final of "restriction".
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_FINAL_RESTRICTION    1 << 10
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_FINAL_LIST:
 *
 * the simpleType has a final of "list".
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_FINAL_LIST    1 << 11
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_FINAL_UNION:
 *
 * the simpleType has a final of "union".
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_FINAL_UNION    1 << 12
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_FINAL_DEFAULT:
 *
 * the simpleType has a final of "default".
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_FINAL_DEFAULT    1 << 13
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_BUILTIN_PRIMITIVE:
 *
 * Marks the item as a builtin primitive.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_BUILTIN_PRIMITIVE    1 << 14
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_MARKED:
 *
 * Marks the item as marked; used for circular checks.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_MARKED        1 << 16
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_BLOCK_DEFAULT:
 *
 * the complexType did not specify 'block' so use the default of the
 * <schema> item.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_BLOCK_DEFAULT    1 << 17
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_BLOCK_EXTENSION:
 *
 * the complexType has a 'block' of "extension".
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_BLOCK_EXTENSION    1 << 18
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_BLOCK_RESTRICTION:
 *
 * the complexType has a 'block' of "restriction".
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_BLOCK_RESTRICTION    1 << 19
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_ABSTRACT:
 *
 * the simple/complexType is abstract.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_ABSTRACT    1 << 20
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_FACETSNEEDVALUE:
 *
 * indicates if the facets need a computed value
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_FACETSNEEDVALUE    1 << 21
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_INTERNAL_RESOLVED:
 *
 * indicates that the type was typefixed
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_INTERNAL_RESOLVED    1 << 22
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_INTERNAL_INVALID:
 *
 * indicates that the type is invalid
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_INTERNAL_INVALID    1 << 23
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_WHITESPACE_PRESERVE:
 *
 * a whitespace-facet value of "preserve"
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_WHITESPACE_PRESERVE    1 << 24
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_WHITESPACE_REPLACE:
 *
 * a whitespace-facet value of "replace"
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_WHITESPACE_REPLACE    1 << 25
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_WHITESPACE_COLLAPSE:
 *
 * a whitespace-facet value of "collapse"
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_WHITESPACE_COLLAPSE    1 << 26
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_HAS_FACETS:
 *
 * has facets
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_HAS_FACETS    1 << 27
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_NORMVALUENEEDED:
 *
 * indicates if the facets (pattern) need a normalized value
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_NORMVALUENEEDED    1 << 28

/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_FIXUP_1:
 *
 * First stage of fixup was done.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_FIXUP_1    1 << 29

/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_REDEFINED:
 *
 * The type was redefined.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_REDEFINED    1 << 30
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_REDEFINING:
 *
 * The type redefines an other type.
 */
/* #define XML_SCHEMAS_TYPE_REDEFINING    1 << 31 */

/**
 * _xmlSchemaType:
 *
 * Schemas type definition.
 */
struct _xmlSchemaType {
    xmlSchemaTypeType type; /* The kind of type */
    struct _xmlSchemaType *next; /* the next type if in a sequence ... */
    const xmlChar *name;
    const xmlChar *id ; /* Deprecated; not used */
    const xmlChar *ref; /* Deprecated; not used */
    const xmlChar *refNs; /* Deprecated; not used */
    xmlSchemaAnnotPtr annot;
    xmlSchemaTypePtr subtypes;
    xmlSchemaAttributePtr attributes; /* Deprecated; not used */
    xmlNodePtr node;
    int minOccurs; /* Deprecated; not used */
    int maxOccurs; /* Deprecated; not used */

    int flags;
    xmlSchemaContentType contentType;
    const xmlChar *base; /* Base type's local name */
    const xmlChar *baseNs; /* Base type's target namespace */
    xmlSchemaTypePtr baseType; /* The base type component */
    xmlSchemaFacetPtr facets; /* Local facets */
    struct _xmlSchemaType *redef; /* Deprecated; not used */
    int recurse; /* Obsolete */
    xmlSchemaAttributeLinkPtr *attributeUses; /* Deprecated; not used */
    xmlSchemaWildcardPtr attributeWildcard;
    int builtInType; /* Type of built-in types. */
    xmlSchemaTypeLinkPtr memberTypes; /* member-types if a union type. */
    xmlSchemaFacetLinkPtr facetSet; /* All facets (incl. inherited) */
    const xmlChar *refPrefix; /* Deprecated; not used */
    xmlSchemaTypePtr contentTypeDef; /* Used for the simple content of complex types.
                                        Could we use @subtypes for this? */
    xmlRegexpPtr contModel; /* Holds the automaton of the content model */
    const xmlChar *targetNamespace;
    void *attrUses;
};

/*
 * xmlSchemaElement:
 * An element definition.
 *
 * xmlSchemaType, xmlSchemaFacet and xmlSchemaElement start of
 * structures must be kept similar
 */
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_NILLABLE:
 *
 * the element is nillable
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_NILLABLE        1 << 0
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_GLOBAL:
 *
 * the element is global
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_GLOBAL                1 << 1
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_DEFAULT:
 *
 * the element has a default value
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_DEFAULT        1 << 2
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_FIXED:
 *
 * the element has a fixed value
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_FIXED                1 << 3
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_ABSTRACT:
 *
 * the element is abstract
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_ABSTRACT        1 << 4
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_TOPLEVEL:
 *
 * the element is top level
 * obsolete: use XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_GLOBAL instead
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_TOPLEVEL        1 << 5
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_REF:
 *
 * the element is a reference to a type
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_REF                1 << 6
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_NSDEFAULT:
 *
 * allow elements in no namespace
 * Obsolete, not used anymore.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_NSDEFAULT        1 << 7
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_INTERNAL_RESOLVED:
 *
 * this is set when "type", "ref", "substitutionGroup"
 * references have been resolved.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_INTERNAL_RESOLVED        1 << 8
 /**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_CIRCULAR:
 *
 * a helper flag for the search of circular references.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_CIRCULAR        1 << 9
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_BLOCK_ABSENT:
 *
 * the "block" attribute is absent
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_BLOCK_ABSENT        1 << 10
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_BLOCK_EXTENSION:
 *
 * disallowed substitutions are absent
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_BLOCK_EXTENSION        1 << 11
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_BLOCK_RESTRICTION:
 *
 * disallowed substitutions: "restriction"
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_BLOCK_RESTRICTION        1 << 12
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_BLOCK_SUBSTITUTION:
 *
 * disallowed substitutions: "substituion"
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_BLOCK_SUBSTITUTION        1 << 13
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_FINAL_ABSENT:
 *
 * substitution group exclusions are absent
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_FINAL_ABSENT        1 << 14
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_FINAL_EXTENSION:
 *
 * substitution group exclusions: "extension"
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_FINAL_EXTENSION        1 << 15
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_FINAL_RESTRICTION:
 *
 * substitution group exclusions: "restriction"
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_FINAL_RESTRICTION        1 << 16
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_SUBST_GROUP_HEAD:
 *
 * the declaration is a substitution group head
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_SUBST_GROUP_HEAD        1 << 17
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_INTERNAL_CHECKED:
 *
 * this is set when the elem decl has been checked against
 * all constraints
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_ELEM_INTERNAL_CHECKED        1 << 18

typedef struct _xmlSchemaElement xmlSchemaElement;
typedef xmlSchemaElement *xmlSchemaElementPtr;
struct _xmlSchemaElement {
    xmlSchemaTypeType type; /* The kind of type */
    struct _xmlSchemaType *next; /* Not used? */
    const xmlChar *name;
    const xmlChar *id; /* Deprecated; not used */
    const xmlChar *ref; /* Deprecated; not used */
    const xmlChar *refNs; /* Deprecated; not used */
    xmlSchemaAnnotPtr annot;
    xmlSchemaTypePtr subtypes; /* the type definition */
    xmlSchemaAttributePtr attributes;
    xmlNodePtr node;
    int minOccurs; /* Deprecated; not used */
    int maxOccurs; /* Deprecated; not used */

    int flags;
    const xmlChar *targetNamespace;
    const xmlChar *namedType;
    const xmlChar *namedTypeNs;
    const xmlChar *substGroup;
    const xmlChar *substGroupNs;
    const xmlChar *scope;
    const xmlChar *value; /* The original value of the value constraint. */
    struct _xmlSchemaElement *refDecl; /* This will now be used for the
                                          substitution group affiliation */
    xmlRegexpPtr contModel; /* Obsolete for WXS, maybe used for RelaxNG */
    xmlSchemaContentType contentType;
    const xmlChar *refPrefix; /* Deprecated; not used */
    xmlSchemaValPtr defVal; /* The compiled value contraint. */
    void *idcs; /* The identity-constraint defs */
};

/*
 * XML_SCHEMAS_FACET_UNKNOWN:
 *
 * unknown facet handling
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_FACET_UNKNOWN        0
/*
 * XML_SCHEMAS_FACET_PRESERVE:
 *
 * preserve the type of the facet
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_FACET_PRESERVE        1
/*
 * XML_SCHEMAS_FACET_REPLACE:
 *
 * replace the type of the facet
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_FACET_REPLACE        2
/*
 * XML_SCHEMAS_FACET_COLLAPSE:
 *
 * collapse the types of the facet
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_FACET_COLLAPSE        3
/**
 * A facet definition.
 */
struct _xmlSchemaFacet {
    xmlSchemaTypeType type;        /* The kind of type */
    struct _xmlSchemaFacet *next;/* the next type if in a sequence ... */
    const xmlChar *value; /* The original value */
    const xmlChar *id; /* Obsolete */
    xmlSchemaAnnotPtr annot;
    xmlNodePtr node;
    int fixed; /* XML_SCHEMAS_FACET_PRESERVE, etc. */
    int whitespace;
    xmlSchemaValPtr val; /* The compiled value */
    xmlRegexpPtr    regexp; /* The regex for patterns */
};

/**
 * A notation definition.
 */
typedef struct _xmlSchemaNotation xmlSchemaNotation;
typedef xmlSchemaNotation *xmlSchemaNotationPtr;
struct _xmlSchemaNotation {
    xmlSchemaTypeType type; /* The kind of type */
    const xmlChar *name;
    xmlSchemaAnnotPtr annot;
    const xmlChar *identifier;
    const xmlChar *targetNamespace;
};

/*
* TODO: Actually all those flags used for the schema should sit
* on the schema parser context, since they are used only
* during parsing an XML schema document, and not available
* on the component level as per spec.
*/
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_QUALIF_ELEM:
 *
 * Reflects elementFormDefault == qualified in
 * an XML schema document.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_QUALIF_ELEM                1 << 0
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_QUALIF_ATTR:
 *
 * Reflects attributeFormDefault == qualified in
 * an XML schema document.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_QUALIF_ATTR            1 << 1
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_FINAL_DEFAULT_EXTENSION:
 *
 * the schema has "extension" in the set of finalDefault.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_FINAL_DEFAULT_EXTENSION        1 << 2
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_FINAL_DEFAULT_RESTRICTION:
 *
 * the schema has "restriction" in the set of finalDefault.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_FINAL_DEFAULT_RESTRICTION            1 << 3
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_FINAL_DEFAULT_LIST:
 *
 * the cshema has "list" in the set of finalDefault.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_FINAL_DEFAULT_LIST            1 << 4
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_FINAL_DEFAULT_UNION:
 *
 * the schema has "union" in the set of finalDefault.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_FINAL_DEFAULT_UNION            1 << 5
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_BLOCK_DEFAULT_EXTENSION:
 *
 * the schema has "extension" in the set of blockDefault.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_BLOCK_DEFAULT_EXTENSION            1 << 6
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_BLOCK_DEFAULT_RESTRICTION:
 *
 * the schema has "restriction" in the set of blockDefault.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_BLOCK_DEFAULT_RESTRICTION            1 << 7
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_BLOCK_DEFAULT_SUBSTITUTION:
 *
 * the schema has "substitution" in the set of blockDefault.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_BLOCK_DEFAULT_SUBSTITUTION            1 << 8
/**
 * XML_SCHEMAS_INCLUDING_CONVERT_NS:
 *
 * the schema is currently including an other schema with
 * no target namespace.
 */
#define XML_SCHEMAS_INCLUDING_CONVERT_NS            1 << 9
/**
 * _xmlSchema:
 *
 * A Schemas definition
 */
struct _xmlSchema {
    const xmlChar *name; /* schema name */
    const xmlChar *targetNamespace; /* the target namespace */
    const xmlChar *version;
    const xmlChar *id; /* Obsolete */
    xmlDocPtr doc;
    xmlSchemaAnnotPtr annot;
    int flags;

    xmlHashTablePtr typeDecl;
    xmlHashTablePtr attrDecl;
    xmlHashTablePtr attrgrpDecl;
    xmlHashTablePtr elemDecl;
    xmlHashTablePtr notaDecl;

    xmlHashTablePtr schemasImports;

    void *_private;        /* unused by the library for users or bindings */
    xmlHashTablePtr groupDecl;
    xmlDictPtr      dict;
    void *includes;     /* the includes, this is opaque for now */
    int preserve;        /* whether to free the document */
    int counter; /* used to give ononymous components unique names */
    xmlHashTablePtr idcDef; /* All identity-constraint defs. */
    void *volatiles; /* Obsolete */
};

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL         xmlSchemaFreeType        (xmlSchemaTypePtr type);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL         xmlSchemaFreeWildcard(xmlSchemaWildcardPtr wildcard);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED */
#endif /* __XML_SCHEMA_INTERNALS_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: Chained hash tables
 * Description: This module implements the hash table support used in
 *		various places in the library.
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Bjorn Reese <bjorn.reese@systematic.dk>
 */

#ifndef __XML_HASH_H__
#define __XML_HASH_H__

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * The hash table.
 */
typedef struct _xmlHashTable xmlHashTable;
typedef xmlHashTable *xmlHashTablePtr;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/parser.h>
#include <libxml/dict.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * Recent version of gcc produce a warning when a function pointer is assigned
 * to an object pointer, or vice versa.  The following macro is a dirty hack
 * to allow suppression of the warning.  If your architecture has function
 * pointers which are a different size than a void pointer, there may be some
 * serious trouble within the library.
 */
/**
 * XML_CAST_FPTR:
 * @fptr:  pointer to a function
 *
 * Macro to do a casting from an object pointer to a
 * function pointer without encountering a warning from
 * gcc
 *
 * #define XML_CAST_FPTR(fptr) (*(void **)(&fptr))
 * This macro violated ISO C aliasing rules (gcc4 on s390 broke)
 * so it is disabled now
 */

#define XML_CAST_FPTR(fptr) fptr


/*
 * function types:
 */
/**
 * xmlHashDeallocator:
 * @payload:  the data in the hash
 * @name:  the name associated
 *
 * Callback to free data from a hash.
 */
typedef void (*xmlHashDeallocator)(void *payload, xmlChar *name);
/**
 * xmlHashCopier:
 * @payload:  the data in the hash
 * @name:  the name associated
 *
 * Callback to copy data from a hash.
 *
 * Returns a copy of the data or NULL in case of error.
 */
typedef void *(*xmlHashCopier)(void *payload, xmlChar *name);
/**
 * xmlHashScanner:
 * @payload:  the data in the hash
 * @data:  extra scannner data
 * @name:  the name associated
 *
 * Callback when scanning data in a hash with the simple scanner.
 */
typedef void (*xmlHashScanner)(void *payload, void *data, xmlChar *name);
/**
 * xmlHashScannerFull:
 * @payload:  the data in the hash
 * @data:  extra scannner data
 * @name:  the name associated
 * @name2:  the second name associated
 * @name3:  the third name associated
 *
 * Callback when scanning data in a hash with the full scanner.
 */
typedef void (*xmlHashScannerFull)(void *payload, void *data,
				   const xmlChar *name, const xmlChar *name2,
				   const xmlChar *name3);

/*
 * Constructor and destructor.
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlHashTablePtr XMLCALL
			xmlHashCreate	(int size);
XMLPUBFUN xmlHashTablePtr XMLCALL
			xmlHashCreateDict(int size,
					 xmlDictPtr dict);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlHashFree	(xmlHashTablePtr table,
					 xmlHashDeallocator f);

/*
 * Add a new entry to the hash table.
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlHashAddEntry	(xmlHashTablePtr table,
		                         const xmlChar *name,
		                         void *userdata);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlHashUpdateEntry(xmlHashTablePtr table,
		                         const xmlChar *name,
		                         void *userdata,
					 xmlHashDeallocator f);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlHashAddEntry2(xmlHashTablePtr table,
		                         const xmlChar *name,
		                         const xmlChar *name2,
		                         void *userdata);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlHashUpdateEntry2(xmlHashTablePtr table,
		                         const xmlChar *name,
		                         const xmlChar *name2,
		                         void *userdata,
					 xmlHashDeallocator f);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlHashAddEntry3(xmlHashTablePtr table,
		                         const xmlChar *name,
		                         const xmlChar *name2,
		                         const xmlChar *name3,
		                         void *userdata);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlHashUpdateEntry3(xmlHashTablePtr table,
		                         const xmlChar *name,
		                         const xmlChar *name2,
		                         const xmlChar *name3,
		                         void *userdata,
					 xmlHashDeallocator f);

/*
 * Remove an entry from the hash table.
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlHashRemoveEntry(xmlHashTablePtr table, const xmlChar *name,
                           xmlHashDeallocator f);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlHashRemoveEntry2(xmlHashTablePtr table, const xmlChar *name,
                            const xmlChar *name2, xmlHashDeallocator f);
XMLPUBFUN int  XMLCALL
			xmlHashRemoveEntry3(xmlHashTablePtr table, const xmlChar *name,
                            const xmlChar *name2, const xmlChar *name3,
                            xmlHashDeallocator f);

/*
 * Retrieve the userdata.
 */
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
			xmlHashLookup	(xmlHashTablePtr table,
					 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
			xmlHashLookup2	(xmlHashTablePtr table,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *name2);
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
			xmlHashLookup3	(xmlHashTablePtr table,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *name2,
					 const xmlChar *name3);
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
			xmlHashQLookup	(xmlHashTablePtr table,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *prefix);
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
			xmlHashQLookup2	(xmlHashTablePtr table,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *prefix,
					 const xmlChar *name2,
					 const xmlChar *prefix2);
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
			xmlHashQLookup3	(xmlHashTablePtr table,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *prefix,
					 const xmlChar *name2,
					 const xmlChar *prefix2,
					 const xmlChar *name3,
					 const xmlChar *prefix3);

/*
 * Helpers.
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlHashTablePtr XMLCALL
			xmlHashCopy	(xmlHashTablePtr table,
					 xmlHashCopier f);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlHashSize	(xmlHashTablePtr table);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlHashScan	(xmlHashTablePtr table,
					 xmlHashScanner f,
					 void *data);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlHashScan3	(xmlHashTablePtr table,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *name2,
					 const xmlChar *name3,
					 xmlHashScanner f,
					 void *data);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlHashScanFull	(xmlHashTablePtr table,
					 xmlHashScannerFull f,
					 void *data);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlHashScanFull3(xmlHashTablePtr table,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *name2,
					 const xmlChar *name3,
					 xmlHashScannerFull f,
					 void *data);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* ! __XML_HASH_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: the XMLReader implementation
 * Description: API of the XML streaming API based on C# interfaces.
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_XMLREADER_H__
#define __XML_XMLREADER_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/tree.h>
#include <libxml/xmlIO.h>
#ifdef LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED
#include <libxml/relaxng.h>
#include <libxml/xmlschemas.h>
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * xmlParserSeverities:
 *
 * How severe an error callback is when the per-reader error callback API
 * is used.
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_PARSER_SEVERITY_VALIDITY_WARNING = 1,
    XML_PARSER_SEVERITY_VALIDITY_ERROR = 2,
    XML_PARSER_SEVERITY_WARNING = 3,
    XML_PARSER_SEVERITY_ERROR = 4
} xmlParserSeverities;

#ifdef LIBXML_READER_ENABLED

/**
 * xmlTextReaderMode:
 *
 * Internal state values for the reader.
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_TEXTREADER_MODE_INITIAL = 0,
    XML_TEXTREADER_MODE_INTERACTIVE = 1,
    XML_TEXTREADER_MODE_ERROR = 2,
    XML_TEXTREADER_MODE_EOF =3,
    XML_TEXTREADER_MODE_CLOSED = 4,
    XML_TEXTREADER_MODE_READING = 5
} xmlTextReaderMode;

/**
 * xmlParserProperties:
 *
 * Some common options to use with xmlTextReaderSetParserProp, but it
 * is better to use xmlParserOption and the xmlReaderNewxxx and
 * xmlReaderForxxx APIs now.
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_PARSER_LOADDTD = 1,
    XML_PARSER_DEFAULTATTRS = 2,
    XML_PARSER_VALIDATE = 3,
    XML_PARSER_SUBST_ENTITIES = 4
} xmlParserProperties;

/**
 * xmlReaderTypes:
 *
 * Predefined constants for the different types of nodes.
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_READER_TYPE_NONE = 0,
    XML_READER_TYPE_ELEMENT = 1,
    XML_READER_TYPE_ATTRIBUTE = 2,
    XML_READER_TYPE_TEXT = 3,
    XML_READER_TYPE_CDATA = 4,
    XML_READER_TYPE_ENTITY_REFERENCE = 5,
    XML_READER_TYPE_ENTITY = 6,
    XML_READER_TYPE_PROCESSING_INSTRUCTION = 7,
    XML_READER_TYPE_COMMENT = 8,
    XML_READER_TYPE_DOCUMENT = 9,
    XML_READER_TYPE_DOCUMENT_TYPE = 10,
    XML_READER_TYPE_DOCUMENT_FRAGMENT = 11,
    XML_READER_TYPE_NOTATION = 12,
    XML_READER_TYPE_WHITESPACE = 13,
    XML_READER_TYPE_SIGNIFICANT_WHITESPACE = 14,
    XML_READER_TYPE_END_ELEMENT = 15,
    XML_READER_TYPE_END_ENTITY = 16,
    XML_READER_TYPE_XML_DECLARATION = 17
} xmlReaderTypes;

/**
 * xmlTextReader:
 *
 * Structure for an xmlReader context.
 */
typedef struct _xmlTextReader xmlTextReader;

/**
 * xmlTextReaderPtr:
 *
 * Pointer to an xmlReader context.
 */
typedef xmlTextReader *xmlTextReaderPtr;

/*
 * Constructors & Destructor
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlTextReaderPtr XMLCALL
			xmlNewTextReader	(xmlParserInputBufferPtr input,
	                                         const char *URI);
XMLPUBFUN xmlTextReaderPtr XMLCALL
			xmlNewTextReaderFilename(const char *URI);

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlFreeTextReader	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
            xmlTextReaderSetup(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
                   xmlParserInputBufferPtr input, const char *URL,
                   const char *encoding, int options);

/*
 * Iterators
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlTextReaderRead	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);

#ifdef LIBXML_WRITER_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlTextReaderReadInnerXml(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);

XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlTextReaderReadOuterXml(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
#endif

XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlTextReaderReadString	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlTextReaderReadAttributeValue(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);

/*
 * Attributes of the node
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlTextReaderAttributeCount(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlTextReaderDepth	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlTextReaderHasAttributes(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlTextReaderHasValue(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlTextReaderIsDefault	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlTextReaderIsEmptyElement(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlTextReaderNodeType	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlTextReaderQuoteChar	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlTextReaderReadState	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
                        xmlTextReaderIsNamespaceDecl(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);

XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderConstBaseUri	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderConstLocalName	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderConstName	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderConstNamespaceUri(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderConstPrefix	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderConstXmlLang	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderConstString	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
						 const xmlChar *str);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderConstValue	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);

/*
 * use the Const version of the routine for
 * better performance and simpler code
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlTextReaderBaseUri	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlTextReaderLocalName	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlTextReaderName	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlTextReaderNamespaceUri(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlTextReaderPrefix	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlTextReaderXmlLang	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
			xmlTextReaderValue	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);

/*
 * Methods of the XmlTextReader
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderClose		(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderGetAttributeNo	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
						 int no);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderGetAttribute	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
						 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderGetAttributeNs	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
						 const xmlChar *localName,
						 const xmlChar *namespaceURI);
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserInputBufferPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderGetRemainder	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderLookupNamespace(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
						 const xmlChar *prefix);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderMoveToAttributeNo(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
						 int no);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderMoveToAttribute(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
						 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderMoveToAttributeNs(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
						 const xmlChar *localName,
						 const xmlChar *namespaceURI);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderMoveToFirstAttribute(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderMoveToNextAttribute(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderMoveToElement	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderNormalization	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderConstEncoding  (xmlTextReaderPtr reader);

/*
 * Extensions
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderSetParserProp	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
						 int prop,
						 int value);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderGetParserProp	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
						 int prop);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderCurrentNode	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
            xmlTextReaderGetParserLineNumber(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
            xmlTextReaderGetParserColumnNumber(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);

XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderPreserve	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
#ifdef LIBXML_PATTERN_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderPreservePattern(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
						 const xmlChar *pattern,
						 const xmlChar **namespaces);
#endif /* LIBXML_PATTERN_ENABLED */
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderCurrentDoc	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderExpand		(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderNext		(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderNextSibling	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderIsValid	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
#ifdef LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderRelaxNGValidate(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
						 const char *rng);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderRelaxNGValidateCtxt(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
						 xmlRelaxNGValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 int options);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderRelaxNGSetSchema(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
						 xmlRelaxNGPtr schema);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderSchemaValidate	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
						 const char *xsd);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderSchemaValidateCtxt(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
						 xmlSchemaValidCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 int options);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderSetSchema	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
						 xmlSchemaPtr schema);
#endif
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderConstXmlVersion(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlTextReaderStandalone     (xmlTextReaderPtr reader);


/*
 * Index lookup
 */
XMLPUBFUN long XMLCALL
		xmlTextReaderByteConsumed	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader);

/*
 * New more complete APIs for simpler creation and reuse of readers
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlTextReaderPtr XMLCALL
		xmlReaderWalker		(xmlDocPtr doc);
XMLPUBFUN xmlTextReaderPtr XMLCALL
		xmlReaderForDoc		(const xmlChar * cur,
					 const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN xmlTextReaderPtr XMLCALL
		xmlReaderForFile	(const char *filename,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN xmlTextReaderPtr XMLCALL
		xmlReaderForMemory	(const char *buffer,
					 int size,
					 const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN xmlTextReaderPtr XMLCALL
		xmlReaderForFd		(int fd,
					 const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN xmlTextReaderPtr XMLCALL
		xmlReaderForIO		(xmlInputReadCallback ioread,
					 xmlInputCloseCallback ioclose,
					 void *ioctx,
					 const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlReaderNewWalker	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
					 xmlDocPtr doc);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlReaderNewDoc		(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
					 const xmlChar * cur,
					 const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlReaderNewFile	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
					 const char *filename,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlReaderNewMemory	(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
					 const char *buffer,
					 int size,
					 const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlReaderNewFd		(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
					 int fd,
					 const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlReaderNewIO		(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
					 xmlInputReadCallback ioread,
					 xmlInputCloseCallback ioclose,
					 void *ioctx,
					 const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
/*
 * Error handling extensions
 */
typedef void *  xmlTextReaderLocatorPtr;

/**
 * xmlTextReaderErrorFunc:
 * @arg: the user argument
 * @msg: the message
 * @severity: the severity of the error
 * @locator: a locator indicating where the error occurred
 *
 * Signature of an error callback from a reader parser
 */
typedef void (XMLCALL *xmlTextReaderErrorFunc)(void *arg,
					       const char *msg,
					       xmlParserSeverities severity,
					       xmlTextReaderLocatorPtr locator);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	    xmlTextReaderLocatorLineNumber(xmlTextReaderLocatorPtr locator);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
	    xmlTextReaderLocatorBaseURI (xmlTextReaderLocatorPtr locator);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	    xmlTextReaderSetErrorHandler(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
					 xmlTextReaderErrorFunc f,
					 void *arg);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	    xmlTextReaderSetStructuredErrorHandler(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
						   xmlStructuredErrorFunc f,
						   void *arg);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	    xmlTextReaderGetErrorHandler(xmlTextReaderPtr reader,
					 xmlTextReaderErrorFunc *f,
					 void **arg);

#endif /* LIBXML_READER_ENABLED */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* __XML_XMLREADER_H__ */

/*
 * Summary: set of routines to process strings
 * Description: type and interfaces needed for the internal string handling
 *              of the library, especially UTF8 processing.
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_STRING_H__
#define __XML_STRING_H__

#include <stdarg.h>
#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * xmlChar:
 *
 * This is a basic byte in an UTF-8 encoded string.
 * It's unsigned allowing to pinpoint case where char * are assigned
 * to xmlChar * (possibly making serialization back impossible).
 */
typedef unsigned char xmlChar;

/**
 * BAD_CAST:
 *
 * Macro to cast a string to an xmlChar * when one know its safe.
 */
#define BAD_CAST (xmlChar *)

/*
 * xmlChar handling
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
                xmlStrdup                (const xmlChar *cur);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
                xmlStrndup               (const xmlChar *cur,
                                         int len);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
                xmlCharStrndup           (const char *cur,
                                         int len);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
                xmlCharStrdup            (const char *cur);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
                xmlStrsub                (const xmlChar *str,
                                         int start,
                                         int len);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
                xmlStrchr                (const xmlChar *str,
                                         xmlChar val);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
                xmlStrstr                (const xmlChar *str,
                                         const xmlChar *val);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
                xmlStrcasestr            (const xmlChar *str,
                                         const xmlChar *val);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
                xmlStrcmp                (const xmlChar *str1,
                                         const xmlChar *str2);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
                xmlStrncmp               (const xmlChar *str1,
                                         const xmlChar *str2,
                                         int len);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
                xmlStrcasecmp            (const xmlChar *str1,
                                         const xmlChar *str2);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
                xmlStrncasecmp           (const xmlChar *str1,
                                         const xmlChar *str2,
                                         int len);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
                xmlStrEqual              (const xmlChar *str1,
                                         const xmlChar *str2);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
                xmlStrQEqual             (const xmlChar *pref,
                                         const xmlChar *name,
                                         const xmlChar *str);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
                xmlStrlen                (const xmlChar *str);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
                xmlStrcat                (xmlChar *cur,
                                         const xmlChar *add);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
                xmlStrncat               (xmlChar *cur,
                                         const xmlChar *add,
                                         int len);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
                xmlStrncatNew            (const xmlChar *str1,
                                         const xmlChar *str2,
                                         int len);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
                xmlStrPrintf             (xmlChar *buf,
                                         int len,
                                         const char *msg,
                                         ...) LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(3,4);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
                xmlStrVPrintf                (xmlChar *buf,
                                         int len,
                                         const char *msg,
                                         va_list ap) LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(3,0);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlGetUTF8Char                   (const unsigned char *utf,
                                         int *len);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlCheckUTF8                     (const unsigned char *utf);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlUTF8Strsize                   (const xmlChar *utf,
                                         int len);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
        xmlUTF8Strndup                   (const xmlChar *utf,
                                         int len);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
        xmlUTF8Strpos                    (const xmlChar *utf,
                                         int pos);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlUTF8Strloc                    (const xmlChar *utf,
                                         const xmlChar *utfchar);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
        xmlUTF8Strsub                    (const xmlChar *utf,
                                         int start,
                                         int len);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlUTF8Strlen                    (const xmlChar *utf);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlUTF8Size                      (const xmlChar *utf);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
        xmlUTF8Charcmp                   (const xmlChar *utf1,
                                         const xmlChar *utf2);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __XML_STRING_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: macros for marking symbols as exportable/importable.
 * Description: macros for marking symbols as exportable/importable.
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Igor Zlatovic <igor@zlatkovic.com>
 */

#ifndef __XML_EXPORTS_H__
#define __XML_EXPORTS_H__

/**
 * XMLPUBFUN, XMLPUBVAR, XMLCALL
 *
 * Macros which declare an exportable function, an exportable variable and
 * the calling convention used for functions.
 *
 * Please use an extra block for every platform/compiler combination when
 * modifying this, rather than overlong #ifdef lines. This helps
 * readability as well as the fact that different compilers on the same
 * platform might need different definitions.
 */

/**
 * XMLPUBFUN:
 *
 * Macros which declare an exportable function
 */
#define XMLPUBFUN
/**
 * XMLPUBVAR:
 *
 * Macros which declare an exportable variable
 */
#define XMLPUBVAR extern
/**
 * XMLCALL:
 *
 * Macros which declare the called convention for exported functions
 */
#define XMLCALL
/**
 * XMLCDECL:
 *
 * Macro which declares the calling convention for exported functions that
 * use '...'.
 */
#define XMLCDECL

/** DOC_DISABLE */

/* Windows platform with MS compiler */
#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(_MSC_VER)
  #undef XMLPUBFUN
  #undef XMLPUBVAR
  #undef XMLCALL
  #undef XMLCDECL
  #if defined(IN_LIBXML) && !defined(LIBXML_STATIC)
    #define XMLPUBFUN __declspec(dllexport)
    #define XMLPUBVAR __declspec(dllexport)
  #else
    #define XMLPUBFUN
    #if !defined(LIBXML_STATIC)
      #define XMLPUBVAR __declspec(dllimport) extern
    #else
      #define XMLPUBVAR extern
    #endif
  #endif
  #if defined(LIBXML_FASTCALL)
    #define XMLCALL __fastcall
  #else
    #define XMLCALL __cdecl
  #endif
  #define XMLCDECL __cdecl
  #if !defined _REENTRANT
    #define _REENTRANT
  #endif
#endif

/* Windows platform with Borland compiler */
#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(__BORLANDC__)
  #undef XMLPUBFUN
  #undef XMLPUBVAR
  #undef XMLCALL
  #undef XMLCDECL
  #if defined(IN_LIBXML) && !defined(LIBXML_STATIC)
    #define XMLPUBFUN __declspec(dllexport)
    #define XMLPUBVAR __declspec(dllexport) extern
  #else
    #define XMLPUBFUN
    #if !defined(LIBXML_STATIC)
      #define XMLPUBVAR __declspec(dllimport) extern
    #else
      #define XMLPUBVAR extern
    #endif
  #endif
  #define XMLCALL __cdecl
  #define XMLCDECL __cdecl
  #if !defined _REENTRANT
    #define _REENTRANT
  #endif
#endif

/* Windows platform with GNU compiler (Mingw) */
#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(__MINGW32__)
  #undef XMLPUBFUN
  #undef XMLPUBVAR
  #undef XMLCALL
  #undef XMLCDECL
  /*
   * if defined(IN_LIBXML) this raises problems on mingw with msys
   * _imp__xmlFree listed as missing. Try to workaround the problem
   * by also making that declaration when compiling client code.
   */
  #if defined(IN_LIBXML) && !defined(LIBXML_STATIC)
    #define XMLPUBFUN __declspec(dllexport)
    #define XMLPUBVAR __declspec(dllexport) extern
  #else
    #define XMLPUBFUN
    #if !defined(LIBXML_STATIC)
      #define XMLPUBVAR __declspec(dllimport) extern
    #else
      #define XMLPUBVAR extern
    #endif
  #endif
  #define XMLCALL __cdecl
  #define XMLCDECL __cdecl
  #if !defined _REENTRANT
    #define _REENTRANT
  #endif
#endif

/* Cygwin platform, GNU compiler */
#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(__CYGWIN__)
  #undef XMLPUBFUN
  #undef XMLPUBVAR
  #undef XMLCALL
  #undef XMLCDECL
  #if defined(IN_LIBXML) && !defined(LIBXML_STATIC)
    #define XMLPUBFUN __declspec(dllexport)
    #define XMLPUBVAR __declspec(dllexport)
  #else
    #define XMLPUBFUN
    #if !defined(LIBXML_STATIC)
      #define XMLPUBVAR __declspec(dllimport) extern
    #else
      #define XMLPUBVAR
    #endif
  #endif
  #define XMLCALL __cdecl
  #define XMLCDECL __cdecl
#endif

/* Compatibility */
#if !defined(LIBXML_DLL_IMPORT)
#define LIBXML_DLL_IMPORT XMLPUBVAR
#endif

#endif /* __XML_EXPORTS_H__ */


/*
 * Summary: interface for the I/O interfaces used by the parser
 * Description: interface for the I/O interfaces used by the parser
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_IO_H__
#define __XML_IO_H__

#include <stdio.h>
#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * Those are the functions and datatypes for the parser input
 * I/O structures.
 */

/**
 * xmlInputMatchCallback:
 * @filename: the filename or URI
 *
 * Callback used in the I/O Input API to detect if the current handler
 * can provide input fonctionnalities for this resource.
 *
 * Returns 1 if yes and 0 if another Input module should be used
 */
typedef int (XMLCALL *xmlInputMatchCallback) (char const *filename);
/**
 * xmlInputOpenCallback:
 * @filename: the filename or URI
 *
 * Callback used in the I/O Input API to open the resource
 *
 * Returns an Input context or NULL in case or error
 */
typedef void * (XMLCALL *xmlInputOpenCallback) (char const *filename);
/**
 * xmlInputReadCallback:
 * @context:  an Input context
 * @buffer:  the buffer to store data read
 * @len:  the length of the buffer in bytes
 *
 * Callback used in the I/O Input API to read the resource
 *
 * Returns the number of bytes read or -1 in case of error
 */
typedef int (XMLCALL *xmlInputReadCallback) (void * context, char * buffer, int len);
/**
 * xmlInputCloseCallback:
 * @context:  an Input context
 *
 * Callback used in the I/O Input API to close the resource
 *
 * Returns 0 or -1 in case of error
 */
typedef int (XMLCALL *xmlInputCloseCallback) (void * context);

#ifdef LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED
/*
 * Those are the functions and datatypes for the library output
 * I/O structures.
 */

/**
 * xmlOutputMatchCallback:
 * @filename: the filename or URI
 *
 * Callback used in the I/O Output API to detect if the current handler
 * can provide output fonctionnalities for this resource.
 *
 * Returns 1 if yes and 0 if another Output module should be used
 */
typedef int (XMLCALL *xmlOutputMatchCallback) (char const *filename);
/**
 * xmlOutputOpenCallback:
 * @filename: the filename or URI
 *
 * Callback used in the I/O Output API to open the resource
 *
 * Returns an Output context or NULL in case or error
 */
typedef void * (XMLCALL *xmlOutputOpenCallback) (char const *filename);
/**
 * xmlOutputWriteCallback:
 * @context:  an Output context
 * @buffer:  the buffer of data to write
 * @len:  the length of the buffer in bytes
 *
 * Callback used in the I/O Output API to write to the resource
 *
 * Returns the number of bytes written or -1 in case of error
 */
typedef int (XMLCALL *xmlOutputWriteCallback) (void * context, const char * buffer,
                                       int len);
/**
 * xmlOutputCloseCallback:
 * @context:  an Output context
 *
 * Callback used in the I/O Output API to close the resource
 *
 * Returns 0 or -1 in case of error
 */
typedef int (XMLCALL *xmlOutputCloseCallback) (void * context);
#endif /* LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#include <libxml/globals.h>
#include <libxml/tree.h>
#include <libxml/parser.h>
#include <libxml/encoding.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
struct _xmlParserInputBuffer {
    void*                  context;
    xmlInputReadCallback   readcallback;
    xmlInputCloseCallback  closecallback;

    xmlCharEncodingHandlerPtr encoder; /* I18N conversions to UTF-8 */

    xmlBufPtr buffer;    /* Local buffer encoded in UTF-8 */
    xmlBufPtr raw;       /* if encoder != NULL buffer for raw input */
    int	compressed;	    /* -1=unknown, 0=not compressed, 1=compressed */
    int error;
    unsigned long rawconsumed;/* amount consumed from raw */
};


#ifdef LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED
struct _xmlOutputBuffer {
    void*                   context;
    xmlOutputWriteCallback  writecallback;
    xmlOutputCloseCallback  closecallback;

    xmlCharEncodingHandlerPtr encoder; /* I18N conversions to UTF-8 */

    xmlBufPtr buffer;    /* Local buffer encoded in UTF-8 or ISOLatin */
    xmlBufPtr conv;      /* if encoder != NULL buffer for output */
    int written;            /* total number of byte written */
    int error;
};
#endif /* LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED */

/*
 * Interfaces for input
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlCleanupInputCallbacks		(void);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlPopInputCallbacks			(void);

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlRegisterDefaultInputCallbacks	(void);
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserInputBufferPtr XMLCALL
	xmlAllocParserInputBuffer		(xmlCharEncoding enc);

XMLPUBFUN xmlParserInputBufferPtr XMLCALL
	xmlParserInputBufferCreateFilename	(const char *URI,
                                                 xmlCharEncoding enc);
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserInputBufferPtr XMLCALL
	xmlParserInputBufferCreateFile		(FILE *file,
                                                 xmlCharEncoding enc);
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserInputBufferPtr XMLCALL
	xmlParserInputBufferCreateFd		(int fd,
	                                         xmlCharEncoding enc);
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserInputBufferPtr XMLCALL
	xmlParserInputBufferCreateMem		(const char *mem, int size,
	                                         xmlCharEncoding enc);
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserInputBufferPtr XMLCALL
	xmlParserInputBufferCreateStatic	(const char *mem, int size,
	                                         xmlCharEncoding enc);
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserInputBufferPtr XMLCALL
	xmlParserInputBufferCreateIO		(xmlInputReadCallback   ioread,
						 xmlInputCloseCallback  ioclose,
						 void *ioctx,
	                                         xmlCharEncoding enc);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlParserInputBufferRead		(xmlParserInputBufferPtr in,
						 int len);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlParserInputBufferGrow		(xmlParserInputBufferPtr in,
						 int len);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlParserInputBufferPush		(xmlParserInputBufferPtr in,
						 int len,
						 const char *buf);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlFreeParserInputBuffer		(xmlParserInputBufferPtr in);
XMLPUBFUN char * XMLCALL
	xmlParserGetDirectory			(const char *filename);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlRegisterInputCallbacks		(xmlInputMatchCallback matchFunc,
						 xmlInputOpenCallback openFunc,
						 xmlInputReadCallback readFunc,
						 xmlInputCloseCallback closeFunc);

xmlParserInputBufferPtr
	__xmlParserInputBufferCreateFilename(const char *URI,
						xmlCharEncoding enc);

#ifdef LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED
/*
 * Interfaces for output
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlCleanupOutputCallbacks		(void);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlRegisterDefaultOutputCallbacks(void);
XMLPUBFUN xmlOutputBufferPtr XMLCALL
	xmlAllocOutputBuffer		(xmlCharEncodingHandlerPtr encoder);

XMLPUBFUN xmlOutputBufferPtr XMLCALL
	xmlOutputBufferCreateFilename	(const char *URI,
					 xmlCharEncodingHandlerPtr encoder,
					 int compression);

XMLPUBFUN xmlOutputBufferPtr XMLCALL
	xmlOutputBufferCreateFile	(FILE *file,
					 xmlCharEncodingHandlerPtr encoder);

XMLPUBFUN xmlOutputBufferPtr XMLCALL
	xmlOutputBufferCreateBuffer	(xmlBufferPtr buffer,
					 xmlCharEncodingHandlerPtr encoder);

XMLPUBFUN xmlOutputBufferPtr XMLCALL
	xmlOutputBufferCreateFd		(int fd,
					 xmlCharEncodingHandlerPtr encoder);

XMLPUBFUN xmlOutputBufferPtr XMLCALL
	xmlOutputBufferCreateIO		(xmlOutputWriteCallback   iowrite,
					 xmlOutputCloseCallback  ioclose,
					 void *ioctx,
					 xmlCharEncodingHandlerPtr encoder);

/* Couple of APIs to get the output without digging into the buffers */
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
        xmlOutputBufferGetContent       (xmlOutputBufferPtr out);
XMLPUBFUN size_t XMLCALL
        xmlOutputBufferGetSize          (xmlOutputBufferPtr out);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlOutputBufferWrite		(xmlOutputBufferPtr out,
					 int len,
					 const char *buf);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlOutputBufferWriteString	(xmlOutputBufferPtr out,
					 const char *str);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlOutputBufferWriteEscape	(xmlOutputBufferPtr out,
					 const xmlChar *str,
					 xmlCharEncodingOutputFunc escaping);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlOutputBufferFlush		(xmlOutputBufferPtr out);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlOutputBufferClose		(xmlOutputBufferPtr out);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlRegisterOutputCallbacks	(xmlOutputMatchCallback matchFunc,
					 xmlOutputOpenCallback openFunc,
					 xmlOutputWriteCallback writeFunc,
					 xmlOutputCloseCallback closeFunc);

xmlOutputBufferPtr
	__xmlOutputBufferCreateFilename(const char *URI,
                              xmlCharEncodingHandlerPtr encoder,
                              int compression);

#ifdef LIBXML_HTTP_ENABLED
/*  This function only exists if HTTP support built into the library  */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
	xmlRegisterHTTPPostCallbacks	(void );
#endif /* LIBXML_HTTP_ENABLED */

#endif /* LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED */

XMLPUBFUN xmlParserInputPtr XMLCALL
	xmlCheckHTTPInput		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlParserInputPtr ret);

/*
 * A predefined entity loader disabling network accesses
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserInputPtr XMLCALL
	xmlNoNetExternalEntityLoader	(const char *URL,
					 const char *ID,
					 xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);

/*
 * xmlNormalizeWindowsPath is obsolete, don't use it.
 * Check xmlCanonicPath in uri.h for a better alternative.
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
	xmlNormalizeWindowsPath		(const xmlChar *path);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlCheckFilename		(const char *path);
/**
 * Default 'file://' protocol callbacks
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlFileMatch			(const char *filename);
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
	xmlFileOpen			(const char *filename);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlFileRead			(void * context,
					 char * buffer,
					 int len);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlFileClose			(void * context);

/**
 * Default 'http://' protocol callbacks
 */
#ifdef LIBXML_HTTP_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlIOHTTPMatch			(const char *filename);
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
	xmlIOHTTPOpen			(const char *filename);
#ifdef LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
	xmlIOHTTPOpenW			(const char * post_uri,
					 int   compression );
#endif /* LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlIOHTTPRead			(void * context,
					 char * buffer,
					 int len);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlIOHTTPClose			(void * context);
#endif /* LIBXML_HTTP_ENABLED */

/**
 * Default 'ftp://' protocol callbacks
 */
#ifdef LIBXML_FTP_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlIOFTPMatch			(const char *filename);
XMLPUBFUN void * XMLCALL
	xmlIOFTPOpen			(const char *filename);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlIOFTPRead			(void * context,
					 char * buffer,
					 int len);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	xmlIOFTPClose			(void * context);
#endif /* LIBXML_FTP_ENABLED */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* __XML_IO_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: pattern expression handling
 * Description: allows to compile and test pattern expressions for nodes
 *              either in a tree or based on a parser state.
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_PATTERN_H__
#define __XML_PATTERN_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/tree.h>
#include <libxml/dict.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_PATTERN_ENABLED

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * xmlPattern:
 *
 * A compiled (XPath based) pattern to select nodes
 */
typedef struct _xmlPattern xmlPattern;
typedef xmlPattern *xmlPatternPtr;

/**
 * xmlPatternFlags:
 *
 * This is the set of options affecting the behaviour of pattern
 * matching with this module
 *
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_PATTERN_DEFAULT		= 0,	/* simple pattern match */
    XML_PATTERN_XPATH		= 1<<0,	/* standard XPath pattern */
    XML_PATTERN_XSSEL		= 1<<1,	/* XPath subset for schema selector */
    XML_PATTERN_XSFIELD		= 1<<2	/* XPath subset for schema field */
} xmlPatternFlags;

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlFreePattern		(xmlPatternPtr comp);

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlFreePatternList	(xmlPatternPtr comp);

XMLPUBFUN xmlPatternPtr XMLCALL
			xmlPatterncompile	(const xmlChar *pattern,
						 xmlDict *dict,
						 int flags,
						 const xmlChar **namespaces);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlPatternMatch		(xmlPatternPtr comp,
						 xmlNodePtr node);

/* streaming interfaces */
typedef struct _xmlStreamCtxt xmlStreamCtxt;
typedef xmlStreamCtxt *xmlStreamCtxtPtr;

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlPatternStreamable	(xmlPatternPtr comp);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlPatternMaxDepth	(xmlPatternPtr comp);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlPatternMinDepth	(xmlPatternPtr comp);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlPatternFromRoot	(xmlPatternPtr comp);
XMLPUBFUN xmlStreamCtxtPtr XMLCALL
			xmlPatternGetStreamCtxt	(xmlPatternPtr comp);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlFreeStreamCtxt	(xmlStreamCtxtPtr stream);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlStreamPushNode	(xmlStreamCtxtPtr stream,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 const xmlChar *ns,
						 int nodeType);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlStreamPush		(xmlStreamCtxtPtr stream,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 const xmlChar *ns);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlStreamPushAttr	(xmlStreamCtxtPtr stream,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 const xmlChar *ns);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlStreamPop		(xmlStreamCtxtPtr stream);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlStreamWantsAnyNode	(xmlStreamCtxtPtr stream);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* LIBXML_PATTERN_ENABLED */

#endif /* __XML_PATTERN_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: regular expressions handling
 * Description: basic API for libxml regular expressions handling used
 *              for XML Schemas and validation.
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_REGEXP_H__
#define __XML_REGEXP_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_REGEXP_ENABLED

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * xmlRegexpPtr:
 *
 * A libxml regular expression, they can actually be far more complex
 * thank the POSIX regex expressions.
 */
typedef struct _xmlRegexp xmlRegexp;
typedef xmlRegexp *xmlRegexpPtr;

/**
 * xmlRegExecCtxtPtr:
 *
 * A libxml progressive regular expression evaluation context
 */
typedef struct _xmlRegExecCtxt xmlRegExecCtxt;
typedef xmlRegExecCtxt *xmlRegExecCtxtPtr;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include <libxml/tree.h>
#include <libxml/dict.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * The POSIX like API
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlRegexpPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlRegexpCompile	(const xmlChar *regexp);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL			 xmlRegFreeRegexp(xmlRegexpPtr regexp);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlRegexpExec	(xmlRegexpPtr comp,
					 const xmlChar *value);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		    xmlRegexpPrint	(FILE *output,
					 xmlRegexpPtr regexp);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlRegexpIsDeterminist(xmlRegexpPtr comp);

/**
 * xmlRegExecCallbacks:
 * @exec: the regular expression context
 * @token: the current token string
 * @transdata: transition data
 * @inputdata: input data
 *
 * Callback function when doing a transition in the automata
 */
typedef void (*xmlRegExecCallbacks) (xmlRegExecCtxtPtr exec,
	                             const xmlChar *token,
				     void *transdata,
				     void *inputdata);

/*
 * The progressive API
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlRegExecCtxtPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlRegNewExecCtxt	(xmlRegexpPtr comp,
					 xmlRegExecCallbacks callback,
					 void *data);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		    xmlRegFreeExecCtxt	(xmlRegExecCtxtPtr exec);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlRegExecPushString(xmlRegExecCtxtPtr exec,
					 const xmlChar *value,
					 void *data);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlRegExecPushString2(xmlRegExecCtxtPtr exec,
					 const xmlChar *value,
					 const xmlChar *value2,
					 void *data);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlRegExecNextValues(xmlRegExecCtxtPtr exec,
					 int *nbval,
					 int *nbneg,
					 xmlChar **values,
					 int *terminal);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlRegExecErrInfo	(xmlRegExecCtxtPtr exec,
					 const xmlChar **string,
					 int *nbval,
					 int *nbneg,
					 xmlChar **values,
					 int *terminal);
#ifdef LIBXML_EXPR_ENABLED
/*
 * Formal regular expression handling
 * Its goal is to do some formal work on content models
 */

/* expressions are used within a context */
typedef struct _xmlExpCtxt xmlExpCtxt;
typedef xmlExpCtxt *xmlExpCtxtPtr;

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlExpFreeCtxt	(xmlExpCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN xmlExpCtxtPtr XMLCALL
			xmlExpNewCtxt	(int maxNodes,
					 xmlDictPtr dict);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlExpCtxtNbNodes(xmlExpCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlExpCtxtNbCons(xmlExpCtxtPtr ctxt);

/* Expressions are trees but the tree is opaque */
typedef struct _xmlExpNode xmlExpNode;
typedef xmlExpNode *xmlExpNodePtr;

typedef enum {
    XML_EXP_EMPTY = 0,
    XML_EXP_FORBID = 1,
    XML_EXP_ATOM = 2,
    XML_EXP_SEQ = 3,
    XML_EXP_OR = 4,
    XML_EXP_COUNT = 5
} xmlExpNodeType;

/*
 * 2 core expressions shared by all for the empty language set
 * and for the set with just the empty token
 */
XMLPUBVAR xmlExpNodePtr forbiddenExp;
XMLPUBVAR xmlExpNodePtr emptyExp;

/*
 * Expressions are reference counted internally
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlExpFree	(xmlExpCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlExpNodePtr expr);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlExpRef	(xmlExpNodePtr expr);

/*
 * constructors can be either manual or from a string
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlExpNodePtr XMLCALL
			xmlExpParse	(xmlExpCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 const char *expr);
XMLPUBFUN xmlExpNodePtr XMLCALL
			xmlExpNewAtom	(xmlExpCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 int len);
XMLPUBFUN xmlExpNodePtr XMLCALL
			xmlExpNewOr	(xmlExpCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlExpNodePtr left,
					 xmlExpNodePtr right);
XMLPUBFUN xmlExpNodePtr XMLCALL
			xmlExpNewSeq	(xmlExpCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlExpNodePtr left,
					 xmlExpNodePtr right);
XMLPUBFUN xmlExpNodePtr XMLCALL
			xmlExpNewRange	(xmlExpCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlExpNodePtr subset,
					 int min,
					 int max);
/*
 * The really interesting APIs
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlExpIsNillable(xmlExpNodePtr expr);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlExpMaxToken	(xmlExpNodePtr expr);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlExpGetLanguage(xmlExpCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlExpNodePtr expr,
					 const xmlChar**langList,
					 int len);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlExpGetStart	(xmlExpCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlExpNodePtr expr,
					 const xmlChar**tokList,
					 int len);
XMLPUBFUN xmlExpNodePtr XMLCALL
			xmlExpStringDerive(xmlExpCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlExpNodePtr expr,
					 const xmlChar *str,
					 int len);
XMLPUBFUN xmlExpNodePtr XMLCALL
			xmlExpExpDerive	(xmlExpCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlExpNodePtr expr,
					 xmlExpNodePtr sub);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
			xmlExpSubsume	(xmlExpCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlExpNodePtr expr,
					 xmlExpNodePtr sub);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
			xmlExpDump	(xmlBufferPtr buf,
					 xmlExpNodePtr expr);
#endif /* LIBXML_EXPR_ENABLED */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* LIBXML_REGEXP_ENABLED */

#endif /*__XML_REGEXP_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: the core parser module
 * Description: Interfaces, constants and types related to the XML parser
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_PARSER_H__
#define __XML_PARSER_H__

#include <stdarg.h>

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/tree.h>
#include <libxml/dict.h>
#include <libxml/hash.h>
#include <libxml/valid.h>
#include <libxml/entities.h>
#include <libxml/xmlerror.h>
#include <libxml/xmlstring.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * XML_DEFAULT_VERSION:
 *
 * The default version of XML used: 1.0
 */
#define XML_DEFAULT_VERSION	"1.0"

/**
 * xmlParserInput:
 *
 * An xmlParserInput is an input flow for the XML processor.
 * Each entity parsed is associated an xmlParserInput (except the
 * few predefined ones). This is the case both for internal entities
 * - in which case the flow is already completely in memory - or
 * external entities - in which case we use the buf structure for
 * progressive reading and I18N conversions to the internal UTF-8 format.
 */

/**
 * xmlParserInputDeallocate:
 * @str:  the string to deallocate
 *
 * Callback for freeing some parser input allocations.
 */
typedef void (* xmlParserInputDeallocate)(xmlChar *str);

struct _xmlParserInput {
    /* Input buffer */
    xmlParserInputBufferPtr buf;      /* UTF-8 encoded buffer */

    const char *filename;             /* The file analyzed, if any */
    const char *directory;            /* the directory/base of the file */
    const xmlChar *base;              /* Base of the array to parse */
    const xmlChar *cur;               /* Current char being parsed */
    const xmlChar *end;               /* end of the array to parse */
    int length;                       /* length if known */
    int line;                         /* Current line */
    int col;                          /* Current column */
    /*
     * NOTE: consumed is only tested for equality in the parser code,
     *       so even if there is an overflow this should not give troubles
     *       for parsing very large instances.
     */
    unsigned long consumed;           /* How many xmlChars already consumed */
    xmlParserInputDeallocate free;    /* function to deallocate the base */
    const xmlChar *encoding;          /* the encoding string for entity */
    const xmlChar *version;           /* the version string for entity */
    int standalone;                   /* Was that entity marked standalone */
    int id;                           /* an unique identifier for the entity */
};

/**
 * xmlParserNodeInfo:
 *
 * The parser can be asked to collect Node informations, i.e. at what
 * place in the file they were detected.
 * NOTE: This is off by default and not very well tested.
 */
typedef struct _xmlParserNodeInfo xmlParserNodeInfo;
typedef xmlParserNodeInfo *xmlParserNodeInfoPtr;

struct _xmlParserNodeInfo {
  const struct _xmlNode* node;
  /* Position & line # that text that created the node begins & ends on */
  unsigned long begin_pos;
  unsigned long begin_line;
  unsigned long end_pos;
  unsigned long end_line;
};

typedef struct _xmlParserNodeInfoSeq xmlParserNodeInfoSeq;
typedef xmlParserNodeInfoSeq *xmlParserNodeInfoSeqPtr;
struct _xmlParserNodeInfoSeq {
  unsigned long maximum;
  unsigned long length;
  xmlParserNodeInfo* buffer;
};

/**
 * xmlParserInputState:
 *
 * The parser is now working also as a state based parser.
 * The recursive one use the state info for entities processing.
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_PARSER_EOF = -1,	/* nothing is to be parsed */
    XML_PARSER_START = 0,	/* nothing has been parsed */
    XML_PARSER_MISC,		/* Misc* before int subset */
    XML_PARSER_PI,		/* Within a processing instruction */
    XML_PARSER_DTD,		/* within some DTD content */
    XML_PARSER_PROLOG,		/* Misc* after internal subset */
    XML_PARSER_COMMENT,		/* within a comment */
    XML_PARSER_START_TAG,	/* within a start tag */
    XML_PARSER_CONTENT,		/* within the content */
    XML_PARSER_CDATA_SECTION,	/* within a CDATA section */
    XML_PARSER_END_TAG,		/* within a closing tag */
    XML_PARSER_ENTITY_DECL,	/* within an entity declaration */
    XML_PARSER_ENTITY_VALUE,	/* within an entity value in a decl */
    XML_PARSER_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE,	/* within an attribute value */
    XML_PARSER_SYSTEM_LITERAL,	/* within a SYSTEM value */
    XML_PARSER_EPILOG,		/* the Misc* after the last end tag */
    XML_PARSER_IGNORE,		/* within an IGNORED section */
    XML_PARSER_PUBLIC_LITERAL	/* within a PUBLIC value */
} xmlParserInputState;

/**
 * XML_DETECT_IDS:
 *
 * Bit in the loadsubset context field to tell to do ID/REFs lookups.
 * Use it to initialize xmlLoadExtDtdDefaultValue.
 */
#define XML_DETECT_IDS		2

/**
 * XML_COMPLETE_ATTRS:
 *
 * Bit in the loadsubset context field to tell to do complete the
 * elements attributes lists with the ones defaulted from the DTDs.
 * Use it to initialize xmlLoadExtDtdDefaultValue.
 */
#define XML_COMPLETE_ATTRS	4

/**
 * XML_SKIP_IDS:
 *
 * Bit in the loadsubset context field to tell to not do ID/REFs registration.
 * Used to initialize xmlLoadExtDtdDefaultValue in some special cases.
 */
#define XML_SKIP_IDS		8

/**
 * xmlParserMode:
 *
 * A parser can operate in various modes
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_PARSE_UNKNOWN = 0,
    XML_PARSE_DOM = 1,
    XML_PARSE_SAX = 2,
    XML_PARSE_PUSH_DOM = 3,
    XML_PARSE_PUSH_SAX = 4,
    XML_PARSE_READER = 5
} xmlParserMode;

/**
 * xmlParserCtxt:
 *
 * The parser context.
 * NOTE This doesn't completely define the parser state, the (current ?)
 *      design of the parser uses recursive function calls since this allow
 *      and easy mapping from the production rules of the specification
 *      to the actual code. The drawback is that the actual function call
 *      also reflect the parser state. However most of the parsing routines
 *      takes as the only argument the parser context pointer, so migrating
 *      to a state based parser for progressive parsing shouldn't be too hard.
 */
struct _xmlParserCtxt {
    struct _xmlSAXHandler *sax;       /* The SAX handler */
    void            *userData;        /* For SAX interface only, used by DOM build */
    xmlDocPtr           myDoc;        /* the document being built */
    int            wellFormed;        /* is the document well formed */
    int       replaceEntities;        /* shall we replace entities ? */
    const xmlChar    *version;        /* the XML version string */
    const xmlChar   *encoding;        /* the declared encoding, if any */
    int            standalone;        /* standalone document */
    int                  html;        /* an HTML(1)/Docbook(2) document
                                       * 3 is HTML after <head>
                                       * 10 is HTML after <body>
                                       */

    /* Input stream stack */
    xmlParserInputPtr  input;         /* Current input stream */
    int                inputNr;       /* Number of current input streams */
    int                inputMax;      /* Max number of input streams */
    xmlParserInputPtr *inputTab;      /* stack of inputs */

    /* Node analysis stack only used for DOM building */
    xmlNodePtr         node;          /* Current parsed Node */
    int                nodeNr;        /* Depth of the parsing stack */
    int                nodeMax;       /* Max depth of the parsing stack */
    xmlNodePtr        *nodeTab;       /* array of nodes */

    int record_info;                  /* Whether node info should be kept */
    xmlParserNodeInfoSeq node_seq;    /* info about each node parsed */

    int errNo;                        /* error code */

    int     hasExternalSubset;        /* reference and external subset */
    int             hasPErefs;        /* the internal subset has PE refs */
    int              external;        /* are we parsing an external entity */

    int                 valid;        /* is the document valid */
    int              validate;        /* shall we try to validate ? */
    xmlValidCtxt        vctxt;        /* The validity context */

    xmlParserInputState instate;      /* current type of input */
    int                 token;        /* next char look-ahead */

    char           *directory;        /* the data directory */

    /* Node name stack */
    const xmlChar     *name;          /* Current parsed Node */
    int                nameNr;        /* Depth of the parsing stack */
    int                nameMax;       /* Max depth of the parsing stack */
    const xmlChar *   *nameTab;       /* array of nodes */

    long               nbChars;       /* number of xmlChar processed */
    long            checkIndex;       /* used by progressive parsing lookup */
    int             keepBlanks;       /* ugly but ... */
    int             disableSAX;       /* SAX callbacks are disabled */
    int               inSubset;       /* Parsing is in int 1/ext 2 subset */
    const xmlChar *    intSubName;    /* name of subset */
    xmlChar *          extSubURI;     /* URI of external subset */
    xmlChar *          extSubSystem;  /* SYSTEM ID of external subset */

    /* xml:space values */
    int *              space;         /* Should the parser preserve spaces */
    int                spaceNr;       /* Depth of the parsing stack */
    int                spaceMax;      /* Max depth of the parsing stack */
    int *              spaceTab;      /* array of space infos */

    int                depth;         /* to prevent entity substitution loops */
    xmlParserInputPtr  entity;        /* used to check entities boundaries */
    int                charset;       /* encoding of the in-memory content
				         actually an xmlCharEncoding */
    int                nodelen;       /* Those two fields are there to */
    int                nodemem;       /* Speed up large node parsing */
    int                pedantic;      /* signal pedantic warnings */
    void              *_private;      /* For user data, libxml won't touch it */

    int                loadsubset;    /* should the external subset be loaded */
    int                linenumbers;   /* set line number in element content */
    void              *catalogs;      /* document's own catalog */
    int                recovery;      /* run in recovery mode */
    int                progressive;   /* is this a progressive parsing */
    xmlDictPtr         dict;          /* dictionary for the parser */
    const xmlChar *   *atts;          /* array for the attributes callbacks */
    int                maxatts;       /* the size of the array */
    int                docdict;       /* use strings from dict to build tree */

    /*
     * pre-interned strings
     */
    const xmlChar *str_xml;
    const xmlChar *str_xmlns;
    const xmlChar *str_xml_ns;

    /*
     * Everything below is used only by the new SAX mode
     */
    int                sax2;          /* operating in the new SAX mode */
    int                nsNr;          /* the number of inherited namespaces */
    int                nsMax;         /* the size of the arrays */
    const xmlChar *   *nsTab;         /* the array of prefix/namespace name */
    int               *attallocs;     /* which attribute were allocated */
    void *            *pushTab;       /* array of data for push */
    xmlHashTablePtr    attsDefault;   /* defaulted attributes if any */
    xmlHashTablePtr    attsSpecial;   /* non-CDATA attributes if any */
    int                nsWellFormed;  /* is the document XML Nanespace okay */
    int                options;       /* Extra options */

    /*
     * Those fields are needed only for treaming parsing so far
     */
    int               dictNames;    /* Use dictionary names for the tree */
    int               freeElemsNr;  /* number of freed element nodes */
    xmlNodePtr        freeElems;    /* List of freed element nodes */
    int               freeAttrsNr;  /* number of freed attributes nodes */
    xmlAttrPtr        freeAttrs;    /* List of freed attributes nodes */

    /*
     * the complete error informations for the last error.
     */
    xmlError          lastError;
    xmlParserMode     parseMode;    /* the parser mode */
    unsigned long    nbentities;    /* number of entities references */
    unsigned long  sizeentities;    /* size of parsed entities */

    /* for use by HTML non-recursive parser */
    xmlParserNodeInfo *nodeInfo;      /* Current NodeInfo */
    int                nodeInfoNr;    /* Depth of the parsing stack */
    int                nodeInfoMax;   /* Max depth of the parsing stack */
    xmlParserNodeInfo *nodeInfoTab;   /* array of nodeInfos */

    int                input_id;      /* we need to label inputs */
    unsigned long      sizeentcopy;   /* volume of entity copy */
};

/**
 * xmlSAXLocator:
 *
 * A SAX Locator.
 */
struct _xmlSAXLocator {
    const xmlChar *(*getPublicId)(void *ctx);
    const xmlChar *(*getSystemId)(void *ctx);
    int (*getLineNumber)(void *ctx);
    int (*getColumnNumber)(void *ctx);
};

/**
 * xmlSAXHandler:
 *
 * A SAX handler is bunch of callbacks called by the parser when processing
 * of the input generate data or structure informations.
 */

/**
 * resolveEntitySAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 * @publicId: The public ID of the entity
 * @systemId: The system ID of the entity
 *
 * Callback:
 * The entity loader, to control the loading of external entities,
 * the application can either:
 *    - override this resolveEntity() callback in the SAX block
 *    - or better use the xmlSetExternalEntityLoader() function to
 *      set up it's own entity resolution routine
 *
 * Returns the xmlParserInputPtr if inlined or NULL for DOM behaviour.
 */
typedef xmlParserInputPtr (*resolveEntitySAXFunc) (void *ctx,
				const xmlChar *publicId,
				const xmlChar *systemId);
/**
 * internalSubsetSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 * @name:  the root element name
 * @ExternalID:  the external ID
 * @SystemID:  the SYSTEM ID (e.g. filename or URL)
 *
 * Callback on internal subset declaration.
 */
typedef void (*internalSubsetSAXFunc) (void *ctx,
				const xmlChar *name,
				const xmlChar *ExternalID,
				const xmlChar *SystemID);
/**
 * externalSubsetSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 * @name:  the root element name
 * @ExternalID:  the external ID
 * @SystemID:  the SYSTEM ID (e.g. filename or URL)
 *
 * Callback on external subset declaration.
 */
typedef void (*externalSubsetSAXFunc) (void *ctx,
				const xmlChar *name,
				const xmlChar *ExternalID,
				const xmlChar *SystemID);
/**
 * getEntitySAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 * @name: The entity name
 *
 * Get an entity by name.
 *
 * Returns the xmlEntityPtr if found.
 */
typedef xmlEntityPtr (*getEntitySAXFunc) (void *ctx,
				const xmlChar *name);
/**
 * getParameterEntitySAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 * @name: The entity name
 *
 * Get a parameter entity by name.
 *
 * Returns the xmlEntityPtr if found.
 */
typedef xmlEntityPtr (*getParameterEntitySAXFunc) (void *ctx,
				const xmlChar *name);
/**
 * entityDeclSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 * @name:  the entity name
 * @type:  the entity type
 * @publicId: The public ID of the entity
 * @systemId: The system ID of the entity
 * @content: the entity value (without processing).
 *
 * An entity definition has been parsed.
 */
typedef void (*entityDeclSAXFunc) (void *ctx,
				const xmlChar *name,
				int type,
				const xmlChar *publicId,
				const xmlChar *systemId,
				xmlChar *content);
/**
 * notationDeclSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 * @name: The name of the notation
 * @publicId: The public ID of the entity
 * @systemId: The system ID of the entity
 *
 * What to do when a notation declaration has been parsed.
 */
typedef void (*notationDeclSAXFunc)(void *ctx,
				const xmlChar *name,
				const xmlChar *publicId,
				const xmlChar *systemId);
/**
 * attributeDeclSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 * @elem:  the name of the element
 * @fullname:  the attribute name
 * @type:  the attribute type
 * @def:  the type of default value
 * @defaultValue: the attribute default value
 * @tree:  the tree of enumerated value set
 *
 * An attribute definition has been parsed.
 */
typedef void (*attributeDeclSAXFunc)(void *ctx,
				const xmlChar *elem,
				const xmlChar *fullname,
				int type,
				int def,
				const xmlChar *defaultValue,
				xmlEnumerationPtr tree);
/**
 * elementDeclSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 * @name:  the element name
 * @type:  the element type
 * @content: the element value tree
 *
 * An element definition has been parsed.
 */
typedef void (*elementDeclSAXFunc)(void *ctx,
				const xmlChar *name,
				int type,
				xmlElementContentPtr content);
/**
 * unparsedEntityDeclSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 * @name: The name of the entity
 * @publicId: The public ID of the entity
 * @systemId: The system ID of the entity
 * @notationName: the name of the notation
 *
 * What to do when an unparsed entity declaration is parsed.
 */
typedef void (*unparsedEntityDeclSAXFunc)(void *ctx,
				const xmlChar *name,
				const xmlChar *publicId,
				const xmlChar *systemId,
				const xmlChar *notationName);
/**
 * setDocumentLocatorSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 * @loc: A SAX Locator
 *
 * Receive the document locator at startup, actually xmlDefaultSAXLocator.
 * Everything is available on the context, so this is useless in our case.
 */
typedef void (*setDocumentLocatorSAXFunc) (void *ctx,
				xmlSAXLocatorPtr loc);
/**
 * startDocumentSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 *
 * Called when the document start being processed.
 */
typedef void (*startDocumentSAXFunc) (void *ctx);
/**
 * endDocumentSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 *
 * Called when the document end has been detected.
 */
typedef void (*endDocumentSAXFunc) (void *ctx);
/**
 * startElementSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 * @name:  The element name, including namespace prefix
 * @atts:  An array of name/value attributes pairs, NULL terminated
 *
 * Called when an opening tag has been processed.
 */
typedef void (*startElementSAXFunc) (void *ctx,
				const xmlChar *name,
				const xmlChar **atts);
/**
 * endElementSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 * @name:  The element name
 *
 * Called when the end of an element has been detected.
 */
typedef void (*endElementSAXFunc) (void *ctx,
				const xmlChar *name);
/**
 * attributeSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 * @name:  The attribute name, including namespace prefix
 * @value:  The attribute value
 *
 * Handle an attribute that has been read by the parser.
 * The default handling is to convert the attribute into an
 * DOM subtree and past it in a new xmlAttr element added to
 * the element.
 */
typedef void (*attributeSAXFunc) (void *ctx,
				const xmlChar *name,
				const xmlChar *value);
/**
 * referenceSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 * @name:  The entity name
 *
 * Called when an entity reference is detected.
 */
typedef void (*referenceSAXFunc) (void *ctx,
				const xmlChar *name);
/**
 * charactersSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 * @ch:  a xmlChar string
 * @len: the number of xmlChar
 *
 * Receiving some chars from the parser.
 */
typedef void (*charactersSAXFunc) (void *ctx,
				const xmlChar *ch,
				int len);
/**
 * ignorableWhitespaceSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 * @ch:  a xmlChar string
 * @len: the number of xmlChar
 *
 * Receiving some ignorable whitespaces from the parser.
 * UNUSED: by default the DOM building will use characters.
 */
typedef void (*ignorableWhitespaceSAXFunc) (void *ctx,
				const xmlChar *ch,
				int len);
/**
 * processingInstructionSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 * @target:  the target name
 * @data: the PI data's
 *
 * A processing instruction has been parsed.
 */
typedef void (*processingInstructionSAXFunc) (void *ctx,
				const xmlChar *target,
				const xmlChar *data);
/**
 * commentSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 * @value:  the comment content
 *
 * A comment has been parsed.
 */
typedef void (*commentSAXFunc) (void *ctx,
				const xmlChar *value);
/**
 * cdataBlockSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 * @value:  The pcdata content
 * @len:  the block length
 *
 * Called when a pcdata block has been parsed.
 */
typedef void (*cdataBlockSAXFunc) (
	                        void *ctx,
				const xmlChar *value,
				int len);
/**
 * warningSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  an XML parser context
 * @msg:  the message to display/transmit
 * @...:  extra parameters for the message display
 *
 * Display and format a warning messages, callback.
 */
typedef void (XMLCDECL *warningSAXFunc) (void *ctx,
				const char *msg, ...) LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(2,3);
/**
 * errorSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  an XML parser context
 * @msg:  the message to display/transmit
 * @...:  extra parameters for the message display
 *
 * Display and format an error messages, callback.
 */
typedef void (XMLCDECL *errorSAXFunc) (void *ctx,
				const char *msg, ...) LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(2,3);
/**
 * fatalErrorSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  an XML parser context
 * @msg:  the message to display/transmit
 * @...:  extra parameters for the message display
 *
 * Display and format fatal error messages, callback.
 * Note: so far fatalError() SAX callbacks are not used, error()
 *       get all the callbacks for errors.
 */
typedef void (XMLCDECL *fatalErrorSAXFunc) (void *ctx,
				const char *msg, ...) LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(2,3);
/**
 * isStandaloneSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 *
 * Is this document tagged standalone?
 *
 * Returns 1 if true
 */
typedef int (*isStandaloneSAXFunc) (void *ctx);
/**
 * hasInternalSubsetSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 *
 * Does this document has an internal subset.
 *
 * Returns 1 if true
 */
typedef int (*hasInternalSubsetSAXFunc) (void *ctx);

/**
 * hasExternalSubsetSAXFunc:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 *
 * Does this document has an external subset?
 *
 * Returns 1 if true
 */
typedef int (*hasExternalSubsetSAXFunc) (void *ctx);

/************************************************************************
 *									*
 *			The SAX version 2 API extensions		*
 *									*
 ************************************************************************/
/**
 * XML_SAX2_MAGIC:
 *
 * Special constant found in SAX2 blocks initialized fields
 */
#define XML_SAX2_MAGIC 0xDEEDBEAF

/**
 * startElementNsSAX2Func:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 * @localname:  the local name of the element
 * @prefix:  the element namespace prefix if available
 * @URI:  the element namespace name if available
 * @nb_namespaces:  number of namespace definitions on that node
 * @namespaces:  pointer to the array of prefix/URI pairs namespace definitions
 * @nb_attributes:  the number of attributes on that node
 * @nb_defaulted:  the number of defaulted attributes. The defaulted
 *                  ones are at the end of the array
 * @attributes:  pointer to the array of (localname/prefix/URI/value/end)
 *               attribute values.
 *
 * SAX2 callback when an element start has been detected by the parser.
 * It provides the namespace informations for the element, as well as
 * the new namespace declarations on the element.
 */

typedef void (*startElementNsSAX2Func) (void *ctx,
					const xmlChar *localname,
					const xmlChar *prefix,
					const xmlChar *URI,
					int nb_namespaces,
					const xmlChar **namespaces,
					int nb_attributes,
					int nb_defaulted,
					const xmlChar **attributes);

/**
 * endElementNsSAX2Func:
 * @ctx:  the user data (XML parser context)
 * @localname:  the local name of the element
 * @prefix:  the element namespace prefix if available
 * @URI:  the element namespace name if available
 *
 * SAX2 callback when an element end has been detected by the parser.
 * It provides the namespace informations for the element.
 */

typedef void (*endElementNsSAX2Func)   (void *ctx,
					const xmlChar *localname,
					const xmlChar *prefix,
					const xmlChar *URI);


struct _xmlSAXHandler {
    internalSubsetSAXFunc internalSubset;
    isStandaloneSAXFunc isStandalone;
    hasInternalSubsetSAXFunc hasInternalSubset;
    hasExternalSubsetSAXFunc hasExternalSubset;
    resolveEntitySAXFunc resolveEntity;
    getEntitySAXFunc getEntity;
    entityDeclSAXFunc entityDecl;
    notationDeclSAXFunc notationDecl;
    attributeDeclSAXFunc attributeDecl;
    elementDeclSAXFunc elementDecl;
    unparsedEntityDeclSAXFunc unparsedEntityDecl;
    setDocumentLocatorSAXFunc setDocumentLocator;
    startDocumentSAXFunc startDocument;
    endDocumentSAXFunc endDocument;
    startElementSAXFunc startElement;
    endElementSAXFunc endElement;
    referenceSAXFunc reference;
    charactersSAXFunc characters;
    ignorableWhitespaceSAXFunc ignorableWhitespace;
    processingInstructionSAXFunc processingInstruction;
    commentSAXFunc comment;
    warningSAXFunc warning;
    errorSAXFunc error;
    fatalErrorSAXFunc fatalError; /* unused error() get all the errors */
    getParameterEntitySAXFunc getParameterEntity;
    cdataBlockSAXFunc cdataBlock;
    externalSubsetSAXFunc externalSubset;
    unsigned int initialized;
    /* The following fields are extensions available only on version 2 */
    void *_private;
    startElementNsSAX2Func startElementNs;
    endElementNsSAX2Func endElementNs;
    xmlStructuredErrorFunc serror;
};

/*
 * SAX Version 1
 */
typedef struct _xmlSAXHandlerV1 xmlSAXHandlerV1;
typedef xmlSAXHandlerV1 *xmlSAXHandlerV1Ptr;
struct _xmlSAXHandlerV1 {
    internalSubsetSAXFunc internalSubset;
    isStandaloneSAXFunc isStandalone;
    hasInternalSubsetSAXFunc hasInternalSubset;
    hasExternalSubsetSAXFunc hasExternalSubset;
    resolveEntitySAXFunc resolveEntity;
    getEntitySAXFunc getEntity;
    entityDeclSAXFunc entityDecl;
    notationDeclSAXFunc notationDecl;
    attributeDeclSAXFunc attributeDecl;
    elementDeclSAXFunc elementDecl;
    unparsedEntityDeclSAXFunc unparsedEntityDecl;
    setDocumentLocatorSAXFunc setDocumentLocator;
    startDocumentSAXFunc startDocument;
    endDocumentSAXFunc endDocument;
    startElementSAXFunc startElement;
    endElementSAXFunc endElement;
    referenceSAXFunc reference;
    charactersSAXFunc characters;
    ignorableWhitespaceSAXFunc ignorableWhitespace;
    processingInstructionSAXFunc processingInstruction;
    commentSAXFunc comment;
    warningSAXFunc warning;
    errorSAXFunc error;
    fatalErrorSAXFunc fatalError; /* unused error() get all the errors */
    getParameterEntitySAXFunc getParameterEntity;
    cdataBlockSAXFunc cdataBlock;
    externalSubsetSAXFunc externalSubset;
    unsigned int initialized;
};


/**
 * xmlExternalEntityLoader:
 * @URL: The System ID of the resource requested
 * @ID: The Public ID of the resource requested
 * @context: the XML parser context
 *
 * External entity loaders types.
 *
 * Returns the entity input parser.
 */
typedef xmlParserInputPtr (*xmlExternalEntityLoader) (const char *URL,
					 const char *ID,
					 xmlParserCtxtPtr context);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#include <libxml/encoding.h>
#include <libxml/xmlIO.h>
#include <libxml/globals.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


/*
 * Init/Cleanup
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlInitParser		(void);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlCleanupParser	(void);

/*
 * Input functions
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlParserInputRead	(xmlParserInputPtr in,
					 int len);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlParserInputGrow	(xmlParserInputPtr in,
					 int len);

/*
 * Basic parsing Interfaces
 */
#ifdef LIBXML_SAX1_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlParseDoc		(const xmlChar *cur);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlParseFile		(const char *filename);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlParseMemory		(const char *buffer,
					 int size);
#endif /* LIBXML_SAX1_ENABLED */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSubstituteEntitiesDefault(int val);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlKeepBlanksDefault	(int val);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlStopParser		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlPedanticParserDefault(int val);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlLineNumbersDefault	(int val);

#ifdef LIBXML_SAX1_ENABLED
/*
 * Recovery mode
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlRecoverDoc		(const xmlChar *cur);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlRecoverMemory	(const char *buffer,
					 int size);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlRecoverFile		(const char *filename);
#endif /* LIBXML_SAX1_ENABLED */

/*
 * Less common routines and SAX interfaces
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlParseDocument	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlParseExtParsedEnt	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
#ifdef LIBXML_SAX1_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSAXUserParseFile	(xmlSAXHandlerPtr sax,
					 void *user_data,
					 const char *filename);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSAXUserParseMemory	(xmlSAXHandlerPtr sax,
					 void *user_data,
					 const char *buffer,
					 int size);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlSAXParseDoc		(xmlSAXHandlerPtr sax,
					 const xmlChar *cur,
					 int recovery);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlSAXParseMemory	(xmlSAXHandlerPtr sax,
					 const char *buffer,
					 int size,
					 int recovery);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlSAXParseMemoryWithData (xmlSAXHandlerPtr sax,
					 const char *buffer,
					 int size,
					 int recovery,
					 void *data);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlSAXParseFile		(xmlSAXHandlerPtr sax,
					 const char *filename,
					 int recovery);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlSAXParseFileWithData	(xmlSAXHandlerPtr sax,
					 const char *filename,
					 int recovery,
					 void *data);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlSAXParseEntity	(xmlSAXHandlerPtr sax,
					 const char *filename);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlParseEntity		(const char *filename);
#endif /* LIBXML_SAX1_ENABLED */

#ifdef LIBXML_VALID_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN xmlDtdPtr XMLCALL
		xmlSAXParseDTD		(xmlSAXHandlerPtr sax,
					 const xmlChar *ExternalID,
					 const xmlChar *SystemID);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDtdPtr XMLCALL
		xmlParseDTD		(const xmlChar *ExternalID,
					 const xmlChar *SystemID);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDtdPtr XMLCALL
		xmlIOParseDTD		(xmlSAXHandlerPtr sax,
					 xmlParserInputBufferPtr input,
					 xmlCharEncoding enc);
#endif /* LIBXML_VALID_ENABLE */
#ifdef LIBXML_SAX1_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlParseBalancedChunkMemory(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlSAXHandlerPtr sax,
					 void *user_data,
					 int depth,
					 const xmlChar *string,
					 xmlNodePtr *lst);
#endif /* LIBXML_SAX1_ENABLED */
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserErrors XMLCALL
		xmlParseInNodeContext	(xmlNodePtr node,
					 const char *data,
					 int datalen,
					 int options,
					 xmlNodePtr *lst);
#ifdef LIBXML_SAX1_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlParseBalancedChunkMemoryRecover(xmlDocPtr doc,
                     xmlSAXHandlerPtr sax,
                     void *user_data,
                     int depth,
                     const xmlChar *string,
                     xmlNodePtr *lst,
                     int recover);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlParseExternalEntity	(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlSAXHandlerPtr sax,
					 void *user_data,
					 int depth,
					 const xmlChar *URL,
					 const xmlChar *ID,
					 xmlNodePtr *lst);
#endif /* LIBXML_SAX1_ENABLED */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlParseCtxtExternalEntity(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctx,
					 const xmlChar *URL,
					 const xmlChar *ID,
					 xmlNodePtr *lst);

/*
 * Parser contexts handling.
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserCtxtPtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewParserCtxt	(void);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlInitParserCtxt	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlClearParserCtxt	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlFreeParserCtxt	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
#ifdef LIBXML_SAX1_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSetupParserForBuffer	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 const xmlChar* buffer,
					 const char *filename);
#endif /* LIBXML_SAX1_ENABLED */
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserCtxtPtr XMLCALL
		xmlCreateDocParserCtxt	(const xmlChar *cur);

#ifdef LIBXML_LEGACY_ENABLED
/*
 * Reading/setting optional parsing features.
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlGetFeaturesList	(int *len,
					 const char **result);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlGetFeature		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 const char *name,
					 void *result);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSetFeature		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 const char *name,
					 void *value);
#endif /* LIBXML_LEGACY_ENABLED */

#ifdef LIBXML_PUSH_ENABLED
/*
 * Interfaces for the Push mode.
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserCtxtPtr XMLCALL
		xmlCreatePushParserCtxt(xmlSAXHandlerPtr sax,
					 void *user_data,
					 const char *chunk,
					 int size,
					 const char *filename);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlParseChunk		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 const char *chunk,
					 int size,
					 int terminate);
#endif /* LIBXML_PUSH_ENABLED */

/*
 * Special I/O mode.
 */

XMLPUBFUN xmlParserCtxtPtr XMLCALL
		xmlCreateIOParserCtxt	(xmlSAXHandlerPtr sax,
					 void *user_data,
					 xmlInputReadCallback   ioread,
					 xmlInputCloseCallback  ioclose,
					 void *ioctx,
					 xmlCharEncoding enc);

XMLPUBFUN xmlParserInputPtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewIOInputStream	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlParserInputBufferPtr input,
					 xmlCharEncoding enc);

/*
 * Node infos.
 */
XMLPUBFUN const xmlParserNodeInfo* XMLCALL
		xmlParserFindNodeInfo	(const xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
				         const xmlNodePtr node);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlInitNodeInfoSeq	(xmlParserNodeInfoSeqPtr seq);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlClearNodeInfoSeq	(xmlParserNodeInfoSeqPtr seq);
XMLPUBFUN unsigned long XMLCALL
		xmlParserFindNodeInfoIndex(const xmlParserNodeInfoSeqPtr seq,
                                         const xmlNodePtr node);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlParserAddNodeInfo	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 const xmlParserNodeInfoPtr info);

/*
 * External entities handling actually implemented in xmlIO.
 */

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSetExternalEntityLoader(xmlExternalEntityLoader f);
XMLPUBFUN xmlExternalEntityLoader XMLCALL
		xmlGetExternalEntityLoader(void);
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserInputPtr XMLCALL
		xmlLoadExternalEntity	(const char *URL,
					 const char *ID,
					 xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);

/*
 * Index lookup, actually implemented in the encoding module
 */
XMLPUBFUN long XMLCALL
		xmlByteConsumed		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);

/*
 * New set of simpler/more flexible APIs
 */
/**
 * xmlParserOption:
 *
 * This is the set of XML parser options that can be passed down
 * to the xmlReadDoc() and similar calls.
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_PARSE_RECOVER	= 1<<0,	/* recover on errors */
    XML_PARSE_NOENT	= 1<<1,	/* substitute entities */
    XML_PARSE_DTDLOAD	= 1<<2,	/* load the external subset */
    XML_PARSE_DTDATTR	= 1<<3,	/* default DTD attributes */
    XML_PARSE_DTDVALID	= 1<<4,	/* validate with the DTD */
    XML_PARSE_NOERROR	= 1<<5,	/* suppress error reports */
    XML_PARSE_NOWARNING	= 1<<6,	/* suppress warning reports */
    XML_PARSE_PEDANTIC	= 1<<7,	/* pedantic error reporting */
    XML_PARSE_NOBLANKS	= 1<<8,	/* remove blank nodes */
    XML_PARSE_SAX1	= 1<<9,	/* use the SAX1 interface internally */
    XML_PARSE_XINCLUDE	= 1<<10,/* Implement XInclude substitition  */
    XML_PARSE_NONET	= 1<<11,/* Forbid network access */
    XML_PARSE_NODICT	= 1<<12,/* Do not reuse the context dictionary */
    XML_PARSE_NSCLEAN	= 1<<13,/* remove redundant namespaces declarations */
    XML_PARSE_NOCDATA	= 1<<14,/* merge CDATA as text nodes */
    XML_PARSE_NOXINCNODE= 1<<15,/* do not generate XINCLUDE START/END nodes */
    XML_PARSE_COMPACT   = 1<<16,/* compact small text nodes; no modification of
                                   the tree allowed afterwards (will possibly
				   crash if you try to modify the tree) */
    XML_PARSE_OLD10	= 1<<17,/* parse using XML-1.0 before update 5 */
    XML_PARSE_NOBASEFIX = 1<<18,/* do not fixup XINCLUDE xml:base uris */
    XML_PARSE_HUGE      = 1<<19,/* relax any hardcoded limit from the parser */
    XML_PARSE_OLDSAX    = 1<<20,/* parse using SAX2 interface before 2.7.0 */
    XML_PARSE_IGNORE_ENC= 1<<21,/* ignore internal document encoding hint */
    XML_PARSE_BIG_LINES = 1<<22 /* Store big lines numbers in text PSVI field */
} xmlParserOption;

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlCtxtReset		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlCtxtResetPush	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 const char *chunk,
					 int size,
					 const char *filename,
					 const char *encoding);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlCtxtUseOptions	(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlReadDoc		(const xmlChar *cur,
					 const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlReadFile		(const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlReadMemory		(const char *buffer,
					 int size,
					 const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlReadFd		(int fd,
					 const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlReadIO		(xmlInputReadCallback ioread,
					 xmlInputCloseCallback ioclose,
					 void *ioctx,
					 const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlCtxtReadDoc		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 const xmlChar *cur,
					 const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlCtxtReadFile		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 const char *filename,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlCtxtReadMemory		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 const char *buffer,
					 int size,
					 const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlCtxtReadFd		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 int fd,
					 const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlCtxtReadIO		(xmlParserCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlInputReadCallback ioread,
					 xmlInputCloseCallback ioclose,
					 void *ioctx,
					 const char *URL,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int options);

/*
 * Library wide options
 */
/**
 * xmlFeature:
 *
 * Used to examine the existance of features that can be enabled
 * or disabled at compile-time.
 * They used to be called XML_FEATURE_xxx but this clashed with Expat
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_WITH_THREAD = 1,
    XML_WITH_TREE = 2,
    XML_WITH_OUTPUT = 3,
    XML_WITH_PUSH = 4,
    XML_WITH_READER = 5,
    XML_WITH_PATTERN = 6,
    XML_WITH_WRITER = 7,
    XML_WITH_SAX1 = 8,
    XML_WITH_FTP = 9,
    XML_WITH_HTTP = 10,
    XML_WITH_VALID = 11,
    XML_WITH_HTML = 12,
    XML_WITH_LEGACY = 13,
    XML_WITH_C14N = 14,
    XML_WITH_CATALOG = 15,
    XML_WITH_XPATH = 16,
    XML_WITH_XPTR = 17,
    XML_WITH_XINCLUDE = 18,
    XML_WITH_ICONV = 19,
    XML_WITH_ISO8859X = 20,
    XML_WITH_UNICODE = 21,
    XML_WITH_REGEXP = 22,
    XML_WITH_AUTOMATA = 23,
    XML_WITH_EXPR = 24,
    XML_WITH_SCHEMAS = 25,
    XML_WITH_SCHEMATRON = 26,
    XML_WITH_MODULES = 27,
    XML_WITH_DEBUG = 28,
    XML_WITH_DEBUG_MEM = 29,
    XML_WITH_DEBUG_RUN = 30,
    XML_WITH_ZLIB = 31,
    XML_WITH_ICU = 32,
    XML_WITH_LZMA = 33,
    XML_WITH_NONE = 99999 /* just to be sure of allocation size */
} xmlFeature;

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlHasFeature		(xmlFeature feature);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __XML_PARSER_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: error handling
 * Description: the API used to report errors
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#include <libxml/parser.h>

#ifndef __XML_ERROR_H__
#define __XML_ERROR_H__

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * xmlErrorLevel:
 *
 * Indicates the level of an error
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_ERR_NONE = 0,
    XML_ERR_WARNING = 1,	/* A simple warning */
    XML_ERR_ERROR = 2,		/* A recoverable error */
    XML_ERR_FATAL = 3		/* A fatal error */
} xmlErrorLevel;

/**
 * xmlErrorDomain:
 *
 * Indicates where an error may have come from
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_FROM_NONE = 0,
    XML_FROM_PARSER,	/* The XML parser */
    XML_FROM_TREE,	/* The tree module */
    XML_FROM_NAMESPACE,	/* The XML Namespace module */
    XML_FROM_DTD,	/* The XML DTD validation with parser context*/
    XML_FROM_HTML,	/* The HTML parser */
    XML_FROM_MEMORY,	/* The memory allocator */
    XML_FROM_OUTPUT,	/* The serialization code */
    XML_FROM_IO,	/* The Input/Output stack */
    XML_FROM_FTP,	/* The FTP module */
    XML_FROM_HTTP,	/* The HTTP module */
    XML_FROM_XINCLUDE,	/* The XInclude processing */
    XML_FROM_XPATH,	/* The XPath module */
    XML_FROM_XPOINTER,	/* The XPointer module */
    XML_FROM_REGEXP,	/* The regular expressions module */
    XML_FROM_DATATYPE,	/* The W3C XML Schemas Datatype module */
    XML_FROM_SCHEMASP,	/* The W3C XML Schemas parser module */
    XML_FROM_SCHEMASV,	/* The W3C XML Schemas validation module */
    XML_FROM_RELAXNGP,	/* The Relax-NG parser module */
    XML_FROM_RELAXNGV,	/* The Relax-NG validator module */
    XML_FROM_CATALOG,	/* The Catalog module */
    XML_FROM_C14N,	/* The Canonicalization module */
    XML_FROM_XSLT,	/* The XSLT engine from libxslt */
    XML_FROM_VALID,	/* The XML DTD validation with valid context */
    XML_FROM_CHECK,	/* The error checking module */
    XML_FROM_WRITER,	/* The xmlwriter module */
    XML_FROM_MODULE,	/* The dynamically loaded module module*/
    XML_FROM_I18N,	/* The module handling character conversion */
    XML_FROM_SCHEMATRONV,/* The Schematron validator module */
    XML_FROM_BUFFER,    /* The buffers module */
    XML_FROM_URI        /* The URI module */
} xmlErrorDomain;

/**
 * xmlError:
 *
 * An XML Error instance.
 */

typedef struct _xmlError xmlError;
typedef xmlError *xmlErrorPtr;
struct _xmlError {
    int		domain;	/* What part of the library raised this error */
    int		code;	/* The error code, e.g. an xmlParserError */
    char       *message;/* human-readable informative error message */
    xmlErrorLevel level;/* how consequent is the error */
    char       *file;	/* the filename */
    int		line;	/* the line number if available */
    char       *str1;	/* extra string information */
    char       *str2;	/* extra string information */
    char       *str3;	/* extra string information */
    int		int1;	/* extra number information */
    int		int2;	/* error column # or 0 if N/A (todo: rename field when we would brk ABI) */
    void       *ctxt;   /* the parser context if available */
    void       *node;   /* the node in the tree */
};

/**
 * xmlParserError:
 *
 * This is an error that the XML (or HTML) parser can generate
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_ERR_OK = 0,
    XML_ERR_INTERNAL_ERROR, /* 1 */
    XML_ERR_NO_MEMORY, /* 2 */
    XML_ERR_DOCUMENT_START, /* 3 */
    XML_ERR_DOCUMENT_EMPTY, /* 4 */
    XML_ERR_DOCUMENT_END, /* 5 */
    XML_ERR_INVALID_HEX_CHARREF, /* 6 */
    XML_ERR_INVALID_DEC_CHARREF, /* 7 */
    XML_ERR_INVALID_CHARREF, /* 8 */
    XML_ERR_INVALID_CHAR, /* 9 */
    XML_ERR_CHARREF_AT_EOF, /* 10 */
    XML_ERR_CHARREF_IN_PROLOG, /* 11 */
    XML_ERR_CHARREF_IN_EPILOG, /* 12 */
    XML_ERR_CHARREF_IN_DTD, /* 13 */
    XML_ERR_ENTITYREF_AT_EOF, /* 14 */
    XML_ERR_ENTITYREF_IN_PROLOG, /* 15 */
    XML_ERR_ENTITYREF_IN_EPILOG, /* 16 */
    XML_ERR_ENTITYREF_IN_DTD, /* 17 */
    XML_ERR_PEREF_AT_EOF, /* 18 */
    XML_ERR_PEREF_IN_PROLOG, /* 19 */
    XML_ERR_PEREF_IN_EPILOG, /* 20 */
    XML_ERR_PEREF_IN_INT_SUBSET, /* 21 */
    XML_ERR_ENTITYREF_NO_NAME, /* 22 */
    XML_ERR_ENTITYREF_SEMICOL_MISSING, /* 23 */
    XML_ERR_PEREF_NO_NAME, /* 24 */
    XML_ERR_PEREF_SEMICOL_MISSING, /* 25 */
    XML_ERR_UNDECLARED_ENTITY, /* 26 */
    XML_WAR_UNDECLARED_ENTITY, /* 27 */
    XML_ERR_UNPARSED_ENTITY, /* 28 */
    XML_ERR_ENTITY_IS_EXTERNAL, /* 29 */
    XML_ERR_ENTITY_IS_PARAMETER, /* 30 */
    XML_ERR_UNKNOWN_ENCODING, /* 31 */
    XML_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_ENCODING, /* 32 */
    XML_ERR_STRING_NOT_STARTED, /* 33 */
    XML_ERR_STRING_NOT_CLOSED, /* 34 */
    XML_ERR_NS_DECL_ERROR, /* 35 */
    XML_ERR_ENTITY_NOT_STARTED, /* 36 */
    XML_ERR_ENTITY_NOT_FINISHED, /* 37 */
    XML_ERR_LT_IN_ATTRIBUTE, /* 38 */
    XML_ERR_ATTRIBUTE_NOT_STARTED, /* 39 */
    XML_ERR_ATTRIBUTE_NOT_FINISHED, /* 40 */
    XML_ERR_ATTRIBUTE_WITHOUT_VALUE, /* 41 */
    XML_ERR_ATTRIBUTE_REDEFINED, /* 42 */
    XML_ERR_LITERAL_NOT_STARTED, /* 43 */
    XML_ERR_LITERAL_NOT_FINISHED, /* 44 */
    XML_ERR_COMMENT_NOT_FINISHED, /* 45 */
    XML_ERR_PI_NOT_STARTED, /* 46 */
    XML_ERR_PI_NOT_FINISHED, /* 47 */
    XML_ERR_NOTATION_NOT_STARTED, /* 48 */
    XML_ERR_NOTATION_NOT_FINISHED, /* 49 */
    XML_ERR_ATTLIST_NOT_STARTED, /* 50 */
    XML_ERR_ATTLIST_NOT_FINISHED, /* 51 */
    XML_ERR_MIXED_NOT_STARTED, /* 52 */
    XML_ERR_MIXED_NOT_FINISHED, /* 53 */
    XML_ERR_ELEMCONTENT_NOT_STARTED, /* 54 */
    XML_ERR_ELEMCONTENT_NOT_FINISHED, /* 55 */
    XML_ERR_XMLDECL_NOT_STARTED, /* 56 */
    XML_ERR_XMLDECL_NOT_FINISHED, /* 57 */
    XML_ERR_CONDSEC_NOT_STARTED, /* 58 */
    XML_ERR_CONDSEC_NOT_FINISHED, /* 59 */
    XML_ERR_EXT_SUBSET_NOT_FINISHED, /* 60 */
    XML_ERR_DOCTYPE_NOT_FINISHED, /* 61 */
    XML_ERR_MISPLACED_CDATA_END, /* 62 */
    XML_ERR_CDATA_NOT_FINISHED, /* 63 */
    XML_ERR_RESERVED_XML_NAME, /* 64 */
    XML_ERR_SPACE_REQUIRED, /* 65 */
    XML_ERR_SEPARATOR_REQUIRED, /* 66 */
    XML_ERR_NMTOKEN_REQUIRED, /* 67 */
    XML_ERR_NAME_REQUIRED, /* 68 */
    XML_ERR_PCDATA_REQUIRED, /* 69 */
    XML_ERR_URI_REQUIRED, /* 70 */
    XML_ERR_PUBID_REQUIRED, /* 71 */
    XML_ERR_LT_REQUIRED, /* 72 */
    XML_ERR_GT_REQUIRED, /* 73 */
    XML_ERR_LTSLASH_REQUIRED, /* 74 */
    XML_ERR_EQUAL_REQUIRED, /* 75 */
    XML_ERR_TAG_NAME_MISMATCH, /* 76 */
    XML_ERR_TAG_NOT_FINISHED, /* 77 */
    XML_ERR_STANDALONE_VALUE, /* 78 */
    XML_ERR_ENCODING_NAME, /* 79 */
    XML_ERR_HYPHEN_IN_COMMENT, /* 80 */
    XML_ERR_INVALID_ENCODING, /* 81 */
    XML_ERR_EXT_ENTITY_STANDALONE, /* 82 */
    XML_ERR_CONDSEC_INVALID, /* 83 */
    XML_ERR_VALUE_REQUIRED, /* 84 */
    XML_ERR_NOT_WELL_BALANCED, /* 85 */
    XML_ERR_EXTRA_CONTENT, /* 86 */
    XML_ERR_ENTITY_CHAR_ERROR, /* 87 */
    XML_ERR_ENTITY_PE_INTERNAL, /* 88 */
    XML_ERR_ENTITY_LOOP, /* 89 */
    XML_ERR_ENTITY_BOUNDARY, /* 90 */
    XML_ERR_INVALID_URI, /* 91 */
    XML_ERR_URI_FRAGMENT, /* 92 */
    XML_WAR_CATALOG_PI, /* 93 */
    XML_ERR_NO_DTD, /* 94 */
    XML_ERR_CONDSEC_INVALID_KEYWORD, /* 95 */
    XML_ERR_VERSION_MISSING, /* 96 */
    XML_WAR_UNKNOWN_VERSION, /* 97 */
    XML_WAR_LANG_VALUE, /* 98 */
    XML_WAR_NS_URI, /* 99 */
    XML_WAR_NS_URI_RELATIVE, /* 100 */
    XML_ERR_MISSING_ENCODING, /* 101 */
    XML_WAR_SPACE_VALUE, /* 102 */
    XML_ERR_NOT_STANDALONE, /* 103 */
    XML_ERR_ENTITY_PROCESSING, /* 104 */
    XML_ERR_NOTATION_PROCESSING, /* 105 */
    XML_WAR_NS_COLUMN, /* 106 */
    XML_WAR_ENTITY_REDEFINED, /* 107 */
    XML_ERR_UNKNOWN_VERSION, /* 108 */
    XML_ERR_VERSION_MISMATCH, /* 109 */
    XML_ERR_NAME_TOO_LONG, /* 110 */
    XML_ERR_USER_STOP, /* 111 */
    XML_NS_ERR_XML_NAMESPACE = 200,
    XML_NS_ERR_UNDEFINED_NAMESPACE, /* 201 */
    XML_NS_ERR_QNAME, /* 202 */
    XML_NS_ERR_ATTRIBUTE_REDEFINED, /* 203 */
    XML_NS_ERR_EMPTY, /* 204 */
    XML_NS_ERR_COLON, /* 205 */
    XML_DTD_ATTRIBUTE_DEFAULT = 500,
    XML_DTD_ATTRIBUTE_REDEFINED, /* 501 */
    XML_DTD_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE, /* 502 */
    XML_DTD_CONTENT_ERROR, /* 503 */
    XML_DTD_CONTENT_MODEL, /* 504 */
    XML_DTD_CONTENT_NOT_DETERMINIST, /* 505 */
    XML_DTD_DIFFERENT_PREFIX, /* 506 */
    XML_DTD_ELEM_DEFAULT_NAMESPACE, /* 507 */
    XML_DTD_ELEM_NAMESPACE, /* 508 */
    XML_DTD_ELEM_REDEFINED, /* 509 */
    XML_DTD_EMPTY_NOTATION, /* 510 */
    XML_DTD_ENTITY_TYPE, /* 511 */
    XML_DTD_ID_FIXED, /* 512 */
    XML_DTD_ID_REDEFINED, /* 513 */
    XML_DTD_ID_SUBSET, /* 514 */
    XML_DTD_INVALID_CHILD, /* 515 */
    XML_DTD_INVALID_DEFAULT, /* 516 */
    XML_DTD_LOAD_ERROR, /* 517 */
    XML_DTD_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE, /* 518 */
    XML_DTD_MIXED_CORRUPT, /* 519 */
    XML_DTD_MULTIPLE_ID, /* 520 */
    XML_DTD_NO_DOC, /* 521 */
    XML_DTD_NO_DTD, /* 522 */
    XML_DTD_NO_ELEM_NAME, /* 523 */
    XML_DTD_NO_PREFIX, /* 524 */
    XML_DTD_NO_ROOT, /* 525 */
    XML_DTD_NOTATION_REDEFINED, /* 526 */
    XML_DTD_NOTATION_VALUE, /* 527 */
    XML_DTD_NOT_EMPTY, /* 528 */
    XML_DTD_NOT_PCDATA, /* 529 */
    XML_DTD_NOT_STANDALONE, /* 530 */
    XML_DTD_ROOT_NAME, /* 531 */
    XML_DTD_STANDALONE_WHITE_SPACE, /* 532 */
    XML_DTD_UNKNOWN_ATTRIBUTE, /* 533 */
    XML_DTD_UNKNOWN_ELEM, /* 534 */
    XML_DTD_UNKNOWN_ENTITY, /* 535 */
    XML_DTD_UNKNOWN_ID, /* 536 */
    XML_DTD_UNKNOWN_NOTATION, /* 537 */
    XML_DTD_STANDALONE_DEFAULTED, /* 538 */
    XML_DTD_XMLID_VALUE, /* 539 */
    XML_DTD_XMLID_TYPE, /* 540 */
    XML_DTD_DUP_TOKEN, /* 541 */
    XML_HTML_STRUCURE_ERROR = 800,
    XML_HTML_UNKNOWN_TAG, /* 801 */
    XML_RNGP_ANYNAME_ATTR_ANCESTOR = 1000,
    XML_RNGP_ATTR_CONFLICT, /* 1001 */
    XML_RNGP_ATTRIBUTE_CHILDREN, /* 1002 */
    XML_RNGP_ATTRIBUTE_CONTENT, /* 1003 */
    XML_RNGP_ATTRIBUTE_EMPTY, /* 1004 */
    XML_RNGP_ATTRIBUTE_NOOP, /* 1005 */
    XML_RNGP_CHOICE_CONTENT, /* 1006 */
    XML_RNGP_CHOICE_EMPTY, /* 1007 */
    XML_RNGP_CREATE_FAILURE, /* 1008 */
    XML_RNGP_DATA_CONTENT, /* 1009 */
    XML_RNGP_DEF_CHOICE_AND_INTERLEAVE, /* 1010 */
    XML_RNGP_DEFINE_CREATE_FAILED, /* 1011 */
    XML_RNGP_DEFINE_EMPTY, /* 1012 */
    XML_RNGP_DEFINE_MISSING, /* 1013 */
    XML_RNGP_DEFINE_NAME_MISSING, /* 1014 */
    XML_RNGP_ELEM_CONTENT_EMPTY, /* 1015 */
    XML_RNGP_ELEM_CONTENT_ERROR, /* 1016 */
    XML_RNGP_ELEMENT_EMPTY, /* 1017 */
    XML_RNGP_ELEMENT_CONTENT, /* 1018 */
    XML_RNGP_ELEMENT_NAME, /* 1019 */
    XML_RNGP_ELEMENT_NO_CONTENT, /* 1020 */
    XML_RNGP_ELEM_TEXT_CONFLICT, /* 1021 */
    XML_RNGP_EMPTY, /* 1022 */
    XML_RNGP_EMPTY_CONSTRUCT, /* 1023 */
    XML_RNGP_EMPTY_CONTENT, /* 1024 */
    XML_RNGP_EMPTY_NOT_EMPTY, /* 1025 */
    XML_RNGP_ERROR_TYPE_LIB, /* 1026 */
    XML_RNGP_EXCEPT_EMPTY, /* 1027 */
    XML_RNGP_EXCEPT_MISSING, /* 1028 */
    XML_RNGP_EXCEPT_MULTIPLE, /* 1029 */
    XML_RNGP_EXCEPT_NO_CONTENT, /* 1030 */
    XML_RNGP_EXTERNALREF_EMTPY, /* 1031 */
    XML_RNGP_EXTERNAL_REF_FAILURE, /* 1032 */
    XML_RNGP_EXTERNALREF_RECURSE, /* 1033 */
    XML_RNGP_FORBIDDEN_ATTRIBUTE, /* 1034 */
    XML_RNGP_FOREIGN_ELEMENT, /* 1035 */
    XML_RNGP_GRAMMAR_CONTENT, /* 1036 */
    XML_RNGP_GRAMMAR_EMPTY, /* 1037 */
    XML_RNGP_GRAMMAR_MISSING, /* 1038 */
    XML_RNGP_GRAMMAR_NO_START, /* 1039 */
    XML_RNGP_GROUP_ATTR_CONFLICT, /* 1040 */
    XML_RNGP_HREF_ERROR, /* 1041 */
    XML_RNGP_INCLUDE_EMPTY, /* 1042 */
    XML_RNGP_INCLUDE_FAILURE, /* 1043 */
    XML_RNGP_INCLUDE_RECURSE, /* 1044 */
    XML_RNGP_INTERLEAVE_ADD, /* 1045 */
    XML_RNGP_INTERLEAVE_CREATE_FAILED, /* 1046 */
    XML_RNGP_INTERLEAVE_EMPTY, /* 1047 */
    XML_RNGP_INTERLEAVE_NO_CONTENT, /* 1048 */
    XML_RNGP_INVALID_DEFINE_NAME, /* 1049 */
    XML_RNGP_INVALID_URI, /* 1050 */
    XML_RNGP_INVALID_VALUE, /* 1051 */
    XML_RNGP_MISSING_HREF, /* 1052 */
    XML_RNGP_NAME_MISSING, /* 1053 */
    XML_RNGP_NEED_COMBINE, /* 1054 */
    XML_RNGP_NOTALLOWED_NOT_EMPTY, /* 1055 */
    XML_RNGP_NSNAME_ATTR_ANCESTOR, /* 1056 */
    XML_RNGP_NSNAME_NO_NS, /* 1057 */
    XML_RNGP_PARAM_FORBIDDEN, /* 1058 */
    XML_RNGP_PARAM_NAME_MISSING, /* 1059 */
    XML_RNGP_PARENTREF_CREATE_FAILED, /* 1060 */
    XML_RNGP_PARENTREF_NAME_INVALID, /* 1061 */
    XML_RNGP_PARENTREF_NO_NAME, /* 1062 */
    XML_RNGP_PARENTREF_NO_PARENT, /* 1063 */
    XML_RNGP_PARENTREF_NOT_EMPTY, /* 1064 */
    XML_RNGP_PARSE_ERROR, /* 1065 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_ANYNAME_EXCEPT_ANYNAME, /* 1066 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_ATTR_ATTR, /* 1067 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_ATTR_ELEM, /* 1068 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_DATA_EXCEPT_ATTR, /* 1069 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_DATA_EXCEPT_ELEM, /* 1070 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_DATA_EXCEPT_EMPTY, /* 1071 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_DATA_EXCEPT_GROUP, /* 1072 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_DATA_EXCEPT_INTERLEAVE, /* 1073 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_DATA_EXCEPT_LIST, /* 1074 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_DATA_EXCEPT_ONEMORE, /* 1075 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_DATA_EXCEPT_REF, /* 1076 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_DATA_EXCEPT_TEXT, /* 1077 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_LIST_ATTR, /* 1078 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_LIST_ELEM, /* 1079 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_LIST_INTERLEAVE, /* 1080 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_LIST_LIST, /* 1081 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_LIST_REF, /* 1082 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_LIST_TEXT, /* 1083 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_NSNAME_EXCEPT_ANYNAME, /* 1084 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_NSNAME_EXCEPT_NSNAME, /* 1085 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_ONEMORE_GROUP_ATTR, /* 1086 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_ONEMORE_INTERLEAVE_ATTR, /* 1087 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_START_ATTR, /* 1088 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_START_DATA, /* 1089 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_START_EMPTY, /* 1090 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_START_GROUP, /* 1091 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_START_INTERLEAVE, /* 1092 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_START_LIST, /* 1093 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_START_ONEMORE, /* 1094 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_START_TEXT, /* 1095 */
    XML_RNGP_PAT_START_VALUE, /* 1096 */
    XML_RNGP_PREFIX_UNDEFINED, /* 1097 */
    XML_RNGP_REF_CREATE_FAILED, /* 1098 */
    XML_RNGP_REF_CYCLE, /* 1099 */
    XML_RNGP_REF_NAME_INVALID, /* 1100 */
    XML_RNGP_REF_NO_DEF, /* 1101 */
    XML_RNGP_REF_NO_NAME, /* 1102 */
    XML_RNGP_REF_NOT_EMPTY, /* 1103 */
    XML_RNGP_START_CHOICE_AND_INTERLEAVE, /* 1104 */
    XML_RNGP_START_CONTENT, /* 1105 */
    XML_RNGP_START_EMPTY, /* 1106 */
    XML_RNGP_START_MISSING, /* 1107 */
    XML_RNGP_TEXT_EXPECTED, /* 1108 */
    XML_RNGP_TEXT_HAS_CHILD, /* 1109 */
    XML_RNGP_TYPE_MISSING, /* 1110 */
    XML_RNGP_TYPE_NOT_FOUND, /* 1111 */
    XML_RNGP_TYPE_VALUE, /* 1112 */
    XML_RNGP_UNKNOWN_ATTRIBUTE, /* 1113 */
    XML_RNGP_UNKNOWN_COMBINE, /* 1114 */
    XML_RNGP_UNKNOWN_CONSTRUCT, /* 1115 */
    XML_RNGP_UNKNOWN_TYPE_LIB, /* 1116 */
    XML_RNGP_URI_FRAGMENT, /* 1117 */
    XML_RNGP_URI_NOT_ABSOLUTE, /* 1118 */
    XML_RNGP_VALUE_EMPTY, /* 1119 */
    XML_RNGP_VALUE_NO_CONTENT, /* 1120 */
    XML_RNGP_XMLNS_NAME, /* 1121 */
    XML_RNGP_XML_NS, /* 1122 */
    XML_XPATH_EXPRESSION_OK = 1200,
    XML_XPATH_NUMBER_ERROR, /* 1201 */
    XML_XPATH_UNFINISHED_LITERAL_ERROR, /* 1202 */
    XML_XPATH_START_LITERAL_ERROR, /* 1203 */
    XML_XPATH_VARIABLE_REF_ERROR, /* 1204 */
    XML_XPATH_UNDEF_VARIABLE_ERROR, /* 1205 */
    XML_XPATH_INVALID_PREDICATE_ERROR, /* 1206 */
    XML_XPATH_EXPR_ERROR, /* 1207 */
    XML_XPATH_UNCLOSED_ERROR, /* 1208 */
    XML_XPATH_UNKNOWN_FUNC_ERROR, /* 1209 */
    XML_XPATH_INVALID_OPERAND, /* 1210 */
    XML_XPATH_INVALID_TYPE, /* 1211 */
    XML_XPATH_INVALID_ARITY, /* 1212 */
    XML_XPATH_INVALID_CTXT_SIZE, /* 1213 */
    XML_XPATH_INVALID_CTXT_POSITION, /* 1214 */
    XML_XPATH_MEMORY_ERROR, /* 1215 */
    XML_XPTR_SYNTAX_ERROR, /* 1216 */
    XML_XPTR_RESOURCE_ERROR, /* 1217 */
    XML_XPTR_SUB_RESOURCE_ERROR, /* 1218 */
    XML_XPATH_UNDEF_PREFIX_ERROR, /* 1219 */
    XML_XPATH_ENCODING_ERROR, /* 1220 */
    XML_XPATH_INVALID_CHAR_ERROR, /* 1221 */
    XML_TREE_INVALID_HEX = 1300,
    XML_TREE_INVALID_DEC, /* 1301 */
    XML_TREE_UNTERMINATED_ENTITY, /* 1302 */
    XML_TREE_NOT_UTF8, /* 1303 */
    XML_SAVE_NOT_UTF8 = 1400,
    XML_SAVE_CHAR_INVALID, /* 1401 */
    XML_SAVE_NO_DOCTYPE, /* 1402 */
    XML_SAVE_UNKNOWN_ENCODING, /* 1403 */
    XML_REGEXP_COMPILE_ERROR = 1450,
    XML_IO_UNKNOWN = 1500,
    XML_IO_EACCES, /* 1501 */
    XML_IO_EAGAIN, /* 1502 */
    XML_IO_EBADF, /* 1503 */
    XML_IO_EBADMSG, /* 1504 */
    XML_IO_EBUSY, /* 1505 */
    XML_IO_ECANCELED, /* 1506 */
    XML_IO_ECHILD, /* 1507 */
    XML_IO_EDEADLK, /* 1508 */
    XML_IO_EDOM, /* 1509 */
    XML_IO_EEXIST, /* 1510 */
    XML_IO_EFAULT, /* 1511 */
    XML_IO_EFBIG, /* 1512 */
    XML_IO_EINPROGRESS, /* 1513 */
    XML_IO_EINTR, /* 1514 */
    XML_IO_EINVAL, /* 1515 */
    XML_IO_EIO, /* 1516 */
    XML_IO_EISDIR, /* 1517 */
    XML_IO_EMFILE, /* 1518 */
    XML_IO_EMLINK, /* 1519 */
    XML_IO_EMSGSIZE, /* 1520 */
    XML_IO_ENAMETOOLONG, /* 1521 */
    XML_IO_ENFILE, /* 1522 */
    XML_IO_ENODEV, /* 1523 */
    XML_IO_ENOENT, /* 1524 */
    XML_IO_ENOEXEC, /* 1525 */
    XML_IO_ENOLCK, /* 1526 */
    XML_IO_ENOMEM, /* 1527 */
    XML_IO_ENOSPC, /* 1528 */
    XML_IO_ENOSYS, /* 1529 */
    XML_IO_ENOTDIR, /* 1530 */
    XML_IO_ENOTEMPTY, /* 1531 */
    XML_IO_ENOTSUP, /* 1532 */
    XML_IO_ENOTTY, /* 1533 */
    XML_IO_ENXIO, /* 1534 */
    XML_IO_EPERM, /* 1535 */
    XML_IO_EPIPE, /* 1536 */
    XML_IO_ERANGE, /* 1537 */
    XML_IO_EROFS, /* 1538 */
    XML_IO_ESPIPE, /* 1539 */
    XML_IO_ESRCH, /* 1540 */
    XML_IO_ETIMEDOUT, /* 1541 */
    XML_IO_EXDEV, /* 1542 */
    XML_IO_NETWORK_ATTEMPT, /* 1543 */
    XML_IO_ENCODER, /* 1544 */
    XML_IO_FLUSH, /* 1545 */
    XML_IO_WRITE, /* 1546 */
    XML_IO_NO_INPUT, /* 1547 */
    XML_IO_BUFFER_FULL, /* 1548 */
    XML_IO_LOAD_ERROR, /* 1549 */
    XML_IO_ENOTSOCK, /* 1550 */
    XML_IO_EISCONN, /* 1551 */
    XML_IO_ECONNREFUSED, /* 1552 */
    XML_IO_ENETUNREACH, /* 1553 */
    XML_IO_EADDRINUSE, /* 1554 */
    XML_IO_EALREADY, /* 1555 */
    XML_IO_EAFNOSUPPORT, /* 1556 */
    XML_XINCLUDE_RECURSION=1600,
    XML_XINCLUDE_PARSE_VALUE, /* 1601 */
    XML_XINCLUDE_ENTITY_DEF_MISMATCH, /* 1602 */
    XML_XINCLUDE_NO_HREF, /* 1603 */
    XML_XINCLUDE_NO_FALLBACK, /* 1604 */
    XML_XINCLUDE_HREF_URI, /* 1605 */
    XML_XINCLUDE_TEXT_FRAGMENT, /* 1606 */
    XML_XINCLUDE_TEXT_DOCUMENT, /* 1607 */
    XML_XINCLUDE_INVALID_CHAR, /* 1608 */
    XML_XINCLUDE_BUILD_FAILED, /* 1609 */
    XML_XINCLUDE_UNKNOWN_ENCODING, /* 1610 */
    XML_XINCLUDE_MULTIPLE_ROOT, /* 1611 */
    XML_XINCLUDE_XPTR_FAILED, /* 1612 */
    XML_XINCLUDE_XPTR_RESULT, /* 1613 */
    XML_XINCLUDE_INCLUDE_IN_INCLUDE, /* 1614 */
    XML_XINCLUDE_FALLBACKS_IN_INCLUDE, /* 1615 */
    XML_XINCLUDE_FALLBACK_NOT_IN_INCLUDE, /* 1616 */
    XML_XINCLUDE_DEPRECATED_NS, /* 1617 */
    XML_XINCLUDE_FRAGMENT_ID, /* 1618 */
    XML_CATALOG_MISSING_ATTR = 1650,
    XML_CATALOG_ENTRY_BROKEN, /* 1651 */
    XML_CATALOG_PREFER_VALUE, /* 1652 */
    XML_CATALOG_NOT_CATALOG, /* 1653 */
    XML_CATALOG_RECURSION, /* 1654 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_PREFIX_UNDEFINED = 1700,
    XML_SCHEMAP_ATTRFORMDEFAULT_VALUE, /* 1701 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_ATTRGRP_NONAME_NOREF, /* 1702 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_ATTR_NONAME_NOREF, /* 1703 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COMPLEXTYPE_NONAME_NOREF, /* 1704 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_ELEMFORMDEFAULT_VALUE, /* 1705 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_ELEM_NONAME_NOREF, /* 1706 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_EXTENSION_NO_BASE, /* 1707 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_FACET_NO_VALUE, /* 1708 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_FAILED_BUILD_IMPORT, /* 1709 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_GROUP_NONAME_NOREF, /* 1710 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_IMPORT_NAMESPACE_NOT_URI, /* 1711 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_IMPORT_REDEFINE_NSNAME, /* 1712 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_IMPORT_SCHEMA_NOT_URI, /* 1713 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_INVALID_BOOLEAN, /* 1714 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_INVALID_ENUM, /* 1715 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_INVALID_FACET, /* 1716 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_INVALID_FACET_VALUE, /* 1717 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_INVALID_MAXOCCURS, /* 1718 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_INVALID_MINOCCURS, /* 1719 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_INVALID_REF_AND_SUBTYPE, /* 1720 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_INVALID_WHITE_SPACE, /* 1721 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_NOATTR_NOREF, /* 1722 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_NOTATION_NO_NAME, /* 1723 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_NOTYPE_NOREF, /* 1724 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_REF_AND_SUBTYPE, /* 1725 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_RESTRICTION_NONAME_NOREF, /* 1726 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SIMPLETYPE_NONAME, /* 1727 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_TYPE_AND_SUBTYPE, /* 1728 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_ALL_CHILD, /* 1729 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_ANYATTRIBUTE_CHILD, /* 1730 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_ATTR_CHILD, /* 1731 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_ATTRGRP_CHILD, /* 1732 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_ATTRIBUTE_GROUP, /* 1733 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_BASE_TYPE, /* 1734 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_CHOICE_CHILD, /* 1735 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_COMPLEXCONTENT_CHILD, /* 1736 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_COMPLEXTYPE_CHILD, /* 1737 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_ELEM_CHILD, /* 1738 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_EXTENSION_CHILD, /* 1739 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_FACET_CHILD, /* 1740 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_FACET_TYPE, /* 1741 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_GROUP_CHILD, /* 1742 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_IMPORT_CHILD, /* 1743 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_LIST_CHILD, /* 1744 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_NOTATION_CHILD, /* 1745 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_PROCESSCONTENT_CHILD, /* 1746 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_REF, /* 1747 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_RESTRICTION_CHILD, /* 1748 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_SCHEMAS_CHILD, /* 1749 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_SEQUENCE_CHILD, /* 1750 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_SIMPLECONTENT_CHILD, /* 1751 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_SIMPLETYPE_CHILD, /* 1752 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_TYPE, /* 1753 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_UNION_CHILD, /* 1754 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_ELEM_DEFAULT_FIXED, /* 1755 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_REGEXP_INVALID, /* 1756 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_FAILED_LOAD, /* 1757 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_NOTHING_TO_PARSE, /* 1758 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_NOROOT, /* 1759 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_REDEFINED_GROUP, /* 1760 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_REDEFINED_TYPE, /* 1761 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_REDEFINED_ELEMENT, /* 1762 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_REDEFINED_ATTRGROUP, /* 1763 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_REDEFINED_ATTR, /* 1764 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_REDEFINED_NOTATION, /* 1765 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_FAILED_PARSE, /* 1766 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_PREFIX, /* 1767 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_DEF_AND_PREFIX, /* 1768 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_INCLUDE_CHILD, /* 1769 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_INCLUDE_SCHEMA_NOT_URI, /* 1770 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_INCLUDE_SCHEMA_NO_URI, /* 1771 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_NOT_SCHEMA, /* 1772 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNKNOWN_MEMBER_TYPE, /* 1773 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_INVALID_ATTR_USE, /* 1774 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_RECURSIVE, /* 1775 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SUPERNUMEROUS_LIST_ITEM_TYPE, /* 1776 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_INVALID_ATTR_COMBINATION, /* 1777 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_INVALID_ATTR_INLINE_COMBINATION, /* 1778 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_MISSING_SIMPLETYPE_CHILD, /* 1779 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_INVALID_ATTR_NAME, /* 1780 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_REF_AND_CONTENT, /* 1781 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_CT_PROPS_CORRECT_1, /* 1782 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_CT_PROPS_CORRECT_2, /* 1783 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_CT_PROPS_CORRECT_3, /* 1784 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_CT_PROPS_CORRECT_4, /* 1785 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_CT_PROPS_CORRECT_5, /* 1786 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_DERIVATION_OK_RESTRICTION_1, /* 1787 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_DERIVATION_OK_RESTRICTION_2_1_1, /* 1788 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_DERIVATION_OK_RESTRICTION_2_1_2, /* 1789 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_DERIVATION_OK_RESTRICTION_2_2, /* 1790 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_DERIVATION_OK_RESTRICTION_3, /* 1791 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_WILDCARD_INVALID_NS_MEMBER, /* 1792 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_INTERSECTION_NOT_EXPRESSIBLE, /* 1793 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_UNION_NOT_EXPRESSIBLE, /* 1794 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_IMPORT_3_1, /* 1795 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_IMPORT_3_2, /* 1796 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_DERIVATION_OK_RESTRICTION_4_1, /* 1797 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_DERIVATION_OK_RESTRICTION_4_2, /* 1798 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_DERIVATION_OK_RESTRICTION_4_3, /* 1799 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_CT_EXTENDS_1_3, /* 1800 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_NOROOT = 1801,
    XML_SCHEMAV_UNDECLAREDELEM, /* 1802 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_NOTTOPLEVEL, /* 1803 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_MISSING, /* 1804 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_WRONGELEM, /* 1805 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_NOTYPE, /* 1806 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_NOROLLBACK, /* 1807 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_ISABSTRACT, /* 1808 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_NOTEMPTY, /* 1809 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_ELEMCONT, /* 1810 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_HAVEDEFAULT, /* 1811 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_NOTNILLABLE, /* 1812 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_EXTRACONTENT, /* 1813 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_INVALIDATTR, /* 1814 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_INVALIDELEM, /* 1815 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_NOTDETERMINIST, /* 1816 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CONSTRUCT, /* 1817 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_INTERNAL, /* 1818 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_NOTSIMPLE, /* 1819 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_ATTRUNKNOWN, /* 1820 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_ATTRINVALID, /* 1821 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_VALUE, /* 1822 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_FACET, /* 1823 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1, /* 1824 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_2, /* 1825 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_3, /* 1826 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_TYPE_3_1_1, /* 1827 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_TYPE_3_1_2, /* 1828 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_FACET_VALID, /* 1829 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_LENGTH_VALID, /* 1830 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID, /* 1831 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_MAXLENGTH_VALID, /* 1832 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_MININCLUSIVE_VALID, /* 1833 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_MAXINCLUSIVE_VALID, /* 1834 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_MINEXCLUSIVE_VALID, /* 1835 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_MAXEXCLUSIVE_VALID, /* 1836 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_TOTALDIGITS_VALID, /* 1837 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_FRACTIONDIGITS_VALID, /* 1838 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID, /* 1839 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID, /* 1840 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_2_1, /* 1841 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_2_2, /* 1842 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_2_3, /* 1843 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_2_4, /* 1844 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_ELT_1, /* 1845 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_ELT_2, /* 1846 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_ELT_3_1, /* 1847 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_ELT_3_2_1, /* 1848 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_ELT_3_2_2, /* 1849 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_ELT_4_1, /* 1850 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_ELT_4_2, /* 1851 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_ELT_4_3, /* 1852 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_ELT_5_1_1, /* 1853 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_ELT_5_1_2, /* 1854 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_ELT_5_2_1, /* 1855 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_ELT_5_2_2_1, /* 1856 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_ELT_5_2_2_2_1, /* 1857 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_ELT_5_2_2_2_2, /* 1858 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_ELT_6, /* 1859 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_ELT_7, /* 1860 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_ATTRIBUTE_1, /* 1861 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_ATTRIBUTE_2, /* 1862 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_ATTRIBUTE_3, /* 1863 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_ATTRIBUTE_4, /* 1864 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_3_1, /* 1865 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_3_2_1, /* 1866 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_3_2_2, /* 1867 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4, /* 1868 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_5_1, /* 1869 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_5_2, /* 1870 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_ELEMENT_CONTENT, /* 1871 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_DOCUMENT_ELEMENT_MISSING, /* 1872 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_1, /* 1873 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_AU, /* 1874 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_TYPE_1, /* 1875 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_TYPE_2, /* 1876 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_IDC, /* 1877 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_CVC_WILDCARD, /* 1878 */
    XML_SCHEMAV_MISC, /* 1879 */
    XML_XPTR_UNKNOWN_SCHEME = 1900,
    XML_XPTR_CHILDSEQ_START, /* 1901 */
    XML_XPTR_EVAL_FAILED, /* 1902 */
    XML_XPTR_EXTRA_OBJECTS, /* 1903 */
    XML_C14N_CREATE_CTXT = 1950,
    XML_C14N_REQUIRES_UTF8, /* 1951 */
    XML_C14N_CREATE_STACK, /* 1952 */
    XML_C14N_INVALID_NODE, /* 1953 */
    XML_C14N_UNKNOW_NODE, /* 1954 */
    XML_C14N_RELATIVE_NAMESPACE, /* 1955 */
    XML_FTP_PASV_ANSWER = 2000,
    XML_FTP_EPSV_ANSWER, /* 2001 */
    XML_FTP_ACCNT, /* 2002 */
    XML_FTP_URL_SYNTAX, /* 2003 */
    XML_HTTP_URL_SYNTAX = 2020,
    XML_HTTP_USE_IP, /* 2021 */
    XML_HTTP_UNKNOWN_HOST, /* 2022 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_SIMPLE_TYPE_1 = 3000,
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_SIMPLE_TYPE_2, /* 3001 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_SIMPLE_TYPE_3, /* 3002 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_SIMPLE_TYPE_4, /* 3003 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_RESOLVE, /* 3004 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_RESTRICTION_BASE_OR_SIMPLETYPE, /* 3005 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_LIST_ITEMTYPE_OR_SIMPLETYPE, /* 3006 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_UNION_MEMBERTYPES_OR_SIMPLETYPES, /* 3007 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_ST_PROPS_CORRECT_1, /* 3008 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_ST_PROPS_CORRECT_2, /* 3009 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_ST_PROPS_CORRECT_3, /* 3010 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_ST_RESTRICTS_1_1, /* 3011 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_ST_RESTRICTS_1_2, /* 3012 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_ST_RESTRICTS_1_3_1, /* 3013 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_ST_RESTRICTS_1_3_2, /* 3014 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_ST_RESTRICTS_2_1, /* 3015 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_ST_RESTRICTS_2_3_1_1, /* 3016 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_ST_RESTRICTS_2_3_1_2, /* 3017 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_ST_RESTRICTS_2_3_2_1, /* 3018 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_ST_RESTRICTS_2_3_2_2, /* 3019 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_ST_RESTRICTS_2_3_2_3, /* 3020 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_ST_RESTRICTS_2_3_2_4, /* 3021 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_ST_RESTRICTS_2_3_2_5, /* 3022 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_ST_RESTRICTS_3_1, /* 3023 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_ST_RESTRICTS_3_3_1, /* 3024 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_ST_RESTRICTS_3_3_1_2, /* 3025 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_ST_RESTRICTS_3_3_2_2, /* 3026 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_ST_RESTRICTS_3_3_2_1, /* 3027 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_ST_RESTRICTS_3_3_2_3, /* 3028 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_ST_RESTRICTS_3_3_2_4, /* 3029 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_ST_RESTRICTS_3_3_2_5, /* 3030 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_ST_DERIVED_OK_2_1, /* 3031 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_ST_DERIVED_OK_2_2, /* 3032 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_S4S_ELEM_NOT_ALLOWED, /* 3033 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_S4S_ELEM_MISSING, /* 3034 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_S4S_ATTR_NOT_ALLOWED, /* 3035 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_S4S_ATTR_MISSING, /* 3036 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_S4S_ATTR_INVALID_VALUE, /* 3037 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_ELEMENT_1, /* 3038 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_ELEMENT_2_1, /* 3039 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_ELEMENT_2_2, /* 3040 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_ELEMENT_3, /* 3041 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_P_PROPS_CORRECT_1, /* 3042 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_P_PROPS_CORRECT_2_1, /* 3043 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_P_PROPS_CORRECT_2_2, /* 3044 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_E_PROPS_CORRECT_2, /* 3045 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_E_PROPS_CORRECT_3, /* 3046 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_E_PROPS_CORRECT_4, /* 3047 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_E_PROPS_CORRECT_5, /* 3048 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_E_PROPS_CORRECT_6, /* 3049 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_INCLUDE, /* 3050 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_ATTRIBUTE_1, /* 3051 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_ATTRIBUTE_2, /* 3052 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_ATTRIBUTE_3_1, /* 3053 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_ATTRIBUTE_3_2, /* 3054 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_ATTRIBUTE_4, /* 3055 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_NO_XMLNS, /* 3056 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_NO_XSI, /* 3057 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_VALID_DEFAULT_1, /* 3058 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_VALID_DEFAULT_2_1, /* 3059 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_VALID_DEFAULT_2_2_1, /* 3060 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_VALID_DEFAULT_2_2_2, /* 3061 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_CVC_SIMPLE_TYPE, /* 3062 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_CT_EXTENDS_1_1, /* 3063 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_IMPORT_1_1, /* 3064 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_IMPORT_1_2, /* 3065 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_IMPORT_2, /* 3066 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_IMPORT_2_1, /* 3067 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_IMPORT_2_2, /* 3068 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_INTERNAL, /* 3069 non-W3C */
    XML_SCHEMAP_NOT_DETERMINISTIC, /* 3070 non-W3C */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_ATTRIBUTE_GROUP_1, /* 3071 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_ATTRIBUTE_GROUP_2, /* 3072 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_ATTRIBUTE_GROUP_3, /* 3073 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_MG_PROPS_CORRECT_1, /* 3074 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_MG_PROPS_CORRECT_2, /* 3075 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_CT_1, /* 3076 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_DERIVATION_OK_RESTRICTION_2_1_3, /* 3077 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_AU_PROPS_CORRECT_2, /* 3078 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_A_PROPS_CORRECT_2, /* 3079 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_C_PROPS_CORRECT, /* 3080 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_REDEFINE, /* 3081 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_SRC_IMPORT, /* 3082 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_WARN_SKIP_SCHEMA, /* 3083 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_WARN_UNLOCATED_SCHEMA, /* 3084 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_WARN_ATTR_REDECL_PROH, /* 3085 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_WARN_ATTR_POINTLESS_PROH, /* 3085 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_AG_PROPS_CORRECT, /* 3086 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_CT_EXTENDS_1_2, /* 3087 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_AU_PROPS_CORRECT, /* 3088 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_A_PROPS_CORRECT_3, /* 3089 */
    XML_SCHEMAP_COS_ALL_LIMITED, /* 3090 */
    XML_SCHEMATRONV_ASSERT = 4000, /* 4000 */
    XML_SCHEMATRONV_REPORT,
    XML_MODULE_OPEN = 4900, /* 4900 */
    XML_MODULE_CLOSE, /* 4901 */
    XML_CHECK_FOUND_ELEMENT = 5000,
    XML_CHECK_FOUND_ATTRIBUTE, /* 5001 */
    XML_CHECK_FOUND_TEXT, /* 5002 */
    XML_CHECK_FOUND_CDATA, /* 5003 */
    XML_CHECK_FOUND_ENTITYREF, /* 5004 */
    XML_CHECK_FOUND_ENTITY, /* 5005 */
    XML_CHECK_FOUND_PI, /* 5006 */
    XML_CHECK_FOUND_COMMENT, /* 5007 */
    XML_CHECK_FOUND_DOCTYPE, /* 5008 */
    XML_CHECK_FOUND_FRAGMENT, /* 5009 */
    XML_CHECK_FOUND_NOTATION, /* 5010 */
    XML_CHECK_UNKNOWN_NODE, /* 5011 */
    XML_CHECK_ENTITY_TYPE, /* 5012 */
    XML_CHECK_NO_PARENT, /* 5013 */
    XML_CHECK_NO_DOC, /* 5014 */
    XML_CHECK_NO_NAME, /* 5015 */
    XML_CHECK_NO_ELEM, /* 5016 */
    XML_CHECK_WRONG_DOC, /* 5017 */
    XML_CHECK_NO_PREV, /* 5018 */
    XML_CHECK_WRONG_PREV, /* 5019 */
    XML_CHECK_NO_NEXT, /* 5020 */
    XML_CHECK_WRONG_NEXT, /* 5021 */
    XML_CHECK_NOT_DTD, /* 5022 */
    XML_CHECK_NOT_ATTR, /* 5023 */
    XML_CHECK_NOT_ATTR_DECL, /* 5024 */
    XML_CHECK_NOT_ELEM_DECL, /* 5025 */
    XML_CHECK_NOT_ENTITY_DECL, /* 5026 */
    XML_CHECK_NOT_NS_DECL, /* 5027 */
    XML_CHECK_NO_HREF, /* 5028 */
    XML_CHECK_WRONG_PARENT,/* 5029 */
    XML_CHECK_NS_SCOPE, /* 5030 */
    XML_CHECK_NS_ANCESTOR, /* 5031 */
    XML_CHECK_NOT_UTF8, /* 5032 */
    XML_CHECK_NO_DICT, /* 5033 */
    XML_CHECK_NOT_NCNAME, /* 5034 */
    XML_CHECK_OUTSIDE_DICT, /* 5035 */
    XML_CHECK_WRONG_NAME, /* 5036 */
    XML_CHECK_NAME_NOT_NULL, /* 5037 */
    XML_I18N_NO_NAME = 6000,
    XML_I18N_NO_HANDLER, /* 6001 */
    XML_I18N_EXCESS_HANDLER, /* 6002 */
    XML_I18N_CONV_FAILED, /* 6003 */
    XML_I18N_NO_OUTPUT, /* 6004 */
    XML_BUF_OVERFLOW = 7000
} xmlParserErrors;

/**
 * xmlGenericErrorFunc:
 * @ctx:  a parsing context
 * @msg:  the message
 * @...:  the extra arguments of the varags to format the message
 *
 * Signature of the function to use when there is an error and
 * no parsing or validity context available .
 */
typedef void (XMLCDECL *xmlGenericErrorFunc) (void *ctx,
				 const char *msg,
				 ...) LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(2,3);
/**
 * xmlStructuredErrorFunc:
 * @userData:  user provided data for the error callback
 * @error:  the error being raised.
 *
 * Signature of the function to use when there is an error and
 * the module handles the new error reporting mechanism.
 */
typedef void (XMLCALL *xmlStructuredErrorFunc) (void *userData, xmlErrorPtr error);

/*
 * Use the following function to reset the two global variables
 * xmlGenericError and xmlGenericErrorContext.
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
    xmlSetGenericErrorFunc	(void *ctx,
				 xmlGenericErrorFunc handler);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
    initGenericErrorDefaultFunc	(xmlGenericErrorFunc *handler);

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
    xmlSetStructuredErrorFunc	(void *ctx,
				 xmlStructuredErrorFunc handler);
/*
 * Default message routines used by SAX and Valid context for error
 * and warning reporting.
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCDECL
    xmlParserError		(void *ctx,
				 const char *msg,
				 ...) LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(2,3);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCDECL
    xmlParserWarning		(void *ctx,
				 const char *msg,
				 ...) LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(2,3);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCDECL
    xmlParserValidityError	(void *ctx,
				 const char *msg,
				 ...) LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(2,3);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCDECL
    xmlParserValidityWarning	(void *ctx,
				 const char *msg,
				 ...) LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(2,3);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
    xmlParserPrintFileInfo	(xmlParserInputPtr input);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
    xmlParserPrintFileContext	(xmlParserInputPtr input);

/*
 * Extended error information routines
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlErrorPtr XMLCALL
    xmlGetLastError		(void);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
    xmlResetLastError		(void);
XMLPUBFUN xmlErrorPtr XMLCALL
    xmlCtxtGetLastError		(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
    xmlCtxtResetLastError	(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
    xmlResetError		(xmlErrorPtr err);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
    xmlCopyError		(xmlErrorPtr from,
				 xmlErrorPtr to);

#ifdef IN_LIBXML
/*
 * Internal callback reporting routine
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
    __xmlRaiseError		(xmlStructuredErrorFunc schannel,
				 xmlGenericErrorFunc channel,
				 void *data,
                                 void *ctx,
				 void *node,
				 int domain,
				 int code,
				 xmlErrorLevel level,
				 const char *file,
				 int line,
				 const char *str1,
				 const char *str2,
				 const char *str3,
				 int int1,
				 int col,
				 const char *msg,
				 ...) LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(16,17);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
    __xmlSimpleError		(int domain,
				 int code,
				 xmlNodePtr node,
				 const char *msg,
				 const char *extra) LIBXML_ATTR_FORMAT(4,0);
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __XML_ERROR_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: Old SAX version 1 handler, deprecated
 * Description: DEPRECATED set of SAX version 1 interfaces used to
 *              build the DOM tree.
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */


#ifndef __XML_SAX_H__
#define __XML_SAX_H__

#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/parser.h>
#include <libxml/xlink.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_LEGACY_ENABLED

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
		getPublicId			(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
		getSystemId			(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		setDocumentLocator		(void *ctx,
						 xmlSAXLocatorPtr loc);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		getLineNumber			(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		getColumnNumber			(void *ctx);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		isStandalone			(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		hasInternalSubset		(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		hasExternalSubset		(void *ctx);

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		internalSubset			(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 const xmlChar *ExternalID,
						 const xmlChar *SystemID);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		externalSubset			(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 const xmlChar *ExternalID,
						 const xmlChar *SystemID);
XMLPUBFUN xmlEntityPtr XMLCALL
		getEntity			(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN xmlEntityPtr XMLCALL
		getParameterEntity		(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN xmlParserInputPtr XMLCALL
		resolveEntity			(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *publicId,
						 const xmlChar *systemId);

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		entityDecl			(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 int type,
						 const xmlChar *publicId,
						 const xmlChar *systemId,
						 xmlChar *content);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		attributeDecl			(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *elem,
						 const xmlChar *fullname,
						 int type,
						 int def,
						 const xmlChar *defaultValue,
						 xmlEnumerationPtr tree);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		elementDecl			(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 int type,
						 xmlElementContentPtr content);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		notationDecl			(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 const xmlChar *publicId,
						 const xmlChar *systemId);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		unparsedEntityDecl		(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *name,
						 const xmlChar *publicId,
						 const xmlChar *systemId,
						 const xmlChar *notationName);

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		startDocument			(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		endDocument			(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		attribute			(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *fullname,
						 const xmlChar *value);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		startElement			(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *fullname,
						 const xmlChar **atts);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		endElement			(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		reference			(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		characters			(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *ch,
						 int len);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		ignorableWhitespace		(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *ch,
						 int len);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		processingInstruction		(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *target,
						 const xmlChar *data);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		globalNamespace			(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *href,
						 const xmlChar *prefix);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		setNamespace			(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNsPtr XMLCALL
		getNamespace			(void *ctx);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		checkNamespace			(void *ctx,
						 xmlChar *nameSpace);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		namespaceDecl			(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *href,
						 const xmlChar *prefix);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		comment				(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *value);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		cdataBlock			(void *ctx,
						 const xmlChar *value,
						 int len);

#ifdef LIBXML_SAX1_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		initxmlDefaultSAXHandler	(xmlSAXHandlerV1 *hdlr,
						 int warning);
#ifdef LIBXML_HTML_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		inithtmlDefaultSAXHandler	(xmlSAXHandlerV1 *hdlr);
#endif
#ifdef LIBXML_DOCB_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		initdocbDefaultSAXHandler	(xmlSAXHandlerV1 *hdlr);
#endif
#endif /* LIBXML_SAX1_ENABLED */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* LIBXML_LEGACY_ENABLED */

#endif /* __XML_SAX_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: API to build regexp automata
 * Description: the API to build regexp automata
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_AUTOMATA_H__
#define __XML_AUTOMATA_H__

#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/tree.h>

#ifdef LIBXML_REGEXP_ENABLED
#ifdef LIBXML_AUTOMATA_ENABLED
#include <libxml/xmlregexp.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * xmlAutomataPtr:
 *
 * A libxml automata description, It can be compiled into a regexp
 */
typedef struct _xmlAutomata xmlAutomata;
typedef xmlAutomata *xmlAutomataPtr;

/**
 * xmlAutomataStatePtr:
 *
 * A state int the automata description,
 */
typedef struct _xmlAutomataState xmlAutomataState;
typedef xmlAutomataState *xmlAutomataStatePtr;

/*
 * Building API
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlAutomataPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlNewAutomata		(void);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		    xmlFreeAutomata		(xmlAutomataPtr am);

XMLPUBFUN xmlAutomataStatePtr XMLCALL
		    xmlAutomataGetInitState	(xmlAutomataPtr am);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlAutomataSetFinalState	(xmlAutomataPtr am,
						 xmlAutomataStatePtr state);
XMLPUBFUN xmlAutomataStatePtr XMLCALL
		    xmlAutomataNewState		(xmlAutomataPtr am);
XMLPUBFUN xmlAutomataStatePtr XMLCALL
		    xmlAutomataNewTransition	(xmlAutomataPtr am,
						 xmlAutomataStatePtr from,
						 xmlAutomataStatePtr to,
						 const xmlChar *token,
						 void *data);
XMLPUBFUN xmlAutomataStatePtr XMLCALL
		    xmlAutomataNewTransition2	(xmlAutomataPtr am,
						 xmlAutomataStatePtr from,
						 xmlAutomataStatePtr to,
						 const xmlChar *token,
						 const xmlChar *token2,
						 void *data);
XMLPUBFUN xmlAutomataStatePtr XMLCALL
                    xmlAutomataNewNegTrans	(xmlAutomataPtr am,
						 xmlAutomataStatePtr from,
						 xmlAutomataStatePtr to,
						 const xmlChar *token,
						 const xmlChar *token2,
						 void *data);

XMLPUBFUN xmlAutomataStatePtr XMLCALL
		    xmlAutomataNewCountTrans	(xmlAutomataPtr am,
						 xmlAutomataStatePtr from,
						 xmlAutomataStatePtr to,
						 const xmlChar *token,
						 int min,
						 int max,
						 void *data);
XMLPUBFUN xmlAutomataStatePtr XMLCALL
		    xmlAutomataNewCountTrans2	(xmlAutomataPtr am,
						 xmlAutomataStatePtr from,
						 xmlAutomataStatePtr to,
						 const xmlChar *token,
						 const xmlChar *token2,
						 int min,
						 int max,
						 void *data);
XMLPUBFUN xmlAutomataStatePtr XMLCALL
		    xmlAutomataNewOnceTrans	(xmlAutomataPtr am,
						 xmlAutomataStatePtr from,
						 xmlAutomataStatePtr to,
						 const xmlChar *token,
						 int min,
						 int max,
						 void *data);
XMLPUBFUN xmlAutomataStatePtr XMLCALL
		    xmlAutomataNewOnceTrans2	(xmlAutomataPtr am,
						 xmlAutomataStatePtr from,
						 xmlAutomataStatePtr to,
						 const xmlChar *token,
						 const xmlChar *token2,
						 int min,
						 int max,
						 void *data);
XMLPUBFUN xmlAutomataStatePtr XMLCALL
		    xmlAutomataNewAllTrans	(xmlAutomataPtr am,
						 xmlAutomataStatePtr from,
						 xmlAutomataStatePtr to,
						 int lax);
XMLPUBFUN xmlAutomataStatePtr XMLCALL
		    xmlAutomataNewEpsilon	(xmlAutomataPtr am,
						 xmlAutomataStatePtr from,
						 xmlAutomataStatePtr to);
XMLPUBFUN xmlAutomataStatePtr XMLCALL
		    xmlAutomataNewCountedTrans	(xmlAutomataPtr am,
						 xmlAutomataStatePtr from,
						 xmlAutomataStatePtr to,
						 int counter);
XMLPUBFUN xmlAutomataStatePtr XMLCALL
		    xmlAutomataNewCounterTrans	(xmlAutomataPtr am,
						 xmlAutomataStatePtr from,
						 xmlAutomataStatePtr to,
						 int counter);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlAutomataNewCounter	(xmlAutomataPtr am,
						 int min,
						 int max);

XMLPUBFUN xmlRegexpPtr XMLCALL
		    xmlAutomataCompile		(xmlAutomataPtr am);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		    xmlAutomataIsDeterminist	(xmlAutomataPtr am);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* LIBXML_AUTOMATA_ENABLED */
#endif /* LIBXML_REGEXP_ENABLED */

#endif /* __XML_AUTOMATA_H__ */
/*
 * Summary: interfaces for tree manipulation
 * Description: this module describes the structures found in an tree resulting
 *              from an XML or HTML parsing, as well as the API provided for
 *              various processing on that tree
 *
 * Copy: See Copyright for the status of this software.
 *
 * Author: Daniel Veillard
 */

#ifndef __XML_TREE_H__
#define __XML_TREE_H__

#include <stdio.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <libxml/xmlversion.h>
#include <libxml/xmlstring.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * Some of the basic types pointer to structures:
 */
/* xmlIO.h */
typedef struct _xmlParserInputBuffer xmlParserInputBuffer;
typedef xmlParserInputBuffer *xmlParserInputBufferPtr;

typedef struct _xmlOutputBuffer xmlOutputBuffer;
typedef xmlOutputBuffer *xmlOutputBufferPtr;

/* parser.h */
typedef struct _xmlParserInput xmlParserInput;
typedef xmlParserInput *xmlParserInputPtr;

typedef struct _xmlParserCtxt xmlParserCtxt;
typedef xmlParserCtxt *xmlParserCtxtPtr;

typedef struct _xmlSAXLocator xmlSAXLocator;
typedef xmlSAXLocator *xmlSAXLocatorPtr;

typedef struct _xmlSAXHandler xmlSAXHandler;
typedef xmlSAXHandler *xmlSAXHandlerPtr;

/* entities.h */
typedef struct _xmlEntity xmlEntity;
typedef xmlEntity *xmlEntityPtr;

/**
 * BASE_BUFFER_SIZE:
 *
 * default buffer size 4000.
 */
#define BASE_BUFFER_SIZE 4096

/**
 * LIBXML_NAMESPACE_DICT:
 *
 * Defines experimental behaviour:
 * 1) xmlNs gets an additional field @context (a xmlDoc)
 * 2) when creating a tree, xmlNs->href is stored in the dict of xmlDoc.
 */
/* #define LIBXML_NAMESPACE_DICT */

/**
 * xmlBufferAllocationScheme:
 *
 * A buffer allocation scheme can be defined to either match exactly the
 * need or double it's allocated size each time it is found too small.
 */

typedef enum {
    XML_BUFFER_ALLOC_DOUBLEIT,	/* double each time one need to grow */
    XML_BUFFER_ALLOC_EXACT,	/* grow only to the minimal size */
    XML_BUFFER_ALLOC_IMMUTABLE, /* immutable buffer */
    XML_BUFFER_ALLOC_IO,	/* special allocation scheme used for I/O */
    XML_BUFFER_ALLOC_HYBRID,	/* exact up to a threshold, and doubleit thereafter */
    XML_BUFFER_ALLOC_BOUNDED	/* limit the upper size of the buffer */
} xmlBufferAllocationScheme;

/**
 * xmlBuffer:
 *
 * A buffer structure, this old construct is limited to 2GB and
 * is being deprecated, use API with xmlBuf instead
 */
typedef struct _xmlBuffer xmlBuffer;
typedef xmlBuffer *xmlBufferPtr;
struct _xmlBuffer {
    xmlChar *content;		/* The buffer content UTF8 */
    unsigned int use;		/* The buffer size used */
    unsigned int size;		/* The buffer size */
    xmlBufferAllocationScheme alloc; /* The realloc method */
    xmlChar *contentIO;		/* in IO mode we may have a different base */
};

/**
 * xmlBuf:
 *
 * A buffer structure, new one, the actual structure internals are not public
 */

typedef struct _xmlBuf xmlBuf;

/**
 * xmlBufPtr:
 *
 * A pointer to a buffer structure, the actual structure internals are not
 * public
 */

typedef xmlBuf *xmlBufPtr;

/*
 * A few public routines for xmlBuf. As those are expected to be used
 * mostly internally the bulk of the routines are internal in buf.h
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar* XMLCALL       xmlBufContent	(const xmlBuf* buf);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar* XMLCALL       xmlBufEnd      (xmlBufPtr buf);
XMLPUBFUN size_t XMLCALL         xmlBufUse      (const xmlBufPtr buf);
XMLPUBFUN size_t XMLCALL         xmlBufShrink	(xmlBufPtr buf, size_t len);

/*
 * LIBXML2_NEW_BUFFER:
 *
 * Macro used to express that the API use the new buffers for
 * xmlParserInputBuffer and xmlOutputBuffer. The change was
 * introduced in 2.9.0.
 */
#define LIBXML2_NEW_BUFFER

/**
 * XML_XML_NAMESPACE:
 *
 * This is the namespace for the special xml: prefix predefined in the
 * XML Namespace specification.
 */
#define XML_XML_NAMESPACE \
    (const xmlChar *) "http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace"

/**
 * XML_XML_ID:
 *
 * This is the name for the special xml:id attribute
 */
#define XML_XML_ID (const xmlChar *) "xml:id"

/*
 * The different element types carried by an XML tree.
 *
 * NOTE: This is synchronized with DOM Level1 values
 *       See http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-DOM-Level-1/
 *
 * Actually this had diverged a bit, and now XML_DOCUMENT_TYPE_NODE should
 * be deprecated to use an XML_DTD_NODE.
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_ELEMENT_NODE=		1,
    XML_ATTRIBUTE_NODE=		2,
    XML_TEXT_NODE=		3,
    XML_CDATA_SECTION_NODE=	4,
    XML_ENTITY_REF_NODE=	5,
    XML_ENTITY_NODE=		6,
    XML_PI_NODE=		7,
    XML_COMMENT_NODE=		8,
    XML_DOCUMENT_NODE=		9,
    XML_DOCUMENT_TYPE_NODE=	10,
    XML_DOCUMENT_FRAG_NODE=	11,
    XML_NOTATION_NODE=		12,
    XML_HTML_DOCUMENT_NODE=	13,
    XML_DTD_NODE=		14,
    XML_ELEMENT_DECL=		15,
    XML_ATTRIBUTE_DECL=		16,
    XML_ENTITY_DECL=		17,
    XML_NAMESPACE_DECL=		18,
    XML_XINCLUDE_START=		19,
    XML_XINCLUDE_END=		20
#ifdef LIBXML_DOCB_ENABLED
   ,XML_DOCB_DOCUMENT_NODE=	21
#endif
} xmlElementType;


/**
 * xmlNotation:
 *
 * A DTD Notation definition.
 */

typedef struct _xmlNotation xmlNotation;
typedef xmlNotation *xmlNotationPtr;
struct _xmlNotation {
    const xmlChar               *name;	        /* Notation name */
    const xmlChar               *PublicID;	/* Public identifier, if any */
    const xmlChar               *SystemID;	/* System identifier, if any */
};

/**
 * xmlAttributeType:
 *
 * A DTD Attribute type definition.
 */

typedef enum {
    XML_ATTRIBUTE_CDATA = 1,
    XML_ATTRIBUTE_ID,
    XML_ATTRIBUTE_IDREF	,
    XML_ATTRIBUTE_IDREFS,
    XML_ATTRIBUTE_ENTITY,
    XML_ATTRIBUTE_ENTITIES,
    XML_ATTRIBUTE_NMTOKEN,
    XML_ATTRIBUTE_NMTOKENS,
    XML_ATTRIBUTE_ENUMERATION,
    XML_ATTRIBUTE_NOTATION
} xmlAttributeType;

/**
 * xmlAttributeDefault:
 *
 * A DTD Attribute default definition.
 */

typedef enum {
    XML_ATTRIBUTE_NONE = 1,
    XML_ATTRIBUTE_REQUIRED,
    XML_ATTRIBUTE_IMPLIED,
    XML_ATTRIBUTE_FIXED
} xmlAttributeDefault;

/**
 * xmlEnumeration:
 *
 * List structure used when there is an enumeration in DTDs.
 */

typedef struct _xmlEnumeration xmlEnumeration;
typedef xmlEnumeration *xmlEnumerationPtr;
struct _xmlEnumeration {
    struct _xmlEnumeration    *next;	/* next one */
    const xmlChar            *name;	/* Enumeration name */
};

/**
 * xmlAttribute:
 *
 * An Attribute declaration in a DTD.
 */

typedef struct _xmlAttribute xmlAttribute;
typedef xmlAttribute *xmlAttributePtr;
struct _xmlAttribute {
    void           *_private;	        /* application data */
    xmlElementType          type;       /* XML_ATTRIBUTE_DECL, must be second ! */
    const xmlChar          *name;	/* Attribute name */
    struct _xmlNode    *children;	/* NULL */
    struct _xmlNode        *last;	/* NULL */
    struct _xmlDtd       *parent;	/* -> DTD */
    struct _xmlNode        *next;	/* next sibling link  */
    struct _xmlNode        *prev;	/* previous sibling link  */
    struct _xmlDoc          *doc;       /* the containing document */

    struct _xmlAttribute  *nexth;	/* next in hash table */
    xmlAttributeType       atype;	/* The attribute type */
    xmlAttributeDefault      def;	/* the default */
    const xmlChar  *defaultValue;	/* or the default value */
    xmlEnumerationPtr       tree;       /* or the enumeration tree if any */
    const xmlChar        *prefix;	/* the namespace prefix if any */
    const xmlChar          *elem;	/* Element holding the attribute */
};

/**
 * xmlElementContentType:
 *
 * Possible definitions of element content types.
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_ELEMENT_CONTENT_PCDATA = 1,
    XML_ELEMENT_CONTENT_ELEMENT,
    XML_ELEMENT_CONTENT_SEQ,
    XML_ELEMENT_CONTENT_OR
} xmlElementContentType;

/**
 * xmlElementContentOccur:
 *
 * Possible definitions of element content occurrences.
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_ELEMENT_CONTENT_ONCE = 1,
    XML_ELEMENT_CONTENT_OPT,
    XML_ELEMENT_CONTENT_MULT,
    XML_ELEMENT_CONTENT_PLUS
} xmlElementContentOccur;

/**
 * xmlElementContent:
 *
 * An XML Element content as stored after parsing an element definition
 * in a DTD.
 */

typedef struct _xmlElementContent xmlElementContent;
typedef xmlElementContent *xmlElementContentPtr;
struct _xmlElementContent {
    xmlElementContentType     type;	/* PCDATA, ELEMENT, SEQ or OR */
    xmlElementContentOccur    ocur;	/* ONCE, OPT, MULT or PLUS */
    const xmlChar             *name;	/* Element name */
    struct _xmlElementContent *c1;	/* first child */
    struct _xmlElementContent *c2;	/* second child */
    struct _xmlElementContent *parent;	/* parent */
    const xmlChar             *prefix;	/* Namespace prefix */
};

/**
 * xmlElementTypeVal:
 *
 * The different possibilities for an element content type.
 */

typedef enum {
    XML_ELEMENT_TYPE_UNDEFINED = 0,
    XML_ELEMENT_TYPE_EMPTY = 1,
    XML_ELEMENT_TYPE_ANY,
    XML_ELEMENT_TYPE_MIXED,
    XML_ELEMENT_TYPE_ELEMENT
} xmlElementTypeVal;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include <libxml/xmlregexp.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * xmlElement:
 *
 * An XML Element declaration from a DTD.
 */

typedef struct _xmlElement xmlElement;
typedef xmlElement *xmlElementPtr;
struct _xmlElement {
    void           *_private;	        /* application data */
    xmlElementType          type;       /* XML_ELEMENT_DECL, must be second ! */
    const xmlChar          *name;	/* Element name */
    struct _xmlNode    *children;	/* NULL */
    struct _xmlNode        *last;	/* NULL */
    struct _xmlDtd       *parent;	/* -> DTD */
    struct _xmlNode        *next;	/* next sibling link  */
    struct _xmlNode        *prev;	/* previous sibling link  */
    struct _xmlDoc          *doc;       /* the containing document */

    xmlElementTypeVal      etype;	/* The type */
    xmlElementContentPtr content;	/* the allowed element content */
    xmlAttributePtr   attributes;	/* List of the declared attributes */
    const xmlChar        *prefix;	/* the namespace prefix if any */
#ifdef LIBXML_REGEXP_ENABLED
    xmlRegexpPtr       contModel;	/* the validating regexp */
#else
    void	      *contModel;
#endif
};

/**
 * XML_LOCAL_NAMESPACE:
 *
 * A namespace declaration node.
 */
#define XML_LOCAL_NAMESPACE XML_NAMESPACE_DECL
typedef xmlElementType xmlNsType;

/**
 * xmlNs:
 *
 * An XML namespace.
 * Note that prefix == NULL is valid, it defines the default namespace
 * within the subtree (until overridden).
 *
 * xmlNsType is unified with xmlElementType.
 */

typedef struct _xmlNs xmlNs;
typedef xmlNs *xmlNsPtr;
struct _xmlNs {
    struct _xmlNs  *next;	/* next Ns link for this node  */
    xmlNsType      type;	/* global or local */
    const xmlChar *href;	/* URL for the namespace */
    const xmlChar *prefix;	/* prefix for the namespace */
    void           *_private;   /* application data */
    struct _xmlDoc *context;		/* normally an xmlDoc */
};

/**
 * xmlDtd:
 *
 * An XML DTD, as defined by <!DOCTYPE ... There is actually one for
 * the internal subset and for the external subset.
 */
typedef struct _xmlDtd xmlDtd;
typedef xmlDtd *xmlDtdPtr;
struct _xmlDtd {
    void           *_private;	/* application data */
    xmlElementType  type;       /* XML_DTD_NODE, must be second ! */
    const xmlChar *name;	/* Name of the DTD */
    struct _xmlNode *children;	/* the value of the property link */
    struct _xmlNode *last;	/* last child link */
    struct _xmlDoc  *parent;	/* child->parent link */
    struct _xmlNode *next;	/* next sibling link  */
    struct _xmlNode *prev;	/* previous sibling link  */
    struct _xmlDoc  *doc;	/* the containing document */

    /* End of common part */
    void          *notations;   /* Hash table for notations if any */
    void          *elements;    /* Hash table for elements if any */
    void          *attributes;  /* Hash table for attributes if any */
    void          *entities;    /* Hash table for entities if any */
    const xmlChar *ExternalID;	/* External identifier for PUBLIC DTD */
    const xmlChar *SystemID;	/* URI for a SYSTEM or PUBLIC DTD */
    void          *pentities;   /* Hash table for param entities if any */
};

/**
 * xmlAttr:
 *
 * An attribute on an XML node.
 */
typedef struct _xmlAttr xmlAttr;
typedef xmlAttr *xmlAttrPtr;
struct _xmlAttr {
    void           *_private;	/* application data */
    xmlElementType   type;      /* XML_ATTRIBUTE_NODE, must be second ! */
    const xmlChar   *name;      /* the name of the property */
    struct _xmlNode *children;	/* the value of the property */
    struct _xmlNode *last;	/* NULL */
    struct _xmlNode *parent;	/* child->parent link */
    struct _xmlAttr *next;	/* next sibling link  */
    struct _xmlAttr *prev;	/* previous sibling link  */
    struct _xmlDoc  *doc;	/* the containing document */
    xmlNs           *ns;        /* pointer to the associated namespace */
    xmlAttributeType atype;     /* the attribute type if validating */
    void            *psvi;	/* for type/PSVI informations */
};

#define XML_ATTR_CLEAR_ATYPE(attr) (((attr)->atype) = 0)
#define XML_ATTR_GET_ATYPE(attr) (((attr)->atype) & ~(15U << 27))
#define XML_ATTR_SET_ATYPE(attr, type) ((attr)->atype = ((((attr)->atype) & (15U << 27)) | ((type) & ~(15U << 27))))

/**
 * xmlID:
 *
 * An XML ID instance.
 */

typedef struct _xmlID xmlID;
typedef xmlID *xmlIDPtr;
struct _xmlID {
    struct _xmlID    *next;	/* next ID */
    const xmlChar    *value;	/* The ID name */
    xmlAttrPtr        attr;	/* The attribute holding it */
    const xmlChar    *name;	/* The attribute if attr is not available */
    int               lineno;	/* The line number if attr is not available */
    struct _xmlDoc   *doc;	/* The document holding the ID */
};

/**
 * xmlRef:
 *
 * An XML IDREF instance.
 */

typedef struct _xmlRef xmlRef;
typedef xmlRef *xmlRefPtr;
struct _xmlRef {
    struct _xmlRef    *next;	/* next Ref */
    const xmlChar     *value;	/* The Ref name */
    xmlAttrPtr        attr;	/* The attribute holding it */
    const xmlChar    *name;	/* The attribute if attr is not available */
    int               lineno;	/* The line number if attr is not available */
};

/**
 * xmlNode:
 *
 * A node in an XML tree.
 */
typedef struct _xmlNode xmlNode;
typedef xmlNode *xmlNodePtr;
struct _xmlNode {
    void           *_private;	/* application data */
    xmlElementType   type;	/* type number, must be second ! */
    const xmlChar   *name;      /* the name of the node, or the entity */
    struct _xmlNode *children;	/* parent->childs link */
    struct _xmlNode *last;	/* last child link */
    struct _xmlNode *parent;	/* child->parent link */
    struct _xmlNode *next;	/* next sibling link  */
    struct _xmlNode *prev;	/* previous sibling link  */
    struct _xmlDoc  *doc;	/* the containing document */

    /* End of common part */
    xmlNs           *ns;        /* pointer to the associated namespace */
    xmlChar         *content;   /* the content */
    struct _xmlAttr *properties;/* properties list */
    xmlNs           *nsDef;     /* namespace definitions on this node */
    void            *psvi;	/* for type/PSVI informations */
    unsigned short   line;	/* line number */
    unsigned short   extra;	/* extra data for XPath/XSLT */
};

#define XML_NODE_ADD_EXTRA(node, type) ((node)->extra |= ((type) & ~(15U << 12)))
#define XML_NODE_CLEAR_EXTRA(node) (((node)->extra) = 0)
#define XML_NODE_GET_EXTRA(node) (((node)->extra) & ~(15U << 12))
#define XML_NODE_SET_EXTRA(node, type) ((node)->extra = ((((node)->extra) & (15U << 12)) | ((type) & ~(15U << 12))))

/**
 * XML_GET_CONTENT:
 *
 * Macro to extract the content pointer of a node.
 */
#define XML_GET_CONTENT(n)					\
    ((n)->type == XML_ELEMENT_NODE ? NULL : (n)->content)

/**
 * XML_GET_LINE:
 *
 * Macro to extract the line number of an element node.
 */
#define XML_GET_LINE(n)						\
    (xmlGetLineNo(n))

/**
 * xmlDocProperty
 *
 * Set of properties of the document as found by the parser
 * Some of them are linked to similary named xmlParserOption
 */
typedef enum {
    XML_DOC_WELLFORMED		= 1<<0, /* document is XML well formed */
    XML_DOC_NSVALID		= 1<<1, /* document is Namespace valid */
    XML_DOC_OLD10		= 1<<2, /* parsed with old XML-1.0 parser */
    XML_DOC_DTDVALID		= 1<<3, /* DTD validation was successful */
    XML_DOC_XINCLUDE		= 1<<4, /* XInclude substitution was done */
    XML_DOC_USERBUILT		= 1<<5, /* Document was built using the API
                                           and not by parsing an instance */
    XML_DOC_INTERNAL		= 1<<6, /* built for internal processing */
    XML_DOC_HTML		= 1<<7  /* parsed or built HTML document */
} xmlDocProperties;

/**
 * xmlDoc:
 *
 * An XML document.
 */
typedef struct _xmlDoc xmlDoc;
typedef xmlDoc *xmlDocPtr;
struct _xmlDoc {
    void           *_private;	/* application data */
    xmlElementType  type;       /* XML_DOCUMENT_NODE, must be second ! */
    char           *name;	/* name/filename/URI of the document */
    struct _xmlNode *children;	/* the document tree */
    struct _xmlNode *last;	/* last child link */
    struct _xmlNode *parent;	/* child->parent link */
    struct _xmlNode *next;	/* next sibling link  */
    struct _xmlNode *prev;	/* previous sibling link  */
    struct _xmlDoc  *doc;	/* autoreference to itself */

    /* End of common part */
    int             compression;/* level of zlib compression */
    int             standalone; /* standalone document (no external refs)
				     1 if standalone="yes"
				     0 if standalone="no"
				    -1 if there is no XML declaration
				    -2 if there is an XML declaration, but no
					standalone attribute was specified */
    struct _xmlDtd  *intSubset;	/* the document internal subset */
    struct _xmlDtd  *extSubset;	/* the document external subset */
    struct _xmlNs   *oldNs;	/* Global namespace, the old way */
    const xmlChar  *version;	/* the XML version string */
    const xmlChar  *encoding;   /* external initial encoding, if any */
    void           *ids;        /* Hash table for ID attributes if any */
    void           *refs;       /* Hash table for IDREFs attributes if any */
    const xmlChar  *URL;	/* The URI for that document */
    int             charset;    /* encoding of the in-memory content
				   actually an xmlCharEncoding */
    struct _xmlDict *dict;      /* dict used to allocate names or NULL */
    void           *psvi;	/* for type/PSVI informations */
    int             parseFlags;	/* set of xmlParserOption used to parse the
				   document */
    int             properties;	/* set of xmlDocProperties for this document
				   set at the end of parsing */
};

#define XML_DOC_ADD_PROPERTIES(doc, type) ((doc)->properties |= ((type) & ~(15U << 27)))
#define XML_DOC_CLEAR_PROPERTIES(doc) (((doc)->properties) = 0)
#define XML_DOC_GET_PROPERTIES(doc) (((doc)->properties) & ~(15U << 27))
#define XML_DOC_SET_PROPERTIES(doc, type) ((doc)->properties = ((((doc)->properties) & (15U << 27)) | ((type) & ~(15U << 27))))

typedef struct _xmlDOMWrapCtxt xmlDOMWrapCtxt;
typedef xmlDOMWrapCtxt *xmlDOMWrapCtxtPtr;

/**
 * xmlDOMWrapAcquireNsFunction:
 * @ctxt:  a DOM wrapper context
 * @node:  the context node (element or attribute)
 * @nsName:  the requested namespace name
 * @nsPrefix:  the requested namespace prefix
 *
 * A function called to acquire namespaces (xmlNs) from the wrapper.
 *
 * Returns an xmlNsPtr or NULL in case of an error.
 */
typedef xmlNsPtr (*xmlDOMWrapAcquireNsFunction) (xmlDOMWrapCtxtPtr ctxt,
						 xmlNodePtr node,
						 const xmlChar *nsName,
						 const xmlChar *nsPrefix);

/**
 * xmlDOMWrapCtxt:
 *
 * Context for DOM wrapper-operations.
 */
struct _xmlDOMWrapCtxt {
    void * _private;
    /*
    * The type of this context, just in case we need specialized
    * contexts in the future.
    */
    int type;
    /*
    * Internal namespace map used for various operations.
    */
    void * namespaceMap;
    /*
    * Use this one to acquire an xmlNsPtr intended for node->ns.
    * (Note that this is not intended for elem->nsDef).
    */
    xmlDOMWrapAcquireNsFunction getNsForNodeFunc;
};

/**
 * xmlChildrenNode:
 *
 * Macro for compatibility naming layer with libxml1. Maps
 * to "children."
 */
#ifndef xmlChildrenNode
#define xmlChildrenNode children
#endif

/**
 * xmlRootNode:
 *
 * Macro for compatibility naming layer with libxml1. Maps
 * to "children".
 */
#ifndef xmlRootNode
#define xmlRootNode children
#endif

/*
 * Variables.
 */

/*
 * Some helper functions
 */
#if defined(LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_XPATH_ENABLED) || \
    defined(LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_DEBUG_ENABLED) || \
    defined (LIBXML_HTML_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_SAX1_ENABLED) || \
    defined(LIBXML_HTML_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_WRITER_ENABLED) || \
    defined(LIBXML_DOCB_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_LEGACY_ENABLED)
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidateNCName	(const xmlChar *value,
					 int space);
#endif

#if defined(LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED)
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidateQName	(const xmlChar *value,
					 int space);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidateName		(const xmlChar *value,
					 int space);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlValidateNMToken	(const xmlChar *value,
					 int space);
#endif

XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlBuildQName		(const xmlChar *ncname,
					 const xmlChar *prefix,
					 xmlChar *memory,
					 int len);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlSplitQName2		(const xmlChar *name,
					 xmlChar **prefix);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlSplitQName3		(const xmlChar *name,
					 int *len);

/*
 * Handling Buffers, the old ones see @xmlBuf for the new ones.
 */

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSetBufferAllocationScheme(xmlBufferAllocationScheme scheme);
XMLPUBFUN xmlBufferAllocationScheme XMLCALL
		xmlGetBufferAllocationScheme(void);

XMLPUBFUN xmlBufferPtr XMLCALL
		xmlBufferCreate		(void);
XMLPUBFUN xmlBufferPtr XMLCALL
		xmlBufferCreateSize	(size_t size);
XMLPUBFUN xmlBufferPtr XMLCALL
		xmlBufferCreateStatic	(void *mem,
					 size_t size);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlBufferResize		(xmlBufferPtr buf,
					 unsigned int size);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlBufferFree		(xmlBufferPtr buf);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlBufferDump		(FILE *file,
					 xmlBufferPtr buf);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlBufferAdd		(xmlBufferPtr buf,
					 const xmlChar *str,
					 int len);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlBufferAddHead	(xmlBufferPtr buf,
					 const xmlChar *str,
					 int len);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlBufferCat		(xmlBufferPtr buf,
					 const xmlChar *str);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlBufferCCat		(xmlBufferPtr buf,
					 const char *str);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlBufferShrink		(xmlBufferPtr buf,
					 unsigned int len);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlBufferGrow		(xmlBufferPtr buf,
					 unsigned int len);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlBufferEmpty		(xmlBufferPtr buf);
XMLPUBFUN const xmlChar* XMLCALL
		xmlBufferContent	(const xmlBuffer *buf);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar* XMLCALL
		xmlBufferDetach         (xmlBufferPtr buf);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlBufferSetAllocationScheme(xmlBufferPtr buf,
					 xmlBufferAllocationScheme scheme);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlBufferLength		(const xmlBuffer *buf);

/*
 * Creating/freeing new structures.
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlDtdPtr XMLCALL
		xmlCreateIntSubset	(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *ExternalID,
					 const xmlChar *SystemID);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDtdPtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewDtd		(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *ExternalID,
					 const xmlChar *SystemID);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDtdPtr XMLCALL
		xmlGetIntSubset		(const xmlDoc *doc);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlFreeDtd		(xmlDtdPtr cur);
#ifdef LIBXML_LEGACY_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN xmlNsPtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewGlobalNs		(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 const xmlChar *href,
					 const xmlChar *prefix);
#endif /* LIBXML_LEGACY_ENABLED */
XMLPUBFUN xmlNsPtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewNs		(xmlNodePtr node,
					 const xmlChar *href,
					 const xmlChar *prefix);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlFreeNs		(xmlNsPtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlFreeNsList		(xmlNsPtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewDoc		(const xmlChar *version);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlFreeDoc		(xmlDocPtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN xmlAttrPtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewDocProp		(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *value);
#if defined(LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_HTML_ENABLED) || \
    defined(LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED)
XMLPUBFUN xmlAttrPtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewProp		(xmlNodePtr node,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *value);
#endif
XMLPUBFUN xmlAttrPtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewNsProp		(xmlNodePtr node,
					 xmlNsPtr ns,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *value);
XMLPUBFUN xmlAttrPtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewNsPropEatName	(xmlNodePtr node,
					 xmlNsPtr ns,
					 xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *value);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlFreePropList		(xmlAttrPtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlFreeProp		(xmlAttrPtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN xmlAttrPtr XMLCALL
		xmlCopyProp		(xmlNodePtr target,
					 xmlAttrPtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN xmlAttrPtr XMLCALL
		xmlCopyPropList		(xmlNodePtr target,
					 xmlAttrPtr cur);
#ifdef LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN xmlDtdPtr XMLCALL
		xmlCopyDtd		(xmlDtdPtr dtd);
#endif /* LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED */
#if defined(LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED)
XMLPUBFUN xmlDocPtr XMLCALL
		xmlCopyDoc		(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 int recursive);
#endif /* defined(LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED) */
/*
 * Creating new nodes.
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewDocNode		(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNsPtr ns,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *content);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewDocNodeEatName	(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNsPtr ns,
					 xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *content);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewNode		(xmlNsPtr ns,
					 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewNodeEatName	(xmlNsPtr ns,
					 xmlChar *name);
#if defined(LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED)
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewChild		(xmlNodePtr parent,
					 xmlNsPtr ns,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *content);
#endif
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewDocText		(const xmlDoc *doc,
					 const xmlChar *content);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewText		(const xmlChar *content);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewDocPI		(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *content);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewPI		(const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *content);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewDocTextLen	(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 const xmlChar *content,
					 int len);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewTextLen		(const xmlChar *content,
					 int len);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewDocComment	(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 const xmlChar *content);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewComment		(const xmlChar *content);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewCDataBlock	(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 const xmlChar *content,
					 int len);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewCharRef		(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewReference		(const xmlDoc *doc,
					 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlCopyNode		(xmlNodePtr node,
					 int recursive);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlDocCopyNode		(xmlNodePtr node,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
					 int recursive);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlDocCopyNodeList	(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr node);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlCopyNodeList		(xmlNodePtr node);
#ifdef LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewTextChild		(xmlNodePtr parent,
					 xmlNsPtr ns,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *content);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewDocRawNode	(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNsPtr ns,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *content);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlNewDocFragment	(xmlDocPtr doc);
#endif /* LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED */

/*
 * Navigating.
 */
XMLPUBFUN long XMLCALL
		xmlGetLineNo		(const xmlNode *node);
#if defined(LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_DEBUG_ENABLED)
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlGetNodePath		(const xmlNode *node);
#endif /* defined(LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_DEBUG_ENABLED) */
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlDocGetRootElement	(const xmlDoc *doc);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlGetLastChild		(const xmlNode *parent);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlNodeIsText		(const xmlNode *node);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlIsBlankNode		(const xmlNode *node);

/*
 * Changing the structure.
 */
#if defined(LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_WRITER_ENABLED)
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlDocSetRootElement	(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr root);
#endif /* defined(LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_WRITER_ENABLED) */
#ifdef LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlNodeSetName		(xmlNodePtr cur,
					 const xmlChar *name);
#endif /* LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED */
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlAddChild		(xmlNodePtr parent,
					 xmlNodePtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlAddChildList		(xmlNodePtr parent,
					 xmlNodePtr cur);
#if defined(LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_WRITER_ENABLED)
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlReplaceNode		(xmlNodePtr old,
					 xmlNodePtr cur);
#endif /* defined(LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_WRITER_ENABLED) */
#if defined(LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_HTML_ENABLED) || \
    defined(LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_XINCLUDE_ENABLED)
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlAddPrevSibling	(xmlNodePtr cur,
					 xmlNodePtr elem);
#endif /* LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED || LIBXML_HTML_ENABLED || LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED */
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlAddSibling		(xmlNodePtr cur,
					 xmlNodePtr elem);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlAddNextSibling	(xmlNodePtr cur,
					 xmlNodePtr elem);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlUnlinkNode		(xmlNodePtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlTextMerge		(xmlNodePtr first,
					 xmlNodePtr second);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlTextConcat		(xmlNodePtr node,
					 const xmlChar *content,
					 int len);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlFreeNodeList		(xmlNodePtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlFreeNode		(xmlNodePtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSetTreeDoc		(xmlNodePtr tree,
					 xmlDocPtr doc);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSetListDoc		(xmlNodePtr list,
					 xmlDocPtr doc);
/*
 * Namespaces.
 */
XMLPUBFUN xmlNsPtr XMLCALL
		xmlSearchNs		(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr node,
					 const xmlChar *nameSpace);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNsPtr XMLCALL
		xmlSearchNsByHref	(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr node,
					 const xmlChar *href);
#if defined(LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_XPATH_ENABLED) || \
    defined(LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED)
XMLPUBFUN xmlNsPtr * XMLCALL
		xmlGetNsList		(const xmlDoc *doc,
					 const xmlNode *node);
#endif /* defined(LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_XPATH_ENABLED) */

XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSetNs		(xmlNodePtr node,
					 xmlNsPtr ns);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNsPtr XMLCALL
		xmlCopyNamespace	(xmlNsPtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNsPtr XMLCALL
		xmlCopyNamespaceList	(xmlNsPtr cur);

/*
 * Changing the content.
 */
#if defined(LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_XINCLUDE_ENABLED) || \
    defined(LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_HTML_ENABLED)
XMLPUBFUN xmlAttrPtr XMLCALL
		xmlSetProp		(xmlNodePtr node,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *value);
XMLPUBFUN xmlAttrPtr XMLCALL
		xmlSetNsProp		(xmlNodePtr node,
					 xmlNsPtr ns,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *value);
#endif /* defined(LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_XINCLUDE_ENABLED) || \
	  defined(LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_HTML_ENABLED) */
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlGetNoNsProp		(const xmlNode *node,
					 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlGetProp		(const xmlNode *node,
					 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN xmlAttrPtr XMLCALL
		xmlHasProp		(const xmlNode *node,
					 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN xmlAttrPtr XMLCALL
		xmlHasNsProp		(const xmlNode *node,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *nameSpace);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlGetNsProp		(const xmlNode *node,
					 const xmlChar *name,
					 const xmlChar *nameSpace);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlStringGetNodeList	(const xmlDoc *doc,
					 const xmlChar *value);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
		xmlStringLenGetNodeList	(const xmlDoc *doc,
					 const xmlChar *value,
					 int len);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlNodeListGetString	(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 const xmlNode *list,
					 int inLine);
#ifdef LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlNodeListGetRawString	(const xmlDoc *doc,
					 const xmlNode *list,
					 int inLine);
#endif /* LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlNodeSetContent	(xmlNodePtr cur,
					 const xmlChar *content);
#ifdef LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlNodeSetContentLen	(xmlNodePtr cur,
					 const xmlChar *content,
					 int len);
#endif /* LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlNodeAddContent	(xmlNodePtr cur,
					 const xmlChar *content);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlNodeAddContentLen	(xmlNodePtr cur,
					 const xmlChar *content,
					 int len);
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlNodeGetContent	(const xmlNode *cur);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlNodeBufGetContent	(xmlBufferPtr buffer,
					 const xmlNode *cur);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlBufGetNodeContent	(xmlBufPtr buf,
					 const xmlNode *cur);

XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlNodeGetLang		(const xmlNode *cur);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlNodeGetSpacePreserve	(const xmlNode *cur);
#ifdef LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlNodeSetLang		(xmlNodePtr cur,
					 const xmlChar *lang);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlNodeSetSpacePreserve (xmlNodePtr cur,
					 int val);
#endif /* LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED */
XMLPUBFUN xmlChar * XMLCALL
		xmlNodeGetBase		(const xmlDoc *doc,
					 const xmlNode *cur);
#if defined(LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_XINCLUDE_ENABLED)
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlNodeSetBase		(xmlNodePtr cur,
					 const xmlChar *uri);
#endif

/*
 * Removing content.
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlRemoveProp		(xmlAttrPtr cur);
#if defined(LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED)
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlUnsetNsProp		(xmlNodePtr node,
					 xmlNsPtr ns,
					 const xmlChar *name);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlUnsetProp		(xmlNodePtr node,
					 const xmlChar *name);
#endif /* defined(LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED) || defined(LIBXML_SCHEMAS_ENABLED) */

/*
 * Internal, don't use.
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlBufferWriteCHAR	(xmlBufferPtr buf,
					 const xmlChar *string);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlBufferWriteChar	(xmlBufferPtr buf,
					 const char *string);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlBufferWriteQuotedString(xmlBufferPtr buf,
					 const xmlChar *string);

#ifdef LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED
XMLPUBFUN void xmlAttrSerializeTxtContent(xmlBufferPtr buf,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlAttrPtr attr,
					 const xmlChar *string);
#endif /* LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED */

#ifdef LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED
/*
 * Namespace handling.
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlReconciliateNs	(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr tree);
#endif

#ifdef LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED
/*
 * Saving.
 */
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlDocDumpFormatMemory	(xmlDocPtr cur,
					 xmlChar **mem,
					 int *size,
					 int format);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlDocDumpMemory	(xmlDocPtr cur,
					 xmlChar **mem,
					 int *size);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlDocDumpMemoryEnc	(xmlDocPtr out_doc,
					 xmlChar **doc_txt_ptr,
					 int * doc_txt_len,
					 const char *txt_encoding);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlDocDumpFormatMemoryEnc(xmlDocPtr out_doc,
					 xmlChar **doc_txt_ptr,
					 int * doc_txt_len,
					 const char *txt_encoding,
					 int format);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlDocFormatDump	(FILE *f,
					 xmlDocPtr cur,
					 int format);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlDocDump		(FILE *f,
					 xmlDocPtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlElemDump		(FILE *f,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSaveFile		(const char *filename,
					 xmlDocPtr cur);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSaveFormatFile	(const char *filename,
					 xmlDocPtr cur,
					 int format);
XMLPUBFUN size_t XMLCALL
		xmlBufNodeDump		(xmlBufPtr buf,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr cur,
					 int level,
					 int format);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlNodeDump		(xmlBufferPtr buf,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr cur,
					 int level,
					 int format);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSaveFileTo		(xmlOutputBufferPtr buf,
					 xmlDocPtr cur,
					 const char *encoding);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSaveFormatFileTo     (xmlOutputBufferPtr buf,
					 xmlDocPtr cur,
				         const char *encoding,
				         int format);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlNodeDumpOutput	(xmlOutputBufferPtr buf,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr cur,
					 int level,
					 int format,
					 const char *encoding);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSaveFormatFileEnc    (const char *filename,
					 xmlDocPtr cur,
					 const char *encoding,
					 int format);

XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlSaveFileEnc		(const char *filename,
					 xmlDocPtr cur,
					 const char *encoding);

#endif /* LIBXML_OUTPUT_ENABLED */
/*
 * XHTML
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlIsXHTML		(const xmlChar *systemID,
					 const xmlChar *publicID);

/*
 * Compression.
 */
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlGetDocCompressMode	(const xmlDoc *doc);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSetDocCompressMode	(xmlDocPtr doc,
					 int mode);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
		xmlGetCompressMode	(void);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlSetCompressMode	(int mode);

/*
* DOM-wrapper helper functions.
*/
XMLPUBFUN xmlDOMWrapCtxtPtr XMLCALL
		xmlDOMWrapNewCtxt	(void);
XMLPUBFUN void XMLCALL
		xmlDOMWrapFreeCtxt	(xmlDOMWrapCtxtPtr ctxt);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	    xmlDOMWrapReconcileNamespaces(xmlDOMWrapCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlNodePtr elem,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	    xmlDOMWrapAdoptNode		(xmlDOMWrapCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr sourceDoc,
					 xmlNodePtr node,
					 xmlDocPtr destDoc,
					 xmlNodePtr destParent,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	    xmlDOMWrapRemoveNode	(xmlDOMWrapCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr doc,
					 xmlNodePtr node,
					 int options);
XMLPUBFUN int XMLCALL
	    xmlDOMWrapCloneNode		(xmlDOMWrapCtxtPtr ctxt,
					 xmlDocPtr sourceDoc,
					 xmlNodePtr node,
					 xmlNodePtr *clonedNode,
					 xmlDocPtr destDoc,
					 xmlNodePtr destParent,
					 int deep,
					 int options);

#ifdef LIBXML_TREE_ENABLED
/*
 * 5 interfaces from DOM ElementTraversal, but different in entities
 * traversal.
 */
XMLPUBFUN unsigned long XMLCALL
            xmlChildElementCount        (xmlNodePtr parent);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
            xmlNextElementSibling       (xmlNodePtr node);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
            xmlFirstElementChild        (xmlNodePtr parent);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
            xmlLastElementChild         (xmlNodePtr parent);
XMLPUBFUN xmlNodePtr XMLCALL
            xmlPreviousElementSibling   (xmlNodePtr node);
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#ifndef __XML_PARSER_H__
#include <libxml/xmlmemory.h>
#endif

#endif /* __XML_TREE_H__ */

/*
 * Generated file - do not edit directly.
 *
 * This file was generated from:
 *       http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/sgml/entities.html
 * by means of the script:
 *       entities.tcl
 */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

	static struct entities_s {
		char	*name;
		int	value;
	} entities[] = {
		{"AElig", 198},
		{"Aacute", 193},
		{"Acirc", 194},
		{"Agrave", 192},
		{"Alpha", 913},
		{"Aring", 197},
		{"Atilde", 195},
		{"Auml", 196},
		{"Beta", 914},
		{"Ccedil", 199},
		{"Chi", 935},
		{"Dagger", 8225},
		{"Delta", 916},
		{"ETH", 208},
		{"Eacute", 201},
		{"Ecirc", 202},
		{"Egrave", 200},
		{"Epsilon", 917},
		{"Eta", 919},
		{"Euml", 203},
		{"Gamma", 915},
		{"Iacute", 205},
		{"Icirc", 206},
		{"Igrave", 204},
		{"Iota", 921},
		{"Iuml", 207},
		{"Kappa", 922},
		{"Lambda", 923},
		{"Mu", 924},
		{"Ntilde", 209},
		{"Nu", 925},
		{"OElig", 338},
		{"Oacute", 211},
		{"Ocirc", 212},
		{"Ograve", 210},
		{"Omega", 937},
		{"Omicron", 927},
		{"Oslash", 216},
		{"Otilde", 213},
		{"Ouml", 214},
		{"Phi", 934},
		{"Pi", 928},
		{"Prime", 8243},
		{"Psi", 936},
		{"Rho", 929},
		{"Scaron", 352},
		{"Sigma", 931},
		{"THORN", 222},
		{"Tau", 932},
		{"Theta", 920},
		{"Uacute", 218},
		{"Ucirc", 219},
		{"Ugrave", 217},
		{"Upsilon", 933},
		{"Uuml", 220},
		{"Xi", 926},
		{"Yacute", 221},
		{"Yuml", 376},
		{"Zeta", 918},
		{"aacute", 225},
		{"acirc", 226},
		{"acute", 180},
		{"aelig", 230},
		{"agrave", 224},
		{"alefsym", 8501},
		{"alpha", 945},
		{"amp", 38},
		{"and", 8743},
		{"ang", 8736},
		{"aring", 229},
		{"asymp", 8776},
		{"atilde", 227},
		{"auml", 228},
		{"bdquo", 8222},
		{"beta", 946},
		{"brvbar", 166},
		{"bull", 8226},
		{"cap", 8745},
		{"ccedil", 231},
		{"cedil", 184},
		{"cent", 162},
		{"chi", 967},
		{"circ", 710},
		{"clubs", 9827},
		{"cong", 8773},
		{"copy", 169},
		{"crarr", 8629},
		{"cup", 8746},
		{"curren", 164},
		{"dArr", 8659},
		{"dagger", 8224},
		{"darr", 8595},
		{"deg", 176},
		{"delta", 948},
		{"diams", 9830},
		{"divide", 247},
		{"eacute", 233},
		{"ecirc", 234},
		{"egrave", 232},
		{"empty", 8709},
		{"emsp", 8195},
		{"ensp", 8194},
		{"epsilon", 949},
		{"equiv", 8801},
		{"eta", 951},
		{"eth", 240},
		{"euml", 235},
		{"euro", 8364},
		{"exist", 8707},
		{"fnof", 402},
		{"forall", 8704},
		{"frac12", 189},
		{"frac14", 188},
		{"frac34", 190},
		{"frasl", 8260},
		{"gamma", 947},
		{"ge", 8805},
		{"gt", 62},
		{"hArr", 8660},
		{"harr", 8596},
		{"hearts", 9829},
		{"hellip", 8230},
		{"iacute", 237},
		{"icirc", 238},
		{"iexcl", 161},
		{"igrave", 236},
		{"image", 8465},
		{"infin", 8734},
		{"int", 8747},
		{"iota", 953},
		{"iquest", 191},
		{"isin", 8712},
		{"iuml", 239},
		{"kappa", 954},
		{"lArr", 8656},
		{"lambda", 955},
		{"lang", 9001},
		{"laquo", 171},
		{"larr", 8592},
		{"lceil", 8968},
		{"ldquo", 8220},
		{"le", 8804},
		{"lfloor", 8970},
		{"lowast", 8727},
		{"loz", 9674},
		{"lrm", 8206},
		{"lsaquo", 8249},
		{"lsquo", 8216},
		{"lt", 60},
		{"macr", 175},
		{"mdash", 8212},
		{"micro", 181},
		{"middot", 183},
		{"minus", 8722},
		{"mu", 956},
		{"nabla", 8711},
		{"nbsp", 160},
		{"ndash", 8211},
		{"ne", 8800},
		{"ni", 8715},
		{"not", 172},
		{"notin", 8713},
		{"nsub", 8836},
		{"ntilde", 241},
		{"nu", 957},
		{"oacute", 243},
		{"ocirc", 244},
		{"oelig", 339},
		{"ograve", 242},
		{"oline", 8254},
		{"omega", 969},
		{"omicron", 959},
		{"oplus", 8853},
		{"or", 8744},
		{"ordf", 170},
		{"ordm", 186},
		{"oslash", 248},
		{"otilde", 245},
		{"otimes", 8855},
		{"ouml", 246},
		{"para", 182},
		{"part", 8706},
		{"permil", 8240},
		{"perp", 8869},
		{"phi", 966},
		{"pi", 960},
		{"piv", 982},
		{"plusmn", 177},
		{"pound", 163},
		{"prime", 8242},
		{"prod", 8719},
		{"prop", 8733},
		{"psi", 968},
		{"quot", 34},
		{"rArr", 8658},
		{"radic", 8730},
		{"rang", 9002},
		{"raquo", 187},
		{"rarr", 8594},
		{"rceil", 8969},
		{"rdquo", 8221},
		{"real", 8476},
		{"reg", 174},
		{"rfloor", 8971},
		{"rho", 961},
		{"rlm", 8207},
		{"rsaquo", 8250},
		{"rsquo", 8217},
		{"sbquo", 8218},
		{"scaron", 353},
		{"sdot", 8901},
		{"sect", 167},
		{"shy", 173},
		{"sigma", 963},
		{"sigmaf", 962},
		{"sim", 8764},
		{"spades", 9824},
		{"sub", 8834},
		{"sube", 8838},
		{"sum", 8721},
		{"sup", 8835},
		{"sup1", 185},
		{"sup2", 178},
		{"sup3", 179},
		{"supe", 8839},
		{"szlig", 223},
		{"tau", 964},
		{"there4", 8756},
		{"theta", 952},
		{"thetasym", 977},
		{"thinsp", 8201},
		{"thorn", 254},
		{"tilde", 732},
		{"times", 215},
		{"trade", 8482},
		{"uArr", 8657},
		{"uacute", 250},
		{"uarr", 8593},
		{"ucirc", 251},
		{"ugrave", 249},
		{"uml", 168},
		{"upsih", 978},
		{"upsilon", 965},
		{"uuml", 252},
		{"weierp", 8472},
		{"xi", 958},
		{"yacute", 253},
		{"yen", 165},
		{"yuml", 255},
		{"zeta", 950},
		{"zwj", 8205},
		{"zwnj", 8204},
	};

#define ENTITY_NAME_LENGTH_MAX 8
#define NR_OF_ENTITIES 252

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* @(#)auth_unix.h	2.2 88/07/29 4.0 RPCSRC; from 1.8 88/02/08 SMI */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle America, Inc.
 *
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *
 *     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *
 *     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *       the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *       distribution.
 *
 *     * Neither the name of the "Oracle America, Inc." nor the names of
 *       its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
 *       derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
 * IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
 * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 * HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
 * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
 * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
 * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
 * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
/*      @(#)auth_unix.h 1.5 86/07/16 SMI      */

/*
 * auth_unix.h, Protocol for UNIX style authentication parameters for RPC
 */

#ifndef GSSRPC_AUTH_UNIX_H
#define GSSRPC_AUTH_UNIX_H

GSSRPC__BEGIN_DECLS
/*
 * The system is very weak.  The client uses no encryption for  it
 * credentials and only sends null verifiers.  The server sends backs
 * null verifiers or optionally a verifier that suggests a new short hand
 * for the credentials.
 */

/* The machine name is part of a credential; it may not exceed 255 bytes */
#define MAX_MACHINE_NAME 255

/* gids compose part of a credential; there may not be more than 16 of them */
#define NGRPS 16

/*
 * Unix style credentials.
 */
struct authunix_parms {
	uint32_t	 aup_time;
	char	*aup_machname;
	int	 aup_uid;
	int	 aup_gid;
	u_int	 aup_len;
	int	*aup_gids;
};

extern bool_t xdr_authunix_parms(XDR *, struct authunix_parms *);

/*
 * If a response verifier has flavor AUTH_SHORT,
 * then the body of the response verifier encapsulates the following structure;
 * again it is serialized in the obvious fashion.
 */
struct short_hand_verf {
	struct opaque_auth new_cred;
};

GSSRPC__END_DECLS

#endif /* !defined(GSSRPC_AUTH_UNIX_H) */
/* include/gssrpc/rename.h */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2004 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Export of this software from the United States of America may
 *   require a specific license from the United States Government.
 *   It is the responsibility of any person or organization contemplating
 *   export to obtain such a license before exporting.
 *
 * WITHIN THAT CONSTRAINT, permission to use, copy, modify, and
 * distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and
 * without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
 * notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and
 * this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that
 * the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
 * to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
 * permission.  Furthermore if you modify this software you must label
 * your software as modified software and not distribute it in such a
 * fashion that it might be confused with the original M.I.T. software.
 * M.I.T. makes no representations about the suitability of
 * this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express
 * or implied warranty.
 */

/*
 *
 * Namespace mangling for various purposes.
 *
 * Symbols in the object code need to be renamed to not conflict with
 * an OS-provided RPC implementation.  Without renaming, the conflicts
 * can cause problems with things like RPC-enabled NSS
 * implementations.
 *
 * Symbols in headers should not conflict with implementation-reserved
 * namespace (prefixes "_[A-Z_]" for any purpose; prefix "_"
 * for file scope identifiers and tag names), or unnecessarily impinge
 * on user namespace.
 *
 * The renaming of the header directory is done to avoid problems when
 * the OS header files include <rpc/foo.h> and might get ours instead.
 * OS vendors should replace all the <gssrpc/foo.h> inclusions with
 * <rpc/foo.h> inclusions, as appropriate.  Additionally, vendors
 * should probably put some symbols into the implementation namespace.
 *
 * For example, inclusion protection should change from "GSSRPC_*_H"
 * to "_RPC_*_H", struct tags should get "__" prefixes, etc.
 *
 * This implementation reserves the object code prefix "gssrpc_".
 * External names in the RPC API not beginning with "_" get renamed
 * with the prefix "gssrpc_" via #define, e.g., "foo" -> "gssrpc_foo".
 * External names in the RPC API beginning with "_" get textually
 * rewritten.
 */

#ifndef GSSRPC_RENAME_H
#define GSSRPC_RENAME_H

/* auth.h */

#define xdr_des_block		gssrpc_xdr_des_block

#define authany_wrap		gssrpc_authany_wrap
#define authany_unwrap		gssrpc_authany_unwrap

#define authunix_create		gssrpc_authunix_create
#define authunix_create_default	gssrpc_authunix_create_default
#define authnone_create		gssrpc_authnone_create
#define authdes_create		gssrpc_authdes_create
#define xdr_opaque_auth		gssrpc_xdr_opaque_auth

/* auth_gss.c */

#define auth_debug_gss		gssrpc_auth_debug_gss
#define misc_debug_gss		gssrpc_misc_debug_gss

/* auth_gss.h */

#define xdr_rpc_gss_buf		gssrpc_xdr_rpc_gss_buf
#define xdr_rpc_gss_cred	gssrpc_xdr_rpc_gss_cred
#define xdr_rpc_gss_init_args	gssrpc_xdr_rpc_gss_init_args
#define xdr_rpc_gss_init_res	gssrpc_xdr_rpc_gss_init_res
#define xdr_rpc_gss_data	gssrpc_xdr_rpc_gss_data
#define xdr_rpc_gss_wrap_data	gssrpc_xdr_rpc_gss_wrap_data
#define xdr_rpc_gss_unwrap_data	gssrpc_xdr_rpc_gss_unwrap_data

#define authgss_create		gssrpc_authgss_create
#define authgss_create_default	gssrpc_authgss_create_default
#define authgss_get_private_data	gssrpc_authgss_get_private_data
#define authgss_service		gssrpc_authgss_service

#ifdef GSSRPC__IMPL
#define log_debug		gssrpc_log_debug
#define log_status		gssrpc_log_status
#define	log_hexdump		gssrpc_log_hexdump
#endif

/* auth_gssapi.c */

#define auth_debug_gssapi	gssrpc_auth_debug_gssapi
#define misc_debug_gssapi	gssrpc_misc_debug_gssapi

/* auth_gssapi.h */

#define xdr_gss_buf		gssrpc_xdr_gss_buf
#define xdr_authgssapi_creds	gssrpc_xdr_authgssapi_creds
#define xdr_authgssapi_init_arg	gssrpc_xdr_authgssapi_init_arg
#define xdr_authgssapi_init_res	gssrpc_xdr_authgssapi_init_res

#define auth_gssapi_wrap_data	gssrpc_auth_gssapi_wrap_data
#define auth_gssapi_unwrap_data	gssrpc_auth_gssapi_unwrap_data
#define auth_gssapi_create	gssrpc_auth_gssapi_create
#define auth_gssapi_create_default	gssrpc_auth_gssapi_create_default
#define auth_gssapi_display_status	gssrpc_auth_gssapi_display_status
#define auth_gssapi_seal_seq	gssrpc_auth_gssapi_seal_seq
#define auth_gssapi_unseal_seq	gssrpc_auth_gssapi_unseal_seq

#define svcauth_gssapi_set_names	gssrpc_svcauth_gssapi_set_names
#define svcauth_gssapi_unset_names	gssrpc_svcauth_gssapi_unset_names
#define svcauth_gssapi_set_log_badauth_func	gssrpc_svcauth_gssapi_set_log_badauth_func
#define svcauth_gssapi_set_log_badauth2_func	gssrpc_svcauth_gssapi_set_log_badauth2_func
#define svcauth_gssapi_set_log_badverf_func	gssrpc_svcauth_gssapi_set_log_badverf_func
#define svcauth_gssapi_set_log_miscerr_func	gssrpc_svcauth_gssapi_set_log_miscerr_func

#define svcauth_gss_set_log_badauth_func	gssrpc_svcauth_gss_set_log_badauth_func
#define svcauth_gss_set_log_badauth2_func	gssrpc_svcauth_gss_set_log_badauth2_func
#define svcauth_gss_set_log_badverf_func	gssrpc_svcauth_gss_set_log_badverf_func
#define svcauth_gss_set_log_miscerr_func	gssrpc_svcauth_gss_set_log_miscerr_func

/* auth_unix.h */

#define xdr_authunix_parms	gssrpc_xdr_authunix_parms

/* clnt.h */

#define clntraw_create		gssrpc_clntraw_create
#define clnt_create		gssrpc_clnt_create
#define clnttcp_create		gssrpc_clnttcp_create
#define clntudp_create		gssrpc_clntudp_create
#define clntudp_bufcreate	gssrpc_clntudp_bufcreate
#define clnt_pcreateerror	gssrpc_clnt_pcreateerror
#define clnt_spcreateerror	gssrpc_clnt_spcreateerror
#define clnt_perrno		gssrpc_clnt_perrno
#define clnt_perror		gssrpc_clnt_perror
#define clnt_sperror		gssrpc_clnt_sperror
/* XXX do we need to rename the struct? */
#define rpc_createerr		gssrpc_rpc_createrr
#define clnt_sperrno		gssrpc_clnt_sperrno

/* pmap_clnt.h */

#define pmap_set		gssrpc_pmap_set
#define pmap_unset		gssrpc_pmap_unset
#define pmap_getmaps		gssrpc_pmap_getmaps
#define pmap_rmtcall		gssrpc_pmap_rmtcall
#define clnt_broadcast		gssrpc_clnt_broadcast
#define pmap_getport		gssrpc_pmap_getport

/* pmap_prot.h */

#define xdr_pmap		gssrpc_xdr_pmap
#define xdr_pmaplist		gssrpc_xdr_pmaplist

/* pmap_rmt.h */

#define xdr_rmtcall_args	gssrpc_xdr_rmtcall_args
#define xdr_rmtcallres		gssrpc_xdr_rmtcallres

/* rpc.h */

#define get_myaddress		gssrpc_get_myaddress
#define bindresvport		gssrpc_bindresvport
#define bindresvport_sa		gssrpc_bindresvport_sa
#define callrpc			gssrpc_callrpc
#define getrpcport		gssrpc_getrpcport

/* rpc_msg.h */

#define xdr_callmsg		gssrpc_xdr_callmsg
#define xdr_callhdr		gssrpc_xdr_callhdr
#define xdr_replymsg		gssrpc_xdr_replymsg
#define xdr_accepted_reply	gssrpc_xdr_accepted_reply
#define xdr_rejected_reply	gssrpc_xdr_rejected_reply

/* svc.h */

#define svc_register		gssrpc_svc_register
#define registerrpc             gssrpc_registerrpc
#define svc_unregister		gssrpc_svc_unregister
#define xprt_register		gssrpc_xprt_register
#define xprt_unregister		gssrpc_xprt_unregister

#define svc_sendreply		gssrpc_svc_sendreply
#define svcerr_decode		gssrpc_svcerr_decode
#define svcerr_weakauth		gssrpc_svcerr_weakauth
#define svcerr_noproc		gssrpc_svcerr_noproc
#define svcerr_progvers		gssrpc_svcerr_progvers
#define svcerr_auth		gssrpc_svcerr_auth
#define svcerr_noprog		gssrpc_svcerr_noprog
#define svcerr_systemerr	gssrpc_svcerr_systemerr

#define svc_maxfd		gssrpc_svc_maxfd
#define svc_fdset		gssrpc_svc_fdset
#define svc_fds			gssrpc_svc_fds

#define rpctest_service		gssrpc_rpctest_service

#define svc_getreq		gssrpc_svc_getreq
#define svc_getreqset		gssrpc_svc_getreqset
#define svc_getreqset2		gssrpc_svc_getreqset2
#define svc_run			gssrpc_svc_run

#define svcraw_create		gssrpc_svcraw_create

#define svcudp_create		gssrpc_svcudp_create
#define svcudp_bufcreate	gssrpc_svcudp_bufcreate
#define svcudp_enablecache	gssrpc_svcudp_enablecache

#define svctcp_create		gssrpc_svctcp_create

#define svcfd_create            gssrpc_svcfd_create

/* svc_auth.h */

#define svc_auth_none_ops	gssrpc_svc_auth_none_ops
#define svc_auth_gssapi_ops	gssrpc_svc_auth_gssapi_ops
#define svc_auth_gss_ops	gssrpc_svc_auth_gss_ops

#define svcauth_gss_set_svc_name	gssrpc_svcauth_gss_set_svc_name
#define svcauth_gss_get_principal	gssrpc_svcauth_gss_get_principal

/* svc_auth_gss.c */

#define svc_debug_gss		gssrpc_svc_debug_gss

/* svc_auth_gssapi.c */

#define svc_debug_gssapi	gssrpc_svc_debug_gssapi

/* svc_auth_none.c */

#define svc_auth_none		gssrpc_svc_auth_none

/* xdr.h */

#define xdr_void	gssrpc_xdr_void
#define xdr_int		gssrpc_xdr_int
#define xdr_u_int	gssrpc_xdr_u_int
#define xdr_long	gssrpc_xdr_long
#define xdr_u_long	gssrpc_xdr_u_long
#define xdr_short	gssrpc_xdr_short
#define xdr_u_short	gssrpc_xdr_u_short
#define xdr_bool	gssrpc_xdr_bool
#define xdr_enum	gssrpc_xdr_enum
#define xdr_array	gssrpc_xdr_array
#define xdr_bytes	gssrpc_xdr_bytes
#define xdr_opaque	gssrpc_xdr_opaque
#define xdr_string	gssrpc_xdr_string
#define xdr_union	gssrpc_xdr_union
#define xdr_char	gssrpc_xdr_char
#define xdr_u_char	gssrpc_xdr_u_char
#define xdr_vector	gssrpc_xdr_vector
#define xdr_float	gssrpc_xdr_float
#define xdr_double	gssrpc_xdr_double
#define xdr_reference	gssrpc_xdr_reference
#define xdr_pointer	gssrpc_xdr_pointer
#define xdr_wrapstring	gssrpc_xdr_wrapstring
#define xdr_free	gssrpc_xdr_free

#define xdr_sizeof	gssrpc_xdr_sizeof

#define xdr_netobj	gssrpc_xdr_netobj
#define xdr_int32	gssrpc_xdr_int32
#define xdr_u_int32	gssrpc_xdr_u_int32

#define xdralloc_create		gssrpc_xdralloc_create
#define xdralloc_release	gssrpc_xdralloc_release
#define xdralloc_getdata	gssrpc_xdralloc_getdata

#define xdrmem_create		gssrpc_xdrmem_create
#define xdrstdio_create		gssrpc_xdrstdio_create
#define xdrrec_create		gssrpc_xdrrec_create
#define xdrrec_endofrecord	gssrpc_xdrrec_endofrecord
#define xdrrec_skiprecord	gssrpc_xdrrec_skiprecord
#define xdrrec_eof		gssrpc_xdrrec_eof

#endif /* !defined(GSSRPC_RENAME_H) */
/* @(#)types.h	2.3 88/08/15 4.0 RPCSRC */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle America, Inc.
 *
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *
 *     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *
 *     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *       the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *       distribution.
 *
 *     * Neither the name of the “Oracle America, Inc.” nor the names of
 *       its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
 *       derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
 * IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
 * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 * HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
 * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
 * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
 * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
 * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
/*      @(#)types.h 1.18 87/07/24 SMI      */

/*
 * Rpc additions to <sys/types.h>
 */
#ifndef GSSRPC_TYPES_H
#define GSSRPC_TYPES_H

#include <sys/types.h>

#include <sys/select.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <unistd.h>

/*
 * Try to get MAXHOSTNAMELEN from somewhere.
 */
#include <sys/param.h>
/* #include <netdb.h> */

/* Get htonl(), ntohl(), etc. */
#include <netinet/in.h>

#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <limits.h>

#ifndef GSSRPC__BEGIN_DECLS
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define GSSRPC__BEGIN_DECLS	extern "C" {
#define GSSRPC__END_DECLS	}
#else
#define GSSRPC__BEGIN_DECLS
#define GSSRPC__END_DECLS
#endif
#endif

GSSRPC__BEGIN_DECLS

#if defined(CHAR_BIT) && CHAR_BIT != 8
#error "Bytes must be exactly 8 bits."
#endif

/* Define if we need to fake up some BSD type aliases. */
#ifndef GSSRPC__BSD_TYPEALIASES	/* Allow application to override. */
/* #undef GSSRPC__BSD_TYPEALIASES */
#endif
#if GSSRPC__BSD_TYPEALIASES
typedef unsigned char	u_char;
typedef unsigned short	u_short;
typedef unsigned int	u_int;
typedef unsigned long	u_long;
#endif

typedef uint32_t	rpcprog_t;
typedef uint32_t	rpcvers_t;
typedef uint32_t	rpcprot_t;
typedef uint32_t	rpcproc_t;
typedef uint32_t	rpcport_t;
typedef int32_t		rpc_inline_t;

/* This is for rpc/netdb.h */
#define STRUCT_RPCENT_IN_RPC_NETDB_H

#define	bool_t	int
#define	enum_t	int
#ifndef FALSE
#	define	FALSE	(0)
#endif
#ifndef TRUE
#	define	TRUE	(1)
#endif
/* XXX namespace */
#define __dontcare__	-1
#ifndef NULL
#	define NULL 0
#endif

/*
 * The below should probably be internal-only, but seem to be
 * traditionally exported in RPC implementations.
 */
#define mem_alloc(bsize)	malloc(bsize)
#define mem_free(ptr, bsize)	free(ptr)

#ifndef INADDR_LOOPBACK
#define       INADDR_LOOPBACK         (uint32_t)0x7F000001
#endif
#ifndef MAXHOSTNAMELEN
#define        MAXHOSTNAMELEN  64
#endif

GSSRPC__END_DECLS

#include <gssrpc/rename.h>

#endif /* !defined(GSSRPC_TYPES_H) */
/* @(#)clnt.h	2.1 88/07/29 4.0 RPCSRC; from 1.31 88/02/08 SMI*/
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle America, Inc.
 *
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *
 *     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *
 *     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *       the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *       distribution.
 *
 *     * Neither the name of the "Oracle America, Inc." nor the names of
 *       its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
 *       derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
 * IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
 * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 * HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
 * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
 * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
 * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
 * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

/*
 * clnt.h - Client side remote procedure call interface.
 */

#ifndef GSSRPC_CLNT_H
#define GSSRPC_CLNT_H

GSSRPC__BEGIN_DECLS
/*
 * Rpc calls return an enum clnt_stat.  This should be looked at more,
 * since each implementation is required to live with this (implementation
 * independent) list of errors.
 */
enum clnt_stat {
	RPC_SUCCESS=0,			/* call succeeded */
	/*
	 * local errors
	 */
	RPC_CANTENCODEARGS=1,		/* can't encode arguments */
	RPC_CANTDECODERES=2,		/* can't decode results */
	RPC_CANTSEND=3,			/* failure in sending call */
	RPC_CANTRECV=4,			/* failure in receiving result */
	RPC_TIMEDOUT=5,			/* call timed out */
	/*
	 * remote errors
	 */
	RPC_VERSMISMATCH=6,		/* rpc versions not compatible */
	RPC_AUTHERROR=7,		/* authentication error */
	RPC_PROGUNAVAIL=8,		/* program not available */
	RPC_PROGVERSMISMATCH=9,		/* program version mismatched */
	RPC_PROCUNAVAIL=10,		/* procedure unavailable */
	RPC_CANTDECODEARGS=11,		/* decode arguments error */
	RPC_SYSTEMERROR=12,		/* generic "other problem" */

	/*
	 * callrpc & clnt_create errors
	 */
	RPC_UNKNOWNHOST=13,		/* unknown host name */
	RPC_UNKNOWNPROTO=17,		/* unknown protocol */

	/*
	 * _ create errors
	 */
	RPC_PMAPFAILURE=14,		/* the pmapper failed in its call */
	RPC_PROGNOTREGISTERED=15,	/* remote program is not registered */
	/*
	 * unspecified error
	 */
	RPC_FAILED=16
};


/*
 * Error info.
 */
struct rpc_err {
	enum clnt_stat re_status;
	union {
		int RE_errno;		/* realated system error */
		enum auth_stat RE_why;	/* why the auth error occurred */
		struct {
			rpcvers_t low;	/* lowest verion supported */
			rpcvers_t high;	/* highest verion supported */
		} RE_vers;
		struct {		/* maybe meaningful if RPC_FAILED */
			int32_t s1;
			int32_t s2;
		} RE_lb;		/* life boot & debugging only */
	} ru;
#define	re_errno	ru.RE_errno
#define	re_why		ru.RE_why
#define	re_vers		ru.RE_vers
#define	re_lb		ru.RE_lb
};


/*
 * Client rpc handle.
 * Created by individual implementations, see e.g. rpc_udp.c.
 * Client is responsible for initializing auth, see e.g. auth_none.c.
 */
typedef struct CLIENT {
	AUTH	*cl_auth;			/* authenticator */
	struct clnt_ops {
		/* call remote procedure */
		enum clnt_stat	(*cl_call)(struct CLIENT *,
					   rpcproc_t, xdrproc_t, void *,
					   xdrproc_t, void *,
					   struct timeval);
		/* abort a call */
		void		(*cl_abort)(struct CLIENT *);
		/* get specific error code */
		void		(*cl_geterr)(struct CLIENT *,
					     struct rpc_err *);
		/* frees results */
		bool_t		(*cl_freeres)(struct CLIENT *,
					      xdrproc_t, void *);
		/* destroy this structure */
		void		(*cl_destroy)(struct CLIENT *);
		/* the ioctl() of rpc */
		/* XXX CITI makes 2nd arg take u_int */
		bool_t          (*cl_control)(struct CLIENT *, int,
					      void *);
	} *cl_ops;
	void			*cl_private;	/* private stuff */
} CLIENT;


/*
 * client side rpc interface ops
 *
 * Parameter types are:
 *
 */

/*
 * enum clnt_stat
 * CLNT_CALL(rh, proc, xargs, argsp, xres, resp, timeout)
 * 	CLIENT *rh;
 *	rpcproc_t proc;
 *	xdrproc_t xargs;
 *	caddr_t argsp;
 *	xdrproc_t xres;
 *	caddr_t resp;
 *	struct timeval timeout;
 */
#define	CLNT_CALL(rh, proc, xargs, argsp, xres, resp, secs)	\
	((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_call)(rh, proc, xargs, argsp, xres, resp, secs))
#define	clnt_call(rh, proc, xargs, argsp, xres, resp, secs)	\
	((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_call)(rh, proc, xargs, argsp, xres, resp, secs))

/*
 * void
 * CLNT_ABORT(rh);
 * 	CLIENT *rh;
 */
#define	CLNT_ABORT(rh)	((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_abort)(rh))
#define	clnt_abort(rh)	((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_abort)(rh))

/*
 * struct rpc_err
 * CLNT_GETERR(rh);
 * 	CLIENT *rh;
 */
#define	CLNT_GETERR(rh,errp)	((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_geterr)(rh, errp))
#define	clnt_geterr(rh,errp)	((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_geterr)(rh, errp))


/*
 * bool_t
 * CLNT_FREERES(rh, xres, resp);
 * 	CLIENT *rh;
 *	xdrproc_t xres;
 *	caddr_t resp;
 */
#define	CLNT_FREERES(rh,xres,resp) ((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_freeres)(rh,xres,resp))
#define	clnt_freeres(rh,xres,resp) ((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_freeres)(rh,xres,resp))

/*
 * bool_t
 * CLNT_CONTROL(cl, request, info)
 *      CLIENT *cl;
 *      u_int request;
 *      char *info;
 */
#define	CLNT_CONTROL(cl,rq,in) ((*(cl)->cl_ops->cl_control)(cl,rq,in))
#define	clnt_control(cl,rq,in) ((*(cl)->cl_ops->cl_control)(cl,rq,in))

/*
 * control operations that apply to both udp and tcp transports
 */
#define CLSET_TIMEOUT       1   /* set timeout (timeval) */
#define CLGET_TIMEOUT       2   /* get timeout (timeval) */
#define CLGET_SERVER_ADDR   3   /* get server's address (sockaddr) */
/*
 * udp only control operations
 */
#define CLSET_RETRY_TIMEOUT 4   /* set retry timeout (timeval) */
#define CLGET_RETRY_TIMEOUT 5   /* get retry timeout (timeval) */
/*
 * new control operations
 */
#define CLGET_LOCAL_ADDR    6	/* get local address (sockaddr, getsockname)*/

/*
 * void
 * CLNT_DESTROY(rh);
 * 	CLIENT *rh;
 */
#define	CLNT_DESTROY(rh)	((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_destroy)(rh))
#define	clnt_destroy(rh)	((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_destroy)(rh))


/*
 * RPCTEST is a test program which is accessable on every rpc
 * transport/port.  It is used for testing, performance evaluation,
 * and network administration.
 */

#define RPCTEST_PROGRAM		((rpcprog_t)1)
#define RPCTEST_VERSION		((rpcvers_t)1)
#define RPCTEST_NULL_PROC	((rpcproc_t)2)
#define RPCTEST_NULL_BATCH_PROC	((rpcproc_t)3)

/*
 * By convention, procedure 0 takes null arguments and returns them
 */

#define NULLPROC ((rpcproc_t)0)

/*
 * Below are the client handle creation routines for the various
 * implementations of client side rpc.  They can return NULL if a
 * creation failure occurs.
 */

/*
 * Memory based rpc (for speed check and testing)
 * CLIENT *
 * clntraw_create(prog, vers)
 *	rpcprog_t prog;
 *	rpcvers_t vers;
 */
extern CLIENT *clntraw_create(rpcprog_t, rpcvers_t);

/*
 * Generic client creation routine. Supported protocols are "udp" and "tcp"
 */
extern CLIENT *clnt_create(char *, rpcprog_t, rpcvers_t, char *);


/*
 * TCP based rpc
 * CLIENT *
 * clnttcp_create(raddr, prog, vers, sockp, sendsz, recvsz)
 *	struct sockaddr_in *raddr;
 *	rpcprog_t prog;
 *	rpcvers_t version;
 *	int *sockp;
 *	u_int sendsz;
 *	u_int recvsz;
 */
extern CLIENT *clnttcp_create(struct sockaddr_in *, rpcprog_t, rpcvers_t,
			      int *, u_int, u_int);

/*
 * UDP based rpc.
 * CLIENT *
 * clntudp_create(raddr, program, version, wait, sockp)
 *	struct sockaddr_in *raddr;
 *	rpcprog_t program;
 *	rpcvers_t version;
 *	struct timeval wait;
 *	int *sockp;
 *
 * Same as above, but you specify max packet sizes.
 * CLIENT *
 * clntudp_bufcreate(raddr, program, version, wait, sockp, sendsz, recvsz)
 *	struct sockaddr_in *raddr;
 *	rpcprog_t program;
 *	rpcvers_t version;
 *	struct timeval wait;
 *	int *sockp;
 *	u_int sendsz;
 *	u_int recvsz;
 */
extern CLIENT *clntudp_create(struct sockaddr_in *, rpcprog_t,
			      rpcvers_t, struct timeval, int *);
extern CLIENT *clntudp_bufcreate(struct sockaddr_in *, rpcprog_t,
				 rpcvers_t, struct timeval, int *,
				 u_int, u_int);

/*
 * Print why creation failed
 */
void clnt_pcreateerror(char *);	/* stderr */
char *clnt_spcreateerror(char *);	/* string */

/*
 * Like clnt_perror(), but is more verbose in its output
 */
void clnt_perrno(enum clnt_stat);	/* stderr */

/*
 * Print an English error message, given the client error code
 */
void clnt_perror(CLIENT *, char *); 	/* stderr */
char *clnt_sperror(CLIENT *, char *);	/* string */

/*
 * If a creation fails, the following allows the user to figure out why.
 */
struct rpc_createerr {
	enum clnt_stat cf_stat;
	struct rpc_err cf_error; /* useful when cf_stat == RPC_PMAPFAILURE */
};

extern struct rpc_createerr rpc_createerr;



/*
 * Copy error message to buffer.
 */
char *clnt_sperrno(enum clnt_stat num);	/* string */

#define UDPMSGSIZE	8800	/* rpc imposed limit on udp msg size */
#define RPCSMALLMSGSIZE	400	/* a more reasonable packet size */

GSSRPC__END_DECLS

#endif /* !defined(GSSRPC_CLNT_H) */
/* @(#)xdr.h	2.2 88/07/29 4.0 RPCSRC */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle America, Inc.
 *
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *
 *     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *
 *     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *       the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *       distribution.
 *
 *     * Neither the name of the "Oracle America, Inc." nor the names of
 *       its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
 *       derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
 * IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
 * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 * HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
 * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
 * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
 * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
 * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
/*      @(#)xdr.h 1.19 87/04/22 SMI      */

/*
 * xdr.h, External Data Representation Serialization Routines.
 */

#ifndef GSSRPC_XDR_H
#define GSSRPC_XDR_H

#include <stdio.h>		/* for FILE */

GSSRPC__BEGIN_DECLS
/*
 * XDR provides a conventional way for converting between C data
 * types and an external bit-string representation.  Library supplied
 * routines provide for the conversion on built-in C data types.  These
 * routines and utility routines defined here are used to help implement
 * a type encode/decode routine for each user-defined type.
 *
 * Each data type provides a single procedure which takes two arguments:
 *
 *	bool_t
 *	xdrproc(xdrs, argresp)
 *		XDR *xdrs;
 *		<type> *argresp;
 *
 * xdrs is an instance of a XDR handle, to which or from which the data
 * type is to be converted.  argresp is a pointer to the structure to be
 * converted.  The XDR handle contains an operation field which indicates
 * which of the operations (ENCODE, DECODE * or FREE) is to be performed.
 *
 * XDR_DECODE may allocate space if the pointer argresp is null.  This
 * data can be freed with the XDR_FREE operation.
 *
 * We write only one procedure per data type to make it easy
 * to keep the encode and decode procedures for a data type consistent.
 * In many cases the same code performs all operations on a user defined type,
 * because all the hard work is done in the component type routines.
 * decode as a series of calls on the nested data types.
 */

/*
 * Xdr operations.  XDR_ENCODE causes the type to be encoded into the
 * stream.  XDR_DECODE causes the type to be extracted from the stream.
 * XDR_FREE can be used to release the space allocated by an XDR_DECODE
 * request.
 */
enum xdr_op {
	XDR_ENCODE=0,
	XDR_DECODE=1,
	XDR_FREE=2
};

/*
 * This is the number of bytes per unit of external data.
 */
#define BYTES_PER_XDR_UNIT	(4)
#define RNDUP(x)  ((((x) + BYTES_PER_XDR_UNIT - 1) / BYTES_PER_XDR_UNIT) \
		    * BYTES_PER_XDR_UNIT)

/*
 * A xdrproc_t exists for each data type which is to be encoded or decoded.
 *
 * The second argument to the xdrproc_t is a pointer to an opaque pointer.
 * The opaque pointer generally points to a structure of the data type
 * to be decoded.  If this pointer is 0, then the type routines should
 * allocate dynamic storage of the appropriate size and return it.
 * bool_t	(*xdrproc_t)(XDR *, caddr_t *);
 *
 * XXX can't actually prototype it, because some take three args!!!
 */
typedef	bool_t (*xdrproc_t)();

/*
 * The XDR handle.
 * Contains operation which is being applied to the stream,
 * an operations vector for the paticular implementation (e.g. see xdr_mem.c),
 * and two private fields for the use of the particular impelementation.
 */
typedef struct XDR {
	enum xdr_op	x_op;		/* operation; fast additional param */
	struct xdr_ops {
		/* get a long from underlying stream */
		bool_t	(*x_getlong)(struct XDR *, long *);

		/* put a long to underlying stream */
		bool_t	(*x_putlong)(struct XDR *, long *);

		/* get some bytes from underlying stream */
		bool_t	(*x_getbytes)(struct XDR *, caddr_t, u_int);

		/* put some bytes to underlying stream */
		bool_t	(*x_putbytes)(struct XDR *, caddr_t, u_int);

		/* returns bytes off from beginning */
		u_int	(*x_getpostn)(struct XDR *);

		/* lets you reposition the stream */
		bool_t	(*x_setpostn)(struct XDR *, u_int);

		/* buf quick ptr to buffered data */
		rpc_inline_t *(*x_inline)(struct XDR *, int);

		/* free privates of this xdr_stream */
		void	(*x_destroy)(struct XDR *);
	} *x_ops;
	caddr_t 	x_public;	/* users' data */
	void *		x_private;	/* pointer to private data */
	caddr_t 	x_base;		/* private used for position info */
	int		x_handy;	/* extra private word */
} XDR;

/*
 * Operations defined on a XDR handle
 *
 * XDR		*xdrs;
 * int32_t	*longp;
 * caddr_t	 addr;
 * u_int	 len;
 * u_int	 pos;
 */
#define XDR_GETLONG(xdrs, longp)			\
	(*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_getlong)(xdrs, longp)
#define xdr_getlong(xdrs, longp)			\
	(*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_getlong)(xdrs, longp)

#define XDR_PUTLONG(xdrs, longp)			\
	(*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_putlong)(xdrs, longp)
#define xdr_putlong(xdrs, longp)			\
	(*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_putlong)(xdrs, longp)

#define XDR_GETBYTES(xdrs, addr, len)			\
	(*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_getbytes)(xdrs, addr, len)
#define xdr_getbytes(xdrs, addr, len)			\
	(*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_getbytes)(xdrs, addr, len)

#define XDR_PUTBYTES(xdrs, addr, len)			\
	(*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_putbytes)(xdrs, addr, len)
#define xdr_putbytes(xdrs, addr, len)			\
	(*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_putbytes)(xdrs, addr, len)

#define XDR_GETPOS(xdrs)				\
	(*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_getpostn)(xdrs)
#define xdr_getpos(xdrs)				\
	(*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_getpostn)(xdrs)

#define XDR_SETPOS(xdrs, pos)				\
	(*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_setpostn)(xdrs, pos)
#define xdr_setpos(xdrs, pos)				\
	(*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_setpostn)(xdrs, pos)

#define	XDR_INLINE(xdrs, len)				\
	(*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_inline)(xdrs, len)
#define	xdr_inline(xdrs, len)				\
	(*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_inline)(xdrs, len)

#define	XDR_DESTROY(xdrs)				\
	if ((xdrs)->x_ops->x_destroy) 			\
		(*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_destroy)(xdrs)
#define	xdr_destroy(xdrs)				\
	if ((xdrs)->x_ops->x_destroy) 			\
		(*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_destroy)(xdrs)

/*
 * Support struct for discriminated unions.
 * You create an array of xdrdiscrim structures, terminated with
 * a entry with a null procedure pointer.  The xdr_union routine gets
 * the discriminant value and then searches the array of structures
 * for a matching value.  If a match is found the associated xdr routine
 * is called to handle that part of the union.  If there is
 * no match, then a default routine may be called.
 * If there is no match and no default routine it is an error.
 */
#define NULL_xdrproc_t ((xdrproc_t)0)
struct xdr_discrim {
	int	value;
	xdrproc_t proc;
};

/*
 * In-line routines for fast encode/decode of primitve data types.
 * Caveat emptor: these use single memory cycles to get the
 * data from the underlying buffer, and will fail to operate
 * properly if the data is not aligned.  The standard way to use these
 * is to say:
 *	if ((buf = XDR_INLINE(xdrs, count)) == NULL)
 *		return (FALSE);
 *	<<< macro calls >>>
 * where ``count'' is the number of bytes of data occupied
 * by the primitive data types.
 *
 * N.B. and frozen for all time: each data type here uses 4 bytes
 * of external representation.
 */
#define IXDR_GET_INT32(buf)		((int32_t)IXDR_GET_U_INT32(buf))
#define IXDR_PUT_INT32(buf, v)		IXDR_PUT_U_INT32((buf),((uint32_t)(v)))
#define IXDR_GET_U_INT32(buf)		(ntohl((uint32_t)*(buf)++))
#define IXDR_PUT_U_INT32(buf, v)	(*(buf)++ = (int32_t)htonl((v)))

#define IXDR_GET_LONG(buf)		((long)IXDR_GET_INT32(buf))
#define IXDR_PUT_LONG(buf, v)		IXDR_PUT_U_INT32((buf),((uint32_t)(v)))

#define IXDR_GET_BOOL(buf)		((bool_t)IXDR_GET_LONG(buf))
#define IXDR_GET_ENUM(buf, t)		((t)IXDR_GET_INT32(buf))
#define IXDR_GET_U_LONG(buf)		((u_long)IXDR_GET_U_INT32(buf))
#define IXDR_GET_SHORT(buf)		((short)IXDR_GET_INT32(buf))
#define IXDR_GET_U_SHORT(buf)		((u_short)IXDR_GET_U_INT32(buf))

#define IXDR_PUT_BOOL(buf, v)		IXDR_PUT_INT32((buf),((int32_t)(v)))
#define IXDR_PUT_ENUM(buf, v)		IXDR_PUT_INT32((buf),((int32_t)(v)))
#define IXDR_PUT_U_LONG(buf, v)		IXDR_PUT_U_INT32((buf),((uint32_t)(v)))
#define IXDR_PUT_SHORT(buf, v)		IXDR_PUT_INT32((buf),((int32_t)(v)))
#define IXDR_PUT_U_SHORT(buf, v)	IXDR_PUT_U_INT32((buf),((uint32_t)(v)))

/*
 * These are the "generic" xdr routines.
 */
extern bool_t	xdr_void(XDR *, void *);
extern bool_t	xdr_int(XDR *, int *);
extern bool_t	xdr_u_int(XDR *, u_int *);
extern bool_t	xdr_long(XDR *, long *);
extern bool_t	xdr_u_long(XDR *, u_long *);
extern bool_t	xdr_short(XDR *, short *);
extern bool_t	xdr_u_short(XDR *, u_short *);
extern bool_t	xdr_bool(XDR *, bool_t *);
extern bool_t	xdr_enum(XDR *, enum_t *);
extern bool_t	xdr_array(XDR *, caddr_t *, u_int *,
			u_int, u_int, xdrproc_t);
extern bool_t	xdr_bytes(XDR *, char **, u_int *, u_int);
extern bool_t	xdr_opaque(XDR *, caddr_t, u_int);
extern bool_t	xdr_string(XDR *, char **, u_int);
extern bool_t	xdr_union(XDR *, enum_t *, char *, struct xdr_discrim *,
			xdrproc_t);
extern bool_t	xdr_char(XDR *, char *);
extern bool_t	xdr_u_char(XDR *, u_char *);
extern bool_t	xdr_vector(XDR *, char *, u_int, u_int, xdrproc_t);
extern bool_t	xdr_float(XDR *, float *);
extern bool_t	xdr_double(XDR *, double *);
extern bool_t	xdr_reference(XDR *, caddr_t *, u_int, xdrproc_t);
extern bool_t	xdr_pointer(XDR *, char **, u_int, xdrproc_t);
extern bool_t	xdr_wrapstring(XDR *, char **);

extern unsigned long xdr_sizeof(xdrproc_t, void *);

#define xdr_rpcprog	xdr_u_int32
#define xdr_rpcvers	xdr_u_int32
#define xdr_rpcprot	xdr_u_int32
#define xdr_rpcproc	xdr_u_int32
#define xdr_rpcport	xdr_u_int32

/*
 * Common opaque bytes objects used by many rpc protocols;
 * declared here due to commonality.
 */
#define MAX_NETOBJ_SZ 2048
struct netobj {
	u_int	n_len;
	char	*n_bytes;
};
typedef struct netobj netobj;

extern bool_t   xdr_netobj(XDR *, struct netobj *);

extern bool_t	xdr_int32(XDR *, int32_t *);
extern bool_t	xdr_u_int32(XDR *, uint32_t *);

/*
 * These are the public routines for the various implementations of
 * xdr streams.
 */

/* XDR allocating memory buffer */
extern void	xdralloc_create(XDR *, enum xdr_op);

/* destroy xdralloc, save buf */
extern void	xdralloc_release(XDR *);

/* get buffer from xdralloc */
extern caddr_t	xdralloc_getdata(XDR *);

/* XDR using memory buffers */
extern void	xdrmem_create(XDR *, caddr_t, u_int, enum xdr_op);

/* XDR using stdio library */
extern void	xdrstdio_create(XDR *, FILE *, enum xdr_op);

/* XDR pseudo records for tcp */
extern void	xdrrec_create(XDR *xdrs, u_int, u_int, caddr_t,
			int (*) (caddr_t, caddr_t, int),
			int (*) (caddr_t, caddr_t, int));

/* make end of xdr record */
extern bool_t	xdrrec_endofrecord(XDR *, bool_t);

/* move to beginning of next record */
extern bool_t	xdrrec_skiprecord (XDR *xdrs);

/* true if no more input */
extern bool_t	xdrrec_eof (XDR *xdrs);

/* free memory buffers for xdr */
extern void	xdr_free (xdrproc_t, void *);
GSSRPC__END_DECLS

#endif /* !defined(GSSRPC_XDR_H) */
/* @(#)pmap_clnt.h	2.1 88/07/29 4.0 RPCSRC; from 1.11 88/02/08 SMI */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle America, Inc.
 *
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *
 *     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *
 *     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *       the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *       distribution.
 *
 *     * Neither the name of the "Oracle America, Inc." nor the names of
 *       its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
 *       derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
 * IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
 * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 * HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
 * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
 * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
 * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
 * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

/*
 * pmap_clnt.h
 * Supplies C routines to get to portmap services.
 */

#ifndef GSSRPC_PMAP_CLNT_H
#define GSSRPC_PMAP_CLNT_H

/*
 * Usage:
 *	success = pmap_set(program, version, protocol, port);
 *	success = pmap_unset(program, version);
 *	port = pmap_getport(address, program, version, protocol);
 *	head = pmap_getmaps(address);
 *	clnt_stat = pmap_rmtcall(address, program, version, procedure,
 *		xdrargs, argsp, xdrres, resp, tout, port_ptr)
 *		(works for udp only.)
 * 	clnt_stat = clnt_broadcast(program, version, procedure,
 *		xdrargs, argsp,	xdrres, resp, eachresult)
 *		(like pmap_rmtcall, except the call is broadcasted to all
 *		locally connected nets.  For each valid response received,
 *		the procedure eachresult is called.  Its form is:
 *	done = eachresult(resp, raddr)
 *		bool_t done;
 *		caddr_t resp;
 *		struct sockaddr_in raddr;
 *		where resp points to the results of the call and raddr is the
 *		address if the responder to the broadcast.
 */

GSSRPC__BEGIN_DECLS
extern bool_t		pmap_set(rpcprog_t, rpcvers_t, rpcprot_t, u_int);
extern bool_t		pmap_unset(rpcprog_t, rpcvers_t);
extern struct pmaplist	*pmap_getmaps(struct sockaddr_in *);
enum clnt_stat		pmap_rmtcall(struct sockaddr_in *, rpcprog_t,
				     rpcvers_t, rpcproc_t, xdrproc_t,
				     caddr_t, xdrproc_t, caddr_t,
				     struct timeval, rpcport_t *);

typedef bool_t (*resultproc_t)(caddr_t, struct sockaddr_in *);

enum clnt_stat		clnt_broadcast(rpcprog_t, rpcvers_t, rpcproc_t,
				       xdrproc_t, caddr_t, xdrproc_t,
				       caddr_t, resultproc_t);
extern u_short		pmap_getport(struct sockaddr_in *,
				     rpcprog_t,
				     rpcvers_t, rpcprot_t);
GSSRPC__END_DECLS
#endif /* !defined(GSSRPC_PMAP_CLNT_H) */
/* @(#)svc.h	2.2 88/07/29 4.0 RPCSRC; from 1.20 88/02/08 SMI */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle America, Inc.
 *
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *
 *     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *
 *     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *       the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *       distribution.
 *
 *     * Neither the name of the "Oracle America, Inc." nor the names of
 *       its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
 *       derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
 * IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
 * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 * HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
 * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
 * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
 * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
 * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

/*
 * svc.h, Server-side remote procedure call interface.
 */

#ifndef GSSRPC_SVC_H
#define GSSRPC_SVC_H

#include <gssrpc/svc_auth.h>

GSSRPC__BEGIN_DECLS
/*
 * This interface must manage two items concerning remote procedure calling:
 *
 * 1) An arbitrary number of transport connections upon which rpc requests
 * are received.  The two most notable transports are TCP and UDP;  they are
 * created and registered by routines in svc_tcp.c and svc_udp.c, respectively;
 * they in turn call xprt_register and xprt_unregister.
 *
 * 2) An arbitrary number of locally registered services.  Services are
 * described by the following four data: program number, version number,
 * "service dispatch" function, a transport handle, and a boolean that
 * indicates whether or not the exported program should be registered with a
 * local binder service;  if true the program's number and version and the
 * port number from the transport handle are registered with the binder.
 * These data are registered with the rpc svc system via svc_register.
 *
 * A service's dispatch function is called whenever an rpc request comes in
 * on a transport.  The request's program and version numbers must match
 * those of the registered service.  The dispatch function is passed two
 * parameters, struct svc_req * and SVCXPRT *, defined below.
 */

enum xprt_stat {
	XPRT_DIED,
	XPRT_MOREREQS,
	XPRT_IDLE
};

/*
 * Server side transport handle
 */
typedef struct SVCXPRT {
#ifdef _WIN32
        SOCKET          xp_sock;
#else
	int		xp_sock;
#endif
	u_short		xp_port;	 /* associated port number */
	struct xp_ops {
	    /* receive incomming requests */
	    bool_t	(*xp_recv)(struct SVCXPRT *, struct rpc_msg *);
	    /* get transport status */
	    enum xprt_stat (*xp_stat)(struct SVCXPRT *);
	    /* get arguments */
	    bool_t	(*xp_getargs)(struct SVCXPRT *, xdrproc_t,
				      void *);
	    /* send reply */
	    bool_t	(*xp_reply)(struct SVCXPRT *,
				    struct rpc_msg *);
            /* free mem allocated for args */
	    bool_t	(*xp_freeargs)(struct SVCXPRT *, xdrproc_t,
				       void *);
	    /* destroy this struct */
	    void	(*xp_destroy)(struct SVCXPRT *);
	} *xp_ops;
	int		xp_addrlen;	 /* length of remote address */
	struct sockaddr_in xp_raddr;	 /* remote address */
	struct opaque_auth xp_verf;	 /* raw response verifier */
	SVCAUTH		*xp_auth;	 /* auth flavor of current req */
	void		*xp_p1;		 /* private */
	void		*xp_p2;		 /* private */
	int		xp_laddrlen;	 /* lenght of local address */
	struct sockaddr_in xp_laddr;	 /* local address */
} SVCXPRT;

/*
 *  Approved way of getting address of caller
 */
#define svc_getcaller(x) (&(x)->xp_raddr)

/*
 * Operations defined on an SVCXPRT handle
 *
 * SVCXPRT		*xprt;
 * struct rpc_msg	*msg;
 * xdrproc_t		 xargs;
 * caddr_t		 argsp;
 */
#define SVC_RECV(xprt, msg)				\
	(*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_recv)((xprt), (msg))
#define svc_recv(xprt, msg)				\
	(*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_recv)((xprt), (msg))

#define SVC_STAT(xprt)					\
	(*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_stat)(xprt)
#define svc_stat(xprt)					\
	(*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_stat)(xprt)

#define SVC_GETARGS(xprt, xargs, argsp)			\
	(*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_getargs)((xprt), (xargs), (argsp))
#define svc_getargs(xprt, xargs, argsp)			\
	(*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_getargs)((xprt), (xargs), (argsp))

#define SVC_GETARGS_REQ(xprt, req, xargs, argsp)	\
	(*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_getargs_req)((xprt), (req), (xargs), (argsp))
#define svc_getargs_req(xprt, req, xargs, argsp)	\
	(*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_getargs_req)((xprt), (req), (xargs), (argsp))

#define SVC_REPLY(xprt, msg)				\
	(*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_reply) ((xprt), (msg))
#define svc_reply(xprt, msg)				\
	(*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_reply) ((xprt), (msg))

#define SVC_REPLY_REQ(xprt, req, msg)			\
	(*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_reply_req) ((xprt), (req), (msg))
#define svc_reply_req(xprt, msg)			\
	(*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_reply_req) ((xprt), (req), (msg))

#define SVC_FREEARGS(xprt, xargs, argsp)		\
	(*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_freeargs)((xprt), (xargs), (argsp))
#define svc_freeargs(xprt, xargs, argsp)		\
	(*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_freeargs)((xprt), (xargs), (argsp))

#define SVC_DESTROY(xprt)				\
	(*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_destroy)(xprt)
#define svc_destroy(xprt)				\
	(*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_destroy)(xprt)


/*
 * Service request
 */
struct svc_req {
	rpcprog_t		rq_prog;	/* service program number */
	rpcvers_t		rq_vers;	/* service protocol version */
	rpcproc_t		rq_proc;	/* the desired procedure */
	struct opaque_auth rq_cred;	/* raw creds from the wire */
	void *		rq_clntcred;	/* read only cooked client cred */
	void *		rq_svccred;	/* read only svc cred/context */
	void *		rq_clntname;	/* read only client name */
	SVCXPRT		*rq_xprt;	/* associated transport */
	/* The request's auth flavor *should* be here, but the svc_req 	*/
	/* isn't passed around everywhere it is necessary.  The 	*/
	/* transport *is* passed around, so the auth flavor it stored 	*/
	/* there.  This means that the transport must be single 	*/
	/* threaded, but other parts of SunRPC already require that. 	*/
	/*SVCAUTH		*rq_auth;	 associated auth flavor */
};


/*
 * Service registration
 *
 * svc_register(xprt, prog, vers, dispatch, protocol)
 *	SVCXPRT *xprt;
 *	rpcprog_t prog;
 *	rpcvers_t vers;
 *	void (*dispatch)();
 *	int protocol;  like IPPROTO_TCP or _UDP; zero means do not register
 *
 * registerrpc(prog, vers, proc, routine, inproc, outproc)
 * 	returns 0 upon success, -1 if error.
 */
extern bool_t	svc_register(SVCXPRT *, rpcprog_t, rpcvers_t,
			     void (*)(struct svc_req *, SVCXPRT *), int);

extern int registerrpc(rpcprog_t, rpcvers_t, rpcproc_t,
		       char *(*)(void *),
		       xdrproc_t, xdrproc_t);

/*
 * Service un-registration
 *
 * svc_unregister(prog, vers)
 *	rpcprog_t prog;
 *	rpcvers_t vers;
 */
extern void	svc_unregister(rpcprog_t, rpcvers_t);

/*
 * Transport registration.
 *
 * xprt_register(xprt)
 *	SVCXPRT *xprt;
 */
extern void	xprt_register(SVCXPRT *);

/*
 * Transport un-register
 *
 * xprt_unregister(xprt)
 *	SVCXPRT *xprt;
 */
extern void	xprt_unregister(SVCXPRT *);


/*
 * When the service routine is called, it must first check to see if
 * it knows about the procedure; if not, it should call svcerr_noproc
 * and return.  If so, it should deserialize its arguments via
 * SVC_GETARGS or the new SVC_GETARGS_REQ (both defined above).  If
 * the deserialization does not work, svcerr_decode should be called
 * followed by a return.  Successful decoding of the arguments should
 * be followed the execution of the procedure's code and a call to
 * svc_sendreply or the new svc_sendreply_req.
 *
 * Also, if the service refuses to execute the procedure due to too-
 * weak authentication parameters, svcerr_weakauth should be called.
 * Note: do not confuse access-control failure with weak authentication!
 *
 * NB: In pure implementations of rpc, the caller always waits for a reply
 * msg.  This message is sent when svc_sendreply is called.
 * Therefore pure service implementations should always call
 * svc_sendreply even if the function logically returns void;  use
 * xdr.h - xdr_void for the xdr routine.  HOWEVER, tcp based rpc allows
 * for the abuse of pure rpc via batched calling or pipelining.  In the
 * case of a batched call, svc_sendreply should NOT be called since
 * this would send a return message, which is what batching tries to avoid.
 * It is the service/protocol writer's responsibility to know which calls are
 * batched and which are not.  Warning: responding to batch calls may
 * deadlock the caller and server processes!
 */

extern bool_t	svc_sendreply(SVCXPRT *, xdrproc_t, caddr_t);
extern void	svcerr_decode(SVCXPRT *);
extern void	svcerr_weakauth(SVCXPRT *);
extern void	svcerr_noproc(SVCXPRT *);
extern void	svcerr_progvers(SVCXPRT *, rpcvers_t, rpcvers_t);
extern void	svcerr_auth(SVCXPRT *, enum auth_stat);
extern void	svcerr_noprog(SVCXPRT *);
extern void	svcerr_systemerr(SVCXPRT *);

/*
 * Lowest level dispatching -OR- who owns this process anyway.
 * Somebody has to wait for incoming requests and then call the correct
 * service routine.  The routine svc_run does infinite waiting; i.e.,
 * svc_run never returns.
 * Since another (co-existant) package may wish to selectively wait for
 * incoming calls or other events outside of the rpc architecture, the
 * routine svc_getreq is provided.  It must be passed readfds, the
 * "in-place" results of a select system call (see select, section 2).
 */

/*
 * Global keeper of rpc service descriptors in use
 * dynamic; must be inspected before each call to select
 */
extern int svc_maxfd;
#ifdef FD_SETSIZE
extern fd_set svc_fdset;
/* RENAMED */
#define gssrpc_svc_fds gsssrpc_svc_fdset.fds_bits[0]	/* compatibility */
#else
extern int svc_fds;
#endif /* def FD_SETSIZE */
extern int svc_maxfd;

/*
 * a small program implemented by the svc_rpc implementation itself;
 * also see clnt.h for protocol numbers.
 */
extern void rpctest_service();

extern void	svc_getreq(int);
#ifdef FD_SETSIZE
extern void	svc_getreqset(fd_set *);/* takes fdset instead of int */
extern void	svc_getreqset2(fd_set *, int);
#else
extern void	svc_getreqset(int *);
#endif
extern void	svc_run(void); 	 /* never returns */

/*
 * Socket to use on svcxxx_create call to get default socket
 */
#define	RPC_ANYSOCK	-1

/*
 * These are the existing service side transport implementations
 */

/*
 * Memory based rpc for testing and timing.
 */
extern SVCXPRT *svcraw_create(void);

/*
 * Udp based rpc.
 */
extern SVCXPRT *svcudp_create(int);
extern SVCXPRT *svcudp_bufcreate(int, u_int, u_int);
extern int svcudp_enablecache(SVCXPRT *, uint32_t);

/*
 * Tcp based rpc.
 */
extern SVCXPRT *svctcp_create(int, u_int, u_int);

/*
 * Like svtcp_create(), except the routine takes any *open* UNIX file
 * descriptor as its first input.
 */
extern SVCXPRT *svcfd_create(int, u_int, u_int);

/* XXX add auth_gsapi_log_*? */

GSSRPC__END_DECLS

#endif /* !defined(GSSRPC_SVC_H) */
/* @(#)pmap_rmt.h	2.1 88/07/29 4.0 RPCSRC; from 1.2 88/02/08 SMI */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle America, Inc.
 *
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *
 *     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *
 *     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *       the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *       distribution.
 *
 *     * Neither the name of the "Oracle America, Inc." nor the names of
 *       its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
 *       derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
 * IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
 * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 * HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
 * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
 * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
 * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
 * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

/*
 * Structures and XDR routines for parameters to and replies from
 * the portmapper remote-call-service.
 */

#ifndef GSSRPC_PMAP_RMT_H
#define GSSRPC_PMAP_RMT_H
GSSRPC__BEGIN_DECLS

struct rmtcallargs {
	rpcprog_t prog;
	rpcvers_t vers;
	rpcproc_t proc;
	uint32_t arglen;
	caddr_t args_ptr;
	xdrproc_t xdr_args;
};

bool_t xdr_rmtcall_args(XDR *, struct rmtcallargs *);

struct rmtcallres {
	rpcport_t *port_ptr;
	uint32_t resultslen;
	caddr_t results_ptr;
	xdrproc_t xdr_results;
};

bool_t xdr_rmtcallres(XDR *, struct rmtcallres *);

GSSRPC__END_DECLS
#endif /* !defined(GSSRPC_PMAP_RMT_H) */
/* include/gssrpc/auth_gssapi.h - GSS-API style auth parameters for RPC */
/*
 * Copyright 1993 OpenVision Technologies, Inc., All Rights Reserved.
 */

#ifndef GSSRPC_AUTH_GSSAPI_H
#define GSSRPC_AUTH_GSSAPI_H

GSSRPC__BEGIN_DECLS

#define AUTH_GSSAPI_EXIT		0
#define AUTH_GSSAPI_INIT 		1
#define AUTH_GSSAPI_CONTINUE_INIT 	2
#define AUTH_GSSAPI_MSG 		3
#define AUTH_GSSAPI_DESTROY 		4

/*
 * Yuck.  Some sys/types.h files leak symbols
 */
#ifdef major
#undef major
#endif
#ifdef minor
#undef minor
#endif

typedef struct _auth_gssapi_name {
     char *name;
     gss_OID type;
} auth_gssapi_name;

typedef struct _auth_gssapi_creds {
     uint32_t version;
     bool_t auth_msg;
     gss_buffer_desc client_handle;
} auth_gssapi_creds;

typedef struct _auth_gssapi_init_arg {
     uint32_t version;
     gss_buffer_desc token;
} auth_gssapi_init_arg;

typedef struct _auth_gssapi_init_res {
     uint32_t version;
     gss_buffer_desc client_handle;
     OM_uint32 gss_major, gss_minor;
     gss_buffer_desc token;
     gss_buffer_desc signed_isn;
} auth_gssapi_init_res;

typedef void (*auth_gssapi_log_badauth_func)
     (OM_uint32 major,
		OM_uint32 minor,
		struct sockaddr_in *raddr,
		caddr_t data);

/* auth_gssapi_log_badauth_func is IPv4-specific; this version gives the
 * transport handle so the fd can be used to get the address. */
typedef void (*auth_gssapi_log_badauth2_func)
     (OM_uint32 major,
		OM_uint32 minor,
		SVCXPRT *xprt,
		caddr_t data);

typedef void (*auth_gssapi_log_badverf_func)
     (gss_name_t client,
		gss_name_t server,
		struct svc_req *rqst,
		struct rpc_msg *msg,
		caddr_t data);

typedef void (*auth_gssapi_log_miscerr_func)
     (struct svc_req *rqst,
		struct rpc_msg *msg,
		char *error,
		caddr_t data);

bool_t xdr_gss_buf(XDR *, gss_buffer_t);
bool_t xdr_authgssapi_creds(XDR *, auth_gssapi_creds *);
bool_t xdr_authgssapi_init_arg(XDR *, auth_gssapi_init_arg *);
bool_t xdr_authgssapi_init_res(XDR *, auth_gssapi_init_res *);

bool_t auth_gssapi_wrap_data
(OM_uint32 *major, OM_uint32 *minor,
	   gss_ctx_id_t context, uint32_t seq_num, XDR
	   *out_xdrs, bool_t (*xdr_func)(), caddr_t
	   xdr_ptr);
bool_t auth_gssapi_unwrap_data
(OM_uint32 *major, OM_uint32 *minor,
	   gss_ctx_id_t context, uint32_t seq_num, XDR
	   *in_xdrs, bool_t (*xdr_func)(), caddr_t
	   xdr_ptr);

AUTH *auth_gssapi_create
(CLIENT *clnt,
	   OM_uint32 *major_status,
	   OM_uint32 *minor_status,
	   gss_cred_id_t claimant_cred_handle,
	   gss_name_t target_name,
	   gss_OID mech_type,
	   OM_uint32 req_flags,
	   OM_uint32 time_req,
	   gss_OID *actual_mech_type,
	   OM_uint32 *ret_flags,
	   OM_uint32 *time_rec);

AUTH *auth_gssapi_create_default
(CLIENT *clnt, char *service_name);

void auth_gssapi_display_status
(char *msg, OM_uint32 major,
	   OM_uint32 minor);

bool_t auth_gssapi_seal_seq
(gss_ctx_id_t context, uint32_t seq_num, gss_buffer_t out_buf);

bool_t auth_gssapi_unseal_seq
(gss_ctx_id_t context, gss_buffer_t in_buf, uint32_t *seq_num);

bool_t svcauth_gssapi_set_names
(auth_gssapi_name *names, int num);
void svcauth_gssapi_unset_names
(void);

void svcauth_gssapi_set_log_badauth_func
(auth_gssapi_log_badauth_func func,
	   caddr_t data);
void svcauth_gssapi_set_log_badauth2_func
(auth_gssapi_log_badauth2_func func,
	   caddr_t data);
void svcauth_gssapi_set_log_badverf_func
(auth_gssapi_log_badverf_func func,
	   caddr_t data);
void svcauth_gssapi_set_log_miscerr_func
(auth_gssapi_log_miscerr_func func,
	   caddr_t data);

void svcauth_gss_set_log_badauth_func(auth_gssapi_log_badauth_func,
				      caddr_t);
void svcauth_gss_set_log_badauth2_func(auth_gssapi_log_badauth2_func,
				       caddr_t);
void svcauth_gss_set_log_badverf_func(auth_gssapi_log_badverf_func,
				      caddr_t);
void svcauth_gss_set_log_miscerr_func(auth_gssapi_log_miscerr_func,
				      caddr_t data);

#define GSS_COPY_BUFFER(dest, src) { \
     (dest).length = (src).length; \
     (dest).value = (src).value; }

#define GSS_DUP_BUFFER(dest, src) { \
     (dest).length = (src).length; \
     (dest).value = (void *) malloc((dest).length); \
     memcpy((dest).value, (src).value, (dest).length); }

#define GSS_BUFFERS_EQUAL(b1, b2) (((b1).length == (b2).length) && \
				   !memcmp((b1).value,(b2).value,(b1.length)))


GSSRPC__END_DECLS

#endif /* !defined(GSSRPC_AUTH_GSSAPI_H) */
/* @(#)auth.h	2.3 88/08/07 4.0 RPCSRC; from 1.17 88/02/08 SMI */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle America, Inc.
 *
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *
 *     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *
 *     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *       the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *       distribution.
 *
 *     * Neither the name of the "Oracle America, Inc." nor the names of
 *       its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
 *       derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
 * IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
 * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 * HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
 * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
 * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
 * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
 * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

/*
 * auth.h, Authentication interface.
 *
 * The data structures are completely opaque to the client.  The client
 * is required to pass a AUTH * to routines that create rpc
 * "sessions".
 */
#ifndef GSSRPC_AUTH_H
#define GSSRPC_AUTH_H

#include <gssrpc/xdr.h>

GSSRPC__BEGIN_DECLS

#define MAX_AUTH_BYTES	400
#define MAXNETNAMELEN	255	/* maximum length of network user's name */

/*
 * Status returned from authentication check
 */
enum auth_stat {
	AUTH_OK=0,
	/*
	 * failed at remote end
	 */
	AUTH_BADCRED=1,			/* bogus credentials (seal broken) */
	AUTH_REJECTEDCRED=2,		/* client should begin new session */
	AUTH_BADVERF=3,			/* bogus verifier (seal broken) */
	AUTH_REJECTEDVERF=4,		/* verifier expired or was replayed */
	AUTH_TOOWEAK=5,			/* rejected due to security reasons */
	/*
	 * failed locally
	*/
	AUTH_INVALIDRESP=6,		/* bogus response verifier */
	AUTH_FAILED=7,			/* some unknown reason */
	/*
	 * RPCSEC_GSS errors
	 */
	RPCSEC_GSS_CREDPROBLEM = 13,
	RPCSEC_GSS_CTXPROBLEM = 14
};

union des_block {
	char c[8];
};
typedef union des_block des_block;
extern bool_t	xdr_des_block(XDR *, des_block *);

/*
 * Authentication info.  Opaque to client.
 */
struct opaque_auth {
	enum_t	oa_flavor;		/* flavor of auth */
	caddr_t	oa_base;		/* address of more auth stuff */
	u_int	oa_length;		/* not to exceed MAX_AUTH_BYTES */
};


/*
 * Auth handle, interface to client side authenticators.
 */
struct rpc_msg;

typedef struct AUTH {
	struct	opaque_auth	ah_cred;
	struct	opaque_auth	ah_verf;
	union	des_block	ah_key;
	struct auth_ops {
		void	(*ah_nextverf)(struct AUTH *);
	        /* nextverf & serialize */
		int	(*ah_marshal)(struct AUTH *, XDR *);
	        /* validate varifier */
		int	(*ah_validate)(struct AUTH *,
				       struct opaque_auth *);
	        /* refresh credentials */
		int	(*ah_refresh)(struct AUTH *, struct rpc_msg *);
	        /* destroy this structure */
		void	(*ah_destroy)(struct AUTH *);
		/* encode data for wire */
		int     (*ah_wrap)(struct AUTH *, XDR *,
				   xdrproc_t, caddr_t);
	        /* decode data from wire */
  	        int	(*ah_unwrap)(struct AUTH *, XDR *,
				     xdrproc_t, caddr_t);
	} *ah_ops;
	void *ah_private;
} AUTH;


/*
 * Authentication ops.
 * The ops and the auth handle provide the interface to the authenticators.
 *
 * AUTH	*auth;
 * XDR	*xdrs;
 * struct opaque_auth verf;
 */
#define AUTH_NEXTVERF(auth)		\
		((*((auth)->ah_ops->ah_nextverf))(auth))
#define auth_nextverf(auth)		\
		((*((auth)->ah_ops->ah_nextverf))(auth))

#define AUTH_MARSHALL(auth, xdrs)	\
		((*((auth)->ah_ops->ah_marshal))(auth, xdrs))
#define auth_marshall(auth, xdrs)	\
		((*((auth)->ah_ops->ah_marshal))(auth, xdrs))

#define AUTH_VALIDATE(auth, verfp)	\
		((*((auth)->ah_ops->ah_validate))((auth), verfp))
#define auth_validate(auth, verfp)	\
		((*((auth)->ah_ops->ah_validate))((auth), verfp))

#define AUTH_REFRESH(auth, msg)		\
		((*((auth)->ah_ops->ah_refresh))(auth, msg))
#define auth_refresh(auth, msg)		\
		((*((auth)->ah_ops->ah_refresh))(auth, msg))

#define AUTH_WRAP(auth, xdrs, xfunc, xwhere)		\
		((*((auth)->ah_ops->ah_wrap))(auth, xdrs, \
					      xfunc, xwhere))
#define auth_wrap(auth, xdrs, xfunc, xwhere)		\
		((*((auth)->ah_ops->ah_wrap))(auth, xdrs, \
					      xfunc, xwhere))
#define AUTH_UNWRAP(auth, xdrs, xfunc, xwhere)		\
		((*((auth)->ah_ops->ah_unwrap))(auth, xdrs, \
					      xfunc, xwhere))
#define auth_unwrap(auth, xdrs, xfunc, xwhere)		\
		((*((auth)->ah_ops->ah_unwrap))(auth, xdrs, \
					      xfunc, xwhere))

#define AUTH_DESTROY(auth)		\
		((*((auth)->ah_ops->ah_destroy))(auth))
#define auth_destroy(auth)		\
		((*((auth)->ah_ops->ah_destroy))(auth))


#ifdef GSSRPC__IMPL
/* RENAMED: should be _null_auth if we can use reserved namespace. */
extern struct opaque_auth gssrpc__null_auth;
#endif

/*
 * These are the various implementations of client side authenticators.
 */

/*
 * Unix style authentication
 * AUTH *authunix_create(machname, uid, gid, len, aup_gids)
 *	char *machname;
 *	int uid;
 *	int gid;
 *	int len;
 *	int *aup_gids;
 */
extern AUTH *authunix_create(char *machname, int uid, int gid, int len,
			     int *aup_gids);
extern AUTH *authunix_create_default(void);	/* takes no parameters */
extern AUTH *authnone_create(void);		/* takes no parameters */
extern AUTH *authdes_create();
extern bool_t xdr_opaque_auth(XDR *, struct opaque_auth *);

#define AUTH_NONE	0		/* no authentication */
#define	AUTH_NULL	0		/* backward compatibility */
#define	AUTH_UNIX	1		/* unix style (uid, gids) */
#define	AUTH_SHORT	2		/* short hand unix style */
#define AUTH_DES	3		/* des style (encrypted timestamps) */
#define AUTH_GSSAPI	300001		/* GSS-API style */
#define RPCSEC_GSS	6		/* RPCSEC_GSS */

GSSRPC__END_DECLS

#endif /* !defined(GSSRPC_AUTH_H) */
/* @(#)rpc_msg.h	2.1 88/07/29 4.0 RPCSRC */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle America, Inc.
 *
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *
 *     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *
 *     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *       the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *       distribution.
 *
 *     * Neither the name of the "Oracle America, Inc." nor the names of
 *       its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
 *       derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
 * IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
 * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 * HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
 * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
 * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
 * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
 * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
/*      @(#)rpc_msg.h 1.7 86/07/16 SMI      */

/*
 * rpc_msg.h
 * rpc message definition
 */

#ifndef GSSRPC_RPC_MSG_H
#define GSSRPC_RPC_MSG_H

GSSRPC__BEGIN_DECLS

#define RPC_MSG_VERSION		((uint32_t) 2)
#define RPC_SERVICE_PORT	((u_short) 2048)

/*
 * Bottom up definition of an rpc message.
 * NOTE: call and reply use the same overall stuct but
 * different parts of unions within it.
 */

enum msg_type {
	CALL=0,
	REPLY=1
};

enum reply_stat {
	MSG_ACCEPTED=0,
	MSG_DENIED=1
};

enum accept_stat {
	SUCCESS=0,
	PROG_UNAVAIL=1,
	PROG_MISMATCH=2,
	PROC_UNAVAIL=3,
	GARBAGE_ARGS=4,
	SYSTEM_ERR=5
};

enum reject_stat {
	RPC_MISMATCH=0,
	AUTH_ERROR=1
};

/*
 * Reply part of an rpc exchange
 */

/*
 * Reply to an rpc request that was accepted by the server.
 * Note: there could be an error even though the request was
 * accepted.
 */
struct accepted_reply {
	struct opaque_auth	ar_verf;
	enum accept_stat	ar_stat;
	union {
		struct {
			rpcvers_t	low;
			rpcvers_t	high;
		} AR_versions;
		struct {
			caddr_t	where;
			xdrproc_t proc;
		} AR_results;
		/* and many other null cases */
	} ru;
#define	ar_results	ru.AR_results
#define	ar_vers		ru.AR_versions
};

/*
 * Reply to an rpc request that was rejected by the server.
 */
struct rejected_reply {
	enum reject_stat rj_stat;
	union {
		struct {
			rpcvers_t low;
			rpcvers_t high;
		} RJ_versions;
		enum auth_stat RJ_why;  /* why authentication did not work */
	} ru;
#define	rj_vers	ru.RJ_versions
#define	rj_why	ru.RJ_why
};

/*
 * Body of a reply to an rpc request.
 */
struct reply_body {
	enum reply_stat rp_stat;
	union {
		struct accepted_reply RP_ar;
		struct rejected_reply RP_dr;
	} ru;
#define	rp_acpt	ru.RP_ar
#define	rp_rjct	ru.RP_dr
};

/*
 * Body of an rpc request call.
 */
struct call_body {
	rpcvers_t cb_rpcvers;	/* must be equal to two */
	rpcprog_t cb_prog;
	rpcvers_t cb_vers;
	rpcproc_t cb_proc;
	struct opaque_auth cb_cred;
	struct opaque_auth cb_verf; /* protocol specific - provided by client */
};

/*
 * The rpc message
 */
struct rpc_msg {
	uint32_t		rm_xid;
	enum msg_type		rm_direction;
	union {
		struct call_body RM_cmb;
		struct reply_body RM_rmb;
	} ru;
#define	rm_call		ru.RM_cmb
#define	rm_reply	ru.RM_rmb
};
#define	acpted_rply	ru.RM_rmb.ru.RP_ar
#define	rjcted_rply	ru.RM_rmb.ru.RP_dr


/*
 * XDR routine to handle a rpc message.
 * xdr_callmsg(xdrs, cmsg)
 * 	XDR *xdrs;
 * 	struct rpc_msg *cmsg;
 */
extern bool_t	xdr_callmsg(XDR *, struct rpc_msg *);

/*
 * XDR routine to pre-serialize the static part of a rpc message.
 * xdr_callhdr(xdrs, cmsg)
 * 	XDR *xdrs;
 * 	struct rpc_msg *cmsg;
 */
extern bool_t	xdr_callhdr(XDR *, struct rpc_msg *);

/*
 * XDR routine to handle a rpc reply.
 * xdr_replymsg(xdrs, rmsg)
 * 	XDR *xdrs;
 * 	struct rpc_msg *rmsg;
 */
extern bool_t	xdr_replymsg(XDR *, struct rpc_msg *);

/*
 * Fills in the error part of a reply message.
 * _seterr_reply(msg, error)
 * 	struct rpc_msg *msg;
 * 	struct rpc_err *error;
 */
/*
 * RENAMED: should be _seterr_reply or __seterr_reply if we can use
 * reserved namespace.
 */
extern void	gssrpc__seterr_reply(struct rpc_msg *, struct rpc_err *);

/* XDR the MSG_ACCEPTED part of a reply message union */
extern bool_t	xdr_accepted_reply(XDR *, struct accepted_reply *);

/* XDR the MSG_DENIED part of a reply message union */
extern bool_t	xdr_rejected_reply(XDR *, struct rejected_reply *);
GSSRPC__END_DECLS

#endif /* !defined(GSSRPC_RPC_MSG_H) */
/* include/gssrpc/netdb.h */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle America, Inc.
 *
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *
 *     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *
 *     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *       the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *       distribution.
 *
 *     * Neither the name of the "Oracle America, Inc." nor the names of
 *       its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
 *       derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
 * IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
 * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 * HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
 * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
 * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
 * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
 * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

/* @(#)netdb.h	2.1 88/07/29 3.9 RPCSRC */
/*	@(#)rpc.h 1.8 87/07/24 SMI	*/

#ifndef RPC_NETDB_H
#define RPC_NETDB_H

#include <gssrpc/types.h>
/* since the gssrpc library requires that any application using it be
built with these header files, I am making the decision that any app
which uses the rpcent routines must use this header file, or something
compatible (which most <netdb.h> are) --marc */

/* Really belongs in <netdb.h> */
#ifdef STRUCT_RPCENT_IN_RPC_NETDB_H
struct rpcent {
      char    *r_name;        /* name of server for this rpc program */
      char    **r_aliases;    /* alias list */
      int     r_number;       /* rpc program number */
};
#endif /*STRUCT_RPCENT_IN_RPC_NETDB_H*/

struct rpcent *getrpcbyname(), *getrpcbynumber(), *getrpcent();

#endif
/* @(#)pmap_prot.h	2.1 88/07/29 4.0 RPCSRC; from 1.14 88/02/08 SMI */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle America, Inc.
 *
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *
 *     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *
 *     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *       the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *       distribution.
 *
 *     * Neither the name of the "Oracle America, Inc." nor the names of
 *       its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
 *       derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
 * IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
 * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 * HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
 * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
 * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
 * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
 * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

/*
 * pmap_prot.h
 * Protocol for the local binder service, or pmap.
 *
 * The following procedures are supported by the protocol:
 *
 * PMAPPROC_NULL() returns ()
 * 	takes nothing, returns nothing
 *
 * PMAPPROC_SET(struct pmap) returns (bool_t)
 * 	TRUE is success, FALSE is failure.  Registers the tuple
 *	[prog, vers, prot, port].
 *
 * PMAPPROC_UNSET(struct pmap) returns (bool_t)
 *	TRUE is success, FALSE is failure.  Un-registers pair
 *	[prog, vers].  prot and port are ignored.
 *
 * PMAPPROC_GETPORT(struct pmap) returns (u_short).
 *	0 is failure.  Otherwise returns the port number where the pair
 *	[prog, vers] is registered.  It may lie!
 *
 * PMAPPROC_DUMP() RETURNS (struct pmaplist *)
 *
 * PMAPPROC_CALLIT(rpcprog_t, rpcvers_t, rpcproc_t, string<>)
 * 	RETURNS (port, string<>);
 * usage: encapsulatedresults = PMAPPROC_CALLIT(prog, vers, proc, encapsulatedargs);
 * 	Calls the procedure on the local machine.  If it is not registered,
 *	this procedure is quite; ie it does not return error information!!!
 *	This procedure only is supported on rpc/udp and calls via
 *	rpc/udp.  This routine only passes null authentication parameters.
 *	This file has no interface to xdr routines for PMAPPROC_CALLIT.
 *
 * The service supports remote procedure calls on udp/ip or tcp/ip socket 111.
 */

#ifndef GSSRPC_PMAP_PROT_H
#define GSSRPC_PMAP_PROT_H
GSSRPC__BEGIN_DECLS

#define PMAPPORT		((u_short)111)
#define PMAPPROG		((rpcprog_t)100000)
#define PMAPVERS		((rpcvers_t)2)
#define PMAPVERS_PROTO		((rpcprot_t)2)
#define PMAPVERS_ORIG		((rpcvers_t)1)
#define PMAPPROC_NULL		((rpcproc_t)0)
#define PMAPPROC_SET		((rpcproc_t)1)
#define PMAPPROC_UNSET		((rpcproc_t)2)
#define PMAPPROC_GETPORT	((rpcproc_t)3)
#define PMAPPROC_DUMP		((rpcproc_t)4)
#define PMAPPROC_CALLIT		((rpcproc_t)5)

struct pmap {
	rpcprog_t pm_prog;
	rpcvers_t pm_vers;
	rpcprot_t pm_prot;
	rpcport_t pm_port;
};

extern bool_t xdr_pmap(XDR *, struct pmap *);

struct pmaplist {
	struct pmap	pml_map;
	struct pmaplist *pml_next;
};

extern bool_t xdr_pmaplist(XDR *, struct pmaplist **);

GSSRPC__END_DECLS
#endif /* !defined(GSSRPC_PMAP_PROT_H) */
/* @(#)rpc.h	2.3 88/08/10 4.0 RPCSRC; from 1.9 88/02/08 SMI */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle America, Inc.
 *
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *
 *     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *
 *     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *       the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *       distribution.
 *
 *     * Neither the name of the "Oracle America, Inc." nor the names of
 *       its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
 *       derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
 * IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
 * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 * HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
 * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
 * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
 * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
 * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

/*
 * rpc.h, Just includes the billions of rpc header files necessary to
 * do remote procedure calling.
 */
#ifndef GSSRPC_RPC_H
#define GSSRPC_RPC_H

#include <gssrpc/types.h>		/* some typedefs */
#include <netinet/in.h>

/* external data representation interfaces */
#include <gssrpc/xdr.h>		/* generic (de)serializer */

/* Client side only authentication */
#include <gssrpc/auth.h>		/* generic authenticator (client side) */

/* Client side (mostly) remote procedure call */
#include <gssrpc/clnt.h>		/* generic rpc stuff */

/* semi-private protocol headers */
#include <gssrpc/rpc_msg.h>	/* protocol for rpc messages */
#include <gssrpc/auth_unix.h>	/* protocol for unix style cred */
#include <gssrpc/auth_gss.h>	/* RPCSEC_GSS */

/* Server side only remote procedure callee */
#include <gssrpc/svc_auth.h>	/* service side authenticator */
#include <gssrpc/svc.h>		/* service manager and multiplexer */

/*
 * get the local host's IP address without consulting
 * name service library functions
 */
GSSRPC__BEGIN_DECLS
extern int get_myaddress(struct sockaddr_in *);
extern int bindresvport(int, struct sockaddr_in *);
extern int bindresvport_sa(int, struct sockaddr *);
extern int callrpc(char *, rpcprog_t, rpcvers_t, rpcproc_t, xdrproc_t,
		   char *, xdrproc_t , char *);
extern int getrpcport(char *, rpcprog_t, rpcvers_t, rpcprot_t);
extern int gssrpc__rpc_dtablesize(void);
GSSRPC__END_DECLS

#endif /* !defined(GSSRPC_RPC_H) */
/* @(#)svc_auth.h	2.1 88/07/29 4.0 RPCSRC */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle America, Inc.
 *
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *
 *     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *
 *     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *       the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *       distribution.
 *
 *     * Neither the name of the "Oracle America, Inc." nor the names of
 *       its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
 *       derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
 * IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
 * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
 * HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
 * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
 * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
 * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
 * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
/*      @(#)svc_auth.h 1.6 86/07/16 SMI      */

/*
 * svc_auth.h, Service side of rpc authentication.
 */

/*
 * Interface to server-side authentication flavors.
 */

#ifndef GSSRPC_SVC_AUTH_H
#define GSSRPC_SVC_AUTH_H

#include <gssapi/gssapi.h>

GSSRPC__BEGIN_DECLS

struct svc_req;

typedef struct SVCAUTH {
	struct svc_auth_ops {
		int	(*svc_ah_wrap)(struct SVCAUTH *, XDR *, xdrproc_t,
				       caddr_t);
		int	(*svc_ah_unwrap)(struct SVCAUTH *, XDR *, xdrproc_t,
					 caddr_t);
		int	(*svc_ah_destroy)(struct SVCAUTH *);
	} *svc_ah_ops;
	void * svc_ah_private;
} SVCAUTH;

#ifdef GSSRPC__IMPL

extern SVCAUTH svc_auth_none;

extern struct svc_auth_ops svc_auth_none_ops;
extern struct svc_auth_ops svc_auth_gssapi_ops;
extern struct svc_auth_ops svc_auth_gss_ops;

/*
 * Server side authenticator
 */
/* RENAMED: should be _authenticate. */
extern enum auth_stat gssrpc__authenticate(struct svc_req *rqst,
	struct rpc_msg *msg, bool_t *no_dispatch);

#define SVCAUTH_WRAP(auth, xdrs, xfunc, xwhere) \
     ((*((auth)->svc_ah_ops->svc_ah_wrap))(auth, xdrs, xfunc, xwhere))
#define SVCAUTH_UNWRAP(auth, xdrs, xfunc, xwhere) \
     ((*((auth)->svc_ah_ops->svc_ah_unwrap))(auth, xdrs, xfunc, xwhere))
#define SVCAUTH_DESTROY(auth) \
     ((*((auth)->svc_ah_ops->svc_ah_destroy))(auth))

/* no authentication */
/* RENAMED: should be _svcauth_none. */
enum auth_stat gssrpc__svcauth_none(struct svc_req *,
	struct rpc_msg *, bool_t *);
/* unix style (uid, gids) */
/* RENAMED: shoudl be _svcauth_unix. */
enum auth_stat gssrpc__svcauth_unix(struct svc_req *,
	struct rpc_msg *, bool_t *);
/* short hand unix style */
/* RENAMED: should be _svcauth_short. */
enum auth_stat gssrpc__svcauth_short(struct svc_req *,
	struct rpc_msg *, bool_t *);
/* GSS-API style */
/* RENAMED: should be _svcauth_gssapi. */
enum auth_stat gssrpc__svcauth_gssapi(struct svc_req *,
	struct rpc_msg *, bool_t *);
/* RPCSEC_GSS */
enum auth_stat gssrpc__svcauth_gss(struct svc_req *,
	struct rpc_msg *, bool_t *);

#endif /* defined(GSSRPC__IMPL) */

/*
 * Approved way of getting principal of caller
 */
char *svcauth_gss_get_principal(SVCAUTH *auth);
/*
 * Approved way of setting server principal
 */
bool_t svcauth_gss_set_svc_name(gss_name_t name);

GSSRPC__END_DECLS

#endif /* !defined(GSSRPC_SVC_AUTH_H) */
/* include/gssrpc/auth_gss.h */
/*
  Copyright (c) 2000 The Regents of the University of Michigan.
  All rights reserved.

  Copyright (c) 2000 Dug Song <dugsong@UMICH.EDU>.
  All rights reserved, all wrongs reversed.

  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
  are met:

  1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
  2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
     documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
  3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its
     contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
     from this software without specific prior written permission.

  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
  WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
  MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
  DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
  FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
  CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
  SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
  BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
  NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
  SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

  Id: auth_gss.h,v 1.13 2002/05/08 16:54:33 andros Exp
*/

#ifndef GSSRPC_AUTH_GSS_H
#define GSSRPC_AUTH_GSS_H

#include <gssrpc/rpc.h>
#include <gssrpc/clnt.h>
#ifdef HAVE_HEIMDAL
#include <gssapi.h>
#else
#include <gssapi/gssapi.h>
#endif

GSSRPC__BEGIN_DECLS

/* RPCSEC_GSS control procedures. */
typedef enum {
	RPCSEC_GSS_DATA = 0,
	RPCSEC_GSS_INIT = 1,
	RPCSEC_GSS_CONTINUE_INIT = 2,
	RPCSEC_GSS_DESTROY = 3
} rpc_gss_proc_t;

/* RPCSEC_GSS services. */
typedef enum {
	RPCSEC_GSS_SVC_NONE = 1,
	RPCSEC_GSS_SVC_INTEGRITY = 2,
	RPCSEC_GSS_SVC_PRIVACY = 3
} rpc_gss_svc_t;

#define RPCSEC_GSS_VERSION	1

/* RPCSEC_GSS security triple. */
struct rpc_gss_sec {
	gss_OID		mech;		/* mechanism */
	gss_qop_t	qop;		/* quality of protection */
	rpc_gss_svc_t	svc;		/* service */
	gss_cred_id_t   cred;		/* cred handle */
	uint32_t	req_flags;	/* req flags for init_sec_context */
};

/* Private data required for kernel implementation */
struct authgss_private_data {
	gss_ctx_id_t	pd_ctx;		/* Session context handle */
	gss_buffer_desc	pd_ctx_hndl;	/* Credentials context handle */
	uint32_t	pd_seq_win;	/* Sequence window */
};

/* Krb 5 default mechanism
#define KRB5OID  "1.2.840.113554.1.2.2"

gss_OID_desc krb5oid = {
	20, KRB5OID
};
 */

/*
struct rpc_gss_sec krb5mech = {
	(gss_OID)&krb5oid,
	GSS_QOP_DEFAULT,
	RPCSEC_GSS_SVC_NONE
};
*/

/* Credentials. */
struct rpc_gss_cred {
	u_int		gc_v;		/* version */
	rpc_gss_proc_t	gc_proc;	/* control procedure */
	uint32_t	gc_seq;		/* sequence number */
	rpc_gss_svc_t	gc_svc;		/* service */
	gss_buffer_desc	gc_ctx;		/* context handle */
};

/* Context creation response. */
struct rpc_gss_init_res {
	gss_buffer_desc		gr_ctx;		/* context handle */
	uint32_t		gr_major;	/* major status */
	uint32_t		gr_minor;	/* minor status */
	uint32_t		gr_win;		/* sequence window */
	gss_buffer_desc		gr_token;	/* token */
};

/* Maximum sequence number value. */
#define MAXSEQ		0x80000000

/* Prototypes. */
bool_t	xdr_rpc_gss_buf		(XDR *xdrs, gss_buffer_t, u_int maxsize);
bool_t	xdr_rpc_gss_cred	(XDR *xdrs, struct rpc_gss_cred *p);
bool_t	xdr_rpc_gss_init_args	(XDR *xdrs, gss_buffer_desc *p);
bool_t	xdr_rpc_gss_init_res	(XDR *xdrs, struct rpc_gss_init_res *p);
bool_t	xdr_rpc_gss_data	(XDR *xdrs, xdrproc_t xdr_func,
				 caddr_t xdr_ptr, gss_ctx_id_t ctx,
				 gss_qop_t qop, rpc_gss_svc_t svc,
				 uint32_t seq);
bool_t	xdr_rpc_gss_wrap_data	(XDR *xdrs, xdrproc_t xdr_func, caddr_t
				 xdr_ptr, gss_ctx_id_t ctx, gss_qop_t qop,
				 rpc_gss_svc_t svc, uint32_t seq);
bool_t	xdr_rpc_gss_unwrap_data	(XDR *xdrs, xdrproc_t xdr_func, caddr_t
				 xdr_ptr, gss_ctx_id_t ctx, gss_qop_t qop,
				 rpc_gss_svc_t svc, uint32_t seq);

AUTH   *authgss_create		(CLIENT *, gss_name_t, struct rpc_gss_sec *);
AUTH   *authgss_create_default	(CLIENT *, char *, struct rpc_gss_sec *);
bool_t authgss_service		(AUTH *auth, int svc);
bool_t authgss_get_private_data (AUTH *auth, struct authgss_private_data *);

#ifdef GSSRPC__IMPL
void	log_debug		(const char *fmt, ...);
void	log_status		(char *m, OM_uint32 major, OM_uint32 minor);
void	log_hexdump		(const u_char *buf, int len, int offset);
#endif

GSSRPC__END_DECLS
#endif /* !defined(GSSRPC_AUTH_GSS_H) */
/* Copyright (C) 2004-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _MQUEUE_H
#define _MQUEUE_H	1

#include <features.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <bits/types/sigevent_t.h>
#include <bits/types/struct_timespec.h>
/* Get the definition of mqd_t and struct mq_attr.  */
#include <bits/mqueue.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Establish connection between a process and a message queue NAME and
   return message queue descriptor or (mqd_t) -1 on error.  OFLAG determines
   the type of access used.  If O_CREAT is on OFLAG, the third argument is
   taken as a `mode_t', the mode of the created message queue, and the fourth
   argument is taken as `struct mq_attr *', pointer to message queue
   attributes.  If the fourth argument is NULL, default attributes are
   used.  */
extern mqd_t mq_open (const char *__name, int __oflag, ...)
  __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Removes the association between message queue descriptor MQDES and its
   message queue.  */
extern int mq_close (mqd_t __mqdes) __THROW;

/* Query status and attributes of message queue MQDES.  */
extern int mq_getattr (mqd_t __mqdes, struct mq_attr *__mqstat)
  __THROW __nonnull ((2));

/* Set attributes associated with message queue MQDES and if OMQSTAT is
   not NULL also query its old attributes.  */
extern int mq_setattr (mqd_t __mqdes,
		       const struct mq_attr *__restrict __mqstat,
		       struct mq_attr *__restrict __omqstat)
  __THROW __nonnull ((2));

/* Remove message queue named NAME.  */
extern int mq_unlink (const char *__name) __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Register notification issued upon message arrival to an empty
   message queue MQDES.  */
extern int mq_notify (mqd_t __mqdes, const struct sigevent *__notification)
     __THROW;

/* Receive the oldest from highest priority messages in message queue
   MQDES.  */
extern ssize_t mq_receive (mqd_t __mqdes, char *__msg_ptr, size_t __msg_len,
			   unsigned int *__msg_prio) __nonnull ((2));

/* Add message pointed by MSG_PTR to message queue MQDES.  */
extern int mq_send (mqd_t __mqdes, const char *__msg_ptr, size_t __msg_len,
		    unsigned int __msg_prio) __nonnull ((2));

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
/* Receive the oldest from highest priority messages in message queue
   MQDES, stop waiting if ABS_TIMEOUT expires.  */
extern ssize_t mq_timedreceive (mqd_t __mqdes, char *__restrict __msg_ptr,
				size_t __msg_len,
				unsigned int *__restrict __msg_prio,
				const struct timespec *__restrict __abs_timeout)
  __nonnull ((2, 5));

/* Add message pointed by MSG_PTR to message queue MQDES, stop blocking
   on full message queue if ABS_TIMEOUT expires.  */
extern int mq_timedsend (mqd_t __mqdes, const char *__msg_ptr,
			 size_t __msg_len, unsigned int __msg_prio,
			 const struct timespec *__abs_timeout)
  __nonnull ((2, 5));
#endif

/* Define some inlines helping to catch common problems.  */
#if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 0 && defined __fortify_function \
    && defined __va_arg_pack_len
# include <bits/mqueue2.h>
#endif

__END_DECLS

#endif /* mqueue.h */
/* $OpenLDAP$ */
/* This work is part of OpenLDAP Software <http://www.openldap.org/>.
 * 
 * Copyright 1998-2018 The OpenLDAP Foundation.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted only as authorized by the OpenLDAP
 * Public License.
 *
 * A copy of this license is available in file LICENSE in the
 * top-level directory of the distribution or, alternatively, at
 * <http://www.OpenLDAP.org/license.html>.
 */
/* Portions Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
 * provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given
 * to the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor. The name of the University
 * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
 * software without specific prior written permission. This software
 * is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
 */

#ifndef _LDAP_H
#define _LDAP_H

/* pull in lber */
#include <lber.h>

/* include version and API feature defines */
#include <ldap_features.h>

LDAP_BEGIN_DECL

#define LDAP_VERSION1	1
#define LDAP_VERSION2	2
#define LDAP_VERSION3	3

#define LDAP_VERSION_MIN	LDAP_VERSION2
#define	LDAP_VERSION		LDAP_VERSION2
#define LDAP_VERSION_MAX	LDAP_VERSION3

/*
 * We use 3000+n here because it is above 1823 (for RFC 1823),
 * above 2000+rev of IETF LDAPEXT draft (now quite dated),
 * yet below allocations for new RFCs (just in case there is
 * someday an RFC produced).
 */
#define LDAP_API_VERSION	3001
#define LDAP_VENDOR_NAME	"OpenLDAP"

/* OpenLDAP API Features */
#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_OPENLDAP LDAP_VENDOR_VERSION

#if defined( LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_OPENLDAP_REENTRANT ) || \
	( defined( LDAP_THREAD_SAFE ) && \
		defined( LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_OPENLDAP_THREAD_SAFE ) )
	/* -lldap may or may not be thread safe */
	/* -lldap_r, if available, is always thread safe */
#	define	LDAP_API_FEATURE_THREAD_SAFE 		1
#	define  LDAP_API_FEATURE_SESSION_THREAD_SAFE	1
#	define  LDAP_API_FEATURE_OPERATION_THREAD_SAFE	1
#endif
#if defined( LDAP_THREAD_SAFE ) && \
	defined( LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_OPENLDAP_THREAD_SAFE )
/* #define LDAP_API_FEATURE_SESSION_SAFE	1	*/
/* #define LDAP_API_OPERATION_SESSION_SAFE	1	*/
#endif


#define LDAP_PORT		389		/* ldap:///		default LDAP port */
#define LDAPS_PORT		636		/* ldaps:///	default LDAP over TLS port */

#define LDAP_ROOT_DSE				""
#define LDAP_NO_ATTRS				"1.1"
#define LDAP_ALL_USER_ATTRIBUTES	"*"
#define LDAP_ALL_OPERATIONAL_ATTRIBUTES	"+" /* RFC 3673 */

/* RFC 4511:  maxInt INTEGER ::= 2147483647 -- (2^^31 - 1) -- */
#define LDAP_MAXINT (2147483647)

/*
 * LDAP_OPTions
 *	0x0000 - 0x0fff reserved for api options
 *	0x1000 - 0x3fff reserved for api extended options
 *	0x4000 - 0x7fff reserved for private and experimental options
 */

#define LDAP_OPT_API_INFO			0x0000
#define LDAP_OPT_DESC				0x0001 /* historic */
#define LDAP_OPT_DEREF				0x0002
#define LDAP_OPT_SIZELIMIT			0x0003
#define LDAP_OPT_TIMELIMIT			0x0004
/* 0x05 - 0x07 not defined */
#define LDAP_OPT_REFERRALS			0x0008
#define LDAP_OPT_RESTART			0x0009
/* 0x0a - 0x10 not defined */
#define LDAP_OPT_PROTOCOL_VERSION		0x0011
#define LDAP_OPT_SERVER_CONTROLS		0x0012
#define LDAP_OPT_CLIENT_CONTROLS		0x0013
/* 0x14 not defined */
#define LDAP_OPT_API_FEATURE_INFO		0x0015
/* 0x16 - 0x2f not defined */
#define LDAP_OPT_HOST_NAME			0x0030
#define LDAP_OPT_RESULT_CODE			0x0031
#define LDAP_OPT_ERROR_NUMBER			LDAP_OPT_RESULT_CODE
#define LDAP_OPT_DIAGNOSTIC_MESSAGE		0x0032
#define LDAP_OPT_ERROR_STRING			LDAP_OPT_DIAGNOSTIC_MESSAGE
#define LDAP_OPT_MATCHED_DN			0x0033
/* 0x0034 - 0x3fff not defined */
/* 0x0091 used by Microsoft for LDAP_OPT_AUTO_RECONNECT */
#define LDAP_OPT_SSPI_FLAGS			0x0092
/* 0x0093 used by Microsoft for LDAP_OPT_SSL_INFO */
/* 0x0094 used by Microsoft for LDAP_OPT_REF_DEREF_CONN_PER_MSG */
#define LDAP_OPT_SIGN				0x0095
#define LDAP_OPT_ENCRYPT			0x0096
#define LDAP_OPT_SASL_METHOD			0x0097
/* 0x0098 used by Microsoft for LDAP_OPT_AREC_EXCLUSIVE */
#define LDAP_OPT_SECURITY_CONTEXT		0x0099
/* 0x009A used by Microsoft for LDAP_OPT_ROOTDSE_CACHE */
/* 0x009B - 0x3fff not defined */

/* API Extensions */
#define LDAP_OPT_API_EXTENSION_BASE 0x4000  /* API extensions */

/* private and experimental options */
/* OpenLDAP specific options */
#define LDAP_OPT_DEBUG_LEVEL		0x5001	/* debug level */
#define LDAP_OPT_TIMEOUT			0x5002	/* default timeout */
#define LDAP_OPT_REFHOPLIMIT		0x5003	/* ref hop limit */
#define LDAP_OPT_NETWORK_TIMEOUT	0x5005	/* socket level timeout */
#define LDAP_OPT_URI				0x5006
#define LDAP_OPT_REFERRAL_URLS      0x5007  /* Referral URLs */
#define LDAP_OPT_SOCKBUF            0x5008  /* sockbuf */
#define LDAP_OPT_DEFBASE		0x5009	/* searchbase */
#define	LDAP_OPT_CONNECT_ASYNC		0x5010	/* create connections asynchronously */
#define	LDAP_OPT_CONNECT_CB			0x5011	/* connection callbacks */
#define	LDAP_OPT_SESSION_REFCNT		0x5012	/* session reference count */

/* OpenLDAP TLS options */
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS				0x6000
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_CTX			0x6001	/* OpenSSL CTX* */
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_CACERTFILE	0x6002
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_CACERTDIR	0x6003
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_CERTFILE		0x6004
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_KEYFILE		0x6005
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_REQUIRE_CERT	0x6006
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_PROTOCOL_MIN	0x6007
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_CIPHER_SUITE	0x6008
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_RANDOM_FILE	0x6009
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_SSL_CTX		0x600a	/* OpenSSL SSL* */
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_CRLCHECK		0x600b
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_CONNECT_CB	0x600c
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_CONNECT_ARG	0x600d
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_DHFILE		0x600e
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_NEWCTX		0x600f
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_CRLFILE		0x6010	/* GNUtls only */
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_PACKAGE		0x6011
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_ECNAME		0x6012
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_PEERCERT		0x6015	/* read-only */
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_REQUIRE_SAN	0x601a

#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_NEVER	0
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_HARD		1
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_DEMAND	2
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_ALLOW	3
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_TRY		4

#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_CRL_NONE	0
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_CRL_PEER	1
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_CRL_ALL	2

/* for LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_PROTOCOL_MIN */
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_PROTOCOL(maj,min)	(((maj) << 8) + (min))
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_PROTOCOL_SSL2		(2 << 8)
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_PROTOCOL_SSL3		(3 << 8)
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_PROTOCOL_TLS1_0		((3 << 8) + 1)
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_PROTOCOL_TLS1_1		((3 << 8) + 2)
#define LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_PROTOCOL_TLS1_2		((3 << 8) + 3)

#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_CBINDING_NONE		0
#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_CBINDING_TLS_UNIQUE	1
#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_CBINDING_TLS_ENDPOINT	2

/* OpenLDAP SASL options */
#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_MECH			0x6100
#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_REALM			0x6101
#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_AUTHCID			0x6102
#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_AUTHZID			0x6103
#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_SSF				0x6104 /* read-only */
#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_SSF_EXTERNAL	0x6105 /* write-only */
#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_SECPROPS		0x6106 /* write-only */
#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_SSF_MIN			0x6107
#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_SSF_MAX			0x6108
#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_MAXBUFSIZE		0x6109
#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_MECHLIST		0x610a /* read-only */
#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_NOCANON			0x610b
#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_USERNAME		0x610c /* read-only */
#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_GSS_CREDS		0x610d
#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_CBINDING		0x610e

/* OpenLDAP GSSAPI options */
#define LDAP_OPT_X_GSSAPI_DO_NOT_FREE_CONTEXT      0x6200
#define LDAP_OPT_X_GSSAPI_ALLOW_REMOTE_PRINCIPAL   0x6201

/*
 * OpenLDAP per connection tcp-keepalive settings
 * (Linux only, ignored where unsupported)
 */
#define LDAP_OPT_X_KEEPALIVE_IDLE		0x6300
#define LDAP_OPT_X_KEEPALIVE_PROBES		0x6301
#define LDAP_OPT_X_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL	0x6302

/* Private API Extensions -- reserved for application use */
#define LDAP_OPT_PRIVATE_EXTENSION_BASE 0x7000  /* Private API inclusive */

/*
 * ldap_get_option() and ldap_set_option() return values.
 * As later versions may return other values indicating
 * failure, current applications should only compare returned
 * value against LDAP_OPT_SUCCESS.
 */
#define LDAP_OPT_SUCCESS	0
#define	LDAP_OPT_ERROR		(-1)

/* option on/off values */
#define LDAP_OPT_ON		((void *) &ber_pvt_opt_on)
#define LDAP_OPT_OFF	((void *) 0)

typedef struct ldapapiinfo {
	int		ldapai_info_version;		/* version of LDAPAPIInfo */
#define LDAP_API_INFO_VERSION	(1)
	int		ldapai_api_version;			/* revision of API supported */
	int		ldapai_protocol_version;	/* highest LDAP version supported */
	char	**ldapai_extensions;		/* names of API extensions */
	char	*ldapai_vendor_name;		/* name of supplier */
	int		ldapai_vendor_version;		/* supplier-specific version * 100 */
} LDAPAPIInfo;

typedef struct ldap_apifeature_info {
	int		ldapaif_info_version;		/* version of LDAPAPIFeatureInfo */
#define LDAP_FEATURE_INFO_VERSION (1)	/* apifeature_info struct version */
	char*	ldapaif_name;				/* LDAP_API_FEATURE_* (less prefix) */
	int		ldapaif_version;			/* value of LDAP_API_FEATURE_... */
} LDAPAPIFeatureInfo;

/*
 * LDAP Control structure
 */
typedef struct ldapcontrol {
	char *			ldctl_oid;			/* numericoid of control */
	struct berval	ldctl_value;		/* encoded value of control */
	char			ldctl_iscritical;	/* criticality */
} LDAPControl;

/* LDAP Controls */
/*	standard track controls */
#define LDAP_CONTROL_MANAGEDSAIT	"2.16.840.1.113730.3.4.2"  /* RFC 3296 */
#define LDAP_CONTROL_PROXY_AUTHZ	"2.16.840.1.113730.3.4.18" /* RFC 4370 */
#define LDAP_CONTROL_SUBENTRIES		"1.3.6.1.4.1.4203.1.10.1"  /* RFC 3672 */

#define LDAP_CONTROL_VALUESRETURNFILTER "1.2.826.0.1.3344810.2.3"/* RFC 3876 */

#define LDAP_CONTROL_ASSERT				"1.3.6.1.1.12"			/* RFC 4528 */
#define LDAP_CONTROL_PRE_READ			"1.3.6.1.1.13.1"		/* RFC 4527 */
#define LDAP_CONTROL_POST_READ			"1.3.6.1.1.13.2"		/* RFC 4527 */

#define LDAP_CONTROL_SORTREQUEST    "1.2.840.113556.1.4.473" /* RFC 2891 */
#define LDAP_CONTROL_SORTRESPONSE	"1.2.840.113556.1.4.474" /* RFC 2891 */

/*	non-standard track controls */
#define LDAP_CONTROL_PAGEDRESULTS	"1.2.840.113556.1.4.319"   /* RFC 2696 */

/* LDAP Content Synchronization Operation -- RFC 4533 */
#define LDAP_SYNC_OID			"1.3.6.1.4.1.4203.1.9.1"
#define LDAP_CONTROL_SYNC		LDAP_SYNC_OID ".1"
#define LDAP_CONTROL_SYNC_STATE	LDAP_SYNC_OID ".2"
#define LDAP_CONTROL_SYNC_DONE	LDAP_SYNC_OID ".3"
#define LDAP_SYNC_INFO			LDAP_SYNC_OID ".4"

#define LDAP_SYNC_NONE					0x00
#define LDAP_SYNC_REFRESH_ONLY			0x01
#define LDAP_SYNC_RESERVED				0x02
#define LDAP_SYNC_REFRESH_AND_PERSIST	0x03

#define LDAP_SYNC_REFRESH_PRESENTS		0
#define LDAP_SYNC_REFRESH_DELETES		1

#define LDAP_TAG_SYNC_NEW_COOKIE		((ber_tag_t) 0x80U)
#define LDAP_TAG_SYNC_REFRESH_DELETE	((ber_tag_t) 0xa1U)
#define LDAP_TAG_SYNC_REFRESH_PRESENT	((ber_tag_t) 0xa2U)
#define	LDAP_TAG_SYNC_ID_SET			((ber_tag_t) 0xa3U)

#define LDAP_TAG_SYNC_COOKIE			((ber_tag_t) 0x04U)
#define LDAP_TAG_REFRESHDELETES			((ber_tag_t) 0x01U)
#define LDAP_TAG_REFRESHDONE			((ber_tag_t) 0x01U)
#define LDAP_TAG_RELOAD_HINT			((ber_tag_t) 0x01U)

#define LDAP_SYNC_PRESENT				0
#define LDAP_SYNC_ADD					1
#define LDAP_SYNC_MODIFY				2
#define LDAP_SYNC_DELETE				3
#define LDAP_SYNC_NEW_COOKIE			4

/* LDAP Don't Use Copy Control (RFC 6171) */
#define LDAP_CONTROL_DONTUSECOPY		"1.3.6.1.1.22"

/* Password policy Controls *//* work in progress */
/* ITS#3458: released; disabled by default */
#define LDAP_CONTROL_PASSWORDPOLICYREQUEST	"1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.5.1"
#define LDAP_CONTROL_PASSWORDPOLICYRESPONSE	"1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.5.1"

/* various works in progress */
#define LDAP_CONTROL_NOOP				"1.3.6.1.4.1.4203.666.5.2"
#define LDAP_CONTROL_NO_SUBORDINATES	"1.3.6.1.4.1.4203.666.5.11"
#define LDAP_CONTROL_RELAX				"1.3.6.1.4.1.4203.666.5.12"
#define LDAP_CONTROL_MANAGEDIT			LDAP_CONTROL_RELAX
#define LDAP_CONTROL_SLURP				"1.3.6.1.4.1.4203.666.5.13"
#define LDAP_CONTROL_VALSORT			"1.3.6.1.4.1.4203.666.5.14"
#define	LDAP_CONTROL_X_DEREF			"1.3.6.1.4.1.4203.666.5.16"
#define	LDAP_CONTROL_X_WHATFAILED		"1.3.6.1.4.1.4203.666.5.17"

/* LDAP Chaining Behavior Control *//* work in progress */
/* <draft-sermersheim-ldap-chaining>;
 * see also LDAP_NO_REFERRALS_FOUND, LDAP_CANNOT_CHAIN */
#define LDAP_CONTROL_X_CHAINING_BEHAVIOR	"1.3.6.1.4.1.4203.666.11.3"

#define	LDAP_CHAINING_PREFERRED				0
#define	LDAP_CHAINING_REQUIRED				1
#define LDAP_REFERRALS_PREFERRED			2
#define LDAP_REFERRALS_REQUIRED				3

/* MS Active Directory controls (for compatibility) */
#define LDAP_CONTROL_X_INCREMENTAL_VALUES	"1.2.840.113556.1.4.802"
#define LDAP_CONTROL_X_DOMAIN_SCOPE			"1.2.840.113556.1.4.1339"
#define LDAP_CONTROL_X_PERMISSIVE_MODIFY	"1.2.840.113556.1.4.1413"
#define LDAP_CONTROL_X_SEARCH_OPTIONS		"1.2.840.113556.1.4.1340"
#define LDAP_SEARCH_FLAG_DOMAIN_SCOPE 1 /* do not generate referrals */
#define LDAP_SEARCH_FLAG_PHANTOM_ROOT 2 /* search all subordinate NCs */
#define LDAP_CONTROL_X_TREE_DELETE		"1.2.840.113556.1.4.805"

/* MS Active Directory controls - not implemented in slapd(8) */
#define LDAP_CONTROL_X_EXTENDED_DN		"1.2.840.113556.1.4.529"

/* <draft-wahl-ldap-session> */
#define LDAP_CONTROL_X_SESSION_TRACKING		"1.3.6.1.4.1.21008.108.63.1"
#define LDAP_CONTROL_X_SESSION_TRACKING_RADIUS_ACCT_SESSION_ID \
						LDAP_CONTROL_X_SESSION_TRACKING ".1"
#define LDAP_CONTROL_X_SESSION_TRACKING_RADIUS_ACCT_MULTI_SESSION_ID \
						LDAP_CONTROL_X_SESSION_TRACKING ".2"
#define LDAP_CONTROL_X_SESSION_TRACKING_USERNAME \
						LDAP_CONTROL_X_SESSION_TRACKING ".3"
/* various expired works */

/* LDAP Duplicated Entry Control Extension *//* not implemented in slapd(8) */
#define LDAP_CONTROL_DUPENT_REQUEST		"2.16.840.1.113719.1.27.101.1"
#define LDAP_CONTROL_DUPENT_RESPONSE	"2.16.840.1.113719.1.27.101.2"
#define LDAP_CONTROL_DUPENT_ENTRY		"2.16.840.1.113719.1.27.101.3"
#define LDAP_CONTROL_DUPENT	LDAP_CONTROL_DUPENT_REQUEST

/* LDAP Persistent Search Control *//* not implemented in slapd(8) */
#define LDAP_CONTROL_PERSIST_REQUEST				"2.16.840.1.113730.3.4.3"
#define LDAP_CONTROL_PERSIST_ENTRY_CHANGE_NOTICE	"2.16.840.1.113730.3.4.7"
#define LDAP_CONTROL_PERSIST_ENTRY_CHANGE_ADD		0x1
#define LDAP_CONTROL_PERSIST_ENTRY_CHANGE_DELETE	0x2
#define LDAP_CONTROL_PERSIST_ENTRY_CHANGE_MODIFY	0x4
#define LDAP_CONTROL_PERSIST_ENTRY_CHANGE_RENAME	0x8

/* LDAP VLV */
#define LDAP_CONTROL_VLVREQUEST    	"2.16.840.1.113730.3.4.9"
#define LDAP_CONTROL_VLVRESPONSE    "2.16.840.1.113730.3.4.10"

/* LDAP Unsolicited Notifications */
#define	LDAP_NOTICE_OF_DISCONNECTION	"1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.20036" /* RFC 4511 */
#define LDAP_NOTICE_DISCONNECT LDAP_NOTICE_OF_DISCONNECTION

/* LDAP Extended Operations */
#define LDAP_EXOP_START_TLS		"1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.20037"	/* RFC 4511 */

#define LDAP_EXOP_MODIFY_PASSWD	"1.3.6.1.4.1.4203.1.11.1"	/* RFC 3062 */
#define LDAP_TAG_EXOP_MODIFY_PASSWD_ID	((ber_tag_t) 0x80U)
#define LDAP_TAG_EXOP_MODIFY_PASSWD_OLD	((ber_tag_t) 0x81U)
#define LDAP_TAG_EXOP_MODIFY_PASSWD_NEW	((ber_tag_t) 0x82U)
#define LDAP_TAG_EXOP_MODIFY_PASSWD_GEN	((ber_tag_t) 0x80U)

#define LDAP_EXOP_CANCEL		"1.3.6.1.1.8"					/* RFC 3909 */
#define LDAP_EXOP_X_CANCEL		LDAP_EXOP_CANCEL

#define	LDAP_EXOP_REFRESH		"1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.101.119.1"	/* RFC 2589 */
#define	LDAP_TAG_EXOP_REFRESH_REQ_DN	((ber_tag_t) 0x80U)
#define	LDAP_TAG_EXOP_REFRESH_REQ_TTL	((ber_tag_t) 0x81U)
#define	LDAP_TAG_EXOP_REFRESH_RES_TTL	((ber_tag_t) 0x81U)

#define LDAP_EXOP_WHO_AM_I		"1.3.6.1.4.1.4203.1.11.3"		/* RFC 4532 */
#define LDAP_EXOP_X_WHO_AM_I	LDAP_EXOP_WHO_AM_I

/* various works in progress */
#define LDAP_EXOP_TURN		"1.3.6.1.1.19"				/* RFC 4531 */
#define LDAP_EXOP_X_TURN	LDAP_EXOP_TURN

/* LDAP Distributed Procedures <draft-sermersheim-ldap-distproc> */
/* a work in progress */
#define LDAP_X_DISTPROC_BASE		"1.3.6.1.4.1.4203.666.11.6"
#define LDAP_EXOP_X_CHAINEDREQUEST	LDAP_X_DISTPROC_BASE ".1"
#define LDAP_FEATURE_X_CANCHAINOPS	LDAP_X_DISTPROC_BASE ".2"
#define LDAP_CONTROL_X_RETURNCONTREF	LDAP_X_DISTPROC_BASE ".3"
#define LDAP_URLEXT_X_LOCALREFOID	LDAP_X_DISTPROC_BASE ".4"
#define LDAP_URLEXT_X_REFTYPEOID	LDAP_X_DISTPROC_BASE ".5"
#define LDAP_URLEXT_X_SEARCHEDSUBTREEOID \
					LDAP_X_DISTPROC_BASE ".6"
#define LDAP_URLEXT_X_FAILEDNAMEOID	LDAP_X_DISTPROC_BASE ".7"
#define LDAP_URLEXT_X_LOCALREF		"x-localReference"
#define LDAP_URLEXT_X_REFTYPE		"x-referenceType"
#define LDAP_URLEXT_X_SEARCHEDSUBTREE	"x-searchedSubtree"
#define LDAP_URLEXT_X_FAILEDNAME	"x-failedName"

#ifdef LDAP_DEVEL
#define LDAP_X_TXN						"1.3.6.1.4.1.4203.666.11.7" /* tmp */
#define LDAP_EXOP_X_TXN_START			LDAP_X_TXN ".1"
#define LDAP_CONTROL_X_TXN_SPEC			LDAP_X_TXN ".2"
#define LDAP_EXOP_X_TXN_END				LDAP_X_TXN ".3"
#define LDAP_EXOP_X_TXN_ABORTED_NOTICE	LDAP_X_TXN ".4"
#endif

/* LDAP Features */
#define LDAP_FEATURE_ALL_OP_ATTRS	"1.3.6.1.4.1.4203.1.5.1"	/* RFC 3673 */
#define LDAP_FEATURE_OBJECTCLASS_ATTRS \
	"1.3.6.1.4.1.4203.1.5.2" /*  @objectClass - new number to be assigned */
#define LDAP_FEATURE_ABSOLUTE_FILTERS "1.3.6.1.4.1.4203.1.5.3"  /* (&) (|) */
#define LDAP_FEATURE_LANGUAGE_TAG_OPTIONS "1.3.6.1.4.1.4203.1.5.4"
#define LDAP_FEATURE_LANGUAGE_RANGE_OPTIONS "1.3.6.1.4.1.4203.1.5.5"
#define LDAP_FEATURE_MODIFY_INCREMENT "1.3.6.1.1.14"

/* LDAP Experimental (works in progress) Features */
#define LDAP_FEATURE_SUBORDINATE_SCOPE \
	"1.3.6.1.4.1.4203.666.8.1" /* "children" */
#define LDAP_FEATURE_CHILDREN_SCOPE LDAP_FEATURE_SUBORDINATE_SCOPE

/*
 * specific LDAP instantiations of BER types we know about
 */

/* Overview of LBER tag construction
 *
 *	Bits
 *	______
 *	8 7 | CLASS
 *	0 0 = UNIVERSAL
 *	0 1 = APPLICATION
 *	1 0 = CONTEXT-SPECIFIC
 *	1 1 = PRIVATE
 *		_____
 *		| 6 | DATA-TYPE
 *		  0 = PRIMITIVE
 *		  1 = CONSTRUCTED
 *			___________
 *			| 5 ... 1 | TAG-NUMBER
 */

/* general stuff */
#define LDAP_TAG_MESSAGE	((ber_tag_t) 0x30U)	/* constructed + 16 */
#define LDAP_TAG_MSGID		((ber_tag_t) 0x02U)	/* integer */

#define LDAP_TAG_LDAPDN		((ber_tag_t) 0x04U)	/* octet string */
#define LDAP_TAG_LDAPCRED	((ber_tag_t) 0x04U)	/* octet string */

#define LDAP_TAG_CONTROLS	((ber_tag_t) 0xa0U)	/* context specific + constructed + 0 */
#define LDAP_TAG_REFERRAL	((ber_tag_t) 0xa3U)	/* context specific + constructed + 3 */

#define LDAP_TAG_NEWSUPERIOR	((ber_tag_t) 0x80U)	/* context-specific + primitive + 0 */

#define LDAP_TAG_EXOP_REQ_OID   ((ber_tag_t) 0x80U)	/* context specific + primitive */
#define LDAP_TAG_EXOP_REQ_VALUE ((ber_tag_t) 0x81U)	/* context specific + primitive */
#define LDAP_TAG_EXOP_RES_OID   ((ber_tag_t) 0x8aU)	/* context specific + primitive */
#define LDAP_TAG_EXOP_RES_VALUE ((ber_tag_t) 0x8bU)	/* context specific + primitive */

#define LDAP_TAG_IM_RES_OID   ((ber_tag_t) 0x80U)	/* context specific + primitive */
#define LDAP_TAG_IM_RES_VALUE ((ber_tag_t) 0x81U)	/* context specific + primitive */

#define LDAP_TAG_SASL_RES_CREDS	((ber_tag_t) 0x87U)	/* context specific + primitive */

/* LDAP Request Messages */
#define LDAP_REQ_BIND		((ber_tag_t) 0x60U)	/* application + constructed */
#define LDAP_REQ_UNBIND		((ber_tag_t) 0x42U)	/* application + primitive   */
#define LDAP_REQ_SEARCH		((ber_tag_t) 0x63U)	/* application + constructed */
#define LDAP_REQ_MODIFY		((ber_tag_t) 0x66U)	/* application + constructed */
#define LDAP_REQ_ADD		((ber_tag_t) 0x68U)	/* application + constructed */
#define LDAP_REQ_DELETE		((ber_tag_t) 0x4aU)	/* application + primitive   */
#define LDAP_REQ_MODDN		((ber_tag_t) 0x6cU)	/* application + constructed */
#define LDAP_REQ_MODRDN		LDAP_REQ_MODDN
#define LDAP_REQ_RENAME		LDAP_REQ_MODDN
#define LDAP_REQ_COMPARE	((ber_tag_t) 0x6eU)	/* application + constructed */
#define LDAP_REQ_ABANDON	((ber_tag_t) 0x50U)	/* application + primitive   */
#define LDAP_REQ_EXTENDED	((ber_tag_t) 0x77U)	/* application + constructed */

/* LDAP Response Messages */
#define LDAP_RES_BIND		((ber_tag_t) 0x61U)	/* application + constructed */
#define LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY	((ber_tag_t) 0x64U)	/* application + constructed */
#define LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE	((ber_tag_t) 0x73U)	/* V3: application + constructed */
#define LDAP_RES_SEARCH_RESULT	((ber_tag_t) 0x65U)	/* application + constructed */
#define LDAP_RES_MODIFY		((ber_tag_t) 0x67U)	/* application + constructed */
#define LDAP_RES_ADD		((ber_tag_t) 0x69U)	/* application + constructed */
#define LDAP_RES_DELETE		((ber_tag_t) 0x6bU)	/* application + constructed */
#define LDAP_RES_MODDN		((ber_tag_t) 0x6dU)	/* application + constructed */
#define LDAP_RES_MODRDN		LDAP_RES_MODDN	/* application + constructed */
#define LDAP_RES_RENAME		LDAP_RES_MODDN	/* application + constructed */
#define LDAP_RES_COMPARE	((ber_tag_t) 0x6fU)	/* application + constructed */
#define LDAP_RES_EXTENDED	((ber_tag_t) 0x78U)	/* V3: application + constructed */
#define LDAP_RES_INTERMEDIATE	((ber_tag_t) 0x79U) /* V3+: application + constructed */

#define LDAP_RES_ANY			(-1)
#define LDAP_RES_UNSOLICITED	(0)


/* sasl methods */
#define LDAP_SASL_SIMPLE	((char*)0)
#define LDAP_SASL_NULL		("")


/* authentication methods available */
#define LDAP_AUTH_NONE   ((ber_tag_t) 0x00U) /* no authentication */
#define LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE ((ber_tag_t) 0x80U) /* context specific + primitive */
#define LDAP_AUTH_SASL   ((ber_tag_t) 0xa3U) /* context specific + constructed */
#define LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4  ((ber_tag_t) 0xffU) /* means do both of the following */
#define LDAP_AUTH_KRBV41 ((ber_tag_t) 0x81U) /* context specific + primitive */
#define LDAP_AUTH_KRBV42 ((ber_tag_t) 0x82U) /* context specific + primitive */

/* used by the Windows API but not used on the wire */
#define LDAP_AUTH_NEGOTIATE ((ber_tag_t) 0x04FFU)

/* filter types */
#define LDAP_FILTER_AND	((ber_tag_t) 0xa0U)	/* context specific + constructed */
#define LDAP_FILTER_OR	((ber_tag_t) 0xa1U)	/* context specific + constructed */
#define LDAP_FILTER_NOT	((ber_tag_t) 0xa2U)	/* context specific + constructed */
#define LDAP_FILTER_EQUALITY ((ber_tag_t) 0xa3U) /* context specific + constructed */
#define LDAP_FILTER_SUBSTRINGS ((ber_tag_t) 0xa4U) /* context specific + constructed */
#define LDAP_FILTER_GE ((ber_tag_t) 0xa5U) /* context specific + constructed */
#define LDAP_FILTER_LE ((ber_tag_t) 0xa6U) /* context specific + constructed */
#define LDAP_FILTER_PRESENT ((ber_tag_t) 0x87U) /* context specific + primitive   */
#define LDAP_FILTER_APPROX ((ber_tag_t) 0xa8U)	/* context specific + constructed */
#define LDAP_FILTER_EXT	((ber_tag_t) 0xa9U)	/* context specific + constructed */

/* extended filter component types */
#define LDAP_FILTER_EXT_OID		((ber_tag_t) 0x81U)	/* context specific */
#define LDAP_FILTER_EXT_TYPE	((ber_tag_t) 0x82U)	/* context specific */
#define LDAP_FILTER_EXT_VALUE	((ber_tag_t) 0x83U)	/* context specific */
#define LDAP_FILTER_EXT_DNATTRS	((ber_tag_t) 0x84U)	/* context specific */

/* substring filter component types */
#define LDAP_SUBSTRING_INITIAL	((ber_tag_t) 0x80U)	/* context specific */
#define LDAP_SUBSTRING_ANY		((ber_tag_t) 0x81U)	/* context specific */
#define LDAP_SUBSTRING_FINAL	((ber_tag_t) 0x82U)	/* context specific */

/* search scopes */
#define LDAP_SCOPE_BASE			((ber_int_t) 0x0000)
#define LDAP_SCOPE_BASEOBJECT	LDAP_SCOPE_BASE
#define LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL		((ber_int_t) 0x0001)
#define LDAP_SCOPE_ONE			LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL
#define LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE		((ber_int_t) 0x0002)
#define LDAP_SCOPE_SUB			LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE
#define LDAP_SCOPE_SUBORDINATE	((ber_int_t) 0x0003) /* OpenLDAP extension */
#define LDAP_SCOPE_CHILDREN		LDAP_SCOPE_SUBORDINATE
#define LDAP_SCOPE_DEFAULT		((ber_int_t) -1)	 /* OpenLDAP extension */

/* substring filter component types */
#define LDAP_SUBSTRING_INITIAL	((ber_tag_t) 0x80U)	/* context specific */
#define LDAP_SUBSTRING_ANY		((ber_tag_t) 0x81U)	/* context specific */
#define LDAP_SUBSTRING_FINAL	((ber_tag_t) 0x82U)	/* context specific */

/*
 * LDAP Result Codes
 */
#define LDAP_SUCCESS				0x00

#define LDAP_RANGE(n,x,y)	(((x) <= (n)) && ((n) <= (y)))

#define LDAP_OPERATIONS_ERROR		0x01
#define LDAP_PROTOCOL_ERROR			0x02
#define LDAP_TIMELIMIT_EXCEEDED		0x03
#define LDAP_SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED		0x04
#define LDAP_COMPARE_FALSE			0x05
#define LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE			0x06
#define LDAP_AUTH_METHOD_NOT_SUPPORTED	0x07
#define LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_NOT_SUPPORTED	LDAP_AUTH_METHOD_NOT_SUPPORTED
#define LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_REQUIRED	0x08
#define LDAP_STRONGER_AUTH_REQUIRED	LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_REQUIRED
#define LDAP_PARTIAL_RESULTS		0x09	/* LDAPv2+ (not LDAPv3) */

#define	LDAP_REFERRAL				0x0a /* LDAPv3 */
#define LDAP_ADMINLIMIT_EXCEEDED	0x0b /* LDAPv3 */
#define	LDAP_UNAVAILABLE_CRITICAL_EXTENSION	0x0c /* LDAPv3 */
#define LDAP_CONFIDENTIALITY_REQUIRED	0x0d /* LDAPv3 */
#define	LDAP_SASL_BIND_IN_PROGRESS	0x0e /* LDAPv3 */

#define LDAP_ATTR_ERROR(n)	LDAP_RANGE((n),0x10,0x15) /* 16-21 */

#define LDAP_NO_SUCH_ATTRIBUTE		0x10
#define LDAP_UNDEFINED_TYPE			0x11
#define LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_MATCHING	0x12
#define LDAP_CONSTRAINT_VIOLATION	0x13
#define LDAP_TYPE_OR_VALUE_EXISTS	0x14
#define LDAP_INVALID_SYNTAX			0x15

#define LDAP_NAME_ERROR(n)	LDAP_RANGE((n),0x20,0x24) /* 32-34,36 */

#define LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT			0x20
#define LDAP_ALIAS_PROBLEM			0x21
#define LDAP_INVALID_DN_SYNTAX		0x22
#define LDAP_IS_LEAF				0x23 /* not LDAPv3 */
#define LDAP_ALIAS_DEREF_PROBLEM	0x24

#define LDAP_SECURITY_ERROR(n)	LDAP_RANGE((n),0x2F,0x32) /* 47-50 */

#define LDAP_X_PROXY_AUTHZ_FAILURE	0x2F /* LDAPv3 proxy authorization */
#define LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_AUTH		0x30
#define LDAP_INVALID_CREDENTIALS	0x31
#define LDAP_INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS	0x32

#define LDAP_SERVICE_ERROR(n)	LDAP_RANGE((n),0x33,0x36) /* 51-54 */

#define LDAP_BUSY					0x33
#define LDAP_UNAVAILABLE			0x34
#define LDAP_UNWILLING_TO_PERFORM	0x35
#define LDAP_LOOP_DETECT			0x36

#define LDAP_UPDATE_ERROR(n)	LDAP_RANGE((n),0x40,0x47) /* 64-69,71 */

#define LDAP_NAMING_VIOLATION		0x40
#define LDAP_OBJECT_CLASS_VIOLATION	0x41
#define LDAP_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_NONLEAF	0x42
#define LDAP_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_RDN		0x43
#define LDAP_ALREADY_EXISTS			0x44
#define LDAP_NO_OBJECT_CLASS_MODS	0x45
#define LDAP_RESULTS_TOO_LARGE		0x46 /* CLDAP */
#define LDAP_AFFECTS_MULTIPLE_DSAS	0x47

#define LDAP_VLV_ERROR				0x4C

#define LDAP_OTHER					0x50

/* LCUP operation codes (113-117) - not implemented */
#define LDAP_CUP_RESOURCES_EXHAUSTED	0x71
#define LDAP_CUP_SECURITY_VIOLATION		0x72
#define LDAP_CUP_INVALID_DATA			0x73
#define LDAP_CUP_UNSUPPORTED_SCHEME		0x74
#define LDAP_CUP_RELOAD_REQUIRED		0x75

/* Cancel operation codes (118-121) */
#define LDAP_CANCELLED				0x76
#define LDAP_NO_SUCH_OPERATION		0x77
#define LDAP_TOO_LATE				0x78
#define LDAP_CANNOT_CANCEL			0x79

/* Assertion control (122) */ 
#define LDAP_ASSERTION_FAILED		0x7A

/* Proxied Authorization Denied (123) */ 
#define LDAP_PROXIED_AUTHORIZATION_DENIED		0x7B

/* Experimental result codes */
#define LDAP_E_ERROR(n)	LDAP_RANGE((n),0x1000,0x3FFF)

/* LDAP Sync (4096) */
#define LDAP_SYNC_REFRESH_REQUIRED		0x1000


/* Private Use result codes */
#define LDAP_X_ERROR(n)	LDAP_RANGE((n),0x4000,0xFFFF)

#define LDAP_X_SYNC_REFRESH_REQUIRED	0x4100 /* defunct */
#define LDAP_X_ASSERTION_FAILED			0x410f /* defunct */

/* for the LDAP No-Op control */
#define LDAP_X_NO_OPERATION				0x410e

/* for the Chaining Behavior control (consecutive result codes requested;
 * see <draft-sermersheim-ldap-chaining> ) */
#ifdef LDAP_CONTROL_X_CHAINING_BEHAVIOR
#define	LDAP_X_NO_REFERRALS_FOUND		0x4110
#define LDAP_X_CANNOT_CHAIN			0x4111
#endif

/* for Distributed Procedures (see <draft-sermersheim-ldap-distproc>) */
#ifdef LDAP_X_DISTPROC_BASE
#define LDAP_X_INVALIDREFERENCE			0x4112
#endif

#ifdef LDAP_X_TXN
#define LDAP_X_TXN_SPECIFY_OKAY		0x4120
#define LDAP_X_TXN_ID_INVALID		0x4121
#endif

/* API Error Codes
 *
 * Based on draft-ietf-ldap-c-api-xx
 * but with new negative code values
 */
#define LDAP_API_ERROR(n)		((n)<0)
#define LDAP_API_RESULT(n)		((n)<=0)

#define LDAP_SERVER_DOWN				(-1)
#define LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR				(-2)
#define LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR				(-3)
#define LDAP_DECODING_ERROR				(-4)
#define LDAP_TIMEOUT					(-5)
#define LDAP_AUTH_UNKNOWN				(-6)
#define LDAP_FILTER_ERROR				(-7)
#define LDAP_USER_CANCELLED				(-8)
#define LDAP_PARAM_ERROR				(-9)
#define LDAP_NO_MEMORY					(-10)
#define LDAP_CONNECT_ERROR				(-11)
#define LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED				(-12)
#define LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND			(-13)
#define LDAP_NO_RESULTS_RETURNED		(-14)
#define LDAP_MORE_RESULTS_TO_RETURN		(-15)	/* Obsolete */
#define LDAP_CLIENT_LOOP				(-16)
#define LDAP_REFERRAL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED	(-17)
#define	LDAP_X_CONNECTING			(-18)


/*
 * This structure represents both ldap messages and ldap responses.
 * These are really the same, except in the case of search responses,
 * where a response has multiple messages.
 */

typedef struct ldapmsg LDAPMessage;

/* for modifications */
typedef struct ldapmod {
	int		mod_op;

#define LDAP_MOD_OP			(0x0007)
#define LDAP_MOD_ADD		(0x0000)
#define LDAP_MOD_DELETE		(0x0001)
#define LDAP_MOD_REPLACE	(0x0002)
#define LDAP_MOD_INCREMENT	(0x0003) /* OpenLDAP extension */
#define LDAP_MOD_BVALUES	(0x0080)
/* IMPORTANT: do not use code 0x1000 (or above),
 * it is used internally by the backends!
 * (see ldap/servers/slapd/slap.h)
 */

	char		*mod_type;
	union mod_vals_u {
		char		**modv_strvals;
		struct berval	**modv_bvals;
	} mod_vals;
#define mod_values	mod_vals.modv_strvals
#define mod_bvalues	mod_vals.modv_bvals
} LDAPMod;

/*
 * structure representing an ldap session which can
 * encompass connections to multiple servers (in the
 * face of referrals).
 */
typedef struct ldap LDAP;

#define LDAP_DEREF_NEVER		0x00
#define LDAP_DEREF_SEARCHING	0x01
#define LDAP_DEREF_FINDING		0x02
#define LDAP_DEREF_ALWAYS		0x03

#define LDAP_NO_LIMIT			0

/* how many messages to retrieve results for */
#define LDAP_MSG_ONE			0x00
#define LDAP_MSG_ALL			0x01
#define LDAP_MSG_RECEIVED		0x02

/*
 * types for ldap URL handling
 */
typedef struct ldap_url_desc {
	struct ldap_url_desc *lud_next;
	char	*lud_scheme;
	char	*lud_host;
	int		lud_port;
	char	*lud_dn;
	char	**lud_attrs;
	int		lud_scope;
	char	*lud_filter;
	char	**lud_exts;
	int		lud_crit_exts;
} LDAPURLDesc;

#define LDAP_URL_SUCCESS		0x00	/* Success */
#define LDAP_URL_ERR_MEM		0x01	/* can't allocate memory space */
#define LDAP_URL_ERR_PARAM		0x02	/* parameter is bad */

#define LDAP_URL_ERR_BADSCHEME	0x03	/* URL doesn't begin with "ldap[si]://" */
#define LDAP_URL_ERR_BADENCLOSURE 0x04	/* URL is missing trailing ">" */
#define LDAP_URL_ERR_BADURL		0x05	/* URL is bad */
#define LDAP_URL_ERR_BADHOST	0x06	/* host port is bad */
#define LDAP_URL_ERR_BADATTRS	0x07	/* bad (or missing) attributes */
#define LDAP_URL_ERR_BADSCOPE	0x08	/* scope string is invalid (or missing) */
#define LDAP_URL_ERR_BADFILTER	0x09	/* bad or missing filter */
#define LDAP_URL_ERR_BADEXTS	0x0a	/* bad or missing extensions */

/*
 * LDAP sync (RFC4533) API
 */

typedef struct ldap_sync_t ldap_sync_t;

typedef enum {
	/* these are private - the client should never see them */
	LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_NONE		= -1,

	LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_PHASE_FLAG	= 0x10U,
	LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_IDSET_FLAG	= 0x20U,
	LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_DONE_FLAG	= 0x40U,

	/* these are passed to ls_search_entry() */
	LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_PRESENT		= LDAP_SYNC_PRESENT,
	LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_ADD		= LDAP_SYNC_ADD,
	LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_MODIFY		= LDAP_SYNC_MODIFY,
	LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_DELETE		= LDAP_SYNC_DELETE,

	/* these are passed to ls_intermediate() */
	LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_PRESENTS		= ( LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_PHASE_FLAG | LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_PRESENT ),
	LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_DELETES		= ( LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_PHASE_FLAG | LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_DELETE ),

	LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_PRESENTS_IDSET	= ( LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_PRESENTS | LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_IDSET_FLAG ),
	LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_DELETES_IDSET	= ( LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_DELETES | LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_IDSET_FLAG ),

	LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_DONE		= ( LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_DONE_FLAG | LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_PRESENTS )
} ldap_sync_refresh_t;

/*
 * Called when an entry is returned by ldap_result().
 * If phase is LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_ADD or LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_MODIFY,
 * the entry has been either added or modified, and thus
 * the complete view of the entry should be in the LDAPMessage.
 * If phase is LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_PRESENT or LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_DELETE,
 * only the DN should be in the LDAPMessage.
 */
typedef int (*ldap_sync_search_entry_f) LDAP_P((
	ldap_sync_t			*ls,
	LDAPMessage			*msg,
	struct berval			*entryUUID,
	ldap_sync_refresh_t		phase ));

/*
 * Called when a reference is returned; the client should know 
 * what to do with it.
 */
typedef int (*ldap_sync_search_reference_f) LDAP_P((
	ldap_sync_t			*ls,
	LDAPMessage			*msg ));

/*
 * Called when specific intermediate/final messages are returned.
 * If phase is LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_PRESENTS or LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_DELETES,
 * a "presents" or "deletes" phase begins.
 * If phase is LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_DONE, a special "presents" phase
 * with refreshDone set to "TRUE" has been returned, to indicate
 * that the refresh phase of a refreshAndPersist is complete.
 * In the above cases, syncUUIDs is NULL.
 *
 * If phase is LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_PRESENTS_IDSET or 
 * LDAP_SYNC_CAPI_DELETES_IDSET, syncUUIDs is an array of UUIDs
 * that are either present or have been deleted.
 */
typedef int (*ldap_sync_intermediate_f) LDAP_P((
	ldap_sync_t			*ls,
	LDAPMessage			*msg,
	BerVarray			syncUUIDs,
	ldap_sync_refresh_t		phase ));

/*
 * Called when a searchResultDone is returned.  In refreshAndPersist,
 * this can only occur if the search for any reason is being terminated
 * by the server.
 */
typedef int (*ldap_sync_search_result_f) LDAP_P((
	ldap_sync_t			*ls,
	LDAPMessage			*msg,
	int				refreshDeletes ));

/*
 * This structure contains all information about the persistent search;
 * the caller is responsible for connecting, setting version, binding, tls...
 */
struct ldap_sync_t {
	/* conf search params */
	char				*ls_base;
	int				ls_scope;
	char				*ls_filter;
	char				**ls_attrs;
	int				ls_timelimit;
	int				ls_sizelimit;

	/* poll timeout */
	int				ls_timeout;

	/* helpers - add as appropriate */
	ldap_sync_search_entry_f	ls_search_entry;
	ldap_sync_search_reference_f	ls_search_reference;
	ldap_sync_intermediate_f	ls_intermediate;
	ldap_sync_search_result_f	ls_search_result;

	/* set by the caller as appropriate */
	void				*ls_private;

	/* conn stuff */
	LDAP				*ls_ld;

	/* --- the parameters below are private - do not modify --- */

	/* FIXME: make the structure opaque, and provide an interface
	 * to modify the public values? */

	/* result stuff */
	int				ls_msgid;

	/* sync stuff */
	/* needed by refreshOnly */
	int				ls_reloadHint;

	/* opaque - need to pass between sessions, updated by the API */
	struct berval			ls_cookie;

	/* state variable - do not modify */
	ldap_sync_refresh_t		ls_refreshPhase;
};

/*
 * End of LDAP sync (RFC4533) API
 */

/*
 * Connection callbacks...
 */
struct ldap_conncb;
struct sockaddr;

/* Called after a connection is established */
typedef int (ldap_conn_add_f) LDAP_P(( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb, LDAPURLDesc *srv, struct sockaddr *addr,
	struct ldap_conncb *ctx ));
/* Called before a connection is closed */
typedef void (ldap_conn_del_f) LDAP_P(( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb, struct ldap_conncb *ctx ));

/* Callbacks are pushed on a stack. Last one pushed is first one executed. The
 * delete callback is called with a NULL Sockbuf just before freeing the LDAP handle.
 */
typedef struct ldap_conncb {
	ldap_conn_add_f *lc_add;
	ldap_conn_del_f *lc_del;
	void *lc_arg;
} ldap_conncb;

/*
 * The API draft spec says we should declare (or cause to be declared)
 * 'struct timeval'.   We don't.  See IETF LDAPext discussions.
 */
struct timeval;

/*
 * in options.c:
 */
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_get_option LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	int option,
	void *outvalue));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_set_option LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	int option,
	LDAP_CONST void *invalue));

/* V3 REBIND Function Callback Prototype */
typedef int (LDAP_REBIND_PROC) LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld, LDAP_CONST char *url,
	ber_tag_t request, ber_int_t msgid,
	void *params ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_set_rebind_proc LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_REBIND_PROC *rebind_proc,
	void *params ));

/* V3 referral selection Function Callback Prototype */
typedef int (LDAP_NEXTREF_PROC) LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld, char ***refsp, int *cntp,
	void *params ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_set_nextref_proc LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_NEXTREF_PROC *nextref_proc,
	void *params ));

/* V3 URLLIST Function Callback Prototype */
typedef int (LDAP_URLLIST_PROC) LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld, 
	LDAPURLDesc **urllist,
	LDAPURLDesc **url,
	void *params ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_set_urllist_proc LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_URLLIST_PROC *urllist_proc,
	void *params ));

/*
 * in controls.c:
 */
#if LDAP_DEPRECATED	
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_create_control LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_control_create */
	LDAP_CONST char *requestOID,
	BerElement *ber,
	int iscritical,
	LDAPControl **ctrlp ));

LDAP_F( LDAPControl * )
ldap_find_control LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_control_find */
	LDAP_CONST char *oid,
	LDAPControl **ctrls ));
#endif

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_control_create LDAP_P((
	LDAP_CONST char *requestOID,
	int iscritical,
	struct berval *value,
	int dupval,
	LDAPControl **ctrlp ));

LDAP_F( LDAPControl * )
ldap_control_find LDAP_P((
	LDAP_CONST char *oid,
	LDAPControl **ctrls,
	LDAPControl ***nextctrlp ));

LDAP_F( void )
ldap_control_free LDAP_P((
	LDAPControl *ctrl ));

LDAP_F( void )
ldap_controls_free LDAP_P((
	LDAPControl **ctrls ));

LDAP_F( LDAPControl ** )
ldap_controls_dup LDAP_P((
	LDAPControl *LDAP_CONST *controls ));

LDAP_F( LDAPControl * )
ldap_control_dup LDAP_P((
	LDAP_CONST LDAPControl *c ));

/*
 * in dnssrv.c:
 */
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_domain2dn LDAP_P((
	LDAP_CONST char* domain,
	char** dn ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_dn2domain LDAP_P((
	LDAP_CONST char* dn,
	char** domain ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_domain2hostlist LDAP_P((
	LDAP_CONST char *domain,
	char** hostlist ));

/*
 * in extended.c:
 */
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_extended_operation LDAP_P((
	LDAP			*ld,
	LDAP_CONST char	*reqoid,
	struct berval	*reqdata,
	LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
	LDAPControl		**clientctrls,
	int				*msgidp ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_extended_operation_s LDAP_P((
	LDAP			*ld,
	LDAP_CONST char	*reqoid,
	struct berval	*reqdata,
	LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
	LDAPControl		**clientctrls,
	char			**retoidp,
	struct berval	**retdatap ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_parse_extended_result LDAP_P((
	LDAP			*ld,
	LDAPMessage		*res,
	char			**retoidp,
	struct berval	**retdatap,
	int				freeit ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_parse_intermediate LDAP_P((
	LDAP			*ld,
	LDAPMessage		*res,
	char			**retoidp,
	struct berval	**retdatap,
	LDAPControl		***serverctrls,
	int				freeit ));


/*
 * in abandon.c:
 */
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_abandon_ext LDAP_P((
	LDAP			*ld,
	int				msgid,
	LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
	LDAPControl		**clientctrls ));

#if LDAP_DEPRECATED	
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_abandon LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_abandon_ext */
	LDAP *ld,
	int msgid ));
#endif

/*
 * in add.c:
 */
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_add_ext LDAP_P((
	LDAP			*ld,
	LDAP_CONST char	*dn,
	LDAPMod			**attrs,
	LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
	LDAPControl		**clientctrls,
	int 			*msgidp ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_add_ext_s LDAP_P((
	LDAP			*ld,
	LDAP_CONST char	*dn,
	LDAPMod			**attrs,
	LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
	LDAPControl		**clientctrls ));

#if LDAP_DEPRECATED
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_add LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_add_ext */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *dn,
	LDAPMod **attrs ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_add_s LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_add_ext_s */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *dn,
	LDAPMod **attrs ));
#endif


/*
 * in sasl.c:
 */
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_sasl_bind LDAP_P((
	LDAP			*ld,
	LDAP_CONST char	*dn,
	LDAP_CONST char	*mechanism,
	struct berval	*cred,
	LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
	LDAPControl		**clientctrls,
	int				*msgidp ));

/* Interaction flags (should be passed about in a control)
 *  Automatic (default): use defaults, prompt otherwise
 *  Interactive: prompt always
 *  Quiet: never prompt
 */
#define LDAP_SASL_AUTOMATIC		0U
#define LDAP_SASL_INTERACTIVE	1U
#define LDAP_SASL_QUIET			2U

/*
 * V3 SASL Interaction Function Callback Prototype
 *	when using Cyrus SASL, interact is pointer to sasl_interact_t
 *  should likely passed in a control (and provided controls)
 */
typedef int (LDAP_SASL_INTERACT_PROC) LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld, unsigned flags, void* defaults, void *interact ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_sasl_interactive_bind LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *dn, /* usually NULL */
	LDAP_CONST char *saslMechanism,
	LDAPControl **serverControls,
	LDAPControl **clientControls,

	/* should be client controls */
	unsigned flags,
	LDAP_SASL_INTERACT_PROC *proc,
	void *defaults,
	
	/* as obtained from ldap_result() */
	LDAPMessage *result,

	/* returned during bind processing */
	const char **rmech,
	int *msgid ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_sasl_interactive_bind_s LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *dn, /* usually NULL */
	LDAP_CONST char *saslMechanism,
	LDAPControl **serverControls,
	LDAPControl **clientControls,

	/* should be client controls */
	unsigned flags,
	LDAP_SASL_INTERACT_PROC *proc,
	void *defaults ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_sasl_bind_s LDAP_P((
	LDAP			*ld,
	LDAP_CONST char	*dn,
	LDAP_CONST char	*mechanism,
	struct berval	*cred,
	LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
	LDAPControl		**clientctrls,
	struct berval	**servercredp ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_parse_sasl_bind_result LDAP_P((
	LDAP			*ld,
	LDAPMessage		*res,
	struct berval	**servercredp,
	int				freeit ));

#if LDAP_DEPRECATED
/*
 * in bind.c:
 *	(deprecated)
 */
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_bind LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_sasl_bind */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *who,
	LDAP_CONST char *passwd,
	int authmethod ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_bind_s LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_sasl_bind_s */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *who,
	LDAP_CONST char *cred,
	int authmethod ));

/*
 * in sbind.c:
 */
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_simple_bind LDAP_P(( /* deprecated, use ldap_sasl_bind */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *who,
	LDAP_CONST char *passwd ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_simple_bind_s LDAP_P(( /* deprecated, use ldap_sasl_bind_s */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *who,
	LDAP_CONST char *passwd ));

#endif


/*
 * in compare.c:
 */
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_compare_ext LDAP_P((
	LDAP			*ld,
	LDAP_CONST char	*dn,
	LDAP_CONST char	*attr,
	struct berval	*bvalue,
	LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
	LDAPControl		**clientctrls,
	int 			*msgidp ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_compare_ext_s LDAP_P((
	LDAP			*ld,
	LDAP_CONST char	*dn,
	LDAP_CONST char	*attr,
	struct berval	*bvalue,
	LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
	LDAPControl		**clientctrls ));

#if LDAP_DEPRECATED
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_compare LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_compare_ext */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *dn,
	LDAP_CONST char *attr,
	LDAP_CONST char *value ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_compare_s LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_compare_ext_s */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *dn,
	LDAP_CONST char *attr,
	LDAP_CONST char *value ));
#endif


/*
 * in delete.c:
 */
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_delete_ext LDAP_P((
	LDAP			*ld,
	LDAP_CONST char	*dn,
	LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
	LDAPControl		**clientctrls,
	int 			*msgidp ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_delete_ext_s LDAP_P((
	LDAP			*ld,
	LDAP_CONST char	*dn,
	LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
	LDAPControl		**clientctrls ));

#if LDAP_DEPRECATED
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_delete LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_delete_ext */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *dn ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_delete_s LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_delete_ext_s */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *dn ));
#endif


/*
 * in error.c:
 */
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_parse_result LDAP_P((
	LDAP			*ld,
	LDAPMessage		*res,
	int				*errcodep,
	char			**matcheddnp,
	char			**errmsgp,
	char			***referralsp,
	LDAPControl		***serverctrls,
	int				freeit ));

LDAP_F( char * )
ldap_err2string LDAP_P((
	int err ));

#if LDAP_DEPRECATED
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_result2error LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_parse_result */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPMessage *r,
	int freeit ));

LDAP_F( void )
ldap_perror LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_err2string */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *s ));
#endif


/*
 * gssapi.c:
 */
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_gssapi_bind LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *dn,
	LDAP_CONST char *creds ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_gssapi_bind_s LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *dn,
	LDAP_CONST char *creds ));


/*
 * in modify.c:
 */
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_modify_ext LDAP_P((
	LDAP			*ld,
	LDAP_CONST char	*dn,
	LDAPMod			**mods,
	LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
	LDAPControl		**clientctrls,
	int 			*msgidp ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_modify_ext_s LDAP_P((
	LDAP			*ld,
	LDAP_CONST char	*dn,
	LDAPMod			**mods,
	LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
	LDAPControl		**clientctrls ));

#if LDAP_DEPRECATED
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_modify LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_modify_ext */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *dn,
	LDAPMod **mods ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_modify_s LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_modify_ext_s */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *dn,
	LDAPMod **mods ));
#endif


/*
 * in modrdn.c:
 */
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_rename LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *dn,
	LDAP_CONST char *newrdn,
	LDAP_CONST char *newSuperior,
	int deleteoldrdn,
	LDAPControl **sctrls,
	LDAPControl **cctrls,
	int *msgidp ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_rename_s LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *dn,
	LDAP_CONST char *newrdn,
	LDAP_CONST char *newSuperior,
	int deleteoldrdn,
	LDAPControl **sctrls,
	LDAPControl **cctrls ));

#if LDAP_DEPRECATED
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_rename2 LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_rename */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *dn,
	LDAP_CONST char *newrdn,
	LDAP_CONST char *newSuperior,
	int deleteoldrdn ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_rename2_s LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_rename_s */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *dn,
	LDAP_CONST char *newrdn,
	LDAP_CONST char *newSuperior,
	int deleteoldrdn ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_modrdn LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_rename */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *dn,
	LDAP_CONST char *newrdn ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_modrdn_s LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_rename_s */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *dn,
	LDAP_CONST char *newrdn ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_modrdn2 LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_rename */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *dn,
	LDAP_CONST char *newrdn,
	int deleteoldrdn ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_modrdn2_s LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_rename_s */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *dn,
	LDAP_CONST char *newrdn,
	int deleteoldrdn));
#endif


/*
 * in open.c:
 */
#if LDAP_DEPRECATED
LDAP_F( LDAP * )
ldap_init LDAP_P(( /* deprecated, use ldap_create or ldap_initialize */
	LDAP_CONST char *host,
	int port ));

LDAP_F( LDAP * )
ldap_open LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_create or ldap_initialize */
	LDAP_CONST char *host,
	int port ));
#endif

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_create LDAP_P((
	LDAP **ldp ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_initialize LDAP_P((
	LDAP **ldp,
	LDAP_CONST char *url ));

LDAP_F( LDAP * )
ldap_dup LDAP_P((
	LDAP *old ));

/*
 * in tls.c
 */

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_tls_inplace LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_start_tls LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPControl **serverctrls,
	LDAPControl **clientctrls,
	int *msgidp ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_install_tls LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_start_tls_s LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPControl **serverctrls,
	LDAPControl **clientctrls ));

/*
 * in messages.c:
 */
LDAP_F( LDAPMessage * )
ldap_first_message LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPMessage *chain ));

LDAP_F( LDAPMessage * )
ldap_next_message LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPMessage *msg ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_count_messages LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPMessage *chain ));

/*
 * in references.c:
 */
LDAP_F( LDAPMessage * )
ldap_first_reference LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPMessage *chain ));

LDAP_F( LDAPMessage * )
ldap_next_reference LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPMessage *ref ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_count_references LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPMessage *chain ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_parse_reference LDAP_P((
	LDAP			*ld,
	LDAPMessage		*ref,
	char			***referralsp,
	LDAPControl		***serverctrls,
	int				freeit));


/*
 * in getentry.c:
 */
LDAP_F( LDAPMessage * )
ldap_first_entry LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPMessage *chain ));

LDAP_F( LDAPMessage * )
ldap_next_entry LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPMessage *entry ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_count_entries LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPMessage *chain ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_get_entry_controls LDAP_P((
	LDAP			*ld,
	LDAPMessage		*entry,
	LDAPControl		***serverctrls));


/*
 * in addentry.c
 */
LDAP_F( LDAPMessage * )
ldap_delete_result_entry LDAP_P((
	LDAPMessage **list,
	LDAPMessage *e ));

LDAP_F( void )
ldap_add_result_entry LDAP_P((
	LDAPMessage **list,
	LDAPMessage *e ));


/*
 * in getdn.c
 */
LDAP_F( char * )
ldap_get_dn LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPMessage *entry ));

typedef struct ldap_ava {
	struct berval la_attr;
	struct berval la_value;
	unsigned la_flags;
#define LDAP_AVA_NULL				0x0000U
#define LDAP_AVA_STRING				0x0001U
#define LDAP_AVA_BINARY				0x0002U
#define LDAP_AVA_NONPRINTABLE		0x0004U
#define LDAP_AVA_FREE_ATTR			0x0010U
#define LDAP_AVA_FREE_VALUE			0x0020U

	void *la_private;
} LDAPAVA;

typedef LDAPAVA** LDAPRDN;
typedef LDAPRDN* LDAPDN;

/* DN formats */
#define LDAP_DN_FORMAT_LDAP			0x0000U
#define LDAP_DN_FORMAT_LDAPV3		0x0010U
#define LDAP_DN_FORMAT_LDAPV2		0x0020U
#define LDAP_DN_FORMAT_DCE			0x0030U
#define LDAP_DN_FORMAT_UFN			0x0040U	/* dn2str only */
#define LDAP_DN_FORMAT_AD_CANONICAL	0x0050U	/* dn2str only */
#define LDAP_DN_FORMAT_LBER			0x00F0U /* for testing only */
#define LDAP_DN_FORMAT_MASK			0x00F0U

/* DN flags */
#define LDAP_DN_PRETTY				0x0100U
#define LDAP_DN_SKIP				0x0200U
#define LDAP_DN_P_NOLEADTRAILSPACES	0x1000U
#define LDAP_DN_P_NOSPACEAFTERRDN	0x2000U
#define LDAP_DN_PEDANTIC			0xF000U

LDAP_F( void ) ldap_rdnfree LDAP_P(( LDAPRDN rdn ));
LDAP_F( void ) ldap_dnfree LDAP_P(( LDAPDN dn ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_bv2dn LDAP_P(( 
	struct berval *bv, 
	LDAPDN *dn, 
	unsigned flags ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_str2dn LDAP_P((
	LDAP_CONST char *str,
	LDAPDN *dn,
	unsigned flags ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_dn2bv LDAP_P((
	LDAPDN dn,
	struct berval *bv,
	unsigned flags ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_dn2str LDAP_P((
	LDAPDN dn,
	char **str,
	unsigned flags ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_bv2rdn LDAP_P((
	struct berval *bv,
	LDAPRDN *rdn,
	char **next,
	unsigned flags ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_str2rdn LDAP_P((
	LDAP_CONST char *str,
	LDAPRDN *rdn,
	char **next,
	unsigned flags ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_rdn2bv LDAP_P((
	LDAPRDN rdn,
	struct berval *bv,
	unsigned flags ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_rdn2str LDAP_P((
	LDAPRDN rdn,
	char **str,
	unsigned flags ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_dn_normalize LDAP_P((
	LDAP_CONST char *in, unsigned iflags,
	char **out, unsigned oflags ));

LDAP_F( char * )
ldap_dn2ufn LDAP_P(( /* deprecated, use ldap_str2dn/dn2str */
	LDAP_CONST char *dn ));

LDAP_F( char ** )
ldap_explode_dn LDAP_P(( /* deprecated, ldap_str2dn */
	LDAP_CONST char *dn,
	int notypes ));

LDAP_F( char ** )
ldap_explode_rdn LDAP_P(( /* deprecated, ldap_str2rdn */
	LDAP_CONST char *rdn,
	int notypes ));

typedef int LDAPDN_rewrite_func
	LDAP_P(( LDAPDN dn, unsigned flags, void *ctx ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_X509dn2bv LDAP_P(( void *x509_name, struct berval *dn,
	LDAPDN_rewrite_func *func, unsigned flags ));

LDAP_F( char * )
ldap_dn2dcedn LDAP_P(( /* deprecated, ldap_str2dn/dn2str */
	LDAP_CONST char *dn ));

LDAP_F( char * )
ldap_dcedn2dn LDAP_P(( /* deprecated, ldap_str2dn/dn2str */
	LDAP_CONST char *dce ));

LDAP_F( char * )
ldap_dn2ad_canonical LDAP_P(( /* deprecated, ldap_str2dn/dn2str */
	LDAP_CONST char *dn ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_get_dn_ber LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *e, BerElement **berout, struct berval *dn ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_get_attribute_ber LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *e, BerElement *ber, struct berval *attr,
	struct berval **vals ));

/*
 * in getattr.c
 */
LDAP_F( char * )
ldap_first_attribute LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPMessage *entry,
	BerElement **ber ));

LDAP_F( char * )
ldap_next_attribute LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPMessage *entry,
	BerElement *ber ));


/*
 * in getvalues.c
 */
LDAP_F( struct berval ** )
ldap_get_values_len LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPMessage *entry,
	LDAP_CONST char *target ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_count_values_len LDAP_P((
	struct berval **vals ));

LDAP_F( void )
ldap_value_free_len LDAP_P((
	struct berval **vals ));

#if LDAP_DEPRECATED
LDAP_F( char ** )
ldap_get_values LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_get_values_len */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPMessage *entry,
	LDAP_CONST char *target ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_count_values LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_count_values_len */
	char **vals ));

LDAP_F( void )
ldap_value_free LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_value_free_len */
	char **vals ));
#endif

/*
 * in result.c:
 */
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_result LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	int msgid,
	int all,
	struct timeval *timeout,
	LDAPMessage **result ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_msgtype LDAP_P((
	LDAPMessage *lm ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_msgid   LDAP_P((
	LDAPMessage *lm ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_msgfree LDAP_P((
	LDAPMessage *lm ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_msgdelete LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	int msgid ));


/*
 * in search.c:
 */
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_bv2escaped_filter_value LDAP_P(( 
	struct berval *in, 
	struct berval *out ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_search_ext LDAP_P((
	LDAP			*ld,
	LDAP_CONST char	*base,
	int				scope,
	LDAP_CONST char	*filter,
	char			**attrs,
	int				attrsonly,
	LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
	LDAPControl		**clientctrls,
	struct timeval	*timeout,
	int				sizelimit,
	int				*msgidp ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_search_ext_s LDAP_P((
	LDAP			*ld,
	LDAP_CONST char	*base,
	int				scope,
	LDAP_CONST char	*filter,
	char			**attrs,
	int				attrsonly,
	LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
	LDAPControl		**clientctrls,
	struct timeval	*timeout,
	int				sizelimit,
	LDAPMessage		**res ));

#if LDAP_DEPRECATED
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_search LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_search_ext */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *base,
	int scope,
	LDAP_CONST char *filter,
	char **attrs,
	int attrsonly ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_search_s LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_search_ext_s */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *base,
	int scope,
	LDAP_CONST char *filter,
	char **attrs,
	int attrsonly,
	LDAPMessage **res ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_search_st LDAP_P((	/* deprecated, use ldap_search_ext_s */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAP_CONST char *base,
	int scope,
	LDAP_CONST char *filter,
    char **attrs,
	int attrsonly,
	struct timeval *timeout,
	LDAPMessage **res ));
#endif

/*
 * in unbind.c
 */
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_unbind_ext LDAP_P((
	LDAP			*ld,
	LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
	LDAPControl		**clientctrls));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_unbind_ext_s LDAP_P((
	LDAP			*ld,
	LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
	LDAPControl		**clientctrls));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_destroy LDAP_P((
	LDAP			*ld));

#if LDAP_DEPRECATED
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_unbind LDAP_P(( /* deprecated, use ldap_unbind_ext */
	LDAP *ld ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_unbind_s LDAP_P(( /* deprecated, use ldap_unbind_ext_s */
	LDAP *ld ));
#endif

/*
 * in filter.c
 */
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_put_vrFilter LDAP_P((
	BerElement *ber,
	const char *vrf ));

/*
 * in free.c
 */

LDAP_F( void * )
ldap_memalloc LDAP_P((
	ber_len_t s ));

LDAP_F( void * )
ldap_memrealloc LDAP_P((
	void* p,
	ber_len_t s ));

LDAP_F( void * )
ldap_memcalloc LDAP_P((
	ber_len_t n,
	ber_len_t s ));

LDAP_F( void )
ldap_memfree LDAP_P((
	void* p ));

LDAP_F( void )
ldap_memvfree LDAP_P((
	void** v ));

LDAP_F( char * )
ldap_strdup LDAP_P((
	LDAP_CONST char * ));

LDAP_F( void )
ldap_mods_free LDAP_P((
	LDAPMod **mods,
	int freemods ));


#if LDAP_DEPRECATED
/*
 * in sort.c (deprecated, use custom code instead)
 */
typedef int (LDAP_SORT_AD_CMP_PROC) LDAP_P(( /* deprecated */
	LDAP_CONST char *left,
	LDAP_CONST char *right ));

typedef int (LDAP_SORT_AV_CMP_PROC) LDAP_P(( /* deprecated */
	LDAP_CONST void *left,
	LDAP_CONST void *right ));

LDAP_F( int )	/* deprecated */
ldap_sort_entries LDAP_P(( LDAP *ld,
	LDAPMessage **chain,
	LDAP_CONST char *attr,
	LDAP_SORT_AD_CMP_PROC *cmp ));

LDAP_F( int )	/* deprecated */
ldap_sort_values LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	char **vals,
	LDAP_SORT_AV_CMP_PROC *cmp ));

LDAP_F( int ) /* deprecated */
ldap_sort_strcasecmp LDAP_P((
	LDAP_CONST void *a,
	LDAP_CONST void *b ));
#endif

/*
 * in url.c
 */
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_is_ldap_url LDAP_P((
	LDAP_CONST char *url ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_is_ldaps_url LDAP_P((
	LDAP_CONST char *url ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_is_ldapi_url LDAP_P((
	LDAP_CONST char *url ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_url_parse LDAP_P((
	LDAP_CONST char *url,
	LDAPURLDesc **ludpp ));

LDAP_F( char * )
ldap_url_desc2str LDAP_P((
	LDAPURLDesc *ludp ));

LDAP_F( void )
ldap_free_urldesc LDAP_P((
	LDAPURLDesc *ludp ));


/*
 * LDAP Cancel Extended Operation <draft-zeilenga-ldap-cancel-xx.txt>
 *  in cancel.c
 */
#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_CANCEL 1000

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_cancel LDAP_P(( LDAP *ld,
	int cancelid,
	LDAPControl		**sctrls,
	LDAPControl		**cctrls,
	int				*msgidp ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_cancel_s LDAP_P(( LDAP *ld,
	int cancelid,
	LDAPControl **sctrl,
	LDAPControl **cctrl ));

/*
 * LDAP Turn Extended Operation <draft-zeilenga-ldap-turn-xx.txt>
 *  in turn.c
 */
#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_TURN 1000

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_turn LDAP_P(( LDAP *ld,
	int mutual,
	LDAP_CONST char* identifier,
	LDAPControl		**sctrls,
	LDAPControl		**cctrls,
	int				*msgidp ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_turn_s LDAP_P(( LDAP *ld,
	int mutual,
	LDAP_CONST char* identifier,
	LDAPControl **sctrl,
	LDAPControl **cctrl ));

/*
 * LDAP Paged Results
 *	in pagectrl.c
 */
#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_PAGED_RESULTS 2000

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_create_page_control_value LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	ber_int_t pagesize,
	struct berval *cookie,
	struct berval *value ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_create_page_control LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	ber_int_t pagesize,
	struct berval *cookie,
	int iscritical,
	LDAPControl **ctrlp ));

#if LDAP_DEPRECATED
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_parse_page_control LDAP_P((
	/* deprecated, use ldap_parse_pageresponse_control */
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPControl **ctrls,
	ber_int_t *count,
	struct berval **cookie ));
#endif

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_parse_pageresponse_control LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPControl *ctrl,
	ber_int_t *count,
	struct berval *cookie ));

/*
 * LDAP Server Side Sort
 *	in sortctrl.c
 */
#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_SERVER_SIDE_SORT 2000

/* structure for a sort-key */
typedef struct ldapsortkey {
	char *attributeType;
	char *orderingRule;
	int reverseOrder;
} LDAPSortKey;

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_create_sort_keylist LDAP_P((
	LDAPSortKey ***sortKeyList,
	char *keyString ));

LDAP_F( void )
ldap_free_sort_keylist LDAP_P((
	LDAPSortKey **sortkeylist ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_create_sort_control_value LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPSortKey **keyList,
	struct berval *value ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_create_sort_control LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPSortKey **keyList,
	int iscritical,
	LDAPControl **ctrlp ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_parse_sortresponse_control LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPControl *ctrl,
	ber_int_t *result,
	char **attribute ));

/*
 * LDAP Virtual List View
 *	in vlvctrl.c
 */
#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_VIRTUAL_LIST_VIEW 2000

/* structure for virtual list */
typedef struct ldapvlvinfo {
	ber_int_t ldvlv_version;
    ber_int_t ldvlv_before_count;
    ber_int_t ldvlv_after_count;
    ber_int_t ldvlv_offset;
    ber_int_t ldvlv_count;
    struct berval *	ldvlv_attrvalue;
    struct berval *	ldvlv_context;
    void *			ldvlv_extradata;
} LDAPVLVInfo;

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_create_vlv_control_value LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPVLVInfo *ldvlistp,
	struct berval *value));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_create_vlv_control LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPVLVInfo *ldvlistp,
	LDAPControl **ctrlp ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_parse_vlvresponse_control LDAP_P((
	LDAP          *ld,
	LDAPControl   *ctrls,
	ber_int_t *target_posp,
	ber_int_t *list_countp,
	struct berval **contextp,
	int           *errcodep ));

/*
 * LDAP Who Am I?
 *	in whoami.c
 */
#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_WHOAMI 1000

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_parse_whoami LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPMessage *res,
	struct berval **authzid ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_whoami LDAP_P(( LDAP *ld,
	LDAPControl		**sctrls,
	LDAPControl		**cctrls,
	int				*msgidp ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_whoami_s LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	struct berval **authzid,
	LDAPControl **sctrls,
	LDAPControl **cctrls ));

/*
 * LDAP Password Modify
 *	in passwd.c
 */
#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_PASSWD_MODIFY 1000

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_parse_passwd LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPMessage *res,
	struct berval *newpasswd ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_passwd LDAP_P(( LDAP *ld,
	struct berval	*user,
	struct berval	*oldpw,
	struct berval	*newpw,
	LDAPControl		**sctrls,
	LDAPControl		**cctrls,
	int				*msgidp ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_passwd_s LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	struct berval	*user,
	struct berval	*oldpw,
	struct berval	*newpw,
	struct berval *newpasswd,
	LDAPControl **sctrls,
	LDAPControl **cctrls ));

#ifdef LDAP_CONTROL_PASSWORDPOLICYREQUEST
/*
 * LDAP Password Policy controls
 *	in ppolicy.c
 */
#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_PASSWORD_POLICY 1000

typedef enum passpolicyerror_enum {
       PP_passwordExpired = 0,
       PP_accountLocked = 1,
       PP_changeAfterReset = 2,
       PP_passwordModNotAllowed = 3,
       PP_mustSupplyOldPassword = 4,
       PP_insufficientPasswordQuality = 5,
       PP_passwordTooShort = 6,
       PP_passwordTooYoung = 7,
       PP_passwordInHistory = 8,
       PP_noError = 65535
} LDAPPasswordPolicyError;

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_create_passwordpolicy_control LDAP_P((
        LDAP *ld,
        LDAPControl **ctrlp ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_parse_passwordpolicy_control LDAP_P((
        LDAP *ld,
        LDAPControl *ctrl,
        ber_int_t *expirep,
        ber_int_t *gracep,
        LDAPPasswordPolicyError *errorp ));

LDAP_F( const char * )
ldap_passwordpolicy_err2txt LDAP_P(( LDAPPasswordPolicyError ));
#endif /* LDAP_CONTROL_PASSWORDPOLICYREQUEST */

/*
 * LDAP Dynamic Directory Services Refresh -- RFC 2589
 *	in dds.c
 */
#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_REFRESH 1000

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_parse_refresh LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPMessage *res,
	ber_int_t *newttl ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_refresh LDAP_P(( LDAP *ld,
	struct berval	*dn,
	ber_int_t ttl,
	LDAPControl		**sctrls,
	LDAPControl		**cctrls,
	int				*msgidp ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_refresh_s LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	struct berval	*dn,
	ber_int_t ttl,
	ber_int_t *newttl,
	LDAPControl **sctrls,
	LDAPControl **cctrls ));

/*
 * LDAP Transactions
 */
#ifdef LDAP_X_TXN
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_txn_start LDAP_P(( LDAP *ld,
	LDAPControl		**sctrls,
	LDAPControl		**cctrls,
	int				*msgidp ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_txn_start_s LDAP_P(( LDAP *ld,
	LDAPControl **sctrl,
	LDAPControl **cctrl,
	struct berval **rettxnid ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_txn_end LDAP_P(( LDAP *ld,
	int	commit,
	struct berval	*txnid,
	LDAPControl		**sctrls,
	LDAPControl		**cctrls,
	int				*msgidp ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_txn_end_s LDAP_P(( LDAP *ld,
	int	commit,
	struct berval *txnid,
	LDAPControl **sctrl,
	LDAPControl **cctrl,
	int *retidp ));
#endif

/*
 * in ldap_sync.c
 */

/*
 * initialize the persistent search structure
 */
LDAP_F( ldap_sync_t * )
ldap_sync_initialize LDAP_P((
	ldap_sync_t	*ls ));

/*
 * destroy the persistent search structure
 */
LDAP_F( void )
ldap_sync_destroy LDAP_P((
	ldap_sync_t	*ls,
	int		freeit ));

/*
 * initialize a refreshOnly sync
 */
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_sync_init LDAP_P((
	ldap_sync_t	*ls,
	int		mode ));

/*
 * initialize a refreshOnly sync
 */
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_sync_init_refresh_only LDAP_P((
	ldap_sync_t	*ls ));

/*
 * initialize a refreshAndPersist sync
 */
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_sync_init_refresh_and_persist LDAP_P((
	ldap_sync_t	*ls ));

/*
 * poll for new responses
 */
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_sync_poll LDAP_P((
	ldap_sync_t	*ls ));

#ifdef LDAP_CONTROL_X_SESSION_TRACKING

/*
 * in stctrl.c
 */
LDAP_F( int )
ldap_create_session_tracking_value LDAP_P((
	LDAP		*ld,
	char		*sessionSourceIp,
	char		*sessionSourceName,
	char		*formatOID,
	struct berval	*sessionTrackingIdentifier,
	struct berval	*value ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_create_session_tracking_control LDAP_P((
	LDAP		*ld,
	char		*sessionSourceIp,
	char		*sessionSourceName,
	char		*formatOID,
	struct berval	*sessionTrackingIdentifier,
	LDAPControl	**ctrlp ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_parse_session_tracking_control LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPControl *ctrl,
	struct berval *ip,
	struct berval *name,
	struct berval *oid,
	struct berval *id ));

#endif /* LDAP_CONTROL_X_SESSION_TRACKING */

/*
 * in assertion.c
 */
LDAP_F (int)
ldap_create_assertion_control_value LDAP_P((
	LDAP		*ld,
	char		*assertion,
	struct berval	*value ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_create_assertion_control LDAP_P((
	LDAP		*ld,
	char		*filter,
	int		iscritical,
	LDAPControl	**ctrlp ));

/*
 * in deref.c
 */

typedef struct LDAPDerefSpec {
	char *derefAttr;
	char **attributes;
} LDAPDerefSpec;

typedef struct LDAPDerefVal {
	char *type;
	BerVarray vals;
	struct LDAPDerefVal *next;
} LDAPDerefVal;

typedef struct LDAPDerefRes {
	char *derefAttr;
	struct berval derefVal;
	LDAPDerefVal *attrVals;
	struct LDAPDerefRes *next;
} LDAPDerefRes;

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_create_deref_control_value LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPDerefSpec *ds,
	struct berval *value ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_create_deref_control LDAP_P((
	LDAP		*ld,
	LDAPDerefSpec	*ds,
	int		iscritical,
	LDAPControl	**ctrlp ));

LDAP_F( void )
ldap_derefresponse_free LDAP_P((
	LDAPDerefRes *dr ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_parse_derefresponse_control LDAP_P((
	LDAP *ld,
	LDAPControl *ctrl,
	LDAPDerefRes **drp ));

LDAP_F( int )
ldap_parse_deref_control LDAP_P((
	LDAP		*ld,
	LDAPControl	**ctrls,
	LDAPDerefRes	**drp ));

LDAP_END_DECL
#endif /* _LDAP_H */
/* Copyright (C) 2002-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SEMAPHORE_H
#define _SEMAPHORE_H	1

#include <features.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
# include <bits/types/struct_timespec.h>
#endif

/* Get the definition for sem_t.  */
#include <bits/semaphore.h>


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Initialize semaphore object SEM to VALUE.  If PSHARED then share it
   with other processes.  */
extern int sem_init (sem_t *__sem, int __pshared, unsigned int __value)
     __THROW;
/* Free resources associated with semaphore object SEM.  */
extern int sem_destroy (sem_t *__sem) __THROW;

/* Open a named semaphore NAME with open flags OFLAG.  */
extern sem_t *sem_open (const char *__name, int __oflag, ...) __THROW;

/* Close descriptor for named semaphore SEM.  */
extern int sem_close (sem_t *__sem) __THROW;

/* Remove named semaphore NAME.  */
extern int sem_unlink (const char *__name) __THROW;

/* Wait for SEM being posted.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int sem_wait (sem_t *__sem);

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
/* Similar to `sem_wait' but wait only until ABSTIME.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int sem_timedwait (sem_t *__restrict __sem,
			  const struct timespec *__restrict __abstime);
#endif

/* Test whether SEM is posted.  */
extern int sem_trywait (sem_t *__sem) __THROWNL;

/* Post SEM.  */
extern int sem_post (sem_t *__sem) __THROWNL;

/* Get current value of SEM and store it in *SVAL.  */
extern int sem_getvalue (sem_t *__restrict __sem, int *__restrict __sval)
     __THROW;


__END_DECLS

#endif	/* semaphore.h */
/* Definitions for POSIX 1003.1b-1993 (aka POSIX.4) scheduling interface.
   Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_SCHED_H
#define	_SCHED_H	1

#include <features.h>

/* Get type definitions.  */
#include <bits/types.h>

#define __need_size_t
#define __need_NULL
#include <stddef.h>

#include <bits/types/time_t.h>
#include <bits/types/struct_timespec.h>
#ifndef __USE_XOPEN2K
# include <time.h>
#endif

#ifndef __pid_t_defined
typedef __pid_t pid_t;
# define __pid_t_defined
#endif

/* Get system specific constant and data structure definitions.  */
#include <bits/sched.h>
#include <bits/cpu-set.h>

/* Backward compatibility.  */
#define sched_priority    sched_priority
#define __sched_priority  sched_priority


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Set scheduling parameters for a process.  */
extern int sched_setparam (__pid_t __pid, const struct sched_param *__param)
     __THROW;

/* Retrieve scheduling parameters for a particular process.  */
extern int sched_getparam (__pid_t __pid, struct sched_param *__param) __THROW;

/* Set scheduling algorithm and/or parameters for a process.  */
extern int sched_setscheduler (__pid_t __pid, int __policy,
			       const struct sched_param *__param) __THROW;

/* Retrieve scheduling algorithm for a particular purpose.  */
extern int sched_getscheduler (__pid_t __pid) __THROW;

/* Yield the processor.  */
extern int sched_yield (void) __THROW;

/* Get maximum priority value for a scheduler.  */
extern int sched_get_priority_max (int __algorithm) __THROW;

/* Get minimum priority value for a scheduler.  */
extern int sched_get_priority_min (int __algorithm) __THROW;

/* Get the SCHED_RR interval for the named process.  */
extern int sched_rr_get_interval (__pid_t __pid, struct timespec *__t) __THROW;


#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Access macros for `cpu_set'.  */
# define CPU_SETSIZE __CPU_SETSIZE
# define CPU_SET(cpu, cpusetp)	 __CPU_SET_S (cpu, sizeof (cpu_set_t), cpusetp)
# define CPU_CLR(cpu, cpusetp)	 __CPU_CLR_S (cpu, sizeof (cpu_set_t), cpusetp)
# define CPU_ISSET(cpu, cpusetp) __CPU_ISSET_S (cpu, sizeof (cpu_set_t), \
						cpusetp)
# define CPU_ZERO(cpusetp)	 __CPU_ZERO_S (sizeof (cpu_set_t), cpusetp)
# define CPU_COUNT(cpusetp)	 __CPU_COUNT_S (sizeof (cpu_set_t), cpusetp)

# define CPU_SET_S(cpu, setsize, cpusetp)   __CPU_SET_S (cpu, setsize, cpusetp)
# define CPU_CLR_S(cpu, setsize, cpusetp)   __CPU_CLR_S (cpu, setsize, cpusetp)
# define CPU_ISSET_S(cpu, setsize, cpusetp) __CPU_ISSET_S (cpu, setsize, \
							   cpusetp)
# define CPU_ZERO_S(setsize, cpusetp)	    __CPU_ZERO_S (setsize, cpusetp)
# define CPU_COUNT_S(setsize, cpusetp)	    __CPU_COUNT_S (setsize, cpusetp)

# define CPU_EQUAL(cpusetp1, cpusetp2) \
  __CPU_EQUAL_S (sizeof (cpu_set_t), cpusetp1, cpusetp2)
# define CPU_EQUAL_S(setsize, cpusetp1, cpusetp2) \
  __CPU_EQUAL_S (setsize, cpusetp1, cpusetp2)

# define CPU_AND(destset, srcset1, srcset2) \
  __CPU_OP_S (sizeof (cpu_set_t), destset, srcset1, srcset2, &)
# define CPU_OR(destset, srcset1, srcset2) \
  __CPU_OP_S (sizeof (cpu_set_t), destset, srcset1, srcset2, |)
# define CPU_XOR(destset, srcset1, srcset2) \
  __CPU_OP_S (sizeof (cpu_set_t), destset, srcset1, srcset2, ^)
# define CPU_AND_S(setsize, destset, srcset1, srcset2) \
  __CPU_OP_S (setsize, destset, srcset1, srcset2, &)
# define CPU_OR_S(setsize, destset, srcset1, srcset2) \
  __CPU_OP_S (setsize, destset, srcset1, srcset2, |)
# define CPU_XOR_S(setsize, destset, srcset1, srcset2) \
  __CPU_OP_S (setsize, destset, srcset1, srcset2, ^)

# define CPU_ALLOC_SIZE(count) __CPU_ALLOC_SIZE (count)
# define CPU_ALLOC(count) __CPU_ALLOC (count)
# define CPU_FREE(cpuset) __CPU_FREE (cpuset)


/* Set the CPU affinity for a task */
extern int sched_setaffinity (__pid_t __pid, size_t __cpusetsize,
			      const cpu_set_t *__cpuset) __THROW;

/* Get the CPU affinity for a task */
extern int sched_getaffinity (__pid_t __pid, size_t __cpusetsize,
			      cpu_set_t *__cpuset) __THROW;
#endif

__END_DECLS

#endif /* sched.h */
#ifndef GD_COLOR_MAP_H
#define GD_COLOR_MAP_H 1

#include "gd.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct {
	char *color_name;
	int red;
	int green;
	int blue;
} gdColorMapEntry;

typedef struct {
	int num_entries;
	gdColorMapEntry *entries;
} gdColorMap;

extern BGD_EXPORT_DATA_PROT gdColorMap GD_COLOR_MAP_X11;

BGD_DECLARE(int) gdColorMapLookup(const gdColorMap color_map, const char *color_name, int *r, int *g, int *b);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/*
 * Copyright (c) 1987, 1993
 *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 *	@(#)sysexits.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/2/93
 */

#ifndef	_SYSEXITS_H
#define	_SYSEXITS_H 1

/*
 *  SYSEXITS.H -- Exit status codes for system programs.
 *
 *	This include file attempts to categorize possible error
 *	exit statuses for system programs, notably delivermail
 *	and the Berkeley network.
 *
 *	Error numbers begin at EX__BASE to reduce the possibility of
 *	clashing with other exit statuses that random programs may
 *	already return.  The meaning of the codes is approximately
 *	as follows:
 *
 *	EX_USAGE -- The command was used incorrectly, e.g., with
 *		the wrong number of arguments, a bad flag, a bad
 *		syntax in a parameter, or whatever.
 *	EX_DATAERR -- The input data was incorrect in some way.
 *		This should only be used for user's data & not
 *		system files.
 *	EX_NOINPUT -- An input file (not a system file) did not
 *		exist or was not readable.  This could also include
 *		errors like "No message" to a mailer (if it cared
 *		to catch it).
 *	EX_NOUSER -- The user specified did not exist.  This might
 *		be used for mail addresses or remote logins.
 *	EX_NOHOST -- The host specified did not exist.  This is used
 *		in mail addresses or network requests.
 *	EX_UNAVAILABLE -- A service is unavailable.  This can occur
 *		if a support program or file does not exist.  This
 *		can also be used as a catchall message when something
 *		you wanted to do doesn't work, but you don't know
 *		why.
 *	EX_SOFTWARE -- An internal software error has been detected.
 *		This should be limited to non-operating system related
 *		errors as possible.
 *	EX_OSERR -- An operating system error has been detected.
 *		This is intended to be used for such things as "cannot
 *		fork", "cannot create pipe", or the like.  It includes
 *		things like getuid returning a user that does not
 *		exist in the passwd file.
 *	EX_OSFILE -- Some system file (e.g., /etc/passwd, /etc/utmp,
 *		etc.) does not exist, cannot be opened, or has some
 *		sort of error (e.g., syntax error).
 *	EX_CANTCREAT -- A (user specified) output file cannot be
 *		created.
 *	EX_IOERR -- An error occurred while doing I/O on some file.
 *	EX_TEMPFAIL -- temporary failure, indicating something that
 *		is not really an error.  In sendmail, this means
 *		that a mailer (e.g.) could not create a connection,
 *		and the request should be reattempted later.
 *	EX_PROTOCOL -- the remote system returned something that
 *		was "not possible" during a protocol exchange.
 *	EX_NOPERM -- You did not have sufficient permission to
 *		perform the operation.  This is not intended for
 *		file system problems, which should use NOINPUT or
 *		CANTCREAT, but rather for higher level permissions.
 */

#define EX_OK		0	/* successful termination */

#define EX__BASE	64	/* base value for error messages */

#define EX_USAGE	64	/* command line usage error */
#define EX_DATAERR	65	/* data format error */
#define EX_NOINPUT	66	/* cannot open input */
#define EX_NOUSER	67	/* addressee unknown */
#define EX_NOHOST	68	/* host name unknown */
#define EX_UNAVAILABLE	69	/* service unavailable */
#define EX_SOFTWARE	70	/* internal software error */
#define EX_OSERR	71	/* system error (e.g., can't fork) */
#define EX_OSFILE	72	/* critical OS file missing */
#define EX_CANTCREAT	73	/* can't create (user) output file */
#define EX_IOERR	74	/* input/output error */
#define EX_TEMPFAIL	75	/* temp failure; user is invited to retry */
#define EX_PROTOCOL	76	/* remote error in protocol */
#define EX_NOPERM	77	/* permission denied */
#define EX_CONFIG	78	/* configuration error */

#define EX__MAX	78	/* maximum listed value */

#endif /* sysexits.h */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  SCSI Transport Netlink Interface
 *    Used for the posting of outbound SCSI transport events
 *
 *  Copyright (C) 2006   James Smart, Emulex Corporation
 *
 *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 *  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 *  (at your option) any later version.
 *
 *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 *  GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 *
 */
#ifndef SCSI_NETLINK_H
#define SCSI_NETLINK_H

#include <linux/netlink.h>
#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * This file intended to be included by both kernel and user space
 */

/* Single Netlink Message type to send all SCSI Transport messages */
#define SCSI_TRANSPORT_MSG		NLMSG_MIN_TYPE + 1

/* SCSI Transport Broadcast Groups */
	/* leaving groups 0 and 1 unassigned */
#define SCSI_NL_GRP_FC_EVENTS		(1<<2)		/* Group 2 */
#define SCSI_NL_GRP_CNT			3


/* SCSI_TRANSPORT_MSG event message header */
struct scsi_nl_hdr {
	uint8_t version;
	uint8_t transport;
	uint16_t magic;
	uint16_t msgtype;
	uint16_t msglen;
} __attribute__((aligned(sizeof(uint64_t))));

/* scsi_nl_hdr->version value */
#define SCSI_NL_VERSION				1

/* scsi_nl_hdr->magic value */
#define SCSI_NL_MAGIC				0xA1B2

/* scsi_nl_hdr->transport value */
#define SCSI_NL_TRANSPORT			0
#define SCSI_NL_TRANSPORT_FC			1
#define SCSI_NL_MAX_TRANSPORTS			2

/* Transport-based scsi_nl_hdr->msgtype values are defined in each transport */

/*
 * GENERIC SCSI scsi_nl_hdr->msgtype Values
 */
	/* kernel -> user */
#define SCSI_NL_SHOST_VENDOR			0x0001
	/* user -> kernel */
/* SCSI_NL_SHOST_VENDOR msgtype is kernel->user and user->kernel */


/*
 * Message Structures :
 */

/* macro to round up message lengths to 8byte boundary */
#define SCSI_NL_MSGALIGN(len)		(((len) + 7) & ~7)


/*
 * SCSI HOST Vendor Unique messages :
 *   SCSI_NL_SHOST_VENDOR
 *
 * Note: The Vendor Unique message payload will begin directly after
 * 	 this structure, with the length of the payload per vmsg_datalen.
 *
 * Note: When specifying vendor_id, be sure to read the Vendor Type and ID
 *   formatting requirements specified below
 */
struct scsi_nl_host_vendor_msg {
	struct scsi_nl_hdr snlh;		/* must be 1st element ! */
	uint64_t vendor_id;
	uint16_t host_no;
	uint16_t vmsg_datalen;
} __attribute__((aligned(sizeof(uint64_t))));


/*
 * Vendor ID:
 *   If transports post vendor-unique events, they must pass a well-known
 *   32-bit vendor identifier. This identifier consists of 8 bits indicating
 *   the "type" of identifier contained, and 24 bits of id data.
 *
 *   Identifiers for each type:
 *    PCI :  ID data is the 16 bit PCI Registered Vendor ID
 */
#define SCSI_NL_VID_TYPE_SHIFT		56
#define SCSI_NL_VID_TYPE_MASK		((__u64)0xFF << SCSI_NL_VID_TYPE_SHIFT)
#define SCSI_NL_VID_TYPE_PCI		((__u64)0x01 << SCSI_NL_VID_TYPE_SHIFT)
#define SCSI_NL_VID_ID_MASK		(~ SCSI_NL_VID_TYPE_MASK)


#define INIT_SCSI_NL_HDR(hdr, t, mtype, mlen)			\
	{							\
	(hdr)->version = SCSI_NL_VERSION;			\
	(hdr)->transport = t;					\
	(hdr)->magic = SCSI_NL_MAGIC;				\
	(hdr)->msgtype = mtype;					\
	(hdr)->msglen = mlen;					\
	}

#endif /* SCSI_NETLINK_H */

/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  FC Transport Netlink Interface
 *
 *  Copyright (C) 2006   James Smart, Emulex Corporation
 *
 *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 *  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 *  (at your option) any later version.
 *
 *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 *  GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 *
 */
#ifndef SCSI_NETLINK_FC_H
#define SCSI_NETLINK_FC_H

#include <scsi/scsi_netlink.h>

/*
 * This file intended to be included by both kernel and user space
 */

/*
 * FC Transport Message Types
 */
	/* kernel -> user */
#define FC_NL_ASYNC_EVENT			0x0100
	/* user -> kernel */
/* none */


/*
 * Message Structures :
 */

/* macro to round up message lengths to 8byte boundary */
#define FC_NL_MSGALIGN(len)		(((len) + 7) & ~7)


/*
 * FC Transport Broadcast Event Message :
 *   FC_NL_ASYNC_EVENT
 *
 * Note: if Vendor Unique message, &event_data will be  start of
 * 	 vendor unique payload, and the length of the payload is
 *       per event_datalen
 *
 * Note: When specifying vendor_id, be sure to read the Vendor Type and ID
 *   formatting requirements specified in scsi_netlink.h
 */
struct fc_nl_event {
	struct scsi_nl_hdr snlh;		/* must be 1st element ! */
	uint64_t seconds;
	uint64_t vendor_id;
	uint16_t host_no;
	uint16_t event_datalen;
	uint32_t event_num;
	uint32_t event_code;
	uint32_t event_data;
} __attribute__((aligned(sizeof(uint64_t))));


#endif /* SCSI_NETLINK_FC_H */

/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * CXL Flash Device Driver
 *
 * Written by: Manoj N. Kumar <manoj@linux.vnet.ibm.com>, IBM Corporation
 *             Matthew R. Ochs <mrochs@linux.vnet.ibm.com>, IBM Corporation
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2015 IBM Corporation
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
 * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
 * 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 */

#ifndef _CXLFLASH_IOCTL_H
#define _CXLFLASH_IOCTL_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * Structure and definitions for all CXL Flash ioctls
 */
#define CXLFLASH_WWID_LEN		16

/*
 * Structure and flag definitions CXL Flash superpipe ioctls
 */

#define DK_CXLFLASH_VERSION_0	0

struct dk_cxlflash_hdr {
	__u16 version;			/* Version data */
	__u16 rsvd[3];			/* Reserved for future use */
	__u64 flags;			/* Input flags */
	__u64 return_flags;		/* Returned flags */
};

/*
 * Return flag definitions available to all superpipe ioctls
 *
 * Similar to the input flags, these are grown from the bottom-up with the
 * intention that ioctl-specific return flag definitions would grow from the
 * top-down, allowing the two sets to co-exist. While not required/enforced
 * at this time, this provides future flexibility.
 */
#define DK_CXLFLASH_ALL_PORTS_ACTIVE	0x0000000000000001ULL
#define DK_CXLFLASH_APP_CLOSE_ADAP_FD	0x0000000000000002ULL
#define DK_CXLFLASH_CONTEXT_SQ_CMD_MODE	0x0000000000000004ULL

/*
 * General Notes:
 * -------------
 * The 'context_id' field of all ioctl structures contains the context
 * identifier for a context in the lower 32-bits (upper 32-bits are not
 * to be used when identifying a context to the AFU). That said, the value
 * in its entirety (all 64-bits) is to be treated as an opaque cookie and
 * should be presented as such when issuing ioctls.
 */

/*
 * DK_CXLFLASH_ATTACH Notes:
 * ------------------------
 * Read/write access permissions are specified via the O_RDONLY, O_WRONLY,
 * and O_RDWR flags defined in the fcntl.h header file.
 *
 * A valid adapter file descriptor (fd >= 0) is only returned on the initial
 * attach (successful) of a context. When a context is shared(reused), the user
 * is expected to already 'know' the adapter file descriptor associated with the
 * context.
 */
#define DK_CXLFLASH_ATTACH_REUSE_CONTEXT	0x8000000000000000ULL

struct dk_cxlflash_attach {
	struct dk_cxlflash_hdr hdr;	/* Common fields */
	__u64 num_interrupts;		/* Requested number of interrupts */
	__u64 context_id;		/* Returned context */
	__u64 mmio_size;		/* Returned size of MMIO area */
	__u64 block_size;		/* Returned block size, in bytes */
	__u64 adap_fd;			/* Returned adapter file descriptor */
	__u64 last_lba;			/* Returned last LBA on the device */
	__u64 max_xfer;			/* Returned max transfer size, blocks */
	__u64 reserved[8];		/* Reserved for future use */
};

struct dk_cxlflash_detach {
	struct dk_cxlflash_hdr hdr;	/* Common fields */
	__u64 context_id;		/* Context to detach */
	__u64 reserved[8];		/* Reserved for future use */
};

struct dk_cxlflash_udirect {
	struct dk_cxlflash_hdr hdr;	/* Common fields */
	__u64 context_id;		/* Context to own physical resources */
	__u64 rsrc_handle;		/* Returned resource handle */
	__u64 last_lba;			/* Returned last LBA on the device */
	__u64 reserved[8];		/* Reserved for future use */
};

#define DK_CXLFLASH_UVIRTUAL_NEED_WRITE_SAME	0x8000000000000000ULL

struct dk_cxlflash_uvirtual {
	struct dk_cxlflash_hdr hdr;	/* Common fields */
	__u64 context_id;		/* Context to own virtual resources */
	__u64 lun_size;			/* Requested size, in 4K blocks */
	__u64 rsrc_handle;		/* Returned resource handle */
	__u64 last_lba;			/* Returned last LBA of LUN */
	__u64 reserved[8];		/* Reserved for future use */
};

struct dk_cxlflash_release {
	struct dk_cxlflash_hdr hdr;	/* Common fields */
	__u64 context_id;		/* Context owning resources */
	__u64 rsrc_handle;		/* Resource handle to release */
	__u64 reserved[8];		/* Reserved for future use */
};

struct dk_cxlflash_resize {
	struct dk_cxlflash_hdr hdr;	/* Common fields */
	__u64 context_id;		/* Context owning resources */
	__u64 rsrc_handle;		/* Resource handle of LUN to resize */
	__u64 req_size;			/* New requested size, in 4K blocks */
	__u64 last_lba;			/* Returned last LBA of LUN */
	__u64 reserved[8];		/* Reserved for future use */
};

struct dk_cxlflash_clone {
	struct dk_cxlflash_hdr hdr;	/* Common fields */
	__u64 context_id_src;		/* Context to clone from */
	__u64 context_id_dst;		/* Context to clone to */
	__u64 adap_fd_src;		/* Source context adapter fd */
	__u64 reserved[8];		/* Reserved for future use */
};

#define DK_CXLFLASH_VERIFY_SENSE_LEN	18
#define DK_CXLFLASH_VERIFY_HINT_SENSE	0x8000000000000000ULL

struct dk_cxlflash_verify {
	struct dk_cxlflash_hdr hdr;	/* Common fields */
	__u64 context_id;		/* Context owning resources to verify */
	__u64 rsrc_handle;		/* Resource handle of LUN */
	__u64 hint;			/* Reasons for verify */
	__u64 last_lba;			/* Returned last LBA of device */
	__u8 sense_data[DK_CXLFLASH_VERIFY_SENSE_LEN]; /* SCSI sense data */
	__u8 pad[6];			/* Pad to next 8-byte boundary */
	__u64 reserved[8];		/* Reserved for future use */
};

#define DK_CXLFLASH_RECOVER_AFU_CONTEXT_RESET	0x8000000000000000ULL

struct dk_cxlflash_recover_afu {
	struct dk_cxlflash_hdr hdr;	/* Common fields */
	__u64 reason;			/* Reason for recovery request */
	__u64 context_id;		/* Context to recover / updated ID */
	__u64 mmio_size;		/* Returned size of MMIO area */
	__u64 adap_fd;			/* Returned adapter file descriptor */
	__u64 reserved[8];		/* Reserved for future use */
};

#define DK_CXLFLASH_MANAGE_LUN_WWID_LEN			CXLFLASH_WWID_LEN
#define DK_CXLFLASH_MANAGE_LUN_ENABLE_SUPERPIPE		0x8000000000000000ULL
#define DK_CXLFLASH_MANAGE_LUN_DISABLE_SUPERPIPE	0x4000000000000000ULL
#define DK_CXLFLASH_MANAGE_LUN_ALL_PORTS_ACCESSIBLE	0x2000000000000000ULL

struct dk_cxlflash_manage_lun {
	struct dk_cxlflash_hdr hdr;			/* Common fields */
	__u8 wwid[DK_CXLFLASH_MANAGE_LUN_WWID_LEN];	/* Page83 WWID, NAA-6 */
	__u64 reserved[8];				/* Rsvd, future use */
};

union cxlflash_ioctls {
	struct dk_cxlflash_attach attach;
	struct dk_cxlflash_detach detach;
	struct dk_cxlflash_udirect udirect;
	struct dk_cxlflash_uvirtual uvirtual;
	struct dk_cxlflash_release release;
	struct dk_cxlflash_resize resize;
	struct dk_cxlflash_clone clone;
	struct dk_cxlflash_verify verify;
	struct dk_cxlflash_recover_afu recover_afu;
	struct dk_cxlflash_manage_lun manage_lun;
};

#define MAX_CXLFLASH_IOCTL_SZ	(sizeof(union cxlflash_ioctls))

#define CXL_MAGIC 0xCA
#define CXL_IOWR(_n, _s)	_IOWR(CXL_MAGIC, _n, struct _s)

/*
 * CXL Flash superpipe ioctls start at base of the reserved CXL_MAGIC
 * region (0x80) and grow upwards.
 */
#define DK_CXLFLASH_ATTACH		CXL_IOWR(0x80, dk_cxlflash_attach)
#define DK_CXLFLASH_USER_DIRECT		CXL_IOWR(0x81, dk_cxlflash_udirect)
#define DK_CXLFLASH_RELEASE		CXL_IOWR(0x82, dk_cxlflash_release)
#define DK_CXLFLASH_DETACH		CXL_IOWR(0x83, dk_cxlflash_detach)
#define DK_CXLFLASH_VERIFY		CXL_IOWR(0x84, dk_cxlflash_verify)
#define DK_CXLFLASH_RECOVER_AFU		CXL_IOWR(0x85, dk_cxlflash_recover_afu)
#define DK_CXLFLASH_MANAGE_LUN		CXL_IOWR(0x86, dk_cxlflash_manage_lun)
#define DK_CXLFLASH_USER_VIRTUAL	CXL_IOWR(0x87, dk_cxlflash_uvirtual)
#define DK_CXLFLASH_VLUN_RESIZE		CXL_IOWR(0x88, dk_cxlflash_resize)
#define DK_CXLFLASH_VLUN_CLONE		CXL_IOWR(0x89, dk_cxlflash_clone)

/*
 * Structure and flag definitions CXL Flash host ioctls
 */

#define HT_CXLFLASH_VERSION_0  0

struct ht_cxlflash_hdr {
	__u16 version;		/* Version data */
	__u16 subcmd;		/* Sub-command */
	__u16 rsvd[2];		/* Reserved for future use */
	__u64 flags;		/* Input flags */
	__u64 return_flags;	/* Returned flags */
};

/*
 * Input flag definitions available to all host ioctls
 *
 * These are grown from the bottom-up with the intention that ioctl-specific
 * input flag definitions would grow from the top-down, allowing the two sets
 * to co-exist. While not required/enforced at this time, this provides future
 * flexibility.
 */
#define HT_CXLFLASH_HOST_READ				0x0000000000000000ULL
#define HT_CXLFLASH_HOST_WRITE				0x0000000000000001ULL

#define HT_CXLFLASH_LUN_PROVISION_SUBCMD_CREATE_LUN	0x0001
#define HT_CXLFLASH_LUN_PROVISION_SUBCMD_DELETE_LUN	0x0002
#define HT_CXLFLASH_LUN_PROVISION_SUBCMD_QUERY_PORT	0x0003

struct ht_cxlflash_lun_provision {
	struct ht_cxlflash_hdr hdr; /* Common fields */
	__u16 port;		    /* Target port for provision request */
	__u16 reserved16[3];	    /* Reserved for future use */
	__u64 size;		    /* Size of LUN (4K blocks) */
	__u64 lun_id;		    /* SCSI LUN ID */
	__u8 wwid[CXLFLASH_WWID_LEN];/* Page83 WWID, NAA-6 */
	__u64 max_num_luns;	    /* Maximum number of LUNs provisioned */
	__u64 cur_num_luns;	    /* Current number of LUNs provisioned */
	__u64 max_cap_port;	    /* Total capacity for port (4K blocks) */
	__u64 cur_cap_port;	    /* Current capacity for port (4K blocks) */
	__u64 reserved[8];	    /* Reserved for future use */
};

#define	HT_CXLFLASH_AFU_DEBUG_MAX_DATA_LEN		262144	/* 256K */
#define HT_CXLFLASH_AFU_DEBUG_SUBCMD_LEN		12
struct ht_cxlflash_afu_debug {
	struct ht_cxlflash_hdr hdr; /* Common fields */
	__u8 reserved8[4];	    /* Reserved for future use */
	__u8 afu_subcmd[HT_CXLFLASH_AFU_DEBUG_SUBCMD_LEN]; /* AFU subcommand,
							    * (pass through)
							    */
	__u64 data_ea;		    /* Data buffer effective address */
	__u32 data_len;		    /* Data buffer length */
	__u32 reserved32;	    /* Reserved for future use */
	__u64 reserved[8];	    /* Reserved for future use */
};

union cxlflash_ht_ioctls {
	struct ht_cxlflash_lun_provision lun_provision;
	struct ht_cxlflash_afu_debug afu_debug;
};

#define MAX_HT_CXLFLASH_IOCTL_SZ	(sizeof(union cxlflash_ht_ioctls))

/*
 * CXL Flash host ioctls start at the top of the reserved CXL_MAGIC
 * region (0xBF) and grow downwards.
 */
#define HT_CXLFLASH_LUN_PROVISION CXL_IOWR(0xBF, ht_cxlflash_lun_provision)
#define HT_CXLFLASH_AFU_DEBUG	  CXL_IOWR(0xBE, ht_cxlflash_afu_debug)


#endif /* ifndef _CXLFLASH_IOCTL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Driver for Broadcom MPI3 Storage Controllers
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2017-2022 Broadcom Inc.
 *  (mailto: mpi3mr-linuxdrv.pdl@broadcom.com)
 *
 */

#ifndef SCSI_BSG_MPI3MR_H_INCLUDED
#define SCSI_BSG_MPI3MR_H_INCLUDED

#include <linux/types.h>

/* Definitions for BSG commands */
#define MPI3MR_IOCTL_VERSION			0x06

#define MPI3MR_APP_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT		(60) /*seconds*/

#define MPI3MR_BSG_ADPTYPE_UNKNOWN		0
#define MPI3MR_BSG_ADPTYPE_AVGFAMILY		1

#define MPI3MR_BSG_ADPSTATE_UNKNOWN		0
#define MPI3MR_BSG_ADPSTATE_OPERATIONAL		1
#define MPI3MR_BSG_ADPSTATE_FAULT		2
#define MPI3MR_BSG_ADPSTATE_IN_RESET		3
#define MPI3MR_BSG_ADPSTATE_UNRECOVERABLE	4

#define MPI3MR_BSG_ADPRESET_UNKNOWN		0
#define MPI3MR_BSG_ADPRESET_SOFT		1
#define MPI3MR_BSG_ADPRESET_DIAG_FAULT		2

#define MPI3MR_BSG_LOGDATA_MAX_ENTRIES		400
#define MPI3MR_BSG_LOGDATA_ENTRY_HEADER_SZ	4

#define MPI3MR_DRVBSG_OPCODE_UNKNOWN		0
#define MPI3MR_DRVBSG_OPCODE_ADPINFO		1
#define MPI3MR_DRVBSG_OPCODE_ADPRESET		2
#define MPI3MR_DRVBSG_OPCODE_ALLTGTDEVINFO	4
#define MPI3MR_DRVBSG_OPCODE_GETCHGCNT		5
#define MPI3MR_DRVBSG_OPCODE_LOGDATAENABLE	6
#define MPI3MR_DRVBSG_OPCODE_PELENABLE		7
#define MPI3MR_DRVBSG_OPCODE_GETLOGDATA		8
#define MPI3MR_DRVBSG_OPCODE_QUERY_HDB		9
#define MPI3MR_DRVBSG_OPCODE_REPOST_HDB		10
#define MPI3MR_DRVBSG_OPCODE_UPLOAD_HDB		11
#define MPI3MR_DRVBSG_OPCODE_REFRESH_HDB_TRIGGERS	12


#define MPI3MR_BSG_BUFTYPE_UNKNOWN		0
#define MPI3MR_BSG_BUFTYPE_RAIDMGMT_CMD		1
#define MPI3MR_BSG_BUFTYPE_RAIDMGMT_RESP	2
#define MPI3MR_BSG_BUFTYPE_DATA_IN		3
#define MPI3MR_BSG_BUFTYPE_DATA_OUT		4
#define MPI3MR_BSG_BUFTYPE_MPI_REPLY		5
#define MPI3MR_BSG_BUFTYPE_ERR_RESPONSE		6
#define MPI3MR_BSG_BUFTYPE_MPI_REQUEST		0xFE

#define MPI3MR_BSG_MPI_REPLY_BUFTYPE_UNKNOWN	0
#define MPI3MR_BSG_MPI_REPLY_BUFTYPE_STATUS	1
#define MPI3MR_BSG_MPI_REPLY_BUFTYPE_ADDRESS	2

#define MPI3MR_HDB_BUFTYPE_UNKNOWN		0
#define MPI3MR_HDB_BUFTYPE_TRACE		1
#define MPI3MR_HDB_BUFTYPE_FIRMWARE		2
#define MPI3MR_HDB_BUFTYPE_RESERVED		3

#define MPI3MR_HDB_BUFSTATUS_UNKNOWN		0
#define MPI3MR_HDB_BUFSTATUS_NOT_ALLOCATED	1
#define MPI3MR_HDB_BUFSTATUS_POSTED_UNPAUSED	2
#define MPI3MR_HDB_BUFSTATUS_POSTED_PAUSED	3
#define MPI3MR_HDB_BUFSTATUS_RELEASED		4

#define MPI3MR_HDB_TRIGGER_TYPE_UNKNOWN		0
#define MPI3MR_HDB_TRIGGER_TYPE_DIAGFAULT	1
#define MPI3MR_HDB_TRIGGER_TYPE_ELEMENT		2
#define MPI3MR_HDB_TRIGGER_TYPE_MASTER		3


/* Supported BSG commands */
enum command {
	MPI3MR_DRV_CMD = 1,
	MPI3MR_MPT_CMD = 2,
};

/**
 * struct mpi3_driver_info_layout - Information about driver
 *
 * @information_length: Length of this structure in bytes
 * @driver_signature: Driver Vendor name
 * @os_name: Operating System Name
 * @driver_name: Driver name
 * @driver_version: Driver version
 * @driver_release_date: Driver release date
 * @driver_capabilities: Driver capabilities
 */
struct mpi3_driver_info_layout {
	__le32	information_length;
	__u8	driver_signature[12];
	__u8	os_name[16];
	__u8	os_version[12];
	__u8	driver_name[20];
	__u8	driver_version[32];
	__u8	driver_release_date[20];
	__le32	driver_capabilities;
};

/**
 * struct mpi3mr_bsg_in_adpinfo - Adapter information request
 * data returned by the driver.
 *
 * @adp_type: Adapter type
 * @rsvd1: Reserved
 * @pci_dev_id: PCI device ID of the adapter
 * @pci_dev_hw_rev: PCI revision of the adapter
 * @pci_subsys_dev_id: PCI subsystem device ID of the adapter
 * @pci_subsys_ven_id: PCI subsystem vendor ID of the adapter
 * @pci_dev: PCI device
 * @pci_func: PCI function
 * @pci_bus: PCI bus
 * @rsvd2: Reserved
 * @pci_seg_id: PCI segment ID
 * @app_intfc_ver: version of the application interface definition
 * @rsvd3: Reserved
 * @rsvd4: Reserved
 * @rsvd5: Reserved
 * @driver_info: Driver Information (Version/Name)
 */
struct mpi3mr_bsg_in_adpinfo {
	__u32	adp_type;
	__u32	rsvd1;
	__u32	pci_dev_id;
	__u32	pci_dev_hw_rev;
	__u32	pci_subsys_dev_id;
	__u32	pci_subsys_ven_id;
	__u32	pci_dev:5;
	__u32	pci_func:3;
	__u32	pci_bus:8;
	__u16	rsvd2;
	__u32	pci_seg_id;
	__u32	app_intfc_ver;
	__u8	adp_state;
	__u8	rsvd3;
	__u16	rsvd4;
	__u32	rsvd5[2];
	struct mpi3_driver_info_layout driver_info;
};

/**
 * struct mpi3mr_bsg_adp_reset - Adapter reset request
 * payload data to the driver.
 *
 * @reset_type: Reset type
 * @rsvd1: Reserved
 * @rsvd2: Reserved
 */
struct mpi3mr_bsg_adp_reset {
	__u8	reset_type;
	__u8	rsvd1;
	__u16	rsvd2;
};

/**
 * struct mpi3mr_change_count - Topology change count
 * returned by the driver.
 *
 * @change_count: Topology change count
 * @rsvd: Reserved
 */
struct mpi3mr_change_count {
	__u16	change_count;
	__u16	rsvd;
};

/**
 * struct mpi3mr_device_map_info - Target device mapping
 * information
 *
 * @handle: Firmware device handle
 * @perst_id: Persistent ID assigned by the firmware
 * @target_id: Target ID assigned by the driver
 * @bus_id: Bus ID assigned by the driver
 * @rsvd1: Reserved
 * @rsvd2: Reserved
 */
struct mpi3mr_device_map_info {
	__u16	handle;
	__u16	perst_id;
	__u32	target_id;
	__u8	bus_id;
	__u8	rsvd1;
	__u16	rsvd2;
};

/**
 * struct mpi3mr_all_tgt_info - Target device mapping
 * information returned by the driver
 *
 * @num_devices: The number of devices in driver's inventory
 * @rsvd1: Reserved
 * @rsvd2: Reserved
 * @dmi: Variable length array of mapping information of targets
 */
struct mpi3mr_all_tgt_info {
	__u16	num_devices;
	__u16	rsvd1;
	__u32	rsvd2;
	struct mpi3mr_device_map_info dmi[1];
};

/**
 * struct mpi3mr_logdata_enable - Number of log data
 * entries saved by the driver returned as payload data for
 * enable logdata BSG request by the driver.
 *
 * @max_entries: Number of log data entries cached by the driver
 * @rsvd: Reserved
 */
struct mpi3mr_logdata_enable {
	__u16	max_entries;
	__u16	rsvd;
};

/**
 * struct mpi3mr_bsg_out_pel_enable - PEL enable request payload
 * data to the driver.
 *
 * @pel_locale: PEL locale to the firmware
 * @pel_class: PEL class to the firmware
 * @rsvd: Reserved
 */
struct mpi3mr_bsg_out_pel_enable {
	__u16	pel_locale;
	__u8	pel_class;
	__u8	rsvd;
};

/**
 * struct mpi3mr_logdata_entry - Log data entry cached by the
 * driver.
 *
 * @valid_entry: Is the entry valid
 * @rsvd1: Reserved
 * @rsvd2: Reserved
 * @data: Variable length Log entry data
 */
struct mpi3mr_logdata_entry {
	__u8	valid_entry;
	__u8	rsvd1;
	__u16	rsvd2;
	__u8	data[1]; /* Variable length Array */
};

/**
 * struct mpi3mr_bsg_in_log_data - Log data entries saved by
 * the driver returned as payload data for Get logdata request
 * by the driver.
 *
 * @entry: Variable length Log data entry array
 */
struct mpi3mr_bsg_in_log_data {
	struct mpi3mr_logdata_entry entry[1];
};

/**
 * struct mpi3mr_hdb_entry - host diag buffer entry.
 *
 * @buf_type: Buffer type
 * @status: Buffer status
 * @trigger_type: Trigger type
 * @rsvd1: Reserved
 * @size: Buffer size
 * @rsvd2: Reserved
 * @trigger_data: Trigger specific data
 * @rsvd3: Reserved
 * @rsvd4: Reserved
 */
struct mpi3mr_hdb_entry {
	__u8	buf_type;
	__u8	status;
	__u8	trigger_type;
	__u8	rsvd1;
	__u16	size;
	__u16	rsvd2;
	__u64	trigger_data;
	__u32	rsvd3;
	__u32	rsvd4;
};


/**
 * struct mpi3mr_bsg_in_hdb_status - This structure contains
 * return data for the BSG request to retrieve the number of host
 * diagnostic buffers supported by the driver and their current
 * status and additional status specific data if any in forms of
 * multiple hdb entries.
 *
 * @num_hdb_types: Number of host diag buffer types supported
 * @rsvd1: Reserved
 * @rsvd2: Reserved
 * @rsvd3: Reserved
 * @entry: Variable length Diag buffer status entry array
 */
struct mpi3mr_bsg_in_hdb_status {
	__u8	num_hdb_types;
	__u8	rsvd1;
	__u16	rsvd2;
	__u32	rsvd3;
	struct mpi3mr_hdb_entry entry[1];
};

/**
 * struct mpi3mr_bsg_out_repost_hdb - Repost host diagnostic
 * buffer request payload data to the driver.
 *
 * @buf_type: Buffer type
 * @rsvd1: Reserved
 * @rsvd2: Reserved
 */
struct mpi3mr_bsg_out_repost_hdb {
	__u8	buf_type;
	__u8	rsvd1;
	__u16	rsvd2;
};

/**
 * struct mpi3mr_bsg_out_upload_hdb - Upload host diagnostic
 * buffer request payload data to the driver.
 *
 * @buf_type: Buffer type
 * @rsvd1: Reserved
 * @rsvd2: Reserved
 * @start_offset: Start offset of the buffer from where to copy
 * @length: Length of the buffer to copy
 */
struct mpi3mr_bsg_out_upload_hdb {
	__u8	buf_type;
	__u8	rsvd1;
	__u16	rsvd2;
	__u32	start_offset;
	__u32	length;
};

/**
 * struct mpi3mr_bsg_out_refresh_hdb_triggers - Refresh host
 * diagnostic buffer triggers request payload data to the driver.
 *
 * @page_type: Page type
 * @rsvd1: Reserved
 * @rsvd2: Reserved
 */
struct mpi3mr_bsg_out_refresh_hdb_triggers {
	__u8	page_type;
	__u8	rsvd1;
	__u16	rsvd2;
};
/**
 * struct mpi3mr_bsg_drv_cmd -  Generic bsg data
 * structure for all driver specific requests.
 *
 * @mrioc_id: Controller ID
 * @opcode: Driver specific opcode
 * @rsvd1: Reserved
 * @rsvd2: Reserved
 */
struct mpi3mr_bsg_drv_cmd {
	__u8	mrioc_id;
	__u8	opcode;
	__u16	rsvd1;
	__u32	rsvd2[4];
};
/**
 * struct mpi3mr_bsg_in_reply_buf - MPI reply buffer returned
 * for MPI Passthrough request .
 *
 * @mpi_reply_type: Type of MPI reply
 * @rsvd1: Reserved
 * @rsvd2: Reserved
 * @reply_buf: Variable Length buffer based on mpirep type
 */
struct mpi3mr_bsg_in_reply_buf {
	__u8	mpi_reply_type;
	__u8	rsvd1;
	__u16	rsvd2;
	__u8	reply_buf[];
};

/**
 * struct mpi3mr_buf_entry - User buffer descriptor for MPI
 * Passthrough requests.
 *
 * @buf_type: Buffer type
 * @rsvd1: Reserved
 * @rsvd2: Reserved
 * @buf_len: Buffer length
 */
struct mpi3mr_buf_entry {
	__u8	buf_type;
	__u8	rsvd1;
	__u16	rsvd2;
	__u32	buf_len;
};
/**
 * struct mpi3mr_bsg_buf_entry_list - list of user buffer
 * descriptor for MPI Passthrough requests.
 *
 * @num_of_entries: Number of buffer descriptors
 * @rsvd1: Reserved
 * @rsvd2: Reserved
 * @rsvd3: Reserved
 * @buf_entry: Variable length array of buffer descriptors
 */
struct mpi3mr_buf_entry_list {
	__u8	num_of_entries;
	__u8	rsvd1;
	__u16	rsvd2;
	__u32	rsvd3;
	struct mpi3mr_buf_entry buf_entry[1];
};
/**
 * struct mpi3mr_bsg_mptcmd -  Generic bsg data
 * structure for all MPI Passthrough requests .
 *
 * @mrioc_id: Controller ID
 * @rsvd1: Reserved
 * @timeout: MPI request timeout
 * @buf_entry_list: Buffer descriptor list
 */
struct mpi3mr_bsg_mptcmd {
	__u8	mrioc_id;
	__u8	rsvd1;
	__u16	timeout;
	__u32	rsvd2;
	struct mpi3mr_buf_entry_list buf_entry_list;
};

/**
 * struct mpi3mr_bsg_packet -  Generic bsg data
 * structure for all supported requests .
 *
 * @cmd_type: represents drvrcmd or mptcmd
 * @rsvd1: Reserved
 * @rsvd2: Reserved
 * @drvrcmd: driver request structure
 * @mptcmd: mpt request structure
 */
struct mpi3mr_bsg_packet {
	__u8	cmd_type;
	__u8	rsvd1;
	__u16	rsvd2;
	__u32	rsvd3;
	union {
		struct mpi3mr_bsg_drv_cmd drvrcmd;
		struct mpi3mr_bsg_mptcmd mptcmd;
	} cmd;
};


/* MPI3: NVMe Encasulation related definitions */
#ifndef MPI3_NVME_ENCAP_CMD_MAX
#define MPI3_NVME_ENCAP_CMD_MAX               (1)
#endif

struct mpi3_nvme_encapsulated_request {
	__le16	host_tag;
	__u8	ioc_use_only02;
	__u8	function;
	__le16	ioc_use_only04;
	__u8	ioc_use_only06;
	__u8	msg_flags;
	__le16	change_count;
	__le16	dev_handle;
	__le16	encapsulated_command_length;
	__le16	flags;
	__le32	data_length;
	__le32  reserved14[3];
	__le32	command[MPI3_NVME_ENCAP_CMD_MAX];
};

struct mpi3_nvme_encapsulated_error_reply {
	__le16	host_tag;
	__u8	ioc_use_only02;
	__u8	function;
	__le16	ioc_use_only04;
	__u8	ioc_use_only06;
	__u8	msg_flags;
	__le16	ioc_use_only08;
	__le16	ioc_status;
	__le32	ioc_log_info;
	__le32	nvme_completion_entry[4];
};

#define	MPI3MR_NVME_PRP_SIZE		8 /* PRP size */
#define	MPI3MR_NVME_CMD_PRP1_OFFSET	24 /* PRP1 offset in NVMe cmd */
#define	MPI3MR_NVME_CMD_PRP2_OFFSET	32 /* PRP2 offset in NVMe cmd */
#define	MPI3MR_NVME_CMD_SGL_OFFSET	24 /* SGL offset in NVMe cmd */
#define MPI3MR_NVME_DATA_FORMAT_PRP	0
#define MPI3MR_NVME_DATA_FORMAT_SGL1	1
#define MPI3MR_NVME_DATA_FORMAT_SGL2	2

/* MPI3: task management related definitions */
struct mpi3_scsi_task_mgmt_request {
	__le16	host_tag;
	__u8	ioc_use_only02;
	__u8	function;
	__le16	ioc_use_only04;
	__u8	ioc_use_only06;
	__u8    msg_flags;
	__le16	change_count;
	__le16	dev_handle;
	__le16	task_host_tag;
	__u8	task_type;
	__u8	reserved0f;
	__le16	task_request_queue_id;
	__le16	reserved12;
	__le32	reserved14;
	__u8	lun[8];
};

#define MPI3_SCSITASKMGMT_MSGFLAGS_DO_NOT_SEND_TASK_IU      (0x08)
#define MPI3_SCSITASKMGMT_TASKTYPE_ABORT_TASK               (0x01)
#define MPI3_SCSITASKMGMT_TASKTYPE_ABORT_TASK_SET           (0x02)
#define MPI3_SCSITASKMGMT_TASKTYPE_TARGET_RESET             (0x03)
#define MPI3_SCSITASKMGMT_TASKTYPE_LOGICAL_UNIT_RESET       (0x05)
#define MPI3_SCSITASKMGMT_TASKTYPE_CLEAR_TASK_SET           (0x06)
#define MPI3_SCSITASKMGMT_TASKTYPE_QUERY_TASK               (0x07)
#define MPI3_SCSITASKMGMT_TASKTYPE_CLEAR_ACA                (0x08)
#define MPI3_SCSITASKMGMT_TASKTYPE_QUERY_TASK_SET           (0x09)
#define MPI3_SCSITASKMGMT_TASKTYPE_QUERY_ASYNC_EVENT        (0x0a)
#define MPI3_SCSITASKMGMT_TASKTYPE_I_T_NEXUS_RESET          (0x0b)
struct mpi3_scsi_task_mgmt_reply {
	__le16	host_tag;
	__u8	ioc_use_only02;
	__u8	function;
	__le16  ioc_use_only04;
	__u8	ioc_use_only06;
	__u8	msg_flags;
	__le16	ioc_use_only08;
	__le16	ioc_status;
	__le32	ioc_log_info;
	__le32	termination_count;
	__le32	response_data;
	__le32	reserved18;
};

#define MPI3_SCSITASKMGMT_RSPCODE_TM_COMPLETE                (0x00)
#define MPI3_SCSITASKMGMT_RSPCODE_INVALID_FRAME              (0x02)
#define MPI3_SCSITASKMGMT_RSPCODE_TM_FUNCTION_NOT_SUPPORTED  (0x04)
#define MPI3_SCSITASKMGMT_RSPCODE_TM_FAILED                  (0x05)
#define MPI3_SCSITASKMGMT_RSPCODE_TM_SUCCEEDED               (0x08)
#define MPI3_SCSITASKMGMT_RSPCODE_TM_INVALID_LUN             (0x09)
#define MPI3_SCSITASKMGMT_RSPCODE_TM_OVERLAPPED_TAG          (0x0a)
#define MPI3_SCSITASKMGMT_RSPCODE_IO_QUEUED_ON_IOC           (0x80)
#define MPI3_SCSITASKMGMT_RSPCODE_TM_NVME_DENIED             (0x81)

/* MPI3: PEL related definitions */
#define MPI3_PEL_LOCALE_FLAGS_NON_BLOCKING_BOOT_EVENT   (0x0200)
#define MPI3_PEL_LOCALE_FLAGS_BLOCKING_BOOT_EVENT       (0x0100)
#define MPI3_PEL_LOCALE_FLAGS_PCIE                      (0x0080)
#define MPI3_PEL_LOCALE_FLAGS_CONFIGURATION             (0x0040)
#define MPI3_PEL_LOCALE_FLAGS_CONTROLER                 (0x0020)
#define MPI3_PEL_LOCALE_FLAGS_SAS                       (0x0010)
#define MPI3_PEL_LOCALE_FLAGS_EPACK                     (0x0008)
#define MPI3_PEL_LOCALE_FLAGS_ENCLOSURE                 (0x0004)
#define MPI3_PEL_LOCALE_FLAGS_PD                        (0x0002)
#define MPI3_PEL_LOCALE_FLAGS_VD                        (0x0001)
#define MPI3_PEL_CLASS_DEBUG                            (0x00)
#define MPI3_PEL_CLASS_PROGRESS                         (0x01)
#define MPI3_PEL_CLASS_INFORMATIONAL                    (0x02)
#define MPI3_PEL_CLASS_WARNING                          (0x03)
#define MPI3_PEL_CLASS_CRITICAL                         (0x04)
#define MPI3_PEL_CLASS_FATAL                            (0x05)
#define MPI3_PEL_CLASS_FAULT                            (0x06)

/* MPI3: Function definitions */
#define MPI3_BSG_FUNCTION_MGMT_PASSTHROUGH              (0x0a)
#define MPI3_BSG_FUNCTION_SCSI_IO                       (0x20)
#define MPI3_BSG_FUNCTION_SCSI_TASK_MGMT                (0x21)
#define MPI3_BSG_FUNCTION_SMP_PASSTHROUGH               (0x22)
#define MPI3_BSG_FUNCTION_NVME_ENCAPSULATED             (0x24)

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright(c) 2007 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License,
 * version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT
 * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
 * more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
 * this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
 * 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
 *
 * Maintained at www.Open-FCoE.org
 */

#ifndef _FC_FS_H_
#define _FC_FS_H_

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * Fibre Channel Framing and Signalling definitions.
 * From T11 FC-FS-2 Rev 0.90 - 9 August 2005.
 */

/*
 * Frame header
 */
struct fc_frame_header {
	__u8          fh_r_ctl;	/* routing control */
	__u8          fh_d_id[3];	/* Destination ID */

	__u8          fh_cs_ctl;	/* class of service control / pri */
	__u8          fh_s_id[3];	/* Source ID */

	__u8          fh_type;		/* see enum fc_fh_type below */
	__u8          fh_f_ctl[3];	/* frame control */

	__u8          fh_seq_id;	/* sequence ID */
	__u8          fh_df_ctl;	/* data field control */
	__be16        fh_seq_cnt;	/* sequence count */

	__be16        fh_ox_id;		/* originator exchange ID */
	__be16        fh_rx_id;		/* responder exchange ID */
	__be32        fh_parm_offset;	/* parameter or relative offset */
};

#define FC_FRAME_HEADER_LEN 24	/* expected length of structure */

#define FC_MAX_PAYLOAD  2112U		/* max payload length in bytes */
#define FC_MIN_MAX_PAYLOAD  256U 	/* lower limit on max payload */

#define FC_MAX_FRAME	(FC_MAX_PAYLOAD + FC_FRAME_HEADER_LEN)
#define FC_MIN_MAX_FRAME (FC_MIN_MAX_PAYLOAD + FC_FRAME_HEADER_LEN)

/*
 * fh_r_ctl - Routing control definitions.
 */
    /*
     * FC-4 device_data.
     */
enum fc_rctl {
	FC_RCTL_DD_UNCAT = 0x00,	/* uncategorized information */
	FC_RCTL_DD_SOL_DATA = 0x01,	/* solicited data */
	FC_RCTL_DD_UNSOL_CTL = 0x02,	/* unsolicited control */
	FC_RCTL_DD_SOL_CTL = 0x03,	/* solicited control or reply */
	FC_RCTL_DD_UNSOL_DATA = 0x04,	/* unsolicited data */
	FC_RCTL_DD_DATA_DESC = 0x05,	/* data descriptor */
	FC_RCTL_DD_UNSOL_CMD = 0x06,	/* unsolicited command */
	FC_RCTL_DD_CMD_STATUS = 0x07,	/* command status */

#define FC_RCTL_ILS_REQ FC_RCTL_DD_UNSOL_CTL	/* ILS request */
#define FC_RCTL_ILS_REP FC_RCTL_DD_SOL_CTL	/* ILS reply */

	/*
	 * Extended Link_Data
	 */
	FC_RCTL_ELS_REQ = 0x22,	/* extended link services request */
	FC_RCTL_ELS_REP = 0x23,	/* extended link services reply */
	FC_RCTL_ELS4_REQ = 0x32, /* FC-4 ELS request */
	FC_RCTL_ELS4_REP = 0x33, /* FC-4 ELS reply */
	/*
	 * Optional Extended Headers
	 */
	FC_RCTL_VFTH = 0x50,	/* virtual fabric tagging header */
	FC_RCTL_IFRH = 0x51,	/* inter-fabric routing header */
	FC_RCTL_ENCH = 0x52,	/* encapsulation header */
	/*
	 * Basic Link Services fh_r_ctl values.
	 */
	FC_RCTL_BA_NOP = 0x80,	/* basic link service NOP */
	FC_RCTL_BA_ABTS = 0x81,	/* basic link service abort */
	FC_RCTL_BA_RMC = 0x82,	/* remove connection */
	FC_RCTL_BA_ACC = 0x84,	/* basic accept */
	FC_RCTL_BA_RJT = 0x85,	/* basic reject */
	FC_RCTL_BA_PRMT = 0x86,	/* dedicated connection preempted */
	/*
	 * Link Control Information.
	 */
	FC_RCTL_ACK_1 = 0xc0,	/* acknowledge_1 */
	FC_RCTL_ACK_0 = 0xc1,	/* acknowledge_0 */
	FC_RCTL_P_RJT = 0xc2,	/* port reject */
	FC_RCTL_F_RJT = 0xc3,	/* fabric reject */
	FC_RCTL_P_BSY = 0xc4,	/* port busy */
	FC_RCTL_F_BSY = 0xc5,	/* fabric busy to data frame */
	FC_RCTL_F_BSYL = 0xc6,	/* fabric busy to link control frame */
	FC_RCTL_LCR = 0xc7,	/* link credit reset */
	FC_RCTL_END = 0xc9,	/* end */
};
				    /* incomplete list of definitions */

/*
 * R_CTL names initializer.
 * Please keep this matching the above definitions.
 */
#define FC_RCTL_NAMES_INIT { \
	[FC_RCTL_DD_UNCAT] =		"uncat",			\
	[FC_RCTL_DD_SOL_DATA] =		"sol data",			\
	[FC_RCTL_DD_UNSOL_CTL] =	"unsol ctl",			\
	[FC_RCTL_DD_SOL_CTL] =		"sol ctl/reply",		\
	[FC_RCTL_DD_UNSOL_DATA] =	"unsol data",			\
	[FC_RCTL_DD_DATA_DESC] =	"data desc",			\
	[FC_RCTL_DD_UNSOL_CMD] =	"unsol cmd",			\
	[FC_RCTL_DD_CMD_STATUS] =	"cmd status",			\
	[FC_RCTL_ELS_REQ] =		"ELS req",			\
	[FC_RCTL_ELS_REP] =		"ELS rep",			\
	[FC_RCTL_ELS4_REQ] =		"FC-4 ELS req",			\
	[FC_RCTL_ELS4_REP] =		"FC-4 ELS rep",			\
	[FC_RCTL_BA_NOP] =		"BLS NOP",			\
	[FC_RCTL_BA_ABTS] =		"BLS abort",			\
	[FC_RCTL_BA_RMC] =		"BLS remove connection",	\
	[FC_RCTL_BA_ACC] =		"BLS accept",			\
	[FC_RCTL_BA_RJT] =		"BLS reject",			\
	[FC_RCTL_BA_PRMT] =		"BLS dedicated connection preempted", \
	[FC_RCTL_ACK_1] =		"LC ACK_1",			\
	[FC_RCTL_ACK_0] =		"LC ACK_0",			\
	[FC_RCTL_P_RJT] =		"LC port reject",		\
	[FC_RCTL_F_RJT] =		"LC fabric reject",		\
	[FC_RCTL_P_BSY] =		"LC port busy",			\
	[FC_RCTL_F_BSY] =		"LC fabric busy to data frame",	\
	[FC_RCTL_F_BSYL] =		"LC fabric busy to link control frame",\
	[FC_RCTL_LCR] =			"LC link credit reset",		\
	[FC_RCTL_END] =			"LC end",			\
}

/*
 * Well-known fabric addresses.
 */
enum fc_well_known_fid {
	FC_FID_NONE =           0x000000,       /* No destination */
	FC_FID_BCAST =		0xffffff,	/* broadcast */
	FC_FID_FLOGI =		0xfffffe,	/* fabric login */
	FC_FID_FCTRL =		0xfffffd,	/* fabric controller */
	FC_FID_DIR_SERV =	0xfffffc,	/* directory server */
	FC_FID_TIME_SERV =	0xfffffb,	/* time server */
	FC_FID_MGMT_SERV =	0xfffffa,	/* management server */
	FC_FID_QOS =		0xfffff9,	/* QoS Facilitator */
	FC_FID_ALIASES =	0xfffff8,	/* alias server (FC-PH2) */
	FC_FID_SEC_KEY =	0xfffff7,	/* Security key dist. server */
	FC_FID_CLOCK =		0xfffff6,	/* clock synch server */
	FC_FID_MCAST_SERV =	0xfffff5,	/* multicast server */
};

#define	FC_FID_WELL_KNOWN_MAX	0xffffff /* highest well-known fabric ID */
#define	FC_FID_WELL_KNOWN_BASE	0xfffff5 /* start of well-known fabric ID */

/*
 * Other well-known addresses, outside the above contiguous range.
 */
#define	FC_FID_DOM_MGR		0xfffc00	/* domain manager base */

/*
 * Fabric ID bytes.
 */
#define	FC_FID_DOMAIN		0
#define	FC_FID_PORT		1
#define	FC_FID_LINK		2

/*
 * fh_type codes
 */
enum fc_fh_type {
	FC_TYPE_BLS =	0x00,	/* basic link service */
	FC_TYPE_ELS =	0x01,	/* extended link service */
	FC_TYPE_IP =	0x05,	/* IP over FC, RFC 4338 */
	FC_TYPE_FCP =	0x08,	/* SCSI FCP */
	FC_TYPE_CT =	0x20,	/* Fibre Channel Services (FC-CT) */
	FC_TYPE_ILS =	0x22,	/* internal link service */
	FC_TYPE_NVME =	0x28,	/* FC-NVME */
};

/*
 * FC_TYPE names initializer.
 * Please keep this matching the above definitions.
 */
#define FC_TYPE_NAMES_INIT {				\
	[FC_TYPE_BLS] =		"BLS",			\
	[FC_TYPE_ELS] =		"ELS",			\
	[FC_TYPE_IP] =		"IP",			\
	[FC_TYPE_FCP] =		"FCP",			\
	[FC_TYPE_CT] =		"CT",			\
	[FC_TYPE_ILS] =		"ILS",			\
	[FC_TYPE_NVME] =	"NVME",			\
}

/*
 * Exchange IDs.
 */
#define FC_XID_UNKNOWN  0xffff	/* unknown exchange ID */
#define FC_XID_MIN	0x0	/* supported min exchange ID */
#define FC_XID_MAX	0xfffe	/* supported max exchange ID */

/*
 * fh_f_ctl - Frame control flags.
 */
#define	FC_FC_EX_CTX	(1 << 23)	/* sent by responder to exchange */
#define	FC_FC_SEQ_CTX	(1 << 22)	/* sent by responder to sequence */
#define	FC_FC_FIRST_SEQ (1 << 21)	/* first sequence of this exchange */
#define	FC_FC_LAST_SEQ	(1 << 20)	/* last sequence of this exchange */
#define	FC_FC_END_SEQ	(1 << 19)	/* last frame of sequence */
#define	FC_FC_END_CONN	(1 << 18)	/* end of class 1 connection pending */
#define	FC_FC_RES_B17	(1 << 17)	/* reserved */
#define	FC_FC_SEQ_INIT	(1 << 16)	/* transfer of sequence initiative */
#define	FC_FC_X_ID_REASS (1 << 15)	/* exchange ID has been changed */
#define	FC_FC_X_ID_INVAL (1 << 14)	/* exchange ID invalidated */

#define	FC_FC_ACK_1	(1 << 12)	/* 13:12 = 1: ACK_1 expected */
#define	FC_FC_ACK_N	(2 << 12)	/* 13:12 = 2: ACK_N expected */
#define	FC_FC_ACK_0	(3 << 12)	/* 13:12 = 3: ACK_0 expected */

#define	FC_FC_RES_B11	(1 << 11)	/* reserved */
#define	FC_FC_RES_B10	(1 << 10)	/* reserved */
#define	FC_FC_RETX_SEQ	(1 << 9)	/* retransmitted sequence */
#define	FC_FC_UNI_TX	(1 << 8)	/* unidirectional transmit (class 1) */
#define	FC_FC_CONT_SEQ(i) ((i) << 6)
#define	FC_FC_ABT_SEQ(i) ((i) << 4)
#define	FC_FC_REL_OFF	(1 << 3)	/* parameter is relative offset */
#define	FC_FC_RES2	(1 << 2)	/* reserved */
#define	FC_FC_FILL(i)	((i) & 3)	/* 1:0: bytes of trailing fill */

/*
 * BA_ACC payload.
 */
struct fc_ba_acc {
	__u8		ba_seq_id_val;	/* SEQ_ID validity */
#define FC_BA_SEQ_ID_VAL 0x80
	__u8		ba_seq_id;	/* SEQ_ID of seq last deliverable */
	__u8		ba_resvd[2];	/* reserved */
	__be16		ba_ox_id;	/* OX_ID for aborted seq or exch */
	__be16		ba_rx_id;	/* RX_ID for aborted seq or exch */
	__be16		ba_low_seq_cnt;	/* low SEQ_CNT of aborted seq */
	__be16		ba_high_seq_cnt; /* high SEQ_CNT of aborted seq */
};

/*
 * BA_RJT: Basic Reject payload.
 */
struct fc_ba_rjt {
	__u8		br_resvd;	/* reserved */
	__u8		br_reason;	/* reason code */
	__u8		br_explan;	/* reason explanation */
	__u8		br_vendor;	/* vendor unique code */
};

/*
 * BA_RJT reason codes.
 * From FS-2.
 */
enum fc_ba_rjt_reason {
	FC_BA_RJT_NONE =	0,	/* in software this means no reject */
	FC_BA_RJT_INVL_CMD =	0x01,	/* invalid command code */
	FC_BA_RJT_LOG_ERR =	0x03,	/* logical error */
	FC_BA_RJT_LOG_BUSY =	0x05,	/* logical busy */
	FC_BA_RJT_PROTO_ERR =	0x07,	/* protocol error */
	FC_BA_RJT_UNABLE =	0x09,	/* unable to perform request */
	FC_BA_RJT_VENDOR =	0xff,	/* vendor-specific (see br_vendor) */
};

/*
 * BA_RJT reason code explanations.
 */
enum fc_ba_rjt_explan {
	FC_BA_RJT_EXP_NONE =	0x00,	/* no additional expanation */
	FC_BA_RJT_INV_XID =	0x03,	/* invalid OX_ID-RX_ID combination */
	FC_BA_RJT_ABT =		0x05,	/* sequence aborted, no seq info */
};

/*
 * P_RJT or F_RJT: Port Reject or Fabric Reject parameter field.
 */
struct fc_pf_rjt {
	__u8		rj_action;	/* reserved */
	__u8		rj_reason;	/* reason code */
	__u8		rj_resvd;	/* reserved */
	__u8		rj_vendor;	/* vendor unique code */
};

/*
 * P_RJT and F_RJT reject reason codes.
 */
enum fc_pf_rjt_reason {
	FC_RJT_NONE =		0,	/* non-reject (reserved by standard) */
	FC_RJT_INVL_DID =	0x01,	/* invalid destination ID */
	FC_RJT_INVL_SID =	0x02,	/* invalid source ID */
	FC_RJT_P_UNAV_T =	0x03,	/* port unavailable, temporary */
	FC_RJT_P_UNAV =		0x04,	/* port unavailable, permanent */
	FC_RJT_CLS_UNSUP =	0x05,	/* class not supported */
	FC_RJT_DEL_USAGE =	0x06,	/* delimiter usage error */
	FC_RJT_TYPE_UNSUP =	0x07,	/* type not supported */
	FC_RJT_LINK_CTL =	0x08,	/* invalid link control */
	FC_RJT_R_CTL =		0x09,	/* invalid R_CTL field */
	FC_RJT_F_CTL =		0x0a,	/* invalid F_CTL field */
	FC_RJT_OX_ID =		0x0b,	/* invalid originator exchange ID */
	FC_RJT_RX_ID =		0x0c,	/* invalid responder exchange ID */
	FC_RJT_SEQ_ID =		0x0d,	/* invalid sequence ID */
	FC_RJT_DF_CTL =		0x0e,	/* invalid DF_CTL field */
	FC_RJT_SEQ_CNT =	0x0f,	/* invalid SEQ_CNT field */
	FC_RJT_PARAM =		0x10,	/* invalid parameter field */
	FC_RJT_EXCH_ERR =	0x11,	/* exchange error */
	FC_RJT_PROTO =		0x12,	/* protocol error */
	FC_RJT_LEN =		0x13,	/* incorrect length */
	FC_RJT_UNEXP_ACK =	0x14,	/* unexpected ACK */
	FC_RJT_FAB_CLASS =	0x15,	/* class unsupported by fabric entity */
	FC_RJT_LOGI_REQ =	0x16,	/* login required */
	FC_RJT_SEQ_XS =		0x17,	/* excessive sequences attempted */
	FC_RJT_EXCH_EST =	0x18,	/* unable to establish exchange */
	FC_RJT_FAB_UNAV =	0x1a,	/* fabric unavailable */
	FC_RJT_VC_ID =		0x1b,	/* invalid VC_ID (class 4) */
	FC_RJT_CS_CTL =		0x1c,	/* invalid CS_CTL field */
	FC_RJT_INSUF_RES =	0x1d,	/* insuff. resources for VC (Class 4) */
	FC_RJT_INVL_CLS =	0x1f,	/* invalid class of service */
	FC_RJT_PREEMT_RJT =	0x20,	/* preemption request rejected */
	FC_RJT_PREEMT_DIS =	0x21,	/* preemption not enabled */
	FC_RJT_MCAST_ERR =	0x22,	/* multicast error */
	FC_RJT_MCAST_ET =	0x23,	/* multicast error terminate */
	FC_RJT_PRLI_REQ =	0x24,	/* process login required */
	FC_RJT_INVL_ATT =	0x25,	/* invalid attachment */
	FC_RJT_VENDOR =		0xff,	/* vendor specific reject */
};

/* default timeout values */

#define FC_DEF_E_D_TOV	2000UL
#define FC_DEF_R_A_TOV	10000UL

#endif /* _FC_FS_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright(c) 2007 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License,
 * version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT
 * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
 * more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
 * this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
 * 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
 *
 * Maintained at www.Open-FCoE.org
 */

#ifndef _FC_ELS_H_
#define	_FC_ELS_H_

#include <linux/types.h>
#include <asm/byteorder.h>

/*
 * Fibre Channel Switch - Enhanced Link Services definitions.
 * From T11 FC-LS Rev 1.2 June 7, 2005.
 */

/*
 * ELS Command codes - byte 0 of the frame payload
 */
enum fc_els_cmd {
	ELS_LS_RJT =	0x01,	/* ESL reject */
	ELS_LS_ACC =	0x02,	/* ESL Accept */
	ELS_PLOGI =	0x03,	/* N_Port login */
	ELS_FLOGI =	0x04,	/* F_Port login */
	ELS_LOGO =	0x05,	/* Logout */
	ELS_ABTX =	0x06,	/* Abort exchange - obsolete */
	ELS_RCS =	0x07,	/* read connection status */
	ELS_RES =	0x08,	/* read exchange status block */
	ELS_RSS =	0x09,	/* read sequence status block */
	ELS_RSI =	0x0a,	/* read sequence initiative */
	ELS_ESTS =	0x0b,	/* establish streaming */
	ELS_ESTC =	0x0c,	/* estimate credit */
	ELS_ADVC =	0x0d,	/* advise credit */
	ELS_RTV =	0x0e,	/* read timeout value */
	ELS_RLS =	0x0f,	/* read link error status block */
	ELS_ECHO =	0x10,	/* echo */
	ELS_TEST =	0x11,	/* test */
	ELS_RRQ =	0x12,	/* reinstate recovery qualifier */
	ELS_REC =	0x13,	/* read exchange concise */
	ELS_SRR =	0x14,	/* sequence retransmission request */
	ELS_FPIN =	0x16,	/* Fabric Performance Impact Notification */
	ELS_EDC =	0x17,	/* Exchange Diagnostic Capabilities */
	ELS_RDP =	0x18,	/* Read Diagnostic Parameters */
	ELS_RDF =	0x19,	/* Register Diagnostic Functions */
	ELS_PRLI =	0x20,	/* process login */
	ELS_PRLO =	0x21,	/* process logout */
	ELS_SCN =	0x22,	/* state change notification */
	ELS_TPLS =	0x23,	/* test process login state */
	ELS_TPRLO =	0x24,	/* third party process logout */
	ELS_LCLM =	0x25,	/* login control list mgmt (obs) */
	ELS_GAID =	0x30,	/* get alias_ID */
	ELS_FACT =	0x31,	/* fabric activate alias_id */
	ELS_FDACDT =	0x32,	/* fabric deactivate alias_id */
	ELS_NACT =	0x33,	/* N-port activate alias_id */
	ELS_NDACT =	0x34,	/* N-port deactivate alias_id */
	ELS_QOSR =	0x40,	/* quality of service request */
	ELS_RVCS =	0x41,	/* read virtual circuit status */
	ELS_PDISC =	0x50,	/* discover N_port service params */
	ELS_FDISC =	0x51,	/* discover F_port service params */
	ELS_ADISC =	0x52,	/* discover address */
	ELS_RNC =	0x53,	/* report node cap (obs) */
	ELS_FARP_REQ =	0x54,	/* FC ARP request */
	ELS_FARP_REPL =	0x55,	/* FC ARP reply */
	ELS_RPS =	0x56,	/* read port status block */
	ELS_RPL =	0x57,	/* read port list */
	ELS_RPBC =	0x58,	/* read port buffer condition */
	ELS_FAN =	0x60,	/* fabric address notification */
	ELS_RSCN =	0x61,	/* registered state change notification */
	ELS_SCR =	0x62,	/* state change registration */
	ELS_RNFT =	0x63,	/* report node FC-4 types */
	ELS_CSR =	0x68,	/* clock synch. request */
	ELS_CSU =	0x69,	/* clock synch. update */
	ELS_LINIT =	0x70,	/* loop initialize */
	ELS_LSTS =	0x72,	/* loop status */
	ELS_RNID =	0x78,	/* request node ID data */
	ELS_RLIR =	0x79,	/* registered link incident report */
	ELS_LIRR =	0x7a,	/* link incident record registration */
	ELS_SRL =	0x7b,	/* scan remote loop */
	ELS_SBRP =	0x7c,	/* set bit-error reporting params */
	ELS_RPSC =	0x7d,	/* report speed capabilities */
	ELS_QSA =	0x7e,	/* query security attributes */
	ELS_EVFP =	0x7f,	/* exchange virt. fabrics params */
	ELS_LKA =	0x80,	/* link keep-alive */
	ELS_AUTH_ELS =	0x90,	/* authentication ELS */
};

/*
 * Initializer useful for decoding table.
 * Please keep this in sync with the above definitions.
 */
#define	FC_ELS_CMDS_INIT {			\
	[ELS_LS_RJT] =	"LS_RJT",		\
	[ELS_LS_ACC] =	"LS_ACC",		\
	[ELS_PLOGI] =	"PLOGI",		\
	[ELS_FLOGI] =	"FLOGI",		\
	[ELS_LOGO] =	"LOGO",			\
	[ELS_ABTX] =	"ABTX",			\
	[ELS_RCS] =	"RCS",			\
	[ELS_RES] =	"RES",			\
	[ELS_RSS] =	"RSS",			\
	[ELS_RSI] =	"RSI",			\
	[ELS_ESTS] =	"ESTS",			\
	[ELS_ESTC] =	"ESTC",			\
	[ELS_ADVC] =	"ADVC",			\
	[ELS_RTV] =	"RTV",			\
	[ELS_RLS] =	"RLS",			\
	[ELS_ECHO] =	"ECHO",			\
	[ELS_TEST] =	"TEST",			\
	[ELS_RRQ] =	"RRQ",			\
	[ELS_REC] =	"REC",			\
	[ELS_SRR] =	"SRR",			\
	[ELS_FPIN] =	"FPIN",			\
	[ELS_EDC] =	"EDC",			\
	[ELS_RDP] =	"RDP",			\
	[ELS_RDF] =	"RDF",			\
	[ELS_PRLI] =	"PRLI",			\
	[ELS_PRLO] =	"PRLO",			\
	[ELS_SCN] =	"SCN",			\
	[ELS_TPLS] =	"TPLS",			\
	[ELS_TPRLO] =	"TPRLO",		\
	[ELS_LCLM] =	"LCLM",			\
	[ELS_GAID] =	"GAID",			\
	[ELS_FACT] =	"FACT",			\
	[ELS_FDACDT] =	"FDACDT",		\
	[ELS_NACT] =	"NACT",			\
	[ELS_NDACT] =	"NDACT",		\
	[ELS_QOSR] =	"QOSR",			\
	[ELS_RVCS] =	"RVCS",			\
	[ELS_PDISC] =	"PDISC",		\
	[ELS_FDISC] =	"FDISC",		\
	[ELS_ADISC] =	"ADISC",		\
	[ELS_RNC] =	"RNC",			\
	[ELS_FARP_REQ] = "FARP_REQ",		\
	[ELS_FARP_REPL] =  "FARP_REPL",		\
	[ELS_RPS] =	"RPS",			\
	[ELS_RPL] =	"RPL",			\
	[ELS_RPBC] =	"RPBC",			\
	[ELS_FAN] =	"FAN",			\
	[ELS_RSCN] =	"RSCN",			\
	[ELS_SCR] =	"SCR",			\
	[ELS_RNFT] =	"RNFT",			\
	[ELS_CSR] =	"CSR",			\
	[ELS_CSU] =	"CSU",			\
	[ELS_LINIT] =	"LINIT",		\
	[ELS_LSTS] =	"LSTS",			\
	[ELS_RNID] =	"RNID",			\
	[ELS_RLIR] =	"RLIR",			\
	[ELS_LIRR] =	"LIRR",			\
	[ELS_SRL] =	"SRL",			\
	[ELS_SBRP] =	"SBRP",			\
	[ELS_RPSC] =	"RPSC",			\
	[ELS_QSA] =	"QSA",			\
	[ELS_EVFP] =	"EVFP",			\
	[ELS_LKA] =	"LKA",			\
	[ELS_AUTH_ELS] = "AUTH_ELS",		\
}

/*
 * LS_ACC payload.
 */
struct fc_els_ls_acc {
	__u8          la_cmd;		/* command code ELS_LS_ACC */
	__u8          la_resv[3];	/* reserved */
};

/*
 * ELS reject payload.
 */
struct fc_els_ls_rjt {
	__u8	er_cmd;		/* command code ELS_LS_RJT */
	__u8	er_resv[4];	/* reserved must be zero */
	__u8	er_reason;	/* reason (enum fc_els_rjt_reason below) */
	__u8	er_explan;	/* explanation (enum fc_els_rjt_explan below) */
	__u8	er_vendor;	/* vendor specific code */
};

/*
 * ELS reject reason codes (er_reason).
 */
enum fc_els_rjt_reason {
	ELS_RJT_NONE =		0,	/* no reject - not to be sent */
	ELS_RJT_INVAL =		0x01,	/* invalid ELS command code */
	ELS_RJT_LOGIC =		0x03,	/* logical error */
	ELS_RJT_BUSY =		0x05,	/* logical busy */
	ELS_RJT_PROT =		0x07,	/* protocol error */
	ELS_RJT_UNAB =		0x09,	/* unable to perform command request */
	ELS_RJT_UNSUP =		0x0b,	/* command not supported */
	ELS_RJT_INPROG =	0x0e,	/* command already in progress */
	ELS_RJT_FIP =		0x20,	/* FIP error */
	ELS_RJT_VENDOR =	0xff,	/* vendor specific error */
};


/*
 * reason code explanation (er_explan).
 */
enum fc_els_rjt_explan {
	ELS_EXPL_NONE =		0x00,	/* No additional explanation */
	ELS_EXPL_SPP_OPT_ERR =	0x01,	/* service parameter error - options */
	ELS_EXPL_SPP_ICTL_ERR =	0x03,	/* service parm error - initiator ctl */
	ELS_EXPL_AH =		0x11,	/* invalid association header */
	ELS_EXPL_AH_REQ =	0x13,	/* association_header required */
	ELS_EXPL_SID =		0x15,	/* invalid originator S_ID */
	ELS_EXPL_OXID_RXID =	0x17,	/* invalid OX_ID-RX_ID combination */
	ELS_EXPL_INPROG =	0x19,	/* Request already in progress */
	ELS_EXPL_PLOGI_REQD =	0x1e,	/* N_Port login required */
	ELS_EXPL_INSUF_RES =	0x29,	/* insufficient resources */
	ELS_EXPL_UNAB_DATA =	0x2a,	/* unable to supply requested data */
	ELS_EXPL_UNSUPR =	0x2c,	/* Request not supported */
	ELS_EXPL_INV_LEN =	0x2d,	/* Invalid payload length */
	ELS_EXPL_NOT_NEIGHBOR = 0x62,	/* VN2VN_Port not in neighbor set */
	/* TBD - above definitions incomplete */
};

/*
 * Link Service TLV Descriptor Tag Values
 */
enum fc_ls_tlv_dtag {
	ELS_DTAG_LS_REQ_INFO =		0x00000001,
		/* Link Service Request Information Descriptor */
	ELS_DTAG_LNK_FAULT_CAP =	0x0001000D,
		/* Link Fault Capability Descriptor */
	ELS_DTAG_CG_SIGNAL_CAP =	0x0001000F,
		/* Congestion Signaling Capability Descriptor */
	ELS_DTAG_LNK_INTEGRITY =	0x00020001,
		/* Link Integrity Notification Descriptor */
	ELS_DTAG_DELIVERY =		0x00020002,
		/* Delivery Notification Descriptor */
	ELS_DTAG_PEER_CONGEST =		0x00020003,
		/* Peer Congestion Notification Descriptor */
	ELS_DTAG_CONGESTION =		0x00020004,
		/* Congestion Notification Descriptor */
	ELS_DTAG_FPIN_REGISTER =	0x00030001,
		/* FPIN Registration Descriptor */
};

/*
 * Initializer useful for decoding table.
 * Please keep this in sync with the above definitions.
 */
#define FC_LS_TLV_DTAG_INIT {					      \
	{ ELS_DTAG_LS_REQ_INFO,		"Link Service Request Information" }, \
	{ ELS_DTAG_LNK_FAULT_CAP,	"Link Fault Capability" },	      \
	{ ELS_DTAG_CG_SIGNAL_CAP,	"Congestion Signaling Capability" },  \
	{ ELS_DTAG_LNK_INTEGRITY,	"Link Integrity Notification" },      \
	{ ELS_DTAG_DELIVERY,		"Delivery Notification Present" },    \
	{ ELS_DTAG_PEER_CONGEST,	"Peer Congestion Notification" },     \
	{ ELS_DTAG_CONGESTION,		"Congestion Notification" },	      \
	{ ELS_DTAG_FPIN_REGISTER,	"FPIN Registration" },		      \
}


/*
 * Generic Link Service TLV Descriptor format
 *
 * This structure, as it defines no payload, will also be referred to
 * as the "tlv header" - which contains the tag and len fields.
 */
struct fc_tlv_desc {
	__be32		desc_tag;	/* Notification Descriptor Tag */
	__be32		desc_len;	/* Length of Descriptor (in bytes).
					 * Size of descriptor excluding
					 * desc_tag and desc_len fields.
					 */
	__u8		desc_value[0];  /* Descriptor Value */
};

/* Descriptor tag and len fields are considered the mandatory header
 * for a descriptor
 */
#define FC_TLV_DESC_HDR_SZ	sizeof(struct fc_tlv_desc)

/*
 * Macro, used when initializing payloads, to return the descriptor length.
 * Length is size of descriptor minus the tag and len fields.
 */
#define FC_TLV_DESC_LENGTH_FROM_SZ(desc)	\
		(sizeof(desc) - FC_TLV_DESC_HDR_SZ)

/* Macro, used on received payloads, to return the descriptor length */
#define FC_TLV_DESC_SZ_FROM_LENGTH(tlv)		\
		(__be32_to_cpu((tlv)->desc_len) + FC_TLV_DESC_HDR_SZ)

/*
 * This helper is used to walk descriptors in a descriptor list.
 * Given the address of the current descriptor, which minimally contains a
 * tag and len field, calculate the address of the next descriptor based
 * on the len field.
 */
static __inline__ void *fc_tlv_next_desc(void *desc)
{
	struct fc_tlv_desc *tlv = desc;

	return (desc + FC_TLV_DESC_SZ_FROM_LENGTH(tlv));
}


/*
 * Link Service Request Information Descriptor
 */
struct fc_els_lsri_desc {
	__be32		desc_tag;	/* descriptor tag (0x0000 0001) */
	__be32		desc_len;	/* Length of Descriptor (in bytes) (4).
					 * Size of descriptor excluding
					 * desc_tag and desc_len fields.
					 */
	struct {
		__u8	cmd;		/* ELS cmd byte */
		__u8	bytes[3];	/* bytes 1..3 */
	} rqst_w0;			/* Request word 0 */
};


/*
 * Common service parameters (N ports).
 */
struct fc_els_csp {
	__u8		sp_hi_ver;	/* highest version supported (obs.) */
	__u8		sp_lo_ver;	/* highest version supported (obs.) */
	__be16		sp_bb_cred;	/* buffer-to-buffer credits */
	__be16		sp_features;	/* common feature flags */
	__be16		sp_bb_data;	/* b-b state number and data field sz */
	union {
		struct {
			__be16	_sp_tot_seq; /* total concurrent sequences */
			__be16	_sp_rel_off; /* rel. offset by info cat */
		} sp_plogi;
		struct {
			__be32	_sp_r_a_tov; /* resource alloc. timeout msec */
		} sp_flogi_acc;
	} sp_u;
	__be32		sp_e_d_tov;	/* error detect timeout value */
};
#define	sp_tot_seq	sp_u.sp_plogi._sp_tot_seq
#define	sp_rel_off	sp_u.sp_plogi._sp_rel_off
#define	sp_r_a_tov	sp_u.sp_flogi_acc._sp_r_a_tov

#define	FC_SP_BB_DATA_MASK 0xfff /* mask for data field size in sp_bb_data */

/*
 * Minimum and maximum values for max data field size in service parameters.
 */
#define	FC_SP_MIN_MAX_PAYLOAD	FC_MIN_MAX_PAYLOAD
#define	FC_SP_MAX_MAX_PAYLOAD	FC_MAX_PAYLOAD

/*
 * sp_features
 */
#define	FC_SP_FT_NPIV	0x8000	/* multiple N_Port_ID support (FLOGI) */
#define	FC_SP_FT_CIRO	0x8000	/* continuously increasing rel off (PLOGI) */
#define	FC_SP_FT_CLAD	0x8000	/* clean address (in FLOGI LS_ACC) */
#define	FC_SP_FT_RAND	0x4000	/* random relative offset */
#define	FC_SP_FT_VAL	0x2000	/* valid vendor version level */
#define	FC_SP_FT_NPIV_ACC	0x2000	/* NPIV assignment (FLOGI LS_ACC) */
#define	FC_SP_FT_FPORT	0x1000	/* F port (1) vs. N port (0) */
#define	FC_SP_FT_ABB	0x0800	/* alternate BB_credit management */
#define	FC_SP_FT_EDTR	0x0400	/* E_D_TOV Resolution is nanoseconds */
#define	FC_SP_FT_MCAST	0x0200	/* multicast */
#define	FC_SP_FT_BCAST	0x0100	/* broadcast */
#define	FC_SP_FT_HUNT	0x0080	/* hunt group */
#define	FC_SP_FT_SIMP	0x0040	/* dedicated simplex */
#define	FC_SP_FT_SEC	0x0020	/* reserved for security */
#define	FC_SP_FT_CSYN	0x0010	/* clock synch. supported */
#define	FC_SP_FT_RTTOV	0x0008	/* R_T_TOV value 100 uS, else 100 mS */
#define	FC_SP_FT_HALF	0x0004	/* dynamic half duplex */
#define	FC_SP_FT_SEQC	0x0002	/* SEQ_CNT */
#define	FC_SP_FT_PAYL	0x0001	/* FLOGI payload length 256, else 116 */

/*
 * Class-specific service parameters.
 */
struct fc_els_cssp {
	__be16		cp_class;	/* class flags */
	__be16		cp_init;	/* initiator flags */
	__be16		cp_recip;	/* recipient flags */
	__be16		cp_rdfs;	/* receive data field size */
	__be16		cp_con_seq;	/* concurrent sequences */
	__be16		cp_ee_cred;	/* N-port end-to-end credit */
	__u8		cp_resv1;	/* reserved */
	__u8		cp_open_seq;	/* open sequences per exchange */
	__u8		_cp_resv2[2];	/* reserved */
};

/*
 * cp_class flags.
 */
#define	FC_CPC_VALID	0x8000		/* class valid */
#define	FC_CPC_IMIX	0x4000		/* intermix mode */
#define	FC_CPC_SEQ	0x0800		/* sequential delivery */
#define	FC_CPC_CAMP	0x0200		/* camp-on */
#define	FC_CPC_PRI	0x0080		/* priority */

/*
 * cp_init flags.
 * (TBD: not all flags defined here).
 */
#define	FC_CPI_CSYN	0x0010		/* clock synch. capable */

/*
 * cp_recip flags.
 */
#define	FC_CPR_CSYN	0x0008		/* clock synch. capable */

/*
 * NFC_ELS_FLOGI: Fabric login request.
 * NFC_ELS_PLOGI: Port login request (same format).
 */
struct fc_els_flogi {
	__u8		fl_cmd;		/* command */
	__u8		_fl_resvd[3];	/* must be zero */
	struct fc_els_csp fl_csp;	/* common service parameters */
	__be64		fl_wwpn;	/* port name */
	__be64		fl_wwnn;	/* node name */
	struct fc_els_cssp fl_cssp[4];	/* class 1-4 service parameters */
	__u8		fl_vend[16];	/* vendor version level */
} __attribute__((__packed__));

/*
 * Process login service parameter page.
 */
struct fc_els_spp {
	__u8		spp_type;	/* type code or common service params */
	__u8		spp_type_ext;	/* type code extension */
	__u8		spp_flags;
	__u8		_spp_resvd;
	__be32		spp_orig_pa;	/* originator process associator */
	__be32		spp_resp_pa;	/* responder process associator */
	__be32		spp_params;	/* service parameters */
};

/*
 * spp_flags.
 */
#define	FC_SPP_OPA_VAL	    0x80	/* originator proc. assoc. valid */
#define	FC_SPP_RPA_VAL	    0x40	/* responder proc. assoc. valid */
#define	FC_SPP_EST_IMG_PAIR 0x20	/* establish image pair */
#define	FC_SPP_RESP_MASK    0x0f	/* mask for response code (below) */

/*
 * SPP response code in spp_flags - lower 4 bits.
 */
enum fc_els_spp_resp {
	FC_SPP_RESP_ACK	=	1,	/* request executed */
	FC_SPP_RESP_RES =	2,	/* unable due to lack of resources */
	FC_SPP_RESP_INIT =	3,	/* initialization not complete */
	FC_SPP_RESP_NO_PA = 	4,	/* unknown process associator */
	FC_SPP_RESP_CONF = 	5,	/* configuration precludes image pair */
	FC_SPP_RESP_COND = 	6,	/* request completed conditionally */
	FC_SPP_RESP_MULT = 	7,	/* unable to handle multiple SPPs */
	FC_SPP_RESP_INVL = 	8,	/* SPP is invalid */
};

/*
 * ELS_RRQ - Reinstate Recovery Qualifier
 */
struct fc_els_rrq {
	__u8		rrq_cmd;	/* command (0x12) */
	__u8		rrq_zero[3];	/* specified as zero - part of cmd */
	__u8		rrq_resvd;	/* reserved */
	__u8		rrq_s_id[3];	/* originator FID */
	__be16		rrq_ox_id;	/* originator exchange ID */
	__be16		rrq_rx_id;	/* responders exchange ID */
};

/*
 * ELS_REC - Read exchange concise.
 */
struct fc_els_rec {
	__u8		rec_cmd;	/* command (0x13) */
	__u8		rec_zero[3];	/* specified as zero - part of cmd */
	__u8		rec_resvd;	/* reserved */
	__u8		rec_s_id[3];	/* originator FID */
	__be16		rec_ox_id;	/* originator exchange ID */
	__be16		rec_rx_id;	/* responders exchange ID */
};

/*
 * ELS_REC LS_ACC payload.
 */
struct fc_els_rec_acc {
	__u8		reca_cmd;	/* accept (0x02) */
	__u8		reca_zero[3];	/* specified as zero - part of cmd */
	__be16		reca_ox_id;	/* originator exchange ID */
	__be16		reca_rx_id;	/* responders exchange ID */
	__u8		reca_resvd1;	/* reserved */
	__u8		reca_ofid[3];	/* originator FID */
	__u8		reca_resvd2;	/* reserved */
	__u8		reca_rfid[3];	/* responder FID */
	__be32		reca_fc4value;	/* FC4 value */
	__be32		reca_e_stat;	/* ESB (exchange status block) status */
};

/*
 * ELS_PRLI - Process login request and response.
 */
struct fc_els_prli {
	__u8		prli_cmd;	/* command */
	__u8		prli_spp_len;	/* length of each serv. parm. page */
	__be16		prli_len;	/* length of entire payload */
	/* service parameter pages follow */
};

/*
 * ELS_PRLO - Process logout request and response.
 */
struct fc_els_prlo {
	__u8            prlo_cmd;       /* command */
	__u8            prlo_obs;       /* obsolete, but shall be set to 10h */
	__be16          prlo_len;       /* payload length */
};

/*
 * ELS_ADISC payload
 */
struct fc_els_adisc {
	__u8		adisc_cmd;
	__u8		adisc_resv[3];
	__u8            adisc_resv1;
	__u8            adisc_hard_addr[3];
	__be64          adisc_wwpn;
	__be64          adisc_wwnn;
	__u8            adisc_resv2;
	__u8            adisc_port_id[3];
} __attribute__((__packed__));

/*
 * ELS_LOGO - process or fabric logout.
 */
struct fc_els_logo {
	__u8		fl_cmd;		/* command code */
	__u8		fl_zero[3];	/* specified as zero - part of cmd */
	__u8		fl_resvd;	/* reserved */
	__u8		fl_n_port_id[3];/* N port ID */
	__be64		fl_n_port_wwn;	/* port name */
};

/*
 * ELS_RTV - read timeout value.
 */
struct fc_els_rtv {
	__u8		rtv_cmd;	/* command code 0x0e */
	__u8		rtv_zero[3];	/* specified as zero - part of cmd */
};

/*
 * LS_ACC for ELS_RTV - read timeout value.
 */
struct fc_els_rtv_acc {
	__u8		rtv_cmd;	/* command code 0x02 */
	__u8		rtv_zero[3];	/* specified as zero - part of cmd */
	__be32		rtv_r_a_tov;	/* resource allocation timeout value */
	__be32		rtv_e_d_tov;	/* error detection timeout value */
	__be32		rtv_toq;	/* timeout qualifier (see below) */
};

/*
 * rtv_toq bits.
 */
#define	FC_ELS_RTV_EDRES (1 << 26)	/* E_D_TOV resolution is nS else mS */
#define	FC_ELS_RTV_RTTOV (1 << 19)	/* R_T_TOV is 100 uS else 100 mS */

/*
 * ELS_SCR - state change registration payload.
 */
struct fc_els_scr {
	__u8		scr_cmd;	/* command code */
	__u8		scr_resv[6];	/* reserved */
	__u8		scr_reg_func;	/* registration function (see below) */
};

enum fc_els_scr_func {
	ELS_SCRF_FAB =	1,	/* fabric-detected registration */
	ELS_SCRF_NPORT = 2,	/* Nx_Port-detected registration */
	ELS_SCRF_FULL =	3,	/* full registration */
	ELS_SCRF_CLEAR = 255,	/* remove any current registrations */
};

/*
 * ELS_RSCN - registered state change notification payload.
 */
struct fc_els_rscn {
	__u8		rscn_cmd;	/* RSCN opcode (0x61) */
	__u8		rscn_page_len;	/* page length (4) */
	__be16		rscn_plen;	/* payload length including this word */

	/* followed by 4-byte generic affected Port_ID pages */
};

struct fc_els_rscn_page {
	__u8		rscn_page_flags; /* event and address format */
	__u8		rscn_fid[3];	/* fabric ID */
};

#define	ELS_RSCN_EV_QUAL_BIT	2	/* shift count for event qualifier */
#define	ELS_RSCN_EV_QUAL_MASK	0xf	/* mask for event qualifier */
#define	ELS_RSCN_ADDR_FMT_BIT	0	/* shift count for address format */
#define	ELS_RSCN_ADDR_FMT_MASK	0x3	/* mask for address format */

enum fc_els_rscn_ev_qual {
	ELS_EV_QUAL_NONE = 0,		/* unspecified */
	ELS_EV_QUAL_NS_OBJ = 1,		/* changed name server object */
	ELS_EV_QUAL_PORT_ATTR = 2,	/* changed port attribute */
	ELS_EV_QUAL_SERV_OBJ = 3,	/* changed service object */
	ELS_EV_QUAL_SW_CONFIG = 4,	/* changed switch configuration */
	ELS_EV_QUAL_REM_OBJ = 5,	/* removed object */
};

enum fc_els_rscn_addr_fmt {
	ELS_ADDR_FMT_PORT = 0,	/* rscn_fid is a port address */
	ELS_ADDR_FMT_AREA = 1,	/* rscn_fid is a area address */
	ELS_ADDR_FMT_DOM = 2,	/* rscn_fid is a domain address */
	ELS_ADDR_FMT_FAB = 3,	/* anything on fabric may have changed */
};

/*
 * ELS_RNID - request Node ID.
 */
struct fc_els_rnid {
	__u8		rnid_cmd;	/* RNID opcode (0x78) */
	__u8		rnid_resv[3];	/* reserved */
	__u8		rnid_fmt;	/* data format */
	__u8		rnid_resv2[3];	/* reserved */
};

/*
 * Node Identification Data formats (rnid_fmt)
 */
enum fc_els_rnid_fmt {
	ELS_RNIDF_NONE = 0,		/* no specific identification data */
	ELS_RNIDF_GEN = 0xdf,		/* general topology discovery format */
};

/*
 * ELS_RNID response.
 */
struct fc_els_rnid_resp {
	__u8		rnid_cmd;	/* response code (LS_ACC) */
	__u8		rnid_resv[3];	/* reserved */
	__u8		rnid_fmt;	/* data format */
	__u8		rnid_cid_len;	/* common ID data length */
	__u8		rnid_resv2;	/* reserved */
	__u8		rnid_sid_len;	/* specific ID data length */
};

struct fc_els_rnid_cid {
	__be64		rnid_wwpn;	/* N port name */
	__be64		rnid_wwnn;	/* node name */
};

struct fc_els_rnid_gen {
	__u8		rnid_vend_id[16]; /* vendor-unique ID */
	__be32		rnid_atype;	/* associated type (see below) */
	__be32		rnid_phys_port;	/* physical port number */
	__be32		rnid_att_nodes;	/* number of attached nodes */
	__u8		rnid_node_mgmt;	/* node management (see below) */
	__u8		rnid_ip_ver;	/* IP version (see below) */
	__be16		rnid_prot_port;	/* UDP / TCP port number */
	__be32		rnid_ip_addr[4]; /* IP address */
	__u8		rnid_resvd[2];	/* reserved */
	__be16		rnid_vend_spec;	/* vendor-specific field */
};

enum fc_els_rnid_atype {
	ELS_RNIDA_UNK =		0x01,	/* unknown */
	ELS_RNIDA_OTHER =	0x02,	/* none of the following */
	ELS_RNIDA_HUB =		0x03,
	ELS_RNIDA_SWITCH =	0x04,
	ELS_RNIDA_GATEWAY =	0x05,
	ELS_RNIDA_CONV =	0x06,   /* Obsolete, do not use this value */
	ELS_RNIDA_HBA =	        0x07,   /* Obsolete, do not use this value */
	ELS_RNIDA_PROXY =       0x08,   /* Obsolete, do not use this value */
	ELS_RNIDA_STORAGE =	0x09,
	ELS_RNIDA_HOST =	0x0a,
	ELS_RNIDA_SUBSYS =	0x0b,	/* storage subsystem (e.g., RAID) */
	ELS_RNIDA_ACCESS =	0x0e,	/* access device (e.g. media changer) */
	ELS_RNIDA_NAS =		0x11,	/* NAS server */
	ELS_RNIDA_BRIDGE =	0x12,	/* bridge */
	ELS_RNIDA_VIRT =	0x13,	/* virtualization device */
	ELS_RNIDA_MF =		0xff,	/* multifunction device (bits below) */
	ELS_RNIDA_MF_HUB =	1UL << 31, 	/* hub */
	ELS_RNIDA_MF_SW =	1UL << 30, 	/* switch */
	ELS_RNIDA_MF_GW =	1UL << 29,	/* gateway */
	ELS_RNIDA_MF_ST =	1UL << 28,	/* storage */
	ELS_RNIDA_MF_HOST =	1UL << 27,	/* host */
	ELS_RNIDA_MF_SUB =	1UL << 26,	/* storage subsystem */
	ELS_RNIDA_MF_ACC =	1UL << 25,	/* storage access dev */
	ELS_RNIDA_MF_WDM =	1UL << 24,	/* wavelength division mux */
	ELS_RNIDA_MF_NAS =	1UL << 23,	/* NAS server */
	ELS_RNIDA_MF_BR =	1UL << 22,	/* bridge */
	ELS_RNIDA_MF_VIRT =	1UL << 21,	/* virtualization device */
};

enum fc_els_rnid_mgmt {
	ELS_RNIDM_SNMP =	0,
	ELS_RNIDM_TELNET =	1,
	ELS_RNIDM_HTTP =	2,
	ELS_RNIDM_HTTPS =	3,
	ELS_RNIDM_XML =		4,	/* HTTP + XML */
};

enum fc_els_rnid_ipver {
	ELS_RNIDIP_NONE =	0,	/* no IP support or node mgmt. */
	ELS_RNIDIP_V4 =		1,	/* IPv4 */
	ELS_RNIDIP_V6 =		2,	/* IPv6 */
};

/*
 * ELS RPL - Read Port List.
 */
struct fc_els_rpl {
	__u8		rpl_cmd;	/* command */
	__u8		rpl_resv[5];	/* reserved - must be zero */
	__be16		rpl_max_size;	/* maximum response size or zero */
	__u8		rpl_resv1;	/* reserved - must be zero */
	__u8		rpl_index[3];	/* starting index */
};

/*
 * Port number block in RPL response.
 */
struct fc_els_pnb {
	__be32		pnb_phys_pn;	/* physical port number */
	__u8		pnb_resv;	/* reserved */
	__u8		pnb_port_id[3];	/* port ID */
	__be64		pnb_wwpn;	/* port name */
};

/*
 * RPL LS_ACC response.
 */
struct fc_els_rpl_resp {
	__u8		rpl_cmd;	/* ELS_LS_ACC */
	__u8		rpl_resv1;	/* reserved - must be zero */
	__be16		rpl_plen;	/* payload length */
	__u8		rpl_resv2;	/* reserved - must be zero */
	__u8		rpl_llen[3];	/* list length */
	__u8		rpl_resv3;	/* reserved - must be zero */
	__u8		rpl_index[3];	/* starting index */
	struct fc_els_pnb rpl_pnb[1];	/* variable number of PNBs */
};

/*
 * Link Error Status Block.
 */
struct fc_els_lesb {
	__be32		lesb_link_fail;	/* link failure count */
	__be32		lesb_sync_loss;	/* loss of synchronization count */
	__be32		lesb_sig_loss;	/* loss of signal count */
	__be32		lesb_prim_err;	/* primitive sequence error count */
	__be32		lesb_inv_word;	/* invalid transmission word count */
	__be32		lesb_inv_crc;	/* invalid CRC count */
};

/*
 * ELS RPS - Read Port Status Block request.
 */
struct fc_els_rps {
	__u8		rps_cmd;	/* command */
	__u8		rps_resv[2];	/* reserved - must be zero */
	__u8		rps_flag;	/* flag - see below */
	__be64		rps_port_spec;	/* port selection */
};

enum fc_els_rps_flag {
	FC_ELS_RPS_DID =	0x00,	/* port identified by D_ID of req. */
	FC_ELS_RPS_PPN =	0x01,	/* port_spec is physical port number */
	FC_ELS_RPS_WWPN =	0x02,	/* port_spec is port WWN */
};

/*
 * ELS RPS LS_ACC response.
 */
struct fc_els_rps_resp {
	__u8		rps_cmd;	/* command - LS_ACC */
	__u8		rps_resv[2];	/* reserved - must be zero */
	__u8		rps_flag;	/* flag - see below */
	__u8		rps_resv2[2];	/* reserved */
	__be16		rps_status;	/* port status - see below */
	struct fc_els_lesb rps_lesb;	/* link error status block */
};

enum fc_els_rps_resp_flag {
	FC_ELS_RPS_LPEV =	0x01,	/* L_port extension valid */
};

enum fc_els_rps_resp_status {
	FC_ELS_RPS_PTP =	1 << 5,	/* point-to-point connection */
	FC_ELS_RPS_LOOP =	1 << 4,	/* loop mode */
	FC_ELS_RPS_FAB =	1 << 3,	/* fabric present */
	FC_ELS_RPS_NO_SIG =	1 << 2,	/* loss of signal */
	FC_ELS_RPS_NO_SYNC =	1 << 1,	/* loss of synchronization */
	FC_ELS_RPS_RESET =	1 << 0,	/* in link reset protocol */
};

/*
 * ELS LIRR - Link Incident Record Registration request.
 */
struct fc_els_lirr {
	__u8		lirr_cmd;	/* command */
	__u8		lirr_resv[3];	/* reserved - must be zero */
	__u8		lirr_func;	/* registration function */
	__u8		lirr_fmt;	/* FC-4 type of RLIR requested */
	__u8		lirr_resv2[2];	/* reserved - must be zero */
};

enum fc_els_lirr_func {
	ELS_LIRR_SET_COND = 	0x01,	/* set - conditionally receive */
	ELS_LIRR_SET_UNCOND = 	0x02,	/* set - unconditionally receive */
	ELS_LIRR_CLEAR = 	0xff	/* clear registration */
};

/*
 * ELS SRL - Scan Remote Loop request.
 */
struct fc_els_srl {
	__u8		srl_cmd;	/* command */
	__u8		srl_resv[3];	/* reserved - must be zero */
	__u8		srl_flag;	/* flag - see below */
	__u8		srl_flag_param[3];	/* flag parameter */
};

enum fc_els_srl_flag {
	FC_ELS_SRL_ALL =	0x00,	/* scan all FL ports */
	FC_ELS_SRL_ONE =	0x01,	/* scan specified loop */
	FC_ELS_SRL_EN_PER =	0x02,	/* enable periodic scanning (param) */
	FC_ELS_SRL_DIS_PER =	0x03,	/* disable periodic scanning */
};

/*
 * ELS RLS - Read Link Error Status Block request.
 */
struct fc_els_rls {
	__u8		rls_cmd;	/* command */
	__u8		rls_resv[4];	/* reserved - must be zero */
	__u8		rls_port_id[3];	/* port ID */
};

/*
 * ELS RLS LS_ACC Response.
 */
struct fc_els_rls_resp {
	__u8		rls_cmd;	/* ELS_LS_ACC */
	__u8		rls_resv[3];	/* reserved - must be zero */
	struct fc_els_lesb rls_lesb;	/* link error status block */
};

/*
 * ELS RLIR - Registered Link Incident Report.
 * This is followed by the CLIR and the CLID, described below.
 */
struct fc_els_rlir {
	__u8		rlir_cmd;	/* command */
	__u8		rlir_resv[3];	/* reserved - must be zero */
	__u8		rlir_fmt;	/* format (FC4-type if type specific) */
	__u8		rlir_clr_len;	/* common link incident record length */
	__u8		rlir_cld_len;	/* common link incident desc. length */
	__u8		rlir_slr_len;	/* spec. link incident record length */
};

/*
 * CLIR - Common Link Incident Record Data. - Sent via RLIR.
 */
struct fc_els_clir {
	__be64		clir_wwpn;	/* incident port name */
	__be64		clir_wwnn;	/* incident port node name */
	__u8		clir_port_type;	/* incident port type */
	__u8		clir_port_id[3];	/* incident port ID */

	__be64		clir_conn_wwpn;	/* connected port name */
	__be64		clir_conn_wwnn;	/* connected node name */
	__be64		clir_fab_name;	/* fabric name */
	__be32		clir_phys_port;	/* physical port number */
	__be32		clir_trans_id;	/* transaction ID */
	__u8		clir_resv[3];	/* reserved */
	__u8		clir_ts_fmt;	/* time stamp format */
	__be64		clir_timestamp;	/* time stamp */
};

/*
 * CLIR clir_ts_fmt - time stamp format values.
 */
enum fc_els_clir_ts_fmt {
	ELS_CLIR_TS_UNKNOWN = 	0,	/* time stamp field unknown */
	ELS_CLIR_TS_SEC_FRAC = 	1,	/* time in seconds and fractions */
	ELS_CLIR_TS_CSU =	2,	/* time in clock synch update format */
};

/*
 * Common Link Incident Descriptor - sent via RLIR.
 */
struct fc_els_clid {
	__u8		clid_iq;	/* incident qualifier flags */
	__u8		clid_ic;	/* incident code */
	__be16		clid_epai;	/* domain/area of ISL */
};

/*
 * CLID incident qualifier flags.
 */
enum fc_els_clid_iq {
	ELS_CLID_SWITCH =	0x20,	/* incident port is a switch node */
	ELS_CLID_E_PORT =	0x10,	/* incident is an ISL (E) port */
	ELS_CLID_SEV_MASK =	0x0c,	/* severity 2-bit field mask */
	ELS_CLID_SEV_INFO =	0x00,	/* report is informational */
	ELS_CLID_SEV_INOP =	0x08,	/* link not operational */
	ELS_CLID_SEV_DEG =	0x04,	/* link degraded but operational */
	ELS_CLID_LASER =	0x02,	/* subassembly is a laser */
	ELS_CLID_FRU =		0x01,	/* format can identify a FRU */
};

/*
 * CLID incident code.
 */
enum fc_els_clid_ic {
	ELS_CLID_IC_IMPL =	1,	/* implicit incident */
	ELS_CLID_IC_BER =	2,	/* bit-error-rate threshold exceeded */
	ELS_CLID_IC_LOS =	3,	/* loss of synch or signal */
	ELS_CLID_IC_NOS =	4,	/* non-operational primitive sequence */
	ELS_CLID_IC_PST =	5,	/* primitive sequence timeout */
	ELS_CLID_IC_INVAL =	6,	/* invalid primitive sequence */
	ELS_CLID_IC_LOOP_TO =	7,	/* loop initialization time out */
	ELS_CLID_IC_LIP =	8,	/* receiving LIP */
};

/*
 * Link Integrity event types
 */
enum fc_fpin_li_event_types {
	FPIN_LI_UNKNOWN =		0x0,
	FPIN_LI_LINK_FAILURE =		0x1,
	FPIN_LI_LOSS_OF_SYNC =		0x2,
	FPIN_LI_LOSS_OF_SIG =		0x3,
	FPIN_LI_PRIM_SEQ_ERR =		0x4,
	FPIN_LI_INVALID_TX_WD =		0x5,
	FPIN_LI_INVALID_CRC =		0x6,
	FPIN_LI_DEVICE_SPEC =		0xF,
};

/*
 * Initializer useful for decoding table.
 * Please keep this in sync with the above definitions.
 */
#define FC_FPIN_LI_EVT_TYPES_INIT {					\
	{ FPIN_LI_UNKNOWN,		"Unknown" },			\
	{ FPIN_LI_LINK_FAILURE,		"Link Failure" },		\
	{ FPIN_LI_LOSS_OF_SYNC,		"Loss of Synchronization" },	\
	{ FPIN_LI_LOSS_OF_SIG,		"Loss of Signal" },		\
	{ FPIN_LI_PRIM_SEQ_ERR,		"Primitive Sequence Protocol Error" }, \
	{ FPIN_LI_INVALID_TX_WD,	"Invalid Transmission Word" },	\
	{ FPIN_LI_INVALID_CRC,		"Invalid CRC" },		\
	{ FPIN_LI_DEVICE_SPEC,		"Device Specific" },		\
}

/*
 * Delivery event types
 */
enum fc_fpin_deli_event_types {
	FPIN_DELI_UNKNOWN =		0x0,
	FPIN_DELI_TIMEOUT =		0x1,
	FPIN_DELI_UNABLE_TO_ROUTE =	0x2,
	FPIN_DELI_DEVICE_SPEC =		0xF,
};

/*
 * Initializer useful for decoding table.
 * Please keep this in sync with the above definitions.
 */
#define FC_FPIN_DELI_EVT_TYPES_INIT {					\
	{ FPIN_DELI_UNKNOWN,		"Unknown" },			\
	{ FPIN_DELI_TIMEOUT,		"Timeout" },			\
	{ FPIN_DELI_UNABLE_TO_ROUTE,	"Unable to Route" },		\
	{ FPIN_DELI_DEVICE_SPEC,	"Device Specific" },		\
}

/*
 * Congestion event types
 */
enum fc_fpin_congn_event_types {
	FPIN_CONGN_CLEAR =		0x0,
	FPIN_CONGN_LOST_CREDIT =	0x1,
	FPIN_CONGN_CREDIT_STALL =	0x2,
	FPIN_CONGN_OVERSUBSCRIPTION =	0x3,
	FPIN_CONGN_DEVICE_SPEC =	0xF,
};

/*
 * Initializer useful for decoding table.
 * Please keep this in sync with the above definitions.
 */
#define FC_FPIN_CONGN_EVT_TYPES_INIT {					\
	{ FPIN_CONGN_CLEAR,		"Clear" },			\
	{ FPIN_CONGN_LOST_CREDIT,	"Lost Credit" },		\
	{ FPIN_CONGN_CREDIT_STALL,	"Credit Stall" },		\
	{ FPIN_CONGN_OVERSUBSCRIPTION,	"Oversubscription" },		\
	{ FPIN_CONGN_DEVICE_SPEC,	"Device Specific" },		\
}

enum fc_fpin_congn_severity_types {
	FPIN_CONGN_SEVERITY_WARNING =	0xF1,
	FPIN_CONGN_SEVERITY_ERROR =	0xF7,
};

/*
 * Link Integrity Notification Descriptor
 */
struct fc_fn_li_desc {
	__be32		desc_tag;	/* Descriptor Tag (0x00020001) */
	__be32		desc_len;	/* Length of Descriptor (in bytes).
					 * Size of descriptor excluding
					 * desc_tag and desc_len fields.
					 */
	__be64		detecting_wwpn;	/* Port Name that detected event */
	__be64		attached_wwpn;	/* Port Name of device attached to
					 * detecting Port Name
					 */
	__be16		event_type;	/* see enum fc_fpin_li_event_types */
	__be16		event_modifier;	/* Implementation specific value
					 * describing the event type
					 */
	__be32		event_threshold;/* duration in ms of the link
					 * integrity detection cycle
					 */
	__be32		event_count;	/* minimum number of event
					 * occurrences during the event
					 * threshold to caause the LI event
					 */
	__be32		pname_count;	/* number of portname_list elements */
	__be64		pname_list[0];	/* list of N_Port_Names accessible
					 * through the attached port
					 */
};

/*
 * Delivery Notification Descriptor
 */
struct fc_fn_deli_desc {
	__be32		desc_tag;	/* Descriptor Tag (0x00020002) */
	__be32		desc_len;	/* Length of Descriptor (in bytes).
					 * Size of descriptor excluding
					 * desc_tag and desc_len fields.
					 */
	__be64		detecting_wwpn;	/* Port Name that detected event */
	__be64		attached_wwpn;	/* Port Name of device attached to
					 * detecting Port Name
					 */
	__be32		deli_reason_code;/* see enum fc_fpin_deli_event_types */
};

/*
 * Peer Congestion Notification Descriptor
 */
struct fc_fn_peer_congn_desc {
	__be32		desc_tag;	/* Descriptor Tag (0x00020003) */
	__be32		desc_len;	/* Length of Descriptor (in bytes).
					 * Size of descriptor excluding
					 * desc_tag and desc_len fields.
					 */
	__be64		detecting_wwpn;	/* Port Name that detected event */
	__be64		attached_wwpn;	/* Port Name of device attached to
					 * detecting Port Name
					 */
	__be16		event_type;	/* see enum fc_fpin_congn_event_types */
	__be16		event_modifier;	/* Implementation specific value
					 * describing the event type
					 */
	__be32		event_period;	/* duration (ms) of the detected
					 * congestion event
					 */
	__be32		pname_count;	/* number of portname_list elements */
	__be64		pname_list[0];	/* list of N_Port_Names accessible
					 * through the attached port
					 */
};

/*
 * Congestion Notification Descriptor
 */
struct fc_fn_congn_desc {
	__be32		desc_tag;	/* Descriptor Tag (0x00020004) */
	__be32		desc_len;	/* Length of Descriptor (in bytes).
					 * Size of descriptor excluding
					 * desc_tag and desc_len fields.
					 */
	__be16		event_type;	/* see enum fc_fpin_congn_event_types */
	__be16		event_modifier;	/* Implementation specific value
					 * describing the event type
					 */
	__be32		event_period;	/* duration (ms) of the detected
					 * congestion event
					 */
	__u8		severity;	/* command */
	__u8		resv[3];	/* reserved - must be zero */
};

/*
 * ELS_FPIN - Fabric Performance Impact Notification
 */
struct fc_els_fpin {
	__u8		fpin_cmd;	/* command (0x16) */
	__u8		fpin_zero[3];	/* specified as zero - part of cmd */
	__be32		desc_len;	/* Length of Descriptor List (in bytes).
					 * Size of ELS excluding fpin_cmd,
					 * fpin_zero and desc_len fields.
					 */
	struct fc_tlv_desc	fpin_desc[0];	/* Descriptor list */
};

/* Diagnostic Function Descriptor - FPIN Registration */
struct fc_df_desc_fpin_reg {
	__be32		desc_tag;	/* FPIN Registration (0x00030001) */
	__be32		desc_len;	/* Length of Descriptor (in bytes).
					 * Size of descriptor excluding
					 * desc_tag and desc_len fields.
					 */
	__be32		count;		/* Number of desc_tags elements */
	__be32		desc_tags[0];	/* Array of Descriptor Tags.
					 * Each tag indicates a function
					 * supported by the N_Port (request)
					 * or by the  N_Port and Fabric
					 * Controller (reply; may be a subset
					 * of the request).
					 * See ELS_FN_DTAG_xxx for tag values.
					 */
};

/*
 * ELS_RDF - Register Diagnostic Functions
 */
struct fc_els_rdf {
	__u8		fpin_cmd;	/* command (0x19) */
	__u8		fpin_zero[3];	/* specified as zero - part of cmd */
	__be32		desc_len;	/* Length of Descriptor List (in bytes).
					 * Size of ELS excluding fpin_cmd,
					 * fpin_zero and desc_len fields.
					 */
	struct fc_tlv_desc	desc[0];	/* Descriptor list */
};

/*
 * ELS RDF LS_ACC Response.
 */
struct fc_els_rdf_resp {
	struct fc_els_ls_acc	acc_hdr;
	__be32			desc_list_len;	/* Length of response (in
						 * bytes). Excludes acc_hdr
						 * and desc_list_len fields.
						 */
	struct fc_els_lsri_desc	lsri;
	struct fc_tlv_desc	desc[0];	/* Supported Descriptor list */
};


/*
 * Diagnostic Capability Descriptors for EDC ELS
 */

/*
 * Diagnostic: Link Fault Capability Descriptor
 */
struct fc_diag_lnkflt_desc {
	__be32		desc_tag;	/* Descriptor Tag (0x0001000D) */
	__be32		desc_len;	/* Length of Descriptor (in bytes).
					 * Size of descriptor excluding
					 * desc_tag and desc_len fields.
					 * 12 bytes
					 */
	__be32		degrade_activate_threshold;
	__be32		degrade_deactivate_threshold;
	__be32		fec_degrade_interval;
};

enum fc_edc_cg_signal_cap_types {
	/* Note: Capability: bits 31:4 Rsvd; bits 3:0 are capabilities */
	EDC_CG_SIG_NOTSUPPORTED =	0x00, /* neither supported */
	EDC_CG_SIG_WARN_ONLY =		0x01,
	EDC_CG_SIG_WARN_ALARM =		0x02, /* both supported */
};

/*
 * Initializer useful for decoding table.
 * Please keep this in sync with the above definitions.
 */
#define FC_EDC_CG_SIGNAL_CAP_TYPES_INIT {				\
	{ EDC_CG_SIG_NOTSUPPORTED,	"Signaling Not Supported" },	\
	{ EDC_CG_SIG_WARN_ONLY,		"Warning Signal" },		\
	{ EDC_CG_SIG_WARN_ALARM,	"Warning and Alarm Signals" },	\
}

enum fc_diag_cg_sig_freq_types {
	EDC_CG_SIGFREQ_CNT_MIN =	1,	/* Min Frequency Count */
	EDC_CG_SIGFREQ_CNT_MAX =	999,	/* Max Frequency Count */

	EDC_CG_SIGFREQ_SEC =		0x1,	/* Units: seconds */
	EDC_CG_SIGFREQ_MSEC =		0x2,	/* Units: milliseconds */
};

struct fc_diag_cg_sig_freq {
	__be16		count;		/* Time between signals
					 * note: upper 6 bits rsvd
					 */
	__be16		units;		/* Time unit for count
					 * note: upper 12 bits rsvd
					 */
};

/*
 * Diagnostic: Congestion Signaling Capability Descriptor
 */
struct fc_diag_cg_sig_desc {
	__be32		desc_tag;	/* Descriptor Tag (0x0001000F) */
	__be32		desc_len;	/* Length of Descriptor (in bytes).
					 * Size of descriptor excluding
					 * desc_tag and desc_len fields.
					 * 16 bytes
					 */
	__be32				xmt_signal_capability;
	struct fc_diag_cg_sig_freq	xmt_signal_frequency;
	__be32				rcv_signal_capability;
	struct fc_diag_cg_sig_freq	rcv_signal_frequency;
};

/*
 * ELS_EDC - Exchange Diagnostic Capabilities
 */
struct fc_els_edc {
	__u8		edc_cmd;	/* command (0x17) */
	__u8		edc_zero[3];	/* specified as zero - part of cmd */
	__be32		desc_len;	/* Length of Descriptor List (in bytes).
					 * Size of ELS excluding edc_cmd,
					 * edc_zero and desc_len fields.
					 */
	struct fc_tlv_desc	desc[0];
					/* Diagnostic Descriptor list */
};

/*
 * ELS EDC LS_ACC Response.
 */
struct fc_els_edc_resp {
	struct fc_els_ls_acc	acc_hdr;
	__be32			desc_list_len;	/* Length of response (in
						 * bytes). Excludes acc_hdr
						 * and desc_list_len fields.
						 */
	struct fc_els_lsri_desc	lsri;
	struct fc_tlv_desc	desc[0];
				    /* Supported Diagnostic Descriptor list */
};


#endif /* _FC_ELS_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright(c) 2007 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License,
 * version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT
 * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
 * more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
 * this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
 * 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
 *
 * Maintained at www.Open-FCoE.org
 */

#ifndef _FC_NS_H_
#define	_FC_NS_H_

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * Fibre Channel Services - Name Service (dNS)
 * From T11.org FC-GS-2 Rev 5.3 November 1998.
 */

/*
 * Common-transport sub-type for Name Server.
 */
#define	FC_NS_SUBTYPE	    2	/* fs_ct_hdr.ct_fs_subtype */

/*
 * Name server Requests.
 * Note:  this is an incomplete list, some unused requests are omitted.
 */
enum fc_ns_req {
	FC_NS_GA_NXT =	0x0100,		/* get all next */
	FC_NS_GI_A =	0x0101,		/* get identifiers - scope */
	FC_NS_GPN_ID =	0x0112,		/* get port name by ID */
	FC_NS_GNN_ID =	0x0113,		/* get node name by ID */
	FC_NS_GSPN_ID = 0x0118,		/* get symbolic port name */
	FC_NS_GID_PN =	0x0121,		/* get ID for port name */
	FC_NS_GID_NN =	0x0131,		/* get IDs for node name */
	FC_NS_GID_FT =	0x0171,		/* get IDs by FC4 type */
	FC_NS_GPN_FT =	0x0172,		/* get port names by FC4 type */
	FC_NS_GID_PT =	0x01a1,		/* get IDs by port type */
	FC_NS_RPN_ID =	0x0212,		/* reg port name for ID */
	FC_NS_RNN_ID =	0x0213,		/* reg node name for ID */
	FC_NS_RFT_ID =	0x0217,		/* reg FC4 type for ID */
	FC_NS_RSPN_ID =	0x0218,		/* reg symbolic port name */
	FC_NS_RFF_ID =	0x021f,		/* reg FC4 Features for ID */
	FC_NS_RSNN_NN =	0x0239,		/* reg symbolic node name */
};

/*
 * Port type values.
 */
enum fc_ns_pt {
	FC_NS_UNID_PORT = 0x00,	/* unidentified */
	FC_NS_N_PORT =	0x01,	/* N port */
	FC_NS_NL_PORT =	0x02,	/* NL port */
	FC_NS_FNL_PORT = 0x03,	/* F/NL port */
	FC_NS_NX_PORT =	0x7f,	/* Nx port */
	FC_NS_F_PORT =	0x81,	/* F port */
	FC_NS_FL_PORT =	0x82,	/* FL port */
	FC_NS_E_PORT =	0x84,	/* E port */
	FC_NS_B_PORT =	0x85,	/* B port */
};

/*
 * Port type object.
 */
struct fc_ns_pt_obj {
	__u8		pt_type;
};

/*
 * Port ID object
 */
struct fc_ns_fid {
	__u8		fp_flags;	/* flags for responses only */
	__u8		fp_fid[3];
};

/*
 * fp_flags in port ID object, for responses only.
 */
#define	FC_NS_FID_LAST	0x80		/* last object */

/*
 * FC4-types object.
 */
#define	FC_NS_TYPES	256	/* number of possible FC-4 types */
#define	FC_NS_BPW	32	/* bits per word in bitmap */

struct fc_ns_fts {
	__be32	ff_type_map[FC_NS_TYPES / FC_NS_BPW]; /* bitmap of FC-4 types */
};

/*
 * FC4-features object.
 */
struct fc_ns_ff	{
	__be32	fd_feat[FC_NS_TYPES * 4 / FC_NS_BPW]; /* 4-bits per FC-type */
};

/*
 * GID_PT request.
 */
struct fc_ns_gid_pt {
	__u8		fn_pt_type;
	__u8		fn_domain_id_scope;
	__u8		fn_area_id_scope;
	__u8		fn_resvd;
};

/*
 * GID_FT or GPN_FT request.
 */
struct fc_ns_gid_ft {
	__u8		fn_resvd;
	__u8		fn_domain_id_scope;
	__u8		fn_area_id_scope;
	__u8		fn_fc4_type;
};

/*
 * GPN_FT response.
 */
struct fc_gpn_ft_resp {
	__u8		fp_flags;	/* see fp_flags definitions above */
	__u8		fp_fid[3];	/* port ID */
	__be32		fp_resvd;
	__be64		fp_wwpn;	/* port name */
};

/*
 * GID_PN request
 */
struct fc_ns_gid_pn {
	__be64     fn_wwpn;    /* port name */
};

/*
 * GID_PN response or GSPN_ID request
 */
struct fc_gid_pn_resp {
	__u8      fp_resvd;
	__u8      fp_fid[3];     /* port ID */
};

/*
 * GSPN_ID response
 */
struct fc_gspn_resp {
	__u8	fp_name_len;
	char	fp_name[];
};

/*
 * RFT_ID request - register FC-4 types for ID.
 */
struct fc_ns_rft_id {
	struct fc_ns_fid fr_fid;	/* port ID object */
	struct fc_ns_fts fr_fts;	/* FC-4 types object */
};

/*
 * RPN_ID request - register port name for ID.
 * RNN_ID request - register node name for ID.
 */
struct fc_ns_rn_id {
	struct fc_ns_fid fr_fid;	/* port ID object */
	__be64		fr_wwn;		/* node name or port name */
} __attribute__((__packed__));

/*
 * RSNN_NN request - register symbolic node name
 */
struct fc_ns_rsnn {
	__be64		fr_wwn;		/* node name */
	__u8		fr_name_len;
	char		fr_name[];
} __attribute__((__packed__));

/*
 * RSPN_ID request - register symbolic port name
 */
struct fc_ns_rspn {
	struct fc_ns_fid fr_fid;	/* port ID object */
	__u8		fr_name_len;
	char		fr_name[];
} __attribute__((__packed__));

/*
 * RFF_ID request - register FC-4 Features for ID.
 */
struct fc_ns_rff_id {
	struct fc_ns_fid fr_fid;	/* port ID object */
	__u8		fr_resvd[2];
	__u8		fr_feat;	/* FC-4 Feature bits */
	__u8		fr_type;	/* FC-4 type */
} __attribute__((__packed__));

#endif /* _FC_NS_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright(c) 2007 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 * under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License,
 * version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT
 * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
 * more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
 * this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
 * 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
 *
 * Maintained at www.Open-FCoE.org
 */

#ifndef _FC_GS_H_
#define	_FC_GS_H_

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * Fibre Channel Services - Common Transport.
 * From T11.org FC-GS-2 Rev 5.3 November 1998.
 */

struct fc_ct_hdr {
	__u8		ct_rev;		/* revision */
	__u8		ct_in_id[3];	/* N_Port ID of original requestor */
	__u8		ct_fs_type;	/* type of fibre channel service */
	__u8		ct_fs_subtype;	/* subtype */
	__u8		ct_options;
	__u8		_ct_resvd1;
	__be16		ct_cmd;		/* command / response code */
	__be16		ct_mr_size;	/* maximum / residual size */
	__u8		_ct_resvd2;
	__u8		ct_reason;	/* reject reason */
	__u8		ct_explan;	/* reason code explanation */
	__u8		ct_vendor;	/* vendor unique data */
};

#define	FC_CT_HDR_LEN	16	/* expected sizeof (struct fc_ct_hdr) */

enum fc_ct_rev {
	FC_CT_REV = 1		/* common transport revision */
};

/*
 * ct_fs_type values.
 */
enum fc_ct_fs_type {
	FC_FST_ALIAS =	0xf8,	/* alias service */
	FC_FST_MGMT =	0xfa,	/* management service */
	FC_FST_TIME =	0xfb,	/* time service */
	FC_FST_DIR =	0xfc,	/* directory service */
};

/*
 * ct_cmd: Command / response codes
 */
enum fc_ct_cmd {
	FC_FS_RJT =	0x8001,	/* reject */
	FC_FS_ACC =	0x8002,	/* accept */
};

/*
 * FS_RJT reason codes.
 */
enum fc_ct_reason {
	FC_FS_RJT_CMD =		0x01,	/* invalid command code */
	FC_FS_RJT_VER =		0x02,	/* invalid version level */
	FC_FS_RJT_LOG =		0x03,	/* logical error */
	FC_FS_RJT_IUSIZ =	0x04,	/* invalid IU size */
	FC_FS_RJT_BSY =		0x05,	/* logical busy */
	FC_FS_RJT_PROTO =	0x07,	/* protocol error */
	FC_FS_RJT_UNABL =	0x09,	/* unable to perform command request */
	FC_FS_RJT_UNSUP =	0x0b,	/* command not supported */
};

/*
 * FS_RJT reason code explanations.
 */
enum fc_ct_explan {
	FC_FS_EXP_NONE =	0x00,	/* no additional explanation */
	FC_FS_EXP_PID =		0x01,	/* port ID not registered */
	FC_FS_EXP_PNAM =	0x02,	/* port name not registered */
	FC_FS_EXP_NNAM =	0x03,	/* node name not registered */
	FC_FS_EXP_COS =		0x04,	/* class of service not registered */
	FC_FS_EXP_FTNR =	0x07,	/* FC-4 types not registered */
	/* definitions not complete */
};

#endif /* _FC_GS_H_ */
/* Copyright (C) 1998-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 * This header file contains public constants and structures used by
 * the scsi code for linux.
 */

#ifndef _SCSI_SCSI_H
#define _SCSI_SCSI_H	1

#include <features.h>

/*
 *      SCSI opcodes
 */

#define TEST_UNIT_READY       0x00
#define REZERO_UNIT           0x01
#define REQUEST_SENSE         0x03
#define FORMAT_UNIT           0x04
#define READ_BLOCK_LIMITS     0x05
#define REASSIGN_BLOCKS       0x07
#define READ_6                0x08
#define WRITE_6               0x0a
#define SEEK_6                0x0b
#define READ_REVERSE          0x0f
#define WRITE_FILEMARKS       0x10
#define SPACE                 0x11
#define INQUIRY               0x12
#define RECOVER_BUFFERED_DATA 0x14
#define MODE_SELECT           0x15
#define RESERVE               0x16
#define RELEASE               0x17
#define COPY                  0x18
#define ERASE                 0x19
#define MODE_SENSE            0x1a
#define START_STOP            0x1b
#define RECEIVE_DIAGNOSTIC    0x1c
#define SEND_DIAGNOSTIC       0x1d
#define ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL  0x1e

#define SET_WINDOW            0x24
#define READ_CAPACITY         0x25
#define READ_10               0x28
#define WRITE_10              0x2a
#define SEEK_10               0x2b
#define WRITE_VERIFY          0x2e
#define VERIFY                0x2f
#define SEARCH_HIGH           0x30
#define SEARCH_EQUAL          0x31
#define SEARCH_LOW            0x32
#define SET_LIMITS            0x33
#define PRE_FETCH             0x34
#define READ_POSITION         0x34
#define SYNCHRONIZE_CACHE     0x35
#define LOCK_UNLOCK_CACHE     0x36
#define READ_DEFECT_DATA      0x37
#define MEDIUM_SCAN           0x38
#define COMPARE               0x39
#define COPY_VERIFY           0x3a
#define WRITE_BUFFER          0x3b
#define READ_BUFFER           0x3c
#define UPDATE_BLOCK          0x3d
#define READ_LONG             0x3e
#define WRITE_LONG            0x3f
#define CHANGE_DEFINITION     0x40
#define WRITE_SAME            0x41
#define READ_TOC              0x43
#define LOG_SELECT            0x4c
#define LOG_SENSE             0x4d
#define MODE_SELECT_10        0x55
#define RESERVE_10            0x56
#define RELEASE_10            0x57
#define MODE_SENSE_10         0x5a
#define PERSISTENT_RESERVE_IN 0x5e
#define PERSISTENT_RESERVE_OUT 0x5f
#define MOVE_MEDIUM           0xa5
#define READ_12               0xa8
#define WRITE_12              0xaa
#define WRITE_VERIFY_12       0xae
#define SEARCH_HIGH_12        0xb0
#define SEARCH_EQUAL_12       0xb1
#define SEARCH_LOW_12         0xb2
#define READ_ELEMENT_STATUS   0xb8
#define SEND_VOLUME_TAG       0xb6
#define WRITE_LONG_2          0xea

/*
 *  Status codes
 */

#define GOOD                 0x00
#define CHECK_CONDITION      0x01
#define CONDITION_GOOD       0x02
#define BUSY                 0x04
#define INTERMEDIATE_GOOD    0x08
#define INTERMEDIATE_C_GOOD  0x0a
#define RESERVATION_CONFLICT 0x0c
#define COMMAND_TERMINATED   0x11
#define QUEUE_FULL           0x14

#define STATUS_MASK          0x3e

/*
 *  SENSE KEYS
 */

#define NO_SENSE            0x00
#define RECOVERED_ERROR     0x01
#define NOT_READY           0x02
#define MEDIUM_ERROR        0x03
#define HARDWARE_ERROR      0x04
#define ILLEGAL_REQUEST     0x05
#define UNIT_ATTENTION      0x06
#define DATA_PROTECT        0x07
#define BLANK_CHECK         0x08
#define COPY_ABORTED        0x0a
#define ABORTED_COMMAND     0x0b
#define VOLUME_OVERFLOW     0x0d
#define MISCOMPARE          0x0e


/*
 *  DEVICE TYPES
 */

#define TYPE_DISK           0x00
#define TYPE_TAPE           0x01
#define TYPE_PROCESSOR      0x03    /* HP scanners use this */
#define TYPE_WORM           0x04    /* Treated as ROM by our system */
#define TYPE_ROM            0x05
#define TYPE_SCANNER        0x06
#define TYPE_MOD            0x07    /* Magneto-optical disk -
				     * - treated as TYPE_DISK */
#define TYPE_MEDIUM_CHANGER 0x08
#define TYPE_ENCLOSURE	    0x0d    /* Enclosure Services Device */
#define TYPE_NO_LUN         0x7f

/*
 * standard mode-select header prepended to all mode-select commands
 *
 * moved here from cdrom.h -- kraxel
 */

struct ccs_modesel_head
  {
    unsigned char _r1;			/* reserved.  */
    unsigned char medium;		/* device-specific medium type.  */
    unsigned char _r2;			/* reserved.  */
    unsigned char block_desc_length;	/* block descriptor length.  */
    unsigned char density;		/* device-specific density code.  */
    unsigned char number_blocks_hi;	/* number of blocks in this block
					   desc.  */
    unsigned char number_blocks_med;
    unsigned char number_blocks_lo;
    unsigned char _r3;
    unsigned char block_length_hi;	/* block length for blocks in this
					   desc.  */
    unsigned char block_length_med;
    unsigned char block_length_lo;
  };

/*
 *  MESSAGE CODES
 */

#define COMMAND_COMPLETE    0x00
#define EXTENDED_MESSAGE    0x01
#define     EXTENDED_MODIFY_DATA_POINTER    0x00
#define     EXTENDED_SDTR                   0x01
#define     EXTENDED_EXTENDED_IDENTIFY      0x02    /* SCSI-I only */
#define     EXTENDED_WDTR                   0x03
#define SAVE_POINTERS       0x02
#define RESTORE_POINTERS    0x03
#define DISCONNECT          0x04
#define INITIATOR_ERROR     0x05
#define ABORT               0x06
#define MESSAGE_REJECT      0x07
#define NOP                 0x08
#define MSG_PARITY_ERROR    0x09
#define LINKED_CMD_COMPLETE 0x0a
#define LINKED_FLG_CMD_COMPLETE 0x0b
#define BUS_DEVICE_RESET    0x0c

#define INITIATE_RECOVERY   0x0f            /* SCSI-II only */
#define RELEASE_RECOVERY    0x10            /* SCSI-II only */

#define SIMPLE_QUEUE_TAG    0x20
#define HEAD_OF_QUEUE_TAG   0x21
#define ORDERED_QUEUE_TAG   0x22

/*
 * Here are some scsi specific ioctl commands which are sometimes useful.
 */
/* These are a few other constants only used by scsi devices.  */

#define SCSI_IOCTL_GET_IDLUN 0x5382

/* Used to turn on and off tagged queuing for scsi devices.  */

#define SCSI_IOCTL_TAGGED_ENABLE 0x5383
#define SCSI_IOCTL_TAGGED_DISABLE 0x5384

/* Used to obtain the host number of a device.  */
#define SCSI_IOCTL_PROBE_HOST 0x5385

/* Used to get the bus number for a device.  */
#define SCSI_IOCTL_GET_BUS_NUMBER 0x5386

#endif /* scsi/scsi.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1999-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _SCSI_IOCTL_H
#define _SCSI_IOCTL_H

/* IOCTLs for SCSI.  */
#define SCSI_IOCTL_SEND_COMMAND		1	/* Send a command to the SCSI host.  */
#define SCSI_IOCTL_TEST_UNIT_READY	2	/* Test if unit is ready.  */
#define SCSI_IOCTL_BENCHMARK_COMMAND	3
#define SCSI_IOCTL_SYNC			4	/* Request synchronous parameters.  */
#define SCSI_IOCTL_START_UNIT		5
#define SCSI_IOCTL_STOP_UNIT		6
#define SCSI_IOCTL_DOORLOCK		0x5380	/* Lock the eject mechanism.  */
#define SCSI_IOCTL_DOORUNLOCK		0x5381	/* Unlock the mechanism.  */

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 *  FC Transport BSG Interface
 *
 *  Copyright (C) 2008   James Smart, Emulex Corporation
 *
 *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 *  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 *  (at your option) any later version.
 *
 *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 *  GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 *
 */

#ifndef SCSI_BSG_FC_H
#define SCSI_BSG_FC_H

/*
 * This file intended to be included by both kernel and user space
 */

/*
 * FC Transport SGIO v4 BSG Message Support
 */

/* Default BSG request timeout (in seconds) */
#define FC_DEFAULT_BSG_TIMEOUT		(10 * HZ)


/*
 * Request Message Codes supported by the FC Transport
 */

/* define the class masks for the message codes */
#define FC_BSG_CLS_MASK		0xF0000000	/* find object class */
#define FC_BSG_HST_MASK		0x80000000	/* fc host class */
#define FC_BSG_RPT_MASK		0x40000000	/* fc rport class */

	/* fc_host Message Codes */
#define FC_BSG_HST_ADD_RPORT		(FC_BSG_HST_MASK | 0x00000001)
#define FC_BSG_HST_DEL_RPORT		(FC_BSG_HST_MASK | 0x00000002)
#define FC_BSG_HST_ELS_NOLOGIN		(FC_BSG_HST_MASK | 0x00000003)
#define FC_BSG_HST_CT			(FC_BSG_HST_MASK | 0x00000004)
#define FC_BSG_HST_VENDOR		(FC_BSG_HST_MASK | 0x000000FF)

	/* fc_rport Message Codes */
#define FC_BSG_RPT_ELS			(FC_BSG_RPT_MASK | 0x00000001)
#define FC_BSG_RPT_CT			(FC_BSG_RPT_MASK | 0x00000002)



/*
 * FC Address Identifiers in Message Structures :
 *
 *   Whenever a command payload contains a FC Address Identifier
 *   (aka port_id), the value is effectively in big-endian
 *   order, thus the array elements are decoded as follows:
 *     element [0] is bits 23:16 of the FC Address Identifier
 *     element [1] is bits 15:8 of the FC Address Identifier
 *     element [2] is bits 7:0 of the FC Address Identifier
 */


/*
 * FC Host Messages
 */

/* FC_BSG_HST_ADDR_PORT : */

/* Request:
 * This message requests the FC host to login to the remote port
 * at the specified N_Port_Id.  The remote port is to be enumerated
 * with the transport upon completion of the login.
 */
struct fc_bsg_host_add_rport {
	uint8_t		reserved;

	/* FC Address Identier of the remote port to login to */
	uint8_t		port_id[3];
};

/* Response:
 * There is no additional response data - fc_bsg_reply->result is sufficient
 */


/* FC_BSG_HST_DEL_RPORT : */

/* Request:
 * This message requests the FC host to remove an enumerated
 * remote port and to terminate the login to it.
 *
 * Note: The driver is free to reject this request if it desires to
 * remain logged in with the remote port.
 */
struct fc_bsg_host_del_rport {
	uint8_t		reserved;

	/* FC Address Identier of the remote port to logout of */
	uint8_t		port_id[3];
};

/* Response:
 * There is no additional response data - fc_bsg_reply->result is sufficient
 */


/* FC_BSG_HST_ELS_NOLOGIN : */

/* Request:
 * This message requests the FC_Host to send an ELS to a specific
 * N_Port_ID. The host does not need to log into the remote port,
 * nor does it need to enumerate the rport for further traffic
 * (although, the FC host is free to do so if it desires).
 */
struct fc_bsg_host_els {
	/*
	 * ELS Command Code being sent (must be the same as byte 0
	 * of the payload)
	 */
	uint8_t 	command_code;

	/* FC Address Identier of the remote port to send the ELS to */
	uint8_t		port_id[3];
};

/* Response:
 */
/* fc_bsg_ctels_reply->status values */
#define FC_CTELS_STATUS_OK	0x00000000
#define FC_CTELS_STATUS_REJECT	0x00000001
#define FC_CTELS_STATUS_P_RJT	0x00000002
#define FC_CTELS_STATUS_F_RJT	0x00000003
#define FC_CTELS_STATUS_P_BSY	0x00000004
#define FC_CTELS_STATUS_F_BSY	0x00000006
struct fc_bsg_ctels_reply {
	/*
	 * Note: An ELS LS_RJT may be reported in 2 ways:
	 *  a) A status of FC_CTELS_STATUS_OK is returned. The caller
	 *     is to look into the ELS receive payload to determine
	 *     LS_ACC or LS_RJT (by contents of word 0). The reject
	 *     data will be in word 1.
	 *  b) A status of FC_CTELS_STATUS_REJECT is returned, The
	 *     rjt_data field will contain valid data.
	 *
	 * Note: ELS LS_ACC is determined by an FC_CTELS_STATUS_OK, and
	 *   the receive payload word 0 indicates LS_ACC
	 *   (e.g. value is 0x02xxxxxx).
	 *
	 * Note: Similarly, a CT Reject may be reported in 2 ways:
	 *  a) A status of FC_CTELS_STATUS_OK is returned. The caller
	 *     is to look into the CT receive payload to determine
	 *     Accept or Reject (by contents of word 2). The reject
	 *     data will be in word 3.
	 *  b) A status of FC_CTELS_STATUS_REJECT is returned, The
	 *     rjt_data field will contain valid data.
	 *
	 * Note: x_RJT/BSY status will indicae that the rjt_data field
	 *   is valid and contains the reason/explanation values.
	 */
	uint32_t	status;		/* See FC_CTELS_STATUS_xxx */

	/* valid if status is not FC_CTELS_STATUS_OK */
	struct	{
		uint8_t	action;		/* fragment_id for CT REJECT */
		uint8_t	reason_code;
		uint8_t	reason_explanation;
		uint8_t	vendor_unique;
	} rjt_data;
};


/* FC_BSG_HST_CT : */

/* Request:
 * This message requests that a CT Request be performed with the
 * indicated N_Port_ID. The driver is responsible for logging in with
 * the fabric and/or N_Port_ID, etc as per FC rules. This request does
 * not mandate that the driver must enumerate the destination in the
 * transport. The driver is allowed to decide whether to enumerate it,
 * and whether to tear it down after the request.
 */
struct fc_bsg_host_ct {
	uint8_t		reserved;

	/* FC Address Identier of the remote port to send the ELS to */
	uint8_t		port_id[3];

	/*
	 * We need words 0-2 of the generic preamble for the LLD's
	 */
	uint32_t	preamble_word0;	/* revision & IN_ID */
	uint32_t	preamble_word1;	/* GS_Type, GS_SubType, Options, Rsvd */
	uint32_t	preamble_word2;	/* Cmd Code, Max Size */

};
/* Response:
 *
 * The reply structure is an fc_bsg_ctels_reply structure
 */


/* FC_BSG_HST_VENDOR : */

/* Request:
 * Note: When specifying vendor_id, be sure to read the Vendor Type and ID
 *   formatting requirements specified in scsi_netlink.h
 */
struct fc_bsg_host_vendor {
	/*
	 * Identifies the vendor that the message is formatted for. This
	 * should be the recipient of the message.
	 */
	uint64_t vendor_id;

	/* start of vendor command area */
	uint32_t vendor_cmd[0];
};

/* Response:
 */
struct fc_bsg_host_vendor_reply {
	/* start of vendor response area */
	uint32_t vendor_rsp[0];
};



/*
 * FC Remote Port Messages
 */

/* FC_BSG_RPT_ELS : */

/* Request:
 * This message requests that an ELS be performed with the rport.
 */
struct fc_bsg_rport_els {
	/*
	 * ELS Command Code being sent (must be the same as
	 * byte 0 of the payload)
	 */
	uint8_t els_code;
};

/* Response:
 *
 * The reply structure is an fc_bsg_ctels_reply structure
 */


/* FC_BSG_RPT_CT : */

/* Request:
 * This message requests that a CT Request be performed with the rport.
 */
struct fc_bsg_rport_ct {
	/*
	 * We need words 0-2 of the generic preamble for the LLD's
	 */
	uint32_t	preamble_word0;	/* revision & IN_ID */
	uint32_t	preamble_word1;	/* GS_Type, GS_SubType, Options, Rsvd */
	uint32_t	preamble_word2;	/* Cmd Code, Max Size */
};
/* Response:
 *
 * The reply structure is an fc_bsg_ctels_reply structure
 */




/* request (CDB) structure of the sg_io_v4 */
struct fc_bsg_request {
	uint32_t msgcode;
	union {
		struct fc_bsg_host_add_rport	h_addrport;
		struct fc_bsg_host_del_rport	h_delrport;
		struct fc_bsg_host_els		h_els;
		struct fc_bsg_host_ct		h_ct;
		struct fc_bsg_host_vendor	h_vendor;

		struct fc_bsg_rport_els		r_els;
		struct fc_bsg_rport_ct		r_ct;
	} rqst_data;
} __attribute__((packed));


/* response (request sense data) structure of the sg_io_v4 */
struct fc_bsg_reply {
	/*
	 * The completion result. Result exists in two forms:
	 *  if negative, it is an -Exxx system errno value. There will
	 *    be no further reply information supplied.
	 *  else, it's the 4-byte scsi error result, with driver, host,
	 *    msg and status fields. The per-msgcode reply structure
	 *    will contain valid data.
	 */
	uint32_t result;

	/* If there was reply_payload, how much was recevied ? */
	uint32_t reply_payload_rcv_len;

	union {
		struct fc_bsg_host_vendor_reply		vendor_reply;

		struct fc_bsg_ctels_reply		ctels_reply;
	} reply_data;
};


#endif /* SCSI_BSG_FC_H */

/* Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
   History:
    Started: Aug 9 by Lawrence Foard (entropy@world.std.com), to allow user
     process control of SCSI devices.
    Development Sponsored by Killy Corp. NY NY
*/

#ifndef _SCSI_SG_H
#define _SCSI_SG_H	1

#include <features.h>
#define __need_size_t
#include <stddef.h>


/* New interface introduced in the 3.x SG drivers follows */

/* Same structure as used by readv() Linux system call. It defines one
   scatter-gather element. */
typedef struct sg_iovec
{
  void * iov_base;            /* Starting address  */
  size_t iov_len;             /* Length in bytes  */
} sg_iovec_t;


typedef struct sg_io_hdr
{
  int interface_id;           /* [i] 'S' for SCSI generic (required) */
  int dxfer_direction;        /* [i] data transfer direction  */
  unsigned char cmd_len;      /* [i] SCSI command length ( <= 16 bytes) */
  unsigned char mx_sb_len;    /* [i] max length to write to sbp */
  unsigned short int iovec_count; /* [i] 0 implies no scatter gather */
  unsigned int dxfer_len;     /* [i] byte count of data transfer */
  void * dxferp;              /* [i], [*io] points to data transfer memory
				 or scatter gather list */
  unsigned char * cmdp;       /* [i], [*i] points to command to perform */
  unsigned char * sbp;        /* [i], [*o] points to sense_buffer memory */
  unsigned int timeout;       /* [i] MAX_UINT->no timeout (unit: millisec) */
  unsigned int flags;         /* [i] 0 -> default, see SG_FLAG... */
  int pack_id;                /* [i->o] unused internally (normally) */
  void * usr_ptr;             /* [i->o] unused internally */
  unsigned char status;       /* [o] scsi status */
  unsigned char masked_status;/* [o] shifted, masked scsi status */
  unsigned char msg_status;   /* [o] messaging level data (optional) */
  unsigned char sb_len_wr;    /* [o] byte count actually written to sbp */
  unsigned short int host_status; /* [o] errors from host adapter */
  unsigned short int driver_status;/* [o] errors from software driver */
  int resid;                  /* [o] dxfer_len - actual_transferred */
  unsigned int duration;      /* [o] time taken by cmd (unit: millisec) */
  unsigned int info;          /* [o] auxiliary information */
} sg_io_hdr_t;


/* Use negative values to flag difference from original sg_header structure.  */
#define SG_DXFER_NONE -1        /* e.g. a SCSI Test Unit Ready command */
#define SG_DXFER_TO_DEV -2      /* e.g. a SCSI WRITE command */
#define SG_DXFER_FROM_DEV -3    /* e.g. a SCSI READ command */
#define SG_DXFER_TO_FROM_DEV -4 /* treated like SG_DXFER_FROM_DEV with the
				   additional property than during indirect
				   IO the user buffer is copied into the
				   kernel buffers before the transfer */


/* following flag values can be "or"-ed together */
#define SG_FLAG_DIRECT_IO 1     /* default is indirect IO */
#define SG_FLAG_LUN_INHIBIT 2   /* default is to put device's lun into */
				/* the 2nd byte of SCSI command */
#define SG_FLAG_NO_DXFER 0x10000 /* no transfer of kernel buffers to/from */
				/* user space (debug indirect IO) */

/* The following 'info' values are "or"-ed together.  */
#define SG_INFO_OK_MASK	0x1
#define SG_INFO_OK	0x0	/* no sense, host nor driver "noise" */
#define SG_INFO_CHECK	0x1     /* something abnormal happened */

#define SG_INFO_DIRECT_IO_MASK	0x6
#define SG_INFO_INDIRECT_IO 	0x0	/* data xfer via kernel buffers (or no xfer) */
#define SG_INFO_DIRECT_IO 	0x2	/* direct IO requested and performed */
#define SG_INFO_MIXED_IO 	0x4	/* part direct, part indirect IO */


/* Request information about a specific SG device, used by
   SG_GET_SCSI_ID ioctl ().  */
struct sg_scsi_id {
  /* Host number as in "scsi<n>" where 'n' is one of 0, 1, 2 etc.  */
  int host_no;
  int channel;
  /* SCSI id of target device.  */
  int scsi_id;
  int lun;
  /* TYPE_... defined in <scsi/scsi.h>.  */
  int scsi_type;
  /* Host (adapter) maximum commands per lun.  */
  short int h_cmd_per_lun;
  /* Device (or adapter) maximum queue length.  */
  short int d_queue_depth;
  /* Unused, set to 0 for now.  */
  int unused[2];
};

/* Used by SG_GET_REQUEST_TABLE ioctl().  */
typedef struct sg_req_info {
    char req_state;     /* 0 -> not used, 1 -> written, 2 -> ready to read */
    char orphan;        /* 0 -> normal request, 1 -> from interruped SG_IO */
    char sg_io_owned;   /* 0 -> complete with read(), 1 -> owned by SG_IO */
    char problem;       /* 0 -> no problem detected, 1 -> error to report */
    int pack_id;        /* pack_id associated with request */
    void * usr_ptr;     /* user provided pointer (in new interface) */
    unsigned int duration; /* millisecs elapsed since written (req_state==1)
			      or request duration (req_state==2) */
    int unused;
} sg_req_info_t;


/* IOCTLs: Those ioctls that are relevant to the SG 3.x drivers follow.
 [Those that only apply to the SG 2.x drivers are at the end of the file.]
 (_GET_s yield result via 'int *' 3rd argument unless otherwise indicated) */

#define SG_EMULATED_HOST 0x2203 /* true for emulated host adapter (ATAPI) */

/* Used to configure SCSI command transformation layer for ATAPI devices */
/* Only supported by the ide-scsi driver */
#define SG_SET_TRANSFORM 0x2204 /* N.B. 3rd arg is not pointer but value: */
		      /* 3rd arg = 0 to disable transform, 1 to enable it */
#define SG_GET_TRANSFORM 0x2205

#define SG_SET_RESERVED_SIZE 0x2275  /* request a new reserved buffer size */
#define SG_GET_RESERVED_SIZE 0x2272  /* actual size of reserved buffer */

/* The following ioctl has a 'sg_scsi_id_t *' object as its 3rd argument. */
#define SG_GET_SCSI_ID 0x2276   /* Yields fd's bus, chan, dev, lun + type */
/* SCSI id information can also be obtained from SCSI_IOCTL_GET_IDLUN */

/* Override host setting and always DMA using low memory ( <16MB on i386) */
#define SG_SET_FORCE_LOW_DMA 0x2279  /* 0-> use adapter setting, 1-> force */
#define SG_GET_LOW_DMA 0x227a   /* 0-> use all ram for dma; 1-> low dma ram */

/* When SG_SET_FORCE_PACK_ID set to 1, pack_id is input to read() which
   tries to fetch a packet with a matching pack_id, waits, or returns EAGAIN.
   If pack_id is -1 then read oldest waiting. When ...FORCE_PACK_ID set to 0
   then pack_id ignored by read() and oldest readable fetched. */
#define SG_SET_FORCE_PACK_ID 0x227b
#define SG_GET_PACK_ID 0x227c /* Yields oldest readable pack_id (or -1) */

#define SG_GET_NUM_WAITING 0x227d /* Number of commands awaiting read() */

/* Yields max scatter gather tablesize allowed by current host adapter */
#define SG_GET_SG_TABLESIZE 0x227F  /* 0 implies can't do scatter gather */

#define SG_GET_VERSION_NUM 0x2282 /* Example: version 2.1.34 yields 20134 */

/* Returns -EBUSY if occupied. 3rd argument pointer to int (see next) */
#define SG_SCSI_RESET 0x2284
/* Associated values that can be given to SG_SCSI_RESET follow */
#define SG_SCSI_RESET_NOTHING	0
#define SG_SCSI_RESET_DEVICE	1
#define SG_SCSI_RESET_BUS	2
#define SG_SCSI_RESET_HOST	3

/* synchronous SCSI command ioctl, (only in version 3 interface) */
#define SG_IO 0x2285   /* similar effect as write() followed by read() */

#define SG_GET_REQUEST_TABLE 0x2286   /* yields table of active requests */

/* How to treat EINTR during SG_IO ioctl(), only in SG 3.x series */
#define SG_SET_KEEP_ORPHAN 0x2287 /* 1 -> hold for read(), 0 -> drop (def) */
#define SG_GET_KEEP_ORPHAN 0x2288


#define SG_SCATTER_SZ (8 * 4096)  /* PAGE_SIZE not available to user */
/* Largest size (in bytes) a single scatter-gather list element can have.
   The value must be a power of 2 and <= (PAGE_SIZE * 32) [131072 bytes on
   i386]. The minimum value is PAGE_SIZE. If scatter-gather not supported
   by adapter then this value is the largest data block that can be
   read/written by a single scsi command. The user can find the value of
   PAGE_SIZE by calling getpagesize() defined in unistd.h . */

#define SG_DEFAULT_RETRIES 1

/* Defaults, commented if they differ from original sg driver */
#define SG_DEF_FORCE_LOW_DMA 0  /* was 1 -> memory below 16MB on i386 */
#define SG_DEF_FORCE_PACK_ID 0
#define SG_DEF_KEEP_ORPHAN 0
#define SG_DEF_RESERVED_SIZE SG_SCATTER_SZ /* load time option */

/* maximum outstanding requests, write() yields EDOM if exceeded */
#define SG_MAX_QUEUE 16

#define SG_BIG_BUFF SG_DEF_RESERVED_SIZE    /* for backward compatibility */

/* Alternate style type names, "..._t" variants preferred */
typedef struct sg_io_hdr Sg_io_hdr;
typedef struct sg_io_vec Sg_io_vec;
typedef struct sg_scsi_id Sg_scsi_id;
typedef struct sg_req_info Sg_req_info;


/* vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv */
/*   The older SG interface based on the 'sg_header' structure follows.   */
/* ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ */

#define SG_MAX_SENSE 16   /* this only applies to the sg_header interface */

struct sg_header
 {
   /* Length of incoming packet (including header).  */
   int pack_len;
   /* Maximal length of expected reply.  */
   int reply_len;
   /* Id number of packet.  */
   int pack_id;
   /* 0==ok, otherwise error number.  */
   int result;
   /* Force 12 byte command length for group 6 & 7 commands.  */
   unsigned int twelve_byte:1;
   /* SCSI status from target.  */
   unsigned int target_status:5;
   /* Host status (see "DID" codes).  */
   unsigned int host_status:8;
   /* Driver status+suggestion.  */
   unsigned int driver_status:8;
   /* Unused.  */
   unsigned int other_flags:10;
   /* Output in 3 cases:
      when target_status is CHECK_CONDITION or
      when target_status is COMMAND_TERMINATED or
      when (driver_status & DRIVER_SENSE) is true.  */
   unsigned char sense_buffer[SG_MAX_SENSE];
 };


/* IOCTLs: The following are not required (or ignored) when the sg_io_hdr_t
	   interface is used. They are kept for backward compatibility with
	   the original and version 2 drivers. */

#define SG_SET_TIMEOUT		0x2201	/* Set timeout; *(int *)arg==timeout.  */
#define SG_GET_TIMEOUT		0x2202	/* Get timeout; return timeout.  */

/* Get/set command queuing state per fd (default is SG_DEF_COMMAND_Q). */
#define SG_GET_COMMAND_Q	0x2270	/* Yields 0 (queuing off) or 1 (on).  */
#define SG_SET_COMMAND_Q 	0x2271	/* Change queuing state with 0 or 1.  */

/* Turn on error sense trace (1..8), dump this device to log/console (9)
   or dump all sg device states ( >9 ) to log/console.  */
#define SG_SET_DEBUG		0x227e	/* 0 -> turn off debug */

#define SG_NEXT_CMD_LEN		0x2283	/* Override SCSI command length with given
					   number on the next write() on this file
					   descriptor.  */

/* Defaults, commented if they differ from original sg driver */
#define SG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT (60*HZ) /* HZ == 'jiffies in 1 second' */
#define SG_DEF_COMMAND_Q 0     /* command queuing is always on when
				  the new interface is used */
#define SG_DEF_UNDERRUN_FLAG 0


#endif	/* scsi/sg.h */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  tttables.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    Basic SFNT/TrueType tables definitions and interface                 */
/*    (specification only).                                                */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 1996-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef TTTABLES_H_
#define TTTABLES_H_


#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER

  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    truetype_tables                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    TrueType Tables                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    TrueType specific table types and functions.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This section contains definitions of some basic tables specific to */
  /*    TrueType and OpenType as well as some routines used to access and  */
  /*    process them.                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Order>                                                               */
  /*    TT_Header                                                          */
  /*    TT_HoriHeader                                                      */
  /*    TT_VertHeader                                                      */
  /*    TT_OS2                                                             */
  /*    TT_Postscript                                                      */
  /*    TT_PCLT                                                            */
  /*    TT_MaxProfile                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_Sfnt_Tag                                                        */
  /*    FT_Get_Sfnt_Table                                                  */
  /*    FT_Load_Sfnt_Table                                                 */
  /*    FT_Sfnt_Table_Info                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_CMap_Format                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    TT_Header                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure to model a TrueType font header table.  All fields     */
  /*    follow the OpenType specification.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  TT_Header_
  {
    FT_Fixed   Table_Version;
    FT_Fixed   Font_Revision;

    FT_Long    CheckSum_Adjust;
    FT_Long    Magic_Number;

    FT_UShort  Flags;
    FT_UShort  Units_Per_EM;

    FT_Long    Created [2];
    FT_Long    Modified[2];

    FT_Short   xMin;
    FT_Short   yMin;
    FT_Short   xMax;
    FT_Short   yMax;

    FT_UShort  Mac_Style;
    FT_UShort  Lowest_Rec_PPEM;

    FT_Short   Font_Direction;
    FT_Short   Index_To_Loc_Format;
    FT_Short   Glyph_Data_Format;

  } TT_Header;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    TT_HoriHeader                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure to model a TrueType horizontal header, the `hhea'      */
  /*    table, as well as the corresponding horizontal metrics table,      */
  /*    `hmtx'.                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    Version                :: The table version.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Ascender               :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance  */
  /*                              from the baseline to the top-most of all */
  /*                              glyph points found in the font.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                              This value is invalid in many fonts, as  */
  /*                              it is usually set by the font designer,  */
  /*                              and often reflects only a portion of the */
  /*                              glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII).  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                              You should use the `sTypoAscender' field */
  /*                              of the `OS/2' table instead if you want  */
  /*                              the correct one.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Descender              :: The font's descender, i.e., the distance */
  /*                              from the baseline to the bottom-most of  */
  /*                              all glyph points found in the font.  It  */
  /*                              is negative.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                              This value is invalid in many fonts, as  */
  /*                              it is usually set by the font designer,  */
  /*                              and often reflects only a portion of the */
  /*                              glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII).  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                              You should use the `sTypoDescender'      */
  /*                              field of the `OS/2' table instead if you */
  /*                              want the correct one.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Line_Gap               :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance  */
  /*                              to add to the ascender and descender to  */
  /*                              get the BTB, i.e., the                   */
  /*                              baseline-to-baseline distance for the    */
  /*                              font.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    advance_Width_Max      :: This field is the maximum of all advance */
  /*                              widths found in the font.  It can be     */
  /*                              used to compute the maximum width of an  */
  /*                              arbitrary string of text.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    min_Left_Side_Bearing  :: The minimum left side bearing of all     */
  /*                              glyphs within the font.                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    min_Right_Side_Bearing :: The minimum right side bearing of all    */
  /*                              glyphs within the font.                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    xMax_Extent            :: The maximum horizontal extent (i.e., the */
  /*                              `width' of a glyph's bounding box) for   */
  /*                              all glyphs in the font.                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    caret_Slope_Rise       :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's     */
  /*                              slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run).    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    caret_Slope_Run        :: The run coefficient of the cursor's      */
  /*                              slope.                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    caret_Offset           :: The cursor's offset for slanted fonts.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Reserved               :: 8~reserved bytes.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    metric_Data_Format     :: Always~0.                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    number_Of_HMetrics     :: Number of HMetrics entries in the `hmtx' */
  /*                              table -- this value can be smaller than  */
  /*                              the total number of glyphs in the font.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    long_metrics           :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    short_metrics          :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields */
  /*    can change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and     */
  /*    friends) if the font contains an `MVAR' table: `caret_Slope_Rise', */
  /*    `caret_Slope_Run', and `caret_Offset'.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  TT_HoriHeader_
  {
    FT_Fixed   Version;
    FT_Short   Ascender;
    FT_Short   Descender;
    FT_Short   Line_Gap;

    FT_UShort  advance_Width_Max;      /* advance width maximum */

    FT_Short   min_Left_Side_Bearing;  /* minimum left-sb       */
    FT_Short   min_Right_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb      */
    FT_Short   xMax_Extent;            /* xmax extents          */
    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Rise;
    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Run;
    FT_Short   caret_Offset;

    FT_Short   Reserved[4];

    FT_Short   metric_Data_Format;
    FT_UShort  number_Of_HMetrics;

    /* The following fields are not defined by the OpenType specification */
    /* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant    */
    /* `hmtx' table.                                                      */

    void*      long_metrics;
    void*      short_metrics;

  } TT_HoriHeader;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    TT_VertHeader                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure used to model a TrueType vertical header, the `vhea'   */
  /*    table, as well as the corresponding vertical metrics table,        */
  /*    `vmtx'.                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    Version                 :: The table version.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Ascender                :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */
  /*                               from the baseline to the top-most of    */
  /*                               all glyph points found in the font.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                               This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
  /*                               it is usually set by the font designer, */
  /*                               and often reflects only a portion of    */
  /*                               the glyphs found in the font (maybe     */
  /*                               ASCII).                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                               You should use the `sTypoAscender'      */
  /*                               field of the `OS/2' table instead if    */
  /*                               you want the correct one.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Descender               :: The font's descender, i.e., the         */
  /*                               distance from the baseline to the       */
  /*                               bottom-most of all glyph points found   */
  /*                               in the font.  It is negative.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                               This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
  /*                               it is usually set by the font designer, */
  /*                               and often reflects only a portion of    */
  /*                               the glyphs found in the font (maybe     */
  /*                               ASCII).                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                               You should use the `sTypoDescender'     */
  /*                               field of the `OS/2' table instead if    */
  /*                               you want the correct one.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Line_Gap                :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */
  /*                               to add to the ascender and descender to */
  /*                               get the BTB, i.e., the                  */
  /*                               baseline-to-baseline distance for the   */
  /*                               font.                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    advance_Height_Max      :: This field is the maximum of all        */
  /*                               advance heights found in the font.  It  */
  /*                               can be used to compute the maximum      */
  /*                               height of an arbitrary string of text.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    min_Top_Side_Bearing    :: The minimum top side bearing of all     */
  /*                               glyphs within the font.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    min_Bottom_Side_Bearing :: The minimum bottom side bearing of all  */
  /*                               glyphs within the font.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    yMax_Extent             :: The maximum vertical extent (i.e., the  */
  /*                               `height' of a glyph's bounding box) for */
  /*                               all glyphs in the font.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    caret_Slope_Rise        :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's    */
  /*                               slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run).   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    caret_Slope_Run         :: The run coefficient of the cursor's     */
  /*                               slope.                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    caret_Offset            :: The cursor's offset for slanted fonts.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Reserved                :: 8~reserved bytes.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    metric_Data_Format      :: Always~0.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    number_Of_VMetrics      :: Number of VMetrics entries in the       */
  /*                               `vmtx' table -- this value can be       */
  /*                               smaller than the total number of glyphs */
  /*                               in the font.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    long_metrics            :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table.        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    short_metrics           :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table.        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields */
  /*    can change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and     */
  /*    friends) if the font contains an `MVAR' table: `Ascender',         */
  /*    `Descender', `Line_Gap', `caret_Slope_Rise', `caret_Slope_Run',    */
  /*    and `caret_Offset'.                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  TT_VertHeader_
  {
    FT_Fixed   Version;
    FT_Short   Ascender;
    FT_Short   Descender;
    FT_Short   Line_Gap;

    FT_UShort  advance_Height_Max;      /* advance height maximum */

    FT_Short   min_Top_Side_Bearing;    /* minimum top-sb          */
    FT_Short   min_Bottom_Side_Bearing; /* minimum bottom-sb       */
    FT_Short   yMax_Extent;             /* ymax extents            */
    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Rise;
    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Run;
    FT_Short   caret_Offset;

    FT_Short   Reserved[4];

    FT_Short   metric_Data_Format;
    FT_UShort  number_Of_VMetrics;

    /* The following fields are not defined by the OpenType specification */
    /* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant    */
    /* `vmtx' table.                                                      */

    void*      long_metrics;
    void*      short_metrics;

  } TT_VertHeader;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    TT_OS2                                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure to model a TrueType `OS/2' table.  All fields comply   */
  /*    to the OpenType specification.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Note that we now support old Mac fonts that do not include an      */
  /*    `OS/2' table.  In this case, the `version' field is always set to  */
  /*    0xFFFF.                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields */
  /*    can change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and     */
  /*    friends) if the font contains an `MVAR' table: `sCapHeight',       */
  /*    `sTypoAscender', `sTypoDescender', `sTypoLineGap', `sxHeight',     */
  /*    `usWinAscent', `usWinDescent', `yStrikeoutPosition',               */
  /*    `yStrikeoutSize', `ySubscriptXOffset', `ySubScriptXSize',          */
  /*    `ySubscriptYOffset', `ySubscriptYSize', `ySuperscriptXOffset',     */
  /*    `ySuperscriptXSize', `ySuperscriptYOffset', and                    */
  /*    `ySuperscriptYSize'.                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Possible values for bits in the `ulUnicodeRangeX' fields are given */
  /*    by the @TT_UCR_XXX macros.                                         */
  /*                                                                       */

  typedef struct  TT_OS2_
  {
    FT_UShort  version;                /* 0x0001 - more or 0xFFFF */
    FT_Short   xAvgCharWidth;
    FT_UShort  usWeightClass;
    FT_UShort  usWidthClass;
    FT_UShort  fsType;
    FT_Short   ySubscriptXSize;
    FT_Short   ySubscriptYSize;
    FT_Short   ySubscriptXOffset;
    FT_Short   ySubscriptYOffset;
    FT_Short   ySuperscriptXSize;
    FT_Short   ySuperscriptYSize;
    FT_Short   ySuperscriptXOffset;
    FT_Short   ySuperscriptYOffset;
    FT_Short   yStrikeoutSize;
    FT_Short   yStrikeoutPosition;
    FT_Short   sFamilyClass;

    FT_Byte    panose[10];

    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange1;        /* Bits 0-31   */
    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange2;        /* Bits 32-63  */
    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange3;        /* Bits 64-95  */
    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange4;        /* Bits 96-127 */

    FT_Char    achVendID[4];

    FT_UShort  fsSelection;
    FT_UShort  usFirstCharIndex;
    FT_UShort  usLastCharIndex;
    FT_Short   sTypoAscender;
    FT_Short   sTypoDescender;
    FT_Short   sTypoLineGap;
    FT_UShort  usWinAscent;
    FT_UShort  usWinDescent;

    /* only version 1 and higher: */

    FT_ULong   ulCodePageRange1;       /* Bits 0-31   */
    FT_ULong   ulCodePageRange2;       /* Bits 32-63  */

    /* only version 2 and higher: */

    FT_Short   sxHeight;
    FT_Short   sCapHeight;
    FT_UShort  usDefaultChar;
    FT_UShort  usBreakChar;
    FT_UShort  usMaxContext;

    /* only version 5 and higher: */

    FT_UShort  usLowerOpticalPointSize;       /* in twips (1/20th points) */
    FT_UShort  usUpperOpticalPointSize;       /* in twips (1/20th points) */

  } TT_OS2;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    TT_Postscript                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure to model a TrueType `post' table.  All fields comply   */
  /*    to the OpenType specification.  This structure does not reference  */
  /*    a font's PostScript glyph names; use @FT_Get_Glyph_Name to         */
  /*    retrieve them.                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields */
  /*    can change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and     */
  /*    friends) if the font contains an `MVAR' table: `underlinePosition' */
  /*    and `underlineThickness'.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  TT_Postscript_
  {
    FT_Fixed  FormatType;
    FT_Fixed  italicAngle;
    FT_Short  underlinePosition;
    FT_Short  underlineThickness;
    FT_ULong  isFixedPitch;
    FT_ULong  minMemType42;
    FT_ULong  maxMemType42;
    FT_ULong  minMemType1;
    FT_ULong  maxMemType1;

    /* Glyph names follow in the `post' table, but we don't */
    /* load them by default.                                */

  } TT_Postscript;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    TT_PCLT                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure to model a TrueType `PCLT' table.  All fields comply   */
  /*    to the OpenType specification.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  TT_PCLT_
  {
    FT_Fixed   Version;
    FT_ULong   FontNumber;
    FT_UShort  Pitch;
    FT_UShort  xHeight;
    FT_UShort  Style;
    FT_UShort  TypeFamily;
    FT_UShort  CapHeight;
    FT_UShort  SymbolSet;
    FT_Char    TypeFace[16];
    FT_Char    CharacterComplement[8];
    FT_Char    FileName[6];
    FT_Char    StrokeWeight;
    FT_Char    WidthType;
    FT_Byte    SerifStyle;
    FT_Byte    Reserved;

  } TT_PCLT;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    TT_MaxProfile                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    The maximum profile (`maxp') table contains many max values, which */
  /*    can be used to pre-allocate arrays for speeding up glyph loading   */
  /*    and hinting.                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    version               :: The version number.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    numGlyphs             :: The number of glyphs in this TrueType     */
  /*                             font.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    maxPoints             :: The maximum number of points in a         */
  /*                             non-composite TrueType glyph.  See also   */
  /*                             `maxCompositePoints'.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    maxContours           :: The maximum number of contours in a       */
  /*                             non-composite TrueType glyph.  See also   */
  /*                             `maxCompositeContours'.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    maxCompositePoints    :: The maximum number of points in a         */
  /*                             composite TrueType glyph.  See also       */
  /*                             `maxPoints'.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    maxCompositeContours  :: The maximum number of contours in a       */
  /*                             composite TrueType glyph.  See also       */
  /*                             `maxContours'.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    maxZones              :: The maximum number of zones used for      */
  /*                             glyph hinting.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    maxTwilightPoints     :: The maximum number of points in the       */
  /*                             twilight zone used for glyph hinting.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    maxStorage            :: The maximum number of elements in the     */
  /*                             storage area used for glyph hinting.      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    maxFunctionDefs       :: The maximum number of function            */
  /*                             definitions in the TrueType bytecode for  */
  /*                             this font.                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    maxInstructionDefs    :: The maximum number of instruction         */
  /*                             definitions in the TrueType bytecode for  */
  /*                             this font.                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    maxStackElements      :: The maximum number of stack elements used */
  /*                             during bytecode interpretation.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    maxSizeOfInstructions :: The maximum number of TrueType opcodes    */
  /*                             used for glyph hinting.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    maxComponentElements  :: The maximum number of simple (i.e., non-  */
  /*                             composite) glyphs in a composite glyph.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    maxComponentDepth     :: The maximum nesting depth of composite    */
  /*                             glyphs.                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    This structure is only used during font loading.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  TT_MaxProfile_
  {
    FT_Fixed   version;
    FT_UShort  numGlyphs;
    FT_UShort  maxPoints;
    FT_UShort  maxContours;
    FT_UShort  maxCompositePoints;
    FT_UShort  maxCompositeContours;
    FT_UShort  maxZones;
    FT_UShort  maxTwilightPoints;
    FT_UShort  maxStorage;
    FT_UShort  maxFunctionDefs;
    FT_UShort  maxInstructionDefs;
    FT_UShort  maxStackElements;
    FT_UShort  maxSizeOfInstructions;
    FT_UShort  maxComponentElements;
    FT_UShort  maxComponentDepth;

  } TT_MaxProfile;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Enum>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Sfnt_Tag                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    An enumeration to specify indices of SFNT tables loaded and parsed */
  /*    by FreeType during initialization of an SFNT font.  Used in the    */
  /*    @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table API function.                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Values>                                                              */
  /*    FT_SFNT_HEAD :: To access the font's @TT_Header structure.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_SFNT_MAXP :: To access the font's @TT_MaxProfile structure.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_SFNT_OS2  :: To access the font's @TT_OS2 structure.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_SFNT_HHEA :: To access the font's @TT_HoriHeader structure.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_SFNT_VHEA :: To access the font's @TT_VertHeader structure.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_SFNT_POST :: To access the font's @TT_Postscript structure.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_SFNT_PCLT :: To access the font's @TT_PCLT structure.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef enum  FT_Sfnt_Tag_
  {
    FT_SFNT_HEAD,
    FT_SFNT_MAXP,
    FT_SFNT_OS2,
    FT_SFNT_HHEA,
    FT_SFNT_VHEA,
    FT_SFNT_POST,
    FT_SFNT_PCLT,

    FT_SFNT_MAX

  } FT_Sfnt_Tag;

  /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_Sfnt_Tag' */
  /* values instead                                                      */
#define ft_sfnt_head  FT_SFNT_HEAD
#define ft_sfnt_maxp  FT_SFNT_MAXP
#define ft_sfnt_os2   FT_SFNT_OS2
#define ft_sfnt_hhea  FT_SFNT_HHEA
#define ft_sfnt_vhea  FT_SFNT_VHEA
#define ft_sfnt_post  FT_SFNT_POST
#define ft_sfnt_pclt  FT_SFNT_PCLT


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_Sfnt_Table                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Return a pointer to a given SFNT table stored within a face.       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face :: A handle to the source.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    tag  :: The index of the SFNT table.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    A type-less pointer to the table.  This will be NULL in case of    */
  /*    error, or if the corresponding table was not found *OR* loaded     */
  /*    from the file.                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Use a typecast according to `tag' to access the structure          */
  /*    elements.                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The table is owned by the face object and disappears with it.      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    This function is only useful to access SFNT tables that are loaded */
  /*    by the sfnt, truetype, and opentype drivers.  See @FT_Sfnt_Tag for */
  /*    a list.                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Here an example how to access the `vhea' table:                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    {                                                                  */
  /*      TT_VertHeader*  vert_header;                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      vert_header =                                                    */
  /*        (TT_VertHeader*)FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( face, FT_SFNT_VHEA );       */
  /*    }                                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( void* )
  FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face      face,
                     FT_Sfnt_Tag  tag );


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Load_Sfnt_Table
   *
   * @description:
   *   Load any SFNT font table into client memory.
   *
   * @input:
   *   face ::
   *     A handle to the source face.
   *
   *   tag ::
   *     The four-byte tag of the table to load.  Use value~0 if you want
   *     to access the whole font file.  Otherwise, you can use one of the
   *     definitions found in the @FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H file, or forge a new
   *     one with @FT_MAKE_TAG.
   *
   *   offset ::
   *     The starting offset in the table (or file if tag~==~0).
   *
   * @output:
   *   buffer ::
   *     The target buffer address.  The client must ensure that the memory
   *     array is big enough to hold the data.
   *
   * @inout:
   *   length ::
   *     If the `length' parameter is NULL, try to load the whole table.
   *     Return an error code if it fails.
   *
   *     Else, if `*length' is~0, exit immediately while returning the
   *     table's (or file) full size in it.
   *
   *     Else the number of bytes to read from the table or file, from the
   *     starting offset.
   *
   * @return:
   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *   If you need to determine the table's length you should first call this
   *   function with `*length' set to~0, as in the following example:
   *
   *     {
   *       FT_ULong  length = 0;
   *
   *
   *       error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, &length );
   *       if ( error ) { ... table does not exist ... }
   *
   *       buffer = malloc( length );
   *       if ( buffer == NULL ) { ... not enough memory ... }
   *
   *       error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, buffer, &length );
   *       if ( error ) { ... could not load table ... }
   *     }
   *
   *   Note that structures like @TT_Header or @TT_OS2 can't be used with
   *   this function; they are limited to @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table.  Reason is that
   *   those structures depend on the processor architecture, with varying
   *   size (e.g. 32bit vs. 64bit) or order (big endian vs. little endian).
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face    face,
                      FT_ULong   tag,
                      FT_Long    offset,
                      FT_Byte*   buffer,
                      FT_ULong*  length );


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Sfnt_Table_Info
   *
   * @description:
   *   Return information on an SFNT table.
   *
   * @input:
   *   face ::
   *     A handle to the source face.
   *
   *   table_index ::
   *     The index of an SFNT table.  The function returns
   *     FT_Err_Table_Missing for an invalid value.
   *
   * @inout:
   *   tag ::
   *     The name tag of the SFNT table.  If the value is NULL, `table_index'
   *     is ignored, and `length' returns the number of SFNT tables in the
   *     font.
   *
   * @output:
   *   length ::
   *     The length of the SFNT table (or the number of SFNT tables, depending
   *     on `tag').
   *
   * @return:
   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *   While parsing fonts, FreeType handles SFNT tables with length zero as
   *   missing.
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face    face,
                      FT_UInt    table_index,
                      FT_ULong  *tag,
                      FT_ULong  *length );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Return cmap language ID as specified in the OpenType standard.     */
  /*    Definitions of language ID values are in file @FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    charmap ::                                                         */
  /*      The target charmap.                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    The language ID of `charmap'.  If `charmap' doesn't belong to an   */
  /*    SFNT face, just return~0 as the default value.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    For a format~14 cmap (to access Unicode IVS), the return value is  */
  /*    0xFFFFFFFF.                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
  FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap  charmap );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_CMap_Format                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Return the format of an SFNT `cmap' table.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    charmap ::                                                         */
  /*      The target charmap.                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    The format of `charmap'.  If `charmap' doesn't belong to an SFNT   */
  /*    face, return -1.                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
  FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap  charmap );

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* TTTABLES_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftincrem.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType incremental loading (specification).                        */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 2002-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTINCREM_H_
#define FTINCREM_H_

#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#include FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER

  /***************************************************************************
   *
   * @section:
   *    incremental
   *
   * @title:
   *    Incremental Loading
   *
   * @abstract:
   *    Custom Glyph Loading.
   *
   * @description:
   *   This section contains various functions used to perform so-called
   *   `incremental' glyph loading.  This is a mode where all glyphs loaded
   *   from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application.
   *
   *   Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font
   *   file.  This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another
   *   engine, e.g., a PostScript Imaging Processor.
   *
   *   To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an
   *   @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an
   *   @FT_Incremental_Interface value.  See the comments for
   *   @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example.
   *
   */


  /***************************************************************************
   *
   * @type:
   *   FT_Incremental
   *
   * @description:
   *   An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement
   *   `incremental' glyph loading within FreeType.  This is used to support
   *   embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., PostScript interpreters),
   *   where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be overridden by
   *   different values.
   *
   * @note:
   *   It is up to client applications to create and implement @FT_Incremental
   *   objects, as long as they provide implementations for the methods
   *   @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc, @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
   *   and @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
   *
   *   See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how
   *   to use incremental objects with FreeType.
   *
   */
  typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_*  FT_Incremental;


  /***************************************************************************
   *
   * @struct:
   *   FT_Incremental_MetricsRec
   *
   * @description:
   *   A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned
   *   by the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method.
   *
   * @fields:
   *   bearing_x ::
   *     Left bearing, in font units.
   *
   *   bearing_y ::
   *     Top bearing, in font units.
   *
   *   advance ::
   *     Horizontal component of glyph advance, in font units.
   *
   *   advance_v ::
   *     Vertical component of glyph advance, in font units.
   *
   * @note:
   *   These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the
   *   value of the `vertical' argument to the function
   *   @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
   *
   */
  typedef struct  FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_
  {
    FT_Long  bearing_x;
    FT_Long  bearing_y;
    FT_Long  advance;
    FT_Long  advance_v;     /* since 2.3.12 */

  } FT_Incremental_MetricsRec;


  /***************************************************************************
   *
   * @struct:
   *   FT_Incremental_Metrics
   *
   * @description:
   *   A handle to an @FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure.
   *
   */
   typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_*  FT_Incremental_Metrics;


  /***************************************************************************
   *
   * @type:
   *   FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc
   *
   * @description:
   *   A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes
   *   during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is
   *   enabled.
   *
   *   Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font
   *   file format.  For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within
   *   the `glyf' table.  For PostScript formats, it must correspond to the
   *   *unencrypted* charstring bytes, without any `lenIV' header.  It is
   *   undefined for any other format.
   *
   * @input:
   *   incremental ::
   *     Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
   *     application.
   *
   *   glyph_index ::
   *     Index of relevant glyph.
   *
   * @output:
   *   adata ::
   *     A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be
   *     accessed as a read-only byte block).
   *
   * @return:
   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *   If this function returns successfully the method
   *   @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release
   *   the data bytes.
   *
   *   Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for
   *   compound glyphs.
   *
   */
  typedef FT_Error
  (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental  incremental,
                                      FT_UInt         glyph_index,
                                      FT_Data*        adata );


  /***************************************************************************
   *
   * @type:
   *   FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
   *
   * @description:
   *   A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a
   *   successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc.
   *
   * @input:
   *   incremental ::
   *     A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
   *     application.
   *
   *   data ::
   *     A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed
   *     as a read-only byte block).
   *
   */
  typedef void
  (*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental  incremental,
                                       FT_Data*        data );


  /***************************************************************************
   *
   * @type:
   *   FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc
   *
   * @description:
   *   A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index
   *   before accessing its data.  This is necessary because, in certain
   *   formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place from
   *   the glyph images proper.
   *
   * @input:
   *   incremental ::
   *     A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
   *     application.
   *
   *   glyph_index ::
   *     Index of relevant glyph.
   *
   *   vertical ::
   *     If true, return vertical metrics.
   *
   *   ametrics ::
   *     This parameter is used for both input and output.
   *     The original glyph metrics, if any, in font units.  If metrics are
   *     not available all the values must be set to zero.
   *
   * @output:
   *   ametrics ::
   *     The replacement glyph metrics in font units.
   *
   */
  typedef FT_Error
  (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc)
                      ( FT_Incremental              incremental,
                        FT_UInt                     glyph_index,
                        FT_Bool                     vertical,
                        FT_Incremental_MetricsRec  *ametrics );


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @struct:
   *   FT_Incremental_FuncsRec
   *
   * @description:
   *   A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data
   *   incrementally.  Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec.
   *
   * @fields:
   *   get_glyph_data ::
   *     The function to get glyph data.  Must not be null.
   *
   *   free_glyph_data ::
   *     The function to release glyph data.  Must not be null.
   *
   *   get_glyph_metrics ::
   *     The function to get glyph metrics.  May be null if the font does
   *     not provide overriding glyph metrics.
   *
   */
  typedef struct  FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_
  {
    FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc     get_glyph_data;
    FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc    free_glyph_data;
    FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc  get_glyph_metrics;

  } FT_Incremental_FuncsRec;


  /***************************************************************************
   *
   * @struct:
   *   FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec
   *
   * @description:
   *   A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user
   *   wants to support incremental glyph loading.  You should use it with
   *   @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example:
   *
   *     {
   *       FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec  inc_int;
   *       FT_Parameter                 parameter;
   *       FT_Open_Args                 open_args;
   *
   *
   *       // set up incremental descriptor
   *       inc_int.funcs  = my_funcs;
   *       inc_int.object = my_object;
   *
   *       // set up optional parameter
   *       parameter.tag  = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL;
   *       parameter.data = &inc_int;
   *
   *       // set up FT_Open_Args structure
   *       open_args.flags      = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;
   *       open_args.pathname   = my_font_pathname;
   *       open_args.num_params = 1;
   *       open_args.params     = &parameter; // we use one optional argument
   *
   *       // open the font
   *       error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );
   *       ...
   *     }
   *
   */
  typedef struct  FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_
  {
    const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec*  funcs;
    FT_Incremental                  object;

  } FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec;


  /***************************************************************************
   *
   * @type:
   *   FT_Incremental_Interface
   *
   * @description:
   *   A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure.
   *
   */
  typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec*   FT_Incremental_Interface;


  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTINCREM_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftbdf.h                                                                */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification).     */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 2002-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTBDF_H_
#define FTBDF_H_

#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    bdf_fonts                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    BDF and PCF Files                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    BDF and PCF specific API.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF */
  /*    and PCF fonts.                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /**********************************************************************
   *
   * @enum:
   *    BDF_PropertyType
   *
   * @description:
   *    A list of BDF property types.
   *
   * @values:
   *    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE ::
   *      Value~0 is used to indicate a missing property.
   *
   *    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM ::
   *      Property is a string atom.
   *
   *    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER ::
   *      Property is a 32-bit signed integer.
   *
   *    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL ::
   *      Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer.
   */
  typedef enum  BDF_PropertyType_
  {
    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE     = 0,
    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM     = 1,
    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER  = 2,
    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3

  } BDF_PropertyType;


  /**********************************************************************
   *
   * @type:
   *    BDF_Property
   *
   * @description:
   *    A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given
   *    BDF/PCF property.
   */
  typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_*  BDF_Property;


 /**********************************************************************
  *
  * @struct:
  *    BDF_PropertyRec
  *
  * @description:
  *    This structure models a given BDF/PCF property.
  *
  * @fields:
  *    type ::
  *      The property type.
  *
  *    u.atom ::
  *      The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM.  May be
  *      NULL, indicating an empty string.
  *
  *    u.integer ::
  *      A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER.
  *
  *    u.cardinal ::
  *      An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL.
  */
  typedef struct  BDF_PropertyRec_
  {
    BDF_PropertyType  type;
    union {
      const char*     atom;
      FT_Int32        integer;
      FT_UInt32       cardinal;

    } u;

  } BDF_PropertyRec;


 /**********************************************************************
  *
  * @function:
  *    FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID
  *
  * @description:
  *    Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to
  *    the BDF specification.
  *
  * @input:
  *    face ::
  *       A handle to the input face.
  *
  * @output:
  *    acharset_encoding ::
  *       Charset encoding, as a C~string, owned by the face.
  *
  *    acharset_registry ::
  *       Charset registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
  *
  * @return:
  *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
  *
  * @note:
  *   This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise.
  */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face       face,
                         const char*  *acharset_encoding,
                         const char*  *acharset_registry );


 /**********************************************************************
  *
  * @function:
  *    FT_Get_BDF_Property
  *
  * @description:
  *    Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file.
  *
  * @input:
  *    face :: A handle to the input face.
  *
  *    name :: The property name.
  *
  * @output:
  *    aproperty :: The property.
  *
  * @return:
  *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
  *
  * @note:
  *   This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts.  It returns an error
  *   otherwise.  It also returns an error if the property is not in the
  *   font.
  *
  *   A `property' is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES
  *   ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the
  *   `info->props' array within a `FontRec' structure of a PCF font.
  *
  *   Integer properties are always stored as `signed' within PCF fonts;
  *   consequently, @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value
  *   for BDF fonts only.
  *
  *   In case of error, `aproperty->type' is always set to
  *   @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE.
  */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face           face,
                       const char*       prop_name,
                       BDF_PropertyRec  *aproperty );

  /* */

FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTBDF_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftcid.h                                                                */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType API for accessing CID font information (specification).     */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 2007-2018 by                                                 */
/*  Dereg Clegg and Michael Toftdal.                                       */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTCID_H_
#define FTCID_H_

#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    cid_fonts                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    CID Fonts                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    CID-keyed font specific API.                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font specific   */
  /*    functions.                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /**********************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *    FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement
   *
   * @description:
   *    Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the
   *    "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font.
   *
   * @input:
   *    face ::
   *       A handle to the input face.
   *
   * @output:
   *    registry ::
   *       The registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
   *
   *    ordering ::
   *       The ordering, as a C~string, owned by the face.
   *
   *    supplement ::
   *       The supplement.
   *
   * @return:
   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *    This function only works with CID faces, returning an error
   *    otherwise.
   *
   * @since:
   *    2.3.6
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face       face,
                                           const char*  *registry,
                                           const char*  *ordering,
                                           FT_Int       *supplement );


  /**********************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *    FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed
   *
   * @description:
   *    Retrieve the type of the input face, CID keyed or not.  In
   *    contrast to the @FT_IS_CID_KEYED macro this function returns
   *    successfully also for CID-keyed fonts in an SFNT wrapper.
   *
   * @input:
   *    face ::
   *       A handle to the input face.
   *
   * @output:
   *    is_cid ::
   *       The type of the face as an @FT_Bool.
   *
   * @return:
   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *    This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
   *    returning an error otherwise.
   *
   * @since:
   *    2.3.9
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face   face,
                                      FT_Bool  *is_cid );


  /**********************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *    FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index
   *
   * @description:
   *    Retrieve the CID of the input glyph index.
   *
   * @input:
   *    face ::
   *       A handle to the input face.
   *
   *    glyph_index ::
   *       The input glyph index.
   *
   * @output:
   *    cid ::
   *       The CID as an @FT_UInt.
   *
   * @return:
   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *    This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
   *    returning an error otherwise.
   *
   * @since:
   *    2.3.9
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face   face,
                               FT_UInt   glyph_index,
                               FT_UInt  *cid );

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTCID_H_ */


/* END */
/* This is a generated file. */
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pfr_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t42_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, winfnt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pcf_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, bdf_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, autofit_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, gxv_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, otv_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class )
/* EOF */
/* ftconfig.h.  Generated from ftconfig.in by configure.  */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftconfig.in                                                            */
/*                                                                         */
/*    UNIX-specific configuration file (specification only).               */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 1996-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used */
  /* by the rest of the engine.  Most of the macros here are automatically */
  /* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to   */
  /* port FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI          */
  /* compiler.                                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we       */
  /* advise you to place a modified copy in your build directory.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* The build directory is usually `builds/<system>', and contains        */
  /* system-specific files that are always included first when building    */
  /* the library.                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTCONFIG_H_
#define FTCONFIG_H_

#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /*               PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system.  The current   */
  /* ones are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment   */
  /* (16bit compilers are also supported).  Copy this file to your own     */
  /* `builds/<system>' directory, and edit it to port the engine.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1


  /* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char' */
  /* has 16 bits.  ANSI C says that sizeof(char) is always 1.  Since an  */
  /* `int' has 16 bits also for this system, sizeof(int) gives 1 which   */
  /* is probably unexpected.                                             */
  /*                                                                     */
  /* `CHAR_BIT' (defined in limits.h) gives the number of bits in a      */
  /* `char' type.                                                        */

#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT
#define FT_CHAR_BIT  CHAR_BIT
#endif


/* #undef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
#ifdef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES

#define SIZEOF_INT 4
#define SIZEOF_LONG 8
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT  SIZEOF_INT
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG SIZEOF_LONG

#else /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */

  /* Following cpp computation of the bit length of int and long */
  /* is copied from default include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h.  */
  /* If any improvement is required for this file, it should be  */
  /* applied to the original header file for the builders that   */
  /* do not use configure script.                                */

  /* The size of an `int' type.  */
#if                                 FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT  (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif                               FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT  (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT  (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `int' type!"
#endif

  /* The size of a `long' type.  A five-byte `long' (as used e.g. on the */
  /* DM642) is recognized but avoided.                                   */
#if                                  FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG  (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG  (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG  (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `long' type!"
#endif

#endif /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */


  /* FT_UNUSED is a macro used to indicate that a given parameter is not  */
  /* used -- this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings */
#ifndef FT_UNUSED
#define FT_UNUSED( arg )  ( (arg) = (arg) )
#endif


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                     AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* These macros are computed from the ones defined above.  Don't touch   */
  /* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing.  No   */
  /* porter should need to mess with them.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Mac support                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead    */
  /*   providing a new configuration file.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
#if defined( __APPLE__ ) || ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh ) )
  /* no Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x */
  /* AvailabilityMacros.h is available since Mac OS X 10.2,        */
  /* so guess the system version by maximum errno before inclusion */
#include <errno.h>
#ifdef ECANCELED /* defined since 10.2 */
#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
#endif
#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \
    ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )
#undef FT_MACINTOSH
#endif

#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ )
  /* Classic MacOS compilers */
#include "ConditionalMacros.h"
#if TARGET_OS_MAC
#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
#endif

#endif


  /* Fix compiler warning with sgi compiler */
#if defined( __sgi ) && !defined( __GNUC__ )
#if defined( _COMPILER_VERSION ) && ( _COMPILER_VERSION >= 730 )
#pragma set woff 3505
#endif
#endif


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    basic_types                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Int16                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef signed short  FT_Int16;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_UInt16                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef unsigned short  FT_UInt16;

  /* */


  /* this #if 0 ... #endif clause is for documentation purposes */
#if 0

  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Int32                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type.  The size depends on    */
  /*    the configuration.                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef signed XXX  FT_Int32;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_UInt32                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    A typedef for a 32bit unsigned integer type.  The size depends on  */
  /*    the configuration.                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef unsigned XXX  FT_UInt32;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Int64                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    A typedef for a 64bit signed integer type.  The size depends on    */
  /*    the configuration.  Only defined if there is real 64bit support;   */
  /*    otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary).       */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef signed XXX  FT_Int64;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_UInt64                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    A typedef for a 64bit unsigned integer type.  The size depends on  */
  /*    the configuration.  Only defined if there is real 64bit support;   */
  /*    otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary).       */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef unsigned XXX  FT_UInt64;

  /* */

#endif

#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4

  typedef signed int      FT_Int32;
  typedef unsigned int    FT_UInt32;

#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4

  typedef signed long     FT_Int32;
  typedef unsigned long   FT_UInt32;

#else
#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
#endif


  /* look up an integer type that is at least 32 bits */
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= 4

  typedef int            FT_Fast;
  typedef unsigned int   FT_UFast;

#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= 4

  typedef long           FT_Fast;
  typedef unsigned long  FT_UFast;

#endif


  /* determine whether we have a 64-bit int type  */
  /* (mostly for environments without `autoconf') */
#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8

  /* FT_LONG64 must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64   long
#define FT_UINT64  unsigned long

  /* we handle the LLP64 scheme separately for GCC and clang, */
  /* suppressing the `long long' warning                      */
#elif ( FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4 )       && \
      defined( HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT ) && \
      defined( __GNUC__ )
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wlong-long"
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64   long long int
#define FT_UINT64  unsigned long long int

  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* A 64-bit data type may create compilation problems if you compile     */
  /* in strict ANSI mode.  To avoid them, we disable other 64-bit data     */
  /* types if __STDC__ is defined.  You can however ignore this rule       */
  /* by defining the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 configuration macro.     */
  /*                                                                       */
#elif !defined( __STDC__ ) || defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )

#if defined( __STDC_VERSION__ ) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L

#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64   long long int
#define FT_UINT64  unsigned long long int

#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900  /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */

  /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64   __int64
#define FT_UINT64  unsigned __int64

#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ )  /* Borland C++ */

  /* XXXX: We should probably check the value of __BORLANDC__ in order */
  /*       to test the compiler version.                               */

  /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64   __int64
#define FT_UINT64  unsigned __int64

#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ )   /* Watcom C++ */

  /* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */

#elif defined( __MWERKS__ )    /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */

#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64   long long int
#define FT_UINT64  unsigned long long int

#elif defined( __GNUC__ )

  /* GCC provides the `long long' type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64   long long int
#define FT_UINT64  unsigned long long int

#endif /* __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */

#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 */

#ifdef FT_LONG64
  typedef FT_INT64   FT_Int64;
  typedef FT_UINT64  FT_UInt64;
#endif


#ifdef _WIN64
  /* only 64bit Windows uses the LLP64 data model, i.e., */
  /* 32bit integers, 64bit pointers                      */
#define FT_UINT_TO_POINTER( x ) (void*)(unsigned __int64)(x)
#else
#define FT_UINT_TO_POINTER( x ) (void*)(unsigned long)(x)
#endif


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* miscellaneous                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT  do {
#define FT_END_STMNT    } while ( 0 )
#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT  FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT


  /* typeof condition taken from gnulib's `intprops.h' header file */
#if ( ( defined( __GNUC__ ) && __GNUC__ >= 2 )                       || \
      ( defined( __IBMC__ ) && __IBMC__ >= 1210 &&                      \
        defined( __IBM__TYPEOF__ ) )                                 || \
      ( defined( __SUNPRO_C ) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x5110 && !__STDC__ ) )
#define FT_TYPEOF( type )  ( __typeof__ ( type ) )
#else
#define FT_TYPEOF( type )  /* empty */
#endif


  /* Use FT_LOCAL and FT_LOCAL_DEF to declare and define, respectively, */
  /* a function that gets used only within the scope of a module.       */
  /* Normally, both the header and source code files for such a         */
  /* function are within a single module directory.                     */
  /*                                                                    */
  /* Intra-module arrays should be tagged with FT_LOCAL_ARRAY and       */
  /* FT_LOCAL_ARRAY_DEF.                                                */
  /*                                                                    */
#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT

#define FT_LOCAL( x )      static  x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  static  x

#else

#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_LOCAL( x )      extern "C"  x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
#else
#define FT_LOCAL( x )      extern  x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  x
#endif

#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */

#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY( x )      extern const  x
#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY_DEF( x )  const  x


  /* Use FT_BASE and FT_BASE_DEF to declare and define, respectively, */
  /* functions that are used in more than a single module.  In the    */
  /* current setup this implies that the declaration is in a header   */
  /* file in the `include/freetype/internal' directory, and the       */
  /* function body is in a file in `src/base'.                        */
  /*                                                                  */
#ifndef FT_BASE

#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE( x )  extern "C"  x
#else
#define FT_BASE( x )  extern  x
#endif

#endif /* !FT_BASE */


#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF

#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE_DEF( x )  x
#else
#define FT_BASE_DEF( x )  x
#endif

#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */


  /*   When compiling FreeType as a DLL or DSO with hidden visibility      */
  /*   some systems/compilers need a special attribute in front OR after   */
  /*   the return type of function declarations.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define       */
  /*   exported library functions: FT_EXPORT and FT_EXPORT_DEF.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*     FT_EXPORT( return_type )                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*       is used in a function declaration, as in                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*         FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )                                         */
  /*         FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library*  alibrary );                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*     FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type )                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*       is used in a function definition, as in                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*         FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )                                     */
  /*         FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library*  alibrary )                     */
  /*         {                                                             */
  /*           ... some code ...                                           */
  /*           return FT_Err_Ok;                                           */
  /*         }                                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   You can provide your own implementation of FT_EXPORT and            */
  /*   FT_EXPORT_DEF here if you want.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   To export a variable, use FT_EXPORT_VAR.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT

#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY

#if defined( _WIN32 ) && ( defined( _DLL ) || defined( DLL_EXPORT ) )
#define FT_EXPORT( x )  __declspec( dllexport )  x
#elif defined( __GNUC__ ) && __GNUC__ >= 4
#define FT_EXPORT( x )  __attribute__(( visibility( "default" ) ))  x
#elif defined( __cplusplus )
#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern "C"  x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern  x
#endif

#else

#if defined( FT2_DLLIMPORT )
#define FT_EXPORT( x )  __declspec( dllimport )  x
#elif defined( __cplusplus )
#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern "C"  x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern  x
#endif

#endif

#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */


#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF

#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  extern  x
#endif

#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */


#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR

#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x )  extern "C"  x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x )  extern  x
#endif

#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */

  /* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a   */
  /* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers.                          */
  /*                                                                 */

  /* This is special.  Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"' for */
  /* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also    */
  /* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to  */
  /* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */
  /* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers.     */
  /*                                                                 */
  /*                                                                 */
  /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function,        */
  /* located in the same source code file as the structure that uses */
  /* it.                                                             */
  /*                                                                 */
  /* FT_BASE_CALLBACK and FT_BASE_CALLBACK_DEF are used to declare   */
  /* and define a callback function, respectively, in a similar way  */
  /* as FT_BASE and FT_BASE_DEF work.                                */
  /*                                                                 */
  /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */
  /* contains pointers to callback functions.                        */
  /*                                                                 */
  /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable   */
  /* that contains pointers to callback functions.                   */
  /*                                                                 */
  /*                                                                 */
  /* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert    */
  /* the infamous `_cdecl' or `__fastcall' declarations.             */
  /*                                                                 */
#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
#else
#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  static  x
#endif
#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */

#ifndef FT_BASE_CALLBACK
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK( x )      extern "C"  x
#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
#else
#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK( x )      extern  x
#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  x
#endif
#endif /* FT_BASE_CALLBACK */

#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE      extern "C"
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF  extern "C"
#else
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE      extern
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF  /* nothing */
#endif
#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */


FT_END_HEADER


#endif /* FTCONFIG_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftstdlib.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification   */
/*    only).                                                               */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 2002-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* This file is used to group all #includes to the ANSI C library that   */
  /* FreeType normally requires.  It also defines macros to rename the     */
  /* standard functions within the FreeType source code.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Load a file which defines FTSTDLIB_H_ before this one to override it. */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTSTDLIB_H_
#define FTSTDLIB_H_


#include <stddef.h>

#define ft_ptrdiff_t  ptrdiff_t


  /**********************************************************************/
  /*                                                                    */
  /*                           integer limits                           */
  /*                                                                    */
  /* UINT_MAX and ULONG_MAX are used to automatically compute the size  */
  /* of `int' and `long' in bytes at compile-time.  So far, this works  */
  /* for all platforms the library has been tested on.                  */
  /*                                                                    */
  /* Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide      */
  /* integer types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32 bits wide (e.g. some    */
  /* old Crays where `int' is 36 bits), we do not make any guarantee    */
  /* about the correct behaviour of FT2 with all fonts.                 */
  /*                                                                    */
  /* In these case, `ftconfig.h' will refuse to compile anyway with a   */
  /* message like `couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar.     */
  /*                                                                    */
  /**********************************************************************/


#include <limits.h>

#define FT_CHAR_BIT    CHAR_BIT
#define FT_USHORT_MAX  USHRT_MAX
#define FT_INT_MAX     INT_MAX
#define FT_INT_MIN     INT_MIN
#define FT_UINT_MAX    UINT_MAX
#define FT_LONG_MIN    LONG_MIN
#define FT_LONG_MAX    LONG_MAX
#define FT_ULONG_MAX   ULONG_MAX


  /**********************************************************************/
  /*                                                                    */
  /*                 character and string processing                    */
  /*                                                                    */
  /**********************************************************************/


#include <string.h>

#define ft_memchr   memchr
#define ft_memcmp   memcmp
#define ft_memcpy   memcpy
#define ft_memmove  memmove
#define ft_memset   memset
#define ft_strcat   strcat
#define ft_strcmp   strcmp
#define ft_strcpy   strcpy
#define ft_strlen   strlen
#define ft_strncmp  strncmp
#define ft_strncpy  strncpy
#define ft_strrchr  strrchr
#define ft_strstr   strstr


  /**********************************************************************/
  /*                                                                    */
  /*                           file handling                            */
  /*                                                                    */
  /**********************************************************************/


#include <stdio.h>

#define FT_FILE     FILE
#define ft_fclose   fclose
#define ft_fopen    fopen
#define ft_fread    fread
#define ft_fseek    fseek
#define ft_ftell    ftell
#define ft_sprintf  sprintf


  /**********************************************************************/
  /*                                                                    */
  /*                             sorting                                */
  /*                                                                    */
  /**********************************************************************/


#include <stdlib.h>

#define ft_qsort  qsort


  /**********************************************************************/
  /*                                                                    */
  /*                        memory allocation                           */
  /*                                                                    */
  /**********************************************************************/


#define ft_scalloc   calloc
#define ft_sfree     free
#define ft_smalloc   malloc
#define ft_srealloc  realloc


  /**********************************************************************/
  /*                                                                    */
  /*                          miscellaneous                             */
  /*                                                                    */
  /**********************************************************************/


#define ft_strtol  strtol
#define ft_getenv  getenv


  /**********************************************************************/
  /*                                                                    */
  /*                         execution control                          */
  /*                                                                    */
  /**********************************************************************/


#include <setjmp.h>

#define ft_jmp_buf     jmp_buf  /* note: this cannot be a typedef since */
                                /*       jmp_buf is defined as a macro  */
                                /*       on certain platforms           */

#define ft_longjmp     longjmp
#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(ft_jmp_buf*) &(b) ) /* same thing here */


  /* the following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if */
  /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR or FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE are defined    */

#include <stdarg.h>


#endif /* FTSTDLIB_H_ */


/* END */
#ifndef __FTCONFIG_H__MULTILIB
#define __FTCONFIG_H__MULTILIB

#include <bits/wordsize.h>

#if __WORDSIZE == 32
# include "ftconfig-32.h"
#elif __WORDSIZE == 64
# include "ftconfig-64.h"
#else
# error "unexpected value for __WORDSIZE macro"
#endif

#endif 
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftheader.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    Build macros of the FreeType 2 library.                              */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 1996-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/

#ifndef FTHEADER_H_
#define FTHEADER_H_


  /*@***********************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Macro>                                                               */
  /*    FT_BEGIN_HEADER                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header    */
  /*    files to ensure that the declarations within are properly          */
  /*    encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a  */
  /*    C++ compiler.                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER  extern "C" {
#else
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER  /* nothing */
#endif


  /*@***********************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Macro>                                                               */
  /*    FT_END_HEADER                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header  */
  /*    files to ensure that the declarations within are properly          */
  /*    encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a  */
  /*    C++ compiler.                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_END_HEADER  }
#else
#define FT_END_HEADER  /* nothing */
#endif


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/

  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    header_file_macros                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    Header File Macros                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    Macro definitions used to #include specific header files.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    The following macros are defined to the name of specific           */
  /*    FreeType~2 header files.  They can be used directly in #include    */
  /*    statements as in:                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    {                                                                  */
  /*      #include FT_FREETYPE_H                                           */
  /*      #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H                                   */
  /*      #include FT_GLYPH_H                                              */
  /*    }                                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name      */
  /*    public header files.  The first one is that such macros are not    */
  /*    limited to the infamous 8.3~naming rule required by DOS (and       */
  /*    `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H' is a lot more meaningful than `ftmm.h').   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the    */
  /*    way FreeType~2 is installed on a given system.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /* configuration files */

  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
   *   FreeType~2 configuration data.
   *
   */
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H  <freetype/config/ftconfig.h>
#endif


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
   *   FreeType~2 interface to the standard C library functions.
   *
   */
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H  <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h>
#endif


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
   *   FreeType~2 project-specific configuration options.
   *
   */
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H  <freetype/config/ftoption.h>
#endif


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   list of FreeType~2 modules that are statically linked to new library
   *   instances in @FT_Init_FreeType.
   *
   */
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H  <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>
#endif

  /* */

  /* public headers */

  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_FREETYPE_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   base FreeType~2 API.
   *
   */
#define FT_FREETYPE_H  <freetype/freetype.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_ERRORS_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   list of FreeType~2 error codes (and messages).
   *
   *   It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
   *
   */
#define FT_ERRORS_H  <freetype/fterrors.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   list of FreeType~2 module error offsets (and messages).
   *
   */
#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H  <freetype/ftmoderr.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_SYSTEM_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   FreeType~2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management
   *   and stream i/o).
   *
   *   It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
   *
   */
#define FT_SYSTEM_H  <freetype/ftsystem.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_IMAGE_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing type
   *   definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines,
   *   scan-converter parameters).
   *
   *   It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
   *
   */
#define FT_IMAGE_H  <freetype/ftimage.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_TYPES_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   basic data types defined by FreeType~2.
   *
   *   It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
   *
   */
#define FT_TYPES_H  <freetype/fttypes.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_LIST_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   list management API of FreeType~2.
   *
   *   (Most applications will never need to include this file.)
   *
   */
#define FT_LIST_H  <freetype/ftlist.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_OUTLINE_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   scalable outline management API of FreeType~2.
   *
   */
#define FT_OUTLINE_H  <freetype/ftoutln.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_SIZES_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face.
   *
   */
#define FT_SIZES_H  <freetype/ftsizes.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_MODULE_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   module management API of FreeType~2.
   *
   */
#define FT_MODULE_H  <freetype/ftmodapi.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_RENDER_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   renderer module management API of FreeType~2.
   *
   */
#define FT_RENDER_H  <freetype/ftrender.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_DRIVER_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
   *   structures and macros related to the driver modules.
   *
   */
#define FT_DRIVER_H  <freetype/ftdriver.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_AUTOHINTER_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
   *   structures and macros related to the auto-hinting module.
   *
   *   Deprecated since version 2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
   *
   */
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_H  FT_DRIVER_H


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_CFF_DRIVER_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
   *   structures and macros related to the CFF driver module.
   *
   *   Deprecated since version 2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
   *
   */
#define FT_CFF_DRIVER_H  FT_DRIVER_H


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
   *   structures and macros related to the TrueType driver module.
   *
   *   Deprecated since version 2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
   *
   */
#define FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H  FT_DRIVER_H


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_PCF_DRIVER_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
   *   structures and macros related to the PCF driver module.
   *
   *   Deprecated since version 2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
   *
   */
#define FT_PCF_DRIVER_H  FT_DRIVER_H


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   types and API specific to the Type~1 format.
   *
   */
#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H  <freetype/t1tables.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings,
   *   etc.  This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro
   *   definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications.
   *
   */
#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H  <freetype/ttnameid.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format.
   *
   */
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H  <freetype/tttables.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   definitions of TrueType four-byte `tags' which identify blocks in
   *   SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
   *
   */
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H  <freetype/tttags.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_BDF_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a
   *   face.
   *
   */
#define FT_BDF_H  <freetype/ftbdf.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_CID_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   definitions of an API which access CID font information from a
   *   face.
   *
   */
#define FT_CID_H  <freetype/ftcid.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_GZIP_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files.
   *
   */
#define FT_GZIP_H  <freetype/ftgzip.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_LZW_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files.
   *
   */
#define FT_LZW_H  <freetype/ftlzw.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_BZIP2_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   definitions of an API which supports bzip2-compressed files.
   *
   */
#define FT_BZIP2_H  <freetype/ftbzip2.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_WINFONTS_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files.
   *
   */
#define FT_WINFONTS_H   <freetype/ftwinfnt.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_GLYPH_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   API of the optional glyph management component.
   *
   */
#define FT_GLYPH_H  <freetype/ftglyph.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_BITMAP_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   API of the optional bitmap conversion component.
   *
   */
#define FT_BITMAP_H  <freetype/ftbitmap.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_BBOX_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines.
   *
   */
#define FT_BBOX_H  <freetype/ftbbox.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_CACHE_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   API of the optional FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
   *
   */
#define FT_CACHE_H  <freetype/ftcache.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_MAC_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   Macintosh-specific FreeType~2 API.  The latter is used to access
   *   fonts embedded in resource forks.
   *
   *   This header file must be explicitly included by client applications
   *   compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though).
   *
   */
#define FT_MAC_H  <freetype/ftmac.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType~2.
   *
   */
#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H  <freetype/ftmm.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   optional FreeType~2 API which accesses embedded `name' strings in
   *   SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
   *
   */
#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H  <freetype/ftsnames.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   optional FreeType~2 API which validates OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF,
   *   GPOS, GSUB, JSTF).
   *
   */
#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H  <freetype/ftotval.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   optional FreeType~2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (feat,
   *   mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop).
   *
   */
#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H  <freetype/ftgxval.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_PFR_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   FreeType~2 API which accesses PFR-specific data.
   *
   */
#define FT_PFR_H  <freetype/ftpfr.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_STROKER_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   FreeType~2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths.
   */
#define FT_STROKER_H  <freetype/ftstroke.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_SYNTHESIS_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   FreeType~2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening.
   */
#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H  <freetype/ftsynth.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_FONT_FORMATS_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   FreeType~2 API which provides functions specific to font formats.
   */
#define FT_FONT_FORMATS_H  <freetype/ftfntfmt.h>

  /* deprecated */
#define FT_XFREE86_H  FT_FONT_FORMATS_H


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   FreeType~2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g.,
   *   cosines and arc tangents).
   */
#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H  <freetype/fttrigon.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
   */
#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H  <freetype/ftlcdfil.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_INCREMENTAL_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   FreeType~2 API which performs incremental glyph loading.
   */
#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H  <freetype/ftincrem.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_GASP_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   FreeType~2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table.
   */
#define FT_GASP_H  <freetype/ftgasp.h>


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_ADVANCES_H
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
   *   FreeType~2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances.
   */
#define FT_ADVANCES_H  <freetype/ftadvanc.h>


  /* */

  /* These header files don't need to be included by the user. */
#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H  <freetype/fterrdef.h>
#define FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H     <freetype/ftparams.h>

  /* Deprecated macros. */
#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H   <freetype/ftparams.h>
#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H  <freetype/ftparams.h>

  /* FT_CACHE_H is the only header file needed for the cache subsystem. */
#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H          FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H  FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H        FT_CACHE_H

  /* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed.  We */
  /* default to FT_CACHE_H at the moment just in case, but we know of */
  /* no rogue client that uses them.                                  */
  /*                                                                  */
#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H           FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H      FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H  FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H    FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H    FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H    FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H    FT_CACHE_H


  /*
   * Include internal headers definitions from <internal/...>
   * only when building the library.
   */
#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#define  FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H  <freetype/internal/internal.h>
#include FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H
#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */


#endif /* FTHEADER_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftoption.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    User-selectable configuration macros (specification only).           */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 1996-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTOPTION_H_
#define FTOPTION_H_


#include <ft2build.h>


FT_BEGIN_HEADER

  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                 USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for    */
  /* a standard build of the FreeType library.  There are three ways to    */
  /* use this file to build project-specific versions of the library:      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*  - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in   */
  /*    cases where you would like to build several versions of the        */
  /*    library from a single source directory.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*  - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more      */
  /*    precisely in `$BUILD/freetype/config/ftoption.h', where `$BUILD'   */
  /*    is the name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType  */
  /*    include path during compilation.                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build          */
  /*    directory `builds/<system>' by default, but you can easily change  */
  /*    that for your own projects.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*  - Copy the file <ft2build.h> to `$BUILD/ft2build.h' and modify it    */
  /*    slightly to pre-define the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H used to       */
  /*    locate this file during the build.  For example,                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H  <myftoptions.h>                     */
  /*      #include <freetype/config/ftheader.h>                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h' instead of this file for macro     */
  /*    definitions.                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro              */
  /*    FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H used to locate the file listing of the modules */
  /*    that are statically linked to the library at compile time.  By     */
  /*    default, this file is <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /****                                                                 ****/
  /**** G E N E R A L   F R E E T Y P E   2   C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
  /****                                                                 ****/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*#***********************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* If you enable this configuration option, FreeType recognizes an       */
  /* environment variable called `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES', which can be used  */
  /* to control the various font drivers and modules.  The controllable    */
  /* properties are listed in the section @properties.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* You have to undefine this configuration option on platforms that lack */
  /* the concept of environment variables (and thus don't have the         */
  /* `getenv' function), for example Windows CE.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES' has the following syntax form (broken here into */
  /* multiple lines for better readability).                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* {                                                                     */
  /*   <optional whitespace>                                               */
  /*   <module-name1> ':'                                                  */
  /*   <property-name1> '=' <property-value1>                              */
  /*   <whitespace>                                                        */
  /*   <module-name2> ':'                                                  */
  /*   <property-name2> '=' <property-value2>                              */
  /*   ...                                                                 */
  /* }                                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Example:                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   FREETYPE_PROPERTIES=truetype:interpreter-version=35 \               */
  /*                       cff:no-stem-darkening=1 \                       */
  /*                       autofitter:warping=1                            */
  /*                                                                       */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ENVIRONMENT_PROPERTIES


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Uncomment the line below if you want to activate LCD rendering        */
  /* technology similar to ClearType in this build of the library.  This   */
  /* technology triples the resolution in the direction color subpixels.   */
  /* To mitigate color fringes inherent to this technology, you also need  */
  /* to explicitly set up LCD filtering.                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents        */
  /* and should not be activated in any default build of the library.      */
  /* When this macro is not defined, FreeType offers alternative LCD       */
  /* rendering technology that produces excellent output without LCD       */
  /* filtering.                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used   */
  /* by FreeType to speed up some computations.  However, this will create */
  /* some problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when */
  /* the __STDC__ macro is defined.  You can however disable this by       */
  /* defining the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 here.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when   */
  /* building the library.                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the     */
  /*         file `ftconfig.h' either statically or through the            */
  /*         `configure' script on supported platforms.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* If this macro is defined, do not try to use an assembler version of   */
  /* performance-critical functions (e.g. FT_MulFix).  You should only do  */
  /* that to verify that the assembler function works properly, or to      */
  /* execute benchmark tests of the various implementations.               */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* If this macro is defined, try to use an inlined assembler version of  */
  /* the `FT_MulFix' function, which is a `hotspot' when loading and       */
  /* hinting glyphs, and which should be executed as fast as possible.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Note that if your compiler or CPU is not supported, this will default */
  /* to the standard and portable implementation found in `ftcalc.c'.      */
  /*                                                                       */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* LZW-compressed file support.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the  */
  /*   `compress' program.  This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF   */
  /*   files that come with various X11 distributions.  The implementation */
  /*   uses NetBSD's `zopen' to partially uncompress the file on the fly   */
  /*   (see src/lzw/ftgzip.c).                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'.             */
  /*                                                                       */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Gzip-compressed file support.                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the  */
  /*   `gzip' program.  This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files */
  /*   that come with XFree86.  The implementation uses `zlib' to          */
  /*   partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/gzip/ftgzip.c).   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'.  See also   */
  /*   the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB below.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* ZLib library selection                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   This macro is only used when FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB is defined.  */
  /*   It allows FreeType's `ftgzip' component to link to the system's     */
  /*   installation of the ZLib library.  This is useful on systems like   */
  /*   Unix or VMS where it generally is already available.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy        */
  /*   of the zlib sources instead.  These have been modified to be        */
  /*   included directly within the component and *not* export external    */
  /*   function names.  This allows you to link any program with FreeType  */
  /*   _and_ ZLib without linking conflicts.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define   */
  /*   it for certain configurations only.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure' script,     */
  /*   options set by those programs have precendence, overwriting the     */
  /*   value here with the configured one.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Bzip2-compressed file support.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the  */
  /*   `bzip2' program.  This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF      */
  /*   files that come with XFree86.  The implementation uses `libbz2' to  */
  /*   partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/bzip2/ftbzip2.c). */
  /*   Contrary to gzip, bzip2 currently is not included and need to use   */
  /*   the system available bzip2 implementation.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure' script,     */
  /*   options set by those programs have precendence, overwriting the     */
  /*   value here with the configured one.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_BZIP2


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Define to disable the use of file stream functions and types, FILE,   */
  /* fopen() etc.  Enables the use of smaller system libraries on embedded */
  /* systems that have multiple system libraries, some with or without     */
  /* file stream support, in the cases where file stream support is not    */
  /* necessary such as memory loading of font files.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_DISABLE_STREAM_SUPPORT */


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* PNG bitmap support.                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   FreeType now handles loading color bitmap glyphs in the PNG format. */
  /*   This requires help from the external libpng library.  Uncompressed  */
  /*   color bitmaps do not need any external libraries and will be        */
  /*   supported regardless of this configuration.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure' script,     */
  /*   options set by those programs have precendence, overwriting the     */
  /*   value here with the configured one.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_PNG


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* HarfBuzz support.                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   FreeType uses the HarfBuzz library to improve auto-hinting of       */
  /*   OpenType fonts.  If available, many glyphs not directly addressable */
  /*   by a font's character map will be hinted also.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure' script,     */
  /*   options set by those programs have precendence, overwriting the     */
  /*   value here with the configured one.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
/* #undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_HARFBUZZ */


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Glyph Postscript Names handling                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the `psnames' module.  This */
  /*   module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a        */
  /*   Unicode value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the    */
  /*   use with the TrueType `post' table.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Undefine this macro if you do not want `psnames' compiled in your   */
  /*   build of FreeType.  This has the following effects:                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names,      */
  /*     if you build it to support postscript names in the TrueType       */
  /*     `post' table, but will not synthesize a missing Unicode charmap.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   - The Type 1 driver will not be able to synthesize a Unicode        */
  /*     charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building  */
  /*   a version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type 1 or CFF driver.  */
  /*                                                                       */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Postscript Names to Unicode Values support                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   By default, FreeType 2 is built with the `PSNames' module compiled  */
  /*   in.  Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name */
  /*   into a Unicode value.  This is especially useful in order to        */
  /*   synthesize on the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type 1 driver  */
  /*   through a big table named the `Adobe Glyph List' (AGL).             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List         */
  /*   compiled in your `PSNames' module.  The Type 1 driver will not be   */
  /*   able to synthesize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the */
  /*   fonts.                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Support for Mac fonts                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac      */
  /*   format (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac         */
  /*   resource) on non-Mac platforms.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Note that the `FOND' resource isn't checked.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g.           */
  /*   GNU/Linux).                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in     */
  /*   locations which users or developers don't expected.  In some cases, */
  /*   resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file.  In  */
  /*   other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different   */
  /*   from what the user specifies.  If this option is activated,         */
  /*   FreeType tries to guess whether such offsets or different file      */
  /*   names must be used.                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via */
  /*   the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS option.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK
#endif


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Allow the use of FT_Incremental_Interface to load typefaces that      */
  /* contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function.         */
  /* This is required by clients supporting document formats which         */
  /* supply font data incrementally as the document is parsed, such        */
  /* as the Ghostscript interpreter for the PostScript language.           */
  /*                                                                       */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter  */
  /* to do all of its work.                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE  16384L


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* FT_MAX_MODULES                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single    */
  /*   FreeType library object.  32 is the default.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
#define FT_MAX_MODULES  32


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Debug level                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode.  In debug mode,    */
  /*   errors are reported through the `ftdebug' component.  In trace      */
  /*   mode, additional messages are sent to the standard output during    */
  /*   execution.                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR to build the library in debug mode.     */
  /*   Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE to build it in trace mode.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Don't define any of these macros to compile in `release' mode!      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
  /*   them for certain configurations only.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Autofitter debugging                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   If FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT is defined, FreeType provides some means to     */
  /*   control the autofitter behaviour for debugging purposes with global */
  /*   boolean variables (consequently, you should *never* enable this     */
  /*   while compiling in `release' mode):                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*     _af_debug_disable_horz_hints                                      */
  /*     _af_debug_disable_vert_hints                                      */
  /*     _af_debug_disable_blue_hints                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Additionally, the following functions provide dumps of various      */
  /*   internal autofit structures to stdout (using `printf'):             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*     af_glyph_hints_dump_points                                        */
  /*     af_glyph_hints_dump_segments                                      */
  /*     af_glyph_hints_dump_edges                                         */
  /*     af_glyph_hints_get_num_segments                                   */
  /*     af_glyph_hints_get_segment_offset                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   As an argument, they use another global variable:                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*     _af_debug_hints                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Please have a look at the `ftgrid' demo program to see how those    */
  /*   variables and macros should be used.                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
  /*   them for certain configurations only.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT */


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Memory Debugging                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is       */
  /*   capable of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double      */
  /*   deletes.  To compile it within your build of the library, you       */
  /*   should define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY here.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when     */
  /*   when the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY' is defined also! */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define   */
  /*   it for certain configurations only.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Module errors                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte  */
  /*   of an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred,  */
  /*   while the lower byte is the real error code.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since   */
  /*   it would break source compatibility of certain programs that use    */
  /*   FreeType 2.                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   More details can be found in the files ftmoderr.h and fterrors.h.   */
  /*                                                                       */
#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Position Independent Code                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), FreeType2 will   */
  /*   avoid creating constants that require address fixups.  Instead the  */
  /*   constants will be moved into a struct and additional intialization  */
  /*   code will be used.                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Setting this macro is needed for systems that prohibit address      */
  /*   fixups, such as BREW.  [Note that standard compilers like gcc or    */
  /*   clang handle PIC generation automatically; you don't have to set    */
  /*   FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC, which is only necessary for very special      */
  /*   compilers.]                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Note that FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC support is not available for all     */
  /*   modules (see `modules.cfg' for a complete list).  For building with */
  /*   FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC support, do the following.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*     0. Clone the repository.                                          */
  /*     1. Define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC.                                   */
  /*     2. Remove all subdirectories in `src' that don't have             */
  /*        FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC support.                                  */
  /*     3. Comment out the corresponding modules in `modules.cfg'.        */
  /*     4. Compile.                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC */


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /****                                                                 ****/
  /****        S F N T   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N       ****/
  /****                                                                 ****/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS if you want to support       */
  /* embedded bitmaps in all formats using the SFNT module (namely         */
  /* TrueType & OpenType).                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES if you want to be able to    */
  /* load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or        */
  /* OpenType file.                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Note that when you do not compile the `PSNames' module by undefining  */
  /* the above FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES, the `sfnt' module will   */
  /* contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* (By default, the module uses `PSNames' to extract glyph names.)       */
  /*                                                                       */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES if your applications need to       */
  /* access the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType   */
  /* or OpenType.  The name table contains various strings used to         */
  /* describe the font, like family name, copyright, version, etc.  It     */
  /* does not contain any glyph name though.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in        */
  /* `ftsnames.h'.                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* TrueType CMap support                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be    */
  /*   supported.                                                          */
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_13
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /****                                                                 ****/
  /****    T R U E T Y P E   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N   ****/
  /****                                                                 ****/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/

  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER if you want to compile   */
  /* a bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load  */
  /* TrueType glyphs without hinting.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Do not #undef this macro here, since the build system might         */
  /*   define it for certain configurations only.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING if you want to compile       */
  /* subpixel hinting support into the TrueType driver.  This modifies the */
  /* TrueType hinting mechanism when anything but FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO is   */
  /* requested.                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* In particular, it modifies the bytecode interpreter to interpret (or  */
  /* not) instructions in a certain way so that all TrueType fonts look    */
  /* like they do in a Windows ClearType (DirectWrite) environment.  See   */
  /* [1] for a technical overview on what this means.  See `ttinterp.h'    */
  /* for more details on the LEAN option.                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* There are three possible values.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Value 1:                                                              */
  /*    This value is associated with the `Infinality' moniker,            */
  /*    contributed by an individual nicknamed Infinality with the goal of */
  /*    making TrueType fonts render better than on Windows.  A high       */
  /*    amount of configurability and flexibility, down to rules for       */
  /*    single glyphs in fonts, but also very slow.  Its experimental and  */
  /*    slow nature and the original developer losing interest meant that  */
  /*    this option was never enabled in default builds.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The corresponding interpreter version is v38.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Value 2:                                                              */
  /*    The new default mode for the TrueType driver.  The Infinality code */
  /*    base was stripped to the bare minimum and all configurability      */
  /*    removed in the name of speed and simplicity.  The configurability  */
  /*    was mainly aimed at legacy fonts like Arial, Times New Roman, or   */
  /*    Courier.  Legacy fonts are fonts that modify vertical stems to     */
  /*    achieve clean black-and-white bitmaps.  The new mode focuses on    */
  /*    applying a minimal set of rules to all fonts indiscriminately so   */
  /*    that modern and web fonts render well while legacy fonts render    */
  /*    okay.                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The corresponding interpreter version is v40.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Value 3:                                                              */
  /*    Compile both, making both v38 and v40 available (the latter is the */
  /*    default).                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* By undefining these, you get rendering behavior like on Windows       */
  /* without ClearType, i.e., Windows XP without ClearType enabled and     */
  /* Win9x (interpreter version v35).  Or not, depending on how much       */
  /* hinting blood and testing tears the font designer put into a given    */
  /* font.  If you define one or both subpixel hinting options, you can    */
  /* switch between between v35 and the ones you define (using             */
  /* `FT_Property_Set').                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* This option requires TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER to be      */
  /* defined.                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* [1] https://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx */
  /*                                                                       */
/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING  1         */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING  2
/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING  ( 1 | 2 ) */


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED to compile the        */
  /* TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle      */
  /* component offsets in composite glyphs.                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets    */
  /* in composites.  Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling  */
  /* factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex)     */
  /* while MS says they should not.  OpenType defines two bits in the      */
  /* composite flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old      */
  /* fonts will not have them.                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   https://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/glyf.htm                */
  /*   https://developer.apple.com/fonts/TrueType-Reference-Manual/RM06/Chap6glyf.html */
  /*                                                                       */
#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT if you want to include         */
  /* support for Apple's distortable font technology (fvar, gvar, cvar,    */
  /* and avar tables).  This has many similarities to Type 1 Multiple      */
  /* Masters support.                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF if you want to include support for        */
  /* an embedded `BDF ' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats.            */
  /*                                                                       */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Option TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES controls the maximum     */
  /* number of bytecode instructions executed for a single run of the      */
  /* bytecode interpreter, needed to prevent infinite loops.  You don't    */
  /* want to change this except for very special situations (e.g., making  */
  /* a library fuzzer spend less time to handle broken fonts).             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* It is not expected that this value is ever modified by a configuring  */
  /* script; instead, it gets surrounded with #ifndef ... #endif so that   */
  /* the value can be set as a preprocessor option on the compiler's       */
  /* command line.                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
#ifndef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES  1000000L
#endif


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /****                                                                 ****/
  /****      T Y P E 1   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N       ****/
  /****                                                                 ****/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH is the maximum depth of nest dictionaries and       */
  /* arrays in the Type 1 stream (see t1load.c).  A minimum of 4 is        */
  /* required.                                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH  5


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS details the maximum number of nested sub-routine   */
  /* calls during glyph loading.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS  16


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS is the charstring stack's capacity.  A     */
  /* minimum of 16 is required.                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* The Chinese font MingTiEG-Medium (CNS 11643 character set) needs 256. */
  /*                                                                       */
#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS  256


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the            */
  /* compilation of `t1afm', which is in charge of reading Type 1 AFM      */
  /* files into an existing face.  Note that if set, the T1 driver will be */
  /* unable to produce kerning distances.                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the            */
  /* compilation of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type 1        */
  /* driver.                                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* T1_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE controls whether the pre-Adobe Type 1     */
  /* engine gets compiled into FreeType.  If defined, it is possible to    */
  /* switch between the two engines using the `hinting-engine' property of */
  /* the type1 driver module.                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
/* #define T1_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE */


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /****                                                                 ****/
  /****         C F F   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N        ****/
  /****                                                                 ****/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Using CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_{X,Y}{1,2,3,4} it is      */
  /* possible to set up the default values of the four control points that */
  /* define the stem darkening behaviour of the (new) CFF engine.  For     */
  /* more details please read the documentation of the                     */
  /* `darkening-parameters' property (file `ftdriver.h'), which allows the */
  /* control at run-time.                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Do *not* undefine these macros!                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1   500
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1   400

#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2  1000
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2   275

#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3  1667
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3   275

#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4  2333
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4     0


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE controls whether the pre-Adobe CFF       */
  /* engine gets compiled into FreeType.  If defined, it is possible to    */
  /* switch between the two engines using the `hinting-engine' property of */
  /* the cff driver module.                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
/* #define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE */


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /****                                                                 ****/
  /****         P C F   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N        ****/
  /****                                                                 ****/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* There are many PCF fonts just called `Fixed' which look completely    */
  /* different, and which have nothing to do with each other.  When        */
  /* selecting `Fixed' in KDE or Gnome one gets results that appear rather */
  /* random, the style changes often if one changes the size and one       */
  /* cannot select some fonts at all.  This option makes the PCF module    */
  /* prepend the foundry name (plus a space) to the family name.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* We also check whether we have `wide' characters; all put together, we */
  /* get family names like `Sony Fixed' or `Misc Fixed Wide'.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* If this option is activated, it can be controlled with the            */
  /* `no-long-family-names' property of the pcf driver module.             */
  /*                                                                       */
/* #define PCF_CONFIG_OPTION_LONG_FAMILY_NAMES */


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /****                                                                 ****/
  /****    A U T O F I T   M O D U L E    C O N F I G U R A T I O N     ****/
  /****                                                                 ****/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Compile autofit module with CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) script    */
  /* support.                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK

  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Compile autofit module with fallback Indic script support, covering   */
  /* some scripts that the `latin' submodule of the autofit module doesn't */
  /* (yet) handle.                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC

  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Compile autofit module with warp hinting.  The idea of the warping    */
  /* code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph within a single dimension */
  /* so that as much of its segments are aligned (more or less) on the     */
  /* grid.  To find out the optimal scaling and shifting value, various    */
  /* parameter combinations are tried and scored.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* This experimental option is active only if the rendering mode is      */
  /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT; you can switch warping on and off with the      */
  /* `warping' property of the auto-hinter (see file `ftdriver.h' for more */
  /* information; by default it is switched off).                          */
  /*                                                                       */
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER

  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Use TrueType-like size metrics for `light' auto-hinting.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* It is strongly recommended to avoid this option, which exists only to */
  /* help some legacy applications retain its appearance and behaviour     */
  /* with respect to auto-hinted TrueType fonts.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* The very reason this option exists at all are GNU/Linux distributions */
  /* like Fedora that did not un-patch the following change (which was     */
  /* present in FreeType between versions 2.4.6 and 2.7.1, inclusive).     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   2011-07-16  Steven Chu  <steven.f.chu@gmail.com>                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*     [truetype] Fix metrics on size request for scalable fonts.        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* This problematic commit is now reverted (more or less).               */
  /*                                                                       */
/* #define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_TT_SIZE_METRICS */

  /* */


  /*
   * This macro is obsolete.  Support has been removed in FreeType
   * version 2.5.
   */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */


  /*
   * This macro is defined if native TrueType hinting is requested by the
   * definitions above.
   */
#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
#define  TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER

#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING
#if TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING & 1
#define  TT_SUPPORT_SUBPIXEL_HINTING_INFINALITY
#endif

#if TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING & 2
#define  TT_SUPPORT_SUBPIXEL_HINTING_MINIMAL
#endif
#endif
#endif


  /*
   * Check CFF darkening parameters.  The checks are the same as in function
   * `cff_property_set' in file `cffdrivr.c'.
   */
#if CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 < 0   || \
    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 < 0   || \
    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 < 0   || \
    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 < 0   || \
                                                      \
    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 < 0   || \
    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 < 0   || \
    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 < 0   || \
    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 < 0   || \
                                                      \
    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 >        \
      CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2     || \
    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 >        \
      CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3     || \
    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 >        \
      CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4     || \
                                                      \
    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 > 500 || \
    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 > 500 || \
    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 > 500 || \
    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 > 500
#error "Invalid CFF darkening parameters!"
#endif

FT_END_HEADER


#endif /* FTOPTION_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftotval.h                                                              */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification).         */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 2004-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*                                                                         */
/* Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the       */
/*          future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the    */
/*          OpenType specification.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTOTVAL_H_
#define FTOTVAL_H_

#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    ot_validation                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    OpenType Validation                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    An API to validate OpenType tables.                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This section contains the declaration of functions to validate     */
  /*    some OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Order>                                                               */
  /*    FT_OpenType_Validate                                               */
  /*    FT_OpenType_Free                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


 /**********************************************************************
  *
  * @enum:
  *    FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
  *
  * @description:
  *    A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to
  *    indicate which OpenType tables should be validated.
  *
  * @values:
  *    FT_VALIDATE_BASE ::
  *      Validate BASE table.
  *
  *    FT_VALIDATE_GDEF ::
  *      Validate GDEF table.
  *
  *    FT_VALIDATE_GPOS ::
  *      Validate GPOS table.
  *
  *    FT_VALIDATE_GSUB ::
  *      Validate GSUB table.
  *
  *    FT_VALIDATE_JSTF ::
  *      Validate JSTF table.
  *
  *    FT_VALIDATE_MATH ::
  *      Validate MATH table.
  *
  *    FT_VALIDATE_OT ::
  *      Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
  *
  */
#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE  0x0100
#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF  0x0200
#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS  0x0400
#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB  0x0800
#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF  0x1000
#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH  0x2000

#define FT_VALIDATE_OT  ( FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \
                          FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \
                          FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \
                          FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \
                          FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \
                          FT_VALIDATE_MATH )

 /**********************************************************************
  *
  * @function:
  *    FT_OpenType_Validate
  *
  * @description:
  *    Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and
  *    indices are valid.  The idea is that a higher-level library that
  *    actually does the text layout can access those tables without
  *    error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
  *
  * @input:
  *    face ::
  *       A handle to the input face.
  *
  *    validation_flags ::
  *       A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated.  See
  *       @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values.
  *
  * @output:
  *    BASE_table ::
  *       A pointer to the BASE table.
  *
  *    GDEF_table ::
  *       A pointer to the GDEF table.
  *
  *    GPOS_table ::
  *       A pointer to the GPOS table.
  *
  *    GSUB_table ::
  *       A pointer to the GSUB table.
  *
  *    JSTF_table ::
  *       A pointer to the JSTF table.
  *
  * @return:
  *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
  *
  * @note:
  *   This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error
  *   otherwise.
  *
  *   After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with
  *   @FT_OpenType_Free.  A NULL value indicates that the table either
  *   doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for
  *   validation.
  */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face    face,
                        FT_UInt    validation_flags,
                        FT_Bytes  *BASE_table,
                        FT_Bytes  *GDEF_table,
                        FT_Bytes  *GPOS_table,
                        FT_Bytes  *GSUB_table,
                        FT_Bytes  *JSTF_table );

 /**********************************************************************
  *
  * @function:
  *    FT_OpenType_Free
  *
  * @description:
  *    Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator.
  *
  * @input:
  *    face ::
  *       A handle to the input face.
  *
  *    table ::
  *       The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
  *       @FT_OpenType_Validate.
  *
  * @note:
  *   This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
  *   @FT_OpenType_Validate only.
  */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face   face,
                    FT_Bytes  table );

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTOTVAL_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftglyph.h                                                              */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification).     */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 1996-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions    */
  /* that can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph      */
  /* bitmaps and outlines from a given face.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server   */
  /* or text layout engine on top of FreeType.  However, they are pretty   */
  /* handy for many other simple uses of the library.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTGLYPH_H_
#define FTGLYPH_H_


#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    glyph_management                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    Glyph Management                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    Generic interface to manage individual glyph data.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data        */
  /*    through generic FT_Glyph objects.  Each of them can contain a      */
  /*    bitmap, a vector outline, or even images in other formats.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /* forward declaration to a private type */
  typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_  FT_Glyph_Class;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Glyph                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images.  It is a   */
  /*    pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph      */
  /*    bitmap or pointer.                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    Glyph objects are not owned by the library.  You must thus release */
  /*    them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling            */
  /*    @FT_Done_FreeType.                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_*  FT_Glyph;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_GlyphRec                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its     */
  /*    advance width in 16.16 fixed-point format.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    library :: A handle to the FreeType library object.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    clazz   :: A pointer to the glyph's class.  Private.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    format  :: The format of the glyph's image.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    advance :: A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width.    */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_GlyphRec_
  {
    FT_Library             library;
    const FT_Glyph_Class*  clazz;
    FT_Glyph_Format        format;
    FT_Vector              advance;

  } FT_GlyphRec;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_BitmapGlyph                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image.  This is */
  /*    a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_*  FT_BitmapGlyph;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_BitmapGlyphRec                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure used for bitmap glyph images.  This really is a        */
  /*    `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec.                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    root   :: The root @FT_Glyph fields.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    left   :: The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance     */
  /*              from the current pen position to the left border of the  */
  /*              glyph bitmap.                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    top    :: The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from   */
  /*              the current pen position to the top border of the glyph  */
  /*              bitmap.  This distance is positive for upwards~y!        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    bitmap :: A descriptor for the bitmap.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have       */
  /*    `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP'.  This lets you access   */
  /*    the bitmap's contents easily.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph  */
  /*    and is thus created and destroyed with it.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_BitmapGlyphRec_
  {
    FT_GlyphRec  root;
    FT_Int       left;
    FT_Int       top;
    FT_Bitmap    bitmap;

  } FT_BitmapGlyphRec;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_OutlineGlyph                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image.  This  */
  /*    is a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec. */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_*  FT_OutlineGlyph;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_OutlineGlyphRec                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images.  This       */
  /*    really is a `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    root    :: The root @FT_Glyph fields.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    outline :: A descriptor for the outline.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have      */
  /*    `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE'.  This lets you access  */
  /*    the outline's content easily.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are */
  /*    expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag                 */
  /*    @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE was used in @FT_Load_Glyph() or @FT_Load_Char(). */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are        */
  /*    destroyed with it.                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_OutlineGlyphRec_
  {
    FT_GlyphRec  root;
    FT_Outline   outline;

  } FT_OutlineGlyphRec;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_Glyph                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot.  Note that   */
  /*    the created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    slot   :: A handle to the source glyph slot.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    aglyph :: A handle to the glyph object.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    Because `*aglyph->advance.x' and '*aglyph->advance.y' are 16.16    */
  /*    fixed-point numbers, `slot->advance.x' and `slot->advance.y'       */
  /*    (which are in 26.6 fixed-point format) must be in the range        */
  /*    ]-32768;32768[.                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
                FT_Glyph     *aglyph );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Glyph_Copy                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A function used to copy a glyph image.  Note that the created      */
  /*    @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    source :: A handle to the source glyph object.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    target :: A handle to the target glyph object.  0~in case of       */
  /*              error.                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph   source,
                 FT_Glyph  *target );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Glyph_Transform                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Transform a glyph image if its format is scalable.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    glyph  :: A handle to the target glyph object.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    matrix :: A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    delta  :: A pointer to a 2d vector to apply.  Coordinates are      */
  /*              expressed in 1/64th of a pixel.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable).  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's       */
  /*    advance vector.                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph    glyph,
                      FT_Matrix*  matrix,
                      FT_Vector*  delta );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Enum>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned.        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Values>                                                              */
  /*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED ::                                          */
  /*      Return unscaled font units.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS ::                                         */
  /*      Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates.                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT ::                                           */
  /*      Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE ::                                          */
  /*      Return coordinates in integer pixels.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS ::                                            */
  /*      Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef enum  FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_
  {
    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED  = 0,
    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0,
    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT   = 1,
    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE  = 2,
    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS    = 3

  } FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode;


  /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
  /* `FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode' values instead                   */
#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled   FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED
#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels  FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS
#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT
#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate   FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE
#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels     FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Glyph_Get_CBox                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Return a glyph's `control box'.  The control box encloses all the  */
  /*    outline's points, including Bezier control points.  Though it      */
  /*    coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be   */
  /*    slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline  */
  /*    that contains Bezier outside arcs).                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
  /*    box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments  */
  /*    and arcs in the outline.  To get the latter, you can use the       */
  /*    `ftbbox' component, which is dedicated to this single task.        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    glyph :: A handle to the source glyph object.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    mode  :: The mode that indicates how to interpret the returned     */
  /*             bounding box values.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    acbox :: The glyph coordinate bounding box.  Coordinates are       */
  /*             expressed in 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted.       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the y~upwards  */
  /*    convention.                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode'   */
  /*    must be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font        */
  /*    units in 26.6 pixel format.  The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS    */
  /*    is another name for this constant.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with           */
  /*    @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting CBox is meaningless.  To get      */
  /*    reasonable values for the CBox it is necessary to load the glyph   */
  /*    at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can        */
  /*    properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the CBox, */
  /*    which can be eventually converted back to font units.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that  */
  /*    one can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in  */
  /*    integer or 26.6 pixels) as:                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    {                                                                  */
  /*      width  = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin;                                  */
  /*      height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin;                                  */
  /*    }                                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode' is set to      */
  /*    @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted,  */
  /*    which corresponds to:                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    {                                                                  */
  /*      bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin);                                    */
  /*      bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin);                                    */
  /*      bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax);                                  */
  /*      bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax);                                  */
  /*    }                                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' to           */
  /*    @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode'  */
  /*    to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph  glyph,
                     FT_UInt   bbox_mode,
                     FT_BBox  *acbox );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Convert a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    the_glyph   :: A pointer to a handle to the target glyph.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    render_mode :: An enumeration that describes how the data is       */
  /*                   rendered.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    origin      :: A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph   */
  /*                   image before rendering.  Can be~0 (if no            */
  /*                   translation).  The origin is expressed in           */
  /*                   26.6 pixels.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    destroy     :: A boolean that indicates that the original glyph    */
  /*                   image should be destroyed by this function.  It is  */
  /*                   never destroyed in case of error.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The glyph image is translated with the `origin' vector before      */
  /*    rendering.                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle, that will */
  /*    be _replaced_ by this function (with newly allocated data).        */
  /*    Typically, you would use (omitting error handling):                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      {                                                                */
  /*        FT_Glyph        glyph;                                         */
  /*        FT_BitmapGlyph  glyph_bitmap;                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        // load glyph                                                  */
  /*        error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT );    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        // extract glyph image                                         */
  /*        error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph );                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroying old)  */
  /*        if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )                 */
  /*        {                                                              */
  /*          error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL,   */
  /*                                      0, 1 );                          */
  /*          if ( error ) // `glyph' unchanged                            */
  /*            ...                                                        */
  /*        }                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        // access bitmap content by typecasting                        */
  /*        glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph;                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing               */
  /*        ...                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        // discard glyph image (bitmap or not)                         */
  /*        FT_Done_Glyph( glyph );                                        */
  /*      }                                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Here another example, again without error handling:                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      {                                                                */
  /*        FT_Glyph  glyphs[MAX_GLYPHS]                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        ...                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ )                           */
  /*          error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, idx, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) ||       */
  /*                  FT_Get_Glyph ( face->glyph, &glyph[idx] );           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        ...                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ )                           */
  /*        {                                                              */
  /*          FT_Glyph  bitmap = glyphs[idx];                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*          ...                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*          // after this call, `bitmap' no longer points into           */
  /*          // the `glyphs' array (and the old value isn't destroyed)    */
  /*          FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &bitmap, FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, 0, 0 );    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*          ...                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*          FT_Done_Glyph( bitmap );                                     */
  /*        }                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        ...                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ )                           */
  /*          FT_Done_Glyph( glyphs[idx] );                                */
  /*      }                                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph*       the_glyph,
                      FT_Render_Mode  render_mode,
                      FT_Vector*      origin,
                      FT_Bool         destroy );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Done_Glyph                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Destroy a given glyph.                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph  glyph );

  /* */


  /* other helpful functions */

  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    computations                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Matrix_Multiply                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Perform the matrix operation `b = a*b'.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    a :: A pointer to matrix `a'.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    b :: A pointer to matrix `b'.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The result is undefined if either `a' or `b' is zero.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Since the function uses wrap-around arithmetic, results become     */
  /*    meaningless if the arguments are very large.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix*  a,
                      FT_Matrix*        b );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Matrix_Invert                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Invert a 2x2 matrix.  Return an error if it can't be inverted.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    matrix :: A pointer to the target matrix.  Remains untouched in    */
  /*              case of error.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix*  matrix );

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTGLYPH_H_ */


/* END */


/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8    */
/* End:             */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  tttags.h                                                               */
/*                                                                         */
/*    Tags for TrueType and OpenType tables (specification only).          */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 1996-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef TTAGS_H_
#define TTAGS_H_


#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


#define TTAG_avar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_BASE  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'A', 'S', 'E' )
#define TTAG_bdat  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'd', 'a', 't' )
#define TTAG_BDF   FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'D', 'F', ' ' )
#define TTAG_bhed  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'h', 'e', 'd' )
#define TTAG_bloc  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'o', 'c' )
#define TTAG_bsln  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 's', 'l', 'n' )
#define TTAG_CBDT  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
#define TTAG_CBLC  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
#define TTAG_CFF   FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', ' ' )
#define TTAG_CFF2  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', '2' )
#define TTAG_CID   FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'I', 'D', ' ' )
#define TTAG_cmap  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'm', 'a', 'p' )
#define TTAG_cvar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_cvt   FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 't', ' ' )
#define TTAG_DSIG  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'S', 'I', 'G' )
#define TTAG_EBDT  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
#define TTAG_EBLC  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
#define TTAG_EBSC  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'S', 'C' )
#define TTAG_feat  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'e', 'a', 't' )
#define TTAG_FOND  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'F', 'O', 'N', 'D' )
#define TTAG_fpgm  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'p', 'g', 'm' )
#define TTAG_fvar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_gasp  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'a', 's', 'p' )
#define TTAG_GDEF  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'D', 'E', 'F' )
#define TTAG_glyf  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'l', 'y', 'f' )
#define TTAG_GPOS  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'P', 'O', 'S' )
#define TTAG_GSUB  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'S', 'U', 'B' )
#define TTAG_gvar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_HVAR  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'H', 'V', 'A', 'R' )
#define TTAG_hdmx  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'd', 'm', 'x' )
#define TTAG_head  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'e', 'a', 'd' )
#define TTAG_hhea  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
#define TTAG_hmtx  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'm', 't', 'x' )
#define TTAG_JSTF  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'J', 'S', 'T', 'F' )
#define TTAG_just  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'j', 'u', 's', 't' )
#define TTAG_kern  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'e', 'r', 'n' )
#define TTAG_lcar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_loca  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'o', 'c', 'a' )
#define TTAG_LTSH  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'T', 'S', 'H' )
#define TTAG_LWFN  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'W', 'F', 'N' )
#define TTAG_MATH  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'A', 'T', 'H' )
#define TTAG_maxp  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'a', 'x', 'p' )
#define TTAG_META  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'E', 'T', 'A' )
#define TTAG_MMFX  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'F', 'X' )
#define TTAG_MMSD  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'S', 'D' )
#define TTAG_mort  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 't' )
#define TTAG_morx  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 'x' )
#define TTAG_MVAR  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'V', 'A', 'R' )
#define TTAG_name  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'n', 'a', 'm', 'e' )
#define TTAG_opbd  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 'b', 'd' )
#define TTAG_OS2   FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'S', '/', '2' )
#define TTAG_OTTO  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'T', 'T', 'O' )
#define TTAG_PCLT  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'C', 'L', 'T' )
#define TTAG_POST  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' )
#define TTAG_post  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'o', 's', 't' )
#define TTAG_prep  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 'p' )
#define TTAG_prop  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'o', 'p' )
#define TTAG_sbix  FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'b', 'i', 'x' )
#define TTAG_sfnt  FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'f', 'n', 't' )
#define TTAG_SING  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'S', 'I', 'N', 'G' )
#define TTAG_trak  FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'a', 'k' )
#define TTAG_true  FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'u', 'e' )
#define TTAG_ttc   FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', ' ' )
#define TTAG_ttcf  FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', 'f' )
#define TTAG_TYP1  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'T', 'Y', 'P', '1' )
#define TTAG_typ1  FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'y', 'p', '1' )
#define TTAG_VDMX  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'D', 'M', 'X' )
#define TTAG_vhea  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
#define TTAG_vmtx  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'm', 't', 'x' )
#define TTAG_VVAR  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'V', 'A', 'R' )
#define TTAG_wOFF  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'w', 'O', 'F', 'F' )

/* used by "Keyboard.dfont" on legacy Mac OS X */
#define TTAG_0xA5kbd  FT_MAKE_TAG( 0xA5, 'k', 'b', 'd' )

/* used by "LastResort.dfont" on legacy Mac OS X */
#define TTAG_0xA5lst  FT_MAKE_TAG( 0xA5, 'l', 's', 't' )


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* TTAGS_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftbbox.h                                                               */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType exact bbox computation (specification).                     */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 1996-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding */
  /* boxes.                                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical     */
  /* reasons.  It may well be integrated in `ftoutln' later.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTBBOX_H_
#define FTBBOX_H_


#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    outline_processing                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Outline_Get_BBox                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Compute the exact bounding box of an outline.  This is slower      */
  /*    than computing the control box.  However, it uses an advanced      */
  /*    algorithm that returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes           */
  /*    coincide.  Otherwise, the outline Bezier arcs are traversed to     */
  /*    extract their extrema.                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    outline :: A pointer to the source outline.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    abbox   :: The outline's exact bounding box.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with           */
  /*    @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting BBox is meaningless.  To get      */
  /*    reasonable values for the BBox it is necessary to load the glyph   */
  /*    at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can        */
  /*    properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the BBox, */
  /*    which can be eventually converted back to font units.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline*  outline,
                       FT_BBox     *abbox );

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTBBOX_H_ */


/* END */


/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8    */
/* End:             */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftbzip2.h                                                              */
/*                                                                         */
/*    Bzip2-compressed stream support.                                     */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 2010-2018 by                                                 */
/*  Joel Klinghed.                                                         */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTBZIP2_H_
#define FTBZIP2_H_

#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER

  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    bzip2                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    BZIP2 Streams                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    Using bzip2-compressed font files.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This section contains the declaration of Bzip2-specific functions. */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


 /************************************************************************
  *
  * @function:
  *   FT_Stream_OpenBzip2
  *
  * @description:
  *   Open a new stream to parse bzip2-compressed font files.  This is
  *   mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.bz2' fonts that come
  *   with XFree86.
  *
  * @input:
  *   stream ::
  *     The target embedding stream.
  *
  *   source ::
  *     The source stream.
  *
  * @return:
  *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
  *
  * @note:
  *   The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
  *
  *   Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
  *   *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream.  None of the stream
  *   objects will be released to the heap.
  *
  *   The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
  *   process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
  *
  *   In certain builds of the library, bzip2 compression recognition is
  *   automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
  *   This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
  *   compressed file, the library will try to open a bzip2 compressed stream
  *   from it and re-open the face with it.
  *
  *   This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
  *   of FreeType was not compiled with bzip2 support.
  */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Stream_OpenBzip2( FT_Stream  stream,
                       FT_Stream  source );

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTBZIP2_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  t1tables.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    Basic Type 1/Type 2 tables definitions and interface (specification  */
/*    only).                                                               */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 1996-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef T1TABLES_H_
#define T1TABLES_H_


#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    type1_tables                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    Type 1 Tables                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    Type~1 (PostScript) specific font tables.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This section contains the definition of Type 1-specific tables,    */
  /*    including structures related to other PostScript font formats.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Order>                                                               */
  /*    PS_FontInfoRec                                                     */
  /*    PS_FontInfo                                                        */
  /*    PS_PrivateRec                                                      */
  /*    PS_Private                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    CID_FaceDictRec                                                    */
  /*    CID_FaceDict                                                       */
  /*    CID_FaceInfoRec                                                    */
  /*    CID_FaceInfo                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names                                              */
  /*    FT_Get_PS_Font_Info                                                */
  /*    FT_Get_PS_Font_Private                                             */
  /*    FT_Get_PS_Font_Value                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    T1_Blend_Flags                                                     */
  /*    T1_EncodingType                                                    */
  /*    PS_Dict_Keys                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /* Note that we separate font data in PS_FontInfoRec and PS_PrivateRec */
  /* structures in order to support Multiple Master fonts.               */


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    PS_FontInfoRec                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 FontInfo dictionary.  */
  /*    Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own     */
  /*    FontInfo dictionary.                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  PS_FontInfoRec_
  {
    FT_String*  version;
    FT_String*  notice;
    FT_String*  full_name;
    FT_String*  family_name;
    FT_String*  weight;
    FT_Long     italic_angle;
    FT_Bool     is_fixed_pitch;
    FT_Short    underline_position;
    FT_UShort   underline_thickness;

  } PS_FontInfoRec;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    PS_FontInfo                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A handle to a @PS_FontInfoRec structure.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_*  PS_FontInfo;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    T1_FontInfo                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This type is equivalent to @PS_FontInfoRec.  It is deprecated but  */
  /*    kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of  */
  /*    FreeType.                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef PS_FontInfoRec  T1_FontInfo;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    PS_PrivateRec                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 private dictionary.   */
  /*    Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own     */
  /*    Private dictionary.                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  PS_PrivateRec_
  {
    FT_Int     unique_id;
    FT_Int     lenIV;

    FT_Byte    num_blue_values;
    FT_Byte    num_other_blues;
    FT_Byte    num_family_blues;
    FT_Byte    num_family_other_blues;

    FT_Short   blue_values[14];
    FT_Short   other_blues[10];

    FT_Short   family_blues      [14];
    FT_Short   family_other_blues[10];

    FT_Fixed   blue_scale;
    FT_Int     blue_shift;
    FT_Int     blue_fuzz;

    FT_UShort  standard_width[1];
    FT_UShort  standard_height[1];

    FT_Byte    num_snap_widths;
    FT_Byte    num_snap_heights;
    FT_Bool    force_bold;
    FT_Bool    round_stem_up;

    FT_Short   snap_widths [13];  /* including std width  */
    FT_Short   snap_heights[13];  /* including std height */

    FT_Fixed   expansion_factor;

    FT_Long    language_group;
    FT_Long    password;

    FT_Short   min_feature[2];

  } PS_PrivateRec;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    PS_Private                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A handle to a @PS_PrivateRec structure.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_*  PS_Private;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    T1_Private                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*   This type is equivalent to @PS_PrivateRec.  It is deprecated but    */
  /*   kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of   */
  /*   FreeType.                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef PS_PrivateRec  T1_Private;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Enum>                                                                */
  /*    T1_Blend_Flags                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A set of flags used to indicate which fields are present in a      */
  /*    given blend dictionary (font info or private).  Used to support    */
  /*    Multiple Masters fonts.                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Values>                                                              */
  /*    T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION ::                                     */
  /*    T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS ::                                    */
  /*    T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE ::                                           */
  /*    T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES ::                                            */
  /*    T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES ::                                            */
  /*    T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH ::                                         */
  /*    T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT ::                                        */
  /*    T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS ::                                       */
  /*    T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS ::                                      */
  /*    T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE ::                                             */
  /*    T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT ::                                             */
  /*    T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES ::                                           */
  /*    T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES ::                                     */
  /*    T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD ::                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef enum  T1_Blend_Flags_
  {
    /* required fields in a FontInfo blend dictionary */
    T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION = 0,
    T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS,
    T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE,

    /* required fields in a Private blend dictionary */
    T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES,
    T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES,
    T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH,
    T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT,
    T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS,
    T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS,
    T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE,
    T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT,
    T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES,
    T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES,
    T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD,

    T1_BLEND_MAX    /* do not remove */

  } T1_Blend_Flags;


  /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
  /* `T1_Blend_Flags' values instead                       */
#define t1_blend_underline_position   T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION
#define t1_blend_underline_thickness  T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
#define t1_blend_italic_angle         T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE
#define t1_blend_blue_values          T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES
#define t1_blend_other_blues          T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES
#define t1_blend_standard_widths      T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH
#define t1_blend_standard_height      T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT
#define t1_blend_stem_snap_widths     T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS
#define t1_blend_stem_snap_heights    T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS
#define t1_blend_blue_scale           T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE
#define t1_blend_blue_shift           T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT
#define t1_blend_family_blues         T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES
#define t1_blend_family_other_blues   T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES
#define t1_blend_force_bold           T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD
#define t1_blend_max                  T1_BLEND_MAX

  /* */


  /* maximum number of Multiple Masters designs, as defined in the spec */
#define T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS     16

  /* maximum number of Multiple Masters axes, as defined in the spec */
#define T1_MAX_MM_AXIS        4

  /* maximum number of elements in a design map */
#define T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS  20


  /* this structure is used to store the BlendDesignMap entry for an axis */
  typedef struct  PS_DesignMap_
  {
    FT_Byte    num_points;
    FT_Long*   design_points;
    FT_Fixed*  blend_points;

  } PS_DesignMapRec, *PS_DesignMap;

  /* backward compatible definition */
  typedef PS_DesignMapRec  T1_DesignMap;


  typedef struct  PS_BlendRec_
  {
    FT_UInt          num_designs;
    FT_UInt          num_axis;

    FT_String*       axis_names[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
    FT_Fixed*        design_pos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
    PS_DesignMapRec  design_map[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];

    FT_Fixed*        weight_vector;
    FT_Fixed*        default_weight_vector;

    PS_FontInfo      font_infos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
    PS_Private       privates  [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];

    FT_ULong         blend_bitflags;

    FT_BBox*         bboxes    [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];

    /* since 2.3.0 */

    /* undocumented, optional: the default design instance;   */
    /* corresponds to default_weight_vector --                */
    /* num_default_design_vector == 0 means it is not present */
    /* in the font and associated metrics files               */
    FT_UInt          default_design_vector[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
    FT_UInt          num_default_design_vector;

  } PS_BlendRec, *PS_Blend;


  /* backward compatible definition */
  typedef PS_BlendRec  T1_Blend;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    CID_FaceDictRec                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure used to represent data in a CID top-level dictionary.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  CID_FaceDictRec_
  {
    PS_PrivateRec  private_dict;

    FT_UInt        len_buildchar;
    FT_Fixed       forcebold_threshold;
    FT_Pos         stroke_width;
    FT_Fixed       expansion_factor;

    FT_Byte        paint_type;
    FT_Byte        font_type;
    FT_Matrix      font_matrix;
    FT_Vector      font_offset;

    FT_UInt        num_subrs;
    FT_ULong       subrmap_offset;
    FT_Int         sd_bytes;

  } CID_FaceDictRec;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    CID_FaceDict                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A handle to a @CID_FaceDictRec structure.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_*  CID_FaceDict;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    CID_FontDict                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceDictRec.  It is deprecated but */
  /*    kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of  */
  /*    FreeType.                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef CID_FaceDictRec  CID_FontDict;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    CID_FaceInfoRec                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure used to represent CID Face information.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  CID_FaceInfoRec_
  {
    FT_String*      cid_font_name;
    FT_Fixed        cid_version;
    FT_Int          cid_font_type;

    FT_String*      registry;
    FT_String*      ordering;
    FT_Int          supplement;

    PS_FontInfoRec  font_info;
    FT_BBox         font_bbox;
    FT_ULong        uid_base;

    FT_Int          num_xuid;
    FT_ULong        xuid[16];

    FT_ULong        cidmap_offset;
    FT_Int          fd_bytes;
    FT_Int          gd_bytes;
    FT_ULong        cid_count;

    FT_Int          num_dicts;
    CID_FaceDict    font_dicts;

    FT_ULong        data_offset;

  } CID_FaceInfoRec;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    CID_FaceInfo                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A handle to a @CID_FaceInfoRec structure.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_*  CID_FaceInfo;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    CID_Info                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*   This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceInfoRec.  It is deprecated but  */
  /*   kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of   */
  /*   FreeType.                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef CID_FaceInfoRec  CID_Info;


  /************************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *    FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names
   *
   * @description:
   *    Return true if a given face provides reliable PostScript glyph
   *    names.  This is similar to using the @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES macro,
   *    except that certain fonts (mostly TrueType) contain incorrect
   *    glyph name tables.
   *
   *    When this function returns true, the caller is sure that the glyph
   *    names returned by @FT_Get_Glyph_Name are reliable.
   *
   * @input:
   *    face ::
   *       face handle
   *
   * @return:
   *    Boolean.  True if glyph names are reliable.
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
  FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face  face );


  /************************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *    FT_Get_PS_Font_Info
   *
   * @description:
   *    Retrieve the @PS_FontInfoRec structure corresponding to a given
   *    PostScript font.
   *
   * @input:
   *    face ::
   *       PostScript face handle.
   *
   * @output:
   *    afont_info ::
   *       Output font info structure pointer.
   *
   * @return:
   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *    String pointers within the @PS_FontInfoRec structure are owned by
   *    the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.  Missing entries
   *    in the font's FontInfo dictionary are represented by NULL pointers.
   *
   *    If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function will
   *    return the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face      face,
                       PS_FontInfo  afont_info );


  /************************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *    FT_Get_PS_Font_Private
   *
   * @description:
   *    Retrieve the @PS_PrivateRec structure corresponding to a given
   *    PostScript font.
   *
   * @input:
   *    face ::
   *       PostScript face handle.
   *
   * @output:
   *    afont_private ::
   *       Output private dictionary structure pointer.
   *
   * @return:
   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *    The string pointers within the @PS_PrivateRec structure are owned by
   *    the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
   *
   *    If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
   *    the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face     face,
                          PS_Private  afont_private );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Enum>                                                                */
  /*    T1_EncodingType                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    An enumeration describing the `Encoding' entry in a Type 1         */
  /*    dictionary.                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Values>                                                              */
  /*    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE ::                                           */
  /*    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY ::                                          */
  /*    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD ::                                       */
  /*    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1 ::                                      */
  /*    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT ::                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Since>                                                               */
  /*    2.4.8                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef enum  T1_EncodingType_
  {
    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE = 0,
    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY,
    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD,
    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1,
    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT

  } T1_EncodingType;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Enum>                                                                */
  /*    PS_Dict_Keys                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    An enumeration used in calls to @FT_Get_PS_Font_Value to identify  */
  /*    the Type~1 dictionary entry to retrieve.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Values>                                                              */
  /*    PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE ::                                               */
  /*    PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX ::                                             */
  /*    PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX ::                                               */
  /*    PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE ::                                              */
  /*    PS_DICT_FONT_NAME ::                                               */
  /*    PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID ::                                               */
  /*    PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS ::                                        */
  /*    PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY ::                                         */
  /*    PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING ::                                             */
  /*    PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE ::                                           */
  /*    PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY ::                                          */
  /*    PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS ::                                               */
  /*    PS_DICT_SUBR ::                                                    */
  /*    PS_DICT_STD_HW ::                                                  */
  /*    PS_DICT_STD_VW ::                                                  */
  /*    PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES ::                                         */
  /*    PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE ::                                              */
  /*    PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ ::                                               */
  /*    PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES ::                                         */
  /*    PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE ::                                              */
  /*    PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES ::                                        */
  /*    PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE ::                                             */
  /*    PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES ::                                  */
  /*    PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE ::                                       */
  /*    PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE ::                                              */
  /*    PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT ::                                              */
  /*    PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H ::                                         */
  /*    PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H ::                                             */
  /*    PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V ::                                         */
  /*    PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V ::                                             */
  /*    PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD ::                                              */
  /*    PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP ::                                             */
  /*    PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE ::                                             */
  /*    PS_DICT_LEN_IV ::                                                  */
  /*    PS_DICT_PASSWORD ::                                                */
  /*    PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP ::                                          */
  /*    PS_DICT_VERSION ::                                                 */
  /*    PS_DICT_NOTICE ::                                                  */
  /*    PS_DICT_FULL_NAME ::                                               */
  /*    PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME ::                                             */
  /*    PS_DICT_WEIGHT ::                                                  */
  /*    PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH ::                                          */
  /*    PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION ::                                      */
  /*    PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS ::                                     */
  /*    PS_DICT_FS_TYPE ::                                                 */
  /*    PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE ::                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Since>                                                               */
  /*    2.4.8                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef enum  PS_Dict_Keys_
  {
    /* conventionally in the font dictionary */
    PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE,              /* FT_Byte         */
    PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX,            /* FT_Fixed        */
    PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX,              /* FT_Fixed        */
    PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE,             /* FT_Byte         */
    PS_DICT_FONT_NAME,              /* FT_String*      */
    PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID,              /* FT_Int          */
    PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS,       /* FT_Int          */
    PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY,        /* FT_String*      */
    PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING,            /* FT_String*      */
    PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE,          /* T1_EncodingType */
    PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY,         /* FT_String*      */

    /* conventionally in the font Private dictionary */
    PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS,              /* FT_Int     */
    PS_DICT_SUBR,                   /* FT_String* */
    PS_DICT_STD_HW,                 /* FT_UShort  */
    PS_DICT_STD_VW,                 /* FT_UShort  */
    PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES,        /* FT_Byte    */
    PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE,             /* FT_Short   */
    PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ,              /* FT_Int     */
    PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES,        /* FT_Byte    */
    PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE,             /* FT_Short   */
    PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES,       /* FT_Byte    */
    PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE,            /* FT_Short   */
    PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte    */
    PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE,      /* FT_Short   */
    PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE,             /* FT_Fixed   */
    PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT,             /* FT_Int     */
    PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H,        /* FT_Byte    */
    PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H,            /* FT_Short   */
    PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V,        /* FT_Byte    */
    PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V,            /* FT_Short   */
    PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD,             /* FT_Bool    */
    PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP,            /* FT_Bool    */
    PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE,            /* FT_Short   */
    PS_DICT_LEN_IV,                 /* FT_Int     */
    PS_DICT_PASSWORD,               /* FT_Long    */
    PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP,         /* FT_Long    */

    /* conventionally in the font FontInfo dictionary */
    PS_DICT_VERSION,                /* FT_String* */
    PS_DICT_NOTICE,                 /* FT_String* */
    PS_DICT_FULL_NAME,              /* FT_String* */
    PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME,            /* FT_String* */
    PS_DICT_WEIGHT,                 /* FT_String* */
    PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH,         /* FT_Bool    */
    PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION,     /* FT_Short   */
    PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS,    /* FT_UShort  */
    PS_DICT_FS_TYPE,                /* FT_UShort  */
    PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE,           /* FT_Long    */

    PS_DICT_MAX = PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE

  } PS_Dict_Keys;


  /************************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *    FT_Get_PS_Font_Value
   *
   * @description:
   *    Retrieve the value for the supplied key from a PostScript font.
   *
   * @input:
   *    face ::
   *       PostScript face handle.
   *
   *    key ::
   *       An enumeration value representing the dictionary key to retrieve.
   *
   *    idx ::
   *       For array values, this specifies the index to be returned.
   *
   *    value ::
   *       A pointer to memory into which to write the value.
   *
   *    valen_len ::
   *       The size, in bytes, of the memory supplied for the value.
   *
   * @output:
   *    value ::
   *       The value matching the above key, if it exists.
   *
   * @return:
   *    The amount of memory (in bytes) required to hold the requested
   *    value (if it exists, -1 otherwise).
   *
   * @note:
   *    The values returned are not pointers into the internal structures of
   *    the face, but are `fresh' copies, so that the memory containing them
   *    belongs to the calling application.  This also enforces the
   *    `read-only' nature of these values, i.e., this function cannot be
   *    used to manipulate the face.
   *
   *    `value' is a void pointer because the values returned can be of
   *    various types.
   *
   *    If either `value' is NULL or `value_len' is too small, just the
   *    required memory size for the requested entry is returned.
   *
   *    The `idx' parameter is used, not only to retrieve elements of, for
   *    example, the FontMatrix or FontBBox, but also to retrieve name keys
   *    from the CharStrings dictionary, and the charstrings themselves.  It
   *    is ignored for atomic values.
   *
   *    PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE returns a value that is scaled up by 1000.  To
   *    get the value as in the font stream, you need to divide by
   *    65536000.0 (to remove the FT_Fixed scale, and the x1000 scale).
   *
   *    IMPORTANT: Only key/value pairs read by the FreeType interpreter can
   *    be retrieved.  So, for example, PostScript procedures such as NP,
   *    ND, and RD are not available.  Arbitrary keys are, obviously, not be
   *    available either.
   *
   *    If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
   *    the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
   *
   * @since:
   *    2.4.8
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
  FT_Get_PS_Font_Value( FT_Face       face,
                        PS_Dict_Keys  key,
                        FT_UInt       idx,
                        void         *value,
                        FT_Long       value_len );

  /* */

FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* T1TABLES_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  fttrigon.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType trigonometric functions (specification).                    */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 2001-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTTRIGON_H_
#define FTTRIGON_H_

#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*   computations                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @type:
   *   FT_Angle
   *
   * @description:
   *   This type is used to model angle values in FreeType.  Note that the
   *   angle is a 16.16 fixed-point value expressed in degrees.
   *
   */
  typedef FT_Fixed  FT_Angle;


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_ANGLE_PI
   *
   * @description:
   *   The angle pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
   *
   */
#define FT_ANGLE_PI  ( 180L << 16 )


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_ANGLE_2PI
   *
   * @description:
   *   The angle 2*pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
   *
   */
#define FT_ANGLE_2PI  ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 )


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_ANGLE_PI2
   *
   * @description:
   *   The angle pi/2 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
   *
   */
#define FT_ANGLE_PI2  ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 )


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_ANGLE_PI4
   *
   * @description:
   *   The angle pi/4 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
   *
   */
#define FT_ANGLE_PI4  ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 )


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Sin
   *
   * @description:
   *   Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
   *
   * @input:
   *   angle ::
   *     The input angle.
   *
   * @return:
   *   The sinus value.
   *
   * @note:
   *   If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
   *   function @FT_Vector_Unit.
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
  FT_Sin( FT_Angle  angle );


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Cos
   *
   * @description:
   *   Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
   *
   * @input:
   *   angle ::
   *     The input angle.
   *
   * @return:
   *   The cosinus value.
   *
   * @note:
   *   If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
   *   function @FT_Vector_Unit.
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
  FT_Cos( FT_Angle  angle );


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Tan
   *
   * @description:
   *   Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed-point format.
   *
   * @input:
   *   angle ::
   *     The input angle.
   *
   * @return:
   *   The tangent value.
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
  FT_Tan( FT_Angle  angle );


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Atan2
   *
   * @description:
   *   Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in
   *   the 2d plane.
   *
   * @input:
   *   x ::
   *     The horizontal vector coordinate.
   *
   *   y ::
   *     The vertical vector coordinate.
   *
   * @return:
   *   The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle).
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
  FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed  x,
            FT_Fixed  y );


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Angle_Diff
   *
   * @description:
   *   Return the difference between two angles.  The result is always
   *   constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval.
   *
   * @input:
   *   angle1 ::
   *     First angle.
   *
   *   angle2 ::
   *     Second angle.
   *
   * @return:
   *   Constrained value of `value2-value1'.
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
  FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle  angle1,
                 FT_Angle  angle2 );


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Vector_Unit
   *
   * @description:
   *   Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle.  After the
   *   call, the value of `vec.x' will be `cos(angle)', and the value of
   *   `vec.y' will be `sin(angle)'.
   *
   *   This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a
   *   given angle quickly.
   *
   * @output:
   *   vec ::
   *     The address of target vector.
   *
   * @input:
   *   angle ::
   *     The input angle.
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector*  vec,
                  FT_Angle    angle );


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Vector_Rotate
   *
   * @description:
   *   Rotate a vector by a given angle.
   *
   * @inout:
   *   vec ::
   *     The address of target vector.
   *
   * @input:
   *   angle ::
   *     The input angle.
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector*  vec,
                    FT_Angle    angle );


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Vector_Length
   *
   * @description:
   *   Return the length of a given vector.
   *
   * @input:
   *   vec ::
   *     The address of target vector.
   *
   * @return:
   *   The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original
   *   vector coordinates.
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
  FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector*  vec );


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Vector_Polarize
   *
   * @description:
   *   Compute both the length and angle of a given vector.
   *
   * @input:
   *   vec ::
   *     The address of source vector.
   *
   * @output:
   *   length ::
   *     The vector length.
   *
   *   angle ::
   *     The vector angle.
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector*  vec,
                      FT_Fixed   *length,
                      FT_Angle   *angle );


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Vector_From_Polar
   *
   * @description:
   *   Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle.
   *
   * @output:
   *   vec ::
   *     The address of source vector.
   *
   * @input:
   *   length ::
   *     The vector length.
   *
   *   angle ::
   *     The vector angle.
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector*  vec,
                        FT_Fixed    length,
                        FT_Angle    angle );

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTTRIGON_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftgzip.h                                                               */
/*                                                                         */
/*    Gzip-compressed stream support.                                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 2002-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTGZIP_H_
#define FTGZIP_H_

#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER

  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    gzip                                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    GZIP Streams                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    Using gzip-compressed font files.                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


 /************************************************************************
  *
  * @function:
  *   FT_Stream_OpenGzip
  *
  * @description:
  *   Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files.  This is
  *   mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz' fonts that come
  *   with XFree86.
  *
  * @input:
  *   stream ::
  *     The target embedding stream.
  *
  *   source ::
  *     The source stream.
  *
  * @return:
  *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
  *
  * @note:
  *   The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
  *
  *   Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
  *   *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream.  None of the stream
  *   objects will be released to the heap.
  *
  *   The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
  *   process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
  *
  *   In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is
  *   automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
  *   This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
  *   compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from
  *   it and re-open the face with it.
  *
  *   This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
  *   of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
  */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream  stream,
                      FT_Stream  source );


 /************************************************************************
  *
  * @function:
  *   FT_Gzip_Uncompress
  *
  * @description:
  *   Decompress a zipped input buffer into an output buffer.  This function
  *   is modeled after zlib's `uncompress' function.
  *
  * @input:
  *   memory ::
  *     A FreeType memory handle.
  *
  *   input ::
  *     The input buffer.
  *
  *   input_len ::
  *     The length of the input buffer.
  *
  * @output:
  *   output::
  *     The output buffer.
  *
  * @inout:
  *   output_len ::
  *     Before calling the function, this is the total size of the output
  *     buffer, which must be large enough to hold the entire uncompressed
  *     data (so the size of the uncompressed data must be known in
  *     advance).  After calling the function, `output_len' is the size of
  *     the used data in `output'.
  *
  * @return:
  *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
  *
  * @note:
  *   This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
  *   of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
  *
  * @since:
  *   2.5.1
  */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Gzip_Uncompress( FT_Memory       memory,
                      FT_Byte*        output,
                      FT_ULong*       output_len,
                      const FT_Byte*  input,
                      FT_ULong        input_len );

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTGZIP_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftsynth.h                                                              */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting              */
/*    (specification).                                                     */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 2000-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*********                                                       *********/
  /*********        WARNING, THIS IS ALPHA CODE!  THIS API         *********/
  /*********    IS DUE TO CHANGE UNTIL STRICTLY NOTIFIED BY THE    *********/
  /*********            FREETYPE DEVELOPMENT TEAM                  *********/
  /*********                                                       *********/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/


  /* Main reason for not lifting the functions in this module to a  */
  /* `standard' API is that the used parameters for emboldening and */
  /* slanting are not configurable.  Consider the functions as a    */
  /* code resource that should be copied into the application and   */
  /* adapted to the particular needs.                               */


#ifndef FTSYNTH_H_
#define FTSYNTH_H_


#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER

  /* Embolden a glyph by a `reasonable' value (which is highly a matter of */
  /* taste).  This function is actually a convenience function, providing  */
  /* a wrapper for @FT_Outline_Embolden and @FT_Bitmap_Embolden.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* For emboldened outlines the height, width, and advance metrics are    */
  /* increased by the strength of the emboldening -- this even affects     */
  /* mono-width fonts!                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* You can also call @FT_Outline_Get_CBox to get precise values.         */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );

  /* Slant an outline glyph to the right by about 12 degrees. */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTSYNTH_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/* This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference.              */
/* It is used by the python script that generates the HTML files.          */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/* <Chapter>                                                               */
/*    general_remarks                                                      */
/*                                                                         */
/* <Title>                                                                 */
/*    General Remarks                                                      */
/*                                                                         */
/* <Sections>                                                              */
/*    header_inclusion                                                     */
/*    user_allocation                                                      */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/* <Chapter>                                                               */
/*    core_api                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/* <Title>                                                                 */
/*    Core API                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/* <Sections>                                                              */
/*    version                                                              */
/*    basic_types                                                          */
/*    base_interface                                                       */
/*    glyph_variants                                                       */
/*    glyph_management                                                     */
/*    mac_specific                                                         */
/*    sizes_management                                                     */
/*    header_file_macros                                                   */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/* <Chapter>                                                               */
/*    format_specific                                                      */
/*                                                                         */
/* <Title>                                                                 */
/*    Format-Specific API                                                  */
/*                                                                         */
/* <Sections>                                                              */
/*    multiple_masters                                                     */
/*    truetype_tables                                                      */
/*    type1_tables                                                         */
/*    sfnt_names                                                           */
/*    bdf_fonts                                                            */
/*    cid_fonts                                                            */
/*    pfr_fonts                                                            */
/*    winfnt_fonts                                                         */
/*    font_formats                                                         */
/*    gasp_table                                                           */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/* <Chapter>                                                               */
/*    module_specific                                                      */
/*                                                                         */
/* <Title>                                                                 */
/*    Controlling FreeType Modules                                         */
/*                                                                         */
/* <Sections>                                                              */
/*    auto_hinter                                                          */
/*    cff_driver                                                           */
/*    t1_cid_driver                                                        */
/*    tt_driver                                                            */
/*    pcf_driver                                                           */
/*    properties                                                           */
/*    parameter_tags                                                       */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/* <Chapter>                                                               */
/*    cache_subsystem                                                      */
/*                                                                         */
/* <Title>                                                                 */
/*    Cache Sub-System                                                     */
/*                                                                         */
/* <Sections>                                                              */
/*    cache_subsystem                                                      */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/* <Chapter>                                                               */
/*    support_api                                                          */
/*                                                                         */
/* <Title>                                                                 */
/*    Support API                                                          */
/*                                                                         */
/* <Sections>                                                              */
/*    computations                                                         */
/*    list_processing                                                      */
/*    outline_processing                                                   */
/*    quick_advance                                                        */
/*    bitmap_handling                                                      */
/*    raster                                                               */
/*    glyph_stroker                                                        */
/*    system_interface                                                     */
/*    module_management                                                    */
/*    gzip                                                                 */
/*    lzw                                                                  */
/*    bzip2                                                                */
/*    lcd_filtering                                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/

/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/* <Chapter>                                                               */
/*    error_codes                                                          */
/*                                                                         */
/* <Title>                                                                 */
/*    Error Codes                                                          */
/*                                                                         */
/* <Sections>                                                              */
/*    error_enumerations                                                   */
/*    error_code_values                                                    */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftstroke.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType path stroker (specification).                               */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 2002-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTSTROKE_H_
#define FTSTROKE_H_

#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_OUTLINE_H
#include FT_GLYPH_H


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


 /************************************************************************
  *
  * @section:
  *    glyph_stroker
  *
  * @title:
  *    Glyph Stroker
  *
  * @abstract:
  *    Generating bordered and stroked glyphs.
  *
  * @description:
  *    This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial
  *    glyph.  It also allows you to retrieve the `outside' and/or the
  *    `inside' borders of the stroke.
  *
  *    This can be useful to generate `bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs
  *    displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their
  *    shape.
  *
  * @order:
  *    FT_Stroker
  *
  *    FT_Stroker_LineJoin
  *    FT_Stroker_LineCap
  *    FT_StrokerBorder
  *
  *    FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
  *    FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
  *
  *    FT_Glyph_Stroke
  *    FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
  *
  *    FT_Stroker_New
  *    FT_Stroker_Set
  *    FT_Stroker_Rewind
  *    FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
  *    FT_Stroker_Done
  *
  *    FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
  *    FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
  *
  *    FT_Stroker_LineTo
  *    FT_Stroker_ConicTo
  *    FT_Stroker_CubicTo
  *
  *    FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
  *    FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
  *    FT_Stroker_GetCounts
  *    FT_Stroker_Export
  *
  */


 /**************************************************************
  *
  * @type:
  *   FT_Stroker
  *
  * @description:
  *   Opaque handle to a path stroker object.
  */
  typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_*  FT_Stroker;


  /**************************************************************
   *
   * @enum:
   *   FT_Stroker_LineJoin
   *
   * @description:
   *   These values determine how two joining lines are rendered
   *   in a stroker.
   *
   * @values:
   *   FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND ::
   *     Used to render rounded line joins.  Circular arcs are used
   *     to join two lines smoothly.
   *
   *   FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL ::
   *     Used to render beveled line joins.  The outer corner of
   *     the joined lines is filled by enclosing the triangular
   *     region of the corner with a straight line between the
   *     outer corners of each stroke.
   *
   *   FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED ::
   *     Used to render mitered line joins, with fixed bevels if the
   *     miter limit is exceeded.  The outer edges of the strokes
   *     for the two segments are extended until they meet at an
   *     angle.  If the segments meet at too sharp an angle (such
   *     that the miter would extend from the intersection of the
   *     segments a distance greater than the product of the miter
   *     limit value and the border radius), then a bevel join (see
   *     above) is used instead.  This prevents long spikes being
   *     created.  FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED generates a miter
   *     line join as used in PostScript and PDF.
   *
   *   FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE ::
   *   FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER ::
   *     Used to render mitered line joins, with variable bevels if
   *     the miter limit is exceeded.  The intersection of the
   *     strokes is clipped at a line perpendicular to the bisector
   *     of the angle between the strokes, at the distance from the
   *     intersection of the segments equal to the product of the
   *     miter limit value and the border radius.  This prevents
   *     long spikes being created.
   *     FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE generates a mitered line
   *     join as used in XPS.  FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER is an alias
   *     for FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE, retained for
   *     backward compatibility.
   */
  typedef enum  FT_Stroker_LineJoin_
  {
    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND          = 0,
    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL          = 1,
    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE = 2,
    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER          = FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE,
    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED    = 3

  } FT_Stroker_LineJoin;


  /**************************************************************
   *
   * @enum:
   *   FT_Stroker_LineCap
   *
   * @description:
   *   These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are
   *   rendered in a stroke.
   *
   * @values:
   *   FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT ::
   *     The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last
   *     point itself.
   *
   *   FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND ::
   *     The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the
   *     last point.
   *
   *   FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE ::
   *     The end of lines is rendered as a square around the
   *     last point.
   */
  typedef enum  FT_Stroker_LineCap_
  {
    FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0,
    FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
    FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE

  } FT_Stroker_LineCap;


  /**************************************************************
   *
   * @enum:
   *   FT_StrokerBorder
   *
   * @description:
   *   These values are used to select a given stroke border
   *   in @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder.
   *
   * @values:
   *   FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT ::
   *     Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction.
   *
   *   FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT ::
   *     Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction.
   *
   * @note:
   *   Applications are generally interested in the `inside' and `outside'
   *   borders.  However, there is no direct mapping between these and the
   *   `left' and `right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's
   *   drawing orientation, which varies between font formats.
   *
   *   You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and
   *   @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these.
   */
  typedef enum  FT_StrokerBorder_
  {
    FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0,
    FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT

  } FT_StrokerBorder;


  /**************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
   *
   * @description:
   *   Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
   *   `inside' borders of a given outline.
   *
   * @input:
   *   outline ::
   *     The source outline handle.
   *
   * @return:
   *   The border index.  @FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT for empty or invalid
   *   outlines.
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
  FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline*  outline );


  /**************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
   *
   * @description:
   *   Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
   *   `outside' borders of a given outline.
   *
   * @input:
   *   outline ::
   *     The source outline handle.
   *
   * @return:
   *   The border index.  @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid
   *   outlines.
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
  FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline*  outline );


  /**************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Stroker_New
   *
   * @description:
   *   Create a new stroker object.
   *
   * @input:
   *   library ::
   *     FreeType library handle.
   *
   * @output:
   *   astroker ::
   *     A new stroker object handle.  NULL in case of error.
   *
   * @return:
   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library   library,
                  FT_Stroker  *astroker );


  /**************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Stroker_Set
   *
   * @description:
   *   Reset a stroker object's attributes.
   *
   * @input:
   *   stroker ::
   *     The target stroker handle.
   *
   *   radius ::
   *     The border radius.
   *
   *   line_cap ::
   *     The line cap style.
   *
   *   line_join ::
   *     The line join style.
   *
   *   miter_limit ::
   *     The miter limit for the FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED and
   *     FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE line join styles,
   *     expressed as 16.16 fixed-point value.
   *
   * @note:
   *   The radius is expressed in the same units as the outline
   *   coordinates.
   *
   *   This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
   */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker           stroker,
                  FT_Fixed             radius,
                  FT_Stroker_LineCap   line_cap,
                  FT_Stroker_LineJoin  line_join,
                  FT_Fixed             miter_limit );


  /**************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Stroker_Rewind
   *
   * @description:
   *   Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes.
   *   You should call this function before beginning a new
   *   series of calls to @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or
   *   @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
   *
   * @input:
   *   stroker ::
   *     The target stroker handle.
   */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker  stroker );


  /**************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
   *
   * @description:
   *   A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with
   *   the stroker.  The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved
   *   later by functions like @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export.
   *
   * @input:
   *   stroker ::
   *     The target stroker handle.
   *
   *   outline ::
   *     The source outline.
   *
   *   opened ::
   *     A boolean.  If~1, the outline is treated as an open path instead
   *     of a closed one.
   *
   * @return:
   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *   If `opened' is~0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed
   *   path, and the stroker generates two distinct `border' outlines.
   *
   *   If `opened' is~1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the
   *   stroker generates a single `stroke' outline.
   *
   *   This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker   stroker,
                           FT_Outline*  outline,
                           FT_Bool      opened );


  /**************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
   *
   * @description:
   *   Start a new sub-path in the stroker.
   *
   * @input:
   *   stroker ::
   *     The target stroker handle.
   *
   *   to ::
   *     A pointer to the start vector.
   *
   *   open ::
   *     A boolean.  If~1, the sub-path is treated as an open one.
   *
   * @return:
   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *   This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is
   *   not stored as an @FT_Outline object.
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker  stroker,
                           FT_Vector*  to,
                           FT_Bool     open );


  /**************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
   *
   * @description:
   *   Close the current sub-path in the stroker.
   *
   * @input:
   *   stroker ::
   *     The target stroker handle.
   *
   * @return:
   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *   You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath.
   *   If the subpath was not `opened', this function `draws' a
   *   single line segment to the start position when needed.
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker  stroker );


  /**************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Stroker_LineTo
   *
   * @description:
   *   `Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path,
   *   from the last position.
   *
   * @input:
   *   stroker ::
   *     The target stroker handle.
   *
   *   to ::
   *     A pointer to the destination point.
   *
   * @return:
   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *   You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
   *   @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,
                     FT_Vector*  to );


  /**************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Stroker_ConicTo
   *
   * @description:
   *   `Draw' a single quadratic Bezier in the stroker's current sub-path,
   *   from the last position.
   *
   * @input:
   *   stroker ::
   *     The target stroker handle.
   *
   *   control ::
   *     A pointer to a Bezier control point.
   *
   *   to ::
   *     A pointer to the destination point.
   *
   * @return:
   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *   You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
   *   @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,
                      FT_Vector*  control,
                      FT_Vector*  to );


  /**************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Stroker_CubicTo
   *
   * @description:
   *   `Draw' a single cubic Bezier in the stroker's current sub-path,
   *   from the last position.
   *
   * @input:
   *   stroker ::
   *     The target stroker handle.
   *
   *   control1 ::
   *     A pointer to the first Bezier control point.
   *
   *   control2 ::
   *     A pointer to second Bezier control point.
   *
   *   to ::
   *     A pointer to the destination point.
   *
   * @return:
   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *   You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
   *   @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,
                      FT_Vector*  control1,
                      FT_Vector*  control2,
                      FT_Vector*  to );


  /**************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
   *
   * @description:
   *   Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
   *   with the stroker.  It returns the number of points and
   *   contours necessary to export one of the `border' or `stroke'
   *   outlines generated by the stroker.
   *
   * @input:
   *   stroker ::
   *     The target stroker handle.
   *
   *   border ::
   *     The border index.
   *
   * @output:
   *   anum_points ::
   *     The number of points.
   *
   *   anum_contours ::
   *     The number of contours.
   *
   * @return:
   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *   When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
   *   two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'.
   *
   *   When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
   *   the `border' outlines with caps.  The `left' border receives all
   *   points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
   *
   *   Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to
   *   retrieve the counts associated to both borders.
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker        stroker,
                              FT_StrokerBorder  border,
                              FT_UInt          *anum_points,
                              FT_UInt          *anum_contours );


  /**************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
   *
   * @description:
   *   Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
   *   export the corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline
   *   structure.
   *
   *   Note that this function appends the border points and
   *   contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
   *   arrays.
   *
   * @input:
   *   stroker ::
   *     The target stroker handle.
   *
   *   border ::
   *     The border index.
   *
   *   outline ::
   *     The target outline handle.
   *
   * @note:
   *   Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
   *   get sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to
   *   receive all new data.
   *
   *   When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
   *   two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'.
   *
   *   When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
   *   the `border' outlines with caps.  The `left' border receives all
   *   points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
   *
   *   Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to
   *   retrieve all borders at once.
   */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker        stroker,
                           FT_StrokerBorder  border,
                           FT_Outline*       outline );


  /**************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Stroker_GetCounts
   *
   * @description:
   *   Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
   *   with the stroker.  It returns the number of points and
   *   contours necessary to export all points/borders from the stroked
   *   outline/path.
   *
   * @input:
   *   stroker ::
   *     The target stroker handle.
   *
   * @output:
   *   anum_points ::
   *     The number of points.
   *
   *   anum_contours ::
   *     The number of contours.
   *
   * @return:
   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker  stroker,
                        FT_UInt    *anum_points,
                        FT_UInt    *anum_contours );


  /**************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Stroker_Export
   *
   * @description:
   *   Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
   *   export all borders to your own @FT_Outline structure.
   *
   *   Note that this function appends the border points and
   *   contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
   *   arrays.
   *
   * @input:
   *   stroker ::
   *     The target stroker handle.
   *
   *   outline ::
   *     The target outline handle.
   */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker   stroker,
                     FT_Outline*  outline );


  /**************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Stroker_Done
   *
   * @description:
   *   Destroy a stroker object.
   *
   * @input:
   *   stroker ::
   *     A stroker handle.  Can be NULL.
   */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker  stroker );


  /**************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Glyph_Stroke
   *
   * @description:
   *   Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker.
   *
   * @inout:
   *   pglyph ::
   *     Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
   *
   * @input:
   *   stroker ::
   *     A stroker handle.
   *
   *   destroy ::
   *     A Boolean.  If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
   *     on success.
   *
   * @return:
   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *   The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
   *
   *   Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
   *   depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph.  You
   *   may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts
   *   to account for this added size.
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph    *pglyph,
                   FT_Stroker   stroker,
                   FT_Bool      destroy );


  /**************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
   *
   * @description:
   *   Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but
   *   only return either its inside or outside border.
   *
   * @inout:
   *   pglyph ::
   *     Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
   *
   * @input:
   *   stroker ::
   *     A stroker handle.
   *
   *   inside ::
   *     A Boolean.  If~1, return the inside border, otherwise
   *     the outside border.
   *
   *   destroy ::
   *     A Boolean.  If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
   *     on success.
   *
   * @return:
   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *   The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
   *
   *   Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
   *   depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph.  You
   *   may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts
   *   to account for this added size.
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph    *pglyph,
                         FT_Stroker   stroker,
                         FT_Bool      inside,
                         FT_Bool      destroy );

  /* */

FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTSTROKE_H_ */


/* END */


/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8    */
/* End:             */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftbitmap.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (specification).              */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 2004-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTBITMAP_H_
#define FTBITMAP_H_


#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    bitmap_handling                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    Bitmap Handling                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    Handling FT_Bitmap objects.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This section contains functions for handling @FT_Bitmap objects.   */
  /*    Note that none of the functions changes the bitmap's `flow' (as    */
  /*    indicated by the sign of the `pitch' field in `FT_Bitmap').        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Bitmap_Init                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    abitmap :: A pointer to the bitmap structure.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    A deprecated name for the same function is `FT_Bitmap_New'.        */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_Bitmap_Init( FT_Bitmap  *abitmap );


  /* deprecated */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap  *abitmap );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Bitmap_Copy                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Copy a bitmap into another one.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    library :: A handle to a library object.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    source  :: A handle to the source bitmap.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    target  :: A handle to the target bitmap.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library        library,
                  const FT_Bitmap  *source,
                  FT_Bitmap        *target );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Bitmap_Embolden                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Embolden a bitmap.  The new bitmap will be about `xStrength'       */
  /*    pixels wider and `yStrength' pixels higher.  The left and bottom   */
  /*    borders are kept unchanged.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    library   :: A handle to a library object.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    xStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally.      */
  /*                 Expressed in 26.6 pixel format.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    yStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically.        */
  /*                 Expressed in 26.6 pixel format.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    bitmap    :: A handle to the target bitmap.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The current implementation restricts `xStrength' to be less than   */
  /*    or equal to~8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO.      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec,    */
  /*    you should call @FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first.        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Bitmaps in @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 and @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY@ format    */
  /*    are converted to @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY format (i.e., 8bpp).          */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library  library,
                      FT_Bitmap*  bitmap,
                      FT_Pos      xStrength,
                      FT_Pos      yStrength );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Bitmap_Convert                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, 8bpp or 32bpp */
  /*    to a bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used      */
  /*    bytes line (a.k.a. the `pitch') a multiple of `alignment'.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    library   :: A handle to a library object.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    source    :: The source bitmap.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    alignment :: The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this         */
  /*                 parameter.  Common values are 1, 2, or 4.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    target    :: The target bitmap.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without   */
  /*    calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated).        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's       */
  /*    memory handling functions.                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library        library,
                     const FT_Bitmap  *source,
                     FT_Bitmap        *target,
                     FT_Int            alignment );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Make sure that a glyph slot owns `slot->bitmap'.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    slot :: The glyph slot.                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    This function is to be used in combination with                    */
  /*    @FT_Bitmap_Embolden.                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Bitmap_Done                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Destroy a bitmap object initialized with @FT_Bitmap_Init.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    library :: A handle to a library object.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    bitmap  :: The bitmap object to be freed.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's       */
  /*    memory handling functions.                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library  library,
                  FT_Bitmap  *bitmap );


  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTBITMAP_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftdriver.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType API for controlling driver modules (specification only).    */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 2017-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTDRIVER_H_
#define FTDRIVER_H_

#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#include FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @section:
   *   auto_hinter
   *
   * @title:
   *   The auto-hinter
   *
   * @abstract:
   *   Controlling the auto-hinting module.
   *
   * @description:
   *   While FreeType's auto-hinter doesn't expose API functions by itself,
   *   it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and
   *   @FT_Property_Get.  The following lists the available properties
   *   together with the necessary macros and structures.
   *
   *   Note that the auto-hinter's module name is `autofitter' for
   *   historical reasons.
   *
   *   Available properties are @increase-x-height, @no-stem-darkening
   *   (experimental), @darkening-parameters (experimental), @warping
   *   (experimental), @glyph-to-script-map (experimental), @fallback-script
   *   (experimental), and @default-script (experimental), as documented in
   *   the @properties section.
   *
   */


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @section:
   *   cff_driver
   *
   * @title:
   *   The CFF driver
   *
   * @abstract:
   *   Controlling the CFF driver module.
   *
   * @description:
   *   While FreeType's CFF driver doesn't expose API functions by itself,
   *   it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and
   *   @FT_Property_Get.
   *
   *   The CFF driver's module name is `cff'.
   *
   *   Available properties are @hinting-engine, @no-stem-darkening,
   *   @darkening-parameters, and @random-seed, as documented in the
   *   @properties section.
   *
   *
   *   *Hinting* *and* *antialiasing* *principles* *of* *the* *new* *engine*
   *
   *   The rasterizer is positioning horizontal features (e.g., ascender
   *   height & x-height, or crossbars) on the pixel grid and minimizing the
   *   amount of antialiasing applied to them, while placing vertical
   *   features (vertical stems) on the pixel grid without hinting, thus
   *   representing the stem position and weight accurately.  Sometimes the
   *   vertical stems may be only partially black.  In this context,
   *   `antialiasing' means that stems are not positioned exactly on pixel
   *   borders, causing a fuzzy appearance.
   *
   *   There are two principles behind this approach.
   *
   *   1) No hinting in the horizontal direction: Unlike `superhinted'
   *   TrueType, which changes glyph widths to accommodate regular
   *   inter-glyph spacing, Adobe's approach is `faithful to the design' in
   *   representing both the glyph width and the inter-glyph spacing
   *   designed for the font.  This makes the screen display as close as it
   *   can be to the result one would get with infinite resolution, while
   *   preserving what is considered the key characteristics of each glyph.
   *   Note that the distances between unhinted and grid-fitted positions at
   *   small sizes are comparable to kerning values and thus would be
   *   noticeable (and distracting) while reading if hinting were applied.
   *
   *   One of the reasons to not hint horizontally is antialiasing for LCD
   *   screens: The pixel geometry of modern displays supplies three
   *   vertical subpixels as the eye moves horizontally across each visible
   *   pixel.  On devices where we can be certain this characteristic is
   *   present a rasterizer can take advantage of the subpixels to add
   *   increments of weight.  In Western writing systems this turns out to
   *   be the more critical direction anyway; the weights and spacing of
   *   vertical stems (see above) are central to Armenian, Cyrillic, Greek,
   *   and Latin type designs.  Even when the rasterizer uses greyscale
   *   antialiasing instead of color (a necessary compromise when one
   *   doesn't know the screen characteristics), the unhinted vertical
   *   features preserve the design's weight and spacing much better than
   *   aliased type would.
   *
   *   2) Alignment in the vertical direction: Weights and spacing along the
   *   y~axis are less critical; what is much more important is the visual
   *   alignment of related features (like cap-height and x-height).  The
   *   sense of alignment for these is enhanced by the sharpness of grid-fit
   *   edges, while the cruder vertical resolution (full pixels instead of
   *   1/3 pixels) is less of a problem.
   *
   *   On the technical side, horizontal alignment zones for ascender,
   *   x-height, and other important height values (traditionally called
   *   `blue zones') as defined in the font are positioned independently,
   *   each being rounded to the nearest pixel edge, taking care of
   *   overshoot suppression at small sizes, stem darkening, and scaling.
   *
   *   Hstems (this is, hint values defined in the font to help align
   *   horizontal features) that fall within a blue zone are said to be
   *   `captured' and are aligned to that zone.  Uncaptured stems are moved
   *   in one of four ways, top edge up or down, bottom edge up or down.
   *   Unless there are conflicting hstems, the smallest movement is taken
   *   to minimize distortion.
   *
   */


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @section:
   *   pcf_driver
   *
   * @title:
   *   The PCF driver
   *
   * @abstract:
   *   Controlling the PCF driver module.
   *
   * @description:
   *   While FreeType's PCF driver doesn't expose API functions by itself,
   *   it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and
   *   @FT_Property_Get.  Right now, there is a single property
   *   @no-long-family-names available if FreeType is compiled with
   *   PCF_CONFIG_OPTION_LONG_FAMILY_NAMES.
   *
   *   The PCF driver's module name is `pcf'.
   *
   */


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @section:
   *   t1_cid_driver
   *
   * @title:
   *   The Type 1 and CID drivers
   *
   * @abstract:
   *   Controlling the Type~1 and CID driver modules.
   *
   * @description:
   *   It is possible to control the behaviour of FreeType's Type~1 and
   *   Type~1 CID drivers with @FT_Property_Set and @FT_Property_Get.
   *
   *   Behind the scenes, both drivers use the Adobe CFF engine for hinting;
   *   however, the used properties must be specified separately.
   *
   *   The Type~1 driver's module name is `type1'; the CID driver's module
   *   name is `t1cid'.
   *
   *   Available properties are @hinting-engine, @no-stem-darkening,
   *   @darkening-parameters, and @random-seed, as documented in the
   *   @properties section.
   *
   *   Please see the @cff_driver section for more details on the new
   *   hinting engine.
   *
   */


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @section:
   *   tt_driver
   *
   * @title:
   *   The TrueType driver
   *
   * @abstract:
   *   Controlling the TrueType driver module.
   *
   * @description:
   *   While FreeType's TrueType driver doesn't expose API functions by
   *   itself, it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set
   *   and @FT_Property_Get.  The following lists the available properties
   *   together with the necessary macros and structures.
   *
   *   The TrueType driver's module name is `truetype'.
   *
   *   A single property @interpreter-version is available, as documented in
   *   the @properties section.
   *
   *   We start with a list of definitions, kindly provided by Greg
   *   Hitchcock.
   *
   *   _Bi-Level_ _Rendering_
   *
   *   Monochromatic rendering, exclusively used in the early days of
   *   TrueType by both Apple and Microsoft.  Microsoft's GDI interface
   *   supported hinting of the right-side bearing point, such that the
   *   advance width could be non-linear.  Most often this was done to
   *   achieve some level of glyph symmetry.  To enable reasonable
   *   performance (e.g., not having to run hinting on all glyphs just to
   *   get the widths) there was a bit in the head table indicating if the
   *   side bearing was hinted, and additional tables, `hdmx' and `LTSH', to
   *   cache hinting widths across multiple sizes and device aspect ratios.
   *
   *   _Font_ _Smoothing_
   *
   *   Microsoft's GDI implementation of anti-aliasing.  Not traditional
   *   anti-aliasing as the outlines were hinted before the sampling.  The
   *   widths matched the bi-level rendering.
   *
   *   _ClearType_ _Rendering_
   *
   *   Technique that uses physical subpixels to improve rendering on LCD
   *   (and other) displays.  Because of the higher resolution, many methods
   *   of improving symmetry in glyphs through hinting the right-side
   *   bearing were no longer necessary.  This lead to what GDI calls
   *   `natural widths' ClearType, see
   *   http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec21.  Since hinting
   *   has extra resolution, most non-linearity went away, but it is still
   *   possible for hints to change the advance widths in this mode.
   *
   *   _ClearType_ _Compatible_ _Widths_
   *
   *   One of the earliest challenges with ClearType was allowing the
   *   implementation in GDI to be selected without requiring all UI and
   *   documents to reflow.  To address this, a compatible method of
   *   rendering ClearType was added where the font hints are executed once
   *   to determine the width in bi-level rendering, and then re-run in
   *   ClearType, with the difference in widths being absorbed in the font
   *   hints for ClearType (mostly in the white space of hints); see
   *   http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec20.  Somewhat by
   *   definition, compatible width ClearType allows for non-linear widths,
   *   but only when the bi-level version has non-linear widths.
   *
   *   _ClearType_ _Subpixel_ _Positioning_
   *
   *   One of the nice benefits of ClearType is the ability to more crisply
   *   display fractional widths; unfortunately, the GDI model of integer
   *   bitmaps did not support this.  However, the WPF and Direct Write
   *   frameworks do support fractional widths.  DWrite calls this `natural
   *   mode', not to be confused with GDI's `natural widths'.  Subpixel
   *   positioning, in the current implementation of Direct Write,
   *   unfortunately does not support hinted advance widths, see
   *   http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec22.  Note that the
   *   TrueType interpreter fully allows the advance width to be adjusted in
   *   this mode, just the DWrite client will ignore those changes.
   *
   *   _ClearType_ _Backward_ _Compatibility_
   *
   *   This is a set of exceptions made in the TrueType interpreter to
   *   minimize hinting techniques that were problematic with the extra
   *   resolution of ClearType; see
   *   http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec1 and
   *   https://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx.
   *   This technique is not to be confused with ClearType compatible
   *   widths.  ClearType backward compatibility has no direct impact on
   *   changing advance widths, but there might be an indirect impact on
   *   disabling some deltas.  This could be worked around in backward
   *   compatibility mode.
   *
   *   _Native_ _ClearType_ _Mode_
   *
   *   (Not to be confused with `natural widths'.)  This mode removes all
   *   the exceptions in the TrueType interpreter when running with
   *   ClearType.  Any issues on widths would still apply, though.
   *
   */


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @section:
   *   properties
   *
   * @title:
   *   Driver properties
   *
   * @abstract:
   *   Controlling driver modules.
   *
   * @description:
   *   Driver modules can be controlled by setting and unsetting properties,
   *   using the functions @FT_Property_Set and @FT_Property_Get.  This
   *   section documents the available properties, together with auxiliary
   *   macros and structures.
   *
   */


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @enum:
   *   FT_HINTING_XXX
   *
   * @description:
   *   A list of constants used for the @hinting-engine property to
   *   select the hinting engine for CFF, Type~1, and CID fonts.
   *
   * @values:
   *   FT_HINTING_FREETYPE ::
   *     Use the old FreeType hinting engine.
   *
   *   FT_HINTING_ADOBE ::
   *     Use the hinting engine contributed by Adobe.
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.9
   *
   */
#define FT_HINTING_FREETYPE  0
#define FT_HINTING_ADOBE     1

  /* these constants (introduced in 2.4.12) are deprecated */
#define FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE  FT_HINTING_FREETYPE
#define FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE     FT_HINTING_ADOBE


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @property:
   *   hinting-engine
   *
   * @description:
   *   Thanks to Adobe, which contributed a new hinting (and parsing)
   *   engine, an application can select between `freetype' and `adobe' if
   *   compiled with CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE.  If this configuration
   *   macro isn't defined, `hinting-engine' does nothing.
   *
   *   The same holds for the Type~1 and CID modules if compiled with
   *   T1_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE.
   *
   *   For the `cff' module, the default engine is `freetype' if
   *   CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE is defined, and `adobe' otherwise.
   *
   *   For both the `type1' and `t1cid' modules, the default engine is
   *   `freetype' if T1_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE is defined, and `adobe'
   *   otherwise.
   *
   *   The following example code demonstrates how to select Adobe's hinting
   *   engine for the `cff' module (omitting the error handling).
   *
   *   {
   *     FT_Library  library;
   *     FT_UInt     hinting_engine = FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE;
   *
   *
   *     FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
   *
   *     FT_Property_Set( library, "cff",
   *                               "hinting-engine", &hinting_engine );
   *   }
   *
   * @note:
   *   This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
   *
   *   This property can be set via the `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES' environment
   *   variable (using values `adobe' or `freetype').
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.4.12 (for `cff' module)
   *
   *   2.9 (for `type1' and `t1cid' modules)
   *
   */


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @property:
   *   no-stem-darkening
   *
   * @description:
   *   All glyphs that pass through the auto-hinter will be emboldened
   *   unless this property is set to TRUE.  The same is true for the CFF,
   *   Type~1, and CID font modules if the `Adobe' engine is selected (which
   *   is the default).
   *
   *   Stem darkening emboldens glyphs at smaller sizes to make them more
   *   readable on common low-DPI screens when using linear alpha blending
   *   and gamma correction, see @FT_Render_Glyph.  When not using linear
   *   alpha blending and gamma correction, glyphs will appear heavy and
   *   fuzzy!
   *
   *   Gamma correction essentially lightens fonts since shades of grey are
   *   shifted to higher pixel values (=~higher brightness) to match the
   *   original intention to the reality of our screens.  The side-effect is
   *   that glyphs `thin out'.  Mac OS~X and Adobe's proprietary font
   *   rendering library implement a counter-measure: stem darkening at
   *   smaller sizes where shades of gray dominate.  By emboldening a glyph
   *   slightly in relation to its pixel size, individual pixels get higher
   *   coverage of filled-in outlines and are therefore `blacker'.  This
   *   counteracts the `thinning out' of glyphs, making text remain readable
   *   at smaller sizes.
   *
   *   By default, the Adobe engines for CFF, Type~1, and CID fonts darken
   *   stems at smaller sizes, regardless of hinting, to enhance contrast. 
   *   Setting this property, stem darkening gets switched off.
   *
   *   For the auto-hinter, stem-darkening is experimental currently and
   *   thus switched off by default (this is, `no-stem-darkening' is set to
   *   TRUE by default).  Total consistency with the CFF driver is not
   *   achieved right now because the emboldening method differs and glyphs
   *   must be scaled down on the Y-axis to keep outline points inside their
   *   precomputed blue zones.  The smaller the size (especially 9ppem and
   *   down), the higher the loss of emboldening versus the CFF driver.
   *
   *   Note that stem darkening is never applied if @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE is
   *   set.
   *
   *   {
   *     FT_Library  library;
   *     FT_Bool     no_stem_darkening = TRUE;
   *
   *
   *     FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
   *
   *     FT_Property_Set( library, "cff",
   *                               "no-stem-darkening", &no_stem_darkening );
   *   }
   *
   * @note:
   *   This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
   *
   *   This property can be set via the `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES' environment
   *   variable (using values 1 and 0 for `on' and `off', respectively).
   *   It can also be set per face using @FT_Face_Properties with
   *   @FT_PARAM_TAG_STEM_DARKENING.
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.4.12 (for `cff' module)
   *
   *   2.6.2 (for `autofitter' module)
   *
   *   2.9 (for `type1' and `t1cid' modules)
   *
   */


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @property:
   *   darkening-parameters
   *
   * @description:
   *   By default, the Adobe hinting engine, as used by the CFF, Type~1, and
   *   CID font drivers, darkens stems as follows (if the
   *   `no-stem-darkening' property isn't set):
   *
   *   {
   *     stem width <= 0.5px:   darkening amount = 0.4px
   *     stem width  = 1px:     darkening amount = 0.275px
   *     stem width  = 1.667px: darkening amount = 0.275px
   *     stem width >= 2.333px: darkening amount = 0px
   *   }
   *
   *   and piecewise linear in-between.  At configuration time, these four
   *   control points can be set with the macro
   *   `CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETERS'; the CFF, Type~1, and CID
   *   drivers share these values.  At runtime, the control points can be
   *   changed using the `darkening-parameters' property, as the following
   *   example demonstrates for the Type~1 driver.
   *
   *   {
   *     FT_Library  library;
   *     FT_Int      darken_params[8] = {  500, 300,   // x1, y1
   *                                      1000, 200,   // x2, y2
   *                                      1500, 100,   // x3, y3
   *                                      2000,   0 }; // x4, y4
   *
   *
   *     FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
   *
   *     FT_Property_Set( library, "type1",
   *                               "darkening-parameters", darken_params );
   *   }
   *
   *   The x~values give the stem width, and the y~values the darkening
   *   amount.  The unit is 1000th of pixels.  All coordinate values must be
   *   positive; the x~values must be monotonically increasing; the
   *   y~values must be monotonically decreasing and smaller than or
   *   equal to 500 (corresponding to half a pixel); the slope of each
   *   linear piece must be shallower than -1 (e.g., -.4).
   *
   *   The auto-hinter provides this property, too, as an experimental
   *   feature.  See @no-stem-darkening for more.
   *
   * @note:
   *   This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
   *
   *   This property can be set via the `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES' environment
   *   variable, using eight comma-separated integers without spaces.  Here
   *   the above example, using `\' to break the line for readability.
   *
   *   {
   *     FREETYPE_PROPERTIES=\
   *     type1:darkening-parameters=500,300,1000,200,1500,100,2000,0
   *   }
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.5.1 (for `cff' module)
   *
   *   2.6.2 (for `autofitter' module)
   *
   *   2.9 (for `type1' and `t1cid' modules)
   *
   */


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @property:
   *   random-seed
   *
   * @description:
   *   By default, the seed value for the CFF `random' operator and the
   *   similar `0 28 callothersubr pop' command for the Type~1 and CID
   *   drivers is set to a random value.  However, mainly for debugging
   *   purposes, it is often necessary to use a known value as a seed so
   *   that the pseudo-random number sequences generated by `random' are
   *   repeatable.
   *
   *   The `random-seed' property does that.  Its argument is a signed 32bit
   *   integer; if the value is zero or negative, the seed given by the
   *   `intitialRandomSeed' private DICT operator in a CFF file gets used
   *   (or a default value if there is no such operator).  If the value is
   *   positive, use it instead of `initialRandomSeed', which is
   *   consequently ignored.
   *
   * @note:
   *   This property can be set via the `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES' environment
   *   variable.  It can also be set per face using @FT_Face_Properties with
   *   @FT_PARAM_TAG_RANDOM_SEED.
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.8 (for `cff' module)
   *
   *   2.9 (for `type1' and `t1cid' modules)
   *
   */


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @property:
   *   no-long-family-names
   *
   * @description:
   *   If PCF_CONFIG_OPTION_LONG_FAMILY_NAMES is active while compiling
   *   FreeType, the PCF driver constructs long family names.
   *
   *   There are many PCF fonts just called `Fixed' which look completely
   *   different, and which have nothing to do with each other.  When
   *   selecting `Fixed' in KDE or Gnome one gets results that appear rather
   *   random, the style changes often if one changes the size and one
   *   cannot select some fonts at all.  The improve this situation, the PCF
   *   module prepends the foundry name (plus a space) to the family name.
   *   It also checks whether there are `wide' characters; all put together,
   *   family names like `Sony Fixed' or `Misc Fixed Wide' are constructed.
   *
   *   If `no-long-family-names' is set, this feature gets switched off.
   *
   *   {
   *     FT_Library  library;
   *     FT_Bool     no_long_family_names = TRUE;
   *
   *
   *     FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
   *
   *     FT_Property_Set( library, "pcf",
   *                               "no-long-family-names",
   *                               &no_long_family_names );
   *   }
   *
   * @note:
   *   This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
   *
   *   This property can be set via the `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES' environment
   *   variable (using values 1 and 0 for `on' and `off', respectively).
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.8
   */


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @enum:
   *   TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_XXX
   *
   * @description:
   *   A list of constants used for the @interpreter-version property to
   *   select the hinting engine for Truetype fonts.
   *
   *   The numeric value in the constant names represents the version
   *   number as returned by the `GETINFO' bytecode instruction.
   *
   * @values:
   *   TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_35 ::
   *     Version~35 corresponds to MS rasterizer v.1.7 as used e.g. in
   *     Windows~98; only grayscale and B/W rasterizing is supported.
   *
   *   TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38 ::
   *     Version~38 corresponds to MS rasterizer v.1.9; it is roughly
   *     equivalent to the hinting provided by DirectWrite ClearType (as can
   *     be found, for example, in the Internet Explorer~9 running on
   *     Windows~7).  It is used in FreeType to select the `Infinality'
   *     subpixel hinting code.  The code may be removed in a future
   *     version.
   *
   *   TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_40 ::
   *     Version~40 corresponds to MS rasterizer v.2.1; it is roughly
   *     equivalent to the hinting provided by DirectWrite ClearType (as can
   *     be found, for example, in Microsoft's Edge Browser on Windows~10).
   *     It is used in FreeType to select the `minimal' subpixel hinting
   *     code, a stripped-down and higher performance version of the
   *     `Infinality' code.
   *
   * @note:
   *   This property controls the behaviour of the bytecode interpreter
   *   and thus how outlines get hinted.  It does *not* control how glyph
   *   get rasterized!  In particular, it does not control subpixel color
   *   filtering.
   *
   *   If FreeType has not been compiled with the configuration option
   *   TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING, selecting version~38 or~40 causes
   *   an `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' error.
   *
   *   Depending on the graphics framework, Microsoft uses different
   *   bytecode and rendering engines.  As a consequence, the version
   *   numbers returned by a call to the `GETINFO' bytecode instruction are
   *   more convoluted than desired.
   *
   *   Here are two tables that try to shed some light on the possible
   *   values for the MS rasterizer engine, together with the additional
   *   features introduced by it.
   *
   *   {
   *     GETINFO framework               version feature
   *     -------------------------------------------------------------------
   *         3   GDI (Win 3.1),            v1.0  16-bit, first version
   *             TrueImage
   *        33   GDI (Win NT 3.1),         v1.5  32-bit
   *             HP Laserjet
   *        34   GDI (Win 95)              v1.6  font smoothing,
   *                                             new SCANTYPE opcode
   *        35   GDI (Win 98/2000)         v1.7  (UN)SCALED_COMPONENT_OFFSET
   *                                               bits in composite glyphs
   *        36   MGDI (Win CE 2)           v1.6+ classic ClearType
   *        37   GDI (XP and later),       v1.8  ClearType
   *             GDI+ old (before Vista)
   *        38   GDI+ old (Vista, Win 7),  v1.9  subpixel ClearType,
   *             WPF                             Y-direction ClearType,
   *                                             additional error checking
   *        39   DWrite (before Win 8)     v2.0  subpixel ClearType flags
   *                                               in GETINFO opcode,
   *                                             bug fixes
   *        40   GDI+ (after Win 7),       v2.1  Y-direction ClearType flag
   *             DWrite (Win 8)                    in GETINFO opcode,
   *                                             Gray ClearType
   *   }
   *
   *   The `version' field gives a rough orientation only, since some
   *   applications provided certain features much earlier (as an example,
   *   Microsoft Reader used subpixel and Y-direction ClearType already in
   *   Windows 2000).  Similarly, updates to a given framework might include
   *   improved hinting support.
   *
   *   {
   *      version   sampling          rendering        comment
   *               x        y       x           y
   *     --------------------------------------------------------------
   *       v1.0   normal  normal  B/W           B/W    bi-level
   *       v1.6   high    high    gray          gray   grayscale
   *       v1.8   high    normal  color-filter  B/W    (GDI) ClearType
   *       v1.9   high    high    color-filter  gray   Color ClearType
   *       v2.1   high    normal  gray          B/W    Gray ClearType
   *       v2.1   high    high    gray          gray   Gray ClearType
   *   }
   *
   *   Color and Gray ClearType are the two available variants of
   *   `Y-direction ClearType', meaning grayscale rasterization along the
   *   Y-direction; the name used in the TrueType specification for this
   *   feature is `symmetric smoothing'.  `Classic ClearType' is the
   *   original algorithm used before introducing a modified version in
   *   Win~XP.  Another name for v1.6's grayscale rendering is `font
   *   smoothing', and `Color ClearType' is sometimes also called `DWrite
   *   ClearType'.  To differentiate between today's Color ClearType and the
   *   earlier ClearType variant with B/W rendering along the vertical axis,
   *   the latter is sometimes called `GDI ClearType'.
   *
   *   `Normal' and `high' sampling describe the (virtual) resolution to
   *   access the rasterized outline after the hinting process.  `Normal'
   *   means 1 sample per grid line (i.e., B/W).  In the current Microsoft
   *   implementation, `high' means an extra virtual resolution of 16x16 (or
   *   16x1) grid lines per pixel for bytecode instructions like `MIRP'.
   *   After hinting, these 16 grid lines are mapped to 6x5 (or 6x1) grid
   *   lines for color filtering if Color ClearType is activated.
   *
   *   Note that `Gray ClearType' is essentially the same as v1.6's
   *   grayscale rendering.  However, the GETINFO instruction handles it
   *   differently: v1.6 returns bit~12 (hinting for grayscale), while v2.1
   *   returns bits~13 (hinting for ClearType), 18 (symmetrical smoothing),
   *   and~19 (Gray ClearType).  Also, this mode respects bits 2 and~3 for
   *   the version~1 gasp table exclusively (like Color ClearType), while
   *   v1.6 only respects the values of version~0 (bits 0 and~1).
   *
   *   Keep in mind that the features of the above interpreter versions
   *   might not map exactly to FreeType features or behavior because it is
   *   a fundamentally different library with different internals.
   *
   */
#define TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_35  35
#define TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38  38
#define TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_40  40


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @property:
   *   interpreter-version
   *
   * @description:
   *   Currently, three versions are available, two representing the
   *   bytecode interpreter with subpixel hinting support (old `Infinality'
   *   code and new stripped-down and higher performance `minimal' code) and
   *   one without, respectively.  The default is subpixel support if
   *   TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING is defined, and no subpixel support
   *   otherwise (since it isn't available then).
   *
   *   If subpixel hinting is on, many TrueType bytecode instructions behave
   *   differently compared to B/W or grayscale rendering (except if `native
   *   ClearType' is selected by the font).  Microsoft's main idea is to
   *   render at a much increased horizontal resolution, then sampling down
   *   the created output to subpixel precision.  However, many older fonts
   *   are not suited to this and must be specially taken care of by
   *   applying (hardcoded) tweaks in Microsoft's interpreter.
   *
   *   Details on subpixel hinting and some of the necessary tweaks can be
   *   found in Greg Hitchcock's whitepaper at
   *   `https://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx'.
   *   Note that FreeType currently doesn't really `subpixel hint' (6x1, 6x2,
   *   or 6x5 supersampling) like discussed in the paper.  Depending on the
   *   chosen interpreter, it simply ignores instructions on vertical stems
   *   to arrive at very similar results.
   *
   *   The following example code demonstrates how to deactivate subpixel
   *   hinting (omitting the error handling).
   *
   *   {
   *     FT_Library  library;
   *     FT_Face     face;
   *     FT_UInt     interpreter_version = TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_35;
   *
   *
   *     FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
   *
   *     FT_Property_Set( library, "truetype",
   *                               "interpreter-version",
   *                               &interpreter_version );
   *   }
   *
   * @note:
   *   This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
   *
   *   This property can be set via the `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES' environment
   *   variable (using values `35', `38', or `40').
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.5
   */


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @property:
   *   glyph-to-script-map
   *
   * @description:
   *   *Experimental* *only*
   *
   *   The auto-hinter provides various script modules to hint glyphs.
   *   Examples of supported scripts are Latin or CJK.  Before a glyph is
   *   auto-hinted, the Unicode character map of the font gets examined, and
   *   the script is then determined based on Unicode character ranges, see
   *   below.
   *
   *   OpenType fonts, however, often provide much more glyphs than
   *   character codes (small caps, superscripts, ligatures, swashes, etc.),
   *   to be controlled by so-called `features'.  Handling OpenType features
   *   can be quite complicated and thus needs a separate library on top of
   *   FreeType.
   *
   *   The mapping between glyph indices and scripts (in the auto-hinter
   *   sense, see the @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX values) is stored as an
   *   array with `num_glyphs' elements, as found in the font's @FT_Face
   *   structure.  The `glyph-to-script-map' property returns a pointer to
   *   this array, which can be modified as needed.  Note that the
   *   modification should happen before the first glyph gets processed by
   *   the auto-hinter so that the global analysis of the font shapes
   *   actually uses the modified mapping.
   *
   *   The following example code demonstrates how to access it (omitting
   *   the error handling).
   *
   *   {
   *     FT_Library                library;
   *     FT_Face                   face;
   *     FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap  prop;
   *
   *
   *     FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
   *     FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face );
   *
   *     prop.face = face;
   *
   *     FT_Property_Get( library, "autofitter",
   *                               "glyph-to-script-map", &prop );
   *
   *     // adjust `prop.map' as needed right here
   *
   *     FT_Load_Glyph( face, ..., FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT );
   *   }
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.4.11
   *
   */


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @enum:
   *   FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX
   *
   * @description:
   *   *Experimental* *only*
   *
   *   A list of constants used for the @glyph-to-script-map property to
   *   specify the script submodule the auto-hinter should use for hinting a
   *   particular glyph.
   *
   * @values:
   *   FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE ::
   *     Don't auto-hint this glyph.
   *
   *   FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN ::
   *     Apply the latin auto-hinter.  For the auto-hinter, `latin' is a
   *     very broad term, including Cyrillic and Greek also since characters
   *     from those scripts share the same design constraints.
   *
   *     By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
   *     assigned to this submodule.
   *
   *     {
   *       U+0020 - U+007F  // Basic Latin (no control characters)
   *       U+00A0 - U+00FF  // Latin-1 Supplement (no control characters)
   *       U+0100 - U+017F  // Latin Extended-A
   *       U+0180 - U+024F  // Latin Extended-B
   *       U+0250 - U+02AF  // IPA Extensions
   *       U+02B0 - U+02FF  // Spacing Modifier Letters
   *       U+0300 - U+036F  // Combining Diacritical Marks
   *       U+0370 - U+03FF  // Greek and Coptic
   *       U+0400 - U+04FF  // Cyrillic
   *       U+0500 - U+052F  // Cyrillic Supplement
   *       U+1D00 - U+1D7F  // Phonetic Extensions
   *       U+1D80 - U+1DBF  // Phonetic Extensions Supplement
   *       U+1DC0 - U+1DFF  // Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement
   *       U+1E00 - U+1EFF  // Latin Extended Additional
   *       U+1F00 - U+1FFF  // Greek Extended
   *       U+2000 - U+206F  // General Punctuation
   *       U+2070 - U+209F  // Superscripts and Subscripts
   *       U+20A0 - U+20CF  // Currency Symbols
   *       U+2150 - U+218F  // Number Forms
   *       U+2460 - U+24FF  // Enclosed Alphanumerics
   *       U+2C60 - U+2C7F  // Latin Extended-C
   *       U+2DE0 - U+2DFF  // Cyrillic Extended-A
   *       U+2E00 - U+2E7F  // Supplemental Punctuation
   *       U+A640 - U+A69F  // Cyrillic Extended-B
   *       U+A720 - U+A7FF  // Latin Extended-D
   *       U+FB00 - U+FB06  // Alphab. Present. Forms (Latin Ligatures)
   *      U+1D400 - U+1D7FF // Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols
   *      U+1F100 - U+1F1FF // Enclosed Alphanumeric Supplement
   *     }
   *
   *   FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK ::
   *     Apply the CJK auto-hinter, covering Chinese, Japanese, Korean, old
   *     Vietnamese, and some other scripts.
   *
   *     By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
   *     assigned to this submodule.
   *
   *     {
   *       U+1100 - U+11FF  // Hangul Jamo
   *       U+2E80 - U+2EFF  // CJK Radicals Supplement
   *       U+2F00 - U+2FDF  // Kangxi Radicals
   *       U+2FF0 - U+2FFF  // Ideographic Description Characters
   *       U+3000 - U+303F  // CJK Symbols and Punctuation
   *       U+3040 - U+309F  // Hiragana
   *       U+30A0 - U+30FF  // Katakana
   *       U+3100 - U+312F  // Bopomofo
   *       U+3130 - U+318F  // Hangul Compatibility Jamo
   *       U+3190 - U+319F  // Kanbun
   *       U+31A0 - U+31BF  // Bopomofo Extended
   *       U+31C0 - U+31EF  // CJK Strokes
   *       U+31F0 - U+31FF  // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
   *       U+3200 - U+32FF  // Enclosed CJK Letters and Months
   *       U+3300 - U+33FF  // CJK Compatibility
   *       U+3400 - U+4DBF  // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A
   *       U+4DC0 - U+4DFF  // Yijing Hexagram Symbols
   *       U+4E00 - U+9FFF  // CJK Unified Ideographs
   *       U+A960 - U+A97F  // Hangul Jamo Extended-A
   *       U+AC00 - U+D7AF  // Hangul Syllables
   *       U+D7B0 - U+D7FF  // Hangul Jamo Extended-B
   *       U+F900 - U+FAFF  // CJK Compatibility Ideographs
   *       U+FE10 - U+FE1F  // Vertical forms
   *       U+FE30 - U+FE4F  // CJK Compatibility Forms
   *       U+FF00 - U+FFEF  // Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms
   *      U+1B000 - U+1B0FF // Kana Supplement
   *      U+1D300 - U+1D35F // Tai Xuan Hing Symbols
   *      U+1F200 - U+1F2FF // Enclosed Ideographic Supplement
   *      U+20000 - U+2A6DF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B
   *      U+2A700 - U+2B73F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension C
   *      U+2B740 - U+2B81F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension D
   *      U+2F800 - U+2FA1F // CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement
   *     }
   *
   *   FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC ::
   *     Apply the indic auto-hinter, covering all major scripts from the
   *     Indian sub-continent and some other related scripts like Thai, Lao,
   *     or Tibetan.
   *
   *     By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
   *     assigned to this submodule.
   *
   *     {
   *       U+0900 - U+0DFF  // Indic Range
   *       U+0F00 - U+0FFF  // Tibetan
   *       U+1900 - U+194F  // Limbu
   *       U+1B80 - U+1BBF  // Sundanese
   *       U+A800 - U+A82F  // Syloti Nagri
   *       U+ABC0 - U+ABFF  // Meetei Mayek
   *      U+11800 - U+118DF // Sharada
   *     }
   *
   *     Note that currently Indic support is rudimentary only, missing blue
   *     zone support.
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.4.11
   *
   */
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE   0
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN  1
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK    2
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC  3


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @struct:
   *   FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap
   *
   * @description:
   *   *Experimental* *only*
   *
   *   The data exchange structure for the @glyph-to-script-map property.
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.4.11
   *
   */
  typedef struct  FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap_
  {
    FT_Face     face;
    FT_UShort*  map;

  } FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap;


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @property:
   *   fallback-script
   *
   * @description:
   *   *Experimental* *only*
   *
   *   If no auto-hinter script module can be assigned to a glyph, a
   *   fallback script gets assigned to it (see also the
   *   @glyph-to-script-map property).  By default, this is
   *   @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK.  Using the `fallback-script' property,
   *   this fallback value can be changed.
   *
   *   {
   *     FT_Library  library;
   *     FT_UInt     fallback_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE;
   *
   *
   *     FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
   *
   *     FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
   *                               "fallback-script", &fallback_script );
   *   }
   *
   * @note:
   *   This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
   *
   *   It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The
   *   creation of the glyph-to-script map that eventually uses the
   *   fallback script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a
   *   face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting
   *   any glyph from that face.  In particular, if you have already created
   *   an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the
   *   auto-hinter), a change of the fallback script will affect this face.
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.4.11
   *
   */


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @property:
   *   default-script
   *
   * @description:
   *   *Experimental* *only*
   *
   *   If FreeType gets compiled with FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_HARFBUZZ to make
   *   the HarfBuzz library access OpenType features for getting better
   *   glyph coverages, this property sets the (auto-fitter) script to be
   *   used for the default (OpenType) script data of a font's GSUB table.
   *   Features for the default script are intended for all scripts not
   *   explicitly handled in GSUB; an example is a `dlig' feature,
   *   containing the combination of the characters `T', `E', and `L' to
   *   form a `TEL' ligature.
   *
   *   By default, this is @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN.  Using the
   *   `default-script' property, this default value can be changed.
   *
   *   {
   *     FT_Library  library;
   *     FT_UInt     default_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE;
   *
   *
   *     FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
   *
   *     FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
   *                               "default-script", &default_script );
   *   }
   *
   * @note:
   *   This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
   *
   *   It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The
   *   creation of the glyph-to-script map that eventually uses the
   *   default script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a
   *   face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting
   *   any glyph from that face.  In particular, if you have already created
   *   an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the
   *   auto-hinter), a change of the default script will affect this face.
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.5.3
   *
   */


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @property:
   *   increase-x-height
   *
   * @description:
   *   For ppem values in the range 6~<= ppem <= `increase-x-height', round
   *   up the font's x~height much more often than normally.  If the value
   *   is set to~0, which is the default, this feature is switched off.  Use
   *   this property to improve the legibility of small font sizes if
   *   necessary.
   *
   *   {
   *     FT_Library               library;
   *     FT_Face                  face;
   *     FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight  prop;
   *
   *
   *     FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
   *     FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face );
   *     FT_Set_Char_Size( face, 10 * 64, 0, 72, 0 );
   *
   *     prop.face  = face;
   *     prop.limit = 14;
   *
   *     FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
   *                               "increase-x-height", &prop );
   *   }
   *
   * @note:
   *   This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
   *
   *   Set this value right after calling @FT_Set_Char_Size, but before
   *   loading any glyph (using the auto-hinter).
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.4.11
   *
   */


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @struct:
   *   FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight
   *
   * @description:
   *   The data exchange structure for the @increase-x-height property.
   *
   */
  typedef struct  FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight_
  {
    FT_Face  face;
    FT_UInt  limit;

  } FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight;


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @property:
   *   warping
   *
   * @description:
   *   *Experimental* *only*
   *
   *   If FreeType gets compiled with option AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER to
   *   activate the warp hinting code in the auto-hinter, this property
   *   switches warping on and off.
   *
   *   Warping only works in `normal' auto-hinting mode replacing it.
   *   The idea of the code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph along
   *   the non-hinted dimension (which is usually the horizontal axis) so
   *   that as much of its segments are aligned (more or less) to the grid.
   *   To find out a glyph's optimal scaling and shifting value, various
   *   parameter combinations are tried and scored.
   *
   *   By default, warping is off.  The example below shows how to switch on
   *   warping (omitting the error handling).
   *
   *   {
   *     FT_Library  library;
   *     FT_Bool     warping = 1;
   *
   *
   *     FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
   *
   *     FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
   *                               "warping", &warping );
   *   }
   *
   * @note:
   *   This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
   *
   *   This property can be set via the `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES' environment
   *   variable (using values 1 and 0 for `on' and `off', respectively).
   *
   *   The warping code can also change advance widths.  Have a look at the
   *   `lsb_delta' and `rsb_delta' fields in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure
   *   for details on improving inter-glyph distances while rendering.
   *
   *   Since warping is a global property of the auto-hinter it is best to
   *   change its value before rendering any face.  Otherwise, you should
   *   reload all faces that get auto-hinted in `normal' hinting mode.
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.6
   *
   */


 /* */


FT_END_HEADER


#endif /* FTDRIVER_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftmodapi.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType modules public interface (specification).                   */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 1996-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTMODAPI_H_
#define FTMODAPI_H_


#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    module_management                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    Module Management                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    How to add, upgrade, remove, and control modules from FreeType.    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType.  */
  /*    Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime.            */
  /*    Additionally, some module properties can be controlled also.       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Here is a list of possible values of the `module_name' field in    */
  /*    the @FT_Module_Class structure.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    {                                                                  */
  /*      autofitter                                                       */
  /*      bdf                                                              */
  /*      cff                                                              */
  /*      gxvalid                                                          */
  /*      otvalid                                                          */
  /*      pcf                                                              */
  /*      pfr                                                              */
  /*      psaux                                                            */
  /*      pshinter                                                         */
  /*      psnames                                                          */
  /*      raster1                                                          */
  /*      sfnt                                                             */
  /*      smooth, smooth-lcd, smooth-lcdv                                  */
  /*      truetype                                                         */
  /*      type1                                                            */
  /*      type42                                                           */
  /*      t1cid                                                            */
  /*      winfonts                                                         */
  /*    }                                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system is not a FreeType module.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Order>                                                               */
  /*    FT_Module                                                          */
  /*    FT_Module_Constructor                                              */
  /*    FT_Module_Destructor                                               */
  /*    FT_Module_Requester                                                */
  /*    FT_Module_Class                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_Add_Module                                                      */
  /*    FT_Get_Module                                                      */
  /*    FT_Remove_Module                                                   */
  /*    FT_Add_Default_Modules                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_Property_Set                                                    */
  /*    FT_Property_Get                                                    */
  /*    FT_Set_Default_Properties                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_New_Library                                                     */
  /*    FT_Done_Library                                                    */
  /*    FT_Reference_Library                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_Renderer                                                        */
  /*    FT_Renderer_Class                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_Get_Renderer                                                    */
  /*    FT_Set_Renderer                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_Set_Debug_Hook                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /* module bit flags */
#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER         1  /* this module is a font driver  */
#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER            2  /* this module is a renderer     */
#define FT_MODULE_HINTER              4  /* this module is a glyph hinter */
#define FT_MODULE_STYLER              8  /* this module is a styler       */

#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE      0x100  /* the driver supports      */
                                              /* scalable fonts           */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES   0x200  /* the driver does not      */
                                              /* support vector outlines  */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER    0x400  /* the driver provides its  */
                                              /* own hinter               */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY 0x800  /* the driver's hinter      */
                                              /* produces LIGHT hints     */


  /* deprecated values */
#define ft_module_font_driver         FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER
#define ft_module_renderer            FT_MODULE_RENDERER
#define ft_module_hinter              FT_MODULE_HINTER
#define ft_module_styler              FT_MODULE_STYLER

#define ft_module_driver_scalable       FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE
#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines    FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES
#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter     FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER
#define ft_module_driver_hints_lightly  FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY


  typedef FT_Pointer  FT_Module_Interface;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Module_Constructor                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object.    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    module :: The module to initialize.                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef FT_Error
  (*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module  module );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Module_Destructor                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    module :: The module to finalize.                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef void
  (*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module  module );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Module_Requester                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A function used to query a given module for a specific interface.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    module :: The module to be searched.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    name ::   The name of the interface in the module.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef FT_Module_Interface
  (*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module    module,
                          const char*  name );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_Module_Class                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    The module class descriptor.                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    module_flags    :: Bit flags describing the module.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    module_size     :: The size of one module object/instance in       */
  /*                       bytes.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    module_name     :: The name of the module.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    module_version  :: The version, as a 16.16 fixed number            */
  /*                       (major.minor).                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    module_requires :: The version of FreeType this module requires,   */
  /*                       as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor).  Starts  */
  /*                       at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000.                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    module_init     :: The initializing function.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    module_done     :: The finalizing function.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    get_interface   :: The interface requesting function.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_Module_Class_
  {
    FT_ULong               module_flags;
    FT_Long                module_size;
    const FT_String*       module_name;
    FT_Fixed               module_version;
    FT_Fixed               module_requires;

    const void*            module_interface;

    FT_Module_Constructor  module_init;
    FT_Module_Destructor   module_done;
    FT_Module_Requester    get_interface;

  } FT_Module_Class;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Add_Module                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Add a new module to a given library instance.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    library :: A handle to the library object.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    clazz   :: A pointer to class descriptor for the module.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
  /*    or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Add_Module( FT_Library              library,
                 const FT_Module_Class*  clazz );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_Module                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Find a module by its name.                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    library     :: A handle to the library object.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    module_name :: The module's name (as an ASCII string).             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    A module handle.  0~if none was found.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you   */
  /*    should look up the source code for details.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Module )
  FT_Get_Module( FT_Library   library,
                 const char*  module_name );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Remove_Module                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Remove a given module from a library instance.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    library :: A handle to a library object.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    module  :: A handle to a module object.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success. */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library  library,
                    FT_Module   module );


  /**********************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *    FT_Property_Set
   *
   * @description:
   *    Set a property for a given module.
   *
   * @input:
   *    library ::
   *       A handle to the library the module is part of.
   *
   *    module_name ::
   *       The module name.
   *
   *    property_name ::
   *       The property name.  Properties are described in section
   *       @properties.
   *
   *       Note that only a few modules have properties.
   *
   *    value ::
   *       A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the new
   *       value of the property.  The exact definition of `value' is
   *       dependent on the property; see section @properties.
   *
   * @return:
   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *    If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name'
   *    doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a
   *    valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
   *
   *    The following example sets property `bar' (a simple integer) in
   *    module `foo' to value~1.
   *
   *    {
   *      FT_UInt  bar;
   *
   *
   *      bar = 1;
   *      FT_Property_Set( library, "foo", "bar", &bar );
   *    }
   *
   *    Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system doesn't recognize module
   *    property changes.  To avoid glyph lookup confusion within the cache
   *    you should call @FTC_Manager_Reset to completely flush the cache if
   *    a module property gets changed after @FTC_Manager_New has been
   *    called.
   *
   *    It is not possible to set properties of the FreeType Cache
   *    sub-system itself with FT_Property_Set; use @FTC_Property_Set
   *    instead.
   *
   *  @since:
   *    2.4.11
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Property_Set( FT_Library        library,
                   const FT_String*  module_name,
                   const FT_String*  property_name,
                   const void*       value );


  /**********************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *    FT_Property_Get
   *
   * @description:
   *    Get a module's property value.
   *
   * @input:
   *    library ::
   *       A handle to the library the module is part of.
   *
   *    module_name ::
   *       The module name.
   *
   *    property_name ::
   *       The property name.  Properties are described in section
   *       @properties.
   *
   * @inout:
   *    value ::
   *       A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the
   *       value of the property.  The exact definition of `value' is
   *       dependent on the property; see section @properties.
   *
   * @return:
   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *    If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name'
   *    doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a
   *    valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
   *
   *    The following example gets property `baz' (a range) in module `foo'.
   *
   *    {
   *      typedef  range_
   *      {
   *        FT_Int32  min;
   *        FT_Int32  max;
   *
   *      } range;
   *
   *      range  baz;
   *
   *
   *      FT_Property_Get( library, "foo", "baz", &baz );
   *    }
   *
   *    It is not possible to retrieve properties of the FreeType Cache
   *    sub-system with FT_Property_Get; use @FTC_Property_Get instead.
   *
   *  @since:
   *    2.4.11
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Property_Get( FT_Library        library,
                   const FT_String*  module_name,
                   const FT_String*  property_name,
                   void*             value );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Set_Default_Properties                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    If compilation option FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ENVIRONMENT_PROPERTIES is   */
  /*    set, this function reads the `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES' environment     */
  /*    variable to control driver properties.  See section @properties    */
  /*    for more.                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If the compilation option is not set, this function does nothing.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES' has the following syntax form (broken here   */
  /*    into multiple lines for better readability).                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    {                                                                  */
  /*      <optional whitespace>                                            */
  /*      <module-name1> ':'                                               */
  /*      <property-name1> '=' <property-value1>                           */
  /*      <whitespace>                                                     */
  /*      <module-name2> ':'                                               */
  /*      <property-name2> '=' <property-value2>                           */
  /*      ...                                                              */
  /*    }                                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Example:                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    {                                                                  */
  /*      FREETYPE_PROPERTIES=truetype:interpreter-version=35 \            */
  /*                          cff:no-stem-darkening=1 \                    */
  /*                          autofitter:warping=1                         */
  /*    }                                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    library :: A handle to a new library object.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Since>                                                               */
  /*    2.8                                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_Set_Default_Properties( FT_Library  library );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Reference_Library                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Library         */
  /*    structure is created.  This function increments the counter.       */
  /*    @FT_Done_Library then only destroys a library if the counter is~1, */
  /*    otherwise it simply decrements the counter.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures that     */
  /*    reference @FT_Library objects.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    library :: A handle to a target library object.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Since>                                                               */
  /*    2.4.2                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Reference_Library( FT_Library  library );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_New_Library                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance    */
  /*    from a given memory object.  It is thus possible to use libraries  */
  /*    with distinct memory allocators within the same program.  Note,    */
  /*    however, that the used @FT_Memory structure is expected to remain  */
  /*    valid for the life of the @FT_Library object.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Normally, you would call this function (followed by a call to      */
  /*    @FT_Add_Default_Modules or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module,    */
  /*    and a call to @FT_Set_Default_Properties) instead of               */
  /*    @FT_Init_FreeType to initialize the FreeType library.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Don't use @FT_Done_FreeType but @FT_Done_Library to destroy a      */
  /*    library instance.                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    memory   :: A handle to the original memory object.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    alibrary :: A pointer to handle of a new library object.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    See the discussion of reference counters in the description of     */
  /*    @FT_Reference_Library.                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_New_Library( FT_Memory    memory,
                  FT_Library  *alibrary );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Done_Library                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Discard a given library object.  This closes all drivers and       */
  /*    discards all resource objects.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    library :: A handle to the target library.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    See the discussion of reference counters in the description of     */
  /*    @FT_Reference_Library.                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Done_Library( FT_Library  library );

  /* */

  typedef void
  (*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void*  arg );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Set_Debug_Hook                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Set a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font  */
  /*    format.                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    library    :: A handle to the library object.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    hook_index :: The index of the debug hook.  You should use the     */
  /*                  values defined in `ftobjs.h', e.g.,                  */
  /*                  `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE'.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    debug_hook :: The function used to debug the interpreter.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only two (for  */
  /*    the TrueType and the Type~1 interpreter) are defined.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Since the internal headers of FreeType are no longer installed,    */
  /*    the symbol `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE' isn't available publicly.      */
  /*    This is a bug and will be fixed in a forthcoming release.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library         library,
                     FT_UInt            hook_index,
                     FT_DebugHook_Func  debug_hook );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Add_Default_Modules                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Add the set of default drivers to a given library object.          */
  /*    This is only useful when you create a library object with          */
  /*    @FT_New_Library (usually to plug a custom memory manager).         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    library :: A handle to a new library object.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library  library );



  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @section:
   *   truetype_engine
   *
   * @title:
   *   The TrueType Engine
   *
   * @abstract:
   *   TrueType bytecode support.
   *
   * @description:
   *   This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType
   *   bytecode support compiled in this version of the library.
   *
   */


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   *  @enum:
   *     FT_TrueTypeEngineType
   *
   *  @description:
   *     A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode
   *     engine is implemented in a given FT_Library instance.  It is used
   *     by the @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function.
   *
   *  @values:
   *     FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE ::
   *       The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter.
   *
   *     FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED ::
   *       Deprecated and removed.
   *
   *     FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED ::
   *       The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers
   *       the full instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine (this
   *       was governed by patents until May 2010, hence the name).
   *
   *  @since:
   *     2.2
   *
   */
  typedef enum  FT_TrueTypeEngineType_
  {
    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0,
    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED,
    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED

  } FT_TrueTypeEngineType;


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   *  @func:
   *     FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type
   *
   *  @description:
   *     Return an @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of
   *     the TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports.
   *
   *  @input:
   *     library ::
   *       A library instance.
   *
   *  @return:
   *     A value indicating which level is supported.
   *
   *  @since:
   *     2.2
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )
  FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library  library );

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTMODAPI_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftlist.h                                                               */
/*                                                                         */
/*    Generic list support for FreeType (specification).                   */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 1996-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /*  This file implements functions relative to list processing.  Its     */
  /*  data structures are defined in `freetype.h'.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTLIST_H_
#define FTLIST_H_


#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    list_processing                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    List Processing                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    Simple management of lists.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This section contains various definitions related to list          */
  /*    processing using doubly-linked nodes.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Order>                                                               */
  /*    FT_List                                                            */
  /*    FT_ListNode                                                        */
  /*    FT_ListRec                                                         */
  /*    FT_ListNodeRec                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_List_Add                                                        */
  /*    FT_List_Insert                                                     */
  /*    FT_List_Find                                                       */
  /*    FT_List_Remove                                                     */
  /*    FT_List_Up                                                         */
  /*    FT_List_Iterate                                                    */
  /*    FT_List_Iterator                                                   */
  /*    FT_List_Finalize                                                   */
  /*    FT_List_Destructor                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_List_Find                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Find the list node for a given listed object.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    list :: A pointer to the parent list.                              */
  /*    data :: The address of the listed object.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    List node.  NULL if it wasn't found.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode )
  FT_List_Find( FT_List  list,
                void*    data );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_List_Add                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Append an element to the end of a list.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    list :: A pointer to the parent list.                              */
  /*    node :: The node to append.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_List_Add( FT_List      list,
               FT_ListNode  node );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_List_Insert                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Insert an element at the head of a list.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    list :: A pointer to parent list.                                  */
  /*    node :: The node to insert.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_List_Insert( FT_List      list,
                  FT_ListNode  node );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_List_Remove                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Remove a node from a list.  This function doesn't check whether    */
  /*    the node is in the list!                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    node :: The node to remove.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    list :: A pointer to the parent list.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_List_Remove( FT_List      list,
                  FT_ListNode  node );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_List_Up                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Move a node to the head/top of a list.  Used to maintain LRU       */
  /*    lists.                                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    list :: A pointer to the parent list.                              */
  /*    node :: The node to move.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_List_Up( FT_List      list,
              FT_ListNode  node );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
  /*    FT_List_Iterator                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    An FT_List iterator function that is called during a list parse    */
  /*    by @FT_List_Iterate.                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    node :: The current iteration list node.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate.             */
  /*            Can be used to point to the iteration's state.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef FT_Error
  (*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode  node,
                       void*        user );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_List_Iterate                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Parse a list and calls a given iterator function on each element.  */
  /*    Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls  */
  /*    returns a non-zero value.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    list     :: A handle to the list.                                  */
  /*    iterator :: An iterator function, called on each node of the list. */
  /*    user     :: A user-supplied field that is passed as the second     */
  /*                argument to the iterator.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call.      */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_List_Iterate( FT_List           list,
                   FT_List_Iterator  iterator,
                   void*             user );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
  /*    FT_List_Destructor                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    An @FT_List iterator function that is called during a list         */
  /*    finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a     */
  /*    given list.                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    system :: The current system object.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    data   :: The current object to destroy.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    user   :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate.  It can   */
  /*              be used to point to the iteration's state.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef void
  (*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory  memory,
                         void*      data,
                         void*      user );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_List_Finalize                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Destroy all elements in the list as well as the list itself.       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    list    :: A handle to the list.                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    destroy :: A list destructor that will be applied to each element  */
  /*               of the list.  Set this to NULL if not needed.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    memory  :: The current memory object that handles deallocation.    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    user    :: A user-supplied field that is passed as the last        */
  /*               argument to the destructor.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    This function expects that all nodes added by @FT_List_Add or      */
  /*    @FT_List_Insert have been dynamically allocated.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_List_Finalize( FT_List             list,
                    FT_List_Destructor  destroy,
                    FT_Memory           memory,
                    void*               user );

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTLIST_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  fterrdef.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType error codes (specification).                                */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 2002-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*   error_code_values                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*   Error Code Values                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*   All possible error codes returned by FreeType functions.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*   The list below is taken verbatim from the file `fterrdef.h'         */
  /*   (loaded automatically by including `FT_FREETYPE_H').  The first     */
  /*   argument of the `FT_ERROR_DEF_' macro is the error label; by        */
  /*   default, the prefix `FT_Err_' gets added so that you get error      */
  /*   names like `FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource'.  The second argument is   */
  /*   the error code, and the last argument an error string, which is not */
  /*   used by FreeType.                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Within your application you should *only* use error names and       */
  /*   *never* its numeric values!  The latter might (and actually do)     */
  /*   change in forthcoming FreeType versions.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Macro `FT_NOERRORDEF_' defines `FT_Err_Ok', which is always zero.   */
  /*   See the `Error Enumerations' subsection how to automatically        */
  /*   generate a list of error strings.                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Enum>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Err_XXX                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/

  /* generic errors */

  FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok,                                        0x00,
                  "no error" )

  FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource,                        0x01,
                "cannot open resource" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format,                         0x02,
                "unknown file format" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format,                         0x03,
                "broken file" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version,                             0x04,
                "invalid FreeType version" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version,                        0x05,
                "module version is too low" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument,                            0x06,
                "invalid argument" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature,                       0x07,
                "unimplemented feature" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table,                               0x08,
                "broken table" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset,                              0x09,
                "broken offset within table" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large,                             0x0A,
                "array allocation size too large" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Module,                              0x0B,
                "missing module" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Property,                            0x0C,
                "missing property" )

  /* glyph/character errors */

  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index,                         0x10,
                "invalid glyph index" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code,                      0x11,
                "invalid character code" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format,                        0x12,
                "unsupported glyph image format" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph,                         0x13,
                "cannot render this glyph format" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline,                             0x14,
                "invalid outline" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite,                           0x15,
                "invalid composite glyph" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints,                              0x16,
                "too many hints" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size,                          0x17,
                "invalid pixel size" )

  /* handle errors */

  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle,                              0x20,
                "invalid object handle" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle,                      0x21,
                "invalid library handle" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle,                       0x22,
                "invalid module handle" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle,                         0x23,
                "invalid face handle" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle,                         0x24,
                "invalid size handle" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle,                         0x25,
                "invalid glyph slot handle" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle,                      0x26,
                "invalid charmap handle" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle,                        0x27,
                "invalid cache manager handle" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle,                       0x28,
                "invalid stream handle" )

  /* driver errors */

  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers,                            0x30,
                "too many modules" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions,                         0x31,
                "too many extensions" )

  /* memory errors */

  FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory,                               0x40,
                "out of memory" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object,                             0x41,
                "unlisted object" )

  /* stream errors */

  FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream,                          0x51,
                "cannot open stream" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek,                         0x52,
                "invalid stream seek" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip,                         0x53,
                "invalid stream skip" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read,                         0x54,
                "invalid stream read" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation,                    0x55,
                "invalid stream operation" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation,                     0x56,
                "invalid frame operation" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access,                         0x57,
                "nested frame access" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read,                          0x58,
                "invalid frame read" )

  /* raster errors */

  FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized,                        0x60,
                "raster uninitialized" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted,                            0x61,
                "raster corrupted" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow,                             0x62,
                "raster overflow" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height,                      0x63,
                "negative height while rastering" )

  /* cache errors */

  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches,                             0x70,
                "too many registered caches" )

  /* TrueType and SFNT errors */

  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode,                              0x80,
                "invalid opcode" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments,                           0x81,
                "too few arguments" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow,                              0x82,
                "stack overflow" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow,                               0x83,
                "code overflow" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument,                                0x84,
                "bad argument" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero,                              0x85,
                "division by zero" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference,                           0x86,
                "invalid reference" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode,                                0x87,
                "found debug opcode" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream,                         0x88,
                "found ENDF opcode in execution stream" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS,                                 0x89,
                "nested DEFS" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange,                           0x8A,
                "invalid code range" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long,                          0x8B,
                "execution context too long" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs,                      0x8C,
                "too many function definitions" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs,                   0x8D,
                "too many instruction definitions" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing,                               0x8E,
                "SFNT font table missing" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing,                        0x8F,
                "horizontal header (hhea) table missing" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing,                           0x90,
                "locations (loca) table missing" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing,                          0x91,
                "name table missing" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing,                          0x92,
                "character map (cmap) table missing" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing,                          0x93,
                "horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing,                          0x94,
                "PostScript (post) table missing" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics,                       0x95,
                "invalid horizontal metrics" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format,                      0x96,
                "invalid character map (cmap) format" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem,                                0x97,
                "invalid ppem value" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics,                        0x98,
                "invalid vertical metrics" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context,                      0x99,
                "could not find context" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format,                   0x9A,
                "invalid PostScript (post) table format" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table,                          0x9B,
                "invalid PostScript (post) table" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( DEF_In_Glyf_Bytecode,                        0x9C,
                "found FDEF or IDEF opcode in glyf bytecode" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bitmap,                              0x9D,
                "missing bitmap in strike" )

  /* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */

  FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error,                                0xA0,
                "opcode syntax error" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow,                             0xA1,
                "argument stack underflow" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore,                                      0xA2,
                "ignore" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( No_Unicode_Glyph_Name,                       0xA3,
                "no Unicode glyph name found" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Glyph_Too_Big,                               0xA4,
                "glyph too big for hinting" )

  /* BDF errors */

  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field,                     0xB0,
                "`STARTFONT' field missing" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field,                          0xB1,
                "`FONT' field missing" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field,                          0xB2,
                "`SIZE' field missing" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Fontboundingbox_Field,               0xB3,
                "`FONTBOUNDINGBOX' field missing" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field,                         0xB4,
                "`CHARS' field missing" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field,                     0xB5,
                "`STARTCHAR' field missing" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field,                      0xB6,
                "`ENCODING' field missing" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field,                           0xB7,
                "`BBX' field missing" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big,                                 0xB8,
                "`BBX' too big" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header,                       0xB9,
                "Font header corrupted or missing fields" )
  FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs,                       0xBA,
                "Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields" )

  /* */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftgasp.h                                                               */
/*                                                                         */
/*    Access of TrueType's `gasp' table (specification).                   */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 2007-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTGASP_H_
#define FTGASP_H_

#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /***************************************************************************
   *
   * @section:
   *   gasp_table
   *
   * @title:
   *   Gasp Table
   *
   * @abstract:
   *   Retrieving TrueType `gasp' table entries.
   *
   * @description:
   *   The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType
   *   font for specific entries in its `gasp' table, if any.  This is
   *   mainly useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the
   *   bytecode interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results.
   */

  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @enum:
   *   FT_GASP_XXX
   *
   * @description:
   *   A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp
   *   function.
   *
   * @values:
   *   FT_GASP_NO_TABLE ::
   *     This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face.
   *     It is up to the client to decide what to do.
   *
   *   FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT ::
   *     Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem.
   *     This *really* means TrueType bytecode interpretation.  If this bit
   *     is not set, no hinting gets applied.
   *
   *   FT_GASP_DO_GRAY ::
   *     Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem.
   *     If not set, do monochrome rendering.
   *
   *   FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING ::
   *     If set, smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType.
   *
   *   FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT ::
   *     Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing.
   *
   * @note:
   *   The bit-flags `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are to be
   *   used for standard font rasterization only.  Independently of that,
   *   `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING' and `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT' are to
   *   be used if ClearType is enabled (and `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and
   *   `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are consequently ignored).
   *
   *   `ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly
   *   protected by patents.
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.3.0
   */
#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE               -1
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT           0x01
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY              0x02
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT    0x04
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING  0x08


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @func:
   *   FT_Get_Gasp
   *
   * @description:
   *   For a TrueType or OpenType font file, return the rasterizer behaviour
   *   flags from the font's `gasp' table corresponding to a given
   *   character pixel size.
   *
   * @input:
   *   face :: The source face handle.
   *
   *   ppem :: The vertical character pixel size.
   *
   * @return:
   *   Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no
   *   `gasp' table in the face.
   *
   * @note:
   *   If you want to use the MM functionality of OpenType variation fonts
   *   (i.e., using @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates and friends), call this
   *   function *after* setting an instance since the return values can
   *   change.
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.3.0
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
  FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face  face,
               FT_UInt  ppem );

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTGASP_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftparams.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType API for possible FT_Parameter tags (specification only).    */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 2017-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTPARAMS_H_
#define FTPARAMS_H_

#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @section:
   *   parameter_tags
   *
   * @title:
   *   Parameter Tags
   *
   * @abstract:
   *   Macros for driver property and font loading parameter tags.
   *
   * @description:
   *   This section contains macros for the @FT_Parameter structure that are
   *   used with various functions to activate some special functionality or
   *   different behaviour of various components of FreeType.
   *
   */


  /***************************************************************************
   *
   * @constant:
   *   FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY
   *
   * @description:
   *   A tag for @FT_Parameter to make @FT_Open_Face ignore typographic
   *   family names in the `name' table (introduced in OpenType version
   *   1.4).  Use this for backward compatibility with legacy systems that
   *   have a four-faces-per-family restriction.
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.8
   *
   */
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY \
          FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 'f' )


  /* this constant is deprecated */
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY \
          FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY


  /***************************************************************************
   *
   * @constant:
   *   FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY
   *
   * @description:
   *   A tag for @FT_Parameter to make @FT_Open_Face ignore typographic
   *   subfamily names in the `name' table (introduced in OpenType version
   *   1.4).  Use this for backward compatibility with legacy systems that
   *   have a four-faces-per-family restriction.
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.8
   *
   */
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY \
          FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 's' )


  /* this constant is deprecated */
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY \
          FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY


  /***************************************************************************
   *
   * @constant:
   *   FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL
   *
   * @description:
   *   An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate
   *   incremental glyph loading.
   *
   */
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL \
          FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' )


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @constant:
   *   FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS
   *
   * @description:
   *   An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Face_Properties.  The
   *   corresponding argument specifies the five LCD filter weights for a
   *   given face (if using @FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD, for example), overriding
   *   the global default values or the values set up with
   *   @FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights.
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.8
   *
   */
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS \
          FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'd', 'f' )


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @constant:
   *   FT_PARAM_TAG_RANDOM_SEED
   *
   * @description:
   *   An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Face_Properties.  The
   *   corresponding 32bit signed integer argument overrides the font
   *   driver's random seed value with a face-specific one; see
   *   @random-seed.
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.8
   *
   */
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_RANDOM_SEED \
          FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'e', 'e', 'd' )


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @constant:
   *   FT_PARAM_TAG_STEM_DARKENING
   *
   * @description:
   *   An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Face_Properties.  The
   *   corresponding Boolean argument specifies whether to apply stem
   *   darkening, overriding the global default values or the values set up
   *   with @FT_Property_Set (see @no-stem-darkening).
   *
   *   This is a passive setting that only takes effect if the font driver
   *   or autohinter honors it, which the CFF, Type~1, and CID drivers
   *   always do, but the autohinter only in `light' hinting mode (as of
   *   version 2.9).
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.8
   *
   */
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_STEM_DARKENING \
          FT_MAKE_TAG( 'd', 'a', 'r', 'k' )


 /***************************************************************************
  *
  * @constant:
  *   FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING
  *
  * @description:
  *   Deprecated, no effect.
  *
  *   Previously: A constant used as the tag of an @FT_Parameter structure to
  *   indicate that unpatented methods only should be used by the TrueType
  *   bytecode interpreter for a typeface opened by @FT_Open_Face.
  *
  */
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING \
          FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' )


  /* */


FT_END_HEADER


#endif /* FTPARAMS_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftgxval.h                                                              */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification).   */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 2004-2018 by                                                 */
/*  Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K,                                           */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/

/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTGXVAL_H_
#define FTGXVAL_H_

#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    gx_validation                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This section contains the declaration of functions to validate     */
  /*    some TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd,  */
  /*    trak, prop, lcar).                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Order>                                                               */
  /*    FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate                                             */
  /*    FT_TrueTypeGX_Free                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_ClassicKern_Validate                                            */
  /*    FT_ClassicKern_Free                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH                                              */
  /*    FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX                                                  */
  /*    FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/

  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Warning: Use FT_VALIDATE_XXX to validate a table.                     */
  /*          Following definitions are for gxvalid developers.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/

#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX     0
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX     1
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX     2
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX     3
#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX     4
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX     5
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX     6
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX     7
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX     8
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX     9
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX  FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
   *
   * @description:
   *   The number of tables checked in this module.  Use it as a parameter
   *   for the `table-length' argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
   */
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH  ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1 )

  /* */

  /* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid.
     Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START  0x4000
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag ) \
          ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX )


 /**********************************************************************
  *
  * @enum:
  *    FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
  *
  * @description:
  *    A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to
  *    indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated.
  *
  * @values:
  *    FT_VALIDATE_feat ::
  *      Validate `feat' table.
  *
  *    FT_VALIDATE_mort ::
  *      Validate `mort' table.
  *
  *    FT_VALIDATE_morx ::
  *      Validate `morx' table.
  *
  *    FT_VALIDATE_bsln ::
  *      Validate `bsln' table.
  *
  *    FT_VALIDATE_just ::
  *      Validate `just' table.
  *
  *    FT_VALIDATE_kern ::
  *      Validate `kern' table.
  *
  *    FT_VALIDATE_opbd ::
  *      Validate `opbd' table.
  *
  *    FT_VALIDATE_trak ::
  *      Validate `trak' table.
  *
  *    FT_VALIDATE_prop ::
  *      Validate `prop' table.
  *
  *    FT_VALIDATE_lcar ::
  *      Validate `lcar' table.
  *
  *    FT_VALIDATE_GX ::
  *      Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern,
  *      opbd, trak, prop and lcar).
  *
  */

#define FT_VALIDATE_feat  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat )
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort )
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx )
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln )
#define FT_VALIDATE_just  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just )
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern )
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd )
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak )
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop )
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar )

#define FT_VALIDATE_GX  ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \
                          FT_VALIDATE_mort | \
                          FT_VALIDATE_morx | \
                          FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \
                          FT_VALIDATE_just | \
                          FT_VALIDATE_kern | \
                          FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \
                          FT_VALIDATE_trak | \
                          FT_VALIDATE_prop | \
                          FT_VALIDATE_lcar )


 /**********************************************************************
  *
  * @function:
  *    FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
  *
  * @description:
  *    Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and
  *    indices are valid.  The idea is that a higher-level library that
  *    actually does the text layout can access those tables without
  *    error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
  *
  * @input:
  *    face ::
  *       A handle to the input face.
  *
  *    validation_flags ::
  *       A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated.  See
  *       @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values.
  *
  *    table_length ::
  *       The size of the `tables' array.  Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
  *       should be passed.
  *
  * @output:
  *    tables ::
  *       The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored.
  *       The array itself must be allocated by a client.
  *
  * @return:
  *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
  *
  * @note:
  *   This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error
  *   otherwise.
  *
  *   After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
  *   each `tables' element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free.  A NULL value
  *   indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the
  *   application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have
  *   the ability to validate the sfnt table.
  */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face   face,
                          FT_UInt   validation_flags,
                          FT_Bytes  tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
                          FT_UInt   table_length );


 /**********************************************************************
  *
  * @function:
  *    FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
  *
  * @description:
  *    Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator.
  *
  * @input:
  *    face ::
  *       A handle to the input face.
  *
  *    table ::
  *       The pointer to the buffer allocated by
  *       @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
  *
  * @note:
  *   This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
  *   @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only.
  */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face   face,
                      FT_Bytes  table );


 /**********************************************************************
  *
  * @enum:
  *    FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
  *
  * @description:
  *    A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate
  *    to indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects.  If the selected
  *    type doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as
  *    invalid.
  *
  * @values:
  *    FT_VALIDATE_MS ::
  *      Handle the `kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table.
  *
  *    FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ::
  *      Handle the `kern' table as a classic Apple kern table.
  *
  *    FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ::
  *      Handle the `kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table.
  */
#define FT_VALIDATE_MS     ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE  ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 )

#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN  ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE )


 /**********************************************************************
  *
  * @function:
  *    FT_ClassicKern_Validate
  *
  * @description:
  *    Validate classic (16-bit format) kern table to assure that the offsets
  *    and indices are valid.  The idea is that a higher-level library that
  *    actually does the text layout can access those tables without error
  *    checking (which can be quite time consuming).
  *
  *    The `kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both
  *    the new 32-bit format and the classic 16-bit format, while
  *    FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16-bit format.
  *
  * @input:
  *    face ::
  *       A handle to the input face.
  *
  *    validation_flags ::
  *       A bit field that specifies the dialect to be validated.  See
  *       @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values.
  *
  * @output:
  *    ckern_table ::
  *       A pointer to the kern table.
  *
  * @return:
  *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
  *
  * @note:
  *   After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
  *   `ckern_table', by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free.  A NULL value
  *   indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font.
  */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face    face,
                           FT_UInt    validation_flags,
                           FT_Bytes  *ckern_table );


 /**********************************************************************
  *
  * @function:
  *    FT_ClassicKern_Free
  *
  * @description:
  *    Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator.
  *
  * @input:
  *    face ::
  *       A handle to the input face.
  *
  *    table ::
  *       The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
  *       @FT_ClassicKern_Validate.
  *
  * @note:
  *   This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
  *   @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only.
  */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face   face,
                       FT_Bytes  table );

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTGXVAL_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftpfr.h                                                                */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (specification only).   */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 2002-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTPFR_H_
#define FTPFR_H_

#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    pfr_fonts                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    PFR Fonts                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    PFR/TrueDoc specific API.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


 /**********************************************************************
  *
  * @function:
  *    FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
  *
  * @description:
  *    Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face.
  *
  * @input:
  *    face :: Handle to the input face.  It can be a non-PFR face.
  *
  * @output:
  *    aoutline_resolution ::
  *      Outline resolution.  This is equivalent to `face->units_per_EM'
  *      for non-PFR fonts.  Optional (parameter can be NULL).
  *
  *    ametrics_resolution ::
  *      Metrics resolution.  This is equivalent to `outline_resolution'
  *      for non-PFR fonts.  Optional (parameter can be NULL).
  *
  *    ametrics_x_scale ::
  *      A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed
  *      in metrics units to device subpixels.  This is equivalent to
  *      `face->size->x_scale', but for metrics only.  Optional (parameter
  *      can be NULL).
  *
  *    ametrics_y_scale ::
  *      Same as `ametrics_x_scale' but for the vertical direction.
  *      optional (parameter can be NULL).
  *
  * @return:
  *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.
  *
  * @note:
  *   If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error.
  *   However, in all cases, it will return valid values.
  */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face    face,
                      FT_UInt   *aoutline_resolution,
                      FT_UInt   *ametrics_resolution,
                      FT_Fixed  *ametrics_x_scale,
                      FT_Fixed  *ametrics_y_scale );


 /**********************************************************************
  *
  * @function:
  *    FT_Get_PFR_Kerning
  *
  * @description:
  *    Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face.
  *    The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of
  *    @FT_Get_Kerning.
  *
  * @input:
  *    face  :: A handle to the input face.
  *
  *    left  :: Index of the left glyph.
  *
  *    right :: Index of the right glyph.
  *
  * @output:
  *    avector :: A kerning vector.
  *
  * @return:
  *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.
  *
  * @note:
  *    This function always return distances in original PFR metrics
  *    units.  This is unlike @FT_Get_Kerning with the @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
  *    mode, which always returns distances converted to outline units.
  *
  *    You can use the value of the `x_scale' and `y_scale' parameters
  *    returned by @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device subpixels.
  */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face     face,
                      FT_UInt     left,
                      FT_UInt     right,
                      FT_Vector  *avector );


 /**********************************************************************
  *
  * @function:
  *    FT_Get_PFR_Advance
  *
  * @description:
  *    Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units,
  *    from a PFR font.
  *
  * @input:
  *    face   :: A handle to the input face.
  *
  *    gindex :: The glyph index.
  *
  * @output:
  *    aadvance :: The glyph advance in metrics units.
  *
  * @return:
  *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.
  *
  * @note:
  *    You can use the `x_scale' or `y_scale' results of @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
  *    to convert the advance to device subpixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels).
  */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face   face,
                      FT_UInt   gindex,
                      FT_Pos   *aadvance );

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTPFR_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftmac.h                                                                */
/*                                                                         */
/*    Additional Mac-specific API.                                         */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 1996-2018 by                                                 */
/*  Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.     */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/* NOTE: Include this file after FT_FREETYPE_H and after any               */
/*       Mac-specific headers (because this header uses Mac types such as  */
/*       Handle, FSSpec, FSRef, etc.)                                      */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTMAC_H_
#define FTMAC_H_


#include <ft2build.h>


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /* gcc-3.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */
#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#if defined( __GNUC__ )                                     && \
    ( ( __GNUC__ >= 4 )                                  ||    \
      ( ( __GNUC__ == 3 ) && ( __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1 ) ) )
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE  __attribute__(( deprecated ))
#else
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#endif
#endif


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    mac_specific                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    Mac Specific Interface                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    Only available on the Macintosh.                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    The following definitions are only available if FreeType is        */
  /*    compiled on a Macintosh.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FOND                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Create a new face object from a FOND resource.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    library    :: A handle to the library resource.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    fond       :: A FOND resource.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    face_index :: Only supported for the -1 `sanity check' special     */
  /*                  case.                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    aface      :: A handle to a new face object.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Notes>                                                               */
  /*    This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts    */
  /*    that are installed in the system as follows.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    {                                                                  */
  /*      fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName );                          */
  /*      error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face );        */
  /*    }                                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library  library,
                         Handle      fond,
                         FT_Long     face_index,
                         FT_Face    *aface )
                       FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font.      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    fontName   :: Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman       */
  /*                  Bold).                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    pathSpec   :: FSSpec to the file.  For passing to                  */
  /*                  @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    face_index :: Index of the face.  For passing to                   */
  /*                  @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char*  fontName,
                            FSSpec*      pathSpec,
                            FT_Long*     face_index )
                          FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font.      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    fontName   :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    pathSpec   :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to                   */
  /*                  @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to                    */
  /*                  @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
                                FSSpec*      pathSpec,
                                FT_Long*     face_index )
                              FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font   */
  /*    name that is handled by ATS framework.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    fontName    :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    path        :: Buffer to store pathname of the file.  For passing  */
  /*                   to @FT_New_Face.  The client must allocate this     */
  /*                   buffer before calling this function.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    maxPathSize :: Lengths of the buffer `path' that client allocated. */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    face_index  :: Index of the face.  For passing to @FT_New_Face.    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
                                    UInt8*       path,
                                    UInt32       maxPathSize,
                                    FT_Long*     face_index )
                                  FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index  */
  /*    using an FSSpec to the font file.                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    library    :: A handle to the library resource.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    spec       :: FSSpec to the font file.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    face_index :: The index of the face within the resource.  The      */
  /*                  first face has index~0.                              */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    aface      :: A handle to a new face object.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except       */
  /*    it accepts an FSSpec instead of a path.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library     library,
                           const FSSpec  *spec,
                           FT_Long        face_index,
                           FT_Face       *aface )
                         FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FSRef                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index  */
  /*    using an FSRef to the font file.                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    library    :: A handle to the library resource.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    spec       :: FSRef to the font file.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    face_index :: The index of the face within the resource.  The      */
  /*                  first face has index~0.                              */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    aface      :: A handle to a new face object.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except        */
  /*    it accepts an FSRef instead of a path.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library    library,
                          const FSRef  *ref,
                          FT_Long       face_index,
                          FT_Face      *aface )
                        FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER


#endif /* FTMAC_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftsnames.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    Simple interface to access SFNT `name' tables (which are used        */
/*    to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (specification).  */
/*                                                                         */
/*    This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names!                          */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 1996-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTSNAMES_H_
#define FTSNAMES_H_


#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#include FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    sfnt_names                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    SFNT Names                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    Access the names embedded in TrueType and OpenType files.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    The TrueType and OpenType specifications allow the inclusion of    */
  /*    a special names table (`name') in font files.  This table contains */
  /*    textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font,    */
  /*    like family name, copyright, version, etc.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The definitions below are used to access them if available.        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names!                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_SfntName                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure used to model an SFNT `name' table entry.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    platform_id :: The platform ID for `string'.                       */
  /*                   See @TT_PLATFORM_XXX for possible values.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    encoding_id :: The encoding ID for `string'.                       */
  /*                   See @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, @TT_MAC_ID_XXX,               */
  /*                   @TT_ISO_ID_XXX, @TT_MS_ID_XXX, and @TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX */
  /*                   for possible values.                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    language_id :: The language ID for `string'.                       */
  /*                   See @TT_MAC_LANGID_XXX and @TT_MS_LANGID_XXX for    */
  /*                   possible values.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                   Registered OpenType values for `language_id' are    */
  /*                   always smaller than 0x8000; values equal or larger  */
  /*                   than 0x8000 usually indicate a language tag string  */
  /*                   (introduced in OpenType version 1.6).  Use function */
  /*                   @FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag with `language_id' as its      */
  /*                   argument to retrieve the associated language tag.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    name_id     :: An identifier for `string'.                         */
  /*                   See @TT_NAME_ID_XXX for possible values.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    string      :: The `name' string.  Note that its format differs    */
  /*                   depending on the (platform,encoding) pair, being    */
  /*                   either a string of bytes (without a terminating     */
  /*                   NULL byte) or containing UTF-16BE entities.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    string_len  :: The length of `string' in bytes.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    Please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification for more    */
  /*    details.                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_SfntName_
  {
    FT_UShort  platform_id;
    FT_UShort  encoding_id;
    FT_UShort  language_id;
    FT_UShort  name_id;

    FT_Byte*   string;      /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
    FT_UInt    string_len;  /* in bytes                              */

  } FT_SfntName;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Retrieve the number of name strings in the SFNT `name' table.      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face :: A handle to the source face.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    The number of strings in the `name' table.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
  FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face  face );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_Sfnt_Name                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Retrieve a string of the SFNT `name' table for a given index.      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face  :: A handle to the source face.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    idx   :: The index of the `name' string.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    aname :: The indexed @FT_SfntName structure.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The `string' array returned in the `aname' structure is not        */
  /*    null-terminated.  Note that you don't have to deallocate `string'  */
  /*    by yourself; FreeType takes care of it if you call @FT_Done_Face.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Use @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available   */
  /*    `name' table entries, then do a loop until you get the right       */
  /*    platform, encoding, and name ID.                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    `name' table format~1 entries can use language tags also, see      */
  /*    @FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag.                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face       face,
                    FT_UInt       idx,
                    FT_SfntName  *aname );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_SfntLangTag                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure to model a language tag entry from an SFNT `name'      */
  /*    table.                                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    string      :: The language tag string, encoded in UTF-16BE        */
  /*                   (without trailing NULL bytes).                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    string_len  :: The length of `string' in *bytes*.                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    Please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification for more    */
  /*    details.                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Since>                                                               */
  /*    2.8                                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_SfntLangTag_
  {
    FT_Byte*  string;      /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
    FT_UInt   string_len;  /* in bytes                              */

  } FT_SfntLangTag;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Retrieve the language tag associated with a language ID of an SFNT */
  /*    `name' table entry.                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face     :: A handle to the source face.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    langID   :: The language ID, as returned by @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name.     */
  /*                This is always a value larger than 0x8000.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    alangTag :: The language tag associated with the `name' table      */
  /*                entry's language ID.                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The `string' array returned in the `alangTag' structure is not     */
  /*    null-terminated.  Note that you don't have to deallocate `string'  */
  /*    by yourself; FreeType takes care of it if you call @FT_Done_Face.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Only `name' table format~1 supports language tags.  For format~0   */
  /*    tables, this function always returns FT_Err_Invalid_Table.  For    */
  /*    invalid format~1 language ID values, FT_Err_Invalid_Argument is    */
  /*    returned.                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Since>                                                               */
  /*    2.8                                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag( FT_Face          face,
                       FT_UInt          langID,
                       FT_SfntLangTag  *alangTag );


  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTSNAMES_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftsizes.h                                                              */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType size objects management (specification).                    */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 1996-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Typical application would normally not need to use these functions.   */
  /* However, they have been placed in a public API for the rare cases     */
  /* where they are needed.                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTSIZES_H_
#define FTSIZES_H_


#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    sizes_management                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    Size Management                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    Managing multiple sizes per face.                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    When creating a new face object (e.g., with @FT_New_Face), an      */
  /*    @FT_Size object is automatically created and used to store all     */
  /*    pixel-size dependent information, available in the `face->size'    */
  /*    field.                                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face,      */
  /*    mostly in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the     */
  /*    same font family and style.  See @FT_New_Size and @FT_Done_Size.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Note that @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and @FT_Set_Char_Size only           */
  /*    modify the contents of the current `active' size; you thus need    */
  /*    to use @FT_Activate_Size to change it.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    99% of applications won't need the functions provided here,        */
  /*    especially if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious      */
  /*    when using these.                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_New_Size                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Create a new size object from a given face object.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face :: A handle to a parent face object.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    asize :: A handle to a new size object.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    You need to call @FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size */
  /*    for upcoming calls to @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Set_Char_Size,      */
  /*    @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, etc.                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_New_Size( FT_Face   face,
               FT_Size*  size );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Done_Size                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Discard a given size object.  Note that @FT_Done_Face              */
  /*    automatically discards all size objects allocated with             */
  /*    @FT_New_Size.                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    size :: A handle to a target size object.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Done_Size( FT_Size  size );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Activate_Size                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a    */
  /*    given face (see @FT_New_Size for details), functions like          */
  /*    @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char only use the one that has been     */
  /*    activated last to determine the `current character pixel size'.    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    This function can be used to `activate' a previously created size  */
  /*    object.                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    size :: A handle to a target size object.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    If `face' is the size's parent face object, this function changes  */
  /*    the value of `face->size' to the input size handle.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size  size );

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTSIZES_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftimage.h                                                              */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType glyph image formats and default raster interface            */
/*    (specification).                                                     */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 1996-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/

  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Note: A `raster' is simply a scan-line converter, used to render      */
  /*       FT_Outlines into FT_Bitmaps.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTIMAGE_H_
#define FTIMAGE_H_


  /* STANDALONE_ is from ftgrays.c */
#ifndef STANDALONE_
#include <ft2build.h>
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    basic_types                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Pos                                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    The type FT_Pos is used to store vectorial coordinates.  Depending */
  /*    on the context, these can represent distances in integer font      */
  /*    units, or 16.16, or 26.6 fixed-point pixel coordinates.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef signed long  FT_Pos;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_Vector                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A simple structure used to store a 2D vector; coordinates are of   */
  /*    the FT_Pos type.                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    x :: The horizontal coordinate.                                    */
  /*    y :: The vertical coordinate.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_Vector_
  {
    FT_Pos  x;
    FT_Pos  y;

  } FT_Vector;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_BBox                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure used to hold an outline's bounding box, i.e., the      */
  /*    coordinates of its extrema in the horizontal and vertical          */
  /*    directions.                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    xMin :: The horizontal minimum (left-most).                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    yMin :: The vertical minimum (bottom-most).                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    xMax :: The horizontal maximum (right-most).                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    yMax :: The vertical maximum (top-most).                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The bounding box is specified with the coordinates of the lower    */
  /*    left and the upper right corner.  In PostScript, those values are  */
  /*    often called (llx,lly) and (urx,ury), respectively.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If `yMin' is negative, this value gives the glyph's descender.     */
  /*    Otherwise, the glyph doesn't descend below the baseline.           */
  /*    Similarly, if `ymax' is positive, this value gives the glyph's     */
  /*    ascender.                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    `xMin' gives the horizontal distance from the glyph's origin to    */
  /*    the left edge of the glyph's bounding box.  If `xMin' is negative, */
  /*    the glyph extends to the left of the origin.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_BBox_
  {
    FT_Pos  xMin, yMin;
    FT_Pos  xMax, yMax;

  } FT_BBox;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Enum>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Pixel_Mode                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    An enumeration type used to describe the format of pixels in a     */
  /*    given bitmap.  Note that additional formats may be added in the    */
  /*    future.                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Values>                                                              */
  /*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE ::                                              */
  /*      Value~0 is reserved.                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO ::                                              */
  /*      A monochrome bitmap, using 1~bit per pixel.  Note that pixels    */
  /*      are stored in most-significant order (MSB), which means that     */
  /*      the left-most pixel in a byte has value 128.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY ::                                              */
  /*      An 8-bit bitmap, generally used to represent anti-aliased glyph  */
  /*      images.  Each pixel is stored in one byte.  Note that the number */
  /*      of `gray' levels is stored in the `num_grays' field of the       */
  /*      @FT_Bitmap structure (it generally is 256).                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 ::                                             */
  /*      A 2-bit per pixel bitmap, used to represent embedded             */
  /*      anti-aliased bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType     */
  /*      specification.  We haven't found a single font using this        */
  /*      format, however.                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4 ::                                             */
  /*      A 4-bit per pixel bitmap, representing embedded anti-aliased     */
  /*      bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType specification.   */
  /*      We haven't found a single font using this format, however.       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD ::                                               */
  /*      An 8-bit bitmap, representing RGB or BGR decimated glyph images  */
  /*      used for display on LCD displays; the bitmap is three times      */
  /*      wider than the original glyph image.  See also                   */
  /*      @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD.                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V ::                                             */
  /*      An 8-bit bitmap, representing RGB or BGR decimated glyph images  */
  /*      used for display on rotated LCD displays; the bitmap is three    */
  /*      times taller than the original glyph image.  See also            */
  /*      @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA ::                                              */
  /*      [Since 2.5] An image with four 8-bit channels per pixel,         */
  /*      representing a color image (such as emoticons) with alpha        */
  /*      channel.  For each pixel, the format is BGRA, which means, the   */
  /*      blue channel comes first in memory.  The color channels are      */
  /*      pre-multiplied and in the sRGB colorspace.  For example, full    */
  /*      red at half-translucent opacity will be represented as           */
  /*      `00,00,80,80', not `00,00,FF,80'.  See also @FT_LOAD_COLOR.      */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef enum  FT_Pixel_Mode_
  {
    FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE = 0,
    FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO,
    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY,
    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2,
    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4,
    FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD,
    FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V,
    FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA,

    FT_PIXEL_MODE_MAX      /* do not remove */

  } FT_Pixel_Mode;


  /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_Pixel_Mode' */
  /* values instead.                                                       */
#define ft_pixel_mode_none   FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE
#define ft_pixel_mode_mono   FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO
#define ft_pixel_mode_grays  FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY
#define ft_pixel_mode_pal2   FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2
#define ft_pixel_mode_pal4   FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_Bitmap                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure used to describe a bitmap or pixmap to the raster.     */
  /*    Note that we now manage pixmaps of various depths through the      */
  /*    `pixel_mode' field.                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    rows         :: The number of bitmap rows.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    width        :: The number of pixels in bitmap row.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    pitch        :: The pitch's absolute value is the number of bytes  */
  /*                    taken by one bitmap row, including padding.        */
  /*                    However, the pitch is positive when the bitmap has */
  /*                    a `down' flow, and negative when it has an `up'    */
  /*                    flow.  In all cases, the pitch is an offset to add */
  /*                    to a bitmap pointer in order to go down one row.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                    Note that `padding' means the alignment of a       */
  /*                    bitmap to a byte border, and FreeType functions    */
  /*                    normally align to the smallest possible integer    */
  /*                    value.                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                    For the B/W rasterizer, `pitch' is always an even  */
  /*                    number.                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                    To change the pitch of a bitmap (say, to make it a */
  /*                    multiple of 4), use @FT_Bitmap_Convert.            */
  /*                    Alternatively, you might use callback functions to */
  /*                    directly render to the application's surface; see  */
  /*                    the file `example2.cpp' in the tutorial for a      */
  /*                    demonstration.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    buffer       :: A typeless pointer to the bitmap buffer.  This     */
  /*                    value should be aligned on 32-bit boundaries in    */
  /*                    most cases.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    num_grays    :: This field is only used with                       */
  /*                    @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY; it gives the number of gray   */
  /*                    levels used in the bitmap.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    pixel_mode   :: The pixel mode, i.e., how pixel bits are stored.   */
  /*                    See @FT_Pixel_Mode for possible values.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    palette_mode :: This field is intended for paletted pixel modes;   */
  /*                    it indicates how the palette is stored.  Not       */
  /*                    used currently.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    palette      :: A typeless pointer to the bitmap palette; this     */
  /*                    field is intended for paletted pixel modes.  Not   */
  /*                    used currently.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_Bitmap_
  {
    unsigned int    rows;
    unsigned int    width;
    int             pitch;
    unsigned char*  buffer;
    unsigned short  num_grays;
    unsigned char   pixel_mode;
    unsigned char   palette_mode;
    void*           palette;

  } FT_Bitmap;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    outline_processing                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_Outline                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This structure is used to describe an outline to the scan-line     */
  /*    converter.                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    n_contours :: The number of contours in the outline.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    n_points   :: The number of points in the outline.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    points     :: A pointer to an array of `n_points' @FT_Vector       */
  /*                  elements, giving the outline's point coordinates.    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    tags       :: A pointer to an array of `n_points' chars, giving    */
  /*                  each outline point's type.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                  If bit~0 is unset, the point is `off' the curve,     */
  /*                  i.e., a Bezier control point, while it is `on' if    */
  /*                  set.                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                  Bit~1 is meaningful for `off' points only.  If set,  */
  /*                  it indicates a third-order Bezier arc control point; */
  /*                  and a second-order control point if unset.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                  If bit~2 is set, bits 5-7 contain the drop-out mode  */
  /*                  (as defined in the OpenType specification; the value */
  /*                  is the same as the argument to the SCANMODE          */
  /*                  instruction).                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                  Bits 3 and~4 are reserved for internal purposes.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    contours   :: An array of `n_contours' shorts, giving the end      */
  /*                  point of each contour within the outline.  For       */
  /*                  example, the first contour is defined by the points  */
  /*                  `0' to `contours[0]', the second one is defined by   */
  /*                  the points `contours[0]+1' to `contours[1]', etc.    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    flags      :: A set of bit flags used to characterize the outline  */
  /*                  and give hints to the scan-converter and hinter on   */
  /*                  how to convert/grid-fit it.  See @FT_OUTLINE_XXX.    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The B/W rasterizer only checks bit~2 in the `tags' array for the   */
  /*    first point of each contour.  The drop-out mode as given with      */
  /*    @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS, @FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS, and       */
  /*    @FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS in `flags' is then overridden.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_Outline_
  {
    short       n_contours;      /* number of contours in glyph        */
    short       n_points;        /* number of points in the glyph      */

    FT_Vector*  points;          /* the outline's points               */
    char*       tags;            /* the points flags                   */
    short*      contours;        /* the contour end points             */

    int         flags;           /* outline masks                      */

  } FT_Outline;

  /* */

  /* Following limits must be consistent with */
  /* FT_Outline.{n_contours,n_points}         */
#define FT_OUTLINE_CONTOURS_MAX  SHRT_MAX
#define FT_OUTLINE_POINTS_MAX    SHRT_MAX


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Enum>                                                                */
  /*    FT_OUTLINE_XXX                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A list of bit-field constants use for the flags in an outline's    */
  /*    `flags' field.                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Values>                                                              */
  /*    FT_OUTLINE_NONE ::                                                 */
  /*      Value~0 is reserved.                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_OUTLINE_OWNER ::                                                */
  /*      If set, this flag indicates that the outline's field arrays      */
  /*      (i.e., `points', `flags', and `contours') are `owned' by the     */
  /*      outline object, and should thus be freed when it is destroyed.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL ::                                        */
  /*      By default, outlines are filled using the non-zero winding rule. */
  /*      If set to 1, the outline will be filled using the even-odd fill  */
  /*      rule (only works with the smooth rasterizer).                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL ::                                         */
  /*      By default, outside contours of an outline are oriented in       */
  /*      clock-wise direction, as defined in the TrueType specification.  */
  /*      This flag is set if the outline uses the opposite direction      */
  /*      (typically for Type~1 fonts).  This flag is ignored by the scan  */
  /*      converter.                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS ::                                      */
  /*      By default, the scan converter will try to detect drop-outs in   */
  /*      an outline and correct the glyph bitmap to ensure consistent     */
  /*      shape continuity.  If set, this flag hints the scan-line         */
  /*      converter to ignore such cases.  See below for more information. */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS ::                                       */
  /*      Select smart dropout control.  If unset, use simple dropout      */
  /*      control.  Ignored if @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS is set.  See    */
  /*      below for more information.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS ::                                        */
  /*      If set, turn pixels on for `stubs', otherwise exclude them.      */
  /*      Ignored if @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS is set.  See below for    */
  /*      more information.                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION ::                                       */
  /*      This flag indicates that the scan-line converter should try to   */
  /*      convert this outline to bitmaps with the highest possible        */
  /*      quality.  It is typically set for small character sizes.  Note   */
  /*      that this is only a hint that might be completely ignored by a   */
  /*      given scan-converter.                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS ::                                          */
  /*      This flag is set to force a given scan-converter to only use a   */
  /*      single pass over the outline to render a bitmap glyph image.     */
  /*      Normally, it is set for very large character sizes.  It is only  */
  /*      a hint that might be completely ignored by a given               */
  /*      scan-converter.                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The flags @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS, @FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS, */
  /*    and @FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS are ignored by the smooth            */
  /*    rasterizer.                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    There exists a second mechanism to pass the drop-out mode to the   */
  /*    B/W rasterizer; see the `tags' field in @FT_Outline.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Please refer to the description of the `SCANTYPE' instruction in   */
  /*    the OpenType specification (in file `ttinst1.doc') how simple      */
  /*    drop-outs, smart drop-outs, and stubs are defined.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
#define FT_OUTLINE_NONE             0x0
#define FT_OUTLINE_OWNER            0x1
#define FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL    0x2
#define FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL     0x4
#define FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS  0x8
#define FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS   0x10
#define FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS    0x20

#define FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION   0x100
#define FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS      0x200


  /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
  /* `FT_OUTLINE_XXX' values instead                       */
#define ft_outline_none             FT_OUTLINE_NONE
#define ft_outline_owner            FT_OUTLINE_OWNER
#define ft_outline_even_odd_fill    FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL
#define ft_outline_reverse_fill     FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL
#define ft_outline_ignore_dropouts  FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS
#define ft_outline_high_precision   FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION
#define ft_outline_single_pass      FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS

  /* */

#define FT_CURVE_TAG( flag )  ( flag & 3 )

#define FT_CURVE_TAG_ON            1
#define FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC         0
#define FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC         2

#define FT_CURVE_TAG_HAS_SCANMODE  4

#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X       8  /* reserved for the TrueType hinter */
#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y      16  /* reserved for the TrueType hinter */

#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_BOTH    ( FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X | \
                                     FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y )

#define FT_Curve_Tag_On       FT_CURVE_TAG_ON
#define FT_Curve_Tag_Conic    FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC
#define FT_Curve_Tag_Cubic    FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC
#define FT_Curve_Tag_Touch_X  FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X
#define FT_Curve_Tag_Touch_Y  FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Outline_MoveToFunc                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `move  */
  /*    to' function during outline walking/decomposition.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    A `move to' is emitted to start a new contour in an outline.       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    to   :: A pointer to the target point of the `move to'.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    user :: A typeless pointer, which is passed from the caller of the */
  /*            decomposition function.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    Error code.  0~means success.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef int
  (*FT_Outline_MoveToFunc)( const FT_Vector*  to,
                            void*             user );

#define FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func  FT_Outline_MoveToFunc


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Outline_LineToFunc                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `line  */
  /*    to' function during outline walking/decomposition.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    A `line to' is emitted to indicate a segment in the outline.       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    to   :: A pointer to the target point of the `line to'.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    user :: A typeless pointer, which is passed from the caller of the */
  /*            decomposition function.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    Error code.  0~means success.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef int
  (*FT_Outline_LineToFunc)( const FT_Vector*  to,
                            void*             user );

#define FT_Outline_LineTo_Func  FT_Outline_LineToFunc


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Outline_ConicToFunc                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `conic */
  /*    to' function during outline walking or decomposition.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    A `conic to' is emitted to indicate a second-order Bezier arc in   */
  /*    the outline.                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    control :: An intermediate control point between the last position */
  /*               and the new target in `to'.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    to      :: A pointer to the target end point of the conic arc.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    user    :: A typeless pointer, which is passed from the caller of  */
  /*               the decomposition function.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    Error code.  0~means success.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef int
  (*FT_Outline_ConicToFunc)( const FT_Vector*  control,
                             const FT_Vector*  to,
                             void*             user );

#define FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func  FT_Outline_ConicToFunc


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Outline_CubicToFunc                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `cubic */
  /*    to' function during outline walking or decomposition.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    A `cubic to' is emitted to indicate a third-order Bezier arc.      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    control1 :: A pointer to the first Bezier control point.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    control2 :: A pointer to the second Bezier control point.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    to       :: A pointer to the target end point.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    user     :: A typeless pointer, which is passed from the caller of */
  /*                the decomposition function.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    Error code.  0~means success.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef int
  (*FT_Outline_CubicToFunc)( const FT_Vector*  control1,
                             const FT_Vector*  control2,
                             const FT_Vector*  to,
                             void*             user );

#define FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func  FT_Outline_CubicToFunc


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_Outline_Funcs                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure to hold various function pointers used during outline  */
  /*    decomposition in order to emit segments, conic, and cubic Beziers. */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    move_to  :: The `move to' emitter.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    line_to  :: The segment emitter.                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    conic_to :: The second-order Bezier arc emitter.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    cubic_to :: The third-order Bezier arc emitter.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    shift    :: The shift that is applied to coordinates before they   */
  /*                are sent to the emitter.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    delta    :: The delta that is applied to coordinates before they   */
  /*                are sent to the emitter, but after the shift.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The point coordinates sent to the emitters are the transformed     */
  /*    version of the original coordinates (this is important for high    */
  /*    accuracy during scan-conversion).  The transformation is simple:   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    {                                                                  */
  /*      x' = (x << shift) - delta                                        */
  /*      y' = (y << shift) - delta                                        */
  /*    }                                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Set the values of `shift' and `delta' to~0 to get the original     */
  /*    point coordinates.                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_Outline_Funcs_
  {
    FT_Outline_MoveToFunc   move_to;
    FT_Outline_LineToFunc   line_to;
    FT_Outline_ConicToFunc  conic_to;
    FT_Outline_CubicToFunc  cubic_to;

    int                     shift;
    FT_Pos                  delta;

  } FT_Outline_Funcs;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    basic_types                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Macro>                                                               */
  /*    FT_IMAGE_TAG                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This macro converts four-letter tags to an unsigned long type.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    Since many 16-bit compilers don't like 32-bit enumerations, you    */
  /*    should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like   */
  /*    this:                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    {                                                                  */
  /*      #define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 )  value         */
  /*    }                                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers.     */
  /*                                                                       */
#ifndef FT_IMAGE_TAG
#define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 )  \
          value = ( ( (unsigned long)_x1 << 24 ) | \
                    ( (unsigned long)_x2 << 16 ) | \
                    ( (unsigned long)_x3 << 8  ) | \
                      (unsigned long)_x4         )
#endif /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Enum>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Glyph_Format                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    An enumeration type used to describe the format of a given glyph   */
  /*    image.  Note that this version of FreeType only supports two image */
  /*    formats, even though future font drivers will be able to register  */
  /*    their own format.                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Values>                                                              */
  /*    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE ::                                            */
  /*      The value~0 is reserved.                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE ::                                       */
  /*      The glyph image is a composite of several other images.  This    */
  /*      format is _only_ used with @FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE, and is used to   */
  /*      report compound glyphs (like accented characters).               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP ::                                          */
  /*      The glyph image is a bitmap, and can be described as an          */
  /*      @FT_Bitmap.  You generally need to access the `bitmap' field of  */
  /*      the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE ::                                         */
  /*      The glyph image is a vectorial outline made of line segments     */
  /*      and Bezier arcs; it can be described as an @FT_Outline; you      */
  /*      generally want to access the `outline' field of the              */
  /*      @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER ::                                         */
  /*      The glyph image is a vectorial path with no inside and outside   */
  /*      contours.  Some Type~1 fonts, like those in the Hershey family,  */
  /*      contain glyphs in this format.  These are described as           */
  /*      @FT_Outline, but FreeType isn't currently capable of rendering   */
  /*      them correctly.                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef enum  FT_Glyph_Format_
  {
    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ),

    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, 'c', 'o', 'm', 'p' ),
    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP,    'b', 'i', 't', 's' ),
    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,   'o', 'u', 't', 'l' ),
    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER,   'p', 'l', 'o', 't' )

  } FT_Glyph_Format;


  /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
  /* `FT_Glyph_Format' values instead.                     */
#define ft_glyph_format_none       FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE
#define ft_glyph_format_composite  FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE
#define ft_glyph_format_bitmap     FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP
#define ft_glyph_format_outline    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE
#define ft_glyph_format_plotter    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*****                                                               *****/
  /*****            R A S T E R   D E F I N I T I O N S                *****/
  /*****                                                               *****/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* A raster is a scan converter, in charge of rendering an outline into  */
  /* a bitmap.  This section contains the public API for rasters.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Note that in FreeType 2, all rasters are now encapsulated within      */
  /* specific modules called `renderers'.  See `ftrender.h' for more       */
  /* details on renderers.                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    raster                                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    Scanline Converter                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    How vectorial outlines are converted into bitmaps and pixmaps.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This section contains technical definitions.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Order>                                                               */
  /*    FT_Raster                                                          */
  /*    FT_Span                                                            */
  /*    FT_SpanFunc                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_Raster_Params                                                   */
  /*    FT_RASTER_FLAG_XXX                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_Raster_NewFunc                                                  */
  /*    FT_Raster_DoneFunc                                                 */
  /*    FT_Raster_ResetFunc                                                */
  /*    FT_Raster_SetModeFunc                                              */
  /*    FT_Raster_RenderFunc                                               */
  /*    FT_Raster_Funcs                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Raster                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    An opaque handle (pointer) to a raster object.  Each object can be */
  /*    used independently to convert an outline into a bitmap or pixmap.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FT_RasterRec_*  FT_Raster;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_Span                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure used to model a single span of gray pixels when        */
  /*    rendering an anti-aliased bitmap.                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    x        :: The span's horizontal start position.                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    len      :: The span's length in pixels.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    coverage :: The span color/coverage, ranging from 0 (background)   */
  /*                to 255 (foreground).                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    This structure is used by the span drawing callback type named     */
  /*    @FT_SpanFunc that takes the y~coordinate of the span as a          */
  /*    parameter.                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The coverage value is always between 0 and 255.  If you want less  */
  /*    gray values, the callback function has to reduce them.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_Span_
  {
    short           x;
    unsigned short  len;
    unsigned char   coverage;

  } FT_Span;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
  /*    FT_SpanFunc                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A function used as a call-back by the anti-aliased renderer in     */
  /*    order to let client applications draw themselves the gray pixel    */
  /*    spans on each scan line.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    y     :: The scanline's y~coordinate.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    count :: The number of spans to draw on this scanline.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    spans :: A table of `count' spans to draw on the scanline.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    user  :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback.        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    This callback allows client applications to directly render the    */
  /*    gray spans of the anti-aliased bitmap to any kind of surfaces.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    This can be used to write anti-aliased outlines directly to a      */
  /*    given background bitmap, and even perform translucency.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef void
  (*FT_SpanFunc)( int             y,
                  int             count,
                  const FT_Span*  spans,
                  void*           user );

#define FT_Raster_Span_Func  FT_SpanFunc


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Raster_BitTest_Func                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Deprecated, unimplemented.                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef int
  (*FT_Raster_BitTest_Func)( int    y,
                             int    x,
                             void*  user );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Raster_BitSet_Func                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Deprecated, unimplemented.                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef void
  (*FT_Raster_BitSet_Func)( int    y,
                            int    x,
                            void*  user );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Enum>                                                                */
  /*    FT_RASTER_FLAG_XXX                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A list of bit flag constants as used in the `flags' field of a     */
  /*    @FT_Raster_Params structure.                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Values>                                                              */
  /*    FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT :: This value is 0.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA      :: This flag is set to indicate that an     */
  /*                              anti-aliased glyph image should be       */
  /*                              generated.  Otherwise, it will be        */
  /*                              monochrome (1-bit).                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT  :: This flag is set to indicate direct      */
  /*                              rendering.  In this mode, client         */
  /*                              applications must provide their own span */
  /*                              callback.  This lets them directly       */
  /*                              draw or compose over an existing bitmap. */
  /*                              If this bit is not set, the target       */
  /*                              pixmap's buffer _must_ be zeroed before  */
  /*                              rendering.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                              Direct rendering is only possible with   */
  /*                              anti-aliased glyphs.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP    :: This flag is only used in direct         */
  /*                              rendering mode.  If set, the output will */
  /*                              be clipped to a box specified in the     */
  /*                              `clip_box' field of the                  */
  /*                              @FT_Raster_Params structure.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                              Note that by default, the glyph bitmap   */
  /*                              is clipped to the target pixmap, except  */
  /*                              in direct rendering mode where all spans */
  /*                              are generated if no clipping box is set. */
  /*                                                                       */
#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT  0x0
#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA       0x1
#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT   0x2
#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP     0x4

  /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
  /* `FT_RASTER_FLAG_XXX' values instead                   */
#define ft_raster_flag_default  FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT
#define ft_raster_flag_aa       FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA
#define ft_raster_flag_direct   FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT
#define ft_raster_flag_clip     FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_Raster_Params                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure to hold the arguments used by a raster's render        */
  /*    function.                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    target      :: The target bitmap.                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    source      :: A pointer to the source glyph image (e.g., an       */
  /*                   @FT_Outline).                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    flags       :: The rendering flags.                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    gray_spans  :: The gray span drawing callback.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    black_spans :: Unused.                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    bit_test    :: Unused.                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    bit_set     :: Unused.                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    user        :: User-supplied data that is passed to each drawing   */
  /*                   callback.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    clip_box    :: An optional clipping box.  It is only used in       */
  /*                   direct rendering mode.  Note that coordinates here  */
  /*                   should be expressed in _integer_ pixels (and not in */
  /*                   26.6 fixed-point units).                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    An anti-aliased glyph bitmap is drawn if the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA    */
  /*    bit flag is set in the `flags' field, otherwise a monochrome       */
  /*    bitmap is generated.                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT bit flag is set in `flags', the      */
  /*    raster will call the `gray_spans' callback to draw gray pixel      */
  /*    spans.  This allows direct composition over a pre-existing bitmap  */
  /*    through user-provided callbacks to perform the span drawing and    */
  /*    composition.    Not supported by the monochrome rasterizer.        */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_Raster_Params_
  {
    const FT_Bitmap*        target;
    const void*             source;
    int                     flags;
    FT_SpanFunc             gray_spans;
    FT_SpanFunc             black_spans;  /* unused */
    FT_Raster_BitTest_Func  bit_test;     /* unused */
    FT_Raster_BitSet_Func   bit_set;      /* unused */
    void*                   user;
    FT_BBox                 clip_box;

  } FT_Raster_Params;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Raster_NewFunc                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A function used to create a new raster object.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    memory :: A handle to the memory allocator.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    raster :: A handle to the new raster object.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    Error code.  0~means success.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The `memory' parameter is a typeless pointer in order to avoid     */
  /*    un-wanted dependencies on the rest of the FreeType code.  In       */
  /*    practice, it is an @FT_Memory object, i.e., a handle to the        */
  /*    standard FreeType memory allocator.  However, this field can be    */
  /*    completely ignored by a given raster implementation.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef int
  (*FT_Raster_NewFunc)( void*       memory,
                        FT_Raster*  raster );

#define FT_Raster_New_Func  FT_Raster_NewFunc


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Raster_DoneFunc                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A function used to destroy a given raster object.                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    raster :: A handle to the raster object.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef void
  (*FT_Raster_DoneFunc)( FT_Raster  raster );

#define FT_Raster_Done_Func  FT_Raster_DoneFunc


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Raster_ResetFunc                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    FreeType used to provide an area of memory called the `render      */
  /*    pool' available to all registered rasterizers.  This was not       */
  /*    thread safe, however, and now FreeType never allocates this pool.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    This function is called after a new raster object is created.      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    raster    :: A handle to the new raster object.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    pool_base :: Previously, the address in memory of the render pool. */
  /*                 Set this to NULL.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    pool_size :: Previously, the size in bytes of the render pool.     */
  /*                 Set this to 0.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    Rasterizers should rely on dynamic or stack allocation if they     */
  /*    want to (a handle to the memory allocator is passed to the         */
  /*    rasterizer constructor).                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef void
  (*FT_Raster_ResetFunc)( FT_Raster       raster,
                          unsigned char*  pool_base,
                          unsigned long   pool_size );

#define FT_Raster_Reset_Func  FT_Raster_ResetFunc


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Raster_SetModeFunc                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This function is a generic facility to change modes or attributes  */
  /*    in a given raster.  This can be used for debugging purposes, or    */
  /*    simply to allow implementation-specific `features' in a given      */
  /*    raster module.                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    raster :: A handle to the new raster object.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    mode   :: A 4-byte tag used to name the mode or property.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    args   :: A pointer to the new mode/property to use.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef int
  (*FT_Raster_SetModeFunc)( FT_Raster      raster,
                            unsigned long  mode,
                            void*          args );

#define FT_Raster_Set_Mode_Func  FT_Raster_SetModeFunc


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Raster_RenderFunc                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Invoke a given raster to scan-convert a given glyph image into a   */
  /*    target bitmap.                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    raster :: A handle to the raster object.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to      */
  /*              store the rendering parameters.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    Error code.  0~means success.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The exact format of the source image depends on the raster's glyph */
  /*    format defined in its @FT_Raster_Funcs structure.  It can be an    */
  /*    @FT_Outline or anything else in order to support a large array of  */
  /*    glyph formats.                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Note also that the render function can fail and return a           */
  /*    `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' error code if the raster used does  */
  /*    not support direct composition.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    XXX: For now, the standard raster doesn't support direct           */
  /*         composition but this should change for the final release (see */
  /*         the files `demos/src/ftgrays.c' and `demos/src/ftgrays2.c'    */
  /*         for examples of distinct implementations that support direct  */
  /*         composition).                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef int
  (*FT_Raster_RenderFunc)( FT_Raster                raster,
                           const FT_Raster_Params*  params );

#define FT_Raster_Render_Func  FT_Raster_RenderFunc


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_Raster_Funcs                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*   A structure used to describe a given raster class to the library.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    glyph_format  :: The supported glyph format for this raster.       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    raster_new    :: The raster constructor.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    raster_reset  :: Used to reset the render pool within the raster.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    raster_render :: A function to render a glyph into a given bitmap. */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    raster_done   :: The raster destructor.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_Raster_Funcs_
  {
    FT_Glyph_Format        glyph_format;

    FT_Raster_NewFunc      raster_new;
    FT_Raster_ResetFunc    raster_reset;
    FT_Raster_SetModeFunc  raster_set_mode;
    FT_Raster_RenderFunc   raster_render;
    FT_Raster_DoneFunc     raster_done;

  } FT_Raster_Funcs;

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTIMAGE_H_ */


/* END */


/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8    */
/* End:             */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftsystem.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType low-level system interface definition (specification).      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 1996-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTSYSTEM_H_
#define FTSYSTEM_H_


#include <ft2build.h>


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*   system_interface                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*   System Interface                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*   How FreeType manages memory and i/o.                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*   This section contains various definitions related to memory         */
  /*   management and i/o access.  You need to understand this             */
  /*   information if you want to use a custom memory manager or you own   */
  /*   i/o streams.                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                  M E M O R Y   M A N A G E M E N T                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @type:
   *   FT_Memory
   *
   * @description:
   *   A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an
   *   @FT_MemoryRec structure.
   *
   */
  typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_*  FT_Memory;


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @functype:
   *   FT_Alloc_Func
   *
   * @description:
   *   A function used to allocate `size' bytes from `memory'.
   *
   * @input:
   *   memory ::
   *     A handle to the source memory manager.
   *
   *   size ::
   *     The size in bytes to allocate.
   *
   * @return:
   *   Address of new memory block.  0~in case of failure.
   *
   */
  typedef void*
  (*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory  memory,
                    long       size );


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @functype:
   *   FT_Free_Func
   *
   * @description:
   *   A function used to release a given block of memory.
   *
   * @input:
   *   memory ::
   *     A handle to the source memory manager.
   *
   *   block ::
   *     The address of the target memory block.
   *
   */
  typedef void
  (*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory  memory,
                   void*      block );


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @functype:
   *   FT_Realloc_Func
   *
   * @description:
   *   A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory.
   *
   * @input:
   *   memory ::
   *     A handle to the source memory manager.
   *
   *   cur_size ::
   *     The block's current size in bytes.
   *
   *   new_size ::
   *     The block's requested new size.
   *
   *   block ::
   *     The block's current address.
   *
   * @return:
   *   New block address.  0~in case of memory shortage.
   *
   * @note:
   *   In case of error, the old block must still be available.
   *
   */
  typedef void*
  (*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory  memory,
                      long       cur_size,
                      long       new_size,
                      void*      block );


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @struct:
   *   FT_MemoryRec
   *
   * @description:
   *   A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType~2.
   *
   * @fields:
   *   user ::
   *     A generic typeless pointer for user data.
   *
   *   alloc ::
   *     A pointer type to an allocation function.
   *
   *   free ::
   *     A pointer type to an memory freeing function.
   *
   *   realloc ::
   *     A pointer type to a reallocation function.
   *
   */
  struct  FT_MemoryRec_
  {
    void*            user;
    FT_Alloc_Func    alloc;
    FT_Free_Func     free;
    FT_Realloc_Func  realloc;
  };


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                       I / O   M A N A G E M E N T                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @type:
   *   FT_Stream
   *
   * @description:
   *   A handle to an input stream.
   *
   * @also:
   *   See @FT_StreamRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given
   *   stream object.
   *
   */
  typedef struct FT_StreamRec_*  FT_Stream;


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @struct:
   *   FT_StreamDesc
   *
   * @description:
   *   A union type used to store either a long or a pointer.  This is used
   *   to store a file descriptor or a `FILE*' in an input stream.
   *
   */
  typedef union  FT_StreamDesc_
  {
    long   value;
    void*  pointer;

  } FT_StreamDesc;


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @functype:
   *   FT_Stream_IoFunc
   *
   * @description:
   *   A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream.
   *
   * @input:
   *   stream ::
   *     A handle to the source stream.
   *
   *   offset ::
   *     The offset of read in stream (always from start).
   *
   *   buffer ::
   *     The address of the read buffer.
   *
   *   count ::
   *     The number of bytes to read from the stream.
   *
   * @return:
   *   The number of bytes effectively read by the stream.
   *
   * @note:
   *   This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation
   *   with a `count' of~0.  A non-zero return value then indicates an
   *   error.
   *
   */
  typedef unsigned long
  (*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream       stream,
                       unsigned long   offset,
                       unsigned char*  buffer,
                       unsigned long   count );


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @functype:
   *   FT_Stream_CloseFunc
   *
   * @description:
   *   A function used to close a given input stream.
   *
   * @input:
   *  stream ::
   *     A handle to the target stream.
   *
   */
  typedef void
  (*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream  stream );


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @struct:
   *   FT_StreamRec
   *
   * @description:
   *   A structure used to describe an input stream.
   *
   * @input:
   *   base ::
   *     For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream
   *     byte in memory.  This field should always be set to NULL for
   *     disk-based streams.
   *
   *   size ::
   *     The stream size in bytes.
   *
   *     In case of compressed streams where the size is unknown before
   *     actually doing the decompression, the value is set to 0x7FFFFFFF.
   *     (Note that this size value can occur for normal streams also; it is
   *     thus just a hint.)
   *
   *   pos ::
   *     The current position within the stream.
   *
   *   descriptor ::
   *     This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer.  It is
   *     used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or `FILE*'
   *     pointers.
   *
   *   pathname ::
   *     This field is completely ignored by FreeType.  However, it is often
   *     useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename
   *     (where available).
   *
   *   read ::
   *     The stream's input function.
   *
   *   close ::
   *     The stream's close function.
   *
   *   memory ::
   *     The memory manager to use to preload frames.  This is set
   *     internally by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream
   *     implementations.
   *
   *   cursor ::
   *     This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
   *     frames.
   *
   *   limit ::
   *     This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
   *     frames.
   *
   */
  typedef struct  FT_StreamRec_
  {
    unsigned char*       base;
    unsigned long        size;
    unsigned long        pos;

    FT_StreamDesc        descriptor;
    FT_StreamDesc        pathname;
    FT_Stream_IoFunc     read;
    FT_Stream_CloseFunc  close;

    FT_Memory            memory;
    unsigned char*       cursor;
    unsigned char*       limit;

  } FT_StreamRec;

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTSYSTEM_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftmoderr.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType module error offsets (specification).                       */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 2001-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* This file is used to define the FreeType module error codes.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* If the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS in `ftoption.h' is    */
  /* set, the lower byte of an error value identifies the error code as    */
  /* usual.  In addition, the higher byte identifies the module.  For      */
  /* example, the error `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x0003, the */
  /* error `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1303, the error        */
  /* `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1403, etc.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Note that `FT_Err_Ok', `TT_Err_Ok', etc. are always equal to zero,    */
  /* including the high byte.                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* If FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS isn't set, the higher byte of   */
  /* an error value is set to zero.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* To hide the various `XXX_Err_' prefixes in the source code, FreeType  */
  /* provides some macros in `fttypes.h'.                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   FT_ERR( err )                                                       */
  /*     Add current error module prefix (as defined with the              */
  /*     `FT_ERR_PREFIX' macro) to `err'.  For example, in the BDF module  */
  /*     the line                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*       error = FT_ERR( Invalid_Outline );                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*     expands to                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*       error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Outline;                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*     For simplicity, you can always use `FT_Err_Ok' directly instead   */
  /*     of `FT_ERR( Ok )'.                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   FT_ERR_EQ( errcode, err )                                           */
  /*   FT_ERR_NEQ( errcode, err )                                          */
  /*     Compare error code `errcode' with the error `err' for equality    */
  /*     and inequality, respectively.  Example:                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*       if ( FT_ERR_EQ( error, Invalid_Outline ) )                      */
  /*         ...                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*     Using this macro you don't have to think about error prefixes.    */
  /*     Of course, if module errors are not active, the above example is  */
  /*     the same as                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*       if ( error == FT_Err_Invalid_Outline )                          */
  /*         ...                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   FT_ERROR_BASE( errcode )                                            */
  /*   FT_ERROR_MODULE( errcode )                                          */
  /*     Get base error and module error code, respectively.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* It can also be used to create a module error message table easily     */
  /* with something like                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   {                                                                   */
  /*     #undef FTMODERR_H_                                                */
  /*     #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s )  { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s },         */
  /*     #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST     {                                */
  /*     #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST       { 0, 0 } };                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*     const struct                                                      */
  /*     {                                                                 */
  /*       int          mod_err_offset;                                    */
  /*       const char*  mod_err_msg                                        */
  /*     } ft_mod_errors[] =                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*     #include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H                                       */
  /*   }                                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTMODERR_H_
#define FTMODERR_H_


  /*******************************************************************/
  /*******************************************************************/
  /*****                                                         *****/
  /*****                       SETUP MACROS                      *****/
  /*****                                                         *****/
  /*******************************************************************/
  /*******************************************************************/


#undef  FT_NEED_EXTERN_C

#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF

#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s )  FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v,
#else
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s )  FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0,
#endif

#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST  enum {
#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST    FT_Mod_Err_Max };

#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
  extern "C" {
#endif

#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */


  /*******************************************************************/
  /*******************************************************************/
  /*****                                                         *****/
  /*****               LIST MODULE ERROR BASES                   *****/
  /*****                                                         *****/
  /*******************************************************************/
  /*******************************************************************/


#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
  FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#endif


  FT_MODERRDEF( Base,      0x000, "base module" )
  FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit,   0x100, "autofitter module" )
  FT_MODERRDEF( BDF,       0x200, "BDF module" )
  FT_MODERRDEF( Bzip2,     0x300, "Bzip2 module" )
  FT_MODERRDEF( Cache,     0x400, "cache module" )
  FT_MODERRDEF( CFF,       0x500, "CFF module" )
  FT_MODERRDEF( CID,       0x600, "CID module" )
  FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip,      0x700, "Gzip module" )
  FT_MODERRDEF( LZW,       0x800, "LZW module" )
  FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid,   0x900, "OpenType validation module" )
  FT_MODERRDEF( PCF,       0xA00, "PCF module" )
  FT_MODERRDEF( PFR,       0xB00, "PFR module" )
  FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux,     0xC00, "PS auxiliary module" )
  FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter,  0xD00, "PS hinter module" )
  FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames,   0xE00, "PS names module" )
  FT_MODERRDEF( Raster,    0xF00, "raster module" )
  FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT,     0x1000, "SFNT module" )
  FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth,   0x1100, "smooth raster module" )
  FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1200, "TrueType module" )
  FT_MODERRDEF( Type1,    0x1300, "Type 1 module" )
  FT_MODERRDEF( Type42,   0x1400, "Type 42 module" )
  FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1500, "Windows FON/FNT module" )
  FT_MODERRDEF( GXvalid,  0x1600, "GX validation module" )


#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
  FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#endif


  /*******************************************************************/
  /*******************************************************************/
  /*****                                                         *****/
  /*****                      CLEANUP                            *****/
  /*****                                                         *****/
  /*******************************************************************/
  /*******************************************************************/


#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
  }
#endif

#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#undef FT_MODERRDEF
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C


#endif /* FTMODERR_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  fterrors.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType error code handling (specification).                        */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 1996-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*   error_enumerations                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*   Error Enumerations                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*   How to handle errors and error strings.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*   The header file `fterrors.h' (which is automatically included by    */
  /*   `freetype.h' defines the handling of FreeType's enumeration         */
  /*   constants.  It can also be used to generate error message strings   */
  /*   with a small macro trick explained below.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   *Error* *Formats*                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   The configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS can be   */
  /*   defined in `ftoption.h' in order to make the higher byte indicate   */
  /*   the module where the error has happened (this is not compatible     */
  /*   with standard builds of FreeType~2, however).  See the file         */
  /*   `ftmoderr.h' for more details.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   *Error* *Message* *Strings*                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Error definitions are set up with special macros that allow client  */
  /*   applications to build a table of error message strings.  The        */
  /*   strings are not included in a normal build of FreeType~2 to save    */
  /*   space (most client applications do not use them).                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   To do so, you have to define the following macros before including  */
  /*   this file.                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   {                                                                   */
  /*     FT_ERROR_START_LIST                                               */
  /*   }                                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   This macro is called before anything else to define the start of    */
  /*   the error list.  It is followed by several FT_ERROR_DEF calls.      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   {                                                                   */
  /*     FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s )                                           */
  /*   }                                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   This macro is called to define one single error.  `e' is the error  */
  /*   code identifier (e.g., `Invalid_Argument'), `v' is the error's      */
  /*   numerical value, and `s' is the corresponding error string.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   {                                                                   */
  /*     FT_ERROR_END_LIST                                                 */
  /*   }                                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   This macro ends the list.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Additionally, you have to undefine `FTERRORS_H_' before #including  */
  /*   this file.                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Here is a simple example.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   {                                                                   */
  /*     #undef FTERRORS_H_                                                */
  /*     #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s )  { e, s },                         */
  /*     #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST     {                                 */
  /*     #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST       { 0, NULL } };                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*     const struct                                                      */
  /*     {                                                                 */
  /*       int          err_code;                                          */
  /*       const char*  err_msg;                                           */
  /*     } ft_errors[] =                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*     #include FT_ERRORS_H                                              */
  /*   }                                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   Note that `FT_Err_Ok' is _not_ defined with `FT_ERRORDEF' but with  */
  /*   `FT_NOERRORDEF'; it is always zero.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/

  /* */

  /* In previous FreeType versions we used `__FTERRORS_H__'.  However, */
  /* using two successive underscores in a non-system symbol name      */
  /* violates the C (and C++) standard, so it was changed to the       */
  /* current form.  In spite of this, we have to make                  */
  /*                                                                   */
  /*   #undefine __FTERRORS_H__                                        */
  /*                                                                   */
  /* work for backward compatibility.                                  */
  /*                                                                   */
#if !( defined( FTERRORS_H_ ) && defined ( __FTERRORS_H__ ) )
#define FTERRORS_H_
#define __FTERRORS_H__


  /* include module base error codes */
#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H


  /*******************************************************************/
  /*******************************************************************/
  /*****                                                         *****/
  /*****                       SETUP MACROS                      *****/
  /*****                                                         *****/
  /*******************************************************************/
  /*******************************************************************/


#undef  FT_NEED_EXTERN_C


  /* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */
  /* By default, we use `FT_Err_'.                            */
  /*                                                          */
#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  FT_Err_
#endif


  /* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */
  /*                                                             */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS

#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE  FT_Mod_Err_Base
#endif

#else

#undef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE  0

#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */


  /* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */
  /* enumeration type.                                         */
  /*                                                           */
#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF

#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s )  e = v,
#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST     enum {
#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST       FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) };

#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
  extern "C" {
#endif

#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */


  /* this macro is used to define an error */
#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s )                                             \
          FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s )

  /* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */
#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s )                             \
          FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s )


#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
  FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#endif


  /* now include the error codes */
#include FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H


#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
  FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#endif


  /*******************************************************************/
  /*******************************************************************/
  /*****                                                         *****/
  /*****                      SIMPLE CLEANUP                     *****/
  /*****                                                         *****/
  /*******************************************************************/
  /*******************************************************************/

#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
  }
#endif

#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST

#undef FT_ERRORDEF
#undef FT_ERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_

#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#undef FT_ERR_BASE

  /* FT_ERR_PREFIX is needed internally */
#ifndef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#endif

#endif /* !(FTERRORS_H_ && __FTERRORS_H__) */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftwinfnt.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType API for accessing Windows fnt-specific data.                */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 2003-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTWINFNT_H_
#define FTWINFNT_H_

#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    winfnt_fonts                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    Window FNT Files                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    Windows FNT specific API.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT specific      */
  /*    functions.                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @enum:
   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX
   *
   * @description:
   *   A list of valid values for the `charset' byte in
   *   @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec.  Exact mapping tables for the various cpXXXX
   *   encodings (except for cp1361) can be found at
   *   ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public in the MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS
   *   subdirectory.  cp1361 is roughly a superset of
   *   MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT.
   *
   * @values:
   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT ::
   *     This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a
   *     `don't care' value.  Valid font files don't contain this value.
   *     When querying for information about the character set of the font
   *     that is currently selected into a specified device context, this
   *     return value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure.
   *
   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL ::
   *     There is no known mapping table available.
   *
   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC ::
   *     Mac Roman encoding.
   *
   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM ::
   *     From Michael Poettgen <michael@poettgen.de>:
   *
   *       The `Windows Font Mapping' article says that FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM
   *       is used for the charset of vector fonts, like `modern.fon',
   *       `roman.fon', and `script.fon' on Windows.
   *
   *       The `CreateFont' documentation says: The FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM value
   *       specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent.
   *
   *       The `IFIMETRICS' documentation from the `Windows Driver
   *       Development Kit' says: This font supports an OEM-specific
   *       character set.  The OEM character set is system dependent.
   *
   *       In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., cp1252), denotes the
   *       second default codepage that most international versions of
   *       Windows have.  It is one of the OEM codepages from
   *
   *         https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/goglobal/bb964655,
   *
   *       and is used for the `DOS boxes', to support legacy applications.
   *       A German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage
   *       1252 and OEM codepage 850.
   *
   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 ::
   *     A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11.
   *
   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 ::
   *     A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations).
   *
   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 ::
   *     A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different
   *     ordering and minor deviations).
   *
   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 ::
   *     A superset of Korean Hangul KS~C 5601-1987 (with different
   *     ordering and minor deviations).
   *
   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 ::
   *     A superset of traditional Chinese Big~5 ETen (with different
   *     ordering and minor deviations).
   *
   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 ::
   *     A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different
   *     ordering).
   *
   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 ::
   *     A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering).
   *
   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 ::
   *     ANSI encoding.  A superset of ISO 8859-1.
   *
   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 ::
   *     A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications).
   *
   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 ::
   *     A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9.
   *
   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 ::
   *     A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications).
   *
   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 ::
   *     A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering).
   *
   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 ::
   *     A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations).
   *
   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 ::
   *     For Vietnamese.  This encoding doesn't cover all necessary
   *     characters.
   *
   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 ::
   *     Korean (Johab).
   */

#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252    0
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT   1
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL    2
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC      77
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932   128
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949   129
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361  130
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936   134
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950   136
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253  161
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254  162
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258  163
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255  177
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256  178
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257  186
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251  204
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874   222
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250  238
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM     255


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Windows FNT Header info.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_
  {
    FT_UShort  version;
    FT_ULong   file_size;
    FT_Byte    copyright[60];
    FT_UShort  file_type;
    FT_UShort  nominal_point_size;
    FT_UShort  vertical_resolution;
    FT_UShort  horizontal_resolution;
    FT_UShort  ascent;
    FT_UShort  internal_leading;
    FT_UShort  external_leading;
    FT_Byte    italic;
    FT_Byte    underline;
    FT_Byte    strike_out;
    FT_UShort  weight;
    FT_Byte    charset;
    FT_UShort  pixel_width;
    FT_UShort  pixel_height;
    FT_Byte    pitch_and_family;
    FT_UShort  avg_width;
    FT_UShort  max_width;
    FT_Byte    first_char;
    FT_Byte    last_char;
    FT_Byte    default_char;
    FT_Byte    break_char;
    FT_UShort  bytes_per_row;
    FT_ULong   device_offset;
    FT_ULong   face_name_offset;
    FT_ULong   bits_pointer;
    FT_ULong   bits_offset;
    FT_Byte    reserved;
    FT_ULong   flags;
    FT_UShort  A_space;
    FT_UShort  B_space;
    FT_UShort  C_space;
    FT_UShort  color_table_offset;
    FT_ULong   reserved1[4];

  } FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_WinFNT_Header                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A handle to an @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_*  FT_WinFNT_Header;


  /**********************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *    FT_Get_WinFNT_Header
   *
   * @description:
   *    Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header.
   *
   * @input:
   *    face    :: A handle to the input face.
   *
   * @output:
   *    aheader :: The WinFNT header.
   *
   * @return:
   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *   This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error
   *   otherwise.
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face               face,
                        FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec  *aheader );

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTWINFNT_H_ */


/* END */


/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8    */
/* End:             */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ttnameid.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    TrueType name ID definitions (specification only).                   */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 1996-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef TTNAMEID_H_
#define TTNAMEID_H_


#include <ft2build.h>


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    truetype_tables                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* Possible values for the `platform' identifier code in the name        */
  /* records of an SFNT `name' table.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /***********************************************************************
   *
   * @enum:
   *   TT_PLATFORM_XXX
   *
   * @description:
   *   A list of valid values for the `platform_id' identifier code in
   *   @FT_CharMapRec and @FT_SfntName structures.
   *
   * @values:
   *   TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE ::
   *     Used by Apple to indicate a Unicode character map and/or name entry.
   *     See @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX for corresponding `encoding_id' values.  Note
   *     that name entries in this format are coded as big-endian UCS-2
   *     character codes _only_.
   *
   *   TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH ::
   *     Used by Apple to indicate a MacOS-specific charmap and/or name entry.
   *     See @TT_MAC_ID_XXX for corresponding `encoding_id' values.  Note that
   *     most TrueType fonts contain an Apple roman charmap to be usable on
   *     MacOS systems (even if they contain a Microsoft charmap as well).
   *
   *   TT_PLATFORM_ISO ::
   *     This value was used to specify ISO/IEC 10646 charmaps.  It is however
   *     now deprecated.  See @TT_ISO_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding
   *     `encoding_id' values.
   *
   *   TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT ::
   *     Used by Microsoft to indicate Windows-specific charmaps.  See
   *     @TT_MS_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding `encoding_id' values.
   *     Note that most fonts contain a Unicode charmap using
   *     (TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT, @TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS).
   *
   *   TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM ::
   *     Used to indicate application-specific charmaps.
   *
   *   TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE ::
   *     This value isn't part of any font format specification, but is used
   *     by FreeType to report Adobe-specific charmaps in an @FT_CharMapRec
   *     structure.  See @TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX.
   */

#define TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE  0
#define TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH      1
#define TT_PLATFORM_ISO            2 /* deprecated */
#define TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT      3
#define TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM         4
#define TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE          7 /* artificial */


  /***********************************************************************
   *
   * @enum:
   *   TT_APPLE_ID_XXX
   *
   * @description:
   *   A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
   *   @TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE charmaps and name entries.
   *
   * @values:
   *   TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT ::
   *     Unicode version 1.0.
   *
   *   TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1 ::
   *     Unicode 1.1; specifies Hangul characters starting at U+34xx.
   *
   *   TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646 ::
   *     Deprecated (identical to preceding).
   *
   *   TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0 ::
   *     Unicode 2.0 and beyond (UTF-16 BMP only).
   *
   *   TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32 ::
   *     Unicode 3.1 and beyond, using UTF-32.
   *
   *   TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR ::
   *     From Adobe, not Apple.  Not a normal cmap.  Specifies variations
   *     on a real cmap.
   *
   *   TT_APPLE_ID_FULL_UNICODE ::
   *     Used for fallback fonts that provide complete Unicode coverage with
   *     a type~13 cmap.
   */

#define TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT           0 /* Unicode 1.0                   */
#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1       1 /* specify Hangul at U+34xx      */
#define TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646         2 /* deprecated                    */
#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0       3 /* or later                      */
#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32        4 /* 2.0 or later, full repertoire */
#define TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR  5 /* variation selector data       */
#define TT_APPLE_ID_FULL_UNICODE      6 /* used with type 13 cmaps       */


  /***********************************************************************
   *
   * @enum:
   *   TT_MAC_ID_XXX
   *
   * @description:
   *   A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
   *   @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH charmaps and name entries.
   */

#define TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN                 0
#define TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE              1
#define TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE   2
#define TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN                3
#define TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC                4
#define TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW                5
#define TT_MAC_ID_GREEK                 6
#define TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN               7
#define TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL               8
#define TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI            9
#define TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI             10
#define TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI             11
#define TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA                12
#define TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI              13
#define TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL                14
#define TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU               15
#define TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA              16
#define TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM            17
#define TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE            18
#define TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE              19
#define TT_MAC_ID_KHMER                20
#define TT_MAC_ID_THAI                 21
#define TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN              22
#define TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN             23
#define TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN             24
#define TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN            25
#define TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE   25
#define TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN              26
#define TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN            27
#define TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ                 28
#define TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC               29
#define TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE           30
#define TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI               31
#define TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP             32


  /***********************************************************************
   *
   * @enum:
   *   TT_ISO_ID_XXX
   *
   * @description:
   *   A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
   *   @TT_PLATFORM_ISO charmaps and name entries.
   *
   *   Their use is now deprecated.
   *
   * @values:
   *   TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII ::
   *     ASCII.
   *   TT_ISO_ID_10646 ::
   *     ISO/10646.
   *   TT_ISO_ID_8859_1 ::
   *     Also known as Latin-1.
   */

#define TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII  0
#define TT_ISO_ID_10646       1
#define TT_ISO_ID_8859_1      2


  /***********************************************************************
   *
   * @enum:
   *   TT_MS_ID_XXX
   *
   * @description:
   *   A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
   *   @TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT charmaps and name entries.
   *
   * @values:
   *   TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS ::
   *     Microsoft symbol encoding.  See @FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL.
   *
   *   TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS ::
   *     Microsoft WGL4 charmap, matching Unicode.  See
   *     @FT_ENCODING_UNICODE.
   *
   *   TT_MS_ID_SJIS ::
   *     Shift JIS Japanese encoding.  See @FT_ENCODING_SJIS.
   *
   *   TT_MS_ID_PRC ::
   *     Chinese encodings as used in the People's Republic of China (PRC).
   *     This means the encodings GB~2312 and its supersets GBK and
   *     GB~18030.  See @FT_ENCODING_PRC.
   *
   *   TT_MS_ID_BIG_5 ::
   *     Traditional Chinese as used in Taiwan and Hong Kong.  See
   *     @FT_ENCODING_BIG5.
   *
   *   TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG ::
   *     Korean Extended Wansung encoding.  See @FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG.
   *
   *   TT_MS_ID_JOHAB ::
   *     Korean Johab encoding.  See @FT_ENCODING_JOHAB.
   *
   *   TT_MS_ID_UCS_4 ::
   *     UCS-4 or UTF-32 charmaps.  This has been added to the OpenType
   *     specification version 1.4 (mid-2001).
   */

#define TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS    0
#define TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS   1
#define TT_MS_ID_SJIS         2
#define TT_MS_ID_PRC          3
#define TT_MS_ID_BIG_5        4
#define TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG      5
#define TT_MS_ID_JOHAB        6
#define TT_MS_ID_UCS_4       10

  /* this value is deprecated */
#define TT_MS_ID_GB2312  TT_MS_ID_PRC


  /***********************************************************************
   *
   * @enum:
   *   TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX
   *
   * @description:
   *   A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
   *   @TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE charmaps.  This is a FreeType-specific extension!
   *
   * @values:
   *   TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD ::
   *     Adobe standard encoding.
   *   TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT ::
   *     Adobe expert encoding.
   *   TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM ::
   *     Adobe custom encoding.
   *   TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1 ::
   *     Adobe Latin~1 encoding.
   */

#define TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD  0
#define TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT    1
#define TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM    2
#define TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1   3


  /***********************************************************************
   *
   * @enum:
   *   TT_MAC_LANGID_XXX
   *
   * @description:
   *   Possible values of the language identifier field in the name records
   *   of the SFNT `name' table if the `platform' identifier code is
   *   @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH.  These values are also used as return values
   *   for function @FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID.
   *
   *   The canonical source for Apple's IDs is
   *
   *     https://developer.apple.com/fonts/TrueType-Reference-Manual/RM06/Chap6name.html
   */

#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ENGLISH                       0
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FRENCH                        1
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GERMAN                        2
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ITALIAN                       3
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DUTCH                         4
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SWEDISH                       5
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SPANISH                       6
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DANISH                        7
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PORTUGUESE                    8
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_NORWEGIAN                     9
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HEBREW                       10
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_JAPANESE                     11
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ARABIC                       12
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FINNISH                      13
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK                        14
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ICELANDIC                    15
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALTESE                      16
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TURKISH                      17
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CROATIAN                     18
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL          19
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_URDU                         20
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HINDI                        21
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_THAI                         22
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KOREAN                       23
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LITHUANIAN                   24
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_POLISH                       25
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HUNGARIAN                    26
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ESTONIAN                     27
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LETTISH                      28
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SAAMISK                      29
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FAEROESE                     30
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI                        31
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUSSIAN                      32
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED           33
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FLEMISH                      34
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH                        35
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ALBANIAN                     36
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ROMANIAN                     37
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CZECH                        38
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SLOVAK                       39
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SLOVENIAN                    40
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_YIDDISH                      41
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SERBIAN                      42
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MACEDONIAN                   43
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BULGARIAN                    44
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UKRAINIAN                    45
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BYELORUSSIAN                 46
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UZBEK                        47
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KAZAKH                       48
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI                  49
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_CYRILLIC_SCRIPT  49
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_ARABIC_SCRIPT    50
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ARMENIAN                     51
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GEORGIAN                     52
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MOLDAVIAN                    53
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KIRGHIZ                      54
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAJIKI                       55
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TURKMEN                      56
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN                    57
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIAN_SCRIPT   57
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_CYRILLIC_SCRIPT    58
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PASHTO                       59
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KURDISH                      60
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KASHMIRI                     61
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SINDHI                       62
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TIBETAN                      63
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_NEPALI                       64
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SANSKRIT                     65
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MARATHI                      66
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BENGALI                      67
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ASSAMESE                     68
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GUJARATI                     69
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PUNJABI                      70
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ORIYA                        71
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAYALAM                    72
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KANNADA                      73
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAMIL                        74
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TELUGU                       75
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SINHALESE                    76
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BURMESE                      77
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KHMER                        78
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LAO                          79
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_VIETNAMESE                   80
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_INDONESIAN                   81
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAGALOG                      82
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAY_ROMAN_SCRIPT           83
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAY_ARABIC_SCRIPT          84
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AMHARIC                      85
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TIGRINYA                     86
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GALLA                        87
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SOMALI                       88
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SWAHILI                      89
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUANDA                       90
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUNDI                        91
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHEWA                        92
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAGASY                     93
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ESPERANTO                    94
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_WELSH                       128
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BASQUE                      129
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CATALAN                     130
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LATIN                       131
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_QUECHUA                     132
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GUARANI                     133
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AYMARA                      134
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TATAR                       135
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UIGHUR                      136
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DZONGKHA                    137
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_JAVANESE                    138
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SUNDANESE                   139

  /* The following codes are new as of 2000-03-10 */
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GALICIAN                    140
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AFRIKAANS                   141
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BRETON                      142
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_INUKTITUT                   143
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC             144
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MANX_GAELIC                 145
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC                146
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TONGAN                      147
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK_POLYTONIC             148
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREELANDIC                  149
#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_ROMAN_SCRIPT    150


  /***********************************************************************
   *
   * @enum:
   *   TT_MS_LANGID_XXX
   *
   * @description:
   *   Possible values of the language identifier field in the name records
   *   of the SFNT `name' table if the `platform' identifier code is
   *   @TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT.  These values are also used as return values
   *   for function @FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID.
   *
   *   The canonical source for Microsoft's IDs is
   *
   *     https://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/lcid-all.mspx ,
   *
   *   however, we only provide macros for language identifiers present in
   *   the OpenType specification: Microsoft has abandoned the concept of
   *   LCIDs (language code identifiers), and format~1 of the `name' table
   *   provides a better mechanism for languages not covered here.
   *
   *   More legacy values not listed in the reference can be found in the
   *   @FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H header file.
   */

#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA               0x0401
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_IRAQ                       0x0801
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_EGYPT                      0x0C01
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_LIBYA                      0x1001
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_ALGERIA                    0x1401
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_MOROCCO                    0x1801
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_TUNISIA                    0x1C01
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_OMAN                       0x2001
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_YEMEN                      0x2401
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_SYRIA                      0x2801
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_JORDAN                     0x2C01
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_LEBANON                    0x3001
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_KUWAIT                     0x3401
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_UAE                        0x3801
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_BAHRAIN                    0x3C01
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_QATAR                      0x4001
#define TT_MS_LANGID_BULGARIAN_BULGARIA                0x0402
#define TT_MS_LANGID_CATALAN_CATALAN                   0x0403
#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_TAIWAN                    0x0404
#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_PRC                       0x0804
#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_HONG_KONG                 0x0C04
#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_SINGAPORE                 0x1004
#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAO                     0x1404
#define TT_MS_LANGID_CZECH_CZECH_REPUBLIC              0x0405
#define TT_MS_LANGID_DANISH_DENMARK                    0x0406
#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_GERMANY                    0x0407
#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_SWITZERLAND                0x0807
#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_AUSTRIA                    0x0C07
#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG                 0x1007
#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN              0x1407
#define TT_MS_LANGID_GREEK_GREECE                      0x0408
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_UNITED_STATES             0x0409
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_UNITED_KINGDOM            0x0809
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_AUSTRALIA                 0x0C09
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_CANADA                    0x1009
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_NEW_ZEALAND               0x1409
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_IRELAND                   0x1809
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA              0x1C09
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_JAMAICA                   0x2009
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN                 0x2409
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_BELIZE                    0x2809
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD                  0x2C09
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE                  0x3009
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES               0x3409
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_INDIA                     0x4009
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA                  0x4409
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE                 0x4809
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_TRADITIONAL_SORT    0x040A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_MEXICO                    0x080A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_MODERN_SORT         0x0C0A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_GUATEMALA                 0x100A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA                0x140A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PANAMA                    0x180A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC        0x1C0A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_VENEZUELA                 0x200A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_COLOMBIA                  0x240A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PERU                      0x280A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_ARGENTINA                 0x2C0A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_ECUADOR                   0x300A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_CHILE                     0x340A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_URUGUAY                   0x380A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PARAGUAY                  0x3C0A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_BOLIVIA                   0x400A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR               0x440A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_HONDURAS                  0x480A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_NICARAGUA                 0x4C0A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO               0x500A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_UNITED_STATES             0x540A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FINNISH_FINLAND                   0x040B
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_FRANCE                     0x040C
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_BELGIUM                    0x080C
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CANADA                     0x0C0C
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_SWITZERLAND                0x100C
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG                 0x140C
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MONACO                     0x180C
#define TT_MS_LANGID_HEBREW_ISRAEL                     0x040D
#define TT_MS_LANGID_HUNGARIAN_HUNGARY                 0x040E
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ICELANDIC_ICELAND                 0x040F
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ITALIAN_ITALY                     0x0410
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ITALIAN_SWITZERLAND               0x0810
#define TT_MS_LANGID_JAPANESE_JAPAN                    0x0411
#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_KOREA                      0x0412
#define TT_MS_LANGID_DUTCH_NETHERLANDS                 0x0413
#define TT_MS_LANGID_DUTCH_BELGIUM                     0x0813
#define TT_MS_LANGID_NORWEGIAN_NORWAY_BOKMAL           0x0414
#define TT_MS_LANGID_NORWEGIAN_NORWAY_NYNORSK          0x0814
#define TT_MS_LANGID_POLISH_POLAND                     0x0415
#define TT_MS_LANGID_PORTUGUESE_BRAZIL                 0x0416
#define TT_MS_LANGID_PORTUGUESE_PORTUGAL               0x0816
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ROMANSH_SWITZERLAND               0x0417
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA                  0x0418
#define TT_MS_LANGID_RUSSIAN_RUSSIA                    0x0419
#define TT_MS_LANGID_CROATIAN_CROATIA                  0x041A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_SERBIA_LATIN              0x081A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_SERBIA_CYRILLIC           0x0C1A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_CROATIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA       0x101A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA        0x141A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_BOSNIA_HERZ_LATIN         0x181A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_BOSNIA_HERZ_CYRILLIC      0x1C1A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZ_CYRILLIC      0x201A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVAK_SLOVAKIA                   0x041B
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ALBANIAN_ALBANIA                  0x041C
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWEDISH_SWEDEN                    0x041D
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWEDISH_FINLAND                   0x081D
#define TT_MS_LANGID_THAI_THAILAND                     0x041E
#define TT_MS_LANGID_TURKISH_TURKEY                    0x041F
#define TT_MS_LANGID_URDU_PAKISTAN                     0x0420
#define TT_MS_LANGID_INDONESIAN_INDONESIA              0x0421
#define TT_MS_LANGID_UKRAINIAN_UKRAINE                 0x0422
#define TT_MS_LANGID_BELARUSIAN_BELARUS                0x0423
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVENIAN_SLOVENIA                0x0424
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ESTONIAN_ESTONIA                  0x0425
#define TT_MS_LANGID_LATVIAN_LATVIA                    0x0426
#define TT_MS_LANGID_LITHUANIAN_LITHUANIA              0x0427
#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAJIK_TAJIKISTAN                  0x0428
#define TT_MS_LANGID_VIETNAMESE_VIET_NAM               0x042A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARMENIAN_ARMENIA                  0x042B
#define TT_MS_LANGID_AZERI_AZERBAIJAN_LATIN            0x042C
#define TT_MS_LANGID_AZERI_AZERBAIJAN_CYRILLIC         0x082C
#define TT_MS_LANGID_BASQUE_BASQUE                     0x042D
#define TT_MS_LANGID_UPPER_SORBIAN_GERMANY             0x042E
#define TT_MS_LANGID_LOWER_SORBIAN_GERMANY             0x082E
#define TT_MS_LANGID_MACEDONIAN_MACEDONIA              0x042F
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SETSWANA_SOUTH_AFRICA             0x0432
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ISIXHOSA_SOUTH_AFRICA             0x0434
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ISIZULU_SOUTH_AFRICA              0x0435
#define TT_MS_LANGID_AFRIKAANS_SOUTH_AFRICA            0x0436
#define TT_MS_LANGID_GEORGIAN_GEORGIA                  0x0437
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FAEROESE_FAEROE_ISLANDS           0x0438
#define TT_MS_LANGID_HINDI_INDIA                       0x0439
#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALTESE_MALTA                     0x043A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_NORWAY              0x043B
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_SWEDEN              0x083B
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_FINLAND             0x0C3B
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_LULE_NORWAY                  0x103B
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_LULE_SWEDEN                  0x143B
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SOUTHERN_NORWAY              0x183B
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SOUTHERN_SWEDEN              0x1C3B
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SKOLT_FINLAND                0x203B
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_INARI_FINLAND                0x243B
#define TT_MS_LANGID_IRISH_IRELAND                     0x083C
#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAY_MALAYSIA                    0x043E
#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM           0x083E
#define TT_MS_LANGID_KAZAKH_KAZAKHSTAN                 0x043F
#define TT_MS_LANGID_KYRGYZ_KYRGYZSTAN /* Cyrillic*/   0x0440
#define TT_MS_LANGID_KISWAHILI_KENYA                   0x0441
#define TT_MS_LANGID_TURKMEN_TURKMENISTAN              0x0442
#define TT_MS_LANGID_UZBEK_UZBEKISTAN_LATIN            0x0443
#define TT_MS_LANGID_UZBEK_UZBEKISTAN_CYRILLIC         0x0843
#define TT_MS_LANGID_TATAR_RUSSIA                      0x0444
#define TT_MS_LANGID_BENGALI_INDIA                     0x0445
#define TT_MS_LANGID_BENGALI_BANGLADESH                0x0845
#define TT_MS_LANGID_PUNJABI_INDIA                     0x0446
#define TT_MS_LANGID_GUJARATI_INDIA                    0x0447
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ODIA_INDIA                        0x0448
#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMIL_INDIA                       0x0449
#define TT_MS_LANGID_TELUGU_INDIA                      0x044A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_KANNADA_INDIA                     0x044B
#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAYALAM_INDIA                   0x044C
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ASSAMESE_INDIA                    0x044D
#define TT_MS_LANGID_MARATHI_INDIA                     0x044E
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SANSKRIT_INDIA                    0x044F
#define TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIA /* Cyrillic */ 0x0450
#define TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_PRC                     0x0850
#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_PRC                       0x0451
#define TT_MS_LANGID_WELSH_UNITED_KINGDOM              0x0452
#define TT_MS_LANGID_KHMER_CAMBODIA                    0x0453
#define TT_MS_LANGID_LAO_LAOS                          0x0454
#define TT_MS_LANGID_GALICIAN_GALICIAN                 0x0456
#define TT_MS_LANGID_KONKANI_INDIA                     0x0457
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SYRIAC_SYRIA                      0x045A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINHALA_SRI_LANKA                 0x045B
#define TT_MS_LANGID_INUKTITUT_CANADA                  0x045D
#define TT_MS_LANGID_INUKTITUT_CANADA_LATIN            0x085D
#define TT_MS_LANGID_AMHARIC_ETHIOPIA                  0x045E
#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_ALGERIA                 0x085F
#define TT_MS_LANGID_NEPALI_NEPAL                      0x0461
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRISIAN_NETHERLANDS               0x0462
#define TT_MS_LANGID_PASHTO_AFGHANISTAN                0x0463
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FILIPINO_PHILIPPINES              0x0464
#define TT_MS_LANGID_DHIVEHI_MALDIVES                  0x0465
#define TT_MS_LANGID_HAUSA_NIGERIA                     0x0468
#define TT_MS_LANGID_YORUBA_NIGERIA                    0x046A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_BOLIVIA                   0x046B
#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_ECUADOR                   0x086B
#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_PERU                      0x0C6B
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SESOTHO_SA_LEBOA_SOUTH_AFRICA     0x046C
#define TT_MS_LANGID_BASHKIR_RUSSIA                    0x046D
#define TT_MS_LANGID_LUXEMBOURGISH_LUXEMBOURG          0x046E
#define TT_MS_LANGID_GREENLANDIC_GREENLAND             0x046F
#define TT_MS_LANGID_IGBO_NIGERIA                      0x0470
#define TT_MS_LANGID_YI_PRC                            0x0478
#define TT_MS_LANGID_MAPUDUNGUN_CHILE                  0x047A
#define TT_MS_LANGID_MOHAWK_MOHAWK                     0x047C
#define TT_MS_LANGID_BRETON_FRANCE                     0x047E
#define TT_MS_LANGID_UIGHUR_PRC                        0x0480
#define TT_MS_LANGID_MAORI_NEW_ZEALAND                 0x0481
#define TT_MS_LANGID_OCCITAN_FRANCE                    0x0482
#define TT_MS_LANGID_CORSICAN_FRANCE                   0x0483
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ALSATIAN_FRANCE                   0x0484
#define TT_MS_LANGID_YAKUT_RUSSIA                      0x0485
#define TT_MS_LANGID_KICHE_GUATEMALA                   0x0486
#define TT_MS_LANGID_KINYARWANDA_RWANDA                0x0487
#define TT_MS_LANGID_WOLOF_SENEGAL                     0x0488
#define TT_MS_LANGID_DARI_AFGHANISTAN                  0x048C

  /* */


  /* legacy macro definitions not present in OpenType 1.8.1 */
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_GENERAL                    0x0001
#define TT_MS_LANGID_CATALAN_SPAIN \
          TT_MS_LANGID_CATALAN_CATALAN
#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_GENERAL                   0x0004
#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAU \
          TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAO
#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEI \
          TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_GENERAL                   0x0009
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_INDONESIA                 0x3809
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_HONG_KONG                 0x3C09
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_INTERNATIONAL_SORT \
          TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_MODERN_SORT
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_LATIN_AMERICA             0xE40AU
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_WEST_INDIES                0x1C0C
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_REUNION                    0x200C
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CONGO                      0x240C
  /* which was formerly: */
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_ZAIRE \
          TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CONGO
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_SENEGAL                    0x280C
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CAMEROON                   0x2C0C
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_COTE_D_IVOIRE              0x300C
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MALI                       0x340C
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MOROCCO                    0x380C
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_HAITI                      0x3C0C
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_NORTH_AFRICA               0xE40CU
#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_EXTENDED_WANSUNG_KOREA \
          TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_KOREA
#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_JOHAB_KOREA                0x0812
#define TT_MS_LANGID_RHAETO_ROMANIC_SWITZERLAND \
          TT_MS_LANGID_ROMANSH_SWITZERLAND
#define TT_MS_LANGID_MOLDAVIAN_MOLDAVIA                0x0818
#define TT_MS_LANGID_RUSSIAN_MOLDAVIA                  0x0819
#define TT_MS_LANGID_URDU_INDIA                        0x0820
#define TT_MS_LANGID_CLASSIC_LITHUANIAN_LITHUANIA      0x0827
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVENE_SLOVENIA \
          TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVENIAN_SLOVENIA
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FARSI_IRAN                        0x0429
#define TT_MS_LANGID_BASQUE_SPAIN \
          TT_MS_LANGID_BASQUE_BASQUE
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SORBIAN_GERMANY \
          TT_MS_LANGID_UPPER_SORBIAN_GERMANY
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SUTU_SOUTH_AFRICA                 0x0430
#define TT_MS_LANGID_TSONGA_SOUTH_AFRICA               0x0431
#define TT_MS_LANGID_TSWANA_SOUTH_AFRICA \
          TT_MS_LANGID_SETSWANA_SOUTH_AFRICA
#define TT_MS_LANGID_VENDA_SOUTH_AFRICA                0x0433
#define TT_MS_LANGID_XHOSA_SOUTH_AFRICA \
          TT_MS_LANGID_ISIXHOSA_SOUTH_AFRICA
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ZULU_SOUTH_AFRICA \
          TT_MS_LANGID_ISIZULU_SOUTH_AFRICA
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAAMI_LAPONIA                     0x043B
  /* the next two values are incorrectly inverted */
#define TT_MS_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC_IRELAND              0x043C
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC_UNITED_KINGDOM    0x083C
#define TT_MS_LANGID_YIDDISH_GERMANY                   0x043D
#define TT_MS_LANGID_KAZAK_KAZAKSTAN \
          TT_MS_LANGID_KAZAKH_KAZAKHSTAN
#define TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZ_REPUBLIC \
          TT_MS_LANGID_KYRGYZ_KYRGYZSTAN
#define TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZSTAN \
          TT_MS_LANGID_KYRGYZ_KYRGYZSTAN
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWAHILI_KENYA \
          TT_MS_LANGID_KISWAHILI_KENYA
#define TT_MS_LANGID_TATAR_TATARSTAN \
          TT_MS_LANGID_TATAR_RUSSIA
#define TT_MS_LANGID_PUNJABI_ARABIC_PAKISTAN           0x0846
#define TT_MS_LANGID_ORIYA_INDIA \
          TT_MS_LANGID_ODIA_INDIA
#define TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIA_MONGOLIAN \
          TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_PRC
#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_CHINA \
          TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_PRC
#define TT_MS_LANGID_DZONGHKA_BHUTAN                   0x0851
#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN \
          TT_MS_LANGID_DZONGHKA_BHUTAN
#define TT_MS_LANGID_WELSH_WALES \
          TT_MS_LANGID_WELSH_UNITED_KINGDOM
#define TT_MS_LANGID_BURMESE_MYANMAR                   0x0455
#define TT_MS_LANGID_GALICIAN_SPAIN \
          TT_MS_LANGID_GALICIAN_GALICIAN
#define TT_MS_LANGID_MANIPURI_INDIA  /* Bengali */     0x0458
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINDHI_INDIA /* Arabic */         0x0459
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINDHI_PAKISTAN                   0x0859
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINHALESE_SRI_LANKA \
          TT_MS_LANGID_SINHALA_SRI_LANKA
#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHEROKEE_UNITED_STATES            0x045C
#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_MOROCCO /* Arabic */    0x045F
#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_MOROCCO_LATIN \
          TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_ALGERIA
#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_PAKISTAN /* Arabic */    0x0460
#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_SASIA                    0x0860
#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_INDIA \
          TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_SASIA
#define TT_MS_LANGID_NEPALI_INDIA                      0x0861
#define TT_MS_LANGID_DIVEHI_MALDIVES \
          TT_MS_LANGID_DHIVEHI_MALDIVES
#define TT_MS_LANGID_EDO_NIGERIA                       0x0466
#define TT_MS_LANGID_FULFULDE_NIGERIA                  0x0467
#define TT_MS_LANGID_IBIBIO_NIGERIA                    0x0469
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SEPEDI_SOUTH_AFRICA \
          TT_MS_LANGID_SESOTHO_SA_LEBOA_SOUTH_AFRICA
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SOTHO_SOUTHERN_SOUTH_AFRICA \
          TT_MS_LANGID_SESOTHO_SA_LEBOA_SOUTH_AFRICA
#define TT_MS_LANGID_KANURI_NIGERIA                    0x0471
#define TT_MS_LANGID_OROMO_ETHIOPIA                    0x0472
#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ETHIOPIA                 0x0473
#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTHREA                 0x0873
#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTREA \
          TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTHREA
#define TT_MS_LANGID_GUARANI_PARAGUAY                  0x0474
#define TT_MS_LANGID_HAWAIIAN_UNITED_STATES            0x0475
#define TT_MS_LANGID_LATIN                             0x0476
#define TT_MS_LANGID_SOMALI_SOMALIA                    0x0477
#define TT_MS_LANGID_YI_CHINA \
          TT_MS_LANGID_YI_PRC
#define TT_MS_LANGID_PAPIAMENTU_NETHERLANDS_ANTILLES   0x0479
#define TT_MS_LANGID_UIGHUR_CHINA \
          TT_MS_LANGID_UIGHUR_PRC


  /***********************************************************************
   *
   * @enum:
   *   TT_NAME_ID_XXX
   *
   * @description:
   *   Possible values of the `name' identifier field in the name records of
   *   an SFNT `name' table.  These values are platform independent.
   */

#define TT_NAME_ID_COPYRIGHT              0
#define TT_NAME_ID_FONT_FAMILY            1
#define TT_NAME_ID_FONT_SUBFAMILY         2
#define TT_NAME_ID_UNIQUE_ID              3
#define TT_NAME_ID_FULL_NAME              4
#define TT_NAME_ID_VERSION_STRING         5
#define TT_NAME_ID_PS_NAME                6
#define TT_NAME_ID_TRADEMARK              7

  /* the following values are from the OpenType spec */
#define TT_NAME_ID_MANUFACTURER           8
#define TT_NAME_ID_DESIGNER               9
#define TT_NAME_ID_DESCRIPTION            10
#define TT_NAME_ID_VENDOR_URL             11
#define TT_NAME_ID_DESIGNER_URL           12
#define TT_NAME_ID_LICENSE                13
#define TT_NAME_ID_LICENSE_URL            14
  /* number 15 is reserved */
#define TT_NAME_ID_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY     16
#define TT_NAME_ID_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY  17
#define TT_NAME_ID_MAC_FULL_NAME          18

  /* The following code is new as of 2000-01-21 */
#define TT_NAME_ID_SAMPLE_TEXT            19

  /* This is new in OpenType 1.3 */
#define TT_NAME_ID_CID_FINDFONT_NAME      20

  /* This is new in OpenType 1.5 */
#define TT_NAME_ID_WWS_FAMILY             21
#define TT_NAME_ID_WWS_SUBFAMILY          22

  /* This is new in OpenType 1.7 */
#define TT_NAME_ID_LIGHT_BACKGROUND       23
#define TT_NAME_ID_DARK_BACKGROUND        24

  /* This is new in OpenType 1.8 */
#define TT_NAME_ID_VARIATIONS_PREFIX      25

  /* these two values are deprecated */
#define TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_FAMILY     TT_NAME_ID_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY
#define TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY  TT_NAME_ID_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY


  /***********************************************************************
   *
   * @enum:
   *   TT_UCR_XXX
   *
   * @description:
   *   Possible bit mask values for the `ulUnicodeRangeX' fields in an SFNT
   *   `OS/2' table.
   */

  /* ulUnicodeRange1 */
  /* --------------- */

  /* Bit  0   Basic Latin */
#define TT_UCR_BASIC_LATIN                     (1L <<  0) /* U+0020-U+007E */
  /* Bit  1   C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement */
#define TT_UCR_LATIN1_SUPPLEMENT               (1L <<  1) /* U+0080-U+00FF */
  /* Bit  2   Latin Extended-A */
#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_A                (1L <<  2) /* U+0100-U+017F */
  /* Bit  3   Latin Extended-B */
#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_B                (1L <<  3) /* U+0180-U+024F */
  /* Bit  4   IPA Extensions                 */
  /*          Phonetic Extensions            */
  /*          Phonetic Extensions Supplement */
#define TT_UCR_IPA_EXTENSIONS                  (1L <<  4) /* U+0250-U+02AF */
                                                          /* U+1D00-U+1D7F */
                                                          /* U+1D80-U+1DBF */
  /* Bit  5   Spacing Modifier Letters */
  /*          Modifier Tone Letters    */
#define TT_UCR_SPACING_MODIFIER                (1L <<  5) /* U+02B0-U+02FF */
                                                          /* U+A700-U+A71F */
  /* Bit  6   Combining Diacritical Marks            */
  /*          Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement */
#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS     (1L <<  6) /* U+0300-U+036F */
                                                          /* U+1DC0-U+1DFF */
  /* Bit  7   Greek and Coptic */
#define TT_UCR_GREEK                           (1L <<  7) /* U+0370-U+03FF */
  /* Bit  8   Coptic */
#define TT_UCR_COPTIC                          (1L <<  8) /* U+2C80-U+2CFF */
  /* Bit  9   Cyrillic            */
  /*          Cyrillic Supplement */
  /*          Cyrillic Extended-A */
  /*          Cyrillic Extended-B */
#define TT_UCR_CYRILLIC                        (1L <<  9) /* U+0400-U+04FF */
                                                          /* U+0500-U+052F */
                                                          /* U+2DE0-U+2DFF */
                                                          /* U+A640-U+A69F */
  /* Bit 10   Armenian */
#define TT_UCR_ARMENIAN                        (1L << 10) /* U+0530-U+058F */
  /* Bit 11   Hebrew */
#define TT_UCR_HEBREW                          (1L << 11) /* U+0590-U+05FF */
  /* Bit 12   Vai */
#define TT_UCR_VAI                             (1L << 12) /* U+A500-U+A63F */
  /* Bit 13   Arabic            */
  /*          Arabic Supplement */
#define TT_UCR_ARABIC                          (1L << 13) /* U+0600-U+06FF */
                                                          /* U+0750-U+077F */
  /* Bit 14   NKo */
#define TT_UCR_NKO                             (1L << 14) /* U+07C0-U+07FF */
  /* Bit 15   Devanagari */
#define TT_UCR_DEVANAGARI                      (1L << 15) /* U+0900-U+097F */
  /* Bit 16   Bengali */
#define TT_UCR_BENGALI                         (1L << 16) /* U+0980-U+09FF */
  /* Bit 17   Gurmukhi */
#define TT_UCR_GURMUKHI                        (1L << 17) /* U+0A00-U+0A7F */
  /* Bit 18   Gujarati */
#define TT_UCR_GUJARATI                        (1L << 18) /* U+0A80-U+0AFF */
  /* Bit 19   Oriya */
#define TT_UCR_ORIYA                           (1L << 19) /* U+0B00-U+0B7F */
  /* Bit 20   Tamil */
#define TT_UCR_TAMIL                           (1L << 20) /* U+0B80-U+0BFF */
  /* Bit 21   Telugu */
#define TT_UCR_TELUGU                          (1L << 21) /* U+0C00-U+0C7F */
  /* Bit 22   Kannada */
#define TT_UCR_KANNADA                         (1L << 22) /* U+0C80-U+0CFF */
  /* Bit 23   Malayalam */
#define TT_UCR_MALAYALAM                       (1L << 23) /* U+0D00-U+0D7F */
  /* Bit 24   Thai */
#define TT_UCR_THAI                            (1L << 24) /* U+0E00-U+0E7F */
  /* Bit 25   Lao */
#define TT_UCR_LAO                             (1L << 25) /* U+0E80-U+0EFF */
  /* Bit 26   Georgian            */
  /*          Georgian Supplement */
#define TT_UCR_GEORGIAN                        (1L << 26) /* U+10A0-U+10FF */
                                                          /* U+2D00-U+2D2F */
  /* Bit 27   Balinese */
#define TT_UCR_BALINESE                        (1L << 27) /* U+1B00-U+1B7F */
  /* Bit 28   Hangul Jamo */
#define TT_UCR_HANGUL_JAMO                     (1L << 28) /* U+1100-U+11FF */
  /* Bit 29   Latin Extended Additional */
  /*          Latin Extended-C          */
  /*          Latin Extended-D          */
#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_ADDITIONAL       (1L << 29) /* U+1E00-U+1EFF */
                                                          /* U+2C60-U+2C7F */
                                                          /* U+A720-U+A7FF */
  /* Bit 30   Greek Extended */
#define TT_UCR_GREEK_EXTENDED                  (1L << 30) /* U+1F00-U+1FFF */
  /* Bit 31   General Punctuation      */
  /*          Supplemental Punctuation */
#define TT_UCR_GENERAL_PUNCTUATION             (1L << 31) /* U+2000-U+206F */
                                                          /* U+2E00-U+2E7F */

  /* ulUnicodeRange2 */
  /* --------------- */

  /* Bit 32   Superscripts And Subscripts */
#define TT_UCR_SUPERSCRIPTS_SUBSCRIPTS         (1L <<  0) /* U+2070-U+209F */
  /* Bit 33   Currency Symbols */
#define TT_UCR_CURRENCY_SYMBOLS                (1L <<  1) /* U+20A0-U+20CF */
  /* Bit 34   Combining Diacritical Marks For Symbols */
#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS_SYMB \
                                               (1L <<  2) /* U+20D0-U+20FF */
  /* Bit 35   Letterlike Symbols */
#define TT_UCR_LETTERLIKE_SYMBOLS              (1L <<  3) /* U+2100-U+214F */
  /* Bit 36   Number Forms */
#define TT_UCR_NUMBER_FORMS                    (1L <<  4) /* U+2150-U+218F */
  /* Bit 37   Arrows                           */
  /*          Supplemental Arrows-A            */
  /*          Supplemental Arrows-B            */
  /*          Miscellaneous Symbols and Arrows */
#define TT_UCR_ARROWS                          (1L <<  5) /* U+2190-U+21FF */
                                                          /* U+27F0-U+27FF */
                                                          /* U+2900-U+297F */
                                                          /* U+2B00-U+2BFF */
  /* Bit 38   Mathematical Operators               */
  /*          Supplemental Mathematical Operators  */
  /*          Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-A */
  /*          Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-B */
#define TT_UCR_MATHEMATICAL_OPERATORS          (1L <<  6) /* U+2200-U+22FF */
                                                          /* U+2A00-U+2AFF */
                                                          /* U+27C0-U+27EF */
                                                          /* U+2980-U+29FF */
  /* Bit 39 Miscellaneous Technical */
#define TT_UCR_MISCELLANEOUS_TECHNICAL         (1L <<  7) /* U+2300-U+23FF */
  /* Bit 40   Control Pictures */
#define TT_UCR_CONTROL_PICTURES                (1L <<  8) /* U+2400-U+243F */
  /* Bit 41   Optical Character Recognition */
#define TT_UCR_OCR                             (1L <<  9) /* U+2440-U+245F */
  /* Bit 42   Enclosed Alphanumerics */
#define TT_UCR_ENCLOSED_ALPHANUMERICS          (1L << 10) /* U+2460-U+24FF */
  /* Bit 43   Box Drawing */
#define TT_UCR_BOX_DRAWING                     (1L << 11) /* U+2500-U+257F */
  /* Bit 44   Block Elements */
#define TT_UCR_BLOCK_ELEMENTS                  (1L << 12) /* U+2580-U+259F */
  /* Bit 45   Geometric Shapes */
#define TT_UCR_GEOMETRIC_SHAPES                (1L << 13) /* U+25A0-U+25FF */
  /* Bit 46   Miscellaneous Symbols */
#define TT_UCR_MISCELLANEOUS_SYMBOLS           (1L << 14) /* U+2600-U+26FF */
  /* Bit 47   Dingbats */
#define TT_UCR_DINGBATS                        (1L << 15) /* U+2700-U+27BF */
  /* Bit 48   CJK Symbols and Punctuation */
#define TT_UCR_CJK_SYMBOLS                     (1L << 16) /* U+3000-U+303F */
  /* Bit 49   Hiragana */
#define TT_UCR_HIRAGANA                        (1L << 17) /* U+3040-U+309F */
  /* Bit 50   Katakana                     */
  /*          Katakana Phonetic Extensions */
#define TT_UCR_KATAKANA                        (1L << 18) /* U+30A0-U+30FF */
                                                          /* U+31F0-U+31FF */
  /* Bit 51   Bopomofo          */
  /*          Bopomofo Extended */
#define TT_UCR_BOPOMOFO                        (1L << 19) /* U+3100-U+312F */
                                                          /* U+31A0-U+31BF */
  /* Bit 52   Hangul Compatibility Jamo */
#define TT_UCR_HANGUL_COMPATIBILITY_JAMO       (1L << 20) /* U+3130-U+318F */
  /* Bit 53   Phags-Pa */
#define TT_UCR_CJK_MISC                        (1L << 21) /* U+A840-U+A87F */
#define TT_UCR_KANBUN  TT_UCR_CJK_MISC /* deprecated */
#define TT_UCR_PHAGSPA
  /* Bit 54   Enclosed CJK Letters and Months */
#define TT_UCR_ENCLOSED_CJK_LETTERS_MONTHS     (1L << 22) /* U+3200-U+32FF */
  /* Bit 55   CJK Compatibility */
#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY               (1L << 23) /* U+3300-U+33FF */
  /* Bit 56   Hangul Syllables */
#define TT_UCR_HANGUL                          (1L << 24) /* U+AC00-U+D7A3 */
  /* Bit 57   High Surrogates              */
  /*          High Private Use Surrogates  */
  /*          Low Surrogates               */

  /* According to OpenType specs v.1.3+,   */
  /* setting bit 57 implies that there is  */
  /* at least one codepoint beyond the     */
  /* Basic Multilingual Plane that is      */
  /* supported by this font.  So it really */
  /* means >= U+10000.                     */
#define TT_UCR_SURROGATES                      (1L << 25) /* U+D800-U+DB7F */
                                                          /* U+DB80-U+DBFF */
                                                          /* U+DC00-U+DFFF */
#define TT_UCR_NON_PLANE_0  TT_UCR_SURROGATES
  /* Bit 58  Phoenician */
#define TT_UCR_PHOENICIAN                      (1L << 26) /*U+10900-U+1091F*/
  /* Bit 59   CJK Unified Ideographs             */
  /*          CJK Radicals Supplement            */
  /*          Kangxi Radicals                    */
  /*          Ideographic Description Characters */
  /*          CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A */
  /*          CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B */
  /*          Kanbun                             */
#define TT_UCR_CJK_UNIFIED_IDEOGRAPHS          (1L << 27) /* U+4E00-U+9FFF */
                                                          /* U+2E80-U+2EFF */
                                                          /* U+2F00-U+2FDF */
                                                          /* U+2FF0-U+2FFF */
                                                          /* U+3400-U+4DB5 */
                                                          /*U+20000-U+2A6DF*/
                                                          /* U+3190-U+319F */
  /* Bit 60   Private Use */
#define TT_UCR_PRIVATE_USE                     (1L << 28) /* U+E000-U+F8FF */
  /* Bit 61   CJK Strokes                             */
  /*          CJK Compatibility Ideographs            */
  /*          CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement */
#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_IDEOGRAPHS    (1L << 29) /* U+31C0-U+31EF */
                                                          /* U+F900-U+FAFF */
                                                          /*U+2F800-U+2FA1F*/
  /* Bit 62   Alphabetic Presentation Forms */
#define TT_UCR_ALPHABETIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS   (1L << 30) /* U+FB00-U+FB4F */
  /* Bit 63   Arabic Presentation Forms-A */
#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_A     (1L << 31) /* U+FB50-U+FDFF */

  /* ulUnicodeRange3 */
  /* --------------- */

  /* Bit 64   Combining Half Marks */
#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_HALF_MARKS            (1L <<  0) /* U+FE20-U+FE2F */
  /* Bit 65   Vertical forms          */
  /*          CJK Compatibility Forms */
#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_FORMS         (1L <<  1) /* U+FE10-U+FE1F */
                                                          /* U+FE30-U+FE4F */
  /* Bit 66   Small Form Variants */
#define TT_UCR_SMALL_FORM_VARIANTS             (1L <<  2) /* U+FE50-U+FE6F */
  /* Bit 67   Arabic Presentation Forms-B */
#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_B     (1L <<  3) /* U+FE70-U+FEFE */
  /* Bit 68   Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms */
#define TT_UCR_HALFWIDTH_FULLWIDTH_FORMS       (1L <<  4) /* U+FF00-U+FFEF */
  /* Bit 69   Specials */
#define TT_UCR_SPECIALS                        (1L <<  5) /* U+FFF0-U+FFFD */
  /* Bit 70   Tibetan */
#define TT_UCR_TIBETAN                         (1L <<  6) /* U+0F00-U+0FFF */
  /* Bit 71   Syriac */
#define TT_UCR_SYRIAC                          (1L <<  7) /* U+0700-U+074F */
  /* Bit 72   Thaana */
#define TT_UCR_THAANA                          (1L <<  8) /* U+0780-U+07BF */
  /* Bit 73   Sinhala */
#define TT_UCR_SINHALA                         (1L <<  9) /* U+0D80-U+0DFF */
  /* Bit 74   Myanmar */
#define TT_UCR_MYANMAR                         (1L << 10) /* U+1000-U+109F */
  /* Bit 75   Ethiopic            */
  /*          Ethiopic Supplement */
  /*          Ethiopic Extended   */
#define TT_UCR_ETHIOPIC                        (1L << 11) /* U+1200-U+137F */
                                                          /* U+1380-U+139F */
                                                          /* U+2D80-U+2DDF */
  /* Bit 76   Cherokee */
#define TT_UCR_CHEROKEE                        (1L << 12) /* U+13A0-U+13FF */
  /* Bit 77   Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics */
#define TT_UCR_CANADIAN_ABORIGINAL_SYLLABICS   (1L << 13) /* U+1400-U+167F */
  /* Bit 78   Ogham */
#define TT_UCR_OGHAM                           (1L << 14) /* U+1680-U+169F */
  /* Bit 79   Runic */
#define TT_UCR_RUNIC                           (1L << 15) /* U+16A0-U+16FF */
  /* Bit 80   Khmer         */
  /*          Khmer Symbols */
#define TT_UCR_KHMER                           (1L << 16) /* U+1780-U+17FF */
                                                          /* U+19E0-U+19FF */
  /* Bit 81   Mongolian */
#define TT_UCR_MONGOLIAN                       (1L << 17) /* U+1800-U+18AF */
  /* Bit 82   Braille Patterns */
#define TT_UCR_BRAILLE                         (1L << 18) /* U+2800-U+28FF */
  /* Bit 83   Yi Syllables */
  /*          Yi Radicals  */
#define TT_UCR_YI                              (1L << 19) /* U+A000-U+A48F */
                                                          /* U+A490-U+A4CF */
  /* Bit 84   Tagalog  */
  /*          Hanunoo  */
  /*          Buhid    */
  /*          Tagbanwa */
#define TT_UCR_PHILIPPINE                      (1L << 20) /* U+1700-U+171F */
                                                          /* U+1720-U+173F */
                                                          /* U+1740-U+175F */
                                                          /* U+1760-U+177F */
  /* Bit 85   Old Italic */
#define TT_UCR_OLD_ITALIC                      (1L << 21) /*U+10300-U+1032F*/
  /* Bit 86   Gothic */
#define TT_UCR_GOTHIC                          (1L << 22) /*U+10330-U+1034F*/
  /* Bit 87   Deseret */
#define TT_UCR_DESERET                         (1L << 23) /*U+10400-U+1044F*/
  /* Bit 88   Byzantine Musical Symbols      */
  /*          Musical Symbols                */
  /*          Ancient Greek Musical Notation */
#define TT_UCR_MUSICAL_SYMBOLS                 (1L << 24) /*U+1D000-U+1D0FF*/
                                                          /*U+1D100-U+1D1FF*/
                                                          /*U+1D200-U+1D24F*/
  /* Bit 89   Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols */
#define TT_UCR_MATH_ALPHANUMERIC_SYMBOLS       (1L << 25) /*U+1D400-U+1D7FF*/
  /* Bit 90   Private Use (plane 15) */
  /*          Private Use (plane 16) */
#define TT_UCR_PRIVATE_USE_SUPPLEMENTARY       (1L << 26) /*U+F0000-U+FFFFD*/
                                                        /*U+100000-U+10FFFD*/
  /* Bit 91   Variation Selectors            */
  /*          Variation Selectors Supplement */
#define TT_UCR_VARIATION_SELECTORS             (1L << 27) /* U+FE00-U+FE0F */
                                                          /*U+E0100-U+E01EF*/
  /* Bit 92   Tags */
#define TT_UCR_TAGS                            (1L << 28) /*U+E0000-U+E007F*/
  /* Bit 93   Limbu */
#define TT_UCR_LIMBU                           (1L << 29) /* U+1900-U+194F */
  /* Bit 94   Tai Le */
#define TT_UCR_TAI_LE                          (1L << 30) /* U+1950-U+197F */
  /* Bit 95   New Tai Lue */
#define TT_UCR_NEW_TAI_LUE                     (1L << 31) /* U+1980-U+19DF */

  /* ulUnicodeRange4 */
  /* --------------- */

  /* Bit 96   Buginese */
#define TT_UCR_BUGINESE                        (1L <<  0) /* U+1A00-U+1A1F */
  /* Bit 97   Glagolitic */
#define TT_UCR_GLAGOLITIC                      (1L <<  1) /* U+2C00-U+2C5F */
  /* Bit 98   Tifinagh */
#define TT_UCR_TIFINAGH                        (1L <<  2) /* U+2D30-U+2D7F */
  /* Bit 99   Yijing Hexagram Symbols */
#define TT_UCR_YIJING                          (1L <<  3) /* U+4DC0-U+4DFF */
  /* Bit 100  Syloti Nagri */
#define TT_UCR_SYLOTI_NAGRI                    (1L <<  4) /* U+A800-U+A82F */
  /* Bit 101  Linear B Syllabary */
  /*          Linear B Ideograms */
  /*          Aegean Numbers     */
#define TT_UCR_LINEAR_B                        (1L <<  5) /*U+10000-U+1007F*/
                                                          /*U+10080-U+100FF*/
                                                          /*U+10100-U+1013F*/
  /* Bit 102  Ancient Greek Numbers */
#define TT_UCR_ANCIENT_GREEK_NUMBERS           (1L <<  6) /*U+10140-U+1018F*/
  /* Bit 103  Ugaritic */
#define TT_UCR_UGARITIC                        (1L <<  7) /*U+10380-U+1039F*/
  /* Bit 104  Old Persian */
#define TT_UCR_OLD_PERSIAN                     (1L <<  8) /*U+103A0-U+103DF*/
  /* Bit 105  Shavian */
#define TT_UCR_SHAVIAN                         (1L <<  9) /*U+10450-U+1047F*/
  /* Bit 106  Osmanya */
#define TT_UCR_OSMANYA                         (1L << 10) /*U+10480-U+104AF*/
  /* Bit 107  Cypriot Syllabary */
#define TT_UCR_CYPRIOT_SYLLABARY               (1L << 11) /*U+10800-U+1083F*/
  /* Bit 108  Kharoshthi */
#define TT_UCR_KHAROSHTHI                      (1L << 12) /*U+10A00-U+10A5F*/
  /* Bit 109  Tai Xuan Jing Symbols */
#define TT_UCR_TAI_XUAN_JING                   (1L << 13) /*U+1D300-U+1D35F*/
  /* Bit 110  Cuneiform                         */
  /*          Cuneiform Numbers and Punctuation */
#define TT_UCR_CUNEIFORM                       (1L << 14) /*U+12000-U+123FF*/
                                                          /*U+12400-U+1247F*/
  /* Bit 111  Counting Rod Numerals */
#define TT_UCR_COUNTING_ROD_NUMERALS           (1L << 15) /*U+1D360-U+1D37F*/
  /* Bit 112  Sundanese */
#define TT_UCR_SUNDANESE                       (1L << 16) /* U+1B80-U+1BBF */
  /* Bit 113  Lepcha */
#define TT_UCR_LEPCHA                          (1L << 17) /* U+1C00-U+1C4F */
  /* Bit 114  Ol Chiki */
#define TT_UCR_OL_CHIKI                        (1L << 18) /* U+1C50-U+1C7F */
  /* Bit 115  Saurashtra */
#define TT_UCR_SAURASHTRA                      (1L << 19) /* U+A880-U+A8DF */
  /* Bit 116  Kayah Li */
#define TT_UCR_KAYAH_LI                        (1L << 20) /* U+A900-U+A92F */
  /* Bit 117  Rejang */
#define TT_UCR_REJANG                          (1L << 21) /* U+A930-U+A95F */
  /* Bit 118  Cham */
#define TT_UCR_CHAM                            (1L << 22) /* U+AA00-U+AA5F */
  /* Bit 119  Ancient Symbols */
#define TT_UCR_ANCIENT_SYMBOLS                 (1L << 23) /*U+10190-U+101CF*/
  /* Bit 120  Phaistos Disc */
#define TT_UCR_PHAISTOS_DISC                   (1L << 24) /*U+101D0-U+101FF*/
  /* Bit 121  Carian */
  /*          Lycian */
  /*          Lydian */
#define TT_UCR_OLD_ANATOLIAN                   (1L << 25) /*U+102A0-U+102DF*/
                                                          /*U+10280-U+1029F*/
                                                          /*U+10920-U+1093F*/
  /* Bit 122  Domino Tiles  */
  /*          Mahjong Tiles */
#define TT_UCR_GAME_TILES                      (1L << 26) /*U+1F030-U+1F09F*/
                                                          /*U+1F000-U+1F02F*/
  /* Bit 123-127 Reserved for process-internal usage */

  /* */

  /* for backward compatibility with older FreeType versions */
#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_A         \
          TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_A
#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_B         \
          TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_B

#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS          \
          TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS
#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS_SYMB          \
          TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS_SYMB


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* TTNAMEID_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftfntfmt.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    Support functions for font formats.                                  */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 2002-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTFNTFMT_H_
#define FTFNTFMT_H_

#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*   font_formats                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*   Font Formats                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*   Getting the font format.                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*   The single function in this section can be used to get the font     */
  /*   format.  Note that this information is not needed normally;         */
  /*   however, there are special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is  */
  /*   important to differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*   FT_Get_Font_Format                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*   Return a string describing the format of a given face.  Possible    */
  /*   values are `TrueType', `Type~1', `BDF', `PCF', `Type~42',           */
  /*   `CID~Type~1', `CFF', `PFR', and `Windows~FNT'.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   The return value is suitable to be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY.    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*   face ::                                                             */
  /*     Input face handle.                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*   Font format string.  NULL in case of error.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*   A deprecated name for the same function is                          */
  /*   `FT_Get_X11_Font_Format'.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( const char* )
  FT_Get_Font_Format( FT_Face  face );


  /* deprecated */
  FT_EXPORT( const char* )
  FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face  face );


  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTFNTFMT_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftadvanc.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    Quick computation of advance widths (specification only).            */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 2008-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTADVANC_H_
#define FTADVANC_H_


#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @section:
   *   quick_advance
   *
   * @title:
   *   Quick retrieval of advance values
   *
   * @abstract:
   *   Retrieve horizontal and vertical advance values without processing
   *   glyph outlines, if possible.
   *
   * @description:
   *   This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values
   *   without handling glyph outlines, if possible.
   *
   * @order:
   *   FT_Get_Advance
   *   FT_Get_Advances
   *
   */


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Const>                                                               */
  /*    FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the `flags' parameter of the           */
  /*    @FT_Get_Advance and @FT_Get_Advances functions.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the  */
  /*    corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very   */
  /*    quick advance computation.                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Typically, glyphs that are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped,   */
  /*    or light-hinted can have their advance width computed very         */
  /*    quickly.                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Normal and bytecode hinted modes that require loading, scaling,    */
  /*    and hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by            */
  /*    comparison.                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
#define FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY  0x20000000L


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_Advance                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an          */
  /*    @FT_Face.                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face       :: The source @FT_Face handle.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    gindex     :: The glyph index.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when        */
  /*                  calling @FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind  */
  /*                  of advances you need.                                */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    padvance :: The advance value.  If scaling is performed (based on  */
  /*                the value of `load_flags'), the advance value is in    */
  /*                16.16 format.  Otherwise, it is in font units.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the        */
  /*                vertical advance corresponding to a vertical layout.   */
  /*                Otherwise, it is the horizontal advance in a           */
  /*                horizontal layout.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and   */
  /*    if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to      */
  /*    retrieve the advances.                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed */
  /*    by the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform.       */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face    face,
                  FT_UInt    gindex,
                  FT_Int32   load_flags,
                  FT_Fixed  *padvance );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_Advances                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an        */
  /*    @FT_Face.                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face        :: The source @FT_Face handle.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    start       :: The first glyph index.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    count       :: The number of advance values you want to retrieve.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    load_flags  :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when       */
  /*                   calling @FT_Load_Glyph.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    padvance :: The advance values.  This array, to be provided by the */
  /*                caller, must contain at least `count' elements.        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                If scaling is performed (based on the value of         */
  /*                `load_flags'), the advance values are in 16.16 format. */
  /*                Otherwise, they are in font units.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the      */
  /*                vertical advances corresponding to a vertical layout.  */
  /*                Otherwise, they are the horizontal advances in a       */
  /*                horizontal layout.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and   */
  /*    if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to      */
  /*    retrieve the advances.                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't            */
  /*    transformed by the affine transformation specified by              */
  /*    @FT_Set_Transform.                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face    face,
                   FT_UInt    start,
                   FT_UInt    count,
                   FT_Int32   load_flags,
                   FT_Fixed  *padvances );

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTADVANC_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftoutln.h                                                              */
/*                                                                         */
/*    Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of        */
/*    most scalable font formats (specification).                          */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 1996-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTOUTLN_H_
#define FTOUTLN_H_


#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    outline_processing                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    Outline Processing                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images. */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable */
  /*    glyph images known as `outlines'.  These can also be measured,     */
  /*    transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Order>                                                               */
  /*    FT_Outline                                                         */
  /*    FT_Outline_New                                                     */
  /*    FT_Outline_Done                                                    */
  /*    FT_Outline_Copy                                                    */
  /*    FT_Outline_Translate                                               */
  /*    FT_Outline_Transform                                               */
  /*    FT_Outline_Embolden                                                */
  /*    FT_Outline_EmboldenXY                                              */
  /*    FT_Outline_Reverse                                                 */
  /*    FT_Outline_Check                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_Outline_Get_CBox                                                */
  /*    FT_Outline_Get_BBox                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap                                              */
  /*    FT_Outline_Render                                                  */
  /*    FT_Outline_Decompose                                               */
  /*    FT_Outline_Funcs                                                   */
  /*    FT_Outline_MoveToFunc                                              */
  /*    FT_Outline_LineToFunc                                              */
  /*    FT_Outline_ConicToFunc                                             */
  /*    FT_Outline_CubicToFunc                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_Orientation                                                     */
  /*    FT_Outline_Get_Orientation                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_OUTLINE_XXX                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Outline_Decompose                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual   */
  /*    segments and Bezier arcs.  This function also emits `move to'      */
  /*    operations to indicate the start of new contours in the outline.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    outline        :: A pointer to the source target.                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    func_interface :: A table of `emitters', i.e., function pointers   */
  /*                      called during decomposition to indicate path     */
  /*                      operations.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    user           :: A typeless pointer that is passed to each        */
  /*                      emitter during the decomposition.  It can be     */
  /*                      used to store the state during the               */
  /*                      decomposition.                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    A contour that contains a single point only is represented by a    */
  /*    `move to' operation followed by `line to' to the same point.  In   */
  /*    most cases, it is best to filter this out before using the         */
  /*    outline for stroking purposes (otherwise it would result in a      */
  /*    visible dot when round caps are used).                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Similarly, the function returns success for an empty outline also  */
  /*    (doing nothing, this is, not calling any emitter); if necessary,   */
  /*    you should filter this out, too.                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline*              outline,
                        const FT_Outline_Funcs*  func_interface,
                        void*                    user );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Outline_New                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Create a new outline of a given size.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    library     :: A handle to the library object from where the       */
  /*                   outline is allocated.  Note however that the new    */
  /*                   outline will *not* necessarily be *freed*, when     */
  /*                   destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType.       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    numPoints   :: The maximum number of points within the outline.    */
  /*                   Must be smaller than or equal to 0xFFFF (65535).    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    numContours :: The maximum number of contours within the outline.  */
  /*                   This value must be in the range 0 to `numPoints'.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    anoutline   :: A handle to the new outline.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The reason why this function takes a `library' parameter is simply */
  /*    to use the library's memory allocator.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Outline_New( FT_Library   library,
                  FT_UInt      numPoints,
                  FT_Int       numContours,
                  FT_Outline  *anoutline );


  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Outline_New_Internal( FT_Memory    memory,
                           FT_UInt      numPoints,
                           FT_Int       numContours,
                           FT_Outline  *anoutline );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Outline_Done                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Destroy an outline created with @FT_Outline_New.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    library :: A handle of the library object used to allocate the     */
  /*               outline.                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    outline :: A pointer to the outline object to be discarded.        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    If the outline's `owner' field is not set, only the outline        */
  /*    descriptor will be released.                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library   library,
                   FT_Outline*  outline );


  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Outline_Done_Internal( FT_Memory    memory,
                            FT_Outline*  outline );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Outline_Check                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Check the contents of an outline descriptor.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    outline :: A handle to a source outline.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    An empty outline, or an outline with a single point only is also   */
  /*    valid.                                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline*  outline );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Outline_Get_CBox                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Return an outline's `control box'.  The control box encloses all   */
  /*    the outline's points, including Bezier control points.  Though it  */
  /*    coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be   */
  /*    slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline  */
  /*    that contains Bezier outside arcs).                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
  /*    box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments  */
  /*    and arcs in the outline.  To get the latter, you can use the       */
  /*    `ftbbox' component, which is dedicated to this single task.        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    acbox   :: The outline's control box.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    See @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox for a discussion of tricky fonts.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline*  outline,
                       FT_BBox           *acbox );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Outline_Translate                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Apply a simple translation to the points of an outline.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    xOffset :: The horizontal offset.                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    yOffset :: The vertical offset.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline*  outline,
                        FT_Pos             xOffset,
                        FT_Pos             yOffset );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Outline_Copy                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Copy an outline into another one.  Both objects must have the      */
  /*    same sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this       */
  /*    function is called.                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    source :: A handle to the source outline.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    target :: A handle to the target outline.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline*  source,
                   FT_Outline        *target );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Outline_Transform                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Apply a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points.  Useful   */
  /*    for applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    matrix  :: A pointer to the transformation matrix.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the     */
  /*    outline's points.                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline*  outline,
                        const FT_Matrix*   matrix );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Outline_Embolden                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Embolden an outline.  The new outline will be at most 4~times      */
  /*    `strength' pixels wider and higher.  You may think of the left and */
  /*    bottom borders as unchanged.                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Negative `strength' values to reduce the outline thickness are     */
  /*    possible also.                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    outline  :: A handle to the target outline.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    strength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened.  Expressed in      */
  /*                26.6 pixel format.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the    */
  /*    glyph doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain */
  /*    situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes        */
  /*    handled incorrectly.                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If you need `better' metrics values you should call                */
  /*    @FT_Outline_Get_CBox or @FT_Outline_Get_BBox.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Example call:                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    {                                                                  */
  /*      FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT );                   */
  /*      if ( face->glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )            */
  /*        FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->glyph->outline, strength );        */
  /*    }                                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    To get meaningful results, font scaling values must be set with    */
  /*    functions like @FT_Set_Char_Size before calling FT_Render_Glyph.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline*  outline,
                       FT_Pos       strength );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Outline_EmboldenXY                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Embolden an outline.  The new outline will be `xstrength' pixels   */
  /*    wider and `ystrength' pixels higher.  Otherwise, it is similar to  */
  /*    @FT_Outline_Embolden, which uses the same strength in both         */
  /*    directions.                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Since>                                                               */
  /*    2.4.10                                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Outline_EmboldenXY( FT_Outline*  outline,
                         FT_Pos       xstrength,
                         FT_Pos       ystrength );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Outline_Reverse                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Reverse the drawing direction of an outline.  This is used to      */
  /*    ensure consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    This function toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in     */
  /*    the outline's `flags' field.                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it     */
  /*    knows what it is doing.                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline*  outline );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Render an outline within a bitmap.  The outline's image is simply  */
  /*    OR-ed to the target bitmap.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    library :: A handle to a FreeType library object.                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    abitmap :: A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    This function does NOT CREATE the bitmap, it only renders an       */
  /*    outline image within the one you pass to it!  Consequently, the    */
  /*    various fields in `abitmap' should be set accordingly.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The value of the `num_grays' field in `abitmap' is ignored.  If    */
  /*    you select the gray-level rasterizer, and you want less than 256   */
  /*    gray levels, you have to use @FT_Outline_Render directly.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library        library,
                         FT_Outline*       outline,
                         const FT_Bitmap  *abitmap );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Outline_Render                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Render an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert.  */
  /*    This function uses an @FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument,  */
  /*    allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency,  */
  /*    etc.                                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    library :: A handle to a FreeType library object.                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    params  :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to     */
  /*               describe the rendering operation.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    You should know what you are doing and how @FT_Raster_Params works */
  /*    to use this function.                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The field `params.source' will be set to `outline' before the scan */
  /*    converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is  */
  /*    actually ignored.                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The gray-level rasterizer always uses 256 gray levels.  If you     */
  /*    want less gray levels, you have to provide your own span callback. */
  /*    See the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT value of the `flags' field in the   */
  /*    @FT_Raster_Params structure for more details.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library         library,
                     FT_Outline*        outline,
                     FT_Raster_Params*  params );


 /**************************************************************************
  *
  * @enum:
  *   FT_Orientation
  *
  * @description:
  *   A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation.
  *
  *   The TrueType and PostScript specifications use different conventions
  *   to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled.
  *
  * @values:
  *   FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ::
  *     According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must
  *     be filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled.
  *
  *   FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT ::
  *     According to the PostScript specification, counter-clockwise contours
  *     must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled.
  *
  *   FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT ::
  *     This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to
  *     remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of
  *     the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
  *
  *   FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT ::
  *     This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to
  *     remember that in PostScript, everything that is to the left of
  *     the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
  *
  *   FT_ORIENTATION_NONE ::
  *     The orientation cannot be determined.  That is, different parts of
  *     the glyph have different orientation.
  *
  */
  typedef enum  FT_Orientation_
  {
    FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE   = 0,
    FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1,
    FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE,
    FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT  = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT,
    FT_ORIENTATION_NONE

  } FT_Orientation;


 /**************************************************************************
  *
  * @function:
  *   FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
  *
  * @description:
  *   This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its
  *   fill orientation (see @FT_Orientation).  This is done by integrating
  *   the total area covered by the outline. The positive integral
  *   corresponds to the clockwise orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT
  *   is returned. The negative integral corresponds to the counter-clockwise
  *   orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE is returned.
  *
  *   Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty
  *   outlines.
  *
  * @input:
  *   outline ::
  *     A handle to the source outline.
  *
  * @return:
  *   The orientation.
  *
  */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation )
  FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline*  outline );

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTOUTLN_H_ */


/* END */


/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8    */
/* End:             */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftcache.h                                                              */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType Cache subsystem (specification).                            */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 1996-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTCACHE_H_
#define FTCACHE_H_


#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_GLYPH_H


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * <Section>
   *    cache_subsystem
   *
   * <Title>
   *    Cache Sub-System
   *
   * <Abstract>
   *    How to cache face, size, and glyph data with FreeType~2.
   *
   * <Description>
   *   This section describes the FreeType~2 cache sub-system, which is used
   *   to limit the number of concurrently opened @FT_Face and @FT_Size
   *   objects, as well as caching information like character maps and glyph
   *   images while limiting their maximum memory usage.
   *
   *   Note that all types and functions begin with the `FTC_' prefix.
   *
   *   The cache is highly portable and thus doesn't know anything about the
   *   fonts installed on your system, or how to access them.  This implies
   *   the following scheme:
   *
   *   First, available or installed font faces are uniquely identified by
   *   @FTC_FaceID values, provided to the cache by the client.  Note that
   *   the cache only stores and compares these values, and doesn't try to
   *   interpret them in any way.
   *
   *   Second, the cache calls, only when needed, a client-provided function
   *   to convert an @FTC_FaceID into a new @FT_Face object.  The latter is
   *   then completely managed by the cache, including its termination
   *   through @FT_Done_Face.  To monitor termination of face objects, the
   *   finalizer callback in the `generic' field of the @FT_Face object can
   *   be used, which might also be used to store the @FTC_FaceID of the
   *   face.
   *
   *   Clients are free to map face IDs to anything else.  The most simple
   *   usage is to associate them to a (pathname,face_index) pair that is
   *   used to call @FT_New_Face.  However, more complex schemes are also
   *   possible.
   *
   *   Note that for the cache to work correctly, the face ID values must be
   *   *persistent*, which means that the contents they point to should not
   *   change at runtime, or that their value should not become invalid.
   *
   *   If this is unavoidable (e.g., when a font is uninstalled at runtime),
   *   you should call @FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID as soon as possible, to let
   *   the cache get rid of any references to the old @FTC_FaceID it may
   *   keep internally.  Failure to do so will lead to incorrect behaviour
   *   or even crashes.
   *
   *   To use the cache, start with calling @FTC_Manager_New to create a new
   *   @FTC_Manager object, which models a single cache instance.  You can
   *   then look up @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects with
   *   @FTC_Manager_LookupFace and @FTC_Manager_LookupSize, respectively.
   *
   *   If you want to use the charmap caching, call @FTC_CMapCache_New, then
   *   later use @FTC_CMapCache_Lookup to perform the equivalent of
   *   @FT_Get_Char_Index, only much faster.
   *
   *   If you want to use the @FT_Glyph caching, call @FTC_ImageCache, then
   *   later use @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup to retrieve the corresponding
   *   @FT_Glyph objects from the cache.
   *
   *   If you need lots of small bitmaps, it is much more memory efficient
   *   to call @FTC_SBitCache_New followed by @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup.  This
   *   returns @FTC_SBitRec structures, which are used to store small
   *   bitmaps directly.  (A small bitmap is one whose metrics and
   *   dimensions all fit into 8-bit integers).
   *
   *   We hope to also provide a kerning cache in the near future.
   *
   *
   * <Order>
   *   FTC_Manager
   *   FTC_FaceID
   *   FTC_Face_Requester
   *
   *   FTC_Manager_New
   *   FTC_Manager_Reset
   *   FTC_Manager_Done
   *   FTC_Manager_LookupFace
   *   FTC_Manager_LookupSize
   *   FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID
   *
   *   FTC_Node
   *   FTC_Node_Unref
   *
   *   FTC_ImageCache
   *   FTC_ImageCache_New
   *   FTC_ImageCache_Lookup
   *
   *   FTC_SBit
   *   FTC_SBitCache
   *   FTC_SBitCache_New
   *   FTC_SBitCache_Lookup
   *
   *   FTC_CMapCache
   *   FTC_CMapCache_New
   *   FTC_CMapCache_Lookup
   *
   *************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*****                                                               *****/
  /*****                    BASIC TYPE DEFINITIONS                     *****/
  /*****                                                               *****/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @type: FTC_FaceID
   *
   * @description:
   *   An opaque pointer type that is used to identity face objects.  The
   *   contents of such objects is application-dependent.
   *
   *   These pointers are typically used to point to a user-defined
   *   structure containing a font file path, and face index.
   *
   * @note:
   *   Never use NULL as a valid @FTC_FaceID.
   *
   *   Face IDs are passed by the client to the cache manager that calls,
   *   when needed, the @FTC_Face_Requester to translate them into new
   *   @FT_Face objects.
   *
   *   If the content of a given face ID changes at runtime, or if the value
   *   becomes invalid (e.g., when uninstalling a font), you should
   *   immediately call @FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID before any other cache
   *   function.
   *
   *   Failure to do so will result in incorrect behaviour or even
   *   memory leaks and crashes.
   */
  typedef FT_Pointer  FTC_FaceID;


  /************************************************************************
   *
   * @functype:
   *   FTC_Face_Requester
   *
   * @description:
   *   A callback function provided by client applications.  It is used by
   *   the cache manager to translate a given @FTC_FaceID into a new valid
   *   @FT_Face object, on demand.
   *
   * <Input>
   *   face_id ::
   *     The face ID to resolve.
   *
   *   library ::
   *     A handle to a FreeType library object.
   *
   *   req_data ::
   *     Application-provided request data (see note below).
   *
   * <Output>
   *   aface ::
   *     A new @FT_Face handle.
   *
   * <Return>
   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * <Note>
   *   The third parameter `req_data' is the same as the one passed by the
   *   client when @FTC_Manager_New is called.
   *
   *   The face requester should not perform funny things on the returned
   *   face object, like creating a new @FT_Size for it, or setting a
   *   transformation through @FT_Set_Transform!
   */
  typedef FT_Error
  (*FTC_Face_Requester)( FTC_FaceID  face_id,
                         FT_Library  library,
                         FT_Pointer  req_data,
                         FT_Face*    aface );

  /* */


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*****                                                               *****/
  /*****                      CACHE MANAGER OBJECT                     *****/
  /*****                                                               *****/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FTC_Manager                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This object corresponds to one instance of the cache-subsystem.    */
  /*    It is used to cache one or more @FT_Face objects, along with       */
  /*    corresponding @FT_Size objects.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The manager intentionally limits the total number of opened        */
  /*    @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects to control memory usage.  See the    */
  /*    `max_faces' and `max_sizes' parameters of @FTC_Manager_New.        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The manager is also used to cache `nodes' of various types while   */
  /*    limiting their total memory usage.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    All limitations are enforced by keeping lists of managed objects   */
  /*    in most-recently-used order, and flushing old nodes to make room   */
  /*    for new ones.                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FTC_ManagerRec_*  FTC_Manager;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FTC_Node                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    An opaque handle to a cache node object.  Each cache node is       */
  /*    reference-counted.  A node with a count of~0 might be flushed      */
  /*    out of a full cache whenever a lookup request is performed.        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If you look up nodes, you have the ability to `acquire' them,      */
  /*    i.e., to increment their reference count.  This will prevent the   */
  /*    node from being flushed out of the cache until you explicitly      */
  /*    `release' it (see @FTC_Node_Unref).                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    See also @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup and @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FTC_NodeRec_*  FTC_Node;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FTC_Manager_New                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Create a new cache manager.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    library   :: The parent FreeType library handle to use.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    max_faces :: Maximum number of opened @FT_Face objects managed by  */
  /*                 this cache instance.  Use~0 for defaults.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    max_sizes :: Maximum number of opened @FT_Size objects managed by  */
  /*                 this cache instance.  Use~0 for defaults.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    max_bytes :: Maximum number of bytes to use for cached data nodes. */
  /*                 Use~0 for defaults.  Note that this value does not    */
  /*                 account for managed @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects.    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    requester :: An application-provided callback used to translate    */
  /*                 face IDs into real @FT_Face objects.                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    req_data  :: A generic pointer that is passed to the requester     */
  /*                 each time it is called (see @FTC_Face_Requester).     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    amanager  :: A handle to a new manager object.  0~in case of       */
  /*                 failure.                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FTC_Manager_New( FT_Library          library,
                   FT_UInt             max_faces,
                   FT_UInt             max_sizes,
                   FT_ULong            max_bytes,
                   FTC_Face_Requester  requester,
                   FT_Pointer          req_data,
                   FTC_Manager        *amanager );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FTC_Manager_Reset                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Empty a given cache manager.  This simply gets rid of all the      */
  /*    currently cached @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects within the manager. */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    manager :: A handle to the manager.                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FTC_Manager_Reset( FTC_Manager  manager );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FTC_Manager_Done                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Destroy a given manager after emptying it.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    manager :: A handle to the target cache manager object.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FTC_Manager_Done( FTC_Manager  manager );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FTC_Manager_LookupFace                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Retrieve the @FT_Face object that corresponds to a given face ID   */
  /*    through a cache manager.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    manager :: A handle to the cache manager.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    face_id :: The ID of the face object.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    aface   :: A handle to the face object.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The returned @FT_Face object is always owned by the manager.  You  */
  /*    should never try to discard it yourself.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The @FT_Face object doesn't necessarily have a current size object */
  /*    (i.e., face->size can be~0).  If you need a specific `font size',  */
  /*    use @FTC_Manager_LookupSize instead.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Never change the face's transformation matrix (i.e., never call    */
  /*    the @FT_Set_Transform function) on a returned face!  If you need   */
  /*    to transform glyphs, do it yourself after glyph loading.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected       */
  /*    _within_ the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache     */
  /*    until enough memory is released for the lookup to succeed.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If a lookup fails with `FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory' the cache has        */
  /*    already been completely flushed, and still no memory was available */
  /*    for the operation.                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FTC_Manager_LookupFace( FTC_Manager  manager,
                          FTC_FaceID   face_id,
                          FT_Face     *aface );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FTC_ScalerRec                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure used to describe a given character size in either      */
  /*    pixels or points to the cache manager.  See                        */
  /*    @FTC_Manager_LookupSize.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    face_id :: The source face ID.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    width   :: The character width.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    height  :: The character height.                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    pixel   :: A Boolean.  If 1, the `width' and `height' fields are   */
  /*               interpreted as integer pixel character sizes.           */
  /*               Otherwise, they are expressed as 1/64th of points.      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    x_res   :: Only used when `pixel' is value~0 to indicate the       */
  /*               horizontal resolution in dpi.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    y_res   :: Only used when `pixel' is value~0 to indicate the       */
  /*               vertical resolution in dpi.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    This type is mainly used to retrieve @FT_Size objects through the  */
  /*    cache manager.                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FTC_ScalerRec_
  {
    FTC_FaceID  face_id;
    FT_UInt     width;
    FT_UInt     height;
    FT_Int      pixel;
    FT_UInt     x_res;
    FT_UInt     y_res;

  } FTC_ScalerRec;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FTC_Scaler                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A handle to an @FTC_ScalerRec structure.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FTC_ScalerRec_*  FTC_Scaler;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FTC_Manager_LookupSize                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Retrieve the @FT_Size object that corresponds to a given           */
  /*    @FTC_ScalerRec pointer through a cache manager.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    manager :: A handle to the cache manager.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    scaler  :: A scaler handle.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    asize   :: A handle to the size object.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The returned @FT_Size object is always owned by the manager.  You  */
  /*    should never try to discard it by yourself.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    You can access the parent @FT_Face object simply as `size->face'   */
  /*    if you need it.  Note that this object is also owned by the        */
  /*    manager.                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected       */
  /*    _within_ the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache     */
  /*    until enough memory is released for the lookup to succeed.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If a lookup fails with `FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory' the cache has        */
  /*    already been completely flushed, and still no memory is available  */
  /*    for the operation.                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FTC_Manager_LookupSize( FTC_Manager  manager,
                          FTC_Scaler   scaler,
                          FT_Size     *asize );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FTC_Node_Unref                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Decrement a cache node's internal reference count.  When the count */
  /*    reaches 0, it is not destroyed but becomes eligible for subsequent */
  /*    cache flushes.                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    node    :: The cache node handle.                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    manager :: The cache manager handle.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FTC_Node_Unref( FTC_Node     node,
                  FTC_Manager  manager );


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID
   *
   * @description:
   *   A special function used to indicate to the cache manager that
   *   a given @FTC_FaceID is no longer valid, either because its
   *   content changed, or because it was deallocated or uninstalled.
   *
   * @input:
   *   manager ::
   *     The cache manager handle.
   *
   *   face_id ::
   *     The @FTC_FaceID to be removed.
   *
   * @note:
   *   This function flushes all nodes from the cache corresponding to this
   *   `face_id', with the exception of nodes with a non-null reference
   *   count.
   *
   *   Such nodes are however modified internally so as to never appear
   *   in later lookups with the same `face_id' value, and to be immediately
   *   destroyed when released by all their users.
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID( FTC_Manager  manager,
                            FTC_FaceID   face_id );


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @type:
   *   FTC_CMapCache
   *
   * @description:
   *   An opaque handle used to model a charmap cache.  This cache is to
   *   hold character codes -> glyph indices mappings.
   *
   */
  typedef struct FTC_CMapCacheRec_*  FTC_CMapCache;


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FTC_CMapCache_New
   *
   * @description:
   *   Create a new charmap cache.
   *
   * @input:
   *   manager ::
   *     A handle to the cache manager.
   *
   * @output:
   *   acache ::
   *     A new cache handle.  NULL in case of error.
   *
   * @return:
   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *   Like all other caches, this one will be destroyed with the cache
   *   manager.
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FTC_CMapCache_New( FTC_Manager     manager,
                     FTC_CMapCache  *acache );


  /************************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FTC_CMapCache_Lookup
   *
   * @description:
   *   Translate a character code into a glyph index, using the charmap
   *   cache.
   *
   * @input:
   *   cache ::
   *     A charmap cache handle.
   *
   *   face_id ::
   *     The source face ID.
   *
   *   cmap_index ::
   *     The index of the charmap in the source face.  Any negative value
   *     means to use the cache @FT_Face's default charmap.
   *
   *   char_code ::
   *     The character code (in the corresponding charmap).
   *
   * @return:
   *    Glyph index.  0~means `no glyph'.
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
  FTC_CMapCache_Lookup( FTC_CMapCache  cache,
                        FTC_FaceID     face_id,
                        FT_Int         cmap_index,
                        FT_UInt32      char_code );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*****                                                               *****/
  /*****                       IMAGE CACHE OBJECT                      *****/
  /*****                                                               *****/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @struct:
   *   FTC_ImageTypeRec
   *
   * @description:
   *   A structure used to model the type of images in a glyph cache.
   *
   * @fields:
   *   face_id ::
   *     The face ID.
   *
   *   width ::
   *     The width in pixels.
   *
   *   height ::
   *     The height in pixels.
   *
   *   flags ::
   *     The load flags, as in @FT_Load_Glyph.
   *
   */
  typedef struct  FTC_ImageTypeRec_
  {
    FTC_FaceID  face_id;
    FT_UInt     width;
    FT_UInt     height;
    FT_Int32    flags;

  } FTC_ImageTypeRec;


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @type:
   *   FTC_ImageType
   *
   * @description:
   *   A handle to an @FTC_ImageTypeRec structure.
   *
   */
  typedef struct FTC_ImageTypeRec_*  FTC_ImageType;


  /* */


#define FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_COMPARE( d1, d2 )      \
          ( (d1)->face_id == (d2)->face_id && \
            (d1)->width   == (d2)->width   && \
            (d1)->flags   == (d2)->flags   )


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FTC_ImageCache                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A handle to a glyph image cache object.  They are designed to      */
  /*    hold many distinct glyph images while not exceeding a certain      */
  /*    memory threshold.                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FTC_ImageCacheRec_*  FTC_ImageCache;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FTC_ImageCache_New                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Create a new glyph image cache.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    manager :: The parent manager for the image cache.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    acache  :: A handle to the new glyph image cache object.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FTC_ImageCache_New( FTC_Manager      manager,
                      FTC_ImageCache  *acache );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FTC_ImageCache_Lookup                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Retrieve a given glyph image from a glyph image cache.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    cache  :: A handle to the source glyph image cache.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    type   :: A pointer to a glyph image type descriptor.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    gindex :: The glyph index to retrieve.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    aglyph :: The corresponding @FT_Glyph object.  0~in case of        */
  /*              failure.                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    anode  :: Used to return the address of the corresponding cache    */
  /*              node after incrementing its reference count (see note    */
  /*              below).                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache.  */
  /*    Never try to transform or discard it manually!  You can however    */
  /*    create a copy with @FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache     */
  /*    node containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference    */
  /*    count.  This ensures that the node (as well as the @FT_Glyph) will */
  /*    always be kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to      */
  /*    `release' it.                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means  */
  /*    that the @FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next   */
  /*    call to one of the caching sub-system APIs.  Don't assume that it  */
  /*    is persistent!                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FTC_ImageCache_Lookup( FTC_ImageCache  cache,
                         FTC_ImageType   type,
                         FT_UInt         gindex,
                         FT_Glyph       *aglyph,
                         FTC_Node       *anode );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A variant of @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup that uses an @FTC_ScalerRec    */
  /*    to specify the face ID and its size.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    cache      :: A handle to the source glyph image cache.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    scaler     :: A pointer to a scaler descriptor.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    load_flags :: The corresponding load flags.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    gindex     :: The glyph index to retrieve.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    aglyph     :: The corresponding @FT_Glyph object.  0~in case of    */
  /*                  failure.                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    anode      :: Used to return the address of the corresponding      */
  /*                  cache node after incrementing its reference count    */
  /*                  (see note below).                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache.  */
  /*    Never try to transform or discard it manually!  You can however    */
  /*    create a copy with @FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache     */
  /*    node containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference    */
  /*    count.  This ensures that the node (as well as the @FT_Glyph) will */
  /*    always be kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to      */
  /*    `release' it.                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means  */
  /*    that the @FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next   */
  /*    call to one of the caching sub-system APIs.  Don't assume that it  */
  /*    is persistent!                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Calls to @FT_Set_Char_Size and friends have no effect on cached    */
  /*    glyphs; you should always use the FreeType cache API instead.      */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler( FTC_ImageCache  cache,
                               FTC_Scaler      scaler,
                               FT_ULong        load_flags,
                               FT_UInt         gindex,
                               FT_Glyph       *aglyph,
                               FTC_Node       *anode );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FTC_SBit                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A handle to a small bitmap descriptor.  See the @FTC_SBitRec       */
  /*    structure for details.                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FTC_SBitRec_*  FTC_SBit;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FTC_SBitRec                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A very compact structure used to describe a small glyph bitmap.    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    width     :: The bitmap width in pixels.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    height    :: The bitmap height in pixels.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    left      :: The horizontal distance from the pen position to the  */
  /*                 left bitmap border (a.k.a. `left side bearing', or    */
  /*                 `lsb').                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    top       :: The vertical distance from the pen position (on the   */
  /*                 baseline) to the upper bitmap border (a.k.a. `top     */
  /*                 side bearing').  The distance is positive for upwards */
  /*                 y~coordinates.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    format    :: The format of the glyph bitmap (monochrome or gray).  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    max_grays :: Maximum gray level value (in the range 1 to~255).     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    pitch     :: The number of bytes per bitmap line.  May be positive */
  /*                 or negative.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    xadvance  :: The horizontal advance width in pixels.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    yadvance  :: The vertical advance height in pixels.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    buffer    :: A pointer to the bitmap pixels.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FTC_SBitRec_
  {
    FT_Byte   width;
    FT_Byte   height;
    FT_Char   left;
    FT_Char   top;

    FT_Byte   format;
    FT_Byte   max_grays;
    FT_Short  pitch;
    FT_Char   xadvance;
    FT_Char   yadvance;

    FT_Byte*  buffer;

  } FTC_SBitRec;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FTC_SBitCache                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A handle to a small bitmap cache.  These are special cache objects */
  /*    used to store small glyph bitmaps (and anti-aliased pixmaps) in a  */
  /*    much more efficient way than the traditional glyph image cache     */
  /*    implemented by @FTC_ImageCache.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FTC_SBitCacheRec_*  FTC_SBitCache;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FTC_SBitCache_New                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Create a new cache to store small glyph bitmaps.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    manager :: A handle to the source cache manager.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    acache  :: A handle to the new sbit cache.  NULL in case of error. */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FTC_SBitCache_New( FTC_Manager     manager,
                     FTC_SBitCache  *acache );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FTC_SBitCache_Lookup                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Look up a given small glyph bitmap in a given sbit cache and       */
  /*    `lock' it to prevent its flushing from the cache until needed.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    cache  :: A handle to the source sbit cache.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    type   :: A pointer to the glyph image type descriptor.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    gindex :: The glyph index.                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    sbit   :: A handle to a small bitmap descriptor.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    anode  :: Used to return the address of the corresponding cache    */
  /*              node after incrementing its reference count (see note    */
  /*              below).                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the    */
  /*    cache and should never be freed by the application.  They might    */
  /*    as well disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't   */
  /*    treat them as persistent data.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The descriptor's `buffer' field is set to~0 to indicate a missing  */
  /*    glyph bitmap.                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache     */
  /*    node containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count.  */
  /*    This ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be   */
  /*    kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to `release' it.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means  */
  /*    that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next      */
  /*    call to one of the caching sub-system APIs.  Don't assume that it  */
  /*    is persistent!                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FTC_SBitCache_Lookup( FTC_SBitCache    cache,
                        FTC_ImageType    type,
                        FT_UInt          gindex,
                        FTC_SBit        *sbit,
                        FTC_Node        *anode );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A variant of @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup that uses an @FTC_ScalerRec     */
  /*    to specify the face ID and its size.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    cache      :: A handle to the source sbit cache.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    scaler     :: A pointer to the scaler descriptor.                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    load_flags :: The corresponding load flags.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    gindex     :: The glyph index.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    sbit       :: A handle to a small bitmap descriptor.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    anode      :: Used to return the address of the corresponding      */
  /*                  cache node after incrementing its reference count    */
  /*                  (see note below).                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the    */
  /*    cache and should never be freed by the application.  They might    */
  /*    as well disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't   */
  /*    treat them as persistent data.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The descriptor's `buffer' field is set to~0 to indicate a missing  */
  /*    glyph bitmap.                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache     */
  /*    node containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count.  */
  /*    This ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be   */
  /*    kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to `release' it.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means  */
  /*    that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next      */
  /*    call to one of the caching sub-system APIs.  Don't assume that it  */
  /*    is persistent!                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler( FTC_SBitCache  cache,
                              FTC_Scaler     scaler,
                              FT_ULong       load_flags,
                              FT_UInt        gindex,
                              FTC_SBit      *sbit,
                              FTC_Node      *anode );

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTCACHE_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  freetype.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType high-level API and common types (specification only).       */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 1996-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FREETYPE_H_
#define FREETYPE_H_


#ifndef FT_FREETYPE_H
#error "`ft2build.h' hasn't been included yet!"
#error "Please always use macros to include FreeType header files."
#error "Example:"
#error "  #include <ft2build.h>"
#error "  #include FT_FREETYPE_H"
#endif


#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#include FT_TYPES_H
#include FT_ERRORS_H


FT_BEGIN_HEADER



  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    header_inclusion                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    FreeType's header inclusion scheme                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    How client applications should include FreeType header files.      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    To be as flexible as possible (and for historical reasons),        */
  /*    FreeType uses a very special inclusion scheme to load header       */
  /*    files, for example                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    {                                                                  */
  /*      #include <ft2build.h>                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      #include FT_FREETYPE_H                                           */
  /*      #include FT_OUTLINE_H                                            */
  /*    }                                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    A compiler and its preprocessor only needs an include path to find */
  /*    the file `ft2build.h'; the exact locations and names of the other  */
  /*    FreeType header files are hidden by preprocessor macro names,      */
  /*    loaded by `ft2build.h'.  The API documentation always gives the    */
  /*    header macro name needed for a particular function.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    user_allocation                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    User allocation                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    How client applications should allocate FreeType data structures.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    FreeType assumes that structures allocated by the user and passed  */
  /*    as arguments are zeroed out except for the actual data.  In other  */
  /*    words, it is recommended to use `calloc' (or variants of it)       */
  /*    instead of `malloc' for allocation.                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/



  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                        B A S I C   T Y P E S                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    base_interface                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    Base Interface                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    The FreeType~2 base font interface.                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This section describes the most important public high-level API    */
  /*    functions of FreeType~2.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Order>                                                               */
  /*    FT_Library                                                         */
  /*    FT_Face                                                            */
  /*    FT_Size                                                            */
  /*    FT_GlyphSlot                                                       */
  /*    FT_CharMap                                                         */
  /*    FT_Encoding                                                        */
  /*    FT_ENC_TAG                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_FaceRec                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE                                              */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES                                           */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH                                           */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL                                            */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL                                              */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_COLOR                                                 */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT                                                  */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED                                             */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY                                                */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING                                               */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS                                      */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION                                             */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES                                           */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM                                       */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL                                                  */
  /*    FT_HAS_VERTICAL                                                    */
  /*    FT_HAS_KERNING                                                     */
  /*    FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES                                                 */
  /*    FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES                                                 */
  /*    FT_HAS_COLOR                                                       */
  /*    FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_IS_SFNT                                                         */
  /*    FT_IS_SCALABLE                                                     */
  /*    FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH                                                  */
  /*    FT_IS_CID_KEYED                                                    */
  /*    FT_IS_TRICKY                                                       */
  /*    FT_IS_NAMED_INSTANCE                                               */
  /*    FT_IS_VARIATION                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD                                                 */
  /*    FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_SizeRec                                                         */
  /*    FT_Size_Metrics                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_GlyphSlotRec                                                    */
  /*    FT_Glyph_Metrics                                                   */
  /*    FT_SubGlyph                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_Bitmap_Size                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_Init_FreeType                                                   */
  /*    FT_Done_FreeType                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_New_Face                                                        */
  /*    FT_Done_Face                                                       */
  /*    FT_Reference_Face                                                  */
  /*    FT_New_Memory_Face                                                 */
  /*    FT_Face_Properties                                                 */
  /*    FT_Open_Face                                                       */
  /*    FT_Open_Args                                                       */
  /*    FT_Parameter                                                       */
  /*    FT_Attach_File                                                     */
  /*    FT_Attach_Stream                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_Set_Char_Size                                                   */
  /*    FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes                                                 */
  /*    FT_Request_Size                                                    */
  /*    FT_Select_Size                                                     */
  /*    FT_Size_Request_Type                                               */
  /*    FT_Size_RequestRec                                                 */
  /*    FT_Size_Request                                                    */
  /*    FT_Set_Transform                                                   */
  /*    FT_Load_Glyph                                                      */
  /*    FT_Get_Char_Index                                                  */
  /*    FT_Get_First_Char                                                  */
  /*    FT_Get_Next_Char                                                   */
  /*    FT_Get_Name_Index                                                  */
  /*    FT_Load_Char                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_OPEN_MEMORY                                                     */
  /*    FT_OPEN_STREAM                                                     */
  /*    FT_OPEN_PATHNAME                                                   */
  /*    FT_OPEN_DRIVER                                                     */
  /*    FT_OPEN_PARAMS                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_LOAD_DEFAULT                                                    */
  /*    FT_LOAD_RENDER                                                     */
  /*    FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME                                                 */
  /*    FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN                                              */
  /*    FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE                                                   */
  /*    FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING                                                 */
  /*    FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP                                                  */
  /*    FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT                                                */
  /*    FT_LOAD_COLOR                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT                                            */
  /*    FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM                                           */
  /*    FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT                                             */
  /*    FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE                                                 */
  /*    FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL                                              */
  /*    FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT                                               */
  /*    FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO                                                */
  /*    FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD                                                 */
  /*    FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_Render_Glyph                                                    */
  /*    FT_Render_Mode                                                     */
  /*    FT_Get_Kerning                                                     */
  /*    FT_Kerning_Mode                                                    */
  /*    FT_Get_Track_Kerning                                               */
  /*    FT_Get_Glyph_Name                                                  */
  /*    FT_Get_Postscript_Name                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_CharMapRec                                                      */
  /*    FT_Select_Charmap                                                  */
  /*    FT_Set_Charmap                                                     */
  /*    FT_Get_Charmap_Index                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_Get_FSType_Flags                                                */
  /*    FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_Face_Internal                                                   */
  /*    FT_Size_Internal                                                   */
  /*    FT_Slot_Internal                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX                                                   */
  /*    FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX                                                  */
  /*    FT_OPEN_XXX                                                        */
  /*    FT_LOAD_XXX                                                        */
  /*    FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX                                                 */
  /*    FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX                                               */
  /*    FT_FSTYPE_XXX                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_Glyph_Metrics                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure to model the metrics of a single glyph.  The values    */
  /*    are expressed in 26.6 fractional pixel format; if the flag         */
  /*    @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE has been used while loading the glyph, values    */
  /*    are expressed in font units instead.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    width ::                                                           */
  /*      The glyph's width.                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    height ::                                                          */
  /*      The glyph's height.                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    horiBearingX ::                                                    */
  /*      Left side bearing for horizontal layout.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    horiBearingY ::                                                    */
  /*      Top side bearing for horizontal layout.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    horiAdvance ::                                                     */
  /*      Advance width for horizontal layout.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    vertBearingX ::                                                    */
  /*      Left side bearing for vertical layout.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    vertBearingY ::                                                    */
  /*      Top side bearing for vertical layout.  Larger positive values    */
  /*      mean further below the vertical glyph origin.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    vertAdvance ::                                                     */
  /*      Advance height for vertical layout.  Positive values mean the    */
  /*      glyph has a positive advance downward.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    If not disabled with @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING, the values represent     */
  /*    dimensions of the hinted glyph (in case hinting is applicable).    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Stroking a glyph with an outside border does not increase          */
  /*    `horiAdvance' or `vertAdvance'; you have to manually adjust these  */
  /*    values to account for the added width and height.                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FreeType doesn't use the `VORG' table data for CFF fonts because   */
  /*    it doesn't have an interface to quickly retrieve the glyph height. */
  /*    The y~coordinate of the vertical origin can be simply computed as  */
  /*    `vertBearingY + height' after loading a glyph.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_Glyph_Metrics_
  {
    FT_Pos  width;
    FT_Pos  height;

    FT_Pos  horiBearingX;
    FT_Pos  horiBearingY;
    FT_Pos  horiAdvance;

    FT_Pos  vertBearingX;
    FT_Pos  vertBearingY;
    FT_Pos  vertAdvance;

  } FT_Glyph_Metrics;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_Bitmap_Size                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This structure models the metrics of a bitmap strike (i.e., a set  */
  /*    of glyphs for a given point size and resolution) in a bitmap font. */
  /*    It is used for the `available_sizes' field of @FT_Face.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    height :: The vertical distance, in pixels, between two            */
  /*              consecutive baselines.  It is always positive.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    width  :: The average width, in pixels, of all glyphs in the       */
  /*              strike.                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    size   :: The nominal size of the strike in 26.6 fractional        */
  /*              points.  This field is not very useful.                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    x_ppem :: The horizontal ppem (nominal width) in 26.6 fractional   */
  /*              pixels.                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    y_ppem :: The vertical ppem (nominal height) in 26.6 fractional    */
  /*              pixels.                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    Windows FNT:                                                       */
  /*      The nominal size given in a FNT font is not reliable.  If the    */
  /*      driver finds it incorrect, it sets `size' to some calculated     */
  /*      values, and `x_ppem' and `y_ppem' to the pixel width and height  */
  /*      given in the font, respectively.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    TrueType embedded bitmaps:                                         */
  /*      `size', `width', and `height' values are not contained in the    */
  /*      bitmap strike itself.  They are computed from the global font    */
  /*      parameters.                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_Bitmap_Size_
  {
    FT_Short  height;
    FT_Short  width;

    FT_Pos    size;

    FT_Pos    x_ppem;
    FT_Pos    y_ppem;

  } FT_Bitmap_Size;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                     O B J E C T   C L A S S E S                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/

  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Library                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A handle to a FreeType library instance.  Each `library' is        */
  /*    completely independent from the others; it is the `root' of a set  */
  /*    of objects like fonts, faces, sizes, etc.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    It also embeds a memory manager (see @FT_Memory), as well as a     */
  /*    scan-line converter object (see @FT_Raster).                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    In multi-threaded applications it is easiest to use one            */
  /*    `FT_Library' object per thread.  In case this is too cumbersome,   */
  /*    a single `FT_Library' object across threads is possible also       */
  /*    (since FreeType version 2.5.6), as long as a mutex lock is used    */
  /*    around @FT_New_Face and @FT_Done_Face.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    Library objects are normally created by @FT_Init_FreeType, and     */
  /*    destroyed with @FT_Done_FreeType.  If you need reference-counting  */
  /*    (cf. @FT_Reference_Library), use @FT_New_Library and               */
  /*    @FT_Done_Library.                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FT_LibraryRec_  *FT_Library;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    module_management                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/

  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Module                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A handle to a given FreeType module object.  A module can be a     */
  /*    font driver, a renderer, or anything else that provides services   */
  /*    to the former.                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FT_ModuleRec_*  FT_Module;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Driver                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A handle to a given FreeType font driver object.  A font driver    */
  /*    is a module capable of creating faces from font files.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FT_DriverRec_*  FT_Driver;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Renderer                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A handle to a given FreeType renderer.  A renderer is a module in  */
  /*    charge of converting a glyph's outline image to a bitmap.  It      */
  /*    supports a single glyph image format, and one or more target       */
  /*    surface depths.                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FT_RendererRec_*  FT_Renderer;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    base_interface                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/

  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Face                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A handle to a typographic face object.  A face object models a     */
  /*    given typeface, in a given style.                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    A face object also owns a single @FT_GlyphSlot object, as well     */
  /*    as one or more @FT_Size objects.                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Use @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face to create a new face object from */
  /*    a given filepath or a custom input stream.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Use @FT_Done_Face to destroy it (along with its slot and sizes).   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    An `FT_Face' object can only be safely used from one thread at a   */
  /*    time.  Similarly, creation and destruction of `FT_Face' with the   */
  /*    same @FT_Library object can only be done from one thread at a      */
  /*    time.  On the other hand, functions like @FT_Load_Glyph and its    */
  /*    siblings are thread-safe and do not need the lock to be held as    */
  /*    long as the same `FT_Face' object is not used from multiple        */
  /*    threads at the same time.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Also>                                                                */
  /*    See @FT_FaceRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given face */
  /*    object.                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FT_FaceRec_*  FT_Face;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Size                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A handle to an object that models a face scaled to a given         */
  /*    character size.                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    An @FT_Face has one _active_ @FT_Size object that is used by       */
  /*    functions like @FT_Load_Glyph to determine the scaling             */
  /*    transformation that in turn is used to load and hint glyphs and    */
  /*    metrics.                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    You can use @FT_Set_Char_Size, @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes,                */
  /*    @FT_Request_Size or even @FT_Select_Size to change the content     */
  /*    (i.e., the scaling values) of the active @FT_Size.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    You can use @FT_New_Size to create additional size objects for a   */
  /*    given @FT_Face, but they won't be used by other functions until    */
  /*    you activate it through @FT_Activate_Size.  Only one size can be   */
  /*    activated at any given time per face.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Also>                                                                */
  /*    See @FT_SizeRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given size */
  /*    object.                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FT_SizeRec_*  FT_Size;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_GlyphSlot                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A handle to a given `glyph slot'.  A slot is a container that can  */
  /*    hold any of the glyphs contained in its parent face.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    In other words, each time you call @FT_Load_Glyph or               */
  /*    @FT_Load_Char, the slot's content is erased by the new glyph data, */
  /*    i.e., the glyph's metrics, its image (bitmap or outline), and      */
  /*    other control information.                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Also>                                                                */
  /*    See @FT_GlyphSlotRec for the publicly accessible glyph fields.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FT_GlyphSlotRec_*  FT_GlyphSlot;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_CharMap                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A handle to a character map (usually abbreviated to `charmap').  A */
  /*    charmap is used to translate character codes in a given encoding   */
  /*    into glyph indexes for its parent's face.  Some font formats may   */
  /*    provide several charmaps per font.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Each face object owns zero or more charmaps, but only one of them  */
  /*    can be `active', providing the data used by @FT_Get_Char_Index or  */
  /*    @FT_Load_Char.                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The list of available charmaps in a face is available through the  */
  /*    `face->num_charmaps' and `face->charmaps' fields of @FT_FaceRec.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The currently active charmap is available as `face->charmap'.      */
  /*    You should call @FT_Set_Charmap to change it.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    When a new face is created (either through @FT_New_Face or         */
  /*    @FT_Open_Face), the library looks for a Unicode charmap within     */
  /*    the list and automatically activates it.  If there is no Unicode   */
  /*    charmap, FreeType doesn't set an `active' charmap.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Also>                                                                */
  /*    See @FT_CharMapRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given   */
  /*    character map.                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FT_CharMapRec_*  FT_CharMap;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Macro>                                                               */
  /*    FT_ENC_TAG                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This macro converts four-letter tags into an unsigned long.  It is */
  /*    used to define `encoding' identifiers (see @FT_Encoding).          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    Since many 16-bit compilers don't like 32-bit enumerations, you    */
  /*    should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like   */
  /*    this:                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    {                                                                  */
  /*      #define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d )  value                   */
  /*    }                                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers.     */
  /*                                                                       */

#ifndef FT_ENC_TAG
#define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d )         \
          value = ( ( (FT_UInt32)(a) << 24 ) |  \
                    ( (FT_UInt32)(b) << 16 ) |  \
                    ( (FT_UInt32)(c) <<  8 ) |  \
                      (FT_UInt32)(d)         )

#endif /* FT_ENC_TAG */


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Enum>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Encoding                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    An enumeration to specify character sets supported by charmaps.    */
  /*    Used in the @FT_Select_Charmap API function.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    Despite the name, this enumeration lists specific character        */
  /*    repertories (i.e., charsets), and not text encoding methods (e.g., */
  /*    UTF-8, UTF-16, etc.).                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Other encodings might be defined in the future.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Values>                                                              */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_NONE ::                                                */
  /*      The encoding value~0 is reserved.                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_UNICODE ::                                             */
  /*      The Unicode character set.  This value covers all versions of    */
  /*      the Unicode repertoire, including ASCII and Latin-1.  Most fonts */
  /*      include a Unicode charmap, but not all of them.                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      For example, if you want to access Unicode value U+1F028 (and    */
  /*      the font contains it), use value 0x1F028 as the input value for  */
  /*      @FT_Get_Char_Index.                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL ::                                           */
  /*      Microsoft Symbol encoding, used to encode mathematical symbols   */
  /*      and wingdings.  For more information, see                        */
  /*      `https://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/recom.htm',         */
  /*      `http://www.kostis.net/charsets/symbol.htm', and                 */
  /*      `http://www.kostis.net/charsets/wingding.htm'.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      This encoding uses character codes from the PUA (Private Unicode */
  /*      Area) in the range U+F020-U+F0FF.                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_SJIS ::                                                */
  /*      Shift JIS encoding for Japanese.  More info at                   */
  /*      `https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shift_JIS'.  See note on          */
  /*      multi-byte encodings below.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_PRC ::                                                 */
  /*      Corresponds to encoding systems mainly for Simplified Chinese as */
  /*      used in People's Republic of China (PRC).  The encoding layout   */
  /*      is based on GB~2312 and its supersets GBK and GB~18030.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_BIG5 ::                                                */
  /*      Corresponds to an encoding system for Traditional Chinese as     */
  /*      used in Taiwan and Hong Kong.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG ::                                             */
  /*      Corresponds to the Korean encoding system known as Extended      */
  /*      Wansung (MS Windows code page 949).                              */
  /*      For more information see                                         */
  /*      `https://www.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WindowsBestFit/bestfit949.txt'. */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_JOHAB ::                                               */
  /*      The Korean standard character set (KS~C 5601-1992), which        */
  /*      corresponds to MS Windows code page 1361.  This character set    */
  /*      includes all possible Hangul character combinations.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1 ::                                       */
  /*      Corresponds to a Latin-1 encoding as defined in a Type~1         */
  /*      PostScript font.  It is limited to 256 character codes.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD ::                                      */
  /*      Adobe Standard encoding, as found in Type~1, CFF, and            */
  /*      OpenType/CFF fonts.  It is limited to 256 character codes.       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT ::                                        */
  /*      Adobe Expert encoding, as found in Type~1, CFF, and OpenType/CFF */
  /*      fonts.  It is limited to 256 character codes.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM ::                                        */
  /*      Corresponds to a custom encoding, as found in Type~1, CFF, and   */
  /*      OpenType/CFF fonts.  It is limited to 256 character codes.       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN ::                                         */
  /*      Apple roman encoding.  Many TrueType and OpenType fonts contain  */
  /*      a charmap for this 8-bit encoding, since older versions of Mac   */
  /*      OS are able to use it.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2 ::                                         */
  /*      This value is deprecated and was neither used nor reported by    */
  /*      FreeType.  Don't use or test for it.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS ::                                             */
  /*      Same as FT_ENCODING_SJIS.  Deprecated.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312 ::                                           */
  /*      Same as FT_ENCODING_PRC.  Deprecated.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5 ::                                             */
  /*      Same as FT_ENCODING_BIG5.  Deprecated.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG ::                                          */
  /*      Same as FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG.  Deprecated.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB ::                                            */
  /*      Same as FT_ENCODING_JOHAB.  Deprecated.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    By default, FreeType enables a Unicode charmap and tags it with    */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_UNICODE when it is either provided or can be generated */
  /*    from PostScript glyph name dictionaries in the font file.          */
  /*    All other encodings are considered legacy and tagged only if       */
  /*    explicitly defined in the font file.  Otherwise, FT_ENCODING_NONE  */
  /*    is used.                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_NONE is set by the BDF and PCF drivers if the charmap  */
  /*    is neither Unicode nor ISO-8859-1 (otherwise it is set to          */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_UNICODE).  Use @FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID to find out      */
  /*    which encoding is really present.  If, for example, the            */
  /*    `cs_registry' field is `KOI8' and the `cs_encoding' field is `R',  */
  /*    the font is encoded in KOI8-R.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_NONE is always set (with a single exception) by the    */
  /*    winfonts driver.  Use @FT_Get_WinFNT_Header and examine the        */
  /*    `charset' field of the @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure to find out  */
  /*    which encoding is really present.  For example,                    */
  /*    @FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 (204) means Windows code page 1251 (for       */
  /*    Russian).                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_NONE is set if `platform_id' is @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH */
  /*    and `encoding_id' is not `TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN' (otherwise it is set to */
  /*    FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN).                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If `platform_id' is @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH, use the function       */
  /*    @FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID to query the Mac language ID that may     */
  /*    be needed to be able to distinguish Apple encoding variants.  See  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      https://www.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/VENDORS/APPLE/Readme.txt */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    to get an idea how to do that.  Basically, if the language ID      */
  /*    is~0, don't use it, otherwise subtract 1 from the language ID.     */
  /*    Then examine `encoding_id'.  If, for example, `encoding_id' is     */
  /*    `TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN' and the language ID (minus~1) is                 */
  /*    `TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK', it is the Greek encoding, not Roman.        */
  /*    `TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC' with `TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI' means the Farsi      */
  /*    variant the Arabic encoding.                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef enum  FT_Encoding_
  {
    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ),

    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL, 's', 'y', 'm', 'b' ),
    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_UNICODE,   'u', 'n', 'i', 'c' ),

    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_SJIS,    's', 'j', 'i', 's' ),
    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_PRC,     'g', 'b', ' ', ' ' ),
    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_BIG5,    'b', 'i', 'g', '5' ),
    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG, 'w', 'a', 'n', 's' ),
    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_JOHAB,   'j', 'o', 'h', 'a' ),

    /* for backward compatibility */
    FT_ENCODING_GB2312     = FT_ENCODING_PRC,
    FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS    = FT_ENCODING_SJIS,
    FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312  = FT_ENCODING_PRC,
    FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5    = FT_ENCODING_BIG5,
    FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG = FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG,
    FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB   = FT_ENCODING_JOHAB,

    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD, 'A', 'D', 'O', 'B' ),
    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT,   'A', 'D', 'B', 'E' ),
    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM,   'A', 'D', 'B', 'C' ),
    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1,  'l', 'a', 't', '1' ),

    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2, 'l', 'a', 't', '2' ),

    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN, 'a', 'r', 'm', 'n' )

  } FT_Encoding;


  /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_Encoding' */
  /* values instead                                                      */
#define ft_encoding_none            FT_ENCODING_NONE
#define ft_encoding_unicode         FT_ENCODING_UNICODE
#define ft_encoding_symbol          FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL
#define ft_encoding_latin_1         FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1
#define ft_encoding_latin_2         FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2
#define ft_encoding_sjis            FT_ENCODING_SJIS
#define ft_encoding_gb2312          FT_ENCODING_PRC
#define ft_encoding_big5            FT_ENCODING_BIG5
#define ft_encoding_wansung         FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG
#define ft_encoding_johab           FT_ENCODING_JOHAB

#define ft_encoding_adobe_standard  FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD
#define ft_encoding_adobe_expert    FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT
#define ft_encoding_adobe_custom    FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM
#define ft_encoding_apple_roman     FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_CharMapRec                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    The base charmap structure.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    face        :: A handle to the parent face object.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    encoding    :: An @FT_Encoding tag identifying the charmap.  Use   */
  /*                   this with @FT_Select_Charmap.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    platform_id :: An ID number describing the platform for the        */
  /*                   following encoding ID.  This comes directly from    */
  /*                   the TrueType specification and gets emulated for    */
  /*                   other formats.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    encoding_id :: A platform specific encoding number.  This also     */
  /*                   comes from the TrueType specification and gets      */
  /*                   emulated similarly.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_CharMapRec_
  {
    FT_Face      face;
    FT_Encoding  encoding;
    FT_UShort    platform_id;
    FT_UShort    encoding_id;

  } FT_CharMapRec;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                 B A S E   O B J E C T   C L A S S E S                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Face_Internal                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    An opaque handle to an `FT_Face_InternalRec' structure that models */
  /*    the private data of a given @FT_Face object.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    This structure might change between releases of FreeType~2 and is  */
  /*    not generally available to client applications.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FT_Face_InternalRec_*  FT_Face_Internal;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_FaceRec                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    FreeType root face class structure.  A face object models a        */
  /*    typeface in a font file.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    num_faces           :: The number of faces in the font file.  Some */
  /*                           font formats can have multiple faces in     */
  /*                           a single font file.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    face_index          :: This field holds two different values.      */
  /*                           Bits 0-15 are the index of the face in the  */
  /*                           font file (starting with value~0).  They    */
  /*                           are set to~0 if there is only one face in   */
  /*                           the font file.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                           [Since 2.6.1] Bits 16-30 are relevant to GX */
  /*                           and OpenType variation fonts only, holding  */
  /*                           the named instance index for the current    */
  /*                           face index (starting with value~1; value~0  */
  /*                           indicates font access without a named       */
  /*                           instance).  For non-variation fonts, bits   */
  /*                           16-30 are ignored.  If we have the third    */
  /*                           named instance of face~4, say, `face_index' */
  /*                           is set to 0x00030004.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                           Bit 31 is always zero (this is,             */
  /*                           `face_index' is always a positive value).   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                           [Since 2.9] Changing the design coordinates */
  /*                           with @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates or      */
  /*                           @FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates does not      */
  /*                           influence the named instance index value    */
  /*                           (only @FT_Set_Named_Instance does that).    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    face_flags          :: A set of bit flags that give important      */
  /*                           information about the face; see             */
  /*                           @FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX for the details.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    style_flags         :: The lower 16~bits contain a set of bit      */
  /*                           flags indicating the style of the face; see */
  /*                           @FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX for the details.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                           [Since 2.6.1] Bits 16-30 hold the number    */
  /*                           of named instances available for the        */
  /*                           current face if we have a GX or OpenType    */
  /*                           variation (sub)font.  Bit 31 is always zero */
  /*                           (this is, `style_flags' is always a         */
  /*                           positive value).  Note that a variation     */
  /*                           font has always at least one named          */
  /*                           instance, namely the default instance.      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    num_glyphs          :: The number of glyphs in the face.  If the   */
  /*                           face is scalable and has sbits (see         */
  /*                           `num_fixed_sizes'), it is set to the number */
  /*                           of outline glyphs.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                           For CID-keyed fonts (not in an SFNT         */
  /*                           wrapper) this value gives the highest CID   */
  /*                           used in the font.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    family_name         :: The face's family name.  This is an ASCII   */
  /*                           string, usually in English, that describes  */
  /*                           the typeface's family (like `Times New      */
  /*                           Roman', `Bodoni', `Garamond', etc).  This   */
  /*                           is a least common denominator used to list  */
  /*                           fonts.  Some formats (TrueType & OpenType)  */
  /*                           provide localized and Unicode versions of   */
  /*                           this string.  Applications should use the   */
  /*                           format specific interface to access them.   */
  /*                           Can be NULL (e.g., in fonts embedded in a   */
  /*                           PDF file).                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                           In case the font doesn't provide a specific */
  /*                           family name entry, FreeType tries to        */
  /*                           synthesize one, deriving it from other name */
  /*                           entries.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    style_name          :: The face's style name.  This is an ASCII    */
  /*                           string, usually in English, that describes  */
  /*                           the typeface's style (like `Italic',        */
  /*                           `Bold', `Condensed', etc).  Not all font    */
  /*                           formats provide a style name, so this field */
  /*                           is optional, and can be set to NULL.  As    */
  /*                           for `family_name', some formats provide     */
  /*                           localized and Unicode versions of this      */
  /*                           string.  Applications should use the format */
  /*                           specific interface to access them.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    num_fixed_sizes     :: The number of bitmap strikes in the face.   */
  /*                           Even if the face is scalable, there might   */
  /*                           still be bitmap strikes, which are called   */
  /*                           `sbits' in that case.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    available_sizes     :: An array of @FT_Bitmap_Size for all bitmap  */
  /*                           strikes in the face.  It is set to NULL if  */
  /*                           there is no bitmap strike.                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                           Note that FreeType tries to sanitize the    */
  /*                           strike data since they are sometimes sloppy */
  /*                           or incorrect, but this can easily fail.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    num_charmaps        :: The number of charmaps in the face.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    charmaps            :: An array of the charmaps of the face.       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    generic             :: A field reserved for client uses.  See the  */
  /*                           @FT_Generic type description.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    bbox                :: The font bounding box.  Coordinates are     */
  /*                           expressed in font units (see                */
  /*                           `units_per_EM').  The box is large enough   */
  /*                           to contain any glyph from the font.  Thus,  */
  /*                           `bbox.yMax' can be seen as the `maximum     */
  /*                           ascender', and `bbox.yMin' as the `minimum  */
  /*                           descender'.  Only relevant for scalable     */
  /*                           formats.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                           Note that the bounding box might be off by  */
  /*                           (at least) one pixel for hinted fonts.  See */
  /*                           @FT_Size_Metrics for further discussion.    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    units_per_EM        :: The number of font units per EM square for  */
  /*                           this face.  This is typically 2048 for      */
  /*                           TrueType fonts, and 1000 for Type~1 fonts.  */
  /*                           Only relevant for scalable formats.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    ascender            :: The typographic ascender of the face,       */
  /*                           expressed in font units.  For font formats  */
  /*                           not having this information, it is set to   */
  /*                           `bbox.yMax'.  Only relevant for scalable    */
  /*                           formats.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    descender           :: The typographic descender of the face,      */
  /*                           expressed in font units.  For font formats  */
  /*                           not having this information, it is set to   */
  /*                           `bbox.yMin'.  Note that this field is       */
  /*                           negative for values below the baseline.     */
  /*                           Only relevant for scalable formats.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    height              :: This value is the vertical distance         */
  /*                           between two consecutive baselines,          */
  /*                           expressed in font units.  It is always      */
  /*                           positive.  Only relevant for scalable       */
  /*                           formats.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                           If you want the global glyph height, use    */
  /*                           `ascender - descender'.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    max_advance_width   :: The maximum advance width, in font units,   */
  /*                           for all glyphs in this face.  This can be   */
  /*                           used to make word wrapping computations     */
  /*                           faster.  Only relevant for scalable         */
  /*                           formats.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    max_advance_height  :: The maximum advance height, in font units,  */
  /*                           for all glyphs in this face.  This is only  */
  /*                           relevant for vertical layouts, and is set   */
  /*                           to `height' for fonts that do not provide   */
  /*                           vertical metrics.  Only relevant for        */
  /*                           scalable formats.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    underline_position  :: The position, in font units, of the         */
  /*                           underline line for this face.  It is the    */
  /*                           center of the underlining stem.  Only       */
  /*                           relevant for scalable formats.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    underline_thickness :: The thickness, in font units, of the        */
  /*                           underline for this face.  Only relevant for */
  /*                           scalable formats.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    glyph               :: The face's associated glyph slot(s).        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    size                :: The current active size for this face.      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    charmap             :: The current active charmap for this face.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    Fields may be changed after a call to @FT_Attach_File or           */
  /*    @FT_Attach_Stream.                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields */
  /*    can change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and     */
  /*    friends) if the font contains an `MVAR' table: `ascender',         */
  /*    `descender', `height', `underline_position', and                   */
  /*    `underline_thickness'.                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Especially for TrueType fonts see also the documentation for       */
  /*    @FT_Size_Metrics.                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_FaceRec_
  {
    FT_Long           num_faces;
    FT_Long           face_index;

    FT_Long           face_flags;
    FT_Long           style_flags;

    FT_Long           num_glyphs;

    FT_String*        family_name;
    FT_String*        style_name;

    FT_Int            num_fixed_sizes;
    FT_Bitmap_Size*   available_sizes;

    FT_Int            num_charmaps;
    FT_CharMap*       charmaps;

    FT_Generic        generic;

    /*# The following member variables (down to `underline_thickness') */
    /*# are only relevant to scalable outlines; cf. @FT_Bitmap_Size    */
    /*# for bitmap fonts.                                              */
    FT_BBox           bbox;

    FT_UShort         units_per_EM;
    FT_Short          ascender;
    FT_Short          descender;
    FT_Short          height;

    FT_Short          max_advance_width;
    FT_Short          max_advance_height;

    FT_Short          underline_position;
    FT_Short          underline_thickness;

    FT_GlyphSlot      glyph;
    FT_Size           size;
    FT_CharMap        charmap;

    /*@private begin */

    FT_Driver         driver;
    FT_Memory         memory;
    FT_Stream         stream;

    FT_ListRec        sizes_list;

    FT_Generic        autohint;   /* face-specific auto-hinter data */
    void*             extensions; /* unused                         */

    FT_Face_Internal  internal;

    /*@private end */

  } FT_FaceRec;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Enum>                                                                */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A list of bit flags used in the `face_flags' field of the          */
  /*    @FT_FaceRec structure.  They inform client applications of         */
  /*    properties of the corresponding face.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Values>                                                              */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE ::                                           */
  /*      The face contains outline glyphs.  Note that a face can contain  */
  /*      bitmap strikes also, i.e., a face can have both this flag and    */
  /*      @FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES set.                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES ::                                        */
  /*      The face contains bitmap strikes.  See also the                  */
  /*      `num_fixed_sizes' and `available_sizes' fields of @FT_FaceRec.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH ::                                        */
  /*      The face contains fixed-width characters (like Courier, Lucida,  */
  /*      MonoType, etc.).                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT ::                                               */
  /*      The face uses the SFNT storage scheme.  For now, this means      */
  /*      TrueType and OpenType.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL ::                                         */
  /*      The face contains horizontal glyph metrics.  This should be set  */
  /*      for all common formats.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL ::                                           */
  /*      The face contains vertical glyph metrics.  This is only          */
  /*      available in some formats, not all of them.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING ::                                            */
  /*      The face contains kerning information.  If set, the kerning      */
  /*      distance can be retrieved using the function @FT_Get_Kerning.    */
  /*      Otherwise the function always return the vector (0,0).  Note     */
  /*      that FreeType doesn't handle kerning data from the SFNT `GPOS'   */
  /*      table (as present in many OpenType fonts).                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS ::                                        */
  /*      THIS FLAG IS DEPRECATED.  DO NOT USE OR TEST IT.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS ::                                   */
  /*      The face contains multiple masters and is capable of             */
  /*      interpolating between them.  Supported formats are Adobe MM,     */
  /*      TrueType GX, and OpenType variation fonts.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      See section @multiple_masters for API details.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES ::                                        */
  /*      The face contains glyph names, which can be retrieved using      */
  /*      @FT_Get_Glyph_Name.  Note that some TrueType fonts contain       */
  /*      broken glyph name tables.  Use the function                      */
  /*      @FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names when needed.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM ::                                    */
  /*      Used internally by FreeType to indicate that a face's stream was */
  /*      provided by the client application and should not be destroyed   */
  /*      when @FT_Done_Face is called.  Don't read or test this flag.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER ::                                             */
  /*      The font driver has a hinting machine of its own.  For example,  */
  /*      with TrueType fonts, it makes sense to use data from the SFNT    */
  /*      `gasp' table only if the native TrueType hinting engine (with    */
  /*      the bytecode interpreter) is available and active.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED ::                                          */
  /*      The face is CID-keyed.  In that case, the face is not accessed   */
  /*      by glyph indices but by CID values.  For subsetted CID-keyed     */
  /*      fonts this has the consequence that not all index values are a   */
  /*      valid argument to @FT_Load_Glyph.  Only the CID values for which */
  /*      corresponding glyphs in the subsetted font exist make            */
  /*      `FT_Load_Glyph' return successfully; in all other cases you get  */
  /*      an `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      Note that CID-keyed fonts that are in an SFNT wrapper (this is,  */
  /*      all OpenType/CFF fonts) don't have this flag set since the       */
  /*      glyphs are accessed in the normal way (using contiguous          */
  /*      indices); the `CID-ness' isn't visible to the application.       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY ::                                             */
  /*      The face is `tricky', this is, it always needs the font format's */
  /*      native hinting engine to get a reasonable result.  A typical     */
  /*      example is the old Chinese font `mingli.ttf' (but not            */
  /*      `mingliu.ttc') that uses TrueType bytecode instructions to move  */
  /*      and scale all of its subglyphs.                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      It is not possible to auto-hint such fonts using                 */
  /*      @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT; it will also ignore                     */
  /*      @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING.  You have to set both @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING   */
  /*      and @FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT to really disable hinting; however, you */
  /*      probably never want this except for demonstration purposes.      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      Currently, there are about a dozen TrueType fonts in the list of */
  /*      tricky fonts; they are hard-coded in file `ttobjs.c'.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_COLOR ::                                              */
  /*      [Since 2.5.1] The face has color glyph tables.  To access color  */
  /*      glyphs use @FT_LOAD_COLOR.                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION ::                                          */
  /*      [Since 2.9] Set if the current face (or named instance) has been */
  /*      altered with @FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates,                      */
  /*      @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates, or                               */
  /*      @FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates.  This flag is unset by a call to  */
  /*      @FT_Set_Named_Instance.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE          ( 1L <<  0 )
#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES       ( 1L <<  1 )
#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH       ( 1L <<  2 )
#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT              ( 1L <<  3 )
#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL        ( 1L <<  4 )
#define FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL          ( 1L <<  5 )
#define FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING           ( 1L <<  6 )
#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS       ( 1L <<  7 )
#define FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS  ( 1L <<  8 )
#define FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES       ( 1L <<  9 )
#define FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM   ( 1L << 10 )
#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER            ( 1L << 11 )
#define FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED         ( 1L << 12 )
#define FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY            ( 1L << 13 )
#define FT_FACE_FLAG_COLOR             ( 1L << 14 )
#define FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION         ( 1L << 15 )


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL( face )
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains
   *   horizontal metrics (this is true for all font formats though).
   *
   * @also:
   *   @FT_HAS_VERTICAL can be used to check for vertical metrics.
   *
   */
#define FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL( face ) \
          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL )


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face )
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains real
   *   vertical metrics (and not only synthesized ones).
   *
   */
#define FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face ) \
          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL )


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_HAS_KERNING( face )
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains kerning
   *   data that can be accessed with @FT_Get_Kerning.
   *
   */
#define FT_HAS_KERNING( face ) \
          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING )


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_IS_SCALABLE( face )
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a scalable
   *   font face (true for TrueType, Type~1, Type~42, CID, OpenType/CFF,
   *   and PFR font formats).
   *
   */
#define FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) \
          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE )


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_IS_SFNT( face )
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font
   *   whose format is based on the SFNT storage scheme.  This usually
   *   means: TrueType fonts, OpenType fonts, as well as SFNT-based embedded
   *   bitmap fonts.
   *
   *   If this macro is true, all functions defined in @FT_SFNT_NAMES_H and
   *   @FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H are available.
   *
   */
#define FT_IS_SFNT( face ) \
          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT )


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( face )
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font face
   *   that contains fixed-width (or `monospace', `fixed-pitch', etc.)
   *   glyphs.
   *
   */
#define FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( face ) \
          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH )


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face )
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some
   *   embedded bitmaps.  See the `available_sizes' field of the
   *   @FT_FaceRec structure.
   *
   */
#define FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) \
          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES )


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS( face )
   *
   * @description:
   *   Deprecated.
   *
   */
#define FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS( face )  0


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face )
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some glyph
   *   names that can be accessed through @FT_Get_Glyph_Name.
   *
   */
#define FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face ) \
          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES )


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face )
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some
   *   multiple masters.  The functions provided by @FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
   *   are then available to choose the exact design you want.
   *
   */
#define FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face ) \
          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS )


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_IS_NAMED_INSTANCE( face )
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object is a named instance
   *   of a GX or OpenType variation font.
   *
   *   [Since 2.9] Changing the design coordinates with
   *   @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates or @FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates does
   *   not influence the return value of this macro (only
   *   @FT_Set_Named_Instance does that).
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.7
   *
   */
#define FT_IS_NAMED_INSTANCE( face ) \
          ( (face)->face_index & 0x7FFF0000L )


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_IS_VARIATION( face )
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object has been altered
   *   by @FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates, @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates, or
   *   @FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates.
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.9
   *
   */
#define FT_IS_VARIATION( face ) \
          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION )


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_IS_CID_KEYED( face )
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a CID-keyed
   *   font.  See the discussion of @FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED for more
   *   details.
   *
   *   If this macro is true, all functions defined in @FT_CID_H are
   *   available.
   *
   */
#define FT_IS_CID_KEYED( face ) \
          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED )


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_IS_TRICKY( face )
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face represents a `tricky' font.
   *   See the discussion of @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for more details.
   *
   */
#define FT_IS_TRICKY( face ) \
          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY )


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_HAS_COLOR( face )
   *
   * @description:
   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains
   *   tables for color glyphs.
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.5.1
   *
   */
#define FT_HAS_COLOR( face ) \
          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_COLOR )


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Const>                                                               */
  /*    FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A list of bit flags to indicate the style of a given face.  These  */
  /*    are used in the `style_flags' field of @FT_FaceRec.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Values>                                                              */
  /*    FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC ::                                            */
  /*      The face style is italic or oblique.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD ::                                              */
  /*      The face is bold.                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The style information as provided by FreeType is very basic.  More */
  /*    details are beyond the scope and should be done on a higher level  */
  /*    (for example, by analyzing various fields of the `OS/2' table in   */
  /*    SFNT based fonts).                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC  ( 1 << 0 )
#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD    ( 1 << 1 )


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Size_Internal                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    An opaque handle to an `FT_Size_InternalRec' structure, used to    */
  /*    model private data of a given @FT_Size object.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FT_Size_InternalRec_*  FT_Size_Internal;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_Size_Metrics                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    The size metrics structure gives the metrics of a size object.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    x_ppem       :: The width of the scaled EM square in pixels, hence */
  /*                    the term `ppem' (pixels per EM).  It is also       */
  /*                    referred to as `nominal width'.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    y_ppem       :: The height of the scaled EM square in pixels,      */
  /*                    hence the term `ppem' (pixels per EM).  It is also */
  /*                    referred to as `nominal height'.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    x_scale      :: A 16.16 fractional scaling value to convert        */
  /*                    horizontal metrics from font units to 26.6         */
  /*                    fractional pixels.  Only relevant for scalable     */
  /*                    font formats.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    y_scale      :: A 16.16 fractional scaling value to convert        */
  /*                    vertical metrics from font units to 26.6           */
  /*                    fractional pixels.  Only relevant for scalable     */
  /*                    font formats.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    ascender     :: The ascender in 26.6 fractional pixels, rounded up */
  /*                    to an integer value.  See @FT_FaceRec for the      */
  /*                    details.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    descender    :: The descender in 26.6 fractional pixels, rounded   */
  /*                    down to an integer value.  See @FT_FaceRec for the */
  /*                    details.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    height       :: The height in 26.6 fractional pixels, rounded to   */
  /*                    an integer value.  See @FT_FaceRec for the         */
  /*                    details.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    max_advance  :: The maximum advance width in 26.6 fractional       */
  /*                    pixels, rounded to an integer value.  See          */
  /*                    @FT_FaceRec for the details.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The scaling values, if relevant, are determined first during a     */
  /*    size changing operation.  The remaining fields are then set by the */
  /*    driver.  For scalable formats, they are usually set to scaled      */
  /*    values of the corresponding fields in @FT_FaceRec.  Some values    */
  /*    like ascender or descender are rounded for historical reasons;     */
  /*    more precise values (for outline fonts) can be derived by scaling  */
  /*    the corresponding @FT_FaceRec values manually, with code similar   */
  /*    to the following.                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    {                                                                  */
  /*      scaled_ascender = FT_MulFix( face->ascender,                     */
  /*                                   size_metrics->y_scale );            */
  /*    }                                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Note that due to glyph hinting and the selected rendering mode     */
  /*    these values are usually not exact; consequently, they must be     */
  /*    treated as unreliable with an error margin of at least one pixel!  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Indeed, the only way to get the exact metrics is to render _all_   */
  /*    glyphs.  As this would be a definite performance hit, it is up to  */
  /*    client applications to perform such computations.                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The `FT_Size_Metrics' structure is valid for bitmap fonts also.    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    *TrueType* *fonts* *with* *native* *bytecode* *hinting*            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    All applications that handle TrueType fonts with native hinting    */
  /*    must be aware that TTFs expect different rounding of vertical font */
  /*    dimensions.  The application has to cater for this, especially if  */
  /*    it wants to rely on a TTF's vertical data (for example, to         */
  /*    properly align box characters vertically).                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Only the application knows _in_ _advance_ that it is going to use  */
  /*    native hinting for TTFs!  FreeType, on the other hand, selects the */
  /*    hinting mode not at the time of creating an @FT_Size object but    */
  /*    much later, namely while calling @FT_Load_Glyph.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Here is some pseudo code that illustrates a possible solution.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    {                                                                  */
  /*      font_format = FT_Get_Font_Format( face );                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      if ( !strcmp( font_format, "TrueType" ) &&                       */
  /*           do_native_bytecode_hinting         )                        */
  /*      {                                                                */
  /*        ascender  = ROUND( FT_MulFix( face->ascender,                  */
  /*                                      size_metrics->y_scale ) );       */
  /*        descender = ROUND( FT_MulFix( face->descender,                 */
  /*                                      size_metrics->y_scale ) );       */
  /*      }                                                                */
  /*      else                                                             */
  /*      {                                                                */
  /*        ascender  = size_metrics->ascender;                            */
  /*        descender = size_metrics->descender;                           */
  /*      }                                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      height      = size_metrics->height;                              */
  /*      max_advance = size_metrics->max_advance;                         */
  /*    }                                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_Size_Metrics_
  {
    FT_UShort  x_ppem;      /* horizontal pixels per EM               */
    FT_UShort  y_ppem;      /* vertical pixels per EM                 */

    FT_Fixed   x_scale;     /* scaling values used to convert font    */
    FT_Fixed   y_scale;     /* units to 26.6 fractional pixels        */

    FT_Pos     ascender;    /* ascender in 26.6 frac. pixels          */
    FT_Pos     descender;   /* descender in 26.6 frac. pixels         */
    FT_Pos     height;      /* text height in 26.6 frac. pixels       */
    FT_Pos     max_advance; /* max horizontal advance, in 26.6 pixels */

  } FT_Size_Metrics;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_SizeRec                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    FreeType root size class structure.  A size object models a face   */
  /*    object at a given size.                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    face    :: Handle to the parent face object.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    generic :: A typeless pointer, unused by the FreeType library or   */
  /*               any of its drivers.  It can be used by client           */
  /*               applications to link their own data to each size        */
  /*               object.                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    metrics :: Metrics for this size object.  This field is read-only. */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_SizeRec_
  {
    FT_Face           face;      /* parent face object              */
    FT_Generic        generic;   /* generic pointer for client uses */
    FT_Size_Metrics   metrics;   /* size metrics                    */
    FT_Size_Internal  internal;

  } FT_SizeRec;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_SubGlyph                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    The subglyph structure is an internal object used to describe      */
  /*    subglyphs (for example, in the case of composites).                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The subglyph implementation is not part of the high-level API,     */
  /*    hence the forward structure declaration.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    You can however retrieve subglyph information with                 */
  /*    @FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info.                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FT_SubGlyphRec_*  FT_SubGlyph;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Slot_Internal                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    An opaque handle to an `FT_Slot_InternalRec' structure, used to    */
  /*    model private data of a given @FT_GlyphSlot object.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FT_Slot_InternalRec_*  FT_Slot_Internal;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_GlyphSlotRec                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    FreeType root glyph slot class structure.  A glyph slot is a       */
  /*    container where individual glyphs can be loaded, be they in        */
  /*    outline or bitmap format.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    library           :: A handle to the FreeType library instance     */
  /*                         this slot belongs to.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    face              :: A handle to the parent face object.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    next              :: In some cases (like some font tools), several */
  /*                         glyph slots per face object can be a good     */
  /*                         thing.  As this is rare, the glyph slots are  */
  /*                         listed through a direct, single-linked list   */
  /*                         using its `next' field.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    generic           :: A typeless pointer unused by the FreeType     */
  /*                         library or any of its drivers.  It can be     */
  /*                         used by client applications to link their own */
  /*                         data to each glyph slot object.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    metrics           :: The metrics of the last loaded glyph in the   */
  /*                         slot.  The returned values depend on the last */
  /*                         load flags (see the @FT_Load_Glyph API        */
  /*                         function) and can be expressed either in 26.6 */
  /*                         fractional pixels or font units.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                         Note that even when the glyph image is        */
  /*                         transformed, the metrics are not.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    linearHoriAdvance :: The advance width of the unhinted glyph.      */
  /*                         Its value is expressed in 16.16 fractional    */
  /*                         pixels, unless @FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set  */
  /*                         when loading the glyph.  This field can be    */
  /*                         important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout.  */
  /*                         Only relevant for outline glyphs.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    linearVertAdvance :: The advance height of the unhinted glyph.     */
  /*                         Its value is expressed in 16.16 fractional    */
  /*                         pixels, unless @FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set  */
  /*                         when loading the glyph.  This field can be    */
  /*                         important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout.  */
  /*                         Only relevant for outline glyphs.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    advance           :: This shorthand is, depending on               */
  /*                         @FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM, the transformed    */
  /*                         (hinted) advance width for the glyph, in 26.6 */
  /*                         fractional pixel format.  As specified with   */
  /*                         @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT, it uses either the  */
  /*                         `horiAdvance' or the `vertAdvance' value of   */
  /*                         `metrics' field.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    format            :: This field indicates the format of the image  */
  /*                         contained in the glyph slot.  Typically       */
  /*                         @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP,                      */
  /*                         @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE, or                  */
  /*                         @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, but other values  */
  /*                         are possible.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    bitmap            :: This field is used as a bitmap descriptor.    */
  /*                         Note that the address and content of the      */
  /*                         bitmap buffer can change between calls of     */
  /*                         @FT_Load_Glyph and a few other functions.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    bitmap_left       :: The bitmap's left bearing expressed in        */
  /*                         integer pixels.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    bitmap_top        :: The bitmap's top bearing expressed in integer */
  /*                         pixels.  This is the distance from the        */
  /*                         baseline to the top-most glyph scanline,      */
  /*                         upwards y~coordinates being *positive*.       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    outline           :: The outline descriptor for the current glyph  */
  /*                         image if its format is                        */
  /*                         @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE.  Once a glyph is    */
  /*                         loaded, `outline' can be transformed,         */
  /*                         distorted, emboldened, etc.  However, it must */
  /*                         not be freed.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    num_subglyphs     :: The number of subglyphs in a composite glyph. */
  /*                         This field is only valid for the composite    */
  /*                         glyph format that should normally only be     */
  /*                         loaded with the @FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE flag.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    subglyphs         :: An array of subglyph descriptors for          */
  /*                         composite glyphs.  There are `num_subglyphs'  */
  /*                         elements in there.  Currently internal to     */
  /*                         FreeType.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    control_data      :: Certain font drivers can also return the      */
  /*                         control data for a given glyph image (e.g.    */
  /*                         TrueType bytecode, Type~1 charstrings, etc.). */
  /*                         This field is a pointer to such data; it is   */
  /*                         currently internal to FreeType.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    control_len       :: This is the length in bytes of the control    */
  /*                         data.  Currently internal to FreeType.        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    other             :: Reserved.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    lsb_delta         :: The difference between hinted and unhinted    */
  /*                         left side bearing while auto-hinting is       */
  /*                         active.  Zero otherwise.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    rsb_delta         :: The difference between hinted and unhinted    */
  /*                         right side bearing while auto-hinting is      */
  /*                         active.  Zero otherwise.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    If @FT_Load_Glyph is called with default flags (see                */
  /*    @FT_LOAD_DEFAULT) the glyph image is loaded in the glyph slot in   */
  /*    its native format (e.g., an outline glyph for TrueType and Type~1  */
  /*    formats).  [Since 2.9] The prospective bitmap metrics are          */
  /*    calculated according to @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX and other flags even   */
  /*    for the outline glyph, even if @FT_LOAD_RENDER is not set.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    This image can later be converted into a bitmap by calling         */
  /*    @FT_Render_Glyph.  This function searches the current renderer for */
  /*    the native image's format, then invokes it.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The renderer is in charge of transforming the native image through */
  /*    the slot's face transformation fields, then converting it into a   */
  /*    bitmap that is returned in `slot->bitmap'.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Note that `slot->bitmap_left' and `slot->bitmap_top' are also used */
  /*    to specify the position of the bitmap relative to the current pen  */
  /*    position (e.g., coordinates (0,0) on the baseline).  Of course,    */
  /*    `slot->format' is also changed to @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Here is a small pseudo code fragment that shows how to use         */
  /*    `lsb_delta' and `rsb_delta' to do fractional positioning of        */
  /*    glyphs:                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    {                                                                  */
  /*      FT_GlyphSlot  slot     = face->glyph;                            */
  /*      FT_Pos        origin_x = 0;                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      for all glyphs do                                                */
  /*        <load glyph with `FT_Load_Glyph'>                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        FT_Outline_Translate( slot->outline, origin_x & 63, 0 );       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        <save glyph image, or render glyph, or ...>                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        <compute kern between current and next glyph                   */
  /*         and add it to `origin_x'>                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        origin_x += slot->advance.x;                                   */
  /*        origin_x += slot->rsb_delta - slot->lsb_delta;                 */
  /*      endfor                                                           */
  /*    }                                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Here is another small pseudo code fragment that shows how to use   */
  /*    `lsb_delta' and `rsb_delta' to improve integer positioning of      */
  /*    glyphs:                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    {                                                                  */
  /*      FT_GlyphSlot  slot           = face->glyph;                      */
  /*      FT_Pos        origin_x       = 0;                                */
  /*      FT_Pos        prev_rsb_delta = 0;                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      for all glyphs do                                                */
  /*        <compute kern between current and previous glyph               */
  /*         and add it to `origin_x'>                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        <load glyph with `FT_Load_Glyph'>                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        if ( prev_rsb_delta - slot->lsb_delta >  32 )                  */
  /*          origin_x -= 64;                                              */
  /*        else if ( prev_rsb_delta - slot->lsb_delta < -31 )             */
  /*          origin_x += 64;                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        prev_rsb_delta = slot->rsb_delta;                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        <save glyph image, or render glyph, or ...>                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        origin_x += slot->advance.x;                                   */
  /*      endfor                                                           */
  /*    }                                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If you use strong auto-hinting, you *must* apply these delta       */
  /*    values!  Otherwise you will experience far too large inter-glyph   */
  /*    spacing at small rendering sizes in most cases.  Note that it      */
  /*    doesn't harm to use the above code for other hinting modes also,   */
  /*    since the delta values are zero then.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_GlyphSlotRec_
  {
    FT_Library        library;
    FT_Face           face;
    FT_GlyphSlot      next;
    FT_UInt           reserved;       /* retained for binary compatibility */
    FT_Generic        generic;

    FT_Glyph_Metrics  metrics;
    FT_Fixed          linearHoriAdvance;
    FT_Fixed          linearVertAdvance;
    FT_Vector         advance;

    FT_Glyph_Format   format;

    FT_Bitmap         bitmap;
    FT_Int            bitmap_left;
    FT_Int            bitmap_top;

    FT_Outline        outline;

    FT_UInt           num_subglyphs;
    FT_SubGlyph       subglyphs;

    void*             control_data;
    long              control_len;

    FT_Pos            lsb_delta;
    FT_Pos            rsb_delta;

    void*             other;

    FT_Slot_Internal  internal;

  } FT_GlyphSlotRec;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                         F U N C T I O N S                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Init_FreeType                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Initialize a new FreeType library object.  The set of modules      */
  /*    that are registered by this function is determined at build time.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    alibrary :: A handle to a new library object.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    In case you want to provide your own memory allocating routines,   */
  /*    use @FT_New_Library instead, followed by a call to                 */
  /*    @FT_Add_Default_Modules (or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module)   */
  /*    and @FT_Set_Default_Properties.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    See the documentation of @FT_Library and @FT_Face for              */
  /*    multi-threading issues.                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If you need reference-counting (cf. @FT_Reference_Library), use    */
  /*    @FT_New_Library and @FT_Done_Library.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If compilation option FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ENVIRONMENT_PROPERTIES is   */
  /*    set, this function reads the `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES' environment     */
  /*    variable to control driver properties.  See section @properties    */
  /*    for more.                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library  *alibrary );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Done_FreeType                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Destroy a given FreeType library object and all of its children,   */
  /*    including resources, drivers, faces, sizes, etc.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    library :: A handle to the target library object.                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Done_FreeType( FT_Library  library );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Enum>                                                                */
  /*    FT_OPEN_XXX                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A list of bit field constants used within the `flags' field of the */
  /*    @FT_Open_Args structure.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Values>                                                              */
  /*    FT_OPEN_MEMORY   :: This is a memory-based stream.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_OPEN_STREAM   :: Copy the stream from the `stream' field.       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_OPEN_PATHNAME :: Create a new input stream from a C~path        */
  /*                        name.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_OPEN_DRIVER   :: Use the `driver' field.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_OPEN_PARAMS   :: Use the `num_params' and `params' fields.      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The `FT_OPEN_MEMORY', `FT_OPEN_STREAM', and `FT_OPEN_PATHNAME'     */
  /*    flags are mutually exclusive.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
#define FT_OPEN_MEMORY    0x1
#define FT_OPEN_STREAM    0x2
#define FT_OPEN_PATHNAME  0x4
#define FT_OPEN_DRIVER    0x8
#define FT_OPEN_PARAMS    0x10


  /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_OPEN_XXX' */
  /* values instead                                                      */
#define ft_open_memory    FT_OPEN_MEMORY
#define ft_open_stream    FT_OPEN_STREAM
#define ft_open_pathname  FT_OPEN_PATHNAME
#define ft_open_driver    FT_OPEN_DRIVER
#define ft_open_params    FT_OPEN_PARAMS


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_Parameter                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A simple structure to pass more or less generic parameters to      */
  /*    @FT_Open_Face and @FT_Face_Properties.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    tag  :: A four-byte identification tag.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    data :: A pointer to the parameter data.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The ID and function of parameters are driver-specific.  See        */
  /*    section @parameter_tags for more information.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_Parameter_
  {
    FT_ULong    tag;
    FT_Pointer  data;

  } FT_Parameter;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_Open_Args                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure to indicate how to open a new font file or stream.  A  */
  /*    pointer to such a structure can be used as a parameter for the     */
  /*    functions @FT_Open_Face and @FT_Attach_Stream.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    flags       :: A set of bit flags indicating how to use the        */
  /*                   structure.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    memory_base :: The first byte of the file in memory.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    memory_size :: The size in bytes of the file in memory.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    pathname    :: A pointer to an 8-bit file pathname.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    stream      :: A handle to a source stream object.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    driver      :: This field is exclusively used by @FT_Open_Face;    */
  /*                   it simply specifies the font driver to use for      */
  /*                   opening the face.  If set to NULL, FreeType tries   */
  /*                   to load the face with each one of the drivers in    */
  /*                   its list.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    num_params  :: The number of extra parameters.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    params      :: Extra parameters passed to the font driver when     */
  /*                   opening a new face.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The stream type is determined by the contents of `flags' that      */
  /*    are tested in the following order by @FT_Open_Face:                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If the @FT_OPEN_MEMORY bit is set, assume that this is a           */
  /*    memory file of `memory_size' bytes, located at `memory_address'.   */
  /*    The data are not copied, and the client is responsible for         */
  /*    releasing and destroying them _after_ the corresponding call to    */
  /*    @FT_Done_Face.                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Otherwise, if the @FT_OPEN_STREAM bit is set, assume that a        */
  /*    custom input stream `stream' is used.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Otherwise, if the @FT_OPEN_PATHNAME bit is set, assume that this   */
  /*    is a normal file and use `pathname' to open it.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If the @FT_OPEN_DRIVER bit is set, @FT_Open_Face only tries to     */
  /*    open the file with the driver whose handler is in `driver'.        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If the @FT_OPEN_PARAMS bit is set, the parameters given by         */
  /*    `num_params' and `params' is used.  They are ignored otherwise.    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Ideally, both the `pathname' and `params' fields should be tagged  */
  /*    as `const'; this is missing for API backward compatibility.  In    */
  /*    other words, applications should treat them as read-only.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_Open_Args_
  {
    FT_UInt         flags;
    const FT_Byte*  memory_base;
    FT_Long         memory_size;
    FT_String*      pathname;
    FT_Stream       stream;
    FT_Module       driver;
    FT_Int          num_params;
    FT_Parameter*   params;

  } FT_Open_Args;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_New_Face                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Call @FT_Open_Face to open a font by its pathname.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    library    :: A handle to the library resource.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    pathname   :: A path to the font file.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    face_index :: See @FT_Open_Face for a detailed description of this */
  /*                  parameter.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    aface      :: A handle to a new face object.  If `face_index' is   */
  /*                  greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    Use @FT_Done_Face to destroy the created @FT_Face object (along    */
  /*    with its slot and sizes).                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_New_Face( FT_Library   library,
               const char*  filepathname,
               FT_Long      face_index,
               FT_Face     *aface );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_New_Memory_Face                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Call @FT_Open_Face to open a font that has been loaded into        */
  /*    memory.                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    library    :: A handle to the library resource.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    file_base  :: A pointer to the beginning of the font data.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    file_size  :: The size of the memory chunk used by the font data.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    face_index :: See @FT_Open_Face for a detailed description of this */
  /*                  parameter.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    aface      :: A handle to a new face object.  If `face_index' is   */
  /*                  greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    You must not deallocate the memory before calling @FT_Done_Face.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_New_Memory_Face( FT_Library      library,
                      const FT_Byte*  file_base,
                      FT_Long         file_size,
                      FT_Long         face_index,
                      FT_Face        *aface );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Open_Face                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Create a face object from a given resource described by            */
  /*    @FT_Open_Args.                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    library    :: A handle to the library resource.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    args       :: A pointer to an `FT_Open_Args' structure that must   */
  /*                  be filled by the caller.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    face_index :: This field holds two different values.  Bits 0-15    */
  /*                  are the index of the face in the font file (starting */
  /*                  with value~0).  Set it to~0 if there is only one     */
  /*                  face in the font file.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                  [Since 2.6.1] Bits 16-30 are relevant to GX and      */
  /*                  OpenType variation fonts only, specifying the named  */
  /*                  instance index for the current face index (starting  */
  /*                  with value~1; value~0 makes FreeType ignore named    */
  /*                  instances).  For non-variation fonts, bits 16-30 are */
  /*                  ignored.  Assuming that you want to access the third */
  /*                  named instance in face~4, `face_index' should be set */
  /*                  to 0x00030004.  If you want to access face~4 without */
  /*                  variation handling, simply set `face_index' to       */
  /*                  value~4.                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                  `FT_Open_Face' and its siblings can be used to       */
  /*                  quickly check whether the font format of a given     */
  /*                  font resource is supported by FreeType.  In general, */
  /*                  if the `face_index' argument is negative, the        */
  /*                  function's return value is~0 if the font format is   */
  /*                  recognized, or non-zero otherwise.  The function     */
  /*                  allocates a more or less empty face handle in        */
  /*                  `*aface' (if `aface' isn't NULL); the only two       */
  /*                  useful fields in this special case are               */
  /*                  `face->num_faces' and `face->style_flags'.  For any  */
  /*                  negative value of `face_index', `face->num_faces'    */
  /*                  gives the number of faces within the font file.  For */
  /*                  the negative value `-(N+1)' (with `N' a non-negative */
  /*                  16-bit value), bits 16-30 in `face->style_flags'     */
  /*                  give the number of named instances in face `N' if we */
  /*                  have a variation font (or zero otherwise).  After    */
  /*                  examination, the returned @FT_Face structure should  */
  /*                  be deallocated with a call to @FT_Done_Face.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    aface      :: A handle to a new face object.  If `face_index' is   */
  /*                  greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    Unlike FreeType 1.x, this function automatically creates a glyph   */
  /*    slot for the face object that can be accessed directly through     */
  /*    `face->glyph'.                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Each new face object created with this function also owns a        */
  /*    default @FT_Size object, accessible as `face->size'.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    One @FT_Library instance can have multiple face objects, this is,  */
  /*    @FT_Open_Face and its siblings can be called multiple times using  */
  /*    the same `library' argument.                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    See the discussion of reference counters in the description of     */
  /*    @FT_Reference_Face.                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    To loop over all faces, use code similar to the following snippet  */
  /*    (omitting the error handling).                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    {                                                                  */
  /*      ...                                                              */
  /*      FT_Face  face;                                                   */
  /*      FT_Long  i, num_faces;                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      error = FT_Open_Face( library, args, -1, &face );                */
  /*      if ( error ) { ... }                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      num_faces = face->num_faces;                                     */
  /*      FT_Done_Face( face );                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      for ( i = 0; i < num_faces; i++ )                                */
  /*      {                                                                */
  /*        ...                                                            */
  /*        error = FT_Open_Face( library, args, i, &face );               */
  /*        ...                                                            */
  /*        FT_Done_Face( face );                                          */
  /*        ...                                                            */
  /*      }                                                                */
  /*    }                                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    To loop over all valid values for `face_index', use something      */
  /*    similar to the following snippet, again without error handling.    */
  /*    The code accesses all faces immediately (thus only a single call   */
  /*    of `FT_Open_Face' within the do-loop), with and without named      */
  /*    instances.                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    {                                                                  */
  /*      ...                                                              */
  /*      FT_Face  face;                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      FT_Long  num_faces     = 0;                                      */
  /*      FT_Long  num_instances = 0;                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      FT_Long  face_idx     = 0;                                       */
  /*      FT_Long  instance_idx = 0;                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      do                                                               */
  /*      {                                                                */
  /*        FT_Long  id = ( instance_idx << 16 ) + face_idx;               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        error = FT_Open_Face( library, args, id, &face );              */
  /*        if ( error ) { ... }                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        num_faces     = face->num_faces;                               */
  /*        num_instances = face->style_flags >> 16;                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        ...                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        FT_Done_Face( face );                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        if ( instance_idx < num_instances )                            */
  /*          instance_idx++;                                              */
  /*        else                                                           */
  /*        {                                                              */
  /*          face_idx++;                                                  */
  /*          instance_idx = 0;                                            */
  /*        }                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      } while ( face_idx < num_faces )                                 */
  /*    }                                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Open_Face( FT_Library           library,
                const FT_Open_Args*  args,
                FT_Long              face_index,
                FT_Face             *aface );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Attach_File                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Call @FT_Attach_Stream to attach a file.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    face         :: The target face object.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    filepathname :: The pathname.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Attach_File( FT_Face      face,
                  const char*  filepathname );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Attach_Stream                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    `Attach' data to a face object.  Normally, this is used to read    */
  /*    additional information for the face object.  For example, you can  */
  /*    attach an AFM file that comes with a Type~1 font to get the        */
  /*    kerning values and other metrics.                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    face       :: The target face object.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    parameters :: A pointer to @FT_Open_Args that must be filled by    */
  /*                  the caller.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The meaning of the `attach' (i.e., what really happens when the    */
  /*    new file is read) is not fixed by FreeType itself.  It really      */
  /*    depends on the font format (and thus the font driver).             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Client applications are expected to know what they are doing       */
  /*    when invoking this function.  Most drivers simply do not implement */
  /*    file or stream attachments.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Attach_Stream( FT_Face        face,
                    FT_Open_Args*  parameters );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Reference_Face                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Face structure  */
  /*    is created.  This function increments the counter.  @FT_Done_Face  */
  /*    then only destroys a face if the counter is~1, otherwise it simply */
  /*    decrements the counter.                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures that     */
  /*    reference @FT_Face objects.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face :: A handle to a target face object.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Since>                                                               */
  /*    2.4.2                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Reference_Face( FT_Face  face );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Done_Face                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Discard a given face object, as well as all of its child slots and */
  /*    sizes.                                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face :: A handle to a target face object.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    See the discussion of reference counters in the description of     */
  /*    @FT_Reference_Face.                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Done_Face( FT_Face  face );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Select_Size                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Select a bitmap strike.  To be more precise, this function sets    */
  /*    the scaling factors of the active @FT_Size object in a face so     */
  /*    that bitmaps from this particular strike are taken by              */
  /*    @FT_Load_Glyph and friends.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    face         :: A handle to a target face object.                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    strike_index :: The index of the bitmap strike in the              */
  /*                    `available_sizes' field of @FT_FaceRec structure.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    For bitmaps embedded in outline fonts it is common that only a     */
  /*    subset of the available glyphs at a given ppem value is available. */
  /*    FreeType silently uses outlines if there is no bitmap for a given  */
  /*    glyph index.                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    For GX and OpenType variation fonts, a bitmap strike makes sense   */
  /*    only if the default instance is active (this is, no glyph          */
  /*    variation takes place); otherwise, FreeType simply ignores bitmap  */
  /*    strikes.  The same is true for all named instances that are        */
  /*    different from the default instance.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Don't use this function if you are using the FreeType cache API.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Select_Size( FT_Face  face,
                  FT_Int   strike_index );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Enum>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Size_Request_Type                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    An enumeration type that lists the supported size request types,   */
  /*    i.e., what input size (in font units) maps to the requested output */
  /*    size (in pixels, as computed from the arguments of                 */
  /*    @FT_Size_Request).                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Values>                                                              */
  /*    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL ::                                    */
  /*      The nominal size.  The `units_per_EM' field of @FT_FaceRec is    */
  /*      used to determine both scaling values.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      This is the standard scaling found in most applications.  In     */
  /*      particular, use this size request type for TrueType fonts if     */
  /*      they provide optical scaling or something similar.  Note,        */
  /*      however, that `units_per_EM' is a rather abstract value which    */
  /*      bears no relation to the actual size of the glyphs in a font.    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM ::                                   */
  /*      The real dimension.  The sum of the `ascender' and (minus of)    */
  /*      the `descender' fields of @FT_FaceRec is used to determine both  */
  /*      scaling values.                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX ::                                       */
  /*      The font bounding box.  The width and height of the `bbox' field */
  /*      of @FT_FaceRec are used to determine the horizontal and vertical */
  /*      scaling value, respectively.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL ::                                       */
  /*      The `max_advance_width' field of @FT_FaceRec is used to          */
  /*      determine the horizontal scaling value; the vertical scaling     */
  /*      value is determined the same way as                              */
  /*      @FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM does.  Finally, both scaling      */
  /*      values are set to the smaller one.  This type is useful if you   */
  /*      want to specify the font size for, say, a window of a given      */
  /*      dimension and 80x24 cells.                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES ::                                     */
  /*      Specify the scaling values directly.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The above descriptions only apply to scalable formats.  For bitmap */
  /*    formats, the behaviour is up to the driver.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    See the note section of @FT_Size_Metrics if you wonder how size    */
  /*    requesting relates to scaling values.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef enum  FT_Size_Request_Type_
  {
    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL,
    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM,
    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX,
    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL,
    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES,

    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_MAX

  } FT_Size_Request_Type;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_Size_RequestRec                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure to model a size request.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    type           :: See @FT_Size_Request_Type.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    width          :: The desired width, given as a 26.6 fractional    */
  /*                      point value (with 72pt = 1in).                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    height         :: The desired height, given as a 26.6 fractional   */
  /*                      point value (with 72pt = 1in).                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    horiResolution :: The horizontal resolution (dpi, i.e., pixels per */
  /*                      inch).  If set to zero, `width' is treated as a  */
  /*                      26.6 fractional *pixel* value, which gets        */
  /*                      internally rounded to an integer.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    vertResolution :: The vertical resolution (dpi, i.e., pixels per   */
  /*                      inch).  If set to zero, `height' is treated as a */
  /*                      26.6 fractional *pixel* value, which gets        */
  /*                      internally rounded to an integer.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    If `width' is zero, the horizontal scaling value is set equal      */
  /*    to the vertical scaling value, and vice versa.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If `type' is FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES, `width' and `height' are */
  /*    interpreted directly as 16.16 fractional scaling values, without   */
  /*    any further modification, and both `horiResolution' and            */
  /*    `vertResolution' are ignored.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_Size_RequestRec_
  {
    FT_Size_Request_Type  type;
    FT_Long               width;
    FT_Long               height;
    FT_UInt               horiResolution;
    FT_UInt               vertResolution;

  } FT_Size_RequestRec;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_Size_Request                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A handle to a size request structure.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FT_Size_RequestRec_  *FT_Size_Request;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Request_Size                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Resize the scale of the active @FT_Size object in a face.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    face :: A handle to a target face object.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    req  :: A pointer to a @FT_Size_RequestRec.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    Although drivers may select the bitmap strike matching the         */
  /*    request, you should not rely on this if you intend to select a     */
  /*    particular bitmap strike.  Use @FT_Select_Size instead in that     */
  /*    case.                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The relation between the requested size and the resulting glyph    */
  /*    size is dependent entirely on how the size is defined in the       */
  /*    source face.  The font designer chooses the final size of each     */
  /*    glyph relative to this size.  For more information refer to        */
  /*    `https://www.freetype.org/freetype2/docs/glyphs/glyphs-2.html'.    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Contrary to @FT_Set_Char_Size, this function doesn't have special  */
  /*    code to normalize zero-valued widths, heights, or resolutions      */
  /*    (which lead to errors in most cases).                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Don't use this function if you are using the FreeType cache API.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Request_Size( FT_Face          face,
                   FT_Size_Request  req );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Set_Char_Size                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Call @FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size (in points).     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    face            :: A handle to a target face object.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    char_width      :: The nominal width, in 26.6 fractional points.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    char_height     :: The nominal height, in 26.6 fractional points.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    horz_resolution :: The horizontal resolution in dpi.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    vert_resolution :: The vertical resolution in dpi.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    While this function allows fractional points as input values, the  */
  /*    resulting ppem value for the given resolution is always rounded to */
  /*    the nearest integer.                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If either the character width or height is zero, it is set equal   */
  /*    to the other value.                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If either the horizontal or vertical resolution is zero, it is set */
  /*    equal to the other value.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    A character width or height smaller than 1pt is set to 1pt; if     */
  /*    both resolution values are zero, they are set to 72dpi.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Don't use this function if you are using the FreeType cache API.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Set_Char_Size( FT_Face     face,
                    FT_F26Dot6  char_width,
                    FT_F26Dot6  char_height,
                    FT_UInt     horz_resolution,
                    FT_UInt     vert_resolution );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Call @FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size (in pixels).     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    face         :: A handle to the target face object.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    pixel_width  :: The nominal width, in pixels.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    pixel_height :: The nominal height, in pixels.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    You should not rely on the resulting glyphs matching or being      */
  /*    constrained to this pixel size.  Refer to @FT_Request_Size to      */
  /*    understand how requested sizes relate to actual sizes.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Don't use this function if you are using the FreeType cache API.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes( FT_Face  face,
                      FT_UInt  pixel_width,
                      FT_UInt  pixel_height );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Load_Glyph                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Load a glyph into the glyph slot of a face object.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    face        :: A handle to the target face object where the glyph  */
  /*                   is loaded.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    glyph_index :: The index of the glyph in the font file.  For       */
  /*                   CID-keyed fonts (either in PS or in CFF format)     */
  /*                   this argument specifies the CID value.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    load_flags  :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph.  The */
  /*                   @FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the   */
  /*                   glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline    */
  /*                   should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not,   */
  /*                   whether to hint the outline, etc).                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The loaded glyph may be transformed.  See @FT_Set_Transform for    */
  /*    the details.                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    For subsetted CID-keyed fonts, `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' is        */
  /*    returned for invalid CID values (this is, for CID values that      */
  /*    don't have a corresponding glyph in the font).  See the discussion */
  /*    of the @FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED flag for more details.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If you receive `FT_Err_Glyph_Too_Big', try getting the glyph       */
  /*    outline at EM size, then scale it manually and fill it as a        */
  /*    graphics operation.                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Load_Glyph( FT_Face   face,
                 FT_UInt   glyph_index,
                 FT_Int32  load_flags );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Load_Char                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Load a glyph into the glyph slot of a face object, accessed by its */
  /*    character code.                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    face        :: A handle to a target face object where the glyph    */
  /*                   is loaded.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    char_code   :: The glyph's character code, according to the        */
  /*                   current charmap used in the face.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    load_flags  :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph.  The */
  /*                   @FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the   */
  /*                   glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline    */
  /*                   should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not,   */
  /*                   whether to hint the outline, etc).                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    This function simply calls @FT_Get_Char_Index and @FT_Load_Glyph.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Many fonts contain glyphs that can't be loaded by this function    */
  /*    since its glyph indices are not listed in any of the font's        */
  /*    charmaps.                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    If no active cmap is set up (i.e., `face->charmap' is zero), the   */
  /*    call to @FT_Get_Char_Index is omitted, and the function behaves    */
  /*    identically to @FT_Load_Glyph.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Load_Char( FT_Face   face,
                FT_ULong  char_code,
                FT_Int32  load_flags );


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @enum:
   *   FT_LOAD_XXX
   *
   * @description:
   *   A list of bit field constants for @FT_Load_Glyph to indicate what
   *   kind of operations to perform during glyph loading.
   *
   * @values:
   *   FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ::
   *     Corresponding to~0, this value is used as the default glyph load
   *     operation.  In this case, the following happens:
   *
   *     1. FreeType looks for a bitmap for the glyph corresponding to the
   *        face's current size.  If one is found, the function returns.
   *        The bitmap data can be accessed from the glyph slot (see note
   *        below).
   *
   *     2. If no embedded bitmap is searched for or found, FreeType looks
   *        for a scalable outline.  If one is found, it is loaded from
   *        the font file, scaled to device pixels, then `hinted' to the
   *        pixel grid in order to optimize it.  The outline data can be
   *        accessed from the glyph slot (see note below).
   *
   *     Note that by default the glyph loader doesn't render outlines into
   *     bitmaps.  The following flags are used to modify this default
   *     behaviour to more specific and useful cases.
   *
   *   FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ::
   *     Don't scale the loaded outline glyph but keep it in font units.
   *
   *     This flag implies @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING and @FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP, and
   *     unsets @FT_LOAD_RENDER.
   *
   *     If the font is `tricky' (see @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for more), using
   *     FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE usually yields meaningless outlines because the
   *     subglyphs must be scaled and positioned with hinting instructions.
   *     This can be solved by loading the font without FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE and
   *     setting the character size to `font->units_per_EM'.
   *
   *   FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ::
   *     Disable hinting.  This generally generates `blurrier' bitmap glyphs
   *     when the glyph are rendered in any of the anti-aliased modes.  See
   *     also the note below.
   *
   *     This flag is implied by @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE.
   *
   *   FT_LOAD_RENDER ::
   *     Call @FT_Render_Glyph after the glyph is loaded.  By default, the
   *     glyph is rendered in @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL mode.  This can be
   *     overridden by @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX or @FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME.
   *
   *     This flag is unset by @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE.
   *
   *   FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP ::
   *     Ignore bitmap strikes when loading.  Bitmap-only fonts ignore this
   *     flag.
   *
   *     @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE always sets this flag.
   *
   *   FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT ::
   *     Load the glyph for vertical text layout.  In particular, the
   *     `advance' value in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure is set to the
   *     `vertAdvance' value of the `metrics' field.
   *
   *     In case @FT_HAS_VERTICAL doesn't return true, you shouldn't use
   *     this flag currently.  Reason is that in this case vertical metrics
   *     get synthesized, and those values are not always consistent across
   *     various font formats.
   *
   *   FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT ::
   *     Prefer the auto-hinter over the font's native hinter.  See also
   *     the note below.
   *
   *   FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC ::
   *     Make the font driver perform pedantic verifications during glyph
   *     loading.  This is mostly used to detect broken glyphs in fonts.
   *     By default, FreeType tries to handle broken fonts also.
   *
   *     In particular, errors from the TrueType bytecode engine are not
   *     passed to the application if this flag is not set; this might
   *     result in partially hinted or distorted glyphs in case a glyph's
   *     bytecode is buggy.
   *
   *   FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE ::
   *     Don't load composite glyphs recursively.  Instead, the font
   *     driver should set the `num_subglyph' and `subglyphs' values of
   *     the glyph slot accordingly, and set `glyph->format' to
   *     @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE.  The description of subglyphs can
   *     then be accessed with @FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info.
   *
   *     This flag implies @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE and @FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM.
   *
   *   FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM ::
   *     Ignore the transform matrix set by @FT_Set_Transform.
   *
   *   FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME ::
   *     This flag is used with @FT_LOAD_RENDER to indicate that you want to
   *     render an outline glyph to a 1-bit monochrome bitmap glyph, with
   *     8~pixels packed into each byte of the bitmap data.
   *
   *     Note that this has no effect on the hinting algorithm used.  You
   *     should rather use @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO so that the
   *     monochrome-optimized hinting algorithm is used.
   *
   *   FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN ::
   *     Keep  `linearHoriAdvance' and `linearVertAdvance' fields of
   *     @FT_GlyphSlotRec in font units.  See @FT_GlyphSlotRec for
   *     details.
   *
   *   FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT ::
   *     Disable the auto-hinter.  See also the note below.
   *
   *   FT_LOAD_COLOR ::
   *     [Since 2.5] Load embedded color bitmap images.  The resulting color
   *     bitmaps, if available, will have the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA format.
   *     If the flag is not set and color bitmaps are found, they are
   *     converted to 256-level gray bitmaps transparently, using the
   *     @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY format.
   *
   *   FT_LOAD_COMPUTE_METRICS ::
   *     [Since 2.6.1] Compute glyph metrics from the glyph data, without
   *     the use of bundled metrics tables (for example, the `hdmx' table in
   *     TrueType fonts).  This flag is mainly used by font validating or
   *     font editing applications, which need to ignore, verify, or edit
   *     those tables.
   *
   *     Currently, this flag is only implemented for TrueType fonts.
   *
   *   FT_LOAD_BITMAP_METRICS_ONLY ::
   *     [Since 2.7.1] Request loading of the metrics and bitmap image
   *     information of a (possibly embedded) bitmap glyph without
   *     allocating or copying the bitmap image data itself.  No effect if
   *     the target glyph is not a bitmap image.
   *
   *     This flag unsets @FT_LOAD_RENDER.
   *
   *   FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP ::
   *     Ignored.  Deprecated.
   *
   *   FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH ::
   *     Ignored.  Deprecated.
   *
   * @note:
   *   By default, hinting is enabled and the font's native hinter (see
   *   @FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER) is preferred over the auto-hinter.  You can
   *   disable hinting by setting @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING or change the
   *   precedence by setting @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT.  You can also set
   *   @FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT in case you don't want the auto-hinter to be
   *   used at all.
   *
   *   See the description of @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for a special exception
   *   (affecting only a handful of Asian fonts).
   *
   *   Besides deciding which hinter to use, you can also decide which
   *   hinting algorithm to use.  See @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details.
   *
   *   Note that the auto-hinter needs a valid Unicode cmap (either a native
   *   one or synthesized by FreeType) for producing correct results.  If a
   *   font provides an incorrect mapping (for example, assigning the
   *   character code U+005A, LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z, to a glyph depicting a
   *   mathematical integral sign), the auto-hinter might produce useless
   *   results.
   *
   */
#define FT_LOAD_DEFAULT                      0x0
#define FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE                     ( 1L << 0 )
#define FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING                   ( 1L << 1 )
#define FT_LOAD_RENDER                       ( 1L << 2 )
#define FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP                    ( 1L << 3 )
#define FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT              ( 1L << 4 )
#define FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT               ( 1L << 5 )
#define FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP                  ( 1L << 6 )
#define FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC                     ( 1L << 7 )
#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH  ( 1L << 9 )
#define FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE                   ( 1L << 10 )
#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM             ( 1L << 11 )
#define FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME                   ( 1L << 12 )
#define FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN                ( 1L << 13 )
#define FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT                  ( 1L << 15 )
  /* Bits 16-19 are used by `FT_LOAD_TARGET_' */
#define FT_LOAD_COLOR                        ( 1L << 20 )
#define FT_LOAD_COMPUTE_METRICS              ( 1L << 21 )
#define FT_LOAD_BITMAP_METRICS_ONLY          ( 1L << 22 )

  /* */

  /* used internally only by certain font drivers */
#define FT_LOAD_ADVANCE_ONLY                 ( 1L << 8 )
#define FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY                   ( 1L << 14 )


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @enum:
   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX
   *
   * @description:
   *   A list of values to select a specific hinting algorithm for the
   *   hinter.  You should OR one of these values to your `load_flags'
   *   when calling @FT_Load_Glyph.
   *
   *   Note that a font's native hinters may ignore the hinting algorithm
   *   you have specified (e.g., the TrueType bytecode interpreter).  You
   *   can set @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT to ensure that the auto-hinter is
   *   used.
   *
   * @values:
   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL ::
   *     The default hinting algorithm, optimized for standard gray-level
   *     rendering.  For monochrome output, use @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO
   *     instead.
   *
   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT ::
   *     A lighter hinting algorithm for gray-level modes.  Many generated
   *     glyphs are fuzzier but better resemble their original shape.  This
   *     is achieved by snapping glyphs to the pixel grid only vertically
   *     (Y-axis), as is done by FreeType's new CFF engine or Microsoft's
   *     ClearType font renderer.  This preserves inter-glyph spacing in
   *     horizontal text.  The snapping is done either by the native font
   *     driver, if the driver itself and the font support it, or by the
   *     auto-hinter.
   *
   *     Advance widths are rounded to integer values; however, using the
   *     `lsb_delta' and `rsb_delta' fields of @FT_GlyphSlotRec, it is
   *     possible to get fractional advance widths for subpixel positioning
   *     (which is recommended to use).
   *
   *     If configuration option AF_CONFIG_OPTION_TT_SIZE_METRICS is active,
   *     TrueType-like metrics are used to make this mode behave similarly
   *     as in unpatched FreeType versions between 2.4.6 and 2.7.1
   *     (inclusive).
   *
   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO ::
   *     Strong hinting algorithm that should only be used for monochrome
   *     output.  The result is probably unpleasant if the glyph is rendered
   *     in non-monochrome modes.
   *
   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD ::
   *     A variant of @FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT optimized for horizontally
   *     decimated LCD displays.
   *
   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V ::
   *     A variant of @FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL optimized for vertically
   *     decimated LCD displays.
   *
   * @note:
   *   You should use only _one_ of the FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX values in your
   *   `load_flags'.  They can't be ORed.
   *
   *   If @FT_LOAD_RENDER is also set, the glyph is rendered in the
   *   corresponding mode (i.e., the mode that matches the used algorithm
   *   best).  An exception is FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO since it implies
   *   @FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME.
   *
   *   You can use a hinting algorithm that doesn't correspond to the same
   *   rendering mode.  As an example, it is possible to use the `light'
   *   hinting algorithm and have the results rendered in horizontal LCD
   *   pixel mode, with code like
   *
   *     {
   *       FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index,
   *                      load_flags | FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT );
   *
   *       FT_Render_Glyph( face->glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD );
   *     }
   *
   *   In general, you should stick with one rendering mode.  For example,
   *   switching between @FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL and @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO
   *   enforces a lot of recomputation for TrueType fonts, which is slow.
   *   Another reason is caching: Selecting a different mode usually causes
   *   changes in both the outlines and the rasterized bitmaps; it is thus
   *   necessary to empty the cache after a mode switch to avoid false hits.
   *
   */
#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_( x )   ( (FT_Int32)( (x) & 15 ) << 16 )

#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL  FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL )
#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT   FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT  )
#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO    FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO   )
#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD     FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD    )
#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V   FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V  )


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE
   *
   * @description:
   *   Return the @FT_Render_Mode corresponding to a given
   *   @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX value.
   *
   */
#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( x )  ( (FT_Render_Mode)( ( (x) >> 16 ) & 15 ) )


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Set_Transform                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Set the transformation that is applied to glyph images when they   */
  /*    are loaded into a glyph slot through @FT_Load_Glyph.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    face   :: A handle to the source face object.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    matrix :: A pointer to the transformation's 2x2 matrix.  Use NULL  */
  /*              for the identity matrix.                                 */
  /*    delta  :: A pointer to the translation vector.  Use NULL for the   */
  /*              null vector.                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The transformation is only applied to scalable image formats after */
  /*    the glyph has been loaded.  It means that hinting is unaltered by  */
  /*    the transformation and is performed on the character size given in */
  /*    the last call to @FT_Set_Char_Size or @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Note that this also transforms the `face.glyph.advance' field, but */
  /*    *not* the values in `face.glyph.metrics'.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_Set_Transform( FT_Face     face,
                    FT_Matrix*  matrix,
                    FT_Vector*  delta );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Enum>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Render_Mode                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Render modes supported by FreeType~2.  Each mode corresponds to a  */
  /*    specific type of scanline conversion performed on the outline.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    For bitmap fonts and embedded bitmaps the `bitmap->pixel_mode'     */
  /*    field in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure gives the format of the    */
  /*    returned bitmap.                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    All modes except @FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO use 256 levels of opacity,   */
  /*    indicating pixel coverage.  Use linear alpha blending and gamma    */
  /*    correction to correctly render non-monochrome glyph bitmaps onto a */
  /*    surface; see @FT_Render_Glyph.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Values>                                                              */
  /*    FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL ::                                           */
  /*      Default render mode; it corresponds to 8-bit anti-aliased        */
  /*      bitmaps.                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT ::                                            */
  /*      This is equivalent to @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL.  It is only        */
  /*      defined as a separate value because render modes are also used   */
  /*      indirectly to define hinting algorithm selectors.  See           */
  /*      @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO ::                                             */
  /*      This mode corresponds to 1-bit bitmaps (with 2~levels of         */
  /*      opacity).                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD ::                                              */
  /*      This mode corresponds to horizontal RGB and BGR subpixel         */
  /*      displays like LCD screens.  It produces 8-bit bitmaps that are   */
  /*      3~times the width of the original glyph outline in pixels, and   */
  /*      which use the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD mode.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V ::                                            */
  /*      This mode corresponds to vertical RGB and BGR subpixel displays  */
  /*      (like PDA screens, rotated LCD displays, etc.).  It produces     */
  /*      8-bit bitmaps that are 3~times the height of the original        */
  /*      glyph outline in pixels and use the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V mode.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    Should you define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in your      */
  /*    `ftoption.h', which enables patented ClearType-style rendering,    */
  /*    the LCD-optimized glyph bitmaps should be filtered to reduce color */
  /*    fringes inherent to this technology.  You can either set up LCD    */
  /*    filtering with @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter or @FT_Face_Properties,    */
  /*    or do the filtering yourself.  The default FreeType LCD rendering  */
  /*    technology does not require filtering.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The selected render mode only affects vector glyphs of a font.     */
  /*    Embedded bitmaps often have a different pixel mode like            */
  /*    @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO.  You can use @FT_Bitmap_Convert to transform  */
  /*    them into 8-bit pixmaps.                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef enum  FT_Render_Mode_
  {
    FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL = 0,
    FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT,
    FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO,
    FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD,
    FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V,

    FT_RENDER_MODE_MAX

  } FT_Render_Mode;


  /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
  /* `FT_Render_Mode' values instead                       */
#define ft_render_mode_normal  FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL
#define ft_render_mode_mono    FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Render_Glyph                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Convert a given glyph image to a bitmap.  It does so by inspecting */
  /*    the glyph image format, finding the relevant renderer, and         */
  /*    invoking it.                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    slot        :: A handle to the glyph slot containing the image to  */
  /*                   convert.                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    render_mode :: The render mode used to render the glyph image into */
  /*                   a bitmap.  See @FT_Render_Mode for a list of        */
  /*                   possible values.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    To get meaningful results, font scaling values must be set with    */
  /*    functions like @FT_Set_Char_Size before calling `FT_Render_Glyph'. */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    When FreeType outputs a bitmap of a glyph, it really outputs an    */
  /*    alpha coverage map.  If a pixel is completely covered by a         */
  /*    filled-in outline, the bitmap contains 0xFF at that pixel, meaning */
  /*    that 0xFF/0xFF fraction of that pixel is covered, meaning the      */
  /*    pixel is 100% black (or 0% bright).  If a pixel is only 50%        */
  /*    covered (value 0x80), the pixel is made 50% black (50% bright or a */
  /*    middle shade of grey).  0% covered means 0% black (100% bright or  */
  /*    white).                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    On high-DPI screens like on smartphones and tablets, the pixels    */
  /*    are so small that their chance of being completely covered and     */
  /*    therefore completely black are fairly good.  On the low-DPI        */
  /*    screens, however, the situation is different.  The pixels are too  */
  /*    large for most of the details of a glyph and shades of gray are    */
  /*    the norm rather than the exception.                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    This is relevant because all our screens have a second problem:    */
  /*    they are not linear.  1~+~1 is not~2.  Twice the value does not    */
  /*    result in twice the brightness.  When a pixel is only 50% covered, */
  /*    the coverage map says 50% black, and this translates to a pixel    */
  /*    value of 128 when you use 8~bits per channel (0-255).  However,    */
  /*    this does not translate to 50% brightness for that pixel on our    */
  /*    sRGB and gamma~2.2 screens.  Due to their non-linearity, they      */
  /*    dwell longer in the darks and only a pixel value of about 186      */
  /*    results in 50% brightness -- 128 ends up too dark on both bright   */
  /*    and dark backgrounds.  The net result is that dark text looks      */
  /*    burnt-out, pixely and blotchy on bright background, bright text    */
  /*    too frail on dark backgrounds, and colored text on colored         */
  /*    background (for example, red on green) seems to have dark halos or */
  /*    `dirt' around it.  The situation is especially ugly for diagonal   */
  /*    stems like in `w' glyph shapes where the quality of FreeType's     */
  /*    anti-aliasing depends on the correct display of grays.  On         */
  /*    high-DPI screens where smaller, fully black pixels reign supreme,  */
  /*    this doesn't matter, but on our low-DPI screens with all the gray  */
  /*    shades, it does.  0% and 100% brightness are the same things in    */
  /*    linear and non-linear space, just all the shades in-between        */
  /*    aren't.                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The blending function for placing text over a background is        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    {                                                                  */
  /*      dst = alpha * src + (1 - alpha) * dst    ,                       */
  /*    }                                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    which is known as the OVER operator.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    To correctly composite an antialiased pixel of a glyph onto a      */
  /*    surface,                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    1. take the foreground and background colors (e.g., in sRGB space) */
  /*       and apply gamma to get them in a linear space,                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    2. use OVER to blend the two linear colors using the glyph pixel   */
  /*       as the alpha value (remember, the glyph bitmap is an alpha      */
  /*       coverage bitmap), and                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    3. apply inverse gamma to the blended pixel and write it back to   */
  /*       the image.                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Internal testing at Adobe found that a target inverse gamma of~1.8 */
  /*    for step~3 gives good results across a wide range of displays with */
  /*    an sRGB gamma curve or a similar one.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    This process can cost performance.  There is an approximation that */
  /*    does not need to know about the background color; see              */
  /*    https://bel.fi/alankila/lcd/ and                                   */
  /*    https://bel.fi/alankila/lcd/alpcor.html for details.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    *ATTENTION*: Linear blending is even more important when dealing   */
  /*    with subpixel-rendered glyphs to prevent color-fringing!  A        */
  /*    subpixel-rendered glyph must first be filtered with a filter that  */
  /*    gives equal weight to the three color primaries and does not       */
  /*    exceed a sum of 0x100, see section @lcd_filtering.  Then the       */
  /*    only difference to gray linear blending is that subpixel-rendered  */
  /*    linear blending is done 3~times per pixel: red foreground subpixel */
  /*    to red background subpixel and so on for green and blue.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Render_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot    slot,
                   FT_Render_Mode  render_mode );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Enum>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Kerning_Mode                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    An enumeration to specify the format of kerning values returned by */
  /*    @FT_Get_Kerning.                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Values>                                                              */
  /*    FT_KERNING_DEFAULT  :: Return grid-fitted kerning distances in     */
  /*                           26.6 fractional pixels.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_KERNING_UNFITTED :: Return un-grid-fitted kerning distances in  */
  /*                           26.6 fractional pixels.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_KERNING_UNSCALED :: Return the kerning vector in original font  */
  /*                           units.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    FT_KERNING_DEFAULT returns full pixel values; it also makes        */
  /*    FreeType heuristically scale down kerning distances at small ppem  */
  /*    values so that they don't become too big.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Both FT_KERNING_DEFAULT and FT_KERNING_UNFITTED use the current    */
  /*    horizontal scaling factor (as set e.g. with @FT_Set_Char_Size) to  */
  /*    convert font units to pixels.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef enum  FT_Kerning_Mode_
  {
    FT_KERNING_DEFAULT = 0,
    FT_KERNING_UNFITTED,
    FT_KERNING_UNSCALED

  } FT_Kerning_Mode;


  /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
  /* `FT_Kerning_Mode' values instead                      */
#define ft_kerning_default   FT_KERNING_DEFAULT
#define ft_kerning_unfitted  FT_KERNING_UNFITTED
#define ft_kerning_unscaled  FT_KERNING_UNSCALED


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_Kerning                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Return the kerning vector between two glyphs of the same face.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face        :: A handle to a source face object.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    left_glyph  :: The index of the left glyph in the kern pair.       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    right_glyph :: The index of the right glyph in the kern pair.      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    kern_mode   :: See @FT_Kerning_Mode for more information.          */
  /*                   Determines the scale and dimension of the returned  */
  /*                   kerning vector.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    akerning    :: The kerning vector.  This is either in font units,  */
  /*                   fractional pixels (26.6 format), or pixels for      */
  /*                   scalable formats, and in pixels for fixed-sizes     */
  /*                   formats.                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    Only horizontal layouts (left-to-right & right-to-left) are        */
  /*    supported by this method.  Other layouts, or more sophisticated    */
  /*    kernings, are out of the scope of this API function -- they can be */
  /*    implemented through format-specific interfaces.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Kerning for OpenType fonts implemented in a `GPOS' table is not    */
  /*    supported; use @FT_HAS_KERNING to find out whether a font has data */
  /*    that can be extracted with `FT_Get_Kerning'.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_Kerning( FT_Face     face,
                  FT_UInt     left_glyph,
                  FT_UInt     right_glyph,
                  FT_UInt     kern_mode,
                  FT_Vector  *akerning );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_Track_Kerning                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Return the track kerning for a given face object at a given size.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face       :: A handle to a source face object.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    point_size :: The point size in 16.16 fractional points.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    degree     :: The degree of tightness.  Increasingly negative      */
  /*                  values represent tighter track kerning, while        */
  /*                  increasingly positive values represent looser track  */
  /*                  kerning.  Value zero means no track kerning.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    akerning   :: The kerning in 16.16 fractional points, to be        */
  /*                  uniformly applied between all glyphs.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    Currently, only the Type~1 font driver supports track kerning,     */
  /*    using data from AFM files (if attached with @FT_Attach_File or     */
  /*    @FT_Attach_Stream).                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Only very few AFM files come with track kerning data; please refer */
  /*    to Adobe's AFM specification for more details.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_Track_Kerning( FT_Face    face,
                        FT_Fixed   point_size,
                        FT_Int     degree,
                        FT_Fixed*  akerning );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_Glyph_Name                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Retrieve the ASCII name of a given glyph in a face.  This only     */
  /*    works for those faces where @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES(face) returns~1.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face        :: A handle to a source face object.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    glyph_index :: The glyph index.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    buffer_max  :: The maximum number of bytes available in the        */
  /*                   buffer.                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    buffer      :: A pointer to a target buffer where the name is      */
  /*                   copied to.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    An error is returned if the face doesn't provide glyph names or if */
  /*    the glyph index is invalid.  In all cases of failure, the first    */
  /*    byte of `buffer' is set to~0 to indicate an empty name.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    The glyph name is truncated to fit within the buffer if it is too  */
  /*    long.  The returned string is always zero-terminated.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Be aware that FreeType reorders glyph indices internally so that   */
  /*    glyph index~0 always corresponds to the `missing glyph' (called    */
  /*    `.notdef').                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    This function always returns an error if the config macro          */
  /*    `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_GLYPH_NAMES' is not defined in `ftoption.h'.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_Glyph_Name( FT_Face     face,
                     FT_UInt     glyph_index,
                     FT_Pointer  buffer,
                     FT_UInt     buffer_max );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_Postscript_Name                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Retrieve the ASCII PostScript name of a given face, if available.  */
  /*    This only works with PostScript, TrueType, and OpenType fonts.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face :: A handle to the source face object.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    A pointer to the face's PostScript name.  NULL if unavailable.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The returned pointer is owned by the face and is destroyed with    */
  /*    it.                                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    For variation fonts, this string changes if you select a different */
  /*    instance, and you have to call `FT_Get_PostScript_Name' again to   */
  /*    retrieve it.  FreeType follows Adobe TechNote #5902, `Generating   */
  /*    PostScript Names for Fonts Using OpenType Font Variations'.        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      https://download.macromedia.com/pub/developer/opentype/tech-notes/5902.AdobePSNameGeneration.html */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    [Since 2.9] Special PostScript names for named instances are only  */
  /*    returned if the named instance is set with @FT_Set_Named_Instance  */
  /*    (and the font has corresponding entries in its `fvar' table).  If  */
  /*    @FT_IS_VARIATION returns true, the algorithmically derived         */
  /*    PostScript name is provided, not looking up special entries for    */
  /*    named instances.                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( const char* )
  FT_Get_Postscript_Name( FT_Face  face );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Select_Charmap                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Select a given charmap by its encoding tag (as listed in           */
  /*    `freetype.h').                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    face     :: A handle to the source face object.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    encoding :: A handle to the selected encoding.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    This function returns an error if no charmap in the face           */
  /*    corresponds to the encoding queried here.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Because many fonts contain more than a single cmap for Unicode     */
  /*    encoding, this function has some special code to select the one    */
  /*    that covers Unicode best (`best' in the sense that a UCS-4 cmap is */
  /*    preferred to a UCS-2 cmap).  It is thus preferable to              */
  /*    @FT_Set_Charmap in this case.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Select_Charmap( FT_Face      face,
                     FT_Encoding  encoding );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Set_Charmap                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Select a given charmap for character code to glyph index mapping.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    face    :: A handle to the source face object.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    charmap :: A handle to the selected charmap.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    This function returns an error if the charmap is not part of       */
  /*    the face (i.e., if it is not listed in the `face->charmaps'        */
  /*    table).                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    It also fails if an OpenType type~14 charmap is selected (which    */
  /*    doesn't map character codes to glyph indices at all).              */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Set_Charmap( FT_Face     face,
                  FT_CharMap  charmap );


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Get_Charmap_Index
   *
   * @description:
   *   Retrieve index of a given charmap.
   *
   * @input:
   *   charmap ::
   *     A handle to a charmap.
   *
   * @return:
   *   The index into the array of character maps within the face to which
   *   `charmap' belongs.  If an error occurs, -1 is returned.
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
  FT_Get_Charmap_Index( FT_CharMap  charmap );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_Char_Index                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Return the glyph index of a given character code.  This function   */
  /*    uses the currently selected charmap to do the mapping.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face     :: A handle to the source face object.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    charcode :: The character code.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    The glyph index.  0~means `undefined character code'.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files       */
  /*    directly, be aware that the glyph index returned by this function  */
  /*    doesn't always correspond to the internal indices used within the  */
  /*    file.  This is done to ensure that value~0 always corresponds to   */
  /*    the `missing glyph'.  If the first glyph is not named `.notdef',   */
  /*    then for Type~1 and Type~42 fonts, `.notdef' will be moved into    */
  /*    the glyph ID~0 position, and whatever was there will be moved to   */
  /*    the position `.notdef' had.  For Type~1 fonts, if there is no      */
  /*    `.notdef' glyph at all, then one will be created at index~0 and    */
  /*    whatever was there will be moved to the last index -- Type~42      */
  /*    fonts are considered invalid under this condition.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
  FT_Get_Char_Index( FT_Face   face,
                     FT_ULong  charcode );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_First_Char                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Return the first character code in the current charmap of a given  */
  /*    face, together with its corresponding glyph index.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face    :: A handle to the source face object.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    agindex :: Glyph index of first character code.  0~if charmap is   */
  /*               empty.                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    The charmap's first character code.                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    You should use this function together with @FT_Get_Next_Char to    */
  /*    parse all character codes available in a given charmap.  The code  */
  /*    should look like this:                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    {                                                                  */
  /*      FT_ULong  charcode;                                              */
  /*      FT_UInt   gindex;                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      charcode = FT_Get_First_Char( face, &gindex );                   */
  /*      while ( gindex != 0 )                                            */
  /*      {                                                                */
  /*        ... do something with (charcode,gindex) pair ...               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*        charcode = FT_Get_Next_Char( face, charcode, &gindex );        */
  /*      }                                                                */
  /*    }                                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Be aware that character codes can have values up to 0xFFFFFFFF;    */
  /*    this might happen for non-Unicode or malformed cmaps.  However,    */
  /*    even with regular Unicode encoding, so-called `last resort fonts'  */
  /*    (using SFNT cmap format 13, see function @FT_Get_CMap_Format)      */
  /*    normally have entries for all Unicode characters up to 0x1FFFFF,   */
  /*    which can cause *a lot* of iterations.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Note that `*agindex' is set to~0 if the charmap is empty.  The     */
  /*    result itself can be~0 in two cases: if the charmap is empty or    */
  /*    if the value~0 is the first valid character code.                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
  FT_Get_First_Char( FT_Face   face,
                     FT_UInt  *agindex );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_Next_Char                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Return the next character code in the current charmap of a given   */
  /*    face following the value `char_code', as well as the corresponding */
  /*    glyph index.                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face      :: A handle to the source face object.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    char_code :: The starting character code.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    agindex   :: Glyph index of next character code.  0~if charmap     */
  /*                 is empty.                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    The charmap's next character code.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    You should use this function with @FT_Get_First_Char to walk       */
  /*    over all character codes available in a given charmap.  See the    */
  /*    note for that function for a simple code example.                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Note that `*agindex' is set to~0 when there are no more codes in   */
  /*    the charmap.                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
  FT_Get_Next_Char( FT_Face    face,
                    FT_ULong   char_code,
                    FT_UInt   *agindex );


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @function:
   *   FT_Face_Properties
   *
   * @description:
   *   Set or override certain (library or module-wide) properties on a
   *   face-by-face basis.  Useful for finer-grained control and avoiding
   *   locks on shared structures (threads can modify their own faces as
   *   they see fit).
   *
   *   Contrary to @FT_Property_Set, this function uses @FT_Parameter so
   *   that you can pass multiple properties to the target face in one call.
   *   Note that only a subset of the available properties can be
   *   controlled.
   *
   *   * @FT_PARAM_TAG_STEM_DARKENING (stem darkening, corresponding to the
   *     property `no-stem-darkening' provided by the `autofit', `cff',
   *     `type1', and `t1cid' modules; see @no-stem-darkening).
   *
   *   * @FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS (LCD filter weights, corresponding
   *     to function @FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights).
   *
   *   * @FT_PARAM_TAG_RANDOM_SEED (seed value for the CFF, Type~1, and CID
   *     `random' operator, corresponding to the `random-seed' property
   *     provided by the `cff', `type1', and `t1cid' modules; see
   *     @random-seed).
   *
   *   Pass NULL as `data' in @FT_Parameter for a given tag to reset the
   *   option and use the library or module default again.
   *
   * @input:
   *   face ::
   *     A handle to the source face object.
   *
   *   num_properties ::
   *     The number of properties that follow.
   *
   *   properties ::
   *     A handle to an @FT_Parameter array with `num_properties' elements.
   *
   * @return:
   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *   Here an example that sets three properties.  You must define
   *   FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING to make the LCD filter examples
   *   work.
   *
   *   {
   *     FT_Parameter         property1;
   *     FT_Bool              darken_stems = 1;
   *
   *     FT_Parameter         property2;
   *     FT_LcdFiveTapFilter  custom_weight =
   *                            { 0x11, 0x44, 0x56, 0x44, 0x11 };
   *
   *     FT_Parameter         property3;
   *     FT_Int32             random_seed = 314159265;
   *
   *     FT_Parameter         properties[3] = { property1,
   *                                            property2,
   *                                            property3 };
   *
   *
   *     property1.tag  = FT_PARAM_TAG_STEM_DARKENING;
   *     property1.data = &darken_stems;
   *
   *     property2.tag  = FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS;
   *     property2.data = custom_weight;
   *
   *     property3.tag  = FT_PARAM_TAG_RANDOM_SEED;
   *     property3.data = &random_seed;
   *
   *     FT_Face_Properties( face, 3, properties );
   *   }
   *
   *   The next example resets a single property to its default value.
   *
   *   {
   *     FT_Parameter  property;
   *
   *
   *     property.tag  = FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS;
   *     property.data = NULL;
   *
   *     FT_Face_Properties( face, 1, &property );
   *   }
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.8
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Face_Properties( FT_Face        face,
                      FT_UInt        num_properties,
                      FT_Parameter*  properties );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_Name_Index                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Return the glyph index of a given glyph name.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face       :: A handle to the source face object.                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    glyph_name :: The glyph name.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    The glyph index.  0~means `undefined character code'.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
  FT_Get_Name_Index( FT_Face     face,
                     FT_String*  glyph_name );


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @macro:
   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX
   *
   * @description:
   *   A list of constants describing subglyphs.  Please refer to the
   *   `glyf' table description in the OpenType specification for the
   *   meaning of the various flags (which get synthesized for
   *   non-OpenType subglyphs).
   *
   * @values:
   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS ::
   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES ::
   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID ::
   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE ::
   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE ::
   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2 ::
   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS ::
   *
   */
#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS          1
#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES      2
#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID        4
#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE                   8
#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE             0x40
#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2                  0x80
#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS      0x200


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @func:
   *   FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info
   *
   * @description:
   *   Retrieve a description of a given subglyph.  Only use it if
   *   `glyph->format' is @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE; an error is
   *   returned otherwise.
   *
   * @input:
   *   glyph ::
   *     The source glyph slot.
   *
   *   sub_index ::
   *     The index of the subglyph.  Must be less than
   *     `glyph->num_subglyphs'.
   *
   * @output:
   *   p_index ::
   *     The glyph index of the subglyph.
   *
   *   p_flags ::
   *     The subglyph flags, see @FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX.
   *
   *   p_arg1 ::
   *     The subglyph's first argument (if any).
   *
   *   p_arg2 ::
   *     The subglyph's second argument (if any).
   *
   *   p_transform ::
   *     The subglyph transformation (if any).
   *
   * @return:
   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *   The values of `*p_arg1', `*p_arg2', and `*p_transform' must be
   *   interpreted depending on the flags returned in `*p_flags'.  See the
   *   OpenType specification for details.
   *
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info( FT_GlyphSlot  glyph,
                        FT_UInt       sub_index,
                        FT_Int       *p_index,
                        FT_UInt      *p_flags,
                        FT_Int       *p_arg1,
                        FT_Int       *p_arg2,
                        FT_Matrix    *p_transform );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Enum>                                                                */
  /*    FT_FSTYPE_XXX                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A list of bit flags used in the `fsType' field of the OS/2 table   */
  /*    in a TrueType or OpenType font and the `FSType' entry in a         */
  /*    PostScript font.  These bit flags are returned by                  */
  /*    @FT_Get_FSType_Flags; they inform client applications of embedding */
  /*    and subsetting restrictions associated with a font.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    See                                                                */
  /*    https://www.adobe.com/content/dam/Adobe/en/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/FontPolicies.pdf */
  /*    for more details.                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Values>                                                              */
  /*    FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING ::                                 */
  /*      Fonts with no fsType bit set may be embedded and permanently     */
  /*      installed on the remote system by an application.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING ::                          */
  /*      Fonts that have only this bit set must not be modified, embedded */
  /*      or exchanged in any manner without first obtaining permission of */
  /*      the font software copyright owner.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING ::                           */
  /*      The font may be embedded and temporarily loaded on the remote    */
  /*      system.  Documents containing Preview & Print fonts must be      */
  /*      opened `read-only'; no edits can be applied to the document.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING ::                                    */
  /*      The font may be embedded but must only be installed temporarily  */
  /*      on other systems.  In contrast to Preview & Print fonts,         */
  /*      documents containing editable fonts may be opened for reading,   */
  /*      editing is permitted, and changes may be saved.                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING ::                                         */
  /*      The font may not be subsetted prior to embedding.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY ::                                 */
  /*      Only bitmaps contained in the font may be embedded; no outline   */
  /*      data may be embedded.  If there are no bitmaps available in the  */
  /*      font, then the font is unembeddable.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The flags are ORed together, thus more than a single value can be  */
  /*    returned.                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    While the `fsType' flags can indicate that a font may be embedded, */
  /*    a license with the font vendor may be separately required to use   */
  /*    the font in this way.                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
#define FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING         0x0000
#define FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING  0x0002
#define FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING   0x0004
#define FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING            0x0008
#define FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING                 0x0100
#define FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY         0x0200


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_FSType_Flags                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Return the `fsType' flags for a font.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face :: A handle to the source face object.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    The `fsType' flags, see @FT_FSTYPE_XXX.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    Use this function rather than directly reading the `fs_type' field */
  /*    in the @PS_FontInfoRec structure, which is only guaranteed to      */
  /*    return the correct results for Type~1 fonts.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Since>                                                               */
  /*    2.3.8                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_UShort )
  FT_Get_FSType_Flags( FT_Face  face );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    glyph_variants                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    Unicode Variation Sequences                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    The FreeType~2 interface to Unicode Variation Sequences (UVS),     */
  /*    using the SFNT cmap format~14.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Many characters, especially for CJK scripts, have variant forms.   */
  /*    They are a sort of grey area somewhere between being totally       */
  /*    irrelevant and semantically distinct; for this reason, the Unicode */
  /*    consortium decided to introduce Variation Sequences (VS),          */
  /*    consisting of a Unicode base character and a variation selector    */
  /*    instead of further extending the already huge number of            */
  /*    characters.                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Unicode maintains two different sets, namely `Standardized         */
  /*    Variation Sequences' and registered `Ideographic Variation         */
  /*    Sequences' (IVS), collected in the `Ideographic Variation          */
  /*    Database' (IVD).                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*      https://unicode.org/Public/UCD/latest/ucd/StandardizedVariants.txt */
  /*      https://unicode.org/reports/tr37/                                */
  /*      https://unicode.org/ivd/                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    To date (January 2017), the character with the most ideographic    */
  /*    variations is U+9089, having 32 such IVS.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Three Mongolian Variation Selectors have the values U+180B-U+180D; */
  /*    256 generic Variation Selectors are encoded in the ranges          */
  /*    U+FE00-U+FE0F and U+E0100-U+E01EF.  IVS currently use Variation    */
  /*    Selectors from the range U+E0100-U+E01EF only.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    A VS consists of the base character value followed by a single     */
  /*    Variation Selector.  For example, to get the first variation of    */
  /*    U+9089, you have to write the character sequence `U+9089 U+E0100'. */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Adobe and MS decided to support both standardized and ideographic  */
  /*    VS with a new cmap subtable (format~14).  It is an odd subtable    */
  /*    because it is not a mapping of input code points to glyphs, but    */
  /*    contains lists of all variations supported by the font.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    A variation may be either `default' or `non-default' for a given   */
  /*    font.  A default variation is the one you will get for that code   */
  /*    point if you look it up in the standard Unicode cmap.  A           */
  /*    non-default variation is a different glyph.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Return the glyph index of a given character code as modified by    */
  /*    the variation selector.                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face ::                                                            */
  /*      A handle to the source face object.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    charcode ::                                                        */
  /*      The character code point in Unicode.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    variantSelector ::                                                 */
  /*      The Unicode code point of the variation selector.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    The glyph index.  0~means either `undefined character code', or    */
  /*    `undefined selector code', or `no variation selector cmap          */
  /*    subtable', or `current CharMap is not Unicode'.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files       */
  /*    directly, be aware that the glyph index returned by this function  */
  /*    doesn't always correspond to the internal indices used within      */
  /*    the file.  This is done to ensure that value~0 always corresponds  */
  /*    to the `missing glyph'.                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    This function is only meaningful if                                */
  /*      a) the font has a variation selector cmap sub table,             */
  /*    and                                                                */
  /*      b) the current charmap has a Unicode encoding.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Since>                                                               */
  /*    2.3.6                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
  FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex( FT_Face   face,
                               FT_ULong  charcode,
                               FT_ULong  variantSelector );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Check whether this variation of this Unicode character is the one  */
  /*    to be found in the `cmap'.                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face ::                                                            */
  /*      A handle to the source face object.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    charcode ::                                                        */
  /*      The character codepoint in Unicode.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    variantSelector ::                                                 */
  /*      The Unicode codepoint of the variation selector.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    1~if found in the standard (Unicode) cmap, 0~if found in the       */
  /*    variation selector cmap, or -1 if it is not a variation.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    This function is only meaningful if the font has a variation       */
  /*    selector cmap subtable.                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Since>                                                               */
  /*    2.3.6                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
  FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault( FT_Face   face,
                                   FT_ULong  charcode,
                                   FT_ULong  variantSelector );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variation selectors found */
  /*    in the font.                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face ::                                                            */
  /*      A handle to the source face object.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    A pointer to an array of selector code points, or NULL if there is */
  /*    no valid variation selector cmap subtable.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the         */
  /*    @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next     */
  /*    call to a FreeType function.                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Since>                                                               */
  /*    2.3.6                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )
  FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors( FT_Face  face );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variation selectors found */
  /*    for the specified character code.                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face ::                                                            */
  /*      A handle to the source face object.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    charcode ::                                                        */
  /*      The character codepoint in Unicode.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    A pointer to an array of variation selector code points that are   */
  /*    active for the given character, or NULL if the corresponding list  */
  /*    is empty.                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the         */
  /*    @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next     */
  /*    call to a FreeType function.                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Since>                                                               */
  /*    2.3.6                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )
  FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar( FT_Face   face,
                             FT_ULong  charcode );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode character codes found for */
  /*    the specified variation selector.                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face ::                                                            */
  /*      A handle to the source face object.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    variantSelector ::                                                 */
  /*      The variation selector code point in Unicode.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    A list of all the code points that are specified by this selector  */
  /*    (both default and non-default codes are returned) or NULL if there */
  /*    is no valid cmap or the variation selector is invalid.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the         */
  /*    @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next     */
  /*    call to a FreeType function.                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Since>                                                               */
  /*    2.3.6                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )
  FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant( FT_Face   face,
                             FT_ULong  variantSelector );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    computations                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    Computations                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    Crunching fixed numbers and vectors.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This section contains various functions used to perform            */
  /*    computations on 16.16 fixed-float numbers or 2d vectors.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Order>                                                               */
  /*    FT_MulDiv                                                          */
  /*    FT_MulFix                                                          */
  /*    FT_DivFix                                                          */
  /*    FT_RoundFix                                                        */
  /*    FT_CeilFix                                                         */
  /*    FT_FloorFix                                                        */
  /*    FT_Vector_Transform                                                */
  /*    FT_Matrix_Multiply                                                 */
  /*    FT_Matrix_Invert                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_MulDiv                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Compute `(a*b)/c' with maximum accuracy, using a 64-bit            */
  /*    intermediate integer whenever necessary.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    This function isn't necessarily as fast as some processor specific */
  /*    operations, but is at least completely portable.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    a :: The first multiplier.                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    b :: The second multiplier.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    c :: The divisor.                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    The result of `(a*b)/c'.  This function never traps when trying to */
  /*    divide by zero; it simply returns `MaxInt' or `MinInt' depending   */
  /*    on the signs of `a' and `b'.                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
  FT_MulDiv( FT_Long  a,
             FT_Long  b,
             FT_Long  c );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_MulFix                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Compute `(a*b)/0x10000' with maximum accuracy.  Its main use is to */
  /*    multiply a given value by a 16.16 fixed-point factor.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    a :: The first multiplier.                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    b :: The second multiplier.  Use a 16.16 factor here whenever      */
  /*         possible (see note below).                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    The result of `(a*b)/0x10000'.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    This function has been optimized for the case where the absolute   */
  /*    value of `a' is less than 2048, and `b' is a 16.16 scaling factor. */
  /*    As this happens mainly when scaling from notional units to         */
  /*    fractional pixels in FreeType, it resulted in noticeable speed     */
  /*    improvements between versions 2.x and 1.x.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    As a conclusion, always try to place a 16.16 factor as the         */
  /*    _second_ argument of this function; this can make a great          */
  /*    difference.                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
  FT_MulFix( FT_Long  a,
             FT_Long  b );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_DivFix                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Compute `(a*0x10000)/b' with maximum accuracy.  Its main use is to */
  /*    divide a given value by a 16.16 fixed-point factor.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    a :: The numerator.                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    b :: The denominator.  Use a 16.16 factor here.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    The result of `(a*0x10000)/b'.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
  FT_DivFix( FT_Long  a,
             FT_Long  b );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_RoundFix                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Round a 16.16 fixed number.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    a :: The number to be rounded.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    `a' rounded to the nearest 16.16 fixed integer, halfway cases away */
  /*    from zero.                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The function uses wrap-around arithmetic.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
  FT_RoundFix( FT_Fixed  a );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_CeilFix                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Compute the smallest following integer of a 16.16 fixed number.    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    a :: The number for which the ceiling function is to be computed.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    `a' rounded towards plus infinity.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The function uses wrap-around arithmetic.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
  FT_CeilFix( FT_Fixed  a );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_FloorFix                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Compute the largest previous integer of a 16.16 fixed number.      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    a :: The number for which the floor function is to be computed.    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    `a' rounded towards minus infinity.                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
  FT_FloorFix( FT_Fixed  a );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Vector_Transform                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Transform a single vector through a 2x2 matrix.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    vector :: The target vector to transform.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    matrix :: A pointer to the source 2x2 matrix.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The result is undefined if either `vector' or `matrix' is invalid. */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_Vector_Transform( FT_Vector*        vec,
                       const FT_Matrix*  matrix );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    version                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    FreeType Version                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    Functions and macros related to FreeType versions.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Note that those functions and macros are of limited use because    */
  /*    even a new release of FreeType with only documentation changes     */
  /*    increases the version number.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Order>                                                               */
  /*    FT_Library_Version                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FREETYPE_MAJOR                                                     */
  /*    FREETYPE_MINOR                                                     */
  /*    FREETYPE_PATCH                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents                                       */
  /*    FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FREETYPE_XXX                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************
   *
   * @enum:
   *   FREETYPE_XXX
   *
   * @description:
   *   These three macros identify the FreeType source code version.
   *   Use @FT_Library_Version to access them at runtime.
   *
   * @values:
   *   FREETYPE_MAJOR :: The major version number.
   *   FREETYPE_MINOR :: The minor version number.
   *   FREETYPE_PATCH :: The patch level.
   *
   * @note:
   *   The version number of FreeType if built as a dynamic link library
   *   with the `libtool' package is _not_ controlled by these three
   *   macros.
   *
   */
#define FREETYPE_MAJOR  2
#define FREETYPE_MINOR  9
#define FREETYPE_PATCH  1


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Library_Version                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Return the version of the FreeType library being used.  This is    */
  /*    useful when dynamically linking to the library, since one cannot   */
  /*    use the macros @FREETYPE_MAJOR, @FREETYPE_MINOR, and               */
  /*    @FREETYPE_PATCH.                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    library :: A source library handle.                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    amajor  :: The major version number.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    aminor  :: The minor version number.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    apatch  :: The patch version number.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The reason why this function takes a `library' argument is because */
  /*    certain programs implement library initialization in a custom way  */
  /*    that doesn't use @FT_Init_FreeType.                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    In such cases, the library version might not be available before   */
  /*    the library object has been created.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( void )
  FT_Library_Version( FT_Library   library,
                      FT_Int      *amajor,
                      FT_Int      *aminor,
                      FT_Int      *apatch );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Deprecated, does nothing.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face :: A face handle.                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    Always returns false.                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    Since May 2010, TrueType hinting is no longer patented.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Since>                                                               */
  /*    2.3.5                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool )
  FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents( FT_Face  face );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Deprecated, does nothing.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face  :: A face handle.                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    value :: New boolean setting.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    Always returns false.                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    Since May 2010, TrueType hinting is no longer patented.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Since>                                                               */
  /*    2.3.5                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool )
  FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting( FT_Face  face,
                                FT_Bool  value );

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FREETYPE_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftrender.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType renderer modules public interface (specification).          */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 1996-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTRENDER_H_
#define FTRENDER_H_


#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_MODULE_H
#include FT_GLYPH_H


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    module_management                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /* create a new glyph object */
  typedef FT_Error
  (*FT_Glyph_InitFunc)( FT_Glyph      glyph,
                        FT_GlyphSlot  slot );

  /* destroys a given glyph object */
  typedef void
  (*FT_Glyph_DoneFunc)( FT_Glyph  glyph );

  typedef void
  (*FT_Glyph_TransformFunc)( FT_Glyph          glyph,
                             const FT_Matrix*  matrix,
                             const FT_Vector*  delta );

  typedef void
  (*FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc)( FT_Glyph  glyph,
                           FT_BBox*  abbox );

  typedef FT_Error
  (*FT_Glyph_CopyFunc)( FT_Glyph   source,
                        FT_Glyph   target );

  typedef FT_Error
  (*FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc)( FT_Glyph      glyph,
                           FT_GlyphSlot  slot );

/* deprecated */
#define FT_Glyph_Init_Func       FT_Glyph_InitFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Done_Func       FT_Glyph_DoneFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Transform_Func  FT_Glyph_TransformFunc
#define FT_Glyph_BBox_Func       FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Copy_Func       FT_Glyph_CopyFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Prepare_Func    FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc


  struct  FT_Glyph_Class_
  {
    FT_Long                 glyph_size;
    FT_Glyph_Format         glyph_format;

    FT_Glyph_InitFunc       glyph_init;
    FT_Glyph_DoneFunc       glyph_done;
    FT_Glyph_CopyFunc       glyph_copy;
    FT_Glyph_TransformFunc  glyph_transform;
    FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc    glyph_bbox;
    FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc    glyph_prepare;
  };


  typedef FT_Error
  (*FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)( FT_Renderer       renderer,
                             FT_GlyphSlot      slot,
                             FT_Render_Mode    mode,
                             const FT_Vector*  origin );

  typedef FT_Error
  (*FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)( FT_Renderer       renderer,
                                FT_GlyphSlot      slot,
                                const FT_Matrix*  matrix,
                                const FT_Vector*  delta );


  typedef void
  (*FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)( FT_Renderer   renderer,
                              FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
                              FT_BBox*      cbox );


  typedef FT_Error
  (*FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)( FT_Renderer  renderer,
                              FT_ULong     mode_tag,
                              FT_Pointer   mode_ptr );

/* deprecated identifiers */
#define FTRenderer_render  FT_Renderer_RenderFunc
#define FTRenderer_transform  FT_Renderer_TransformFunc
#define FTRenderer_getCBox  FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc
#define FTRenderer_setMode  FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_Renderer_Class                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    The renderer module class descriptor.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    root            :: The root @FT_Module_Class fields.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    glyph_format    :: The glyph image format this renderer handles.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    render_glyph    :: A method used to render the image that is in a  */
  /*                       given glyph slot into a bitmap.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    transform_glyph :: A method used to transform the image that is in */
  /*                       a given glyph slot.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    get_glyph_cbox  :: A method used to access the glyph's cbox.       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    set_mode        :: A method used to pass additional parameters.    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    raster_class    :: For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only.    */
  /*                       This is a pointer to its raster's class.        */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_Renderer_Class_
  {
    FT_Module_Class            root;

    FT_Glyph_Format            glyph_format;

    FT_Renderer_RenderFunc     render_glyph;
    FT_Renderer_TransformFunc  transform_glyph;
    FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc    get_glyph_cbox;
    FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc    set_mode;

    FT_Raster_Funcs*           raster_class;

  } FT_Renderer_Class;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_Renderer                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Retrieve the current renderer for a given glyph format.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    library :: A handle to the library object.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    format  :: The glyph format.                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    A renderer handle.  0~if none found.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
  /*    or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    To add a new renderer, simply use @FT_Add_Module.  To retrieve a   */
  /*    renderer by its name, use @FT_Get_Module.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer )
  FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library       library,
                   FT_Glyph_Format  format );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Set_Renderer                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Set the current renderer to use, and set additional mode.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    library    :: A handle to the library object.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    renderer   :: A handle to the renderer object.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    num_params :: The number of additional parameters.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    parameters :: Additional parameters.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph     */
  /*    images in the renderer's known format into bitmaps.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats.        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Currently, no FreeType renderer module uses `parameters'; you      */
  /*    should thus always pass NULL as the value.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library     library,
                   FT_Renderer    renderer,
                   FT_UInt        num_params,
                   FT_Parameter*  parameters );

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTRENDER_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftlzw.h                                                                */
/*                                                                         */
/*    LZW-compressed stream support.                                       */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 2004-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTLZW_H_
#define FTLZW_H_

#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER

  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    lzw                                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    LZW Streams                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    Using LZW-compressed font files.                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/

 /************************************************************************
  *
  * @function:
  *   FT_Stream_OpenLZW
  *
  * @description:
  *   Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files.  This is
  *   mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z' fonts that come
  *   with XFree86.
  *
  * @input:
  *   stream :: The target embedding stream.
  *
  *   source :: The source stream.
  *
  * @return:
  *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
  *
  * @note:
  *   The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
  *
  *   Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
  *   *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream.  None of the stream
  *   objects will be released to the heap.
  *
  *   The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
  *   process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream
  *
  *   In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is
  *   automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
  *   This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
  *   compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it
  *   and re-open the face with it.
  *
  *   This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
  *   of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support.
  */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream  stream,
                     FT_Stream  source );

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTLZW_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftmm.h                                                                 */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification).             */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 1996-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTMM_H_
#define FTMM_H_


#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    multiple_masters                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    Multiple Masters                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    How to manage Multiple Masters fonts.                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple      */
  /*    Master fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by  */
  /*    setting design axis coordinates.                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Besides Adobe MM fonts, the interface supports Apple's TrueType GX */
  /*    and OpenType variation fonts.  Some of the routines only work with */
  /*    Adobe MM fonts, others will work with all three types.  They are   */
  /*    similar enough that a consistent interface makes sense.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_MM_Axis                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure to model a given axis in design space for Multiple     */
  /*    Masters fonts.                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    This structure can't be used for TrueType GX or OpenType variation */
  /*    fonts.                                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    name    :: The axis's name.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_MM_Axis_
  {
    FT_String*  name;
    FT_Long     minimum;
    FT_Long     maximum;

  } FT_MM_Axis;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_Multi_Master                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters      */
  /*    font.                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    This structure can't be used for TrueType GX or OpenType variation */
  /*    fonts.                                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    num_axis    :: Number of axes.  Cannot exceed~4.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    num_designs :: Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis    */
  /*                   even though the Type~1 specification strangely      */
  /*                   allows for intermediate designs to be present.      */
  /*                   This number cannot exceed~16.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    axis        :: A table of axis descriptors.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_Multi_Master_
  {
    FT_UInt     num_axis;
    FT_UInt     num_designs;
    FT_MM_Axis  axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];

  } FT_Multi_Master;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_Var_Axis                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure to model a given axis in design space for Multiple     */
  /*    Masters, TrueType GX, and OpenType variation fonts.                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    name    :: The axis's name.                                        */
  /*               Not always meaningful for TrueType GX or OpenType       */
  /*               variation fonts.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    def     :: The axis's default design coordinate.                   */
  /*               FreeType computes meaningful default values for Adobe   */
  /*               MM fonts.                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    tag     :: The axis's tag (the equivalent to `name' for TrueType   */
  /*               GX and OpenType variation fonts).  FreeType provides    */
  /*               default values for Adobe MM fonts if possible.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    strid   :: The axis name entry in the font's `name' table.  This   */
  /*               is another (and often better) version of the `name'     */
  /*               field for TrueType GX or OpenType variation fonts.  Not */
  /*               meaningful for Adobe MM fonts.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The fields `minimum', `def', and `maximum' are 16.16 fractional    */
  /*    values for TrueType GX and OpenType variation fonts.  For Adobe MM */
  /*    fonts, the values are integers.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_Var_Axis_
  {
    FT_String*  name;

    FT_Fixed    minimum;
    FT_Fixed    def;
    FT_Fixed    maximum;

    FT_ULong    tag;
    FT_UInt     strid;

  } FT_Var_Axis;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_Var_Named_Style                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure to model a named instance in a TrueType GX or OpenType */
  /*    variation font.                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    This structure can't be used for Adobe MM fonts.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    coords :: The design coordinates for this instance.                */
  /*              This is an array with one entry for each axis.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    strid  :: The entry in `name' table identifying this instance.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    psid   :: The entry in `name' table identifying a PostScript name  */
  /*              for this instance.  Value 0xFFFF indicates a missing     */
  /*              entry.                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_Var_Named_Style_
  {
    FT_Fixed*  coords;
    FT_UInt    strid;
    FT_UInt    psid;   /* since 2.7.1 */

  } FT_Var_Named_Style;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_MM_Var                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure to model the axes and space of an Adobe MM, TrueType   */
  /*    GX, or OpenType variation font.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Some fields are specific to one format and not to the others.      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    num_axis        :: The number of axes.  The maximum value is~4 for */
  /*                       Adobe MM fonts; no limit in TrueType GX or      */
  /*                       OpenType variation fonts.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    num_designs     :: The number of designs; should be normally       */
  /*                       2^num_axis for Adobe MM fonts.  Not meaningful  */
  /*                       for TrueType GX or OpenType variation fonts     */
  /*                       (where every glyph could have a different       */
  /*                       number of designs).                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    num_namedstyles :: The number of named styles; a `named style' is  */
  /*                       a tuple of design coordinates that has a string */
  /*                       ID (in the `name' table) associated with it.    */
  /*                       The font can tell the user that, for example,   */
  /*                       [Weight=1.5,Width=1.1] is `Bold'.  Another name */
  /*                       for `named style' is `named instance'.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                       For Adobe Multiple Masters fonts, this value is */
  /*                       always zero because the format does not support */
  /*                       named styles.                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    axis            :: An axis descriptor table.                       */
  /*                       TrueType GX and OpenType variation fonts        */
  /*                       contain slightly more data than Adobe MM fonts. */
  /*                       Memory management of this pointer is done       */
  /*                       internally by FreeType.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    namedstyle      :: A named style (instance) table.                 */
  /*                       Only meaningful for TrueType GX and OpenType    */
  /*                       variation fonts.  Memory management of this     */
  /*                       pointer is done internally by FreeType.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_MM_Var_
  {
    FT_UInt              num_axis;
    FT_UInt              num_designs;
    FT_UInt              num_namedstyles;
    FT_Var_Axis*         axis;
    FT_Var_Named_Style*  namedstyle;

  } FT_MM_Var;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_Multi_Master                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Retrieve a variation descriptor of a given Adobe MM font.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation */
  /*    fonts.                                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face    :: A handle to the source face.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    amaster :: The Multiple Masters descriptor.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face           face,
                       FT_Multi_Master  *amaster );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_MM_Var                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Retrieve a variation descriptor for a given font.                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    This function works with all supported variation formats.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face    :: A handle to the source face.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    amaster :: The variation descriptor.                               */
  /*               Allocates a data structure, which the user must         */
  /*               deallocate with a call to @FT_Done_MM_Var after use.    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face      face,
                 FT_MM_Var*  *amaster );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Done_MM_Var                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Free the memory allocated by @FT_Get_MM_Var.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    library :: A handle of the face's parent library object that was   */
  /*               used in the call to @FT_Get_MM_Var to create `amaster'. */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Done_MM_Var( FT_Library   library,
                  FT_MM_Var   *amaster );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    For Adobe MM fonts, choose an interpolated font design through     */
  /*    design coordinates.                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation */
  /*    fonts.                                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    face       :: A handle to the source face.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates.  If it   */
  /*                  is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */
  /*                  values.  If it is smaller than the number of axes,   */
  /*                  use default values for the remaining axes.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    coords     :: An array of design coordinates.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    [Since 2.8.1] To reset all axes to the default values, call the    */
  /*    function with `num_coords' set to zero and `coords' set to NULL.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    [Since 2.9] If `num_coords' is larger than zero, this function     */
  /*    sets the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags'    */
  /*    field (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true).  If `num_coords'  */
  /*    is zero, this bit flag gets unset.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face   face,
                                FT_UInt   num_coords,
                                FT_Long*  coords );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Choose an interpolated font design through design coordinates.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    This function works with all supported variation formats.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    face       :: A handle to the source face.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates.  If it   */
  /*                  is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */
  /*                  values.  If it is smaller than the number of axes,   */
  /*                  use default values for the remaining axes.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    coords     :: An array of design coordinates.                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    [Since 2.8.1] To reset all axes to the default values, call the    */
  /*    function with `num_coords' set to zero and `coords' set to NULL.   */
  /*    [Since 2.9] `Default values' means the currently selected named    */
  /*    instance (or the base font if no named instance is selected).      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    [Since 2.9] If `num_coords' is larger than zero, this function     */
  /*    sets the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags'    */
  /*    field (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true).  If `num_coords'  */
  /*    is zero, this bit flag gets unset.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
                                 FT_UInt    num_coords,
                                 FT_Fixed*  coords );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_Var_Design_Coordinates                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Get the design coordinates of the currently selected interpolated  */
  /*    font.                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    This function works with all supported variation formats.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face       :: A handle to the source face.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    num_coords :: The number of design coordinates to retrieve.  If it */
  /*                  is larger than the number of axes, set the excess    */
  /*                  values to~0.                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    coords     :: The design coordinates array.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Since>                                                               */
  /*    2.7.1                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
                                 FT_UInt    num_coords,
                                 FT_Fixed*  coords );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Choose an interpolated font design through normalized blend        */
  /*    coordinates.                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    This function works with all supported variation formats.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <InOut>                                                               */
  /*    face       :: A handle to the source face.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates.  If it   */
  /*                  is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */
  /*                  values.  If it is smaller than the number of axes,   */
  /*                  use default values for the remaining axes.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    coords     :: The design coordinates array (each element must be   */
  /*                  between 0 and 1.0 for Adobe MM fonts, and between    */
  /*                  -1.0 and 1.0 for TrueType GX and OpenType variation  */
  /*                  fonts).                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    [Since 2.8.1] To reset all axes to the default values, call the    */
  /*    function with `num_coords' set to zero and `coords' set to NULL.   */
  /*    [Since 2.9] `Default values' means the currently selected named    */
  /*    instance (or the base font if no named instance is selected).      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    [Since 2.9] If `num_coords' is larger than zero, this function     */
  /*    sets the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags'    */
  /*    field (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true).  If `num_coords'  */
  /*    is zero, this bit flag gets unset.                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
                               FT_UInt    num_coords,
                               FT_Fixed*  coords );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_MM_Blend_Coordinates                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Get the normalized blend coordinates of the currently selected     */
  /*    interpolated font.                                                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    This function works with all supported variation formats.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face       :: A handle to the source face.                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    num_coords :: The number of normalized blend coordinates to        */
  /*                  retrieve.  If it is larger than the number of axes,  */
  /*                  set the excess values to~0.5 for Adobe MM fonts, and */
  /*                  to~0 for TrueType GX and OpenType variation fonts.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    coords     :: The normalized blend coordinates array.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Since>                                                               */
  /*    2.7.1                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
                               FT_UInt    num_coords,
                               FT_Fixed*  coords );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
                                FT_UInt    num_coords,
                                FT_Fixed*  coords );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_Var_Blend_Coordinates                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This is another name of @FT_Get_MM_Blend_Coordinates.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Since>                                                               */
  /*    2.7.1                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
                                FT_UInt    num_coords,
                                FT_Fixed*  coords );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Enum>                                                                */
  /*    FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_XXX                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A list of bit flags used in the return value of                    */
  /*    @FT_Get_Var_Axis_Flags.                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Values>                                                              */
  /*    FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_HIDDEN ::                                         */
  /*      The variation axis should not be exposed to user interfaces.     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Since>                                                               */
  /*    2.8.1                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
#define FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_HIDDEN  1


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Get_Var_Axis_Flags                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Get the `flags' field of an OpenType Variation Axis Record.        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Not meaningful for Adobe MM fonts (`*flags' is always zero).       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    master     :: The variation descriptor.                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    axis_index :: The index of the requested variation axis.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Output>                                                              */
  /*    flags      :: The `flags' field.  See @FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_XXX for    */
  /*                  possible values.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Since>                                                               */
  /*    2.8.1                                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Get_Var_Axis_Flags( FT_MM_Var*  master,
                         FT_UInt     axis_index,
                         FT_UInt*    flags );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Function>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Set_Named_Instance                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Set or change the current named instance.                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    face           :: A handle to the source face.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    instance_index :: The index of the requested instance, starting    */
  /*                      with value 1.  If set to value 0, FreeType       */
  /*                      switches to font access without a named          */
  /*                      instance.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Return>                                                              */
  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The function uses the value of `instance_index' to set bits 16-30  */
  /*    of the face's `face_index' field.  It also resets any variation    */
  /*    applied to the font, and the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit of the    */
  /*    face's `face_flags' field gets reset to zero (i.e.,                */
  /*    @FT_IS_VARIATION will return false).                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    For Adobe MM fonts (which don't have named instances) this         */
  /*    function simply resets the current face to the default instance.   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Since>                                                               */
  /*    2.9                                                                */
  /*                                                                       */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Set_Named_Instance( FT_Face  face,
                         FT_UInt  instance_index );

  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTMM_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  fttypes.h                                                              */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType simple types definitions (specification only).              */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 1996-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTTYPES_H_
#define FTTYPES_H_


#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#include FT_SYSTEM_H
#include FT_IMAGE_H

#include <stddef.h>


FT_BEGIN_HEADER


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    basic_types                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Title>                                                               */
  /*    Basic Data Types                                                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
  /*    The basic data types defined by the library.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType~2,  */
  /*    ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors.  More      */
  /*    font-specific structures are defined in a different section.       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Order>                                                               */
  /*    FT_Byte                                                            */
  /*    FT_Bytes                                                           */
  /*    FT_Char                                                            */
  /*    FT_Int                                                             */
  /*    FT_UInt                                                            */
  /*    FT_Int16                                                           */
  /*    FT_UInt16                                                          */
  /*    FT_Int32                                                           */
  /*    FT_UInt32                                                          */
  /*    FT_Int64                                                           */
  /*    FT_UInt64                                                          */
  /*    FT_Short                                                           */
  /*    FT_UShort                                                          */
  /*    FT_Long                                                            */
  /*    FT_ULong                                                           */
  /*    FT_Bool                                                            */
  /*    FT_Offset                                                          */
  /*    FT_PtrDist                                                         */
  /*    FT_String                                                          */
  /*    FT_Tag                                                             */
  /*    FT_Error                                                           */
  /*    FT_Fixed                                                           */
  /*    FT_Pointer                                                         */
  /*    FT_Pos                                                             */
  /*    FT_Vector                                                          */
  /*    FT_BBox                                                            */
  /*    FT_Matrix                                                          */
  /*    FT_FWord                                                           */
  /*    FT_UFWord                                                          */
  /*    FT_F2Dot14                                                         */
  /*    FT_UnitVector                                                      */
  /*    FT_F26Dot6                                                         */
  /*    FT_Data                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_MAKE_TAG                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_Generic                                                         */
  /*    FT_Generic_Finalizer                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    FT_Bitmap                                                          */
  /*    FT_Pixel_Mode                                                      */
  /*    FT_Palette_Mode                                                    */
  /*    FT_Glyph_Format                                                    */
  /*    FT_IMAGE_TAG                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Bool                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans.  As usual,   */
  /*    values 1 and~0 represent true and false, respectively.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef unsigned char  FT_Bool;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_FWord                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font  */
  /*    units.                                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef signed short  FT_FWord;   /* distance in FUnits */


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_UFWord                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original    */
  /*    font units.                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef unsigned short  FT_UFWord;  /* unsigned distance */


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Char                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A simple typedef for the _signed_ char type.                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef signed char  FT_Char;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Byte                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type.                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef unsigned char  FT_Byte;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Bytes                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A typedef for constant memory areas.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef const FT_Byte*  FT_Bytes;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Tag                                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A typedef for 32-bit tags (as used in the SFNT format).            */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef FT_UInt32  FT_Tag;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_String                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings.      */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef char  FT_String;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Short                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A typedef for signed short.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef signed short  FT_Short;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_UShort                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A typedef for unsigned short.                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef unsigned short  FT_UShort;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Int                                                             */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A typedef for the int type.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef signed int  FT_Int;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_UInt                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A typedef for the unsigned int type.                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef unsigned int  FT_UInt;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Long                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A typedef for signed long.                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef signed long  FT_Long;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_ULong                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A typedef for unsigned long.                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef unsigned long  FT_ULong;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_F2Dot14                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A signed 2.14 fixed-point type used for unit vectors.              */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef signed short  FT_F2Dot14;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_F26Dot6                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A signed 26.6 fixed-point type used for vectorial pixel            */
  /*    coordinates.                                                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef signed long  FT_F26Dot6;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Fixed                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This type is used to store 16.16 fixed-point values, like scaling  */
  /*    values or matrix coefficients.                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef signed long  FT_Fixed;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Error                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    The FreeType error code type.  A value of~0 is always interpreted  */
  /*    as a successful operation.                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef int  FT_Error;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Pointer                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A simple typedef for a typeless pointer.                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef void*  FT_Pointer;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_Offset                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `size_t' type, i.e., the largest  */
  /*    _unsigned_ integer type used to express a file size or position,   */
  /*    or a memory block size.                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef size_t  FT_Offset;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_PtrDist                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `ptrdiff_t' type, i.e., the       */
  /*    largest _signed_ integer type used to express the distance         */
  /*    between two pointers.                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef ft_ptrdiff_t  FT_PtrDist;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_UnitVector                                                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector.  Uses    */
  /*    FT_F2Dot14 types.                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    x :: Horizontal coordinate.                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    y :: Vertical coordinate.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_UnitVector_
  {
    FT_F2Dot14  x;
    FT_F2Dot14  y;

  } FT_UnitVector;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_Matrix                                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix.  Coefficients are   */
  /*    in 16.16 fixed-point format.  The computation performed is:        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*       {                                                               */
  /*          x' = x*xx + y*xy                                             */
  /*          y' = x*yx + y*yy                                             */
  /*       }                                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    xx :: Matrix coefficient.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    xy :: Matrix coefficient.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    yx :: Matrix coefficient.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    yy :: Matrix coefficient.                                          */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_Matrix_
  {
    FT_Fixed  xx, xy;
    FT_Fixed  yx, yy;

  } FT_Matrix;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_Data                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length.       */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    pointer :: The data.                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    length  :: The length of the data in bytes.                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_Data_
  {
    const FT_Byte*  pointer;
    FT_Int          length;

  } FT_Data;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
  /*    FT_Generic_Finalizer                                               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Describe a function used to destroy the `client' data of any       */
  /*    FreeType object.  See the description of the @FT_Generic type for  */
  /*    details of usage.                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Input>                                                               */
  /*    The address of the FreeType object that is under finalization.     */
  /*    Its client data is accessed through its `generic' field.           */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef void  (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)( void*  object );


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_Generic                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    Client applications often need to associate their own data to a    */
  /*    variety of FreeType core objects.  For example, a text layout API  */
  /*    might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object.      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    Some FreeType object contains a `generic' field, of type           */
  /*    FT_Generic, which usage is left to client applications and font    */
  /*    servers.                                                           */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well */
  /*    as the address of a `finalizer' function, which will be called by  */
  /*    FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous   */
  /*    client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor */
  /*    in the `finalizer' field).                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    data      :: A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This */
  /*                 field is completely ignored by the FreeType library.  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    finalizer :: A pointer to a `generic finalizer' function, which    */
  /*                 will be called when the object is destroyed.  If this */
  /*                 field is set to NULL, no code will be called.         */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_Generic_
  {
    void*                 data;
    FT_Generic_Finalizer  finalizer;

  } FT_Generic;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Macro>                                                               */
  /*    FT_MAKE_TAG                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    This macro converts four-letter tags that are used to label        */
  /*    TrueType tables into an unsigned long, to be used within FreeType. */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Note>                                                                */
  /*    The produced values *must* be 32-bit integers.  Don't redefine     */
  /*    this macro.                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
          (FT_Tag)                        \
          ( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) |     \
            ( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) |     \
            ( (FT_ULong)_x3 <<  8 ) |     \
              (FT_ULong)_x4         )


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /*                    L I S T   M A N A G E M E N T                      */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Section>                                                             */
  /*    list_processing                                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_ListNode                                                        */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*     Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an       */
  /*     @FT_List record (see @FT_ListRec).  As its name suggests, an      */
  /*     FT_ListNode is a handle to a single list element.                 */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_*  FT_ListNode;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Type>                                                                */
  /*    FT_List                                                            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A handle to a list record (see @FT_ListRec).                       */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct FT_ListRec_*  FT_List;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_ListNodeRec                                                     */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure used to hold a single list element.                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    prev :: The previous element in the list.  NULL if first.          */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    next :: The next element in the list.  NULL if last.               */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    data :: A typeless pointer to the listed object.                   */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_ListNodeRec_
  {
    FT_ListNode  prev;
    FT_ListNode  next;
    void*        data;

  } FT_ListNodeRec;


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Struct>                                                              */
  /*    FT_ListRec                                                         */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Description>                                                         */
  /*    A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list.  These are   */
  /*    used in many parts of FreeType.                                    */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* <Fields>                                                              */
  /*    head :: The head (first element) of doubly-linked list.            */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*    tail :: The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list.             */
  /*                                                                       */
  typedef struct  FT_ListRec_
  {
    FT_ListNode  head;
    FT_ListNode  tail;

  } FT_ListRec;

  /* */


#define FT_IS_EMPTY( list )  ( (list).head == 0 )
#define FT_BOOL( x )  ( (FT_Bool)( x ) )

  /* concatenate C tokens */
#define FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )  x ## y
#define FT_ERR_CAT( x, y )   FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )

  /* see `ftmoderr.h' for descriptions of the following macros */

#define FT_ERR( e )  FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e )

#define FT_ERROR_BASE( x )    ( (x) & 0xFF )
#define FT_ERROR_MODULE( x )  ( (x) & 0xFF00U )

#define FT_ERR_EQ( x, e )                                        \
          ( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) == FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
#define FT_ERR_NEQ( x, e )                                       \
          ( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) != FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTTYPES_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ftlcdfil.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs           */
/*    (specification).                                                     */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 2006-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


#ifndef FTLCDFIL_H_
#define FTLCDFIL_H_

#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#include FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H

#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif


FT_BEGIN_HEADER

  /***************************************************************************
   *
   * @section:
   *   lcd_filtering
   *
   * @title:
   *   LCD Filtering
   *
   * @abstract:
   *   Reduce color fringes of subpixel-rendered bitmaps.
   *
   * @description:
   *   Should you #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in your
   *   `ftoption.h', which enables patented ClearType-style rendering,
   *   the LCD-optimized glyph bitmaps should be filtered to reduce color
   *   fringes inherent to this technology.  The default FreeType LCD
   *   rendering uses different technology, and API described below,
   *   although available, does nothing.
   *
   *   ClearType-style LCD rendering exploits the color-striped structure of
   *   LCD pixels, increasing the available resolution in the direction of
   *   the stripe (usually horizontal RGB) by a factor of~3.  Since these
   *   subpixels are color pixels, using them unfiltered creates severe
   *   color fringes.  Use the @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter API to specify a
   *   low-pass filter, which is then applied to subpixel-rendered bitmaps
   *   generated through @FT_Render_Glyph.  The filter sacrifices some of
   *   the higher resolution to reduce color fringes, making the glyph image
   *   slightly blurrier.  Positional improvements will remain.
   *
   *   A filter should have two properties:
   *
   *   1) It should be normalized, meaning the sum of the 5~components
   *      should be 256 (0x100).  It is possible to go above or under this
   *      target sum, however: going under means tossing out contrast, going
   *      over means invoking clamping and thereby non-linearities that
   *      increase contrast somewhat at the expense of greater distortion
   *      and color-fringing.  Contrast is better enhanced through stem
   *      darkening.
   *
   *   2) It should be color-balanced, meaning a filter `{~a, b, c, b, a~}'
   *      where a~+ b~=~c.  It distributes the computed coverage for one
   *      subpixel to all subpixels equally, sacrificing some won resolution
   *      but drastically reducing color-fringing.  Positioning improvements
   *      remain!  Note that color-fringing can only really be minimized
   *      when using a color-balanced filter and alpha-blending the glyph
   *      onto a surface in linear space; see @FT_Render_Glyph.
   *
   *   Regarding the form, a filter can be a `boxy' filter or a `beveled'
   *   filter.  Boxy filters are sharper but are less forgiving of non-ideal
   *   gamma curves of a screen (viewing angles!), beveled filters are
   *   fuzzier but more tolerant.
   *
   *   Examples:
   *
   *   - [0x10 0x40 0x70 0x40 0x10] is beveled and neither balanced nor
   *     normalized.
   *
   *   - [0x1A 0x33 0x4D 0x33 0x1A] is beveled and balanced but not
   *     normalized.
   *
   *   - [0x19 0x33 0x66 0x4c 0x19] is beveled and normalized but not
   *     balanced.
   *
   *   - [0x00 0x4c 0x66 0x4c 0x00] is boxily beveled and normalized but not
   *     balanced.
   *
   *   - [0x00 0x55 0x56 0x55 0x00] is boxy, normalized, and almost
   *     balanced.
   *
   *   - [0x08 0x4D 0x56 0x4D 0x08] is beveled, normalized and, almost
   *     balanced.
   *
   *   The filter affects glyph bitmaps rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph,
   *   @FT_Load_Glyph, and @FT_Load_Char.  It does _not_ affect the output
   *   of @FT_Outline_Render and @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap.
   *
   *   If this feature is activated, the dimensions of LCD glyph bitmaps are
   *   either wider or taller than the dimensions of the corresponding
   *   outline with regard to the pixel grid.  For example, for
   *   @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds 3~subpixels to the left, and
   *   3~subpixels to the right.  The bitmap offset values are adjusted
   *   accordingly, so clients shouldn't need to modify their layout and
   *   glyph positioning code when enabling the filter.
   *
   *   It is important to understand that linear alpha blending and gamma
   *   correction is critical for correctly rendering glyphs onto surfaces
   *   without artifacts and even more critical when subpixel rendering is
   *   involved.
   *
   *   Each of the 3~alpha values (subpixels) is independently used to blend
   *   one color channel.  That is, red alpha blends the red channel of the
   *   text color with the red channel of the background pixel.  The
   *   distribution of density values by the color-balanced filter assumes
   *   alpha blending is done in linear space; only then color artifacts
   *   cancel out.
   */


  /****************************************************************************
   *
   * @enum:
   *   FT_LcdFilter
   *
   * @description:
   *   A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters.
   *
   * @values:
   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE ::
   *     Do not perform filtering.  When used with subpixel rendering, this
   *     results in sometimes severe color fringes.
   *
   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT ::
   *     The default filter reduces color fringes considerably, at the cost
   *     of a slight blurriness in the output.
   *
   *     It is a beveled, normalized, and color-balanced five-tap filter
   *     that is more forgiving to screens with non-ideal gamma curves and
   *     viewing angles.  Note that while color-fringing is reduced, it can
   *     only be minimized by using linear alpha blending and gamma
   *     correction to render glyphs onto surfaces.  The default filter
   *     weights are [0x08 0x4D 0x56 0x4D 0x08].
   *
   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT ::
   *     The light filter is a variant that is sharper at the cost of
   *     slightly more color fringes than the default one.
   *
   *     It is a boxy, normalized, and color-balanced three-tap filter that
   *     is less forgiving to screens with non-ideal gamma curves and
   *     viewing angles.  This filter works best when the rendering system
   *     uses linear alpha blending and gamma correction to render glyphs
   *     onto surfaces.  The light filter weights are
   *     [0x00 0x55 0x56 0x55 0x00].
   *
   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY ::
   *     This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter.  It
   *     provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color
   *     fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid.
   *     In other words, it only works well if the TrueType bytecode
   *     interpreter is enabled *and* high-quality hinted fonts are used.
   *
   *     This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be
   *     disabled or stay unsupported in the future.
   *
   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 ::
   *     For historical reasons, the FontConfig library returns a different
   *     enumeration value for legacy LCD filtering.  To make code work that
   *     (incorrectly) forwards FontConfig's enumeration value to
   *     @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter without proper mapping, it is thus easiest
   *     to have another enumeration value, which is completely equal to
   *     `FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY'.
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.3.0 (`FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1' since 2.6.2)
   */
  typedef enum  FT_LcdFilter_
  {
    FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE    = 0,
    FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1,
    FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT   = 2,
    FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 = 3,
    FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY  = 16,

    FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX   /* do not remove */

  } FT_LcdFilter;


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @func:
   *   FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
   *
   * @description:
   *   This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated
   *   bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with
   *   @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
   *
   * @input:
   *   library ::
   *     A handle to the target library instance.
   *
   *   filter ::
   *     The filter type.
   *
   *     You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or
   *     @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work
   *     well on most LCD screens.
   *
   * @return:
   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *   This feature is always disabled by default.  Clients must make an
   *   explicit call to this function with a `filter' value other than
   *   @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it.
   *
   *   Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
   *   do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
   *   configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
   *   defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
   *   default builds of FreeType.
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.3.0
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library    library,
                           FT_LcdFilter  filter );


  /**************************************************************************
   *
   * @func:
   *   FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights
   *
   * @description:
   *   This function can be used to enable LCD filter with custom weights,
   *   instead of using presets in @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter.
   *
   * @input:
   *   library ::
   *     A handle to the target library instance.
   *
   *   weights ::
   *     A pointer to an array; the function copies the first five bytes and
   *     uses them to specify the filter weights.
   *
   * @return:
   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
   *
   * @note:
   *   Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
   *   do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
   *   configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
   *   defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
   *   default builds of FreeType.
   *
   *   LCD filter weights can also be set per face using @FT_Face_Properties
   *   with @FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS.
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.4.0
   */
  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
  FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights( FT_Library      library,
                                  unsigned char  *weights );


  /*
   * @type:
   *   FT_LcdFiveTapFilter
   *
   * @description:
   *   A typedef for passing the five LCD filter weights to
   *   @FT_Face_Properties within an @FT_Parameter structure.
   *
   * @since:
   *   2.8
   *
   */
#define FT_LCD_FILTER_FIVE_TAPS  5

  typedef FT_Byte  FT_LcdFiveTapFilter[FT_LCD_FILTER_FIVE_TAPS];


  /* */


FT_END_HEADER

#endif /* FTLCDFIL_H_ */


/* END */
/***************************************************************************/
/*                                                                         */
/*  ft2build.h                                                             */
/*                                                                         */
/*    FreeType 2 build and setup macros.                                   */
/*                                                                         */
/*  Copyright 1996-2018 by                                                 */
/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
/*                                                                         */
/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
/*                                                                         */
/***************************************************************************/


  /*************************************************************************/
  /*                                                                       */
  /* This is the `entry point' for FreeType header file inclusions.  It is */
  /* the only header file which should be included directly; all other     */
  /* FreeType header files should be accessed with macro names (after      */
  /* including `ft2build.h').                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /* A typical example is                                                  */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*   #include <ft2build.h>                                               */
  /*   #include FT_FREETYPE_H                                              */
  /*                                                                       */
  /*************************************************************************/


#ifndef FT2BUILD_H_
#define FT2BUILD_H_

#include <freetype/config/ftheader.h>

#endif /* FT2BUILD_H_ */


/* END */
/*
 * Copyright 2011 Red Hat, Inc.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
 * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
 * (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
 * including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
 * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
 * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
 * subject to the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
 * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
 * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
 * NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
 * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
 * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
 * SOFTWARE.
 */

/*** THE FOLLOWING ARE FOR IMPLEMENTATION MODULES ONLY ***/

#ifndef VERTO_MODULE_H_
#define VERTO_MODULE_H_

#include <verto.h>

#ifndef VERTO_MODULE_TYPES
#define VERTO_MODULE_TYPES
typedef void verto_mod_ctx;
typedef void verto_mod_ev;
#endif

#define VERTO_MODULE_VERSION 3
#define VERTO_MODULE_TABLE(name) verto_module_table_ ## name
#define VERTO_MODULE(name, symb, types) \
    static verto_ctx_funcs name ## _funcs = { \
        name ## _ctx_new, \
        name ## _ctx_default, \
        name ## _ctx_free, \
        name ## _ctx_run, \
        name ## _ctx_run_once, \
        name ## _ctx_break, \
        name ## _ctx_reinitialize, \
        name ## _ctx_set_flags, \
        name ## _ctx_add, \
        name ## _ctx_del \
    }; \
    verto_module VERTO_MODULE_TABLE(name) = { \
        VERTO_MODULE_VERSION, \
        # name, \
        # symb, \
        types, \
        &name ## _funcs, \
    }; \
    verto_ctx * \
    verto_new_ ## name() \
    { \
        return verto_convert(name, 0, NULL); \
    } \
    verto_ctx * \
    verto_default_ ## name() \
    { \
        return verto_convert(name, 1, NULL); \
    }

typedef struct {
    /* Required */ verto_mod_ctx *(*ctx_new)();
    /* Optional */ verto_mod_ctx *(*ctx_default)();
    /* Required */ void (*ctx_free)(verto_mod_ctx *ctx);
    /* Optional */ void (*ctx_run)(verto_mod_ctx *ctx);
    /* Required */ void (*ctx_run_once)(verto_mod_ctx *ctx);
    /* Optional */ void (*ctx_break)(verto_mod_ctx *ctx);
    /* Optional */ void (*ctx_reinitialize)(verto_mod_ctx *ctx);
    /* Optional */ void (*ctx_set_flags)(verto_mod_ctx *ctx,
                                         const verto_ev *ev,
                                         verto_mod_ev *modev);
    /* Required */ verto_mod_ev *(*ctx_add)(verto_mod_ctx *ctx,
                                            const verto_ev *ev,
                                            verto_ev_flag *flags);
    /* Required */ void (*ctx_del)(verto_mod_ctx *ctx,
                                   const verto_ev *ev,
                                   verto_mod_ev *modev);
} verto_ctx_funcs;

typedef struct {
    unsigned int vers;
    const char *name;
    const char *symb;
    verto_ev_type types;
    verto_ctx_funcs *funcs;
} verto_module;

/**
 * Converts an existing implementation specific loop to a verto_ctx.
 *
 * This function also sets the internal default implementation so that future
 * calls to verto_new(NULL) or verto_default(NULL) will use this specific
 * implementation if it was not already set.
 *
 * @param name The name of the module (unquoted)
 * @param deflt Whether the ctx is the default context or not
 * @param ctx The context to store
 * @return A new verto_ctx, or NULL on error. Call verto_free() when done.
 */
#define verto_convert(name, deflt, ctx) \
        verto_convert_module(&VERTO_MODULE_TABLE(name), deflt, ctx)

/**
 * Converts an existing implementation specific loop to a verto_ctx.
 *
 * If you are a module implementation, you probably want the macro above.  This
 * function is generally used directly only when an application is attempting
 * to expose a home-grown event loop to verto.
 *
 * If deflt is non-zero and a default ctx was already defined for this module
 * and ctx is not NULL, than ctx will be free'd and the previously defined
 * default will be returned.
 *
 * If ctx is non-NULL, than the pre-existing verto_mod_ctx will be converted to
 * to a verto_ctx; if deflt is non-zero than this verto_mod_ctx will also be
 * marked as the default loop for this process. If ctx is NULL, than the
 * appropriate constructor will be called: either module->ctx_new() or
 * module->ctx_default() depending on the boolean value of deflt. If
 * module->ctx_default is NULL and deflt is non-zero, than module->ctx_new()
 * will be called and the resulting verto_mod_ctx will be utilized as the
 * default.
 *
 * This function also sets the internal default implementation so that future
 * calls to verto_new(NULL) or verto_default(NULL) will use this specific
 * implementation if it was not already set.
 *
 * @param name The name of the module (unquoted)
 * @param ctx The context private to store
 * @return A new verto_ctx, or NULL on error. Call verto_free() when done.
 */
verto_ctx *
verto_convert_module(const verto_module *module, int deflt, verto_mod_ctx *ctx);

/**
 * Calls the callback of the verto_ev and then frees it via verto_del().
 *
 * The verto_ev is not freed (verto_del() is not called) if it is a signal event.
 *
 * @see verto_add_read()
 * @see verto_add_write()
 * @see verto_add_timeout()
 * @see verto_add_idle()
 * @see verto_add_signal()
 * @see verto_add_child()
 * @see verto_del()
 * @param ev The verto_ev
 */
void
verto_fire(verto_ev *ev);

/**
 * Sets the status of the pid/handle which caused this event to fire.
 *
 * This function does nothing if the verto_ev is not a child type.
 *
 * @see verto_add_child()
 * @param ev The verto_ev to set the status in.
 * @param status The pid/handle status.
 */
void
verto_set_proc_status(verto_ev *ev, verto_proc_status status);

/**
 * Sets the state of the fd which caused this event to fire.
 *
 * This function does nothing if the verto_ev is not a io type.
 *
 * Only the flags VERTO_EV_FLAG_IO_(READ|WRITE|ERROR) are supported. All other
 * flags are unset.
 *
 * @see verto_add_io()
 * @param ev The verto_ev to set the state in.
 * @param state The fd state.
 */
void
verto_set_fd_state(verto_ev *ev, verto_ev_flag state);

#endif /* VERTO_MODULE_H_ */
/* $OpenLDAP$ */
/* This work is part of OpenLDAP Software <http://www.openldap.org/>.
 *
 * Copyright 1998-2018 The OpenLDAP Foundation.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted only as authorized by the OpenLDAP
 * Public License.
 *
 * A copy of this license is available in file LICENSE in the
 * top-level directory of the distribution or, alternatively, at
 * <http://www.OpenLDAP.org/license.html>.
 */
/* This notice applies to changes, created by or for Novell, Inc.,
 * to preexisting works for which notices appear elsewhere in this file.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2000 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
 *
 * THIS WORK IS SUBJECT TO U.S. AND INTERNATIONAL COPYRIGHT LAWS AND TREATIES.
 * USE, MODIFICATION, AND REDISTRIBUTION OF THIS WORK IS SUBJECT TO VERSION
 * 2.0.1 OF THE OPENLDAP PUBLIC LICENSE, A COPY OF WHICH IS AVAILABLE AT
 * HTTP://WWW.OPENLDAP.ORG/LICENSE.HTML OR IN THE FILE "LICENSE" IN THE
 * TOP-LEVEL DIRECTORY OF THE DISTRIBUTION. ANY USE OR EXPLOITATION OF THIS
 * WORK OTHER THAN AS AUTHORIZED IN VERSION 2.0.1 OF THE OPENLDAP PUBLIC
 * LICENSE, OR OTHER PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT FROM NOVELL, COULD SUBJECT THE
 * PERPETRATOR TO CRIMINAL AND CIVIL LIABILITY.
 */
/* Note: A verbatim copy of version 2.0.1 of the OpenLDAP Public License
 * can be found in the file "build/LICENSE-2.0.1" in this distribution
 * of OpenLDAP Software.
 */

#ifndef _LDAP_UTF8_H
#define _LDAP_UTF8_H

#include <lber_types.h>	/* get ber_*_t */

/*
 * UTF-8 Utility Routines
 */

LDAP_BEGIN_DECL

#define LDAP_UCS4_INVALID (0x80000000U)
typedef ber_int_t ldap_ucs4_t;


/* LDAP_MAX_UTF8_LEN is 3 or 6 depending on size of wchar_t */
#define LDAP_MAX_UTF8_LEN  ( sizeof(wchar_t) * 3/2 )

/* Unicode conversion routines  */
LDAP_F( ldap_ucs4_t ) ldap_x_utf8_to_ucs4( LDAP_CONST char * p );
LDAP_F( int ) ldap_x_ucs4_to_utf8( ldap_ucs4_t c, char *buf );


/*
 * Wide Char / UTF-8 Conversion Routines
 */

/* UTF-8 character to Wide Char */
LDAP_F(int) ldap_x_utf8_to_wc LDAP_P((
	wchar_t *wchar, LDAP_CONST char *utf8char ));

/* UTF-8 string to Wide Char string */
LDAP_F(int) ldap_x_utf8s_to_wcs LDAP_P((
	wchar_t *wcstr, LDAP_CONST char *utf8str, size_t count ));

/* Wide Char to UTF-8 character */
LDAP_F(int) ldap_x_wc_to_utf8 LDAP_P((
	char *utf8char, wchar_t wchar, size_t count ));

/* Wide Char string to UTF-8 string */
LDAP_F(int) ldap_x_wcs_to_utf8s LDAP_P((
	char *utf8str, LDAP_CONST wchar_t *wcstr, size_t count ));

/*
 * MultiByte Char / UTF-8 Conversion Routines
 */

/* UTF-8 character to MultiByte character */
LDAP_F(int) ldap_x_utf8_to_mb LDAP_P((
	char *mbchar, LDAP_CONST char *utf8char,
	int (*ldap_f_wctomb)( char *mbchar, wchar_t wchar )));

/* UTF-8 string to MultiByte string */
LDAP_F(int) ldap_x_utf8s_to_mbs LDAP_P((
	char *mbstr, LDAP_CONST char *utf8str, size_t count,
	size_t (*ldap_f_wcstombs)( char *mbstr,
		LDAP_CONST wchar_t *wcstr, size_t count) ));

/* MultiByte character to UTF-8 character */
LDAP_F(int) ldap_x_mb_to_utf8 LDAP_P((
	char *utf8char, LDAP_CONST char *mbchar, size_t mbsize,
	int (*ldap_f_mbtowc)( wchar_t *wchar,
		LDAP_CONST char *mbchar, size_t count) ));

/* MultiByte string to UTF-8 string */
LDAP_F(int) ldap_x_mbs_to_utf8s LDAP_P((
	char *utf8str, LDAP_CONST char *mbstr, size_t count,
	size_t (*ldap_f_mbstowcs)( wchar_t *wcstr,
		LDAP_CONST char *mbstr, size_t count) ));

LDAP_END_DECL

#endif /* _LDAP_UTF8_H */
/* Copyright (C) 2002-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _PTHREAD_H
#define _PTHREAD_H	1

#include <features.h>
#include <endian.h>
#include <sched.h>
#include <time.h>

#include <bits/pthreadtypes.h>
#include <bits/setjmp.h>
#include <bits/wordsize.h>
#include <bits/types/struct_timespec.h>


/* Detach state.  */
enum
{
  PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE,
#define PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE	PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
  PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED
#define PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED	PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED
};


/* Mutex types.  */
enum
{
  PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMED_NP,
  PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_NP,
  PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK_NP,
  PTHREAD_MUTEX_ADAPTIVE_NP
#if defined __USE_UNIX98 || defined __USE_XOPEN2K8
  ,
  PTHREAD_MUTEX_NORMAL = PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMED_NP,
  PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE = PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_NP,
  PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK = PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK_NP,
  PTHREAD_MUTEX_DEFAULT = PTHREAD_MUTEX_NORMAL
#endif
#ifdef __USE_GNU
  /* For compatibility.  */
  , PTHREAD_MUTEX_FAST_NP = PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMED_NP
#endif
};


#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
/* Robust mutex or not flags.  */
enum
{
  PTHREAD_MUTEX_STALLED,
  PTHREAD_MUTEX_STALLED_NP = PTHREAD_MUTEX_STALLED,
  PTHREAD_MUTEX_ROBUST,
  PTHREAD_MUTEX_ROBUST_NP = PTHREAD_MUTEX_ROBUST
};
#endif


#if defined __USE_POSIX199506 || defined __USE_UNIX98
/* Mutex protocols.  */
enum
{
  PTHREAD_PRIO_NONE,
  PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT,
  PTHREAD_PRIO_PROTECT
};
#endif


#if __PTHREAD_MUTEX_HAVE_PREV
# define PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER \
  { { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, __PTHREAD_SPINS, { 0, 0 } } }
# ifdef __USE_GNU
#  define PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP \
  { { 0, 0, 0, 0, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_NP, __PTHREAD_SPINS, { 0, 0 } } }
#  define PTHREAD_ERRORCHECK_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP \
  { { 0, 0, 0, 0, PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK_NP, __PTHREAD_SPINS, { 0, 0 } } }
#  define PTHREAD_ADAPTIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP \
  { { 0, 0, 0, 0, PTHREAD_MUTEX_ADAPTIVE_NP, __PTHREAD_SPINS, { 0, 0 } } }

# endif
#else
# define PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER \
  { { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, { __PTHREAD_SPINS } } }
# ifdef __USE_GNU
#  define PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP \
  { { 0, 0, 0, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_NP, 0, { __PTHREAD_SPINS } } }
#  define PTHREAD_ERRORCHECK_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP \
  { { 0, 0, 0, PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK_NP, 0, { __PTHREAD_SPINS } } }
#  define PTHREAD_ADAPTIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP \
  { { 0, 0, 0, PTHREAD_MUTEX_ADAPTIVE_NP, 0, { __PTHREAD_SPINS } } }

# endif
#endif


/* Read-write lock types.  */
#if defined __USE_UNIX98 || defined __USE_XOPEN2K
enum
{
  PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_READER_NP,
  PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_WRITER_NP,
  PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_NP,
  PTHREAD_RWLOCK_DEFAULT_NP = PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_READER_NP
};

/* Define __PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INT_FLAGS_SHARED to 1 if pthread_rwlock_t
   has the shared field.  All 64-bit architectures have the shared field
   in pthread_rwlock_t.  */
#ifndef __PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INT_FLAGS_SHARED
# if __WORDSIZE == 64
#  define __PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INT_FLAGS_SHARED 1
# endif
#endif

/* Read-write lock initializers.  */
# define PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER \
  { { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, __PTHREAD_RWLOCK_ELISION_EXTRA, 0, 0 } }
# ifdef __USE_GNU
#  ifdef __PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INT_FLAGS_SHARED
#   define PTHREAD_RWLOCK_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_INITIALIZER_NP \
  { { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, __PTHREAD_RWLOCK_ELISION_EXTRA, 0,					      \
	PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_NP } }
#  else
#   if __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
#    define PTHREAD_RWLOCK_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_INITIALIZER_NP \
  { { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_NP, \
      0, __PTHREAD_RWLOCK_ELISION_EXTRA, 0, 0 } }
#   else
#    define PTHREAD_RWLOCK_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_INITIALIZER_NP \
  { { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_NP,\
      0 } }
#   endif
#  endif
# endif
#endif  /* Unix98 or XOpen2K */


/* Scheduler inheritance.  */
enum
{
  PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED,
#define PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED   PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED
  PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED
#define PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED  PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED
};


/* Scope handling.  */
enum
{
  PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM,
#define PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM    PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM
  PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS
#define PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS   PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS
};


/* Process shared or private flag.  */
enum
{
  PTHREAD_PROCESS_PRIVATE,
#define PTHREAD_PROCESS_PRIVATE PTHREAD_PROCESS_PRIVATE
  PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED
#define PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED  PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED
};



/* Conditional variable handling.  */
#define PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER { { {0}, {0}, {0, 0}, {0, 0}, 0, 0, {0, 0} } }


/* Cleanup buffers */
struct _pthread_cleanup_buffer
{
  void (*__routine) (void *);             /* Function to call.  */
  void *__arg;                            /* Its argument.  */
  int __canceltype;                       /* Saved cancellation type. */
  struct _pthread_cleanup_buffer *__prev; /* Chaining of cleanup functions.  */
};

/* Cancellation */
enum
{
  PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE,
#define PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE   PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE
  PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE
#define PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE  PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE
};
enum
{
  PTHREAD_CANCEL_DEFERRED,
#define PTHREAD_CANCEL_DEFERRED	PTHREAD_CANCEL_DEFERRED
  PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS
#define PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS	PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS
};
#define PTHREAD_CANCELED ((void *) -1)


/* Single execution handling.  */
#define PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT 0


#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
/* Value returned by 'pthread_barrier_wait' for one of the threads after
   the required number of threads have called this function.
   -1 is distinct from 0 and all errno constants */
# define PTHREAD_BARRIER_SERIAL_THREAD -1
#endif


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Create a new thread, starting with execution of START-ROUTINE
   getting passed ARG.  Creation attributed come from ATTR.  The new
   handle is stored in *NEWTHREAD.  */
extern int pthread_create (pthread_t *__restrict __newthread,
			   const pthread_attr_t *__restrict __attr,
			   void *(*__start_routine) (void *),
			   void *__restrict __arg) __THROWNL __nonnull ((1, 3));

/* Terminate calling thread.

   The registered cleanup handlers are called via exception handling
   so we cannot mark this function with __THROW.*/
extern void pthread_exit (void *__retval) __attribute__ ((__noreturn__));

/* Make calling thread wait for termination of the thread TH.  The
   exit status of the thread is stored in *THREAD_RETURN, if THREAD_RETURN
   is not NULL.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int pthread_join (pthread_t __th, void **__thread_return);

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Check whether thread TH has terminated.  If yes return the status of
   the thread in *THREAD_RETURN, if THREAD_RETURN is not NULL.  */
extern int pthread_tryjoin_np (pthread_t __th, void **__thread_return) __THROW;

/* Make calling thread wait for termination of the thread TH, but only
   until TIMEOUT.  The exit status of the thread is stored in
   *THREAD_RETURN, if THREAD_RETURN is not NULL.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int pthread_timedjoin_np (pthread_t __th, void **__thread_return,
				 const struct timespec *__abstime);
#endif

/* Indicate that the thread TH is never to be joined with PTHREAD_JOIN.
   The resources of TH will therefore be freed immediately when it
   terminates, instead of waiting for another thread to perform PTHREAD_JOIN
   on it.  */
extern int pthread_detach (pthread_t __th) __THROW;


/* Obtain the identifier of the current thread.  */
extern pthread_t pthread_self (void) __THROW __attribute__ ((__const__));

/* Compare two thread identifiers.  */
extern int pthread_equal (pthread_t __thread1, pthread_t __thread2)
  __THROW __attribute__ ((__const__));


/* Thread attribute handling.  */

/* Initialize thread attribute *ATTR with default attributes
   (detachstate is PTHREAD_JOINABLE, scheduling policy is SCHED_OTHER,
    no user-provided stack).  */
extern int pthread_attr_init (pthread_attr_t *__attr) __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Destroy thread attribute *ATTR.  */
extern int pthread_attr_destroy (pthread_attr_t *__attr)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Get detach state attribute.  */
extern int pthread_attr_getdetachstate (const pthread_attr_t *__attr,
					int *__detachstate)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Set detach state attribute.  */
extern int pthread_attr_setdetachstate (pthread_attr_t *__attr,
					int __detachstate)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));


/* Get the size of the guard area created for stack overflow protection.  */
extern int pthread_attr_getguardsize (const pthread_attr_t *__attr,
				      size_t *__guardsize)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Set the size of the guard area created for stack overflow protection.  */
extern int pthread_attr_setguardsize (pthread_attr_t *__attr,
				      size_t __guardsize)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));


/* Return in *PARAM the scheduling parameters of *ATTR.  */
extern int pthread_attr_getschedparam (const pthread_attr_t *__restrict __attr,
				       struct sched_param *__restrict __param)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Set scheduling parameters (priority, etc) in *ATTR according to PARAM.  */
extern int pthread_attr_setschedparam (pthread_attr_t *__restrict __attr,
				       const struct sched_param *__restrict
				       __param) __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Return in *POLICY the scheduling policy of *ATTR.  */
extern int pthread_attr_getschedpolicy (const pthread_attr_t *__restrict
					__attr, int *__restrict __policy)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Set scheduling policy in *ATTR according to POLICY.  */
extern int pthread_attr_setschedpolicy (pthread_attr_t *__attr, int __policy)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Return in *INHERIT the scheduling inheritance mode of *ATTR.  */
extern int pthread_attr_getinheritsched (const pthread_attr_t *__restrict
					 __attr, int *__restrict __inherit)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Set scheduling inheritance mode in *ATTR according to INHERIT.  */
extern int pthread_attr_setinheritsched (pthread_attr_t *__attr,
					 int __inherit)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));


/* Return in *SCOPE the scheduling contention scope of *ATTR.  */
extern int pthread_attr_getscope (const pthread_attr_t *__restrict __attr,
				  int *__restrict __scope)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Set scheduling contention scope in *ATTR according to SCOPE.  */
extern int pthread_attr_setscope (pthread_attr_t *__attr, int __scope)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Return the previously set address for the stack.  */
extern int pthread_attr_getstackaddr (const pthread_attr_t *__restrict
				      __attr, void **__restrict __stackaddr)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2)) __attribute_deprecated__;

/* Set the starting address of the stack of the thread to be created.
   Depending on whether the stack grows up or down the value must either
   be higher or lower than all the address in the memory block.  The
   minimal size of the block must be PTHREAD_STACK_MIN.  */
extern int pthread_attr_setstackaddr (pthread_attr_t *__attr,
				      void *__stackaddr)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1)) __attribute_deprecated__;

/* Return the currently used minimal stack size.  */
extern int pthread_attr_getstacksize (const pthread_attr_t *__restrict
				      __attr, size_t *__restrict __stacksize)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Add information about the minimum stack size needed for the thread
   to be started.  This size must never be less than PTHREAD_STACK_MIN
   and must also not exceed the system limits.  */
extern int pthread_attr_setstacksize (pthread_attr_t *__attr,
				      size_t __stacksize)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
/* Return the previously set address for the stack.  */
extern int pthread_attr_getstack (const pthread_attr_t *__restrict __attr,
				  void **__restrict __stackaddr,
				  size_t *__restrict __stacksize)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2, 3));

/* The following two interfaces are intended to replace the last two.  They
   require setting the address as well as the size since only setting the
   address will make the implementation on some architectures impossible.  */
extern int pthread_attr_setstack (pthread_attr_t *__attr, void *__stackaddr,
				  size_t __stacksize) __THROW __nonnull ((1));
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Thread created with attribute ATTR will be limited to run only on
   the processors represented in CPUSET.  */
extern int pthread_attr_setaffinity_np (pthread_attr_t *__attr,
					size_t __cpusetsize,
					const cpu_set_t *__cpuset)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 3));

/* Get bit set in CPUSET representing the processors threads created with
   ATTR can run on.  */
extern int pthread_attr_getaffinity_np (const pthread_attr_t *__attr,
					size_t __cpusetsize,
					cpu_set_t *__cpuset)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 3));

/* Get the default attributes used by pthread_create in this process.  */
extern int pthread_getattr_default_np (pthread_attr_t *__attr)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Set the default attributes to be used by pthread_create in this
   process.  */
extern int pthread_setattr_default_np (const pthread_attr_t *__attr)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Initialize thread attribute *ATTR with attributes corresponding to the
   already running thread TH.  It shall be called on uninitialized ATTR
   and destroyed with pthread_attr_destroy when no longer needed.  */
extern int pthread_getattr_np (pthread_t __th, pthread_attr_t *__attr)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2));
#endif


/* Functions for scheduling control.  */

/* Set the scheduling parameters for TARGET_THREAD according to POLICY
   and *PARAM.  */
extern int pthread_setschedparam (pthread_t __target_thread, int __policy,
				  const struct sched_param *__param)
     __THROW __nonnull ((3));

/* Return in *POLICY and *PARAM the scheduling parameters for TARGET_THREAD. */
extern int pthread_getschedparam (pthread_t __target_thread,
				  int *__restrict __policy,
				  struct sched_param *__restrict __param)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2, 3));

/* Set the scheduling priority for TARGET_THREAD.  */
extern int pthread_setschedprio (pthread_t __target_thread, int __prio)
     __THROW;


#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Get thread name visible in the kernel and its interfaces.  */
extern int pthread_getname_np (pthread_t __target_thread, char *__buf,
			       size_t __buflen)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2));

/* Set thread name visible in the kernel and its interfaces.  */
extern int pthread_setname_np (pthread_t __target_thread, const char *__name)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2));
#endif


#ifdef __USE_UNIX98
/* Determine level of concurrency.  */
extern int pthread_getconcurrency (void) __THROW;

/* Set new concurrency level to LEVEL.  */
extern int pthread_setconcurrency (int __level) __THROW;
#endif

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Yield the processor to another thread or process.
   This function is similar to the POSIX `sched_yield' function but
   might be differently implemented in the case of a m-on-n thread
   implementation.  */
extern int pthread_yield (void) __THROW;


/* Limit specified thread TH to run only on the processors represented
   in CPUSET.  */
extern int pthread_setaffinity_np (pthread_t __th, size_t __cpusetsize,
				   const cpu_set_t *__cpuset)
     __THROW __nonnull ((3));

/* Get bit set in CPUSET representing the processors TH can run on.  */
extern int pthread_getaffinity_np (pthread_t __th, size_t __cpusetsize,
				   cpu_set_t *__cpuset)
     __THROW __nonnull ((3));
#endif


/* Functions for handling initialization.  */

/* Guarantee that the initialization function INIT_ROUTINE will be called
   only once, even if pthread_once is executed several times with the
   same ONCE_CONTROL argument. ONCE_CONTROL must point to a static or
   extern variable initialized to PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT.

   The initialization functions might throw exception which is why
   this function is not marked with __THROW.  */
extern int pthread_once (pthread_once_t *__once_control,
			 void (*__init_routine) (void)) __nonnull ((1, 2));


/* Functions for handling cancellation.

   Note that these functions are explicitly not marked to not throw an
   exception in C++ code.  If cancellation is implemented by unwinding
   this is necessary to have the compiler generate the unwind information.  */

/* Set cancelability state of current thread to STATE, returning old
   state in *OLDSTATE if OLDSTATE is not NULL.  */
extern int pthread_setcancelstate (int __state, int *__oldstate);

/* Set cancellation state of current thread to TYPE, returning the old
   type in *OLDTYPE if OLDTYPE is not NULL.  */
extern int pthread_setcanceltype (int __type, int *__oldtype);

/* Cancel THREAD immediately or at the next possibility.  */
extern int pthread_cancel (pthread_t __th);

/* Test for pending cancellation for the current thread and terminate
   the thread as per pthread_exit(PTHREAD_CANCELED) if it has been
   cancelled.  */
extern void pthread_testcancel (void);


/* Cancellation handling with integration into exception handling.  */

typedef struct
{
  struct
  {
    __jmp_buf __cancel_jmp_buf;
    int __mask_was_saved;
  } __cancel_jmp_buf[1];
  void *__pad[4];
} __pthread_unwind_buf_t __attribute__ ((__aligned__));

/* No special attributes by default.  */
#ifndef __cleanup_fct_attribute
# define __cleanup_fct_attribute
#endif


/* Structure to hold the cleanup handler information.  */
struct __pthread_cleanup_frame
{
  void (*__cancel_routine) (void *);
  void *__cancel_arg;
  int __do_it;
  int __cancel_type;
};

#if defined __GNUC__ && defined __EXCEPTIONS
# ifdef __cplusplus
/* Class to handle cancellation handler invocation.  */
class __pthread_cleanup_class
{
  void (*__cancel_routine) (void *);
  void *__cancel_arg;
  int __do_it;
  int __cancel_type;

 public:
  __pthread_cleanup_class (void (*__fct) (void *), void *__arg)
    : __cancel_routine (__fct), __cancel_arg (__arg), __do_it (1) { }
  ~__pthread_cleanup_class () { if (__do_it) __cancel_routine (__cancel_arg); }
  void __setdoit (int __newval) { __do_it = __newval; }
  void __defer () { pthread_setcanceltype (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DEFERRED,
					   &__cancel_type); }
  void __restore () const { pthread_setcanceltype (__cancel_type, 0); }
};

/* Install a cleanup handler: ROUTINE will be called with arguments ARG
   when the thread is canceled or calls pthread_exit.  ROUTINE will also
   be called with arguments ARG when the matching pthread_cleanup_pop
   is executed with non-zero EXECUTE argument.

   pthread_cleanup_push and pthread_cleanup_pop are macros and must always
   be used in matching pairs at the same nesting level of braces.  */
#  define pthread_cleanup_push(routine, arg) \
  do {									      \
    __pthread_cleanup_class __clframe (routine, arg)

/* Remove a cleanup handler installed by the matching pthread_cleanup_push.
   If EXECUTE is non-zero, the handler function is called. */
#  define pthread_cleanup_pop(execute) \
    __clframe.__setdoit (execute);					      \
  } while (0)

#  ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Install a cleanup handler as pthread_cleanup_push does, but also
   saves the current cancellation type and sets it to deferred
   cancellation.  */
#   define pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np(routine, arg) \
  do {									      \
    __pthread_cleanup_class __clframe (routine, arg);			      \
    __clframe.__defer ()

/* Remove a cleanup handler as pthread_cleanup_pop does, but also
   restores the cancellation type that was in effect when the matching
   pthread_cleanup_push_defer was called.  */
#   define pthread_cleanup_pop_restore_np(execute) \
    __clframe.__restore ();						      \
    __clframe.__setdoit (execute);					      \
  } while (0)
#  endif
# else
/* Function called to call the cleanup handler.  As an extern inline
   function the compiler is free to decide inlining the change when
   needed or fall back on the copy which must exist somewhere
   else.  */
__extern_inline void
__pthread_cleanup_routine (struct __pthread_cleanup_frame *__frame)
{
  if (__frame->__do_it)
    __frame->__cancel_routine (__frame->__cancel_arg);
}

/* Install a cleanup handler: ROUTINE will be called with arguments ARG
   when the thread is canceled or calls pthread_exit.  ROUTINE will also
   be called with arguments ARG when the matching pthread_cleanup_pop
   is executed with non-zero EXECUTE argument.

   pthread_cleanup_push and pthread_cleanup_pop are macros and must always
   be used in matching pairs at the same nesting level of braces.  */
#  define pthread_cleanup_push(routine, arg) \
  do {									      \
    struct __pthread_cleanup_frame __clframe				      \
      __attribute__ ((__cleanup__ (__pthread_cleanup_routine)))		      \
      = { .__cancel_routine = (routine), .__cancel_arg = (arg),	 	      \
	  .__do_it = 1 };

/* Remove a cleanup handler installed by the matching pthread_cleanup_push.
   If EXECUTE is non-zero, the handler function is called. */
#  define pthread_cleanup_pop(execute) \
    __clframe.__do_it = (execute);					      \
  } while (0)

#  ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Install a cleanup handler as pthread_cleanup_push does, but also
   saves the current cancellation type and sets it to deferred
   cancellation.  */
#   define pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np(routine, arg) \
  do {									      \
    struct __pthread_cleanup_frame __clframe				      \
      __attribute__ ((__cleanup__ (__pthread_cleanup_routine)))		      \
      = { .__cancel_routine = (routine), .__cancel_arg = (arg),		      \
	  .__do_it = 1 };						      \
    (void) pthread_setcanceltype (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DEFERRED,		      \
				  &__clframe.__cancel_type)

/* Remove a cleanup handler as pthread_cleanup_pop does, but also
   restores the cancellation type that was in effect when the matching
   pthread_cleanup_push_defer was called.  */
#   define pthread_cleanup_pop_restore_np(execute) \
    (void) pthread_setcanceltype (__clframe.__cancel_type, NULL);	      \
    __clframe.__do_it = (execute);					      \
  } while (0)
#  endif
# endif
#else
/* Install a cleanup handler: ROUTINE will be called with arguments ARG
   when the thread is canceled or calls pthread_exit.  ROUTINE will also
   be called with arguments ARG when the matching pthread_cleanup_pop
   is executed with non-zero EXECUTE argument.

   pthread_cleanup_push and pthread_cleanup_pop are macros and must always
   be used in matching pairs at the same nesting level of braces.  */
# define pthread_cleanup_push(routine, arg) \
  do {									      \
    __pthread_unwind_buf_t __cancel_buf;				      \
    void (*__cancel_routine) (void *) = (routine);			      \
    void *__cancel_arg = (arg);						      \
    int __not_first_call = __sigsetjmp ((struct __jmp_buf_tag *) (void *)     \
					__cancel_buf.__cancel_jmp_buf, 0);    \
    if (__glibc_unlikely (__not_first_call))				      \
      {									      \
	__cancel_routine (__cancel_arg);				      \
	__pthread_unwind_next (&__cancel_buf);				      \
	/* NOTREACHED */						      \
      }									      \
									      \
    __pthread_register_cancel (&__cancel_buf);				      \
    do {
extern void __pthread_register_cancel (__pthread_unwind_buf_t *__buf)
     __cleanup_fct_attribute;

/* Remove a cleanup handler installed by the matching pthread_cleanup_push.
   If EXECUTE is non-zero, the handler function is called. */
# define pthread_cleanup_pop(execute) \
      do { } while (0);/* Empty to allow label before pthread_cleanup_pop.  */\
    } while (0);							      \
    __pthread_unregister_cancel (&__cancel_buf);			      \
    if (execute)							      \
      __cancel_routine (__cancel_arg);					      \
  } while (0)
extern void __pthread_unregister_cancel (__pthread_unwind_buf_t *__buf)
  __cleanup_fct_attribute;

# ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Install a cleanup handler as pthread_cleanup_push does, but also
   saves the current cancellation type and sets it to deferred
   cancellation.  */
#  define pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np(routine, arg) \
  do {									      \
    __pthread_unwind_buf_t __cancel_buf;				      \
    void (*__cancel_routine) (void *) = (routine);			      \
    void *__cancel_arg = (arg);						      \
    int __not_first_call = __sigsetjmp ((struct __jmp_buf_tag *) (void *)     \
					__cancel_buf.__cancel_jmp_buf, 0);    \
    if (__glibc_unlikely (__not_first_call))				      \
      {									      \
	__cancel_routine (__cancel_arg);				      \
	__pthread_unwind_next (&__cancel_buf);				      \
	/* NOTREACHED */						      \
      }									      \
									      \
    __pthread_register_cancel_defer (&__cancel_buf);			      \
    do {
extern void __pthread_register_cancel_defer (__pthread_unwind_buf_t *__buf)
     __cleanup_fct_attribute;

/* Remove a cleanup handler as pthread_cleanup_pop does, but also
   restores the cancellation type that was in effect when the matching
   pthread_cleanup_push_defer was called.  */
#  define pthread_cleanup_pop_restore_np(execute) \
      do { } while (0);/* Empty to allow label before pthread_cleanup_pop.  */\
    } while (0);							      \
    __pthread_unregister_cancel_restore (&__cancel_buf);		      \
    if (execute)							      \
      __cancel_routine (__cancel_arg);					      \
  } while (0)
extern void __pthread_unregister_cancel_restore (__pthread_unwind_buf_t *__buf)
  __cleanup_fct_attribute;
# endif

/* Internal interface to initiate cleanup.  */
extern void __pthread_unwind_next (__pthread_unwind_buf_t *__buf)
     __cleanup_fct_attribute __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
# ifndef SHARED
     __attribute__ ((__weak__))
# endif
     ;
#endif

/* Function used in the macros.  */
struct __jmp_buf_tag;
extern int __sigsetjmp (struct __jmp_buf_tag *__env, int __savemask) __THROWNL;


/* Mutex handling.  */

/* Initialize a mutex.  */
extern int pthread_mutex_init (pthread_mutex_t *__mutex,
			       const pthread_mutexattr_t *__mutexattr)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Destroy a mutex.  */
extern int pthread_mutex_destroy (pthread_mutex_t *__mutex)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Try locking a mutex.  */
extern int pthread_mutex_trylock (pthread_mutex_t *__mutex)
     __THROWNL __nonnull ((1));

/* Lock a mutex.  */
extern int pthread_mutex_lock (pthread_mutex_t *__mutex)
     __THROWNL __nonnull ((1));

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
/* Wait until lock becomes available, or specified time passes. */
extern int pthread_mutex_timedlock (pthread_mutex_t *__restrict __mutex,
				    const struct timespec *__restrict
				    __abstime) __THROWNL __nonnull ((1, 2));
#endif

/* Unlock a mutex.  */
extern int pthread_mutex_unlock (pthread_mutex_t *__mutex)
     __THROWNL __nonnull ((1));


/* Get the priority ceiling of MUTEX.  */
extern int pthread_mutex_getprioceiling (const pthread_mutex_t *
					 __restrict __mutex,
					 int *__restrict __prioceiling)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Set the priority ceiling of MUTEX to PRIOCEILING, return old
   priority ceiling value in *OLD_CEILING.  */
extern int pthread_mutex_setprioceiling (pthread_mutex_t *__restrict __mutex,
					 int __prioceiling,
					 int *__restrict __old_ceiling)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 3));


#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K8
/* Declare the state protected by MUTEX as consistent.  */
extern int pthread_mutex_consistent (pthread_mutex_t *__mutex)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));
# ifdef __USE_GNU
extern int pthread_mutex_consistent_np (pthread_mutex_t *__mutex)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));
# endif
#endif


/* Functions for handling mutex attributes.  */

/* Initialize mutex attribute object ATTR with default attributes
   (kind is PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMED_NP).  */
extern int pthread_mutexattr_init (pthread_mutexattr_t *__attr)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Destroy mutex attribute object ATTR.  */
extern int pthread_mutexattr_destroy (pthread_mutexattr_t *__attr)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Get the process-shared flag of the mutex attribute ATTR.  */
extern int pthread_mutexattr_getpshared (const pthread_mutexattr_t *
					 __restrict __attr,
					 int *__restrict __pshared)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Set the process-shared flag of the mutex attribute ATTR.  */
extern int pthread_mutexattr_setpshared (pthread_mutexattr_t *__attr,
					 int __pshared)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

#if defined __USE_UNIX98 || defined __USE_XOPEN2K8
/* Return in *KIND the mutex kind attribute in *ATTR.  */
extern int pthread_mutexattr_gettype (const pthread_mutexattr_t *__restrict
				      __attr, int *__restrict __kind)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Set the mutex kind attribute in *ATTR to KIND (either PTHREAD_MUTEX_NORMAL,
   PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE, PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK, or
   PTHREAD_MUTEX_DEFAULT).  */
extern int pthread_mutexattr_settype (pthread_mutexattr_t *__attr, int __kind)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));
#endif

/* Return in *PROTOCOL the mutex protocol attribute in *ATTR.  */
extern int pthread_mutexattr_getprotocol (const pthread_mutexattr_t *
					  __restrict __attr,
					  int *__restrict __protocol)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Set the mutex protocol attribute in *ATTR to PROTOCOL (either
   PTHREAD_PRIO_NONE, PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT, or PTHREAD_PRIO_PROTECT).  */
extern int pthread_mutexattr_setprotocol (pthread_mutexattr_t *__attr,
					  int __protocol)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Return in *PRIOCEILING the mutex prioceiling attribute in *ATTR.  */
extern int pthread_mutexattr_getprioceiling (const pthread_mutexattr_t *
					     __restrict __attr,
					     int *__restrict __prioceiling)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Set the mutex prioceiling attribute in *ATTR to PRIOCEILING.  */
extern int pthread_mutexattr_setprioceiling (pthread_mutexattr_t *__attr,
					     int __prioceiling)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
/* Get the robustness flag of the mutex attribute ATTR.  */
extern int pthread_mutexattr_getrobust (const pthread_mutexattr_t *__attr,
					int *__robustness)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));
# ifdef __USE_GNU
extern int pthread_mutexattr_getrobust_np (const pthread_mutexattr_t *__attr,
					   int *__robustness)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));
# endif

/* Set the robustness flag of the mutex attribute ATTR.  */
extern int pthread_mutexattr_setrobust (pthread_mutexattr_t *__attr,
					int __robustness)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));
# ifdef __USE_GNU
extern int pthread_mutexattr_setrobust_np (pthread_mutexattr_t *__attr,
					   int __robustness)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));
# endif
#endif


#if defined __USE_UNIX98 || defined __USE_XOPEN2K
/* Functions for handling read-write locks.  */

/* Initialize read-write lock RWLOCK using attributes ATTR, or use
   the default values if later is NULL.  */
extern int pthread_rwlock_init (pthread_rwlock_t *__restrict __rwlock,
				const pthread_rwlockattr_t *__restrict
				__attr) __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Destroy read-write lock RWLOCK.  */
extern int pthread_rwlock_destroy (pthread_rwlock_t *__rwlock)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Acquire read lock for RWLOCK.  */
extern int pthread_rwlock_rdlock (pthread_rwlock_t *__rwlock)
     __THROWNL __nonnull ((1));

/* Try to acquire read lock for RWLOCK.  */
extern int pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock (pthread_rwlock_t *__rwlock)
  __THROWNL __nonnull ((1));

# ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
/* Try to acquire read lock for RWLOCK or return after specfied time.  */
extern int pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock (pthread_rwlock_t *__restrict __rwlock,
				       const struct timespec *__restrict
				       __abstime) __THROWNL __nonnull ((1, 2));
# endif

/* Acquire write lock for RWLOCK.  */
extern int pthread_rwlock_wrlock (pthread_rwlock_t *__rwlock)
     __THROWNL __nonnull ((1));

/* Try to acquire write lock for RWLOCK.  */
extern int pthread_rwlock_trywrlock (pthread_rwlock_t *__rwlock)
     __THROWNL __nonnull ((1));

# ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
/* Try to acquire write lock for RWLOCK or return after specfied time.  */
extern int pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock (pthread_rwlock_t *__restrict __rwlock,
				       const struct timespec *__restrict
				       __abstime) __THROWNL __nonnull ((1, 2));
# endif

/* Unlock RWLOCK.  */
extern int pthread_rwlock_unlock (pthread_rwlock_t *__rwlock)
     __THROWNL __nonnull ((1));


/* Functions for handling read-write lock attributes.  */

/* Initialize attribute object ATTR with default values.  */
extern int pthread_rwlockattr_init (pthread_rwlockattr_t *__attr)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Destroy attribute object ATTR.  */
extern int pthread_rwlockattr_destroy (pthread_rwlockattr_t *__attr)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Return current setting of process-shared attribute of ATTR in PSHARED.  */
extern int pthread_rwlockattr_getpshared (const pthread_rwlockattr_t *
					  __restrict __attr,
					  int *__restrict __pshared)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Set process-shared attribute of ATTR to PSHARED.  */
extern int pthread_rwlockattr_setpshared (pthread_rwlockattr_t *__attr,
					  int __pshared)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Return current setting of reader/writer preference.  */
extern int pthread_rwlockattr_getkind_np (const pthread_rwlockattr_t *
					  __restrict __attr,
					  int *__restrict __pref)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Set reader/write preference.  */
extern int pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np (pthread_rwlockattr_t *__attr,
					  int __pref) __THROW __nonnull ((1));
#endif


/* Functions for handling conditional variables.  */

/* Initialize condition variable COND using attributes ATTR, or use
   the default values if later is NULL.  */
extern int pthread_cond_init (pthread_cond_t *__restrict __cond,
			      const pthread_condattr_t *__restrict __cond_attr)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Destroy condition variable COND.  */
extern int pthread_cond_destroy (pthread_cond_t *__cond)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Wake up one thread waiting for condition variable COND.  */
extern int pthread_cond_signal (pthread_cond_t *__cond)
     __THROWNL __nonnull ((1));

/* Wake up all threads waiting for condition variables COND.  */
extern int pthread_cond_broadcast (pthread_cond_t *__cond)
     __THROWNL __nonnull ((1));

/* Wait for condition variable COND to be signaled or broadcast.
   MUTEX is assumed to be locked before.

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int pthread_cond_wait (pthread_cond_t *__restrict __cond,
			      pthread_mutex_t *__restrict __mutex)
     __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Wait for condition variable COND to be signaled or broadcast until
   ABSTIME.  MUTEX is assumed to be locked before.  ABSTIME is an
   absolute time specification; zero is the beginning of the epoch
   (00:00:00 GMT, January 1, 1970).

   This function is a cancellation point and therefore not marked with
   __THROW.  */
extern int pthread_cond_timedwait (pthread_cond_t *__restrict __cond,
				   pthread_mutex_t *__restrict __mutex,
				   const struct timespec *__restrict __abstime)
     __nonnull ((1, 2, 3));

/* Functions for handling condition variable attributes.  */

/* Initialize condition variable attribute ATTR.  */
extern int pthread_condattr_init (pthread_condattr_t *__attr)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Destroy condition variable attribute ATTR.  */
extern int pthread_condattr_destroy (pthread_condattr_t *__attr)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Get the process-shared flag of the condition variable attribute ATTR.  */
extern int pthread_condattr_getpshared (const pthread_condattr_t *
					__restrict __attr,
					int *__restrict __pshared)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Set the process-shared flag of the condition variable attribute ATTR.  */
extern int pthread_condattr_setpshared (pthread_condattr_t *__attr,
					int __pshared) __THROW __nonnull ((1));

#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
/* Get the clock selected for the condition variable attribute ATTR.  */
extern int pthread_condattr_getclock (const pthread_condattr_t *
				      __restrict __attr,
				      __clockid_t *__restrict __clock_id)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Set the clock selected for the condition variable attribute ATTR.  */
extern int pthread_condattr_setclock (pthread_condattr_t *__attr,
				      __clockid_t __clock_id)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));
#endif


#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
/* Functions to handle spinlocks.  */

/* Initialize the spinlock LOCK.  If PSHARED is nonzero the spinlock can
   be shared between different processes.  */
extern int pthread_spin_init (pthread_spinlock_t *__lock, int __pshared)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Destroy the spinlock LOCK.  */
extern int pthread_spin_destroy (pthread_spinlock_t *__lock)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Wait until spinlock LOCK is retrieved.  */
extern int pthread_spin_lock (pthread_spinlock_t *__lock)
     __THROWNL __nonnull ((1));

/* Try to lock spinlock LOCK.  */
extern int pthread_spin_trylock (pthread_spinlock_t *__lock)
     __THROWNL __nonnull ((1));

/* Release spinlock LOCK.  */
extern int pthread_spin_unlock (pthread_spinlock_t *__lock)
     __THROWNL __nonnull ((1));


/* Functions to handle barriers.  */

/* Initialize BARRIER with the attributes in ATTR.  The barrier is
   opened when COUNT waiters arrived.  */
extern int pthread_barrier_init (pthread_barrier_t *__restrict __barrier,
				 const pthread_barrierattr_t *__restrict
				 __attr, unsigned int __count)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Destroy a previously dynamically initialized barrier BARRIER.  */
extern int pthread_barrier_destroy (pthread_barrier_t *__barrier)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Wait on barrier BARRIER.  */
extern int pthread_barrier_wait (pthread_barrier_t *__barrier)
     __THROWNL __nonnull ((1));


/* Initialize barrier attribute ATTR.  */
extern int pthread_barrierattr_init (pthread_barrierattr_t *__attr)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Destroy previously dynamically initialized barrier attribute ATTR.  */
extern int pthread_barrierattr_destroy (pthread_barrierattr_t *__attr)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Get the process-shared flag of the barrier attribute ATTR.  */
extern int pthread_barrierattr_getpshared (const pthread_barrierattr_t *
					   __restrict __attr,
					   int *__restrict __pshared)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* Set the process-shared flag of the barrier attribute ATTR.  */
extern int pthread_barrierattr_setpshared (pthread_barrierattr_t *__attr,
					   int __pshared)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));
#endif


/* Functions for handling thread-specific data.  */

/* Create a key value identifying a location in the thread-specific
   data area.  Each thread maintains a distinct thread-specific data
   area.  DESTR_FUNCTION, if non-NULL, is called with the value
   associated to that key when the key is destroyed.
   DESTR_FUNCTION is not called if the value associated is NULL when
   the key is destroyed.  */
extern int pthread_key_create (pthread_key_t *__key,
			       void (*__destr_function) (void *))
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

/* Destroy KEY.  */
extern int pthread_key_delete (pthread_key_t __key) __THROW;

/* Return current value of the thread-specific data slot identified by KEY.  */
extern void *pthread_getspecific (pthread_key_t __key) __THROW;

/* Store POINTER in the thread-specific data slot identified by KEY. */
extern int pthread_setspecific (pthread_key_t __key,
				const void *__pointer) __THROW ;


#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K
/* Get ID of CPU-time clock for thread THREAD_ID.  */
extern int pthread_getcpuclockid (pthread_t __thread_id,
				  __clockid_t *__clock_id)
     __THROW __nonnull ((2));
#endif


/* Install handlers to be called when a new process is created with FORK.
   The PREPARE handler is called in the parent process just before performing
   FORK. The PARENT handler is called in the parent process just after FORK.
   The CHILD handler is called in the child process.  Each of the three
   handlers can be NULL, meaning that no handler needs to be called at that
   point.
   PTHREAD_ATFORK can be called several times, in which case the PREPARE
   handlers are called in LIFO order (last added with PTHREAD_ATFORK,
   first called before FORK), and the PARENT and CHILD handlers are called
   in FIFO (first added, first called).  */

extern int pthread_atfork (void (*__prepare) (void),
			   void (*__parent) (void),
			   void (*__child) (void)) __THROW;


#ifdef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
/* Optimizations.  */
__extern_inline int
__NTH (pthread_equal (pthread_t __thread1, pthread_t __thread2))
{
  return __thread1 == __thread2;
}
#endif

__END_DECLS

#endif	/* pthread.h */
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
 *   Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1995,1997                                    *
 ****************************************************************************/

/* $Id: eti.h,v 1.8 2003/10/25 15:24:29 tom Exp $ */

#ifndef NCURSES_ETI_H_incl
#define NCURSES_ETI_H_incl 1

#define	E_OK			(0)
#define	E_SYSTEM_ERROR	 	(-1)
#define	E_BAD_ARGUMENT	 	(-2)
#define	E_POSTED	 	(-3)
#define	E_CONNECTED	 	(-4)
#define	E_BAD_STATE	 	(-5)
#define	E_NO_ROOM	 	(-6)
#define	E_NOT_POSTED		(-7)
#define	E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND	(-8)
#define	E_NO_MATCH		(-9)
#define	E_NOT_SELECTABLE	(-10)
#define	E_NOT_CONNECTED	        (-11)
#define	E_REQUEST_DENIED	(-12)
#define	E_INVALID_FIELD	        (-13)
#define	E_CURRENT		(-14)

#endif
/* Header with interface version macros for library pieces copied elsewhere.
   Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _GNU_VERSIONS_H
#define	_GNU_VERSIONS_H	1

/* This file exists to define these few macros.  Each specifies a version
   number associated with the library interface of a piece of the C library
   which is also distributed with other GNU packages.  These pieces are
   both part of the GNU C library and also distributed with other GNU
   packages so those packages may use their facilities on systems lacking
   the GNU C library.  The source files for each piece surround all their
   code with `#ifndef ELIDE_CODE' after defining it with this:

   #define OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION 1
   #if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && __GNU_LIBRARY__ > 1
   #include <gnu-versions.h>
   #if _GNU_OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION == OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION
   #define ELIDE_CODE
   #endif
   #endif

   This allows those one to avoid compiling those files when part of a GNU
   package not libc, on a system using a GNU C library that supports the
   same interface.

   Please preserve the format of the comments after each macro.  And
   remember, if any of these versions change, the libc.so major version
   number must change too (so avoid it)!  */

#define _GNU_OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION	1 /* vs malloc/obstack.c */
#define _GNU_REGEX_INTERFACE_VERSION	1 /* vs posix/regex.c */
#define _GNU_GLOB_INTERFACE_VERSION	2 /* vs posix/glob.c */
#define _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION	2 /* vs posix/getopt.c and
					     posix/getopt1.c */

#endif	/* gnu-versions.h */
/* Copyright (C) 2011-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 *      ISO C11 Standard: 7.28
 *	Unicode utilities	<uchar.h>
 */

#ifndef _UCHAR_H
#define _UCHAR_H	1

#include <features.h>

#define __need_size_t
#include <stddef.h>

#include <bits/types.h>
#include <bits/types/mbstate_t.h>

#ifndef __USE_ISOCXX11
/* Define the 16-bit and 32-bit character types.  */
typedef __uint_least16_t char16_t;
typedef __uint_least32_t char32_t;
#endif


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Write char16_t representation of multibyte character pointed
   to by S to PC16.  */
extern size_t mbrtoc16 (char16_t *__restrict __pc16,
			const char *__restrict __s, size_t __n,
			mbstate_t *__restrict __p) __THROW;

/* Write multibyte representation of char16_t C16 to S.  */
extern size_t c16rtomb (char *__restrict __s, char16_t __c16,
			mbstate_t *__restrict __ps) __THROW;



/* Write char32_t representation of multibyte character pointed
   to by S to PC32.  */
extern size_t mbrtoc32 (char32_t *__restrict __pc32,
			const char *__restrict __s, size_t __n,
			mbstate_t *__restrict __p) __THROW;

/* Write multibyte representation of char32_t C32 to S.  */
extern size_t c32rtomb (char *__restrict __s, char32_t __c32,
			mbstate_t *__restrict __ps) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif	/* uchar.h */
/* Extended tar format from POSIX.1.
   Copyright (C) 1992-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
   Written by David J. MacKenzie.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_TAR_H
#define	_TAR_H	1

#include <features.h>


/* A tar archive consists of 512-byte blocks.
   Each file in the archive has a header block followed by 0+ data blocks.
   Two blocks of NUL bytes indicate the end of the archive.  */

/* The fields of header blocks:
   All strings are stored as ISO 646 (approximately ASCII) strings.

   Fields are numeric unless otherwise noted below; numbers are ISO 646
   representations of octal numbers, with leading zeros as needed.

   linkname is only valid when typeflag==LNKTYPE.  It doesn't use prefix;
   files that are links to pathnames >100 chars long can not be stored
   in a tar archive.

   If typeflag=={LNKTYPE,SYMTYPE,DIRTYPE} then size must be 0.

   devmajor and devminor are only valid for typeflag=={BLKTYPE,CHRTYPE}.

   chksum contains the sum of all 512 bytes in the header block,
   treating each byte as an 8-bit unsigned value and treating the
   8 bytes of chksum as blank characters.

   uname and gname are used in preference to uid and gid, if those
   names exist locally.

   Field Name	Byte Offset	Length in Bytes	Field Type
   name		0		100		NUL-terminated if NUL fits
   mode		100		8
   uid		108		8
   gid		116		8
   size		124		12
   mtime	136		12
   chksum	148		8
   typeflag	156		1		see below
   linkname	157		100		NUL-terminated if NUL fits
   magic	257		6		must be TMAGIC (NUL term.)
   version	263		2		must be TVERSION
   uname	265		32		NUL-terminated
   gname	297		32		NUL-terminated
   devmajor	329		8
   devminor	337		8
   prefix	345		155		NUL-terminated if NUL fits

   If the first character of prefix is '\0', the file name is name;
   otherwise, it is prefix/name.  Files whose pathnames don't fit in that
   length can not be stored in a tar archive.  */

/* The bits in mode: */
#define TSUID	04000
#define TSGID	02000
#if defined __USE_XOPEN || !defined __USE_XOPEN2K
# define TSVTX	01000
#endif
#define TUREAD	00400
#define TUWRITE	00200
#define TUEXEC	00100
#define TGREAD	00040
#define TGWRITE	00020
#define TGEXEC	00010
#define TOREAD	00004
#define TOWRITE	00002
#define TOEXEC	00001

/* The values for typeflag:
   Values 'A'-'Z' are reserved for custom implementations.
   All other values are reserved for future POSIX.1 revisions.  */

#define REGTYPE		'0'	/* Regular file (preferred code).  */
#define AREGTYPE	'\0'	/* Regular file (alternate code).  */
#define LNKTYPE		'1'	/* Hard link.  */
#define SYMTYPE		'2'	/* Symbolic link (hard if not supported).  */
#define CHRTYPE		'3'	/* Character special.  */
#define BLKTYPE		'4'	/* Block special.  */
#define DIRTYPE		'5'	/* Directory.  */
#define FIFOTYPE	'6'	/* Named pipe.  */
#define CONTTYPE	'7'	/* Contiguous file */
 /* (regular file if not supported).  */

/* Contents of magic field and its length.  */
#define TMAGIC	"ustar"
#define TMAGLEN	6

/* Contents of the version field and its length.  */
#define TVERSION	"00"
#define TVERSLEN	2

#endif /* tar.h */
/* Definitions for use with Linux AF_ECONET sockets.
   Copyright (C) 1998-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _NETECONET_EC_H
#define _NETECONET_EC_H	1

#include <features.h>
#include <bits/sockaddr.h>

struct ec_addr
  {
    unsigned char station;		/* Station number.  */
    unsigned char net;			/* Network number.  */
  };

struct sockaddr_ec
  {
    __SOCKADDR_COMMON (sec_);
    unsigned char port;			/* Port number.  */
    unsigned char cb;			/* Control/flag byte.  */
    unsigned char type;			/* Type of message.  */
    struct ec_addr addr;
    unsigned long cookie;
  };

#define ECTYPE_PACKET_RECEIVED		0	/* Packet received */
#define ECTYPE_TRANSMIT_STATUS		0x10	/* Transmit completed */

#define ECTYPE_TRANSMIT_OK		1
#define ECTYPE_TRANSMIT_NOT_LISTENING	2
#define ECTYPE_TRANSMIT_NET_ERROR	3
#define ECTYPE_TRANSMIT_NO_CLOCK	4
#define ECTYPE_TRANSMIT_LINE_JAMMED	5
#define ECTYPE_TRANSMIT_NOT_PRESENT	6

#endif
// * this is for making emacs happy: -*-Mode: C++;-*-
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
 *   Author: Juergen Pfeifer, 1997                                          *
 ****************************************************************************/

// $Id: cursslk.h,v 1.13 2005/05/28 21:58:18 tom Exp $

#ifndef NCURSES_CURSSLK_H_incl
#define NCURSES_CURSSLK_H_incl

#include <cursesw.h>

class NCURSES_IMPEXP Soft_Label_Key_Set {
public:
  // This inner class represents the attributes of a Soft Label Key (SLK)
  class NCURSES_IMPEXP Soft_Label_Key {
    friend class Soft_Label_Key_Set;
  public:
    typedef enum { Left=0, Center=1, Right=2 } Justification;

  private:
    char *label;           // The Text of the Label
    Justification format;  // The Justification
    int num;               // The number of the Label

    Soft_Label_Key() : label(NULL), format(Left), num(-1) {
    }

    virtual ~Soft_Label_Key() {
      delete[] label;
    };

  public:
    // Set the text of the Label
    Soft_Label_Key& operator=(char *text);

    // Set the Justification of the Label
    Soft_Label_Key& operator=(Justification just) {
      format = just;
      return *this;
    }

    // Retrieve the text of the label
    inline char* operator()(void) const {
      return label;
    }

    Soft_Label_Key& operator=(const Soft_Label_Key& rhs)
    {
      if (this != &rhs) {
        *this = rhs;
      }
      return *this;
    }

    Soft_Label_Key(const Soft_Label_Key& rhs)
      : label(NULL),
        format(rhs.format),
        num(rhs.num)
    {
      *this = rhs.label;
    }
  };

public:
  typedef enum {
    None                = -1,
    Three_Two_Three     = 0,
    Four_Four           = 1,
    PC_Style            = 2,
    PC_Style_With_Index = 3
  } Label_Layout;

private:
  static long NCURSES_IMPEXP count;               // Number of Key Sets
  static Label_Layout NCURSES_IMPEXP  format;     // Layout of the Key Sets
  static int  NCURSES_IMPEXP num_labels;          // Number Of Labels in Key Sets
  bool NCURSES_IMPEXP b_attrInit;                 // Are attributes initialized

  Soft_Label_Key *slk_array;       // The array of SLK's

  // Init the Key Set
  void init();

  // Activate or Deactivate Label# i, Label counting starts with 1!
  void activate_label(int i, bool bf=TRUE);

  // Activate of Deactivate all Labels
  void activate_labels(bool bf);

protected:
  inline void Error (const char* msg) const THROWS(NCursesException) {
    THROW(new NCursesException (msg));
  }

  // Remove SLK's from screen
  void clear() {
    if (ERR==::slk_clear())
      Error("slk_clear");
  }

  // Restore them
  void restore() {
    if (ERR==::slk_restore())
      Error("slk_restore");
  }

public:

  // Construct a Key Set, use the most comfortable layout as default.
  // You must create a Soft_Label_Key_Set before you create any object of
  // the NCursesWindow, NCursesPanel or derived classes. (Actually before
  // ::initscr() is called).
  Soft_Label_Key_Set(Label_Layout fmt);

  // This constructor assumes, that you already constructed a Key Set
  // with a layout by the constructor above. This layout will be reused.
  NCURSES_IMPEXP Soft_Label_Key_Set();

  Soft_Label_Key_Set& operator=(const Soft_Label_Key_Set& rhs)
  {
    if (this != &rhs) {
      *this = rhs;
      init();		// allocate a new slk_array[]
    }
    return *this;
  }

  Soft_Label_Key_Set(const Soft_Label_Key_Set& rhs)
    : b_attrInit(rhs.b_attrInit),
      slk_array(NULL)
  {
    init();		// allocate a new slk_array[]
  }

  virtual ~Soft_Label_Key_Set();

  // Get Label# i. Label counting starts with 1!
  NCURSES_IMPEXP Soft_Label_Key& operator[](int i);

  // Retrieve number of Labels
  inline int labels() const { return num_labels; }

  // Refresh the SLK portion of the screen
  inline void refresh() {
    if (ERR==::slk_refresh())
      Error("slk_refresh");
  }

  // Mark the SLK portion of the screen for refresh, defer actual refresh
  // until next update call.
  inline void noutrefresh() {
    if (ERR==::slk_noutrefresh())
      Error("slk_noutrefresh");
  }

  // Mark the whole SLK portion of the screen as modified
  inline void touch() {
    if (ERR==::slk_touch())
      Error("slk_touch");
  }

  // Activate Label# i
  inline void show(int i) {
    activate_label(i,FALSE);
    activate_label(i,TRUE);
  }

  // Hide Label# i
  inline void hide(int i) {
    activate_label(i,FALSE);
  }

  // Show all Labels
  inline void show() {
    activate_labels(FALSE);
    activate_labels(TRUE);
  }

  // Hide all Labels
  inline void hide() {
    activate_labels(FALSE);
  }

  inline void attron(attr_t attrs) {
    if (ERR==::slk_attron(attrs))
      Error("slk_attron");
  }

  inline void attroff(attr_t attrs) {
    if (ERR==::slk_attroff(attrs))
      Error("slk_attroff");
  }

  inline void attrset(attr_t attrs) {
    if (ERR==::slk_attrset(attrs))
      Error("slk_attrset");
  }

  inline void color(short color_pair_number) {
    if (ERR==::slk_color(color_pair_number))
      Error("slk_color");
  }

  inline attr_t attr() const {
    return ::slk_attr();
  }
};

#endif /* NCURSES_CURSSLK_H_incl */
/**
*******************************************************************************
* @file json_object_iterator.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2009-2012 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the MIT license. See COPYING for details.
*
* @brief  An API for iterating over json_type_object objects,
*         styled to be familiar to C++ programmers.
*         Unlike json_object_object_foreach() and
*         json_object_object_foreachC(), this avoids the need to expose
*         json-c internals like lh_entry.
*
* API attributes: <br>
*   * Thread-safe: NO<br>
*   * Reentrant: NO
*
*******************************************************************************
*/


#ifndef JSON_OBJECT_ITERATOR_H
#define JSON_OBJECT_ITERATOR_H

#include <stddef.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * Forward declaration for the opaque iterator information.
 */
struct json_object_iter_info_;

/**
 * The opaque iterator that references a name/value pair within
 * a JSON Object instance or the "end" iterator value.
 */
struct json_object_iterator {
    const void* opaque_;
};


/**
 * forward declaration of json-c's JSON value instance structure
 */
struct json_object;


/**
 * Initializes an iterator structure to a "default" value that
 * is convenient for initializing an iterator variable to a
 * default state (e.g., initialization list in a class'
 * constructor).
 *
 * @code
 * struct json_object_iterator iter = json_object_iter_init_default();
 * MyClass() : iter_(json_object_iter_init_default())
 * @endcode
 *
 * @note The initialized value doesn't reference any specific
 *       pair, is considered an invalid iterator, and MUST NOT
 *       be passed to any json-c API that expects a valid
 *       iterator.
 *
 * @note User and internal code MUST NOT make any assumptions
 *       about and dependencies on the value of the "default"
 *       iterator value.
 *
 * @return json_object_iterator
 */
struct json_object_iterator
json_object_iter_init_default(void);

/** Retrieves an iterator to the first pair of the JSON Object.
 *
 * @warning 	Any modification of the underlying pair invalidates all
 * 		iterators to that pair.
 *
 * @param obj	JSON Object instance (MUST be of type json_object)
 *
 * @return json_object_iterator If the JSON Object has at
 *              least one pair, on return, the iterator refers
 *              to the first pair. If the JSON Object doesn't
 *              have any pairs, the returned iterator is
 *              equivalent to the "end" iterator for the same
 *              JSON Object instance.
 *
 * @code
 * struct json_object_iterator it;
 * struct json_object_iterator itEnd;
 * struct json_object* obj;
 *
 * obj = json_tokener_parse("{'first':'george', 'age':100}");
 * it = json_object_iter_begin(obj);
 * itEnd = json_object_iter_end(obj);
 *
 * while (!json_object_iter_equal(&it, &itEnd)) {
 *     printf("%s\n",
 *            json_object_iter_peek_name(&it));
 *     json_object_iter_next(&it);
 * }
 *
 * @endcode
 */
struct json_object_iterator
json_object_iter_begin(struct json_object* obj);

/** Retrieves the iterator that represents the position beyond the
 *  last pair of the given JSON Object instance.
 *
 *  @warning Do NOT write code that assumes that the "end"
 *        iterator value is NULL, even if it is so in a
 *        particular instance of the implementation.
 *
 *  @note The reason we do not (and MUST NOT) provide
 *        "json_object_iter_is_end(json_object_iterator* iter)"
 *        type of API is because it would limit the underlying
 *        representation of name/value containment (or force us
 *        to add additional, otherwise unnecessary, fields to
 *        the iterator structure). The "end" iterator and the
 *        equality test method, on the other hand, permit us to
 *        cleanly abstract pretty much any reasonable underlying
 *        representation without burdening the iterator
 *        structure with unnecessary data.
 *
 *  @note For performance reasons, memorize the "end" iterator prior
 *        to any loop.
 *
 * @param obj JSON Object instance (MUST be of type json_object)
 *
 * @return json_object_iterator On return, the iterator refers
 *              to the "end" of the Object instance's pairs
 *              (i.e., NOT the last pair, but "beyond the last
 *              pair" value)
 */
struct json_object_iterator
json_object_iter_end(const struct json_object* obj);

/** Returns an iterator to the next pair, if any
 *
 * @warning	Any modification of the underlying pair
 *       	invalidates all iterators to that pair.
 *
 * @param iter [IN/OUT] Pointer to iterator that references a
 *         name/value pair; MUST be a valid, non-end iterator.
 *         WARNING: bad things will happen if invalid or "end"
 *         iterator is passed. Upon return will contain the
 *         reference to the next pair if there is one; if there
 *         are no more pairs, will contain the "end" iterator
 *         value, which may be compared against the return value
 *         of json_object_iter_end() for the same JSON Object
 *         instance.
 */
void
json_object_iter_next(struct json_object_iterator* iter);


/** Returns a const pointer to the name of the pair referenced
 *  by the given iterator.
 *
 * @param iter pointer to iterator that references a name/value
 *             pair; MUST be a valid, non-end iterator.
 *
 * @warning	bad things will happen if an invalid or
 *             	"end" iterator is passed.
 *
 * @return const char* Pointer to the name of the referenced
 *         name/value pair.  The name memory belongs to the
 *         name/value pair, will be freed when the pair is
 *         deleted or modified, and MUST NOT be modified or
 *         freed by the user.
 */
const char*
json_object_iter_peek_name(const struct json_object_iterator* iter);


/** Returns a pointer to the json-c instance representing the
 *  value of the referenced name/value pair, without altering
 *  the instance's reference count.
 *
 * @param iter 	pointer to iterator that references a name/value
 *             	pair; MUST be a valid, non-end iterator.
 *
 * @warning	bad things will happen if invalid or
 *             "end" iterator is passed.
 *
 * @return struct json_object* Pointer to the json-c value
 *         instance of the referenced name/value pair;  the
 *         value's reference count is not changed by this
 *         function: if you plan to hold on to this json-c node,
 *         take a look at json_object_get() and
 *         json_object_put(). IMPORTANT: json-c API represents
 *         the JSON Null value as a NULL json_object instance
 *         pointer.
 */
struct json_object*
json_object_iter_peek_value(const struct json_object_iterator* iter);


/** Tests two iterators for equality.  Typically used to test
 *  for end of iteration by comparing an iterator to the
 *  corresponding "end" iterator (that was derived from the same
 *  JSON Object instance).
 *
 *  @note The reason we do not (and MUST NOT) provide
 *        "json_object_iter_is_end(json_object_iterator* iter)"
 *        type of API is because it would limit the underlying
 *        representation of name/value containment (or force us
 *        to add additional, otherwise unnecessary, fields to
 *        the iterator structure). The equality test method, on
 *        the other hand, permits us to cleanly abstract pretty
 *        much any reasonable underlying representation.
 *
 * @param iter1 Pointer to first valid, non-NULL iterator
 * @param iter2 POinter to second valid, non-NULL iterator
 *
 * @warning	if a NULL iterator pointer or an uninitialized
 *       	or invalid iterator, or iterators derived from
 *       	different JSON Object instances are passed, bad things
 *       	will happen!
 *
 * @return json_bool non-zero if iterators are equal (i.e., both
 *         reference the same name/value pair or are both at
 *         "end"); zero if they are not equal.
 */
json_bool
json_object_iter_equal(const struct json_object_iterator* iter1,
                       const struct json_object_iterator* iter2);


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif


#endif /* JSON_OBJECT_ITERATOR_H */
/*
 * $Id: json_util.h,v 1.4 2006/01/30 23:07:57 mclark Exp $
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 Metaparadigm Pte. Ltd.
 * Michael Clark <michael@metaparadigm.com>
 *
 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the MIT license. See COPYING for details.
 *
 */

/**
 * @file
 * @brief Miscllaneous utility functions and macros.
 */ 
#ifndef _json_util_h_
#define _json_util_h_

#include "json_object.h"

#ifndef json_min
#define json_min(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
#endif

#ifndef json_max
#define json_max(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
#endif


#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define JSON_FILE_BUF_SIZE 4096

/* utility functions */
/**
 * Read the full contents of the given file, then convert it to a
 * json_object using json_tokener_parse().
 *
 * Returns -1 if something fails.  See json_util_get_last_err() for details.
 */
extern struct json_object* json_object_from_file(const char *filename);

/**
 * Create a JSON object from already opened file descriptor.
 *
 * This function can be helpful, when you opened the file already,
 * e.g. when you have a temp file.
 * Note, that the fd must be readable at the actual position, i.e.
 * use lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_SET) before.
 *
 * Returns -1 if something fails.  See json_util_get_last_err() for details.
 */
extern struct json_object* json_object_from_fd(int fd);

/**
 * Equivalent to:
 *   json_object_to_file_ext(filename, obj, JSON_C_TO_STRING_PLAIN);
 *
 * Returns -1 if something fails.  See json_util_get_last_err() for details.
 */
extern int json_object_to_file(const char *filename, struct json_object *obj);

/**
 * Open and truncate the given file, creating it if necessary, then
 * convert the json_object to a string and write it to the file.
 *
 * Returns -1 if something fails.  See json_util_get_last_err() for details.
 */
extern int json_object_to_file_ext(const char *filename, struct json_object *obj, int flags);

/**
 * Convert the json_object to a string and write it to the file descriptor.
 * Handles partial writes and will keep writing until done, or an error
 * occurs.
 *
 * @param fd an open, writable file descriptor to write to
 * @param obj the object to serializer and write
 * @param flags flags to pass to json_object_to_json_string_ext()
 * @return -1 if something fails.  See json_util_get_last_err() for details.
 */
extern int json_object_to_fd(int fd, struct json_object *obj, int flags);

/**
 * Return the last error from various json-c functions, including:
 * json_object_to_file{,_ext}, json_object_to_fd() or
 * json_object_from_{file,fd}, or NULL if there is none.
 */
const char *json_util_get_last_err(void);


extern int json_parse_int64(const char *buf, int64_t *retval);
extern int json_parse_double(const char *buf, double *retval);

/**
 * Return a string describing the type of the object.
 * e.g. "int", or "object", etc...
 */
extern const char *json_type_to_name(enum json_type o_type);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/*
 * $Id: json_tokener.h,v 1.10 2006/07/25 03:24:50 mclark Exp $
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 Metaparadigm Pte. Ltd.
 * Michael Clark <michael@metaparadigm.com>
 *
 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the MIT license. See COPYING for details.
 *
 */

/**
 * @file
 * @brief Methods to parse an input string into a tree of json_object objects.
 */
#ifndef _json_tokener_h_
#define _json_tokener_h_

#include <stddef.h>
#include "json_object.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

enum json_tokener_error {
  json_tokener_success,
  json_tokener_continue,
  json_tokener_error_depth,
  json_tokener_error_parse_eof,
  json_tokener_error_parse_unexpected,
  json_tokener_error_parse_null,
  json_tokener_error_parse_boolean,
  json_tokener_error_parse_number,
  json_tokener_error_parse_array,
  json_tokener_error_parse_object_key_name,
  json_tokener_error_parse_object_key_sep,
  json_tokener_error_parse_object_value_sep,
  json_tokener_error_parse_string,
  json_tokener_error_parse_comment,
  json_tokener_error_size
};

enum json_tokener_state {
  json_tokener_state_eatws,
  json_tokener_state_start,
  json_tokener_state_finish,
  json_tokener_state_null,
  json_tokener_state_comment_start,
  json_tokener_state_comment,
  json_tokener_state_comment_eol,
  json_tokener_state_comment_end,
  json_tokener_state_string,
  json_tokener_state_string_escape,
  json_tokener_state_escape_unicode,
  json_tokener_state_boolean,
  json_tokener_state_number,
  json_tokener_state_array,
  json_tokener_state_array_add,
  json_tokener_state_array_sep,
  json_tokener_state_object_field_start,
  json_tokener_state_object_field,
  json_tokener_state_object_field_end,
  json_tokener_state_object_value,
  json_tokener_state_object_value_add,
  json_tokener_state_object_sep,
  json_tokener_state_array_after_sep,
  json_tokener_state_object_field_start_after_sep,
  json_tokener_state_inf
};

struct json_tokener_srec
{
  enum json_tokener_state state, saved_state;
  struct json_object *obj;
  struct json_object *current;
  char *obj_field_name;
};

#define JSON_TOKENER_DEFAULT_DEPTH 32

struct json_tokener
{
  char *str;
  struct printbuf *pb;
  int max_depth, depth, is_double, st_pos, char_offset;
  enum json_tokener_error err;
  unsigned int ucs_char;
  char quote_char;
  struct json_tokener_srec *stack;
  int flags;
};
/**
 * @deprecated Unused in json-c code
 */
typedef struct json_tokener json_tokener;

/**
 * Be strict when parsing JSON input.  Use caution with
 * this flag as what is considered valid may become more
 * restrictive from one release to the next, causing your
 * code to fail on previously working input.
 *
 * This flag is not set by default.
 *
 * @see json_tokener_set_flags()
 */
#define JSON_TOKENER_STRICT  0x01

/**
 * Given an error previously returned by json_tokener_get_error(),
 * return a human readable description of the error.
 *
 * @return a generic error message is returned if an invalid error value is provided.
 */
const char *json_tokener_error_desc(enum json_tokener_error jerr);

/**
 * Retrieve the error caused by the last call to json_tokener_parse_ex(),
 * or json_tokener_success if there is no error.
 *
 * When parsing a JSON string in pieces, if the tokener is in the middle
 * of parsing this will return json_tokener_continue.
 *
 * See also json_tokener_error_desc().
 */
JSON_EXPORT enum json_tokener_error json_tokener_get_error(struct json_tokener *tok);

JSON_EXPORT struct json_tokener* json_tokener_new(void);
JSON_EXPORT struct json_tokener* json_tokener_new_ex(int depth);
JSON_EXPORT void json_tokener_free(struct json_tokener *tok);
JSON_EXPORT void json_tokener_reset(struct json_tokener *tok);
JSON_EXPORT struct json_object* json_tokener_parse(const char *str);
JSON_EXPORT struct json_object* json_tokener_parse_verbose(const char *str, enum json_tokener_error *error);

/**
 * Set flags that control how parsing will be done.
 */
JSON_EXPORT void json_tokener_set_flags(struct json_tokener *tok, int flags);

/**
 * Parse a string and return a non-NULL json_object if a valid JSON value
 * is found.  The string does not need to be a JSON object or array;
 * it can also be a string, number or boolean value.
 *
 * A partial JSON string can be parsed.  If the parsing is incomplete,
 * NULL will be returned and json_tokener_get_error() will return
 * json_tokener_continue.
 * json_tokener_parse_ex() can then be called with additional bytes in str
 * to continue the parsing.
 *
 * If json_tokener_parse_ex() returns NULL and the error is anything other than
 * json_tokener_continue, a fatal error has occurred and parsing must be
 * halted.  Then, the tok object must not be reused until json_tokener_reset() is
 * called.
 *
 * When a valid JSON value is parsed, a non-NULL json_object will be
 * returned.  Also, json_tokener_get_error() will return json_tokener_success.
 * Be sure to check the type with json_object_is_type() or
 * json_object_get_type() before using the object.
 *
 * @b XXX this shouldn't use internal fields:
 * Trailing characters after the parsed value do not automatically cause an
 * error.  It is up to the caller to decide whether to treat this as an
 * error or to handle the additional characters, perhaps by parsing another
 * json value starting from that point.
 *
 * Extra characters can be detected by comparing the tok->char_offset against
 * the length of the last len parameter passed in.
 *
 * The tokener does \b not maintain an internal buffer so the caller is
 * responsible for calling json_tokener_parse_ex with an appropriate str
 * parameter starting with the extra characters.
 *
 * This interface is presently not 64-bit clean due to the int len argument
 * so the function limits the maximum string size to INT32_MAX (2GB).
 * If the function is called with len == -1 then strlen is called to check
 * the string length is less than INT32_MAX (2GB)
 *
 * Example:
 * @code
json_object *jobj = NULL;
const char *mystring = NULL;
int stringlen = 0;
enum json_tokener_error jerr;
do {
	mystring = ...  // get JSON string, e.g. read from file, etc...
	stringlen = strlen(mystring);
	jobj = json_tokener_parse_ex(tok, mystring, stringlen);
} while ((jerr = json_tokener_get_error(tok)) == json_tokener_continue);
if (jerr != json_tokener_success)
{
	fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", json_tokener_error_desc(jerr));
	// Handle errors, as appropriate for your application.
}
if (tok->char_offset < stringlen) // XXX shouldn't access internal fields
{
	// Handle extra characters after parsed object as desired.
	// e.g. issue an error, parse another object from that point, etc...
}
// Success, use jobj here.

@endcode
 *
 * @param tok a json_tokener previously allocated with json_tokener_new()
 * @param str an string with any valid JSON expression, or portion of.  This does not need to be null terminated.
 * @param len the length of str
 */
JSON_EXPORT struct json_object* json_tokener_parse_ex(struct json_tokener *tok,
						 const char *str, int len);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/*
 * $Id: arraylist.h,v 1.4 2006/01/26 02:16:28 mclark Exp $
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 Metaparadigm Pte. Ltd.
 * Michael Clark <michael@metaparadigm.com>
 *
 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the MIT license. See COPYING for details.
 *
 */

/**
 * @file
 * @brief Internal methods for working with json_type_array objects.
 *        Although this is exposed by the json_object_get_array() method,
 *        it is not recommended for direct use.
 */
#ifndef _arraylist_h_
#define _arraylist_h_

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define ARRAY_LIST_DEFAULT_SIZE 32

typedef void (array_list_free_fn) (void *data);

struct array_list
{
  void **array;
  size_t length;
  size_t size;
  array_list_free_fn *free_fn;
};
typedef struct array_list array_list;

extern struct array_list*
array_list_new(array_list_free_fn *free_fn);

extern void
array_list_free(struct array_list *al);

extern void*
array_list_get_idx(struct array_list *al, size_t i);

extern int
array_list_put_idx(struct array_list *al, size_t i, void *data);

extern int
array_list_add(struct array_list *al, void *data);

extern size_t
array_list_length(struct array_list *al);

extern void
array_list_sort(struct array_list *arr, int(*compar)(const void *, const void *));

extern void* array_list_bsearch(const void **key,
		struct array_list *arr,
		int (*sort_fn)(const void *, const void *));

extern int 
array_list_del_idx(struct array_list *arr, size_t idx, size_t count);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2012,2017 Eric Haszlakiewicz
 *
 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the MIT license. See COPYING for details.
 */

/**
 * @file
 * @brief Methods for retrieving the json-c version.
 */
#ifndef _json_c_version_h_
#define _json_c_version_h_

#define JSON_C_MAJOR_VERSION 0
#define JSON_C_MINOR_VERSION 13
#define JSON_C_MICRO_VERSION 01
#define JSON_C_VERSION_NUM ((JSON_C_MAJOR_VERSION << 16) | \
                            (JSON_C_MINOR_VERSION << 8) | \
                            JSON_C_MICRO_VERSION)
#define JSON_C_VERSION "0.13.1"

/**
 * @see JSON_C_VERSION
 * @return the version of the json-c library as a string
 */
const char *json_c_version(void); /* Returns JSON_C_VERSION */

/**
 * The json-c version encoded into an int, with the low order 8 bits
 * being the micro version, the next higher 8 bits being the minor version
 * and the next higher 8 bits being the major version.
 * For example, 7.12.99 would be 0x00070B63.
 *
 * @see JSON_C_VERSION_NUM
 * @return the version of the json-c library as an int
 */
int json_c_version_num(void);     /* Returns JSON_C_VERSION_NUM */

#endif
/*
 * $Id: json.h,v 1.6 2006/01/26 02:16:28 mclark Exp $
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 Metaparadigm Pte. Ltd.
 * Michael Clark <michael@metaparadigm.com>
 * Copyright (c) 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
 *
 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the MIT license. See COPYING for details.
 *
 */

/**
 * @file
 * @brief A convenience header that may be included instead of other individual ones.
 */
#ifndef _json_h_
#define _json_h_

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include "debug.h"
#include "linkhash.h"
#include "arraylist.h"
#include "json_util.h"
#include "json_object.h"
#include "json_pointer.h"
#include "json_tokener.h"
#include "json_object_iterator.h"
#include "json_c_version.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/* json_config.h.  Generated from json_config.h.in by configure.  */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
#define JSON_C_HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1

/**
 * @file
 * @brief Do not use, json-c internal, may be changed or removed at any time.
 */
#ifndef _json_inttypes_h_
#define _json_inttypes_h_

#include "json_config.h"

#ifdef JSON_C_HAVE_INTTYPES_H
/* inttypes.h includes stdint.h */
#include <inttypes.h>

#else
#include <stdint.h>

#define PRId64 "I64d"
#define SCNd64 "I64d"

#endif

#endif
/*
 * $Id: json_object.h,v 1.12 2006/01/30 23:07:57 mclark Exp $
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 Metaparadigm Pte. Ltd.
 * Michael Clark <michael@metaparadigm.com>
 * Copyright (c) 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
 *
 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the MIT license. See COPYING for details.
 *
 */

/**
 * @file
 * @brief Core json-c API.  Start here, or with json_tokener.h
 */
#ifndef _json_object_h_
#define _json_object_h_

#ifdef __GNUC__
#define THIS_FUNCTION_IS_DEPRECATED(func) func __attribute__ ((deprecated))
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
#define THIS_FUNCTION_IS_DEPRECATED(func) __declspec(deprecated) func
#elif defined(__clang__)
#define THIS_FUNCTION_IS_DEPRECATED(func) func __deprecated
#else
#define THIS_FUNCTION_IS_DEPRECATED(func) func
#endif

#ifdef __GNUC__
#define JSON_C_CONST_FUNCTION(func) func __attribute__((const))
#else
#define JSON_C_CONST_FUNCTION(func) func
#endif

#if defined(_MSC_VER) 
#define JSON_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport)
#else
#define JSON_EXPORT extern
#endif

#include <stddef.h>
#include "json_inttypes.h"
#include "printbuf.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define JSON_OBJECT_DEF_HASH_ENTRIES 16

/**
 * A flag for the json_object_to_json_string_ext() and
 * json_object_to_file_ext() functions which causes the output
 * to have no extra whitespace or formatting applied.
 */
#define JSON_C_TO_STRING_PLAIN      0
/**
 * A flag for the json_object_to_json_string_ext() and
 * json_object_to_file_ext() functions which causes the output to have
 * minimal whitespace inserted to make things slightly more readable.
 */
#define JSON_C_TO_STRING_SPACED     (1<<0)
/**
 * A flag for the json_object_to_json_string_ext() and
 * json_object_to_file_ext() functions which causes
 * the output to be formatted.
 *
 * See the "Two Space Tab" option at http://jsonformatter.curiousconcept.com/
 * for an example of the format.
 */
#define JSON_C_TO_STRING_PRETTY     (1<<1)
/**
 * A flag for the json_object_to_json_string_ext() and
 * json_object_to_file_ext() functions which causes
 * the output to be formatted.
 *
 * Instead of a "Two Space Tab" this gives a single tab character.
 */
#define JSON_C_TO_STRING_PRETTY_TAB (1<<3)
/**
 * A flag to drop trailing zero for float values
 */
#define JSON_C_TO_STRING_NOZERO     (1<<2)

/**
 * Don't escape forward slashes.
 */
#define JSON_C_TO_STRING_NOSLASHESCAPE (1<<4)

/**
 * A flag for the json_object_object_add_ex function which
 * causes the value to be added without a check if it already exists.
 * Note: it is the responsibilty of the caller to ensure that no
 * key is added multiple times. If this is done, results are
 * unpredictable. While this option is somewhat dangerous, it
 * permits potentially large performance savings in code that
 * knows for sure the key values are unique (e.g. because the
 * code adds a well-known set of constant key values).
 */
#define JSON_C_OBJECT_ADD_KEY_IS_NEW (1<<1)
/**
 * A flag for the json_object_object_add_ex function which
 * flags the key as being constant memory. This means that
 * the key will NOT be copied via strdup(), resulting in a
 * potentially huge performance win (malloc, strdup and
 * free are usually performance hogs). It is acceptable to
 * use this flag for keys in non-constant memory blocks if
 * the caller ensure that the memory holding the key lives
 * longer than the corresponding json object. However, this
 * is somewhat dangerous and should only be done if really
 * justified.
 * The general use-case for this flag is cases where the
 * key is given as a real constant value in the function
 * call, e.g. as in
 *   json_object_object_add_ex(obj, "ip", json,
 *       JSON_C_OBJECT_KEY_IS_CONSTANT);
 */
#define JSON_C_OBJECT_KEY_IS_CONSTANT (1<<2)

#undef FALSE
#define FALSE ((json_bool)0)

#undef TRUE
#define TRUE ((json_bool)1)

/**
 * Set the global value of an option, which will apply to all
 * current and future threads that have not set a thread-local value.
 *
 * @see json_c_set_serialization_double_format
 */
#define JSON_C_OPTION_GLOBAL (0)
/**
 * Set a thread-local value of an option, overriding the global value.
 * This will fail if json-c is not compiled with threading enabled, and
 * with the __thread specifier (or equivalent) available.
 *
 * @see json_c_set_serialization_double_format
 */
#define JSON_C_OPTION_THREAD (1)

/**
 * A structure to use with json_object_object_foreachC() loops.
 * Contains key, val and entry members.
 */
struct json_object_iter
{
	char *key;
	struct json_object *val;
	struct lh_entry *entry;
};
typedef struct json_object_iter json_object_iter;

typedef int json_bool;

/**
 * @brief The core type for all type of JSON objects handled by json-c
 */
typedef struct json_object json_object;

/**
 * Type of custom user delete functions.  See json_object_set_serializer.
 */
typedef void (json_object_delete_fn)(struct json_object *jso, void *userdata);

/**
 * Type of a custom serialization function.  See json_object_set_serializer.
 */
typedef int (json_object_to_json_string_fn)(struct json_object *jso,
						struct printbuf *pb,
						int level,
						int flags);

/* supported object types */

typedef enum json_type {
  /* If you change this, be sure to update json_type_to_name() too */
  json_type_null,
  json_type_boolean,
  json_type_double,
  json_type_int,
  json_type_object,
  json_type_array,
  json_type_string
} json_type;

/* reference counting functions */

/**
 * Increment the reference count of json_object, thereby grabbing shared
 * ownership of obj.
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 */
JSON_EXPORT struct json_object* json_object_get(struct json_object *obj);

/**
 * Decrement the reference count of json_object and free if it reaches zero.
 * You must have ownership of obj prior to doing this or you will cause an
 * imbalance in the reference count.
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @returns 1 if the object was freed.
 */
JSON_EXPORT int json_object_put(struct json_object *obj);

/**
 * Check if the json_object is of a given type
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @param type one of:
     json_type_null (i.e. obj == NULL),
     json_type_boolean,
     json_type_double,
     json_type_int,
     json_type_object,
     json_type_array,
     json_type_string
 */
JSON_EXPORT int json_object_is_type(const struct json_object *obj, enum json_type type);

/**
 * Get the type of the json_object.  See also json_type_to_name() to turn this
 * into a string suitable, for instance, for logging.
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @returns type being one of:
     json_type_null (i.e. obj == NULL),
     json_type_boolean,
     json_type_double,
     json_type_int,
     json_type_object,
     json_type_array,
     json_type_string
 */
JSON_EXPORT enum json_type json_object_get_type(const struct json_object *obj);


/** Stringify object to json format.
 * Equivalent to json_object_to_json_string_ext(obj, JSON_C_TO_STRING_SPACED)
 * The pointer you get is an internal of your json object. You don't
 * have to free it, later use of json_object_put() should be sufficient.
 * If you can not ensure there's no concurrent access to *obj use
 * strdup().
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @returns a string in JSON format
 */
JSON_EXPORT const char* json_object_to_json_string(struct json_object *obj);

/** Stringify object to json format
 * @see json_object_to_json_string() for details on how to free string.
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @param flags formatting options, see JSON_C_TO_STRING_PRETTY and other constants
 * @returns a string in JSON format
 */
JSON_EXPORT const char* json_object_to_json_string_ext(struct json_object *obj, int
flags);

/** Stringify object to json format
 * @see json_object_to_json_string() for details on how to free string.
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @param flags formatting options, see JSON_C_TO_STRING_PRETTY and other constants
 * @param length a pointer where, if not NULL, the length (without null) is stored
 * @returns a string in JSON format and the length if not NULL
 */
JSON_EXPORT const char* json_object_to_json_string_length(struct json_object *obj, int
flags, size_t *length);

/**
 * Returns the userdata set by json_object_set_userdata() or
 * json_object_set_serializer()
 *
 * @param jso the object to return the userdata for
 */
JSON_EXPORT void* json_object_get_userdata(json_object *jso);

/**
 * Set an opaque userdata value for an object
 *
 * The userdata can be retrieved using json_object_get_userdata().
 *
 * If custom userdata is already set on this object, any existing user_delete
 * function is called before the new one is set.
 *
 * The user_delete parameter is optional and may be passed as NULL, even if
 * the userdata parameter is non-NULL.  It will be called just before the
 * json_object is deleted, after it's reference count goes to zero
 * (see json_object_put()).
 * If this is not provided, it is up to the caller to free the userdata at
 * an appropriate time. (i.e. after the json_object is deleted)
 *
 * Note: Objects created by parsing strings may have custom serializers set
 * which expect the userdata to contain specific data (due to use of
 * json_object_new_double_s()). In this case, json_object_set_serialiser() with
 * NULL as to_string_func should be used instead to set the userdata and reset
 * the serializer to its default value.
 *
 * @param jso the object to set the userdata for
 * @param userdata an optional opaque cookie
 * @param user_delete an optional function from freeing userdata
 */
JSON_EXPORT void json_object_set_userdata(json_object *jso, void *userdata,
				     json_object_delete_fn *user_delete);

/**
 * Set a custom serialization function to be used when this particular object
 * is converted to a string by json_object_to_json_string.
 *
 * If custom userdata is already set on this object, any existing user_delete
 * function is called before the new one is set.
 *
 * If to_string_func is NULL the default behaviour is reset (but the userdata
 * and user_delete fields are still set).
 *
 * The userdata parameter is optional and may be passed as NULL. It can be used
 * to provide additional data for to_string_func to use. This parameter may
 * be NULL even if user_delete is non-NULL.
 *
 * The user_delete parameter is optional and may be passed as NULL, even if
 * the userdata parameter is non-NULL.  It will be called just before the
 * json_object is deleted, after it's reference count goes to zero
 * (see json_object_put()).
 * If this is not provided, it is up to the caller to free the userdata at
 * an appropriate time. (i.e. after the json_object is deleted)
 *
 * Note that the userdata is the same as set by json_object_set_userdata(), so
 * care must be taken not to overwrite the value when both a custom serializer
 * and json_object_set_userdata() are used.
 *
 * @param jso the object to customize
 * @param to_string_func the custom serialization function
 * @param userdata an optional opaque cookie
 * @param user_delete an optional function from freeing userdata
 */
JSON_EXPORT void json_object_set_serializer(json_object *jso,
	json_object_to_json_string_fn *to_string_func,
	void *userdata,
	json_object_delete_fn *user_delete);

#ifdef __clang__
/*
 * Clang doesn't pay attention to the parameters defined in the
 * function typedefs used here, so turn off spurious doc warnings.
 * {
 */
#pragma clang diagnostic push
#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdocumentation"
#endif

/**
 * Simply call free on the userdata pointer.
 * Can be used with json_object_set_serializer().
 *
 * @param jso unused
 * @param userdata the pointer that is passed to free().
 */
json_object_delete_fn json_object_free_userdata;

/**
 * Copy the jso->_userdata string over to pb as-is.
 * Can be used with json_object_set_serializer().
 *
 * @param jso The object whose _userdata is used.
 * @param pb The destination buffer.
 * @param level Ignored.
 * @param flags Ignored.
 */
json_object_to_json_string_fn json_object_userdata_to_json_string;

#ifdef __clang__
/* } */
#pragma clang diagnostic pop
#endif


/* object type methods */

/** Create a new empty object with a reference count of 1.  The caller of
 * this object initially has sole ownership.  Remember, when using
 * json_object_object_add or json_object_array_put_idx, ownership will
 * transfer to the object/array.  Call json_object_get if you want to maintain
 * shared ownership or also add this object as a child of multiple objects or
 * arrays.  Any ownerships you acquired but did not transfer must be released
 * through json_object_put.
 *
 * @returns a json_object of type json_type_object
 */
JSON_EXPORT struct json_object* json_object_new_object(void);

/** Get the hashtable of a json_object of type json_type_object
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @returns a linkhash
 */
JSON_EXPORT struct lh_table* json_object_get_object(const struct json_object *obj);

/** Get the size of an object in terms of the number of fields it has.
 * @param obj the json_object whose length to return
 */
JSON_EXPORT int json_object_object_length(const struct json_object* obj);

/** Get the sizeof (struct json_object).
 * @returns a size_t with the sizeof (struct json_object)
 */
JSON_C_CONST_FUNCTION(JSON_EXPORT size_t json_c_object_sizeof(void));

/** Add an object field to a json_object of type json_type_object
 *
 * The reference count will *not* be incremented. This is to make adding
 * fields to objects in code more compact. If you want to retain a reference
 * to an added object, independent of the lifetime of obj, you must wrap the
 * passed object with json_object_get.
 *
 * Upon calling this, the ownership of val transfers to obj.  Thus you must
 * make sure that you do in fact have ownership over this object.  For instance,
 * json_object_new_object will give you ownership until you transfer it,
 * whereas json_object_object_get does not.
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @param key the object field name (a private copy will be duplicated)
 * @param val a json_object or NULL member to associate with the given field
 *
 * @return On success, <code>0</code> is returned.
 * 	On error, a negative value is returned.
 */
JSON_EXPORT int json_object_object_add(struct json_object* obj, const char *key,
				   struct json_object *val);

/** Add an object field to a json_object of type json_type_object
 *
 * The semantics are identical to json_object_object_add, except that an
 * additional flag fields gives you more control over some detail aspects
 * of processing. See the description of JSON_C_OBJECT_ADD_* flags for more
 * details.
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @param key the object field name (a private copy will be duplicated)
 * @param val a json_object or NULL member to associate with the given field
 * @param opts process-modifying options. To specify multiple options, use 
 *             arithmetic or (OPT1|OPT2)
 */
JSON_EXPORT int json_object_object_add_ex(struct json_object* obj,
				const char *const key,
				struct json_object *const val,
				const unsigned opts);

/** Get the json_object associate with a given object field.
 * Deprecated/discouraged: used json_object_object_get_ex instead.
 *
 * This returns NULL if the field is found but its value is null, or if
 *  the field is not found, or if obj is not a json_type_object.  If you
 *  need to distinguis between these cases, use json_object_object_get_ex().
 *
 * *No* reference counts will be changed.  There is no need to manually adjust
 * reference counts through the json_object_put/json_object_get methods unless
 * you need to have the child (value) reference maintain a different lifetime
 * than the owning parent (obj). Ownership of the returned value is retained
 * by obj (do not do json_object_put unless you have done a json_object_get).
 * If you delete the value from obj (json_object_object_del) and wish to access
 * the returned reference afterwards, make sure you have first gotten shared
 * ownership through json_object_get (& don't forget to do a json_object_put
 * or transfer ownership to prevent a memory leak).
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @param key the object field name
 * @returns the json_object associated with the given field name
 */
JSON_EXPORT struct json_object* json_object_object_get(const struct json_object* obj,
						  const char *key);

/** Get the json_object associated with a given object field.
 *
 * This returns true if the key is found, false in all other cases (including
 * if obj isn't a json_type_object).
 *
 * *No* reference counts will be changed.  There is no need to manually adjust
 * reference counts through the json_object_put/json_object_get methods unless
 * you need to have the child (value) reference maintain a different lifetime
 * than the owning parent (obj).  Ownership of value is retained by obj.
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @param key the object field name
 * @param value a pointer where to store a reference to the json_object
 *              associated with the given field name.
 *
 *              It is safe to pass a NULL value.
 * @returns whether or not the key exists
 */
JSON_EXPORT json_bool json_object_object_get_ex(const struct json_object* obj,
                                           const char *key,
                                           struct json_object **value);

/** Delete the given json_object field
 *
 * The reference count will be decremented for the deleted object.  If there
 * are no more owners of the value represented by this key, then the value is
 * freed.  Otherwise, the reference to the value will remain in memory.
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @param key the object field name
 */
JSON_EXPORT void json_object_object_del(struct json_object* obj, const char *key);

/**
 * Iterate through all keys and values of an object.
 *
 * Adding keys to the object while iterating is NOT allowed.
 *
 * Deleting an existing key, or replacing an existing key with a
 * new value IS allowed.
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @param key the local name for the char* key variable defined in the body
 * @param val the local name for the json_object* object variable defined in
 *            the body
 */
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L

# define json_object_object_foreach(obj,key,val) \
	char *key = NULL; \
	struct json_object *val __attribute__((__unused__)) = NULL; \
	for(struct lh_entry *entry ## key = json_object_get_object(obj)->head, *entry_next ## key = NULL; \
		({ if(entry ## key) { \
			key = (char*)lh_entry_k(entry ## key); \
			val = (struct json_object*)lh_entry_v(entry ## key); \
			entry_next ## key = entry ## key->next; \
		} ; entry ## key; }); \
		entry ## key = entry_next ## key )

#else /* ANSI C or MSC */

# define json_object_object_foreach(obj,key,val) \
	char *key = NULL;\
	struct json_object *val = NULL; \
	struct lh_entry *entry ## key; \
	struct lh_entry *entry_next ## key = NULL; \
	for(entry ## key = json_object_get_object(obj)->head; \
		(entry ## key ? ( \
			key = (char*)lh_entry_k(entry ## key), \
			val = (struct json_object*)lh_entry_v(entry ## key), \
			entry_next ## key = entry ## key->next, \
			entry ## key) : 0); \
		entry ## key = entry_next ## key)

#endif /* defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */

/** Iterate through all keys and values of an object (ANSI C Safe)
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @param iter the object iterator, use type json_object_iter
 */
#define json_object_object_foreachC(obj,iter) \
 for(iter.entry = json_object_get_object(obj)->head; \
     (iter.entry ? (iter.key = (char*)lh_entry_k(iter.entry), iter.val = (struct json_object*)lh_entry_v(iter.entry), iter.entry) : 0); \
     iter.entry = iter.entry->next)

/* Array type methods */

/** Create a new empty json_object of type json_type_array
 * @returns a json_object of type json_type_array
 */
JSON_EXPORT struct json_object* json_object_new_array(void);

/** Get the arraylist of a json_object of type json_type_array
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @returns an arraylist
 */
JSON_EXPORT struct array_list* json_object_get_array(const struct json_object *obj);

/** Get the length of a json_object of type json_type_array
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @returns an int
 */
JSON_EXPORT size_t json_object_array_length(const struct json_object *obj);

/** Sorts the elements of jso of type json_type_array
*
* Pointers to the json_object pointers will be passed as the two arguments
* to sort_fn
*
* @param jso the json_object instance
* @param sort_fn a sorting function
*/
JSON_EXPORT void json_object_array_sort(struct json_object *jso, int(*sort_fn)(const void *, const void *));

/** Binary search a sorted array for a specified key object.
 *
 * It depends on your compare function what's sufficient as a key.
 * Usually you create some dummy object with the parameter compared in
 * it, to identify the right item you're actually looking for.
 *
 * @see json_object_array_sort() for hints on the compare function.
 *
 * @param key a dummy json_object with the right key
 * @param jso the array object we're searching
 * @param sort_fn the sort/compare function
 *
 * @return the wanted json_object instance
 */
JSON_EXPORT struct json_object* json_object_array_bsearch(
		const struct json_object *key,
		const struct json_object *jso,
		int (*sort_fn)(const void *, const void *));

/** Add an element to the end of a json_object of type json_type_array
 *
 * The reference count will *not* be incremented. This is to make adding
 * fields to objects in code more compact. If you want to retain a reference
 * to an added object you must wrap the passed object with json_object_get
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @param val the json_object to be added
 */
JSON_EXPORT int json_object_array_add(struct json_object *obj,
				 struct json_object *val);

/** Insert or replace an element at a specified index in an array (a json_object of type json_type_array)
 *
 * The reference count will *not* be incremented. This is to make adding
 * fields to objects in code more compact. If you want to retain a reference
 * to an added object you must wrap the passed object with json_object_get
 *
 * The reference count of a replaced object will be decremented.
 *
 * The array size will be automatically be expanded to the size of the
 * index if the index is larger than the current size.
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @param idx the index to insert the element at
 * @param val the json_object to be added
 */
JSON_EXPORT int json_object_array_put_idx(struct json_object *obj, size_t idx,
				     struct json_object *val);

/** Get the element at specificed index of the array (a json_object of type json_type_array)
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @param idx the index to get the element at
 * @returns the json_object at the specified index (or NULL)
 */
JSON_EXPORT struct json_object* json_object_array_get_idx(const struct json_object *obj,
						     size_t idx);

/** Delete an elements from a specified index in an array (a json_object of type json_type_array)
 *
 * The reference count will be decremented for each of the deleted objects.  If there
 * are no more owners of an element that is being deleted, then the value is 
 * freed.  Otherwise, the reference to the value will remain in memory.
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @param idx the index to start deleting elements at
 * @param count the number of elements to delete
 * @returns 0 if the elements were successfully deleted
 */
JSON_EXPORT int json_object_array_del_idx(struct json_object *obj, size_t idx, size_t count);

/* json_bool type methods */

/** Create a new empty json_object of type json_type_boolean
 * @param b a json_bool TRUE or FALSE (1 or 0)
 * @returns a json_object of type json_type_boolean
 */
JSON_EXPORT struct json_object* json_object_new_boolean(json_bool b);

/** Get the json_bool value of a json_object
 *
 * The type is coerced to a json_bool if the passed object is not a json_bool.
 * integer and double objects will return FALSE if there value is zero
 * or TRUE otherwise. If the passed object is a string it will return
 * TRUE if it has a non zero length. If any other object type is passed
 * TRUE will be returned if the object is not NULL.
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @returns a json_bool
 */
JSON_EXPORT json_bool json_object_get_boolean(const struct json_object *obj);


/** Set the json_bool value of a json_object
 * 
 * The type of obj is checked to be a json_type_boolean and 0 is returned 
 * if it is not without any further actions. If type of obj is json_type_boolean
 * the obect value is chaned to new_value
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @param new_value the value to be set
 * @returns 1 if value is set correctly, 0 otherwise
 */
JSON_EXPORT int json_object_set_boolean(struct json_object *obj,json_bool new_value);


/* int type methods */

/** Create a new empty json_object of type json_type_int
 * Note that values are stored as 64-bit values internally.
 * To ensure the full range is maintained, use json_object_new_int64 instead.
 * @param i the integer
 * @returns a json_object of type json_type_int
 */
JSON_EXPORT struct json_object* json_object_new_int(int32_t i);


/** Create a new empty json_object of type json_type_int
 * @param i the integer
 * @returns a json_object of type json_type_int
 */
JSON_EXPORT struct json_object* json_object_new_int64(int64_t i);


/** Get the int value of a json_object
 *
 * The type is coerced to a int if the passed object is not a int.
 * double objects will return their integer conversion. Strings will be
 * parsed as an integer. If no conversion exists then 0 is returned
 * and errno is set to EINVAL. null is equivalent to 0 (no error values set)
 *
 * Note that integers are stored internally as 64-bit values.
 * If the value of too big or too small to fit into 32-bit, INT32_MAX or
 * INT32_MIN are returned, respectively.
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @returns an int
 */
JSON_EXPORT int32_t json_object_get_int(const struct json_object *obj);

/** Set the int value of a json_object
 * 
 * The type of obj is checked to be a json_type_int and 0 is returned 
 * if it is not without any further actions. If type of obj is json_type_int
 * the obect value is changed to new_value
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @param new_value the value to be set
 * @returns 1 if value is set correctly, 0 otherwise
 */
JSON_EXPORT int json_object_set_int(struct json_object *obj,int new_value);

/** Increment a json_type_int object by the given amount, which may be negative.
 *
 * If the type of obj is not json_type_int then 0 is returned with no further
 * action taken.
 * If the addition would result in a overflow, the object value
 * is set to INT64_MAX.
 * If the addition would result in a underflow, the object value
 * is set to INT64_MIN.
 * Neither overflow nor underflow affect the return value.
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @param val the value to add
 * @returns 1 if the increment succeded, 0 otherwise
 */
JSON_EXPORT int json_object_int_inc(struct json_object *obj, int64_t val);


/** Get the int value of a json_object
 *
 * The type is coerced to a int64 if the passed object is not a int64.
 * double objects will return their int64 conversion. Strings will be
 * parsed as an int64. If no conversion exists then 0 is returned.
 *
 * NOTE: Set errno to 0 directly before a call to this function to determine
 * whether or not conversion was successful (it does not clear the value for
 * you).
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @returns an int64
 */
JSON_EXPORT int64_t json_object_get_int64(const struct json_object *obj);


/** Set the int64_t value of a json_object
 * 
 * The type of obj is checked to be a json_type_int and 0 is returned 
 * if it is not without any further actions. If type of obj is json_type_int
 * the obect value is chaned to new_value
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @param new_value the value to be set
 * @returns 1 if value is set correctly, 0 otherwise
 */
JSON_EXPORT int json_object_set_int64(struct json_object *obj,int64_t new_value);

/* double type methods */

/** Create a new empty json_object of type json_type_double
 *
 * @see json_object_double_to_json_string() for how to set a custom format string.
 *
 * @param d the double
 * @returns a json_object of type json_type_double
 */
JSON_EXPORT struct json_object* json_object_new_double(double d);

/**
 * Create a new json_object of type json_type_double, using
 * the exact serialized representation of the value.
 *
 * This allows for numbers that would otherwise get displayed
 * inefficiently (e.g. 12.3 => "12.300000000000001") to be
 * serialized with the more convenient form.
 *
 * Notes:
 *
 * This is used by json_tokener_parse_ex() to allow for
 * an exact re-serialization of a parsed object.
 *
 * The userdata field is used to store the string representation, so it
 * can't be used for other data if this function is used.
 *
 * An equivalent sequence of calls is:
 * @code
 *   jso = json_object_new_double(d);
 *   json_object_set_serializer(jso, json_object_userdata_to_json_string,
 *       strdup(ds), json_object_free_userdata);
 * @endcode
 *
 * @param d the numeric value of the double.
 * @param ds the string representation of the double.  This will be copied.
 */
JSON_EXPORT struct json_object* json_object_new_double_s(double d, const char *ds);

/**
 * Set a global or thread-local json-c option, depending on whether
 *  JSON_C_OPTION_GLOBAL or JSON_C_OPTION_THREAD is passed.
 * Thread-local options default to undefined, and inherit from the global
 *  value, even if the global value is changed after the thread is created.
 * Attempting to set thread-local options when threading is not compiled in
 *  will result in an error.  Be sure to check the return value.
 *
 * double_format is a "%g" printf format, such as "%.20g"
 *
 * @return -1 on errors, 0 on success.
 */
int json_c_set_serialization_double_format(const char *double_format, int global_or_thread);



/** Serialize a json_object of type json_type_double to a string.
 *
 * This function isn't meant to be called directly. Instead, you can set a
 * custom format string for the serialization of this double using the
 * following call (where "%.17g" actually is the default):
 *
 * @code
 *   jso = json_object_new_double(d);
 *   json_object_set_serializer(jso, json_object_double_to_json_string,
 *       "%.17g", NULL);
 * @endcode
 *
 * @see printf(3) man page for format strings
 *
 * @param jso The json_type_double object that is serialized.
 * @param pb The destination buffer.
 * @param level Ignored.
 * @param flags Ignored.
 */
JSON_EXPORT int json_object_double_to_json_string(struct json_object* jso,
					     struct printbuf *pb,
					     int level,
					     int flags);

/** Get the double floating point value of a json_object
 *
 * The type is coerced to a double if the passed object is not a double.
 * integer objects will return their double conversion. Strings will be
 * parsed as a double. If no conversion exists then 0.0 is returned and
 * errno is set to EINVAL. null is equivalent to 0 (no error values set)
 *
 * If the value is too big to fit in a double, then the value is set to
 * the closest infinity with errno set to ERANGE. If strings cannot be
 * converted to their double value, then EINVAL is set & NaN is returned.
 *
 * Arrays of length 0 are interpreted as 0 (with no error flags set).
 * Arrays of length 1 are effectively cast to the equivalent object and
 * converted using the above rules.  All other arrays set the error to
 * EINVAL & return NaN.
 *
 * NOTE: Set errno to 0 directly before a call to this function to
 * determine whether or not conversion was successful (it does not clear
 * the value for you).
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @returns a double floating point number
 */
JSON_EXPORT double json_object_get_double(const struct json_object *obj);


/** Set the double value of a json_object
 * 
 * The type of obj is checked to be a json_type_double and 0 is returned 
 * if it is not without any further actions. If type of obj is json_type_double
 * the obect value is chaned to new_value
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @param new_value the value to be set
 * @returns 1 if value is set correctly, 0 otherwise
 */
JSON_EXPORT int json_object_set_double(struct json_object *obj,double new_value);



/* string type methods */

/** Create a new empty json_object of type json_type_string
 *
 * A copy of the string is made and the memory is managed by the json_object
 *
 * @param s the string
 * @returns a json_object of type json_type_string
 */
JSON_EXPORT struct json_object* json_object_new_string(const char *s);

JSON_EXPORT struct json_object* json_object_new_string_len(const char *s, int len);

/** Get the string value of a json_object
 *
 * If the passed object is of type json_type_null (i.e. obj == NULL),
 * NULL is returned.
 *
 * If the passed object of type json_type_string, the string contents
 * are returned.
 *
 * Otherwise the JSON representation of the object is returned.
 *
 * The returned string memory is managed by the json_object and will
 * be freed when the reference count of the json_object drops to zero.
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @returns a string or NULL
 */
JSON_EXPORT const char* json_object_get_string(struct json_object *obj);

/** Get the string length of a json_object
 *
 * If the passed object is not of type json_type_string then zero
 * will be returned.
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @returns int
 */
JSON_EXPORT int json_object_get_string_len(const struct json_object *obj);


/** Set the string value of a json_object with zero terminated strings
 * equivalent to json_object_set_string_len (obj, new_value, strlen(new_value))
 * @returns 1 if value is set correctly, 0 otherwise
 */
JSON_EXPORT int json_object_set_string(json_object* obj, const char* new_value);

/** Set the string value of a json_object str
 * 
 * The type of obj is checked to be a json_type_string and 0 is returned 
 * if it is not without any further actions. If type of obj is json_type_string
 * the obect value is chaned to new_value
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance
 * @param new_value the value to be set; Since string legth is given in len this need not be zero terminated
 * @param len the length of new_value
 * @returns 1 if value is set correctly, 0 otherwise
 */
JSON_EXPORT int json_object_set_string_len(json_object* obj, const char* new_value, int len);

/** Check if two json_object's are equal
 *
 * If the passed objects are equal 1 will be returned.
 * Equality is defined as follows:
 * - json_objects of different types are never equal
 * - json_objects of the same primitive type are equal if the
 *   c-representation of their value is equal
 * - json-arrays are considered equal if all values at the same
 *   indices are equal (same order)
 * - Complex json_objects are considered equal if all
 *   contained objects referenced by their key are equal,
 *   regardless their order.
 *
 * @param obj1 the first json_object instance
 * @param obj2 the second json_object instance
 * @returns whether both objects are equal or not
 */
JSON_EXPORT int json_object_equal(struct json_object *obj1,
			     struct json_object *obj2);

/**
 * Perform a shallow copy of src into *dst as part of an overall json_object_deep_copy().
 *
 * If src is part of a containing object or array, parent will be non-NULL,
 * and key or index will be provided.
 * When shallow_copy is called *dst will be NULL, and must be non-NULL when it returns.
 * src will never be NULL.
 *
 * If shallow_copy sets the serializer on an object, return 2 to indicate to 
 *  json_object_deep_copy that it should not attempt to use the standard userdata
 *  copy function.
 *
 * @return On success 1 or 2, -1 on errors
 */
typedef int (json_c_shallow_copy_fn)(json_object *src, json_object *parent, const char *key, size_t index, json_object **dst);

/**
 * The default shallow copy implementation for use with json_object_deep_copy().
 * This simply calls the appropriate json_object_new_<type>() function and 
 * copies over the serializer function (_to_json_string internal field of
 * the json_object structure) but not any _userdata or _user_delete values.
 *
 * If you're writing a custom shallow_copy function, perhaps because you're using
 * your own custom serializer, you can call this first to create the new object
 * before customizing it with json_object_set_serializer().
 *
 * @return 1 on success, -1 on errors, but never 2.
 */
json_c_shallow_copy_fn json_c_shallow_copy_default;

/**
 * Copy the contents of the JSON object.
 * The destination object must be initialized to NULL,
 * to make sure this function won't overwrite an existing JSON object.
 *
 * This does roughly the same thing as
 * `json_tokener_parse(json_object_get_string(src))`.
 *
 * @param src source JSON object whose contents will be copied
 * @param dst pointer to the destination object where the contents of `src`;
 *            make sure this pointer is initialized to NULL
 * @param shallow_copy an optional function to copy individual objects, needed
 *                     when custom serializers are in use.  See also
 *                     json_object set_serializer.
 *
 * @returns 0 if the copy went well, -1 if an error occured during copy
 *          or if the destination pointer is non-NULL
 */

JSON_EXPORT int json_object_deep_copy(struct json_object *src, struct json_object **dst, json_c_shallow_copy_fn *shallow_copy); 
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/*
 * $Id: printbuf.h,v 1.4 2006/01/26 02:16:28 mclark Exp $
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 Metaparadigm Pte. Ltd.
 * Michael Clark <michael@metaparadigm.com>
 *
 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the MIT license. See COPYING for details.
 *
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2008-2009 Yahoo! Inc.  All rights reserved.
 * The copyrights to the contents of this file are licensed under the MIT License
 * (http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php)
 */

/**
 * @file
 * @brief Internal string buffer handing.  Unless you're writing a 
 *        json_object_to_json_string_fn implementation for use with
 *        json_object_set_serializer() direct use of this is not
 *        recommended.
 */
#ifndef _printbuf_h_
#define _printbuf_h_

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

struct printbuf {
  char *buf;
  int bpos;
  int size;
};
typedef struct printbuf printbuf;

extern struct printbuf*
printbuf_new(void);

/* As an optimization, printbuf_memappend_fast() is defined as a macro
 * that handles copying data if the buffer is large enough; otherwise
 * it invokes printbuf_memappend() which performs the heavy
 * lifting of realloc()ing the buffer and copying data.
 *
 * Your code should not use printbuf_memappend() directly unless it
 * checks the return code. Use printbuf_memappend_fast() instead.
 */
extern int
printbuf_memappend(struct printbuf *p, const char *buf, int size);

#define printbuf_memappend_fast(p, bufptr, bufsize)          \
do {                                                         \
  if ((p->size - p->bpos) > bufsize) {                       \
    memcpy(p->buf + p->bpos, (bufptr), bufsize);             \
    p->bpos += bufsize;                                      \
    p->buf[p->bpos]= '\0';                                   \
  } else {  printbuf_memappend(p, (bufptr), bufsize); }      \
} while (0)

#define printbuf_length(p) ((p)->bpos)

/**
 * Results in a compile error if the argument is not a string literal.
 */
#define _printbuf_check_literal(mystr) ("" mystr)

/**
 * This is an optimization wrapper around printbuf_memappend() that is useful
 * for appending string literals. Since the size of string constants is known
 * at compile time, using this macro can avoid a costly strlen() call. This is
 * especially helpful when a constant string must be appended many times. If
 * you got here because of a compilation error caused by passing something
 * other than a string literal, use printbuf_memappend_fast() in conjunction
 * with strlen().
 *
 * See also:
 *   printbuf_memappend_fast()
 *   printbuf_memappend()
 *   sprintbuf()
 */
#define printbuf_strappend(pb, str) \
   printbuf_memappend ((pb), _printbuf_check_literal(str), sizeof(str) - 1)

/**
 * Set len bytes of the buffer to charvalue, starting at offset offset.
 * Similar to calling memset(x, charvalue, len);
 *
 * The memory allocated for the buffer is extended as necessary.
 *
 * If offset is -1, this starts at the end of the current data in the buffer.
 */
extern int
printbuf_memset(struct printbuf *pb, int offset, int charvalue, int len);

/**
 * Formatted print to printbuf.
 *
 * This function is the most expensive of the available functions for appending
 * string data to a printbuf and should be used only where convenience is more
 * important than speed. Avoid using this function in high performance code or
 * tight loops; in these scenarios, consider using snprintf() with a static
 * buffer in conjunction with one of the printbuf_*append() functions.
 *
 * See also:
 *   printbuf_memappend_fast()
 *   printbuf_memappend()
 *   printbuf_strappend()
 */
extern int
sprintbuf(struct printbuf *p, const char *msg, ...);

extern void
printbuf_reset(struct printbuf *p);

extern void
printbuf_free(struct printbuf *p);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif

#ifndef _json_c_json_visit_h_
#define _json_c_json_visit_h_

/**
 * @file
 * @brief Methods for walking a tree of objects.
 */
#include "json_object.h"

typedef int (json_c_visit_userfunc)(json_object *jso, int flags,
                                     json_object *parent_jso,                                                        const char *jso_key,
                                     size_t *jso_index, void *userarg);

/**
 * Visit each object in the JSON hierarchy starting at jso.
 * For each object, userfunc is called, passing the object and userarg.
 * If the object has a parent (i.e. anything other than jso itself)
 * its parent will be passed as parent_jso, and either jso_key or jso_index
 * will be set, depending on whether the parent is an object or an array.
 *
 * Nodes will be visited depth first, but containers (arrays and objects)
 * will be visited twice, the second time with JSON_C_VISIT_SECOND set in
 * flags.
 *
 * userfunc must return one of the defined return values, to indicate
 * whether and how to continue visiting nodes, or one of various ways to stop.
 *
 * Returns 0 if nodes were visited successfully, even if some were 
 *  intentionally skipped due to what userfunc returned.
 * Returns <0 if an error occurred during iteration, including if
 *  userfunc returned JSON_C_VISIT_RETURN_ERROR.
 */
int json_c_visit(json_object *jso, int future_flags,
                 json_c_visit_userfunc *userfunc, void *userarg);

/**
 * Passed to json_c_visit_userfunc as one of the flags values to indicate
 * that this is the second time a container (array or object) is being
 * called, after all of it's members have been iterated over.
 */
#define JSON_C_VISIT_SECOND  0x02

/**
 * This json_c_visit_userfunc return value indicates that iteration
 * should proceed normally.
 */
#define JSON_C_VISIT_RETURN_CONTINUE 0


/**
 * This json_c_visit_userfunc return value indicates that iteration
 * over the members of the current object should be skipped.
 * If the current object isn't a container (array or object), this
 * is no different than JSON_C_VISIT_RETURN_CONTINUE.
 */
#define JSON_C_VISIT_RETURN_SKIP 7547

/**
 * This json_c_visit_userfunc return value indicates that iteration
 * of the fields/elements of the <b>containing</b> object should stop
 * and continue "popped up" a level of the object hierarchy.
 * For example, returning this when handling arg will result in 
 * arg3 and any other fields being skipped.   The next call to userfunc
 * will be the JSON_C_VISIT_SECOND call on "foo", followed by a userfunc
 * call on "bar".
 * <pre>
 * {
 *   "foo": {
 *     "arg1": 1,
 *     "arg2": 2,
 *     "arg3": 3,
 *     ...
 *   },
 *   "bar": {
 *     ...
 *   }
 * }
 * </pre>
 */
#define JSON_C_VISIT_RETURN_POP 767

/**
 * This json_c_visit_userfunc return value indicates that iteration
 * should stop immediately, and cause json_c_visit to return success.
 */
#define JSON_C_VISIT_RETURN_STOP 7867

/**
 * This json_c_visit_userfunc return value indicates that iteration
 * should stop immediately, and cause json_c_visit to return an error.
 */
#define JSON_C_VISIT_RETURN_ERROR -1

#endif /* _json_c_json_visit_h_ */
/**
 * @file
 * @brief Do not use, only contains deprecated defines.
 * @deprecated Use json_util.h instead.
 *
 * $Id: bits.h,v 1.10 2006/01/30 23:07:57 mclark Exp $
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 Metaparadigm Pte. Ltd.
 * Michael Clark <michael@metaparadigm.com>
 *
 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the MIT license. See COPYING for details.
 *
 */

#ifndef _bits_h_
#define _bits_h_

/**
 * @deprecated
 */
#define hexdigit(x) (((x) <= '9') ? (x) - '0' : ((x) & 7) + 9)
/**
 * @deprecated
 */
#define error_ptr(error) ((void*)error)
/**
 * @deprecated
 */
#define error_description(error)  (json_tokener_get_error(error))
/**
 * @deprecated
 */
#define is_error(ptr) (ptr == NULL)

#endif
/*
 * $Id: linkhash.h,v 1.6 2006/01/30 23:07:57 mclark Exp $
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 Metaparadigm Pte. Ltd.
 * Michael Clark <michael@metaparadigm.com>
 * Copyright (c) 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
 *
 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the MIT license. See COPYING for details.
 *
 */

/**
 * @file
 * @brief Internal methods for working with json_type_object objects.  Although
 *        this is exposed by the json_object_get_object() function and within the
 *        json_object_iter type, it is not recommended for direct use.
 */
#ifndef _linkhash_h_
#define _linkhash_h_

#include "json_object.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * golden prime used in hash functions
 */
#define LH_PRIME 0x9e370001UL

/**
 * The fraction of filled hash buckets until an insert will cause the table
 * to be resized.
 * This can range from just above 0 up to 1.0.
 */
#define LH_LOAD_FACTOR 0.66

/**
 * sentinel pointer value for empty slots
 */
#define LH_EMPTY (void*)-1

/**
 * sentinel pointer value for freed slots
 */
#define LH_FREED (void*)-2

/**
 * default string hash function
 */
#define JSON_C_STR_HASH_DFLT 0

/**
 * perl-like string hash function
 */
#define JSON_C_STR_HASH_PERLLIKE 1

/**
 * This function sets the hash function to be used for strings.
 * Must be one of the JSON_C_STR_HASH_* values.
 * @returns 0 - ok, -1 if parameter was invalid
 */
int json_global_set_string_hash(const int h);

struct lh_entry;

/**
 * callback function prototypes
 */
typedef void (lh_entry_free_fn) (struct lh_entry *e);
/**
 * callback function prototypes
 */
typedef unsigned long (lh_hash_fn) (const void *k);
/**
 * callback function prototypes
 */
typedef int (lh_equal_fn) (const void *k1, const void *k2);

/**
 * An entry in the hash table
 */
struct lh_entry {
	/**
	 * The key.  Use lh_entry_k() instead of accessing this directly.
	 */
	const void *k;
	/**
	 * A flag for users of linkhash to know whether or not they
	 * need to free k.
	 */
	int k_is_constant;
	/**
	 * The value.  Use lh_entry_v() instead of accessing this directly.
	 */
	const void *v;
	/**
	 * The next entry
	 */
	struct lh_entry *next;
	/**
	 * The previous entry.
	 */
	struct lh_entry *prev;
};


/**
 * The hash table structure.
 */
struct lh_table {
	/**
	 * Size of our hash.
	 */
	int size;
	/**
	 * Numbers of entries.
	 */
	int count;

	/**
	 * The first entry.
	 */
	struct lh_entry *head;

	/**
	 * The last entry.
	 */
	struct lh_entry *tail;

	struct lh_entry *table;

	/**
	 * A pointer onto the function responsible for freeing an entry.
	 */
	lh_entry_free_fn *free_fn;
	lh_hash_fn *hash_fn;
	lh_equal_fn *equal_fn;
};
typedef struct lh_table lh_table;


/**
 * Convenience list iterator.
 */
#define lh_foreach(table, entry) \
for(entry = table->head; entry; entry = entry->next)

/**
 * lh_foreach_safe allows calling of deletion routine while iterating.
 *
 * @param table a struct lh_table * to iterate over
 * @param entry a struct lh_entry * variable to hold each element
 * @param tmp a struct lh_entry * variable to hold a temporary pointer to the next element
 */
#define lh_foreach_safe(table, entry, tmp) \
for(entry = table->head; entry && ((tmp = entry->next) || 1); entry = tmp)



/**
 * Create a new linkhash table.
 *
 * @param size initial table size. The table is automatically resized
 * although this incurs a performance penalty.
 * @param free_fn callback function used to free memory for entries
 * when lh_table_free or lh_table_delete is called.
 * If NULL is provided, then memory for keys and values
 * must be freed by the caller.
 * @param hash_fn  function used to hash keys. 2 standard ones are defined:
 * lh_ptr_hash and lh_char_hash for hashing pointer values
 * and C strings respectively.
 * @param equal_fn comparison function to compare keys. 2 standard ones defined:
 * lh_ptr_hash and lh_char_hash for comparing pointer values
 * and C strings respectively.
 * @return On success, a pointer to the new linkhash table is returned.
 * 	On error, a null pointer is returned.
 */
extern struct lh_table* lh_table_new(int size,
				     lh_entry_free_fn *free_fn,
				     lh_hash_fn *hash_fn,
				     lh_equal_fn *equal_fn);

/**
 * Convenience function to create a new linkhash table with char keys.
 *
 * @param size initial table size.
 * @param free_fn callback function used to free memory for entries.
 * @return On success, a pointer to the new linkhash table is returned.
 * 	On error, a null pointer is returned.
 */
extern struct lh_table* lh_kchar_table_new(int size,
					   lh_entry_free_fn *free_fn);


/**
 * Convenience function to create a new linkhash table with ptr keys.
 *
 * @param size initial table size.
 * @param free_fn callback function used to free memory for entries.
 * @return On success, a pointer to the new linkhash table is returned.
 * 	On error, a null pointer is returned.
 */
extern struct lh_table* lh_kptr_table_new(int size,
					  lh_entry_free_fn *free_fn);


/**
 * Free a linkhash table.
 *
 * If a lh_entry_free_fn callback free function was provided then it is
 * called for all entries in the table.
 *
 * @param t table to free.
 */
extern void lh_table_free(struct lh_table *t);


/**
 * Insert a record into the table.
 *
 * @param t the table to insert into.
 * @param k a pointer to the key to insert.
 * @param v a pointer to the value to insert.
 *
 * @return On success, <code>0</code> is returned.
 * 	On error, a negative value is returned.
 */
extern int lh_table_insert(struct lh_table *t, const void *k, const void *v);


/**
 * Insert a record into the table using a precalculated key hash.
 *
 * The hash h, which should be calculated with lh_get_hash() on k, is provided by
 *  the caller, to allow for optimization when multiple operations with the same
 *  key are known to be needed.
 *
 * @param t the table to insert into.
 * @param k a pointer to the key to insert.
 * @param v a pointer to the value to insert.
 * @param h hash value of the key to insert
 * @param opts if set to JSON_C_OBJECT_KEY_IS_CONSTANT, sets lh_entry.k_is_constant
 *             so t's free function knows to avoid freeing the key.
 */
extern int lh_table_insert_w_hash(struct lh_table *t, const void *k, const void *v, const unsigned long h, const unsigned opts);


/**
 * Lookup a record in the table.
 *
 * @param t the table to lookup
 * @param k a pointer to the key to lookup
 * @return a pointer to the record structure of the value or NULL if it does not exist.
 */
extern struct lh_entry* lh_table_lookup_entry(struct lh_table *t, const void *k);

/**
 * Lookup a record in the table using a precalculated key hash.
 *
 * The hash h, which should be calculated with lh_get_hash() on k, is provided by
 *  the caller, to allow for optimization when multiple operations with the same
 *  key are known to be needed.
 *
 * @param t the table to lookup
 * @param k a pointer to the key to lookup
 * @param h hash value of the key to lookup
 * @return a pointer to the record structure of the value or NULL if it does not exist.
 */
extern struct lh_entry* lh_table_lookup_entry_w_hash(struct lh_table *t, const void *k, const unsigned long h);

/**
 * Lookup a record into the table.
 *
 * @param t the table to lookup
 * @param k a pointer to the key to lookup
 * @return a pointer to the found value or NULL if it does not exist.
 * @deprecated Use lh_table_lookup_ex() instead.
 */
THIS_FUNCTION_IS_DEPRECATED(extern const void* lh_table_lookup(struct lh_table *t, const void *k));

/**
 * Lookup a record in the table.
 *
 * @param t the table to lookup
 * @param k a pointer to the key to lookup
 * @param v a pointer to a where to store the found value (set to NULL if it doesn't exist).
 * @return whether or not the key was found
 */
extern json_bool lh_table_lookup_ex(struct lh_table *t, const void *k, void **v);

/**
 * Delete a record from the table.
 *
 * If a callback free function is provided then it is called for the
 * for the item being deleted.
 * @param t the table to delete from.
 * @param e a pointer to the entry to delete.
 * @return 0 if the item was deleted.
 * @return -1 if it was not found.
 */
extern int lh_table_delete_entry(struct lh_table *t, struct lh_entry *e);


/**
 * Delete a record from the table.
 *
 * If a callback free function is provided then it is called for the
 * for the item being deleted.
 * @param t the table to delete from.
 * @param k a pointer to the key to delete.
 * @return 0 if the item was deleted.
 * @return -1 if it was not found.
 */
extern int lh_table_delete(struct lh_table *t, const void *k);

extern int lh_table_length(struct lh_table *t);

/**
 * Prints a message to <code>stdout</code>,
 * then exits the program with an exit code of <code>1</code>.
 *
 * @param msg Message format string, like for <code>printf</code>.
 * @param ... Format args.
 *
 * @deprecated Since it is not a good idea to exit the entire program
 * 	because of an internal library failure, json-c will no longer
 * 	use this function internally.
 * 	However, because its interface is public, it will remain part of
 * 	the API on the off chance of legacy software using it externally.
 */
THIS_FUNCTION_IS_DEPRECATED(void lh_abort(const char *msg, ...));

/**
 * Resizes the specified table.
 *
 * @param t Pointer to table to resize.
 * @param new_size New table size. Must be positive.
 *
 * @return On success, <code>0</code> is returned.
 * 	On error, a negative value is returned.
 */
int lh_table_resize(struct lh_table *t, int new_size);


/**
 * @deprecated Don't use this outside of linkhash.h:
 */
#if !defined(_MSC_VER) || (_MSC_VER > 1800)
/* VS2010 can't handle inline funcs, so skip it there */
#define _LH_INLINE inline
#else
#define _LH_INLINE
#endif

/**
 * Calculate the hash of a key for a given table.
 *
 * This is an exension to support functions that need to calculate
 * the hash several times and allows them to do it just once and then pass
 * in the hash to all utility functions. Depending on use case, this can be a
 * considerable performance improvement.
 * @param t the table (used to obtain hash function)
 * @param k a pointer to the key to lookup
 * @return the key's hash
 */
static _LH_INLINE unsigned long lh_get_hash(const struct lh_table *t, const void *k)
{
	return t->hash_fn(k);
}

#undef _LH_INLINE

/**
 * @deprecated Don't use this outside of linkhash.h:
 */
#ifdef __UNCONST
#define _LH_UNCONST(a) __UNCONST(a)
#else
#define _LH_UNCONST(a) ((void *)(uintptr_t)(const void *)(a))
#endif

/**
 * Return a non-const version of lh_entry.k.
 *
 * lh_entry.k is const to indicate and help ensure that linkhash itself doesn't modify
 * it, but callers are allowed to do what they want with it.
 * See also lh_entry.k_is_constant
 */
#define lh_entry_k(entry) _LH_UNCONST((entry)->k)

/**
 * Return a non-const version of lh_entry.v.
 *
 * v is const to indicate and help ensure that linkhash itself doesn't modify
 * it, but callers are allowed to do what they want with it.
 */
#define lh_entry_v(entry) _LH_UNCONST((entry)->v)

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/*
 * $Id: debug.h,v 1.5 2006/01/30 23:07:57 mclark Exp $
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 Metaparadigm Pte. Ltd.
 * Michael Clark <michael@metaparadigm.com>
 * Copyright (c) 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
 *
 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the MIT license. See COPYING for details.
 *
 */

/**
 * @file
 * @brief Do not use, json-c internal, may be changed or removed at any time.
 */
#ifndef _DEBUG_H_
#define _DEBUG_H_

#include <stdlib.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

extern void mc_set_debug(int debug);
extern int mc_get_debug(void);

extern void mc_set_syslog(int syslog);

extern void mc_debug(const char *msg, ...);
extern void mc_error(const char *msg, ...);
extern void mc_info(const char *msg, ...);

#ifndef __STRING
#define __STRING(x) #x
#endif

#ifndef PARSER_BROKEN_FIXED

#define JASSERT(cond) do {} while(0)

#else

#define JASSERT(cond) do { \
		if (!(cond)) { \
			mc_error("cjson assert failure %s:%d : cond \"" __STRING(cond) "failed\n", __FILE__, __LINE__); \
			*(int *)0 = 1;\
			abort(); \
		}\
	} while(0)

#endif

#define MC_ERROR(x, ...) mc_error(x, ##__VA_ARGS__)

#ifdef MC_MAINTAINER_MODE
#define MC_SET_DEBUG(x) mc_set_debug(x)
#define MC_GET_DEBUG() mc_get_debug()
#define MC_SET_SYSLOG(x) mc_set_syslog(x)
#define MC_DEBUG(x, ...) mc_debug(x, ##__VA_ARGS__)
#define MC_INFO(x, ...) mc_info(x, ##__VA_ARGS__)
#else
#define MC_SET_DEBUG(x) if (0) mc_set_debug(x)
#define MC_GET_DEBUG() (0)
#define MC_SET_SYSLOG(x) if (0) mc_set_syslog(x)
#define MC_DEBUG(x, ...) if (0) mc_debug(x, ##__VA_ARGS__)
#define MC_INFO(x, ...) if (0) mc_info(x, ##__VA_ARGS__)
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2016 Alexadru Ardelean.
 *
 * This is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the MIT license. See COPYING for details.
 *
 */

/**
 * @file
 * @brief JSON Pointer (RFC 6901) implementation for retrieving
 *        objects from a json-c object tree.
 */
#ifndef _json_pointer_h_
#define _json_pointer_h_

#include "json_object.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * Retrieves a JSON sub-object from inside another JSON object
 * using the JSON pointer notation as defined in RFC 6901
 *   https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6901
 *
 * The returned JSON sub-object is equivalent to parsing manually the
 * 'obj' JSON tree ; i.e. it's not a new object that is created, but rather
 * a pointer inside the JSON tree.
 *
 * Internally, this is equivalent to doing a series of 'json_object_object_get()'
 * and 'json_object_array_get_idx()' along the given 'path'.
 *
 * Note that the 'path' string supports 'printf()' type arguments, so, whatever
 * is added after the 'res' param will be treated as an argument for 'path'
 * Example: json_pointer_get(obj, "/foo/%d/%s", &res, 0, bar)
 * This means, that you need to escape '%' with '%%' (just like in printf())
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance/tree from where to retrieve sub-objects
 * @param path a (RFC6901) string notation for the sub-object to retrieve
 * @param res a pointer where to store a reference to the json_object
 *              associated with the given path
 *
 * @return negative if an error (or not found), or 0 if succeeded
 */
int json_pointer_get(struct json_object *obj, const char *path, struct json_object **res);

/**
 * This is a variant of 'json_pointer_get()' that supports printf() style arguments.
 *
 * Example: json_pointer_getf(obj, res, "/foo/%d/%s", 0, bak)
 * This also means that you need to escape '%' with '%%' (just like in printf())
 *
 * Please take into consideration all recommended 'printf()' format security
 * aspects when using this function.
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance/tree to which to add a sub-object
 * @param res a pointer where to store a reference to the json_object
 *              associated with the given path
 * @param path_fmt a printf() style format for the path
 *
 * @return negative if an error (or not found), or 0 if succeeded
 */
int json_pointer_getf(struct json_object *obj, struct json_object **res, const char *path_fmt, ...);

/**
 * Sets JSON object 'value' in the 'obj' tree at the location specified
 * by the 'path'. 'path' is JSON pointer notation as defined in RFC 6901
 *   https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6901
 *
 * Note that 'obj' is a double pointer, mostly for the "" (empty string)
 * case, where the entire JSON object would be replaced by 'value'.
 * In the case of the "" path, the object at '*obj' will have it's refcount
 * decremented with 'json_object_put()' and the 'value' object will be assigned to it.
 *
 * For other cases (JSON sub-objects) ownership of 'value' will be transferred into
 * '*obj' via 'json_object_object_add()' & 'json_object_array_put_idx()', so the
 * only time the refcount should be decremented for 'value' is when the return value of
 * 'json_pointer_set()' is negative (meaning the 'value' object did not get set into '*obj').
 *
 * That also implies that 'json_pointer_set()' does not do any refcount incrementing.
 * (Just that single decrement that was mentioned above).
 *
 * Note that the 'path' string supports 'printf()' type arguments, so, whatever
 * is added after the 'value' param will be treated as an argument for 'path'
 * Example: json_pointer_set(obj, "/foo/%d/%s", value, 0, bak)
 * This means, that you need to escape '%' with '%%' (just like in printf())
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance/tree to which to add a sub-object
 * @param path a (RFC6901) string notation for the sub-object to set in the tree
 * @param value object to set at path
 *
 * @return negative if an error (or not found), or 0 if succeeded
 */
int json_pointer_set(struct json_object **obj, const char *path, struct json_object *value);

/**
 * This is a variant of 'json_pointer_set()' that supports printf() style arguments.
 *
 * Example: json_pointer_setf(obj, value, "/foo/%d/%s", 0, bak)
 * This also means that you need to escape '%' with '%%' (just like in printf())
 *
 * Please take into consideration all recommended 'printf()' format security
 * aspects when using this function.
 *
 * @param obj the json_object instance/tree to which to add a sub-object
 * @param value object to set at path
 * @param path_fmt a printf() style format for the path
 *
 * @return negative if an error (or not found), or 0 if succeeded
 */
int json_pointer_setf(struct json_object **obj, struct json_object *value, const char *path_fmt, ...);


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/*************************************************
*       Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions      *
*************************************************/

#ifndef _PCREPOSIX_H
#define _PCREPOSIX_H

/* This is the header for the POSIX wrapper interface to the PCRE Perl-
Compatible Regular Expression library. It defines the things POSIX says should
be there. I hope.

            Copyright (c) 1997-2012 University of Cambridge

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.

    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
      documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

    * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
      this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/

/* Have to include stdlib.h in order to ensure that size_t is defined. */

#include <stdlib.h>

/* Allow for C++ users */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Options, mostly defined by POSIX, but with some extras. */

#define REG_ICASE     0x0001   /* Maps to PCRE_CASELESS */
#define REG_NEWLINE   0x0002   /* Maps to PCRE_MULTILINE */
#define REG_NOTBOL    0x0004   /* Maps to PCRE_NOTBOL */
#define REG_NOTEOL    0x0008   /* Maps to PCRE_NOTEOL */
#define REG_DOTALL    0x0010   /* NOT defined by POSIX; maps to PCRE_DOTALL */
#define REG_NOSUB     0x0020   /* Maps to PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE */
#define REG_UTF8      0x0040   /* NOT defined by POSIX; maps to PCRE_UTF8 */
#define REG_STARTEND  0x0080   /* BSD feature: pass subject string by so,eo */
#define REG_NOTEMPTY  0x0100   /* NOT defined by POSIX; maps to PCRE_NOTEMPTY */
#define REG_UNGREEDY  0x0200   /* NOT defined by POSIX; maps to PCRE_UNGREEDY */
#define REG_UCP       0x0400   /* NOT defined by POSIX; maps to PCRE_UCP */

/* This is not used by PCRE, but by defining it we make it easier
to slot PCRE into existing programs that make POSIX calls. */

#define REG_EXTENDED  0

/* Error values. Not all these are relevant or used by the wrapper. */

enum {
  REG_ASSERT = 1,  /* internal error ? */
  REG_BADBR,       /* invalid repeat counts in {} */
  REG_BADPAT,      /* pattern error */
  REG_BADRPT,      /* ? * + invalid */
  REG_EBRACE,      /* unbalanced {} */
  REG_EBRACK,      /* unbalanced [] */
  REG_ECOLLATE,    /* collation error - not relevant */
  REG_ECTYPE,      /* bad class */
  REG_EESCAPE,     /* bad escape sequence */
  REG_EMPTY,       /* empty expression */
  REG_EPAREN,      /* unbalanced () */
  REG_ERANGE,      /* bad range inside [] */
  REG_ESIZE,       /* expression too big */
  REG_ESPACE,      /* failed to get memory */
  REG_ESUBREG,     /* bad back reference */
  REG_INVARG,      /* bad argument */
  REG_NOMATCH      /* match failed */
};


/* The structure representing a compiled regular expression. */

typedef struct {
  void *re_pcre;
  size_t re_nsub;
  size_t re_erroffset;
} regex_t;

/* The structure in which a captured offset is returned. */

typedef int regoff_t;

typedef struct {
  regoff_t rm_so;
  regoff_t rm_eo;
} regmatch_t;

/* When an application links to a PCRE DLL in Windows, the symbols that are
imported have to be identified as such. When building PCRE, the appropriate
export settings are needed, and are set in pcreposix.c before including this
file. */

#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(PCRE_STATIC) && !defined(PCREPOSIX_EXP_DECL)
#  define PCREPOSIX_EXP_DECL  extern __declspec(dllimport)
#  define PCREPOSIX_EXP_DEFN  __declspec(dllimport)
#endif

/* By default, we use the standard "extern" declarations. */

#ifndef PCREPOSIX_EXP_DECL
#  ifdef __cplusplus
#    define PCREPOSIX_EXP_DECL  extern "C"
#    define PCREPOSIX_EXP_DEFN  extern "C"
#  else
#    define PCREPOSIX_EXP_DECL  extern
#    define PCREPOSIX_EXP_DEFN  extern
#  endif
#endif

/* The functions */

PCREPOSIX_EXP_DECL int regcomp(regex_t *, const char *, int);
PCREPOSIX_EXP_DECL int regexec(const regex_t *, const char *, size_t,
                     regmatch_t *, int);
PCREPOSIX_EXP_DECL size_t regerror(int, const regex_t *, char *, size_t);
PCREPOSIX_EXP_DECL void regfree(regex_t *);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}   /* extern "C" */
#endif

#endif /* End of pcreposix.h */
/*
 * Public include file for the UUID library
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998 Theodore Ts'o.
 *
 * %Begin-Header%
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
 *    including the disclaimer of warranties.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
 *    products derived from this software without specific prior
 *    written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
 * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
 * WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
 * LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
 * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
 * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
 * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
 * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
 * USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
 * DAMAGE.
 * %End-Header%
 */

#ifndef _UUID_UUID_H
#define _UUID_UUID_H

#include <sys/types.h>
#ifndef _WIN32
#include <sys/time.h>
#endif
#include <time.h>

typedef unsigned char uuid_t[16];

/* UUID Variant definitions */
#define UUID_VARIANT_NCS	0
#define UUID_VARIANT_DCE	1
#define UUID_VARIANT_MICROSOFT	2
#define UUID_VARIANT_OTHER	3

#define UUID_VARIANT_SHIFT	5
#define UUID_VARIANT_MASK     0x7

/* UUID Type definitions */
#define UUID_TYPE_DCE_TIME   1
#define UUID_TYPE_DCE_SECURITY 2
#define UUID_TYPE_DCE_MD5    3
#define UUID_TYPE_DCE_RANDOM 4
#define UUID_TYPE_DCE_SHA1   5

#define UUID_TYPE_SHIFT      4
#define UUID_TYPE_MASK     0xf

#define UUID_STR_LEN	37

/* Allow UUID constants to be defined */
#ifdef __GNUC__
#define UUID_DEFINE(name,u0,u1,u2,u3,u4,u5,u6,u7,u8,u9,u10,u11,u12,u13,u14,u15) \
	static const uuid_t name __attribute__ ((unused)) = {u0,u1,u2,u3,u4,u5,u6,u7,u8,u9,u10,u11,u12,u13,u14,u15}
#else
#define UUID_DEFINE(name,u0,u1,u2,u3,u4,u5,u6,u7,u8,u9,u10,u11,u12,u13,u14,u15) \
	static const uuid_t name = {u0,u1,u2,u3,u4,u5,u6,u7,u8,u9,u10,u11,u12,u13,u14,u15}
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* clear.c */
extern void uuid_clear(uuid_t uu);

/* compare.c */
extern int uuid_compare(const uuid_t uu1, const uuid_t uu2);

/* copy.c */
extern void uuid_copy(uuid_t dst, const uuid_t src);

/* gen_uuid.c */
extern void uuid_generate(uuid_t out);
extern void uuid_generate_random(uuid_t out);
extern void uuid_generate_time(uuid_t out);
extern int uuid_generate_time_safe(uuid_t out);

extern void uuid_generate_md5(uuid_t out, const uuid_t ns, const char *name, size_t len);
extern void uuid_generate_sha1(uuid_t out, const uuid_t ns, const char *name, size_t len);

/* isnull.c */
extern int uuid_is_null(const uuid_t uu);

/* parse.c */
extern int uuid_parse(const char *in, uuid_t uu);

/* unparse.c */
extern void uuid_unparse(const uuid_t uu, char *out);
extern void uuid_unparse_lower(const uuid_t uu, char *out);
extern void uuid_unparse_upper(const uuid_t uu, char *out);

/* uuid_time.c */
extern time_t uuid_time(const uuid_t uu, struct timeval *ret_tv);
extern int uuid_type(const uuid_t uu);
extern int uuid_variant(const uuid_t uu);

/* predefined.c */
extern const uuid_t *uuid_get_template(const char *alias);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* _UUID_UUID_H */
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
 *  Author: Zeyd M. Ben-Halim <zmbenhal@netcom.com> 1992,1995               *
 *     and: Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>                         *
 *     and: Thomas E. Dickey                        1996-on                 *
 ****************************************************************************/

/* $Id: curses.h.in,v 1.257 2017/11/21 00:11:37 tom Exp $ */

#ifndef __NCURSES_H
#define __NCURSES_H

#define CURSES 1
#define CURSES_H 1

/* These are defined only in curses.h, and are used for conditional compiles */
#define NCURSES_VERSION_MAJOR 6
#define NCURSES_VERSION_MINOR 1
#define NCURSES_VERSION_PATCH 20180224

/* This is defined in more than one ncurses header, for identification */
#undef  NCURSES_VERSION
#define NCURSES_VERSION "6.1"

/*
 * Identify the mouse encoding version.
 */
#define NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION 2

/*
 * Definitions to facilitate DLL's.
 */
#include <ncurses_dll.h>

#if 1
#include <stdint.h>
#endif

/*
 * User-definable tweak to disable the include of <stdbool.h>.
 */
#ifndef NCURSES_ENABLE_STDBOOL_H
#define NCURSES_ENABLE_STDBOOL_H 1
#endif

/*
 * NCURSES_ATTR_T is used to quiet compiler warnings when building ncurses
 * configured using --disable-macros.
 */
#ifndef NCURSES_ATTR_T
#define NCURSES_ATTR_T int
#endif

/*
 * Expands to 'const' if ncurses is configured using --enable-const.  Note that
 * doing so makes it incompatible with other implementations of X/Open Curses.
 */
#undef  NCURSES_CONST
#define NCURSES_CONST const

#undef NCURSES_INLINE
#define NCURSES_INLINE inline

/*
 * The standard type used for color values, and for color-pairs.  The latter
 * allows the curses library to enumerate the combinations of foreground and
 * background colors used by an application, and is normally the product of the
 * total foreground and background colors.
 *
 * X/Open uses "short" for both of these types, ultimately because they are
 * numbers from the SVr4 terminal database, which uses 16-bit signed values.
 */
#undef	NCURSES_COLOR_T
#define	NCURSES_COLOR_T short

#undef	NCURSES_PAIRS_T
#define	NCURSES_PAIRS_T short

/*
 * Definitions used to make WINDOW and similar structs opaque.
 */
#ifndef NCURSES_INTERNALS
#define NCURSES_OPAQUE       0
#define NCURSES_OPAQUE_FORM  0
#define NCURSES_OPAQUE_MENU  0
#define NCURSES_OPAQUE_PANEL 0
#endif

/*
 * Definition used to optionally suppress wattr* macros to help with the
 * transition from ncurses5 to ncurses6 by allowing the header files to
 * be shared across development packages for ncursesw in both ABIs.
 */
#ifndef NCURSES_WATTR_MACROS
#define NCURSES_WATTR_MACROS 0
#endif

/*
 * The reentrant code relies on the opaque setting, but adds features.
 */
#ifndef NCURSES_REENTRANT
#define NCURSES_REENTRANT 0
#endif

/*
 * Control whether bindings for interop support are added.
 */
#undef	NCURSES_INTEROP_FUNCS
#define	NCURSES_INTEROP_FUNCS 1

/*
 * The internal type used for window dimensions.
 */
#undef	NCURSES_SIZE_T
#define	NCURSES_SIZE_T short

/*
 * Control whether tparm() supports varargs or fixed-parameter list.
 */
#undef NCURSES_TPARM_VARARGS
#define NCURSES_TPARM_VARARGS 1

/*
 * Control type used for tparm's arguments.  While X/Open equates long and
 * char* values, this is not always workable for 64-bit platforms.
 */
#undef NCURSES_TPARM_ARG
#define NCURSES_TPARM_ARG intptr_t

/*
 * Control whether ncurses uses wcwidth() for checking width of line-drawing
 * characters.
 */
#undef NCURSES_WCWIDTH_GRAPHICS
#define NCURSES_WCWIDTH_GRAPHICS 1

/*
 * NCURSES_CH_T is used in building the library, but not used otherwise in
 * this header file, since that would make the normal/wide-character versions
 * of the header incompatible.
 */
#undef	NCURSES_CH_T
#define NCURSES_CH_T cchar_t

#if 1 && defined(_LP64)
typedef unsigned chtype;
typedef unsigned mmask_t;
#else
typedef uint32_t chtype;
typedef uint32_t mmask_t;
#endif

/*
 * We need FILE, etc.  Include this before checking any feature symbols.
 */
#include <stdio.h>

/*
 * With XPG4, you must define _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED, it is redundant (or
 * conflicting) when _XOPEN_SOURCE is 500 or greater.  If NCURSES_WIDECHAR is
 * not already defined, e.g., if the platform relies upon nonstandard feature
 * test macros, define it at this point if the standard feature test macros
 * indicate that it should be defined.
 */
#ifndef NCURSES_WIDECHAR
#if defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED) || (defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && (_XOPEN_SOURCE - 0 >= 500))
#define NCURSES_WIDECHAR 1
#else
#define NCURSES_WIDECHAR 0
#endif
#endif /* NCURSES_WIDECHAR */

#include <stdarg.h>	/* we need va_list */
#if NCURSES_WIDECHAR
#include <stddef.h>	/* we want wchar_t */
#endif

/* X/Open and SVr4 specify that curses implements 'bool'.  However, C++ may also
 * implement it.  If so, we must use the C++ compiler's type to avoid conflict
 * with other interfaces.
 *
 * A further complication is that <stdbool.h> may declare 'bool' to be a
 * different type, such as an enum which is not necessarily compatible with
 * C++.  If we have <stdbool.h>, make 'bool' a macro, so users may #undef it.
 * Otherwise, let it remain a typedef to avoid conflicts with other #define's.
 * In either case, make a typedef for NCURSES_BOOL which can be used if needed
 * from either C or C++.
 */

#undef TRUE
#define TRUE    1

#undef FALSE
#define FALSE   0

typedef unsigned char NCURSES_BOOL;

#if defined(__cplusplus)	/* __cplusplus, etc. */

/* use the C++ compiler's bool type */
#define NCURSES_BOOL bool

#else			/* c89, c99, etc. */

#if NCURSES_ENABLE_STDBOOL_H
#include <stdbool.h>
/* use whatever the C compiler decides bool really is */
#define NCURSES_BOOL bool
#else
/* there is no predefined bool - use our own */
#undef bool
#define bool NCURSES_BOOL
#endif

#endif /* !__cplusplus, etc. */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#define NCURSES_CAST(type,value) static_cast<type>(value)
#else
#define NCURSES_CAST(type,value) (type)(value)
#endif

#define NCURSES_OK_ADDR(p) (0 != NCURSES_CAST(const void *, (p)))

/*
 * X/Open attributes.  In the ncurses implementation, they are identical to the
 * A_ attributes.
 */
#define WA_ATTRIBUTES	A_ATTRIBUTES
#define WA_NORMAL	A_NORMAL
#define WA_STANDOUT	A_STANDOUT
#define WA_UNDERLINE	A_UNDERLINE
#define WA_REVERSE	A_REVERSE
#define WA_BLINK	A_BLINK
#define WA_DIM		A_DIM
#define WA_BOLD		A_BOLD
#define WA_ALTCHARSET	A_ALTCHARSET
#define WA_INVIS	A_INVIS
#define WA_PROTECT	A_PROTECT
#define WA_HORIZONTAL	A_HORIZONTAL
#define WA_LEFT		A_LEFT
#define WA_LOW		A_LOW
#define WA_RIGHT	A_RIGHT
#define WA_TOP		A_TOP
#define WA_VERTICAL	A_VERTICAL

#if 1
#define WA_ITALIC	A_ITALIC	/* ncurses extension */
#endif

/* colors */
#define COLOR_BLACK	0
#define COLOR_RED	1
#define COLOR_GREEN	2
#define COLOR_YELLOW	3
#define COLOR_BLUE	4
#define COLOR_MAGENTA	5
#define COLOR_CYAN	6
#define COLOR_WHITE	7

/* line graphics */

#if 0 || NCURSES_REENTRANT
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(chtype*, acs_map);
#define acs_map NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(acs_map())
#else
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(chtype) acs_map[];
#endif

#define NCURSES_ACS(c)	(acs_map[NCURSES_CAST(unsigned char,(c))])

/* VT100 symbols begin here */
#define ACS_ULCORNER	NCURSES_ACS('l') /* upper left corner */
#define ACS_LLCORNER	NCURSES_ACS('m') /* lower left corner */
#define ACS_URCORNER	NCURSES_ACS('k') /* upper right corner */
#define ACS_LRCORNER	NCURSES_ACS('j') /* lower right corner */
#define ACS_LTEE	NCURSES_ACS('t') /* tee pointing right */
#define ACS_RTEE	NCURSES_ACS('u') /* tee pointing left */
#define ACS_BTEE	NCURSES_ACS('v') /* tee pointing up */
#define ACS_TTEE	NCURSES_ACS('w') /* tee pointing down */
#define ACS_HLINE	NCURSES_ACS('q') /* horizontal line */
#define ACS_VLINE	NCURSES_ACS('x') /* vertical line */
#define ACS_PLUS	NCURSES_ACS('n') /* large plus or crossover */
#define ACS_S1		NCURSES_ACS('o') /* scan line 1 */
#define ACS_S9		NCURSES_ACS('s') /* scan line 9 */
#define ACS_DIAMOND	NCURSES_ACS('`') /* diamond */
#define ACS_CKBOARD	NCURSES_ACS('a') /* checker board (stipple) */
#define ACS_DEGREE	NCURSES_ACS('f') /* degree symbol */
#define ACS_PLMINUS	NCURSES_ACS('g') /* plus/minus */
#define ACS_BULLET	NCURSES_ACS('~') /* bullet */
/* Teletype 5410v1 symbols begin here */
#define ACS_LARROW	NCURSES_ACS(',') /* arrow pointing left */
#define ACS_RARROW	NCURSES_ACS('+') /* arrow pointing right */
#define ACS_DARROW	NCURSES_ACS('.') /* arrow pointing down */
#define ACS_UARROW	NCURSES_ACS('-') /* arrow pointing up */
#define ACS_BOARD	NCURSES_ACS('h') /* board of squares */
#define ACS_LANTERN	NCURSES_ACS('i') /* lantern symbol */
#define ACS_BLOCK	NCURSES_ACS('0') /* solid square block */
/*
 * These aren't documented, but a lot of System Vs have them anyway
 * (you can spot pprryyzz{{||}} in a lot of AT&T terminfo strings).
 * The ACS_names may not match AT&T's, our source didn't know them.
 */
#define ACS_S3		NCURSES_ACS('p') /* scan line 3 */
#define ACS_S7		NCURSES_ACS('r') /* scan line 7 */
#define ACS_LEQUAL	NCURSES_ACS('y') /* less/equal */
#define ACS_GEQUAL	NCURSES_ACS('z') /* greater/equal */
#define ACS_PI		NCURSES_ACS('{') /* Pi */
#define ACS_NEQUAL	NCURSES_ACS('|') /* not equal */
#define ACS_STERLING	NCURSES_ACS('}') /* UK pound sign */

/*
 * Line drawing ACS names are of the form ACS_trbl, where t is the top, r
 * is the right, b is the bottom, and l is the left.  t, r, b, and l might
 * be B (blank), S (single), D (double), or T (thick).  The subset defined
 * here only uses B and S.
 */
#define ACS_BSSB	ACS_ULCORNER
#define ACS_SSBB	ACS_LLCORNER
#define ACS_BBSS	ACS_URCORNER
#define ACS_SBBS	ACS_LRCORNER
#define ACS_SBSS	ACS_RTEE
#define ACS_SSSB	ACS_LTEE
#define ACS_SSBS	ACS_BTEE
#define ACS_BSSS	ACS_TTEE
#define ACS_BSBS	ACS_HLINE
#define ACS_SBSB	ACS_VLINE
#define ACS_SSSS	ACS_PLUS

#undef	ERR
#define ERR     (-1)

#undef	OK
#define OK      (0)

/* values for the _flags member */
#define _SUBWIN         0x01	/* is this a sub-window? */
#define _ENDLINE        0x02	/* is the window flush right? */
#define _FULLWIN        0x04	/* is the window full-screen? */
#define _SCROLLWIN      0x08	/* bottom edge is at screen bottom? */
#define _ISPAD	        0x10	/* is this window a pad? */
#define _HASMOVED       0x20	/* has cursor moved since last refresh? */
#define _WRAPPED        0x40	/* cursor was just wrappped */

/*
 * this value is used in the firstchar and lastchar fields to mark
 * unchanged lines
 */
#define _NOCHANGE       -1

/*
 * this value is used in the oldindex field to mark lines created by insertions
 * and scrolls.
 */
#define _NEWINDEX	-1

typedef struct screen  SCREEN;
typedef struct _win_st WINDOW;

typedef	chtype	attr_t;		/* ...must be at least as wide as chtype */

#if NCURSES_WIDECHAR

#if 0
#ifdef mblen			/* libutf8.h defines it w/o undefining first */
#undef mblen
#endif
#include <libutf8.h>
#endif

#if 1
#include <wchar.h>		/* ...to get mbstate_t, etc. */
#endif

#if 0
typedef unsigned short wchar_t1;
#endif

#if 0
typedef unsigned int wint_t1;
#endif

/*
 * cchar_t stores an array of CCHARW_MAX wide characters.  The first is
 * normally a spacing character.  The others are non-spacing.  If those
 * (spacing and nonspacing) do not fill the array, a null L'\0' follows.
 * Otherwise, a null is assumed to follow when extracting via getcchar().
 */
#define CCHARW_MAX	5
typedef struct
{
    attr_t	attr;
    wchar_t	chars[CCHARW_MAX];
#if 1
#undef NCURSES_EXT_COLORS
#define NCURSES_EXT_COLORS 20180224
    int		ext_color;	/* color pair, must be more than 16-bits */
#endif
}
cchar_t;

#endif /* NCURSES_WIDECHAR */

#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE
struct ldat;

struct _win_st
{
	NCURSES_SIZE_T _cury, _curx; /* current cursor position */

	/* window location and size */
	NCURSES_SIZE_T _maxy, _maxx; /* maximums of x and y, NOT window size */
	NCURSES_SIZE_T _begy, _begx; /* screen coords of upper-left-hand corner */

	short   _flags;		/* window state flags */

	/* attribute tracking */
	attr_t  _attrs;		/* current attribute for non-space character */
	chtype  _bkgd;		/* current background char/attribute pair */

	/* option values set by user */
	bool	_notimeout;	/* no time out on function-key entry? */
	bool	_clear;		/* consider all data in the window invalid? */
	bool	_leaveok;	/* OK to not reset cursor on exit? */
	bool	_scroll;	/* OK to scroll this window? */
	bool	_idlok;		/* OK to use insert/delete line? */
	bool	_idcok;		/* OK to use insert/delete char? */
	bool	_immed;		/* window in immed mode? (not yet used) */
	bool	_sync;		/* window in sync mode? */
	bool	_use_keypad;	/* process function keys into KEY_ symbols? */
	int	_delay;		/* 0 = nodelay, <0 = blocking, >0 = delay */

	struct ldat *_line;	/* the actual line data */

	/* global screen state */
	NCURSES_SIZE_T _regtop;	/* top line of scrolling region */
	NCURSES_SIZE_T _regbottom; /* bottom line of scrolling region */

	/* these are used only if this is a sub-window */
	int	_parx;		/* x coordinate of this window in parent */
	int	_pary;		/* y coordinate of this window in parent */
	WINDOW	*_parent;	/* pointer to parent if a sub-window */

	/* these are used only if this is a pad */
	struct pdat
	{
	    NCURSES_SIZE_T _pad_y,      _pad_x;
	    NCURSES_SIZE_T _pad_top,    _pad_left;
	    NCURSES_SIZE_T _pad_bottom, _pad_right;
	} _pad;

	NCURSES_SIZE_T _yoffset; /* real begy is _begy + _yoffset */

#if NCURSES_WIDECHAR
	cchar_t  _bkgrnd;	/* current background char/attribute pair */
#if 1
	int	_color;		/* current color-pair for non-space character */
#endif
#endif
};
#endif /* NCURSES_OPAQUE */

/*
 * This is an extension to support events...
 */
#if 1
#ifdef NCURSES_WGETCH_EVENTS
#if !defined(__BEOS__) || defined(__HAIKU__)
   /* Fix _nc_timed_wait() on BEOS... */
#  define NCURSES_EVENT_VERSION	1
#endif	/* !defined(__BEOS__) */

/*
 * Bits to set in _nc_event.data.flags
 */
#  define _NC_EVENT_TIMEOUT_MSEC	1
#  define _NC_EVENT_FILE		2
#  define _NC_EVENT_FILE_READABLE	2
#  if 0					/* Not supported yet... */
#    define _NC_EVENT_FILE_WRITABLE	4
#    define _NC_EVENT_FILE_EXCEPTION	8
#  endif

typedef struct
{
    int type;
    union
    {
	long timeout_msec;	/* _NC_EVENT_TIMEOUT_MSEC */
	struct
	{
	    unsigned int flags;
	    int fd;
	    unsigned int result;
	} fev;				/* _NC_EVENT_FILE */
    } data;
} _nc_event;

typedef struct
{
    int count;
    int result_flags;	/* _NC_EVENT_TIMEOUT_MSEC or _NC_EVENT_FILE_READABLE */
    _nc_event *events[1];
} _nc_eventlist;

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetch_events (WINDOW *, _nc_eventlist *);	/* experimental */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetnstr_events (WINDOW *,char *,int,_nc_eventlist *);/* experimental */

#endif /* NCURSES_WGETCH_EVENTS */
#endif /* NCURSES_EXT_FUNCS */

/*
 * GCC (and some other compilers) define '__attribute__'; we're using this
 * macro to alert the compiler to flag inconsistencies in printf/scanf-like
 * function calls.  Just in case '__attribute__' isn't defined, make a dummy.
 * Old versions of G++ do not accept it anyway, at least not consistently with
 * GCC.
 */
#if !(defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__GNUG__) || defined(__attribute__))
#define __attribute__(p) /* nothing */
#endif

/*
 * We cannot define these in ncurses_cfg.h, since they require parameters to be
 * passed (that is non-portable).  If you happen to be using gcc with warnings
 * enabled, define
 *	GCC_PRINTF
 *	GCC_SCANF
 * to improve checking of calls to printw(), etc.
 */
#ifndef GCC_PRINTFLIKE
#if defined(GCC_PRINTF) && !defined(printf)
#define GCC_PRINTFLIKE(fmt,var) __attribute__((format(printf,fmt,var)))
#else
#define GCC_PRINTFLIKE(fmt,var) /*nothing*/
#endif
#endif

#ifndef GCC_SCANFLIKE
#if defined(GCC_SCANF) && !defined(scanf)
#define GCC_SCANFLIKE(fmt,var)  __attribute__((format(scanf,fmt,var)))
#else
#define GCC_SCANFLIKE(fmt,var)  /*nothing*/
#endif
#endif

#ifndef	GCC_NORETURN
#define	GCC_NORETURN /* nothing */
#endif

#ifndef	GCC_UNUSED
#define	GCC_UNUSED /* nothing */
#endif

/*
 * Curses uses a helper function.  Define our type for this to simplify
 * extending it for the sp-funcs feature.
 */
typedef int (*NCURSES_OUTC)(int);

/*
 * Function prototypes.  This is the complete X/Open Curses list of required
 * functions.  Those marked `generated' will have sources generated from the
 * macro definitions later in this file, in order to satisfy XPG4.2
 * requirements.
 */

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) addch (const chtype);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) addchnstr (const chtype *, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) addchstr (const chtype *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) addnstr (const char *, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) addstr (const char *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) attroff (NCURSES_ATTR_T);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) attron (NCURSES_ATTR_T);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) attrset (NCURSES_ATTR_T);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) attr_get (attr_t *, NCURSES_PAIRS_T *, void *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) attr_off (attr_t, void *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) attr_on (attr_t, void *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) attr_set (attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, void *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) baudrate (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) beep  (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) bkgd (chtype);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) bkgdset (chtype);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) border (chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) box (WINDOW *, chtype, chtype);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) can_change_color (void);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) cbreak (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) chgat (int, attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, const void *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) clear (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) clearok (WINDOW *,bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) clrtobot (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) clrtoeol (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) color_content (NCURSES_COLOR_T,NCURSES_COLOR_T*,NCURSES_COLOR_T*,NCURSES_COLOR_T*);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) color_set (NCURSES_PAIRS_T,void*);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) COLOR_PAIR (int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) copywin (const WINDOW*,WINDOW*,int,int,int,int,int,int,int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) curs_set (int);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) def_prog_mode (void);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) def_shell_mode (void);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) delay_output (int);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) delch (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) delscreen (SCREEN *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) delwin (WINDOW *);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) deleteln (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) derwin (WINDOW *,int,int,int,int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) doupdate (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) dupwin (WINDOW *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) echo (void);					/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) echochar (const chtype);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) erase (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) endwin (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char) erasechar (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) filter (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) flash (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) flushinp (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype) getbkgd (WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getch (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getnstr (char *, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getstr (char *);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) getwin (FILE *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) halfdelay (int);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) has_colors (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) has_ic (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) has_il (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) hline (chtype, int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) idcok (WINDOW *, bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) idlok (WINDOW *, bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) immedok (WINDOW *, bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype) inch (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) inchnstr (chtype *, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) inchstr (chtype *);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) initscr (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) init_color (NCURSES_COLOR_T,NCURSES_COLOR_T,NCURSES_COLOR_T,NCURSES_COLOR_T);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) init_pair (NCURSES_PAIRS_T,NCURSES_COLOR_T,NCURSES_COLOR_T);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) innstr (char *, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) insch (chtype);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) insdelln (int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) insertln (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) insnstr (const char *, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) insstr (const char *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) instr (char *);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) intrflush (WINDOW *,bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) isendwin (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_linetouched (WINDOW *,int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_wintouched (WINDOW *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(NCURSES_CONST char *) keyname (int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) keypad (WINDOW *,bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char) killchar (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) leaveok (WINDOW *,bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) longname (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) meta (WINDOW *,bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) move (int, int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvaddch (int, int, const chtype);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvaddchnstr (int, int, const chtype *, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvaddchstr (int, int, const chtype *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvaddnstr (int, int, const char *, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvaddstr (int, int, const char *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvchgat (int, int, int, attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, const void *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvcur (int,int,int,int);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvdelch (int, int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvderwin (WINDOW *, int, int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvgetch (int, int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvgetnstr (int, int, char *, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvgetstr (int, int, char *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvhline (int, int, chtype, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype) mvinch (int, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinchnstr (int, int, chtype *, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinchstr (int, int, chtype *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinnstr (int, int, char *, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinsch (int, int, chtype);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinsnstr (int, int, const char *, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinsstr (int, int, const char *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinstr (int, int, char *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvprintw (int,int, const char *,...)		/* implemented */
		GCC_PRINTFLIKE(3,4);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvscanw (int,int, NCURSES_CONST char *,...)	/* implemented */
		GCC_SCANFLIKE(3,4);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvvline (int, int, chtype, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwaddch (WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwaddchnstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype *, int);/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwaddchstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwaddnstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwaddstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const char *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwchgat (WINDOW *, int, int, int, attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, const void *);/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwdelch (WINDOW *, int, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwgetch (WINDOW *, int, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwgetnstr (WINDOW *, int, int, char *, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwgetstr (WINDOW *, int, int, char *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwhline (WINDOW *, int, int, chtype, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwin (WINDOW *,int,int);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype) mvwinch (WINDOW *, int, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinchnstr (WINDOW *, int, int, chtype *, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinchstr (WINDOW *, int, int, chtype *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinnstr (WINDOW *, int, int, char *, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinsch (WINDOW *, int, int, chtype);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinsnstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinsstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const char *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinstr (WINDOW *, int, int, char *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwprintw (WINDOW*,int,int, const char *,...)	/* implemented */
		GCC_PRINTFLIKE(4,5);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwscanw (WINDOW *,int,int, NCURSES_CONST char *,...)	/* implemented */
		GCC_SCANFLIKE(4,5);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwvline (WINDOW *,int, int, chtype, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) napms (int);					/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) newpad (int,int);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(SCREEN *) newterm (NCURSES_CONST char *,FILE *,FILE *);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) newwin (int,int,int,int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) nl (void);					/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) nocbreak (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) nodelay (WINDOW *,bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) noecho (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) nonl (void);					/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) noqiflush (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) noraw (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) notimeout (WINDOW *,bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) overlay (const WINDOW*,WINDOW *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) overwrite (const WINDOW*,WINDOW *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) pair_content (NCURSES_PAIRS_T,NCURSES_COLOR_T*,NCURSES_COLOR_T*);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) PAIR_NUMBER (int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) pechochar (WINDOW *, const chtype);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) pnoutrefresh (WINDOW*,int,int,int,int,int,int);/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) prefresh (WINDOW *,int,int,int,int,int,int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) printw (const char *,...)			/* implemented */
		GCC_PRINTFLIKE(1,2);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) putwin (WINDOW *, FILE *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) qiflush (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) raw (void);					/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) redrawwin (WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) refresh (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) resetty (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) reset_prog_mode (void);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) reset_shell_mode (void);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) ripoffline (int, int (*)(WINDOW *, int));	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) savetty (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) scanw (NCURSES_CONST char *,...)		/* implemented */
		GCC_SCANFLIKE(1,2);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) scr_dump (const char *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) scr_init (const char *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) scrl (int);					/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) scroll (WINDOW *);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) scrollok (WINDOW *,bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) scr_restore (const char *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) scr_set (const char *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) setscrreg (int,int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(SCREEN *) set_term (SCREEN *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_attroff (const chtype);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_attr_off (const attr_t, void *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_attron (const chtype);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_attr_on (attr_t,void*);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_attrset (const chtype);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(attr_t) slk_attr (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_attr_set (const attr_t,NCURSES_PAIRS_T,void*);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_clear (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_color (NCURSES_PAIRS_T);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_init (int);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) slk_label (int);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_noutrefresh (void);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_refresh (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_restore (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_set (int,const char *,int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_touch (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) standout (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) standend (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) start_color (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) subpad (WINDOW *, int, int, int, int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) subwin (WINDOW *, int, int, int, int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) syncok (WINDOW *, bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype) termattrs (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) termname (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) timeout (int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) touchline (WINDOW *, int, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) touchwin (WINDOW *);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) typeahead (int);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) ungetch (int);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) untouchwin (WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) use_env (bool);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) use_tioctl (bool);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vidattr (chtype);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vidputs (chtype, NCURSES_OUTC);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vline (chtype, int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vwprintw (WINDOW *, const char *,va_list);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vw_printw (WINDOW *, const char *,va_list);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vwscanw (WINDOW *, NCURSES_CONST char *,va_list);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vw_scanw (WINDOW *, NCURSES_CONST char *,va_list);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) waddch (WINDOW *, const chtype);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) waddchnstr (WINDOW *,const chtype *,int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) waddchstr (WINDOW *,const chtype *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) waddnstr (WINDOW *,const char *,int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) waddstr (WINDOW *,const char *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wattron (WINDOW *, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wattroff (WINDOW *, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wattrset (WINDOW *, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wattr_get (WINDOW *, attr_t *, NCURSES_PAIRS_T *, void *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wattr_on (WINDOW *, attr_t, void *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wattr_off (WINDOW *, attr_t, void *);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wattr_set (WINDOW *, attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, void *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wbkgd (WINDOW *, chtype);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) wbkgdset (WINDOW *,chtype);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wborder (WINDOW *,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wchgat (WINDOW *, int, attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, const void *);/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wclear (WINDOW *);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wclrtobot (WINDOW *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wclrtoeol (WINDOW *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wcolor_set (WINDOW*,NCURSES_PAIRS_T,void*);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) wcursyncup (WINDOW *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wdelch (WINDOW *);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wdeleteln (WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wechochar (WINDOW *, const chtype);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) werase (WINDOW *);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetch (WINDOW *);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetnstr (WINDOW *,char *,int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetstr (WINDOW *, char *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) whline (WINDOW *, chtype, int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype) winch (WINDOW *);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winchnstr (WINDOW *, chtype *, int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winchstr (WINDOW *, chtype *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winnstr (WINDOW *, char *, int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winsch (WINDOW *, chtype);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winsdelln (WINDOW *,int);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winsertln (WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winsnstr (WINDOW *, const char *,int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winsstr (WINDOW *, const char *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winstr (WINDOW *, char *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wmove (WINDOW *,int,int);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wnoutrefresh (WINDOW *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wprintw (WINDOW *, const char *,...)		/* implemented */
		GCC_PRINTFLIKE(2,3);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wredrawln (WINDOW *,int,int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wrefresh (WINDOW *);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wscanw (WINDOW *, NCURSES_CONST char *,...)	/* implemented */
		GCC_SCANFLIKE(2,3);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wscrl (WINDOW *,int);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wsetscrreg (WINDOW *,int,int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wstandout (WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wstandend (WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) wsyncdown (WINDOW *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) wsyncup (WINDOW *);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) wtimeout (WINDOW *,int);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wtouchln (WINDOW *,int,int,int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wvline (WINDOW *,chtype,int);		/* implemented */

/*
 * These are also declared in <term.h>:
 */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) tigetflag (NCURSES_CONST char *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) tigetnum (NCURSES_CONST char *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) tigetstr (NCURSES_CONST char *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) putp (const char *);				/* implemented */

#if NCURSES_TPARM_VARARGS
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) tparm (NCURSES_CONST char *, ...);	/* special */
#else
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) tparm (NCURSES_CONST char *, NCURSES_TPARM_ARG,NCURSES_TPARM_ARG,NCURSES_TPARM_ARG,NCURSES_TPARM_ARG,NCURSES_TPARM_ARG,NCURSES_TPARM_ARG,NCURSES_TPARM_ARG,NCURSES_TPARM_ARG,NCURSES_TPARM_ARG);	/* special */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) tparm_varargs (NCURSES_CONST char *, ...);	/* special */
#endif

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) tiparm (const char *, ...);		/* special */

/*
 * X/Open says this returns a bool; SVr4 also checked for out-of-range line.
 * The macro provides compatibility:
 */
#define is_linetouched(w,l) ((!(w) || ((l) > getmaxy(w)) || ((l) < 0)) ? ERR : (is_linetouched)((w),(l)))

/*
 * These functions are not in X/Open, but we use them in macro definitions:
 */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getattrs (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getcurx (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getcury (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getbegx (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getbegy (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getmaxx (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getmaxy (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getparx (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getpary (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */

/*
 * vid_attr() was implemented originally based on a draft of X/Open curses.
 */
#if !NCURSES_WIDECHAR
#define vid_attr(a,pair,opts) vidattr(a)
#endif

/*
 * These functions are extensions - not in X/Open Curses.
 */
#if 1
#undef  NCURSES_EXT_FUNCS
#define NCURSES_EXT_FUNCS 20180224
typedef int (*NCURSES_WINDOW_CB)(WINDOW *, void *);
typedef int (*NCURSES_SCREEN_CB)(SCREEN *, void *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_term_resized (int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) keybound (int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const char *) curses_version (void);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) alloc_pair (int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) assume_default_colors (int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) define_key (const char *, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) extended_color_content(int, int *, int *, int *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) extended_pair_content(int, int *, int *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) extended_slk_color(int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) find_pair (int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) free_pair (int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) get_escdelay (void);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) init_extended_color(int, int, int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) init_extended_pair(int, int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) key_defined (const char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) keyok (int, bool);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) reset_color_pairs (void);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) resize_term (int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) resizeterm (int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) set_escdelay (int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) set_tabsize (int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) use_default_colors (void);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) use_extended_names (bool);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) use_legacy_coding (int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) use_screen (SCREEN *, NCURSES_SCREEN_CB, void *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) use_window (WINDOW *, NCURSES_WINDOW_CB, void *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wresize (WINDOW *, int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) nofilter(void);

/*
 * These extensions provide access to information stored in the WINDOW even
 * when NCURSES_OPAQUE is set:
 */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) wgetparent (const WINDOW *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_cleared (const WINDOW *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_idcok (const WINDOW *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_idlok (const WINDOW *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_immedok (const WINDOW *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_keypad (const WINDOW *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_leaveok (const WINDOW *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_nodelay (const WINDOW *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_notimeout (const WINDOW *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_pad (const WINDOW *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_scrollok (const WINDOW *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_subwin (const WINDOW *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_syncok (const WINDOW *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetdelay (const WINDOW *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetscrreg (const WINDOW *, int *, int *); /* generated */

#else
#define curses_version() NCURSES_VERSION
#endif

/*
 * Extra extension-functions, which pass a SCREEN pointer rather than using
 * a global variable SP.
 */
#if 1
#undef  NCURSES_SP_FUNCS
#define NCURSES_SP_FUNCS 20180224
#define NCURSES_SP_NAME(name) name##_sp

/* Define the sp-funcs helper function */
#define NCURSES_SP_OUTC NCURSES_SP_NAME(NCURSES_OUTC)
typedef int (*NCURSES_SP_OUTC)(SCREEN*, int);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(SCREEN *) new_prescr (void); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(baudrate) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(beep) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) NCURSES_SP_NAME(can_change_color) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(cbreak) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(curs_set) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(color_content) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, NCURSES_COLOR_T*, NCURSES_COLOR_T*, NCURSES_COLOR_T*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(def_prog_mode) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(def_shell_mode) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(delay_output) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(doupdate) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(echo) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(endwin) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char) NCURSES_SP_NAME(erasechar) (SCREEN*);/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) NCURSES_SP_NAME(filter) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(flash) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(flushinp) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(getwin) (SCREEN*, FILE *);			/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(halfdelay) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) NCURSES_SP_NAME(has_colors) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) NCURSES_SP_NAME(has_ic) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) NCURSES_SP_NAME(has_il) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(init_color) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_COLOR_T, NCURSES_COLOR_T, NCURSES_COLOR_T, NCURSES_COLOR_T); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(init_pair) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, NCURSES_COLOR_T, NCURSES_COLOR_T); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(intrflush) (SCREEN*, WINDOW*, bool);	/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) NCURSES_SP_NAME(isendwin) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(NCURSES_CONST char *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(keyname) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char) NCURSES_SP_NAME(killchar) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(longname) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(mvcur) (SCREEN*, int, int, int, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(napms) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(newpad) (SCREEN*, int, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(SCREEN *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(newterm) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_CONST char *, FILE *, FILE *); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(newwin) (SCREEN*, int, int, int, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(nl) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(nocbreak) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(noecho) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(nonl) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) NCURSES_SP_NAME(noqiflush) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(noraw) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(pair_content) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, NCURSES_COLOR_T*, NCURSES_COLOR_T*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) NCURSES_SP_NAME(qiflush) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(raw) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(reset_prog_mode) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(reset_shell_mode) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(resetty) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(ripoffline) (SCREEN*, int, int (*)(WINDOW *, int));	/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(savetty) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(scr_init) (SCREEN*, const char *); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(scr_restore) (SCREEN*, const char *); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(scr_set) (SCREEN*, const char *); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_attroff) (SCREEN*, const chtype); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_attron) (SCREEN*, const chtype); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_attrset) (SCREEN*, const chtype); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(attr_t) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_attr) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_attr_set) (SCREEN*, const attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, void*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_clear) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_color) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_PAIRS_T); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_init) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_label) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_noutrefresh) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_refresh) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_restore) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_set) (SCREEN*, int, const char *, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_touch) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(start_color) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype) NCURSES_SP_NAME(termattrs) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(termname) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(typeahead) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(ungetch) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) NCURSES_SP_NAME(use_env) (SCREEN*, bool); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) NCURSES_SP_NAME(use_tioctl) (SCREEN*, bool); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(vidattr) (SCREEN*, chtype);	/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(vidputs) (SCREEN*, chtype, NCURSES_SP_OUTC); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
#if 1
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(keybound) (SCREEN*, int, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(alloc_pair) (SCREEN*, int, int); /* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(assume_default_colors) (SCREEN*, int, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(define_key) (SCREEN*, const char *, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(extended_color_content) (SCREEN*, int, int *, int *, int *);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(extended_pair_content) (SCREEN*, int, int *, int *);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(extended_slk_color) (SCREEN*, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(get_escdelay) (SCREEN*);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(find_pair) (SCREEN*, int, int); /* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(free_pair) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(init_extended_color) (SCREEN*, int, int, int, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(init_extended_pair) (SCREEN*, int, int, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) NCURSES_SP_NAME(is_term_resized) (SCREEN*, int, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(key_defined) (SCREEN*, const char *);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(keyok) (SCREEN*, int, bool);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) NCURSES_SP_NAME(nofilter) (SCREEN*); /* implemented */	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) NCURSES_SP_NAME(reset_color_pairs) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(resize_term) (SCREEN*, int, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(resizeterm) (SCREEN*, int, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(set_escdelay) (SCREEN*, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(set_tabsize) (SCREEN*, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(use_default_colors) (SCREEN*);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(use_legacy_coding) (SCREEN*, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
#endif
#else
#undef  NCURSES_SP_FUNCS
#define NCURSES_SP_FUNCS 0
#define NCURSES_SP_NAME(name) name
#define NCURSES_SP_OUTC NCURSES_OUTC
#endif

/* attributes */

#define NCURSES_ATTR_SHIFT       8
#define NCURSES_BITS(mask,shift) (NCURSES_CAST(chtype,(mask)) << ((shift) + NCURSES_ATTR_SHIFT))

#define A_NORMAL	(1U - 1U)
#define A_ATTRIBUTES	NCURSES_BITS(~(1U - 1U),0)
#define A_CHARTEXT	(NCURSES_BITS(1U,0) - 1U)
#define A_COLOR		NCURSES_BITS(((1U) << 8) - 1U,0)
#define A_STANDOUT	NCURSES_BITS(1U,8)
#define A_UNDERLINE	NCURSES_BITS(1U,9)
#define A_REVERSE	NCURSES_BITS(1U,10)
#define A_BLINK		NCURSES_BITS(1U,11)
#define A_DIM		NCURSES_BITS(1U,12)
#define A_BOLD		NCURSES_BITS(1U,13)
#define A_ALTCHARSET	NCURSES_BITS(1U,14)
#define A_INVIS		NCURSES_BITS(1U,15)
#define A_PROTECT	NCURSES_BITS(1U,16)
#define A_HORIZONTAL	NCURSES_BITS(1U,17)
#define A_LEFT		NCURSES_BITS(1U,18)
#define A_LOW		NCURSES_BITS(1U,19)
#define A_RIGHT		NCURSES_BITS(1U,20)
#define A_TOP		NCURSES_BITS(1U,21)
#define A_VERTICAL	NCURSES_BITS(1U,22)

#if 1
#define A_ITALIC	NCURSES_BITS(1U,23)	/* ncurses extension */
#endif

/*
 * Most of the pseudo functions are macros that either provide compatibility
 * with older versions of curses, or provide inline functionality to improve
 * performance.
 */

/*
 * These pseudo functions are always implemented as macros:
 */

#define getyx(win,y,x)		(y = getcury(win), x = getcurx(win))
#define getbegyx(win,y,x)	(y = getbegy(win), x = getbegx(win))
#define getmaxyx(win,y,x)	(y = getmaxy(win), x = getmaxx(win))
#define getparyx(win,y,x)	(y = getpary(win), x = getparx(win))

#define getsyx(y,x) do { if (newscr) { \
			     if (is_leaveok(newscr)) \
				(y) = (x) = -1; \
			     else \
				 getyx(newscr,(y), (x)); \
			} \
		    } while(0)

#define setsyx(y,x) do { if (newscr) { \
			    if ((y) == -1 && (x) == -1) \
				leaveok(newscr, TRUE); \
			    else { \
				leaveok(newscr, FALSE); \
				wmove(newscr, (y), (x)); \
			    } \
			} \
		    } while(0)

#ifndef NCURSES_NOMACROS

/*
 * These miscellaneous pseudo functions are provided for compatibility:
 */

#define wgetstr(w, s)		wgetnstr(w, s, -1)
#define getnstr(s, n)		wgetnstr(stdscr, s, (n))

#define setterm(term)		setupterm(term, 1, (int *)0)

#define fixterm()		reset_prog_mode()
#define resetterm()		reset_shell_mode()
#define saveterm()		def_prog_mode()
#define crmode()		cbreak()
#define nocrmode()		nocbreak()
#define gettmode()

/* It seems older SYSV curses versions define these */
#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE
#define getattrs(win)		NCURSES_CAST(int, NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_attrs : A_NORMAL)
#define getcurx(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_curx : ERR)
#define getcury(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_cury : ERR)
#define getbegx(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_begx : ERR)
#define getbegy(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_begy : ERR)
#define getmaxx(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? ((win)->_maxx + 1) : ERR)
#define getmaxy(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? ((win)->_maxy + 1) : ERR)
#define getparx(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_parx : ERR)
#define getpary(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_pary : ERR)
#endif /* NCURSES_OPAQUE */

#define wstandout(win)		(wattrset(win,A_STANDOUT))
#define wstandend(win)		(wattrset(win,A_NORMAL))

#define wattron(win,at)		wattr_on(win, NCURSES_CAST(attr_t, at), NULL)
#define wattroff(win,at)	wattr_off(win, NCURSES_CAST(attr_t, at), NULL)

#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE
#if NCURSES_WATTR_MACROS
#if NCURSES_WIDECHAR && 1
#define wattrset(win,at) \
	(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) \
	  ? ((win)->_color = NCURSES_CAST(int, PAIR_NUMBER(at)), \
	     (win)->_attrs = NCURSES_CAST(attr_t, at), \
	     OK) \
	  : ERR)
#else
#define wattrset(win,at) \
	(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) \
	  ? ((win)->_attrs = NCURSES_CAST(attr_t, at), \
	     OK) \
	  : ERR)
#endif
#endif /* NCURSES_WATTR_MACROS */
#endif /* NCURSES_OPAQUE */

#define scroll(win)		wscrl(win,1)

#define touchwin(win)		wtouchln((win), 0, getmaxy(win), 1)
#define touchline(win, s, c)	wtouchln((win), s, c, 1)
#define untouchwin(win)		wtouchln((win), 0, getmaxy(win), 0)

#define box(win, v, h)		wborder(win, v, v, h, h, 0, 0, 0, 0)
#define border(ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br)	wborder(stdscr, ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br)
#define hline(ch, n)		whline(stdscr, ch, (n))
#define vline(ch, n)		wvline(stdscr, ch, (n))

#define winstr(w, s)		winnstr(w, s, -1)
#define winchstr(w, s)		winchnstr(w, s, -1)
#define winsstr(w, s)		winsnstr(w, s, -1)

#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE
#define redrawwin(win)		wredrawln(win, 0, (NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_maxy+1 : -1))
#endif /* NCURSES_OPAQUE */

#define waddstr(win,str)	waddnstr(win,str,-1)
#define waddchstr(win,str)	waddchnstr(win,str,-1)

/*
 * These apply to the first 256 color pairs.
 */
#define COLOR_PAIR(n)	(NCURSES_BITS((n), 0) & A_COLOR)
#define PAIR_NUMBER(a)	(NCURSES_CAST(int,((NCURSES_CAST(unsigned long,(a)) & A_COLOR) >> NCURSES_ATTR_SHIFT)))

/*
 * pseudo functions for standard screen
 */

#define addch(ch)		waddch(stdscr,(ch))
#define addchnstr(str,n)	waddchnstr(stdscr,(str),(n))
#define addchstr(str)		waddchstr(stdscr,(str))
#define addnstr(str,n)		waddnstr(stdscr,(str),(n))
#define addstr(str)		waddnstr(stdscr,(str),-1)
#define attr_get(ap,cp,o)	wattr_get(stdscr,(ap),(cp),(o))
#define attr_off(a,o)		wattr_off(stdscr,(a),(o))
#define attr_on(a,o)		wattr_on(stdscr,(a),(o))
#define attr_set(a,c,o)		wattr_set(stdscr,(a),(c),(o))
#define attroff(at)		wattroff(stdscr,(at))
#define attron(at)		wattron(stdscr,(at))
#define attrset(at)		wattrset(stdscr,(at))
#define bkgd(ch)		wbkgd(stdscr,(ch))
#define bkgdset(ch)		wbkgdset(stdscr,(ch))
#define chgat(n,a,c,o)		wchgat(stdscr,(n),(a),(c),(o))
#define clear()			wclear(stdscr)
#define clrtobot()		wclrtobot(stdscr)
#define clrtoeol()		wclrtoeol(stdscr)
#define color_set(c,o)		wcolor_set(stdscr,(c),(o))
#define delch()			wdelch(stdscr)
#define deleteln()		winsdelln(stdscr,-1)
#define echochar(c)		wechochar(stdscr,(c))
#define erase()			werase(stdscr)
#define getch()			wgetch(stdscr)
#define getstr(str)		wgetstr(stdscr,(str))
#define inch()			winch(stdscr)
#define inchnstr(s,n)		winchnstr(stdscr,(s),(n))
#define inchstr(s)		winchstr(stdscr,(s))
#define innstr(s,n)		winnstr(stdscr,(s),(n))
#define insch(c)		winsch(stdscr,(c))
#define insdelln(n)		winsdelln(stdscr,(n))
#define insertln()		winsdelln(stdscr,1)
#define insnstr(s,n)		winsnstr(stdscr,(s),(n))
#define insstr(s)		winsstr(stdscr,(s))
#define instr(s)		winstr(stdscr,(s))
#define move(y,x)		wmove(stdscr,(y),(x))
#define refresh()		wrefresh(stdscr)
#define scrl(n)			wscrl(stdscr,(n))
#define setscrreg(t,b)		wsetscrreg(stdscr,(t),(b))
#define standend()		wstandend(stdscr)
#define standout()		wstandout(stdscr)
#define timeout(delay)		wtimeout(stdscr,(delay))
#define wdeleteln(win)		winsdelln(win,-1)
#define winsertln(win)		winsdelln(win,1)

/*
 * mv functions
 */

#define mvwaddch(win,y,x,ch)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : waddch((win),(ch)))
#define mvwaddchnstr(win,y,x,str,n)	(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : waddchnstr((win),(str),(n)))
#define mvwaddchstr(win,y,x,str)	(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : waddchnstr((win),(str),-1))
#define mvwaddnstr(win,y,x,str,n)	(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : waddnstr((win),(str),(n)))
#define mvwaddstr(win,y,x,str)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : waddnstr((win),(str),-1))
#define mvwchgat(win,y,x,n,a,c,o)	(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wchgat((win),(n),(a),(c),(o)))
#define mvwdelch(win,y,x)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wdelch(win))
#define mvwgetch(win,y,x)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wgetch(win))
#define mvwgetnstr(win,y,x,str,n)	(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wgetnstr((win),(str),(n)))
#define mvwgetstr(win,y,x,str)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wgetstr((win),(str)))
#define mvwhline(win,y,x,c,n)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : whline((win),(c),(n)))
#define mvwinch(win,y,x)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? NCURSES_CAST(chtype, ERR) : winch(win))
#define mvwinchnstr(win,y,x,s,n)	(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winchnstr((win),(s),(n)))
#define mvwinchstr(win,y,x,s)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winchstr((win),(s)))
#define mvwinnstr(win,y,x,s,n)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winnstr((win),(s),(n)))
#define mvwinsch(win,y,x,c)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winsch((win),(c)))
#define mvwinsnstr(win,y,x,s,n)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winsnstr((win),(s),(n)))
#define mvwinsstr(win,y,x,s)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winsstr((win),(s)))
#define mvwinstr(win,y,x,s)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winstr((win),(s)))
#define mvwvline(win,y,x,c,n)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wvline((win),(c),(n)))

#define mvaddch(y,x,ch)			mvwaddch(stdscr,(y),(x),(ch))
#define mvaddchnstr(y,x,str,n)		mvwaddchnstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(str),(n))
#define mvaddchstr(y,x,str)		mvwaddchstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(str))
#define mvaddnstr(y,x,str,n)		mvwaddnstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(str),(n))
#define mvaddstr(y,x,str)		mvwaddstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(str))
#define mvchgat(y,x,n,a,c,o)		mvwchgat(stdscr,(y),(x),(n),(a),(c),(o))
#define mvdelch(y,x)			mvwdelch(stdscr,(y),(x))
#define mvgetch(y,x)			mvwgetch(stdscr,(y),(x))
#define mvgetnstr(y,x,str,n)		mvwgetnstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(str),(n))
#define mvgetstr(y,x,str)		mvwgetstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(str))
#define mvhline(y,x,c,n)		mvwhline(stdscr,(y),(x),(c),(n))
#define mvinch(y,x)			mvwinch(stdscr,(y),(x))
#define mvinchnstr(y,x,s,n)		mvwinchnstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(s),(n))
#define mvinchstr(y,x,s)		mvwinchstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(s))
#define mvinnstr(y,x,s,n)		mvwinnstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(s),(n))
#define mvinsch(y,x,c)			mvwinsch(stdscr,(y),(x),(c))
#define mvinsnstr(y,x,s,n)		mvwinsnstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(s),(n))
#define mvinsstr(y,x,s)			mvwinsstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(s))
#define mvinstr(y,x,s)			mvwinstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(s))
#define mvvline(y,x,c,n)		mvwvline(stdscr,(y),(x),(c),(n))

/*
 * Some wide-character functions can be implemented without the extensions.
 */
#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE
#define getbkgd(win)                    (NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? ((win)->_bkgd) : 0)
#endif /* NCURSES_OPAQUE */

#define slk_attr_off(a,v)		((v) ? ERR : slk_attroff(a))
#define slk_attr_on(a,v)		((v) ? ERR : slk_attron(a))

#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE
#if NCURSES_WATTR_MACROS
#if NCURSES_WIDECHAR && 1
#define wattr_set(win,a,p,opts) \
	(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) \
	 ? ((void)((win)->_attrs = ((a) & ~A_COLOR), \
		   (win)->_color = (opts) ? *(int *)(opts) : (p)), \
	    OK) \
	 : ERR)
#define wattr_get(win,a,p,opts) \
	(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) \
	 ? ((void)(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(a) \
		   ? (*(a) = (win)->_attrs) \
		   : OK), \
	    (void)(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(p) \
		   ? (*(p) = (NCURSES_PAIRS_T) (win)->_color) \
		   : OK), \
	    (void)(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(opts) \
		   ? (*(int *)(opts) = (win)->_color) \
		   : OK), \
	    OK) \
	 : ERR)
#else /* !(NCURSES_WIDECHAR && NCURSES_EXE_COLORS) */
#define wattr_set(win,a,p,opts) \
	 (NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) \
	  ? ((void)((win)->_attrs = (((a) & ~A_COLOR) | \
				     (attr_t)COLOR_PAIR(p))), \
	     OK) \
	  : ERR)
#define wattr_get(win,a,p,opts) \
	(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) \
	 ? ((void)(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(a) \
		   ? (*(a) = (win)->_attrs) \
		   : OK), \
	    (void)(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(p) \
		   ? (*(p) = (NCURSES_PAIRS_T) PAIR_NUMBER((win)->_attrs)) \
		   : OK), \
	    OK) \
	 : ERR)
#endif /* (NCURSES_WIDECHAR && NCURSES_EXE_COLORS) */
#endif /* NCURSES_WATTR_MACROS */
#endif /* NCURSES_OPAQUE */

/*
 * X/Open curses deprecates SVr4 vwprintw/vwscanw, which are supposed to use
 * varargs.h.  It adds new calls vw_printw/vw_scanw, which are supposed to
 * use POSIX stdarg.h.  The ncurses versions of vwprintw/vwscanw already
 * use stdarg.h, so...
 */
#define vw_printw		vwprintw
#define vw_scanw		vwscanw

/*
 * Export fallback function for use in C++ binding.
 */
#if !1
#define vsscanf(a,b,c) _nc_vsscanf(a,b,c)
NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vsscanf(const char *, const char *, va_list);
#endif

/*
 * These macros are extensions - not in X/Open Curses.
 */
#if 1
#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE
#define is_cleared(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_clear : FALSE)
#define is_idcok(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_idcok : FALSE)
#define is_idlok(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_idlok : FALSE)
#define is_immedok(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_immed : FALSE)
#define is_keypad(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_use_keypad : FALSE)
#define is_leaveok(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_leaveok : FALSE)
#define is_nodelay(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? ((win)->_delay == 0) : FALSE)
#define is_notimeout(win)	(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_notimeout : FALSE)
#define is_pad(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? ((win)->_flags & _ISPAD) != 0 : FALSE)
#define is_scrollok(win)	(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_scroll : FALSE)
#define is_subwin(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? ((win)->_flags & _SUBWIN) != 0 : FALSE)
#define is_syncok(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_sync : FALSE)
#define wgetdelay(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_delay : 0)
#define wgetparent(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_parent : 0)
#define wgetscrreg(win,t,b)	(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (*(t) = (win)->_regtop, *(b) = (win)->_regbottom, OK) : ERR)
#endif
#endif

#endif /* NCURSES_NOMACROS */

/*
 * Public variables.
 *
 * Notes:
 *	a. ESCDELAY was an undocumented feature under AIX curses.
 *	   It gives the ESC expire time in milliseconds.
 *	b. ttytype is needed for backward compatibility
 */
#if NCURSES_REENTRANT

NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(WINDOW *, curscr);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(WINDOW *, newscr);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(WINDOW *, stdscr);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(char *, ttytype);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(int, COLORS);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(int, COLOR_PAIRS);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(int, COLS);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(int, ESCDELAY);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(int, LINES);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(int, TABSIZE);

#define curscr      NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(curscr())
#define newscr      NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(newscr())
#define stdscr      NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(stdscr())
#define ttytype     NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(ttytype())
#define COLORS      NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(COLORS())
#define COLOR_PAIRS NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(COLOR_PAIRS())
#define COLS        NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(COLS())
#define ESCDELAY    NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(ESCDELAY())
#define LINES       NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(LINES())
#define TABSIZE     NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(TABSIZE())

#else

extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(WINDOW *) curscr;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(WINDOW *) newscr;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(WINDOW *) stdscr;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(char) ttytype[];
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) COLORS;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) COLOR_PAIRS;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) COLS;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) ESCDELAY;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) LINES;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) TABSIZE;

#endif

/*
 * Pseudo-character tokens outside ASCII range.  The curses wgetch() function
 * will return any given one of these only if the corresponding k- capability
 * is defined in your terminal's terminfo entry.
 *
 * Some keys (KEY_A1, etc) are arranged like this:
 *	a1     up    a3
 *	left   b2    right
 *	c1     down  c3
 *
 * A few key codes do not depend upon the terminfo entry.
 */
#define KEY_CODE_YES	0400		/* A wchar_t contains a key code */
#define KEY_MIN		0401		/* Minimum curses key */
#define KEY_BREAK	0401		/* Break key (unreliable) */
#define KEY_SRESET	0530		/* Soft (partial) reset (unreliable) */
#define KEY_RESET	0531		/* Reset or hard reset (unreliable) */
/*
 * These definitions were generated by ./MKkey_defs.sh ./Caps
 */
#define KEY_DOWN	0402		/* down-arrow key */
#define KEY_UP		0403		/* up-arrow key */
#define KEY_LEFT	0404		/* left-arrow key */
#define KEY_RIGHT	0405		/* right-arrow key */
#define KEY_HOME	0406		/* home key */
#define KEY_BACKSPACE	0407		/* backspace key */
#define KEY_F0		0410		/* Function keys.  Space for 64 */
#define KEY_F(n)	(KEY_F0+(n))	/* Value of function key n */
#define KEY_DL		0510		/* delete-line key */
#define KEY_IL		0511		/* insert-line key */
#define KEY_DC		0512		/* delete-character key */
#define KEY_IC		0513		/* insert-character key */
#define KEY_EIC		0514		/* sent by rmir or smir in insert mode */
#define KEY_CLEAR	0515		/* clear-screen or erase key */
#define KEY_EOS		0516		/* clear-to-end-of-screen key */
#define KEY_EOL		0517		/* clear-to-end-of-line key */
#define KEY_SF		0520		/* scroll-forward key */
#define KEY_SR		0521		/* scroll-backward key */
#define KEY_NPAGE	0522		/* next-page key */
#define KEY_PPAGE	0523		/* previous-page key */
#define KEY_STAB	0524		/* set-tab key */
#define KEY_CTAB	0525		/* clear-tab key */
#define KEY_CATAB	0526		/* clear-all-tabs key */
#define KEY_ENTER	0527		/* enter/send key */
#define KEY_PRINT	0532		/* print key */
#define KEY_LL		0533		/* lower-left key (home down) */
#define KEY_A1		0534		/* upper left of keypad */
#define KEY_A3		0535		/* upper right of keypad */
#define KEY_B2		0536		/* center of keypad */
#define KEY_C1		0537		/* lower left of keypad */
#define KEY_C3		0540		/* lower right of keypad */
#define KEY_BTAB	0541		/* back-tab key */
#define KEY_BEG		0542		/* begin key */
#define KEY_CANCEL	0543		/* cancel key */
#define KEY_CLOSE	0544		/* close key */
#define KEY_COMMAND	0545		/* command key */
#define KEY_COPY	0546		/* copy key */
#define KEY_CREATE	0547		/* create key */
#define KEY_END		0550		/* end key */
#define KEY_EXIT	0551		/* exit key */
#define KEY_FIND	0552		/* find key */
#define KEY_HELP	0553		/* help key */
#define KEY_MARK	0554		/* mark key */
#define KEY_MESSAGE	0555		/* message key */
#define KEY_MOVE	0556		/* move key */
#define KEY_NEXT	0557		/* next key */
#define KEY_OPEN	0560		/* open key */
#define KEY_OPTIONS	0561		/* options key */
#define KEY_PREVIOUS	0562		/* previous key */
#define KEY_REDO	0563		/* redo key */
#define KEY_REFERENCE	0564		/* reference key */
#define KEY_REFRESH	0565		/* refresh key */
#define KEY_REPLACE	0566		/* replace key */
#define KEY_RESTART	0567		/* restart key */
#define KEY_RESUME	0570		/* resume key */
#define KEY_SAVE	0571		/* save key */
#define KEY_SBEG	0572		/* shifted begin key */
#define KEY_SCANCEL	0573		/* shifted cancel key */
#define KEY_SCOMMAND	0574		/* shifted command key */
#define KEY_SCOPY	0575		/* shifted copy key */
#define KEY_SCREATE	0576		/* shifted create key */
#define KEY_SDC		0577		/* shifted delete-character key */
#define KEY_SDL		0600		/* shifted delete-line key */
#define KEY_SELECT	0601		/* select key */
#define KEY_SEND	0602		/* shifted end key */
#define KEY_SEOL	0603		/* shifted clear-to-end-of-line key */
#define KEY_SEXIT	0604		/* shifted exit key */
#define KEY_SFIND	0605		/* shifted find key */
#define KEY_SHELP	0606		/* shifted help key */
#define KEY_SHOME	0607		/* shifted home key */
#define KEY_SIC		0610		/* shifted insert-character key */
#define KEY_SLEFT	0611		/* shifted left-arrow key */
#define KEY_SMESSAGE	0612		/* shifted message key */
#define KEY_SMOVE	0613		/* shifted move key */
#define KEY_SNEXT	0614		/* shifted next key */
#define KEY_SOPTIONS	0615		/* shifted options key */
#define KEY_SPREVIOUS	0616		/* shifted previous key */
#define KEY_SPRINT	0617		/* shifted print key */
#define KEY_SREDO	0620		/* shifted redo key */
#define KEY_SREPLACE	0621		/* shifted replace key */
#define KEY_SRIGHT	0622		/* shifted right-arrow key */
#define KEY_SRSUME	0623		/* shifted resume key */
#define KEY_SSAVE	0624		/* shifted save key */
#define KEY_SSUSPEND	0625		/* shifted suspend key */
#define KEY_SUNDO	0626		/* shifted undo key */
#define KEY_SUSPEND	0627		/* suspend key */
#define KEY_UNDO	0630		/* undo key */
#define KEY_MOUSE	0631		/* Mouse event has occurred */
#define KEY_RESIZE	0632		/* Terminal resize event */
#define KEY_EVENT	0633		/* We were interrupted by an event */

#define KEY_MAX		0777		/* Maximum key value is 0633 */
/* $Id: curses.wide,v 1.50 2017/03/26 16:05:21 tom Exp $ */
/*
 * vile:cmode:
 * This file is part of ncurses, designed to be appended after curses.h.in
 * (see that file for the relevant copyright).
 */
#define _XOPEN_CURSES 1

#if NCURSES_WIDECHAR

extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(cchar_t *) _nc_wacs;

#define NCURSES_WACS(c)	(&_nc_wacs[NCURSES_CAST(unsigned char,(c))])

#define WACS_BSSB	NCURSES_WACS('l')
#define WACS_SSBB	NCURSES_WACS('m')
#define WACS_BBSS	NCURSES_WACS('k')
#define WACS_SBBS	NCURSES_WACS('j')
#define WACS_SBSS	NCURSES_WACS('u')
#define WACS_SSSB	NCURSES_WACS('t')
#define WACS_SSBS	NCURSES_WACS('v')
#define WACS_BSSS	NCURSES_WACS('w')
#define WACS_BSBS	NCURSES_WACS('q')
#define WACS_SBSB	NCURSES_WACS('x')
#define WACS_SSSS	NCURSES_WACS('n')

#define WACS_ULCORNER	WACS_BSSB
#define WACS_LLCORNER	WACS_SSBB
#define WACS_URCORNER	WACS_BBSS
#define WACS_LRCORNER	WACS_SBBS
#define WACS_RTEE	WACS_SBSS
#define WACS_LTEE	WACS_SSSB
#define WACS_BTEE	WACS_SSBS
#define WACS_TTEE	WACS_BSSS
#define WACS_HLINE	WACS_BSBS
#define WACS_VLINE	WACS_SBSB
#define WACS_PLUS	WACS_SSSS

#define WACS_S1		NCURSES_WACS('o') /* scan line 1 */
#define WACS_S9 	NCURSES_WACS('s') /* scan line 9 */
#define WACS_DIAMOND	NCURSES_WACS('`') /* diamond */
#define WACS_CKBOARD	NCURSES_WACS('a') /* checker board */
#define WACS_DEGREE	NCURSES_WACS('f') /* degree symbol */
#define WACS_PLMINUS	NCURSES_WACS('g') /* plus/minus */
#define WACS_BULLET	NCURSES_WACS('~') /* bullet */

	/* Teletype 5410v1 symbols */
#define WACS_LARROW	NCURSES_WACS(',') /* arrow left */
#define WACS_RARROW	NCURSES_WACS('+') /* arrow right */
#define WACS_DARROW	NCURSES_WACS('.') /* arrow down */
#define WACS_UARROW	NCURSES_WACS('-') /* arrow up */
#define WACS_BOARD	NCURSES_WACS('h') /* board of squares */
#define WACS_LANTERN	NCURSES_WACS('i') /* lantern symbol */
#define WACS_BLOCK	NCURSES_WACS('0') /* solid square block */

	/* ncurses extensions */
#define WACS_S3		NCURSES_WACS('p') /* scan line 3 */
#define WACS_S7		NCURSES_WACS('r') /* scan line 7 */
#define WACS_LEQUAL	NCURSES_WACS('y') /* less/equal */
#define WACS_GEQUAL	NCURSES_WACS('z') /* greater/equal */
#define WACS_PI		NCURSES_WACS('{') /* Pi */
#define WACS_NEQUAL	NCURSES_WACS('|') /* not equal */
#define WACS_STERLING	NCURSES_WACS('}') /* UK pound sign */

	/* double lines */
#define WACS_BDDB	NCURSES_WACS('C')
#define WACS_DDBB	NCURSES_WACS('D')
#define WACS_BBDD	NCURSES_WACS('B')
#define WACS_DBBD	NCURSES_WACS('A')
#define WACS_DBDD	NCURSES_WACS('G')
#define WACS_DDDB	NCURSES_WACS('F')
#define WACS_DDBD	NCURSES_WACS('H')
#define WACS_BDDD	NCURSES_WACS('I')
#define WACS_BDBD	NCURSES_WACS('R')
#define WACS_DBDB	NCURSES_WACS('Y')
#define WACS_DDDD	NCURSES_WACS('E')

#define WACS_D_ULCORNER	WACS_BDDB
#define WACS_D_LLCORNER	WACS_DDBB
#define WACS_D_URCORNER	WACS_BBDD
#define WACS_D_LRCORNER	WACS_DBBD
#define WACS_D_RTEE	WACS_DBDD
#define WACS_D_LTEE	WACS_DDDB
#define WACS_D_BTEE	WACS_DDBD
#define WACS_D_TTEE	WACS_BDDD
#define WACS_D_HLINE	WACS_BDBD
#define WACS_D_VLINE	WACS_DBDB
#define WACS_D_PLUS	WACS_DDDD

	/* thick lines */
#define WACS_BTTB	NCURSES_WACS('L')
#define WACS_TTBB	NCURSES_WACS('M')
#define WACS_BBTT	NCURSES_WACS('K')
#define WACS_TBBT	NCURSES_WACS('J')
#define WACS_TBTT	NCURSES_WACS('U')
#define WACS_TTTB	NCURSES_WACS('T')
#define WACS_TTBT	NCURSES_WACS('V')
#define WACS_BTTT	NCURSES_WACS('W')
#define WACS_BTBT	NCURSES_WACS('Q')
#define WACS_TBTB	NCURSES_WACS('X')
#define WACS_TTTT	NCURSES_WACS('N')

#define WACS_T_ULCORNER	WACS_BTTB
#define WACS_T_LLCORNER	WACS_TTBB
#define WACS_T_URCORNER	WACS_BBTT
#define WACS_T_LRCORNER	WACS_TBBT
#define WACS_T_RTEE	WACS_TBTT
#define WACS_T_LTEE	WACS_TTTB
#define WACS_T_BTEE	WACS_TTBT
#define WACS_T_TTEE	WACS_BTTT
#define WACS_T_HLINE	WACS_BTBT
#define WACS_T_VLINE	WACS_TBTB
#define WACS_T_PLUS	WACS_TTTT

/*
 * Function prototypes for wide-character operations.
 *
 * "generated" comments should include ":WIDEC" to make the corresponding
 * functions ifdef'd in lib_gen.c
 *
 * "implemented" comments do not need this marker.
 */

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) add_wch (const cchar_t *);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) add_wchnstr (const cchar_t *, int);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) add_wchstr (const cchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) addnwstr (const wchar_t *, int);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) addwstr (const wchar_t *);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) bkgrnd (const cchar_t *);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) bkgrndset (const cchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) border_set (const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*); /* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) box_set (WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) echo_wchar (const cchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) erasewchar (wchar_t*);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) get_wch (wint_t *);				/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) get_wstr (wint_t *);				/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getbkgrnd (cchar_t *);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getcchar (const cchar_t *, wchar_t*, attr_t*, NCURSES_PAIRS_T*, void*);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getn_wstr (wint_t *, int);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) hline_set (const cchar_t *, int);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) in_wch (cchar_t *);				/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) in_wchnstr (cchar_t *, int);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) in_wchstr (cchar_t *);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) innwstr (wchar_t *, int);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) ins_nwstr (const wchar_t *, int);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) ins_wch (const cchar_t *);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) ins_wstr (const wchar_t *);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) inwstr (wchar_t *);				/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(NCURSES_CONST char*) key_name (wchar_t);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) killwchar (wchar_t *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvadd_wch (int, int, const cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvadd_wchnstr (int, int, const cchar_t *, int);/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvadd_wchstr (int, int, const cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvaddnwstr (int, int, const wchar_t *, int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvaddwstr (int, int, const wchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvget_wch (int, int, wint_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvget_wstr (int, int, wint_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvgetn_wstr (int, int, wint_t *, int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvhline_set (int, int, const cchar_t *, int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvin_wch (int, int, cchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvin_wchnstr (int, int, cchar_t *, int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvin_wchstr (int, int, cchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinnwstr (int, int, wchar_t *, int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvins_nwstr (int, int, const wchar_t *, int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvins_wch (int, int, const cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvins_wstr (int, int, const wchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinwstr (int, int, wchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvvline_set (int, int, const cchar_t *, int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwadd_wch (WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwadd_wchnstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int); /* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwadd_wchstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwaddnwstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *, int);/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwaddwstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwget_wch (WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwget_wstr (WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwgetn_wstr (WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *, int);/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwhline_set (WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int);/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwin_wch (WINDOW *, int, int, cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwin_wchnstr (WINDOW *, int,int, cchar_t *,int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwin_wchstr (WINDOW *, int, int, cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinnwstr (WINDOW *, int, int, wchar_t *, int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwins_nwstr (WINDOW *, int,int, const wchar_t *,int); /* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwins_wch (WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwins_wstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinwstr (WINDOW *, int, int, wchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwvline_set (WINDOW *, int,int, const cchar_t *,int); /* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) pecho_wchar (WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) setcchar (cchar_t *, const wchar_t *, const attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, const void *);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_wset (int, const wchar_t *, int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(attr_t) term_attrs (void);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) unget_wch (const wchar_t);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vid_attr (attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, void *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vid_puts (attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, void *, NCURSES_OUTC); /* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vline_set (const cchar_t *, int);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wadd_wch (WINDOW *,const cchar_t *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wadd_wchnstr (WINDOW *,const cchar_t *,int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wadd_wchstr (WINDOW *,const cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) waddnwstr (WINDOW *,const wchar_t *,int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) waddwstr (WINDOW *,const wchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wbkgrnd (WINDOW *,const cchar_t *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) wbkgrndset (WINDOW *,const cchar_t *);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wborder_set (WINDOW *,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wecho_wchar (WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wget_wch (WINDOW *, wint_t *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wget_wstr (WINDOW *, wint_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetbkgrnd (WINDOW *, cchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetn_wstr (WINDOW *, wint_t *, int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) whline_set (WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) win_wch (WINDOW *, cchar_t *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) win_wchnstr (WINDOW *, cchar_t *, int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) win_wchstr (WINDOW *, cchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winnwstr (WINDOW *, wchar_t *, int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wins_nwstr (WINDOW *, const wchar_t *, int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wins_wch (WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wins_wstr (WINDOW *, const wchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winwstr (WINDOW *, wchar_t *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(wchar_t*) wunctrl (cchar_t *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wvline_set (WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int);	/* implemented */

#if NCURSES_SP_FUNCS
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(attr_t) NCURSES_SP_NAME(term_attrs) (SCREEN*);		/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(unget_wch) (SCREEN*, const wchar_t);	/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(wchar_t*) NCURSES_SP_NAME(wunctrl) (SCREEN*, cchar_t *);	/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(vid_attr) (SCREEN*, attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, void *);	/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(vid_puts) (SCREEN*, attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, void *, NCURSES_SP_OUTC);	/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
#endif

#ifndef NCURSES_NOMACROS

/*
 * XSI curses macros for XPG4 conformance.
 */
#define add_wch(c)			wadd_wch(stdscr,(c))
#define add_wchnstr(str,n)		wadd_wchnstr(stdscr,(str),(n))
#define add_wchstr(str)			wadd_wchstr(stdscr,(str))
#define addnwstr(wstr,n)		waddnwstr(stdscr,(wstr),(n))
#define addwstr(wstr)			waddwstr(stdscr,(wstr))
#define bkgrnd(c)			wbkgrnd(stdscr,(c))
#define bkgrndset(c)			wbkgrndset(stdscr,(c))
#define border_set(l,r,t,b,tl,tr,bl,br) wborder_set(stdscr,(l),(r),(t),(b),tl,tr,bl,br)
#define box_set(w,v,h)			wborder_set((w),(v),(v),(h),(h),0,0,0,0)
#define echo_wchar(c)			wecho_wchar(stdscr,(c))
#define get_wch(c)			wget_wch(stdscr,(c))
#define get_wstr(t)			wget_wstr(stdscr,(t))
#define getbkgrnd(wch)			wgetbkgrnd(stdscr,(wch))
#define getn_wstr(t,n)			wgetn_wstr(stdscr,(t),(n))
#define hline_set(c,n)			whline_set(stdscr,(c),(n))
#define in_wch(c)			win_wch(stdscr,(c))
#define in_wchnstr(c,n)			win_wchnstr(stdscr,(c),(n))
#define in_wchstr(c)			win_wchstr(stdscr,(c))
#define innwstr(c,n)			winnwstr(stdscr,(c),(n))
#define ins_nwstr(t,n)			wins_nwstr(stdscr,(t),(n))
#define ins_wch(c)			wins_wch(stdscr,(c))
#define ins_wstr(t)			wins_wstr(stdscr,(t))
#define inwstr(c)			winwstr(stdscr,(c))
#define vline_set(c,n)			wvline_set(stdscr,(c),(n))
#define wadd_wchstr(win,str)		wadd_wchnstr((win),(str),-1)
#define waddwstr(win,wstr)		waddnwstr((win),(wstr),-1)
#define wget_wstr(w,t)			wgetn_wstr((w),(t),-1)
#define win_wchstr(w,c)			win_wchnstr((w),(c),-1)
#define wins_wstr(w,t)			wins_nwstr((w),(t),-1)

#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE
#define wgetbkgrnd(win,wch)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(wch) ? ((win) ? (*(wch) = (win)->_bkgrnd) : *(wch), OK) : ERR)
#endif

#define mvadd_wch(y,x,c)		mvwadd_wch(stdscr,(y),(x),(c))
#define mvadd_wchnstr(y,x,s,n)		mvwadd_wchnstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(s),(n))
#define mvadd_wchstr(y,x,s)		mvwadd_wchstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(s))
#define mvaddnwstr(y,x,wstr,n)		mvwaddnwstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(wstr),(n))
#define mvaddwstr(y,x,wstr)		mvwaddwstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(wstr))
#define mvget_wch(y,x,c)		mvwget_wch(stdscr,(y),(x),(c))
#define mvget_wstr(y,x,t)		mvwget_wstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(t))
#define mvgetn_wstr(y,x,t,n)		mvwgetn_wstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(t),(n))
#define mvhline_set(y,x,c,n)		mvwhline_set(stdscr,(y),(x),(c),(n))
#define mvin_wch(y,x,c)			mvwin_wch(stdscr,(y),(x),(c))
#define mvin_wchnstr(y,x,c,n)		mvwin_wchnstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(c),(n))
#define mvin_wchstr(y,x,c)		mvwin_wchstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(c))
#define mvinnwstr(y,x,c,n)		mvwinnwstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(c),(n))
#define mvins_nwstr(y,x,t,n)		mvwins_nwstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(t),(n))
#define mvins_wch(y,x,c)		mvwins_wch(stdscr,(y),(x),(c))
#define mvins_wstr(y,x,t)		mvwins_wstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(t))
#define mvinwstr(y,x,c)			mvwinwstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(c))
#define mvvline_set(y,x,c,n)		mvwvline_set(stdscr,(y),(x),(c),(n))

#define mvwadd_wch(win,y,x,c)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wadd_wch((win),(c)))
#define mvwadd_wchnstr(win,y,x,s,n)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wadd_wchnstr((win),(s),(n)))
#define mvwadd_wchstr(win,y,x,s)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wadd_wchstr((win),(s)))
#define mvwaddnwstr(win,y,x,wstr,n)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : waddnwstr((win),(wstr),(n)))
#define mvwaddwstr(win,y,x,wstr)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : waddwstr((win),(wstr)))
#define mvwget_wch(win,y,x,c)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wget_wch((win),(c)))
#define mvwget_wstr(win,y,x,t)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wget_wstr((win),(t)))
#define mvwgetn_wstr(win,y,x,t,n)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wgetn_wstr((win),(t),(n)))
#define mvwhline_set(win,y,x,c,n)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : whline_set((win),(c),(n)))
#define mvwin_wch(win,y,x,c)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : win_wch((win),(c)))
#define mvwin_wchnstr(win,y,x,c,n)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : win_wchnstr((win),(c),(n)))
#define mvwin_wchstr(win,y,x,c)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : win_wchstr((win),(c)))
#define mvwinnwstr(win,y,x,c,n)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winnwstr((win),(c),(n)))
#define mvwins_nwstr(win,y,x,t,n)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wins_nwstr((win),(t),(n)))
#define mvwins_wch(win,y,x,c)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wins_wch((win),(c)))
#define mvwins_wstr(win,y,x,t)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wins_wstr((win),(t)))
#define mvwinwstr(win,y,x,c)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winwstr((win),(c)))
#define mvwvline_set(win,y,x,c,n)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wvline_set((win),(c),(n)))

#endif /* NCURSES_NOMACROS */

#if defined(TRACE) || defined(NCURSES_TEST)
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const char *) _nc_viswbuf(const wchar_t *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const char *) _nc_viswibuf(const wint_t *);
#endif

#endif /* NCURSES_WIDECHAR */
/* $Id: curses.tail,v 1.23 2016/02/13 16:37:45 tom Exp $ */
/*
 * vile:cmode:
 * This file is part of ncurses, designed to be appended after curses.h.in
 * (see that file for the relevant copyright).
 */

/* mouse interface */

#if NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION > 1
#define NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(b,m) ((m) << (((b) - 1) * 5))
#else
#define NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(b,m) ((m) << (((b) - 1) * 6))
#endif

#define	NCURSES_BUTTON_RELEASED	001L
#define	NCURSES_BUTTON_PRESSED	002L
#define	NCURSES_BUTTON_CLICKED	004L
#define	NCURSES_DOUBLE_CLICKED	010L
#define	NCURSES_TRIPLE_CLICKED	020L
#define	NCURSES_RESERVED_EVENT	040L

/* event masks */
#define	BUTTON1_RELEASED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(1, NCURSES_BUTTON_RELEASED)
#define	BUTTON1_PRESSED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(1, NCURSES_BUTTON_PRESSED)
#define	BUTTON1_CLICKED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(1, NCURSES_BUTTON_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(1, NCURSES_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(1, NCURSES_TRIPLE_CLICKED)

#define	BUTTON2_RELEASED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(2, NCURSES_BUTTON_RELEASED)
#define	BUTTON2_PRESSED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(2, NCURSES_BUTTON_PRESSED)
#define	BUTTON2_CLICKED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(2, NCURSES_BUTTON_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(2, NCURSES_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(2, NCURSES_TRIPLE_CLICKED)

#define	BUTTON3_RELEASED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(3, NCURSES_BUTTON_RELEASED)
#define	BUTTON3_PRESSED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(3, NCURSES_BUTTON_PRESSED)
#define	BUTTON3_CLICKED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(3, NCURSES_BUTTON_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(3, NCURSES_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(3, NCURSES_TRIPLE_CLICKED)

#define	BUTTON4_RELEASED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(4, NCURSES_BUTTON_RELEASED)
#define	BUTTON4_PRESSED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(4, NCURSES_BUTTON_PRESSED)
#define	BUTTON4_CLICKED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(4, NCURSES_BUTTON_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON4_DOUBLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(4, NCURSES_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON4_TRIPLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(4, NCURSES_TRIPLE_CLICKED)

/*
 * In 32 bits the version-1 scheme does not provide enough space for a 5th
 * button, unless we choose to change the ABI by omitting the reserved-events.
 */
#if NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION > 1

#define	BUTTON5_RELEASED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, NCURSES_BUTTON_RELEASED)
#define	BUTTON5_PRESSED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, NCURSES_BUTTON_PRESSED)
#define	BUTTON5_CLICKED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, NCURSES_BUTTON_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON5_DOUBLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, NCURSES_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON5_TRIPLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, NCURSES_TRIPLE_CLICKED)

#define	BUTTON_CTRL		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(6, 0001L)
#define	BUTTON_SHIFT		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(6, 0002L)
#define	BUTTON_ALT		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(6, 0004L)
#define	REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(6, 0010L)

#else

#define	BUTTON1_RESERVED_EVENT	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(1, NCURSES_RESERVED_EVENT)
#define	BUTTON2_RESERVED_EVENT	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(2, NCURSES_RESERVED_EVENT)
#define	BUTTON3_RESERVED_EVENT	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(3, NCURSES_RESERVED_EVENT)
#define	BUTTON4_RESERVED_EVENT	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(4, NCURSES_RESERVED_EVENT)

#define	BUTTON_CTRL		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, 0001L)
#define	BUTTON_SHIFT		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, 0002L)
#define	BUTTON_ALT		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, 0004L)
#define	REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, 0010L)

#endif

#define	ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS	(REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION - 1)

/* macros to extract single event-bits from masks */
#define	BUTTON_RELEASE(e, x)		((e) & NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(x, 001))
#define	BUTTON_PRESS(e, x)		((e) & NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(x, 002))
#define	BUTTON_CLICK(e, x)		((e) & NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(x, 004))
#define	BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICK(e, x)	((e) & NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(x, 010))
#define	BUTTON_TRIPLE_CLICK(e, x)	((e) & NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(x, 020))
#define	BUTTON_RESERVED_EVENT(e, x)	((e) & NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(x, 040))

typedef struct
{
    short id;		/* ID to distinguish multiple devices */
    int x, y, z;	/* event coordinates (character-cell) */
    mmask_t bstate;	/* button state bits */
}
MEVENT;

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool)    has_mouse(void);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     getmouse (MEVENT *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     ungetmouse (MEVENT *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(mmask_t) mousemask (mmask_t, mmask_t *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool)    wenclose (const WINDOW *, int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     mouseinterval (int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool)    wmouse_trafo (const WINDOW*, int*, int*, bool);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool)    mouse_trafo (int*, int*, bool);              /* generated */

#if NCURSES_SP_FUNCS
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool)    NCURSES_SP_NAME(has_mouse) (SCREEN*);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     NCURSES_SP_NAME(getmouse) (SCREEN*, MEVENT *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     NCURSES_SP_NAME(ungetmouse) (SCREEN*,MEVENT *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(mmask_t) NCURSES_SP_NAME(mousemask) (SCREEN*, mmask_t, mmask_t *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     NCURSES_SP_NAME(mouseinterval) (SCREEN*, int);
#endif

#ifndef NCURSES_NOMACROS
#define mouse_trafo(y,x,to_screen) wmouse_trafo(stdscr,y,x,to_screen)
#endif

/* other non-XSI functions */

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mcprint (char *, int);	/* direct data to printer */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) has_key (int);		/* do we have given key? */

#if NCURSES_SP_FUNCS
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(has_key) (SCREEN*, int);    /* do we have given key? */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(mcprint) (SCREEN*, char *, int);	/* direct data to printer */
#endif

/* Debugging : use with libncurses_g.a */

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _tracef (const char *, ...) GCC_PRINTFLIKE(1,2);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _traceattr (attr_t);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _traceattr2 (int, chtype);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _tracechar (int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _tracechtype (chtype);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _tracechtype2 (int, chtype);
#if NCURSES_WIDECHAR
#define _tracech_t		_tracecchar_t
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _tracecchar_t (const cchar_t *);
#define _tracech_t2		_tracecchar_t2
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _tracecchar_t2 (int, const cchar_t *);
#else
#define _tracech_t		_tracechtype
#define _tracech_t2		_tracechtype2
#endif
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) trace (const unsigned int);

/* trace masks */
#define TRACE_DISABLE	0x0000	/* turn off tracing */
#define TRACE_TIMES	0x0001	/* trace user and system times of updates */
#define TRACE_TPUTS	0x0002	/* trace tputs calls */
#define TRACE_UPDATE	0x0004	/* trace update actions, old & new screens */
#define TRACE_MOVE	0x0008	/* trace cursor moves and scrolls */
#define TRACE_CHARPUT	0x0010	/* trace all character outputs */
#define TRACE_ORDINARY	0x001F	/* trace all update actions */
#define TRACE_CALLS	0x0020	/* trace all curses calls */
#define TRACE_VIRTPUT	0x0040	/* trace virtual character puts */
#define TRACE_IEVENT	0x0080	/* trace low-level input processing */
#define TRACE_BITS	0x0100	/* trace state of TTY control bits */
#define TRACE_ICALLS	0x0200	/* trace internal/nested calls */
#define TRACE_CCALLS	0x0400	/* trace per-character calls */
#define TRACE_DATABASE	0x0800	/* trace read/write of terminfo/termcap data */
#define TRACE_ATTRS	0x1000	/* trace attribute updates */

#define TRACE_SHIFT	13	/* number of bits in the trace masks */
#define TRACE_MAXIMUM	((1 << TRACE_SHIFT) - 1) /* maximum trace level */

#if defined(TRACE) || defined(NCURSES_TEST)
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) _nc_optimize_enable;		/* enable optimizations */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const char *) _nc_visbuf (const char *);
#define OPTIMIZE_MVCUR		0x01	/* cursor movement optimization */
#define OPTIMIZE_HASHMAP	0x02	/* diff hashing to detect scrolls */
#define OPTIMIZE_SCROLL		0x04	/* scroll optimization */
#define OPTIMIZE_ALL		0xff	/* enable all optimizations (dflt) */
#endif

#include <unctrl.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus

#ifndef NCURSES_NOMACROS

/* these names conflict with STL */
#undef box
#undef clear
#undef erase
#undef move
#undef refresh

#endif /* NCURSES_NOMACROS */

}
#endif

#endif /* __NCURSES_H */
/*
 * jpegint.h
 *
 * This file was part of the Independent JPEG Group's software:
 * Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
 * Modified 1997-2009 by Guido Vollbeding.
 * libjpeg-turbo Modifications:
 * Copyright (C) 2015-2016, D. R. Commander.
 * Copyright (C) 2015, Google, Inc.
 * For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README.ijg
 * file.
 *
 * This file provides common declarations for the various JPEG modules.
 * These declarations are considered internal to the JPEG library; most
 * applications using the library shouldn't need to include this file.
 */


/* Declarations for both compression & decompression */

typedef enum {            /* Operating modes for buffer controllers */
  JBUF_PASS_THRU,         /* Plain stripwise operation */
  /* Remaining modes require a full-image buffer to have been created */
  JBUF_SAVE_SOURCE,       /* Run source subobject only, save output */
  JBUF_CRANK_DEST,        /* Run dest subobject only, using saved data */
  JBUF_SAVE_AND_PASS      /* Run both subobjects, save output */
} J_BUF_MODE;

/* Values of global_state field (jdapi.c has some dependencies on ordering!) */
#define CSTATE_START    100     /* after create_compress */
#define CSTATE_SCANNING 101     /* start_compress done, write_scanlines OK */
#define CSTATE_RAW_OK   102     /* start_compress done, write_raw_data OK */
#define CSTATE_WRCOEFS  103     /* jpeg_write_coefficients done */
#define DSTATE_START    200     /* after create_decompress */
#define DSTATE_INHEADER 201     /* reading header markers, no SOS yet */
#define DSTATE_READY    202     /* found SOS, ready for start_decompress */
#define DSTATE_PRELOAD  203     /* reading multiscan file in start_decompress*/
#define DSTATE_PRESCAN  204     /* performing dummy pass for 2-pass quant */
#define DSTATE_SCANNING 205     /* start_decompress done, read_scanlines OK */
#define DSTATE_RAW_OK   206     /* start_decompress done, read_raw_data OK */
#define DSTATE_BUFIMAGE 207     /* expecting jpeg_start_output */
#define DSTATE_BUFPOST  208     /* looking for SOS/EOI in jpeg_finish_output */
#define DSTATE_RDCOEFS  209     /* reading file in jpeg_read_coefficients */
#define DSTATE_STOPPING 210     /* looking for EOI in jpeg_finish_decompress */


/* JLONG must hold at least signed 32-bit values. */
typedef long JLONG;


/*
 * Left shift macro that handles a negative operand without causing any
 * sanitizer warnings
 */

#define LEFT_SHIFT(a, b) ((JLONG)((unsigned long)(a) << (b)))


/* Declarations for compression modules */

/* Master control module */
struct jpeg_comp_master {
  void (*prepare_for_pass) (j_compress_ptr cinfo);
  void (*pass_startup) (j_compress_ptr cinfo);
  void (*finish_pass) (j_compress_ptr cinfo);

  /* State variables made visible to other modules */
  boolean call_pass_startup;    /* True if pass_startup must be called */
  boolean is_last_pass;         /* True during last pass */
};

/* Main buffer control (downsampled-data buffer) */
struct jpeg_c_main_controller {
  void (*start_pass) (j_compress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode);
  void (*process_data) (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY input_buf,
                        JDIMENSION *in_row_ctr, JDIMENSION in_rows_avail);
};

/* Compression preprocessing (downsampling input buffer control) */
struct jpeg_c_prep_controller {
  void (*start_pass) (j_compress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode);
  void (*pre_process_data) (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY input_buf,
                            JDIMENSION *in_row_ctr, JDIMENSION in_rows_avail,
                            JSAMPIMAGE output_buf,
                            JDIMENSION *out_row_group_ctr,
                            JDIMENSION out_row_groups_avail);
};

/* Coefficient buffer control */
struct jpeg_c_coef_controller {
  void (*start_pass) (j_compress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode);
  boolean (*compress_data) (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf);
};

/* Colorspace conversion */
struct jpeg_color_converter {
  void (*start_pass) (j_compress_ptr cinfo);
  void (*color_convert) (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY input_buf,
                         JSAMPIMAGE output_buf, JDIMENSION output_row,
                         int num_rows);
};

/* Downsampling */
struct jpeg_downsampler {
  void (*start_pass) (j_compress_ptr cinfo);
  void (*downsample) (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf,
                      JDIMENSION in_row_index, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf,
                      JDIMENSION out_row_group_index);

  boolean need_context_rows;    /* TRUE if need rows above & below */
};

/* Forward DCT (also controls coefficient quantization) */
struct jpeg_forward_dct {
  void (*start_pass) (j_compress_ptr cinfo);
  /* perhaps this should be an array??? */
  void (*forward_DCT) (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info *compptr,
                       JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JBLOCKROW coef_blocks,
                       JDIMENSION start_row, JDIMENSION start_col,
                       JDIMENSION num_blocks);
};

/* Entropy encoding */
struct jpeg_entropy_encoder {
  void (*start_pass) (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean gather_statistics);
  boolean (*encode_mcu) (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data);
  void (*finish_pass) (j_compress_ptr cinfo);
};

/* Marker writing */
struct jpeg_marker_writer {
  void (*write_file_header) (j_compress_ptr cinfo);
  void (*write_frame_header) (j_compress_ptr cinfo);
  void (*write_scan_header) (j_compress_ptr cinfo);
  void (*write_file_trailer) (j_compress_ptr cinfo);
  void (*write_tables_only) (j_compress_ptr cinfo);
  /* These routines are exported to allow insertion of extra markers */
  /* Probably only COM and APPn markers should be written this way */
  void (*write_marker_header) (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int marker,
                               unsigned int datalen);
  void (*write_marker_byte) (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int val);
};


/* Declarations for decompression modules */

/* Master control module */
struct jpeg_decomp_master {
  void (*prepare_for_output_pass) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
  void (*finish_output_pass) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);

  /* State variables made visible to other modules */
  boolean is_dummy_pass;        /* True during 1st pass for 2-pass quant */

  /* Partial decompression variables */
  JDIMENSION first_iMCU_col;
  JDIMENSION last_iMCU_col;
  JDIMENSION first_MCU_col[MAX_COMPONENTS];
  JDIMENSION last_MCU_col[MAX_COMPONENTS];
  boolean jinit_upsampler_no_alloc;
};

/* Input control module */
struct jpeg_input_controller {
  int (*consume_input) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
  void (*reset_input_controller) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
  void (*start_input_pass) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
  void (*finish_input_pass) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);

  /* State variables made visible to other modules */
  boolean has_multiple_scans;   /* True if file has multiple scans */
  boolean eoi_reached;          /* True when EOI has been consumed */
};

/* Main buffer control (downsampled-data buffer) */
struct jpeg_d_main_controller {
  void (*start_pass) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode);
  void (*process_data) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY output_buf,
                        JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr, JDIMENSION out_rows_avail);
};

/* Coefficient buffer control */
struct jpeg_d_coef_controller {
  void (*start_input_pass) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
  int (*consume_data) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
  void (*start_output_pass) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
  int (*decompress_data) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf);
  /* Pointer to array of coefficient virtual arrays, or NULL if none */
  jvirt_barray_ptr *coef_arrays;
};

/* Decompression postprocessing (color quantization buffer control) */
struct jpeg_d_post_controller {
  void (*start_pass) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode);
  void (*post_process_data) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf,
                             JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
                             JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
                             JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
                             JDIMENSION out_rows_avail);
};

/* Marker reading & parsing */
struct jpeg_marker_reader {
  void (*reset_marker_reader) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
  /* Read markers until SOS or EOI.
   * Returns same codes as are defined for jpeg_consume_input:
   * JPEG_SUSPENDED, JPEG_REACHED_SOS, or JPEG_REACHED_EOI.
   */
  int (*read_markers) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
  /* Read a restart marker --- exported for use by entropy decoder only */
  jpeg_marker_parser_method read_restart_marker;

  /* State of marker reader --- nominally internal, but applications
   * supplying COM or APPn handlers might like to know the state.
   */
  boolean saw_SOI;              /* found SOI? */
  boolean saw_SOF;              /* found SOF? */
  int next_restart_num;         /* next restart number expected (0-7) */
  unsigned int discarded_bytes; /* # of bytes skipped looking for a marker */
};

/* Entropy decoding */
struct jpeg_entropy_decoder {
  void (*start_pass) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
  boolean (*decode_mcu) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data);

  /* This is here to share code between baseline and progressive decoders; */
  /* other modules probably should not use it */
  boolean insufficient_data;    /* set TRUE after emitting warning */
};

/* Inverse DCT (also performs dequantization) */
typedef void (*inverse_DCT_method_ptr) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
                                        jpeg_component_info *compptr,
                                        JCOEFPTR coef_block,
                                        JSAMPARRAY output_buf,
                                        JDIMENSION output_col);

struct jpeg_inverse_dct {
  void (*start_pass) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
  /* It is useful to allow each component to have a separate IDCT method. */
  inverse_DCT_method_ptr inverse_DCT[MAX_COMPONENTS];
};

/* Upsampling (note that upsampler must also call color converter) */
struct jpeg_upsampler {
  void (*start_pass) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
  void (*upsample) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf,
                    JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
                    JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail, JSAMPARRAY output_buf,
                    JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr, JDIMENSION out_rows_avail);

  boolean need_context_rows;    /* TRUE if need rows above & below */
};

/* Colorspace conversion */
struct jpeg_color_deconverter {
  void (*start_pass) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
  void (*color_convert) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf,
                         JDIMENSION input_row, JSAMPARRAY output_buf,
                         int num_rows);
};

/* Color quantization or color precision reduction */
struct jpeg_color_quantizer {
  void (*start_pass) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, boolean is_pre_scan);
  void (*color_quantize) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY input_buf,
                          JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows);
  void (*finish_pass) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
  void (*new_color_map) (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
};


/* Miscellaneous useful macros */

#undef MAX
#define MAX(a,b)        ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
#undef MIN
#define MIN(a,b)        ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))


/* We assume that right shift corresponds to signed division by 2 with
 * rounding towards minus infinity.  This is correct for typical "arithmetic
 * shift" instructions that shift in copies of the sign bit.  But some
 * C compilers implement >> with an unsigned shift.  For these machines you
 * must define RIGHT_SHIFT_IS_UNSIGNED.
 * RIGHT_SHIFT provides a proper signed right shift of a JLONG quantity.
 * It is only applied with constant shift counts.  SHIFT_TEMPS must be
 * included in the variables of any routine using RIGHT_SHIFT.
 */

#ifdef RIGHT_SHIFT_IS_UNSIGNED
#define SHIFT_TEMPS     JLONG shift_temp;
#define RIGHT_SHIFT(x,shft)  \
        ((shift_temp = (x)) < 0 ? \
         (shift_temp >> (shft)) | ((~((JLONG) 0)) << (32-(shft))) : \
         (shift_temp >> (shft)))
#else
#define SHIFT_TEMPS
#define RIGHT_SHIFT(x,shft)     ((x) >> (shft))
#endif


/* Compression module initialization routines */
EXTERN(void) jinit_compress_master (j_compress_ptr cinfo);
EXTERN(void) jinit_c_master_control (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
                                     boolean transcode_only);
EXTERN(void) jinit_c_main_controller (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
                                      boolean need_full_buffer);
EXTERN(void) jinit_c_prep_controller (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
                                      boolean need_full_buffer);
EXTERN(void) jinit_c_coef_controller (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
                                      boolean need_full_buffer);
EXTERN(void) jinit_color_converter (j_compress_ptr cinfo);
EXTERN(void) jinit_downsampler (j_compress_ptr cinfo);
EXTERN(void) jinit_forward_dct (j_compress_ptr cinfo);
EXTERN(void) jinit_huff_encoder (j_compress_ptr cinfo);
EXTERN(void) jinit_phuff_encoder (j_compress_ptr cinfo);
EXTERN(void) jinit_arith_encoder (j_compress_ptr cinfo);
EXTERN(void) jinit_marker_writer (j_compress_ptr cinfo);
/* Decompression module initialization routines */
EXTERN(void) jinit_master_decompress (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
EXTERN(void) jinit_d_main_controller (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
                                      boolean need_full_buffer);
EXTERN(void) jinit_d_coef_controller (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
                                      boolean need_full_buffer);
EXTERN(void) jinit_d_post_controller (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
                                      boolean need_full_buffer);
EXTERN(void) jinit_input_controller (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
EXTERN(void) jinit_marker_reader (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
EXTERN(void) jinit_huff_decoder (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
EXTERN(void) jinit_phuff_decoder (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
EXTERN(void) jinit_arith_decoder (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
EXTERN(void) jinit_inverse_dct (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
EXTERN(void) jinit_upsampler (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
EXTERN(void) jinit_color_deconverter (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
EXTERN(void) jinit_1pass_quantizer (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
EXTERN(void) jinit_2pass_quantizer (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
EXTERN(void) jinit_merged_upsampler (j_decompress_ptr cinfo);
/* Memory manager initialization */
EXTERN(void) jinit_memory_mgr (j_common_ptr cinfo);

/* Utility routines in jutils.c */
EXTERN(long) jdiv_round_up (long a, long b);
EXTERN(long) jround_up (long a, long b);
EXTERN(void) jcopy_sample_rows (JSAMPARRAY input_array, int source_row,
                                JSAMPARRAY output_array, int dest_row,
                                int num_rows, JDIMENSION num_cols);
EXTERN(void) jcopy_block_row (JBLOCKROW input_row, JBLOCKROW output_row,
                              JDIMENSION num_blocks);
EXTERN(void) jzero_far (void *target, size_t bytestozero);
/* Constant tables in jutils.c */
#if 0                           /* This table is not actually needed in v6a */
extern const int jpeg_zigzag_order[]; /* natural coef order to zigzag order */
#endif
extern const int jpeg_natural_order[]; /* zigzag coef order to natural order */

/* Arithmetic coding probability estimation tables in jaricom.c */
extern const JLONG jpeg_aritab[];

/* Suppress undefined-structure complaints if necessary. */

#ifdef INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN
#ifndef AM_MEMORY_MANAGER       /* only jmemmgr.c defines these */
struct jvirt_sarray_control { long dummy; };
struct jvirt_barray_control { long dummy; };
#endif
#endif /* INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN */
/* This header file is used in 4.3BSD to define `struct lastlog',
   which we define in <bits/utmp.h>.  */

#include <utmp.h>
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 *	POSIX Standard: 5.6.6 Set File Access and Modification Times  <utime.h>
 */

#ifndef	_UTIME_H
#define	_UTIME_H	1

#include <features.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

#include <bits/types.h>

#if defined __USE_XOPEN || defined __USE_XOPEN2K
# include <bits/types/time_t.h>
#endif

/* Structure describing file times.  */
struct utimbuf
  {
    __time_t actime;		/* Access time.  */
    __time_t modtime;		/* Modification time.  */
  };

/* Set the access and modification times of FILE to those given in
   *FILE_TIMES.  If FILE_TIMES is NULL, set them to the current time.  */
extern int utime (const char *__file,
		  const struct utimbuf *__file_times)
     __THROW __nonnull ((1));

__END_DECLS

#endif /* utime.h */
// * This makes emacs happy -*-Mode: C++;-*-
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2012,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
 *   Author: Juergen Pfeifer, 1997                                          *
 ****************************************************************************/

// $Id: etip.h.in,v 1.41 2017/06/24 21:57:16 tom Exp $

#ifndef NCURSES_ETIP_H_incl
#define NCURSES_ETIP_H_incl 1

// These are substituted at configure/build time
#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_H
#define HAVE_BUILTIN_H 0
#endif

#ifndef HAVE_GXX_BUILTIN_H
#define HAVE_GXX_BUILTIN_H 0
#endif

#ifndef HAVE_GPP_BUILTIN_H
#define HAVE_GPP_BUILTIN_H 0
#endif

#ifndef HAVE_IOSTREAM
#define HAVE_IOSTREAM 1
#endif

#ifndef HAVE_TYPEINFO
#define HAVE_TYPEINFO 1
#endif

#ifndef HAVE_VALUES_H
#define HAVE_VALUES_H 0
#endif

#ifndef ETIP_NEEDS_MATH_H
#define ETIP_NEEDS_MATH_H 0
#endif

#ifndef ETIP_NEEDS_MATH_EXCEPTION
#define ETIP_NEEDS_MATH_EXCEPTION 0
#endif

#ifndef CPP_HAS_PARAM_INIT
#define CPP_HAS_PARAM_INIT 0
#endif

#ifndef CPP_HAS_STATIC_CAST
#define CPP_HAS_STATIC_CAST 1
#endif

#ifndef IOSTREAM_NAMESPACE
#define IOSTREAM_NAMESPACE 1
#endif

#ifdef __GNUG__
#  if ((__GNUG__ <= 2) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ < 8))
#    if HAVE_TYPEINFO
#      include <typeinfo>
#    endif
#  endif
#endif

#if defined(__GNUG__)
#  if HAVE_BUILTIN_H || HAVE_GXX_BUILTIN_H || HAVE_GPP_BUILTIN_H
#    if ETIP_NEEDS_MATH_H
#      if ETIP_NEEDS_MATH_EXCEPTION
#        undef exception
#        define exception math_exception
#      endif
#      include <math.h>
#    endif
#    undef exception
#    define exception builtin_exception
#    if HAVE_GPP_BUILTIN_H
#     include <gpp/builtin.h>
#    elif HAVE_GXX_BUILTIN_H
#     include <g++/builtin.h>
#    else
#     include <builtin.h>
#    endif
#    undef exception
#  endif
#elif defined (__SUNPRO_CC)
#  include <generic.h>
#endif

#include <ncurses_dll.h>

extern "C" {
#if HAVE_VALUES_H
#  include <values.h>
#endif

#include <assert.h>
#include <eti.h>
#include <errno.h>
}

// Language features
#if CPP_HAS_PARAM_INIT
#define NCURSES_PARAM_INIT(value) = value
#else
#define NCURSES_PARAM_INIT(value) /*nothing*/
#endif

#if CPP_HAS_STATIC_CAST
#define STATIC_CAST(s) static_cast<s>
#else
#define STATIC_CAST(s) (s)
#endif

// Forward Declarations
class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesPanel;
class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesMenu;
class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesForm;

class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesException
{
public:
  const char *message;
  int errorno;

  NCursesException (const char* msg, int err)
    : message(msg), errorno (err)
    {};

  NCursesException (const char* msg)
    : message(msg), errorno (E_SYSTEM_ERROR)
    {};

  NCursesException& operator=(const NCursesException& rhs)
  {
    errorno = rhs.errorno;
    return *this;
  }

  NCursesException(const NCursesException& rhs)
    : message(rhs.message), errorno(rhs.errorno)
  {
  }

  virtual const char *classname() const {
    return "NCursesWindow";
  }

  virtual ~NCursesException()
  {
  }
};

class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesPanelException : public NCursesException
{
public:
  const NCursesPanel* p;

  NCursesPanelException (const char *msg, int err) :
    NCursesException (msg, err),
    p (0)
    {};

  NCursesPanelException (const NCursesPanel* panel,
			 const char *msg,
			 int err) :
    NCursesException (msg, err),
    p (panel)
    {};

  NCursesPanelException (int err) :
    NCursesException ("panel library error", err),
    p (0)
    {};

  NCursesPanelException (const NCursesPanel* panel,
			 int err) :
    NCursesException ("panel library error", err),
    p (panel)
    {};

  NCursesPanelException& operator=(const NCursesPanelException& rhs)
  {
    if (this != &rhs) {
      NCursesException::operator=(rhs);
      p = rhs.p;
    }
    return *this;
  }

  NCursesPanelException(const NCursesPanelException& rhs)
    : NCursesException(rhs), p(rhs.p)
  {
  }

  virtual const char *classname() const {
    return "NCursesPanel";
  }

  virtual ~NCursesPanelException()
  {
  }
};

class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesMenuException : public NCursesException
{
public:
  const NCursesMenu* m;

  NCursesMenuException (const char *msg, int err) :
    NCursesException (msg, err),
    m (0)
    {};

  NCursesMenuException (const NCursesMenu* menu,
			const char *msg,
			int err) :
    NCursesException (msg, err),
    m (menu)
    {};

  NCursesMenuException (int err) :
    NCursesException ("menu library error", err),
    m (0)
    {};

  NCursesMenuException (const NCursesMenu* menu,
			int err) :
    NCursesException ("menu library error", err),
    m (menu)
    {};

  NCursesMenuException& operator=(const NCursesMenuException& rhs)
  {
    if (this != &rhs) {
      NCursesException::operator=(rhs);
      m = rhs.m;
    }
    return *this;
  }

  NCursesMenuException(const NCursesMenuException& rhs)
    : NCursesException(rhs), m(rhs.m)
  {
  }

  virtual const char *classname() const {
    return "NCursesMenu";
  }

  virtual ~NCursesMenuException()
  {
  }
};

class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesFormException : public NCursesException
{
public:
  const NCursesForm* f;

  NCursesFormException (const char *msg, int err) :
    NCursesException (msg, err),
    f (0)
    {};

  NCursesFormException (const NCursesForm* form,
			const char *msg,
			int err) :
    NCursesException (msg, err),
    f (form)
    {};

  NCursesFormException (int err) :
    NCursesException ("form library error", err),
    f (0)
    {};

  NCursesFormException (const NCursesForm* form,
			int err) :
    NCursesException ("form library error", err),
    f (form)
    {};

  NCursesFormException& operator=(const NCursesFormException& rhs)
  {
    if (this != &rhs) {
      NCursesException::operator=(rhs);
      f = rhs.f;
    }
    return *this;
  }

  NCursesFormException(const NCursesFormException& rhs)
    : NCursesException(rhs), f(rhs.f)
  {
  }

  virtual const char *classname() const {
    return "NCursesForm";
  }

  virtual ~NCursesFormException()
  {
  }
};

#if !((defined(__GNUG__) && defined(__EXCEPTIONS) && (__GNUG__ < 7)) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC))
#  if HAVE_IOSTREAM
#     include <iostream>
#     if IOSTREAM_NAMESPACE
using std::cerr;
using std::endl;
#     endif
#  else
#     include <iostream.h>
#  endif
   extern "C" void exit(int);
#endif

inline void THROW(const NCursesException *e) {
#if defined(__GNUG__) && defined(__EXCEPTIONS)
#  if ((__GNUG__ <= 2) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ < 8))
      (*lib_error_handler)(e ? e->classname() : "", e ? e->message : "");
#  elif (__GNUG__ >= 7)
     // g++ 7.0 warns about deprecation, but lacks the predefined symbols
      ::endwin();
      std::cerr << "Found a problem - goodbye" << std::endl;
      exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
#  else
#    define CPP_HAS_TRY_CATCH 1
#  endif
#elif defined(__SUNPRO_CC)
#  if !defined(__SUNPRO_CC_COMPAT) || (__SUNPRO_CC_COMPAT < 5)
  genericerror(1, ((e != 0) ? (char *)(e->message) : ""));
#  else
#    define CPP_HAS_TRY_CATCH 1
#  endif
#else
  if (e)
    cerr << e->message << endl;
  exit(0);
#endif

#ifndef CPP_HAS_TRY_CATCH
#define CPP_HAS_TRY_CATCH 0
#define NCURSES_CPP_TRY		/* nothing */
#define NCURSES_CPP_CATCH(e)	if (false)
#define THROWS(s)		/* nothing */
#define THROW2(s,t)		/* nothing */
#elif CPP_HAS_TRY_CATCH
  throw *e;
#define NCURSES_CPP_TRY		try
#define NCURSES_CPP_CATCH(e)	catch(e)
#if defined(__cpp_noexcept_function_type) && (__cpp_noexcept_function_type >= 201510)
// C++17 deprecates the usage of throw().
#define THROWS(s)		/* nothing */
#define THROW2(s,t)		/* nothing */
#else
#define THROWS(s)		throw(s)
#define THROW2(s,t)		throw(s,t)
#endif
#endif
}

#endif /* NCURSES_ETIP_H_incl */
// * This makes emacs happy -*-Mode: C++;-*-
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2012,2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
 *   Author: Juergen Pfeifer, 1997                                          *
 ****************************************************************************/

// $Id: cursesm.h,v 1.30 2014/08/09 22:06:18 Adam.Jiang Exp $

#ifndef NCURSES_CURSESM_H_incl
#define NCURSES_CURSESM_H_incl 1

#include <cursesp.h>

extern "C" {
#  include <menu.h>
}
//
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This wraps the ITEM type of <menu.h>
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesMenuItem
{
  friend class NCursesMenu;

protected:
  ITEM *item;

  inline void OnError (int err) const THROW2(NCursesException const, NCursesMenuException) {
    if (err != E_OK)
      THROW(new NCursesMenuException (err));
  }

public:
  NCursesMenuItem (const char* p_name     = NULL,
		   const char* p_descript = NULL)
    : item(0)
  {
    item = p_name ? ::new_item (p_name, p_descript) : STATIC_CAST(ITEM*)(0);
    if (p_name && !item)
      OnError (E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
  }
  // Create an item. If you pass both parameters as NULL, a delimiting
  // item is constructed which can be used to terminate a list of
  // NCursesMenu objects.

  NCursesMenuItem& operator=(const NCursesMenuItem& rhs)
  {
    if (this != &rhs) {
      *this = rhs;
    }
    return *this;
  }

  NCursesMenuItem(const NCursesMenuItem& rhs)
    : item(0)
  {
    (void) rhs;
  }

  virtual ~NCursesMenuItem ();
  // Release the items memory

  inline const char* name () const {
    return ::item_name (item);
  }
  // Name of the item

  inline const char* description () const {
    return ::item_description (item);
  }
  // Description of the item

  inline int (index) (void) const {
    return ::item_index (item);
  }
  // Index of the item in an item array (or -1)

  inline void options_on (Item_Options opts) {
    OnError (::item_opts_on (item, opts));
  }
  // Switch on the items options

  inline void options_off (Item_Options opts) {
    OnError (::item_opts_off (item, opts));
  }
  // Switch off the item's option

  inline Item_Options options () const {
    return ::item_opts (item);
  }
  // Retrieve the items options

  inline void set_options (Item_Options opts) {
    OnError (::set_item_opts (item, opts));
  }
  // Set the items options

  inline void set_value (bool f) {
    OnError (::set_item_value (item,f));
  }
  // Set/Reset the items selection state

  inline bool value () const {
    return ::item_value (item);
  }
  // Retrieve the items selection state

  inline bool visible () const {
    return ::item_visible (item);
  }
  // Retrieve visibility of the item

  virtual bool action();
  // Perform an action associated with this item; you may use this in an
  // user supplied driver for a menu; you may derive from this class and
  // overload action() to supply items with different actions.
  // If an action returns true, the menu will be exited. The default action
  // is to do nothing.
};

// Prototype for an items callback function.
typedef bool ITEMCALLBACK(NCursesMenuItem&);

// If you don't like to create a child class for individual items to
// overload action(), you may use this class and provide a callback
// function pointer for items.
class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesMenuCallbackItem : public NCursesMenuItem
{
private:
  ITEMCALLBACK* p_fct;

public:
  NCursesMenuCallbackItem(ITEMCALLBACK* fct       = NULL,
			  const char* p_name      = NULL,
			  const char* p_descript  = NULL )
    : NCursesMenuItem (p_name, p_descript),
      p_fct (fct) {
  }

  NCursesMenuCallbackItem& operator=(const NCursesMenuCallbackItem& rhs)
  {
    if (this != &rhs) {
      *this = rhs;
    }
    return *this;
  }

  NCursesMenuCallbackItem(const NCursesMenuCallbackItem& rhs)
    : NCursesMenuItem(rhs),
      p_fct(0)
  {
  }

  virtual ~NCursesMenuCallbackItem();

  bool action();
};

  // This are the built-in hook functions in this C++ binding. In C++ we use
  // virtual member functions (see below On_..._Init and On_..._Termination)
  // to provide this functionality in an object oriented manner.
extern "C" {
  void _nc_xx_mnu_init(MENU *);
  void _nc_xx_mnu_term(MENU *);
  void _nc_xx_itm_init(MENU *);
  void _nc_xx_itm_term(MENU *);
}

//
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This wraps the MENU type of <menu.h>
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesMenu : public NCursesPanel
{
protected:
  MENU *menu;

private:
  NCursesWindow* sub;   // the subwindow object
  bool b_sub_owner;     // is this our own subwindow?
  bool b_framed;        // has the menu a border?
  bool b_autoDelete;    // Delete items when deleting menu?

  NCursesMenuItem** my_items; // The array of items for this menu

  // This structure is used for the menu's user data field to link the
  // MENU* to the C++ object and to provide extra space for a user pointer.
  typedef struct {
    void*              m_user;      // the pointer for the user's data
    const NCursesMenu* m_back;      // backward pointer to C++ object
    const MENU*        m_owner;
  } UserHook;

  // Get the backward pointer to the C++ object from a MENU
  static inline NCursesMenu* getHook(const MENU *m) {
    UserHook* hook = STATIC_CAST(UserHook*)(::menu_userptr(m));
    assert(hook != 0 && hook->m_owner==m);
    return const_cast<NCursesMenu*>(hook->m_back);
  }

  friend void _nc_xx_mnu_init(MENU *);
  friend void _nc_xx_mnu_term(MENU *);
  friend void _nc_xx_itm_init(MENU *);
  friend void _nc_xx_itm_term(MENU *);

  // Calculate ITEM* array for the menu
  ITEM** mapItems(NCursesMenuItem* nitems[]);

protected:
  // internal routines
  inline void set_user(void *user) {
    UserHook* uptr = STATIC_CAST(UserHook*)(::menu_userptr (menu));
    assert (uptr != 0 && uptr->m_back==this && uptr->m_owner==menu);
    uptr->m_user = user;
  }

  inline void *get_user() {
    UserHook* uptr = STATIC_CAST(UserHook*)(::menu_userptr (menu));
    assert (uptr != 0 && uptr->m_back==this && uptr->m_owner==menu);
    return uptr->m_user;
  }

  void InitMenu (NCursesMenuItem* menu[],
		 bool with_frame,
		 bool autoDeleteItems);

  inline void OnError (int err) const THROW2(NCursesException const, NCursesMenuException) {
    if (err != E_OK)
      THROW(new NCursesMenuException (this, err));
  }

  // this wraps the menu_driver call.
  virtual int driver (int c) ;

  // 'Internal' constructor to create a menu without association to
  // an array of items.
  NCursesMenu( int  nlines,
	       int  ncols,
	       int  begin_y = 0,
	       int  begin_x = 0)
    : NCursesPanel(nlines,ncols,begin_y,begin_x),
      menu (STATIC_CAST(MENU*)(0)),
      sub(0),
      b_sub_owner(0),
      b_framed(0),
      b_autoDelete(0),
      my_items(0)
  {
  }

public:
  // Make a full window size menu
  NCursesMenu (NCursesMenuItem* Items[],
	       bool with_frame=FALSE,        // Reserve space for a frame?
	       bool autoDelete_Items=FALSE)  // Autocleanup of Items?
    : NCursesPanel(),
      menu(0),
      sub(0),
      b_sub_owner(0),
      b_framed(0),
      b_autoDelete(0),
      my_items(0)
  {
      InitMenu(Items, with_frame, autoDelete_Items);
  }

  // Make a menu with a window of this size.
  NCursesMenu (NCursesMenuItem* Items[],
	       int  nlines,
	       int  ncols,
	       int  begin_y = 0,
	       int  begin_x = 0,
	       bool with_frame=FALSE,        // Reserve space for a frame?
	       bool autoDelete_Items=FALSE)  // Autocleanup of Items?
    : NCursesPanel(nlines, ncols, begin_y, begin_x),
      menu(0),
      sub(0),
      b_sub_owner(0),
      b_framed(0),
      b_autoDelete(0),
      my_items(0)
  {
      InitMenu(Items, with_frame, autoDelete_Items);
  }

  NCursesMenu& operator=(const NCursesMenu& rhs)
  {
    if (this != &rhs) {
      *this = rhs;
      NCursesPanel::operator=(rhs);
    }
    return *this;
  }

  NCursesMenu(const NCursesMenu& rhs)
    : NCursesPanel(rhs),
      menu(rhs.menu),
      sub(rhs.sub),
      b_sub_owner(rhs.b_sub_owner),
      b_framed(rhs.b_framed),
      b_autoDelete(rhs.b_autoDelete),
      my_items(rhs.my_items)
  {
  }

  virtual ~NCursesMenu ();

  // Retrieve the menus subwindow
  inline NCursesWindow& subWindow() const {
    assert(sub!=NULL);
    return *sub;
  }

  // Set the menus subwindow
  void setSubWindow(NCursesWindow& sub);

  // Set these items for the menu
  inline void setItems(NCursesMenuItem* Items[]) {
    OnError(::set_menu_items(menu,mapItems(Items)));
  }

  // Remove the menu from the screen
  inline void unpost (void) {
    OnError (::unpost_menu (menu));
  }

  // Post the menu to the screen if flag is true, unpost it otherwise
  inline void post(bool flag = TRUE) {
    flag ? OnError (::post_menu(menu)) : OnError (::unpost_menu (menu));
  }

  // Get the numer of rows and columns for this menu
  inline void scale (int& mrows, int& mcols) const  {
    OnError (::scale_menu (menu, &mrows, &mcols));
  }

  // Set the format of this menu
  inline void set_format(int mrows, int mcols) {
    OnError (::set_menu_format(menu, mrows, mcols));
  }

  // Get the format of this menu
  inline void menu_format(int& rows,int& ncols) {
    ::menu_format(menu,&rows,&ncols);
  }

  // Items of the menu
  inline NCursesMenuItem* items() const {
    return *my_items;
  }

  // Get the number of items in this menu
  inline int count() const {
    return ::item_count(menu);
  }

  // Get the current item (i.e. the one the cursor is located)
  inline NCursesMenuItem* current_item() const {
    return my_items[::item_index(::current_item(menu))];
  }

  // Get the marker string
  inline const char* mark() const {
    return ::menu_mark(menu);
  }

  // Set the marker string
  inline void set_mark(const char *marker) {
    OnError (::set_menu_mark (menu, marker));
  }

  // Get the name of the request code c
  inline static const char* request_name(int c) {
    return ::menu_request_name(c);
  }

  // Get the current pattern
  inline char* pattern() const {
    return ::menu_pattern(menu);
  }

  // true if there is a pattern match, false otherwise.
  bool set_pattern (const char *pat);

  // set the default attributes for the menu
  // i.e. set fore, back and grey attribute
  virtual void setDefaultAttributes();

  // Get the menus background attributes
  inline chtype back() const {
    return ::menu_back(menu);
  }

  // Get the menus foreground attributes
  inline chtype fore() const {
    return ::menu_fore(menu);
  }

  // Get the menus grey attributes (used for unselectable items)
  inline chtype grey() const {
    return ::menu_grey(menu);
  }

  // Set the menus background attributes
  inline chtype set_background(chtype a) {
    return ::set_menu_back(menu,a);
  }

  // Set the menus foreground attributes
  inline chtype set_foreground(chtype a) {
    return ::set_menu_fore(menu,a);
  }

  // Set the menus grey attributes (used for unselectable items)
  inline chtype set_grey(chtype a) {
    return ::set_menu_grey(menu,a);
  }

  inline void options_on (Menu_Options opts) {
    OnError (::menu_opts_on (menu,opts));
  }

  inline void options_off(Menu_Options opts) {
    OnError (::menu_opts_off(menu,opts));
  }

  inline Menu_Options options() const {
    return ::menu_opts(menu);
  }

  inline void set_options (Menu_Options opts) {
    OnError (::set_menu_opts (menu,opts));
  }

  inline int pad() const {
    return ::menu_pad(menu);
  }

  inline void set_pad (int padch) {
    OnError (::set_menu_pad (menu, padch));
  }

  // Position the cursor to the current item
  inline void position_cursor () const {
    OnError (::pos_menu_cursor (menu));
  }

  // Set the current item
  inline void set_current(NCursesMenuItem& I) {
    OnError (::set_current_item(menu, I.item));
  }

  // Get the current top row of the menu
  inline int top_row (void) const {
    return ::top_row (menu);
  }

  // Set the current top row of the menu
  inline void set_top_row (int row) {
    OnError (::set_top_row (menu, row));
  }

  // spacing control
  // Set the spacing for the menu
  inline void setSpacing(int spc_description,
			 int spc_rows,
			 int spc_columns) {
    OnError(::set_menu_spacing(menu,
			       spc_description,
			       spc_rows,
			       spc_columns));
  }

  // Get the spacing info for the menu
  inline void Spacing(int& spc_description,
		      int& spc_rows,
		      int& spc_columns) const {
    OnError(::menu_spacing(menu,
			   &spc_description,
			   &spc_rows,
			   &spc_columns));
  }

  // Decorations
  inline void frame(const char *title=NULL, const char* btitle=NULL) {
    if (b_framed)
      NCursesPanel::frame(title,btitle);
    else
      OnError(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
  }

  inline void boldframe(const char *title=NULL, const char* btitle=NULL) {
    if (b_framed)
      NCursesPanel::boldframe(title,btitle);
    else
      OnError(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
  }

  inline void label(const char *topLabel, const char *bottomLabel) {
    if (b_framed)
      NCursesPanel::label(topLabel,bottomLabel);
    else
      OnError(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
  }

  // -----
  // Hooks
  // -----

  // Called after the menu gets repositioned in its window.
  // This is especially true if the menu is posted.
  virtual void On_Menu_Init();

  // Called before the menu gets repositioned in its window.
  // This is especially true if the menu is unposted.
  virtual void On_Menu_Termination();

  // Called after the item became the current item
  virtual void On_Item_Init(NCursesMenuItem& item);

  // Called before this item is left as current item.
  virtual void On_Item_Termination(NCursesMenuItem& item);

  // Provide a default key virtualization. Translate the keyboard
  // code c into a menu request code.
  // The default implementation provides a hopefully straightforward
  // mapping for the most common keystrokes and menu requests.
  virtual int virtualize(int c);


  // Operators
  inline NCursesMenuItem* operator[](int i) const {
    if ( (i < 0) || (i >= ::item_count (menu)) )
      OnError (E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
    return (my_items[i]);
  }

  // Perform the menu's operation
  // Return the item where you left the selection mark for a single
  // selection menu, or NULL for a multivalued menu.
  virtual NCursesMenuItem* operator()(void);

  // --------------------
  // Exception handlers
  // Called by operator()
  // --------------------

  // Called if the request is denied
  virtual void On_Request_Denied(int c) const;

  // Called if the item is not selectable
  virtual void On_Not_Selectable(int c) const;

  // Called if pattern doesn't match
  virtual void On_No_Match(int c) const;

  // Called if the command is unknown
  virtual void On_Unknown_Command(int c) const;

};
//
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This is the typical C++ typesafe way to allow to attach
// user data to an item of a menu. Its assumed that the user
// data belongs to some class T. Use T as template argument
// to create a UserItem.
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
template<class T> class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesUserItem : public NCursesMenuItem
{
public:
  NCursesUserItem (const char* p_name,
		   const char* p_descript = NULL,
		   const T* p_UserData    = STATIC_CAST(T*)(0))
    : NCursesMenuItem (p_name, p_descript) {
      if (item)
	OnError (::set_item_userptr (item, const_cast<void *>(reinterpret_cast<const void*>(p_UserData))));
  }

  virtual ~NCursesUserItem() {}

  inline const T* UserData (void) const {
    return reinterpret_cast<const T*>(::item_userptr (item));
  };

  inline virtual void setUserData(const T* p_UserData) {
    if (item)
      OnError (::set_item_userptr (item, const_cast<void *>(reinterpret_cast<const void *>(p_UserData))));
  }
};
//
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
// The same mechanism is used to attach user data to a menu
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
template<class T> class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesUserMenu : public NCursesMenu
{
protected:
  NCursesUserMenu( int  nlines,
		   int  ncols,
		   int  begin_y = 0,
		   int  begin_x = 0,
		   const T* p_UserData = STATIC_CAST(T*)(0))
    : NCursesMenu(nlines,ncols,begin_y,begin_x) {
      if (menu)
	set_user (const_cast<void *>(reinterpret_cast<const void*>(p_UserData)));
  }

public:
  NCursesUserMenu (NCursesMenuItem* Items[],
		   const T* p_UserData = STATIC_CAST(T*)(0),
		   bool with_frame=FALSE,
		   bool autoDelete_Items=FALSE)
    : NCursesMenu (Items, with_frame, autoDelete_Items) {
      if (menu)
	set_user (const_cast<void *>(reinterpret_cast<const void*>(p_UserData)));
  };

  NCursesUserMenu (NCursesMenuItem* Items[],
		   int nlines,
		   int ncols,
		   int begin_y = 0,
		   int begin_x = 0,
		   const T* p_UserData = STATIC_CAST(T*)(0),
		   bool with_frame=FALSE)
    : NCursesMenu (Items, nlines, ncols, begin_y, begin_x, with_frame) {
      if (menu)
	set_user (const_cast<void *>(reinterpret_cast<const void*>(p_UserData)));
  };

  virtual ~NCursesUserMenu() {
  };

  inline T* UserData (void) {
    return reinterpret_cast<T*>(get_user ());
  };

  inline virtual void setUserData (const T* p_UserData) {
    if (menu)
      set_user (const_cast<void *>(reinterpret_cast<const void*>(p_UserData)));
  }
};

#endif /* NCURSES_CURSESM_H_incl */
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2008,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
 *  Author: Zeyd M. Ben-Halim <zmbenhal@netcom.com> 1992,1995               *
 *     and: Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>                         *
 ****************************************************************************/

/*
 * unctrl.h
 *
 * Display a printable version of a control character.
 * Control characters are displayed in caret notation (^x), DELETE is displayed
 * as ^?. Printable characters are displayed as is.
 */

/* $Id: unctrl.h.in,v 1.11 2009/04/18 21:00:52 tom Exp $ */

#ifndef NCURSES_UNCTRL_H_incl
#define NCURSES_UNCTRL_H_incl	1

#undef  NCURSES_VERSION
#define NCURSES_VERSION "6.1"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <curses.h>

#undef unctrl
NCURSES_EXPORT(NCURSES_CONST char *) unctrl (chtype);

#if 1
NCURSES_EXPORT(NCURSES_CONST char *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(unctrl) (SCREEN*, chtype);
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* NCURSES_UNCTRL_H_incl */
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
 *   Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1995,1997                                    *
 ****************************************************************************/

/* $Id: eti.h,v 1.8 2003/10/25 15:24:29 tom Exp $ */

#ifndef NCURSES_ETI_H_incl
#define NCURSES_ETI_H_incl 1

#define	E_OK			(0)
#define	E_SYSTEM_ERROR	 	(-1)
#define	E_BAD_ARGUMENT	 	(-2)
#define	E_POSTED	 	(-3)
#define	E_CONNECTED	 	(-4)
#define	E_BAD_STATE	 	(-5)
#define	E_NO_ROOM	 	(-6)
#define	E_NOT_POSTED		(-7)
#define	E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND	(-8)
#define	E_NO_MATCH		(-9)
#define	E_NOT_SELECTABLE	(-10)
#define	E_NOT_CONNECTED	        (-11)
#define	E_REQUEST_DENIED	(-12)
#define	E_INVALID_FIELD	        (-13)
#define	E_CURRENT		(-14)

#endif
// * this is for making emacs happy: -*-Mode: C++;-*-
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
 *   Author: Juergen Pfeifer, 1997                                          *
 ****************************************************************************/

// $Id: cursslk.h,v 1.13 2005/05/28 21:58:18 tom Exp $

#ifndef NCURSES_CURSSLK_H_incl
#define NCURSES_CURSSLK_H_incl

#include <cursesw.h>

class NCURSES_IMPEXP Soft_Label_Key_Set {
public:
  // This inner class represents the attributes of a Soft Label Key (SLK)
  class NCURSES_IMPEXP Soft_Label_Key {
    friend class Soft_Label_Key_Set;
  public:
    typedef enum { Left=0, Center=1, Right=2 } Justification;

  private:
    char *label;           // The Text of the Label
    Justification format;  // The Justification
    int num;               // The number of the Label

    Soft_Label_Key() : label(NULL), format(Left), num(-1) {
    }

    virtual ~Soft_Label_Key() {
      delete[] label;
    };

  public:
    // Set the text of the Label
    Soft_Label_Key& operator=(char *text);

    // Set the Justification of the Label
    Soft_Label_Key& operator=(Justification just) {
      format = just;
      return *this;
    }

    // Retrieve the text of the label
    inline char* operator()(void) const {
      return label;
    }

    Soft_Label_Key& operator=(const Soft_Label_Key& rhs)
    {
      if (this != &rhs) {
        *this = rhs;
      }
      return *this;
    }

    Soft_Label_Key(const Soft_Label_Key& rhs)
      : label(NULL),
        format(rhs.format),
        num(rhs.num)
    {
      *this = rhs.label;
    }
  };

public:
  typedef enum {
    None                = -1,
    Three_Two_Three     = 0,
    Four_Four           = 1,
    PC_Style            = 2,
    PC_Style_With_Index = 3
  } Label_Layout;

private:
  static long NCURSES_IMPEXP count;               // Number of Key Sets
  static Label_Layout NCURSES_IMPEXP  format;     // Layout of the Key Sets
  static int  NCURSES_IMPEXP num_labels;          // Number Of Labels in Key Sets
  bool NCURSES_IMPEXP b_attrInit;                 // Are attributes initialized

  Soft_Label_Key *slk_array;       // The array of SLK's

  // Init the Key Set
  void init();

  // Activate or Deactivate Label# i, Label counting starts with 1!
  void activate_label(int i, bool bf=TRUE);

  // Activate of Deactivate all Labels
  void activate_labels(bool bf);

protected:
  inline void Error (const char* msg) const THROWS(NCursesException) {
    THROW(new NCursesException (msg));
  }

  // Remove SLK's from screen
  void clear() {
    if (ERR==::slk_clear())
      Error("slk_clear");
  }

  // Restore them
  void restore() {
    if (ERR==::slk_restore())
      Error("slk_restore");
  }

public:

  // Construct a Key Set, use the most comfortable layout as default.
  // You must create a Soft_Label_Key_Set before you create any object of
  // the NCursesWindow, NCursesPanel or derived classes. (Actually before
  // ::initscr() is called).
  Soft_Label_Key_Set(Label_Layout fmt);

  // This constructor assumes, that you already constructed a Key Set
  // with a layout by the constructor above. This layout will be reused.
  NCURSES_IMPEXP Soft_Label_Key_Set();

  Soft_Label_Key_Set& operator=(const Soft_Label_Key_Set& rhs)
  {
    if (this != &rhs) {
      *this = rhs;
      init();		// allocate a new slk_array[]
    }
    return *this;
  }

  Soft_Label_Key_Set(const Soft_Label_Key_Set& rhs)
    : b_attrInit(rhs.b_attrInit),
      slk_array(NULL)
  {
    init();		// allocate a new slk_array[]
  }

  virtual ~Soft_Label_Key_Set();

  // Get Label# i. Label counting starts with 1!
  NCURSES_IMPEXP Soft_Label_Key& operator[](int i);

  // Retrieve number of Labels
  inline int labels() const { return num_labels; }

  // Refresh the SLK portion of the screen
  inline void refresh() {
    if (ERR==::slk_refresh())
      Error("slk_refresh");
  }

  // Mark the SLK portion of the screen for refresh, defer actual refresh
  // until next update call.
  inline void noutrefresh() {
    if (ERR==::slk_noutrefresh())
      Error("slk_noutrefresh");
  }

  // Mark the whole SLK portion of the screen as modified
  inline void touch() {
    if (ERR==::slk_touch())
      Error("slk_touch");
  }

  // Activate Label# i
  inline void show(int i) {
    activate_label(i,FALSE);
    activate_label(i,TRUE);
  }

  // Hide Label# i
  inline void hide(int i) {
    activate_label(i,FALSE);
  }

  // Show all Labels
  inline void show() {
    activate_labels(FALSE);
    activate_labels(TRUE);
  }

  // Hide all Labels
  inline void hide() {
    activate_labels(FALSE);
  }

  inline void attron(attr_t attrs) {
    if (ERR==::slk_attron(attrs))
      Error("slk_attron");
  }

  inline void attroff(attr_t attrs) {
    if (ERR==::slk_attroff(attrs))
      Error("slk_attroff");
  }

  inline void attrset(attr_t attrs) {
    if (ERR==::slk_attrset(attrs))
      Error("slk_attrset");
  }

  inline void color(short color_pair_number) {
    if (ERR==::slk_color(color_pair_number))
      Error("slk_color");
  }

  inline attr_t attr() const {
    return ::slk_attr();
  }
};

#endif /* NCURSES_CURSSLK_H_incl */
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
 *  Author: Zeyd M. Ben-Halim <zmbenhal@netcom.com> 1992,1995               *
 *     and: Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>                         *
 *     and: Thomas E. Dickey                        1996-on                 *
 ****************************************************************************/

/* $Id: curses.h.in,v 1.257 2017/11/21 00:11:37 tom Exp $ */

#ifndef __NCURSES_H
#define __NCURSES_H

#define CURSES 1
#define CURSES_H 1

/* These are defined only in curses.h, and are used for conditional compiles */
#define NCURSES_VERSION_MAJOR 6
#define NCURSES_VERSION_MINOR 1
#define NCURSES_VERSION_PATCH 20180224

/* This is defined in more than one ncurses header, for identification */
#undef  NCURSES_VERSION
#define NCURSES_VERSION "6.1"

/*
 * Identify the mouse encoding version.
 */
#define NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION 2

/*
 * Definitions to facilitate DLL's.
 */
#include <ncurses_dll.h>

#if 1
#include <stdint.h>
#endif

/*
 * User-definable tweak to disable the include of <stdbool.h>.
 */
#ifndef NCURSES_ENABLE_STDBOOL_H
#define NCURSES_ENABLE_STDBOOL_H 1
#endif

/*
 * NCURSES_ATTR_T is used to quiet compiler warnings when building ncurses
 * configured using --disable-macros.
 */
#ifndef NCURSES_ATTR_T
#define NCURSES_ATTR_T int
#endif

/*
 * Expands to 'const' if ncurses is configured using --enable-const.  Note that
 * doing so makes it incompatible with other implementations of X/Open Curses.
 */
#undef  NCURSES_CONST
#define NCURSES_CONST const

#undef NCURSES_INLINE
#define NCURSES_INLINE inline

/*
 * The standard type used for color values, and for color-pairs.  The latter
 * allows the curses library to enumerate the combinations of foreground and
 * background colors used by an application, and is normally the product of the
 * total foreground and background colors.
 *
 * X/Open uses "short" for both of these types, ultimately because they are
 * numbers from the SVr4 terminal database, which uses 16-bit signed values.
 */
#undef	NCURSES_COLOR_T
#define	NCURSES_COLOR_T short

#undef	NCURSES_PAIRS_T
#define	NCURSES_PAIRS_T short

/*
 * Definitions used to make WINDOW and similar structs opaque.
 */
#ifndef NCURSES_INTERNALS
#define NCURSES_OPAQUE       0
#define NCURSES_OPAQUE_FORM  0
#define NCURSES_OPAQUE_MENU  0
#define NCURSES_OPAQUE_PANEL 0
#endif

/*
 * Definition used to optionally suppress wattr* macros to help with the
 * transition from ncurses5 to ncurses6 by allowing the header files to
 * be shared across development packages for ncursesw in both ABIs.
 */
#ifndef NCURSES_WATTR_MACROS
#define NCURSES_WATTR_MACROS 0
#endif

/*
 * The reentrant code relies on the opaque setting, but adds features.
 */
#ifndef NCURSES_REENTRANT
#define NCURSES_REENTRANT 0
#endif

/*
 * Control whether bindings for interop support are added.
 */
#undef	NCURSES_INTEROP_FUNCS
#define	NCURSES_INTEROP_FUNCS 1

/*
 * The internal type used for window dimensions.
 */
#undef	NCURSES_SIZE_T
#define	NCURSES_SIZE_T short

/*
 * Control whether tparm() supports varargs or fixed-parameter list.
 */
#undef NCURSES_TPARM_VARARGS
#define NCURSES_TPARM_VARARGS 1

/*
 * Control type used for tparm's arguments.  While X/Open equates long and
 * char* values, this is not always workable for 64-bit platforms.
 */
#undef NCURSES_TPARM_ARG
#define NCURSES_TPARM_ARG intptr_t

/*
 * Control whether ncurses uses wcwidth() for checking width of line-drawing
 * characters.
 */
#undef NCURSES_WCWIDTH_GRAPHICS
#define NCURSES_WCWIDTH_GRAPHICS 1

/*
 * NCURSES_CH_T is used in building the library, but not used otherwise in
 * this header file, since that would make the normal/wide-character versions
 * of the header incompatible.
 */
#undef	NCURSES_CH_T
#define NCURSES_CH_T cchar_t

#if 1 && defined(_LP64)
typedef unsigned chtype;
typedef unsigned mmask_t;
#else
typedef uint32_t chtype;
typedef uint32_t mmask_t;
#endif

/*
 * We need FILE, etc.  Include this before checking any feature symbols.
 */
#include <stdio.h>

/*
 * With XPG4, you must define _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED, it is redundant (or
 * conflicting) when _XOPEN_SOURCE is 500 or greater.  If NCURSES_WIDECHAR is
 * not already defined, e.g., if the platform relies upon nonstandard feature
 * test macros, define it at this point if the standard feature test macros
 * indicate that it should be defined.
 */
#ifndef NCURSES_WIDECHAR
#if defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED) || (defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && (_XOPEN_SOURCE - 0 >= 500))
#define NCURSES_WIDECHAR 1
#else
#define NCURSES_WIDECHAR 0
#endif
#endif /* NCURSES_WIDECHAR */

#include <stdarg.h>	/* we need va_list */
#if NCURSES_WIDECHAR
#include <stddef.h>	/* we want wchar_t */
#endif

/* X/Open and SVr4 specify that curses implements 'bool'.  However, C++ may also
 * implement it.  If so, we must use the C++ compiler's type to avoid conflict
 * with other interfaces.
 *
 * A further complication is that <stdbool.h> may declare 'bool' to be a
 * different type, such as an enum which is not necessarily compatible with
 * C++.  If we have <stdbool.h>, make 'bool' a macro, so users may #undef it.
 * Otherwise, let it remain a typedef to avoid conflicts with other #define's.
 * In either case, make a typedef for NCURSES_BOOL which can be used if needed
 * from either C or C++.
 */

#undef TRUE
#define TRUE    1

#undef FALSE
#define FALSE   0

typedef unsigned char NCURSES_BOOL;

#if defined(__cplusplus)	/* __cplusplus, etc. */

/* use the C++ compiler's bool type */
#define NCURSES_BOOL bool

#else			/* c89, c99, etc. */

#if NCURSES_ENABLE_STDBOOL_H
#include <stdbool.h>
/* use whatever the C compiler decides bool really is */
#define NCURSES_BOOL bool
#else
/* there is no predefined bool - use our own */
#undef bool
#define bool NCURSES_BOOL
#endif

#endif /* !__cplusplus, etc. */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#define NCURSES_CAST(type,value) static_cast<type>(value)
#else
#define NCURSES_CAST(type,value) (type)(value)
#endif

#define NCURSES_OK_ADDR(p) (0 != NCURSES_CAST(const void *, (p)))

/*
 * X/Open attributes.  In the ncurses implementation, they are identical to the
 * A_ attributes.
 */
#define WA_ATTRIBUTES	A_ATTRIBUTES
#define WA_NORMAL	A_NORMAL
#define WA_STANDOUT	A_STANDOUT
#define WA_UNDERLINE	A_UNDERLINE
#define WA_REVERSE	A_REVERSE
#define WA_BLINK	A_BLINK
#define WA_DIM		A_DIM
#define WA_BOLD		A_BOLD
#define WA_ALTCHARSET	A_ALTCHARSET
#define WA_INVIS	A_INVIS
#define WA_PROTECT	A_PROTECT
#define WA_HORIZONTAL	A_HORIZONTAL
#define WA_LEFT		A_LEFT
#define WA_LOW		A_LOW
#define WA_RIGHT	A_RIGHT
#define WA_TOP		A_TOP
#define WA_VERTICAL	A_VERTICAL

#if 1
#define WA_ITALIC	A_ITALIC	/* ncurses extension */
#endif

/* colors */
#define COLOR_BLACK	0
#define COLOR_RED	1
#define COLOR_GREEN	2
#define COLOR_YELLOW	3
#define COLOR_BLUE	4
#define COLOR_MAGENTA	5
#define COLOR_CYAN	6
#define COLOR_WHITE	7

/* line graphics */

#if 0 || NCURSES_REENTRANT
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(chtype*, acs_map);
#define acs_map NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(acs_map())
#else
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(chtype) acs_map[];
#endif

#define NCURSES_ACS(c)	(acs_map[NCURSES_CAST(unsigned char,(c))])

/* VT100 symbols begin here */
#define ACS_ULCORNER	NCURSES_ACS('l') /* upper left corner */
#define ACS_LLCORNER	NCURSES_ACS('m') /* lower left corner */
#define ACS_URCORNER	NCURSES_ACS('k') /* upper right corner */
#define ACS_LRCORNER	NCURSES_ACS('j') /* lower right corner */
#define ACS_LTEE	NCURSES_ACS('t') /* tee pointing right */
#define ACS_RTEE	NCURSES_ACS('u') /* tee pointing left */
#define ACS_BTEE	NCURSES_ACS('v') /* tee pointing up */
#define ACS_TTEE	NCURSES_ACS('w') /* tee pointing down */
#define ACS_HLINE	NCURSES_ACS('q') /* horizontal line */
#define ACS_VLINE	NCURSES_ACS('x') /* vertical line */
#define ACS_PLUS	NCURSES_ACS('n') /* large plus or crossover */
#define ACS_S1		NCURSES_ACS('o') /* scan line 1 */
#define ACS_S9		NCURSES_ACS('s') /* scan line 9 */
#define ACS_DIAMOND	NCURSES_ACS('`') /* diamond */
#define ACS_CKBOARD	NCURSES_ACS('a') /* checker board (stipple) */
#define ACS_DEGREE	NCURSES_ACS('f') /* degree symbol */
#define ACS_PLMINUS	NCURSES_ACS('g') /* plus/minus */
#define ACS_BULLET	NCURSES_ACS('~') /* bullet */
/* Teletype 5410v1 symbols begin here */
#define ACS_LARROW	NCURSES_ACS(',') /* arrow pointing left */
#define ACS_RARROW	NCURSES_ACS('+') /* arrow pointing right */
#define ACS_DARROW	NCURSES_ACS('.') /* arrow pointing down */
#define ACS_UARROW	NCURSES_ACS('-') /* arrow pointing up */
#define ACS_BOARD	NCURSES_ACS('h') /* board of squares */
#define ACS_LANTERN	NCURSES_ACS('i') /* lantern symbol */
#define ACS_BLOCK	NCURSES_ACS('0') /* solid square block */
/*
 * These aren't documented, but a lot of System Vs have them anyway
 * (you can spot pprryyzz{{||}} in a lot of AT&T terminfo strings).
 * The ACS_names may not match AT&T's, our source didn't know them.
 */
#define ACS_S3		NCURSES_ACS('p') /* scan line 3 */
#define ACS_S7		NCURSES_ACS('r') /* scan line 7 */
#define ACS_LEQUAL	NCURSES_ACS('y') /* less/equal */
#define ACS_GEQUAL	NCURSES_ACS('z') /* greater/equal */
#define ACS_PI		NCURSES_ACS('{') /* Pi */
#define ACS_NEQUAL	NCURSES_ACS('|') /* not equal */
#define ACS_STERLING	NCURSES_ACS('}') /* UK pound sign */

/*
 * Line drawing ACS names are of the form ACS_trbl, where t is the top, r
 * is the right, b is the bottom, and l is the left.  t, r, b, and l might
 * be B (blank), S (single), D (double), or T (thick).  The subset defined
 * here only uses B and S.
 */
#define ACS_BSSB	ACS_ULCORNER
#define ACS_SSBB	ACS_LLCORNER
#define ACS_BBSS	ACS_URCORNER
#define ACS_SBBS	ACS_LRCORNER
#define ACS_SBSS	ACS_RTEE
#define ACS_SSSB	ACS_LTEE
#define ACS_SSBS	ACS_BTEE
#define ACS_BSSS	ACS_TTEE
#define ACS_BSBS	ACS_HLINE
#define ACS_SBSB	ACS_VLINE
#define ACS_SSSS	ACS_PLUS

#undef	ERR
#define ERR     (-1)

#undef	OK
#define OK      (0)

/* values for the _flags member */
#define _SUBWIN         0x01	/* is this a sub-window? */
#define _ENDLINE        0x02	/* is the window flush right? */
#define _FULLWIN        0x04	/* is the window full-screen? */
#define _SCROLLWIN      0x08	/* bottom edge is at screen bottom? */
#define _ISPAD	        0x10	/* is this window a pad? */
#define _HASMOVED       0x20	/* has cursor moved since last refresh? */
#define _WRAPPED        0x40	/* cursor was just wrappped */

/*
 * this value is used in the firstchar and lastchar fields to mark
 * unchanged lines
 */
#define _NOCHANGE       -1

/*
 * this value is used in the oldindex field to mark lines created by insertions
 * and scrolls.
 */
#define _NEWINDEX	-1

typedef struct screen  SCREEN;
typedef struct _win_st WINDOW;

typedef	chtype	attr_t;		/* ...must be at least as wide as chtype */

#if NCURSES_WIDECHAR

#if 0
#ifdef mblen			/* libutf8.h defines it w/o undefining first */
#undef mblen
#endif
#include <libutf8.h>
#endif

#if 1
#include <wchar.h>		/* ...to get mbstate_t, etc. */
#endif

#if 0
typedef unsigned short wchar_t1;
#endif

#if 0
typedef unsigned int wint_t1;
#endif

/*
 * cchar_t stores an array of CCHARW_MAX wide characters.  The first is
 * normally a spacing character.  The others are non-spacing.  If those
 * (spacing and nonspacing) do not fill the array, a null L'\0' follows.
 * Otherwise, a null is assumed to follow when extracting via getcchar().
 */
#define CCHARW_MAX	5
typedef struct
{
    attr_t	attr;
    wchar_t	chars[CCHARW_MAX];
#if 1
#undef NCURSES_EXT_COLORS
#define NCURSES_EXT_COLORS 20180224
    int		ext_color;	/* color pair, must be more than 16-bits */
#endif
}
cchar_t;

#endif /* NCURSES_WIDECHAR */

#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE
struct ldat;

struct _win_st
{
	NCURSES_SIZE_T _cury, _curx; /* current cursor position */

	/* window location and size */
	NCURSES_SIZE_T _maxy, _maxx; /* maximums of x and y, NOT window size */
	NCURSES_SIZE_T _begy, _begx; /* screen coords of upper-left-hand corner */

	short   _flags;		/* window state flags */

	/* attribute tracking */
	attr_t  _attrs;		/* current attribute for non-space character */
	chtype  _bkgd;		/* current background char/attribute pair */

	/* option values set by user */
	bool	_notimeout;	/* no time out on function-key entry? */
	bool	_clear;		/* consider all data in the window invalid? */
	bool	_leaveok;	/* OK to not reset cursor on exit? */
	bool	_scroll;	/* OK to scroll this window? */
	bool	_idlok;		/* OK to use insert/delete line? */
	bool	_idcok;		/* OK to use insert/delete char? */
	bool	_immed;		/* window in immed mode? (not yet used) */
	bool	_sync;		/* window in sync mode? */
	bool	_use_keypad;	/* process function keys into KEY_ symbols? */
	int	_delay;		/* 0 = nodelay, <0 = blocking, >0 = delay */

	struct ldat *_line;	/* the actual line data */

	/* global screen state */
	NCURSES_SIZE_T _regtop;	/* top line of scrolling region */
	NCURSES_SIZE_T _regbottom; /* bottom line of scrolling region */

	/* these are used only if this is a sub-window */
	int	_parx;		/* x coordinate of this window in parent */
	int	_pary;		/* y coordinate of this window in parent */
	WINDOW	*_parent;	/* pointer to parent if a sub-window */

	/* these are used only if this is a pad */
	struct pdat
	{
	    NCURSES_SIZE_T _pad_y,      _pad_x;
	    NCURSES_SIZE_T _pad_top,    _pad_left;
	    NCURSES_SIZE_T _pad_bottom, _pad_right;
	} _pad;

	NCURSES_SIZE_T _yoffset; /* real begy is _begy + _yoffset */

#if NCURSES_WIDECHAR
	cchar_t  _bkgrnd;	/* current background char/attribute pair */
#if 1
	int	_color;		/* current color-pair for non-space character */
#endif
#endif
};
#endif /* NCURSES_OPAQUE */

/*
 * This is an extension to support events...
 */
#if 1
#ifdef NCURSES_WGETCH_EVENTS
#if !defined(__BEOS__) || defined(__HAIKU__)
   /* Fix _nc_timed_wait() on BEOS... */
#  define NCURSES_EVENT_VERSION	1
#endif	/* !defined(__BEOS__) */

/*
 * Bits to set in _nc_event.data.flags
 */
#  define _NC_EVENT_TIMEOUT_MSEC	1
#  define _NC_EVENT_FILE		2
#  define _NC_EVENT_FILE_READABLE	2
#  if 0					/* Not supported yet... */
#    define _NC_EVENT_FILE_WRITABLE	4
#    define _NC_EVENT_FILE_EXCEPTION	8
#  endif

typedef struct
{
    int type;
    union
    {
	long timeout_msec;	/* _NC_EVENT_TIMEOUT_MSEC */
	struct
	{
	    unsigned int flags;
	    int fd;
	    unsigned int result;
	} fev;				/* _NC_EVENT_FILE */
    } data;
} _nc_event;

typedef struct
{
    int count;
    int result_flags;	/* _NC_EVENT_TIMEOUT_MSEC or _NC_EVENT_FILE_READABLE */
    _nc_event *events[1];
} _nc_eventlist;

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetch_events (WINDOW *, _nc_eventlist *);	/* experimental */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetnstr_events (WINDOW *,char *,int,_nc_eventlist *);/* experimental */

#endif /* NCURSES_WGETCH_EVENTS */
#endif /* NCURSES_EXT_FUNCS */

/*
 * GCC (and some other compilers) define '__attribute__'; we're using this
 * macro to alert the compiler to flag inconsistencies in printf/scanf-like
 * function calls.  Just in case '__attribute__' isn't defined, make a dummy.
 * Old versions of G++ do not accept it anyway, at least not consistently with
 * GCC.
 */
#if !(defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__GNUG__) || defined(__attribute__))
#define __attribute__(p) /* nothing */
#endif

/*
 * We cannot define these in ncurses_cfg.h, since they require parameters to be
 * passed (that is non-portable).  If you happen to be using gcc with warnings
 * enabled, define
 *	GCC_PRINTF
 *	GCC_SCANF
 * to improve checking of calls to printw(), etc.
 */
#ifndef GCC_PRINTFLIKE
#if defined(GCC_PRINTF) && !defined(printf)
#define GCC_PRINTFLIKE(fmt,var) __attribute__((format(printf,fmt,var)))
#else
#define GCC_PRINTFLIKE(fmt,var) /*nothing*/
#endif
#endif

#ifndef GCC_SCANFLIKE
#if defined(GCC_SCANF) && !defined(scanf)
#define GCC_SCANFLIKE(fmt,var)  __attribute__((format(scanf,fmt,var)))
#else
#define GCC_SCANFLIKE(fmt,var)  /*nothing*/
#endif
#endif

#ifndef	GCC_NORETURN
#define	GCC_NORETURN /* nothing */
#endif

#ifndef	GCC_UNUSED
#define	GCC_UNUSED /* nothing */
#endif

/*
 * Curses uses a helper function.  Define our type for this to simplify
 * extending it for the sp-funcs feature.
 */
typedef int (*NCURSES_OUTC)(int);

/*
 * Function prototypes.  This is the complete X/Open Curses list of required
 * functions.  Those marked `generated' will have sources generated from the
 * macro definitions later in this file, in order to satisfy XPG4.2
 * requirements.
 */

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) addch (const chtype);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) addchnstr (const chtype *, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) addchstr (const chtype *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) addnstr (const char *, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) addstr (const char *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) attroff (NCURSES_ATTR_T);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) attron (NCURSES_ATTR_T);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) attrset (NCURSES_ATTR_T);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) attr_get (attr_t *, NCURSES_PAIRS_T *, void *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) attr_off (attr_t, void *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) attr_on (attr_t, void *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) attr_set (attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, void *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) baudrate (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) beep  (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) bkgd (chtype);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) bkgdset (chtype);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) border (chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) box (WINDOW *, chtype, chtype);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) can_change_color (void);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) cbreak (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) chgat (int, attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, const void *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) clear (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) clearok (WINDOW *,bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) clrtobot (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) clrtoeol (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) color_content (NCURSES_COLOR_T,NCURSES_COLOR_T*,NCURSES_COLOR_T*,NCURSES_COLOR_T*);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) color_set (NCURSES_PAIRS_T,void*);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) COLOR_PAIR (int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) copywin (const WINDOW*,WINDOW*,int,int,int,int,int,int,int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) curs_set (int);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) def_prog_mode (void);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) def_shell_mode (void);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) delay_output (int);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) delch (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) delscreen (SCREEN *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) delwin (WINDOW *);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) deleteln (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) derwin (WINDOW *,int,int,int,int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) doupdate (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) dupwin (WINDOW *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) echo (void);					/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) echochar (const chtype);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) erase (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) endwin (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char) erasechar (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) filter (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) flash (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) flushinp (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype) getbkgd (WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getch (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getnstr (char *, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getstr (char *);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) getwin (FILE *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) halfdelay (int);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) has_colors (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) has_ic (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) has_il (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) hline (chtype, int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) idcok (WINDOW *, bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) idlok (WINDOW *, bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) immedok (WINDOW *, bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype) inch (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) inchnstr (chtype *, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) inchstr (chtype *);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) initscr (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) init_color (NCURSES_COLOR_T,NCURSES_COLOR_T,NCURSES_COLOR_T,NCURSES_COLOR_T);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) init_pair (NCURSES_PAIRS_T,NCURSES_COLOR_T,NCURSES_COLOR_T);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) innstr (char *, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) insch (chtype);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) insdelln (int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) insertln (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) insnstr (const char *, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) insstr (const char *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) instr (char *);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) intrflush (WINDOW *,bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) isendwin (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_linetouched (WINDOW *,int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_wintouched (WINDOW *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(NCURSES_CONST char *) keyname (int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) keypad (WINDOW *,bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char) killchar (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) leaveok (WINDOW *,bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) longname (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) meta (WINDOW *,bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) move (int, int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvaddch (int, int, const chtype);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvaddchnstr (int, int, const chtype *, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvaddchstr (int, int, const chtype *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvaddnstr (int, int, const char *, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvaddstr (int, int, const char *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvchgat (int, int, int, attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, const void *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvcur (int,int,int,int);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvdelch (int, int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvderwin (WINDOW *, int, int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvgetch (int, int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvgetnstr (int, int, char *, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvgetstr (int, int, char *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvhline (int, int, chtype, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype) mvinch (int, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinchnstr (int, int, chtype *, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinchstr (int, int, chtype *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinnstr (int, int, char *, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinsch (int, int, chtype);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinsnstr (int, int, const char *, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinsstr (int, int, const char *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinstr (int, int, char *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvprintw (int,int, const char *,...)		/* implemented */
		GCC_PRINTFLIKE(3,4);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvscanw (int,int, NCURSES_CONST char *,...)	/* implemented */
		GCC_SCANFLIKE(3,4);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvvline (int, int, chtype, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwaddch (WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwaddchnstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype *, int);/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwaddchstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwaddnstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwaddstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const char *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwchgat (WINDOW *, int, int, int, attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, const void *);/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwdelch (WINDOW *, int, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwgetch (WINDOW *, int, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwgetnstr (WINDOW *, int, int, char *, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwgetstr (WINDOW *, int, int, char *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwhline (WINDOW *, int, int, chtype, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwin (WINDOW *,int,int);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype) mvwinch (WINDOW *, int, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinchnstr (WINDOW *, int, int, chtype *, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinchstr (WINDOW *, int, int, chtype *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinnstr (WINDOW *, int, int, char *, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinsch (WINDOW *, int, int, chtype);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinsnstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinsstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const char *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinstr (WINDOW *, int, int, char *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwprintw (WINDOW*,int,int, const char *,...)	/* implemented */
		GCC_PRINTFLIKE(4,5);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwscanw (WINDOW *,int,int, NCURSES_CONST char *,...)	/* implemented */
		GCC_SCANFLIKE(4,5);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwvline (WINDOW *,int, int, chtype, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) napms (int);					/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) newpad (int,int);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(SCREEN *) newterm (NCURSES_CONST char *,FILE *,FILE *);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) newwin (int,int,int,int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) nl (void);					/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) nocbreak (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) nodelay (WINDOW *,bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) noecho (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) nonl (void);					/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) noqiflush (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) noraw (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) notimeout (WINDOW *,bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) overlay (const WINDOW*,WINDOW *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) overwrite (const WINDOW*,WINDOW *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) pair_content (NCURSES_PAIRS_T,NCURSES_COLOR_T*,NCURSES_COLOR_T*);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) PAIR_NUMBER (int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) pechochar (WINDOW *, const chtype);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) pnoutrefresh (WINDOW*,int,int,int,int,int,int);/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) prefresh (WINDOW *,int,int,int,int,int,int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) printw (const char *,...)			/* implemented */
		GCC_PRINTFLIKE(1,2);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) putwin (WINDOW *, FILE *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) qiflush (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) raw (void);					/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) redrawwin (WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) refresh (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) resetty (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) reset_prog_mode (void);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) reset_shell_mode (void);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) ripoffline (int, int (*)(WINDOW *, int));	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) savetty (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) scanw (NCURSES_CONST char *,...)		/* implemented */
		GCC_SCANFLIKE(1,2);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) scr_dump (const char *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) scr_init (const char *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) scrl (int);					/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) scroll (WINDOW *);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) scrollok (WINDOW *,bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) scr_restore (const char *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) scr_set (const char *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) setscrreg (int,int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(SCREEN *) set_term (SCREEN *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_attroff (const chtype);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_attr_off (const attr_t, void *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_attron (const chtype);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_attr_on (attr_t,void*);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_attrset (const chtype);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(attr_t) slk_attr (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_attr_set (const attr_t,NCURSES_PAIRS_T,void*);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_clear (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_color (NCURSES_PAIRS_T);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_init (int);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) slk_label (int);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_noutrefresh (void);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_refresh (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_restore (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_set (int,const char *,int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_touch (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) standout (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) standend (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) start_color (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) subpad (WINDOW *, int, int, int, int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) subwin (WINDOW *, int, int, int, int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) syncok (WINDOW *, bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype) termattrs (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) termname (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) timeout (int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) touchline (WINDOW *, int, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) touchwin (WINDOW *);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) typeahead (int);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) ungetch (int);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) untouchwin (WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) use_env (bool);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) use_tioctl (bool);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vidattr (chtype);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vidputs (chtype, NCURSES_OUTC);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vline (chtype, int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vwprintw (WINDOW *, const char *,va_list);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vw_printw (WINDOW *, const char *,va_list);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vwscanw (WINDOW *, NCURSES_CONST char *,va_list);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vw_scanw (WINDOW *, NCURSES_CONST char *,va_list);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) waddch (WINDOW *, const chtype);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) waddchnstr (WINDOW *,const chtype *,int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) waddchstr (WINDOW *,const chtype *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) waddnstr (WINDOW *,const char *,int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) waddstr (WINDOW *,const char *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wattron (WINDOW *, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wattroff (WINDOW *, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wattrset (WINDOW *, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wattr_get (WINDOW *, attr_t *, NCURSES_PAIRS_T *, void *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wattr_on (WINDOW *, attr_t, void *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wattr_off (WINDOW *, attr_t, void *);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wattr_set (WINDOW *, attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, void *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wbkgd (WINDOW *, chtype);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) wbkgdset (WINDOW *,chtype);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wborder (WINDOW *,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wchgat (WINDOW *, int, attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, const void *);/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wclear (WINDOW *);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wclrtobot (WINDOW *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wclrtoeol (WINDOW *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wcolor_set (WINDOW*,NCURSES_PAIRS_T,void*);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) wcursyncup (WINDOW *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wdelch (WINDOW *);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wdeleteln (WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wechochar (WINDOW *, const chtype);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) werase (WINDOW *);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetch (WINDOW *);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetnstr (WINDOW *,char *,int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetstr (WINDOW *, char *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) whline (WINDOW *, chtype, int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype) winch (WINDOW *);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winchnstr (WINDOW *, chtype *, int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winchstr (WINDOW *, chtype *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winnstr (WINDOW *, char *, int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winsch (WINDOW *, chtype);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winsdelln (WINDOW *,int);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winsertln (WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winsnstr (WINDOW *, const char *,int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winsstr (WINDOW *, const char *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winstr (WINDOW *, char *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wmove (WINDOW *,int,int);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wnoutrefresh (WINDOW *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wprintw (WINDOW *, const char *,...)		/* implemented */
		GCC_PRINTFLIKE(2,3);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wredrawln (WINDOW *,int,int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wrefresh (WINDOW *);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wscanw (WINDOW *, NCURSES_CONST char *,...)	/* implemented */
		GCC_SCANFLIKE(2,3);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wscrl (WINDOW *,int);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wsetscrreg (WINDOW *,int,int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wstandout (WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wstandend (WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) wsyncdown (WINDOW *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) wsyncup (WINDOW *);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) wtimeout (WINDOW *,int);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wtouchln (WINDOW *,int,int,int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wvline (WINDOW *,chtype,int);		/* implemented */

/*
 * These are also declared in <term.h>:
 */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) tigetflag (NCURSES_CONST char *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) tigetnum (NCURSES_CONST char *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) tigetstr (NCURSES_CONST char *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) putp (const char *);				/* implemented */

#if NCURSES_TPARM_VARARGS
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) tparm (NCURSES_CONST char *, ...);	/* special */
#else
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) tparm (NCURSES_CONST char *, NCURSES_TPARM_ARG,NCURSES_TPARM_ARG,NCURSES_TPARM_ARG,NCURSES_TPARM_ARG,NCURSES_TPARM_ARG,NCURSES_TPARM_ARG,NCURSES_TPARM_ARG,NCURSES_TPARM_ARG,NCURSES_TPARM_ARG);	/* special */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) tparm_varargs (NCURSES_CONST char *, ...);	/* special */
#endif

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) tiparm (const char *, ...);		/* special */

/*
 * X/Open says this returns a bool; SVr4 also checked for out-of-range line.
 * The macro provides compatibility:
 */
#define is_linetouched(w,l) ((!(w) || ((l) > getmaxy(w)) || ((l) < 0)) ? ERR : (is_linetouched)((w),(l)))

/*
 * These functions are not in X/Open, but we use them in macro definitions:
 */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getattrs (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getcurx (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getcury (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getbegx (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getbegy (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getmaxx (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getmaxy (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getparx (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getpary (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */

/*
 * vid_attr() was implemented originally based on a draft of X/Open curses.
 */
#if !NCURSES_WIDECHAR
#define vid_attr(a,pair,opts) vidattr(a)
#endif

/*
 * These functions are extensions - not in X/Open Curses.
 */
#if 1
#undef  NCURSES_EXT_FUNCS
#define NCURSES_EXT_FUNCS 20180224
typedef int (*NCURSES_WINDOW_CB)(WINDOW *, void *);
typedef int (*NCURSES_SCREEN_CB)(SCREEN *, void *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_term_resized (int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) keybound (int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const char *) curses_version (void);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) alloc_pair (int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) assume_default_colors (int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) define_key (const char *, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) extended_color_content(int, int *, int *, int *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) extended_pair_content(int, int *, int *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) extended_slk_color(int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) find_pair (int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) free_pair (int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) get_escdelay (void);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) init_extended_color(int, int, int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) init_extended_pair(int, int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) key_defined (const char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) keyok (int, bool);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) reset_color_pairs (void);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) resize_term (int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) resizeterm (int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) set_escdelay (int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) set_tabsize (int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) use_default_colors (void);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) use_extended_names (bool);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) use_legacy_coding (int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) use_screen (SCREEN *, NCURSES_SCREEN_CB, void *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) use_window (WINDOW *, NCURSES_WINDOW_CB, void *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wresize (WINDOW *, int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) nofilter(void);

/*
 * These extensions provide access to information stored in the WINDOW even
 * when NCURSES_OPAQUE is set:
 */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) wgetparent (const WINDOW *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_cleared (const WINDOW *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_idcok (const WINDOW *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_idlok (const WINDOW *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_immedok (const WINDOW *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_keypad (const WINDOW *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_leaveok (const WINDOW *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_nodelay (const WINDOW *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_notimeout (const WINDOW *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_pad (const WINDOW *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_scrollok (const WINDOW *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_subwin (const WINDOW *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_syncok (const WINDOW *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetdelay (const WINDOW *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetscrreg (const WINDOW *, int *, int *); /* generated */

#else
#define curses_version() NCURSES_VERSION
#endif

/*
 * Extra extension-functions, which pass a SCREEN pointer rather than using
 * a global variable SP.
 */
#if 1
#undef  NCURSES_SP_FUNCS
#define NCURSES_SP_FUNCS 20180224
#define NCURSES_SP_NAME(name) name##_sp

/* Define the sp-funcs helper function */
#define NCURSES_SP_OUTC NCURSES_SP_NAME(NCURSES_OUTC)
typedef int (*NCURSES_SP_OUTC)(SCREEN*, int);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(SCREEN *) new_prescr (void); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(baudrate) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(beep) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) NCURSES_SP_NAME(can_change_color) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(cbreak) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(curs_set) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(color_content) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, NCURSES_COLOR_T*, NCURSES_COLOR_T*, NCURSES_COLOR_T*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(def_prog_mode) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(def_shell_mode) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(delay_output) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(doupdate) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(echo) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(endwin) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char) NCURSES_SP_NAME(erasechar) (SCREEN*);/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) NCURSES_SP_NAME(filter) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(flash) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(flushinp) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(getwin) (SCREEN*, FILE *);			/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(halfdelay) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) NCURSES_SP_NAME(has_colors) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) NCURSES_SP_NAME(has_ic) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) NCURSES_SP_NAME(has_il) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(init_color) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_COLOR_T, NCURSES_COLOR_T, NCURSES_COLOR_T, NCURSES_COLOR_T); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(init_pair) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, NCURSES_COLOR_T, NCURSES_COLOR_T); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(intrflush) (SCREEN*, WINDOW*, bool);	/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) NCURSES_SP_NAME(isendwin) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(NCURSES_CONST char *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(keyname) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char) NCURSES_SP_NAME(killchar) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(longname) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(mvcur) (SCREEN*, int, int, int, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(napms) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(newpad) (SCREEN*, int, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(SCREEN *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(newterm) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_CONST char *, FILE *, FILE *); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(newwin) (SCREEN*, int, int, int, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(nl) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(nocbreak) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(noecho) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(nonl) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) NCURSES_SP_NAME(noqiflush) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(noraw) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(pair_content) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, NCURSES_COLOR_T*, NCURSES_COLOR_T*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) NCURSES_SP_NAME(qiflush) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(raw) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(reset_prog_mode) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(reset_shell_mode) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(resetty) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(ripoffline) (SCREEN*, int, int (*)(WINDOW *, int));	/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(savetty) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(scr_init) (SCREEN*, const char *); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(scr_restore) (SCREEN*, const char *); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(scr_set) (SCREEN*, const char *); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_attroff) (SCREEN*, const chtype); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_attron) (SCREEN*, const chtype); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_attrset) (SCREEN*, const chtype); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(attr_t) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_attr) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_attr_set) (SCREEN*, const attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, void*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_clear) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_color) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_PAIRS_T); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_init) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_label) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_noutrefresh) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_refresh) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_restore) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_set) (SCREEN*, int, const char *, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_touch) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(start_color) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype) NCURSES_SP_NAME(termattrs) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(termname) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(typeahead) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(ungetch) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) NCURSES_SP_NAME(use_env) (SCREEN*, bool); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) NCURSES_SP_NAME(use_tioctl) (SCREEN*, bool); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(vidattr) (SCREEN*, chtype);	/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(vidputs) (SCREEN*, chtype, NCURSES_SP_OUTC); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
#if 1
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(keybound) (SCREEN*, int, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(alloc_pair) (SCREEN*, int, int); /* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(assume_default_colors) (SCREEN*, int, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(define_key) (SCREEN*, const char *, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(extended_color_content) (SCREEN*, int, int *, int *, int *);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(extended_pair_content) (SCREEN*, int, int *, int *);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(extended_slk_color) (SCREEN*, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(get_escdelay) (SCREEN*);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(find_pair) (SCREEN*, int, int); /* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(free_pair) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(init_extended_color) (SCREEN*, int, int, int, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(init_extended_pair) (SCREEN*, int, int, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) NCURSES_SP_NAME(is_term_resized) (SCREEN*, int, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(key_defined) (SCREEN*, const char *);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(keyok) (SCREEN*, int, bool);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) NCURSES_SP_NAME(nofilter) (SCREEN*); /* implemented */	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) NCURSES_SP_NAME(reset_color_pairs) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(resize_term) (SCREEN*, int, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(resizeterm) (SCREEN*, int, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(set_escdelay) (SCREEN*, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(set_tabsize) (SCREEN*, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(use_default_colors) (SCREEN*);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(use_legacy_coding) (SCREEN*, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
#endif
#else
#undef  NCURSES_SP_FUNCS
#define NCURSES_SP_FUNCS 0
#define NCURSES_SP_NAME(name) name
#define NCURSES_SP_OUTC NCURSES_OUTC
#endif

/* attributes */

#define NCURSES_ATTR_SHIFT       8
#define NCURSES_BITS(mask,shift) (NCURSES_CAST(chtype,(mask)) << ((shift) + NCURSES_ATTR_SHIFT))

#define A_NORMAL	(1U - 1U)
#define A_ATTRIBUTES	NCURSES_BITS(~(1U - 1U),0)
#define A_CHARTEXT	(NCURSES_BITS(1U,0) - 1U)
#define A_COLOR		NCURSES_BITS(((1U) << 8) - 1U,0)
#define A_STANDOUT	NCURSES_BITS(1U,8)
#define A_UNDERLINE	NCURSES_BITS(1U,9)
#define A_REVERSE	NCURSES_BITS(1U,10)
#define A_BLINK		NCURSES_BITS(1U,11)
#define A_DIM		NCURSES_BITS(1U,12)
#define A_BOLD		NCURSES_BITS(1U,13)
#define A_ALTCHARSET	NCURSES_BITS(1U,14)
#define A_INVIS		NCURSES_BITS(1U,15)
#define A_PROTECT	NCURSES_BITS(1U,16)
#define A_HORIZONTAL	NCURSES_BITS(1U,17)
#define A_LEFT		NCURSES_BITS(1U,18)
#define A_LOW		NCURSES_BITS(1U,19)
#define A_RIGHT		NCURSES_BITS(1U,20)
#define A_TOP		NCURSES_BITS(1U,21)
#define A_VERTICAL	NCURSES_BITS(1U,22)

#if 1
#define A_ITALIC	NCURSES_BITS(1U,23)	/* ncurses extension */
#endif

/*
 * Most of the pseudo functions are macros that either provide compatibility
 * with older versions of curses, or provide inline functionality to improve
 * performance.
 */

/*
 * These pseudo functions are always implemented as macros:
 */

#define getyx(win,y,x)		(y = getcury(win), x = getcurx(win))
#define getbegyx(win,y,x)	(y = getbegy(win), x = getbegx(win))
#define getmaxyx(win,y,x)	(y = getmaxy(win), x = getmaxx(win))
#define getparyx(win,y,x)	(y = getpary(win), x = getparx(win))

#define getsyx(y,x) do { if (newscr) { \
			     if (is_leaveok(newscr)) \
				(y) = (x) = -1; \
			     else \
				 getyx(newscr,(y), (x)); \
			} \
		    } while(0)

#define setsyx(y,x) do { if (newscr) { \
			    if ((y) == -1 && (x) == -1) \
				leaveok(newscr, TRUE); \
			    else { \
				leaveok(newscr, FALSE); \
				wmove(newscr, (y), (x)); \
			    } \
			} \
		    } while(0)

#ifndef NCURSES_NOMACROS

/*
 * These miscellaneous pseudo functions are provided for compatibility:
 */

#define wgetstr(w, s)		wgetnstr(w, s, -1)
#define getnstr(s, n)		wgetnstr(stdscr, s, (n))

#define setterm(term)		setupterm(term, 1, (int *)0)

#define fixterm()		reset_prog_mode()
#define resetterm()		reset_shell_mode()
#define saveterm()		def_prog_mode()
#define crmode()		cbreak()
#define nocrmode()		nocbreak()
#define gettmode()

/* It seems older SYSV curses versions define these */
#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE
#define getattrs(win)		NCURSES_CAST(int, NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_attrs : A_NORMAL)
#define getcurx(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_curx : ERR)
#define getcury(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_cury : ERR)
#define getbegx(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_begx : ERR)
#define getbegy(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_begy : ERR)
#define getmaxx(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? ((win)->_maxx + 1) : ERR)
#define getmaxy(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? ((win)->_maxy + 1) : ERR)
#define getparx(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_parx : ERR)
#define getpary(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_pary : ERR)
#endif /* NCURSES_OPAQUE */

#define wstandout(win)		(wattrset(win,A_STANDOUT))
#define wstandend(win)		(wattrset(win,A_NORMAL))

#define wattron(win,at)		wattr_on(win, NCURSES_CAST(attr_t, at), NULL)
#define wattroff(win,at)	wattr_off(win, NCURSES_CAST(attr_t, at), NULL)

#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE
#if NCURSES_WATTR_MACROS
#if NCURSES_WIDECHAR && 1
#define wattrset(win,at) \
	(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) \
	  ? ((win)->_color = NCURSES_CAST(int, PAIR_NUMBER(at)), \
	     (win)->_attrs = NCURSES_CAST(attr_t, at), \
	     OK) \
	  : ERR)
#else
#define wattrset(win,at) \
	(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) \
	  ? ((win)->_attrs = NCURSES_CAST(attr_t, at), \
	     OK) \
	  : ERR)
#endif
#endif /* NCURSES_WATTR_MACROS */
#endif /* NCURSES_OPAQUE */

#define scroll(win)		wscrl(win,1)

#define touchwin(win)		wtouchln((win), 0, getmaxy(win), 1)
#define touchline(win, s, c)	wtouchln((win), s, c, 1)
#define untouchwin(win)		wtouchln((win), 0, getmaxy(win), 0)

#define box(win, v, h)		wborder(win, v, v, h, h, 0, 0, 0, 0)
#define border(ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br)	wborder(stdscr, ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br)
#define hline(ch, n)		whline(stdscr, ch, (n))
#define vline(ch, n)		wvline(stdscr, ch, (n))

#define winstr(w, s)		winnstr(w, s, -1)
#define winchstr(w, s)		winchnstr(w, s, -1)
#define winsstr(w, s)		winsnstr(w, s, -1)

#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE
#define redrawwin(win)		wredrawln(win, 0, (NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_maxy+1 : -1))
#endif /* NCURSES_OPAQUE */

#define waddstr(win,str)	waddnstr(win,str,-1)
#define waddchstr(win,str)	waddchnstr(win,str,-1)

/*
 * These apply to the first 256 color pairs.
 */
#define COLOR_PAIR(n)	(NCURSES_BITS((n), 0) & A_COLOR)
#define PAIR_NUMBER(a)	(NCURSES_CAST(int,((NCURSES_CAST(unsigned long,(a)) & A_COLOR) >> NCURSES_ATTR_SHIFT)))

/*
 * pseudo functions for standard screen
 */

#define addch(ch)		waddch(stdscr,(ch))
#define addchnstr(str,n)	waddchnstr(stdscr,(str),(n))
#define addchstr(str)		waddchstr(stdscr,(str))
#define addnstr(str,n)		waddnstr(stdscr,(str),(n))
#define addstr(str)		waddnstr(stdscr,(str),-1)
#define attr_get(ap,cp,o)	wattr_get(stdscr,(ap),(cp),(o))
#define attr_off(a,o)		wattr_off(stdscr,(a),(o))
#define attr_on(a,o)		wattr_on(stdscr,(a),(o))
#define attr_set(a,c,o)		wattr_set(stdscr,(a),(c),(o))
#define attroff(at)		wattroff(stdscr,(at))
#define attron(at)		wattron(stdscr,(at))
#define attrset(at)		wattrset(stdscr,(at))
#define bkgd(ch)		wbkgd(stdscr,(ch))
#define bkgdset(ch)		wbkgdset(stdscr,(ch))
#define chgat(n,a,c,o)		wchgat(stdscr,(n),(a),(c),(o))
#define clear()			wclear(stdscr)
#define clrtobot()		wclrtobot(stdscr)
#define clrtoeol()		wclrtoeol(stdscr)
#define color_set(c,o)		wcolor_set(stdscr,(c),(o))
#define delch()			wdelch(stdscr)
#define deleteln()		winsdelln(stdscr,-1)
#define echochar(c)		wechochar(stdscr,(c))
#define erase()			werase(stdscr)
#define getch()			wgetch(stdscr)
#define getstr(str)		wgetstr(stdscr,(str))
#define inch()			winch(stdscr)
#define inchnstr(s,n)		winchnstr(stdscr,(s),(n))
#define inchstr(s)		winchstr(stdscr,(s))
#define innstr(s,n)		winnstr(stdscr,(s),(n))
#define insch(c)		winsch(stdscr,(c))
#define insdelln(n)		winsdelln(stdscr,(n))
#define insertln()		winsdelln(stdscr,1)
#define insnstr(s,n)		winsnstr(stdscr,(s),(n))
#define insstr(s)		winsstr(stdscr,(s))
#define instr(s)		winstr(stdscr,(s))
#define move(y,x)		wmove(stdscr,(y),(x))
#define refresh()		wrefresh(stdscr)
#define scrl(n)			wscrl(stdscr,(n))
#define setscrreg(t,b)		wsetscrreg(stdscr,(t),(b))
#define standend()		wstandend(stdscr)
#define standout()		wstandout(stdscr)
#define timeout(delay)		wtimeout(stdscr,(delay))
#define wdeleteln(win)		winsdelln(win,-1)
#define winsertln(win)		winsdelln(win,1)

/*
 * mv functions
 */

#define mvwaddch(win,y,x,ch)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : waddch((win),(ch)))
#define mvwaddchnstr(win,y,x,str,n)	(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : waddchnstr((win),(str),(n)))
#define mvwaddchstr(win,y,x,str)	(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : waddchnstr((win),(str),-1))
#define mvwaddnstr(win,y,x,str,n)	(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : waddnstr((win),(str),(n)))
#define mvwaddstr(win,y,x,str)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : waddnstr((win),(str),-1))
#define mvwchgat(win,y,x,n,a,c,o)	(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wchgat((win),(n),(a),(c),(o)))
#define mvwdelch(win,y,x)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wdelch(win))
#define mvwgetch(win,y,x)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wgetch(win))
#define mvwgetnstr(win,y,x,str,n)	(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wgetnstr((win),(str),(n)))
#define mvwgetstr(win,y,x,str)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wgetstr((win),(str)))
#define mvwhline(win,y,x,c,n)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : whline((win),(c),(n)))
#define mvwinch(win,y,x)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? NCURSES_CAST(chtype, ERR) : winch(win))
#define mvwinchnstr(win,y,x,s,n)	(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winchnstr((win),(s),(n)))
#define mvwinchstr(win,y,x,s)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winchstr((win),(s)))
#define mvwinnstr(win,y,x,s,n)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winnstr((win),(s),(n)))
#define mvwinsch(win,y,x,c)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winsch((win),(c)))
#define mvwinsnstr(win,y,x,s,n)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winsnstr((win),(s),(n)))
#define mvwinsstr(win,y,x,s)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winsstr((win),(s)))
#define mvwinstr(win,y,x,s)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winstr((win),(s)))
#define mvwvline(win,y,x,c,n)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wvline((win),(c),(n)))

#define mvaddch(y,x,ch)			mvwaddch(stdscr,(y),(x),(ch))
#define mvaddchnstr(y,x,str,n)		mvwaddchnstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(str),(n))
#define mvaddchstr(y,x,str)		mvwaddchstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(str))
#define mvaddnstr(y,x,str,n)		mvwaddnstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(str),(n))
#define mvaddstr(y,x,str)		mvwaddstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(str))
#define mvchgat(y,x,n,a,c,o)		mvwchgat(stdscr,(y),(x),(n),(a),(c),(o))
#define mvdelch(y,x)			mvwdelch(stdscr,(y),(x))
#define mvgetch(y,x)			mvwgetch(stdscr,(y),(x))
#define mvgetnstr(y,x,str,n)		mvwgetnstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(str),(n))
#define mvgetstr(y,x,str)		mvwgetstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(str))
#define mvhline(y,x,c,n)		mvwhline(stdscr,(y),(x),(c),(n))
#define mvinch(y,x)			mvwinch(stdscr,(y),(x))
#define mvinchnstr(y,x,s,n)		mvwinchnstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(s),(n))
#define mvinchstr(y,x,s)		mvwinchstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(s))
#define mvinnstr(y,x,s,n)		mvwinnstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(s),(n))
#define mvinsch(y,x,c)			mvwinsch(stdscr,(y),(x),(c))
#define mvinsnstr(y,x,s,n)		mvwinsnstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(s),(n))
#define mvinsstr(y,x,s)			mvwinsstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(s))
#define mvinstr(y,x,s)			mvwinstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(s))
#define mvvline(y,x,c,n)		mvwvline(stdscr,(y),(x),(c),(n))

/*
 * Some wide-character functions can be implemented without the extensions.
 */
#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE
#define getbkgd(win)                    (NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? ((win)->_bkgd) : 0)
#endif /* NCURSES_OPAQUE */

#define slk_attr_off(a,v)		((v) ? ERR : slk_attroff(a))
#define slk_attr_on(a,v)		((v) ? ERR : slk_attron(a))

#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE
#if NCURSES_WATTR_MACROS
#if NCURSES_WIDECHAR && 1
#define wattr_set(win,a,p,opts) \
	(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) \
	 ? ((void)((win)->_attrs = ((a) & ~A_COLOR), \
		   (win)->_color = (opts) ? *(int *)(opts) : (p)), \
	    OK) \
	 : ERR)
#define wattr_get(win,a,p,opts) \
	(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) \
	 ? ((void)(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(a) \
		   ? (*(a) = (win)->_attrs) \
		   : OK), \
	    (void)(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(p) \
		   ? (*(p) = (NCURSES_PAIRS_T) (win)->_color) \
		   : OK), \
	    (void)(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(opts) \
		   ? (*(int *)(opts) = (win)->_color) \
		   : OK), \
	    OK) \
	 : ERR)
#else /* !(NCURSES_WIDECHAR && NCURSES_EXE_COLORS) */
#define wattr_set(win,a,p,opts) \
	 (NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) \
	  ? ((void)((win)->_attrs = (((a) & ~A_COLOR) | \
				     (attr_t)COLOR_PAIR(p))), \
	     OK) \
	  : ERR)
#define wattr_get(win,a,p,opts) \
	(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) \
	 ? ((void)(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(a) \
		   ? (*(a) = (win)->_attrs) \
		   : OK), \
	    (void)(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(p) \
		   ? (*(p) = (NCURSES_PAIRS_T) PAIR_NUMBER((win)->_attrs)) \
		   : OK), \
	    OK) \
	 : ERR)
#endif /* (NCURSES_WIDECHAR && NCURSES_EXE_COLORS) */
#endif /* NCURSES_WATTR_MACROS */
#endif /* NCURSES_OPAQUE */

/*
 * X/Open curses deprecates SVr4 vwprintw/vwscanw, which are supposed to use
 * varargs.h.  It adds new calls vw_printw/vw_scanw, which are supposed to
 * use POSIX stdarg.h.  The ncurses versions of vwprintw/vwscanw already
 * use stdarg.h, so...
 */
#define vw_printw		vwprintw
#define vw_scanw		vwscanw

/*
 * Export fallback function for use in C++ binding.
 */
#if !1
#define vsscanf(a,b,c) _nc_vsscanf(a,b,c)
NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vsscanf(const char *, const char *, va_list);
#endif

/*
 * These macros are extensions - not in X/Open Curses.
 */
#if 1
#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE
#define is_cleared(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_clear : FALSE)
#define is_idcok(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_idcok : FALSE)
#define is_idlok(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_idlok : FALSE)
#define is_immedok(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_immed : FALSE)
#define is_keypad(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_use_keypad : FALSE)
#define is_leaveok(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_leaveok : FALSE)
#define is_nodelay(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? ((win)->_delay == 0) : FALSE)
#define is_notimeout(win)	(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_notimeout : FALSE)
#define is_pad(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? ((win)->_flags & _ISPAD) != 0 : FALSE)
#define is_scrollok(win)	(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_scroll : FALSE)
#define is_subwin(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? ((win)->_flags & _SUBWIN) != 0 : FALSE)
#define is_syncok(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_sync : FALSE)
#define wgetdelay(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_delay : 0)
#define wgetparent(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_parent : 0)
#define wgetscrreg(win,t,b)	(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (*(t) = (win)->_regtop, *(b) = (win)->_regbottom, OK) : ERR)
#endif
#endif

#endif /* NCURSES_NOMACROS */

/*
 * Public variables.
 *
 * Notes:
 *	a. ESCDELAY was an undocumented feature under AIX curses.
 *	   It gives the ESC expire time in milliseconds.
 *	b. ttytype is needed for backward compatibility
 */
#if NCURSES_REENTRANT

NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(WINDOW *, curscr);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(WINDOW *, newscr);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(WINDOW *, stdscr);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(char *, ttytype);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(int, COLORS);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(int, COLOR_PAIRS);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(int, COLS);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(int, ESCDELAY);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(int, LINES);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(int, TABSIZE);

#define curscr      NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(curscr())
#define newscr      NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(newscr())
#define stdscr      NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(stdscr())
#define ttytype     NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(ttytype())
#define COLORS      NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(COLORS())
#define COLOR_PAIRS NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(COLOR_PAIRS())
#define COLS        NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(COLS())
#define ESCDELAY    NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(ESCDELAY())
#define LINES       NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(LINES())
#define TABSIZE     NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(TABSIZE())

#else

extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(WINDOW *) curscr;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(WINDOW *) newscr;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(WINDOW *) stdscr;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(char) ttytype[];
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) COLORS;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) COLOR_PAIRS;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) COLS;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) ESCDELAY;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) LINES;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) TABSIZE;

#endif

/*
 * Pseudo-character tokens outside ASCII range.  The curses wgetch() function
 * will return any given one of these only if the corresponding k- capability
 * is defined in your terminal's terminfo entry.
 *
 * Some keys (KEY_A1, etc) are arranged like this:
 *	a1     up    a3
 *	left   b2    right
 *	c1     down  c3
 *
 * A few key codes do not depend upon the terminfo entry.
 */
#define KEY_CODE_YES	0400		/* A wchar_t contains a key code */
#define KEY_MIN		0401		/* Minimum curses key */
#define KEY_BREAK	0401		/* Break key (unreliable) */
#define KEY_SRESET	0530		/* Soft (partial) reset (unreliable) */
#define KEY_RESET	0531		/* Reset or hard reset (unreliable) */
/*
 * These definitions were generated by ./MKkey_defs.sh ./Caps
 */
#define KEY_DOWN	0402		/* down-arrow key */
#define KEY_UP		0403		/* up-arrow key */
#define KEY_LEFT	0404		/* left-arrow key */
#define KEY_RIGHT	0405		/* right-arrow key */
#define KEY_HOME	0406		/* home key */
#define KEY_BACKSPACE	0407		/* backspace key */
#define KEY_F0		0410		/* Function keys.  Space for 64 */
#define KEY_F(n)	(KEY_F0+(n))	/* Value of function key n */
#define KEY_DL		0510		/* delete-line key */
#define KEY_IL		0511		/* insert-line key */
#define KEY_DC		0512		/* delete-character key */
#define KEY_IC		0513		/* insert-character key */
#define KEY_EIC		0514		/* sent by rmir or smir in insert mode */
#define KEY_CLEAR	0515		/* clear-screen or erase key */
#define KEY_EOS		0516		/* clear-to-end-of-screen key */
#define KEY_EOL		0517		/* clear-to-end-of-line key */
#define KEY_SF		0520		/* scroll-forward key */
#define KEY_SR		0521		/* scroll-backward key */
#define KEY_NPAGE	0522		/* next-page key */
#define KEY_PPAGE	0523		/* previous-page key */
#define KEY_STAB	0524		/* set-tab key */
#define KEY_CTAB	0525		/* clear-tab key */
#define KEY_CATAB	0526		/* clear-all-tabs key */
#define KEY_ENTER	0527		/* enter/send key */
#define KEY_PRINT	0532		/* print key */
#define KEY_LL		0533		/* lower-left key (home down) */
#define KEY_A1		0534		/* upper left of keypad */
#define KEY_A3		0535		/* upper right of keypad */
#define KEY_B2		0536		/* center of keypad */
#define KEY_C1		0537		/* lower left of keypad */
#define KEY_C3		0540		/* lower right of keypad */
#define KEY_BTAB	0541		/* back-tab key */
#define KEY_BEG		0542		/* begin key */
#define KEY_CANCEL	0543		/* cancel key */
#define KEY_CLOSE	0544		/* close key */
#define KEY_COMMAND	0545		/* command key */
#define KEY_COPY	0546		/* copy key */
#define KEY_CREATE	0547		/* create key */
#define KEY_END		0550		/* end key */
#define KEY_EXIT	0551		/* exit key */
#define KEY_FIND	0552		/* find key */
#define KEY_HELP	0553		/* help key */
#define KEY_MARK	0554		/* mark key */
#define KEY_MESSAGE	0555		/* message key */
#define KEY_MOVE	0556		/* move key */
#define KEY_NEXT	0557		/* next key */
#define KEY_OPEN	0560		/* open key */
#define KEY_OPTIONS	0561		/* options key */
#define KEY_PREVIOUS	0562		/* previous key */
#define KEY_REDO	0563		/* redo key */
#define KEY_REFERENCE	0564		/* reference key */
#define KEY_REFRESH	0565		/* refresh key */
#define KEY_REPLACE	0566		/* replace key */
#define KEY_RESTART	0567		/* restart key */
#define KEY_RESUME	0570		/* resume key */
#define KEY_SAVE	0571		/* save key */
#define KEY_SBEG	0572		/* shifted begin key */
#define KEY_SCANCEL	0573		/* shifted cancel key */
#define KEY_SCOMMAND	0574		/* shifted command key */
#define KEY_SCOPY	0575		/* shifted copy key */
#define KEY_SCREATE	0576		/* shifted create key */
#define KEY_SDC		0577		/* shifted delete-character key */
#define KEY_SDL		0600		/* shifted delete-line key */
#define KEY_SELECT	0601		/* select key */
#define KEY_SEND	0602		/* shifted end key */
#define KEY_SEOL	0603		/* shifted clear-to-end-of-line key */
#define KEY_SEXIT	0604		/* shifted exit key */
#define KEY_SFIND	0605		/* shifted find key */
#define KEY_SHELP	0606		/* shifted help key */
#define KEY_SHOME	0607		/* shifted home key */
#define KEY_SIC		0610		/* shifted insert-character key */
#define KEY_SLEFT	0611		/* shifted left-arrow key */
#define KEY_SMESSAGE	0612		/* shifted message key */
#define KEY_SMOVE	0613		/* shifted move key */
#define KEY_SNEXT	0614		/* shifted next key */
#define KEY_SOPTIONS	0615		/* shifted options key */
#define KEY_SPREVIOUS	0616		/* shifted previous key */
#define KEY_SPRINT	0617		/* shifted print key */
#define KEY_SREDO	0620		/* shifted redo key */
#define KEY_SREPLACE	0621		/* shifted replace key */
#define KEY_SRIGHT	0622		/* shifted right-arrow key */
#define KEY_SRSUME	0623		/* shifted resume key */
#define KEY_SSAVE	0624		/* shifted save key */
#define KEY_SSUSPEND	0625		/* shifted suspend key */
#define KEY_SUNDO	0626		/* shifted undo key */
#define KEY_SUSPEND	0627		/* suspend key */
#define KEY_UNDO	0630		/* undo key */
#define KEY_MOUSE	0631		/* Mouse event has occurred */
#define KEY_RESIZE	0632		/* Terminal resize event */
#define KEY_EVENT	0633		/* We were interrupted by an event */

#define KEY_MAX		0777		/* Maximum key value is 0633 */
/* $Id: curses.wide,v 1.50 2017/03/26 16:05:21 tom Exp $ */
/*
 * vile:cmode:
 * This file is part of ncurses, designed to be appended after curses.h.in
 * (see that file for the relevant copyright).
 */
#define _XOPEN_CURSES 1

#if NCURSES_WIDECHAR

extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(cchar_t *) _nc_wacs;

#define NCURSES_WACS(c)	(&_nc_wacs[NCURSES_CAST(unsigned char,(c))])

#define WACS_BSSB	NCURSES_WACS('l')
#define WACS_SSBB	NCURSES_WACS('m')
#define WACS_BBSS	NCURSES_WACS('k')
#define WACS_SBBS	NCURSES_WACS('j')
#define WACS_SBSS	NCURSES_WACS('u')
#define WACS_SSSB	NCURSES_WACS('t')
#define WACS_SSBS	NCURSES_WACS('v')
#define WACS_BSSS	NCURSES_WACS('w')
#define WACS_BSBS	NCURSES_WACS('q')
#define WACS_SBSB	NCURSES_WACS('x')
#define WACS_SSSS	NCURSES_WACS('n')

#define WACS_ULCORNER	WACS_BSSB
#define WACS_LLCORNER	WACS_SSBB
#define WACS_URCORNER	WACS_BBSS
#define WACS_LRCORNER	WACS_SBBS
#define WACS_RTEE	WACS_SBSS
#define WACS_LTEE	WACS_SSSB
#define WACS_BTEE	WACS_SSBS
#define WACS_TTEE	WACS_BSSS
#define WACS_HLINE	WACS_BSBS
#define WACS_VLINE	WACS_SBSB
#define WACS_PLUS	WACS_SSSS

#define WACS_S1		NCURSES_WACS('o') /* scan line 1 */
#define WACS_S9 	NCURSES_WACS('s') /* scan line 9 */
#define WACS_DIAMOND	NCURSES_WACS('`') /* diamond */
#define WACS_CKBOARD	NCURSES_WACS('a') /* checker board */
#define WACS_DEGREE	NCURSES_WACS('f') /* degree symbol */
#define WACS_PLMINUS	NCURSES_WACS('g') /* plus/minus */
#define WACS_BULLET	NCURSES_WACS('~') /* bullet */

	/* Teletype 5410v1 symbols */
#define WACS_LARROW	NCURSES_WACS(',') /* arrow left */
#define WACS_RARROW	NCURSES_WACS('+') /* arrow right */
#define WACS_DARROW	NCURSES_WACS('.') /* arrow down */
#define WACS_UARROW	NCURSES_WACS('-') /* arrow up */
#define WACS_BOARD	NCURSES_WACS('h') /* board of squares */
#define WACS_LANTERN	NCURSES_WACS('i') /* lantern symbol */
#define WACS_BLOCK	NCURSES_WACS('0') /* solid square block */

	/* ncurses extensions */
#define WACS_S3		NCURSES_WACS('p') /* scan line 3 */
#define WACS_S7		NCURSES_WACS('r') /* scan line 7 */
#define WACS_LEQUAL	NCURSES_WACS('y') /* less/equal */
#define WACS_GEQUAL	NCURSES_WACS('z') /* greater/equal */
#define WACS_PI		NCURSES_WACS('{') /* Pi */
#define WACS_NEQUAL	NCURSES_WACS('|') /* not equal */
#define WACS_STERLING	NCURSES_WACS('}') /* UK pound sign */

	/* double lines */
#define WACS_BDDB	NCURSES_WACS('C')
#define WACS_DDBB	NCURSES_WACS('D')
#define WACS_BBDD	NCURSES_WACS('B')
#define WACS_DBBD	NCURSES_WACS('A')
#define WACS_DBDD	NCURSES_WACS('G')
#define WACS_DDDB	NCURSES_WACS('F')
#define WACS_DDBD	NCURSES_WACS('H')
#define WACS_BDDD	NCURSES_WACS('I')
#define WACS_BDBD	NCURSES_WACS('R')
#define WACS_DBDB	NCURSES_WACS('Y')
#define WACS_DDDD	NCURSES_WACS('E')

#define WACS_D_ULCORNER	WACS_BDDB
#define WACS_D_LLCORNER	WACS_DDBB
#define WACS_D_URCORNER	WACS_BBDD
#define WACS_D_LRCORNER	WACS_DBBD
#define WACS_D_RTEE	WACS_DBDD
#define WACS_D_LTEE	WACS_DDDB
#define WACS_D_BTEE	WACS_DDBD
#define WACS_D_TTEE	WACS_BDDD
#define WACS_D_HLINE	WACS_BDBD
#define WACS_D_VLINE	WACS_DBDB
#define WACS_D_PLUS	WACS_DDDD

	/* thick lines */
#define WACS_BTTB	NCURSES_WACS('L')
#define WACS_TTBB	NCURSES_WACS('M')
#define WACS_BBTT	NCURSES_WACS('K')
#define WACS_TBBT	NCURSES_WACS('J')
#define WACS_TBTT	NCURSES_WACS('U')
#define WACS_TTTB	NCURSES_WACS('T')
#define WACS_TTBT	NCURSES_WACS('V')
#define WACS_BTTT	NCURSES_WACS('W')
#define WACS_BTBT	NCURSES_WACS('Q')
#define WACS_TBTB	NCURSES_WACS('X')
#define WACS_TTTT	NCURSES_WACS('N')

#define WACS_T_ULCORNER	WACS_BTTB
#define WACS_T_LLCORNER	WACS_TTBB
#define WACS_T_URCORNER	WACS_BBTT
#define WACS_T_LRCORNER	WACS_TBBT
#define WACS_T_RTEE	WACS_TBTT
#define WACS_T_LTEE	WACS_TTTB
#define WACS_T_BTEE	WACS_TTBT
#define WACS_T_TTEE	WACS_BTTT
#define WACS_T_HLINE	WACS_BTBT
#define WACS_T_VLINE	WACS_TBTB
#define WACS_T_PLUS	WACS_TTTT

/*
 * Function prototypes for wide-character operations.
 *
 * "generated" comments should include ":WIDEC" to make the corresponding
 * functions ifdef'd in lib_gen.c
 *
 * "implemented" comments do not need this marker.
 */

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) add_wch (const cchar_t *);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) add_wchnstr (const cchar_t *, int);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) add_wchstr (const cchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) addnwstr (const wchar_t *, int);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) addwstr (const wchar_t *);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) bkgrnd (const cchar_t *);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) bkgrndset (const cchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) border_set (const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*); /* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) box_set (WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) echo_wchar (const cchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) erasewchar (wchar_t*);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) get_wch (wint_t *);				/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) get_wstr (wint_t *);				/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getbkgrnd (cchar_t *);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getcchar (const cchar_t *, wchar_t*, attr_t*, NCURSES_PAIRS_T*, void*);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getn_wstr (wint_t *, int);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) hline_set (const cchar_t *, int);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) in_wch (cchar_t *);				/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) in_wchnstr (cchar_t *, int);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) in_wchstr (cchar_t *);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) innwstr (wchar_t *, int);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) ins_nwstr (const wchar_t *, int);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) ins_wch (const cchar_t *);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) ins_wstr (const wchar_t *);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) inwstr (wchar_t *);				/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(NCURSES_CONST char*) key_name (wchar_t);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) killwchar (wchar_t *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvadd_wch (int, int, const cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvadd_wchnstr (int, int, const cchar_t *, int);/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvadd_wchstr (int, int, const cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvaddnwstr (int, int, const wchar_t *, int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvaddwstr (int, int, const wchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvget_wch (int, int, wint_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvget_wstr (int, int, wint_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvgetn_wstr (int, int, wint_t *, int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvhline_set (int, int, const cchar_t *, int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvin_wch (int, int, cchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvin_wchnstr (int, int, cchar_t *, int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvin_wchstr (int, int, cchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinnwstr (int, int, wchar_t *, int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvins_nwstr (int, int, const wchar_t *, int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvins_wch (int, int, const cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvins_wstr (int, int, const wchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinwstr (int, int, wchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvvline_set (int, int, const cchar_t *, int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwadd_wch (WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwadd_wchnstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int); /* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwadd_wchstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwaddnwstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *, int);/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwaddwstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwget_wch (WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwget_wstr (WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwgetn_wstr (WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *, int);/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwhline_set (WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int);/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwin_wch (WINDOW *, int, int, cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwin_wchnstr (WINDOW *, int,int, cchar_t *,int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwin_wchstr (WINDOW *, int, int, cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinnwstr (WINDOW *, int, int, wchar_t *, int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwins_nwstr (WINDOW *, int,int, const wchar_t *,int); /* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwins_wch (WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwins_wstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinwstr (WINDOW *, int, int, wchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwvline_set (WINDOW *, int,int, const cchar_t *,int); /* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) pecho_wchar (WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) setcchar (cchar_t *, const wchar_t *, const attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, const void *);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_wset (int, const wchar_t *, int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(attr_t) term_attrs (void);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) unget_wch (const wchar_t);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vid_attr (attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, void *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vid_puts (attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, void *, NCURSES_OUTC); /* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vline_set (const cchar_t *, int);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wadd_wch (WINDOW *,const cchar_t *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wadd_wchnstr (WINDOW *,const cchar_t *,int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wadd_wchstr (WINDOW *,const cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) waddnwstr (WINDOW *,const wchar_t *,int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) waddwstr (WINDOW *,const wchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wbkgrnd (WINDOW *,const cchar_t *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) wbkgrndset (WINDOW *,const cchar_t *);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wborder_set (WINDOW *,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wecho_wchar (WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wget_wch (WINDOW *, wint_t *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wget_wstr (WINDOW *, wint_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetbkgrnd (WINDOW *, cchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetn_wstr (WINDOW *, wint_t *, int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) whline_set (WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) win_wch (WINDOW *, cchar_t *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) win_wchnstr (WINDOW *, cchar_t *, int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) win_wchstr (WINDOW *, cchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winnwstr (WINDOW *, wchar_t *, int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wins_nwstr (WINDOW *, const wchar_t *, int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wins_wch (WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wins_wstr (WINDOW *, const wchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winwstr (WINDOW *, wchar_t *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(wchar_t*) wunctrl (cchar_t *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wvline_set (WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int);	/* implemented */

#if NCURSES_SP_FUNCS
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(attr_t) NCURSES_SP_NAME(term_attrs) (SCREEN*);		/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(unget_wch) (SCREEN*, const wchar_t);	/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(wchar_t*) NCURSES_SP_NAME(wunctrl) (SCREEN*, cchar_t *);	/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(vid_attr) (SCREEN*, attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, void *);	/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(vid_puts) (SCREEN*, attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, void *, NCURSES_SP_OUTC);	/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
#endif

#ifndef NCURSES_NOMACROS

/*
 * XSI curses macros for XPG4 conformance.
 */
#define add_wch(c)			wadd_wch(stdscr,(c))
#define add_wchnstr(str,n)		wadd_wchnstr(stdscr,(str),(n))
#define add_wchstr(str)			wadd_wchstr(stdscr,(str))
#define addnwstr(wstr,n)		waddnwstr(stdscr,(wstr),(n))
#define addwstr(wstr)			waddwstr(stdscr,(wstr))
#define bkgrnd(c)			wbkgrnd(stdscr,(c))
#define bkgrndset(c)			wbkgrndset(stdscr,(c))
#define border_set(l,r,t,b,tl,tr,bl,br) wborder_set(stdscr,(l),(r),(t),(b),tl,tr,bl,br)
#define box_set(w,v,h)			wborder_set((w),(v),(v),(h),(h),0,0,0,0)
#define echo_wchar(c)			wecho_wchar(stdscr,(c))
#define get_wch(c)			wget_wch(stdscr,(c))
#define get_wstr(t)			wget_wstr(stdscr,(t))
#define getbkgrnd(wch)			wgetbkgrnd(stdscr,(wch))
#define getn_wstr(t,n)			wgetn_wstr(stdscr,(t),(n))
#define hline_set(c,n)			whline_set(stdscr,(c),(n))
#define in_wch(c)			win_wch(stdscr,(c))
#define in_wchnstr(c,n)			win_wchnstr(stdscr,(c),(n))
#define in_wchstr(c)			win_wchstr(stdscr,(c))
#define innwstr(c,n)			winnwstr(stdscr,(c),(n))
#define ins_nwstr(t,n)			wins_nwstr(stdscr,(t),(n))
#define ins_wch(c)			wins_wch(stdscr,(c))
#define ins_wstr(t)			wins_wstr(stdscr,(t))
#define inwstr(c)			winwstr(stdscr,(c))
#define vline_set(c,n)			wvline_set(stdscr,(c),(n))
#define wadd_wchstr(win,str)		wadd_wchnstr((win),(str),-1)
#define waddwstr(win,wstr)		waddnwstr((win),(wstr),-1)
#define wget_wstr(w,t)			wgetn_wstr((w),(t),-1)
#define win_wchstr(w,c)			win_wchnstr((w),(c),-1)
#define wins_wstr(w,t)			wins_nwstr((w),(t),-1)

#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE
#define wgetbkgrnd(win,wch)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(wch) ? ((win) ? (*(wch) = (win)->_bkgrnd) : *(wch), OK) : ERR)
#endif

#define mvadd_wch(y,x,c)		mvwadd_wch(stdscr,(y),(x),(c))
#define mvadd_wchnstr(y,x,s,n)		mvwadd_wchnstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(s),(n))
#define mvadd_wchstr(y,x,s)		mvwadd_wchstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(s))
#define mvaddnwstr(y,x,wstr,n)		mvwaddnwstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(wstr),(n))
#define mvaddwstr(y,x,wstr)		mvwaddwstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(wstr))
#define mvget_wch(y,x,c)		mvwget_wch(stdscr,(y),(x),(c))
#define mvget_wstr(y,x,t)		mvwget_wstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(t))
#define mvgetn_wstr(y,x,t,n)		mvwgetn_wstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(t),(n))
#define mvhline_set(y,x,c,n)		mvwhline_set(stdscr,(y),(x),(c),(n))
#define mvin_wch(y,x,c)			mvwin_wch(stdscr,(y),(x),(c))
#define mvin_wchnstr(y,x,c,n)		mvwin_wchnstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(c),(n))
#define mvin_wchstr(y,x,c)		mvwin_wchstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(c))
#define mvinnwstr(y,x,c,n)		mvwinnwstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(c),(n))
#define mvins_nwstr(y,x,t,n)		mvwins_nwstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(t),(n))
#define mvins_wch(y,x,c)		mvwins_wch(stdscr,(y),(x),(c))
#define mvins_wstr(y,x,t)		mvwins_wstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(t))
#define mvinwstr(y,x,c)			mvwinwstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(c))
#define mvvline_set(y,x,c,n)		mvwvline_set(stdscr,(y),(x),(c),(n))

#define mvwadd_wch(win,y,x,c)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wadd_wch((win),(c)))
#define mvwadd_wchnstr(win,y,x,s,n)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wadd_wchnstr((win),(s),(n)))
#define mvwadd_wchstr(win,y,x,s)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wadd_wchstr((win),(s)))
#define mvwaddnwstr(win,y,x,wstr,n)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : waddnwstr((win),(wstr),(n)))
#define mvwaddwstr(win,y,x,wstr)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : waddwstr((win),(wstr)))
#define mvwget_wch(win,y,x,c)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wget_wch((win),(c)))
#define mvwget_wstr(win,y,x,t)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wget_wstr((win),(t)))
#define mvwgetn_wstr(win,y,x,t,n)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wgetn_wstr((win),(t),(n)))
#define mvwhline_set(win,y,x,c,n)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : whline_set((win),(c),(n)))
#define mvwin_wch(win,y,x,c)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : win_wch((win),(c)))
#define mvwin_wchnstr(win,y,x,c,n)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : win_wchnstr((win),(c),(n)))
#define mvwin_wchstr(win,y,x,c)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : win_wchstr((win),(c)))
#define mvwinnwstr(win,y,x,c,n)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winnwstr((win),(c),(n)))
#define mvwins_nwstr(win,y,x,t,n)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wins_nwstr((win),(t),(n)))
#define mvwins_wch(win,y,x,c)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wins_wch((win),(c)))
#define mvwins_wstr(win,y,x,t)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wins_wstr((win),(t)))
#define mvwinwstr(win,y,x,c)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winwstr((win),(c)))
#define mvwvline_set(win,y,x,c,n)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wvline_set((win),(c),(n)))

#endif /* NCURSES_NOMACROS */

#if defined(TRACE) || defined(NCURSES_TEST)
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const char *) _nc_viswbuf(const wchar_t *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const char *) _nc_viswibuf(const wint_t *);
#endif

#endif /* NCURSES_WIDECHAR */
/* $Id: curses.tail,v 1.23 2016/02/13 16:37:45 tom Exp $ */
/*
 * vile:cmode:
 * This file is part of ncurses, designed to be appended after curses.h.in
 * (see that file for the relevant copyright).
 */

/* mouse interface */

#if NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION > 1
#define NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(b,m) ((m) << (((b) - 1) * 5))
#else
#define NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(b,m) ((m) << (((b) - 1) * 6))
#endif

#define	NCURSES_BUTTON_RELEASED	001L
#define	NCURSES_BUTTON_PRESSED	002L
#define	NCURSES_BUTTON_CLICKED	004L
#define	NCURSES_DOUBLE_CLICKED	010L
#define	NCURSES_TRIPLE_CLICKED	020L
#define	NCURSES_RESERVED_EVENT	040L

/* event masks */
#define	BUTTON1_RELEASED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(1, NCURSES_BUTTON_RELEASED)
#define	BUTTON1_PRESSED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(1, NCURSES_BUTTON_PRESSED)
#define	BUTTON1_CLICKED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(1, NCURSES_BUTTON_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(1, NCURSES_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(1, NCURSES_TRIPLE_CLICKED)

#define	BUTTON2_RELEASED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(2, NCURSES_BUTTON_RELEASED)
#define	BUTTON2_PRESSED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(2, NCURSES_BUTTON_PRESSED)
#define	BUTTON2_CLICKED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(2, NCURSES_BUTTON_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(2, NCURSES_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(2, NCURSES_TRIPLE_CLICKED)

#define	BUTTON3_RELEASED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(3, NCURSES_BUTTON_RELEASED)
#define	BUTTON3_PRESSED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(3, NCURSES_BUTTON_PRESSED)
#define	BUTTON3_CLICKED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(3, NCURSES_BUTTON_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(3, NCURSES_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(3, NCURSES_TRIPLE_CLICKED)

#define	BUTTON4_RELEASED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(4, NCURSES_BUTTON_RELEASED)
#define	BUTTON4_PRESSED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(4, NCURSES_BUTTON_PRESSED)
#define	BUTTON4_CLICKED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(4, NCURSES_BUTTON_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON4_DOUBLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(4, NCURSES_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON4_TRIPLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(4, NCURSES_TRIPLE_CLICKED)

/*
 * In 32 bits the version-1 scheme does not provide enough space for a 5th
 * button, unless we choose to change the ABI by omitting the reserved-events.
 */
#if NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION > 1

#define	BUTTON5_RELEASED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, NCURSES_BUTTON_RELEASED)
#define	BUTTON5_PRESSED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, NCURSES_BUTTON_PRESSED)
#define	BUTTON5_CLICKED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, NCURSES_BUTTON_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON5_DOUBLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, NCURSES_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON5_TRIPLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, NCURSES_TRIPLE_CLICKED)

#define	BUTTON_CTRL		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(6, 0001L)
#define	BUTTON_SHIFT		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(6, 0002L)
#define	BUTTON_ALT		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(6, 0004L)
#define	REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(6, 0010L)

#else

#define	BUTTON1_RESERVED_EVENT	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(1, NCURSES_RESERVED_EVENT)
#define	BUTTON2_RESERVED_EVENT	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(2, NCURSES_RESERVED_EVENT)
#define	BUTTON3_RESERVED_EVENT	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(3, NCURSES_RESERVED_EVENT)
#define	BUTTON4_RESERVED_EVENT	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(4, NCURSES_RESERVED_EVENT)

#define	BUTTON_CTRL		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, 0001L)
#define	BUTTON_SHIFT		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, 0002L)
#define	BUTTON_ALT		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, 0004L)
#define	REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, 0010L)

#endif

#define	ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS	(REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION - 1)

/* macros to extract single event-bits from masks */
#define	BUTTON_RELEASE(e, x)		((e) & NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(x, 001))
#define	BUTTON_PRESS(e, x)		((e) & NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(x, 002))
#define	BUTTON_CLICK(e, x)		((e) & NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(x, 004))
#define	BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICK(e, x)	((e) & NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(x, 010))
#define	BUTTON_TRIPLE_CLICK(e, x)	((e) & NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(x, 020))
#define	BUTTON_RESERVED_EVENT(e, x)	((e) & NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(x, 040))

typedef struct
{
    short id;		/* ID to distinguish multiple devices */
    int x, y, z;	/* event coordinates (character-cell) */
    mmask_t bstate;	/* button state bits */
}
MEVENT;

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool)    has_mouse(void);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     getmouse (MEVENT *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     ungetmouse (MEVENT *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(mmask_t) mousemask (mmask_t, mmask_t *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool)    wenclose (const WINDOW *, int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     mouseinterval (int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool)    wmouse_trafo (const WINDOW*, int*, int*, bool);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool)    mouse_trafo (int*, int*, bool);              /* generated */

#if NCURSES_SP_FUNCS
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool)    NCURSES_SP_NAME(has_mouse) (SCREEN*);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     NCURSES_SP_NAME(getmouse) (SCREEN*, MEVENT *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     NCURSES_SP_NAME(ungetmouse) (SCREEN*,MEVENT *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(mmask_t) NCURSES_SP_NAME(mousemask) (SCREEN*, mmask_t, mmask_t *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     NCURSES_SP_NAME(mouseinterval) (SCREEN*, int);
#endif

#ifndef NCURSES_NOMACROS
#define mouse_trafo(y,x,to_screen) wmouse_trafo(stdscr,y,x,to_screen)
#endif

/* other non-XSI functions */

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mcprint (char *, int);	/* direct data to printer */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) has_key (int);		/* do we have given key? */

#if NCURSES_SP_FUNCS
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(has_key) (SCREEN*, int);    /* do we have given key? */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(mcprint) (SCREEN*, char *, int);	/* direct data to printer */
#endif

/* Debugging : use with libncurses_g.a */

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _tracef (const char *, ...) GCC_PRINTFLIKE(1,2);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _traceattr (attr_t);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _traceattr2 (int, chtype);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _tracechar (int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _tracechtype (chtype);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _tracechtype2 (int, chtype);
#if NCURSES_WIDECHAR
#define _tracech_t		_tracecchar_t
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _tracecchar_t (const cchar_t *);
#define _tracech_t2		_tracecchar_t2
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _tracecchar_t2 (int, const cchar_t *);
#else
#define _tracech_t		_tracechtype
#define _tracech_t2		_tracechtype2
#endif
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) trace (const unsigned int);

/* trace masks */
#define TRACE_DISABLE	0x0000	/* turn off tracing */
#define TRACE_TIMES	0x0001	/* trace user and system times of updates */
#define TRACE_TPUTS	0x0002	/* trace tputs calls */
#define TRACE_UPDATE	0x0004	/* trace update actions, old & new screens */
#define TRACE_MOVE	0x0008	/* trace cursor moves and scrolls */
#define TRACE_CHARPUT	0x0010	/* trace all character outputs */
#define TRACE_ORDINARY	0x001F	/* trace all update actions */
#define TRACE_CALLS	0x0020	/* trace all curses calls */
#define TRACE_VIRTPUT	0x0040	/* trace virtual character puts */
#define TRACE_IEVENT	0x0080	/* trace low-level input processing */
#define TRACE_BITS	0x0100	/* trace state of TTY control bits */
#define TRACE_ICALLS	0x0200	/* trace internal/nested calls */
#define TRACE_CCALLS	0x0400	/* trace per-character calls */
#define TRACE_DATABASE	0x0800	/* trace read/write of terminfo/termcap data */
#define TRACE_ATTRS	0x1000	/* trace attribute updates */

#define TRACE_SHIFT	13	/* number of bits in the trace masks */
#define TRACE_MAXIMUM	((1 << TRACE_SHIFT) - 1) /* maximum trace level */

#if defined(TRACE) || defined(NCURSES_TEST)
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) _nc_optimize_enable;		/* enable optimizations */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const char *) _nc_visbuf (const char *);
#define OPTIMIZE_MVCUR		0x01	/* cursor movement optimization */
#define OPTIMIZE_HASHMAP	0x02	/* diff hashing to detect scrolls */
#define OPTIMIZE_SCROLL		0x04	/* scroll optimization */
#define OPTIMIZE_ALL		0xff	/* enable all optimizations (dflt) */
#endif

#include <unctrl.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus

#ifndef NCURSES_NOMACROS

/* these names conflict with STL */
#undef box
#undef clear
#undef erase
#undef move
#undef refresh

#endif /* NCURSES_NOMACROS */

}
#endif

#endif /* __NCURSES_H */
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
 *  Author: Zeyd M. Ben-Halim <zmbenhal@netcom.com> 1995                    *
 *     and: Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>                         *
 *     and: Juergen Pfeifer                         1996-1999,2008          *
 ****************************************************************************/

/* $Id: panel.h,v 1.12 2017/02/11 16:50:28 tom Exp $ */

/* panel.h -- interface file for panels library */

#ifndef NCURSES_PANEL_H_incl
#define NCURSES_PANEL_H_incl 1

#include <curses.h>

typedef struct panel
#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE_PANEL
{
  WINDOW *win;
  struct panel *below;
  struct panel *above;
  NCURSES_CONST void *user;
}
#endif /* !NCURSES_OPAQUE_PANEL */
PANEL;

#if	defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW*) panel_window (const PANEL *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void)    update_panels (void);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     hide_panel (PANEL *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     show_panel (PANEL *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     del_panel (PANEL *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     top_panel (PANEL *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     bottom_panel (PANEL *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(PANEL*)  new_panel (WINDOW *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(PANEL*)  panel_above (const PANEL *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(PANEL*)  panel_below (const PANEL *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     set_panel_userptr (PANEL *, NCURSES_CONST void *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(NCURSES_CONST void*) panel_userptr (const PANEL *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     move_panel (PANEL *, int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     replace_panel (PANEL *,WINDOW *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     panel_hidden (const PANEL *);

#if NCURSES_SP_FUNCS
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(PANEL *) ground_panel(SCREEN *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(PANEL *) ceiling_panel(SCREEN *);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void)    NCURSES_SP_NAME(update_panels) (SCREEN*);
#endif

#if	defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif /* NCURSES_PANEL_H_incl */

/* end of panel.h */
// * This makes emacs happy -*-Mode: C++;-*-
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2012,2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
 *   Author: Juergen Pfeifer, 1997                                          *
 ****************************************************************************/

#ifndef NCURSES_CURSESP_H_incl
#define NCURSES_CURSESP_H_incl 1

// $Id: cursesp.h,v 1.31 2014/08/09 22:06:26 Adam.Jiang Exp $

#include <cursesw.h>

extern "C" {
#  include <panel.h>
}

class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesPanel
  : public NCursesWindow
{
protected:
  PANEL *p;
  static NCursesPanel *dummy;

private:
  // This structure is used for the panel's user data field to link the
  // PANEL* to the C++ object and to provide extra space for a user pointer.
  typedef struct {
    void*               m_user;      // the pointer for the user's data
    const NCursesPanel* m_back;      // backward pointer to C++ object
    const PANEL*        m_owner;     // the panel itself
  } UserHook;

  inline UserHook *UserPointer()
  {
    UserHook* uptr = reinterpret_cast<UserHook*>(
                           const_cast<void *>(::panel_userptr (p)));
    return uptr;
  }

  void init();                       // Initialize the panel object

protected:
  void set_user(void *user)
  {
    UserHook* uptr = UserPointer();
    if (uptr != 0 && uptr->m_back==this && uptr->m_owner==p) {
      uptr->m_user = user;
    }
  }
  // Set the user pointer of the panel.

  void *get_user()
  {
    UserHook* uptr = UserPointer();
    void *result = 0;
    if (uptr != 0 && uptr->m_back==this && uptr->m_owner==p)
      result = uptr->m_user;
    return result;
  }

  void OnError (int err) const THROW2(NCursesException const, NCursesPanelException)
  {
    if (err==ERR)
      THROW(new NCursesPanelException (this, err));
  }
  // If err is equal to the curses error indicator ERR, an error handler
  // is called.

  // Get a keystroke. Default implementation calls getch()
  virtual int getKey(void);

public:
  NCursesPanel(int nlines,
	       int ncols,
	       int begin_y = 0,
	       int begin_x = 0)
    : NCursesWindow(nlines,ncols,begin_y,begin_x), p(0)
  {
    init();
  }
  // Create a panel with this size starting at the requested position.

  NCursesPanel()
    : NCursesWindow(::stdscr), p(0)
  {
    init();
  }
  // This constructor creates the default Panel associated with the
  // ::stdscr window

  NCursesPanel& operator=(const NCursesPanel& rhs)
  {
    if (this != &rhs) {
      *this = rhs;
      NCursesWindow::operator=(rhs);
    }
    return *this;
  }

  NCursesPanel(const NCursesPanel& rhs)
    : NCursesWindow(rhs),
      p(rhs.p)
  {
  }

  virtual ~NCursesPanel();

  // basic manipulation
  inline void hide()
  {
    OnError (::hide_panel(p));
  }
  // Hide the panel. It stays in the stack but becomes invisible.

  inline void show()
  {
    OnError (::show_panel(p));
  }
  // Show the panel, i.e. make it visible.

  inline void top()
  {
    OnError (::top_panel(p));
  }
  // Make this panel the top panel in the stack.

  inline void bottom()
  {
    OnError (::bottom_panel(p));
  }
  // Make this panel the bottom panel in the stack.
  // N.B.: The panel associated with ::stdscr is always on the bottom. So
  // actually bottom() makes the panel the first above ::stdscr.

  virtual int mvwin(int y, int x)
  {
    OnError(::move_panel(p, y, x));
    return OK;
  }

  inline bool hidden() const
  {
    return (::panel_hidden (p) ? TRUE : FALSE);
  }
  // Return TRUE if the panel is hidden, FALSE otherwise.

/* The functions panel_above() and panel_below() are not reflected in
   the NCursesPanel class. The reason for this is, that we cannot
   assume that a panel retrieved by those operations is one wrapped
   by a C++ class. Although this situation might be handled, we also
   need a reverse mapping from PANEL to NCursesPanel which needs some
   redesign of the low level stuff. At the moment, we define them in the
   interface but they will always produce an error. */
  inline NCursesPanel& above() const
  {
    OnError(ERR);
    return *dummy;
  }

  inline NCursesPanel& below() const
  {
    OnError(ERR);
    return *dummy;
  }

  // Those two are rewrites of the corresponding virtual members of
  // NCursesWindow
  virtual int refresh();
  // Propagate all panel changes to the virtual screen and update the
  // physical screen.

  virtual int noutrefresh();
  // Propagate all panel changes to the virtual screen.

  static void redraw();
  // Redraw all panels.

  // decorations
  virtual void frame(const char* title=NULL,
		     const char* btitle=NULL);
  // Put a frame around the panel and put the title centered in the top line
  // and btitle in the bottom line.

  virtual void boldframe(const char* title=NULL,
			 const char* btitle=NULL);
  // Same as frame(), but use highlighted attributes.

  virtual void label(const char* topLabel,
		     const char* bottomLabel);
  // Put the title centered in the top line and btitle in the bottom line.

  virtual void centertext(int row,const char* label);
  // Put the label text centered in the specified row.
};

/* We use templates to provide a typesafe mechanism to associate
 * user data with a panel. A NCursesUserPanel<T> is a panel
 * associated with some user data of type T.
 */
template<class T> class NCursesUserPanel : public NCursesPanel
{
public:
  NCursesUserPanel (int nlines,
		    int ncols,
		    int begin_y = 0,
		    int begin_x = 0,
		    const T* p_UserData = STATIC_CAST(T*)(0))
    : NCursesPanel (nlines, ncols, begin_y, begin_x)
  {
      if (p)
	set_user (const_cast<void *>(reinterpret_cast<const void*>
				     (p_UserData)));
  };
  // This creates an user panel of the requested size with associated
  // user data pointed to by p_UserData.

  NCursesUserPanel(const T* p_UserData = STATIC_CAST(T*)(0)) : NCursesPanel()
  {
    if (p)
      set_user(const_cast<void *>(reinterpret_cast<const void*>(p_UserData)));
  };
  // This creates an user panel associated with the ::stdscr and user data
  // pointed to by p_UserData.

  virtual ~NCursesUserPanel() {};

  T* UserData (void)
  {
    return reinterpret_cast<T*>(get_user ());
  };
  // Retrieve the user data associated with the panel.

  virtual void setUserData (const T* p_UserData)
  {
    if (p)
      set_user (const_cast<void *>(reinterpret_cast<const void*>(p_UserData)));
  }
  // Associate the user panel with the user data pointed to by p_UserData.
};

#endif /* NCURSES_CURSESP_H_incl */
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
 *   Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1995,1997                                    *
 ****************************************************************************/

/* $Id: menu.h,v 1.23 2017/02/11 16:54:04 tom Exp $ */

#ifndef ETI_MENU
#define ETI_MENU

#ifdef AMIGA
#define TEXT TEXT_ncurses
#endif

#include <curses.h>
#include <eti.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef int Menu_Options;
typedef int Item_Options;

/* Menu options: */
#define O_ONEVALUE      (0x01)
#define O_SHOWDESC      (0x02)
#define O_ROWMAJOR      (0x04)
#define O_IGNORECASE    (0x08)
#define O_SHOWMATCH     (0x10)
#define O_NONCYCLIC     (0x20)
#define O_MOUSE_MENU    (0x40)

/* Item options: */
#define O_SELECTABLE    (0x01)

#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE_MENU
typedef struct
{
  const char* str;
  unsigned short length;
} TEXT;
#endif /* !NCURSES_OPAQUE_MENU */

struct tagMENU;

typedef struct tagITEM 
#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE_MENU
{
  TEXT           name;        /* name of menu item                         */
  TEXT           description; /* description of item, optional in display  */ 
  struct tagMENU *imenu;      /* Pointer to parent menu                    */
  void           *userptr;    /* Pointer to user defined per item data     */ 
  Item_Options   opt;         /* Item options                              */ 
  short          index;       /* Item number if connected to a menu        */
  short          y;           /* y and x location of item in menu          */
  short          x;
  bool           value;       /* Selection value                           */
                             
  struct tagITEM *left;       /* neighbor items                            */
  struct tagITEM *right;
  struct tagITEM *up;
  struct tagITEM *down;

}
#endif /* !NCURSES_OPAQUE_MENU */
ITEM;

typedef void (*Menu_Hook)(struct tagMENU *);

typedef struct tagMENU 
#if 1					/* not yet: !NCURSES_OPAQUE_MENU   */
{
  short          height;                /* Nr. of chars high               */
  short          width;                 /* Nr. of chars wide               */
  short          rows;                  /* Nr. of items high               */
  short          cols;                  /* Nr. of items wide               */
  short          frows;                 /* Nr. of formatted items high     */
  short          fcols;                 /* Nr. of formatted items wide     */
  short          arows;                 /* Nr. of items high (actual)      */
  short          namelen;               /* Max. name length                */
  short          desclen;               /* Max. description length         */
  short          marklen;               /* Length of mark, if any          */
  short          itemlen;               /* Length of one item              */
  short          spc_desc;              /* Spacing for descriptor          */
  short          spc_cols;              /* Spacing for columns             */
  short          spc_rows;              /* Spacing for rows                */ 
  char          *pattern;               /* Buffer to store match chars     */
  short          pindex;                /* Index into pattern buffer       */
  WINDOW        *win;                   /* Window containing menu          */
  WINDOW        *sub;                   /* Subwindow for menu display      */
  WINDOW        *userwin;               /* User's window                   */
  WINDOW        *usersub;               /* User's subwindow                */
  ITEM          **items;                /* array of items                  */ 
  short          nitems;                /* Nr. of items in menu            */
  ITEM          *curitem;               /* Current item                    */
  short          toprow;                /* Top row of menu                 */
  chtype         fore;                  /* Selection attribute             */
  chtype         back;                  /* Nonselection attribute          */
  chtype         grey;                  /* Inactive attribute              */
  unsigned char  pad;                   /* Pad character                   */

  Menu_Hook      menuinit;              /* User hooks                      */
  Menu_Hook      menuterm;
  Menu_Hook      iteminit;
  Menu_Hook      itemterm;

  void          *userptr;               /* Pointer to menus user data      */
  char          *mark;                  /* Pointer to marker string        */

  Menu_Options   opt;                   /* Menu options                    */
  unsigned short status;                /* Internal state of menu          */
}
#endif /* !NCURSES_OPAQUE_MENU */
MENU;


/* Define keys */

#define REQ_LEFT_ITEM           (KEY_MAX + 1)
#define REQ_RIGHT_ITEM          (KEY_MAX + 2)
#define REQ_UP_ITEM             (KEY_MAX + 3)
#define REQ_DOWN_ITEM           (KEY_MAX + 4)
#define REQ_SCR_ULINE           (KEY_MAX + 5)
#define REQ_SCR_DLINE           (KEY_MAX + 6)
#define REQ_SCR_DPAGE           (KEY_MAX + 7)
#define REQ_SCR_UPAGE           (KEY_MAX + 8)
#define REQ_FIRST_ITEM          (KEY_MAX + 9)
#define REQ_LAST_ITEM           (KEY_MAX + 10)
#define REQ_NEXT_ITEM           (KEY_MAX + 11)
#define REQ_PREV_ITEM           (KEY_MAX + 12)
#define REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM         (KEY_MAX + 13)
#define REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN       (KEY_MAX + 14)
#define REQ_BACK_PATTERN        (KEY_MAX + 15)
#define REQ_NEXT_MATCH          (KEY_MAX + 16)
#define REQ_PREV_MATCH          (KEY_MAX + 17)

#define MIN_MENU_COMMAND        (KEY_MAX + 1)
#define MAX_MENU_COMMAND        (KEY_MAX + 17)

/*
 * Some AT&T code expects MAX_COMMAND to be out-of-band not
 * just for menu commands but for forms ones as well.
 */
#if defined(MAX_COMMAND)
#  if (MAX_MENU_COMMAND > MAX_COMMAND)
#    error Something is wrong -- MAX_MENU_COMMAND is greater than MAX_COMMAND
#  elif (MAX_COMMAND != (KEY_MAX + 128))
#    error Something is wrong -- MAX_COMMAND is already inconsistently defined.
#  endif
#else
#  define MAX_COMMAND (KEY_MAX + 128)
#endif


/* --------- prototypes for libmenu functions ----------------------------- */

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(ITEM **)	menu_items (const MENU *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(ITEM *)	current_item (const MENU *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(ITEM *)	new_item (const char *,const char *);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(MENU *)	new_menu (ITEM **);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(Item_Options)	item_opts (const ITEM *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(Menu_Options)	menu_opts (const MENU *);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(Menu_Hook)	item_init (const MENU *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(Menu_Hook)	item_term (const MENU *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(Menu_Hook)	menu_init (const MENU *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(Menu_Hook)	menu_term (const MENU *);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *)	menu_sub (const MENU *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *)	menu_win (const MENU *);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const char *)	item_description (const ITEM *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const char *)	item_name (const ITEM *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const char *)	menu_mark (const MENU *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const char *)	menu_request_name (int);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *)	menu_pattern (const MENU *);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void *)	menu_userptr (const MENU *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void *)	item_userptr (const ITEM *);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype)	menu_back (const MENU *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype)	menu_fore (const MENU *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype)	menu_grey (const MENU *);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	free_item (ITEM *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	free_menu (MENU *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	item_count (const MENU *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	item_index (const ITEM *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	item_opts_off (ITEM *,Item_Options);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	item_opts_on (ITEM *,Item_Options);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	menu_driver (MENU *,int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	menu_opts_off (MENU *,Menu_Options);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	menu_opts_on (MENU *,Menu_Options);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	menu_pad (const MENU *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	pos_menu_cursor (const MENU *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	post_menu (MENU *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	scale_menu (const MENU *,int *,int *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_current_item (MENU *menu,ITEM *item);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_item_init (MENU *, Menu_Hook);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_item_opts (ITEM *,Item_Options);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_item_term (MENU *, Menu_Hook);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_item_userptr (ITEM *, void *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_item_value (ITEM *,bool);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_menu_back (MENU *,chtype);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_menu_fore (MENU *,chtype);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_menu_format (MENU *,int,int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_menu_grey (MENU *,chtype);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_menu_init (MENU *, Menu_Hook);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_menu_items (MENU *,ITEM **);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_menu_mark (MENU *, const char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_menu_opts (MENU *,Menu_Options);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_menu_pad (MENU *,int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_menu_pattern (MENU *,const char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_menu_sub (MENU *,WINDOW *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_menu_term (MENU *, Menu_Hook);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_menu_userptr (MENU *,void *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_menu_win (MENU *,WINDOW *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_top_row (MENU *,int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	top_row (const MENU *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	unpost_menu (MENU *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	menu_request_by_name (const char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_menu_spacing (MENU *,int,int,int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	menu_spacing (const MENU *,int *,int *,int *);


extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool)	item_value (const ITEM *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool)	item_visible (const ITEM *);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void)	menu_format (const MENU *,int *,int *);

#if NCURSES_SP_FUNCS
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(MENU *)	NCURSES_SP_NAME(new_menu) (SCREEN*, ITEM **);
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
  }
#endif

#endif /* ETI_MENU */
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2012,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
 *  Author: Thomas E. Dickey                        2006                    *
 ****************************************************************************/

/* $Id: nc_tparm.h,v 1.8 2017/07/22 17:09:46 tom Exp $ */

#ifndef NC_TPARM_included
#define NC_TPARM_included 1

#include <ncurses_cfg.h>
#include <curses.h>

/*
 * Cast parameters past the formatting-string for tparm() to match the
 * assumption of the varargs code.
 */
#ifndef TPARM_ARG
#ifdef NCURSES_TPARM_ARG
#define TPARM_ARG NCURSES_TPARM_ARG
#else
#define TPARM_ARG long
#endif
#endif /* TPARAM_ARG */

#define TPARM_N(n) (TPARM_ARG)(n)

#define TPARM_9(a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j) tparm(a,TPARM_N(b),TPARM_N(c),TPARM_N(d),TPARM_N(e),TPARM_N(f),TPARM_N(g),TPARM_N(h),TPARM_N(i),TPARM_N(j))

#if NCURSES_TPARM_VARARGS
#define TPARM_8(a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i) tparm(a,TPARM_N(b),TPARM_N(c),TPARM_N(d),TPARM_N(e),TPARM_N(f),TPARM_N(g),TPARM_N(h),TPARM_N(i))
#define TPARM_7(a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h) tparm(a,TPARM_N(b),TPARM_N(c),TPARM_N(d),TPARM_N(e),TPARM_N(f),TPARM_N(g),TPARM_N(h))
#define TPARM_6(a,b,c,d,e,f,g) tparm(a,TPARM_N(b),TPARM_N(c),TPARM_N(d),TPARM_N(e),TPARM_N(f),TPARM_N(g))
#define TPARM_5(a,b,c,d,e,f) tparm(a,TPARM_N(b),TPARM_N(c),TPARM_N(d),TPARM_N(e),TPARM_N(f))
#define TPARM_4(a,b,c,d,e) tparm(a,TPARM_N(b),TPARM_N(c),TPARM_N(d),TPARM_N(e))
#define TPARM_3(a,b,c,d) tparm(a,TPARM_N(b),TPARM_N(c),TPARM_N(d))
#define TPARM_2(a,b,c) tparm(a,TPARM_N(b),TPARM_N(c))
#define TPARM_1(a,b) tparm(a,TPARM_N(b))
#define TPARM_0(a) tparm(a)
#else
#define TPARM_8(a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i) TPARM_9(a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,0)
#define TPARM_7(a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h) TPARM_8(a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,0)
#define TPARM_6(a,b,c,d,e,f,g) TPARM_7(a,b,c,d,e,f,g,0)
#define TPARM_5(a,b,c,d,e,f) TPARM_6(a,b,c,d,e,f,0)
#define TPARM_4(a,b,c,d,e) TPARM_5(a,b,c,d,e,0)
#define TPARM_3(a,b,c,d) TPARM_4(a,b,c,d,0)
#define TPARM_2(a,b,c) TPARM_3(a,b,c,0)
#define TPARM_1(a,b) TPARM_2(a,b,0)
#define TPARM_1(a,b) TPARM_2(a,b,0)
#define TPARM_0(a) TPARM_1(a,0)
#endif

#endif /* NC_TPARM_included */
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
 *  Author: Zeyd M. Ben-Halim <zmbenhal@netcom.com> 1992,1995               *
 *     and: Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>                         *
 ****************************************************************************/

/* $Id: termcap.h.in,v 1.17 2001/03/24 21:53:27 tom Exp $ */

#ifndef NCURSES_TERMCAP_H_incl
#define NCURSES_TERMCAP_H_incl	1

#undef  NCURSES_VERSION
#define NCURSES_VERSION "6.1"

#include <ncurses_dll.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif /* __cplusplus */

#include <sys/types.h>

#undef  NCURSES_CONST 
#define NCURSES_CONST const 

#undef  NCURSES_OSPEED 
#define NCURSES_OSPEED unsigned 

extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(char) PC;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(char *) UP;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(char *) BC;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(NCURSES_OSPEED) ospeed; 

#if !defined(NCURSES_TERM_H_incl)
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) tgetstr (NCURSES_CONST char *, char **);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) tgoto (const char *, int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) tgetent (char *, const char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) tgetflag (NCURSES_CONST char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) tgetnum (NCURSES_CONST char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) tputs (const char *, int, int (*)(int));
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* NCURSES_TERMCAP_H_incl */
// * This makes emacs happy -*-Mode: C++;-*-
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
 *   Author: Juergen Pfeifer, 1997                                          *
 ****************************************************************************/

// $Id: cursesapp.h,v 1.12 2011/09/17 22:12:10 tom Exp $

#ifndef NCURSES_CURSESAPP_H_incl
#define NCURSES_CURSESAPP_H_incl

#include <cursslk.h>

class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesApplication {
public:
  typedef struct _slk_link {          // This structure is used to maintain
    struct _slk_link* prev;           // a stack of SLKs
    Soft_Label_Key_Set* SLKs;
  } SLK_Link;
private:
  static int rinit(NCursesWindow& w); // Internal Init function for title
  static NCursesApplication* theApp;  // Global ref. to the application

  static SLK_Link* slk_stack;

protected:
  static NCursesWindow* titleWindow;  // The Title Window (if any)

  bool b_Colors;                      // Is this a color application?
  NCursesWindow* Root_Window;         // This is the stdscr equiv.

  // Initialization of attributes;
  // Rewrite this in your derived class if you prefer other settings
  virtual void init(bool bColors);

  // The number of lines for the title window. Default is no title window
  // You may rewrite this in your derived class
  virtual int titlesize() const {
    return 0;
  }

  // This method is called to put something into the title window initially
  // You may rewrite this in your derived class
  virtual void title() {
  }

  // The layout used for the Soft Label Keys. Default is to have no SLKs.
  // You may rewrite this in your derived class
  virtual Soft_Label_Key_Set::Label_Layout useSLKs() const {
    return Soft_Label_Key_Set::None;
  }

  // This method is called to initialize the SLKs. Default is nothing.
  // You may rewrite this in your derived class
  virtual void init_labels(Soft_Label_Key_Set& S) const {
    (void) S;
  }

  // Your derived class must implement this method. The return value must
  // be the exit value of your application.
  virtual int run() = 0;

  // The constructor is protected, so you may use it in your derived
  // class constructor. The argument tells whether or not you want colors.
  NCursesApplication(bool wantColors = FALSE);

  NCursesApplication& operator=(const NCursesApplication& rhs)
  {
    if (this != &rhs) {
      *this = rhs;
    }
    return *this;
  }

  NCursesApplication(const NCursesApplication& rhs)
    : b_Colors(rhs.b_Colors),
      Root_Window(rhs.Root_Window)
  {
  }

public:
  virtual ~NCursesApplication();

  // Get a pointer to the current application object
  static NCursesApplication* getApplication() {
    return theApp;
  }

  // This method runs the application and returns its exit value
  int operator()(void);

  // Process the commandline arguments. The default implementation simply
  // ignores them. Your derived class may rewrite this.
  virtual void handleArgs(int argc, char* argv[]) {
    (void) argc;
    (void) argv;
  }

  // Does this application use colors?
  inline bool useColors() const {
    return b_Colors;
  }

  // Push the Key Set S onto the SLK Stack. S then becomes the current set
  // of Soft Labelled Keys.
  void push(Soft_Label_Key_Set& S);

  // Throw away the current set of SLKs and make the previous one the
  // new current set.
  bool pop();

  // Retrieve the current set of Soft Labelled Keys.
  Soft_Label_Key_Set* top() const;

  // Attributes to use for menu and forms foregrounds
  virtual chtype foregrounds() const {
    return b_Colors ? static_cast<chtype>(COLOR_PAIR(1)) : A_BOLD;
  }

  // Attributes to use for menu and forms backgrounds
  virtual chtype backgrounds() const {
    return b_Colors ? static_cast<chtype>(COLOR_PAIR(2)) : A_NORMAL;
  }

  // Attributes to use for inactive (menu) elements
  virtual chtype inactives() const {
    return b_Colors ? static_cast<chtype>(COLOR_PAIR(3)|A_DIM) : A_DIM;
  }

  // Attributes to use for (form) labels and SLKs
  virtual chtype labels() const {
    return b_Colors ? static_cast<chtype>(COLOR_PAIR(4)) : A_NORMAL;
  }

  // Attributes to use for form backgrounds
  virtual chtype dialog_backgrounds() const {
    return b_Colors ? static_cast<chtype>(COLOR_PAIR(4)) : A_NORMAL;
  }

  // Attributes to use as default for (form) window backgrounds
  virtual chtype window_backgrounds() const {
    return b_Colors ? static_cast<chtype>(COLOR_PAIR(5)) : A_NORMAL;
  }

  // Attributes to use for the title window
  virtual chtype screen_titles() const {
    return b_Colors ? static_cast<chtype>(COLOR_PAIR(6)) : A_BOLD;
  }

};
 
#endif /* NCURSES_CURSESAPP_H_incl */
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/
/* $Id: ncurses_dll.h.in,v 1.9 2014/08/02 21:30:20 tom Exp $ */

#ifndef NCURSES_DLL_H_incl
#define NCURSES_DLL_H_incl 1

/* 2014-08-02 workaround for broken MinGW compiler.
 * Oddly, only TRACE is mapped to trace - the other -D's are okay.
 * suggest TDM as an alternative.
 */
#if defined(__MINGW64__)
#elif defined(__MINGW32__)
#if (__GNUC__ == 4) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ == 8)

#ifdef trace
#undef trace
#define TRACE
#endif

#endif	/* broken compiler */
#endif	/* MingW */

/*
 * For reentrant code, we map the various global variables into SCREEN by
 * using functions to access them.
 */
#define NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(name) _nc_##name
#define NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(type,name) extern type NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(name)(void)

/* no longer needed on cygwin or mingw, thanks to auto-import       */
/* but this structure may be useful at some point for an MSVC build */
/* so, for now unconditionally define the important flags           */
/* "the right way" for proper static and dll+auto-import behavior   */
#undef NCURSES_DLL
#define NCURSES_STATIC

#if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__)
#  if defined(NCURSES_DLL)
#    if defined(NCURSES_STATIC)
#      undef NCURSES_STATIC
#    endif
#  endif
#  undef NCURSES_IMPEXP
#  undef NCURSES_API
#  undef NCURSES_EXPORT
#  undef NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR
#  if defined(NCURSES_DLL)
/* building a DLL */
#    define NCURSES_IMPEXP __declspec(dllexport)
#  elif defined(NCURSES_STATIC)
/* building or linking to a static library */
#    define NCURSES_IMPEXP /* nothing */
#  else
/* linking to the DLL */
#    define NCURSES_IMPEXP __declspec(dllimport)
#  endif
#  define NCURSES_API __cdecl
#  define NCURSES_EXPORT(type) NCURSES_IMPEXP type NCURSES_API
#  define NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(type) NCURSES_IMPEXP type
#endif

/* Take care of non-cygwin platforms */
#if !defined(NCURSES_IMPEXP)
#  define NCURSES_IMPEXP /* nothing */
#endif
#if !defined(NCURSES_API)
#  define NCURSES_API /* nothing */
#endif
#if !defined(NCURSES_EXPORT)
#  define NCURSES_EXPORT(type) NCURSES_IMPEXP type NCURSES_API
#endif
#if !defined(NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR)
#  define NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(type) NCURSES_IMPEXP type
#endif

#endif /* NCURSES_DLL_H_incl */
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
 *  Author: Zeyd M. Ben-Halim <zmbenhal@netcom.com> 1992,1995               *
 *     and: Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>                         *
 *     and: Thomas E. Dickey                        1998-on                 *
 ****************************************************************************/

/* $Id: term_entry.h,v 1.55 2017/04/06 22:45:34 tom Exp $ */

/*
 *	term_entry.h -- interface to entry-manipulation code
 */

#ifndef NCURSES_TERM_ENTRY_H_incl
#define NCURSES_TERM_ENTRY_H_incl 1
/* *INDENT-OFF* */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <term.h>

/*
 * These macros may be used by programs that know about TERMTYPE:
 */
#if NCURSES_XNAMES
#define NUM_BOOLEANS(tp) (tp)->num_Booleans
#define NUM_NUMBERS(tp)  (tp)->num_Numbers
#define NUM_STRINGS(tp)  (tp)->num_Strings
#define EXT_NAMES(tp,i,limit,index,table) (i >= limit) ? tp->ext_Names[index] : table[i]
#else
#define NUM_BOOLEANS(tp) BOOLCOUNT
#define NUM_NUMBERS(tp)  NUMCOUNT
#define NUM_STRINGS(tp)  STRCOUNT
#define EXT_NAMES(tp,i,limit,index,table) table[i]
#endif

#define NUM_EXT_NAMES(tp) (unsigned) ((tp)->ext_Booleans + (tp)->ext_Numbers + (tp)->ext_Strings)

#define for_each_boolean(n,tp) for(n = 0; n < NUM_BOOLEANS(tp); n++)
#define for_each_number(n,tp)  for(n = 0; n < NUM_NUMBERS(tp);  n++)
#define for_each_string(n,tp)  for(n = 0; n < NUM_STRINGS(tp);  n++)

#if NCURSES_XNAMES
#define for_each_ext_boolean(n,tp) for(n = BOOLCOUNT; (int) n < (int) NUM_BOOLEANS(tp); n++)
#define for_each_ext_number(n,tp)  for(n = NUMCOUNT; (int) n < (int) NUM_NUMBERS(tp);  n++)
#define for_each_ext_string(n,tp)  for(n = STRCOUNT; (int) n < (int) NUM_STRINGS(tp);  n++)
#endif

#define ExtBoolname(tp,i,names) EXT_NAMES(tp, i, BOOLCOUNT, (i - (tp->num_Booleans - tp->ext_Booleans)), names)
#define ExtNumname(tp,i,names)  EXT_NAMES(tp, i, NUMCOUNT, (i - (tp->num_Numbers - tp->ext_Numbers)) + tp->ext_Booleans, names)
#define ExtStrname(tp,i,names)  EXT_NAMES(tp, i, STRCOUNT, (i - (tp->num_Strings - tp->ext_Strings)) + (tp->ext_Numbers + tp->ext_Booleans), names)

/*
 * The remaining type-definitions and macros are used only internally by the
 * ncurses utilities.
 */
#ifdef NCURSES_INTERNALS

/*
 * see db_iterator.c - this enumeration lists the places searched for a
 * terminal description and defines the order in which they are searched.
 */
typedef enum {
	dbdTIC = 0,		/* special, used by tic when writing entry */
#if NCURSES_USE_DATABASE
	dbdEnvOnce,		/* the $TERMINFO environment variable */
	dbdHome,		/* $HOME/.terminfo */
	dbdEnvList,		/* the $TERMINFO_DIRS environment variable */
	dbdCfgList,		/* the compiled-in TERMINFO_DIRS value */
	dbdCfgOnce,		/* the compiled-in TERMINFO value */
#endif
#if NCURSES_USE_TERMCAP
	dbdEnvOnce2,		/* the $TERMCAP environment variable */
	dbdEnvList2,		/* the $TERMPATH environment variable */
	dbdCfgList2,		/* the compiled-in TERMPATH */
#endif
	dbdLAST
} DBDIRS;

#define MAX_USES	32
#define MAX_CROSSLINKS	16

typedef struct entry ENTRY;

typedef struct {
	char *name;
	ENTRY *link;
	long line;
} ENTRY_USES;

struct entry {
	TERMTYPE2 tterm;
	unsigned nuses;
	ENTRY_USES uses[MAX_USES];
	int ncrosslinks;
	ENTRY *crosslinks[MAX_CROSSLINKS];
	long cstart;
	long cend;
	long startline;
	ENTRY *next;
	ENTRY *last;
};

extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(ENTRY *) _nc_head;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(ENTRY *) _nc_tail;
#define for_entry_list(qp)	for (qp = _nc_head; qp; qp = qp->next)

#define MAX_LINE	132

#define NULLHOOK        (bool(*)(ENTRY *))0

/*
 * Note that WANTED and PRESENT are not simple inverses!  If a capability
 * has been explicitly cancelled, it's not considered WANTED.
 */
#define WANTED(s)	((s) == ABSENT_STRING)
#define PRESENT(s)	(((s) != ABSENT_STRING) && ((s) != CANCELLED_STRING))

#define ANDMISSING(p,q) \
		{ \
		if (PRESENT(p) && !PRESENT(q)) \
			_nc_warning(#p " but no " #q); \
		}

#define PAIRED(p,q) \
		{ \
		if (PRESENT(q) && !PRESENT(p)) \
			_nc_warning(#q " but no " #p); \
		if (PRESENT(p) && !PRESENT(q)) \
			_nc_warning(#p " but no " #q); \
		}

/*
 * These entrypoints are used only by the ncurses utilities such as tic.
 */

/* alloc_entry.c: elementary allocation code */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(ENTRY *) _nc_copy_entry (ENTRY *oldp);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _nc_save_str (const char *const);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_init_entry (ENTRY *const);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_merge_entry (ENTRY *const, ENTRY *const);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_wrap_entry (ENTRY *const, bool);

/* alloc_ttype.c: elementary allocation code */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_align_termtype (TERMTYPE2 *, TERMTYPE2 *);

/* free_ttype.c: elementary allocation code */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_free_termtype2 (TERMTYPE2 *);

/* lib_termcap.c: trim sgr0 string for termcap users */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _nc_trim_sgr0 (TERMTYPE2 *);

/* parse_entry.c: entry-parsing code */
#if NCURSES_XNAMES
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(bool) _nc_user_definable;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(bool) _nc_disable_period;
#endif
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) _nc_parse_entry (ENTRY *, int, bool);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) _nc_capcmp (const char *, const char *);

/* write_entry.c: writing an entry to the file system */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_set_writedir (const char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_write_entry (TERMTYPE2 *const);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) _nc_write_object (TERMTYPE2 *, char *, unsigned *, unsigned);

/* comp_parse.c: entry list handling */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_read_entry_source (FILE*, char*, int, bool, bool (*)(ENTRY*));
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) _nc_entry_match (char *, char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) _nc_resolve_uses (bool); /* obs 20040705 */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) _nc_resolve_uses2 (bool, bool);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_free_entries (ENTRY *);
extern NCURSES_IMPEXP void NCURSES_API (*_nc_check_termtype)(TERMTYPE *); /* obs 20040705 */
extern NCURSES_IMPEXP void NCURSES_API (*_nc_check_termtype2)(TERMTYPE2 *, bool);

/* trace_xnames.c */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_trace_xnames (TERMTYPE *);

#endif /* NCURSES_INTERNALS */

/*
 * These entrypoints are used by tack.
 */

/* alloc_ttype.c: elementary allocation code */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_copy_termtype (TERMTYPE *, const TERMTYPE *);

/* lib_acs.c */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_init_acs (void);	/* corresponds to traditional 'init_acs()' */

/* free_ttype.c: elementary allocation code */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_free_termtype (TERMTYPE *);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

/* *INDENT-ON* */

#endif /* NCURSES_TERM_ENTRY_H_incl */
// * This makes emacs happy -*-Mode: C++;-*-
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2012,2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
 *   Author: Juergen Pfeifer, 1997                                          *
 ****************************************************************************/

// $Id: cursesf.h,v 1.32 2014/08/09 22:06:11 Adam.Jiang Exp $

#ifndef NCURSES_CURSESF_H_incl
#define NCURSES_CURSESF_H_incl 1

#include <cursesp.h>

#ifndef __EXT_QNX
#include <string.h>
#endif

extern "C" {
#  include <form.h>
}
//
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
// The abstract base class for buitin and user defined Fieldtypes.
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesFormField; // forward declaration

// Class to represent builtin field types as well as C++ written new
// fieldtypes (see classes UserDefineFieldType...
class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesFieldType
{
  friend class NCursesFormField;

protected:
  FIELDTYPE* fieldtype;

  inline void OnError(int err) const THROW2(NCursesException const, NCursesFormException) {
    if (err!=E_OK)
      THROW(new NCursesFormException (err));
  }

  NCursesFieldType(FIELDTYPE *f) : fieldtype(f) {
  }

  virtual ~NCursesFieldType() {}

  // Set the fields f fieldtype to this one.
  virtual void set(NCursesFormField& f) = 0;

public:
  NCursesFieldType()
    : fieldtype(STATIC_CAST(FIELDTYPE*)(0))
  {
  }

  NCursesFieldType& operator=(const NCursesFieldType& rhs)
  {
    if (this != &rhs) {
      *this = rhs;
    }
    return *this;
  }

  NCursesFieldType(const NCursesFieldType& rhs)
    : fieldtype(rhs.fieldtype)
  {
  }

};

//
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
// The class representing a forms field, wrapping the lowlevel FIELD struct
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesFormField
{
  friend class NCursesForm;

protected:
  FIELD *field;		     // lowlevel structure
  NCursesFieldType* ftype;   // Associated field type

  // Error handler
  inline void OnError (int err) const THROW2(NCursesException const, NCursesFormException) {
    if (err != E_OK)
      THROW(new NCursesFormException (err));
  }

public:
  // Create a 'Null' field. Can be used to delimit a field list
  NCursesFormField()
    : field(STATIC_CAST(FIELD*)(0)),
      ftype(STATIC_CAST(NCursesFieldType*)(0))
  {
  }

  // Create a new field
  NCursesFormField (int rows,
		    int ncols,
		    int first_row = 0,
		    int first_col = 0,
		    int offscreen_rows = 0,
		    int additional_buffers = 0)
    : field(0),
      ftype(STATIC_CAST(NCursesFieldType*)(0))
  {
      field = ::new_field(rows, ncols, first_row, first_col,
			  offscreen_rows, additional_buffers);
      if (!field)
	OnError(errno);
  }

  NCursesFormField& operator=(const NCursesFormField& rhs)
  {
    if (this != &rhs) {
      *this = rhs;
    }
    return *this;
  }

  NCursesFormField(const NCursesFormField& rhs)
    : field(rhs.field), ftype(rhs.ftype)
  {
  }

  virtual ~NCursesFormField ();

  // Duplicate the field at a new position
  inline NCursesFormField* dup(int first_row, int first_col)
  {
    NCursesFormField* f = new NCursesFormField();
    if (!f)
      OnError(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
    else {
      f->ftype = ftype;
      f->field = ::dup_field(field,first_row,first_col);
      if (!f->field)
	OnError(errno);
    }
    return f;
  }

  // Link the field to a new location
  inline NCursesFormField* link(int first_row, int first_col) {
    NCursesFormField* f = new NCursesFormField();
    if (!f)
      OnError(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
    else {
      f->ftype = ftype;
      f->field = ::link_field(field,first_row,first_col);
      if (!f->field)
	OnError(errno);
    }
    return f;
  }

  // Get the lowlevel field representation
  inline FIELD* get_field() const {
    return field;
  }

  // Retrieve info about the field
  inline void info(int& rows, int& ncols,
		   int& first_row, int& first_col,
		   int& offscreen_rows, int& additional_buffers) const {
    OnError(::field_info(field, &rows, &ncols,
			 &first_row, &first_col,
			 &offscreen_rows, &additional_buffers));
  }

  // Retrieve info about the fields dynamic properties.
  inline void dynamic_info(int& dynamic_rows, int& dynamic_cols,
			   int& max_growth) const {
    OnError(::dynamic_field_info(field, &dynamic_rows, &dynamic_cols,
				 &max_growth));
  }

  // For a dynamic field you may set the maximum growth limit.
  // A zero means unlimited growth.
  inline void set_maximum_growth(int growth = 0) {
    OnError(::set_max_field(field,growth));
  }

  // Move the field to a new position
  inline void move(int row, int col) {
    OnError(::move_field(field,row,col));
  }

  // Mark the field to start a new page
  inline void new_page(bool pageFlag = FALSE) {
    OnError(::set_new_page(field,pageFlag));
  }

  // Retrieve whether or not the field starts a new page.
  inline bool is_new_page() const {
    return ::new_page(field);
  }

  // Set the justification for the field
  inline void set_justification(int just) {
    OnError(::set_field_just(field,just));
  }

  // Retrieve the fields justification
  inline int justification() const {
    return ::field_just(field);
  }
  // Set the foreground attribute for the field
  inline void set_foreground(chtype foreground) {
    OnError(::set_field_fore(field,foreground));
  }

  // Retrieve the fields foreground attribute
  inline chtype fore() const {
    return ::field_fore(field);
  }

  // Set the background attribute for the field
  inline void set_background(chtype background) {
    OnError(::set_field_back(field,background));
  }

  // Retrieve the fields background attribute
  inline chtype back() const {
    return ::field_back(field);
  }

  // Set the padding character for the field
  inline void set_pad_character(int padding) {
    OnError(::set_field_pad(field, padding));
  }

  // Retrieve the fields padding character
  inline int pad() const {
    return ::field_pad(field);
  }

  // Switch on the fields options
  inline void options_on (Field_Options opts) {
    OnError (::field_opts_on (field, opts));
  }

  // Switch off the fields options
  inline void options_off (Field_Options opts) {
    OnError (::field_opts_off (field, opts));
  }

  // Retrieve the fields options
  inline Field_Options options () const {
    return ::field_opts (field);
  }

  // Set the fields options
  inline void set_options (Field_Options opts) {
    OnError (::set_field_opts (field, opts));
  }

  // Mark the field as changed
  inline void set_changed(bool changeFlag = TRUE) {
    OnError(::set_field_status(field,changeFlag));
  }

  // Test whether or not the field is marked as changed
  inline bool changed() const {
    return ::field_status(field);
  }

  // Return the index of the field in the field array of a form
  // or -1 if the field is not associated to a form
  inline int (index)() const {
    return ::field_index(field);
  }

  // Store a value in a fields buffer. The default buffer is nr. 0
  inline void set_value(const char *val, int buffer = 0) {
    OnError(::set_field_buffer(field,buffer,val));
  }

  // Retrieve the value of a fields buffer. The default buffer is nr. 0
  inline char* value(int buffer = 0) const {
    return ::field_buffer(field,buffer);
  }

  // Set the validation type of the field.
  inline void set_fieldtype(NCursesFieldType& f) {
    ftype = &f;
    f.set(*this); // A good friend may do that...
  }

  // Retrieve the validation type of the field.
  inline NCursesFieldType* fieldtype() const {
    return ftype;
  }

};

  // This are the built-in hook functions in this C++ binding. In C++ we use
  // virtual member functions (see below On_..._Init and On_..._Termination)
  // to provide this functionality in an object oriented manner.
extern "C" {
  void _nc_xx_frm_init(FORM *);
  void _nc_xx_frm_term(FORM *);
  void _nc_xx_fld_init(FORM *);
  void _nc_xx_fld_term(FORM *);
}

//
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
// The class representing a form, wrapping the lowlevel FORM struct
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesForm : public NCursesPanel
{
protected:
  FORM* form;  // the lowlevel structure

private:
  NCursesWindow* sub;   // the subwindow object
  bool b_sub_owner;     // is this our own subwindow?
  bool b_framed;	// has the form a border?
  bool b_autoDelete;    // Delete fields when deleting form?

  NCursesFormField** my_fields; // The array of fields for this form

  // This structure is used for the form's user data field to link the
  // FORM* to the C++ object and to provide extra space for a user pointer.
  typedef struct {
    void*	       m_user;	    // the pointer for the user's data
    const NCursesForm* m_back;      // backward pointer to C++ object
    const FORM*	       m_owner;
  } UserHook;

  // Get the backward pointer to the C++ object from a FORM
  static inline NCursesForm* getHook(const FORM *f) {
    UserHook* hook = reinterpret_cast<UserHook*>(::form_userptr(f));
    assert(hook != 0 && hook->m_owner==f);
    return const_cast<NCursesForm*>(hook->m_back);
  }

  friend void _nc_xx_frm_init(FORM *);
  friend void _nc_xx_frm_term(FORM *);
  friend void _nc_xx_fld_init(FORM *);
  friend void _nc_xx_fld_term(FORM *);

  // Calculate FIELD* array for the menu
  FIELD** mapFields(NCursesFormField* nfields[]);

protected:
  // internal routines
  inline void set_user(void *user) {
    UserHook* uptr = reinterpret_cast<UserHook*>(::form_userptr (form));
    assert (uptr != 0 && uptr->m_back==this && uptr->m_owner==form);
    uptr->m_user = user;
  }

  inline void *get_user() {
    UserHook* uptr = reinterpret_cast<UserHook*>(::form_userptr (form));
    assert (uptr != 0 && uptr->m_back==this && uptr->m_owner==form);
    return uptr->m_user;
  }

  void InitForm (NCursesFormField* Fields[],
		 bool with_frame,
		 bool autoDeleteFields);

  inline void OnError (int err) const THROW2(NCursesException const, NCursesFormException) {
    if (err != E_OK)
      THROW(new NCursesFormException (err));
  }

  // this wraps the form_driver call.
  virtual int driver (int c) ;

  // 'Internal' constructor, builds an object without association to a
  // field array.
  NCursesForm( int  nlines,
	       int  ncols,
	       int  begin_y = 0,
	       int  begin_x = 0)
    : NCursesPanel(nlines, ncols, begin_y, begin_x),
      form (STATIC_CAST(FORM*)(0)),
      sub(0),
      b_sub_owner(0),
      b_framed(0),
      b_autoDelete(0),
      my_fields(0)
  {
  }

public:
  // Create form for the default panel.
  NCursesForm (NCursesFormField* Fields[],
	       bool with_frame=FALSE,	      // reserve space for a frame?
	       bool autoDelete_Fields=FALSE)  // do automatic cleanup?
    : NCursesPanel(),
      form(0),
      sub(0),
      b_sub_owner(0),
      b_framed(0),
      b_autoDelete(0),
      my_fields(0)
  {
    InitForm(Fields, with_frame, autoDelete_Fields);
  }

  // Create a form in a panel with the given position and size.
  NCursesForm (NCursesFormField* Fields[],
	       int  nlines,
	       int  ncols,
	       int  begin_y,
	       int  begin_x,
	       bool with_frame=FALSE,	     // reserve space for a frame?
	       bool autoDelete_Fields=FALSE) // do automatic cleanup?
    : NCursesPanel(nlines, ncols, begin_y, begin_x),
      form(0),
      sub(0),
      b_sub_owner(0),
      b_framed(0),
      b_autoDelete(0),
      my_fields(0)
  {
      InitForm(Fields, with_frame, autoDelete_Fields);
  }

  NCursesForm& operator=(const NCursesForm& rhs)
  {
    if (this != &rhs) {
      *this = rhs;
      NCursesPanel::operator=(rhs);
    }
    return *this;
  }

  NCursesForm(const NCursesForm& rhs)
    : NCursesPanel(rhs),
      form(rhs.form),
      sub(rhs.sub),
      b_sub_owner(rhs.b_sub_owner),
      b_framed(rhs.b_framed),
      b_autoDelete(rhs.b_autoDelete),
      my_fields(rhs.my_fields)
  {
  }

  virtual ~NCursesForm();

  // Set the default attributes for the form
  virtual void setDefaultAttributes();

  // Retrieve current field of the form.
  inline NCursesFormField* current_field() const {
    return my_fields[::field_index(::current_field(form))];
  }

  // Set the forms subwindow
  void setSubWindow(NCursesWindow& sub);

  // Set these fields for the form
  inline void setFields(NCursesFormField* Fields[]) {
    OnError(::set_form_fields(form,mapFields(Fields)));
  }

  // Remove the form from the screen
  inline void unpost (void) {
    OnError (::unpost_form (form));
  }

  // Post the form to the screen if flag is true, unpost it otherwise
  inline void post(bool flag = TRUE) {
    OnError (flag ? ::post_form(form) : ::unpost_form (form));
  }

  // Decorations
  inline void frame(const char *title=NULL, const char* btitle=NULL) {
    if (b_framed)
      NCursesPanel::frame(title,btitle);
    else
      OnError(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
  }

  inline void boldframe(const char *title=NULL, const char* btitle=NULL) {
    if (b_framed)
      NCursesPanel::boldframe(title,btitle);
    else
      OnError(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
  }

  inline void label(const char *topLabel, const char *bottomLabel) {
    if (b_framed)
      NCursesPanel::label(topLabel,bottomLabel);
    else
      OnError(E_SYSTEM_ERROR);
  }

  // -----
  // Hooks
  // -----

  // Called after the form gets repositioned in its window.
  // This is especially true if the form is posted.
  virtual void On_Form_Init();

  // Called before the form gets repositioned in its window.
  // This is especially true if the form is unposted.
  virtual void On_Form_Termination();

  // Called after the field became the current field
  virtual void On_Field_Init(NCursesFormField& field);

  // Called before this field is left as current field.
  virtual void On_Field_Termination(NCursesFormField& field);

  // Calculate required window size for the form.
  void scale(int& rows, int& ncols) const {
    OnError(::scale_form(form,&rows,&ncols));
  }

  // Retrieve number of fields in the form.
  int count() const {
    return ::field_count(form);
  }

  // Make the page the current page of the form.
  void set_page(int pageNum) {
    OnError(::set_form_page(form, pageNum));
  }

  // Retrieve current page number
  int page() const {
    return ::form_page(form);
  }

  // Switch on the forms options
  inline void options_on (Form_Options opts) {
    OnError (::form_opts_on (form, opts));
  }

  // Switch off the forms options
  inline void options_off (Form_Options opts) {
    OnError (::form_opts_off (form, opts));
  }

  // Retrieve the forms options
  inline Form_Options options () const {
    return ::form_opts (form);
  }

  // Set the forms options
  inline void set_options (Form_Options opts) {
    OnError (::set_form_opts (form, opts));
  }

  // Are there more data in the current field after the data shown
  inline bool data_ahead() const {
    return ::data_ahead(form);
  }

  // Are there more data in the current field before the data shown
  inline bool data_behind() const {
    return ::data_behind(form);
  }

  // Position the cursor to the current field
  inline void position_cursor () {
    OnError (::pos_form_cursor (form));
  }
  // Set the current field
  inline void set_current(NCursesFormField& F) {
    OnError (::set_current_field(form, F.field));
  }

  // Provide a default key virtualization. Translate the keyboard
  // code c into a form request code.
  // The default implementation provides a hopefully straightforward
  // mapping for the most common keystrokes and form requests.
  virtual int virtualize(int c);

  // Operators
  inline NCursesFormField* operator[](int i) const {
    if ( (i < 0) || (i >= ::field_count (form)) )
      OnError (E_BAD_ARGUMENT);
    return my_fields[i];
  }

  // Perform the menu's operation
  // Return the field where you left the form.
  virtual NCursesFormField* operator()(void);

  // Exception handlers. The default is a Beep.
  virtual void On_Request_Denied(int c) const;
  virtual void On_Invalid_Field(int c) const;
  virtual void On_Unknown_Command(int c) const;

};

//
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This is the typical C++ typesafe way to allow to attach
// user data to a field of a form. Its assumed that the user
// data belongs to some class T. Use T as template argument
// to create a UserField.
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
template<class T> class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesUserField : public NCursesFormField
{
public:
  NCursesUserField (int rows,
		    int ncols,
		    int first_row = 0,
		    int first_col = 0,
		    const T* p_UserData = STATIC_CAST(T*)(0),
		    int offscreen_rows = 0,
		    int additional_buffers = 0)
    : NCursesFormField (rows, ncols,
			first_row, first_col,
			offscreen_rows, additional_buffers) {
      if (field)
	OnError(::set_field_userptr(field, STATIC_CAST(void *)(p_UserData)));
  }

  virtual ~NCursesUserField() {};

  inline const T* UserData (void) const {
    return reinterpret_cast<const T*>(::field_userptr (field));
  }

  inline virtual void setUserData(const T* p_UserData) {
    if (field)
      OnError (::set_field_userptr (field, STATIC_CAST(void *)(p_UserData)));
  }
};
//
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
// The same mechanism is used to attach user data to a form
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
template<class T> class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesUserForm : public NCursesForm
{
protected:
  // 'Internal' constructor, builds an object without association to a
  // field array.
  NCursesUserForm( int  nlines,
		   int  ncols,
		   int  begin_y = 0,
		   int  begin_x = 0,
		   const T* p_UserData = STATIC_CAST(T*)(0))
    : NCursesForm(nlines,ncols,begin_y,begin_x) {
      if (form)
	set_user (const_cast<void *>(reinterpret_cast<const void*>
				     (p_UserData)));
  }

public:
  NCursesUserForm (NCursesFormField* Fields[],
		   const T* p_UserData = STATIC_CAST(T*)(0),
		   bool with_frame=FALSE,
		   bool autoDelete_Fields=FALSE)
    : NCursesForm (Fields, with_frame, autoDelete_Fields) {
      if (form)
	set_user (const_cast<void *>(reinterpret_cast<const void*>(p_UserData)));
  };

  NCursesUserForm (NCursesFormField* Fields[],
		   int nlines,
		   int ncols,
		   int begin_y = 0,
		   int begin_x = 0,
		   const T* p_UserData = STATIC_CAST(T*)(0),
		   bool with_frame=FALSE,
		   bool autoDelete_Fields=FALSE)
    : NCursesForm (Fields, nlines, ncols, begin_y, begin_x,
		   with_frame, autoDelete_Fields) {
      if (form)
	set_user (const_cast<void *>(reinterpret_cast<const void*>
				     (p_UserData)));
  };

  virtual ~NCursesUserForm() {
  };

  inline T* UserData (void) {
    return reinterpret_cast<T*>(get_user ());
  };

  inline virtual void setUserData (const T* p_UserData) {
    if (form)
      set_user (const_cast<void *>(reinterpret_cast<const void*>(p_UserData)));
  }

};
//
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Builtin Fieldtypes
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
class NCURSES_IMPEXP Alpha_Field : public NCursesFieldType
{
private:
  int min_field_width;

  void set(NCursesFormField& f) {
    OnError(::set_field_type(f.get_field(),fieldtype,min_field_width));
  }

public:
  Alpha_Field(int width)
    : NCursesFieldType(TYPE_ALPHA),
      min_field_width(width) {
  }
};

class NCURSES_IMPEXP Alphanumeric_Field : public NCursesFieldType
{
private:
  int min_field_width;

  void set(NCursesFormField& f) {
    OnError(::set_field_type(f.get_field(),fieldtype,min_field_width));
  }

public:
  Alphanumeric_Field(int width)
    : NCursesFieldType(TYPE_ALNUM),
      min_field_width(width) {
  }
};

class NCURSES_IMPEXP Integer_Field : public NCursesFieldType
{
private:
  int precision;
  long lower_limit, upper_limit;

  void set(NCursesFormField& f) {
    OnError(::set_field_type(f.get_field(),fieldtype,
			     precision,lower_limit,upper_limit));
  }

public:
  Integer_Field(int prec, long low=0L, long high=0L)
    : NCursesFieldType(TYPE_INTEGER),
      precision(prec), lower_limit(low), upper_limit(high) {
  }
};

class NCURSES_IMPEXP Numeric_Field : public NCursesFieldType
{
private:
  int precision;
  double lower_limit, upper_limit;

  void set(NCursesFormField& f) {
    OnError(::set_field_type(f.get_field(),fieldtype,
			     precision,lower_limit,upper_limit));
  }

public:
  Numeric_Field(int prec, double low=0.0, double high=0.0)
    : NCursesFieldType(TYPE_NUMERIC),
      precision(prec), lower_limit(low), upper_limit(high) {
  }
};

class NCURSES_IMPEXP Regular_Expression_Field : public NCursesFieldType
{
private:
  char* regex;

  void set(NCursesFormField& f) {
    OnError(::set_field_type(f.get_field(),fieldtype,regex));
  }

  void copy_regex(const char *source)
  {
    regex = new char[1 + ::strlen(source)];
    (::strcpy)(regex, source);
  }

public:
  Regular_Expression_Field(const char *expr)
    : NCursesFieldType(TYPE_REGEXP),
      regex(NULL)
  {
    copy_regex(expr);
  }

  Regular_Expression_Field& operator=(const Regular_Expression_Field& rhs)
  {
    if (this != &rhs) {
      *this = rhs;
      copy_regex(rhs.regex);
      NCursesFieldType::operator=(rhs);
    }
    return *this;
  }

  Regular_Expression_Field(const Regular_Expression_Field& rhs)
    : NCursesFieldType(rhs),
      regex(NULL)
  {
    copy_regex(rhs.regex);
  }

  ~Regular_Expression_Field() {
    delete[] regex;
  }
};

class NCURSES_IMPEXP Enumeration_Field : public NCursesFieldType
{
private:
  const char** list;
  int case_sensitive;
  int non_unique_matches;

  void set(NCursesFormField& f) {
    OnError(::set_field_type(f.get_field(),fieldtype,
			     list,case_sensitive,non_unique_matches));
  }
public:
  Enumeration_Field(const char* enums[],
		    bool case_sens=FALSE,
		    bool non_unique=FALSE)
    : NCursesFieldType(TYPE_ENUM),
      list(enums),
      case_sensitive(case_sens ? -1 : 0),
      non_unique_matches(non_unique ? -1 : 0) {
  }

  Enumeration_Field& operator=(const Enumeration_Field& rhs)
  {
    if (this != &rhs) {
      *this = rhs;
      NCursesFieldType::operator=(rhs);
    }
    return *this;
  }

  Enumeration_Field(const Enumeration_Field& rhs)
    : NCursesFieldType(rhs),
      list(rhs.list),
      case_sensitive(rhs.case_sensitive),
      non_unique_matches(rhs.non_unique_matches)
  {
  }
};

class NCURSES_IMPEXP IPV4_Address_Field : public NCursesFieldType
{
private:
  void set(NCursesFormField& f) {
    OnError(::set_field_type(f.get_field(),fieldtype));
  }

public:
  IPV4_Address_Field() : NCursesFieldType(TYPE_IPV4) {
  }
};

extern "C" {
  bool _nc_xx_fld_fcheck(FIELD *, const void*);
  bool _nc_xx_fld_ccheck(int c, const void *);
  void* _nc_xx_fld_makearg(va_list*);
}

//
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Abstract base class for User-Defined Fieldtypes
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
class NCURSES_IMPEXP UserDefinedFieldType : public NCursesFieldType
{
  friend class UDF_Init; // Internal helper to set up statics
private:
  // For all C++ defined fieldtypes we need only one generic lowlevel
  // FIELDTYPE* element.
  static FIELDTYPE* generic_fieldtype;

protected:
  // This are the functions required by the low level libforms functions
  // to construct a fieldtype.
  friend bool _nc_xx_fld_fcheck(FIELD *, const void*);
  friend bool _nc_xx_fld_ccheck(int c, const void *);
  friend void* _nc_xx_fld_makearg(va_list*);

  void set(NCursesFormField& f) {
    OnError(::set_field_type(f.get_field(),fieldtype,&f));
  }

protected:
  // Redefine this function to do a field validation. The argument
  // is a reference to the field you should validate.
  virtual bool field_check(NCursesFormField& f) = 0;

  // Redefine this function to do a character validation. The argument
  // is the character to be validated.
  virtual bool char_check (int c) = 0;

public:
  UserDefinedFieldType() : NCursesFieldType(generic_fieldtype) {
  }
};

extern "C" {
  bool _nc_xx_next_choice(FIELD*, const void *);
  bool _nc_xx_prev_choice(FIELD*, const void *);
}

//
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Abstract base class for User-Defined Fieldtypes with Choice functions
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
class NCURSES_IMPEXP UserDefinedFieldType_With_Choice : public UserDefinedFieldType
{
  friend class UDF_Init; // Internal helper to set up statics
private:
  // For all C++ defined fieldtypes with choice functions we need only one
  // generic lowlevel FIELDTYPE* element.
  static FIELDTYPE* generic_fieldtype_with_choice;

  // This are the functions required by the low level libforms functions
  // to construct a fieldtype with choice functions.
  friend bool _nc_xx_next_choice(FIELD*, const void *);
  friend bool _nc_xx_prev_choice(FIELD*, const void *);

protected:
  // Redefine this function to do the retrieval of the next choice value.
  // The argument is a reference to the field tobe examined.
  virtual bool next    (NCursesFormField& f) = 0;

  // Redefine this function to do the retrieval of the previous choice value.
  // The argument is a reference to the field tobe examined.
  virtual bool previous(NCursesFormField& f) = 0;

public:
  UserDefinedFieldType_With_Choice() {
    fieldtype = generic_fieldtype_with_choice;
  }
};

#endif /* NCURSES_CURSESF_H_incl */
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2012,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
 *  Author: Zeyd M. Ben-Halim <zmbenhal@netcom.com> 1992,1995               *
 *     and: Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>                         *
 *     and: Thomas E. Dickey 1996 on                                        *
 ****************************************************************************/

/*
 * $Id: tic.h,v 1.75 2017/07/29 23:21:06 tom Exp $
 *	tic.h - Global variables and structures for the terminfo compiler.
 */

#ifndef __TIC_H
#define __TIC_H
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <ncurses_cfg.h>

#include <curses.h>	/* for the _tracef() prototype, ERR/OK, bool defs */

/*
** The format of SVr2 compiled terminfo files is as follows:
**
**		Header (12 bytes), containing information given below
**		Names Section, containing the names of the terminal
**		Boolean Section, containing the values of all of the
**				boolean capabilities
**				A null byte may be inserted here to make
**				sure that the Number Section begins on an
**				even word boundary.
**		Number Section, containing the values of all of the numeric
**				capabilities, each as a short integer
**		String Section, containing short integer offsets into the
**				String Table, one per string capability
**		String Table, containing the actual characters of the string
**				capabilities.
**
** In the SVr2 format, "short" means signed 16-bit numbers, which is sometimes
** inconvenient.  The numbers are signed, to provide for absent and canceled
** values.  ncurses6.1 introduced an extension to this compiled format, by
** making the Number Section a list of signed 32-bit integers.
**
**	NOTE that all short integers in the file are stored using VAX/PDP-style
**	byte-order, i.e., least-significant byte first.
**
**	There is no structure definition here because it would only confuse
**	matters.  Terminfo format is a raw byte layout, not a structure
**	dump.  If you happen to be on a little-endian machine with 16-bit
**	shorts that requires no padding between short members in a struct,
**	then there is a natural C structure that captures the header, but
**	not very helpfully.
*/

#define MAGIC		0432	/* first two bytes of a compiled entry */
#define MAGIC2		01036	/* first two bytes of a compiled 32-bit entry */

#undef  BYTE
#define BYTE(p,n)	(unsigned char)((p)[n])

#define IS_NEG1(p)	((BYTE(p,0) == 0377) && (BYTE(p,1) == 0377))
#define IS_NEG2(p)	((BYTE(p,0) == 0376) && (BYTE(p,1) == 0377))
#define LOW_MSB(p)	(BYTE(p,0) + 256*BYTE(p,1))

#define IS_TIC_MAGIC(p)	(LOW_MSB(p) == MAGIC || LOW_MSB(p) == MAGIC2)

#define quick_prefix(s) (!strncmp((s), "b64:", 4) || !strncmp((s), "hex:", 4))

/*
 * The "maximum" here is misleading; XSI guarantees minimum values, which a
 * given implementation may exceed.
 */
#define MAX_NAME_SIZE	512	/* maximum legal name field size (XSI:127) */
#define MAX_ENTRY_SIZE1	4096	/* maximum legal entry size (SVr2) */
#define MAX_ENTRY_SIZE2	32768	/* maximum legal entry size (ncurses6.1) */

#if NCURSES_EXT_COLORS && HAVE_INIT_EXTENDED_COLOR
#define MAX_ENTRY_SIZE MAX_ENTRY_SIZE2
#else
#define MAX_ENTRY_SIZE MAX_ENTRY_SIZE1
#endif

/*
 * The maximum size of individual name or alias is guaranteed in XSI to be at
 * least 14, since that corresponds to the older filename lengths.  Newer
 * systems allow longer aliases, though not many terminal descriptions are
 * written to use them.  The MAX_ALIAS symbol is used for warnings.
 */
#if HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
#define MAX_ALIAS	32	/* smaller than POSIX minimum for PATH_MAX */
#else
#define MAX_ALIAS	14	/* SVr3 filename length */
#endif

/* location of user's personal info directory */
#define PRIVATE_INFO	"%s/.terminfo"	/* plug getenv("HOME") into %s */

/*
 * Some traces are designed to be used via tic's verbose option (and similar in
 * infocmp and toe) rather than the 'trace()' function.  So we use the bits
 * above the normal trace() parameter as a debug-level.
 */

#define MAX_DEBUG_LEVEL 15
#define DEBUG_LEVEL(n)	((n) << TRACE_SHIFT)

#define set_trace_level(n) \
	_nc_tracing &= DEBUG_LEVEL(MAX_DEBUG_LEVEL) \
		     + DEBUG_LEVEL(MAX_DEBUG_LEVEL) - 1, \
	_nc_tracing |= DEBUG_LEVEL(n)

#ifdef TRACE
#define DEBUG(n, a)	if (_nc_tracing >= DEBUG_LEVEL(n)) _tracef a
#else
#define DEBUG(n, a)	/*nothing*/
#endif

/*
 * These are the types of tokens returned by the scanner.  The first
 * three are also used in the hash table of capability names.  The scanner
 * returns one of these values after loading the specifics into the global
 * structure curr_token.
 */

#define BOOLEAN 0		/* Boolean capability */
#define NUMBER 1		/* Numeric capability */
#define STRING 2		/* String-valued capability */
#define CANCEL 3		/* Capability to be cancelled in following tc's */
#define NAMES  4		/* The names for a terminal type */
#define UNDEF  5		/* Undefined */

#define NO_PUSHBACK	-1	/* used in pushtype to indicate no pushback */

/*
 * The global structure in which the specific parts of a
 * scanned token are returned.
 */

struct token
{
	char	*tk_name;	/* name of capability */
	int	tk_valnumber;	/* value of capability (if a number) */
	char	*tk_valstring;	/* value of capability (if a string) */
};

/*
 * Offsets to string capabilities, with the corresponding functionkey codes.
 */
struct tinfo_fkeys {
	unsigned offset;
	chtype code;
	};

typedef short HashValue;

/*
 * The file comp_captab.c contains an array of these structures, one per
 * possible capability.  These are indexed by a hash table array of pointers to
 * the same structures for use by the parser.
 */
struct name_table_entry
{
	const char *nte_name;	/* name to hash on */
	int	nte_type;	/* BOOLEAN, NUMBER or STRING */
	HashValue nte_index;	/* index of associated variable in its array */
	HashValue nte_link;	/* index in table of next hash, or -1 */
};

/*
 * Use this structure to hide differences between terminfo and termcap tables.
 */
typedef struct {
	unsigned table_size;
	const HashValue *table_data;
	HashValue (*hash_of)(const char *);
	int (*compare_names)(const char *, const char *);
} HashData;

struct alias
{
	const char	*from;
	const char	*to;
	const char	*source;
};

#define NOTFOUND	((struct name_table_entry *) 0)

/*
 * The casts are required for correct sign-propagation with systems such as
 * AIX, IRIX64, Solaris which default to unsigned characters.  The C standard
 * leaves this detail unspecified.
 */

/* out-of-band values for representing absent capabilities */
#define ABSENT_BOOLEAN		((signed char)-1)	/* 255 */
#define ABSENT_NUMERIC		(-1)
#define ABSENT_STRING		(char *)0

/* out-of-band values for representing cancels */
#define CANCELLED_BOOLEAN	((signed char)-2)	/* 254 */
#define CANCELLED_NUMERIC	(-2)
#define CANCELLED_STRING	(char *)(-1)

#define VALID_BOOLEAN(s) ((unsigned char)(s) <= 1) /* reject "-1" */
#define VALID_NUMERIC(s) ((s) >= 0)
#define VALID_STRING(s)  ((s) != CANCELLED_STRING && (s) != ABSENT_STRING)

/* termcap entries longer than this may break old binaries */
#define MAX_TERMCAP_LENGTH	1023

/* this is a documented limitation of terminfo */
#define MAX_TERMINFO_LENGTH	4096

#ifndef TERMINFO
#define TERMINFO "/usr/share/terminfo"
#endif

#ifdef NCURSES_TERM_ENTRY_H_incl

/*
 * These entrypoints are used only by the ncurses utilities such as tic.
 */
#ifdef NCURSES_INTERNALS
/* access.c */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(unsigned) _nc_pathlast (const char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) _nc_is_abs_path (const char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) _nc_is_dir_path (const char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) _nc_is_file_path (const char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _nc_basename (char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _nc_rootname (char *);

/* comp_captab.c */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const struct name_table_entry *) _nc_get_table (bool);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const HashData *) _nc_get_hash_info (bool);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const struct alias *) _nc_get_alias_table (bool);

/* comp_hash.c: name lookup */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(struct name_table_entry const *) _nc_find_type_entry
	(const char *, int, bool);

/* comp_scan.c: lexical analysis */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)  _nc_get_token (bool);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_panic_mode (char);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_push_token (int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) _nc_curr_col;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) _nc_curr_line;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) _nc_syntax;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) _nc_strict_bsd;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(long) _nc_comment_end;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(long) _nc_comment_start;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(long) _nc_curr_file_pos;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(long) _nc_start_line;
#define SYN_TERMINFO	0
#define SYN_TERMCAP	1

/* comp_error.c: warning & abort messages */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const char *) _nc_get_source (void);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_err_abort (const char *const,...) GCC_PRINTFLIKE(1,2) GCC_NORETURN;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_get_type (char *name);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_set_source (const char *const);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_set_type (const char *const);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_syserr_abort (const char *const,...) GCC_PRINTFLIKE(1,2) GCC_NORETURN;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_warning (const char *const,...) GCC_PRINTFLIKE(1,2);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(bool) _nc_suppress_warnings;

/* comp_scan.c */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(struct token)	_nc_curr_token;

/* captoinfo.c: capability conversion */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _nc_captoinfo (const char *, const char *, int const);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _nc_infotocap (const char *, const char *, int const);

/* home_terminfo.c */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _nc_home_terminfo (void);

/* init_keytry.c */
#if	BROKEN_LINKER
#define	_nc_tinfo_fkeys	_nc_tinfo_fkeysf()
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const struct tinfo_fkeys *) _nc_tinfo_fkeysf (void);
#else
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(const struct tinfo_fkeys) _nc_tinfo_fkeys[];
#endif

/* lib_tparm.c */
#define NUM_PARM 9

extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) _nc_tparm_err;

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) _nc_tparm_analyze(const char *, char **, int *);

/* lib_trace.c */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(unsigned) _nc_tracing;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const char *) _nc_visbuf (const char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const char *) _nc_visbuf2 (int, const char *);

/* lib_tputs.c */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) _nc_nulls_sent;	/* Add one for every null sent */

/* comp_main.c: compiler main */
extern const char * _nc_progname;

/* db_iterator.c */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const char *) _nc_next_db(DBDIRS *, int *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const char *) _nc_tic_dir (const char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_first_db(DBDIRS *, int *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_last_db(void);

/* write_entry.c */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) _nc_tic_written (void);

#endif /* NCURSES_INTERNALS */

/*
 * These entrypoints are used by tack.
 */

/* comp_hash.c: name lookup */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(struct name_table_entry const *) _nc_find_entry
	(const char *, const HashValue *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const HashValue *) _nc_get_hash_table (bool);

/* comp_scan.c: lexical analysis */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_reset_input (FILE *, char *);

/* comp_expand.c: expand string into readable form */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _nc_tic_expand (const char *, bool, int);

/* comp_scan.c: decode string from readable form */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) _nc_trans_string (char *, char *);

#endif /* NCURSES_TERM_ENTRY_H_incl */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* __TIC_H */
// * This makes emacs happy -*-Mode: C++;-*-
// vile:cppmode
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2014,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

#ifndef NCURSES_CURSESW_H_incl
#define NCURSES_CURSESW_H_incl 1

// $Id: cursesw.h,v 1.53 2017/11/21 00:37:23 tom Exp $

extern "C" {
#  include   <curses.h>
}

#include <etip.h>

/* SCO 3.2v4 curses.h includes term.h, which defines lines as a macro.
   Undefine it here, because NCursesWindow uses lines as a method.  */
#undef lines

/* "Convert" macros to inlines. We'll define it as another symbol to avoid
 * conflict with library symbols.
 */
#undef UNDEF
#define UNDEF(name) CUR_ ##name

#ifdef addch
inline int UNDEF(addch)(chtype ch)  { return addch(ch); }
#undef addch
#define addch UNDEF(addch)
#endif

#ifdef addchstr
inline int UNDEF(addchstr)(chtype *at) { return addchstr(at); }
#undef addchstr
#define addchstr UNDEF(addchstr)
#endif

#ifdef addnstr
inline int UNDEF(addnstr)(const char *str, int n)
{ return addnstr(str, n); }
#undef addnstr
#define addnstr UNDEF(addnstr)
#endif

#ifdef addstr
inline int UNDEF(addstr)(const char * str)  { return addstr(str); }
#undef addstr
#define addstr UNDEF(addstr)
#endif

#ifdef attroff
inline int UNDEF(attroff)(chtype at) { return attroff(at); }
#undef attroff
#define attroff UNDEF(attroff)
#endif

#ifdef attron
inline int UNDEF(attron)(chtype at) { return attron(at); }
#undef attron
#define attron UNDEF(attron)
#endif

#ifdef attrset
inline chtype UNDEF(attrset)(chtype at) { return attrset(at); }
#undef attrset
#define attrset UNDEF(attrset)
#endif

#ifdef bkgd
inline int UNDEF(bkgd)(chtype ch) { return bkgd(ch); }
#undef bkgd
#define bkgd UNDEF(bkgd)
#endif

#ifdef bkgdset
inline void UNDEF(bkgdset)(chtype ch) { bkgdset(ch); }
#undef bkgdset
#define bkgdset UNDEF(bkgdset)
#endif

#ifdef border
inline int UNDEF(border)(chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs, chtype tl, chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br)
{ return border(ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br); }
#undef border
#define border UNDEF(border)
#endif

#ifdef box
inline int UNDEF(box)(WINDOW *win, int v, int h) { return box(win, v, h); }
#undef box
#define box UNDEF(box)
#endif

#ifdef chgat
inline int UNDEF(chgat)(int n, attr_t attr, NCURSES_PAIRS_T color, const void *opts) {
  return chgat(n, attr, color, opts); }
#undef chgat
#define chgat UNDEF(chgat)
#endif

#ifdef clear
inline int UNDEF(clear)()  { return clear(); }
#undef clear
#define clear UNDEF(clear)
#endif

#ifdef clearok
inline int UNDEF(clearok)(WINDOW* win, bool bf)  { return clearok(win, bf); }
#undef clearok
#define clearok UNDEF(clearok)
#else
extern "C" NCURSES_IMPEXP int NCURSES_API clearok(WINDOW*, bool);
#endif

#ifdef clrtobot
inline int UNDEF(clrtobot)()  { return clrtobot(); }
#undef clrtobot
#define clrtobot UNDEF(clrtobot)
#endif

#ifdef clrtoeol
inline int UNDEF(clrtoeol)()  { return clrtoeol(); }
#undef clrtoeol
#define clrtoeol UNDEF(clrtoeol)
#endif

#ifdef color_set
inline chtype UNDEF(color_set)(NCURSES_PAIRS_T p, void* opts) { return color_set(p, opts); }
#undef color_set
#define color_set UNDEF(color_set)
#endif

#ifdef crmode
inline int UNDEF(crmode)(void) { return crmode(); }
#undef crmode
#define crmode UNDEF(crmode)
#endif

#ifdef delch
inline int UNDEF(delch)()  { return delch(); }
#undef delch
#define delch UNDEF(delch)
#endif

#ifdef deleteln
inline int UNDEF(deleteln)()  { return deleteln(); }
#undef deleteln
#define deleteln UNDEF(deleteln)
#endif

#ifdef echochar
inline int UNDEF(echochar)(chtype ch)  { return echochar(ch); }
#undef echochar
#define echochar UNDEF(echochar)
#endif

#ifdef erase
inline int UNDEF(erase)()  { return erase(); }
#undef erase
#define erase UNDEF(erase)
#endif

#ifdef fixterm
inline int UNDEF(fixterm)(void) { return fixterm(); }
#undef fixterm
#define fixterm UNDEF(fixterm)
#endif

#ifdef flushok
inline int UNDEF(flushok)(WINDOW* _win, bool _bf)  {
  return flushok(_win, _bf); }
#undef flushok
#define flushok UNDEF(flushok)
#else
#define _no_flushok
#endif

#ifdef getattrs
inline int UNDEF(getattrs)(WINDOW *win) { return getattrs(win); }
#undef getattrs
#define getattrs UNDEF(getattrs)
#endif

#ifdef getbegyx
inline void UNDEF(getbegyx)(WINDOW* win, int& y, int& x) { getbegyx(win, y, x); }
#undef getbegyx
#define getbegyx UNDEF(getbegyx)
#endif

#ifdef getbkgd
inline chtype UNDEF(getbkgd)(const WINDOW *win) { return getbkgd(win); }
#undef getbkgd
#define getbkgd UNDEF(getbkgd)
#endif

#ifdef getch
inline int UNDEF(getch)()  { return getch(); }
#undef getch
#define getch UNDEF(getch)
#endif

#ifdef getmaxyx
inline void UNDEF(getmaxyx)(WINDOW* win, int& y, int& x) { getmaxyx(win, y, x); }
#undef getmaxyx
#define getmaxyx UNDEF(getmaxyx)
#endif

#ifdef getnstr
inline int UNDEF(getnstr)(char *_str, int n)  { return getnstr(_str, n); }
#undef getnstr
#define getnstr UNDEF(getnstr)
#endif

#ifdef getparyx
inline void UNDEF(getparyx)(WINDOW* win, int& y, int& x) { getparyx(win, y, x); }
#undef getparyx
#define getparyx UNDEF(getparyx)
#endif

#ifdef getstr
inline int UNDEF(getstr)(char *_str)  { return getstr(_str); }
#undef getstr
#define getstr UNDEF(getstr)
#endif

#ifdef getyx
inline void UNDEF(getyx)(const WINDOW* win, int& y, int& x) {
  getyx(win, y, x); }
#undef getyx
#define getyx UNDEF(getyx)
#endif

#ifdef hline
inline int UNDEF(hline)(chtype ch, int n) { return hline(ch, n); }
#undef hline
#define hline UNDEF(hline)
#endif

#ifdef inch
inline chtype UNDEF(inch)()  { return inch(); }
#undef inch
#define inch UNDEF(inch)
#endif

#ifdef inchstr
inline int UNDEF(inchstr)(chtype *str)  { return inchstr(str); }
#undef inchstr
#define inchstr UNDEF(inchstr)
#endif

#ifdef innstr
inline int UNDEF(innstr)(char *_str, int n)  { return innstr(_str, n); }
#undef innstr
#define innstr UNDEF(innstr)
#endif

#ifdef insch
inline int UNDEF(insch)(chtype c)  { return insch(c); }
#undef insch
#define insch UNDEF(insch)
#endif

#ifdef insdelln
inline int UNDEF(insdelln)(int n)  { return insdelln(n); }
#undef insdelln
#define insdelln UNDEF(insdelln)
#endif

#ifdef insertln
inline int UNDEF(insertln)()  { return insertln(); }
#undef insertln
#define insertln UNDEF(insertln)
#endif

#ifdef insnstr
inline int UNDEF(insnstr)(const char *_str, int n)  {
  return insnstr(_str, n); }
#undef insnstr
#define insnstr UNDEF(insnstr)
#endif

#ifdef insstr
inline int UNDEF(insstr)(const char *_str)  {
  return insstr(_str); }
#undef insstr
#define insstr UNDEF(insstr)
#endif

#ifdef instr
inline int UNDEF(instr)(char *_str)  { return instr(_str); }
#undef instr
#define instr UNDEF(instr)
#endif

#ifdef intrflush
inline void UNDEF(intrflush)(WINDOW *win, bool bf) { intrflush(); }
#undef intrflush
#define intrflush UNDEF(intrflush)
#endif

#ifdef is_linetouched
inline int UNDEF(is_linetouched)(WINDOW *w, int l)  { return is_linetouched(w,l); }
#undef is_linetouched
#define is_linetouched UNDEF(is_linetouched)
#endif

#ifdef leaveok
inline int UNDEF(leaveok)(WINDOW* win, bool bf)  { return leaveok(win, bf); }
#undef leaveok
#define leaveok UNDEF(leaveok)
#else
extern "C" NCURSES_IMPEXP int NCURSES_API leaveok(WINDOW* win, bool bf);
#endif

#ifdef move
inline int UNDEF(move)(int x, int y)  { return move(x, y); }
#undef move
#define move UNDEF(move)
#endif

#ifdef mvaddch
inline int UNDEF(mvaddch)(int y, int x, chtype ch)
{ return mvaddch(y, x, ch); }
#undef mvaddch
#define mvaddch UNDEF(mvaddch)
#endif

#ifdef mvaddnstr
inline int UNDEF(mvaddnstr)(int y, int x, const char *str, int n)
{ return mvaddnstr(y, x, str, n); }
#undef mvaddnstr
#define mvaddnstr UNDEF(mvaddnstr)
#endif

#ifdef mvaddstr
inline int UNDEF(mvaddstr)(int y, int x, const char * str)
{ return mvaddstr(y, x, str); }
#undef mvaddstr
#define mvaddstr UNDEF(mvaddstr)
#endif

#ifdef mvchgat
inline int UNDEF(mvchgat)(int y, int x, int n,
			  attr_t attr, NCURSES_PAIRS_T color, const void *opts) {
  return mvchgat(y, x, n, attr, color, opts); }
#undef mvchgat
#define mvchgat UNDEF(mvchgat)
#endif

#ifdef mvdelch
inline int UNDEF(mvdelch)(int y, int x) { return mvdelch(y, x);}
#undef mvdelch
#define mvdelch UNDEF(mvdelch)
#endif

#ifdef mvgetch
inline int UNDEF(mvgetch)(int y, int x) { return mvgetch(y, x);}
#undef mvgetch
#define mvgetch UNDEF(mvgetch)
#endif

#ifdef mvgetnstr
inline int UNDEF(mvgetnstr)(int y, int x, char *str, int n) {
  return mvgetnstr(y, x, str, n);}
#undef mvgetnstr
#define mvgetnstr UNDEF(mvgetnstr)
#endif

#ifdef mvgetstr
inline int UNDEF(mvgetstr)(int y, int x, char *str) {return mvgetstr(y, x, str);}
#undef mvgetstr
#define mvgetstr UNDEF(mvgetstr)
#endif

#ifdef mvinch
inline chtype UNDEF(mvinch)(int y, int x) { return mvinch(y, x);}
#undef mvinch
#define mvinch UNDEF(mvinch)
#endif

#ifdef mvinnstr
inline int UNDEF(mvinnstr)(int y, int x, char *_str, int n) {
  return mvinnstr(y, x, _str, n); }
#undef mvinnstr
#define mvinnstr UNDEF(mvinnstr)
#endif

#ifdef mvinsch
inline int UNDEF(mvinsch)(int y, int x, chtype c)
{ return mvinsch(y, x, c); }
#undef mvinsch
#define mvinsch UNDEF(mvinsch)
#endif

#ifdef mvinsnstr
inline int UNDEF(mvinsnstr)(int y, int x, const char *_str, int n) {
  return mvinsnstr(y, x, _str, n); }
#undef mvinsnstr
#define mvinsnstr UNDEF(mvinsnstr)
#endif

#ifdef mvinsstr
inline int UNDEF(mvinsstr)(int y, int x, const char *_str)  {
  return mvinsstr(y, x, _str); }
#undef mvinsstr
#define mvinsstr UNDEF(mvinsstr)
#endif

#ifdef mvwaddch
inline int UNDEF(mvwaddch)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype ch)
{ return mvwaddch(win, y, x, ch); }
#undef mvwaddch
#define mvwaddch UNDEF(mvwaddch)
#endif

#ifdef mvwaddchnstr
inline int UNDEF(mvwaddchnstr)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype *str, int n)
{ return mvwaddchnstr(win, y, x, str, n); }
#undef mvwaddchnstr
#define mvwaddchnstr UNDEF(mvwaddchnstr)
#endif

#ifdef mvwaddchstr
inline int UNDEF(mvwaddchstr)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype *str)
{ return mvwaddchstr(win, y, x, str); }
#undef mvwaddchstr
#define mvwaddchstr UNDEF(mvwaddchstr)
#endif

#ifdef mvwaddnstr
inline int UNDEF(mvwaddnstr)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n)
{ return mvwaddnstr(win, y, x, str, n); }
#undef mvwaddnstr
#define mvwaddnstr UNDEF(mvwaddnstr)
#endif

#ifdef mvwaddstr
inline int UNDEF(mvwaddstr)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char * str)
{ return mvwaddstr(win, y, x, str); }
#undef mvwaddstr
#define mvwaddstr UNDEF(mvwaddstr)
#endif

#ifdef mvwchgat
inline int UNDEF(mvwchgat)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, int n,
			   attr_t attr, NCURSES_PAIRS_T color, const void *opts) {
  return mvwchgat(win, y, x, n, attr, color, opts); }
#undef mvwchgat
#define mvwchgat UNDEF(mvwchgat)
#endif

#ifdef mvwdelch
inline int UNDEF(mvwdelch)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
{ return mvwdelch(win, y, x); }
#undef mvwdelch
#define mvwdelch UNDEF(mvwdelch)
#endif

#ifdef mvwgetch
inline int UNDEF(mvwgetch)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) { return mvwgetch(win, y, x);}
#undef mvwgetch
#define mvwgetch UNDEF(mvwgetch)
#endif

#ifdef mvwgetnstr
inline int UNDEF(mvwgetnstr)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n)
{return mvwgetnstr(win, y, x, str, n);}
#undef mvwgetnstr
#define mvwgetnstr UNDEF(mvwgetnstr)
#endif

#ifdef mvwgetstr
inline int UNDEF(mvwgetstr)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str)
{return mvwgetstr(win, y, x, str);}
#undef mvwgetstr
#define mvwgetstr UNDEF(mvwgetstr)
#endif

#ifdef mvwhline
inline int UNDEF(mvwhline)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype c, int n) {
  return mvwhline(win, y, x, c, n); }
#undef mvwhline
#define mvwhline UNDEF(mvwhline)
#endif

#ifdef mvwinch
inline chtype UNDEF(mvwinch)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) {
  return mvwinch(win, y, x);}
#undef mvwinch
#define mvwinch UNDEF(mvwinch)
#endif

#ifdef mvwinchnstr
inline int UNDEF(mvwinchnstr)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *str, int n)  { return mvwinchnstr(win, y, x, str, n); }
#undef mvwinchnstr
#define mvwinchnstr UNDEF(mvwinchnstr)
#endif

#ifdef mvwinchstr
inline int UNDEF(mvwinchstr)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *str)  { return mvwinchstr(win, y, x, str); }
#undef mvwinchstr
#define mvwinchstr UNDEF(mvwinchstr)
#endif

#ifdef mvwinnstr
inline int UNDEF(mvwinnstr)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *_str, int n) {
  return mvwinnstr(win, y, x, _str, n); }
#undef mvwinnstr
#define mvwinnstr UNDEF(mvwinnstr)
#endif

#ifdef mvwinsch
inline int UNDEF(mvwinsch)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype c)
{ return mvwinsch(win, y, x, c); }
#undef mvwinsch
#define mvwinsch UNDEF(mvwinsch)
#endif

#ifdef mvwinsnstr
inline int UNDEF(mvwinsnstr)(WINDOW *w, int y, int x, const char *_str, int n) {
  return mvwinsnstr(w, y, x, _str, n); }
#undef mvwinsnstr
#define mvwinsnstr UNDEF(mvwinsnstr)
#endif

#ifdef mvwinsstr
inline int UNDEF(mvwinsstr)(WINDOW *w, int y, int x,  const char *_str)  {
  return mvwinsstr(w, y, x, _str); }
#undef mvwinsstr
#define mvwinsstr UNDEF(mvwinsstr)
#endif

#ifdef mvwvline
inline int UNDEF(mvwvline)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype c, int n) {
  return mvwvline(win, y, x, c, n); }
#undef mvwvline
#define mvwvline UNDEF(mvwvline)
#endif

#ifdef napms
inline void UNDEF(napms)(unsigned long x) { napms(x); }
#undef napms
#define napms UNDEF(napms)
#endif

#ifdef nocrmode
inline int UNDEF(nocrmode)(void) { return nocrmode(); }
#undef nocrmode
#define nocrmode UNDEF(nocrmode)
#endif

#ifdef nodelay
inline void UNDEF(nodelay)() { nodelay(); }
#undef nodelay
#define nodelay UNDEF(nodelay)
#endif

#ifdef redrawwin
inline int UNDEF(redrawwin)(WINDOW *win)  { return redrawwin(win); }
#undef redrawwin
#define redrawwin UNDEF(redrawwin)
#endif

#ifdef refresh
inline int UNDEF(refresh)()  { return refresh(); }
#undef refresh
#define refresh UNDEF(refresh)
#endif

#ifdef resetterm
inline int UNDEF(resetterm)(void) { return resetterm(); }
#undef resetterm
#define resetterm UNDEF(resetterm)
#endif

#ifdef saveterm
inline int UNDEF(saveterm)(void) { return saveterm(); }
#undef saveterm
#define saveterm UNDEF(saveterm)
#endif

#ifdef scrl
inline int UNDEF(scrl)(int l) { return scrl(l); }
#undef scrl
#define scrl UNDEF(scrl)
#endif

#ifdef scroll
inline int UNDEF(scroll)(WINDOW *win) { return scroll(win); }
#undef scroll
#define scroll UNDEF(scroll)
#endif

#ifdef scrollok
inline int UNDEF(scrollok)(WINDOW* win, bool bf)  { return scrollok(win, bf); }
#undef scrollok
#define scrollok UNDEF(scrollok)
#else
#if	defined(__NCURSES_H)
extern "C" NCURSES_IMPEXP int NCURSES_API scrollok(WINDOW*, bool);
#else
extern "C" NCURSES_IMPEXP int NCURSES_API scrollok(WINDOW*, char);
#endif
#endif

#ifdef setscrreg
inline int UNDEF(setscrreg)(int t, int b) { return setscrreg(t, b); }
#undef setscrreg
#define setscrreg UNDEF(setscrreg)
#endif

#ifdef standend
inline int UNDEF(standend)()  { return standend(); }
#undef standend
#define standend UNDEF(standend)
#endif

#ifdef standout
inline int UNDEF(standout)()  { return standout(); }
#undef standout
#define standout UNDEF(standout)
#endif

#ifdef subpad
inline WINDOW *UNDEF(subpad)(WINDOW *p, int l, int c, int y, int x)
{ return derwin(p, l, c, y, x); }
#undef subpad
#define subpad UNDEF(subpad)
#endif

#ifdef timeout
inline void UNDEF(timeout)(int delay) { timeout(delay); }
#undef timeout
#define timeout UNDEF(timeout)
#endif

#ifdef touchline
inline int UNDEF(touchline)(WINDOW *win, int s, int c)
{ return touchline(win, s, c); }
#undef touchline
#define touchline UNDEF(touchline)
#endif

#ifdef touchwin
inline int UNDEF(touchwin)(WINDOW *win) { return touchwin(win); }
#undef touchwin
#define touchwin UNDEF(touchwin)
#endif

#ifdef untouchwin
inline int UNDEF(untouchwin)(WINDOW *win) { return untouchwin(win); }
#undef untouchwin
#define untouchwin UNDEF(untouchwin)
#endif

#ifdef vline
inline int UNDEF(vline)(chtype ch, int n) { return vline(ch, n); }
#undef vline
#define vline UNDEF(vline)
#endif

#ifdef waddchstr
inline int UNDEF(waddchstr)(WINDOW *win, chtype *at) { return waddchstr(win, at); }
#undef waddchstr
#define waddchstr UNDEF(waddchstr)
#endif

#ifdef waddstr
inline int UNDEF(waddstr)(WINDOW *win, char *str) { return waddstr(win, str); }
#undef waddstr
#define waddstr UNDEF(waddstr)
#endif

#ifdef wattroff
inline int UNDEF(wattroff)(WINDOW *win, int att) { return wattroff(win, att); }
#undef wattroff
#define wattroff UNDEF(wattroff)
#endif

#ifdef wattrset
inline int UNDEF(wattrset)(WINDOW *win, int att) { return wattrset(win, att); }
#undef wattrset
#define wattrset UNDEF(wattrset)
#endif

#ifdef winch
inline chtype UNDEF(winch)(const WINDOW* win) { return winch(win); }
#undef winch
#define winch UNDEF(winch)
#endif

#ifdef winchnstr
inline int UNDEF(winchnstr)(WINDOW *win, chtype *str, int n)  { return winchnstr(win, str, n); }
#undef winchnstr
#define winchnstr UNDEF(winchnstr)
#endif

#ifdef winchstr
inline int UNDEF(winchstr)(WINDOW *win, chtype *str)  { return winchstr(win, str); }
#undef winchstr
#define winchstr UNDEF(winchstr)
#endif

#ifdef winsstr
inline int UNDEF(winsstr)(WINDOW *w, const char *_str)  {
  return winsstr(w, _str); }
#undef winsstr
#define winsstr UNDEF(winsstr)
#endif

#ifdef wstandend
inline int UNDEF(wstandend)(WINDOW *win)  { return wstandend(win); }
#undef wstandend
#define wstandend UNDEF(wstandend)
#endif

#ifdef wstandout
inline int UNDEF(wstandout)(WINDOW *win)  { return wstandout(win); }
#undef wstandout
#define wstandout UNDEF(wstandout)
#endif

/*
 *
 * C++ class for windows.
 *
 */

extern "C" int     _nc_ripoffline(int, int (*init)(WINDOW*, int));
extern "C" int     _nc_xx_ripoff_init(WINDOW *, int);
extern "C" int     _nc_has_mouse(void);

class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesWindow
{
  friend class NCursesMenu;
  friend class NCursesForm;

private:
  static bool    b_initialized;
  static void    initialize();
  void           constructing();
  friend int     _nc_xx_ripoff_init(WINDOW *, int);

  void           set_keyboard();

  NCURSES_COLOR_T getcolor(int getback) const;
  NCURSES_PAIRS_T getPair() const;

  static int     setpalette(NCURSES_COLOR_T fore, NCURSES_COLOR_T back, NCURSES_PAIRS_T pair);
  static int     colorInitialized;

  // This private constructor is only used during the initialization
  // of windows generated by ripoffline() calls.
  NCursesWindow(WINDOW* win, int ncols);

protected:
  virtual void   err_handler(const char *) const THROWS(NCursesException);
  // Signal an error with the given message text.

  static long count;        // count of all active windows:
  //   We rely on the c++ promise that
  //   all otherwise uninitialized
  //   static class vars are set to 0

  WINDOW*        w;                // the curses WINDOW

  bool           alloced;          // TRUE if we own the WINDOW

  NCursesWindow* par;              // parent, if subwindow
  NCursesWindow* subwins;          // head of subwindows list
  NCursesWindow* sib;              // next subwindow of parent

  void           kill_subwindows(); // disable all subwindows
  // Destroy all subwindows.

  /* Only for use by derived classes. They are then in charge to
     fill the member variables correctly. */
  NCursesWindow();

public:
  NCursesWindow(WINDOW* window);   // useful only for stdscr

  NCursesWindow(int nlines,        // number of lines
		int ncols,         // number of columns
		int begin_y,       // line origin
		int begin_x);      // col origin

  NCursesWindow(NCursesWindow& par,// parent window
		int nlines,        // number of lines
		int ncols,         // number of columns
		int begin_y,       // absolute or relative
		int begin_x,       //   origins:
		char absrel = 'a');// if `a', begin_y & begin_x are
  // absolute screen pos, else if `r', they are relative to par origin

  NCursesWindow(NCursesWindow& par,// parent window
		bool do_box = TRUE);
  // this is the very common case that we want to create the subwindow that
  // is two lines and two columns smaller and begins at (1,1).
  // We may automatically request the box around it.

  NCursesWindow& operator=(const NCursesWindow& rhs)
  {
    if (this != &rhs)
      *this = rhs;
    return *this;
  }

  NCursesWindow(const NCursesWindow& rhs)
    : w(rhs.w), alloced(rhs.alloced), par(rhs.par), subwins(rhs.subwins), sib(rhs.sib)
  {
  }

  virtual ~NCursesWindow();

  NCursesWindow Clone();
  // Make an exact copy of the window.

  // Initialization.
  static void    useColors(void);
  // Call this routine very early if you want to have colors.

  static int ripoffline(int ripoff_lines,
			int (*init)(NCursesWindow& win));
  // This function is used to generate a window of ripped-of lines.
  // If the argument is positive, lines are removed from the top, if it
  // is negative lines are removed from the bottom. This enhances the
  // lowlevel ripoffline() function because it uses the internal
  // implementation that allows to remove more than just a single line.
  // This function must be called before any other ncurses function. The
  // creation of the window is deferred until ncurses gets initialized.
  // The initialization function is then called.

  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  // terminal status
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  int            lines() const { initialize(); return LINES; }
  // Number of lines on terminal, *not* window

  int            cols() const { initialize(); return COLS; }
  // Number of cols  on terminal, *not* window

  int            tabsize() const { initialize(); return TABSIZE; }
  // Size of a tab on terminal, *not* window

  static int     NumberOfColors();
  // Number of available colors

  int            colors() const { return NumberOfColors(); }
  // Number of available colors

  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  // window status
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  int            height() const { return maxy() + 1; }
  // Number of lines in this window

  int            width() const { return maxx() + 1; }
  // Number of columns in this window

  int            begx() const { return getbegx(w); }
  // Column of top left corner relative to stdscr

  int            begy() const { return getbegy(w); }
  // Line of top left corner relative to stdscr

  int            curx() const { return getcurx(w); }
  // Column of top left corner relative to stdscr

  int            cury() const { return getcury(w); }
  // Line of top left corner relative to stdscr

  int            maxx() const { return getmaxx(w) == ERR ? ERR : getmaxx(w)-1; }
  // Largest x coord in window

  int            maxy() const { return getmaxy(w) == ERR ? ERR : getmaxy(w)-1; }
  // Largest y coord in window

  NCURSES_PAIRS_T getcolor() const;
  // Actual color pair

  NCURSES_COLOR_T foreground() const { return getcolor(0); }
  // Actual foreground color

  NCURSES_COLOR_T background() const { return getcolor(1); }
  // Actual background color

  int            setpalette(NCURSES_COLOR_T fore, NCURSES_COLOR_T back);
  // Set color palette entry

  int            setcolor(NCURSES_PAIRS_T pair);
  // Set actually used palette entry

  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  // window positioning
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  virtual int    mvwin(int begin_y, int begin_x) {
    return ::mvwin(w, begin_y, begin_x); }
  // Move window to new position with the new position as top left corner.
  // This is virtual because it is redefined in NCursesPanel.

  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  // coordinate positioning
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  int            move(int y, int x) { return ::wmove(w, y, x); }
  // Move cursor the this position

  void           getyx(int& y, int& x) const { ::getyx(w, y, x); }
  // Get current position of the cursor

  void           getbegyx(int& y, int& x) const { ::getbegyx(w, y, x); }
  // Get beginning of the window

  void           getmaxyx(int& y, int& x) const { ::getmaxyx(w, y, x); }
  // Get size of the window

  void           getparyx(int& y, int& x) const { ::getparyx(w, y, x); }
  // Get parent's beginning of the window

  int            mvcur(int oldrow, int oldcol, int newrow, int newcol) const {
    return ::mvcur(oldrow, oldcol, newrow, newcol); }
  // Perform lowlevel cursor motion that takes effect immediately.

  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  // input
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  int            getch() { return ::wgetch(w); }
  // Get a keystroke from the window.

  int            getch(int y, int x) { return ::mvwgetch(w, y, x); }
  // Move cursor to position and get a keystroke from the window

  int            getstr(char* str, int n=-1) {
    return ::wgetnstr(w, str, n); }
  // Read a series of characters into str until a newline or carriage return
  // is received. Read at most n characters. If n is negative, the limit is
  // ignored.

  int            getstr(int y, int x, char* str, int n=-1) {
    return ::mvwgetnstr(w, y, x, str, n); }
  // Move the cursor to the requested position and then perform the getstr()
  // as described above.

  int            instr(char *s, int n=-1) { return ::winnstr(w, s, n); }
  // Get a string of characters from the window into the buffer s. Retrieve
  // at most n characters, if n is negative retrieve all characters up to the
  // end of the current line. Attributes are stripped from the characters.

  int            instr(int y, int x, char *s, int n=-1) {
    return ::mvwinnstr(w, y, x, s, n); }
  // Move the cursor to the requested position and then perform the instr()
  // as described above.

  int            scanw(const char* fmt, ...)
    // Perform a scanw function from the window.
#if __GNUG__ >= 2
    __attribute__ ((format (scanf, 2, 3)));
#else
  ;
#endif

  int            scanw(const char*, va_list);
    // Perform a scanw function from the window.

  int            scanw(int y, int x, const char* fmt, ...)
    // Move the cursor to the requested position and then perform a scanw
    // from the window.
#if __GNUG__ >= 2
    __attribute__ ((format (scanf, 4, 5)));
#else
  ;
#endif

  int            scanw(int y, int x, const char* fmt, va_list);
    // Move the cursor to the requested position and then perform a scanw
    // from the window.

  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  // output
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  int            addch(const chtype ch) { return ::waddch(w, ch); }
  // Put attributed character to the window.

  int            addch(int y, int x, const chtype ch) {
    return ::mvwaddch(w, y, x, ch); }
  // Move cursor to the requested position and then put attributed character
  // to the window.

  int            echochar(const chtype ch) { return ::wechochar(w, ch); }
  // Put attributed character to the window and refresh it immediately.

  int            addstr(const char* str, int n=-1) {
    return ::waddnstr(w, str, n); }
  // Write the string str to the window, stop writing if the terminating
  // NUL or the limit n is reached. If n is negative, it is ignored.

  int            addstr(int y, int x, const char * str, int n=-1) {
    return ::mvwaddnstr(w, y, x, str, n); }
  // Move the cursor to the requested position and then perform the addchstr
  // as described above.

  int            addchstr(const chtype* str, int n=-1) {
    return ::waddchnstr(w, str, n); }
  // Write the string str to the window, stop writing if the terminating
  // NUL or the limit n is reached. If n is negative, it is ignored.

  int            addchstr(int y, int x, const chtype * str, int n=-1) {
    return ::mvwaddchnstr(w, y, x, str, n); }
  // Move the cursor to the requested position and then perform the addchstr
  // as described above.

  int            printw(const char* fmt, ...)
    // Do a formatted print to the window.
#if (__GNUG__ >= 2) && !defined(printf)
    __attribute__ ((format (printf, 2, 3)));
#else
  ;
#endif

  int            printw(int y, int x, const char * fmt, ...)
    // Move the cursor and then do a formatted print to the window.
#if (__GNUG__ >= 2) && !defined(printf)
    __attribute__ ((format (printf, 4, 5)));
#else
  ;
#endif

  int            printw(const char* fmt, va_list args);
    // Do a formatted print to the window.

  int            printw(int y, int x, const char * fmt, va_list args);
    // Move the cursor and then do a formatted print to the window.

  chtype         inch() const { return ::winch(w); }
  // Retrieve attributed character under the current cursor position.

  chtype         inch(int y, int x) { return ::mvwinch(w, y, x); }
  // Move cursor to requested position and then retrieve attributed character
  // at this position.

  int            inchstr(chtype* str, int n=-1) {
    return ::winchnstr(w, str, n); }
  // Read the string str from the window, stop reading if the terminating
  // NUL or the limit n is reached. If n is negative, it is ignored.

  int            inchstr(int y, int x, chtype * str, int n=-1) {
    return ::mvwinchnstr(w, y, x, str, n); }
  // Move the cursor to the requested position and then perform the inchstr
  // as described above.

  int            insch(chtype ch) { return ::winsch(w, ch); }
  // Insert attributed character into the window before current cursor
  // position.

  int            insch(int y, int x, chtype ch) {
    return ::mvwinsch(w, y, x, ch); }
  // Move cursor to requested position and then insert the attributed
  // character before that position.

  int            insertln() { return ::winsdelln(w, 1); }
  // Insert an empty line above the current line.

  int            insdelln(int n=1) { return ::winsdelln(w, n); }
  // If n>0 insert that many lines above the current line. If n<0 delete
  // that many lines beginning with the current line.

  int            insstr(const char *s, int n=-1) {
    return ::winsnstr(w, s, n); }
  // Insert the string into the window before the current cursor position.
  // Insert stops at end of string or when the limit n is reached. If n is
  // negative, it is ignored.

  int            insstr(int y, int x, const char *s, int n=-1) {
    return ::mvwinsnstr(w, y, x, s, n); }
  // Move the cursor to the requested position and then perform the insstr()
  // as described above.

  int            attron (chtype at) { return ::wattron (w, at); }
  // Switch on the window attributes;

  int            attroff(chtype at) { return ::wattroff(w, static_cast<int>(at)); }
  // Switch off the window attributes;

  int            attrset(chtype at) { return ::wattrset(w, static_cast<int>(at)); }
  // Set the window attributes;

  chtype         attrget() { return ::getattrs(w); }
  // Get the window attributes;

  int            color_set(NCURSES_PAIRS_T color_pair_number, void* opts=NULL) {
    return ::wcolor_set(w, color_pair_number, opts); }
  // Set the window color attribute;

  int            chgat(int n, attr_t attr, NCURSES_PAIRS_T color, const void *opts=NULL) {
    return ::wchgat(w, n, attr, color, opts); }
  // Change the attributes of the next n characters in the current line. If
  // n is negative or greater than the number of remaining characters in the
  // line, the attributes will be changed up to the end of the line.

  int            chgat(int y, int x,
		       int n, attr_t attr, NCURSES_PAIRS_T color, const void *opts=NULL) {
    return ::mvwchgat(w, y, x, n, attr, color, opts); }
  // Move the cursor to the requested position and then perform chgat() as
  // described above.

  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  // background
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  chtype         getbkgd() const { return ::getbkgd(w); }
  // Get current background setting.

  int            bkgd(const chtype ch) { return ::wbkgd(w, ch); }
  // Set the background property and apply it to the window.

  void           bkgdset(chtype ch) { ::wbkgdset(w, ch); }
  // Set the background property.

  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  // borders
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  int            box(chtype vert=0, chtype  hor=0) {
    return ::wborder(w, vert, vert, hor, hor, 0, 0, 0, 0); }
  // Draw a box around the window with the given vertical and horizontal
  // drawing characters. If you specify a zero as character, curses will try
  // to find a "nice" character.

  int            border(chtype left=0, chtype right=0,
			chtype top =0, chtype bottom=0,
			chtype top_left =0, chtype top_right=0,
			chtype bottom_left =0, chtype bottom_right=0) {
    return ::wborder(w, left, right, top, bottom, top_left, top_right,
		     bottom_left, bottom_right); }
  // Draw a border around the window with the given characters for the
  // various parts of the border. If you pass zero for a character, curses
  // will try to find "nice" characters.

  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  // lines and boxes
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  int            hline(int len, chtype ch=0) { return ::whline(w, ch, len); }
  // Draw a horizontal line of len characters with the given character. If
  // you pass zero for the character, curses will try to find a "nice" one.

  int            hline(int y, int x, int len, chtype ch=0) {
    return ::mvwhline(w, y, x, ch, len); }
  // Move the cursor to the requested position and then draw a horizontal line.

  int            vline(int len, chtype ch=0) { return ::wvline(w, ch, len); }
  // Draw a vertical line of len characters with the given character. If
  // you pass zero for the character, curses will try to find a "nice" one.

  int            vline(int y, int x, int len, chtype ch=0) {
    return ::mvwvline(w, y, x, ch, len); }
  // Move the cursor to the requested position and then draw a vertical line.

  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  // erasure
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  int            erase() { return ::werase(w); }
  // Erase the window.

  int            clear() { return ::wclear(w); }
  // Clear the window.

  int            clearok(bool bf) { return ::clearok(w, bf); }
  // Set/Reset the clear flag. If set, the next refresh() will clear the
  // screen.

  int            clrtobot() { return ::wclrtobot(w); }
  // Clear to the end of the window.

  int            clrtoeol() { return ::wclrtoeol(w); }
  // Clear to the end of the line.

  int            delch() { return ::wdelch(w); }
  // Delete character under the cursor.

  int            delch(int y, int x) { return ::mvwdelch(w, y, x); }
  // Move cursor to requested position and delete the character under the
  // cursor.

  int            deleteln() { return ::winsdelln(w, -1); }
  // Delete the current line.

  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  // screen control
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  int            scroll(int amount=1) { return ::wscrl(w, amount); }
  // Scroll amount lines. If amount is positive, scroll up, otherwise
  // scroll down.

  int            scrollok(bool bf) { return ::scrollok(w, bf); }
  // If bf is TRUE, window scrolls if cursor is moved off the bottom
  // edge of the window or a scrolling region, otherwise the cursor is left
  // at the bottom line.

  int            setscrreg(int from, int to) {
    return ::wsetscrreg(w, from, to); }
  // Define a soft scrolling region.

  int            idlok(bool bf) { return ::idlok(w, bf); }
  // If bf is TRUE, use insert/delete line hardware support if possible.
  // Otherwise do it in software.

  void           idcok(bool bf) { ::idcok(w, bf); }
  // If bf is TRUE, use insert/delete character hardware support if possible.
  // Otherwise do it in software.

  int            touchline(int s, int c) { return ::touchline(w, s, c); }
  // Mark the given lines as modified.

  int            touchwin()   { return ::wtouchln(w, 0, height(), 1); }
  // Mark the whole window as modified.

  int            untouchwin() { return ::wtouchln(w, 0, height(), 0); }
  // Mark the whole window as unmodified.

  int            touchln(int s, int cnt, bool changed=TRUE) {
    return ::wtouchln(w, s, cnt, static_cast<int>(changed ? 1 : 0)); }
  // Mark cnt lines beginning from line s as changed or unchanged, depending
  // on the value of the changed flag.

  bool           is_linetouched(int line) const {
    return (::is_linetouched(w, line) == TRUE ? TRUE:FALSE); }
  // Return TRUE if line is marked as changed, FALSE otherwise

  bool           is_wintouched() const {
    return (::is_wintouched(w) ? TRUE:FALSE); }
  // Return TRUE if window is marked as changed, FALSE otherwise

  int            leaveok(bool bf) { return ::leaveok(w, bf); }
  // If bf is TRUE, curses will leave the cursor after an update whereever
  // it is after the update.

  int            redrawln(int from, int n) { return ::wredrawln(w, from, n); }
  // Redraw n lines starting from the requested line

  int            redrawwin() { return ::wredrawln(w, 0, height()); }
  // Redraw the whole window

  int            doupdate()  { return ::doupdate(); }
  // Do all outputs to make the physical screen looking like the virtual one

  void           syncdown()  { ::wsyncdown(w); }
  // Propagate the changes down to all descendant windows

  void           syncup()    { ::wsyncup(w); }
  // Propagate the changes up in the hierarchy

  void           cursyncup() { ::wcursyncup(w); }
  // Position the cursor in all ancestor windows corresponding to our setting

  int            syncok(bool bf) { return ::syncok(w, bf); }
  // If called with bf=TRUE, syncup() is called whenever the window is changed

#ifndef _no_flushok
  int            flushok(bool bf) { return ::flushok(w, bf); }
#endif

  void           immedok(bool bf) { ::immedok(w, bf); }
  // If called with bf=TRUE, any change in the window will cause an
  // automatic immediate refresh()

  int            intrflush(bool bf) { return ::intrflush(w, bf); }

  int            keypad(bool bf) { return ::keypad(w, bf); }
  // If called with bf=TRUE, the application will interpret function keys.

  int            nodelay(bool bf) { return ::nodelay(w, bf); }

  int            meta(bool bf) { return ::meta(w, bf); }
  // If called with bf=TRUE, keys may generate 8-Bit characters. Otherwise
  // 7-Bit characters are generated.

  int            standout() { return ::wstandout(w); }
  // Enable "standout" attributes

  int            standend() { return ::wstandend(w); }
  // Disable "standout" attributes

  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  // The next two are virtual, because we redefine them in the
  // NCursesPanel class.
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  virtual int    refresh() { return ::wrefresh(w); }
  // Propagate the changes in this window to the virtual screen and call
  // doupdate(). This is redefined in NCursesPanel.

  virtual int    noutrefresh() { return ::wnoutrefresh(w); }
  // Propagate the changes in this window to the virtual screen. This is
  // redefined in NCursesPanel.

  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  // multiple window control
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  int            overlay(NCursesWindow& win) {
    return ::overlay(w, win.w); }
  // Overlay this window over win.

  int            overwrite(NCursesWindow& win) {
    return ::overwrite(w, win.w); }
  // Overwrite win with this window.

  int            copywin(NCursesWindow& win,
			 int sminrow, int smincol,
			 int dminrow, int dmincol,
			 int dmaxrow, int dmaxcol, bool overlaywin=TRUE) {
    return ::copywin(w, win.w, sminrow, smincol, dminrow, dmincol,
		     dmaxrow, dmaxcol, static_cast<int>(overlaywin ? 1 : 0)); }
  // Overlay or overwrite the rectangle in win given by dminrow,dmincol,
  // dmaxrow,dmaxcol with the rectangle in this window beginning at
  // sminrow,smincol.

  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  // Extended functions
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if defined(NCURSES_EXT_FUNCS) && (NCURSES_EXT_FUNCS != 0)
  int            wresize(int newLines, int newColumns) {
    return ::wresize(w, newLines, newColumns); }
#endif

  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  // Mouse related
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  bool has_mouse() const;
  // Return TRUE if terminal supports a mouse, FALSE otherwise

  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  // traversal support
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  NCursesWindow*  child() { return subwins; }
  // Get the first child window.

  NCursesWindow*  sibling() { return sib; }
  // Get the next child of my parent.

  NCursesWindow*  parent() { return par; }
  // Get my parent.

  bool isDescendant(NCursesWindow& win);
  // Return TRUE if win is a descendant of this.
};

// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
// We leave this here for compatibility reasons.
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesColorWindow : public NCursesWindow
{
public:
  NCursesColorWindow(WINDOW* &window)   // useful only for stdscr
    : NCursesWindow(window) {
      useColors(); }

  NCursesColorWindow(int nlines,        // number of lines
		     int ncols,         // number of columns
		     int begin_y,       // line origin
		     int begin_x)       // col origin
    : NCursesWindow(nlines, ncols, begin_y, begin_x) {
      useColors(); }

  NCursesColorWindow(NCursesWindow& parentWin,// parent window
		     int nlines,        // number of lines
		     int ncols,         // number of columns
		     int begin_y,       // absolute or relative
		     int begin_x,       //   origins:
		     char absrel = 'a') // if `a', by & bx are
    : NCursesWindow(parentWin,
		    nlines, ncols,	// absolute screen pos,
		    begin_y, begin_x,   // else if `r', they are
		    absrel ) {          // relative to par origin
      useColors(); }
};

// These enum definitions really belong inside the NCursesPad class, but only
// recent compilers support that feature.

  typedef enum {
    REQ_PAD_REFRESH = KEY_MAX + 1,
    REQ_PAD_UP,
    REQ_PAD_DOWN,
    REQ_PAD_LEFT,
    REQ_PAD_RIGHT,
    REQ_PAD_EXIT
  } Pad_Request;

  const Pad_Request PAD_LOW  = REQ_PAD_REFRESH;   // lowest  op-code
  const Pad_Request PAD_HIGH = REQ_PAD_EXIT;      // highest op-code

// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Pad Support. We allow an association of a pad with a "real" window
// through which the pad may be viewed.
// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesPad : public NCursesWindow
{
private:
  NCursesWindow* viewWin;       // the "viewport" window
  NCursesWindow* viewSub;       // the "viewport" subwindow

  int h_gridsize, v_gridsize;

protected:
  int min_row, min_col;         // top left row/col of the pads display area

  NCursesWindow* Win(void) const {
    // Get the window into which the pad should be copied (if any)
    return (viewSub?viewSub:(viewWin?viewWin:0));
  }

  NCursesWindow* getWindow(void) const {
    return viewWin;
  }

  NCursesWindow* getSubWindow(void) const {
    return viewSub;
  }

  virtual int driver (int key);      // Virtualize keystroke key
  // The driver translates the keystroke c into an Pad_Request

  virtual void OnUnknownOperation(int pad_req) {
    (void) pad_req;
    ::beep();
  }
  // This is called if the driver returns an unknown op-code

  virtual void OnNavigationError(int pad_req) {
    (void) pad_req;
    ::beep();
  }
  // This is called if a navigation request couldn't be satisfied

  virtual void OnOperation(int pad_req) {
    (void) pad_req;
  };
  // OnOperation is called if a Pad_Operation was executed and just before
  // the refresh() operation is done.

public:
  NCursesPad(int nlines, int ncols);
  // create a pad with the given size

  NCursesPad& operator=(const NCursesPad& rhs)
  {
    if (this != &rhs) {
      *this = rhs;
      NCursesWindow::operator=(rhs);
    }
    return *this;
  }

  NCursesPad(const NCursesPad& rhs)
    : NCursesWindow(rhs),
      viewWin(rhs.viewWin),
      viewSub(rhs.viewSub),
      h_gridsize(rhs.h_gridsize),
      v_gridsize(rhs.v_gridsize),
      min_row(rhs.min_row),
      min_col(rhs.min_col)
  {
  }

  virtual ~NCursesPad() {}

  int echochar(const chtype ch) { return ::pechochar(w, ch); }
  // Put the attributed character onto the pad and immediately do a
  // prefresh().

  int refresh();
  // If a viewport is defined the pad is displayed in this window, otherwise
  // this is a noop.

  int refresh(int pminrow, int pmincol,
	      int sminrow, int smincol,
	      int smaxrow, int smaxcol) {
    return ::prefresh(w, pminrow, pmincol,
		      sminrow, smincol, smaxrow, smaxcol);
  }
  // The coordinates sminrow,smincol,smaxrow,smaxcol describe a rectangle
  // on the screen. <b>refresh</b> copies a rectangle of this size beginning
  // with top left corner pminrow,pmincol onto the screen and calls doupdate().

  int noutrefresh();
  // If a viewport is defined the pad is displayed in this window, otherwise
  // this is a noop.

  int noutrefresh(int pminrow, int pmincol,
		  int sminrow, int smincol,
		  int smaxrow, int smaxcol) {
    return ::pnoutrefresh(w, pminrow, pmincol,
			  sminrow, smincol, smaxrow, smaxcol);
  }
  // Does the same as refresh() but without calling doupdate().

  virtual void setWindow(NCursesWindow& view, int v_grid = 1, int h_grid = 1);
  // Add the window "view" as viewing window to the pad.

  virtual void setSubWindow(NCursesWindow& sub);
  // Use the subwindow "sub" of the viewport window for the actual viewing.
  // The full viewport window is usually used to provide some decorations
  // like frames, titles etc.

  virtual void operator() (void);
  // Perform Pad's operation
};

// A FramedPad is constructed always with a viewport window. This viewport
// will be framed (by a box() command) and the interior of the box is the
// viewport subwindow. On the frame we display scrollbar sliders.
class NCURSES_IMPEXP NCursesFramedPad : public NCursesPad
{
protected:
  virtual void OnOperation(int pad_req);

public:
  NCursesFramedPad(NCursesWindow& win, int nlines, int ncols,
		   int v_grid = 1, int h_grid = 1)
    : NCursesPad(nlines, ncols) {
    NCursesPad::setWindow(win, v_grid, h_grid);
    NCursesPad::setSubWindow(*(new NCursesWindow(win)));
  }
  // Construct the FramedPad with the given Window win as viewport.

  virtual ~NCursesFramedPad() {
    delete getSubWindow();
  }

  void setWindow(NCursesWindow& view, int v_grid = 1, int h_grid = 1) {
    (void) view;
    (void) v_grid;
    (void) h_grid;
    err_handler("Operation not allowed");
  }
  // Disable this call; the viewport is already defined

  void setSubWindow(NCursesWindow& sub) {
    (void) sub;
    err_handler("Operation not allowed");
  }
  // Disable this call; the viewport subwindow is already defined

};

#endif /* NCURSES_CURSESW_H_incl */
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
 *   Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1995,1997                                    *
 ****************************************************************************/

/* $Id: form.h,v 0.27 2017/02/11 16:35:42 tom Exp $ */

#ifndef FORM_H
#define FORM_H
/* *INDENT-OFF*/

#include <curses.h>
#include <eti.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
  extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef FORM_PRIV_H
typedef void *FIELD_CELL;
#endif

#ifndef NCURSES_FIELD_INTERNALS
#define NCURSES_FIELD_INTERNALS /* nothing */
#endif

typedef int Form_Options;
typedef int Field_Options;

	/**********
	*  _PAGE  *
	**********/

typedef struct pagenode
#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE_FORM
{
  short pmin;		/* index of first field on page			*/
  short pmax;		/* index of last field on page			*/
  short smin;		/* index of top leftmost field on page		*/
  short smax;		/* index of bottom rightmost field on page	*/
}
#endif /* !NCURSES_OPAQUE_FORM */
_PAGE;

	/**********
	*  FIELD  *
	**********/

typedef struct fieldnode
#if 1			/* not yet: !NCURSES_OPAQUE_FORM */
{
  unsigned short	status;		/* flags			*/
  short			rows;		/* size in rows			*/
  short			cols;		/* size in cols			*/
  short			frow;		/* first row			*/
  short			fcol;		/* first col			*/
  int			drows;		/* dynamic rows			*/
  int			dcols;		/* dynamic cols			*/
  int			maxgrow;	/* maximum field growth		*/
  int			nrow;		/* off-screen rows		*/
  short			nbuf;		/* additional buffers		*/
  short			just;		/* justification		*/
  short			page;		/* page on form			*/
  short			index;		/* into form -> field		*/
  int			pad;		/* pad character		*/
  chtype		fore;		/* foreground attribute		*/
  chtype		back;		/* background attribute		*/
  Field_Options		opts;		/* options			*/
  struct fieldnode *	snext;		/* sorted order pointer		*/
  struct fieldnode *	sprev;		/* sorted order pointer		*/
  struct fieldnode *	link;		/* linked field chain		*/
  struct formnode *	form;		/* containing form		*/
  struct typenode *	type;		/* field type			*/
  void *		arg;		/* argument for type		*/
  FIELD_CELL *		buf;		/* field buffers		*/
  void *		usrptr;		/* user pointer			*/
  /*
   * The wide-character configuration requires extra information.  Because
   * there are existing applications that manipulate the members of FIELD
   * directly, we cannot make the struct opaque, except by changing the ABI. 
   * Offsets of members up to this point are the same in the narrow- and
   * wide-character configuration.  But note that the type of buf depends on
   * the configuration, and is made opaque for that reason.
   */
  NCURSES_FIELD_INTERNALS
}
#endif /* NCURSES_OPAQUE_FORM */
FIELD;


	/*********
	*  FORM  *
	*********/

typedef struct formnode
#if 1			/* not yet: !NCURSES_OPAQUE_FORM */
{
  unsigned short	status;	  	/* flags			*/
  short			rows;		/* size in rows			*/
  short			cols;		/* size in cols			*/
  int			currow;		/* current row in field window	*/
  int			curcol;		/* current col in field window	*/
  int			toprow;		/* in scrollable field window	*/
  int			begincol;	/* in horiz. scrollable field	*/
  short			maxfield;	/* number of fields		*/
  short			maxpage;	/* number of pages		*/
  short			curpage;	/* index into page		*/
  Form_Options		opts;		/* options			*/
  WINDOW *		win;		/* window			*/
  WINDOW *		sub;		/* subwindow			*/
  WINDOW *		w;		/* window for current field	*/
  FIELD **		field;		/* field [maxfield]		*/
  FIELD *		current;	/* current field		*/
  _PAGE *		page;		/* page [maxpage]		*/
  void *		usrptr;		/* user pointer			*/

  void			(*forminit)(struct formnode *);
  void			(*formterm)(struct formnode *);
  void			(*fieldinit)(struct formnode *);
  void			(*fieldterm)(struct formnode *);

}
#endif /* !NCURSES_OPAQUE_FORM */
FORM;


	/**************
	*  FIELDTYPE  *
	**************/

typedef struct typenode
#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE_FORM
{
  unsigned short	status;			/* flags		    */
  long			ref;			/* reference count	    */
  struct typenode *	left;			/* ptr to operand for |     */
  struct typenode *	right;			/* ptr to operand for |     */

  void* (*makearg)(va_list *);			/* make fieldtype arg	    */
  void* (*copyarg)(const void *);		/* copy fieldtype arg 	    */
  void	(*freearg)(void *);			/* free fieldtype arg	    */

#if NCURSES_INTEROP_FUNCS
  union {
    bool (*ofcheck)(FIELD *,const void *);	/* field validation	    */
    bool (*gfcheck)(FORM*,FIELD *,const void*);	/* generic field validation */
  } fieldcheck;
  union {
    bool (*occheck)(int,const void *);		/* character validation     */
    bool (*gccheck)(int,FORM*,
		    FIELD*,const void*);        /* generic char validation  */
  } charcheck;
  union {
    bool (*onext)(FIELD *,const void *);        /* enumerate next value     */
    bool (*gnext)(FORM*,FIELD*,const void*);    /* generic enumerate next   */
  } enum_next;
  union {
    bool (*oprev)(FIELD *,const void *);	/* enumerate prev value     */
    bool (*gprev)(FORM*,FIELD*,const void*);    /* generic enumerate prev   */
  } enum_prev;
  void* (*genericarg)(void*);                   /* Alternate Arg method     */
#else
  bool	(*fcheck)(FIELD *,const void *);	/* field validation	*/
  bool	(*ccheck)(int,const void *);		/* character validation */

  bool	(*next)(FIELD *,const void *);		/* enumerate next value */
  bool	(*prev)(FIELD *,const void *);		/* enumerate prev value */
#endif
}
#endif /* !NCURSES_OPAQUE_FORM */
FIELDTYPE;

typedef void (*Form_Hook)(FORM *);

	/***************************
	*  miscellaneous #defines  *
	***************************/

/* field justification */
#define NO_JUSTIFICATION	(0)
#define JUSTIFY_LEFT		(1)
#define JUSTIFY_CENTER		(2)
#define JUSTIFY_RIGHT		(3)

/* field options */
#define O_VISIBLE		(0x0001U)
#define O_ACTIVE		(0x0002U)
#define O_PUBLIC		(0x0004U)
#define O_EDIT			(0x0008U)
#define O_WRAP			(0x0010U)
#define O_BLANK			(0x0020U)
#define O_AUTOSKIP		(0x0040U)
#define O_NULLOK		(0x0080U)
#define O_PASSOK		(0x0100U)
#define O_STATIC		(0x0200U)
#define O_DYNAMIC_JUSTIFY	(0x0400U)	/* ncurses extension	*/
#define O_NO_LEFT_STRIP		(0x0800U)	/* ncurses extension	*/

/* form options */
#define O_NL_OVERLOAD		(0x0001U)
#define O_BS_OVERLOAD		(0x0002U)

/* form driver commands */
#define REQ_NEXT_PAGE	 (KEY_MAX + 1)	/* move to next page		*/
#define REQ_PREV_PAGE	 (KEY_MAX + 2)	/* move to previous page	*/
#define REQ_FIRST_PAGE	 (KEY_MAX + 3)	/* move to first page		*/
#define REQ_LAST_PAGE	 (KEY_MAX + 4)	/* move to last page		*/

#define REQ_NEXT_FIELD	 (KEY_MAX + 5)	/* move to next field		*/
#define REQ_PREV_FIELD	 (KEY_MAX + 6)	/* move to previous field	*/
#define REQ_FIRST_FIELD	 (KEY_MAX + 7)	/* move to first field		*/
#define REQ_LAST_FIELD	 (KEY_MAX + 8)	/* move to last field		*/
#define REQ_SNEXT_FIELD	 (KEY_MAX + 9)	/* move to sorted next field	*/
#define REQ_SPREV_FIELD	 (KEY_MAX + 10)	/* move to sorted prev field	*/
#define REQ_SFIRST_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 11)	/* move to sorted first field	*/
#define REQ_SLAST_FIELD	 (KEY_MAX + 12)	/* move to sorted last field	*/
#define REQ_LEFT_FIELD	 (KEY_MAX + 13)	/* move to left to field	*/
#define REQ_RIGHT_FIELD	 (KEY_MAX + 14)	/* move to right to field	*/
#define REQ_UP_FIELD	 (KEY_MAX + 15)	/* move to up to field		*/
#define REQ_DOWN_FIELD	 (KEY_MAX + 16)	/* move to down to field	*/

#define REQ_NEXT_CHAR	 (KEY_MAX + 17)	/* move to next char in field	*/
#define REQ_PREV_CHAR	 (KEY_MAX + 18)	/* move to prev char in field	*/
#define REQ_NEXT_LINE	 (KEY_MAX + 19)	/* move to next line in field	*/
#define REQ_PREV_LINE	 (KEY_MAX + 20)	/* move to prev line in field	*/
#define REQ_NEXT_WORD	 (KEY_MAX + 21)	/* move to next word in field	*/
#define REQ_PREV_WORD	 (KEY_MAX + 22)	/* move to prev word in field	*/
#define REQ_BEG_FIELD	 (KEY_MAX + 23)	/* move to first char in field	*/
#define REQ_END_FIELD	 (KEY_MAX + 24)	/* move after last char in fld	*/
#define REQ_BEG_LINE	 (KEY_MAX + 25)	/* move to beginning of line	*/
#define REQ_END_LINE	 (KEY_MAX + 26)	/* move after last char in line	*/
#define REQ_LEFT_CHAR	 (KEY_MAX + 27)	/* move left in field		*/
#define REQ_RIGHT_CHAR	 (KEY_MAX + 28)	/* move right in field		*/
#define REQ_UP_CHAR	 (KEY_MAX + 29)	/* move up in field		*/
#define REQ_DOWN_CHAR	 (KEY_MAX + 30)	/* move down in field		*/

#define REQ_NEW_LINE	 (KEY_MAX + 31)	/* insert/overlay new line	*/
#define REQ_INS_CHAR	 (KEY_MAX + 32)	/* insert blank char at cursor	*/
#define REQ_INS_LINE	 (KEY_MAX + 33)	/* insert blank line at cursor	*/
#define REQ_DEL_CHAR	 (KEY_MAX + 34)	/* delete char at cursor	*/
#define REQ_DEL_PREV	 (KEY_MAX + 35)	/* delete char before cursor	*/
#define REQ_DEL_LINE	 (KEY_MAX + 36)	/* delete line at cursor	*/
#define REQ_DEL_WORD	 (KEY_MAX + 37)	/* delete word at cursor	*/
#define REQ_CLR_EOL	 (KEY_MAX + 38)	/* clear to end of line		*/
#define REQ_CLR_EOF	 (KEY_MAX + 39)	/* clear to end of field	*/
#define REQ_CLR_FIELD	 (KEY_MAX + 40)	/* clear entire field		*/
#define REQ_OVL_MODE	 (KEY_MAX + 41)	/* begin overlay mode		*/
#define REQ_INS_MODE	 (KEY_MAX + 42)	/* begin insert mode		*/
#define REQ_SCR_FLINE	 (KEY_MAX + 43)	/* scroll field forward a line	*/
#define REQ_SCR_BLINE	 (KEY_MAX + 44)	/* scroll field backward a line	*/
#define REQ_SCR_FPAGE	 (KEY_MAX + 45)	/* scroll field forward a page	*/
#define REQ_SCR_BPAGE	 (KEY_MAX + 46)	/* scroll field backward a page	*/
#define REQ_SCR_FHPAGE	 (KEY_MAX + 47) /* scroll field forward	 half page */
#define REQ_SCR_BHPAGE	 (KEY_MAX + 48) /* scroll field backward half page */
#define REQ_SCR_FCHAR	 (KEY_MAX + 49) /* horizontal scroll char	*/
#define REQ_SCR_BCHAR	 (KEY_MAX + 50) /* horizontal scroll char	*/
#define REQ_SCR_HFLINE	 (KEY_MAX + 51) /* horizontal scroll line	*/
#define REQ_SCR_HBLINE	 (KEY_MAX + 52) /* horizontal scroll line	*/
#define REQ_SCR_HFHALF	 (KEY_MAX + 53) /* horizontal scroll half line	*/
#define REQ_SCR_HBHALF	 (KEY_MAX + 54) /* horizontal scroll half line	*/

#define REQ_VALIDATION	 (KEY_MAX + 55)	/* validate field		*/
#define REQ_NEXT_CHOICE	 (KEY_MAX + 56)	/* display next field choice	*/
#define REQ_PREV_CHOICE	 (KEY_MAX + 57)	/* display prev field choice	*/

#define MIN_FORM_COMMAND (KEY_MAX + 1)	/* used by form_driver		*/
#define MAX_FORM_COMMAND (KEY_MAX + 57)	/* used by form_driver		*/

#if defined(MAX_COMMAND)
#  if (MAX_FORM_COMMAND > MAX_COMMAND)
#    error Something is wrong -- MAX_FORM_COMMAND is greater than MAX_COMMAND
#  elif (MAX_COMMAND != (KEY_MAX + 128))
#    error Something is wrong -- MAX_COMMAND is already inconsistently defined.
#  endif
#else
#  define MAX_COMMAND (KEY_MAX + 128)
#endif

	/*************************
	*  standard field types  *
	*************************/
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(FIELDTYPE *) TYPE_ALPHA;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(FIELDTYPE *) TYPE_ALNUM;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(FIELDTYPE *) TYPE_ENUM;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(FIELDTYPE *) TYPE_INTEGER;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(FIELDTYPE *) TYPE_NUMERIC;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(FIELDTYPE *) TYPE_REGEXP;

	/************************************
	*  built-in additional field types  *
	*  They are not defined in SVr4     *
	************************************/
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(FIELDTYPE *) TYPE_IPV4;      /* Internet IP Version 4 address */

	/***********************
	*  FIELDTYPE routines  *
	***********************/
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(FIELDTYPE *) new_fieldtype (
		    bool (* const field_check)(FIELD *,const void *),
		    bool (* const char_check)(int,const void *));
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(FIELDTYPE *) link_fieldtype(
		    FIELDTYPE *, FIELDTYPE *);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	free_fieldtype (FIELDTYPE *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_fieldtype_arg (FIELDTYPE *,
		    void * (* const make_arg)(va_list *),
		    void * (* const copy_arg)(const void *),
		    void (* const free_arg)(void *));
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	 set_fieldtype_choice (FIELDTYPE *,
		    bool (* const next_choice)(FIELD *,const void *),
	      	    bool (* const prev_choice)(FIELD *,const void *));

	/*******************
	*  FIELD routines  *
	*******************/
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(FIELD *)	new_field (int,int,int,int,int,int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(FIELD *)	dup_field (FIELD *,int,int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(FIELD *)	link_field (FIELD *,int,int);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	free_field (FIELD *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	field_info (const FIELD *,int *,int *,int *,int *,int *,int *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	dynamic_field_info (const FIELD *,int *,int *,int *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_max_field ( FIELD *,int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	move_field (FIELD *,int,int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_field_type (FIELD *,FIELDTYPE *,...);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_new_page (FIELD *,bool);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_field_just (FIELD *,int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	field_just (const FIELD *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_field_fore (FIELD *,chtype);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_field_back (FIELD *,chtype);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_field_pad (FIELD *,int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	field_pad (const FIELD *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_field_buffer (FIELD *,int,const char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_field_status (FIELD *,bool);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_field_userptr (FIELD *, void *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_field_opts (FIELD *,Field_Options);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	field_opts_on (FIELD *,Field_Options);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	field_opts_off (FIELD *,Field_Options);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype)	field_fore (const FIELD *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype)	field_back (const FIELD *);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool)	new_page (const FIELD *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool)	field_status (const FIELD *);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void *)	field_arg (const FIELD *);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void *)	field_userptr (const FIELD *);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(FIELDTYPE *)	field_type (const FIELD *);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *)	field_buffer (const FIELD *,int);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(Field_Options)	field_opts (const FIELD *);

	/******************
	*  FORM routines  *
	******************/

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(FORM *)	new_form (FIELD **);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(FIELD **)	form_fields (const FORM *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(FIELD *)	current_field (const FORM *);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *)	form_win (const FORM *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *)	form_sub (const FORM *);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(Form_Hook)	form_init (const FORM *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(Form_Hook)	form_term (const FORM *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(Form_Hook)	field_init (const FORM *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(Form_Hook)	field_term (const FORM *);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	free_form (FORM *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_form_fields (FORM *,FIELD **);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	field_count (const FORM *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_form_win (FORM *,WINDOW *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_form_sub (FORM *,WINDOW *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_current_field (FORM *,FIELD *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	unfocus_current_field (FORM *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	field_index (const FIELD *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_form_page (FORM *,int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	form_page (const FORM *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	scale_form (const FORM *,int *,int *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_form_init (FORM *,Form_Hook);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_form_term (FORM *,Form_Hook);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_field_init (FORM *,Form_Hook);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_field_term (FORM *,Form_Hook);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	post_form (FORM *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	unpost_form (FORM *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	pos_form_cursor (FORM *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	form_driver (FORM *,int);
# if NCURSES_WIDECHAR
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	form_driver_w (FORM *,int,wchar_t);
# endif
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_form_userptr (FORM *,void *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	set_form_opts (FORM *,Form_Options);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	form_opts_on (FORM *,Form_Options);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	form_opts_off (FORM *,Form_Options);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)	form_request_by_name (const char *);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const char *)	form_request_name (int);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void *)	form_userptr (const FORM *);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(Form_Options)	form_opts (const FORM *);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool)	data_ahead (const FORM *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool)	data_behind (const FORM *);

#if NCURSES_SP_FUNCS
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(FORM *)	NCURSES_SP_NAME(new_form) (SCREEN*, FIELD **);
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
  }
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON*/

#endif /* FORM_H */
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
 *  Author: Zeyd M. Ben-Halim <zmbenhal@netcom.com> 1992,1995               *
 *     and: Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>                         *
 *     and: Thomas E. Dickey                        1996-on                 *
 ****************************************************************************/

/* $Id: curses.h.in,v 1.257 2017/11/21 00:11:37 tom Exp $ */

#ifndef __NCURSES_H
#define __NCURSES_H

#define CURSES 1
#define CURSES_H 1

/* These are defined only in curses.h, and are used for conditional compiles */
#define NCURSES_VERSION_MAJOR 6
#define NCURSES_VERSION_MINOR 1
#define NCURSES_VERSION_PATCH 20180224

/* This is defined in more than one ncurses header, for identification */
#undef  NCURSES_VERSION
#define NCURSES_VERSION "6.1"

/*
 * Identify the mouse encoding version.
 */
#define NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION 2

/*
 * Definitions to facilitate DLL's.
 */
#include <ncurses_dll.h>

#if 1
#include <stdint.h>
#endif

/*
 * User-definable tweak to disable the include of <stdbool.h>.
 */
#ifndef NCURSES_ENABLE_STDBOOL_H
#define NCURSES_ENABLE_STDBOOL_H 1
#endif

/*
 * NCURSES_ATTR_T is used to quiet compiler warnings when building ncurses
 * configured using --disable-macros.
 */
#ifndef NCURSES_ATTR_T
#define NCURSES_ATTR_T int
#endif

/*
 * Expands to 'const' if ncurses is configured using --enable-const.  Note that
 * doing so makes it incompatible with other implementations of X/Open Curses.
 */
#undef  NCURSES_CONST
#define NCURSES_CONST const

#undef NCURSES_INLINE
#define NCURSES_INLINE inline

/*
 * The standard type used for color values, and for color-pairs.  The latter
 * allows the curses library to enumerate the combinations of foreground and
 * background colors used by an application, and is normally the product of the
 * total foreground and background colors.
 *
 * X/Open uses "short" for both of these types, ultimately because they are
 * numbers from the SVr4 terminal database, which uses 16-bit signed values.
 */
#undef	NCURSES_COLOR_T
#define	NCURSES_COLOR_T short

#undef	NCURSES_PAIRS_T
#define	NCURSES_PAIRS_T short

/*
 * Definitions used to make WINDOW and similar structs opaque.
 */
#ifndef NCURSES_INTERNALS
#define NCURSES_OPAQUE       0
#define NCURSES_OPAQUE_FORM  0
#define NCURSES_OPAQUE_MENU  0
#define NCURSES_OPAQUE_PANEL 0
#endif

/*
 * Definition used to optionally suppress wattr* macros to help with the
 * transition from ncurses5 to ncurses6 by allowing the header files to
 * be shared across development packages for ncursesw in both ABIs.
 */
#ifndef NCURSES_WATTR_MACROS
#define NCURSES_WATTR_MACROS 0
#endif

/*
 * The reentrant code relies on the opaque setting, but adds features.
 */
#ifndef NCURSES_REENTRANT
#define NCURSES_REENTRANT 0
#endif

/*
 * Control whether bindings for interop support are added.
 */
#undef	NCURSES_INTEROP_FUNCS
#define	NCURSES_INTEROP_FUNCS 1

/*
 * The internal type used for window dimensions.
 */
#undef	NCURSES_SIZE_T
#define	NCURSES_SIZE_T short

/*
 * Control whether tparm() supports varargs or fixed-parameter list.
 */
#undef NCURSES_TPARM_VARARGS
#define NCURSES_TPARM_VARARGS 1

/*
 * Control type used for tparm's arguments.  While X/Open equates long and
 * char* values, this is not always workable for 64-bit platforms.
 */
#undef NCURSES_TPARM_ARG
#define NCURSES_TPARM_ARG intptr_t

/*
 * Control whether ncurses uses wcwidth() for checking width of line-drawing
 * characters.
 */
#undef NCURSES_WCWIDTH_GRAPHICS
#define NCURSES_WCWIDTH_GRAPHICS 1

/*
 * NCURSES_CH_T is used in building the library, but not used otherwise in
 * this header file, since that would make the normal/wide-character versions
 * of the header incompatible.
 */
#undef	NCURSES_CH_T
#define NCURSES_CH_T cchar_t

#if 1 && defined(_LP64)
typedef unsigned chtype;
typedef unsigned mmask_t;
#else
typedef uint32_t chtype;
typedef uint32_t mmask_t;
#endif

/*
 * We need FILE, etc.  Include this before checking any feature symbols.
 */
#include <stdio.h>

/*
 * With XPG4, you must define _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED, it is redundant (or
 * conflicting) when _XOPEN_SOURCE is 500 or greater.  If NCURSES_WIDECHAR is
 * not already defined, e.g., if the platform relies upon nonstandard feature
 * test macros, define it at this point if the standard feature test macros
 * indicate that it should be defined.
 */
#ifndef NCURSES_WIDECHAR
#if defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED) || (defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && (_XOPEN_SOURCE - 0 >= 500))
#define NCURSES_WIDECHAR 1
#else
#define NCURSES_WIDECHAR 0
#endif
#endif /* NCURSES_WIDECHAR */

#include <stdarg.h>	/* we need va_list */
#if NCURSES_WIDECHAR
#include <stddef.h>	/* we want wchar_t */
#endif

/* X/Open and SVr4 specify that curses implements 'bool'.  However, C++ may also
 * implement it.  If so, we must use the C++ compiler's type to avoid conflict
 * with other interfaces.
 *
 * A further complication is that <stdbool.h> may declare 'bool' to be a
 * different type, such as an enum which is not necessarily compatible with
 * C++.  If we have <stdbool.h>, make 'bool' a macro, so users may #undef it.
 * Otherwise, let it remain a typedef to avoid conflicts with other #define's.
 * In either case, make a typedef for NCURSES_BOOL which can be used if needed
 * from either C or C++.
 */

#undef TRUE
#define TRUE    1

#undef FALSE
#define FALSE   0

typedef unsigned char NCURSES_BOOL;

#if defined(__cplusplus)	/* __cplusplus, etc. */

/* use the C++ compiler's bool type */
#define NCURSES_BOOL bool

#else			/* c89, c99, etc. */

#if NCURSES_ENABLE_STDBOOL_H
#include <stdbool.h>
/* use whatever the C compiler decides bool really is */
#define NCURSES_BOOL bool
#else
/* there is no predefined bool - use our own */
#undef bool
#define bool NCURSES_BOOL
#endif

#endif /* !__cplusplus, etc. */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#define NCURSES_CAST(type,value) static_cast<type>(value)
#else
#define NCURSES_CAST(type,value) (type)(value)
#endif

#define NCURSES_OK_ADDR(p) (0 != NCURSES_CAST(const void *, (p)))

/*
 * X/Open attributes.  In the ncurses implementation, they are identical to the
 * A_ attributes.
 */
#define WA_ATTRIBUTES	A_ATTRIBUTES
#define WA_NORMAL	A_NORMAL
#define WA_STANDOUT	A_STANDOUT
#define WA_UNDERLINE	A_UNDERLINE
#define WA_REVERSE	A_REVERSE
#define WA_BLINK	A_BLINK
#define WA_DIM		A_DIM
#define WA_BOLD		A_BOLD
#define WA_ALTCHARSET	A_ALTCHARSET
#define WA_INVIS	A_INVIS
#define WA_PROTECT	A_PROTECT
#define WA_HORIZONTAL	A_HORIZONTAL
#define WA_LEFT		A_LEFT
#define WA_LOW		A_LOW
#define WA_RIGHT	A_RIGHT
#define WA_TOP		A_TOP
#define WA_VERTICAL	A_VERTICAL

#if 1
#define WA_ITALIC	A_ITALIC	/* ncurses extension */
#endif

/* colors */
#define COLOR_BLACK	0
#define COLOR_RED	1
#define COLOR_GREEN	2
#define COLOR_YELLOW	3
#define COLOR_BLUE	4
#define COLOR_MAGENTA	5
#define COLOR_CYAN	6
#define COLOR_WHITE	7

/* line graphics */

#if 0 || NCURSES_REENTRANT
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(chtype*, acs_map);
#define acs_map NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(acs_map())
#else
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(chtype) acs_map[];
#endif

#define NCURSES_ACS(c)	(acs_map[NCURSES_CAST(unsigned char,(c))])

/* VT100 symbols begin here */
#define ACS_ULCORNER	NCURSES_ACS('l') /* upper left corner */
#define ACS_LLCORNER	NCURSES_ACS('m') /* lower left corner */
#define ACS_URCORNER	NCURSES_ACS('k') /* upper right corner */
#define ACS_LRCORNER	NCURSES_ACS('j') /* lower right corner */
#define ACS_LTEE	NCURSES_ACS('t') /* tee pointing right */
#define ACS_RTEE	NCURSES_ACS('u') /* tee pointing left */
#define ACS_BTEE	NCURSES_ACS('v') /* tee pointing up */
#define ACS_TTEE	NCURSES_ACS('w') /* tee pointing down */
#define ACS_HLINE	NCURSES_ACS('q') /* horizontal line */
#define ACS_VLINE	NCURSES_ACS('x') /* vertical line */
#define ACS_PLUS	NCURSES_ACS('n') /* large plus or crossover */
#define ACS_S1		NCURSES_ACS('o') /* scan line 1 */
#define ACS_S9		NCURSES_ACS('s') /* scan line 9 */
#define ACS_DIAMOND	NCURSES_ACS('`') /* diamond */
#define ACS_CKBOARD	NCURSES_ACS('a') /* checker board (stipple) */
#define ACS_DEGREE	NCURSES_ACS('f') /* degree symbol */
#define ACS_PLMINUS	NCURSES_ACS('g') /* plus/minus */
#define ACS_BULLET	NCURSES_ACS('~') /* bullet */
/* Teletype 5410v1 symbols begin here */
#define ACS_LARROW	NCURSES_ACS(',') /* arrow pointing left */
#define ACS_RARROW	NCURSES_ACS('+') /* arrow pointing right */
#define ACS_DARROW	NCURSES_ACS('.') /* arrow pointing down */
#define ACS_UARROW	NCURSES_ACS('-') /* arrow pointing up */
#define ACS_BOARD	NCURSES_ACS('h') /* board of squares */
#define ACS_LANTERN	NCURSES_ACS('i') /* lantern symbol */
#define ACS_BLOCK	NCURSES_ACS('0') /* solid square block */
/*
 * These aren't documented, but a lot of System Vs have them anyway
 * (you can spot pprryyzz{{||}} in a lot of AT&T terminfo strings).
 * The ACS_names may not match AT&T's, our source didn't know them.
 */
#define ACS_S3		NCURSES_ACS('p') /* scan line 3 */
#define ACS_S7		NCURSES_ACS('r') /* scan line 7 */
#define ACS_LEQUAL	NCURSES_ACS('y') /* less/equal */
#define ACS_GEQUAL	NCURSES_ACS('z') /* greater/equal */
#define ACS_PI		NCURSES_ACS('{') /* Pi */
#define ACS_NEQUAL	NCURSES_ACS('|') /* not equal */
#define ACS_STERLING	NCURSES_ACS('}') /* UK pound sign */

/*
 * Line drawing ACS names are of the form ACS_trbl, where t is the top, r
 * is the right, b is the bottom, and l is the left.  t, r, b, and l might
 * be B (blank), S (single), D (double), or T (thick).  The subset defined
 * here only uses B and S.
 */
#define ACS_BSSB	ACS_ULCORNER
#define ACS_SSBB	ACS_LLCORNER
#define ACS_BBSS	ACS_URCORNER
#define ACS_SBBS	ACS_LRCORNER
#define ACS_SBSS	ACS_RTEE
#define ACS_SSSB	ACS_LTEE
#define ACS_SSBS	ACS_BTEE
#define ACS_BSSS	ACS_TTEE
#define ACS_BSBS	ACS_HLINE
#define ACS_SBSB	ACS_VLINE
#define ACS_SSSS	ACS_PLUS

#undef	ERR
#define ERR     (-1)

#undef	OK
#define OK      (0)

/* values for the _flags member */
#define _SUBWIN         0x01	/* is this a sub-window? */
#define _ENDLINE        0x02	/* is the window flush right? */
#define _FULLWIN        0x04	/* is the window full-screen? */
#define _SCROLLWIN      0x08	/* bottom edge is at screen bottom? */
#define _ISPAD	        0x10	/* is this window a pad? */
#define _HASMOVED       0x20	/* has cursor moved since last refresh? */
#define _WRAPPED        0x40	/* cursor was just wrappped */

/*
 * this value is used in the firstchar and lastchar fields to mark
 * unchanged lines
 */
#define _NOCHANGE       -1

/*
 * this value is used in the oldindex field to mark lines created by insertions
 * and scrolls.
 */
#define _NEWINDEX	-1

typedef struct screen  SCREEN;
typedef struct _win_st WINDOW;

typedef	chtype	attr_t;		/* ...must be at least as wide as chtype */

#if NCURSES_WIDECHAR

#if 0
#ifdef mblen			/* libutf8.h defines it w/o undefining first */
#undef mblen
#endif
#include <libutf8.h>
#endif

#if 1
#include <wchar.h>		/* ...to get mbstate_t, etc. */
#endif

#if 0
typedef unsigned short wchar_t1;
#endif

#if 0
typedef unsigned int wint_t1;
#endif

/*
 * cchar_t stores an array of CCHARW_MAX wide characters.  The first is
 * normally a spacing character.  The others are non-spacing.  If those
 * (spacing and nonspacing) do not fill the array, a null L'\0' follows.
 * Otherwise, a null is assumed to follow when extracting via getcchar().
 */
#define CCHARW_MAX	5
typedef struct
{
    attr_t	attr;
    wchar_t	chars[CCHARW_MAX];
#if 1
#undef NCURSES_EXT_COLORS
#define NCURSES_EXT_COLORS 20180224
    int		ext_color;	/* color pair, must be more than 16-bits */
#endif
}
cchar_t;

#endif /* NCURSES_WIDECHAR */

#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE
struct ldat;

struct _win_st
{
	NCURSES_SIZE_T _cury, _curx; /* current cursor position */

	/* window location and size */
	NCURSES_SIZE_T _maxy, _maxx; /* maximums of x and y, NOT window size */
	NCURSES_SIZE_T _begy, _begx; /* screen coords of upper-left-hand corner */

	short   _flags;		/* window state flags */

	/* attribute tracking */
	attr_t  _attrs;		/* current attribute for non-space character */
	chtype  _bkgd;		/* current background char/attribute pair */

	/* option values set by user */
	bool	_notimeout;	/* no time out on function-key entry? */
	bool	_clear;		/* consider all data in the window invalid? */
	bool	_leaveok;	/* OK to not reset cursor on exit? */
	bool	_scroll;	/* OK to scroll this window? */
	bool	_idlok;		/* OK to use insert/delete line? */
	bool	_idcok;		/* OK to use insert/delete char? */
	bool	_immed;		/* window in immed mode? (not yet used) */
	bool	_sync;		/* window in sync mode? */
	bool	_use_keypad;	/* process function keys into KEY_ symbols? */
	int	_delay;		/* 0 = nodelay, <0 = blocking, >0 = delay */

	struct ldat *_line;	/* the actual line data */

	/* global screen state */
	NCURSES_SIZE_T _regtop;	/* top line of scrolling region */
	NCURSES_SIZE_T _regbottom; /* bottom line of scrolling region */

	/* these are used only if this is a sub-window */
	int	_parx;		/* x coordinate of this window in parent */
	int	_pary;		/* y coordinate of this window in parent */
	WINDOW	*_parent;	/* pointer to parent if a sub-window */

	/* these are used only if this is a pad */
	struct pdat
	{
	    NCURSES_SIZE_T _pad_y,      _pad_x;
	    NCURSES_SIZE_T _pad_top,    _pad_left;
	    NCURSES_SIZE_T _pad_bottom, _pad_right;
	} _pad;

	NCURSES_SIZE_T _yoffset; /* real begy is _begy + _yoffset */

#if NCURSES_WIDECHAR
	cchar_t  _bkgrnd;	/* current background char/attribute pair */
#if 1
	int	_color;		/* current color-pair for non-space character */
#endif
#endif
};
#endif /* NCURSES_OPAQUE */

/*
 * This is an extension to support events...
 */
#if 1
#ifdef NCURSES_WGETCH_EVENTS
#if !defined(__BEOS__) || defined(__HAIKU__)
   /* Fix _nc_timed_wait() on BEOS... */
#  define NCURSES_EVENT_VERSION	1
#endif	/* !defined(__BEOS__) */

/*
 * Bits to set in _nc_event.data.flags
 */
#  define _NC_EVENT_TIMEOUT_MSEC	1
#  define _NC_EVENT_FILE		2
#  define _NC_EVENT_FILE_READABLE	2
#  if 0					/* Not supported yet... */
#    define _NC_EVENT_FILE_WRITABLE	4
#    define _NC_EVENT_FILE_EXCEPTION	8
#  endif

typedef struct
{
    int type;
    union
    {
	long timeout_msec;	/* _NC_EVENT_TIMEOUT_MSEC */
	struct
	{
	    unsigned int flags;
	    int fd;
	    unsigned int result;
	} fev;				/* _NC_EVENT_FILE */
    } data;
} _nc_event;

typedef struct
{
    int count;
    int result_flags;	/* _NC_EVENT_TIMEOUT_MSEC or _NC_EVENT_FILE_READABLE */
    _nc_event *events[1];
} _nc_eventlist;

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetch_events (WINDOW *, _nc_eventlist *);	/* experimental */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetnstr_events (WINDOW *,char *,int,_nc_eventlist *);/* experimental */

#endif /* NCURSES_WGETCH_EVENTS */
#endif /* NCURSES_EXT_FUNCS */

/*
 * GCC (and some other compilers) define '__attribute__'; we're using this
 * macro to alert the compiler to flag inconsistencies in printf/scanf-like
 * function calls.  Just in case '__attribute__' isn't defined, make a dummy.
 * Old versions of G++ do not accept it anyway, at least not consistently with
 * GCC.
 */
#if !(defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__GNUG__) || defined(__attribute__))
#define __attribute__(p) /* nothing */
#endif

/*
 * We cannot define these in ncurses_cfg.h, since they require parameters to be
 * passed (that is non-portable).  If you happen to be using gcc with warnings
 * enabled, define
 *	GCC_PRINTF
 *	GCC_SCANF
 * to improve checking of calls to printw(), etc.
 */
#ifndef GCC_PRINTFLIKE
#if defined(GCC_PRINTF) && !defined(printf)
#define GCC_PRINTFLIKE(fmt,var) __attribute__((format(printf,fmt,var)))
#else
#define GCC_PRINTFLIKE(fmt,var) /*nothing*/
#endif
#endif

#ifndef GCC_SCANFLIKE
#if defined(GCC_SCANF) && !defined(scanf)
#define GCC_SCANFLIKE(fmt,var)  __attribute__((format(scanf,fmt,var)))
#else
#define GCC_SCANFLIKE(fmt,var)  /*nothing*/
#endif
#endif

#ifndef	GCC_NORETURN
#define	GCC_NORETURN /* nothing */
#endif

#ifndef	GCC_UNUSED
#define	GCC_UNUSED /* nothing */
#endif

/*
 * Curses uses a helper function.  Define our type for this to simplify
 * extending it for the sp-funcs feature.
 */
typedef int (*NCURSES_OUTC)(int);

/*
 * Function prototypes.  This is the complete X/Open Curses list of required
 * functions.  Those marked `generated' will have sources generated from the
 * macro definitions later in this file, in order to satisfy XPG4.2
 * requirements.
 */

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) addch (const chtype);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) addchnstr (const chtype *, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) addchstr (const chtype *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) addnstr (const char *, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) addstr (const char *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) attroff (NCURSES_ATTR_T);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) attron (NCURSES_ATTR_T);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) attrset (NCURSES_ATTR_T);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) attr_get (attr_t *, NCURSES_PAIRS_T *, void *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) attr_off (attr_t, void *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) attr_on (attr_t, void *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) attr_set (attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, void *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) baudrate (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) beep  (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) bkgd (chtype);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) bkgdset (chtype);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) border (chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) box (WINDOW *, chtype, chtype);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) can_change_color (void);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) cbreak (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) chgat (int, attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, const void *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) clear (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) clearok (WINDOW *,bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) clrtobot (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) clrtoeol (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) color_content (NCURSES_COLOR_T,NCURSES_COLOR_T*,NCURSES_COLOR_T*,NCURSES_COLOR_T*);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) color_set (NCURSES_PAIRS_T,void*);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) COLOR_PAIR (int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) copywin (const WINDOW*,WINDOW*,int,int,int,int,int,int,int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) curs_set (int);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) def_prog_mode (void);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) def_shell_mode (void);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) delay_output (int);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) delch (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) delscreen (SCREEN *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) delwin (WINDOW *);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) deleteln (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) derwin (WINDOW *,int,int,int,int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) doupdate (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) dupwin (WINDOW *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) echo (void);					/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) echochar (const chtype);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) erase (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) endwin (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char) erasechar (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) filter (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) flash (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) flushinp (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype) getbkgd (WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getch (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getnstr (char *, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getstr (char *);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) getwin (FILE *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) halfdelay (int);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) has_colors (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) has_ic (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) has_il (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) hline (chtype, int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) idcok (WINDOW *, bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) idlok (WINDOW *, bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) immedok (WINDOW *, bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype) inch (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) inchnstr (chtype *, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) inchstr (chtype *);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) initscr (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) init_color (NCURSES_COLOR_T,NCURSES_COLOR_T,NCURSES_COLOR_T,NCURSES_COLOR_T);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) init_pair (NCURSES_PAIRS_T,NCURSES_COLOR_T,NCURSES_COLOR_T);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) innstr (char *, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) insch (chtype);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) insdelln (int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) insertln (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) insnstr (const char *, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) insstr (const char *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) instr (char *);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) intrflush (WINDOW *,bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) isendwin (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_linetouched (WINDOW *,int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_wintouched (WINDOW *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(NCURSES_CONST char *) keyname (int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) keypad (WINDOW *,bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char) killchar (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) leaveok (WINDOW *,bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) longname (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) meta (WINDOW *,bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) move (int, int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvaddch (int, int, const chtype);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvaddchnstr (int, int, const chtype *, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvaddchstr (int, int, const chtype *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvaddnstr (int, int, const char *, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvaddstr (int, int, const char *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvchgat (int, int, int, attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, const void *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvcur (int,int,int,int);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvdelch (int, int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvderwin (WINDOW *, int, int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvgetch (int, int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvgetnstr (int, int, char *, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvgetstr (int, int, char *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvhline (int, int, chtype, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype) mvinch (int, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinchnstr (int, int, chtype *, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinchstr (int, int, chtype *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinnstr (int, int, char *, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinsch (int, int, chtype);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinsnstr (int, int, const char *, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinsstr (int, int, const char *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinstr (int, int, char *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvprintw (int,int, const char *,...)		/* implemented */
		GCC_PRINTFLIKE(3,4);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvscanw (int,int, NCURSES_CONST char *,...)	/* implemented */
		GCC_SCANFLIKE(3,4);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvvline (int, int, chtype, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwaddch (WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwaddchnstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype *, int);/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwaddchstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwaddnstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwaddstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const char *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwchgat (WINDOW *, int, int, int, attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, const void *);/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwdelch (WINDOW *, int, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwgetch (WINDOW *, int, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwgetnstr (WINDOW *, int, int, char *, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwgetstr (WINDOW *, int, int, char *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwhline (WINDOW *, int, int, chtype, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwin (WINDOW *,int,int);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype) mvwinch (WINDOW *, int, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinchnstr (WINDOW *, int, int, chtype *, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinchstr (WINDOW *, int, int, chtype *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinnstr (WINDOW *, int, int, char *, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinsch (WINDOW *, int, int, chtype);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinsnstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinsstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const char *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinstr (WINDOW *, int, int, char *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwprintw (WINDOW*,int,int, const char *,...)	/* implemented */
		GCC_PRINTFLIKE(4,5);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwscanw (WINDOW *,int,int, NCURSES_CONST char *,...)	/* implemented */
		GCC_SCANFLIKE(4,5);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwvline (WINDOW *,int, int, chtype, int);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) napms (int);					/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) newpad (int,int);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(SCREEN *) newterm (NCURSES_CONST char *,FILE *,FILE *);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) newwin (int,int,int,int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) nl (void);					/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) nocbreak (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) nodelay (WINDOW *,bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) noecho (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) nonl (void);					/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) noqiflush (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) noraw (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) notimeout (WINDOW *,bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) overlay (const WINDOW*,WINDOW *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) overwrite (const WINDOW*,WINDOW *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) pair_content (NCURSES_PAIRS_T,NCURSES_COLOR_T*,NCURSES_COLOR_T*);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) PAIR_NUMBER (int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) pechochar (WINDOW *, const chtype);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) pnoutrefresh (WINDOW*,int,int,int,int,int,int);/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) prefresh (WINDOW *,int,int,int,int,int,int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) printw (const char *,...)			/* implemented */
		GCC_PRINTFLIKE(1,2);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) putwin (WINDOW *, FILE *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) qiflush (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) raw (void);					/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) redrawwin (WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) refresh (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) resetty (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) reset_prog_mode (void);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) reset_shell_mode (void);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) ripoffline (int, int (*)(WINDOW *, int));	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) savetty (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) scanw (NCURSES_CONST char *,...)		/* implemented */
		GCC_SCANFLIKE(1,2);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) scr_dump (const char *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) scr_init (const char *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) scrl (int);					/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) scroll (WINDOW *);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) scrollok (WINDOW *,bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) scr_restore (const char *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) scr_set (const char *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) setscrreg (int,int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(SCREEN *) set_term (SCREEN *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_attroff (const chtype);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_attr_off (const attr_t, void *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_attron (const chtype);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_attr_on (attr_t,void*);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_attrset (const chtype);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(attr_t) slk_attr (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_attr_set (const attr_t,NCURSES_PAIRS_T,void*);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_clear (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_color (NCURSES_PAIRS_T);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_init (int);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) slk_label (int);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_noutrefresh (void);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_refresh (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_restore (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_set (int,const char *,int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_touch (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) standout (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) standend (void);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) start_color (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) subpad (WINDOW *, int, int, int, int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) subwin (WINDOW *, int, int, int, int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) syncok (WINDOW *, bool);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype) termattrs (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) termname (void);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) timeout (int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) touchline (WINDOW *, int, int);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) touchwin (WINDOW *);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) typeahead (int);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) ungetch (int);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) untouchwin (WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) use_env (bool);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) use_tioctl (bool);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vidattr (chtype);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vidputs (chtype, NCURSES_OUTC);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vline (chtype, int);				/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vwprintw (WINDOW *, const char *,va_list);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vw_printw (WINDOW *, const char *,va_list);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vwscanw (WINDOW *, NCURSES_CONST char *,va_list);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vw_scanw (WINDOW *, NCURSES_CONST char *,va_list);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) waddch (WINDOW *, const chtype);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) waddchnstr (WINDOW *,const chtype *,int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) waddchstr (WINDOW *,const chtype *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) waddnstr (WINDOW *,const char *,int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) waddstr (WINDOW *,const char *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wattron (WINDOW *, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wattroff (WINDOW *, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wattrset (WINDOW *, int);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wattr_get (WINDOW *, attr_t *, NCURSES_PAIRS_T *, void *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wattr_on (WINDOW *, attr_t, void *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wattr_off (WINDOW *, attr_t, void *);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wattr_set (WINDOW *, attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, void *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wbkgd (WINDOW *, chtype);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) wbkgdset (WINDOW *,chtype);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wborder (WINDOW *,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wchgat (WINDOW *, int, attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, const void *);/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wclear (WINDOW *);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wclrtobot (WINDOW *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wclrtoeol (WINDOW *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wcolor_set (WINDOW*,NCURSES_PAIRS_T,void*);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) wcursyncup (WINDOW *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wdelch (WINDOW *);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wdeleteln (WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wechochar (WINDOW *, const chtype);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) werase (WINDOW *);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetch (WINDOW *);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetnstr (WINDOW *,char *,int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetstr (WINDOW *, char *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) whline (WINDOW *, chtype, int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype) winch (WINDOW *);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winchnstr (WINDOW *, chtype *, int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winchstr (WINDOW *, chtype *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winnstr (WINDOW *, char *, int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winsch (WINDOW *, chtype);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winsdelln (WINDOW *,int);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winsertln (WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winsnstr (WINDOW *, const char *,int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winsstr (WINDOW *, const char *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winstr (WINDOW *, char *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wmove (WINDOW *,int,int);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wnoutrefresh (WINDOW *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wprintw (WINDOW *, const char *,...)		/* implemented */
		GCC_PRINTFLIKE(2,3);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wredrawln (WINDOW *,int,int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wrefresh (WINDOW *);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wscanw (WINDOW *, NCURSES_CONST char *,...)	/* implemented */
		GCC_SCANFLIKE(2,3);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wscrl (WINDOW *,int);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wsetscrreg (WINDOW *,int,int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wstandout (WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wstandend (WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) wsyncdown (WINDOW *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) wsyncup (WINDOW *);				/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) wtimeout (WINDOW *,int);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wtouchln (WINDOW *,int,int,int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wvline (WINDOW *,chtype,int);		/* implemented */

/*
 * These are also declared in <term.h>:
 */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) tigetflag (NCURSES_CONST char *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) tigetnum (NCURSES_CONST char *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) tigetstr (NCURSES_CONST char *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) putp (const char *);				/* implemented */

#if NCURSES_TPARM_VARARGS
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) tparm (NCURSES_CONST char *, ...);	/* special */
#else
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) tparm (NCURSES_CONST char *, NCURSES_TPARM_ARG,NCURSES_TPARM_ARG,NCURSES_TPARM_ARG,NCURSES_TPARM_ARG,NCURSES_TPARM_ARG,NCURSES_TPARM_ARG,NCURSES_TPARM_ARG,NCURSES_TPARM_ARG,NCURSES_TPARM_ARG);	/* special */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) tparm_varargs (NCURSES_CONST char *, ...);	/* special */
#endif

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) tiparm (const char *, ...);		/* special */

/*
 * X/Open says this returns a bool; SVr4 also checked for out-of-range line.
 * The macro provides compatibility:
 */
#define is_linetouched(w,l) ((!(w) || ((l) > getmaxy(w)) || ((l) < 0)) ? ERR : (is_linetouched)((w),(l)))

/*
 * These functions are not in X/Open, but we use them in macro definitions:
 */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getattrs (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getcurx (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getcury (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getbegx (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getbegy (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getmaxx (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getmaxy (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getparx (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getpary (const WINDOW *);			/* generated */

/*
 * vid_attr() was implemented originally based on a draft of X/Open curses.
 */
#if !NCURSES_WIDECHAR
#define vid_attr(a,pair,opts) vidattr(a)
#endif

/*
 * These functions are extensions - not in X/Open Curses.
 */
#if 1
#undef  NCURSES_EXT_FUNCS
#define NCURSES_EXT_FUNCS 20180224
typedef int (*NCURSES_WINDOW_CB)(WINDOW *, void *);
typedef int (*NCURSES_SCREEN_CB)(SCREEN *, void *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_term_resized (int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) keybound (int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const char *) curses_version (void);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) alloc_pair (int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) assume_default_colors (int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) define_key (const char *, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) extended_color_content(int, int *, int *, int *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) extended_pair_content(int, int *, int *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) extended_slk_color(int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) find_pair (int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) free_pair (int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) get_escdelay (void);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) init_extended_color(int, int, int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) init_extended_pair(int, int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) key_defined (const char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) keyok (int, bool);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) reset_color_pairs (void);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) resize_term (int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) resizeterm (int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) set_escdelay (int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) set_tabsize (int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) use_default_colors (void);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) use_extended_names (bool);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) use_legacy_coding (int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) use_screen (SCREEN *, NCURSES_SCREEN_CB, void *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) use_window (WINDOW *, NCURSES_WINDOW_CB, void *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wresize (WINDOW *, int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) nofilter(void);

/*
 * These extensions provide access to information stored in the WINDOW even
 * when NCURSES_OPAQUE is set:
 */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) wgetparent (const WINDOW *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_cleared (const WINDOW *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_idcok (const WINDOW *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_idlok (const WINDOW *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_immedok (const WINDOW *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_keypad (const WINDOW *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_leaveok (const WINDOW *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_nodelay (const WINDOW *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_notimeout (const WINDOW *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_pad (const WINDOW *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_scrollok (const WINDOW *);	/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_subwin (const WINDOW *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) is_syncok (const WINDOW *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetdelay (const WINDOW *);		/* generated */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetscrreg (const WINDOW *, int *, int *); /* generated */

#else
#define curses_version() NCURSES_VERSION
#endif

/*
 * Extra extension-functions, which pass a SCREEN pointer rather than using
 * a global variable SP.
 */
#if 1
#undef  NCURSES_SP_FUNCS
#define NCURSES_SP_FUNCS 20180224
#define NCURSES_SP_NAME(name) name##_sp

/* Define the sp-funcs helper function */
#define NCURSES_SP_OUTC NCURSES_SP_NAME(NCURSES_OUTC)
typedef int (*NCURSES_SP_OUTC)(SCREEN*, int);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(SCREEN *) new_prescr (void); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(baudrate) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(beep) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) NCURSES_SP_NAME(can_change_color) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(cbreak) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(curs_set) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(color_content) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, NCURSES_COLOR_T*, NCURSES_COLOR_T*, NCURSES_COLOR_T*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(def_prog_mode) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(def_shell_mode) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(delay_output) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(doupdate) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(echo) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(endwin) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char) NCURSES_SP_NAME(erasechar) (SCREEN*);/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) NCURSES_SP_NAME(filter) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(flash) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(flushinp) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(getwin) (SCREEN*, FILE *);			/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(halfdelay) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) NCURSES_SP_NAME(has_colors) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) NCURSES_SP_NAME(has_ic) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) NCURSES_SP_NAME(has_il) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(init_color) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_COLOR_T, NCURSES_COLOR_T, NCURSES_COLOR_T, NCURSES_COLOR_T); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(init_pair) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, NCURSES_COLOR_T, NCURSES_COLOR_T); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(intrflush) (SCREEN*, WINDOW*, bool);	/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) NCURSES_SP_NAME(isendwin) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(NCURSES_CONST char *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(keyname) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char) NCURSES_SP_NAME(killchar) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(longname) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(mvcur) (SCREEN*, int, int, int, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(napms) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(newpad) (SCREEN*, int, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(SCREEN *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(newterm) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_CONST char *, FILE *, FILE *); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(newwin) (SCREEN*, int, int, int, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(nl) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(nocbreak) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(noecho) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(nonl) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) NCURSES_SP_NAME(noqiflush) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(noraw) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(pair_content) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, NCURSES_COLOR_T*, NCURSES_COLOR_T*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) NCURSES_SP_NAME(qiflush) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(raw) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(reset_prog_mode) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(reset_shell_mode) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(resetty) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(ripoffline) (SCREEN*, int, int (*)(WINDOW *, int));	/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(savetty) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(scr_init) (SCREEN*, const char *); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(scr_restore) (SCREEN*, const char *); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(scr_set) (SCREEN*, const char *); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_attroff) (SCREEN*, const chtype); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_attron) (SCREEN*, const chtype); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_attrset) (SCREEN*, const chtype); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(attr_t) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_attr) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_attr_set) (SCREEN*, const attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, void*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_clear) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_color) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_PAIRS_T); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_init) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_label) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_noutrefresh) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_refresh) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_restore) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_set) (SCREEN*, int, const char *, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(slk_touch) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(start_color) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(chtype) NCURSES_SP_NAME(termattrs) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(termname) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(typeahead) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(ungetch) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) NCURSES_SP_NAME(use_env) (SCREEN*, bool); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) NCURSES_SP_NAME(use_tioctl) (SCREEN*, bool); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(vidattr) (SCREEN*, chtype);	/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(vidputs) (SCREEN*, chtype, NCURSES_SP_OUTC); /* implemented:SP_FUNC */
#if 1
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(keybound) (SCREEN*, int, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(alloc_pair) (SCREEN*, int, int); /* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(assume_default_colors) (SCREEN*, int, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(define_key) (SCREEN*, const char *, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(extended_color_content) (SCREEN*, int, int *, int *, int *);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(extended_pair_content) (SCREEN*, int, int *, int *);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(extended_slk_color) (SCREEN*, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(get_escdelay) (SCREEN*);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(find_pair) (SCREEN*, int, int); /* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(free_pair) (SCREEN*, int); /* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(init_extended_color) (SCREEN*, int, int, int, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(init_extended_pair) (SCREEN*, int, int, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool) NCURSES_SP_NAME(is_term_resized) (SCREEN*, int, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(key_defined) (SCREEN*, const char *);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(keyok) (SCREEN*, int, bool);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) NCURSES_SP_NAME(nofilter) (SCREEN*); /* implemented */	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) NCURSES_SP_NAME(reset_color_pairs) (SCREEN*); /* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(resize_term) (SCREEN*, int, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(resizeterm) (SCREEN*, int, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(set_escdelay) (SCREEN*, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(set_tabsize) (SCREEN*, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(use_default_colors) (SCREEN*);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(use_legacy_coding) (SCREEN*, int);	/* implemented:EXT_SP_FUNC */
#endif
#else
#undef  NCURSES_SP_FUNCS
#define NCURSES_SP_FUNCS 0
#define NCURSES_SP_NAME(name) name
#define NCURSES_SP_OUTC NCURSES_OUTC
#endif

/* attributes */

#define NCURSES_ATTR_SHIFT       8
#define NCURSES_BITS(mask,shift) (NCURSES_CAST(chtype,(mask)) << ((shift) + NCURSES_ATTR_SHIFT))

#define A_NORMAL	(1U - 1U)
#define A_ATTRIBUTES	NCURSES_BITS(~(1U - 1U),0)
#define A_CHARTEXT	(NCURSES_BITS(1U,0) - 1U)
#define A_COLOR		NCURSES_BITS(((1U) << 8) - 1U,0)
#define A_STANDOUT	NCURSES_BITS(1U,8)
#define A_UNDERLINE	NCURSES_BITS(1U,9)
#define A_REVERSE	NCURSES_BITS(1U,10)
#define A_BLINK		NCURSES_BITS(1U,11)
#define A_DIM		NCURSES_BITS(1U,12)
#define A_BOLD		NCURSES_BITS(1U,13)
#define A_ALTCHARSET	NCURSES_BITS(1U,14)
#define A_INVIS		NCURSES_BITS(1U,15)
#define A_PROTECT	NCURSES_BITS(1U,16)
#define A_HORIZONTAL	NCURSES_BITS(1U,17)
#define A_LEFT		NCURSES_BITS(1U,18)
#define A_LOW		NCURSES_BITS(1U,19)
#define A_RIGHT		NCURSES_BITS(1U,20)
#define A_TOP		NCURSES_BITS(1U,21)
#define A_VERTICAL	NCURSES_BITS(1U,22)

#if 1
#define A_ITALIC	NCURSES_BITS(1U,23)	/* ncurses extension */
#endif

/*
 * Most of the pseudo functions are macros that either provide compatibility
 * with older versions of curses, or provide inline functionality to improve
 * performance.
 */

/*
 * These pseudo functions are always implemented as macros:
 */

#define getyx(win,y,x)		(y = getcury(win), x = getcurx(win))
#define getbegyx(win,y,x)	(y = getbegy(win), x = getbegx(win))
#define getmaxyx(win,y,x)	(y = getmaxy(win), x = getmaxx(win))
#define getparyx(win,y,x)	(y = getpary(win), x = getparx(win))

#define getsyx(y,x) do { if (newscr) { \
			     if (is_leaveok(newscr)) \
				(y) = (x) = -1; \
			     else \
				 getyx(newscr,(y), (x)); \
			} \
		    } while(0)

#define setsyx(y,x) do { if (newscr) { \
			    if ((y) == -1 && (x) == -1) \
				leaveok(newscr, TRUE); \
			    else { \
				leaveok(newscr, FALSE); \
				wmove(newscr, (y), (x)); \
			    } \
			} \
		    } while(0)

#ifndef NCURSES_NOMACROS

/*
 * These miscellaneous pseudo functions are provided for compatibility:
 */

#define wgetstr(w, s)		wgetnstr(w, s, -1)
#define getnstr(s, n)		wgetnstr(stdscr, s, (n))

#define setterm(term)		setupterm(term, 1, (int *)0)

#define fixterm()		reset_prog_mode()
#define resetterm()		reset_shell_mode()
#define saveterm()		def_prog_mode()
#define crmode()		cbreak()
#define nocrmode()		nocbreak()
#define gettmode()

/* It seems older SYSV curses versions define these */
#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE
#define getattrs(win)		NCURSES_CAST(int, NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_attrs : A_NORMAL)
#define getcurx(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_curx : ERR)
#define getcury(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_cury : ERR)
#define getbegx(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_begx : ERR)
#define getbegy(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_begy : ERR)
#define getmaxx(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? ((win)->_maxx + 1) : ERR)
#define getmaxy(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? ((win)->_maxy + 1) : ERR)
#define getparx(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_parx : ERR)
#define getpary(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_pary : ERR)
#endif /* NCURSES_OPAQUE */

#define wstandout(win)		(wattrset(win,A_STANDOUT))
#define wstandend(win)		(wattrset(win,A_NORMAL))

#define wattron(win,at)		wattr_on(win, NCURSES_CAST(attr_t, at), NULL)
#define wattroff(win,at)	wattr_off(win, NCURSES_CAST(attr_t, at), NULL)

#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE
#if NCURSES_WATTR_MACROS
#if NCURSES_WIDECHAR && 1
#define wattrset(win,at) \
	(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) \
	  ? ((win)->_color = NCURSES_CAST(int, PAIR_NUMBER(at)), \
	     (win)->_attrs = NCURSES_CAST(attr_t, at), \
	     OK) \
	  : ERR)
#else
#define wattrset(win,at) \
	(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) \
	  ? ((win)->_attrs = NCURSES_CAST(attr_t, at), \
	     OK) \
	  : ERR)
#endif
#endif /* NCURSES_WATTR_MACROS */
#endif /* NCURSES_OPAQUE */

#define scroll(win)		wscrl(win,1)

#define touchwin(win)		wtouchln((win), 0, getmaxy(win), 1)
#define touchline(win, s, c)	wtouchln((win), s, c, 1)
#define untouchwin(win)		wtouchln((win), 0, getmaxy(win), 0)

#define box(win, v, h)		wborder(win, v, v, h, h, 0, 0, 0, 0)
#define border(ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br)	wborder(stdscr, ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br)
#define hline(ch, n)		whline(stdscr, ch, (n))
#define vline(ch, n)		wvline(stdscr, ch, (n))

#define winstr(w, s)		winnstr(w, s, -1)
#define winchstr(w, s)		winchnstr(w, s, -1)
#define winsstr(w, s)		winsnstr(w, s, -1)

#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE
#define redrawwin(win)		wredrawln(win, 0, (NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_maxy+1 : -1))
#endif /* NCURSES_OPAQUE */

#define waddstr(win,str)	waddnstr(win,str,-1)
#define waddchstr(win,str)	waddchnstr(win,str,-1)

/*
 * These apply to the first 256 color pairs.
 */
#define COLOR_PAIR(n)	(NCURSES_BITS((n), 0) & A_COLOR)
#define PAIR_NUMBER(a)	(NCURSES_CAST(int,((NCURSES_CAST(unsigned long,(a)) & A_COLOR) >> NCURSES_ATTR_SHIFT)))

/*
 * pseudo functions for standard screen
 */

#define addch(ch)		waddch(stdscr,(ch))
#define addchnstr(str,n)	waddchnstr(stdscr,(str),(n))
#define addchstr(str)		waddchstr(stdscr,(str))
#define addnstr(str,n)		waddnstr(stdscr,(str),(n))
#define addstr(str)		waddnstr(stdscr,(str),-1)
#define attr_get(ap,cp,o)	wattr_get(stdscr,(ap),(cp),(o))
#define attr_off(a,o)		wattr_off(stdscr,(a),(o))
#define attr_on(a,o)		wattr_on(stdscr,(a),(o))
#define attr_set(a,c,o)		wattr_set(stdscr,(a),(c),(o))
#define attroff(at)		wattroff(stdscr,(at))
#define attron(at)		wattron(stdscr,(at))
#define attrset(at)		wattrset(stdscr,(at))
#define bkgd(ch)		wbkgd(stdscr,(ch))
#define bkgdset(ch)		wbkgdset(stdscr,(ch))
#define chgat(n,a,c,o)		wchgat(stdscr,(n),(a),(c),(o))
#define clear()			wclear(stdscr)
#define clrtobot()		wclrtobot(stdscr)
#define clrtoeol()		wclrtoeol(stdscr)
#define color_set(c,o)		wcolor_set(stdscr,(c),(o))
#define delch()			wdelch(stdscr)
#define deleteln()		winsdelln(stdscr,-1)
#define echochar(c)		wechochar(stdscr,(c))
#define erase()			werase(stdscr)
#define getch()			wgetch(stdscr)
#define getstr(str)		wgetstr(stdscr,(str))
#define inch()			winch(stdscr)
#define inchnstr(s,n)		winchnstr(stdscr,(s),(n))
#define inchstr(s)		winchstr(stdscr,(s))
#define innstr(s,n)		winnstr(stdscr,(s),(n))
#define insch(c)		winsch(stdscr,(c))
#define insdelln(n)		winsdelln(stdscr,(n))
#define insertln()		winsdelln(stdscr,1)
#define insnstr(s,n)		winsnstr(stdscr,(s),(n))
#define insstr(s)		winsstr(stdscr,(s))
#define instr(s)		winstr(stdscr,(s))
#define move(y,x)		wmove(stdscr,(y),(x))
#define refresh()		wrefresh(stdscr)
#define scrl(n)			wscrl(stdscr,(n))
#define setscrreg(t,b)		wsetscrreg(stdscr,(t),(b))
#define standend()		wstandend(stdscr)
#define standout()		wstandout(stdscr)
#define timeout(delay)		wtimeout(stdscr,(delay))
#define wdeleteln(win)		winsdelln(win,-1)
#define winsertln(win)		winsdelln(win,1)

/*
 * mv functions
 */

#define mvwaddch(win,y,x,ch)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : waddch((win),(ch)))
#define mvwaddchnstr(win,y,x,str,n)	(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : waddchnstr((win),(str),(n)))
#define mvwaddchstr(win,y,x,str)	(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : waddchnstr((win),(str),-1))
#define mvwaddnstr(win,y,x,str,n)	(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : waddnstr((win),(str),(n)))
#define mvwaddstr(win,y,x,str)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : waddnstr((win),(str),-1))
#define mvwchgat(win,y,x,n,a,c,o)	(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wchgat((win),(n),(a),(c),(o)))
#define mvwdelch(win,y,x)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wdelch(win))
#define mvwgetch(win,y,x)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wgetch(win))
#define mvwgetnstr(win,y,x,str,n)	(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wgetnstr((win),(str),(n)))
#define mvwgetstr(win,y,x,str)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wgetstr((win),(str)))
#define mvwhline(win,y,x,c,n)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : whline((win),(c),(n)))
#define mvwinch(win,y,x)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? NCURSES_CAST(chtype, ERR) : winch(win))
#define mvwinchnstr(win,y,x,s,n)	(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winchnstr((win),(s),(n)))
#define mvwinchstr(win,y,x,s)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winchstr((win),(s)))
#define mvwinnstr(win,y,x,s,n)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winnstr((win),(s),(n)))
#define mvwinsch(win,y,x,c)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winsch((win),(c)))
#define mvwinsnstr(win,y,x,s,n)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winsnstr((win),(s),(n)))
#define mvwinsstr(win,y,x,s)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winsstr((win),(s)))
#define mvwinstr(win,y,x,s)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winstr((win),(s)))
#define mvwvline(win,y,x,c,n)		(wmove((win),(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wvline((win),(c),(n)))

#define mvaddch(y,x,ch)			mvwaddch(stdscr,(y),(x),(ch))
#define mvaddchnstr(y,x,str,n)		mvwaddchnstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(str),(n))
#define mvaddchstr(y,x,str)		mvwaddchstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(str))
#define mvaddnstr(y,x,str,n)		mvwaddnstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(str),(n))
#define mvaddstr(y,x,str)		mvwaddstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(str))
#define mvchgat(y,x,n,a,c,o)		mvwchgat(stdscr,(y),(x),(n),(a),(c),(o))
#define mvdelch(y,x)			mvwdelch(stdscr,(y),(x))
#define mvgetch(y,x)			mvwgetch(stdscr,(y),(x))
#define mvgetnstr(y,x,str,n)		mvwgetnstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(str),(n))
#define mvgetstr(y,x,str)		mvwgetstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(str))
#define mvhline(y,x,c,n)		mvwhline(stdscr,(y),(x),(c),(n))
#define mvinch(y,x)			mvwinch(stdscr,(y),(x))
#define mvinchnstr(y,x,s,n)		mvwinchnstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(s),(n))
#define mvinchstr(y,x,s)		mvwinchstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(s))
#define mvinnstr(y,x,s,n)		mvwinnstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(s),(n))
#define mvinsch(y,x,c)			mvwinsch(stdscr,(y),(x),(c))
#define mvinsnstr(y,x,s,n)		mvwinsnstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(s),(n))
#define mvinsstr(y,x,s)			mvwinsstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(s))
#define mvinstr(y,x,s)			mvwinstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(s))
#define mvvline(y,x,c,n)		mvwvline(stdscr,(y),(x),(c),(n))

/*
 * Some wide-character functions can be implemented without the extensions.
 */
#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE
#define getbkgd(win)                    (NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? ((win)->_bkgd) : 0)
#endif /* NCURSES_OPAQUE */

#define slk_attr_off(a,v)		((v) ? ERR : slk_attroff(a))
#define slk_attr_on(a,v)		((v) ? ERR : slk_attron(a))

#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE
#if NCURSES_WATTR_MACROS
#if NCURSES_WIDECHAR && 1
#define wattr_set(win,a,p,opts) \
	(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) \
	 ? ((void)((win)->_attrs = ((a) & ~A_COLOR), \
		   (win)->_color = (opts) ? *(int *)(opts) : (p)), \
	    OK) \
	 : ERR)
#define wattr_get(win,a,p,opts) \
	(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) \
	 ? ((void)(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(a) \
		   ? (*(a) = (win)->_attrs) \
		   : OK), \
	    (void)(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(p) \
		   ? (*(p) = (NCURSES_PAIRS_T) (win)->_color) \
		   : OK), \
	    (void)(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(opts) \
		   ? (*(int *)(opts) = (win)->_color) \
		   : OK), \
	    OK) \
	 : ERR)
#else /* !(NCURSES_WIDECHAR && NCURSES_EXE_COLORS) */
#define wattr_set(win,a,p,opts) \
	 (NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) \
	  ? ((void)((win)->_attrs = (((a) & ~A_COLOR) | \
				     (attr_t)COLOR_PAIR(p))), \
	     OK) \
	  : ERR)
#define wattr_get(win,a,p,opts) \
	(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) \
	 ? ((void)(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(a) \
		   ? (*(a) = (win)->_attrs) \
		   : OK), \
	    (void)(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(p) \
		   ? (*(p) = (NCURSES_PAIRS_T) PAIR_NUMBER((win)->_attrs)) \
		   : OK), \
	    OK) \
	 : ERR)
#endif /* (NCURSES_WIDECHAR && NCURSES_EXE_COLORS) */
#endif /* NCURSES_WATTR_MACROS */
#endif /* NCURSES_OPAQUE */

/*
 * X/Open curses deprecates SVr4 vwprintw/vwscanw, which are supposed to use
 * varargs.h.  It adds new calls vw_printw/vw_scanw, which are supposed to
 * use POSIX stdarg.h.  The ncurses versions of vwprintw/vwscanw already
 * use stdarg.h, so...
 */
#define vw_printw		vwprintw
#define vw_scanw		vwscanw

/*
 * Export fallback function for use in C++ binding.
 */
#if !1
#define vsscanf(a,b,c) _nc_vsscanf(a,b,c)
NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vsscanf(const char *, const char *, va_list);
#endif

/*
 * These macros are extensions - not in X/Open Curses.
 */
#if 1
#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE
#define is_cleared(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_clear : FALSE)
#define is_idcok(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_idcok : FALSE)
#define is_idlok(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_idlok : FALSE)
#define is_immedok(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_immed : FALSE)
#define is_keypad(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_use_keypad : FALSE)
#define is_leaveok(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_leaveok : FALSE)
#define is_nodelay(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? ((win)->_delay == 0) : FALSE)
#define is_notimeout(win)	(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_notimeout : FALSE)
#define is_pad(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? ((win)->_flags & _ISPAD) != 0 : FALSE)
#define is_scrollok(win)	(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_scroll : FALSE)
#define is_subwin(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? ((win)->_flags & _SUBWIN) != 0 : FALSE)
#define is_syncok(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_sync : FALSE)
#define wgetdelay(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_delay : 0)
#define wgetparent(win)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (win)->_parent : 0)
#define wgetscrreg(win,t,b)	(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(win) ? (*(t) = (win)->_regtop, *(b) = (win)->_regbottom, OK) : ERR)
#endif
#endif

#endif /* NCURSES_NOMACROS */

/*
 * Public variables.
 *
 * Notes:
 *	a. ESCDELAY was an undocumented feature under AIX curses.
 *	   It gives the ESC expire time in milliseconds.
 *	b. ttytype is needed for backward compatibility
 */
#if NCURSES_REENTRANT

NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(WINDOW *, curscr);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(WINDOW *, newscr);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(WINDOW *, stdscr);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(char *, ttytype);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(int, COLORS);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(int, COLOR_PAIRS);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(int, COLS);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(int, ESCDELAY);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(int, LINES);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(int, TABSIZE);

#define curscr      NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(curscr())
#define newscr      NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(newscr())
#define stdscr      NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(stdscr())
#define ttytype     NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(ttytype())
#define COLORS      NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(COLORS())
#define COLOR_PAIRS NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(COLOR_PAIRS())
#define COLS        NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(COLS())
#define ESCDELAY    NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(ESCDELAY())
#define LINES       NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(LINES())
#define TABSIZE     NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(TABSIZE())

#else

extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(WINDOW *) curscr;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(WINDOW *) newscr;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(WINDOW *) stdscr;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(char) ttytype[];
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) COLORS;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) COLOR_PAIRS;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) COLS;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) ESCDELAY;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) LINES;
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) TABSIZE;

#endif

/*
 * Pseudo-character tokens outside ASCII range.  The curses wgetch() function
 * will return any given one of these only if the corresponding k- capability
 * is defined in your terminal's terminfo entry.
 *
 * Some keys (KEY_A1, etc) are arranged like this:
 *	a1     up    a3
 *	left   b2    right
 *	c1     down  c3
 *
 * A few key codes do not depend upon the terminfo entry.
 */
#define KEY_CODE_YES	0400		/* A wchar_t contains a key code */
#define KEY_MIN		0401		/* Minimum curses key */
#define KEY_BREAK	0401		/* Break key (unreliable) */
#define KEY_SRESET	0530		/* Soft (partial) reset (unreliable) */
#define KEY_RESET	0531		/* Reset or hard reset (unreliable) */
/*
 * These definitions were generated by ./MKkey_defs.sh ./Caps
 */
#define KEY_DOWN	0402		/* down-arrow key */
#define KEY_UP		0403		/* up-arrow key */
#define KEY_LEFT	0404		/* left-arrow key */
#define KEY_RIGHT	0405		/* right-arrow key */
#define KEY_HOME	0406		/* home key */
#define KEY_BACKSPACE	0407		/* backspace key */
#define KEY_F0		0410		/* Function keys.  Space for 64 */
#define KEY_F(n)	(KEY_F0+(n))	/* Value of function key n */
#define KEY_DL		0510		/* delete-line key */
#define KEY_IL		0511		/* insert-line key */
#define KEY_DC		0512		/* delete-character key */
#define KEY_IC		0513		/* insert-character key */
#define KEY_EIC		0514		/* sent by rmir or smir in insert mode */
#define KEY_CLEAR	0515		/* clear-screen or erase key */
#define KEY_EOS		0516		/* clear-to-end-of-screen key */
#define KEY_EOL		0517		/* clear-to-end-of-line key */
#define KEY_SF		0520		/* scroll-forward key */
#define KEY_SR		0521		/* scroll-backward key */
#define KEY_NPAGE	0522		/* next-page key */
#define KEY_PPAGE	0523		/* previous-page key */
#define KEY_STAB	0524		/* set-tab key */
#define KEY_CTAB	0525		/* clear-tab key */
#define KEY_CATAB	0526		/* clear-all-tabs key */
#define KEY_ENTER	0527		/* enter/send key */
#define KEY_PRINT	0532		/* print key */
#define KEY_LL		0533		/* lower-left key (home down) */
#define KEY_A1		0534		/* upper left of keypad */
#define KEY_A3		0535		/* upper right of keypad */
#define KEY_B2		0536		/* center of keypad */
#define KEY_C1		0537		/* lower left of keypad */
#define KEY_C3		0540		/* lower right of keypad */
#define KEY_BTAB	0541		/* back-tab key */
#define KEY_BEG		0542		/* begin key */
#define KEY_CANCEL	0543		/* cancel key */
#define KEY_CLOSE	0544		/* close key */
#define KEY_COMMAND	0545		/* command key */
#define KEY_COPY	0546		/* copy key */
#define KEY_CREATE	0547		/* create key */
#define KEY_END		0550		/* end key */
#define KEY_EXIT	0551		/* exit key */
#define KEY_FIND	0552		/* find key */
#define KEY_HELP	0553		/* help key */
#define KEY_MARK	0554		/* mark key */
#define KEY_MESSAGE	0555		/* message key */
#define KEY_MOVE	0556		/* move key */
#define KEY_NEXT	0557		/* next key */
#define KEY_OPEN	0560		/* open key */
#define KEY_OPTIONS	0561		/* options key */
#define KEY_PREVIOUS	0562		/* previous key */
#define KEY_REDO	0563		/* redo key */
#define KEY_REFERENCE	0564		/* reference key */
#define KEY_REFRESH	0565		/* refresh key */
#define KEY_REPLACE	0566		/* replace key */
#define KEY_RESTART	0567		/* restart key */
#define KEY_RESUME	0570		/* resume key */
#define KEY_SAVE	0571		/* save key */
#define KEY_SBEG	0572		/* shifted begin key */
#define KEY_SCANCEL	0573		/* shifted cancel key */
#define KEY_SCOMMAND	0574		/* shifted command key */
#define KEY_SCOPY	0575		/* shifted copy key */
#define KEY_SCREATE	0576		/* shifted create key */
#define KEY_SDC		0577		/* shifted delete-character key */
#define KEY_SDL		0600		/* shifted delete-line key */
#define KEY_SELECT	0601		/* select key */
#define KEY_SEND	0602		/* shifted end key */
#define KEY_SEOL	0603		/* shifted clear-to-end-of-line key */
#define KEY_SEXIT	0604		/* shifted exit key */
#define KEY_SFIND	0605		/* shifted find key */
#define KEY_SHELP	0606		/* shifted help key */
#define KEY_SHOME	0607		/* shifted home key */
#define KEY_SIC		0610		/* shifted insert-character key */
#define KEY_SLEFT	0611		/* shifted left-arrow key */
#define KEY_SMESSAGE	0612		/* shifted message key */
#define KEY_SMOVE	0613		/* shifted move key */
#define KEY_SNEXT	0614		/* shifted next key */
#define KEY_SOPTIONS	0615		/* shifted options key */
#define KEY_SPREVIOUS	0616		/* shifted previous key */
#define KEY_SPRINT	0617		/* shifted print key */
#define KEY_SREDO	0620		/* shifted redo key */
#define KEY_SREPLACE	0621		/* shifted replace key */
#define KEY_SRIGHT	0622		/* shifted right-arrow key */
#define KEY_SRSUME	0623		/* shifted resume key */
#define KEY_SSAVE	0624		/* shifted save key */
#define KEY_SSUSPEND	0625		/* shifted suspend key */
#define KEY_SUNDO	0626		/* shifted undo key */
#define KEY_SUSPEND	0627		/* suspend key */
#define KEY_UNDO	0630		/* undo key */
#define KEY_MOUSE	0631		/* Mouse event has occurred */
#define KEY_RESIZE	0632		/* Terminal resize event */
#define KEY_EVENT	0633		/* We were interrupted by an event */

#define KEY_MAX		0777		/* Maximum key value is 0633 */
/* $Id: curses.wide,v 1.50 2017/03/26 16:05:21 tom Exp $ */
/*
 * vile:cmode:
 * This file is part of ncurses, designed to be appended after curses.h.in
 * (see that file for the relevant copyright).
 */
#define _XOPEN_CURSES 1

#if NCURSES_WIDECHAR

extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(cchar_t *) _nc_wacs;

#define NCURSES_WACS(c)	(&_nc_wacs[NCURSES_CAST(unsigned char,(c))])

#define WACS_BSSB	NCURSES_WACS('l')
#define WACS_SSBB	NCURSES_WACS('m')
#define WACS_BBSS	NCURSES_WACS('k')
#define WACS_SBBS	NCURSES_WACS('j')
#define WACS_SBSS	NCURSES_WACS('u')
#define WACS_SSSB	NCURSES_WACS('t')
#define WACS_SSBS	NCURSES_WACS('v')
#define WACS_BSSS	NCURSES_WACS('w')
#define WACS_BSBS	NCURSES_WACS('q')
#define WACS_SBSB	NCURSES_WACS('x')
#define WACS_SSSS	NCURSES_WACS('n')

#define WACS_ULCORNER	WACS_BSSB
#define WACS_LLCORNER	WACS_SSBB
#define WACS_URCORNER	WACS_BBSS
#define WACS_LRCORNER	WACS_SBBS
#define WACS_RTEE	WACS_SBSS
#define WACS_LTEE	WACS_SSSB
#define WACS_BTEE	WACS_SSBS
#define WACS_TTEE	WACS_BSSS
#define WACS_HLINE	WACS_BSBS
#define WACS_VLINE	WACS_SBSB
#define WACS_PLUS	WACS_SSSS

#define WACS_S1		NCURSES_WACS('o') /* scan line 1 */
#define WACS_S9 	NCURSES_WACS('s') /* scan line 9 */
#define WACS_DIAMOND	NCURSES_WACS('`') /* diamond */
#define WACS_CKBOARD	NCURSES_WACS('a') /* checker board */
#define WACS_DEGREE	NCURSES_WACS('f') /* degree symbol */
#define WACS_PLMINUS	NCURSES_WACS('g') /* plus/minus */
#define WACS_BULLET	NCURSES_WACS('~') /* bullet */

	/* Teletype 5410v1 symbols */
#define WACS_LARROW	NCURSES_WACS(',') /* arrow left */
#define WACS_RARROW	NCURSES_WACS('+') /* arrow right */
#define WACS_DARROW	NCURSES_WACS('.') /* arrow down */
#define WACS_UARROW	NCURSES_WACS('-') /* arrow up */
#define WACS_BOARD	NCURSES_WACS('h') /* board of squares */
#define WACS_LANTERN	NCURSES_WACS('i') /* lantern symbol */
#define WACS_BLOCK	NCURSES_WACS('0') /* solid square block */

	/* ncurses extensions */
#define WACS_S3		NCURSES_WACS('p') /* scan line 3 */
#define WACS_S7		NCURSES_WACS('r') /* scan line 7 */
#define WACS_LEQUAL	NCURSES_WACS('y') /* less/equal */
#define WACS_GEQUAL	NCURSES_WACS('z') /* greater/equal */
#define WACS_PI		NCURSES_WACS('{') /* Pi */
#define WACS_NEQUAL	NCURSES_WACS('|') /* not equal */
#define WACS_STERLING	NCURSES_WACS('}') /* UK pound sign */

	/* double lines */
#define WACS_BDDB	NCURSES_WACS('C')
#define WACS_DDBB	NCURSES_WACS('D')
#define WACS_BBDD	NCURSES_WACS('B')
#define WACS_DBBD	NCURSES_WACS('A')
#define WACS_DBDD	NCURSES_WACS('G')
#define WACS_DDDB	NCURSES_WACS('F')
#define WACS_DDBD	NCURSES_WACS('H')
#define WACS_BDDD	NCURSES_WACS('I')
#define WACS_BDBD	NCURSES_WACS('R')
#define WACS_DBDB	NCURSES_WACS('Y')
#define WACS_DDDD	NCURSES_WACS('E')

#define WACS_D_ULCORNER	WACS_BDDB
#define WACS_D_LLCORNER	WACS_DDBB
#define WACS_D_URCORNER	WACS_BBDD
#define WACS_D_LRCORNER	WACS_DBBD
#define WACS_D_RTEE	WACS_DBDD
#define WACS_D_LTEE	WACS_DDDB
#define WACS_D_BTEE	WACS_DDBD
#define WACS_D_TTEE	WACS_BDDD
#define WACS_D_HLINE	WACS_BDBD
#define WACS_D_VLINE	WACS_DBDB
#define WACS_D_PLUS	WACS_DDDD

	/* thick lines */
#define WACS_BTTB	NCURSES_WACS('L')
#define WACS_TTBB	NCURSES_WACS('M')
#define WACS_BBTT	NCURSES_WACS('K')
#define WACS_TBBT	NCURSES_WACS('J')
#define WACS_TBTT	NCURSES_WACS('U')
#define WACS_TTTB	NCURSES_WACS('T')
#define WACS_TTBT	NCURSES_WACS('V')
#define WACS_BTTT	NCURSES_WACS('W')
#define WACS_BTBT	NCURSES_WACS('Q')
#define WACS_TBTB	NCURSES_WACS('X')
#define WACS_TTTT	NCURSES_WACS('N')

#define WACS_T_ULCORNER	WACS_BTTB
#define WACS_T_LLCORNER	WACS_TTBB
#define WACS_T_URCORNER	WACS_BBTT
#define WACS_T_LRCORNER	WACS_TBBT
#define WACS_T_RTEE	WACS_TBTT
#define WACS_T_LTEE	WACS_TTTB
#define WACS_T_BTEE	WACS_TTBT
#define WACS_T_TTEE	WACS_BTTT
#define WACS_T_HLINE	WACS_BTBT
#define WACS_T_VLINE	WACS_TBTB
#define WACS_T_PLUS	WACS_TTTT

/*
 * Function prototypes for wide-character operations.
 *
 * "generated" comments should include ":WIDEC" to make the corresponding
 * functions ifdef'd in lib_gen.c
 *
 * "implemented" comments do not need this marker.
 */

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) add_wch (const cchar_t *);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) add_wchnstr (const cchar_t *, int);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) add_wchstr (const cchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) addnwstr (const wchar_t *, int);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) addwstr (const wchar_t *);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) bkgrnd (const cchar_t *);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) bkgrndset (const cchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) border_set (const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*); /* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) box_set (WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) echo_wchar (const cchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) erasewchar (wchar_t*);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) get_wch (wint_t *);				/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) get_wstr (wint_t *);				/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getbkgrnd (cchar_t *);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getcchar (const cchar_t *, wchar_t*, attr_t*, NCURSES_PAIRS_T*, void*);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) getn_wstr (wint_t *, int);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) hline_set (const cchar_t *, int);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) in_wch (cchar_t *);				/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) in_wchnstr (cchar_t *, int);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) in_wchstr (cchar_t *);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) innwstr (wchar_t *, int);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) ins_nwstr (const wchar_t *, int);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) ins_wch (const cchar_t *);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) ins_wstr (const wchar_t *);			/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) inwstr (wchar_t *);				/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(NCURSES_CONST char*) key_name (wchar_t);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) killwchar (wchar_t *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvadd_wch (int, int, const cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvadd_wchnstr (int, int, const cchar_t *, int);/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvadd_wchstr (int, int, const cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvaddnwstr (int, int, const wchar_t *, int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvaddwstr (int, int, const wchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvget_wch (int, int, wint_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvget_wstr (int, int, wint_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvgetn_wstr (int, int, wint_t *, int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvhline_set (int, int, const cchar_t *, int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvin_wch (int, int, cchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvin_wchnstr (int, int, cchar_t *, int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvin_wchstr (int, int, cchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinnwstr (int, int, wchar_t *, int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvins_nwstr (int, int, const wchar_t *, int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvins_wch (int, int, const cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvins_wstr (int, int, const wchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvinwstr (int, int, wchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvvline_set (int, int, const cchar_t *, int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwadd_wch (WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwadd_wchnstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int); /* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwadd_wchstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwaddnwstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *, int);/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwaddwstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwget_wch (WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwget_wstr (WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwgetn_wstr (WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *, int);/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwhline_set (WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int);/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwin_wch (WINDOW *, int, int, cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwin_wchnstr (WINDOW *, int,int, cchar_t *,int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwin_wchstr (WINDOW *, int, int, cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinnwstr (WINDOW *, int, int, wchar_t *, int);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwins_nwstr (WINDOW *, int,int, const wchar_t *,int); /* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwins_wch (WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwins_wstr (WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwinwstr (WINDOW *, int, int, wchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mvwvline_set (WINDOW *, int,int, const cchar_t *,int); /* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) pecho_wchar (WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) setcchar (cchar_t *, const wchar_t *, const attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, const void *);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) slk_wset (int, const wchar_t *, int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(attr_t) term_attrs (void);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) unget_wch (const wchar_t);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vid_attr (attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, void *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vid_puts (attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, void *, NCURSES_OUTC); /* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) vline_set (const cchar_t *, int);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wadd_wch (WINDOW *,const cchar_t *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wadd_wchnstr (WINDOW *,const cchar_t *,int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wadd_wchstr (WINDOW *,const cchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) waddnwstr (WINDOW *,const wchar_t *,int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) waddwstr (WINDOW *,const wchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wbkgrnd (WINDOW *,const cchar_t *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) wbkgrndset (WINDOW *,const cchar_t *);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wborder_set (WINDOW *,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*,const cchar_t*);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wecho_wchar (WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wget_wch (WINDOW *, wint_t *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wget_wstr (WINDOW *, wint_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetbkgrnd (WINDOW *, cchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wgetn_wstr (WINDOW *, wint_t *, int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) whline_set (WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) win_wch (WINDOW *, cchar_t *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) win_wchnstr (WINDOW *, cchar_t *, int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) win_wchstr (WINDOW *, cchar_t *);		/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winnwstr (WINDOW *, wchar_t *, int);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wins_nwstr (WINDOW *, const wchar_t *, int);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wins_wch (WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);	/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wins_wstr (WINDOW *, const wchar_t *);	/* generated:WIDEC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) winwstr (WINDOW *, wchar_t *);		/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(wchar_t*) wunctrl (cchar_t *);			/* implemented */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) wvline_set (WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int);	/* implemented */

#if NCURSES_SP_FUNCS
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(attr_t) NCURSES_SP_NAME(term_attrs) (SCREEN*);		/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(unget_wch) (SCREEN*, const wchar_t);	/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(wchar_t*) NCURSES_SP_NAME(wunctrl) (SCREEN*, cchar_t *);	/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(vid_attr) (SCREEN*, attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, void *);	/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(vid_puts) (SCREEN*, attr_t, NCURSES_PAIRS_T, void *, NCURSES_SP_OUTC);	/* implemented:SP_FUNC */
#endif

#ifndef NCURSES_NOMACROS

/*
 * XSI curses macros for XPG4 conformance.
 */
#define add_wch(c)			wadd_wch(stdscr,(c))
#define add_wchnstr(str,n)		wadd_wchnstr(stdscr,(str),(n))
#define add_wchstr(str)			wadd_wchstr(stdscr,(str))
#define addnwstr(wstr,n)		waddnwstr(stdscr,(wstr),(n))
#define addwstr(wstr)			waddwstr(stdscr,(wstr))
#define bkgrnd(c)			wbkgrnd(stdscr,(c))
#define bkgrndset(c)			wbkgrndset(stdscr,(c))
#define border_set(l,r,t,b,tl,tr,bl,br) wborder_set(stdscr,(l),(r),(t),(b),tl,tr,bl,br)
#define box_set(w,v,h)			wborder_set((w),(v),(v),(h),(h),0,0,0,0)
#define echo_wchar(c)			wecho_wchar(stdscr,(c))
#define get_wch(c)			wget_wch(stdscr,(c))
#define get_wstr(t)			wget_wstr(stdscr,(t))
#define getbkgrnd(wch)			wgetbkgrnd(stdscr,(wch))
#define getn_wstr(t,n)			wgetn_wstr(stdscr,(t),(n))
#define hline_set(c,n)			whline_set(stdscr,(c),(n))
#define in_wch(c)			win_wch(stdscr,(c))
#define in_wchnstr(c,n)			win_wchnstr(stdscr,(c),(n))
#define in_wchstr(c)			win_wchstr(stdscr,(c))
#define innwstr(c,n)			winnwstr(stdscr,(c),(n))
#define ins_nwstr(t,n)			wins_nwstr(stdscr,(t),(n))
#define ins_wch(c)			wins_wch(stdscr,(c))
#define ins_wstr(t)			wins_wstr(stdscr,(t))
#define inwstr(c)			winwstr(stdscr,(c))
#define vline_set(c,n)			wvline_set(stdscr,(c),(n))
#define wadd_wchstr(win,str)		wadd_wchnstr((win),(str),-1)
#define waddwstr(win,wstr)		waddnwstr((win),(wstr),-1)
#define wget_wstr(w,t)			wgetn_wstr((w),(t),-1)
#define win_wchstr(w,c)			win_wchnstr((w),(c),-1)
#define wins_wstr(w,t)			wins_nwstr((w),(t),-1)

#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE
#define wgetbkgrnd(win,wch)		(NCURSES_OK_ADDR(wch) ? ((win) ? (*(wch) = (win)->_bkgrnd) : *(wch), OK) : ERR)
#endif

#define mvadd_wch(y,x,c)		mvwadd_wch(stdscr,(y),(x),(c))
#define mvadd_wchnstr(y,x,s,n)		mvwadd_wchnstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(s),(n))
#define mvadd_wchstr(y,x,s)		mvwadd_wchstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(s))
#define mvaddnwstr(y,x,wstr,n)		mvwaddnwstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(wstr),(n))
#define mvaddwstr(y,x,wstr)		mvwaddwstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(wstr))
#define mvget_wch(y,x,c)		mvwget_wch(stdscr,(y),(x),(c))
#define mvget_wstr(y,x,t)		mvwget_wstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(t))
#define mvgetn_wstr(y,x,t,n)		mvwgetn_wstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(t),(n))
#define mvhline_set(y,x,c,n)		mvwhline_set(stdscr,(y),(x),(c),(n))
#define mvin_wch(y,x,c)			mvwin_wch(stdscr,(y),(x),(c))
#define mvin_wchnstr(y,x,c,n)		mvwin_wchnstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(c),(n))
#define mvin_wchstr(y,x,c)		mvwin_wchstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(c))
#define mvinnwstr(y,x,c,n)		mvwinnwstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(c),(n))
#define mvins_nwstr(y,x,t,n)		mvwins_nwstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(t),(n))
#define mvins_wch(y,x,c)		mvwins_wch(stdscr,(y),(x),(c))
#define mvins_wstr(y,x,t)		mvwins_wstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(t))
#define mvinwstr(y,x,c)			mvwinwstr(stdscr,(y),(x),(c))
#define mvvline_set(y,x,c,n)		mvwvline_set(stdscr,(y),(x),(c),(n))

#define mvwadd_wch(win,y,x,c)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wadd_wch((win),(c)))
#define mvwadd_wchnstr(win,y,x,s,n)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wadd_wchnstr((win),(s),(n)))
#define mvwadd_wchstr(win,y,x,s)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wadd_wchstr((win),(s)))
#define mvwaddnwstr(win,y,x,wstr,n)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : waddnwstr((win),(wstr),(n)))
#define mvwaddwstr(win,y,x,wstr)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : waddwstr((win),(wstr)))
#define mvwget_wch(win,y,x,c)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wget_wch((win),(c)))
#define mvwget_wstr(win,y,x,t)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wget_wstr((win),(t)))
#define mvwgetn_wstr(win,y,x,t,n)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wgetn_wstr((win),(t),(n)))
#define mvwhline_set(win,y,x,c,n)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : whline_set((win),(c),(n)))
#define mvwin_wch(win,y,x,c)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : win_wch((win),(c)))
#define mvwin_wchnstr(win,y,x,c,n)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : win_wchnstr((win),(c),(n)))
#define mvwin_wchstr(win,y,x,c)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : win_wchstr((win),(c)))
#define mvwinnwstr(win,y,x,c,n)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winnwstr((win),(c),(n)))
#define mvwins_nwstr(win,y,x,t,n)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wins_nwstr((win),(t),(n)))
#define mvwins_wch(win,y,x,c)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wins_wch((win),(c)))
#define mvwins_wstr(win,y,x,t)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wins_wstr((win),(t)))
#define mvwinwstr(win,y,x,c)		(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : winwstr((win),(c)))
#define mvwvline_set(win,y,x,c,n)	(wmove(win,(y),(x)) == ERR ? ERR : wvline_set((win),(c),(n)))

#endif /* NCURSES_NOMACROS */

#if defined(TRACE) || defined(NCURSES_TEST)
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const char *) _nc_viswbuf(const wchar_t *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const char *) _nc_viswibuf(const wint_t *);
#endif

#endif /* NCURSES_WIDECHAR */
/* $Id: curses.tail,v 1.23 2016/02/13 16:37:45 tom Exp $ */
/*
 * vile:cmode:
 * This file is part of ncurses, designed to be appended after curses.h.in
 * (see that file for the relevant copyright).
 */

/* mouse interface */

#if NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION > 1
#define NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(b,m) ((m) << (((b) - 1) * 5))
#else
#define NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(b,m) ((m) << (((b) - 1) * 6))
#endif

#define	NCURSES_BUTTON_RELEASED	001L
#define	NCURSES_BUTTON_PRESSED	002L
#define	NCURSES_BUTTON_CLICKED	004L
#define	NCURSES_DOUBLE_CLICKED	010L
#define	NCURSES_TRIPLE_CLICKED	020L
#define	NCURSES_RESERVED_EVENT	040L

/* event masks */
#define	BUTTON1_RELEASED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(1, NCURSES_BUTTON_RELEASED)
#define	BUTTON1_PRESSED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(1, NCURSES_BUTTON_PRESSED)
#define	BUTTON1_CLICKED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(1, NCURSES_BUTTON_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(1, NCURSES_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(1, NCURSES_TRIPLE_CLICKED)

#define	BUTTON2_RELEASED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(2, NCURSES_BUTTON_RELEASED)
#define	BUTTON2_PRESSED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(2, NCURSES_BUTTON_PRESSED)
#define	BUTTON2_CLICKED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(2, NCURSES_BUTTON_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(2, NCURSES_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(2, NCURSES_TRIPLE_CLICKED)

#define	BUTTON3_RELEASED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(3, NCURSES_BUTTON_RELEASED)
#define	BUTTON3_PRESSED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(3, NCURSES_BUTTON_PRESSED)
#define	BUTTON3_CLICKED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(3, NCURSES_BUTTON_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(3, NCURSES_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(3, NCURSES_TRIPLE_CLICKED)

#define	BUTTON4_RELEASED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(4, NCURSES_BUTTON_RELEASED)
#define	BUTTON4_PRESSED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(4, NCURSES_BUTTON_PRESSED)
#define	BUTTON4_CLICKED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(4, NCURSES_BUTTON_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON4_DOUBLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(4, NCURSES_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON4_TRIPLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(4, NCURSES_TRIPLE_CLICKED)

/*
 * In 32 bits the version-1 scheme does not provide enough space for a 5th
 * button, unless we choose to change the ABI by omitting the reserved-events.
 */
#if NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION > 1

#define	BUTTON5_RELEASED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, NCURSES_BUTTON_RELEASED)
#define	BUTTON5_PRESSED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, NCURSES_BUTTON_PRESSED)
#define	BUTTON5_CLICKED		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, NCURSES_BUTTON_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON5_DOUBLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, NCURSES_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
#define	BUTTON5_TRIPLE_CLICKED	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, NCURSES_TRIPLE_CLICKED)

#define	BUTTON_CTRL		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(6, 0001L)
#define	BUTTON_SHIFT		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(6, 0002L)
#define	BUTTON_ALT		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(6, 0004L)
#define	REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(6, 0010L)

#else

#define	BUTTON1_RESERVED_EVENT	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(1, NCURSES_RESERVED_EVENT)
#define	BUTTON2_RESERVED_EVENT	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(2, NCURSES_RESERVED_EVENT)
#define	BUTTON3_RESERVED_EVENT	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(3, NCURSES_RESERVED_EVENT)
#define	BUTTON4_RESERVED_EVENT	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(4, NCURSES_RESERVED_EVENT)

#define	BUTTON_CTRL		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, 0001L)
#define	BUTTON_SHIFT		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, 0002L)
#define	BUTTON_ALT		NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, 0004L)
#define	REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION	NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(5, 0010L)

#endif

#define	ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS	(REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION - 1)

/* macros to extract single event-bits from masks */
#define	BUTTON_RELEASE(e, x)		((e) & NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(x, 001))
#define	BUTTON_PRESS(e, x)		((e) & NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(x, 002))
#define	BUTTON_CLICK(e, x)		((e) & NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(x, 004))
#define	BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICK(e, x)	((e) & NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(x, 010))
#define	BUTTON_TRIPLE_CLICK(e, x)	((e) & NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(x, 020))
#define	BUTTON_RESERVED_EVENT(e, x)	((e) & NCURSES_MOUSE_MASK(x, 040))

typedef struct
{
    short id;		/* ID to distinguish multiple devices */
    int x, y, z;	/* event coordinates (character-cell) */
    mmask_t bstate;	/* button state bits */
}
MEVENT;

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool)    has_mouse(void);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     getmouse (MEVENT *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     ungetmouse (MEVENT *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(mmask_t) mousemask (mmask_t, mmask_t *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool)    wenclose (const WINDOW *, int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     mouseinterval (int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool)    wmouse_trafo (const WINDOW*, int*, int*, bool);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool)    mouse_trafo (int*, int*, bool);              /* generated */

#if NCURSES_SP_FUNCS
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(bool)    NCURSES_SP_NAME(has_mouse) (SCREEN*);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     NCURSES_SP_NAME(getmouse) (SCREEN*, MEVENT *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     NCURSES_SP_NAME(ungetmouse) (SCREEN*,MEVENT *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(mmask_t) NCURSES_SP_NAME(mousemask) (SCREEN*, mmask_t, mmask_t *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     NCURSES_SP_NAME(mouseinterval) (SCREEN*, int);
#endif

#ifndef NCURSES_NOMACROS
#define mouse_trafo(y,x,to_screen) wmouse_trafo(stdscr,y,x,to_screen)
#endif

/* other non-XSI functions */

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) mcprint (char *, int);	/* direct data to printer */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) has_key (int);		/* do we have given key? */

#if NCURSES_SP_FUNCS
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(has_key) (SCREEN*, int);    /* do we have given key? */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) NCURSES_SP_NAME(mcprint) (SCREEN*, char *, int);	/* direct data to printer */
#endif

/* Debugging : use with libncurses_g.a */

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _tracef (const char *, ...) GCC_PRINTFLIKE(1,2);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _traceattr (attr_t);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _traceattr2 (int, chtype);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _tracechar (int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _tracechtype (chtype);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _tracechtype2 (int, chtype);
#if NCURSES_WIDECHAR
#define _tracech_t		_tracecchar_t
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _tracecchar_t (const cchar_t *);
#define _tracech_t2		_tracecchar_t2
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _tracecchar_t2 (int, const cchar_t *);
#else
#define _tracech_t		_tracechtype
#define _tracech_t2		_tracechtype2
#endif
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) trace (const unsigned int);

/* trace masks */
#define TRACE_DISABLE	0x0000	/* turn off tracing */
#define TRACE_TIMES	0x0001	/* trace user and system times of updates */
#define TRACE_TPUTS	0x0002	/* trace tputs calls */
#define TRACE_UPDATE	0x0004	/* trace update actions, old & new screens */
#define TRACE_MOVE	0x0008	/* trace cursor moves and scrolls */
#define TRACE_CHARPUT	0x0010	/* trace all character outputs */
#define TRACE_ORDINARY	0x001F	/* trace all update actions */
#define TRACE_CALLS	0x0020	/* trace all curses calls */
#define TRACE_VIRTPUT	0x0040	/* trace virtual character puts */
#define TRACE_IEVENT	0x0080	/* trace low-level input processing */
#define TRACE_BITS	0x0100	/* trace state of TTY control bits */
#define TRACE_ICALLS	0x0200	/* trace internal/nested calls */
#define TRACE_CCALLS	0x0400	/* trace per-character calls */
#define TRACE_DATABASE	0x0800	/* trace read/write of terminfo/termcap data */
#define TRACE_ATTRS	0x1000	/* trace attribute updates */

#define TRACE_SHIFT	13	/* number of bits in the trace masks */
#define TRACE_MAXIMUM	((1 << TRACE_SHIFT) - 1) /* maximum trace level */

#if defined(TRACE) || defined(NCURSES_TEST)
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(int) _nc_optimize_enable;		/* enable optimizations */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const char *) _nc_visbuf (const char *);
#define OPTIMIZE_MVCUR		0x01	/* cursor movement optimization */
#define OPTIMIZE_HASHMAP	0x02	/* diff hashing to detect scrolls */
#define OPTIMIZE_SCROLL		0x04	/* scroll optimization */
#define OPTIMIZE_ALL		0xff	/* enable all optimizations (dflt) */
#endif

#include <unctrl.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus

#ifndef NCURSES_NOMACROS

/* these names conflict with STL */
#undef box
#undef clear
#undef erase
#undef move
#undef refresh

#endif /* NCURSES_NOMACROS */

}
#endif

#endif /* __NCURSES_H */
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2013,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************/
/* Author: Zeyd M. Ben-Halim <zmbenhal@netcom.com> 1992,1995                */
/*    and: Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>                          */
/*    and: Thomas E. Dickey                        1995-on                  */
/****************************************************************************/

/* $Id: MKterm.h.awk.in,v 1.67 2017/04/06 00:19:26 tom Exp $ */

/*
**	term.h -- Definition of struct term
*/

#ifndef NCURSES_TERM_H_incl
#define NCURSES_TERM_H_incl 1

#undef  NCURSES_VERSION
#define NCURSES_VERSION "6.1"

#include <ncurses_dll.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Make this file self-contained by providing defaults for the HAVE_TERMIO[S]_H
 * definition (based on the system for which this was configured).
 */

#undef  NCURSES_CONST
#define NCURSES_CONST const

#undef  NCURSES_SBOOL
#define NCURSES_SBOOL char

#undef  NCURSES_USE_DATABASE
#define NCURSES_USE_DATABASE 1

#undef  NCURSES_USE_TERMCAP
#define NCURSES_USE_TERMCAP 0

#undef  NCURSES_XNAMES
#define NCURSES_XNAMES 1

/* We will use these symbols to hide differences between
 * termios/termio/sgttyb interfaces.
 */
#undef  TTY
#undef  SET_TTY
#undef  GET_TTY

/* Assume POSIX termio if we have the header and function */
/* #if HAVE_TERMIOS_H && HAVE_TCGETATTR */
#if 1 && 1

#undef  TERMIOS
#define TERMIOS 1

#include <termios.h>
#define TTY struct termios

#else /* !HAVE_TERMIOS_H */

/* #if HAVE_TERMIO_H */
#if 1

#undef  TERMIOS
#define TERMIOS 1

#include <termio.h>
#define TTY struct termio

#else /* !HAVE_TERMIO_H */

#if __MINGW32__
#  include <ncurses_mingw.h>
#  define TTY struct termios
#else
#undef TERMIOS
#include <sgtty.h>
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
#define TTY struct sgttyb
#endif /* MINGW32 */
#endif /* HAVE_TERMIO_H */

#endif /* HAVE_TERMIOS_H */

#ifdef TERMIOS
#define GET_TTY(fd, buf) tcgetattr(fd, buf)
#define SET_TTY(fd, buf) tcsetattr(fd, TCSADRAIN, buf)
#else
#define GET_TTY(fd, buf) gtty(fd, buf)
#define SET_TTY(fd, buf) stty(fd, buf)
#endif

#define NAMESIZE 256

/* The cast works because TERMTYPE is the first data in TERMINAL */
#define CUR ((TERMTYPE *)(cur_term))->

#define auto_left_margin               CUR Booleans[0]
#define auto_right_margin              CUR Booleans[1]
#define no_esc_ctlc                    CUR Booleans[2]
#define ceol_standout_glitch           CUR Booleans[3]
#define eat_newline_glitch             CUR Booleans[4]
#define erase_overstrike               CUR Booleans[5]
#define generic_type                   CUR Booleans[6]
#define hard_copy                      CUR Booleans[7]
#define has_meta_key                   CUR Booleans[8]
#define has_status_line                CUR Booleans[9]
#define insert_null_glitch             CUR Booleans[10]
#define memory_above                   CUR Booleans[11]
#define memory_below                   CUR Booleans[12]
#define move_insert_mode               CUR Booleans[13]
#define move_standout_mode             CUR Booleans[14]
#define over_strike                    CUR Booleans[15]
#define status_line_esc_ok             CUR Booleans[16]
#define dest_tabs_magic_smso           CUR Booleans[17]
#define tilde_glitch                   CUR Booleans[18]
#define transparent_underline          CUR Booleans[19]
#define xon_xoff                       CUR Booleans[20]
#define needs_xon_xoff                 CUR Booleans[21]
#define prtr_silent                    CUR Booleans[22]
#define hard_cursor                    CUR Booleans[23]
#define non_rev_rmcup                  CUR Booleans[24]
#define no_pad_char                    CUR Booleans[25]
#define non_dest_scroll_region         CUR Booleans[26]
#define can_change                     CUR Booleans[27]
#define back_color_erase               CUR Booleans[28]
#define hue_lightness_saturation       CUR Booleans[29]
#define col_addr_glitch                CUR Booleans[30]
#define cr_cancels_micro_mode          CUR Booleans[31]
#define has_print_wheel                CUR Booleans[32]
#define row_addr_glitch                CUR Booleans[33]
#define semi_auto_right_margin         CUR Booleans[34]
#define cpi_changes_res                CUR Booleans[35]
#define lpi_changes_res                CUR Booleans[36]
#define columns                        CUR Numbers[0]
#define init_tabs                      CUR Numbers[1]
#define lines                          CUR Numbers[2]
#define lines_of_memory                CUR Numbers[3]
#define magic_cookie_glitch            CUR Numbers[4]
#define padding_baud_rate              CUR Numbers[5]
#define virtual_terminal               CUR Numbers[6]
#define width_status_line              CUR Numbers[7]
#define num_labels                     CUR Numbers[8]
#define label_height                   CUR Numbers[9]
#define label_width                    CUR Numbers[10]
#define max_attributes                 CUR Numbers[11]
#define maximum_windows                CUR Numbers[12]
#define max_colors                     CUR Numbers[13]
#define max_pairs                      CUR Numbers[14]
#define no_color_video                 CUR Numbers[15]
#define buffer_capacity                CUR Numbers[16]
#define dot_vert_spacing               CUR Numbers[17]
#define dot_horz_spacing               CUR Numbers[18]
#define max_micro_address              CUR Numbers[19]
#define max_micro_jump                 CUR Numbers[20]
#define micro_col_size                 CUR Numbers[21]
#define micro_line_size                CUR Numbers[22]
#define number_of_pins                 CUR Numbers[23]
#define output_res_char                CUR Numbers[24]
#define output_res_line                CUR Numbers[25]
#define output_res_horz_inch           CUR Numbers[26]
#define output_res_vert_inch           CUR Numbers[27]
#define print_rate                     CUR Numbers[28]
#define wide_char_size                 CUR Numbers[29]
#define buttons                        CUR Numbers[30]
#define bit_image_entwining            CUR Numbers[31]
#define bit_image_type                 CUR Numbers[32]
#define back_tab                       CUR Strings[0]
#define bell                           CUR Strings[1]
#define carriage_return                CUR Strings[2]
#define change_scroll_region           CUR Strings[3]
#define clear_all_tabs                 CUR Strings[4]
#define clear_screen                   CUR Strings[5]
#define clr_eol                        CUR Strings[6]
#define clr_eos                        CUR Strings[7]
#define column_address                 CUR Strings[8]
#define command_character              CUR Strings[9]
#define cursor_address                 CUR Strings[10]
#define cursor_down                    CUR Strings[11]
#define cursor_home                    CUR Strings[12]
#define cursor_invisible               CUR Strings[13]
#define cursor_left                    CUR Strings[14]
#define cursor_mem_address             CUR Strings[15]
#define cursor_normal                  CUR Strings[16]
#define cursor_right                   CUR Strings[17]
#define cursor_to_ll                   CUR Strings[18]
#define cursor_up                      CUR Strings[19]
#define cursor_visible                 CUR Strings[20]
#define delete_character               CUR Strings[21]
#define delete_line                    CUR Strings[22]
#define dis_status_line                CUR Strings[23]
#define down_half_line                 CUR Strings[24]
#define enter_alt_charset_mode         CUR Strings[25]
#define enter_blink_mode               CUR Strings[26]
#define enter_bold_mode                CUR Strings[27]
#define enter_ca_mode                  CUR Strings[28]
#define enter_delete_mode              CUR Strings[29]
#define enter_dim_mode                 CUR Strings[30]
#define enter_insert_mode              CUR Strings[31]
#define enter_secure_mode              CUR Strings[32]
#define enter_protected_mode           CUR Strings[33]
#define enter_reverse_mode             CUR Strings[34]
#define enter_standout_mode            CUR Strings[35]
#define enter_underline_mode           CUR Strings[36]
#define erase_chars                    CUR Strings[37]
#define exit_alt_charset_mode          CUR Strings[38]
#define exit_attribute_mode            CUR Strings[39]
#define exit_ca_mode                   CUR Strings[40]
#define exit_delete_mode               CUR Strings[41]
#define exit_insert_mode               CUR Strings[42]
#define exit_standout_mode             CUR Strings[43]
#define exit_underline_mode            CUR Strings[44]
#define flash_screen                   CUR Strings[45]
#define form_feed                      CUR Strings[46]
#define from_status_line               CUR Strings[47]
#define init_1string                   CUR Strings[48]
#define init_2string                   CUR Strings[49]
#define init_3string                   CUR Strings[50]
#define init_file                      CUR Strings[51]
#define insert_character               CUR Strings[52]
#define insert_line                    CUR Strings[53]
#define insert_padding                 CUR Strings[54]
#define key_backspace                  CUR Strings[55]
#define key_catab                      CUR Strings[56]
#define key_clear                      CUR Strings[57]
#define key_ctab                       CUR Strings[58]
#define key_dc                         CUR Strings[59]
#define key_dl                         CUR Strings[60]
#define key_down                       CUR Strings[61]
#define key_eic                        CUR Strings[62]
#define key_eol                        CUR Strings[63]
#define key_eos                        CUR Strings[64]
#define key_f0                         CUR Strings[65]
#define key_f1                         CUR Strings[66]
#define key_f10                        CUR Strings[67]
#define key_f2                         CUR Strings[68]
#define key_f3                         CUR Strings[69]
#define key_f4                         CUR Strings[70]
#define key_f5                         CUR Strings[71]
#define key_f6                         CUR Strings[72]
#define key_f7                         CUR Strings[73]
#define key_f8                         CUR Strings[74]
#define key_f9                         CUR Strings[75]
#define key_home                       CUR Strings[76]
#define key_ic                         CUR Strings[77]
#define key_il                         CUR Strings[78]
#define key_left                       CUR Strings[79]
#define key_ll                         CUR Strings[80]
#define key_npage                      CUR Strings[81]
#define key_ppage                      CUR Strings[82]
#define key_right                      CUR Strings[83]
#define key_sf                         CUR Strings[84]
#define key_sr                         CUR Strings[85]
#define key_stab                       CUR Strings[86]
#define key_up                         CUR Strings[87]
#define keypad_local                   CUR Strings[88]
#define keypad_xmit                    CUR Strings[89]
#define lab_f0                         CUR Strings[90]
#define lab_f1                         CUR Strings[91]
#define lab_f10                        CUR Strings[92]
#define lab_f2                         CUR Strings[93]
#define lab_f3                         CUR Strings[94]
#define lab_f4                         CUR Strings[95]
#define lab_f5                         CUR Strings[96]
#define lab_f6                         CUR Strings[97]
#define lab_f7                         CUR Strings[98]
#define lab_f8                         CUR Strings[99]
#define lab_f9                         CUR Strings[100]
#define meta_off                       CUR Strings[101]
#define meta_on                        CUR Strings[102]
#define newline                        CUR Strings[103]
#define pad_char                       CUR Strings[104]
#define parm_dch                       CUR Strings[105]
#define parm_delete_line               CUR Strings[106]
#define parm_down_cursor               CUR Strings[107]
#define parm_ich                       CUR Strings[108]
#define parm_index                     CUR Strings[109]
#define parm_insert_line               CUR Strings[110]
#define parm_left_cursor               CUR Strings[111]
#define parm_right_cursor              CUR Strings[112]
#define parm_rindex                    CUR Strings[113]
#define parm_up_cursor                 CUR Strings[114]
#define pkey_key                       CUR Strings[115]
#define pkey_local                     CUR Strings[116]
#define pkey_xmit                      CUR Strings[117]
#define print_screen                   CUR Strings[118]
#define prtr_off                       CUR Strings[119]
#define prtr_on                        CUR Strings[120]
#define repeat_char                    CUR Strings[121]
#define reset_1string                  CUR Strings[122]
#define reset_2string                  CUR Strings[123]
#define reset_3string                  CUR Strings[124]
#define reset_file                     CUR Strings[125]
#define restore_cursor                 CUR Strings[126]
#define row_address                    CUR Strings[127]
#define save_cursor                    CUR Strings[128]
#define scroll_forward                 CUR Strings[129]
#define scroll_reverse                 CUR Strings[130]
#define set_attributes                 CUR Strings[131]
#define set_tab                        CUR Strings[132]
#define set_window                     CUR Strings[133]
#define tab                            CUR Strings[134]
#define to_status_line                 CUR Strings[135]
#define underline_char                 CUR Strings[136]
#define up_half_line                   CUR Strings[137]
#define init_prog                      CUR Strings[138]
#define key_a1                         CUR Strings[139]
#define key_a3                         CUR Strings[140]
#define key_b2                         CUR Strings[141]
#define key_c1                         CUR Strings[142]
#define key_c3                         CUR Strings[143]
#define prtr_non                       CUR Strings[144]
#define char_padding                   CUR Strings[145]
#define acs_chars                      CUR Strings[146]
#define plab_norm                      CUR Strings[147]
#define key_btab                       CUR Strings[148]
#define enter_xon_mode                 CUR Strings[149]
#define exit_xon_mode                  CUR Strings[150]
#define enter_am_mode                  CUR Strings[151]
#define exit_am_mode                   CUR Strings[152]
#define xon_character                  CUR Strings[153]
#define xoff_character                 CUR Strings[154]
#define ena_acs                        CUR Strings[155]
#define label_on                       CUR Strings[156]
#define label_off                      CUR Strings[157]
#define key_beg                        CUR Strings[158]
#define key_cancel                     CUR Strings[159]
#define key_close                      CUR Strings[160]
#define key_command                    CUR Strings[161]
#define key_copy                       CUR Strings[162]
#define key_create                     CUR Strings[163]
#define key_end                        CUR Strings[164]
#define key_enter                      CUR Strings[165]
#define key_exit                       CUR Strings[166]
#define key_find                       CUR Strings[167]
#define key_help                       CUR Strings[168]
#define key_mark                       CUR Strings[169]
#define key_message                    CUR Strings[170]
#define key_move                       CUR Strings[171]
#define key_next                       CUR Strings[172]
#define key_open                       CUR Strings[173]
#define key_options                    CUR Strings[174]
#define key_previous                   CUR Strings[175]
#define key_print                      CUR Strings[176]
#define key_redo                       CUR Strings[177]
#define key_reference                  CUR Strings[178]
#define key_refresh                    CUR Strings[179]
#define key_replace                    CUR Strings[180]
#define key_restart                    CUR Strings[181]
#define key_resume                     CUR Strings[182]
#define key_save                       CUR Strings[183]
#define key_suspend                    CUR Strings[184]
#define key_undo                       CUR Strings[185]
#define key_sbeg                       CUR Strings[186]
#define key_scancel                    CUR Strings[187]
#define key_scommand                   CUR Strings[188]
#define key_scopy                      CUR Strings[189]
#define key_screate                    CUR Strings[190]
#define key_sdc                        CUR Strings[191]
#define key_sdl                        CUR Strings[192]
#define key_select                     CUR Strings[193]
#define key_send                       CUR Strings[194]
#define key_seol                       CUR Strings[195]
#define key_sexit                      CUR Strings[196]
#define key_sfind                      CUR Strings[197]
#define key_shelp                      CUR Strings[198]
#define key_shome                      CUR Strings[199]
#define key_sic                        CUR Strings[200]
#define key_sleft                      CUR Strings[201]
#define key_smessage                   CUR Strings[202]
#define key_smove                      CUR Strings[203]
#define key_snext                      CUR Strings[204]
#define key_soptions                   CUR Strings[205]
#define key_sprevious                  CUR Strings[206]
#define key_sprint                     CUR Strings[207]
#define key_sredo                      CUR Strings[208]
#define key_sreplace                   CUR Strings[209]
#define key_sright                     CUR Strings[210]
#define key_srsume                     CUR Strings[211]
#define key_ssave                      CUR Strings[212]
#define key_ssuspend                   CUR Strings[213]
#define key_sundo                      CUR Strings[214]
#define req_for_input                  CUR Strings[215]
#define key_f11                        CUR Strings[216]
#define key_f12                        CUR Strings[217]
#define key_f13                        CUR Strings[218]
#define key_f14                        CUR Strings[219]
#define key_f15                        CUR Strings[220]
#define key_f16                        CUR Strings[221]
#define key_f17                        CUR Strings[222]
#define key_f18                        CUR Strings[223]
#define key_f19                        CUR Strings[224]
#define key_f20                        CUR Strings[225]
#define key_f21                        CUR Strings[226]
#define key_f22                        CUR Strings[227]
#define key_f23                        CUR Strings[228]
#define key_f24                        CUR Strings[229]
#define key_f25                        CUR Strings[230]
#define key_f26                        CUR Strings[231]
#define key_f27                        CUR Strings[232]
#define key_f28                        CUR Strings[233]
#define key_f29                        CUR Strings[234]
#define key_f30                        CUR Strings[235]
#define key_f31                        CUR Strings[236]
#define key_f32                        CUR Strings[237]
#define key_f33                        CUR Strings[238]
#define key_f34                        CUR Strings[239]
#define key_f35                        CUR Strings[240]
#define key_f36                        CUR Strings[241]
#define key_f37                        CUR Strings[242]
#define key_f38                        CUR Strings[243]
#define key_f39                        CUR Strings[244]
#define key_f40                        CUR Strings[245]
#define key_f41                        CUR Strings[246]
#define key_f42                        CUR Strings[247]
#define key_f43                        CUR Strings[248]
#define key_f44                        CUR Strings[249]
#define key_f45                        CUR Strings[250]
#define key_f46                        CUR Strings[251]
#define key_f47                        CUR Strings[252]
#define key_f48                        CUR Strings[253]
#define key_f49                        CUR Strings[254]
#define key_f50                        CUR Strings[255]
#define key_f51                        CUR Strings[256]
#define key_f52                        CUR Strings[257]
#define key_f53                        CUR Strings[258]
#define key_f54                        CUR Strings[259]
#define key_f55                        CUR Strings[260]
#define key_f56                        CUR Strings[261]
#define key_f57                        CUR Strings[262]
#define key_f58                        CUR Strings[263]
#define key_f59                        CUR Strings[264]
#define key_f60                        CUR Strings[265]
#define key_f61                        CUR Strings[266]
#define key_f62                        CUR Strings[267]
#define key_f63                        CUR Strings[268]
#define clr_bol                        CUR Strings[269]
#define clear_margins                  CUR Strings[270]
#define set_left_margin                CUR Strings[271]
#define set_right_margin               CUR Strings[272]
#define label_format                   CUR Strings[273]
#define set_clock                      CUR Strings[274]
#define display_clock                  CUR Strings[275]
#define remove_clock                   CUR Strings[276]
#define create_window                  CUR Strings[277]
#define goto_window                    CUR Strings[278]
#define hangup                         CUR Strings[279]
#define dial_phone                     CUR Strings[280]
#define quick_dial                     CUR Strings[281]
#define tone                           CUR Strings[282]
#define pulse                          CUR Strings[283]
#define flash_hook                     CUR Strings[284]
#define fixed_pause                    CUR Strings[285]
#define wait_tone                      CUR Strings[286]
#define user0                          CUR Strings[287]
#define user1                          CUR Strings[288]
#define user2                          CUR Strings[289]
#define user3                          CUR Strings[290]
#define user4                          CUR Strings[291]
#define user5                          CUR Strings[292]
#define user6                          CUR Strings[293]
#define user7                          CUR Strings[294]
#define user8                          CUR Strings[295]
#define user9                          CUR Strings[296]
#define orig_pair                      CUR Strings[297]
#define orig_colors                    CUR Strings[298]
#define initialize_color               CUR Strings[299]
#define initialize_pair                CUR Strings[300]
#define set_color_pair                 CUR Strings[301]
#define set_foreground                 CUR Strings[302]
#define set_background                 CUR Strings[303]
#define change_char_pitch              CUR Strings[304]
#define change_line_pitch              CUR Strings[305]
#define change_res_horz                CUR Strings[306]
#define change_res_vert                CUR Strings[307]
#define define_char                    CUR Strings[308]
#define enter_doublewide_mode          CUR Strings[309]
#define enter_draft_quality            CUR Strings[310]
#define enter_italics_mode             CUR Strings[311]
#define enter_leftward_mode            CUR Strings[312]
#define enter_micro_mode               CUR Strings[313]
#define enter_near_letter_quality      CUR Strings[314]
#define enter_normal_quality           CUR Strings[315]
#define enter_shadow_mode              CUR Strings[316]
#define enter_subscript_mode           CUR Strings[317]
#define enter_superscript_mode         CUR Strings[318]
#define enter_upward_mode              CUR Strings[319]
#define exit_doublewide_mode           CUR Strings[320]
#define exit_italics_mode              CUR Strings[321]
#define exit_leftward_mode             CUR Strings[322]
#define exit_micro_mode                CUR Strings[323]
#define exit_shadow_mode               CUR Strings[324]
#define exit_subscript_mode            CUR Strings[325]
#define exit_superscript_mode          CUR Strings[326]
#define exit_upward_mode               CUR Strings[327]
#define micro_column_address           CUR Strings[328]
#define micro_down                     CUR Strings[329]
#define micro_left                     CUR Strings[330]
#define micro_right                    CUR Strings[331]
#define micro_row_address              CUR Strings[332]
#define micro_up                       CUR Strings[333]
#define order_of_pins                  CUR Strings[334]
#define parm_down_micro                CUR Strings[335]
#define parm_left_micro                CUR Strings[336]
#define parm_right_micro               CUR Strings[337]
#define parm_up_micro                  CUR Strings[338]
#define select_char_set                CUR Strings[339]
#define set_bottom_margin              CUR Strings[340]
#define set_bottom_margin_parm         CUR Strings[341]
#define set_left_margin_parm           CUR Strings[342]
#define set_right_margin_parm          CUR Strings[343]
#define set_top_margin                 CUR Strings[344]
#define set_top_margin_parm            CUR Strings[345]
#define start_bit_image                CUR Strings[346]
#define start_char_set_def             CUR Strings[347]
#define stop_bit_image                 CUR Strings[348]
#define stop_char_set_def              CUR Strings[349]
#define subscript_characters           CUR Strings[350]
#define superscript_characters         CUR Strings[351]
#define these_cause_cr                 CUR Strings[352]
#define zero_motion                    CUR Strings[353]
#define char_set_names                 CUR Strings[354]
#define key_mouse                      CUR Strings[355]
#define mouse_info                     CUR Strings[356]
#define req_mouse_pos                  CUR Strings[357]
#define get_mouse                      CUR Strings[358]
#define set_a_foreground               CUR Strings[359]
#define set_a_background               CUR Strings[360]
#define pkey_plab                      CUR Strings[361]
#define device_type                    CUR Strings[362]
#define code_set_init                  CUR Strings[363]
#define set0_des_seq                   CUR Strings[364]
#define set1_des_seq                   CUR Strings[365]
#define set2_des_seq                   CUR Strings[366]
#define set3_des_seq                   CUR Strings[367]
#define set_lr_margin                  CUR Strings[368]
#define set_tb_margin                  CUR Strings[369]
#define bit_image_repeat               CUR Strings[370]
#define bit_image_newline              CUR Strings[371]
#define bit_image_carriage_return      CUR Strings[372]
#define color_names                    CUR Strings[373]
#define define_bit_image_region        CUR Strings[374]
#define end_bit_image_region           CUR Strings[375]
#define set_color_band                 CUR Strings[376]
#define set_page_length                CUR Strings[377]
#define display_pc_char                CUR Strings[378]
#define enter_pc_charset_mode          CUR Strings[379]
#define exit_pc_charset_mode           CUR Strings[380]
#define enter_scancode_mode            CUR Strings[381]
#define exit_scancode_mode             CUR Strings[382]
#define pc_term_options                CUR Strings[383]
#define scancode_escape                CUR Strings[384]
#define alt_scancode_esc               CUR Strings[385]
#define enter_horizontal_hl_mode       CUR Strings[386]
#define enter_left_hl_mode             CUR Strings[387]
#define enter_low_hl_mode              CUR Strings[388]
#define enter_right_hl_mode            CUR Strings[389]
#define enter_top_hl_mode              CUR Strings[390]
#define enter_vertical_hl_mode         CUR Strings[391]
#define set_a_attributes               CUR Strings[392]
#define set_pglen_inch                 CUR Strings[393]

#define BOOLWRITE 37
#define NUMWRITE  33
#define STRWRITE  394

/* older synonyms for some capabilities */
#define beehive_glitch	no_esc_ctlc
#define teleray_glitch	dest_tabs_magic_smso
#define micro_char_size micro_col_size

#ifdef __INTERNAL_CAPS_VISIBLE
#define termcap_init2                  CUR Strings[394]
#define termcap_reset                  CUR Strings[395]
#define magic_cookie_glitch_ul         CUR Numbers[33]
#define backspaces_with_bs             CUR Booleans[37]
#define crt_no_scrolling               CUR Booleans[38]
#define no_correctly_working_cr        CUR Booleans[39]
#define carriage_return_delay          CUR Numbers[34]
#define new_line_delay                 CUR Numbers[35]
#define linefeed_if_not_lf             CUR Strings[396]
#define backspace_if_not_bs            CUR Strings[397]
#define gnu_has_meta_key               CUR Booleans[40]
#define linefeed_is_newline            CUR Booleans[41]
#define backspace_delay                CUR Numbers[36]
#define horizontal_tab_delay           CUR Numbers[37]
#define number_of_function_keys        CUR Numbers[38]
#define other_non_function_keys        CUR Strings[398]
#define arrow_key_map                  CUR Strings[399]
#define has_hardware_tabs              CUR Booleans[42]
#define return_does_clr_eol            CUR Booleans[43]
#define acs_ulcorner                   CUR Strings[400]
#define acs_llcorner                   CUR Strings[401]
#define acs_urcorner                   CUR Strings[402]
#define acs_lrcorner                   CUR Strings[403]
#define acs_ltee                       CUR Strings[404]
#define acs_rtee                       CUR Strings[405]
#define acs_btee                       CUR Strings[406]
#define acs_ttee                       CUR Strings[407]
#define acs_hline                      CUR Strings[408]
#define acs_vline                      CUR Strings[409]
#define acs_plus                       CUR Strings[410]
#define memory_lock                    CUR Strings[411]
#define memory_unlock                  CUR Strings[412]
#define box_chars_1                    CUR Strings[413]
#endif /* __INTERNAL_CAPS_VISIBLE */


/*
 * Predefined terminfo array sizes
 */
#define BOOLCOUNT 44
#define NUMCOUNT  39
#define STRCOUNT  414

/* used by code for comparing entries */
#define acs_chars_index	 146

typedef struct termtype {	/* in-core form of terminfo data */
    char  *term_names;		/* str_table offset of term names */
    char  *str_table;		/* pointer to string table */
    NCURSES_SBOOL  *Booleans;	/* array of boolean values */
    short *Numbers;		/* array of integer values */
    char  **Strings;		/* array of string offsets */

#if NCURSES_XNAMES
    char  *ext_str_table;	/* pointer to extended string table */
    char  **ext_Names;		/* corresponding names */

    unsigned short num_Booleans;/* count total Booleans */
    unsigned short num_Numbers;	/* count total Numbers */
    unsigned short num_Strings;	/* count total Strings */

    unsigned short ext_Booleans;/* count extensions to Booleans */
    unsigned short ext_Numbers;	/* count extensions to Numbers */
    unsigned short ext_Strings;	/* count extensions to Strings */
#endif /* NCURSES_XNAMES */

} TERMTYPE;

/*
 * The only reason these structures are visible is for read-only use.
 * Programs which modify the data are not, never were, portable across
 * curses implementations.
 */
#ifdef NCURSES_INTERNALS

typedef struct termtype2 {	/* in-core form of terminfo data */
    char  *term_names;		/* str_table offset of term names */
    char  *str_table;		/* pointer to string table */
    NCURSES_SBOOL  *Booleans;	/* array of boolean values */
    int   *Numbers;		/* array of integer values */
    char  **Strings;		/* array of string offsets */

#if NCURSES_XNAMES
    char  *ext_str_table;	/* pointer to extended string table */
    char  **ext_Names;		/* corresponding names */

    unsigned short num_Booleans;/* count total Booleans */
    unsigned short num_Numbers;	/* count total Numbers */
    unsigned short num_Strings;	/* count total Strings */

    unsigned short ext_Booleans;/* count extensions to Booleans */
    unsigned short ext_Numbers;	/* count extensions to Numbers */
    unsigned short ext_Strings;	/* count extensions to Strings */
#endif /* NCURSES_XNAMES */

} TERMTYPE2;

typedef struct term {		/* describe an actual terminal */
    TERMTYPE	type;		/* terminal type description */
    short	Filedes;	/* file description being written to */
    TTY		Ottyb;		/* original state of the terminal */
    TTY		Nttyb;		/* current state of the terminal */
    int		_baudrate;	/* used to compute padding */
    char *	_termname;	/* used for termname() */
    TERMTYPE2	type2;		/* extended terminal type description */
} TERMINAL;
#else
typedef struct term TERMINAL;
#endif /* NCURSES_INTERNALS */


#if 0 && !0
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(TERMINAL *) cur_term;
#elif 0
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(TERMINAL *, cur_term);
#define cur_term   NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(cur_term())
#else
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(TERMINAL *) cur_term;
#endif

#if 0 || 0
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(NCURSES_CONST char * const *, boolnames);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(NCURSES_CONST char * const *, boolcodes);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(NCURSES_CONST char * const *, boolfnames);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(NCURSES_CONST char * const *, numnames);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(NCURSES_CONST char * const *, numcodes);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(NCURSES_CONST char * const *, numfnames);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(NCURSES_CONST char * const *, strnames);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(NCURSES_CONST char * const *, strcodes);
NCURSES_WRAPPED_VAR(NCURSES_CONST char * const *, strfnames);

#define boolnames  NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(boolnames())
#define boolcodes  NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(boolcodes())
#define boolfnames NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(boolfnames())
#define numnames   NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(numnames())
#define numcodes   NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(numcodes())
#define numfnames  NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(numfnames())
#define strnames   NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(strnames())
#define strcodes   NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(strcodes())
#define strfnames  NCURSES_PUBLIC_VAR(strfnames())

#else

extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(NCURSES_CONST char * const ) boolnames[];
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(NCURSES_CONST char * const ) boolcodes[];
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(NCURSES_CONST char * const ) boolfnames[];
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(NCURSES_CONST char * const ) numnames[];
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(NCURSES_CONST char * const ) numcodes[];
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(NCURSES_CONST char * const ) numfnames[];
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(NCURSES_CONST char * const ) strnames[];
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(NCURSES_CONST char * const ) strcodes[];
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(NCURSES_CONST char * const ) strfnames[];

#endif

/*
 * These entrypoints are used only by the ncurses utilities such as tic.
 */
#ifdef NCURSES_INTERNALS

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) _nc_set_tty_mode (TTY *buf);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) _nc_read_entry2 (const char * const, char * const, TERMTYPE2 *const);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) _nc_read_file_entry (const char *const, TERMTYPE2 *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) _nc_read_termtype (TERMTYPE2 *, char *, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) _nc_first_name (const char *const);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) _nc_name_match (const char *const, const char *const, const char *const);

#endif /* NCURSES_INTERNALS */


/*
 * These entrypoints are used by tack.
 */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(const TERMTYPE *) _nc_fallback (const char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) _nc_read_entry (const char * const, char * const, TERMTYPE *const);

/* Normal entry points */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(TERMINAL *) set_curterm (TERMINAL *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) del_curterm (TERMINAL *);

/* miscellaneous entry points */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) restartterm (NCURSES_CONST char *, int, int *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) setupterm (NCURSES_CONST char *,int,int *);

/* terminfo entry points, also declared in curses.h */
#if !defined(__NCURSES_H)
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) tigetstr (NCURSES_CONST char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(char) ttytype[];
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) putp (const char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) tigetflag (NCURSES_CONST char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) tigetnum (NCURSES_CONST char *);

#if 1 /* NCURSES_TPARM_VARARGS */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) tparm (NCURSES_CONST char *, ...);	/* special */
#else
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) tparm (NCURSES_CONST char *, long,long,long,long,long,long,long,long,long);	/* special */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) tparm_varargs (NCURSES_CONST char *, ...);	/* special */
#endif

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) tiparm (const char *, ...);		/* special */

#endif /* __NCURSES_H */

/* termcap database emulation (XPG4 uses const only for 2nd param of tgetent) */
#if !defined(NCURSES_TERMCAP_H_incl)
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) tgetstr (NCURSES_CONST char *, char **);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *) tgoto (const char *, int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) tgetent (char *, const char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) tgetflag (NCURSES_CONST char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) tgetnum (NCURSES_CONST char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) tputs (const char *, int, int (*)(int));
#endif /* NCURSES_TERMCAP_H_incl */

/*
 * Include curses.h before term.h to enable these extensions.
 */
#if defined(NCURSES_SP_FUNCS) && (NCURSES_SP_FUNCS != 0)

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *)  NCURSES_SP_NAME(tigetstr) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_CONST char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     NCURSES_SP_NAME(putp) (SCREEN*, const char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     NCURSES_SP_NAME(tigetflag) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_CONST char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     NCURSES_SP_NAME(tigetnum) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_CONST char *);

#if 1 /* NCURSES_TPARM_VARARGS */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *)  NCURSES_SP_NAME(tparm) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_CONST char *, ...);	/* special */
#else
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *)  NCURSES_SP_NAME(tparm) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_CONST char *, long,long,long,long,long,long,long,long,long);	/* special */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *)  NCURSES_SP_NAME(tparm_varargs) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_CONST char *, ...);	/* special */
#endif

/* termcap database emulation (XPG4 uses const only for 2nd param of tgetent) */
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *)  NCURSES_SP_NAME(tgetstr) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_CONST char *, char **);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(char *)  NCURSES_SP_NAME(tgoto) (SCREEN*, const char *, int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     NCURSES_SP_NAME(tgetent) (SCREEN*, char *, const char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     NCURSES_SP_NAME(tgetflag) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_CONST char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     NCURSES_SP_NAME(tgetnum) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_CONST char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     NCURSES_SP_NAME(tputs) (SCREEN*, const char *, int, NCURSES_SP_OUTC);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(TERMINAL *) NCURSES_SP_NAME(set_curterm) (SCREEN*, TERMINAL *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     NCURSES_SP_NAME(del_curterm) (SCREEN*, TERMINAL *);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     NCURSES_SP_NAME(restartterm) (SCREEN*, NCURSES_CONST char *, int, int *);
#endif /* NCURSES_SP_FUNCS */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* NCURSES_TERM_H_incl */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright © 1999-2010 David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
 *
 */

#ifndef __MTD_USER_H__
#define __MTD_USER_H__

/* This file is blessed for inclusion by userspace */
#include <mtd/mtd-abi.h>

typedef struct mtd_info_user mtd_info_t;
typedef struct erase_info_user erase_info_t;
typedef struct region_info_user region_info_t;
typedef struct nand_oobinfo nand_oobinfo_t;
typedef struct nand_ecclayout_user nand_ecclayout_t;

#endif /* __MTD_USER_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright © 1999-2010 David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
 *
 */

#ifndef __MTD_NFTL_USER_H__
#define __MTD_NFTL_USER_H__

#include <linux/types.h>

/* Block Control Information */

struct nftl_bci {
	unsigned char ECCSig[6];
	__u8 Status;
	__u8 Status1;
}__attribute__((packed));

/* Unit Control Information */

struct nftl_uci0 {
	__u16 VirtUnitNum;
	__u16 ReplUnitNum;
	__u16 SpareVirtUnitNum;
	__u16 SpareReplUnitNum;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct nftl_uci1 {
	__u32 WearInfo;
	__u16 EraseMark;
	__u16 EraseMark1;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct nftl_uci2 {
        __u16 FoldMark;
        __u16 FoldMark1;
	__u32 unused;
} __attribute__((packed));

union nftl_uci {
	struct nftl_uci0 a;
	struct nftl_uci1 b;
	struct nftl_uci2 c;
};

struct nftl_oob {
	struct nftl_bci b;
	union nftl_uci u;
};

/* NFTL Media Header */

struct NFTLMediaHeader {
	char DataOrgID[6];
	__u16 NumEraseUnits;
	__u16 FirstPhysicalEUN;
	__u32 FormattedSize;
	unsigned char UnitSizeFactor;
} __attribute__((packed));

#define MAX_ERASE_ZONES (8192 - 512)

#define ERASE_MARK 0x3c69
#define SECTOR_FREE 0xff
#define SECTOR_USED 0x55
#define SECTOR_IGNORE 0x11
#define SECTOR_DELETED 0x00

#define FOLD_MARK_IN_PROGRESS 0x5555

#define ZONE_GOOD 0xff
#define ZONE_BAD_ORIGINAL 0
#define ZONE_BAD_MARKED 7


#endif /* __MTD_NFTL_USER_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright © 1999-2010 David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org> et al.
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
 *
 */

#ifndef __MTD_ABI_H__
#define __MTD_ABI_H__

#include <linux/types.h>

struct erase_info_user {
	__u32 start;
	__u32 length;
};

struct erase_info_user64 {
	__u64 start;
	__u64 length;
};

struct mtd_oob_buf {
	__u32 start;
	__u32 length;
	unsigned char *ptr;
};

struct mtd_oob_buf64 {
	__u64 start;
	__u32 pad;
	__u32 length;
	__u64 usr_ptr;
};

/**
 * MTD operation modes
 *
 * @MTD_OPS_PLACE_OOB:	OOB data are placed at the given offset (default)
 * @MTD_OPS_AUTO_OOB:	OOB data are automatically placed at the free areas
 *			which are defined by the internal ecclayout
 * @MTD_OPS_RAW:	data are transferred as-is, with no error correction;
 *			this mode implies %MTD_OPS_PLACE_OOB
 *
 * These modes can be passed to ioctl(MEMWRITE) and are also used internally.
 * See notes on "MTD file modes" for discussion on %MTD_OPS_RAW vs.
 * %MTD_FILE_MODE_RAW.
 */
enum {
	MTD_OPS_PLACE_OOB = 0,
	MTD_OPS_AUTO_OOB = 1,
	MTD_OPS_RAW = 2,
};

/**
 * struct mtd_write_req - data structure for requesting a write operation
 *
 * @start:	start address
 * @len:	length of data buffer
 * @ooblen:	length of OOB buffer
 * @usr_data:	user-provided data buffer
 * @usr_oob:	user-provided OOB buffer
 * @mode:	MTD mode (see "MTD operation modes")
 * @padding:	reserved, must be set to 0
 *
 * This structure supports ioctl(MEMWRITE) operations, allowing data and/or OOB
 * writes in various modes. To write to OOB-only, set @usr_data == NULL, and to
 * write data-only, set @usr_oob == NULL. However, setting both @usr_data and
 * @usr_oob to NULL is not allowed.
 */
struct mtd_write_req {
	__u64 start;
	__u64 len;
	__u64 ooblen;
	__u64 usr_data;
	__u64 usr_oob;
	__u8 mode;
	__u8 padding[7];
};

#define MTD_ABSENT		0
#define MTD_RAM			1
#define MTD_ROM			2
#define MTD_NORFLASH		3
#define MTD_NANDFLASH		4	/* SLC NAND */
#define MTD_DATAFLASH		6
#define MTD_UBIVOLUME		7
#define MTD_MLCNANDFLASH	8	/* MLC NAND (including TLC) */

#define MTD_WRITEABLE		0x400	/* Device is writeable */
#define MTD_BIT_WRITEABLE	0x800	/* Single bits can be flipped */
#define MTD_NO_ERASE		0x1000	/* No erase necessary */
#define MTD_POWERUP_LOCK	0x2000	/* Always locked after reset */

/* Some common devices / combinations of capabilities */
#define MTD_CAP_ROM		0
#define MTD_CAP_RAM		(MTD_WRITEABLE | MTD_BIT_WRITEABLE | MTD_NO_ERASE)
#define MTD_CAP_NORFLASH	(MTD_WRITEABLE | MTD_BIT_WRITEABLE)
#define MTD_CAP_NANDFLASH	(MTD_WRITEABLE)
#define MTD_CAP_NVRAM		(MTD_WRITEABLE | MTD_BIT_WRITEABLE | MTD_NO_ERASE)

/* Obsolete ECC byte placement modes (used with obsolete MEMGETOOBSEL) */
#define MTD_NANDECC_OFF		0	// Switch off ECC (Not recommended)
#define MTD_NANDECC_PLACE	1	// Use the given placement in the structure (YAFFS1 legacy mode)
#define MTD_NANDECC_AUTOPLACE	2	// Use the default placement scheme
#define MTD_NANDECC_PLACEONLY	3	// Use the given placement in the structure (Do not store ecc result on read)
#define MTD_NANDECC_AUTOPL_USR 	4	// Use the given autoplacement scheme rather than using the default

/* OTP mode selection */
#define MTD_OTP_OFF		0
#define MTD_OTP_FACTORY		1
#define MTD_OTP_USER		2

struct mtd_info_user {
	__u8 type;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 size;	/* Total size of the MTD */
	__u32 erasesize;
	__u32 writesize;
	__u32 oobsize;	/* Amount of OOB data per block (e.g. 16) */
	__u64 padding;	/* Old obsolete field; do not use */
};

struct region_info_user {
	__u32 offset;		/* At which this region starts,
				 * from the beginning of the MTD */
	__u32 erasesize;	/* For this region */
	__u32 numblocks;	/* Number of blocks in this region */
	__u32 regionindex;
};

struct otp_info {
	__u32 start;
	__u32 length;
	__u32 locked;
};

/*
 * Note, the following ioctl existed in the past and was removed:
 * #define MEMSETOOBSEL           _IOW('M', 9, struct nand_oobinfo)
 * Try to avoid adding a new ioctl with the same ioctl number.
 */

/* Get basic MTD characteristics info (better to use sysfs) */
#define MEMGETINFO		_IOR('M', 1, struct mtd_info_user)
/* Erase segment of MTD */
#define MEMERASE		_IOW('M', 2, struct erase_info_user)
/* Write out-of-band data from MTD */
#define MEMWRITEOOB		_IOWR('M', 3, struct mtd_oob_buf)
/* Read out-of-band data from MTD */
#define MEMREADOOB		_IOWR('M', 4, struct mtd_oob_buf)
/* Lock a chip (for MTD that supports it) */
#define MEMLOCK			_IOW('M', 5, struct erase_info_user)
/* Unlock a chip (for MTD that supports it) */
#define MEMUNLOCK		_IOW('M', 6, struct erase_info_user)
/* Get the number of different erase regions */
#define MEMGETREGIONCOUNT	_IOR('M', 7, int)
/* Get information about the erase region for a specific index */
#define MEMGETREGIONINFO	_IOWR('M', 8, struct region_info_user)
/* Get info about OOB modes (e.g., RAW, PLACE, AUTO) - legacy interface */
#define MEMGETOOBSEL		_IOR('M', 10, struct nand_oobinfo)
/* Check if an eraseblock is bad */
#define MEMGETBADBLOCK		_IOW('M', 11, __kernel_loff_t)
/* Mark an eraseblock as bad */
#define MEMSETBADBLOCK		_IOW('M', 12, __kernel_loff_t)
/* Set OTP (One-Time Programmable) mode (factory vs. user) */
#define OTPSELECT		_IOR('M', 13, int)
/* Get number of OTP (One-Time Programmable) regions */
#define OTPGETREGIONCOUNT	_IOW('M', 14, int)
/* Get all OTP (One-Time Programmable) info about MTD */
#define OTPGETREGIONINFO	_IOW('M', 15, struct otp_info)
/* Lock a given range of user data (must be in mode %MTD_FILE_MODE_OTP_USER) */
#define OTPLOCK			_IOR('M', 16, struct otp_info)
/* Get ECC layout (deprecated) */
#define ECCGETLAYOUT		_IOR('M', 17, struct nand_ecclayout_user)
/* Get statistics about corrected/uncorrected errors */
#define ECCGETSTATS		_IOR('M', 18, struct mtd_ecc_stats)
/* Set MTD mode on a per-file-descriptor basis (see "MTD file modes") */
#define MTDFILEMODE		_IO('M', 19)
/* Erase segment of MTD (supports 64-bit address) */
#define MEMERASE64		_IOW('M', 20, struct erase_info_user64)
/* Write data to OOB (64-bit version) */
#define MEMWRITEOOB64		_IOWR('M', 21, struct mtd_oob_buf64)
/* Read data from OOB (64-bit version) */
#define MEMREADOOB64		_IOWR('M', 22, struct mtd_oob_buf64)
/* Check if chip is locked (for MTD that supports it) */
#define MEMISLOCKED		_IOR('M', 23, struct erase_info_user)
/*
 * Most generic write interface; can write in-band and/or out-of-band in various
 * modes (see "struct mtd_write_req"). This ioctl is not supported for flashes
 * without OOB, e.g., NOR flash.
 */
#define MEMWRITE		_IOWR('M', 24, struct mtd_write_req)

/*
 * Obsolete legacy interface. Keep it in order not to break userspace
 * interfaces
 */
struct nand_oobinfo {
	__u32 useecc;
	__u32 eccbytes;
	__u32 oobfree[8][2];
	__u32 eccpos[32];
};

struct nand_oobfree {
	__u32 offset;
	__u32 length;
};

#define MTD_MAX_OOBFREE_ENTRIES	8
#define MTD_MAX_ECCPOS_ENTRIES	64
/*
 * OBSOLETE: ECC layout control structure. Exported to user-space via ioctl
 * ECCGETLAYOUT for backwards compatbility and should not be mistaken as a
 * complete set of ECC information. The ioctl truncates the larger internal
 * structure to retain binary compatibility with the static declaration of the
 * ioctl. Note that the "MTD_MAX_..._ENTRIES" macros represent the max size of
 * the user struct, not the MAX size of the internal OOB layout representation.
 */
struct nand_ecclayout_user {
	__u32 eccbytes;
	__u32 eccpos[MTD_MAX_ECCPOS_ENTRIES];
	__u32 oobavail;
	struct nand_oobfree oobfree[MTD_MAX_OOBFREE_ENTRIES];
};

/**
 * struct mtd_ecc_stats - error correction stats
 *
 * @corrected:	number of corrected bits
 * @failed:	number of uncorrectable errors
 * @badblocks:	number of bad blocks in this partition
 * @bbtblocks:	number of blocks reserved for bad block tables
 */
struct mtd_ecc_stats {
	__u32 corrected;
	__u32 failed;
	__u32 badblocks;
	__u32 bbtblocks;
};

/*
 * MTD file modes - for read/write access to MTD
 *
 * @MTD_FILE_MODE_NORMAL:	OTP disabled, ECC enabled
 * @MTD_FILE_MODE_OTP_FACTORY:	OTP enabled in factory mode
 * @MTD_FILE_MODE_OTP_USER:	OTP enabled in user mode
 * @MTD_FILE_MODE_RAW:		OTP disabled, ECC disabled
 *
 * These modes can be set via ioctl(MTDFILEMODE). The mode mode will be retained
 * separately for each open file descriptor.
 *
 * Note: %MTD_FILE_MODE_RAW provides the same functionality as %MTD_OPS_RAW -
 * raw access to the flash, without error correction or autoplacement schemes.
 * Wherever possible, the MTD_OPS_* mode will override the MTD_FILE_MODE_* mode
 * (e.g., when using ioctl(MEMWRITE)), but in some cases, the MTD_FILE_MODE is
 * used out of necessity (e.g., `write()', ioctl(MEMWRITEOOB64)).
 */
enum mtd_file_modes {
	MTD_FILE_MODE_NORMAL = MTD_OTP_OFF,
	MTD_FILE_MODE_OTP_FACTORY = MTD_OTP_FACTORY,
	MTD_FILE_MODE_OTP_USER = MTD_OTP_USER,
	MTD_FILE_MODE_RAW,
};

static __inline__ int mtd_type_is_nand_user(const struct mtd_info_user *mtd)
{
	return mtd->type == MTD_NANDFLASH || mtd->type == MTD_MLCNANDFLASH;
}

#endif /* __MTD_ABI_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Copyright © International Business Machines Corp., 2006
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See
 * the GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
 *
 * Author: Artem Bityutskiy (Битюцкий Артём)
 */

#ifndef __UBI_USER_H__
#define __UBI_USER_H__

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * UBI device creation (the same as MTD device attachment)
 * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 *
 * MTD devices may be attached using %UBI_IOCATT ioctl command of the UBI
 * control device. The caller has to properly fill and pass
 * &struct ubi_attach_req object - UBI will attach the MTD device specified in
 * the request and return the newly created UBI device number as the ioctl
 * return value.
 *
 * UBI device deletion (the same as MTD device detachment)
 * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 *
 * An UBI device maybe deleted with %UBI_IOCDET ioctl command of the UBI
 * control device.
 *
 * UBI volume creation
 * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 *
 * UBI volumes are created via the %UBI_IOCMKVOL ioctl command of UBI character
 * device. A &struct ubi_mkvol_req object has to be properly filled and a
 * pointer to it has to be passed to the ioctl.
 *
 * UBI volume deletion
 * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 *
 * To delete a volume, the %UBI_IOCRMVOL ioctl command of the UBI character
 * device should be used. A pointer to the 32-bit volume ID hast to be passed
 * to the ioctl.
 *
 * UBI volume re-size
 * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 *
 * To re-size a volume, the %UBI_IOCRSVOL ioctl command of the UBI character
 * device should be used. A &struct ubi_rsvol_req object has to be properly
 * filled and a pointer to it has to be passed to the ioctl.
 *
 * UBI volumes re-name
 * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 *
 * To re-name several volumes atomically at one go, the %UBI_IOCRNVOL command
 * of the UBI character device should be used. A &struct ubi_rnvol_req object
 * has to be properly filled and a pointer to it has to be passed to the ioctl.
 *
 * UBI volume update
 * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 *
 * Volume update should be done via the %UBI_IOCVOLUP ioctl command of the
 * corresponding UBI volume character device. A pointer to a 64-bit update
 * size should be passed to the ioctl. After this, UBI expects user to write
 * this number of bytes to the volume character device. The update is finished
 * when the claimed number of bytes is passed. So, the volume update sequence
 * is something like:
 *
 * fd = open("/dev/my_volume");
 * ioctl(fd, UBI_IOCVOLUP, &image_size);
 * write(fd, buf, image_size);
 * close(fd);
 *
 * Logical eraseblock erase
 * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 *
 * To erase a logical eraseblock, the %UBI_IOCEBER ioctl command of the
 * corresponding UBI volume character device should be used. This command
 * unmaps the requested logical eraseblock, makes sure the corresponding
 * physical eraseblock is successfully erased, and returns.
 *
 * Atomic logical eraseblock change
 * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 *
 * Atomic logical eraseblock change operation is called using the %UBI_IOCEBCH
 * ioctl command of the corresponding UBI volume character device. A pointer to
 * a &struct ubi_leb_change_req object has to be passed to the ioctl. Then the
 * user is expected to write the requested amount of bytes (similarly to what
 * should be done in case of the "volume update" ioctl).
 *
 * Logical eraseblock map
 * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 *
 * To map a logical eraseblock to a physical eraseblock, the %UBI_IOCEBMAP
 * ioctl command should be used. A pointer to a &struct ubi_map_req object is
 * expected to be passed. The ioctl maps the requested logical eraseblock to
 * a physical eraseblock and returns.  Only non-mapped logical eraseblocks can
 * be mapped. If the logical eraseblock specified in the request is already
 * mapped to a physical eraseblock, the ioctl fails and returns error.
 *
 * Logical eraseblock unmap
 * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 *
 * To unmap a logical eraseblock to a physical eraseblock, the %UBI_IOCEBUNMAP
 * ioctl command should be used. The ioctl unmaps the logical eraseblocks,
 * schedules corresponding physical eraseblock for erasure, and returns. Unlike
 * the "LEB erase" command, it does not wait for the physical eraseblock being
 * erased. Note, the side effect of this is that if an unclean reboot happens
 * after the unmap ioctl returns, you may find the LEB mapped again to the same
 * physical eraseblock after the UBI is run again.
 *
 * Check if logical eraseblock is mapped
 * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 *
 * To check if a logical eraseblock is mapped to a physical eraseblock, the
 * %UBI_IOCEBISMAP ioctl command should be used. It returns %0 if the LEB is
 * not mapped, and %1 if it is mapped.
 *
 * Set an UBI volume property
 * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 *
 * To set an UBI volume property the %UBI_IOCSETPROP ioctl command should be
 * used. A pointer to a &struct ubi_set_vol_prop_req object is expected to be
 * passed. The object describes which property should be set, and to which value
 * it should be set.
 *
 * Block devices on UBI volumes
 * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 *
 * To create a R/O block device on top of an UBI volume the %UBI_IOCVOLCRBLK
 * should be used. A pointer to a &struct ubi_blkcreate_req object is expected
 * to be passed, which is not used and reserved for future usage.
 *
 * Conversely, to remove a block device the %UBI_IOCVOLRMBLK should be used,
 * which takes no arguments.
 */

/*
 * When a new UBI volume or UBI device is created, users may either specify the
 * volume/device number they want to create or to let UBI automatically assign
 * the number using these constants.
 */
#define UBI_VOL_NUM_AUTO (-1)
#define UBI_DEV_NUM_AUTO (-1)

/* Maximum volume name length */
#define UBI_MAX_VOLUME_NAME 127

/* ioctl commands of UBI character devices */

#define UBI_IOC_MAGIC 'o'

/* Create an UBI volume */
#define UBI_IOCMKVOL _IOW(UBI_IOC_MAGIC, 0, struct ubi_mkvol_req)
/* Remove an UBI volume */
#define UBI_IOCRMVOL _IOW(UBI_IOC_MAGIC, 1, __s32)
/* Re-size an UBI volume */
#define UBI_IOCRSVOL _IOW(UBI_IOC_MAGIC, 2, struct ubi_rsvol_req)
/* Re-name volumes */
#define UBI_IOCRNVOL _IOW(UBI_IOC_MAGIC, 3, struct ubi_rnvol_req)

/* ioctl commands of the UBI control character device */

#define UBI_CTRL_IOC_MAGIC 'o'

/* Attach an MTD device */
#define UBI_IOCATT _IOW(UBI_CTRL_IOC_MAGIC, 64, struct ubi_attach_req)
/* Detach an MTD device */
#define UBI_IOCDET _IOW(UBI_CTRL_IOC_MAGIC, 65, __s32)

/* ioctl commands of UBI volume character devices */

#define UBI_VOL_IOC_MAGIC 'O'

/* Start UBI volume update
 * Note: This actually takes a pointer (__s64*), but we can't change
 *       that without breaking the ABI on 32bit systems
 */
#define UBI_IOCVOLUP _IOW(UBI_VOL_IOC_MAGIC, 0, __s64)
/* LEB erasure command, used for debugging, disabled by default */
#define UBI_IOCEBER _IOW(UBI_VOL_IOC_MAGIC, 1, __s32)
/* Atomic LEB change command */
#define UBI_IOCEBCH _IOW(UBI_VOL_IOC_MAGIC, 2, __s32)
/* Map LEB command */
#define UBI_IOCEBMAP _IOW(UBI_VOL_IOC_MAGIC, 3, struct ubi_map_req)
/* Unmap LEB command */
#define UBI_IOCEBUNMAP _IOW(UBI_VOL_IOC_MAGIC, 4, __s32)
/* Check if LEB is mapped command */
#define UBI_IOCEBISMAP _IOR(UBI_VOL_IOC_MAGIC, 5, __s32)
/* Set an UBI volume property */
#define UBI_IOCSETVOLPROP _IOW(UBI_VOL_IOC_MAGIC, 6, \
			       struct ubi_set_vol_prop_req)
/* Create a R/O block device on top of an UBI volume */
#define UBI_IOCVOLCRBLK _IOW(UBI_VOL_IOC_MAGIC, 7, struct ubi_blkcreate_req)
/* Remove the R/O block device */
#define UBI_IOCVOLRMBLK _IO(UBI_VOL_IOC_MAGIC, 8)

/* Maximum MTD device name length supported by UBI */
#define MAX_UBI_MTD_NAME_LEN 127

/* Maximum amount of UBI volumes that can be re-named at one go */
#define UBI_MAX_RNVOL 32

/*
 * UBI volume type constants.
 *
 * @UBI_DYNAMIC_VOLUME: dynamic volume
 * @UBI_STATIC_VOLUME:  static volume
 */
enum {
	UBI_DYNAMIC_VOLUME = 3,
	UBI_STATIC_VOLUME  = 4,
};

/*
 * UBI set volume property ioctl constants.
 *
 * @UBI_VOL_PROP_DIRECT_WRITE: allow (any non-zero value) or disallow (value 0)
 *                             user to directly write and erase individual
 *                             eraseblocks on dynamic volumes
 */
enum {
	UBI_VOL_PROP_DIRECT_WRITE = 1,
};

/**
 * struct ubi_attach_req - attach MTD device request.
 * @ubi_num: UBI device number to create
 * @mtd_num: MTD device number to attach
 * @vid_hdr_offset: VID header offset (use defaults if %0)
 * @max_beb_per1024: maximum expected number of bad PEB per 1024 PEBs
 * @padding: reserved for future, not used, has to be zeroed
 *
 * This data structure is used to specify MTD device UBI has to attach and the
 * parameters it has to use. The number which should be assigned to the new UBI
 * device is passed in @ubi_num. UBI may automatically assign the number if
 * @UBI_DEV_NUM_AUTO is passed. In this case, the device number is returned in
 * @ubi_num.
 *
 * Most applications should pass %0 in @vid_hdr_offset to make UBI use default
 * offset of the VID header within physical eraseblocks. The default offset is
 * the next min. I/O unit after the EC header. For example, it will be offset
 * 512 in case of a 512 bytes page NAND flash with no sub-page support. Or
 * it will be 512 in case of a 2KiB page NAND flash with 4 512-byte sub-pages.
 *
 * But in rare cases, if this optimizes things, the VID header may be placed to
 * a different offset. For example, the boot-loader might do things faster if
 * the VID header sits at the end of the first 2KiB NAND page with 4 sub-pages.
 * As the boot-loader would not normally need to read EC headers (unless it
 * needs UBI in RW mode), it might be faster to calculate ECC. This is weird
 * example, but it real-life example. So, in this example, @vid_hdr_offer would
 * be 2KiB-64 bytes = 1984. Note, that this position is not even 512-bytes
 * aligned, which is OK, as UBI is clever enough to realize this is 4th
 * sub-page of the first page and add needed padding.
 *
 * The @max_beb_per1024 is the maximum amount of bad PEBs UBI expects on the
 * UBI device per 1024 eraseblocks.  This value is often given in an other form
 * in the NAND datasheet (min NVB i.e. minimal number of valid blocks). The
 * maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 is then:
 *    1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)
 * Which gives 20 for most NAND devices.  This limit is used in order to derive
 * amount of eraseblock UBI reserves for handling new bad blocks. If the device
 * has more bad eraseblocks than this limit, UBI does not reserve any physical
 * eraseblocks for new bad eraseblocks, but attempts to use available
 * eraseblocks (if any). The accepted range is 0-768. If 0 is given, the
 * default kernel value of %CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT will be used.
 */
struct ubi_attach_req {
	__s32 ubi_num;
	__s32 mtd_num;
	__s32 vid_hdr_offset;
	__s16 max_beb_per1024;
	__s8 padding[10];
};

/**
 * struct ubi_mkvol_req - volume description data structure used in
 *                        volume creation requests.
 * @vol_id: volume number
 * @alignment: volume alignment
 * @bytes: volume size in bytes
 * @vol_type: volume type (%UBI_DYNAMIC_VOLUME or %UBI_STATIC_VOLUME)
 * @padding1: reserved for future, not used, has to be zeroed
 * @name_len: volume name length
 * @padding2: reserved for future, not used, has to be zeroed
 * @name: volume name
 *
 * This structure is used by user-space programs when creating new volumes. The
 * @used_bytes field is only necessary when creating static volumes.
 *
 * The @alignment field specifies the required alignment of the volume logical
 * eraseblock. This means, that the size of logical eraseblocks will be aligned
 * to this number, i.e.,
 *	(UBI device logical eraseblock size) mod (@alignment) = 0.
 *
 * To put it differently, the logical eraseblock of this volume may be slightly
 * shortened in order to make it properly aligned. The alignment has to be
 * multiple of the flash minimal input/output unit, or %1 to utilize the entire
 * available space of logical eraseblocks.
 *
 * The @alignment field may be useful, for example, when one wants to maintain
 * a block device on top of an UBI volume. In this case, it is desirable to fit
 * an integer number of blocks in logical eraseblocks of this UBI volume. With
 * alignment it is possible to update this volume using plane UBI volume image
 * BLOBs, without caring about how to properly align them.
 */
struct ubi_mkvol_req {
	__s32 vol_id;
	__s32 alignment;
	__s64 bytes;
	__s8 vol_type;
	__s8 padding1;
	__s16 name_len;
	__s8 padding2[4];
	char name[UBI_MAX_VOLUME_NAME + 1];
} __attribute__((packed));

/**
 * struct ubi_rsvol_req - a data structure used in volume re-size requests.
 * @vol_id: ID of the volume to re-size
 * @bytes: new size of the volume in bytes
 *
 * Re-sizing is possible for both dynamic and static volumes. But while dynamic
 * volumes may be re-sized arbitrarily, static volumes cannot be made to be
 * smaller than the number of bytes they bear. To arbitrarily shrink a static
 * volume, it must be wiped out first (by means of volume update operation with
 * zero number of bytes).
 */
struct ubi_rsvol_req {
	__s64 bytes;
	__s32 vol_id;
} __attribute__((packed));

/**
 * struct ubi_rnvol_req - volumes re-name request.
 * @count: count of volumes to re-name
 * @padding1:  reserved for future, not used, has to be zeroed
 * @vol_id: ID of the volume to re-name
 * @name_len: name length
 * @padding2:  reserved for future, not used, has to be zeroed
 * @name: new volume name
 *
 * UBI allows to re-name up to %32 volumes at one go. The count of volumes to
 * re-name is specified in the @count field. The ID of the volumes to re-name
 * and the new names are specified in the @vol_id and @name fields.
 *
 * The UBI volume re-name operation is atomic, which means that should power cut
 * happen, the volumes will have either old name or new name. So the possible
 * use-cases of this command is atomic upgrade. Indeed, to upgrade, say, volumes
 * A and B one may create temporary volumes %A1 and %B1 with the new contents,
 * then atomically re-name A1->A and B1->B, in which case old %A and %B will
 * be removed.
 *
 * If it is not desirable to remove old A and B, the re-name request has to
 * contain 4 entries: A1->A, A->A1, B1->B, B->B1, in which case old A1 and B1
 * become A and B, and old A and B will become A1 and B1.
 *
 * It is also OK to request: A1->A, A1->X, B1->B, B->Y, in which case old A1
 * and B1 become A and B, and old A and B become X and Y.
 *
 * In other words, in case of re-naming into an existing volume name, the
 * existing volume is removed, unless it is re-named as well at the same
 * re-name request.
 */
struct ubi_rnvol_req {
	__s32 count;
	__s8 padding1[12];
	struct {
		__s32 vol_id;
		__s16 name_len;
		__s8  padding2[2];
		char    name[UBI_MAX_VOLUME_NAME + 1];
	} ents[UBI_MAX_RNVOL];
} __attribute__((packed));

/**
 * struct ubi_leb_change_req - a data structure used in atomic LEB change
 *                             requests.
 * @lnum: logical eraseblock number to change
 * @bytes: how many bytes will be written to the logical eraseblock
 * @dtype: pass "3" for better compatibility with old kernels
 * @padding: reserved for future, not used, has to be zeroed
 *
 * The @dtype field used to inform UBI about what kind of data will be written
 * to the LEB: long term (value 1), short term (value 2), unknown (value 3).
 * UBI tried to pick a PEB with lower erase counter for short term data and a
 * PEB with higher erase counter for long term data. But this was not really
 * used because users usually do not know this and could easily mislead UBI. We
 * removed this feature in May 2012. UBI currently just ignores the @dtype
 * field. But for better compatibility with older kernels it is recommended to
 * set @dtype to 3 (unknown).
 */
struct ubi_leb_change_req {
	__s32 lnum;
	__s32 bytes;
	__s8  dtype; /* obsolete, do not use! */
	__s8  padding[7];
} __attribute__((packed));

/**
 * struct ubi_map_req - a data structure used in map LEB requests.
 * @dtype: pass "3" for better compatibility with old kernels
 * @lnum: logical eraseblock number to unmap
 * @padding: reserved for future, not used, has to be zeroed
 */
struct ubi_map_req {
	__s32 lnum;
	__s8  dtype; /* obsolete, do not use! */
	__s8  padding[3];
} __attribute__((packed));


/**
 * struct ubi_set_vol_prop_req - a data structure used to set an UBI volume
 *                               property.
 * @property: property to set (%UBI_VOL_PROP_DIRECT_WRITE)
 * @padding: reserved for future, not used, has to be zeroed
 * @value: value to set
 */
struct ubi_set_vol_prop_req {
	__u8  property;
	__u8  padding[7];
	__u64 value;
}  __attribute__((packed));

/**
 * struct ubi_blkcreate_req - a data structure used in block creation requests.
 * @padding: reserved for future, not used, has to be zeroed
 */
struct ubi_blkcreate_req {
	__s8  padding[128];
}  __attribute__((packed));

#endif /* __UBI_USER_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * Parts of INFTL headers shared with userspace
 *
 */

#ifndef __MTD_INFTL_USER_H__
#define __MTD_INFTL_USER_H__

#include <linux/types.h>

#define	OSAK_VERSION	0x5120
#define	PERCENTUSED	98

#define	SECTORSIZE	512

/* Block Control Information */

struct inftl_bci {
	__u8 ECCsig[6];
	__u8 Status;
	__u8 Status1;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct inftl_unithead1 {
	__u16 virtualUnitNo;
	__u16 prevUnitNo;
	__u8 ANAC;
	__u8 NACs;
	__u8 parityPerField;
	__u8 discarded;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct inftl_unithead2 {
	__u8 parityPerField;
	__u8 ANAC;
	__u16 prevUnitNo;
	__u16 virtualUnitNo;
	__u8 NACs;
	__u8 discarded;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct inftl_unittail {
	__u8 Reserved[4];
	__u16 EraseMark;
	__u16 EraseMark1;
} __attribute__((packed));

union inftl_uci {
	struct inftl_unithead1 a;
	struct inftl_unithead2 b;
	struct inftl_unittail c;
};

struct inftl_oob {
	struct inftl_bci b;
	union inftl_uci u;
};


/* INFTL Media Header */

struct INFTLPartition {
	__u32 virtualUnits;
	__u32 firstUnit;
	__u32 lastUnit;
	__u32 flags;
	__u32 spareUnits;
	__u32 Reserved0;
	__u32 Reserved1;
} __attribute__((packed));

struct INFTLMediaHeader {
	char bootRecordID[8];
	__u32 NoOfBootImageBlocks;
	__u32 NoOfBinaryPartitions;
	__u32 NoOfBDTLPartitions;
	__u32 BlockMultiplierBits;
	__u32 FormatFlags;
	__u32 OsakVersion;
	__u32 PercentUsed;
	struct INFTLPartition Partitions[4];
} __attribute__((packed));

/* Partition flag types */
#define	INFTL_BINARY	0x20000000
#define	INFTL_BDTL	0x40000000
#define	INFTL_LAST	0x80000000

#endif /* __MTD_INFTL_USER_H__ */


/* Data structure for communication from the run-time dynamic linker for
   loaded ELF shared objects.
   Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef	_LINK_H
#define	_LINK_H	1

#include <features.h>
#include <elf.h>
#include <dlfcn.h>
#include <sys/types.h>

/* We use this macro to refer to ELF types independent of the native wordsize.
   `ElfW(TYPE)' is used in place of `Elf32_TYPE' or `Elf64_TYPE'.  */
#define ElfW(type)	_ElfW (Elf, __ELF_NATIVE_CLASS, type)
#define _ElfW(e,w,t)	_ElfW_1 (e, w, _##t)
#define _ElfW_1(e,w,t)	e##w##t

#include <bits/elfclass.h>		/* Defines __ELF_NATIVE_CLASS.  */
#include <bits/link.h>

/* Rendezvous structure used by the run-time dynamic linker to communicate
   details of shared object loading to the debugger.  If the executable's
   dynamic section has a DT_DEBUG element, the run-time linker sets that
   element's value to the address where this structure can be found.  */

struct r_debug
  {
    int r_version;		/* Version number for this protocol.  */

    struct link_map *r_map;	/* Head of the chain of loaded objects.  */

    /* This is the address of a function internal to the run-time linker,
       that will always be called when the linker begins to map in a
       library or unmap it, and again when the mapping change is complete.
       The debugger can set a breakpoint at this address if it wants to
       notice shared object mapping changes.  */
    ElfW(Addr) r_brk;
    enum
      {
	/* This state value describes the mapping change taking place when
	   the `r_brk' address is called.  */
	RT_CONSISTENT,		/* Mapping change is complete.  */
	RT_ADD,			/* Beginning to add a new object.  */
	RT_DELETE		/* Beginning to remove an object mapping.  */
      } r_state;

    ElfW(Addr) r_ldbase;	/* Base address the linker is loaded at.  */
  };

/* This is the instance of that structure used by the dynamic linker.  */
extern struct r_debug _r_debug;

/* This symbol refers to the "dynamic structure" in the `.dynamic' section
   of whatever module refers to `_DYNAMIC'.  So, to find its own
   `struct r_debug', a program could do:
     for (dyn = _DYNAMIC; dyn->d_tag != DT_NULL; ++dyn)
       if (dyn->d_tag == DT_DEBUG)
	 r_debug = (struct r_debug *) dyn->d_un.d_ptr;
   */
extern ElfW(Dyn) _DYNAMIC[];

/* Structure describing a loaded shared object.  The `l_next' and `l_prev'
   members form a chain of all the shared objects loaded at startup.

   These data structures exist in space used by the run-time dynamic linker;
   modifying them may have disastrous results.  */

struct link_map
  {
    /* These first few members are part of the protocol with the debugger.
       This is the same format used in SVR4.  */

    ElfW(Addr) l_addr;		/* Difference between the address in the ELF
				   file and the addresses in memory.  */
    char *l_name;		/* Absolute file name object was found in.  */
    ElfW(Dyn) *l_ld;		/* Dynamic section of the shared object.  */
    struct link_map *l_next, *l_prev; /* Chain of loaded objects.  */
  };

#ifdef __USE_GNU

/* Version numbers for la_version handshake interface.  */
#include <bits/link_lavcurrent.h>

/* Activity types signaled through la_activity.  */
enum
  {
    LA_ACT_CONSISTENT,		/* Link map consistent again.  */
    LA_ACT_ADD,			/* New object will be added.  */
    LA_ACT_DELETE		/* Objects will be removed.  */
  };

/* Values representing origin of name for dynamic loading.  */
enum
  {
    LA_SER_ORIG = 0x01,		/* Original name.  */
    LA_SER_LIBPATH = 0x02,	/* Directory from LD_LIBRARY_PATH.  */
    LA_SER_RUNPATH = 0x04,	/* Directory from RPATH/RUNPATH.  */
    LA_SER_CONFIG = 0x08,	/* Found through ldconfig.  */
    LA_SER_DEFAULT = 0x40,	/* Default directory.  */
    LA_SER_SECURE = 0x80	/* Unused.  */
  };

/* Values for la_objopen return value.  */
enum
  {
    LA_FLG_BINDTO = 0x01,	/* Audit symbols bound to this object.  */
    LA_FLG_BINDFROM = 0x02	/* Audit symbols bound from this object.  */
  };

/* Values for la_symbind flags parameter.  */
enum
  {
    LA_SYMB_NOPLTENTER = 0x01,	/* la_pltenter will not be called.  */
    LA_SYMB_NOPLTEXIT = 0x02,	/* la_pltexit will not be called.  */
    LA_SYMB_STRUCTCALL = 0x04,	/* Return value is a structure.  */
    LA_SYMB_DLSYM = 0x08,	/* Binding due to dlsym call.  */
    LA_SYMB_ALTVALUE = 0x10	/* Value has been changed by a previous
				   la_symbind call.  */
  };

struct dl_phdr_info
  {
    ElfW(Addr) dlpi_addr;
    const char *dlpi_name;
    const ElfW(Phdr) *dlpi_phdr;
    ElfW(Half) dlpi_phnum;

    /* Note: Following members were introduced after the first
       version of this structure was available.  Check the SIZE
       argument passed to the dl_iterate_phdr callback to determine
       whether or not each later member is available.  */

    /* Incremented when a new object may have been added.  */
    __extension__ unsigned long long int dlpi_adds;
    /* Incremented when an object may have been removed.  */
    __extension__ unsigned long long int dlpi_subs;

    /* If there is a PT_TLS segment, its module ID as used in
       TLS relocations, else zero.  */
    size_t dlpi_tls_modid;

    /* The address of the calling thread's instance of this module's
       PT_TLS segment, if it has one and it has been allocated
       in the calling thread, otherwise a null pointer.  */
    void *dlpi_tls_data;
  };

__BEGIN_DECLS

extern int dl_iterate_phdr (int (*__callback) (struct dl_phdr_info *,
					       size_t, void *),
			    void *__data);


/* Prototypes for the ld.so auditing interfaces.  These are not
   defined anywhere in ld.so but instead have to be provided by the
   auditing DSO.  */
extern unsigned int la_version (unsigned int __version);
extern void la_activity (uintptr_t *__cookie, unsigned int __flag);
extern char *la_objsearch (const char *__name, uintptr_t *__cookie,
			   unsigned int __flag);
extern unsigned int la_objopen (struct link_map *__map, Lmid_t __lmid,
				uintptr_t *__cookie);
extern void la_preinit (uintptr_t *__cookie);
extern uintptr_t la_symbind32 (Elf32_Sym *__sym, unsigned int __ndx,
			       uintptr_t *__refcook, uintptr_t *__defcook,
			       unsigned int *__flags, const char *__symname);
extern uintptr_t la_symbind64 (Elf64_Sym *__sym, unsigned int __ndx,
			       uintptr_t *__refcook, uintptr_t *__defcook,
			       unsigned int *__flags, const char *__symname);
extern unsigned int la_objclose (uintptr_t *__cookie);

__END_DECLS

#endif

#endif /* link.h */
/* FPU control word bits.  x86 version.
   Copyright (C) 1993-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
   Contributed by Olaf Flebbe.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _FPU_CONTROL_H
#define _FPU_CONTROL_H	1

/* Note that this file sets on x86-64 only the x87 FPU, it does not
   touch the SSE unit.  */

/* Here is the dirty part. Set up your 387 through the control word
 * (cw) register.
 *
 *     15-13    12  11-10  9-8     7-6     5    4    3    2    1    0
 * | reserved | IC | RC  | PC | reserved | PM | UM | OM | ZM | DM | IM
 *
 * IM: Invalid operation mask
 * DM: Denormalized operand mask
 * ZM: Zero-divide mask
 * OM: Overflow mask
 * UM: Underflow mask
 * PM: Precision (inexact result) mask
 *
 * Mask bit is 1 means no interrupt.
 *
 * PC: Precision control
 * 11 - round to extended precision
 * 10 - round to double precision
 * 00 - round to single precision
 *
 * RC: Rounding control
 * 00 - rounding to nearest
 * 01 - rounding down (toward - infinity)
 * 10 - rounding up (toward + infinity)
 * 11 - rounding toward zero
 *
 * IC: Infinity control
 * That is for 8087 and 80287 only.
 *
 * The hardware default is 0x037f which we use.
 */

#include <features.h>

/* masking of interrupts */
#define _FPU_MASK_IM  0x01
#define _FPU_MASK_DM  0x02
#define _FPU_MASK_ZM  0x04
#define _FPU_MASK_OM  0x08
#define _FPU_MASK_UM  0x10
#define _FPU_MASK_PM  0x20

/* precision control */
#define _FPU_EXTENDED 0x300	/* libm requires double extended precision.  */
#define _FPU_DOUBLE   0x200
#define _FPU_SINGLE   0x0

/* rounding control */
#define _FPU_RC_NEAREST 0x0    /* RECOMMENDED */
#define _FPU_RC_DOWN    0x400
#define _FPU_RC_UP      0x800
#define _FPU_RC_ZERO    0xC00

#define _FPU_RESERVED 0xF0C0  /* Reserved bits in cw */


/* The fdlibm code requires strict IEEE double precision arithmetic,
   and no interrupts for exceptions, rounding to nearest.  */

#define _FPU_DEFAULT  0x037f

/* IEEE:  same as above.  */
#define _FPU_IEEE     0x037f

/* Type of the control word.  */
typedef unsigned int fpu_control_t __attribute__ ((__mode__ (__HI__)));

/* Macros for accessing the hardware control word.  "*&" is used to
   work around a bug in older versions of GCC.  __volatile__ is used
   to support combination of writing the control register and reading
   it back.  Without __volatile__, the old value may be used for reading
   back under compiler optimization.

   Note that the use of these macros is not sufficient anymore with
   recent hardware nor on x86-64.  Some floating point operations are
   executed in the SSE/SSE2 engines which have their own control and
   status register.  */
#define _FPU_GETCW(cw) __asm__ __volatile__ ("fnstcw %0" : "=m" (*&cw))
#define _FPU_SETCW(cw) __asm__ __volatile__ ("fldcw %0" : : "m" (*&cw))

/* Default control word set at startup.  */
extern fpu_control_t __fpu_control;

#endif	/* fpu_control.h */
#ifndef _SEPOL_BOOLEANS_H_
#define _SEPOL_BOOLEANS_H_

#include <stddef.h>
#include <sepol/policydb.h>
#include <sepol/boolean_record.h>
#include <sepol/handle.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*--------------compatibility--------------*/

/* Given an existing binary policy (starting at 'data', with length 'len')
   and a boolean configuration file named by 'boolpath', rewrite the binary
   policy for the boolean settings in the boolean configuration file.
   The binary policy is rewritten in place in memory.
   Returns 0 upon success, or -1 otherwise. */
extern int sepol_genbools(void *data, size_t len, const char *boolpath);

/* Given an existing binary policy (starting at 'data', with length 'len')
   and boolean settings specified by the parallel arrays ('names', 'values')
   with 'nel' elements, rewrite the binary policy for the boolean settings.
   The binary policy is rewritten in place in memory.
   Returns 0 upon success or -1 otherwise. */
extern int sepol_genbools_array(void *data, size_t len,
				char **names, int *values, int nel);
/*---------------end compatbility------------*/

/* Set the specified boolean */
extern int sepol_bool_set(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			  sepol_policydb_t * policydb,
			  const sepol_bool_key_t * key,
			  const sepol_bool_t * data);

/* Return the number of booleans */
extern int sepol_bool_count(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			    const sepol_policydb_t * p, unsigned int *response);

/* Check if the specified boolean exists */
extern int sepol_bool_exists(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			     const sepol_policydb_t * policydb,
			     const sepol_bool_key_t * key, int *response);

/* Query a boolean - returns the boolean, or NULL if not found */
extern int sepol_bool_query(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			    const sepol_policydb_t * p,
			    const sepol_bool_key_t * key,
			    sepol_bool_t ** response);

/* Iterate the booleans
 * The handler may return:
 * -1 to signal an error condition,
 * 1 to signal successful exit
 * 0 to signal continue */

extern int sepol_bool_iterate(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			      const sepol_policydb_t * policydb,
			      int (*fn) (const sepol_bool_t * boolean,
					 void *fn_arg), void *arg);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
#ifndef _SEPOL_PORTS_H_
#define _SEPOL_PORTS_H_

#include <sepol/handle.h>
#include <sepol/policydb.h>
#include <sepol/port_record.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Return the number of ports */
extern int sepol_port_count(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			    const sepol_policydb_t * p, unsigned int *response);

/* Check if a port exists */
extern int sepol_port_exists(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			     const sepol_policydb_t * policydb,
			     const sepol_port_key_t * key, int *response);

/* Query a port - returns the port, or NULL if not found */
extern int sepol_port_query(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			    const sepol_policydb_t * policydb,
			    const sepol_port_key_t * key,
			    sepol_port_t ** response);

/* Modify a port, or add it, if the key is not found */
extern int sepol_port_modify(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			     sepol_policydb_t * policydb,
			     const sepol_port_key_t * key,
			     const sepol_port_t * data);

/* Iterate the ports 
 * The handler may return:
 * -1 to signal an error condition,
 * 1 to signal successful exit
 * 0 to signal continue */

extern int sepol_port_iterate(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			      const sepol_policydb_t * policydb,
			      int (*fn) (const sepol_port_t * port,
					 void *fn_arg), void *arg);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
#ifndef _SEPOL_NODE_RECORD_H_
#define _SEPOL_NODE_RECORD_H_

#include <stddef.h>
#include <sepol/context_record.h>
#include <sepol/handle.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

struct sepol_node;
struct sepol_node_key;
typedef struct sepol_node sepol_node_t;
typedef struct sepol_node_key sepol_node_key_t;

#define SEPOL_PROTO_IP4 0
#define SEPOL_PROTO_IP6 1

/* Key */
extern int sepol_node_compare(const sepol_node_t * node,
			      const sepol_node_key_t * key);

extern int sepol_node_compare2(const sepol_node_t * node,
			       const sepol_node_t * node2);

extern int sepol_node_key_create(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				 const char *addr,
				 const char *mask,
				 int proto, sepol_node_key_t ** key_ptr);

extern void sepol_node_key_unpack(const sepol_node_key_t * key,
				  const char **addr,
				  const char **mask, int *proto);

extern int sepol_node_key_extract(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				  const sepol_node_t * node,
				  sepol_node_key_t ** key_ptr);

extern void sepol_node_key_free(sepol_node_key_t * key);

/* Address */
extern int sepol_node_get_addr(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			       const sepol_node_t * node, char **addr);

extern int sepol_node_get_addr_bytes(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				     const sepol_node_t * node,
				     char **addr, size_t * addr_sz);

extern int sepol_node_set_addr(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			       sepol_node_t * node,
			       int proto, const char *addr);

extern int sepol_node_set_addr_bytes(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				     sepol_node_t * node,
				     const char *addr, size_t addr_sz);

/* Netmask */
extern int sepol_node_get_mask(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			       const sepol_node_t * node, char **mask);

extern int sepol_node_get_mask_bytes(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				     const sepol_node_t * node,
				     char **mask, size_t * mask_sz);

extern int sepol_node_set_mask(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			       sepol_node_t * node,
			       int proto, const char *mask);

extern int sepol_node_set_mask_bytes(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				     sepol_node_t * node,
				     const char *mask, size_t mask_sz);

/* Protocol */
extern int sepol_node_get_proto(const sepol_node_t * node);

extern void sepol_node_set_proto(sepol_node_t * node, int proto);

extern const char *sepol_node_get_proto_str(int proto);

/* Context */
extern sepol_context_t *sepol_node_get_con(const sepol_node_t * node);

extern int sepol_node_set_con(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			      sepol_node_t * node, sepol_context_t * con);

/* Create/Clone/Destroy */
extern int sepol_node_create(sepol_handle_t * handle, sepol_node_t ** node_ptr);

extern int sepol_node_clone(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			    const sepol_node_t * node,
			    sepol_node_t ** node_ptr);

extern void sepol_node_free(sepol_node_t * node);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
#ifndef _SEPOL_HANDLE_H_
#define _SEPOL_HANDLE_H_

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

struct sepol_handle;
typedef struct sepol_handle sepol_handle_t;

/* Create and return a sepol handle. */
sepol_handle_t *sepol_handle_create(void);

/* Get whether or not dontaudits will be disabled, same values as
 * specified by set_disable_dontaudit. This value reflects the state
 * your system will be set to upon commit, not necessarily its
 * current state.*/
int sepol_get_disable_dontaudit(sepol_handle_t * sh);

/* Set whether or not to disable dontaudits, 0 is default and does 
 * not disable dontaudits, 1 disables them */
void sepol_set_disable_dontaudit(sepol_handle_t * sh, int disable_dontaudit);

/* Set whether module_expand() should consume the base policy passed in.
 * This should reduce the amount of memory required to expand the policy. */
void sepol_set_expand_consume_base(sepol_handle_t * sh, int consume_base);

/* Destroy a sepol handle. */
void sepol_handle_destroy(sepol_handle_t *);

/* Get whether or not needless unused branch of tunables would be preserved */
int sepol_get_preserve_tunables(sepol_handle_t * sh);

/* Set whether or not to preserve the needless unused branch of tunables,
 * 0 is default and discard such branch, 1 preserves them */
void sepol_set_preserve_tunables(sepol_handle_t * sh, int preserve_tunables);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
#ifndef _SEPOL_NODES_H_
#define _SEPOL_NODES_H_

#include <sepol/handle.h>
#include <sepol/policydb.h>
#include <sepol/node_record.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Return the number of nodes */
extern int sepol_node_count(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			    const sepol_policydb_t * p, unsigned int *response);

/* Check if a node exists */
extern int sepol_node_exists(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			     const sepol_policydb_t * policydb,
			     const sepol_node_key_t * key, int *response);

/* Query a node - returns the node, or NULL if not found */
extern int sepol_node_query(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			    const sepol_policydb_t * policydb,
			    const sepol_node_key_t * key,
			    sepol_node_t ** response);

/* Modify a node, or add it, if the key is not found */
extern int sepol_node_modify(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			     sepol_policydb_t * policydb,
			     const sepol_node_key_t * key,
			     const sepol_node_t * data);

/* Iterate the nodes 
 * The handler may return:
 * -1 to signal an error condition,
 * 1 to signal successful exit
 * 0 to signal continue */

extern int sepol_node_iterate(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			      const sepol_policydb_t * policydb,
			      int (*fn) (const sepol_node_t * node,
					 void *fn_arg), void *arg);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
#ifndef _SEPOL_USERS_H_
#define _SEPOL_USERS_H_

#include <sepol/policydb.h>
#include <sepol/user_record.h>
#include <sepol/handle.h>
#include <stddef.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*---------compatibility------------*/

/* Given an existing binary policy (starting at 'data with length 'len')
   and user configurations living in 'usersdir', generate a new binary
   policy for the new user configurations.  Sets '*newdata' and '*newlen'
   to refer to the new binary policy image. */
extern int sepol_genusers(void *data, size_t len,
			  const char *usersdir,
			  void **newdata, size_t * newlen);

/* Enable or disable deletion of users by sepol_genusers(3) when
   a user in original binary policy image is not defined by the
   new user configurations.  Defaults to disabled. */
extern void sepol_set_delusers(int on);

/*--------end compatibility----------*/

/* Modify the user, or add it, if the key is not found */
extern int sepol_user_modify(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			     sepol_policydb_t * policydb,
			     const sepol_user_key_t * key,
			     const sepol_user_t * data);

/* Return the number of users */
extern int sepol_user_count(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			    const sepol_policydb_t * p, unsigned int *response);

/* Check if the specified user exists */
extern int sepol_user_exists(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			     const sepol_policydb_t * policydb,
			     const sepol_user_key_t * key, int *response);

/* Query a user - returns the user or NULL if not found */
extern int sepol_user_query(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			    const sepol_policydb_t * p,
			    const sepol_user_key_t * key,
			    sepol_user_t ** response);

/* Iterate the users
 * The handler may return:
 * -1 to signal an error condition,
 * 1 to signal successful exit
 * 0 to signal continue */
extern int sepol_user_iterate(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			      const sepol_policydb_t * policydb,
			      int (*fn) (const sepol_user_t * user,
					 void *fn_arg), void *arg);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
#ifndef _SEPOL_CONTEXT_H_
#define _SEPOL_CONTEXT_H_

#include <sepol/context_record.h>
#include <sepol/policydb.h>
#include <sepol/handle.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* -- Deprecated -- */

extern int sepol_check_context(const char *context);

/* -- End deprecated -- */

extern int sepol_context_check(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			       const sepol_policydb_t * policydb,
			       const sepol_context_t * context);

extern int sepol_mls_contains(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			      const sepol_policydb_t * policydb,
			      const char *mls1,
			      const char *mls2, int *response);

extern int sepol_mls_check(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			   const sepol_policydb_t * policydb, const char *mls);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
#ifndef _SEPOL_IBENDPORT_RECORD_H_
#define _SEPOL_IBENDPORT_RECORD_H_

#include <stddef.h>
#include <sepol/context_record.h>
#include <sepol/handle.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

struct sepol_ibendport;
struct sepol_ibendport_key;
typedef struct sepol_ibendport sepol_ibendport_t;
typedef struct sepol_ibendport_key sepol_ibendport_key_t;

extern int sepol_ibendport_compare(const sepol_ibendport_t *ibendport,
				   const sepol_ibendport_key_t *key);

extern int sepol_ibendport_compare2(const sepol_ibendport_t *ibendport,
				    const sepol_ibendport_t *ibendport2);

extern int sepol_ibendport_key_create(sepol_handle_t *handle,
				      const char *ibdev_name,
				      int port,
				      sepol_ibendport_key_t **key_ptr);

extern void sepol_ibendport_key_unpack(const sepol_ibendport_key_t *key,
				       const char **ibdev_name,
				       int *port);

extern int sepol_ibendport_alloc_ibdev_name(sepol_handle_t *handle,
					    char **ibdev_name);

extern int sepol_ibendport_key_extract(sepol_handle_t *handle,
				       const sepol_ibendport_t *ibendport,
				       sepol_ibendport_key_t **key_ptr);

extern void sepol_ibendport_key_free(sepol_ibendport_key_t *key);

extern void sepol_ibendport_set_port(sepol_ibendport_t *ibendport, int port);

extern int sepol_ibendport_get_port(const sepol_ibendport_t *ibendport);

extern int sepol_ibendport_get_ibdev_name(sepol_handle_t *handle,
					  const sepol_ibendport_t *ibendport,
					  char **ibdev_name);

extern int sepol_ibendport_set_ibdev_name(sepol_handle_t *handle,
					  sepol_ibendport_t *ibendport,
					  const char *ibdev_name);

extern sepol_context_t *sepol_ibendport_get_con(const sepol_ibendport_t *ibendport);

extern int sepol_ibendport_set_con(sepol_handle_t *handle,
				   sepol_ibendport_t *ibendport,
				   sepol_context_t *con);

extern int sepol_ibendport_create(sepol_handle_t *handle,
				  sepol_ibendport_t **ibendport_ptr);

extern int sepol_ibendport_clone(sepol_handle_t *handle,
				 const sepol_ibendport_t *ibendport,
				 sepol_ibendport_t **ibendport_ptr);

extern void sepol_ibendport_free(sepol_ibendport_t *ibendport);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
#ifndef _SEPOL_PORT_RECORD_H_
#define _SEPOL_PORT_RECORD_H_

#include <sepol/context_record.h>
#include <sepol/handle.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

struct sepol_port;
struct sepol_port_key;
typedef struct sepol_port sepol_port_t;
typedef struct sepol_port_key sepol_port_key_t;

#define SEPOL_PROTO_UDP 0
#define SEPOL_PROTO_TCP 1
#define SEPOL_PROTO_DCCP 2
#define SEPOL_PROTO_SCTP 3

/* Key */
extern int sepol_port_compare(const sepol_port_t * port,
			      const sepol_port_key_t * key);

extern int sepol_port_compare2(const sepol_port_t * port,
			       const sepol_port_t * port2);

extern int sepol_port_key_create(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				 int low, int high, int proto,
				 sepol_port_key_t ** key_ptr);

extern void sepol_port_key_unpack(const sepol_port_key_t * key,
				  int *low, int *high, int *proto);

extern int sepol_port_key_extract(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				  const sepol_port_t * port,
				  sepol_port_key_t ** key_ptr);

extern void sepol_port_key_free(sepol_port_key_t * key);

/* Protocol */
extern int sepol_port_get_proto(const sepol_port_t * port);

extern void sepol_port_set_proto(sepol_port_t * port, int proto);

extern const char *sepol_port_get_proto_str(int proto);

/* Port */
extern int sepol_port_get_low(const sepol_port_t * port);

extern int sepol_port_get_high(const sepol_port_t * port);

extern void sepol_port_set_port(sepol_port_t * port, int port_num);

extern void sepol_port_set_range(sepol_port_t * port, int low, int high);

/* Context */
extern sepol_context_t *sepol_port_get_con(const sepol_port_t * port);

extern int sepol_port_set_con(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			      sepol_port_t * port, sepol_context_t * con);

/* Create/Clone/Destroy */
extern int sepol_port_create(sepol_handle_t * handle, sepol_port_t ** port_ptr);

extern int sepol_port_clone(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			    const sepol_port_t * port,
			    sepol_port_t ** port_ptr);

extern void sepol_port_free(sepol_port_t * port);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
#ifndef __SEPOL_INTERFACES_H_
#define __SEPOL_INTERFACES_H_

#include <sepol/policydb.h>
#include <sepol/iface_record.h>
#include <sepol/handle.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Return the number of interfaces */
extern int sepol_iface_count(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			     const sepol_policydb_t * policydb,
			     unsigned int *response);

/* Check if an interface exists */
extern int sepol_iface_exists(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			      const sepol_policydb_t * policydb,
			      const sepol_iface_key_t * key, int *response);

/* Query an interface - returns the interface, 
 * or NULL if not found */
extern int sepol_iface_query(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			     const sepol_policydb_t * policydb,
			     const sepol_iface_key_t * key,
			     sepol_iface_t ** response);

/* Modify an interface, or add it, if the key
 * is not found */
extern int sepol_iface_modify(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			      sepol_policydb_t * policydb,
			      const sepol_iface_key_t * key,
			      const sepol_iface_t * data);

/* Iterate the interfaces
 * The handler may return:
 * -1 to signal an error condition,
 * 1 to signal successful exit
 * 0 to signal continue */

extern int sepol_iface_iterate(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			       const sepol_policydb_t * policydb,
			       int (*fn) (const sepol_iface_t * iface,
					  void *fn_arg), void *arg);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
#include <stdlib.h>

#include <sepol/policydb/policydb.h>

int sepol_kernel_policydb_to_conf(FILE *fp, struct policydb *pdb);
#ifndef _SEPOL_BOOLEAN_RECORD_H_
#define _SEPOL_BOOLEAN_RECORD_H_

#include <stddef.h>
#include <sepol/handle.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

struct sepol_bool;
struct sepol_bool_key;
typedef struct sepol_bool sepol_bool_t;
typedef struct sepol_bool_key sepol_bool_key_t;

/* Key */
extern int sepol_bool_key_create(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				 const char *name, sepol_bool_key_t ** key);

extern void sepol_bool_key_unpack(const sepol_bool_key_t * key,
				  const char **name);

extern int sepol_bool_key_extract(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				  const sepol_bool_t * boolean,
				  sepol_bool_key_t ** key_ptr);

extern void sepol_bool_key_free(sepol_bool_key_t * key);

extern int sepol_bool_compare(const sepol_bool_t * boolean,
			      const sepol_bool_key_t * key);

extern int sepol_bool_compare2(const sepol_bool_t * boolean,
			       const sepol_bool_t * boolean2);

/* Name */
extern const char *sepol_bool_get_name(const sepol_bool_t * boolean);

extern int sepol_bool_set_name(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			       sepol_bool_t * boolean, const char *name);

/* Value */
extern int sepol_bool_get_value(const sepol_bool_t * boolean);

extern void sepol_bool_set_value(sepol_bool_t * boolean, int value);

/* Create/Clone/Destroy */
extern int sepol_bool_create(sepol_handle_t * handle, sepol_bool_t ** bool_ptr);

extern int sepol_bool_clone(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			    const sepol_bool_t * boolean,
			    sepol_bool_t ** bool_ptr);

extern void sepol_bool_free(sepol_bool_t * boolean);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/* Author: Karl MacMillan <kmacmillan@mentalrootkit.com> */

#ifndef __sepol_errno_h__
#define __sepol_errno_h__

#include <errno.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define SEPOL_OK             0

/* These first error codes are defined for compatibility with
 * previous version of libsepol. In the future, custom error
 * codes that don't map to system error codes should be defined
 * outside of the range of system error codes.
 */
#define SEPOL_ERR            -1
#define SEPOL_ENOTSUP        -2  /* feature not supported in module language */
#define SEPOL_EREQ           -3  /* requirements not met */

/* Error codes that map to system error codes */
#define SEPOL_ENOMEM         -ENOMEM
#define SEPOL_ERANGE         -ERANGE
#define SEPOL_EEXIST         -EEXIST
#define SEPOL_ENOENT         -ENOENT

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
#include <stdlib.h>

#include <sepol/module.h>
#include <sepol/policydb/policydb.h>

int sepol_module_policydb_to_cil(FILE *fp, struct policydb *pdb, int linked);
int sepol_module_package_to_cil(FILE *fp, struct sepol_module_package *mod_pkg);
int sepol_ppfile_to_module_package(FILE *fp, struct sepol_module_package **mod_pkg);
/*
 * Copyright 2011 Tresys Technology, LLC. All rights reserved.
 * 
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 * 
 *    1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
 *       this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 
 *    2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
 *       this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
 *       and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY TRESYS TECHNOLOGY, LLC ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
 * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
 * EVENT SHALL TRESYS TECHNOLOGY, LLC OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
 * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
 * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
 * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
 * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
 * ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 * 
 * The views and conclusions contained in the software and documentation are those
 * of the authors and should not be interpreted as representing official policies,
 * either expressed or implied, of Tresys Technology, LLC.
 */

#ifndef CIL_H_
#define CIL_H_

#include <sepol/policydb/policydb.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

struct cil_db;
typedef struct cil_db cil_db_t;

extern void cil_db_init(cil_db_t **db);
extern void cil_db_destroy(cil_db_t **db);

extern int cil_add_file(cil_db_t *db, char *name, char *data, size_t size);

extern int cil_compile(cil_db_t *db);
extern int cil_build_policydb(cil_db_t *db, sepol_policydb_t **sepol_db);
extern int cil_userprefixes_to_string(cil_db_t *db, char **out, size_t *size);
extern int cil_selinuxusers_to_string(cil_db_t *db, char **out, size_t *size);
extern int cil_filecons_to_string(cil_db_t *db, char **out, size_t *size);
extern void cil_set_disable_dontaudit(cil_db_t *db, int disable_dontaudit);
extern void cil_set_multiple_decls(cil_db_t *db, int multiple_decls);
extern void cil_set_disable_neverallow(cil_db_t *db, int disable_neverallow);
extern void cil_set_preserve_tunables(cil_db_t *db, int preserve_tunables);
extern int cil_set_handle_unknown(cil_db_t *db, int handle_unknown);
extern void cil_set_mls(cil_db_t *db, int mls);
extern void cil_set_attrs_expand_generated(struct cil_db *db, int attrs_expand_generated);
extern void cil_set_attrs_expand_size(struct cil_db *db, unsigned attrs_expand_size);
extern void cil_set_target_platform(cil_db_t *db, int target_platform);
extern void cil_set_policy_version(cil_db_t *db, int policy_version);
extern void cil_write_policy_conf(FILE *out, struct cil_db *db);

enum cil_log_level {
	CIL_ERR = 1,
	CIL_WARN,
	CIL_INFO
};
extern void cil_set_log_level(enum cil_log_level lvl);
extern void cil_set_log_handler(void (*handler)(int lvl, char *msg));

#ifdef __GNUC__
__attribute__ ((format(printf, 2, 3)))
#endif
extern void cil_log(enum cil_log_level lvl, const char *msg, ...);

extern void cil_set_malloc_error_handler(void (*handler)(void));

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
#ifndef _SEPOL_IBPKEY_RECORD_H_
#define _SEPOL_IBPKEY_RECORD_H_

#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <sepol/context_record.h>
#include <sepol/handle.h>

#define INET6_ADDRLEN 16

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

struct sepol_ibpkey;
struct sepol_ibpkey_key;
typedef struct sepol_ibpkey sepol_ibpkey_t;
typedef struct sepol_ibpkey_key sepol_ibpkey_key_t;

extern int sepol_ibpkey_compare(const sepol_ibpkey_t *ibpkey,
				const sepol_ibpkey_key_t *key);

extern int sepol_ibpkey_compare2(const sepol_ibpkey_t *ibpkey,
				 const sepol_ibpkey_t *ibpkey2);

extern int sepol_ibpkey_key_create(sepol_handle_t *handle,
				   const char *subnet_prefix,
				   int low, int high,
				   sepol_ibpkey_key_t **key_ptr);

extern void sepol_ibpkey_key_unpack(const sepol_ibpkey_key_t *key,
				    uint64_t *subnet_prefix,
				    int *low, int *high);

extern int sepol_ibpkey_key_extract(sepol_handle_t *handle,
				    const sepol_ibpkey_t *ibpkey,
				    sepol_ibpkey_key_t **key_ptr);

extern void sepol_ibpkey_key_free(sepol_ibpkey_key_t *key);

extern int sepol_ibpkey_get_low(const sepol_ibpkey_t *ibpkey);

extern int sepol_ibpkey_get_high(const sepol_ibpkey_t *ibpkey);

extern void sepol_ibpkey_set_pkey(sepol_ibpkey_t *ibpkey, int pkey_num);

extern void sepol_ibpkey_set_range(sepol_ibpkey_t *ibpkey, int low, int high);

extern int sepol_ibpkey_get_subnet_prefix(sepol_handle_t *handle,
					  const sepol_ibpkey_t *ibpkey,
					  char **subnet_prefix);

extern uint64_t sepol_ibpkey_get_subnet_prefix_bytes(const sepol_ibpkey_t *ibpkey);

extern int sepol_ibpkey_set_subnet_prefix(sepol_handle_t *handle,
					  sepol_ibpkey_t *ibpkey,
					  const char *subnet_prefix);

extern void sepol_ibpkey_set_subnet_prefix_bytes(sepol_ibpkey_t *ibpkey,
						 uint64_t subnet_prefix);

extern sepol_context_t *sepol_ibpkey_get_con(const sepol_ibpkey_t *ibpkey);

extern int sepol_ibpkey_set_con(sepol_handle_t *handle,
				sepol_ibpkey_t *ibpkey, sepol_context_t *con);

extern int sepol_ibpkey_create(sepol_handle_t *handle, sepol_ibpkey_t **ibpkey_ptr);

extern int sepol_ibpkey_clone(sepol_handle_t *handle,
			      const sepol_ibpkey_t *ibpkey,
			      sepol_ibpkey_t **ibpkey_ptr);

extern void sepol_ibpkey_free(sepol_ibpkey_t *ibpkey);


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/* Author : Stephen Smalley, <sds@tycho.nsa.gov> */

/* FLASK */

/*
 * A constraint is a condition that must be satisfied in
 * order for one or more permissions to be granted.  
 * Constraints are used to impose additional restrictions
 * beyond the type-based rules in `te' or the role-based
 * transition rules in `rbac'.  Constraints are typically
 * used to prevent a process from transitioning to a new user 
 * identity or role unless it is in a privileged type.
 * Constraints are likewise typically used to prevent a
 * process from labeling an object with a different user
 * identity.   
 */

#ifndef _SEPOL_POLICYDB_CONSTRAINT_H_
#define _SEPOL_POLICYDB_CONSTRAINT_H_

#include <sepol/policydb/policydb.h>
#include <sepol/policydb/ebitmap.h>
#include <sepol/policydb/flask_types.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define CEXPR_MAXDEPTH 5

struct type_set;

typedef struct constraint_expr {
#define CEXPR_NOT		1	/* not expr */
#define CEXPR_AND		2	/* expr and expr */
#define CEXPR_OR		3	/* expr or expr */
#define CEXPR_ATTR		4	/* attr op attr */
#define CEXPR_NAMES		5	/* attr op names */
	uint32_t expr_type;	/* expression type */

#define CEXPR_USER 1		/* user */
#define CEXPR_ROLE 2		/* role */
#define CEXPR_TYPE 4		/* type */
#define CEXPR_TARGET 8		/* target if set, source otherwise */
#define CEXPR_XTARGET 16	/* special 3rd target for validatetrans rule */
#define CEXPR_L1L2 32		/* low level 1 vs. low level 2 */
#define CEXPR_L1H2 64		/* low level 1 vs. high level 2 */
#define CEXPR_H1L2 128		/* high level 1 vs. low level 2 */
#define CEXPR_H1H2 256		/* high level 1 vs. high level 2 */
#define CEXPR_L1H1 512		/* low level 1 vs. high level 1 */
#define CEXPR_L2H2 1024		/* low level 2 vs. high level 2 */
	uint32_t attr;		/* attribute */

#define CEXPR_EQ     1		/* == or eq */
#define CEXPR_NEQ    2		/* != */
#define CEXPR_DOM    3		/* dom */
#define CEXPR_DOMBY  4		/* domby  */
#define CEXPR_INCOMP 5		/* incomp */
	uint32_t op;		/* operator */

	ebitmap_t names;	/* names */
	struct type_set *type_names;

	struct constraint_expr *next;	/* next expression */
} constraint_expr_t;

typedef struct constraint_node {
	sepol_access_vector_t permissions;	/* constrained permissions */
	constraint_expr_t *expr;	/* constraint on permissions */
	struct constraint_node *next;	/* next constraint */
} constraint_node_t;

struct policydb;

extern int constraint_expr_init(constraint_expr_t * expr);
extern void constraint_expr_destroy(constraint_expr_t * expr);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif				/* _CONSTRAINT_H_ */

/* FLASK */

/* -*- linux-c -*- */

/*
 * Author : Stephen Smalley, <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
 */

#ifndef _SEPOL_POLICYDB_SERVICES_H_
#define _SEPOL_POLICYDB_SERVICES_H_

/*
 * Security server interface.
 */

#include <sepol/policydb/flask_types.h>
#include <sepol/policydb/policydb.h>
#include <stddef.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Set the policydb and sidtab structures to be used by
   the service functions.  If not set, then these default
   to private structures within libsepol that can only be
   initialized and accessed via the service functions themselves.
   Setting the structures explicitly allows a program to directly
   manipulate them, e.g. checkpolicy populates the structures directly
   from a source policy rather than from a binary policy. */
extern int sepol_set_policydb(policydb_t * p);
extern int sepol_set_sidtab(sidtab_t * s);

/* Modify a policydb for boolean settings. */
int sepol_genbools_policydb(policydb_t * policydb, const char *booleans);

/* Modify a policydb for user settings. */
int sepol_genusers_policydb(policydb_t * policydb, const char *usersdir);

/* Load the security policy. This initializes the policydb
   and sidtab based on the provided binary policy. */
extern int sepol_load_policy(void *data, size_t len);

/*
 * Compute access vectors based on a SID pair for
 * the permissions in a particular class.
 */
extern int sepol_compute_av(sepol_security_id_t ssid,	/* IN */
			    sepol_security_id_t tsid,	/* IN */
			    sepol_security_class_t tclass,	/* IN */
			    sepol_access_vector_t requested,	/* IN */
			    struct sepol_av_decision *avd);	/* OUT */

/* Same as above, but also return the reason(s) for any
   denials of the requested permissions. */
#define SEPOL_COMPUTEAV_TE     0x1U
#define SEPOL_COMPUTEAV_CONS   0x2U
#define SEPOL_COMPUTEAV_RBAC   0x4U
#define SEPOL_COMPUTEAV_BOUNDS 0x8U
extern int sepol_compute_av_reason(sepol_security_id_t ssid,
				   sepol_security_id_t tsid,
				   sepol_security_class_t tclass,
				   sepol_access_vector_t requested,
				   struct sepol_av_decision *avd,
				   unsigned int *reason);

/*
 * Same as above, but also returns the constraint expression calculations
 * whether allowed or denied in a buffer. This buffer is allocated by
 * this call and must be free'd by the caller using free(3). The contraint
 * buffer will contain any constraints in infix notation.
 * If the SHOW_GRANTED flag is set it will show granted and denied
 * constraints. The default is to show only denied constraints.
 */
#define SHOW_GRANTED 1
extern int sepol_compute_av_reason_buffer(sepol_security_id_t ssid,
				   sepol_security_id_t tsid,
				   sepol_security_class_t tclass,
				   sepol_access_vector_t requested,
				   struct sepol_av_decision *avd,
				   unsigned int *reason,
				   char **reason_buf,
				   unsigned int flags);

/*
 * Returns the mls/validatetrans constraint expression calculations in
 * a buffer that must be free'd by the caller using free(3).
 * If the SHOW_GRANTED flag is set it will show granted and denied
 * mls/validatetrans (the default is to show only those denied).
 */
extern int sepol_validate_transition_reason_buffer(sepol_security_id_t oldsid,
					sepol_security_id_t newsid,
					sepol_security_id_t tasksid,
					sepol_security_class_t tclass,
					char **reason_buf,
					unsigned int flags);

/*
 * Return a class ID associated with the class string representation
 * specified by `class_name'.
 */
extern int sepol_string_to_security_class(const char *class_name,
					sepol_security_class_t  *tclass);

/*
 * Return a permission av bit associated with tclass and the string
 * representation of the `perm_name'.
 */
extern int sepol_string_to_av_perm(sepol_security_class_t tclass,
					const char *perm_name,
					sepol_access_vector_t *av);

/*
 * Compute a SID to use for labeling a new object in the 
 * class `tclass' based on a SID pair.  
 */
extern int sepol_transition_sid(sepol_security_id_t ssid,	/* IN */
				sepol_security_id_t tsid,	/* IN */
				sepol_security_class_t tclass,	/* IN */
				sepol_security_id_t * out_sid);	/* OUT */

/*
 * Compute a SID to use when selecting a member of a 
 * polyinstantiated object of class `tclass' based on 
 * a SID pair.
 */
extern int sepol_member_sid(sepol_security_id_t ssid,	/* IN */
			    sepol_security_id_t tsid,	/* IN */
			    sepol_security_class_t tclass,	/* IN */
			    sepol_security_id_t * out_sid);	/* OUT */

/*
 * Compute a SID to use for relabeling an object in the 
 * class `tclass' based on a SID pair.  
 */
extern int sepol_change_sid(sepol_security_id_t ssid,	/* IN */
			    sepol_security_id_t tsid,	/* IN */
			    sepol_security_class_t tclass,	/* IN */
			    sepol_security_id_t * out_sid);	/* OUT */

/*
 * Write the security context string representation of 
 * the context associated with `sid' into a dynamically
 * allocated string of the correct size.  Set `*scontext'
 * to point to this string and set `*scontext_len' to
 * the length of the string.
 */
extern int sepol_sid_to_context(sepol_security_id_t sid,	/* IN */
				sepol_security_context_t * scontext,	/* OUT */
				size_t * scontext_len);	/* OUT */

/*
 * Return a SID associated with the security context that
 * has the string representation specified by `scontext'.
 */
extern int sepol_context_to_sid(const sepol_security_context_t scontext,	/* IN */
				size_t scontext_len,	/* IN */
				sepol_security_id_t * out_sid);	/* OUT */

/*
 * Generate the set of SIDs for legal security contexts
 * for a given user that can be reached by `fromsid'.
 * Set `*sids' to point to a dynamically allocated 
 * array containing the set of SIDs.  Set `*nel' to the
 * number of elements in the array.
 */
extern int sepol_get_user_sids(sepol_security_id_t callsid,
			       char *username,
			       sepol_security_id_t ** sids, uint32_t * nel);

/*
 * Return the SIDs to use for an unlabeled file system
 * that is being mounted from the device with the
 * the kdevname `name'.  The `fs_sid' SID is returned for 
 * the file system and the `file_sid' SID is returned
 * for all files within that file system.
 */
extern int sepol_fs_sid(char *dev,	/* IN */
			sepol_security_id_t * fs_sid,	/* OUT  */
			sepol_security_id_t * file_sid);	/* OUT */

/*
 * Return the SID of the port specified by
 * `domain', `type', `protocol', and `port'.
 */
extern int sepol_port_sid(uint16_t domain,
			  uint16_t type,
			  uint8_t protocol,
			  uint16_t port, sepol_security_id_t * out_sid);

/*
 * Return the SID of the ibpkey specified by
 * `subnet prefix', and `pkey'.
 */
extern int sepol_ibpkey_sid(uint64_t subnet_prefix_p,
			    uint16_t pkey,
			    sepol_security_id_t *out_sid);

/*
 * Return the SID of the ibendport specified by
 * `dev_name', and `port'.
 */
extern int sepol_ibendport_sid(char *dev_name,
			       uint8_t port,
			       sepol_security_id_t *out_sid);

/*
 * Return the SIDs to use for a network interface
 * with the name `name'.  The `if_sid' SID is returned for 
 * the interface and the `msg_sid' SID is returned as
 * the default SID for messages received on the
 * interface.
 */
extern int sepol_netif_sid(char *name,
			   sepol_security_id_t * if_sid,
			   sepol_security_id_t * msg_sid);

/*
 * Return the SID of the node specified by the address
 * `addr' where `addrlen' is the length of the address
 * in bytes and `domain' is the communications domain or
 * address family in which the address should be interpreted.
 */
extern int sepol_node_sid(uint16_t domain,
			  void *addr,
			  size_t addrlen, sepol_security_id_t * out_sid);

/*
 * Return a value indicating how to handle labeling for the
 * the specified filesystem type, and optionally return a SID
 * for the filesystem object.  
 */
#define SECURITY_FS_USE_XATTR 1	/* use xattr */
#define SECURITY_FS_USE_TRANS 2	/* use transition SIDs, e.g. devpts/tmpfs */
#define SECURITY_FS_USE_TASK  3	/* use task SIDs, e.g. pipefs/sockfs */
#define SECURITY_FS_USE_GENFS 4	/* use the genfs support */
#define SECURITY_FS_USE_NONE  5	/* no labeling support */
extern int sepol_fs_use(const char *fstype,	/* IN */
			unsigned int *behavior,	/* OUT */
			sepol_security_id_t * sid);	/* OUT  */

/*
 * Return the SID to use for a file in a filesystem
 * that cannot support a persistent label mapping or use another
 * fixed labeling behavior like transition SIDs or task SIDs.
 */
extern int sepol_genfs_sid(const char *fstype,	/* IN */
			   const char *name,	/* IN */
			   sepol_security_class_t sclass,	/* IN */
			   sepol_security_id_t * sid);	/* OUT  */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/* Author : Stephen Smalley, <sds@tycho.nsa.gov> */

/* FLASK */

/*
 * A hash table (hashtab) maintains associations between
 * key values and datum values.  The type of the key values 
 * and the type of the datum values is arbitrary.  The
 * functions for hash computation and key comparison are
 * provided by the creator of the table.
 */

#ifndef _SEPOL_POLICYDB_HASHTAB_H_
#define _SEPOL_POLICYDB_HASHTAB_H_

#include <sepol/errcodes.h>

#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdio.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef char *hashtab_key_t;	/* generic key type */
typedef const char *const_hashtab_key_t;	/* constant generic key type */
typedef void *hashtab_datum_t;	/* generic datum type */

typedef struct hashtab_node *hashtab_ptr_t;

typedef struct hashtab_node {
	hashtab_key_t key;
	hashtab_datum_t datum;
	hashtab_ptr_t next;
} hashtab_node_t;

typedef struct hashtab_val {
	hashtab_ptr_t *htable;	/* hash table */
	unsigned int size;	/* number of slots in hash table */
	uint32_t nel;		/* number of elements in hash table */
	unsigned int (*hash_value) (struct hashtab_val * h, const_hashtab_key_t key);	/* hash function */
	int (*keycmp) (struct hashtab_val * h, const_hashtab_key_t key1, const_hashtab_key_t key2);	/* key comparison function */
} hashtab_val_t;

typedef hashtab_val_t *hashtab_t;

/*
   Creates a new hash table with the specified characteristics.

   Returns NULL if insufficent space is available or
   the new hash table otherwise.
 */
extern hashtab_t hashtab_create(unsigned int (*hash_value) (hashtab_t h,
							    const_hashtab_key_t
							    key),
				int (*keycmp) (hashtab_t h,
					       const_hashtab_key_t key1,
					       const_hashtab_key_t key2),
				unsigned int size);
/*
   Inserts the specified (key, datum) pair into the specified hash table.

   Returns SEPOL_ENOMEM if insufficient space is available or
   SEPOL_EEXIST  if there is already an entry with the same key or
   SEPOL_OK otherwise.
 */
extern int hashtab_insert(hashtab_t h, hashtab_key_t k, hashtab_datum_t d);

/*
   Removes the entry with the specified key from the hash table.
   Applies the specified destroy function to (key,datum,args) for
   the entry.

   Returns SEPOL_ENOENT if no entry has the specified key or
   SEPOL_OK otherwise.
 */
extern int hashtab_remove(hashtab_t h, hashtab_key_t k,
			  void (*destroy) (hashtab_key_t k,
					   hashtab_datum_t d,
					   void *args), void *args);

/*
   Insert or replace the specified (key, datum) pair in the specified
   hash table.  If an entry for the specified key already exists,
   then the specified destroy function is applied to (key,datum,args)
   for the entry prior to replacing the entry's contents.

   Returns SEPOL_ENOMEM if insufficient space is available or
   SEPOL_OK otherwise.
 */
extern int hashtab_replace(hashtab_t h, hashtab_key_t k, hashtab_datum_t d,
			   void (*destroy) (hashtab_key_t k,
					    hashtab_datum_t d,
					    void *args), void *args);

/*
   Searches for the entry with the specified key in the hash table.

   Returns NULL if no entry has the specified key or
   the datum of the entry otherwise.
 */
extern hashtab_datum_t hashtab_search(hashtab_t h, const_hashtab_key_t k);

/*
   Destroys the specified hash table.
 */
extern void hashtab_destroy(hashtab_t h);

/*
   Applies the specified apply function to (key,datum,args)
   for each entry in the specified hash table.

   The order in which the function is applied to the entries
   is dependent upon the internal structure of the hash table.

   If apply returns a non-zero status, then hashtab_map will cease
   iterating through the hash table and will propagate the error
   return to its caller.
 */
extern int hashtab_map(hashtab_t h,
		       int (*apply) (hashtab_key_t k,
				     hashtab_datum_t d,
				     void *args), void *args);

/*
   Same as hashtab_map, except that if apply returns a non-zero status,
   then the (key,datum) pair will be removed from the hashtab and the
   destroy function will be applied to (key,datum,args).
 */
extern void hashtab_map_remove_on_error(hashtab_t h,
					int (*apply) (hashtab_key_t k,
						      hashtab_datum_t d,
						      void *args),
					void (*destroy) (hashtab_key_t k,
							 hashtab_datum_t d,
							 void *args),
					void *args);

extern void hashtab_hash_eval(hashtab_t h, char *tag);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/* Author : Stephen Smalley, <sds@tycho.nsa.gov> */

/* FLASK */

/*
 * A security context is a set of security attributes
 * associated with each subject and object controlled
 * by the security policy.  Security contexts are
 * externally represented as variable-length strings
 * that can be interpreted by a user or application
 * with an understanding of the security policy. 
 * Internally, the security server uses a simple
 * structure.  This structure is private to the
 * security server and can be changed without affecting
 * clients of the security server.
 */

#ifndef _SEPOL_POLICYDB_CONTEXT_H_
#define _SEPOL_POLICYDB_CONTEXT_H_

#include <stddef.h>
#include <sepol/policydb/ebitmap.h>
#include <sepol/policydb/mls_types.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * A security context consists of an authenticated user
 * identity, a role, a type and a MLS range.
 */
typedef struct context_struct {
	uint32_t user;
	uint32_t role;
	uint32_t type;
	mls_range_t range;
} context_struct_t;

static inline void mls_context_init(context_struct_t * c)
{
	mls_range_init(&c->range);
}

static inline int mls_context_cpy(context_struct_t * dst,
				  context_struct_t * src)
{

	if (mls_range_cpy(&dst->range, &src->range) < 0)
		return -1;

	return 0;
}

/*
 * Sets both levels in the MLS range of 'dst' to the low level of 'src'.
 */
static inline int mls_context_cpy_low(context_struct_t *dst, context_struct_t *src)
{
	int rc;

	dst->range.level[0].sens = src->range.level[0].sens;
	rc = ebitmap_cpy(&dst->range.level[0].cat, &src->range.level[0].cat);
	if (rc)
		goto out;

	dst->range.level[1].sens = src->range.level[0].sens;
	rc = ebitmap_cpy(&dst->range.level[1].cat, &src->range.level[0].cat);
	if (rc)
		ebitmap_destroy(&dst->range.level[0].cat);
out:
	return rc;
}

/*
 * Sets both levels in the MLS range of 'dst' to the high level of 'src'.
 */
static inline int mls_context_cpy_high(context_struct_t *dst, context_struct_t *src)
{
	int rc;

	dst->range.level[0].sens = src->range.level[1].sens;
	rc = ebitmap_cpy(&dst->range.level[0].cat, &src->range.level[1].cat);
	if (rc)
		goto out;

	dst->range.level[1].sens = src->range.level[1].sens;
	rc = ebitmap_cpy(&dst->range.level[1].cat, &src->range.level[1].cat);
	if (rc)
		ebitmap_destroy(&dst->range.level[0].cat);
out:
	return rc;
}

static inline int mls_context_cmp(context_struct_t * c1, context_struct_t * c2)
{
	return (mls_level_eq(&c1->range.level[0], &c2->range.level[0]) &&
		mls_level_eq(&c1->range.level[1], &c2->range.level[1]));

}

static inline void mls_context_destroy(context_struct_t * c)
{
	if (c == NULL)
		return;

	mls_range_destroy(&c->range);
	mls_context_init(c);
}

static inline void context_init(context_struct_t * c)
{
	memset(c, 0, sizeof(*c));
}

static inline int context_cpy(context_struct_t * dst, context_struct_t * src)
{
	dst->user = src->user;
	dst->role = src->role;
	dst->type = src->type;
	return mls_context_cpy(dst, src);
}

static inline void context_destroy(context_struct_t * c)
{
	if (c == NULL)
		return;

	c->user = c->role = c->type = 0;
	mls_context_destroy(c);
}

static inline int context_cmp(context_struct_t * c1, context_struct_t * c2)
{
	return ((c1->user == c2->user) &&
		(c1->role == c2->role) &&
		(c1->type == c2->type) && mls_context_cmp(c1, c2));
}

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif

/* Author : Stephen Smalley, <sds@tycho.nsa.gov> */

/*
 * Updated: Yuichi Nakamura <ynakam@hitachisoft.jp>
 * 	Tuned number of hash slots for avtab to reduce memory usage
 */

/* Updated: Frank Mayer <mayerf@tresys.com> and Karl MacMillan <kmacmillan@tresys.com>
 *
 * 	Added conditional policy language extensions
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2003 Tresys Technology, LLC
 *
 *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
 *  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
 *  version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
 *
 *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
 *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
 *  Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
 */

/* FLASK */

/*
 * An access vector table (avtab) is a hash table
 * of access vectors and transition types indexed 
 * by a type pair and a class.  An access vector
 * table is used to represent the type enforcement
 * tables.
 */

#ifndef _SEPOL_POLICYDB_AVTAB_H_
#define _SEPOL_POLICYDB_AVTAB_H_

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdint.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct avtab_key {
	uint16_t source_type;
	uint16_t target_type;
	uint16_t target_class;
#define AVTAB_ALLOWED		0x0001
#define AVTAB_AUDITALLOW	0x0002
#define AVTAB_AUDITDENY		0x0004
#define AVTAB_NEVERALLOW	0x0080
#define AVTAB_AV		(AVTAB_ALLOWED | AVTAB_AUDITALLOW | AVTAB_AUDITDENY)
#define AVTAB_TRANSITION	0x0010
#define AVTAB_MEMBER		0x0020
#define AVTAB_CHANGE		0x0040
#define AVTAB_TYPE		(AVTAB_TRANSITION | AVTAB_MEMBER | AVTAB_CHANGE)
#define AVTAB_XPERMS_ALLOWED	0x0100
#define AVTAB_XPERMS_AUDITALLOW	0x0200
#define AVTAB_XPERMS_DONTAUDIT	0x0400
#define AVTAB_XPERMS_NEVERALLOW	0x0800
#define AVTAB_XPERMS		(AVTAB_XPERMS_ALLOWED | AVTAB_XPERMS_AUDITALLOW | AVTAB_XPERMS_DONTAUDIT)
#define AVTAB_ENABLED_OLD	0x80000000
#define AVTAB_ENABLED		0x8000	/* reserved for used in cond_avtab */
	uint16_t specified;	/* what fields are specified */
} avtab_key_t;

typedef struct avtab_extended_perms {

#define AVTAB_XPERMS_IOCTLFUNCTION	0x01
#define AVTAB_XPERMS_IOCTLDRIVER	0x02
	/* extension of the avtab_key specified */
	uint8_t specified;
	uint8_t driver;
	uint32_t perms[8];
} avtab_extended_perms_t;

typedef struct avtab_datum {
	uint32_t data;		/* access vector or type */
	avtab_extended_perms_t *xperms;
} avtab_datum_t;

typedef struct avtab_node *avtab_ptr_t;

struct avtab_node {
	avtab_key_t key;
	avtab_datum_t datum;
	avtab_ptr_t next;
	void *parse_context;	/* generic context pointer used by parser;
				 * not saved in binary policy */
	unsigned merged;	/* flag for avtab_write only;
				   not saved in binary policy */
};

typedef struct avtab {
	avtab_ptr_t *htable;
	uint32_t nel;		/* number of elements */
	uint32_t nslot;         /* number of hash slots */
	uint32_t mask;          /* mask to compute hash func */
} avtab_t;

extern int avtab_init(avtab_t *);
extern int avtab_alloc(avtab_t *, uint32_t);
extern int avtab_insert(avtab_t * h, avtab_key_t * k, avtab_datum_t * d);

extern avtab_datum_t *avtab_search(avtab_t * h, avtab_key_t * k);

extern void avtab_destroy(avtab_t * h);

extern int avtab_map(avtab_t * h,
		     int (*apply) (avtab_key_t * k,
				   avtab_datum_t * d, void *args), void *args);

extern void avtab_hash_eval(avtab_t * h, char *tag);

struct policy_file;
extern int avtab_read_item(struct policy_file *fp, uint32_t vers, avtab_t * a,
			   int (*insert) (avtab_t * a, avtab_key_t * k,
					  avtab_datum_t * d, void *p), void *p);

extern int avtab_read(avtab_t * a, struct policy_file *fp, uint32_t vers);

extern avtab_ptr_t avtab_insert_nonunique(avtab_t * h, avtab_key_t * key,
					  avtab_datum_t * datum);

extern avtab_ptr_t avtab_insert_with_parse_context(avtab_t * h,
						   avtab_key_t * key,
						   avtab_datum_t * datum,
						   void *parse_context);

extern avtab_ptr_t avtab_search_node(avtab_t * h, avtab_key_t * key);

extern avtab_ptr_t avtab_search_node_next(avtab_ptr_t node, int specified);

#define MAX_AVTAB_HASH_BITS 20
#define MAX_AVTAB_HASH_BUCKETS (1 << MAX_AVTAB_HASH_BITS)
#define MAX_AVTAB_HASH_MASK (MAX_AVTAB_HASH_BUCKETS-1)
/* avtab_alloc uses one bucket per 2-4 elements, so adjust to get maximum buckets */
#define MAX_AVTAB_SIZE (MAX_AVTAB_HASH_BUCKETS << 1)

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif				/* _AVTAB_H_ */

/* FLASK */
/* Authors: Jason Tang <jtang@tresys.com>
 *	    Joshua Brindle <jbrindle@tresys.com>
 *          Karl MacMillan <kmacmillan@mentalrootkit.com>
 */

#ifndef _SEPOL_POLICYDB_LINK_H
#define _SEPOL_POLICYDB_LINK_H

#include <sepol/handle.h>
#include <sepol/errcodes.h>
#include <sepol/policydb/policydb.h>


#include <stddef.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

extern int link_modules(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			policydb_t * b, policydb_t ** mods, int len,
			int verbose);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
#ifndef _SEPOL_POLICYDB_POLCAPS_H_
#define _SEPOL_POLICYDB_POLCAPS_H_

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Policy capabilities */
enum {
	POLICYDB_CAPABILITY_NETPEER,
	POLICYDB_CAPABILITY_OPENPERM,
	POLICYDB_CAPABILITY_EXTSOCKCLASS,
	POLICYDB_CAPABILITY_ALWAYSNETWORK,
	POLICYDB_CAPABILITY_CGROUPSECLABEL,
	POLICYDB_CAPABILITY_NNP_NOSUID_TRANSITION,
	__POLICYDB_CAPABILITY_MAX
};
#define POLICYDB_CAPABILITY_MAX (__POLICYDB_CAPABILITY_MAX - 1)

/* Convert a capability name to number. */
extern int sepol_polcap_getnum(const char *name);

/* Convert a capability number to name. */
extern const char *sepol_polcap_getname(unsigned int capnum);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* _SEPOL_POLICYDB_POLCAPS_H_ */
/* Authors: Jason Tang <jtang@tresys.com>
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2005 Tresys Technology, LLC
 *
 *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
 *  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
 *  version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
 *
 *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
 *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
 *  Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
 */

#ifndef _SEPOL_AVRULE_BLOCK_H_
#define _SEPOL_AVRULE_BLOCK_H_

#include <sepol/policydb/policydb.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

extern avrule_block_t *avrule_block_create(void);
extern void avrule_block_destroy(avrule_block_t * x);
extern avrule_decl_t *avrule_decl_create(uint32_t decl_id);
extern void avrule_decl_destroy(avrule_decl_t * x);
extern void avrule_block_list_destroy(avrule_block_t * x);
extern avrule_decl_t *get_avrule_decl(policydb_t * p, uint32_t decl_id);
extern cond_list_t *get_decl_cond_list(policydb_t * p,
				       avrule_decl_t * decl,
				       cond_list_t * cond);
extern int is_id_enabled(char *id, policydb_t * p, int symbol_table);
extern int is_perm_enabled(char *class_id, char *perm_id, policydb_t * p);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/* Author : Stephen Smalley, <sds@tycho.nsa.gov> */
/*
 * Updated: Trusted Computer Solutions, Inc. <dgoeddel@trustedcs.com>
 *
 *	Support for enhanced MLS infrastructure.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Trusted Computer Solutions, Inc.
 *
 *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
 *  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
 *  version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
 *
 *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
 *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
 *  Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
 */

/* FLASK */

/*
 * Type definitions for the multi-level security (MLS) policy.
 */

#ifndef _SEPOL_POLICYDB_MLS_TYPES_H_
#define _SEPOL_POLICYDB_MLS_TYPES_H_

#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <sepol/policydb/ebitmap.h>
#include <sepol/policydb/flask_types.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct mls_level {
	uint32_t sens;		/* sensitivity */
	ebitmap_t cat;		/* category set */
} mls_level_t;

typedef struct mls_range {
	mls_level_t level[2];	/* low == level[0], high == level[1] */
} mls_range_t;

static inline int mls_level_cpy(struct mls_level *dst, struct mls_level *src)
{

	dst->sens = src->sens;
	if (ebitmap_cpy(&dst->cat, &src->cat) < 0)
		return -1;
	return 0;
}

static inline void mls_level_init(struct mls_level *level)
{

	memset(level, 0, sizeof(mls_level_t));
}

static inline void mls_level_destroy(struct mls_level *level)
{

	if (level == NULL)
		return;

	ebitmap_destroy(&level->cat);
	mls_level_init(level);
}

static inline int mls_level_eq(const struct mls_level *l1, const struct mls_level *l2)
{
	return ((l1->sens == l2->sens) && ebitmap_cmp(&l1->cat, &l2->cat));
}

static inline int mls_level_dom(const struct mls_level *l1, const struct mls_level *l2)
{
	return ((l1->sens >= l2->sens) && ebitmap_contains(&l1->cat, &l2->cat));
}

#define mls_level_incomp(l1, l2) \
(!mls_level_dom((l1), (l2)) && !mls_level_dom((l2), (l1)))

#define mls_level_between(l1, l2, l3) \
(mls_level_dom((l1), (l2)) && mls_level_dom((l3), (l1)))

#define mls_range_contains(r1, r2) \
(mls_level_dom(&(r2).level[0], &(r1).level[0]) && \
 mls_level_dom(&(r1).level[1], &(r2).level[1]))

static inline int mls_range_cpy(mls_range_t * dst, mls_range_t * src)
{

	if (mls_level_cpy(&dst->level[0], &src->level[0]) < 0)
		goto err;

	if (mls_level_cpy(&dst->level[1], &src->level[1]) < 0)
		goto err_destroy;

	return 0;

      err_destroy:
	mls_level_destroy(&dst->level[0]);

      err:
	return -1;
}

static inline void mls_range_init(struct mls_range *r)
{
	mls_level_init(&r->level[0]);
	mls_level_init(&r->level[1]);
}

static inline void mls_range_destroy(struct mls_range *r)
{
	mls_level_destroy(&r->level[0]);
	mls_level_destroy(&r->level[1]);
}

static inline int mls_range_eq(struct mls_range *r1, struct mls_range *r2)
{
	return (mls_level_eq(&r1->level[0], &r2->level[0]) &&
	        mls_level_eq(&r1->level[1], &r2->level[1]));
}

typedef struct mls_semantic_cat {
	uint32_t low;	/* first bit this struct represents */
	uint32_t high;	/* last bit represented - equals low for a single cat */
	struct mls_semantic_cat *next;
} mls_semantic_cat_t;

typedef struct mls_semantic_level {
	uint32_t sens;
	mls_semantic_cat_t *cat;
} mls_semantic_level_t;

typedef struct mls_semantic_range {
	mls_semantic_level_t level[2];
} mls_semantic_range_t;

extern void mls_semantic_cat_init(mls_semantic_cat_t *c);
extern void mls_semantic_cat_destroy(mls_semantic_cat_t *c);
extern void mls_semantic_level_init(mls_semantic_level_t *l);
extern void mls_semantic_level_destroy(mls_semantic_level_t *l);
extern int mls_semantic_level_cpy(mls_semantic_level_t *dst, mls_semantic_level_t *src);
extern void mls_semantic_range_init(mls_semantic_range_t *r);
extern void mls_semantic_range_destroy(mls_semantic_range_t *r);
extern int mls_semantic_range_cpy(mls_semantic_range_t *dst, mls_semantic_range_t *src);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/* Author : Stephen Smalley, <sds@tycho.nsa.gov> */

/* FLASK */

/*
 * A security identifier table (sidtab) is a hash table
 * of security context structures indexed by SID value.
 */

#ifndef _SEPOL_POLICYDB_SIDTAB_H_
#define _SEPOL_POLICYDB_SIDTAB_H_

#include <sepol/policydb/context.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct sidtab_node {
	sepol_security_id_t sid;	/* security identifier */
	context_struct_t context;	/* security context structure */
	struct sidtab_node *next;
} sidtab_node_t;

typedef struct sidtab_node *sidtab_ptr_t;

#define SIDTAB_HASH_BITS 7
#define SIDTAB_HASH_BUCKETS (1 << SIDTAB_HASH_BITS)
#define SIDTAB_HASH_MASK (SIDTAB_HASH_BUCKETS-1)

#define SIDTAB_SIZE SIDTAB_HASH_BUCKETS

typedef struct {
	sidtab_ptr_t *htable;
	unsigned int nel;	/* number of elements */
	unsigned int next_sid;	/* next SID to allocate */
	unsigned char shutdown;
} sidtab_t;

extern int sepol_sidtab_init(sidtab_t * s);

extern int sepol_sidtab_insert(sidtab_t * s,
			       sepol_security_id_t sid,
			       context_struct_t * context);

extern context_struct_t *sepol_sidtab_search(sidtab_t * s,
					     sepol_security_id_t sid);

extern int sepol_sidtab_map(sidtab_t * s,
			    int (*apply) (sepol_security_id_t sid,
					  context_struct_t * context,
					  void *args), void *args);

extern void sepol_sidtab_map_remove_on_error(sidtab_t * s,
					     int (*apply) (sepol_security_id_t
							   s,
							   context_struct_t *
							   context, void *args),
					     void *args);

extern int sepol_sidtab_context_to_sid(sidtab_t * s,	/* IN */
				       context_struct_t * context,	/* IN */
				       sepol_security_id_t * sid);	/* OUT */

extern void sepol_sidtab_hash_eval(sidtab_t * h, char *tag);

extern void sepol_sidtab_destroy(sidtab_t * s);

extern void sepol_sidtab_set(sidtab_t * dst, sidtab_t * src);

extern void sepol_sidtab_shutdown(sidtab_t * s);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif				/* _SIDTAB_H_ */

/* FLASK */
/* Author: Karl MacMillan <kmacmillan@tresys.com>
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Tresys Technology, LLC
 *
 *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
 *  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
 *  version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
 *
 *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
 *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
 *  Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
 */

#ifndef _SEPOL_POLICYDB_MODULE_H_
#define _SEPOL_POLICYDB_MODULE_H_

#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stddef.h>

#include <sepol/module.h>

#include <sepol/policydb/policydb.h>
#include <sepol/policydb/conditional.h>

#define SEPOL_MODULE_PACKAGE_MAGIC 0xf97cff8f

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

struct sepol_module_package {
	sepol_policydb_t *policy;
	uint32_t version;
	char *file_contexts;
	size_t file_contexts_len;
	char *seusers;
	size_t seusers_len;
	char *user_extra;
	size_t user_extra_len;
	char *netfilter_contexts;
	size_t netfilter_contexts_len;
};

extern int sepol_module_package_init(sepol_module_package_t * p);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/* Authors: Jason Tang <jtang@tresys.com>
 *	    Joshua Brindle <jbrindle@tresys.com>
 *          Karl MacMillan <kmacmillan@tresys.com>
 *
 * A set of utility functions that aid policy decision when dealing
 * with hierarchal items.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2005 Tresys Technology, LLC
 *
 *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
 *  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
 *  version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
 *
 *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
 *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
 *  Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
 */

#ifndef _SEPOL_POLICYDB_EXPAND_H
#define _SEPOL_POLICYDB_EXPAND_H

#include <stddef.h>
#include <sepol/handle.h>
#include <sepol/policydb/conditional.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * Expand only the avrules for a module. It is valid for this function
 * to expand base into itself (i.e.  base == out); the typemap for
 * this special case should map type[i] to i+1.  Likewise the boolmap
 * should map bool[i] to i + 1.  This function optionally expands
 * neverallow rules. If neverallow rules are expanded, there is no
 * need to copy them and doing so could cause duplicate entries when
 * base == out.  If the neverallow rules are not expanded, they are
 * just copied to the destination policy so that assertion checking
 * can be performed after expand.  No assertion or hierarchy checking
 * is performed by this function.
 */
extern int expand_module_avrules(sepol_handle_t * handle, policydb_t * base,
				 policydb_t * out, uint32_t * typemap, uint32_t * boolmap,
				 uint32_t * rolemap, uint32_t * usermap,
				 int verbose, int expand_neverallow);
/*
 * Expand all parts of a module. Neverallow rules are not expanded (only
 * copied). It is not valid to expand base into itself. If check is non-zero,
 * performs hierarchy and assertion checking.
 */
extern int expand_module(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			 policydb_t * base, policydb_t * out,
			 int verbose, int check);
extern int convert_type_ebitmap(ebitmap_t * src, ebitmap_t * dst,
				uint32_t * typemap);
extern int expand_convert_type_set(policydb_t * p, uint32_t * typemap,
				   type_set_t * set, ebitmap_t * types,
				   unsigned char alwaysexpand);
extern int type_set_expand(type_set_t * set, ebitmap_t * t, policydb_t * p,
			   unsigned char alwaysexpand);
extern int role_set_expand(role_set_t * x, ebitmap_t * r, policydb_t * out, policydb_t * base, uint32_t * rolemap);
extern int mls_semantic_level_expand(mls_semantic_level_t *sl, mls_level_t *l,
                                     policydb_t *p, sepol_handle_t *h);
extern int mls_semantic_range_expand(mls_semantic_range_t *sr, mls_range_t *r,
                                     policydb_t *p, sepol_handle_t *h);
extern int expand_rule(sepol_handle_t * handle,
		       policydb_t * source_pol,
		       avrule_t * source_rule, avtab_t * dest_avtab,
		       cond_av_list_t ** cond, cond_av_list_t ** other,
		       int enabled);

extern int expand_avtab(policydb_t * p, avtab_t * a, avtab_t * expa);

extern int expand_cond_av_list(policydb_t * p, cond_av_list_t * l,
			       cond_av_list_t ** newl, avtab_t * expa);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/* Author : Stephen Smalley, <sds@tycho.nsa.gov> */

/* FLASK */

/*
 * An extensible bitmap is a bitmap that supports an 
 * arbitrary number of bits.  Extensible bitmaps are
 * used to represent sets of values, such as types,
 * roles, categories, and classes.
 *
 * Each extensible bitmap is implemented as a linked
 * list of bitmap nodes, where each bitmap node has
 * an explicitly specified starting bit position within
 * the total bitmap.
 */

#ifndef _SEPOL_POLICYDB_EBITMAP_H_
#define _SEPOL_POLICYDB_EBITMAP_H_

#include <stdint.h>
#include <string.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define MAPTYPE uint64_t	/* portion of bitmap in each node */
#define MAPSIZE (sizeof(MAPTYPE) * 8)	/* number of bits in node bitmap */
#define MAPBIT  1ULL		/* a bit in the node bitmap */

typedef struct ebitmap_node {
	uint32_t startbit;	/* starting position in the total bitmap */
	MAPTYPE map;		/* this node's portion of the bitmap */
	struct ebitmap_node *next;
} ebitmap_node_t;

typedef struct ebitmap {
	ebitmap_node_t *node;	/* first node in the bitmap */
	uint32_t highbit;	/* highest position in the total bitmap */
} ebitmap_t;

#define ebitmap_length(e) ((e)->highbit)
#define ebitmap_startbit(e) ((e)->node ? (e)->node->startbit : 0)
#define ebitmap_startnode(e) ((e)->node)

static inline unsigned int ebitmap_start(const ebitmap_t * e,
					 ebitmap_node_t ** n)
{

	*n = e->node;
	return ebitmap_startbit(e);
}

static inline void ebitmap_init(ebitmap_t * e)
{
	memset(e, 0, sizeof(*e));
}

static inline unsigned int ebitmap_next(ebitmap_node_t ** n, unsigned int bit)
{
	if ((bit == ((*n)->startbit + MAPSIZE - 1)) && (*n)->next) {
		*n = (*n)->next;
		return (*n)->startbit;
	}

	return (bit + 1);
}

static inline int ebitmap_node_get_bit(ebitmap_node_t * n, unsigned int bit)
{
	if (n->map & (MAPBIT << (bit - n->startbit)))
		return 1;
	return 0;
}

#define ebitmap_for_each_bit(e, n, bit) \
	for (bit = ebitmap_start(e, &n); bit < ebitmap_length(e); bit = ebitmap_next(&n, bit)) \

extern int ebitmap_cmp(const ebitmap_t * e1, const ebitmap_t * e2);
extern int ebitmap_or(ebitmap_t * dst, const ebitmap_t * e1, const ebitmap_t * e2);
extern int ebitmap_union(ebitmap_t * dst, const ebitmap_t * e1);
extern int ebitmap_and(ebitmap_t *dst, ebitmap_t *e1, ebitmap_t *e2);
extern int ebitmap_xor(ebitmap_t *dst, ebitmap_t *e1, ebitmap_t *e2);
extern int ebitmap_not(ebitmap_t *dst, ebitmap_t *e1, unsigned int maxbit);
extern int ebitmap_andnot(ebitmap_t *dst, ebitmap_t *e1, ebitmap_t *e2, unsigned int maxbit);
extern unsigned int ebitmap_cardinality(ebitmap_t *e1);
extern int ebitmap_hamming_distance(ebitmap_t * e1, ebitmap_t * e2);
extern int ebitmap_cpy(ebitmap_t * dst, const ebitmap_t * src);
extern int ebitmap_contains(const ebitmap_t * e1, const ebitmap_t * e2);
extern int ebitmap_match_any(const ebitmap_t *e1, const ebitmap_t *e2);
extern int ebitmap_get_bit(const ebitmap_t * e, unsigned int bit);
extern int ebitmap_set_bit(ebitmap_t * e, unsigned int bit, int value);
extern void ebitmap_destroy(ebitmap_t * e);
extern int ebitmap_read(ebitmap_t * e, void *fp);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif				/* _EBITMAP_H_ */

/* FLASK */
/* Authors: Karl MacMillan <kmacmillan@tresys.com>
 *
 * A set of utility functions that aid policy decision when dealing
 * with hierarchal namespaces.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2006 Tresys Technology, LLC
 *
 *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
 *  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
 *  version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
 *
 *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
 *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
 *  Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
 */

#ifndef __SEPOL_UTIL_H__
#define __SEPOL_UTIL_H__

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

extern int add_i_to_a(uint32_t i, uint32_t * cnt, uint32_t ** a);

extern char *sepol_av_to_string(policydb_t * policydbp, uint32_t tclass,
				sepol_access_vector_t av);

char *sepol_extended_perms_to_string(avtab_extended_perms_t *xperms);

/*
 * The tokenize function may be used to
 * replace sscanf
 */
extern int tokenize(char *line_buf, char delim, int num_args, ...);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/* -*- linux-c -*- */

/*
 * Author : Stephen Smalley, <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
 */

#ifndef _SEPOL_POLICYDB_FLASK_TYPES_H_
#define _SEPOL_POLICYDB_FLASK_TYPES_H_

/*
 * The basic Flask types and constants.
 */

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdint.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * A security context is a set of security attributes 
 * associated with each subject and object controlled
 * by the security policy.  The security context type
 * is defined as a variable-length string that can be
 * interpreted by any application or user with an 
 * understanding of the security policy.
 */
typedef char *sepol_security_context_t;

/*
 * An access vector (AV) is a collection of related permissions
 * for a pair of SIDs.  The bits within an access vector
 * are interpreted differently depending on the class of
 * the object.  The access vector interpretations are specified
 * in flask/access_vectors, and the corresponding constants
 * for permissions are defined in the automatically generated
 * header file av_permissions.h.
 */
typedef uint32_t sepol_access_vector_t;

/*
 * Each object class is identified by a fixed-size value.
 * The set of security classes is specified in flask/security_classes, 
 * with the corresponding constants defined in the automatically 
 * generated header file flask.h.
 */
typedef uint16_t sepol_security_class_t;
#define SEPOL_SECCLASS_NULL			0x0000	/* no class */

#define SELINUX_MAGIC 0xf97cff8c
#define SELINUX_MOD_MAGIC 0xf97cff8d

typedef uint32_t sepol_security_id_t;
#define SEPOL_SECSID_NULL 0

struct sepol_av_decision {
	sepol_access_vector_t allowed;
	sepol_access_vector_t decided;
	sepol_access_vector_t auditallow;
	sepol_access_vector_t auditdeny;
	uint32_t seqno;
};

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/* Authors: Jason Tang <jtang@tresys.com>
 *	    Joshua Brindle <jbrindle@tresys.com>
 *          Karl MacMillan <kmacmillan@tresys.com>
 *
 * A set of utility functions that aid policy decision when dealing
 * with hierarchal items.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2005 Tresys Technology, LLC
 *
 *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
 *  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
 *  version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
 *
 *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
 *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
 *  Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
 */

#ifndef _SEPOL_POLICYDB_HIERARCHY_H_
#define _SEPOL_POLICYDB_HIERARCHY_H_

#include <sepol/policydb/avtab.h>
#include <sepol/policydb/policydb.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

extern int hierarchy_add_bounds(sepol_handle_t *handle, policydb_t *p);

extern void bounds_destroy_bad(avtab_ptr_t cur);
extern int bounds_check_type(sepol_handle_t *handle, policydb_t *p, uint32_t child,
			     uint32_t parent, avtab_ptr_t *bad, int *numbad);

extern int bounds_check_users(sepol_handle_t *handle, policydb_t *p);
extern int bounds_check_roles(sepol_handle_t *handle, policydb_t *p);
extern int bounds_check_types(sepol_handle_t *handle, policydb_t *p);

extern int hierarchy_check_constraints(sepol_handle_t * handle, policydb_t * p);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/* Authors: Karl MacMillan <kmacmillan@tresys.com>
 *          Frank Mayer <mayerf@tresys.com>
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2003 - 2005 Tresys Technology, LLC
 *
 *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
 *  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
 *  version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
 *
 *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
 *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
 *  Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
 */

#ifndef _SEPOL_POLICYDB_CONDITIONAL_H_
#define _SEPOL_POLICYDB_CONDITIONAL_H_

#include <sepol/policydb/flask_types.h>
#include <sepol/policydb/avtab.h>
#include <sepol/policydb/symtab.h>
#include <sepol/policydb/policydb.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define COND_EXPR_MAXDEPTH 10

/* this is the max unique bools in a conditional expression
 * for which we precompute all outcomes for the expression.
 *
 * NOTE - do _NOT_ use value greater than 5 because
 * cond_node_t->expr_pre_comp can only hold at most 32 values
 */
#define COND_MAX_BOOLS 5

/*
 * A conditional expression is a list of operators and operands
 * in reverse polish notation.
 */
typedef struct cond_expr {
#define COND_BOOL	1	/* plain bool */
#define COND_NOT	2	/* !bool */
#define COND_OR		3	/* bool || bool */
#define COND_AND	4	/* bool && bool */
#define COND_XOR	5	/* bool ^ bool */
#define COND_EQ		6	/* bool == bool */
#define COND_NEQ	7	/* bool != bool */
#define COND_LAST	COND_NEQ
	uint32_t expr_type;
	uint32_t bool;
	struct cond_expr *next;
} cond_expr_t;

/*
 * Each cond_node_t contains a list of rules to be enabled/disabled
 * depending on the current value of the conditional expression. This 
 * struct is for that list.
 */
typedef struct cond_av_list {
	avtab_ptr_t node;
	struct cond_av_list *next;
} cond_av_list_t;

/*
 * A cond node represents a conditional block in a policy. It
 * contains a conditional expression, the current state of the expression,
 * two lists of rules to enable/disable depending on the value of the
 * expression (the true list corresponds to if and the false list corresponds
 * to else)..
 */
typedef struct cond_node {
	int cur_state;
	cond_expr_t *expr;
	/* these true/false lists point into te_avtab when that is used */
	cond_av_list_t *true_list;
	cond_av_list_t *false_list;
	/* and these are used during parsing and for modules */
	avrule_t *avtrue_list;
	avrule_t *avfalse_list;
	/* these fields are not written to binary policy */
	unsigned int nbools;
	uint32_t bool_ids[COND_MAX_BOOLS];
	uint32_t expr_pre_comp;
	struct cond_node *next;
	/* a tunable conditional, calculated and used at expansion */
#define	COND_NODE_FLAGS_TUNABLE	0x01
	uint32_t flags;
} cond_node_t;

extern int cond_evaluate_expr(policydb_t * p, cond_expr_t * expr);
extern cond_expr_t *cond_copy_expr(cond_expr_t * expr);

extern int cond_expr_equal(cond_node_t * a, cond_node_t * b);
extern int cond_normalize_expr(policydb_t * p, cond_node_t * cn);
extern void cond_node_destroy(cond_node_t * node);
extern void cond_expr_destroy(cond_expr_t * expr);

extern cond_node_t *cond_node_find(policydb_t * p,
				   cond_node_t * needle, cond_node_t * haystack,
				   int *was_created);

extern cond_node_t *cond_node_create(policydb_t * p, cond_node_t * node);

extern cond_node_t *cond_node_search(policydb_t * p, cond_node_t * list,
				     cond_node_t * cn);

extern int evaluate_conds(policydb_t * p);

extern avtab_datum_t *cond_av_list_search(avtab_key_t * key,
					  cond_av_list_t * cond_list);

extern void cond_av_list_destroy(cond_av_list_t * list);

extern void cond_optimize_lists(cond_list_t * cl);

extern int cond_policydb_init(policydb_t * p);
extern void cond_policydb_destroy(policydb_t * p);
extern void cond_list_destroy(cond_list_t * list);

extern int cond_init_bool_indexes(policydb_t * p);
extern int cond_destroy_bool(hashtab_key_t key, hashtab_datum_t datum, void *p);

extern int cond_index_bool(hashtab_key_t key, hashtab_datum_t datum,
			   void *datap);

extern int cond_read_bool(policydb_t * p, hashtab_t h, struct policy_file *fp);

extern int cond_read_list(policydb_t * p, cond_list_t ** list, void *fp);

extern void cond_compute_av(avtab_t * ctab, avtab_key_t * key,
			    struct sepol_av_decision *avd);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif				/* _CONDITIONAL_H_ */
/* Author : Stephen Smalley, <sds@tycho.nsa.gov> */

/*
 * Updated: Joshua Brindle <jbrindle@tresys.com>
 *	    Karl MacMillan <kmacmillan@tresys.com>
 *	    Jason Tang <jtang@tresys.com>
 *	    
 *	Module support
 *
 * Updated: Trusted Computer Solutions, Inc. <dgoeddel@trustedcs.com>
 *
 *	Support for enhanced MLS infrastructure.
 *
 * Updated: Frank Mayer <mayerf@tresys.com> and Karl MacMillan <kmacmillan@tresys.com>
 *
 * 	Added conditional policy language extensions
 *
 * Updated: Red Hat, Inc.  James Morris <jmorris@redhat.com>
 *
 *      Fine-grained netlink support
 *      IPv6 support
 *      Code cleanup
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Trusted Computer Solutions, Inc.
 * Copyright (C) 2003 - 2004 Tresys Technology, LLC
 * Copyright (C) 2003 - 2004 Red Hat, Inc.
 * Copyright (C) 2017 Mellanox Techonolgies Inc.
 *
 *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
 *  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
 *  version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
 *
 *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
 *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
 *  Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
 */

/* FLASK */

/*
 * A policy database (policydb) specifies the 
 * configuration data for the security policy.
 */

#ifndef _SEPOL_POLICYDB_POLICYDB_H_
#define _SEPOL_POLICYDB_POLICYDB_H_

#include <stdio.h>
#include <stddef.h>

#include <sepol/policydb.h>

#include <sepol/policydb/flask_types.h>
#include <sepol/policydb/symtab.h>
#include <sepol/policydb/avtab.h>
#include <sepol/policydb/context.h>
#include <sepol/policydb/constraint.h>
#include <sepol/policydb/sidtab.h>

#define ERRMSG_LEN 1024

#define POLICYDB_SUCCESS      0
#define POLICYDB_ERROR       -1
#define POLICYDB_UNSUPPORTED -2

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define IB_DEVICE_NAME_MAX 64

/*
 * A datum type is defined for each kind of symbol 
 * in the configuration data:  individual permissions, 
 * common prefixes for access vectors, classes,
 * users, roles, types, sensitivities, categories, etc.
 */

/* type set preserves data needed by modules such as *, ~ and attributes */
typedef struct type_set {
	ebitmap_t types;
	ebitmap_t negset;
#define TYPE_STAR 1
#define TYPE_COMP 2
	uint32_t flags;
} type_set_t;

typedef struct role_set {
	ebitmap_t roles;
#define ROLE_STAR 1
#define ROLE_COMP 2
	uint32_t flags;
} role_set_t;

/* Permission attributes */
typedef struct perm_datum {
	symtab_datum_t s;
} perm_datum_t;

/* Attributes of a common prefix for access vectors */
typedef struct common_datum {
	symtab_datum_t s;
	symtab_t permissions;	/* common permissions */
} common_datum_t;

/* Class attributes */
typedef struct class_datum {
	symtab_datum_t s;
	char *comkey;		/* common name */
	common_datum_t *comdatum;	/* common datum */
	symtab_t permissions;	/* class-specific permission symbol table */
	constraint_node_t *constraints;	/* constraints on class permissions */
	constraint_node_t *validatetrans;	/* special transition rules */
/* Options how a new object user and role should be decided */
#define DEFAULT_SOURCE		1
#define DEFAULT_TARGET		2
	char default_user;
	char default_role;
	char default_type;
/* Options how a new object range should be decided */
#define DEFAULT_SOURCE_LOW	1
#define DEFAULT_SOURCE_HIGH	2
#define DEFAULT_SOURCE_LOW_HIGH	3
#define DEFAULT_TARGET_LOW	4
#define DEFAULT_TARGET_HIGH	5
#define DEFAULT_TARGET_LOW_HIGH	6
	char default_range;
} class_datum_t;

/* Role attributes */
typedef struct role_datum {
	symtab_datum_t s;
	ebitmap_t dominates;	/* set of roles dominated by this role */
	type_set_t types;	/* set of authorized types for role */
	ebitmap_t cache;	/* This is an expanded set used for context validation during parsing */
	uint32_t bounds;	/* bounds role, if exist */
#define ROLE_ROLE 0		/* regular role in kernel policies */
#define ROLE_ATTRIB 1		/* attribute */
	uint32_t flavor;
	ebitmap_t roles;	/* roles with this attribute */
} role_datum_t;

typedef struct role_trans {
	uint32_t role;		/* current role */
	uint32_t type;		/* program executable type, or new object type */
	uint32_t tclass;	/* process class, or new object class */
	uint32_t new_role;	/* new role */
	struct role_trans *next;
} role_trans_t;

typedef struct role_allow {
	uint32_t role;		/* current role */
	uint32_t new_role;	/* new role */
	struct role_allow *next;
} role_allow_t;

/* filename_trans rules */
typedef struct filename_trans {
	uint32_t stype;
	uint32_t ttype;
	uint32_t tclass;
	char *name;
} filename_trans_t;

typedef struct filename_trans_datum {
	uint32_t otype;		/* expected of new object */
} filename_trans_datum_t;

/* Type attributes */
typedef struct type_datum {
	symtab_datum_t s;
	uint32_t primary;	/* primary name? can be set to primary value if below is TYPE_ */
#define TYPE_TYPE 0		/* regular type or alias in kernel policies */
#define TYPE_ATTRIB 1		/* attribute */
#define TYPE_ALIAS 2		/* alias in modular policy */
	uint32_t flavor;
	ebitmap_t types;	/* types with this attribute */
#define TYPE_FLAGS_PERMISSIVE		(1 << 0)
#define TYPE_FLAGS_EXPAND_ATTR_TRUE	(1 << 1)
#define TYPE_FLAGS_EXPAND_ATTR_FALSE	(1 << 2)
#define TYPE_FLAGS_EXPAND_ATTR (TYPE_FLAGS_EXPAND_ATTR_TRUE | \
				TYPE_FLAGS_EXPAND_ATTR_FALSE)
	uint32_t flags;
	uint32_t bounds;	/* bounds type, if exist */
} type_datum_t;

/*
 * Properties of type_datum
 * available on the policy version >= (MOD_)POLICYDB_VERSION_BOUNDARY
 */
#define TYPEDATUM_PROPERTY_PRIMARY	0x0001
#define TYPEDATUM_PROPERTY_ATTRIBUTE	0x0002
#define TYPEDATUM_PROPERTY_ALIAS	0x0004	/* userspace only */
#define TYPEDATUM_PROPERTY_PERMISSIVE	0x0008	/* userspace only */

/* User attributes */
typedef struct user_datum {
	symtab_datum_t s;
	role_set_t roles;	/* set of authorized roles for user */
	mls_semantic_range_t range;	/* MLS range (min. - max.) for user */
	mls_semantic_level_t dfltlevel;	/* default login MLS level for user */
	ebitmap_t cache;	/* This is an expanded set used for context validation during parsing */
	mls_range_t exp_range;     /* expanded range used for validation */
	mls_level_t exp_dfltlevel; /* expanded range used for validation */
	uint32_t bounds;	/* bounds user, if exist */
} user_datum_t;

/* Sensitivity attributes */
typedef struct level_datum {
	mls_level_t *level;	/* sensitivity and associated categories */
	unsigned char isalias;	/* is this sensitivity an alias for another? */
	unsigned char defined;
} level_datum_t;

/* Category attributes */
typedef struct cat_datum {
	symtab_datum_t s;
	unsigned char isalias;	/* is this category an alias for another? */
} cat_datum_t;

typedef struct range_trans {
	uint32_t source_type;
	uint32_t target_type;
	uint32_t target_class;
} range_trans_t;

/* Boolean data type */
typedef struct cond_bool_datum {
	symtab_datum_t s;
	int state;
#define COND_BOOL_FLAGS_TUNABLE	0x01	/* is this a tunable? */
	uint32_t flags;
} cond_bool_datum_t;

struct cond_node;

typedef struct cond_node cond_list_t;
struct cond_av_list;

typedef struct class_perm_node {
	uint32_t tclass;
	uint32_t data;		/* permissions or new type */
	struct class_perm_node *next;
} class_perm_node_t;

#define xperm_test(x, p) (1 & (p[x >> 5] >> (x & 0x1f)))
#define xperm_set(x, p) (p[x >> 5] |= (1 << (x & 0x1f)))
#define xperm_clear(x, p) (p[x >> 5] &= ~(1 << (x & 0x1f)))
#define EXTENDED_PERMS_LEN 8

typedef struct av_extended_perms {
#define AVRULE_XPERMS_IOCTLFUNCTION	0x01
#define AVRULE_XPERMS_IOCTLDRIVER	0x02
	uint8_t specified;
	uint8_t driver;
	/* 256 bits of permissions */
	uint32_t perms[EXTENDED_PERMS_LEN];
} av_extended_perms_t;

typedef struct avrule {
/* these typedefs are almost exactly the same as those in avtab.h - they are
 * here because of the need to include neverallow and dontaudit messages */
#define AVRULE_ALLOWED			AVTAB_ALLOWED
#define AVRULE_AUDITALLOW		AVTAB_AUDITALLOW
#define AVRULE_AUDITDENY		AVTAB_AUDITDENY
#define AVRULE_DONTAUDIT		0x0008
#define AVRULE_NEVERALLOW		AVTAB_NEVERALLOW
#define AVRULE_AV         (AVRULE_ALLOWED | AVRULE_AUDITALLOW | AVRULE_AUDITDENY | AVRULE_DONTAUDIT | AVRULE_NEVERALLOW)
#define AVRULE_TRANSITION		AVTAB_TRANSITION
#define AVRULE_MEMBER			AVTAB_MEMBER
#define AVRULE_CHANGE			AVTAB_CHANGE
#define AVRULE_TYPE       (AVRULE_TRANSITION | AVRULE_MEMBER | AVRULE_CHANGE)
#define AVRULE_XPERMS_ALLOWED 		AVTAB_XPERMS_ALLOWED
#define AVRULE_XPERMS_AUDITALLOW	AVTAB_XPERMS_AUDITALLOW
#define AVRULE_XPERMS_DONTAUDIT		AVTAB_XPERMS_DONTAUDIT
#define AVRULE_XPERMS_NEVERALLOW	AVTAB_XPERMS_NEVERALLOW
#define AVRULE_XPERMS	(AVRULE_XPERMS_ALLOWED | AVRULE_XPERMS_AUDITALLOW | \
				AVRULE_XPERMS_DONTAUDIT | AVRULE_XPERMS_NEVERALLOW)
	uint32_t specified;
#define RULE_SELF 1
	uint32_t flags;
	type_set_t stypes;
	type_set_t ttypes;
	class_perm_node_t *perms;
	av_extended_perms_t *xperms;
	unsigned long line;	/* line number from policy.conf where
				 * this rule originated  */
	/* source file name and line number (e.g. .te file) */
	char *source_filename;
	unsigned long source_line;
	struct avrule *next;
} avrule_t;

typedef struct role_trans_rule {
	role_set_t roles;	/* current role */
	type_set_t types;	/* program executable type, or new object type */
	ebitmap_t classes;	/* process class, or new object class */
	uint32_t new_role;	/* new role */
	struct role_trans_rule *next;
} role_trans_rule_t;

typedef struct role_allow_rule {
	role_set_t roles;	/* current role */
	role_set_t new_roles;	/* new roles */
	struct role_allow_rule *next;
} role_allow_rule_t;

typedef struct filename_trans_rule {
	type_set_t stypes;
	type_set_t ttypes;
	uint32_t tclass;
	char *name;
	uint32_t otype;	/* new type */
	struct filename_trans_rule *next;
} filename_trans_rule_t;

typedef struct range_trans_rule {
	type_set_t stypes;
	type_set_t ttypes;
	ebitmap_t tclasses;
	mls_semantic_range_t trange;
	struct range_trans_rule *next;
} range_trans_rule_t;

/*
 * The configuration data includes security contexts for 
 * initial SIDs, unlabeled file systems, TCP and UDP port numbers, 
 * network interfaces, and nodes.  This structure stores the
 * relevant data for one such entry.  Entries of the same kind
 * (e.g. all initial SIDs) are linked together into a list.
 */
typedef struct ocontext {
	union {
		char *name;	/* name of initial SID, fs, netif, fstype, path */
		struct {
			uint8_t protocol;
			uint16_t low_port;
			uint16_t high_port;
		} port;		/* TCP or UDP port information */
		struct {
			uint32_t addr; /* network order */
			uint32_t mask; /* network order */
		} node;		/* node information */
		struct {
			uint32_t addr[4]; /* network order */
			uint32_t mask[4]; /* network order */
		} node6;	/* IPv6 node information */
		uint32_t device;
		uint16_t pirq;
		struct {
			uint64_t low_iomem;
			uint64_t high_iomem;
		} iomem;
		struct {
			uint32_t low_ioport;
			uint32_t high_ioport;
		} ioport;
		struct {
			uint64_t subnet_prefix;
			uint16_t low_pkey;
			uint16_t high_pkey;
		} ibpkey;
		struct {
			char *dev_name;
			uint8_t port;
		} ibendport;
	} u;
	union {
		uint32_t sclass;	/* security class for genfs */
		uint32_t behavior;	/* labeling behavior for fs_use */
	} v;
	context_struct_t context[2];	/* security context(s) */
	sepol_security_id_t sid[2];	/* SID(s) */
	struct ocontext *next;
} ocontext_t;

typedef struct genfs {
	char *fstype;
	struct ocontext *head;
	struct genfs *next;
} genfs_t;

/* symbol table array indices */
#define SYM_COMMONS 0
#define SYM_CLASSES 1
#define SYM_ROLES   2
#define SYM_TYPES   3
#define SYM_USERS   4
#define SYM_BOOLS   5
#define SYM_LEVELS  6
#define SYM_CATS    7
#define SYM_NUM     8

/* object context array indices */
#define OCON_ISID  0	/* initial SIDs */
#define OCON_FS    1	/* unlabeled file systems */
#define OCON_PORT  2	/* TCP and UDP port numbers */
#define OCON_NETIF 3	/* network interfaces */
#define OCON_NODE  4	/* nodes */
#define OCON_FSUSE 5	/* fs_use */
#define OCON_NODE6 6	/* IPv6 nodes */
#define OCON_IBPKEY 7	/* Infiniband PKEY */
#define OCON_IBENDPORT 8	/* Infiniband End Port */

/* object context array indices for Xen */
#define OCON_XEN_ISID  	    0    /* initial SIDs */
#define OCON_XEN_PIRQ       1    /* physical irqs */
#define OCON_XEN_IOPORT     2    /* io ports */
#define OCON_XEN_IOMEM	    3    /* io memory */
#define OCON_XEN_PCIDEVICE  4    /* pci devices */
#define OCON_XEN_DEVICETREE 5    /* device tree node */

/* OCON_NUM needs to be the largest index in any platform's ocontext array */
#define OCON_NUM   9

/* section: module information */

/* scope_index_t holds all of the symbols that are in scope in a
 * particular situation.  The bitmaps are indices (and thus must
 * subtract one) into the global policydb->scope array. */
typedef struct scope_index {
	ebitmap_t scope[SYM_NUM];
#define p_classes_scope scope[SYM_CLASSES]
#define p_roles_scope scope[SYM_ROLES]
#define p_types_scope scope[SYM_TYPES]
#define p_users_scope scope[SYM_USERS]
#define p_bools_scope scope[SYM_BOOLS]
#define p_sens_scope scope[SYM_LEVELS]
#define p_cat_scope scope[SYM_CATS]

	/* this array maps from class->value to the permissions within
	 * scope.  if bit (perm->value - 1) is set in map
	 * class_perms_map[class->value - 1] then that permission is
	 * enabled for this class within this decl.  */
	ebitmap_t *class_perms_map;
	/* total number of classes in class_perms_map array */
	uint32_t class_perms_len;
} scope_index_t;

/* a list of declarations for a particular avrule_decl */

/* These two structs declare a block of policy that has TE and RBAC
 * statements and declarations.  The root block (the global policy)
 * can never have an ELSE branch. */
typedef struct avrule_decl {
	uint32_t decl_id;
	uint32_t enabled;	/* whether this block is enabled */

	cond_list_t *cond_list;
	avrule_t *avrules;
	role_trans_rule_t *role_tr_rules;
	role_allow_rule_t *role_allow_rules;
	range_trans_rule_t *range_tr_rules;
	scope_index_t required;	/* symbols needed to activate this block */
	scope_index_t declared;	/* symbols declared within this block */

	/* type transition rules with a 'name' component */
	filename_trans_rule_t *filename_trans_rules;

	/* for additive statements (type attribute, roles, and users) */
	symtab_t symtab[SYM_NUM];

	/* In a linked module this will contain the name of the module
	 * from which this avrule_decl originated. */
	char *module_name;

	struct avrule_decl *next;
} avrule_decl_t;

typedef struct avrule_block {
	avrule_decl_t *branch_list;
	avrule_decl_t *enabled;	/* pointer to which branch is enabled.  this is
				   used in linking and never written to disk */
#define AVRULE_OPTIONAL 1
	uint32_t flags;		/* any flags for this block, currently just optional */
	struct avrule_block *next;
} avrule_block_t;

/* Every identifier has its own scope datum.  The datum describes if
 * the item is to be included into the final policy during
 * expansion. */
typedef struct scope_datum {
/* Required for this decl */
#define SCOPE_REQ  1
/* Declared in this decl */
#define SCOPE_DECL 2
	uint32_t scope;
	uint32_t *decl_ids;
	uint32_t decl_ids_len;
	/* decl_ids is a list of avrule_decl's that declare/require
	 * this symbol.  If scope==SCOPE_DECL then this is a list of
	 * declarations.  If the symbol may only be declared once
	 * (types, bools) then decl_ids_len will be exactly 1.  For
	 * implicitly declared things (roles, users) then decl_ids_len
	 * will be at least 1. */
} scope_datum_t;

/* The policy database */
typedef struct policydb {
#define POLICY_KERN SEPOL_POLICY_KERN
#define POLICY_BASE SEPOL_POLICY_BASE
#define POLICY_MOD SEPOL_POLICY_MOD
	uint32_t policy_type;
	char *name;
	char *version;
	int  target_platform;

	/* Set when the policydb is modified such that writing is unsupported */
	int unsupported_format;

	/* Whether this policydb is mls, should always be set */
	int mls;

	/* symbol tables */
	symtab_t symtab[SYM_NUM];
#define p_commons symtab[SYM_COMMONS]
#define p_classes symtab[SYM_CLASSES]
#define p_roles symtab[SYM_ROLES]
#define p_types symtab[SYM_TYPES]
#define p_users symtab[SYM_USERS]
#define p_bools symtab[SYM_BOOLS]
#define p_levels symtab[SYM_LEVELS]
#define p_cats symtab[SYM_CATS]

	/* symbol names indexed by (value - 1) */
	char **sym_val_to_name[SYM_NUM];
#define p_common_val_to_name sym_val_to_name[SYM_COMMONS]
#define p_class_val_to_name sym_val_to_name[SYM_CLASSES]
#define p_role_val_to_name sym_val_to_name[SYM_ROLES]
#define p_type_val_to_name sym_val_to_name[SYM_TYPES]
#define p_user_val_to_name sym_val_to_name[SYM_USERS]
#define p_bool_val_to_name sym_val_to_name[SYM_BOOLS]
#define p_sens_val_to_name sym_val_to_name[SYM_LEVELS]
#define p_cat_val_to_name sym_val_to_name[SYM_CATS]

	/* class, role, and user attributes indexed by (value - 1) */
	class_datum_t **class_val_to_struct;
	role_datum_t **role_val_to_struct;
	user_datum_t **user_val_to_struct;
	type_datum_t **type_val_to_struct;

	/* module stuff section -- used in parsing and for modules */

	/* keep track of the scope for every identifier.  these are
	 * hash tables, where the key is the identifier name and value
	 * a scope_datum_t.  as a convenience, one may use the
	 * p_*_macros (cf. struct scope_index_t declaration). */
	symtab_t scope[SYM_NUM];

	/* module rule storage */
	avrule_block_t *global;
	/* avrule_decl index used for link/expand */
	avrule_decl_t **decl_val_to_struct;

	/* compiled storage of rules - use for the kernel policy */

	/* type enforcement access vectors and transitions */
	avtab_t te_avtab;

	/* bools indexed by (value - 1) */
	cond_bool_datum_t **bool_val_to_struct;
	/* type enforcement conditional access vectors and transitions */
	avtab_t te_cond_avtab;
	/* linked list indexing te_cond_avtab by conditional */
	cond_list_t *cond_list;

	/* role transitions */
	role_trans_t *role_tr;

	/* role allows */
	role_allow_t *role_allow;

	/* security contexts of initial SIDs, unlabeled file systems,
	   TCP or UDP port numbers, network interfaces and nodes */
	ocontext_t *ocontexts[OCON_NUM];

	/* security contexts for files in filesystems that cannot support
	   a persistent label mapping or use another 
	   fixed labeling behavior. */
	genfs_t *genfs;

	/* range transitions table (range_trans_key -> mls_range) */
	hashtab_t range_tr;

	/* file transitions with the last path component */
	hashtab_t filename_trans;

	ebitmap_t *type_attr_map;

	ebitmap_t *attr_type_map;	/* not saved in the binary policy */

	ebitmap_t policycaps;

	/* this bitmap is referenced by type NOT the typical type-1 used in other
	   bitmaps.  Someday the 0 bit may be used for global permissive */
	ebitmap_t permissive_map;

	unsigned policyvers;

	unsigned handle_unknown;
} policydb_t;

struct sepol_policydb {
	struct policydb p;
};

extern int policydb_init(policydb_t * p);

extern int policydb_from_image(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			       void *data, size_t len, policydb_t * policydb);

extern int policydb_to_image(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			     policydb_t * policydb, void **newdata,
			     size_t * newlen);

extern int policydb_index_classes(policydb_t * p);

extern int policydb_index_bools(policydb_t * p);

extern int policydb_index_others(sepol_handle_t * handle, policydb_t * p,
				 unsigned int verbose);

extern int policydb_role_cache(hashtab_key_t key,
			       hashtab_datum_t datum,
			       void *arg);

extern int policydb_user_cache(hashtab_key_t key,
			       hashtab_datum_t datum,
			       void *arg);

extern int policydb_reindex_users(policydb_t * p);

extern void policydb_destroy(policydb_t * p);

extern int policydb_load_isids(policydb_t * p, sidtab_t * s);

extern int policydb_sort_ocontexts(policydb_t *p);

/* Deprecated */
extern int policydb_context_isvalid(const policydb_t * p,
				    const context_struct_t * c);

extern void symtabs_destroy(symtab_t * symtab);
extern int scope_destroy(hashtab_key_t key, hashtab_datum_t datum, void *p);

extern void class_perm_node_init(class_perm_node_t * x);
extern void type_set_init(type_set_t * x);
extern void type_set_destroy(type_set_t * x);
extern int type_set_cpy(type_set_t * dst, type_set_t * src);
extern int type_set_or_eq(type_set_t * dst, type_set_t * other);
extern void role_set_init(role_set_t * x);
extern void role_set_destroy(role_set_t * x);
extern void avrule_init(avrule_t * x);
extern void avrule_destroy(avrule_t * x);
extern void avrule_list_destroy(avrule_t * x);
extern void role_trans_rule_init(role_trans_rule_t * x);
extern void role_trans_rule_list_destroy(role_trans_rule_t * x);
extern void filename_trans_rule_init(filename_trans_rule_t * x);
extern void filename_trans_rule_list_destroy(filename_trans_rule_t * x);

extern void role_datum_init(role_datum_t * x);
extern void role_datum_destroy(role_datum_t * x);
extern void role_allow_rule_init(role_allow_rule_t * x);
extern void role_allow_rule_destroy(role_allow_rule_t * x);
extern void role_allow_rule_list_destroy(role_allow_rule_t * x);
extern void range_trans_rule_init(range_trans_rule_t *x);
extern void range_trans_rule_destroy(range_trans_rule_t *x);
extern void range_trans_rule_list_destroy(range_trans_rule_t *x);
extern void type_datum_init(type_datum_t * x);
extern void type_datum_destroy(type_datum_t * x);
extern void user_datum_init(user_datum_t * x);
extern void user_datum_destroy(user_datum_t * x);
extern void level_datum_init(level_datum_t * x);
extern void level_datum_destroy(level_datum_t * x);
extern void cat_datum_init(cat_datum_t * x);
extern void cat_datum_destroy(cat_datum_t * x);
extern int check_assertion(policydb_t *p, avrule_t *avrule);
extern int check_assertions(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			    policydb_t * p, avrule_t * avrules);

extern int symtab_insert(policydb_t * x, uint32_t sym,
			 hashtab_key_t key, hashtab_datum_t datum,
			 uint32_t scope, uint32_t avrule_decl_id,
			 uint32_t * value);

/* A policy "file" may be a memory region referenced by a (data, len) pair
   or a file referenced by a FILE pointer. */
typedef struct policy_file {
#define PF_USE_MEMORY  0
#define PF_USE_STDIO   1
#define PF_LEN         2	/* total up length in len field */
	unsigned type;
	char *data;
	size_t len;
	size_t size;
	FILE *fp;
	struct sepol_handle *handle;
} policy_file_t;

struct sepol_policy_file {
	struct policy_file pf;
};

extern void policy_file_init(policy_file_t * x);

extern int policydb_read(policydb_t * p, struct policy_file *fp,
			 unsigned int verbose);
extern int avrule_read_list(policydb_t * p, avrule_t ** avrules,
			    struct policy_file *fp);

extern int policydb_write(struct policydb *p, struct policy_file *pf);
extern int policydb_set_target_platform(policydb_t *p, int platform);

#define PERM_SYMTAB_SIZE 32

/* Identify specific policy version changes */
#define POLICYDB_VERSION_BASE		15
#define POLICYDB_VERSION_BOOL		16
#define POLICYDB_VERSION_IPV6		17
#define POLICYDB_VERSION_NLCLASS	18
#define POLICYDB_VERSION_VALIDATETRANS	19
#define POLICYDB_VERSION_MLS		19
#define POLICYDB_VERSION_AVTAB		20
#define POLICYDB_VERSION_RANGETRANS	21
#define POLICYDB_VERSION_POLCAP		22
#define POLICYDB_VERSION_PERMISSIVE	23
#define POLICYDB_VERSION_BOUNDARY	24
#define POLICYDB_VERSION_FILENAME_TRANS	25
#define POLICYDB_VERSION_ROLETRANS	26
#define POLICYDB_VERSION_NEW_OBJECT_DEFAULTS	27
#define POLICYDB_VERSION_DEFAULT_TYPE	28
#define POLICYDB_VERSION_CONSTRAINT_NAMES	29
#define POLICYDB_VERSION_XEN_DEVICETREE		30 /* Xen-specific */
#define POLICYDB_VERSION_XPERMS_IOCTL	30 /* Linux-specific */
#define POLICYDB_VERSION_INFINIBAND		31 /* Linux-specific */

/* Range of policy versions we understand*/
#define POLICYDB_VERSION_MIN	POLICYDB_VERSION_BASE
#define POLICYDB_VERSION_MAX	POLICYDB_VERSION_INFINIBAND

/* Module versions and specific changes*/
#define MOD_POLICYDB_VERSION_BASE		4
#define MOD_POLICYDB_VERSION_VALIDATETRANS	5
#define MOD_POLICYDB_VERSION_MLS		5
#define MOD_POLICYDB_VERSION_RANGETRANS 	6
#define MOD_POLICYDB_VERSION_MLS_USERS		6
#define MOD_POLICYDB_VERSION_POLCAP		7
#define MOD_POLICYDB_VERSION_PERMISSIVE		8
#define MOD_POLICYDB_VERSION_BOUNDARY		9
#define MOD_POLICYDB_VERSION_BOUNDARY_ALIAS	10
#define MOD_POLICYDB_VERSION_FILENAME_TRANS	11
#define MOD_POLICYDB_VERSION_ROLETRANS		12
#define MOD_POLICYDB_VERSION_ROLEATTRIB		13
#define MOD_POLICYDB_VERSION_TUNABLE_SEP	14
#define MOD_POLICYDB_VERSION_NEW_OBJECT_DEFAULTS	15
#define MOD_POLICYDB_VERSION_DEFAULT_TYPE	16
#define MOD_POLICYDB_VERSION_CONSTRAINT_NAMES  17
#define MOD_POLICYDB_VERSION_XPERMS_IOCTL  18
#define MOD_POLICYDB_VERSION_INFINIBAND		19

#define MOD_POLICYDB_VERSION_MIN MOD_POLICYDB_VERSION_BASE
#define MOD_POLICYDB_VERSION_MAX MOD_POLICYDB_VERSION_INFINIBAND

#define POLICYDB_CONFIG_MLS    1

/* macros to check policy feature */

/* TODO: add other features here */

#define policydb_has_boundary_feature(p)			\
	(((p)->policy_type == POLICY_KERN			\
	  && p->policyvers >= POLICYDB_VERSION_BOUNDARY) ||	\
	 ((p)->policy_type != POLICY_KERN			\
	  && p->policyvers >= MOD_POLICYDB_VERSION_BOUNDARY))

/* the config flags related to unknown classes/perms are bits 2 and 3 */
#define DENY_UNKNOWN	SEPOL_DENY_UNKNOWN
#define REJECT_UNKNOWN	SEPOL_REJECT_UNKNOWN
#define ALLOW_UNKNOWN 	SEPOL_ALLOW_UNKNOWN

#define POLICYDB_CONFIG_UNKNOWN_MASK	(DENY_UNKNOWN | REJECT_UNKNOWN | ALLOW_UNKNOWN)

#define OBJECT_R "object_r"
#define OBJECT_R_VAL 1

#define POLICYDB_MAGIC SELINUX_MAGIC
#define POLICYDB_STRING "SE Linux"
#define POLICYDB_XEN_STRING "XenFlask"
#define POLICYDB_STRING_MAX_LENGTH 32
#define POLICYDB_MOD_MAGIC SELINUX_MOD_MAGIC
#define POLICYDB_MOD_STRING "SE Linux Module"

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif				/* _POLICYDB_H_ */

/* FLASK */

/* Author : Stephen Smalley, <sds@tycho.nsa.gov> */

/* FLASK */

/*
 * A symbol table (symtab) maintains associations between symbol
 * strings and datum values.  The type of the datum values
 * is arbitrary.  The symbol table type is implemented
 * using the hash table type (hashtab).
 */

#ifndef _SEPOL_POLICYDB_SYMTAB_H_
#define _SEPOL_POLICYDB_SYMTAB_H_

#include <sepol/policydb/hashtab.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* The symtab_datum struct stores the common information for
 * all symtab datums. It should the first element in every
 * struct that will be used in a symtab to allow the specific
 * datum types to be freely cast to this type.
 *
 * The values start at 1 - 0 is never a valid value.
 */
typedef struct symtab_datum {
	uint32_t value;
} symtab_datum_t;

typedef struct {
	hashtab_t table;	/* hash table (keyed on a string) */
	uint32_t nprim;		/* number of primary names in table */
} symtab_t;

extern int symtab_init(symtab_t *, unsigned int size);
extern void symtab_destroy(symtab_t *);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif				/* _SYMTAB_H_ */

/* FLASK */
/* This file is automatically generated.  Do not edit. */
#ifndef _SEPOL_POLICYDB_FLASK_H_
#define _SEPOL_POLICYDB_FLASK_H_

/*
 * Security object class definitions
 */
#define SECCLASS_SECURITY                                1
#define SECCLASS_PROCESS                                 2
#define SECCLASS_SYSTEM                                  3
#define SECCLASS_CAPABILITY                              4
#define SECCLASS_FILESYSTEM                              5
#define SECCLASS_FILE                                    6
#define SECCLASS_DIR                                     7
#define SECCLASS_FD                                      8
#define SECCLASS_LNK_FILE                                9
#define SECCLASS_CHR_FILE                                10
#define SECCLASS_BLK_FILE                                11
#define SECCLASS_SOCK_FILE                               12
#define SECCLASS_FIFO_FILE                               13
#define SECCLASS_SOCKET                                  14
#define SECCLASS_TCP_SOCKET                              15
#define SECCLASS_UDP_SOCKET                              16
#define SECCLASS_RAWIP_SOCKET                            17
#define SECCLASS_NODE                                    18
#define SECCLASS_NETIF                                   19
#define SECCLASS_NETLINK_SOCKET                          20
#define SECCLASS_PACKET_SOCKET                           21
#define SECCLASS_KEY_SOCKET                              22
#define SECCLASS_UNIX_STREAM_SOCKET                      23
#define SECCLASS_UNIX_DGRAM_SOCKET                       24
#define SECCLASS_SEM                                     25
#define SECCLASS_MSG                                     26
#define SECCLASS_MSGQ                                    27
#define SECCLASS_SHM                                     28
#define SECCLASS_IPC                                     29
#define SECCLASS_PASSWD                                  30
#define SECCLASS_DRAWABLE                                31
#define SECCLASS_WINDOW                                  32
#define SECCLASS_GC                                      33
#define SECCLASS_FONT                                    34
#define SECCLASS_COLORMAP                                35
#define SECCLASS_PROPERTY                                36
#define SECCLASS_CURSOR                                  37
#define SECCLASS_XCLIENT                                 38
#define SECCLASS_XINPUT                                  39
#define SECCLASS_XSERVER                                 40
#define SECCLASS_XEXTENSION                              41
#define SECCLASS_PAX                                     42
#define SECCLASS_NETLINK_ROUTE_SOCKET                    43
#define SECCLASS_NETLINK_FIREWALL_SOCKET                 44
#define SECCLASS_NETLINK_TCPDIAG_SOCKET                  45
#define SECCLASS_NETLINK_NFLOG_SOCKET                    46
#define SECCLASS_NETLINK_XFRM_SOCKET                     47
#define SECCLASS_NETLINK_SELINUX_SOCKET                  48
#define SECCLASS_NETLINK_AUDIT_SOCKET                    49
#define SECCLASS_NETLINK_IP6FW_SOCKET                    50
#define SECCLASS_NETLINK_DNRT_SOCKET                     51
#define SECCLASS_DBUS                                    52

/*
 * Security identifier indices for initial entities
 */
#define SECINITSID_KERNEL                               1
#define SECINITSID_SECURITY                             2
#define SECINITSID_UNLABELED                            3
#define SECINITSID_FS                                   4
#define SECINITSID_FILE                                 5
#define SECINITSID_FILE_LABELS                          6
#define SECINITSID_INIT                                 7
#define SECINITSID_ANY_SOCKET                           8
#define SECINITSID_PORT                                 9
#define SECINITSID_NETIF                                10
#define SECINITSID_NETMSG                               11
#define SECINITSID_NODE                                 12
#define SECINITSID_IGMP_PACKET                          13
#define SECINITSID_ICMP_SOCKET                          14
#define SECINITSID_TCP_SOCKET                           15
#define SECINITSID_SYSCTL_MODPROBE                      16
#define SECINITSID_SYSCTL                               17
#define SECINITSID_SYSCTL_FS                            18
#define SECINITSID_SYSCTL_KERNEL                        19
#define SECINITSID_SYSCTL_NET                           20
#define SECINITSID_SYSCTL_NET_UNIX                      21
#define SECINITSID_SYSCTL_VM                            22
#define SECINITSID_SYSCTL_DEV                           23
#define SECINITSID_KMOD                                 24
#define SECINITSID_POLICY                               25
#define SECINITSID_SCMP_PACKET                          26
#define SECINITSID_DEVNULL                              27

#define SECINITSID_NUM                                  27

#endif
#ifndef _SEPOL_IBENDPORTS_H_
#define _SEPOL_IBENDPORTS_H_

#include <sepol/handle.h>
#include <sepol/policydb.h>
#include <sepol/ibendport_record.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Return the number of ibendports */
extern int sepol_ibendport_count(sepol_handle_t *handle,
				 const sepol_policydb_t *p,
				 unsigned int *response);

/* Check if a ibendport exists */
extern int sepol_ibendport_exists(sepol_handle_t *handle,
				  const sepol_policydb_t *policydb,
				  const sepol_ibendport_key_t *key, int *response);

/* Query a ibendport - returns the ibendport, or NULL if not found */
extern int sepol_ibendport_query(sepol_handle_t *handle,
				 const sepol_policydb_t *policydb,
				 const sepol_ibendport_key_t *key,
				 sepol_ibendport_t **response);

/* Modify a ibendport, or add it, if the key is not found */
extern int sepol_ibendport_modify(sepol_handle_t *handle,
				  sepol_policydb_t *policydb,
				  const sepol_ibendport_key_t *key,
				  const sepol_ibendport_t *data);

/* Iterate the ibendports
 * The handler may return:
 * -1 to signal an error condition,
 * 1 to signal successful exit
 * 0 to signal continue
 */
extern int sepol_ibendport_iterate(sepol_handle_t *handle,
				   const sepol_policydb_t *policydb,
				   int (*fn)(const sepol_ibendport_t *ibendport,
					     void *fn_arg), void *arg);


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
#ifndef _SEPOL_H_
#define _SEPOL_H_

#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <sepol/user_record.h>
#include <sepol/context_record.h>
#include <sepol/iface_record.h>
#include <sepol/ibpkey_record.h>
#include <sepol/ibendport_record.h>
#include <sepol/port_record.h>
#include <sepol/boolean_record.h>
#include <sepol/node_record.h>

#include <sepol/booleans.h>
#include <sepol/interfaces.h>
#include <sepol/ibpkeys.h>
#include <sepol/ibendports.h>
#include <sepol/ports.h>
#include <sepol/nodes.h>
#include <sepol/users.h>
#include <sepol/handle.h>
#include <sepol/debug.h>
#include <sepol/policydb.h>
#include <sepol/module.h>
#include <sepol/context.h>

/* Set internal policydb from a file for subsequent service calls. */
extern int sepol_set_policydb_from_file(FILE * fp);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
#ifndef _SEPOL_MODULE_H_
#define _SEPOL_MODULE_H_

#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdint.h>

#include <sepol/handle.h>
#include <sepol/policydb.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

struct sepol_module_package;
typedef struct sepol_module_package sepol_module_package_t;

/* Module package public interfaces. */

extern int sepol_module_package_create(sepol_module_package_t ** p);

extern void sepol_module_package_free(sepol_module_package_t * p);

extern char *sepol_module_package_get_file_contexts(sepol_module_package_t * p);

extern size_t sepol_module_package_get_file_contexts_len(sepol_module_package_t
							 * p);

extern int sepol_module_package_set_file_contexts(sepol_module_package_t * p,
						  char *data, size_t len);

extern char *sepol_module_package_get_seusers(sepol_module_package_t * p);

extern size_t sepol_module_package_get_seusers_len(sepol_module_package_t * p);

extern int sepol_module_package_set_seusers(sepol_module_package_t * p,
					    char *data, size_t len);

extern char *sepol_module_package_get_user_extra(sepol_module_package_t * p);

extern size_t sepol_module_package_get_user_extra_len(sepol_module_package_t *
						      p);

extern int sepol_module_package_set_user_extra(sepol_module_package_t * p,
					       char *data, size_t len);

extern char *sepol_module_package_get_netfilter_contexts(sepol_module_package_t
							 * p);

extern size_t
sepol_module_package_get_netfilter_contexts_len(sepol_module_package_t * p);

extern int sepol_module_package_set_netfilter_contexts(sepol_module_package_t *
						       p, char *data,
						       size_t len);

extern sepol_policydb_t *sepol_module_package_get_policy(sepol_module_package_t
							 * p);

extern int sepol_link_packages(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			       sepol_module_package_t * base,
			       sepol_module_package_t ** modules,
			       int num_modules, int verbose);

extern int sepol_module_package_read(sepol_module_package_t * mod,
				     struct sepol_policy_file *file,
				     int verbose);

extern int sepol_module_package_info(struct sepol_policy_file *file,
				     int *type, char **name, char **version);

extern int sepol_module_package_write(sepol_module_package_t * p,
				      struct sepol_policy_file *file);

/* Module linking/expanding public interfaces. */

extern int sepol_link_modules(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			      sepol_policydb_t * base,
			      sepol_policydb_t ** modules,
			      size_t len, int verbose);

extern int sepol_expand_module(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			       sepol_policydb_t * base,
			       sepol_policydb_t * out, int verbose, int check);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
#ifndef _SEPOL_USER_RECORD_H_
#define _SEPOL_USER_RECORD_H_

#include <stddef.h>
#include <sepol/handle.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

struct sepol_user;
struct sepol_user_key;
typedef struct sepol_user sepol_user_t;
typedef struct sepol_user_key sepol_user_key_t;

/* Key */
extern int sepol_user_key_create(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				 const char *name, sepol_user_key_t ** key);

extern void sepol_user_key_unpack(const sepol_user_key_t * key,
				  const char **name);

extern int sepol_user_key_extract(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				  const sepol_user_t * user,
				  sepol_user_key_t ** key_ptr);

extern void sepol_user_key_free(sepol_user_key_t * key);

extern int sepol_user_compare(const sepol_user_t * user,
			      const sepol_user_key_t * key);

extern int sepol_user_compare2(const sepol_user_t * user,
			       const sepol_user_t * user2);

/* Name */
extern const char *sepol_user_get_name(const sepol_user_t * user);

extern int sepol_user_set_name(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			       sepol_user_t * user, const char *name);

/* MLS */
extern const char *sepol_user_get_mlslevel(const sepol_user_t * user);

extern int sepol_user_set_mlslevel(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				   sepol_user_t * user, const char *mls_level);

extern const char *sepol_user_get_mlsrange(const sepol_user_t * user);

extern int sepol_user_set_mlsrange(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				   sepol_user_t * user, const char *mls_range);

/* Role management */
extern int sepol_user_get_num_roles(const sepol_user_t * user);

extern int sepol_user_add_role(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			       sepol_user_t * user, const char *role);

extern void sepol_user_del_role(sepol_user_t * user, const char *role);

extern int sepol_user_has_role(const sepol_user_t * user, const char *role);

extern int sepol_user_get_roles(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				const sepol_user_t * user,
				const char ***roles_arr,
				unsigned int *num_roles);

extern int sepol_user_set_roles(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				sepol_user_t * user,
				const char **roles_arr, unsigned int num_roles);

/* Create/Clone/Destroy */
extern int sepol_user_create(sepol_handle_t * handle, sepol_user_t ** user_ptr);

extern int sepol_user_clone(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			    const sepol_user_t * user,
			    sepol_user_t ** user_ptr);

extern void sepol_user_free(sepol_user_t * user);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
#ifndef _SEPOL_DEBUG_H_
#define _SEPOL_DEBUG_H_

#include <sepol/handle.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Deprecated */
extern void sepol_debug(int on);
/* End deprecated */

#define SEPOL_MSG_ERR  1
#define SEPOL_MSG_WARN 2
#define SEPOL_MSG_INFO 3

extern int sepol_msg_get_level(sepol_handle_t * handle);

extern const char *sepol_msg_get_channel(sepol_handle_t * handle);

extern const char *sepol_msg_get_fname(sepol_handle_t * handle);

/* Set the messaging callback. 
 * By the default, the callback will print
 * the message on standard output, in a 
 * particular format. Passing NULL here
 * indicates that messaging should be suppressed */
extern void sepol_msg_set_callback(sepol_handle_t * handle,
#ifdef __GNUC__
				   __attribute__ ((format(printf, 3, 4)))
#endif
				   void (*msg_callback) (void *varg,
							 sepol_handle_t *
							 handle,
							 const char *fmt, ...),
				   void *msg_callback_arg);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
#ifndef _SEPOL_CONTEXT_RECORD_H_
#define _SEPOL_CONTEXT_RECORD_H_

#include <sepol/handle.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

struct sepol_context;
typedef struct sepol_context sepol_context_t;

/* We don't need a key, because the context is never stored
 * in a data collection by itself */

/* User */
extern const char *sepol_context_get_user(const sepol_context_t * con);

extern int sepol_context_set_user(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				  sepol_context_t * con, const char *user);

/* Role */
extern const char *sepol_context_get_role(const sepol_context_t * con);

extern int sepol_context_set_role(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				  sepol_context_t * con, const char *role);

/* Type */
extern const char *sepol_context_get_type(const sepol_context_t * con);

extern int sepol_context_set_type(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				  sepol_context_t * con, const char *type);

/* MLS */
extern const char *sepol_context_get_mls(const sepol_context_t * con);

extern int sepol_context_set_mls(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				 sepol_context_t * con, const char *mls_range);

/* Create/Clone/Destroy */
extern int sepol_context_create(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				sepol_context_t ** con_ptr);

extern int sepol_context_clone(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			       const sepol_context_t * con,
			       sepol_context_t ** con_ptr);

extern void sepol_context_free(sepol_context_t * con);

/* Parse to/from string */
extern int sepol_context_from_string(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				     const char *str, sepol_context_t ** con);

extern int sepol_context_to_string(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				   const sepol_context_t * con, char **str_ptr);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
#include <stdlib.h>

#include <sepol/policydb/policydb.h>

int sepol_kernel_policydb_to_cil(FILE *fp, struct policydb *pdb);
#ifndef _SEPOL_ROLES_H_
#define _SEPOL_ROLES_H_

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

extern int sepol_role_exists(const sepol_policydb_t * policydb,
			     const char *role, int *response);

extern int sepol_role_list(const sepol_policydb_t * policydb,
			   char ***roles, unsigned int *nroles);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
#ifndef _SEPOL_POLICYDB_H_
#define _SEPOL_POLICYDB_H_

#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>

#include <sepol/handle.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

struct sepol_policy_file;
typedef struct sepol_policy_file sepol_policy_file_t;

struct sepol_policydb;
typedef struct sepol_policydb sepol_policydb_t;

/* Policy file public interfaces. */

/* Create and free memory associated with a policy file. */
extern int sepol_policy_file_create(sepol_policy_file_t ** pf);
extern void sepol_policy_file_free(sepol_policy_file_t * pf);

/*
 * Set the policy file to represent a binary policy memory image.
 * Subsequent operations using the policy file will read and write
 * the image located at the specified address with the specified length.
 * If 'len' is 0, then merely compute the necessary length upon  
 * subsequent policydb write operations in order to determine the
 * necessary buffer size to allocate.
 */
extern void sepol_policy_file_set_mem(sepol_policy_file_t * pf,
				      char *data, size_t len);

/*
 * Get the size of the buffer needed to store a policydb write
 * previously done on this policy file.
 */
extern int sepol_policy_file_get_len(sepol_policy_file_t * pf, size_t * len);

/*
 * Set the policy file to represent a FILE.
 * Subsequent operations using the policy file will read and write
 * to the FILE.
 */
extern void sepol_policy_file_set_fp(sepol_policy_file_t * pf, FILE * fp);

/*
 * Associate a handle with a policy file, for use in
 * error reporting from subsequent calls that take the
 * policy file as an argument.
 */
extern void sepol_policy_file_set_handle(sepol_policy_file_t * pf,
					 sepol_handle_t * handle);

/* Policydb public interfaces. */

/* Create and free memory associated with a policydb. */
extern int sepol_policydb_create(sepol_policydb_t ** p);
extern void sepol_policydb_free(sepol_policydb_t * p);

/* Legal types of policies that the policydb can represent. */
#define SEPOL_POLICY_KERN	0
#define SEPOL_POLICY_BASE	1
#define SEPOL_POLICY_MOD	2

/*
 * Range of policy versions for the kernel policy type supported
 * by this library.
 */
extern int sepol_policy_kern_vers_min(void);
extern int sepol_policy_kern_vers_max(void);

/*
 * Set the policy type as specified, and automatically initialize the
 * policy version accordingly to the maximum version supported for the
 * policy type.  
 * Returns -1 if the policy type is not legal.
 */
extern int sepol_policydb_set_typevers(sepol_policydb_t * p, unsigned int type);

/*
 * Set the policy version to a different value.
 * Returns -1 if the policy version is not in the supported range for
 * the (previously set) policy type.
 */
extern int sepol_policydb_set_vers(sepol_policydb_t * p, unsigned int vers);

/* Set how to handle unknown class/perms. */
#define SEPOL_DENY_UNKNOWN	    0
#define SEPOL_REJECT_UNKNOWN	    2
#define SEPOL_ALLOW_UNKNOWN	    4
extern int sepol_policydb_set_handle_unknown(sepol_policydb_t * p,
					     unsigned int handle_unknown);

/* Set the target platform */
#define SEPOL_TARGET_SELINUX 0
#define SEPOL_TARGET_XEN     1
extern int sepol_policydb_set_target_platform(sepol_policydb_t * p,
					     int target_platform);

/* 
 * Read a policydb from a policy file.
 * This automatically sets the type and version based on the 
 * image contents.
 */
extern int sepol_policydb_read(sepol_policydb_t * p, sepol_policy_file_t * pf);

/*
 * Write a policydb to a policy file.
 * The generated image will be in the binary format corresponding 
 * to the policy version associated with the policydb.
 */
extern int sepol_policydb_write(sepol_policydb_t * p, sepol_policy_file_t * pf);

/*
 * Extract a policydb from a binary policy memory image.  
 * This is equivalent to sepol_policydb_read with a policy file
 * set to refer to memory.
 */
extern int sepol_policydb_from_image(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				     void *data, size_t len,
				     sepol_policydb_t * p);

/*
 * Generate a binary policy memory image from a policydb.  
 * This is equivalent to sepol_policydb_write with a policy file
 * set to refer to memory, but internally handles computing the 
 * necessary length and allocating an appropriately sized memory
 * buffer for the caller.  
 */
extern int sepol_policydb_to_image(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				   sepol_policydb_t * p,
				   void **newdata, size_t * newlen);

/* 
 * Check whether the policydb has MLS enabled.
 */
extern int sepol_policydb_mls_enabled(const sepol_policydb_t * p);

/*
 * Check whether the compatibility mode for SELinux network
 * checks should be enabled when using this policy.
 */
extern int sepol_policydb_compat_net(const sepol_policydb_t * p);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
#ifndef _SEPOL_IBPKEYS_H_
#define _SEPOL_IBPKEYS_H_

#include <sepol/handle.h>
#include <sepol/policydb.h>
#include <sepol/ibpkey_record.h>


#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Return the number of ibpkeys */
extern int sepol_ibpkey_count(sepol_handle_t *handle,
			      const sepol_policydb_t *p, unsigned int *response);

/* Check if a ibpkey exists */
extern int sepol_ibpkey_exists(sepol_handle_t *handle,
			       const sepol_policydb_t *policydb,
			       const sepol_ibpkey_key_t *key, int *response);

/* Query a ibpkey - returns the ibpkey, or NULL if not found */
extern int sepol_ibpkey_query(sepol_handle_t *handle,
			      const sepol_policydb_t *policydb,
			      const sepol_ibpkey_key_t *key,
			      sepol_ibpkey_t **response);

/* Modify a ibpkey, or add it, if the key is not found */
extern int sepol_ibpkey_modify(sepol_handle_t *handle,
			       sepol_policydb_t *policydb,
			       const sepol_ibpkey_key_t *key,
			       const sepol_ibpkey_t *data);

/* Iterate the ibpkeys
 * The handler may return:
 * -1 to signal an error condition,
 * 1 to signal successful exit
 * 0 to signal continue
 */
extern int sepol_ibpkey_iterate(sepol_handle_t *handle,
				const sepol_policydb_t *policydb,
				int (*fn)(const sepol_ibpkey_t *ibpkey,
					  void *fn_arg), void *arg);


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
#ifndef _SEPOL_IFACE_RECORD_H_
#define _SEPOL_IFACE_RECORD_H_

#include <sepol/handle.h>
#include <sepol/context_record.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

struct sepol_iface;
struct sepol_iface_key;
typedef struct sepol_iface sepol_iface_t;
typedef struct sepol_iface_key sepol_iface_key_t;

/* Key */
extern int sepol_iface_compare(const sepol_iface_t * iface,
			       const sepol_iface_key_t * key);

extern int sepol_iface_compare2(const sepol_iface_t * iface,
				const sepol_iface_t * iface2);

extern void sepol_iface_key_unpack(const sepol_iface_key_t * key,
				   const char **name);

extern int sepol_iface_key_create(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				  const char *name,
				  sepol_iface_key_t ** key_ptr);

extern int sepol_iface_key_extract(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				   const sepol_iface_t * iface,
				   sepol_iface_key_t ** key_ptr);

extern void sepol_iface_key_free(sepol_iface_key_t * key);

/* Name */
extern const char *sepol_iface_get_name(const sepol_iface_t * iface);

extern int sepol_iface_set_name(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				sepol_iface_t * iface, const char *name);

/* Context */
extern sepol_context_t *sepol_iface_get_ifcon(const sepol_iface_t * iface);

extern int sepol_iface_set_ifcon(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				 sepol_iface_t * iface, sepol_context_t * con);

extern sepol_context_t *sepol_iface_get_msgcon(const sepol_iface_t * iface);

extern int sepol_iface_set_msgcon(sepol_handle_t * handle,
				  sepol_iface_t * iface, sepol_context_t * con);

/* Create/Clone/Destroy */
extern int sepol_iface_create(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			      sepol_iface_t ** iface_ptr);

extern int sepol_iface_clone(sepol_handle_t * handle,
			     const sepol_iface_t * iface,
			     sepol_iface_t ** iface_ptr);

extern void sepol_iface_free(sepol_iface_t * iface);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/* -*- mode: c; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*- */
/*
 * Copyright 2013 Red Hat, Inc.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *
 *    1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *
 *    2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *       the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *       distribution.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
 * IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
 * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER
 * OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
 * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
 * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
 * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
 * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
 * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
 * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

/*
 * This API is not considered as stable as the main krb5 API.
 *
 * - We may make arbitrary incompatible changes between feature releases
 *   (e.g. from 1.12 to 1.13).
 * - We will make some effort to avoid making incompatible changes for
 *   bugfix releases, but will make them if necessary.
 */

#ifndef KRAD_H_
#define KRAD_H_

#include <krb5.h>
#include <verto.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>

#define KRAD_PACKET_SIZE_MAX 4096

#define KRAD_SERVICE_TYPE_LOGIN 1
#define KRAD_SERVICE_TYPE_FRAMED 2
#define KRAD_SERVICE_TYPE_CALLBACK_LOGIN 3
#define KRAD_SERVICE_TYPE_CALLBACK_FRAMED 4
#define KRAD_SERVICE_TYPE_OUTBOUND 5
#define KRAD_SERVICE_TYPE_ADMINISTRATIVE 6
#define KRAD_SERVICE_TYPE_NAS_PROMPT 7
#define KRAD_SERVICE_TYPE_AUTHENTICATE_ONLY 8
#define KRAD_SERVICE_TYPE_CALLBACK_NAS_PROMPT 9
#define KRAD_SERVICE_TYPE_CALL_CHECK 10
#define KRAD_SERVICE_TYPE_CALLBACK_ADMINISTRATIVE 11

typedef struct krad_attrset_st krad_attrset;
typedef struct krad_packet_st krad_packet;
typedef struct krad_client_st krad_client;
typedef unsigned char krad_code;
typedef unsigned char krad_attr;

/* Called when a response is received or the request times out. */
typedef void
(*krad_cb)(krb5_error_code retval, const krad_packet *request,
           const krad_packet *response, void *data);

/*
 * Called to iterate over a set of requests.  Either the callback will be
 * called until it returns NULL, or it will be called with cancel = TRUE to
 * terminate in the middle of an iteration.
 */
typedef const krad_packet *
(*krad_packet_iter_cb)(void *data, krb5_boolean cancel);

/*
 * Code
 */

/* Convert a code name to its number. Only works for codes defined
 * by RFC 2875 or 2882. Returns 0 if the name was not found. */
krad_code
krad_code_name2num(const char *name);

/* Convert a code number to its name. Only works for attributes defined
 * by RFC 2865 or 2882. Returns NULL if the name was not found. */
const char *
krad_code_num2name(krad_code code);

/*
 * Attribute
 */

/* Convert an attribute name to its number. Only works for attributes defined
 * by RFC 2865. Returns 0 if the name was not found. */
krad_attr
krad_attr_name2num(const char *name);

/* Convert an attribute number to its name. Only works for attributes defined
 * by RFC 2865. Returns NULL if the name was not found. */
const char *
krad_attr_num2name(krad_attr type);

/*
 * Attribute set
 */

/* Create a new attribute set. */
krb5_error_code
krad_attrset_new(krb5_context ctx, krad_attrset **set);

/* Create a deep copy of an attribute set. */
krb5_error_code
krad_attrset_copy(const krad_attrset *set, krad_attrset **copy);

/* Free an attribute set. */
void
krad_attrset_free(krad_attrset *set);

/* Add an attribute to a set. */
krb5_error_code
krad_attrset_add(krad_attrset *set, krad_attr type, const krb5_data *data);

/* Add a four-octet unsigned number attribute to the given set. */
krb5_error_code
krad_attrset_add_number(krad_attrset *set, krad_attr type, krb5_ui_4 num);

/* Delete the specified attribute. */
void
krad_attrset_del(krad_attrset *set, krad_attr type, size_t indx);

/* Get the specified attribute. */
const krb5_data *
krad_attrset_get(const krad_attrset *set, krad_attr type, size_t indx);

/*
 * Packet
 */

/* Determine the bytes needed from the socket to get the whole packet.  Don't
 * cache the return value as it can change! Returns -1 on EBADMSG. */
ssize_t
krad_packet_bytes_needed(const krb5_data *buffer);

/* Free a packet. */
void
krad_packet_free(krad_packet *pkt);

/*
 * Create a new request packet.
 *
 * This function takes the attributes specified in set and converts them into a
 * radius packet. The packet will have a randomized id. If cb is not NULL, it
 * will be called passing data as the argument to iterate over a set of
 * outstanding requests. In this case, the id will be both random and unique
 * across the set of requests.
 */
krb5_error_code
krad_packet_new_request(krb5_context ctx, const char *secret, krad_code code,
                        const krad_attrset *set, krad_packet_iter_cb cb,
                        void *data, krad_packet **request);

/*
 * Create a new response packet.
 *
 * This function is similar to krad_packet_new_requst() except that it crafts a
 * packet in response to a request packet. This new packet will borrow values
 * from the request such as the id and the authenticator.
 */
krb5_error_code
krad_packet_new_response(krb5_context ctx, const char *secret, krad_code code,
                         const krad_attrset *set, const krad_packet *request,
                         krad_packet **response);

/*
 * Decode a request radius packet from krb5_data.
 *
 * The resulting decoded packet will be a request packet stored in *reqpkt.
 *
 * If cb is NULL, *duppkt will always be NULL.
 *
 * If cb is not NULL, it will be called (with the data argument) to iterate
 * over a set of requests currently being processed. In this case, if the
 * packet is a duplicate of an already received request, the original request
 * will be set in *duppkt.
 */
krb5_error_code
krad_packet_decode_request(krb5_context ctx, const char *secret,
                           const krb5_data *buffer, krad_packet_iter_cb cb,
                           void *data, const krad_packet **duppkt,
                           krad_packet **reqpkt);

/*
 * Decode a response radius packet from krb5_data.
 *
 * The resulting decoded packet will be a response packet stored in *rsppkt.
 *
 * If cb is NULL, *reqpkt will always be NULL.
 *
 * If cb is not NULL, it will be called (with the data argument) to iterate
 * over a set of requests awaiting responses. In this case, if the response
 * packet matches one of these requests, the original request will be set in
 * *reqpkt.
 */
krb5_error_code
krad_packet_decode_response(krb5_context ctx, const char *secret,
                            const krb5_data *buffer, krad_packet_iter_cb cb,
                            void *data, const krad_packet **reqpkt,
                            krad_packet **rsppkt);

/* Encode packet. */
const krb5_data *
krad_packet_encode(const krad_packet *pkt);

/* Get the code for the given packet. */
krad_code
krad_packet_get_code(const krad_packet *pkt);

/* Get the specified attribute. */
const krb5_data *
krad_packet_get_attr(const krad_packet *pkt, krad_attr type, size_t indx);

/*
 * Client
 */

/* Create a new client. */
krb5_error_code
krad_client_new(krb5_context kctx, verto_ctx *vctx, krad_client **client);

/* Free the client. */
void
krad_client_free(krad_client *client);

/*
 * Send a request to a radius server.
 *
 * The remote host may be specified by one of the following formats:
 *  - /path/to/unix.socket
 *  - IPv4
 *  - IPv4:port
 *  - IPv4:service
 *  - [IPv6]
 *  - [IPv6]:port
 *  - [IPv6]:service
 *  - hostname
 *  - hostname:port
 *  - hostname:service
 *
 * The timeout parameter (milliseconds) is the total timeout across all remote
 * hosts (when DNS returns multiple entries) and all retries.  For stream
 * sockets, the retries parameter is ignored and no retries are performed.
 *
 * The cb function will be called with the data argument when either a response
 * is received or the request times out on all possible remote hosts.
 */
krb5_error_code
krad_client_send(krad_client *rc, krad_code code, const krad_attrset *attrs,
                 const char *remote, const char *secret, int timeout,
                 size_t retries, krad_cb cb, void *data);

#endif /* KRAD_H_ */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 1983, 1987, 1989
 *    The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
 *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 *    without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 * SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

/*
 * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-1999 by Internet Software Consortium.
 *
 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND INTERNET SOFTWARE CONSORTIUM DISCLAIMS
 * ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL INTERNET SOFTWARE
 * CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 * DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
 * PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
 * ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 * SOFTWARE.
 */

/*
 *	@(#)resolv.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/2/93
 *	$BINDId: resolv.h,v 8.31 2000/03/30 20:16:50 vixie Exp $
 */

#ifndef _RESOLV_H_
#define _RESOLV_H_

#include <sys/cdefs.h>
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <netinet/in.h>
#include <arpa/nameser.h>
#include <bits/types/res_state.h>

/*
 * Global defines and variables for resolver stub.
 */
#define LOCALDOMAINPARTS	2	/* min levels in name that is "local" */

#define RES_TIMEOUT		5	/* min. seconds between retries */
#define RES_MAXNDOTS		15	/* should reflect bit field size */
#define RES_MAXRETRANS		30	/* only for resolv.conf/RES_OPTIONS */
#define RES_MAXRETRY		5	/* only for resolv.conf/RES_OPTIONS */
#define RES_DFLRETRY		2	/* Default #/tries. */
#define RES_MAXTIME		65535	/* Infinity, in milliseconds. */

#define nsaddr	nsaddr_list[0]		/* for backward compatibility */

/*
 * Revision information.  This is the release date in YYYYMMDD format.
 * It can change every day so the right thing to do with it is use it
 * in preprocessor commands such as "#if (__RES > 19931104)".  Do not
 * compare for equality; rather, use it to determine whether your resolver
 * is new enough to contain a certain feature.
 */

#define	__RES	19991006

/*
 * Resolver configuration file.
 * Normally not present, but may contain the address of the
 * inital name server(s) to query and the domain search list.
 */

#ifndef _PATH_RESCONF
#define _PATH_RESCONF        "/etc/resolv.conf"
#endif

struct res_sym {
	int	number;		/* Identifying number, like T_MX */
	char *	name;		/* Its symbolic name, like "MX" */
	char *	humanname;	/* Its fun name, like "mail exchanger" */
};

/*
 * Resolver options (keep these in synch with res_debug.c, please)
 */
#define RES_INIT	0x00000001	/* address initialized */
#define RES_DEBUG	0x00000002	/* print debug messages */
#define RES_AAONLY \
  __glibc_macro_warning ("RES_AAONLY is deprecated") 0x00000004
#define RES_USEVC	0x00000008	/* use virtual circuit */
#define RES_PRIMARY \
  __glibc_macro_warning ("RES_PRIMARY is deprecated") 0x00000010
#define RES_IGNTC	0x00000020	/* ignore trucation errors */
#define RES_RECURSE	0x00000040	/* recursion desired */
#define RES_DEFNAMES	0x00000080	/* use default domain name */
#define RES_STAYOPEN	0x00000100	/* Keep TCP socket open */
#define RES_DNSRCH	0x00000200	/* search up local domain tree */
#define	RES_INSECURE1	0x00000400	/* type 1 security disabled */
#define	RES_INSECURE2	0x00000800	/* type 2 security disabled */
#define	RES_NOALIASES	0x00001000	/* shuts off HOSTALIASES feature */
#define	RES_USE_INET6	\
  __glibc_macro_warning ("RES_USE_INET6 is deprecated") 0x00002000
#define RES_ROTATE	0x00004000	/* rotate ns list after each query */
#define	RES_NOCHECKNAME \
  __glibc_macro_warning ("RES_NOCHECKNAME is deprecated") 0x00008000
#define	RES_KEEPTSIG \
  __glibc_macro_warning ("RES_KEEPTSIG is deprecated") 0x00010000
#define	RES_BLAST \
  __glibc_macro_warning ("RES_BLAST is deprecated") 0x00020000
#define RES_USE_EDNS0	0x00100000	/* Use EDNS0.  */
#define RES_SNGLKUP	0x00200000	/* one outstanding request at a time */
#define RES_SNGLKUPREOP	0x00400000	/* -"-, but open new socket for each
					   request */
#define RES_USE_DNSSEC	0x00800000	/* use DNSSEC using OK bit in OPT */
#define RES_NOTLDQUERY	0x01000000	/* Do not look up unqualified name
					   as a TLD.  */
#define RES_NORELOAD    0x02000000 /* No automatic configuration reload.  */
#define RES_NOAAAA      0x08000000 /* Suppress AAAA queries.  */
#define RES_STRICTERR   0x10000000 /* Report more DNS errors as errors.  */

#define RES_DEFAULT	(RES_RECURSE|RES_DEFNAMES|RES_DNSRCH)

/*
 * Resolver "pfcode" values.  Used by dig.
 */
#define RES_PRF_STATS	0x00000001
#define RES_PRF_UPDATE	0x00000002
#define RES_PRF_CLASS   0x00000004
#define RES_PRF_CMD	0x00000008
#define RES_PRF_QUES	0x00000010
#define RES_PRF_ANS	0x00000020
#define RES_PRF_AUTH	0x00000040
#define RES_PRF_ADD	0x00000080
#define RES_PRF_HEAD1	0x00000100
#define RES_PRF_HEAD2	0x00000200
#define RES_PRF_TTLID	0x00000400
#define RES_PRF_HEADX	0x00000800
#define RES_PRF_QUERY	0x00001000
#define RES_PRF_REPLY	0x00002000
#define RES_PRF_INIT	0x00004000
/*			0x00008000	*/

/* Things involving an internal (static) resolver context. */
__BEGIN_DECLS
extern struct __res_state *__res_state(void) __attribute__ ((__const__));
__END_DECLS
#define _res (*__res_state())

#define fp_nquery		__fp_nquery
#define fp_query		__fp_query
#define hostalias		__hostalias
#define p_query			__p_query
#define res_close		__res_close
#define res_init		__res_init
#define res_isourserver		__res_isourserver
#define res_mkquery		__res_mkquery
#define res_query		__res_query
#define res_querydomain		__res_querydomain
#define res_search		__res_search
#define res_send		__res_send

__BEGIN_DECLS
void		fp_nquery (const unsigned char *, int, FILE *) __THROW;
void		fp_query (const unsigned char *, FILE *) __THROW;
const char *	hostalias (const char *) __THROW;
void		p_query (const unsigned char *) __THROW;
void		res_close (void) __THROW;
int		res_init (void) __THROW;
int		res_isourserver (const struct sockaddr_in *) __THROW;
int		res_mkquery (int, const char *, int, int,
			     const unsigned char *, int, const unsigned char *,
			     unsigned char *, int) __THROW;
int		res_query (const char *, int, int, unsigned char *, int)
     __THROW;
int		res_querydomain (const char *, const char *, int, int,
				 unsigned char *, int) __THROW;
int		res_search (const char *, int, int, unsigned char *, int)
     __THROW;
int		res_send (const unsigned char *, int, unsigned char *, int)
     __THROW;
__END_DECLS

#define b64_ntop		__b64_ntop
#define b64_pton		__b64_pton
#define dn_comp			__dn_comp
#define dn_count_labels		__dn_count_labels
#define dn_expand		__dn_expand
#define dn_skipname		__dn_skipname
#define fp_resstat		__fp_resstat
#define loc_aton		__loc_aton
#define loc_ntoa		__loc_ntoa
#define p_cdname		__p_cdname
#define p_cdnname		__p_cdnname
#define p_class			__p_class
#define p_fqname		__p_fqname
#define p_fqnname		__p_fqnname
#define p_option		__p_option
#define p_time			__p_time
#define p_type			__p_type
#define p_rcode			__p_rcode
#define putlong			__putlong
#define putshort		__putshort
#define res_dnok		__res_dnok
#define res_hnok		__res_hnok
#define res_hostalias		__res_hostalias
#define res_mailok		__res_mailok
#define res_nameinquery		__res_nameinquery
#define res_nclose		__res_nclose
#define res_ninit		__res_ninit
#define res_nmkquery		__res_nmkquery
#define res_nquery		__res_nquery
#define res_nquerydomain	__res_nquerydomain
#define res_nsearch		__res_nsearch
#define res_nsend		__res_nsend
#define res_ownok		__res_ownok
#define res_queriesmatch	__res_queriesmatch
#define res_randomid		__res_randomid
#define sym_ntop		__sym_ntop
#define sym_ntos		__sym_ntos
#define sym_ston		__sym_ston
__BEGIN_DECLS
int		res_hnok (const char *) __THROW;
int		res_ownok (const char *) __THROW;
int		res_mailok (const char *) __THROW;
int		res_dnok (const char *) __THROW;
int		sym_ston (const struct res_sym *, const char *, int *) __THROW;
const char *	sym_ntos (const struct res_sym *, int, int *) __THROW;
const char *	sym_ntop (const struct res_sym *, int, int *) __THROW;
int		b64_ntop (const unsigned char *, size_t, char *, size_t)
     __THROW;
int		b64_pton (char const *, unsigned char *, size_t) __THROW;
int		loc_aton (const char *__ascii, unsigned char *__binary) __THROW;
const char *	loc_ntoa (const unsigned char *__binary, char *__ascii) __THROW;
int		dn_skipname (const unsigned char *, const unsigned char *)
     __THROW;
void		putlong (uint32_t, unsigned char *) __THROW;
void		putshort (uint16_t, unsigned char *) __THROW;
const char *	p_class (int) __THROW;
const char *	p_time (uint32_t) __THROW;
const char *	p_type (int) __THROW;
const char *	p_rcode (int) __THROW;
const unsigned char * p_cdnname (const unsigned char *,
				 const unsigned char *, int, FILE *) __THROW;
const unsigned char * p_cdname (const unsigned char *, const unsigned char *,
				FILE *) __THROW;
const unsigned char * p_fqnname (const unsigned char *__cp,
				 const unsigned char *__msg,
				 int, char *, int) __THROW;
const unsigned char * p_fqname (const unsigned char *,
				const unsigned char *, FILE *) __THROW;
const char *	p_option (unsigned long __option) __THROW;
int		dn_count_labels (const char *) __THROW;
int		dn_comp (const char *, unsigned char *, int, unsigned char **,
			 unsigned char **) __THROW;
int		dn_expand (const unsigned char *, const unsigned char *,
			   const unsigned char *, char *, int) __THROW;
unsigned int	res_randomid (void) __THROW;
int		res_nameinquery (const char *, int, int,
				 const unsigned char *,
				 const unsigned char *) __THROW;
int		res_queriesmatch (const unsigned char *,
				  const unsigned char *,
				  const unsigned char *,
				  const unsigned char *) __THROW;
/* Things involving a resolver context. */
int		res_ninit (res_state) __THROW;
void		fp_resstat (const res_state, FILE *) __THROW;
const char *	res_hostalias (const res_state, const char *, char *, size_t)
     __THROW;
int		res_nquery (res_state, const char *, int, int,
			    unsigned char *, int) __THROW;
int		res_nsearch (res_state, const char *, int, int,
			     unsigned char *, int) __THROW;
int		res_nquerydomain (res_state, const char *, const char *, int,
				  int, unsigned char *, int) __THROW;
int		res_nmkquery (res_state, int, const char *, int, int,
			      const unsigned char *, int,
			      const unsigned char *, unsigned char *, int)
     __THROW;
int		res_nsend (res_state, const unsigned char *, int,
			   unsigned char *, int) __THROW;
void		res_nclose (res_state) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* !_RESOLV_H_ */
/* thread_db.h -- interface to libthread_db.so library for debugging -lpthread
   Copyright (C) 1999-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _THREAD_DB_H
#define _THREAD_DB_H	1

/* This is the debugger interface for the NPTL library.  It is
   modelled closely after the interface with same names in Solaris
   with the goal to share the same code in the debugger.  */
#include <pthread.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/procfs.h>


/* Error codes of the library.  */
typedef enum
{
  TD_OK,	  /* No error.  */
  TD_ERR,	  /* No further specified error.  */
  TD_NOTHR,	  /* No matching thread found.  */
  TD_NOSV,	  /* No matching synchronization handle found.  */
  TD_NOLWP,	  /* No matching light-weighted process found.  */
  TD_BADPH,	  /* Invalid process handle.  */
  TD_BADTH,	  /* Invalid thread handle.  */
  TD_BADSH,	  /* Invalid synchronization handle.  */
  TD_BADTA,	  /* Invalid thread agent.  */
  TD_BADKEY,	  /* Invalid key.  */
  TD_NOMSG,	  /* No event available.  */
  TD_NOFPREGS,	  /* No floating-point register content available.  */
  TD_NOLIBTHREAD, /* Application not linked with thread library.  */
  TD_NOEVENT,	  /* Requested event is not supported.  */
  TD_NOCAPAB,	  /* Capability not available.  */
  TD_DBERR,	  /* Internal debug library error.  */
  TD_NOAPLIC,	  /* Operation is not applicable.  */
  TD_NOTSD,	  /* No thread-specific data available.  */
  TD_MALLOC,	  /* Out of memory.  */
  TD_PARTIALREG,  /* Not entire register set was read or written.  */
  TD_NOXREGS,	  /* X register set not available for given thread.  */
  TD_TLSDEFER,	  /* Thread has not yet allocated TLS for given module.  */
  TD_NOTALLOC = TD_TLSDEFER,
  TD_VERSION,	  /* Version if libpthread and libthread_db do not match.  */
  TD_NOTLS	  /* There is no TLS segment in the given module.  */
} td_err_e;


/* Possible thread states.  TD_THR_ANY_STATE is a pseudo-state used to
   select threads regardless of state in td_ta_thr_iter().  */
typedef enum
{
  TD_THR_ANY_STATE,
  TD_THR_UNKNOWN,
  TD_THR_STOPPED,
  TD_THR_RUN,
  TD_THR_ACTIVE,
  TD_THR_ZOMBIE,
  TD_THR_SLEEP,
  TD_THR_STOPPED_ASLEEP
} td_thr_state_e;

/* Thread type: user or system.  TD_THR_ANY_TYPE is a pseudo-type used
   to select threads regardless of type in td_ta_thr_iter().  */
typedef enum
{
  TD_THR_ANY_TYPE,
  TD_THR_USER,
  TD_THR_SYSTEM
} td_thr_type_e;


/* Types of the debugging library.  */

/* Handle for a process.  This type is opaque.  */
typedef struct td_thragent td_thragent_t;

/* The actual thread handle type.  This is also opaque.  */
typedef struct td_thrhandle
{
  td_thragent_t *th_ta_p;
  psaddr_t th_unique;
} td_thrhandle_t;


/* Forward declaration of a type defined by and for the dynamic linker.  */
struct link_map;


/* Flags for `td_ta_thr_iter'.  */
#define TD_THR_ANY_USER_FLAGS	0xffffffff
#define TD_THR_LOWEST_PRIORITY	-20
#define TD_SIGNO_MASK		NULL


#define TD_EVENTSIZE	2
#define BT_UISHIFT	5 /* log base 2 of BT_NBIPUI, to extract word index */
#define BT_NBIPUI	(1 << BT_UISHIFT)       /* n bits per unsigned int */
#define BT_UIMASK	(BT_NBIPUI - 1)         /* to extract bit index */

/* Bitmask of enabled events. */
typedef struct td_thr_events
{
  uint32_t event_bits[TD_EVENTSIZE];
} td_thr_events_t;

/* Event set manipulation macros. */
#define __td_eventmask(n) \
  (UINT32_C (1) << (((n) - 1) & BT_UIMASK))
#define __td_eventword(n) \
  ((UINT32_C ((n) - 1)) >> BT_UISHIFT)

#define td_event_emptyset(setp) \
  do {									      \
    int __i;								      \
    for (__i = TD_EVENTSIZE; __i > 0; --__i)				      \
      (setp)->event_bits[__i - 1] = 0;					      \
  } while (0)

#define td_event_fillset(setp) \
  do {									      \
    int __i;								      \
    for (__i = TD_EVENTSIZE; __i > 0; --__i)				      \
      (setp)->event_bits[__i - 1] = UINT32_C (0xffffffff);		      \
  } while (0)

#define td_event_addset(setp, n) \
  (((setp)->event_bits[__td_eventword (n)]) |= __td_eventmask (n))
#define td_event_delset(setp, n) \
  (((setp)->event_bits[__td_eventword (n)]) &= ~__td_eventmask (n))
#define td_eventismember(setp, n) \
  (__td_eventmask (n) & ((setp)->event_bits[__td_eventword (n)]))
#if TD_EVENTSIZE == 2
# define td_eventisempty(setp) \
  (!((setp)->event_bits[0]) && !((setp)->event_bits[1]))
#else
# error "td_eventisempty must be changed to match TD_EVENTSIZE"
#endif

/* Events reportable by the thread implementation.  */
typedef enum
{
  TD_ALL_EVENTS,		 /* Pseudo-event number.  */
  TD_EVENT_NONE = TD_ALL_EVENTS, /* Depends on context.  */
  TD_READY,			 /* Is executable now. */
  TD_SLEEP,			 /* Blocked in a synchronization obj.  */
  TD_SWITCHTO,			 /* Now assigned to a process.  */
  TD_SWITCHFROM,		 /* Not anymore assigned to a process.  */
  TD_LOCK_TRY,			 /* Trying to get an unavailable lock.  */
  TD_CATCHSIG,			 /* Signal posted to the thread.  */
  TD_IDLE,			 /* Process getting idle.  */
  TD_CREATE,			 /* New thread created.  */
  TD_DEATH,			 /* Thread terminated.  */
  TD_PREEMPT,			 /* Preempted.  */
  TD_PRI_INHERIT,		 /* Inherited elevated priority.  */
  TD_REAP,			 /* Reaped.  */
  TD_CONCURRENCY,		 /* Number of processes changing.  */
  TD_TIMEOUT,			 /* Conditional variable wait timed out.  */
  TD_MIN_EVENT_NUM = TD_READY,
  TD_MAX_EVENT_NUM = TD_TIMEOUT,
  TD_EVENTS_ENABLE = 31		/* Event reporting enabled.  */
} td_event_e;

/* Values representing the different ways events are reported.  */
typedef enum
{
  NOTIFY_BPT,			/* User must insert breakpoint at u.bptaddr. */
  NOTIFY_AUTOBPT,		/* Breakpoint at u.bptaddr is automatically
				   inserted.  */
  NOTIFY_SYSCALL		/* System call u.syscallno will be invoked.  */
} td_notify_e;

/* Description how event type is reported.  */
typedef struct td_notify
{
  td_notify_e type;		/* Way the event is reported.  */
  union
  {
    psaddr_t bptaddr;		/* Address of breakpoint.  */
    int syscallno;		/* Number of system call used.  */
  } u;
} td_notify_t;

/* Structure used to report event.  */
typedef struct td_event_msg
{
  td_event_e event;		/* Event type being reported.  */
  const td_thrhandle_t *th_p;	/* Thread reporting the event.  */
  union
  {
# if 0
    td_synchandle_t *sh;	/* Handle of synchronization object.  */
#endif
    uintptr_t data;		/* Event specific data.  */
  } msg;
} td_event_msg_t;

/* Structure containing event data available in each thread structure.  */
typedef struct
{
  td_thr_events_t eventmask;	/* Mask of enabled events.  */
  td_event_e eventnum;		/* Number of last event.  */
  void *eventdata;		/* Data associated with event.  */
} td_eventbuf_t;


/* Gathered statistics about the process.  */
typedef struct td_ta_stats
{
  int nthreads;       		/* Total number of threads in use.  */
  int r_concurrency;		/* Concurrency level requested by user.  */
  int nrunnable_num;		/* Average runnable threads, numerator.  */
  int nrunnable_den;		/* Average runnable threads, denominator.  */
  int a_concurrency_num;	/* Achieved concurrency level, numerator.  */
  int a_concurrency_den;	/* Achieved concurrency level, denominator.  */
  int nlwps_num;		/* Average number of processes in use,
				   numerator.  */
  int nlwps_den;		/* Average number of processes in use,
				   denominator.  */
  int nidle_num;		/* Average number of idling processes,
				   numerator.  */
  int nidle_den;		/* Average number of idling processes,
				   denominator.  */
} td_ta_stats_t;


/* Since Sun's library is based on Solaris threads we have to define a few
   types to map them to POSIX threads.  */
typedef pthread_t thread_t;
typedef pthread_key_t thread_key_t;


/* Callback for iteration over threads.  */
typedef int td_thr_iter_f (const td_thrhandle_t *, void *);

/* Callback for iteration over thread local data.  */
typedef int td_key_iter_f (thread_key_t, void (*) (void *), void *);



/* Forward declaration.  This has to be defined by the user.  */
struct ps_prochandle;


/* Information about the thread.  */
typedef struct td_thrinfo
{
  td_thragent_t *ti_ta_p;		/* Process handle.  */
  unsigned int ti_user_flags;		/* Unused.  */
  thread_t ti_tid;			/* Thread ID returned by
					   pthread_create().  */
  char *ti_tls;				/* Pointer to thread-local data.  */
  psaddr_t ti_startfunc;		/* Start function passed to
					   pthread_create().  */
  psaddr_t ti_stkbase;			/* Base of thread's stack.  */
  long int ti_stksize;			/* Size of thread's stack.  */
  psaddr_t ti_ro_area;			/* Unused.  */
  int ti_ro_size;			/* Unused.  */
  td_thr_state_e ti_state;		/* Thread state.  */
  unsigned char ti_db_suspended;	/* Nonzero if suspended by debugger. */
  td_thr_type_e ti_type;		/* Type of the thread (system vs
					   user thread).  */
  intptr_t ti_pc;			/* Unused.  */
  intptr_t ti_sp;			/* Unused.  */
  short int ti_flags;			/* Unused.  */
  int ti_pri;				/* Thread priority.  */
  lwpid_t ti_lid;			/* Kernel PID for this thread.  */
  sigset_t ti_sigmask;			/* Signal mask.  */
  unsigned char ti_traceme;		/* Nonzero if event reporting
					   enabled.  */
  unsigned char ti_preemptflag;		/* Unused.  */
  unsigned char ti_pirecflag;		/* Unused.  */
  sigset_t ti_pending;			/* Set of pending signals.  */
  td_thr_events_t ti_events;		/* Set of enabled events.  */
} td_thrinfo_t;



/* Prototypes for exported library functions.  */

/* Initialize the thread debug support library.  */
extern td_err_e td_init (void);

/* Historical relict.  Should not be used anymore.  */
extern td_err_e td_log (void);

/* Return list of symbols the library can request.  */
extern const char **td_symbol_list (void);

/* Generate new thread debug library handle for process PS.  */
extern td_err_e td_ta_new (struct ps_prochandle *__ps, td_thragent_t **__ta);

/* Free resources allocated for TA.  */
extern td_err_e td_ta_delete (td_thragent_t *__ta);

/* Get number of currently running threads in process associated with TA.  */
extern td_err_e td_ta_get_nthreads (const td_thragent_t *__ta, int *__np);

/* Return process handle passed in `td_ta_new' for process associated with
   TA.  */
extern td_err_e td_ta_get_ph (const td_thragent_t *__ta,
			      struct ps_prochandle **__ph);

/* Map thread library handle PT to thread debug library handle for process
   associated with TA and store result in *TH.  */
extern td_err_e td_ta_map_id2thr (const td_thragent_t *__ta, pthread_t __pt,
				  td_thrhandle_t *__th);

/* Map process ID LWPID to thread debug library handle for process
   associated with TA and store result in *TH.  */
extern td_err_e td_ta_map_lwp2thr (const td_thragent_t *__ta, lwpid_t __lwpid,
				   td_thrhandle_t *__th);


/* Call for each thread in a process associated with TA the callback function
   CALLBACK.  */
extern td_err_e td_ta_thr_iter (const td_thragent_t *__ta,
				td_thr_iter_f *__callback, void *__cbdata_p,
				td_thr_state_e __state, int __ti_pri,
				sigset_t *__ti_sigmask_p,
				unsigned int __ti_user_flags);

/* Call for each defined thread local data entry the callback function KI.  */
extern td_err_e td_ta_tsd_iter (const td_thragent_t *__ta, td_key_iter_f *__ki,
				void *__p);


/* Get event address for EVENT.  */
extern td_err_e td_ta_event_addr (const td_thragent_t *__ta,
				  td_event_e __event, td_notify_t *__ptr);

/* Enable EVENT in global mask.  */
extern td_err_e td_ta_set_event (const td_thragent_t *__ta,
				 td_thr_events_t *__event);

/* Disable EVENT in global mask.  */
extern td_err_e td_ta_clear_event (const td_thragent_t *__ta,
				   td_thr_events_t *__event);

/* Return information about last event.  */
extern td_err_e td_ta_event_getmsg (const td_thragent_t *__ta,
				    td_event_msg_t *__msg);


/* Set suggested concurrency level for process associated with TA.  */
extern td_err_e td_ta_setconcurrency (const td_thragent_t *__ta, int __level);


/* Enable collecting statistics for process associated with TA.  */
extern td_err_e td_ta_enable_stats (const td_thragent_t *__ta, int __enable);

/* Reset statistics.  */
extern td_err_e td_ta_reset_stats (const td_thragent_t *__ta);

/* Retrieve statistics from process associated with TA.  */
extern td_err_e td_ta_get_stats (const td_thragent_t *__ta,
				 td_ta_stats_t *__statsp);


/* Validate that TH is a thread handle.  */
extern td_err_e td_thr_validate (const td_thrhandle_t *__th);

/* Return information about thread TH.  */
extern td_err_e td_thr_get_info (const td_thrhandle_t *__th,
				 td_thrinfo_t *__infop);

/* Retrieve floating-point register contents of process running thread TH.  */
extern td_err_e td_thr_getfpregs (const td_thrhandle_t *__th,
				  prfpregset_t *__regset);

/* Retrieve general register contents of process running thread TH.  */
extern td_err_e td_thr_getgregs (const td_thrhandle_t *__th,
				 prgregset_t __gregs);

/* Retrieve extended register contents of process running thread TH.  */
extern td_err_e td_thr_getxregs (const td_thrhandle_t *__th, void *__xregs);

/* Get size of extended register set of process running thread TH.  */
extern td_err_e td_thr_getxregsize (const td_thrhandle_t *__th, int *__sizep);

/* Set floating-point register contents of process running thread TH.  */
extern td_err_e td_thr_setfpregs (const td_thrhandle_t *__th,
				  const prfpregset_t *__fpregs);

/* Set general register contents of process running thread TH.  */
extern td_err_e td_thr_setgregs (const td_thrhandle_t *__th,
				 prgregset_t __gregs);

/* Set extended register contents of process running thread TH.  */
extern td_err_e td_thr_setxregs (const td_thrhandle_t *__th,
				 const void *__addr);


/* Get address of the given module's TLS storage area for the given thread.  */
extern td_err_e td_thr_tlsbase (const td_thrhandle_t *__th,
				unsigned long int __modid,
				psaddr_t *__base);

/* Get address of thread local variable.  */
extern td_err_e td_thr_tls_get_addr (const td_thrhandle_t *__th,
				     psaddr_t __map_address, size_t __offset,
				     psaddr_t *__address);


/* Enable reporting for EVENT for thread TH.  */
extern td_err_e td_thr_event_enable (const td_thrhandle_t *__th, int __event);

/* Enable EVENT for thread TH.  */
extern td_err_e td_thr_set_event (const td_thrhandle_t *__th,
				  td_thr_events_t *__event);

/* Disable EVENT for thread TH.  */
extern td_err_e td_thr_clear_event (const td_thrhandle_t *__th,
				    td_thr_events_t *__event);

/* Get event message for thread TH.  */
extern td_err_e td_thr_event_getmsg (const td_thrhandle_t *__th,
				     td_event_msg_t *__msg);


/* Set priority of thread TH.  */
extern td_err_e td_thr_setprio (const td_thrhandle_t *__th, int __prio);


/* Set pending signals for thread TH.  */
extern td_err_e td_thr_setsigpending (const td_thrhandle_t *__th,
				      unsigned char __n, const sigset_t *__ss);

/* Set signal mask for thread TH.  */
extern td_err_e td_thr_sigsetmask (const td_thrhandle_t *__th,
				   const sigset_t *__ss);


/* Return thread local data associated with key TK in thread TH.  */
extern td_err_e td_thr_tsd (const td_thrhandle_t *__th,
			    const thread_key_t __tk, void **__data);


/* Suspend execution of thread TH.  */
extern td_err_e td_thr_dbsuspend (const td_thrhandle_t *__th);

/* Resume execution of thread TH.  */
extern td_err_e td_thr_dbresume (const td_thrhandle_t *__th);

#endif	/* thread_db.h */
/* Access to locale-dependent parameters.
   Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _LANGINFO_H
#define	_LANGINFO_H 1

/* Get the type definition.  */
#include <nl_types.h>

#include <bits/locale.h>	/* Define the __LC_* category names.  */


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Construct an `nl_item' value for `nl_langinfo' from a locale category
   (LC_*) and an item index within the category.  Some code may depend on
   the item values within a category increasing monotonically with the
   indices.  */
#define _NL_ITEM(category, index)	(((category) << 16) | (index))

/* Extract the category and item index from a constructed `nl_item' value.  */
#define _NL_ITEM_CATEGORY(item)		((int) (item) >> 16)
#define _NL_ITEM_INDEX(item)		((int) (item) & 0xffff)

/* Enumeration of locale items that can be queried with `nl_langinfo'.  */
enum
{
  /* LC_TIME category: date and time formatting.  */

  /* Abbreviated days of the week. */
  ABDAY_1 = _NL_ITEM (__LC_TIME, 0), /* Sun */
#define ABDAY_1			ABDAY_1
  ABDAY_2,
#define ABDAY_2			ABDAY_2
  ABDAY_3,
#define ABDAY_3			ABDAY_3
  ABDAY_4,
#define ABDAY_4			ABDAY_4
  ABDAY_5,
#define ABDAY_5			ABDAY_5
  ABDAY_6,
#define ABDAY_6			ABDAY_6
  ABDAY_7,
#define ABDAY_7			ABDAY_7

  /* Long-named days of the week. */
  DAY_1,			/* Sunday */
#define DAY_1			DAY_1
  DAY_2,			/* Monday */
#define DAY_2			DAY_2
  DAY_3,			/* Tuesday */
#define DAY_3			DAY_3
  DAY_4,			/* Wednesday */
#define DAY_4			DAY_4
  DAY_5,			/* Thursday */
#define DAY_5			DAY_5
  DAY_6,			/* Friday */
#define DAY_6			DAY_6
  DAY_7,			/* Saturday */
#define DAY_7			DAY_7

  /* Abbreviated month names, in the grammatical form used when the month
     is a part of a complete date.  */
  ABMON_1,			/* Jan */
#define ABMON_1			ABMON_1
  ABMON_2,
#define ABMON_2			ABMON_2
  ABMON_3,
#define ABMON_3			ABMON_3
  ABMON_4,
#define ABMON_4			ABMON_4
  ABMON_5,
#define ABMON_5			ABMON_5
  ABMON_6,
#define ABMON_6			ABMON_6
  ABMON_7,
#define ABMON_7			ABMON_7
  ABMON_8,
#define ABMON_8			ABMON_8
  ABMON_9,
#define ABMON_9			ABMON_9
  ABMON_10,
#define ABMON_10		ABMON_10
  ABMON_11,
#define ABMON_11		ABMON_11
  ABMON_12,
#define ABMON_12		ABMON_12

  /* Long month names, in the grammatical form used when the month
     is a part of a complete date.  */
  MON_1,			/* January */
#define MON_1			MON_1
  MON_2,
#define MON_2			MON_2
  MON_3,
#define MON_3			MON_3
  MON_4,
#define MON_4			MON_4
  MON_5,
#define MON_5			MON_5
  MON_6,
#define MON_6			MON_6
  MON_7,
#define MON_7			MON_7
  MON_8,
#define MON_8			MON_8
  MON_9,
#define MON_9			MON_9
  MON_10,
#define MON_10			MON_10
  MON_11,
#define MON_11			MON_11
  MON_12,
#define MON_12			MON_12

  AM_STR,			/* Ante meridiem string.  */
#define AM_STR			AM_STR
  PM_STR,			/* Post meridiem string.  */
#define PM_STR			PM_STR

  D_T_FMT,			/* Date and time format for strftime.  */
#define D_T_FMT			D_T_FMT
  D_FMT,			/* Date format for strftime.  */
#define D_FMT			D_FMT
  T_FMT,			/* Time format for strftime.  */
#define T_FMT			T_FMT
  T_FMT_AMPM,			/* 12-hour time format for strftime.  */
#define T_FMT_AMPM		T_FMT_AMPM

  ERA,				/* Alternate era.  */
#define ERA			ERA
  __ERA_YEAR,			/* Year in alternate era format.  */
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define ERA_YEAR		__ERA_YEAR
#endif
  ERA_D_FMT,			/* Date in alternate era format.  */
#define ERA_D_FMT		ERA_D_FMT
  ALT_DIGITS,			/* Alternate symbols for digits.  */
#define ALT_DIGITS		ALT_DIGITS
  ERA_D_T_FMT,			/* Date and time in alternate era format.  */
#define ERA_D_T_FMT		ERA_D_T_FMT
  ERA_T_FMT,			/* Time in alternate era format.  */
#define ERA_T_FMT		ERA_T_FMT

  _NL_TIME_ERA_NUM_ENTRIES,	/* Number entries in the era arrays.  */
  _NL_TIME_ERA_ENTRIES,		/* Structure with era entries in usable form.*/

  _NL_WABDAY_1,		/* Sun */
  _NL_WABDAY_2,
  _NL_WABDAY_3,
  _NL_WABDAY_4,
  _NL_WABDAY_5,
  _NL_WABDAY_6,
  _NL_WABDAY_7,

  /* Long-named days of the week. */
  _NL_WDAY_1,		/* Sunday */
  _NL_WDAY_2,		/* Monday */
  _NL_WDAY_3,		/* Tuesday */
  _NL_WDAY_4,		/* Wednesday */
  _NL_WDAY_5,		/* Thursday */
  _NL_WDAY_6,		/* Friday */
  _NL_WDAY_7,		/* Saturday */

  /* Abbreviated month names, in the grammatical form used when the month
     is a part of a complete date.  */
  _NL_WABMON_1,		/* Jan */
  _NL_WABMON_2,
  _NL_WABMON_3,
  _NL_WABMON_4,
  _NL_WABMON_5,
  _NL_WABMON_6,
  _NL_WABMON_7,
  _NL_WABMON_8,
  _NL_WABMON_9,
  _NL_WABMON_10,
  _NL_WABMON_11,
  _NL_WABMON_12,

  /* Long month names, in the grammatical form used when the month
     is a part of a complete date.  */
  _NL_WMON_1,		/* January */
  _NL_WMON_2,
  _NL_WMON_3,
  _NL_WMON_4,
  _NL_WMON_5,
  _NL_WMON_6,
  _NL_WMON_7,
  _NL_WMON_8,
  _NL_WMON_9,
  _NL_WMON_10,
  _NL_WMON_11,
  _NL_WMON_12,

  _NL_WAM_STR,		/* Ante meridiem string.  */
  _NL_WPM_STR,		/* Post meridiem string.  */

  _NL_WD_T_FMT,		/* Date and time format for strftime.  */
  _NL_WD_FMT,		/* Date format for strftime.  */
  _NL_WT_FMT,		/* Time format for strftime.  */
  _NL_WT_FMT_AMPM,	/* 12-hour time format for strftime.  */

  _NL_WERA_YEAR,	/* Year in alternate era format.  */
  _NL_WERA_D_FMT,	/* Date in alternate era format.  */
  _NL_WALT_DIGITS,	/* Alternate symbols for digits.  */
  _NL_WERA_D_T_FMT,	/* Date and time in alternate era format.  */
  _NL_WERA_T_FMT,	/* Time in alternate era format.  */

  _NL_TIME_WEEK_NDAYS,
  _NL_TIME_WEEK_1STDAY,
  _NL_TIME_WEEK_1STWEEK,
  _NL_TIME_FIRST_WEEKDAY,
  _NL_TIME_FIRST_WORKDAY,
  _NL_TIME_CAL_DIRECTION,
  _NL_TIME_TIMEZONE,

  _DATE_FMT,		/* strftime format for date.  */
#define _DATE_FMT	_DATE_FMT
  _NL_W_DATE_FMT,

  _NL_TIME_CODESET,

  /* Long month names, in the grammatical form used when the month
     is named by itself.  */
  __ALTMON_1,			/* January */
  __ALTMON_2,
  __ALTMON_3,
  __ALTMON_4,
  __ALTMON_5,
  __ALTMON_6,
  __ALTMON_7,
  __ALTMON_8,
  __ALTMON_9,
  __ALTMON_10,
  __ALTMON_11,
  __ALTMON_12,
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define ALTMON_1		__ALTMON_1
# define ALTMON_2		__ALTMON_2
# define ALTMON_3		__ALTMON_3
# define ALTMON_4		__ALTMON_4
# define ALTMON_5		__ALTMON_5
# define ALTMON_6		__ALTMON_6
# define ALTMON_7		__ALTMON_7
# define ALTMON_8		__ALTMON_8
# define ALTMON_9		__ALTMON_9
# define ALTMON_10		__ALTMON_10
# define ALTMON_11		__ALTMON_11
# define ALTMON_12		__ALTMON_12
#endif

  /* Long month names, in the grammatical form used when the month
     is named by itself.  */
  _NL_WALTMON_1,			/* January */
  _NL_WALTMON_2,
  _NL_WALTMON_3,
  _NL_WALTMON_4,
  _NL_WALTMON_5,
  _NL_WALTMON_6,
  _NL_WALTMON_7,
  _NL_WALTMON_8,
  _NL_WALTMON_9,
  _NL_WALTMON_10,
  _NL_WALTMON_11,
  _NL_WALTMON_12,

  /* Abbreviated month names, in the grammatical form used when the month
     is named by itself.  */
  _NL_ABALTMON_1,			/* Jan */
  _NL_ABALTMON_2,
  _NL_ABALTMON_3,
  _NL_ABALTMON_4,
  _NL_ABALTMON_5,
  _NL_ABALTMON_6,
  _NL_ABALTMON_7,
  _NL_ABALTMON_8,
  _NL_ABALTMON_9,
  _NL_ABALTMON_10,
  _NL_ABALTMON_11,
  _NL_ABALTMON_12,

  /* Abbreviated month names, in the grammatical form used when the month
     is named by itself.  */
  _NL_WABALTMON_1,			/* Jan */
  _NL_WABALTMON_2,
  _NL_WABALTMON_3,
  _NL_WABALTMON_4,
  _NL_WABALTMON_5,
  _NL_WABALTMON_6,
  _NL_WABALTMON_7,
  _NL_WABALTMON_8,
  _NL_WABALTMON_9,
  _NL_WABALTMON_10,
  _NL_WABALTMON_11,
  _NL_WABALTMON_12,

  _NL_NUM_LC_TIME,	/* Number of indices in LC_TIME category.  */

  /* LC_COLLATE category: text sorting.
     This information is accessed by the strcoll and strxfrm functions.
     These `nl_langinfo' names are used only internally.  */
  _NL_COLLATE_NRULES = _NL_ITEM (__LC_COLLATE, 0),
  _NL_COLLATE_RULESETS,
  _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB,
  _NL_COLLATE_WEIGHTMB,
  _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAMB,
  _NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTMB,
  _NL_COLLATE_GAP1,
  _NL_COLLATE_GAP2,
  _NL_COLLATE_GAP3,
  _NL_COLLATE_TABLEWC,
  _NL_COLLATE_WEIGHTWC,
  _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAWC,
  _NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTWC,
  _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_HASH_SIZEMB,
  _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_TABLEMB,
  _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB,
  _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQMB,
  _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQWC,
  _NL_COLLATE_CODESET,
  _NL_NUM_LC_COLLATE,

  /* LC_CTYPE category: character classification.
     This information is accessed by the functions in <ctype.h>.
     These `nl_langinfo' names are used only internally.  */
  _NL_CTYPE_CLASS = _NL_ITEM (__LC_CTYPE, 0),
  _NL_CTYPE_TOUPPER,
  _NL_CTYPE_GAP1,
  _NL_CTYPE_TOLOWER,
  _NL_CTYPE_GAP2,
  _NL_CTYPE_CLASS32,
  _NL_CTYPE_GAP3,
  _NL_CTYPE_GAP4,
  _NL_CTYPE_GAP5,
  _NL_CTYPE_GAP6,
  _NL_CTYPE_CLASS_NAMES,
  _NL_CTYPE_MAP_NAMES,
  _NL_CTYPE_WIDTH,
  _NL_CTYPE_MB_CUR_MAX,
  _NL_CTYPE_CODESET_NAME,
  CODESET = _NL_CTYPE_CODESET_NAME,
#define CODESET			CODESET
  _NL_CTYPE_TOUPPER32,
  _NL_CTYPE_TOLOWER32,
  _NL_CTYPE_CLASS_OFFSET,
  _NL_CTYPE_MAP_OFFSET,
  _NL_CTYPE_INDIGITS_MB_LEN,
  _NL_CTYPE_INDIGITS0_MB,
  _NL_CTYPE_INDIGITS1_MB,
  _NL_CTYPE_INDIGITS2_MB,
  _NL_CTYPE_INDIGITS3_MB,
  _NL_CTYPE_INDIGITS4_MB,
  _NL_CTYPE_INDIGITS5_MB,
  _NL_CTYPE_INDIGITS6_MB,
  _NL_CTYPE_INDIGITS7_MB,
  _NL_CTYPE_INDIGITS8_MB,
  _NL_CTYPE_INDIGITS9_MB,
  _NL_CTYPE_INDIGITS_WC_LEN,
  _NL_CTYPE_INDIGITS0_WC,
  _NL_CTYPE_INDIGITS1_WC,
  _NL_CTYPE_INDIGITS2_WC,
  _NL_CTYPE_INDIGITS3_WC,
  _NL_CTYPE_INDIGITS4_WC,
  _NL_CTYPE_INDIGITS5_WC,
  _NL_CTYPE_INDIGITS6_WC,
  _NL_CTYPE_INDIGITS7_WC,
  _NL_CTYPE_INDIGITS8_WC,
  _NL_CTYPE_INDIGITS9_WC,
  _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGIT0_MB,
  _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGIT1_MB,
  _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGIT2_MB,
  _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGIT3_MB,
  _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGIT4_MB,
  _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGIT5_MB,
  _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGIT6_MB,
  _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGIT7_MB,
  _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGIT8_MB,
  _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGIT9_MB,
  _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGIT0_WC,
  _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGIT1_WC,
  _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGIT2_WC,
  _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGIT3_WC,
  _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGIT4_WC,
  _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGIT5_WC,
  _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGIT6_WC,
  _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGIT7_WC,
  _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGIT8_WC,
  _NL_CTYPE_OUTDIGIT9_WC,
  _NL_CTYPE_TRANSLIT_TAB_SIZE,
  _NL_CTYPE_TRANSLIT_FROM_IDX,
  _NL_CTYPE_TRANSLIT_FROM_TBL,
  _NL_CTYPE_TRANSLIT_TO_IDX,
  _NL_CTYPE_TRANSLIT_TO_TBL,
  _NL_CTYPE_TRANSLIT_DEFAULT_MISSING_LEN,
  _NL_CTYPE_TRANSLIT_DEFAULT_MISSING,
  _NL_CTYPE_TRANSLIT_IGNORE_LEN,
  _NL_CTYPE_TRANSLIT_IGNORE,
  _NL_CTYPE_MAP_TO_NONASCII,
  _NL_CTYPE_NONASCII_CASE,
  _NL_CTYPE_EXTRA_MAP_1,
  _NL_CTYPE_EXTRA_MAP_2,
  _NL_CTYPE_EXTRA_MAP_3,
  _NL_CTYPE_EXTRA_MAP_4,
  _NL_CTYPE_EXTRA_MAP_5,
  _NL_CTYPE_EXTRA_MAP_6,
  _NL_CTYPE_EXTRA_MAP_7,
  _NL_CTYPE_EXTRA_MAP_8,
  _NL_CTYPE_EXTRA_MAP_9,
  _NL_CTYPE_EXTRA_MAP_10,
  _NL_CTYPE_EXTRA_MAP_11,
  _NL_CTYPE_EXTRA_MAP_12,
  _NL_CTYPE_EXTRA_MAP_13,
  _NL_CTYPE_EXTRA_MAP_14,
  _NL_NUM_LC_CTYPE,

  /* LC_MONETARY category: formatting of monetary quantities.
     These items each correspond to a member of `struct lconv',
     defined in <locale.h>.  */
  __INT_CURR_SYMBOL = _NL_ITEM (__LC_MONETARY, 0),
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define INT_CURR_SYMBOL	__INT_CURR_SYMBOL
#endif
  __CURRENCY_SYMBOL,
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define CURRENCY_SYMBOL	__CURRENCY_SYMBOL
#endif
  __MON_DECIMAL_POINT,
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define MON_DECIMAL_POINT	__MON_DECIMAL_POINT
#endif
  __MON_THOUSANDS_SEP,
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define MON_THOUSANDS_SEP	__MON_THOUSANDS_SEP
#endif
  __MON_GROUPING,
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define MON_GROUPING		__MON_GROUPING
#endif
  __POSITIVE_SIGN,
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define POSITIVE_SIGN		__POSITIVE_SIGN
#endif
  __NEGATIVE_SIGN,
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define NEGATIVE_SIGN		__NEGATIVE_SIGN
#endif
  __INT_FRAC_DIGITS,
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define INT_FRAC_DIGITS	__INT_FRAC_DIGITS
#endif
  __FRAC_DIGITS,
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define FRAC_DIGITS		__FRAC_DIGITS
#endif
  __P_CS_PRECEDES,
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define P_CS_PRECEDES		__P_CS_PRECEDES
#endif
  __P_SEP_BY_SPACE,
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define P_SEP_BY_SPACE		__P_SEP_BY_SPACE
#endif
  __N_CS_PRECEDES,
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define N_CS_PRECEDES		__N_CS_PRECEDES
#endif
  __N_SEP_BY_SPACE,
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define N_SEP_BY_SPACE		__N_SEP_BY_SPACE
#endif
  __P_SIGN_POSN,
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define P_SIGN_POSN		__P_SIGN_POSN
#endif
  __N_SIGN_POSN,
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define N_SIGN_POSN		__N_SIGN_POSN
#endif
  _NL_MONETARY_CRNCYSTR,
#define CRNCYSTR		_NL_MONETARY_CRNCYSTR
  __INT_P_CS_PRECEDES,
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define INT_P_CS_PRECEDES	__INT_P_CS_PRECEDES
#endif
  __INT_P_SEP_BY_SPACE,
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define INT_P_SEP_BY_SPACE	__INT_P_SEP_BY_SPACE
#endif
  __INT_N_CS_PRECEDES,
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define INT_N_CS_PRECEDES	__INT_N_CS_PRECEDES
#endif
  __INT_N_SEP_BY_SPACE,
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define INT_N_SEP_BY_SPACE	__INT_N_SEP_BY_SPACE
#endif
  __INT_P_SIGN_POSN,
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define INT_P_SIGN_POSN	__INT_P_SIGN_POSN
#endif
  __INT_N_SIGN_POSN,
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define INT_N_SIGN_POSN	__INT_N_SIGN_POSN
#endif
  _NL_MONETARY_DUO_INT_CURR_SYMBOL,
  _NL_MONETARY_DUO_CURRENCY_SYMBOL,
  _NL_MONETARY_DUO_INT_FRAC_DIGITS,
  _NL_MONETARY_DUO_FRAC_DIGITS,
  _NL_MONETARY_DUO_P_CS_PRECEDES,
  _NL_MONETARY_DUO_P_SEP_BY_SPACE,
  _NL_MONETARY_DUO_N_CS_PRECEDES,
  _NL_MONETARY_DUO_N_SEP_BY_SPACE,
  _NL_MONETARY_DUO_INT_P_CS_PRECEDES,
  _NL_MONETARY_DUO_INT_P_SEP_BY_SPACE,
  _NL_MONETARY_DUO_INT_N_CS_PRECEDES,
  _NL_MONETARY_DUO_INT_N_SEP_BY_SPACE,
  _NL_MONETARY_DUO_P_SIGN_POSN,
  _NL_MONETARY_DUO_N_SIGN_POSN,
  _NL_MONETARY_DUO_INT_P_SIGN_POSN,
  _NL_MONETARY_DUO_INT_N_SIGN_POSN,
  _NL_MONETARY_UNO_VALID_FROM,
  _NL_MONETARY_UNO_VALID_TO,
  _NL_MONETARY_DUO_VALID_FROM,
  _NL_MONETARY_DUO_VALID_TO,
  _NL_MONETARY_CONVERSION_RATE,
  _NL_MONETARY_DECIMAL_POINT_WC,
  _NL_MONETARY_THOUSANDS_SEP_WC,
  _NL_MONETARY_CODESET,
  _NL_NUM_LC_MONETARY,

  /* LC_NUMERIC category: formatting of numbers.
     These also correspond to members of `struct lconv'; see <locale.h>.  */
  __DECIMAL_POINT = _NL_ITEM (__LC_NUMERIC, 0),
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define DECIMAL_POINT		__DECIMAL_POINT
#endif
  RADIXCHAR = __DECIMAL_POINT,
#define RADIXCHAR		RADIXCHAR
  __THOUSANDS_SEP,
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define THOUSANDS_SEP		__THOUSANDS_SEP
#endif
  THOUSEP = __THOUSANDS_SEP,
#define THOUSEP			THOUSEP
  __GROUPING,
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define GROUPING		__GROUPING
#endif
  _NL_NUMERIC_DECIMAL_POINT_WC,
  _NL_NUMERIC_THOUSANDS_SEP_WC,
  _NL_NUMERIC_CODESET,
  _NL_NUM_LC_NUMERIC,

  __YESEXPR = _NL_ITEM (__LC_MESSAGES, 0), /* Regex matching ``yes'' input.  */
#define YESEXPR			__YESEXPR
  __NOEXPR,			/* Regex matching ``no'' input.  */
#define NOEXPR			__NOEXPR
  __YESSTR,			/* Output string for ``yes''.  */
#if defined __USE_GNU || (defined __USE_XOPEN && !defined __USE_XOPEN2K)
# define YESSTR			__YESSTR
#endif
  __NOSTR,			/* Output string for ``no''.  */
#if defined __USE_GNU || (defined __USE_XOPEN && !defined __USE_XOPEN2K)
# define NOSTR			__NOSTR
#endif
  _NL_MESSAGES_CODESET,
  _NL_NUM_LC_MESSAGES,

  _NL_PAPER_HEIGHT = _NL_ITEM (__LC_PAPER, 0),
  _NL_PAPER_WIDTH,
  _NL_PAPER_CODESET,
  _NL_NUM_LC_PAPER,

  _NL_NAME_NAME_FMT = _NL_ITEM (__LC_NAME, 0),
  _NL_NAME_NAME_GEN,
  _NL_NAME_NAME_MR,
  _NL_NAME_NAME_MRS,
  _NL_NAME_NAME_MISS,
  _NL_NAME_NAME_MS,
  _NL_NAME_CODESET,
  _NL_NUM_LC_NAME,

  _NL_ADDRESS_POSTAL_FMT = _NL_ITEM (__LC_ADDRESS, 0),
  _NL_ADDRESS_COUNTRY_NAME,
  _NL_ADDRESS_COUNTRY_POST,
  _NL_ADDRESS_COUNTRY_AB2,
  _NL_ADDRESS_COUNTRY_AB3,
  _NL_ADDRESS_COUNTRY_CAR,
  _NL_ADDRESS_COUNTRY_NUM,
  _NL_ADDRESS_COUNTRY_ISBN,
  _NL_ADDRESS_LANG_NAME,
  _NL_ADDRESS_LANG_AB,
  _NL_ADDRESS_LANG_TERM,
  _NL_ADDRESS_LANG_LIB,
  _NL_ADDRESS_CODESET,
  _NL_NUM_LC_ADDRESS,

  _NL_TELEPHONE_TEL_INT_FMT = _NL_ITEM (__LC_TELEPHONE, 0),
  _NL_TELEPHONE_TEL_DOM_FMT,
  _NL_TELEPHONE_INT_SELECT,
  _NL_TELEPHONE_INT_PREFIX,
  _NL_TELEPHONE_CODESET,
  _NL_NUM_LC_TELEPHONE,

  _NL_MEASUREMENT_MEASUREMENT = _NL_ITEM (__LC_MEASUREMENT, 0),
  _NL_MEASUREMENT_CODESET,
  _NL_NUM_LC_MEASUREMENT,

  _NL_IDENTIFICATION_TITLE = _NL_ITEM (__LC_IDENTIFICATION, 0),
  _NL_IDENTIFICATION_SOURCE,
  _NL_IDENTIFICATION_ADDRESS,
  _NL_IDENTIFICATION_CONTACT,
  _NL_IDENTIFICATION_EMAIL,
  _NL_IDENTIFICATION_TEL,
  _NL_IDENTIFICATION_FAX,
  _NL_IDENTIFICATION_LANGUAGE,
  _NL_IDENTIFICATION_TERRITORY,
  _NL_IDENTIFICATION_AUDIENCE,
  _NL_IDENTIFICATION_APPLICATION,
  _NL_IDENTIFICATION_ABBREVIATION,
  _NL_IDENTIFICATION_REVISION,
  _NL_IDENTIFICATION_DATE,
  _NL_IDENTIFICATION_CATEGORY,
  _NL_IDENTIFICATION_CODESET,
  _NL_NUM_LC_IDENTIFICATION,

  /* This marks the highest value used.  */
  _NL_NUM
};

/* This macro produces an item you can pass to `nl_langinfo' or
   `nl_langinfo_l' to get the name of the locale in use for CATEGORY.  */
#define _NL_LOCALE_NAME(category)	_NL_ITEM ((category),		      \
						  _NL_ITEM_INDEX (-1))
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define NL_LOCALE_NAME(category)	_NL_LOCALE_NAME (category)
#endif


/* Return the current locale's value for ITEM.
   If ITEM is invalid, an empty string is returned.

   The string returned will not change until `setlocale' is called;
   it is usually in read-only memory and cannot be modified.  */

extern char *nl_langinfo (nl_item __item) __THROW;


#ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K8
/* POSIX.1-2008 extended locale interface (see locale.h).  */
# include <bits/types/locale_t.h>

/* Just like nl_langinfo but get the information from the locale object L.  */
extern char *nl_langinfo_l (nl_item __item, locale_t __l);
#endif

__END_DECLS

#endif	/* langinfo.h */
/* -*- mode: c; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*- */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2006 Red Hat, Inc.
 * Portions copyright (c) 2006, 2011 Massachusetts Institute of Technology
 * All Rights Reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *
 *  * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *  * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *    distribution.
 *  * Neither the name of Red Hat, Inc., nor the names of its
 *    contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
 *    from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
 * IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
 * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER
 * OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
 * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
 * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
 * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
 * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
 * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
 * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

/*
 * Declarations for kdcpreauth plugin module implementors.
 *
 * The kdcpreauth interface has a single supported major version, which is 1.
 * Major version 1 has a current minor version of 2.  kdcpreauth modules should
 * define a function named kdcpreauth_<modulename>_initvt, matching the
 * signature:
 *
 *   krb5_error_code
 *   kdcpreauth_modname_initvt(krb5_context context, int maj_ver, int min_ver,
 *                             krb5_plugin_vtable vtable);
 *
 * The initvt function should:
 *
 * - Check that the supplied maj_ver number is supported by the module, or
 *   return KRB5_PLUGIN_VER_NOTSUPP if it is not.
 *
 * - Cast the vtable pointer as appropriate for the interface and maj_ver:
 *     kdcpreauth, maj_ver == 1: Cast to krb5_kdcpreauth_vtable
 *
 * - Initialize the methods of the vtable, stopping as appropriate for the
 *   supplied min_ver.  Optional methods may be left uninitialized.
 *
 * Memory for the vtable is allocated by the caller, not by the module.
 */

#ifndef KRB5_KDCPREAUTH_PLUGIN_H
#define KRB5_KDCPREAUTH_PLUGIN_H

#include <krb5/krb5.h>
#include <krb5/plugin.h>

/* kdcpreauth mechanism property flags */

/*
 * Causes the KDC to include this mechanism in a list of supported preauth
 * types if the user's DB entry flags the user as requiring hardware-based
 * preauthentication.
 */
#define PA_HARDWARE     0x00000004

/*
 * Causes the KDC to include this mechanism in a list of supported preauth
 * types if the user's DB entry flags the user as requiring preauthentication,
 * and to fail preauthentication if we can't verify the client data.  The
 * flipside of PA_SUFFICIENT.
 */
#define PA_REQUIRED     0x00000008

/*
 * Causes the KDC to include this mechanism in a list of supported preauth
 * types if the user's DB entry flags the user as requiring preauthentication,
 * and to mark preauthentication as successful if we can verify the client
 * data.  The flipside of PA_REQUIRED.
 */
#define PA_SUFFICIENT   0x00000010

/*
 * Marks this preauthentication mechanism as one which changes the key which is
 * used for encrypting the response to the client.  Modules which have this
 * flag have their server_return_fn called before modules which do not, and are
 * passed over if a previously-called module has modified the encrypting key.
 */
#define PA_REPLACES_KEY 0x00000020

/*
 * Not really a padata type, so don't include it in any list of preauth types
 * which gets sent over the wire.
 */
#define PA_PSEUDO       0x00000080

/*
 * Indicates that e_data in non-FAST errors should be encoded as typed data
 * instead of padata.
 */
#define PA_TYPED_E_DATA 0x00000100

/* Abstract type for a KDC callback data handle. */
typedef struct krb5_kdcpreauth_rock_st *krb5_kdcpreauth_rock;

/* Abstract type for module data and per-request module data. */
typedef struct krb5_kdcpreauth_moddata_st *krb5_kdcpreauth_moddata;
typedef struct krb5_kdcpreauth_modreq_st *krb5_kdcpreauth_modreq;

/* The verto context structure type (typedef is in verto.h; we want to avoid a
 * header dependency for the moment). */
struct verto_ctx;

/* Before using a callback after version 1, modules must check the vers
 * field of the callback structure. */
typedef struct krb5_kdcpreauth_callbacks_st {
    int vers;

    krb5_deltat (*max_time_skew)(krb5_context context,
                                 krb5_kdcpreauth_rock rock);

    /*
     * Get an array of krb5_keyblock structures containing the client keys
     * matching the request enctypes, terminated by an entry with key type = 0.
     * Returns ENOENT if no keys are available for the request enctypes.  Free
     * the resulting object with the free_keys callback.
     */
    krb5_error_code (*client_keys)(krb5_context context,
                                   krb5_kdcpreauth_rock rock,
                                   krb5_keyblock **keys_out);

    /* Free the result of client_keys. */
    void (*free_keys)(krb5_context context, krb5_kdcpreauth_rock rock,
                      krb5_keyblock *keys);

    /*
     * Get the encoded request body, which is sometimes needed for checksums.
     * For a FAST request this is the encoded inner request body.  The returned
     * pointer is an alias and should not be freed.
     */
    krb5_data *(*request_body)(krb5_context context,
                               krb5_kdcpreauth_rock rock);

    /* Get a pointer to the FAST armor key, or NULL if the request did not use
     * FAST.  The returned pointer is an alias and should not be freed. */
    krb5_keyblock *(*fast_armor)(krb5_context context,
                                 krb5_kdcpreauth_rock rock);

    /* Retrieve a string attribute from the client DB entry, or NULL if no such
     * attribute is set.  Free the result with the free_string callback. */
    krb5_error_code (*get_string)(krb5_context context,
                                  krb5_kdcpreauth_rock rock, const char *key,
                                  char **value_out);

    /* Free the result of get_string. */
    void (*free_string)(krb5_context context, krb5_kdcpreauth_rock rock,
                        char *string);

    /* Get a pointer to the client DB entry (returned as a void pointer to
     * avoid a dependency on a libkdb5 type). */
    void *(*client_entry)(krb5_context context, krb5_kdcpreauth_rock rock);

    /* Get a pointer to the verto context which should be used by an
     * asynchronous edata or verify method. */
    struct verto_ctx *(*event_context)(krb5_context context,
                                       krb5_kdcpreauth_rock rock);

    /* End of version 1 kdcpreauth callbacks. */

    /* Return true if the client DB entry contains any keys matching the
     * request enctypes. */
    krb5_boolean (*have_client_keys)(krb5_context context,
                                     krb5_kdcpreauth_rock rock);

    /* End of version 2 kdcpreauth callbacks. */

    /*
     * Get the decrypted client long-term key chosen according to the request
     * enctype list, or NULL if no matching key was found.  The returned
     * pointer is an alias and should not be freed.  If invoked from
     * return_padata, the result will be the same as the encrypting_key
     * parameter if it is not NULL, and will therefore reflect the modified
     * reply key if a return_padata handler has replaced the reply key.
     */
    const krb5_keyblock *(*client_keyblock)(krb5_context context,
                                            krb5_kdcpreauth_rock rock);

    /* Assert an authentication indicator in the AS-REP authdata.  Duplicate
     * indicators will be ignored. */
    krb5_error_code (*add_auth_indicator)(krb5_context context,
                                          krb5_kdcpreauth_rock rock,
                                          const char *indicator);

    /*
     * Read a data value for pa_type from the request cookie, placing it in
     * *out.  The value placed there is an alias and must not be freed.
     * Returns true if a value for pa_type was retrieved, false if not.
     */
    krb5_boolean (*get_cookie)(krb5_context context, krb5_kdcpreauth_rock rock,
                               krb5_preauthtype pa_type, krb5_data *out);

    /*
     * Set a data value for pa_type to be sent in a secure cookie in the next
     * error response.  If pa_type is already present, the value is ignored.
     * If the preauth mechanism has different preauth types for requests and
     * responses, use the request type.  Secure cookies are encrypted in a key
     * known only to the KDCs, but can be replayed within a short time window
     * for requests using the same client principal.
     */
    krb5_error_code (*set_cookie)(krb5_context context,
                                  krb5_kdcpreauth_rock rock,
                                  krb5_preauthtype pa_type,
                                  const krb5_data *data);

    /* End of version 3 kdcpreauth callbacks. */

    /*
     * Return true if princ matches the principal named in the request or the
     * client principal (possibly canonicalized).  If princ does not match,
     * attempt a database lookup of princ with aliases allowed and compare the
     * result to the client principal, returning true if it matches.
     * Otherwise, return false.
     */
    krb5_boolean (*match_client)(krb5_context context,
                                 krb5_kdcpreauth_rock rock,
                                 krb5_principal princ);

    /*
     * Get an alias to the client DB entry principal (possibly canonicalized).
     */
    krb5_principal (*client_name)(krb5_context context,
                                  krb5_kdcpreauth_rock rock);

    /* End of version 4 kdcpreauth callbacks. */

    /*
     * Instruct the KDC to send a freshness token in the method data
     * accompanying a PREAUTH_REQUIRED or PREAUTH_FAILED error, if the client
     * indicated support for freshness tokens.  This callback should only be
     * invoked from the edata method.
     */
    void (*send_freshness_token)(krb5_context context,
                                 krb5_kdcpreauth_rock rock);

    /* Validate a freshness token sent by the client.  Return 0 on success,
     * KRB5KDC_ERR_PREAUTH_EXPIRED on error. */
    krb5_error_code (*check_freshness_token)(krb5_context context,
                                             krb5_kdcpreauth_rock rock,
                                             const krb5_data *token);

    /* End of version 5 kdcpreauth callbacks. */

} *krb5_kdcpreauth_callbacks;

/* Optional: preauth plugin initialization function. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_kdcpreauth_init_fn)(krb5_context context,
                           krb5_kdcpreauth_moddata *moddata_out,
                           const char **realmnames);

/* Optional: preauth plugin cleanup function. */
typedef void
(*krb5_kdcpreauth_fini_fn)(krb5_context context,
                           krb5_kdcpreauth_moddata moddata);

/*
 * Optional: return the flags which the KDC should use for this module.  This
 * is a callback instead of a static value because the module may or may not
 * wish to count itself as a hardware preauthentication module (in other words,
 * the flags may be affected by the configuration, for example if a site
 * administrator can force a particular preauthentication type to be supported
 * using only hardware).  This function is called for each entry entry in the
 * server_pa_type_list.
 */
typedef int
(*krb5_kdcpreauth_flags_fn)(krb5_context context, krb5_preauthtype pa_type);

/*
 * Responder for krb5_kdcpreauth_edata_fn.  If invoked with a non-zero code, pa
 * will be ignored and the padata type will not be included in the hint list.
 * If invoked with a zero code and a null pa value, the padata type will be
 * included in the list with an empty value.  If invoked with a zero code and a
 * non-null pa value, pa will be included in the hint list and will later be
 * freed by the KDC.
 */
typedef void
(*krb5_kdcpreauth_edata_respond_fn)(void *arg, krb5_error_code code,
                                    krb5_pa_data *pa);

/*
 * Optional: provide pa_data to send to the client as part of the "you need to
 * use preauthentication" error.  The implementation must invoke the respond
 * when complete, whether successful or not, either before returning or
 * asynchronously using the verto context returned by cb->event_context().
 *
 * This function is not allowed to create a modreq object because we have no
 * guarantee that the client will ever make a follow-up request, or that it
 * will hit this KDC if it does.
 */
typedef void
(*krb5_kdcpreauth_edata_fn)(krb5_context context, krb5_kdc_req *request,
                            krb5_kdcpreauth_callbacks cb,
                            krb5_kdcpreauth_rock rock,
                            krb5_kdcpreauth_moddata moddata,
                            krb5_preauthtype pa_type,
                            krb5_kdcpreauth_edata_respond_fn respond,
                            void *arg);

/*
 * Responder for krb5_kdcpreauth_verify_fn.  Invoke with the arg parameter
 * supplied to verify, the error code (0 for success), an optional module
 * request state object to be consumed by return_fn or free_modreq_fn, optional
 * e_data to be passed to the caller if code is nonzero, and optional
 * authorization data to be included in the ticket.  In non-FAST replies,
 * e_data will be encoded as typed-data if the module sets the PA_TYPED_E_DATA
 * flag, and as pa-data otherwise.  e_data and authz_data will be freed by the
 * KDC.
 */
typedef void
(*krb5_kdcpreauth_verify_respond_fn)(void *arg, krb5_error_code code,
                                     krb5_kdcpreauth_modreq modreq,
                                     krb5_pa_data **e_data,
                                     krb5_authdata **authz_data);

/*
 * Optional: verify preauthentication data sent by the client, setting the
 * TKT_FLG_PRE_AUTH or TKT_FLG_HW_AUTH flag in the enc_tkt_reply's "flags"
 * field as appropriate.  The implementation must invoke the respond function
 * when complete, whether successful or not, either before returning or
 * asynchronously using the verto context returned by cb->event_context().
 */
typedef void
(*krb5_kdcpreauth_verify_fn)(krb5_context context,
                             krb5_data *req_pkt, krb5_kdc_req *request,
                             krb5_enc_tkt_part *enc_tkt_reply,
                             krb5_pa_data *data,
                             krb5_kdcpreauth_callbacks cb,
                             krb5_kdcpreauth_rock rock,
                             krb5_kdcpreauth_moddata moddata,
                             krb5_kdcpreauth_verify_respond_fn respond,
                             void *arg);

/*
 * Optional: generate preauthentication response data to send to the client as
 * part of the AS-REP.  If it needs to override the key which is used to
 * encrypt the response, it can do so.
 */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_kdcpreauth_return_fn)(krb5_context context,
                             krb5_pa_data *padata,
                             krb5_data *req_pkt,
                             krb5_kdc_req *request,
                             krb5_kdc_rep *reply,
                             krb5_keyblock *encrypting_key,
                             krb5_pa_data **send_pa_out,
                             krb5_kdcpreauth_callbacks cb,
                             krb5_kdcpreauth_rock rock,
                             krb5_kdcpreauth_moddata moddata,
                             krb5_kdcpreauth_modreq modreq);

/* Optional: free a per-request context. */
typedef void
(*krb5_kdcpreauth_free_modreq_fn)(krb5_context,
                                  krb5_kdcpreauth_moddata moddata,
                                  krb5_kdcpreauth_modreq modreq);

/* Optional: invoked after init_fn to provide the module with a pointer to the
 * verto main loop. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_kdcpreauth_loop_fn)(krb5_context context,
                           krb5_kdcpreauth_moddata moddata,
                           struct verto_ctx *ctx);

typedef struct krb5_kdcpreauth_vtable_st {
    /* Mandatory: name of module. */
    char *name;

    /* Mandatory: pointer to zero-terminated list of pa_types which this module
     * can provide services for. */
    krb5_preauthtype *pa_type_list;

    krb5_kdcpreauth_init_fn init;
    krb5_kdcpreauth_fini_fn fini;
    krb5_kdcpreauth_flags_fn flags;
    krb5_kdcpreauth_edata_fn edata;
    krb5_kdcpreauth_verify_fn verify;
    krb5_kdcpreauth_return_fn return_padata;
    krb5_kdcpreauth_free_modreq_fn free_modreq;
    /* Minor 1 ends here. */

    krb5_kdcpreauth_loop_fn loop;
    /* Minor 2 ends here. */
} *krb5_kdcpreauth_vtable;

#endif /* KRB5_KDCPREAUTH_PLUGIN_H */
/* -*- mode: c; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*- */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2010 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Export of this software from the United States of America may
 *   require a specific license from the United States Government.
 *   It is the responsibility of any person or organization contemplating
 *   export to obtain such a license before exporting.
 *
 * WITHIN THAT CONSTRAINT, permission to use, copy, modify, and
 * distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and
 * without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
 * notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and
 * this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that
 * the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
 * to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
 * permission.  Furthermore if you modify this software you must label
 * your software as modified software and not distribute it in such a
 * fashion that it might be confused with the original M.I.T. software.
 * M.I.T. makes no representations about the suitability of
 * this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express
 * or implied warranty.
 */

/*
 * Declarations for password quality plugin module implementors.
 *
 * The password quality pluggable interface currently has only one supported
 * major version, which is 1.  Major version 1 has a current minor version
 * number of 1.
 *
 * Password quality plugin modules should define a function named
 * pwqual_<modulename>_initvt, matching the signature:
 *
 *   krb5_error_code
 *   pwqual_modname_initvt(krb5_context context, int maj_ver, int min_ver,
 *                         krb5_plugin_vtable vtable);
 *
 * The initvt function should:
 *
 * - Check that the supplied maj_ver number is supported by the module, or
 *   return KRB5_PLUGIN_VER_NOTSUPP if it is not.
 *
 * - Cast the vtable pointer as appropriate for maj_ver:
 *     maj_ver == 1: Cast to krb5_pwqual_vtable
 *
 * - Initialize the methods of the vtable, stopping as appropriate for the
 *   supplied min_ver.  Optional methods may be left uninitialized.
 *
 * Memory for the vtable is allocated by the caller, not by the module.
 */

#ifndef KRB5_PWQUAL_PLUGIN_H
#define KRB5_PWQUAL_PLUGIN_H

#include <krb5/krb5.h>
#include <krb5/plugin.h>
#include <kadm5/admin.h>

/* An abstract type for password quality module data. */
typedef struct krb5_pwqual_moddata_st *krb5_pwqual_moddata;

/*** Method type declarations ***/

/* Optional: Initialize module data.  dictfile is the realm's configured
 * dictionary filename. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_pwqual_open_fn)(krb5_context context, const char *dict_file,
                       krb5_pwqual_moddata *data);

/*
 * Mandatory: Check a password for the principal princ, which has an associated
 * password policy named policy_name (or no associated policy if policy_name is
 * NULL).  The parameter languages, if not NULL, contains a null-terminated
 * list of client-specified language tags as defined in RFC 5646.  The method
 * should return one of the following errors if the password fails quality
 * standards:
 *
 * - KADM5_PASS_Q_TOOSHORT: password should be longer
 * - KADM5_PASS_Q_CLASS:    password must have more character classes
 * - KADM5_PASS_Q_DICT:     password contains dictionary words
 * - KADM5_PASS_Q_GENERIC:  unspecified quality failure
 *
 * The module should also set an extended error message with
 * krb5_set_error_message().  The message may be localized according to one of
 * the language tags in languages.
 */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_pwqual_check_fn)(krb5_context context, krb5_pwqual_moddata data,
                        const char *password, const char *policy_name,
                        krb5_principal princ, const char **languages);

/* Optional: Release resources used by module data. */
typedef void
(*krb5_pwqual_close_fn)(krb5_context context, krb5_pwqual_moddata data);

/*** vtable declarations **/

/* Password quality plugin vtable for major version 1. */
typedef struct krb5_pwqual_vtable_st {
    const char *name;           /* Mandatory: name of module. */
    krb5_pwqual_open_fn open;
    krb5_pwqual_check_fn check;
    krb5_pwqual_close_fn close;
    /* Minor version 1 ends here. */
} *krb5_pwqual_vtable;

#endif /* KRB5_PWQUAL_PLUGIN_H */
/* -*- mode: c; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*- */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2011 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Export of this software from the United States of America may
 *   require a specific license from the United States Government.
 *   It is the responsibility of any person or organization contemplating
 *   export to obtain such a license before exporting.
 *
 * WITHIN THAT CONSTRAINT, permission to use, copy, modify, and
 * distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and
 * without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
 * notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and
 * this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that
 * the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
 * to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
 * permission.  Furthermore if you modify this software you must label
 * your software as modified software and not distribute it in such a
 * fashion that it might be confused with the original M.I.T. software.
 * M.I.T. makes no representations about the suitability of
 * this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express
 * or implied warranty.
 */

/*
 * Declarations for credential cache selection module implementors.
 *
 * The ccselect pluggable interface currently has only one supported major
 * version, which is 1.  Major version 1 has a current minor version number of
 * 1.
 *
 * Credential cache selection modules should define a function named
 * ccselect_<modulename>_initvt, matching the signature:
 *
 *   krb5_error_code
 *   ccselect_modname_initvt(krb5_context context, int maj_ver, int min_ver,
 *                           krb5_plugin_vtable vtable);
 *
 * The initvt function should:
 *
 * - Check that the supplied maj_ver number is supported by the module, or
 *   return KRB5_PLUGIN_VER_NOTSUPP if it is not.
 *
 * - Cast the vtable pointer as appropriate for maj_ver:
 *     maj_ver == 1: Cast to krb5_ccselect_vtable
 *
 * - Initialize the methods of the vtable, stopping as appropriate for the
 *   supplied min_ver.  Optional methods may be left uninitialized.
 *
 * Memory for the vtable is allocated by the caller, not by the module.
 */

#ifndef KRB5_CCSELECT_PLUGIN_H
#define KRB5_CCSELECT_PLUGIN_H

#include <krb5/krb5.h>
#include <krb5/plugin.h>

/* An abstract type for credential cache selection module data. */
typedef struct krb5_ccselect_moddata_st *krb5_ccselect_moddata;

#define KRB5_CCSELECT_PRIORITY_AUTHORITATIVE 2
#define KRB5_CCSELECT_PRIORITY_HEURISTIC     1

/*** Method type declarations ***/

/*
 * Mandatory: Initialize module data and set *priority_out to one of the
 * KRB5_CCSELECT_PRIORITY constants above.  Authoritative modules will be
 * consulted before heuristic ones.
 */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_ccselect_init_fn)(krb5_context context, krb5_ccselect_moddata *data_out,
                         int *priority_out);

/*
 * Mandatory: Select a cache based on a server principal.  Return 0 on success,
 * with *cache_out set to the selected cache and *princ_out set to its default
 * principal.  Return KRB5_PLUGIN_NO_HANDLE to defer to other modules.  Return
 * KRB5_CC_NOTFOUND with *princ_out set if the client principal can be
 * authoritatively determined but no cache exists for it.  Return other errors
 * as appropriate.
 */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_ccselect_choose_fn)(krb5_context context, krb5_ccselect_moddata data,
                           krb5_principal server, krb5_ccache *cache_out,
                           krb5_principal *princ_out);

/* Optional: Release resources used by module data. */
typedef void
(*krb5_ccselect_fini_fn)(krb5_context context, krb5_ccselect_moddata data);

/*** vtable declarations **/

/* Credential cache selection plugin vtable for major version 1. */
typedef struct krb5_ccselect_vtable_st {
    const char *name;           /* Mandatory: name of module. */
    krb5_ccselect_init_fn init;
    krb5_ccselect_choose_fn choose;
    krb5_ccselect_fini_fn fini;
    /* Minor version 1 ends here. */
} *krb5_ccselect_vtable;

#endif /* KRB5_CCSELECT_PLUGIN_H */
/* This file is generated, please don't edit it directly.  */
#ifndef KRB5_KRB5_H_INCLUDED
#define KRB5_KRB5_H_INCLUDED
/* -*- mode: c; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*- */
/* General definitions for Kerberos version 5. */
/*
 * Copyright 1989, 1990, 1995, 2001, 2003, 2007, 2011 by the Massachusetts
 * Institute of Technology.  All Rights Reserved.
 *
 * Export of this software from the United States of America may
 *   require a specific license from the United States Government.
 *   It is the responsibility of any person or organization contemplating
 *   export to obtain such a license before exporting.
 *
 * WITHIN THAT CONSTRAINT, permission to use, copy, modify, and
 * distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and
 * without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
 * notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and
 * this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that
 * the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
 * to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
 * permission.  Furthermore if you modify this software you must label
 * your software as modified software and not distribute it in such a
 * fashion that it might be confused with the original M.I.T. software.
 * M.I.T. makes no representations about the suitability of
 * this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express
 * or implied warranty.
 */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 1998 by the FundsXpress, INC.
 *
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Export of this software from the United States of America may require
 * a specific license from the United States Government.  It is the
 * responsibility of any person or organization contemplating export to
 * obtain such a license before exporting.
 *
 * WITHIN THAT CONSTRAINT, permission to use, copy, modify, and
 * distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and
 * without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
 * notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and
 * this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that
 * the name of FundsXpress. not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
 * to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
 * permission.  FundsXpress makes no representations about the suitability of
 * this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express
 * or implied warranty.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
 * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 */

#ifndef KRB5_GENERAL__
#define KRB5_GENERAL__

/** @defgroup KRB5_H krb5 library API
 * @{
 */

 /* By default, do not expose deprecated interfaces. */
#ifndef KRB5_DEPRECATED
#define KRB5_DEPRECATED 0
#endif

#if defined(__MACH__) && defined(__APPLE__)
#       include <TargetConditionals.h>
#    if TARGET_RT_MAC_CFM
#       error "Use KfM 4.0 SDK headers for CFM compilation."
#    endif
#endif

#if defined(_MSDOS) || defined(_WIN32)
#include <win-mac.h>
#endif

#ifndef KRB5_CONFIG__
#ifndef KRB5_CALLCONV
#define KRB5_CALLCONV
#define KRB5_CALLCONV_C
#endif /* !KRB5_CALLCONV */
#endif /* !KRB5_CONFIG__ */

#ifndef KRB5_CALLCONV_WRONG
#define KRB5_CALLCONV_WRONG
#endif

#ifndef THREEPARAMOPEN
#define THREEPARAMOPEN(x,y,z) open(x,y,z)
#endif

#if KRB5_PRIVATE
#ifndef WRITABLEFOPEN
#define WRITABLEFOPEN(x,y) fopen(x,y)
#endif
#endif

#define KRB5_OLD_CRYPTO

#include <stdlib.h>
#include <limits.h>             /* for *_MAX */
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdint.h>

#ifndef KRB5INT_BEGIN_DECLS
#if defined(__cplusplus)
#define KRB5INT_BEGIN_DECLS     extern "C" {
#define KRB5INT_END_DECLS       }
#else
#define KRB5INT_BEGIN_DECLS
#define KRB5INT_END_DECLS
#endif
#endif

KRB5INT_BEGIN_DECLS

#if defined(TARGET_OS_MAC) && TARGET_OS_MAC
#    pragma pack(push,2)
#endif

#if (__GNUC__ * 10000 + __GNUC_MINOR__ * 100 + __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) >= 30203
# define KRB5_ATTR_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated))
#elif defined _WIN32
# define KRB5_ATTR_DEPRECATED __declspec(deprecated)
#else
# define KRB5_ATTR_DEPRECATED
#endif

/* from profile.h */
struct _profile_t;
/* typedef struct _profile_t *profile_t; */

/*
 * begin wordsize.h
 */

/*
 * Word-size related definition.
 */

typedef uint8_t krb5_octet;
typedef int16_t krb5_int16;
typedef uint16_t krb5_ui_2;
typedef int32_t krb5_int32;
typedef uint32_t krb5_ui_4;

#define VALID_INT_BITS    INT_MAX
#define VALID_UINT_BITS   UINT_MAX

#define KRB5_INT32_MAX  2147483647
/* this strange form is necessary since - is a unary operator, not a sign
   indicator */
#define KRB5_INT32_MIN  (-KRB5_INT32_MAX-1)

#define KRB5_INT16_MAX 65535
/* this strange form is necessary since - is a unary operator, not a sign
   indicator */
#define KRB5_INT16_MIN  (-KRB5_INT16_MAX-1)

/*
 * end wordsize.h
 */

/*
 * begin "base-defs.h"
 */

/*
 * Basic definitions for Kerberos V5 library
 */

#ifndef FALSE
#define FALSE   0
#endif
#ifndef TRUE
#define TRUE    1
#endif

typedef unsigned int krb5_boolean;
typedef unsigned int krb5_msgtype;
typedef unsigned int krb5_kvno;

typedef krb5_int32 krb5_addrtype;
typedef krb5_int32 krb5_enctype;
typedef krb5_int32 krb5_cksumtype;
typedef krb5_int32 krb5_authdatatype;
typedef krb5_int32 krb5_keyusage;
typedef krb5_int32 krb5_cryptotype;

typedef krb5_int32      krb5_preauthtype; /* This may change, later on */
typedef krb5_int32      krb5_flags;

/**
 * Represents a timestamp in seconds since the POSIX epoch.  This legacy type
 * is used frequently in the ABI, but cannot represent timestamps after 2038 as
 * a positive number.  Code which uses this type should cast values of it to
 * uint32_t so that negative values are treated as timestamps between 2038 and
 * 2106 on platforms with 64-bit time_t.
 */
typedef krb5_int32      krb5_timestamp;

typedef krb5_int32      krb5_deltat;

/**
 * Used to convey an operation status.  The value 0 indicates success; any
 * other values are com_err codes.  Use krb5_get_error_message() to obtain a
 * string describing the error.
 */
typedef krb5_int32      krb5_error_code;

typedef krb5_error_code krb5_magic;

typedef struct _krb5_data {
    krb5_magic magic;
    unsigned int length;
    char *data;
} krb5_data;

/* Originally introduced for PKINIT; now unused.  Do not use this. */
typedef struct _krb5_octet_data {
    krb5_magic magic;
    unsigned int length;
    krb5_octet *data;
} krb5_octet_data;

/* Originally used to recognize AFS and default salts.  No longer used. */
#define SALT_TYPE_AFS_LENGTH UINT_MAX
#define SALT_TYPE_NO_LENGTH  UINT_MAX

typedef void * krb5_pointer;
typedef void const * krb5_const_pointer;

typedef struct krb5_principal_data {
    krb5_magic magic;
    krb5_data realm;
    krb5_data *data;            /**< An array of strings */
    krb5_int32 length;
    krb5_int32 type;
} krb5_principal_data;

typedef krb5_principal_data * krb5_principal;

/*
 * Per V5 spec on definition of principal types
 */

#define KRB5_NT_UNKNOWN        0 /**<  Name type not known */
#define KRB5_NT_PRINCIPAL      1 /**< Just the name of the principal
                                      as in DCE, or for users */
#define KRB5_NT_SRV_INST       2 /**< Service and other unique instance (krbtgt) */
#define KRB5_NT_SRV_HST        3 /**< Service with host name as instance
                                      (telnet, rcommands) */
#define KRB5_NT_SRV_XHST       4 /**< Service with host as remaining components */
#define KRB5_NT_UID            5 /**< Unique ID */
#define KRB5_NT_X500_PRINCIPAL 6 /**< PKINIT */
#define KRB5_NT_SMTP_NAME      7 /**< Name in form of SMTP email name */
#define KRB5_NT_ENTERPRISE_PRINCIPAL  10        /**< Windows 2000 UPN */
#define KRB5_NT_WELLKNOWN      11 /**< Well-known (special) principal */
#define KRB5_WELLKNOWN_NAMESTR "WELLKNOWN" /**< First component of
                                                NT_WELLKNOWN principals */
#define KRB5_NT_MS_PRINCIPAL         -128 /**< Windows 2000 UPN and SID */
#define KRB5_NT_MS_PRINCIPAL_AND_ID  -129 /**< NT 4 style name */
#define KRB5_NT_ENT_PRINCIPAL_AND_ID -130 /**< NT 4 style name and SID */

/** Constant version of krb5_principal_data */
typedef const krb5_principal_data *krb5_const_principal;

#define krb5_princ_realm(context, princ) (&(princ)->realm)
#define krb5_princ_set_realm(context, princ,value) ((princ)->realm = *(value))
#define krb5_princ_set_realm_length(context, princ,value) (princ)->realm.length = (value)
#define krb5_princ_set_realm_data(context, princ,value) (princ)->realm.data = (value)
#define krb5_princ_size(context, princ) (princ)->length
#define krb5_princ_type(context, princ) (princ)->type
#define krb5_princ_name(context, princ) (princ)->data
#define krb5_princ_component(context, princ,i)  \
    (((i) < krb5_princ_size(context, princ))    \
     ? (princ)->data + (i)                      \
     : NULL)

/** Constant for realm referrals. */
#define        KRB5_REFERRAL_REALM      ""

/*
 * Referral-specific functions.
 */

/**
 * Check for a match with KRB5_REFERRAL_REALM.
 *
 * @param [in] r                Realm to check
 *
 * @return @c TRUE if @a r is zero-length, @c FALSE otherwise
 */
krb5_boolean KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_is_referral_realm(const krb5_data *r);

/**
 * Return an anonymous realm data.
 *
 * This function returns constant storage that must not be freed.
 *
 * @sa #KRB5_ANONYMOUS_REALMSTR
 */
const krb5_data *KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_anonymous_realm(void);

/**
 * Build an anonymous principal.
 *
 * This function returns constant storage that must not be freed.
 *
 * @sa #KRB5_ANONYMOUS_PRINCSTR
 */
krb5_const_principal KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_anonymous_principal(void);

#define KRB5_ANONYMOUS_REALMSTR "WELLKNOWN:ANONYMOUS" /**< Anonymous realm */
#define KRB5_ANONYMOUS_PRINCSTR "ANONYMOUS" /**< Anonymous principal name */
/*
 * end "base-defs.h"
 */

/*
 * begin "hostaddr.h"
 */

/** Structure for address */
typedef struct _krb5_address {
    krb5_magic magic;
    krb5_addrtype addrtype;
    unsigned int length;
    krb5_octet *contents;
} krb5_address;

/* per Kerberos v5 protocol spec */
#define ADDRTYPE_INET           0x0002
#define ADDRTYPE_CHAOS          0x0005
#define ADDRTYPE_XNS            0x0006
#define ADDRTYPE_ISO            0x0007
#define ADDRTYPE_DDP            0x0010
#define ADDRTYPE_NETBIOS        0x0014
#define ADDRTYPE_INET6          0x0018
/* not yet in the spec... */
#define ADDRTYPE_ADDRPORT       0x0100
#define ADDRTYPE_IPPORT         0x0101

/* macros to determine if a type is a local type */
#define ADDRTYPE_IS_LOCAL(addrtype) (addrtype & 0x8000)

/*
 * end "hostaddr.h"
 */


struct _krb5_context;
typedef struct _krb5_context * krb5_context;

struct _krb5_auth_context;
typedef struct _krb5_auth_context * krb5_auth_context;

struct _krb5_cryptosystem_entry;

/*
 * begin "encryption.h"
 */

/** Exposed contents of a key. */
typedef struct _krb5_keyblock {
    krb5_magic magic;
    krb5_enctype enctype;
    unsigned int length;
    krb5_octet *contents;
} krb5_keyblock;

struct krb5_key_st;
/**
 * Opaque identifier for a key.
 *
 * Use with the krb5_k APIs for better performance for repeated operations with
 * the same key and usage.  Key identifiers must not be used simultaneously
 * within multiple threads, as they may contain mutable internal state and are
 * not mutex-protected.
 */
typedef struct krb5_key_st *krb5_key;

#ifdef KRB5_OLD_CRYPTO
typedef struct _krb5_encrypt_block {
    krb5_magic magic;
    krb5_enctype crypto_entry;          /* to call krb5_encrypt_size, you need
                                           this.  it was a pointer, but it
                                           doesn't have to be.  gross. */
    krb5_keyblock *key;
} krb5_encrypt_block;
#endif

typedef struct _krb5_checksum {
    krb5_magic magic;
    krb5_cksumtype checksum_type;       /* checksum type */
    unsigned int length;
    krb5_octet *contents;
} krb5_checksum;

typedef struct _krb5_enc_data {
    krb5_magic magic;
    krb5_enctype enctype;
    krb5_kvno kvno;
    krb5_data ciphertext;
} krb5_enc_data;

/**
 * Structure to describe a region of text to be encrypted or decrypted.
 *
 * The @a flags member describes the type of the iov.
 * The @a data member points to the memory that will be manipulated.
 * All iov APIs take a pointer to the first element of an array of krb5_crypto_iov's
 * along with the size of that array. Buffer contents are manipulated in-place;
 * data is overwritten. Callers must allocate the right number of krb5_crypto_iov
 * structures before calling into an iov API.
 */
typedef struct _krb5_crypto_iov {
    krb5_cryptotype flags; /**< @ref KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE type of the iov */
    krb5_data data;
} krb5_crypto_iov;

/* per Kerberos v5 protocol spec */
#define ENCTYPE_NULL            0x0000
#define ENCTYPE_DES_CBC_CRC     0x0001  /**< @deprecated no longer supported */
#define ENCTYPE_DES_CBC_MD4     0x0002  /**< @deprecated no longer supported */
#define ENCTYPE_DES_CBC_MD5     0x0003  /**< @deprecated no longer supported */
#define ENCTYPE_DES_CBC_RAW     0x0004  /**< @deprecated no longer supported */
#define ENCTYPE_DES3_CBC_SHA    0x0005  /**< @deprecated no longer supported */
#define ENCTYPE_DES3_CBC_RAW    0x0006  /**< @deprecated no longer supported */
#define ENCTYPE_DES_HMAC_SHA1   0x0008  /**< @deprecated no longer supported */
/* PKINIT */
#define ENCTYPE_DSA_SHA1_CMS    0x0009  /**< DSA with SHA1, CMS signature */
#define ENCTYPE_MD5_RSA_CMS     0x000a  /**< MD5 with RSA, CMS signature */
#define ENCTYPE_SHA1_RSA_CMS    0x000b  /**< SHA1 with RSA, CMS signature */
#define ENCTYPE_RC2_CBC_ENV     0x000c  /**< RC2 cbc mode, CMS enveloped data */
#define ENCTYPE_RSA_ENV         0x000d  /**< RSA encryption, CMS enveloped data */
#define ENCTYPE_RSA_ES_OAEP_ENV 0x000e  /**< RSA w/OEAP encryption, CMS enveloped data */
#define ENCTYPE_DES3_CBC_ENV    0x000f  /**< @deprecated no longer supported */

#define ENCTYPE_DES3_CBC_SHA1               0x0010 /**< @deprecated removed */
#define ENCTYPE_AES128_CTS_HMAC_SHA1_96     0x0011 /**< RFC 3962 */
#define ENCTYPE_AES256_CTS_HMAC_SHA1_96     0x0012 /**< RFC 3962 */
#define ENCTYPE_AES128_CTS_HMAC_SHA256_128  0x0013 /**< RFC 8009 */
#define ENCTYPE_AES256_CTS_HMAC_SHA384_192  0x0014 /**< RFC 8009 */
#define ENCTYPE_ARCFOUR_HMAC                0x0017 /**< RFC 4757 */
#define ENCTYPE_ARCFOUR_HMAC_EXP            0x0018 /**< RFC 4757 */
#define ENCTYPE_CAMELLIA128_CTS_CMAC        0x0019 /**< RFC 6803 */
#define ENCTYPE_CAMELLIA256_CTS_CMAC        0x001a /**< RFC 6803 */
#define ENCTYPE_UNKNOWN                     0x01ff

/*
 * Historically we used the value 9 for unkeyed SHA-1.  RFC 3961 assigns this
 * value to rsa-md5-des3, which fortunately is unused.  For ABI compatibility
 * we allow either 9 or 14 for SHA-1.
 */
#define CKSUMTYPE_CRC32         0x0001
#define CKSUMTYPE_RSA_MD4       0x0002
#define CKSUMTYPE_RSA_MD4_DES   0x0003
#define CKSUMTYPE_DESCBC        0x0004
/* des-mac-k */
/* rsa-md4-des-k */
#define CKSUMTYPE_RSA_MD5       0x0007
#define CKSUMTYPE_RSA_MD5_DES   0x0008
#define CKSUMTYPE_NIST_SHA      0x0009
#define CKSUMTYPE_HMAC_SHA1_DES3      0x000c /* @deprecated removed */
#define CKSUMTYPE_SHA1          0x000d /**< RFC 3962 */
#define CKSUMTYPE_HMAC_SHA1_96_AES128 0x000f /**< RFC 3962. Used with
                                                ENCTYPE_AES128_CTS_HMAC_SHA1_96 */
#define CKSUMTYPE_HMAC_SHA1_96_AES256 0x0010 /**< RFC 3962. Used with
                                                ENCTYPE_AES256_CTS_HMAC_SHA1_96 */
#define CKSUMTYPE_HMAC_SHA256_128_AES128 0x0013 /**< RFC 8009 */
#define CKSUMTYPE_HMAC_SHA384_192_AES256 0x0014 /**< RFC 8009 */
#define CKSUMTYPE_CMAC_CAMELLIA128 0x0011 /**< RFC 6803 */
#define CKSUMTYPE_CMAC_CAMELLIA256 0x0012 /**< RFC 6803 */
#define CKSUMTYPE_MD5_HMAC_ARCFOUR -137 /* Microsoft netlogon */
#define CKSUMTYPE_HMAC_MD5_ARCFOUR -138 /**< RFC 4757 */

/*
 * The following are entropy source designations. Whenever
 * krb5_C_random_add_entropy is called, one of these source ids is passed in.
 * This allows the library to better estimate bits of entropy in the sample and
 * to keep track of what sources of entropy have contributed enough entropy.
 * Sources marked internal MUST NOT be used by applications outside the
 * Kerberos library
 */

enum {
    KRB5_C_RANDSOURCE_OLDAPI = 0, /*calls to krb5_C_RANDOM_SEED (INTERNAL)*/
    KRB5_C_RANDSOURCE_OSRAND = 1, /* /dev/random or equivalent (internal)*/
    KRB5_C_RANDSOURCE_TRUSTEDPARTY = 2, /* From KDC or other trusted party*/
    /*
     * This source should be used carefully; data in this category
     * should be from a third party trusted to give random bits
     * For example keys issued by the KDC in the application server.
     */
    KRB5_C_RANDSOURCE_TIMING = 3, /* Timing of operations*/
    KRB5_C_RANDSOURCE_EXTERNAL_PROTOCOL = 4, /*Protocol data possibly from attacker*/
    KRB5_C_RANDSOURCE_MAX = 5 /*Do not use; maximum source ID*/
};

#ifndef krb5_roundup
/* round x up to nearest multiple of y */
#define krb5_roundup(x, y) ((((x) + (y) - 1)/(y))*(y))
#endif /* roundup */

/* macro function definitions to help clean up code */

#if 1
#define krb5_x(ptr,args) ((ptr)?((*(ptr)) args):(abort(),1))
#define krb5_xc(ptr,args) ((ptr)?((*(ptr)) args):(abort(),(char*)0))
#else
#define krb5_x(ptr,args) ((*(ptr)) args)
#define krb5_xc(ptr,args) ((*(ptr)) args)
#endif

/**
 * Encrypt data using a key (operates on keyblock).
 *
 * @param [in]     context      Library context
 * @param [in]     key          Encryption key
 * @param [in]     usage        Key usage (see @ref KRB5_KEYUSAGE types)
 * @param [in,out] cipher_state Cipher state; specify NULL if not needed
 * @param [in]     input        Data to be encrypted
 * @param [out]    output       Encrypted data
 *
 * This function encrypts the data block @a input and stores the output into @a
 * output.  The actual encryption key will be derived from @a key and @a usage
 * if key derivation is specified for the encryption type.  If non-null, @a
 * cipher_state specifies the beginning state for the encryption operation, and
 * is updated with the state to be passed as input to the next operation.
 *
 * @note The caller must initialize @a output and allocate at least enough
 * space for the result (using krb5_c_encrypt_length() to determine the amount
 * of space needed).  @a output->length will be set to the actual length of the
 * ciphertext.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_encrypt(krb5_context context, const krb5_keyblock *key,
               krb5_keyusage usage, const krb5_data *cipher_state,
               const krb5_data *input, krb5_enc_data *output);

/**
 * Decrypt data using a key (operates on keyblock).
 *
 * @param [in]     context      Library context
 * @param [in]     key          Encryption key
 * @param [in]     usage        Key usage (see @ref KRB5_KEYUSAGE types)
 * @param [in,out] cipher_state Cipher state; specify NULL if not needed
 * @param [in]     input        Encrypted data
 * @param [out]    output       Decrypted data
 *
 * This function decrypts the data block @a input and stores the output into @a
 * output. The actual decryption key will be derived from @a key and @a usage
 * if key derivation is specified for the encryption type.  If non-null, @a
 * cipher_state specifies the beginning state for the decryption operation, and
 * is updated with the state to be passed as input to the next operation.
 *
 * @note The caller must initialize @a output and allocate at least enough
 * space for the result.  The usual practice is to allocate an output buffer as
 * long as the ciphertext, and let krb5_c_decrypt() trim @a output->length.
 * For some enctypes, the resulting @a output->length may include padding
 * bytes.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_decrypt(krb5_context context, const krb5_keyblock *key,
               krb5_keyusage usage, const krb5_data *cipher_state,
               const krb5_enc_data *input, krb5_data *output);

/**
 * Compute encrypted data length.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  enctype         Encryption type
 * @param [in]  inputlen        Length of the data to be encrypted
 * @param [out] length          Length of the encrypted data
 *
 * This function computes the length of the ciphertext produced by encrypting
 * @a inputlen bytes including padding, confounder, and checksum.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_encrypt_length(krb5_context context, krb5_enctype enctype,
                      size_t inputlen, size_t *length);

/**
 * Return cipher block size.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  enctype         Encryption type
 * @param [out] blocksize       Block size for @a enctype
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_block_size(krb5_context context, krb5_enctype enctype,
                  size_t *blocksize);

/**
 * Return length of the specified key in bytes.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  enctype         Encryption type
 * @param [out] keybytes        Number of bytes required to make a key
 * @param [out] keylength       Length of final key
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_keylengths(krb5_context context, krb5_enctype enctype,
                  size_t *keybytes, size_t *keylength);

/**
 * Initialize a new cipher state.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  key             Key
 * @param [in]  usage           Key usage (see @ref KRB5_KEYUSAGE types)
 * @param [out] new_state       New cipher state
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_init_state(krb5_context context, const krb5_keyblock *key,
                  krb5_keyusage usage, krb5_data *new_state);

/**
 * Free a cipher state previously allocated by krb5_c_init_state().
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] key              Key
 * @param [in] state            Cipher state to be freed
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_free_state(krb5_context context, const krb5_keyblock *key,
                  krb5_data *state);

/**
 * Generate enctype-specific pseudo-random bytes.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  keyblock        Key
 * @param [in]  input           Input data
 * @param [out] output          Output data
 *
 * This function selects a pseudo-random function based on @a keyblock and
 * computes its value over @a input, placing the result into @a output.
 * The caller must preinitialize @a output and allocate space for the
 * result, using krb5_c_prf_length() to determine the required length.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_prf(krb5_context context, const krb5_keyblock *keyblock,
           krb5_data *input, krb5_data *output);

/**
 * Get the output length of pseudo-random functions for an encryption type.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  enctype         Encryption type
 * @param [out] len             Length of PRF output
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_prf_length(krb5_context context, krb5_enctype enctype, size_t *len);

/**
 * Generate pseudo-random bytes using RFC 6113 PRF+.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  k               KDC contribution key
 * @param [in]  input           Input data
 * @param [out] output          Pseudo-random output buffer
 *
 * This function fills @a output with PRF+(k, input) as defined in RFC 6113
 * section 5.1.  The caller must preinitialize @a output and allocate the
 * desired amount of space.  The length of the pseudo-random output will match
 * the length of @a output.
 *
 * @note RFC 4402 defines a different PRF+ operation.  This function does not
 * implement that operation.
 *
 * @return 0 on success, @c E2BIG if output->length is too large for PRF+ to
 * generate, @c ENOMEM on allocation failure, or an error code from
 * krb5_c_prf()
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_prfplus(krb5_context context, const krb5_keyblock *k,
               const krb5_data *input, krb5_data *output);

/**
 * Derive a key using some input data (via RFC 6113 PRF+).
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  k               KDC contribution key
 * @param [in]  input           Input string
 * @param [in]  enctype         Output key enctype (or @c ENCTYPE_NULL)
 * @param [out] out             Derived keyblock
 *
 * This function uses PRF+ as defined in RFC 6113 to derive a key from another
 * key and an input string.  If @a enctype is @c ENCTYPE_NULL, the output key
 * will have the same enctype as the input key.
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_derive_prfplus(krb5_context context, const krb5_keyblock *k,
                      const krb5_data *input, krb5_enctype enctype,
                      krb5_keyblock **out);

/**
 * Compute the KRB-FX-CF2 combination of two keys and pepper strings.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  k1              KDC contribution key
 * @param [in]  pepper1         String "PKINIT"
 * @param [in]  k2              Reply key
 * @param [in]  pepper2         String "KeyExchange"
 * @param [out] out             Output key
 *
 * This function computes the KRB-FX-CF2 function over its inputs and places
 * the results in a newly allocated keyblock.  This function is simple in that
 * it assumes that @a pepper1 and @a pepper2 are C strings with no internal
 * nulls and that the enctype of the result will be the same as that of @a k1.
 * @a k1 and @a k2 may be of different enctypes.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_fx_cf2_simple(krb5_context context,
                     const krb5_keyblock *k1, const char *pepper1,
                     const krb5_keyblock *k2, const char *pepper2,
                     krb5_keyblock **out);

/**
 * Generate an enctype-specific random encryption key.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  enctype         Encryption type of the generated key
 * @param [out] k5_random_key   An allocated and initialized keyblock
 *
 * Use krb5_free_keyblock_contents() to free @a k5_random_key when
 * no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_make_random_key(krb5_context context, krb5_enctype enctype,
                       krb5_keyblock *k5_random_key);

/**
 * Generate an enctype-specific key from random data.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  enctype         Encryption type
 * @param [in]  random_data     Random input data
 * @param [out] k5_random_key   Resulting key
 *
 * This function takes random input data @a random_data and produces a valid
 * key @a k5_random_key for a given @a enctype.
 *
 * @note It is assumed that @a k5_random_key has already been initialized and
 * @a k5_random_key->contents has been allocated with the correct length.
 *
 * @sa krb5_c_keylengths()
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_random_to_key(krb5_context context, krb5_enctype enctype,
                     krb5_data *random_data, krb5_keyblock *k5_random_key);

/**
 * Add entropy to the pseudo-random number generator.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] randsource       Entropy source (see KRB5_RANDSOURCE types)
 * @param [in] data             Data
 *
 * Contribute entropy to the PRNG used by krb5 crypto operations.  This may or
 * may not affect the output of the next crypto operation requiring random
 * data.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_random_add_entropy(krb5_context context, unsigned int randsource,
                          const krb5_data *data);

/**
 * Generate pseudo-random bytes.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [out] data            Random data
 *
 * Fills in @a data with bytes from the PRNG used by krb5 crypto operations.
 * The caller must preinitialize @a data and allocate the desired amount of
 * space.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_random_make_octets(krb5_context context, krb5_data *data);

/**
 * Collect entropy from the OS if possible.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  strong          Strongest available source of entropy
 * @param [out] success         1 if OS provides entropy, 0 otherwise
 *
 * If @a strong is non-zero, this function attempts to use the strongest
 * available source of entropy.  Setting this flag may cause the function to
 * block on some operating systems.  Good uses include seeding the PRNG for
 * kadmind and realm setup.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_random_os_entropy(krb5_context context, int strong, int *success);

/** @deprecated Replaced by krb5_c_* API family. */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_random_seed(krb5_context context, krb5_data *data);

/**
 * Convert a string (such a password) to a key.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  enctype         Encryption type
 * @param [in]  string          String to be converted
 * @param [in]  salt            Salt value
 * @param [out] key             Generated key
 *
 * This function converts @a string to a @a key of encryption type @a enctype,
 * using the specified @a salt.  The newly created @a key must be released by
 * calling krb5_free_keyblock_contents() when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_string_to_key(krb5_context context, krb5_enctype enctype,
                     const krb5_data *string, const krb5_data *salt,
                     krb5_keyblock *key);

/**
 * Convert a string (such as a password) to a key with additional parameters.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  enctype         Encryption type
 * @param [in]  string          String to be converted
 * @param [in]  salt            Salt value
 * @param [in]  params          Parameters
 * @param [out] key             Generated key
 *
 * This function is similar to krb5_c_string_to_key(), but also takes
 * parameters which may affect the algorithm in an enctype-dependent way.  The
 * newly created @a key must be released by calling
 * krb5_free_keyblock_contents() when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_string_to_key_with_params(krb5_context context,
                                 krb5_enctype enctype,
                                 const krb5_data *string,
                                 const krb5_data *salt,
                                 const krb5_data *params,
                                 krb5_keyblock *key);

/**
 * Compare two encryption types.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  e1              First encryption type
 * @param [in]  e2              Second encryption type
 * @param [out] similar         @c TRUE if types are similar, @c FALSE if not
 *
 * This function determines whether two encryption types use the same kind of
 * keys.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_enctype_compare(krb5_context context, krb5_enctype e1, krb5_enctype e2,
                       krb5_boolean *similar);

/**
 * Compute a checksum (operates on keyblock).
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  cksumtype       Checksum type (0 for mandatory type)
 * @param [in]  key             Encryption key for a keyed checksum
 * @param [in]  usage           Key usage (see @ref KRB5_KEYUSAGE types)
 * @param [in]  input           Input data
 * @param [out] cksum           Generated checksum
 *
 * This function computes a checksum of type @a cksumtype over @a input, using
 * @a key if the checksum type is a keyed checksum.  If @a cksumtype is 0 and
 * @a key is non-null, the checksum type will be the mandatory-to-implement
 * checksum type for the key's encryption type.  The actual checksum key will
 * be derived from @a key and @a usage if key derivation is specified for the
 * checksum type.  The newly created @a cksum must be released by calling
 * krb5_free_checksum_contents() when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @note This function is similar to krb5_k_make_checksum(), but operates
 * on keyblock @a key.
 *
 * @sa krb5_c_verify_checksum()
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_make_checksum(krb5_context context, krb5_cksumtype cksumtype,
                     const krb5_keyblock *key, krb5_keyusage usage,
                     const krb5_data *input, krb5_checksum *cksum);

/**
 * Verify a checksum (operates on keyblock).
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  key             Encryption key for a keyed checksum
 * @param [in]  usage           @a key usage
 * @param [in]  data            Data to be used to compute a new checksum
 *                              using @a key to compare @a cksum against
 * @param [in]  cksum           Checksum to be verified
 * @param [out] valid           Non-zero for success, zero for failure
 *
 * This function verifies that @a cksum is a valid checksum for @a data.  If
 * the checksum type of @a cksum is a keyed checksum, @a key is used to verify
 * the checksum.  If the checksum type in @a cksum is 0 and @a key is not NULL,
 * the mandatory checksum type for @a key will be used.  The actual checksum
 * key will be derived from @a key and @a usage if key derivation is specified
 * for the checksum type.
 *
 * @note This function is similar to krb5_k_verify_checksum(), but operates
 * on keyblock @a key.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_verify_checksum(krb5_context context, const krb5_keyblock *key,
                       krb5_keyusage usage, const krb5_data *data,
                       const krb5_checksum *cksum, krb5_boolean *valid);

/**
 * Return the length of checksums for a checksum type.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  cksumtype       Checksum type
 * @param [out] length          Checksum length
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_checksum_length(krb5_context context, krb5_cksumtype cksumtype,
                       size_t *length);

/**
 * Return a list of keyed checksum types usable with an encryption type.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  enctype         Encryption type
 * @param [out] count           Count of allowable checksum types
 * @param [out] cksumtypes      Array of allowable checksum types
 *
 * Use krb5_free_cksumtypes() to free @a cksumtypes when it is no longer
 * needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_keyed_checksum_types(krb5_context context, krb5_enctype enctype,
                            unsigned int *count, krb5_cksumtype **cksumtypes);

/** @defgroup KRB5_KEYUSAGE KRB5_KEYUSAGE
 * @{
 */
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_AS_REQ_PA_ENC_TS          1
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_KDC_REP_TICKET            2
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_AS_REP_ENCPART            3
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_TGS_REQ_AD_SESSKEY        4
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_TGS_REQ_AD_SUBKEY         5
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_TGS_REQ_AUTH_CKSUM        6
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_TGS_REQ_AUTH              7
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_TGS_REP_ENCPART_SESSKEY   8
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_TGS_REP_ENCPART_SUBKEY    9
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_AP_REQ_AUTH_CKSUM         10
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_AP_REQ_AUTH               11
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_AP_REP_ENCPART            12
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_KRB_PRIV_ENCPART          13
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_KRB_CRED_ENCPART          14
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_KRB_SAFE_CKSUM            15
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_APP_DATA_ENCRYPT          16
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_APP_DATA_CKSUM            17
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_KRB_ERROR_CKSUM           18
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_AD_KDCISSUED_CKSUM        19
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_AD_MTE                    20
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_AD_ITE                    21

/* XXX need to register these */

#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_GSS_TOK_MIC               22
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_GSS_TOK_WRAP_INTEG        23
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_GSS_TOK_WRAP_PRIV         24

/* Defined in Integrating SAM Mechanisms with Kerberos draft */
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_PA_SAM_CHALLENGE_CKSUM    25
/** Note conflict with @ref KRB5_KEYUSAGE_PA_S4U_X509_USER_REQUEST */
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_PA_SAM_CHALLENGE_TRACKID  26
/** Note conflict with @ref KRB5_KEYUSAGE_PA_S4U_X509_USER_REPLY */
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_PA_SAM_RESPONSE           27

/* Defined in [MS-SFU] */
/** Note conflict with @ref KRB5_KEYUSAGE_PA_SAM_CHALLENGE_TRACKID */
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_PA_S4U_X509_USER_REQUEST  26
/** Note conflict with @ref KRB5_KEYUSAGE_PA_SAM_RESPONSE */
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_PA_S4U_X509_USER_REPLY    27

/* unused */
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_PA_REFERRAL               26

#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_AD_SIGNEDPATH             -21
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_IAKERB_FINISHED           42
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_PA_PKINIT_KX              44
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_PA_OTP_REQUEST  45  /**< See RFC 6560 section 4.2 */
/* define in draft-ietf-krb-wg-preauth-framework*/
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_FAST_REQ_CHKSUM 50
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_FAST_ENC 51
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_FAST_REP 52
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_FAST_FINISHED 53
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_ENC_CHALLENGE_CLIENT 54
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_ENC_CHALLENGE_KDC 55
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_AS_REQ 56
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_CAMMAC 64
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_SPAKE 65

/* Key usage values 512-1023 are reserved for uses internal to a Kerberos
 * implementation. */
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_PA_FX_COOKIE 513  /**< Used for encrypted FAST cookies */
#define KRB5_KEYUSAGE_PA_AS_FRESHNESS 514  /**< Used for freshness tokens */
/** @} */ /* end of KRB5_KEYUSAGE group */

/**
 * Verify that a specified encryption type is a valid Kerberos encryption type.
 *
 * @param [in] ktype            Encryption type
 *
 * @return @c TRUE if @a ktype is valid, @c FALSE if not
 */
krb5_boolean KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_valid_enctype(krb5_enctype ktype);

/**
 * Verify that specified checksum type is a valid Kerberos checksum type.
 *
 * @param [in] ctype            Checksum type
 *
 * @return @c TRUE if @a ctype is valid, @c FALSE if not
 */
krb5_boolean KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_valid_cksumtype(krb5_cksumtype ctype);

/**
 * Test whether a checksum type is collision-proof.
 *
 * @param [in] ctype            Checksum type
 *
 * @return @c TRUE if @a ctype is collision-proof, @c FALSE if it is not
 * collision-proof or not a valid checksum type.
 */
krb5_boolean KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_is_coll_proof_cksum(krb5_cksumtype ctype);

/**
 * Test whether a checksum type is keyed.
 *
 * @param [in] ctype            Checksum type
 *
 * @return @c TRUE if @a ctype is a keyed checksum type, @c FALSE otherwise.
 */
krb5_boolean KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_is_keyed_cksum(krb5_cksumtype ctype);

/* AEAD APIs */
/** @defgroup KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE
 * @{
 */
#define KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE_EMPTY      0   /**< [in] ignored */
#define KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE_HEADER     1   /**< [out] header */
#define KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE_DATA       2   /**< [in, out] plaintext */
#define KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE_SIGN_ONLY  3   /**< [in] associated data */
#define KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE_PADDING    4   /**< [out] padding */
#define KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE_TRAILER    5   /**< [out] checksum for encrypt */
#define KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE_CHECKSUM   6   /**< [out] checksum for MIC */
#define KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE_STREAM     7   /**< [in] entire message without
                                           decomposing the structure into
                                           header, data and trailer buffers */
/** @} */ /* end of KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE group */

/**
 * Fill in a checksum element in IOV array (operates on keyblock)
 *
 * @param [in]     context         Library context
 * @param [in]     cksumtype       Checksum type (0 for mandatory type)
 * @param [in]     key             Encryption key for a keyed checksum
 * @param [in]     usage           Key usage (see @ref KRB5_KEYUSAGE types)
 * @param [in,out] data            IOV array
 * @param [in]     num_data        Size of @a data
 *
 * Create a checksum in the #KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE_CHECKSUM element over
 * #KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE_DATA and #KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE_SIGN_ONLY chunks in @a data.
 * Only the #KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE_CHECKSUM region is modified.
 *
 * @note This function is similar to krb5_k_make_checksum_iov(), but operates
 * on keyblock @a key.
 *
 * @sa krb5_c_verify_checksum_iov()
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_make_checksum_iov(krb5_context context, krb5_cksumtype cksumtype,
                         const krb5_keyblock *key, krb5_keyusage usage,
                         krb5_crypto_iov *data, size_t num_data);

/**
 * Validate a checksum element in IOV array (operates on keyblock).
 *
 * @param [in]     context         Library context
 * @param [in]     cksumtype       Checksum type (0 for mandatory type)
 * @param [in]     key             Encryption key for a keyed checksum
 * @param [in]     usage           Key usage (see @ref KRB5_KEYUSAGE types)
 * @param [in]     data            IOV array
 * @param [in]     num_data        Size of @a data
 * @param [out]    valid           Non-zero for success, zero for failure
 *
 * Confirm that the checksum in the #KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE_CHECKSUM element is a
 * valid checksum of the #KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE_DATA and #KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE_SIGN_ONLY
 * regions in the iov.
 *
 * @note This function is similar to krb5_k_verify_checksum_iov(), but operates
 * on keyblock @a key.
 *
 * @sa krb5_c_make_checksum_iov()
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_verify_checksum_iov(krb5_context context, krb5_cksumtype cksumtype,
                           const krb5_keyblock *key, krb5_keyusage usage,
                           const krb5_crypto_iov *data, size_t num_data,
                           krb5_boolean *valid);

/**
 * Encrypt data in place supporting AEAD (operates on keyblock).
 *
 * @param [in]     context         Library context
 * @param [in]     keyblock        Encryption key
 * @param [in]     usage           Key usage (see @ref KRB5_KEYUSAGE types)
 * @param [in]     cipher_state    Cipher state; specify NULL if not needed
 * @param [in,out] data            IOV array. Modified in-place.
 * @param [in]     num_data        Size of @a data
 *
 * This function encrypts the data block @a data and stores the output in-place.
 * The actual encryption key will be derived from @a keyblock and @a usage
 * if key derivation is specified for the encryption type.  If non-null, @a
 * cipher_state specifies the beginning state for the encryption operation, and
 * is updated with the state to be passed as input to the next operation.
 * The caller must allocate the right number of krb5_crypto_iov
 * structures before calling into this API.
 *
 * @note On return from a krb5_c_encrypt_iov() call, the @a data->length in the
 * iov structure are adjusted to reflect actual lengths of the ciphertext used.
 * For example, if the padding length is too large, the length will be reduced.
 * Lengths are never increased.
 *
 * @note This function is similar to krb5_k_encrypt_iov(), but operates
 * on keyblock @a keyblock.
 *
 * @sa krb5_c_decrypt_iov()
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_encrypt_iov(krb5_context context, const krb5_keyblock *keyblock,
                   krb5_keyusage usage, const krb5_data *cipher_state,
                   krb5_crypto_iov *data, size_t num_data);

/**
 * Decrypt data in place supporting AEAD (operates on keyblock).
 *
 * @param [in]     context         Library context
 * @param [in]     keyblock        Encryption key
 * @param [in]     usage           Key usage (see @ref KRB5_KEYUSAGE types)
 * @param [in]     cipher_state    Cipher state; specify NULL if not needed
 * @param [in,out] data            IOV array. Modified in-place.
 * @param [in]     num_data        Size of @a data
 *
 * This function decrypts the data block @a data and stores the output in-place.
 * The actual decryption key will be derived from @a keyblock and @a usage
 * if key derivation is specified for the encryption type.  If non-null, @a
 * cipher_state specifies the beginning state for the decryption operation, and
 * is updated with the state to be passed as input to the next operation.
 * The caller must allocate the right number of krb5_crypto_iov
 * structures before calling into this API.
 *
 * @note On return from a krb5_c_decrypt_iov() call, the @a data->length in the
 * iov structure are adjusted to reflect actual lengths of the ciphertext used.
 * For example, if the padding length is too large, the length will be reduced.
 * Lengths are never increased.
 *
 * @note This function is similar to krb5_k_decrypt_iov(), but operates
 * on keyblock @a keyblock.
 *
 * @sa krb5_c_decrypt_iov()
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_decrypt_iov(krb5_context context, const krb5_keyblock *keyblock,
                   krb5_keyusage usage, const krb5_data *cipher_state,
                   krb5_crypto_iov *data, size_t num_data);

/**
 * Return a length of a message field specific to the encryption type.
 *
 * @param [in]  context      Library context
 * @param [in]  enctype      Encryption type
 * @param [in]  type         Type field (See @ref KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE types)
 * @param [out] size         Length of the @a type specific to @a enctype
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_crypto_length(krb5_context context, krb5_enctype enctype,
                     krb5_cryptotype type, unsigned int *size);

/**
 * Fill in lengths for header, trailer and padding in a IOV array.
 *
 * @param [in]      context      Library context
 * @param [in]      enctype      Encryption type
 * @param [in,out]  data         IOV array
 * @param [in]      num_data     Size of @a data
 *
 * Padding is set to the actual padding required based on the provided
 * @a data buffers. Typically this API is used after setting up the data
 * buffers and #KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE_SIGN_ONLY buffers, but before actually
 * allocating header, trailer and padding.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_crypto_length_iov(krb5_context context, krb5_enctype enctype,
                         krb5_crypto_iov *data, size_t num_data);

/**
 * Return a number of padding octets.
 *
 * @param [in]  context      Library context
 * @param [in]  enctype      Encryption type
 * @param [in]  data_length  Length of the plaintext to pad
 * @param [out] size         Number of padding octets
 *
 * This function returns the number of the padding octets required to pad
 * @a data_length octets of plaintext.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - KRB5_BAD_ENCTYPE
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_c_padding_length(krb5_context context, krb5_enctype enctype,
                      size_t data_length, unsigned int *size);

/**
 * Create a krb5_key from the enctype and key data in a keyblock.
 *
 * @param [in]  context      Library context
 * @param [in]  key_data     Keyblock
 * @param [out] out          Opaque key
 *
 * The reference count on a key @a out is set to 1.
 * Use krb5_k_free_key() to free @a out when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - KRB5_BAD_ENCTYPE
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_k_create_key(krb5_context context, const krb5_keyblock *key_data,
                  krb5_key *out);

/** Increment the reference count on a key. */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_k_reference_key(krb5_context context, krb5_key key);

/** Decrement the reference count on a key and free it if it hits zero. */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_k_free_key(krb5_context context, krb5_key key);

/** Retrieve a copy of the keyblock from a krb5_key structure. */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_k_key_keyblock(krb5_context context, krb5_key key,
                    krb5_keyblock **key_data);

/** Retrieve the enctype of a krb5_key structure. */
krb5_enctype KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_k_key_enctype(krb5_context context, krb5_key key);

/**
 * Encrypt data using a key (operates on opaque key).
 *
 * @param [in]     context      Library context
 * @param [in]     key          Encryption key
 * @param [in]     usage        Key usage (see @ref KRB5_KEYUSAGE types)
 * @param [in,out] cipher_state Cipher state; specify NULL if not needed
 * @param [in]     input        Data to be encrypted
 * @param [out]    output       Encrypted data
 *
 * This function encrypts the data block @a input and stores the output into @a
 * output.  The actual encryption key will be derived from @a key and @a usage
 * if key derivation is specified for the encryption type.  If non-null, @a
 * cipher_state specifies the beginning state for the encryption operation, and
 * is updated with the state to be passed as input to the next operation.
 *
 * @note The caller must initialize @a output and allocate at least enough
 * space for the result (using krb5_c_encrypt_length() to determine the amount
 * of space needed).  @a output->length will be set to the actual length of the
 * ciphertext.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_k_encrypt(krb5_context context, krb5_key key, krb5_keyusage usage,
               const krb5_data *cipher_state, const krb5_data *input,
               krb5_enc_data *output);

/**
 * Encrypt data in place supporting AEAD (operates on opaque key).
 *
 * @param [in]     context         Library context
 * @param [in]     key             Encryption key
 * @param [in]     usage           Key usage (see @ref KRB5_KEYUSAGE types)
 * @param [in]     cipher_state    Cipher state; specify NULL if not needed
 * @param [in,out] data            IOV array. Modified in-place.
 * @param [in]     num_data        Size of @a data
 *
 * This function encrypts the data block @a data and stores the output in-place.
 * The actual encryption key will be derived from @a key and @a usage
 * if key derivation is specified for the encryption type.  If non-null, @a
 * cipher_state specifies the beginning state for the encryption operation, and
 * is updated with the state to be passed as input to the next operation.
 * The caller must allocate the right number of krb5_crypto_iov
 * structures before calling into this API.
 *
 * @note On return from a krb5_c_encrypt_iov() call, the @a data->length in the
 * iov structure are adjusted to reflect actual lengths of the ciphertext used.
 * For example, if the padding length is too large, the length will be reduced.
 * Lengths are never increased.
 *
 * @note This function is similar to krb5_c_encrypt_iov(), but operates
 * on opaque key @a key.
 *
 * @sa krb5_k_decrypt_iov()
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_k_encrypt_iov(krb5_context context, krb5_key key, krb5_keyusage usage,
                   const krb5_data *cipher_state, krb5_crypto_iov *data,
                   size_t num_data);

/**
 * Decrypt data using a key (operates on opaque key).
 *
 * @param [in]     context      Library context
 * @param [in]     key          Encryption key
 * @param [in]     usage        Key usage (see @ref KRB5_KEYUSAGE types)
 * @param [in,out] cipher_state Cipher state; specify NULL if not needed
 * @param [in]     input        Encrypted data
 * @param [out]    output       Decrypted data
 *
 * This function decrypts the data block @a input and stores the output into @a
 * output. The actual decryption key will be derived from @a key and @a usage
 * if key derivation is specified for the encryption type.  If non-null, @a
 * cipher_state specifies the beginning state for the decryption operation, and
 * is updated with the state to be passed as input to the next operation.
 *
 * @note The caller must initialize @a output and allocate at least enough
 * space for the result.  The usual practice is to allocate an output buffer as
 * long as the ciphertext, and let krb5_c_decrypt() trim @a output->length.
 * For some enctypes, the resulting @a output->length may include padding
 * bytes.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_k_decrypt(krb5_context context, krb5_key key, krb5_keyusage usage,
               const krb5_data *cipher_state, const krb5_enc_data *input,
               krb5_data *output);

/**
 * Decrypt data in place supporting AEAD (operates on opaque key).
 *
 * @param [in]     context         Library context
 * @param [in]     key             Encryption key
 * @param [in]     usage           Key usage (see @ref KRB5_KEYUSAGE types)
 * @param [in]     cipher_state    Cipher state; specify NULL if not needed
 * @param [in,out] data            IOV array. Modified in-place.
 * @param [in]     num_data        Size of @a data
 *
 * This function decrypts the data block @a data and stores the output in-place.
 * The actual decryption key will be derived from @a key and @a usage
 * if key derivation is specified for the encryption type.  If non-null, @a
 * cipher_state specifies the beginning state for the decryption operation, and
 * is updated with the state to be passed as input to the next operation.
 * The caller must allocate the right number of krb5_crypto_iov
 * structures before calling into this API.
 *
 * @note On return from a krb5_c_decrypt_iov() call, the @a data->length in the
 * iov structure are adjusted to reflect actual lengths of the ciphertext used.
 * For example, if the padding length is too large, the length will be reduced.
 * Lengths are never increased.
 *
 * @note This function is similar to krb5_c_decrypt_iov(), but operates
 * on opaque key @a key.
 *
 * @sa krb5_k_encrypt_iov()
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_k_decrypt_iov(krb5_context context, krb5_key key, krb5_keyusage usage,
                   const krb5_data *cipher_state, krb5_crypto_iov *data,
                   size_t num_data);
/**
 * Compute a checksum (operates on opaque key).
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  cksumtype       Checksum type (0 for mandatory type)
 * @param [in]  key             Encryption key for a keyed checksum
 * @param [in]  usage           Key usage (see @ref KRB5_KEYUSAGE types)
 * @param [in]  input           Input data
 * @param [out] cksum           Generated checksum
 *
 * This function computes a checksum of type @a cksumtype over @a input, using
 * @a key if the checksum type is a keyed checksum.  If @a cksumtype is 0 and
 * @a key is non-null, the checksum type will be the mandatory-to-implement
 * checksum type for the key's encryption type.  The actual checksum key will
 * be derived from @a key and @a usage if key derivation is specified for the
 * checksum type.  The newly created @a cksum must be released by calling
 * krb5_free_checksum_contents() when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @note This function is similar to krb5_c_make_checksum(), but operates
 * on opaque @a key.
 *
 * @sa krb5_c_verify_checksum()
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_k_make_checksum(krb5_context context, krb5_cksumtype cksumtype,
                     krb5_key key, krb5_keyusage usage, const krb5_data *input,
                     krb5_checksum *cksum);

/**
 * Fill in a checksum element in IOV array (operates on opaque key)
 *
 * @param [in]     context         Library context
 * @param [in]     cksumtype       Checksum type (0 for mandatory type)
 * @param [in]     key             Encryption key for a keyed checksum
 * @param [in]     usage           Key usage (see @ref KRB5_KEYUSAGE types)
 * @param [in,out] data            IOV array
 * @param [in]     num_data        Size of @a data
 *
 * Create a checksum in the #KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE_CHECKSUM element over
 * #KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE_DATA and #KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE_SIGN_ONLY chunks in @a data.
 * Only the #KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE_CHECKSUM region is modified.
 *
 * @note This function is similar to krb5_c_make_checksum_iov(), but operates
 * on opaque @a key.
 *
 * @sa krb5_k_verify_checksum_iov()
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_k_make_checksum_iov(krb5_context context, krb5_cksumtype cksumtype,
                         krb5_key key, krb5_keyusage usage,
                         krb5_crypto_iov *data, size_t num_data);

/**
 * Verify a checksum (operates on opaque key).
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  key             Encryption key for a keyed checksum
 * @param [in]  usage           @a key usage
 * @param [in]  data            Data to be used to compute a new checksum
 *                              using @a key to compare @a cksum against
 * @param [in]  cksum           Checksum to be verified
 * @param [out] valid           Non-zero for success, zero for failure
 *
 * This function verifies that @a cksum is a valid checksum for @a data.  If
 * the checksum type of @a cksum is a keyed checksum, @a key is used to verify
 * the checksum.  If the checksum type in @a cksum is 0 and @a key is not NULL,
 * the mandatory checksum type for @a key will be used.  The actual checksum
 * key will be derived from @a key and @a usage if key derivation is specified
 * for the checksum type.
 *
 * @note This function is similar to krb5_c_verify_checksum(), but operates
 * on opaque @a key.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_k_verify_checksum(krb5_context context, krb5_key key, krb5_keyusage usage,
                       const krb5_data *data, const krb5_checksum *cksum,
                       krb5_boolean *valid);

/**
 * Validate a checksum element in IOV array (operates on opaque key).
 *
 * @param [in]     context         Library context
 * @param [in]     cksumtype       Checksum type (0 for mandatory type)
 * @param [in]     key             Encryption key for a keyed checksum
 * @param [in]     usage           Key usage (see @ref KRB5_KEYUSAGE types)
 * @param [in]     data            IOV array
 * @param [in]     num_data        Size of @a data
 * @param [out]    valid           Non-zero for success, zero for failure
 *
 * Confirm that the checksum in the #KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE_CHECKSUM element is a
 * valid checksum of the #KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE_DATA and #KRB5_CRYPTO_TYPE_SIGN_ONLY
 * regions in the iov.
 *
 * @note This function is similar to krb5_c_verify_checksum_iov(), but operates
 * on opaque @a key.
 *
 * @sa krb5_k_make_checksum_iov()
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_k_verify_checksum_iov(krb5_context context, krb5_cksumtype cksumtype,
                           krb5_key key, krb5_keyusage usage,
                           const krb5_crypto_iov *data, size_t num_data,
                           krb5_boolean *valid);

/**
 * Generate enctype-specific pseudo-random bytes (operates on opaque key).
 *
 * @param [in]  context      Library context
 * @param [in]  key          Key
 * @param [in]  input        Input data
 * @param [out] output       Output data
 *
 * This function selects a pseudo-random function based on @a key and
 * computes its value over @a input, placing the result into @a output.
 * The caller must preinitialize @a output and allocate space for the
 * result.
 *
 * @note This function is similar to krb5_c_prf(), but operates
 * on opaque @a key.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_k_prf(krb5_context context, krb5_key key, krb5_data *input, krb5_data *output);

#ifdef KRB5_OLD_CRYPTO
/*
 * old cryptosystem routine prototypes.  These are now layered
 * on top of the functions above.
 */
/** @deprecated Replaced by krb5_c_* API family.*/
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_encrypt(krb5_context context, krb5_const_pointer inptr,
             krb5_pointer outptr, size_t size, krb5_encrypt_block *eblock,
             krb5_pointer ivec);

/** @deprecated Replaced by krb5_c_* API family. */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_decrypt(krb5_context context, krb5_const_pointer inptr,
             krb5_pointer outptr, size_t size, krb5_encrypt_block *eblock,
             krb5_pointer ivec);

/** @deprecated Replaced by krb5_c_* API family. */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_process_key(krb5_context context, krb5_encrypt_block *eblock,
                 const krb5_keyblock * key);

/** @deprecated Replaced by krb5_c_* API family. */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_finish_key(krb5_context context, krb5_encrypt_block * eblock);

/** @deprecated See krb5_c_string_to_key() */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_string_to_key(krb5_context context, const krb5_encrypt_block *eblock,
                   krb5_keyblock * keyblock, const krb5_data *data,
                   const krb5_data *salt);

/** @deprecated Replaced by krb5_c_* API family. */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_init_random_key(krb5_context context, const krb5_encrypt_block *eblock,
                     const krb5_keyblock *keyblock, krb5_pointer *ptr);

/** @deprecated Replaced by krb5_c_* API family. */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_finish_random_key(krb5_context context, const krb5_encrypt_block *eblock,
                       krb5_pointer *ptr);

/** @deprecated Replaced by krb5_c_* API family. */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_random_key(krb5_context context, const krb5_encrypt_block *eblock,
                krb5_pointer ptr, krb5_keyblock **keyblock);

/** @deprecated Replaced by krb5_c_* API family. */
krb5_enctype KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_eblock_enctype(krb5_context context, const krb5_encrypt_block *eblock);

/** @deprecated Replaced by krb5_c_* API family. */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_use_enctype(krb5_context context, krb5_encrypt_block *eblock,
                 krb5_enctype enctype);

/** @deprecated Replaced by krb5_c_* API family. */
size_t KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_encrypt_size(size_t length, krb5_enctype crypto);

/** @deprecated See krb5_c_checksum_length() */
size_t KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_checksum_size(krb5_context context, krb5_cksumtype ctype);

/** @deprecated See krb5_c_make_checksum() */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_calculate_checksum(krb5_context context, krb5_cksumtype ctype,
                        krb5_const_pointer in, size_t in_length,
                        krb5_const_pointer seed, size_t seed_length,
                        krb5_checksum * outcksum);

/** @deprecated See krb5_c_verify_checksum() */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_verify_checksum(krb5_context context, krb5_cksumtype ctype,
                     const krb5_checksum * cksum, krb5_const_pointer in,
                     size_t in_length, krb5_const_pointer seed,
                     size_t seed_length);

#endif /* KRB5_OLD_CRYPTO */

/*
 * end "encryption.h"
 */

/*
 * begin "fieldbits.h"
 */

/* kdc_options for kdc_request */
/* options is 32 bits; each host is responsible to put the 4 bytes
   representing these bits into net order before transmission */
/* #define      KDC_OPT_RESERVED        0x80000000 */
#define KDC_OPT_FORWARDABLE             0x40000000
#define KDC_OPT_FORWARDED               0x20000000
#define KDC_OPT_PROXIABLE               0x10000000
#define KDC_OPT_PROXY                   0x08000000
#define KDC_OPT_ALLOW_POSTDATE          0x04000000
#define KDC_OPT_POSTDATED               0x02000000
/* #define      KDC_OPT_UNUSED          0x01000000 */
#define KDC_OPT_RENEWABLE               0x00800000
/* #define      KDC_OPT_UNUSED          0x00400000 */
/* #define      KDC_OPT_RESERVED        0x00200000 */
/* #define      KDC_OPT_RESERVED        0x00100000 */
/* #define      KDC_OPT_RESERVED        0x00080000 */
/* #define      KDC_OPT_RESERVED        0x00040000 */
#define KDC_OPT_CNAME_IN_ADDL_TKT       0x00020000
#define KDC_OPT_CANONICALIZE            0x00010000
#define KDC_OPT_REQUEST_ANONYMOUS       0x00008000
/* #define      KDC_OPT_RESERVED        0x00004000 */
/* #define      KDC_OPT_RESERVED        0x00002000 */
/* #define      KDC_OPT_RESERVED        0x00001000 */
/* #define      KDC_OPT_RESERVED        0x00000800 */
/* #define      KDC_OPT_RESERVED        0x00000400 */
/* #define      KDC_OPT_RESERVED        0x00000200 */
/* #define      KDC_OPT_RESERVED        0x00000100 */
/* #define      KDC_OPT_RESERVED        0x00000080 */
/* #define      KDC_OPT_RESERVED        0x00000040 */
#define KDC_OPT_DISABLE_TRANSITED_CHECK 0x00000020
#define KDC_OPT_RENEWABLE_OK            0x00000010
#define KDC_OPT_ENC_TKT_IN_SKEY         0x00000008
/* #define      KDC_OPT_UNUSED          0x00000004 */
#define KDC_OPT_RENEW                   0x00000002
#define KDC_OPT_VALIDATE                0x00000001

/*
 * Mask of ticket flags in the TGT which should be converted into KDC
 * options when using the TGT to get derivative tickets.
 *
 *  New mask = KDC_OPT_FORWARDABLE | KDC_OPT_PROXIABLE |
 *             KDC_OPT_ALLOW_POSTDATE | KDC_OPT_RENEWABLE
 */
#define KDC_TKT_COMMON_MASK             0x54800000

/* definitions for ap_options fields */

/** @defgroup AP_OPTS AP_OPTS
 *
 * ap_options are 32 bits; each host is responsible to put the 4 bytes
 * representing these bits into net order before transmission
 * @{
 */
#define AP_OPTS_RESERVED           0x80000000
#define AP_OPTS_USE_SESSION_KEY    0x40000000 /**< Use session key */
#define AP_OPTS_MUTUAL_REQUIRED    0x20000000 /**< Perform a mutual
                                                 authentication exchange */
#define AP_OPTS_ETYPE_NEGOTIATION  0x00000002
#define AP_OPTS_USE_SUBKEY         0x00000001 /**< Generate a subsession key
                                                 from the current session key
                                                 obtained from the
                                                 credentials */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x10000000 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x08000000 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x04000000 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x02000000 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x01000000 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x00800000 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x00400000 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x00200000 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x00100000 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x00080000 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x00040000 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x00020000 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x00010000 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x00008000 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x00004000 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x00002000 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x00001000 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x00000800 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x00000400 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x00000200 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x00000100 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x00000080 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x00000040 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x00000020 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x00000010 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x00000008 */
/* #define      AP_OPTS_RESERVED        0x00000004 */


#define AP_OPTS_WIRE_MASK               0xfffffff0
/** @} */ /* end of AP_OPTS group */

/* definitions for ad_type fields. */
#define AD_TYPE_RESERVED        0x8000
#define AD_TYPE_EXTERNAL        0x4000
#define AD_TYPE_REGISTERED      0x2000

#define AD_TYPE_FIELD_TYPE_MASK 0x1fff

/* Ticket flags */
/* flags are 32 bits; each host is responsible to put the 4 bytes
   representing these bits into net order before transmission */
/* #define      TKT_FLG_RESERVED        0x80000000 */
#define TKT_FLG_FORWARDABLE             0x40000000
#define TKT_FLG_FORWARDED               0x20000000
#define TKT_FLG_PROXIABLE               0x10000000
#define TKT_FLG_PROXY                   0x08000000
#define TKT_FLG_MAY_POSTDATE            0x04000000
#define TKT_FLG_POSTDATED               0x02000000
#define TKT_FLG_INVALID                 0x01000000
#define TKT_FLG_RENEWABLE               0x00800000
#define TKT_FLG_INITIAL                 0x00400000
#define TKT_FLG_PRE_AUTH                0x00200000
#define TKT_FLG_HW_AUTH                 0x00100000
#define TKT_FLG_TRANSIT_POLICY_CHECKED  0x00080000
#define TKT_FLG_OK_AS_DELEGATE          0x00040000
#define TKT_FLG_ENC_PA_REP              0x00010000
#define TKT_FLG_ANONYMOUS               0x00008000
/* #define      TKT_FLG_RESERVED        0x00004000 */
/* #define      TKT_FLG_RESERVED        0x00002000 */
/* #define      TKT_FLG_RESERVED        0x00001000 */
/* #define      TKT_FLG_RESERVED        0x00000800 */
/* #define      TKT_FLG_RESERVED        0x00000400 */
/* #define      TKT_FLG_RESERVED        0x00000200 */
/* #define      TKT_FLG_RESERVED        0x00000100 */
/* #define      TKT_FLG_RESERVED        0x00000080 */
/* #define      TKT_FLG_RESERVED        0x00000040 */
/* #define      TKT_FLG_RESERVED        0x00000020 */
/* #define      TKT_FLG_RESERVED        0x00000010 */
/* #define      TKT_FLG_RESERVED        0x00000008 */
/* #define      TKT_FLG_RESERVED        0x00000004 */
/* #define      TKT_FLG_RESERVED        0x00000002 */
/* #define      TKT_FLG_RESERVED        0x00000001 */

/* definitions for lr_type fields. */
#define LR_TYPE_THIS_SERVER_ONLY        0x8000

#define LR_TYPE_INTERPRETATION_MASK     0x7fff

/* definitions for msec direction bit for KRB_SAFE, KRB_PRIV */
#define MSEC_DIRBIT             0x8000
#define MSEC_VAL_MASK           0x7fff

/*
 * end "fieldbits.h"
 */

/*
 * begin "proto.h"
 */

/** Protocol version number */
#define KRB5_PVNO       5

/* Message types */

#define KRB5_AS_REQ   ((krb5_msgtype)10) /**< Initial authentication request */
#define KRB5_AS_REP   ((krb5_msgtype)11) /**< Response to AS request */
#define KRB5_TGS_REQ  ((krb5_msgtype)12) /**< Ticket granting server request */
#define KRB5_TGS_REP  ((krb5_msgtype)13) /**< Response to TGS request */
#define KRB5_AP_REQ   ((krb5_msgtype)14) /**< Auth req to application server */
#define KRB5_AP_REP   ((krb5_msgtype)15) /**< Response to mutual AP request */
#define KRB5_SAFE     ((krb5_msgtype)20) /**< Safe application message */
#define KRB5_PRIV     ((krb5_msgtype)21) /**< Private application message */
#define KRB5_CRED     ((krb5_msgtype)22) /**< Cred forwarding message */
#define KRB5_ERROR    ((krb5_msgtype)30) /**< Error response */

/* LastReq types */
#define KRB5_LRQ_NONE                   0
#define KRB5_LRQ_ALL_LAST_TGT           1
#define KRB5_LRQ_ONE_LAST_TGT           (-1)
#define KRB5_LRQ_ALL_LAST_INITIAL       2
#define KRB5_LRQ_ONE_LAST_INITIAL       (-2)
#define KRB5_LRQ_ALL_LAST_TGT_ISSUED    3
#define KRB5_LRQ_ONE_LAST_TGT_ISSUED    (-3)
#define KRB5_LRQ_ALL_LAST_RENEWAL       4
#define KRB5_LRQ_ONE_LAST_RENEWAL       (-4)
#define KRB5_LRQ_ALL_LAST_REQ           5
#define KRB5_LRQ_ONE_LAST_REQ           (-5)
#define KRB5_LRQ_ALL_PW_EXPTIME         6
#define KRB5_LRQ_ONE_PW_EXPTIME         (-6)
#define KRB5_LRQ_ALL_ACCT_EXPTIME       7
#define KRB5_LRQ_ONE_ACCT_EXPTIME       (-7)

/* PADATA types */
#define KRB5_PADATA_NONE                0
#define KRB5_PADATA_AP_REQ              1
#define KRB5_PADATA_TGS_REQ             KRB5_PADATA_AP_REQ
#define KRB5_PADATA_ENC_TIMESTAMP       2 /**< RFC 4120 */
#define KRB5_PADATA_PW_SALT             3 /**< RFC 4120 */
#if 0                           /* Not used */
#define KRB5_PADATA_ENC_ENCKEY          4  /* Key encrypted within itself */
#endif
#define KRB5_PADATA_ENC_UNIX_TIME       5  /**< timestamp encrypted in key. RFC 4120 */
#define KRB5_PADATA_ENC_SANDIA_SECURID  6  /**< SecurId passcode. RFC 4120 */
#define KRB5_PADATA_SESAME              7  /**< Sesame project. RFC 4120 */
#define KRB5_PADATA_OSF_DCE             8  /**< OSF DCE. RFC 4120 */
#define KRB5_CYBERSAFE_SECUREID         9  /**< Cybersafe. RFC 4120 */
#define KRB5_PADATA_AFS3_SALT           10 /**< Cygnus. RFC 4120, 3961 */
#define KRB5_PADATA_ETYPE_INFO          11 /**< Etype info for preauth. RFC 4120 */
#define KRB5_PADATA_SAM_CHALLENGE       12 /**< SAM/OTP */
#define KRB5_PADATA_SAM_RESPONSE        13 /**< SAM/OTP */
#define KRB5_PADATA_PK_AS_REQ_OLD       14 /**< PKINIT */
#define KRB5_PADATA_PK_AS_REP_OLD       15 /**< PKINIT */
#define KRB5_PADATA_PK_AS_REQ           16 /**< PKINIT. RFC 4556 */
#define KRB5_PADATA_PK_AS_REP           17 /**< PKINIT. RFC 4556 */
#define KRB5_PADATA_ETYPE_INFO2         19 /**< RFC 4120 */
#define KRB5_PADATA_USE_SPECIFIED_KVNO  20 /**< RFC 4120 */
#define KRB5_PADATA_SVR_REFERRAL_INFO   20 /**< Windows 2000 referrals. RFC 6820 */
#define KRB5_PADATA_SAM_REDIRECT        21 /**< SAM/OTP. RFC 4120 */
#define KRB5_PADATA_GET_FROM_TYPED_DATA 22 /**< Embedded in typed data. RFC 4120 */
#define KRB5_PADATA_REFERRAL            25 /**< draft referral system */
#define KRB5_PADATA_SAM_CHALLENGE_2     30 /**< draft challenge system, updated */
#define KRB5_PADATA_SAM_RESPONSE_2      31 /**< draft challenge system, updated */
/* MS-KILE */
#define KRB5_PADATA_PAC_REQUEST         128 /**< include Windows PAC */
#define KRB5_PADATA_FOR_USER            129 /**< username protocol transition request */
#define KRB5_PADATA_S4U_X509_USER       130 /**< certificate protocol transition request */
#define KRB5_PADATA_AS_CHECKSUM         132 /**< AS checksum */
#define KRB5_PADATA_FX_COOKIE           133 /**< RFC 6113 */
#define KRB5_PADATA_FX_FAST             136 /**< RFC 6113 */
#define KRB5_PADATA_FX_ERROR            137 /**< RFC 6113 */
#define KRB5_PADATA_ENCRYPTED_CHALLENGE 138 /**< RFC 6113 */
#define KRB5_PADATA_OTP_CHALLENGE       141 /**< RFC 6560 section 4.1 */
#define KRB5_PADATA_OTP_REQUEST         142 /**< RFC 6560 section 4.2 */
#define KRB5_PADATA_OTP_PIN_CHANGE      144 /**< RFC 6560 section 4.3 */
#define KRB5_PADATA_PKINIT_KX           147 /**< RFC 6112 */
#define KRB5_ENCPADATA_REQ_ENC_PA_REP   149 /**< RFC 6806 */
#define KRB5_PADATA_AS_FRESHNESS        150 /**< RFC 8070 */
#define KRB5_PADATA_SPAKE               151
#define KRB5_PADATA_PAC_OPTIONS         167 /**< MS-KILE and MS-SFU */

#define KRB5_SAM_USE_SAD_AS_KEY         0x80000000
#define KRB5_SAM_SEND_ENCRYPTED_SAD     0x40000000
#define KRB5_SAM_MUST_PK_ENCRYPT_SAD    0x20000000 /**< currently must be zero */

/** Transited encoding types */
#define KRB5_DOMAIN_X500_COMPRESS               1

/** alternate authentication types */
#define KRB5_ALTAUTH_ATT_CHALLENGE_RESPONSE     64

/* authorization data types. See RFC 4120 section 5.2.6 */

/** @defgroup KRB5_AUTHDATA KRB5_AUTHDATA
 * @{
 */
#define KRB5_AUTHDATA_IF_RELEVANT   1
#define KRB5_AUTHDATA_KDC_ISSUED    4
#define KRB5_AUTHDATA_AND_OR        5
#define KRB5_AUTHDATA_MANDATORY_FOR_KDC 8
#define KRB5_AUTHDATA_INITIAL_VERIFIED_CAS      9
#define KRB5_AUTHDATA_OSF_DCE   64
#define KRB5_AUTHDATA_SESAME    65
#define KRB5_AUTHDATA_CAMMAC    96
#define KRB5_AUTHDATA_WIN2K_PAC 128
#define KRB5_AUTHDATA_ETYPE_NEGOTIATION 129     /**< RFC 4537 */
#define KRB5_AUTHDATA_SIGNTICKET        512     /**< @deprecated use PAC */
#define KRB5_AUTHDATA_FX_ARMOR 71
#define KRB5_AUTHDATA_AUTH_INDICATOR 97
#define KRB5_AUTHDATA_AP_OPTIONS 143
/** @} */ /* end of KRB5_AUTHDATA group */

/* password change constants */
#define KRB5_KPASSWD_SUCCESS            0  /**< Success */
#define KRB5_KPASSWD_MALFORMED          1  /**< Malformed request */
#define KRB5_KPASSWD_HARDERROR          2  /**< Server error */
#define KRB5_KPASSWD_AUTHERROR          3  /**< Authentication error */
#define KRB5_KPASSWD_SOFTERROR          4  /**< Password change rejected */
/* These are Microsoft's extensions in RFC 3244, and it looks like
   they'll become standardized, possibly with other additions.  */
#define KRB5_KPASSWD_ACCESSDENIED       5  /**< Not authorized */
#define KRB5_KPASSWD_BAD_VERSION        6  /**< Unknown RPC version */
/** The presented credentials were not obtained using a password directly */
#define KRB5_KPASSWD_INITIAL_FLAG_NEEDED 7

/*
 * end "proto.h"
 */

/* Time set */
/** Ticket start time, end time, and renewal duration. */
typedef struct _krb5_ticket_times {
    krb5_timestamp authtime;    /**< Time at which KDC issued the initial ticket that corresponds to this ticket */
    /* XXX ? should ktime in KDC_REP == authtime
       in ticket? otherwise client can't get this */
    krb5_timestamp starttime;   /**< optional in ticket, if not present, use @a authtime */
    krb5_timestamp endtime;     /**< Ticket expiration time */
    krb5_timestamp renew_till;  /**< Latest time at which renewal of ticket can be valid */
} krb5_ticket_times;

/** Structure for auth data */
typedef struct _krb5_authdata {
    krb5_magic magic;
    krb5_authdatatype ad_type; /**< ADTYPE */
    unsigned int length;       /**< Length of data  */
    krb5_octet *contents;      /**< Data */
} krb5_authdata;

/** Structure for transited encoding */
typedef struct _krb5_transited {
    krb5_magic magic;
    krb5_octet tr_type;     /**< Transited encoding type */
    krb5_data tr_contents;  /**< Contents */
} krb5_transited;

/** Encrypted part of ticket. */
typedef struct _krb5_enc_tkt_part {
    krb5_magic magic;
    /* to-be-encrypted portion */
    krb5_flags flags;                   /**< flags */
    krb5_keyblock *session;             /**< session key: includes enctype */
    krb5_principal client;              /**< client name/realm */
    krb5_transited transited;           /**< list of transited realms */
    krb5_ticket_times times;            /**< auth, start, end, renew_till */
    krb5_address **caddrs;              /**< array of ptrs to addresses */
    krb5_authdata **authorization_data; /**< auth data */
} krb5_enc_tkt_part;

/**
 * Ticket structure.
 *
 * The C representation of the ticket message, with a pointer to the
 * C representation of the encrypted part.
 */
typedef struct _krb5_ticket {
    krb5_magic magic;
    /* cleartext portion */
    krb5_principal server;              /**< server name/realm */
    krb5_enc_data enc_part;             /**< encryption type, kvno, encrypted encoding */
    krb5_enc_tkt_part *enc_part2;       /**< ptr to decrypted version, if available */
} krb5_ticket;

/* the unencrypted version */
/**
 * Ticket authenticator.
 *
 * The C representation of an unencrypted authenticator.
 */
typedef struct _krb5_authenticator {
    krb5_magic magic;
    krb5_principal client;              /**< client name/realm */
    krb5_checksum *checksum;            /**< checksum, includes type, optional */
    krb5_int32 cusec;                   /**< client usec portion */
    krb5_timestamp ctime;               /**< client sec portion */
    krb5_keyblock *subkey;              /**< true session key, optional */
    krb5_ui_4 seq_number;               /**< sequence #, optional */
    krb5_authdata **authorization_data; /**< authoriazation data */
} krb5_authenticator;

/** Ticket authentication data. */
typedef struct _krb5_tkt_authent {
    krb5_magic magic;
    krb5_ticket *ticket;
    krb5_authenticator *authenticator;
    krb5_flags ap_options;
} krb5_tkt_authent;

/** Credentials structure including ticket, session key, and lifetime info. */
typedef struct _krb5_creds {
    krb5_magic magic;
    krb5_principal client;              /**< client's principal identifier */
    krb5_principal server;              /**< server's principal identifier */
    krb5_keyblock keyblock;             /**< session encryption key info */
    krb5_ticket_times times;            /**< lifetime info */
    krb5_boolean is_skey;               /**< true if ticket is encrypted in
                                           another ticket's skey */
    krb5_flags ticket_flags;            /**< flags in ticket */
    krb5_address **addresses;           /**< addrs in ticket */
    krb5_data ticket;                   /**< ticket string itself */
    krb5_data second_ticket;            /**< second ticket, if related to
                                           ticket (via DUPLICATE-SKEY or
                                           ENC-TKT-IN-SKEY) */
    krb5_authdata **authdata;           /**< authorization data */
} krb5_creds;

/** Last request entry */
typedef struct _krb5_last_req_entry {
    krb5_magic magic;
    krb5_int32 lr_type;         /**< LR type */
    krb5_timestamp value;       /**< Timestamp */
} krb5_last_req_entry;

/** Pre-authentication data */
typedef struct _krb5_pa_data {
    krb5_magic magic;
    krb5_preauthtype pa_type;   /**< Preauthentication data type */
    unsigned int length;        /**< Length of data */
    krb5_octet *contents;       /**< Data */
} krb5_pa_data;

/* Don't use this; use krb5_pa_data instead. */
typedef struct _krb5_typed_data {
    krb5_magic magic;
    krb5_int32 type;
    unsigned int length;
    krb5_octet *data;
} krb5_typed_data;

/** C representation of KDC-REQ protocol message, including KDC-REQ-BODY */
typedef struct _krb5_kdc_req {
    krb5_magic magic;
    krb5_msgtype msg_type;      /**< KRB5_AS_REQ or KRB5_TGS_REQ */
    krb5_pa_data **padata;      /**< Preauthentication data */
    /* real body */
    krb5_flags kdc_options;     /**< Requested options */
    krb5_principal client;      /**< Client principal and realm */
    krb5_principal server;      /**< Server principal and realm */
    krb5_timestamp from;        /**< Requested start time */
    krb5_timestamp till;        /**< Requested end time */
    krb5_timestamp rtime;       /**< Requested renewable end time */
    krb5_int32 nonce;           /**< Nonce to match request and response */
    int nktypes;                /**< Number of enctypes */
    krb5_enctype *ktype;        /**< Requested enctypes */
    krb5_address **addresses;   /**< Requested addresses (optional) */
    krb5_enc_data authorization_data;  /**< Encrypted authz data (optional) */
    krb5_authdata **unenc_authdata;    /**< Unencrypted authz data */
    krb5_ticket **second_ticket;       /**< Second ticket array (optional) */
} krb5_kdc_req;

/**
 * C representation of @c EncKDCRepPart protocol message.
 *
 * This is the cleartext message that is encrypted and inserted in @c KDC-REP.
 */
typedef struct _krb5_enc_kdc_rep_part {
    krb5_magic magic;
    /* encrypted part: */
    krb5_msgtype msg_type;           /**< krb5 message type */
    krb5_keyblock *session;          /**< Session key */
    krb5_last_req_entry **last_req;  /**< Array of pointers to entries */
    krb5_int32 nonce;                /**< Nonce from request */
    krb5_timestamp key_exp;          /**< Expiration date */
    krb5_flags flags;                /**< Ticket flags */
    krb5_ticket_times times;         /**< Lifetime info */
    krb5_principal server;           /**< Server's principal identifier */
    krb5_address **caddrs;           /**< Array of ptrs to addrs, optional */
    krb5_pa_data **enc_padata;       /**< Encrypted preauthentication data */
} krb5_enc_kdc_rep_part;

/** Representation of the @c KDC-REP protocol message. */
typedef struct _krb5_kdc_rep {
    krb5_magic magic;
    /* cleartext part: */
    krb5_msgtype msg_type;            /**< KRB5_AS_REP or KRB5_KDC_REP */
    krb5_pa_data **padata;            /**< Preauthentication data from KDC */
    krb5_principal client;            /**< Client principal and realm */
    krb5_ticket *ticket;              /**< Ticket */
    krb5_enc_data enc_part;           /**< Encrypted part of reply */
    krb5_enc_kdc_rep_part *enc_part2; /**< Unencrypted version, if available */
} krb5_kdc_rep;

/** Error message structure */
typedef struct _krb5_error {
    krb5_magic magic;
    /* some of these may be meaningless in certain contexts */
    krb5_timestamp ctime;       /**< Client sec portion; optional */
    krb5_int32 cusec;           /**< Client usec portion; optional */
    krb5_int32 susec;           /**< Server usec portion */
    krb5_timestamp stime;       /**< Server sec portion */
    krb5_ui_4 error;            /**< Error code (protocol error #'s) */
    krb5_principal client;      /**< Client principal and realm */
    krb5_principal server;      /**< Server principal and realm */
    krb5_data text;             /**< Descriptive text */
    krb5_data e_data;           /**< Additional error-describing data */
} krb5_error;

/** Authentication header. */
typedef struct _krb5_ap_req {
    krb5_magic magic;
    krb5_flags ap_options;        /**< Requested options */
    krb5_ticket *ticket;          /**< Ticket */
    krb5_enc_data authenticator;  /**< Encrypted authenticator */
} krb5_ap_req;

/**
 * C representaton of AP-REP message.
 *
 * The server's response to a client's request for mutual authentication.
 */
typedef struct _krb5_ap_rep {
    krb5_magic magic;
    krb5_enc_data enc_part;     /**< Ciphertext of ApRepEncPart */
} krb5_ap_rep;

/** Cleartext that is encrypted and put into @c _krb5_ap_rep.  */
typedef struct _krb5_ap_rep_enc_part {
    krb5_magic magic;
    krb5_timestamp ctime;       /**< Client time, seconds portion */
    krb5_int32 cusec;           /**< Client time, microseconds portion */
    krb5_keyblock *subkey;      /**< Subkey (optional) */
    krb5_ui_4 seq_number;       /**< Sequence number */
} krb5_ap_rep_enc_part;

/* Unused */
typedef struct _krb5_response {
    krb5_magic magic;
    krb5_octet message_type;
    krb5_data response;
    krb5_int32 expected_nonce;
    krb5_timestamp request_time;
} krb5_response;

/** Credentials information inserted into @c EncKrbCredPart. */
typedef struct _krb5_cred_info {
    krb5_magic magic;
    krb5_keyblock *session;     /**< Session key used to encrypt ticket */
    krb5_principal client;      /**< Client principal and realm */
    krb5_principal server;      /**< Server principal and realm */
    krb5_flags flags;           /**< Ticket flags */
    krb5_ticket_times times;    /**< Auth, start, end, renew_till */
    krb5_address **caddrs;      /**< Array of pointers to addrs (optional) */
} krb5_cred_info;

/** Cleartext credentials information.  */
typedef struct _krb5_cred_enc_part {
    krb5_magic magic;
    krb5_int32 nonce;           /**< Nonce (optional) */
    krb5_timestamp timestamp;   /**< Generation time, seconds portion */
    krb5_int32 usec;            /**< Generation time, microseconds portion */
    krb5_address *s_address;    /**< Sender address (optional) */
    krb5_address *r_address;    /**< Recipient address (optional) */
    krb5_cred_info **ticket_info;
} krb5_cred_enc_part;

/** Credentials data structure.*/
typedef struct _krb5_cred {
    krb5_magic magic;
    krb5_ticket **tickets;          /**< Tickets */
    krb5_enc_data enc_part;         /**< Encrypted part */
    krb5_cred_enc_part *enc_part2;  /**< Unencrypted version, if available */
} krb5_cred;

/* Unused, but here for API compatibility. */
typedef struct _passwd_phrase_element {
    krb5_magic magic;
    krb5_data *passwd;
    krb5_data *phrase;
} passwd_phrase_element;

/* Unused, but here for API compatibility. */
typedef struct _krb5_pwd_data {
    krb5_magic magic;
    int sequence_count;
    passwd_phrase_element **element;
} krb5_pwd_data;

/* Unused, but here for API compatibility. */
typedef struct _krb5_pa_svr_referral_data {
    /** Referred name, only realm is required */
    krb5_principal     principal;
} krb5_pa_svr_referral_data;

/* Unused, but here for API compatibility. */
typedef struct _krb5_pa_server_referral_data {
    krb5_data          *referred_realm;
    krb5_principal     true_principal_name;
    krb5_principal     requested_principal_name;
    krb5_timestamp     referral_valid_until;
    krb5_checksum      rep_cksum;
} krb5_pa_server_referral_data;

typedef struct _krb5_pa_pac_req {
    /** TRUE if a PAC should be included in TGS-REP */
    krb5_boolean       include_pac;
} krb5_pa_pac_req;

/*
 * begin "safepriv.h"
 */

/** @defgroup KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT
 * @{
 */
/** Prevent replays with timestamps and replay cache. */
#define KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_DO_TIME       0x00000001
/** Save timestamps for application. */
#define KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_TIME      0x00000002
/** Prevent replays with sequence numbers. */
#define KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_DO_SEQUENCE   0x00000004
/** Save sequence numbers for application. */
#define KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_SEQUENCE  0x00000008
#define KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_PERMIT_ALL    0x00000010
#define KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_USE_SUBKEY    0x00000020
/** @} */ /* end of KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT group */

/**
 * Replay data.
 *
 * Sequence number and timestamp information output by krb5_rd_priv() and
 * krb5_rd_safe().
 */
typedef struct krb5_replay_data {
    krb5_timestamp      timestamp;  /**< Timestamp, seconds portion */
    krb5_int32          usec;       /**< Timestamp, microseconds portion */
    krb5_ui_4           seq;        /**< Sequence number  */
} krb5_replay_data;

/* Flags for krb5_auth_con_genaddrs(). */

/** Generate the local network address. */
#define KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_GENERATE_LOCAL_ADDR       0x00000001
/** Generate the remote network address.  */
#define KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_GENERATE_REMOTE_ADDR      0x00000002
/** Generate the local network address and the local port. */
#define KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_GENERATE_LOCAL_FULL_ADDR  0x00000004
/** Generate the remote network address and the remote port. */
#define KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_GENERATE_REMOTE_FULL_ADDR 0x00000008

/** Type of function used as a callback to generate checksum data for mk_req */
typedef krb5_error_code
(KRB5_CALLCONV * krb5_mk_req_checksum_func)(krb5_context, krb5_auth_context,
                                            void *, krb5_data **);

/*
 * end "safepriv.h"
 */


/*
 * begin "ccache.h"
 */

/** Cursor for sequential lookup */
typedef krb5_pointer    krb5_cc_cursor;

struct _krb5_ccache;
typedef struct _krb5_ccache *krb5_ccache;
struct _krb5_cc_ops;
typedef struct _krb5_cc_ops krb5_cc_ops;

struct _krb5_cccol_cursor;
/** Cursor for iterating over all ccaches */
typedef struct _krb5_cccol_cursor *krb5_cccol_cursor;

/* Flags for krb5_cc_retrieve_cred. */
/** The requested lifetime must be at least as great as the time specified. */
#define KRB5_TC_MATCH_TIMES        0x00000001
/** The is_skey field must match exactly. */
#define KRB5_TC_MATCH_IS_SKEY      0x00000002
/** All the flags set in the match credentials must be set. */
#define KRB5_TC_MATCH_FLAGS        0x00000004
/** All the time fields must match exactly. */
#define KRB5_TC_MATCH_TIMES_EXACT  0x00000008
/** All the flags must match exactly. */
#define KRB5_TC_MATCH_FLAGS_EXACT  0x00000010
/** The authorization data must match. */
#define KRB5_TC_MATCH_AUTHDATA     0x00000020
/** Only the name portion of the principal name must match. */
#define KRB5_TC_MATCH_SRV_NAMEONLY 0x00000040
/** The second ticket must match. */
#define KRB5_TC_MATCH_2ND_TKT      0x00000080
/** The encryption key type must match. */
#define KRB5_TC_MATCH_KTYPE        0x00000100
/** The supported key types must match. */
#define KRB5_TC_SUPPORTED_KTYPES   0x00000200

/* Flags for krb5_cc_set_flags and similar. */
/** Open and close the file for each cache operation. */
#define KRB5_TC_OPENCLOSE          0x00000001 /**< @deprecated has no effect */
#define KRB5_TC_NOTICKET           0x00000002

/**
 * Retrieve the name, but not type of a credential cache.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] cache            Credential cache handle
 *
 * @warning Returns the name of the credential cache.  The result is an alias
 * into @a cache and should not be freed or modified by the caller.  This name
 * does not include the cache type, so should not be used as input to
 * krb5_cc_resolve().
 *
 * @return
 * On success - the name of the credential cache.
 */
const char * KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_get_name(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache cache);

/**
 * Retrieve the full name of a credential cache.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  cache           Credential cache handle
 * @param [out] fullname_out    Full name of cache
 *
 * Use krb5_free_string() to free @a fullname_out when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @version New in 1.10
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_get_full_name(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache cache,
                      char **fullname_out);

#if KRB5_DEPRECATED
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_gen_new(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache *cache);
#endif /* KRB5_DEPRECATED */

/**
 * Initialize a credential cache.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] cache            Credential cache handle
 * @param [in] principal        Default principal name
 *
 * Destroy any existing contents of @a cache and initialize it for the default
 * principal @a principal.
 *
 * @retval
 *  0  Success
 * @return
 *  System errors; Permission errors; Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_initialize(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache cache,
                   krb5_principal principal);

/**
 * Destroy a credential cache.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] cache            Credential cache handle
 *
 * This function destroys any existing contents of @a cache and closes the
 * handle to it.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0  Success
 * @return
 * Permission errors
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_destroy(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache cache);

/**
 * Close a credential cache handle.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] cache            Credential cache handle
 *
 * This function closes a credential cache handle @a cache without affecting
 * the contents of the cache.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0  Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_close(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache cache);

/**
 * Store credentials in a credential cache.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] cache            Credential cache handle
 * @param [in] creds            Credentials to be stored in cache
 *
 * This function stores @a creds into @a cache.  If @a creds->server and the
 * server in the decoded ticket @a creds->ticket differ, the credentials will
 * be stored under both server principal names.
 *
 * @retval
 *  0  Success
 * @return Permission errors; storage failure errors; Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_store_cred(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache cache, krb5_creds *creds);

/**
 * Retrieve a specified credentials from a credential cache.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  cache           Credential cache handle
 * @param [in]  flags           Flags bit mask
 * @param [in]  mcreds          Credentials to match
 * @param [out] creds           Credentials matching the requested value
 *
 * This function searches a credential cache for credentials matching @a mcreds
 * and returns it if found.
 *
 * Valid values for @a flags are:
 *
 * @li #KRB5_TC_MATCH_TIMES        The requested lifetime must be at least as
 *                                 great as in @a mcreds .
 * @li #KRB5_TC_MATCH_IS_SKEY      The @a is_skey field much match exactly.
 * @li #KRB5_TC_MATCH_FLAGS        Flags set in @a mcreds must be set.
 * @li #KRB5_TC_MATCH_TIMES_EXACT  The requested lifetime must match exactly.
 * @li #KRB5_TC_MATCH_FLAGS_EXACT  Flags must match exactly.
 * @li #KRB5_TC_MATCH_AUTHDATA     The authorization data must match.
 * @li #KRB5_TC_MATCH_SRV_NAMEONLY Only the name portion of the principal
 *                                 name must match, not the realm.
 * @li #KRB5_TC_MATCH_2ND_TKT      The second tickets must match.
 * @li #KRB5_TC_MATCH_KTYPE        The encryption key types must match.
 * @li #KRB5_TC_SUPPORTED_KTYPES   Check all matching entries that have any
 *                                 supported encryption type and return the
 *                                 one with the encryption type listed earliest.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_cred_contents() to free @a creds when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_retrieve_cred(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache cache,
                      krb5_flags flags, krb5_creds *mcreds,
                      krb5_creds *creds);

/**
 * Get the default principal of a credential cache.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  cache           Credential cache handle
 * @param [out] principal       Primary principal
 *
 * Returns the default client principal of a credential cache as set by
 * krb5_cc_initialize().
 *
 * Use krb5_free_principal() to free @a principal when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0  Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_get_principal(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache cache,
                      krb5_principal *principal);

/**
 * Prepare to sequentially read every credential in a credential cache.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  cache           Credential cache handle
 * @param [out] cursor          Cursor
 *
 * krb5_cc_end_seq_get() must be called to complete the retrieve operation.
 *
 * @note If the cache represented by @a cache is modified between the time of
 * the call to this function and the time of the final krb5_cc_end_seq_get(),
 * these changes may not be reflected in the results of krb5_cc_next_cred()
 * calls.
 *
 * @retval 0  Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_start_seq_get(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache cache,
                      krb5_cc_cursor *cursor);

/**
 * Retrieve the next entry from the credential cache.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  cache           Credential cache handle
 * @param [in]  cursor          Cursor
 * @param [out] creds           Next credential cache entry
 *
 * This function fills in @a creds with the next entry in @a cache and advances
 * @a cursor.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_cred_contents() to free @a creds when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @sa krb5_cc_start_seq_get(), krb5_end_seq_get()
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_next_cred(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache cache,
                  krb5_cc_cursor *cursor, krb5_creds *creds);

/**
 * Finish a series of sequential processing credential cache entries.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] cache            Credential cache handle
 * @param [in] cursor           Cursor
 *
 * This function finishes processing credential cache entries and invalidates
 * @a cursor.
 *
 * @sa krb5_cc_start_seq_get(), krb5_cc_next_cred()
 *
 * @retval 0 (always)
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_end_seq_get(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache cache,
                    krb5_cc_cursor *cursor);

/**
 * Remove credentials from a credential cache.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] cache            Credential cache handle
 * @param [in] flags            Bitwise-ORed search flags
 * @param [in] creds            Credentials to be matched
 *
 * @warning This function is not implemented for some cache types.
 *
 * This function accepts the same flag values as krb5_cc_retrieve_cred().
 *
 * @retval KRB5_CC_NOSUPP Not implemented for this cache type
 * @return No matches found; Data cannot be deleted; Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_remove_cred(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache cache, krb5_flags flags,
                    krb5_creds *creds);

/**
 * Set options flags on a credential cache.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] cache            Credential cache handle
 * @param [in] flags            Flag bit mask
 *
 * This function resets @a cache flags to @a flags.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_set_flags(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache cache, krb5_flags flags);

/**
 * Retrieve flags from a credential cache structure.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  cache           Credential cache handle
 * @param [out] flags           Flag bit mask
 *
 * @warning For memory credential cache always returns a flag mask of 0.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_get_flags(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache cache, krb5_flags *flags);

/**
 * Retrieve the type of a credential cache.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] cache            Credential cache handle
 *
 * @return The type of a credential cache as an alias that must not be modified
 * or freed by the caller.
 */
const char * KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_get_type(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache cache);

/**
 * Move a credential cache.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] src              The credential cache to move the content from
 * @param [in] dst              The credential cache to move the content to
 *
 * This function reinitializes @a dst and populates it with the credentials and
 * default principal of @a src; then, if successful, destroys @a src.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success; @a src is closed.
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes; @a src is still allocated.
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_move(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache src, krb5_ccache dst);

/**
 * Prepare to iterate over the collection of known credential caches.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [out] cursor          Cursor
 *
 * Get a new cache iteration @a cursor that will iterate over all known
 * credential caches independent of type.
 *
 * Use krb5_cccol_cursor_free() to release @a cursor when it is no longer
 * needed.
 *
 * @sa krb5_cccol_cursor_next()
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cccol_cursor_new(krb5_context context, krb5_cccol_cursor *cursor);

/**
 * Get the next credential cache in the collection.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  cursor          Cursor
 * @param [out] ccache          Credential cache handle
 *
 * @note When all caches are iterated over and the end of the list is reached,
 * @a ccache is set to NULL.
 *
 * Use krb5_cc_close() to close @a ccache when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @sa krb5_cccol_cursor_new(), krb5_cccol_cursor_free()
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cccol_cursor_next(krb5_context context, krb5_cccol_cursor cursor,
                       krb5_ccache *ccache);

/**
 * Free a credential cache collection cursor.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] cursor           Cursor
 *
 * @sa krb5_cccol_cursor_new(), krb5_cccol_cursor_next()
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cccol_cursor_free(krb5_context context, krb5_cccol_cursor *cursor);

/**
 * Check if the credential cache collection contains any credentials.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 *
 * @version New in 1.11
 *
 * @retval 0 Credentials are available in the collection
 * @retval KRB5_CC_NOTFOUND The collection contains no credentials
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cccol_have_content(krb5_context context);

/**
 * Create a new credential cache of the specified type with a unique name.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  type            Credential cache type name
 * @param [in]  hint            Unused
 * @param [out] id              Credential cache handle
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_new_unique(krb5_context context, const char *type, const char *hint,
                   krb5_ccache *id);

/*
 * end "ccache.h"
 */

/*
 * begin "rcache.h"
 */

struct krb5_rc_st;
typedef struct krb5_rc_st *krb5_rcache;

/*
 * end "rcache.h"
 */

/*
 * begin "keytab.h"
 */


/* XXX */
#define MAX_KEYTAB_NAME_LEN 1100 /**< Long enough for MAXPATHLEN + some extra */

typedef krb5_pointer krb5_kt_cursor;

/** A key table entry. */
typedef struct krb5_keytab_entry_st {
    krb5_magic magic;
    krb5_principal principal;   /**< Principal of this key */
    krb5_timestamp timestamp;   /**< Time entry written to keytable */
    krb5_kvno vno;              /**< Key version number */
    krb5_keyblock key;          /**< The secret key */
} krb5_keytab_entry;

struct _krb5_kt;
typedef struct _krb5_kt *krb5_keytab;

/**
 * Return the type of a key table.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] keytab           Key table handle
 *
 * @return The type of a key table as an alias that must not be modified or
 * freed by the caller.
 */
const char * KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_kt_get_type(krb5_context context, krb5_keytab keytab);

/**
 * Get a key table name.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  keytab          Key table handle
 * @param [out] name            Key table name
 * @param [in]  namelen         Maximum length to fill in name
 *
 * Fill @a name with the name of @a keytab including the type and delimiter.
 *
 * @sa MAX_KEYTAB_NAME_LEN
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success
 * @retval
 * KRB5_KT_NAME_TOOLONG  Key table name does not fit in @a namelen bytes
 *
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_kt_get_name(krb5_context context, krb5_keytab keytab, char *name,
                 unsigned int namelen);

/**
 * Close a key table handle.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] keytab           Key table handle
 *
 * @retval 0
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_kt_close(krb5_context context, krb5_keytab keytab);

/**
 * Get an entry from a key table.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  keytab          Key table handle
 * @param [in]  principal       Principal name
 * @param [in]  vno             Key version number (0 for highest available)
 * @param [in]  enctype         Encryption type (0 zero for any enctype)
 * @param [out] entry           Returned entry from key table
 *
 * Retrieve an entry from a key table which matches the @a keytab, @a
 * principal, @a vno, and @a enctype.  If @a vno is zero, retrieve the
 * highest-numbered kvno matching the other fields.  If @a enctype is 0, match
 * any enctype.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_keytab_entry_contents() to free @a entry when it is no longer
 * needed.
 *
 * @note If @a vno is zero, the function retrieves the highest-numbered-kvno
 * entry that matches the specified principal.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success
 * @retval
 * Kerberos error codes on failure
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_kt_get_entry(krb5_context context, krb5_keytab keytab,
                  krb5_const_principal principal, krb5_kvno vno,
                  krb5_enctype enctype, krb5_keytab_entry *entry);

/**
 * Start a sequential retrieval of key table entries.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  keytab          Key table handle
 * @param [out] cursor          Cursor
 *
 * Prepare to read sequentially every key in the specified key table.  Use
 * krb5_kt_end_seq_get() to release the cursor when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @sa krb5_kt_next_entry(), krb5_kt_end_seq_get()
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_kt_start_seq_get(krb5_context context, krb5_keytab keytab,
                      krb5_kt_cursor *cursor);

/**
 * Retrieve the next entry from the key table.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  keytab          Key table handle
 * @param [out] entry           Returned key table entry
 * @param [in]  cursor          Key table cursor
 *
 * Return the next sequential entry in @a keytab and advance @a cursor.
 * Callers must release the returned entry with krb5_kt_free_entry().
 *
 * @sa krb5_kt_start_seq_get(), krb5_kt_end_seq_get()
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success
 * @retval
 * KRB5_KT_END - if the last entry was reached
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_kt_next_entry(krb5_context context, krb5_keytab keytab,
                   krb5_keytab_entry *entry, krb5_kt_cursor *cursor);

/**
 * Release a keytab cursor.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  keytab          Key table handle
 * @param [out] cursor          Cursor
 *
 * This function should be called to release the cursor created by
 * krb5_kt_start_seq_get().
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_kt_end_seq_get(krb5_context context, krb5_keytab keytab,
                    krb5_kt_cursor *cursor);

/**
 * Check if a keytab exists and contains entries.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  keytab          Key table handle
 *
 * @version New in 1.11
 *
 * @retval 0 Keytab exists and contains entries
 * @retval KRB5_KT_NOTFOUND Keytab does not contain entries
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_kt_have_content(krb5_context context, krb5_keytab keytab);

/*
 * end "keytab.h"
 */

/*
 * begin "func-proto.h"
 */

#define KRB5_INIT_CONTEXT_SECURE 0x1 /**< Use secure context configuration */
#define KRB5_INIT_CONTEXT_KDC    0x2 /**< Use KDC configuration if available */

/**
 * Create a krb5 library context.
 *
 * @param [out] context         Library context
 *
 * The @a context must be released by calling krb5_free_context() when
 * it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @warning Any program or module that needs the Kerberos code to not trust the
 * environment must use krb5_init_secure_context(), or clean out the
 * environment.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_init_context(krb5_context *context);

/**
 * Create a krb5 library context using only configuration files.
 *
 * @param [out] context         Library context
 *
 * Create a context structure, using only system configuration files.  All
 * information passed through the environment variables is ignored.
 *
 * The @a context must be released by calling krb5_free_context() when
 * it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_init_secure_context(krb5_context *context);

/**
 * Create a krb5 library context using a specified profile.
 *
 * @param [in]  profile         Profile object (NULL to create default profile)
 * @param [in]  flags           Context initialization flags
 * @param [out] context         Library context
 *
 * Create a context structure, optionally using a specified profile and
 * initialization flags.  If @a profile is NULL, the default profile will be
 * created from config files.  If @a profile is non-null, a copy of it will be
 * made for the new context; the caller should still clean up its copy.  Valid
 * flag values are:
 *
 * @li #KRB5_INIT_CONTEXT_SECURE Ignore environment variables
 * @li #KRB5_INIT_CONTEXT_KDC    Use KDC configuration if creating profile
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_init_context_profile(struct _profile_t *profile, krb5_flags flags,
                          krb5_context *context);

/**
 * Free a krb5 library context.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 *
 * This function frees a @a context that was created by krb5_init_context()
 * or krb5_init_secure_context().
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_context(krb5_context context);

/**
 * Copy a krb5_context structure.
 *
 * @param [in]  ctx             Library context
 * @param [out] nctx_out        New context structure
 *
 * The newly created context must be released by calling krb5_free_context()
 * when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_copy_context(krb5_context ctx, krb5_context *nctx_out);

/**
 * Set default TGS encryption types in a krb5_context structure.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] etypes           Encryption type(s) to set
 *
 * This function sets the default enctype list for TGS requests
 * made using @a context to @a etypes.
 *
 * @note This overrides the default list (from config file or built-in).
 *
 * @retval
 *  0    Success
 * @retval
 *  KRB5_PROG_ETYPE_NOSUPP Program lacks support for encryption type
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_set_default_tgs_enctypes(krb5_context context, const krb5_enctype *etypes);

/**
 * Return a list of encryption types permitted for session keys.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [out] ktypes          Zero-terminated list of encryption types
 *
 * This function returns the list of encryption types permitted for session
 * keys within @a context, as determined by configuration or by a previous call
 * to krb5_set_default_tgs_enctypes().
 *
 * Use krb5_free_enctypes() to free @a ktypes when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_permitted_enctypes(krb5_context context, krb5_enctype **ktypes);

/**
 * Test whether the Kerberos library was built with multithread support.
 *
 * @retval
 * TRUE if the library is threadsafe; FALSE otherwise
 */
krb5_boolean KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_is_thread_safe(void);

/* libkrb.spec */

/**
 * Decrypt a ticket using the specified key table.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] kt               Key table
 * @param [in] ticket           Ticket to be decrypted
 *
 * This function takes a @a ticket as input and decrypts it using
 * key data from @a kt.  The result is placed into @a ticket->enc_part2.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_server_decrypt_ticket_keytab(krb5_context context, const krb5_keytab kt,
                                  krb5_ticket *ticket);

/**
 * Free an array of credential structures.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] tgts             Null-terminated array of credentials to free
 *
 * @note The last entry in the array @a tgts must be a NULL pointer.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_tgt_creds(krb5_context context, krb5_creds **tgts);

/** @defgroup KRB5_GC  KRB5_GC
 * @{
 */
#define KRB5_GC_USER_USER    1  /**< Want user-user ticket */
#define KRB5_GC_CACHED       2  /**< Want cached ticket only */
#define KRB5_GC_CANONICALIZE 4  /**< Set canonicalize KDC option */
#define KRB5_GC_NO_STORE     8  /**< Do not store in credential cache */
#define KRB5_GC_FORWARDABLE             16  /**< Acquire forwardable tickets */
#define KRB5_GC_NO_TRANSIT_CHECK        32  /**< Disable transited check */
#define KRB5_GC_CONSTRAINED_DELEGATION  64  /**< Constrained delegation */
/** @} */ /* end of KRB5_GC group */

/**
 * Get an additional ticket.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  options         Options
 * @param [in]  ccache          Credential cache handle
 * @param [in]  in_creds        Input credentials
 * @param [out] out_creds       Output updated credentials
 *
 * Use @a ccache or a TGS exchange to get a service ticket matching @a
 * in_creds.
 *
 * Valid values for @a options are:
 * @li #KRB5_GC_CACHED     Search only credential cache for the ticket
 * @li #KRB5_GC_USER_USER  Return a user to user authentication ticket
 *
 * @a in_creds must be non-null.  @a in_creds->client and @a in_creds->server
 * must be filled in to specify the client and the server respectively.  If any
 * authorization data needs to be requested for the service ticket (such as
 * restrictions on how the ticket can be used), specify it in @a
 * in_creds->authdata; otherwise set @a in_creds->authdata to NULL.  The
 * session key type is specified in @a in_creds->keyblock.enctype, if it is
 * nonzero.
 *
 * The expiration date is specified in @a in_creds->times.endtime.
 * The KDC may return tickets with an earlier expiration date.
 * If @a in_creds->times.endtime is set to 0, the latest possible
 * expiration date will be requested.
 *
 * Any returned ticket and intermediate ticket-granting tickets are stored
 * in @a ccache.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_creds() to free @a out_creds when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval
 *  0  Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_credentials(krb5_context context, krb5_flags options,
                     krb5_ccache ccache, krb5_creds *in_creds,
                     krb5_creds **out_creds);

/**
 * Serialize a @c krb5_creds object.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  creds           The credentials object to serialize
 * @param [out] data_out        The serialized credentials
 *
 * Serialize @a creds in the format used by the FILE ccache format (vesion 4)
 * and KCM ccache protocol.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_data() to free @a data_out when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_marshal_credentials(krb5_context context, krb5_creds *in_creds,
                         krb5_data **data_out);

/**
 * Deserialize a @c krb5_creds object.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  data            The serialized credentials
 * @param [out] creds_out       The resulting creds object
 *
 * Deserialize @a data to credentials in the format used by the FILE ccache
 * format (vesion 4) and KCM ccache protocol.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_creds() to free @a creds_out when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_unmarshal_credentials(krb5_context context, const krb5_data *data,
                           krb5_creds **creds_out);

/** @deprecated Replaced by krb5_get_validated_creds. */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_credentials_validate(krb5_context context, krb5_flags options,
                              krb5_ccache ccache, krb5_creds *in_creds,
                              krb5_creds **out_creds);

/** @deprecated Replaced by krb5_get_renewed_creds. */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_credentials_renew(krb5_context context, krb5_flags options,
                           krb5_ccache ccache, krb5_creds *in_creds,
                           krb5_creds **out_creds);

/**
 * Create a @c KRB_AP_REQ message.
 *
 * @param [in]     context        Library context
 * @param [in,out] auth_context   Pre-existing or newly created auth context
 * @param [in]     ap_req_options @ref AP_OPTS options
 * @param [in]     service        Service name, or NULL to use @c "host"
 * @param [in]     hostname       Host name, or NULL to use local hostname
 * @param [in]     in_data        Application data to be checksummed in the
 *                                authenticator, or NULL
 * @param [in]     ccache         Credential cache used to obtain credentials
 *                                for the desired service.
 * @param [out]    outbuf         @c AP-REQ message
 *
 * This function is similar to krb5_mk_req_extended() except that it uses a
 * given @a hostname, @a service, and @a ccache to construct a service
 * principal name and obtain credentials.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_data_contents() to free @a outbuf when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_mk_req(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context *auth_context,
            krb5_flags ap_req_options, const char *service,
            const char *hostname, krb5_data *in_data, krb5_ccache ccache,
            krb5_data *outbuf);

/**
 * Create a @c KRB_AP_REQ message using supplied credentials.
 *
 * @param [in]     context        Library context
 * @param [in,out] auth_context   Pre-existing or newly created auth context
 * @param [in]     ap_req_options @ref AP_OPTS options
 * @param [in]     in_data        Application data to be checksummed in the
 *                                authenticator, or NULL
 * @param [in]     in_creds       Credentials for the service with valid ticket
 *                                and key
 * @param [out]    outbuf         @c AP-REQ message
 *
 * Valid @a ap_req_options are:
 * @li #AP_OPTS_USE_SESSION_KEY - Use the session key when creating the
 *                                request used for user to user
 *                                authentication.
 * @li #AP_OPTS_MUTUAL_REQUIRED - Request a mutual authentication packet from
 *                                the receiver.
 * @li #AP_OPTS_USE_SUBKEY      - Generate a subsession key from the current
 *                                session key obtained from the credentials.
 *
 * This function creates a KRB_AP_REQ message using supplied credentials @a
 * in_creds.  @a auth_context may point to an existing auth context or to NULL,
 * in which case a new one will be created.  If @a in_data is non-null, a
 * checksum of it will be included in the authenticator contained in the
 * KRB_AP_REQ message.  Use krb5_free_data_contents() to free @a outbuf when it
 * is no longer needed.
 *
 * On successful return, the authenticator is stored in @a auth_context with
 * the @a client and @a checksum fields nulled out.  (This is to prevent
 * pointer-sharing problems; the caller should not need these fields anyway,
 * since the caller supplied them.)
 *
 * @sa krb5_mk_req()
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_mk_req_extended(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context *auth_context,
                     krb5_flags ap_req_options, krb5_data *in_data,
                     krb5_creds *in_creds, krb5_data *outbuf);

/**
 * Format and encrypt a @c KRB_AP_REP message.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  auth_context    Authentication context
 * @param [out] outbuf          @c AP-REP message
 *
 * This function fills in @a outbuf with an AP-REP message using information
 * from @a auth_context.
 *
 * If the flags in @a auth_context indicate that a sequence number should be
 * used (either #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_DO_SEQUENCE or
 * #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_SEQUENCE) and the local sequence number in @a
 * auth_context is 0, a new number will be generated with
 * krb5_generate_seq_number().
 *
 * Use krb5_free_data_contents() to free @a outbuf when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_mk_rep(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context, krb5_data *outbuf);

/**
 * Format and encrypt a @c KRB_AP_REP message for DCE RPC.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  auth_context    Authentication context
 * @param [out] outbuf          @c AP-REP message
 *
 * Use krb5_free_data_contents() to free @a outbuf when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_mk_rep_dce(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context, krb5_data *outbuf);

/**
 * Parse and decrypt a @c KRB_AP_REP message.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  auth_context    Authentication context
 * @param [in]  inbuf           AP-REP message
 * @param [out] repl            Decrypted reply message
 *
 * This function parses, decrypts and verifies a message from @a inbuf and
 * fills in @a repl with a pointer to allocated memory containing the fields
 * from the encrypted response.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_ap_rep_enc_part() to free @a repl when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_rd_rep(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
            const krb5_data *inbuf, krb5_ap_rep_enc_part **repl);

/**
 * Parse and decrypt a @c KRB_AP_REP message for DCE RPC.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  auth_context    Authentication context
 * @param [in]  inbuf           AP-REP message
 * @param [out] nonce           Sequence number from the decrypted reply
 *
 * This function parses, decrypts and verifies a message from @a inbuf and
 * fills in @a nonce with a decrypted reply sequence number.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_rd_rep_dce(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
                const krb5_data *inbuf, krb5_ui_4 *nonce);

/**
 * Format and encode a @c KRB_ERROR message.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  dec_err         Error structure to be encoded
 * @param [out] enc_err         Encoded error structure
 *
 * This function creates a @c KRB_ERROR message in @a enc_err.  Use
 * krb5_free_data_contents() to free @a enc_err when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_mk_error(krb5_context context, const krb5_error *dec_err,
              krb5_data *enc_err);

/**
 * Decode a @c KRB-ERROR message.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  enc_errbuf      Encoded error message
 * @param [out] dec_error       Decoded error message
 *
 * This function processes @c KRB-ERROR message @a enc_errbuf and returns
 * an allocated structure @a dec_error containing the error message.
 * Use krb5_free_error() to free @a dec_error when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_rd_error(krb5_context context, const krb5_data *enc_errbuf,
              krb5_error **dec_error);

/**
 * Process @c KRB-SAFE message.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  auth_context    Authentication context
 * @param [in]  inbuf           @c KRB-SAFE message to be parsed
 * @param [out] userdata_out    Data parsed from @c KRB-SAFE message
 * @param [out] rdata_out       Replay data. Specify NULL if not needed
 *
 * This function parses a @c KRB-SAFE message, verifies its integrity, and
 * stores its data into @a userdata_out.
 *
 * @note The @a rdata_out argument is required if the
 * #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_TIME or #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_SEQUENCE flag is set
 * in @a auth_context.
 *
 * If @a auth_context has a remote address set, the address will be used to
 * verify the sender address in the KRB-SAFE message.  If @a auth_context has a
 * local address set, it will be used to verify the receiver address in the
 * KRB-SAFE message if the message contains one.
 *
 * If the #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_DO_SEQUENCE flag is set in @a auth_context, the
 * sequence number of the KRB-SAFE message is checked against the remote
 * sequence number field of @a auth_context.  Otherwise, the sequence number is
 * not used.
 *
 * If the #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_DO_TIME flag is set in @a auth_context, then the
 * timestamp in the message is verified to be within the permitted clock skew
 * of the current time, and the message is checked against an in-memory replay
 * cache to detect reflections or replays.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_data_contents() to free @a userdata_out when it is no longer
 * needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_rd_safe(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
             const krb5_data *inbuf, krb5_data *userdata_out,
             krb5_replay_data *rdata_out);

/**
 * Process a @c KRB-PRIV message.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  auth_context    Authentication structure
 * @param [in]  inbuf           @c KRB-PRIV message to be parsed
 * @param [out] userdata_out    Data parsed from @c KRB-PRIV message
 * @param [out] rdata_out       Replay data. Specify NULL if not needed
 *
 * This function parses a @c KRB-PRIV message, verifies its integrity, and
 * stores its unencrypted data into @a userdata_out.
 *
 * @note The @a rdata_out argument is required if the
 * #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_TIME or #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_SEQUENCE flag is set
 * in @a auth_context.
 *
 * If @a auth_context has a remote address set, the address will be used to
 * verify the sender address in the KRB-PRIV message.  If @a auth_context has a
 * local address set, it will be used to verify the receiver address in the
 * KRB-PRIV message if the message contains one.
 *
 * If the #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_DO_SEQUENCE flag is set in @a auth_context, the
 * sequence number of the KRB-PRIV message is checked against the remote
 * sequence number field of @a auth_context.  Otherwise, the sequence number is
 * not used.
 *
 * If the #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_DO_TIME flag is set in @a auth_context, then the
 * timestamp in the message is verified to be within the permitted clock skew
 * of the current time, and the message is checked against an in-memory replay
 * cache to detect reflections or replays.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_data_contents() to free @a userdata_out when it is no longer
 * needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_rd_priv(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
             const krb5_data *inbuf, krb5_data *userdata_out,
             krb5_replay_data *rdata_out);

/**
 * Convert a string principal name to a krb5_principal structure.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  name            String representation of a principal name
 * @param [out] principal_out   New principal
 *
 * Convert a string representation of a principal name to a krb5_principal
 * structure.
 *
 * A string representation of a Kerberos name consists of one or more principal
 * name components, separated by slashes, optionally followed by the \@
 * character and a realm name.  If the realm name is not specified, the local
 * realm is used.
 *
 * To use the slash and \@ symbols as part of a component (quoted) instead of
 * using them as a component separator or as a realm prefix), put a backslash
 * (\) character in front of the symbol.  Similarly, newline, tab, backspace,
 * and NULL characters can be included in a component by using @c n, @c t, @c b
 * or @c 0, respectively.
 *
 * @note The realm in a Kerberos @a name cannot contain slash, colon,
 * or NULL characters.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_principal() to free @a principal_out when it is no longer
 * needed.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_parse_name(krb5_context context, const char *name,
                krb5_principal *principal_out);

#define KRB5_PRINCIPAL_PARSE_NO_REALM      0x1 /**< Error if realm is present */
#define KRB5_PRINCIPAL_PARSE_REQUIRE_REALM 0x2 /**< Error if realm is not present */
#define KRB5_PRINCIPAL_PARSE_ENTERPRISE    0x4 /**< Create single-component
                                                  enterprise principle */
#define KRB5_PRINCIPAL_PARSE_IGNORE_REALM  0x8 /**< Ignore realm if present */

/**
 * Convert a string principal name to a krb5_principal with flags.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  name            String representation of a principal name
 * @param [in]  flags           Flag
 * @param [out] principal_out   New principal
 *
 * Similar to krb5_parse_name(), this function converts a single-string
 * representation of a principal name to a krb5_principal structure.
 *
 * The following flags are valid:
 * @li #KRB5_PRINCIPAL_PARSE_NO_REALM - no realm must be present in @a name
 * @li #KRB5_PRINCIPAL_PARSE_REQUIRE_REALM - realm must be present in @a name
 * @li #KRB5_PRINCIPAL_PARSE_ENTERPRISE - create single-component enterprise
 *                                        principal
 * @li #KRB5_PRINCIPAL_PARSE_IGNORE_REALM - ignore realm if present in @a name
 *
 * If @c KRB5_PRINCIPAL_PARSE_NO_REALM or @c KRB5_PRINCIPAL_PARSE_IGNORE_REALM
 * is specified in @a flags, the realm of the new principal will be empty.
 * Otherwise, the default realm for @a context will be used if @a name does not
 * specify a realm.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_principal() to free @a principal_out when it is no longer
 * needed.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_parse_name_flags(krb5_context context, const char *name,
                      int flags, krb5_principal *principal_out);

/**
 * Convert a krb5_principal structure to a string representation.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  principal       Principal
 * @param [out] name            String representation of principal name
 *
 * The resulting string representation uses the format and quoting conventions
 * described for krb5_parse_name().
 *
 * Use krb5_free_unparsed_name() to free @a name when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_unparse_name(krb5_context context, krb5_const_principal principal,
                  char **name);

/**
 * Convert krb5_principal structure to string and length.
 *
 * @param [in]     context      Library context
 * @param [in]     principal    Principal
 * @param [in,out] name         String representation of principal name
 * @param [in,out] size         Size of unparsed name
 *
 * This function is similar to krb5_unparse_name(), but allows the use of an
 * existing buffer for the result.  If size is not NULL, then @a name must
 * point to either NULL or an existing buffer of at least the size pointed to
 * by @a size.  The buffer will be allocated or resized if necessary, with the
 * new pointer stored into @a name.  Whether or not the buffer is resized, the
 * necessary space for the result, including null terminator, will be stored
 * into @a size.
 *
 * If size is NULL, this function behaves exactly as krb5_unparse_name().
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes. On failure @a name is set to NULL
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_unparse_name_ext(krb5_context context, krb5_const_principal principal,
                      char **name, unsigned int *size);

#define KRB5_PRINCIPAL_UNPARSE_SHORT  0x1 /**< Omit realm if it is the local realm */
#define KRB5_PRINCIPAL_UNPARSE_NO_REALM 0x2 /**< Omit realm always */
#define KRB5_PRINCIPAL_UNPARSE_DISPLAY  0x4 /**< Don't escape special characters */

/**
 * Convert krb5_principal structure to a string with flags.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  principal       Principal
 * @param [in]  flags           Flags
 * @param [out] name            String representation of principal name
 *
 * Similar to krb5_unparse_name(), this function converts a krb5_principal
 * structure to a string representation.
 *
 * The following flags are valid:
 * @li #KRB5_PRINCIPAL_UNPARSE_SHORT - omit realm if it is the local realm
 * @li #KRB5_PRINCIPAL_UNPARSE_NO_REALM - omit realm
 * @li #KRB5_PRINCIPAL_UNPARSE_DISPLAY - do not quote special characters
 *
 * Use krb5_free_unparsed_name() to free @a name when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes. On failure @a name is set to NULL
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_unparse_name_flags(krb5_context context, krb5_const_principal principal,
                        int flags, char **name);

/**
 * Convert krb5_principal structure to string format with flags.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  principal       Principal
 * @param [in]  flags           Flags
 * @param [out] name            Single string format of principal name
 * @param [out] size            Size of unparsed name buffer
 *
 * @sa krb5_unparse_name() krb5_unparse_name_flags() krb5_unparse_name_ext()
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes. On failure @a name is set to NULL
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_unparse_name_flags_ext(krb5_context context, krb5_const_principal principal,
                            int flags, char **name, unsigned int *size);

/**
 * Set the realm field of a principal
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] principal        Principal name
 * @param [in] realm            Realm name
 *
 * Set the realm name part of @a principal to @a realm, overwriting the
 * previous realm.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0   Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_set_principal_realm(krb5_context context, krb5_principal principal,
                         const char *realm);

/**
 * Search a list of addresses for a specified address.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] addr             Address to search for
 * @param [in] addrlist         Address list to be searched (or NULL)
 *
 * @note If @a addrlist contains only a NetBIOS addresses, it will be treated
 *       as a null list.
 *
 * @return
 * TRUE if @a addr is listed in @a addrlist, or @c addrlist is NULL; FALSE
 * otherwise
 */
krb5_boolean KRB5_CALLCONV_WRONG
krb5_address_search(krb5_context context, const krb5_address *addr,
                    krb5_address *const *addrlist);

/**
 * Compare two Kerberos addresses.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] addr1            First address to be compared
 * @param [in] addr2            Second address to be compared
 *
 * @return
 * TRUE if the addresses are the same, FALSE otherwise
 */
krb5_boolean KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_address_compare(krb5_context context, const krb5_address *addr1,
                     const krb5_address *addr2);

/**
 * Return an ordering of the specified addresses.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] addr1            First address
 * @param [in] addr2            Second address
 *
 * @retval
 *  0 The two addresses are the same
 * @retval
 *  \< 0 First address is less than second
 * @retval
 *  \> 0 First address is greater than second
 */
int KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_address_order(krb5_context context, const krb5_address *addr1,
                   const krb5_address *addr2);

/**
 * Compare the realms of two principals.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] princ1           First principal
 * @param [in] princ2           Second principal
 *
 * @retval
 * TRUE if the realm names are the same; FALSE otherwise
 */
krb5_boolean KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_realm_compare(krb5_context context, krb5_const_principal princ1,
                   krb5_const_principal princ2);

/**
 * Compare two principals.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] princ1           First principal
 * @param [in] princ2           Second principal
 *
 * @retval
 * TRUE if the principals are the same; FALSE otherwise
 */
krb5_boolean KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_principal_compare(krb5_context context,
                       krb5_const_principal princ1,
                       krb5_const_principal princ2);

/**
 * Compare two principals ignoring realm components.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] princ1           First principal
 * @param [in] princ2           Second principal
 *
 * Similar to krb5_principal_compare(), but do not compare the realm
 * components of the principals.
 *
 * @retval
 * TRUE if the principals are the same; FALSE otherwise
 */
krb5_boolean KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_principal_compare_any_realm(krb5_context context,
                                 krb5_const_principal princ1,
                                 krb5_const_principal princ2);

#define KRB5_PRINCIPAL_COMPARE_IGNORE_REALM  1 /**< ignore realm component */
#define KRB5_PRINCIPAL_COMPARE_ENTERPRISE    2 /**< UPNs as real principals */
#define KRB5_PRINCIPAL_COMPARE_CASEFOLD      4 /**< case-insensitive */
#define KRB5_PRINCIPAL_COMPARE_UTF8          8 /**< treat principals as UTF-8 */

/**
 * Compare two principals with additional flags.
 *
 * @param [in] context           Library context
 * @param [in] princ1            First principal
 * @param [in] princ2            Second principal
 * @param [in] flags             Flags
 *
 * Valid flags are:
 * @li #KRB5_PRINCIPAL_COMPARE_IGNORE_REALM - ignore realm component
 * @li #KRB5_PRINCIPAL_COMPARE_ENTERPRISE - UPNs as real principals
 * @li #KRB5_PRINCIPAL_COMPARE_CASEFOLD case-insensitive
 * @li #KRB5_PRINCIPAL_COMPARE_UTF8 - treat principals as UTF-8
 *
 * @sa krb5_principal_compare()
 *
 * @retval
 * TRUE if the principal names are the same; FALSE otherwise
 */
krb5_boolean KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_principal_compare_flags(krb5_context context,
                             krb5_const_principal princ1,
                             krb5_const_principal princ2,
                             int flags);

/**
 * Initialize an empty @c krb5_keyblock.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  enctype         Encryption type
 * @param [in]  length          Length of keyblock (or 0)
 * @param [out] out             New keyblock structure
 *
 * Initialize a new keyblock and allocate storage for the contents of the key.
 * It is legal to pass in a length of 0, in which case contents are left
 * unallocated.  Use krb5_free_keyblock() to free @a out when it is no longer
 * needed.
 *
 * @note If @a length is set to 0, contents are left unallocated.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_init_keyblock(krb5_context context, krb5_enctype enctype,
                   size_t length, krb5_keyblock **out);

/**
 * Copy a keyblock.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  from            Keyblock to be copied
 * @param [out] to              Copy of keyblock @a from
 *
 * This function creates a new keyblock with the same contents as @a from.  Use
 * krb5_free_keyblock() to free @a to when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_copy_keyblock(krb5_context context, const krb5_keyblock *from,
                   krb5_keyblock **to);

/**
 * Copy the contents of a keyblock.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  from            Key to be copied
 * @param [out] to              Output key
 *
 * This function copies the contents of @a from to @a to.  Use
 * krb5_free_keyblock_contents() to free @a to when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_copy_keyblock_contents(krb5_context context, const krb5_keyblock *from,
                            krb5_keyblock *to);

/**
 * Copy a krb5_creds structure.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  incred          Credentials structure to be copied
 * @param [out] outcred         Copy of @a incred
 *
 * This function creates a new credential with the contents of @a incred.  Use
 * krb5_free_creds() to free @a outcred when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_copy_creds(krb5_context context, const krb5_creds *incred, krb5_creds **outcred);

/**
 * Copy a krb5_data object.
 *
 * @param [in]  context           Library context
 * @param [in]  indata            Data object to be copied
 * @param [out] outdata           Copy of @a indata
 *
 * This function creates a new krb5_data object with the contents of @a indata.
 * Use krb5_free_data() to free @a outdata when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_copy_data(krb5_context context, const krb5_data *indata, krb5_data **outdata);

/**
 * Copy a principal.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  inprinc         Principal to be copied
 * @param [out] outprinc        Copy of @a inprinc
 *
 * This function creates a new principal structure with the contents of @a
 * inprinc.  Use krb5_free_principal() to free @a outprinc when it is no longer
 * needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_copy_principal(krb5_context context, krb5_const_principal inprinc,
                    krb5_principal *outprinc);

/**
 * Copy an array of addresses.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  inaddr          Array of addresses to be copied
 * @param [out] outaddr         Copy of array of addresses
 *
 * This function creates a new address array containing a copy of @a inaddr.
 * Use krb5_free_addresses() to free @a outaddr when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_copy_addresses(krb5_context context, krb5_address *const *inaddr,
                    krb5_address ***outaddr);

/**
 * Copy a krb5_ticket structure.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  from            Ticket to be copied
 * @param [out] pto             Copy of ticket
 *
 * This function creates a new krb5_ticket structure containing the contents of
 * @a from.  Use krb5_free_ticket() to free @a pto when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_copy_ticket(krb5_context context, const krb5_ticket *from, krb5_ticket **pto);

/**
 * Copy an authorization data list.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  in_authdat      List of @a krb5_authdata structures
 * @param [out] out             New array of @a krb5_authdata structures
 *
 * This function creates a new authorization data list containing a copy of @a
 * in_authdat, which must be null-terminated.  Use krb5_free_authdata() to free
 * @a out when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @note The last array entry in @a in_authdat must be a NULL pointer.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_copy_authdata(krb5_context context,
                   krb5_authdata *const *in_authdat, krb5_authdata ***out);

/**
 * Find authorization data elements.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  ticket_authdata Authorization data list from ticket
 * @param [in]  ap_req_authdata Authorization data list from AP request
 * @param [in]  ad_type         Authorization data type to find
 * @param [out] results         List of matching entries
 *
 * This function searches @a ticket_authdata and @a ap_req_authdata for
 * elements of type @a ad_type.  Either input list may be NULL, in which case
 * it will not be searched; otherwise, the input lists must be terminated by
 * NULL entries.  This function will search inside AD-IF-RELEVANT containers if
 * found in either list.  Use krb5_free_authdata() to free @a results when it
 * is no longer needed.
 *
 * @version New in 1.10
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_find_authdata(krb5_context context, krb5_authdata *const *ticket_authdata,
                   krb5_authdata *const *ap_req_authdata,
                   krb5_authdatatype ad_type, krb5_authdata ***results);

/**
 * Merge two authorization data lists into a new list.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  inauthdat1      First list of @a krb5_authdata structures
 * @param [in]  inauthdat2      Second list of @a krb5_authdata structures
 * @param [out] outauthdat      Merged list of @a krb5_authdata structures
 *
 * Merge two authdata arrays, such as the array from a ticket
 * and authenticator.
 * Use krb5_free_authdata() to free @a outauthdat when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @note The last array entry in @a inauthdat1 and @a inauthdat2
 * must be a NULL pointer.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_merge_authdata(krb5_context context,
                    krb5_authdata *const *inauthdat1,
                    krb5_authdata * const *inauthdat2,
                    krb5_authdata ***outauthdat);

/**
 * Copy a krb5_authenticator structure.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  authfrom        krb5_authenticator structure to be copied
 * @param [out] authto          Copy of krb5_authenticator structure
 *
 * This function creates a new krb5_authenticator structure with the content of
 * @a authfrom.  Use krb5_free_authenticator() to free @a authto when it is no
 * longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_copy_authenticator(krb5_context context, const krb5_authenticator *authfrom,
                        krb5_authenticator **authto);

/**
 * Copy a krb5_checksum structure.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  ckfrom          Checksum to be copied
 * @param [out] ckto            Copy of krb5_checksum structure
 *
 * This function creates a new krb5_checksum structure with the contents of @a
 * ckfrom.  Use krb5_free_checksum() to free @a ckto when it is no longer
 * needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_copy_checksum(krb5_context context, const krb5_checksum *ckfrom,
                   krb5_checksum **ckto);

/**
 * Generate a replay cache object for server use and open it.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  piece           Unused (replay cache identifier)
 * @param [out] rcptr           Handle to an open rcache
 *
 * This function creates a handle to the default replay cache.  Use
 * krb5_rc_close() to close @a rcptr when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @version Prior to release 1.18, this function creates a handle to a
 * different replay cache for each unique value of @a piece.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_server_rcache(krb5_context context, const krb5_data *piece,
                       krb5_rcache *rcptr);

/**
 * Build a principal name using length-counted strings.
 *
 * @param [in]  context  Library context
 * @param [out] princ    Principal name
 * @param [in]  rlen     Realm name length
 * @param [in]  realm    Realm name
 * @param [in]  ...      List of unsigned int/char * components, followed by 0
 *
 * This function creates a principal from a length-counted string and a
 * variable-length list of length-counted components.  The list of components
 * ends with the first 0 length argument (so it is not possible to specify an
 * empty component with this function).  Call krb5_free_principal() to free
 * allocated memory for principal when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @code
 * Example of how to build principal WELLKNOWN/ANONYMOUS@R
 *     krb5_build_principal_ext(context, &principal, strlen("R"), "R",
 *         (unsigned int)strlen(KRB5_WELLKNOWN_NAMESTR),
 *         KRB5_WELLKNOWN_NAMESTR,
 *         (unsigned int)strlen(KRB5_ANONYMOUS_PRINCSTR),
 *         KRB5_ANONYMOUS_PRINCSTR, 0);
 * @endcode
 *
 * @retval
 * 0  Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV_C
krb5_build_principal_ext(krb5_context context,  krb5_principal * princ,
                         unsigned int rlen, const char * realm, ...);

/**
 * Build a principal name using null-terminated strings.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [out] princ           Principal name
 * @param [in]  rlen            Realm name length
 * @param [in]  realm           Realm name
 * @param [in]  ...             List of char * components, ending with NULL
 *
 * Call krb5_free_principal() to free @a princ when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @note krb5_build_principal() and krb5_build_principal_alloc_va() perform the
 * same task.  krb5_build_principal() takes variadic arguments.
 * krb5_build_principal_alloc_va() takes a pre-computed @a varargs pointer.
 *
 * @code
 * Example of how to build principal H/S@R
 *     krb5_build_principal(context, &principal,
 *                          strlen("R"), "R", "H", "S", (char*)NULL);
 * @endcode
 *
 * @retval
 * 0  Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV_C
krb5_build_principal(krb5_context context,
                     krb5_principal * princ,
                     unsigned int rlen,
                     const char * realm, ...)
#if __GNUC__ >= 4
    __attribute__ ((sentinel))
#endif
    ;
#if KRB5_DEPRECATED
/** @deprecated Replaced by krb5_build_principal_alloc_va(). */
KRB5_ATTR_DEPRECATED krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_build_principal_va(krb5_context context,
                        krb5_principal princ,
                        unsigned int rlen,
                        const char *realm,
                        va_list ap);
#endif

/**
 * Build a principal name, using a precomputed variable argument list
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [out] princ           Principal structure
 * @param [in]  rlen            Realm name length
 * @param [in]  realm           Realm name
 * @param [in]  ap              List of char * components, ending with NULL
 *
 * Similar to krb5_build_principal(), this function builds a principal name,
 * but its name components are specified as a va_list.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_principal() to deallocate @a princ when it is no longer
 * needed.
 *
 * @code
 * Function usage example:
 *   va_list ap;
 *   va_start(ap, realm);
 *   krb5_build_principal_alloc_va(context, princ, rlen, realm, ap);
 *   va_end(ap);
 * @endcode
 *
 * @retval
 * 0  Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_build_principal_alloc_va(krb5_context context,
                              krb5_principal *princ,
                              unsigned int rlen,
                              const char *realm,
                              va_list ap);

/**
 * Convert a Kerberos V4 principal to a Kerberos V5 principal.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  name            V4 name
 * @param [in]  instance        V4 instance
 * @param [in]  realm           Realm
 * @param [out] princ           V5 principal
 *
 * This function builds a @a princ from V4 specification based on given input
 * @a name.instance\@realm.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_principal() to free @a princ when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_425_conv_principal(krb5_context context, const char *name,
                        const char *instance, const char *realm,
                        krb5_principal *princ);

/**
 * Convert a Kerberos V5 principal to a Kerberos V4 principal.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  princ           V5 Principal
 * @param [out] name            V4 principal's name to be filled in
 * @param [out] inst            V4 principal's instance name to be filled in
 * @param [out] realm           Principal's realm name to be filled in
 *
 * This function separates a V5 principal @a princ into @a name, @a instance,
 * and @a realm.
 *
 * @retval
 *  0  Success
 * @retval
 *  KRB5_INVALID_PRINCIPAL   Invalid principal name
 * @retval
 *  KRB5_CONFIG_CANTOPEN     Can't open or find Kerberos configuration file
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_524_conv_principal(krb5_context context, krb5_const_principal princ,
                        char *name, char *inst, char *realm);
/**
 *@deprecated
 */
struct credentials;

/**
 * Convert a Kerberos V5 credentials to a Kerberos V4 credentials
 *
 * @note Not implemented
 *
 * @retval KRB524_KRB4_DISABLED (always)
 */
int KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_524_convert_creds(krb5_context context, krb5_creds *v5creds,
                       struct credentials *v4creds);

#if KRB5_DEPRECATED
#define krb524_convert_creds_kdc krb5_524_convert_creds
#define krb524_init_ets(x) (0)
#endif

/* libkt.spec */

/**
 * Get a handle for a key table.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  name            Name of the key table
 * @param [out] ktid            Key table handle
 *
 * Resolve the key table name @a name and set @a ktid to a handle identifying
 * the key table.  Use krb5_kt_close() to free @a ktid when it is no longer
 * needed.
 *
 * @a name must be of the form @c type:residual, where @a type must be a type
 * known to the library and @a residual portion should be specific to the
 * particular keytab type.  If no @a type is given, the default is @c FILE.
 *
 * If @a name is of type @c FILE, the keytab file is not opened by this call.
 *
 * @code
 *  Example: krb5_kt_resolve(context, "FILE:/tmp/filename", &ktid);
 * @endcode
 *
 * @retval
 * 0  Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_kt_resolve(krb5_context context, const char *name, krb5_keytab *ktid);

/**
 * Duplicate keytab handle.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  in              Key table handle to be duplicated
 * @param [out] out             Key table handle
 *
 * Create a new handle referring to the same key table as @a in.  The new
 * handle and @a in can be closed independently.
 *
 * @version New in 1.12
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_kt_dup(krb5_context context, krb5_keytab in, krb5_keytab *out);

/**
 * Get the default key table name.
 *
 * @param [in]     context      Library context
 * @param [out]    name         Default key table name
 * @param [in]     name_size    Space available in @a name
 *
 * Fill @a name with the name of the default key table for @a context.
 *
 * @sa MAX_KEYTAB_NAME_LEN
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success
 * @retval
 * KRB5_CONFIG_NOTENUFSPACE Buffer is too short
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_kt_default_name(krb5_context context, char *name, int name_size);

/**
 * Resolve the default key table.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [out] id              Key table handle
 *
 * Set @a id to a handle to the default key table.  The key table is not
 * opened.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0  Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_kt_default(krb5_context context, krb5_keytab *id);

/**
 * Resolve the default client key table.
 *
 * @param [in]     context      Library context
 * @param [out]    keytab_out   Key table handle
 *
 * Fill @a keytab_out with a handle to the default client key table.
 *
 * @version New in 1.11
 *
 * @retval
 * 0  Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_kt_client_default(krb5_context context, krb5_keytab *keytab_out);

/**
 * Free the contents of a key table entry.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] entry            Key table entry whose contents are to be freed
 *
 * @note The pointer is not freed.
 *
 * @retval 0  Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_keytab_entry_contents(krb5_context context, krb5_keytab_entry *entry);

/** @deprecated Use krb5_free_keytab_entry_contents instead. */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_kt_free_entry(krb5_context context, krb5_keytab_entry *entry);


/* remove and add are functions, so that they can return NOWRITE
   if not a writable keytab */

/**
 * Remove an entry from a key table.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] id               Key table handle
 * @param [in] entry            Entry to remove from key table
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success
 * @retval
 *  KRB5_KT_NOWRITE     Key table is not writable
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_kt_remove_entry(krb5_context context, krb5_keytab id, krb5_keytab_entry *entry);

/**
 * Add a new entry to a key table.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] id               Key table handle
 * @param [in] entry            Entry to be added
 *
 * @retval
 * 0  Success
 * @retval
 *  ENOMEM    Insufficient memory
 * @retval
 *  KRB5_KT_NOWRITE  Key table is not writeable
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_kt_add_entry(krb5_context context, krb5_keytab id, krb5_keytab_entry *entry);

/**
 * Convert a principal name into the default salt for that principal.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  pr              Principal name
 * @param [out] ret             Default salt for @a pr to be filled in
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV_WRONG
krb5_principal2salt(krb5_context context,
                    krb5_const_principal pr, krb5_data *ret);
/* librc.spec--see rcache.h */

/* libcc.spec */

/**
 * Resolve a credential cache name.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  name            Credential cache name to be resolved
 * @param [out] cache           Credential cache handle
 *
 * Fills in @a cache with a @a cache handle that corresponds to the name in @a
 * name.  @a name should be of the form @c type:residual, and @a type must be a
 * type known to the library.  If the @a name does not contain a colon,
 * interpret it as a file name.
 *
 * @code
 * Example: krb5_cc_resolve(context, "MEMORY:C_", &cache);
 * @endcode
 *
 * @retval
 * 0  Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_resolve(krb5_context context, const char *name, krb5_ccache *cache);

/**
 * Duplicate ccache handle.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  in              Credential cache handle to be duplicated
 * @param [out] out             Credential cache handle
 *
 * Create a new handle referring to the same cache as @a in.
 * The new handle and @a in can be closed independently.
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_dup(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache in, krb5_ccache *out);

/**
 * Return the name of the default credential cache.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 *
 * Return a pointer to the default credential cache name for @a context, as
 * determined by a prior call to krb5_cc_set_default_name(), by the KRB5CCNAME
 * environment variable, by the default_ccache_name profile variable, or by the
 * operating system or build-time default value.  The returned value must not
 * be modified or freed by the caller.  The returned value becomes invalid when
 * @a context is destroyed krb5_free_context() or if a subsequent call to
 * krb5_cc_set_default_name() is made on @a context.
 *
 * The default credential cache name is cached in @a context between calls to
 * this function, so if the value of KRB5CCNAME changes in the process
 * environment after the first call to this function on, that change will not
 * be reflected in later calls with the same context.  The caller can invoke
 * krb5_cc_set_default_name() with a NULL value of @a name to clear the cached
 * value and force the default name to be recomputed.
 *
 * @return
 * Name of default credential cache for the current user.
 */
const char *KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_default_name(krb5_context context);

/**
 * Set the default credential cache name.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] name             Default credential cache name or NULL
 *
 * Set the default credential cache name to @a name for future operations using
 * @a context.  If @a name is NULL, clear any previous application-set default
 * name and forget any cached value of the default name for @a context.
 *
 * Calls to this function invalidate the result of any previous calls to
 * krb5_cc_default_name() using @a context.
 *
 * @retval
 *  0  Success
 * @retval
 *  KV5M_CONTEXT          Bad magic number for @c _krb5_context structure
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_set_default_name(krb5_context context, const char *name);

/**
 * Resolve the default credential cache name.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [out] ccache          Pointer to credential cache name
 *
 * Create a handle to the default credential cache as given by
 * krb5_cc_default_name().
 *
 * @retval
 * 0  Success
 * @retval
 * KV5M_CONTEXT            Bad magic number for @c _krb5_context structure
 * @retval
 * KRB5_FCC_INTERNAL       The name of the default credential cache cannot be
 *                         obtained
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_default(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache *ccache);

/**
 * Copy a credential cache.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  incc            Credential cache to be copied
 * @param [out] outcc           Copy of credential cache to be filled in
 *
 * @retval 0  Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_copy_creds(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache incc, krb5_ccache outcc);

/**
 * Get a configuration value from a credential cache.
 *
 * @param [in]     context      Library context
 * @param [in]     id           Credential cache handle
 * @param [in]     principal    Configuration for this principal;
 *                              if NULL, global for the whole cache
 * @param [in]     key          Name of config variable
 * @param [out]    data         Data to be fetched
 *
 * Use krb5_free_data_contents() to free @a data when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0  Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_get_config(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache id,
                   krb5_const_principal principal,
                   const char *key, krb5_data *data);

/**
 * Store a configuration value in a credential cache.
 *
 * @param [in]     context      Library context
 * @param [in]     id           Credential cache handle
 * @param [in]     principal    Configuration for a specific principal;
 *                              if NULL, global for the whole cache
 * @param [in]     key          Name of config variable
 * @param [in]     data         Data to store, or NULL to remove
 *
 * @note Existing configuration under the same key is over-written.
 *
 * @warning Before version 1.10 @a data was assumed to be always non-null.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0  Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_set_config(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache id,
                   krb5_const_principal principal,
                   const char *key, krb5_data *data);

/**
 * Test whether a principal is a configuration principal.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] principal        Principal to check
 *
 * @return
 * @c TRUE if the principal is a configuration principal (generated part of
 * krb5_cc_set_config()); @c FALSE otherwise.
 */
krb5_boolean KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_is_config_principal(krb5_context context, krb5_const_principal principal);

/**
 * Make a credential cache the primary cache for its collection.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] cache            Credential cache handle
 *
 * If the type of @a cache supports it, set @a cache to be the primary
 * credential cache for the collection it belongs to.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0  Success, or the type of @a cache doesn't support switching
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_switch(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache cache);

/**
 * Determine whether a credential cache type supports switching.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] type             Credential cache type
 *
 * @version New in 1.10
 *
 * @retval TRUE if @a type supports switching
 * @retval FALSE if it does not or is not a valid credential cache type.
 */
krb5_boolean KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_support_switch(krb5_context context, const char *type);

/**
 * Find a credential cache with a specified client principal.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  client          Client principal
 * @param [out] cache_out       Credential cache handle
 *
 * Find a cache within the collection whose default principal is @a client.
 * Use @a krb5_cc_close to close @a ccache when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success
 * @retval KRB5_CC_NOTFOUND
 *
 * @sa krb5_cccol_cursor_new
 *
 * @version New in 1.10
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_cache_match(krb5_context context, krb5_principal client,
                    krb5_ccache *cache_out);

/**
 * Select a credential cache to use with a server principal.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  server          Server principal
 * @param [out] cache_out       Credential cache handle
 * @param [out] princ_out       Client principal
 *
 * Select a cache within the collection containing credentials most appropriate
 * for use with @a server, according to configured rules and heuristics.
 *
 * Use krb5_cc_close() to release @a cache_out when it is no longer needed.
 * Use krb5_free_principal() to release @a princ_out when it is no longer
 * needed.  Note that @a princ_out is set in some error conditions.
 *
 * @return
 * If an appropriate cache is found, 0 is returned, @a cache_out is set to the
 * selected cache, and @a princ_out is set to the default principal of that
 * cache.
 *
 * If the appropriate client principal can be authoritatively determined but
 * the cache collection contains no credentials for that principal, then
 * KRB5_CC_NOTFOUND is returned, @a cache_out is set to NULL, and @a princ_out
 * is set to the appropriate client principal.
 *
 * If no configured mechanism can determine the appropriate cache or principal,
 * KRB5_CC_NOTFOUND is returned and @a cache_out and @a princ_out are set to
 * NULL.
 *
 * Any other error code indicates a fatal error in the processing of a cache
 * selection mechanism.
 *
 * @version New in 1.10
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cc_select(krb5_context context, krb5_principal server,
               krb5_ccache *cache_out, krb5_principal *princ_out);

/* krb5_free.c */
/**
 * Free the storage assigned to a principal.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] val              Principal to be freed
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_principal(krb5_context context, krb5_principal val);

/**
 * Free a krb5_authenticator structure.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] val              Authenticator structure to be freed
 *
 * This function frees the contents of @a val and the structure itself.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_authenticator(krb5_context context, krb5_authenticator *val);

/**
 * Free the data stored in array of addresses.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] val              Array of addresses to be freed
 *
 * This function frees the contents of @a val and the array itself.
 *
 * @note The last entry in the array must be a NULL pointer.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_addresses(krb5_context context, krb5_address **val);

/**
 * Free the storage assigned to array of authentication data.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] val              Array of authentication data to be freed
 *
 * This function frees the contents of @a val and the array itself.
 *
 * @note The last entry in the array must be a NULL pointer.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_authdata(krb5_context context, krb5_authdata **val);

/**
 * Free a ticket.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] val              Ticket to be freed
 *
 * This function frees the contents of @a val and the structure itself.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_ticket(krb5_context context, krb5_ticket *val);

/**
 * Free an error allocated by krb5_read_error() or krb5_sendauth().
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] val              Error data structure to be freed
 *
 * This function frees the contents of @a val and the structure itself.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_error(krb5_context context, krb5_error *val);

/**
 * Free a krb5_creds structure.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] val              Credential structure to be freed.
 *
 * This function frees the contents of @a val and the structure itself.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_creds(krb5_context context, krb5_creds *val);

/**
 * Free the contents of a krb5_creds structure.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] val              Credential structure to free contents of
 *
 * This function frees the contents of @a val, but not the structure itself.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_cred_contents(krb5_context context, krb5_creds *val);

/**
 * Free a krb5_checksum structure.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] val              Checksum structure to be freed
 *
 * This function frees the contents of @a val and the structure itself.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_checksum(krb5_context context, krb5_checksum *val);

/**
 * Free the contents of a krb5_checksum structure.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] val              Checksum structure to free contents of
 *
 * This function frees the contents of @a val, but not the structure itself.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_checksum_contents(krb5_context context, krb5_checksum *val);

/**
 * Free a krb5_keyblock structure.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] val              Keyblock to be freed
 *
 * This function frees the contents of @a val and the structure itself.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_keyblock(krb5_context context, krb5_keyblock *val);

/**
 * Free the contents of a krb5_keyblock structure.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] key              Keyblock to be freed
 *
 * This function frees the contents of @a key, but not the structure itself.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_keyblock_contents(krb5_context context, krb5_keyblock *key);

/**
 * Free a krb5_ap_rep_enc_part structure.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] val              AP-REP enc part to be freed
 *
 * This function frees the contents of @a val and the structure itself.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_ap_rep_enc_part(krb5_context context, krb5_ap_rep_enc_part *val);

/**
 * Free a krb5_data structure.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] val              Data structure to be freed
 *
 * This function frees the contents of @a val and the structure itself.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_data(krb5_context context, krb5_data *val);

/* Free a krb5_octet_data structure (should be unused). */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_octet_data(krb5_context context, krb5_octet_data *val);

/**
 * Free the contents of a krb5_data structure and zero the data field.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] val              Data structure to free contents of
 *
 * This function frees the contents of @a val, but not the structure itself.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_data_contents(krb5_context context, krb5_data *val);

/**
 * Free a string representation of a principal.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] val              Name string to be freed
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_unparsed_name(krb5_context context, char *val);

/**
 * Free a string allocated by a krb5 function.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] val              String to be freed
 *
 * @version New in 1.10
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_string(krb5_context context, char *val);

/**
 * Free an array of encryption types.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] val              Array of enctypes to be freed
 *
 * @version New in 1.12
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_enctypes(krb5_context context, krb5_enctype *val);

/**
 * Free an array of checksum types.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] val              Array of checksum types to be freed
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_cksumtypes(krb5_context context, krb5_cksumtype *val);

/* From krb5/os, but needed by the outside world */
/**
 * Retrieve the system time of day, in sec and ms, since the epoch.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [out] seconds         System timeofday, seconds portion
 * @param [out] microseconds    System timeofday, microseconds portion
 *
 * This function retrieves the system time of day with the context
 * specific time offset adjustment.
 *
 * @sa krb5_crypto_us_timeofday()
 *
 * @retval
 * 0  Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_us_timeofday(krb5_context context,
                  krb5_timestamp *seconds, krb5_int32 *microseconds);

/**
 * Retrieve the current time with context specific time offset adjustment.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [out] timeret         Timestamp to fill in
 *
 * This function retrieves the system time of day with the context specific
 * time offset adjustment.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0  Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_timeofday(krb5_context context, krb5_timestamp *timeret);

/**
 * Check if a timestamp is within the allowed clock skew of the current time.
 *
 * @param [in]     context      Library context
 * @param [in]     date         Timestamp to check
 *
 * This function checks if @a date is close enough to the current time
 * according to the configured allowable clock skew.
 *
 * @version New in 1.10
 *
 * @retval 0 Success
 * @retval KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_SKEW @a date is not within allowable clock skew
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_check_clockskew(krb5_context context, krb5_timestamp date);

/**
 * Return all interface addresses for this host.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [out] addr            Array of krb5_address pointers, ending with
 *                              NULL
 *
 * Use krb5_free_addresses() to free @a addr when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_os_localaddr(krb5_context context, krb5_address ***addr);

/**
 * Retrieve the default realm.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [out] lrealm          Default realm name
 *
 * Retrieves the default realm to be used if no user-specified realm is
 * available.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_default_realm() to free @a lrealm when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0  Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_default_realm(krb5_context context, char **lrealm);

/**
 * Override the default realm for the specified context.
 *
 * @param [in]     context      Library context
 * @param [in]     lrealm       Realm name for the default realm
 *
 * If @a lrealm is NULL, clear the default realm setting.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0  Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_set_default_realm(krb5_context context, const char *lrealm);

/**
 * Free a default realm string returned by krb5_get_default_realm().
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] lrealm           Realm to be freed
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_default_realm(krb5_context context, char *lrealm);

/**
 * Canonicalize a hostname, possibly using name service.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  host            Input hostname
 * @param [out] canonhost_out   Canonicalized hostname
 *
 * This function canonicalizes orig_hostname, possibly using name service
 * lookups if configuration permits.  Use krb5_free_string() to free @a
 * canonhost_out when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @version New in 1.15
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_expand_hostname(krb5_context context, const char *host,
                     char **canonhost_out);

/**
 * Generate a full principal name from a service name.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  hostname        Host name, or NULL to use local host
 * @param [in]  sname           Service name, or NULL to use @c "host"
 * @param [in]  type            Principal type
 * @param [out] ret_princ       Generated principal
 *
 * This function converts a @a hostname and @a sname into @a krb5_principal
 * structure @a ret_princ.  The returned principal will be of the form @a
 * sname\/hostname\@REALM where REALM is determined by krb5_get_host_realm().
 * In some cases this may be the referral (empty) realm.
 *
 * The @a type can be one of the following:
 *
 * @li #KRB5_NT_SRV_HST canonicalizes the host name before looking up the
 * realm and generating the principal.
 *
 * @li #KRB5_NT_UNKNOWN accepts the hostname as given, and does not
 * canonicalize it.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_principal to free @a ret_princ when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0  Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_sname_to_principal(krb5_context context, const char *hostname, const char *sname,
                        krb5_int32 type, krb5_principal *ret_princ);

/**
 * Test whether a principal matches a matching principal.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  matching        Matching principal
 * @param [in]  princ           Principal to test
 *
 * @note A matching principal is a host-based principal with an empty realm
 * and/or second data component (hostname).  Profile configuration may cause
 * the hostname to be ignored even if it is present.  A principal matches a
 * matching principal if the former has the same non-empty (and non-ignored)
 * components of the latter.
 *
 * If @a matching is NULL, return TRUE.  If @a matching is not a matching
 * principal, return the value of krb5_principal_compare(context, matching,
 * princ).
 *
 * @return
 * TRUE if @a princ matches @a matching, FALSE otherwise.
 */
krb5_boolean KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_sname_match(krb5_context context, krb5_const_principal matching,
                 krb5_const_principal princ);

/**
 * Change a password for an existing Kerberos account.
 *
 * @param [in]  context             Library context
 * @param [in]  creds               Credentials for kadmin/changepw service
 * @param [in]  newpw               New password
 * @param [out] result_code         Numeric error code from server
 * @param [out] result_code_string  String equivalent to @a result_code
 * @param [out] result_string       Change password response from the KDC
 *
 * Change the password for the existing principal identified by @a creds.
 *
 * The possible values of the output @a result_code are:
 *
 * @li #KRB5_KPASSWD_SUCCESS   (0) - success
 * @li #KRB5_KPASSWD_MALFORMED (1) - Malformed request error
 * @li #KRB5_KPASSWD_HARDERROR (2) - Server error
 * @li #KRB5_KPASSWD_AUTHERROR (3) - Authentication error
 * @li #KRB5_KPASSWD_SOFTERROR (4) - Password change rejected
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_change_password(krb5_context context, krb5_creds *creds,
                     const char *newpw, int *result_code,
                     krb5_data *result_code_string, krb5_data *result_string);

/**
 * Set a password for a principal using specified credentials.
 *
 * @param [in]  context              Library context
 * @param [in]  creds                Credentials for kadmin/changepw service
 * @param [in]  newpw                New password
 * @param [in]  change_password_for  Change the password for this principal
 * @param [out] result_code          Numeric error code from server
 * @param [out] result_code_string   String equivalent to @a result_code
 * @param [out] result_string        Data returned from the remote system
 *
 * This function uses the credentials @a creds to set the password @a newpw for
 * the principal @a change_password_for.  It implements the set password
 * operation of RFC 3244, for interoperability with Microsoft Windows
 * implementations.
 *
 * @note If @a change_password_for is NULL, the change is performed on the
 * current principal. If @a change_password_for is non-null, the change is
 * performed on the principal name passed in @a change_password_for.
 *
 * The error code and strings are returned in @a result_code,
 * @a result_code_string and @a result_string.
 *
 * @sa krb5_set_password_using_ccache()
 *
 * @retval
 * 0  Success and result_code is set to #KRB5_KPASSWD_SUCCESS.
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes.
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_set_password(krb5_context context, krb5_creds *creds, const char *newpw,
                  krb5_principal change_password_for, int *result_code,
                  krb5_data *result_code_string, krb5_data *result_string);

/**
 * Set a password for a principal using cached credentials.
 *
 * @param [in]  context              Library context
 * @param [in]  ccache               Credential cache
 * @param [in]  newpw                New password
 * @param [in]  change_password_for  Change the password for this principal
 * @param [out] result_code          Numeric error code from server
 * @param [out] result_code_string   String equivalent to @a result_code
 * @param [out] result_string        Data returned from the remote system
 *
 * This function uses the cached credentials from @a ccache to set the password
 * @a newpw for the principal @a change_password_for.  It implements RFC 3244
 * set password operation (interoperable with MS Windows implementations) using
 * the credential cache.
 *
 * The error code and strings are returned in @a result_code,
 * @a result_code_string and @a result_string.
 *
 * @note If @a change_password_for is set to NULL, the change is performed on
 * the default principal in @a ccache. If @a change_password_for is non null,
 * the change is performed on the specified principal.
 *
 * @sa krb5_set_password()
 *
 * @retval
 * 0  Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_set_password_using_ccache(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache ccache,
                               const char *newpw,
                               krb5_principal change_password_for,
                               int *result_code, krb5_data *result_code_string,
                               krb5_data *result_string);

/**
 * Get a result message for changing or setting a password.
 *
 * @param [in]  context            Library context
 * @param [in]  server_string      Data returned from the remote system
 * @param [out] message_out        A message displayable to the user
 *
 * This function processes the @a server_string returned in the @a
 * result_string parameter of krb5_change_password(), krb5_set_password(), and
 * related functions, and returns a displayable string.  If @a server_string
 * contains Active Directory structured policy information, it will be
 * converted into human-readable text.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_string() to free @a message_out when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 *
 * @version New in 1.11
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_chpw_message(krb5_context context, const krb5_data *server_string,
                  char **message_out);

/**
 * Retrieve configuration profile from the context.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [out] profile         Pointer to data read from a configuration file
 *
 * This function creates a new @a profile object that reflects profile
 * in the supplied @a context.
 *
 * The @a profile object may be freed with profile_release() function.
 * See profile.h and profile API for more details.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_profile(krb5_context context, struct _profile_t ** profile);

#if KRB5_DEPRECATED
/** @deprecated Replaced by krb5_get_init_creds_password().*/
KRB5_ATTR_DEPRECATED krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_in_tkt_with_password(krb5_context context, krb5_flags options,
                              krb5_address *const *addrs, krb5_enctype *ktypes,
                              krb5_preauthtype *pre_auth_types,
                              const char *password, krb5_ccache ccache,
                              krb5_creds *creds, krb5_kdc_rep **ret_as_reply);

/** @deprecated Replaced by krb5_get_init_creds(). */
KRB5_ATTR_DEPRECATED krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_in_tkt_with_skey(krb5_context context, krb5_flags options,
                          krb5_address *const *addrs, krb5_enctype *ktypes,
                          krb5_preauthtype *pre_auth_types,
                          const krb5_keyblock *key, krb5_ccache ccache,
                          krb5_creds *creds, krb5_kdc_rep **ret_as_reply);

/** @deprecated Replaced by krb5_get_init_creds_keytab(). */
KRB5_ATTR_DEPRECATED krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_in_tkt_with_keytab(krb5_context context, krb5_flags options,
                            krb5_address *const *addrs, krb5_enctype *ktypes,
                            krb5_preauthtype *pre_auth_types,
                            krb5_keytab arg_keytab, krb5_ccache ccache,
                            krb5_creds *creds, krb5_kdc_rep **ret_as_reply);

#endif /* KRB5_DEPRECATED */

/**
 * Parse and decrypt a @c KRB_AP_REQ message.
 *
 * @param [in]     context        Library context
 * @param [in,out] auth_context   Pre-existing or newly created auth context
 * @param [in]     inbuf          AP-REQ message to be parsed
 * @param [in]     server         Matching principal for server, or NULL to
 *                                allow any principal in keytab
 * @param [in]     keytab         Key table, or NULL to use the default
 * @param [out]    ap_req_options If non-null, the AP-REQ flags on output
 * @param [out]    ticket         If non-null, ticket from the AP-REQ message
 *
 * This function parses, decrypts and verifies a AP-REQ message from @a inbuf
 * and stores the authenticator in @a auth_context.
 *
 * If a keyblock was specified in @a auth_context using
 * krb5_auth_con_setuseruserkey(), that key is used to decrypt the ticket in
 * AP-REQ message and @a keytab is ignored.  In this case, @a server should be
 * specified as a complete principal name to allow for proper transited-path
 * checking and replay cache selection.
 *
 * Otherwise, the decryption key is obtained from @a keytab, or from the
 * default keytab if it is NULL.  In this case, @a server may be a complete
 * principal name, a matching principal (see krb5_sname_match()), or NULL to
 * match any principal name.  The keys tried against the encrypted part of the
 * ticket are determined as follows:
 *
 * - If @a server is a complete principal name, then its entry in @a keytab is
 *   tried.
 * - Otherwise, if @a keytab is iterable, then all entries in @a keytab which
 *   match @a server are tried.
 * - Otherwise, the server principal in the ticket must match @a server, and
 *   its entry in @a keytab is tried.
 *
 * The client specified in the decrypted authenticator must match the client
 * specified in the decrypted ticket.
 *
 * If the @a remote_addr field of @a auth_context is set, the request must come
 * from that address.
 *
 * If a replay cache handle is provided in the @a auth_context, the
 * authenticator and ticket are verified against it.  If no conflict is found,
 * the new authenticator is then stored in the replay cache of @a auth_context.
 *
 * Various other checks are performed on the decoded data, including
 * cross-realm policy, clockskew, and ticket validation times.
 *
 * On success the authenticator, subkey, and remote sequence number of the
 * request are stored in @a auth_context. If the #AP_OPTS_MUTUAL_REQUIRED
 * bit is set, the local sequence number is XORed with the remote sequence
 * number in the request.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_ticket() to free @a ticket when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_rd_req(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context *auth_context,
            const krb5_data *inbuf, krb5_const_principal server,
            krb5_keytab keytab, krb5_flags *ap_req_options,
            krb5_ticket **ticket);

/**
 * Retrieve a service key from a key table.
 *
 * @param [in]  context     Library context
 * @param [in]  keyprocarg  Name of a key table (NULL to use default name)
 * @param [in]  principal   Service principal
 * @param [in]  vno         Key version number (0 for highest available)
 * @param [in]  enctype     Encryption type (0 for any type)
 * @param [out] key         Service key from key table
 *
 * Open and search the specified key table for the entry identified by @a
 * principal, @a enctype, and @a vno. If no key is found, return an error code.
 *
 * The default key table is used, unless @a keyprocarg is non-null.
 * @a keyprocarg designates a specific key table.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_keyblock() to free @a key when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success
 * @return Kerberos error code if not found or @a keyprocarg is invalid.
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_kt_read_service_key(krb5_context context, krb5_pointer keyprocarg,
                         krb5_principal principal, krb5_kvno vno,
                         krb5_enctype enctype, krb5_keyblock **key);

/**
 * Format a @c KRB-SAFE message.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  auth_context    Authentication context
 * @param [in]  userdata        User data in the message
 * @param [out] der_out         Formatted @c KRB-SAFE buffer
 * @param [out] rdata_out       Replay data. Specify NULL if not needed
 *
 * This function creates an integrity protected @c KRB-SAFE message
 * using data supplied by the application.
 *
 * Fields in @a auth_context specify the checksum type, the keyblock that
 * can be used to seed the checksum, full addresses (host and port) for
 * the sender and receiver, and @ref KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT flags.
 *
 * The local address in @a auth_context must be set, and is used to form the
 * sender address used in the KRB-SAFE message.  The remote address is
 * optional; if specified, it will be used to form the receiver address used in
 * the message.
 *
 * @note The @a rdata_out argument is required if the
 * #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_TIME or #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_SEQUENCE flag is set
 * in @a auth_context.
 *
 * If the #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_DO_TIME flag is set in @a auth_context, a
 * timestamp is included in the KRB-SAFE message, and an entry for the message
 * is entered in an in-memory replay cache to detect if the message is
 * reflected by an attacker.  If #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_DO_TIME is not set, no
 * replay cache is used.  If #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_TIME is set in @a
 * auth_context, a timestamp is included in the KRB-SAFE message and is stored
 * in @a rdata_out.
 *
 * If either #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_DO_SEQUENCE or #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_SEQUENCE
 * is set, the @a auth_context local sequence number is included in the
 * KRB-SAFE message and then incremented.  If #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_SEQUENCE
 * is set, the sequence number used is stored in @a rdata_out.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_data_contents() to free @a der_out when it is no longer
 * needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_mk_safe(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
             const krb5_data *userdata, krb5_data *der_out,
             krb5_replay_data *rdata_out);

/**
 * Format a @c KRB-PRIV message.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  auth_context    Authentication context
 * @param [in]  userdata        User data for @c KRB-PRIV message
 * @param [out] der_out         Formatted @c KRB-PRIV message
 * @param [out] rdata_out       Replay data (NULL if not needed)
 *
 * This function is similar to krb5_mk_safe(), but the message is encrypted and
 * integrity-protected, not just integrity-protected.
 *
 * The local address in @a auth_context must be set, and is used to form the
 * sender address used in the KRB-PRIV message.  The remote address is
 * optional; if specified, it will be used to form the receiver address used in
 * the message.
 *
 * @note The @a rdata_out argument is required if the
 * #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_TIME or #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_SEQUENCE flag is set
 * in @a auth_context.
 *
 * If the #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_DO_TIME flag is set in @a auth_context, a
 * timestamp is included in the KRB-PRIV message, and an entry for the message
 * is entered in an in-memory replay cache to detect if the message is
 * reflected by an attacker.  If #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_DO_TIME is not set, no
 * replay cache is used.  If #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_TIME is set in @a
 * auth_context, a timestamp is included in the KRB-PRIV message and is stored
 * in @a rdata_out.
 *
 * If either #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_DO_SEQUENCE or #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_SEQUENCE
 * is set, the @a auth_context local sequence number is included in the
 * KRB-PRIV message and then incremented.  If #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_SEQUENCE
 * is set, the sequence number used is stored in @a rdata_out.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_data_contents() to free @a der_out when it is no longer
 * needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_mk_priv(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
             const krb5_data *userdata, krb5_data *der_out,
             krb5_replay_data *rdata_out);

/**
 * Client function for @c sendauth protocol.
 *
 * @param [in]     context        Library context
 * @param [in,out] auth_context   Pre-existing or newly created auth context
 * @param [in]     fd             File descriptor that describes network socket
 * @param [in]     appl_version   Application protocol version to be matched
 *                                with the receiver's application version
 * @param [in]     client         Client principal
 * @param [in]     server         Server principal
 * @param [in]     ap_req_options @ref AP_OPTS options
 * @param [in]     in_data        Data to be sent to the server
 * @param [in]     in_creds       Input credentials, or NULL to use @a ccache
 * @param [in]     ccache         Credential cache
 * @param [out]    error          If non-null, contains KRB_ERROR message
 *                                returned from server
 * @param [out]    rep_result     If non-null and @a ap_req_options is
 *                                #AP_OPTS_MUTUAL_REQUIRED, contains the result
 *                                of mutual authentication exchange
 * @param [out]    out_creds      If non-null, the retrieved credentials
 *
 * This function performs the client side of a sendauth/recvauth exchange by
 * sending and receiving messages over @a fd.
 *
 * Credentials may be specified in three ways:
 *
 * @li If @a in_creds is NULL, credentials are obtained with
 * krb5_get_credentials() using the principals @a client and @a server.  @a
 * server must be non-null; @a client may NULL to use the default principal of
 * @a ccache.
 *
 * @li If @a in_creds is non-null, but does not contain a ticket, credentials
 * for the exchange are obtained with krb5_get_credentials() using @a in_creds.
 * In this case, the values of @a client and @a server are unused.
 *
 * @li If @a in_creds is a complete credentials structure, it used directly.
 * In this case, the values of @a client, @a server, and @a ccache are unused.
 *
 * If the server is using a different application protocol than that specified
 * in @a appl_version, an error will be returned.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_creds() to free @a out_creds, krb5_free_ap_rep_enc_part() to
 * free @a rep_result, and krb5_free_error() to free @a error when they are no
 * longer needed.
 *
 * @sa krb5_recvauth()
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_sendauth(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context *auth_context,
              krb5_pointer fd, char *appl_version, krb5_principal client,
              krb5_principal server, krb5_flags ap_req_options,
              krb5_data *in_data, krb5_creds *in_creds, krb5_ccache ccache,
              krb5_error **error, krb5_ap_rep_enc_part **rep_result,
              krb5_creds **out_creds);

/**
 * Server function for @a sendauth protocol.
 *
 * @param [in]     context      Library context
 * @param [in,out] auth_context Pre-existing or newly created auth context
 * @param [in]     fd           File descriptor
 * @param [in]     appl_version Application protocol version to be matched
 *                              against the client's application version
 * @param [in]     server       Server principal (NULL for any in @a keytab)
 * @param [in]     flags        Additional specifications
 * @param [in]     keytab       Key table containing service keys
 * @param [out]    ticket       Ticket (NULL if not needed)
 *
 * This function performs the server side of a sendauth/recvauth exchange by
 * sending and receiving messages over @a fd.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_ticket() to free @a ticket when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @sa krb5_sendauth()
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_recvauth(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context *auth_context,
              krb5_pointer fd, char *appl_version, krb5_principal server,
              krb5_int32 flags, krb5_keytab keytab, krb5_ticket **ticket);

/**
 * Server function for @a sendauth protocol with version parameter.
 *
 * @param [in]     context      Library context
 * @param [in,out] auth_context Pre-existing or newly created auth context
 * @param [in]     fd           File descriptor
 * @param [in]     server       Server principal (NULL for any in @a keytab)
 * @param [in]     flags        Additional specifications
 * @param [in]     keytab       Decryption key
 * @param [out]    ticket       Ticket (NULL if not needed)
 * @param [out]    version      sendauth protocol version (NULL if not needed)
 *
 * This function is similar to krb5_recvauth() with the additional output
 * information place into @a version.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_recvauth_version(krb5_context context,
                      krb5_auth_context *auth_context,
                      krb5_pointer fd,
                      krb5_principal server,
                      krb5_int32 flags,
                      krb5_keytab keytab,
                      krb5_ticket **ticket,
                      krb5_data *version);

/**
 * Format a @c KRB-CRED message for an array of credentials.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  auth_context    Authentication context
 * @param [in]  creds           Null-terminated array of credentials
 * @param [out] der_out         Encoded credentials
 * @param [out] rdata_out       Replay cache information (NULL if not needed)
 *
 * This function takes an array of credentials @a creds and formats
 * a @c KRB-CRED message @a der_out to pass to krb5_rd_cred().
 *
 * The local and remote addresses in @a auth_context are optional; if either is
 * specified, they are used to form the sender and receiver addresses in the
 * KRB-CRED message.
 *
 * @note The @a rdata_out argument is required if the
 * #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_TIME or #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_SEQUENCE flag is set
 * in @a auth_context.
 *
 * If the #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_DO_TIME flag is set in @a auth_context, an entry
 * for the message is entered in an in-memory replay cache to detect if the
 * message is reflected by an attacker.  If #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_DO_TIME is not
 * set, no replay cache is used.  If #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_TIME is set in @a
 * auth_context, the timestamp used for the KRB-CRED message is stored in @a
 * rdata_out.
 *
 * If either #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_DO_SEQUENCE or #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_SEQUENCE
 * is set, the @a auth_context local sequence number is included in the
 * KRB-CRED message and then incremented.  If #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_SEQUENCE
 * is set, the sequence number used is stored in @a rdata_out.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_data_contents() to free @a der_out when it is no longer
 * needed.
 *
 * The message will be encrypted using the send subkey of @a auth_context if it
 * is present, or the session key otherwise.  If neither key is present, the
 * credentials will not be encrypted, and the message should only be sent over
 * a secure channel.  No replay cache entry is used in this case.
 *
 * @retval
 *  0 Success
 * @retval
 *  ENOMEM Insufficient memory
 * @retval
 *   KRB5_RC_REQUIRED Message replay detection requires @a rcache parameter
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_mk_ncred(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
              krb5_creds **creds, krb5_data **der_out,
              krb5_replay_data *rdata_out);

/**
 * Format a @c KRB-CRED message for a single set of credentials.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  auth_context    Authentication context
 * @param [in]  creds           Pointer to credentials
 * @param [out] der_out         Encoded credentials
 * @param [out] rdata_out       Replay cache data (NULL if not needed)
 *
 * This is a convenience function that calls krb5_mk_ncred() with a single set
 * of credentials.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success
 * @retval
 *  ENOMEM Insufficient memory
 * @retval
 *  KRB5_RC_REQUIRED   Message replay detection requires @a rcache parameter
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_mk_1cred(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
              krb5_creds *creds, krb5_data **der_out,
              krb5_replay_data *rdata_out);

/**
 * Read and validate a @c KRB-CRED message.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  auth_context    Authentication context
 * @param [in]  creddata        @c KRB-CRED message
 * @param [out] creds_out       Null-terminated array of forwarded credentials
 * @param [out] rdata_out       Replay data (NULL if not needed)
 *
 * @note The @a rdata_out argument is required if the
 * #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_TIME or #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_SEQUENCE flag is set
 * in @a auth_context.`
 *
 * @a creddata will be decrypted using the receiving subkey if it is present in
 * @a auth_context, or the session key if the receiving subkey is not present
 * or fails to decrypt the message.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_tgt_creds() to free @a creds_out when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_rd_cred(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
             krb5_data *creddata, krb5_creds ***creds_out,
             krb5_replay_data *rdata_out);

/**
 * Get a forwarded TGT and format a @c KRB-CRED message.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] auth_context     Authentication context
 * @param [in] rhost            Remote host
 * @param [in] client           Client principal of TGT
 * @param [in] server           Principal of server to receive TGT
 * @param [in] cc               Credential cache handle (NULL to use default)
 * @param [in] forwardable      Whether TGT should be forwardable
 * @param [out] outbuf          KRB-CRED message
 *
 * Get a TGT for use at the remote host @a rhost and format it into a KRB-CRED
 * message.  If @a rhost is NULL and @a server is of type #KRB5_NT_SRV_HST,
 * the second component of @a server will be used.
 *
 * @retval
 *  0 Success
 * @retval
 *   ENOMEM Insufficient memory
 * @retval
 *   KRB5_PRINC_NOMATCH Requested principal and ticket do not match
 * @retval
 *   KRB5_NO_TKT_SUPPLIED Request did not supply a ticket
 * @retval
 *   KRB5_CC_BADNAME Credential cache name or principal name malformed
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_fwd_tgt_creds(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
                   const char *rhost, krb5_principal client,
                   krb5_principal server, krb5_ccache cc, int forwardable,
                   krb5_data *outbuf);

/**
 * Create and initialize an authentication context.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [out] auth_context    Authentication context
 *
 * This function creates an authentication context to hold configuration and
 * state relevant to krb5 functions for authenticating principals and
 * protecting messages once authentication has occurred.
 *
 * By default, flags for the context are set to enable the use of the replay
 * cache (#KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_DO_TIME), but not sequence numbers.  Use
 * krb5_auth_con_setflags() to change the flags.
 *
 * The allocated @a auth_context must be freed with krb5_auth_con_free() when
 * it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_init(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context *auth_context);

/**
 * Free a krb5_auth_context structure.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] auth_context     Authentication context to be freed
 *
 * This function frees an auth context allocated by krb5_auth_con_init().
 *
 * @retval 0  (always)
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_free(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context);

/**
 * Set a flags field in a krb5_auth_context structure.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] auth_context     Authentication context
 * @param [in] flags            Flags bit mask
 *
 * Valid values for @a flags are:
 * @li #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_DO_TIME Use timestamps
 * @li #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_TIME Save timestamps
 * @li #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_DO_SEQUENCE Use sequence numbers
 * @li #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_SEQUENCE Save sequence numbers
 *
 * @retval 0 (always)
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_setflags(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context, krb5_int32 flags);

/**
 * Retrieve flags from a krb5_auth_context structure.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  auth_context    Authentication context
 * @param [out] flags           Flags bit mask
 *
 * Valid values for @a flags are:
 * @li #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_DO_TIME Use timestamps
 * @li #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_TIME Save timestamps
 * @li #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_DO_SEQUENCE Use sequence numbers
 * @li #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_RET_SEQUENCE Save sequence numbers
 *
 * @retval 0 (always)
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_getflags(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
                       krb5_int32 *flags);

/**
 * Set a checksum callback in an auth context.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] auth_context     Authentication context
 * @param [in] func             Checksum callback
 * @param [in] data             Callback argument
 *
 * Set a callback to obtain checksum data in krb5_mk_req().  The callback will
 * be invoked after the subkey and local sequence number are stored in @a
 * auth_context.
 *
 * @retval 0 (always)
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_set_checksum_func( krb5_context context,
                                 krb5_auth_context  auth_context,
                                 krb5_mk_req_checksum_func func,
                                 void *data);

/**
 * Get the checksum callback from an auth context.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  auth_context    Authentication context
 * @param [out] func            Checksum callback
 * @param [out] data            Callback argument
 *
 * @retval 0 (always)
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_get_checksum_func( krb5_context context,
                                 krb5_auth_context auth_context,
                                 krb5_mk_req_checksum_func *func,
                                 void **data);

/**
 * Set the local and remote addresses in an auth context.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] auth_context     Authentication context
 * @param [in] local_addr       Local address
 * @param [in] remote_addr      Remote address
 *
 * This function releases the storage assigned to the contents of the local and
 * remote addresses of @a auth_context and then sets them to @a local_addr and
 * @a remote_addr respectively.
 *
 * @sa krb5_auth_con_genaddrs()
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV_WRONG
krb5_auth_con_setaddrs(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
                       krb5_address *local_addr, krb5_address *remote_addr);

/**
 * Retrieve address fields from an auth context.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  auth_context    Authentication context
 * @param [out] local_addr      Local address (NULL if not needed)
 * @param [out] remote_addr     Remote address (NULL if not needed)
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_getaddrs(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
                       krb5_address **local_addr, krb5_address **remote_addr);

/**
 * Set local and remote port fields in an auth context.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] auth_context     Authentication context
 * @param [in] local_port       Local port
 * @param [in] remote_port      Remote port
 *
 * This function releases the storage assigned to the contents of the local and
 * remote ports of @a auth_context and then sets them to @a local_port and @a
 * remote_port respectively.
 *
 * @sa krb5_auth_con_genaddrs()
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_setports(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
                       krb5_address *local_port, krb5_address *remote_port);

/**
 * Set the session key in an auth context.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] auth_context     Authentication context
 * @param [in] keyblock         User key
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_setuseruserkey(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
                             krb5_keyblock *keyblock);

/**
 * Retrieve the session key from an auth context as a keyblock.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  auth_context    Authentication context
 * @param [out] keyblock        Session key
 *
 * This function creates a keyblock containing the session key from @a
 * auth_context.  Use krb5_free_keyblock() to free @a keyblock when it is no
 * longer needed
 *
 * @retval 0 Success. Otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_getkey(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
                     krb5_keyblock **keyblock);

/**
 * Retrieve the session key from an auth context.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  auth_context    Authentication context
 * @param [out] key             Session key
 *
 * This function sets @a key to the session key from @a auth_context.  Use
 * krb5_k_free_key() to release @a key when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 (always)
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_getkey_k(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
                       krb5_key *key);

/**
 * Retrieve the send subkey from an auth context as a keyblock.
 *
 * @param [in]  ctx             Library context
 * @param [in]  ac              Authentication context
 * @param [out] keyblock        Send subkey
 *
 * This function creates a keyblock containing the send subkey from @a
 * auth_context.  Use krb5_free_keyblock() to free @a keyblock when it is no
 * longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_getsendsubkey(krb5_context ctx, krb5_auth_context ac, krb5_keyblock **keyblock);

/**
 * Retrieve the send subkey from an auth context.
 *
 * @param [in]  ctx             Library context
 * @param [in]  ac              Authentication context
 * @param [out] key             Send subkey
 *
 * This function sets @a key to the send subkey from @a auth_context.  Use
 * krb5_k_free_key() to release @a key when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_getsendsubkey_k(krb5_context ctx, krb5_auth_context ac,
                              krb5_key *key);

/**
 * Retrieve the receiving subkey from an auth context as a keyblock.
 *
 * @param [in]  ctx             Library context
 * @param [in]  ac              Authentication context
 * @param [out] keyblock        Receiving subkey
 *
 * This function creates a keyblock containing the receiving subkey from @a
 * auth_context.  Use krb5_free_keyblock() to free @a keyblock when it is no
 * longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_getrecvsubkey(krb5_context ctx, krb5_auth_context ac, krb5_keyblock **keyblock);

/**
 * Retrieve the receiving subkey from an auth context as a keyblock.
 *
 * @param [in]  ctx             Library context
 * @param [in]  ac              Authentication context
 * @param [out] key             Receiving subkey
 *
 * This function sets @a key to the receiving subkey from @a auth_context.  Use
 * krb5_k_free_key() to release @a key when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_getrecvsubkey_k(krb5_context ctx, krb5_auth_context ac, krb5_key *key);

/**
 * Set the send subkey in an auth context with a keyblock.
 *
 * @param [in] ctx              Library context
 * @param [in] ac               Authentication context
 * @param [in] keyblock         Send subkey
 *
 * This function sets the send subkey in @a ac to a copy of @a keyblock.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success. Otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_setsendsubkey(krb5_context ctx, krb5_auth_context ac,
                            krb5_keyblock *keyblock);

/**
 * Set the send subkey in an auth context.
 *
 * @param [in]  ctx             Library context
 * @param [in]  ac              Authentication context
 * @param [out] key             Send subkey
 *
 * This function sets the send subkey in @a ac to @a key, incrementing its
 * reference count.
 *
 * @version New in 1.9
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_setsendsubkey_k(krb5_context ctx, krb5_auth_context ac, krb5_key key);

/**
 * Set the receiving subkey in an auth context with a keyblock.
 *
 * @param [in] ctx              Library context
 * @param [in] ac               Authentication context
 * @param [in] keyblock         Receiving subkey
 *
 * This function sets the receiving subkey in @a ac to a copy of @a keyblock.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_setrecvsubkey(krb5_context ctx, krb5_auth_context ac,
                            krb5_keyblock *keyblock);

/**
 * Set the receiving subkey in an auth context.
 *
 * @param [in] ctx              Library context
 * @param [in] ac               Authentication context
 * @param [in] key              Receiving subkey
 *
 * This function sets the receiving subkey in @a ac to @a key, incrementing its
 * reference count.
 *
 * @version New in 1.9
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_setrecvsubkey_k(krb5_context ctx, krb5_auth_context ac,
                              krb5_key key);

#if KRB5_DEPRECATED
/** @deprecated Replaced by krb5_auth_con_getsendsubkey(). */
KRB5_ATTR_DEPRECATED krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_getlocalsubkey(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
                             krb5_keyblock **keyblock);

/** @deprecated Replaced by krb5_auth_con_getrecvsubkey(). */
KRB5_ATTR_DEPRECATED krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_getremotesubkey(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
                              krb5_keyblock **keyblock);
#endif

/**
 * Retrieve the local sequence number from an auth context.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  auth_context    Authentication context
 * @param [out] seqnumber       Local sequence number
 *
 * Retrieve the local sequence number from @a auth_context and return it in @a
 * seqnumber.  The #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_DO_SEQUENCE flag must be set in @a
 * auth_context for this function to be useful.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_getlocalseqnumber(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
                                krb5_int32 *seqnumber);

/**
 * Retrieve the remote sequence number from an auth context.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  auth_context    Authentication context
 * @param [out] seqnumber       Remote sequence number
 *
 * Retrieve the remote sequence number from @a auth_context and return it in @a
 * seqnumber.  The #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_DO_SEQUENCE flag must be set in @a
 * auth_context for this function to be useful.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_getremoteseqnumber(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
                                 krb5_int32 *seqnumber);

/**
 * Cause an auth context to use cipher state.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  auth_context    Authentication context
 *
 * Prepare @a auth_context to use cipher state when krb5_mk_priv() or
 * krb5_rd_priv() encrypt or decrypt data.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_initivector(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context);

/**
 * Set the replay cache in an auth context.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] auth_context     Authentication context
 * @param [in] rcache           Replay cache haddle
 *
 * This function sets the replay cache in @a auth_context to @a rcache.  @a
 * rcache will be closed when @a auth_context is freed, so the caller should
 * relinquish that responsibility.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_setrcache(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
                        krb5_rcache rcache);

/**
 * Retrieve the replay cache from an auth context.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  auth_context    Authentication context
 * @param [out] rcache          Replay cache handle
 *
 * This function fetches the replay cache from @a auth_context.  The caller
 * should not close @a rcache.
 *
 * @retval 0 (always)
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV_WRONG
krb5_auth_con_getrcache(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
                        krb5_rcache *rcache);

/**
 * Retrieve the authenticator from an auth context.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  auth_context    Authentication context
 * @param [out] authenticator   Authenticator
 *
 * Use krb5_free_authenticator() to free @a authenticator when it is no longer
 * needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success. Otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_getauthenticator(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
                               krb5_authenticator **authenticator);

/**
 * Set checksum type in an an auth context.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] auth_context     Authentication context
 * @param [in] cksumtype        Checksum type
 *
 * This function sets the checksum type in @a auth_context to be used by
 * krb5_mk_req() for the authenticator checksum.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success. Otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_set_req_cksumtype(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
                                krb5_cksumtype cksumtype);

#define KRB5_REALM_BRANCH_CHAR '.'

/*
 * end "func-proto.h"
 */

/*
 * begin stuff from libos.h
 */

/**
 * @brief Read a password from keyboard input.
 *
 * @param [in]     context      Library context
 * @param [in]     prompt       First user prompt when reading password
 * @param [in]     prompt2      Second user prompt (NULL to prompt only once)
 * @param [out]    return_pwd   Returned password
 * @param [in,out] size_return  On input, maximum size of password; on output,
 *                              size of password read
 *
 * This function reads a password from keyboard input and stores it in @a
 * return_pwd.  @a size_return should be set by the caller to the amount of
 * storage space available in @a return_pwd; on successful return, it will be
 * set to the length of the password read.
 *
 * @a prompt is printed to the terminal, followed by ": ", and then a password
 * is read from the keyboard.
 *
 * If @a prompt2 is NULL, the password is read only once.  Otherwise, @a
 * prompt2 is printed to the terminal and a second password is read.  If the
 * two passwords entered are not identical, KRB5_LIBOS_BADPWDMATCH is returned.
 *
 * Echoing is turned off when the password is read.
 *
 * @retval
 *  0   Success
 * @return
 * Error in reading or verifying the password
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_read_password(krb5_context context,
                   const char *prompt, const char *prompt2,
                   char *return_pwd, unsigned int *size_return);

/**
 * Convert a principal name to a local name.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  aname           Principal name
 * @param [in]  lnsize_in       Space available in @a lname
 * @param [out] lname           Local name buffer to be filled in
 *
 * If @a aname does not correspond to any local account, KRB5_LNAME_NOTRANS is
 * returned.  If @a lnsize_in is too small for the local name,
 * KRB5_CONFIG_NOTENUFSPACE is returned.
 *
 * Local names, rather than principal names, can be used by programs that
 * translate to an environment-specific name (for example, a user account
 * name).
 *
 * @retval
 * 0  Success
 * @retval
 *  System errors
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_aname_to_localname(krb5_context context, krb5_const_principal aname,
                        int lnsize_in, char *lname);

/**
 * Get the Kerberos realm names for a host.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  host            Host name (or NULL)
 * @param [out] realmsp         Null-terminated list of realm names
 *
 * Fill in @a realmsp with a pointer to a null-terminated list of realm names.
 * If there are no known realms for the host, a list containing the referral
 * (empty) realm is returned.
 *
 * If @a host is NULL, the local host's realms are determined.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_host_realm() to release @a realmsp when it is no longer
 * needed.
 *
 * @retval
 *  0   Success
 * @retval
 *  ENOMEM  Insufficient memory
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_host_realm(krb5_context context, const char *host, char ***realmsp);

/**
 *
 * @param [in] context           Library context
 * @param [in] hdata             Host name (or NULL)
 * @param [out] realmsp          Null-terminated list of realm names
 *
 * Fill in @a realmsp with a pointer to a null-terminated list of realm names
 * obtained through heuristics or insecure resolution methods which have lower
 * priority than KDC referrals.
 *
 * If @a host is NULL, the local host's realms are determined.
 *
 * Use krb5_free_host_realm() to release @a realmsp when it is no longer
 * needed.
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_fallback_host_realm(krb5_context context,
                             krb5_data *hdata, char ***realmsp);

/**
 * Free the memory allocated by krb5_get_host_realm().
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] realmlist        List of realm names to be released
 *
 * @retval
 * 0  Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_host_realm(krb5_context context, char *const *realmlist);

/**
 * Determine if a principal is authorized to log in as a local user.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] principal        Principal name
 * @param [in] luser            Local username
 *
 * Determine whether @a principal is authorized to log in as a local user @a
 * luser.
 *
 * @retval
 * TRUE Principal is authorized to log in as user; FALSE otherwise.
 */
krb5_boolean KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_kuserok(krb5_context context, krb5_principal principal, const char *luser);

/**
 * Generate auth context addresses from a connected socket.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] auth_context     Authentication context
 * @param [in] infd             Connected socket descriptor
 * @param [in] flags            Flags
 *
 * This function sets the local and/or remote addresses in @a auth_context
 * based on the local and remote endpoints of the socket @a infd.  The
 * following flags determine the operations performed:
 *
 * @li #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_GENERATE_LOCAL_ADDR   Generate local address.
 * @li #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_GENERATE_REMOTE_ADDR  Generate remote address.
 * @li #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_GENERATE_LOCAL_FULL_ADDR  Generate local address and port.
 * @li #KRB5_AUTH_CONTEXT_GENERATE_REMOTE_FULL_ADDR Generate remote address and port.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_auth_con_genaddrs(krb5_context context, krb5_auth_context auth_context,
                       int infd, int flags);

/**
 * Set time offset field in a krb5_context structure.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] seconds          Real time, seconds portion
 * @param [in] microseconds     Real time, microseconds portion
 *
 * This function sets the time offset in @a context to the difference between
 * the system time and the real time as determined by @a seconds and @a
 * microseconds.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_set_real_time(krb5_context context, krb5_timestamp seconds,
                   krb5_int32 microseconds);

/**
 * Return the time offsets from the os context.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [out] seconds         Time offset, seconds portion
 * @param [out] microseconds    Time offset, microseconds portion
 *
 * This function returns the time offsets in @a context.
 *
 * @retval 0  Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_time_offsets(krb5_context context, krb5_timestamp *seconds, krb5_int32 *microseconds);

/* str_conv.c */
/**
 * Convert a string to an encryption type.
 *
 * @param [in]  string          String to convert to an encryption type
 * @param [out] enctypep        Encryption type
 *
 * @retval 0  Success; otherwise - EINVAL
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_string_to_enctype(char *string, krb5_enctype *enctypep);

/**
 * Convert a string to a salt type.
 *
 * @param [in]  string          String to convert to an encryption type
 * @param [out] salttypep       Salt type to be filled in
 *
 * @retval 0  Success; otherwise - EINVAL
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_string_to_salttype(char *string, krb5_int32 *salttypep);

/**
 * Convert a string to a checksum type.
 *
 * @param [in]  string          String to be converted
 * @param [out] cksumtypep      Checksum type to be filled in
 *
 * @retval 0  Success; otherwise - EINVAL
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_string_to_cksumtype(char *string, krb5_cksumtype *cksumtypep);

/**
 * Convert a string to a timestamp.
 *
 * @param [in]  string          String to be converted
 * @param [out] timestampp      Pointer to timestamp
 *
 * @retval 0  Success; otherwise - EINVAL
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_string_to_timestamp(char *string, krb5_timestamp *timestampp);

/**
 * Convert a string to a delta time value.
 *
 * @param [in]  string          String to be converted
 * @param [out] deltatp         Delta time to be filled in
 *
 * @retval 0  Success; otherwise - KRB5_DELTAT_BADFORMAT
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_string_to_deltat(char *string, krb5_deltat *deltatp);

/**
 * Convert an encryption type to a string.
 *
 * @param [in]  enctype         Encryption type
 * @param [out] buffer          Buffer to hold encryption type string
 * @param [in]  buflen          Storage available in @a buffer
 *
 * @retval 0  Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_enctype_to_string(krb5_enctype enctype, char *buffer, size_t buflen);

/**
 * Convert an encryption type to a name or alias.
 *
 * @param [in]  enctype         Encryption type
 * @param [in]  shortest        Flag
 * @param [out] buffer          Buffer to hold encryption type string
 * @param [in]  buflen          Storage available in @a buffer
 *
 * If @a shortest is FALSE, this function returns the enctype's canonical name
 * (like "aes128-cts-hmac-sha1-96").  If @a shortest is TRUE, it return the
 * enctype's shortest alias (like "aes128-cts").
 *
 * @version New in 1.9
 *
 * @retval 0  Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_enctype_to_name(krb5_enctype enctype, krb5_boolean shortest,
                     char *buffer, size_t buflen);

/**
 * Convert a salt type to a string.
 *
 * @param [in]  salttype        Salttype to convert
 * @param [out] buffer          Buffer to receive the converted string
 * @param [in]  buflen          Storage available in @a buffer
 *
 * @retval 0  Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_salttype_to_string(krb5_int32 salttype, char *buffer, size_t buflen);

/**
 * Convert a checksum type to a string.
 *
 * @param [in]  cksumtype       Checksum type
 * @param [out] buffer          Buffer to hold converted checksum type
 * @param [in]  buflen          Storage available in @a buffer
 *
 * @retval 0  Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_cksumtype_to_string(krb5_cksumtype cksumtype, char *buffer, size_t buflen);

/**
 * Convert a timestamp to a string.
 *
 * @param [in]  timestamp       Timestamp to convert
 * @param [out] buffer          Buffer to hold converted timestamp
 * @param [in]  buflen          Storage available in @a buffer
 *
 * The string is returned in the locale's appropriate date and time
 * representation.
 *
 * @retval 0  Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_timestamp_to_string(krb5_timestamp timestamp, char *buffer, size_t buflen);

/**
 * Convert a timestamp to a string, with optional output padding
 *
 * @param [in]  timestamp       Timestamp to convert
 * @param [out] buffer          Buffer to hold the converted timestamp
 * @param [in]  buflen          Length of buffer
 * @param [in]  pad             Optional value to pad @a buffer if converted
 *                              timestamp does not fill it
 *
 * If @a pad is not NULL, @a buffer is padded out to @a buflen - 1 characters
 * with the value of *@a pad.
 *
 * @retval 0  Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_timestamp_to_sfstring(krb5_timestamp timestamp, char *buffer,
                           size_t buflen, char *pad);

/**
 * Convert a relative time value to a string.
 *
 * @param [in]  deltat          Relative time value to convert
 * @param [out] buffer          Buffer to hold time string
 * @param [in]  buflen          Storage available in @a buffer
 *
 * @retval 0  Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_deltat_to_string(krb5_deltat deltat, char *buffer, size_t buflen);

/* The name of the Kerberos ticket granting service... and its size */
#define KRB5_TGS_NAME           "krbtgt"
#define KRB5_TGS_NAME_SIZE      6

/* flags for recvauth */
#define KRB5_RECVAUTH_SKIP_VERSION      0x0001
#define KRB5_RECVAUTH_BADAUTHVERS       0x0002
/* initial ticket api functions */

/** Text for prompt used in prompter callback function.  */
typedef struct _krb5_prompt {
    char *prompt;      /**< The prompt to show to the user */
    int hidden;        /**< Boolean; informative prompt or hidden (e.g. PIN) */
    krb5_data *reply;  /**< Must be allocated before call to  prompt routine */
} krb5_prompt;

/** Pointer to a prompter callback function. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(KRB5_CALLCONV *krb5_prompter_fct)(krb5_context context, void *data,
                                   const char *name, const char *banner,
                                   int num_prompts, krb5_prompt prompts[]);

/**
 * Prompt user for password.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param      data             Unused (callback argument)
 * @param [in] name             Name to output during prompt
 * @param [in] banner           Banner to output during prompt
 * @param [in] num_prompts      Number of prompts in @a prompts
 * @param [in] prompts          Array of prompts and replies
 *
 * This function is intended to be used as a prompter callback for
 * krb5_get_init_creds_password() or krb5_init_creds_init().
 *
 * Writes @a name and @a banner to stdout, each followed by a newline, then
 * writes each prompt field in the @a prompts array, followed by ": ", and sets
 * the reply field of the entry to a line of input read from stdin.  If the
 * hidden flag is set for a prompt, then terminal echoing is turned off when
 * input is read.
 *
 * @retval
 *  0   Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 *
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_prompter_posix(krb5_context context, void *data, const char *name,
                    const char *banner, int num_prompts,
                    krb5_prompt prompts[]);

/**
 * Long-term password responder question
 *
 * This question is asked when the long-term password is needed. It has no
 * challenge and the response is simply the password string.
 *
 * @version New in 1.11
 */
#define KRB5_RESPONDER_QUESTION_PASSWORD "password"

/**
 * OTP responder question
 *
 * The OTP responder question is asked when the KDC indicates that an OTP
 * value is required in order to complete the authentication.  The JSON format
 * of the challenge is:
 *
 *  @n {
 *  @n   "service": <string (optional)>,
 *  @n   "tokenInfo": [
 *  @n      {
 *  @n        "flags":     <number>,
 *  @n        "vendor":    <string (optional)>,
 *  @n        "challenge": <string (optional)>,
 *  @n        "length":    <number (optional)>,
 *  @n        "format":    <number (optional)>,
 *  @n        "tokenID":   <string (optional)>,
 *  @n        "algID":     <string (optional)>,
 *  @n      },
 *  @n      ...
 *  @n    ]
 *  @n  }
 *
 * The answer to the question MUST be JSON formatted:
 *
 * @n  {
 * @n    "tokeninfo": <number>,
 * @n    "value":     <string (optional)>,
 * @n    "pin":       <string (optional)>,
 * @n  }
 *
 * For more detail, please see RFC 6560.
 *
 * @version New in 1.11
 */
#define KRB5_RESPONDER_QUESTION_OTP "otp"

/**
 * These format constants identify the format of the token value.
 */
#define KRB5_RESPONDER_OTP_FORMAT_DECIMAL 0
#define KRB5_RESPONDER_OTP_FORMAT_HEXADECIMAL 1
#define KRB5_RESPONDER_OTP_FORMAT_ALPHANUMERIC 2

/**
 * This flag indicates that the token value MUST be collected.
 */
#define KRB5_RESPONDER_OTP_FLAGS_COLLECT_TOKEN 0x0001

/**
 * This flag indicates that the PIN value MUST be collected.
 */
#define KRB5_RESPONDER_OTP_FLAGS_COLLECT_PIN   0x0002

/**
 * This flag indicates that the token is now in re-synchronization mode with
 * the server.  The user is expected to reply with the next code displayed on
 * the token.
 */
#define KRB5_RESPONDER_OTP_FLAGS_NEXTOTP       0x0004

/**
 * This flag indicates that the PIN MUST be returned as a separate item. This
 * flag only takes effect if KRB5_RESPONDER_OTP_FLAGS_COLLECT_PIN is set. If
 * this flag is not set, the responder may either concatenate PIN + token value
 * and store it as "value" in the answer or it may return them separately. If
 * they are returned separately, they will be concatenated internally.
 */
#define KRB5_RESPONDER_OTP_FLAGS_SEPARATE_PIN  0x0008

/**
 * PKINIT responder question
 *
 * The PKINIT responder question is asked when the client needs a password
 * that's being used to protect key information, and is formatted as a JSON
 * object.  A specific identity's flags value, if not zero, is the bitwise-OR
 * of one or more of the KRB5_RESPONDER_PKINIT_FLAGS_TOKEN_* flags defined
 * below, and possibly other flags to be added later.  Any resemblance to
 * similarly-named CKF_* values in the PKCS#11 API should not be depended on.
 *
 *  @n {
 *  @n     identity <string> : flags <number>,
 *  @n     ...
 *  @n }
 *
 * The answer to the question MUST be JSON formatted:
 *
 *  @n {
 *  @n     identity <string> : password <string>,
 *  @n     ...
 *  @n }
 *
 * @version New in 1.12
 */
#define KRB5_RESPONDER_QUESTION_PKINIT "pkinit"

/**
 * This flag indicates that an incorrect PIN was supplied at least once since
 * the last time the correct PIN was supplied.
 */
#define KRB5_RESPONDER_PKINIT_FLAGS_TOKEN_USER_PIN_COUNT_LOW       (1 << 0)

/**
 * This flag indicates that supplying an incorrect PIN will cause the token to
 * lock itself.
 */
#define KRB5_RESPONDER_PKINIT_FLAGS_TOKEN_USER_PIN_FINAL_TRY       (1 << 1)

/**
 * This flag indicates that the user PIN is locked, and you can't log in to the
 * token with it.
 */
#define KRB5_RESPONDER_PKINIT_FLAGS_TOKEN_USER_PIN_LOCKED          (1 << 2)

/**
 * A container for a set of preauthentication questions and answers
 *
 * A responder context is supplied by the krb5 authentication system to a @ref
 * krb5_responder_fn callback.  It contains a list of questions and can receive
 * answers.  Questions contained in a responder context can be listed using
 * krb5_responder_list_questions(), retrieved using
 * krb5_responder_get_challenge(), or answered using
 * krb5_responder_set_answer().  The form of a question's challenge and
 * answer depend on the question name.
 *
 * @version New in 1.11
 */
typedef struct krb5_responder_context_st *krb5_responder_context;

/**
 * List the question names contained in the responder context.
 *
 * @param [in] ctx              Library context
 * @param [in] rctx             Responder context
 *
 * Return a pointer to a null-terminated list of question names which are
 * present in @a rctx.  The pointer is an alias, valid only as long as the
 * lifetime of @a rctx, and should not be modified or freed by the caller.  A
 * question's challenge can be retrieved using krb5_responder_get_challenge()
 * and answered using krb5_responder_set_answer().
 *
 * @version New in 1.11
 */
const char * const * KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_responder_list_questions(krb5_context ctx, krb5_responder_context rctx);

/**
 * Retrieve the challenge data for a given question in the responder context.
 *
 * @param [in] ctx              Library context
 * @param [in] rctx             Responder context
 * @param [in] question         Question name
 *
 * Return a pointer to a C string containing the challenge for @a question
 * within @a rctx, or NULL if the question is not present in @a rctx.  The
 * structure of the question depends on the question name, but will always be
 * printable UTF-8 text.  The returned pointer is an alias, valid only as long
 * as the lifetime of @a rctx, and should not be modified or freed by the
 * caller.
 *
 * @version New in 1.11
 */
const char * KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_responder_get_challenge(krb5_context ctx, krb5_responder_context rctx,
                             const char *question);

/**
 * Answer a named question in the responder context.
 *
 * @param [in] ctx              Library context
 * @param [in] rctx             Responder context
 * @param [in] question         Question name
 * @param [in] answer           The string to set (MUST be printable UTF-8)
 *
 * This function supplies an answer to @a question within @a rctx.  The
 * appropriate form of the answer depends on the question name.
 *
 * @retval EINVAL @a question is not present within @a rctx
 *
 * @version New in 1.11
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_responder_set_answer(krb5_context ctx, krb5_responder_context rctx,
                          const char *question, const char *answer);

/**
 * Responder function for an initial credential exchange.
 *
 * @param [in] ctx              Library context
 * @param [in] data             Callback data
 * @param [in] rctx             Responder context
 *
 * A responder function is like a prompter function, but is used for handling
 * questions and answers as potentially complex data types.  Client
 * preauthentication modules will insert a set of named "questions" into
 * the responder context.  Each question may optionally contain a challenge.
 * This challenge is printable UTF-8, but may be an encoded value.  The
 * precise encoding and contents of the challenge are specific to the question
 * asked.  When the responder is called, it should answer all the questions it
 * understands.  Like the challenge, the answer MUST be printable UTF-8, but
 * may contain structured/encoded data formatted to the expected answer format
 * of the question.
 *
 * If a required question is unanswered, the prompter may be called.
 */
typedef krb5_error_code
(KRB5_CALLCONV *krb5_responder_fn)(krb5_context ctx, void *data,
                                   krb5_responder_context rctx);

typedef struct _krb5_responder_otp_tokeninfo {
    krb5_flags flags;
    krb5_int32 format; /* -1 when not specified. */
    krb5_int32 length; /* -1 when not specified. */
    char *vendor;
    char *challenge;
    char *token_id;
    char *alg_id;
} krb5_responder_otp_tokeninfo;

typedef struct _krb5_responder_otp_challenge {
    char *service;
    krb5_responder_otp_tokeninfo **tokeninfo;
} krb5_responder_otp_challenge;

/**
 * Decode the KRB5_RESPONDER_QUESTION_OTP to a C struct.
 *
 * A convenience function which parses the KRB5_RESPONDER_QUESTION_OTP
 * question challenge data, making it available in native C.  The main feature
 * of this function is the ability to interact with OTP tokens without parsing
 * the JSON.
 *
 * The returned value must be passed to krb5_responder_otp_challenge_free() to
 * be freed.
 *
 * @param [in]  ctx             Library context
 * @param [in]  rctx            Responder context
 * @param [out] chl             Challenge structure
 *
 * @version New in 1.11
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_responder_otp_get_challenge(krb5_context ctx,
                                 krb5_responder_context rctx,
                                 krb5_responder_otp_challenge **chl);

/**
 * Answer the KRB5_RESPONDER_QUESTION_OTP question.
 *
 * @param [in] ctx              Library context
 * @param [in] rctx             Responder context
 * @param [in] ti               The index of the tokeninfo selected
 * @param [in] value            The value to set, or NULL for none
 * @param [in] pin              The pin to set, or NULL for none
 *
 * @version New in 1.11
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_responder_otp_set_answer(krb5_context ctx, krb5_responder_context rctx,
                              size_t ti, const char *value, const char *pin);

/**
 * Free the value returned by krb5_responder_otp_get_challenge().
 *
 * @param [in] ctx              Library context
 * @param [in] rctx             Responder context
 * @param [in] chl              The challenge to free
 *
 * @version New in 1.11
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_responder_otp_challenge_free(krb5_context ctx,
                                  krb5_responder_context rctx,
                                  krb5_responder_otp_challenge *chl);

typedef struct _krb5_responder_pkinit_identity {
    char *identity;
    krb5_int32 token_flags;     /* 0 when not specified or not applicable. */
} krb5_responder_pkinit_identity;

typedef struct _krb5_responder_pkinit_challenge {
    krb5_responder_pkinit_identity **identities;
} krb5_responder_pkinit_challenge;

/**
 * Decode the KRB5_RESPONDER_QUESTION_PKINIT to a C struct.
 *
 * A convenience function which parses the KRB5_RESPONDER_QUESTION_PKINIT
 * question challenge data, making it available in native C.  The main feature
 * of this function is the ability to read the challenge without parsing
 * the JSON.
 *
 * The returned value must be passed to krb5_responder_pkinit_challenge_free()
 * to be freed.
 *
 * @param [in]  ctx             Library context
 * @param [in]  rctx            Responder context
 * @param [out] chl_out         Challenge structure
 *
 * @version New in 1.12
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_responder_pkinit_get_challenge(krb5_context ctx,
                                    krb5_responder_context rctx,
                                    krb5_responder_pkinit_challenge **chl_out);

/**
 * Answer the KRB5_RESPONDER_QUESTION_PKINIT question for one identity.
 *
 * @param [in] ctx              Library context
 * @param [in] rctx             Responder context
 * @param [in] identity         The identity for which a PIN is being supplied
 * @param [in] pin              The provided PIN, or NULL for none
 *
 * @version New in 1.12
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_responder_pkinit_set_answer(krb5_context ctx, krb5_responder_context rctx,
                                 const char *identity, const char *pin);

/**
 * Free the value returned by krb5_responder_pkinit_get_challenge().
 *
 * @param [in] ctx              Library context
 * @param [in] rctx             Responder context
 * @param [in] chl              The challenge to free
 *
 * @version New in 1.12
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_responder_pkinit_challenge_free(krb5_context ctx,
                                     krb5_responder_context rctx,
                                     krb5_responder_pkinit_challenge *chl);

/** Store options for @c _krb5_get_init_creds */
typedef struct _krb5_get_init_creds_opt {
    krb5_flags flags;
    krb5_deltat tkt_life;
    krb5_deltat renew_life;
    int forwardable;
    int proxiable;
    krb5_enctype *etype_list;
    int etype_list_length;
    krb5_address **address_list;
    krb5_preauthtype *preauth_list;
    int preauth_list_length;
    krb5_data *salt;
} krb5_get_init_creds_opt;

#define KRB5_GET_INIT_CREDS_OPT_TKT_LIFE        0x0001
#define KRB5_GET_INIT_CREDS_OPT_RENEW_LIFE      0x0002
#define KRB5_GET_INIT_CREDS_OPT_FORWARDABLE     0x0004
#define KRB5_GET_INIT_CREDS_OPT_PROXIABLE       0x0008
#define KRB5_GET_INIT_CREDS_OPT_ETYPE_LIST      0x0010
#define KRB5_GET_INIT_CREDS_OPT_ADDRESS_LIST    0x0020
#define KRB5_GET_INIT_CREDS_OPT_PREAUTH_LIST    0x0040
#define KRB5_GET_INIT_CREDS_OPT_SALT            0x0080
#define KRB5_GET_INIT_CREDS_OPT_CHG_PWD_PRMPT   0x0100
#define KRB5_GET_INIT_CREDS_OPT_CANONICALIZE    0x0200
#define KRB5_GET_INIT_CREDS_OPT_ANONYMOUS       0x0400


/**
 * Allocate a new initial credential options structure.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [out] opt             New options structure
 *
 * This function is the preferred way to create an options structure for
 * getting initial credentials, and is required to make use of certain options.
 * Use krb5_get_init_creds_opt_free() to free @a opt when it is no longer
 * needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 - Success; Kerberos errors otherwise.
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_alloc(krb5_context context,
                              krb5_get_init_creds_opt **opt);

/**
 * Free initial credential options.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] opt              Options structure to free
 *
 * @sa krb5_get_init_creds_opt_alloc()
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_free(krb5_context context,
                             krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt);

/** @deprecated Use krb5_get_init_creds_opt_alloc() instead. */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_init(krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt);

/**
 * Set the ticket lifetime in initial credential options.
 *
 * @param [in] opt              Options structure
 * @param [in] tkt_life         Ticket lifetime
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_tkt_life(krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                                     krb5_deltat tkt_life);

/**
 * Set the ticket renewal lifetime in initial credential options.
 *
 * @param [in] opt              Pointer to @a options field
 * @param [in] renew_life       Ticket renewal lifetime
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_renew_life(krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                                       krb5_deltat renew_life);

/**
 * Set or unset the forwardable flag in initial credential options.
 *
 * @param [in] opt              Options structure
 * @param [in] forwardable      Whether credentials should be forwardable
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_forwardable(krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                                        int forwardable);

/**
 * Set or unset the proxiable flag in initial credential options.
 *
 * @param [in] opt              Options structure
 * @param [in] proxiable        Whether credentials should be proxiable
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_proxiable(krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                                      int proxiable);

/**
 * Set or unset the canonicalize flag in initial credential options.
 *
 * @param [in] opt              Options structure
 * @param [in] canonicalize     Whether to canonicalize client principal
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_canonicalize(krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                                         int canonicalize);

/**
 * Set or unset the anonymous flag in initial credential options.
 *
 * @param [in] opt              Options structure
 * @param [in] anonymous        Whether to make an anonymous request
 *
 * This function may be used to request anonymous credentials from the KDC by
 * setting @a anonymous to non-zero.  Note that anonymous credentials are only
 * a request; clients must verify that credentials are anonymous if that is a
 * requirement.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_anonymous(krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                                      int anonymous);

/**
 * Set allowable encryption types in initial credential options.
 *
 * @param [in] opt               Options structure
 * @param [in] etype_list        Array of encryption types
 * @param [in] etype_list_length Length of @a etype_list
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_etype_list(krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                                       krb5_enctype *etype_list,
                                       int etype_list_length);

/**
 * Set address restrictions in initial credential options.
 *
 * @param [in] opt              Options structure
 * @param [in] addresses        Null-terminated array of addresses
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_address_list(krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                                         krb5_address **addresses);

/**
 * Set preauthentication types in initial credential options.
 *
 * @param [in] opt                 Options structure
 * @param [in] preauth_list        Array of preauthentication types
 * @param [in] preauth_list_length Length of @a preauth_list
 *
 * This function can be used to perform optimistic preauthentication when
 * getting initial credentials, in combination with
 * krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_salt() and krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_pa().
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_preauth_list(krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                                         krb5_preauthtype *preauth_list,
                                         int preauth_list_length);

/**
 * Set salt for optimistic preauthentication in initial credential options.
 *
 * @param [in] opt              Options structure
 * @param [in] salt             Salt data
 *
 * When getting initial credentials with a password, a salt string it used to
 * convert the password to a key.  Normally this salt is obtained from the
 * first KDC reply, but when performing optimistic preauthentication, the
 * client may need to supply the salt string with this function.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_salt(krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                                 krb5_data *salt);

/**
 * Set or unset change-password-prompt flag in initial credential options.
 *
 * @param [in] opt              Options structure
 * @param [in] prompt           Whether to prompt to change password
 *
 * This flag is on by default.  It controls whether
 * krb5_get_init_creds_password() will react to an expired-password error by
 * prompting for a new password and attempting to change the old one.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_change_password_prompt(krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                                                   int prompt);

/** Generic preauth option attribute/value pairs */
typedef struct _krb5_gic_opt_pa_data {
    char *attr;
    char *value;
} krb5_gic_opt_pa_data;

/**
 * Supply options for preauthentication in initial credential options.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] opt              Options structure
 * @param [in] attr             Preauthentication option name
 * @param [in] value            Preauthentication option value
 *
 * This function allows the caller to supply options for preauthentication.
 * The values of @a attr and @a value are supplied to each preauthentication
 * module available within @a context.
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_pa(krb5_context context,
                               krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt, const char *attr,
                               const char *value);

/**
 * Set location of FAST armor ccache in initial credential options.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] opt              Options
 * @param [in] fast_ccache_name Credential cache name
 *
 * Sets the location of a credential cache containing an armor ticket to
 * protect an initial credential exchange using the FAST protocol extension.
 *
 * In version 1.7, setting an armor ccache requires that FAST be used for the
 * exchange.  In version 1.8 or later, setting the armor ccache causes FAST to
 * be used if the KDC supports it; krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_fast_flags()
 * must be used to require that FAST be used.
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_fast_ccache_name(krb5_context context,
                                             krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                                             const char *fast_ccache_name);

/**
 * Set FAST armor cache in initial credential options.
 *
 * @param [in] context           Library context
 * @param [in] opt               Options
 * @param [in] ccache            Credential cache handle
 *
 * This function is similar to krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_fast_ccache_name(),
 * but uses a credential cache handle instead of a name.
 *
 * @version New in 1.9
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_fast_ccache(krb5_context context,
                                        krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                                        krb5_ccache ccache);

/**
 * Set an input credential cache in initial credential options.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] opt              Options
 * @param [in] ccache           Credential cache handle
 *
 * If an input credential cache is set, then the krb5_get_init_creds family of
 * APIs will read settings from it.  Setting an input ccache is desirable when
 * the application wishes to perform authentication in the same way (using the
 * same preauthentication mechanisms, and making the same non-security-
 * sensitive choices) as the previous authentication attempt, which stored
 * information in the passed-in ccache.
 *
 * @version New in 1.11
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_in_ccache(krb5_context context,
                                      krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                                      krb5_ccache ccache);

/**
 * Set an output credential cache in initial credential options.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] opt              Options
 * @param [in] ccache           Credential cache handle
 *
 * If an output credential cache is set, then the krb5_get_init_creds family of
 * APIs will write credentials to it.  Setting an output ccache is desirable
 * both because it simplifies calling code and because it permits the
 * krb5_get_init_creds APIs to write out configuration information about the
 * realm to the ccache.
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_out_ccache(krb5_context context,
                                       krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                                       krb5_ccache ccache);

/**
 * @brief Ask the KDC to include or not include a PAC in the ticket
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] opt              Options structure
 * @param [in] req_pac          Whether to request a PAC or not
 *
 * If this option is set, the AS request will include a PAC-REQUEST pa-data
 * item explicitly asking the KDC to either include or not include a privilege
 * attribute certificate in the ticket authorization data.  By default, no
 * request is made; typically the KDC will default to including a PAC if it
 * supports them.
 *
 * @version New in 1.15
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_pac_request(krb5_context context,
                                        krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                                        krb5_boolean req_pac);

/**
 * Set FAST flags in initial credential options.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] opt              Options
 * @param [in] flags            FAST flags
 *
 * The following flag values are valid:
 * @li #KRB5_FAST_REQUIRED - Require FAST to be used
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 - Success; Kerberos errors otherwise.
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_fast_flags(krb5_context context,
                                       krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                                       krb5_flags flags);

/**
 * Retrieve FAST flags from initial credential options.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  opt             Options
 * @param [out] out_flags       FAST flags
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 - Success; Kerberos errors otherwise.
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_get_fast_flags(krb5_context context,
                                       krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                                       krb5_flags *out_flags);

/* Fast flags*/
#define KRB5_FAST_REQUIRED 0x0001 /**< Require KDC to support FAST*/

typedef void
(KRB5_CALLCONV *krb5_expire_callback_func)(krb5_context context, void *data,
                                           krb5_timestamp password_expiration,
                                           krb5_timestamp account_expiration,
                                           krb5_boolean is_last_req);

/**
 * Set an expiration callback in initial credential options.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] opt              Options structure
 * @param [in] cb               Callback function
 * @param [in] data             Callback argument
 *
 * Set a callback to receive password and account expiration times.
 *
 * @a cb will be invoked if and only if credentials are successfully acquired.
 * The callback will receive the @a context from the calling function and the
 * @a data argument supplied with this API.  The remaining arguments should be
 * interpreted as follows:
 *
 * If @a is_last_req is true, then the KDC reply contained last-req entries
 * which unambiguously indicated the password expiration, account expiration,
 * or both.  (If either value was not present, the corresponding argument will
 * be 0.)  Furthermore, a non-zero @a password_expiration should be taken as a
 * suggestion from the KDC that a warning be displayed.
 *
 * If @a is_last_req is false, then @a account_expiration will be 0 and @a
 * password_expiration will contain the expiration time of either the password
 * or account, or 0 if no expiration time was indicated in the KDC reply.  The
 * callback should independently decide whether to display a password
 * expiration warning.
 *
 * Note that @a cb may be invoked even if credentials are being acquired for
 * the kadmin/changepw service in order to change the password.  It is the
 * caller's responsibility to avoid displaying a password expiry warning in
 * this case.
 *
 * @warning Setting an expire callback with this API will cause
 * krb5_get_init_creds_password() not to send password expiry warnings to the
 * prompter, as it ordinarily may.
 *
 * @version New in 1.9
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_expire_callback(krb5_context context,
                                            krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                                            krb5_expire_callback_func cb,
                                            void *data);

/**
 * Set the responder function in initial credential options.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] opt              Options structure
 * @param [in] responder        Responder function
 * @param [in] data             Responder data argument
 *
 * @version New in 1.11
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_responder(krb5_context context,
                                      krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                                      krb5_responder_fn responder, void *data);

/**
 * Get initial credentials using a password.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [out] creds           New credentials
 * @param [in]  client          Client principal
 * @param [in]  password        Password (or NULL)
 * @param [in]  prompter        Prompter function
 * @param [in]  data            Prompter callback data
 * @param [in]  start_time      Time when ticket becomes valid (0 for now)
 * @param [in]  in_tkt_service  Service name of initial credentials (or NULL)
 * @param [in]  k5_gic_options  Initial credential options
 *
 * This function requests KDC for an initial credentials for @a client using @a
 * password.  If @a password is NULL, a password will be prompted for using @a
 * prompter if necessary.  If @a in_tkt_service is specified, it is parsed as a
 * principal name (with the realm ignored) and used as the service principal
 * for the request; otherwise the ticket-granting service is used.
 *
 * @sa krb5_verify_init_creds()
 *
 * @retval
 *  0    Success
 * @retval
 *  EINVAL Invalid argument
 * @retval
 *  KRB5_KDC_UNREACH Cannot contact any KDC for requested realm
 * @retval
 *  KRB5_PREAUTH_FAILED Generic Pre-athentication failure
 * @retval
 *  KRB5_LIBOS_PWDINTR Password read interrupted
 * @retval
 *  KRB5_REALM_CANT_RESOLVE Cannot resolve network address for KDC in requested realm
 * @retval
 *  KRB5KDC_ERR_KEY_EXP Password has expired
 * @retval
 *  KRB5_LIBOS_BADPWDMATCH Password mismatch
 * @retval
 *  KRB5_CHPW_PWDNULL New password cannot be zero length
 * @retval
 *  KRB5_CHPW_FAIL Password change failed
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_password(krb5_context context, krb5_creds *creds,
                             krb5_principal client, const char *password,
                             krb5_prompter_fct prompter, void *data,
                             krb5_deltat start_time,
                             const char *in_tkt_service,
                             krb5_get_init_creds_opt *k5_gic_options);

/**
 * Retrieve enctype, salt and s2kparams from KDC
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  principal       Principal whose information is requested
 * @param [in]  opt             Initial credential options
 * @param [out] enctype_out     The enctype chosen by KDC
 * @param [out] salt_out        Salt returned from KDC
 * @param [out] s2kparams_out   String-to-key parameters returned from KDC
 *
 * Send an initial ticket request for @a principal and extract the encryption
 * type, salt type, and string-to-key parameters from the KDC response.  If the
 * KDC provides no etype-info, set @a enctype_out to @c ENCTYPE_NULL and set @a
 * salt_out and @a s2kparams_out to empty.  If the KDC etype-info provides no
 * salt, compute the default salt and place it in @a salt_out.  If the KDC
 * etype-info provides no string-to-key parameters, set @a s2kparams_out to
 * empty.
 *
 * @a opt may be used to specify options which affect the initial request, such
 * as request encryption types or a FAST armor cache (see
 * krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_etype_list() and
 * krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_fast_ccache_name()).
 *
 * Use krb5_free_data_contents() to free @a salt_out and @a s2kparams_out when
 * they are no longer needed.
 *
 * @version New in 1.17
 *
 * @retval 0 Success
 * @return A Kerberos error code
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_etype_info(krb5_context context, krb5_principal principal,
                    krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt, krb5_enctype *enctype_out,
                    krb5_data *salt_out, krb5_data *s2kparams_out);

struct _krb5_init_creds_context;
typedef struct _krb5_init_creds_context *krb5_init_creds_context;

#define KRB5_INIT_CREDS_STEP_FLAG_CONTINUE 0x1  /**< More responses needed */

/**
 * Free an initial credentials context.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] ctx              Initial credentials context
 *
 * @a context must be the same as the one passed to krb5_init_creds_init() for
 * this initial credentials context.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_init_creds_free(krb5_context context, krb5_init_creds_context ctx);

/**
 * Acquire credentials using an initial credentials context.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] ctx              Initial credentials context
 *
 * This function synchronously obtains credentials using a context created by
 * krb5_init_creds_init().  On successful return, the credentials can be
 * retrieved with krb5_init_creds_get_creds().
 *
 * @a context must be the same as the one passed to krb5_init_creds_init() for
 * this initial credentials context.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_init_creds_get(krb5_context context, krb5_init_creds_context ctx);

/**
 * Retrieve acquired credentials from an initial credentials context.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  ctx             Initial credentials context
 * @param [out] creds           Acquired credentials
 *
 * This function copies the acquired initial credentials from @a ctx into @a
 * creds, after the successful completion of krb5_init_creds_get() or
 * krb5_init_creds_step().  Use krb5_free_cred_contents() to free @a creds when
 * it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_init_creds_get_creds(krb5_context context, krb5_init_creds_context ctx,
                          krb5_creds *creds);

/**
 * Get the last error from KDC from an initial credentials context.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  ctx             Initial credentials context
 * @param [out] error           Error from KDC, or NULL if none was received
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_init_creds_get_error(krb5_context context, krb5_init_creds_context ctx,
                          krb5_error **error);

/**
 * Create a context for acquiring initial credentials.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  client          Client principal to get initial creds for
 * @param [in]  prompter        Prompter callback
 * @param [in]  data            Prompter callback argument
 * @param [in]  start_time      Time when credentials become valid (0 for now)
 * @param [in]  options         Options structure (NULL for default)
 * @param [out] ctx             New initial credentials context
 *
 * This function creates a new context for acquiring initial credentials.  Use
 * krb5_init_creds_free() to free @a ctx when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * Any subsequent calls to krb5_init_creds_step(), krb5_init_creds_get(), or
 * krb5_init_creds_free() for this initial credentials context must use the
 * same @a context argument as the one passed to this function.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_init_creds_init(krb5_context context, krb5_principal client,
                     krb5_prompter_fct prompter, void *data,
                     krb5_deltat start_time, krb5_get_init_creds_opt *options,
                     krb5_init_creds_context *ctx);

/**
 * Specify a keytab to use for acquiring initial credentials.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] ctx              Initial credentials context
 * @param [in] keytab           Key table handle
 *
 * This function supplies a keytab containing the client key for an initial
 * credentials request.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_init_creds_set_keytab(krb5_context context, krb5_init_creds_context ctx,
                           krb5_keytab keytab);

/**
 * Get the next KDC request for acquiring initial credentials.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  ctx             Initial credentials context
 * @param [in]  in              KDC response (empty on the first call)
 * @param [out] out             Next KDC request
 * @param [out] realm           Realm for next KDC request
 * @param [out] flags           Output flags
 *
 * This function constructs the next KDC request in an initial credential
 * exchange, allowing the caller to control the transport of KDC requests and
 * replies.  On the first call, @a in should be set to an empty buffer; on
 * subsequent calls, it should be set to the KDC's reply to the previous
 * request.
 *
 * If more requests are needed, @a flags will be set to
 * #KRB5_INIT_CREDS_STEP_FLAG_CONTINUE and the next request will be placed in
 * @a out.  If no more requests are needed, @a flags will not contain
 * #KRB5_INIT_CREDS_STEP_FLAG_CONTINUE and @a out will be empty.
 *
 * If this function returns @c KRB5KRB_ERR_RESPONSE_TOO_BIG, the caller should
 * transmit the next request using TCP rather than UDP.  If this function
 * returns any other error, the initial credential exchange has failed.
 *
 * @a context must be the same as the one passed to krb5_init_creds_init() for
 * this initial credentials context.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_init_creds_step(krb5_context context, krb5_init_creds_context ctx,
                     krb5_data *in, krb5_data *out, krb5_data *realm,
                     unsigned int *flags);

/**
 * Set a password for acquiring initial credentials.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] ctx              Initial credentials context
 * @param [in] password         Password
 *
 * This function supplies a password to be used to construct the client key for
 * an initial credentials request.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_init_creds_set_password(krb5_context context, krb5_init_creds_context ctx,
                             const char *password);

/**
 * Specify a service principal for acquiring initial credentials.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] ctx              Initial credentials context
 * @param [in] service          Service principal string
 *
 * This function supplies a service principal string to acquire initial
 * credentials for instead of the default krbtgt service.  @a service is parsed
 * as a principal name; any realm part is ignored.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_init_creds_set_service(krb5_context context, krb5_init_creds_context ctx,
                            const char *service);

/**
 * Retrieve ticket times from an initial credentials context.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  ctx             Initial credentials context
 * @param [out] times           Ticket times for acquired credentials
 *
 * The initial credentials context must have completed obtaining credentials
 * via either krb5_init_creds_get() or krb5_init_creds_step().
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_init_creds_get_times(krb5_context context, krb5_init_creds_context ctx,
                          krb5_ticket_times *times);

struct _krb5_tkt_creds_context;
typedef struct _krb5_tkt_creds_context *krb5_tkt_creds_context;

/**
 * Create a context to get credentials from a KDC's Ticket Granting Service.
 *
 * @param[in]  context          Library context
 * @param[in]  ccache           Credential cache handle
 * @param[in]  creds            Input credentials
 * @param[in]  options          @ref KRB5_GC options for this request.
 * @param[out] ctx              New TGS request context
 *
 * This function prepares to obtain credentials matching @a creds, either by
 * retrieving them from @a ccache or by making requests to ticket-granting
 * services beginning with a ticket-granting ticket for the client principal's
 * realm.
 *
 * The resulting TGS acquisition context can be used asynchronously with
 * krb5_tkt_creds_step() or synchronously with krb5_tkt_creds_get().  See also
 * krb5_get_credentials() for synchronous use.
 *
 * Use krb5_tkt_creds_free() to free @a ctx when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @version New in 1.9
 *
 * @retval 0  Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_tkt_creds_init(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache ccache,
                    krb5_creds *creds, krb5_flags options,
                    krb5_tkt_creds_context *ctx);

/**
 * Synchronously obtain credentials using a TGS request context.
 *
 * @param[in] context           Library context
 * @param[in] ctx               TGS request context
 *
 * This function synchronously obtains credentials using a context created by
 * krb5_tkt_creds_init().  On successful return, the credentials can be
 * retrieved with krb5_tkt_creds_get_creds().
 *
 * @version New in 1.9
 *
 * @retval 0  Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_tkt_creds_get(krb5_context context, krb5_tkt_creds_context ctx);

/**
 * Retrieve acquired credentials from a TGS request context.
 *
 * @param[in]  context          Library context
 * @param[in]  ctx              TGS request context
 * @param[out] creds            Acquired credentials
 *
 * This function copies the acquired initial credentials from @a ctx into @a
 * creds, after the successful completion of krb5_tkt_creds_get() or
 * krb5_tkt_creds_step().  Use krb5_free_cred_contents() to free @a creds when
 * it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @version New in 1.9
 *
 * @retval 0  Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_tkt_creds_get_creds(krb5_context context, krb5_tkt_creds_context ctx,
                         krb5_creds *creds);

/**
 * Free a TGS request context.
 *
 * @param[in]  context  Library context
 * @param[in]  ctx      TGS request context
 *
 * @version New in 1.9
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_tkt_creds_free(krb5_context context, krb5_tkt_creds_context ctx);

#define KRB5_TKT_CREDS_STEP_FLAG_CONTINUE 0x1  /**< More responses needed */

/**
 * Get the next KDC request in a TGS exchange.
 *
 * @param[in]  context          Library context
 * @param[in]  ctx              TGS request context
 * @param[in]  in               KDC response (empty on the first call)
 * @param[out] out              Next KDC request
 * @param[out] realm            Realm for next KDC request
 * @param[out] flags            Output flags
 *
 * This function constructs the next KDC request for a TGS exchange, allowing
 * the caller to control the transport of KDC requests and replies.  On the
 * first call, @a in should be set to an empty buffer; on subsequent calls, it
 * should be set to the KDC's reply to the previous request.
 *
 * If more requests are needed, @a flags will be set to
 * #KRB5_TKT_CREDS_STEP_FLAG_CONTINUE and the next request will be placed in @a
 * out.  If no more requests are needed, @a flags will not contain
 * #KRB5_TKT_CREDS_STEP_FLAG_CONTINUE and @a out will be empty.
 *
 * If this function returns @c KRB5KRB_ERR_RESPONSE_TOO_BIG, the caller should
 * transmit the next request using TCP rather than UDP.  If this function
 * returns any other error, the TGS exchange has failed.
 *
 * @version New in 1.9
 *
 * @retval 0  Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_tkt_creds_step(krb5_context context, krb5_tkt_creds_context ctx,
                    krb5_data *in, krb5_data *out, krb5_data *realm,
                    unsigned int *flags);

/**
 * Retrieve ticket times from a TGS request context.
 *
 * @param[in]  context          Library context
 * @param[in]  ctx              TGS request context
 * @param[out] times            Ticket times for acquired credentials
 *
 * The TGS request context must have completed obtaining credentials via either
 * krb5_tkt_creds_get() or krb5_tkt_creds_step().
 *
 * @version New in 1.9
 *
 * @retval 0  Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_tkt_creds_get_times(krb5_context context, krb5_tkt_creds_context ctx,
                         krb5_ticket_times *times);

/**
 * Get initial credentials using a key table.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [out] creds           New credentials
 * @param [in]  client          Client principal
 * @param [in]  arg_keytab      Key table handle
 * @param [in]  start_time      Time when ticket becomes valid (0 for now)
 * @param [in]  in_tkt_service  Service name of initial credentials (or NULL)
 * @param [in]  k5_gic_options  Initial credential options
 *
 * This function requests KDC for an initial credentials for @a client using a
 * client key stored in @a arg_keytab.  If @a in_tkt_service is specified, it
 * is parsed as a principal name (with the realm ignored) and used as the
 * service principal for the request; otherwise the ticket-granting service is
 * used.
 *
 * @sa krb5_verify_init_creds()
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_keytab(krb5_context context, krb5_creds *creds,
                           krb5_principal client, krb5_keytab arg_keytab,
                           krb5_deltat start_time, const char *in_tkt_service,
                           krb5_get_init_creds_opt *k5_gic_options);

typedef struct _krb5_verify_init_creds_opt {
    krb5_flags flags;
    int ap_req_nofail; /**< boolean */
} krb5_verify_init_creds_opt;

#define KRB5_VERIFY_INIT_CREDS_OPT_AP_REQ_NOFAIL        0x0001

/**
 * Initialize a credential verification options structure.
 *
 * @param [in] k5_vic_options   Verification options structure
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_verify_init_creds_opt_init(krb5_verify_init_creds_opt *k5_vic_options);

/**
 * Set whether credential verification is required.
 *
 * @param [in] k5_vic_options   Verification options structure
 * @param [in] ap_req_nofail    Whether to require successful verification
 *
 * This function determines how krb5_verify_init_creds() behaves if no keytab
 * information is available.  If @a ap_req_nofail is @c FALSE, verification
 * will be skipped in this case and krb5_verify_init_creds() will return
 * successfully.  If @a ap_req_nofail is @c TRUE, krb5_verify_init_creds() will
 * not return successfully unless verification can be performed.
 *
 * If this function is not used, the behavior of krb5_verify_init_creds() is
 * determined through configuration.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_verify_init_creds_opt_set_ap_req_nofail(krb5_verify_init_creds_opt * k5_vic_options,
                                             int ap_req_nofail);

/**
 * Verify initial credentials against a keytab.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] creds            Initial credentials to be verified
 * @param [in] server           Server principal (or NULL)
 * @param [in] keytab           Key table (NULL to use default keytab)
 * @param [in] ccache           Credential cache for fetched creds (or NULL)
 * @param [in] options          Verification options (NULL for default options)
 *
 * This function attempts to verify that @a creds were obtained from a KDC with
 * knowledge of a key in @a keytab, or the default keytab if @a keytab is NULL.
 * If @a server is provided, the highest-kvno key entry for that principal name
 * is used to verify the credentials; otherwise, all unique "host" service
 * principals in the keytab are tried.
 *
 * If the specified keytab does not exist, or is empty, or cannot be read, or
 * does not contain an entry for @a server, then credential verification may be
 * skipped unless configuration demands that it succeed.  The caller can
 * control this behavior by providing a verification options structure; see
 * krb5_verify_init_creds_opt_init() and
 * krb5_verify_init_creds_opt_set_ap_req_nofail().
 *
 * If @a ccache is NULL, any additional credentials fetched during the
 * verification process will be destroyed.  If @a ccache points to NULL, a
 * memory ccache will be created for the additional credentials and returned in
 * @a ccache.  If @a ccache points to a valid credential cache handle, the
 * additional credentials will be stored in that cache.
 *
 * @retval 0  Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_verify_init_creds(krb5_context context, krb5_creds *creds,
                       krb5_principal server, krb5_keytab keytab,
                       krb5_ccache *ccache,
                       krb5_verify_init_creds_opt *options);

/**
 * Get validated credentials from the KDC.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [out] creds           Validated credentials
 * @param [in]  client          Client principal name
 * @param [in]  ccache          Credential cache
 * @param [in]  in_tkt_service  Server principal string (or NULL)
 *
 * This function gets a validated credential using a postdated credential from
 * @a ccache.  If @a in_tkt_service is specified, it is parsed (with the realm
 * part ignored) and used as the server principal of the credential;
 * otherwise, the ticket-granting service is used.
 *
 * If successful, the validated credential is placed in @a creds.
 *
 * @sa krb5_get_renewed_creds()
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success
 * @retval
 * KRB5_NO_2ND_TKT Request missing second ticket
 * @retval
 * KRB5_NO_TKT_SUPPLIED Request did not supply a ticket
 * @retval
 * KRB5_PRINC_NOMATCH Requested principal and ticket do not match
 * @retval
 * KRB5_KDCREP_MODIFIED KDC reply did not match expectations
 * @retval
 * KRB5_KDCREP_SKEW Clock skew too great in KDC reply
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_validated_creds(krb5_context context, krb5_creds *creds,
                         krb5_principal client, krb5_ccache ccache,
                         const char *in_tkt_service);

/**
 * Get renewed credential from KDC using an existing credential.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [out] creds           Renewed credentials
 * @param [in]  client          Client principal name
 * @param [in]  ccache          Credential cache
 * @param [in]  in_tkt_service  Server principal string (or NULL)
 *
 * This function gets a renewed credential using an existing one from @a
 * ccache.  If @a in_tkt_service is specified, it is parsed (with the realm
 * part ignored) and used as the server principal of the credential; otherwise,
 * the ticket-granting service is used.
 *
 * If successful, the renewed credential is placed in @a creds.
 *
 * @retval
 * 0 Success
 * @return
 * Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_renewed_creds(krb5_context context, krb5_creds *creds,
                       krb5_principal client, krb5_ccache ccache,
                       const char *in_tkt_service);

/**
 * Decode an ASN.1-formatted ticket.
 *
 * @param [in]  code            ASN.1-formatted ticket
 * @param [out] rep             Decoded ticket information
 *
 * @retval 0  Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_decode_ticket(const krb5_data *code, krb5_ticket **rep);

/**
 * Retrieve a string value from the appdefaults section of krb5.conf.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  appname         Application name
 * @param [in]  realm           Realm name
 * @param [in]  option          Option to be checked
 * @param [in]  default_value   Default value to return if no match is found
 * @param [out] ret_value       String value of @a option
 *
 * This function gets the application defaults for @a option based on the given
 * @a appname and/or @a realm.
 *
 * @sa krb5_appdefault_boolean()
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_appdefault_string(krb5_context context, const char *appname,
                       const krb5_data *realm, const char *option,
                       const char *default_value, char ** ret_value);

/**
 * Retrieve a boolean value from the appdefaults section of krb5.conf.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  appname         Application name
 * @param [in]  realm           Realm name
 * @param [in]  option          Option to be checked
 * @param [in]  default_value   Default value to return if no match is found
 * @param [out] ret_value       Boolean value of @a option
 *
 * This function gets the application defaults for @a option based on the given
 * @a appname and/or @a realm.
 *
 * @sa krb5_appdefault_string()
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_appdefault_boolean(krb5_context context, const char *appname,
                        const krb5_data *realm, const char *option,
                        int default_value, int *ret_value);

/*
 * Prompter enhancements
 */
/** Prompt for password */
#define KRB5_PROMPT_TYPE_PASSWORD            0x1
/** Prompt for new password (during password change) */
#define KRB5_PROMPT_TYPE_NEW_PASSWORD        0x2
/** Prompt for new password again */
#define KRB5_PROMPT_TYPE_NEW_PASSWORD_AGAIN  0x3
/** Prompt for preauthentication data (such as an OTP value) */
#define KRB5_PROMPT_TYPE_PREAUTH             0x4

typedef krb5_int32 krb5_prompt_type;

/**
 * Get prompt types array from a context.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 *
 * @return
 * Pointer to an array of prompt types corresponding to the prompter's @a
 * prompts arguments.  Each type has one of the following values:
 *  @li #KRB5_PROMPT_TYPE_PASSWORD
 *  @li #KRB5_PROMPT_TYPE_NEW_PASSWORD
 *  @li #KRB5_PROMPT_TYPE_NEW_PASSWORD_AGAIN
 *  @li #KRB5_PROMPT_TYPE_PREAUTH
 */
krb5_prompt_type* KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_prompt_types(krb5_context context);

/* Error reporting */
/**
 * Set an extended error message for an error code.
 *
 * @param [in] ctx              Library context
 * @param [in] code             Error code
 * @param [in] fmt              Error string for the error code
 * @param [in] ...              printf(3) style parameters
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV_C
krb5_set_error_message(krb5_context ctx, krb5_error_code code, const char *fmt, ...)
#if !defined(__cplusplus) && (__GNUC__ > 2)
    __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, 3, 4)))
#endif
    ;

/**
 * Set an extended error message for an error code using a va_list.
 *
 * @param [in] ctx              Library context
 * @param [in] code             Error code
 * @param [in] fmt              Error string for the error code
 * @param [in] args             List of vprintf(3) style arguments
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_vset_error_message(krb5_context  ctx, krb5_error_code code,
                        const char *fmt, va_list args)
#if !defined(__cplusplus) && (__GNUC__ > 2)
    __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, 3, 0)))
#endif
    ;

/**
 * Add a prefix to the message for an error code.
 *
 * @param [in] ctx              Library context
 * @param [in] code             Error code
 * @param [in] fmt              Format string for error message prefix
 * @param [in] ...              printf(3) style parameters
 *
 * Format a message and prepend it to the current message for @a code.  The
 * prefix will be separated from the old message with a colon and space.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV_C
krb5_prepend_error_message(krb5_context ctx, krb5_error_code code,
                           const char *fmt, ...)
#if !defined(__cplusplus) && (__GNUC__ > 2)
    __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, 3, 4)))
#endif
    ;

/**
 * Add a prefix to the message for an error code using a va_list.
 *
 * @param [in] ctx              Library context
 * @param [in] code             Error code
 * @param [in] fmt              Format string for error message prefix
 * @param [in] args             List of vprintf(3) style arguments
 *
 * This function is similar to krb5_prepend_error_message(), but uses a
 * va_list instead of variadic arguments.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_vprepend_error_message(krb5_context  ctx, krb5_error_code code,
                        const char *fmt, va_list args)
#if !defined(__cplusplus) && (__GNUC__ > 2)
    __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, 3, 0)))
#endif
    ;

/**
 * Add a prefix to a different error code's message.
 *
 * @param [in] ctx              Library context
 * @param [in] old_code         Previous error code
 * @param [in] code             Error code
 * @param [in] fmt              Format string for error message prefix
 * @param [in] ...              printf(3) style parameters
 *
 * Format a message and prepend it to the message for @a old_code.  The prefix
 * will be separated from the old message with a colon and space.  Set the
 * resulting message as the extended error message for @a code.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV_C
krb5_wrap_error_message(krb5_context ctx, krb5_error_code old_code,
                        krb5_error_code code, const char *fmt, ...)
#if !defined(__cplusplus) && (__GNUC__ > 2)
    __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, 4, 5)))
#endif
    ;

/**
 * Add a prefix to a different error code's message using a va_list.
 *
 * @param [in] ctx              Library context
 * @param [in] old_code         Previous error code
 * @param [in] code             Error code
 * @param [in] fmt              Format string for error message prefix
 * @param [in] args             List of vprintf(3) style arguments
 *
 * This function is similar to krb5_wrap_error_message(), but uses a
 * va_list instead of variadic arguments.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_vwrap_error_message(krb5_context ctx, krb5_error_code old_code,
                         krb5_error_code code, const char *fmt, va_list args)
#if !defined(__cplusplus) && (__GNUC__ > 2)
    __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, 4, 0)))
#endif
    ;

/**
 * Copy the most recent extended error message from one context to another.
 *
 * @param [in] dest_ctx         Library context to copy message to
 * @param [in] src_ctx          Library context with current message
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_copy_error_message(krb5_context dest_ctx, krb5_context src_ctx);

/**
 * Get the (possibly extended) error message for a code.
 *
 * @param [in] ctx              Library context
 * @param [in] code             Error code
 *
 * The behavior of krb5_get_error_message() is only defined the first time it
 * is called after a failed call to a krb5 function using the same context, and
 * only when the error code passed in is the same as that returned by the krb5
 * function.
 *
 * This function never returns NULL, so its result may be used unconditionally
 * as a C string.
 *
 * The string returned by this function must be freed using
 * krb5_free_error_message()
 *
 * @note Future versions may return the same string for the second
 * and following calls.
 */
const char * KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_error_message(krb5_context ctx, krb5_error_code code);

/**
 * Free an error message generated by krb5_get_error_message().
 *
 * @param [in] ctx              Library context
 * @param [in] msg              Pointer to error message
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_free_error_message(krb5_context ctx, const char *msg);

/**
 * Clear the extended error message in a context.
 *
 * @param [in] ctx              Library context
 *
 * This function unsets the extended error message in a context, to ensure that
 * it is not mistakenly applied to another occurrence of the same error code.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_clear_error_message(krb5_context ctx);

/**
 * Unwrap authorization data.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  type            @ref KRB5_AUTHDATA type of @a container
 * @param [in]  container       Authorization data to be decoded
 * @param [out] authdata        List of decoded authorization data
 *
 * @sa krb5_encode_authdata_container()
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_decode_authdata_container(krb5_context context,
                               krb5_authdatatype type,
                               const krb5_authdata *container,
                               krb5_authdata ***authdata);
/**
 * Wrap authorization data in a container.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  type            @ref KRB5_AUTHDATA type of @a container
 * @param [in]  authdata        List of authorization data to be encoded
 * @param [out] container       List of encoded authorization data
 *
 * The result is returned in @a container as a single-element list.
 *
 * @sa krb5_decode_authdata_container()
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_encode_authdata_container(krb5_context context,
                               krb5_authdatatype type,
                               krb5_authdata * const*authdata,
                               krb5_authdata ***container);

/*
 * AD-KDCIssued
 */
/**
 * Encode and sign AD-KDCIssued authorization data.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  key             Session key
 * @param [in]  issuer          The name of the issuing principal
 * @param [in]  authdata        List of authorization data to be signed
 * @param [out] ad_kdcissued    List containing AD-KDCIssued authdata
 *
 * This function wraps a list of authorization data entries @a authdata in an
 * AD-KDCIssued container (see RFC 4120 section 5.2.6.2) signed with @a key.
 * The result is returned in @a ad_kdcissued as a single-element list.
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_make_authdata_kdc_issued(krb5_context context,
                              const krb5_keyblock *key,
                              krb5_const_principal issuer,
                              krb5_authdata *const *authdata,
                              krb5_authdata ***ad_kdcissued);

/**
 * Unwrap and verify AD-KDCIssued authorization data.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] key              Session key
 * @param [in] ad_kdcissued     AD-KDCIssued authorization data to be unwrapped
 * @param [out] issuer          Name of issuing principal (or NULL)
 * @param [out] authdata        Unwrapped list of authorization data
 *
 * This function unwraps an AD-KDCIssued authdatum (see RFC 4120 section
 * 5.2.6.2) and verifies its signature against @a key.  The issuer field of the
 * authdatum element is returned in @a issuer, and the unwrapped list of
 * authdata is returned in @a authdata.
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_verify_authdata_kdc_issued(krb5_context context,
                                const krb5_keyblock *key,
                                const krb5_authdata *ad_kdcissued,
                                krb5_principal *issuer,
                                krb5_authdata ***authdata);

/*
 * Windows PAC
 */

/* Microsoft defined types of data */
#define KRB5_PAC_LOGON_INFO        1  /**< Logon information */
#define KRB5_PAC_CREDENTIALS_INFO  2  /**< Credentials information */
#define KRB5_PAC_SERVER_CHECKSUM   6  /**< Server checksum */
#define KRB5_PAC_PRIVSVR_CHECKSUM  7  /**< KDC checksum */
#define KRB5_PAC_CLIENT_INFO       10 /**< Client name and ticket info */
#define KRB5_PAC_DELEGATION_INFO   11 /**< Constrained delegation info */
#define KRB5_PAC_UPN_DNS_INFO      12 /**< User principal name and DNS info */
#define KRB5_PAC_CLIENT_CLAIMS     13 /**< Client claims information */
#define KRB5_PAC_DEVICE_INFO       14 /**< Device information */
#define KRB5_PAC_DEVICE_CLAIMS     15 /**< Device claims information */
#define KRB5_PAC_TICKET_CHECKSUM   16 /**< Ticket checksum */
#define KRB5_PAC_ATTRIBUTES_INFO   17 /**< PAC attributes */
#define KRB5_PAC_REQUESTOR         18 /**< PAC requestor SID */
#define KRB5_PAC_FULL_CHECKSUM     19 /**< KDC full checksum */

struct krb5_pac_data;
/** PAC data structure to convey authorization information */
typedef struct krb5_pac_data *krb5_pac;

/**
 * Add a buffer to a PAC handle.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] pac              PAC handle
 * @param [in] type             Buffer type
 * @param [in] data             contents
 *
 * This function adds a buffer of type @a type and contents @a data to @a pac
 * if there isn't already a buffer of this type present.
 *
 * The valid values of @a type is one of the following:
 * @li #KRB5_PAC_LOGON_INFO         -  Logon information
 * @li #KRB5_PAC_CREDENTIALS_INFO   -  Credentials information
 * @li #KRB5_PAC_SERVER_CHECKSUM    -  Server checksum
 * @li #KRB5_PAC_PRIVSVR_CHECKSUM   -  KDC checksum
 * @li #KRB5_PAC_CLIENT_INFO        -  Client name and ticket information
 * @li #KRB5_PAC_DELEGATION_INFO    -  Constrained delegation information
 * @li #KRB5_PAC_UPN_DNS_INFO       -  User principal name and DNS information
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_pac_add_buffer(krb5_context context, krb5_pac pac, krb5_ui_4 type,
                    const krb5_data *data);

/**
 * Free a PAC handle.
 *
 * @param [in] context         Library context
 * @param [in] pac             PAC to be freed
 *
 * This function frees the contents of @a pac and the structure itself.
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_pac_free(krb5_context context, krb5_pac pac);

/**
 * Retrieve a buffer value from a PAC.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  pac             PAC handle
 * @param [in]  type            Type of buffer to retrieve
 * @param [out] data            Buffer value
 *
 * Use krb5_free_data_contents() to free @a data when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_pac_get_buffer(krb5_context context, krb5_pac pac, krb5_ui_4 type,
                    krb5_data *data);

/**
 * Return an array of buffer types in a PAC handle.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  pac             PAC handle
 * @param [out] len             Number of entries in @a types
 * @param [out] types           Array of buffer types
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_pac_get_types(krb5_context context, krb5_pac pac, size_t *len,
                   krb5_ui_4 **types);

/**
 * Create an empty Privilege Attribute Certificate (PAC) handle.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [out] pac             New PAC handle
 *
 * Use krb5_pac_free() to free @a pac when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_pac_init(krb5_context context, krb5_pac *pac);

/**
 * Unparse an encoded PAC into a new handle.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  ptr             PAC buffer
 * @param [in]  len             Length of @a ptr
 * @param [out] pac             PAC handle
 *
 * Use krb5_pac_free() to free @a pac when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_pac_parse(krb5_context context, const void *ptr, size_t len,
               krb5_pac *pac);

/**
 * Verify a PAC.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] pac              PAC handle
 * @param [in] authtime         Expected timestamp
 * @param [in] principal        Expected principal name (or NULL)
 * @param [in] server           Key to validate server checksum (or NULL)
 * @param [in] privsvr          Key to validate KDC checksum (or NULL)
 *
 * This function validates @a pac against the supplied @a server, @a privsvr,
 * @a principal and @a authtime.  If @a principal is NULL, the principal and
 * authtime are not verified.  If @a server or @a privsvr is NULL, the
 * corresponding checksum is not verified.
 *
 * If successful, @a pac is marked as verified.
 *
 * @note A checksum mismatch can occur if the PAC was copied from a cross-realm
 * TGT by an ignorant KDC; also macOS Server Open Directory (as of 10.6)
 * generates PACs with no server checksum at all.  One should consider not
 * failing the whole authentication because of this reason, but, instead,
 * treating the ticket as if it did not contain a PAC or marking the PAC
 * information as non-verified.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_pac_verify(krb5_context context, const krb5_pac pac,
                krb5_timestamp authtime, krb5_const_principal principal,
                const krb5_keyblock *server, const krb5_keyblock *privsvr);

/**
 * Verify a PAC, possibly from a specified realm.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] pac              PAC handle
 * @param [in] authtime         Expected timestamp
 * @param [in] principal        Expected principal name (or NULL)
 * @param [in] server           Key to validate server checksum (or NULL)
 * @param [in] privsvr          Key to validate KDC checksum (or NULL)
 * @param [in] with_realm       If true, expect the realm of @a principal
 *
 * This function is similar to krb5_pac_verify(), but adds a parameter
 * @a with_realm.  If @a with_realm is true, the PAC_CLIENT_INFO field is
 * expected to include the realm of @a principal as well as the name.  This
 * flag is necessary to verify PACs in cross-realm S4U2Self referral TGTs.
 *
 * @version New in 1.17
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_pac_verify_ext(krb5_context context, const krb5_pac pac,
                    krb5_timestamp authtime, krb5_const_principal principal,
                    const krb5_keyblock *server, const krb5_keyblock *privsvr,
                    krb5_boolean with_realm);

/**
 * Verify a PAC, possibly including ticket signature
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] enc_tkt          Ticket enc-part, possibly containing a PAC
 * @param [in] server_princ     Canonicalized name of ticket server
 * @param [in] server           Key to validate server checksum (or NULL)
 * @param [in] privsvr          Key to validate KDC checksum (or NULL)
 * @param [out] pac_out         Verified PAC (NULL if no PAC included)
 *
 * If a PAC is present in @a enc_tkt, verify its signatures.  If @a privsvr is
 * not NULL and @a server_princ is not a krbtgt or kadmin/changepw service,
 * require a ticket signature over @a enc_tkt in addition to the KDC signature.
 * Place the verified PAC in @a pac_out.  If an invalid PAC signature is found,
 * return an error matching the Windows KDC protocol code for that condition as
 * closely as possible.
 *
 * If no PAC is present in @a enc_tkt, set @a pac_out to NULL and return
 * successfully.
 *
 * @note This function does not validate the PAC_CLIENT_INFO buffer.  If a
 * specific value is expected, the caller can make a separate call to
 * krb5_pac_verify_ext() with a principal but no keys.
 *
 * @retval 0 Success; otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 *
 * @version New in 1.20
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_kdc_verify_ticket(krb5_context context, const krb5_enc_tkt_part *enc_tkt,
                       krb5_const_principal server_princ,
                       const krb5_keyblock *server,
                       const krb5_keyblock *privsvr, krb5_pac *pac_out);

/** @deprecated Use krb5_kdc_sign_ticket() instead. */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_pac_sign(krb5_context context, krb5_pac pac, krb5_timestamp authtime,
              krb5_const_principal principal, const krb5_keyblock *server_key,
              const krb5_keyblock *privsvr_key, krb5_data *data);

/** @deprecated Use krb5_kdc_sign_ticket() instead. */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_pac_sign_ext(krb5_context context, krb5_pac pac, krb5_timestamp authtime,
                  krb5_const_principal principal,
                  const krb5_keyblock *server_key,
                  const krb5_keyblock *privsvr_key, krb5_boolean with_realm,
                  krb5_data *data);

/**
 * Compatibility function used by IPA if the 1.20 KDB diver API is not
 * available.  It generates PAC signatures, including the extended KDC one when
 * relevant.
 *
 * It is similar to krb5_kdc_sign_ticket(), except it will not generate the
 * PAC ticket signature, and therefore does not expect encrypted ticket part as
 * parameter.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  pac             PAC handle
 * @param [in]  authtime        Expected timestamp
 * @param [in]  client_princ    Client principal name (or NULL)
 * @param [in]  server_princ    Server principal name
 * @param [in]  server_key      Key for server checksum
 * @param [in]  privsvr_key     Key for KDC checksum
 * @param [in]  with_realm      If true, include the realm of @a client_princ
 * @param [out] data            Signed PAC encoding
 *
 * This function signs @a pac using the keys @a server_key and @a privsvr_key
 * and returns the signed encoding in @a data.  @a pac is modified to include
 * the server and KDC checksum buffers.  Use krb5_free_data_contents() to free
 * @a data when it is no longer needed.
 *
 * If @a with_realm is true, the PAC_CLIENT_INFO field of the signed PAC will
 * include the realm of @a client_princ as well as the name.  This flag is
 * necessary to generate PACs for cross-realm S4U2Self referrals.
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_pac_full_sign_compat(krb5_context context, krb5_pac pac,
                          krb5_timestamp authtime,
                          krb5_const_principal client_princ,
                          krb5_const_principal server_princ,
                          const krb5_keyblock *server_key,
                          const krb5_keyblock *privsvr_key,
                          krb5_boolean with_realm,
                          krb5_data *data);

/**
 * Sign a PAC, possibly including a ticket signature
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  enc_tkt         The ticket for the signature
 * @param [in]  pac             PAC handle
 * @param [in]  server_princ    Canonical ticket server name
 * @param [in]  client_princ    PAC_CLIENT_INFO principal (or NULL)
 * @param [in]  server          Key for server checksum
 * @param [in]  privsvr         Key for KDC and ticket checksum
 * @param [in]  with_realm      If true, include the realm of @a principal
 *
 * Sign @a pac using the keys @a server and @a privsvr.  Include a ticket
 * signature over @a enc_tkt if @a server_princ is not a TGS or kadmin/changepw
 * principal name.  Add the signed PAC's encoding to the authorization data of
 * @a enc_tkt in the first slot, wrapped in an AD-IF-RELEVANT container.  If @a
 * client_princ is non-null, add a PAC_CLIENT_INFO buffer, including the realm
 * if @a with_realm is true.
 *
 * @retval 0 on success, otherwise - Kerberos error codes
 *
 * @version New in 1.20
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_kdc_sign_ticket(krb5_context context, krb5_enc_tkt_part *enc_tkt,
                     const krb5_pac pac, krb5_const_principal server_princ,
                     krb5_const_principal client_princ,
                     const krb5_keyblock *server, const krb5_keyblock *privsvr,
                     krb5_boolean with_realm);

/**
 * Read client information from a PAC.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  pac             PAC handle
 * @param [out] authtime_out    Authentication timestamp (NULL if not needed)
 * @param [out] princname_out   Client account name
 *
 * Read the PAC_CLIENT_INFO buffer in @a pac.  Place the client account name as
 * a string in @a princname_out.  If @a authtime_out is not NULL, place the
 * initial authentication timestamp in @a authtime_out.
 *
 * @retval 0 on success, ENOENT if no PAC_CLIENT_INFO buffer is present in @a
 * pac, ERANGE if the buffer contains invalid lengths.
 *
 * @version New in 1.18
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_pac_get_client_info(krb5_context context, const krb5_pac pac,
                         krb5_timestamp *authtime_out, char **princname_out);

/**
 * Allow the application to override the profile's allow_weak_crypto setting.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] enable           Boolean flag
 *
 * This function allows an application to override the allow_weak_crypto
 * setting.  It is primarily for use by aklog.
 *
 * @retval 0  (always)
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_allow_weak_crypto(krb5_context context, krb5_boolean enable);

/**
 * A wrapper for passing information to a @c krb5_trace_callback.
 *
 * Currently, it only contains the formatted message as determined
 * the the format string and arguments of the tracing macro, but it
 * may be extended to contain more fields in the future.
 */
typedef struct _krb5_trace_info {
    const char *message;
} krb5_trace_info;

typedef void
(KRB5_CALLCONV *krb5_trace_callback)(krb5_context context,
                                     const krb5_trace_info *info,
                                     void *cb_data);

/**
 * Specify a callback function for trace events.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] fn               Callback function
 * @param [in] cb_data          Callback data
 *
 * Specify a callback for trace events occurring in krb5 operations performed
 * within @a context.  @a fn will be invoked with @a context as the first
 * argument, @a cb_data as the last argument, and a pointer to a
 * krb5_trace_info as the second argument.  If the trace callback is reset via
 * this function or @a context is destroyed, @a fn will be invoked with a NULL
 * second argument so it can clean up @a cb_data.  Supply a NULL value for @a
 * fn to disable trace callbacks within @a context.
 *
 * @note This function overrides the information passed through the
 * @a KRB5_TRACE environment variable.
 *
 * @version New in 1.9
 *
 * @return Returns KRB5_TRACE_NOSUPP if tracing is not supported in the library
 * (unless @a fn is NULL).
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_set_trace_callback(krb5_context context, krb5_trace_callback fn,
                        void *cb_data);

/**
 * Specify a file name for directing trace events.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] filename         File name
 *
 * Open @a filename for appending (creating it, if necessary) and set up a
 * callback to write trace events to it.
 *
 * @note This function overrides the information passed through the
 * @a KRB5_TRACE environment variable.
 *
 * @version New in 1.9
 *
 * @retval KRB5_TRACE_NOSUPP Tracing is not supported in the library.
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_set_trace_filename(krb5_context context, const char *filename);


/**
 * Hook function for inspecting or modifying messages sent to KDCs.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  data            Callback data
 * @param [in]  realm           The realm the message will be sent to
 * @param [in]  message         The original message to be sent to the KDC
 * @param [out] new_message_out Optional replacement message to be sent
 * @param [out] reply_out       Optional synthetic reply
 *
 * If the hook function returns an error code, the KDC communication will be
 * aborted and the error code will be returned to the library operation which
 * initiated the communication.
 *
 * If the hook function sets @a reply_out, @a message will not be sent to the
 * KDC, and the given reply will used instead.
 *
 * If the hook function sets @a new_message_out, the given message will be sent
 * to the KDC in place of @a message.
 *
 * If the hook function returns successfully without setting either output,
 * @a message will be sent to the KDC normally.
 *
 * The hook function should use krb5_copy_data() to construct the value for
 * @a new_message_out or @a reply_out, to ensure that it can be freed correctly
 * by the library.
 *
 * @version New in 1.15
 *
 * @retval 0 Success
 * @return A Kerberos error code
 */
typedef krb5_error_code
(KRB5_CALLCONV *krb5_pre_send_fn)(krb5_context context, void *data,
                                  const krb5_data *realm,
                                  const krb5_data *message,
                                  krb5_data **new_message_out,
                                  krb5_data **new_reply_out);

/**
 * Hook function for inspecting or overriding KDC replies.
 *
 * @param [in]  context         Library context
 * @param [in]  data            Callback data
 * @param [in]  code            Status of KDC communication
 * @param [in]  realm           The realm the reply was received from
 * @param [in]  message         The message sent to the realm's KDC
 * @param [in]  reply           The reply received from the KDC
 * @param [out] new_reply_out   Optional replacement reply
 *
 * If @a code is zero, @a reply contains the reply received from the KDC.  The
 * hook function may return an error code to simulate an error, may synthesize
 * a different reply by setting @a new_reply_out, or may simply return
 * successfully to do nothing.
 *
 * If @a code is non-zero, KDC communication failed and @a reply should be
 * ignored.  The hook function may return @a code or a different error code, or
 * may synthesize a reply by setting @a new_reply_out and return successfully.
 *
 * The hook function should use krb5_copy_data() to construct the value for
 * @a new_reply_out, to ensure that it can be freed correctly by the library.
 *
 * @version New in 1.15
 *
 * @retval 0 Success
 * @return A Kerberos error code
 */
typedef krb5_error_code
(KRB5_CALLCONV *krb5_post_recv_fn)(krb5_context context, void *data,
                                   krb5_error_code code,
                                   const krb5_data *realm,
                                   const krb5_data *message,
                                   const krb5_data *reply,
                                   krb5_data **new_reply_out);

/**
 * Set a KDC pre-send hook function.
 *
 * @param [in] context          Library context
 * @param [in] send_hook        Hook function (or NULL to disable the hook)
 * @param [in] data             Callback data to be passed to @a send_hook
 *
 * @a send_hook will be called before messages are sent to KDCs by library
 * functions such as krb5_get_credentials().  The hook function may inspect,
 * override, or synthesize its own reply to the message.
 *
 * @version New in 1.15
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_set_kdc_send_hook(krb5_context context, krb5_pre_send_fn send_hook,
                       void *data);

/**
 * Set a KDC post-receive hook function.
 *
 * @param [in] context          The library context.
 * @param [in] recv_hook        Hook function (or NULL to disable the hook)
 * @param [in] data             Callback data to be passed to @a recv_hook
 *
 * @a recv_hook will be called after a reply is received from a KDC during a
 * call to a library function such as krb5_get_credentials().  The hook
 * function may inspect or override the reply.  This hook will not be executed
 * if the pre-send hook returns a synthetic reply.
 *
 * @version New in 1.15
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_set_kdc_recv_hook(krb5_context context, krb5_post_recv_fn recv_hook,
                       void *data);

#if defined(TARGET_OS_MAC) && TARGET_OS_MAC
#    pragma pack(pop)
#endif

KRB5INT_END_DECLS

/* Don't use this!  We're going to phase it out.  It's just here to keep
   applications from breaking right away.  */
#define krb5_const const

#undef KRB5_ATTR_DEPRECATED

/** @} */ /* end of KRB5_H group */

#endif /* KRB5_GENERAL__ */
/*
 * et-h-krb5_err.h:
 * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it.
 */

#include <et/com_err.h>

#define KRB5KDC_ERR_NONE                         (-1765328384L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_NAME_EXP                     (-1765328383L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_SERVICE_EXP                  (-1765328382L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_BAD_PVNO                     (-1765328381L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_C_OLD_MAST_KVNO              (-1765328380L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_S_OLD_MAST_KVNO              (-1765328379L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_C_PRINCIPAL_UNKNOWN          (-1765328378L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_S_PRINCIPAL_UNKNOWN          (-1765328377L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_PRINCIPAL_NOT_UNIQUE         (-1765328376L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_NULL_KEY                     (-1765328375L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_CANNOT_POSTDATE              (-1765328374L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_NEVER_VALID                  (-1765328373L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_POLICY                       (-1765328372L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_BADOPTION                    (-1765328371L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_ETYPE_NOSUPP                 (-1765328370L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_SUMTYPE_NOSUPP               (-1765328369L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_PADATA_TYPE_NOSUPP           (-1765328368L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_TRTYPE_NOSUPP                (-1765328367L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_CLIENT_REVOKED               (-1765328366L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_SERVICE_REVOKED              (-1765328365L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_TGT_REVOKED                  (-1765328364L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_CLIENT_NOTYET                (-1765328363L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_SERVICE_NOTYET               (-1765328362L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_KEY_EXP                      (-1765328361L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_PREAUTH_FAILED               (-1765328360L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_PREAUTH_REQUIRED             (-1765328359L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_SERVER_NOMATCH               (-1765328358L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_MUST_USE_USER2USER           (-1765328357L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_PATH_NOT_ACCEPTED            (-1765328356L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_SVC_UNAVAILABLE              (-1765328355L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_30                         (-1765328354L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_BAD_INTEGRITY             (-1765328353L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_TKT_EXPIRED               (-1765328352L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_TKT_NYV                   (-1765328351L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_REPEAT                    (-1765328350L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_NOT_US                    (-1765328349L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_BADMATCH                  (-1765328348L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_SKEW                      (-1765328347L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_BADADDR                   (-1765328346L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_BADVERSION                (-1765328345L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_MSG_TYPE                  (-1765328344L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_MODIFIED                  (-1765328343L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_BADORDER                  (-1765328342L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_ILL_CR_TKT                (-1765328341L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_BADKEYVER                 (-1765328340L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_NOKEY                     (-1765328339L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_MUT_FAIL                  (-1765328338L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_BADDIRECTION              (-1765328337L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_METHOD                    (-1765328336L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_BADSEQ                    (-1765328335L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_INAPP_CKSUM               (-1765328334L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_PATH_NOT_ACCEPTED             (-1765328333L)
#define KRB5KRB_ERR_RESPONSE_TOO_BIG             (-1765328332L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_53                         (-1765328331L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_54                         (-1765328330L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_55                         (-1765328329L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_56                         (-1765328328L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_57                         (-1765328327L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_58                         (-1765328326L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_59                         (-1765328325L)
#define KRB5KRB_ERR_GENERIC                      (-1765328324L)
#define KRB5KRB_ERR_FIELD_TOOLONG                (-1765328323L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_CLIENT_NOT_TRUSTED           (-1765328322L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_KDC_NOT_TRUSTED              (-1765328321L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_INVALID_SIG                  (-1765328320L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_DH_KEY_PARAMETERS_NOT_ACCEPTED (-1765328319L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_CERTIFICATE_MISMATCH         (-1765328318L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_NO_TGT                    (-1765328317L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_WRONG_REALM                  (-1765328316L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_USER_TO_USER_REQUIRED     (-1765328315L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_CANT_VERIFY_CERTIFICATE      (-1765328314L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_INVALID_CERTIFICATE          (-1765328313L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_REVOKED_CERTIFICATE          (-1765328312L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_REVOCATION_STATUS_UNKNOWN    (-1765328311L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_REVOCATION_STATUS_UNAVAILABLE (-1765328310L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_CLIENT_NAME_MISMATCH         (-1765328309L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_KDC_NAME_MISMATCH            (-1765328308L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_INCONSISTENT_KEY_PURPOSE     (-1765328307L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_DIGEST_IN_CERT_NOT_ACCEPTED  (-1765328306L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_PA_CHECKSUM_MUST_BE_INCLUDED (-1765328305L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_DIGEST_IN_SIGNED_DATA_NOT_ACCEPTED (-1765328304L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_PUBLIC_KEY_ENCRYPTION_NOT_SUPPORTED (-1765328303L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_82                         (-1765328302L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_83                         (-1765328301L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_84                         (-1765328300L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_IAKERB_KDC_NOT_FOUND      (-1765328299L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_IAKERB_KDC_NO_RESPONSE    (-1765328298L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_87                         (-1765328297L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_88                         (-1765328296L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_89                         (-1765328295L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_PREAUTH_EXPIRED              (-1765328294L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_MORE_PREAUTH_DATA_REQUIRED   (-1765328293L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_92                         (-1765328292L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_UNKNOWN_CRITICAL_FAST_OPTION (-1765328291L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_94                         (-1765328290L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_95                         (-1765328289L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_96                         (-1765328288L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_97                         (-1765328287L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_98                         (-1765328286L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_99                         (-1765328285L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_NO_ACCEPTABLE_KDF            (-1765328284L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_101                        (-1765328283L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_102                        (-1765328282L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_103                        (-1765328281L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_104                        (-1765328280L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_105                        (-1765328279L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_106                        (-1765328278L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_107                        (-1765328277L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_108                        (-1765328276L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_109                        (-1765328275L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_110                        (-1765328274L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_111                        (-1765328273L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_112                        (-1765328272L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_113                        (-1765328271L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_114                        (-1765328270L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_115                        (-1765328269L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_116                        (-1765328268L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_117                        (-1765328267L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_118                        (-1765328266L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_119                        (-1765328265L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_120                        (-1765328264L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_121                        (-1765328263L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_122                        (-1765328262L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_123                        (-1765328261L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_124                        (-1765328260L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_125                        (-1765328259L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_126                        (-1765328258L)
#define KRB5PLACEHOLD_127                        (-1765328257L)
#define KRB5_ERR_RCSID                           (-1765328256L)
#define KRB5_LIBOS_BADLOCKFLAG                   (-1765328255L)
#define KRB5_LIBOS_CANTREADPWD                   (-1765328254L)
#define KRB5_LIBOS_BADPWDMATCH                   (-1765328253L)
#define KRB5_LIBOS_PWDINTR                       (-1765328252L)
#define KRB5_PARSE_ILLCHAR                       (-1765328251L)
#define KRB5_PARSE_MALFORMED                     (-1765328250L)
#define KRB5_CONFIG_CANTOPEN                     (-1765328249L)
#define KRB5_CONFIG_BADFORMAT                    (-1765328248L)
#define KRB5_CONFIG_NOTENUFSPACE                 (-1765328247L)
#define KRB5_BADMSGTYPE                          (-1765328246L)
#define KRB5_CC_BADNAME                          (-1765328245L)
#define KRB5_CC_UNKNOWN_TYPE                     (-1765328244L)
#define KRB5_CC_NOTFOUND                         (-1765328243L)
#define KRB5_CC_END                              (-1765328242L)
#define KRB5_NO_TKT_SUPPLIED                     (-1765328241L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_WRONG_PRINC                   (-1765328240L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_TKT_INVALID               (-1765328239L)
#define KRB5_PRINC_NOMATCH                       (-1765328238L)
#define KRB5_KDCREP_MODIFIED                     (-1765328237L)
#define KRB5_KDCREP_SKEW                         (-1765328236L)
#define KRB5_IN_TKT_REALM_MISMATCH               (-1765328235L)
#define KRB5_PROG_ETYPE_NOSUPP                   (-1765328234L)
#define KRB5_PROG_KEYTYPE_NOSUPP                 (-1765328233L)
#define KRB5_WRONG_ETYPE                         (-1765328232L)
#define KRB5_PROG_SUMTYPE_NOSUPP                 (-1765328231L)
#define KRB5_REALM_UNKNOWN                       (-1765328230L)
#define KRB5_SERVICE_UNKNOWN                     (-1765328229L)
#define KRB5_KDC_UNREACH                         (-1765328228L)
#define KRB5_NO_LOCALNAME                        (-1765328227L)
#define KRB5_MUTUAL_FAILED                       (-1765328226L)
#define KRB5_RC_TYPE_EXISTS                      (-1765328225L)
#define KRB5_RC_MALLOC                           (-1765328224L)
#define KRB5_RC_TYPE_NOTFOUND                    (-1765328223L)
#define KRB5_RC_UNKNOWN                          (-1765328222L)
#define KRB5_RC_REPLAY                           (-1765328221L)
#define KRB5_RC_IO                               (-1765328220L)
#define KRB5_RC_NOIO                             (-1765328219L)
#define KRB5_RC_PARSE                            (-1765328218L)
#define KRB5_RC_IO_EOF                           (-1765328217L)
#define KRB5_RC_IO_MALLOC                        (-1765328216L)
#define KRB5_RC_IO_PERM                          (-1765328215L)
#define KRB5_RC_IO_IO                            (-1765328214L)
#define KRB5_RC_IO_UNKNOWN                       (-1765328213L)
#define KRB5_RC_IO_SPACE                         (-1765328212L)
#define KRB5_TRANS_CANTOPEN                      (-1765328211L)
#define KRB5_TRANS_BADFORMAT                     (-1765328210L)
#define KRB5_LNAME_CANTOPEN                      (-1765328209L)
#define KRB5_LNAME_NOTRANS                       (-1765328208L)
#define KRB5_LNAME_BADFORMAT                     (-1765328207L)
#define KRB5_CRYPTO_INTERNAL                     (-1765328206L)
#define KRB5_KT_BADNAME                          (-1765328205L)
#define KRB5_KT_UNKNOWN_TYPE                     (-1765328204L)
#define KRB5_KT_NOTFOUND                         (-1765328203L)
#define KRB5_KT_END                              (-1765328202L)
#define KRB5_KT_NOWRITE                          (-1765328201L)
#define KRB5_KT_IOERR                            (-1765328200L)
#define KRB5_NO_TKT_IN_RLM                       (-1765328199L)
#define KRB5DES_BAD_KEYPAR                       (-1765328198L)
#define KRB5DES_WEAK_KEY                         (-1765328197L)
#define KRB5_BAD_ENCTYPE                         (-1765328196L)
#define KRB5_BAD_KEYSIZE                         (-1765328195L)
#define KRB5_BAD_MSIZE                           (-1765328194L)
#define KRB5_CC_TYPE_EXISTS                      (-1765328193L)
#define KRB5_KT_TYPE_EXISTS                      (-1765328192L)
#define KRB5_CC_IO                               (-1765328191L)
#define KRB5_FCC_PERM                            (-1765328190L)
#define KRB5_FCC_NOFILE                          (-1765328189L)
#define KRB5_FCC_INTERNAL                        (-1765328188L)
#define KRB5_CC_WRITE                            (-1765328187L)
#define KRB5_CC_NOMEM                            (-1765328186L)
#define KRB5_CC_FORMAT                           (-1765328185L)
#define KRB5_CC_NOT_KTYPE                        (-1765328184L)
#define KRB5_INVALID_FLAGS                       (-1765328183L)
#define KRB5_NO_2ND_TKT                          (-1765328182L)
#define KRB5_NOCREDS_SUPPLIED                    (-1765328181L)
#define KRB5_SENDAUTH_BADAUTHVERS                (-1765328180L)
#define KRB5_SENDAUTH_BADAPPLVERS                (-1765328179L)
#define KRB5_SENDAUTH_BADRESPONSE                (-1765328178L)
#define KRB5_SENDAUTH_REJECTED                   (-1765328177L)
#define KRB5_PREAUTH_BAD_TYPE                    (-1765328176L)
#define KRB5_PREAUTH_NO_KEY                      (-1765328175L)
#define KRB5_PREAUTH_FAILED                      (-1765328174L)
#define KRB5_RCACHE_BADVNO                       (-1765328173L)
#define KRB5_CCACHE_BADVNO                       (-1765328172L)
#define KRB5_KEYTAB_BADVNO                       (-1765328171L)
#define KRB5_PROG_ATYPE_NOSUPP                   (-1765328170L)
#define KRB5_RC_REQUIRED                         (-1765328169L)
#define KRB5_ERR_BAD_HOSTNAME                    (-1765328168L)
#define KRB5_ERR_HOST_REALM_UNKNOWN              (-1765328167L)
#define KRB5_SNAME_UNSUPP_NAMETYPE               (-1765328166L)
#define KRB5KRB_AP_ERR_V4_REPLY                  (-1765328165L)
#define KRB5_REALM_CANT_RESOLVE                  (-1765328164L)
#define KRB5_TKT_NOT_FORWARDABLE                 (-1765328163L)
#define KRB5_FWD_BAD_PRINCIPAL                   (-1765328162L)
#define KRB5_GET_IN_TKT_LOOP                     (-1765328161L)
#define KRB5_CONFIG_NODEFREALM                   (-1765328160L)
#define KRB5_SAM_UNSUPPORTED                     (-1765328159L)
#define KRB5_SAM_INVALID_ETYPE                   (-1765328158L)
#define KRB5_SAM_NO_CHECKSUM                     (-1765328157L)
#define KRB5_SAM_BAD_CHECKSUM                    (-1765328156L)
#define KRB5_KT_NAME_TOOLONG                     (-1765328155L)
#define KRB5_KT_KVNONOTFOUND                     (-1765328154L)
#define KRB5_APPL_EXPIRED                        (-1765328153L)
#define KRB5_LIB_EXPIRED                         (-1765328152L)
#define KRB5_CHPW_PWDNULL                        (-1765328151L)
#define KRB5_CHPW_FAIL                           (-1765328150L)
#define KRB5_KT_FORMAT                           (-1765328149L)
#define KRB5_NOPERM_ETYPE                        (-1765328148L)
#define KRB5_CONFIG_ETYPE_NOSUPP                 (-1765328147L)
#define KRB5_OBSOLETE_FN                         (-1765328146L)
#define KRB5_EAI_FAIL                            (-1765328145L)
#define KRB5_EAI_NODATA                          (-1765328144L)
#define KRB5_EAI_NONAME                          (-1765328143L)
#define KRB5_EAI_SERVICE                         (-1765328142L)
#define KRB5_ERR_NUMERIC_REALM                   (-1765328141L)
#define KRB5_ERR_BAD_S2K_PARAMS                  (-1765328140L)
#define KRB5_ERR_NO_SERVICE                      (-1765328139L)
#define KRB5_CC_READONLY                         (-1765328138L)
#define KRB5_CC_NOSUPP                           (-1765328137L)
#define KRB5_DELTAT_BADFORMAT                    (-1765328136L)
#define KRB5_PLUGIN_NO_HANDLE                    (-1765328135L)
#define KRB5_PLUGIN_OP_NOTSUPP                   (-1765328134L)
#define KRB5_ERR_INVALID_UTF8                    (-1765328133L)
#define KRB5_ERR_FAST_REQUIRED                   (-1765328132L)
#define KRB5_LOCAL_ADDR_REQUIRED                 (-1765328131L)
#define KRB5_REMOTE_ADDR_REQUIRED                (-1765328130L)
#define KRB5_TRACE_NOSUPP                        (-1765328129L)
extern const struct error_table et_krb5_error_table;
extern void initialize_krb5_error_table(void);

/* For compatibility with Heimdal */
extern void initialize_krb5_error_table_r(struct et_list **list);

#define ERROR_TABLE_BASE_krb5 (-1765328384L)

/* for compatibility with older versions... */
#define init_krb5_err_tbl initialize_krb5_error_table
#define krb5_err_base ERROR_TABLE_BASE_krb5
/*
 * et-h-k5e1_err.h:
 * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it.
 */

#include <et/com_err.h>

#define KRB5_PLUGIN_VER_NOTSUPP                  (-1750600192L)
#define KRB5_PLUGIN_BAD_MODULE_SPEC              (-1750600191L)
#define KRB5_PLUGIN_NAME_NOTFOUND                (-1750600190L)
#define KRB5KDC_ERR_DISCARD                      (-1750600189L)
#define KRB5_DCC_CANNOT_CREATE                   (-1750600188L)
#define KRB5_KCC_INVALID_ANCHOR                  (-1750600187L)
#define KRB5_KCC_UNKNOWN_VERSION                 (-1750600186L)
#define KRB5_KCC_INVALID_UID                     (-1750600185L)
#define KRB5_KCM_MALFORMED_REPLY                 (-1750600184L)
#define KRB5_KCM_RPC_ERROR                       (-1750600183L)
#define KRB5_KCM_REPLY_TOO_BIG                   (-1750600182L)
#define KRB5_KCM_NO_SERVER                       (-1750600181L)
#define KRB5_CERTAUTH_HWAUTH                     (-1750600180L)
extern const struct error_table et_k5e1_error_table;
extern void initialize_k5e1_error_table(void);

/* For compatibility with Heimdal */
extern void initialize_k5e1_error_table_r(struct et_list **list);

#define ERROR_TABLE_BASE_k5e1 (-1750600192L)

/* for compatibility with older versions... */
#define init_k5e1_err_tbl initialize_k5e1_error_table
#define k5e1_err_base ERROR_TABLE_BASE_k5e1
/*
 * et-h-kdb5_err.h:
 * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it.
 */

#include <et/com_err.h>

#define KRB5_KDB_RCSID                           (-1780008448L)
#define KRB5_KDB_INUSE                           (-1780008447L)
#define KRB5_KDB_UK_SERROR                       (-1780008446L)
#define KRB5_KDB_UK_RERROR                       (-1780008445L)
#define KRB5_KDB_UNAUTH                          (-1780008444L)
#define KRB5_KDB_NOENTRY                         (-1780008443L)
#define KRB5_KDB_ILL_WILDCARD                    (-1780008442L)
#define KRB5_KDB_DB_INUSE                        (-1780008441L)
#define KRB5_KDB_DB_CHANGED                      (-1780008440L)
#define KRB5_KDB_TRUNCATED_RECORD                (-1780008439L)
#define KRB5_KDB_RECURSIVELOCK                   (-1780008438L)
#define KRB5_KDB_NOTLOCKED                       (-1780008437L)
#define KRB5_KDB_BADLOCKMODE                     (-1780008436L)
#define KRB5_KDB_DBNOTINITED                     (-1780008435L)
#define KRB5_KDB_DBINITED                        (-1780008434L)
#define KRB5_KDB_ILLDIRECTION                    (-1780008433L)
#define KRB5_KDB_NOMASTERKEY                     (-1780008432L)
#define KRB5_KDB_BADMASTERKEY                    (-1780008431L)
#define KRB5_KDB_INVALIDKEYSIZE                  (-1780008430L)
#define KRB5_KDB_CANTREAD_STORED                 (-1780008429L)
#define KRB5_KDB_BADSTORED_MKEY                  (-1780008428L)
#define KRB5_KDB_NOACTMASTERKEY                  (-1780008427L)
#define KRB5_KDB_KVNONOMATCH                     (-1780008426L)
#define KRB5_KDB_STORED_MKEY_NOTCURRENT          (-1780008425L)
#define KRB5_KDB_CANTLOCK_DB                     (-1780008424L)
#define KRB5_KDB_DB_CORRUPT                      (-1780008423L)
#define KRB5_KDB_BAD_VERSION                     (-1780008422L)
#define KRB5_KDB_BAD_SALTTYPE                    (-1780008421L)
#define KRB5_KDB_BAD_ENCTYPE                     (-1780008420L)
#define KRB5_KDB_BAD_CREATEFLAGS                 (-1780008419L)
#define KRB5_KDB_NO_PERMITTED_KEY                (-1780008418L)
#define KRB5_KDB_NO_MATCHING_KEY                 (-1780008417L)
#define KRB5_KDB_DBTYPE_NOTFOUND                 (-1780008416L)
#define KRB5_KDB_DBTYPE_NOSUP                    (-1780008415L)
#define KRB5_KDB_DBTYPE_INIT                     (-1780008414L)
#define KRB5_KDB_SERVER_INTERNAL_ERR             (-1780008413L)
#define KRB5_KDB_ACCESS_ERROR                    (-1780008412L)
#define KRB5_KDB_INTERNAL_ERROR                  (-1780008411L)
#define KRB5_KDB_CONSTRAINT_VIOLATION            (-1780008410L)
#define KRB5_LOG_CONV                            (-1780008409L)
#define KRB5_LOG_UNSTABLE                        (-1780008408L)
#define KRB5_LOG_CORRUPT                         (-1780008407L)
#define KRB5_LOG_ERROR                           (-1780008406L)
#define KRB5_KDB_DBTYPE_MISMATCH                 (-1780008405L)
#define KRB5_KDB_POLICY_REF                      (-1780008404L)
#define KRB5_KDB_STRINGS_TOOLONG                 (-1780008403L)
extern const struct error_table et_kdb5_error_table;
extern void initialize_kdb5_error_table(void);

/* For compatibility with Heimdal */
extern void initialize_kdb5_error_table_r(struct et_list **list);

#define ERROR_TABLE_BASE_kdb5 (-1780008448L)

/* for compatibility with older versions... */
#define init_kdb5_err_tbl initialize_kdb5_error_table
#define kdb5_err_base ERROR_TABLE_BASE_kdb5
/*
 * et-h-kv5m_err.h:
 * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it.
 */

#include <et/com_err.h>

#define KV5M_NONE                                (-1760647424L)
#define KV5M_PRINCIPAL                           (-1760647423L)
#define KV5M_DATA                                (-1760647422L)
#define KV5M_KEYBLOCK                            (-1760647421L)
#define KV5M_CHECKSUM                            (-1760647420L)
#define KV5M_ENCRYPT_BLOCK                       (-1760647419L)
#define KV5M_ENC_DATA                            (-1760647418L)
#define KV5M_CRYPTOSYSTEM_ENTRY                  (-1760647417L)
#define KV5M_CS_TABLE_ENTRY                      (-1760647416L)
#define KV5M_CHECKSUM_ENTRY                      (-1760647415L)
#define KV5M_AUTHDATA                            (-1760647414L)
#define KV5M_TRANSITED                           (-1760647413L)
#define KV5M_ENC_TKT_PART                        (-1760647412L)
#define KV5M_TICKET                              (-1760647411L)
#define KV5M_AUTHENTICATOR                       (-1760647410L)
#define KV5M_TKT_AUTHENT                         (-1760647409L)
#define KV5M_CREDS                               (-1760647408L)
#define KV5M_LAST_REQ_ENTRY                      (-1760647407L)
#define KV5M_PA_DATA                             (-1760647406L)
#define KV5M_KDC_REQ                             (-1760647405L)
#define KV5M_ENC_KDC_REP_PART                    (-1760647404L)
#define KV5M_KDC_REP                             (-1760647403L)
#define KV5M_ERROR                               (-1760647402L)
#define KV5M_AP_REQ                              (-1760647401L)
#define KV5M_AP_REP                              (-1760647400L)
#define KV5M_AP_REP_ENC_PART                     (-1760647399L)
#define KV5M_RESPONSE                            (-1760647398L)
#define KV5M_SAFE                                (-1760647397L)
#define KV5M_PRIV                                (-1760647396L)
#define KV5M_PRIV_ENC_PART                       (-1760647395L)
#define KV5M_CRED                                (-1760647394L)
#define KV5M_CRED_INFO                           (-1760647393L)
#define KV5M_CRED_ENC_PART                       (-1760647392L)
#define KV5M_PWD_DATA                            (-1760647391L)
#define KV5M_ADDRESS                             (-1760647390L)
#define KV5M_KEYTAB_ENTRY                        (-1760647389L)
#define KV5M_CONTEXT                             (-1760647388L)
#define KV5M_OS_CONTEXT                          (-1760647387L)
#define KV5M_ALT_METHOD                          (-1760647386L)
#define KV5M_ETYPE_INFO_ENTRY                    (-1760647385L)
#define KV5M_DB_CONTEXT                          (-1760647384L)
#define KV5M_AUTH_CONTEXT                        (-1760647383L)
#define KV5M_KEYTAB                              (-1760647382L)
#define KV5M_RCACHE                              (-1760647381L)
#define KV5M_CCACHE                              (-1760647380L)
#define KV5M_PREAUTH_OPS                         (-1760647379L)
#define KV5M_SAM_CHALLENGE                       (-1760647378L)
#define KV5M_SAM_CHALLENGE_2                     (-1760647377L)
#define KV5M_SAM_KEY                             (-1760647376L)
#define KV5M_ENC_SAM_RESPONSE_ENC                (-1760647375L)
#define KV5M_ENC_SAM_RESPONSE_ENC_2              (-1760647374L)
#define KV5M_SAM_RESPONSE                        (-1760647373L)
#define KV5M_SAM_RESPONSE_2                      (-1760647372L)
#define KV5M_PREDICTED_SAM_RESPONSE              (-1760647371L)
#define KV5M_PASSWD_PHRASE_ELEMENT               (-1760647370L)
#define KV5M_GSS_OID                             (-1760647369L)
#define KV5M_GSS_QUEUE                           (-1760647368L)
#define KV5M_FAST_ARMORED_REQ                    (-1760647367L)
#define KV5M_FAST_REQ                            (-1760647366L)
#define KV5M_FAST_RESPONSE                       (-1760647365L)
#define KV5M_AUTHDATA_CONTEXT                    (-1760647364L)
extern const struct error_table et_kv5m_error_table;
extern void initialize_kv5m_error_table(void);

/* For compatibility with Heimdal */
extern void initialize_kv5m_error_table_r(struct et_list **list);

#define ERROR_TABLE_BASE_kv5m (-1760647424L)

/* for compatibility with older versions... */
#define init_kv5m_err_tbl initialize_kv5m_error_table
#define kv5m_err_base ERROR_TABLE_BASE_kv5m
/*
 * et-h-krb524_err.h:
 * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it.
 */

#include <et/com_err.h>

#define KRB524_BADKEY                            (-1750206208L)
#define KRB524_BADADDR                           (-1750206207L)
#define KRB524_BADPRINC                          (-1750206206L)
#define KRB524_BADREALM                          (-1750206205L)
#define KRB524_V4ERR                             (-1750206204L)
#define KRB524_ENCFULL                           (-1750206203L)
#define KRB524_DECEMPTY                          (-1750206202L)
#define KRB524_NOTRESP                           (-1750206201L)
#define KRB524_KRB4_DISABLED                     (-1750206200L)
extern const struct error_table et_k524_error_table;
extern void initialize_k524_error_table(void);

/* For compatibility with Heimdal */
extern void initialize_k524_error_table_r(struct et_list **list);

#define ERROR_TABLE_BASE_k524 (-1750206208L)

/* for compatibility with older versions... */
#define init_k524_err_tbl initialize_k524_error_table
#define k524_err_base ERROR_TABLE_BASE_k524
/*
 * et-h-asn1_err.h:
 * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it.
 */

#include <et/com_err.h>

#define ASN1_BAD_TIMEFORMAT                      (1859794432L)
#define ASN1_MISSING_FIELD                       (1859794433L)
#define ASN1_MISPLACED_FIELD                     (1859794434L)
#define ASN1_TYPE_MISMATCH                       (1859794435L)
#define ASN1_OVERFLOW                            (1859794436L)
#define ASN1_OVERRUN                             (1859794437L)
#define ASN1_BAD_ID                              (1859794438L)
#define ASN1_BAD_LENGTH                          (1859794439L)
#define ASN1_BAD_FORMAT                          (1859794440L)
#define ASN1_PARSE_ERROR                         (1859794441L)
#define ASN1_BAD_GMTIME                          (1859794442L)
#define ASN1_MISMATCH_INDEF                      (1859794443L)
#define ASN1_MISSING_EOC                         (1859794444L)
#define ASN1_OMITTED                             (1859794445L)
extern const struct error_table et_asn1_error_table;
extern void initialize_asn1_error_table(void);

/* For compatibility with Heimdal */
extern void initialize_asn1_error_table_r(struct et_list **list);

#define ERROR_TABLE_BASE_asn1 (1859794432L)

/* for compatibility with older versions... */
#define init_asn1_err_tbl initialize_asn1_error_table
#define asn1_err_base ERROR_TABLE_BASE_asn1
#endif /* KRB5_KRB5_H_INCLUDED */
/* -*- mode: c; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*- */
/* include/krb5/certauth_plugin.h - certauth plugin header. */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2017 by Red Hat, Inc.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 *
 * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *
 * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *   the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *   distribution.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
 * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
 * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
 * COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
 * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
 * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
 * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
 * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
 * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
 * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

/*
 * Declarations for certauth plugin module implementors.
 *
 * The certauth pluggable interface currently has only one supported major
 * version, which is 1.  Major version 1 has a current minor version number of
 * 1.
 *
 * certauth plugin modules should define a function named
 * certauth_<modulename>_initvt, matching the signature:
 *
 *   krb5_error_code
 *   certauth_modname_initvt(krb5_context context, int maj_ver, int min_ver,
 *                           krb5_plugin_vtable vtable);
 *
 * The initvt function should:
 *
 * - Check that the supplied maj_ver number is supported by the module, or
 *   return KRB5_PLUGIN_VER_NOTSUPP if it is not.
 *
 * - Cast the vtable pointer as appropriate for maj_ver:
 *     maj_ver == 1: Cast to krb5_certauth_vtable
 *
 * - Initialize the methods of the vtable, stopping as appropriate for the
 *   supplied min_ver.  Optional methods may be left uninitialized.
 *
 * Memory for the vtable is allocated by the caller, not by the module.
 */

#ifndef KRB5_CERTAUTH_PLUGIN_H
#define KRB5_CERTAUTH_PLUGIN_H

#include <krb5/krb5.h>
#include <krb5/plugin.h>

/* Abstract module data type. */
typedef struct krb5_certauth_moddata_st *krb5_certauth_moddata;

/* A module can optionally include <kdb.h> to inspect the client principal
 * entry when authorizing a request. */
struct _krb5_db_entry_new;

/*
 * Optional: Initialize module data.
 */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_certauth_init_fn)(krb5_context context,
                         krb5_certauth_moddata *moddata_out);

/*
 * Optional: Clean up the module data.
 */
typedef void
(*krb5_certauth_fini_fn)(krb5_context context, krb5_certauth_moddata moddata);

/*
 * Mandatory: return 0 or KRB5_CERTAUTH_HWAUTH if the DER-encoded cert is
 * authorized for PKINIT authentication by princ; otherwise return one of the
 * following error codes:
 * - KRB5KDC_ERR_CLIENT_NAME_MISMATCH - incorrect SAN value
 * - KRB5KDC_ERR_INCONSISTENT_KEY_PURPOSE - incorrect EKU
 * - KRB5KDC_ERR_CERTIFICATE_MISMATCH - other extension error
 * - KRB5_PLUGIN_NO_HANDLE - the module has no opinion about cert
 *
 * Returning KRB5_CERTAUTH_HWAUTH will cause the hw-authent flag to be set in
 * the issued ticket (new in release 1.19).
 *
 * - opts is used by built-in modules to receive internal data, and must be
 *   ignored by other modules.
 * - db_entry receives the client principal database entry, and can be ignored
 *   by modules that do not link with libkdb5.
 * - *authinds_out optionally returns a null-terminated list of authentication
 *   indicator strings upon KRB5_PLUGIN_NO_HANDLE or accepted authorization.
 */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_certauth_authorize_fn)(krb5_context context,
                              krb5_certauth_moddata moddata,
                              const uint8_t *cert, size_t cert_len,
                              krb5_const_principal princ, const void *opts,
                              const struct _krb5_db_entry_new *db_entry,
                              char ***authinds_out);

/*
 * Free indicators allocated by a module.  Mandatory if authorize returns
 * authentication indicators.
 */
typedef void
(*krb5_certauth_free_indicator_fn)(krb5_context context,
                                   krb5_certauth_moddata moddata,
                                   char **authinds);

typedef struct krb5_certauth_vtable_st {
    const char *name;
    krb5_certauth_init_fn init;
    krb5_certauth_fini_fn fini;
    krb5_certauth_authorize_fn authorize;
    krb5_certauth_free_indicator_fn free_ind;
} *krb5_certauth_vtable;

#endif /* KRB5_CERTAUTH_PLUGIN_H */
/* -*- mode: c; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*- */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2012 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 *
 * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *
 * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *   the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *   distribution.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
 * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
 * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
 * COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
 * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
 * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
 * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
 * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
 * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
 * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

/* This header includes the clpreauth and kdcpreauth interface declarations,
 * for backward compatibility and convenience. */

#ifndef KRB5_PREAUTH_PLUGIN_H
#define KRB5_PREAUTH_PLUGIN_H

#include <krb5/clpreauth_plugin.h>
#include <krb5/kdcpreauth_plugin.h>

#endif /* KRB5_PREAUTH_PLUGIN_H */
/* -*- mode: c; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*- */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2013 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 *
 * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *
 * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *   the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *   distribution.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
 * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
 * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
 * COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
 * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
 * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
 * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
 * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
 * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
 * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

/*
 * Declarations for hostrealm plugin module implementors.
 *
 * The hostrealm pluggable interface currently has only one supported major
 * version, which is 1.  Major version 1 has a current minor version number of
 * 1.
 *
 * Hostrealm plugin modules should define a function named
 * hostrealm_<modulename>_initvt, matching the signature:
 *
 *   krb5_error_code
 *   hostrealm_modname_initvt(krb5_context context, int maj_ver, int min_ver,
 *                            krb5_plugin_vtable vtable);
 *
 * The initvt function should:
 *
 * - Check that the supplied maj_ver number is supported by the module, or
 *   return KRB5_PLUGIN_VER_NOTSUPP if it is not.
 *
 * - Cast the vtable pointer as appropriate for maj_ver:
 *     maj_ver == 1: Cast to krb5_hostrealm_vtable
 *
 * - Initialize the methods of the vtable, stopping as appropriate for the
 *   supplied min_ver.  Optional methods may be left uninitialized.
 *
 * Memory for the vtable is allocated by the caller, not by the module.
 */

#ifndef KRB5_HOSTREALM_PLUGIN_H
#define KRB5_HOSTREALM_PLUGIN_H

#include <krb5/krb5.h>
#include <krb5/plugin.h>

/* An abstract type for hostrealm module data. */
typedef struct krb5_hostrealm_moddata_st *krb5_hostrealm_moddata;

/*** Method type declarations ***/

/* Optional: Initialize module data. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_hostrealm_init_fn)(krb5_context context,
                          krb5_hostrealm_moddata *data);

/*
 * Optional: Determine the possible realms of a hostname, using only secure,
 * authoritative mechanisms (ones which should be used prior to trying
 * referrals when getting a service ticket).  Return success with a
 * null-terminated list of realms in *realms_out, KRB5_PLUGIN_NO_HANDLE to
 * defer to later modules, or another error to terminate processing.
 */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_hostrealm_host_realm_fn)(krb5_context context,
                                krb5_hostrealm_moddata data,
                                const char *host, char ***realms_out);

/*
 * Optional: Determine the possible realms of a hostname, using heuristic or
 * less secure mechanisms (ones which should be used after trying referrals
 * when getting a service ticket).  Return success with a null-terminated list
 * of realms in *realms_out, KRB5_PLUGIN_NO_HANDLE to defer to later modules,
 * or another error to terminate processing.
 */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_hostrealm_fallback_realm_fn)(krb5_context context,
                                    krb5_hostrealm_moddata data,
                                    const char *host, char ***realms_out);

/*
 * Optional: Determine the possible default realms of the local host.  Return
 * success with a null-terminated list of realms in *realms_out,
 * KRB5_PLUGIN_NO_HANDLE to defer to later modules, or another error to
 * terminate processing.
 */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_hostrealm_default_realm_fn)(krb5_context context,
                                   krb5_hostrealm_moddata data,
                                   char ***realms_out);

/*
 * Mandatory (if any of the query methods are implemented): Release the memory
 * returned by one of the interface methods.
 */
typedef void
(*krb5_hostrealm_free_list_fn)(krb5_context context,
                               krb5_hostrealm_moddata data, char **list);

/* Optional: Release resources used by module data. */
typedef void
(*krb5_hostrealm_fini_fn)(krb5_context context, krb5_hostrealm_moddata data);

/* hostrealm vtable for major version 1. */
typedef struct krb5_hostrealm_vtable_st {
    const char *name;           /* Mandatory: name of module. */
    krb5_hostrealm_init_fn init;
    krb5_hostrealm_fini_fn fini;
    krb5_hostrealm_host_realm_fn host_realm;
    krb5_hostrealm_fallback_realm_fn fallback_realm;
    krb5_hostrealm_default_realm_fn default_realm;
    krb5_hostrealm_free_list_fn free_list;
    /* Minor version 1 ends here. */
} *krb5_hostrealm_vtable;

#endif /* KRB5_HOSTREALM_PLUGIN_H */
/* -*- mode: c; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*- */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2010 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Export of this software from the United States of America may
 *   require a specific license from the United States Government.
 *   It is the responsibility of any person or organization contemplating
 *   export to obtain such a license before exporting.
 *
 * WITHIN THAT CONSTRAINT, permission to use, copy, modify, and
 * distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and
 * without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
 * notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and
 * this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that
 * the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
 * to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
 * permission.  Furthermore if you modify this software you must label
 * your software as modified software and not distribute it in such a
 * fashion that it might be confused with the original M.I.T. software.
 * M.I.T. makes no representations about the suitability of
 * this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express
 * or implied warranty.
 */

#ifndef H_KRB5_KADM5_HOOK_PLUGIN
#define H_KRB5_KADM5_HOOK_PLUGIN

/**
 * @file krb5/krb5_kadm5_hook_plugin.h
 * Provide a plugin interface for kadm5 operations. This interface
 * permits a plugin to intercept principal modification, creation and
 * change password operations. Operations run at two stages: a
 * precommit stage that runs before the operation is committed to the
 * database and a postcommit operation that runs after the database
 * is updated; see #kadm5_hook_stage for details on semantics.
 *
 * This interface is based on a proposed extension to Heimdal by Russ
 * Allbery; it is likely that Heimdal will adopt an approach based on
 * stacked kdb modules rather than this interface. For MIT, writing a
 * plugin to this interface is significantly easier than stacking kdb
 * modules. Also, the kadm5 interface is significantly more stable
 * than the kdb interface, so this approach is more desirable than
 * stacked kdb modules.
 *
 * This interface depends on kadm5/admin.h. As such, the interface
 * does not provide strong guarantees of ABI stability.
 *
 * The kadm5_hook interface currently has only one supported major version,
 * which is 1.  Major version 1 has a current minor version number of 2.
 *
 * kadm5_hook plugins should:
 * kadm5_hook_<modulename>_initvt, matching the signature:
 *
 *   krb5_error_code
 *   kadm5_hook_modname_initvt(krb5_context context, int maj_ver, int min_ver,
 *                         krb5_plugin_vtable vtable);
 *
 * The initvt function should:
 *
 * - Check that the supplied maj_ver number is supported by the module, or
 *   return KRB5_PLUGIN_VER_NOTSUPP if it is not.
 *
 * - Cast the vtable pointer as appropriate for maj_ver:
 *     maj_ver == 1: Cast to kadm5_hook_vftable_1
 *
 * - Initialize the methods of the vtable, stopping as appropriate for the
 *   supplied min_ver.  Optional methods may be left uninitialized.
 *
 * Memory for the vtable is allocated by the caller, not by the module.
 */

#include <krb5/krb5.h>
#include <krb5/plugin.h>
#include <kadm5/admin.h>

/**
 * Whether the operation is being run before or after the database
 * update.
 */
enum kadm5_hook_stage {
    /** In this stage, any plugin failure prevents following plugins from
     *         running and aborts the operation.*/
    KADM5_HOOK_STAGE_PRECOMMIT,
    /** In this stage, plugin failures are logged but otherwise ignored.*/
    KADM5_HOOK_STAGE_POSTCOMMIT
};

/** Opaque module data pointer. */
typedef struct kadm5_hook_modinfo_st kadm5_hook_modinfo;

/**
 * Interface for the v1 virtual table for the kadm5_hook plugin.
 * All entry points are optional. The name field must be provided.
 */
typedef struct kadm5_hook_vtable_1_st {

    /** A text string identifying the plugin for logging messages. */
    const char *name;

    /** Initialize a plugin module.
     * @param modinfo returns newly allocated module info for future
     * calls.  Cleaned up by the fini() function.
     */
    kadm5_ret_t (*init)(krb5_context, kadm5_hook_modinfo **modinfo);

    /** Clean up a module and free @a modinfo. */
    void (*fini)(krb5_context, kadm5_hook_modinfo *modinfo);

    /** Indicates that the password is being changed.
     * @param stage is an integer from #kadm5_hook_stage enumeration
     * @param keepold is true if existing keys are being kept.
     * @param newpass is NULL if the key sare being randomized.
     */
    kadm5_ret_t (*chpass)(krb5_context,
                          kadm5_hook_modinfo *modinfo,
                          int stage,
                          krb5_principal, krb5_boolean keepold,
                          int n_ks_tuple,
                          krb5_key_salt_tuple *ks_tuple,
                          const char *newpass);

    /** Indicate a principal is created. */
    kadm5_ret_t (*create)(krb5_context,
                          kadm5_hook_modinfo *,
                          int stage,
                          kadm5_principal_ent_t, long mask,
                          int n_ks_tuple,
                          krb5_key_salt_tuple *ks_tuple,
                          const char *password);

    /** Modify a principal. */
    kadm5_ret_t (*modify)(krb5_context,
                          kadm5_hook_modinfo *,
                          int stage,
                          kadm5_principal_ent_t, long mask);

    /** Indicate a principal is deleted. */
    kadm5_ret_t (*remove)(krb5_context,
                          kadm5_hook_modinfo *modinfo,
                          int stage, krb5_principal);

    /* End of minor version 1. */

    /** Indicate a principal is renamed. */
    kadm5_ret_t (*rename)(krb5_context,
                          kadm5_hook_modinfo *modinfo,
                          int stage, krb5_principal, krb5_principal);

    /* End of minor version 2. */

} kadm5_hook_vftable_1;

#endif /*H_KRB5_KADM5_HOOK_PLUGIN*/
/* -*- mode: c; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*- */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2013 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 *
 * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *
 * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *   the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *   distribution.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
 * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
 * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
 * COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
 * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
 * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
 * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
 * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
 * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
 * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

/*
 * Declarations for localauth plugin module implementors.
 *
 * The localauth pluggable interface currently has only one supported major
 * version, which is 1.  Major version 1 has a current minor version number of
 * 1.
 *
 * Localauth plugin modules should define a function named
 * localauth_<modulename>_initvt, matching the signature:
 *
 *   krb5_error_code
 *   localauth_modname_initvt(krb5_context context, int maj_ver, int min_ver,
 *                            krb5_plugin_vtable vtable);
 *
 * The initvt function should:
 *
 * - Check that the supplied maj_ver number is supported by the module, or
 *   return KRB5_PLUGIN_VER_NOTSUPP if it is not.
 *
 * - Cast the vtable pointer as appropriate for maj_ver:
 *     maj_ver == 1: Cast to krb5_localauth_vtable
 *
 * - Initialize the methods of the vtable, stopping as appropriate for the
 *   supplied min_ver.  Optional methods may be left uninitialized.
 *
 * Memory for the vtable is allocated by the caller, not by the module.
 */

#ifndef KRB5_LOCALAUTH_PLUGIN_H
#define KRB5_LOCALAUTH_PLUGIN_H

#include <krb5/krb5.h>
#include <krb5/plugin.h>

/* An abstract type for localauth module data. */
typedef struct krb5_localauth_moddata_st *krb5_localauth_moddata;

/*** Method type declarations ***/

/* Optional: Initialize module data. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_localauth_init_fn)(krb5_context context,
                          krb5_localauth_moddata *data);

/* Optional: Release resources used by module data. */
typedef void
(*krb5_localauth_fini_fn)(krb5_context context, krb5_localauth_moddata data);

/*
 * Optional: Determine whether aname is authorized to log in as the local
 * account lname.  Return 0 if aname is authorized, EPERM if aname is
 * authoritatively not authorized, KRB5_PLUGIN_NO_HANDLE if the module cannot
 * determine whether aname is authorized, and any other error code for a
 * serious failure to process the request.  aname will be considered authorized
 * if at least one module returns 0 and all other modules return
 * KRB5_PLUGIN_NO_HANDLE.
 */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_localauth_userok_fn)(krb5_context context, krb5_localauth_moddata data,
                            krb5_const_principal aname, const char *lname);

/*
 * Optional (mandatory if an2ln_types is set): Determine the local account name
 * corresponding to aname.  Return 0 and set *lname_out if a mapping can be
 * determined; the contents of *lname_out will later be released with a call to
 * the module's free_string method.  Return KRB5_LNAME_NOTRANS if no mapping
 * can be determined.  Return any other error code for a serious failure to
 * process the request; this will halt the krb5_aname_to_localname operation.
 *
 * If the module's an2ln_types field is set, this method will only be invoked
 * when a profile "auth_to_local" value references one of the module's types.
 * type and residual will be set to the type and residual of the auth_to_local
 * value.
 *
 * If the module's an2ln_types field is not set but the an2ln method is
 * implemented, this method will be invoked independently of the profile's
 * auth_to_local settings, with type and residual set to NULL.  If multiple
 * modules are registered with an2ln methods but no an2ln_types field, the
 * order of invocation is not defined, but all such modules will be consulted
 * before the built-in mechanisms are tried.
 */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_localauth_an2ln_fn)(krb5_context context, krb5_localauth_moddata data,
                           const char *type, const char *residual,
                           krb5_const_principal aname, char **lname_out);

/*
 * Optional (mandatory if an2ln is implemented): Release the memory returned by
 * an invocation of an2ln.
 */
typedef void
(*krb5_localauth_free_string_fn)(krb5_context context,
                                 krb5_localauth_moddata data, char *str);

/* localauth vtable for major version 1. */
typedef struct krb5_localauth_vtable_st {
    const char *name;           /* Mandatory: name of module. */
    const char **an2ln_types;   /* Optional: uppercase auth_to_local types */
    krb5_localauth_init_fn init;
    krb5_localauth_fini_fn fini;
    krb5_localauth_userok_fn userok;
    krb5_localauth_an2ln_fn an2ln;
    krb5_localauth_free_string_fn free_string;
    /* Minor version 1 ends here. */
} *krb5_localauth_vtable;

#endif /* KRB5_LOCALAUTH_PLUGIN_H */
/* -*- mode: c; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*- */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2017 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 *
 * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *
 * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *   the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *   distribution.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
 * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
 * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
 * COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
 * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
 * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
 * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
 * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
 * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
 * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

/*
 * Declarations for kadm5_auth plugin module implementors.
 *
 * The kadm5_auth pluggable interface currently has only one supported major
 * version, which is 1.  Major version 1 has a current minor version number of
 * 1.
 *
 * kadm5_auth plugin modules should define a function named
 * kadm5_auth_<modulename>_initvt, matching the signature:
 *
 *   krb5_error_code
 *   kadm5_auth_modname_initvt(krb5_context context, int maj_ver, int min_ver,
 *                             krb5_plugin_vtable vtable);
 *
 * The initvt function should:
 *
 * - Check that the supplied maj_ver number is supported by the module, or
 *   return KRB5_PLUGIN_VER_NOTSUPP if it is not.
 *
 * - Cast the vtable pointer as appropriate for maj_ver:
 *     maj_ver == 1: Cast to krb5_kadm5_auth_vtable
 *
 * - Initialize the methods of the vtable, stopping as appropriate for the
 *   supplied min_ver.  Optional methods may be left uninitialized.
 *
 * Memory for the vtable is allocated by the caller, not by the module.
 */

#ifndef KRB5_KADM5_AUTH_PLUGIN_H
#define KRB5_KADM5_AUTH_PLUGIN_H

#include <krb5/krb5.h>
#include <krb5/plugin.h>

/* An abstract type for kadm5_auth module data. */
typedef struct kadm5_auth_moddata_st *kadm5_auth_moddata;

/*
 * A module can optionally include <kadm5/admin.h> to inspect principal or
 * policy records from requests that add or modify principals or policies.
 * Note that fields of principal and policy structures are only valid if the
 * corresponding bit is set in the accompanying mask parameter.
 */
struct _kadm5_principal_ent_t;
struct _kadm5_policy_ent_t;

/*
 * A module can optionally generate restrictions when checking permissions for
 * adding or modifying a principal entry.  Restriction fields will only be
 * honored if the corresponding mask bit is set.  The operable mask bits are
 * defined in <kadmin/admin.h> and are:
 *
 * - KADM5_ATTRIBUTES for require_attrs, forbid_attrs
 * - KADM5_POLICY for policy
 * - KADM5_POLICY_CLR to require that policy be unset
 * - KADM5_PRINC_EXPIRE_TIME for princ_lifetime
 * - KADM5_PW_EXPIRATION for pw_lifetime
 * - KADM5_MAX_LIFE for max_life
 * - KADM5_MAX_RLIFE for max_renewable_life
 */
struct kadm5_auth_restrictions {
    long mask;
    krb5_flags require_attrs;
    krb5_flags forbid_attrs;
    krb5_deltat princ_lifetime;
    krb5_deltat pw_lifetime;
    krb5_deltat max_life;
    krb5_deltat max_renewable_life;
    char *policy;
};

/*** Method type declarations ***/

/*
 * Optional: Initialize module data.  acl_file is the realm's configured ACL
 * file, or NULL if none was configured.  Return 0 on success,
 * KRB5_PLUGIN_NO_HANDLE if the module is inoperable (due to configuration, for
 * example), and any other error code to abort kadmind startup.  Optionally set
 * *data_out to a module data object to be passed to future calls.
 */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*kadm5_auth_init_fn)(krb5_context context, const char *acl_file,
                      kadm5_auth_moddata *data_out);

/* Optional: Release resources used by module data. */
typedef void
(*kadm5_auth_fini_fn)(krb5_context context, kadm5_auth_moddata data);

/*
 * Each check method below should return 0 to explicitly authorize the request,
 * KRB5_PLUGIN_NO_HANDLE to neither authorize nor deny the request, and any
 * other error code (such as EPERM) to explicitly deny the request.  If a check
 * method is not defined, the module will neither authorize nor deny the
 * request.  A request succeeds if at least one kadm5_auth module explicitly
 * authorizes the request and none of the modules explicitly deny it.
 */

/* Optional: authorize an add-principal operation, and optionally generate
 * restrictions. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*kadm5_auth_addprinc_fn)(krb5_context context, kadm5_auth_moddata data,
                          krb5_const_principal client,
                          krb5_const_principal target,
                          const struct _kadm5_principal_ent_t *ent, long mask,
                          struct kadm5_auth_restrictions **rs_out);

/* Optional: authorize a modify-principal operation, and optionally generate
 * restrictions. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*kadm5_auth_modprinc_fn)(krb5_context context, kadm5_auth_moddata data,
                          krb5_const_principal client,
                          krb5_const_principal target,
                          const struct _kadm5_principal_ent_t *ent, long mask,
                          struct kadm5_auth_restrictions **rs_out);

/* Optional: authorize a set-string operation. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*kadm5_auth_setstr_fn)(krb5_context context, kadm5_auth_moddata data,
                        krb5_const_principal client,
                        krb5_const_principal target,
                        const char *key, const char *value);

/* Optional: authorize a change-password operation. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*kadm5_auth_cpw_fn)(krb5_context context, kadm5_auth_moddata data,
                     krb5_const_principal client, krb5_const_principal target);

/* Optional: authorize a randomize-keys operation. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*kadm5_auth_chrand_fn)(krb5_context context, kadm5_auth_moddata data,
                        krb5_const_principal client,
                        krb5_const_principal target);

/* Optional: authorize a set-key operation. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*kadm5_auth_setkey_fn)(krb5_context context, kadm5_auth_moddata data,
                        krb5_const_principal client,
                        krb5_const_principal target);

/* Optional: authorize a purgekeys operation. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*kadm5_auth_purgekeys_fn)(krb5_context context, kadm5_auth_moddata data,
                           krb5_const_principal client,
                           krb5_const_principal target);

/* Optional: authorize a delete-principal operation. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*kadm5_auth_delprinc_fn)(krb5_context context, kadm5_auth_moddata data,
                          krb5_const_principal client,
                          krb5_const_principal target);

/* Optional: authorize a rename-principal operation. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*kadm5_auth_renprinc_fn)(krb5_context context, kadm5_auth_moddata data,
                          krb5_const_principal client,
                          krb5_const_principal src,
                          krb5_const_principal dest);

/* Optional: authorize a get-principal operation. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*kadm5_auth_getprinc_fn)(krb5_context context, kadm5_auth_moddata data,
                          krb5_const_principal client,
                          krb5_const_principal target);

/* Optional: authorize a get-strings operation. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*kadm5_auth_getstrs_fn)(krb5_context context, kadm5_auth_moddata data,
                         krb5_const_principal client,
                         krb5_const_principal target);

/* Optional: authorize an extract-keys operation. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*kadm5_auth_extract_fn)(krb5_context context, kadm5_auth_moddata data,
                         krb5_const_principal client,
                         krb5_const_principal target);

/* Optional: authorize a list-principals operation. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*kadm5_auth_listprincs_fn)(krb5_context context, kadm5_auth_moddata data,
                            krb5_const_principal client);

/* Optional: authorize an add-policy operation. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*kadm5_auth_addpol_fn)(krb5_context context, kadm5_auth_moddata data,
                        krb5_const_principal client, const char *policy,
                        const struct _kadm5_policy_ent_t *ent, long mask);

/* Optional: authorize a modify-policy operation. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*kadm5_auth_modpol_fn)(krb5_context context, kadm5_auth_moddata data,
                        krb5_const_principal client, const char *policy,
                        const struct _kadm5_policy_ent_t *ent, long mask);

/* Optional: authorize a delete-policy operation. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*kadm5_auth_delpol_fn)(krb5_context context, kadm5_auth_moddata data,
                        krb5_const_principal client, const char *policy);

/* Optional: authorize a get-policy operation.  client_policy is the client
 * principal's policy name, or NULL if it does not have one. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*kadm5_auth_getpol_fn)(krb5_context context, kadm5_auth_moddata data,
                        krb5_const_principal client, const char *policy,
                        const char *client_policy);

/* Optional: authorize a list-policies operation. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*kadm5_auth_listpols_fn)(krb5_context context, kadm5_auth_moddata data,
                          krb5_const_principal client);

/* Optional: authorize an iprop operation. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*kadm5_auth_iprop_fn)(krb5_context context, kadm5_auth_moddata data,
                       krb5_const_principal client);

/*
 * Optional: receive a notification that the most recent authorized operation
 * has ended.  If a kadm5_auth module is also a KDB module, it can assume that
 * all KDB methods invoked between a kadm5_auth authorization method invocation
 * and a kadm5_auth end invocation are performed as part of the authorized
 * operation.
 *
 * The end method may be invoked without a preceding authorization method in
 * some cases; the module must be prepared to ignore such calls.
 */
typedef void
(*kadm5_auth_end_fn)(krb5_context context, kadm5_auth_moddata data);

/*
 * Optional: free a restrictions object.  This method does not need to be
 * defined if the module does not generate restrictions objects, or if it
 * returns aliases to restrictions objects contained from within the module
 * data.
 */
typedef void
(*kadm5_auth_free_restrictions_fn)(krb5_context context,
                                   kadm5_auth_moddata data,
                                   struct kadm5_auth_restrictions *rs);

/* kadm5_auth vtable for major version 1. */
typedef struct kadm5_auth_vtable_st {
    const char *name;           /* Mandatory: name of module. */
    kadm5_auth_init_fn init;
    kadm5_auth_fini_fn fini;

    kadm5_auth_addprinc_fn addprinc;
    kadm5_auth_modprinc_fn modprinc;
    kadm5_auth_setstr_fn setstr;
    kadm5_auth_cpw_fn cpw;
    kadm5_auth_chrand_fn chrand;
    kadm5_auth_setkey_fn setkey;
    kadm5_auth_purgekeys_fn purgekeys;
    kadm5_auth_delprinc_fn delprinc;
    kadm5_auth_renprinc_fn renprinc;

    kadm5_auth_getprinc_fn getprinc;
    kadm5_auth_getstrs_fn getstrs;
    kadm5_auth_extract_fn extract;
    kadm5_auth_listprincs_fn listprincs;

    kadm5_auth_addpol_fn addpol;
    kadm5_auth_modpol_fn modpol;
    kadm5_auth_delpol_fn delpol;
    kadm5_auth_getpol_fn getpol;
    kadm5_auth_listpols_fn listpols;

    kadm5_auth_iprop_fn iprop;

    kadm5_auth_end_fn end;

    kadm5_auth_free_restrictions_fn free_restrictions;
    /* Minor version 1 ends here. */
} *kadm5_auth_vtable;

#endif /* KRB5_KADM5_AUTH_PLUGIN_H */
/* -*- mode: c; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*- */
/* include/krb5/kdcpolicy_plugin.h - KDC policy plugin interface */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2017 by Red Hat, Inc.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 *
 * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *
 * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *   the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *   distribution.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
 * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
 * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
 * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
 * COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
 * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
 * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
 * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
 * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
 * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
 * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

/*
 * Declarations for kdcpolicy plugin module implementors.
 *
 * The kdcpolicy pluggable interface currently has only one supported major
 * version, which is 1.  Major version 1 has a current minor version number of
 * 1.
 *
 * kdcpolicy plugin modules should define a function named
 * kdcpolicy_<modulename>_initvt, matching the signature:
 *
 *   krb5_error_code
 *   kdcpolicy_modname_initvt(krb5_context context, int maj_ver, int min_ver,
 *                            krb5_plugin_vtable vtable);
 *
 * The initvt function should:
 *
 * - Check that the supplied maj_ver number is supported by the module, or
 *   return KRB5_PLUGIN_VER_NOTSUPP if it is not.
 *
 * - Cast the vtable pointer as appropriate for maj_ver:
 *   maj_ver == 1: Cast to krb5_kdcpolicy_vtable
 *
 * - Initialize the methods of the vtable, stopping as appropriate for the
 *   supplied min_ver.  Optional methods may be left uninitialized.
 *
 * Memory for the vtable is allocated by the caller, not by the module.
 */

#ifndef KRB5_POLICY_PLUGIN_H
#define KRB5_POLICY_PLUGIN_H

#include <krb5/krb5.h>

/* Abstract module datatype. */
typedef struct krb5_kdcpolicy_moddata_st *krb5_kdcpolicy_moddata;

/* A module can optionally include kdb.h to inspect principal entries when
 * authorizing requests. */
struct _krb5_db_entry_new;

/*
 * Optional: Initialize module data.  Return 0 on success,
 * KRB5_PLUGIN_NO_HANDLE if the module is inoperable (due to configuration, for
 * example), and any other error code to abort KDC startup.  Optionally set
 * *data_out to a module data object to be passed to future calls.
 */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_kdcpolicy_init_fn)(krb5_context context,
                          krb5_kdcpolicy_moddata *data_out);

/* Optional: Clean up module data. */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_kdcpolicy_fini_fn)(krb5_context context,
                          krb5_kdcpolicy_moddata moddata);

/*
 * Optional: return an error code and set status to an appropriate string
 * literal to deny an AS request; otherwise return 0.  lifetime_out, if set,
 * restricts the ticket lifetime.  renew_lifetime_out, if set, restricts the
 * ticket renewable lifetime.
 */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_kdcpolicy_check_as_fn)(krb5_context context,
                              krb5_kdcpolicy_moddata moddata,
                              const krb5_kdc_req *request,
                              const struct _krb5_db_entry_new *client,
                              const struct _krb5_db_entry_new *server,
                              const char *const *auth_indicators,
                              const char **status, krb5_deltat *lifetime_out,
                              krb5_deltat *renew_lifetime_out);

/*
 * Optional: return an error code and set status to an appropriate string
 * literal to deny a TGS request; otherwise return 0.  lifetime_out, if set,
 * restricts the ticket lifetime.  renew_lifetime_out, if set, restricts the
 * ticket renewable lifetime.
 */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_kdcpolicy_check_tgs_fn)(krb5_context context,
                               krb5_kdcpolicy_moddata moddata,
                               const krb5_kdc_req *request,
                               const struct _krb5_db_entry_new *server,
                               const krb5_ticket *ticket,
                               const char *const *auth_indicators,
                               const char **status, krb5_deltat *lifetime_out,
                               krb5_deltat *renew_lifetime_out);

typedef struct krb5_kdcpolicy_vtable_st {
    const char *name;
    krb5_kdcpolicy_init_fn init;
    krb5_kdcpolicy_fini_fn fini;
    krb5_kdcpolicy_check_as_fn check_as;
    krb5_kdcpolicy_check_tgs_fn check_tgs;
} *krb5_kdcpolicy_vtable;

#endif /* KRB5_POLICY_PLUGIN_H */
/* -*- mode: c; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*- */
/*
 * Copyright 2006 Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
 * All Rights Reserved.
 *
 * Export of this software from the United States of America may
 *   require a specific license from the United States Government.
 *   It is the responsibility of any person or organization contemplating
 *   export to obtain such a license before exporting.
 *
 * WITHIN THAT CONSTRAINT, permission to use, copy, modify, and
 * distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and
 * without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
 * notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and
 * this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that
 * the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
 * to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
 * permission.  Furthermore if you modify this software you must label
 * your software as modified software and not distribute it in such a
 * fashion that it might be confused with the original M.I.T. software.
 * M.I.T. makes no representations about the suitability of
 * this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express
 * or implied warranty.
 */

/*
 *
 * Service location plugin definitions for Kerberos 5.
 */

#ifndef KRB5_LOCATE_PLUGIN_H_INCLUDED
#define KRB5_LOCATE_PLUGIN_H_INCLUDED
#include <krb5/krb5.h>

enum locate_service_type {
    locate_service_kdc = 1,
    locate_service_master_kdc,
    locate_service_kadmin,
    locate_service_krb524,
    locate_service_kpasswd
};

typedef struct krb5plugin_service_locate_ftable {
    int minor_version;          /* currently 0 */
    /* Per-context setup and teardown.  Returned void* blob is
       private to the plugin.  */
    krb5_error_code (*init)(krb5_context, void **);
    void (*fini)(void *);
    /* Callback function returns non-zero if the plugin function
       should quit and return; this may be because of an error, or may
       indicate we've already contacted the service, whatever.  The
       lookup function should only return an error if it detects a
       problem, not if the callback function tells it to quit.  */
    krb5_error_code (*lookup)(void *,
                              enum locate_service_type svc, const char *realm,
                              int socktype, int family,
                              int (*cbfunc)(void *,int,struct sockaddr *),
                              void *cbdata);
} krb5plugin_service_locate_ftable;
/* extern krb5plugin_service_locate_ftable service_locator; */
#endif
/* -*- mode: c; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*- */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2006 Red Hat, Inc.
 * Portions copyright (c) 2006, 2011 Massachusetts Institute of Technology
 * All Rights Reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 *
 *  * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 *  * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
 *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
 *    distribution.
 *  * Neither the name of Red Hat, Inc., nor the names of its
 *    contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
 *    from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
 * IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
 * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
 * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER
 * OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
 * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
 * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
 * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
 * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
 * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
 * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

/*
 * Declarations for clpreauth plugin module implementors.
 *
 * The clpreauth interface has a single supported major version, which is
 * 1.  Major version 1 has a current minor version of 2.  clpreauth modules
 * should define a function named clpreauth_<modulename>_initvt, matching
 * the signature:
 *
 *   krb5_error_code
 *   clpreauth_modname_initvt(krb5_context context, int maj_ver,
 *                            int min_ver, krb5_plugin_vtable vtable);
 * The initvt function should:
 *
 * - Check that the supplied maj_ver number is supported by the module, or
 *   return KRB5_PLUGIN_VER_NOTSUPP if it is not.
 *
 * - Cast the vtable pointer as appropriate for the interface and maj_ver:
 *     maj_ver == 1: Cast to krb5_clpreauth_vtable
 *
 * - Initialize the methods of the vtable, stopping as appropriate for the
 *   supplied min_ver.  Optional methods may be left uninitialized.
 *
 * Memory for the vtable is allocated by the caller, not by the module.
 */

#ifndef KRB5_CLPREAUTH_PLUGIN_H
#define KRB5_CLPREAUTH_PLUGIN_H

#include <krb5/krb5.h>
#include <krb5/plugin.h>

/* clpreauth mechanism property flags */

/* Provides a real answer which we can send back to the KDC.  The client
 * assumes that one real answer will be enough. */
#define PA_REAL         0x00000001

/* Doesn't provide a real answer, but must be given a chance to run before any
 * REAL mechanism callbacks. */
#define PA_INFO         0x00000002

/* Abstract type for a client request information handle. */
typedef struct krb5_clpreauth_rock_st *krb5_clpreauth_rock;

/* Abstract types for module data and per-request module data. */
typedef struct krb5_clpreauth_moddata_st *krb5_clpreauth_moddata;
typedef struct krb5_clpreauth_modreq_st *krb5_clpreauth_modreq;

/* Before using a callback after version 1, modules must check the vers
 * field of the callback structure. */
typedef struct krb5_clpreauth_callbacks_st {
    int vers;

    /*
     * If an AS-REP has been received, return the enctype of the AS-REP
     * encrypted part.  Otherwise return the enctype chosen from etype-info, or
     * the first requested enctype if no etype-info was received.
     */
    krb5_enctype (*get_etype)(krb5_context context, krb5_clpreauth_rock rock);

    /* Get a pointer to the FAST armor key, or NULL if the client is not using
     * FAST.  The returned pointer is an alias and should not be freed. */
    krb5_keyblock *(*fast_armor)(krb5_context context,
                                 krb5_clpreauth_rock rock);

    /*
     * Get a pointer to the client-supplied reply key, possibly invoking the
     * prompter to ask for a password if this has not already been done.  The
     * returned pointer is an alias and should not be freed.
     */
    krb5_error_code (*get_as_key)(krb5_context context,
                                  krb5_clpreauth_rock rock,
                                  krb5_keyblock **keyblock);

    /* Replace the reply key to be used to decrypt the AS response. */
    krb5_error_code (*set_as_key)(krb5_context context,
                                  krb5_clpreauth_rock rock,
                                  const krb5_keyblock *keyblock);

    /* End of version 1 clpreauth callbacks. */

    /*
     * Get the current time for use in a preauth response.  If
     * allow_unauth_time is true and the library has been configured to allow
     * it, the current time will be offset using unauthenticated timestamp
     * information received from the KDC in the preauth-required error, if one
     * has been received.  Otherwise, the timestamp in a preauth-required error
     * will only be used if it is protected by a FAST channel.  Only set
     * allow_unauth_time if using an unauthenticated time offset would not
     * create a security issue.
     */
    krb5_error_code (*get_preauth_time)(krb5_context context,
                                        krb5_clpreauth_rock rock,
                                        krb5_boolean allow_unauth_time,
                                        krb5_timestamp *time_out,
                                        krb5_int32 *usec_out);

    /* Set a question to be answered by the responder and optionally provide
     * a challenge. */
    krb5_error_code (*ask_responder_question)(krb5_context context,
                                              krb5_clpreauth_rock rock,
                                              const char *question,
                                              const char *challenge);

    /* Get an answer from the responder, or NULL if the question was
     * unanswered. */
    const char *(*get_responder_answer)(krb5_context context,
                                        krb5_clpreauth_rock rock,
                                        const char *question);

    /* Indicate interest in the AS key through the responder interface. */
    void (*need_as_key)(krb5_context context, krb5_clpreauth_rock rock);

    /*
     * Get a configuration/state item from an input ccache, which may allow it
     * to retrace the steps it took last time.  The returned data string is an
     * alias and should not be freed.
     */
    const char *(*get_cc_config)(krb5_context context,
                                 krb5_clpreauth_rock rock, const char *key);

    /*
     * Set a configuration/state item which will be recorded to an output
     * ccache, if the calling application supplied one.  Both key and data
     * should be valid UTF-8 text.
     */
    krb5_error_code (*set_cc_config)(krb5_context context,
                                     krb5_clpreauth_rock rock,
                                     const char *key, const char *data);

    /* End of version 2 clpreauth callbacks (added in 1.11). */

    /*
     * Prevent further fallbacks to other preauth mechanisms if the KDC replies
     * with an error.  (The module itself can still respond to errors with its
     * tryagain method, or continue after KDC_ERR_MORE_PREAUTH_DATA_REQUIRED
     * errors with its process method.)  A module should invoke this callback
     * from the process method when it generates an authenticated request using
     * credentials; often this will be the first or only client message
     * generated by the mechanism.
     */
    void (*disable_fallback)(krb5_context context, krb5_clpreauth_rock rock);

    /* End of version 3 clpreauth callbacks (added in 1.17). */
} *krb5_clpreauth_callbacks;

/*
 * Optional: per-plugin initialization/cleanup.  The init function is called by
 * libkrb5 when the plugin is loaded, and the fini function is called before
 * the plugin is unloaded.  These may be called multiple times in case the
 * plugin is used in multiple contexts.  The returned context lives the
 * lifetime of the krb5_context.
 */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_clpreauth_init_fn)(krb5_context context,
                          krb5_clpreauth_moddata *moddata_out);
typedef void
(*krb5_clpreauth_fini_fn)(krb5_context context,
                          krb5_clpreauth_moddata moddata);

/*
 * Optional (mandatory before MIT krb5 1.12): pa_type will be a member of the
 * vtable's pa_type_list.  Return PA_REAL if pa_type is a real
 * preauthentication type or PA_INFO if it is an informational type.  If this
 * function is not defined in 1.12 or later, all pa_type values advertised by
 * the module will be assumed to be real.
 */
typedef int
(*krb5_clpreauth_get_flags_fn)(krb5_context context, krb5_preauthtype pa_type);

/*
 * Optional: per-request initialization/cleanup.  The request_init function is
 * called when beginning to process a get_init_creds request and the
 * request_fini function is called when processing of the request is complete.
 * This is optional.  It may be called multiple times in the lifetime of a
 * krb5_context.
 */
typedef void
(*krb5_clpreauth_request_init_fn)(krb5_context context,
                                  krb5_clpreauth_moddata moddata,
                                  krb5_clpreauth_modreq *modreq_out);
typedef void
(*krb5_clpreauth_request_fini_fn)(krb5_context context,
                                  krb5_clpreauth_moddata moddata,
                                  krb5_clpreauth_modreq modreq);

/*
 * Optional: process server-supplied data in pa_data and set responder
 * questions.
 *
 * encoded_previous_request may be NULL if there has been no previous request
 * in the AS exchange.
 */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_clpreauth_prep_questions_fn)(krb5_context context,
                                    krb5_clpreauth_moddata moddata,
                                    krb5_clpreauth_modreq modreq,
                                    krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                                    krb5_clpreauth_callbacks cb,
                                    krb5_clpreauth_rock rock,
                                    krb5_kdc_req *request,
                                    krb5_data *encoded_request_body,
                                    krb5_data *encoded_previous_request,
                                    krb5_pa_data *pa_data);

/*
 * Mandatory: process server-supplied data in pa_data and return created data
 * in pa_data_out.  Also called after the AS-REP is received if the AS-REP
 * includes preauthentication data of the associated type.
 *
 * as_key contains the client-supplied key if known, or an empty keyblock if
 * not.  If it is empty, the module may use gak_fct to fill it in.
 *
 * encoded_previous_request may be NULL if there has been no previous request
 * in the AS exchange.
 */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_clpreauth_process_fn)(krb5_context context,
                             krb5_clpreauth_moddata moddata,
                             krb5_clpreauth_modreq modreq,
                             krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                             krb5_clpreauth_callbacks cb,
                             krb5_clpreauth_rock rock,
                             krb5_kdc_req *request,
                             krb5_data *encoded_request_body,
                             krb5_data *encoded_previous_request,
                             krb5_pa_data *pa_data,
                             krb5_prompter_fct prompter, void *prompter_data,
                             krb5_pa_data ***pa_data_out);

/*
 * Optional: Attempt to use error and error_padata to try to recover from the
 * given error.  To work with both FAST and non-FAST errors, an implementation
 * should generally consult error_padata rather than decoding error->e_data.
 * For non-FAST errors, it contains the e_data decoded as either pa-data or
 * typed-data.
 *
 * If this function is provided, and it returns 0 and stores data in
 * pa_data_out, then the client library will retransmit the request.
 */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_clpreauth_tryagain_fn)(krb5_context context,
                              krb5_clpreauth_moddata moddata,
                              krb5_clpreauth_modreq modreq,
                              krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                              krb5_clpreauth_callbacks cb,
                              krb5_clpreauth_rock rock,
                              krb5_kdc_req *request,
                              krb5_data *encoded_request_body,
                              krb5_data *encoded_previous_request,
                              krb5_preauthtype pa_type,
                              krb5_error *error,
                              krb5_pa_data **error_padata,
                              krb5_prompter_fct prompter, void *prompter_data,
                              krb5_pa_data ***pa_data_out);

/*
 * Optional: receive krb5_get_init_creds_opt information.  The attr and value
 * information supplied should be copied into moddata by the module if it
 * wishes to reference it after returning from this call.
 */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_clpreauth_supply_gic_opts_fn)(krb5_context context,
                                     krb5_clpreauth_moddata moddata,
                                     krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                                     const char *attr, const char *value);

typedef struct krb5_clpreauth_vtable_st {
    /* Mandatory: name of module. */
    char *name;

    /* Mandatory: pointer to zero-terminated list of pa_types which this module
     * can provide services for. */
    krb5_preauthtype *pa_type_list;

    /* Optional: pointer to zero-terminated list of enc_types which this module
     * claims to add support for. */
    krb5_enctype *enctype_list;

    krb5_clpreauth_init_fn init;
    krb5_clpreauth_fini_fn fini;
    krb5_clpreauth_get_flags_fn flags;
    krb5_clpreauth_request_init_fn request_init;
    krb5_clpreauth_request_fini_fn request_fini;
    krb5_clpreauth_process_fn process;
    krb5_clpreauth_tryagain_fn tryagain;
    krb5_clpreauth_supply_gic_opts_fn gic_opts;
    /* Minor version 1 ends here. */

    krb5_clpreauth_prep_questions_fn prep_questions;
    /* Minor version 2 ends here. */
} *krb5_clpreauth_vtable;

/*
 * This function allows a clpreauth plugin to obtain preauth options.  The
 * preauth_data returned from this function should be freed by calling
 * krb5_get_init_creds_opt_free_pa().
 */
krb5_error_code KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_get_pa(krb5_context context,
                               krb5_get_init_creds_opt *opt,
                               int *num_preauth_data,
                               krb5_gic_opt_pa_data **preauth_data);

/*
 * This function frees the preauth_data that was returned by
 * krb5_get_init_creds_opt_get_pa().
 */
void KRB5_CALLCONV
krb5_get_init_creds_opt_free_pa(krb5_context context,
                                int num_preauth_data,
                                krb5_gic_opt_pa_data *preauth_data);

#endif /* KRB5_CLPREAUTH_PLUGIN_H */
/* -*- mode: c; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*- */
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2010 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Export of this software from the United States of America may
 *   require a specific license from the United States Government.
 *   It is the responsibility of any person or organization contemplating
 *   export to obtain such a license before exporting.
 *
 * WITHIN THAT CONSTRAINT, permission to use, copy, modify, and
 * distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and
 * without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
 * notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and
 * this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that
 * the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
 * to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
 * permission.  Furthermore if you modify this software you must label
 * your software as modified software and not distribute it in such a
 * fashion that it might be confused with the original M.I.T. software.
 * M.I.T. makes no representations about the suitability of
 * this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express
 * or implied warranty.
 */

/* Generic declarations for dynamic modules implementing krb5 plugin
 * modules. */

#ifndef KRB5_PLUGIN_H
#define KRB5_PLUGIN_H

/* krb5_plugin_vtable is an abstract type.  Module initvt functions will cast
 * it to the appropriate interface-specific vtable type. */
typedef struct krb5_plugin_vtable_st *krb5_plugin_vtable;

/*
 * krb5_plugin_initvt_fn is the type of all module initvt functions.  Based on
 * the maj_ver argument, the initvt function should cast vtable to the
 * appropriate type and then fill it in.  If a vtable has been expanded,
 * min_ver indicates which version of the vtable is being filled in.
 */
typedef krb5_error_code
(*krb5_plugin_initvt_fn)(krb5_context context, int maj_ver, int min_ver,
                         krb5_plugin_vtable vtable);

#endif /* KRB5_PLUGIN_H */
/* Copyright (c) 2011, Monty Program Ab
   Copyright (c) 2011, Oleksandr Byelkin
   Copyright (c) 2012, 2022 MariaDB Corporation AB

   Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
   modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
   met:

   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.

   2. Redistributions in binary form must the following disclaimer in
     the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
     distribution.

   THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY <COPYRIGHT HOLDER> ``AS IS'' AND ANY
   EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
   IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
   PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL <COPYRIGHT HOLDER> OR
   CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
   SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
   LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF
   USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
   ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
   OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
   OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
   SUCH DAMAGE.
*/

#ifndef ma_dyncol_h
#define ma_dyncol_h

#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef LIBMARIADB
#include <decimal.h>
#include <my_decimal_limits.h>
#endif
#include <mysql.h>

#ifndef longlong_defined
#if defined(HAVE_LONG_LONG) && SIZEOF_LONG != 8
typedef unsigned long long int ulonglong; /* ulong or unsigned long long */
typedef long long int longlong;
#else
typedef unsigned long	ulonglong;	/* ulong or unsigned long long */
typedef long		longlong;
#endif
#define longlong_defined
#endif


#ifndef _my_sys_h
typedef struct st_dynamic_string
{
  char *str;
  size_t length,max_length,alloc_increment;
} DYNAMIC_STRING;
#endif

struct st_mysql_lex_string
{
  char *str;
  size_t length;
};
typedef struct st_mysql_lex_string MYSQL_LEX_STRING;
typedef struct st_mysql_lex_string LEX_STRING;
/*
  Limits of implementation
*/
#define MAX_TOTAL_NAME_LENGTH 65535
#define MAX_NAME_LENGTH (MAX_TOTAL_NAME_LENGTH/4)

/* NO and OK is the same used just to show semantics */
#define ER_DYNCOL_NO ER_DYNCOL_OK

enum enum_dyncol_func_result
{
  ER_DYNCOL_OK= 0,
  ER_DYNCOL_YES= 1,                /* For functions returning 0/1 */
  ER_DYNCOL_FORMAT= -1,            /* Wrong format of the encoded string */
  ER_DYNCOL_LIMIT=  -2,            /* Some limit reached */
  ER_DYNCOL_RESOURCE= -3,          /* Out of resources */
  ER_DYNCOL_DATA= -4,              /* Incorrect input data */
  ER_DYNCOL_UNKNOWN_CHARSET= -5,   /* Unknown character set */
  ER_DYNCOL_TRUNCATED= 2           /* OK, but data was truncated */
};

typedef DYNAMIC_STRING DYNAMIC_COLUMN;

enum enum_dynamic_column_type
{
  DYN_COL_NULL= 0,
  DYN_COL_INT,
  DYN_COL_UINT,
  DYN_COL_DOUBLE,
  DYN_COL_STRING,
  DYN_COL_DECIMAL,
  DYN_COL_DATETIME,
  DYN_COL_DATE,
  DYN_COL_TIME,
  DYN_COL_DYNCOL
};

typedef enum enum_dynamic_column_type DYNAMIC_COLUMN_TYPE;

struct st_dynamic_column_value
{
  DYNAMIC_COLUMN_TYPE type;
  union
  {
    long long long_value;
    unsigned long long ulong_value;
    double double_value;
    struct {
      MYSQL_LEX_STRING value;
      MARIADB_CHARSET_INFO *charset;
    } string;
#ifndef LIBMARIADB
    struct {
      decimal_digit_t buffer[DECIMAL_BUFF_LENGTH];
      decimal_t value;
    } decimal;
#endif
    MYSQL_TIME time_value;
  } x;
};

typedef struct st_dynamic_column_value DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE;

#ifdef MADYNCOL_DEPRECATED
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
dynamic_column_create(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str,
                      uint column_nr, DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *value);

enum enum_dyncol_func_result
dynamic_column_create_many(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str,
                           uint column_count,
                           uint *column_numbers,
                           DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *values);
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
dynamic_column_update(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *org, uint column_nr,
                      DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *value);
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
dynamic_column_update_many(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str,
                           uint add_column_count,
                           uint *column_numbers,
                           DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *values);

enum enum_dyncol_func_result
dynamic_column_exists(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *org, uint column_nr);

enum enum_dyncol_func_result
dynamic_column_list(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *org, DYNAMIC_ARRAY *array_of_uint);

enum enum_dyncol_func_result
dynamic_column_get(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *org, uint column_nr,
                   DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *store_it_here);
#endif

/* new functions */
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_create_many_num(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str,
                               uint column_count,
                               uint *column_numbers,
                               DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *values,
                               my_bool new_string);
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_create_many_named(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str,
                                 uint column_count,
                                 MYSQL_LEX_STRING *column_keys,
                                 DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *values,
                                 my_bool new_string);


enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_update_many_num(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str,
                               uint add_column_count,
                               uint *column_keys,
                               DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *values);
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_update_many_named(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str,
                                 uint add_column_count,
                                 MYSQL_LEX_STRING *column_keys,
                                 DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *values);


enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_exists_num(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *org, uint column_nr);
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_exists_named(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str, MYSQL_LEX_STRING *name);

/* List of not NULL columns */
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_list_num(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str, uint *count, uint **nums);
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_list_named(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str, uint *count,
                          MYSQL_LEX_STRING **names);

/*
   if the column do not exists it is NULL
*/
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_get_num(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *org, uint column_nr,
                       DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *store_it_here);
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_get_named(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str, MYSQL_LEX_STRING *name,
                         DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *store_it_here);

my_bool mariadb_dyncol_has_names(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str);

enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_check(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str);

enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_json(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str, DYNAMIC_STRING *json);

void mariadb_dyncol_free(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str);

#define mariadb_dyncol_init(A) memset((A), 0, sizeof(DYNAMIC_COLUMN))
#define dynamic_column_initialize(A) mariadb_dyncol_init((A))
#define dynamic_column_column_free(A) mariadb_dyncol_free((A))

/* conversion of values to 3 base types */
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_val_str(DYNAMIC_STRING *str, DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *val,
                       MARIADB_CHARSET_INFO *cs, char quote);
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_val_long(longlong *ll, DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *val);
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_val_double(double *dbl, DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *val);

enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_unpack(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str,
                      uint *count,
                      MYSQL_LEX_STRING **names, DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE **vals);

int mariadb_dyncol_column_cmp_named(const MYSQL_LEX_STRING *s1,
                                    const MYSQL_LEX_STRING *s2);

enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_column_count(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str, uint *column_count);

#define mariadb_dyncol_value_init(V) \
do {\
  (V)->type= DYN_COL_NULL;\
} while(0)

/*
  Prepare value for using as decimal
*/
void mariadb_dyncol_prepare_decimal(DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *value);


#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
/* Copyright (C) 2000 MySQL AB & MySQL Finland AB & TCX DataKonsult AB
   
   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
   
   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Library General Public License for more details.
   
   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
   License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
   Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston,
   MA 02111-1301, USA */

/*
  A better implementation of the UNIX ctype(3) library.
  Notes:   my_global.h should be included before ctype.h
*/

#ifndef _mariadb_ctype_h
#define _mariadb_ctype_h

#include <ctype.h>

#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define CHARSET_DIR	"charsets/"
#define MY_CS_NAME_SIZE 32

#define MADB_DEFAULT_CHARSET_NAME "latin1"
#define MADB_DEFAULT_COLLATION_NAME "latin1_swedish_ci"
#define MADB_AUTODETECT_CHARSET_NAME "auto"

/* we use the mysqlnd implementation */
typedef struct ma_charset_info_st
{
  unsigned int	nr; /* so far only 1 byte for charset */
  unsigned int  state;
  const char	*csname;
  const char	*name;
  const char  *dir;
  unsigned int codepage;
  const char  *encoding;
  unsigned int	char_minlen;
  unsigned int	char_maxlen;
  unsigned int 	(*mb_charlen)(unsigned int c);
  unsigned int 	(*mb_valid)(const char *start, const char *end);
} MARIADB_CHARSET_INFO;

extern const MARIADB_CHARSET_INFO  mariadb_compiled_charsets[];
extern MARIADB_CHARSET_INFO *ma_default_charset_info;
extern MARIADB_CHARSET_INFO *ma_charset_bin;
extern MARIADB_CHARSET_INFO *ma_charset_latin1;
extern MARIADB_CHARSET_INFO *ma_charset_utf8_general_ci;
extern MARIADB_CHARSET_INFO *ma_charset_utf16le_general_ci;

MARIADB_CHARSET_INFO *find_compiled_charset(unsigned int cs_number);
MARIADB_CHARSET_INFO *find_compiled_charset_by_name(const char *name);

size_t mysql_cset_escape_quotes(const MARIADB_CHARSET_INFO *cset, char *newstr,  const char *escapestr, size_t escapestr_len);
size_t mysql_cset_escape_slashes(const MARIADB_CHARSET_INFO *cset, char *newstr, const char *escapestr, size_t escapestr_len);
const char* madb_get_os_character_set(void);
#ifdef _WIN32
int madb_get_windows_cp(const char *charset);
#endif

#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/* Do not edit this file directly, it was auto-generated by cmake */

#warning This file should not be included by clients, include only <mysql.h>

/* Do not edit this file directly, it was auto-generated by cmake */

#warning This file should not be included by clients, include only <mysql.h>

#include <mariadb_com.h>

/* Do not edit this file directly, it was auto-generated by cmake */

#warning This file should not be included by clients, include only <mysql.h>

#ifndef MYSQL_PLUGIN_AUTH_COMMON_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (C) 2010 Sergei Golubchik and Monty Program Ab

   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
   
   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Library General Public License for more details.
   
   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
   License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
   Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston,
   MA 02111-1301, USA */

/**
  @file

  This file defines constants and data structures that are the same for
  both client- and server-side authentication plugins.
*/
#define MYSQL_PLUGIN_AUTH_COMMON_INCLUDED

/** the max allowed length for a user name */
#define MYSQL_USERNAME_LENGTH 512

/**
  return values of the plugin authenticate_user() method.
*/

/**
  Authentication failed. Additionally, all other CR_xxx values
  (libmariadb error code) can be used too.

  The client plugin may set the error code and the error message directly
  in the MYSQL structure and return CR_ERROR. If a CR_xxx specific error
  code was returned, an error message in the MYSQL structure will be
  overwritten. If CR_ERROR is returned without setting the error in MYSQL,
  CR_UNKNOWN_ERROR will be user.
*/
#define CR_ERROR 0
/**
  Authentication (client part) was successful. It does not mean that the
  authentication as a whole was successful, usually it only means
  that the client was able to send the user name and the password to the
  server. If CR_OK is returned, the libmariadb reads the next packet expecting
  it to be one of OK, ERROR, or CHANGE_PLUGIN packets.
*/
#define CR_OK -1
/**
  Authentication was successful.
  It means that the client has done its part successfully and also that
  a plugin has read the last packet (one of OK, ERROR, CHANGE_PLUGIN).
  In this case, libmariadb will not read a packet from the server,
  but it will use the data at mysql->net.read_pos.

  A plugin may return this value if the number of roundtrips in the
  authentication protocol is not known in advance, and the client plugin
  needs to read one packet more to determine if the authentication is finished
  or not.
*/
#define CR_OK_HANDSHAKE_COMPLETE -2

typedef struct st_plugin_vio_info
{
  enum { MYSQL_VIO_INVALID, MYSQL_VIO_TCP, MYSQL_VIO_SOCKET,
         MYSQL_VIO_PIPE, MYSQL_VIO_MEMORY } protocol;
  int socket;     /**< it's set, if the protocol is SOCKET or TCP */
#ifdef _WIN32
  HANDLE handle;  /**< it's set, if the protocol is PIPE or MEMORY */
#endif
} MYSQL_PLUGIN_VIO_INFO;

/**
  Provides plugin access to communication channel
*/
typedef struct st_plugin_vio
{
  /**
    Plugin provides a pointer reference and this function sets it to the
    contents of any incoming packet. Returns the packet length, or -1 if
    the plugin should terminate.
  */
  int (*read_packet)(struct st_plugin_vio *vio, 
                     unsigned char **buf);
  
  /**
    Plugin provides a buffer with data and the length and this
    function sends it as a packet. Returns 0 on success, 1 on failure.
  */
  int (*write_packet)(struct st_plugin_vio *vio, 
                      const unsigned char *packet, 
                      int packet_len);

  /**
    Fills in a st_plugin_vio_info structure, providing the information
    about the connection.
  */
  void (*info)(struct st_plugin_vio *vio, struct st_plugin_vio_info *info);

} MYSQL_PLUGIN_VIO;

#endif

/* Copyright (C) 2010 - 2012 Sergei Golubchik and Monty Program Ab
                 2014, 2022 MariaDB Corporation AB

   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
   
   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Library General Public License for more details.
   
   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
   License along with this library; if not see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses>
   or write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 
   51 Franklin St., Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110, USA */

/**
  @file

  MySQL Client Plugin API

  This file defines the API for plugins that work on the client side
*/
#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT_PLUGIN_INCLUDED
#define MYSQL_CLIENT_PLUGIN_INCLUDED

#ifndef MYSQL_ABI_CHECK
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif


#ifndef PLUGINDIR
#define PLUGINDIR "lib/plugin"
#endif

#define plugin_declarations_sym "_mysql_client_plugin_declaration_"

/* known plugin types */
#define MYSQL_CLIENT_PLUGIN_RESERVED         0 
#define MYSQL_CLIENT_PLUGIN_RESERVED2        1
#define MYSQL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION_PLUGIN   2 /* authentication   */

#define MYSQL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION_PLUGIN_INTERFACE_VERSION  0x0101
#define MYSQL_CLIENT_MAX_PLUGINS             3

/* Connector/C specific plugin types */
#define MARIADB_CLIENT_REMOTEIO_PLUGIN       100 /* communication IO */
#define MARIADB_CLIENT_PVIO_PLUGIN           101
#define MARIADB_CLIENT_TRACE_PLUGIN          102
#define MARIADB_CLIENT_CONNECTION_PLUGIN     103
#define MARIADB_CLIENT_COMPRESSION_PLUGIN    104

#define MARIADB_CLIENT_REMOTEIO_PLUGIN_INTERFACE_VERSION 0x0100
#define MARIADB_CLIENT_PVIO_PLUGIN_INTERFACE_VERSION 0x0100
#define MARIADB_CLIENT_TRACE_PLUGIN_INTERFACE_VERSION 0x0100
#define MARIADB_CLIENT_CONNECTION_PLUGIN_INTERFACE_VERSION 0x0100
#define MARIADB_CLIENT_COMPRESSION_PLUGIN_INTERFACE_VERSION 0x0100

#define MARIADB_CLIENT_MAX_PLUGINS             5

#define mysql_declare_client_plugin(X)          \
     struct st_mysql_client_plugin_ ## X        \
        _mysql_client_plugin_declaration_ = {   \
          MYSQL_CLIENT_ ## X ## _PLUGIN,        \
          MYSQL_CLIENT_ ## X ## _PLUGIN_INTERFACE_VERSION,
#define mysql_end_client_plugin             }

#if defined _WIN32
#  define MARIADB_CLIENT_PLUGIN_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport)
#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
#  define MARIADB_CLIENT_PLUGIN_EXPORT __attribute__((visibility("default")))
#else
#  define MARIADB_CLIENT_PLUGIN_EXPORT
#endif

/* generic plugin header structure */
#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT_PLUGIN_HEADER
#define MYSQL_CLIENT_PLUGIN_HEADER                      \
  int type;                                             \
  unsigned int interface_version;                       \
  const char *name;                                     \
  const char *author;                                   \
  const char *desc;                                     \
  unsigned int version[3];                              \
  const char *license;                                  \
  void *mysql_api;                                      \
  int (*init)(char *, size_t, int, va_list);            \
  int (*deinit)(void);                                  \
  int (*options)(const char *option, const void *);

struct st_mysql_client_plugin
{
  MYSQL_CLIENT_PLUGIN_HEADER
};
#endif

struct st_mysql;

/********* connection handler plugin specific declarations **********/

typedef struct st_ma_connection_plugin
{
  MYSQL_CLIENT_PLUGIN_HEADER
  /* functions */
  MYSQL *(*connect)(MYSQL *mysql, const char *host,
                    const char *user, const char *passwd,
		                const char *db, unsigned int port,
                    const char *unix_socket, unsigned long clientflag);
  void (*close)(MYSQL *mysql);
  int (*set_optionsv)(MYSQL *mysql, unsigned int option, ...);
  int (*set_connection)(MYSQL *mysql,enum enum_server_command command,
                        const char *arg,
                        size_t length, my_bool skipp_check, void *opt_arg);
  my_bool (*reconnect)(MYSQL *mysql);
  int (*reset)(MYSQL *mysql);
} MARIADB_CONNECTION_PLUGIN;

#define MARIADB_DB_DRIVER(a) ((a)->ext_db)

/*******************  Communication IO plugin *****************/
#include <ma_pvio.h>

typedef struct st_mariadb_client_plugin_PVIO
{
  MYSQL_CLIENT_PLUGIN_HEADER
  struct st_ma_pvio_methods *methods;
} MARIADB_PVIO_PLUGIN;

/******** authentication plugin specific declarations *********/
#include <mysql/plugin_auth.h>

struct st_mysql_client_plugin_AUTHENTICATION
{
  MYSQL_CLIENT_PLUGIN_HEADER
  int (*authenticate_user)(MYSQL_PLUGIN_VIO *vio, struct st_mysql *mysql);
  int (*hash_password_bin)(struct st_mysql *mysql, unsigned char *hash, size_t *hash_length);
};

/******** trace plugin *******/
struct st_mysql_client_plugin_TRACE
{
  MYSQL_CLIENT_PLUGIN_HEADER
};

#include <ma_compress.h>

typedef struct st_mariadb_client_plugin_COMPRESS
{
  MYSQL_CLIENT_PLUGIN_HEADER
  ma_compress_ctx *(*init_ctx)(int compression_level);
  void (*free_ctx)(ma_compress_ctx *ctx);
  my_bool (*compress)(ma_compress_ctx *ctx, void *dst, size_t *dst_len, void *source, size_t source_len);
  my_bool (*decompress)(ma_compress_ctx *ctx, void *dst, size_t *dst_len, void *source, size_t *source_len);
} MARIADB_COMPRESSION_PLUGIN;

/**
  type of the mysql_authentication_dialog_ask function

  @param mysql          mysql
  @param type           type of the input
                        1 - ordinary string input
                        2 - password string
  @param prompt         prompt
  @param buf            a buffer to store the use input
  @param buf_len        the length of the buffer

  @retval               a pointer to the user input string.
                        It may be equal to 'buf' or to 'mysql->password'.
                        In all other cases it is assumed to be an allocated
                        string, and the "dialog" plugin will free() it.
*/
typedef char *(*mysql_authentication_dialog_ask_t)(struct st_mysql *mysql,
                      int type, const char *prompt, char *buf, int buf_len);

/********************** remote IO plugin **********************/
#ifdef HAVE_REMOTEIO
#include <mariadb/ma_io.h>

/* Remote IO plugin */
typedef struct st_mysql_client_plugin_REMOTEIO
{
  MYSQL_CLIENT_PLUGIN_HEADER
  struct st_rio_methods *methods;
} MARIADB_REMOTEIO_PLUGIN;
#endif

/******** using plugins ************/

/**
  loads a plugin and initializes it

  @param mysql  MYSQL structure. only MYSQL_PLUGIN_DIR option value is used,
                and last_errno/last_error, for error reporting
  @param name   a name of the plugin to load
  @param type   type of plugin that should be loaded, -1 to disable type check
  @param argc   number of arguments to pass to the plugin initialization
                function
  @param ...    arguments for the plugin initialization function

  @retval
  a pointer to the loaded plugin, or NULL in case of a failure
*/
struct st_mysql_client_plugin *
mysql_load_plugin(struct st_mysql *mysql, const char *name, int type,
                  int argc, ...);

/**
  loads a plugin and initializes it, taking va_list as an argument

  This is the same as mysql_load_plugin, but take va_list instead of
  a list of arguments.

  @param mysql  MYSQL structure. only MYSQL_PLUGIN_DIR option value is used,
                and last_errno/last_error, for error reporting
  @param name   a name of the plugin to load
  @param type   type of plugin that should be loaded, -1 to disable type check
  @param argc   number of arguments to pass to the plugin initialization
                function
  @param args   arguments for the plugin initialization function

  @retval
  a pointer to the loaded plugin, or NULL in case of a failure
*/
struct st_mysql_client_plugin * STDCALL
mysql_load_plugin_v(struct st_mysql *mysql, const char *name, int type,
                    int argc, va_list args);

/**
  finds an already loaded plugin by name, or loads it, if necessary

  @param mysql  MYSQL structure. only MYSQL_PLUGIN_DIR option value is used,
                and last_errno/last_error, for error reporting
  @param name   a name of the plugin to load
  @param type   type of plugin that should be loaded

  @retval
  a pointer to the plugin, or NULL in case of a failure
*/
struct st_mysql_client_plugin * STDCALL
mysql_client_find_plugin(struct st_mysql *mysql, const char *name, int type);

/**
  adds a plugin structure to the list of loaded plugins

  This is useful if an application has the necessary functionality
  (for example, a special load data handler) statically linked into
  the application binary. It can use this function to register the plugin
  directly, avoiding the need to factor it out into a shared object.

  @param mysql  MYSQL structure. It is only used for error reporting
  @param plugin an st_mysql_client_plugin structure to register

  @retval
  a pointer to the plugin, or NULL in case of a failure
*/
struct st_mysql_client_plugin * STDCALL
mysql_client_register_plugin(struct st_mysql *mysql,
                             struct st_mysql_client_plugin *plugin);

extern struct st_mysql_client_plugin *mysql_client_builtins[];

#endif


/* Copyright (c) 2024, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#pragma once

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
typedef int (*qsort_cmp)(const void *, const void *);
typedef int (*qsort_cmp2)(void *param, const void *a, const void *b);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* Autogenerated file, please don't edit */

{ "ER_HASHCHK", 1000, "hashchk" },
{ "ER_NISAMCHK", 1001, "isamchk" },
{ "ER_NO", 1002, "NO" },
{ "ER_YES", 1003, "YES" },
{ "ER_CANT_CREATE_FILE", 1004, "Can\'t create file \'%-.200s\' (errno: %M)" },
{ "ER_CANT_CREATE_TABLE", 1005, "Can\'t create table %`s.%`s (errno: %M)" },
{ "ER_CANT_CREATE_DB", 1006, "Can\'t create database \'%-.192s\' (errno: %M)" },
{ "ER_DB_CREATE_EXISTS", 1007, "Can\'t create database \'%-.192s\'; database exists" },
{ "ER_DB_DROP_EXISTS", 1008, "Can\'t drop database \'%-.192s\'; database doesn\'t exist" },
{ "ER_DB_DROP_DELETE", 1009, "Error dropping database (can\'t delete \'%-.192s\', errno: %M)" },
{ "ER_DB_DROP_RMDIR", 1010, "Error dropping database (can\'t rmdir \'%-.192s\', errno: %M)" },
{ "ER_CANT_DELETE_FILE", 1011, "Error on delete of \'%-.192s\' (errno: %M)" },
{ "ER_CANT_FIND_SYSTEM_REC", 1012, "Can\'t read record in system table" },
{ "ER_CANT_GET_STAT", 1013, "Can\'t get status of \'%-.200s\' (errno: %M)" },
{ "ER_CANT_GET_WD", 1014, "Can\'t get working directory (errno: %M)" },
{ "ER_CANT_LOCK", 1015, "Can\'t lock file (errno: %M)" },
{ "ER_CANT_OPEN_FILE", 1016, "Can\'t open file: \'%-.200s\' (errno: %M)" },
{ "ER_FILE_NOT_FOUND", 1017, "Can\'t find file: \'%-.200s\' (errno: %M)" },
{ "ER_CANT_READ_DIR", 1018, "Can\'t read dir of \'%-.192s\' (errno: %M)" },
{ "ER_CANT_SET_WD", 1019, "Can\'t change dir to \'%-.192s\' (errno: %M)" },
{ "ER_CHECKREAD", 1020, "Record has changed since last read in table \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_DISK_FULL", 1021, "Disk full (%s); waiting for someone to free some space... (errno: %M)" },
{ "ER_DUP_KEY", 1022, "Can\'t write; duplicate key in table \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_ERROR_ON_CLOSE", 1023, "Error on close of \'%-.192s\' (errno: %M)" },
{ "ER_ERROR_ON_READ", 1024, "Error reading file \'%-.200s\' (errno: %M)" },
{ "ER_ERROR_ON_RENAME", 1025, "Error on rename of \'%-.210s\' to \'%-.210s\' (errno: %M)" },
{ "ER_ERROR_ON_WRITE", 1026, "Error writing file \'%-.200s\' (errno: %M)" },
{ "ER_FILE_USED", 1027, "\'%-.192s\' is locked against change" },
{ "ER_FILSORT_ABORT", 1028, "Sort aborted" },
{ "ER_FORM_NOT_FOUND", 1029, "View \'%-.192s\' doesn\'t exist for \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_GET_ERRNO", 1030, "Got error %M from storage engine %s" },
{ "ER_ILLEGAL_HA", 1031, "Storage engine %s of the table %`s.%`s doesn\'t have this option" },
{ "ER_KEY_NOT_FOUND", 1032, "Can\'t find record in \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_NOT_FORM_FILE", 1033, "Incorrect information in file: \'%-.200s\'" },
{ "ER_NOT_KEYFILE", 1034, "Index for table \'%-.200s\' is corrupt; try to repair it" },
{ "ER_OLD_KEYFILE", 1035, "Old key file for table \'%-.192s\'; repair it!" },
{ "ER_OPEN_AS_READONLY", 1036, "Table \'%-.192s\' is read only" },
{ "ER_OUTOFMEMORY", 1037, "Out of memory; restart server and try again (needed %d bytes)" },
{ "ER_OUT_OF_SORTMEMORY", 1038, "Out of sort memory, consider increasing server sort buffer size" },
{ "ER_UNEXPECTED_EOF", 1039, "Unexpected EOF found when reading file \'%-.192s\' (errno: %M)" },
{ "ER_CON_COUNT_ERROR", 1040, "Too many connections" },
{ "ER_OUT_OF_RESOURCES", 1041, "Out of memory." },
{ "ER_BAD_HOST_ERROR", 1042, "Can\'t get hostname for your address" },
{ "ER_HANDSHAKE_ERROR", 1043, "Bad handshake" },
{ "ER_DBACCESS_DENIED_ERROR", 1044, "Access denied for user \'%s\'@\'%s\' to database \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_ACCESS_DENIED_ERROR", 1045, "Access denied for user \'%s\'@\'%s\' (using password: %s)" },
{ "ER_NO_DB_ERROR", 1046, "No database selected" },
{ "ER_UNKNOWN_COM_ERROR", 1047, "Unknown command" },
{ "ER_BAD_NULL_ERROR", 1048, "Column \'%-.192s\' cannot be null" },
{ "ER_BAD_DB_ERROR", 1049, "Unknown database \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_TABLE_EXISTS_ERROR", 1050, "Table \'%-.192s\' already exists" },
{ "ER_BAD_TABLE_ERROR", 1051, "Unknown table \'%-.100T\'" },
{ "ER_NON_UNIQ_ERROR", 1052, "Column \'%-.192s\' in %-.192s is ambiguous" },
{ "ER_SERVER_SHUTDOWN", 1053, "Server shutdown in progress" },
{ "ER_BAD_FIELD_ERROR", 1054, "Unknown column \'%-.192s\' in \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_WRONG_FIELD_WITH_GROUP", 1055, "\'%-.192s\' isn\'t in GROUP BY" },
{ "ER_WRONG_GROUP_FIELD", 1056, "Can\'t group on \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_WRONG_SUM_SELECT", 1057, "Statement has sum functions and columns in same statement" },
{ "ER_WRONG_VALUE_COUNT", 1058, "Column count doesn\'t match value count" },
{ "ER_TOO_LONG_IDENT", 1059, "Identifier name \'%-.100T\' is too long" },
{ "ER_DUP_FIELDNAME", 1060, "Duplicate column name \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_DUP_KEYNAME", 1061, "Duplicate key name \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_DUP_ENTRY", 1062, "Duplicate entry \'%-.192T\' for key %d" },
{ "ER_WRONG_FIELD_SPEC", 1063, "Incorrect column specifier for column \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_PARSE_ERROR", 1064, "%s near \'%-.80T\' at line %d" },
{ "ER_EMPTY_QUERY", 1065, "Query was empty" },
{ "ER_NONUNIQ_TABLE", 1066, "Not unique table/alias: \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_INVALID_DEFAULT", 1067, "Invalid default value for \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_MULTIPLE_PRI_KEY", 1068, "Multiple primary key defined" },
{ "ER_TOO_MANY_KEYS", 1069, "Too many keys specified; max %d keys allowed" },
{ "ER_TOO_MANY_KEY_PARTS", 1070, "Too many key parts specified; max %d parts allowed" },
{ "ER_TOO_LONG_KEY", 1071, "Specified key was too long; max key length is %d bytes" },
{ "ER_KEY_COLUMN_DOES_NOT_EXIST", 1072, "Key column \'%-.192s\' doesn\'t exist in table" },
{ "ER_BLOB_USED_AS_KEY", 1073, "BLOB column %`s can\'t be used in key specification in the %s table" },
{ "ER_TOO_BIG_FIELDLENGTH", 1074, "Column length too big for column \'%-.192s\' (max = %lu); use BLOB or TEXT instead" },
{ "ER_WRONG_AUTO_KEY", 1075, "Incorrect table definition; there can be only one auto column and it must be defined as a key" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_CANT_DELETE_GTID_DOMAIN", 1076, "Could not delete gtid domain. Reason: %s." },
{ "ER_NORMAL_SHUTDOWN", 1077, "%s (initiated by: %s): Normal shutdown" },
{ "ER_GOT_SIGNAL", 1078, "%s: Got signal %d. Aborting!" },
{ "ER_SHUTDOWN_COMPLETE", 1079, "%s: Shutdown complete" },
{ "ER_FORCING_CLOSE", 1080, "%s: Forcing close of thread %ld  user: \'%-.48s\'" },
{ "ER_IPSOCK_ERROR", 1081, "Can\'t create IP socket" },
{ "ER_NO_SUCH_INDEX", 1082, "Table \'%-.192s\' has no index like the one used in CREATE INDEX; recreate the table" },
{ "ER_WRONG_FIELD_TERMINATORS", 1083, "Field separator argument is not what is expected; check the manual" },
{ "ER_BLOBS_AND_NO_TERMINATED", 1084, "You can\'t use fixed rowlength with BLOBs; please use \'fields terminated by\'" },
{ "ER_TEXTFILE_NOT_READABLE", 1085, "The file \'%-.128s\' must be in the database directory or be readable by all" },
{ "ER_FILE_EXISTS_ERROR", 1086, "File \'%-.200s\' already exists" },
{ "ER_LOAD_INFO", 1087, "Records: %ld  Deleted: %ld  Skipped: %ld  Warnings: %ld" },
{ "ER_ALTER_INFO", 1088, "Records: %ld  Duplicates: %ld" },
{ "ER_WRONG_SUB_KEY", 1089, "Incorrect prefix key; the used key part isn\'t a string, the used length is longer than the key part, or the storage engine doesn\'t support unique prefix keys" },
{ "ER_CANT_REMOVE_ALL_FIELDS", 1090, "You can\'t delete all columns with ALTER TABLE; use DROP TABLE instead" },
{ "ER_CANT_DROP_FIELD_OR_KEY", 1091, "Can\'t DROP %s %`-.192s; check that it exists" },
{ "ER_INSERT_INFO", 1092, "Records: %ld  Duplicates: %ld  Warnings: %ld" },
{ "ER_UPDATE_TABLE_USED", 1093, "Table \'%-.192s\' is specified twice, both as a target for \'%s\' and as a separate source for data" },
{ "ER_NO_SUCH_THREAD", 1094, "Unknown thread id: %lu" },
{ "ER_KILL_DENIED_ERROR", 1095, "You are not owner of thread %lld" },
{ "ER_NO_TABLES_USED", 1096, "No tables used" },
{ "ER_TOO_BIG_SET", 1097, "Too many strings for column %-.192s and SET" },
{ "ER_NO_UNIQUE_LOGFILE", 1098, "Can\'t generate a unique log-filename %-.200s.(1-999)" },
{ "ER_TABLE_NOT_LOCKED_FOR_WRITE", 1099, "Table \'%-.192s\' was locked with a READ lock and can\'t be updated" },
{ "ER_TABLE_NOT_LOCKED", 1100, "Table \'%-.192s\' was not locked with LOCK TABLES" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_17", 1101, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_WRONG_DB_NAME", 1102, "Incorrect database name \'%-.100T\'" },
{ "ER_WRONG_TABLE_NAME", 1103, "Incorrect table name \'%-.100s\'" },
{ "ER_TOO_BIG_SELECT", 1104, "The SELECT would examine more than MAX_JOIN_SIZE rows; check your WHERE and use SET SQL_BIG_SELECTS=1 or SET MAX_JOIN_SIZE=# if the SELECT is okay" },
{ "ER_UNKNOWN_ERROR", 1105, "Unknown error" },
{ "ER_UNKNOWN_PROCEDURE", 1106, "Unknown procedure \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_WRONG_PARAMCOUNT_TO_PROCEDURE", 1107, "Incorrect parameter count to procedure \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_WRONG_PARAMETERS_TO_PROCEDURE", 1108, "Incorrect parameters to procedure \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_UNKNOWN_TABLE", 1109, "Unknown table \'%-.192s\' in %-.32s" },
{ "ER_FIELD_SPECIFIED_TWICE", 1110, "Column \'%-.192s\' specified twice" },
{ "ER_INVALID_GROUP_FUNC_USE", 1111, "Invalid use of group function" },
{ "ER_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION", 1112, "Table \'%-.192s\' uses an extension that doesn\'t exist in this MariaDB version" },
{ "ER_TABLE_MUST_HAVE_COLUMNS", 1113, "A table must have at least 1 column" },
{ "ER_RECORD_FILE_FULL", 1114, "The table \'%-.192s\' is full" },
{ "ER_UNKNOWN_CHARACTER_SET", 1115, "Unknown character set: \'%-.64s\'" },
{ "ER_TOO_MANY_TABLES", 1116, "Too many tables; MariaDB can only use %d tables in a join" },
{ "ER_TOO_MANY_FIELDS", 1117, "Too many columns" },
{ "ER_TOO_BIG_ROWSIZE", 1118, "Row size too large. The maximum row size for the used table type, not counting BLOBs, is %ld. This includes storage overhead, check the manual. You have to change some columns to TEXT or BLOBs" },
{ "ER_STACK_OVERRUN", 1119, "Thread stack overrun:  Used: %ld of a %ld stack.  Use \'mariadbd --thread_stack=#\' to specify a bigger stack if needed" },
{ "ER_WRONG_OUTER_JOIN", 1120, "Cross dependency found in OUTER JOIN; examine your ON conditions" },
{ "ER_NULL_COLUMN_IN_INDEX", 1121, "Table handler doesn\'t support NULL in given index. Please change column \'%-.192s\' to be NOT NULL or use another handler" },
{ "ER_CANT_FIND_UDF", 1122, "Can\'t load function \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_CANT_INITIALIZE_UDF", 1123, "Can\'t initialize function \'%-.192s\'; %-.80s" },
{ "ER_UDF_NO_PATHS", 1124, "No paths allowed for shared library" },
{ "ER_UDF_EXISTS", 1125, "Function \'%-.192s\' already exists" },
{ "ER_CANT_OPEN_LIBRARY", 1126, "Can\'t open shared library \'%-.192s\' (errno: %d, %-.128s)" },
{ "ER_CANT_FIND_DL_ENTRY", 1127, "Can\'t find symbol \'%-.128s\' in library" },
{ "ER_FUNCTION_NOT_DEFINED", 1128, "Function \'%-.192s\' is not defined" },
{ "ER_HOST_IS_BLOCKED", 1129, "Host \'%-.64s\' is blocked because of many connection errors; unblock with \'mariadb-admin flush-hosts\'" },
{ "ER_HOST_NOT_PRIVILEGED", 1130, "Host \'%-.64s\' is not allowed to connect to this MariaDB server" },
{ "ER_PASSWORD_ANONYMOUS_USER", 1131, "You are using MariaDB as an anonymous user and anonymous users are not allowed to modify user settings" },
{ "ER_PASSWORD_NOT_ALLOWED", 1132, "You must have privileges to update tables in the mysql database to be able to change passwords for others" },
{ "ER_PASSWORD_NO_MATCH", 1133, "Can\'t find any matching row in the user table" },
{ "ER_UPDATE_INFO", 1134, "Rows matched: %ld  Changed: %ld  Warnings: %ld" },
{ "ER_CANT_CREATE_THREAD", 1135, "Can\'t create a new thread (errno %M); if you are not out of available memory, you can consult the manual for a possible OS-dependent bug" },
{ "ER_WRONG_VALUE_COUNT_ON_ROW", 1136, "Column count doesn\'t match value count at row %lu" },
{ "ER_CANT_REOPEN_TABLE", 1137, "Can\'t reopen table: \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_INVALID_USE_OF_NULL", 1138, "Invalid use of NULL value" },
{ "ER_REGEXP_ERROR", 1139, "Regex error \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_MIX_OF_GROUP_FUNC_AND_FIELDS", 1140, "Mixing of GROUP columns (MIN(),MAX(),COUNT(),...) with no GROUP columns is illegal if there is no GROUP BY clause" },
{ "ER_NONEXISTING_GRANT", 1141, "There is no such grant defined for user \'%-.48s\' on host \'%-.64s\'" },
{ "ER_TABLEACCESS_DENIED_ERROR", 1142, "%-.100T command denied to user \'%s\'@\'%s\' for table %`s.%`s" },
{ "ER_COLUMNACCESS_DENIED_ERROR", 1143, "%-.32s command denied to user \'%s\'@\'%s\' for column \'%-.192s\' in table \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_ILLEGAL_GRANT_FOR_TABLE", 1144, "Illegal GRANT/REVOKE command; please consult the manual to see which privileges can be used" },
{ "ER_GRANT_WRONG_HOST_OR_USER", 1145, "The host or user argument to GRANT is too long" },
{ "ER_NO_SUCH_TABLE", 1146, "Table \'%-.192s.%-.192s\' doesn\'t exist" },
{ "ER_NONEXISTING_TABLE_GRANT", 1147, "There is no such grant defined for user \'%-.48s\' on host \'%-.64s\' on table \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_NOT_ALLOWED_COMMAND", 1148, "The used command is not allowed with this MariaDB version" },
{ "ER_SYNTAX_ERROR", 1149, "You have an error in your SQL syntax; check the manual that corresponds to your MariaDB server version for the right syntax to use" },
{ "ER_DELAYED_CANT_CHANGE_LOCK", 1150, "Delayed insert thread couldn\'t get requested lock for table %-.192s" },
{ "ER_TOO_MANY_DELAYED_THREADS", 1151, "Too many delayed threads in use" },
{ "ER_ABORTING_CONNECTION", 1152, "Aborted connection %ld to db: \'%-.192s\' user: \'%-.48s\' (%-.64s)" },
{ "ER_NET_PACKET_TOO_LARGE", 1153, "Got a packet bigger than \'max_allowed_packet\' bytes" },
{ "ER_NET_READ_ERROR_FROM_PIPE", 1154, "Got a read error from the connection pipe" },
{ "ER_NET_FCNTL_ERROR", 1155, "Got an error from fcntl()" },
{ "ER_NET_PACKETS_OUT_OF_ORDER", 1156, "Got packets out of order" },
{ "ER_NET_UNCOMPRESS_ERROR", 1157, "Couldn\'t uncompress communication packet" },
{ "ER_NET_READ_ERROR", 1158, "Got an error reading communication packets" },
{ "ER_NET_READ_INTERRUPTED", 1159, "Got timeout reading communication packets" },
{ "ER_NET_ERROR_ON_WRITE", 1160, "Got an error writing communication packets" },
{ "ER_NET_WRITE_INTERRUPTED", 1161, "Got timeout writing communication packets" },
{ "ER_TOO_LONG_STRING", 1162, "Result string is longer than \'max_allowed_packet\' bytes" },
{ "ER_TABLE_CANT_HANDLE_BLOB", 1163, "Storage engine %s doesn\'t support BLOB/TEXT columns" },
{ "ER_TABLE_CANT_HANDLE_AUTO_INCREMENT", 1164, "Storage engine %s doesn\'t support AUTO_INCREMENT columns" },
{ "ER_DELAYED_INSERT_TABLE_LOCKED", 1165, "INSERT DELAYED can\'t be used with table \'%-.192s\' because it is locked with LOCK TABLES" },
{ "ER_WRONG_COLUMN_NAME", 1166, "Incorrect column name \'%-.100s\'" },
{ "ER_WRONG_KEY_COLUMN", 1167, "The storage engine %s can\'t index column %`s" },
{ "ER_WRONG_MRG_TABLE", 1168, "Unable to open underlying table which is differently defined or of non-MyISAM type or doesn\'t exist" },
{ "ER_DUP_UNIQUE", 1169, "Can\'t write, because of unique constraint, to table \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_BLOB_KEY_WITHOUT_LENGTH", 1170, "BLOB/TEXT column \'%-.192s\' used in key specification without a key length" },
{ "ER_PRIMARY_CANT_HAVE_NULL", 1171, "All parts of a PRIMARY KEY must be NOT NULL; if you need NULL in a key, use UNIQUE instead" },
{ "ER_TOO_MANY_ROWS", 1172, "Result consisted of more than one row" },
{ "ER_REQUIRES_PRIMARY_KEY", 1173, "This table type requires a primary key" },
{ "ER_NO_RAID_COMPILED", 1174, "This version of MariaDB is not compiled with RAID support" },
{ "ER_UPDATE_WITHOUT_KEY_IN_SAFE_MODE", 1175, "You are using safe update mode and you tried to update a table without a WHERE that uses a KEY column" },
{ "ER_KEY_DOES_NOT_EXISTS", 1176, "Key \'%-.192s\' doesn\'t exist in table \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_CHECK_NO_SUCH_TABLE", 1177, "Can\'t open table" },
{ "ER_CHECK_NOT_IMPLEMENTED", 1178, "The storage engine for the table doesn\'t support %s" },
{ "ER_CANT_DO_THIS_DURING_AN_TRANSACTION", 1179, "You are not allowed to execute this command in a transaction" },
{ "ER_ERROR_DURING_COMMIT", 1180, "Got error %M during COMMIT" },
{ "ER_ERROR_DURING_ROLLBACK", 1181, "Got error %M during ROLLBACK" },
{ "ER_ERROR_DURING_FLUSH_LOGS", 1182, "Got error %M during FLUSH_LOGS" },
{ "ER_ERROR_DURING_CHECKPOINT", 1183, "Got error %M during CHECKPOINT" },
{ "ER_NEW_ABORTING_CONNECTION", 1184, "Aborted connection %lld to db: \'%-.192s\' user: \'%-.48s\' host: \'%-.64s\'%-.64s (%-.64s)" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_10", 1185, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_FLUSH_MASTER_BINLOG_CLOSED", 1186, "Binlog closed, cannot RESET MASTER" },
{ "ER_INDEX_REBUILD", 1187, "Failed rebuilding the index of  dumped table \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_MASTER", 1188, "Error from master: \'%-.64s\'" },
{ "ER_MASTER_NET_READ", 1189, "Net error reading from master" },
{ "ER_MASTER_NET_WRITE", 1190, "Net error writing to master" },
{ "ER_FT_MATCHING_KEY_NOT_FOUND", 1191, "Can\'t find FULLTEXT index matching the column list" },
{ "ER_LOCK_OR_ACTIVE_TRANSACTION", 1192, "Can\'t execute the given command because you have active locked tables or an active transaction" },
{ "ER_UNKNOWN_SYSTEM_VARIABLE", 1193, "Unknown system variable \'%-.*s\'" },
{ "ER_CRASHED_ON_USAGE", 1194, "Table \'%-.192s\' is marked as crashed and should be repaired" },
{ "ER_CRASHED_ON_REPAIR", 1195, "Table \'%-.192s\' is marked as crashed and last (automatic?) repair failed" },
{ "ER_WARNING_NOT_COMPLETE_ROLLBACK", 1196, "Some non-transactional changed tables couldn\'t be rolled back" },
{ "ER_TRANS_CACHE_FULL", 1197, "Multi-statement transaction required more than \'max_binlog_cache_size\' bytes of storage; increase this mariadbd variable and try again" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_MUST_STOP", 1198, "This operation cannot be performed as you have a running slave \'%2$*1$s\'; run STOP SLAVE \'%2$*1$s\' first" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_NOT_RUNNING", 1199, "This operation requires a running slave; configure slave and do START SLAVE" },
{ "ER_BAD_SLAVE", 1200, "The server is not configured as slave; fix in config file or with CHANGE MASTER TO" },
{ "ER_MASTER_INFO", 1201, "Could not initialize master info structure for \'%.*s\'; more error messages can be found in the MariaDB error log" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_THREAD", 1202, "Could not create slave thread; check system resources" },
{ "ER_TOO_MANY_USER_CONNECTIONS", 1203, "User %-.64s already has more than \'max_user_connections\' active connections" },
{ "ER_SET_CONSTANTS_ONLY", 1204, "You may only use constant expressions in this statement" },
{ "ER_LOCK_WAIT_TIMEOUT", 1205, "Lock wait timeout exceeded; try restarting transaction" },
{ "ER_LOCK_TABLE_FULL", 1206, "The total number of locks exceeds the lock table size" },
{ "ER_READ_ONLY_TRANSACTION", 1207, "Update locks cannot be acquired during a READ UNCOMMITTED transaction" },
{ "ER_DROP_DB_WITH_READ_LOCK", 1208, "DROP DATABASE not allowed while thread is holding global read lock" },
{ "ER_CREATE_DB_WITH_READ_LOCK", 1209, "CREATE DATABASE not allowed while thread is holding global read lock" },
{ "ER_WRONG_ARGUMENTS", 1210, "Incorrect arguments to %s" },
{ "ER_NO_PERMISSION_TO_CREATE_USER", 1211, "\'%s\'@\'%s\' is not allowed to create new users" },
{ "ER_UNION_TABLES_IN_DIFFERENT_DIR", 1212, "Incorrect table definition; all MERGE tables must be in the same database" },
{ "ER_LOCK_DEADLOCK", 1213, "Deadlock found when trying to get lock; try restarting transaction" },
{ "ER_TABLE_CANT_HANDLE_FT", 1214, "The storage engine %s doesn\'t support FULLTEXT indexes" },
{ "ER_CANNOT_ADD_FOREIGN", 1215, "Cannot add foreign key constraint for `%s`" },
{ "ER_NO_REFERENCED_ROW", 1216, "Cannot add or update a child row: a foreign key constraint fails" },
{ "ER_ROW_IS_REFERENCED", 1217, "Cannot delete or update a parent row: a foreign key constraint fails" },
{ "ER_CONNECT_TO_MASTER", 1218, "Error connecting to master: %-.128s" },
{ "ER_QUERY_ON_MASTER", 1219, "Error running query on master: %-.128s" },
{ "ER_ERROR_WHEN_EXECUTING_COMMAND", 1220, "Error when executing command %s: %-.128s" },
{ "ER_WRONG_USAGE", 1221, "Incorrect usage of %s and %s" },
{ "ER_WRONG_NUMBER_OF_COLUMNS_IN_SELECT", 1222, "The used SELECT statements have a different number of columns" },
{ "ER_CANT_UPDATE_WITH_READLOCK", 1223, "Can\'t execute the query because you have a conflicting read lock" },
{ "ER_MIXING_NOT_ALLOWED", 1224, "Mixing of transactional and non-transactional tables is disabled" },
{ "ER_DUP_ARGUMENT", 1225, "Option \'%s\' used twice in statement" },
{ "ER_USER_LIMIT_REACHED", 1226, "User \'%-.64s\' has exceeded the \'%s\' resource (current value: %ld)" },
{ "ER_SPECIFIC_ACCESS_DENIED_ERROR", 1227, "Access denied; you need (at least one of) the %-.128s privilege(s) for this operation" },
{ "ER_LOCAL_VARIABLE", 1228, "Variable \'%-.64s\' is a SESSION variable and can\'t be used with SET GLOBAL" },
{ "ER_GLOBAL_VARIABLE", 1229, "Variable \'%-.64s\' is a GLOBAL variable and should be set with SET GLOBAL" },
{ "ER_NO_DEFAULT", 1230, "Variable \'%-.64s\' doesn\'t have a default value" },
{ "ER_WRONG_VALUE_FOR_VAR", 1231, "Variable \'%-.64s\' can\'t be set to the value of \'%-.200T\'" },
{ "ER_WRONG_TYPE_FOR_VAR", 1232, "Incorrect argument type to variable \'%-.64s\'" },
{ "ER_VAR_CANT_BE_READ", 1233, "Variable \'%-.64s\' can only be set, not read" },
{ "ER_CANT_USE_OPTION_HERE", 1234, "Incorrect usage/placement of \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_NOT_SUPPORTED_YET", 1235, "This version of MariaDB doesn\'t yet support \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_MASTER_FATAL_ERROR_READING_BINLOG", 1236, "Got fatal error %d from master when reading data from binary log: \'%-.320s\'" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_IGNORED_TABLE", 1237, "Slave SQL thread ignored the query because of replicate-*-table rules" },
{ "ER_INCORRECT_GLOBAL_LOCAL_VAR", 1238, "Variable \'%-.192s\' is a %s variable" },
{ "ER_WRONG_FK_DEF", 1239, "Incorrect foreign key definition for \'%-.192s\': %s" },
{ "ER_KEY_REF_DO_NOT_MATCH_TABLE_REF", 1240, "Key reference and table reference don\'t match" },
{ "ER_OPERAND_COLUMNS", 1241, "Operand should contain %d column(s)" },
{ "ER_SUBQUERY_NO_1_ROW", 1242, "Subquery returns more than 1 row" },
{ "ER_UNKNOWN_STMT_HANDLER", 1243, "Unknown prepared statement handler (%.*s) given to %s" },
{ "ER_CORRUPT_HELP_DB", 1244, "Help database is corrupt or does not exist" },
{ "ER_CYCLIC_REFERENCE", 1245, "Cyclic reference on subqueries" },
{ "ER_AUTO_CONVERT", 1246, "Converting column \'%s\' from %s to %s" },
{ "ER_ILLEGAL_REFERENCE", 1247, "Reference \'%-.64s\' not supported (%s)" },
{ "ER_DERIVED_MUST_HAVE_ALIAS", 1248, "Every derived table must have its own alias" },
{ "ER_SELECT_REDUCED", 1249, "Select %u was reduced during optimization" },
{ "ER_TABLENAME_NOT_ALLOWED_HERE", 1250, "Table \'%-.192s\' from one of the SELECTs cannot be used in %-.32s" },
{ "ER_NOT_SUPPORTED_AUTH_MODE", 1251, "Client does not support authentication protocol requested by server; consider upgrading MariaDB client" },
{ "ER_SPATIAL_CANT_HAVE_NULL", 1252, "All parts of a SPATIAL index must be NOT NULL" },
{ "ER_COLLATION_CHARSET_MISMATCH", 1253, "COLLATION \'%s\' is not valid for CHARACTER SET \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_WAS_RUNNING", 1254, "Slave is already running" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_WAS_NOT_RUNNING", 1255, "Slave already has been stopped" },
{ "ER_TOO_BIG_FOR_UNCOMPRESS", 1256, "Uncompressed data size too large; the maximum size is %d (probably, length of uncompressed data was corrupted)" },
{ "ER_ZLIB_Z_MEM_ERROR", 1257, "ZLIB: Not enough memory" },
{ "ER_ZLIB_Z_BUF_ERROR", 1258, "ZLIB: Not enough room in the output buffer (probably, length of uncompressed data was corrupted)" },
{ "ER_ZLIB_Z_DATA_ERROR", 1259, "ZLIB: Input data corrupted" },
{ "ER_CUT_VALUE_GROUP_CONCAT", 1260, "Row %u was cut by %s)" },
{ "ER_WARN_TOO_FEW_RECORDS", 1261, "Row %lu doesn\'t contain data for all columns" },
{ "ER_WARN_TOO_MANY_RECORDS", 1262, "Row %lu was truncated; it contained more data than there were input columns" },
{ "ER_WARN_NULL_TO_NOTNULL", 1263, "Column set to default value; NULL supplied to NOT NULL column \'%s\' at row %lu" },
{ "ER_WARN_DATA_OUT_OF_RANGE", 1264, "Out of range value for column \'%s\' at row %lu" },
{ "WARN_DATA_TRUNCATED", 1265, "Data truncated for column \'%s\' at row %lu" },
{ "ER_WARN_USING_OTHER_HANDLER", 1266, "Using storage engine %s for table \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_CANT_AGGREGATE_2COLLATIONS", 1267, "Illegal mix of collations (%s,%s) and (%s,%s) for operation \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_DROP_USER", 1268, "Cannot drop one or more of the requested users" },
{ "ER_REVOKE_GRANTS", 1269, "Can\'t revoke all privileges for one or more of the requested users" },
{ "ER_CANT_AGGREGATE_3COLLATIONS", 1270, "Illegal mix of collations (%s,%s), (%s,%s), (%s,%s) for operation \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_CANT_AGGREGATE_NCOLLATIONS", 1271, "Illegal mix of collations for operation \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_VARIABLE_IS_NOT_STRUCT", 1272, "Variable \'%-.64s\' is not a variable component (can\'t be used as XXXX.variable_name)" },
{ "ER_UNKNOWN_COLLATION", 1273, "Unknown collation: \'%-.64s\'" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_IGNORED_SSL_PARAMS", 1274, "SSL parameters in CHANGE MASTER are ignored because this MariaDB slave was compiled without SSL support; they can be used later if MariaDB slave with SSL is started" },
{ "ER_SERVER_IS_IN_SECURE_AUTH_MODE", 1275, "Server is running in --secure-auth mode, but \'%s\'@\'%s\' has a password in the old format; please change the password to the new format" },
{ "ER_WARN_FIELD_RESOLVED", 1276, "Field or reference \'%-.192s%s%-.192s%s%-.192s\' of SELECT #%d was resolved in SELECT #%d" },
{ "ER_BAD_SLAVE_UNTIL_COND", 1277, "Incorrect parameter or combination of parameters for START SLAVE UNTIL" },
{ "ER_MISSING_SKIP_SLAVE", 1278, "It is recommended to use --skip-slave-start when doing step-by-step replication with START SLAVE UNTIL; otherwise, you will get problems if you get an unexpected slave\'s mariadbd restart" },
{ "ER_UNTIL_COND_IGNORED", 1279, "SQL thread is not to be started so UNTIL options are ignored" },
{ "ER_WRONG_NAME_FOR_INDEX", 1280, "Incorrect index name \'%-.100s\'" },
{ "ER_WRONG_NAME_FOR_CATALOG", 1281, "Incorrect catalog name \'%-.100s\'" },
{ "ER_WARN_QC_RESIZE", 1282, "Query cache failed to set size %llu; new query cache size is %lu" },
{ "ER_BAD_FT_COLUMN", 1283, "Column \'%-.192s\' cannot be part of FULLTEXT index" },
{ "ER_UNKNOWN_KEY_CACHE", 1284, "Unknown key cache \'%-.100s\'" },
{ "ER_WARN_HOSTNAME_WONT_WORK", 1285, "MariaDB is started in --skip-name-resolve mode; you must restart it without this switch for this grant to work" },
{ "ER_UNKNOWN_STORAGE_ENGINE", 1286, "Unknown storage engine \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_WARN_DEPRECATED_SYNTAX", 1287, "\'%s\' is deprecated and will be removed in a future release. Please use %s instead" },
{ "ER_NON_UPDATABLE_TABLE", 1288, "The target table %-.100s of the %s is not updatable" },
{ "ER_FEATURE_DISABLED", 1289, "The \'%s\' feature is disabled; you need MariaDB built with \'%s\' to have it working" },
{ "ER_OPTION_PREVENTS_STATEMENT", 1290, "The MariaDB server is running with the %s option so it cannot execute this statement" },
{ "ER_DUPLICATED_VALUE_IN_TYPE", 1291, "Column \'%-.100s\' has duplicated value \'%-.64s\' in %s" },
{ "ER_TRUNCATED_WRONG_VALUE", 1292, "Truncated incorrect %-.32T value: \'%-.128T\'" },
{ "ER_TOO_MUCH_AUTO_TIMESTAMP_COLS", 1293, "Incorrect table definition; there can be only one TIMESTAMP column with CURRENT_TIMESTAMP in DEFAULT or ON UPDATE clause" },
{ "ER_INVALID_ON_UPDATE", 1294, "Invalid ON UPDATE clause for \'%-.192s\' column" },
{ "ER_UNSUPPORTED_PS", 1295, "This command is not supported in the prepared statement protocol yet" },
{ "ER_GET_ERRMSG", 1296, "Got error %d \'%-.200s\' from %s" },
{ "ER_GET_TEMPORARY_ERRMSG", 1297, "Got temporary error %d \'%-.200s\' from %s" },
{ "ER_UNKNOWN_TIME_ZONE", 1298, "Unknown or incorrect time zone: \'%-.64s\'" },
{ "ER_WARN_INVALID_TIMESTAMP", 1299, "Invalid TIMESTAMP value in column \'%s\' at row %lu" },
{ "ER_INVALID_CHARACTER_STRING", 1300, "Invalid %s character string: \'%.64T\'" },
{ "ER_WARN_ALLOWED_PACKET_OVERFLOWED", 1301, "Result of %s() was larger than max_allowed_packet (%ld) - truncated" },
{ "ER_CONFLICTING_DECLARATIONS", 1302, "Conflicting declarations: \'%s%s\' and \'%s%s\'" },
{ "ER_SP_NO_RECURSIVE_CREATE", 1303, "Can\'t create a %s from within another stored routine" },
{ "ER_SP_ALREADY_EXISTS", 1304, "%s %s already exists" },
{ "ER_SP_DOES_NOT_EXIST", 1305, "%s %s does not exist" },
{ "ER_SP_DROP_FAILED", 1306, "Failed to DROP %s %s" },
{ "ER_SP_STORE_FAILED", 1307, "Failed to CREATE %s %s" },
{ "ER_SP_LILABEL_MISMATCH", 1308, "%s with no matching label: %s" },
{ "ER_SP_LABEL_REDEFINE", 1309, "Redefining label %s" },
{ "ER_SP_LABEL_MISMATCH", 1310, "End-label %s without match" },
{ "ER_SP_UNINIT_VAR", 1311, "Referring to uninitialized variable %s" },
{ "ER_SP_BADSELECT", 1312, "PROCEDURE %s can\'t return a result set in the given context" },
{ "ER_SP_BADRETURN", 1313, "RETURN is only allowed in a FUNCTION" },
{ "ER_SP_BADSTATEMENT", 1314, "%s is not allowed in stored procedures" },
{ "ER_UPDATE_LOG_DEPRECATED_IGNORED", 1315, "The update log is deprecated and replaced by the binary log; SET SQL_LOG_UPDATE has been ignored. This option will be removed in MariaDB 5.6" },
{ "ER_UPDATE_LOG_DEPRECATED_TRANSLATED", 1316, "The update log is deprecated and replaced by the binary log; SET SQL_LOG_UPDATE has been translated to SET SQL_LOG_BIN. This option will be removed in MariaDB 5.6" },
{ "ER_QUERY_INTERRUPTED", 1317, "Query execution was interrupted" },
{ "ER_SP_WRONG_NO_OF_ARGS", 1318, "Incorrect number of arguments for %s %s; expected %u, got %u" },
{ "ER_SP_COND_MISMATCH", 1319, "Undefined CONDITION: %s" },
{ "ER_SP_NORETURN", 1320, "No RETURN found in FUNCTION %s" },
{ "ER_SP_NORETURNEND", 1321, "FUNCTION %s ended without RETURN" },
{ "ER_SP_BAD_CURSOR_QUERY", 1322, "Cursor statement must be a SELECT" },
{ "ER_SP_BAD_CURSOR_SELECT", 1323, "Cursor SELECT must not have INTO" },
{ "ER_SP_CURSOR_MISMATCH", 1324, "Undefined CURSOR: %s" },
{ "ER_SP_CURSOR_ALREADY_OPEN", 1325, "Cursor is already open" },
{ "ER_SP_CURSOR_NOT_OPEN", 1326, "Cursor is not open" },
{ "ER_SP_UNDECLARED_VAR", 1327, "Undeclared variable: %s" },
{ "ER_SP_WRONG_NO_OF_FETCH_ARGS", 1328, "Incorrect number of FETCH variables" },
{ "ER_SP_FETCH_NO_DATA", 1329, "No data - zero rows fetched, selected, or processed" },
{ "ER_SP_DUP_PARAM", 1330, "Duplicate parameter: %s" },
{ "ER_SP_DUP_VAR", 1331, "Duplicate variable: %s" },
{ "ER_SP_DUP_COND", 1332, "Duplicate condition: %s" },
{ "ER_SP_DUP_CURS", 1333, "Duplicate cursor: %s" },
{ "ER_SP_CANT_ALTER", 1334, "Failed to ALTER %s %s" },
{ "ER_SP_SUBSELECT_NYI", 1335, "Subquery value not supported" },
{ "ER_STMT_NOT_ALLOWED_IN_SF_OR_TRG", 1336, "%s is not allowed in stored function or trigger" },
{ "ER_SP_VARCOND_AFTER_CURSHNDLR", 1337, "Variable or condition declaration after cursor or handler declaration" },
{ "ER_SP_CURSOR_AFTER_HANDLER", 1338, "Cursor declaration after handler declaration" },
{ "ER_SP_CASE_NOT_FOUND", 1339, "Case not found for CASE statement" },
{ "ER_FPARSER_TOO_BIG_FILE", 1340, "Configuration file \'%-.192s\' is too big" },
{ "ER_FPARSER_BAD_HEADER", 1341, "Malformed file type header in file \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_FPARSER_EOF_IN_COMMENT", 1342, "Unexpected end of file while parsing comment \'%-.200s\'" },
{ "ER_FPARSER_ERROR_IN_PARAMETER", 1343, "Error while parsing parameter \'%-.192s\' (line: \'%-.192s\')" },
{ "ER_FPARSER_EOF_IN_UNKNOWN_PARAMETER", 1344, "Unexpected end of file while skipping unknown parameter \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_VIEW_NO_EXPLAIN", 1345, "ANALYZE/EXPLAIN/SHOW can not be issued; lacking privileges for underlying table" },
{ "ER_FRM_UNKNOWN_TYPE", 1346, "File \'%-.192s\' has unknown type \'%-.64s\' in its header" },
{ "ER_WRONG_OBJECT", 1347, "\'%-.192s.%-.192s\' is not of type \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_NONUPDATEABLE_COLUMN", 1348, "Column \'%-.192s\' is not updatable" },
{ "ER_VIEW_SELECT_DERIVED", 1349, "View\'s SELECT contains a subquery in the FROM clause" },
{ "ER_VIEW_SELECT_CLAUSE", 1350, "View\'s SELECT contains a \'%s\' clause" },
{ "ER_VIEW_SELECT_VARIABLE", 1351, "View\'s SELECT contains a variable or parameter" },
{ "ER_VIEW_SELECT_TMPTABLE", 1352, "View\'s SELECT refers to a temporary table \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_VIEW_WRONG_LIST", 1353, "View\'s SELECT and view\'s field list have different column counts" },
{ "ER_WARN_VIEW_MERGE", 1354, "View merge algorithm can\'t be used here for now (assumed undefined algorithm)" },
{ "ER_WARN_VIEW_WITHOUT_KEY", 1355, "View being updated does not have complete key of underlying table in it" },
{ "ER_VIEW_INVALID", 1356, "View \'%-.192s.%-.192s\' references invalid table(s) or column(s) or function(s) or definer/invoker of view lack rights to use them" },
{ "ER_SP_NO_DROP_SP", 1357, "Can\'t drop or alter a %s from within another stored routine" },
{ "ER_SP_GOTO_IN_HNDLR", 1358, "GOTO is not allowed in a stored procedure handler" },
{ "ER_TRG_ALREADY_EXISTS", 1359, "Trigger \'%s\' already exists" },
{ "ER_TRG_DOES_NOT_EXIST", 1360, "Trigger does not exist" },
{ "ER_TRG_ON_VIEW_OR_TEMP_TABLE", 1361, "Trigger\'s \'%-.192s\' is a view, temporary table or sequence" },
{ "ER_TRG_CANT_CHANGE_ROW", 1362, "Updating of %s row is not allowed in %strigger" },
{ "ER_TRG_NO_SUCH_ROW_IN_TRG", 1363, "There is no %s row in %s trigger" },
{ "ER_NO_DEFAULT_FOR_FIELD", 1364, "Field \'%-.192s\' doesn\'t have a default value" },
{ "ER_DIVISION_BY_ZERO", 1365, "Division by 0" },
{ "ER_TRUNCATED_WRONG_VALUE_FOR_FIELD", 1366, "Incorrect %-.32s value: \'%-.128T\' for column `%.192s`.`%.192s`.`%.192s` at row %lu" },
{ "ER_ILLEGAL_VALUE_FOR_TYPE", 1367, "Illegal %s \'%-.192T\' value found during parsing" },
{ "ER_VIEW_NONUPD_CHECK", 1368, "CHECK OPTION on non-updatable view %`-.192s.%`-.192s" },
{ "ER_VIEW_CHECK_FAILED", 1369, "CHECK OPTION failed %`-.192s.%`-.192s" },
{ "ER_PROCACCESS_DENIED_ERROR", 1370, "%-.32s command denied to user \'%s\'@\'%s\' for routine \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_RELAY_LOG_FAIL", 1371, "Failed purging old relay logs: %s" },
{ "ER_PASSWD_LENGTH", 1372, "Password hash should be a %d-digit hexadecimal number" },
{ "ER_UNKNOWN_TARGET_BINLOG", 1373, "Target log not found in binlog index" },
{ "ER_IO_ERR_LOG_INDEX_READ", 1374, "I/O error reading log index file" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_PURGE_PROHIBITED", 1375, "Server configuration does not permit binlog purge" },
{ "ER_FSEEK_FAIL", 1376, "Failed on fseek()" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_PURGE_FATAL_ERR", 1377, "Fatal error during log purge" },
{ "ER_LOG_IN_USE", 1378, "A purgeable log is in use, will not purge" },
{ "ER_LOG_PURGE_UNKNOWN_ERR", 1379, "Unknown error during log purge" },
{ "ER_RELAY_LOG_INIT", 1380, "Failed initializing relay log position: %s" },
{ "ER_NO_BINARY_LOGGING", 1381, "You are not using binary logging" },
{ "ER_RESERVED_SYNTAX", 1382, "The \'%-.64s\' syntax is reserved for purposes internal to the MariaDB server" },
{ "ER_WSAS_FAILED", 1383, "WSAStartup Failed" },
{ "ER_DIFF_GROUPS_PROC", 1384, "Can\'t handle procedures with different groups yet" },
{ "ER_NO_GROUP_FOR_PROC", 1385, "Select must have a group with this procedure" },
{ "ER_ORDER_WITH_PROC", 1386, "Can\'t use ORDER clause with this procedure" },
{ "ER_LOGGING_PROHIBIT_CHANGING_OF", 1387, "Binary logging and replication forbid changing the global server %s" },
{ "ER_NO_FILE_MAPPING", 1388, "Can\'t map file: %-.200s, errno: %M" },
{ "ER_WRONG_MAGIC", 1389, "Wrong magic in %-.64s" },
{ "ER_PS_MANY_PARAM", 1390, "Prepared statement contains too many placeholders" },
{ "ER_KEY_PART_0", 1391, "Key part \'%-.192s\' length cannot be 0" },
{ "ER_VIEW_CHECKSUM", 1392, "View text checksum failed" },
{ "ER_VIEW_MULTIUPDATE", 1393, "Can not modify more than one base table through a join view \'%-.192s.%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_VIEW_NO_INSERT_FIELD_LIST", 1394, "Can not insert into join view \'%-.192s.%-.192s\' without fields list" },
{ "ER_VIEW_DELETE_MERGE_VIEW", 1395, "Can not delete from join view \'%-.192s.%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_CANNOT_USER", 1396, "Operation %s failed for %.256s" },
{ "ER_XAER_NOTA", 1397, "XAER_NOTA: Unknown XID" },
{ "ER_XAER_INVAL", 1398, "XAER_INVAL: Invalid arguments (or unsupported command)" },
{ "ER_XAER_RMFAIL", 1399, "XAER_RMFAIL: The command cannot be executed when global transaction is in the  %.64s state" },
{ "ER_XAER_OUTSIDE", 1400, "XAER_OUTSIDE: Some work is done outside global transaction" },
{ "ER_XAER_RMERR", 1401, "XAER_RMERR: Fatal error occurred in the transaction branch - check your data for consistency" },
{ "ER_XA_RBROLLBACK", 1402, "XA_RBROLLBACK: Transaction branch was rolled back" },
{ "ER_NONEXISTING_PROC_GRANT", 1403, "There is no such grant defined for user \'%-.48s\' on host \'%-.64s\' on routine \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_PROC_AUTO_GRANT_FAIL", 1404, "Failed to grant EXECUTE and ALTER ROUTINE privileges" },
{ "ER_PROC_AUTO_REVOKE_FAIL", 1405, "Failed to revoke all privileges to dropped routine" },
{ "ER_DATA_TOO_LONG", 1406, "Data too long for column \'%s\' at row %lu" },
{ "ER_SP_BAD_SQLSTATE", 1407, "Bad SQLSTATE: \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_STARTUP", 1408, "%s: ready for connections.\nVersion: \'%s\'  socket: \'%s\'  port: %d  %s" },
{ "ER_LOAD_FROM_FIXED_SIZE_ROWS_TO_VAR", 1409, "Can\'t load value from file with fixed size rows to variable" },
{ "ER_CANT_CREATE_USER_WITH_GRANT", 1410, "You are not allowed to create a user with GRANT" },
{ "ER_WRONG_VALUE_FOR_TYPE", 1411, "Incorrect %-.32s value: \'%-.128T\' for function %-.32s" },
{ "ER_TABLE_DEF_CHANGED", 1412, "Table definition has changed, please retry transaction" },
{ "ER_SP_DUP_HANDLER", 1413, "Duplicate handler declared in the same block" },
{ "ER_SP_NOT_VAR_ARG", 1414, "OUT or INOUT argument %d for routine %s is not a variable or NEW pseudo-variable in BEFORE trigger" },
{ "ER_SP_NO_RETSET", 1415, "Not allowed to return a result set from a %s" },
{ "ER_CANT_CREATE_GEOMETRY_OBJECT", 1416, "Cannot get geometry object from data you send to the GEOMETRY field" },
{ "ER_FAILED_ROUTINE_BREAK_BINLOG", 1417, "A routine failed and has neither NO SQL nor READS SQL DATA in its declaration and binary logging is enabled; if non-transactional tables were updated, the binary log will miss their changes" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_ROUTINE", 1418, "This function has none of DETERMINISTIC, NO SQL, or READS SQL DATA in its declaration and binary logging is enabled (you *might* want to use the less safe log_bin_trust_function_creators variable)" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_CREATE_ROUTINE_NEED_SUPER", 1419, "You do not have the SUPER privilege and binary logging is enabled (you *might* want to use the less safe log_bin_trust_function_creators variable)" },
{ "ER_EXEC_STMT_WITH_OPEN_CURSOR", 1420, "You can\'t execute a prepared statement which has an open cursor associated with it. Reset the statement to re-execute it" },
{ "ER_STMT_HAS_NO_OPEN_CURSOR", 1421, "The statement (%lu) has no open cursor" },
{ "ER_COMMIT_NOT_ALLOWED_IN_SF_OR_TRG", 1422, "Explicit or implicit commit is not allowed in stored function or trigger" },
{ "ER_NO_DEFAULT_FOR_VIEW_FIELD", 1423, "Field of view \'%-.192s.%-.192s\' underlying table doesn\'t have a default value" },
{ "ER_SP_NO_RECURSION", 1424, "Recursive stored functions and triggers are not allowed" },
{ "ER_TOO_BIG_SCALE", 1425, "Too big scale specified for \'%-.192s\'. Maximum is %u" },
{ "ER_TOO_BIG_PRECISION", 1426, "Too big precision specified for \'%-.192s\'. Maximum is %u" },
{ "ER_M_BIGGER_THAN_D", 1427, "For float(M,D), double(M,D) or decimal(M,D), M must be >= D (column \'%-.192s\')" },
{ "ER_WRONG_LOCK_OF_SYSTEM_TABLE", 1428, "You can\'t combine write-locking of system tables with other tables or lock types" },
{ "ER_CONNECT_TO_FOREIGN_DATA_SOURCE", 1429, "Unable to connect to foreign data source: %.64s" },
{ "ER_QUERY_ON_FOREIGN_DATA_SOURCE", 1430, "There was a problem processing the query on the foreign data source. Data source error: %-.64s" },
{ "ER_FOREIGN_DATA_SOURCE_DOESNT_EXIST", 1431, "The foreign data source you are trying to reference does not exist. Data source error:  %-.64s" },
{ "ER_FOREIGN_DATA_STRING_INVALID_CANT_CREATE", 1432, "Can\'t create federated table. The data source connection string \'%-.64s\' is not in the correct format" },
{ "ER_FOREIGN_DATA_STRING_INVALID", 1433, "The data source connection string \'%-.64s\' is not in the correct format" },
{ "ER_CANT_CREATE_FEDERATED_TABLE", 1434, "Can\'t create federated table. Foreign data src error:  %-.64s" },
{ "ER_TRG_IN_WRONG_SCHEMA", 1435, "Trigger in wrong schema" },
{ "ER_STACK_OVERRUN_NEED_MORE", 1436, "Thread stack overrun:  %ld bytes used of a %ld byte stack, and %ld bytes needed. Consider increasing the thread_stack system variable." },
{ "ER_TOO_LONG_BODY", 1437, "Routine body for \'%-.100s\' is too long" },
{ "ER_WARN_CANT_DROP_DEFAULT_KEYCACHE", 1438, "Cannot drop default keycache" },
{ "ER_TOO_BIG_DISPLAYWIDTH", 1439, "Display width out of range for \'%-.192s\' (max = %lu)" },
{ "ER_XAER_DUPID", 1440, "XAER_DUPID: The XID already exists" },
{ "ER_DATETIME_FUNCTION_OVERFLOW", 1441, "Datetime function: %-.32s field overflow" },
{ "ER_CANT_UPDATE_USED_TABLE_IN_SF_OR_TRG", 1442, "Can\'t update table \'%-.192s\' in stored function/trigger because it is already used by statement which invoked this stored function/trigger" },
{ "ER_VIEW_PREVENT_UPDATE", 1443, "The definition of table \'%-.192s\' prevents operation %-.192s on table \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_PS_NO_RECURSION", 1444, "The prepared statement contains a stored routine call that refers to that same statement. It\'s not allowed to execute a prepared statement in such a recursive manner" },
{ "ER_SP_CANT_SET_AUTOCOMMIT", 1445, "Not allowed to set autocommit from a stored function or trigger" },
{ "ER_MALFORMED_DEFINER", 1446, "Invalid definer" },
{ "ER_VIEW_FRM_NO_USER", 1447, "View \'%-.192s\'.\'%-.192s\' has no definer information (old table format). Current user is used as definer. Please recreate the view!" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_30", 1448, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_NO_SUCH_USER", 1449, "The user specified as a definer (\'%-.64s\'@\'%-.64s\') does not exist" },
{ "ER_FORBID_SCHEMA_CHANGE", 1450, "Changing schema from \'%-.192s\' to \'%-.192s\' is not allowed" },
{ "ER_ROW_IS_REFERENCED_2", 1451, "Cannot delete or update a parent row: a foreign key constraint fails (%s)" },
{ "ER_NO_REFERENCED_ROW_2", 1452, "Cannot add or update a child row: a foreign key constraint fails (%s)" },
{ "ER_SP_BAD_VAR_SHADOW", 1453, "Variable \'%-.64s\' must be quoted with `...`, or renamed" },
{ "ER_TRG_NO_DEFINER", 1454, "No definer attribute for trigger \'%-.192s\'.\'%-.192s\'. The trigger will be activated under the authorization of the invoker, which may have insufficient privileges. Please recreate the trigger" },
{ "ER_OLD_FILE_FORMAT", 1455, "\'%-.192s\' has an old format, you should re-create the \'%s\' object(s)" },
{ "ER_SP_RECURSION_LIMIT", 1456, "Recursive limit %d (as set by the max_sp_recursion_depth variable) was exceeded for routine %.192s" },
{ "ER_SP_PROC_TABLE_CORRUPT", 1457, "Failed to load routine %-.192s (internal code %d). For more details, run SHOW WARNINGS" },
{ "ER_SP_WRONG_NAME", 1458, "Incorrect routine name \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_TABLE_NEEDS_UPGRADE", 1459, "Upgrade required. Please do \"REPAIR %s %`s\" or dump/reload to fix it!" },
{ "ER_SP_NO_AGGREGATE", 1460, "AGGREGATE is not supported for stored functions" },
{ "ER_MAX_PREPARED_STMT_COUNT_REACHED", 1461, "Can\'t create more than max_prepared_stmt_count statements (current value: %u)" },
{ "ER_VIEW_RECURSIVE", 1462, "%`s.%`s contains view recursion" },
{ "ER_NON_GROUPING_FIELD_USED", 1463, "Non-grouping field \'%-.192s\' is used in %-.64s clause" },
{ "ER_TABLE_CANT_HANDLE_SPKEYS", 1464, "The storage engine %s doesn\'t support SPATIAL indexes" },
{ "ER_NO_TRIGGERS_ON_SYSTEM_SCHEMA", 1465, "Triggers can not be created on system tables" },
{ "ER_REMOVED_SPACES", 1466, "Leading spaces are removed from name \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_AUTOINC_READ_FAILED", 1467, "Failed to read auto-increment value from storage engine" },
{ "ER_USERNAME", 1468, "user name" },
{ "ER_HOSTNAME", 1469, "host name" },
{ "ER_WRONG_STRING_LENGTH", 1470, "String \'%-.70T\' is too long for %s (should be no longer than %d)" },
{ "ER_NON_INSERTABLE_TABLE", 1471, "The target table %-.100s of the %s is not insertable-into" },
{ "ER_ADMIN_WRONG_MRG_TABLE", 1472, "Table \'%-.64s\' is differently defined or of non-MyISAM type or doesn\'t exist" },
{ "ER_TOO_HIGH_LEVEL_OF_NESTING_FOR_SELECT", 1473, "Too high level of nesting for select" },
{ "ER_NAME_BECOMES_EMPTY", 1474, "Name \'%-.64s\' has become \'\'" },
{ "ER_AMBIGUOUS_FIELD_TERM", 1475, "First character of the FIELDS TERMINATED string is ambiguous; please use non-optional and non-empty FIELDS ENCLOSED BY" },
{ "ER_FOREIGN_SERVER_EXISTS", 1476, "Cannot create foreign server \'%s\' as it already exists" },
{ "ER_FOREIGN_SERVER_DOESNT_EXIST", 1477, "The foreign server name you are trying to reference does not exist. Data source error:  %-.64s" },
{ "ER_ILLEGAL_HA_CREATE_OPTION", 1478, "Table storage engine \'%-.64s\' does not support the create option \'%.64s\'" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_REQUIRES_VALUES_ERROR", 1479, "Syntax error: %-.64s PARTITIONING requires definition of VALUES %-.64s for each partition" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_WRONG_VALUES_ERROR", 1480, "Only %-.64s PARTITIONING can use VALUES %-.64s in partition definition" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_MAXVALUE_ERROR", 1481, "MAXVALUE can only be used in last partition definition" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_SUBPARTITION_ERROR", 1482, "Subpartitions can only be hash partitions and by key" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_SUBPART_MIX_ERROR", 1483, "Must define subpartitions on all partitions if on one partition" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_WRONG_NO_PART_ERROR", 1484, "Wrong number of partitions defined, mismatch with previous setting" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_WRONG_NO_SUBPART_ERROR", 1485, "Wrong number of subpartitions defined, mismatch with previous setting" },
{ "ER_WRONG_EXPR_IN_PARTITION_FUNC_ERROR", 1486, "Constant, random or timezone-dependent expressions in (sub)partitioning function are not allowed" },
{ "ER_NOT_CONSTANT_EXPRESSION", 1487, "Expression in %s must be constant" },
{ "ER_FIELD_NOT_FOUND_PART_ERROR", 1488, "Field in list of fields for partition function not found in table" },
{ "ER_LIST_OF_FIELDS_ONLY_IN_HASH_ERROR", 1489, "List of fields is only allowed in KEY partitions" },
{ "ER_INCONSISTENT_PARTITION_INFO_ERROR", 1490, "The partition info in the frm file is not consistent with what can be written into the frm file" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_FUNC_NOT_ALLOWED_ERROR", 1491, "The %-.192s function returns the wrong type" },
{ "ER_PARTITIONS_MUST_BE_DEFINED_ERROR", 1492, "For %-.64s partitions each partition must be defined" },
{ "ER_RANGE_NOT_INCREASING_ERROR", 1493, "VALUES LESS THAN value must be strictly increasing for each partition" },
{ "ER_INCONSISTENT_TYPE_OF_FUNCTIONS_ERROR", 1494, "VALUES value must be of same type as partition function" },
{ "ER_MULTIPLE_DEF_CONST_IN_LIST_PART_ERROR", 1495, "Multiple definition of same constant in list partitioning" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_ENTRY_ERROR", 1496, "Partitioning can not be used stand-alone in query" },
{ "ER_MIX_HANDLER_ERROR", 1497, "The mix of handlers in the partitions is not allowed in this version of MariaDB" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_NOT_DEFINED_ERROR", 1498, "For the partitioned engine it is necessary to define all %-.64s" },
{ "ER_TOO_MANY_PARTITIONS_ERROR", 1499, "Too many partitions (including subpartitions) were defined" },
{ "ER_SUBPARTITION_ERROR", 1500, "It is only possible to mix RANGE/LIST partitioning with HASH/KEY partitioning for subpartitioning" },
{ "ER_CANT_CREATE_HANDLER_FILE", 1501, "Failed to create specific handler file" },
{ "ER_BLOB_FIELD_IN_PART_FUNC_ERROR", 1502, "A BLOB field is not allowed in partition function" },
{ "ER_UNIQUE_KEY_NEED_ALL_FIELDS_IN_PF", 1503, "A %-.192s must include all columns in the table\'s partitioning function" },
{ "ER_NO_PARTS_ERROR", 1504, "Number of %-.64s = 0 is not an allowed value" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_MGMT_ON_NONPARTITIONED", 1505, "Partition management on a not partitioned table is not possible" },
{ "ER_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED_WITH_PARTITIONING", 1506, "Partitioned tables do not support %s" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_DOES_NOT_EXIST", 1507, "Wrong partition name or partition list" },
{ "ER_DROP_LAST_PARTITION", 1508, "Cannot remove all partitions, use DROP TABLE instead" },
{ "ER_COALESCE_ONLY_ON_HASH_PARTITION", 1509, "COALESCE PARTITION can only be used on HASH/KEY partitions" },
{ "ER_REORG_HASH_ONLY_ON_SAME_NO", 1510, "REORGANIZE PARTITION can only be used to reorganize partitions not to change their numbers" },
{ "ER_REORG_NO_PARAM_ERROR", 1511, "REORGANIZE PARTITION without parameters can only be used on auto-partitioned tables using HASH PARTITIONs" },
{ "ER_ONLY_ON_RANGE_LIST_PARTITION", 1512, "%-.64s PARTITION can only be used on RANGE/LIST partitions" },
{ "ER_ADD_PARTITION_SUBPART_ERROR", 1513, "Trying to Add partition(s) with wrong number of subpartitions" },
{ "ER_ADD_PARTITION_NO_NEW_PARTITION", 1514, "At least one partition must be added" },
{ "ER_COALESCE_PARTITION_NO_PARTITION", 1515, "At least one partition must be coalesced" },
{ "ER_REORG_PARTITION_NOT_EXIST", 1516, "More partitions to reorganize than there are partitions" },
{ "ER_SAME_NAME_PARTITION", 1517, "Duplicate partition name %-.192s" },
{ "ER_NO_BINLOG_ERROR", 1518, "It is not allowed to shut off binlog on this command" },
{ "ER_CONSECUTIVE_REORG_PARTITIONS", 1519, "When reorganizing a set of partitions they must be in consecutive order" },
{ "ER_REORG_OUTSIDE_RANGE", 1520, "Reorganize of range partitions cannot change total ranges except for last partition where it can extend the range" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_FUNCTION_FAILURE", 1521, "Partition function not supported in this version for this handler" },
{ "ER_PART_STATE_ERROR", 1522, "Partition state cannot be defined from CREATE/ALTER TABLE" },
{ "ER_LIMITED_PART_RANGE", 1523, "The %-.64s handler only supports 32 bit integers in VALUES" },
{ "ER_PLUGIN_IS_NOT_LOADED", 1524, "Plugin \'%-.192s\' is not loaded" },
{ "ER_WRONG_VALUE", 1525, "Incorrect %-.32s value: \'%-.128T\'" },
{ "ER_NO_PARTITION_FOR_GIVEN_VALUE", 1526, "Table has no partition for value %-.64s" },
{ "ER_FILEGROUP_OPTION_ONLY_ONCE", 1527, "It is not allowed to specify %s more than once" },
{ "ER_CREATE_FILEGROUP_FAILED", 1528, "Failed to create %s" },
{ "ER_DROP_FILEGROUP_FAILED", 1529, "Failed to drop %s" },
{ "ER_TABLESPACE_AUTO_EXTEND_ERROR", 1530, "The handler doesn\'t support autoextend of tablespaces" },
{ "ER_WRONG_SIZE_NUMBER", 1531, "A size parameter was incorrectly specified, either number or on the form 10M" },
{ "ER_SIZE_OVERFLOW_ERROR", 1532, "The size number was correct but we don\'t allow the digit part to be more than 2 billion" },
{ "ER_ALTER_FILEGROUP_FAILED", 1533, "Failed to alter: %s" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_ROW_LOGGING_FAILED", 1534, "Writing one row to the row-based binary log failed" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_ROW_WRONG_TABLE_DEF", 1535, "Table definition on master and slave does not match: %s" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_ROW_RBR_TO_SBR", 1536, "Slave running with --log-slave-updates must use row-based binary logging to be able to replicate row-based binary log events" },
{ "ER_EVENT_ALREADY_EXISTS", 1537, "Event \'%-.192s\' already exists" },
{ "ER_EVENT_STORE_FAILED", 1538, "Failed to store event %s. Error code %M from storage engine" },
{ "ER_EVENT_DOES_NOT_EXIST", 1539, "Unknown event \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_EVENT_CANT_ALTER", 1540, "Failed to alter event \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_EVENT_DROP_FAILED", 1541, "Failed to drop %s" },
{ "ER_EVENT_INTERVAL_NOT_POSITIVE_OR_TOO_BIG", 1542, "INTERVAL is either not positive or too big" },
{ "ER_EVENT_ENDS_BEFORE_STARTS", 1543, "ENDS is either invalid or before STARTS" },
{ "ER_EVENT_EXEC_TIME_IN_THE_PAST", 1544, "Event execution time is in the past. Event has been disabled" },
{ "ER_EVENT_OPEN_TABLE_FAILED", 1545, "Failed to open mysql.event" },
{ "ER_EVENT_NEITHER_M_EXPR_NOR_M_AT", 1546, "No datetime expression provided" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_2", 1547, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_3", 1548, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_EVENT_CANNOT_DELETE", 1549, "Failed to delete the event from mysql.event" },
{ "ER_EVENT_COMPILE_ERROR", 1550, "Error during compilation of event\'s body" },
{ "ER_EVENT_SAME_NAME", 1551, "Same old and new event name" },
{ "ER_EVENT_DATA_TOO_LONG", 1552, "Data for column \'%s\' too long" },
{ "ER_DROP_INDEX_FK", 1553, "Cannot drop index \'%-.192s\': needed in a foreign key constraint" },
{ "ER_WARN_DEPRECATED_SYNTAX_WITH_VER", 1554, "The syntax \'%s\' is deprecated and will be removed in MariaDB %s. Please use %s instead" },
{ "ER_CANT_WRITE_LOCK_LOG_TABLE", 1555, "You can\'t write-lock a log table. Only read access is possible" },
{ "ER_CANT_LOCK_LOG_TABLE", 1556, "You can\'t use locks with log tables" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_4", 1557, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_COL_COUNT_DOESNT_MATCH_PLEASE_UPDATE", 1558, "Column count of mysql.%s is wrong. Expected %d, found %d. Created with MariaDB %d, now running %d. Please use mariadb-upgrade to fix this error" },
{ "ER_TEMP_TABLE_PREVENTS_SWITCH_OUT_OF_RBR", 1559, "Cannot switch out of the row-based binary log format when the session has open temporary tables" },
{ "ER_STORED_FUNCTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_BINLOG_FORMAT", 1560, "Cannot change the binary logging format inside a stored function or trigger" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_13", 1561, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_NO_TEMPORARY", 1562, "Cannot create temporary table with partitions" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_CONST_DOMAIN_ERROR", 1563, "Partition constant is out of partition function domain" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_FUNCTION_IS_NOT_ALLOWED", 1564, "This partition function is not allowed" },
{ "ER_DDL_LOG_ERROR", 1565, "Error in DDL log" },
{ "ER_NULL_IN_VALUES_LESS_THAN", 1566, "Not allowed to use NULL value in VALUES LESS THAN" },
{ "ER_WRONG_PARTITION_NAME", 1567, "Incorrect partition name" },
{ "ER_CANT_CHANGE_TX_CHARACTERISTICS", 1568, "Transaction characteristics can\'t be changed while a transaction is in progress" },
{ "ER_DUP_ENTRY_AUTOINCREMENT_CASE", 1569, "ALTER TABLE causes auto_increment resequencing, resulting in duplicate entry \'%-.192T\' for key \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_EVENT_MODIFY_QUEUE_ERROR", 1570, "Internal scheduler error %d" },
{ "ER_EVENT_SET_VAR_ERROR", 1571, "Error during starting/stopping of the scheduler. Error code %M" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_MERGE_ERROR", 1572, "Engine cannot be used in partitioned tables" },
{ "ER_CANT_ACTIVATE_LOG", 1573, "Cannot activate \'%-.64s\' log" },
{ "ER_RBR_NOT_AVAILABLE", 1574, "The server was not built with row-based replication" },
{ "ER_BASE64_DECODE_ERROR", 1575, "Decoding of base64 string failed" },
{ "ER_EVENT_RECURSION_FORBIDDEN", 1576, "Recursion of EVENT DDL statements is forbidden when body is present" },
{ "ER_EVENTS_DB_ERROR", 1577, "Cannot proceed, because event scheduler is disabled" },
{ "ER_ONLY_INTEGERS_ALLOWED", 1578, "Only integers allowed as number here" },
{ "ER_UNSUPORTED_LOG_ENGINE", 1579, "Storage engine %s cannot be used for log tables" },
{ "ER_BAD_LOG_STATEMENT", 1580, "You cannot \'%s\' a log table if logging is enabled" },
{ "ER_CANT_RENAME_LOG_TABLE", 1581, "Cannot rename \'%s\'. When logging enabled, rename to/from log table must rename two tables: the log table to an archive table and another table back to \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_WRONG_PARAMCOUNT_TO_NATIVE_FCT", 1582, "Incorrect parameter count in the call to native function \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_WRONG_PARAMETERS_TO_NATIVE_FCT", 1583, "Incorrect parameters in the call to native function \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_WRONG_PARAMETERS_TO_STORED_FCT", 1584, "Incorrect parameters in the call to stored function \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_NATIVE_FCT_NAME_COLLISION", 1585, "This function \'%-.192s\' has the same name as a native function" },
{ "ER_DUP_ENTRY_WITH_KEY_NAME", 1586, "Duplicate entry \'%-.64T\' for key \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_PURGE_EMFILE", 1587, "Too many files opened, please execute the command again" },
{ "ER_EVENT_CANNOT_CREATE_IN_THE_PAST", 1588, "Event execution time is in the past and ON COMPLETION NOT PRESERVE is set. The event was dropped immediately after creation" },
{ "ER_EVENT_CANNOT_ALTER_IN_THE_PAST", 1589, "Event execution time is in the past and ON COMPLETION NOT PRESERVE is set. The event was not changed. Specify a time in the future" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_INCIDENT", 1590, "The incident %s occurred on the master. Message: %-.64s" },
{ "ER_NO_PARTITION_FOR_GIVEN_VALUE_SILENT", 1591, "Table has no partition for some existing values" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_STATEMENT", 1592, "Unsafe statement written to the binary log using statement format since BINLOG_FORMAT = STATEMENT. %s" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_FATAL_ERROR", 1593, "Fatal error: %s" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_RELAY_LOG_READ_FAILURE", 1594, "Relay log read failure: %s" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_RELAY_LOG_WRITE_FAILURE", 1595, "Relay log write failure: %s" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_CREATE_EVENT_FAILURE", 1596, "Failed to create %s" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_MASTER_COM_FAILURE", 1597, "Master command %s failed: %s" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_LOGGING_IMPOSSIBLE", 1598, "Binary logging not possible. Message: %s" },
{ "ER_VIEW_NO_CREATION_CTX", 1599, "View %`s.%`s has no creation context" },
{ "ER_VIEW_INVALID_CREATION_CTX", 1600, "Creation context of view %`s.%`s is invalid" },
{ "ER_SR_INVALID_CREATION_CTX", 1601, "Creation context of stored routine %`s.%`s is invalid" },
{ "ER_TRG_CORRUPTED_FILE", 1602, "Corrupted TRG file for table %`s.%`s" },
{ "ER_TRG_NO_CREATION_CTX", 1603, "Triggers for table %`s.%`s have no creation context" },
{ "ER_TRG_INVALID_CREATION_CTX", 1604, "Trigger creation context of table %`s.%`s is invalid" },
{ "ER_EVENT_INVALID_CREATION_CTX", 1605, "Creation context of event %`s.%`s is invalid" },
{ "ER_TRG_CANT_OPEN_TABLE", 1606, "Cannot open table for trigger %`s.%`s" },
{ "ER_CANT_CREATE_SROUTINE", 1607, "Cannot create stored routine %`s. Check warnings" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_11", 1608, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_NO_FORMAT_DESCRIPTION_EVENT_BEFORE_BINLOG_STATEMENT", 1609, "The BINLOG statement of type %s was not preceded by a format description BINLOG statement" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_CORRUPT_EVENT", 1610, "Corrupted replication event was detected" },
{ "ER_LOAD_DATA_INVALID_COLUMN", 1611, "Invalid column reference (%-.64s) in LOAD DATA" },
{ "ER_LOG_PURGE_NO_FILE", 1612, "Being purged log %s was not found" },
{ "ER_XA_RBTIMEOUT", 1613, "XA_RBTIMEOUT: Transaction branch was rolled back: took too long" },
{ "ER_XA_RBDEADLOCK", 1614, "XA_RBDEADLOCK: Transaction branch was rolled back: deadlock was detected" },
{ "ER_NEED_REPREPARE", 1615, "Prepared statement needs to be re-prepared" },
{ "ER_DELAYED_NOT_SUPPORTED", 1616, "DELAYED option not supported for table \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "WARN_NO_MASTER_INFO", 1617, "There is no master connection \'%.*s\'" },
{ "WARN_OPTION_IGNORED", 1618, "<%-.64s> option ignored" },
{ "ER_PLUGIN_DELETE_BUILTIN", 1619, "Built-in plugins cannot be deleted" },
{ "WARN_PLUGIN_BUSY", 1620, "Plugin is busy and will be uninstalled on shutdown" },
{ "ER_VARIABLE_IS_READONLY", 1621, "%s variable \'%s\' is read-only. Use SET %s to assign the value" },
{ "ER_WARN_ENGINE_TRANSACTION_ROLLBACK", 1622, "Storage engine %s does not support rollback for this statement. Transaction rolled back and must be restarted" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_HEARTBEAT_FAILURE", 1623, "Unexpected master\'s heartbeat data: %s" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_HEARTBEAT_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE", 1624, "The requested value for the heartbeat period is either negative or exceeds the maximum allowed (%u seconds)" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_14", 1625, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_CONFLICT_FN_PARSE_ERROR", 1626, "Error in parsing conflict function. Message: %-.64s" },
{ "ER_EXCEPTIONS_WRITE_ERROR", 1627, "Write to exceptions table failed. Message: %-.128s\"" },
{ "ER_TOO_LONG_TABLE_COMMENT", 1628, "Comment for table \'%-.64s\' is too long (max = %u)" },
{ "ER_TOO_LONG_FIELD_COMMENT", 1629, "Comment for field \'%-.64s\' is too long (max = %u)" },
{ "ER_FUNC_INEXISTENT_NAME_COLLISION", 1630, "FUNCTION %s does not exist. Check the \'Function Name Parsing and Resolution\' section in the Reference Manual" },
{ "ER_DATABASE_NAME", 1631, "Database" },
{ "ER_TABLE_NAME", 1632, "Table" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_NAME", 1633, "Partition" },
{ "ER_SUBPARTITION_NAME", 1634, "Subpartition" },
{ "ER_TEMPORARY_NAME", 1635, "Temporary" },
{ "ER_RENAMED_NAME", 1636, "Renamed" },
{ "ER_TOO_MANY_CONCURRENT_TRXS", 1637, "Too many active concurrent transactions" },
{ "WARN_NON_ASCII_SEPARATOR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED", 1638, "Non-ASCII separator arguments are not fully supported" },
{ "ER_DEBUG_SYNC_TIMEOUT", 1639, "debug sync point wait timed out" },
{ "ER_DEBUG_SYNC_HIT_LIMIT", 1640, "debug sync point hit limit reached" },
{ "ER_DUP_SIGNAL_SET", 1641, "Duplicate condition information item \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_SIGNAL_WARN", 1642, "Unhandled user-defined warning condition" },
{ "ER_SIGNAL_NOT_FOUND", 1643, "Unhandled user-defined not found condition" },
{ "ER_SIGNAL_EXCEPTION", 1644, "Unhandled user-defined exception condition" },
{ "ER_RESIGNAL_WITHOUT_ACTIVE_HANDLER", 1645, "RESIGNAL when handler not active" },
{ "ER_SIGNAL_BAD_CONDITION_TYPE", 1646, "SIGNAL/RESIGNAL can only use a CONDITION defined with SQLSTATE" },
{ "WARN_COND_ITEM_TRUNCATED", 1647, "Data truncated for condition item \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_COND_ITEM_TOO_LONG", 1648, "Data too long for condition item \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_UNKNOWN_LOCALE", 1649, "Unknown locale: \'%-.64s\'" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_IGNORE_SERVER_IDS", 1650, "The requested server id %d clashes with the slave startup option --replicate-same-server-id" },
{ "ER_QUERY_CACHE_DISABLED", 1651, "Query cache is disabled; set query_cache_type to ON or DEMAND to enable it" },
{ "ER_SAME_NAME_PARTITION_FIELD", 1652, "Duplicate partition field name \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_COLUMN_LIST_ERROR", 1653, "Inconsistency in usage of column lists for partitioning" },
{ "ER_WRONG_TYPE_COLUMN_VALUE_ERROR", 1654, "Partition column values of incorrect type" },
{ "ER_TOO_MANY_PARTITION_FUNC_FIELDS_ERROR", 1655, "Too many fields in \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_MAXVALUE_IN_VALUES_IN", 1656, "Cannot use MAXVALUE as value in VALUES IN" },
{ "ER_TOO_MANY_VALUES_ERROR", 1657, "Cannot have more than one value for this type of %-.64s partitioning" },
{ "ER_ROW_SINGLE_PARTITION_FIELD_ERROR", 1658, "Row expressions in VALUES IN only allowed for multi-field column partitioning" },
{ "ER_FIELD_TYPE_NOT_ALLOWED_AS_PARTITION_FIELD", 1659, "Field \'%-.192s\' is of a not allowed type for this type of partitioning" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_FIELDS_TOO_LONG", 1660, "The total length of the partitioning fields is too large" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_ROW_ENGINE_AND_STMT_ENGINE", 1661, "Cannot execute statement: impossible to write to binary log since both row-incapable engines and statement-incapable engines are involved" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_ROW_MODE_AND_STMT_ENGINE", 1662, "Cannot execute statement: impossible to write to binary log since BINLOG_FORMAT = ROW and at least one table uses a storage engine limited to statement-based logging" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_AND_STMT_ENGINE", 1663, "Cannot execute statement: impossible to write to binary log since statement is unsafe, storage engine is limited to statement-based logging, and BINLOG_FORMAT = MIXED. %s" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_ROW_INJECTION_AND_STMT_ENGINE", 1664, "Cannot execute statement: impossible to write to binary log since statement is in row format and at least one table uses a storage engine limited to statement-based logging" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_STMT_MODE_AND_ROW_ENGINE", 1665, "Cannot execute statement: impossible to write to binary log since BINLOG_FORMAT = STATEMENT and at least one table uses a storage engine limited to row-based logging.%s" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_ROW_INJECTION_AND_STMT_MODE", 1666, "Cannot execute statement: impossible to write to binary log since statement is in row format and BINLOG_FORMAT = STATEMENT" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_MULTIPLE_ENGINES_AND_SELF_LOGGING_ENGINE", 1667, "Cannot execute statement: impossible to write to binary log since more than one engine is involved and at least one engine is self-logging" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_LIMIT", 1668, "The statement is unsafe because it uses a LIMIT clause. This is unsafe because the set of rows included cannot be predicted" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_INSERT_DELAYED", 1669, "The statement is unsafe because it uses INSERT DELAYED. This is unsafe because the times when rows are inserted cannot be predicted" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_SYSTEM_TABLE", 1670, "The statement is unsafe because it uses the general log, slow query log, or performance_schema table(s). This is unsafe because system tables may differ on slaves" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_AUTOINC_COLUMNS", 1671, "Statement is unsafe because it invokes a trigger or a stored function that inserts into an AUTO_INCREMENT column. Inserted values cannot be logged correctly" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_UDF", 1672, "Statement is unsafe because it uses a UDF which may not return the same value on the slave" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_SYSTEM_VARIABLE", 1673, "Statement is unsafe because it uses a system variable that may have a different value on the slave" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_SYSTEM_FUNCTION", 1674, "Statement is unsafe because it uses a system function that may return a different value on the slave" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_NONTRANS_AFTER_TRANS", 1675, "Statement is unsafe because it accesses a non-transactional table after accessing a transactional table within the same transaction" },
{ "ER_MESSAGE_AND_STATEMENT", 1676, "%s. Statement: %s" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_CONVERSION_FAILED", 1677, "Column %d of table \'%-.192s.%-.192s\' cannot be converted from type \'%-.50s\' to type \'%-.50s\'" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_CANT_CREATE_CONVERSION", 1678, "Can\'t create conversion table for table \'%-.192s.%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_INSIDE_TRANSACTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_BINLOG_FORMAT", 1679, "Cannot modify @@session.binlog_format inside a transaction" },
{ "ER_PATH_LENGTH", 1680, "The path specified for %.64T is too long" },
{ "ER_WARN_DEPRECATED_SYNTAX_NO_REPLACEMENT", 1681, "\'%s\' is deprecated and will be removed in a future release" },
{ "ER_WRONG_NATIVE_TABLE_STRUCTURE", 1682, "Native table \'%-.64s\'.\'%-.64s\' has the wrong structure" },
{ "ER_WRONG_PERFSCHEMA_USAGE", 1683, "Invalid performance_schema usage" },
{ "ER_WARN_I_S_SKIPPED_TABLE", 1684, "Table \'%s\'.\'%s\' was skipped since its definition is being modified by concurrent DDL statement" },
{ "ER_INSIDE_TRANSACTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_BINLOG_DIRECT", 1685, "Cannot modify @@session.binlog_direct_non_transactional_updates inside a transaction" },
{ "ER_STORED_FUNCTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_BINLOG_DIRECT", 1686, "Cannot change the binlog direct flag inside a stored function or trigger" },
{ "ER_SPATIAL_MUST_HAVE_GEOM_COL", 1687, "A SPATIAL index may only contain a geometrical type column" },
{ "ER_TOO_LONG_INDEX_COMMENT", 1688, "Comment for index \'%-.64s\' is too long (max = %lu)" },
{ "ER_LOCK_ABORTED", 1689, "Wait on a lock was aborted due to a pending exclusive lock" },
{ "ER_DATA_OUT_OF_RANGE", 1690, "%s value is out of range in \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_WRONG_SPVAR_TYPE_IN_LIMIT", 1691, "A variable of a non-integer based type in LIMIT clause" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_MULTIPLE_ENGINES_AND_SELF_LOGGING_ENGINE", 1692, "Mixing self-logging and non-self-logging engines in a statement is unsafe" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_MIXED_STATEMENT", 1693, "Statement accesses nontransactional table as well as transactional or temporary table, and writes to any of them" },
{ "ER_INSIDE_TRANSACTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_SQL_LOG_BIN", 1694, "Cannot modify @@session.sql_log_bin inside a transaction" },
{ "ER_STORED_FUNCTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_SQL_LOG_BIN", 1695, "Cannot change the sql_log_bin inside a stored function or trigger" },
{ "ER_FAILED_READ_FROM_PAR_FILE", 1696, "Failed to read from the .par file" },
{ "ER_VALUES_IS_NOT_INT_TYPE_ERROR", 1697, "VALUES value for partition \'%-.64s\' must have type INT" },
{ "ER_ACCESS_DENIED_NO_PASSWORD_ERROR", 1698, "Access denied for user \'%s\'@\'%s\'" },
{ "ER_SET_PASSWORD_AUTH_PLUGIN", 1699, "SET PASSWORD is not applicable for users authenticating via %s plugin" },
{ "ER_GRANT_PLUGIN_USER_EXISTS", 1700, "GRANT with IDENTIFIED WITH is illegal because the user %-.*s already exists" },
{ "ER_TRUNCATE_ILLEGAL_FK", 1701, "Cannot truncate a table referenced in a foreign key constraint (%.192s)" },
{ "ER_PLUGIN_IS_PERMANENT", 1702, "Plugin \'%s\' is force_plus_permanent and can not be unloaded" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_HEARTBEAT_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE_MIN", 1703, "The requested value for the heartbeat period is less than 1 millisecond. The value is reset to 0, meaning that heartbeating will effectively be disabled" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_HEARTBEAT_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE_MAX", 1704, "The requested value for the heartbeat period exceeds the value of `slave_net_timeout\' seconds. A sensible value for the period should be less than the timeout" },
{ "ER_STMT_CACHE_FULL", 1705, "Multi-row statements required more than \'max_binlog_stmt_cache_size\' bytes of storage." },
{ "ER_MULTI_UPDATE_KEY_CONFLICT", 1706, "Primary key/partition key update is not allowed since the table is updated both as \'%-.192s\' and \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_TABLE_NEEDS_REBUILD", 1707, "Table rebuild required. Please do \"ALTER TABLE %`s FORCE\" or dump/reload to fix it!" },
{ "WARN_OPTION_BELOW_LIMIT", 1708, "The value of \'%s\' should be no less than the value of \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_INDEX_COLUMN_TOO_LONG", 1709, "Index column size too large. The maximum column size is %lu bytes" },
{ "ER_ERROR_IN_TRIGGER_BODY", 1710, "Trigger \'%-.64s\' has an error in its body: \'%-.256s\'" },
{ "ER_ERROR_IN_UNKNOWN_TRIGGER_BODY", 1711, "Unknown trigger has an error in its body: \'%-.256s\'" },
{ "ER_INDEX_CORRUPT", 1712, "Index %s is corrupted" },
{ "ER_UNDO_RECORD_TOO_BIG", 1713, "Undo log record is too big" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_INSERT_IGNORE_SELECT", 1714, "INSERT IGNORE... SELECT is unsafe because the order in which rows are retrieved by the SELECT determines which (if any) rows are ignored. This order cannot be predicted and may differ on master and the slave" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_INSERT_SELECT_UPDATE", 1715, "INSERT... SELECT... ON DUPLICATE KEY UPDATE is unsafe because the order in which rows are retrieved by the SELECT determines which (if any) rows are updated. This order cannot be predicted and may differ on master and the slave" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_REPLACE_SELECT", 1716, "REPLACE... SELECT is unsafe because the order in which rows are retrieved by the SELECT determines which (if any) rows are replaced. This order cannot be predicted and may differ on master and the slave" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_CREATE_IGNORE_SELECT", 1717, "CREATE... IGNORE SELECT is unsafe because the order in which rows are retrieved by the SELECT determines which (if any) rows are ignored. This order cannot be predicted and may differ on master and the slave" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_CREATE_REPLACE_SELECT", 1718, "CREATE... REPLACE SELECT is unsafe because the order in which rows are retrieved by the SELECT determines which (if any) rows are replaced. This order cannot be predicted and may differ on master and the slave" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_UPDATE_IGNORE", 1719, "UPDATE IGNORE is unsafe because the order in which rows are updated determines which (if any) rows are ignored. This order cannot be predicted and may differ on master and the slave" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_15", 1720, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_16", 1721, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_WRITE_AUTOINC_SELECT", 1722, "Statements writing to a table with an auto-increment column after selecting from another table are unsafe because the order in which rows are retrieved determines what (if any) rows will be written. This order cannot be predicted and may differ on master and the slave" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_CREATE_SELECT_AUTOINC", 1723, "CREATE TABLE... SELECT...  on a table with an auto-increment column is unsafe because the order in which rows are retrieved by the SELECT determines which (if any) rows are inserted. This order cannot be predicted and may differ on master and the slave" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_INSERT_TWO_KEYS", 1724, "INSERT... ON DUPLICATE KEY UPDATE  on a table with more than one UNIQUE KEY is unsafe" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_28", 1725, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_VERS_NOT_ALLOWED", 1726, "Not allowed for system-versioned table %`s.%`s" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_AUTOINC_NOT_FIRST", 1727, "INSERT into autoincrement field which is not the first part in the composed primary key is unsafe" },
{ "ER_CANNOT_LOAD_FROM_TABLE_V2", 1728, "Cannot load from %s.%s. The table is probably corrupted" },
{ "ER_MASTER_DELAY_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE", 1729, "The requested value %lu for the master delay exceeds the maximum %lu" },
{ "ER_ONLY_FD_AND_RBR_EVENTS_ALLOWED_IN_BINLOG_STATEMENT", 1730, "Only Format_description_log_event and row events are allowed in BINLOG statements (but %s was provided)" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_EXCHANGE_DIFFERENT_OPTION", 1731, "Non matching attribute \'%-.64s\' between partition and table" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_EXCHANGE_PART_TABLE", 1732, "Table to exchange with partition is partitioned: \'%-.64s\'" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_EXCHANGE_TEMP_TABLE", 1733, "Table to exchange with partition is temporary: \'%-.64s\'" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_INSTEAD_OF_SUBPARTITION", 1734, "Subpartitioned table, use subpartition instead of partition" },
{ "ER_UNKNOWN_PARTITION", 1735, "Unknown partition \'%-.64s\' in table \'%-.64s\'" },
{ "ER_TABLES_DIFFERENT_METADATA", 1736, "Tables have different definitions" },
{ "ER_ROW_DOES_NOT_MATCH_PARTITION", 1737, "Found a row that does not match the partition" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_CACHE_SIZE_GREATER_THAN_MAX", 1738, "Option binlog_cache_size (%lu) is greater than max_binlog_cache_size (%lu); setting binlog_cache_size equal to max_binlog_cache_size" },
{ "ER_WARN_INDEX_NOT_APPLICABLE", 1739, "Cannot use %-.64s access on index \'%-.64s\' due to type or collation conversion on field \'%-.64s\'" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_EXCHANGE_FOREIGN_KEY", 1740, "Table to exchange with partition has foreign key references: \'%-.64s\'" },
{ "ER_NO_SUCH_KEY_VALUE", 1741, "Key value \'%-.192s\' was not found in table \'%-.192s.%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_VALUE_TOO_LONG", 1742, "Too long value for \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_NETWORK_READ_EVENT_CHECKSUM_FAILURE", 1743, "Replication event checksum verification failed while reading from network" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_READ_EVENT_CHECKSUM_FAILURE", 1744, "Replication event checksum verification failed while reading from a log file" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_STMT_CACHE_SIZE_GREATER_THAN_MAX", 1745, "Option binlog_stmt_cache_size (%lu) is greater than max_binlog_stmt_cache_size (%lu); setting binlog_stmt_cache_size equal to max_binlog_stmt_cache_size" },
{ "ER_CANT_UPDATE_TABLE_IN_CREATE_TABLE_SELECT", 1746, "Can\'t update table \'%-.192s\' while \'%-.192s\' is being created" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_CLAUSE_ON_NONPARTITIONED", 1747, "PARTITION () clause on non partitioned table" },
{ "ER_ROW_DOES_NOT_MATCH_GIVEN_PARTITION_SET", 1748, "Found a row not matching the given partition set" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_5", 1749, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_CHANGE_RPL_INFO_REPOSITORY_FAILURE", 1750, "Failure while changing the type of replication repository: %s" },
{ "ER_WARNING_NOT_COMPLETE_ROLLBACK_WITH_CREATED_TEMP_TABLE", 1751, "The creation of some temporary tables could not be rolled back" },
{ "ER_WARNING_NOT_COMPLETE_ROLLBACK_WITH_DROPPED_TEMP_TABLE", 1752, "Some temporary tables were dropped, but these operations could not be rolled back" },
{ "ER_MTS_FEATURE_IS_NOT_SUPPORTED", 1753, "%s is not supported in multi-threaded slave mode. %s" },
{ "ER_MTS_UPDATED_DBS_GREATER_MAX", 1754, "The number of modified databases exceeds the maximum %d; the database names will not be included in the replication event metadata" },
{ "ER_MTS_CANT_PARALLEL", 1755, "Cannot execute the current event group in the parallel mode. Encountered event %s, relay-log name %s, position %s which prevents execution of this event group in parallel mode. Reason: %s" },
{ "ER_MTS_INCONSISTENT_DATA", 1756, "%s" },
{ "ER_FULLTEXT_NOT_SUPPORTED_WITH_PARTITIONING", 1757, "FULLTEXT index is not supported for partitioned tables" },
{ "ER_DA_INVALID_CONDITION_NUMBER", 1758, "Invalid condition number" },
{ "ER_INSECURE_PLAIN_TEXT", 1759, "Sending passwords in plain text without SSL/TLS is extremely insecure" },
{ "ER_INSECURE_CHANGE_MASTER", 1760, "Storing MariaDB user name or password information in the master.info repository is not secure and is therefore not recommended. Please see the MariaDB Manual for more about this issue and possible alternatives" },
{ "ER_FOREIGN_DUPLICATE_KEY_WITH_CHILD_INFO", 1761, "Foreign key constraint for table \'%.192s\', record \'%-.192s\' would lead to a duplicate entry in table \'%.192s\', key \'%.192s\'" },
{ "ER_FOREIGN_DUPLICATE_KEY_WITHOUT_CHILD_INFO", 1762, "Foreign key constraint for table \'%.192s\', record \'%-.192s\' would lead to a duplicate entry in a child table" },
{ "ER_SQLTHREAD_WITH_SECURE_SLAVE", 1763, "Setting authentication options is not possible when only the Slave SQL Thread is being started" },
{ "ER_TABLE_HAS_NO_FT", 1764, "The table does not have FULLTEXT index to support this query" },
{ "ER_VARIABLE_NOT_SETTABLE_IN_SF_OR_TRIGGER", 1765, "The system variable %.200s cannot be set in stored functions or triggers" },
{ "ER_VARIABLE_NOT_SETTABLE_IN_TRANSACTION", 1766, "The system variable %.200s cannot be set when there is an ongoing transaction" },
{ "ER_GTID_NEXT_IS_NOT_IN_GTID_NEXT_LIST", 1767, "The system variable @@SESSION.GTID_NEXT has the value %.200s, which is not listed in @@SESSION.GTID_NEXT_LIST" },
{ "ER_CANT_CHANGE_GTID_NEXT_IN_TRANSACTION_WHEN_GTID_NEXT_LIST_IS_NULL", 1768, "When @@SESSION.GTID_NEXT_LIST == NULL, the system variable @@SESSION.GTID_NEXT cannot change inside a transaction" },
{ "ER_SET_STATEMENT_CANNOT_INVOKE_FUNCTION", 1769, "The statement \'SET %.200s\' cannot invoke a stored function" },
{ "ER_GTID_NEXT_CANT_BE_AUTOMATIC_IF_GTID_NEXT_LIST_IS_NON_NULL", 1770, "The system variable @@SESSION.GTID_NEXT cannot be \'AUTOMATIC\' when @@SESSION.GTID_NEXT_LIST is non-NULL" },
{ "ER_SKIPPING_LOGGED_TRANSACTION", 1771, "Skipping transaction %.200s because it has already been executed and logged" },
{ "ER_MALFORMED_GTID_SET_SPECIFICATION", 1772, "Malformed GTID set specification \'%.200s\'" },
{ "ER_MALFORMED_GTID_SET_ENCODING", 1773, "Malformed GTID set encoding" },
{ "ER_MALFORMED_GTID_SPECIFICATION", 1774, "Malformed GTID specification \'%.200s\'" },
{ "ER_GNO_EXHAUSTED", 1775, "Impossible to generate Global Transaction Identifier: the integer component reached the maximal value. Restart the server with a new server_uuid" },
{ "ER_BAD_SLAVE_AUTO_POSITION", 1776, "Parameters MASTER_LOG_FILE, MASTER_LOG_POS, RELAY_LOG_FILE and RELAY_LOG_POS cannot be set when MASTER_AUTO_POSITION is active" },
{ "ER_AUTO_POSITION_REQUIRES_GTID_MODE_ON", 1777, "CHANGE MASTER TO MASTER_AUTO_POSITION = 1 can only be executed when GTID_MODE = ON" },
{ "ER_CANT_DO_IMPLICIT_COMMIT_IN_TRX_WHEN_GTID_NEXT_IS_SET", 1778, "Cannot execute statements with implicit commit inside a transaction when GTID_NEXT != AUTOMATIC or GTID_NEXT_LIST != NULL" },
{ "ER_GTID_MODE_2_OR_3_REQUIRES_ENFORCE_GTID_CONSISTENCY_ON", 1779, "GTID_MODE = ON or GTID_MODE = UPGRADE_STEP_2 requires ENFORCE_GTID_CONSISTENCY = 1" },
{ "ER_GTID_MODE_REQUIRES_BINLOG", 1780, "GTID_MODE = ON or UPGRADE_STEP_1 or UPGRADE_STEP_2 requires --log-bin and --log-slave-updates" },
{ "ER_CANT_SET_GTID_NEXT_TO_GTID_WHEN_GTID_MODE_IS_OFF", 1781, "GTID_NEXT cannot be set to UUID:NUMBER when GTID_MODE = OFF" },
{ "ER_CANT_SET_GTID_NEXT_TO_ANONYMOUS_WHEN_GTID_MODE_IS_ON", 1782, "GTID_NEXT cannot be set to ANONYMOUS when GTID_MODE = ON" },
{ "ER_CANT_SET_GTID_NEXT_LIST_TO_NON_NULL_WHEN_GTID_MODE_IS_OFF", 1783, "GTID_NEXT_LIST cannot be set to a non-NULL value when GTID_MODE = OFF" },
{ "ER_FOUND_GTID_EVENT_WHEN_GTID_MODE_IS_OFF", 1784, "Found a Gtid_log_event or Previous_gtids_log_event when GTID_MODE = OFF" },
{ "ER_GTID_UNSAFE_NON_TRANSACTIONAL_TABLE", 1785, "When ENFORCE_GTID_CONSISTENCY = 1, updates to non-transactional tables can only be done in either autocommitted statements or single-statement transactions, and never in the same statement as updates to transactional tables" },
{ "ER_GTID_UNSAFE_CREATE_SELECT", 1786, "CREATE TABLE ... SELECT is forbidden when ENFORCE_GTID_CONSISTENCY = 1" },
{ "ER_GTID_UNSAFE_CREATE_DROP_TEMPORARY_TABLE_IN_TRANSACTION", 1787, "When ENFORCE_GTID_CONSISTENCY = 1, the statements CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE and DROP TEMPORARY TABLE can be executed in a non-transactional context only, and require that AUTOCOMMIT = 1" },
{ "ER_GTID_MODE_CAN_ONLY_CHANGE_ONE_STEP_AT_A_TIME", 1788, "The value of GTID_MODE can only change one step at a time: OFF <-> UPGRADE_STEP_1 <-> UPGRADE_STEP_2 <-> ON. Also note that this value must be stepped up or down simultaneously on all servers; see the Manual for instructions." },
{ "ER_MASTER_HAS_PURGED_REQUIRED_GTIDS", 1789, "The slave is connecting using CHANGE MASTER TO MASTER_AUTO_POSITION = 1, but the master has purged binary logs containing GTIDs that the slave requires" },
{ "ER_CANT_SET_GTID_NEXT_WHEN_OWNING_GTID", 1790, "GTID_NEXT cannot be changed by a client that owns a GTID. The client owns %s. Ownership is released on COMMIT or ROLLBACK" },
{ "ER_UNKNOWN_EXPLAIN_FORMAT", 1791, "Unknown %s format name: \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_CANT_EXECUTE_IN_READ_ONLY_TRANSACTION", 1792, "Cannot execute statement in a READ ONLY transaction" },
{ "ER_TOO_LONG_TABLE_PARTITION_COMMENT", 1793, "Comment for table partition \'%-.64s\' is too long (max = %lu)" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_CONFIGURATION", 1794, "Slave is not configured or failed to initialize properly. You must at least set --server-id to enable either a master or a slave. Additional error messages can be found in the MariaDB error log" },
{ "ER_INNODB_FT_LIMIT", 1795, "InnoDB presently supports one FULLTEXT index creation at a time" },
{ "ER_INNODB_NO_FT_TEMP_TABLE", 1796, "Cannot create FULLTEXT index on temporary InnoDB table" },
{ "ER_INNODB_FT_WRONG_DOCID_COLUMN", 1797, "Column \'%-.192s\' is of wrong type for an InnoDB FULLTEXT index" },
{ "ER_INNODB_FT_WRONG_DOCID_INDEX", 1798, "Index \'%-.192s\' is of wrong type for an InnoDB FULLTEXT index" },
{ "ER_INNODB_ONLINE_LOG_TOO_BIG", 1799, "Creating index \'%-.192s\' required more than \'innodb_online_alter_log_max_size\' bytes of modification log. Please try again" },
{ "ER_UNKNOWN_ALTER_ALGORITHM", 1800, "Unknown ALGORITHM \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_UNKNOWN_ALTER_LOCK", 1801, "Unknown LOCK type \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_MTS_CHANGE_MASTER_CANT_RUN_WITH_GAPS", 1802, "CHANGE MASTER cannot be executed when the slave was stopped with an error or killed in MTS mode. Consider using RESET SLAVE or START SLAVE UNTIL" },
{ "ER_MTS_RECOVERY_FAILURE", 1803, "Cannot recover after SLAVE errored out in parallel execution mode. Additional error messages can be found in the MariaDB error log" },
{ "ER_MTS_RESET_WORKERS", 1804, "Cannot clean up worker info tables. Additional error messages can be found in the MariaDB error log" },
{ "ER_COL_COUNT_DOESNT_MATCH_CORRUPTED_V2", 1805, "Column count of %s.%s is wrong. Expected %d, found %d. The table is probably corrupted" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_SILENT_RETRY_TRANSACTION", 1806, "Slave must silently retry current transaction" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_22", 1807, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_TABLE_SCHEMA_MISMATCH", 1808, "Schema mismatch (%s)" },
{ "ER_TABLE_IN_SYSTEM_TABLESPACE", 1809, "Table %-.192s in system tablespace" },
{ "ER_IO_READ_ERROR", 1810, "IO Read error: (%lu, %s) %s" },
{ "ER_IO_WRITE_ERROR", 1811, "IO Write error: (%lu, %s) %s" },
{ "ER_TABLESPACE_MISSING", 1812, "Tablespace is missing for table \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_TABLESPACE_EXISTS", 1813, "Tablespace for table \'%-.192s\' exists. Please DISCARD the tablespace before IMPORT" },
{ "ER_TABLESPACE_DISCARDED", 1814, "Tablespace has been discarded for table %`s" },
{ "ER_INTERNAL_ERROR", 1815, "Internal error: %-.192s" },
{ "ER_INNODB_IMPORT_ERROR", 1816, "ALTER TABLE \'%-.192s\' IMPORT TABLESPACE failed with error %lu : \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_INNODB_INDEX_CORRUPT", 1817, "Index corrupt: %s" },
{ "ER_INVALID_YEAR_COLUMN_LENGTH", 1818, "YEAR(%lu) column type is deprecated. Creating YEAR(4) column instead" },
{ "ER_NOT_VALID_PASSWORD", 1819, "Your password does not satisfy the current policy requirements (%s)" },
{ "ER_MUST_CHANGE_PASSWORD", 1820, "You must SET PASSWORD before executing this statement" },
{ "ER_FK_NO_INDEX_CHILD", 1821, "Failed to add the foreign key constraint. Missing index for constraint \'%s\' in the foreign table \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_FK_NO_INDEX_PARENT", 1822, "Failed to add the foreign key constraint. Missing index for constraint \'%s\' in the referenced table \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_FK_FAIL_ADD_SYSTEM", 1823, "Failed to add the foreign key constraint \'%s\' to system tables" },
{ "ER_FK_CANNOT_OPEN_PARENT", 1824, "Failed to open the referenced table \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_FK_INCORRECT_OPTION", 1825, "Failed to add the foreign key constraint on table \'%s\'. Incorrect options in FOREIGN KEY constraint \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_DUP_CONSTRAINT_NAME", 1826, "Duplicate %s constraint name \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_PASSWORD_FORMAT", 1827, "The password hash doesn\'t have the expected format. Check if the correct password algorithm is being used with the PASSWORD() function" },
{ "ER_FK_COLUMN_CANNOT_DROP", 1828, "Cannot drop column \'%-.192s\': needed in a foreign key constraint \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_FK_COLUMN_CANNOT_DROP_CHILD", 1829, "Cannot drop column \'%-.192s\': needed in a foreign key constraint \'%-.192s\' of table %-.192s" },
{ "ER_FK_COLUMN_NOT_NULL", 1830, "Column \'%-.192s\' cannot be NOT NULL: needed in a foreign key constraint \'%-.192s\' SET NULL" },
{ "ER_DUP_INDEX", 1831, "Duplicate index %`s. This is deprecated and will be disallowed in a future release" },
{ "ER_FK_COLUMN_CANNOT_CHANGE", 1832, "Cannot change column \'%-.192s\': used in a foreign key constraint \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_FK_COLUMN_CANNOT_CHANGE_CHILD", 1833, "Cannot change column \'%-.192s\': used in a foreign key constraint \'%-.192s\' of table \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_FK_CANNOT_DELETE_PARENT", 1834, "Cannot delete rows from table which is parent in a foreign key constraint \'%-.192s\' of table \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_MALFORMED_PACKET", 1835, "Malformed communication packet" },
{ "ER_READ_ONLY_MODE", 1836, "Running in read-only mode" },
{ "ER_GTID_NEXT_TYPE_UNDEFINED_GROUP", 1837, "When GTID_NEXT is set to a GTID, you must explicitly set it again after a COMMIT or ROLLBACK. If you see this error message in the slave SQL thread, it means that a table in the current transaction is transactional on the master and non-transactional on the slave. In a client connection, it means that you executed SET GTID_NEXT before a transaction and forgot to set GTID_NEXT to a different identifier or to \'AUTOMATIC\' after COMMIT or ROLLBACK. Current GTID_NEXT is \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_VARIABLE_NOT_SETTABLE_IN_SP", 1838, "The system variable %.200s cannot be set in stored procedures" },
{ "ER_CANT_SET_GTID_PURGED_WHEN_GTID_MODE_IS_OFF", 1839, "GTID_PURGED can only be set when GTID_MODE = ON" },
{ "ER_CANT_SET_GTID_PURGED_WHEN_GTID_EXECUTED_IS_NOT_EMPTY", 1840, "GTID_PURGED can only be set when GTID_EXECUTED is empty" },
{ "ER_CANT_SET_GTID_PURGED_WHEN_OWNED_GTIDS_IS_NOT_EMPTY", 1841, "GTID_PURGED can only be set when there are no ongoing transactions (not even in other clients)" },
{ "ER_GTID_PURGED_WAS_CHANGED", 1842, "GTID_PURGED was changed from \'%s\' to \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_GTID_EXECUTED_WAS_CHANGED", 1843, "GTID_EXECUTED was changed from \'%s\' to \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_STMT_MODE_AND_NO_REPL_TABLES", 1844, "Cannot execute statement: impossible to write to binary log since BINLOG_FORMAT = STATEMENT, and both replicated and non replicated tables are written to" },
{ "ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED", 1845, "%s is not supported for this operation. Try %s" },
{ "ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON", 1846, "%s is not supported. Reason: %s. Try %s" },
{ "ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_COPY", 1847, "COPY algorithm requires a lock" },
{ "ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_PARTITION", 1848, "Partition specific operations do not yet support LOCK/ALGORITHM" },
{ "ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_FK_RENAME", 1849, "Columns participating in a foreign key are renamed" },
{ "ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_COLUMN_TYPE", 1850, "Cannot change column type" },
{ "ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_FK_CHECK", 1851, "Adding foreign keys needs foreign_key_checks=OFF" },
{ "ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_IGNORE", 1852, "Creating unique indexes with IGNORE requires COPY algorithm to remove duplicate rows" },
{ "ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_NOPK", 1853, "Dropping a primary key is not allowed without also adding a new primary key" },
{ "ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_AUTOINC", 1854, "Adding an auto-increment column requires a lock" },
{ "ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_HIDDEN_FTS", 1855, "Cannot replace hidden FTS_DOC_ID with a user-visible one" },
{ "ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_CHANGE_FTS", 1856, "Cannot drop or rename FTS_DOC_ID" },
{ "ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_FTS", 1857, "Fulltext index creation requires a lock" },
{ "ER_SQL_SLAVE_SKIP_COUNTER_NOT_SETTABLE_IN_GTID_MODE", 1858, "sql_slave_skip_counter can not be set when the server is running with GTID_MODE = ON. Instead, for each transaction that you want to skip, generate an empty transaction with the same GTID as the transaction" },
{ "ER_DUP_UNKNOWN_IN_INDEX", 1859, "Duplicate entry for key \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_IDENT_CAUSES_TOO_LONG_PATH", 1860, "Long database name and identifier for object resulted in path length exceeding %d characters. Path: \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_NOT_NULL", 1861, "cannot convert NULL to non-constant DEFAULT" },
{ "ER_MUST_CHANGE_PASSWORD_LOGIN", 1862, "Your password has expired. To log in you must change it using a client that supports expired passwords" },
{ "ER_ROW_IN_WRONG_PARTITION", 1863, "Found a row in wrong partition %s" },
{ "ER_MTS_EVENT_BIGGER_PENDING_JOBS_SIZE_MAX", 1864, "Cannot schedule event %s, relay-log name %s, position %s to Worker thread because its size %lu exceeds %lu of slave_pending_jobs_size_max" },
{ "ER_INNODB_NO_FT_USES_PARSER", 1865, "Cannot CREATE FULLTEXT INDEX WITH PARSER on InnoDB table" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_LOGICAL_CORRUPTION", 1866, "The binary log file \'%s\' is logically corrupted: %s" },
{ "ER_WARN_PURGE_LOG_IN_USE", 1867, "file %s was not purged because it was being read by %d thread(s), purged only %d out of %d files" },
{ "ER_WARN_PURGE_LOG_IS_ACTIVE", 1868, "file %s was not purged because it is the active log file" },
{ "ER_AUTO_INCREMENT_CONFLICT", 1869, "Auto-increment value in UPDATE conflicts with internally generated values" },
{ "WARN_ON_BLOCKHOLE_IN_RBR", 1870, "Row events are not logged for %s statements that modify BLACKHOLE tables in row format. Table(s): \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_MI_INIT_REPOSITORY", 1871, "Slave failed to initialize master info structure from the repository" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_RLI_INIT_REPOSITORY", 1872, "Slave failed to initialize relay log info structure from the repository" },
{ "ER_ACCESS_DENIED_CHANGE_USER_ERROR", 1873, "Access denied trying to change to user \'%-.48s\'@\'%-.64s\' (using password: %s). Disconnecting" },
{ "ER_INNODB_READ_ONLY", 1874, "InnoDB is in read only mode" },
{ "ER_STOP_SLAVE_SQL_THREAD_TIMEOUT", 1875, "STOP SLAVE command execution is incomplete: Slave SQL thread got the stop signal, thread is busy, SQL thread will stop once the current task is complete" },
{ "ER_STOP_SLAVE_IO_THREAD_TIMEOUT", 1876, "STOP SLAVE command execution is incomplete: Slave IO thread got the stop signal, thread is busy, IO thread will stop once the current task is complete" },
{ "ER_TABLE_CORRUPT", 1877, "Operation cannot be performed. The table \'%-.64s.%-.64s\' is missing, corrupt or contains bad data" },
{ "ER_TEMP_FILE_WRITE_FAILURE", 1878, "Temporary file write failure" },
{ "ER_INNODB_FT_AUX_NOT_HEX_ID", 1879, "Upgrade index name failed, please use create index(alter table) algorithm copy to rebuild index" },
{ "ER_LAST_MYSQL_ERROR_MESSAGE", 1880, "\"" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_18", 1900, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_GENERATED_COLUMN_FUNCTION_IS_NOT_ALLOWED", 1901, "Function or expression \'%s\' cannot be used in the %s clause of %`s" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_19", 1902, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_PRIMARY_KEY_BASED_ON_GENERATED_COLUMN", 1903, "Primary key cannot be defined upon a generated column" },
{ "ER_KEY_BASED_ON_GENERATED_VIRTUAL_COLUMN", 1904, "Key/Index cannot be defined on a virtual generated column" },
{ "ER_WRONG_FK_OPTION_FOR_GENERATED_COLUMN", 1905, "Cannot define foreign key with %s clause on a generated column" },
{ "ER_WARNING_NON_DEFAULT_VALUE_FOR_GENERATED_COLUMN", 1906, "The value specified for generated column \'%s\' in table \'%s\' has been ignored" },
{ "ER_UNSUPPORTED_ACTION_ON_GENERATED_COLUMN", 1907, "This is not yet supported for generated columns" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_20", 1908, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_21", 1909, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_UNSUPPORTED_ENGINE_FOR_GENERATED_COLUMNS", 1910, "%s storage engine does not support generated columns" },
{ "ER_UNKNOWN_OPTION", 1911, "Unknown option \'%-.64s\'" },
{ "ER_BAD_OPTION_VALUE", 1912, "Incorrect value \'%-.64T\' for option \'%-.64s\'" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_6", 1913, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_7", 1914, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_8", 1915, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_DATA_OVERFLOW", 1916, "Got overflow when converting \'%-.128s\' to %-.32s. Value truncated" },
{ "ER_DATA_TRUNCATED", 1917, "Truncated value \'%-.128s\' when converting to %-.32s" },
{ "ER_BAD_DATA", 1918, "Encountered illegal value \'%-.128s\' when converting to %-.32s" },
{ "ER_DYN_COL_WRONG_FORMAT", 1919, "Encountered illegal format of dynamic column string" },
{ "ER_DYN_COL_IMPLEMENTATION_LIMIT", 1920, "Dynamic column implementation limit reached" },
{ "ER_DYN_COL_DATA", 1921, "Illegal value used as argument of dynamic column function" },
{ "ER_DYN_COL_WRONG_CHARSET", 1922, "Dynamic column contains unknown character set" },
{ "ER_ILLEGAL_SUBQUERY_OPTIMIZER_SWITCHES", 1923, "At least one of the \'in_to_exists\' or \'materialization\' optimizer_switch flags must be \'on\'" },
{ "ER_QUERY_CACHE_IS_DISABLED", 1924, "Query cache is disabled (resize or similar command in progress); repeat this command later" },
{ "ER_QUERY_CACHE_IS_GLOBALY_DISABLED", 1925, "Query cache is globally disabled and you can\'t enable it only for this session" },
{ "ER_VIEW_ORDERBY_IGNORED", 1926, "View \'%-.192s\'.\'%-.192s\' ORDER BY clause ignored because there is other ORDER BY clause already" },
{ "ER_CONNECTION_KILLED", 1927, "Connection was killed" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_12", 1928, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_INSIDE_TRANSACTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_SKIP_REPLICATION", 1929, "Cannot modify @@session.skip_replication inside a transaction" },
{ "ER_STORED_FUNCTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_SKIP_REPLICATION", 1930, "Cannot modify @@session.skip_replication inside a stored function or trigger" },
{ "ER_QUERY_RESULT_INCOMPLETE", 1931, "Query execution was interrupted. The query exceeded %s %llu. The query result may be incomplete" },
{ "ER_NO_SUCH_TABLE_IN_ENGINE", 1932, "Table \'%-.192s.%-.192s\' doesn\'t exist in engine" },
{ "ER_TARGET_NOT_EXPLAINABLE", 1933, "Target is not executing an operation with a query plan" },
{ "ER_CONNECTION_ALREADY_EXISTS", 1934, "Connection \'%.*s\' conflicts with existing connection \'%.*s\'" },
{ "ER_MASTER_LOG_PREFIX", 1935, "Master \'%.*s\': " },
{ "ER_CANT_START_STOP_SLAVE", 1936, "Can\'t %s SLAVE \'%.*s\'" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_STARTED", 1937, "SLAVE \'%.*s\' started" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_STOPPED", 1938, "SLAVE \'%.*s\' stopped" },
{ "ER_SQL_DISCOVER_ERROR", 1939, "Engine %s failed to discover table %`-.192s.%`-.192s with \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_FAILED_GTID_STATE_INIT", 1940, "Failed initializing replication GTID state" },
{ "ER_INCORRECT_GTID_STATE", 1941, "Could not parse GTID list" },
{ "ER_CANNOT_UPDATE_GTID_STATE", 1942, "Could not update replication slave gtid state" },
{ "ER_DUPLICATE_GTID_DOMAIN", 1943, "GTID %u-%u-%llu and %u-%u-%llu conflict (duplicate domain id %u)" },
{ "ER_GTID_OPEN_TABLE_FAILED", 1944, "Failed to open %s.%s" },
{ "ER_GTID_POSITION_NOT_FOUND_IN_BINLOG", 1945, "Connecting slave requested to start from GTID %u-%u-%llu, which is not in the master\'s binlog" },
{ "ER_CANNOT_LOAD_SLAVE_GTID_STATE", 1946, "Failed to load replication slave GTID position from table %s.%s" },
{ "ER_MASTER_GTID_POS_CONFLICTS_WITH_BINLOG", 1947, "Specified GTID %u-%u-%llu conflicts with the binary log which contains a more recent GTID %u-%u-%llu. If MASTER_GTID_POS=CURRENT_POS is used, the binlog position will override the new value of @@gtid_slave_pos" },
{ "ER_MASTER_GTID_POS_MISSING_DOMAIN", 1948, "Specified value for @@gtid_slave_pos contains no value for replication domain %u. This conflicts with the binary log which contains GTID %u-%u-%llu. If MASTER_GTID_POS=CURRENT_POS is used, the binlog position will override the new value of @@gtid_slave_pos" },
{ "ER_UNTIL_REQUIRES_USING_GTID", 1949, "START SLAVE UNTIL master_gtid_pos requires that slave is using GTID" },
{ "ER_GTID_STRICT_OUT_OF_ORDER", 1950, "An attempt was made to binlog GTID %u-%u-%llu which would create an out-of-order sequence number with existing GTID %u-%u-%llu, and gtid strict mode is enabled" },
{ "ER_GTID_START_FROM_BINLOG_HOLE", 1951, "The binlog on the master is missing the GTID %u-%u-%llu requested by the slave (even though a subsequent sequence number does exist), and GTID strict mode is enabled" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_UNEXPECTED_MASTER_SWITCH", 1952, "Unexpected GTID received from master after reconnect. This normally indicates that the master server was replaced without restarting the slave threads. %s" },
{ "ER_INSIDE_TRANSACTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_GTID_DOMAIN_ID_SEQ_NO", 1953, "Cannot modify @@session.gtid_domain_id or @@session.gtid_seq_no inside a transaction" },
{ "ER_STORED_FUNCTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_GTID_DOMAIN_ID_SEQ_NO", 1954, "Cannot modify @@session.gtid_domain_id or @@session.gtid_seq_no inside a stored function or trigger" },
{ "ER_GTID_POSITION_NOT_FOUND_IN_BINLOG2", 1955, "Connecting slave requested to start from GTID %u-%u-%llu, which is not in the master\'s binlog. Since the master\'s binlog contains GTIDs with higher sequence numbers, it probably means that the slave has diverged due to executing extra erroneous transactions" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_MUST_BE_EMPTY", 1956, "This operation is not allowed if any GTID has been logged to the binary log. Run RESET MASTER first to erase the log" },
{ "ER_NO_SUCH_QUERY", 1957, "Unknown query id: %lld" },
{ "ER_BAD_BASE64_DATA", 1958, "Bad base64 data as position %u" },
{ "ER_INVALID_ROLE", 1959, "Invalid role specification %`s" },
{ "ER_INVALID_CURRENT_USER", 1960, "The current user is invalid" },
{ "ER_CANNOT_GRANT_ROLE", 1961, "Cannot grant role \'%s\' to: %s" },
{ "ER_CANNOT_REVOKE_ROLE", 1962, "Cannot revoke role \'%s\' from: %s" },
{ "ER_CHANGE_SLAVE_PARALLEL_THREADS_ACTIVE", 1963, "Cannot change @@slave_parallel_threads while another change is in progress" },
{ "ER_PRIOR_COMMIT_FAILED", 1964, "Commit failed due to failure of an earlier commit on which this one depends" },
{ "ER_IT_IS_A_VIEW", 1965, "\'%-.192s\' is a view" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_SKIP_NOT_IN_GTID", 1966, "When using parallel replication and GTID with multiple replication domains, @@sql_slave_skip_counter can not be used. Instead, setting @@gtid_slave_pos explicitly can be used to skip to after a given GTID position" },
{ "ER_TABLE_DEFINITION_TOO_BIG", 1967, "The definition for table %`s is too big" },
{ "ER_PLUGIN_INSTALLED", 1968, "Plugin \'%-.192s\' already installed" },
{ "ER_STATEMENT_TIMEOUT", 1969, "Query execution was interrupted (max_statement_time exceeded)" },
{ "ER_SUBQUERIES_NOT_SUPPORTED", 1970, "%s does not support subqueries or stored functions" },
{ "ER_SET_STATEMENT_NOT_SUPPORTED", 1971, "The system variable %.200s cannot be set in SET STATEMENT." },
{ "ER_UNUSED_9", 1972, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_USER_CREATE_EXISTS", 1973, "Can\'t create user \'%-.64s\'@\'%-.64s\'; it already exists" },
{ "ER_USER_DROP_EXISTS", 1974, "Can\'t drop user \'%-.64s\'@\'%-.64s\'; it doesn\'t exist" },
{ "ER_ROLE_CREATE_EXISTS", 1975, "Can\'t create role \'%-.64s\'; it already exists" },
{ "ER_ROLE_DROP_EXISTS", 1976, "Can\'t drop role \'%-.64s\'; it doesn\'t exist" },
{ "ER_CANNOT_CONVERT_CHARACTER", 1977, "Cannot convert \'%s\' character 0x%-.64s to \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_INVALID_DEFAULT_VALUE_FOR_FIELD", 1978, "Incorrect default value \'%-.128T\' for column \'%.192s\'" },
{ "ER_KILL_QUERY_DENIED_ERROR", 1979, "You are not owner of query %lld" },
{ "ER_NO_EIS_FOR_FIELD", 1980, "Engine-independent statistics are not collected for column \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_WARN_AGGFUNC_DEPENDENCE", 1981, "Aggregate function \'%-.192s)\' of SELECT #%d belongs to SELECT #%d" },
{ "WARN_INNODB_PARTITION_OPTION_IGNORED", 1982, "<%-.64s> option ignored for InnoDB partition" },
{ "ER_FILE_CORRUPT", 3000, "File %s is corrupted" },
{ "ER_ERROR_ON_MASTER", 3001, "Query partially completed on the master (error on master: %d) and was aborted. There is a chance that your master is inconsistent at this point. If you are sure that your master is ok, run this query manually on the slave and then restart the slave with SET GLOBAL SQL_SLAVE_SKIP_COUNTER=1; START SLAVE;. Query:\'%s\'" },
{ "ER_INCONSISTENT_ERROR", 3002, "Query caused different errors on master and slave. Error on master: message (format)=\'%s\' error code=%d; Error on slave:actual message=\'%s\', error code=%d. Default database:\'%s\'. Query:\'%s\'" },
{ "ER_STORAGE_ENGINE_NOT_LOADED", 3003, "Storage engine for table \'%s\'.\'%s\' is not loaded." },
{ "ER_GET_STACKED_DA_WITHOUT_ACTIVE_HANDLER", 3004, "GET STACKED DIAGNOSTICS when handler not active" },
{ "ER_WARN_LEGACY_SYNTAX_CONVERTED", 3005, "%s is no longer supported. The statement was converted to %s." },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_FULLTEXT_PLUGIN", 3006, "Statement is unsafe because it uses a fulltext parser plugin which may not return the same value on the slave." },
{ "ER_CANNOT_DISCARD_TEMPORARY_TABLE", 3007, "Cannot DISCARD/IMPORT tablespace associated with temporary table" },
{ "ER_FK_DEPTH_EXCEEDED", 3008, "Foreign key cascade delete/update exceeds max depth of %d." },
{ "ER_COL_COUNT_DOESNT_MATCH_PLEASE_UPDATE_V2", 3009, "Column count of %s.%s is wrong. Expected %d, found %d. Created with MariaDB %d, now running %d. Please use mariadb-upgrade to fix this error." },
{ "ER_WARN_TRIGGER_DOESNT_HAVE_CREATED", 3010, "Trigger %s.%s.%s does not have CREATED attribute." },
{ "ER_REFERENCED_TRG_DOES_NOT_EXIST_MYSQL", 3011, "Referenced trigger \'%s\' for the given action time and event type does not exist." },
{ "ER_EXPLAIN_NOT_SUPPORTED", 3012, "EXPLAIN FOR CONNECTION command is supported only for SELECT/UPDATE/INSERT/DELETE/REPLACE" },
{ "ER_INVALID_FIELD_SIZE", 3013, "Invalid size for column \'%-.192s\'." },
{ "ER_MISSING_HA_CREATE_OPTION", 3014, "Table storage engine \'%-.64s\' found required create option missing" },
{ "ER_ENGINE_OUT_OF_MEMORY", 3015, "Out of memory in storage engine \'%-.64s\'." },
{ "ER_PASSWORD_EXPIRE_ANONYMOUS_USER", 3016, "The password for anonymous user cannot be expired." },
{ "ER_SLAVE_SQL_THREAD_MUST_STOP", 3017, "This operation cannot be performed with a running slave sql thread; run STOP SLAVE SQL_THREAD first" },
{ "ER_NO_FT_MATERIALIZED_SUBQUERY", 3018, "Cannot create FULLTEXT index on materialized subquery" },
{ "ER_INNODB_UNDO_LOG_FULL", 3019, "Undo Log error: %s" },
{ "ER_INVALID_ARGUMENT_FOR_LOGARITHM", 3020, "Invalid argument for logarithm" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_CHANNEL_IO_THREAD_MUST_STOP", 3021, "This operation cannot be performed with a running slave io thread; run STOP SLAVE IO_THREAD FOR CHANNEL \'%s\' first." },
{ "ER_WARN_OPEN_TEMP_TABLES_MUST_BE_ZERO", 3022, "This operation may not be safe when the slave has temporary tables. The tables will be kept open until the server restarts or until the tables are deleted by any replicated DROP statement. Suggest to wait until slave_open_temp_tables = 0." },
{ "ER_WARN_ONLY_MASTER_LOG_FILE_NO_POS", 3023, "CHANGE MASTER TO with a MASTER_LOG_FILE clause but no MASTER_LOG_POS clause may not be safe. The old position value may not be valid for the new binary log file." },
{ "ER_UNUSED_1", 3024, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_NON_RO_SELECT_DISABLE_TIMER", 3025, "Select is not a read only statement, disabling timer" },
{ "ER_DUP_LIST_ENTRY", 3026, "Duplicate entry \'%-.192s\'." },
{ "ER_SQL_MODE_NO_EFFECT", 3027, "\'%s\' mode no longer has any effect. Use STRICT_ALL_TABLES or STRICT_TRANS_TABLES instead." },
{ "ER_AGGREGATE_ORDER_FOR_UNION", 3028, "Expression #%u of ORDER BY contains aggregate function and applies to a UNION" },
{ "ER_AGGREGATE_ORDER_NON_AGG_QUERY", 3029, "Expression #%u of ORDER BY contains aggregate function and applies to the result of a non-aggregated query" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_WORKER_STOPPED_PREVIOUS_THD_ERROR", 3030, "Slave worker has stopped after at least one previous worker encountered an error when slave-preserve-commit-order was enabled. To preserve commit order, the last transaction executed by this thread has not been committed. When restarting the slave after fixing any failed threads, you should fix this worker as well." },
{ "ER_DONT_SUPPORT_SLAVE_PRESERVE_COMMIT_ORDER", 3031, "slave_preserve_commit_order is not supported %s." },
{ "ER_SERVER_OFFLINE_MODE", 3032, "The server is currently in offline mode" },
{ "ER_GIS_DIFFERENT_SRIDS", 3033, "Binary geometry function %s given two geometries of different srids: %u and %u, which should have been identical." },
{ "ER_GIS_UNSUPPORTED_ARGUMENT", 3034, "Calling geometry function %s with unsupported types of arguments." },
{ "ER_GIS_UNKNOWN_ERROR", 3035, "Unknown GIS error occurred in function %s." },
{ "ER_GIS_UNKNOWN_EXCEPTION", 3036, "Unknown exception caught in GIS function %s." },
{ "ER_GIS_INVALID_DATA", 3037, "Invalid GIS data provided to function %s." },
{ "ER_BOOST_GEOMETRY_EMPTY_INPUT_EXCEPTION", 3038, "The geometry has no data in function %s." },
{ "ER_BOOST_GEOMETRY_CENTROID_EXCEPTION", 3039, "Unable to calculate centroid because geometry is empty in function %s." },
{ "ER_BOOST_GEOMETRY_OVERLAY_INVALID_INPUT_EXCEPTION", 3040, "Geometry overlay calculation error: geometry data is invalid in function %s." },
{ "ER_BOOST_GEOMETRY_TURN_INFO_EXCEPTION", 3041, "Geometry turn info calculation error: geometry data is invalid in function %s." },
{ "ER_BOOST_GEOMETRY_SELF_INTERSECTION_POINT_EXCEPTION", 3042, "Analysis procedures of intersection points interrupted unexpectedly in function %s." },
{ "ER_BOOST_GEOMETRY_UNKNOWN_EXCEPTION", 3043, "Unknown exception thrown in function %s." },
{ "ER_STD_BAD_ALLOC_ERROR", 3044, "Memory allocation error: %-.256s in function %s." },
{ "ER_STD_DOMAIN_ERROR", 3045, "Domain error: %-.256s in function %s." },
{ "ER_STD_LENGTH_ERROR", 3046, "Length error: %-.256s in function %s." },
{ "ER_STD_INVALID_ARGUMENT", 3047, "Invalid argument error: %-.256s in function %s." },
{ "ER_STD_OUT_OF_RANGE_ERROR", 3048, "Out of range error: %-.256s in function %s." },
{ "ER_STD_OVERFLOW_ERROR", 3049, "Overflow error: %-.256s in function %s." },
{ "ER_STD_RANGE_ERROR", 3050, "Range error: %-.256s in function %s." },
{ "ER_STD_UNDERFLOW_ERROR", 3051, "Underflow error: %-.256s in function %s." },
{ "ER_STD_LOGIC_ERROR", 3052, "Logic error: %-.256s in function %s." },
{ "ER_STD_RUNTIME_ERROR", 3053, "Runtime error: %-.256s in function %s." },
{ "ER_STD_UNKNOWN_EXCEPTION", 3054, "Unknown exception: %-.384s in function %s." },
{ "ER_GIS_DATA_WRONG_ENDIANESS", 3055, "Geometry byte string must be little endian." },
{ "ER_CHANGE_MASTER_PASSWORD_LENGTH", 3056, "The password provided for the replication user exceeds the maximum length of 32 characters" },
{ "ER_USER_LOCK_WRONG_NAME", 3057, "Incorrect user-level lock name \'%-.192s\'." },
{ "ER_USER_LOCK_DEADLOCK", 3058, "Deadlock found when trying to get user-level lock; try rolling back transaction/releasing locks and restarting lock acquisition." },
{ "ER_REPLACE_INACCESSIBLE_ROWS", 3059, "REPLACE cannot be executed as it requires deleting rows that are not in the view" },
{ "ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_GIS", 3060, "Do not support online operation on table with GIS index" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3061", 3061, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3062", 3062, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3063", 3063, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3064", 3064, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3065", 3065, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3066", 3066, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3067", 3067, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3068", 3068, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3069", 3069, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3070", 3070, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3071", 3071, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3072", 3072, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3073", 3073, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3074", 3074, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3075", 3075, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3076", 3076, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3077", 3077, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3078", 3078, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3079", 3079, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3080", 3080, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3081", 3081, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3082", 3082, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3083", 3083, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3084", 3084, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3085", 3085, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3086", 3086, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3087", 3087, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3088", 3088, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3089", 3089, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3090", 3090, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3091", 3091, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3092", 3092, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3093", 3093, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3094", 3094, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3095", 3095, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3096", 3096, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3097", 3097, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3098", 3098, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3099", 3099, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3100", 3100, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3101", 3101, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3102", 3102, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3103", 3103, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3104", 3104, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3105", 3105, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3106", 3106, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3107", 3107, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3108", 3108, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3109", 3109, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3110", 3110, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3111", 3111, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3112", 3112, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3113", 3113, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3114", 3114, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3115", 3115, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3116", 3116, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3117", 3117, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3118", 3118, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3119", 3119, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3120", 3120, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3121", 3121, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3122", 3122, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3123", 3123, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3124", 3124, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3125", 3125, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3126", 3126, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3127", 3127, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3128", 3128, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3129", 3129, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3130", 3130, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3131", 3131, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3132", 3132, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3133", 3133, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3134", 3134, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3135", 3135, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3136", 3136, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3137", 3137, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3138", 3138, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3139", 3139, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3140", 3140, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3141", 3141, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3142", 3142, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3143", 3143, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3144", 3144, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3145", 3145, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3146", 3146, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3147", 3147, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3148", 3148, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3149", 3149, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3150", 3150, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3151", 3151, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3152", 3152, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3153", 3153, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3154", 3154, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3155", 3155, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3156", 3156, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3157", 3157, "\"" },
{ "ER_MYSQL_3158", 3158, "\"" },
{ "ER_SECURE_TRANSPORT_REQUIRED", 3159, "Connections using insecure transport are prohibited while --require_secure_transport=ON." },
{ "ER_UNUSED_26", 4000, "This error never happens" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_27", 4001, "This error never happens" },
{ "ER_WITH_COL_WRONG_LIST", 4002, "WITH column list and SELECT field list have different column counts" },
{ "ER_TOO_MANY_DEFINITIONS_IN_WITH_CLAUSE", 4003, "Too many WITH elements in WITH clause" },
{ "ER_DUP_QUERY_NAME", 4004, "Duplicate query name %`-.64s in WITH clause" },
{ "ER_RECURSIVE_WITHOUT_ANCHORS", 4005, "No anchors for recursive WITH element \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_UNACCEPTABLE_MUTUAL_RECURSION", 4006, "Unacceptable mutual recursion with anchored table \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_REF_TO_RECURSIVE_WITH_TABLE_IN_DERIVED", 4007, "Reference to recursive WITH table \'%s\' in materialized derived" },
{ "ER_NOT_STANDARD_COMPLIANT_RECURSIVE", 4008, "Restrictions imposed on recursive definitions are violated for table \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_WRONG_WINDOW_SPEC_NAME", 4009, "Window specification with name \'%s\' is not defined" },
{ "ER_DUP_WINDOW_NAME", 4010, "Multiple window specifications with the same name \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_LIST_IN_REFERENCING_WINDOW_SPEC", 4011, "Window specification referencing another one \'%s\' cannot contain partition list" },
{ "ER_ORDER_LIST_IN_REFERENCING_WINDOW_SPEC", 4012, "Referenced window specification \'%s\' already contains order list" },
{ "ER_WINDOW_FRAME_IN_REFERENCED_WINDOW_SPEC", 4013, "Referenced window specification \'%s\' cannot contain window frame" },
{ "ER_BAD_COMBINATION_OF_WINDOW_FRAME_BOUND_SPECS", 4014, "Unacceptable combination of window frame bound specifications" },
{ "ER_WRONG_PLACEMENT_OF_WINDOW_FUNCTION", 4015, "Window function is allowed only in SELECT list and ORDER BY clause" },
{ "ER_WINDOW_FUNCTION_IN_WINDOW_SPEC", 4016, "Window function is not allowed in window specification" },
{ "ER_NOT_ALLOWED_WINDOW_FRAME", 4017, "Window frame is not allowed with \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_NO_ORDER_LIST_IN_WINDOW_SPEC", 4018, "No order list in window specification for \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_RANGE_FRAME_NEEDS_SIMPLE_ORDERBY", 4019, "RANGE-type frame requires ORDER BY clause with single sort key" },
{ "ER_WRONG_TYPE_FOR_ROWS_FRAME", 4020, "Integer is required for ROWS-type frame" },
{ "ER_WRONG_TYPE_FOR_RANGE_FRAME", 4021, "Numeric datatype is required for RANGE-type frame" },
{ "ER_FRAME_EXCLUSION_NOT_SUPPORTED", 4022, "Frame exclusion is not supported yet" },
{ "ER_WINDOW_FUNCTION_DONT_HAVE_FRAME", 4023, "This window function may not have a window frame" },
{ "ER_INVALID_NTILE_ARGUMENT", 4024, "Argument of NTILE must be greater than 0" },
{ "ER_CONSTRAINT_FAILED", 4025, "CONSTRAINT %`s failed for %`-.192s.%`-.192s" },
{ "ER_EXPRESSION_IS_TOO_BIG", 4026, "Expression in the %s clause is too big" },
{ "ER_ERROR_EVALUATING_EXPRESSION", 4027, "Got an error evaluating stored expression %s" },
{ "ER_CALCULATING_DEFAULT_VALUE", 4028, "Got an error when calculating default value for %`s" },
{ "ER_EXPRESSION_REFERS_TO_UNINIT_FIELD", 4029, "Expression for field %`-.64s is referring to uninitialized field %`s" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_DEFAULT_ERROR", 4030, "Only one DEFAULT partition allowed" },
{ "ER_REFERENCED_TRG_DOES_NOT_EXIST", 4031, "Referenced trigger \'%s\' for the given action time and event type does not exist" },
{ "ER_INVALID_DEFAULT_PARAM", 4032, "Default/ignore value is not supported for such parameter usage" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_NON_SUPPORTED_BULK", 4033, "Only row based replication supported for bulk operations" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNCOMPRESS_ERROR", 4034, "Uncompress the compressed binlog failed" },
{ "ER_JSON_BAD_CHR", 4035, "Broken JSON string in argument %d to function \'%s\' at position %d" },
{ "ER_JSON_NOT_JSON_CHR", 4036, "Character disallowed in JSON in argument %d to function \'%s\' at position %d" },
{ "ER_JSON_EOS", 4037, "Unexpected end of JSON text in argument %d to function \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_JSON_SYNTAX", 4038, "Syntax error in JSON text in argument %d to function \'%s\' at position %d" },
{ "ER_JSON_ESCAPING", 4039, "Incorrect escaping in JSON text in argument %d to function \'%s\' at position %d" },
{ "ER_JSON_DEPTH", 4040, "Limit of %d on JSON nested structures depth is reached in argument %d to function \'%s\' at position %d" },
{ "ER_JSON_PATH_EOS", 4041, "Unexpected end of JSON path in argument %d to function \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_JSON_PATH_SYNTAX", 4042, "Syntax error in JSON path in argument %d to function \'%s\' at position %d" },
{ "ER_JSON_PATH_DEPTH", 4043, "Limit of %d on JSON path depth is reached in argument %d to function \'%s\' at position %d" },
{ "ER_JSON_PATH_NO_WILDCARD", 4044, "Wildcards or range in JSON path not allowed in argument %d to function \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_JSON_PATH_ARRAY", 4045, "JSON path should end with an array identifier in argument %d to function \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_JSON_ONE_OR_ALL", 4046, "Argument 2 to function \'%s\' must be \"one\" or \"all\"." },
{ "ER_UNSUPPORTED_COMPRESSED_TABLE", 4047, "InnoDB refuses to write tables with ROW_FORMAT=COMPRESSED or KEY_BLOCK_SIZE." },
{ "ER_GEOJSON_INCORRECT", 4048, "Incorrect GeoJSON format specified for st_geomfromgeojson function." },
{ "ER_GEOJSON_TOO_FEW_POINTS", 4049, "Incorrect GeoJSON format - too few points for linestring specified." },
{ "ER_GEOJSON_NOT_CLOSED", 4050, "Incorrect GeoJSON format - polygon not closed." },
{ "ER_JSON_PATH_EMPTY", 4051, "Path expression \'$\' is not allowed in argument %d to function \'%s\'." },
{ "ER_SLAVE_SAME_ID", 4052, "A slave with the same server_uuid/server_id as this slave has connected to the master" },
{ "ER_FLASHBACK_NOT_SUPPORTED", 4053, "Flashback does not support %s %s" },
{ "ER_KEYS_OUT_OF_ORDER", 4054, "Keys are out order during bulk load" },
{ "ER_OVERLAPPING_KEYS", 4055, "Bulk load rows overlap existing rows" },
{ "ER_REQUIRE_ROW_BINLOG_FORMAT", 4056, "Can\'t execute updates on master with binlog_format != ROW." },
{ "ER_ISOLATION_MODE_NOT_SUPPORTED", 4057, "MyRocks supports only READ COMMITTED and REPEATABLE READ isolation levels. Please change from current isolation level %s" },
{ "ER_ON_DUPLICATE_DISABLED", 4058, "When unique checking is disabled in MyRocks, INSERT,UPDATE,LOAD statements with clauses that update or replace the key (i.e. INSERT ON DUPLICATE KEY UPDATE, REPLACE) are not allowed. Query: %s" },
{ "ER_UPDATES_WITH_CONSISTENT_SNAPSHOT", 4059, "Can\'t execute updates when you started a transaction with START TRANSACTION WITH CONSISTENT [ROCKSDB] SNAPSHOT." },
{ "ER_ROLLBACK_ONLY", 4060, "This transaction was rolled back and cannot be committed. Only supported operation is to roll it back, so all pending changes will be discarded. Please restart another transaction." },
{ "ER_ROLLBACK_TO_SAVEPOINT", 4061, "MyRocks currently does not support ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT if modifying rows." },
{ "ER_ISOLATION_LEVEL_WITH_CONSISTENT_SNAPSHOT", 4062, "Only REPEATABLE READ isolation level is supported for START TRANSACTION WITH CONSISTENT SNAPSHOT in RocksDB Storage Engine." },
{ "ER_UNSUPPORTED_COLLATION", 4063, "Unsupported collation on string indexed column %s.%s Use binary collation (%s)." },
{ "ER_METADATA_INCONSISTENCY", 4064, "Table \'%s\' does not exist, but metadata information exists inside MyRocks. This is a sign of data inconsistency. Please check if \'%s.frm\' exists, and try to restore it if it does not exist." },
{ "ER_CF_DIFFERENT", 4065, "Column family (\'%s\') flag (%d) is different from an existing flag (%d). Assign a new CF flag, or do not change existing CF flag." },
{ "ER_RDB_TTL_DURATION_FORMAT", 4066, "TTL duration (%s) in MyRocks must be an unsigned non-null 64-bit integer." },
{ "ER_RDB_STATUS_GENERAL", 4067, "Status error %d received from RocksDB: %s" },
{ "ER_RDB_STATUS_MSG", 4068, "%s, Status error %d received from RocksDB: %s" },
{ "ER_RDB_TTL_UNSUPPORTED", 4069, "TTL support is currently disabled when table has a hidden PK." },
{ "ER_RDB_TTL_COL_FORMAT", 4070, "TTL column (%s) in MyRocks must be an unsigned non-null 64-bit integer, exist inside the table, and have an accompanying ttl duration." },
{ "ER_PER_INDEX_CF_DEPRECATED", 4071, "The per-index column family option has been deprecated" },
{ "ER_KEY_CREATE_DURING_ALTER", 4072, "MyRocks failed creating new key definitions during alter." },
{ "ER_SK_POPULATE_DURING_ALTER", 4073, "MyRocks failed populating secondary key during alter." },
{ "ER_SUM_FUNC_WITH_WINDOW_FUNC_AS_ARG", 4074, "Window functions can not be used as arguments to group functions." },
{ "ER_NET_OK_PACKET_TOO_LARGE", 4075, "OK packet too large" },
{ "ER_GEOJSON_EMPTY_COORDINATES", 4076, "Incorrect GeoJSON format - empty \'coordinates\' array." },
{ "ER_MYROCKS_CANT_NOPAD_COLLATION", 4077, "MyRocks doesn\'t currently support collations with \"No pad\" attribute." },
{ "ER_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER_DATA_TYPES2_FOR_OPERATION", 4078, "Illegal parameter data types %s and %s for operation \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER_DATA_TYPE_FOR_OPERATION", 4079, "Illegal parameter data type %s for operation \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_WRONG_PARAMCOUNT_TO_CURSOR", 4080, "Incorrect parameter count to cursor \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_UNKNOWN_STRUCTURED_VARIABLE", 4081, "Unknown structured system variable or ROW routine variable \'%-.*s\'" },
{ "ER_ROW_VARIABLE_DOES_NOT_HAVE_FIELD", 4082, "Row variable \'%-.192s\' does not have a field \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_END_IDENTIFIER_DOES_NOT_MATCH", 4083, "END identifier \'%-.192s\' does not match \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_SEQUENCE_RUN_OUT", 4084, "Sequence \'%-.64s.%-.64s\' has run out" },
{ "ER_SEQUENCE_INVALID_DATA", 4085, "Sequence \'%-.64s.%-.64s\' has out of range value for options" },
{ "ER_SEQUENCE_INVALID_TABLE_STRUCTURE", 4086, "Sequence \'%-.64s.%-.64s\' table structure is invalid (%s)" },
{ "ER_SEQUENCE_ACCESS_ERROR", 4087, "Sequence \'%-.64s.%-.64s\' access error" },
{ "ER_SEQUENCE_BINLOG_FORMAT", 4088, "Sequences requires binlog_format mixed or row" },
{ "ER_NOT_SEQUENCE", 4089, "\'%-.64s.%-.64s\' is not a SEQUENCE" },
{ "ER_NOT_SEQUENCE2", 4090, "\'%-.192s\' is not a SEQUENCE" },
{ "ER_UNKNOWN_SEQUENCES", 4091, "Unknown SEQUENCE: \'%-.300s\'" },
{ "ER_UNKNOWN_VIEW", 4092, "Unknown VIEW: \'%-.300s\'" },
{ "ER_WRONG_INSERT_INTO_SEQUENCE", 4093, "Wrong INSERT into a SEQUENCE. One can only do single table INSERT into a sequence object (like with mariadb-dump).  If you want to change the SEQUENCE, use ALTER SEQUENCE instead." },
{ "ER_SP_STACK_TRACE", 4094, "At line %u in %s" },
{ "ER_PACKAGE_ROUTINE_IN_SPEC_NOT_DEFINED_IN_BODY", 4095, "%s %`s is declared in the package specification but is not defined in the package body" },
{ "ER_PACKAGE_ROUTINE_FORWARD_DECLARATION_NOT_DEFINED", 4096, "%s %`s has a forward declaration but is not defined" },
{ "ER_COMPRESSED_COLUMN_USED_AS_KEY", 4097, "Compressed column \'%-.192s\' can\'t be used in key specification" },
{ "ER_UNKNOWN_COMPRESSION_METHOD", 4098, "Unknown compression method: %s" },
{ "ER_WRONG_NUMBER_OF_VALUES_IN_TVC", 4099, "The used table value constructor has a different number of values" },
{ "ER_FIELD_REFERENCE_IN_TVC", 4100, "Field reference \'%-.192s\' can\'t be used in table value constructor" },
{ "ER_WRONG_TYPE_FOR_PERCENTILE_FUNC", 4101, "Numeric datatype is required for %s function" },
{ "ER_ARGUMENT_NOT_CONSTANT", 4102, "Argument to the %s function is not a constant for a partition" },
{ "ER_ARGUMENT_OUT_OF_RANGE", 4103, "Argument to the %s function does not belong to the range [0,1]" },
{ "ER_WRONG_TYPE_OF_ARGUMENT", 4104, "%s function only accepts arguments that can be converted to numerical types" },
{ "ER_NOT_AGGREGATE_FUNCTION", 4105, "Aggregate specific instruction (FETCH GROUP NEXT ROW) used in a wrong context" },
{ "ER_INVALID_AGGREGATE_FUNCTION", 4106, "Aggregate specific instruction(FETCH GROUP NEXT ROW) missing from the aggregate function" },
{ "ER_INVALID_VALUE_TO_LIMIT", 4107, "Limit only accepts integer values" },
{ "ER_INVISIBLE_NOT_NULL_WITHOUT_DEFAULT", 4108, "Invisible column %`s must have a default value" },
{ "ER_UPDATE_INFO_WITH_SYSTEM_VERSIONING", 4109, "Rows matched: %ld  Changed: %ld  Inserted: %ld  Warnings: %ld" },
{ "ER_VERS_FIELD_WRONG_TYPE", 4110, "%`s must be of type %s for system-versioned table %`s" },
{ "ER_VERS_ENGINE_UNSUPPORTED", 4111, "Transaction-precise system versioning for %`s is not supported" },
{ "ER_WRONG_VERSIONING_RANGE", 4112, "Incorrect system-version range \'%-.32s\' value: \'%-.128T\' and \'%-.32s\' value: \'%-.128T\'" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_WRONG_TYPE", 4113, "Wrong partition type %`s for partitioning by %`s" },
{ "WARN_VERS_PART_FULL", 4114, "Versioned table %`s.%`s: last HISTORY partition (%`s) is out of %s, need more HISTORY partitions" },
{ "WARN_VERS_PARAMETERS", 4115, "Maybe missing parameters: %s" },
{ "ER_VERS_DROP_PARTITION_INTERVAL", 4116, "Can only drop oldest partitions when rotating by INTERVAL" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_25", 4117, "You should never see it" },
{ "WARN_VERS_PART_NON_HISTORICAL", 4118, "Partition %`s contains non-historical data" },
{ "ER_VERS_ALTER_NOT_ALLOWED", 4119, "Not allowed for system-versioned %`s.%`s. Change @@system_versioning_alter_history to proceed with ALTER." },
{ "ER_VERS_ALTER_ENGINE_PROHIBITED", 4120, "Not allowed for system-versioned %`s.%`s. Change to/from native system versioning engine is not supported." },
{ "ER_VERS_RANGE_PROHIBITED", 4121, "SYSTEM_TIME range selector is not allowed" },
{ "ER_CONFLICTING_FOR_SYSTEM_TIME", 4122, "Conflicting FOR SYSTEM_TIME clauses in WITH RECURSIVE" },
{ "ER_VERS_TABLE_MUST_HAVE_COLUMNS", 4123, "Table %`s must have at least one versioned column" },
{ "ER_VERS_NOT_VERSIONED", 4124, "Table %`s is not system-versioned" },
{ "ER_MISSING", 4125, "Wrong parameters for %`s: missing \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_VERS_PERIOD_COLUMNS", 4126, "PERIOD FOR SYSTEM_TIME must use columns %`s and %`s" },
{ "ER_PART_WRONG_VALUE", 4127, "Wrong parameters for partitioned %`s: wrong value for \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_VERS_WRONG_PARTS", 4128, "Wrong partitions for %`s: must have at least one HISTORY and exactly one last CURRENT" },
{ "ER_VERS_NO_TRX_ID", 4129, "TRX_ID %llu not found in `mysql.transaction_registry`" },
{ "ER_VERS_ALTER_SYSTEM_FIELD", 4130, "Can not change system versioning field %`s" },
{ "ER_DROP_VERSIONING_SYSTEM_TIME_PARTITION", 4131, "Can not DROP SYSTEM VERSIONING for table %`s partitioned BY SYSTEM_TIME" },
{ "ER_VERS_DB_NOT_SUPPORTED", 4132, "System-versioned tables in the %`s database are not supported" },
{ "ER_VERS_TRT_IS_DISABLED", 4133, "Transaction registry is disabled" },
{ "ER_VERS_DUPLICATE_ROW_START_END", 4134, "Duplicate ROW %s column %`s" },
{ "ER_VERS_ALREADY_VERSIONED", 4135, "Table %`s is already system-versioned" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_24", 4136, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_VERS_NOT_SUPPORTED", 4137, "System-versioned tables do not support %s" },
{ "ER_VERS_TRX_PART_HISTORIC_ROW_NOT_SUPPORTED", 4138, "Transaction-precise system-versioned tables do not support partitioning by ROW START or ROW END" },
{ "ER_INDEX_FILE_FULL", 4139, "The index file for table \'%-.192s\' is full" },
{ "ER_UPDATED_COLUMN_ONLY_ONCE", 4140, "The column %`s.%`s cannot be changed more than once in a single UPDATE statement" },
{ "ER_EMPTY_ROW_IN_TVC", 4141, "Row with no elements is not allowed in table value constructor in this context" },
{ "ER_VERS_QUERY_IN_PARTITION", 4142, "SYSTEM_TIME partitions in table %`s does not support historical query" },
{ "ER_KEY_DOESNT_SUPPORT", 4143, "%s index %`s does not support this operation" },
{ "ER_ALTER_OPERATION_TABLE_OPTIONS_NEED_REBUILD", 4144, "Changing table options requires the table to be rebuilt" },
{ "ER_BACKUP_LOCK_IS_ACTIVE", 4145, "Can\'t execute the command as you have a BACKUP STAGE active" },
{ "ER_BACKUP_NOT_RUNNING", 4146, "You must start backup with \"BACKUP STAGE START\"" },
{ "ER_BACKUP_WRONG_STAGE", 4147, "Backup stage \'%s\' is same or before current backup stage \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_BACKUP_STAGE_FAILED", 4148, "Backup stage \'%s\' failed" },
{ "ER_BACKUP_UNKNOWN_STAGE", 4149, "Unknown backup stage: \'%s\'. Stage should be one of START, FLUSH, BLOCK_DDL, BLOCK_COMMIT or END" },
{ "ER_USER_IS_BLOCKED", 4150, "User is blocked because of too many credential errors; unblock with \'ALTER USER / FLUSH PRIVILEGES\'" },
{ "ER_ACCOUNT_HAS_BEEN_LOCKED", 4151, "Access denied, this account is locked" },
{ "ER_PERIOD_TEMPORARY_NOT_ALLOWED", 4152, "Application-time period table cannot be temporary" },
{ "ER_PERIOD_TYPES_MISMATCH", 4153, "Fields of PERIOD FOR %`s have different types" },
{ "ER_MORE_THAN_ONE_PERIOD", 4154, "Cannot specify more than one application-time period" },
{ "ER_PERIOD_FIELD_WRONG_ATTRIBUTES", 4155, "Period field %`s cannot be %s" },
{ "ER_PERIOD_NOT_FOUND", 4156, "Period %`s is not found in table" },
{ "ER_PERIOD_COLUMNS_UPDATED", 4157, "Column %`s used in period %`s specified in update SET list" },
{ "ER_PERIOD_CONSTRAINT_DROP", 4158, "Can\'t DROP CONSTRAINT `%s`. Use DROP PERIOD `%s` for this" },
{ "ER_TOO_LONG_KEYPART", 4159, "Specified key part was too long; max key part length is %u bytes" },
{ "ER_TOO_LONG_DATABASE_COMMENT", 4160, "Comment for database \'%-.64s\' is too long (max = %u)" },
{ "ER_UNKNOWN_DATA_TYPE", 4161, "Unknown data type: \'%-.64s\'" },
{ "ER_UNKNOWN_OPERATOR", 4162, "Operator does not exist: \'%-.128s\'" },
{ "ER_UNUSED_29", 4163, "You should never see it" },
{ "ER_PART_STARTS_BEYOND_INTERVAL", 4164, "%`s: STARTS is later than query time, first history partition may exceed INTERVAL value" },
{ "ER_GALERA_REPLICATION_NOT_SUPPORTED", 4165, "Galera replication not supported" },
{ "ER_LOAD_INFILE_CAPABILITY_DISABLED", 4166, "The used command is not allowed because the MariaDB server or client has disabled the local infile capability" },
{ "ER_NO_SECURE_TRANSPORTS_CONFIGURED", 4167, "No secure transports are configured, unable to set --require_secure_transport=ON" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_IGNORED_SHARED_TABLE", 4168, "Slave SQL thread ignored the \'%s\' because table is shared" },
{ "ER_NO_AUTOINCREMENT_WITH_UNIQUE", 4169, "AUTO_INCREMENT column %`s cannot be used in the UNIQUE index %`s" },
{ "ER_KEY_CONTAINS_PERIOD_FIELDS", 4170, "Key %`s cannot explicitly include column %`s" },
{ "ER_KEY_CANT_HAVE_WITHOUT_OVERLAPS", 4171, "Key %`s cannot have WITHOUT OVERLAPS" },
{ "ER_NOT_ALLOWED_IN_THIS_CONTEXT", 4172, "\'%-.128s\' is not allowed in this context" },
{ "ER_DATA_WAS_COMMITED_UNDER_ROLLBACK", 4173, "Engine %s does not support rollback. Changes were committed during rollback call" },
{ "ER_PK_INDEX_CANT_BE_IGNORED", 4174, "A primary key cannot be marked as IGNORE" },
{ "ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_SKIP_LOCKED", 4175, "SKIP LOCKED makes this statement unsafe" },
{ "ER_JSON_TABLE_ERROR_ON_FIELD", 4176, "Field \'%s\' can\'t be set for JSON_TABLE \'%s\'." },
{ "ER_JSON_TABLE_ALIAS_REQUIRED", 4177, "Every table function must have an alias." },
{ "ER_JSON_TABLE_SCALAR_EXPECTED", 4178, "Can\'t store an array or an object in the scalar column \'%s\' of JSON_TABLE \'%s\'." },
{ "ER_JSON_TABLE_MULTIPLE_MATCHES", 4179, "Can\'t store multiple matches of the path in the column \'%s\' of JSON_TABLE \'%s\'." },
{ "ER_WITH_TIES_NEEDS_ORDER", 4180, "FETCH ... WITH TIES requires ORDER BY clause to be present" },
{ "ER_REMOVED_ORPHAN_TRIGGER", 4181, "Dropped orphan trigger \'%-.64s\', originally created for table: \'%-.192s\'" },
{ "ER_STORAGE_ENGINE_DISABLED", 4182, "Storage engine %s is disabled" },
{ "WARN_SFORMAT_ERROR", 4183, "SFORMAT error: %s" },
{ "ER_PARTITION_CONVERT_SUBPARTITIONED", 4184, "Convert partition is not supported for subpartitioned table." },
{ "ER_PROVIDER_NOT_LOADED", 4185, "MariaDB tried to use the %s, but its provider plugin is not loaded" },
{ "ER_JSON_HISTOGRAM_PARSE_FAILED", 4186, "Failed to parse histogram for table %s.%s: %s at offset %d." },
{ "ER_SF_OUT_INOUT_ARG_NOT_ALLOWED", 4187, "OUT or INOUT argument %d for function %s is not allowed here" },
{ "ER_INCONSISTENT_SLAVE_TEMP_TABLE", 4188, "Replicated query \'%s\' table `%s.%s` can not be temporary" },
{ "ER_VERS_HIST_PART_FAILED", 4189, "Versioned table %`s.%`s: adding HISTORY partition(s) failed" },
{ "WARN_OPTION_CHANGING", 4190, "%s is implicitly changing the value of \'%s\' from \'%s\' to \'%s\'" },
{ "ER_CM_OPTION_MISSING_REQUIREMENT", 4191, "CHANGE MASTER TO option \'%s=%s\' is missing requirement %s" },
{ "ER_SLAVE_STATEMENT_TIMEOUT", 4192, "Slave log event execution was interrupted (slave_max_statement_time exceeded)" },
{ "ER_JSON_INVALID_VALUE_FOR_KEYWORD", 4193, "Invalid value for keyword %s" },
{ "ER_JSON_SCHEMA_KEYWORD_UNSUPPORTED", 4194, "%s keyword is not supported" },
{ "ER_JSON_NO_VARIABLE_SCHEMA", 4195, "Variable schema is not supported." },
{ "ER_SEQUENCE_TABLE_HAS_WRONG_NUMBER_OF_COLUMNS", 4196, "Wrong number of columns" },
{ "ER_SEQUENCE_TABLE_CANNOT_HAVE_ANY_KEYS", 4197, "Sequence tables cannot have any keys" },
{ "ER_SEQUENCE_TABLE_CANNOT_HAVE_ANY_CONSTRAINTS", 4198, "Sequence tables cannot have any constraints" },
{ "ER_SEQUENCE_TABLE_ORDER_BY", 4199, "ORDER BY" },
{ "ER_VARIABLE_IGNORED", 4200, "The setting \'%s\' is ignored. It only exists for compatibility with old installations and will be removed in a future release" },
{ "ER_INCORRECT_COLUMN_NAME_COUNT", 4201, "Incorrect column name count for derived table" },
{ "WARN_SORTING_ON_TRUNCATED_LENGTH", 4202, "%llu values were longer than max_sort_length. Sorting used only the first %lu bytes" },
{ "ER_VECTOR_BINARY_FORMAT_INVALID", 4203, "Invalid binary vector format. Must use IEEE standard float representation in little-endian format. Use VEC_FromText() to generate it." },
{ "ER_VECTOR_FORMAT_INVALID", 4204, "Invalid vector format at offset: %d for \'%-.100s\'. Must be a valid JSON array of numbers." },
{ "ER_PSEUDO_THREAD_ID_OVERWRITE", 4205, "Pseudo thread id should not be modified by the client as it will be overwritten" },
#ifndef MY_BYTEORDER_INCLUDED
#define MY_BYTEORDER_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2001, 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */


/*
  Macro for reading 32-bit integer from network byte order (big-endian)
  from an unaligned memory location.
*/
#define int4net(A)        (int32) (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[3]))        | \
                                  (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[2])) << 8)  | \
                                  (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[1])) << 16) | \
                                  (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[0])) << 24))

/*
  Function-like macros for reading and storing in machine independent
  format (low byte first). There are 'korr' (assume 'corrector') variants
  for integer types, but 'get' (assume 'getter') for floating point types.
*/
#if (defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)) && !defined(WITH_UBSAN)
#define MY_BYTE_ORDER_ARCH_OPTIMIZED
#include "byte_order_generic_x86.h"
#elif (defined(__x86_64__) || defined (_M_X64)) && !defined(WITH_UBSAN)
#include "byte_order_generic_x86_64.h"
#else
#include "byte_order_generic.h"
#endif

/*
  Function-like macros for reading and storing in machine format from/to
  short/long to/from some place in memory V should be a variable (not on
  a register) and M a pointer to byte.
*/
#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
#include "big_endian.h"
#else
#include "little_endian.h"
#endif

#endif /* MY_BYTEORDER_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2004, 2006 MySQL AB
   Use is subject to license terms

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 GNU General Public License for more details.

 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _mysql_time_h_
#define _mysql_time_h_

/*
  Portable time_t replacement.
  Should be signed and hold seconds for 1902 -- 2038-01-19 range
  i.e at least a 32bit variable

  Using the system built in time_t is not an option as
  we rely on the above requirements in the time functions   
*/
typedef long my_time_t;


/*
  Time declarations shared between the server and client API:
  you should not add anything to this header unless it's used
  (and hence should be visible) in mysql.h.
  If you're looking for a place to add new time-related declaration,
  it's most likely my_time.h. See also "C API Handling of Date
  and Time Values" chapter in documentation.
*/

enum enum_mysql_timestamp_type
{
  MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE= -2, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_ERROR= -1,
  MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATE= 0, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATETIME= 1, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME= 2
};


/*
  Structure which is used to represent datetime values inside MySQL.

  We assume that values in this structure are normalized, i.e. year <= 9999,
  month <= 12, day <= 31, hour <= 23, hour <= 59, hour <= 59. Many functions
  in server such as my_system_gmt_sec() or make_time() family of functions
  rely on this (actually now usage of make_*() family relies on a bit weaker
  restriction). Also functions that produce MYSQL_TIME as result ensure this.
  There is one exception to this rule though if this structure holds time
  value (time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME) days and hour member can hold
  bigger values.
*/
typedef struct st_mysql_time
{
  unsigned int  year, month, day, hour, minute, second;
  unsigned long second_part;
  my_bool       neg;
  enum enum_mysql_timestamp_type time_type;
} MYSQL_TIME;

#endif /* _mysql_time_h_ */
/* Copyright (c) 2016, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

ulong net_field_length(uchar **packet);
my_ulonglong net_field_length_ll(uchar **packet);
my_ulonglong safe_net_field_length_ll(uchar **packet, size_t packet_len);
uchar *net_store_length(uchar *pkg, ulonglong length);
uchar *safe_net_store_length(uchar *pkg, size_t pkg_len, ulonglong length);
unsigned int net_length_size(ulonglong num);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2003, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/* Key cache variable structures */

#ifndef _keycache_h
#define _keycache_h

#include "my_sys.h"                             /* flush_type */

C_MODE_START

/* 
  Currently the default key cache is created as non-partitioned at 
  the start of the server unless the server is started with the parameter 
  --key-cache-partitions that is greater than 0
*/

#define DEFAULT_KEY_CACHE_PARTITIONS    0

/* 
  MAX_KEY_CACHE_PARTITIONS cannot be greater than 
  sizeof(MYISAM_SHARE::dirty_part_map)
  Currently sizeof(MYISAM_SHARE::dirty_part_map)=sizeof(ulonglong)
*/

#define MAX_KEY_CACHE_PARTITIONS    64

/* The structure to get statistical data about a key cache */

typedef struct st_key_cache_statistics
{
  ulonglong mem_size;       /* memory for cache buffers/auxiliary structures */
  ulonglong block_size;     /* size of the each buffers in the key cache     */
  ulonglong blocks_used;    /* maximum number of used blocks/buffers         */ 
  ulonglong blocks_unused;  /* number of currently unused blocks             */
  ulonglong blocks_changed; /* number of currently dirty blocks              */
  ulonglong blocks_warm;    /* number of blocks in warm sub-chain            */
  ulonglong read_requests;  /* number of read requests (read hits)           */
  ulonglong reads;        /* number of actual reads from files into buffers  */
  ulonglong write_requests; /* number of write requests (write hits)         */
  ulonglong writes;       /* number of actual writes from buffers into files */
} KEY_CACHE_STATISTICS;

#define NUM_LONG_KEY_CACHE_STAT_VARIABLES 3

/* The type of a key cache object */
typedef enum key_cache_type
{
  SIMPLE_KEY_CACHE,         
  PARTITIONED_KEY_CACHE
} KEY_CACHE_TYPE;


typedef
  int    (*INIT_KEY_CACHE)  
           (void *, uint key_cache_block_size,
            size_t use_mem, uint division_limit, uint age_threshold,
            uint changed_blocks_hash_size);
typedef
  int    (*RESIZE_KEY_CACHE)
           (void *, uint key_cache_block_size,
            size_t use_mem, uint division_limit, uint age_threshold,
            uint changed_blocks_hash_size);
typedef
  void   (*CHANGE_KEY_CACHE_PARAM)
           (void *keycache_cb,
            uint division_limit, uint age_threshold);
typedef
  uchar* (*KEY_CACHE_READ)
           (void *keycache_cb,
            File file, my_off_t filepos, int level,
            uchar *buff, uint length,
            uint block_length, int return_buffer);
typedef
  int    (*KEY_CACHE_INSERT)
           (void *keycache_cb,
            File file, my_off_t filepos, int level,
            uchar *buff, uint length);
typedef
  int    (*KEY_CACHE_WRITE)
           (void *keycache_cb,
            File file, void *file_extra,
            my_off_t filepos, int level,
            uchar *buff, uint length, 
            uint block_length, int force_write);
typedef
  int    (*FLUSH_KEY_BLOCKS)
           (void *keycache_cb,
            int file, void *file_extra,
            enum flush_type type); 
typedef
  int    (*RESET_KEY_CACHE_COUNTERS)
           (const char *name, void *keycache_cb); 
typedef
  void   (*END_KEY_CACHE)
           (void *keycache_cb, my_bool cleanup);
typedef
  void   (*GET_KEY_CACHE_STATISTICS)
           (void *keycache_cb, uint partition_no, 
            KEY_CACHE_STATISTICS *key_cache_stats); 

/*
  An object of the type KEY_CACHE_FUNCS contains pointers to all functions
  from the key cache interface.
  Currently a key cache can be of two types: simple and partitioned.
  For each of them its own static structure of the type KEY_CACHE_FUNCS is
  defined . The structures contain the pointers to the implementations of
  the interface functions used by simple key caches and partitioned key
  caches respectively. Pointers to these structures are assigned to key cache
  objects at the time of their creation.
*/   

typedef struct st_key_cache_funcs 
{
  INIT_KEY_CACHE init;
  RESIZE_KEY_CACHE         resize;
  CHANGE_KEY_CACHE_PARAM   change_param;     
  KEY_CACHE_READ           read;
  KEY_CACHE_INSERT         insert;
  KEY_CACHE_WRITE          write;
  FLUSH_KEY_BLOCKS         flush;
  RESET_KEY_CACHE_COUNTERS reset_counters; 
  END_KEY_CACHE            end;
  GET_KEY_CACHE_STATISTICS get_stats; 
} KEY_CACHE_FUNCS;


typedef struct st_key_cache
{
  KEY_CACHE_TYPE key_cache_type; /* type of the key cache used for debugging */
  void *keycache_cb;             /* control block of the used key cache      */
  KEY_CACHE_FUNCS *interface_funcs; /* interface functions of the key cache  */
  ulonglong param_buff_size;     /* size the memory allocated for the cache  */
  ulonglong param_block_size;    /* size of the blocks in the key cache      */
  ulonglong param_division_limit;/* min. percentage of warm blocks           */
  ulonglong param_age_threshold; /* determines when hot block is downgraded  */
  ulonglong param_partitions;    /* number of the key cache partitions       */
  ulonglong changed_blocks_hash_size; /* number of hash buckets for changed files */
  my_bool key_cache_inited;      /* <=> key cache has been created           */
  my_bool can_be_used;           /* usage of cache for read/write is allowed */
  my_bool in_init;               /* set to 1 in MySQL during init/resize     */
  uint partitions;               /* actual number of partitions              */
  size_t key_cache_mem_size;     /* specified size of the cache memory       */
  pthread_mutex_t op_lock;       /* to serialize operations like 'resize'    */
} KEY_CACHE;


/* The default key cache */
extern KEY_CACHE dflt_key_cache_var, *dflt_key_cache;

extern int init_key_cache(KEY_CACHE *keycache, uint key_cache_block_size,
			  size_t use_mem, uint division_limit,
			  uint age_threshold, uint changed_blocks_hash_size,
                          uint partitions);
extern int resize_key_cache(KEY_CACHE *keycache, uint key_cache_block_size,
			    size_t use_mem, uint division_limit,
			    uint age_threshold, uint changed_blocks_hash_size);
extern void change_key_cache_param(KEY_CACHE *keycache, uint division_limit,
				   uint age_threshold);
extern uchar *key_cache_read(KEY_CACHE *keycache,
                            File file, my_off_t filepos, int level,
                            uchar *buff, uint length,
			    uint block_length,int return_buffer);
extern int key_cache_insert(KEY_CACHE *keycache,
                            File file, my_off_t filepos, int level,
                            uchar *buff, uint length);
extern int key_cache_write(KEY_CACHE *keycache,
                           File file, void *file_extra,
                           my_off_t filepos, int level,
                           uchar *buff, uint length,
			   uint block_length, int force_write);
extern int flush_key_blocks(KEY_CACHE *keycache,
                            int file, void *file_extra,
                            enum flush_type type);
extern void end_key_cache(KEY_CACHE *keycache, my_bool cleanup);
extern void get_key_cache_statistics(KEY_CACHE *keycache,
                                     uint partition_no, 
                                     KEY_CACHE_STATISTICS *key_cache_stats);

/* Functions to handle multiple key caches */
extern my_bool multi_keycache_init(void);
extern void multi_keycache_free(void);
extern KEY_CACHE *multi_key_cache_search(uchar *key, uint length,
                                         KEY_CACHE *def);
extern my_bool multi_key_cache_set(const uchar *key, uint length,
				   KEY_CACHE *key_cache);
extern void multi_key_cache_change(KEY_CACHE *old_data,
				   KEY_CACHE *new_data);
extern int reset_key_cache_counters(const char *name,
                                    KEY_CACHE *key_cache, void *);
extern int repartition_key_cache(KEY_CACHE *keycache,
                                 uint key_cache_block_size,
			         size_t use_mem, 
                                 uint division_limit,
			         uint age_threshold,
                                 uint changed_blocks_hash_size,
                                 uint partitions);
C_MODE_END
#endif /* _keycache_h */
/* Copyright (c) 2022, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

/* Renaming C API symbols inside server
 * client.c defines a number of functions from the C API, that are used in replication, in number of storage engine plugins, mariadb-backup.
 * That can cause a problem if a plugin loads libmariadb/libmysql or a library, that has dependency on them. The known case is ODBC driver.
 * Thus the header re-names those functions for internal use.
 */

#ifndef MARIADB_CAPI_RENAME_INCLUDED
#define MARIADB_CAPI_RENAME_INCLUDED

#if !defined(EMBEDDED_LIBRARY) && !defined(MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN)

#define MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(_SYMBOL) server_##_SYMBOL
#define mysql_real_connect      MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_real_connect)
#define mysql_init              MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_init)
#define mysql_close             MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_close)
#define mysql_options           MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_options)
#define mysql_load_plugin       MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_load_plugin)
#define mysql_load_plugin_v     MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_load_plugin_v)
#define mysql_client_find_plugin MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_client_find_plugin)
#define mysql_real_query        MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_real_query)
#define mysql_send_query        MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_send_query)
#define mysql_free_result       MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_free_result)
#define mysql_get_socket        MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_get_socket)
#define mysql_set_character_set MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_set_character_set)
#define mysql_real_escape_string MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_real_escape_string)
#define mysql_get_server_version MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_get_server_version)
#define mysql_error             MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_error)
#define mysql_errno             MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_errno)
#define mysql_num_fields        MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_num_fields)
#define mysql_num_rows          MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_num_rows)
#define mysql_options4          MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_options4)
#define mysql_fetch_fields      MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_fetch_fields)
#define mysql_fetch_lengths     MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_fetch_lengths)
#define mysql_fetch_row         MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_fetch_row)
#define mysql_affected_rows     MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_affected_rows)
#define mysql_store_result      MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_store_result)
#define mysql_use_result        MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_use_result)
#define mysql_select_db         MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_select_db)
#define mysql_get_ssl_cipher    MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_get_ssl_cipher)
#define mysql_ssl_set           MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_ssl_set)
#define mysql_client_register_plugin MARIADB_ADD_PREFIX(mysql_client_register_plugin)

#endif // !EMBEDDED_LIBRARY && !MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#endif // !MARIADB_CAPI_RENAME_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef MY_DIR_H
#define MY_DIR_H

#include <sys/stat.h>

#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

	/* Defines for my_dir and my_stat */

#define MY_S_IFMT	S_IFMT	/* type of file */
#define MY_S_IFDIR	S_IFDIR /* directory */
#define MY_S_IFCHR	S_IFCHR /* character special */
#define MY_S_IFBLK	S_IFBLK /* block special */
#define MY_S_IFREG	S_IFREG /* regular */
#define MY_S_IFIFO	S_IFIFO /* fifo */
#define MY_S_ISUID	S_ISUID /* set user id on execution */
#define MY_S_ISGID	S_ISGID /* set group id on execution */
#define MY_S_ISVTX	S_ISVTX /* save swapped text even after use */

#ifndef S_IREAD
#define MY_S_IREAD      S_IRUSR /* read permission, owner */
#define MY_S_IWRITE     S_IWUSR /* write permission, owner */
#define MY_S_IEXEC      S_IXUSR /* execute/search permission, owner */
#else
#define MY_S_IREAD      S_IREAD /* read permission, owner */
#define MY_S_IWRITE     S_IWRITE /* write permission, owner */
#define MY_S_IEXEC      S_IEXEC /* execute/search permission, owner */
#endif

#define MY_S_ISDIR(m)	(((m) & MY_S_IFMT) == MY_S_IFDIR)
#define MY_S_ISCHR(m)	(((m) & MY_S_IFMT) == MY_S_IFCHR)
#define MY_S_ISBLK(m)	(((m) & MY_S_IFMT) == MY_S_IFBLK)
#define MY_S_ISREG(m)	(((m) & MY_S_IFMT) == MY_S_IFREG)
#define MY_S_ISFIFO(m)	(((m) & MY_S_IFMT) == MY_S_IFIFO)

/* Ensure these doesn't clash with anything in my_sys.h */
#define MY_WANT_SORT     8192   /* my_lib; sort files */
#define MY_WANT_STAT	16384	/* my_lib; stat files */
#define MY_DONT_SORT        0

	/* typedefs for my_dir & my_stat */

#ifdef USE_MY_STAT_STRUCT

typedef struct my_stat
{
  dev_t		st_dev;		/* major & minor device numbers */
  ino_t		st_ino;		/* inode number */
  ushort	st_mode;	/* file permissions (& suid sgid .. bits) */
  short		st_nlink;	/* number of links to file */
  ushort	st_uid;		/* user id */
  ushort	st_gid;		/* group id */
  dev_t		st_rdev;	/* more major & minor device numbers (???) */
  off_t		st_size;	/* size of file */
  time_t	st_atime;	/* time for last read */
  time_t	st_mtime;	/* time for last contents modify */
  time_t	st_ctime;	/* time for last inode or contents modify */
} MY_STAT;

#else

#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#define MY_STAT struct _stati64 /* 64 bit file size */
#else
#define MY_STAT struct stat	/* Original struct has what we need */
#endif

#endif /* USE_MY_STAT_STRUCT */

/* Struct describing one file returned from my_dir */
typedef struct fileinfo
{
  char			*name;
  MY_STAT		*mystat;
} FILEINFO;

typedef struct st_my_dir	/* Struct returned from my_dir */
{
  /*
    These members are just copies of parts of DYNAMIC_ARRAY structure,
    which is allocated right after the end of MY_DIR structure (MEM_ROOT
    for storing names is also resides there). We've left them here because
    we don't want to change code that uses my_dir.
  */
  struct fileinfo	*dir_entry;
  size_t		number_of_files;
} MY_DIR;

extern MY_DIR *my_dir(const char *path,myf MyFlags);
extern void my_dirend(MY_DIR *buffer);
extern MY_STAT *my_stat(const char *path, MY_STAT *stat_area, myf my_flags);
extern int my_fstat(int filenr, MY_STAT *stat_area, myf MyFlags);

#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* MY_DIR_H */

/* Copyright (c) 2009, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.
 
 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 GNU General Public License for more details.
 
 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef MY_CONFIG_H
#define MY_CONFIG_H
#define DOT_FRM_VERSION 6
/* Headers we may want to use. */
#define STDC_HEADERS 1
#define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1
#define HAVE_ARPA_INET_H 1
#define HAVE_ASM_TERMBITS_H 1
#define HAVE_CRYPT_H 1
#define HAVE_CURSES_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_BFD_H */
/* #undef HAVE_NDIR_H */
#define HAVE_DIRENT_H 1
#define HAVE_DLFCN_H 1
#define HAVE_EXECINFO_H 1
#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
#define HAVE_FENV_H 1
#define HAVE_FLOAT_H 1
#define HAVE_FNMATCH_H 1
#define HAVE_FPU_CONTROL_H 1
#define HAVE_GETMNTENT 1
/* #undef HAVE_GETMNTENT_IN_SYS_MNTAB */
/* #undef HAVE_GETMNTINFO */
/* #undef HAVE_GETMNTINFO64 */
/* #undef HAVE_GETMNTINFO_TAKES_statvfs */
#define HAVE_GRP_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_IA64INTRIN_H */
/* #undef HAVE_IEEEFP_H */
#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_KQUEUE */
#define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
#define HAVE_LINK_H 1
#define HAVE_LINUX_UNISTD_H 1
#define HAVE_LINUX_MMAN_H 1
#define HAVE_LOCALE_H 1
#define HAVE_MALLOC_H 1
#define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1
#define HAVE_NETINET_IN_H 1
#define HAVE_PATHS_H 1
#define HAVE_POLL_H 1
#define HAVE_PWD_H 1
#define HAVE_SCHED_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_SELECT_H */
/* #undef HAVE_SOLARIS_LARGE_PAGES */
#define HAVE_STDDEF_H 1
#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1
#define HAVE_STDARG_H 1
#define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1
#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_SYNCH_H */
/* #undef HAVE_SYSENT_H */
#define HAVE_SYS_DIR_H 1
#define HAVE_SYS_FILE_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_FPU_H */
#define HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_MALLOC_H */
#define HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_MNTENT_H */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_PTE_H */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_PTEM_H */
#define HAVE_SYS_PRCTL_H 1
#define HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H 1
#define HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H 1
#define HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_SOCKIO_H */
#define HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H 1
#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_STREAM_H */
#define HAVE_SYS_SYSCALL_H 1
#define HAVE_SYS_TIMEB_H 1
#define HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H 1
#define HAVE_SYS_TIME_H 1
#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
#define HAVE_SYS_UN_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_VADVISE_H */
#define HAVE_SYS_STATVFS_H 1
#define HAVE_UCONTEXT_H 1
#define HAVE_TERM_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_TERMBITS_H */
#define HAVE_TERMIOS_H 1
#define HAVE_TERMIO_H 1
#define HAVE_TERMCAP_H 1
#define HAVE_TIME_H 1
#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
#define HAVE_UTIME_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_VARARGS_H */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_UTIME_H */
#define HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H 1
#define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1

/* Libraries */
/* #undef HAVE_LIBWRAP */
#define HAVE_SYSTEMD 1
#define HAVE_SYSTEMD_SD_LISTEN_FDS_WITH_NAMES 1

/* Does "struct timespec" have a "sec" and "nsec" field? */
/* #undef HAVE_TIMESPEC_TS_SEC */

/* Readline */
/* #undef HAVE_HIST_ENTRY */
/* #undef USE_LIBEDIT_INTERFACE */
#define USE_NEW_READLINE_INTERFACE 1

#define FIONREAD_IN_SYS_IOCTL 1
#define GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL 1
/* #undef TIOCSTAT_IN_SYS_IOCTL */
/* #undef FIONREAD_IN_SYS_FILIO */

/* Functions we may want to use. */
#define HAVE_ACCEPT4 1
#define HAVE_ACCESS 1
#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
/* #undef HAVE_BFILL */
#define HAVE_INDEX 1
#define HAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME 1
#define HAVE_CRYPT 1
#define HAVE_CUSERID 1
#define HAVE_DLADDR 1
#define HAVE_DLERROR 1
#define HAVE_DLOPEN 1
#define HAVE_FCHMOD 1
#define HAVE_FCNTL 1
#define HAVE_FDATASYNC 1
#define HAVE_DECL_FDATASYNC 1
#define HAVE_FEDISABLEEXCEPT 1
#define HAVE_FESETROUND 1
/* #undef HAVE_FP_EXCEPT */
#define HAVE_FSEEKO 1
#define HAVE_FSYNC 1
#define HAVE_FTIME 1
#define HAVE_GETIFADDRS 1
#define HAVE_GETCWD 1
#define HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R 1
/* #undef HAVE_GETHRTIME */
/* #undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZES */
#define HAVE_GETPASS 1
/* #undef HAVE_GETPASSPHRASE */
#define HAVE_GETPWNAM 1
#define HAVE_GETPWUID 1
#define HAVE_GETRLIMIT 1
#define HAVE_GETRUSAGE 1
#define HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY 1
#define HAVE_GETWD 1
#define HAVE_GMTIME_R 1
/* #undef gmtime_r */
#define HAVE_IN_ADDR_T 1
#define HAVE_INITGROUPS 1
#define HAVE_LDIV 1
#define HAVE_LRAND48 1
#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_R 1
#define HAVE_LSTAT 1
/* #define HAVE_MLOCK 1 see Bug#54662 */
#define HAVE_NL_LANGINFO 1
#define HAVE_MADVISE 1
#define HAVE_DECL_MADVISE 1
/* #undef HAVE_DECL_MHA_MAPSIZE_VA */
#define HAVE_MALLINFO 1
/* #undef HAVE_MALLINFO2 */
/* #undef HAVE_MALLOC_ZONE */
#define HAVE_MEMCPY 1
#define HAVE_MEMMOVE 1
#define HAVE_MKSTEMP 1
#define HAVE_MKOSTEMP 1
#define HAVE_MLOCKALL 1
#define HAVE_MMAP 1
#define HAVE_MMAP64 1
#define HAVE_MPROTECT 1
#define HAVE_PERROR 1
#define HAVE_POLL 1
#define HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE 1
#define HAVE_FALLOC_PUNCH_HOLE_AND_KEEP_SIZE 1
#define HAVE_PREAD 1
/* #undef HAVE_READ_REAL_TIME */
/* #undef HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_CREATE */
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETGUARDSIZE 1
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETSTACKSIZE 1
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE 1
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE 1
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_GETATTR_NP 1
/* #undef HAVE_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_CREATE */
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_GETAFFINITY_NP 1
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_KEY_DELETE 1
/* #undef HAVE_PTHREAD_KILL */
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_RDLOCK 1
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK 1
/* #undef HAVE_PTHREAD_YIELD_NP */
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_YIELD_ZERO_ARG 1
#define PTHREAD_ONCE_INITIALIZER PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT
#define HAVE_PUTENV 1
/* #undef HAVE_READDIR_R */
#define HAVE_READLINK 1
#define HAVE_REALPATH 1
#define HAVE_RENAME 1
/* #undef HAVE_RWLOCK_INIT */
#define HAVE_SCHED_YIELD 1
#define HAVE_SELECT 1
#define HAVE_SETENV 1
#define HAVE_SETLOCALE 1
#define HAVE_SETMNTENT 1
#define HAVE_SETUPTERM 1
#define HAVE_SIGSET 1
#define HAVE_SIGACTION 1
/* #undef HAVE_SIGTHREADMASK */
#define HAVE_SIGWAIT 1
#define HAVE_SIGWAITINFO 1
#define HAVE_SLEEP 1
#define HAVE_STPCPY 1
#define HAVE_STRERROR 1
#define HAVE_STRCOLL 1
#define HAVE_STRNLEN 1
#define HAVE_STRPBRK 1
#define HAVE_STRTOK_R 1
#define HAVE_STRTOLL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOUL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOULL 1
/* #undef HAVE_TELL */
/* #undef HAVE_THR_YIELD */
#define HAVE_TIME 1
#define HAVE_TIMES 1
#define HAVE_VIDATTR 1
#define HAVE_VIO_READ_BUFF 1
#define HAVE_VASPRINTF 1
#define HAVE_VSNPRINTF 1
#define HAVE_FTRUNCATE 1
#define HAVE_TZNAME 1
/* Symbols we may use */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST */
/* used by stacktrace functions */
#define HAVE_BACKTRACE 1
#define HAVE_BACKTRACE_SYMBOLS 1
#define HAVE_BACKTRACE_SYMBOLS_FD 1
/* #undef HAVE_PRINTSTACK */
#define HAVE_IPV6 1
/* #undef ss_family */
/* #undef HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN_SIN_LEN */
/* #undef HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN6_SIN6_LEN */
#define STRUCT_TIMESPEC_HAS_TV_SEC 1
#define STRUCT_TIMESPEC_HAS_TV_NSEC 1
#define STRUCT_TM_HAS_TM_GMTOFF 1

/* this means that valgrind headers and macros are available */
/* #undef HAVE_VALGRIND_MEMCHECK_H */

/* this means WITH_VALGRIND - we change some code paths for valgrind */
/* #undef HAVE_valgrind */

/* Types we may use */
#ifdef __APPLE__
  /*
    Special handling required for OSX to support universal binaries that 
    mix 32 and 64 bit architectures.
  */
  #if(__LP64__)
    #define SIZEOF_LONG 8
  #else
    #define SIZEOF_LONG 4
  #endif
  #define SIZEOF_VOIDP   SIZEOF_LONG
  #define SIZEOF_CHARP   SIZEOF_LONG
  #define SIZEOF_SIZE_T  SIZEOF_LONG
#else
/* No indentation, to fetch the lines from verification scripts */
#define SIZEOF_LONG   8
#define SIZEOF_VOIDP  8
#define SIZEOF_CHARP  8
#define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 8
#endif

#define HAVE_LONG 1
#define HAVE_CHARP 1
#define SIZEOF_INT 4
#define HAVE_INT 1
#define SIZEOF_LONG_LONG 8
#define HAVE_LONG_LONG 1
#define SIZEOF_OFF_T 8
#define HAVE_OFF_T 1
/* #undef SIZEOF_UCHAR */
/* #undef HAVE_UCHAR */
#define SIZEOF_UINT 4
#define HAVE_UINT 1
#define SIZEOF_ULONG 8
#define HAVE_ULONG 1
/* #undef SIZEOF_INT8 */
/* #undef HAVE_INT8 */
/* #undef SIZEOF_UINT8 */
/* #undef HAVE_UINT8 */
/* #undef SIZEOF_INT16 */
/* #undef HAVE_INT16 */
/* #undef SIZEOF_UINT16 */
/* #undef HAVE_UINT16 */
/* #undef SIZEOF_INT32 */
/* #undef HAVE_INT32 */
/* #undef SIZEOF_UINT32 */
/* #undef HAVE_UINT32 */
/* #undef SIZEOF_INT64 */
/* #undef HAVE_INT64 */
/* #undef SIZEOF_UINT64 */
/* #undef HAVE_UINT64 */

#define SOCKET_SIZE_TYPE socklen_t

#define HAVE_MBSTATE_T 1

#define MAX_INDEXES 64

#define QSORT_TYPE_IS_VOID 1
#define RETQSORTTYPE void

#define RETSIGTYPE void
#define VOID_SIGHANDLER 1
#define HAVE_SIGHANDLER_T 1
#define STRUCT_RLIMIT struct rlimit

#ifdef __APPLE__
  #if __BIG_ENDIAN
    #define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
  #endif
#else
/* #undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN */
#endif

/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler calls
   it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name.  */
#define C_HAS_inline 1
#if !(C_HAS_inline)
#ifndef __cplusplus
# define inline 
#endif
#endif


#define TARGET_OS_LINUX 1

#define HAVE_WCTYPE_H 1
#define HAVE_WCHAR_H 1
#define HAVE_LANGINFO_H 1
#define HAVE_MBRLEN 1
#define HAVE_MBSRTOWCS 1
#define HAVE_MBRTOWC 1
#define HAVE_WCWIDTH 1
#define HAVE_ISWLOWER 1
#define HAVE_ISWUPPER 1
#define HAVE_TOWLOWER 1
#define HAVE_TOWUPPER 1
#define HAVE_ISWCTYPE 1
#define HAVE_WCHAR_T 1


#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
#define HAVE_TCGETATTR 1

#define HAVE_WEAK_SYMBOL 1
#define HAVE_ABI_CXA_DEMANGLE 1
#define HAVE_ATTRIBUTE_CLEANUP 1

#define HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS 1
/* #undef HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS */

/* #undef HAVE_SVR3_SIGNALS */
/* #undef HAVE_V7_SIGNALS */
#define HAVE_ERR_remove_thread_state 1
/* #undef HAVE_X509_check_host */

/* #undef HAVE_SOLARIS_STYLE_GETHOST */

#define HAVE_GCC_C11_ATOMICS 1
/* #undef HAVE_SOLARIS_ATOMIC */
/* #undef NO_FCNTL_NONBLOCK */

/* #undef _LARGE_FILES */
#define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
/* #undef _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE */

#define TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME 1

#define STACK_DIRECTION -1

#define SYSTEM_TYPE "Linux"
#define MACHINE_TYPE "x86_64"
#define DEFAULT_MACHINE "x86_64"
#define HAVE_DTRACE 1

#define SIGNAL_WITH_VIO_CLOSE 1

/* Windows stuff, mostly functions, that have Posix analogs but named differently */
#ifdef _WIN32
#define S_IROTH _S_IREAD
#define S_IFIFO _S_IFIFO
#define SIGQUIT SIGTERM
#define SIGPIPE SIGINT
#define sigset_t int
#define mode_t int
#define popen _popen
#define pclose _pclose
#define ssize_t SSIZE_T
#define strcasecmp _stricmp
#define strncasecmp _strnicmp
#define strtok_r strtok_s
#define tzname _tzname
#define P_tmpdir "C:\\TEMP"
#define setenv(a,b,c) _putenv_s(a,b)

#define HAVE_SETENV
#define NOMINMAX 1
#define PSAPI_VERSION 2     /* for GetProcessMemoryInfo() */
#endif /* _WIN32 */

/*
  MySQL features
*/
#define LOCAL_INFILE_MODE_OFF  0
#define LOCAL_INFILE_MODE_ON   1
#define LOCAL_INFILE_MODE_AUTO 2
#define ENABLED_LOCAL_INFILE LOCAL_INFILE_MODE_AUTO

#define ENABLED_PROFILING 1
/* #undef EXTRA_DEBUG */
/* #undef USE_SYMDIR */

/* Character sets and collations */
#define MYSQL_DEFAULT_CHARSET_NAME "latin1"
#define MYSQL_DEFAULT_COLLATION_NAME "latin1_swedish_ci"

#define USE_MB
#define USE_MB_IDENT

/* This should mean case insensitive file system */
/* #undef FN_NO_CASE_SENSE */

/* Whether an anonymous private mapping is unaccessible after
madvise(MADV_DONTNEED) or madvise(MADV_FREE) or similar has been invoked;
this is the case with Microsoft Windows VirtualFree(MEM_DECOMMIT) */
/* #undef HAVE_UNACCESSIBLE_AFTER_MEM_DECOMMIT */

#define HAVE_CHARSET_armscii8 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_ascii 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_big5 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_cp1250 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_cp1251 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_cp1256 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_cp1257 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_cp850 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_cp852 1 
#define HAVE_CHARSET_cp866 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_cp932 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_dec8 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_eucjpms 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_euckr 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_gb2312 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_gbk 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_geostd8 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_greek 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_hebrew 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_hp8 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_keybcs2 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_koi8r 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_koi8u 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_latin1 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_latin2 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_latin5 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_latin7 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_macce 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_macroman 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_sjis 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_swe7 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_tis620 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_ucs2 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_ujis 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_utf8mb4 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_utf8mb3 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_utf16 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_utf32 1
#define HAVE_UCA_COLLATIONS 1
#define HAVE_COMPRESS 1
#define HAVE_EncryptAes128Ctr 1
#define HAVE_EncryptAes128Gcm 1
#define HAVE_des 1
#define HAVE_hkdf 1

/*
  Stuff that always need to be defined (compile breaks without it)
*/
#define HAVE_SPATIAL 1
#define HAVE_RTREE_KEYS 1
#define HAVE_QUERY_CACHE 1
#define BIG_TABLES 1

/*
  Important storage engines (those that really need define 
  WITH_<ENGINE>_STORAGE_ENGINE for the whole server)
*/
#define WITH_INNOBASE_STORAGE_ENGINE 1
#define WITH_PARTITION_STORAGE_ENGINE 1
#define WITH_PERFSCHEMA_STORAGE_ENGINE 1
#define WITH_ARIA_STORAGE_ENGINE 1
#define USE_ARIA_FOR_TMP_TABLES 1

#define DEFAULT_MYSQL_HOME "/usr"
#define SHAREDIR "/usr/share/mariadb"
#define DEFAULT_BASEDIR "/usr"
#define MYSQL_DATADIR "/var/lib/mysql"
#define DEFAULT_CHARSET_HOME "/usr"
#define PLUGINDIR "/usr/lib64/mysql/plugin"
#define DEFAULT_SYSCONFDIR "/etc"
#define DEFAULT_TMPDIR P_tmpdir

/* #undef SO_EXT */

#define MYSQL_VERSION_MAJOR 11
#define MYSQL_VERSION_MINOR 4
#define MYSQL_VERSION_PATCH 10
#define MYSQL_VERSION_EXTRA ""

#define PACKAGE "mysql"
#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT ""
#define PACKAGE_NAME "MySQL Server"
#define PACKAGE_STRING "MySQL Server 11.4.10"
#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "mysql"
#define PACKAGE_VERSION "11.4.10"
#define VERSION "11.4.10"
#define PROTOCOL_VERSION 10
#define PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH 8

#define MALLOC_LIBRARY "system"

/* time_t related defines */

#define SIZEOF_TIME_T 8
/* #undef TIME_T_UNSIGNED */

#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
/* #undef WSREP_INTERFACE_VERSION */
#define WITH_WSREP 1
#endif

#if !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS)
#define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS
#endif  // !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS)

#endif

#define HAVE_VFORK 1
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2010, 2017, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/*
** Common definition between mysql server & client
*/

#ifndef _mysql_com_h
#define _mysql_com_h

#include "my_decimal_limits.h"

#define HOSTNAME_LENGTH 255
#define HOSTNAME_LENGTH_STR STRINGIFY_ARG(HOSTNAME_LENGTH)
#define SYSTEM_CHARSET_MBMAXLEN 3
#define NAME_CHAR_LEN	64              /* Field/table name length */
#define USERNAME_CHAR_LENGTH 128
#define USERNAME_CHAR_LENGTH_STR STRINGIFY_ARG(USERNAME_CHAR_LENGTH)

#define NAME_LEN                (NAME_CHAR_LEN*SYSTEM_CHARSET_MBMAXLEN)
#define USERNAME_LENGTH         (USERNAME_CHAR_LENGTH*SYSTEM_CHARSET_MBMAXLEN)
#define DEFINER_CHAR_LENGTH     (USERNAME_CHAR_LENGTH + HOSTNAME_LENGTH + 1)
#define DEFINER_LENGTH          (USERNAME_LENGTH + HOSTNAME_LENGTH + 1)

#define MYSQL_AUTODETECT_CHARSET_NAME "auto"

#define MYSQL50_TABLE_NAME_PREFIX         "#mysql50#"
#define MYSQL50_TABLE_NAME_PREFIX_LENGTH  (sizeof(MYSQL50_TABLE_NAME_PREFIX)-1)
#define SAFE_NAME_LEN (NAME_LEN + MYSQL50_TABLE_NAME_PREFIX_LENGTH)

#define SERVER_VERSION_LENGTH 60
#define SQLSTATE_LENGTH 5
#define LIST_PROCESS_HOST_LEN 64

/*
  Maximum length of comments
*/
#define TABLE_COMMENT_INLINE_MAXLEN 180 /* pre 5.5: 60 characters */
#define TABLE_COMMENT_MAXLEN 2048
#define COLUMN_COMMENT_MAXLEN 1024
#define INDEX_COMMENT_MAXLEN 1024
#define TABLE_PARTITION_COMMENT_MAXLEN 1024
#define DATABASE_COMMENT_MAXLEN 1024

/*
  Maximum length of protocol packet.
  OK packet length limit also restricted to this value as any length greater
  than this value will have first byte of OK packet to be 254 thus does not
  provide a means to identify if this is OK or EOF packet.
*/
#define MAX_PACKET_LENGTH (256L*256L*256L-1)

/*
  USER_HOST_BUFF_SIZE -- length of string buffer, that is enough to contain
  username and hostname parts of the user identifier with trailing zero in
  MySQL standard format:
  user_name_part@host_name_part\0
*/
#define USER_HOST_BUFF_SIZE HOSTNAME_LENGTH + USERNAME_LENGTH + 2

#define LOCAL_HOST	"localhost"
#define LOCAL_HOST_NAMEDPIPE "."


#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined( _CUSTOMCONFIG_)
#define MYSQL_NAMEDPIPE "MySQL"
#define MYSQL_SERVICENAME "MySQL"
#endif

/*
  You should add new commands to the end of this list, otherwise old
  servers won't be able to handle them as 'unsupported'.
*/

enum enum_server_command
{
  COM_SLEEP, COM_QUIT, COM_INIT_DB, COM_QUERY, COM_FIELD_LIST,
  COM_CREATE_DB, COM_DROP_DB, COM_REFRESH, COM_SHUTDOWN, COM_STATISTICS,
  COM_PROCESS_INFO, COM_CONNECT, COM_PROCESS_KILL, COM_DEBUG, COM_PING,
  COM_TIME, COM_DELAYED_INSERT, COM_CHANGE_USER, COM_BINLOG_DUMP,
  COM_TABLE_DUMP, COM_CONNECT_OUT, COM_REGISTER_SLAVE,
  COM_STMT_PREPARE, COM_STMT_EXECUTE, COM_STMT_SEND_LONG_DATA, COM_STMT_CLOSE,
  COM_STMT_RESET, COM_SET_OPTION, COM_STMT_FETCH, COM_DAEMON,
  COM_UNIMPLEMENTED, /* COM_BINLOG_DUMP_GTID in MySQL */
  COM_RESET_CONNECTION,
  /* don't forget to update const char *command_name[] in sql_parse.cc */
  COM_MDB_GAP_BEG,
  COM_MDB_GAP_END=249,
  COM_STMT_BULK_EXECUTE=250,
  COM_SLAVE_WORKER=251,
  COM_SLAVE_IO=252,
  COM_SLAVE_SQL=253,
  COM_RESERVED_1=254, /* Old COM_MULTI, now removed */
  /* Must be last */
  COM_END=255
};


/*
  Bulk PS protocol indicator value:
*/
enum enum_indicator_type
{
  STMT_INDICATOR_NONE= 0,
  STMT_INDICATOR_NULL,
  STMT_INDICATOR_DEFAULT,
  STMT_INDICATOR_IGNORE
};

/*
  bulk PS flags
*/
#define STMT_BULK_FLAG_CLIENT_SEND_TYPES 128
#define STMT_BULK_FLAG_INSERT_ID_REQUEST 64


/* sql type stored in .frm files for virtual fields */
#define MYSQL_TYPE_VIRTUAL 245
/*
  Length of random string sent by server on handshake; this is also length of
  obfuscated password, received from client
*/
#define SCRAMBLE_LENGTH 20
#define SCRAMBLE_LENGTH_323 8
/* length of password stored in the db: new passwords are preceded with '*' */
#define SCRAMBLED_PASSWORD_CHAR_LENGTH (SCRAMBLE_LENGTH*2+1)
#define SCRAMBLED_PASSWORD_CHAR_LENGTH_323 (SCRAMBLE_LENGTH_323*2)


#define NOT_NULL_FLAG	1U		/* Field can't be NULL */
#define PRI_KEY_FLAG	2U		/* Field is part of a primary key */
#define UNIQUE_KEY_FLAG 4U		/* Field is part of a unique key */
#define MULTIPLE_KEY_FLAG 8U		/* Field is part of a key */
#define BLOB_FLAG	16U		/* Field is a blob */
#define UNSIGNED_FLAG	32U		/* Field is unsigned */
#define ZEROFILL_FLAG	64U		/* Field is zerofill */
#define BINARY_FLAG	128U		/* Field is binary   */

/* The following are only sent to new clients */
#define ENUM_FLAG	256U		/* field is an enum */
#define AUTO_INCREMENT_FLAG 512U	/* field is a autoincrement field */
#define TIMESTAMP_FLAG	1024U		/* Field is a timestamp */
#define SET_FLAG	2048U		/* field is a set */
#define NO_DEFAULT_VALUE_FLAG 4096U	/* Field doesn't have default value */
#define ON_UPDATE_NOW_FLAG 8192U	/* Field is set to NOW on UPDATE */
#define NUM_FLAG	32768U		/* Field is num (for clients) */
#define PART_KEY_FLAG	16384U		/* Intern; Part of some key */
#define GROUP_FLAG	32768U		/* Intern: Group field */
#define CONTEXT_COLLATION_FLAG 131072U  /* Intern: Used by sql_yacc */
#define GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG (1U << 18) /* Used to get fields in item tree */
#define FIELD_IN_PART_FUNC_FLAG (1U << 19)/* Field part of partition func */
#define PART_INDIRECT_KEY_FLAG (1U << 20)

/**
  Intern: Field in TABLE object for new version of altered table,
          which participates in a newly added index.
*/
#define FIELD_IN_ADD_INDEX (1U << 20)
#define FIELD_IS_RENAMED (1U << 21)     /* Intern: Field is being renamed */
#define FIELD_FLAGS_STORAGE_MEDIA 22    /* Field storage media, bit 22-23 */
#define FIELD_FLAGS_STORAGE_MEDIA_MASK (3U << FIELD_FLAGS_STORAGE_MEDIA)
#define FIELD_FLAGS_COLUMN_FORMAT 24    /* Field column format, bit 24-25 */
#define FIELD_FLAGS_COLUMN_FORMAT_MASK (3U << FIELD_FLAGS_COLUMN_FORMAT)
#define FIELD_IS_DROPPED (1U << 26)     /* Intern: Field is being dropped */

#define VERS_ROW_START (1 << 27)   /* autogenerated column declared with
                                             `generated always as row start`
                                              (see II.a SQL Standard) */
#define VERS_ROW_END (1 << 28)     /* autogenerated column declared with
                                           `generated always as row end`
                                            (see II.a SQL Standard).*/
#define VERS_SYSTEM_FIELD (VERS_ROW_START | VERS_ROW_END)
#define VERS_UPDATE_UNVERSIONED_FLAG (1 << 29) /* column that doesn't support
                                                system versioning when table
                                                itself supports it*/
#define LONG_UNIQUE_HASH_FIELD       (1<< 30) /* This field will store hash for unique
                                                column */
#define FIELD_PART_OF_TMP_UNIQUE     (1<< 31) /* part of an unique constrain
                                                for a tmporary table*/

#define REFRESH_GRANT           (1ULL << 0)  /* Refresh grant tables */
#define REFRESH_LOG             (1ULL << 1)  /* Start on new log file */
#define REFRESH_TABLES          (1ULL << 2)  /* close all tables */
#define REFRESH_HOSTS           (1ULL << 3)  /* Flush host cache */
#define REFRESH_STATUS          (1ULL << 4)  /* Flush status variables */
#define REFRESH_THREADS         (1ULL << 5)  /* Flush thread cache */
#define REFRESH_SLAVE           (1ULL << 6)  /* Reset master info and restart slave
                                             thread */
#define REFRESH_MASTER          (1ULL << 7)  /* Remove all bin logs in the index
                                             and truncate the index */

/* The following can't be set with mysql_refresh() */
#define REFRESH_ERROR_LOG       (1ULL << 8)  /* Rotate only the error log */
#define REFRESH_ENGINE_LOG      (1ULL << 9)  /* Flush all storage engine logs */
#define REFRESH_BINARY_LOG      (1ULL << 10) /* Flush the binary log */
#define REFRESH_RELAY_LOG       (1ULL << 11) /* Flush the relay log */
#define REFRESH_GENERAL_LOG     (1ULL << 12) /* Flush the general log */
#define REFRESH_SLOW_LOG        (1ULL << 13) /* Flush the slow query log */

#define REFRESH_READ_LOCK       (1ULL << 14) /* Lock tables for read */
#define REFRESH_CHECKPOINT      (1ULL << 15) /* With REFRESH_READ_LOCK: block checkpoints too */

#define REFRESH_QUERY_CACHE     (1ULL << 16) /* clear the query cache */
#define REFRESH_QUERY_CACHE_FREE (1ULL << 17) /* pack query cache */
#define REFRESH_DES_KEY_FILE    (1ULL << 18)
#define REFRESH_USER_RESOURCES  (1ULL << 19)
#define REFRESH_FOR_EXPORT      (1ULL << 20) /* FLUSH TABLES ... FOR EXPORT */
#define REFRESH_SSL             (1ULL << 21)

#define REFRESH_GENERIC         (1ULL << 30)
#define REFRESH_FAST            (1ULL << 31) /* Intern flag */

#define CLIENT_LONG_PASSWORD	0	/* obsolete flag */
#define CLIENT_MYSQL            1ULL       /* mysql/old mariadb server/client */
#define CLIENT_FOUND_ROWS	2ULL	/* Found instead of affected rows */
#define CLIENT_LONG_FLAG	4ULL	/* Get all column flags */
#define CLIENT_CONNECT_WITH_DB	8ULL	/* One can specify db on connect */
#define CLIENT_NO_SCHEMA	16ULL	/* Don't allow database.table.column */
#define CLIENT_COMPRESS		32ULL	/* Can use compression protocol */
#define CLIENT_ODBC		64ULL	/* Odbc client */
#define CLIENT_LOCAL_FILES	128ULL	/* Can use LOAD DATA LOCAL */
#define CLIENT_IGNORE_SPACE	256ULL	/* Ignore spaces before '(' */
#define CLIENT_PROTOCOL_41	512ULL	/* New 4.1 protocol */
#define CLIENT_INTERACTIVE	1024ULL	/* This is an interactive client */
#define CLIENT_SSL              2048ULL	/* Switch to SSL after handshake */
#define CLIENT_IGNORE_SIGPIPE   4096ULL    /* IGNORE sigpipes */
#define CLIENT_TRANSACTIONS	8192ULL	/* Client knows about transactions */
#define CLIENT_RESERVED         16384ULL   /* Old flag for 4.1 protocol  */
#define CLIENT_SECURE_CONNECTION 32768ULL  /* New 4.1 authentication */
#define CLIENT_MULTI_STATEMENTS (1ULL << 16) /* Enable/disable multi-stmt support */
#define CLIENT_MULTI_RESULTS    (1ULL << 17) /* Enable/disable multi-results */
#define CLIENT_PS_MULTI_RESULTS (1ULL << 18) /* Multi-results in PS-protocol */

#define CLIENT_PLUGIN_AUTH  (1ULL << 19) /* Client supports plugin authentication */
#define CLIENT_CONNECT_ATTRS (1ULL << 20) /* Client supports connection attributes */
/* Enable authentication response packet to be larger than 255 bytes. */
#define CLIENT_PLUGIN_AUTH_LENENC_CLIENT_DATA (1ULL << 21)
/* Don't close the connection for a connection with expired password. */
#define CLIENT_CAN_HANDLE_EXPIRED_PASSWORDS (1ULL << 22)

/**
  Capable of handling server state change information. Its a hint to the
  server to include the state change information in Ok packet.
*/
#define CLIENT_SESSION_TRACK (1ULL << 23)
/* Client no longer needs EOF packet */
#define CLIENT_DEPRECATE_EOF (1ULL << 24)

#define CLIENT_PROGRESS_OBSOLETE  (1ULL << 29)
#define CLIENT_SSL_VERIFY_SERVER_CERT_OBSOLETE (1ULL << 30)
/*
  It used to be that if mysql_real_connect() failed, it would delete any
  options set by the client, unless the CLIENT_REMEMBER_OPTIONS flag was
  given.
  That behaviour does not appear very useful, and it seems unlikely that
  any applications would actually depend on this. So from MariaDB 5.5 we
  always preserve any options set in case of failed connect, and this
  option is effectively always set.
*/
#define CLIENT_REMEMBER_OPTIONS (1ULL << 31)

/* MariaDB extended capability flags */
#define MARIADB_CLIENT_FLAGS_MASK 0xffffffff00000000ULL
/* Client support progress indicator */
#define MARIADB_CLIENT_PROGRESS (1ULL << 32)

/* Old COM_MULTI experiment (functionality removed).*/
#define MARIADB_CLIENT_RESERVED_1 (1ULL << 33)

/* support of array binding */
#define MARIADB_CLIENT_STMT_BULK_OPERATIONS (1ULL << 34)
/* support of extended metadata (e.g. type/format information) */
#define MARIADB_CLIENT_EXTENDED_METADATA (1ULL << 35)

/* Do not resend metadata for prepared statements, since 10.6*/
#define MARIADB_CLIENT_CACHE_METADATA (1ULL << 36)

#ifdef HAVE_COMPRESS
#define CAN_CLIENT_COMPRESS CLIENT_COMPRESS
#else
#define CAN_CLIENT_COMPRESS 0
#endif

/*
  Gather all possible capabilities (flags) supported by the server

  MARIADB_* flags supported only by MariaDB connector(s).
*/
#define CLIENT_ALL_FLAGS  (\
                           CLIENT_FOUND_ROWS | \
                           CLIENT_LONG_FLAG | \
                           CLIENT_CONNECT_WITH_DB | \
                           CLIENT_NO_SCHEMA | \
                           CLIENT_COMPRESS | \
                           CLIENT_ODBC | \
                           CLIENT_LOCAL_FILES | \
                           CLIENT_IGNORE_SPACE | \
                           CLIENT_PROTOCOL_41 | \
                           CLIENT_INTERACTIVE | \
                           CLIENT_SSL | \
                           CLIENT_IGNORE_SIGPIPE | \
                           CLIENT_TRANSACTIONS | \
                           CLIENT_RESERVED | \
                           CLIENT_SECURE_CONNECTION | \
                           CLIENT_MULTI_STATEMENTS | \
                           CLIENT_MULTI_RESULTS | \
                           CLIENT_PS_MULTI_RESULTS | \
                           CLIENT_REMEMBER_OPTIONS | \
                           MARIADB_CLIENT_PROGRESS | \
                           CLIENT_PLUGIN_AUTH | \
                           CLIENT_PLUGIN_AUTH_LENENC_CLIENT_DATA | \
                           CLIENT_SESSION_TRACK |\
                           CLIENT_DEPRECATE_EOF |\
                           CLIENT_CONNECT_ATTRS |\
                           MARIADB_CLIENT_STMT_BULK_OPERATIONS |\
                           MARIADB_CLIENT_EXTENDED_METADATA|\
                           MARIADB_CLIENT_CACHE_METADATA |\
                           CLIENT_CAN_HANDLE_EXPIRED_PASSWORDS)
/*
  Switch off the flags that are optional and depending on build flags
  If any of the optional flags is supported by the build it will be switched
  on before sending to the client during the connection handshake.
*/
#define CLIENT_BASIC_FLAGS ((CLIENT_ALL_FLAGS & ~CLIENT_SSL) \
                                               & ~CLIENT_COMPRESS)

enum mariadb_field_attr_t
{
  MARIADB_FIELD_ATTR_DATA_TYPE_NAME= 0,
  MARIADB_FIELD_ATTR_FORMAT_NAME= 1
};

#define MARIADB_FIELD_ATTR_LAST MARIADB_FIELD_ATTR_FORMAT_NAME


/**
  Is raised when a multi-statement transaction
  has been started, either explicitly, by means
  of BEGIN or COMMIT AND CHAIN, or
  implicitly, by the first transactional
  statement, when autocommit=off.
*/
#define SERVER_STATUS_IN_TRANS     1U
#define SERVER_STATUS_AUTOCOMMIT   2U	/* Server in auto_commit mode */
#define SERVER_MORE_RESULTS_EXISTS 8U   /* Multi query - next query exists */
#define SERVER_QUERY_NO_GOOD_INDEX_USED 16U
#define SERVER_QUERY_NO_INDEX_USED      32U
/**
  The server was able to fulfill the clients request and opened a
  read-only non-scrollable cursor for a query. This flag comes
  in reply to COM_STMT_EXECUTE and COM_STMT_FETCH commands.
*/
#define SERVER_STATUS_CURSOR_EXISTS 64U
/**
  This flag is sent when a read-only cursor is exhausted, in reply to
  COM_STMT_FETCH command.
*/
#define SERVER_STATUS_LAST_ROW_SENT 128U
#define SERVER_STATUS_DB_DROPPED        256U /* A database was dropped */
#define SERVER_STATUS_NO_BACKSLASH_ESCAPES 512U
/**
  Sent to the client if after a prepared statement reprepare
  we discovered that the new statement returns a different 
  number of result set columns.
*/
#define SERVER_STATUS_METADATA_CHANGED 1024U
#define SERVER_QUERY_WAS_SLOW          2048U

/**
  To mark ResultSet containing output parameter values.
*/
#define SERVER_PS_OUT_PARAMS            4096U

/**
  Set at the same time as SERVER_STATUS_IN_TRANS if the started
  multi-statement transaction is a read-only transaction. Cleared
  when the transaction commits or aborts. Since this flag is sent
  to clients in OK and EOF packets, the flag indicates the
  transaction status at the end of command execution.
*/
#define SERVER_STATUS_IN_TRANS_READONLY 8192U

/**
  This status flag, when on, implies that one of the state information has
  changed on the server because of the execution of the last statement.
*/
#define SERVER_SESSION_STATE_CHANGED    16384U

#define SERVER_STATUS_ANSI_QUOTES       32768U

/*
  Set for stored procedures if the select query returned a row
  To check for an empty query, one must also check thd::get_sent_row_count()
*/

#define SERVER_STATUS_RETURNED_ROW      (1U << 16)

/**
  Server status flags that must be cleared when starting
  execution of a new SQL statement.
  Flags from this set are only added to the
  current server status by the execution engine, but 
  never removed -- the execution engine expects them 
  to disappear automagically by the next command.
*/
#define SERVER_STATUS_CLEAR_SET (SERVER_QUERY_NO_GOOD_INDEX_USED| \
                                 SERVER_QUERY_NO_INDEX_USED|\
                                 SERVER_MORE_RESULTS_EXISTS|\
                                 SERVER_STATUS_METADATA_CHANGED |\
                                 SERVER_QUERY_WAS_SLOW |\
                                 SERVER_STATUS_DB_DROPPED |\
                                 SERVER_STATUS_CURSOR_EXISTS|\
                                 SERVER_STATUS_LAST_ROW_SENT|\
                                 SERVER_SESSION_STATE_CHANGED|\
                                 SERVER_STATUS_RETURNED_ROW)

#define MYSQL_ERRMSG_SIZE	512
#define NET_READ_TIMEOUT	30		/* Timeout on read */
#define NET_WRITE_TIMEOUT	60		/* Timeout on write */
#define NET_WAIT_TIMEOUT	8*60*60		/* Wait for new query */

struct st_vio;					/* Only C */
typedef struct st_vio Vio;

#define MAX_TINYINT_WIDTH       3       /* Max width for a TINY w.o. sign */
#define MAX_SMALLINT_WIDTH      5       /* Max width for a SHORT w.o. sign */
#define MAX_MEDIUMINT_WIDTH     8       /* Max width for a INT24 w.o. sign */
#define MAX_INT_WIDTH           10      /* Max width for a LONG w.o. sign */
#define MAX_BIGINT_WIDTH        20      /* Max width for a LONGLONG */
#define MAX_CHAR_WIDTH		255	/* Max length for a CHAR column */
#define MAX_BLOB_WIDTH		16777216	/* Default width for blob */

typedef struct st_net {
#if !defined(CHECK_EMBEDDED_DIFFERENCES) || !defined(EMBEDDED_LIBRARY)
  Vio *vio;
  unsigned char *buff,*buff_end,*write_pos,*read_pos;
  my_socket fd;					/* For Perl DBI/dbd */
  /*
    The following variable is set if we are doing several queries in one
    command ( as in LOAD TABLE ... FROM MASTER ),
    and do not want to confuse the client with OK at the wrong time
  */
  unsigned long remain_in_buf,length, buf_length, where_b;
  unsigned long max_packet,max_packet_size;
  unsigned int pkt_nr,compress_pkt_nr;
  unsigned int write_timeout, read_timeout, retry_count;
  int fcntl;
  unsigned int *return_status;
  unsigned char reading_or_writing;
  char save_char;
  char net_skip_rest_factor;
  my_bool thread_specific_malloc;
  unsigned char compress;
  my_bool pkt_nr_can_be_reset;
  my_bool using_proxy_protocol;
  /*
    Pointer to query object in query cache, do not equal NULL (0) for
    queries in cache that have not stored its results yet
  */
#endif
  void *thd; 	   /* Used by MariaDB server to avoid calling current_thd */
  unsigned int last_errno;
  unsigned char error; 
  my_bool unused4; /* Please remove with the next incompatible ABI change. */
  my_bool unused5; /* Please remove with the next incompatible ABI change. */
  /** Client library error message buffer. Actually belongs to struct MYSQL. */
  char last_error[MYSQL_ERRMSG_SIZE];
  /** Client library sqlstate buffer. Set along with the error message. */
  char sqlstate[SQLSTATE_LENGTH+1];
  void *extension;
} NET;


#define packet_error ~0UL

enum enum_field_types { MYSQL_TYPE_DECIMAL, MYSQL_TYPE_TINY,
			MYSQL_TYPE_SHORT,  MYSQL_TYPE_LONG,
			MYSQL_TYPE_FLOAT,  MYSQL_TYPE_DOUBLE,
			MYSQL_TYPE_NULL,   MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP,
			MYSQL_TYPE_LONGLONG,MYSQL_TYPE_INT24,
			MYSQL_TYPE_DATE,   MYSQL_TYPE_TIME,
			MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME, MYSQL_TYPE_YEAR,
			MYSQL_TYPE_NEWDATE, MYSQL_TYPE_VARCHAR,
			MYSQL_TYPE_BIT,
                        /*
                          mysql-5.6 compatibility temporal types.
                          They're only used internally for reading RBR
                          mysql-5.6 binary log events and mysql-5.6 frm files.
                          They're never sent to the client.
                        */
                        MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP2,
                        MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME2,
                        MYSQL_TYPE_TIME2,
                        /* Compressed types are only used internally for RBR. */
                        MYSQL_TYPE_BLOB_COMPRESSED= 140,
                        MYSQL_TYPE_VARCHAR_COMPRESSED= 141,

                        MYSQL_TYPE_NEWDECIMAL=246,
			MYSQL_TYPE_ENUM=247,
			MYSQL_TYPE_SET=248,
			MYSQL_TYPE_TINY_BLOB=249,
			MYSQL_TYPE_MEDIUM_BLOB=250,
			MYSQL_TYPE_LONG_BLOB=251,
			MYSQL_TYPE_BLOB=252,
			MYSQL_TYPE_VAR_STRING=253,
			MYSQL_TYPE_STRING=254,
			MYSQL_TYPE_GEOMETRY=255

};

/* For backward compatibility */
#define CLIENT_MULTI_QUERIES    CLIENT_MULTI_STATEMENTS    
#define FIELD_TYPE_DECIMAL     MYSQL_TYPE_DECIMAL
#define FIELD_TYPE_NEWDECIMAL  MYSQL_TYPE_NEWDECIMAL
#define FIELD_TYPE_TINY        MYSQL_TYPE_TINY
#define FIELD_TYPE_SHORT       MYSQL_TYPE_SHORT
#define FIELD_TYPE_LONG        MYSQL_TYPE_LONG
#define FIELD_TYPE_FLOAT       MYSQL_TYPE_FLOAT
#define FIELD_TYPE_DOUBLE      MYSQL_TYPE_DOUBLE
#define FIELD_TYPE_NULL        MYSQL_TYPE_NULL
#define FIELD_TYPE_TIMESTAMP   MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP
#define FIELD_TYPE_LONGLONG    MYSQL_TYPE_LONGLONG
#define FIELD_TYPE_INT24       MYSQL_TYPE_INT24
#define FIELD_TYPE_DATE        MYSQL_TYPE_DATE
#define FIELD_TYPE_TIME        MYSQL_TYPE_TIME
#define FIELD_TYPE_DATETIME    MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME
#define FIELD_TYPE_YEAR        MYSQL_TYPE_YEAR
#define FIELD_TYPE_NEWDATE     MYSQL_TYPE_NEWDATE
#define FIELD_TYPE_ENUM        MYSQL_TYPE_ENUM
#define FIELD_TYPE_SET         MYSQL_TYPE_SET
#define FIELD_TYPE_TINY_BLOB   MYSQL_TYPE_TINY_BLOB
#define FIELD_TYPE_MEDIUM_BLOB MYSQL_TYPE_MEDIUM_BLOB
#define FIELD_TYPE_LONG_BLOB   MYSQL_TYPE_LONG_BLOB
#define FIELD_TYPE_BLOB        MYSQL_TYPE_BLOB
#define FIELD_TYPE_VAR_STRING  MYSQL_TYPE_VAR_STRING
#define FIELD_TYPE_STRING      MYSQL_TYPE_STRING
#define FIELD_TYPE_CHAR        MYSQL_TYPE_TINY
#define FIELD_TYPE_INTERVAL    MYSQL_TYPE_ENUM
#define FIELD_TYPE_GEOMETRY    MYSQL_TYPE_GEOMETRY
#define FIELD_TYPE_BIT         MYSQL_TYPE_BIT


/* Shutdown/kill enums and constants */ 

/* Bits for THD::killable. */
#define MYSQL_SHUTDOWN_KILLABLE_CONNECT    (unsigned char)(1 << 0)
#define MYSQL_SHUTDOWN_KILLABLE_TRANS      (unsigned char)(1 << 1)
#define MYSQL_SHUTDOWN_KILLABLE_LOCK_TABLE (unsigned char)(1 << 2)
#define MYSQL_SHUTDOWN_KILLABLE_UPDATE     (unsigned char)(1 << 3)

enum mysql_enum_shutdown_level {
  /*
    We want levels to be in growing order of hardness (because we use number
    comparisons). Note that DEFAULT does not respect the growing property, but
    it's ok.
  */
  SHUTDOWN_DEFAULT = 0,
  /* wait for existing connections to finish */
  SHUTDOWN_WAIT_CONNECTIONS= MYSQL_SHUTDOWN_KILLABLE_CONNECT,
  /* wait for existing trans to finish */
  SHUTDOWN_WAIT_TRANSACTIONS= MYSQL_SHUTDOWN_KILLABLE_TRANS,
  /* wait for existing updates to finish (=> no partial MyISAM update) */
  SHUTDOWN_WAIT_UPDATES= MYSQL_SHUTDOWN_KILLABLE_UPDATE,
  /* flush InnoDB buffers and other storage engines' buffers*/
  SHUTDOWN_WAIT_ALL_BUFFERS= (MYSQL_SHUTDOWN_KILLABLE_UPDATE << 1),
  /* don't flush InnoDB buffers, flush other storage engines' buffers*/
  SHUTDOWN_WAIT_CRITICAL_BUFFERS= (MYSQL_SHUTDOWN_KILLABLE_UPDATE << 1) + 1
};

enum enum_cursor_type
{
  CURSOR_TYPE_NO_CURSOR= 0,
  CURSOR_TYPE_READ_ONLY= 1,
  CURSOR_TYPE_FOR_UPDATE= 2,
  CURSOR_TYPE_SCROLLABLE= 4
};


/* options for mysql_set_option */
enum enum_mysql_set_option
{
  MYSQL_OPTION_MULTI_STATEMENTS_ON,
  MYSQL_OPTION_MULTI_STATEMENTS_OFF
};

/*
  Type of state change information that the server can include in the Ok
  packet.
*/
enum enum_session_state_type
{
  SESSION_TRACK_SYSTEM_VARIABLES,             /* Session system variables */
  SESSION_TRACK_SCHEMA,                       /* Current schema */
  SESSION_TRACK_STATE_CHANGE,                 /* track session state changes */
  SESSION_TRACK_GTIDS,
  SESSION_TRACK_TRANSACTION_CHARACTERISTICS,  /* Transaction chistics */
  SESSION_TRACK_TRANSACTION_STATE,            /* Transaction state */
#ifdef USER_VAR_TRACKING
  SESSION_TRACK_MYSQL_RESERVED1,
  SESSION_TRACK_MYSQL_RESERVED2,
  SESSION_TRACK_MYSQL_RESERVED3,
  SESSION_TRACK_MYSQL_RESERVED4,
  SESSION_TRACK_MYSQL_RESERVED5,
  SESSION_TRACK_MYSQL_RESERVED6,
  SESSION_TRACK_USER_VARIABLES,
#endif // USER_VAR_TRACKING
  SESSION_TRACK_always_at_the_end             /* must be last */
};

#define SESSION_TRACK_BEGIN SESSION_TRACK_SYSTEM_VARIABLES

#define IS_SESSION_STATE_TYPE(T) \
  (((int)(T) >= SESSION_TRACK_BEGIN) && ((T) < SESSION_TRACK_always_at_the_end))

#define net_new_transaction(net) ((net)->pkt_nr=0)

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

my_bool	my_net_init(NET *net, Vio* vio, void *thd, unsigned int my_flags);
void	my_net_local_init(NET *net);
void	net_end(NET *net);
void	net_clear(NET *net, my_bool clear_buffer);
my_bool net_realloc(NET *net, size_t length);
my_bool	net_flush(NET *net);
my_bool	my_net_write(NET *net,const unsigned char *packet, size_t len);
my_bool	net_write_command(NET *net,unsigned char command,
			  const unsigned char *header, size_t head_len,
			  const unsigned char *packet, size_t len);
int	net_real_write(NET *net,const unsigned char *packet, size_t len);
unsigned long my_net_read_packet(NET *net, my_bool read_from_server);
unsigned long my_net_read_packet_reallen(NET *net, my_bool read_from_server,
                                         unsigned long* reallen);
#define my_net_read(A) my_net_read_packet((A), 0)

#ifdef MY_GLOBAL_INCLUDED
void my_net_set_write_timeout(NET *net, uint timeout);
void my_net_set_read_timeout(NET *net, uint timeout);
#endif

struct sockaddr;
int my_connect(my_socket s, const struct sockaddr *name, unsigned int namelen,
	       unsigned int timeout);
struct my_rnd_struct;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

  /* The following is for user defined functions */

enum Item_result
{
  STRING_RESULT=0, REAL_RESULT, INT_RESULT, ROW_RESULT, DECIMAL_RESULT,
  TIME_RESULT
};

typedef struct st_udf_args
{
  unsigned int arg_count;		/* Number of arguments */
  enum Item_result *arg_type;		/* Pointer to item_results */
  char **args;				/* Pointer to argument */
  unsigned long *lengths;		/* Length of string arguments */
  char *maybe_null;			/* Set to 1 for all maybe_null args */
  const char **attributes;              /* Pointer to attribute name */
  unsigned long *attribute_lengths;     /* Length of attribute arguments */
  void *extension;
} UDF_ARGS;

  /* This holds information about the result */

typedef struct st_udf_init
{
  my_bool maybe_null;          /* 1 if function can return NULL */
  unsigned int decimals;       /* for real functions */
  unsigned long max_length;    /* For string functions */
  char *ptr;                   /* free pointer for function data */
  my_bool const_item;          /* 1 if function always returns the same value */
  void *extension;
} UDF_INIT;
/* 
  TODO: add a notion for determinism of the UDF. 
  See Item_udf_func::update_used_tables ()
*/

  /* Constants when using compression */
#define NET_HEADER_SIZE 4		/* standard header size */
#define COMP_HEADER_SIZE 3		/* compression header extra size */

  /* Prototypes to password functions */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
  These functions are used for authentication by client and server and
  implemented in sql/password.c
*/

void create_random_string(char *to, unsigned int length,
                          struct my_rnd_struct *rand_st);

void hash_password(unsigned long *to, const char *password, unsigned int password_len);
void make_scrambled_password_323(char *to, const char *password);
void scramble_323(char *to, const char *message, const char *password);
my_bool check_scramble_323(const unsigned char *reply, const char *message,
                           unsigned long *salt);
void get_salt_from_password_323(unsigned long *res, const char *password);
void make_scrambled_password(char *to, const char *password);
void scramble(char *to, const char *message, const char *password);
my_bool check_scramble(const unsigned char *reply, const char *message,
                       const unsigned char *hash_stage2);
void get_salt_from_password(unsigned char *res, const char *password);
char *octet2hex(char *to, const unsigned char *str, size_t len);

/* end of password.c */

char *get_tty_password(const char *opt_message);
void get_tty_password_buff(const char *opt_message, char *to, size_t length);
const char *mysql_errno_to_sqlstate(unsigned int mysql_errno);

/* Some other useful functions */

my_bool my_thread_init(void);
void my_thread_end(void);

#ifdef MY_GLOBAL_INCLUDED
#include "pack.h"
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#define NULL_LENGTH ~0UL /* For net_store_length */
#define MYSQL_STMT_HEADER       4U
#define MYSQL_LONG_DATA_HEADER  6U

/*
  If a float or double field have more than this number of decimals,
  it's regarded as floating point field without any specific number of
  decimals
*/


#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2013, 2021, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/* Names of all handler error numbers. Used by mysqltest */

{ "HA_ERR_KEY_NOT_FOUND", HA_ERR_KEY_NOT_FOUND, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_FOUND_DUPP_KEY", HA_ERR_FOUND_DUPP_KEY, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_INTERNAL_ERROR", HA_ERR_INTERNAL_ERROR, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_RECORD_CHANGED", HA_ERR_RECORD_CHANGED, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_WRONG_INDEX", HA_ERR_WRONG_INDEX, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_CRASHED", HA_ERR_CRASHED, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_WRONG_IN_RECORD", HA_ERR_WRONG_IN_RECORD, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_OUT_OF_MEM", HA_ERR_OUT_OF_MEM, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_NOT_A_TABLE", HA_ERR_NOT_A_TABLE, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND", HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_OLD_FILE", HA_ERR_OLD_FILE, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_NO_ACTIVE_RECORD", HA_ERR_NO_ACTIVE_RECORD, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_RECORD_DELETED", HA_ERR_RECORD_DELETED, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_RECORD_FILE_FULL", HA_ERR_RECORD_FILE_FULL, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_INDEX_FILE_FULL", HA_ERR_INDEX_FILE_FULL, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_END_OF_FILE", HA_ERR_END_OF_FILE, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_UNSUPPORTED", HA_ERR_UNSUPPORTED, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_TO_BIG_ROW", HA_ERR_TO_BIG_ROW, "" },
{ "HA_WRONG_CREATE_OPTION", HA_WRONG_CREATE_OPTION, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_FOUND_DUPP_UNIQUE", HA_ERR_FOUND_DUPP_UNIQUE, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_UNKNOWN_CHARSET", HA_ERR_UNKNOWN_CHARSET, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_WRONG_MRG_TABLE_DEF", HA_ERR_WRONG_MRG_TABLE_DEF, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_CRASHED_ON_REPAIR", HA_ERR_CRASHED_ON_REPAIR, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_CRASHED_ON_USAGE", HA_ERR_CRASHED_ON_USAGE, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_LOCK_WAIT_TIMEOUT", HA_ERR_LOCK_WAIT_TIMEOUT, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_LOCK_TABLE_FULL", HA_ERR_LOCK_TABLE_FULL, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_READ_ONLY_TRANSACTION", HA_ERR_READ_ONLY_TRANSACTION, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_LOCK_DEADLOCK", HA_ERR_LOCK_DEADLOCK, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_CANNOT_ADD_FOREIGN", HA_ERR_CANNOT_ADD_FOREIGN, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_NO_REFERENCED_ROW", HA_ERR_NO_REFERENCED_ROW, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_ROW_IS_REFERENCED", HA_ERR_ROW_IS_REFERENCED, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_NO_SAVEPOINT", HA_ERR_NO_SAVEPOINT, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_NON_UNIQUE_BLOCK_SIZE", HA_ERR_NON_UNIQUE_BLOCK_SIZE, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_NO_SUCH_TABLE", HA_ERR_NO_SUCH_TABLE, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_TABLE_EXIST", HA_ERR_TABLE_EXIST, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_NO_CONNECTION", HA_ERR_NO_CONNECTION, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_NULL_IN_SPATIAL", HA_ERR_NULL_IN_SPATIAL, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_TABLE_DEF_CHANGED", HA_ERR_TABLE_DEF_CHANGED, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_NO_PARTITION_FOUND", HA_ERR_NO_PARTITION_FOUND, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_RBR_LOGGING_FAILED", HA_ERR_RBR_LOGGING_FAILED, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_DROP_INDEX_FK", HA_ERR_DROP_INDEX_FK, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_FOREIGN_DUPLICATE_KEY", HA_ERR_FOREIGN_DUPLICATE_KEY, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_TABLE_NEEDS_UPGRADE", HA_ERR_TABLE_NEEDS_UPGRADE, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_TABLE_READONLY", HA_ERR_TABLE_READONLY, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_AUTOINC_READ_FAILED", HA_ERR_AUTOINC_READ_FAILED, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_AUTOINC_ERANGE", HA_ERR_AUTOINC_ERANGE, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_GENERIC", HA_ERR_GENERIC, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_RECORD_IS_THE_SAME", HA_ERR_RECORD_IS_THE_SAME, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_LOGGING_IMPOSSIBLE", HA_ERR_LOGGING_IMPOSSIBLE, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_CORRUPT_EVENT", HA_ERR_CORRUPT_EVENT, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_NEW_FILE", HA_ERR_NEW_FILE, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_ROWS_EVENT_APPLY", HA_ERR_ROWS_EVENT_APPLY, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_INITIALIZATION", HA_ERR_INITIALIZATION, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_FILE_TOO_SHORT", HA_ERR_FILE_TOO_SHORT, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_WRONG_CRC", HA_ERR_WRONG_CRC, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_TOO_MANY_CONCURRENT_TRXS", HA_ERR_TOO_MANY_CONCURRENT_TRXS, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_INDEX_COL_TOO_LONG", HA_ERR_INDEX_COL_TOO_LONG, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_INDEX_CORRUPT", HA_ERR_INDEX_CORRUPT, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_UNDO_REC_TOO_BIG", HA_ERR_UNDO_REC_TOO_BIG, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_ROW_NOT_VISIBLE", HA_ERR_ROW_NOT_VISIBLE, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_ABORTED_BY_USER", HA_ERR_ABORTED_BY_USER, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_DISK_FULL", HA_ERR_DISK_FULL, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_INCOMPATIBLE_DEFINITION", HA_ERR_INCOMPATIBLE_DEFINITION, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_COMMIT_ERROR", HA_ERR_COMMIT_ERROR, "" },
{ "HA_ERR_PARTITION_LIST", HA_ERR_PARTITION_LIST, ""},
{ "HA_ERR_NO_ENCRYPTION", HA_ERR_NO_ENCRYPTION, ""},
{ "HA_ERR_ROLLBACK", HA_ERR_ROLLBACK, "" },
/* Copyright (c) 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/*
  Data in big-endian format.
*/
#define float4store(T,A) do { *(T)= ((uchar *) &A)[3];\
                              *((T)+1)=(char) ((uchar *) &A)[2];\
                              *((T)+2)=(char) ((uchar *) &A)[1];\
                              *((T)+3)=(char) ((uchar *) &A)[0]; } while(0)

#define float4get(V,M)   do { float def_temp;\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[0]=(M)[3];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[1]=(M)[2];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[2]=(M)[1];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[3]=(M)[0];\
                              (V)=def_temp; } while(0)

#define float8store(T,V) do { *(T)= ((uchar *) &V)[7];\
                              *((T)+1)=(char) ((uchar *) &V)[6];\
                              *((T)+2)=(char) ((uchar *) &V)[5];\
                              *((T)+3)=(char) ((uchar *) &V)[4];\
                              *((T)+4)=(char) ((uchar *) &V)[3];\
                              *((T)+5)=(char) ((uchar *) &V)[2];\
                              *((T)+6)=(char) ((uchar *) &V)[1];\
                              *((T)+7)=(char) ((uchar *) &V)[0]; } while(0)

#define float8get(V,M)   do { double def_temp;\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[0]=(M)[7];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[1]=(M)[6];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[2]=(M)[5];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[3]=(M)[4];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[4]=(M)[3];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[5]=(M)[2];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[6]=(M)[1];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[7]=(M)[0];\
                              (V) = def_temp; } while(0)

#define ushortget(V,M)  do { V = (uint16) (((uint16) ((uchar) (M)[1]))+\
                                 ((uint16) ((uint16) (M)[0]) << 8)); } while(0)
#define shortget(V,M)   do { V = (short) (((short) ((uchar) (M)[1]))+\
                                 ((short) ((short) (M)[0]) << 8)); } while(0)
#define longget(V,M)    do { int32 def_temp;\
                             ((uchar*) &def_temp)[0]=(M)[0];\
                             ((uchar*) &def_temp)[1]=(M)[1];\
                             ((uchar*) &def_temp)[2]=(M)[2];\
                             ((uchar*) &def_temp)[3]=(M)[3];\
                             (V)=def_temp; } while(0)
#define ulongget(V,M)   do { uint32 def_temp;\
                            ((uchar*) &def_temp)[0]=(M)[0];\
                            ((uchar*) &def_temp)[1]=(M)[1];\
                            ((uchar*) &def_temp)[2]=(M)[2];\
                            ((uchar*) &def_temp)[3]=(M)[3];\
                            (V)=def_temp; } while(0)
#define shortstore(T,A) do { uint def_temp=(uint) (A) ;\
                             *(((char*)T)+1)=(char)(def_temp); \
                             *(((char*)T)+0)=(char)(def_temp >> 8); } while(0)
#define longstore(T,A)  do { *(((char*)T)+3)=((A));\
                             *(((char*)T)+2)=(((A) >> 8));\
                             *(((char*)T)+1)=(((A) >> 16));\
                             *(((char*)T)+0)=(((A) >> 24)); } while(0)

#define floatget(V,M)      memcpy(&V, (M), sizeof(float))
/* Cast away type qualifiers (necessary as macro takes argument by value). */
#define floatstore(T,V)    memcpy((T), (void*) (&V), sizeof(float))
#define doubleget(V,M)     memcpy(&V, (M), sizeof(double))
/* Cast away type qualifiers (necessary as macro takes argument by value). */
#define doublestore(T,V)   memcpy((T), (void*) &V, sizeof(double))
#define longlongget(V,M)   memcpy(&V, (M), sizeof(ulonglong))
#define longlongstore(T,V) memcpy((T), &V, sizeof(ulonglong))
/*
   Copyright (c) 2001, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2022, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

/* This is the include file that should be included 'first' in every C file. */

#ifndef MY_GLOBAL_INCLUDED
#define MY_GLOBAL_INCLUDED

/*
  MDEV-25602 Deprecate __WIN__ symbol.
*/
#if defined (_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)
#pragma deprecated("__WIN__")
#elif defined (__GNUC__)
#pragma GCC poison __WIN__
#endif

#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)
/*
  Following functions have bugs, when used with UTF-8 active codepage.
  #include <winservice.h> will use the non-buggy wrappers
*/
#pragma deprecated("CreateServiceA", "OpenServiceA", "ChangeServiceConfigA")
#endif

/*
  InnoDB depends on some MySQL internals which other plugins should not
  need.  This is because of InnoDB's foreign key support, "safe" binlog
  truncation, and other similar legacy features.

  We define accessors for these internals unconditionally, but do not
  expose them in mysql/plugin.h.  They are declared in ha_innodb.h for
  InnoDB's use.
*/
#define INNODB_COMPATIBILITY_HOOKS

#ifdef __CYGWIN__
/* We use a Unix API, so pretend it's not Windows */
#undef WIN
#undef WIN32
#undef _WIN
#undef _WIN32
#undef _WIN64
#undef _WIN32
#undef __WIN32__
#define HAVE_ERRNO_AS_DEFINE
#define _POSIX_MONOTONIC_CLOCK
#define _POSIX_THREAD_CPUTIME
#endif /* __CYGWIN__ */

#if defined(__OpenBSD__) && (OpenBSD >= 200411)
#define HAVE_ERRNO_AS_DEFINE
#endif

#if defined(i386) && !defined(__i386__)
#define __i386__
#endif

/* Macros to make switching between C and C++ mode easier */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define C_MODE_START    extern "C" {
#define C_MODE_END	}
#else
#define C_MODE_START
#define C_MODE_END
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
#define CPP_UNNAMED_NS_START  namespace {
#define CPP_UNNAMED_NS_END    }
#endif

#include <my_config.h>

#ifdef WITH_PERFSCHEMA_STORAGE_ENGINE
#define HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE
#endif /* WITH_PERFSCHEMA_STORAGE_ENGINE */

/* Make it easier to add conditional code in _expressions_ */
#ifdef _WIN32
#define IF_WIN(A,B) A
#else
#define IF_WIN(A,B) B
#endif

#ifdef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
#define IF_EMBEDDED(A,B) A
#else
#define IF_EMBEDDED(A,B) B
#endif

#ifdef WITH_PARTITION_STORAGE_ENGINE
#define IF_PARTITIONING(A,B) A
#else
#define IF_PARTITIONING(A,B) B
#endif

#if defined (_WIN32)
/*
 off_t is 32 bit long. We do not use C runtime functions
 with off_t but native Win32 file IO APIs, that work with
 64 bit offsets.
*/
#undef SIZEOF_OFF_T
#define SIZEOF_OFF_T 8

/*
 Prevent inclusion of  Windows GDI headers - they define symbol
 ERROR that conflicts with mysql headers.
*/
#ifndef NOGDI
#define NOGDI
#endif

/* Include common headers.*/
#include <winsock2.h>
#include <ws2tcpip.h> /* SOCKET */
#include <io.h>       /* access(), chmod() */
#include <process.h>  /* getpid() */

#define sleep(a) Sleep((a)*1000)

/* Define missing access() modes. */
#define F_OK 0
#define W_OK 2
#define R_OK 4                        /* Test for read permission.  */

/* Define missing file locking constants. */
#define F_RDLCK 1
#define F_WRLCK 2
#define F_UNLCK 3
#define F_TO_EOF 0x3FFFFFFF

#endif /* _WIN32*/

/*
  The macros below are used to allow build of Universal/fat binaries of
  MySQL and MySQL applications under darwin. 
*/
#if defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)
#  undef SIZEOF_CHARP 
#  undef SIZEOF_INT 
#  undef SIZEOF_LONG 
#  undef SIZEOF_LONG_LONG 
#  undef SIZEOF_OFF_T 
#  undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
#  define SIZEOF_INT 4
#  define SIZEOF_LONG_LONG 8
#  define SIZEOF_OFF_T 8
#  if defined(__i386__) || defined(__ppc__)
#    define SIZEOF_CHARP 4
#    define SIZEOF_LONG 4
#  elif defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__ppc64__) || defined(__aarch64__) || defined(__arm64__)
#    define SIZEOF_CHARP 8
#    define SIZEOF_LONG 8
#  else
#    error Building FAT binary for an unknown architecture.
#  endif
#  if defined(__ppc__) || defined(__ppc64__)
#    define WORDS_BIGENDIAN
#  endif
#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__) */


/*
  The macros below are borrowed from include/linux/compiler.h in the
  Linux kernel. Use them to indicate the likelihood of the truthfulness
  of a condition. This serves two purposes - newer versions of gcc will be
  able to optimize for branch predication, which could yield siginficant
  performance gains in frequently executed sections of the code, and the
  other reason to use them is for documentation
*/

#if !defined(__GNUC__) || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 96)
#define __builtin_expect(x, expected_value) (x)
#endif

/* Fix problem with S_ISLNK() on Linux */
#if defined(TARGET_OS_LINUX) || defined(__GLIBC__)
#undef  _GNU_SOURCE
#define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif

/*
  Temporary solution to solve bug#7156. Include "sys/types.h" before
  the thread headers, else the function madvise() will not be defined
*/
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H) && ( defined(sun) || defined(__sun) )
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif

#define __EXTENSIONS__ 1	/* We want some extension */
#ifndef __STDC_EXT__
#define __STDC_EXT__ 1          /* To get large file support on hpux */
#endif

/*
  Solaris 9 include file <sys/feature_tests.h> refers to X/Open document

    System Interfaces and Headers, Issue 5

  saying we should define _XOPEN_SOURCE=500 to get POSIX.1c prototypes,
  but apparently other systems (namely FreeBSD) don't agree.

  On a newer Solaris 10, the above file recognizes also _XOPEN_SOURCE=600.
  Furthermore, it tests that if a program requires older standard
  (_XOPEN_SOURCE<600 or _POSIX_C_SOURCE<200112L) it cannot be
  run on a new compiler (that defines _STDC_C99) and issues an #error.
  It's also an #error if a program requires new standard (_XOPEN_SOURCE=600
  or _POSIX_C_SOURCE=200112L) and a compiler does not define _STDC_C99.

  To add more to this mess, Sun Studio C compiler defines _STDC_C99 while
  C++ compiler does not!

  So, in a desperate attempt to get correct prototypes for both
  C and C++ code, we define either _XOPEN_SOURCE=600 or _XOPEN_SOURCE=500
  depending on the compiler's announced C standard support.

  Cleaner solutions are welcome.
*/
#ifdef __sun
#if __STDC_VERSION__ - 0 >= 199901L
#define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600
#else
#define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500
#endif
#endif


#ifdef _AIX
/*
  AIX includes inttypes.h from sys/types.h
  Explicitly request format macros before the first inclusion of inttypes.h
*/
#if !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS)
#define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS
#endif  // !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS)
#endif


#if !defined(_WIN32)
#ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS /* We want posix threads */
#endif

#if !defined(SCO)
#define _REENTRANT	1	/* Some thread libraries require this */
#endif
#if !defined(_THREAD_SAFE) && !defined(_AIX)
#define _THREAD_SAFE            /* Required for OSF1 */
#endif
#if defined(HPUX10) || defined(HPUX11)
C_MODE_START			/* HPUX needs this, signal.h bug */
#include <pthread.h>
C_MODE_END
#else
#include <pthread.h>		/* AIX must have this included first */
#endif
#if !defined(SCO) && !defined(_REENTRANT)
#define _REENTRANT	1	/* Threads requires reentrant code */
#endif
#endif /* !defined(_WIN32) */

/* gcc/egcs issues */

#if defined(__GNUC) && defined(__EXCEPTIONS)
#error "Please add -fno-exceptions to CXXFLAGS and reconfigure/recompile"
#endif

#ifndef stdin
#include <stdio.h>
#endif
#include <stdarg.h>
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDDEF_H
#include <stddef.h>
#endif

#include <math.h>
#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
#include <limits.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_FLOAT_H
#include <float.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_FENV_H
#include <fenv.h> /* For fesetround() */
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
#include <fcntl.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
#include <sys/stat.h>
#endif
#if TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
# include <sys/time.h>
# include <time.h>
#else
# if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
#  include <sys/time.h>
# else
#  include <time.h>
# endif
#endif /* TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME */
#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
#include <unistd.h>
#endif

#include <errno.h>				/* Recommended by debian */
/* We need the following to go around a problem with openssl on solaris */
#if defined(HAVE_CRYPT_H)
#include <crypt.h>
#endif

/* Add checking if we are using likely/unlikely wrong */
#ifdef CHECK_UNLIKELY
C_MODE_START
extern void init_my_likely(), end_my_likely(FILE *);
extern int my_likely_ok(const char *file_name, uint line);
extern int my_likely_fail(const char *file_name, uint line);
C_MODE_END

#define likely(A) ((A) ? (my_likely_ok(__FILE__, __LINE__),1) : (my_likely_fail(__FILE__, __LINE__), 0))
#define unlikely(A) ((A) ? (my_likely_fail(__FILE__, __LINE__),1) : (my_likely_ok(__FILE__, __LINE__), 0))
/*
  These macros should be used when the check fails often when running benchmarks but
  we know for sure that the check is correct in a production environment
*/
#define checked_likely(A) (A)
#define checked_unlikely(A) (A)
#else
/**
  The semantics of builtin_expect() are that
  1) its two arguments are long
  2) it's likely that they are ==
  Those of our likely(x) are that x can be bool/int/longlong/pointer.
*/

#define likely(x)	__builtin_expect(((x) != 0),1)
#define unlikely(x)	__builtin_expect(((x) != 0),0)
#define checked_likely(x) likely(x)
#define checked_unlikely(x) unlikely(x)
#endif /* CHECK_UNLIKELY */

/*
  A lot of our programs uses asserts, so better to always include it
  This also fixes a problem when people uses DBUG_ASSERT without including
  assert.h
*/
#include <assert.h>

/* an assert that works at compile-time. only for constant expression */
#ifdef _some_old_compiler_that_does_not_understand_the_construct_below_
#define compile_time_assert(X)  do { } while(0)
#else
#define compile_time_assert(X)                                  \
  do                                                            \
  {                                                             \
    typedef char compile_time_assert[(X) ? 1 : -1] __attribute__((unused)); \
  } while(0)
#endif

/* Go around some bugs in different OS and compilers */
#if defined (HPUX11) && defined(_LARGEFILE_SOURCE)
#ifndef _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE
#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE
#endif
#endif

#if defined(_HPUX_SOURCE) && defined(HAVE_SYS_STREAM_H)
#include <sys/stream.h>		/* HPUX 10.20 defines ulong here. UGLY !!! */
#define HAVE_ULONG
#endif
#if defined(HPUX10) && defined(_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE)
/* Fix bug in setrlimit */
#undef setrlimit
#define setrlimit cma_setrlimit64
#endif
/* Declare madvise where it is not declared for C++, like Solaris */
#if HAVE_MADVISE && !HAVE_DECL_MADVISE && defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" int madvise(void *addr, size_t len, int behav);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H
#include <sys/mman.h>
#endif
/** FreeBSD equivalent */
#if defined(MADV_CORE) && !defined(MADV_DODUMP)
#define MADV_DODUMP MADV_CORE
#define MADV_DONTDUMP MADV_NOCORE
#define DODUMP_STR "MADV_CORE"
#define DONTDUMP_STR "MADV_NOCORE"
#else
#define DODUMP_STR "MADV_DODUMP"
#define DONTDUMP_STR "MADV_DONTDUMP"
#endif


#define QUOTE_ARG(x)		#x	/* Quote argument (before cpp) */
#define STRINGIFY_ARG(x) QUOTE_ARG(x)	/* Quote argument, after cpp */

/* Paranoid settings. Define I_AM_PARANOID if you are paranoid */
#ifdef I_AM_PARANOID
#define DONT_ALLOW_USER_CHANGE 1
#define DONT_USE_MYSQL_PWD 1
#endif

/* Does the system remember a signal handler after a signal ? */
#if !defined(HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS) && !defined(HAVE_SIGACTION)
#define SIGNAL_HANDLER_RESET_ON_DELIVERY
#endif

/* don't assume that STDERR_FILENO is 2, mysqld can freopen */
#undef STDERR_FILENO

#ifndef SO_EXT
#ifdef _WIN32
#define SO_EXT ".dll"
#else
#define SO_EXT ".so"
#endif
#endif

/*
   Suppress uninitialized variable warning without generating code.
*/
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__clang__)
/*
  GCC specific self-initialization which inhibits the warning.
  clang and static analysis will complain loudly about this.
*/
#define UNINIT_VAR(x) x= x
#elif defined(FORCE_INIT_OF_VARS)
#define UNINIT_VAR(x) x= 0
#else
#define UNINIT_VAR(x) x
#endif

#if !defined(HAVE_UINT)
#undef HAVE_UINT
#define HAVE_UINT
typedef unsigned int uint;
typedef unsigned short ushort;
#endif

#define swap_variables(t, a, b) do { t dummy; dummy= a; a= b; b= dummy; } while(0)
#define MY_TEST(a) ((a) ? 1 : 0)
#define set_if_bigger(a,b)  do { if ((a) < (b)) (a)=(b); } while(0)
#define set_if_smaller(a,b) do { if ((a) > (b)) (a)=(b); } while(0)
#define set_bits(type, bit_count) (sizeof(type)*8 <= (bit_count) ? ~(type) 0 : ((((type) 1) << (bit_count)) - (type) 1))
#define test_all_bits(a,b) (((a) & (b)) == (b))
#define array_elements(A) ((uint) (sizeof(A)/sizeof(A[0])))

/* Define some general constants */
#ifndef TRUE
#define TRUE		(1)	/* Logical true */
#define FALSE		(0)	/* Logical false */
#endif

#include <my_compiler.h>
#include <my_alloca.h>

/*
  Wen using the embedded library, users might run into link problems,
  duplicate declaration of __cxa_pure_virtual, solved by declaring it a
  weak symbol.
*/
#if defined(USE_MYSYS_NEW) && ! defined(DONT_DECLARE_CXA_PURE_VIRTUAL)
C_MODE_START
int __cxa_pure_virtual () __attribute__ ((weak));
C_MODE_END
#endif

/* The DBUG_ON flag always takes precedence over default DBUG_OFF */
#if defined(DBUG_ON) && defined(DBUG_OFF)
#undef DBUG_OFF
#endif

/* We might be forced to turn debug off, if not turned off already */
#if defined(FORCE_DBUG_OFF) && !defined(DBUG_OFF)
#  define DBUG_OFF
#  ifdef DBUG_ON
#    undef DBUG_ON
#  endif
#endif

#ifdef DBUG_OFF
#undef EXTRA_DEBUG
#endif

/* Some types that is different between systems */

typedef int	File;		/* File descriptor */
#ifdef _WIN32
typedef SOCKET my_socket;
#else
typedef int	my_socket;	/* File descriptor for sockets */
#define INVALID_SOCKET -1
#endif
/* Type for functions that handles signals */
#define sig_handler RETSIGTYPE
#if defined(__GNUC__)
typedef char	pchar;		/* Mixed prototypes can take char */
typedef char	puchar;		/* Mixed prototypes can take char */
typedef char	pbool;		/* Mixed prototypes can take char */
typedef short	pshort;		/* Mixed prototypes can take short int */
typedef float	pfloat;		/* Mixed prototypes can take float */
#else
typedef int	pchar;		/* Mixed prototypes can't take char */
typedef uint	puchar;		/* Mixed prototypes can't take char */
typedef int	pbool;		/* Mixed prototypes can't take char */
typedef int	pshort;		/* Mixed prototypes can't take short int */
typedef double	pfloat;		/* Mixed prototypes can't take float */
#endif

#include <my_cmp.h>

#define qsort_t RETQSORTTYPE	/* Broken GCC can't handle typedef !!!! */
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
#include <sys/socket.h>
#endif
typedef SOCKET_SIZE_TYPE size_socket;

#ifndef SOCKOPT_OPTLEN_TYPE
#define SOCKOPT_OPTLEN_TYPE size_socket
#endif

/* file create flags */

#ifndef O_SHARE			/* Probably not windows */
#define O_SHARE		0	/* Flag to my_open for shared files */
#ifndef O_BINARY
#define O_BINARY	0	/* Flag to my_open for binary files */
#endif
#ifndef FILE_BINARY
#define FILE_BINARY	O_BINARY /* Flag to my_fopen for binary streams */
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL
#define HAVE_FCNTL_LOCK
#define F_TO_EOF	0L	/* Param to lockf() to lock rest of file */
#endif
#endif /* O_SHARE */

#ifndef O_SEQUENTIAL
#define O_SEQUENTIAL	0
#endif
#ifndef O_SHORT_LIVED
#define O_SHORT_LIVED	0
#endif
#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
#define O_NOFOLLOW      0
#endif
#ifndef O_CLOEXEC
#define O_CLOEXEC       0
#endif
#ifdef __GLIBC__
#define STR_O_CLOEXEC "e"
#else
#define STR_O_CLOEXEC ""
#endif
#ifndef SOCK_CLOEXEC
#define SOCK_CLOEXEC    0
#else
#define HAVE_SOCK_CLOEXEC
#endif
#ifndef O_TEXT
#define O_TEXT 0
#endif

/* additional file share flags for win32 */
#ifdef _WIN32
#define _SH_DENYRWD     0x110    /* deny read/write mode & delete */
#define _SH_DENYWRD     0x120    /* deny write mode & delete      */
#define _SH_DENYRDD     0x130    /* deny read mode & delete       */
#define _SH_DENYDEL     0x140    /* deny delete only              */
#endif /* _WIN32 */


/* General constants */
#define FN_LEN		256	/* Max file name len */
#define FN_HEADLEN	253	/* Max length of filepart of file name */
#define FN_EXTLEN	20	/* Max length of extension (part of FN_LEN) */
#define FN_REFLEN	512	/* Max length of full path-name */
#define FN_EXTCHAR	'.'
#define FN_HOMELIB	'~'	/* ~/ is used as abbrev for home dir */
#define FN_CURLIB	'.'	/* ./ is used as abbrev for current dir */
#define FN_PARENTDIR	".."	/* Parent directory; Must be a string */

#ifdef _WIN32
#define FN_LIBCHAR	'\\'
#define FN_LIBCHAR2	'/'
#define FN_DIRSEP       "/\\"               /* Valid directory separators */
#define FN_EXEEXT   ".exe"
#define FN_SOEXT    ".dll"
#define FN_ROOTDIR	"\\"
#define FN_DEVCHAR	':'
#define FN_NETWORK_DRIVES	/* Uses \\ to indicate network drives */
#define FN_NO_CASE_SENCE	/* Files are not case-sensitive */
#else
#define FN_LIBCHAR	'/'
#define FN_LIBCHAR2	'/'
#define FN_DIRSEP       "/"     /* Valid directory separators */
#define FN_EXEEXT   ""
#define FN_SOEXT    ".so"
#define FN_ROOTDIR	"/"
#endif

/* 
  MY_FILE_MIN is  Windows speciality and is used to quickly detect
  the mismatch of CRT and mysys file IO usage on Windows at runtime.
  CRT file descriptors can be in the range 0-2047, whereas descriptors returned
  by my_open() will start with 2048. If a file descriptor with value less then
  MY_FILE_MIN is passed to mysys IO function, chances are it stems from
  open()/fileno() and not my_open()/my_fileno.

  For Posix,  mysys functions are light wrappers around libc, and MY_FILE_MIN
  is logically 0.
*/

#ifdef _WIN32
#define MY_FILE_MIN  2048
#else
#define MY_FILE_MIN  0
#endif

/* 
  MY_NFILE is the default size of my_file_info array.

  It is larger on Windows, because it all file handles are stored in my_file_info
  Default size is 16384 and this should be enough for most cases.If it is not 
  enough, --max-open-files with larger value can be used.

  For Posix , my_file_info array is only used to store filenames for
  error reporting and its size is not a limitation for number of open files.
*/ 
#ifdef _WIN32
#define MY_NFILE (16384 + MY_FILE_MIN)
#else
#define MY_NFILE 64
#endif

#ifndef OS_FILE_LIMIT
#define OS_FILE_LIMIT	UINT_MAX
#endif

/*
  Io buffer size; Must be a power of 2 and a multiple of 512. May be
  smaller what the disk page size. This influences the speed of the
  isam btree library. eg to big to slow.
  4096 is a common block size on SSDs.
*/
#define IO_SIZE			4096U
/*
  How much overhead does malloc/my_malloc have. The code often allocates
  something like 1024-MALLOC_OVERHEAD bytes
*/
#define MALLOC_OVERHEAD (8+24)

	/* get memory in huncs */
#define ONCE_ALLOC_INIT		(uint) 4096
	/* Typical record cache */
#define RECORD_CACHE_SIZE	(uint) (128*1024)
	/* Typical key cache */
#define KEY_CACHE_SIZE		(uint) (128L*1024L*1024L)
	/* Default size of a key cache block  */
#define KEY_CACHE_BLOCK_SIZE	(uint) 1024

	/* Some things that this system doesn't have */

#ifdef _WIN32
#define NO_DIR_LIBRARY		/* Not standard dir-library */
#endif

/* Some defines of functions for portability */

#undef remove		/* Crashes MySQL on SCO 5.0.0 */
#ifndef _WIN32
#define closesocket(A)	close(A)
#endif

#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#if !defined(_WIN64)
inline double my_ulonglong2double(unsigned long long value)
{
  long long nr=(long long) value;
  if (nr >= 0)
    return (double) nr;
  return (18446744073709551616.0 + (double) nr);
}
#define ulonglong2double my_ulonglong2double
#define my_off_t2double  my_ulonglong2double
#endif /* _WIN64 */
inline unsigned long long my_double2ulonglong(double d)
{
  double t= d - (double) 0x8000000000000000ULL;

  if (t >= 0)
    return  ((unsigned long long) t) + 0x8000000000000000ULL;
  return (unsigned long long) d;
}
#define double2ulonglong my_double2ulonglong
#endif

#ifndef ulonglong2double
#define ulonglong2double(A) ((double) (ulonglong) (A))
#define my_off_t2double(A)  ((double) (my_off_t) (A))
#endif
#ifndef double2ulonglong
#define double2ulonglong(A) ((ulonglong) (double) (A))
#endif

#ifndef offsetof
#define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) &((TYPE *)0)->MEMBER)
#endif
#define ulong_to_double(X) ((double) (ulong) (X))

#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
#error "please add -DSTACK_DIRECTION=1 or -1 to your CPPFLAGS"
#endif

#if !defined(HAVE_STRTOK_R)
#define strtok_r(A,B,C) strtok((A),(B))
#endif

#if SIZEOF_LONG_LONG >= 8
#define HAVE_LONG_LONG 1
#else
#error WHAT? sizeof(long long) < 8 ???
#endif

/*
  Some pre-ANSI-C99 systems like AIX 5.1 and Linux/GCC 2.95 define
  ULONGLONG_MAX, LONGLONG_MIN, LONGLONG_MAX; we use them if they're defined.
*/

#if defined(HAVE_LONG_LONG) && !defined(LONGLONG_MIN)
#define LONGLONG_MIN	((long long) 0x8000000000000000LL)
#define LONGLONG_MAX	((long long) 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFLL)
#endif
/* Max length needed for a buffer to hold a longlong or ulonglong + end \0 */
#define LONGLONG_BUFFER_SIZE 21

#if defined(HAVE_LONG_LONG) && !defined(ULONGLONG_MAX)
/* First check for ANSI C99 definition: */
#ifdef ULLONG_MAX
#define ULONGLONG_MAX  ULLONG_MAX
#else
#define ULONGLONG_MAX ((unsigned long long)(~0ULL))
#endif
#endif /* defined (HAVE_LONG_LONG) && !defined(ULONGLONG_MAX)*/

#define INT_MIN64       (~0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFLL)
#define INT_MAX64       0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFLL
#define INT_MIN32       (~0x7FFFFFFFL)
#define INT_MAX32       0x7FFFFFFFL
#define UINT_MAX32      0xFFFFFFFFL
#define INT_MIN24       (~0x007FFFFF)
#define INT_MAX24       0x007FFFFF
#define UINT_MAX24      0x00FFFFFF
#define INT_MIN16       (~0x7FFF)
#define INT_MAX16       0x7FFF
#define UINT_MAX16      0xFFFF
#define INT_MIN8        (~0x7F)
#define INT_MAX8        0x7F
#define UINT_MAX8       0xFF

/* From limits.h instead */
#ifndef DBL_MIN
#define DBL_MIN		4.94065645841246544e-324
#define FLT_MIN		((float)1.40129846432481707e-45)
#endif
#ifndef DBL_MAX
#define DBL_MAX		1.79769313486231470e+308
#define FLT_MAX		((float)3.40282346638528860e+38)
#endif
#ifndef SIZE_T_MAX
#define SIZE_T_MAX      (~((size_t) 0))
#endif

/* Define missing math constants. */
#ifndef M_PI
#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846
#endif
#ifndef M_E
#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354
#endif
#ifndef M_LN2
#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942
#endif

/*
  Max size that must be added to a so that we know Size to make
  addressable obj.
*/
#if SIZEOF_CHARP == 4
typedef long		my_ptrdiff_t;
#else
typedef long long	my_ptrdiff_t;
#endif

#define MY_ALIGN(A,L)	   (((A) + (L) - 1) & ~((L) - 1))
#define MY_ALIGN_DOWN(A,L) ((A) & ~((L) - 1))
#define ALIGN_SIZE(A)	MY_ALIGN((A),sizeof(double))
#define ALIGN_MAX_UNIT  (sizeof(double))
/* Size to make addressable obj. */
#define ALIGN_PTR(A, t) ((t*) MY_ALIGN((A), sizeof(double)))
#define ADD_TO_PTR(ptr,size,type) (type) ((uchar*) (ptr)+size)
#define PTR_BYTE_DIFF(A,B) (my_ptrdiff_t) ((uchar*) (A) - (uchar*) (B))

/*
  Custom version of standard offsetof() macro which can be used to get
  offsets of members in class for non-POD types (according to the current
  version of C++ standard offsetof() macro can't be used in such cases and
  attempt to do so causes warnings to be emitted, OTOH in many cases it is
  still OK to assume that all instances of the class has the same offsets
  for the same members).

  This is temporary solution which should be removed once File_parser class
  and related routines are refactored.
*/

#define my_offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) PTR_BYTE_DIFF(&((TYPE *)0x10)->MEMBER, 0x10)

#define NullS		(char *) 0

#ifdef STDCALL
#undef STDCALL
#endif

#ifdef _WIN32
#define STDCALL __stdcall
#else
#define STDCALL
#endif

/* Typdefs for easier portability */

#ifndef HAVE_UCHAR
typedef unsigned char	uchar;	/* Short for unsigned char */
#endif

#ifndef HAVE_INT8
typedef signed char int8;       /* Signed integer >= 8  bits */
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_UINT8
typedef unsigned char uint8;    /* Unsigned integer >= 8  bits */
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_INT16
typedef short int16;
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_UINT16
typedef unsigned short uint16;
#endif
#if SIZEOF_INT == 4
#ifndef HAVE_INT32
typedef int int32;
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_UINT32
typedef unsigned int uint32;
#endif
#elif SIZEOF_LONG == 4
#ifndef HAVE_INT32
typedef long int32;
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_UINT32
typedef unsigned long uint32;
#endif
#else
#error Neither int or long is of 4 bytes width
#endif

#if !defined(HAVE_ULONG) && !defined(__USE_MISC)
typedef unsigned long	ulong;		  /* Short for unsigned long */
#endif
#ifndef longlong_defined
/* 
  Using [unsigned] long long is preferable as [u]longlong because we use 
  [unsigned] long long unconditionally in many places, 
  for example in constants with [U]LL suffix.
*/
#if defined(HAVE_LONG_LONG) && SIZEOF_LONG_LONG == 8
typedef unsigned long long int ulonglong; /* ulong or unsigned long long */
typedef long long int	longlong;
#else
typedef unsigned long	ulonglong;	  /* ulong or unsigned long long */
typedef long		longlong;
#endif
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_INT64
typedef longlong int64;
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_UINT64
typedef ulonglong uint64;
#endif

#if defined(NO_CLIENT_LONG_LONG)
typedef unsigned long my_ulonglong;
#elif defined (_WIN32)
typedef unsigned __int64 my_ulonglong;
#else
typedef unsigned long long my_ulonglong;
#endif

#if SIZEOF_CHARP == SIZEOF_INT
typedef unsigned int intptr;
#elif SIZEOF_CHARP == SIZEOF_LONG
typedef unsigned long intptr;
#elif SIZEOF_CHARP == SIZEOF_LONG_LONG
typedef unsigned long long intptr;
#else
#error sizeof(void *) is neither sizeof(int) nor sizeof(long) nor sizeof(long long)
#endif

#define MY_ERRPTR ((void*)(intptr)1)

#if defined(_WIN32)
typedef unsigned long long my_off_t;
typedef unsigned long long os_off_t;
#else
typedef off_t os_off_t;
#if SIZEOF_OFF_T > 4
typedef ulonglong my_off_t;
#else
typedef unsigned long my_off_t;
#endif
#endif /*_WIN32*/
#define MY_FILEPOS_ERROR	(~(my_off_t) 0)

/*
  TODO Convert these to use Bitmap class.
 */
typedef ulonglong table_map;          /* Used for table bits in join */

/* often used type names - opaque declarations */
typedef const struct charset_info_st CHARSET_INFO;
typedef struct st_mysql_lex_string LEX_STRING;

#if defined(_WIN32)
#define socket_errno	WSAGetLastError()
#define SOCKET_EINTR	WSAEINTR
#define SOCKET_ETIMEDOUT WSAETIMEDOUT
#define SOCKET_EWOULDBLOCK WSAEWOULDBLOCK
#define SOCKET_EADDRINUSE WSAEADDRINUSE
#define SOCKET_ECONNRESET WSAECONNRESET
#define SOCKET_ENFILE	ENFILE
#define SOCKET_EMFILE	EMFILE
#define SOCKET_CLOSED   EIO
#else /* Unix */
#define socket_errno	errno
#define closesocket(A)	close(A)
#define SOCKET_EINTR	EINTR
#define SOCKET_EAGAIN	EAGAIN
#define SOCKET_EWOULDBLOCK EWOULDBLOCK
#define SOCKET_EADDRINUSE EADDRINUSE
#define SOCKET_ETIMEDOUT ETIMEDOUT
#define SOCKET_ECONNRESET ECONNRESET
#define SOCKET_CLOSED   EIO
#define SOCKET_ENFILE	ENFILE
#define SOCKET_EMFILE	EMFILE
#endif

#include <mysql/plugin.h>  /* my_bool */

typedef ulong		myf;	/* Type of MyFlags in my_funcs */

#define MYF(v)		(myf) (v)

/*
  Defines to make it possible to prioritize register assignments. No
  longer that important with modern compilers.
*/
#ifndef USING_X
#define reg1 register
#define reg2 register
#define reg3 register
#define reg4 register
#define reg5 register
#define reg6 register
#define reg7 register
#define reg8 register
#define reg9 register
#define reg10 register
#define reg11 register
#define reg12 register
#define reg13 register
#define reg14 register
#define reg15 register
#define reg16 register
#endif

/*
  MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT macro is used to export mysqld data
  (i.e variables) for usage in storage engine loadable plugins.
  Outside of Windows, it is dummy.
*/
#ifndef MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT
#if (defined(_WIN32) && defined(MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN))
#define MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT __declspec(dllimport)
#else
#define MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT
#endif
#endif

#include <my_dbug.h>

/* Some helper macros */
#define YESNO(X) ((X) ? "yes" : "no")

#define MY_HOW_OFTEN_TO_ALARM	2	/* How often we want info on screen */
#define MY_HOW_OFTEN_TO_WRITE	100000	/* How often we want info on screen */

#include <my_byteorder.h>

#ifdef HAVE_CHARSET_utf8mb4
#define MYSQL_UNIVERSAL_CLIENT_CHARSET "utf8mb4"
#elif defined(HAVE_CHARSET_utf8mb3)
#define MYSQL_UNIVERSAL_CLIENT_CHARSET "utf8mb3"
#else
#define MYSQL_UNIVERSAL_CLIENT_CHARSET MYSQL_DEFAULT_CHARSET_NAME
#endif

#if defined(EMBEDDED_LIBRARY) && !defined(HAVE_EMBEDDED_PRIVILEGE_CONTROL)
#define NO_EMBEDDED_ACCESS_CHECKS
#endif

#ifdef _WIN32
#define dlsym(lib, name) (void*)GetProcAddress((HMODULE)lib, name)
#define dlopen(libname, unused) LoadLibraryEx(libname, NULL, 0)
#define RTLD_DEFAULT GetModuleHandle(NULL)
#define dlclose(lib) FreeLibrary((HMODULE)lib)
static inline char *dlerror(void)
{
  static char win_errormsg[2048];
  FormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
                 FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS |
                 FORMAT_MESSAGE_MAX_WIDTH_MASK,
                 0, GetLastError(),
                 MAKELANGID(LANG_ENGLISH, SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US),
                 win_errormsg, 2048, NULL);
  return win_errormsg;
}
#define HAVE_DLOPEN 1
#define HAVE_DLERROR 1
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_DLFCN_H
#include <dlfcn.h>
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_DLOPEN
#ifndef HAVE_DLERROR
#define dlerror() ""
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_DLADDR
#define dladdr(A, B) 0
/* Dummy definition in case we're missing dladdr() */
typedef struct { const char *dli_fname, dli_fbase; } Dl_info;
#endif
#else
#define dlerror() "No support for dynamic loading (static build?)"
#define dlopen(A,B) 0
#define dlsym(A,B) 0
#define dlclose(A) 0
#define dladdr(A, B) 0
/* Dummy definition in case we're missing dladdr() */
typedef struct { const char *dli_fname, dli_fbase; } Dl_info;
#endif

/*
 *  Include standard definitions of operator new and delete.
 */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#include <new>
#endif

/* Length of decimal number represented by INT32. */
#define MY_INT32_NUM_DECIMAL_DIGITS 11

/* Length of decimal number represented by INT64. */
#define MY_INT64_NUM_DECIMAL_DIGITS 21

#ifdef __cplusplus
#include <limits> /* should be included before min/max macros */
#endif

/* Define some useful general macros (should be done after all headers). */
#define MY_MAX(a, b)	((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define MY_MIN(a, b)	((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))

#define CMP_NUM(a,b)    (((a) < (b)) ? -1 : ((a) == (b)) ? 0 : 1)

/*
  Only Linux is known to need an explicit sync of the directory to make sure a
  file creation/deletion/renaming in(from,to) this directory durable.
*/
#ifdef TARGET_OS_LINUX
#define NEED_EXPLICIT_SYNC_DIR 1
#else
/*
  On linux default rwlock scheduling policy is good enough for
  waiting_threads.c, on other systems use our special implementation
  (which is slower).

  QQ perhaps this should be tested in configure ? how ?
*/
#define WT_RWLOCKS_USE_MUTEXES 1
#endif

#if !defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(bool)
#define bool In_C_you_should_use_my_bool_instead()
#endif

/* Provide __func__ macro definition for platforms that miss it. */
#if !defined (__func__)
#if defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901L
#  if __GNUC__ >= 2
#    define __func__ __FUNCTION__
#  else
#    define __func__ "<unknown>"
#  endif
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
#  if _MSC_VER < 1300
#    define __func__ "<unknown>"
#  else
#    define __func__ __FUNCTION__
#  endif
#elif defined(__BORLANDC__)
#  define __func__ __FUNC__
#else
#  define __func__ "<unknown>"
#endif
#endif /* !defined(__func__) */

/* Defines that are unique to the embedded version of MySQL */

#ifdef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY

/* Things we don't need in the embedded version of MySQL */
/* TODO HF add #undef HAVE_VIO if we don't want client in embedded library */

#else
#define HAVE_REPLICATION
#define HAVE_EXTERNAL_CLIENT
#endif /* EMBEDDED_LIBRARY */

/*
  Provide defaults for the CPU cache line size, if it has not been detected by
  CMake using getconf
*/
#if !defined(CPU_LEVEL1_DCACHE_LINESIZE) || CPU_LEVEL1_DCACHE_LINESIZE == 0
  #if defined(CPU_LEVEL1_DCACHE_LINESIZE) && CPU_LEVEL1_DCACHE_LINESIZE == 0
    #undef CPU_LEVEL1_DCACHE_LINESIZE
  #endif

  #if defined(__s390__)
    #define CPU_LEVEL1_DCACHE_LINESIZE 256
  #elif defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__aarch64__)
    #define CPU_LEVEL1_DCACHE_LINESIZE 128
  #else
    #define CPU_LEVEL1_DCACHE_LINESIZE 64
  #endif
#endif

#define FLOATING_POINT_DECIMALS 31

/* Keep client compatible with earlier versions */
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
#define NOT_FIXED_DEC           DECIMAL_NOT_SPECIFIED
#else
#define NOT_FIXED_DEC           FLOATING_POINT_DECIMALS
#endif
#endif /* my_global_h */
/* Copyright (c) 2019, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#pragma once

/**
  @file include/mysql/service_print_check_msg.h
  This service provides functions to write messages for check or repair
*/

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


extern struct print_check_msg_service_st {
  void (*print_check_msg)(MYSQL_THD, const char *db_name, const char *table_name,
                          const char *op, const char *msg_type, const char *message,
                          my_bool print_to_log);
} *print_check_msg_service;

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN
# define print_check_msg_context(_THD) print_check_msg_service->print_check_msg
#else
extern void print_check_msg(MYSQL_THD, const char *db_name, const char *table_name,
                            const char *op, const char *msg_type, const char *message,
                            my_bool print_to_log);
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICE_ENCRYPTION_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2015, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file
  encryption service

  Functions to support data encryption and encryption key management.
  They are normally implemented in an encryption plugin, so this service
  connects encryption *consumers* (e.g. storage engines) to the encryption
  *provider* (encryption plugin).
*/

#ifndef MYSQL_ABI_CHECK
#include <my_alloca.h>
#ifdef _WIN32
#ifndef __cplusplus
#define inline __inline
#endif
#endif
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#ifndef MYSQL_ABI_CHECK
#include <assert.h>
#endif

/* returned from encryption_key_get_latest_version() */
#define ENCRYPTION_KEY_VERSION_INVALID        (~(unsigned int)0)
#define ENCRYPTION_KEY_NOT_ENCRYPTED          (0)

#define ENCRYPTION_KEY_SYSTEM_DATA             1
#define ENCRYPTION_KEY_TEMPORARY_DATA          2

/* returned from encryption_key_get()  */
#define ENCRYPTION_KEY_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL    (100)

#define ENCRYPTION_FLAG_DECRYPT     0
#define ENCRYPTION_FLAG_ENCRYPT     1
#define ENCRYPTION_FLAG_NOPAD       2

struct encryption_service_st {
  unsigned int (*encryption_key_get_latest_version_func)(unsigned int key_id);
  unsigned int (*encryption_key_get_func)(unsigned int key_id, unsigned int key_version,
                                          unsigned char* buffer, unsigned int* length);
  unsigned int (*encryption_ctx_size_func)(unsigned int key_id, unsigned int key_version);
  int (*encryption_ctx_init_func)(void *ctx, const unsigned char* key, unsigned int klen,
                                  const unsigned char* iv, unsigned int ivlen,
                                  int flags, unsigned int key_id,
                                  unsigned int key_version);
  int (*encryption_ctx_update_func)(void *ctx, const unsigned char* src, unsigned int slen,
                                    unsigned char* dst, unsigned int* dlen);
  int (*encryption_ctx_finish_func)(void *ctx, unsigned char* dst, unsigned int* dlen);
  unsigned int (*encryption_encrypted_length_func)(unsigned int slen, unsigned int key_id, unsigned int key_version);
};

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

extern struct encryption_service_st *encryption_service;

#define encryption_key_get_latest_version(KI) encryption_service->encryption_key_get_latest_version_func(KI)
#define encryption_key_get(KI,KV,K,S) encryption_service->encryption_key_get_func((KI),(KV),(K),(S))
#define encryption_ctx_size(KI,KV) encryption_service->encryption_ctx_size_func((KI),(KV))
#define encryption_ctx_init(CTX,K,KL,IV,IVL,F,KI,KV) encryption_service->encryption_ctx_init_func((CTX),(K),(KL),(IV),(IVL),(F),(KI),(KV))
#define encryption_ctx_update(CTX,S,SL,D,DL) encryption_service->encryption_ctx_update_func((CTX),(S),(SL),(D),(DL))
#define encryption_ctx_finish(CTX,D,DL) encryption_service->encryption_ctx_finish_func((CTX),(D),(DL))
#define encryption_encrypted_length(SL,KI,KV) encryption_service->encryption_encrypted_length_func((SL),(KI),(KV))
#else

extern struct encryption_service_st encryption_handler;

#define encryption_key_get_latest_version(KI) encryption_handler.encryption_key_get_latest_version_func(KI)
#define encryption_key_get(KI,KV,K,S) encryption_handler.encryption_key_get_func((KI),(KV),(K),(S))
#define encryption_ctx_size(KI,KV) encryption_handler.encryption_ctx_size_func((KI),(KV))
#define encryption_ctx_init(CTX,K,KL,IV,IVL,F,KI,KV) encryption_handler.encryption_ctx_init_func((CTX),(K),(KL),(IV),(IVL),(F),(KI),(KV))
#define encryption_ctx_update(CTX,S,SL,D,DL) encryption_handler.encryption_ctx_update_func((CTX),(S),(SL),(D),(DL))
#define encryption_ctx_finish(CTX,D,DL) encryption_handler.encryption_ctx_finish_func((CTX),(D),(DL))
#define encryption_encrypted_length(SL,KI,KV) encryption_handler.encryption_encrypted_length_func((SL),(KI),(KV))
#endif

static inline unsigned int encryption_key_id_exists(unsigned int id)
{
  return encryption_key_get_latest_version(id) != ENCRYPTION_KEY_VERSION_INVALID;
}

static inline unsigned int encryption_key_version_exists(unsigned int id, unsigned int version)
{
  unsigned int unused;
  return encryption_key_get(id, version, NULL, &unused) != ENCRYPTION_KEY_VERSION_INVALID;
}

/** main entrypoint to perform encryption or decryption
 * @invariant `src` is valid for `slen`
 * @invariant `dst` is valid for `*dlen`, `*dlen` is initialized
 * @invariant `src` and `dst` do not overlap
 */
static inline int encryption_crypt(const unsigned char* src, unsigned int slen,
                                   unsigned char* dst, unsigned int* dlen,
                                   const unsigned char* key, unsigned int klen,
                                   const unsigned char* iv, unsigned int ivlen,
                                   int flags, unsigned int key_id, unsigned int key_version)
{
  void *ctx= alloca(encryption_ctx_size(key_id, key_version));
  int res1, res2;
  unsigned int d1, d2= *dlen;

  // Verify dlen is initialized properly. See MDEV-30389
  assert(*dlen >= slen);
  assert((dst[*dlen - 1]= 1));
  // Verify buffers do not overlap
  if (src < dst)
    assert(src + slen <= dst);
  else
    assert(dst + *dlen <= src);

  if ((res1= encryption_ctx_init(ctx, key, klen, iv, ivlen, flags, key_id, key_version)))
    return res1;
  res1= encryption_ctx_update(ctx, src, slen, dst, &d1);
  d2-= d1;
  res2= encryption_ctx_finish(ctx, dst + d1, &d2);

  *dlen= d1 + d2;
  return res1 ? res1 : res2;
}

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#define MYSQL_SERVICE_ENCRYPTION_INCLUDED
#endif
#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICE_BASE64_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2017, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file
  my base64 service

  Functions for base64 en- and decoding
*/

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_ABI_CHECK
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif

/* Allow multiple chunks 'AAA= AA== AA==', binlog uses this */
#define MY_BASE64_DECODE_ALLOW_MULTIPLE_CHUNKS 1

extern struct base64_service_st {
  int (*base64_needed_encoded_length_ptr)(int length_of_data);
  int (*base64_encode_max_arg_length_ptr)(void);
  int (*base64_needed_decoded_length_ptr)(int length_of_encoded_data);
  int (*base64_decode_max_arg_length_ptr)();
  int (*base64_encode_ptr)(const void *src, size_t src_len, char *dst);
  int (*base64_decode_ptr)(const char *src, size_t src_len,
                           void *dst, const char **end_ptr, int flags);
} *base64_service;

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#define my_base64_needed_encoded_length(A) base64_service->base64_needed_encoded_length_ptr(A)
#define my_base64_encode_max_arg_length() base64_service->base64_encode_max_arg_length_ptr()
#define my_base64_needed_decoded_length(A) base64_service->base64_needed_decoded_length_ptr(A)
#define my_base64_decode_max_arg_length() base64_service->base64_decode_max_arg_length_ptr()
#define my_base64_encode(A,B,C) base64_service->base64_encode_ptr(A,B,C)
#define my_base64_decode(A,B,C,D,E) base64_service->base64_decode_ptr(A,B,C,D,E)

#else

/* Calculate how much memory needed for dst of my_base64_encode() */
int my_base64_needed_encoded_length(int length_of_data);

/* Maximum length my_base64_encode_needed_length() can accept with no overflow.  */
int my_base64_encode_max_arg_length(void);

/* Calculate how much memory needed for dst of my_base64_decode() */
int my_base64_needed_decoded_length(int length_of_encoded_data);

/* Maximum length my_base64_decode_needed_length() can accept with no overflow.  */
int my_base64_decode_max_arg_length();

/* Encode data as a my_base64 string */
int my_base64_encode(const void *src, size_t src_len, char *dst);

/* Decode a my_base64 string into data */
int my_base64_decode(const char *src, size_t src_len,
                  void *dst, const char **end_ptr, int flags);

#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#define MYSQL_SERVICE_BASE64_INCLUDED
#endif
#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICE_MY_SNPRINTF_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2009, 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file
  my_snprintf service

  Portable and limited vsnprintf() implementation.

  This is a portable, limited vsnprintf() implementation, with some
  extra features. "Portable" means that it'll produce identical result
  on all platforms (for example, on Windows and Linux system printf %e
  formats the exponent differently, on different systems %p either
  prints leading 0x or not, %s may accept null pointer or crash on
  it). "Limited" means that it does not support all the C89 features.
  But it supports few extensions, not in any standard.

  my_vsnprintf(to, n, fmt, ap)

  @param[out] to     A buffer to store the result in
  @param[in]  n      Store up to n-1 characters, followed by an end 0
  @param[in]  fmt    printf-like format string
  @param[in]  ap     Arguments

  @return a number of bytes written to a buffer *excluding* terminating '\0'

  @post
  The syntax of a format string is generally the same:
  % <flag> <width> <precision> <length modifier> <format>
  where everything but the format is optional.

  Three one-character flags are recognized:
    '0' has the standard zero-padding semantics;
    '-' is parsed, but silently ignored;
    '`' (backtick) is only supported for strings (%s) and means that the
        string will be quoted according to MySQL identifier quoting rules.

  Both <width> and <precision> can be specified as numbers or '*'.
  If an asterisk is used, an argument of type int is consumed.

  <length modifier> can be 'l', 'll', or 'z'.

  Supported formats are 's' (null pointer is accepted, printed as
  "(null)"), 'b' (extension, see below), 'c', 'd', 'i', 'u', 'x', 'o',
  'X', 'p' (works as 0x%x), 'f', 'g', 'M' (extension, see below),
  'T' (extension, see below).

  Standard syntax for positional arguments $n is supported.

  Extensions:

  Flag '`' (backtick): see above.

  Format 'b': binary buffer, prints exactly <precision> bytes from the
  argument, without stopping at '\0'.

  Format 'M': takes one integer, prints this integer, space, double quote
  error message, double quote. In other words
    printf("%M", n) === printf("%d \"%s\"", n, strerror(n))

  Format 'T': takes string and print it like s but if the strints should be
  truncated puts "..." at the end.
*/

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_ABI_CHECK
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif

extern struct my_snprintf_service_st {
  size_t (*my_snprintf_type)(char*, size_t, const char*, ...);
  size_t (*my_vsnprintf_type)(char *, size_t, const char*, va_list);
} *my_snprintf_service;

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#define my_vsnprintf my_snprintf_service->my_vsnprintf_type
#define my_snprintf my_snprintf_service->my_snprintf_type

#else

size_t my_snprintf(char* to, size_t n, const char* fmt, ...);
size_t my_vsnprintf(char *to, size_t n, const char* fmt, va_list ap);

#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#define MYSQL_SERVICE_MY_SNPRINTF_INCLUDED
#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICE_THD_TIMEZONE_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (C) 2013 MariaDB Foundation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file
  This service provides functions to convert between my_time_t and
  MYSQL_TIME taking into account the current value of the time_zone
  session variable.

  The values of the my_time_t type are in Unix timestamp format,
  i.e. the number of seconds since "1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC".

  The values of the MYSQL_TIME type are in the current time zone,
  according to thd->variables.time_zone.

  If the MYSQL_THD parameter is NULL, then global_system_variables.time_zone
  is used for conversion.
*/

#ifndef MYSQL_ABI_CHECK
/*
  This service currently does not depend on any system headers.
  If it needs system headers in the future, make sure to put
  them inside this ifndef.
*/
#endif

#include "mysql_time.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


extern struct thd_timezone_service_st {
  my_time_t (*thd_TIME_to_gmt_sec)(MYSQL_THD thd, const MYSQL_TIME *ltime, unsigned int *errcode);
  void (*thd_gmt_sec_to_TIME)(MYSQL_THD thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, my_time_t t);
} *thd_timezone_service;

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#define thd_TIME_to_gmt_sec(thd, ltime, errcode) \
  (thd_timezone_service->thd_TIME_to_gmt_sec((thd), (ltime), (errcode)))

#define thd_gmt_sec_to_TIME(thd, ltime, t) \
  (thd_timezone_service->thd_gmt_sec_to_TIME((thd), (ltime), (t)))

#else

my_time_t thd_TIME_to_gmt_sec(MYSQL_THD thd, const MYSQL_TIME *ltime, unsigned int *errcode);
void thd_gmt_sec_to_TIME(MYSQL_THD thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, my_time_t t);

#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#define MYSQL_SERVICE_THD_TIMEZONE_INCLUDED
#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2019, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#pragma once

/**
  @file include/mysql/service_thd_mdl.h
  This service provides functions for plugins and storage engines to access
  metadata locks.
*/

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


extern struct thd_mdl_service_st {
  void *(*thd_mdl_context)(MYSQL_THD);
} *thd_mdl_service;

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN
# define thd_mdl_context(_THD) thd_mdl_service->thd_mdl_context(_THD)
#else
/**
  MDL_context accessor
  @param thd   the current session
  @return pointer to thd->mdl_context
*/
void *thd_mdl_context(MYSQL_THD thd);
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2013, 2018, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICE_LOG_WARNINGS
#define MYSQL_SERVICE_LOG_WARNINGS

/**
  @file
  This service provides access to the log warning level for the
  current session.

  thd_log_warnings(thd)
  @return thd->log_warnings
*/

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

extern struct thd_log_warnings_service_st {
  void *(*thd_log_warnings)(MYSQL_THD);
} *thd_log_warnings_service;

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN
# define thd_log_warnings(THD) thd_log_warnings_service->thd_log_warnings(THD)
#else
/**
  MDL_context accessor
  @param thd   the current session
  @return pointer to thd->mdl_context
*/
int thd_log_warnings(MYSQL_THD thd);
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICES_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2012, 2017, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <mysql/service_base64.h>
#include <mysql/service_debug_sync.h>
#include <mysql/service_encryption.h>
#include <mysql/service_encryption_scheme.h>
#include <mysql/service_kill_statement.h>
#include <mysql/service_logger.h>
#include <mysql/service_md5.h>
#include <mysql/service_my_crypt.h>
#include <mysql/service_my_print_error.h>
#include <mysql/service_my_snprintf.h>
#include <mysql/service_progress_report.h>
#include <mysql/service_sha1.h>
#include <mysql/service_sha2.h>
#include <mysql/service_thd_alloc.h>
#include <mysql/service_thd_autoinc.h>
#include <mysql/service_thd_error_context.h>
#include <mysql/service_thd_rnd.h>
#include <mysql/service_thd_specifics.h>
#include <mysql/service_thd_timezone.h>
#include <mysql/service_thd_wait.h>
#include <mysql/service_json.h>
/*#include <mysql/service_wsrep.h>*/
#include <mysql/service_sql.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#define MYSQL_SERVICES_INCLUDED
#endif

/* Copyright (c) 2007, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
   as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of
   the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _my_audit_h
#define _my_audit_h

/*************************************************************************
  API for Audit plugin. (MYSQL_AUDIT_PLUGIN)
*/

#include "plugin.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define MYSQL_AUDIT_CLASS_MASK_SIZE 1

#define MYSQL_AUDIT_INTERFACE_VERSION 0x0302


/*************************************************************************
  AUDIT CLASS : GENERAL
  
  LOG events occurs before emitting to the general query log.
  ERROR events occur before transmitting errors to the user. 
  RESULT events occur after transmitting a resultset to the user.
  STATUS events occur after transmitting a resultset or errors
  to the user.
*/

#define MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_CLASS 0
#define MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_CLASSMASK (1 << MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_CLASS)
#define MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_LOG 0
#define MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_ERROR 1
#define MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_RESULT 2
#define MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_STATUS 3
#define MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_WARNING 4

struct mysql_event_general
{
  unsigned int event_subclass;
  int general_error_code;
  unsigned long general_thread_id;
  const char *general_user;
  unsigned int general_user_length;
  const char *general_command;
  unsigned int general_command_length;
  const char *general_query;
  unsigned int general_query_length;
  const struct charset_info_st *general_charset;
  unsigned long long general_time;
  unsigned long long general_rows;
  /* Added in version 0x302 */
  unsigned long long query_id;
  MYSQL_CONST_LEX_STRING database;
};


/*
  AUDIT CLASS : CONNECTION
  
  CONNECT occurs after authentication phase is completed.
  DISCONNECT occurs after connection is terminated.
  CHANGE_USER occurs after COM_CHANGE_USER RPC is completed.
*/

#define MYSQL_AUDIT_CONNECTION_CLASS 1
#define MYSQL_AUDIT_CONNECTION_CLASSMASK (1 << MYSQL_AUDIT_CONNECTION_CLASS)
#define MYSQL_AUDIT_CONNECTION_CONNECT 0
#define MYSQL_AUDIT_CONNECTION_DISCONNECT 1
#define MYSQL_AUDIT_CONNECTION_CHANGE_USER 2

struct mysql_event_connection
{
  unsigned int event_subclass;
  int status;
  unsigned long thread_id;
  const char *user;
  unsigned int user_length;
  const char *priv_user;
  unsigned int priv_user_length;
  const char *external_user;
  unsigned int external_user_length;
  const char *proxy_user;
  unsigned int proxy_user_length;
  const char *host;
  unsigned int host_length;
  const char *ip;
  unsigned int ip_length;
  MYSQL_CONST_LEX_STRING database;
};

/*
  AUDIT CLASS : TABLE
  
  LOCK occurs when a connection "locks" (this does not necessarily mean a table
  lock and also happens for row-locking engines) the table at the beginning of
  a statement. This event is generated at the beginning of every statement for
  every affected table, unless there's a LOCK TABLES statement in effect (in
  which case it is generated once for LOCK TABLES and then is suppressed until
  the tables are unlocked).

  CREATE/DROP/RENAME occur when a table is created, dropped, or renamed.
*/

#define MYSQL_AUDIT_TABLE_CLASS 15
#define MYSQL_AUDIT_TABLE_CLASSMASK (1 << MYSQL_AUDIT_TABLE_CLASS)
#define MYSQL_AUDIT_TABLE_LOCK   0
#define MYSQL_AUDIT_TABLE_CREATE 1
#define MYSQL_AUDIT_TABLE_DROP   2
#define MYSQL_AUDIT_TABLE_RENAME 3
#define MYSQL_AUDIT_TABLE_ALTER  4

struct mysql_event_table
{
  unsigned int event_subclass;
  unsigned long thread_id;
  const char *user;
  const char *priv_user;
  const char *priv_host;
  const char *external_user;
  const char *proxy_user;
  const char *host;
  const char *ip;
  MYSQL_CONST_LEX_STRING database;
  MYSQL_CONST_LEX_STRING table;
  /* for MYSQL_AUDIT_TABLE_RENAME */
  MYSQL_CONST_LEX_STRING new_database;
  MYSQL_CONST_LEX_STRING new_table;
  /* for MYSQL_AUDIT_TABLE_LOCK, true if read-only, false if read/write */
  int read_only;
  /* Added in version 0x302 */
  unsigned long long query_id;
};

/*************************************************************************
  Here we define the descriptor structure, that is referred from
  st_mysql_plugin.

  release_thd() event occurs when the event class consumer is to be
  disassociated from the specified THD. This would typically occur
  before some operation which may require sleeping - such as when
  waiting for the next query from the client.
  
  event_notify() is invoked whenever an event occurs which is of any
  class for which the plugin has interest. The second argument
  indicates the specific event class and the third argument is data
  as required for that class.
  
  class_mask is an array of bits used to indicate what event classes
  that this plugin wants to receive.
*/

struct st_mysql_audit
{
  int interface_version;
  void (*release_thd)(MYSQL_THD);
  void (*event_notify)(MYSQL_THD, unsigned int, const void *);
  unsigned long class_mask[MYSQL_AUDIT_CLASS_MASK_SIZE];
};


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICE_ENCRYPTION_SCHEME_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2015, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file
  encryption scheme service

  A higher-level access to encryption service.

  This is a helper service that storage engines use to encrypt tables on disk.
  It requests keys from the plugin, generates temporary or local keys
  from the global (as returned by the plugin) keys, etc.

  To use the service:

  * st_encryption_scheme object is created per space. A "space" can be
    a table space in XtraDB/InnoDB, a file in Aria, etc.  The whole
    space is encrypted with the one key id.

  * The service does not take the key and the IV as parameters for
    encryption or decryption. Instead it takes two 32-bit integers and
    one 64-bit integer (and requests the key from an encryption
    plugin, if needed).

  * The service requests the global key from the encryption plugin
    automatically as needed. Three last keys are cached in the
    st_encryption_scheme. Number of key requests (number of cache
    misses) are counted in st_encryption_scheme::keyserver_requests

  * If an st_encryption_scheme can be used concurrently by different
    threads, it needs to be able to lock itself when accessing the key
    cache.  Set the st_encryption_scheme::locker appropriately. If
    non-zero, it will be invoked by encrypt/decrypt functions to lock
    and unlock the scheme when needed.

  * Implementation details (in particular, key derivation) are defined
    by the scheme type. Currently only schema type 1 is supported.

  In the schema type 1, every "space" (table space in XtraDB/InnoDB,
  file in Aria) is encrypted with a different space-local key:

  * Every space has a 16-byte unique identifier (typically it's
    generated randomly and stored in the space). The caller should
    put it into st_encryption_scheme::iv.

  * Space-local key is generated by encrypting this identifier with
    the global encryption key (of the given id and version) using AES_ECB.

  * Encryption/decryption parameters for a page are typically the
    4-byte space id, 4-byte page position (offset, page number, etc),
    and the 8-byte LSN. This guarantees that they'll be different for
    any two pages (of the same or different tablespaces) and also that
    they'll change for the same page when it's modified. They don't need
    to be secret (they create the IV, not the encryption key).
*/

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define ENCRYPTION_SCHEME_KEY_INVALID    -1
#define ENCRYPTION_SCHEME_BLOCK_LENGTH   16

struct st_encryption_scheme_key {
  unsigned int version;
  unsigned char key[ENCRYPTION_SCHEME_BLOCK_LENGTH];
};

struct st_encryption_scheme {
  unsigned char iv[ENCRYPTION_SCHEME_BLOCK_LENGTH];
  struct st_encryption_scheme_key key[3];
  unsigned int keyserver_requests;
  unsigned int key_id;
  unsigned int type;

  void (*locker)(struct st_encryption_scheme *self, int release);
};

extern struct encryption_scheme_service_st {
  int (*encryption_scheme_encrypt_func)
                               (const unsigned char* src, unsigned int slen,
                                unsigned char* dst, unsigned int* dlen,
                                struct st_encryption_scheme *scheme,
                                unsigned int key_version, unsigned int i32_1,
                                unsigned int i32_2, unsigned long long i64);
  int (*encryption_scheme_decrypt_func)
                               (const unsigned char* src, unsigned int slen,
                                unsigned char* dst, unsigned int* dlen,
                                struct st_encryption_scheme *scheme,
                                unsigned int key_version, unsigned int i32_1,
                                unsigned int i32_2, unsigned long long i64);
} *encryption_scheme_service;

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#define encryption_scheme_encrypt(S,SL,D,DL,SCH,KV,I32,J32,I64) encryption_scheme_service->encryption_scheme_encrypt_func(S,SL,D,DL,SCH,KV,I32,J32,I64)
#define encryption_scheme_decrypt(S,SL,D,DL,SCH,KV,I32,J32,I64) encryption_scheme_service->encryption_scheme_decrypt_func(S,SL,D,DL,SCH,KV,I32,J32,I64)

#else

int encryption_scheme_encrypt(const unsigned char* src, unsigned int slen,
                              unsigned char* dst, unsigned int* dlen,
                              struct st_encryption_scheme *scheme,
                              unsigned int key_version, unsigned int i32_1,
                              unsigned int i32_2, unsigned long long i64);
int encryption_scheme_decrypt(const unsigned char* src, unsigned int slen,
                              unsigned char* dst, unsigned int* dlen,
                              struct st_encryption_scheme *scheme,
                              unsigned int key_version, unsigned int i32_1,
                              unsigned int i32_2, unsigned long long i64);

#endif


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#define MYSQL_SERVICE_ENCRYPTION_SCHEME_INCLUDED
#endif
#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICE_SHA1_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2013, 2014, Monty Program Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file
  my sha1 service

  Functions to calculate SHA1 hash from a memory buffer
*/

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_ABI_CHECK
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif

#define MY_SHA1_HASH_SIZE 20 /* Hash size in bytes */

extern struct my_sha1_service_st {
  void (*my_sha1_type)(unsigned char*, const char*, size_t);
  void (*my_sha1_multi_type)(unsigned char*, ...);
  size_t (*my_sha1_context_size_type)();
  void (*my_sha1_init_type)(void *);
  void (*my_sha1_input_type)(void *, const unsigned char *, size_t);
  void (*my_sha1_result_type)(void *, unsigned char *);
} *my_sha1_service;

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#define my_sha1(A,B,C) my_sha1_service->my_sha1_type(A,B,C)
#define my_sha1_multi my_sha1_service->my_sha1_multi_type
#define my_sha1_context_size() my_sha1_service->my_sha1_context_size_type()
#define my_sha1_init(A) my_sha1_service->my_sha1_init_type(A)
#define my_sha1_input(A,B,C) my_sha1_service->my_sha1_input_type(A,B,C)
#define my_sha1_result(A,B) my_sha1_service->my_sha1_result_type(A,B)

#else

void my_sha1(unsigned char*, const char*, size_t);
void my_sha1_multi(unsigned char*, ...);
size_t my_sha1_context_size();
void my_sha1_init(void *context);
void my_sha1_input(void *context, const unsigned char *buf, size_t len);
void my_sha1_result(void *context, unsigned char *digest);

#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#define MYSQL_SERVICE_SHA1_INCLUDED
#endif

/* Copyright (c) 2013, 2018, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICE_KILL_STATEMENT_INCLUDED
#define MYSQL_SERVICE_KILL_STATEMENT_INCLUDED

/**
  @file
  This service provides functions that allow plugins to support
  the KILL statement.

  In MySQL support for the KILL statement is cooperative. The KILL
  statement only sets a "killed" flag. This function returns the value
  of that flag.  A thread should check it often, especially inside
  time-consuming loops, and gracefully abort the operation if it is
  non-zero.

  thd_killed(thd)
  @return 0 - no KILL statement was issued, continue normally
  @return 1 - there was a KILL statement, abort the execution.

  thd_kill_level(thd)
  @return thd_kill_levels_enum values
*/

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

enum thd_kill_levels {
  THD_IS_NOT_KILLED=0,
  THD_ABORT_SOFTLY=50, /**< abort when possible, don't leave tables corrupted */
  THD_ABORT_ASAP=100,  /**< abort asap */
};

extern struct kill_statement_service_st {
  enum thd_kill_levels (*thd_kill_level_func)(const MYSQL_THD);
} *thd_kill_statement_service;

/* backward compatibility helper */
#define thd_killed(THD)   (thd_kill_level(THD) == THD_ABORT_ASAP)

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#define thd_kill_level(THD) \
        thd_kill_statement_service->thd_kill_level_func(THD)

#else

enum thd_kill_levels thd_kill_level(const MYSQL_THD);

#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICE_MD5_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2014, Monty Program Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file
  my md5 service

  Functions to calculate MD5 hash from a memory buffer
*/

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_ABI_CHECK
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif

#define MY_MD5_HASH_SIZE 16 /* Hash size in bytes */

extern struct my_md5_service_st {
  void (*my_md5_type)(unsigned char*, const char*, size_t);
  void (*my_md5_multi_type)(unsigned char*, ...);
  size_t (*my_md5_context_size_type)();
  void (*my_md5_init_type)(void *);
  void (*my_md5_input_type)(void *, const unsigned char *, size_t);
  void (*my_md5_result_type)(void *, unsigned char *);
} *my_md5_service;

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#define my_md5(A,B,C) my_md5_service->my_md5_type(A,B,C)
#define my_md5_multi my_md5_service->my_md5_multi_type
#define my_md5_context_size() my_md5_service->my_md5_context_size_type()
#define my_md5_init(A) my_md5_service->my_md5_init_type(A)
#define my_md5_input(A,B,C) my_md5_service->my_md5_input_type(A,B,C)
#define my_md5_result(A,B) my_md5_service->my_md5_result_type(A,B)

#else

void my_md5(unsigned char*, const char*, size_t);
void my_md5_multi(unsigned char*, ...);
size_t my_md5_context_size();
void my_md5_init(void *context);
void my_md5_input(void *context, const unsigned char *buf, size_t len);
void my_md5_result(void *context, unsigned char *digest);

#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#define MYSQL_SERVICE_MD5_INCLUDED
#endif

/* Copyright (c) 2008, 2023, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
  Copyright (c) 2020, 2021, MariaDB Corporation.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0,
  as published by the Free Software Foundation.

  This program is also distributed with certain software (including
  but not limited to OpenSSL) that is licensed under separate terms,
  as designated in a particular file or component or in included license
  documentation.  The authors of MySQL hereby grant you an additional
  permission to link the program and your derivative works with the
  separately licensed software that they have included with MySQL.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License, version 2.0, for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef MYSQL_THREAD_H
#define MYSQL_THREAD_H

/**
  @file mysql/psi/mysql_thread.h
  Instrumentation helpers for mysys threads, mutexes,
  read write locks and conditions.
  This header file provides the necessary declarations
  to use the mysys thread API with the performance schema instrumentation.
  In some compilers (SunStudio), 'static inline' functions, when declared
  but not used, are not optimized away (because they are unused) by default,
  so that including a static inline function from a header file does
  create unwanted dependencies, causing unresolved symbols at link time.
  Other compilers, like gcc, optimize these dependencies by default.

  Since the instrumented APIs declared here are wrapper on top
  of my_pthread / safemutex / etc APIs,
  including mysql/psi/mysql_thread.h assumes that
  the dependency on my_pthread and safemutex already exists.
*/
/*
  Note: there are several orthogonal dimensions here.

  Dimension 1: Instrumentation
  HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE is defined when the instrumentation is compiled in.
  This may happen both in debug or production builds.

  Dimension 2: Debug
  SAFE_MUTEX is defined when debug is compiled in.
  This may happen both with and without instrumentation.

  Dimension 3: Platform
  Mutexes are implemented with one of:
  - the pthread library
  - fast mutexes
  - window apis
  This is implemented by various macro definitions in my_pthread.h

  This causes complexity with '#ifdef'-ery that can't be avoided.
*/

#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
#ifndef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN
#include "pfs_thread_provider.h"
#endif
#endif

#ifndef PSI_MUTEX_CALL
#define PSI_MUTEX_CALL(M) PSI_DYNAMIC_CALL(M)
#endif

#ifndef PSI_RWLOCK_CALL
#define PSI_RWLOCK_CALL(M) PSI_DYNAMIC_CALL(M)
#endif

#ifndef PSI_COND_CALL
#define PSI_COND_CALL(M) PSI_DYNAMIC_CALL(M)
#endif

#ifndef PSI_THREAD_CALL
#define PSI_THREAD_CALL(M) PSI_DYNAMIC_CALL(M)
#endif

/**
  @defgroup Thread_instrumentation Thread Instrumentation
  @ingroup Instrumentation_interface
  @{
*/

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_THREAD_INTERFACE
#define PSI_CALL_delete_current_thread    PSI_THREAD_CALL(delete_current_thread)
#define PSI_CALL_get_thread               PSI_THREAD_CALL(get_thread)
#define PSI_CALL_new_thread               PSI_THREAD_CALL(new_thread)
#define PSI_CALL_register_thread          PSI_THREAD_CALL(register_thread)
#define PSI_CALL_set_thread               PSI_THREAD_CALL(set_thread)
#define PSI_CALL_set_thread_THD           PSI_THREAD_CALL(set_thread_THD)
#define PSI_CALL_set_thread_connect_attrs PSI_THREAD_CALL(set_thread_connect_attrs)
#define PSI_CALL_set_thread_db            PSI_THREAD_CALL(set_thread_db)
#define PSI_CALL_set_thread_id            PSI_THREAD_CALL(set_thread_id)
#define PSI_CALL_set_thread_os_id         PSI_THREAD_CALL(set_thread_os_id)
#define PSI_CALL_set_thread_info          PSI_THREAD_CALL(set_thread_info)
#define PSI_CALL_set_thread_start_time    PSI_THREAD_CALL(set_thread_start_time)
#define PSI_CALL_set_thread_account       PSI_THREAD_CALL(set_thread_account)
#define PSI_CALL_spawn_thread             PSI_THREAD_CALL(spawn_thread)
#define PSI_CALL_set_connection_type      PSI_THREAD_CALL(set_connection_type)
#else
#define PSI_CALL_delete_current_thread()                do { } while(0)
#define PSI_CALL_get_thread()                           NULL
#define PSI_CALL_new_thread(A1,A2,A3)                   NULL
#define PSI_CALL_register_thread(A1,A2,A3)              do { } while(0)
#define PSI_CALL_set_thread(A1)                         do { } while(0)
#define PSI_CALL_set_thread_THD(A1,A2)                  do { } while(0)
#define PSI_CALL_set_thread_connect_attrs(A1,A2,A3)     0
#define PSI_CALL_set_thread_db(A1,A2)                   do { } while(0)
#define PSI_CALL_set_thread_id(A1,A2)                   do { } while(0)
#define PSI_CALL_set_thread_os_id(A1)                   do { } while(0)
#define PSI_CALL_set_thread_info(A1, A2)                do { } while(0)
#define PSI_CALL_set_thread_start_time(A1)              do { } while(0)
#define PSI_CALL_set_thread_account(A1, A2, A3, A4)     do { } while(0)
#define PSI_CALL_spawn_thread(A1, A2, A3, A4, A5)       0
#define PSI_CALL_set_connection_type(A)                 do { } while(0)
#endif


/**
  An instrumented mutex structure.
  @sa mysql_mutex_t
*/
struct st_mysql_mutex
{
  /** The real mutex. */
#ifdef SAFE_MUTEX
  safe_mutex_t m_mutex;
#else
  pthread_mutex_t m_mutex;
#endif
  /**
    The instrumentation hook.
    Note that this hook is not conditionally defined,
    for binary compatibility of the @c mysql_mutex_t interface.
  */
  struct PSI_mutex *m_psi;
};

/**
  Type of an instrumented mutex.
  @c mysql_mutex_t is a drop-in replacement for @c pthread_mutex_t.
  @sa mysql_mutex_assert_owner
  @sa mysql_mutex_assert_not_owner
  @sa mysql_mutex_init
  @sa mysql_mutex_lock
  @sa mysql_mutex_unlock
  @sa mysql_mutex_destroy
*/
typedef struct st_mysql_mutex mysql_mutex_t;

/**
  An instrumented rwlock structure.
  @sa mysql_rwlock_t
*/
struct st_mysql_rwlock
{
  /** The real rwlock */
  rw_lock_t m_rwlock;
  /**
    The instrumentation hook.
    Note that this hook is not conditionally defined,
    for binary compatibility of the @c mysql_rwlock_t interface.
  */
  struct PSI_rwlock *m_psi;
};

/**
  An instrumented prlock structure.
  @sa mysql_prlock_t
*/
struct st_mysql_prlock
{
  /** The real prlock */
  rw_pr_lock_t m_prlock;
  /**
    The instrumentation hook.
    Note that this hook is not conditionally defined,
    for binary compatibility of the @c mysql_rwlock_t interface.
  */
  struct PSI_rwlock *m_psi;
};

/**
  Type of an instrumented rwlock.
  @c mysql_rwlock_t is a drop-in replacement for @c pthread_rwlock_t.
  @sa mysql_rwlock_init
  @sa mysql_rwlock_rdlock
  @sa mysql_rwlock_tryrdlock
  @sa mysql_rwlock_wrlock
  @sa mysql_rwlock_trywrlock
  @sa mysql_rwlock_unlock
  @sa mysql_rwlock_destroy
*/
typedef struct st_mysql_rwlock mysql_rwlock_t;

/**
  Type of an instrumented prlock.
  A prlock is a read write lock that 'prefers readers' (pr).
  @c mysql_prlock_t is a drop-in replacement for @c rw_pr_lock_t.
  @sa mysql_prlock_init
  @sa mysql_prlock_rdlock
  @sa mysql_prlock_wrlock
  @sa mysql_prlock_unlock
  @sa mysql_prlock_destroy
*/
typedef struct st_mysql_prlock mysql_prlock_t;

/**
  An instrumented cond structure.
  @sa mysql_cond_t
*/
struct st_mysql_cond
{
  /** The real condition */
  pthread_cond_t m_cond;
  /**
    The instrumentation hook.
    Note that this hook is not conditionally defined,
    for binary compatibility of the @c mysql_cond_t interface.
  */
  struct PSI_cond *m_psi;
};

/**
  Type of an instrumented condition.
  @c mysql_cond_t is a drop-in replacement for @c pthread_cond_t.
  @sa mysql_cond_init
  @sa mysql_cond_wait
  @sa mysql_cond_timedwait
  @sa mysql_cond_signal
  @sa mysql_cond_broadcast
  @sa mysql_cond_destroy
*/
typedef struct st_mysql_cond mysql_cond_t;

/*
  Consider the following code:
    static inline void foo() { bar(); }
  when foo() is never called.

  With gcc, foo() is a local static function, so the dependencies
  are optimized away at compile time, and there is no dependency on bar().
  With other compilers (HP, Sun Studio), the function foo() implementation
  is compiled, and bar() needs to be present to link.

  Due to the existing header dependencies in MySQL code, this header file
  is sometime used when it is not needed, which in turn cause link failures
  on some platforms.
  The proper fix would be to cut these extra dependencies in the calling code.
  DISABLE_MYSQL_THREAD_H is a work around to limit dependencies.
  DISABLE_MYSQL_PRLOCK_H is similar, and is used to disable specifically
  the prlock wrappers.
*/
#ifndef DISABLE_MYSQL_THREAD_H

#define mysql_mutex_is_owner(M) safe_mutex_is_owner(&(M)->m_mutex)
/**
  @def mysql_mutex_assert_owner(M)
  Wrapper, to use safe_mutex_assert_owner with instrumented mutexes.
  @c mysql_mutex_assert_owner is a drop-in replacement
  for @c safe_mutex_assert_owner.
*/
#define mysql_mutex_assert_owner(M) \
  safe_mutex_assert_owner(&(M)->m_mutex)

/**
  @def mysql_mutex_assert_not_owner(M)
  Wrapper, to use safe_mutex_assert_not_owner with instrumented mutexes.
  @c mysql_mutex_assert_not_owner is a drop-in replacement
  for @c safe_mutex_assert_not_owner.
*/
#define mysql_mutex_assert_not_owner(M) \
  safe_mutex_assert_not_owner(&(M)->m_mutex)

#define mysql_mutex_setflags(M, F) \
  safe_mutex_setflags(&(M)->m_mutex, (F))

/**
  @def mysql_prlock_assert_write_owner(M)
  Drop-in replacement
  for @c rw_pr_lock_assert_write_owner.
*/
#define mysql_prlock_assert_write_owner(M) \
  rw_pr_lock_assert_write_owner(&(M)->m_prlock)

/**
  @def mysql_prlock_assert_not_write_owner(M)
  Drop-in replacement
  for @c rw_pr_lock_assert_not_write_owner.
*/
#define mysql_prlock_assert_not_write_owner(M) \
  rw_pr_lock_assert_not_write_owner(&(M)->m_prlock)

/**
  @def mysql_mutex_register(P1, P2, P3)
  Mutex registration.
*/
#define mysql_mutex_register(P1, P2, P3) \
  inline_mysql_mutex_register(P1, P2, P3)

/**
  @def mysql_mutex_init(K, M, A)
  Instrumented mutex_init.
  @c mysql_mutex_init is a replacement for @c pthread_mutex_init.
  @param K The PSI_mutex_key for this instrumented mutex
  @param M The mutex to initialize
  @param A Mutex attributes
*/

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_MUTEX_INTERFACE
  #ifdef SAFE_MUTEX
    #define mysql_mutex_init(K, M, A) \
      inline_mysql_mutex_init(K, M, A, #M, __FILE__, __LINE__)
  #else
    #define mysql_mutex_init(K, M, A) \
      inline_mysql_mutex_init(K, M, A)
  #endif
#else
  #ifdef SAFE_MUTEX
    #define mysql_mutex_init(K, M, A) \
      inline_mysql_mutex_init(M, A, #M, __FILE__, __LINE__)
  #else
    #define mysql_mutex_init(K, M, A) \
      inline_mysql_mutex_init(M, A)
  #endif
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_mutex_destroy(M)
  Instrumented mutex_destroy.
  @c mysql_mutex_destroy is a drop-in replacement
  for @c pthread_mutex_destroy.
*/
#ifdef SAFE_MUTEX
  #define mysql_mutex_destroy(M) \
    inline_mysql_mutex_destroy(M, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#else
  #define mysql_mutex_destroy(M) \
    inline_mysql_mutex_destroy(M)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_mutex_lock(M)
  Instrumented mutex_lock.
  @c mysql_mutex_lock is a drop-in replacement for @c pthread_mutex_lock.
  @param M The mutex to lock
*/

#if defined(SAFE_MUTEX) || defined (HAVE_PSI_MUTEX_INTERFACE)
  #define mysql_mutex_lock(M) \
    inline_mysql_mutex_lock(M, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#else
  #define mysql_mutex_lock(M) \
    inline_mysql_mutex_lock(M)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_mutex_trylock(M)
  Instrumented mutex_lock.
  @c mysql_mutex_trylock is a drop-in replacement
  for @c pthread_mutex_trylock.
*/

#if defined(SAFE_MUTEX) || defined (HAVE_PSI_MUTEX_INTERFACE)
  #define mysql_mutex_trylock(M) \
    inline_mysql_mutex_trylock(M, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#else
  #define mysql_mutex_trylock(M) \
    inline_mysql_mutex_trylock(M)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_mutex_unlock(M)
  Instrumented mutex_unlock.
  @c mysql_mutex_unlock is a drop-in replacement for @c pthread_mutex_unlock.
*/
#ifdef SAFE_MUTEX
  #define mysql_mutex_unlock(M) \
    inline_mysql_mutex_unlock(M, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#else
  #define mysql_mutex_unlock(M) \
    inline_mysql_mutex_unlock(M)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_rwlock_register(P1, P2, P3)
  Rwlock registration.
*/
#define mysql_rwlock_register(P1, P2, P3) \
  inline_mysql_rwlock_register(P1, P2, P3)

/**
  @def mysql_rwlock_init(K, RW)
  Instrumented rwlock_init.
  @c mysql_rwlock_init is a replacement for @c pthread_rwlock_init.
  Note that pthread_rwlockattr_t is not supported in MySQL.
  @param K The PSI_rwlock_key for this instrumented rwlock
  @param RW The rwlock to initialize
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_rwlock_init(K, RW) inline_mysql_rwlock_init(K, RW)
#else
  #define mysql_rwlock_init(K, RW) inline_mysql_rwlock_init(RW)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_prlock_init(K, RW)
  Instrumented rw_pr_init.
  @c mysql_prlock_init is a replacement for @c rw_pr_init.
  @param K The PSI_rwlock_key for this instrumented prlock
  @param RW The prlock to initialize
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_prlock_init(K, RW) inline_mysql_prlock_init(K, RW)
#else
  #define mysql_prlock_init(K, RW) inline_mysql_prlock_init(RW)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_rwlock_destroy(RW)
  Instrumented rwlock_destroy.
  @c mysql_rwlock_destroy is a drop-in replacement
  for @c pthread_rwlock_destroy.
*/
#define mysql_rwlock_destroy(RW) inline_mysql_rwlock_destroy(RW)

/**
  @def mysql_prlock_destroy(RW)
  Instrumented rw_pr_destroy.
  @c mysql_prlock_destroy is a drop-in replacement
  for @c rw_pr_destroy.
*/
#define mysql_prlock_destroy(RW) inline_mysql_prlock_destroy(RW)

/**
  @def mysql_rwlock_rdlock(RW)
  Instrumented rwlock_rdlock.
  @c mysql_rwlock_rdlock is a drop-in replacement
  for @c pthread_rwlock_rdlock.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_rwlock_rdlock(RW) \
    inline_mysql_rwlock_rdlock(RW, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#else
  #define mysql_rwlock_rdlock(RW) \
    inline_mysql_rwlock_rdlock(RW)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_prlock_rdlock(RW)
  Instrumented rw_pr_rdlock.
  @c mysql_prlock_rdlock is a drop-in replacement
  for @c rw_pr_rdlock.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_prlock_rdlock(RW) \
    inline_mysql_prlock_rdlock(RW, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#else
  #define mysql_prlock_rdlock(RW) \
    inline_mysql_prlock_rdlock(RW)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_rwlock_wrlock(RW)
  Instrumented rwlock_wrlock.
  @c mysql_rwlock_wrlock is a drop-in replacement
  for @c pthread_rwlock_wrlock.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_rwlock_wrlock(RW) \
    inline_mysql_rwlock_wrlock(RW, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#else
  #define mysql_rwlock_wrlock(RW) \
    inline_mysql_rwlock_wrlock(RW)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_prlock_wrlock(RW)
  Instrumented rw_pr_wrlock.
  @c mysql_prlock_wrlock is a drop-in replacement
  for @c rw_pr_wrlock.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_prlock_wrlock(RW) \
    inline_mysql_prlock_wrlock(RW, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#else
  #define mysql_prlock_wrlock(RW) \
    inline_mysql_prlock_wrlock(RW)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_rwlock_tryrdlock(RW)
  Instrumented rwlock_tryrdlock.
  @c mysql_rwlock_tryrdlock is a drop-in replacement
  for @c pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_rwlock_tryrdlock(RW) \
    inline_mysql_rwlock_tryrdlock(RW, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#else
  #define mysql_rwlock_tryrdlock(RW) \
    inline_mysql_rwlock_tryrdlock(RW)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_rwlock_trywrlock(RW)
  Instrumented rwlock_trywrlock.
  @c mysql_rwlock_trywrlock is a drop-in replacement
  for @c pthread_rwlock_trywrlock.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_rwlock_trywrlock(RW) \
    inline_mysql_rwlock_trywrlock(RW, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#else
  #define mysql_rwlock_trywrlock(RW) \
    inline_mysql_rwlock_trywrlock(RW)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_rwlock_unlock(RW)
  Instrumented rwlock_unlock.
  @c mysql_rwlock_unlock is a drop-in replacement
  for @c pthread_rwlock_unlock.
*/
#define mysql_rwlock_unlock(RW) inline_mysql_rwlock_unlock(RW)

/**
  @def mysql_prlock_unlock(RW)
  Instrumented rw_pr_unlock.
  @c mysql_prlock_unlock is a drop-in replacement
  for @c rw_pr_unlock.
*/
#define mysql_prlock_unlock(RW) inline_mysql_prlock_unlock(RW)

/**
  @def mysql_cond_register(P1, P2, P3)
  Cond registration.
*/
#define mysql_cond_register(P1, P2, P3) \
  inline_mysql_cond_register(P1, P2, P3)

/**
  @def mysql_cond_init(K, C, A)
  Instrumented cond_init.
  @c mysql_cond_init is a replacement for @c pthread_cond_init.
  @param C The cond to initialize
  @param K The PSI_cond_key for this instrumented cond
  @param A Condition attributes
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_COND_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_cond_init(K, C, A) inline_mysql_cond_init(K, C, A)
#else
  #define mysql_cond_init(K, C, A) inline_mysql_cond_init(C, A)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_cond_destroy(C)
  Instrumented cond_destroy.
  @c mysql_cond_destroy is a drop-in replacement for @c pthread_cond_destroy.
*/
#define mysql_cond_destroy(C) inline_mysql_cond_destroy(C)

/**
  @def mysql_cond_wait(C)
  Instrumented cond_wait.
  @c mysql_cond_wait is a drop-in replacement for @c pthread_cond_wait.
*/
#if defined(SAFE_MUTEX) || defined(HAVE_PSI_COND_INTERFACE)
  #define mysql_cond_wait(C, M) \
    inline_mysql_cond_wait(C, M, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#else
  #define mysql_cond_wait(C, M) \
    inline_mysql_cond_wait(C, M)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_cond_timedwait(C, M, W)
  Instrumented cond_timedwait.
  @c mysql_cond_timedwait is a drop-in replacement
  for @c pthread_cond_timedwait.
*/
#if defined(SAFE_MUTEX) || defined(HAVE_PSI_COND_INTERFACE)
  #define mysql_cond_timedwait(C, M, W) \
    inline_mysql_cond_timedwait(C, M, W, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#else
  #define mysql_cond_timedwait(C, M, W) \
    inline_mysql_cond_timedwait(C, M, W)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_cond_signal(C)
  Instrumented cond_signal.
  @c mysql_cond_signal is a drop-in replacement for @c pthread_cond_signal.
*/
#define mysql_cond_signal(C) inline_mysql_cond_signal(C)

/**
  @def mysql_cond_broadcast(C)
  Instrumented cond_broadcast.
  @c mysql_cond_broadcast is a drop-in replacement
  for @c pthread_cond_broadcast.
*/
#define mysql_cond_broadcast(C) inline_mysql_cond_broadcast(C)

/**
  @def mysql_thread_register(P1, P2, P3)
  Thread registration.
*/
#define mysql_thread_register(P1, P2, P3) \
  inline_mysql_thread_register(P1, P2, P3)

#include <governor-mysql/lve-patch/global.h>

GOV_LVE_PTHREAD_CREATE_DECL();

/**
  @def mysql_thread_create(K, P1, P2, P3, P4)
  Instrumented pthread_create.
  This function creates both the thread instrumentation and a thread.
  @c mysql_thread_create is a replacement for @c pthread_create.
  The parameter P4 (or, if it is NULL, P1) will be used as the
  instrumented thread "identity".
  Providing a P1 / P4 parameter with a different value for each call
  will on average improve performances, since this thread identity value
  is used internally to randomize access to data and prevent contention.
  This is optional, and the improvement is not guaranteed, only statistical.
  @param K The PSI_thread_key for this instrumented thread
  @param P1 pthread_create parameter 1
  @param P2 pthread_create parameter 2
  @param P3 pthread_create parameter 3
  @param P4 pthread_create parameter 4
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_THREAD_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_thread_create(K, P1, P2, P3, P4) \
    inline_mysql_thread_create(K, P1, P2, P3, P4)
#else
  #define mysql_thread_create(K, P1, P2, P3, P4) \
    GOV_LVE_PTHREAD_CREATE(P1, P2, P3, P4)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_thread_set_psi_id(I)
  Set the thread identifier for the instrumentation.
  @param I The thread identifier
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_THREAD_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_thread_set_psi_id(I) inline_mysql_thread_set_psi_id(I)
#else
  #define mysql_thread_set_psi_id(I) do {} while (0)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_thread_set_psi_THD(T)
  Set the thread sql session for the instrumentation.
  @param I The thread identifier
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_THREAD_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_thread_set_psi_THD(T) inline_mysql_thread_set_psi_THD(T)
#else
  #define mysql_thread_set_psi_THD(T) do {} while (0)
#endif

static inline void inline_mysql_mutex_register(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_MUTEX_INTERFACE
  const char *category,
  PSI_mutex_info *info,
  int count
#else
  const char *category __attribute__ ((unused)),
  void *info __attribute__ ((unused)),
  int count __attribute__ ((unused))
#endif
)
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_MUTEX_INTERFACE
  PSI_MUTEX_CALL(register_mutex)(category, info, count);
#endif
}

static inline int inline_mysql_mutex_init(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_MUTEX_INTERFACE
  PSI_mutex_key key,
#endif
  mysql_mutex_t *that,
  const pthread_mutexattr_t *attr
#ifdef SAFE_MUTEX
  , const char *src_name, const char *src_file, uint src_line
#endif
  )
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_MUTEX_INTERFACE
  that->m_psi= PSI_MUTEX_CALL(init_mutex)(key, &that->m_mutex);
#else
  that->m_psi= NULL;
#endif
#ifdef SAFE_MUTEX
  return safe_mutex_init(&that->m_mutex, attr, src_name, src_file, src_line);
#else
  return pthread_mutex_init(&that->m_mutex, attr);
#endif
}

static inline int inline_mysql_mutex_destroy(
  mysql_mutex_t *that
#ifdef SAFE_MUTEX
  , const char *src_file, uint src_line
#endif
  )
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_MUTEX_INTERFACE
  if (that->m_psi != NULL)
  {
    PSI_MUTEX_CALL(destroy_mutex)(that->m_psi);
    that->m_psi= NULL;
  }
#endif
#ifdef SAFE_MUTEX
  return safe_mutex_destroy(&that->m_mutex, src_file, src_line);
#else
  return pthread_mutex_destroy(&that->m_mutex);
#endif
}

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_MUTEX_INTERFACE
ATTRIBUTE_COLD int psi_mutex_lock(mysql_mutex_t *that,
                                  const char *file, uint line);
ATTRIBUTE_COLD int psi_mutex_trylock(mysql_mutex_t *that,
                                     const char *file, uint line);
#endif

static inline int inline_mysql_mutex_lock(
  mysql_mutex_t *that
#if defined(SAFE_MUTEX) || defined (HAVE_PSI_MUTEX_INTERFACE)
  , const char *src_file, uint src_line
#endif
  )
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_MUTEX_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(that->m_psi != NULL))
    return psi_mutex_lock(that, src_file, src_line);
#endif
  /* Non instrumented code */
#ifdef SAFE_MUTEX
  return safe_mutex_lock(&that->m_mutex, FALSE, src_file, src_line);
#else
  return pthread_mutex_lock(&that->m_mutex);
#endif
}

static inline int inline_mysql_mutex_trylock(
  mysql_mutex_t *that
#if defined(SAFE_MUTEX) || defined (HAVE_PSI_MUTEX_INTERFACE)
  , const char *src_file, uint src_line
#endif
  )
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_MUTEX_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(that->m_psi != NULL))
    return psi_mutex_trylock(that, src_file, src_line);
#endif
  /* Non instrumented code */
#ifdef SAFE_MUTEX
  return safe_mutex_lock(&that->m_mutex, TRUE, src_file, src_line);
#else
  return pthread_mutex_trylock(&that->m_mutex);
#endif
}

static inline int inline_mysql_mutex_unlock(
  mysql_mutex_t *that
#ifdef SAFE_MUTEX
  , const char *src_file, uint src_line
#endif
  )
{
  int result;

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_MUTEX_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(that->m_psi != NULL))
    PSI_MUTEX_CALL(unlock_mutex)(that->m_psi);
#endif

#ifdef SAFE_MUTEX
  result= safe_mutex_unlock(&that->m_mutex, src_file, src_line);
#else
  result= pthread_mutex_unlock(&that->m_mutex);
#endif

  return result;
}

static inline void inline_mysql_rwlock_register(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  const char *category,
  PSI_rwlock_info *info,
  int count
#else
  const char *category __attribute__ ((unused)),
  void *info __attribute__ ((unused)),
  int count __attribute__ ((unused))
#endif
)
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  PSI_RWLOCK_CALL(register_rwlock)(category, info, count);
#endif
}

static inline int inline_mysql_rwlock_init(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  PSI_rwlock_key key,
#endif
  mysql_rwlock_t *that)
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  that->m_psi= PSI_RWLOCK_CALL(init_rwlock)(key, &that->m_rwlock);
#else
  that->m_psi= NULL;
#endif
  /*
    pthread_rwlockattr_t is not used in MySQL.
  */
  return my_rwlock_init(&that->m_rwlock, NULL);
}

#ifndef DISABLE_MYSQL_PRLOCK_H
static inline int inline_mysql_prlock_init(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  PSI_rwlock_key key,
#endif
  mysql_prlock_t *that)
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  that->m_psi= PSI_RWLOCK_CALL(init_rwlock)(key, &that->m_prlock);
#else
  that->m_psi= NULL;
#endif
  return rw_pr_init(&that->m_prlock);
}
#endif

static inline int inline_mysql_rwlock_destroy(
  mysql_rwlock_t *that)
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(that->m_psi != NULL))
  {
    PSI_RWLOCK_CALL(destroy_rwlock)(that->m_psi);
    that->m_psi= NULL;
  }
#endif
  return rwlock_destroy(&that->m_rwlock);
}

#ifndef DISABLE_MYSQL_PRLOCK_H
static inline int inline_mysql_prlock_destroy(
  mysql_prlock_t *that)
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(that->m_psi != NULL))
  {
    PSI_RWLOCK_CALL(destroy_rwlock)(that->m_psi);
    that->m_psi= NULL;
  }
#endif
  return rw_pr_destroy(&that->m_prlock);
}
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
ATTRIBUTE_COLD
int psi_rwlock_rdlock(mysql_rwlock_t *that, const char *file, uint line);
ATTRIBUTE_COLD
int psi_rwlock_tryrdlock(mysql_rwlock_t *that, const char *file, uint line);
ATTRIBUTE_COLD
int psi_rwlock_wrlock(mysql_rwlock_t *that, const char *file, uint line);
ATTRIBUTE_COLD
int psi_rwlock_trywrlock(mysql_rwlock_t *that, const char *file, uint line);
# ifndef DISABLE_MYSQL_PRLOCK_H
ATTRIBUTE_COLD
int psi_prlock_rdlock(mysql_prlock_t *that, const char *file, uint line);
ATTRIBUTE_COLD
int psi_prlock_wrlock(mysql_prlock_t *that, const char *file, uint line);
# endif
#endif

static inline int inline_mysql_rwlock_rdlock(
  mysql_rwlock_t *that
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  , const char *src_file, uint src_line
#endif
  )
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(that->m_psi != NULL))
    return psi_rwlock_rdlock(that, src_file, src_line);
#endif
  return rw_rdlock(&that->m_rwlock);
}

#ifndef DISABLE_MYSQL_PRLOCK_H
static inline int inline_mysql_prlock_rdlock(
  mysql_prlock_t *that
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  , const char *src_file, uint src_line
#endif
  )
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(that->m_psi != NULL))
    return psi_prlock_rdlock(that, src_file, src_line);
#endif
  return rw_pr_rdlock(&that->m_prlock);
}
#endif

static inline int inline_mysql_rwlock_wrlock(
  mysql_rwlock_t *that
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  , const char *src_file, uint src_line
#endif
  )
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(that->m_psi != NULL))
    return psi_rwlock_wrlock(that, src_file, src_line);
#endif
  return rw_wrlock(&that->m_rwlock);
}

#ifndef DISABLE_MYSQL_PRLOCK_H
static inline int inline_mysql_prlock_wrlock(
  mysql_prlock_t *that
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  , const char *src_file, uint src_line
#endif
  )
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(that->m_psi != NULL))
    return psi_prlock_wrlock(that, src_file, src_line);
#endif
  return rw_pr_wrlock(&that->m_prlock);
}
#endif

static inline int inline_mysql_rwlock_tryrdlock(
  mysql_rwlock_t *that
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  , const char *src_file, uint src_line
#endif
  )
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(that->m_psi != NULL))
    return psi_rwlock_tryrdlock(that, src_file, src_line);
#endif
  return rw_tryrdlock(&that->m_rwlock);
}

static inline int inline_mysql_rwlock_trywrlock(
  mysql_rwlock_t *that
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  , const char *src_file, uint src_line
#endif
  )
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(that->m_psi != NULL))
    return psi_rwlock_trywrlock(that, src_file, src_line);
#endif
  return rw_trywrlock(&that->m_rwlock);
}

static inline int inline_mysql_rwlock_unlock(
  mysql_rwlock_t *that)
{
  int result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(that->m_psi != NULL))
    PSI_RWLOCK_CALL(unlock_rwlock)(that->m_psi);
#endif
  result= rw_unlock(&that->m_rwlock);
  return result;
}

#ifndef DISABLE_MYSQL_PRLOCK_H
static inline int inline_mysql_prlock_unlock(
  mysql_prlock_t *that)
{
  int result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(that->m_psi != NULL))
    PSI_RWLOCK_CALL(unlock_rwlock)(that->m_psi);
#endif
  result= rw_pr_unlock(&that->m_prlock);
  return result;
}
#endif

static inline void inline_mysql_cond_register(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_COND_INTERFACE
  const char *category,
  PSI_cond_info *info,
  int count
#else
  const char *category __attribute__ ((unused)),
  void *info __attribute__ ((unused)),
  int count __attribute__ ((unused))
#endif
)
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_COND_INTERFACE
  PSI_COND_CALL(register_cond)(category, info, count);
#endif
}

static inline int inline_mysql_cond_init(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_COND_INTERFACE
  PSI_cond_key key,
#endif
  mysql_cond_t *that,
  const pthread_condattr_t *attr)
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_COND_INTERFACE
  that->m_psi= PSI_COND_CALL(init_cond)(key, &that->m_cond);
#else
  that->m_psi= NULL;
#endif
  return pthread_cond_init(&that->m_cond, attr);
}

static inline int inline_mysql_cond_destroy(
  mysql_cond_t *that)
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_COND_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(that->m_psi != NULL))
  {
    PSI_COND_CALL(destroy_cond)(that->m_psi);
    that->m_psi= NULL;
  }
#endif
  return pthread_cond_destroy(&that->m_cond);
}

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_COND_INTERFACE
ATTRIBUTE_COLD int psi_cond_wait(mysql_cond_t *that, mysql_mutex_t *mutex,
                                 const char *file, uint line);
ATTRIBUTE_COLD int psi_cond_timedwait(mysql_cond_t *that, mysql_mutex_t *mutex,
                                      const struct timespec *abstime,
                                      const char *file, uint line);
#endif

static inline int inline_mysql_cond_wait(
  mysql_cond_t *that,
  mysql_mutex_t *mutex
#if defined(SAFE_MUTEX) || defined(HAVE_PSI_COND_INTERFACE)
  , const char *src_file, uint src_line
#endif
  )
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_COND_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(that->m_psi != NULL))
    return psi_cond_wait(that, mutex, src_file, src_line);
#endif
  return my_cond_wait(&that->m_cond, &mutex->m_mutex);
}

static inline int inline_mysql_cond_timedwait(
  mysql_cond_t *that,
  mysql_mutex_t *mutex,
  const struct timespec *abstime
#if defined(SAFE_MUTEX) || defined(HAVE_PSI_COND_INTERFACE)
  , const char *src_file, uint src_line
#endif
  )
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_COND_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(that->m_psi != NULL))
    return psi_cond_timedwait(that, mutex, abstime, src_file, src_line);
#endif
  return my_cond_timedwait(&that->m_cond, &mutex->m_mutex, abstime);
}

static inline int inline_mysql_cond_signal(
  mysql_cond_t *that)
{
  int result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_COND_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(that->m_psi != NULL))
    PSI_COND_CALL(signal_cond)(that->m_psi);
#endif
  result= pthread_cond_signal(&that->m_cond);
  return result;
}

static inline int inline_mysql_cond_broadcast(
  mysql_cond_t *that)
{
  int result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_COND_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(that->m_psi != NULL))
    PSI_COND_CALL(broadcast_cond)(that->m_psi);
#endif
  result= pthread_cond_broadcast(&that->m_cond);
  return result;
}

static inline void inline_mysql_thread_register(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_THREAD_INTERFACE
  const char *category,
  PSI_thread_info *info,
  int count
#else
  const char *category __attribute__ ((unused)),
  void *info __attribute__ ((unused)),
  int count __attribute__ ((unused))
#endif
)
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_THREAD_INTERFACE
  PSI_THREAD_CALL(register_thread)(category, info, count);
#endif
}

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_THREAD_INTERFACE
static inline int inline_mysql_thread_create(
  PSI_thread_key key,
  pthread_t *thread, const pthread_attr_t *attr,
  void *(*start_routine)(void*), void *arg)
{
  int result;
  GOV_LVE_SLOT_RESERVE();
  result= PSI_THREAD_CALL(spawn_thread)(key, thread, attr, start_routine, arg);
  GOV_LVE_SLOT_RELEASE();
  return result;
}

static inline void inline_mysql_thread_set_psi_id(my_thread_id id)
{
  struct PSI_thread *psi= PSI_THREAD_CALL(get_thread)();
  PSI_THREAD_CALL(set_thread_id)(psi, id);
}

#ifdef __cplusplus
class THD;
static inline void inline_mysql_thread_set_psi_THD(THD *thd)
{
  struct PSI_thread *psi= PSI_THREAD_CALL(get_thread)();
  PSI_THREAD_CALL(set_thread_THD)(psi, thd);
}
#endif /* __cplusplus */

static inline void mysql_thread_set_peer_port(uint port __attribute__ ((unused))) {
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_THREAD_INTERFACE
  struct PSI_thread *psi = PSI_THREAD_CALL(get_thread)();
  PSI_THREAD_CALL(set_thread_peer_port)(psi, port);
#endif
}

#endif

#endif /* DISABLE_MYSQL_THREAD_H */

/** @} (end of group Thread_instrumentation) */

#endif

/* Copyright (c) 2013, 2023, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0,
  as published by the Free Software Foundation.

  This program is also distributed with certain software (including
  but not limited to OpenSSL) that is licensed under separate terms,
  as designated in a particular file or component or in included license
  documentation.  The authors of MySQL hereby grant you an additional
  permission to link the program and your derivative works with the
  separately licensed software that they have included with MySQL.

  Without limiting anything contained in the foregoing, this file,
  which is part of C Driver for MySQL (Connector/C), is also subject to the
  Universal FOSS Exception, version 1.0, a copy of which can be found at
  http://oss.oracle.com/licenses/universal-foss-exception.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License, version 2.0, for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef MYSQL_PSI_MEMORY_H
#define MYSQL_PSI_MEMORY_H

#include "psi_base.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
  @file mysql/psi/psi_memory.h
  Performance schema instrumentation interface.

  @defgroup Instrumentation_interface Instrumentation Interface
  @ingroup Performance_schema
  @{
*/

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE
#ifndef DISABLE_ALL_PSI
#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_MEMORY
#define HAVE_PSI_MEMORY_INTERFACE
#endif /* DISABLE_PSI_MEMORY */
#endif /* DISABLE_ALL_PSI */
#endif /* HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE */

struct PSI_thread;

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_1

/**
  @defgroup Group_PSI_v1 Application Binary Interface, version 1
  @ingroup Instrumentation_interface
  @{
*/

/**
  Memory instrument information.
  @since PSI_VERSION_1
  This structure is used to register instrumented memory.
*/
struct PSI_memory_info_v1
{
  /** Pointer to the key assigned to the registered memory. */
  PSI_memory_key *m_key;
  /** The name of the memory instrument to register. */
  const char *m_name;
  /**
    The flags of the socket instrument to register.
    @sa PSI_FLAG_GLOBAL
  */
  int m_flags;
};
typedef struct PSI_memory_info_v1 PSI_memory_info_v1;

/**
  Memory registration API.
  @param category a category name (typically a plugin name)
  @param info an array of memory info to register
  @param count the size of the info array
*/
typedef void (*register_memory_v1_t)
  (const char *category, struct PSI_memory_info_v1 *info, int count);

/**
  Instrument memory allocation.
  @param key the memory instrument key
  @param size the size of memory allocated
  @param[out] owner the memory owner
  @return the effective memory instrument key
*/
typedef PSI_memory_key (*memory_alloc_v1_t)
  (PSI_memory_key key, size_t size, struct PSI_thread ** owner);

/**
  Instrument memory re allocation.
  @param key the memory instrument key
  @param old_size the size of memory previously allocated
  @param new_size the size of memory re allocated
  @param[in, out] owner the memory owner
  @return the effective memory instrument key
*/
typedef PSI_memory_key (*memory_realloc_v1_t)
  (PSI_memory_key key, size_t old_size, size_t new_size, struct PSI_thread ** owner);

/**
  Instrument memory claim.
  @param key the memory instrument key
  @param size the size of memory allocated
  @param[in, out] owner the memory owner
  @return the effective memory instrument key
*/
typedef PSI_memory_key (*memory_claim_v1_t)
  (PSI_memory_key key, size_t size, struct PSI_thread ** owner);

/**
  Instrument memory free.
  @param key the memory instrument key
  @param size the size of memory allocated
  @param owner the memory owner
*/
typedef void (*memory_free_v1_t)
  (PSI_memory_key key, size_t size, struct PSI_thread * owner);

/** @} (end of group Group_PSI_v1) */

#ifdef _AIX
PSI_memory_key key_memory_log_event;
#endif

#endif /* HAVE_PSI_1 */

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_2
struct PSI_memory_info_v2
{
  int placeholder;
};

#endif /* HAVE_PSI_2 */

#ifdef USE_PSI_1
typedef struct PSI_memory_info_v1 PSI_memory_info;
#endif

#ifdef USE_PSI_2
typedef struct PSI_memory_info_v2 PSI_memory_info;
#endif

/** @} (end of group Instrumentation_interface) */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif


#endif /* MYSQL_PSI_MEMORY_H */

/* Copyright (c) 2010, 2023, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0,
  as published by the Free Software Foundation.

  This program is also distributed with certain software (including
  but not limited to OpenSSL) that is licensed under separate terms,
  as designated in a particular file or component or in included license
  documentation.  The authors of MySQL hereby grant you an additional
  permission to link the program and your derivative works with the
  separately licensed software that they have included with MySQL.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License, version 2.0, for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
  Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef MYSQL_STAGE_H
#define MYSQL_STAGE_H

/**
  @file mysql/psi/mysql_stage.h
  Instrumentation helpers for stages.
*/

#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"

#ifndef PSI_STAGE_CALL
#define PSI_STAGE_CALL(M) PSI_DYNAMIC_CALL(M)
#endif

/**
  @defgroup Stage_instrumentation Stage Instrumentation
  @ingroup Instrumentation_interface
  @{
*/

/**
  @def mysql_stage_register(P1, P2, P3)
  Stage registration.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STAGE_INTERFACE
#define mysql_stage_register(P1, P2, P3) \
  inline_mysql_stage_register(P1, P2, P3)
#else
#define mysql_stage_register(P1, P2, P3) \
  do {} while (0)
#endif

/**
  @def MYSQL_SET_STAGE
  Set the current stage.
  Use this API when the file and line
  is passed from the caller.
  @param K the stage key
  @param F the source file name
  @param L the source file line
  @return the current stage progress
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STAGE_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_SET_STAGE(K, F, L) \
    inline_mysql_set_stage(K, F, L)
#else
  #define MYSQL_SET_STAGE(K, F, L) \
    NULL
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_set_stage
  Set the current stage.
  @param K the stage key
  @return the current stage progress
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STAGE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_set_stage(K) \
    inline_mysql_set_stage(K, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#else
  #define mysql_set_stage(K) \
    NULL
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_end_stage
  End the last stage
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STAGE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_end_stage() \
    inline_mysql_end_stage()
#else
  #define mysql_end_stage() \
  do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STAGE_INTERFACE
static inline void inline_mysql_stage_register(
  const char *category, PSI_stage_info **info, int count)
{
  PSI_STAGE_CALL(register_stage)(category, info, count);
}
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STAGE_INTERFACE
static inline PSI_stage_progress*
inline_mysql_set_stage(PSI_stage_key key,
                       const char *src_file, int src_line)
{
  return PSI_STAGE_CALL(start_stage)(key, src_file, src_line);
}
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STAGE_INTERFACE
static inline void
inline_mysql_end_stage()
{
  PSI_STAGE_CALL(end_stage)();
}
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STAGE_INTERFACE
#define mysql_stage_set_work_completed(P1, P2) \
  inline_mysql_stage_set_work_completed(P1, P2)

#define mysql_stage_get_work_completed(P1) \
  inline_mysql_stage_get_work_completed(P1)
#else
#define mysql_stage_set_work_completed(P1, P2) \
  do {} while (0)

#define mysql_stage_get_work_completed(P1) \
  do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STAGE_INTERFACE
#define mysql_stage_inc_work_completed(P1, P2) \
  inline_mysql_stage_inc_work_completed(P1, P2)
#else
#define mysql_stage_inc_work_completed(P1, P2) \
  do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STAGE_INTERFACE
#define mysql_stage_set_work_estimated(P1, P2) \
  inline_mysql_stage_set_work_estimated(P1, P2)

#define mysql_stage_get_work_estimated(P1) \
  inline_mysql_stage_get_work_estimated(P1)
#else
#define mysql_stage_set_work_estimated(P1, P2) \
  do {} while (0)

#define mysql_stage_get_work_estimated(P1) \
  do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STAGE_INTERFACE
static inline void
inline_mysql_stage_set_work_completed(PSI_stage_progress *progress,
                                      ulonglong val)
{
  if (progress != NULL)
    progress->m_work_completed= val;
}

static inline ulonglong
inline_mysql_stage_get_work_completed(PSI_stage_progress *progress)
{
  return progress->m_work_completed;
}
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STAGE_INTERFACE
static inline void
inline_mysql_stage_inc_work_completed(PSI_stage_progress *progress,
                                      ulonglong val)
{
  if (progress != NULL)
    progress->m_work_completed+= val;
}
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STAGE_INTERFACE
static inline void
inline_mysql_stage_set_work_estimated(PSI_stage_progress *progress,
                                      ulonglong val)
{
  if (progress != NULL)
    progress->m_work_estimated= val;
}

static inline ulonglong
inline_mysql_stage_get_work_estimated(PSI_stage_progress *progress)
{
  return progress->m_work_estimated;
}
#endif

/** @} (end of group Stage_instrumentation) */

#endif

/* Copyright (c) 2008, 2023, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0,
  as published by the Free Software Foundation.

  This program is also distributed with certain software (including
  but not limited to OpenSSL) that is licensed under separate terms,
  as designated in a particular file or component or in included license
  documentation.  The authors of MySQL hereby grant you an additional
  permission to link the program and your derivative works with the
  separately licensed software that they have included with MySQL.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License, version 2.0, for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef MYSQL_PERFORMANCE_SCHEMA_INTERFACE_H
#define MYSQL_PERFORMANCE_SCHEMA_INTERFACE_H

#ifndef MY_GLOBAL_INCLUDED
/*
  Make sure a .c or .cc file contains an include to my_global.h first.
  When this include is missing, all the #ifdef HAVE_XXX have no effect,
  and the resulting binary won't build, or won't link,
  or will crash at runtime
  since various structures will have different binary definitions.
*/
#error "You must include my_global.h in the code for the build to be correct."
#endif

/*
  If PSI_ON_BY_DFAULT is defined, assume PSI will be enabled by default and
  optimize jumps testing for PSI this case. If not, optimize the binary for
  that PSI is not enabled
*/

#ifdef PSI_ON_BY_DEFAULT
#define psi_likely(A) likely(A)
#define psi_unlikely(A) unlikely(A)
#else
#define psi_likely(A) unlikely(A)
#define psi_unlikely(A) likely(A)
#endif

#include "psi_base.h"
#include "psi_memory.h"

#ifdef _WIN32
typedef struct thread_attr pthread_attr_t;
typedef DWORD pthread_t;
typedef DWORD pthread_key_t;
#endif

/*
  MAINTAINER:
  The following pattern:
    typedef struct XYZ XYZ;
  is not needed in C++, but required for C.
*/

C_MODE_START

/** @sa MDL_key. */
struct MDL_key;
typedef struct MDL_key MDL_key;

/** @sa enum_mdl_type. */
typedef int opaque_mdl_type;

/** @sa enum_mdl_duration. */
typedef int opaque_mdl_duration;

/** @sa MDL_wait::enum_wait_status. */
typedef int opaque_mdl_status;

/** @sa enum_vio_type. */
typedef int opaque_vio_type;

struct TABLE_SHARE;

struct sql_digest_storage;

#ifdef __cplusplus
  class THD;
#else
  /*
    Phony declaration when compiling C code.
    This is ok, because the C code will never have a THD anyway.
  */
  struct opaque_THD
  {
    int dummy;
  };
  typedef struct opaque_THD THD;
#endif

/**
  @file mysql/psi/psi.h
  Performance schema instrumentation interface.

  @defgroup Instrumentation_interface Instrumentation Interface
  @ingroup Performance_schema
  @{
*/

/**
  Interface for an instrumented mutex.
  This is an opaque structure.
*/
struct PSI_mutex;
typedef struct PSI_mutex PSI_mutex;

/**
  Interface for an instrumented rwlock.
  This is an opaque structure.
*/
struct PSI_rwlock;
typedef struct PSI_rwlock PSI_rwlock;

/**
  Interface for an instrumented condition.
  This is an opaque structure.
*/
struct PSI_cond;
typedef struct PSI_cond PSI_cond;

/**
  Interface for an instrumented table share.
  This is an opaque structure.
*/
struct PSI_table_share;
typedef struct PSI_table_share PSI_table_share;

/**
  Interface for an instrumented table handle.
  This is an opaque structure.
*/
struct PSI_table;
typedef struct PSI_table PSI_table;

/**
  Interface for an instrumented thread.
  This is an opaque structure.
*/
struct PSI_thread;
typedef struct PSI_thread PSI_thread;

/**
  Interface for an instrumented file handle.
  This is an opaque structure.
*/
struct PSI_file;
typedef struct PSI_file PSI_file;

/**
  Interface for an instrumented socket descriptor.
  This is an opaque structure.
*/
struct PSI_socket;
typedef struct PSI_socket PSI_socket;

/**
  Interface for an instrumented prepared statement.
  This is an opaque structure.
*/
struct PSI_prepared_stmt;
typedef struct PSI_prepared_stmt PSI_prepared_stmt;

/**
  Interface for an instrumented table operation.
  This is an opaque structure.
*/
struct PSI_table_locker;
typedef struct PSI_table_locker PSI_table_locker;

/**
  Interface for an instrumented statement.
  This is an opaque structure.
*/
struct PSI_statement_locker;
typedef struct PSI_statement_locker PSI_statement_locker;

/**
  Interface for an instrumented transaction.
  This is an opaque structure.
*/
struct PSI_transaction_locker;
typedef struct PSI_transaction_locker PSI_transaction_locker;

/**
  Interface for an instrumented idle operation.
  This is an opaque structure.
*/
struct PSI_idle_locker;
typedef struct PSI_idle_locker PSI_idle_locker;

/**
  Interface for an instrumented statement digest operation.
  This is an opaque structure.
*/
struct PSI_digest_locker;
typedef struct PSI_digest_locker PSI_digest_locker;

/**
  Interface for an instrumented stored procedure share.
  This is an opaque structure.
*/
struct PSI_sp_share;
typedef struct PSI_sp_share PSI_sp_share;

/**
  Interface for an instrumented stored program.
  This is an opaque structure.
*/
struct PSI_sp_locker;
typedef struct PSI_sp_locker PSI_sp_locker;

/**
  Interface for an instrumented metadata lock.
  This is an opaque structure.
*/
struct PSI_metadata_lock;
typedef struct PSI_metadata_lock PSI_metadata_lock;

/**
  Interface for an instrumented stage progress.
  This is a public structure, for efficiency.
*/
struct PSI_stage_progress
{
  ulonglong m_work_completed;
  ulonglong m_work_estimated;
};
typedef struct PSI_stage_progress PSI_stage_progress;

/** IO operation performed on an instrumented table. */
enum PSI_table_io_operation
{
  /** Row fetch. */
  PSI_TABLE_FETCH_ROW= 0,
  /** Row write. */
  PSI_TABLE_WRITE_ROW= 1,
  /** Row update. */
  PSI_TABLE_UPDATE_ROW= 2,
  /** Row delete. */
  PSI_TABLE_DELETE_ROW= 3
};
typedef enum PSI_table_io_operation PSI_table_io_operation;

/**
  State data storage for @c start_table_io_wait_v1_t,
  @c start_table_lock_wait_v1_t.
  This structure provide temporary storage to a table locker.
  The content of this structure is considered opaque,
  the fields are only hints of what an implementation
  of the psi interface can use.
  This memory is provided by the instrumented code for performance reasons.
  @sa start_table_io_wait_v1_t
  @sa start_table_lock_wait_v1_t
*/
struct PSI_table_locker_state
{
  /** Internal state. */
  uint m_flags;
  /** Current io operation. */
  enum PSI_table_io_operation m_io_operation;
  /** Current table handle. */
  struct PSI_table *m_table;
  /** Current table share. */
  struct PSI_table_share *m_table_share;
  /** Current thread. */
  struct PSI_thread *m_thread;
  /** Timer start. */
  ulonglong m_timer_start;
  /** Timer function. */
  ulonglong (*m_timer)(void);
  /** Internal data. */
  void *m_wait;
  /**
    Implementation specific.
    For table io, the table io index.
    For table lock, the lock type.
  */
  uint m_index;
};
typedef struct PSI_table_locker_state PSI_table_locker_state;

/** Entry point for the performance schema interface. */
struct PSI_bootstrap
{
  /**
    ABI interface finder.
    Calling this method with an interface version number returns either
    an instance of the ABI for this version, or NULL.
    @param version the interface version number to find
    @return a versioned interface (PSI_v1, PSI_v2 or PSI)
    @sa PSI_VERSION_1
    @sa PSI_v1
    @sa PSI_VERSION_2
    @sa PSI_v2
    @sa PSI_CURRENT_VERSION
    @sa PSI
  */
  void* (*get_interface)(int version);
};
typedef struct PSI_bootstrap PSI_bootstrap;

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE

#ifdef DISABLE_ALL_PSI

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_THREAD
#define DISABLE_PSI_THREAD
#endif

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_MUTEX
#define DISABLE_PSI_MUTEX
#endif

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_RWLOCK
#define DISABLE_PSI_RWLOCK
#endif

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_COND
#define DISABLE_PSI_COND
#endif

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_FILE
#define DISABLE_PSI_FILE
#endif

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_TABLE
#define DISABLE_PSI_TABLE
#endif

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_SOCKET
#define DISABLE_PSI_SOCKET
#endif

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_STAGE
#define DISABLE_PSI_STAGE
#endif

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_STATEMENT
#define DISABLE_PSI_STATEMENT
#endif

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_SP
#define DISABLE_PSI_SP
#endif

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_IDLE
#define DISABLE_PSI_IDLE
#endif

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_STATEMENT_DIGEST
#define DISABLE_PSI_STATEMENT_DIGEST
#endif

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_METADATA
#define DISABLE_PSI_METADATA
#endif

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_MEMORY
#define DISABLE_PSI_MEMORY
#endif

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_TRANSACTION
#define DISABLE_PSI_TRANSACTION
#endif

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_SP
#define DISABLE_PSI_SP
#endif

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_PS
#define DISABLE_PSI_PS
#endif

#endif

/**
  @def DISABLE_PSI_MUTEX
  Compiling option to disable the mutex instrumentation.
  This option is mostly intended to be used during development,
  when doing special builds with only a subset of the performance schema instrumentation,
  for code analysis / profiling / performance tuning of a specific instrumentation alone.
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_RWLOCK
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_COND
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_FILE
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_THREAD
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_TABLE
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_STAGE
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_STATEMENT
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_SP
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_STATEMENT_DIGEST
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_SOCKET
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_MEMORY
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_IDLE
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_METADATA
  @sa DISABLE PSI_TRANSACTION
*/

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_MUTEX
#define HAVE_PSI_MUTEX_INTERFACE
#endif

/**
  @def DISABLE_PSI_RWLOCK
  Compiling option to disable the rwlock instrumentation.
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_MUTEX
*/

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_RWLOCK
#define HAVE_PSI_RWLOCK_INTERFACE
#endif

/**
  @def DISABLE_PSI_COND
  Compiling option to disable the cond instrumentation.
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_MUTEX
*/

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_COND
#define HAVE_PSI_COND_INTERFACE
#endif

/**
  @def DISABLE_PSI_FILE
  Compiling option to disable the file instrumentation.
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_MUTEX
*/

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_FILE
#define HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
#endif

/**
  @def DISABLE_PSI_THREAD
  Compiling option to disable the thread instrumentation.
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_MUTEX
*/
#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_THREAD
#define HAVE_PSI_THREAD_INTERFACE
#endif

/**
  @def DISABLE_PSI_TABLE
  Compiling option to disable the table instrumentation.
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_MUTEX
*/

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_TABLE
#define HAVE_PSI_TABLE_INTERFACE
#endif

/**
  @def DISABLE_PSI_STAGE
  Compiling option to disable the stage instrumentation.
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_MUTEX
*/

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_STAGE
#define HAVE_PSI_STAGE_INTERFACE
#endif

/**
  @def DISABLE_PSI_STATEMENT
  Compiling option to disable the statement instrumentation.
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_MUTEX
*/

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_STATEMENT
#define HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_INTERFACE
#endif

/**
  @def DISABLE_PSI_SP
  Compiling option to disable the stored program instrumentation.
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_MUTEX
*/
#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_SP
#define HAVE_PSI_SP_INTERFACE
#endif

/**
  @def DISABLE_PSI_PS
  Compiling option to disable the prepared statement instrumentation.
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_MUTEX
*/
#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_STATEMENT
#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_PS
#define HAVE_PSI_PS_INTERFACE
#endif
#endif

/**
  @def DISABLE_PSI_STATEMENT_DIGEST
  Compiling option to disable the statement digest instrumentation.
*/

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_STATEMENT
#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_STATEMENT_DIGEST
#define HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_DIGEST_INTERFACE
#endif
#endif

/**
  @def DISABLE_PSI_TRANSACTION
  Compiling option to disable the transaction instrumentation.
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_MUTEX
*/

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_TRANSACTION
#define HAVE_PSI_TRANSACTION_INTERFACE
#endif

/**
  @def DISABLE_PSI_SOCKET
  Compiling option to disable the statement instrumentation.
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_MUTEX
*/

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_SOCKET
#define HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
#endif

/**
  @def DISABLE_PSI_MEMORY
  Compiling option to disable the memory instrumentation.
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_MUTEX
*/

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_MEMORY
#define HAVE_PSI_MEMORY_INTERFACE
#endif

/**
  @def DISABLE_PSI_IDLE
  Compiling option to disable the idle instrumentation.
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_MUTEX
*/

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_IDLE
#define HAVE_PSI_IDLE_INTERFACE
#endif

/**
  @def DISABLE_PSI_METADATA
  Compiling option to disable the metadata instrumentation.
  @sa DISABLE_PSI_MUTEX
*/

#ifndef DISABLE_PSI_METADATA
#define HAVE_PSI_METADATA_INTERFACE
#endif

/**
  @def PSI_VERSION_1
  Performance Schema Interface number for version 1.
  This version is supported.
*/
#define PSI_VERSION_1 1

/**
  @def PSI_VERSION_2
  Performance Schema Interface number for version 2.
  This version is not implemented, it's a placeholder.
*/
#define PSI_VERSION_2 2

/**
  @def PSI_CURRENT_VERSION
  Performance Schema Interface number for the most recent version.
  The most current version is @c PSI_VERSION_1
*/
#define PSI_CURRENT_VERSION 1

#ifndef USE_PSI_2
#ifndef USE_PSI_1
#define USE_PSI_1
#endif
#endif

/**
  Interface for an instrumented mutex operation.
  This is an opaque structure.
*/
struct PSI_mutex_locker;
typedef struct PSI_mutex_locker PSI_mutex_locker;

/**
  Interface for an instrumented rwlock operation.
  This is an opaque structure.
*/
struct PSI_rwlock_locker;
typedef struct PSI_rwlock_locker PSI_rwlock_locker;

/**
  Interface for an instrumented condition operation.
  This is an opaque structure.
*/
struct PSI_cond_locker;
typedef struct PSI_cond_locker PSI_cond_locker;

/**
  Interface for an instrumented file operation.
  This is an opaque structure.
*/
struct PSI_file_locker;
typedef struct PSI_file_locker PSI_file_locker;

/**
  Interface for an instrumented socket operation.
  This is an opaque structure.
*/
struct PSI_socket_locker;
typedef struct PSI_socket_locker PSI_socket_locker;

/**
  Interface for an instrumented MDL operation.
  This is an opaque structure.
*/
struct PSI_metadata_locker;
typedef struct PSI_metadata_locker PSI_metadata_locker;

/** Operation performed on an instrumented mutex. */
enum PSI_mutex_operation
{
  /** Lock. */
  PSI_MUTEX_LOCK= 0,
  /** Lock attempt. */
  PSI_MUTEX_TRYLOCK= 1
};
typedef enum PSI_mutex_operation PSI_mutex_operation;

/**
  Operation performed on an instrumented rwlock.
  For basic READ / WRITE lock,
  operations are "READ" or "WRITE".
  For SX-locks, operations are "SHARED", "SHARED-EXCLUSIVE" or "EXCLUSIVE".
*/
enum PSI_rwlock_operation
{
  /** Read lock. */
  PSI_RWLOCK_READLOCK= 0,
  /** Write lock. */
  PSI_RWLOCK_WRITELOCK= 1,
  /** Read lock attempt. */
  PSI_RWLOCK_TRYREADLOCK= 2,
  /** Write lock attempt. */
  PSI_RWLOCK_TRYWRITELOCK= 3,

  /** Shared lock. */
  PSI_RWLOCK_SHAREDLOCK= 4,
  /** Shared Exclusive lock. */
  PSI_RWLOCK_SHAREDEXCLUSIVELOCK= 5,
  /** Exclusive lock. */
  PSI_RWLOCK_EXCLUSIVELOCK= 6,
  /** Shared lock attempt. */
  PSI_RWLOCK_TRYSHAREDLOCK= 7,
  /** Shared Exclusive lock attempt. */
  PSI_RWLOCK_TRYSHAREDEXCLUSIVELOCK= 8,
  /** Exclusive lock attempt. */
  PSI_RWLOCK_TRYEXCLUSIVELOCK= 9

};
typedef enum PSI_rwlock_operation PSI_rwlock_operation;

/** Operation performed on an instrumented condition. */
enum PSI_cond_operation
{
  /** Wait. */
  PSI_COND_WAIT= 0,
  /** Wait, with timeout. */
  PSI_COND_TIMEDWAIT= 1
};
typedef enum PSI_cond_operation PSI_cond_operation;

/** Operation performed on an instrumented file. */
enum PSI_file_operation
{
  /** File creation, as in @c create(). */
  PSI_FILE_CREATE= 0,
  /** Temporary file creation, as in @c create_temp_file(). */
  PSI_FILE_CREATE_TMP= 1,
  /** File open, as in @c open(). */
  PSI_FILE_OPEN= 2,
  /** File open, as in @c fopen(). */
  PSI_FILE_STREAM_OPEN= 3,
  /** File close, as in @c close(). */
  PSI_FILE_CLOSE= 4,
  /** File close, as in @c fclose(). */
  PSI_FILE_STREAM_CLOSE= 5,
  /**
    Generic file read, such as @c fgets(), @c fgetc(), @c fread(), @c read(),
    @c pread().
  */
  PSI_FILE_READ= 6,
  /**
    Generic file write, such as @c fputs(), @c fputc(), @c fprintf(),
    @c vfprintf(), @c fwrite(), @c write(), @c pwrite().
  */
  PSI_FILE_WRITE= 7,
  /** Generic file seek, such as @c fseek() or @c seek(). */
  PSI_FILE_SEEK= 8,
  /** Generic file tell, such as @c ftell() or @c tell(). */
  PSI_FILE_TELL= 9,
  /** File flush, as in @c fflush(). */
  PSI_FILE_FLUSH= 10,
  /** File stat, as in @c stat(). */
  PSI_FILE_STAT= 11,
  /** File stat, as in @c fstat(). */
  PSI_FILE_FSTAT= 12,
  /** File chsize, as in @c my_chsize(). */
  PSI_FILE_CHSIZE= 13,
  /** File delete, such as @c my_delete() or @c my_handler_delete_with_symlink(). */
  PSI_FILE_DELETE= 14,
  /** File rename, such as @c my_rename() or @c my_rename_with_symlink(). */
  PSI_FILE_RENAME= 15,
  /** File sync, as in @c fsync() or @c my_sync(). */
  PSI_FILE_SYNC= 16
};
typedef enum PSI_file_operation PSI_file_operation;

/** Lock operation performed on an instrumented table. */
enum PSI_table_lock_operation
{
  /** Table lock, in the server layer. */
  PSI_TABLE_LOCK= 0,
  /** Table lock, in the storage engine layer. */
  PSI_TABLE_EXTERNAL_LOCK= 1
};
typedef enum PSI_table_lock_operation PSI_table_lock_operation;

/** State of an instrumented socket. */
enum PSI_socket_state
{
  /** Idle, waiting for the next command. */
  PSI_SOCKET_STATE_IDLE= 1,
  /** Active, executing a command. */
  PSI_SOCKET_STATE_ACTIVE= 2
};
typedef enum PSI_socket_state PSI_socket_state;

/** Operation performed on an instrumented socket. */
enum PSI_socket_operation
{
  /** Socket creation, as in @c socket() or @c socketpair(). */
  PSI_SOCKET_CREATE= 0,
  /** Socket connection, as in @c connect(), @c listen() and @c accept(). */
  PSI_SOCKET_CONNECT= 1,
  /** Socket bind, as in @c bind(), @c getsockname() and @c getpeername(). */
  PSI_SOCKET_BIND= 2,
  /** Socket close, as in @c shutdown(). */
  PSI_SOCKET_CLOSE= 3,
  /** Socket send, @c send(). */
  PSI_SOCKET_SEND= 4,
  /** Socket receive, @c recv(). */
  PSI_SOCKET_RECV= 5,
  /** Socket send, @c sendto(). */
  PSI_SOCKET_SENDTO= 6,
  /** Socket receive, @c recvfrom). */
  PSI_SOCKET_RECVFROM= 7,
  /** Socket send, @c sendmsg(). */
  PSI_SOCKET_SENDMSG= 8,
  /** Socket receive, @c recvmsg(). */
  PSI_SOCKET_RECVMSG= 9,
  /** Socket seek, such as @c fseek() or @c seek(). */
  PSI_SOCKET_SEEK= 10,
  /** Socket options, as in @c getsockopt() and @c setsockopt(). */
  PSI_SOCKET_OPT= 11,
  /** Socket status, as in @c sockatmark() and @c isfdtype(). */
  PSI_SOCKET_STAT= 12,
  /** Socket shutdown, as in @c shutdown(). */
  PSI_SOCKET_SHUTDOWN= 13,
  /** Socket select, as in @c select() and @c poll(). */
  PSI_SOCKET_SELECT= 14
};
typedef enum PSI_socket_operation PSI_socket_operation;

#endif
/**
  Instrumented mutex key.
  To instrument a mutex, a mutex key must be obtained using @c register_mutex.
  Using a zero key always disable the instrumentation.
*/
typedef unsigned int PSI_mutex_key;

/**
  Instrumented rwlock key.
  To instrument a rwlock, a rwlock key must be obtained
  using @c register_rwlock.
  Using a zero key always disable the instrumentation.
*/
typedef unsigned int PSI_rwlock_key;

/**
  Instrumented cond key.
  To instrument a condition, a condition key must be obtained
  using @c register_cond.
  Using a zero key always disable the instrumentation.
*/
typedef unsigned int PSI_cond_key;

/**
  Instrumented thread key.
  To instrument a thread, a thread key must be obtained
  using @c register_thread.
  Using a zero key always disable the instrumentation.
*/
typedef unsigned int PSI_thread_key;

/**
  Instrumented file key.
  To instrument a file, a file key must be obtained using @c register_file.
  Using a zero key always disable the instrumentation.
*/
typedef unsigned int PSI_file_key;

/**
  Instrumented stage key.
  To instrument a stage, a stage key must be obtained using @c register_stage.
  Using a zero key always disable the instrumentation.
*/
typedef unsigned int PSI_stage_key;

/**
  Instrumented statement key.
  To instrument a statement, a statement key must be obtained using @c register_statement.
  Using a zero key always disable the instrumentation.
*/
typedef unsigned int PSI_statement_key;

/**
  Instrumented socket key.
  To instrument a socket, a socket key must be obtained using @c register_socket.
  Using a zero key always disable the instrumentation.
*/
typedef unsigned int PSI_socket_key;

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_1

/**
  @defgroup Group_PSI_v1 Application Binary Interface, version 1
  @ingroup Instrumentation_interface
  @{
*/

/**
  Mutex information.
  @since PSI_VERSION_1
  This structure is used to register an instrumented mutex.
*/
struct PSI_mutex_info_v1
{
  /**
    Pointer to the key assigned to the registered mutex.
  */
  PSI_mutex_key *m_key;
  /**
    The name of the mutex to register.
  */
  const char *m_name;
  /**
    The flags of the mutex to register.
    @sa PSI_FLAG_GLOBAL
  */
  int m_flags;
};
typedef struct PSI_mutex_info_v1 PSI_mutex_info_v1;

/**
  Rwlock information.
  @since PSI_VERSION_1
  This structure is used to register an instrumented rwlock.
*/
struct PSI_rwlock_info_v1
{
  /**
    Pointer to the key assigned to the registered rwlock.
  */
  PSI_rwlock_key *m_key;
  /**
    The name of the rwlock to register.
  */
  const char *m_name;
  /**
    The flags of the rwlock to register.
    @sa PSI_FLAG_GLOBAL
  */
  int m_flags;
};
typedef struct PSI_rwlock_info_v1 PSI_rwlock_info_v1;

/**
  Condition information.
  @since PSI_VERSION_1
  This structure is used to register an instrumented cond.
*/
struct PSI_cond_info_v1
{
  /**
    Pointer to the key assigned to the registered cond.
  */
  PSI_cond_key *m_key;
  /**
    The name of the cond to register.
  */
  const char *m_name;
  /**
    The flags of the cond to register.
    @sa PSI_FLAG_GLOBAL
  */
  int m_flags;
};
typedef struct PSI_cond_info_v1 PSI_cond_info_v1;

/**
  Thread instrument information.
  @since PSI_VERSION_1
  This structure is used to register an instrumented thread.
*/
struct PSI_thread_info_v1
{
  /**
    Pointer to the key assigned to the registered thread.
  */
  PSI_thread_key *m_key;
  /**
    The name of the thread instrument to register.
  */
  const char *m_name;
  /**
    The flags of the thread to register.
    @sa PSI_FLAG_GLOBAL
  */
  int m_flags;
};
typedef struct PSI_thread_info_v1 PSI_thread_info_v1;

/**
  File instrument information.
  @since PSI_VERSION_1
  This structure is used to register an instrumented file.
*/
struct PSI_file_info_v1
{
  /**
    Pointer to the key assigned to the registered file.
  */
  PSI_file_key *m_key;
  /**
    The name of the file instrument to register.
  */
  const char *m_name;
  /**
    The flags of the file instrument to register.
    @sa PSI_FLAG_GLOBAL
  */
  int m_flags;
};
typedef struct PSI_file_info_v1 PSI_file_info_v1;

/**
  Stage instrument information.
  @since PSI_VERSION_1
  This structure is used to register an instrumented stage.
*/
struct PSI_stage_info_v1
{
  /** The registered stage key. */
  PSI_stage_key m_key;
  /** The name of the stage instrument to register. */
  const char *m_name;
  /** The flags of the stage instrument to register. */
  int m_flags;
};
typedef struct PSI_stage_info_v1 PSI_stage_info_v1;

/**
  Statement instrument information.
  @since PSI_VERSION_1
  This structure is used to register an instrumented statement.
*/
struct PSI_statement_info_v1
{
  /** The registered statement key. */
  PSI_statement_key m_key;
  /** The name of the statement instrument to register. */
  const char *m_name;
  /** The flags of the statement instrument to register. */
  int m_flags;
};
typedef struct PSI_statement_info_v1 PSI_statement_info_v1;

/**
  Socket instrument information.
  @since PSI_VERSION_1
  This structure is used to register an instrumented socket.
*/
struct PSI_socket_info_v1
{
  /**
    Pointer to the key assigned to the registered socket.
  */
  PSI_socket_key *m_key;
  /**
    The name of the socket instrument to register.
  */
  const char *m_name;
  /**
    The flags of the socket instrument to register.
    @sa PSI_FLAG_GLOBAL
  */
  int m_flags;
};
typedef struct PSI_socket_info_v1 PSI_socket_info_v1;

/**
  State data storage for @c start_idle_wait_v1_t.
  This structure provide temporary storage to an idle locker.
  The content of this structure is considered opaque,
  the fields are only hints of what an implementation
  of the psi interface can use.
  This memory is provided by the instrumented code for performance reasons.
  @sa start_idle_wait_v1_t.
*/
struct PSI_idle_locker_state_v1
{
  /** Internal state. */
  uint m_flags;
  /** Current thread. */
  struct PSI_thread *m_thread;
  /** Timer start. */
  ulonglong m_timer_start;
  /** Timer function. */
  ulonglong (*m_timer)(void);
  /** Internal data. */
  void *m_wait;
};
typedef struct PSI_idle_locker_state_v1 PSI_idle_locker_state_v1;

/**
  State data storage for @c start_mutex_wait_v1_t.
  This structure provide temporary storage to a mutex locker.
  The content of this structure is considered opaque,
  the fields are only hints of what an implementation
  of the psi interface can use.
  This memory is provided by the instrumented code for performance reasons.
  @sa start_mutex_wait_v1_t
*/
struct PSI_mutex_locker_state_v1
{
  /** Internal state. */
  uint m_flags;
  /** Current operation. */
  enum PSI_mutex_operation m_operation;
  /** Current mutex. */
  struct PSI_mutex *m_mutex;
  /** Current thread. */
  struct PSI_thread *m_thread;
  /** Timer start. */
  ulonglong m_timer_start;
  /** Timer function. */
  ulonglong (*m_timer)(void);
  /** Internal data. */
  void *m_wait;
};
typedef struct PSI_mutex_locker_state_v1 PSI_mutex_locker_state_v1;

/**
  State data storage for @c start_rwlock_rdwait_v1_t, @c start_rwlock_wrwait_v1_t.
  This structure provide temporary storage to a rwlock locker.
  The content of this structure is considered opaque,
  the fields are only hints of what an implementation
  of the psi interface can use.
  This memory is provided by the instrumented code for performance reasons.
  @sa start_rwlock_rdwait_v1_t
  @sa start_rwlock_wrwait_v1_t
*/
struct PSI_rwlock_locker_state_v1
{
  /** Internal state. */
  uint m_flags;
  /** Current operation. */
  enum PSI_rwlock_operation m_operation;
  /** Current rwlock. */
  struct PSI_rwlock *m_rwlock;
  /** Current thread. */
  struct PSI_thread *m_thread;
  /** Timer start. */
  ulonglong m_timer_start;
  /** Timer function. */
  ulonglong (*m_timer)(void);
  /** Internal data. */
  void *m_wait;
};
typedef struct PSI_rwlock_locker_state_v1 PSI_rwlock_locker_state_v1;

/**
  State data storage for @c start_cond_wait_v1_t.
  This structure provide temporary storage to a condition locker.
  The content of this structure is considered opaque,
  the fields are only hints of what an implementation
  of the psi interface can use.
  This memory is provided by the instrumented code for performance reasons.
  @sa start_cond_wait_v1_t
*/
struct PSI_cond_locker_state_v1
{
  /** Internal state. */
  uint m_flags;
  /** Current operation. */
  enum PSI_cond_operation m_operation;
  /** Current condition. */
  struct PSI_cond *m_cond;
  /** Current mutex. */
  struct PSI_mutex *m_mutex;
  /** Current thread. */
  struct PSI_thread *m_thread;
  /** Timer start. */
  ulonglong m_timer_start;
  /** Timer function. */
  ulonglong (*m_timer)(void);
  /** Internal data. */
  void *m_wait;
};
typedef struct PSI_cond_locker_state_v1 PSI_cond_locker_state_v1;

/**
  State data storage for @c get_thread_file_name_locker_v1_t.
  This structure provide temporary storage to a file locker.
  The content of this structure is considered opaque,
  the fields are only hints of what an implementation
  of the psi interface can use.
  This memory is provided by the instrumented code for performance reasons.
  @sa get_thread_file_name_locker_v1_t
  @sa get_thread_file_stream_locker_v1_t
  @sa get_thread_file_descriptor_locker_v1_t
*/
struct PSI_file_locker_state_v1
{
  /** Internal state. */
  uint m_flags;
  /** Current operation. */
  enum PSI_file_operation m_operation;
  /** Current file. */
  struct PSI_file *m_file;
  /** Current file name. */
  const char *m_name;
  /** Current file class. */
  void *m_class;
  /** Current thread. */
  struct PSI_thread *m_thread;
  /** Operation number of bytes. */
  size_t m_number_of_bytes;
  /** Timer start. */
  ulonglong m_timer_start;
  /** Timer function. */
  ulonglong (*m_timer)(void);
  /** Internal data. */
  void *m_wait;
};
typedef struct PSI_file_locker_state_v1 PSI_file_locker_state_v1;

/**
  State data storage for @c start_metadata_wait_v1_t.
  This structure provide temporary storage to a metadata locker.
  The content of this structure is considered opaque,
  the fields are only hints of what an implementation
  of the psi interface can use.
  This memory is provided by the instrumented code for performance reasons.
  @sa start_metadata_wait_v1_t
*/
struct PSI_metadata_locker_state_v1
{
  /** Internal state. */
  uint m_flags;
  /** Current metadata lock. */
  struct PSI_metadata_lock *m_metadata_lock;
  /** Current thread. */
  struct PSI_thread *m_thread;
  /** Timer start. */
  ulonglong m_timer_start;
  /** Timer function. */
  ulonglong (*m_timer)(void);
  /** Internal data. */
  void *m_wait;
};
typedef struct PSI_metadata_locker_state_v1 PSI_metadata_locker_state_v1;

/* Duplicate of NAME_LEN, to avoid dependency on mysql_com.h */
#define PSI_SCHEMA_NAME_LEN (64 * 3)

/**
  State data storage for @c get_thread_statement_locker_v1_t,
  @c get_thread_statement_locker_v1_t.
  This structure provide temporary storage to a statement locker.
  The content of this structure is considered opaque,
  the fields are only hints of what an implementation
  of the psi interface can use.
  This memory is provided by the instrumented code for performance reasons.
  @sa get_thread_statement_locker_v1_t
*/
struct PSI_statement_locker_state_v1
{
  /** Discarded flag. */
  my_bool m_discarded;
  /** In prepare flag. */
  my_bool m_in_prepare;
  /** Metric, no index used flag. */
  uchar m_no_index_used;
  /** Metric, no good index used flag. */
  uchar m_no_good_index_used;
  /** Internal state. */
  uint m_flags;
  /** Instrumentation class. */
  void *m_class;
  /** Current thread. */
  struct PSI_thread *m_thread;
  /** Timer start. */
  ulonglong m_timer_start;
  /** Timer function. */
  ulonglong (*m_timer)(void);
  /** Internal data. */
  void *m_statement;
  /** Locked time. */
  ulonglong m_lock_time;
  /** Rows sent. */
  ulonglong m_rows_sent;
  /** Rows examined. */
  ulonglong m_rows_examined;
  /** Metric, temporary tables created on disk. */
  ulong m_created_tmp_disk_tables;
  /** Metric, temporary tables created. */
  ulong m_created_tmp_tables;
  /** Metric, number of select full join. */
  ulong m_select_full_join;
  /** Metric, number of select full range join. */
  ulong m_select_full_range_join;
  /** Metric, number of select range. */
  ulong m_select_range;
  /** Metric, number of select range check. */
  ulong m_select_range_check;
  /** Metric, number of select scan. */
  ulong m_select_scan;
  /** Metric, number of sort merge passes. */
  ulong m_sort_merge_passes;
  /** Metric, number of sort merge. */
  ulong m_sort_range;
  /** Metric, number of sort rows. */
  ulong m_sort_rows;
  /** Metric, number of sort scans. */
  ulong m_sort_scan;
  /** Statement digest. */
  const struct sql_digest_storage *m_digest;
  /** Current schema name. */
  char m_schema_name[PSI_SCHEMA_NAME_LEN];
  /** Length in bytes of @c m_schema_name. */
  uint m_schema_name_length;
  /** Statement character set number. */
  uint m_cs_number;
  PSI_sp_share *m_parent_sp_share;
  PSI_prepared_stmt *m_parent_prepared_stmt;
};
typedef struct PSI_statement_locker_state_v1 PSI_statement_locker_state_v1;

/**
  State data storage for @c get_thread_transaction_locker_v1_t,
  @c get_thread_transaction_locker_v1_t.
  This structure provide temporary storage to a transaction locker.
  The content of this structure is considered opaque,
  the fields are only hints of what an implementation
  of the psi interface can use.
  This memory is provided by the instrumented code for performance reasons.
  @sa get_thread_transaction_locker_v1_t
*/
struct PSI_transaction_locker_state_v1
{
  /** Internal state. */
  uint m_flags;
  /** Instrumentation class. */
  void *m_class;
  /** Current thread. */
  struct PSI_thread *m_thread;
  /** Timer start. */
  ulonglong m_timer_start;
  /** Timer function. */
  ulonglong (*m_timer)(void);
  /** Internal data. */
  void *m_transaction;
  /** True if read-only transaction, false if read-write. */
  my_bool m_read_only;
  /** True if transaction is autocommit. */
  my_bool m_autocommit;
  /** Number of statements. */
  ulong m_statement_count;
  /** Total number of savepoints. */
  ulong m_savepoint_count;
  /** Number of rollback_to_savepoint. */
  ulong m_rollback_to_savepoint_count;
  /** Number of release_savepoint. */
  ulong m_release_savepoint_count;
};

typedef struct PSI_transaction_locker_state_v1 PSI_transaction_locker_state_v1;

/**
  State data storage for @c start_socket_wait_v1_t.
  This structure provide temporary storage to a socket locker.
  The content of this structure is considered opaque,
  the fields are only hints of what an implementation
  of the psi interface can use.
  This memory is provided by the instrumented code for performance reasons.
  @sa start_socket_wait_v1_t
*/
struct PSI_socket_locker_state_v1
{
  /** Internal state. */
  uint m_flags;
  /** Current socket. */
  struct PSI_socket *m_socket;
  /** Current thread. */
  struct PSI_thread *m_thread;
  /** Operation number of bytes. */
  size_t m_number_of_bytes;
  /** Timer start. */
  ulonglong m_timer_start;
  /** Timer function. */
  ulonglong (*m_timer)(void);
  /** Current operation. */
  enum PSI_socket_operation m_operation;
  /** Source file. */
  const char* m_src_file;
  /** Source line number. */
  int m_src_line;
  /** Internal data. */
  void *m_wait;
};
typedef struct PSI_socket_locker_state_v1 PSI_socket_locker_state_v1;

struct PSI_sp_locker_state_v1
{
  /** Internal state. */
  uint m_flags;
  /** Current thread. */
  struct PSI_thread *m_thread;
  /** Timer start. */
  ulonglong m_timer_start;
  /** Timer function. */
  ulonglong (*m_timer)(void);
  /** Stored Procedure share. */
  PSI_sp_share* m_sp_share;
};
typedef struct PSI_sp_locker_state_v1 PSI_sp_locker_state_v1;

/* Using typedef to make reuse between PSI_v1 and PSI_v2 easier later. */

/**
  Mutex registration API.
  @param category a category name (typically a plugin name)
  @param info an array of mutex info to register
  @param count the size of the info array
*/
typedef void (*register_mutex_v1_t)
  (const char *category, struct PSI_mutex_info_v1 *info, int count);

/**
  Rwlock registration API.
  @param category a category name (typically a plugin name)
  @param info an array of rwlock info to register
  @param count the size of the info array
*/
typedef void (*register_rwlock_v1_t)
  (const char *category, struct PSI_rwlock_info_v1 *info, int count);

/**
  Cond registration API.
  @param category a category name (typically a plugin name)
  @param info an array of cond info to register
  @param count the size of the info array
*/
typedef void (*register_cond_v1_t)
  (const char *category, struct PSI_cond_info_v1 *info, int count);

/**
  Thread registration API.
  @param category a category name (typically a plugin name)
  @param info an array of thread info to register
  @param count the size of the info array
*/
typedef void (*register_thread_v1_t)
  (const char *category, struct PSI_thread_info_v1 *info, int count);

/**
  File registration API.
  @param category a category name (typically a plugin name)
  @param info an array of file info to register
  @param count the size of the info array
*/
typedef void (*register_file_v1_t)
  (const char *category, struct PSI_file_info_v1 *info, int count);

/**
  Stage registration API.
  @param category a category name
  @param info an array of stage info to register
  @param count the size of the info array
*/
typedef void (*register_stage_v1_t)
  (const char *category, struct PSI_stage_info_v1 **info, int count);

/**
  Statement registration API.
  @param category a category name
  @param info an array of stage info to register
  @param count the size of the info array
*/
typedef void (*register_statement_v1_t)
  (const char *category, struct PSI_statement_info_v1 *info, int count);

/**
  Socket registration API.
  @param category a category name (typically a plugin name)
  @param info an array of socket info to register
  @param count the size of the info array
*/
typedef void (*register_socket_v1_t)
  (const char *category, struct PSI_socket_info_v1 *info, int count);

/**
  Mutex instrumentation initialisation API.
  @param key the registered mutex key
  @param identity the address of the mutex itself
  @return an instrumented mutex
*/
typedef struct PSI_mutex* (*init_mutex_v1_t)
  (PSI_mutex_key key, void *identity);

/**
  Mutex instrumentation destruction API.
  @param mutex the mutex to destroy
*/
typedef void (*destroy_mutex_v1_t)(struct PSI_mutex *mutex);

/**
  Rwlock instrumentation initialisation API.
  @param key the registered rwlock key
  @param identity the address of the rwlock itself
  @return an instrumented rwlock
*/
typedef struct PSI_rwlock* (*init_rwlock_v1_t)
  (PSI_rwlock_key key, void *identity);

/**
  Rwlock instrumentation destruction API.
  @param rwlock the rwlock to destroy
*/
typedef void (*destroy_rwlock_v1_t)(struct PSI_rwlock *rwlock);

/**
  Cond instrumentation initialisation API.
  @param key the registered key
  @param identity the address of the rwlock itself
  @return an instrumented cond
*/
typedef struct PSI_cond* (*init_cond_v1_t)
  (PSI_cond_key key, void *identity);

/**
  Cond instrumentation destruction API.
  @param cond the rcond to destroy
*/
typedef void (*destroy_cond_v1_t)(struct PSI_cond *cond);

/**
  Socket instrumentation initialisation API.
  @param key the registered mutex key
  @param socket descriptor
  @param addr the socket ip address
  @param addr_len length of socket ip address
  @return an instrumented socket
*/
typedef struct PSI_socket* (*init_socket_v1_t)
  (PSI_socket_key key, const my_socket *fd,
  const struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t addr_len);

/**
  socket instrumentation destruction API.
  @param socket the socket to destroy
*/
typedef void (*destroy_socket_v1_t)(struct PSI_socket *socket);

/**
  Acquire a table share instrumentation.
  @param temporary True for temporary tables
  @param share The SQL layer table share
  @return a table share instrumentation, or NULL
*/
typedef struct PSI_table_share* (*get_table_share_v1_t)
  (my_bool temporary, struct TABLE_SHARE *share);

/**
  Release a table share.
  @param info the table share to release
*/
typedef void (*release_table_share_v1_t)(struct PSI_table_share *share);

/**
  Drop a table share.
  @param temporary True for temporary tables
  @param schema_name the table schema name
  @param schema_name_length the table schema name length
  @param table_name the table name
  @param table_name_length the table name length
*/
typedef void (*drop_table_share_v1_t)
  (my_bool temporary, const char *schema_name, int schema_name_length,
   const char *table_name, int table_name_length);

/**
  Open an instrumentation table handle.
  @param share the table to open
  @param identity table handle identity
  @return a table handle, or NULL
*/
typedef struct PSI_table* (*open_table_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_table_share *share, const void *identity);

/**
  Unbind a table handle from the current thread.
  This operation happens when an opened table is added to the open table cache.
  @param table the table to unbind
*/
typedef void (*unbind_table_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_table *table);

/**
  Rebind a table handle to the current thread.
  This operation happens when a table from the open table cache
  is reused for a thread.
  @param table the table to unbind
*/
typedef PSI_table* (*rebind_table_v1_t)
  (PSI_table_share *share, const void *identity, PSI_table *table);

/**
  Close an instrumentation table handle.
  Note that the table handle is invalid after this call.
  @param table the table handle to close
*/
typedef void (*close_table_v1_t)(struct TABLE_SHARE *server_share,
                                 struct PSI_table *table);

/**
  Create a file instrumentation for a created file.
  This method does not create the file itself, but is used to notify the
  instrumentation interface that a file was just created.
  @param key the file instrumentation key for this file
  @param name the file name
  @param file the file handle
*/
typedef void (*create_file_v1_t)(PSI_file_key key, const char *name,
                                 File file);

/**
  Spawn a thread.
  This method creates a new thread, with instrumentation.
  @param key the instrumentation key for this thread
  @param thread the resulting thread
  @param attr the thread attributes
  @param start_routine the thread start routine
  @param arg the thread start routine argument
*/
typedef int (*spawn_thread_v1_t)(PSI_thread_key key,
                                 pthread_t *thread,
                                 const pthread_attr_t *attr,
                                 void *(*start_routine)(void*), void *arg);

/**
  Create instrumentation for a thread.
  @param key the registered key
  @param identity an address typical of the thread
  @return an instrumented thread
*/
typedef struct PSI_thread* (*new_thread_v1_t)
  (PSI_thread_key key, const void *identity, ulonglong thread_id);

/**
  Assign a THD to an instrumented thread.
  @param thread the instrumented thread
  @param THD the sql layer THD to assign
*/
typedef void (*set_thread_THD_v1_t)(struct PSI_thread *thread,
                                    THD *thd);

/**
  Assign an id to an instrumented thread.
  @param thread the instrumented thread
  @param id the id to assign
*/
typedef void (*set_thread_id_v1_t)(struct PSI_thread *thread,
                                   ulonglong id);

/**
  Assign the current operating system thread id to an instrumented thread.
  The operating system task id is obtained from @c gettid()
  @param thread the instrumented thread
*/
typedef void (*set_thread_os_id_v1_t)(struct PSI_thread *thread);

/**
  Get the instrumentation for the running thread.
  For this function to return a result,
  the thread instrumentation must have been attached to the
  running thread using @c set_thread()
  @return the instrumentation for the running thread
*/
typedef struct PSI_thread* (*get_thread_v1_t)(void);

/**
  Assign a user name to the instrumented thread.
  @param user the user name
  @param user_len the user name length
*/
typedef void (*set_thread_user_v1_t)(const char *user, int user_len);

/**
  Assign a user name and host name to the instrumented thread.
  @param user the user name
  @param user_len the user name length
  @param host the host name
  @param host_len the host name length
*/
typedef void (*set_thread_account_v1_t)(const char *user, int user_len,
                                        const char *host, int host_len);

/**
  Assign a current database to the instrumented thread.
  @param db the database name
  @param db_len the database name length
*/
typedef void (*set_thread_db_v1_t)(const char* db, int db_len);

/**
  Assign a current command to the instrumented thread.
  @param command the current command
*/
typedef void (*set_thread_command_v1_t)(int command);

/**
  Assign a connection type to the instrumented thread.
  @param conn_type the connection type
*/
typedef void (*set_connection_type_v1_t)(opaque_vio_type conn_type);


/**
  Assign a start time to the instrumented thread.
  @param start_time the thread start time
*/
typedef void (*set_thread_start_time_v1_t)(time_t start_time);

/**
  Assign a state to the instrumented thread.
  @param state the thread state
*/
typedef void (*set_thread_state_v1_t)(const char* state);

/**
  Assign a process info to the instrumented thread.
  @param info the process into string
  @param info_len the process into string length
*/
typedef void (*set_thread_info_v1_t)(const char* info, uint info_len);

/**
  Attach a thread instrumentation to the running thread.
  In case of thread pools, this method should be called when
  a worker thread picks a work item and runs it.
  Also, this method should be called if the instrumented code does not
  keep the pointer returned by @c new_thread() and relies on @c get_thread()
  instead.
  @param thread the thread instrumentation
*/
typedef void (*set_thread_v1_t)(struct PSI_thread *thread);

/**
  Assign the remote (peer) port to the instrumented thread.

  @param thread    pointer to the thread instrumentation
  @param port      the remote port
*/
typedef void (*set_thread_peer_port_v1_t)(PSI_thread *thread,
                                          unsigned int port);

/** Delete the current thread instrumentation. */
typedef void (*delete_current_thread_v1_t)(void);

/** Delete a thread instrumentation. */
typedef void (*delete_thread_v1_t)(struct PSI_thread *thread);

/**
  Get a file instrumentation locker, for opening or creating a file.
  @param state data storage for the locker
  @param key the file instrumentation key
  @param op the operation to perform
  @param name the file name
  @param identity a pointer representative of this file.
  @return a file locker, or NULL
*/
typedef struct PSI_file_locker* (*get_thread_file_name_locker_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_file_locker_state_v1 *state,
   PSI_file_key key, enum PSI_file_operation op, const char *name,
   const void *identity);

/**
  Get a file stream instrumentation locker.
  @param state data storage for the locker
  @param file the file stream to access
  @param op the operation to perform
  @return a file locker, or NULL
*/
typedef struct PSI_file_locker* (*get_thread_file_stream_locker_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_file_locker_state_v1 *state,
   struct PSI_file *file, enum PSI_file_operation op);

/**
  Get a file instrumentation locker.
  @param state data storage for the locker
  @param file the file descriptor to access
  @param op the operation to perform
  @return a file locker, or NULL
*/
typedef struct PSI_file_locker* (*get_thread_file_descriptor_locker_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_file_locker_state_v1 *state,
   File file, enum PSI_file_operation op);

/**
  Record a mutex instrumentation unlock event.
  @param mutex the mutex instrumentation
*/
typedef void (*unlock_mutex_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_mutex *mutex);

/**
  Record a rwlock instrumentation unlock event.
  @param rwlock the rwlock instrumentation
*/
typedef void (*unlock_rwlock_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_rwlock *rwlock);

/**
  Record a condition instrumentation signal event.
  @param cond the cond instrumentation
*/
typedef void (*signal_cond_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_cond *cond);

/**
  Record a condition instrumentation broadcast event.
  @param cond the cond instrumentation
*/
typedef void (*broadcast_cond_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_cond *cond);

/**
  Record an idle instrumentation wait start event.
  @param state data storage for the locker
  @param file the source file name
  @param line the source line number
  @return an idle locker, or NULL
*/
typedef struct PSI_idle_locker* (*start_idle_wait_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_idle_locker_state_v1 *state, const char *src_file, uint src_line);

/**
  Record an idle instrumentation wait end event.
  @param locker a thread locker for the running thread
*/
typedef void (*end_idle_wait_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_idle_locker *locker);

/**
  Record a mutex instrumentation wait start event.
  @param state data storage for the locker
  @param mutex the instrumented mutex to lock
  @param op the operation to perform
  @param file the source file name
  @param line the source line number
  @return a mutex locker, or NULL
*/
typedef struct PSI_mutex_locker* (*start_mutex_wait_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_mutex_locker_state_v1 *state,
   struct PSI_mutex *mutex,
   enum PSI_mutex_operation op,
   const char *src_file, uint src_line);

/**
  Record a mutex instrumentation wait end event.
  @param locker a thread locker for the running thread
  @param rc the wait operation return code
*/
typedef void (*end_mutex_wait_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_mutex_locker *locker, int rc);

/**
  Record a rwlock instrumentation read wait start event.
  @param locker a thread locker for the running thread
  @param must must block: 1 for lock, 0 for trylock
*/
typedef struct PSI_rwlock_locker* (*start_rwlock_rdwait_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_rwlock_locker_state_v1 *state,
   struct PSI_rwlock *rwlock,
   enum PSI_rwlock_operation op,
   const char *src_file, uint src_line);

/**
  Record a rwlock instrumentation read wait end event.
  @param locker a thread locker for the running thread
  @param rc the wait operation return code
*/
typedef void (*end_rwlock_rdwait_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_rwlock_locker *locker, int rc);

/**
  Record a rwlock instrumentation write wait start event.
  @param locker a thread locker for the running thread
  @param must must block: 1 for lock, 0 for trylock
*/
typedef struct PSI_rwlock_locker* (*start_rwlock_wrwait_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_rwlock_locker_state_v1 *state,
   struct PSI_rwlock *rwlock,
   enum PSI_rwlock_operation op,
   const char *src_file, uint src_line);

/**
  Record a rwlock instrumentation write wait end event.
  @param locker a thread locker for the running thread
  @param rc the wait operation return code
*/
typedef void (*end_rwlock_wrwait_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_rwlock_locker *locker, int rc);

/**
  Record a condition instrumentation wait start event.
  @param locker a thread locker for the running thread
  @param must must block: 1 for wait, 0 for timedwait
*/
typedef struct PSI_cond_locker* (*start_cond_wait_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_cond_locker_state_v1 *state,
   struct PSI_cond *cond,
   struct PSI_mutex *mutex,
   enum PSI_cond_operation op,
   const char *src_file, uint src_line);

/**
  Record a condition instrumentation wait end event.
  @param locker a thread locker for the running thread
  @param rc the wait operation return code
*/
typedef void (*end_cond_wait_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_cond_locker *locker, int rc);

/**
  Record a table instrumentation io wait start event.
  @param locker a table locker for the running thread
  @param file the source file name
  @param line the source line number
*/
typedef struct PSI_table_locker* (*start_table_io_wait_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_table_locker_state *state,
   struct PSI_table *table,
   enum PSI_table_io_operation op,
   uint index,
   const char *src_file, uint src_line);

/**
  Record a table instrumentation io wait end event.
  @param locker a table locker for the running thread
  @param numrows the number of rows involved in io
*/
typedef void (*end_table_io_wait_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_table_locker *locker,
   ulonglong numrows);

/**
  Record a table instrumentation lock wait start event.
  @param locker a table locker for the running thread
  @param file the source file name
  @param line the source line number
*/
typedef struct PSI_table_locker* (*start_table_lock_wait_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_table_locker_state *state,
   struct PSI_table *table,
   enum PSI_table_lock_operation op,
   ulong flags,
   const char *src_file, uint src_line);

/**
  Record a table instrumentation lock wait end event.
  @param locker a table locker for the running thread
*/
typedef void (*end_table_lock_wait_v1_t)(struct PSI_table_locker *locker);

typedef void (*unlock_table_v1_t)(struct PSI_table *table);

/**
  Start a file instrumentation open operation.
  @param locker the file locker
  @param op the operation to perform
  @param src_file the source file name
  @param src_line the source line number
*/
typedef void (*start_file_open_wait_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_file_locker *locker, const char *src_file, uint src_line);

/**
  End a file instrumentation open operation, for file streams.
  @param locker the file locker.
  @param result the opened file (NULL indicates failure, non NULL success).
  @return an instrumented file handle
*/
typedef struct PSI_file* (*end_file_open_wait_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_file_locker *locker, void *result);

/**
  End a file instrumentation open operation, for non stream files.
  @param locker the file locker.
  @param file the file number assigned by open() or create() for this file.
*/
typedef void (*end_file_open_wait_and_bind_to_descriptor_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_file_locker *locker, File file);

/**
  End a file instrumentation open operation, for non stream temporary files.
  @param locker the file locker.
  @param file the file number assigned by open() or create() for this file.
  @param filename the file name generated during temporary file creation.
*/
typedef void (*end_temp_file_open_wait_and_bind_to_descriptor_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_file_locker *locker, File file, const char *filename);

/**
  Record a file instrumentation start event.
  @param locker a file locker for the running thread
  @param op file operation to be performed
  @param count the number of bytes requested, or 0 if not applicable
  @param src_file the source file name
  @param src_line the source line number
*/
typedef void (*start_file_wait_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_file_locker *locker, size_t count,
   const char *src_file, uint src_line);

/**
  Record a file instrumentation end event.
  Note that for file close operations, the instrumented file handle
  associated with the file (which was provided to obtain a locker)
  is invalid after this call.
  @param locker a file locker for the running thread
  @param count the number of bytes actually used in the operation,
  or 0 if not applicable, or -1 if the operation failed
  @sa get_thread_file_name_locker
  @sa get_thread_file_stream_locker
  @sa get_thread_file_descriptor_locker
*/
typedef void (*end_file_wait_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_file_locker *locker, size_t count);

/**
  Start a file instrumentation close operation.
  @param locker the file locker
  @param op the operation to perform
  @param src_file the source file name
  @param src_line the source line number
*/
typedef void (*start_file_close_wait_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_file_locker *locker, const char *src_file, uint src_line);

/**
  End a file instrumentation close operation.
  @param locker the file locker.
  @param rc the close operation return code (0 for success).
  @return an instrumented file handle
*/
typedef void (*end_file_close_wait_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_file_locker *locker, int rc);

/**
  Rename a file instrumentation close operation.
  @param locker the file locker.
  @param old_name name of the file to be renamed.
  @param new_name name of the file after rename.
  @param rc the rename operation return code (0 for success).
*/
typedef void (*end_file_rename_wait_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_file_locker *locker, const char *old_name,
   const char *new_name, int rc);

/**
  Start a new stage, and implicitly end the previous stage.
  @param key the key of the new stage
  @param src_file the source file name
  @param src_line the source line number
  @return the new stage progress
*/
typedef PSI_stage_progress* (*start_stage_v1_t)
  (PSI_stage_key key, const char *src_file, int src_line);

typedef PSI_stage_progress* (*get_current_stage_progress_v1_t)(void);

/** End the current stage. */
typedef void (*end_stage_v1_t) (void);

/**
  Get a statement instrumentation locker.
  @param state data storage for the locker
  @param key the statement instrumentation key
  @param charset client character set
  @return a statement locker, or NULL
*/
typedef struct PSI_statement_locker* (*get_thread_statement_locker_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_statement_locker_state_v1 *state,
   PSI_statement_key key, const void *charset, PSI_sp_share *sp_share);

/**
  Refine a statement locker to a more specific key.
  Note that only events declared mutable can be refined.
  @param the statement locker for the current event
  @param key the new key for the event
  @sa PSI_FLAG_MUTABLE
*/
typedef struct PSI_statement_locker* (*refine_statement_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_statement_locker *locker,
   PSI_statement_key key);

/**
  Start a new statement event.
  @param locker the statement locker for this event
  @param db the active database name for this statement
  @param db_length the active database name length for this statement
  @param src_file source file name
  @param src_line source line number
*/
typedef void (*start_statement_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_statement_locker *locker,
   const char *db, uint db_length,
   const char *src_file, uint src_line);

/**
  Set the statement text for a statement event.
  @param locker the current statement locker
  @param text the statement text
  @param text_len the statement text length
*/
typedef void (*set_statement_text_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_statement_locker *locker,
   const char *text, uint text_len);

/**
  Set a statement event lock time.
  @param locker the statement locker
  @param lock_time the locked time, in microseconds
*/
typedef void (*set_statement_lock_time_t)
  (struct PSI_statement_locker *locker, ulonglong lock_time);

/**
  Set a statement event rows sent metric.
  @param locker the statement locker
  @param count the number of rows sent
*/
typedef void (*set_statement_rows_sent_t)
  (struct PSI_statement_locker *locker, ulonglong count);

/**
  Set a statement event rows examined metric.
  @param locker the statement locker
  @param count the number of rows examined
*/
typedef void (*set_statement_rows_examined_t)
  (struct PSI_statement_locker *locker, ulonglong count);

/**
  Increment a statement event "created tmp disk tables" metric.
  @param locker the statement locker
  @param count the metric increment value
*/
typedef void (*inc_statement_created_tmp_disk_tables_t)
  (struct PSI_statement_locker *locker, ulong count);

/**
  Increment a statement event "created tmp tables" metric.
  @param locker the statement locker
  @param count the metric increment value
*/
typedef void (*inc_statement_created_tmp_tables_t)
  (struct PSI_statement_locker *locker, ulong count);

/**
  Increment a statement event "select full join" metric.
  @param locker the statement locker
  @param count the metric increment value
*/
typedef void (*inc_statement_select_full_join_t)
  (struct PSI_statement_locker *locker, ulong count);

/**
  Increment a statement event "select full range join" metric.
  @param locker the statement locker
  @param count the metric increment value
*/
typedef void (*inc_statement_select_full_range_join_t)
  (struct PSI_statement_locker *locker, ulong count);

/**
  Increment a statement event "select range join" metric.
  @param locker the statement locker
  @param count the metric increment value
*/
typedef void (*inc_statement_select_range_t)
  (struct PSI_statement_locker *locker, ulong count);

/**
  Increment a statement event "select range check" metric.
  @param locker the statement locker
  @param count the metric increment value
*/
typedef void (*inc_statement_select_range_check_t)
  (struct PSI_statement_locker *locker, ulong count);

/**
  Increment a statement event "select scan" metric.
  @param locker the statement locker
  @param count the metric increment value
*/
typedef void (*inc_statement_select_scan_t)
  (struct PSI_statement_locker *locker, ulong count);

/**
  Increment a statement event "sort merge passes" metric.
  @param locker the statement locker
  @param count the metric increment value
*/
typedef void (*inc_statement_sort_merge_passes_t)
  (struct PSI_statement_locker *locker, ulong count);

/**
  Increment a statement event "sort range" metric.
  @param locker the statement locker
  @param count the metric increment value
*/
typedef void (*inc_statement_sort_range_t)
  (struct PSI_statement_locker *locker, ulong count);

/**
  Increment a statement event "sort rows" metric.
  @param locker the statement locker
  @param count the metric increment value
*/
typedef void (*inc_statement_sort_rows_t)
  (struct PSI_statement_locker *locker, ulong count);

/**
  Increment a statement event "sort scan" metric.
  @param locker the statement locker
  @param count the metric increment value
*/
typedef void (*inc_statement_sort_scan_t)
  (struct PSI_statement_locker *locker, ulong count);

/**
  Set a statement event "no index used" metric.
  @param locker the statement locker
  @param count the metric value
*/
typedef void (*set_statement_no_index_used_t)
  (struct PSI_statement_locker *locker);

/**
  Set a statement event "no good index used" metric.
  @param locker the statement locker
  @param count the metric value
*/
typedef void (*set_statement_no_good_index_used_t)
  (struct PSI_statement_locker *locker);

/**
  End a statement event.
  @param locker the statement locker
  @param stmt_da the statement diagnostics area.
  @sa Diagnostics_area
*/
typedef void (*end_statement_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_statement_locker *locker, void *stmt_da);

/**
  Get a transaction instrumentation locker.
  @param state data storage for the locker
  @param xid the xid for this transaction
  @param trxid the InnoDB transaction id
  @param iso_level isolation level for this transaction
  @param read_only true if transaction access mode is read-only
  @param autocommit true if transaction is autocommit
  @return a transaction locker, or NULL
*/
typedef struct PSI_transaction_locker* (*get_thread_transaction_locker_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_transaction_locker_state_v1 *state, const void *xid,
   ulonglong trxid, int isolation_level, my_bool read_only,
   my_bool autocommit);

/**
  Start a new transaction event.
  @param locker the transaction locker for this event
  @param src_file source file name
  @param src_line source line number
*/
typedef void (*start_transaction_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_transaction_locker *locker,
   const char *src_file, uint src_line);

/**
  Set the transaction xid.
  @param locker the transaction locker for this event
  @param xid the id of the XA transaction
  #param xa_state is the state of the XA transaction
*/
typedef void (*set_transaction_xid_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_transaction_locker *locker,
   const void *xid, int xa_state);

/**
  Set the state of the XA transaction.
  @param locker the transaction locker for this event
  @param xa_state the new state of the xa transaction
*/
typedef void (*set_transaction_xa_state_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_transaction_locker *locker,
   int xa_state);

/**
  Set the transaction gtid.
  @param locker the transaction locker for this event
  @param sid the source id for the transaction, mapped from sidno
  @param gtid_spec the gtid specifier for the transaction
*/
typedef void (*set_transaction_gtid_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_transaction_locker *locker,
   const void *sid, const void *gtid_spec);

/**
  Set the transaction trx_id.
  @param locker the transaction locker for this event
  @param trxid the storage engine transaction ID
*/
typedef void (*set_transaction_trxid_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_transaction_locker *locker,
   const ulonglong *trxid);

/**
  Increment a transaction event savepoint count.
  @param locker the transaction locker
  @param count the increment value
*/
typedef void (*inc_transaction_savepoints_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_transaction_locker *locker, ulong count);

/**
  Increment a transaction event rollback to savepoint count.
  @param locker the transaction locker
  @param count the increment value
*/
typedef void (*inc_transaction_rollback_to_savepoint_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_transaction_locker *locker, ulong count);

/**
  Increment a transaction event release savepoint count.
  @param locker the transaction locker
  @param count the increment value
*/
typedef void (*inc_transaction_release_savepoint_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_transaction_locker *locker, ulong count);

/**
  Commit or rollback the transaction.
  @param locker the transaction locker for this event
  @param commit true if transaction was committed, false if rolled back
*/
typedef void (*end_transaction_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_transaction_locker *locker,
   my_bool commit);

/**
  Record a socket instrumentation start event.
  @param locker a socket locker for the running thread
  @param op socket operation to be performed
  @param count the number of bytes requested, or 0 if not applicable
  @param src_file the source file name
  @param src_line the source line number
*/
typedef struct PSI_socket_locker* (*start_socket_wait_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_socket_locker_state_v1 *state,
   struct PSI_socket *socket,
   enum PSI_socket_operation op,
   size_t count,
   const char *src_file, uint src_line);

/**
  Record a socket instrumentation end event.
  Note that for socket close operations, the instrumented socket handle
  associated with the socket (which was provided to obtain a locker)
  is invalid after this call.
  @param locker a socket locker for the running thread
  @param count the number of bytes actually used in the operation,
  or 0 if not applicable, or -1 if the operation failed
  @sa get_thread_socket_locker
*/
typedef void (*end_socket_wait_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_socket_locker *locker, size_t count);

/**
  Set the socket state for an instrumented socket.
    @param socket the instrumented socket
    @param state socket state
  */
typedef void (*set_socket_state_v1_t)(struct PSI_socket *socket,
                                      enum PSI_socket_state state);

/**
  Set the socket info for an instrumented socket.
  @param socket the instrumented socket
  @param fd the socket descriptor
  @param addr the socket ip address
  @param addr_len length of socket ip address
  @param thread_id associated thread id
*/
typedef void (*set_socket_info_v1_t)(struct PSI_socket *socket,
                                     const my_socket *fd,
                                     const struct sockaddr *addr,
                                     socklen_t addr_len);

/**
  Bind a socket to the thread that owns it.
  @param socket instrumented socket
*/
typedef void (*set_socket_thread_owner_v1_t)(struct PSI_socket *socket);

/**
  Get a prepare statement.
  @param locker a statement locker for the running thread.
*/
typedef PSI_prepared_stmt* (*create_prepared_stmt_v1_t)
  (void *identity, uint stmt_id, PSI_statement_locker *locker,
   const char *stmt_name, size_t stmt_name_length);

/**
  destroy a prepare statement.
  @param prepared_stmt prepared statement.
*/
typedef void (*destroy_prepared_stmt_v1_t)
  (PSI_prepared_stmt *prepared_stmt);

/**
  repreare a prepare statement.
  @param prepared_stmt prepared statement.
*/
typedef void (*reprepare_prepared_stmt_v1_t)
  (PSI_prepared_stmt *prepared_stmt);

/**
  Record a prepare statement instrumentation execute event.
  @param locker a statement locker for the running thread.
  @param prepared_stmt prepared statement.
*/
typedef void (*execute_prepared_stmt_v1_t)
  (PSI_statement_locker *locker, PSI_prepared_stmt* prepared_stmt);

/**
  Set the statement text for a prepared statement event.
  @param prepared_stmt prepared statement.
  @param text the prepared statement text
  @param text_len the prepared statement text length
*/
typedef void (*set_prepared_stmt_text_v1_t)(PSI_prepared_stmt *prepared_stmt,
                                            const char *text,
                                            uint text_len);
/**
  Get a digest locker for the current statement.
  @param locker a statement locker for the running thread
*/
typedef struct PSI_digest_locker * (*digest_start_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_statement_locker *locker);

/**
  Add a token to the current digest instrumentation.
  @param locker a digest locker for the current statement
  @param token the lexical token to add
  @param yylval the lexical token attributes
*/
typedef void (*digest_end_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_digest_locker *locker, const struct sql_digest_storage *digest);

typedef PSI_sp_locker* (*start_sp_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_sp_locker_state_v1 *state, struct PSI_sp_share* sp_share);

typedef void (*end_sp_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_sp_locker *locker);

typedef void (*drop_sp_v1_t)
  (uint object_type,
   const char *schema_name, uint schema_name_length,
   const char *object_name, uint object_name_length);

/**
  Acquire a sp share instrumentation.
  @param type of stored program
  @param schema name of stored program
  @param name of stored program
  @return a stored program share instrumentation, or NULL
*/
typedef struct PSI_sp_share* (*get_sp_share_v1_t)
  (uint object_type,
   const char *schema_name, uint schema_name_length,
   const char *object_name, uint object_name_length);

/**
  Release a stored program share.
  @param info the stored program share to release
*/
typedef void (*release_sp_share_v1_t)(struct PSI_sp_share *share);

typedef PSI_metadata_lock* (*create_metadata_lock_v1_t)
  (void *identity,
   const MDL_key *key,
   opaque_mdl_type mdl_type,
   opaque_mdl_duration mdl_duration,
   opaque_mdl_status mdl_status,
   const char *src_file,
   uint src_line);

typedef void (*set_metadata_lock_status_v1_t)(PSI_metadata_lock *lock,
                                              opaque_mdl_status mdl_status);

typedef void (*destroy_metadata_lock_v1_t)(PSI_metadata_lock *lock);

typedef struct PSI_metadata_locker* (*start_metadata_wait_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_metadata_locker_state_v1 *state,
   struct PSI_metadata_lock *mdl,
   const char *src_file, uint src_line);

typedef void (*end_metadata_wait_v1_t)
  (struct PSI_metadata_locker *locker, int rc);

/**
  Stores an array of connection attributes
  @param buffer         char array of length encoded connection attributes
                        in network format
  @param length         length of the data in buffer
  @param from_cs        charset in which @c buffer is encoded
  @return state
    @retval  non_0    attributes truncated
    @retval  0        stored the attribute
*/
typedef int (*set_thread_connect_attrs_v1_t)(const char *buffer, uint length,
                                             const void *from_cs);

/**
  Performance Schema Interface, version 1.
  @since PSI_VERSION_1
*/
struct PSI_v1
{
  /** @sa register_mutex_v1_t. */
  register_mutex_v1_t register_mutex;
  /** @sa register_rwlock_v1_t. */
  register_rwlock_v1_t register_rwlock;
  /** @sa register_cond_v1_t. */
  register_cond_v1_t register_cond;
  /** @sa register_thread_v1_t. */
  register_thread_v1_t register_thread;
  /** @sa register_file_v1_t. */
  register_file_v1_t register_file;
  /** @sa register_stage_v1_t. */
  register_stage_v1_t register_stage;
  /** @sa register_statement_v1_t. */
  register_statement_v1_t register_statement;
  /** @sa register_socket_v1_t. */
  register_socket_v1_t register_socket;
  /** @sa init_mutex_v1_t. */
  init_mutex_v1_t init_mutex;
  /** @sa destroy_mutex_v1_t. */
  destroy_mutex_v1_t destroy_mutex;
  /** @sa init_rwlock_v1_t. */
  init_rwlock_v1_t init_rwlock;
  /** @sa destroy_rwlock_v1_t. */
  destroy_rwlock_v1_t destroy_rwlock;
  /** @sa init_cond_v1_t. */
  init_cond_v1_t init_cond;
  /** @sa destroy_cond_v1_t. */
  destroy_cond_v1_t destroy_cond;
  /** @sa init_socket_v1_t. */
  init_socket_v1_t init_socket;
  /** @sa destroy_socket_v1_t. */
  destroy_socket_v1_t destroy_socket;

  /** @sa get_table_share_v1_t. */
  get_table_share_v1_t get_table_share;
  /** @sa release_table_share_v1_t. */
  release_table_share_v1_t release_table_share;
  /** @sa drop_table_share_v1_t. */
  drop_table_share_v1_t drop_table_share;
  /** @sa open_table_v1_t. */
  open_table_v1_t open_table;
  /** @sa unbind_table_v1_t. */
  unbind_table_v1_t unbind_table;
  /** @sa rebind_table_v1_t. */
  rebind_table_v1_t rebind_table;
  /** @sa close_table_v1_t. */
  close_table_v1_t close_table;
  /** @sa create_file_v1_t. */
  create_file_v1_t create_file;
  /** @sa spawn_thread_v1_t. */
  spawn_thread_v1_t spawn_thread;
  /** @sa new_thread_v1_t. */
  new_thread_v1_t new_thread;
  /** @sa set_thread_id_v1_t. */
  set_thread_id_v1_t set_thread_id;
  /** @sa set_thread_THD_v1_t. */
  set_thread_THD_v1_t set_thread_THD;
  /** @sa set_thread_os_id_v1_t. */
  set_thread_os_id_v1_t set_thread_os_id;
  /** @sa get_thread_v1_t. */
  get_thread_v1_t get_thread;
  /** @sa set_thread_user_v1_t. */
  set_thread_user_v1_t set_thread_user;
  /** @sa set_thread_account_v1_t. */
  set_thread_account_v1_t set_thread_account;
  /** @sa set_thread_db_v1_t. */
  set_thread_db_v1_t set_thread_db;
  /** @sa set_thread_command_v1_t. */
  set_thread_command_v1_t set_thread_command;
  /** @sa set_connection_type_v1_t. */
  set_connection_type_v1_t set_connection_type;
  /** @sa set_thread_start_time_v1_t. */
  set_thread_start_time_v1_t set_thread_start_time;
  /** @sa set_thread_state_v1_t. */
  set_thread_state_v1_t set_thread_state;
  /** @sa set_thread_info_v1_t. */
  set_thread_info_v1_t set_thread_info;
  /** @sa set_thread_v1_t. */
  set_thread_v1_t set_thread;
  /** @sa delete_current_thread_v1_t. */
  delete_current_thread_v1_t delete_current_thread;
  /** @sa delete_thread_v1_t. */
  delete_thread_v1_t delete_thread;
  /** @sa get_thread_file_name_locker_v1_t. */
  get_thread_file_name_locker_v1_t get_thread_file_name_locker;
  /** @sa get_thread_file_stream_locker_v1_t. */
  get_thread_file_stream_locker_v1_t get_thread_file_stream_locker;
  /** @sa get_thread_file_descriptor_locker_v1_t. */
  get_thread_file_descriptor_locker_v1_t get_thread_file_descriptor_locker;
  /** @sa unlock_mutex_v1_t. */
  unlock_mutex_v1_t unlock_mutex;
  /** @sa unlock_rwlock_v1_t. */
  unlock_rwlock_v1_t unlock_rwlock;
  /** @sa signal_cond_v1_t. */
  signal_cond_v1_t signal_cond;
  /** @sa broadcast_cond_v1_t. */
  broadcast_cond_v1_t broadcast_cond;
  /** @sa start_idle_wait_v1_t. */
  start_idle_wait_v1_t start_idle_wait;
  /** @sa end_idle_wait_v1_t. */
  end_idle_wait_v1_t end_idle_wait;
  /** @sa start_mutex_wait_v1_t. */
  start_mutex_wait_v1_t start_mutex_wait;
  /** @sa end_mutex_wait_v1_t. */
  end_mutex_wait_v1_t end_mutex_wait;
  /** @sa start_rwlock_rdwait_v1_t. */
  start_rwlock_rdwait_v1_t start_rwlock_rdwait;
  /** @sa end_rwlock_rdwait_v1_t. */
  end_rwlock_rdwait_v1_t end_rwlock_rdwait;
  /** @sa start_rwlock_wrwait_v1_t. */
  start_rwlock_wrwait_v1_t start_rwlock_wrwait;
  /** @sa end_rwlock_wrwait_v1_t. */
  end_rwlock_wrwait_v1_t end_rwlock_wrwait;
  /** @sa start_cond_wait_v1_t. */
  start_cond_wait_v1_t start_cond_wait;
  /** @sa end_cond_wait_v1_t. */
  end_cond_wait_v1_t end_cond_wait;
  /** @sa start_table_io_wait_v1_t. */
  start_table_io_wait_v1_t start_table_io_wait;
  /** @sa end_table_io_wait_v1_t. */
  end_table_io_wait_v1_t end_table_io_wait;
  /** @sa start_table_lock_wait_v1_t. */
  start_table_lock_wait_v1_t start_table_lock_wait;
  /** @sa end_table_lock_wait_v1_t. */
  end_table_lock_wait_v1_t end_table_lock_wait;
  /** @sa start_file_open_wait_v1_t. */
  start_file_open_wait_v1_t start_file_open_wait;
  /** @sa end_file_open_wait_v1_t. */
  end_file_open_wait_v1_t end_file_open_wait;
  /** @sa end_file_open_wait_and_bind_to_descriptor_v1_t. */
  end_file_open_wait_and_bind_to_descriptor_v1_t
    end_file_open_wait_and_bind_to_descriptor;
  /** @sa end_temp_file_open_wait_and_bind_to_descriptor_v1_t. */
  end_temp_file_open_wait_and_bind_to_descriptor_v1_t
    end_temp_file_open_wait_and_bind_to_descriptor;
  /** @sa start_file_wait_v1_t. */
  start_file_wait_v1_t start_file_wait;
  /** @sa end_file_wait_v1_t. */
  end_file_wait_v1_t end_file_wait;
  /** @sa start_file_close_wait_v1_t. */
  start_file_close_wait_v1_t start_file_close_wait;
  /** @sa end_file_close_wait_v1_t. */
  end_file_close_wait_v1_t end_file_close_wait;
  /** @sa rename_file_close_wait_v1_t. */
  end_file_rename_wait_v1_t end_file_rename_wait;
  /** @sa start_stage_v1_t. */
  start_stage_v1_t start_stage;
  /** @sa get_current_stage_progress_v1_t. */
  get_current_stage_progress_v1_t get_current_stage_progress;
  /** @sa end_stage_v1_t. */
  end_stage_v1_t end_stage;
  /** @sa get_thread_statement_locker_v1_t. */
  get_thread_statement_locker_v1_t get_thread_statement_locker;
  /** @sa refine_statement_v1_t. */
  refine_statement_v1_t refine_statement;
  /** @sa start_statement_v1_t. */
  start_statement_v1_t start_statement;
  /** @sa set_statement_text_v1_t. */
  set_statement_text_v1_t set_statement_text;
  /** @sa set_statement_lock_time_t. */
  set_statement_lock_time_t set_statement_lock_time;
  /** @sa set_statement_rows_sent_t. */
  set_statement_rows_sent_t set_statement_rows_sent;
  /** @sa set_statement_rows_examined_t. */
  set_statement_rows_examined_t set_statement_rows_examined;
  /** @sa inc_statement_created_tmp_disk_tables. */
  inc_statement_created_tmp_disk_tables_t inc_statement_created_tmp_disk_tables;
  /** @sa inc_statement_created_tmp_tables. */
  inc_statement_created_tmp_tables_t inc_statement_created_tmp_tables;
  /** @sa inc_statement_select_full_join. */
  inc_statement_select_full_join_t inc_statement_select_full_join;
  /** @sa inc_statement_select_full_range_join. */
  inc_statement_select_full_range_join_t inc_statement_select_full_range_join;
  /** @sa inc_statement_select_range. */
  inc_statement_select_range_t inc_statement_select_range;
  /** @sa inc_statement_select_range_check. */
  inc_statement_select_range_check_t inc_statement_select_range_check;
  /** @sa inc_statement_select_scan. */
  inc_statement_select_scan_t inc_statement_select_scan;
  /** @sa inc_statement_sort_merge_passes. */
  inc_statement_sort_merge_passes_t inc_statement_sort_merge_passes;
  /** @sa inc_statement_sort_range. */
  inc_statement_sort_range_t inc_statement_sort_range;
  /** @sa inc_statement_sort_rows. */
  inc_statement_sort_rows_t inc_statement_sort_rows;
  /** @sa inc_statement_sort_scan. */
  inc_statement_sort_scan_t inc_statement_sort_scan;
  /** @sa set_statement_no_index_used. */
  set_statement_no_index_used_t set_statement_no_index_used;
  /** @sa set_statement_no_good_index_used. */
  set_statement_no_good_index_used_t set_statement_no_good_index_used;
  /** @sa end_statement_v1_t. */
  end_statement_v1_t end_statement;
  /** @sa get_thread_transaction_locker_v1_t. */
  get_thread_transaction_locker_v1_t get_thread_transaction_locker;
  /** @sa start_transaction_v1_t. */
  start_transaction_v1_t start_transaction;
  /** @sa set_transaction_xid_v1_t. */
  set_transaction_xid_v1_t set_transaction_xid;
  /** @sa set_transaction_xa_state_v1_t. */
  set_transaction_xa_state_v1_t set_transaction_xa_state;
  /** @sa set_transaction_gtid_v1_t. */
  set_transaction_gtid_v1_t set_transaction_gtid;
  /** @sa set_transaction_trxid_v1_t. */
  set_transaction_trxid_v1_t set_transaction_trxid;
  /** @sa inc_transaction_savepoints_v1_t. */
  inc_transaction_savepoints_v1_t inc_transaction_savepoints;
  /** @sa inc_transaction_rollback_to_savepoint_v1_t. */
  inc_transaction_rollback_to_savepoint_v1_t inc_transaction_rollback_to_savepoint;
  /** @sa inc_transaction_release_savepoint_v1_t. */
  inc_transaction_release_savepoint_v1_t inc_transaction_release_savepoint;
  /** @sa end_transaction_v1_t. */
  end_transaction_v1_t end_transaction;
  /** @sa start_socket_wait_v1_t. */
  start_socket_wait_v1_t start_socket_wait;
  /** @sa end_socket_wait_v1_t. */
  end_socket_wait_v1_t end_socket_wait;
  /** @sa set_socket_state_v1_t. */
  set_socket_state_v1_t set_socket_state;
  /** @sa set_socket_info_v1_t. */
  set_socket_info_v1_t set_socket_info;
  /** @sa set_socket_thread_owner_v1_t. */
  set_socket_thread_owner_v1_t set_socket_thread_owner;
  /** @sa create_prepared_stmt_v1_t. */
  create_prepared_stmt_v1_t create_prepared_stmt;
  /** @sa destroy_prepared_stmt_v1_t. */
  destroy_prepared_stmt_v1_t destroy_prepared_stmt;
  /** @sa reprepare_prepared_stmt_v1_t. */
  reprepare_prepared_stmt_v1_t reprepare_prepared_stmt;
  /** @sa execute_prepared_stmt_v1_t. */
  execute_prepared_stmt_v1_t execute_prepared_stmt;
  /** @sa set_prepared_stmt_text_v1_t. */
  set_prepared_stmt_text_v1_t set_prepared_stmt_text;
  /** @sa digest_start_v1_t. */
  digest_start_v1_t digest_start;
  /** @sa digest_end_v1_t. */
  digest_end_v1_t digest_end;
  /** @sa set_thread_connect_attrs_v1_t. */
  set_thread_connect_attrs_v1_t set_thread_connect_attrs;
  /** @sa start_sp_v1_t. */
  start_sp_v1_t start_sp;
  /** @sa start_sp_v1_t. */
  end_sp_v1_t end_sp;
  /** @sa drop_sp_v1_t. */
  drop_sp_v1_t drop_sp;
  /** @sa get_sp_share_v1_t. */
  get_sp_share_v1_t get_sp_share;
  /** @sa release_sp_share_v1_t. */
  release_sp_share_v1_t release_sp_share;
  /** @sa register_memory_v1_t. */
  register_memory_v1_t register_memory;
  /** @sa memory_alloc_v1_t. */
  memory_alloc_v1_t memory_alloc;
  /** @sa memory_realloc_v1_t. */
  memory_realloc_v1_t memory_realloc;
  /** @sa memory_claim_v1_t. */
  memory_claim_v1_t memory_claim;
  /** @sa memory_free_v1_t. */
  memory_free_v1_t memory_free;

  unlock_table_v1_t unlock_table;

  create_metadata_lock_v1_t create_metadata_lock;
  set_metadata_lock_status_v1_t set_metadata_lock_status;
  destroy_metadata_lock_v1_t destroy_metadata_lock;

  start_metadata_wait_v1_t start_metadata_wait;
  end_metadata_wait_v1_t end_metadata_wait;

  set_thread_peer_port_v1_t set_thread_peer_port;
};

/** @} (end of group Group_PSI_v1) */

#endif /* HAVE_PSI_1 */

#ifdef USE_PSI_2
#define HAVE_PSI_2
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_2

/**
  @defgroup Group_PSI_v2 Application Binary Interface, version 2
  @ingroup Instrumentation_interface
  @{
*/

/**
  Performance Schema Interface, version 2.
  This is a placeholder, this interface is not defined yet.
  @since PSI_VERSION_2
*/
struct PSI_v2
{
  /** Placeholder */
  int placeholder;
  /* ... extended interface ... */
};

/** Placeholder */
struct PSI_mutex_info_v2
{
  /** Placeholder */
  int placeholder;
};

/** Placeholder */
struct PSI_rwlock_info_v2
{
  /** Placeholder */
  int placeholder;
};

/** Placeholder */
struct PSI_cond_info_v2
{
  /** Placeholder */
  int placeholder;
};

/** Placeholder */
struct PSI_thread_info_v2
{
  /** Placeholder */
  int placeholder;
};

/** Placeholder */
struct PSI_file_info_v2
{
  /** Placeholder */
  int placeholder;
};

/** Placeholder */
struct PSI_stage_info_v2
{
  /** Placeholder */
  int placeholder;
};

/** Placeholder */
struct PSI_statement_info_v2
{
  /** Placeholder */
  int placeholder;
};

/** Placeholder */
struct PSI_transaction_info_v2
{
  /** Placeholder */
  int placeholder;
};

/** Placeholder */
struct PSI_idle_locker_state_v2
{
  /** Placeholder */
  int placeholder;
};

/** Placeholder */
struct PSI_mutex_locker_state_v2
{
  /** Placeholder */
  int placeholder;
};

/** Placeholder */
struct PSI_rwlock_locker_state_v2
{
  /** Placeholder */
  int placeholder;
};

/** Placeholder */
struct PSI_cond_locker_state_v2
{
  /** Placeholder */
  int placeholder;
};

/** Placeholder */
struct PSI_file_locker_state_v2
{
  /** Placeholder */
  int placeholder;
};

/** Placeholder */
struct PSI_statement_locker_state_v2
{
  /** Placeholder */
  int placeholder;
};

/** Placeholder */
struct PSI_transaction_locker_state_v2
{
  /** Placeholder */
  int placeholder;
};

/** Placeholder */
struct PSI_socket_locker_state_v2
{
  /** Placeholder */
  int placeholder;
};

struct PSI_metadata_locker_state_v2
{
  int placeholder;
};

/** @} (end of group Group_PSI_v2) */

#endif /* HAVE_PSI_2 */

/**
  @typedef PSI
  The instrumentation interface for the current version.
  @sa PSI_CURRENT_VERSION
*/

/**
  @typedef PSI_mutex_info
  The mutex information structure for the current version.
*/

/**
  @typedef PSI_rwlock_info
  The rwlock information structure for the current version.
*/

/**
  @typedef PSI_cond_info
  The cond information structure for the current version.
*/

/**
  @typedef PSI_thread_info
  The thread information structure for the current version.
*/

/**
  @typedef PSI_file_info
  The file information structure for the current version.
*/

/* Export the required version */
#ifdef USE_PSI_1
typedef struct PSI_v1 PSI;
typedef struct PSI_mutex_info_v1 PSI_mutex_info;
typedef struct PSI_rwlock_info_v1 PSI_rwlock_info;
typedef struct PSI_cond_info_v1 PSI_cond_info;
typedef struct PSI_thread_info_v1 PSI_thread_info;
typedef struct PSI_file_info_v1 PSI_file_info;
typedef struct PSI_stage_info_v1 PSI_stage_info;
typedef struct PSI_statement_info_v1 PSI_statement_info;
typedef struct PSI_transaction_info_v1 PSI_transaction_info;
typedef struct PSI_socket_info_v1 PSI_socket_info;
typedef struct PSI_idle_locker_state_v1 PSI_idle_locker_state;
typedef struct PSI_mutex_locker_state_v1 PSI_mutex_locker_state;
typedef struct PSI_rwlock_locker_state_v1 PSI_rwlock_locker_state;
typedef struct PSI_cond_locker_state_v1 PSI_cond_locker_state;
typedef struct PSI_file_locker_state_v1 PSI_file_locker_state;
typedef struct PSI_statement_locker_state_v1 PSI_statement_locker_state;
typedef struct PSI_transaction_locker_state_v1 PSI_transaction_locker_state;
typedef struct PSI_socket_locker_state_v1 PSI_socket_locker_state;
typedef struct PSI_sp_locker_state_v1 PSI_sp_locker_state;
typedef struct PSI_metadata_locker_state_v1 PSI_metadata_locker_state;
#endif

#ifdef USE_PSI_2
typedef struct PSI_v2 PSI;
typedef struct PSI_mutex_info_v2 PSI_mutex_info;
typedef struct PSI_rwlock_info_v2 PSI_rwlock_info;
typedef struct PSI_cond_info_v2 PSI_cond_info;
typedef struct PSI_thread_info_v2 PSI_thread_info;
typedef struct PSI_file_info_v2 PSI_file_info;
typedef struct PSI_stage_info_v2 PSI_stage_info;
typedef struct PSI_statement_info_v2 PSI_statement_info;
typedef struct PSI_transaction_info_v2 PSI_transaction_info;
typedef struct PSI_socket_info_v2 PSI_socket_info;
typedef struct PSI_idle_locker_state_v2 PSI_idle_locker_state;
typedef struct PSI_mutex_locker_state_v2 PSI_mutex_locker_state;
typedef struct PSI_rwlock_locker_state_v2 PSI_rwlock_locker_state;
typedef struct PSI_cond_locker_state_v2 PSI_cond_locker_state;
typedef struct PSI_file_locker_state_v2 PSI_file_locker_state;
typedef struct PSI_statement_locker_state_v2 PSI_statement_locker_state;
typedef struct PSI_transaction_locker_state_v2 PSI_transaction_locker_state;
typedef struct PSI_socket_locker_state_v2 PSI_socket_locker_state;
typedef struct PSI_sp_locker_state_v2 PSI_sp_locker_state;
typedef struct PSI_metadata_locker_state_v2 PSI_metadata_locker_state;
#endif

#ifndef HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE

/**
  Dummy structure, used to declare PSI_server when no instrumentation
  is available.
  The content does not matter, since PSI_server will be NULL.
*/
struct PSI_none
{
  int opaque;
};
typedef struct PSI_none PSI;

/**
  Stage instrument information.
  @since PSI_VERSION_1
  This structure is used to register an instrumented stage.
*/
struct PSI_stage_info_none
{
  /** Unused stage key. */
  unsigned int m_key;
  /** The name of the stage instrument. */
  const char *m_name;
  /** Unused stage flags. */
  int m_flags;
};

/**
  The stage instrumentation has to co exist with the legacy
  THD::set_proc_info instrumentation.
  To avoid duplication of the instrumentation in the server,
  the common PSI_stage_info structure is used,
  so we export it here, even when not building
  with HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE.
*/
typedef struct PSI_stage_info_none PSI_stage_info;
typedef struct PSI_stage_info_none PSI_statement_info;
typedef struct PSI_stage_info_none PSI_sp_locker_state;
typedef struct PSI_stage_info_none PSI_metadata_locker_state;
typedef struct PSI_stage_info_none PSI_metadata_locker;

#endif /* HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE */

extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT PSI *PSI_server;

/*
  Allow to override PSI_XXX_CALL at compile time
  with more efficient implementations, if available.
  If nothing better is available,
  make a dynamic call using the PSI_server function pointer.
*/

#define PSI_DYNAMIC_CALL(M) PSI_server->M

/** @} */

C_MODE_END
#endif /* MYSQL_PERFORMANCE_SCHEMA_INTERFACE_H */

/* Copyright (c) 2008, 2023, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0,
  as published by the Free Software Foundation.

  This program is also distributed with certain software (including
  but not limited to OpenSSL) that is licensed under separate terms,
  as designated in a particular file or component or in included license
  documentation.  The authors of MySQL hereby grant you an additional
  permission to link the program and your derivative works with the
  separately licensed software that they have included with MySQL.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License, version 2.0, for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef MYSQL_FILE_H
#define MYSQL_FILE_H

/* For strlen() */
#include <string.h>
/* For MY_STAT */
#include <my_dir.h>
/* For my_chsize */
#include <my_sys.h>

/**
  @file mysql/psi/mysql_file.h
  Instrumentation helpers for mysys file io.
  This header file provides the necessary declarations
  to use the mysys file API with the performance schema instrumentation.
  In some compilers (SunStudio), 'static inline' functions, when declared
  but not used, are not optimized away (because they are unused) by default,
  so that including a static inline function from a header file does
  create unwanted dependencies, causing unresolved symbols at link time.
  Other compilers, like gcc, optimize these dependencies by default.

  Since the instrumented APIs declared here are wrapper on top
  of mysys file io APIs, including mysql/psi/mysql_file.h assumes that
  the dependency on my_sys already exists.
*/

#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"

#ifndef PSI_FILE_CALL
#define PSI_FILE_CALL(M) PSI_DYNAMIC_CALL(M)
#endif

/**
  @defgroup File_instrumentation File Instrumentation
  @ingroup Instrumentation_interface
  @{
*/

/**
  @def mysql_file_register(P1, P2, P3)
  File registration.
*/
#define mysql_file_register(P1, P2, P3) \
  inline_mysql_file_register(P1, P2, P3)

/**
  @def mysql_file_fgets(P1, P2, F)
  Instrumented fgets.
  @c mysql_file_fgets is a replacement for @c fgets.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_fgets(P1, P2, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_fgets(__FILE__, __LINE__, P1, P2, F)
#else
  #define mysql_file_fgets(P1, P2, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_fgets(P1, P2, F)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_fgetc(F)
  Instrumented fgetc.
  @c mysql_file_fgetc is a replacement for @c fgetc.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_fgetc(F) inline_mysql_file_fgetc(__FILE__, __LINE__, F)
#else
  #define mysql_file_fgetc(F) inline_mysql_file_fgetc(F)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_fputs(P1, F)
  Instrumented fputs.
  @c mysql_file_fputs is a replacement for @c fputs.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_fputs(P1, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_fputs(__FILE__, __LINE__, P1, F)
#else
  #define mysql_file_fputs(P1, F)\
    inline_mysql_file_fputs(P1, F)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_fputc(P1, F)
  Instrumented fputc.
  @c mysql_file_fputc is a replacement for @c fputc.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_fputc(P1, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_fputc(__FILE__, __LINE__, P1, F)
#else
  #define mysql_file_fputc(P1, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_fputc(P1, F)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_fprintf
  Instrumented fprintf.
  @c mysql_file_fprintf is a replacement for @c fprintf.
*/
#define mysql_file_fprintf inline_mysql_file_fprintf

/**
  @def mysql_file_vfprintf(F, P1, P2)
  Instrumented vfprintf.
  @c mysql_file_vfprintf is a replacement for @c vfprintf.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_vfprintf(F, P1, P2) \
    inline_mysql_file_vfprintf(__FILE__, __LINE__, F, P1, P2)
#else
  #define mysql_file_vfprintf(F, P1, P2) \
    inline_mysql_file_vfprintf(F, P1, P2)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_fflush(F, P1, P2)
  Instrumented fflush.
  @c mysql_file_fflush is a replacement for @c fflush.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_fflush(F) \
    inline_mysql_file_fflush(__FILE__, __LINE__, F)
#else
  #define mysql_file_fflush(F) \
    inline_mysql_file_fflush(F)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_feof(F)
  Instrumented feof.
  @c mysql_file_feof is a replacement for @c feof.
*/
#define mysql_file_feof(F) inline_mysql_file_feof(F)

/**
  @def mysql_file_fstat(FN, S, FL)
  Instrumented fstat.
  @c mysql_file_fstat is a replacement for @c my_fstat.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_fstat(FN, S, FL) \
    inline_mysql_file_fstat(__FILE__, __LINE__, FN, S, FL)
#else
  #define mysql_file_fstat(FN, S, FL) \
    inline_mysql_file_fstat(FN, S, FL)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_stat(K, FN, S, FL)
  Instrumented stat.
  @c mysql_file_stat is a replacement for @c my_stat.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_stat(K, FN, S, FL) \
    inline_mysql_file_stat(K, __FILE__, __LINE__, FN, S, FL)
#else
  #define mysql_file_stat(K, FN, S, FL) \
    inline_mysql_file_stat(FN, S, FL)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_chsize(F, P1, P2, P3)
  Instrumented chsize.
  @c mysql_file_chsize is a replacement for @c my_chsize.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_chsize(F, P1, P2, P3) \
    inline_mysql_file_chsize(__FILE__, __LINE__, F, P1, P2, P3)
#else
  #define mysql_file_chsize(F, P1, P2, P3) \
    inline_mysql_file_chsize(F, P1, P2, P3)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_fopen(K, N, F1, F2)
  Instrumented fopen.
  @c mysql_file_fopen is a replacement for @c my_fopen.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_fopen(K, N, F1, F2) \
    inline_mysql_file_fopen(K, __FILE__, __LINE__, N, F1, F2)
#else
  #define mysql_file_fopen(K, N, F1, F2) \
    inline_mysql_file_fopen(N, F1, F2)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_fclose(FD, FL)
  Instrumented fclose.
  @c mysql_file_fclose is a replacement for @c my_fclose.
  Without the instrumentation, this call will have the same behavior as the
  undocumented and possibly platform specific my_fclose(NULL, ...) behavior.
  With the instrumentation, mysql_fclose(NULL, ...) will safely return 0,
  which is an extension compared to my_fclose and is therefore compliant.
  mysql_fclose is on purpose *not* implementing
  @code assert(file != NULL) @endcode,
  since doing so could introduce regressions.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_fclose(FD, FL) \
    inline_mysql_file_fclose(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD, FL)
#else
  #define mysql_file_fclose(FD, FL) \
    inline_mysql_file_fclose(FD, FL)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_fread(FD, P1, P2, P3)
  Instrumented fread.
  @c mysql_file_fread is a replacement for @c my_fread.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_fread(FD, P1, P2, P3) \
    inline_mysql_file_fread(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD, P1, P2, P3)
#else
  #define mysql_file_fread(FD, P1, P2, P3) \
    inline_mysql_file_fread(FD, P1, P2, P3)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_fwrite(FD, P1, P2, P3)
  Instrumented fwrite.
  @c mysql_file_fwrite is a replacement for @c my_fwrite.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_fwrite(FD, P1, P2, P3) \
    inline_mysql_file_fwrite(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD, P1, P2, P3)
#else
  #define mysql_file_fwrite(FD, P1, P2, P3) \
    inline_mysql_file_fwrite(FD, P1, P2, P3)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_fseek(FD, P, W, F)
  Instrumented fseek.
  @c mysql_file_fseek is a replacement for @c my_fseek.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_fseek(FD, P, W, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_fseek(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD, P, W, F)
#else
  #define mysql_file_fseek(FD, P, W, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_fseek(FD, P, W, F)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_ftell(FD, F)
  Instrumented ftell.
  @c mysql_file_ftell is a replacement for @c my_ftell.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_ftell(FD, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_ftell(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD, F)
#else
  #define mysql_file_ftell(FD, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_ftell(FD, F)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_create(K, N, F1, F2, F3)
  Instrumented create.
  @c mysql_file_create is a replacement for @c my_create.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_create(K, N, F1, F2, F3) \
  inline_mysql_file_create(K, __FILE__, __LINE__, N, F1, F2, F3)
#else
  #define mysql_file_create(K, N, F1, F2, F3) \
    inline_mysql_file_create(N, F1, F2, F3)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_create_temp(K, T, D, P, M, F)
  Instrumented create_temp_file.
  @c mysql_file_create_temp is a replacement for @c create_temp_file.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_create_temp(K, T, D, P, M, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_create_temp(K, __FILE__, __LINE__, T, D, P, M, F)
#else
  #define mysql_file_create_temp(K, T, D, P, M, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_create_temp(T, D, P, M, F)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_open(K, N, F1, F2)
  Instrumented open.
  @c mysql_file_open is a replacement for @c my_open.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_open(K, N, F1, F2) \
    inline_mysql_file_open(K, __FILE__, __LINE__, N, F1, F2)
#else
  #define mysql_file_open(K, N, F1, F2) \
    inline_mysql_file_open(N, F1, F2)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_close(FD, F)
  Instrumented close.
  @c mysql_file_close is a replacement for @c my_close.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_close(FD, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_close(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD, F)
#else
  #define mysql_file_close(FD, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_close(FD, F)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_read(FD, B, S, F)
  Instrumented read.
  @c mysql_read is a replacement for @c my_read.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_read(FD, B, S, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_read(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD, B, S, F)
#else
  #define mysql_file_read(FD, B, S, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_read(FD, B, S, F)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_write(FD, B, S, F)
  Instrumented write.
  @c mysql_file_write is a replacement for @c my_write.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_write(FD, B, S, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_write(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD, B, S, F)
#else
  #define mysql_file_write(FD, B, S, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_write(FD, B, S, F)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_pread(FD, B, S, O, F)
  Instrumented pread.
  @c mysql_pread is a replacement for @c my_pread.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_pread(FD, B, S, O, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_pread(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD, B, S, O, F)
#else
  #define mysql_file_pread(FD, B, S, O, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_pread(FD, B, S, O, F)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_pwrite(FD, B, S, O, F)
  Instrumented pwrite.
  @c mysql_file_pwrite is a replacement for @c my_pwrite.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_pwrite(FD, B, S, O, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_pwrite(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD, B, S, O, F)
#else
  #define mysql_file_pwrite(FD, B, S, O, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_pwrite(FD, B, S, O, F)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_seek(FD, P, W, F)
  Instrumented seek.
  @c mysql_file_seek is a replacement for @c my_seek.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_seek(FD, P, W, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_seek(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD, P, W, F)
#else
  #define mysql_file_seek(FD, P, W, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_seek(FD, P, W, F)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_tell(FD, F)
  Instrumented tell.
  @c mysql_file_tell is a replacement for @c my_tell.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_tell(FD, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_tell(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD, F)
#else
  #define mysql_file_tell(FD, F) \
    inline_mysql_file_tell(FD, F)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_delete(K, P1, P2)
  Instrumented delete.
  @c mysql_file_delete is a replacement for @c my_delete.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_delete(K, P1, P2) \
    inline_mysql_file_delete(K, __FILE__, __LINE__, P1, P2)
#else
  #define mysql_file_delete(K, P1, P2) \
    inline_mysql_file_delete(P1, P2)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_rename(K, P1, P2, P3)
  Instrumented rename.
  @c mysql_file_rename is a replacement for @c my_rename.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_rename(K, P1, P2, P3) \
    inline_mysql_file_rename(K, __FILE__, __LINE__, P1, P2, P3)
#else
  #define mysql_file_rename(K, P1, P2, P3) \
    inline_mysql_file_rename(P1, P2, P3)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_create_with_symlink(K, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5)
  Instrumented create with symbolic link.
  @c mysql_file_create_with_symlink is a replacement
  for @c my_create_with_symlink.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_create_with_symlink(K, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5) \
  inline_mysql_file_create_with_symlink(K, __FILE__, __LINE__, \
                                        P1, P2, P3, P4, P5)
#else
  #define mysql_file_create_with_symlink(K, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5) \
  inline_mysql_file_create_with_symlink(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_delete_with_symlink(K, P1, P2, P3)
  Instrumented delete with symbolic link.
  @c mysql_file_delete_with_symlink is a replacement
  for @c my_handler_delete_with_symlink.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_delete_with_symlink(K, P1, P2, P3) \
  inline_mysql_file_delete_with_symlink(K, __FILE__, __LINE__, P1, P2, P3)
#else
  #define mysql_file_delete_with_symlink(K, P1, P2, P3) \
  inline_mysql_file_delete_with_symlink(P1, P2, P3)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_rename_with_symlink(K, P1, P2, P3)
  Instrumented rename with symbolic link.
  @c mysql_file_rename_with_symlink is a replacement
  for @c my_rename_with_symlink.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_rename_with_symlink(K, P1, P2, P3) \
  inline_mysql_file_rename_with_symlink(K, __FILE__, __LINE__, P1, P2, P3)
#else
  #define mysql_file_rename_with_symlink(K, P1, P2, P3) \
  inline_mysql_file_rename_with_symlink(P1, P2, P3)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_file_sync(P1, P2)
  Instrumented file sync.
  @c mysql_file_sync is a replacement for @c my_sync.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_file_sync(P1, P2) \
    inline_mysql_file_sync(__FILE__, __LINE__, P1, P2)
#else
  #define mysql_file_sync(P1, P2) \
    inline_mysql_file_sync(P1, P2)
#endif

/**
  An instrumented FILE structure.
  @sa MYSQL_FILE
*/
struct st_mysql_file
{
  /** The real file. */
  FILE *m_file;
  /**
    The instrumentation hook.
    Note that this hook is not conditionally defined,
    for binary compatibility of the @c MYSQL_FILE interface.
  */
  struct PSI_file *m_psi;
};

/**
  Type of an instrumented file.
  @c MYSQL_FILE is a drop-in replacement for @c FILE.
  @sa mysql_file_open
*/
typedef struct st_mysql_file MYSQL_FILE;

static inline void inline_mysql_file_register(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  const char *category,
  PSI_file_info *info,
  int count
#else
  const char *category __attribute__ ((unused)),
  void *info __attribute__ ((unused)),
  int count __attribute__ ((unused))
#endif
)
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  PSI_FILE_CALL(register_file)(category, info, count);
#endif
}

static inline char *
inline_mysql_file_fgets(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  char *str, int size, MYSQL_FILE *file)
{
  char *result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(file->m_psi))
  {
    struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
    PSI_file_locker_state state;
    locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_stream_locker) (&state, file->m_psi, PSI_FILE_READ);
    if (likely(locker != NULL))
    {
      PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) size, src_file, src_line);
      result= fgets(str, size, file->m_file);
      PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_wait)(locker, result ? strlen(result) : 0);
      return result;
    }
  }
#endif

  result= fgets(str, size, file->m_file);
  return result;
}

static inline int
inline_mysql_file_fgetc(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  MYSQL_FILE *file)
{
  int result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(file->m_psi))
  {
    struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
    PSI_file_locker_state state;
    locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_stream_locker)(&state, file->m_psi, PSI_FILE_READ);
    if (likely(locker != NULL))
    {
      PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) 1, src_file, src_line);
      result= fgetc(file->m_file);
      PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) 1);
      return result;
    }
  }
#endif

  result= fgetc(file->m_file);
  return result;
}

static inline int
inline_mysql_file_fputs(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  const char *str, MYSQL_FILE *file)
{
  int result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(file->m_psi))
  {
    struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
    PSI_file_locker_state state;
    size_t bytes;
    locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_stream_locker) (&state, file->m_psi, PSI_FILE_WRITE);
    if (likely(locker != NULL))
    {
      bytes= str ? strlen(str) : 0;
      PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_wait)(locker, bytes, src_file, src_line);
      result= fputs(str, file->m_file);
      PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_wait)(locker, bytes);
      return result;
    }
  }
#endif

  result= fputs(str, file->m_file);
  return result;
}

static inline int
inline_mysql_file_fputc(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  char c, MYSQL_FILE *file)
{
  int result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(file->m_psi))
  {
    struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
    PSI_file_locker_state state;
    locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_stream_locker) (&state, file->m_psi, PSI_FILE_WRITE);
    if (likely(locker != NULL))
    {
      PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) 1, src_file, src_line);
      result= fputc(c, file->m_file);
      PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) 1);
      return result;
    }
  }
#endif

  result= fputc(c, file->m_file);
  return result;
}

static inline int
inline_mysql_file_fprintf(MYSQL_FILE *file, const char *format, ...)
{
  /*
    TODO: figure out how to pass src_file and src_line from the caller.
  */
  int result;
  va_list args;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(file->m_psi))
  {
    struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
    PSI_file_locker_state state;
    locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_stream_locker) (&state, file->m_psi, PSI_FILE_WRITE);
    if (likely(locker != NULL))
    {
      PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) 0, __FILE__, __LINE__);
      va_start(args, format);
      result= vfprintf(file->m_file, format, args);
      va_end(args);
      PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) result);
      return result;
    }
  }
#endif

  va_start(args, format);
  result= vfprintf(file->m_file, format, args);
  va_end(args);
  return result;
}

static inline int
inline_mysql_file_vfprintf(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  MYSQL_FILE *file, const char *format, va_list args)
{
  int result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(file->m_psi))
  {
    struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
    PSI_file_locker_state state;
    locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_stream_locker) (&state, file->m_psi, PSI_FILE_WRITE);
    if (likely(locker != NULL))
    {
      PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) 0, src_file, src_line);
      result= vfprintf(file->m_file, format, args);
      PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) result);
      return result;
    }
  }
#endif

  result= vfprintf(file->m_file, format, args);
  return result;
}

static inline int
inline_mysql_file_fflush(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  MYSQL_FILE *file)
{
  int result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(file->m_psi))
  {
    struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
    PSI_file_locker_state state;
    locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_stream_locker)(&state, file->m_psi, PSI_FILE_FLUSH);
    if (likely(locker != NULL))
    {
      PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) 0, src_file, src_line);
      result= fflush(file->m_file);
      PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) 0);
      return result;
    }
  }
#endif

  result= fflush(file->m_file);
  return result;
}

static inline int inline_mysql_file_feof(MYSQL_FILE *file)
{
  /* Not instrumented, there is no wait involved */
  return feof(file->m_file);
}

static inline int
inline_mysql_file_fstat(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  int filenr, MY_STAT *stat_area, myf flags)
{
  int result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
  PSI_file_locker_state state;
  locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_descriptor_locker)(&state, filenr, PSI_FILE_FSTAT);
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
  {
    PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) 0, src_file, src_line);
    result= my_fstat(filenr, stat_area, flags);
    PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) 0);
    return result;
  }
#endif

  result= my_fstat(filenr, stat_area, flags);
  return result;
}

static inline MY_STAT *
inline_mysql_file_stat(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  PSI_file_key key, const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  const char *path, MY_STAT *stat_area, myf flags)
{
  MY_STAT *result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
  PSI_file_locker_state state;
  locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_name_locker)(&state, key, PSI_FILE_STAT, path, NULL);
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
  {
    PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_open_wait)(locker, src_file, src_line);
    result= my_stat(path, stat_area, flags);
    PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_open_wait)(locker, result);
    return result;
  }
#endif

  result= my_stat(path, stat_area, flags);
  return result;
}

static inline int
inline_mysql_file_chsize(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  File file, my_off_t newlength, int filler, myf flags)
{
  int result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
  PSI_file_locker_state state;
  locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_descriptor_locker)(&state, file, PSI_FILE_CHSIZE);
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
  {
    PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) newlength, src_file,
                                   src_line);
    result= my_chsize(file, newlength, filler, flags);
    PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) newlength);
    return result;
  }
#endif

  result= my_chsize(file, newlength, filler, flags);
  return result;
}

static inline MYSQL_FILE*
inline_mysql_file_fopen(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  PSI_file_key key, const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  const char *filename, int flags, myf myFlags)
{
  MYSQL_FILE *that;
  that= (MYSQL_FILE*) my_malloc(PSI_NOT_INSTRUMENTED,
                                sizeof(MYSQL_FILE), MYF(MY_WME));
  if (likely(that != NULL))
  {
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
    struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
    PSI_file_locker_state state;
    locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_name_locker)(&state, key, PSI_FILE_STREAM_OPEN,
                                                       filename, that);
    if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
    {
      PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_open_wait)(locker, src_file, src_line);
      that->m_file= my_fopen(filename, flags, myFlags);
      that->m_psi= PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_open_wait)(locker, that->m_file);
      if (unlikely(that->m_file == NULL))
      {
        my_free(that);
        return NULL;
      }
      return that;
    }
#endif

    that->m_psi= NULL;
    that->m_file= my_fopen(filename, flags, myFlags);
    if (unlikely(that->m_file == NULL))
    {
      my_free(that);
      return NULL;
    }
  }
  return that;
}

static inline int
inline_mysql_file_fclose(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  MYSQL_FILE *file, myf flags)
{
  int result= 0;
  if (likely(file != NULL))
  {
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
    if (psi_likely(file->m_psi))
    {
      struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
      PSI_file_locker_state state;
      locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_stream_locker)(&state, file->m_psi,
                                                           PSI_FILE_STREAM_CLOSE);
      if (likely(locker != NULL))
      {
        PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_close_wait)(locker, src_file, src_line);
        result= my_fclose(file->m_file, flags);
        PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_close_wait)(locker, result);
        my_free(file);
        return result;
      }
    }
#endif

    result= my_fclose(file->m_file, flags);
    my_free(file);
  }
  return result;
}

static inline size_t
inline_mysql_file_fread(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  MYSQL_FILE *file, uchar *buffer, size_t count, myf flags)
{
  size_t result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(file->m_psi))
  {
    struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
    PSI_file_locker_state state;
    size_t bytes_read;
    locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_stream_locker)(&state, file->m_psi, PSI_FILE_READ);
    if (likely(locker != NULL))
    {
      PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_wait)(locker, count, src_file, src_line);
      result= my_fread(file->m_file, buffer, count, flags);
      if (flags & (MY_NABP | MY_FNABP))
        bytes_read= (result == 0) ? count : 0;
      else
        bytes_read= (result != MY_FILE_ERROR) ? result : 0;
      PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_wait)(locker, bytes_read);
      return result;
    }
  }
#endif

  result= my_fread(file->m_file, buffer, count, flags);
  return result;
}

static inline size_t
inline_mysql_file_fwrite(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  MYSQL_FILE *file, const uchar *buffer, size_t count, myf flags)
{
  size_t result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(file->m_psi))
  {
    struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
    PSI_file_locker_state state;
    size_t bytes_written;
    locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_stream_locker)(&state, file->m_psi, PSI_FILE_WRITE);
    if (likely(locker != NULL))
    {
      PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_wait)(locker, count, src_file, src_line);
      result= my_fwrite(file->m_file, buffer, count, flags);
      if (flags & (MY_NABP | MY_FNABP))
        bytes_written= (result == 0) ? count : 0;
      else
        bytes_written= (result != MY_FILE_ERROR) ? result : 0;
      PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_wait)(locker, bytes_written);
      return result;
    }
  }
#endif

  result= my_fwrite(file->m_file, buffer, count, flags);
  return result;
}

static inline my_off_t
inline_mysql_file_fseek(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  MYSQL_FILE *file, my_off_t pos, int whence, myf flags)
{
  my_off_t result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(file->m_psi))
  {
    struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
    PSI_file_locker_state state;
    locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_stream_locker)(&state, file->m_psi, PSI_FILE_SEEK);
    if (likely(locker != NULL))
    {
      PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) 0, src_file, src_line);
      result= my_fseek(file->m_file, pos, whence, flags);
      PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) 0);
      return result;
    }
  }
#endif

  result= my_fseek(file->m_file, pos, whence, flags);
  return result;
}

static inline my_off_t
inline_mysql_file_ftell(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  MYSQL_FILE *file, myf flags)
{
  my_off_t result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(file->m_psi))
  {
    struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
    PSI_file_locker_state state;
    locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_stream_locker)(&state, file->m_psi, PSI_FILE_TELL);
    if (likely(locker != NULL))
    {
      PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) 0, src_file, src_line);
      result= my_ftell(file->m_file, flags);
      PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) 0);
      return result;
    }
  }
#endif

  result= my_ftell(file->m_file, flags);
  return result;
}

static inline File
inline_mysql_file_create(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  PSI_file_key key, const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  const char *filename, mode_t create_flags, int access_flags, myf myFlags)
{
  File file;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
  PSI_file_locker_state state;
  locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_name_locker)(&state, key, PSI_FILE_CREATE, filename,
                                                     NULL);
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
  {
    PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_open_wait)(locker, src_file, src_line);
    file= my_create(filename, create_flags, access_flags, myFlags);
    PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_open_wait_and_bind_to_descriptor)(locker, file);
    return file;
  }
#endif

  file= my_create(filename, create_flags, access_flags, myFlags);
  return file;
}

static inline File
inline_mysql_file_create_temp(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  PSI_file_key key, const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  char *to, const char *dir, const char *pfx, int mode, myf myFlags)
{
  File file;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
  PSI_file_locker_state state;
  locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_name_locker)
    (&state, key, PSI_FILE_CREATE, NULL, NULL);
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
  {
    PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_open_wait)(locker, src_file, src_line);
    /* The file name is generated by create_temp_file(). */
    file= create_temp_file(to, dir, pfx, mode, myFlags);
    PSI_FILE_CALL(end_temp_file_open_wait_and_bind_to_descriptor)(locker, file, (const char*)to);
    return file;
  }
#endif

  file= create_temp_file(to, dir, pfx, mode, myFlags);
  return file;
}

static inline File
inline_mysql_file_open(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  PSI_file_key key, const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  const char *filename, int flags, myf myFlags)
{
  File file;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
  PSI_file_locker_state state;
  locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_name_locker)(&state, key, PSI_FILE_OPEN, filename,
                                                     NULL);
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
  {
    PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_open_wait)(locker, src_file, src_line);
    file= my_open(filename, flags, myFlags);
    PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_open_wait_and_bind_to_descriptor)(locker, file);
    return file;
  }
#endif

  file= my_open(filename, flags, myFlags);
  return file;
}

static inline int
inline_mysql_file_close(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  File file, myf flags)
{
  int result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
  PSI_file_locker_state state;
  locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_descriptor_locker)(&state, file, PSI_FILE_CLOSE);
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
  {
    PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_close_wait)(locker, src_file, src_line);
    result= my_close(file, flags);
    PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_close_wait)(locker, result);
    return result;
  }
#endif

  result= my_close(file, flags);
  return result;
}

static inline size_t
inline_mysql_file_read(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  File file, uchar *buffer, size_t count, myf flags)
{
  size_t result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
  PSI_file_locker_state state;
  size_t bytes_read;
  locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_descriptor_locker)(&state, file, PSI_FILE_READ);
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
  {
    PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_wait)(locker, count, src_file, src_line);
    result= my_read(file, buffer, count, flags);
    if (flags & (MY_NABP | MY_FNABP))
      bytes_read= (result == 0) ? count : 0;
    else
      bytes_read= (result != MY_FILE_ERROR) ? result : 0;
    PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_wait)(locker, bytes_read);
    return result;
  }
#endif

  result= my_read(file, buffer, count, flags);
  return result;
}

static inline size_t
inline_mysql_file_write(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  File file, const uchar *buffer, size_t count, myf flags)
{
  size_t result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
  PSI_file_locker_state state;
  size_t bytes_written;
  locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_descriptor_locker)(&state, file, PSI_FILE_WRITE);
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
  {
    PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_wait)(locker, count, src_file, src_line);
    result= my_write(file, buffer, count, flags);
    if (flags & (MY_NABP | MY_FNABP))
      bytes_written= (result == 0) ? count : 0;
    else
      bytes_written= (result != MY_FILE_ERROR) ? result : 0;
    PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_wait)(locker, bytes_written);
    return result;
  }
#endif

  result= my_write(file, buffer, count, flags);
  return result;
}

static inline size_t
inline_mysql_file_pread(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  File file, uchar *buffer, size_t count, my_off_t offset, myf flags)
{
  size_t result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
  PSI_file_locker_state state;
  size_t bytes_read;
  locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_descriptor_locker)(&state, file, PSI_FILE_READ);
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
  {
    PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_wait)(locker, count, src_file, src_line);
    result= my_pread(file, buffer, count, offset, flags);
    if (flags & (MY_NABP | MY_FNABP))
      bytes_read= (result == 0) ? count : 0;
    else
      bytes_read= (result != MY_FILE_ERROR) ? result : 0;
    PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_wait)(locker, bytes_read);
    return result;
  }
#endif

  result= my_pread(file, buffer, count, offset, flags);
  return result;
}

static inline size_t
inline_mysql_file_pwrite(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  File file, const uchar *buffer, size_t count, my_off_t offset, myf flags)
{
  size_t result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
  PSI_file_locker_state state;
  size_t bytes_written;
  locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_descriptor_locker)(&state, file, PSI_FILE_WRITE);
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
  {
    PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_wait)(locker, count, src_file, src_line);
    result= my_pwrite(file, buffer, count, offset, flags);
    if (flags & (MY_NABP | MY_FNABP))
      bytes_written= (result == 0) ? count : 0;
    else
      bytes_written= (result != MY_FILE_ERROR) ? result : 0;
    PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_wait)(locker, bytes_written);
    return result;
  }
#endif

  result= my_pwrite(file, buffer, count, offset, flags);
  return result;
}

static inline my_off_t
inline_mysql_file_seek(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  File file, my_off_t pos, int whence, myf flags)
{
  my_off_t result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
  PSI_file_locker_state state;
  locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_descriptor_locker)(&state, file, PSI_FILE_SEEK);
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
  {
    PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) 0, src_file, src_line);
    result= my_seek(file, pos, whence, flags);
    PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) 0);
    return result;
  }
#endif

  result= my_seek(file, pos, whence, flags);
  return result;
}

static inline my_off_t
inline_mysql_file_tell(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  File file, myf flags)
{
  my_off_t result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
  PSI_file_locker_state state;
  locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_descriptor_locker)(&state, file, PSI_FILE_TELL);
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
  {
    PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) 0, src_file, src_line);
    result= my_tell(file, flags);
    PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) 0);
    return result;
  }
#endif

  result= my_tell(file, flags);
  return result;
}

static inline int
inline_mysql_file_delete(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  PSI_file_key key, const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  const char *name, myf flags)
{
  int result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
  PSI_file_locker_state state;
  locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_name_locker)(&state, key, PSI_FILE_DELETE, name, NULL);
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
  {
    PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_close_wait)(locker, src_file, src_line);
    result= my_delete(name, flags);
    PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_close_wait)(locker, result);
    return result;
  }
#endif

  result= my_delete(name, flags);
  return result;
}

static inline int
inline_mysql_file_rename(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  PSI_file_key key, const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  const char *from, const char *to, myf flags)
{
  int result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
  PSI_file_locker_state state;
  locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_name_locker)
    (&state, key, PSI_FILE_RENAME, from, NULL);
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
  {
    PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) 0, src_file, src_line);
    result= my_rename(from, to, flags);
    PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_rename_wait)(locker, from, to, result);
    return result;
  }
#endif

  result= my_rename(from, to, flags);
  return result;
}


static inline File
inline_mysql_file_create_with_symlink(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  PSI_file_key key, const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  const char *linkname, const char *filename, mode_t create_flags,
  int access_flags, myf flags)
{
  File file;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
  PSI_file_locker_state state;
  locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_name_locker)(&state, key, PSI_FILE_CREATE, filename,
                                                     NULL);
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
  {
    PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_open_wait)(locker, src_file, src_line);
    file= my_create_with_symlink(linkname, filename, create_flags, access_flags,
                                 flags);
    PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_open_wait_and_bind_to_descriptor)(locker, file);
    return file;
  }
#endif

  file= my_create_with_symlink(linkname, filename, create_flags, access_flags,
                               flags);
  return file;
}


static inline int
inline_mysql_file_delete_with_symlink(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  PSI_file_key key, const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  const char *name, const char *ext, myf flags)
{
  int result;
  char buf[FN_REFLEN];
  char *fullname= fn_format(buf, name, "", ext, MY_UNPACK_FILENAME | MY_APPEND_EXT);
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
  PSI_file_locker_state state;
  locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_name_locker)(&state, key, PSI_FILE_DELETE, fullname,
                                                     NULL);
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
  {
    PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_close_wait)(locker, src_file, src_line);
    result= my_handler_delete_with_symlink(fullname, flags);
    PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_close_wait)(locker, result);
    return result;
  }
#endif

  result= my_handler_delete_with_symlink(fullname, flags);
  return result;
}


static inline int
inline_mysql_file_rename_with_symlink(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  PSI_file_key key, const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  const char *from, const char *to, myf flags)
{
  int result;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
  PSI_file_locker_state state;
  locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_name_locker)
    (&state, key, PSI_FILE_RENAME, from, NULL);
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
  {
    PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) 0, src_file, src_line);
    result= my_rename_with_symlink(from, to, flags);
    PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_rename_wait)(locker, from, to, result);
    return result;
  }
#endif

  result= my_rename_with_symlink(from, to, flags);
  return result;
}

static inline int
inline_mysql_file_sync(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  File fd, myf flags)
{
  int result= 0;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
  struct PSI_file_locker *locker;
  PSI_file_locker_state state;
  locker= PSI_FILE_CALL(get_thread_file_descriptor_locker)(&state, fd, PSI_FILE_SYNC);
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
  {
    PSI_FILE_CALL(start_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) 0, src_file, src_line);
    result= my_sync(fd, flags);
    PSI_FILE_CALL(end_file_wait)(locker, (size_t) 0);
    return result;
  }
#endif

  result= my_sync(fd, flags);
  return result;
}

/** @} (end of group File_instrumentation) */

#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2013, 2023, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0,
  as published by the Free Software Foundation.

  This program is also distributed with certain software (including
  but not limited to OpenSSL) that is licensed under separate terms,
  as designated in a particular file or component or in included license
  documentation.  The authors of MySQL hereby grant you an additional
  permission to link the program and your derivative works with the
  separately licensed software that they have included with MySQL.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License, version 2.0, for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
  Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef MYSQL_SP_H
#define MYSQL_SP_H

/**
  @file mysql/psi/mysql_sp.h
  Instrumentation helpers for stored programs.
*/

#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"

#ifndef PSI_SP_CALL
#define PSI_SP_CALL(M) PSI_DYNAMIC_CALL(M)                               
#endif    

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SP_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_START_SP(STATE, SP_SHARE) \
    inline_mysql_start_sp(STATE, SP_SHARE)
#else
  #define MYSQL_START_SP(STATE, SP_SHARE) \
    NULL
#endif


#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SP_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_END_SP(LOCKER) \
    inline_mysql_end_sp(LOCKER)
#else
  #define MYSQL_END_SP(LOCKER) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SP_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_DROP_SP(OT, SN, SNL, ON, ONL) \
    inline_mysql_drop_sp(OT, SN, SNL, ON, ONL)
#else
  #define MYSQL_DROP_SP(OT, SN, SNL, ON, ONL) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SP_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_GET_SP_SHARE(OT, SN, SNL, ON, ONL) \
    inline_mysql_get_sp_share(OT, SN, SNL, ON, ONL)
#else
  #define MYSQL_GET_SP_SHARE(OT, SN, SNL, ON, ONL) \
    NULL
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SP_INTERFACE
static inline struct PSI_sp_locker*
inline_mysql_start_sp(PSI_sp_locker_state *state, PSI_sp_share *sp_share)
{
  return PSI_SP_CALL(start_sp)(state, sp_share);
}

static inline void inline_mysql_end_sp(PSI_sp_locker *locker)
{
  if (likely(locker != NULL))
    PSI_SP_CALL(end_sp)(locker);
}

static inline void 
inline_mysql_drop_sp(uint sp_type,
                     const char* schema_name, uint shcema_name_length,
                     const char* object_name, uint object_name_length)
{
  PSI_SP_CALL(drop_sp)(sp_type,
                       schema_name, shcema_name_length,
                       object_name, object_name_length);
}

static inline PSI_sp_share*
inline_mysql_get_sp_share(uint sp_type,
                          const char* schema_name, uint shcema_name_length,
                          const char* object_name, uint object_name_length)
{
  return PSI_SP_CALL(get_sp_share)(sp_type,
                                   schema_name, shcema_name_length,
                                   object_name, object_name_length);
}
#endif

#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2008, 2023, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0,
  as published by the Free Software Foundation.

  This program is also distributed with certain software (including
  but not limited to OpenSSL) that is licensed under separate terms,
  as designated in a particular file or component or in included license
  documentation.  The authors of MySQL hereby grant you an additional
  permission to link the program and your derivative works with the
  separately licensed software that they have included with MySQL.

  Without limiting anything contained in the foregoing, this file,
  which is part of C Driver for MySQL (Connector/C), is also subject to the
  Universal FOSS Exception, version 1.0, a copy of which can be found at
  http://oss.oracle.com/licenses/universal-foss-exception.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License, version 2.0, for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef MYSQL_PSI_BASE_H
#define MYSQL_PSI_BASE_H

#ifdef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
#define DISABLE_ALL_PSI
#endif /* EMBEDDED_LIBRARY */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
  @file mysql/psi/psi_base.h
  Performance schema instrumentation interface.

  @defgroup Instrumentation_interface Instrumentation Interface
  @ingroup Performance_schema
  @{
*/

#define PSI_INSTRUMENT_ME 0
#define PSI_INSTRUMENT_MEM ((PSI_memory_key)0)

#define PSI_NOT_INSTRUMENTED 0

/**
  Global flag.
  This flag indicate that an instrumentation point is a global variable,
  or a singleton.
*/
#define PSI_FLAG_GLOBAL (1 << 0)

/**
  Mutable flag.
  This flag indicate that an instrumentation point is a general placeholder,
  that can mutate into a more specific instrumentation point.
*/
#define PSI_FLAG_MUTABLE (1 << 1)

#define PSI_FLAG_THREAD (1 << 2)

/**
  Stage progress flag.
  This flag apply to the stage instruments only.
  It indicates the instrumentation provides progress data.
*/
#define PSI_FLAG_STAGE_PROGRESS (1 << 3)

/**
  Shared Exclusive flag.
  Indicates that rwlock support the shared exclusive state.
*/
#define PSI_RWLOCK_FLAG_SX (1 << 4)

/**
  Transferable flag.
  This flag indicate that an instrumented object can
  be created by a thread and destroyed by another thread.
*/
#define PSI_FLAG_TRANSFER (1 << 5)

/**
  Volatility flag.
  This flag indicate that an instrumented object
  has a volatility (life cycle) comparable
  to the volatility of a session.
*/
#define PSI_FLAG_VOLATILITY_SESSION (1 << 6)

/**
  System thread flag.
  Indicates that the instrumented object exists on a system thread.
*/
#define PSI_FLAG_THREAD_SYSTEM (1 << 9)

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE

/**
  @def PSI_VERSION_1
  Performance Schema Interface number for version 1.
  This version is supported.
*/
#define PSI_VERSION_1 1

/**
  @def PSI_VERSION_2
  Performance Schema Interface number for version 2.
  This version is not implemented, it's a placeholder.
*/
#define PSI_VERSION_2 2

/**
  @def PSI_CURRENT_VERSION
  Performance Schema Interface number for the most recent version.
  The most current version is @c PSI_VERSION_1
*/
#define PSI_CURRENT_VERSION 1

/**
  @def USE_PSI_1
  Define USE_PSI_1 to use the interface version 1.
*/

/**
  @def USE_PSI_2
  Define USE_PSI_2 to use the interface version 2.
*/

/**
  @def HAVE_PSI_1
  Define HAVE_PSI_1 if the interface version 1 needs to be compiled in.
*/

/**
  @def HAVE_PSI_2
  Define HAVE_PSI_2 if the interface version 2 needs to be compiled in.
*/

#ifndef USE_PSI_2
#ifndef USE_PSI_1
#define USE_PSI_1
#endif
#endif

#ifdef USE_PSI_1
#define HAVE_PSI_1
#endif

#ifdef USE_PSI_2
#define HAVE_PSI_2
#endif

/*
  Allow to override PSI_XXX_CALL at compile time
  with more efficient implementations, if available.
  If nothing better is available,
  make a dynamic call using the PSI_server function pointer.
*/

#define PSI_DYNAMIC_CALL(M) PSI_server->M

#endif /* HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE */

/** @} */

/**
  Instrumented memory key.
  To instrument memory, a memory key must be obtained using @c register_memory.
  Using a zero key always disable the instrumentation.
*/
typedef unsigned int PSI_memory_key;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* MYSQL_PSI_BASE_H */

/* Copyright (c) 2010, 2023, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   Copyright (c) 2017, 2019, MariaDB Corporation.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0,
  as published by the Free Software Foundation.

  This program is also distributed with certain software (including
  but not limited to OpenSSL) that is licensed under separate terms,
  as designated in a particular file or component or in included license
  documentation.  The authors of MySQL hereby grant you an additional
  permission to link the program and your derivative works with the
  separately licensed software that they have included with MySQL.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License, version 2.0, for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef MYSQL_TABLE_H
#define MYSQL_TABLE_H

/**
  @file mysql/psi/mysql_table.h
  Instrumentation helpers for table io.
*/

#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"

#ifndef PSI_TABLE_CALL
#define PSI_TABLE_CALL(M) PSI_DYNAMIC_CALL(M)
#endif

/**
  @defgroup Table_instrumentation Table Instrumentation
  @ingroup Instrumentation_interface
  @{
*/

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_TABLE_INTERFACE
#define MYSQL_UNBIND_TABLE(handler) (handler)->unbind_psi()

#define PSI_CALL_unbind_table           PSI_TABLE_CALL(unbind_table)
#define PSI_CALL_rebind_table           PSI_TABLE_CALL(rebind_table)
#define PSI_CALL_open_table             PSI_TABLE_CALL(open_table)
#define PSI_CALL_close_table            PSI_TABLE_CALL(close_table)
#define PSI_CALL_get_table_share        PSI_TABLE_CALL(get_table_share)
#define PSI_CALL_release_table_share    PSI_TABLE_CALL(release_table_share)
#define PSI_CALL_drop_table_share       PSI_TABLE_CALL(drop_table_share)
#else
#define MYSQL_UNBIND_TABLE(handler)                     do { } while(0)

#define PSI_CALL_unbind_table(A1)                       do { } while(0)
#define PSI_CALL_rebind_table(A1,A2,A3)                 NULL
#define PSI_CALL_close_table(A1,A2)                     do { } while(0)
#define PSI_CALL_open_table(A1,A2)                      NULL
#define PSI_CALL_get_table_share(A1,A2)                 NULL
#define PSI_CALL_release_table_share(A1)                do { } while(0)
#define PSI_CALL_drop_table_share(A1,A2,A3,A4,A5)       do { } while(0)
#endif

/**
  @def MYSQL_TABLE_WAIT_VARIABLES
  Instrumentation helper for table waits.
  This instrumentation declares local variables.
  Do not use a ';' after this macro
  @param LOCKER the locker
  @param STATE the locker state
  @sa MYSQL_START_TABLE_IO_WAIT.
  @sa MYSQL_END_TABLE_IO_WAIT.
  @sa MYSQL_START_TABLE_LOCK_WAIT.
  @sa MYSQL_END_TABLE_LOCK_WAIT.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_TABLE_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_TABLE_WAIT_VARIABLES(LOCKER, STATE) \
    struct PSI_table_locker* LOCKER; \
    PSI_table_locker_state STATE;
#else
  #define MYSQL_TABLE_WAIT_VARIABLES(LOCKER, STATE)
#endif

/**
  @def MYSQL_START_TABLE_LOCK_WAIT
  Instrumentation helper for table lock waits.
  This instrumentation marks the start of a wait event.
  @param LOCKER the locker
  @param STATE the locker state
  @param PSI the instrumented table
  @param OP the table operation to be performed
  @param FLAGS per table operation flags.
  @sa MYSQL_END_TABLE_LOCK_WAIT.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_TABLE_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_START_TABLE_LOCK_WAIT(LOCKER, STATE, PSI, OP, FLAGS) \
    LOCKER= inline_mysql_start_table_lock_wait(STATE, PSI, \
                                               OP, FLAGS, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#else
  #define MYSQL_START_TABLE_LOCK_WAIT(LOCKER, STATE, PSI, OP, FLAGS) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

/**
  @def MYSQL_END_TABLE_LOCK_WAIT
  Instrumentation helper for table lock waits.
  This instrumentation marks the end of a wait event.
  @param LOCKER the locker
  @sa MYSQL_START_TABLE_LOCK_WAIT.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_TABLE_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_END_TABLE_LOCK_WAIT(LOCKER) \
    inline_mysql_end_table_lock_wait(LOCKER)
#else
  #define MYSQL_END_TABLE_LOCK_WAIT(LOCKER) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_TABLE_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_UNLOCK_TABLE(T) \
    inline_mysql_unlock_table(T)
#else
  #define MYSQL_UNLOCK_TABLE(T) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_TABLE_INTERFACE
/**
  Instrumentation calls for MYSQL_START_TABLE_LOCK_WAIT.
  @sa MYSQL_END_TABLE_LOCK_WAIT.
*/
static inline struct PSI_table_locker *
inline_mysql_start_table_lock_wait(PSI_table_locker_state *state,
                                   struct PSI_table *psi,
                                   enum PSI_table_lock_operation op,
                                   ulong flags, const char *src_file, uint src_line)
{
  if (psi_likely(psi != NULL))
  {
    struct PSI_table_locker *locker;
    locker= PSI_TABLE_CALL(start_table_lock_wait)
      (state, psi, op, flags, src_file, src_line);
    return locker;
  }
  return NULL;
}

/**
  Instrumentation calls for MYSQL_END_TABLE_LOCK_WAIT.
  @sa MYSQL_START_TABLE_LOCK_WAIT.
*/
static inline void
inline_mysql_end_table_lock_wait(struct PSI_table_locker *locker)
{
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
    PSI_TABLE_CALL(end_table_lock_wait)(locker);
}

static inline void
inline_mysql_unlock_table(struct PSI_table *table)
{
  if (table != NULL)
    PSI_TABLE_CALL(unlock_table)(table);
}
#endif

/** @} (end of group Table_instrumentation) */

#endif

/* Copyright (c) 2010, 2023, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2017, 2019, MariaDB Corporation.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0,
  as published by the Free Software Foundation.

  This program is also distributed with certain software (including
  but not limited to OpenSSL) that is licensed under separate terms,
  as designated in a particular file or component or in included license
  documentation.  The authors of MySQL hereby grant you an additional
  permission to link the program and your derivative works with the
  separately licensed software that they have included with MySQL.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License, version 2.0, for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
  Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef MYSQL_STATEMENT_H
#define MYSQL_STATEMENT_H

/**
  @file mysql/psi/mysql_statement.h
  Instrumentation helpers for statements.
*/

#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"

class Diagnostics_area;
typedef const struct charset_info_st CHARSET_INFO;

#ifndef PSI_STATEMENT_CALL
#define PSI_STATEMENT_CALL(M) PSI_DYNAMIC_CALL(M)
#endif

#ifndef PSI_DIGEST_CALL
#define PSI_DIGEST_CALL(M) PSI_DYNAMIC_CALL(M)
#endif

/**
  @defgroup Statement_instrumentation Statement Instrumentation
  @ingroup Instrumentation_interface
  @{
*/

/**
  @def mysql_statement_register(P1, P2, P3)
  Statement registration.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_INTERFACE
#define mysql_statement_register(P1, P2, P3) \
  inline_mysql_statement_register(P1, P2, P3)
#else
#define mysql_statement_register(P1, P2, P3) \
  do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_DIGEST_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_DIGEST_START(LOCKER) \
    inline_mysql_digest_start(LOCKER)
#else
  #define MYSQL_DIGEST_START(LOCKER) \
    NULL
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_DIGEST_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_DIGEST_END(LOCKER, DIGEST) \
    inline_mysql_digest_end(LOCKER, DIGEST)
#else
  #define MYSQL_DIGEST_END(LOCKER, DIGEST) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_START_STATEMENT(STATE, K, DB, DB_LEN, CS, SPS) \
    inline_mysql_start_statement(STATE, K, DB, DB_LEN, CS, SPS, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#else
  #define MYSQL_START_STATEMENT(STATE, K, DB, DB_LEN, CS, SPS) \
    NULL
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_REFINE_STATEMENT(LOCKER, K) \
    inline_mysql_refine_statement(LOCKER, K)
#else
  #define MYSQL_REFINE_STATEMENT(LOCKER, K) \
    NULL
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_SET_STATEMENT_TEXT(LOCKER, P1, P2) \
    inline_mysql_set_statement_text(LOCKER, P1, P2)
#else
  #define MYSQL_SET_STATEMENT_TEXT(LOCKER, P1, P2) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_SET_STATEMENT_LOCK_TIME(LOCKER, P1) \
    inline_mysql_set_statement_lock_time(LOCKER, P1)
#else
  #define MYSQL_SET_STATEMENT_LOCK_TIME(LOCKER, P1) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_SET_STATEMENT_ROWS_SENT(LOCKER, P1) \
    inline_mysql_set_statement_rows_sent(LOCKER, P1)
#else
  #define MYSQL_SET_STATEMENT_ROWS_SENT(LOCKER, P1) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_SET_STATEMENT_ROWS_EXAMINED(LOCKER, P1) \
    inline_mysql_set_statement_rows_examined(LOCKER, P1)
#else
  #define MYSQL_SET_STATEMENT_ROWS_EXAMINED(LOCKER, P1) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_END_STATEMENT(LOCKER, DA) \
    inline_mysql_end_statement(LOCKER, DA)
#else
  #define MYSQL_END_STATEMENT(LOCKER, DA) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_INTERFACE
static inline void inline_mysql_statement_register(
  const char *category, PSI_statement_info *info, int count)
{
  PSI_STATEMENT_CALL(register_statement)(category, info, count);
}

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_DIGEST_INTERFACE
static inline struct PSI_digest_locker *
inline_mysql_digest_start(PSI_statement_locker *locker)
{
  PSI_digest_locker* digest_locker= NULL;

  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
    digest_locker= PSI_DIGEST_CALL(digest_start)(locker);
  return digest_locker;
}
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_DIGEST_INTERFACE
static inline void
inline_mysql_digest_end(PSI_digest_locker *locker, const sql_digest_storage *digest)
{
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
    PSI_DIGEST_CALL(digest_end)(locker, digest);
}
#endif

static inline struct PSI_statement_locker *
inline_mysql_start_statement(PSI_statement_locker_state *state,
                             PSI_statement_key key,
                             const char *db, size_t db_len,
                             CHARSET_INFO *charset,
                             PSI_sp_share *sp_share,
                             const char *src_file, uint src_line)
{
  PSI_statement_locker *locker;
  locker= PSI_STATEMENT_CALL(get_thread_statement_locker)(state, key, charset,
                                                          sp_share);
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
    PSI_STATEMENT_CALL(start_statement)(locker, db, (uint)db_len, src_file, src_line);
  return locker;
}

static inline struct PSI_statement_locker *
inline_mysql_refine_statement(PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                              PSI_statement_key key)
{
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
  {
    locker= PSI_STATEMENT_CALL(refine_statement)(locker, key);
  }
  return locker;
}

static inline void
inline_mysql_set_statement_text(PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                                const char *text, uint text_len)
{
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
  {
    PSI_STATEMENT_CALL(set_statement_text)(locker, text, text_len);
  }
}

static inline void
inline_mysql_set_statement_lock_time(PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                                     ulonglong count)
{
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
  {
    PSI_STATEMENT_CALL(set_statement_lock_time)(locker, count);
  }
}

static inline void
inline_mysql_set_statement_rows_sent(PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                                     ulonglong count)
{
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
  {
    PSI_STATEMENT_CALL(set_statement_rows_sent)(locker, count);
  }
}

static inline void
inline_mysql_set_statement_rows_examined(PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                                         ulonglong count)
{
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
  {
    PSI_STATEMENT_CALL(set_statement_rows_examined)(locker, count);
  }
}

static inline void
inline_mysql_end_statement(struct PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                           Diagnostics_area *stmt_da)
{
  PSI_STAGE_CALL(end_stage)();
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
    PSI_STATEMENT_CALL(end_statement)(locker, stmt_da);
}
#endif

/** @} (end of group Statement_instrumentation) */

#endif

/* Copyright (c) 2012, 2023, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0,
  as published by the Free Software Foundation.

  This program is also distributed with certain software (including
  but not limited to OpenSSL) that is licensed under separate terms,
  as designated in a particular file or component or in included license
  documentation.  The authors of MySQL hereby grant you an additional
  permission to link the program and your derivative works with the
  separately licensed software that they have included with MySQL.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License, version 2.0, for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  51 Franklin Street, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef MYSQL_MDL_H
#define MYSQL_MDL_H

/**
  @file mysql/psi/mysql_mdl.h
  Instrumentation helpers for metadata locks.
*/

#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_METADATA_INTERFACE

#ifndef PSI_METADATA_CALL
#define PSI_METADATA_CALL(M) PSI_DYNAMIC_CALL(M)
#endif

#define PSI_CALL_start_metadata_wait(A,B,C,D) PSI_METADATA_CALL(start_metadata_wait)(A,B,C,D)
#define PSI_CALL_end_metadata_wait(A,B) PSI_METADATA_CALL(end_metadata_wait)(A,B)
#define PSI_CALL_create_metadata_lock(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) PSI_METADATA_CALL(create_metadata_lock)(A,B,C,D,E,F,G)
#define PSI_CALL_set_metadata_lock_status(A,B) PSI_METADATA_CALL(set_metadata_lock_status)(A,B)
#define PSI_CALL_destroy_metadata_lock(A) PSI_METADATA_CALL(destroy_metadata_lock)(A)
#else
#define PSI_CALL_start_metadata_wait(A,B,C,D) 0
#define PSI_CALL_end_metadata_wait(A,B) do { } while(0)
#define PSI_CALL_create_metadata_lock(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) 0
#define PSI_CALL_set_metadata_lock_status(A,B) do {} while(0)
#define PSI_CALL_destroy_metadata_lock(A) do {} while(0)
#endif

/**
  @defgroup Thread_instrumentation Metadata Instrumentation
  @ingroup Instrumentation_interface
  @{
*/

/**
  @def mysql_mdl_create(K, M, A)
  Instrumented metadata lock creation.
  @param I Metadata lock identity
  @param K Metadata key
  @param T Metadata lock type
  @param D Metadata lock duration
  @param S Metadata lock status
  @param F request source file
  @param L request source line
*/

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_METADATA_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_mdl_create(I, K, T, D, S, F, L) \
    inline_mysql_mdl_create(I, K, T, D, S, F, L)
#else
  #define mysql_mdl_create(I, K, T, D, S, F, L) NULL
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_METADATA_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_mdl_set_status(L, S) \
    inline_mysql_mdl_set_status(L, S)
#else
  #define mysql_mdl_set_status(L, S) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif


/**
  @def mysql_mdl_destroy(M)
  Instrumented metadata lock destruction.
  @param M Metadata lock
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_METADATA_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_mdl_destroy(M) \
    inline_mysql_mdl_destroy(M, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#else
  #define mysql_mdl_destroy(M) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_METADATA_INTERFACE

static inline PSI_metadata_lock *
inline_mysql_mdl_create(void *identity,
                        const MDL_key *mdl_key,
                        enum_mdl_type mdl_type,
                        enum_mdl_duration mdl_duration,
                        MDL_ticket::enum_psi_status mdl_status,
                        const char *src_file, uint src_line)
{
  PSI_metadata_lock *result;

  /* static_cast: Fit a round C++ enum peg into a square C int hole ... */
  result= PSI_METADATA_CALL(create_metadata_lock)
    (identity,
     mdl_key,
     static_cast<opaque_mdl_type> (mdl_type),
     static_cast<opaque_mdl_duration> (mdl_duration),
     static_cast<opaque_mdl_status> (mdl_status),
     src_file, src_line);

  return result;
}

static inline void inline_mysql_mdl_set_status(
  PSI_metadata_lock *psi,
  MDL_ticket::enum_psi_status mdl_status)
{
  if (psi != NULL)
    PSI_METADATA_CALL(set_metadata_lock_status)(psi, mdl_status);
}

static inline void inline_mysql_mdl_destroy(
  PSI_metadata_lock *psi,
  const char *src_file, uint src_line)
{
  if (psi != NULL)
    PSI_METADATA_CALL(destroy_metadata_lock)(psi);
}
#endif /* HAVE_PSI_METADATA_INTERFACE */

/** @} (end of group Metadata_instrumentation) */

#endif

/* Copyright (c) 2011, 2023, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0,
  as published by the Free Software Foundation.

  This program is also distributed with certain software (including
  but not limited to OpenSSL) that is licensed under separate terms,
  as designated in a particular file or component or in included license
  documentation.  The authors of MySQL hereby grant you an additional
  permission to link the program and your derivative works with the
  separately licensed software that they have included with MySQL.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License, version 2.0, for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/**
  @file mysql/psi/psi_abi_v0.h
  ABI check for mysql/psi/psi.h, when compiling without instrumentation.
  This file is only used to automate detection of changes between versions.
  Do not include this file, include mysql/psi/psi.h instead.
*/
#define MY_GLOBAL_INCLUDED
#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"

/* Copyright (c) 2012, 2023, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0,
  as published by the Free Software Foundation.

  This program is also distributed with certain software (including
  but not limited to OpenSSL) that is licensed under separate terms,
  as designated in a particular file or component or in included license
  documentation.  The authors of MySQL hereby grant you an additional
  permission to link the program and your derivative works with the
  separately licensed software that they have included with MySQL.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License, version 2.0, for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  51 Franklin Street, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef MYSQL_MEMORY_H
#define MYSQL_MEMORY_H

/**
  @file mysql/psi/mysql_memory.h
  Instrumentation helpers for memory allocation.
*/

#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_MEMORY_INTERFACE
#define PSI_CALL_memory_alloc(A1,A2,A3) PSI_MEMORY_CALL(memory_alloc)(A1,A2,A3)
#define PSI_CALL_memory_free(A1,A2,A3) PSI_MEMORY_CALL(memory_free)(A1,A2,A3)
#define PSI_CALL_memory_realloc(A1,A2,A3,A4) PSI_MEMORY_CALL(memory_realloc)(A1,A2,A3,A4)
#define PSI_CALL_register_memory(A1,A2,A3) PSI_MEMORY_CALL(register_memory)(A1,A2,A3)
#else
#define PSI_CALL_memory_alloc(A1,A2,A3) 0
#define PSI_CALL_memory_free(A1,A2,A3) do { } while(0)
#define PSI_CALL_memory_realloc(A1,A2,A3,A4) 0
#define PSI_CALL_register_memory(A1,A2,A3) do { } while(0)
#endif

#ifndef PSI_MEMORY_CALL
#define PSI_MEMORY_CALL(M) PSI_DYNAMIC_CALL(M)
#endif

/**
  @defgroup Memory_instrumentation Memory Instrumentation
  @ingroup Instrumentation_interface
  @{
*/

/**
  @def mysql_memory_register(P1, P2, P3)
  Memory registration.
*/
#define mysql_memory_register(P1, P2, P3) \
  inline_mysql_memory_register(P1, P2, P3)

static inline void inline_mysql_memory_register(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_MEMORY_INTERFACE
  const char *category,
  PSI_memory_info *info,
  int count)
#else
  const char *category __attribute__((unused)),
  void *info __attribute__((unused)),
  int count __attribute__((unused)))
#endif
{
  PSI_CALL_register_memory(category, info, count);
}

/** @} (end of group Memory_instrumentation) */

#endif

/* Copyright (c) 2010, 2023, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2017, MariaDB Corporation.

This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0,
as published by the Free Software Foundation.

This program is also distributed with certain software (including
but not limited to OpenSSL) that is licensed under separate terms,
as designated in a particular file or component or in included license
documentation.  The authors of MySQL hereby grant you an additional
permission to link the program and your derivative works with the
separately licensed software that they have included with MySQL.

This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
GNU General Public License, version 2.0, for more details.

You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
02110-1335  USA
*/

#ifndef MYSQL_SOCKET_H
#define MYSQL_SOCKET_H

/* For MY_STAT */
#include <my_dir.h>
/* For my_chsize */
#include <my_sys.h>
/* For socket api */
#ifdef _WIN32
  #include <ws2def.h>
  #include <winsock2.h>
  #include <MSWSock.h>
  #define SOCKBUF_T char
#else
  #include <netinet/in.h>
  #define SOCKBUF_T void
#endif
/**
  @file mysql/psi/mysql_socket.h
[...]
*/

#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"

#ifndef PSI_SOCKET_CALL
#define PSI_SOCKET_CALL(M) PSI_DYNAMIC_CALL(M)
#endif

/**
  @defgroup Socket_instrumentation Socket Instrumentation
  @ingroup Instrumentation_interface
  @{
*/

/**
  @def mysql_socket_register(P1, P2, P3)
  Socket registration.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_socket_register(P1, P2, P3) \
    inline_mysql_socket_register(P1, P2, P3)
#else
  #define mysql_socket_register(P1, P2, P3) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

/** An instrumented socket. */
struct st_mysql_socket
{
  /** The real socket descriptor. */
  my_socket fd;

  /** Is this a Unix-domain socket? */
  char is_unix_domain_socket;

  /** Is this a socket opened for the extra port? */
  char is_extra_port;

  /** Address family of the socket. (See sa_family from struct sockaddr). */
  unsigned short address_family;

  /**
    The instrumentation hook.
    Note that this hook is not conditionally defined,
    for binary compatibility of the @c MYSQL_SOCKET interface.
  */
  struct PSI_socket *m_psi;
};

/**
  An instrumented socket.
  @c MYSQL_SOCKET is a replacement for @c my_socket.
*/
typedef struct st_mysql_socket MYSQL_SOCKET;


/**
  @def MYSQL_INVALID_SOCKET
  MYSQL_SOCKET initial value.
*/
//MYSQL_SOCKET MYSQL_INVALID_SOCKET= {INVALID_SOCKET, NULL};
#define MYSQL_INVALID_SOCKET mysql_socket_invalid()

/**
  MYSQL_SOCKET helper. Initialize instrumented socket.
  @sa mysql_socket_getfd
  @sa mysql_socket_setfd
*/
static inline MYSQL_SOCKET
mysql_socket_invalid()
{
  MYSQL_SOCKET mysql_socket= {INVALID_SOCKET, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
  return mysql_socket;
}

/**
  Set socket descriptor and address.
  @param socket nstrumented socket
  @param addr unformatted socket address
  @param addr_len length of socket address
*/

static inline void
mysql_socket_set_address(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  MYSQL_SOCKET socket,
  const struct sockaddr *addr,
  socklen_t addr_len
#else
  MYSQL_SOCKET socket __attribute__ ((unused)),
  const struct sockaddr *addr __attribute__ ((unused)),
  socklen_t addr_len __attribute__ ((unused))
#endif
)
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  if (socket.m_psi != NULL)
    PSI_SOCKET_CALL(set_socket_info)(socket.m_psi, NULL, addr, addr_len);
#endif
}

/**
  Set socket descriptor and address.
  @param socket instrumented socket
*/
static inline void
mysql_socket_set_thread_owner(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
MYSQL_SOCKET socket
#else
MYSQL_SOCKET socket __attribute__ ((unused))
#endif
)
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  if (socket.m_psi != NULL)
    PSI_SOCKET_CALL(set_socket_thread_owner)(socket.m_psi);
#endif
}

/**
  MYSQL_SOCKET helper. Get socket descriptor.
  @param mysql_socket Instrumented socket
  @sa mysql_socket_getfd
*/
static inline my_socket
mysql_socket_getfd(MYSQL_SOCKET mysql_socket)
{
  return mysql_socket.fd;
}

/**
  MYSQL_SOCKET helper. Set socket descriptor.
  @param mysql_socket Instrumented socket
  @param fd Socket descriptor
  @sa mysql_socket_setfd
*/
static inline void
mysql_socket_setfd(MYSQL_SOCKET *mysql_socket, my_socket fd)
{
  if (likely(mysql_socket != NULL))
    mysql_socket->fd= fd;
}

/**
  @def MYSQL_SOCKET_WAIT_VARIABLES
  Instrumentation helper for socket waits.
  This instrumentation declares local variables.
  Do not use a ';' after this macro
  @param LOCKER locker
  @param STATE locker state
  @sa MYSQL_START_SOCKET_WAIT.
  @sa MYSQL_END_SOCKET_WAIT.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_SOCKET_WAIT_VARIABLES(LOCKER, STATE) \
    struct PSI_socket_locker* LOCKER; \
    PSI_socket_locker_state STATE;
#else
  #define MYSQL_SOCKET_WAIT_VARIABLES(LOCKER, STATE)
#endif

/**
  @def MYSQL_START_SOCKET_WAIT
  Instrumentation helper for socket waits.
  This instrumentation marks the start of a wait event.
  @param LOCKER locker
  @param STATE locker state
  @param SOCKET instrumented socket
  @param OP The socket operation to be performed
  @param COUNT bytes to be written/read
  @sa MYSQL_END_SOCKET_WAIT.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_START_SOCKET_WAIT(LOCKER, STATE, SOCKET, OP, COUNT) \
    LOCKER= inline_mysql_start_socket_wait(STATE, SOCKET, OP, COUNT,\
                                           __FILE__, __LINE__)
#else
  #define MYSQL_START_SOCKET_WAIT(LOCKER, STATE, SOCKET, OP, COUNT) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

/**
  @def MYSQL_END_SOCKET_WAIT
  Instrumentation helper for socket waits.
  This instrumentation marks the end of a wait event.
  @param LOCKER locker
  @param COUNT actual bytes written/read, or -1
  @sa MYSQL_START_SOCKET_WAIT.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_END_SOCKET_WAIT(LOCKER, COUNT) \
    inline_mysql_end_socket_wait(LOCKER, COUNT)
#else
  #define MYSQL_END_SOCKET_WAIT(LOCKER, COUNT) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

/**
  @def MYSQL_SOCKET_SET_STATE
  Set the state (IDLE, ACTIVE) of an instrumented socket.
  @param SOCKET the instrumented socket
  @param STATE the new state
  @sa PSI_socket_state
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_SOCKET_SET_STATE(SOCKET, STATE) \
    inline_mysql_socket_set_state(SOCKET, STATE)
#else
  #define MYSQL_SOCKET_SET_STATE(SOCKET, STATE) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
/**
  Instrumentation calls for MYSQL_START_SOCKET_WAIT.
  @sa MYSQL_START_SOCKET_WAIT.
*/
static inline struct PSI_socket_locker*
inline_mysql_start_socket_wait(PSI_socket_locker_state *state,
                               MYSQL_SOCKET mysql_socket,
                               enum PSI_socket_operation op,
                               size_t byte_count,
                               const char *src_file, uint src_line)
{
  struct PSI_socket_locker *locker;
  if (psi_likely(mysql_socket.m_psi != NULL))
  {
    locker= PSI_SOCKET_CALL(start_socket_wait)
      (state, mysql_socket.m_psi, op, byte_count, src_file, src_line);
  }
  else
    locker= NULL;
  return locker;
}

/**
  Instrumentation calls for MYSQL_END_SOCKET_WAIT.
  @sa MYSQL_END_SOCKET_WAIT.
*/
static inline void
inline_mysql_end_socket_wait(struct PSI_socket_locker *locker, size_t byte_count)
{
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
    PSI_SOCKET_CALL(end_socket_wait)(locker, byte_count);
}

/**
  Set the state (IDLE, ACTIVE) of an instrumented socket.
  @param socket the instrumented socket
  @param state the new state
  @sa PSI_socket_state
*/
static inline void
inline_mysql_socket_set_state(MYSQL_SOCKET socket, enum PSI_socket_state state)
{
  if (socket.m_psi != NULL)
    PSI_SOCKET_CALL(set_socket_state)(socket.m_psi, state);
}
#endif /* HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE */

/**
  @def mysql_socket_fd(K, F)
  Create a socket.
  @c mysql_socket_fd is a replacement for @c socket.
  @param K PSI_socket_key for this instrumented socket
  @param F File descriptor
*/

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_socket_fd(K, F) \
    inline_mysql_socket_fd(K, F)
#else
  #define mysql_socket_fd(K, F) \
    inline_mysql_socket_fd(F)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_socket_socket(K, D, T, P)
  Create a socket.
  @c mysql_socket_socket is a replacement for @c socket.
  @param K PSI_socket_key for this instrumented socket
  @param D Socket domain
  @param T Protocol type
  @param P Transport protocol
*/

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_socket_socket(K, D, T, P) \
    inline_mysql_socket_socket(K, D, T, P)
#else
  #define mysql_socket_socket(K, D, T, P) \
    inline_mysql_socket_socket(D, T, P)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_socket_bind(FD, AP, L)
  Bind a socket to a local port number and IP address
  @c mysql_socket_bind is a replacement for @c bind.
  @param FD Instrumented socket descriptor returned by socket()
  @param AP Pointer to local port number and IP address in sockaddr structure
  @param L  Length of sockaddr structure
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_socket_bind(FD, AP, L) \
    inline_mysql_socket_bind(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD, AP, L)
#else
  #define mysql_socket_bind(FD, AP, L) \
    inline_mysql_socket_bind(FD, AP, L)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_socket_getsockname(FD, AP, LP)
  Return port number and IP address of the local host
  @c mysql_socket_getsockname is a replacement for @c getsockname.
  @param FD Instrumented socket descriptor returned by socket()
  @param AP  Pointer to returned address of local host in @c sockaddr structure
  @param LP  Pointer to length of @c sockaddr structure
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_socket_getsockname(FD, AP, LP) \
    inline_mysql_socket_getsockname(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD, AP, LP)
#else
  #define mysql_socket_getsockname(FD, AP, LP) \
    inline_mysql_socket_getsockname(FD, AP, LP)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_socket_connect(FD, AP, L)
  Establish a connection to a remote host.
  @c mysql_socket_connect is a replacement for @c connect.
  @param FD Instrumented socket descriptor returned by socket()
  @param AP Pointer to target address in sockaddr structure
  @param L  Length of sockaddr structure
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_socket_connect(FD, AP, L) \
    inline_mysql_socket_connect(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD, AP, L)
#else
  #define mysql_socket_connect(FD, AP, L) \
    inline_mysql_socket_connect(FD, AP, L)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_socket_getpeername(FD, AP, LP)
  Get port number and IP address of remote host that a socket is connected to.
  @c mysql_socket_getpeername is a replacement for @c getpeername.
  @param FD Instrumented socket descriptor returned by socket() or accept()
  @param AP Pointer to returned address of remote host in sockaddr structure
  @param LP Pointer to length of sockaddr structure
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_socket_getpeername(FD, AP, LP) \
    inline_mysql_socket_getpeername(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD, AP, LP)
#else
  #define mysql_socket_getpeername(FD, AP, LP) \
    inline_mysql_socket_getpeername(FD, AP, LP)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_socket_send(FD, B, N, FL)
  Send data from the buffer, B, to a connected socket.
  @c mysql_socket_send is a replacement for @c send.
  @param FD Instrumented socket descriptor returned by socket() or accept()
  @param B  Buffer to send
  @param N  Number of bytes to send
  @param FL Control flags
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_socket_send(FD, B, N, FL) \
    inline_mysql_socket_send(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD, B, N, FL)
#else
  #define mysql_socket_send(FD, B, N, FL) \
    inline_mysql_socket_send(FD, B, N, FL)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_socket_recv(FD, B, N, FL)
  Receive data from a connected socket.
  @c mysql_socket_recv is a replacement for @c recv.
  @param FD Instrumented socket descriptor returned by socket() or accept()
  @param B  Buffer to receive to
  @param N  Maximum bytes to receive
  @param FL Control flags
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_socket_recv(FD, B, N, FL) \
    inline_mysql_socket_recv(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD, B, N, FL)
#else
  #define mysql_socket_recv(FD, B, N, FL) \
    inline_mysql_socket_recv(FD, B, N, FL)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_socket_sendto(FD, B, N, FL, AP, L)
  Send data to a socket at the specified address.
  @c mysql_socket_sendto is a replacement for @c sendto.
  @param FD Instrumented socket descriptor returned by socket()
  @param B  Buffer to send
  @param N  Number of bytes to send
  @param FL Control flags
  @param AP Pointer to destination sockaddr structure
  @param L  Size of sockaddr structure
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_socket_sendto(FD, B, N, FL, AP, L) \
    inline_mysql_socket_sendto(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD, B, N, FL, AP, L)
#else
  #define mysql_socket_sendto(FD, B, N, FL, AP, L) \
    inline_mysql_socket_sendto(FD, B, N, FL, AP, L)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_socket_recvfrom(FD, B, N, FL, AP, L)
  Receive data from a socket and return source address information
  @c mysql_socket_recvfrom is a replacement for @c recvfrom.
  @param FD Instrumented socket descriptor returned by socket()
  @param B  Buffer to receive to
  @param N  Maximum bytes to receive
  @param FL Control flags
  @param AP Pointer to source address in sockaddr_storage structure
  @param LP Size of sockaddr_storage structure
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_socket_recvfrom(FD, B, N, FL, AP, LP) \
    inline_mysql_socket_recvfrom(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD, B, N, FL, AP, LP)
#else
  #define mysql_socket_recvfrom(FD, B, N, FL, AP, LP) \
    inline_mysql_socket_recvfrom(FD, B, N, FL, AP, LP)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_socket_getsockopt(FD, LV, ON, OP, OL)
  Get a socket option for the specified socket.
  @c mysql_socket_getsockopt is a replacement for @c getsockopt.
  @param FD Instrumented socket descriptor returned by socket()
  @param LV Protocol level
  @param ON Option to query
  @param OP Buffer which will contain the value for the requested option
  @param OL Pointer to length of OP
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_socket_getsockopt(FD, LV, ON, OP, OL) \
    inline_mysql_socket_getsockopt(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD, LV, ON, OP, OL)
#else
  #define mysql_socket_getsockopt(FD, LV, ON, OP, OL) \
    inline_mysql_socket_getsockopt(FD, LV, ON, OP, OL)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_socket_setsockopt(FD, LV, ON, OP, OL)
  Set a socket option for the specified socket.
  @c mysql_socket_setsockopt is a replacement for @c setsockopt.
  @param FD Instrumented socket descriptor returned by socket()
  @param LV Protocol level
  @param ON Option to modify
  @param OP Buffer containing the value for the specified option
  @param OL Pointer to length of OP
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_socket_setsockopt(FD, LV, ON, OP, OL) \
    inline_mysql_socket_setsockopt(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD, LV, ON, OP, OL)
#else
  #define mysql_socket_setsockopt(FD, LV, ON, OP, OL) \
    inline_mysql_socket_setsockopt(FD, LV, ON, OP, OL)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_sock_set_nonblocking
  Set socket to non-blocking.
  @param FD instrumented socket descriptor
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_sock_set_nonblocking(FD) \
    inline_mysql_sock_set_nonblocking(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD)
#else
  #define mysql_sock_set_nonblocking(FD) \
    inline_mysql_sock_set_nonblocking(FD)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_socket_listen(FD, N)
  Set socket state to listen for an incoming connection.
  @c mysql_socket_listen is a replacement for @c listen.
  @param FD Instrumented socket descriptor, bound and connected
  @param N  Maximum number of pending connections allowed.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_socket_listen(FD, N) \
    inline_mysql_socket_listen(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD, N)
#else
  #define mysql_socket_listen(FD, N) \
    inline_mysql_socket_listen(FD, N)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_socket_accept(K, FD, AP, LP)
  Accept a connection from any remote host; TCP only.
  @c mysql_socket_accept is a replacement for @c accept.
  @param K PSI_socket_key for this instrumented socket
  @param FD Instrumented socket descriptor, bound and placed in a listen state
  @param AP Pointer to sockaddr structure with returned IP address and port of connected host
  @param LP Pointer to length of valid information in AP
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_socket_accept(K, FD, AP, LP) \
    inline_mysql_socket_accept(__FILE__, __LINE__, K, FD, AP, LP)
#else
  #define mysql_socket_accept(K, FD, AP, LP) \
    inline_mysql_socket_accept(FD, AP, LP)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_socket_close(FD)
  Close a socket and sever any connections.
  @c mysql_socket_close is a replacement for @c close.
  @param FD Instrumented socket descriptor returned by socket() or accept()
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_socket_close(FD) \
    inline_mysql_socket_close(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD)
#else
  #define mysql_socket_close(FD) \
    inline_mysql_socket_close(FD)
#endif

/**
  @def mysql_socket_shutdown(FD, H)
  Disable receives and/or sends on a socket.
  @c mysql_socket_shutdown is a replacement for @c shutdown.
  @param FD Instrumented socket descriptor returned by socket() or accept()
  @param H  Specifies which operations to shutdown
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  #define mysql_socket_shutdown(FD, H) \
    inline_mysql_socket_shutdown(__FILE__, __LINE__, FD, H)
#else
  #define mysql_socket_shutdown(FD, H) \
    inline_mysql_socket_shutdown(FD, H)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
static inline void inline_mysql_socket_register(
  const char *category,
  PSI_socket_info *info,
  int count)
{
  PSI_SOCKET_CALL(register_socket)(category, info, count);
}
#endif

/** mysql_socket_fd */

static inline MYSQL_SOCKET
inline_mysql_socket_fd
(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  PSI_socket_key key,
#endif
  int fd)
{
  MYSQL_SOCKET mysql_socket= MYSQL_INVALID_SOCKET;
  mysql_socket.fd= fd;

  DBUG_ASSERT(mysql_socket.fd != INVALID_SOCKET);
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  mysql_socket.m_psi= PSI_SOCKET_CALL(init_socket)
    (key, (const my_socket*)&mysql_socket.fd, NULL, 0);
#endif
  /**
    Currently systemd socket activation is the user of this
    function. Its API (man sd_listen_fds) says FD_CLOSE_EXEC
    is already called. If there becomes another user, we
    can call it again without detriment.

    If needed later:
    #if defined(HAVE_FCNTL) && defined(FD_CLOEXEC)
        (void) fcntl(mysql_socket.fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
    #endif
  */

  return mysql_socket;
}

/** mysql_socket_socket */

static inline MYSQL_SOCKET
inline_mysql_socket_socket
(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  PSI_socket_key key,
#endif
  int domain, int type, int protocol)
{
  MYSQL_SOCKET mysql_socket= MYSQL_INVALID_SOCKET;
  mysql_socket.fd= socket(domain, type | SOCK_CLOEXEC, protocol);

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  if (likely(mysql_socket.fd != INVALID_SOCKET))
  {
    mysql_socket.m_psi= PSI_SOCKET_CALL(init_socket)
      (key, (const my_socket*)&mysql_socket.fd, NULL, 0);
  }
#endif

  /* SOCK_CLOEXEC isn't always a number - can't preprocessor compare */
#if defined(HAVE_FCNTL) && defined(FD_CLOEXEC) && !defined(HAVE_SOCK_CLOEXEC)
  (void) fcntl(mysql_socket.fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
#endif

  return mysql_socket;
}

/** mysql_socket_bind */

static inline int
inline_mysql_socket_bind
(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  MYSQL_SOCKET mysql_socket, const struct sockaddr *addr, size_t len)
{
  int result;

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(mysql_socket.m_psi != NULL))
  {
    /* Instrumentation start */
    PSI_socket_locker_state state;
    PSI_socket_locker *locker;
    locker= PSI_SOCKET_CALL(start_socket_wait)
      (&state, mysql_socket.m_psi, PSI_SOCKET_BIND, (size_t)0, src_file, src_line);

    /* Instrumented code */
    result= bind(mysql_socket.fd, addr, (int)len);

    /* Instrumentation end */
    if (result == 0)
      PSI_SOCKET_CALL(set_socket_info)(mysql_socket.m_psi, NULL, addr, (socklen_t)len);

    if (locker != NULL)
      PSI_SOCKET_CALL(end_socket_wait)(locker, (size_t)0);

    return result;
  }
#endif

  /* Non instrumented code */
  result= bind(mysql_socket.fd, addr, (int)len);
  return result;
}

/** mysql_socket_getsockname */

static inline int
inline_mysql_socket_getsockname
(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
 MYSQL_SOCKET mysql_socket, struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t *len)
{
  int result;

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(mysql_socket.m_psi != NULL))
  {
    /* Instrumentation start */
    PSI_socket_locker *locker;
    PSI_socket_locker_state state;
    locker= PSI_SOCKET_CALL(start_socket_wait)
      (&state, mysql_socket.m_psi, PSI_SOCKET_BIND, (size_t)0, src_file, src_line);

    /* Instrumented code */
    result= getsockname(mysql_socket.fd, addr, len);

    /* Instrumentation end */
    if (locker != NULL)
      PSI_SOCKET_CALL(end_socket_wait)(locker, (size_t)0);

    return result;
  }
#endif

  /* Non instrumented code */
  result= getsockname(mysql_socket.fd, addr, len);

  return result;
}

/** mysql_socket_connect */

static inline int
inline_mysql_socket_connect
(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
 MYSQL_SOCKET mysql_socket, const struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t len)
{
  int result;

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(mysql_socket.m_psi != NULL))
  {
    /* Instrumentation start */
    PSI_socket_locker *locker;
    PSI_socket_locker_state state;
    locker= PSI_SOCKET_CALL(start_socket_wait)
      (&state, mysql_socket.m_psi, PSI_SOCKET_CONNECT, (size_t)0, src_file, src_line);

    /* Instrumented code */
    result= connect(mysql_socket.fd, addr, len);

    /* Instrumentation end */
    if (locker != NULL)
      PSI_SOCKET_CALL(end_socket_wait)(locker, (size_t)0);

    return result;
  }
#endif

  /* Non instrumented code */
  result= connect(mysql_socket.fd, addr, len);

  return result;
}

/** mysql_socket_getpeername */

static inline int
inline_mysql_socket_getpeername
(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
 MYSQL_SOCKET mysql_socket, struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t *len)
{
  int result;

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(mysql_socket.m_psi != NULL))
  {
    /* Instrumentation start */
    PSI_socket_locker *locker;
    PSI_socket_locker_state state;
    locker= PSI_SOCKET_CALL(start_socket_wait)
      (&state, mysql_socket.m_psi, PSI_SOCKET_BIND, (size_t)0, src_file, src_line);

    /* Instrumented code */
    result= getpeername(mysql_socket.fd, addr, len);

    /* Instrumentation end */
    if (locker != NULL)
      PSI_SOCKET_CALL(end_socket_wait)(locker, (size_t)0);

    return result;
  }
#endif

  /* Non instrumented code */
  result= getpeername(mysql_socket.fd, addr, len);

  return result;
}

/** mysql_socket_send */

static inline ssize_t
inline_mysql_socket_send
(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
 MYSQL_SOCKET mysql_socket, const SOCKBUF_T *buf, size_t n, int flags)
{
  ssize_t result;
  DBUG_ASSERT(mysql_socket.fd != INVALID_SOCKET);
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(mysql_socket.m_psi != NULL))
  {
    /* Instrumentation start */
    PSI_socket_locker *locker;
    PSI_socket_locker_state state;
    locker= PSI_SOCKET_CALL(start_socket_wait)
      (&state, mysql_socket.m_psi, PSI_SOCKET_SEND, n, src_file, src_line);

    /* Instrumented code */
    result= send(mysql_socket.fd, buf, IF_WIN((int),) n, flags);

    /* Instrumentation end */
    if (locker != NULL)
    {
      size_t bytes_written= (result > 0) ? (size_t) result : 0;
      PSI_SOCKET_CALL(end_socket_wait)(locker, bytes_written);
    }

    return result;
  }
#endif

  /* Non instrumented code */
  result= send(mysql_socket.fd, buf, IF_WIN((int),) n, flags);

  return result;
}

/** mysql_socket_recv */

static inline ssize_t
inline_mysql_socket_recv
(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
 MYSQL_SOCKET mysql_socket,  SOCKBUF_T *buf, size_t n, int flags)
{
  ssize_t result;
  DBUG_ASSERT(mysql_socket.fd != INVALID_SOCKET);
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(mysql_socket.m_psi != NULL))
  {
    /* Instrumentation start */
    PSI_socket_locker *locker;
    PSI_socket_locker_state state;
    locker= PSI_SOCKET_CALL(start_socket_wait)
      (&state, mysql_socket.m_psi, PSI_SOCKET_RECV, (size_t)0, src_file, src_line);

    /* Instrumented code */
    result= recv(mysql_socket.fd, buf, IF_WIN((int),) n, flags);

    /* Instrumentation end */
    if (locker != NULL)
    {
      size_t bytes_read= (result > 0) ? (size_t) result : 0;
      PSI_SOCKET_CALL(end_socket_wait)(locker, bytes_read);
    }

    return result;
  }
#endif

  /* Non instrumented code */
  result= recv(mysql_socket.fd, buf, IF_WIN((int),) n, flags);

  return result;
}

/** mysql_socket_sendto */

static inline ssize_t
inline_mysql_socket_sendto
(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
 MYSQL_SOCKET mysql_socket, const SOCKBUF_T *buf, size_t n, int flags, const struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t addr_len)
{
  ssize_t result;

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(mysql_socket.m_psi != NULL))
  {
    /* Instrumentation start */
    PSI_socket_locker *locker;
    PSI_socket_locker_state state;
    locker= PSI_SOCKET_CALL(start_socket_wait)
      (&state, mysql_socket.m_psi, PSI_SOCKET_SEND, n, src_file, src_line);

    /* Instrumented code */
    result= sendto(mysql_socket.fd, buf, IF_WIN((int),) n, flags, addr, addr_len);

    /* Instrumentation end */
    if (locker != NULL)
    {
      size_t bytes_written = (result > 0) ? (size_t) result : 0;
      PSI_SOCKET_CALL(end_socket_wait)(locker, bytes_written);
    }

    return result;
  }
#endif

  /* Non instrumented code */
  result= sendto(mysql_socket.fd, buf, IF_WIN((int),) n, flags, addr, addr_len);

  return result;
}

/** mysql_socket_recvfrom */

static inline ssize_t
inline_mysql_socket_recvfrom
(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
 MYSQL_SOCKET mysql_socket, SOCKBUF_T *buf, size_t n, int flags,
 struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t *addr_len)
{
  ssize_t result;

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(mysql_socket.m_psi != NULL))
  {
    /* Instrumentation start */
    PSI_socket_locker *locker;
    PSI_socket_locker_state state;
    locker= PSI_SOCKET_CALL(start_socket_wait)
      (&state, mysql_socket.m_psi, PSI_SOCKET_RECV, (size_t)0, src_file, src_line);

    /* Instrumented code */
    result= recvfrom(mysql_socket.fd, buf, IF_WIN((int),) n, flags, addr, addr_len);

    /* Instrumentation end */
    if (locker != NULL)
    {
      size_t bytes_read= (result > 0) ? (size_t) result : 0;
      PSI_SOCKET_CALL(end_socket_wait)(locker, bytes_read);
    }

    return result;
  }
#endif

  /* Non instrumented code */
  result= recvfrom(mysql_socket.fd, buf, IF_WIN((int),) n, flags, addr, addr_len);

  return result;
}

/** mysql_socket_getsockopt */

static inline int
inline_mysql_socket_getsockopt
(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
 MYSQL_SOCKET mysql_socket, int level, int optname, SOCKBUF_T *optval, socklen_t *optlen)
{
  int result;

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(mysql_socket.m_psi != NULL))
  {
    /* Instrumentation start */
    PSI_socket_locker *locker;
    PSI_socket_locker_state state;
    locker= PSI_SOCKET_CALL(start_socket_wait)
      (&state, mysql_socket.m_psi, PSI_SOCKET_OPT, (size_t)0, src_file, src_line);

    /* Instrumented code */
    result= getsockopt(mysql_socket.fd, level, optname, optval, optlen);

    /* Instrumentation end */
    if (locker != NULL)
      PSI_SOCKET_CALL(end_socket_wait)(locker, (size_t)0);

    return result;
  }
#endif

  /* Non instrumented code */
  result= getsockopt(mysql_socket.fd, level, optname, optval, optlen);

  return result;
}

/** mysql_socket_setsockopt */

static inline int
inline_mysql_socket_setsockopt
(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
 MYSQL_SOCKET mysql_socket, int level, int optname, const SOCKBUF_T *optval,
 socklen_t optlen)
{
  int result;

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(mysql_socket.m_psi))
  {
    /* Instrumentation start */
    PSI_socket_locker *locker;
    PSI_socket_locker_state state;
    locker= PSI_SOCKET_CALL(start_socket_wait)
      (&state, mysql_socket.m_psi, PSI_SOCKET_OPT, (size_t)0, src_file, src_line);

    /* Instrumented code */
    result= setsockopt(mysql_socket.fd, level, optname, optval, optlen);

    /* Instrumentation end */
    if (locker != NULL)
      PSI_SOCKET_CALL(end_socket_wait)(locker, (size_t)0);

    return result;
  }
#endif

  /* Non instrumented code */
  result= setsockopt(mysql_socket.fd, level, optname, optval, optlen);

  return result;
}

/** set_socket_nonblock */
static inline int
set_socket_nonblock(my_socket fd)
{
  int ret= 0;
#ifdef _WIN32
  {
    u_long nonblocking= 1;
    ret= ioctlsocket(fd, FIONBIO, &nonblocking);
  }
#else
  {
    int fd_flags;
    fd_flags= fcntl(fd, F_GETFL, 0);
    if (fd_flags < 0)
      return errno;
#if defined(O_NONBLOCK)
    fd_flags |= O_NONBLOCK;
#elif defined(O_NDELAY)
    fd_flags |= O_NDELAY;
#elif defined(O_FNDELAY)
    fd_flags |= O_FNDELAY;
#else
#error "No definition of non-blocking flag found."
#endif /* O_NONBLOCK */
    if (fcntl(fd, F_SETFL, fd_flags) == -1)
      ret= errno;
  }
#endif /* _WIN32 */
  return ret;
}

/** mysql_socket_set_nonblocking */

static inline int
inline_mysql_sock_set_nonblocking
(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  MYSQL_SOCKET mysql_socket
)
{
  int result= 0;

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  if (mysql_socket.m_psi)
  {
    /* Instrumentation start */
    PSI_socket_locker *locker;
    PSI_socket_locker_state state;
    locker= PSI_SOCKET_CALL(start_socket_wait)
        (&state, mysql_socket.m_psi, PSI_SOCKET_OPT,
         (size_t)0, src_file, src_line);

    /* Instrumented code */
    result= set_socket_nonblock(mysql_socket.fd);

    /* Instrumentation end */
    if (locker != NULL)
      PSI_SOCKET_CALL(end_socket_wait)(locker, (size_t)0);

    return result;
  }
#endif

  /* Non instrumented code */
  result= set_socket_nonblock(mysql_socket.fd);

  return result;
}

/** mysql_socket_listen */

static inline int
inline_mysql_socket_listen
(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
 MYSQL_SOCKET mysql_socket, int backlog)
{
  int result;

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(mysql_socket.m_psi != NULL))
  {
    /* Instrumentation start */
    PSI_socket_locker *locker;
    PSI_socket_locker_state state;
    locker= PSI_SOCKET_CALL(start_socket_wait)
      (&state, mysql_socket.m_psi, PSI_SOCKET_CONNECT, (size_t)0, src_file, src_line);

    /* Instrumented code */
    result= listen(mysql_socket.fd, backlog);

    /* Instrumentation end */
    if (locker != NULL)
      PSI_SOCKET_CALL(end_socket_wait)(locker, (size_t)0);

    return result;
  }
#endif

  /* Non instrumented code */
  result= listen(mysql_socket.fd, backlog);

  return result;
}

/** mysql_socket_accept */

static inline MYSQL_SOCKET
inline_mysql_socket_accept
(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line, PSI_socket_key key,
#endif
  MYSQL_SOCKET socket_listen, struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t *addr_len)
{
#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
  int flags __attribute__ ((unused));
#endif

  MYSQL_SOCKET socket_accept;

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  if (socket_listen.m_psi != NULL)
  {
    /* Instrumentation start */
    PSI_socket_locker *locker;
    PSI_socket_locker_state state;
    locker= PSI_SOCKET_CALL(start_socket_wait)
      (&state, socket_listen.m_psi, PSI_SOCKET_CONNECT, (size_t)0, src_file, src_line);

    /* Instrumented code */
#ifdef HAVE_ACCEPT4
    socket_accept.fd= accept4(socket_listen.fd, addr, addr_len, SOCK_CLOEXEC);
#else
    socket_accept.fd= accept(socket_listen.fd, addr, addr_len);
#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
    if (socket_accept.fd != INVALID_SOCKET)
    {
      flags= fcntl(socket_accept.fd, F_GETFD);
      if (flags != -1)
      {
        flags |= FD_CLOEXEC;
        fcntl(socket_accept.fd, F_SETFD, flags);
      }
    }
#endif
#endif

    /* Instrumentation end */
    if (locker != NULL)
      PSI_SOCKET_CALL(end_socket_wait)(locker, (size_t)0);
  }
  else
#endif
  {
    /* Non instrumented code */
#ifdef HAVE_ACCEPT4
    socket_accept.fd= accept4(socket_listen.fd, addr, addr_len, SOCK_CLOEXEC);
#else
    socket_accept.fd= accept(socket_listen.fd, addr, addr_len);
#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
    if (socket_accept.fd != INVALID_SOCKET)
    {
      flags= fcntl(socket_accept.fd, F_GETFD);
      if (flags != -1)
      {
        flags |= FD_CLOEXEC;
        fcntl(socket_accept.fd, F_SETFD, flags);
      }
    }
#endif
#endif
  }

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  if (likely(socket_accept.fd != INVALID_SOCKET))
  {
    /* Initialize the instrument with the new socket descriptor and address */
    socket_accept.m_psi= PSI_SOCKET_CALL(init_socket)
      (key, (const my_socket*)&socket_accept.fd, addr, *addr_len);
  }
#endif

  return socket_accept;
}

/** mysql_socket_close */

static inline int
inline_mysql_socket_close
(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  MYSQL_SOCKET mysql_socket)
{
  int result;

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(mysql_socket.m_psi != NULL))
  {
    /* Instrumentation start */
    PSI_socket_locker *locker;
    PSI_socket_locker_state state;
    locker= PSI_SOCKET_CALL(start_socket_wait)
      (&state, mysql_socket.m_psi, PSI_SOCKET_CLOSE, (size_t)0, src_file, src_line);

    /* Instrumented code */
    result= closesocket(mysql_socket.fd);

    /* Instrumentation end */
    if (locker != NULL)
      PSI_SOCKET_CALL(end_socket_wait)(locker, (size_t)0);
    /* Remove the instrumentation for this socket. */
    if (mysql_socket.m_psi != NULL)
      PSI_SOCKET_CALL(destroy_socket)(mysql_socket.m_psi);

    return result;
  }
#endif

  /* Non instrumented code */
  result= closesocket(mysql_socket.fd);

  return result;
}

/** mysql_socket_shutdown */

static inline int
inline_mysql_socket_shutdown
(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  const char *src_file, uint src_line,
#endif
  MYSQL_SOCKET mysql_socket, int how)
{
  int result;

#ifdef _WIN32
  static LPFN_DISCONNECTEX DisconnectEx = NULL;
  if (DisconnectEx == NULL)
  {
    DWORD dwBytesReturned;
    GUID guidDisconnectEx = WSAID_DISCONNECTEX;
    WSAIoctl(mysql_socket.fd, SIO_GET_EXTENSION_FUNCTION_POINTER,
             &guidDisconnectEx, sizeof(GUID),
             &DisconnectEx, sizeof(DisconnectEx), 
             &dwBytesReturned, NULL, NULL);
  }
#endif

/* Instrumentation start */
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
  if (psi_likely(mysql_socket.m_psi != NULL))
  {
    PSI_socket_locker *locker;
    PSI_socket_locker_state state;
    locker= PSI_SOCKET_CALL(start_socket_wait)
      (&state, mysql_socket.m_psi, PSI_SOCKET_SHUTDOWN, (size_t)0, src_file, src_line);

    /* Instrumented code */
#ifdef _WIN32
    if (DisconnectEx)
      result= (DisconnectEx(mysql_socket.fd, (LPOVERLAPPED) NULL,
                            (DWORD) 0, (DWORD) 0) == TRUE) ? 0 : -1;
    else
#endif
      result= shutdown(mysql_socket.fd, how);

    /* Instrumentation end */
    if (locker != NULL)
      PSI_SOCKET_CALL(end_socket_wait)(locker, (size_t)0);

    return result;
  }
#endif

  /* Non instrumented code */
#ifdef _WIN32
  if (DisconnectEx)
    result= (DisconnectEx(mysql_socket.fd, (LPOVERLAPPED) NULL,
                          (DWORD) 0, (DWORD) 0) == TRUE) ? 0 : -1;
  else
#endif
    result= shutdown(mysql_socket.fd, how);

  return result;
}

/** @} (end of group Socket_instrumentation) */

#endif

/* Copyright (c) 2011, 2023, Oracle and/or its affiliates
   Copyright (c) 2017, 2019, MariaDB Corporation.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0,
  as published by the Free Software Foundation.

  This program is also distributed with certain software (including
  but not limited to OpenSSL) that is licensed under separate terms,
  as designated in a particular file or component or in included license
  documentation.  The authors of MySQL hereby grant you an additional
  permission to link the program and your derivative works with the
  separately licensed software that they have included with MySQL.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License, version 2.0, for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef MYSQL_IDLE_H
#define MYSQL_IDLE_H

/**
  @file mysql/psi/mysql_idle.h
  Instrumentation helpers for idle waits.
*/

#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"

#ifndef PSI_IDLE_CALL
#define PSI_IDLE_CALL(M) PSI_DYNAMIC_CALL(M)
#endif

/**
  @defgroup Idle_instrumentation Idle Instrumentation
  @ingroup Instrumentation_interface
  @{
*/

/**
  @def MYSQL_START_IDLE_WAIT
  Instrumentation helper for table io_waits.
  This instrumentation marks the start of a wait event.
  @param LOCKER the locker
  @param STATE the locker state
  @sa MYSQL_END_IDLE_WAIT.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_IDLE_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_START_IDLE_WAIT(LOCKER, STATE) \
    LOCKER= inline_mysql_start_idle_wait(STATE, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#else
  #define MYSQL_START_IDLE_WAIT(LOCKER, STATE) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

/**
  @def MYSQL_END_IDLE_WAIT
  Instrumentation helper for idle waits.
  This instrumentation marks the end of a wait event.
  @param LOCKER the locker
  @sa MYSQL_START_IDLE_WAIT.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_IDLE_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_END_IDLE_WAIT(LOCKER) \
    inline_mysql_end_idle_wait(LOCKER)
#else
  #define MYSQL_END_IDLE_WAIT(LOCKER) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_IDLE_INTERFACE
/**
  Instrumentation calls for MYSQL_START_IDLE_WAIT.
  @sa MYSQL_END_IDLE_WAIT.
*/
static inline struct PSI_idle_locker *
inline_mysql_start_idle_wait(PSI_idle_locker_state *state,
                             const char *src_file, uint src_line)
{
  struct PSI_idle_locker *locker;
  locker= PSI_IDLE_CALL(start_idle_wait)(state, src_file, src_line);
  return locker;
}

/**
  Instrumentation calls for MYSQL_END_IDLE_WAIT.
  @sa MYSQL_START_IDLE_WAIT.
*/
static inline void
inline_mysql_end_idle_wait(struct PSI_idle_locker *locker)
{
  if (psi_likely(locker != NULL))
    PSI_IDLE_CALL(end_idle_wait)(locker);
}
#endif

/** @} (end of group Idle_instrumentation) */

#endif

/* Copyright (c) 2008, 2023, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0,
  as published by the Free Software Foundation.

  This program is also distributed with certain software (including
  but not limited to OpenSSL) that is licensed under separate terms,
  as designated in a particular file or component or in included license
  documentation.  The authors of MySQL hereby grant you an additional
  permission to link the program and your derivative works with the
  separately licensed software that they have included with MySQL.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License, version 2.0, for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/**
  @file mysql/psi/psi_abi_v1.h
  ABI check for mysql/psi/psi.h, when using PSI_VERSION_1.
  This file is only used to automate detection of changes between versions.
  Do not include this file, include mysql/psi/psi.h instead.
*/
#define USE_PSI_1
#define HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE
#define MY_GLOBAL_INCLUDED
#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"

/* Copyright (c) 2014, 2023, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0,
  as published by the Free Software Foundation.

  This program is also distributed with certain software (including
  but not limited to OpenSSL) that is licensed under separate terms,
  as designated in a particular file or component or in included license
  documentation.  The authors of MySQL hereby grant you an additional
  permission to link the program and your derivative works with the
  separately licensed software that they have included with MySQL.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License, version 2.0, for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
  Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef MYSQL_PS_H
#define MYSQL_PS_H

/**
  @file mysql/psi/mysql_ps.h
  Instrumentation helpers for prepared statements.
*/

#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"

#ifndef PSI_PS_CALL
#define PSI_PS_CALL(M) PSI_DYNAMIC_CALL(M)                               
#endif    

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_PS_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_CREATE_PS(IDENTITY, ID, LOCKER, NAME, NAME_LENGTH) \
    inline_mysql_create_prepared_stmt(IDENTITY, ID, LOCKER, NAME, NAME_LENGTH)
  #define MYSQL_EXECUTE_PS(LOCKER, PREPARED_STMT) \
    inline_mysql_execute_prepared_stmt(LOCKER, PREPARED_STMT)
  #define MYSQL_DESTROY_PS(PREPARED_STMT) \
    inline_mysql_destroy_prepared_stmt(PREPARED_STMT)
  #define MYSQL_REPREPARE_PS(PREPARED_STMT) \
    inline_mysql_reprepare_prepared_stmt(PREPARED_STMT)
  #define MYSQL_SET_PS_TEXT(PREPARED_STMT, SQLTEXT, SQLTEXT_LENGTH) \
    inline_mysql_set_prepared_stmt_text(PREPARED_STMT, SQLTEXT, SQLTEXT_LENGTH)
#else
  #define MYSQL_CREATE_PS(IDENTITY, ID, LOCKER, NAME, NAME_LENGTH) \
    NULL
  #define MYSQL_EXECUTE_PS(LOCKER, PREPARED_STMT) \
    do {} while (0)
  #define MYSQL_DESTROY_PS(PREPARED_STMT) \
    do {} while (0)
  #define MYSQL_REPREPARE_PS(PREPARED_STMT) \
    do {} while (0)
  #define MYSQL_SET_PS_TEXT(PREPARED_STMT, SQLTEXT, SQLTEXT_LENGTH) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_PS_INTERFACE
static inline struct PSI_prepared_stmt*
inline_mysql_create_prepared_stmt(void *identity, uint stmt_id,
                                  PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                                  const char *stmt_name, size_t stmt_name_length)
{
  if (locker == NULL)
    return NULL;
  return PSI_PS_CALL(create_prepared_stmt)(identity, stmt_id, 
                                           locker,
                                           stmt_name, stmt_name_length);
}

static inline void 
inline_mysql_execute_prepared_stmt(PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                                   PSI_prepared_stmt* prepared_stmt)
{
  if (prepared_stmt != NULL && locker != NULL)
    PSI_PS_CALL(execute_prepared_stmt)(locker, prepared_stmt);
}

static inline void 
inline_mysql_destroy_prepared_stmt(PSI_prepared_stmt *prepared_stmt)
{
  if (prepared_stmt != NULL)
    PSI_PS_CALL(destroy_prepared_stmt)(prepared_stmt);
}

static inline void 
inline_mysql_reprepare_prepared_stmt(PSI_prepared_stmt *prepared_stmt)
{
  if (prepared_stmt != NULL)
    PSI_PS_CALL(reprepare_prepared_stmt)(prepared_stmt);
}

static inline void
inline_mysql_set_prepared_stmt_text(PSI_prepared_stmt *prepared_stmt,
                                    const char *text,
                                    uint text_len)
{
  if (prepared_stmt != NULL)
  {
    PSI_PS_CALL(set_prepared_stmt_text)(prepared_stmt, text, text_len);
  }
}
#endif

#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2013, 2023, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0,
  as published by the Free Software Foundation.

  This program is also distributed with certain software (including
  but not limited to OpenSSL) that is licensed under separate terms,
  as designated in a particular file or component or in included license
  documentation.  The authors of MySQL hereby grant you an additional
  permission to link the program and your derivative works with the
  separately licensed software that they have included with MySQL.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License, version 2.0, for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
  Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef MYSQL_TRANSACTION_H
#define MYSQL_TRANSACTION_H

/**
  @file mysql/psi/mysql_transaction.h
  Instrumentation helpers for transactions.
*/

#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"

#ifndef PSI_TRANSACTION_CALL
#define PSI_TRANSACTION_CALL(M) PSI_DYNAMIC_CALL(M)
#endif

/**
  @defgroup Transaction_instrumentation Transaction Instrumentation
  @ingroup Instrumentation_interface
  @{
*/

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_TRANSACTION_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_START_TRANSACTION(STATE, XID, TRXID, ISO, RO, AC) \
    inline_mysql_start_transaction(STATE, XID, TRXID, ISO, RO, AC, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#else
  #define MYSQL_START_TRANSACTION(STATE, XID, TRXID, ISO, RO, AC) \
    0
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_TRANSACTION_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_SET_TRANSACTION_GTID(LOCKER, P1, P2) \
    inline_mysql_set_transaction_gtid(LOCKER, P1, P2)
#else
  #define MYSQL_SET_TRANSACTION_GTID(LOCKER, P1, P2) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_TRANSACTION_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_SET_TRANSACTION_XID(LOCKER, P1, P2) \
    inline_mysql_set_transaction_xid(LOCKER, P1, P2)
#else
  #define MYSQL_SET_TRANSACTION_XID(LOCKER, P1, P2) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_TRANSACTION_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_SET_TRANSACTION_XA_STATE(LOCKER, P1) \
    inline_mysql_set_transaction_xa_state(LOCKER, P1)
#else
  #define MYSQL_SET_TRANSACTION_XA_STATE(LOCKER, P1) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_TRANSACTION_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_SET_TRANSACTION_TRXID(LOCKER, P1) \
    inline_mysql_set_transaction_trxid(LOCKER, P1)
#else
  #define MYSQL_SET_TRANSACTION_TRXID(LOCKER, P1) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_TRANSACTION_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_INC_TRANSACTION_SAVEPOINTS(LOCKER, P1) \
    inline_mysql_inc_transaction_savepoints(LOCKER, P1)
#else
  #define MYSQL_INC_TRANSACTION_SAVEPOINTS(LOCKER, P1) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_TRANSACTION_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_INC_TRANSACTION_ROLLBACK_TO_SAVEPOINT(LOCKER, P1) \
    inline_mysql_inc_transaction_rollback_to_savepoint(LOCKER, P1)
#else
  #define MYSQL_INC_TRANSACTION_ROLLBACK_TO_SAVEPOINT(LOCKER, P1) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_TRANSACTION_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_INC_TRANSACTION_RELEASE_SAVEPOINT(LOCKER, P1) \
    inline_mysql_inc_transaction_release_savepoint(LOCKER, P1)
#else
  #define MYSQL_INC_TRANSACTION_RELEASE_SAVEPOINT(LOCKER, P1) \
    do {} while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_TRANSACTION_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_ROLLBACK_TRANSACTION(LOCKER) \
    inline_mysql_rollback_transaction(LOCKER)
#else
  #define MYSQL_ROLLBACK_TRANSACTION(LOCKER) \
    do { } while(0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_TRANSACTION_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_COMMIT_TRANSACTION(LOCKER) \
    inline_mysql_commit_transaction(LOCKER)
#else
  #define MYSQL_COMMIT_TRANSACTION(LOCKER) \
    do { } while(0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_TRANSACTION_INTERFACE
static inline struct PSI_transaction_locker *
inline_mysql_start_transaction(PSI_transaction_locker_state *state,
                               const void *xid,
                               ulonglong trxid,
                               int isolation_level,
                               my_bool read_only,
                               my_bool autocommit,
                               const char *src_file, int src_line)
{
  PSI_transaction_locker *locker;
  locker= PSI_TRANSACTION_CALL(get_thread_transaction_locker)(state,
                                                              xid, trxid,
                                                              isolation_level,
                                                              read_only,
                                                              autocommit);
  if (likely(locker != NULL))
    PSI_TRANSACTION_CALL(start_transaction)(locker, src_file, src_line);
  return locker;
}

static inline void
inline_mysql_set_transaction_gtid(PSI_transaction_locker *locker,
                                  const void *sid,
                                  const void *gtid_spec)
{
  if (likely(locker != NULL))
    PSI_TRANSACTION_CALL(set_transaction_gtid)(locker, sid, gtid_spec);
}

static inline void
inline_mysql_set_transaction_xid(PSI_transaction_locker *locker,
                                 const void *xid,
                                 int xa_state)
{
  if (likely(locker != NULL))
    PSI_TRANSACTION_CALL(set_transaction_xid)(locker, xid, xa_state);
}

static inline void
inline_mysql_set_transaction_xa_state(PSI_transaction_locker *locker,
                                      int xa_state)
{
  if (likely(locker != NULL))
    PSI_TRANSACTION_CALL(set_transaction_xa_state)(locker, xa_state);
}

static inline void
inline_mysql_set_transaction_trxid(PSI_transaction_locker *locker,
                                   const ulonglong *trxid)
{
  if (likely(locker != NULL))
    PSI_TRANSACTION_CALL(set_transaction_trxid)(locker, trxid);
}

static inline void
inline_mysql_inc_transaction_savepoints(PSI_transaction_locker *locker,
                                        ulong count)
{
  if (likely(locker != NULL))
    PSI_TRANSACTION_CALL(inc_transaction_savepoints)(locker, count);
}

static inline void
inline_mysql_inc_transaction_rollback_to_savepoint(PSI_transaction_locker *locker,
                                                   ulong count)
{
  if (likely(locker != NULL))
    PSI_TRANSACTION_CALL(inc_transaction_rollback_to_savepoint)(locker, count);
}

static inline void
inline_mysql_inc_transaction_release_savepoint(PSI_transaction_locker *locker,
                                               ulong count)
{
  if (likely(locker != NULL))
    PSI_TRANSACTION_CALL(inc_transaction_release_savepoint)(locker, count);
}

static inline void
inline_mysql_rollback_transaction(struct PSI_transaction_locker *locker)
{
  if (likely(locker != NULL))
    PSI_TRANSACTION_CALL(end_transaction)(locker, false);
}

static inline void
inline_mysql_commit_transaction(struct PSI_transaction_locker *locker)
{
  if (likely(locker != NULL))
    PSI_TRANSACTION_CALL(end_transaction)(locker, true);
}
#endif

/** @} (end of group Transaction_instrumentation) */

#endif

/* Copyright (c) 2008, 2023, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0,
  as published by the Free Software Foundation.

  This program is also distributed with certain software (including
  but not limited to OpenSSL) that is licensed under separate terms,
  as designated in a particular file or component or in included license
  documentation.  The authors of MySQL hereby grant you an additional
  permission to link the program and your derivative works with the
  separately licensed software that they have included with MySQL.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License, version 2.0, for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/**
  @file mysql/psi/psi_abi_v1.h
  ABI check for mysql/psi/psi.h, when using PSI_VERSION_2.
  This file is only used to automate detection of changes between versions.
  Do not include this file, include mysql/psi/psi.h instead.
*/
#define USE_PSI_2
#define HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE
#define MY_GLOBAL_INCLUDED
#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"

/* Copyright (C) 2018 MariaDB Corporation

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02111-1301 USA */

#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICE_JSON
#define MYSQL_SERVICE_JSON

/**
  @file
  json service

  Exports JSON parsing methods for plugins to use.

  Functions of the service:
    json_type - returns the type of the JSON argument,
       and the parsed value if it's scalar (not object or array)

    json_get_array_item - expects JSON array as an argument,
       and returns the type of the element at index `n_item`.
       Returns JSV_NOTHING type if the array is shorter
       than n_item and the actual length of the array in value_len.
       If successful, then `value` up till `value[value_len]` contains the array
       element at the desired index (n_item).

    json_get_object_key - expects JSON object as an argument,
       searches for a key in the object, return it's type and stores its value in `value`.
       JSV_NOTHING if no such key found, the number of keys
       in v_len.

    json_get_object_nkey - expects JSON object as an argument.
      finds n_key's key in the object, returns it's name, type and value.
      JSV_NOTHING if object has less keys than n_key.
*/


#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

enum json_types
{
  JSV_BAD_JSON=-1,
  JSV_NOTHING=0,
  JSV_OBJECT=1,
  JSV_ARRAY=2,
  JSV_STRING=3,
  JSV_NUMBER=4,
  JSV_TRUE=5,
  JSV_FALSE=6,
  JSV_NULL=7
};

extern struct json_service_st {
  enum json_types (*json_type)(const char *js, const char *js_end,
                               const char **value, int *value_len);
  enum json_types (*json_get_array_item)(const char *js, const char *js_end,
                                         int n_item,
                                         const char **value, int *value_len);
  enum json_types (*json_get_object_key)(const char *js, const char *js_end,
                                         const char *key,
                                         const char **value, int *value_len);
  enum json_types (*json_get_object_nkey)(const char *js,const char *js_end,
                             int nkey,
                             const char **keyname, const char **keyname_end,
                             const char **value, int *value_len);
  int (*json_escape_string)(const char *str,const char *str_end,
                          char *json, char *json_end);
  int (*json_unescape_json)(const char *json_str, const char *json_end,
                          char *res, char *res_end);
} *json_service;

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#define json_type json_service->json_type
#define json_get_array_item json_service->json_get_array_item
#define json_get_object_key json_service->json_get_object_key
#define json_get_object_nkey json_service->json_get_object_nkey
#define json_escape_string json_service->json_escape_string
#define json_unescape_json json_service->json_unescape_json

#else

enum json_types json_type(const char *js, const char *js_end,
                          const char **value, int *value_len);
enum json_types json_get_array_item(const char *js, const char *js_end,
                                    int n_item,
                                    const char **value, int *value_len);
enum json_types json_get_object_key(const char *js, const char *js_end,
                                    const char *key,
                                    const char **value, int *value_len);
enum json_types json_get_object_nkey(const char *js,const char *js_end, int nkey,
                       const char **keyname, const char **keyname_end,
                       const char **value, int *value_len);
int json_escape_string(const char *str,const char *str_end,
                       char *json, char *json_end);
int json_unescape_json(const char *json_str, const char *json_end,
                       char *res, char *res_end);

#endif /*MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN*/


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /*MYSQL_SERVICE_JSON */


#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICE_PROGRESS_REPORT_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (C) 2011 Monty Program Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/**
  @file
  This service allows plugins to report progress of long running operations
  to the server. The progress report is visible in SHOW PROCESSLIST,
  INFORMATION_SCHEMA.PROCESSLIST, and is sent to the client
  if requested.

  The functions are documented at
  https://mariadb.com/kb/en/progress-reporting/#how-to-add-support-for-progress-reporting-to-a-storage-engine
*/

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define thd_proc_info(thd, msg)  set_thd_proc_info(thd, msg, \
                                                   __func__, __FILE__, __LINE__)

extern struct progress_report_service_st {
  void (*thd_progress_init_func)(MYSQL_THD thd, unsigned int max_stage);
  void (*thd_progress_report_func)(MYSQL_THD thd,
                                   unsigned long long progress,
                                   unsigned long long max_progress);
  void (*thd_progress_next_stage_func)(MYSQL_THD thd);
  void (*thd_progress_end_func)(MYSQL_THD thd);
  const char *(*set_thd_proc_info_func)(MYSQL_THD, const char *info,
                                        const char *func,
                                        const char *file,
                                        unsigned int line);
} *progress_report_service;

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#define thd_progress_init(thd,max_stage) (progress_report_service->thd_progress_init_func((thd),(max_stage)))
#define thd_progress_report(thd, progress, max_progress) (progress_report_service->thd_progress_report_func((thd), (progress), (max_progress)))
#define thd_progress_next_stage(thd) (progress_report_service->thd_progress_next_stage_func(thd))
#define thd_progress_end(thd) (progress_report_service->thd_progress_end_func(thd))
#define set_thd_proc_info(thd,info,func,file,line) (progress_report_service->set_thd_proc_info_func((thd),(info),(func),(file),(line)))

#else

/**
   Report progress for long running operations 

   @param thd            User thread connection handle
   @param progress       Where we are now
   @param max_progress   Progress will continue up to this
*/
void thd_progress_init(MYSQL_THD thd, unsigned int max_stage);
void thd_progress_report(MYSQL_THD thd,
                         unsigned long long progress,
                         unsigned long long max_progress);
void thd_progress_next_stage(MYSQL_THD thd);
void thd_progress_end(MYSQL_THD thd);
const char *set_thd_proc_info(MYSQL_THD, const char * info, const char *func,
                              const char *file, unsigned int line);

#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#define MYSQL_SERVICE_PROGRESS_REPORT_INCLUDED
#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICE_DEBUG_SYNC_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2012, Monty Program Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file
  == Debug Sync Facility ==

  The Debug Sync Facility allows placement of synchronization points in
  the server code by using the DEBUG_SYNC macro:

      open_tables(...)

      DEBUG_SYNC(thd, "after_open_tables");

      lock_tables(...)

  When activated, a sync point can

    - Emit a signal and/or
    - Wait for a signal

  Nomenclature:

    - signal:             A value of a global variable that persists
                          until overwritten by a new signal. The global
                          variable can also be seen as a "signal post"
                          or "flag mast". Then the signal is what is
                          attached to the "signal post" or "flag mast".

    - emit a signal:      Assign the value (the signal) to the global
                          variable ("set a flag") and broadcast a
                          global condition to wake those waiting for
                          a signal.

    - wait for a signal:  Loop over waiting for the global condition until
                          the global value matches the wait-for signal.

  By default, all sync points are inactive. They do nothing (except to
  burn a couple of CPU cycles for checking if they are active).

  A sync point becomes active when an action is requested for it.
  To do so, put a line like this in the test case file:

      SET DEBUG_SYNC= 'after_open_tables SIGNAL opened WAIT_FOR flushed';

  This activates the sync point 'after_open_tables'. It requests it to
  emit the signal 'opened' and wait for another thread to emit the signal
  'flushed' when the thread's execution runs through the sync point.

  For every sync point there can be one action per thread only. Every
  thread can request multiple actions, but only one per sync point. In
  other words, a thread can activate multiple sync points.

  Here is an example how to activate and use the sync points:

      --connection conn1
      SET DEBUG_SYNC= 'after_open_tables SIGNAL opened WAIT_FOR flushed';
      send INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1);
          --connection conn2
          SET DEBUG_SYNC= 'now WAIT_FOR opened';
          SET DEBUG_SYNC= 'after_abort_locks SIGNAL flushed';
          FLUSH TABLE t1;

  When conn1 runs through the INSERT statement, it hits the sync point
  'after_open_tables'. It notices that it is active and executes its
  action. It emits the signal 'opened' and waits for another thread to
  emit the signal 'flushed'.

  conn2 waits immediately at the special sync point 'now' for another
  thread to emit the 'opened' signal.

  A signal remains in effect until it is overwritten. If conn1 signals
  'opened' before conn2 reaches 'now', conn2 will still find the 'opened'
  signal. It does not wait in this case.

  When conn2 reaches 'after_abort_locks', it signals 'flushed', which lets
  conn1 awake.

  Normally the activation of a sync point is cleared when it has been
  executed. Sometimes it is necessary to keep the sync point active for
  another execution. You can add an execute count to the action:

      SET DEBUG_SYNC= 'name SIGNAL sig EXECUTE 3';

  This sets the signal point's activation counter to 3. Each execution
  decrements the counter. After the third execution the sync point
  becomes inactive.

  One of the primary goals of this facility is to eliminate sleeps from
  the test suite. In most cases it should be possible to rewrite test
  cases so that they do not need to sleep. (But this facility cannot
  synchronize multiple processes.) However, to support test development,
  and as a last resort, sync point waiting times out. There is a default
  timeout, but it can be overridden:

      SET DEBUG_SYNC= 'name WAIT_FOR sig TIMEOUT 10 EXECUTE 2';

  TIMEOUT 0 is special: If the signal is not present, the wait times out
  immediately.

  When a wait timed out (even on TIMEOUT 0), a warning is generated so
  that it shows up in the test result.

  You can throw an error message and kill the query when a synchronization
  point is hit a certain number of times:

      SET DEBUG_SYNC= 'name HIT_LIMIT 3';

  Or combine it with signal and/or wait:

      SET DEBUG_SYNC= 'name SIGNAL sig EXECUTE 2 HIT_LIMIT 3';

  Here the first two hits emit the signal, the third hit returns the error
  message and kills the query.

  For cases where you are not sure that an action is taken and thus
  cleared in any case, you can force to clear (deactivate) a sync point:

      SET DEBUG_SYNC= 'name CLEAR';

  If you want to clear all actions and clear the global signal, use:

      SET DEBUG_SYNC= 'RESET';

  This is the only way to reset the global signal to an empty string.

  For testing of the facility itself you can execute a sync point just
  as if it had been hit:

      SET DEBUG_SYNC= 'name TEST';


  === Formal Syntax ===

  The string to "assign" to the DEBUG_SYNC variable can contain:

      {RESET |
       <sync point name> TEST |
       <sync point name> CLEAR |
       <sync point name> {{SIGNAL <signal name> |
                           WAIT_FOR <signal name> [TIMEOUT <seconds>]}
                          [EXECUTE <count>] &| HIT_LIMIT <count>}

  Here '&|' means 'and/or'. This means that one of the sections
  separated by '&|' must be present or both of them.


  === Activation/Deactivation ===

  The facility is an optional part of the MySQL server.
  It is enabled in a debug server by default.

      ./configure --enable-debug-sync

  The Debug Sync Facility, when compiled in, is disabled by default. It
  can be enabled by a mysqld command line option:

      --debug-sync-timeout[=default_wait_timeout_value_in_seconds]

  'default_wait_timeout_value_in_seconds' is the default timeout for the
  WAIT_FOR action. If set to zero, the facility stays disabled.

  The facility is enabled by default in the test suite, but can be
  disabled with:

      mysql-test-run.pl ... --debug-sync-timeout=0 ...

  Likewise the default wait timeout can be set:

      mysql-test-run.pl ... --debug-sync-timeout=10 ...

  The command line option influences the readable value of the system
  variable 'debug_sync'.

  * If the facility is not compiled in, the system variable does not exist.

  * If --debug-sync-timeout=0 the value of the variable reads as "OFF".

  * Otherwise the value reads as "ON - current signal: " followed by the
    current signal string, which can be empty.

  The readable variable value is the same, regardless if read as global
  or session value.

  Setting the 'debug-sync' system variable requires 'SUPER' privilege.
  You can never read back the string that you assigned to the variable,
  unless you assign the value that the variable does already have. But
  that would give a parse error. A syntactically correct string is
  parsed into a debug sync action and stored apart from the variable value.


  === Implementation ===

  Pseudo code for a sync point:

      #define DEBUG_SYNC(thd, sync_point_name)
                if (unlikely(opt_debug_sync_timeout))
                  debug_sync(thd, STRING_WITH_LEN(sync_point_name))

  The sync point performs a binary search in a sorted array of actions
  for this thread.

  The SET DEBUG_SYNC statement adds a requested action to the array or
  overwrites an existing action for the same sync point. When it adds a
  new action, the array is sorted again.


  === A typical synchronization pattern ===

  There are quite a few places in MySQL, where we use a synchronization
  pattern like this:

  mysql_mutex_lock(&mutex);
  thd->enter_cond(&condition_variable, &mutex, new_message);
  #if defined(ENABLE_DEBUG_SYNC)
  if (!thd->killed && !end_of_wait_condition)
     DEBUG_SYNC(thd, "sync_point_name");
  #endif
  while (!thd->killed && !end_of_wait_condition)
    mysql_cond_wait(&condition_variable, &mutex);
  thd->exit_cond(old_message);

  Here some explanations:

  thd->enter_cond() is used to register the condition variable and the
  mutex in thd->mysys_var. This is done to allow the thread to be
  interrupted (killed) from its sleep. Another thread can find the
  condition variable to signal and mutex to use for synchronization in
  this thread's THD::mysys_var.

  thd->enter_cond() requires the mutex to be acquired in advance.

  thd->exit_cond() unregisters the condition variable and mutex and
  releases the mutex.

  If you want to have a Debug Sync point with the wait, please place it
  behind enter_cond(). Only then you can safely decide, if the wait will
  be taken. Also you will have THD::proc_info correct when the sync
  point emits a signal. DEBUG_SYNC sets its own proc_info, but restores
  the previous one before releasing its internal mutex. As soon as
  another thread sees the signal, it does also see the proc_info from
  before entering the sync point. In this case it will be "new_message",
  which is associated with the wait that is to be synchronized.

  In the example above, the wait condition is repeated before the sync
  point. This is done to skip the sync point, if no wait takes place.
  The sync point is before the loop (not inside the loop) to have it hit
  once only. It is possible that the condition variable is signaled
  multiple times without the wait condition to be true.

  A bit off-topic: At some places, the loop is taken around the whole
  synchronization pattern:

  while (!thd->killed && !end_of_wait_condition)
  {
    mysql_mutex_lock(&mutex);
    thd->enter_cond(&condition_variable, &mutex, new_message);
    if (!thd->killed [&& !end_of_wait_condition])
    {
      [DEBUG_SYNC(thd, "sync_point_name");]
      mysql_cond_wait(&condition_variable, &mutex);
    }
    thd->exit_cond(old_message);
  }

  Note that it is important to repeat the test for thd->killed after
  enter_cond(). Otherwise the killing thread may kill this thread after
  it tested thd->killed in the loop condition and before it registered
  the condition variable and mutex in enter_cond(). In this case, the
  killing thread does not know that this thread is going to wait on a
  condition variable. It would just set THD::killed. But if we would not
  test it again, we would go asleep though we are killed. If the killing
  thread would kill us when we are after the second test, but still
  before sleeping, we hold the mutex, which is registered in mysys_var.
  The killing thread would try to acquire the mutex before signaling
  the condition variable. Since the mutex is only released implicitly in
  mysql_cond_wait(), the signaling happens at the right place. We
  have a safe synchronization.

  === Co-work with the DBUG facility ===

  When running the MySQL test suite with the --debug-dbug command line
  option, the Debug Sync Facility writes trace messages to the DBUG
  trace. The following shell commands proved very useful in extracting
  relevant information:

  egrep 'query:|debug_sync_exec:' mysql-test/var/log/mysqld.1.trace

  It shows all executed SQL statements and all actions executed by
  synchronization points.

  Sometimes it is also useful to see, which synchronization points have
  been run through (hit) with or without executing actions. Then add
  "|debug_sync_point:" to the egrep pattern.

  === Further reading ===

  For a discussion of other methods to synchronize threads see
  http://forge.mysql.com/wiki/MySQL_Internals_Test_Synchronization

  For complete syntax tests, functional tests, and examples see the test
  case debug_sync.test.

  See also http://forge.mysql.com/worklog/task.php?id=4259
*/

#ifndef MYSQL_ABI_CHECK
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN
extern void (*debug_sync_service)(MYSQL_THD, const char *, size_t);
#else
#define debug_sync_service debug_sync_C_callback_ptr
extern void (*debug_sync_C_callback_ptr)(MYSQL_THD, const char *, size_t);
#endif

#ifdef ENABLED_DEBUG_SYNC
#define DEBUG_SYNC(thd, name)                           \
  do {                                                  \
    if (debug_sync_service)                             \
      debug_sync_service(thd, STRING_WITH_LEN(name));   \
  } while(0)

#define DEBUG_SYNC_C_IF_THD(thd, name)                   \
  do {                                                   \
    if (debug_sync_service && thd)                       \
      debug_sync_service((MYSQL_THD) thd, STRING_WITH_LEN(name));   \
  } while(0)
#else
#define DEBUG_SYNC(thd,name)                        do { } while(0)
#define DEBUG_SYNC_C_IF_THD(thd, _sync_point_name_) do { } while(0)
#endif /* defined(ENABLED_DEBUG_SYNC) */

/* compatibility macro */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define DEBUG_SYNC_C(name) DEBUG_SYNC(nullptr, name)
#else
#define DEBUG_SYNC_C(name) DEBUG_SYNC(NULL, name)
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#define MYSQL_SERVICE_DEBUG_SYNC_INCLUDED
#endif
#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICE_THD_AUTOINC_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (C) 2013 MariaDB Foundation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file
  This service provides access to the auto_increment related system variables:

  @@auto_increment_offset
  @@auto_increment_increment
*/

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

extern struct thd_autoinc_service_st {
  void (*thd_get_autoinc_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd,
                               unsigned long* off, unsigned long* inc);
} *thd_autoinc_service;

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN
#define thd_get_autoinc(thd, off, inc) \
  (thd_autoinc_service->thd_get_autoinc_func((thd), (off), (inc)))
#else
/**
  Return autoincrement system variables
  @param  IN  thd   user thread connection handle
  @param  OUT off   the value of @@SESSION.auto_increment_offset
  @param  OUT inc   the value of @@SESSION.auto_increment_increment
*/
void thd_get_autoinc(const MYSQL_THD thd,
                     unsigned long* off, unsigned long* inc);
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#define MYSQL_SERVICE_THD_AUTOINC_INCLUDED
#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2005 MySQL AB, 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
   Use is subject to license terms.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _my_plugin_ftparser_h
#define _my_plugin_ftparser_h
#include "plugin.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*************************************************************************
  API for Full-text parser plugin. (MYSQL_FTPARSER_PLUGIN)
*/

#define MYSQL_FTPARSER_INTERFACE_VERSION 0x0100

/* Parsing modes. Set in  MYSQL_FTPARSER_PARAM::mode */
enum enum_ftparser_mode
{
/*
  Fast and simple mode.  This mode is used for indexing, and natural
  language queries.

  The parser is expected to return only those words that go into the
  index. Stopwords or too short/long words should not be returned. The
  'boolean_info' argument of mysql_add_word() does not have to be set.
*/
  MYSQL_FTPARSER_SIMPLE_MODE= 0,

/*
  Parse with stopwords mode.  This mode is used in boolean searches for
  "phrase matching."

  The parser is not allowed to ignore words in this mode.  Every word
  should be returned, including stopwords and words that are too short
  or long.  The 'boolean_info' argument of mysql_add_word() does not
  have to be set.
*/
  MYSQL_FTPARSER_WITH_STOPWORDS= 1,

/*
  Parse in boolean mode.  This mode is used to parse a boolean query string.

  The parser should provide a valid MYSQL_FTPARSER_BOOLEAN_INFO
  structure in the 'boolean_info' argument to mysql_add_word().
  Usually that means that the parser should recognize boolean operators
  in the parsing stream and set appropriate fields in
  MYSQL_FTPARSER_BOOLEAN_INFO structure accordingly.  As for
  MYSQL_FTPARSER_WITH_STOPWORDS mode, no word should be ignored.
  Instead, use FT_TOKEN_STOPWORD for the token type of such a word.
*/
  MYSQL_FTPARSER_FULL_BOOLEAN_INFO= 2
};

/*
  Token types for boolean mode searching (used for the type member of
  MYSQL_FTPARSER_BOOLEAN_INFO struct)

  FT_TOKEN_EOF: End of data.
  FT_TOKEN_WORD: Regular word.
  FT_TOKEN_LEFT_PAREN: Left parenthesis (start of group/sub-expression).
  FT_TOKEN_RIGHT_PAREN: Right parenthesis (end of group/sub-expression).
  FT_TOKEN_STOPWORD: Stopword.
*/

enum enum_ft_token_type
{
  FT_TOKEN_EOF= 0,
  FT_TOKEN_WORD= 1,
  FT_TOKEN_LEFT_PAREN= 2,
  FT_TOKEN_RIGHT_PAREN= 3,
  FT_TOKEN_STOPWORD= 4
};

/*
  This structure is used in boolean search mode only. It conveys
  boolean-mode metadata to the MySQL search engine for every word in
  the search query. A valid instance of this structure must be filled
  in by the plugin parser and passed as an argument in the call to
  mysql_add_word (the callback function in the MYSQL_FTPARSER_PARAM
  structure) when a query is parsed in boolean mode.

  type: The token type.  Should be one of the enum_ft_token_type values.

  yesno: Whether the word must be present for a match to occur:
    >0 Must be present
    <0 Must not be present
    0  Neither; the word is optional but its presence increases the relevance
  With the default settings of the ft_boolean_syntax system variable,
  >0 corresponds to the '+' operator, <0 corresponds to the '-' operator,
  and 0 means neither operator was used.

  weight_adjust: A weighting factor that determines how much a match
  for the word counts.  Positive values increase, negative - decrease the
  relative word's importance in the query.

  wasign: The sign of the word's weight in the query. If it's non-negative
  the match for the word will increase document relevance, if it's
  negative - decrease (the word becomes a "noise word", the less of it the
  better).

  trunc: Corresponds to the '*' operator in the default setting of the
  ft_boolean_syntax system variable.
*/

typedef struct st_mysql_ftparser_boolean_info
{
  enum enum_ft_token_type type;
  int yesno;
  int weight_adjust;
  char wasign;
  char trunc;
  /* These are parser state and must be removed. */
  char prev;
  char *quot;
} MYSQL_FTPARSER_BOOLEAN_INFO;

/*
  The following flag means that buffer with a string (document, word)
  may be overwritten by the caller before the end of the parsing (that is
  before st_mysql_ftparser::deinit() call). If one needs the string
  to survive between two successive calls of the parsing function, she
  needs to save a copy of it. The flag may be set by MySQL before calling
  st_mysql_ftparser::parse(), or it may be set by a plugin before calling
  st_mysql_ftparser_param::mysql_parse() or
  st_mysql_ftparser_param::mysql_add_word().
*/
#define MYSQL_FTFLAGS_NEED_COPY 1

/*
  An argument of the full-text parser plugin. This structure is
  filled in by MySQL server and passed to the parsing function of the
  plugin as an in/out parameter.

  mysql_parse: A pointer to the built-in parser implementation of the
  server. It's set by the server and can be used by the parser plugin
  to invoke the MySQL default parser.  If plugin's role is to extract
  textual data from .doc, .pdf or .xml content, it might extract
  plaintext from the content, and then pass the text to the default
  MySQL parser to be parsed.

  mysql_add_word: A server callback to add a new word.  When parsing
  a document, the server sets this to point at a function that adds
  the word to MySQL full-text index.  When parsing a search query,
  this function will add the new word to the list of words to search
  for.  The boolean_info argument can be NULL for all cases except
  when mode is MYSQL_FTPARSER_FULL_BOOLEAN_INFO. A plugin can replace this
  callback to post-process every parsed word before passing it to the original
  mysql_add_word function.

  ftparser_state: A generic pointer. The plugin can set it to point
  to information to be used internally for its own purposes.

  mysql_ftparam: This is set by the server.  It is used by MySQL functions
  called via mysql_parse() and mysql_add_word() callback.  The plugin
  should not modify it.

  cs: Information about the character set of the document or query string.

  doc: A pointer to the document or query string to be parsed.

  length: Length of the document or query string, in bytes.

  flags: See MYSQL_FTFLAGS_* constants above.

  mode: The parsing mode.  With boolean operators, with stopwords, or
  nothing.  See  enum_ftparser_mode above.
*/

typedef struct st_mysql_ftparser_param
{
  int (*mysql_parse)(struct st_mysql_ftparser_param *,
                     const char *doc, int doc_len);
  int (*mysql_add_word)(struct st_mysql_ftparser_param *,
                        const char *word, int word_len,
                        MYSQL_FTPARSER_BOOLEAN_INFO *boolean_info);
  void *ftparser_state;
  void *mysql_ftparam;
  const struct charset_info_st *cs;
  const char *doc;
  int length;
  unsigned int flags;
  enum enum_ftparser_mode mode;
} MYSQL_FTPARSER_PARAM;

/*
  Full-text parser descriptor.

  interface_version is, e.g., MYSQL_FTPARSER_INTERFACE_VERSION.
  The parsing, initialization, and deinitialization functions are
  invoked per SQL statement for which the parser is used.
*/

struct st_mysql_ftparser
{
  int interface_version;
  int (*parse)(MYSQL_FTPARSER_PARAM *param);
  int (*init)(MYSQL_FTPARSER_PARAM *param);
  int (*deinit)(MYSQL_FTPARSER_PARAM *param);
};


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_PLUGIN_AUTH_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (C) 2010 Sergei Golubchik and Monty Program Ab
   Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file

  Authentication Plugin API.

  This file defines the API for server authentication plugins.
*/

#define MYSQL_PLUGIN_AUTH_INCLUDED

#include <mysql/plugin.h>

#define MYSQL_AUTHENTICATION_INTERFACE_VERSION 0x0203

#include <mysql/plugin_auth_common.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* defines for MYSQL_SERVER_AUTH_INFO.password_used */

#define PASSWORD_USED_NO         0
#define PASSWORD_USED_YES        1
#define PASSWORD_USED_NO_MENTION 2


/**
  Provides server plugin access to authentication information
*/
typedef struct st_mysql_server_auth_info
{
  /**
    User name as sent by the client and shown in USER().
    NULL if the client packet with the user name was not received yet.
  */
  const char *user_name;

  /**
    Length of user_name
  */
  unsigned int user_name_length;

  /**
    A corresponding column value from the mysql.user table for the
    matching account name or the preprocessed value, if preprocess_hash
    method is not NULL
  */
  const char *auth_string;

  /**
    Length of auth_string
  */
  unsigned long auth_string_length;

  /**
    Matching account name as found in the mysql.user table.
    A plugin can override it with another name that will be
    used by MySQL for authorization, and shown in CURRENT_USER()
  */
  char authenticated_as[MYSQL_USERNAME_LENGTH+1]; 


  /**
    The unique user name that was used by the plugin to authenticate.
    Not used by the server.
    Available through the @@EXTERNAL_USER variable.
  */  
  char external_user[MYSQL_USERNAME_LENGTH+1];

  /**
    This only affects the "Authentication failed. Password used: %s"
    error message. has the following values : 
    0 : %s will be NO.
    1 : %s will be YES.
    2 : there will be no %s.
    Set it as appropriate or ignore at will.
  */
  int  password_used;

  /**
    Set to the name of the connected client host, if it can be resolved, 
    or to its IP address otherwise.
  */
  const char *host_or_ip;

  /**
    Length of host_or_ip
  */
  unsigned int host_or_ip_length;

  /**
    Current THD pointer (to use with various services)
  */
  MYSQL_THD thd;

} MYSQL_SERVER_AUTH_INFO;

/**
  Server authentication plugin descriptor
*/
struct st_mysql_auth
{
  int interface_version;                        /**< version plugin uses */
  /**
    A plugin that a client must use for authentication with this server
    plugin. Can be NULL to mean "any plugin".
  */
  const char *client_auth_plugin;
  /**
    Function provided by the plugin which should perform authentication (using
    the vio functions if necessary) and return 0 if successful. The plugin can
    also fill the info.authenticated_as field if a different username should be
    used for authorization.
  */
  int (*authenticate_user)(MYSQL_PLUGIN_VIO *vio, MYSQL_SERVER_AUTH_INFO *info);
  /**
    Create a password hash (or digest) out of a plain-text password

    Used in SET PASSWORD, GRANT, and CREATE USER to convert user specified
    plain-text password into a value that will be stored in mysql.user table.

    @see preprocess_hash

    @param password        plain-text password
    @param password_length plain-text password length
    @param hash            the digest will be stored there
    @param hash_length     in: hash buffer size
                           out: the actual length of the hash

    @return 0 for ok, 1 for error

    Can be NULL, in this case one will not be able to use SET PASSWORD or
    PASSWORD('...') in GRANT, CREATE USER, ALTER USER.
  */
  int (*hash_password)(const char *password, size_t password_length,
                       char *hash, size_t *hash_length);

  /**
    Prepare the password hash for authentication.

    Password hash is stored in the authentication_string column of the
    mysql.user table in a text form. If a plugin needs to preprocess the
    value somehow before the authentication (e.g. convert from hex or base64
    to binary), it can do it in this method. This way the conversion
    will happen only once, not for every authentication attempt.

    The value written to the out buffer will be cached and later made
    available to the authenticate_user() method in the
    MYSQL_SERVER_AUTH_INFO::auth_string[] buffer.

    @return 0 for ok, 1 for error

    Can be NULL, in this case the mysql.user.authentication_string value will
    be given to the authenticate_user() method as is, unconverted.
  */
  int (*preprocess_hash)(const char *hash, size_t hash_length,
                         unsigned char *out, size_t *out_length);
};

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif

#ifndef MARIADB_PLUGIN_DATA_TYPE_INCLUDED
#define MARIADB_PLUGIN_DATA_TYPE_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (C) 2019, Alexander Barkov and MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file

  Data Type Plugin API.

  This file defines the API for server plugins that manage data types.
*/

#ifdef __cplusplus

#include <mysql/plugin.h>

/*
  API for data type plugins. (MariaDB_DATA_TYPE_PLUGIN)
*/
#define MariaDB_DATA_TYPE_INTERFACE_VERSION (MYSQL_VERSION_ID << 8)


struct st_mariadb_data_type
{
  int interface_version;
  class Type_handler *type_handler;
};


/**
  Data type plugin descriptor
*/

#endif /* __cplusplus */

#endif /* MARIADB_PLUGIN_DATA_TYPE_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (C) 2012 Monty Program Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICE_LOGGER_INCLUDED
#define MYSQL_SERVICE_LOGGER_INCLUDED

#ifndef MYSQL_ABI_CHECK
#include <stdarg.h>
#endif

/**
  @file
  logger service

  Log file with rotation implementation.

  This service implements logging with possible rotation
  of the log files. Interface intentionally tries to be similar to FILE*
  related functions.

  So that one can open the log with logger_open(), specifying
  the limit on the logfile size and the rotations number.

  Then it's possible to write messages to the log with
  logger_printf or logger_vprintf functions.

  As the size of the logfile grows over the specified limit,
  it is renamed to 'logfile.1'. The former 'logfile.1' becomes
  'logfile.2', etc. The file 'logfile.rotations' is removed.
  That's how the rotation works.

  The rotation can be forced with the logger_rotate() call.

  Finally the log should be closed with logger_close().

@notes:
  Implementation checks the size of the log file before it starts new
  printf into it. So the size of the file gets over the limit when it rotates.

  The access is secured with the mutex, so the log is threadsafe.
*/


#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct logger_handle_st LOGGER_HANDLE;

extern struct logger_service_st {
  void (*logger_init_mutexes)();
  LOGGER_HANDLE* (*open)(const char *path,
                         unsigned long long size_limit,
                         unsigned int rotations);
  int (*close)(LOGGER_HANDLE *log);
  int (*vprintf)(LOGGER_HANDLE *log, const char *fmt, va_list argptr);
  int (*printf)(LOGGER_HANDLE *log, const char *fmt, ...);
  int (*write)(LOGGER_HANDLE *log, const char *buffer, size_t size);
  int (*rotate)(LOGGER_HANDLE *log);
} *logger_service;

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#define logger_init_mutexes logger_service->logger_init_mutexes
#define logger_open(path, size_limit, rotations) \
  (logger_service->open(path, size_limit, rotations))
#define logger_close(log) (logger_service->close(log))
#define logger_rotate(log) (logger_service->rotate(log))
#define logger_vprintf(log, fmt, argptr) (logger_service->\
    vprintf(log, fmt, argptr))
#define logger_printf (*logger_service->printf)
#define logger_write(log, buffer, size) \
  (logger_service->write(log, buffer, size))
#else

  void logger_init_mutexes();
  LOGGER_HANDLE *logger_open(const char *path,
                             unsigned long long size_limit,
                             unsigned int rotations);
  int logger_close(LOGGER_HANDLE *log);
  int logger_vprintf(LOGGER_HANDLE *log, const char *fmt, va_list argptr);
  int logger_printf(LOGGER_HANDLE *log, const char *fmt, ...);
  int logger_write(LOGGER_HANDLE *log, const char *buffer, size_t size);
  int logger_rotate(LOGGER_HANDLE *log); 
#endif


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /*MYSQL_SERVICE_LOGGER_INCLUDED*/

#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICE_THD_ALLOC_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file
  This service provides functions to allocate memory in a connection local
  memory pool. The memory allocated there will be automatically freed at the
  end of the statement, don't use it for allocations that should live longer
  than that. For short living allocations this is more efficient than
  using my_malloc and friends, and automatic "garbage collection" allows not
  to think about memory leaks.

  The pool is best for small to medium objects, don't use it for large
  allocations - they are better served with my_malloc.
*/

#ifndef MYSQL_ABI_CHECK
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

struct st_mysql_const_lex_string
{
  const char *str;
  size_t length;
};
typedef struct st_mysql_const_lex_string MYSQL_CONST_LEX_STRING;

struct st_mysql_lex_string
{
  char *str;
  size_t length;
#ifdef __cplusplus
  // Allow automatic cast from LEX_STRING to LEX_CSTRING in c++.
  operator struct st_mysql_const_lex_string() const
  {
    return {str, length};
  }
#endif
};
typedef struct st_mysql_lex_string MYSQL_LEX_STRING;

extern struct thd_alloc_service_st {
  void *(*thd_alloc_func)(const MYSQL_THD, size_t);
  void *(*thd_calloc_func)(const MYSQL_THD, size_t);
  char *(*thd_strdup_func)(const MYSQL_THD, const char *);
  char *(*thd_strmake_func)(const MYSQL_THD, const char *, size_t);
  void *(*thd_memdup_func)(const MYSQL_THD, const void*, size_t);
  MYSQL_CONST_LEX_STRING *(*thd_make_lex_string_func)(const MYSQL_THD,
                                        MYSQL_CONST_LEX_STRING *,
                                        const char *, size_t, int);
} *thd_alloc_service;

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#define thd_alloc(thd,size) (thd_alloc_service->thd_alloc_func((thd), (size)))

#define thd_calloc(thd,size) (thd_alloc_service->thd_calloc_func((thd), (size)))

#define thd_strdup(thd,str) (thd_alloc_service->thd_strdup_func((thd), (str)))

#define thd_strmake(thd,str,size) \
  (thd_alloc_service->thd_strmake_func((thd), (str), (size)))

#define thd_memdup(thd,str,size) \
  (thd_alloc_service->thd_memdup_func((thd), (str), (size)))

#define thd_make_lex_string(thd, lex_str, str, size, allocate_lex_string) \
  (thd_alloc_service->thd_make_lex_string_func((thd), (lex_str), (str), \
                                               (size), (allocate_lex_string)))

#else

/**
  Allocate memory in the connection's local memory pool

  @details
  When properly used in place of @c my_malloc(), this can significantly
  improve concurrency. Don't use this or related functions to allocate
  large chunks of memory. Use for temporary storage only. The memory
  will be freed automatically at the end of the statement; no explicit
  code is required to prevent memory leaks.

  @see alloc_root()
*/
void *thd_alloc(const MYSQL_THD thd, size_t size);
/**
  @see thd_alloc()
*/
void *thd_calloc(const MYSQL_THD thd, size_t size);
/**
  @see thd_alloc()
*/
char *thd_strdup(const MYSQL_THD thd, const char *str);
/**
  @see thd_alloc()
*/
char *thd_strmake(const MYSQL_THD thd, const char *str, size_t size);
/**
  @see thd_alloc()
*/
void *thd_memdup(const MYSQL_THD thd, const void* str, size_t size);

/**
  Create a LEX_STRING in this connection's local memory pool

  @param thd      user thread connection handle
  @param lex_str  pointer to LEX_STRING object to be initialized
  @param str      initializer to be copied into lex_str
  @param size     length of str, in bytes
  @param allocate_lex_string  flag: if TRUE, allocate new LEX_STRING object,
                              instead of using lex_str value
  @return  NULL on failure, or pointer to the LEX_STRING object

  @see thd_alloc()
*/
MYSQL_CONST_LEX_STRING
*thd_make_lex_string(const MYSQL_THD thd, MYSQL_CONST_LEX_STRING *lex_str,
                     const char *str, size_t size,
                     int allocate_lex_string);

#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#define MYSQL_SERVICE_THD_ALLOC_INCLUDED
#endif

/* Copyright (c) 2016, MariaDB

This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
GNU General Public License for more details.

You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICE_MY_PRINT_ERROR_INCLUDED
#define MYSQL_SERVICE_MY_PRINT_ERROR_INCLUDED

/**
  @file include/mysql/service_my_print_error.h

  This service provides functions for plugins to report
  errors to client (without client, the errors are written to the error log).

*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_ABI_CHECK
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif

#define ME_ERROR_LOG        64 /* Write the message to the error log */
#define ME_ERROR_LOG_ONLY  128 /* Write the error message to error log only */
#define ME_NOTE           1024 /* Not an error, just a note */
#define ME_WARNING        2048 /* Not an error, just a warning */
#define ME_FATAL          4096 /* Fatal statement error */

extern struct my_print_error_service_st {
  void (*my_error_func)(unsigned int nr, unsigned long MyFlags, ...);
  void (*my_printf_error_func)(unsigned int nr, const char *fmt, unsigned long MyFlags,...);
  void (*my_printv_error_func)(unsigned int error, const char *format, unsigned long MyFlags, va_list ap);
} *my_print_error_service;

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#define my_error my_print_error_service->my_error_func
#define my_printf_error my_print_error_service->my_printf_error_func
#define my_printv_error(A,B,C,D) my_print_error_service->my_printv_error_func(A,B,C,D)

#else
extern void my_error(unsigned int nr, unsigned long MyFlags, ...);
extern void my_printf_error(unsigned int my_err, const char *format, unsigned long MyFlags, ...);
extern void my_printv_error(unsigned int error, const char *format, unsigned long MyFlags,va_list ap);
#endif /* MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_PLUGIN_ENCRYPTION_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (C) 2014, 2015 Sergei Golubchik and MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file

  Encryption Plugin API.

  This file defines the API for server plugins that manage encryption
  keys for MariaDB on-disk data encryption.
*/

#define MYSQL_PLUGIN_ENCRYPTION_INCLUDED

#include <mysql/plugin.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define MariaDB_ENCRYPTION_INTERFACE_VERSION 0x0300

/**
  Encryption plugin descriptor
*/
struct st_mariadb_encryption
{
  int interface_version;                        /**< version plugin uses */

  /*********** KEY MANAGEMENT ********************************************/

  /**
    function returning latest key version for a given key id

    @return a version or ENCRYPTION_KEY_VERSION_INVALID to indicate an error.
  */
  unsigned int (*get_latest_key_version)(unsigned int key_id);

  /**
    function returning a key for a key version

    @param version      the requested key version
    @param key          the key will be stored there. Can be NULL -
                        in which case no key will be returned
    @param key_length   in: key buffer size
                        out: the actual length of the key

    This method can be used to query the key length - the required
    buffer size - by passing key==NULL.

    If the buffer size is less than the key length the content of the
    key buffer is undefined (the plugin is free to partially fill it with
    the key data or leave it untouched).

    @return 0 on success, or
            ENCRYPTION_KEY_VERSION_INVALID, ENCRYPTION_KEY_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
            or any other non-zero number for errors
  */
  unsigned int (*get_key)(unsigned int key_id, unsigned int version,
                          unsigned char *key, unsigned int *key_length);

  /*********** ENCRYPTION ************************************************/
  /*
    the caller uses encryption as follows:
      1. create the encryption context object of the crypt_ctx_size() bytes.
      2. initialize it with crypt_ctx_init().
      3. repeat crypt_ctx_update() until there are no more data to encrypt.
      4. write the remaining output bytes and destroy the context object
         with crypt_ctx_finish().
  */

  /**
    returns the size of the encryption context object in bytes
  */
  unsigned int (*crypt_ctx_size)(unsigned int key_id, unsigned int key_version);
  /**
    initializes the encryption context object.
  */
  int (*crypt_ctx_init)(void *ctx, const unsigned char* key, unsigned int klen,
                        const unsigned char* iv, unsigned int ivlen,
                        int flags, unsigned int key_id,
                        unsigned int key_version);
  /**
    processes (encrypts or decrypts) a chunk of data

    writes the output to the dst buffer. note that it might write
    more bytes that were in the input. or less. or none at all.

    dlen points to the starting lenght of the output buffer. Upon return, it
    should be set to the number of bytes written.
  */
  int (*crypt_ctx_update)(void *ctx, const unsigned char* src, unsigned int slen,
                          unsigned char* dst, unsigned int* dlen);
  /**
    writes the remaining output bytes and destroys the encryption context

    crypt_ctx_update might've cached part of the output in the context,
    this method will flush these data out.
  */
  int (*crypt_ctx_finish)(void *ctx, unsigned char* dst, unsigned int* dlen);
  /**
    returns the length of the encrypted data

    it returns the exact length, given only the source length.
    which means, this API only supports encryption algorithms where
    the length of the encrypted data only depends on the length of the
    input (a.k.a. compression is not supported).
  */
  unsigned int (*encrypted_length)(unsigned int slen, unsigned int key_id, unsigned int key_version);
};

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICE_MY_CRYPT_INCLUDED
#define MYSQL_SERVICE_MY_CRYPT_INCLUDED

/*
 Copyright (c) 2014 Google Inc.
 Copyright (c) 2014, 2015 MariaDB Corporation

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 GNU General Public License for more details.

 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
 @file
 my crypt service

 AES encryption functions, and a function to generate random bytes.

 Include my_config.h before this file to use CTR and GCM modes
 (they only work if server was compiled with  openssl).
*/


#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* return values from my_aes_encrypt/my_aes_decrypt functions */
#define MY_AES_OK               0
#define MY_AES_BAD_DATA         -100
#define MY_AES_OPENSSL_ERROR    -101
#define MY_AES_BAD_KEYSIZE      -102

/* The block size for all supported algorithms */
#define MY_AES_BLOCK_SIZE 16

/* The max key length of all supported algorithms */
#define MY_AES_MAX_KEY_LENGTH 32

#define MY_AES_CTX_SIZE 1040

enum my_aes_mode {
    MY_AES_ECB, MY_AES_CBC
#ifdef HAVE_EncryptAes128Ctr
  , MY_AES_CTR
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_EncryptAes128Gcm
  , MY_AES_GCM
#endif
};

extern struct my_crypt_service_st {
  int (*my_aes_crypt_init)(void *ctx, enum my_aes_mode mode, int flags,
                      const unsigned char* key, unsigned int klen,
                      const unsigned char* iv, unsigned int ivlen);
  int (*my_aes_crypt_update)(void *ctx, const unsigned char *src, unsigned int slen,
                        unsigned char *dst, unsigned int *dlen);
  int (*my_aes_crypt_finish)(void *ctx, unsigned char *dst, unsigned int *dlen);
  int (*my_aes_crypt)(enum my_aes_mode mode, int flags,
                 const unsigned char *src, unsigned int slen, unsigned char *dst, unsigned int *dlen,
                 const unsigned char *key, unsigned int klen, const unsigned char *iv, unsigned int ivlen);
  unsigned int (*my_aes_get_size)(enum my_aes_mode mode, unsigned int source_length);
  unsigned int (*my_aes_ctx_size)(enum my_aes_mode mode);
  int (*my_random_bytes)(unsigned char* buf, int num);
} *my_crypt_service;

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#define my_aes_crypt_init(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) \
   my_crypt_service->my_aes_crypt_init(A,B,C,D,E,F,G)

#define my_aes_crypt_update(A,B,C,D,E) \
   my_crypt_service->my_aes_crypt_update(A,B,C,D,E)

#define my_aes_crypt_finish(A,B,C) \
  my_crypt_service->my_aes_crypt_finish(A,B,C)

#define my_aes_crypt(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J) \
  my_crypt_service->my_aes_crypt(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J)

#define my_aes_get_size(A,B)\
  my_crypt_service->my_aes_get_size(A,B)

#define my_aes_ctx_size(A)\
  my_crypt_service->my_aes_ctx_size(A)

#define my_random_bytes(A,B)\
  my_crypt_service->my_random_bytes(A,B)

#else

int my_aes_crypt_init(void *ctx, enum my_aes_mode mode, int flags,
                      const unsigned char* key, unsigned int klen,
                      const unsigned char* iv, unsigned int ivlen);
int my_aes_crypt_update(void *ctx, const unsigned char *src, unsigned int slen,
                        unsigned char *dst, unsigned int *dlen);
int my_aes_crypt_finish(void *ctx, unsigned char *dst, unsigned int *dlen);
int my_aes_crypt(enum my_aes_mode mode, int flags,
                 const unsigned char *src, unsigned int slen, unsigned char *dst, unsigned int *dlen,
                 const unsigned char *key, unsigned int klen, const unsigned char *iv, unsigned int ivlen);

int my_random_bytes(unsigned char* buf, int num);
unsigned int my_aes_get_size(enum my_aes_mode mode, unsigned int source_length);
unsigned int my_aes_ctx_size(enum my_aes_mode mode);
#endif


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* MYSQL_SERVICE_MY_CRYPT_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2010, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICE_THD_WAIT_INCLUDED
#define MYSQL_SERVICE_THD_WAIT_INCLUDED

/**
  @file include/mysql/service_thd_wait.h
  This service provides functions for plugins and storage engines to report
  when they are going to sleep/stall.
  
  SYNOPSIS
  thd_wait_begin() - call just before a wait begins
  thd                     Thread object
                          Use NULL if the thd is NOT known.
  wait_type               Type of wait
                          1 -- short wait (e.g. for mutex)
                          2 -- medium wait (e.g. for disk io)
                          3 -- large wait (e.g. for locked row/table)
  NOTES
    This is used by the threadpool to have better knowledge of which
    threads that currently are actively running on CPUs. When a thread
    reports that it's going to sleep/stall, the threadpool scheduler is
    free to start another thread in the pool most likely. The expected wait
    time is simply an indication of how long the wait is expected to
    become, the real wait time could be very different.

  thd_wait_end() called immediately after the wait is complete

  thd_wait_end() MUST be called if thd_wait_begin() was called.

  Using thd_wait_...() service is optional but recommended.  Using it will
  improve performance as the thread pool will be more active at managing the
  thread workload.
*/

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
  One should only report wait events that could potentially block for a
  long time. A mutex wait is too short of an event to report. The reason
  is that an event which is reported leads to a new thread starts
  executing a query and this has a negative impact of usage of CPU caches
  and thus the expected gain of starting a new thread must be higher than
  the expected cost of lost performance due to starting a new thread.

  Good examples of events that should be reported are waiting for row locks
  that could easily be for many milliseconds or even seconds and the same
  holds true for global read locks, table locks and other meta data locks.
  Another event of interest is going to sleep for an extended time.
*/
typedef enum _thd_wait_type_e {
  THD_WAIT_SLEEP= 1,
  THD_WAIT_DISKIO= 2,
  THD_WAIT_ROW_LOCK= 3,
  THD_WAIT_GLOBAL_LOCK= 4,
  THD_WAIT_META_DATA_LOCK= 5,
  THD_WAIT_TABLE_LOCK= 6,
  THD_WAIT_USER_LOCK= 7,
  THD_WAIT_BINLOG= 8,
  THD_WAIT_GROUP_COMMIT= 9,
  THD_WAIT_SYNC= 10,
  THD_WAIT_NET= 11,
  THD_WAIT_LAST= 12
} thd_wait_type;

extern struct thd_wait_service_st {
  void (*thd_wait_begin_func)(MYSQL_THD, int);
  void (*thd_wait_end_func)(MYSQL_THD);
} *thd_wait_service;

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#define thd_wait_begin(_THD, _WAIT_TYPE) \
  thd_wait_service->thd_wait_begin_func(_THD, _WAIT_TYPE)
#define thd_wait_end(_THD) thd_wait_service->thd_wait_end_func(_THD)

#else

void thd_wait_begin(MYSQL_THD thd, int wait_type);
void thd_wait_end(MYSQL_THD thd);

#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif

/* Copyright (C) 2021 MariaDB Corporation

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02111-1301 USA */

#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICE_SQL
#define MYSQL_SERVICE_SQL

#ifndef MYSQL_ABI_CHECK
#include <mysql.h>
#endif

/**
  @file
  SQL service

  Interface for plugins to execute SQL queries on the local server.

  Functions of the service are the 'server-limited'  client library:
     mysql_init
     mysql_real_connect_local
     mysql_real_connect
     mysql_errno
     mysql_error
     mysql_real_query
     mysql_affected_rows
     mysql_num_rows
     mysql_store_result
     mysql_free_result
     mysql_fetch_row
     mysql_close
*/


#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

extern struct sql_service_st {
  MYSQL *(STDCALL *mysql_init_func)(MYSQL *mysql);
  MYSQL *(*mysql_real_connect_local_func)(MYSQL *mysql);
  MYSQL *(STDCALL *mysql_real_connect_func)(MYSQL *mysql, const char *host,
      const char *user, const char *passwd, const char *db, unsigned int port,
      const char *unix_socket, unsigned long clientflag);
  unsigned int(STDCALL *mysql_errno_func)(MYSQL *mysql);
  const char *(STDCALL *mysql_error_func)(MYSQL *mysql);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_real_query_func)(MYSQL *mysql, const char *q,
                                  unsigned long length);
  my_ulonglong (STDCALL *mysql_affected_rows_func)(MYSQL *mysql);
  my_ulonglong (STDCALL *mysql_num_rows_func)(MYSQL_RES *res);
  MYSQL_RES *(STDCALL *mysql_store_result_func)(MYSQL *mysql);
  void (STDCALL *mysql_free_result_func)(MYSQL_RES *result);
  MYSQL_ROW (STDCALL *mysql_fetch_row_func)(MYSQL_RES *result);
  void (STDCALL *mysql_close_func)(MYSQL *mysql);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_options_func)(MYSQL *mysql, enum mysql_option option,
                            const void *arg);
  unsigned long *(STDCALL *mysql_fetch_lengths_func)(MYSQL_RES *res);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_set_character_set_func)(MYSQL *mysql, const char *cs_name);
  unsigned int (STDCALL *mysql_num_fields_func)(MYSQL_RES *res);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_select_db_func)(MYSQL *mysql, const char *db);
  MYSQL_RES *(STDCALL *mysql_use_result_func)(MYSQL *mysql);
  MYSQL_FIELD *(STDCALL *mysql_fetch_fields_func)(MYSQL_RES *res);
  unsigned long (STDCALL *mysql_real_escape_string_func)(MYSQL *mysql, char *to,
                                        const char *from, unsigned long length);
  my_bool (STDCALL *mysql_ssl_set_func)(MYSQL *mysql, const char *key,
      const char *cert, const char *ca, const char *capath, const char *cipher);
} *sql_service;

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#define mysql_init(M) sql_service->mysql_init_func(M)
#define mysql_real_connect_local(M) sql_service->mysql_real_connect_local_func(M)
#define mysql_real_connect(M,H,U,PW,D,P,S,F) sql_service->mysql_real_connect_func(M,H,U,PW,D,P,S,F)
#define mysql_errno(M) sql_service->mysql_errno_func(M)
#define mysql_error(M) sql_service->mysql_error_func(M)
#define mysql_real_query sql_service->mysql_real_query_func
#define mysql_affected_rows(M) sql_service->mysql_affected_rows_func(M)
#define mysql_num_rows(R) sql_service->mysql_num_rows_func(R)
#define mysql_store_result(M) sql_service->mysql_store_result_func(M)
#define mysql_free_result(R) sql_service->mysql_free_result_func(R)
#define mysql_fetch_row(R) sql_service->mysql_fetch_row_func(R)
#define mysql_close(M) sql_service->mysql_close_func(M)
#define mysql_options(M,O,V) sql_service->mysql_options_func(M,O,V)
#define mysql_fetch_lengths(R) sql_service->mysql_fetch_lengths_func(R)
#define mysql_set_character_set(M,C) sql_service->mysql_set_character_set_func(M,C)
#define mysql_num_fields(R) sql_service->mysql_num_fields_func(R)
#define mysql_select_db(M,D) sql_service->mysql_select_db_func(M,D)
#define mysql_use_result(M) sql_service->mysql_use_result_func(M)
#define mysql_fetch_fields(R) sql_service->mysql_fetch_fields_func(R)
#define mysql_real_escape_string(M,T,F,L) sql_service->mysql_real_escape_string_func(M,T,F,L)
#define mysql_ssl_set(M,K,C1,C2,C3,C4) sql_service->mysql_ssl_set_func(M,K,C1,C2,C3,C4)

#else

/*
  Establishes the connection to the 'local' server that started the plugin.
  Like the mysql_real_connect() does for the remote server.
  The established connection has no user/host associated to it,
  neither it has the current db, so the queries should have
  database/table name specified.
*/
MYSQL *mysql_real_connect_local(MYSQL *mysql);

/* The rest of the function declarations must be taken from the mysql.h */

#endif /*MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN*/


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /*MYSQL_SERVICE_SQL */
/* Copyright (c) 2005, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates
   Copyright (C) 2009, 2017, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef MYSQL_PLUGIN_INCLUDED
#define MYSQL_PLUGIN_INCLUDED

/*
  On Windows, exports from DLL need to be declared
  Also, plugin needs to be declared as extern "C" because MSVC 
  unlike other compilers, uses C++ mangling for variables not only
  for functions.
*/
#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN
  #ifdef _MSC_VER
    #define MYSQL_DLLEXPORT _declspec(dllexport)
  #else
    #define MYSQL_DLLEXPORT
  #endif
#else
  #define MYSQL_DLLEXPORT
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
  #define MYSQL_PLUGIN_EXPORT extern "C" MYSQL_DLLEXPORT
#else
  #define MYSQL_PLUGIN_EXPORT MYSQL_DLLEXPORT
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
class THD;
class Item;
#define MYSQL_THD THD*
#else
struct THD;
typedef struct THD* MYSQL_THD;
#endif

typedef char my_bool;
typedef void * MYSQL_PLUGIN;

#include <mysql/services.h>

#define MYSQL_XIDDATASIZE 128
/**
  struct st_mysql_xid is binary compatible with the XID structure as
  in the X/Open CAE Specification, Distributed Transaction Processing:
  The XA Specification, X/Open Company Ltd., 1991.
  http://www.opengroup.org/bookstore/catalog/c193.htm

  @see XID in sql/handler.h
*/
struct st_mysql_xid {
  long formatID;
  long gtrid_length;
  long bqual_length;
  char data[MYSQL_XIDDATASIZE];  /* Not \0-terminated */
};
typedef struct st_mysql_xid MYSQL_XID;

/*************************************************************************
  Plugin API. Common for all plugin types.
*/

/* MySQL plugin interface version */
#define MYSQL_PLUGIN_INTERFACE_VERSION 0x0104

/* MariaDB plugin interface version */
#define MARIA_PLUGIN_INTERFACE_VERSION 0x010f

/*
  The allowable types of plugins
*/
#define MYSQL_UDF_PLUGIN             0  /* not implemented              */
#define MYSQL_STORAGE_ENGINE_PLUGIN  1
#define MYSQL_FTPARSER_PLUGIN        2  /* Full-text parser plugin      */
#define MYSQL_DAEMON_PLUGIN          3
#define MYSQL_INFORMATION_SCHEMA_PLUGIN  4
#define MYSQL_AUDIT_PLUGIN           5
#define MYSQL_REPLICATION_PLUGIN     6
#define MYSQL_AUTHENTICATION_PLUGIN  7
#define MYSQL_MAX_PLUGIN_TYPE_NUM    12  /* The number of plugin types   */

/* MariaDB plugin types */
#define MariaDB_PASSWORD_VALIDATION_PLUGIN  8
#define MariaDB_ENCRYPTION_PLUGIN 9
#define MariaDB_DATA_TYPE_PLUGIN  10
#define MariaDB_FUNCTION_PLUGIN 11

/* We use the following strings to define licenses for plugins */
#define PLUGIN_LICENSE_PROPRIETARY 0
#define PLUGIN_LICENSE_GPL 1
#define PLUGIN_LICENSE_BSD 2

#define PLUGIN_LICENSE_PROPRIETARY_STRING "PROPRIETARY"
#define PLUGIN_LICENSE_GPL_STRING "GPL"
#define PLUGIN_LICENSE_BSD_STRING "BSD"

/* definitions of code maturity for plugins */
#define MariaDB_PLUGIN_MATURITY_UNKNOWN 0
#define MariaDB_PLUGIN_MATURITY_EXPERIMENTAL 1
#define MariaDB_PLUGIN_MATURITY_ALPHA 2
#define MariaDB_PLUGIN_MATURITY_BETA 3
#define MariaDB_PLUGIN_MATURITY_GAMMA 4
#define MariaDB_PLUGIN_MATURITY_STABLE 5

/*
  Macros for beginning and ending plugin declarations.  Between
  mysql_declare_plugin and mysql_declare_plugin_end there should
  be a st_mysql_plugin struct for each plugin to be declared.
*/


#ifndef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN
#define __MYSQL_DECLARE_PLUGIN(NAME, VERSION, PSIZE, DECLS)                   \
int VERSION= MYSQL_PLUGIN_INTERFACE_VERSION;                                  \
int PSIZE= sizeof(struct st_mysql_plugin);                                    \
struct st_mysql_plugin DECLS[]= {

#define MARIA_DECLARE_PLUGIN__(NAME, VERSION, PSIZE, DECLS)                   \
MYSQL_PLUGIN_EXPORT int VERSION;                                              \
int VERSION= MARIA_PLUGIN_INTERFACE_VERSION;                                  \
MYSQL_PLUGIN_EXPORT int PSIZE;                                                \
int PSIZE= sizeof(struct st_maria_plugin);                                    \
MYSQL_PLUGIN_EXPORT struct st_maria_plugin DECLS[];                           \
struct st_maria_plugin DECLS[]= {
#else

#define __MYSQL_DECLARE_PLUGIN(NAME, VERSION, PSIZE, DECLS)                   \
MYSQL_PLUGIN_EXPORT int _mysql_plugin_interface_version_;                     \
int _mysql_plugin_interface_version_= MYSQL_PLUGIN_INTERFACE_VERSION;         \
MYSQL_PLUGIN_EXPORT int _mysql_sizeof_struct_st_plugin_;                      \
int _mysql_sizeof_struct_st_plugin_= sizeof(struct st_mysql_plugin);          \
MYSQL_PLUGIN_EXPORT struct st_mysql_plugin _mysql_plugin_declarations_[];     \
struct st_mysql_plugin _mysql_plugin_declarations_[]= {

#define MARIA_DECLARE_PLUGIN__(NAME, VERSION, PSIZE, DECLS)                    \
MYSQL_PLUGIN_EXPORT int _maria_plugin_interface_version_;                      \
int _maria_plugin_interface_version_= MARIA_PLUGIN_INTERFACE_VERSION;          \
MYSQL_PLUGIN_EXPORT int _maria_sizeof_struct_st_plugin_;                       \
int _maria_sizeof_struct_st_plugin_= sizeof(struct st_maria_plugin);           \
MYSQL_PLUGIN_EXPORT struct st_maria_plugin _maria_plugin_declarations_[];      \
struct st_maria_plugin _maria_plugin_declarations_[]= {

#endif

#define mysql_declare_plugin(NAME) \
__MYSQL_DECLARE_PLUGIN(NAME, \
                 builtin_ ## NAME ## _plugin_interface_version, \
                 builtin_ ## NAME ## _sizeof_struct_st_plugin, \
                 builtin_ ## NAME ## _plugin)

#define maria_declare_plugin(NAME) \
MARIA_DECLARE_PLUGIN__(NAME, \
                 builtin_maria_ ## NAME ## _plugin_interface_version, \
                 builtin_maria_ ## NAME ## _sizeof_struct_st_plugin, \
                 builtin_maria_ ## NAME ## _plugin)

#define mysql_declare_plugin_end ,{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}}
#define maria_declare_plugin_end ,{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}}

/*
  declarations for SHOW STATUS support in plugins
*/
enum enum_mysql_show_type
{
  SHOW_UNDEF, SHOW_BOOL, SHOW_UINT, SHOW_ULONG,
  SHOW_ULONGLONG, SHOW_CHAR, SHOW_CHAR_PTR,
  SHOW_ARRAY, SHOW_FUNC, SHOW_DOUBLE,
  SHOW_SINT, SHOW_SLONG, SHOW_SLONGLONG, SHOW_SIMPLE_FUNC,
  SHOW_SIZE_T, SHOW_always_last
};

/* backward compatibility mapping. */
#define SHOW_INT      SHOW_UINT
#define SHOW_LONG     SHOW_ULONG
#define SHOW_LONGLONG SHOW_ULONGLONG

enum enum_var_type
{
  SHOW_OPT_DEFAULT= 0, SHOW_OPT_SESSION, SHOW_OPT_GLOBAL
};

struct st_mysql_show_var {
  const char *name;
  void *value;
  enum enum_mysql_show_type type;
};

struct system_status_var;

#define SHOW_VAR_FUNC_BUFF_SIZE (256 * sizeof(void*))
typedef int (*mysql_show_var_func)(MYSQL_THD, struct st_mysql_show_var*, void *, struct system_status_var *status_var, enum enum_var_type);


static inline
struct st_mysql_show_var SHOW_FUNC_ENTRY(const char *name,
                                         mysql_show_var_func func_arg)
{
  struct st_mysql_show_var tmp;
  tmp.name= name;
  tmp.value= (void*) func_arg;
  tmp.type= SHOW_FUNC;
  return tmp;
};


/*
  Constants for plugin flags.
 */

#define PLUGIN_OPT_NO_INSTALL   1UL   /* Not dynamically loadable */
#define PLUGIN_OPT_NO_UNINSTALL 2UL   /* Not dynamically unloadable */


/*
  declarations for server variables and command line options
*/


#define PLUGIN_VAR_BOOL         0x0001
#define PLUGIN_VAR_INT          0x0002
#define PLUGIN_VAR_LONG         0x0003
#define PLUGIN_VAR_LONGLONG     0x0004
#define PLUGIN_VAR_STR          0x0005
#define PLUGIN_VAR_ENUM         0x0006
#define PLUGIN_VAR_SET          0x0007
#define PLUGIN_VAR_DOUBLE       0x0008
#define PLUGIN_VAR_UNSIGNED     0x0080
#define PLUGIN_VAR_THDLOCAL     0x0100 /* Variable is per-connection */
#define PLUGIN_VAR_READONLY     0x0200 /* Server variable is read only */
#define PLUGIN_VAR_NOSYSVAR     0x0400 /* Not a server variable */
#define PLUGIN_VAR_NOCMDOPT     0x0800 /* Not a command line option */
#define PLUGIN_VAR_NOCMDARG     0x1000 /* No argument for cmd line */
#define PLUGIN_VAR_RQCMDARG     0x0000 /* Argument required for cmd line */
#define PLUGIN_VAR_OPCMDARG     0x2000 /* Argument optional for cmd line */
#define PLUGIN_VAR_DEPRECATED   0x4000 /* Server variable is deprecated */
#define PLUGIN_VAR_MEMALLOC     0x8000 /* String needs memory allocated */

struct st_mysql_sys_var;
struct st_mysql_value;

/*
  SYNOPSIS
    (*mysql_var_check_func)()
      thd               thread handle
      var               dynamic variable being altered
      save              pointer to temporary storage
      value             user provided value
  RETURN
    0   user provided value is OK and the update func may be called.
    any other value indicates error.
  
  This function should parse the user provided value and store in the
  provided temporary storage any data as required by the update func.
  There is sufficient space in the temporary storage to store a double.
  Note that the update func may not be called if any other error occurs
  so any memory allocated should be thread-local so that it may be freed
  automatically at the end of the statement.
*/

typedef int (*mysql_var_check_func)(MYSQL_THD thd,
                                    struct st_mysql_sys_var *var,
                                    void *save, struct st_mysql_value *value);

/*
  SYNOPSIS
    (*mysql_var_update_func)()
      thd               thread handle
      var               dynamic variable being altered
      var_ptr           pointer to dynamic variable
      save              pointer to temporary storage
   RETURN
     NONE
   
   This function should use the validated value stored in the temporary store
   and persist it in the provided pointer to the dynamic variable.
   For example, strings may require memory to be allocated.
*/
typedef void (*mysql_var_update_func)(MYSQL_THD thd,
                                      struct st_mysql_sys_var *var,
                                      void *var_ptr, const void *save);


/* the following declarations are for internal use only */


#define PLUGIN_VAR_MASK \
        (PLUGIN_VAR_READONLY | PLUGIN_VAR_NOSYSVAR | \
         PLUGIN_VAR_NOCMDOPT | PLUGIN_VAR_NOCMDARG | \
         PLUGIN_VAR_OPCMDARG | PLUGIN_VAR_RQCMDARG | \
         PLUGIN_VAR_DEPRECATED | PLUGIN_VAR_MEMALLOC)

#define MYSQL_PLUGIN_VAR_HEADER \
  int flags;                    \
  const char *name;             \
  const char *comment;          \
  mysql_var_check_func check;   \
  mysql_var_update_func update

#define MYSQL_SYSVAR_NAME(name) mysql_sysvar_ ## name
#define MYSQL_SYSVAR(name) \
  ((struct st_mysql_sys_var *)&(MYSQL_SYSVAR_NAME(name)))

/*
  for global variables, the value pointer is the first
  element after the header, the default value is the second.
  for thread variables, the value offset is the first
  element after the header, the default value is the second.
*/
   

#define DECLARE_MYSQL_SYSVAR_BASIC(name, type) struct { \
  MYSQL_PLUGIN_VAR_HEADER;      \
  type *value;                  \
  const type def_val;                 \
} MYSQL_SYSVAR_NAME(name)

#define DECLARE_MYSQL_SYSVAR_CONST_BASIC(name, type) struct { \
  MYSQL_PLUGIN_VAR_HEADER;      \
  const type *value;                  \
  const type def_val;                 \
} MYSQL_SYSVAR_NAME(name)

#define DECLARE_MYSQL_SYSVAR_SIMPLE(name, type) struct { \
  MYSQL_PLUGIN_VAR_HEADER;      \
  type *value; type def_val;    \
  type min_val; type max_val;   \
  type blk_sz;                  \
} MYSQL_SYSVAR_NAME(name)

#define DECLARE_MYSQL_SYSVAR_TYPELIB(name, type) struct { \
  MYSQL_PLUGIN_VAR_HEADER;      \
  type *value; type def_val;    \
  TYPELIB *typelib;             \
} MYSQL_SYSVAR_NAME(name)

#define DECLARE_THDVAR_FUNC(type) \
  type *(*resolve)(MYSQL_THD thd, int offset)

#define DECLARE_MYSQL_THDVAR_BASIC(name, type) struct { \
  MYSQL_PLUGIN_VAR_HEADER;      \
  int offset;                   \
  const type def_val;           \
  DECLARE_THDVAR_FUNC(type);    \
} MYSQL_SYSVAR_NAME(name)

#define DECLARE_MYSQL_THDVAR_SIMPLE(name, type) struct { \
  MYSQL_PLUGIN_VAR_HEADER;      \
  int offset;                   \
  type def_val; type min_val;   \
  type max_val; type blk_sz;    \
  DECLARE_THDVAR_FUNC(type);    \
} MYSQL_SYSVAR_NAME(name)

#define DECLARE_MYSQL_THDVAR_TYPELIB(name, type) struct { \
  MYSQL_PLUGIN_VAR_HEADER;      \
  int offset;                   \
  const type def_val;           \
  DECLARE_THDVAR_FUNC(type);    \
  TYPELIB *typelib;             \
} MYSQL_SYSVAR_NAME(name)


/*
  the following declarations are for use by plugin implementors
*/

#define MYSQL_SYSVAR_BOOL(name, varname, opt, comment, check, update, def) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_SYSVAR_BASIC(name, char) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_BOOL | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, &varname, def}

#define MYSQL_SYSVAR_STR(name, varname, opt, comment, check, update, def) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_SYSVAR_BASIC(name, char *) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_STR | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, &varname, def}

#define MYSQL_SYSVAR_CONST_STR(name, varname, opt, comment, check, update, def) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_SYSVAR_CONST_BASIC(name, char *) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_STR | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, &varname, def}

#define MYSQL_SYSVAR_INT(name, varname, opt, comment, check, update, def, min, max, blk) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_SYSVAR_SIMPLE(name, int) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_INT | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, &varname, def, min, max, blk }

#define MYSQL_SYSVAR_UINT(name, varname, opt, comment, check, update, def, min, max, blk) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_SYSVAR_SIMPLE(name, unsigned int) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_INT | PLUGIN_VAR_UNSIGNED | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, &varname, def, min, max, blk }

#define MYSQL_SYSVAR_LONG(name, varname, opt, comment, check, update, def, min, max, blk) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_SYSVAR_SIMPLE(name, long) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_LONG | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, &varname, def, min, max, blk }

#define MYSQL_SYSVAR_ULONG(name, varname, opt, comment, check, update, def, min, max, blk) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_SYSVAR_SIMPLE(name, unsigned long) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_LONG | PLUGIN_VAR_UNSIGNED | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, &varname, def, min, max, blk }

#define MYSQL_SYSVAR_LONGLONG(name, varname, opt, comment, check, update, def, min, max, blk) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_SYSVAR_SIMPLE(name, long long) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_LONGLONG | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, &varname, def, min, max, blk }

#define MYSQL_SYSVAR_ULONGLONG(name, varname, opt, comment, check, update, def, min, max, blk) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_SYSVAR_SIMPLE(name, unsigned long long) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_LONGLONG | PLUGIN_VAR_UNSIGNED | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, &varname, def, min, max, blk }

#define MYSQL_SYSVAR_UINT64_T(name, varname, opt, comment, check, update, def, min, max, blk) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_SYSVAR_SIMPLE(name, uint64_t) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_LONGLONG | PLUGIN_VAR_UNSIGNED | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, &varname, def, min, max, blk }

#ifdef _WIN64
#define MYSQL_SYSVAR_SIZE_T(name, varname, opt, comment, check, update, def, min, max, blk) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_SYSVAR_SIMPLE(name, size_t) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_LONGLONG | PLUGIN_VAR_UNSIGNED | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, &varname, def, min, max, blk }
#else
#define MYSQL_SYSVAR_SIZE_T(name, varname, opt, comment, check, update, def, min, max, blk) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_SYSVAR_SIMPLE(name, size_t) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_LONG | PLUGIN_VAR_UNSIGNED | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, &varname, def, min, max, blk }
#endif

#define MYSQL_SYSVAR_ENUM(name, varname, opt, comment, check, update, def, typelib) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_SYSVAR_TYPELIB(name, unsigned long) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_ENUM | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, &varname, def, typelib }

#define MYSQL_SYSVAR_SET(name, varname, opt, comment, check, update, def, typelib) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_SYSVAR_TYPELIB(name, unsigned long long) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_SET | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, &varname, def, typelib }

#define MYSQL_SYSVAR_DOUBLE(name, varname, opt, comment, check, update, def, min, max, blk) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_SYSVAR_SIMPLE(name, double) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_DOUBLE | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, &varname, def, min, max, blk }

#define MYSQL_THDVAR_BOOL(name, opt, comment, check, update, def) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_THDVAR_BASIC(name, char) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_BOOL | PLUGIN_VAR_THDLOCAL | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, -1, def, NULL}

#define MYSQL_THDVAR_STR(name, opt, comment, check, update, def) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_THDVAR_BASIC(name, char *) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_STR | PLUGIN_VAR_THDLOCAL | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, -1, def, NULL}

#define MYSQL_THDVAR_INT(name, opt, comment, check, update, def, min, max, blk) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_THDVAR_SIMPLE(name, int) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_INT | PLUGIN_VAR_THDLOCAL | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, -1, def, min, max, blk, NULL }

#define MYSQL_THDVAR_UINT(name, opt, comment, check, update, def, min, max, blk) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_THDVAR_SIMPLE(name, unsigned int) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_INT | PLUGIN_VAR_THDLOCAL | PLUGIN_VAR_UNSIGNED | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, -1, def, min, max, blk, NULL }

#define MYSQL_THDVAR_LONG(name, opt, comment, check, update, def, min, max, blk) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_THDVAR_SIMPLE(name, long) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_LONG | PLUGIN_VAR_THDLOCAL | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, -1, def, min, max, blk, NULL }

#define MYSQL_THDVAR_ULONG(name, opt, comment, check, update, def, min, max, blk) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_THDVAR_SIMPLE(name, unsigned long) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_LONG | PLUGIN_VAR_THDLOCAL | PLUGIN_VAR_UNSIGNED | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, -1, def, min, max, blk, NULL }

#define MYSQL_THDVAR_LONGLONG(name, opt, comment, check, update, def, min, max, blk) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_THDVAR_SIMPLE(name, long long) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_LONGLONG | PLUGIN_VAR_THDLOCAL | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, -1, def, min, max, blk, NULL }

#define MYSQL_THDVAR_ULONGLONG(name, opt, comment, check, update, def, min, max, blk) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_THDVAR_SIMPLE(name, unsigned long long) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_LONGLONG | PLUGIN_VAR_THDLOCAL | PLUGIN_VAR_UNSIGNED | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, -1, def, min, max, blk, NULL }

#define MYSQL_THDVAR_ENUM(name, opt, comment, check, update, def, typelib) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_THDVAR_TYPELIB(name, unsigned long) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_ENUM | PLUGIN_VAR_THDLOCAL | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, -1, def, NULL, typelib }

#define MYSQL_THDVAR_SET(name, opt, comment, check, update, def, typelib) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_THDVAR_TYPELIB(name, unsigned long long) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_SET | PLUGIN_VAR_THDLOCAL | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, -1, def, NULL, typelib }

#define MYSQL_THDVAR_DOUBLE(name, opt, comment, check, update, def, min, max, blk) \
DECLARE_MYSQL_THDVAR_SIMPLE(name, double) = { \
  PLUGIN_VAR_DOUBLE | PLUGIN_VAR_THDLOCAL | ((opt) & PLUGIN_VAR_MASK), \
  #name, comment, check, update, -1, def, min, max, blk, NULL }

/* accessor macros */

#define SYSVAR(name) \
  (*(MYSQL_SYSVAR_NAME(name).value))

/* when thd == null, result points to global value */
#define THDVAR(thd, name) \
  (*(MYSQL_SYSVAR_NAME(name).resolve(thd, MYSQL_SYSVAR_NAME(name).offset)))


/*
  Plugin description structure.
*/

struct st_mysql_plugin
{
  int type;             /* the plugin type (a MYSQL_XXX_PLUGIN value)   */
  void *info;           /* pointer to type-specific plugin descriptor   */
  const char *name;     /* plugin name                                  */
  const char *author;   /* plugin author (for I_S.PLUGINS)              */
  const char *descr;    /* general descriptive text (for I_S.PLUGINS)   */
  int license;          /* the plugin license (PLUGIN_LICENSE_XXX)      */
  /*
    The function to invoke when plugin is loaded. Plugin
    initialisation done here should defer any ALTER TABLE queries to
    after the ddl recovery is done, in the signal_ddl_recovery_done()
    callback called by ha_signal_ddl_recovery_done().
  */
  int (*init)(void *);
  int (*deinit)(void *);/* the function to invoke when plugin is unloaded */
  unsigned int version; /* plugin version (for I_S.PLUGINS)             */
  struct st_mysql_show_var *status_vars;
  struct st_mysql_sys_var **system_vars;
  void * __reserved1;   /* reserved for dependency checking             */
  unsigned long flags;  /* flags for plugin */
};

/*
  MariaDB extension for plugins declaration structure.

  It also copy current MySQL plugin fields to have more independency
  in plugins extension
*/

struct st_maria_plugin
{
  int type;             /* the plugin type (a MYSQL_XXX_PLUGIN value)   */
  void *info;           /* pointer to type-specific plugin descriptor   */
  const char *name;     /* plugin name                                  */
  const char *author;   /* plugin author (for SHOW PLUGINS)             */
  const char *descr;    /* general descriptive text (for SHOW PLUGINS ) */
  int license;          /* the plugin license (PLUGIN_LICENSE_XXX)      */
  /*
    The function to invoke when plugin is loaded. Plugin
    initialisation done here should defer any ALTER TABLE queries to
    after the ddl recovery is done, in the signal_ddl_recovery_done()
    callback called by ha_signal_ddl_recovery_done().
  */
  int (*init)(void *);
  int (*deinit)(void *);/* the function to invoke when plugin is unloaded */
  unsigned int version; /* plugin version (for SHOW PLUGINS)            */
  struct st_mysql_show_var *status_vars;
  struct st_mysql_sys_var **system_vars;
  const char *version_info;  /* plugin version string */
  unsigned int maturity; /* MariaDB_PLUGIN_MATURITY_XXX */
};

/*************************************************************************
  API for Full-text parser plugin. (MYSQL_FTPARSER_PLUGIN)
*/
#include "plugin_ftparser.h"

/*************************************************************************
  API for Storage Engine plugin. (MYSQL_DAEMON_PLUGIN)
*/

/* handlertons of different MySQL releases are incompatible */
#define MYSQL_DAEMON_INTERFACE_VERSION (MYSQL_VERSION_ID << 8)

/*
  Here we define only the descriptor structure, that is referred from
  st_mysql_plugin.
*/

struct st_mysql_daemon
{
  int interface_version;
};


/*************************************************************************
  API for I_S plugin. (MYSQL_INFORMATION_SCHEMA_PLUGIN)
*/

/* handlertons of different MySQL releases are incompatible */
#define MYSQL_INFORMATION_SCHEMA_INTERFACE_VERSION (MYSQL_VERSION_ID << 8)

/*
  Here we define only the descriptor structure, that is referred from
  st_mysql_plugin.
*/

struct st_mysql_information_schema
{
  int interface_version;
};


/*************************************************************************
  API for Storage Engine plugin. (MYSQL_STORAGE_ENGINE_PLUGIN)
*/

/* handlertons of different MySQL releases are incompatible */
#define MYSQL_HANDLERTON_INTERFACE_VERSION (MYSQL_VERSION_ID << 8)

/*
  The real API is in the sql/handler.h
  Here we define only the descriptor structure, that is referred from
  st_mysql_plugin.
*/

struct st_mysql_storage_engine
{
  int interface_version;
};

struct handlerton;


/*
  API for Replication plugin. (MYSQL_REPLICATION_PLUGIN)
*/
 #define MYSQL_REPLICATION_INTERFACE_VERSION 0x0200
 
 /**
    Replication plugin descriptor
 */
 struct Mysql_replication {
   int interface_version;
 };

/*************************************************************************
  st_mysql_value struct for reading values from mysqld.
  Used by server variables framework to parse user-provided values.
  Will be used for arguments when implementing UDFs.

  Note that val_str() returns a string in temporary memory
  that will be freed at the end of statement. Copy the string
  if you need it to persist.
*/

#define MYSQL_VALUE_TYPE_STRING 0
#define MYSQL_VALUE_TYPE_REAL   1
#define MYSQL_VALUE_TYPE_INT    2

struct st_mysql_value
{
  int (*value_type)(struct st_mysql_value *);
  const char *(*val_str)(struct st_mysql_value *, char *buffer, int *length);
  int (*val_real)(struct st_mysql_value *, double *realbuf);
  int (*val_int)(struct st_mysql_value *, long long *intbuf);
  int (*is_unsigned)(struct st_mysql_value *);
};


/*************************************************************************
  Miscellaneous functions for plugin implementors
*/

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

int thd_in_lock_tables(const MYSQL_THD thd);
int thd_tablespace_op(const MYSQL_THD thd);
long long thd_test_options(const MYSQL_THD thd, long long test_options);
int thd_sql_command(const MYSQL_THD thd);
struct DDL_options_st;
struct DDL_options_st *thd_ddl_options(const MYSQL_THD thd);
void thd_storage_lock_wait(MYSQL_THD thd, long long value);
int thd_tx_isolation(const MYSQL_THD thd);
int thd_tx_is_read_only(const MYSQL_THD thd);
/**
  Create a temporary file.

  @details
  The temporary file is created in a location specified by the mysql
  server configuration (--tmpdir option).  The caller does not need to
  delete the file, it will be deleted automatically.

  @param prefix  prefix for temporary file name
  @retval -1    error
  @retval >= 0  a file handle that can be passed to dup or my_close
*/
int mysql_tmpfile(const char *prefix);

/**
  Return the thread id of a user thread

  @param thd  user thread connection handle
  @return  thread id
*/
unsigned long thd_get_thread_id(const MYSQL_THD thd);

/**
  Get the XID for this connection's transaction

  @param thd  user thread connection handle
  @param xid  location where identifier is stored
*/
void thd_get_xid(const MYSQL_THD thd, MYSQL_XID *xid);

/**
  Invalidate the query cache for a given table.

  @param thd         user thread connection handle
  @param key         databasename\\0tablename\\0
  @param key_length  length of key in bytes, including the NUL bytes
  @param using_trx   flag: TRUE if using transactions, FALSE otherwise
*/
void mysql_query_cache_invalidate4(MYSQL_THD thd,
                                   const char *key, unsigned int key_length,
                                   int using_trx);


/**
  Provide a handler data getter to simplify coding
*/
void *thd_get_ha_data(const MYSQL_THD thd, const struct handlerton *hton);


/**
  Provide a handler data setter to simplify coding

  @details
  Set ha_data pointer (storage engine per-connection information).

  To avoid unclean deactivation (uninstall) of storage engine plugin
  in the middle of transaction, additional storage engine plugin
  lock is acquired.

  If ha_data is not null and storage engine plugin was not locked
  by thd_set_ha_data() in this connection before, storage engine
  plugin gets locked.

  If ha_data is null and storage engine plugin was locked by
  thd_set_ha_data() in this connection before, storage engine
  plugin lock gets released.

  If handlerton::close_connection() didn't reset ha_data, server does
  it immediately after calling handlerton::close_connection().
*/
void thd_set_ha_data(MYSQL_THD thd, const struct handlerton *hton,
                     const void *ha_data);


/**
  Signal that the first part of handler commit is finished, and that the
  committed transaction is now visible and has fixed commit ordering with
  respect to other transactions. The commit need _not_ be durable yet, and
  typically will not be when this call makes sense.

  This call is optional, if the storage engine does not call it the upper
  layer will after the handler commit() method is done. However, the storage
  engine may choose to call it itself to increase the possibility for group
  commit.

  In-order parallel replication uses this to apply different transaction in
  parallel, but delay the commits of later transactions until earlier
  transactions have committed first, thus achieving increased performance on
  multi-core systems while still preserving full transaction consistency.

  The storage engine can call this from within the commit() method, typically
  after the commit record has been written to the transaction log, but before
  the log has been fsync()'ed. This will allow the next replicated transaction
  to proceed to commit before the first one has done fsync() or similar. Thus,
  it becomes possible for multiple sequential replicated transactions to share
  a single fsync() inside the engine in group commit.

  Note that this method should _not_ be called from within the commit_ordered()
  method, or any other place in the storage engine. When commit_ordered() is
  used (typically when binlog is enabled), the transaction coordinator takes
  care of this and makes group commit in the storage engine possible without
  any other action needed on the part of the storage engine. This function
  thd_wakeup_subsequent_commits() is only needed when no transaction
  coordinator is used, meaning a single storage engine and no binary log.
*/
void thd_wakeup_subsequent_commits(MYSQL_THD thd, int wakeup_error);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICE_SHA2_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2017, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file
  my sha2 service

  Functions to calculate SHA2 hash from a memory buffer
*/

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_ABI_CHECK
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif

extern struct my_sha2_service_st {
  void (*my_sha224_type)(unsigned char*, const char*, size_t);
  void (*my_sha224_multi_type)(unsigned char*, ...);
  size_t (*my_sha224_context_size_type)();
  void (*my_sha224_init_type)(void *);
  void (*my_sha224_input_type)(void *, const unsigned char *, size_t);
  void (*my_sha224_result_type)(void *, unsigned char *);

  void (*my_sha256_type)(unsigned char*, const char*, size_t);
  void (*my_sha256_multi_type)(unsigned char*, ...);
  size_t (*my_sha256_context_size_type)();
  void (*my_sha256_init_type)(void *);
  void (*my_sha256_input_type)(void *, const unsigned char *, size_t);
  void (*my_sha256_result_type)(void *, unsigned char *);

  void (*my_sha384_type)(unsigned char*, const char*, size_t);
  void (*my_sha384_multi_type)(unsigned char*, ...);
  size_t (*my_sha384_context_size_type)();
  void (*my_sha384_init_type)(void *);
  void (*my_sha384_input_type)(void *, const unsigned char *, size_t);
  void (*my_sha384_result_type)(void *, unsigned char *);

  void (*my_sha512_type)(unsigned char*, const char*, size_t);
  void (*my_sha512_multi_type)(unsigned char*, ...);
  size_t (*my_sha512_context_size_type)();
  void (*my_sha512_init_type)(void *);
  void (*my_sha512_input_type)(void *, const unsigned char *, size_t);
  void (*my_sha512_result_type)(void *, unsigned char *);
} *my_sha2_service;

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#define my_sha224(A,B,C) my_sha2_service->my_sha224_type(A,B,C)
#define my_sha224_multi my_sha2_service->my_sha224_multi_type
#define my_sha224_context_size() my_sha2_service->my_sha224_context_size_type()
#define my_sha224_init(A) my_sha2_service->my_sha224_init_type(A)
#define my_sha224_input(A,B,C) my_sha2_service->my_sha224_input_type(A,B,C)
#define my_sha224_result(A,B) my_sha2_service->my_sha224_result_type(A,B)

#define my_sha256(A,B,C) my_sha2_service->my_sha256_type(A,B,C)
#define my_sha256_multi my_sha2_service->my_sha256_multi_type
#define my_sha256_context_size() my_sha2_service->my_sha256_context_size_type()
#define my_sha256_init(A) my_sha2_service->my_sha256_init_type(A)
#define my_sha256_input(A,B,C) my_sha2_service->my_sha256_input_type(A,B,C)
#define my_sha256_result(A,B) my_sha2_service->my_sha256_result_type(A,B)

#define my_sha384(A,B,C) my_sha2_service->my_sha384_type(A,B,C)
#define my_sha384_multi my_sha2_service->my_sha384_multi_type
#define my_sha384_context_size() my_sha2_service->my_sha384_context_size_type()
#define my_sha384_init(A) my_sha2_service->my_sha384_init_type(A)
#define my_sha384_input(A,B,C) my_sha2_service->my_sha384_input_type(A,B,C)
#define my_sha384_result(A,B) my_sha2_service->my_sha384_result_type(A,B)

#define my_sha512(A,B,C) my_sha2_service->my_sha512_type(A,B,C)
#define my_sha512_multi my_sha2_service->my_sha512_multi_type
#define my_sha512_context_size() my_sha2_service->my_sha512_context_size_type()
#define my_sha512_init(A) my_sha2_service->my_sha512_init_type(A)
#define my_sha512_input(A,B,C) my_sha2_service->my_sha512_input_type(A,B,C)
#define my_sha512_result(A,B) my_sha2_service->my_sha512_result_type(A,B)

#else

void my_sha224(unsigned char*, const char*, size_t);
void my_sha224_multi(unsigned char*, ...);
size_t my_sha224_context_size();
void my_sha224_init(void *context);
void my_sha224_input(void *context, const unsigned char *buf, size_t len);
void my_sha224_result(void *context, unsigned char *digest);

void my_sha256(unsigned char*, const char*, size_t);
void my_sha256_multi(unsigned char*, ...);
size_t my_sha256_context_size();
void my_sha256_init(void *context);
void my_sha256_input(void *context, const unsigned char *buf, size_t len);
void my_sha256_result(void *context, unsigned char *digest);

void my_sha384(unsigned char*, const char*, size_t);
void my_sha384_multi(unsigned char*, ...);
size_t my_sha384_context_size();
void my_sha384_init(void *context);
void my_sha384_input(void *context, const unsigned char *buf, size_t len);
void my_sha384_result(void *context, unsigned char *digest);

void my_sha512(unsigned char*, const char*, size_t);
void my_sha512_multi(unsigned char*, ...);
size_t my_sha512_context_size();
void my_sha512_init(void *context);
void my_sha512_input(void *context, const unsigned char *buf, size_t len);
void my_sha512_result(void *context, unsigned char *digest);

#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#define MYSQL_SERVICE_SHA2_INCLUDED
#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICE_THD_RND_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (C) 2017 MariaDB Corporation

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file
  This service provides access to the thd-local random number generator.

  It's preferable over the global one, because concurrent threads
  can generate random numbers without fighting each other over the access
  to the shared rnd state.
*/

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_ABI_CHECK
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif

extern struct thd_rnd_service_st {
  double (*thd_rnd_ptr)(MYSQL_THD thd);
  void   (*thd_c_r_p_ptr)(MYSQL_THD thd, char *to, size_t length);
} *thd_rnd_service;

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN
#define thd_rnd(A) thd_rnd_service->thd_rnd_ptr(A)
#define thd_create_random_password(A,B,C) thd_rnd_service->thd_c_r_p_ptr(A,B,C)
#else

double thd_rnd(MYSQL_THD thd);

/**
  Generate string of printable random characters of requested length.

  @param to[out]      Buffer for generation; must be at least length+1 bytes
                      long; result string is always null-terminated
  @param length[in]   How many random characters to put in buffer
*/
void thd_create_random_password(MYSQL_THD thd, char *to, size_t length);

#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#define MYSQL_SERVICE_THD_RND_INCLUDED
#endif
#ifndef MYSQL_AUTH_DIALOG_CLIENT_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (C) 2010 Sergei Golubchik and Monty Program Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/**
  @file

  Definitions needed to use Dialog client authentication plugin
*/

struct st_mysql;

#define MYSQL_AUTH_DIALOG_CLIENT_INCLUDED

/**
  type of the mysql_authentication_dialog_ask function

  @param mysql          mysql
  @param type           type of the input
                        1 - ordinary string input
                        2 - password string
  @param prompt         prompt
  @param buf            a buffer to store the use input
  @param buf_len        the length of the buffer

  @retval               a pointer to the user input string.
                        It may be equal to 'buf' or to 'mysql->password'.
                        In all other cases it is assumed to be an allocated
                        string, and the "dialog" plugin will free() it.
*/
typedef char *(*mysql_authentication_dialog_ask_t)(struct st_mysql *mysql,
                      int type, const char *prompt, char *buf, int buf_len);

/**
  first byte of the question string is the question "type".
  It can be an "ordinary" or a "password" question.
  The last bit set marks a last question in the authentication exchange.
*/
#define ORDINARY_QUESTION       "\2"
#define LAST_QUESTION           "\3"
#define PASSWORD_QUESTION       "\4"
#define LAST_PASSWORD           "\5"

#endif
#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT_PLUGIN_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (C) 2010 Sergei Golubchik and Monty Program Ab
   Copyright (c) 2010, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file

  MySQL Client Plugin API

  This file defines the API for plugins that work on the client side
*/
#define MYSQL_CLIENT_PLUGIN_INCLUDED

/*
  On Windows, exports from DLL need to be declared
  Also, plugin needs to be declared as extern "C" because MSVC 
  unlike other compilers, uses C++ mangling for variables not only
  for functions.
*/
#undef MYSQL_PLUGIN_EXPORT
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
  #define MYSQL_PLUGIN_EXPORT_C __declspec(dllexport)
#else /*_MSC_VER */
  #define MYSQL_PLUGIN_EXPORT_C
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define MYSQL_PLUGIN_EXPORT extern "C" MYSQL_PLUGIN_EXPORT_C
#define C_MODE_START    extern "C" {
#define C_MODE_END }
#else
#define MYSQL_PLUGIN_EXPORT MYSQL_PLUGIN_EXPORT_C
#define C_MODE_START
#define C_MODE_END
#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_ABI_CHECK
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif

/* known plugin types */
#define MYSQL_CLIENT_reserved1               0
#define MYSQL_CLIENT_reserved2               1
#define MYSQL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION_PLUGIN   2

#define MYSQL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION_PLUGIN_INTERFACE_VERSION  0x0101

#define MYSQL_CLIENT_MAX_PLUGINS             3

#define mysql_declare_client_plugin(X)          \
     C_MODE_START MYSQL_PLUGIN_EXPORT_C         \
        struct st_mysql_client_plugin_ ## X        \
        _mysql_client_plugin_declaration_ = {   \
          MYSQL_CLIENT_ ## X ## _PLUGIN,        \
          MYSQL_CLIENT_ ## X ## _PLUGIN_INTERFACE_VERSION,
#define mysql_end_client_plugin             }; C_MODE_END

/* generic plugin header structure */
#define MYSQL_CLIENT_PLUGIN_HEADER                      \
  int type;                                             \
  unsigned int interface_version;                       \
  const char *name;                                     \
  const char *author;                                   \
  const char *desc;                                     \
  unsigned int version[3];                              \
  const char *license;                                  \
  void *mysql_api;                                      \
  int (*init)(char *, size_t, int, va_list);            \
  int (*deinit)();                                      \
  int (*options)(const char *option, const void *);

struct st_mysql_client_plugin
{
  MYSQL_CLIENT_PLUGIN_HEADER
};

struct st_mysql;

/******** authentication plugin specific declarations *********/
#include <mysql/plugin_auth_common.h>

struct st_mysql_client_plugin_AUTHENTICATION
{
  MYSQL_CLIENT_PLUGIN_HEADER
  int (*authenticate_user)(MYSQL_PLUGIN_VIO *vio, struct st_mysql *mysql);
  int (*hash_password_bin)(struct st_mysql *mysql, unsigned char *hash, size_t *hash_length);
};

#include <mysql/auth_dialog_client.h>

/******** using plugins ************/

/**
  loads a plugin and initializes it

  @param mysql  MYSQL structure.
  @param name   a name of the plugin to load
  @param type   type of plugin that should be loaded, -1 to disable type check
  @param argc   number of arguments to pass to the plugin initialization
                function
  @param ...    arguments for the plugin initialization function

  @retval
  a pointer to the loaded plugin, or NULL in case of a failure
*/
struct st_mysql_client_plugin *
mysql_load_plugin(struct st_mysql *mysql, const char *name, int type,
                  int argc, ...);

/**
  loads a plugin and initializes it, taking va_list as an argument

  This is the same as mysql_load_plugin, but take va_list instead of
  a list of arguments.

  @param mysql  MYSQL structure.
  @param name   a name of the plugin to load
  @param type   type of plugin that should be loaded, -1 to disable type check
  @param argc   number of arguments to pass to the plugin initialization
                function
  @param args   arguments for the plugin initialization function

  @retval
  a pointer to the loaded plugin, or NULL in case of a failure
*/
struct st_mysql_client_plugin *
mysql_load_plugin_v(struct st_mysql *mysql, const char *name, int type,
                    int argc, va_list args);

/**
  finds an already loaded plugin by name, or loads it, if necessary

  @param mysql  MYSQL structure.
  @param name   a name of the plugin to load
  @param type   type of plugin that should be loaded

  @retval
  a pointer to the plugin, or NULL in case of a failure
*/
struct st_mysql_client_plugin *
mysql_client_find_plugin(struct st_mysql *mysql, const char *name, int type);

/**
  adds a plugin structure to the list of loaded plugins

  This is useful if an application has the necessary functionality
  (for example, a special load data handler) statically linked into
  the application binary. It can use this function to register the plugin
  directly, avoiding the need to factor it out into a shared object.

  @param mysql  MYSQL structure. It is only used for error reporting
  @param plugin an st_mysql_client_plugin structure to register

  @retval
  a pointer to the plugin, or NULL in case of a failure
*/
struct st_mysql_client_plugin *
mysql_client_register_plugin(struct st_mysql *mysql,
                             struct st_mysql_client_plugin *plugin);

/**
  set plugin options

  Can be used to set extra options and affect behavior for a plugin.
  This function may be called multiple times to set several options

  @param plugin an st_mysql_client_plugin structure
  @param option a string which specifies the option to set
  @param value  value for the option.

  @retval 0 on success, 1 in case of failure
**/
int mysql_plugin_options(struct st_mysql_client_plugin *plugin,
                         const char *option, const void *value);
#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_PLUGIN_PASSWORD_VALIDATION_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (C) 2014 Sergei Golubchik and MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file

  Password Validation Plugin API.

  This file defines the API for server password validation plugins.
*/

#define MYSQL_PLUGIN_PASSWORD_VALIDATION_INCLUDED

#include <mysql/plugin.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define MariaDB_PASSWORD_VALIDATION_INTERFACE_VERSION 0x0101

/**
  Password validation plugin descriptor
*/
struct st_mariadb_password_validation
{
  int interface_version;                        /**< version plugin uses */
  /**
    Function provided by the plugin which should perform password validation
    and return 0 if the password has passed the validation.
  */
  int (*validate_password)(const MYSQL_CONST_LEX_STRING *username,
                           const MYSQL_CONST_LEX_STRING *password,
                           const MYSQL_CONST_LEX_STRING *hostname);
};

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICE_THD_STMT_DA_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (C) 2013 MariaDB Foundation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file
  This service provides access to the statement diagnostics area:
  - error message
  - error number
  - row for warning (e.g. for multi-row INSERT statements)
*/

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


extern struct thd_error_context_service_st {
  const char *(*thd_get_error_message_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd);
  unsigned int (*thd_get_error_number_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd);
  unsigned long (*thd_get_error_row_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd);
  void (*thd_inc_error_row_func)(MYSQL_THD thd);
  char *(*thd_get_error_context_description_func)(MYSQL_THD thd,
                                                  char *buffer,
                                                  unsigned int length,
                                                  unsigned int max_query_length);
} *thd_error_context_service;

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN
#define thd_get_error_message(thd) \
  (thd_error_context_service->thd_get_error_message_func((thd)))
#define thd_get_error_number(thd) \
  (thd_error_context_service->thd_get_error_number_func((thd)))
#define thd_get_error_row(thd) \
  (thd_error_context_service->thd_get_error_row_func((thd)))
#define thd_inc_error_row(thd) \
  (thd_error_context_service->thd_inc_error_row_func((thd)))
#define thd_get_error_context_description(thd, buffer, length, max_query_len) \
  (thd_error_context_service->thd_get_error_context_description_func((thd), \
                                                                (buffer), \
                                                                (length), \
                                                                (max_query_len)))
#else
/**
  Return error message
  @param thd   user thread connection handle
  @return      error text
*/
const char *thd_get_error_message(const MYSQL_THD thd);
/**
  Return error number
  @param thd   user thread connection handle
  @return      error number
*/
unsigned int thd_get_error_number(const MYSQL_THD thd);
/**
  Return the current row number (i.e. in a multiple INSERT statement)
  @param thd   user thread connection handle
  @return      row number
*/
unsigned long thd_get_error_row(const MYSQL_THD thd);
/**
  Increment the current row number
  @param thd   user thread connection handle
*/
void thd_inc_error_row(MYSQL_THD thd);
/**
  Return a text description of a thread, its security context (user,host)
  and the current query.
*/
char *thd_get_error_context_description(MYSQL_THD thd,
                                        char *buffer, unsigned int length,
                                        unsigned int max_query_length);
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#define MYSQL_SERVICE_THD_STMT_DA_INCLUDED
#endif
#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICE_THD_SPECIFICS_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file

  THD specific for plugin(s)

  This API provides pthread_getspecific like functionality to plugin authors.
  This is a functional alternative to the declarative MYSQL_THDVAR

  A plugin should at init call thd_key_create that create a key that
  will have storage in each THD. The key should be used by all threads
  and can be used concurrently from all threads.

  A plugin should at deinit call thd_key_delete.

  Alternatively, a plugin can use thd_key_create_from_var(K,V) to create
  a key that corresponds to a named MYSQL_THDVAR variable.

  This API is also safe when using pool-of-threads in which case
  pthread_getspecific is not, because the actual OS thread may change.

  @note

  Normally one should prefer MYSQL_THDVAR declarative API.

  The benefits are:

  - It supports typed variables (int, char*, enum, etc), not only void*.
  - The memory allocated for MYSQL_THDVAR is free'd automatically
    (if PLUGIN_VAR_MEMALLOC is specified).
  - Continuous loading and unloading of the same plugin does not allocate
    memory for same variables over and over again.

  An example of using MYSQL_THDVAR for a thd local storage:

    MYSQL_THDVAR_STR(my_tls,
            PLUGIN_VAR_MEMALLOC | PLUGIN_VAR_NOSYSVAR | PLUGIN_VAR_NOCMDOPT,
            "thd local storage example", 0, 0, 0);
*/

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef int MYSQL_THD_KEY_T;

extern struct thd_specifics_service_st {
  int (*thd_key_create_func)(MYSQL_THD_KEY_T *key);
  void (*thd_key_delete_func)(MYSQL_THD_KEY_T *key);
  void *(*thd_getspecific_func)(MYSQL_THD thd, MYSQL_THD_KEY_T key);
  int  (*thd_setspecific_func)(MYSQL_THD thd, MYSQL_THD_KEY_T key, void *value);
} *thd_specifics_service;

#define thd_key_create_from_var(K, V) do { *(K)= MYSQL_SYSVAR_NAME(V).offset; } while(0)

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#define thd_key_create(K) (thd_specifics_service->thd_key_create_func(K))
#define thd_key_delete(K) (thd_specifics_service->thd_key_delete_func(K))
#define thd_getspecific(T, K) (thd_specifics_service->thd_getspecific_func(T, K))
#define thd_setspecific(T, K, V) (thd_specifics_service->thd_setspecific_func(T, K, V))

#else

/**
 * create THD specific storage
 * @return 0 on success
 *    else errno is returned
 */
int thd_key_create(MYSQL_THD_KEY_T *key);

/**
 * delete THD specific storage
 */
void thd_key_delete(MYSQL_THD_KEY_T *key);

/**
 * get/set thd specific storage
 *  - first time this is called from a thread it will return 0
 *  - this call is thread-safe in that different threads may call this
 *    simultaneously if operating on different THDs.
 *  - this call acquires no mutexes and is implemented as an array lookup
 */
void* thd_getspecific(MYSQL_THD thd, MYSQL_THD_KEY_T key);
int thd_setspecific(MYSQL_THD thd, MYSQL_THD_KEY_T key, void *value);

#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#define MYSQL_SERVICE_THD_SPECIFICS_INCLUDED
#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_PLUGIN_AUTH_COMMON_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (C) 2010 Sergei Golubchik and Monty Program Ab
   Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifdef _WIN32
#include <windows.h>
#endif

/**
  @file

  This file defines constants and data structures that are the same for
  both client- and server-side authentication plugins.
*/
#define MYSQL_PLUGIN_AUTH_COMMON_INCLUDED

/** the max allowed length for a user name */
#define MYSQL_USERNAME_LENGTH 512

/**
  return values of the plugin authenticate_user() method.
*/

 /**
  Authentication failed, plugin internal error.
  An error occurred in the authentication plugin itself.
  These errors are reported in table performance_schema.host_cache,
  column COUNT_AUTH_PLUGIN_ERRORS.
*/
#define CR_AUTH_PLUGIN_ERROR 3
/**
  Authentication failed, client server handshake.
  An error occurred during the client server handshake.
  These errors are reported in table performance_schema.host_cache,
  column COUNT_HANDSHAKE_ERRORS.
*/
#define CR_AUTH_HANDSHAKE 2
/**
  Authentication failed, user credentials.
  For example, wrong passwords.
  These errors are reported in table performance_schema.host_cache,
  column COUNT_AUTHENTICATION_ERRORS.
*/
#define CR_AUTH_USER_CREDENTIALS 1
/**
  Authentication failed. Additionally, all other CR_xxx values
  (libmysql error code) can be used too.

  The client plugin may set the error code and the error message directly
  in the MYSQL structure and return CR_ERROR. If a CR_xxx specific error
  code was returned, an error message in the MYSQL structure will be
  overwritten. If CR_ERROR is returned without setting the error in MYSQL,
  CR_UNKNOWN_ERROR will be user.
*/
#define CR_ERROR 0
/**
  Authentication (client part) was successful. It does not mean that the
  authentication as a whole was successful, usually it only means
  that the client was able to send the user name and the password to the
  server. If CR_OK is returned, the libmysql reads the next packet expecting
  it to be one of OK, ERROR, or CHANGE_PLUGIN packets.
*/
#define CR_OK -1
/**
  Authentication was successful.
  It means that the client has done its part successfully and also that
  a plugin has read the last packet (one of OK, ERROR, CHANGE_PLUGIN).
  In this case, libmysql will not read a packet from the server,
  but it will use the data at mysql->net.read_pos.

  A plugin may return this value if the number of roundtrips in the
  authentication protocol is not known in advance, and the client plugin
  needs to read one packet more to determine if the authentication is finished
  or not.

  Server plugins should not return this value.
*/
#define CR_OK_HANDSHAKE_COMPLETE -2

typedef struct st_plugin_vio_info
{
  enum { MYSQL_VIO_INVALID, MYSQL_VIO_TCP, MYSQL_VIO_SOCKET,
         MYSQL_VIO_PIPE, MYSQL_VIO_MEMORY } protocol;
  int socket;     /**< it's set, if the protocol is SOCKET or TCP */
#ifdef _WIN32
  HANDLE handle;  /**< it's set, if the protocol is PIPE or MEMORY */
#endif
  int tls;
} MYSQL_PLUGIN_VIO_INFO;

/**
  Provides plugin access to communication channel
*/
typedef struct st_plugin_vio
{
  /**
    Plugin provides a pointer reference and this function sets it to the
    contents of any incoming packet. Returns the packet length, or -1 if
    the plugin should terminate.
  */
  int (*read_packet)(struct st_plugin_vio *vio, 
                     unsigned char **buf);
  
  /**
    Plugin provides a buffer with data and the length and this
    function sends it as a packet. Returns 0 on success, 1 on failure.
  */
  int (*write_packet)(struct st_plugin_vio *vio, 
                      const unsigned char *packet, 
                      int packet_len);

  /**
    Fills in a st_plugin_vio_info structure, providing the information
    about the connection.
  */
  void (*info)(struct st_plugin_vio *vio, struct st_plugin_vio_info *info);

} MYSQL_PLUGIN_VIO;

#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_SERVICE_WSREP_INCLUDED
#define MYSQL_SERVICE_WSREP_INCLUDED

enum Wsrep_service_key_type
{
    WSREP_SERVICE_KEY_SHARED,
    WSREP_SERVICE_KEY_REFERENCE,
    WSREP_SERVICE_KEY_UPDATE,
    WSREP_SERVICE_KEY_EXCLUSIVE
};

#if (defined (MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN) && defined(MYSQL_SERVICE_WSREP_DYNAMIC_INCLUDED)) || (!defined(MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN) && defined(MYSQL_SERVICE_WSREP_STATIC_INCLUDED))

#else

/* Copyright (c) 2015, 2020, MariaDB Corporation Ab
                 2018 Codership Oy <info@codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file
  wsrep service

  Interface to WSREP functionality in the server.
  For engines that want to support galera.
*/
#include <my_pthread.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
#endif

struct xid_t;
struct wsrep_ws_handle;
struct wsrep_buf;

/* Must match to definition in sql/mysqld.h */
typedef int64 query_id_t;


extern struct wsrep_service_st {
  my_bool                     (*get_wsrep_recovery_func)();
  bool                        (*wsrep_consistency_check_func)(MYSQL_THD thd);
  int                         (*wsrep_is_wsrep_xid_func)(const void *xid);
  long long                   (*wsrep_xid_seqno_func)(const struct xid_t *xid);
  const unsigned char*        (*wsrep_xid_uuid_func)(const struct xid_t *xid);
  my_bool                     (*wsrep_on_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd);
  bool                        (*wsrep_prepare_key_for_innodb_func)(MYSQL_THD thd, const unsigned char*, size_t, const unsigned char*, size_t, struct wsrep_buf*, size_t*);
  void                        (*wsrep_thd_LOCK_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd);
  int                         (*wsrep_thd_TRYLOCK_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd);
  void                        (*wsrep_thd_UNLOCK_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd);
  const char *                (*wsrep_thd_query_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd);
  int                         (*wsrep_thd_retry_counter_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd);
  bool                        (*wsrep_thd_ignore_table_func)(MYSQL_THD thd);
  long long                   (*wsrep_thd_trx_seqno_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd);
  my_bool                     (*wsrep_thd_is_aborting_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd);
  void                        (*wsrep_set_data_home_dir_func)(const char *data_dir);
  my_bool                     (*wsrep_thd_is_BF_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd, my_bool sync);
  my_bool                     (*wsrep_thd_is_local_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd);
  void                        (*wsrep_thd_self_abort_func)(MYSQL_THD thd);
  int                         (*wsrep_thd_append_key_func)(MYSQL_THD thd, const struct wsrep_key* key,
                                                           int n_keys, enum Wsrep_service_key_type);
  int                         (*wsrep_thd_append_table_key_func)(MYSQL_THD thd, const char* db,
                                                           const char* table, enum Wsrep_service_key_type);
  my_bool                     (*wsrep_thd_is_local_transaction)(const MYSQL_THD thd);
  const char*                 (*wsrep_thd_client_state_str_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd);
  const char*                 (*wsrep_thd_client_mode_str_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd);
  const char*                 (*wsrep_thd_transaction_state_str_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd);
  query_id_t                  (*wsrep_thd_transaction_id_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd);
  my_bool                     (*wsrep_thd_bf_abort_func)(MYSQL_THD bf_thd,
                                                         MYSQL_THD victim_thd,
                                                         my_bool signal);
  my_bool                     (*wsrep_thd_order_before_func)(const MYSQL_THD left, const MYSQL_THD right);
  void                        (*wsrep_handle_SR_rollback_func)(MYSQL_THD BF_thd, MYSQL_THD victim_thd);
  my_bool                     (*wsrep_thd_skip_locking_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd);
  const char*                 (*wsrep_get_sr_table_name_func)();
  my_bool                     (*wsrep_get_debug_func)();
  void                        (*wsrep_commit_ordered_func)(MYSQL_THD thd);
  my_bool                     (*wsrep_thd_is_applying_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd);
  ulong                       (*wsrep_OSU_method_get_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd);
  my_bool                     (*wsrep_thd_has_ignored_error_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd);
  void                        (*wsrep_thd_set_ignored_error_func)(MYSQL_THD thd, my_bool val);
  void                        (*wsrep_report_bf_lock_wait_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd,
                                                                unsigned long long trx_id);
  void                        (*wsrep_thd_kill_LOCK_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd);
  void                        (*wsrep_thd_kill_UNLOCK_func)(const MYSQL_THD thd);
  void                        (*wsrep_thd_set_wsrep_PA_unsafe_func)(MYSQL_THD thd);
  uint32                      (*wsrep_get_domain_id_func)();
} *wsrep_service;

#define MYSQL_SERVICE_WSREP_INCLUDED
#endif

#ifdef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#define MYSQL_SERVICE_WSREP_DYNAMIC_INCLUDED
#define get_wsrep_recovery() wsrep_service->get_wsrep_recovery_func()
#define wsrep_consistency_check(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_consistency_check_func(T)
#define wsrep_is_wsrep_xid(X) wsrep_service->wsrep_is_wsrep_xid_func(X)
#define wsrep_xid_seqno(X) wsrep_service->wsrep_xid_seqno_func(X)
#define wsrep_xid_uuid(X) wsrep_service->wsrep_xid_uuid_func(X)
#define wsrep_on(thd) (thd) && WSREP_ON && wsrep_service->wsrep_on_func(thd)
#define wsrep_prepare_key_for_innodb(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) wsrep_service->wsrep_prepare_key_for_innodb_func(A,B,C,D,E,F,G)
#define wsrep_thd_LOCK(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_LOCK_func(T)
#define wsrep_thd_TRYLOCK(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_TRYLOCK_func(T)
#define wsrep_thd_UNLOCK(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_UNLOCK_func(T)
#define wsrep_thd_kill_LOCK(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_kill_LOCK_func(T)
#define wsrep_thd_kill_UNLOCK(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_kill_UNLOCK_func(T)
#define wsrep_thd_query(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_query_func(T)
#define wsrep_thd_retry_counter(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_retry_counter_func(T)
#define wsrep_thd_ignore_table(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_ignore_table_func(T)
#define wsrep_thd_trx_seqno(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_trx_seqno_func(T)
#define wsrep_set_data_home_dir(A) wsrep_service->wsrep_set_data_home_dir_func(A)
#define wsrep_thd_is_BF(T,S) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_is_BF_func(T,S)
#define wsrep_thd_is_aborting(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_is_aborting_func(T)
#define wsrep_thd_is_local(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_is_local_func(T)
#define wsrep_thd_self_abort(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_self_abort_func(T)
#define wsrep_thd_append_key(T,W,N,K) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_append_key_func(T,W,N,K)
#define wsrep_thd_append_table_key(T,D,B,K) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_append_table_key_func(T,D,B,K)
#define wsrep_thd_is_local_transaction(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_is_local_transaction_func(T)
#define wsrep_thd_client_state_str(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_client_state_str_func(T)
#define wsrep_thd_client_mode_str(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_client_mode_str_func(T)
#define wsrep_thd_transaction_state_str(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_transaction_state_str_func(T)
#define wsrep_thd_transaction_id(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_transaction_id_func(T)
#define wsrep_thd_bf_abort(T,T2,S) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_bf_abort_func(T,T2,S)
#define wsrep_thd_order_before(L,R) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_order_before_func(L,R)
#define wsrep_handle_SR_rollback(B,V) wsrep_service->wsrep_handle_SR_rollback_func(B,V)
#define wsrep_thd_skip_locking(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_skip_locking_func(T)
#define wsrep_get_sr_table_name() wsrep_service->wsrep_get_sr_table_name_func()
#define wsrep_get_debug() wsrep_service->wsrep_get_debug_func()
#define wsrep_commit_ordered(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_commit_ordered_func(T)
#define wsrep_thd_is_applying(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_is_applying_func(T)
#define wsrep_OSU_method_get(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_OSU_method_get_func(T)
#define wsrep_thd_has_ignored_error(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_has_ignored_error_func(T)
#define wsrep_thd_set_ignored_error(T,V) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_set_ignored_error_func(T,V)
#define wsrep_report_bf_lock_wait(T,I) wsrep_service->wsrep_report_bf_lock_wait(T,I)
#define wsrep_thd_set_PA_unsafe(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_thd_set_PA_unsafe_func(T)
#define wsrep_get_domain_id(T) wsrep_service->wsrep_get_domain_id_func(T)
#else

#define MYSQL_SERVICE_WSREP_STATIC_INCLUDED
extern ulong   wsrep_debug;
extern my_bool wsrep_log_conflicts;
extern my_bool wsrep_certify_nonPK;
extern my_bool wsrep_load_data_splitting;
extern my_bool wsrep_drupal_282555_workaround;
extern my_bool wsrep_recovery;
extern long wsrep_protocol_version;

extern "C" bool wsrep_consistency_check(MYSQL_THD thd);
bool wsrep_prepare_key_for_innodb(MYSQL_THD thd, const unsigned char* cache_key, size_t cache_key_len, const unsigned char* row_id, size_t row_id_len, struct wsrep_buf* key, size_t* key_len);
extern "C" const char *wsrep_thd_query(const MYSQL_THD thd);
extern "C" int wsrep_is_wsrep_xid(const void* xid);
extern "C" long long wsrep_xid_seqno(const struct xid_t* xid);
const unsigned char* wsrep_xid_uuid(const struct xid_t* xid);
extern "C" long long wsrep_thd_trx_seqno(const MYSQL_THD thd);
my_bool get_wsrep_recovery();
bool wsrep_thd_ignore_table(MYSQL_THD thd);
void wsrep_set_data_home_dir(const char *data_dir);

/* from mysql wsrep-lib */
#include "my_global.h"
#include "my_pthread.h"

/* Return true if wsrep is enabled for a thd. This means that
   wsrep is enabled globally and the thd has wsrep on */
extern "C" my_bool wsrep_on(const MYSQL_THD thd);
/* Lock thd wsrep lock */
extern "C" void wsrep_thd_LOCK(const MYSQL_THD thd);
/* Try thd wsrep lock. Return non-zero if lock could not be taken. */
extern "C" int wsrep_thd_TRYLOCK(const MYSQL_THD thd);
/* Unlock thd wsrep lock */
extern "C" void wsrep_thd_UNLOCK(const MYSQL_THD thd);

extern "C" void wsrep_thd_kill_LOCK(const MYSQL_THD thd);
extern "C" void wsrep_thd_kill_UNLOCK(const MYSQL_THD thd);

/* Return thd client state string */
extern "C" const char* wsrep_thd_client_state_str(const MYSQL_THD thd);
/* Return thd client mode string */
extern "C" const char* wsrep_thd_client_mode_str(const MYSQL_THD thd);
/* Return thd transaction state string */
extern "C" const char* wsrep_thd_transaction_state_str(const MYSQL_THD thd);

/* Return current transaction id */
extern "C" query_id_t wsrep_thd_transaction_id(const MYSQL_THD thd);
/* Mark thd own transaction as aborted */
extern "C" void wsrep_thd_self_abort(MYSQL_THD thd);
/* Return true if thd is in replicating mode */
extern "C" my_bool wsrep_thd_is_local(const MYSQL_THD thd);
/* Return true if thd is in high priority mode */
/* todo: rename to is_high_priority() */
extern "C" my_bool wsrep_thd_is_applying(const MYSQL_THD thd);
/* Return true if thd is in TOI mode */
extern "C" my_bool wsrep_thd_is_toi(const MYSQL_THD thd);
/* Return true if thd is in replicating TOI mode */
extern "C" my_bool wsrep_thd_is_local_toi(const MYSQL_THD thd);
/* Return true if thd is in RSU mode */
extern "C" my_bool wsrep_thd_is_in_rsu(const MYSQL_THD thd);
/* Return true if thd is in BF mode, either high_priority or TOI */
extern "C" my_bool wsrep_thd_is_BF(const MYSQL_THD thd, my_bool sync);
/* Return true if thd is streaming in progress */
extern "C" my_bool wsrep_thd_is_SR(const MYSQL_THD thd);
extern "C" void wsrep_handle_SR_rollback(MYSQL_THD BF_thd, MYSQL_THD victim_thd);
/* Return thd retry counter */
extern "C" int wsrep_thd_retry_counter(const MYSQL_THD thd);
/* BF abort victim_thd */
extern "C" my_bool wsrep_thd_bf_abort(MYSQL_THD bf_thd,
                                      MYSQL_THD victim_thd,
                                      my_bool signal);
/* Return true if left thd is ordered before right thd */
extern "C" my_bool wsrep_thd_order_before(const MYSQL_THD left, const MYSQL_THD right);
/* Return true if thd should skip locking. This means that the thd
   is operating on shared resource inside commit order critical section. */
extern "C" my_bool wsrep_thd_skip_locking(const MYSQL_THD thd);
/* Return true if thd is aborting */
extern "C" my_bool wsrep_thd_is_aborting(const MYSQL_THD thd);

struct wsrep_key;
struct wsrep_key_array;
extern "C" int wsrep_thd_append_key(MYSQL_THD thd,
                                    const struct wsrep_key* key,
                                    int n_keys,
                                    enum Wsrep_service_key_type);

extern "C" int wsrep_thd_append_table_key(MYSQL_THD thd,
                                    const char* db,
                                    const char* table,
                                    enum Wsrep_service_key_type);

extern "C" my_bool wsrep_thd_is_local_transaction(const MYSQL_THD thd);

extern const char* wsrep_sr_table_name_full;

extern "C" const char* wsrep_get_sr_table_name();

extern "C" my_bool wsrep_get_debug();

extern "C" void wsrep_commit_ordered(MYSQL_THD thd);
extern "C" my_bool wsrep_thd_is_applying(const MYSQL_THD thd);
extern "C" ulong wsrep_OSU_method_get(const MYSQL_THD thd);
extern "C" my_bool wsrep_thd_has_ignored_error(const MYSQL_THD thd);
extern "C" void wsrep_thd_set_ignored_error(MYSQL_THD thd, my_bool val);
extern "C" void wsrep_report_bf_lock_wait(const THD *thd,
                                          unsigned long long trx_id);
/* declare parallel applying unsafety for the THD */
extern "C" void wsrep_thd_set_PA_unsafe(MYSQL_THD thd);
extern "C" uint32 wsrep_get_domain_id();
#endif
#endif /* MYSQL_SERVICE_WSREP_INCLUDED */
#ifndef MARIADB_PLUGIN_FUNCTION_INCLUDED
#define MARIADB_PLUGIN_FUNCTION_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (C) 2019, Alexander Barkov and MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file

  Function Plugin API.

  This file defines the API for server plugins that manage functions.
*/

#ifdef __cplusplus

#include <mysql/plugin.h>

/*
  API for function plugins. (MariaDB_FUNCTION_PLUGIN)
*/
#define MariaDB_FUNCTION_INTERFACE_VERSION (MYSQL_VERSION_ID << 8)


class Plugin_function
{
  int m_interface_version;
  Create_func *m_builder;
public:
  Plugin_function(Create_func *builder)
   :m_interface_version(MariaDB_FUNCTION_INTERFACE_VERSION),
    m_builder(builder)
  { }
  Create_func *create_func()
  {
    return m_builder;
  }
};


#endif /* __cplusplus */

#endif /* MARIADB_PLUGIN_FUNCTION_INCLUDED */
#ifndef MY_COMPILER_INCLUDED
#define MY_COMPILER_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2010, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   Copyright (c) 2017, 2022, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  Header for compiler-dependent features.

  Intended to contain a set of reusable wrappers for preprocessor
  macros, attributes, pragmas, and any other features that are
  specific to a target compiler.
*/

/**
  Compiler-dependent internal convenience macros.
*/

/* C vs C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define CONSTEXPR constexpr
#else
#define CONSTEXPR
#endif /* __cplusplus */


/* GNU C/C++ */
#if defined __GNUC__
# define MY_ALIGN_EXT

/*
  __builtin_unreachable() removes the "statement may fall through" warning-as-
  error when MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE() is used in "case xxx:" in switch (...)
  statements.
  abort() is there to prevent the execution from reaching the
  __builtin_unreachable() as this may cause misleading stack traces.
*/
# define MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE()  { abort(); __builtin_unreachable(); }

/* Microsoft Visual C++ */
#elif defined _MSC_VER
# define MY_ALIGNOF(type)   __alignof(type)
# define MY_ALIGNED(n)      __declspec(align(n))

/* Oracle Solaris Studio */
#elif defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC)
# if __SUNPRO_C >= 0x590
#   define MY_ALIGN_EXT
# endif

/* IBM XL C/C++ */
#elif defined __xlC__
# if __xlC__ >= 0x0600
#   define MY_ALIGN_EXT
# endif

/* HP aCC */
#elif defined(__HP_aCC) || defined(__HP_cc)
# if (__HP_aCC >= 60000) || (__HP_cc >= 60000)
#   define MY_ALIGN_EXT
# endif
#endif

#ifdef MY_ALIGN_EXT
/** Specifies the minimum alignment of a type. */
# define MY_ALIGNOF(type)   __alignof__(type)
/** Determine the alignment requirement of a type. */
# define MY_ALIGNED(n)      __attribute__((__aligned__((n))))
#endif

/**
  Generic (compiler-independent) features.
*/

#ifndef MY_ALIGNOF
# ifdef __cplusplus
    template<typename type> struct my_alignof_helper { char m1; type m2; };
    /* Invalid for non-POD types, but most compilers give the right answer. */
#   define MY_ALIGNOF(type)   offsetof(my_alignof_helper<type>, m2)
# else
#   define MY_ALIGNOF(type)   offsetof(struct { char m1; type m2; }, m2)
# endif
#endif

#ifndef MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE
# define MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE()  do { abort(); } while (0)
#endif

/**
  C++ Type Traits
*/

#ifdef __cplusplus

/**
  Opaque storage with a particular alignment.
*/
# if defined(MY_ALIGNED)
/* Partial specialization used due to MSVC++. */
template<size_t alignment> struct my_alignment_imp;
template<> struct MY_ALIGNED(1) my_alignment_imp<1> {};
template<> struct MY_ALIGNED(2) my_alignment_imp<2> {};
template<> struct MY_ALIGNED(4) my_alignment_imp<4> {};
template<> struct MY_ALIGNED(8) my_alignment_imp<8> {};
template<> struct MY_ALIGNED(16) my_alignment_imp<16> {};
/* ... expand as necessary. */
# else
template<size_t alignment>
struct my_alignment_imp { double m1; };
# endif

/**
  A POD type with a given size and alignment.

  @remark If the compiler does not support a alignment attribute
          (MY_ALIGN macro), the default alignment of a double is
          used instead.

  @tparam size        The minimum size.
  @tparam alignment   The desired alignment: 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16.
*/
template <size_t size, size_t alignment>
struct my_aligned_storage
{
  union
  {
    char data[size];
    my_alignment_imp<alignment> align;
  };
};

#endif /* __cplusplus */

# ifndef MY_ALIGNED
/*
  Make sure MY_ALIGNED can be used also on platforms where we don't
  have a way of aligning data structures.
*/
#define MY_ALIGNED(size)
#endif

#ifdef __GNUC__
# define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__((noreturn))
# define ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE __attribute__((noinline))
/** Starting with GCC 4.3, the "cold" attribute is used to inform the
compiler that a function is unlikely executed.  The function is
optimized for size rather than speed and on many targets it is placed
into special subsection of the text section so all cold functions
appears close together improving code locality of non-cold parts of
program.  The paths leading to call of cold functions within code are
marked as unlikely by the branch prediction mechanism.  optimize a
rarely invoked function for size instead for speed. */
# define ATTRIBUTE_COLD __attribute__((cold))
# define ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC __attribute__((malloc))
#elif defined _MSC_VER
# define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __declspec(noreturn)
# define ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE __declspec(noinline)
#else
# define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN /* empty */
# define ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE /* empty */
#endif

#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_COLD
# define ATTRIBUTE_COLD /* empty */
#endif

#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
# define ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
#endif

#include <my_attribute.h>

#endif /* MY_COMPILER_INCLUDED */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2000, 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2019, 2021, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/* There may be problems included in all of these. Try to test in
   configure which ones are needed? */

/*  This is needed for the definitions of strchr... on solaris */

#ifndef _m_string_h
#define _m_string_h

#include "my_decimal_limits.h"

#ifndef __USE_GNU
#define __USE_GNU				/* We want to use stpcpy */
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_STRINGS_H)
#include <strings.h>
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
#include <string.h>
#endif

/*  This is needed for the definitions of memcpy... on solaris */
#if defined(HAVE_MEMORY_H) && !defined(__cplusplus)
#include <memory.h>
#endif

#if !defined(HAVE_MEMCPY) && !defined(HAVE_MEMMOVE)
# define memcpy(d, s, n)	bcopy ((s), (d), (n))
# define memset(A,C,B)		bfill((A),(B),(C))
# define memmove(d, s, n)	bmove ((d), (s), (n))
#elif defined(HAVE_MEMMOVE)
# define bmove(d, s, n)		memmove((d), (s), (n))
#endif

/* Unixware 7 */
#if !defined(HAVE_BFILL)
# define bfill(A,B,C)           memset((A),(C),(B))
#endif

# define bmove_align(A,B,C)     memcpy((A),(B),(C))

# define bcmp(A,B,C)		memcmp((A),(B),(C))

#if !defined(bzero)
# define bzero(A,B)             memset((A),0,(B))
#endif

#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifdef DBUG_OFF
#if defined(HAVE_STPCPY) && defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
#define strmov(A,B) __builtin_stpcpy((A),(B))
#elif defined(HAVE_STPCPY)
#define strmov(A,B) stpcpy((A),(B))
#endif
#endif

/* Declared in int2str() */
extern const char _dig_vec_base62[];
extern const char _dig_vec_upper[];
extern const char _dig_vec_lower[];

extern char *strmov_overlapp(char *dest, const char *src);

/* Prototypes for string functions */

extern	void bmove_upp(uchar *dst,const uchar *src,size_t len);
extern	void bchange(uchar *dst,size_t old_len,const uchar *src,
		     size_t new_len,size_t tot_len);
extern	void strappend(char *s,size_t len,pchar fill);
extern	char *strend(const char *s);
extern  char *strcend(const char *, pchar);
extern	char *strfill(char * s,size_t len,pchar fill);
extern	char *strmake(char *dst,const char *src,size_t length);

#if !defined(__GNUC__) || (__GNUC__ < 4)
#define strmake_buf(D,S)        strmake(D, S, sizeof(D) - 1)
#else
#define strmake_buf(D,S) ({                             \
  __typeof__ (D) __x __attribute__((unused)) = { 2 };   \
  strmake(D, S, sizeof(D) - 1);                         \
  })
#endif

#ifndef strmov
extern	char *strmov(char *dst,const char *src);
#endif
extern	char *strnmov(char *dst, const char *src, size_t n);
extern	char *strcont(const char *src, const char *set);
extern	char *strxmov(char *dst, const char *src, ...);
extern	char *strxnmov(char *dst, size_t len, const char *src, ...);

/* Prototypes of normal stringfunctions (with may ours) */
#ifndef HAVE_STRNLEN
extern size_t strnlen(const char *s, size_t n);
#endif

extern int is_prefix(const char *, const char *);

/* Conversion routines */
typedef enum {
  MY_GCVT_ARG_FLOAT,
  MY_GCVT_ARG_DOUBLE
} my_gcvt_arg_type;

double my_strtod(const char *str, char **end, int *error);
double my_atof(const char *nptr);
size_t my_fcvt(double x, int precision, char *to, my_bool *error);
size_t my_gcvt(double x, my_gcvt_arg_type type, int width, char *to,
               my_bool *error);

/*
  The longest string my_fcvt can return is 311 + "precision" bytes.
  Here we assume that we never cal my_fcvt() with
  precision >= DECIMAL_NOT_SPECIFIED
  (+ 1 byte for the terminating '\0').
*/
#define FLOATING_POINT_BUFFER (311 + DECIMAL_NOT_SPECIFIED)

/*
  We want to use the 'e' format in some cases even if we have enough space
  for the 'f' one just to mimic sprintf("%.15g") behavior for large integers,
  and to improve it for numbers < 10^(-4).
  That is, for |x| < 1 we require |x| >= 10^(-15), and for |x| > 1 we require
  it to be integer and be <= 10^DBL_DIG for the 'f' format to be used.
  We don't lose precision, but make cases like "1e200" or "0.00001" look nicer.
*/
#define MAX_DECPT_FOR_F_FORMAT DBL_DIG

/*
  The maximum possible field width for my_gcvt() conversion.
  (DBL_DIG + 2) significant digits + sign + "." + ("e-NNN" or
  MAX_DECPT_FOR_F_FORMAT zeros for cases when |x|<1 and the 'f' format is used).
*/
#define MY_GCVT_MAX_FIELD_WIDTH (DBL_DIG + 4 + MY_MAX(5, MAX_DECPT_FOR_F_FORMAT)) \

extern char *llstr(longlong value,char *buff);
extern char *ullstr(longlong value,char *buff);
#ifndef HAVE_STRTOUL
extern long strtol(const char *str, char **ptr, int base);
extern ulong strtoul(const char *str, char **ptr, int base);
#endif

extern char *int2str(long val, char *dst, int radix, int upcase);
extern char *int10_to_str(long val,char *dst,int radix);
extern char *str2int(const char *src,int radix,long lower,long upper,
			 long *val);
longlong my_strtoll10(const char *nptr, char **endptr, int *error);
#if SIZEOF_LONG == SIZEOF_LONG_LONG
#define ll2str(A,B,C,D) int2str((A),(B),(C),(D))
#define longlong10_to_str(A,B,C) int10_to_str((A),(B),(C))
#undef strtoll
#define strtoll(A,B,C) strtol((A),(B),(C))
#define strtoull(A,B,C) strtoul((A),(B),(C))
#ifndef HAVE_STRTOULL
#define HAVE_STRTOULL
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_STRTOLL
#define HAVE_STRTOLL
#endif
#else
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
extern char *ll2str(longlong val,char *dst,int radix, int upcase);
extern char *longlong10_to_str(longlong val,char *dst,int radix);
#if (!defined(HAVE_STRTOULL) || defined(NO_STRTOLL_PROTO))
extern longlong strtoll(const char *str, char **ptr, int base);
extern ulonglong strtoull(const char *str, char **ptr, int base);
#endif
#endif
#endif
#define longlong2str(A,B,C) ll2str((A),(B),(C),1)

#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#include <mysql/plugin.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
#include <type_traits>
template<typename T> inline constexpr const char *_swl_check(T s)
{
  static_assert(std::is_same<T, const char (&)[sizeof(T)]>::value
             || std::is_same<T, const char [sizeof(T)]>::value,
             "Wrong argument for STRING_WITH_LEN()");
  return s;
}
#define STRING_WITH_LEN(X) _swl_check<decltype(X)>(X), ((size_t) (sizeof(X) - 1))
#else
#define STRING_WITH_LEN(X) (X ""), ((size_t) (sizeof(X) - 1))
#endif

#define USTRING_WITH_LEN(X) (uchar*) STRING_WITH_LEN(X)
#define C_STRING_WITH_LEN(X) (char *) STRING_WITH_LEN(X)
#define LEX_STRING_WITH_LEN(X) (X).str, (X).length

typedef struct st_mysql_const_lex_string LEX_CSTRING;

/* A variant with const and unsigned */
struct st_mysql_const_unsigned_lex_string
{
  const uchar *str;
  size_t length;
};
typedef struct st_mysql_const_unsigned_lex_string LEX_CUSTRING;

static inline void lex_string_set(LEX_CSTRING *lex_str, const char *c_str)
{
  lex_str->str= c_str;
  lex_str->length= strlen(c_str);
}
static inline void lex_string_set3(LEX_CSTRING *lex_str, const char *c_str,
                                   size_t len)
{
  lex_str->str= c_str;
  lex_str->length= len;
}

/**
  Copies a string.

  @param dst        destination buffer, will be NUL padded.
  @param dst_size   size of dst buffer, must be > 0
  @param src        NUL terminated source string
*/
static inline void safe_strcpy(char *dst, size_t dst_size, const char *src)
{
  DBUG_ASSERT(dst_size > 0);

  /* 1) IF there is a 0 byte in the first dst_size bytes of src, strncpy will
   *    0-terminate dst, and pad dst with additional 0 bytes out to dst_size.
   *
   * 2) IF there is no 0 byte in the first dst_size bytes of src, strncpy will
   *    copy dst_size bytes, and the final byte won't be 0.
   *
   * In GCC 8+, the `-Wstringop-truncation` warning may object to strncpy()
   * being used in this way, so we need to disable this warning for this
   * single statement.
   */

#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 8
#pragma GCC diagnostic push
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
#endif
  strncpy(dst, src, dst_size);
#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 8
#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
#endif
  dst[dst_size - 1]= 0;
}

/**
  Copies a string, checking for truncation.

  @param dst        destination buffer, will be NUL padded.
  @param dst_size   size of dst buffer, must be > 0
  @param src        NUL terminated source string

  @retval 1 if the src string was truncated due to too small size of dst.
  @retval 0 if src completely fit within dst,
*/
static inline int safe_strcpy_truncated(char *dst, size_t dst_size,
                                        const char *src)
{

  DBUG_ASSERT(dst_size > 0);
  if (dst_size == 0)
    return 1;
  /*
    We do not want to use strncpy() as we do not want to rely on
    strncpy() filling the unused dst with 0.
    We cannot use strmake() here as it in debug mode fills the buffers
    with 'Z'.
  */
  if (strnmov(dst, src, dst_size) == dst+dst_size)
  {
    dst[dst_size-1]= 0;
    return 1;
  }
  return 0;
}

/**
  Appends src to dst and ensures dst is a NUL terminated C string.

  @retval 1 if the src string was truncated due to too small size of dst.
  @retval 0 if src completely fit within the remaining dst space,
  including NUL termination.
*/
static inline int safe_strcat(char *dst, size_t dst_size, const char *src)
{
  size_t init_len= strlen(dst);
  if (init_len >= dst_size)
    return 1;
  return safe_strcpy_truncated(dst + init_len, dst_size - init_len, src);
}

#ifdef __cplusplus
static inline char *safe_str(char *str)
{ return str ? str : const_cast<char*>(""); }

static inline const char *safe_str(const LEX_CSTRING *lcs)
{ return lcs && lcs->str ? lcs->str : ""; }
#endif

static inline const char *safe_str(const char *str)
{ return str ? str : ""; }

static inline size_t safe_strlen(const char *str)
{ return str ? strlen(str) : 0; }

#endif
/*
   Copyright (c) 2000, 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2012, Monty Program Ab.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/*
  This file defines the client API to MySQL and also the ABI of the
  dynamically linked libmysqlclient.

  The ABI should never be changed in a released product of MySQL,
  thus you need to take great care when changing the file. In case
  the file is changed so the ABI is broken, you must also update
  the SHARED_LIB_MAJOR_VERSION in cmake/mysql_version.cmake
*/

#ifndef _mysql_h
#define _mysql_h

#ifdef _AIX           /* large-file support will break without this */
#include <standards.h>
#endif


#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef MY_GLOBAL_INCLUDED				/* If not standard header */
#ifndef MYSQL_ABI_CHECK
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_PLUGIN_INCLUDED
typedef char my_bool;
#endif

#if !defined(_WIN32)
#define STDCALL
#else
#define STDCALL __stdcall
#endif

#ifndef my_socket_defined
#if defined (_WIN64)
#define my_socket unsigned long long
#elif defined (_WIN32)
#define my_socket unsigned int
#else
typedef int my_socket;
#endif /* _WIN64 */
#endif /* my_socket_defined */
#endif /* MY_GLOBAL_INCLUDED */

#include "mariadb_capi_rename.h"
#include "mysql_version.h"
#include "mysql_com.h"
#include "mysql_time.h"

#include "my_list.h" /* for LISTs used in 'MYSQL' and 'MYSQL_STMT' */

extern unsigned int mariadb_deinitialize_ssl;
extern unsigned int mysql_port;
extern char *mysql_unix_port;

#define CLIENT_NET_READ_TIMEOUT		(365*24*3600)	/* Timeout on read */
#define CLIENT_NET_WRITE_TIMEOUT	(365*24*3600)	/* Timeout on write */

#define IS_PRI_KEY(n)	((n) & PRI_KEY_FLAG)
#define IS_NOT_NULL(n)	((n) & NOT_NULL_FLAG)
#define IS_BLOB(n)	((n) & BLOB_FLAG)
/**
   Returns true if the value is a number which does not need quotes for
   the sql_lex.cc parser to parse correctly.
*/
#define IS_NUM(t)	(((t) <= MYSQL_TYPE_INT24 && (t) != MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP) || (t) == MYSQL_TYPE_YEAR || (t) == MYSQL_TYPE_NEWDECIMAL)
#define IS_LONGDATA(t) ((t) >= MYSQL_TYPE_TINY_BLOB && (t) <= MYSQL_TYPE_STRING)


typedef struct st_mysql_const_lex_string MARIADB_CONST_STRING;


typedef struct st_mysql_field {
  char *name;                 /* Name of column */
  char *org_name;             /* Original column name, if an alias */
  char *table;                /* Table of column if column was a field */
  char *org_table;            /* Org table name, if table was an alias */
  char *db;                   /* Database for table */
  char *catalog;	      /* Catalog for table */
  char *def;                  /* Default value (set by mysql_list_fields) */
  unsigned long length;       /* Width of column (create length) */
  unsigned long max_length;   /* Max width for selected set */
  unsigned int name_length;
  unsigned int org_name_length;
  unsigned int table_length;
  unsigned int org_table_length;
  unsigned int db_length;
  unsigned int catalog_length;
  unsigned int def_length;
  unsigned int flags;         /* Div flags */
  unsigned int decimals;      /* Number of decimals in field */
  unsigned int charsetnr;     /* Character set */
  enum enum_field_types type; /* Type of field. See mysql_com.h for types */
  void *extension;
} MYSQL_FIELD;

typedef char **MYSQL_ROW;		/* return data as array of strings */
typedef unsigned int MYSQL_FIELD_OFFSET; /* offset to current field */

#ifndef MY_GLOBAL_INCLUDED
#if defined(NO_CLIENT_LONG_LONG)
typedef unsigned long my_ulonglong;
#elif defined (_WIN32)
typedef unsigned __int64 my_ulonglong;
#else
typedef unsigned long long my_ulonglong;
#endif
#endif

#include "typelib.h"

#define MYSQL_COUNT_ERROR (~(my_ulonglong) 0)

/* backward compatibility define - to be removed eventually */
#define ER_WARN_DATA_TRUNCATED WARN_DATA_TRUNCATED
#define WARN_PLUGIN_DELETE_BUILTIN ER_PLUGIN_DELETE_BUILTIN
#define ER_FK_DUP_NAME ER_DUP_CONSTRAINT_NAME
#define ER_VIRTUAL_COLUMN_FUNCTION_IS_NOT_ALLOWED ER_GENERATED_COLUMN_FUNCTION_IS_NOT_ALLOWED
#define ER_PRIMARY_KEY_BASED_ON_VIRTUAL_COLUMN ER_PRIMARY_KEY_BASED_ON_GENERATED_COLUMN
#define ER_WRONG_FK_OPTION_FOR_VIRTUAL_COLUMN ER_WRONG_FK_OPTION_FOR_GENERATED_COLUMN
#define ER_UNSUPPORTED_ACTION_ON_VIRTUAL_COLUMN ER_UNSUPPORTED_ACTION_ON_GENERATED_COLUMN
#define ER_UNSUPPORTED_ENGINE_FOR_VIRTUAL_COLUMNS ER_UNSUPPORTED_ENGINE_FOR_GENERATED_COLUMNS
#define ER_KEY_COLUMN_DOES_NOT_EXITS ER_KEY_COLUMN_DOES_NOT_EXIST
#define ER_DROP_PARTITION_NON_EXISTENT ER_PARTITION_DOES_NOT_EXIST

typedef struct st_mysql_rows {
  struct st_mysql_rows *next;		/* list of rows */
  MYSQL_ROW data;
  unsigned long length;
} MYSQL_ROWS;

typedef MYSQL_ROWS *MYSQL_ROW_OFFSET;	/* offset to current row */

#include "my_alloc.h"

typedef struct embedded_query_result EMBEDDED_QUERY_RESULT;
typedef struct st_mysql_data {
  MYSQL_ROWS *data;
  struct embedded_query_result *embedded_info;
  MEM_ROOT alloc;
  my_ulonglong rows;
  unsigned int fields;
  /* extra info for embedded library */
  void *extension;
} MYSQL_DATA;

enum mysql_option 
{
  MYSQL_OPT_CONNECT_TIMEOUT, MYSQL_OPT_COMPRESS, MYSQL_OPT_NAMED_PIPE,
  MYSQL_INIT_COMMAND, MYSQL_READ_DEFAULT_FILE, MYSQL_READ_DEFAULT_GROUP,
  MYSQL_SET_CHARSET_DIR, MYSQL_SET_CHARSET_NAME, MYSQL_OPT_LOCAL_INFILE,
  MYSQL_OPT_PROTOCOL, MYSQL_SHARED_MEMORY_BASE_NAME, MYSQL_OPT_READ_TIMEOUT,
  MYSQL_OPT_WRITE_TIMEOUT, MYSQL_OPT_USE_RESULT,
  MYSQL_OPT_USE_REMOTE_CONNECTION, MYSQL_OPT_USE_EMBEDDED_CONNECTION,
  MYSQL_OPT_GUESS_CONNECTION, MYSQL_SET_CLIENT_IP, MYSQL_SECURE_AUTH,
  MYSQL_REPORT_DATA_TRUNCATION, MYSQL_OPT_RECONNECT,
  MYSQL_OPT_SSL_VERIFY_SERVER_CERT, MYSQL_PLUGIN_DIR, MYSQL_DEFAULT_AUTH,
  MYSQL_OPT_BIND,
  MYSQL_OPT_SSL_KEY, MYSQL_OPT_SSL_CERT, 
  MYSQL_OPT_SSL_CA, MYSQL_OPT_SSL_CAPATH, MYSQL_OPT_SSL_CIPHER,
  MYSQL_OPT_SSL_CRL, MYSQL_OPT_SSL_CRLPATH,
  MYSQL_OPT_CONNECT_ATTR_RESET, MYSQL_OPT_CONNECT_ATTR_ADD,
  MYSQL_OPT_CONNECT_ATTR_DELETE,
  MYSQL_SERVER_PUBLIC_KEY,
  MYSQL_ENABLE_CLEARTEXT_PLUGIN,
  MYSQL_OPT_CAN_HANDLE_EXPIRED_PASSWORDS,

  /* MariaDB options */
  MYSQL_PROGRESS_CALLBACK=5999,
  MYSQL_OPT_NONBLOCK,
  MYSQL_OPT_USE_THREAD_SPECIFIC_MEMORY
};

/**
  @todo remove the "extension", move st_mysql_options completely
  out of mysql.h
*/
struct st_mysql_options_extention; 

struct st_mysql_options {
  unsigned int connect_timeout, read_timeout, write_timeout;
  unsigned int port, protocol;
  unsigned long client_flag;
  char *host,*user,*password,*unix_socket,*db;
  struct st_dynamic_array *init_commands;
  char *my_cnf_file,*my_cnf_group, *charset_dir, *charset_name;
  char *ssl_key;				/* PEM key file */
  char *ssl_cert;				/* PEM cert file */
  char *ssl_ca;					/* PEM CA file */
  char *ssl_capath;				/* PEM directory of CA-s? */
  char *ssl_cipher;				/* cipher to use */
  char *shared_memory_base_name;
  unsigned long max_allowed_packet;
  my_bool use_ssl;				/* if to use SSL or not */
  my_bool compress,named_pipe;
  my_bool use_thread_specific_memory;
  my_bool unused2;
  my_bool unused3;
  my_bool unused4;
  enum mysql_option methods_to_use;
  char *client_ip;
  /* Refuse client connecting to server if it uses old (pre-4.1.1) protocol */
  my_bool secure_auth;
  /* 0 - never report, 1 - always report (default) */
  my_bool report_data_truncation;

  /* function pointers for local infile support */
  int (*local_infile_init)(void **, const char *, void *);
  int (*local_infile_read)(void *, char *, unsigned int);
  void (*local_infile_end)(void *);
  int (*local_infile_error)(void *, char *, unsigned int);
  void *local_infile_userdata;
  struct st_mysql_options_extention *extension;
};

enum mysql_status 
{
  MYSQL_STATUS_READY, MYSQL_STATUS_GET_RESULT, MYSQL_STATUS_USE_RESULT,
  MYSQL_STATUS_STATEMENT_GET_RESULT
};

enum mysql_protocol_type 
{
  MYSQL_PROTOCOL_DEFAULT, MYSQL_PROTOCOL_TCP, MYSQL_PROTOCOL_SOCKET,
  MYSQL_PROTOCOL_PIPE, MYSQL_PROTOCOL_MEMORY
};

typedef struct character_set
{
  unsigned int      number;     /* character set number              */
  unsigned int      state;      /* character set state               */
  const char        *csname;    /* collation name                    */
  const char        *name;      /* character set name                */
  const char        *comment;   /* comment                           */
  const char        *dir;       /* character set directory           */
  unsigned int      mbminlen;   /* min. length for multibyte strings */
  unsigned int      mbmaxlen;   /* max. length for multibyte strings */
} MY_CHARSET_INFO;

struct st_mysql_methods;
struct st_mysql_stmt;

typedef struct st_mysql
{
  NET		net;			/* Communication parameters */
  unsigned char	*connector_fd;		/* ConnectorFd for SSL */
  char		*host,*user,*passwd,*unix_socket,*server_version,*host_info;
  char          *info, *db;
  const struct charset_info_st *charset;
  MEM_ROOT	field_alloc;
  my_ulonglong affected_rows;
  my_ulonglong insert_id;		/* id if insert on table with NEXTNR */
  my_ulonglong extra_info;		/* Not used */
  unsigned long thread_id;		/* Id for connection in server */
  unsigned long packet_length;
  unsigned int	port;
  unsigned long client_flag,server_capabilities;
  unsigned int	protocol_version;
  unsigned int	field_count;
  unsigned int 	server_status;
  unsigned int  server_language;
  unsigned int	warning_count;
  struct st_mysql_options options;
  enum mysql_status status;
  my_bool	free_me;		/* If free in mysql_close */
  my_bool	reconnect;		/* set to 1 if automatic reconnect */

  /* session-wide random string */
  char	        scramble[SCRAMBLE_LENGTH+1];
  my_bool       auto_local_infile;
  void          *unused2, *unused3;
  MYSQL_FIELD	*fields;
  const char    *tls_self_signed_error;

  LIST  *stmts;                     /* list of all statements */
  const struct st_mysql_methods *methods;
  void *thd;
  /*
    Points to boolean flag in MYSQL_RES  or MYSQL_STMT. We set this flag 
    from mysql_stmt_close if close had to cancel result set of this object.
  */
  my_bool *unbuffered_fetch_owner;
  /* needed for embedded server - no net buffer to store the 'info' */
  char *info_buffer;
  void *extension;
} MYSQL;


typedef struct st_mysql_res {
  my_ulonglong  row_count;
  MYSQL_FIELD	*fields;
  MYSQL_DATA	*data;
  MYSQL_ROWS	*data_cursor;
  unsigned long *lengths;		/* column lengths of current row */
  MYSQL		*handle;		/* for unbuffered reads */
  const struct st_mysql_methods *methods;
  MYSQL_ROW	row;			/* If unbuffered read */
  MYSQL_ROW	current_row;		/* buffer to current row */
  MEM_ROOT	field_alloc;
  unsigned int	field_count, current_field;
  my_bool	eof;			/* Used by mysql_fetch_row */
  /* mysql_stmt_close() had to cancel this result */
  my_bool       unbuffered_fetch_cancelled;  
  void *extension;
} MYSQL_RES;


/*
  We should not define MYSQL_CLIENT when the mysql.h is included
  by the server or server plugins.
  Now it is important only for the SQL service to work so we rely on
  the MYSQL_SERVICE_SQL to check we're compiling the server/plugin
  related file.
*/

#if !defined(MYSQL_SERVICE_SQL) && !defined(MYSQL_CLIENT)
#define MYSQL_CLIENT
#endif


typedef struct st_mysql_parameters
{
  unsigned long *p_max_allowed_packet;
  unsigned long *p_net_buffer_length;
  void *extension;
} MYSQL_PARAMETERS;

/*
  Flag bits, the asynchronous methods return a combination of these ORed
  together to let the application know when to resume the suspended operation.
*/

/*
  Wait for data to be available on socket to read.
  mysql_get_socket_fd() will return socket descriptor.
*/
#define MYSQL_WAIT_READ 1
/* Wait for socket to be ready to write data. */
#define MYSQL_WAIT_WRITE  2
/* Wait for select() to mark exception on socket. */
#define MYSQL_WAIT_EXCEPT 4
/*
  Wait until timeout occurs. Value of timeout can be obtained from
  mysql_get_timeout_value().
*/
#define MYSQL_WAIT_TIMEOUT 8

#if !defined(MYSQL_SERVICE_SQL)
#define max_allowed_packet (*mysql_get_parameters()->p_max_allowed_packet)
#define net_buffer_length (*mysql_get_parameters()->p_net_buffer_length)
#endif

/*
  Set up and bring down the server; to ensure that applications will
  work when linked against either the standard client library or the
  embedded server library, these functions should be called.
*/
int STDCALL mysql_server_init(int argc, char **argv, char **groups);
void STDCALL mysql_server_end(void);

/*
  mysql_server_init/end need to be called when using libmysqld or
  libmysqlclient (exactly, mysql_server_init() is called by mysql_init() so
  you don't need to call it explicitly; but you need to call
  mysql_server_end() to free memory). The names are a bit misleading
  (mysql_SERVER* to be used when using libmysqlCLIENT). So we add more general
  names which suit well whether you're using libmysqld or libmysqlclient. We
  intend to promote these aliases over the mysql_server* ones.
*/
#define mysql_library_init mysql_server_init
#define mysql_library_end mysql_server_end

MYSQL_PARAMETERS *STDCALL mysql_get_parameters(void);

/*
  Set up and bring down a thread; these function should be called
  for each thread in an application which opens at least one MySQL
  connection.  All uses of the connection(s) should be between these
  function calls.
*/
my_bool STDCALL mysql_thread_init(void);
void STDCALL mysql_thread_end(void);

/*
  Functions to get information from the MYSQL and MYSQL_RES structures
  Should definitely be used if one uses shared libraries.
*/

my_ulonglong STDCALL mysql_num_rows(MYSQL_RES *res);
unsigned int STDCALL mysql_num_fields(MYSQL_RES *res);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_eof(MYSQL_RES *res);
MYSQL_FIELD *STDCALL mysql_fetch_field_direct(MYSQL_RES *res,
					      unsigned int fieldnr);
MYSQL_FIELD * STDCALL mysql_fetch_fields(MYSQL_RES *res);
MYSQL_ROW_OFFSET STDCALL mysql_row_tell(MYSQL_RES *res);
MYSQL_FIELD_OFFSET STDCALL mysql_field_tell(MYSQL_RES *res);




int STDCALL mariadb_field_attr(MARIADB_CONST_STRING *attr,
                               const MYSQL_FIELD *field,
                               enum mariadb_field_attr_t type);


unsigned int STDCALL mysql_field_count(MYSQL *mysql);
my_ulonglong STDCALL mysql_affected_rows(MYSQL *mysql);
my_ulonglong STDCALL mysql_insert_id(MYSQL *mysql);
unsigned int STDCALL mysql_errno(MYSQL *mysql);
const char * STDCALL mysql_error(MYSQL *mysql);
const char *STDCALL mysql_sqlstate(MYSQL *mysql);
unsigned int STDCALL mysql_warning_count(MYSQL *mysql);
const char * STDCALL mysql_info(MYSQL *mysql);
unsigned long STDCALL mysql_thread_id(MYSQL *mysql);
const char * STDCALL mysql_character_set_name(MYSQL *mysql);
int          STDCALL mysql_set_character_set(MYSQL *mysql, const char *csname);
int          STDCALL mysql_set_character_set_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                                   const char *csname);
int          STDCALL mysql_set_character_set_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                                  int status);

MYSQL *		STDCALL mysql_init(MYSQL *mysql);
my_bool		STDCALL mysql_ssl_set(MYSQL *mysql, const char *key,
				      const char *cert, const char *ca,
				      const char *capath, const char *cipher);
const char *    STDCALL mysql_get_ssl_cipher(MYSQL *mysql);
my_bool		STDCALL mysql_change_user(MYSQL *mysql, const char *user, 
					  const char *passwd, const char *db);
int             STDCALL mysql_change_user_start(my_bool *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                                const char *user,
                                                const char *passwd,
                                                const char *db);
int             STDCALL mysql_change_user_cont(my_bool *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                               int status);
MYSQL *		STDCALL mysql_real_connect(MYSQL *mysql, const char *host,
					   const char *user,
					   const char *passwd,
					   const char *db,
					   unsigned int port,
					   const char *unix_socket,
					   unsigned long clientflag);
int             STDCALL mysql_real_connect_start(MYSQL **ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                                 const char *host,
                                                 const char *user,
                                                 const char *passwd,
                                                 const char *db,
                                                 unsigned int port,
                                                 const char *unix_socket,
                                                 unsigned long clientflag);
int             STDCALL mysql_real_connect_cont(MYSQL **ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                                int status);
int		STDCALL mysql_select_db(MYSQL *mysql, const char *db);
int             STDCALL mysql_select_db_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                              const char *db);
int             STDCALL mysql_select_db_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                             int status);
int		STDCALL mysql_query(MYSQL *mysql, const char *q);
int             STDCALL mysql_query_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                          const char *q);
int             STDCALL mysql_query_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                         int status);
int		STDCALL mysql_send_query(MYSQL *mysql, const char *q,
					 unsigned long length);
int             STDCALL mysql_send_query_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                               const char *q,
                                               unsigned long length);
int             STDCALL mysql_send_query_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                              int status);
int		STDCALL mysql_real_query(MYSQL *mysql, const char *q,
					unsigned long length);
int             STDCALL mysql_real_query_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                               const char *q,
                                               unsigned long length);
int             STDCALL mysql_real_query_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                              int status);
MYSQL_RES *     STDCALL mysql_store_result(MYSQL *mysql);
int             STDCALL mysql_store_result_start(MYSQL_RES **ret, MYSQL *mysql);
int             STDCALL mysql_store_result_cont(MYSQL_RES **ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                                int status);
MYSQL_RES *     STDCALL mysql_use_result(MYSQL *mysql);

void        STDCALL mysql_get_character_set_info(MYSQL *mysql,
                           MY_CHARSET_INFO *charset);

/* local infile support */

#define LOCAL_INFILE_ERROR_LEN 512

void
mysql_set_local_infile_handler(MYSQL *mysql,
                               int (*local_infile_init)(void **, const char *,
                            void *),
                               int (*local_infile_read)(void *, char *,
							unsigned int),
                               void (*local_infile_end)(void *),
                               int (*local_infile_error)(void *, char*,
							 unsigned int),
                               void *);

void
mysql_set_local_infile_default(MYSQL *mysql);

int		STDCALL mysql_shutdown(MYSQL *mysql,
                                       enum mysql_enum_shutdown_level
                                       shutdown_level);
int             STDCALL mysql_shutdown_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                             enum mysql_enum_shutdown_level
                                             shutdown_level);
int             STDCALL mysql_shutdown_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                            int status);
int		STDCALL mysql_dump_debug_info(MYSQL *mysql);
int             STDCALL mysql_dump_debug_info_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql);
int             STDCALL mysql_dump_debug_info_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                                   int status);
int		STDCALL mysql_refresh(MYSQL *mysql,
				     unsigned int refresh_options);
int             STDCALL mysql_refresh_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                            unsigned int refresh_options);
int             STDCALL mysql_refresh_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql, int status);
int		STDCALL mysql_kill(MYSQL *mysql,unsigned long pid);
int             STDCALL mysql_kill_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                         unsigned long pid);
int             STDCALL mysql_kill_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql, int status);
int		STDCALL mysql_set_server_option(MYSQL *mysql,
						enum enum_mysql_set_option
						option);
int             STDCALL mysql_set_server_option_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                                      enum enum_mysql_set_option
                                                      option);
int             STDCALL mysql_set_server_option_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                                     int status);
int		STDCALL mysql_ping(MYSQL *mysql);
int             STDCALL mysql_ping_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql);
int             STDCALL mysql_ping_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql, int status);
const char *	STDCALL mysql_stat(MYSQL *mysql);
int             STDCALL mysql_stat_start(const char **ret, MYSQL *mysql);
int             STDCALL mysql_stat_cont(const char **ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                        int status);
const char *	STDCALL mysql_get_server_info(MYSQL *mysql);
const char *	STDCALL mysql_get_server_name(MYSQL *mysql);
const char *	STDCALL mysql_get_client_info(void);
unsigned long	STDCALL mysql_get_client_version(void);
const char *	STDCALL mysql_get_host_info(MYSQL *mysql);
unsigned long	STDCALL mysql_get_server_version(MYSQL *mysql);
unsigned int	STDCALL mysql_get_proto_info(MYSQL *mysql);
MYSQL_RES *	STDCALL mysql_list_dbs(MYSQL *mysql,const char *wild);
int             STDCALL mysql_list_dbs_start(MYSQL_RES **ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                             const char *wild);
int             STDCALL mysql_list_dbs_cont(MYSQL_RES **ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                            int status);
MYSQL_RES *	STDCALL mysql_list_tables(MYSQL *mysql,const char *wild);
int             STDCALL mysql_list_tables_start(MYSQL_RES **ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                                const char *wild);
int             STDCALL mysql_list_tables_cont(MYSQL_RES **ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                               int status);
MYSQL_RES *	STDCALL mysql_list_processes(MYSQL *mysql);
int             STDCALL mysql_list_processes_start(MYSQL_RES **ret,
                                                   MYSQL *mysql);
int             STDCALL mysql_list_processes_cont(MYSQL_RES **ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                                  int status);
int		STDCALL mysql_options(MYSQL *mysql,enum mysql_option option,
				      const void *arg);
int             STDCALL mysql_options4(MYSQL *mysql,enum mysql_option option,
                                       const void *arg1, const void *arg2);
void		STDCALL mysql_free_result(MYSQL_RES *result);
int             STDCALL mysql_free_result_start(MYSQL_RES *result);
int             STDCALL mysql_free_result_cont(MYSQL_RES *result, int status);
void		STDCALL mysql_data_seek(MYSQL_RES *result,
					my_ulonglong offset);
MYSQL_ROW_OFFSET STDCALL mysql_row_seek(MYSQL_RES *result,
						MYSQL_ROW_OFFSET offset);
MYSQL_FIELD_OFFSET STDCALL mysql_field_seek(MYSQL_RES *result,
					   MYSQL_FIELD_OFFSET offset);
MYSQL_ROW	STDCALL mysql_fetch_row(MYSQL_RES *result);
int             STDCALL mysql_fetch_row_start(MYSQL_ROW *ret,
                                              MYSQL_RES *result);
int             STDCALL mysql_fetch_row_cont(MYSQL_ROW *ret, MYSQL_RES *result,
                                             int status);
unsigned long * STDCALL mysql_fetch_lengths(MYSQL_RES *result);
MYSQL_FIELD *	STDCALL mysql_fetch_field(MYSQL_RES *result);
MYSQL_RES *     STDCALL mysql_list_fields(MYSQL *mysql, const char *table,
					  const char *wild);
int             STDCALL mysql_list_fields_start(MYSQL_RES **ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                                const char *table,
                                                const char *wild);
int             STDCALL mysql_list_fields_cont(MYSQL_RES **ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                               int status);
unsigned long	STDCALL mysql_escape_string(char *to,const char *from,
					    unsigned long from_length);
unsigned long	STDCALL mysql_hex_string(char *to,const char *from,
                                         unsigned long from_length);
unsigned long STDCALL mysql_real_escape_string(MYSQL *mysql,
					       char *to,const char *from,
					       unsigned long length);
void		STDCALL mysql_debug(const char *debug);
void 		STDCALL myodbc_remove_escape(MYSQL *mysql,char *name);
unsigned int	STDCALL mysql_thread_safe(void);
my_bool		STDCALL mysql_embedded(void);
my_bool		STDCALL mariadb_connection(MYSQL *mysql);
my_bool         STDCALL mysql_read_query_result(MYSQL *mysql);
int             STDCALL mysql_read_query_result_start(my_bool *ret,
                                                      MYSQL *mysql);
int             STDCALL mysql_read_query_result_cont(my_bool *ret,
                                                     MYSQL *mysql, int status);


/*
  The following definitions are added for the enhanced 
  client-server protocol
*/

/* statement state */
enum enum_mysql_stmt_state
{
  MYSQL_STMT_INIT_DONE= 1, MYSQL_STMT_PREPARE_DONE, MYSQL_STMT_EXECUTE_DONE,
  MYSQL_STMT_FETCH_DONE
};


/*
  This structure is used to define bind information, and
  internally by the client library.
  Public members with their descriptions are listed below
  (conventionally `On input' refers to the binds given to
  mysql_stmt_bind_param, `On output' refers to the binds given
  to mysql_stmt_bind_result):

  buffer_type    - One of the MYSQL_* types, used to describe
                   the host language type of buffer.
                   On output: if column type is different from
                   buffer_type, column value is automatically converted
                   to buffer_type before it is stored in the buffer.
  buffer         - On input: points to the buffer with input data.
                   On output: points to the buffer capable to store
                   output data.
                   The type of memory pointed by buffer must correspond
                   to buffer_type. See the correspondence table in
                   the comment to mysql_stmt_bind_param.

  The two above members are mandatory for any kind of bind.

  buffer_length  - the length of the buffer. You don't have to set
                   it for any fixed length buffer: float, double,
                   int, etc. It must be set however for variable-length
                   types, such as BLOBs or STRINGs.

  length         - On input: in case when lengths of input values
                   are different for each execute, you can set this to
                   point at a variable containing value length. This
                   way the value length can be different in each execute.
                   If length is not NULL, buffer_length is not used.
                   Note, length can even point at buffer_length if
                   you keep bind structures around while fetching:
                   this way you can change buffer_length before
                   each execution, everything will work ok.
                   On output: if length is set, mysql_stmt_fetch will
                   write column length into it.

  is_null        - On input: points to a boolean variable that should
                   be set to TRUE for NULL values.
                   This member is useful only if your data may be
                   NULL in some but not all cases.
                   If your data is never NULL, is_null should be set to 0.
                   If your data is always NULL, set buffer_type
                   to MYSQL_TYPE_NULL, and is_null will not be used.

  is_unsigned    - On input: used to signify that values provided for one
                   of numeric types are unsigned.
                   On output describes signedness of the output buffer.
                   If, taking into account is_unsigned flag, column data
                   is out of range of the output buffer, data for this column
                   is regarded truncated. Note that this has no correspondence
                   to the sign of result set column, if you need to find it out
                   use mysql_stmt_result_metadata.
  error          - where to write a truncation error if it is present.
                   possible error value is:
                   0  no truncation
                   1  value is out of range or buffer is too small

  Please note that MYSQL_BIND also has internals members.
*/

typedef struct st_mysql_bind
{
  unsigned long	*length;          /* output length pointer */
  my_bool       *is_null;	  /* Pointer to null indicator */
  void		*buffer;	  /* buffer to get/put data */
  /* set this if you want to track data truncations happened during fetch */
  my_bool       *error;
  unsigned char *row_ptr;         /* for the current data position */
  void (*store_param_func)(NET *net, struct st_mysql_bind *param);
  void (*fetch_result)(struct st_mysql_bind *, MYSQL_FIELD *,
                       unsigned char **row);
  void (*skip_result)(struct st_mysql_bind *, MYSQL_FIELD *,
		      unsigned char **row);
  /* output buffer length, must be set when fetching str/binary */
  unsigned long buffer_length;
  unsigned long offset;           /* offset position for char/binary fetch */
  unsigned long	length_value;     /* Used if length is 0 */
  unsigned int	param_number;	  /* For null count and error messages */
  unsigned int  pack_length;	  /* Internal length for packed data */
  enum enum_field_types buffer_type;	/* buffer type */
  my_bool       error_value;      /* used if error is 0 */
  my_bool       is_unsigned;      /* set if integer type is unsigned */
  my_bool	long_data_used;	  /* If used with mysql_send_long_data */
  my_bool	is_null_value;    /* Used if is_null is 0 */
  void *extension;
} MYSQL_BIND;


struct st_mysql_stmt_extension;

/* statement handler */
typedef struct st_mysql_stmt
{
  MEM_ROOT       mem_root;             /* root allocations */
  LIST           list;                 /* list to keep track of all stmts */
  MYSQL          *mysql;               /* connection handle */
  MYSQL_BIND     *params;              /* input parameters */
  MYSQL_BIND     *bind;                /* output parameters */
  MYSQL_FIELD    *fields;              /* result set metadata */
  MYSQL_DATA     result;               /* cached result set */
  MYSQL_ROWS     *data_cursor;         /* current row in cached result */
  /*
    mysql_stmt_fetch() calls this function to fetch one row (it's different
    for buffered, unbuffered and cursor fetch).
  */
  int            (*read_row_func)(struct st_mysql_stmt *stmt, 
                                  unsigned char **row);
  /* copy of mysql->affected_rows after statement execution */
  my_ulonglong   affected_rows;
  my_ulonglong   insert_id;            /* copy of mysql->insert_id */
  unsigned long	 stmt_id;	       /* Id for prepared statement */
  unsigned long  flags;                /* i.e. type of cursor to open */
  unsigned long  prefetch_rows;        /* number of rows per one COM_FETCH */
  /*
    Copied from mysql->server_status after execute/fetch to know
    server-side cursor status for this statement.
  */
  unsigned int   server_status;
  unsigned int	 last_errno;	       /* error code */
  unsigned int   param_count;          /* input parameter count */
  unsigned int   field_count;          /* number of columns in result set */
  enum enum_mysql_stmt_state state;    /* statement state */
  char		 last_error[MYSQL_ERRMSG_SIZE]; /* error message */
  char		 sqlstate[SQLSTATE_LENGTH+1];
  /* Types of input parameters should be sent to server */
  my_bool        send_types_to_server;
  my_bool        bind_param_done;      /* input buffers were supplied */
  unsigned char  bind_result_done;     /* output buffers were supplied */
  /* mysql_stmt_close() had to cancel this result */
  my_bool       unbuffered_fetch_cancelled;  
  /*
    Is set to true if we need to calculate field->max_length for 
    metadata fields when doing mysql_stmt_store_result.
  */
  my_bool       update_max_length;     
  struct st_mysql_stmt_extension *extension;
} MYSQL_STMT;

enum enum_stmt_attr_type
{
  /*
    When doing mysql_stmt_store_result calculate max_length attribute
    of statement metadata. This is to be consistent with the old API, 
    where this was done automatically.
    In the new API we do that only by request because it slows down
    mysql_stmt_store_result sufficiently.
  */
  STMT_ATTR_UPDATE_MAX_LENGTH,
  /*
    unsigned long with combination of cursor flags (read only, for update,
    etc)
  */
  STMT_ATTR_CURSOR_TYPE,
  /*
    Amount of rows to retrieve from server per one fetch if using cursors.
    Accepts unsigned long attribute in the range 1 - ulong_max
  */
  STMT_ATTR_PREFETCH_ROWS
};

MYSQL_STMT * STDCALL mysql_stmt_init(MYSQL *mysql);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_prepare(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, const char *query,
                               unsigned long length);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_prepare_start(int *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt,
                                     const char *query, unsigned long length);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_prepare_cont(int *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt, int status);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_execute(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_execute_start(int *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_execute_cont(int *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt, int status);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_fetch(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_fetch_start(int *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_fetch_cont(int *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt, int status);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_fetch_column(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, MYSQL_BIND *bind_arg, 
                                    unsigned int column,
                                    unsigned long offset);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_store_result(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_store_result_start(int *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_store_result_cont(int *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt,
                                         int status);
unsigned long STDCALL mysql_stmt_param_count(MYSQL_STMT * stmt);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_stmt_attr_set(MYSQL_STMT *stmt,
                                    enum enum_stmt_attr_type attr_type,
                                    const void *attr);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_stmt_attr_get(MYSQL_STMT *stmt,
                                    enum enum_stmt_attr_type attr_type,
                                    void *attr);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_stmt_bind_param(MYSQL_STMT * stmt, MYSQL_BIND * bnd);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_stmt_bind_result(MYSQL_STMT * stmt, MYSQL_BIND * bnd);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_stmt_close(MYSQL_STMT * stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_close_start(my_bool *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_close_cont(my_bool *ret, MYSQL_STMT * stmt, int status);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_stmt_reset(MYSQL_STMT * stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_reset_start(my_bool *ret, MYSQL_STMT * stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_reset_cont(my_bool *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt, int status);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_stmt_free_result(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_free_result_start(my_bool *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_free_result_cont(my_bool *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt,
                                        int status);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_stmt_send_long_data(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, 
                                          unsigned int param_number,
                                          const char *data, 
                                          unsigned long length);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_send_long_data_start(my_bool *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt,
                                            unsigned int param_number,
                                            const char *data,
                                            unsigned long len);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_send_long_data_cont(my_bool *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt,
                                           int status);
MYSQL_RES *STDCALL mysql_stmt_result_metadata(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
MYSQL_RES *STDCALL mysql_stmt_param_metadata(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
unsigned int STDCALL mysql_stmt_errno(MYSQL_STMT * stmt);
const char *STDCALL mysql_stmt_error(MYSQL_STMT * stmt);
const char *STDCALL mysql_stmt_sqlstate(MYSQL_STMT * stmt);
MYSQL_ROW_OFFSET STDCALL mysql_stmt_row_seek(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, 
                                             MYSQL_ROW_OFFSET offset);
MYSQL_ROW_OFFSET STDCALL mysql_stmt_row_tell(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
void STDCALL mysql_stmt_data_seek(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, my_ulonglong offset);
my_ulonglong STDCALL mysql_stmt_num_rows(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
my_ulonglong STDCALL mysql_stmt_affected_rows(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
my_ulonglong STDCALL mysql_stmt_insert_id(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
unsigned int STDCALL mysql_stmt_field_count(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);

my_bool STDCALL mysql_commit(MYSQL * mysql);
int STDCALL mysql_commit_start(my_bool *ret, MYSQL * mysql);
int STDCALL mysql_commit_cont(my_bool *ret, MYSQL * mysql, int status);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_rollback(MYSQL * mysql);
int STDCALL mysql_rollback_start(my_bool *ret, MYSQL * mysql);
int STDCALL mysql_rollback_cont(my_bool *ret, MYSQL * mysql, int status);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_autocommit(MYSQL * mysql, my_bool auto_mode);
int STDCALL mysql_autocommit_start(my_bool *ret, MYSQL * mysql,
                                   my_bool auto_mode);
int STDCALL mysql_autocommit_cont(my_bool *ret, MYSQL * mysql, int status);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_more_results(MYSQL *mysql);
int STDCALL mysql_next_result(MYSQL *mysql);
int STDCALL mysql_next_result_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql);
int STDCALL mysql_next_result_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql, int status);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_next_result(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_next_result_start(int *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_next_result_cont(int *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt, int status);
void STDCALL mysql_close_slow_part(MYSQL *mysql);
void STDCALL mysql_close(MYSQL *sock);
int STDCALL mysql_close_start(MYSQL *sock);
int STDCALL mysql_close_cont(MYSQL *sock, int status);
my_socket STDCALL mysql_get_socket(const MYSQL *mysql);
unsigned int STDCALL mysql_get_timeout_value(const MYSQL *mysql);
unsigned int STDCALL mysql_get_timeout_value_ms(const MYSQL *mysql);

/********************************************************************
  mysql_net_ functions - low-level API to MySQL protocol
*********************************************************************/
unsigned long STDCALL mysql_net_read_packet(MYSQL *mysql);
unsigned long STDCALL mysql_net_field_length(unsigned char **packet);

/* status return codes */
#define MYSQL_NO_DATA        100
#define MYSQL_DATA_TRUNCATED 101

#define mysql_reload(mysql) mysql_refresh((mysql),REFRESH_GRANT)

#ifdef USE_OLD_FUNCTIONS
MYSQL *		STDCALL mysql_connect(MYSQL *mysql, const char *host,
				      const char *user, const char *passwd);
int		STDCALL mysql_create_db(MYSQL *mysql, const char *DB);
int		STDCALL mysql_drop_db(MYSQL *mysql, const char *DB);
#endif
#define HAVE_MYSQL_REAL_CONNECT

#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* _mysql_h */
/* Copyright (c) 2011, Monty Program Ab
   Copyright (c) 2011, Oleksandr Byelkin

   Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
   modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
   met:

   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.

   2. Redistributions in binary form must the following disclaimer in
     the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
     distribution.

   THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY <COPYRIGHT HOLDER> ``AS IS'' AND ANY
   EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
   IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
   PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL <COPYRIGHT HOLDER> OR
   CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
   SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
   LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF
   USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
   ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
   OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
   OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
   SUCH DAMAGE.
*/

#ifndef ma_dyncol_h
#define ma_dyncol_h
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <decimal.h>
#include <my_decimal_limits.h>
#include <mysql_time.h>

#ifndef _my_sys_h
typedef struct st_dynamic_string
{
    char *str;
    size_t length,max_length,alloc_increment;
} DYNAMIC_STRING;
#endif

#ifndef MY_GLOBAL_INCLUDED
struct st_mysql_lex_string
{
  char *str;
  size_t length;
};
typedef struct st_mysql_lex_string MYSQL_LEX_STRING;
typedef struct st_mysql_lex_string LEX_STRING;
#endif

/*
  Limits of implementation
*/
#define MAX_TOTAL_NAME_LENGTH 65535
#define MAX_NAME_LENGTH (MAX_TOTAL_NAME_LENGTH/4)

/* NO and OK is the same used just to show semantics */
#define ER_DYNCOL_NO ER_DYNCOL_OK

#ifdef HAVE_CHARSET_utf8mb4
#define DYNCOL_UTF (&my_charset_utf8mb4_general_ci)
#else
#define DYNCOL_UTF (&my_charset_utf8mb3_general_ci)
#endif

/* escape json strings */
#define DYNCOL_JSON_ESC ((char)1)

enum enum_dyncol_func_result
{
  ER_DYNCOL_OK= 0,
  ER_DYNCOL_YES= 1,                /* For functions returning 0/1 */
  ER_DYNCOL_FORMAT= -1,            /* Wrong format of the encoded string */
  ER_DYNCOL_LIMIT=  -2,            /* Some limit reached */
  ER_DYNCOL_RESOURCE= -3,          /* Out of resources */
  ER_DYNCOL_DATA= -4,              /* Incorrect input data */
  ER_DYNCOL_UNKNOWN_CHARSET= -5,   /* Unknown character set */
  ER_DYNCOL_TRUNCATED= 2           /* OK, but data was truncated */
};

typedef DYNAMIC_STRING DYNAMIC_COLUMN;

enum enum_dynamic_column_type
{
  DYN_COL_NULL= 0,
  DYN_COL_INT,
  DYN_COL_UINT,
  DYN_COL_DOUBLE,
  DYN_COL_STRING,
  DYN_COL_DECIMAL,
  DYN_COL_DATETIME,
  DYN_COL_DATE,
  DYN_COL_TIME,
  DYN_COL_DYNCOL
};

typedef enum enum_dynamic_column_type DYNAMIC_COLUMN_TYPE;

struct st_dynamic_column_value
{
  DYNAMIC_COLUMN_TYPE type;
  union
  {
    long long long_value;
    unsigned long long ulong_value;
    double double_value;
    struct {
      MYSQL_LEX_STRING value;
      CHARSET_INFO *charset;
    } string;
    struct {
      decimal_digit_t buffer[DECIMAL_BUFF_LENGTH];
      decimal_t value;
    } decimal;
    MYSQL_TIME time_value;
  } x;
};

typedef struct st_dynamic_column_value DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE;

#ifdef MADYNCOL_DEPRECATED
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
dynamic_column_create(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str,
                      uint column_nr, DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *value);

enum enum_dyncol_func_result
dynamic_column_create_many(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str,
                           uint column_count,
                           uint *column_numbers,
                           DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *values);
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
dynamic_column_update(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *org, uint column_nr,
                      DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *value);
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
dynamic_column_update_many(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str,
                           uint add_column_count,
                           uint *column_numbers,
                           DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *values);

enum enum_dyncol_func_result
dynamic_column_exists(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *org, uint column_nr);

enum enum_dyncol_func_result
dynamic_column_list(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *org, DYNAMIC_ARRAY *array_of_uint);

enum enum_dyncol_func_result
dynamic_column_get(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *org, uint column_nr,
                   DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *store_it_here);
#endif

/* new functions */
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_create_many_num(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str,
                               uint column_count,
                               uint *column_numbers,
                               DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *values,
                               my_bool new_string);
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_create_many_named(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str,
                                 uint column_count,
                                 MYSQL_LEX_STRING *column_keys,
                                 DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *values,
                                 my_bool new_string);


enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_update_many_num(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str,
                               uint add_column_count,
                               uint *column_keys,
                               DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *values);
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_update_many_named(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str,
                                 uint add_column_count,
                                 MYSQL_LEX_STRING *column_keys,
                                 DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *values);


enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_exists_num(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *org, uint column_nr);
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_exists_named(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str, MYSQL_LEX_STRING *name);

/* List of not NULL columns */
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_list_num(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str, uint *count, uint **nums);
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_list_named(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str, uint *count,
                          MYSQL_LEX_STRING **names);

/*
   if the column do not exists it is NULL
*/
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_get_num(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *org, uint column_nr,
                       DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *store_it_here);
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_get_named(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str, MYSQL_LEX_STRING *name,
                         DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *store_it_here);

my_bool mariadb_dyncol_has_names(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str);

enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_check(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str);

enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_json(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str, DYNAMIC_STRING *json);

#define mariadb_dyncol_init(A) memset((A), 0, sizeof(*(A)))
void mariadb_dyncol_free(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str);

/* conversion of values to 3 base types */
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_val_str(DYNAMIC_STRING *str, DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *val,
                       CHARSET_INFO *cs, my_bool quote);
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_val_long(longlong *ll, DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *val);
enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_val_double(double *dbl, DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *val);


enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_unpack(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str,
                      uint *count,
                      MYSQL_LEX_STRING **names, DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE **vals);

void mariadb_dyncol_unpack_free(MYSQL_LEX_STRING *names,
                                DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *vals);

int mariadb_dyncol_column_cmp_named(const MYSQL_LEX_STRING *s1,
                                    const MYSQL_LEX_STRING *s2);

enum enum_dyncol_func_result
mariadb_dyncol_column_count(DYNAMIC_COLUMN *str, uint *column_count);

#define mariadb_dyncol_value_init(V) (V)->type= DYN_COL_NULL

/*
  Prepare value for using as decimal
*/
void mariadb_dyncol_prepare_decimal(DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *value);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/*
  Data in little-endian format.
*/

#ifndef MY_BYTE_ORDER_ARCH_OPTIMIZED
#define float4get(V,M)   memcpy(&V, (M), sizeof(float))
#define float4store(V,M) memcpy(V, (&M), sizeof(float))
#define float8get(V,M)   doubleget((V),(M))
#define float8store(V,M) doublestore((V),(M))

/* Bi-endian hardware.... */
#if defined(__FLOAT_WORD_ORDER) && (__FLOAT_WORD_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN)
#define doublestore(T,V) do { *(((char*)T)+0)=(char) ((uchar *) &V)[4];\
                              *(((char*)T)+1)=(char) ((uchar *) &V)[5];\
                              *(((char*)T)+2)=(char) ((uchar *) &V)[6];\
                              *(((char*)T)+3)=(char) ((uchar *) &V)[7];\
                              *(((char*)T)+4)=(char) ((uchar *) &V)[0];\
                              *(((char*)T)+5)=(char) ((uchar *) &V)[1];\
                              *(((char*)T)+6)=(char) ((uchar *) &V)[2];\
                              *(((char*)T)+7)=(char) ((uchar *) &V)[3]; }\
                         while(0)
#define doubleget(V,M)   do { double def_temp;\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[0]=(M)[4];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[1]=(M)[5];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[2]=(M)[6];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[3]=(M)[7];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[4]=(M)[0];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[5]=(M)[1];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[6]=(M)[2];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[7]=(M)[3];\
                              (V) = def_temp; } while(0)
#else /* Bi-endian hardware.... */

/* Cast away type qualifiers (necessary as macro takes argument by value). */
#define doublestore(T,V) memcpy((T), (void*) &V, sizeof(double))
#define doubleget(V,M)	 memcpy(&V, (M), sizeof(double))

#endif /* Bi-endian hardware.... */

#endif /* !MY_BYTE_ORDER_ARCH_OPTIMIZED */

#define ushortget(V,M)	do { uchar *pM= (uchar*)(M);V = uint2korr(pM);} while(0)
#define shortget(V,M)	do { uchar *pM= (uchar*)(M);V = sint2korr(pM);} while(0)
#define longget(V,M)	do { uchar *pM= (uchar*)(M);V = sint4korr(pM);} while(0)
#define ulongget(V,M)   do { uchar *pM= (uchar*)(M);V = uint4korr(pM);} while(0)
#define shortstore(T,V) int2store(T,V)
#define longstore(T,V)	int4store(T,V)

#ifndef floatstore
/* Cast away type qualifiers (necessary as macro takes argument by value). */
#define floatstore(T,V)  memcpy((T), (void*) (&V), sizeof(float))
#define floatget(V,M)    memcpy(&V, (M), sizeof(float))
#endif
#ifndef doubleget
#define doubleget(V,M)	 memcpy(&V, (M), sizeof(double))
#define doublestore(T,V) memcpy((T), (void *) &V, sizeof(double))
#endif /* doubleget */

#define longlongget(V,M) memcpy(&V, (M), sizeof(ulonglong))
#define longlongstore(T,V) memcpy((T), &V, sizeof(ulonglong))
/* Copyright (c) 2023, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef MY_ALLOCA_INCLUDED
#define MY_ALLOCA_INCLUDED

#ifdef _WIN32
#include <malloc.h> /*for alloca*/
/*
  MSVC may define "alloca" when compiling in /Ze mode
  (with extensions from Microsoft), but otherwise only
  the _alloca function is defined:
*/
#ifndef alloca
#define alloca _alloca
#endif
#else
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
#include <alloca.h>
#endif
#endif

#if defined(_AIX) && !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(_AIX43)
#pragma alloca
#endif /* _AIX */

/*
  If the GCC/LLVM compiler from the MinGW is used,
  alloca may not be defined when using the MSVC CRT:
*/
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(HAVE_ALLOCA_H) && !defined(alloca)
#define alloca __builtin_alloca
#endif /* GNUC */

#endif /* MY_ALLOCA_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/*
  Helper macros used for setting different __attributes__
  on functions in a portable fashion
*/

#ifndef _my_attribute_h
#define _my_attribute_h

#if defined(__GNUC__)
# ifndef GCC_VERSION
#  define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__ * 1000 + __GNUC_MINOR__)
# endif
#endif

/*
  Disable __attribute__() on gcc < 2.7, g++ < 3.4, and non-gcc compilers.
  Some forms of __attribute__ are actually supported in earlier versions of
  g++, but we just disable them all because we only use them to generate
  compilation warnings.
*/
#ifndef __attribute__
# if !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__clang__)
#  define __attribute__(A)
# elif defined(__GNUC__)
#  ifndef GCC_VERSION
#   define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__ * 1000 + __GNUC_MINOR__)
#  endif
#  if GCC_VERSION < 2008
#   define __attribute__(A)
#  elif defined(__cplusplus) && GCC_VERSION < 3004
#   define __attribute__(A)
#  endif
# endif
#endif

/*
  __attribute__((format(...))) is only supported in gcc >= 2.8 and g++ >= 3.4
  But that's already covered by the __attribute__ tests above, so this is
  just a convenience macro.
*/
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT
# define ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(style, m, n) __attribute__((format(style, m, n)))
#endif

/*

   __attribute__((format(...))) on a function pointer is not supported
   until  gcc 3.1
*/
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_FPTR
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3001)
#  define ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_FPTR(style, m, n) ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(style, m, n)
# else
#  define ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_FPTR(style, m, n)
# endif /* GNUC >= 3.1 */
#endif

/* gcc 7.5.0 does not support __attribute__((no_sanitize("undefined")) */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NO_UBSAN
# if (GCC_VERSION >= 8000) || defined(__clang__)
#  define ATTRIBUTE_NO_UBSAN __attribute__((no_sanitize("undefined")))
# elif (GCC_VERSION >= 6001)
#  define ATTRIBUTE_NO_UBSAN __attribute__((no_sanitize_undefined))
# else
#  define ATTRIBUTE_NO_UBSAN
# endif
#endif

/* Define pragmas to disable warnings for stack frame checking */

#ifdef __GNUC__
#define PRAGMA_DISABLE_CHECK_STACK_FRAME                     \
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic push")                               \
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wframe-larger-than=\"")

#define PRAGMA_REENABLE_CHECK_STACK_FRAME                    \
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop")

/*
  The following check is for older gcc version that allocates
  a lot of stack during startup that does not need to be checked
*/

#if !defined(__clang__) && __GNUC__ < 13
#define PRAGMA_DISABLE_CHECK_STACK_FRAME_EXTRA PRAGMA_DISABLE_CHECK_STACK_FRAME
#else
#define PRAGMA_DISABLE_CHECK_STACK_FRAME_EXTRA
#endif /* !defined(__clang__) && __GNUC__ < 13 */

#else /*! __GNUC__ */
#define PRAGMA_DISABLE_CHECK_STACK_FRAME
#define PRAGMA_REENABLE_CHECK_STACK_FRAME
#define PRAGMA_DISABLE_CHECK_STACK_FRAME
#define PRAGMA_DISABLE_CHECK_STACK_FRAME_EXTRA
#endif /* __GNUC__ */

#endif /* _my_attribute_h */
/*
  Map handler error message to sql states. Note that this list MUST be in
  increasing order!
  See sql_state.c for usage
*/

{ HA_ERR_KEY_NOT_FOUND, 	"02000", "" },
{ HA_ERR_FOUND_DUPP_KEY,	"23000", "" },
{ HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND, 	"0A000", "" },
{ HA_ERR_UNSUPPORTED,		"0A000", "" },
{ HA_WRONG_CREATE_OPTION,	"0A000", "" },
{ HA_ERR_FOUND_DUPP_UNIQUE,	"23000", "" },
{ HA_ERR_UNKNOWN_CHARSET,	"0A000", "" },
{ HA_ERR_READ_ONLY_TRANSACTION,	"25000", "" },
{ HA_ERR_LOCK_DEADLOCK,		"40001", "" },
{ HA_ERR_NO_REFERENCED_ROW,	"23000", "" },
{ HA_ERR_ROW_IS_REFERENCED,	"23000", "" },
{ HA_ERR_TABLE_EXIST,		"42S01", "" },
{ HA_ERR_FOREIGN_DUPLICATE_KEY,	"23000", "" },
{ HA_ERR_TABLE_READONLY,        "25000", "" }, 
{ HA_ERR_AUTOINC_ERANGE,	"22003", "" },
#ifndef JSON_LIB_INCLUDED
#define JSON_LIB_INCLUDED

#include <my_sys.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define JSON_DEPTH_LIMIT 32

/*
  When error happens, the c_next of the JSON engine contains the
  character that caused the error, and the c_str is the position
  in string where the error occurs.
*/
enum json_errors {
  JE_BAD_CHR= -1,      /* Invalid character, charset handler cannot read it. */

  JE_NOT_JSON_CHR= -2, /* Character met not used in JSON. */
                       /* ASCII 00-08 for instance.       */

  JE_EOS= -3,          /* Unexpected end of string. */

  JE_SYN= -4,          /* The next character breaks the JSON syntax. */

  JE_STRING_CONST= -5, /* Character disallowed in string constant. */

  JE_ESCAPING= -6,     /* Error in the escaping. */

  JE_DEPTH= -7,        /* The limit on the JSON depth was overrun. */
};


typedef struct st_json_string_t
{
  const uchar *c_str;    /* Current position in JSON string */
  const uchar *str_end;  /* The end on the string. */
  my_wc_t c_next;        /* UNICODE of the last read character */
  int c_next_len;        /* character lenght of the last read character. */
  int error;             /* error code. */

  CHARSET_INFO *cs;      /* Character set of the JSON string. */

  my_charset_conv_mb_wc wc; /* UNICODE conversion function. */
                            /* It's taken out of the cs just to speed calls. */
} json_string_t;


void json_string_set_cs(json_string_t *s, CHARSET_INFO *i_cs);
void json_string_set_str(json_string_t *s,
                         const uchar *str, const uchar *end);
#define json_next_char(j) \
  ((j)->c_next_len= (j)->wc((j)->cs, &(j)->c_next, (j)->c_str, (j)->str_end))
#define json_eos(j) ((j)->c_str >= (j)->str_end)
/*
  read_string_const_chr() reads the next character of the string constant
  and saves it to the js->c_next.
  It takes into account possible escapings, so if for instance
  the string is '\b', the read_string_const_chr() sets 8.
*/
int json_read_string_const_chr(json_string_t *js);


/*
  Various JSON-related operations expect JSON path as a parameter.
  The path is a string like this "$.keyA[2].*"
  The path itself is a number of steps specifying either a key or a position
  in an array. Some of them can be wildcards.
  So the representation of the JSON path is the json_path_t class
  containing an array of json_path_step_t objects.
*/


/* Path step types - actually bitmasks to let '&' or '|' operations. */
enum json_path_step_types
{
  JSON_PATH_KEY_NULL=0,
  JSON_PATH_KEY=1,   /* Must be equal to JSON_VALUE_OBJECT. */
  JSON_PATH_ARRAY=2, /* Must be equal to JSON_VALUE_ARRAY. */
  JSON_PATH_KEY_OR_ARRAY=3,
  JSON_PATH_WILD=4, /* Step like .* or [*] */
  JSON_PATH_DOUBLE_WILD=8, /* Step like **.k or **[1] */
  JSON_PATH_KEY_WILD= 1+4,
  JSON_PATH_KEY_DOUBLEWILD= 1+8,
  JSON_PATH_ARRAY_WILD= 2+4,
  JSON_PATH_ARRAY_DOUBLEWILD= 2+8,
  JSON_PATH_NEGATIVE_INDEX= 16,
  JSON_PATH_ARRAY_RANGE= 32
};


typedef struct st_json_path_step_t
{
  enum json_path_step_types type;  /* The type of the step -   */
                                   /* see json_path_step_types */
  const uchar *key; /* Pointer to the beginning of the key. */
  const uchar *key_end;  /* Pointer to the end of the key. */
  int n_item;  /* Item number in an array. No meaning for the key step. */
  int n_item_end; /* Last index of the range. */
} json_path_step_t;


typedef struct st_json_path_t
{
  json_string_t s;  /* The string to be parsed. */
  json_path_step_t steps[JSON_DEPTH_LIMIT]; /* Steps of the path. */
  json_path_step_t *last_step; /* Points to the last step. */

  int mode_strict; /* TRUE if the path specified as 'strict' */
  enum json_path_step_types types_used; /* The '|' of all step's 'type'-s */
} json_path_t;


int json_path_setup(json_path_t *p,
                    CHARSET_INFO *i_cs, const uchar *str, const uchar *end);


/*
  The set of functions and structures below provides interface
  to the JSON text parser.
  Running the parser normally goes like this:

    json_engine_t j_eng;   // structure keeps parser's data
    json_scan_start(j_eng) // begin the parsing

    do
    {
      // The parser has read next piece of JSON
      // and set fields of j_eng structure accordingly.
      // So let's see what we have:
      switch (j_eng.state)
      {
        case JST_KEY:
           // Handle key name. See the json_read_keyname_chr()
           // Probably compare it with the keyname we're looking for
        case JST_VALUE:
           // Handle value. It is either value of the key or an array item.
           // see the json_read_value()
        case JST_OBJ_START:
          // parser found an object (the '{' in JSON)
        case JST_OBJ_END:
          // parser found the end of the object (the '}' in JSON)
        case JST_ARRAY_START:
          // parser found an array (the '[' in JSON)
        case JST_ARRAY_END:
          // parser found the end of the array (the ']' in JSON)

      };
    } while (json_scan_next() == 0);  // parse next structure

    
    if (j_eng.s.error)  // we need to check why the loop ended.
                        // Did we get to the end of JSON, or came upon error.
    {
       signal_error_in_JSON()
    }


  Parts of JSON can be quickly skipped. If we are not interested
  in a particular key, we can just skip it with json_skip_key() call.
  Similarly json_skip_level() goes right to the end of an object
  or an array.
*/


/* These are JSON parser states that user can expect and handle.  */
enum json_states {
  JST_VALUE,       /* value found      */
  JST_KEY,         /* key found        */
  JST_OBJ_START,   /* object           */
  JST_OBJ_END,     /* object ended     */
  JST_ARRAY_START, /* array            */
  JST_ARRAY_END,   /* array ended      */
  NR_JSON_USER_STATES
};


enum json_value_types
{
  JSON_VALUE_UNINITIALIZED=0,
  JSON_VALUE_OBJECT=1,
  JSON_VALUE_ARRAY=2,
  JSON_VALUE_STRING=3,
  JSON_VALUE_NUMBER=4,
  JSON_VALUE_TRUE=5,
  JSON_VALUE_FALSE=6,
  JSON_VALUE_NULL=7
};


enum json_num_flags
{
  JSON_NUM_NEG=1,        /* Number is negative. */
  JSON_NUM_FRAC_PART=2,  /* The fractional part is not empty. */
  JSON_NUM_EXP=4,        /* The number has the 'e' part. */
};


typedef struct st_json_engine_t
{
  json_string_t s;  /* String to parse. */
  int sav_c_len;    /* Length of the current character.
                       Can be more than 1 for multibyte charsets */

  int state; /* The state of the parser. One of 'enum json_states'.
                It tells us what construction of JSON we've just read. */

  /* These values are only set after the json_read_value() call. */
  enum json_value_types value_type; /* type of the value.*/
  const uchar *value;      /* Points to the value. */
  const uchar *value_begin;/* Points to where the value starts in the JSON. */
  int value_escaped;       /* Flag telling if the string value has escaping.*/
  uint num_flags;  /* the details of the JSON_VALUE_NUMBER, is it negative,
                      or if it has the fractional part.
                      See the enum json_num_flags. */

  /*
    In most cases the 'value' and 'value_begin' are equal.
    They only differ if the value is a string constants. Then 'value_begin'
    points to the starting quotation mark, while the 'value' - to
    the first character of the string.
  */

  const uchar *value_end; /* Points to the next character after the value. */
  int value_len; /* The length of the value. Does not count quotations for */
                 /* string constants. */

  int stack[JSON_DEPTH_LIMIT]; /* Keeps the stack of nested JSON structures. */
  int stack_p;                 /* The 'stack' pointer. */
  volatile uchar *killed_ptr;
} json_engine_t;


int json_scan_start(json_engine_t *je,
                        CHARSET_INFO *i_cs, const uchar *str, const uchar *end);
int json_scan_next(json_engine_t *j);


/*
  json_read_keyname_chr() function assists parsing the name of an JSON key.
  It only can be called when the json_engine is in JST_KEY.
  The json_read_keyname_chr() reads one character of the name of the key,
  and puts it in j_eng.s.next_c.
  Typical usage is like this:

  if (j_eng.state == JST_KEY)
  {
    while (json_read_keyname_chr(&j) == 0)
    {
      //handle next character i.e. match it against the pattern
    }
  }
*/

int json_read_keyname_chr(json_engine_t *j);


/*
  Check if the name of the current JSON key matches
  the step of the path.
*/
int json_key_matches(json_engine_t *je, json_string_t *k);


/*
  json_read_value() function parses the JSON value syntax,
  so that we can handle the value of a key or an array item.
  It only returns meaningful result when the engine is in
  the JST_VALUE state.

  Typical usage is like this:

  if (j_eng.state ==  JST_VALUE)
  {
    json_read_value(&j_eng);
    switch(j_eng.value_type)
    {
      case JSON_VALUE_STRING:
        // get the string
        str= j_eng.value;
        str_length= j_eng.value_len;
      case JSON_VALUE_NUMBER:
        // get the number
      ... etc
    }
*/
int json_read_value(json_engine_t *j);


/*
  json_skip_key() makes parser skip the content of the current
  JSON key quickly.
  It can be called only when the json_engine state is JST_KEY.
  Typical usage is:

  if (j_eng.state == JST_KEY)
  {
    if (key_does_not_match(j_eng))
      json_skip_key(j_eng);
  }
*/

int json_skip_key(json_engine_t *j);


typedef const int *json_level_t;

/*
  json_skip_to_level() makes parser quickly get out of nested
  loops and arrays. It is used when we're not interested in what is
  there in the rest of these structures.
  The 'level' should be remembered in advance.
        json_level_t level= json_get_level(j);
        .... // getting into the nested JSON structures
        json_skip_to_level(j, level);
*/
#define json_get_level(j) (j->stack_p)

int json_skip_to_level(json_engine_t *j, int level);

/*
  json_skip_level() works as above with just current structure.
  So it gets to the end of the current JSON array or object.
*/
#define json_skip_level(json_engine) \
  json_skip_to_level((json_engine), (json_engine)->stack_p)


/*
  works as json_skip_level() but also counts items on the current
  level skipped.
*/
int json_skip_level_and_count(json_engine_t *j, int *n_items_skipped);

#define json_skip_array_item json_skip_key

/*
  Checks if the current value is of scalar type -
  not an OBJECT nor ARRAY.
*/
#define json_value_scalar(je)  ((je)->value_type > JSON_VALUE_ARRAY)


/*
  Look for the JSON PATH in the json string.
  Function can be called several times with same JSON/PATH to
  find multiple matches.
  On the first call, the json_engine_t parameter should be
  initialized with the JSON string, and the json_path_t with the JSON path
  appropriately. The 'p_cur_step' should point at the first
  step of the path.
  The 'array_counters' is the array of JSON_DEPTH_LIMIT size.
  It stores the array counters of the parsed JSON.
  If function returns 0, it means it found the match. The position of
  the match is je->s.c_str. Then we can call the json_find_path()
  with same engine/path/p_cur_step to get the next match.
  Non-zero return means no matches found.
  Check je->s.error to see if there was an error in JSON.
*/
int json_find_path(json_engine_t *je,
                   json_path_t *p, json_path_step_t **p_cur_step,
                   int *array_counters);


typedef struct st_json_find_paths_t
{
  uint n_paths;
  json_path_t *paths;
  uint cur_depth;
  uint *path_depths;
  int array_counters[JSON_DEPTH_LIMIT];
} json_find_paths_t;


int json_find_paths_first(json_engine_t *je, json_find_paths_t *state,
                          uint n_paths, json_path_t *paths, uint *path_depths);
int json_find_paths_next(json_engine_t *je, json_find_paths_t *state);


#define JSON_ERROR_OUT_OF_SPACE  (-1)
#define JSON_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SYMBOL (-2)

/*
  Convert JSON string constant into ordinary string constant
  which can involve unpacking json escapes and changing character set.
  Returns negative integer in the case of an error,
  the length of the result otherwise.
*/
int __attribute__((warn_unused_result)) json_unescape(CHARSET_INFO *json_cs,
                  const uchar *json_str, const uchar *json_end,
                  CHARSET_INFO *res_cs,
                  uchar *res, uchar *res_end);

/*
  Convert a string constant into JSON string constant.
  This can involve appropriate escaping and changing the character set.
  Returns the length of the result on success,
  on error returns a negative error code.
  Some error codes:
    JSON_ERROR_OUT_OF_SPACE    Not enough space in the provided buffer
    JSON_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SYMBOL  Source symbol cannot be represented in JSON
*/
int  __attribute__((warn_unused_result)) json_escape(CHARSET_INFO *str_cs,
		const uchar *str, const uchar *str_end,
                CHARSET_INFO *json_cs, uchar *json, uchar *json_end);


/*
  Appends the ASCII string to the json with the charset conversion.
*/
int json_append_ascii(CHARSET_INFO *json_cs,
                      uchar *json, uchar *json_end,
                      const uchar *ascii, const uchar *ascii_end);


/*
  Scan the JSON and return paths met one-by-one.
     json_get_path_start(&p)
     while (json_get_path_next(&p))
     {
       handle_the_next_path();
     }
*/

int json_get_path_start(json_engine_t *je, CHARSET_INFO *i_cs,
                        const uchar *str, const uchar *end,
                        json_path_t *p);


int json_get_path_next(json_engine_t *je, json_path_t *p);

int json_path_compare(const json_path_t *a, const json_path_t *b,
                      enum json_value_types vt, const int* array_size_counter);

int json_valid(const char *js, size_t js_len, CHARSET_INFO *cs);

int json_locate_key(const char *js, const char *js_end,
                    const char *kname,
                    const char **key_start, const char **key_end,
                    int *comma_pos);

int json_normalize(DYNAMIC_STRING *result,
                   const char *s, size_t size, CHARSET_INFO *cs);

int json_skip_array_and_count(json_engine_t *j, int* n_item);

inline static int json_scan_ended(json_engine_t *j)
{
  return (j->state == JST_ARRAY_END && j->stack_p == 0);
}

#ifdef  __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* JSON_LIB_INCLUDED */
/* Autogenerated file, please don't edit */

{ ER_DUP_KEY                              ,"23000", "" },
{ ER_OUTOFMEMORY                          ,"HY001", "S1001" },
{ ER_OUT_OF_SORTMEMORY                    ,"HY001", "S1001" },
{ ER_CON_COUNT_ERROR                      ,"08004", "" },
{ ER_BAD_HOST_ERROR                       ,"08S01", "" },
{ ER_HANDSHAKE_ERROR                      ,"08S01", "" },
{ ER_DBACCESS_DENIED_ERROR                ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_ACCESS_DENIED_ERROR                  ,"28000", "" },
{ ER_NO_DB_ERROR                          ,"3D000", "" },
{ ER_UNKNOWN_COM_ERROR                    ,"08S01", "" },
{ ER_BAD_NULL_ERROR                       ,"23000", "" },
{ ER_BAD_DB_ERROR                         ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_TABLE_EXISTS_ERROR                   ,"42S01", "" },
{ ER_BAD_TABLE_ERROR                      ,"42S02", "" },
{ ER_NON_UNIQ_ERROR                       ,"23000", "" },
{ ER_SERVER_SHUTDOWN                      ,"08S01", "" },
{ ER_BAD_FIELD_ERROR                      ,"42S22", "S0022" },
{ ER_WRONG_FIELD_WITH_GROUP               ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_WRONG_GROUP_FIELD                    ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_WRONG_SUM_SELECT                     ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_WRONG_VALUE_COUNT                    ,"21S01", "" },
{ ER_TOO_LONG_IDENT                       ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_DUP_FIELDNAME                        ,"42S21", "S1009" },
{ ER_DUP_KEYNAME                          ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_DUP_ENTRY                            ,"23000", "S1009" },
{ ER_WRONG_FIELD_SPEC                     ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_PARSE_ERROR                          ,"42000", "s1009" },
{ ER_EMPTY_QUERY                          ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_NONUNIQ_TABLE                        ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_INVALID_DEFAULT                      ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_MULTIPLE_PRI_KEY                     ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_TOO_MANY_KEYS                        ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_TOO_MANY_KEY_PARTS                   ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_TOO_LONG_KEY                         ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_KEY_COLUMN_DOES_NOT_EXIST            ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_BLOB_USED_AS_KEY                     ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_TOO_BIG_FIELDLENGTH                  ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_WRONG_AUTO_KEY                       ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_FORCING_CLOSE                        ,"08S01", "" },
{ ER_IPSOCK_ERROR                         ,"08S01", "" },
{ ER_NO_SUCH_INDEX                        ,"42S12", "S1009" },
{ ER_WRONG_FIELD_TERMINATORS              ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_BLOBS_AND_NO_TERMINATED              ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_CANT_REMOVE_ALL_FIELDS               ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_CANT_DROP_FIELD_OR_KEY               ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_WRONG_DB_NAME                        ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_WRONG_TABLE_NAME                     ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_TOO_BIG_SELECT                       ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_UNKNOWN_PROCEDURE                    ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_WRONG_PARAMCOUNT_TO_PROCEDURE        ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_UNKNOWN_TABLE                        ,"42S02", "" },
{ ER_FIELD_SPECIFIED_TWICE                ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION                ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_TABLE_MUST_HAVE_COLUMNS              ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_UNKNOWN_CHARACTER_SET                ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_TOO_BIG_ROWSIZE                      ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_WRONG_OUTER_JOIN                     ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_NULL_COLUMN_IN_INDEX                 ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_PASSWORD_ANONYMOUS_USER              ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_PASSWORD_NOT_ALLOWED                 ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_PASSWORD_NO_MATCH                    ,"28000", "" },
{ ER_WRONG_VALUE_COUNT_ON_ROW             ,"21S01", "" },
{ ER_INVALID_USE_OF_NULL                  ,"22004", "" },
{ ER_REGEXP_ERROR                         ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_MIX_OF_GROUP_FUNC_AND_FIELDS         ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_NONEXISTING_GRANT                    ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_TABLEACCESS_DENIED_ERROR             ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_COLUMNACCESS_DENIED_ERROR            ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_ILLEGAL_GRANT_FOR_TABLE              ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_GRANT_WRONG_HOST_OR_USER             ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_NO_SUCH_TABLE                        ,"42S02", "" },
{ ER_NONEXISTING_TABLE_GRANT              ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_NOT_ALLOWED_COMMAND                  ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SYNTAX_ERROR                         ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_ABORTING_CONNECTION                  ,"08S01", "" },
{ ER_NET_PACKET_TOO_LARGE                 ,"08S01", "" },
{ ER_NET_READ_ERROR_FROM_PIPE             ,"08S01", "" },
{ ER_NET_FCNTL_ERROR                      ,"08S01", "" },
{ ER_NET_PACKETS_OUT_OF_ORDER             ,"08S01", "" },
{ ER_NET_UNCOMPRESS_ERROR                 ,"08S01", "" },
{ ER_NET_READ_ERROR                       ,"08S01", "" },
{ ER_NET_READ_INTERRUPTED                 ,"08S01", "" },
{ ER_NET_ERROR_ON_WRITE                   ,"08S01", "" },
{ ER_NET_WRITE_INTERRUPTED                ,"08S01", "" },
{ ER_TOO_LONG_STRING                      ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_TABLE_CANT_HANDLE_BLOB               ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_TABLE_CANT_HANDLE_AUTO_INCREMENT     ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_WRONG_COLUMN_NAME                    ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_WRONG_KEY_COLUMN                     ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_DUP_UNIQUE                           ,"23000", "" },
{ ER_BLOB_KEY_WITHOUT_LENGTH              ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_PRIMARY_CANT_HAVE_NULL               ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_TOO_MANY_ROWS                        ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_REQUIRES_PRIMARY_KEY                 ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_KEY_DOES_NOT_EXISTS                  ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_CHECK_NO_SUCH_TABLE                  ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_CHECK_NOT_IMPLEMENTED                ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_CANT_DO_THIS_DURING_AN_TRANSACTION   ,"25000", "" },
{ ER_NEW_ABORTING_CONNECTION              ,"08S01", "" },
{ ER_MASTER_NET_READ                      ,"08S01", "" },
{ ER_MASTER_NET_WRITE                     ,"08S01", "" },
{ ER_TOO_MANY_USER_CONNECTIONS            ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_READ_ONLY_TRANSACTION                ,"25000", "" },
{ ER_NO_PERMISSION_TO_CREATE_USER         ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_LOCK_DEADLOCK                        ,"40001", "" },
{ ER_NO_REFERENCED_ROW                    ,"23000", "" },
{ ER_ROW_IS_REFERENCED                    ,"23000", "" },
{ ER_CONNECT_TO_MASTER                    ,"08S01", "" },
{ ER_WRONG_NUMBER_OF_COLUMNS_IN_SELECT    ,"21000", "" },
{ ER_USER_LIMIT_REACHED                   ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SPECIFIC_ACCESS_DENIED_ERROR         ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_NO_DEFAULT                           ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_WRONG_VALUE_FOR_VAR                  ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_WRONG_TYPE_FOR_VAR                   ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_CANT_USE_OPTION_HERE                 ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_NOT_SUPPORTED_YET                    ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_WRONG_FK_DEF                         ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_OPERAND_COLUMNS                      ,"21000", "" },
{ ER_SUBQUERY_NO_1_ROW                    ,"21000", "" },
{ ER_ILLEGAL_REFERENCE                    ,"42S22", "" },
{ ER_DERIVED_MUST_HAVE_ALIAS              ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SELECT_REDUCED                       ,"01000", "" },
{ ER_TABLENAME_NOT_ALLOWED_HERE           ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_NOT_SUPPORTED_AUTH_MODE              ,"08004", "" },
{ ER_SPATIAL_CANT_HAVE_NULL               ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_COLLATION_CHARSET_MISMATCH           ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_WARN_TOO_FEW_RECORDS                 ,"01000", "" },
{ ER_WARN_TOO_MANY_RECORDS                ,"01000", "" },
{ ER_WARN_NULL_TO_NOTNULL                 ,"22004", "" },
{ ER_WARN_DATA_OUT_OF_RANGE               ,"22003", "" },
{ WARN_DATA_TRUNCATED                     ,"01000", "" },
{ ER_WRONG_NAME_FOR_INDEX                 ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_WRONG_NAME_FOR_CATALOG               ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_UNKNOWN_STORAGE_ENGINE               ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_TRUNCATED_WRONG_VALUE                ,"22007", "" },
{ ER_SP_NO_RECURSIVE_CREATE               ,"2F003", "" },
{ ER_SP_ALREADY_EXISTS                    ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SP_DOES_NOT_EXIST                    ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SP_LILABEL_MISMATCH                  ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SP_LABEL_REDEFINE                    ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SP_LABEL_MISMATCH                    ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SP_UNINIT_VAR                        ,"01000", "" },
{ ER_SP_BADSELECT                         ,"0A000", "" },
{ ER_SP_BADRETURN                         ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SP_BADSTATEMENT                      ,"0A000", "" },
{ ER_UPDATE_LOG_DEPRECATED_IGNORED        ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_UPDATE_LOG_DEPRECATED_TRANSLATED     ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_QUERY_INTERRUPTED                    ,"70100", "" },
{ ER_SP_WRONG_NO_OF_ARGS                  ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SP_COND_MISMATCH                     ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SP_NORETURN                          ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SP_NORETURNEND                       ,"2F005", "" },
{ ER_SP_BAD_CURSOR_QUERY                  ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SP_BAD_CURSOR_SELECT                 ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SP_CURSOR_MISMATCH                   ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SP_CURSOR_ALREADY_OPEN               ,"24000", "" },
{ ER_SP_CURSOR_NOT_OPEN                   ,"24000", "" },
{ ER_SP_UNDECLARED_VAR                    ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SP_FETCH_NO_DATA                     ,"02000", "" },
{ ER_SP_DUP_PARAM                         ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SP_DUP_VAR                           ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SP_DUP_COND                          ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SP_DUP_CURS                          ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SP_SUBSELECT_NYI                     ,"0A000", "" },
{ ER_STMT_NOT_ALLOWED_IN_SF_OR_TRG        ,"0A000", "" },
{ ER_SP_VARCOND_AFTER_CURSHNDLR           ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SP_CURSOR_AFTER_HANDLER              ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SP_CASE_NOT_FOUND                    ,"20000", "" },
{ ER_DIVISION_BY_ZERO                     ,"22012", "" },
{ ER_TRUNCATED_WRONG_VALUE_FOR_FIELD      ,"22007", "" },
{ ER_ILLEGAL_VALUE_FOR_TYPE               ,"22007", "" },
{ ER_VIEW_CHECK_FAILED                    ,"44000", "" },
{ ER_PROCACCESS_DENIED_ERROR              ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_XAER_NOTA                            ,"XAE04", "" },
{ ER_XAER_INVAL                           ,"XAE05", "" },
{ ER_XAER_RMFAIL                          ,"XAE07", "" },
{ ER_XAER_OUTSIDE                         ,"XAE09", "" },
{ ER_XAER_RMERR                           ,"XAE03", "" },
{ ER_XA_RBROLLBACK                        ,"XA100", "" },
{ ER_NONEXISTING_PROC_GRANT               ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_DATA_TOO_LONG                        ,"22001", "" },
{ ER_SP_BAD_SQLSTATE                      ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_CANT_CREATE_USER_WITH_GRANT          ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SP_DUP_HANDLER                       ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SP_NOT_VAR_ARG                       ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SP_NO_RETSET                         ,"0A000", "" },
{ ER_CANT_CREATE_GEOMETRY_OBJECT          ,"22003", "" },
{ ER_TOO_BIG_SCALE                        ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_TOO_BIG_PRECISION                    ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_M_BIGGER_THAN_D                      ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_TOO_LONG_BODY                        ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_TOO_BIG_DISPLAYWIDTH                 ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_XAER_DUPID                           ,"XAE08", "" },
{ ER_DATETIME_FUNCTION_OVERFLOW           ,"22008", "" },
{ ER_MALFORMED_DEFINER                    ,"0L000", "" },
{ ER_ROW_IS_REFERENCED_2                  ,"23000", "" },
{ ER_NO_REFERENCED_ROW_2                  ,"23000", "" },
{ ER_SP_BAD_VAR_SHADOW                    ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SP_WRONG_NAME                        ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SP_NO_AGGREGATE                      ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_MAX_PREPARED_STMT_COUNT_REACHED      ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_NON_GROUPING_FIELD_USED              ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_CANT_CHANGE_TX_CHARACTERISTICS       ,"25001", "" },
{ ER_WRONG_PARAMCOUNT_TO_NATIVE_FCT       ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_WRONG_PARAMETERS_TO_NATIVE_FCT       ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_WRONG_PARAMETERS_TO_STORED_FCT       ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_DUP_ENTRY_WITH_KEY_NAME              ,"23000", "S1009" },
{ ER_XA_RBTIMEOUT                         ,"XA106", "" },
{ ER_XA_RBDEADLOCK                        ,"XA102", "" },
{ ER_FUNC_INEXISTENT_NAME_COLLISION       ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_DUP_SIGNAL_SET                       ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SIGNAL_WARN                          ,"01000", "" },
{ ER_SIGNAL_NOT_FOUND                     ,"02000", "" },
{ ER_SIGNAL_EXCEPTION                     ,"HY000", "" },
{ ER_RESIGNAL_WITHOUT_ACTIVE_HANDLER      ,"0K000", "" },
{ ER_SPATIAL_MUST_HAVE_GEOM_COL           ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_DATA_OUT_OF_RANGE                    ,"22003", "" },
{ ER_ACCESS_DENIED_NO_PASSWORD_ERROR      ,"28000", "" },
{ ER_TRUNCATE_ILLEGAL_FK                  ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_DA_INVALID_CONDITION_NUMBER          ,"35000", "" },
{ ER_FOREIGN_DUPLICATE_KEY_WITH_CHILD_INFO,"23000", "S1009" },
{ ER_FOREIGN_DUPLICATE_KEY_WITHOUT_CHILD_INFO,"23000", "S1009" },
{ ER_CANT_EXECUTE_IN_READ_ONLY_TRANSACTION,"25006", "" },
{ ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED        ,"0A000", "" },
{ ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON ,"0A000", "" },
{ ER_DUP_UNKNOWN_IN_INDEX                 ,"23000", "" },
{ ER_ACCESS_DENIED_CHANGE_USER_ERROR      ,"28000", "" },
{ ER_DATA_OVERFLOW                        ,"22003", "" },
{ ER_DATA_TRUNCATED                       ,"22003", "" },
{ ER_BAD_DATA                             ,"22007", "" },
{ ER_DYN_COL_DATA                         ,"22007", "" },
{ ER_CONNECTION_KILLED                    ,"70100", "" },
{ ER_NO_SUCH_TABLE_IN_ENGINE              ,"42S02", "" },
{ ER_INVALID_ROLE                         ,"OP000", "" },
{ ER_INVALID_CURRENT_USER                 ,"0L000", "" },
{ ER_IT_IS_A_VIEW                         ,"42S02", "" },
{ ER_STATEMENT_TIMEOUT                    ,"70100", "" },
{ ER_SUBQUERIES_NOT_SUPPORTED             ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SET_STATEMENT_NOT_SUPPORTED          ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_INVALID_DEFAULT_VALUE_FOR_FIELD      ,"22007", "" },
{ ER_GET_STACKED_DA_WITHOUT_ACTIVE_HANDLER,"0Z002", "" },
{ ER_INVALID_ARGUMENT_FOR_LOGARITHM       ,"2201E", "" },
{ ER_GIS_INVALID_DATA                     ,"22023", "" },
{ ER_USER_LOCK_WRONG_NAME                 ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_SECURE_TRANSPORT_REQUIRED            ,"08004", "" },
{ ER_UNUSED_26                            ,"0A000", "" },
{ ER_CONSTRAINT_FAILED                    ,"23000", "" },
{ ER_EXPRESSION_REFERS_TO_UNINIT_FIELD    ,"01000", "" },
{ ER_WRONG_PARAMCOUNT_TO_CURSOR           ,"42000", "" },
{ ER_NOT_SEQUENCE                         ,"42S02", "" },
{ ER_NOT_SEQUENCE2                        ,"42S02", "" },
{ ER_UNKNOWN_SEQUENCES                    ,"42S02", "" },
{ ER_UNKNOWN_VIEW                         ,"42S02", "" },
{ ER_TOO_LONG_KEYPART                     ,"42000", "S1009" },
{ ER_SLAVE_STATEMENT_TIMEOUT              ,"70100", "" },
/* Autogenerated file, please don't edit */

#ifndef ER_ERROR_FIRST
#define ER_ERROR_FIRST 1000
#define ER_HASHCHK 1000
#define ER_NISAMCHK 1001
#define ER_NO 1002
#define ER_YES 1003
#define ER_CANT_CREATE_FILE 1004
#define ER_CANT_CREATE_TABLE 1005
#define ER_CANT_CREATE_DB 1006
#define ER_DB_CREATE_EXISTS 1007
#define ER_DB_DROP_EXISTS 1008
#define ER_DB_DROP_DELETE 1009
#define ER_DB_DROP_RMDIR 1010
#define ER_CANT_DELETE_FILE 1011
#define ER_CANT_FIND_SYSTEM_REC 1012
#define ER_CANT_GET_STAT 1013
#define ER_CANT_GET_WD 1014
#define ER_CANT_LOCK 1015
#define ER_CANT_OPEN_FILE 1016
#define ER_FILE_NOT_FOUND 1017
#define ER_CANT_READ_DIR 1018
#define ER_CANT_SET_WD 1019
#define ER_CHECKREAD 1020
#define ER_DISK_FULL 1021
#define ER_DUP_KEY 1022
#define ER_ERROR_ON_CLOSE 1023
#define ER_ERROR_ON_READ 1024
#define ER_ERROR_ON_RENAME 1025
#define ER_ERROR_ON_WRITE 1026
#define ER_FILE_USED 1027
#define ER_FILSORT_ABORT 1028
#define ER_FORM_NOT_FOUND 1029
#define ER_GET_ERRNO 1030
#define ER_ILLEGAL_HA 1031
#define ER_KEY_NOT_FOUND 1032
#define ER_NOT_FORM_FILE 1033
#define ER_NOT_KEYFILE 1034
#define ER_OLD_KEYFILE 1035
#define ER_OPEN_AS_READONLY 1036
#define ER_OUTOFMEMORY 1037
#define ER_OUT_OF_SORTMEMORY 1038
#define ER_UNEXPECTED_EOF 1039
#define ER_CON_COUNT_ERROR 1040
#define ER_OUT_OF_RESOURCES 1041
#define ER_BAD_HOST_ERROR 1042
#define ER_HANDSHAKE_ERROR 1043
#define ER_DBACCESS_DENIED_ERROR 1044
#define ER_ACCESS_DENIED_ERROR 1045
#define ER_NO_DB_ERROR 1046
#define ER_UNKNOWN_COM_ERROR 1047
#define ER_BAD_NULL_ERROR 1048
#define ER_BAD_DB_ERROR 1049
#define ER_TABLE_EXISTS_ERROR 1050
#define ER_BAD_TABLE_ERROR 1051
#define ER_NON_UNIQ_ERROR 1052
#define ER_SERVER_SHUTDOWN 1053
#define ER_BAD_FIELD_ERROR 1054
#define ER_WRONG_FIELD_WITH_GROUP 1055
#define ER_WRONG_GROUP_FIELD 1056
#define ER_WRONG_SUM_SELECT 1057
#define ER_WRONG_VALUE_COUNT 1058
#define ER_TOO_LONG_IDENT 1059
#define ER_DUP_FIELDNAME 1060
#define ER_DUP_KEYNAME 1061
#define ER_DUP_ENTRY 1062
#define ER_WRONG_FIELD_SPEC 1063
#define ER_PARSE_ERROR 1064
#define ER_EMPTY_QUERY 1065
#define ER_NONUNIQ_TABLE 1066
#define ER_INVALID_DEFAULT 1067
#define ER_MULTIPLE_PRI_KEY 1068
#define ER_TOO_MANY_KEYS 1069
#define ER_TOO_MANY_KEY_PARTS 1070
#define ER_TOO_LONG_KEY 1071
#define ER_KEY_COLUMN_DOES_NOT_EXIST 1072
#define ER_BLOB_USED_AS_KEY 1073
#define ER_TOO_BIG_FIELDLENGTH 1074
#define ER_WRONG_AUTO_KEY 1075
#define ER_BINLOG_CANT_DELETE_GTID_DOMAIN 1076
#define ER_NORMAL_SHUTDOWN 1077
#define ER_GOT_SIGNAL 1078
#define ER_SHUTDOWN_COMPLETE 1079
#define ER_FORCING_CLOSE 1080
#define ER_IPSOCK_ERROR 1081
#define ER_NO_SUCH_INDEX 1082
#define ER_WRONG_FIELD_TERMINATORS 1083
#define ER_BLOBS_AND_NO_TERMINATED 1084
#define ER_TEXTFILE_NOT_READABLE 1085
#define ER_FILE_EXISTS_ERROR 1086
#define ER_LOAD_INFO 1087
#define ER_ALTER_INFO 1088
#define ER_WRONG_SUB_KEY 1089
#define ER_CANT_REMOVE_ALL_FIELDS 1090
#define ER_CANT_DROP_FIELD_OR_KEY 1091
#define ER_INSERT_INFO 1092
#define ER_UPDATE_TABLE_USED 1093
#define ER_NO_SUCH_THREAD 1094
#define ER_KILL_DENIED_ERROR 1095
#define ER_NO_TABLES_USED 1096
#define ER_TOO_BIG_SET 1097
#define ER_NO_UNIQUE_LOGFILE 1098
#define ER_TABLE_NOT_LOCKED_FOR_WRITE 1099
#define ER_TABLE_NOT_LOCKED 1100
#define ER_UNUSED_17 1101
#define ER_WRONG_DB_NAME 1102
#define ER_WRONG_TABLE_NAME 1103
#define ER_TOO_BIG_SELECT 1104
#define ER_UNKNOWN_ERROR 1105
#define ER_UNKNOWN_PROCEDURE 1106
#define ER_WRONG_PARAMCOUNT_TO_PROCEDURE 1107
#define ER_WRONG_PARAMETERS_TO_PROCEDURE 1108
#define ER_UNKNOWN_TABLE 1109
#define ER_FIELD_SPECIFIED_TWICE 1110
#define ER_INVALID_GROUP_FUNC_USE 1111
#define ER_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION 1112
#define ER_TABLE_MUST_HAVE_COLUMNS 1113
#define ER_RECORD_FILE_FULL 1114
#define ER_UNKNOWN_CHARACTER_SET 1115
#define ER_TOO_MANY_TABLES 1116
#define ER_TOO_MANY_FIELDS 1117
#define ER_TOO_BIG_ROWSIZE 1118
#define ER_STACK_OVERRUN 1119
#define ER_WRONG_OUTER_JOIN 1120
#define ER_NULL_COLUMN_IN_INDEX 1121
#define ER_CANT_FIND_UDF 1122
#define ER_CANT_INITIALIZE_UDF 1123
#define ER_UDF_NO_PATHS 1124
#define ER_UDF_EXISTS 1125
#define ER_CANT_OPEN_LIBRARY 1126
#define ER_CANT_FIND_DL_ENTRY 1127
#define ER_FUNCTION_NOT_DEFINED 1128
#define ER_HOST_IS_BLOCKED 1129
#define ER_HOST_NOT_PRIVILEGED 1130
#define ER_PASSWORD_ANONYMOUS_USER 1131
#define ER_PASSWORD_NOT_ALLOWED 1132
#define ER_PASSWORD_NO_MATCH 1133
#define ER_UPDATE_INFO 1134
#define ER_CANT_CREATE_THREAD 1135
#define ER_WRONG_VALUE_COUNT_ON_ROW 1136
#define ER_CANT_REOPEN_TABLE 1137
#define ER_INVALID_USE_OF_NULL 1138
#define ER_REGEXP_ERROR 1139
#define ER_MIX_OF_GROUP_FUNC_AND_FIELDS 1140
#define ER_NONEXISTING_GRANT 1141
#define ER_TABLEACCESS_DENIED_ERROR 1142
#define ER_COLUMNACCESS_DENIED_ERROR 1143
#define ER_ILLEGAL_GRANT_FOR_TABLE 1144
#define ER_GRANT_WRONG_HOST_OR_USER 1145
#define ER_NO_SUCH_TABLE 1146
#define ER_NONEXISTING_TABLE_GRANT 1147
#define ER_NOT_ALLOWED_COMMAND 1148
#define ER_SYNTAX_ERROR 1149
#define ER_DELAYED_CANT_CHANGE_LOCK 1150
#define ER_TOO_MANY_DELAYED_THREADS 1151
#define ER_ABORTING_CONNECTION 1152
#define ER_NET_PACKET_TOO_LARGE 1153
#define ER_NET_READ_ERROR_FROM_PIPE 1154
#define ER_NET_FCNTL_ERROR 1155
#define ER_NET_PACKETS_OUT_OF_ORDER 1156
#define ER_NET_UNCOMPRESS_ERROR 1157
#define ER_NET_READ_ERROR 1158
#define ER_NET_READ_INTERRUPTED 1159
#define ER_NET_ERROR_ON_WRITE 1160
#define ER_NET_WRITE_INTERRUPTED 1161
#define ER_TOO_LONG_STRING 1162
#define ER_TABLE_CANT_HANDLE_BLOB 1163
#define ER_TABLE_CANT_HANDLE_AUTO_INCREMENT 1164
#define ER_DELAYED_INSERT_TABLE_LOCKED 1165
#define ER_WRONG_COLUMN_NAME 1166
#define ER_WRONG_KEY_COLUMN 1167
#define ER_WRONG_MRG_TABLE 1168
#define ER_DUP_UNIQUE 1169
#define ER_BLOB_KEY_WITHOUT_LENGTH 1170
#define ER_PRIMARY_CANT_HAVE_NULL 1171
#define ER_TOO_MANY_ROWS 1172
#define ER_REQUIRES_PRIMARY_KEY 1173
#define ER_NO_RAID_COMPILED 1174
#define ER_UPDATE_WITHOUT_KEY_IN_SAFE_MODE 1175
#define ER_KEY_DOES_NOT_EXISTS 1176
#define ER_CHECK_NO_SUCH_TABLE 1177
#define ER_CHECK_NOT_IMPLEMENTED 1178
#define ER_CANT_DO_THIS_DURING_AN_TRANSACTION 1179
#define ER_ERROR_DURING_COMMIT 1180
#define ER_ERROR_DURING_ROLLBACK 1181
#define ER_ERROR_DURING_FLUSH_LOGS 1182
#define ER_ERROR_DURING_CHECKPOINT 1183
#define ER_NEW_ABORTING_CONNECTION 1184
#define ER_UNUSED_10 1185
#define ER_FLUSH_MASTER_BINLOG_CLOSED 1186
#define ER_INDEX_REBUILD 1187
#define ER_MASTER 1188
#define ER_MASTER_NET_READ 1189
#define ER_MASTER_NET_WRITE 1190
#define ER_FT_MATCHING_KEY_NOT_FOUND 1191
#define ER_LOCK_OR_ACTIVE_TRANSACTION 1192
#define ER_UNKNOWN_SYSTEM_VARIABLE 1193
#define ER_CRASHED_ON_USAGE 1194
#define ER_CRASHED_ON_REPAIR 1195
#define ER_WARNING_NOT_COMPLETE_ROLLBACK 1196
#define ER_TRANS_CACHE_FULL 1197
#define ER_SLAVE_MUST_STOP 1198
#define ER_SLAVE_NOT_RUNNING 1199
#define ER_BAD_SLAVE 1200
#define ER_MASTER_INFO 1201
#define ER_SLAVE_THREAD 1202
#define ER_TOO_MANY_USER_CONNECTIONS 1203
#define ER_SET_CONSTANTS_ONLY 1204
#define ER_LOCK_WAIT_TIMEOUT 1205
#define ER_LOCK_TABLE_FULL 1206
#define ER_READ_ONLY_TRANSACTION 1207
#define ER_DROP_DB_WITH_READ_LOCK 1208
#define ER_CREATE_DB_WITH_READ_LOCK 1209
#define ER_WRONG_ARGUMENTS 1210
#define ER_NO_PERMISSION_TO_CREATE_USER 1211
#define ER_UNION_TABLES_IN_DIFFERENT_DIR 1212
#define ER_LOCK_DEADLOCK 1213
#define ER_TABLE_CANT_HANDLE_FT 1214
#define ER_CANNOT_ADD_FOREIGN 1215
#define ER_NO_REFERENCED_ROW 1216
#define ER_ROW_IS_REFERENCED 1217
#define ER_CONNECT_TO_MASTER 1218
#define ER_QUERY_ON_MASTER 1219
#define ER_ERROR_WHEN_EXECUTING_COMMAND 1220
#define ER_WRONG_USAGE 1221
#define ER_WRONG_NUMBER_OF_COLUMNS_IN_SELECT 1222
#define ER_CANT_UPDATE_WITH_READLOCK 1223
#define ER_MIXING_NOT_ALLOWED 1224
#define ER_DUP_ARGUMENT 1225
#define ER_USER_LIMIT_REACHED 1226
#define ER_SPECIFIC_ACCESS_DENIED_ERROR 1227
#define ER_LOCAL_VARIABLE 1228
#define ER_GLOBAL_VARIABLE 1229
#define ER_NO_DEFAULT 1230
#define ER_WRONG_VALUE_FOR_VAR 1231
#define ER_WRONG_TYPE_FOR_VAR 1232
#define ER_VAR_CANT_BE_READ 1233
#define ER_CANT_USE_OPTION_HERE 1234
#define ER_NOT_SUPPORTED_YET 1235
#define ER_MASTER_FATAL_ERROR_READING_BINLOG 1236
#define ER_SLAVE_IGNORED_TABLE 1237
#define ER_INCORRECT_GLOBAL_LOCAL_VAR 1238
#define ER_WRONG_FK_DEF 1239
#define ER_KEY_REF_DO_NOT_MATCH_TABLE_REF 1240
#define ER_OPERAND_COLUMNS 1241
#define ER_SUBQUERY_NO_1_ROW 1242
#define ER_UNKNOWN_STMT_HANDLER 1243
#define ER_CORRUPT_HELP_DB 1244
#define ER_CYCLIC_REFERENCE 1245
#define ER_AUTO_CONVERT 1246
#define ER_ILLEGAL_REFERENCE 1247
#define ER_DERIVED_MUST_HAVE_ALIAS 1248
#define ER_SELECT_REDUCED 1249
#define ER_TABLENAME_NOT_ALLOWED_HERE 1250
#define ER_NOT_SUPPORTED_AUTH_MODE 1251
#define ER_SPATIAL_CANT_HAVE_NULL 1252
#define ER_COLLATION_CHARSET_MISMATCH 1253
#define ER_SLAVE_WAS_RUNNING 1254
#define ER_SLAVE_WAS_NOT_RUNNING 1255
#define ER_TOO_BIG_FOR_UNCOMPRESS 1256
#define ER_ZLIB_Z_MEM_ERROR 1257
#define ER_ZLIB_Z_BUF_ERROR 1258
#define ER_ZLIB_Z_DATA_ERROR 1259
#define ER_CUT_VALUE_GROUP_CONCAT 1260
#define ER_WARN_TOO_FEW_RECORDS 1261
#define ER_WARN_TOO_MANY_RECORDS 1262
#define ER_WARN_NULL_TO_NOTNULL 1263
#define ER_WARN_DATA_OUT_OF_RANGE 1264
#define WARN_DATA_TRUNCATED 1265
#define ER_WARN_USING_OTHER_HANDLER 1266
#define ER_CANT_AGGREGATE_2COLLATIONS 1267
#define ER_DROP_USER 1268
#define ER_REVOKE_GRANTS 1269
#define ER_CANT_AGGREGATE_3COLLATIONS 1270
#define ER_CANT_AGGREGATE_NCOLLATIONS 1271
#define ER_VARIABLE_IS_NOT_STRUCT 1272
#define ER_UNKNOWN_COLLATION 1273
#define ER_SLAVE_IGNORED_SSL_PARAMS 1274
#define ER_SERVER_IS_IN_SECURE_AUTH_MODE 1275
#define ER_WARN_FIELD_RESOLVED 1276
#define ER_BAD_SLAVE_UNTIL_COND 1277
#define ER_MISSING_SKIP_SLAVE 1278
#define ER_UNTIL_COND_IGNORED 1279
#define ER_WRONG_NAME_FOR_INDEX 1280
#define ER_WRONG_NAME_FOR_CATALOG 1281
#define ER_WARN_QC_RESIZE 1282
#define ER_BAD_FT_COLUMN 1283
#define ER_UNKNOWN_KEY_CACHE 1284
#define ER_WARN_HOSTNAME_WONT_WORK 1285
#define ER_UNKNOWN_STORAGE_ENGINE 1286
#define ER_WARN_DEPRECATED_SYNTAX 1287
#define ER_NON_UPDATABLE_TABLE 1288
#define ER_FEATURE_DISABLED 1289
#define ER_OPTION_PREVENTS_STATEMENT 1290
#define ER_DUPLICATED_VALUE_IN_TYPE 1291
#define ER_TRUNCATED_WRONG_VALUE 1292
#define ER_TOO_MUCH_AUTO_TIMESTAMP_COLS 1293
#define ER_INVALID_ON_UPDATE 1294
#define ER_UNSUPPORTED_PS 1295
#define ER_GET_ERRMSG 1296
#define ER_GET_TEMPORARY_ERRMSG 1297
#define ER_UNKNOWN_TIME_ZONE 1298
#define ER_WARN_INVALID_TIMESTAMP 1299
#define ER_INVALID_CHARACTER_STRING 1300
#define ER_WARN_ALLOWED_PACKET_OVERFLOWED 1301
#define ER_CONFLICTING_DECLARATIONS 1302
#define ER_SP_NO_RECURSIVE_CREATE 1303
#define ER_SP_ALREADY_EXISTS 1304
#define ER_SP_DOES_NOT_EXIST 1305
#define ER_SP_DROP_FAILED 1306
#define ER_SP_STORE_FAILED 1307
#define ER_SP_LILABEL_MISMATCH 1308
#define ER_SP_LABEL_REDEFINE 1309
#define ER_SP_LABEL_MISMATCH 1310
#define ER_SP_UNINIT_VAR 1311
#define ER_SP_BADSELECT 1312
#define ER_SP_BADRETURN 1313
#define ER_SP_BADSTATEMENT 1314
#define ER_UPDATE_LOG_DEPRECATED_IGNORED 1315
#define ER_UPDATE_LOG_DEPRECATED_TRANSLATED 1316
#define ER_QUERY_INTERRUPTED 1317
#define ER_SP_WRONG_NO_OF_ARGS 1318
#define ER_SP_COND_MISMATCH 1319
#define ER_SP_NORETURN 1320
#define ER_SP_NORETURNEND 1321
#define ER_SP_BAD_CURSOR_QUERY 1322
#define ER_SP_BAD_CURSOR_SELECT 1323
#define ER_SP_CURSOR_MISMATCH 1324
#define ER_SP_CURSOR_ALREADY_OPEN 1325
#define ER_SP_CURSOR_NOT_OPEN 1326
#define ER_SP_UNDECLARED_VAR 1327
#define ER_SP_WRONG_NO_OF_FETCH_ARGS 1328
#define ER_SP_FETCH_NO_DATA 1329
#define ER_SP_DUP_PARAM 1330
#define ER_SP_DUP_VAR 1331
#define ER_SP_DUP_COND 1332
#define ER_SP_DUP_CURS 1333
#define ER_SP_CANT_ALTER 1334
#define ER_SP_SUBSELECT_NYI 1335
#define ER_STMT_NOT_ALLOWED_IN_SF_OR_TRG 1336
#define ER_SP_VARCOND_AFTER_CURSHNDLR 1337
#define ER_SP_CURSOR_AFTER_HANDLER 1338
#define ER_SP_CASE_NOT_FOUND 1339
#define ER_FPARSER_TOO_BIG_FILE 1340
#define ER_FPARSER_BAD_HEADER 1341
#define ER_FPARSER_EOF_IN_COMMENT 1342
#define ER_FPARSER_ERROR_IN_PARAMETER 1343
#define ER_FPARSER_EOF_IN_UNKNOWN_PARAMETER 1344
#define ER_VIEW_NO_EXPLAIN 1345
#define ER_FRM_UNKNOWN_TYPE 1346
#define ER_WRONG_OBJECT 1347
#define ER_NONUPDATEABLE_COLUMN 1348
#define ER_VIEW_SELECT_DERIVED 1349
#define ER_VIEW_SELECT_CLAUSE 1350
#define ER_VIEW_SELECT_VARIABLE 1351
#define ER_VIEW_SELECT_TMPTABLE 1352
#define ER_VIEW_WRONG_LIST 1353
#define ER_WARN_VIEW_MERGE 1354
#define ER_WARN_VIEW_WITHOUT_KEY 1355
#define ER_VIEW_INVALID 1356
#define ER_SP_NO_DROP_SP 1357
#define ER_SP_GOTO_IN_HNDLR 1358
#define ER_TRG_ALREADY_EXISTS 1359
#define ER_TRG_DOES_NOT_EXIST 1360
#define ER_TRG_ON_VIEW_OR_TEMP_TABLE 1361
#define ER_TRG_CANT_CHANGE_ROW 1362
#define ER_TRG_NO_SUCH_ROW_IN_TRG 1363
#define ER_NO_DEFAULT_FOR_FIELD 1364
#define ER_DIVISION_BY_ZERO 1365
#define ER_TRUNCATED_WRONG_VALUE_FOR_FIELD 1366
#define ER_ILLEGAL_VALUE_FOR_TYPE 1367
#define ER_VIEW_NONUPD_CHECK 1368
#define ER_VIEW_CHECK_FAILED 1369
#define ER_PROCACCESS_DENIED_ERROR 1370
#define ER_RELAY_LOG_FAIL 1371
#define ER_PASSWD_LENGTH 1372
#define ER_UNKNOWN_TARGET_BINLOG 1373
#define ER_IO_ERR_LOG_INDEX_READ 1374
#define ER_BINLOG_PURGE_PROHIBITED 1375
#define ER_FSEEK_FAIL 1376
#define ER_BINLOG_PURGE_FATAL_ERR 1377
#define ER_LOG_IN_USE 1378
#define ER_LOG_PURGE_UNKNOWN_ERR 1379
#define ER_RELAY_LOG_INIT 1380
#define ER_NO_BINARY_LOGGING 1381
#define ER_RESERVED_SYNTAX 1382
#define ER_WSAS_FAILED 1383
#define ER_DIFF_GROUPS_PROC 1384
#define ER_NO_GROUP_FOR_PROC 1385
#define ER_ORDER_WITH_PROC 1386
#define ER_LOGGING_PROHIBIT_CHANGING_OF 1387
#define ER_NO_FILE_MAPPING 1388
#define ER_WRONG_MAGIC 1389
#define ER_PS_MANY_PARAM 1390
#define ER_KEY_PART_0 1391
#define ER_VIEW_CHECKSUM 1392
#define ER_VIEW_MULTIUPDATE 1393
#define ER_VIEW_NO_INSERT_FIELD_LIST 1394
#define ER_VIEW_DELETE_MERGE_VIEW 1395
#define ER_CANNOT_USER 1396
#define ER_XAER_NOTA 1397
#define ER_XAER_INVAL 1398
#define ER_XAER_RMFAIL 1399
#define ER_XAER_OUTSIDE 1400
#define ER_XAER_RMERR 1401
#define ER_XA_RBROLLBACK 1402
#define ER_NONEXISTING_PROC_GRANT 1403
#define ER_PROC_AUTO_GRANT_FAIL 1404
#define ER_PROC_AUTO_REVOKE_FAIL 1405
#define ER_DATA_TOO_LONG 1406
#define ER_SP_BAD_SQLSTATE 1407
#define ER_STARTUP 1408
#define ER_LOAD_FROM_FIXED_SIZE_ROWS_TO_VAR 1409
#define ER_CANT_CREATE_USER_WITH_GRANT 1410
#define ER_WRONG_VALUE_FOR_TYPE 1411
#define ER_TABLE_DEF_CHANGED 1412
#define ER_SP_DUP_HANDLER 1413
#define ER_SP_NOT_VAR_ARG 1414
#define ER_SP_NO_RETSET 1415
#define ER_CANT_CREATE_GEOMETRY_OBJECT 1416
#define ER_FAILED_ROUTINE_BREAK_BINLOG 1417
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_ROUTINE 1418
#define ER_BINLOG_CREATE_ROUTINE_NEED_SUPER 1419
#define ER_EXEC_STMT_WITH_OPEN_CURSOR 1420
#define ER_STMT_HAS_NO_OPEN_CURSOR 1421
#define ER_COMMIT_NOT_ALLOWED_IN_SF_OR_TRG 1422
#define ER_NO_DEFAULT_FOR_VIEW_FIELD 1423
#define ER_SP_NO_RECURSION 1424
#define ER_TOO_BIG_SCALE 1425
#define ER_TOO_BIG_PRECISION 1426
#define ER_M_BIGGER_THAN_D 1427
#define ER_WRONG_LOCK_OF_SYSTEM_TABLE 1428
#define ER_CONNECT_TO_FOREIGN_DATA_SOURCE 1429
#define ER_QUERY_ON_FOREIGN_DATA_SOURCE 1430
#define ER_FOREIGN_DATA_SOURCE_DOESNT_EXIST 1431
#define ER_FOREIGN_DATA_STRING_INVALID_CANT_CREATE 1432
#define ER_FOREIGN_DATA_STRING_INVALID 1433
#define ER_CANT_CREATE_FEDERATED_TABLE 1434
#define ER_TRG_IN_WRONG_SCHEMA 1435
#define ER_STACK_OVERRUN_NEED_MORE 1436
#define ER_TOO_LONG_BODY 1437
#define ER_WARN_CANT_DROP_DEFAULT_KEYCACHE 1438
#define ER_TOO_BIG_DISPLAYWIDTH 1439
#define ER_XAER_DUPID 1440
#define ER_DATETIME_FUNCTION_OVERFLOW 1441
#define ER_CANT_UPDATE_USED_TABLE_IN_SF_OR_TRG 1442
#define ER_VIEW_PREVENT_UPDATE 1443
#define ER_PS_NO_RECURSION 1444
#define ER_SP_CANT_SET_AUTOCOMMIT 1445
#define ER_MALFORMED_DEFINER 1446
#define ER_VIEW_FRM_NO_USER 1447
#define ER_UNUSED_30 1448
#define ER_NO_SUCH_USER 1449
#define ER_FORBID_SCHEMA_CHANGE 1450
#define ER_ROW_IS_REFERENCED_2 1451
#define ER_NO_REFERENCED_ROW_2 1452
#define ER_SP_BAD_VAR_SHADOW 1453
#define ER_TRG_NO_DEFINER 1454
#define ER_OLD_FILE_FORMAT 1455
#define ER_SP_RECURSION_LIMIT 1456
#define ER_SP_PROC_TABLE_CORRUPT 1457
#define ER_SP_WRONG_NAME 1458
#define ER_TABLE_NEEDS_UPGRADE 1459
#define ER_SP_NO_AGGREGATE 1460
#define ER_MAX_PREPARED_STMT_COUNT_REACHED 1461
#define ER_VIEW_RECURSIVE 1462
#define ER_NON_GROUPING_FIELD_USED 1463
#define ER_TABLE_CANT_HANDLE_SPKEYS 1464
#define ER_NO_TRIGGERS_ON_SYSTEM_SCHEMA 1465
#define ER_REMOVED_SPACES 1466
#define ER_AUTOINC_READ_FAILED 1467
#define ER_USERNAME 1468
#define ER_HOSTNAME 1469
#define ER_WRONG_STRING_LENGTH 1470
#define ER_NON_INSERTABLE_TABLE 1471
#define ER_ADMIN_WRONG_MRG_TABLE 1472
#define ER_TOO_HIGH_LEVEL_OF_NESTING_FOR_SELECT 1473
#define ER_NAME_BECOMES_EMPTY 1474
#define ER_AMBIGUOUS_FIELD_TERM 1475
#define ER_FOREIGN_SERVER_EXISTS 1476
#define ER_FOREIGN_SERVER_DOESNT_EXIST 1477
#define ER_ILLEGAL_HA_CREATE_OPTION 1478
#define ER_PARTITION_REQUIRES_VALUES_ERROR 1479
#define ER_PARTITION_WRONG_VALUES_ERROR 1480
#define ER_PARTITION_MAXVALUE_ERROR 1481
#define ER_PARTITION_SUBPARTITION_ERROR 1482
#define ER_PARTITION_SUBPART_MIX_ERROR 1483
#define ER_PARTITION_WRONG_NO_PART_ERROR 1484
#define ER_PARTITION_WRONG_NO_SUBPART_ERROR 1485
#define ER_WRONG_EXPR_IN_PARTITION_FUNC_ERROR 1486
#define ER_NOT_CONSTANT_EXPRESSION 1487
#define ER_FIELD_NOT_FOUND_PART_ERROR 1488
#define ER_LIST_OF_FIELDS_ONLY_IN_HASH_ERROR 1489
#define ER_INCONSISTENT_PARTITION_INFO_ERROR 1490
#define ER_PARTITION_FUNC_NOT_ALLOWED_ERROR 1491
#define ER_PARTITIONS_MUST_BE_DEFINED_ERROR 1492
#define ER_RANGE_NOT_INCREASING_ERROR 1493
#define ER_INCONSISTENT_TYPE_OF_FUNCTIONS_ERROR 1494
#define ER_MULTIPLE_DEF_CONST_IN_LIST_PART_ERROR 1495
#define ER_PARTITION_ENTRY_ERROR 1496
#define ER_MIX_HANDLER_ERROR 1497
#define ER_PARTITION_NOT_DEFINED_ERROR 1498
#define ER_TOO_MANY_PARTITIONS_ERROR 1499
#define ER_SUBPARTITION_ERROR 1500
#define ER_CANT_CREATE_HANDLER_FILE 1501
#define ER_BLOB_FIELD_IN_PART_FUNC_ERROR 1502
#define ER_UNIQUE_KEY_NEED_ALL_FIELDS_IN_PF 1503
#define ER_NO_PARTS_ERROR 1504
#define ER_PARTITION_MGMT_ON_NONPARTITIONED 1505
#define ER_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED_WITH_PARTITIONING 1506
#define ER_PARTITION_DOES_NOT_EXIST 1507
#define ER_DROP_LAST_PARTITION 1508
#define ER_COALESCE_ONLY_ON_HASH_PARTITION 1509
#define ER_REORG_HASH_ONLY_ON_SAME_NO 1510
#define ER_REORG_NO_PARAM_ERROR 1511
#define ER_ONLY_ON_RANGE_LIST_PARTITION 1512
#define ER_ADD_PARTITION_SUBPART_ERROR 1513
#define ER_ADD_PARTITION_NO_NEW_PARTITION 1514
#define ER_COALESCE_PARTITION_NO_PARTITION 1515
#define ER_REORG_PARTITION_NOT_EXIST 1516
#define ER_SAME_NAME_PARTITION 1517
#define ER_NO_BINLOG_ERROR 1518
#define ER_CONSECUTIVE_REORG_PARTITIONS 1519
#define ER_REORG_OUTSIDE_RANGE 1520
#define ER_PARTITION_FUNCTION_FAILURE 1521
#define ER_PART_STATE_ERROR 1522
#define ER_LIMITED_PART_RANGE 1523
#define ER_PLUGIN_IS_NOT_LOADED 1524
#define ER_WRONG_VALUE 1525
#define ER_NO_PARTITION_FOR_GIVEN_VALUE 1526
#define ER_FILEGROUP_OPTION_ONLY_ONCE 1527
#define ER_CREATE_FILEGROUP_FAILED 1528
#define ER_DROP_FILEGROUP_FAILED 1529
#define ER_TABLESPACE_AUTO_EXTEND_ERROR 1530
#define ER_WRONG_SIZE_NUMBER 1531
#define ER_SIZE_OVERFLOW_ERROR 1532
#define ER_ALTER_FILEGROUP_FAILED 1533
#define ER_BINLOG_ROW_LOGGING_FAILED 1534
#define ER_BINLOG_ROW_WRONG_TABLE_DEF 1535
#define ER_BINLOG_ROW_RBR_TO_SBR 1536
#define ER_EVENT_ALREADY_EXISTS 1537
#define ER_EVENT_STORE_FAILED 1538
#define ER_EVENT_DOES_NOT_EXIST 1539
#define ER_EVENT_CANT_ALTER 1540
#define ER_EVENT_DROP_FAILED 1541
#define ER_EVENT_INTERVAL_NOT_POSITIVE_OR_TOO_BIG 1542
#define ER_EVENT_ENDS_BEFORE_STARTS 1543
#define ER_EVENT_EXEC_TIME_IN_THE_PAST 1544
#define ER_EVENT_OPEN_TABLE_FAILED 1545
#define ER_EVENT_NEITHER_M_EXPR_NOR_M_AT 1546
#define ER_UNUSED_2 1547
#define ER_UNUSED_3 1548
#define ER_EVENT_CANNOT_DELETE 1549
#define ER_EVENT_COMPILE_ERROR 1550
#define ER_EVENT_SAME_NAME 1551
#define ER_EVENT_DATA_TOO_LONG 1552
#define ER_DROP_INDEX_FK 1553
#define ER_WARN_DEPRECATED_SYNTAX_WITH_VER 1554
#define ER_CANT_WRITE_LOCK_LOG_TABLE 1555
#define ER_CANT_LOCK_LOG_TABLE 1556
#define ER_UNUSED_4 1557
#define ER_COL_COUNT_DOESNT_MATCH_PLEASE_UPDATE 1558
#define ER_TEMP_TABLE_PREVENTS_SWITCH_OUT_OF_RBR 1559
#define ER_STORED_FUNCTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_BINLOG_FORMAT 1560
#define ER_UNUSED_13 1561
#define ER_PARTITION_NO_TEMPORARY 1562
#define ER_PARTITION_CONST_DOMAIN_ERROR 1563
#define ER_PARTITION_FUNCTION_IS_NOT_ALLOWED 1564
#define ER_DDL_LOG_ERROR 1565
#define ER_NULL_IN_VALUES_LESS_THAN 1566
#define ER_WRONG_PARTITION_NAME 1567
#define ER_CANT_CHANGE_TX_CHARACTERISTICS 1568
#define ER_DUP_ENTRY_AUTOINCREMENT_CASE 1569
#define ER_EVENT_MODIFY_QUEUE_ERROR 1570
#define ER_EVENT_SET_VAR_ERROR 1571
#define ER_PARTITION_MERGE_ERROR 1572
#define ER_CANT_ACTIVATE_LOG 1573
#define ER_RBR_NOT_AVAILABLE 1574
#define ER_BASE64_DECODE_ERROR 1575
#define ER_EVENT_RECURSION_FORBIDDEN 1576
#define ER_EVENTS_DB_ERROR 1577
#define ER_ONLY_INTEGERS_ALLOWED 1578
#define ER_UNSUPORTED_LOG_ENGINE 1579
#define ER_BAD_LOG_STATEMENT 1580
#define ER_CANT_RENAME_LOG_TABLE 1581
#define ER_WRONG_PARAMCOUNT_TO_NATIVE_FCT 1582
#define ER_WRONG_PARAMETERS_TO_NATIVE_FCT 1583
#define ER_WRONG_PARAMETERS_TO_STORED_FCT 1584
#define ER_NATIVE_FCT_NAME_COLLISION 1585
#define ER_DUP_ENTRY_WITH_KEY_NAME 1586
#define ER_BINLOG_PURGE_EMFILE 1587
#define ER_EVENT_CANNOT_CREATE_IN_THE_PAST 1588
#define ER_EVENT_CANNOT_ALTER_IN_THE_PAST 1589
#define ER_SLAVE_INCIDENT 1590
#define ER_NO_PARTITION_FOR_GIVEN_VALUE_SILENT 1591
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_STATEMENT 1592
#define ER_SLAVE_FATAL_ERROR 1593
#define ER_SLAVE_RELAY_LOG_READ_FAILURE 1594
#define ER_SLAVE_RELAY_LOG_WRITE_FAILURE 1595
#define ER_SLAVE_CREATE_EVENT_FAILURE 1596
#define ER_SLAVE_MASTER_COM_FAILURE 1597
#define ER_BINLOG_LOGGING_IMPOSSIBLE 1598
#define ER_VIEW_NO_CREATION_CTX 1599
#define ER_VIEW_INVALID_CREATION_CTX 1600
#define ER_SR_INVALID_CREATION_CTX 1601
#define ER_TRG_CORRUPTED_FILE 1602
#define ER_TRG_NO_CREATION_CTX 1603
#define ER_TRG_INVALID_CREATION_CTX 1604
#define ER_EVENT_INVALID_CREATION_CTX 1605
#define ER_TRG_CANT_OPEN_TABLE 1606
#define ER_CANT_CREATE_SROUTINE 1607
#define ER_UNUSED_11 1608
#define ER_NO_FORMAT_DESCRIPTION_EVENT_BEFORE_BINLOG_STATEMENT 1609
#define ER_SLAVE_CORRUPT_EVENT 1610
#define ER_LOAD_DATA_INVALID_COLUMN 1611
#define ER_LOG_PURGE_NO_FILE 1612
#define ER_XA_RBTIMEOUT 1613
#define ER_XA_RBDEADLOCK 1614
#define ER_NEED_REPREPARE 1615
#define ER_DELAYED_NOT_SUPPORTED 1616
#define WARN_NO_MASTER_INFO 1617
#define WARN_OPTION_IGNORED 1618
#define ER_PLUGIN_DELETE_BUILTIN 1619
#define WARN_PLUGIN_BUSY 1620
#define ER_VARIABLE_IS_READONLY 1621
#define ER_WARN_ENGINE_TRANSACTION_ROLLBACK 1622
#define ER_SLAVE_HEARTBEAT_FAILURE 1623
#define ER_SLAVE_HEARTBEAT_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE 1624
#define ER_UNUSED_14 1625
#define ER_CONFLICT_FN_PARSE_ERROR 1626
#define ER_EXCEPTIONS_WRITE_ERROR 1627
#define ER_TOO_LONG_TABLE_COMMENT 1628
#define ER_TOO_LONG_FIELD_COMMENT 1629
#define ER_FUNC_INEXISTENT_NAME_COLLISION 1630
#define ER_DATABASE_NAME 1631
#define ER_TABLE_NAME 1632
#define ER_PARTITION_NAME 1633
#define ER_SUBPARTITION_NAME 1634
#define ER_TEMPORARY_NAME 1635
#define ER_RENAMED_NAME 1636
#define ER_TOO_MANY_CONCURRENT_TRXS 1637
#define WARN_NON_ASCII_SEPARATOR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED 1638
#define ER_DEBUG_SYNC_TIMEOUT 1639
#define ER_DEBUG_SYNC_HIT_LIMIT 1640
#define ER_DUP_SIGNAL_SET 1641
#define ER_SIGNAL_WARN 1642
#define ER_SIGNAL_NOT_FOUND 1643
#define ER_SIGNAL_EXCEPTION 1644
#define ER_RESIGNAL_WITHOUT_ACTIVE_HANDLER 1645
#define ER_SIGNAL_BAD_CONDITION_TYPE 1646
#define WARN_COND_ITEM_TRUNCATED 1647
#define ER_COND_ITEM_TOO_LONG 1648
#define ER_UNKNOWN_LOCALE 1649
#define ER_SLAVE_IGNORE_SERVER_IDS 1650
#define ER_QUERY_CACHE_DISABLED 1651
#define ER_SAME_NAME_PARTITION_FIELD 1652
#define ER_PARTITION_COLUMN_LIST_ERROR 1653
#define ER_WRONG_TYPE_COLUMN_VALUE_ERROR 1654
#define ER_TOO_MANY_PARTITION_FUNC_FIELDS_ERROR 1655
#define ER_MAXVALUE_IN_VALUES_IN 1656
#define ER_TOO_MANY_VALUES_ERROR 1657
#define ER_ROW_SINGLE_PARTITION_FIELD_ERROR 1658
#define ER_FIELD_TYPE_NOT_ALLOWED_AS_PARTITION_FIELD 1659
#define ER_PARTITION_FIELDS_TOO_LONG 1660
#define ER_BINLOG_ROW_ENGINE_AND_STMT_ENGINE 1661
#define ER_BINLOG_ROW_MODE_AND_STMT_ENGINE 1662
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_AND_STMT_ENGINE 1663
#define ER_BINLOG_ROW_INJECTION_AND_STMT_ENGINE 1664
#define ER_BINLOG_STMT_MODE_AND_ROW_ENGINE 1665
#define ER_BINLOG_ROW_INJECTION_AND_STMT_MODE 1666
#define ER_BINLOG_MULTIPLE_ENGINES_AND_SELF_LOGGING_ENGINE 1667
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_LIMIT 1668
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_INSERT_DELAYED 1669
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_SYSTEM_TABLE 1670
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_AUTOINC_COLUMNS 1671
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_UDF 1672
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_SYSTEM_VARIABLE 1673
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_SYSTEM_FUNCTION 1674
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_NONTRANS_AFTER_TRANS 1675
#define ER_MESSAGE_AND_STATEMENT 1676
#define ER_SLAVE_CONVERSION_FAILED 1677
#define ER_SLAVE_CANT_CREATE_CONVERSION 1678
#define ER_INSIDE_TRANSACTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_BINLOG_FORMAT 1679
#define ER_PATH_LENGTH 1680
#define ER_WARN_DEPRECATED_SYNTAX_NO_REPLACEMENT 1681
#define ER_WRONG_NATIVE_TABLE_STRUCTURE 1682
#define ER_WRONG_PERFSCHEMA_USAGE 1683
#define ER_WARN_I_S_SKIPPED_TABLE 1684
#define ER_INSIDE_TRANSACTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_BINLOG_DIRECT 1685
#define ER_STORED_FUNCTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_BINLOG_DIRECT 1686
#define ER_SPATIAL_MUST_HAVE_GEOM_COL 1687
#define ER_TOO_LONG_INDEX_COMMENT 1688
#define ER_LOCK_ABORTED 1689
#define ER_DATA_OUT_OF_RANGE 1690
#define ER_WRONG_SPVAR_TYPE_IN_LIMIT 1691
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_MULTIPLE_ENGINES_AND_SELF_LOGGING_ENGINE 1692
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_MIXED_STATEMENT 1693
#define ER_INSIDE_TRANSACTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_SQL_LOG_BIN 1694
#define ER_STORED_FUNCTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_SQL_LOG_BIN 1695
#define ER_FAILED_READ_FROM_PAR_FILE 1696
#define ER_VALUES_IS_NOT_INT_TYPE_ERROR 1697
#define ER_ACCESS_DENIED_NO_PASSWORD_ERROR 1698
#define ER_SET_PASSWORD_AUTH_PLUGIN 1699
#define ER_GRANT_PLUGIN_USER_EXISTS 1700
#define ER_TRUNCATE_ILLEGAL_FK 1701
#define ER_PLUGIN_IS_PERMANENT 1702
#define ER_SLAVE_HEARTBEAT_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE_MIN 1703
#define ER_SLAVE_HEARTBEAT_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE_MAX 1704
#define ER_STMT_CACHE_FULL 1705
#define ER_MULTI_UPDATE_KEY_CONFLICT 1706
#define ER_TABLE_NEEDS_REBUILD 1707
#define WARN_OPTION_BELOW_LIMIT 1708
#define ER_INDEX_COLUMN_TOO_LONG 1709
#define ER_ERROR_IN_TRIGGER_BODY 1710
#define ER_ERROR_IN_UNKNOWN_TRIGGER_BODY 1711
#define ER_INDEX_CORRUPT 1712
#define ER_UNDO_RECORD_TOO_BIG 1713
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_INSERT_IGNORE_SELECT 1714
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_INSERT_SELECT_UPDATE 1715
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_REPLACE_SELECT 1716
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_CREATE_IGNORE_SELECT 1717
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_CREATE_REPLACE_SELECT 1718
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_UPDATE_IGNORE 1719
#define ER_UNUSED_15 1720
#define ER_UNUSED_16 1721
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_WRITE_AUTOINC_SELECT 1722
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_CREATE_SELECT_AUTOINC 1723
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_INSERT_TWO_KEYS 1724
#define ER_UNUSED_28 1725
#define ER_VERS_NOT_ALLOWED 1726
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_AUTOINC_NOT_FIRST 1727
#define ER_CANNOT_LOAD_FROM_TABLE_V2 1728
#define ER_MASTER_DELAY_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE 1729
#define ER_ONLY_FD_AND_RBR_EVENTS_ALLOWED_IN_BINLOG_STATEMENT 1730
#define ER_PARTITION_EXCHANGE_DIFFERENT_OPTION 1731
#define ER_PARTITION_EXCHANGE_PART_TABLE 1732
#define ER_PARTITION_EXCHANGE_TEMP_TABLE 1733
#define ER_PARTITION_INSTEAD_OF_SUBPARTITION 1734
#define ER_UNKNOWN_PARTITION 1735
#define ER_TABLES_DIFFERENT_METADATA 1736
#define ER_ROW_DOES_NOT_MATCH_PARTITION 1737
#define ER_BINLOG_CACHE_SIZE_GREATER_THAN_MAX 1738
#define ER_WARN_INDEX_NOT_APPLICABLE 1739
#define ER_PARTITION_EXCHANGE_FOREIGN_KEY 1740
#define ER_NO_SUCH_KEY_VALUE 1741
#define ER_VALUE_TOO_LONG 1742
#define ER_NETWORK_READ_EVENT_CHECKSUM_FAILURE 1743
#define ER_BINLOG_READ_EVENT_CHECKSUM_FAILURE 1744
#define ER_BINLOG_STMT_CACHE_SIZE_GREATER_THAN_MAX 1745
#define ER_CANT_UPDATE_TABLE_IN_CREATE_TABLE_SELECT 1746
#define ER_PARTITION_CLAUSE_ON_NONPARTITIONED 1747
#define ER_ROW_DOES_NOT_MATCH_GIVEN_PARTITION_SET 1748
#define ER_UNUSED_5 1749
#define ER_CHANGE_RPL_INFO_REPOSITORY_FAILURE 1750
#define ER_WARNING_NOT_COMPLETE_ROLLBACK_WITH_CREATED_TEMP_TABLE 1751
#define ER_WARNING_NOT_COMPLETE_ROLLBACK_WITH_DROPPED_TEMP_TABLE 1752
#define ER_MTS_FEATURE_IS_NOT_SUPPORTED 1753
#define ER_MTS_UPDATED_DBS_GREATER_MAX 1754
#define ER_MTS_CANT_PARALLEL 1755
#define ER_MTS_INCONSISTENT_DATA 1756
#define ER_FULLTEXT_NOT_SUPPORTED_WITH_PARTITIONING 1757
#define ER_DA_INVALID_CONDITION_NUMBER 1758
#define ER_INSECURE_PLAIN_TEXT 1759
#define ER_INSECURE_CHANGE_MASTER 1760
#define ER_FOREIGN_DUPLICATE_KEY_WITH_CHILD_INFO 1761
#define ER_FOREIGN_DUPLICATE_KEY_WITHOUT_CHILD_INFO 1762
#define ER_SQLTHREAD_WITH_SECURE_SLAVE 1763
#define ER_TABLE_HAS_NO_FT 1764
#define ER_VARIABLE_NOT_SETTABLE_IN_SF_OR_TRIGGER 1765
#define ER_VARIABLE_NOT_SETTABLE_IN_TRANSACTION 1766
#define ER_GTID_NEXT_IS_NOT_IN_GTID_NEXT_LIST 1767
#define ER_CANT_CHANGE_GTID_NEXT_IN_TRANSACTION_WHEN_GTID_NEXT_LIST_IS_NULL 1768
#define ER_SET_STATEMENT_CANNOT_INVOKE_FUNCTION 1769
#define ER_GTID_NEXT_CANT_BE_AUTOMATIC_IF_GTID_NEXT_LIST_IS_NON_NULL 1770
#define ER_SKIPPING_LOGGED_TRANSACTION 1771
#define ER_MALFORMED_GTID_SET_SPECIFICATION 1772
#define ER_MALFORMED_GTID_SET_ENCODING 1773
#define ER_MALFORMED_GTID_SPECIFICATION 1774
#define ER_GNO_EXHAUSTED 1775
#define ER_BAD_SLAVE_AUTO_POSITION 1776
#define ER_AUTO_POSITION_REQUIRES_GTID_MODE_ON 1777
#define ER_CANT_DO_IMPLICIT_COMMIT_IN_TRX_WHEN_GTID_NEXT_IS_SET 1778
#define ER_GTID_MODE_2_OR_3_REQUIRES_ENFORCE_GTID_CONSISTENCY_ON 1779
#define ER_GTID_MODE_REQUIRES_BINLOG 1780
#define ER_CANT_SET_GTID_NEXT_TO_GTID_WHEN_GTID_MODE_IS_OFF 1781
#define ER_CANT_SET_GTID_NEXT_TO_ANONYMOUS_WHEN_GTID_MODE_IS_ON 1782
#define ER_CANT_SET_GTID_NEXT_LIST_TO_NON_NULL_WHEN_GTID_MODE_IS_OFF 1783
#define ER_FOUND_GTID_EVENT_WHEN_GTID_MODE_IS_OFF 1784
#define ER_GTID_UNSAFE_NON_TRANSACTIONAL_TABLE 1785
#define ER_GTID_UNSAFE_CREATE_SELECT 1786
#define ER_GTID_UNSAFE_CREATE_DROP_TEMPORARY_TABLE_IN_TRANSACTION 1787
#define ER_GTID_MODE_CAN_ONLY_CHANGE_ONE_STEP_AT_A_TIME 1788
#define ER_MASTER_HAS_PURGED_REQUIRED_GTIDS 1789
#define ER_CANT_SET_GTID_NEXT_WHEN_OWNING_GTID 1790
#define ER_UNKNOWN_EXPLAIN_FORMAT 1791
#define ER_CANT_EXECUTE_IN_READ_ONLY_TRANSACTION 1792
#define ER_TOO_LONG_TABLE_PARTITION_COMMENT 1793
#define ER_SLAVE_CONFIGURATION 1794
#define ER_INNODB_FT_LIMIT 1795
#define ER_INNODB_NO_FT_TEMP_TABLE 1796
#define ER_INNODB_FT_WRONG_DOCID_COLUMN 1797
#define ER_INNODB_FT_WRONG_DOCID_INDEX 1798
#define ER_INNODB_ONLINE_LOG_TOO_BIG 1799
#define ER_UNKNOWN_ALTER_ALGORITHM 1800
#define ER_UNKNOWN_ALTER_LOCK 1801
#define ER_MTS_CHANGE_MASTER_CANT_RUN_WITH_GAPS 1802
#define ER_MTS_RECOVERY_FAILURE 1803
#define ER_MTS_RESET_WORKERS 1804
#define ER_COL_COUNT_DOESNT_MATCH_CORRUPTED_V2 1805
#define ER_SLAVE_SILENT_RETRY_TRANSACTION 1806
#define ER_UNUSED_22 1807
#define ER_TABLE_SCHEMA_MISMATCH 1808
#define ER_TABLE_IN_SYSTEM_TABLESPACE 1809
#define ER_IO_READ_ERROR 1810
#define ER_IO_WRITE_ERROR 1811
#define ER_TABLESPACE_MISSING 1812
#define ER_TABLESPACE_EXISTS 1813
#define ER_TABLESPACE_DISCARDED 1814
#define ER_INTERNAL_ERROR 1815
#define ER_INNODB_IMPORT_ERROR 1816
#define ER_INNODB_INDEX_CORRUPT 1817
#define ER_INVALID_YEAR_COLUMN_LENGTH 1818
#define ER_NOT_VALID_PASSWORD 1819
#define ER_MUST_CHANGE_PASSWORD 1820
#define ER_FK_NO_INDEX_CHILD 1821
#define ER_FK_NO_INDEX_PARENT 1822
#define ER_FK_FAIL_ADD_SYSTEM 1823
#define ER_FK_CANNOT_OPEN_PARENT 1824
#define ER_FK_INCORRECT_OPTION 1825
#define ER_DUP_CONSTRAINT_NAME 1826
#define ER_PASSWORD_FORMAT 1827
#define ER_FK_COLUMN_CANNOT_DROP 1828
#define ER_FK_COLUMN_CANNOT_DROP_CHILD 1829
#define ER_FK_COLUMN_NOT_NULL 1830
#define ER_DUP_INDEX 1831
#define ER_FK_COLUMN_CANNOT_CHANGE 1832
#define ER_FK_COLUMN_CANNOT_CHANGE_CHILD 1833
#define ER_FK_CANNOT_DELETE_PARENT 1834
#define ER_MALFORMED_PACKET 1835
#define ER_READ_ONLY_MODE 1836
#define ER_GTID_NEXT_TYPE_UNDEFINED_GROUP 1837
#define ER_VARIABLE_NOT_SETTABLE_IN_SP 1838
#define ER_CANT_SET_GTID_PURGED_WHEN_GTID_MODE_IS_OFF 1839
#define ER_CANT_SET_GTID_PURGED_WHEN_GTID_EXECUTED_IS_NOT_EMPTY 1840
#define ER_CANT_SET_GTID_PURGED_WHEN_OWNED_GTIDS_IS_NOT_EMPTY 1841
#define ER_GTID_PURGED_WAS_CHANGED 1842
#define ER_GTID_EXECUTED_WAS_CHANGED 1843
#define ER_BINLOG_STMT_MODE_AND_NO_REPL_TABLES 1844
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED 1845
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON 1846
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_COPY 1847
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_PARTITION 1848
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_FK_RENAME 1849
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_COLUMN_TYPE 1850
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_FK_CHECK 1851
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_IGNORE 1852
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_NOPK 1853
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_AUTOINC 1854
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_HIDDEN_FTS 1855
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_CHANGE_FTS 1856
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_FTS 1857
#define ER_SQL_SLAVE_SKIP_COUNTER_NOT_SETTABLE_IN_GTID_MODE 1858
#define ER_DUP_UNKNOWN_IN_INDEX 1859
#define ER_IDENT_CAUSES_TOO_LONG_PATH 1860
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_NOT_NULL 1861
#define ER_MUST_CHANGE_PASSWORD_LOGIN 1862
#define ER_ROW_IN_WRONG_PARTITION 1863
#define ER_MTS_EVENT_BIGGER_PENDING_JOBS_SIZE_MAX 1864
#define ER_INNODB_NO_FT_USES_PARSER 1865
#define ER_BINLOG_LOGICAL_CORRUPTION 1866
#define ER_WARN_PURGE_LOG_IN_USE 1867
#define ER_WARN_PURGE_LOG_IS_ACTIVE 1868
#define ER_AUTO_INCREMENT_CONFLICT 1869
#define WARN_ON_BLOCKHOLE_IN_RBR 1870
#define ER_SLAVE_MI_INIT_REPOSITORY 1871
#define ER_SLAVE_RLI_INIT_REPOSITORY 1872
#define ER_ACCESS_DENIED_CHANGE_USER_ERROR 1873
#define ER_INNODB_READ_ONLY 1874
#define ER_STOP_SLAVE_SQL_THREAD_TIMEOUT 1875
#define ER_STOP_SLAVE_IO_THREAD_TIMEOUT 1876
#define ER_TABLE_CORRUPT 1877
#define ER_TEMP_FILE_WRITE_FAILURE 1878
#define ER_INNODB_FT_AUX_NOT_HEX_ID 1879
#define ER_LAST_MYSQL_ERROR_MESSAGE 1880
#define ER_ERROR_LAST_SECTION_1 1880

/* New section */

#define ER_ERROR_FIRST_SECTION_2 1900
#define ER_UNUSED_18 1900
#define ER_GENERATED_COLUMN_FUNCTION_IS_NOT_ALLOWED 1901
#define ER_UNUSED_19 1902
#define ER_PRIMARY_KEY_BASED_ON_GENERATED_COLUMN 1903
#define ER_KEY_BASED_ON_GENERATED_VIRTUAL_COLUMN 1904
#define ER_WRONG_FK_OPTION_FOR_GENERATED_COLUMN 1905
#define ER_WARNING_NON_DEFAULT_VALUE_FOR_GENERATED_COLUMN 1906
#define ER_UNSUPPORTED_ACTION_ON_GENERATED_COLUMN 1907
#define ER_UNUSED_20 1908
#define ER_UNUSED_21 1909
#define ER_UNSUPPORTED_ENGINE_FOR_GENERATED_COLUMNS 1910
#define ER_UNKNOWN_OPTION 1911
#define ER_BAD_OPTION_VALUE 1912
#define ER_UNUSED_6 1913
#define ER_UNUSED_7 1914
#define ER_UNUSED_8 1915
#define ER_DATA_OVERFLOW 1916
#define ER_DATA_TRUNCATED 1917
#define ER_BAD_DATA 1918
#define ER_DYN_COL_WRONG_FORMAT 1919
#define ER_DYN_COL_IMPLEMENTATION_LIMIT 1920
#define ER_DYN_COL_DATA 1921
#define ER_DYN_COL_WRONG_CHARSET 1922
#define ER_ILLEGAL_SUBQUERY_OPTIMIZER_SWITCHES 1923
#define ER_QUERY_CACHE_IS_DISABLED 1924
#define ER_QUERY_CACHE_IS_GLOBALY_DISABLED 1925
#define ER_VIEW_ORDERBY_IGNORED 1926
#define ER_CONNECTION_KILLED 1927
#define ER_UNUSED_12 1928
#define ER_INSIDE_TRANSACTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_SKIP_REPLICATION 1929
#define ER_STORED_FUNCTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_SKIP_REPLICATION 1930
#define ER_QUERY_RESULT_INCOMPLETE 1931
#define ER_NO_SUCH_TABLE_IN_ENGINE 1932
#define ER_TARGET_NOT_EXPLAINABLE 1933
#define ER_CONNECTION_ALREADY_EXISTS 1934
#define ER_MASTER_LOG_PREFIX 1935
#define ER_CANT_START_STOP_SLAVE 1936
#define ER_SLAVE_STARTED 1937
#define ER_SLAVE_STOPPED 1938
#define ER_SQL_DISCOVER_ERROR 1939
#define ER_FAILED_GTID_STATE_INIT 1940
#define ER_INCORRECT_GTID_STATE 1941
#define ER_CANNOT_UPDATE_GTID_STATE 1942
#define ER_DUPLICATE_GTID_DOMAIN 1943
#define ER_GTID_OPEN_TABLE_FAILED 1944
#define ER_GTID_POSITION_NOT_FOUND_IN_BINLOG 1945
#define ER_CANNOT_LOAD_SLAVE_GTID_STATE 1946
#define ER_MASTER_GTID_POS_CONFLICTS_WITH_BINLOG 1947
#define ER_MASTER_GTID_POS_MISSING_DOMAIN 1948
#define ER_UNTIL_REQUIRES_USING_GTID 1949
#define ER_GTID_STRICT_OUT_OF_ORDER 1950
#define ER_GTID_START_FROM_BINLOG_HOLE 1951
#define ER_SLAVE_UNEXPECTED_MASTER_SWITCH 1952
#define ER_INSIDE_TRANSACTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_GTID_DOMAIN_ID_SEQ_NO 1953
#define ER_STORED_FUNCTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_GTID_DOMAIN_ID_SEQ_NO 1954
#define ER_GTID_POSITION_NOT_FOUND_IN_BINLOG2 1955
#define ER_BINLOG_MUST_BE_EMPTY 1956
#define ER_NO_SUCH_QUERY 1957
#define ER_BAD_BASE64_DATA 1958
#define ER_INVALID_ROLE 1959
#define ER_INVALID_CURRENT_USER 1960
#define ER_CANNOT_GRANT_ROLE 1961
#define ER_CANNOT_REVOKE_ROLE 1962
#define ER_CHANGE_SLAVE_PARALLEL_THREADS_ACTIVE 1963
#define ER_PRIOR_COMMIT_FAILED 1964
#define ER_IT_IS_A_VIEW 1965
#define ER_SLAVE_SKIP_NOT_IN_GTID 1966
#define ER_TABLE_DEFINITION_TOO_BIG 1967
#define ER_PLUGIN_INSTALLED 1968
#define ER_STATEMENT_TIMEOUT 1969
#define ER_SUBQUERIES_NOT_SUPPORTED 1970
#define ER_SET_STATEMENT_NOT_SUPPORTED 1971
#define ER_UNUSED_9 1972
#define ER_USER_CREATE_EXISTS 1973
#define ER_USER_DROP_EXISTS 1974
#define ER_ROLE_CREATE_EXISTS 1975
#define ER_ROLE_DROP_EXISTS 1976
#define ER_CANNOT_CONVERT_CHARACTER 1977
#define ER_INVALID_DEFAULT_VALUE_FOR_FIELD 1978
#define ER_KILL_QUERY_DENIED_ERROR 1979
#define ER_NO_EIS_FOR_FIELD 1980
#define ER_WARN_AGGFUNC_DEPENDENCE 1981
#define WARN_INNODB_PARTITION_OPTION_IGNORED 1982
#define ER_ERROR_LAST_SECTION_2 1982

/* New section */

#define ER_ERROR_FIRST_SECTION_3 2000
#define ER_ERROR_LAST_SECTION_3 2000

/* New section */

#define ER_ERROR_FIRST_SECTION_4 3000
#define ER_FILE_CORRUPT 3000
#define ER_ERROR_ON_MASTER 3001
#define ER_INCONSISTENT_ERROR 3002
#define ER_STORAGE_ENGINE_NOT_LOADED 3003
#define ER_GET_STACKED_DA_WITHOUT_ACTIVE_HANDLER 3004
#define ER_WARN_LEGACY_SYNTAX_CONVERTED 3005
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_FULLTEXT_PLUGIN 3006
#define ER_CANNOT_DISCARD_TEMPORARY_TABLE 3007
#define ER_FK_DEPTH_EXCEEDED 3008
#define ER_COL_COUNT_DOESNT_MATCH_PLEASE_UPDATE_V2 3009
#define ER_WARN_TRIGGER_DOESNT_HAVE_CREATED 3010
#define ER_REFERENCED_TRG_DOES_NOT_EXIST_MYSQL 3011
#define ER_EXPLAIN_NOT_SUPPORTED 3012
#define ER_INVALID_FIELD_SIZE 3013
#define ER_MISSING_HA_CREATE_OPTION 3014
#define ER_ENGINE_OUT_OF_MEMORY 3015
#define ER_PASSWORD_EXPIRE_ANONYMOUS_USER 3016
#define ER_SLAVE_SQL_THREAD_MUST_STOP 3017
#define ER_NO_FT_MATERIALIZED_SUBQUERY 3018
#define ER_INNODB_UNDO_LOG_FULL 3019
#define ER_INVALID_ARGUMENT_FOR_LOGARITHM 3020
#define ER_SLAVE_CHANNEL_IO_THREAD_MUST_STOP 3021
#define ER_WARN_OPEN_TEMP_TABLES_MUST_BE_ZERO 3022
#define ER_WARN_ONLY_MASTER_LOG_FILE_NO_POS 3023
#define ER_UNUSED_1 3024
#define ER_NON_RO_SELECT_DISABLE_TIMER 3025
#define ER_DUP_LIST_ENTRY 3026
#define ER_SQL_MODE_NO_EFFECT 3027
#define ER_AGGREGATE_ORDER_FOR_UNION 3028
#define ER_AGGREGATE_ORDER_NON_AGG_QUERY 3029
#define ER_SLAVE_WORKER_STOPPED_PREVIOUS_THD_ERROR 3030
#define ER_DONT_SUPPORT_SLAVE_PRESERVE_COMMIT_ORDER 3031
#define ER_SERVER_OFFLINE_MODE 3032
#define ER_GIS_DIFFERENT_SRIDS 3033
#define ER_GIS_UNSUPPORTED_ARGUMENT 3034
#define ER_GIS_UNKNOWN_ERROR 3035
#define ER_GIS_UNKNOWN_EXCEPTION 3036
#define ER_GIS_INVALID_DATA 3037
#define ER_BOOST_GEOMETRY_EMPTY_INPUT_EXCEPTION 3038
#define ER_BOOST_GEOMETRY_CENTROID_EXCEPTION 3039
#define ER_BOOST_GEOMETRY_OVERLAY_INVALID_INPUT_EXCEPTION 3040
#define ER_BOOST_GEOMETRY_TURN_INFO_EXCEPTION 3041
#define ER_BOOST_GEOMETRY_SELF_INTERSECTION_POINT_EXCEPTION 3042
#define ER_BOOST_GEOMETRY_UNKNOWN_EXCEPTION 3043
#define ER_STD_BAD_ALLOC_ERROR 3044
#define ER_STD_DOMAIN_ERROR 3045
#define ER_STD_LENGTH_ERROR 3046
#define ER_STD_INVALID_ARGUMENT 3047
#define ER_STD_OUT_OF_RANGE_ERROR 3048
#define ER_STD_OVERFLOW_ERROR 3049
#define ER_STD_RANGE_ERROR 3050
#define ER_STD_UNDERFLOW_ERROR 3051
#define ER_STD_LOGIC_ERROR 3052
#define ER_STD_RUNTIME_ERROR 3053
#define ER_STD_UNKNOWN_EXCEPTION 3054
#define ER_GIS_DATA_WRONG_ENDIANESS 3055
#define ER_CHANGE_MASTER_PASSWORD_LENGTH 3056
#define ER_USER_LOCK_WRONG_NAME 3057
#define ER_USER_LOCK_DEADLOCK 3058
#define ER_REPLACE_INACCESSIBLE_ROWS 3059
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_GIS 3060
#define ER_MYSQL_3061 3061
#define ER_MYSQL_3062 3062
#define ER_MYSQL_3063 3063
#define ER_MYSQL_3064 3064
#define ER_MYSQL_3065 3065
#define ER_MYSQL_3066 3066
#define ER_MYSQL_3067 3067
#define ER_MYSQL_3068 3068
#define ER_MYSQL_3069 3069
#define ER_MYSQL_3070 3070
#define ER_MYSQL_3071 3071
#define ER_MYSQL_3072 3072
#define ER_MYSQL_3073 3073
#define ER_MYSQL_3074 3074
#define ER_MYSQL_3075 3075
#define ER_MYSQL_3076 3076
#define ER_MYSQL_3077 3077
#define ER_MYSQL_3078 3078
#define ER_MYSQL_3079 3079
#define ER_MYSQL_3080 3080
#define ER_MYSQL_3081 3081
#define ER_MYSQL_3082 3082
#define ER_MYSQL_3083 3083
#define ER_MYSQL_3084 3084
#define ER_MYSQL_3085 3085
#define ER_MYSQL_3086 3086
#define ER_MYSQL_3087 3087
#define ER_MYSQL_3088 3088
#define ER_MYSQL_3089 3089
#define ER_MYSQL_3090 3090
#define ER_MYSQL_3091 3091
#define ER_MYSQL_3092 3092
#define ER_MYSQL_3093 3093
#define ER_MYSQL_3094 3094
#define ER_MYSQL_3095 3095
#define ER_MYSQL_3096 3096
#define ER_MYSQL_3097 3097
#define ER_MYSQL_3098 3098
#define ER_MYSQL_3099 3099
#define ER_MYSQL_3100 3100
#define ER_MYSQL_3101 3101
#define ER_MYSQL_3102 3102
#define ER_MYSQL_3103 3103
#define ER_MYSQL_3104 3104
#define ER_MYSQL_3105 3105
#define ER_MYSQL_3106 3106
#define ER_MYSQL_3107 3107
#define ER_MYSQL_3108 3108
#define ER_MYSQL_3109 3109
#define ER_MYSQL_3110 3110
#define ER_MYSQL_3111 3111
#define ER_MYSQL_3112 3112
#define ER_MYSQL_3113 3113
#define ER_MYSQL_3114 3114
#define ER_MYSQL_3115 3115
#define ER_MYSQL_3116 3116
#define ER_MYSQL_3117 3117
#define ER_MYSQL_3118 3118
#define ER_MYSQL_3119 3119
#define ER_MYSQL_3120 3120
#define ER_MYSQL_3121 3121
#define ER_MYSQL_3122 3122
#define ER_MYSQL_3123 3123
#define ER_MYSQL_3124 3124
#define ER_MYSQL_3125 3125
#define ER_MYSQL_3126 3126
#define ER_MYSQL_3127 3127
#define ER_MYSQL_3128 3128
#define ER_MYSQL_3129 3129
#define ER_MYSQL_3130 3130
#define ER_MYSQL_3131 3131
#define ER_MYSQL_3132 3132
#define ER_MYSQL_3133 3133
#define ER_MYSQL_3134 3134
#define ER_MYSQL_3135 3135
#define ER_MYSQL_3136 3136
#define ER_MYSQL_3137 3137
#define ER_MYSQL_3138 3138
#define ER_MYSQL_3139 3139
#define ER_MYSQL_3140 3140
#define ER_MYSQL_3141 3141
#define ER_MYSQL_3142 3142
#define ER_MYSQL_3143 3143
#define ER_MYSQL_3144 3144
#define ER_MYSQL_3145 3145
#define ER_MYSQL_3146 3146
#define ER_MYSQL_3147 3147
#define ER_MYSQL_3148 3148
#define ER_MYSQL_3149 3149
#define ER_MYSQL_3150 3150
#define ER_MYSQL_3151 3151
#define ER_MYSQL_3152 3152
#define ER_MYSQL_3153 3153
#define ER_MYSQL_3154 3154
#define ER_MYSQL_3155 3155
#define ER_MYSQL_3156 3156
#define ER_MYSQL_3157 3157
#define ER_MYSQL_3158 3158
#define ER_SECURE_TRANSPORT_REQUIRED 3159
#define ER_ERROR_LAST_SECTION_4 3159

/* New section */

#define ER_ERROR_FIRST_SECTION_5 4000
#define ER_UNUSED_26 4000
#define ER_UNUSED_27 4001
#define ER_WITH_COL_WRONG_LIST 4002
#define ER_TOO_MANY_DEFINITIONS_IN_WITH_CLAUSE 4003
#define ER_DUP_QUERY_NAME 4004
#define ER_RECURSIVE_WITHOUT_ANCHORS 4005
#define ER_UNACCEPTABLE_MUTUAL_RECURSION 4006
#define ER_REF_TO_RECURSIVE_WITH_TABLE_IN_DERIVED 4007
#define ER_NOT_STANDARD_COMPLIANT_RECURSIVE 4008
#define ER_WRONG_WINDOW_SPEC_NAME 4009
#define ER_DUP_WINDOW_NAME 4010
#define ER_PARTITION_LIST_IN_REFERENCING_WINDOW_SPEC 4011
#define ER_ORDER_LIST_IN_REFERENCING_WINDOW_SPEC 4012
#define ER_WINDOW_FRAME_IN_REFERENCED_WINDOW_SPEC 4013
#define ER_BAD_COMBINATION_OF_WINDOW_FRAME_BOUND_SPECS 4014
#define ER_WRONG_PLACEMENT_OF_WINDOW_FUNCTION 4015
#define ER_WINDOW_FUNCTION_IN_WINDOW_SPEC 4016
#define ER_NOT_ALLOWED_WINDOW_FRAME 4017
#define ER_NO_ORDER_LIST_IN_WINDOW_SPEC 4018
#define ER_RANGE_FRAME_NEEDS_SIMPLE_ORDERBY 4019
#define ER_WRONG_TYPE_FOR_ROWS_FRAME 4020
#define ER_WRONG_TYPE_FOR_RANGE_FRAME 4021
#define ER_FRAME_EXCLUSION_NOT_SUPPORTED 4022
#define ER_WINDOW_FUNCTION_DONT_HAVE_FRAME 4023
#define ER_INVALID_NTILE_ARGUMENT 4024
#define ER_CONSTRAINT_FAILED 4025
#define ER_EXPRESSION_IS_TOO_BIG 4026
#define ER_ERROR_EVALUATING_EXPRESSION 4027
#define ER_CALCULATING_DEFAULT_VALUE 4028
#define ER_EXPRESSION_REFERS_TO_UNINIT_FIELD 4029
#define ER_PARTITION_DEFAULT_ERROR 4030
#define ER_REFERENCED_TRG_DOES_NOT_EXIST 4031
#define ER_INVALID_DEFAULT_PARAM 4032
#define ER_BINLOG_NON_SUPPORTED_BULK 4033
#define ER_BINLOG_UNCOMPRESS_ERROR 4034
#define ER_JSON_BAD_CHR 4035
#define ER_JSON_NOT_JSON_CHR 4036
#define ER_JSON_EOS 4037
#define ER_JSON_SYNTAX 4038
#define ER_JSON_ESCAPING 4039
#define ER_JSON_DEPTH 4040
#define ER_JSON_PATH_EOS 4041
#define ER_JSON_PATH_SYNTAX 4042
#define ER_JSON_PATH_DEPTH 4043
#define ER_JSON_PATH_NO_WILDCARD 4044
#define ER_JSON_PATH_ARRAY 4045
#define ER_JSON_ONE_OR_ALL 4046
#define ER_UNSUPPORTED_COMPRESSED_TABLE 4047
#define ER_GEOJSON_INCORRECT 4048
#define ER_GEOJSON_TOO_FEW_POINTS 4049
#define ER_GEOJSON_NOT_CLOSED 4050
#define ER_JSON_PATH_EMPTY 4051
#define ER_SLAVE_SAME_ID 4052
#define ER_FLASHBACK_NOT_SUPPORTED 4053
#define ER_KEYS_OUT_OF_ORDER 4054
#define ER_OVERLAPPING_KEYS 4055
#define ER_REQUIRE_ROW_BINLOG_FORMAT 4056
#define ER_ISOLATION_MODE_NOT_SUPPORTED 4057
#define ER_ON_DUPLICATE_DISABLED 4058
#define ER_UPDATES_WITH_CONSISTENT_SNAPSHOT 4059
#define ER_ROLLBACK_ONLY 4060
#define ER_ROLLBACK_TO_SAVEPOINT 4061
#define ER_ISOLATION_LEVEL_WITH_CONSISTENT_SNAPSHOT 4062
#define ER_UNSUPPORTED_COLLATION 4063
#define ER_METADATA_INCONSISTENCY 4064
#define ER_CF_DIFFERENT 4065
#define ER_RDB_TTL_DURATION_FORMAT 4066
#define ER_RDB_STATUS_GENERAL 4067
#define ER_RDB_STATUS_MSG 4068
#define ER_RDB_TTL_UNSUPPORTED 4069
#define ER_RDB_TTL_COL_FORMAT 4070
#define ER_PER_INDEX_CF_DEPRECATED 4071
#define ER_KEY_CREATE_DURING_ALTER 4072
#define ER_SK_POPULATE_DURING_ALTER 4073
#define ER_SUM_FUNC_WITH_WINDOW_FUNC_AS_ARG 4074
#define ER_NET_OK_PACKET_TOO_LARGE 4075
#define ER_GEOJSON_EMPTY_COORDINATES 4076
#define ER_MYROCKS_CANT_NOPAD_COLLATION 4077
#define ER_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER_DATA_TYPES2_FOR_OPERATION 4078
#define ER_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER_DATA_TYPE_FOR_OPERATION 4079
#define ER_WRONG_PARAMCOUNT_TO_CURSOR 4080
#define ER_UNKNOWN_STRUCTURED_VARIABLE 4081
#define ER_ROW_VARIABLE_DOES_NOT_HAVE_FIELD 4082
#define ER_END_IDENTIFIER_DOES_NOT_MATCH 4083
#define ER_SEQUENCE_RUN_OUT 4084
#define ER_SEQUENCE_INVALID_DATA 4085
#define ER_SEQUENCE_INVALID_TABLE_STRUCTURE 4086
#define ER_SEQUENCE_ACCESS_ERROR 4087
#define ER_SEQUENCE_BINLOG_FORMAT 4088
#define ER_NOT_SEQUENCE 4089
#define ER_NOT_SEQUENCE2 4090
#define ER_UNKNOWN_SEQUENCES 4091
#define ER_UNKNOWN_VIEW 4092
#define ER_WRONG_INSERT_INTO_SEQUENCE 4093
#define ER_SP_STACK_TRACE 4094
#define ER_PACKAGE_ROUTINE_IN_SPEC_NOT_DEFINED_IN_BODY 4095
#define ER_PACKAGE_ROUTINE_FORWARD_DECLARATION_NOT_DEFINED 4096
#define ER_COMPRESSED_COLUMN_USED_AS_KEY 4097
#define ER_UNKNOWN_COMPRESSION_METHOD 4098
#define ER_WRONG_NUMBER_OF_VALUES_IN_TVC 4099
#define ER_FIELD_REFERENCE_IN_TVC 4100
#define ER_WRONG_TYPE_FOR_PERCENTILE_FUNC 4101
#define ER_ARGUMENT_NOT_CONSTANT 4102
#define ER_ARGUMENT_OUT_OF_RANGE 4103
#define ER_WRONG_TYPE_OF_ARGUMENT 4104
#define ER_NOT_AGGREGATE_FUNCTION 4105
#define ER_INVALID_AGGREGATE_FUNCTION 4106
#define ER_INVALID_VALUE_TO_LIMIT 4107
#define ER_INVISIBLE_NOT_NULL_WITHOUT_DEFAULT 4108
#define ER_UPDATE_INFO_WITH_SYSTEM_VERSIONING 4109
#define ER_VERS_FIELD_WRONG_TYPE 4110
#define ER_VERS_ENGINE_UNSUPPORTED 4111
#define ER_WRONG_VERSIONING_RANGE 4112
#define ER_PARTITION_WRONG_TYPE 4113
#define WARN_VERS_PART_FULL 4114
#define WARN_VERS_PARAMETERS 4115
#define ER_VERS_DROP_PARTITION_INTERVAL 4116
#define ER_UNUSED_25 4117
#define WARN_VERS_PART_NON_HISTORICAL 4118
#define ER_VERS_ALTER_NOT_ALLOWED 4119
#define ER_VERS_ALTER_ENGINE_PROHIBITED 4120
#define ER_VERS_RANGE_PROHIBITED 4121
#define ER_CONFLICTING_FOR_SYSTEM_TIME 4122
#define ER_VERS_TABLE_MUST_HAVE_COLUMNS 4123
#define ER_VERS_NOT_VERSIONED 4124
#define ER_MISSING 4125
#define ER_VERS_PERIOD_COLUMNS 4126
#define ER_PART_WRONG_VALUE 4127
#define ER_VERS_WRONG_PARTS 4128
#define ER_VERS_NO_TRX_ID 4129
#define ER_VERS_ALTER_SYSTEM_FIELD 4130
#define ER_DROP_VERSIONING_SYSTEM_TIME_PARTITION 4131
#define ER_VERS_DB_NOT_SUPPORTED 4132
#define ER_VERS_TRT_IS_DISABLED 4133
#define ER_VERS_DUPLICATE_ROW_START_END 4134
#define ER_VERS_ALREADY_VERSIONED 4135
#define ER_UNUSED_24 4136
#define ER_VERS_NOT_SUPPORTED 4137
#define ER_VERS_TRX_PART_HISTORIC_ROW_NOT_SUPPORTED 4138
#define ER_INDEX_FILE_FULL 4139
#define ER_UPDATED_COLUMN_ONLY_ONCE 4140
#define ER_EMPTY_ROW_IN_TVC 4141
#define ER_VERS_QUERY_IN_PARTITION 4142
#define ER_KEY_DOESNT_SUPPORT 4143
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_TABLE_OPTIONS_NEED_REBUILD 4144
#define ER_BACKUP_LOCK_IS_ACTIVE 4145
#define ER_BACKUP_NOT_RUNNING 4146
#define ER_BACKUP_WRONG_STAGE 4147
#define ER_BACKUP_STAGE_FAILED 4148
#define ER_BACKUP_UNKNOWN_STAGE 4149
#define ER_USER_IS_BLOCKED 4150
#define ER_ACCOUNT_HAS_BEEN_LOCKED 4151
#define ER_PERIOD_TEMPORARY_NOT_ALLOWED 4152
#define ER_PERIOD_TYPES_MISMATCH 4153
#define ER_MORE_THAN_ONE_PERIOD 4154
#define ER_PERIOD_FIELD_WRONG_ATTRIBUTES 4155
#define ER_PERIOD_NOT_FOUND 4156
#define ER_PERIOD_COLUMNS_UPDATED 4157
#define ER_PERIOD_CONSTRAINT_DROP 4158
#define ER_TOO_LONG_KEYPART 4159
#define ER_TOO_LONG_DATABASE_COMMENT 4160
#define ER_UNKNOWN_DATA_TYPE 4161
#define ER_UNKNOWN_OPERATOR 4162
#define ER_UNUSED_29 4163
#define ER_PART_STARTS_BEYOND_INTERVAL 4164
#define ER_GALERA_REPLICATION_NOT_SUPPORTED 4165
#define ER_LOAD_INFILE_CAPABILITY_DISABLED 4166
#define ER_NO_SECURE_TRANSPORTS_CONFIGURED 4167
#define ER_SLAVE_IGNORED_SHARED_TABLE 4168
#define ER_NO_AUTOINCREMENT_WITH_UNIQUE 4169
#define ER_KEY_CONTAINS_PERIOD_FIELDS 4170
#define ER_KEY_CANT_HAVE_WITHOUT_OVERLAPS 4171
#define ER_NOT_ALLOWED_IN_THIS_CONTEXT 4172
#define ER_DATA_WAS_COMMITED_UNDER_ROLLBACK 4173
#define ER_PK_INDEX_CANT_BE_IGNORED 4174
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_SKIP_LOCKED 4175
#define ER_JSON_TABLE_ERROR_ON_FIELD 4176
#define ER_JSON_TABLE_ALIAS_REQUIRED 4177
#define ER_JSON_TABLE_SCALAR_EXPECTED 4178
#define ER_JSON_TABLE_MULTIPLE_MATCHES 4179
#define ER_WITH_TIES_NEEDS_ORDER 4180
#define ER_REMOVED_ORPHAN_TRIGGER 4181
#define ER_STORAGE_ENGINE_DISABLED 4182
#define WARN_SFORMAT_ERROR 4183
#define ER_PARTITION_CONVERT_SUBPARTITIONED 4184
#define ER_PROVIDER_NOT_LOADED 4185
#define ER_JSON_HISTOGRAM_PARSE_FAILED 4186
#define ER_SF_OUT_INOUT_ARG_NOT_ALLOWED 4187
#define ER_INCONSISTENT_SLAVE_TEMP_TABLE 4188
#define ER_VERS_HIST_PART_FAILED 4189
#define WARN_OPTION_CHANGING 4190
#define ER_CM_OPTION_MISSING_REQUIREMENT 4191
#define ER_SLAVE_STATEMENT_TIMEOUT 4192
#define ER_JSON_INVALID_VALUE_FOR_KEYWORD 4193
#define ER_JSON_SCHEMA_KEYWORD_UNSUPPORTED 4194
#define ER_JSON_NO_VARIABLE_SCHEMA 4195
#define ER_SEQUENCE_TABLE_HAS_WRONG_NUMBER_OF_COLUMNS 4196
#define ER_SEQUENCE_TABLE_CANNOT_HAVE_ANY_KEYS 4197
#define ER_SEQUENCE_TABLE_CANNOT_HAVE_ANY_CONSTRAINTS 4198
#define ER_SEQUENCE_TABLE_ORDER_BY 4199
#define ER_VARIABLE_IGNORED 4200
#define ER_INCORRECT_COLUMN_NAME_COUNT 4201
#define WARN_SORTING_ON_TRUNCATED_LENGTH 4202
#define ER_VECTOR_BINARY_FORMAT_INVALID 4203
#define ER_VECTOR_FORMAT_INVALID 4204
#define ER_PSEUDO_THREAD_ID_OVERWRITE 4205
#define ER_ERROR_LAST 4205
#endif /* ER_ERROR_FIRST */
/* Copyright Abandoned 1996,1999 TCX DataKonsult AB & Monty Program KB
   & Detron HB, 1996, 1999-2004, 2007 MySQL AB.
   This file is public domain and comes with NO WARRANTY of any kind
*/

/* Version numbers for protocol & mysqld */

#ifndef _mysql_version_h
#define _mysql_version_h
#ifdef _CUSTOMCONFIG_
#include <custom_conf.h>
#else
#define PROTOCOL_VERSION		10
#define MYSQL_SERVER_VERSION		"11.4.10-MariaDB"
#define MYSQL_BASE_VERSION		"mysqld-11.4"
#define MARIADB_BASE_VERSION		"mariadb-11.4"
#define MARIADBD_BASE_VERSION		"mariadbd-11.4"
#define MYSQL_SERVER_SUFFIX_DEF		""
#define FRM_VER				6
#define MYSQL_VERSION_ID		110410
#define MARIADB_PORT                    3306
#define MYSQL_PORT_DEFAULT		0
#define MARIADB_UNIX_ADDR               "/var/lib/mysql/mysql.sock"
#define MYSQL_CONFIG_NAME		"my"
#define MYSQL_COMPILATION_COMMENT	"MariaDB Server"
#define SERVER_MATURITY_LEVEL           MariaDB_PLUGIN_MATURITY_STABLE

#define MYSQL_PORT                      MARIADB_PORT
#define MYSQL_UNIX_ADDR                 MARIADB_UNIX_ADDR

#ifdef WITH_WSREP
#define WSREP_PATCH_VERSION             "wsrep_26.22"
#endif

/* mysqld compile time options */
#endif /* _CUSTOMCONFIG_ */

#ifndef LICENSE
#define LICENSE				GPL
#endif /* LICENSE */

#endif /* _mysql_version_h */
#ifndef MYSQL_EMBED_INCLUDED
#define MYSQL_EMBED_INCLUDED

/*
   Copyright (c) 2000, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/* Defines that are unique to the embedded version of MySQL */

#ifdef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY

/* Things we don't need in the embedded version of MySQL */
/* TODO HF add #undef HAVE_VIO if we don't want client in embedded library */

#undef HAVE_DLOPEN				/* No udf functions */

#endif /* EMBEDDED_LIBRARY */
#endif /* MYSQL_EMBED_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2010, 2022, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _my_sys_h
#define _my_sys_h

#include <m_string.h>
#include <mysql/psi/mysql_memory.h>

C_MODE_START


#include <my_valgrind.h>
#include <my_pthread.h>
#include <m_ctype.h>                    /* for CHARSET_INFO */
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <typelib.h>
#include <my_alloca.h>
#include <my_cmp.h>
#include <mysql/plugin.h>
#include <mysql/service_my_print_error.h>

#define MY_INIT(name)   { my_progname= name; my_init(); }

/**
  Max length of an error message generated by mysys utilities.
  Some mysys functions produce error messages. These mostly go
  to stderr.
  This constant defines the size of the buffer used to format
  the message. It should be kept in sync with MYSQL_ERRMSG_SIZE,
  since sometimes mysys errors are stored in the server diagnostics
  area, and we would like to avoid unexpected truncation.
*/
#define MYSYS_ERRMSG_SIZE   (512)
#define MYSYS_STRERROR_SIZE (128)

#define MY_FILE_ERROR	((size_t) -1)

	/* General bitmaps for my_func's */
#define MY_FFNF		1U	/* Fatal if file not found */
#define MY_FNABP	2U	/* Fatal if not all bytes read/written */
#define MY_NABP		4U	/* Error if not all bytes read/written */
#define MY_FAE		8U	/* Fatal if any error */
#define MY_WME		16U	/* Write message on error */
#define MY_WAIT_IF_FULL 32U	/* Wait and try again if disk full error */
#define MY_IGNORE_BADFD 32U     /* my_sync(): ignore 'bad descriptor' errors */
#define MY_IGNORE_ENOENT 32U    /* my_delete() ignores ENOENT (no such file) */
#define MY_ENCRYPT      64U     /* Encrypt IO_CACHE temporary files */
#define MY_TEMPORARY    64U     /* create_temp_file(): delete file at once */
#define MY_NOSYMLINKS  512U     /* my_open(): don't follow symlinks */
#define MY_FULL_IO     512U     /* my_read(): loop until I/O is complete */
#define MY_DONT_CHECK_FILESIZE 128U /* Option to init_io_cache() */
#define MY_LINK_WARNING 32U	/* my_redel() gives warning if links */
#define MY_COPYTIME	64U	/* my_redel() copies time */
#define MY_DELETE_OLD	256U	/* my_create_with_symlink() */
#define MY_RESOLVE_LINK 128U	/* my_realpath(); Only resolve links */
#define MY_HOLD_ORIGINAL_MODES 128U  /* my_copy() holds to file modes */
#define MY_REDEL_MAKE_BACKUP 256U
#define MY_SEEK_NOT_DONE 32U	/* my_lock may have to do a seek */
#define MY_SHORT_WAIT	64U	/* my_lock() don't wait if can't lock */
#define MY_FORCE_LOCK   128U    /* use my_lock() even if disable_locking */
#define MY_NO_WAIT      256U	/* my_lock() don't wait at all */
#define MY_NO_REGISTER  8196U   /* my_open(), no malloc for file name */
/*
  If old_mode is UTF8_IS_UTF8MB3, then pass this flag. It mean utf8 is
  alias for utf8mb3. Otherwise utf8 is alias for utf8mb4.
*/
#define MY_UTF8_IS_UTF8MB3 1024U
/*
  init_dynamic_array() has init buffer; Internal flag, not to be used by
  caller.
*/
#define MY_INIT_BUFFER_USED 256U
#define MY_ZEROFILL	32U	/* my_malloc(), fill array with zero */
#define MY_ALLOW_ZERO_PTR 64U	/* my_realloc() ; zero ptr -> malloc */
#define MY_FREE_ON_ERROR 128U	/* my_realloc() ; Free old ptr on error */
#define MY_DONT_OVERWRITE_FILE 2048U /* my_copy: Don't overwrite file */
#define MY_THREADSAFE 2048U     /* my_seek(): lock fd mutex */
#define MY_SYNC       4096U     /* my_copy(): sync dst file */
#define MY_SYNC_DIR   32768U    /* my_create/delete/rename: sync directory */
#define MY_THREAD_SPECIFIC 0x10000U /* my_malloc(): thread specific */
#define MY_ROOT_USE_MPROTECT 0x20000U /* init_alloc_root: read only segments */
/* Tree that should delete things automatically */
#define MY_TREE_WITH_DELETE 0x40000U

#define MY_CHECK_ERROR	1U	/* Params to my_end; Check open-close */
#define MY_GIVE_INFO	2U	/* Give time info about process*/
#define MY_DONT_FREE_DBUG 4U    /* Do not call DBUG_END() in my_end() */

#define ME_BELL           4U    /* Ring bell then printing message */
#define ME_ERROR_LOG      64    /**< write the error message to error log */
#define ME_ERROR_LOG_ONLY 128   /**< write the error message to error log only */
#define ME_NOTE           1024  /**< not error but just info */
#define ME_WARNING        2048  /**< not error but just warning */
#define ME_FATAL          4096  /**< fatal statement error */

	/* Bits in last argument to fn_format */
#define MY_REPLACE_DIR		1U	/* replace dir in name with 'dir' */
#define MY_REPLACE_EXT		2U	/* replace extension with 'ext' */
#define MY_UNPACK_FILENAME	4U	/* Unpack name (~ -> home) */
#define MY_PACK_FILENAME	8U	/* Pack name (home -> ~) */
#define MY_RESOLVE_SYMLINKS	16U	/* Resolve all symbolic links */
#define MY_RETURN_REAL_PATH	32U	/* return full path for file */
#define MY_SAFE_PATH		64U	/* Return NULL if too long path */
#define MY_RELATIVE_PATH	128U	/* name is relative to 'dir' */
#define MY_APPEND_EXT           256U    /* add 'ext' as additional extension*/


	/* My seek flags */
#define MY_SEEK_SET	0
#define MY_SEEK_CUR	1
#define MY_SEEK_END	2

	/* Some constants */
#define MY_WAIT_FOR_USER_TO_FIX_PANIC	60	/* in seconds */
#define MY_WAIT_GIVE_USER_A_MESSAGE	10	/* Every 10 times of prev */
#define MIN_COMPRESS_LENGTH		50	/* Don't compress small bl. */
#define DFLT_INIT_HITS  3

	/* root_alloc flags */
#define MY_KEEP_PREALLOC	1U
#define MY_MARK_BLOCKS_FREE     2U /* move used to free list and reuse them */

	/* Internal error numbers (for assembler functions) */
#define MY_ERRNO_EDOM		33
#define MY_ERRNO_ERANGE		34

	/* Bits for get_date timeflag */
#define GETDATE_DATE_TIME	1U
#define GETDATE_SHORT_DATE	2U
#define GETDATE_HHMMSSTIME	4U
#define GETDATE_GMT		8U
#define GETDATE_FIXEDLENGTH	16U

/* Extra length needed for filename if one calls my_create_backup_name */
#define MY_BACKUP_NAME_EXTRA_LENGTH 17

char *guess_malloc_library();

/* If we have our own safemalloc (for debugging) */
#if defined(SAFEMALLOC)
my_bool sf_report_leaked_memory(my_thread_id id);
int sf_sanity();
my_bool sf_have_memory_leak();
extern my_thread_id (*sf_malloc_dbug_id)(void);
#define SAFEMALLOC_REPORT_MEMORY(X) if (!sf_leaking_memory) sf_report_leaked_memory(X)
#define SAFEMALLOC_HAVE_MEMORY_LEAK sf_have_memory_leak()
#else
#define SAFEMALLOC_REPORT_MEMORY(X) do {} while(0)
#define SAFEMALLOC_HAVE_MEMORY_LEAK 0
#endif

typedef void (*MALLOC_SIZE_CB) (long long size, my_bool is_thread_specific); 
extern void set_malloc_size_cb(MALLOC_SIZE_CB func);
extern MALLOC_SIZE_CB update_malloc_size;
extern int64 my_malloc_init_memory_allocated;

	/* defines when allocating data */
extern void *my_malloc(PSI_memory_key key, size_t size, myf MyFlags);
extern void *my_multi_malloc(PSI_memory_key key, myf MyFlags, ...);
extern void *my_multi_malloc_large(PSI_memory_key key, myf MyFlags, ...);
extern void *my_realloc(PSI_memory_key key, void *ptr, size_t size, myf MyFlags);
extern void my_free(void *ptr);
extern void *my_memdup(PSI_memory_key key, const void *from,size_t length,myf MyFlags);
extern char *my_strdup(PSI_memory_key key, const char *from,myf MyFlags);
extern char *my_strndup(PSI_memory_key key, const char *from, size_t length, myf MyFlags);
extern my_bool my_use_large_pages;

int my_init_large_pages(void);
uchar *my_large_malloc(size_t *size, myf my_flags);
#ifdef _WIN32
/* On Windows, use my_virtual_mem_reserve() and my_virtual_mem_commit(). */
#else
char *my_large_virtual_alloc(size_t *size);
#endif
void my_large_free(void *ptr, size_t size);
void my_large_page_truncate(size_t *size);

#ifdef _WIN32
extern BOOL my_obtain_privilege(LPCSTR lpPrivilege);
#endif

void my_init_atomic_write(void);
#ifdef __linux__
my_bool my_test_if_atomic_write(File handle, int pagesize);
my_bool my_test_if_thinly_provisioned(File handle);
#else
# define my_test_if_atomic_write(A, B)      0
# define my_test_if_thinly_provisioned(A)   0
#endif /* __linux__ */
extern my_bool my_may_have_atomic_write;

#if defined(HAVE_ALLOCA) && !defined(HAVE_valgrind)
#define my_alloca(SZ) alloca((size_t) (SZ))
#define my_afree(PTR) ((void)0)
#define MAX_ALLOCA_SZ 4096
#define my_safe_alloca(size) (((size) <= MAX_ALLOCA_SZ) ? \
                               my_alloca(size) : \
                               my_malloc(PSI_NOT_INSTRUMENTED, (size), MYF(MY_THREAD_SPECIFIC|MY_WME)))
#define my_safe_afree(ptr, size) \
                  do { if ((size) > MAX_ALLOCA_SZ) my_free(ptr); } while(0)
#else
#define my_alloca(SZ) my_malloc(PSI_NOT_INSTRUMENTED, SZ,MYF(MY_FAE))
#define my_afree(PTR) my_free(PTR)
#define my_safe_alloca(size) my_alloca(size)
#define my_safe_afree(ptr, size) my_afree(ptr)
#endif /* HAVE_ALLOCA */

#ifndef errno				/* did we already get it? */
#ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_AS_DEFINE
#include <errno.h>			/* errno is a define */
#else
extern int errno;			/* declare errno */
#endif
#endif					/* #ifndef errno */
extern char *home_dir;			/* Home directory for user */
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT char  *mysql_data_home;
extern const char *my_progname;		/* program-name (printed in errors) */
extern const char *my_progname_short;	/* like above but without directory */
extern char curr_dir[];		/* Current directory for user */
extern void (*error_handler_hook)(uint my_err, const char *str,myf MyFlags);
extern void (*fatal_error_handler_hook)(uint my_err, const char *str,
				       myf MyFlags);
extern uint my_file_limit;
extern ulonglong my_thread_stack_size;
extern int sf_leaking_memory; /* set to 1 to disable memleak detection */

extern void (*proc_info_hook)(void *, const PSI_stage_info *, PSI_stage_info *,
                              const char *, const char *, const unsigned int);

/* charsets */
#define MY_ALL_CHARSETS_SIZE 4096
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT CHARSET_INFO *default_charset_info;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT CHARSET_INFO *all_charsets[MY_ALL_CHARSETS_SIZE];
extern struct charset_info_st compiled_charsets[];

/* Collation properties and use statistics */
extern my_bool my_collation_is_known_id(uint id);
extern ulonglong my_collation_statistics_get_use_count(uint id);
extern const char *my_collation_get_tailoring(uint id);

/* statistics */
extern ulong    my_stream_opened, my_tmp_file_created;
extern ulong    my_file_total_opened;
extern ulong    my_sync_count;
extern uint	mysys_usage_id;
extern int32    my_file_opened;
extern my_bool	my_init_done, my_thr_key_mysys_exists;
extern my_bool my_assert;
extern my_bool  my_assert_on_error;
extern myf      my_global_flags;        /* Set to MY_WME for more error messages */
					/* Point to current my_message() */
extern void (*my_sigtstp_cleanup)(void),
					/* Executed before jump to shell */
	    (*my_sigtstp_restart)(void);
					/* Executed when coming from shell */
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT mode_t my_umask;	/* Default creation mask  */
extern mode_t my_umask_dir;
extern int my_recived_signals,	/* Signals we have got */
	   my_safe_to_handle_signal, /* Set when allowed to SIGTSTP */
	   my_dont_interrupt;	/* call remember_intr when set */
#ifdef _WIN32
extern SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES my_dir_security_attributes;
LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES my_win_file_secattr();
#endif
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT my_bool my_use_symdir;

extern ulong	my_default_record_cache_size;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT my_bool my_disable_locking;
extern my_bool  my_disable_async_io,
                my_disable_flush_key_blocks, my_disable_symlinks;
extern my_bool my_disable_sync, my_disable_copystat_in_redel;
extern char	wild_many,wild_one,wild_prefix;
extern const char *charsets_dir;
extern size_t my_system_page_size;

enum cache_type
{
  TYPE_NOT_SET= 0, READ_CACHE, WRITE_CACHE,
  SEQ_READ_APPEND		/* sequential read or append */,
  READ_FIFO, READ_NET};

enum flush_type
{
  FLUSH_KEEP,           /* flush block and keep it in the cache */
  FLUSH_RELEASE,        /* flush block and remove it from the cache */
  FLUSH_IGNORE_CHANGED, /* remove block from the cache */
  /*
    As my_disable_flush_pagecache_blocks is always 0, the following option
    is strictly equivalent to FLUSH_KEEP
  */
  FLUSH_FORCE_WRITE,
  /**
     @brief like FLUSH_KEEP but return immediately if file is already being
     flushed (even partially) by another thread; only for page cache,
     forbidden for key cache.
  */
  FLUSH_KEEP_LAZY
};

typedef struct st_record_cache	/* Used when caching records */
{
  File file;
  int	rc_seek,error,inited;
  uint	rc_length,read_length,reclength;
  my_off_t rc_record_pos,end_of_file;
  uchar *rc_buff,*rc_buff2,*rc_pos,*rc_end,*rc_request_pos;
  enum cache_type type;
} RECORD_CACHE;

enum file_type
{
  UNOPEN = 0, FILE_BY_OPEN, FILE_BY_CREATE, STREAM_BY_FOPEN, STREAM_BY_FDOPEN,
  FILE_BY_O_TMPFILE, FILE_BY_MKSTEMP, FILE_BY_DUP
};

struct st_my_file_info
{
  char  *name;
#ifdef _WIN32
  HANDLE fhandle;   /* win32 file handle */
  int    oflag;     /* open flags, e.g O_APPEND */
#endif
  enum   file_type	type;
};

extern struct st_my_file_info *my_file_info;

/* Free function pointer */
typedef void (*FREE_FUNC)(void *);

typedef struct st_dynamic_array
{
  uchar *buffer;
  size_t elements, max_element;
  size_t alloc_increment;
  size_t size_of_element;
  PSI_memory_key m_psi_key;
  myf malloc_flags;
} DYNAMIC_ARRAY;


typedef struct st_dynamic_array_append
{
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY *array;
  uchar *pos, *end;
} DYNAMIC_ARRAY_APPEND;


typedef struct st_my_tmpdir
{
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY full_list;
  char **list;
  size_t cur, max;
  mysql_mutex_t mutex;
} MY_TMPDIR;

typedef struct st_dynamic_string
{
  char *str;
  size_t length,max_length,alloc_increment;
} DYNAMIC_STRING;

struct st_io_cache;

typedef struct st_io_cache_share
{
  mysql_mutex_t       mutex;           /* To sync on reads into buffer. */
  mysql_cond_t        cond;            /* To wait for signals. */
  mysql_cond_t        cond_writer;     /* For a synchronized writer. */
  /* Offset in file corresponding to the first byte of buffer. */
  my_off_t              pos_in_file;
  /* If a synchronized write cache is the source of the data. */
  struct st_io_cache    *source_cache;
  uchar                 *buffer;         /* The read buffer. */
  uchar                 *read_end;       /* Behind last valid byte of buffer. */
  int                   running_threads; /* threads not in lock. */
  int                   total_threads;   /* threads sharing the cache. */
  int                   error;           /* Last error. */
#ifdef NOT_YET_IMPLEMENTED
  /* whether the structure should be free'd */
  my_bool alloced;
#endif
} IO_CACHE_SHARE;

typedef struct st_io_cache		/* Used when caching files */
{
  /* Offset in file corresponding to the first byte of uchar* buffer. */
  my_off_t pos_in_file;
  /*
    The offset of end of file for READ_CACHE and WRITE_CACHE.
    For SEQ_READ_APPEND it the maximum of the actual end of file and
    the position represented by read_end.
  */
  my_off_t end_of_file;
  /* Points to current read position in the buffer */
  uchar	*read_pos;
  /* the non-inclusive boundary in the buffer for the currently valid read */
  uchar  *read_end;
  uchar  *buffer;				/* The read buffer */
  /* Used in ASYNC_IO */
  uchar  *request_pos;

  /* Only used in WRITE caches and in SEQ_READ_APPEND to buffer writes */
  uchar  *write_buffer;
  /*
    Only used in SEQ_READ_APPEND, and points to the current read position
    in the write buffer. Note that reads in SEQ_READ_APPEND caches can
    happen from both read buffer (uchar* buffer) and write buffer
    (uchar* write_buffer).
  */
  uchar *append_read_pos;
  /* Points to current write position in the write buffer */
  uchar *write_pos;
  /* The non-inclusive boundary of the valid write area */
  uchar *write_end;

  /*
    The lock is for append buffer used in SEQ_READ_APPEND cache
    need mutex copying from append buffer to read buffer.
  */
  mysql_mutex_t append_buffer_lock;
  /*
    The following is used when several threads are reading the
    same file in parallel. They are synchronized on disk
    accesses reading the cached part of the file asynchronously.
    It should be set to NULL to disable the feature.  Only
    READ_CACHE mode is supported.
  */
  IO_CACHE_SHARE *share;

  /*
    A caller will use my_b_read() macro to read from the cache
    if the data is already in cache, it will be simply copied with
    memcpy() and internal variables will be accordingly updated with
    no functions invoked. However, if the data is not fully in the cache,
    my_b_read() will call read_function to fetch the data. read_function
    must never be invoked directly.
  */
  int (*read_function)(struct st_io_cache *,uchar *,size_t);
  /*
    Same idea as in the case of read_function, except my_b_write() needs to
    be replaced with my_b_append() for a SEQ_READ_APPEND cache
  */
  int (*write_function)(struct st_io_cache *,const uchar *,size_t);
  /*
    Specifies the type of the cache. Depending on the type of the cache
    certain operations might not be available and yield unpredicatable
    results. Details to be documented later
  */
  enum cache_type type;
  /*
    Counts the number of times, when we were forced to use disk. We use it to
    increase the binlog_cache_disk_use and binlog_stmt_cache_disk_use status
    variables.
  */
  ulong disk_writes;
  char *file_name;			/* if used with 'open_cached_file' */
  const char *dir;
  char prefix[3];
  File file; /* file descriptor */

  struct st_io_cache *next_file_user;
  /*
    seek_not_done is set by my_b_seek() to inform the upcoming read/write
    operation that a seek needs to be preformed prior to the actual I/O
    error is 0 if the cache operation was successful, -1 if there was a
    "hard" error, and the actual number of I/O-ed bytes if the read/write was
    partial.
  */
  int	seek_not_done,error;
  /* length of the buffer used for storing un-encrypted data */
  size_t	buffer_length;
  /* read_length is the same as buffer_length except when we use async io */
  size_t  read_length;
  myf	myflags;			/* Flags used to my_read/my_write */
  /*
    alloced_buffer is set to the size of the buffer allocated for the IO_CACHE.
    Includes the overhead(storing key to encrypt and decrypt) for encryption.
    Set to 0 if nothing is allocated.
    Currently READ_NET is the only one that will use a buffer allocated
    somewhere else
  */
  size_t alloced_buffer;
} IO_CACHE;

typedef void (*my_error_reporter)(enum loglevel level, const char *format, ...)
  ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_FPTR(printf, 2, 3);

extern my_error_reporter my_charset_error_reporter;

extern PSI_file_key key_file_io_cache;

/* inline functions for mf_iocache */

extern int my_b_flush_io_cache(IO_CACHE *info, int need_append_buffer_lock);
extern int _my_b_get(IO_CACHE *info);
extern int _my_b_read(IO_CACHE *info,uchar *Buffer,size_t Count);
extern int _my_b_write(IO_CACHE *info,const uchar *Buffer,size_t Count);

/* Test if buffer is inited */
static inline void my_b_clear(IO_CACHE *info) { info->buffer= 0; }
static inline int my_b_inited(IO_CACHE *info) { return MY_TEST(info->buffer); }
#define my_b_EOF INT_MIN

static inline int my_b_read(IO_CACHE *info, uchar *Buffer, size_t Count)
{
  if (info->read_pos + Count <= info->read_end)
  {
    memcpy(Buffer, info->read_pos, Count);
    info->read_pos+= Count;
    return 0;
  }
  return _my_b_read(info, Buffer, Count);
}

static inline int my_b_write(IO_CACHE *info, const uchar *Buffer, size_t Count)
{
  MEM_CHECK_DEFINED(Buffer, Count);
  if (info->write_pos + Count <= info->write_end)
  {
    if (Count)
    {
      memcpy(info->write_pos, Buffer, Count);
      info->write_pos+= Count;
    }
    return 0;
  }
  return _my_b_write(info, Buffer, Count);
}

static inline int my_b_get(IO_CACHE *info)
{
  if (info->read_pos != info->read_end)
  {
    info->read_pos++;
    return info->read_pos[-1];
  }
  return _my_b_get(info);
}

static inline my_bool my_b_write_byte(IO_CACHE *info, uchar chr)
{
  MEM_CHECK_DEFINED(&chr, 1);
  if (info->write_pos >= info->write_end)
    if (my_b_flush_io_cache(info, 1))
      return 1;
  *info->write_pos++= chr;
  return 0;
}

/**
  Fill buffer of the cache.

  @note It assumes that you have already used all characters in the CACHE,
        independent of the read_pos value!

  @returns
        0     On error or EOF (info->error = -1 on error)
        #     Number of characters
*/
static inline size_t my_b_fill(IO_CACHE *info)
{
  info->read_pos= info->read_end;
  return _my_b_read(info,0,0) ? 0 : (size_t) (info->read_end - info->read_pos);
}

static inline my_off_t my_b_tell(const IO_CACHE *info)
{
  if (info->type == WRITE_CACHE) {
    return info->pos_in_file + (my_off_t)(info->write_pos - info->request_pos);

  }
  return info->pos_in_file + (my_off_t) (info->read_pos - info->request_pos);
}

static inline my_off_t my_b_write_tell(const IO_CACHE *info)
{
  return info->pos_in_file + (my_off_t) (info->write_pos - info->write_buffer);
}

static inline uchar* my_b_get_buffer_start(const IO_CACHE *info)
{
  return info->request_pos;
}

static inline size_t my_b_get_bytes_in_buffer(const IO_CACHE *info)
{
  return (size_t) (info->read_end - info->request_pos);
}

static inline my_off_t my_b_get_pos_in_file(const IO_CACHE *info)
{
  return info->pos_in_file;
}

static inline size_t my_b_bytes_in_cache(const IO_CACHE *info)
{
  if (info->type == WRITE_CACHE) {
    return (size_t) (info->write_end - info->write_pos);
  }
  return (size_t) (info->read_end - info->read_pos);
}

int my_b_copy_to_file    (IO_CACHE *cache, FILE *file, size_t count);
int my_b_copy_all_to_file(IO_CACHE *cache, FILE *file);
int my_b_copy_to_cache(IO_CACHE *from_cache, IO_CACHE *to_cache, size_t count);
int my_b_copy_all_to_cache(IO_CACHE *from_cache, IO_CACHE *to_cache);

my_off_t my_b_append_tell(IO_CACHE* info);
my_off_t my_b_safe_tell(IO_CACHE* info); /* picks the correct tell() */
int my_b_pread(IO_CACHE *info, uchar *Buffer, size_t Count, my_off_t pos);

typedef uint32 ha_checksum;

extern int (*mysys_test_invalid_symlink)(const char *filename);
#include <my_alloc.h>

	/* Prototypes for mysys and my_func functions */

extern int my_copy(const char *from,const char *to,myf MyFlags);
extern int my_delete(const char *name,myf MyFlags);
extern int my_rmtree(const char *name, myf Myflags);
extern int my_getwd(char * buf,size_t size,myf MyFlags);
extern int my_setwd(const char *dir,myf MyFlags);
extern int my_lock(File fd,int op,my_off_t start, my_off_t length,myf MyFlags);
extern void *my_once_alloc(size_t Size,myf MyFlags);
extern void my_once_free(void);
extern char *my_once_strdup(const char *src,myf myflags);
extern void *my_once_memdup(const void *src, size_t len, myf myflags);
extern File my_open(const char *FileName,int Flags,myf MyFlags);
extern File my_register_filename(File fd, const char *FileName,
				 enum file_type type_of_file,
				 uint error_message_number, myf MyFlags);
extern File my_create(const char *FileName, mode_t CreateFlags,
		      int AccessFlags, myf MyFlags);
extern int my_close(File Filedes,myf MyFlags);
extern int my_mkdir(const char *dir, int Flags, myf MyFlags);
extern int my_readlink(char *to, const char *filename, myf MyFlags);
extern int my_is_symlink(const char *filename);
extern int my_realpath(char *to, const char *filename, myf MyFlags);
extern File my_create_with_symlink(const char *linkname, const char *filename,
				   mode_t createflags, int access_flags,
				   myf MyFlags);
extern int my_rename_with_symlink(const char *from,const char *to,myf MyFlags);
extern int my_symlink(const char *content, const char *linkname, myf MyFlags);
extern int my_handler_delete_with_symlink(const char *filename, myf sync_dir);

extern size_t my_read(File Filedes,uchar *Buffer,size_t Count,myf MyFlags);
extern size_t my_pread(File Filedes,uchar *Buffer,size_t Count,my_off_t offset,
		     myf MyFlags);
extern int my_rename(const char *from,const char *to,myf MyFlags);
extern my_off_t my_seek(File fd,my_off_t pos,int whence,myf MyFlags);
extern my_off_t my_tell(File fd,myf MyFlags);
extern size_t my_write(File Filedes,const uchar *Buffer,size_t Count,
		     myf MyFlags);
extern size_t my_pwrite(File Filedes,const uchar *Buffer,size_t Count,
		      my_off_t offset,myf MyFlags);
extern size_t my_fread(FILE *stream,uchar *Buffer,size_t Count,myf MyFlags);
extern size_t my_fwrite(FILE *stream,const uchar *Buffer,size_t Count,
		      myf MyFlags);
extern my_off_t my_fseek(FILE *stream,my_off_t pos,int whence,myf MyFlags);
extern my_off_t my_ftell(FILE *stream,myf MyFlags);
extern void (*my_sleep_for_space)(unsigned int seconds);

extern int my_get_exepath(char *buf, size_t size, const char *argv0);

/* implemented in my_memmem.c */
extern void *my_memmem(const void *haystack, size_t haystacklen,
                       const void *needle, size_t needlelen);


#ifdef _WIN32
extern int      my_access(const char *path, int amode);
#define my_check_user(A,B) (NULL)
#define my_set_user(A,B,C) (0)
#else
#define my_access access
struct passwd *my_check_user(const char *user, myf MyFlags);
int my_set_user(const char *user, struct passwd *user_info, myf MyFlags);
#endif

extern int check_if_legal_filename(const char *path);
extern int check_if_legal_tablename(const char *path);

#ifdef _WIN32
extern my_bool is_filename_allowed(const char *name, size_t length,
                   my_bool allow_current_dir);
#else /* _WIN32 */
# define is_filename_allowed(name, length, allow_cwd) (TRUE)
#endif /* _WIN32 */ 

#ifdef _WIN32
/* Windows-only functions (CRT equivalents)*/
extern HANDLE   my_get_osfhandle(File fd);
extern File     my_win_handle2File(HANDLE hFile);
extern void     my_osmaperr(unsigned long last_error);
#endif

extern void init_glob_errs(void);
extern const char** get_global_errmsgs(int nr);
extern void wait_for_free_space(const char *filename, int errors);
extern FILE *my_fopen(const char *FileName,int Flags,myf MyFlags);
extern FILE *my_fdopen(File Filedes,const char *name, int Flags,myf MyFlags);
extern FILE *my_freopen(const char *path, const char *mode, FILE *stream);
extern int my_fclose(FILE *fd,myf MyFlags);
extern int my_vfprintf(FILE *stream, const char* format, va_list args);
extern const char* my_strerror(char *buf, size_t len, int nr);
extern int my_fprintf(FILE *stream, const char* format, ...);
extern File my_fileno(FILE *fd);
extern int my_chsize(File fd,my_off_t newlength, int filler, myf MyFlags);
extern int my_chmod(const char *name, mode_t mode, myf my_flags);
extern const char *my_basename(const char *filename);
extern void thr_set_sync_wait_callback(void (*before_sync)(void),
                                       void (*after_sync)(void));
extern int my_sync(File fd, myf my_flags);
extern int my_sync_dir(const char *dir_name, myf my_flags);
extern int my_sync_dir_by_file(const char *file_name, myf my_flags);
extern const char *my_get_err_msg(uint nr);
extern int my_error_register(const char** (*get_errmsgs) (int nr),
                             uint first, uint last);
extern my_bool my_error_unregister(uint first, uint last);
extern void my_message(uint my_err, const char *str,myf MyFlags);
extern void my_message_stderr(uint my_err, const char *str, myf MyFlags);
extern my_bool my_init(void);
extern void my_end(int infoflag);
extern int my_redel(const char *from, const char *to, time_t backup_time_stamp,
                    myf MyFlags);
void my_create_backup_name(char *to, const char *from,
                           time_t backup_time_stamp);
extern int my_copystat(const char *from, const char *to, int MyFlags);
extern char * my_filename(File fd);

extern my_bool init_tmpdir(MY_TMPDIR *tmpdir, const char *pathlist);
extern char *my_tmpdir(MY_TMPDIR *tmpdir);
extern void free_tmpdir(MY_TMPDIR *tmpdir);

extern void my_remember_signal(int signal_number,sig_handler (*func)(int));
extern size_t dirname_part(char * to,const char *name, size_t *to_res_length);
extern size_t dirname_length(const char *name);
#define base_name(A) (A+dirname_length(A))
extern int test_if_hard_path(const char *dir_name);
extern my_bool has_path(const char *name);
extern char *convert_dirname(char *to, const char *from, const char *from_end);
extern void to_unix_path(char * name);
extern char * fn_ext(const char *name);
extern char * fn_ext2(const char *name);
extern char * fn_same(char * toname,const char *name,int flag);
extern char * fn_format(char * to,const char *name,const char *dir,
			   const char *form, uint flag);
extern size_t strlength(const char *str);
extern void pack_dirname(char * to,const char *from);
extern size_t normalize_dirname(char * to, const char *from);
extern size_t unpack_dirname(char * to,const char *from);
extern size_t cleanup_dirname(char * to,const char *from);
extern size_t system_filename(char * to,const char *from);
extern size_t unpack_filename(char * to,const char *from);
extern char * intern_filename(char * to,const char *from);
extern int pack_filename(char * to, const char *name, size_t max_length);
extern char * my_path(char * to,const char *progname,
			 const char *own_pathname_part);
extern char * my_load_path(char * to, const char *path,
			      const char *own_path_prefix);
extern int wild_compare(const char *str,const char *wildstr,
                        pbool str_is_pattern);
extern my_bool array_append_string_unique(const char *str,
                                          const char **array, size_t size);
extern void get_date(char * to,int timeflag,time_t use_time);
extern void soundex(CHARSET_INFO *, char * out_pntr, char * in_pntr,
                    pbool remove_garbage);
extern int init_record_cache(RECORD_CACHE *info,size_t cachesize,File file,
			     size_t reclength,enum cache_type type,
			     pbool use_async_io);
extern int read_cache_record(RECORD_CACHE *info,uchar *to);
extern int end_record_cache(RECORD_CACHE *info);
extern int write_cache_record(RECORD_CACHE *info,my_off_t filepos,
			      const uchar *record,size_t length);
extern int flush_write_cache(RECORD_CACHE *info);
extern void handle_recived_signals(void);

extern sig_handler my_set_alarm_variable(int signo);
extern my_bool radixsort_is_applicable(uint n_items, size_t size_of_element);
extern void my_string_ptr_sort(uchar *base,uint items,size_t size);
extern void radixsort_for_str_ptr(uchar* base[], uint number_of_elements,
				  size_t size_of_element,uchar *buffer[]);
extern qsort_t my_qsort(void *base_ptr, size_t total_elems, size_t size,
                        qsort_cmp cmp);
extern qsort_t my_qsort2(void *base_ptr, size_t total_elems, size_t size,
                         qsort_cmp2 cmp, void *cmp_argument);
extern qsort_cmp2 get_ptr_compare(size_t);
void my_store_ptr(uchar *buff, size_t pack_length, my_off_t pos);
my_off_t my_get_ptr(uchar *ptr, size_t pack_length);
extern int init_io_cache(IO_CACHE *info,File file,size_t cachesize,
			 enum cache_type type,my_off_t seek_offset,
			 my_bool use_async_io, myf cache_myflags);
extern int init_io_cache_ext(IO_CACHE *info, File file, size_t cachesize,
                              enum cache_type type, my_off_t seek_offset,
                              pbool use_async_io, myf cache_myflags,
                              PSI_file_key file_key);
extern my_bool reinit_io_cache(IO_CACHE *info,enum cache_type type,
			       my_off_t seek_offset, my_bool use_async_io,
			       my_bool clear_cache);
extern void init_io_cache_share(IO_CACHE *read_cache, IO_CACHE_SHARE *cshare,
                                IO_CACHE *write_cache, uint num_threads);

extern int init_slave_io_cache(IO_CACHE *master, IO_CACHE *slave);
void end_slave_io_cache(IO_CACHE *cache);
void seek_io_cache(IO_CACHE *cache, my_off_t needed_offset);

extern void remove_io_thread(IO_CACHE *info);
extern int my_b_append(IO_CACHE *info,const uchar *Buffer,size_t Count);
extern int my_b_safe_write(IO_CACHE *info,const uchar *Buffer,size_t Count);

extern int my_block_write(IO_CACHE *info, const uchar *Buffer,
			  size_t Count, my_off_t pos);

#define flush_io_cache(info) my_b_flush_io_cache((info),1)

extern int end_io_cache(IO_CACHE *info);
extern void my_b_seek(IO_CACHE *info,my_off_t pos);
extern size_t my_b_gets(IO_CACHE *info, char *to, size_t max_length);
extern my_off_t my_b_filelength(IO_CACHE *info);
extern my_bool my_b_write_backtick_quote(IO_CACHE *info, const char *str,
                                         size_t len);
extern my_bool my_b_printf(IO_CACHE *info, const char* fmt, ...);
extern size_t my_b_vprintf(IO_CACHE *info, const char* fmt, va_list ap);
extern my_bool open_cached_file(IO_CACHE *cache,const char *dir,
				 const char *prefix, size_t cache_size,
				 myf cache_myflags);
extern my_bool real_open_cached_file(IO_CACHE *cache);
extern void close_cached_file(IO_CACHE *cache);
File create_temp_file(char *to, const char *dir, const char *pfx,
		      int mode, myf MyFlags);
#define my_init_dynamic_array(A,B,C,D,E,F) init_dynamic_array2(A,B,C,NULL,D,E,F)
#define my_init_dynamic_array2(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) init_dynamic_array2(A,B,C,D,E,F,G)
extern my_bool init_dynamic_array2(PSI_memory_key psi_key, DYNAMIC_ARRAY *array,
                                   size_t element_size, void *init_buffer,
                                   size_t init_alloc, size_t alloc_increment,
                                   myf my_flags);
extern my_bool insert_dynamic(DYNAMIC_ARRAY *array, const void* element);
extern void *alloc_dynamic(DYNAMIC_ARRAY *array);
extern void *pop_dynamic(DYNAMIC_ARRAY*);
extern my_bool set_dynamic(DYNAMIC_ARRAY *array, const void *element,
                           size_t array_index);
extern my_bool allocate_dynamic(DYNAMIC_ARRAY *array, size_t max_elements);
extern void get_dynamic(DYNAMIC_ARRAY *array, void *element, size_t array_index);
extern void delete_dynamic(DYNAMIC_ARRAY *array);
extern void delete_dynamic_element(DYNAMIC_ARRAY *array, size_t array_index);
extern void delete_dynamic_with_callback(DYNAMIC_ARRAY *array, FREE_FUNC f);
extern void freeze_size(DYNAMIC_ARRAY *array);
#define dynamic_array_ptr(array,array_index) ((array)->buffer+(array_index)*(array)->size_of_element)
#define dynamic_element(array,array_index,type) ((type)((array)->buffer) +(array_index))
#define push_dynamic(A,B) insert_dynamic((A),(B))
#define reset_dynamic(array) ((array)->elements= 0)
#define sort_dynamic(A,cmp) my_qsort((A)->buffer, (A)->elements, (A)->size_of_element, (cmp))
extern void init_append_dynamic(DYNAMIC_ARRAY_APPEND *append,
                                DYNAMIC_ARRAY *array);
extern my_bool append_dynamic(DYNAMIC_ARRAY_APPEND *append,
                              const void * element);

extern my_bool init_dynamic_string(DYNAMIC_STRING *str, const char *init_str,
				   size_t init_alloc,size_t alloc_increment);
extern my_bool dynstr_append(DYNAMIC_STRING *str, const char *append);
my_bool dynstr_append_mem(DYNAMIC_STRING *str, const char *append,
			  size_t length);
extern my_bool dynstr_append_os_quoted(DYNAMIC_STRING *str, const char *append,
                                       ...);
extern my_bool dynstr_append_quoted(DYNAMIC_STRING *str,
                                    const char *append, size_t len,
                                    char quote);
extern my_bool dynstr_set(DYNAMIC_STRING *str, const char *init_str);
extern my_bool dynstr_realloc(DYNAMIC_STRING *str, size_t additional_size);
extern my_bool dynstr_trunc(DYNAMIC_STRING *str, size_t n);
extern void dynstr_free(DYNAMIC_STRING *str);
extern uint32 copy_and_convert_extended(char *to, uint32 to_length,
                                        CHARSET_INFO *to_cs,
                                        const char *from, uint32 from_length,
                                        CHARSET_INFO *from_cs, uint *errors);
extern void dynstr_reassociate(DYNAMIC_STRING *str, char **res, size_t *length,
                               size_t *alloc_length);
extern uint32 copy_and_convert_extended(char *to, uint32 to_length,
                                        CHARSET_INFO *to_cs,
                                        const char *from, uint32 from_length,
                                        CHARSET_INFO *from_cs, uint *errors);
#ifdef HAVE_MLOCK
extern void *my_malloc_lock(size_t length,myf flags);
extern void my_free_lock(void *ptr);
#else
#define my_malloc_lock(A,B) my_malloc(PSI_INSTRUMENT_ME, (A),(B))
#define my_free_lock(A) my_free((A))
#endif
#define alloc_root_inited(A) ((A)->min_malloc != 0)
#define DEFAULT_ROOT_BLOCK_SIZE 1024
#define clear_alloc_root(A) do { (A)->free= (A)->used= (A)->pre_alloc= 0; (A)->min_malloc=0;} while(0)
extern void init_alloc_root(PSI_memory_key key, MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                            size_t block_size, size_t pre_alloc_size,
                            myf my_flags);
extern void *alloc_root(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, size_t Size);
extern void *multi_alloc_root(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, ...);
extern void free_root(MEM_ROOT *root, myf MyFLAGS);
extern void move_root(MEM_ROOT *to, MEM_ROOT *from);
extern void set_prealloc_root(MEM_ROOT *root, char *ptr);
extern void reset_root_defaults(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, size_t block_size,
                                size_t prealloc_size);
extern USED_MEM *get_last_memroot_block(MEM_ROOT* root);
extern void free_all_new_blocks(MEM_ROOT *root, USED_MEM *last_block);
extern void protect_root(MEM_ROOT *root, int prot);
extern char *strdup_root(MEM_ROOT *root,const char *str);
static inline char *safe_strdup_root(MEM_ROOT *root, const char *str)
{
  return str ? strdup_root(root, str) : 0;
}
extern char *strmake_root(MEM_ROOT *root,const char *str,size_t len);
extern void *memdup_root(MEM_ROOT *root,const void *str, size_t len);

extern LEX_CSTRING safe_lexcstrdup_root(MEM_ROOT *root, const LEX_CSTRING str);

static inline LEX_STRING lex_string_strmake_root(MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                                 const char *str, size_t length)
{
  LEX_STRING tmp;
  tmp.str= strmake_root(mem_root, str, length);
  tmp.length= tmp.str ? length : 0;
  return tmp;
}

extern LEX_STRING lex_string_casedn_root(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                        CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                        const char *str, size_t length);

extern my_bool my_compress(uchar *, size_t *, size_t *);
extern my_bool my_uncompress(uchar *, size_t , size_t *);
extern uchar *my_compress_alloc(const uchar *packet, size_t *len,
                                size_t *complen);
extern void *my_az_allocator(void *dummy, unsigned int items, unsigned int size);
extern void my_az_free(void *dummy, void *address);
extern int my_compress_buffer(uchar *dest, size_t *destLen,
                              const uchar *source, size_t sourceLen);
extern int packfrm(const uchar *, size_t, uchar **, size_t *);
extern int unpackfrm(uchar **, size_t *, const uchar *);

extern uint32 my_checksum(uint32, const void *, size_t);
extern uint32 my_crc32c(uint32, const void *, size_t);

extern const char *my_crc32c_implementation();

#ifdef DBUG_ASSERT_EXISTS
extern void my_debug_put_break_here(void);
#else
#define my_debug_put_break_here() do {} while(0)
#endif

extern void my_sleep(ulong m_seconds);
extern uint my_set_max_open_files(uint files);
void my_free_open_file_info(void);

extern my_bool my_gethwaddr(uchar *to);
extern int my_getncpus(void);

#define HRTIME_RESOLUTION               1000000ULL  /* microseconds */
typedef struct {ulonglong val;} my_hrtime_t;
void my_time_init(void);
extern my_hrtime_t my_hrtime(void);

#ifdef _WIN32
extern my_hrtime_t my_hrtime_coarse();
#else
#define my_hrtime_coarse() my_hrtime()
#endif

extern ulonglong my_interval_timer(void);
extern ulonglong my_getcputime(void);

#define microsecond_interval_timer()    (my_interval_timer()/1000)
#define hrtime_to_time(X)               ((time_t)((X).val/HRTIME_RESOLUTION))
#define hrtime_from_time(X)             ((ulonglong)((X)*HRTIME_RESOLUTION))
#define hrtime_to_double(X)             ((X).val/(double)HRTIME_RESOLUTION)
#define hrtime_sec_part(X)              ((ulong)((X).val % HRTIME_RESOLUTION))
#define my_time(X)                      hrtime_to_time(my_hrtime_coarse())

/**
  Make high resolution time from two parts.
*/

static inline my_hrtime_t make_hr_time(my_time_t time, ulong time_sec_part)
{
  my_hrtime_t res= {((ulonglong) time)*1000000 + time_sec_part};
  return res;
}


#if STACK_DIRECTION < 0
#define available_stack_size(CUR,END) (long) ((char*)(CUR) - (char*)(END))
#else
#define available_stack_size(CUR,END) (long) ((char*)(END) - (char*)(CUR))
#endif

#ifndef MAP_SYNC
#define MAP_SYNC 0x80000
#endif
#ifndef MAP_SHARED_VALIDATE
#define MAP_SHARED_VALIDATE 0x03
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H
#ifndef MAP_NOSYNC
#define MAP_NOSYNC      0
#endif
#ifndef MAP_NORESERVE
#define MAP_NORESERVE 0         /* For irix and AIX */
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_MMAP64
#define my_mmap(a,b,c,d,e,f)    mmap64(a,b,c,d,e,f)
#else
#define my_mmap(a,b,c,d,e,f)    mmap(a,b,c,d,e,f)
#endif
#define my_munmap(a,b)          munmap((a),(b))

#else
/* not a complete set of mmap() flags, but only those that necessary */
#define PROT_READ        1
#define PROT_WRITE       2
#define MAP_NORESERVE    0
#define MAP_SHARED       0x0001
#define MAP_PRIVATE      0x0002
#define MAP_NOSYNC       0x0800
#define MAP_FAILED       ((void *)-1)
#define MS_SYNC          0x0000

#define HAVE_MMAP
void *my_mmap(void *, size_t, int, int, int, my_off_t);
int my_munmap(void *, size_t);
#endif

#ifdef _WIN32
extern FILE* my_win_popen(const char*, const char*);
extern int my_win_pclose(FILE*);
#define my_popen(A,B) my_win_popen(A,B)
#define my_pclose(A) my_win_pclose(A)
#else
#define my_popen(A,B) popen(A,B)
#define my_pclose(A) pclose(A)
#endif

/* my_getpagesize */
int my_getpagesize(void);

int my_msync(int, void *, size_t, int);

#define MY_UUID_SIZE 16
#define MY_UUID_BARE_STRING_LENGTH (8+4+4+4+12)
#define MY_UUID_SEPARATORS 4
#define MY_UUID_STRING_LENGTH (MY_UUID_BARE_STRING_LENGTH + MY_UUID_SEPARATORS)

void my_uuid_init(ulong seed1, ulong seed2);
void my_uuid(uchar *guid);
void my_uuid_end(void);

static inline void my_uuid2str(const uchar *guid, char *s, int with_separators)
{
  int i;
  int mask= with_separators ? ((1 << 3) | (1 << 5) | (1 << 7) | (1 << 9)) : 0;
  for (i=0; i < MY_UUID_SIZE; i++, mask >>= 1)
  {
    *s++= _dig_vec_lower[guid[i] >>4];
    *s++= _dig_vec_lower[guid[i] & 15];
    if (mask & 1)
      *s++= '-';
  }
}


const char *my_dlerror(const char *dlpath);


/* System timezone handling*/
void my_tzset();
void my_tzname(char *sys_timezone, size_t size);

struct my_tz
{
  long seconds_offset;
  char abbreviation[64];
};
void my_tzinfo(time_t t, struct my_tz*);

/* character sets */
extern void my_charset_loader_init_mysys(MY_CHARSET_LOADER *loader);
extern uint get_charset_number(const char *cs_name, uint cs_flags, myf flags);
extern uint get_collation_number(const char *name,myf flags);
extern const char *get_charset_name(uint cs_number);

extern CHARSET_INFO *get_charset(uint cs_number, myf flags);
extern CHARSET_INFO *get_charset_by_name(const char *cs_name, myf flags);
extern CHARSET_INFO *my_collation_get_by_name(MY_CHARSET_LOADER *loader,
                                              const char *name, myf flags);
extern CHARSET_INFO *get_charset_by_csname(const char *cs_name,
					   uint cs_flags, myf my_flags);
extern CHARSET_INFO *my_charset_get_by_name(MY_CHARSET_LOADER *loader,
                                            const char *name,
                                            uint cs_flags, myf my_flags);
extern my_bool resolve_charset(const char *cs_name,
                               CHARSET_INFO *default_cs,
                               CHARSET_INFO **cs,
                               myf flags);
extern my_bool resolve_collation(const char *cl_name,
                                 CHARSET_INFO *default_cl,
                                 CHARSET_INFO **cl,
                                 myf my_flags);
extern void free_charsets(void);
extern char *get_charsets_dir(char *buf);
static inline my_bool my_charset_same(CHARSET_INFO *cs1, CHARSET_INFO *cs2)
{
  return (cs1->cs_name.str == cs2->cs_name.str);
}
extern my_bool init_compiled_charsets(myf flags);
extern int add_compiled_collation(struct charset_info_st *cs);
extern void add_compiled_extra_collation(struct charset_info_st *cs);
extern size_t escape_string_for_mysql(CHARSET_INFO *charset_info,
                                      char *to, size_t to_length,
                                      const char *from, size_t length,
                                      my_bool *overflow);
extern char *my_get_tty_password(const char *opt_message);
#ifdef _WIN32
#define BACKSLASH_MBTAIL
/* File system character set */
extern CHARSET_INFO *fs_character_set(void);
extern int my_set_console_cp(const char *name);
#else
#define my_set_console_cp(A) do {} while (0)
#endif
extern const char *my_default_csname(void);
extern size_t escape_quotes_for_mysql(CHARSET_INFO *charset_info,
                                      char *to, size_t to_length,
                                      const char *from, size_t length,
                                      my_bool *overflow);

extern void thd_increment_bytes_sent(void *thd, size_t length);
extern void thd_increment_bytes_received(void *thd, size_t length);
extern void thd_increment_net_big_packet_count(void *thd, size_t length);

#include <mysql/psi/psi.h>

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT struct PSI_bootstrap *PSI_hook;
extern void set_psi_server(PSI *psi);
void my_init_mysys_psi_keys(void);
#endif

struct st_mysql_file;
extern struct st_mysql_file *mysql_stdin;
C_MODE_END


#ifdef __cplusplus

class Charset_loader_mysys: public MY_CHARSET_LOADER
{
public:
  Charset_loader_mysys()
  {
    my_charset_loader_init_mysys(this);
  }

  /**
    Get a CHARSET_INFO by a character set name.

    @param name      Collation name
    @param cs_flags  e.g. MY_CS_PRIMARY, MY_CS_BINARY
    @param my_flags  mysys flags (MY_WME, MY_UTF8_IS_UTF8MB3)
    @return
    @retval          NULL on error (e.g. not found)
    @retval          A CHARSET_INFO pointter on success
  */
  CHARSET_INFO *get_charset(const char *cs_name, uint cs_flags, myf my_flags)
  {
    error[0]= '\0'; // Need to clear in case of the second call
    return my_charset_get_by_name(this, cs_name, cs_flags, my_flags);
  }

  /**
    Get a CHARSET_INFO by an exact collation by name.

    @param name      Collation name
    @param my_flags  e.g. the utf8 translation flag
    @return
    @retval          NULL on error (e.g. not found)
    @retval          A CHARSET_INFO pointter on success
  */
  CHARSET_INFO *get_exact_collation(const char *name, myf my_flags)
  {
    error[0]= '\0'; // Need to clear in case of the second call
    return my_collation_get_by_name(this, name, my_flags);
  }

  /**
    Get a CHARSET_INFO by a context collation by name.
    The returned pointer must be further resolved to a character set.

    @param name      Collation name
    @param utf8_flag The utf8 translation flag
    @return
    @retval          NULL on error (e.g. not found)
    @retval          A CHARSET_INFO pointter on success
  */
  CHARSET_INFO *get_context_collation(const char *name, myf my_flags)
  {
    return get_exact_collation_by_context_name(&my_charset_utf8mb4_general_ci,
                                               name, my_flags);
  }

  /**
    Get an exact CHARSET_INFO by a contextually typed collation name.

    @param name      Collation name
    @param utf8_flag The utf8 translation flag
    @return
    @retval          NULL on error (e.g. not found)
    @retval          A CHARSET_INFO pointer on success
  */
  CHARSET_INFO *get_exact_collation_by_context_name(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                                    const char *name,
                                                    myf my_flags)
  {
    char tmp[MY_CS_COLLATION_NAME_SIZE];
    my_snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%s_%s", cs->cs_name.str, name);
    return get_exact_collation(tmp, my_flags);
  }

  /*
    Find a collation with binary comparison rules
  */
  CHARSET_INFO *get_bin_collation(CHARSET_INFO *cs, myf my_flags)
  {
    /*
      We don't need to handle old_mode=UTF8_IS_UTF8MB3 here,
      This method assumes that "cs" points to a real character set name.
      It can be either "utf8mb3" or "utf8mb4". It cannot be "utf8".
      No thd->get_utf8_flag() flag passed to get_charset_by_csname().
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(cs->cs_name.length !=4 || memcmp(cs->cs_name.str, "utf8", 4));
    /*
      CREATE TABLE t1 (a CHAR(10) BINARY)
        CHARACTER SET utf8mb4 COLLATE utf8mb4_bin;
      Nothing to do, we have the binary collation already.
    */
    if (cs->state & MY_CS_BINSORT)
      return cs;

    // CREATE TABLE t1 (a CHAR(10) BINARY) CHARACTER SET utf8mb4;/
    error[0]= '\0'; // Need in case of the second execution
    return get_charset(cs->cs_name.str, MY_CS_BINSORT, my_flags);
  }

  /*
    Find the default collation in the given character set
  */
  CHARSET_INFO *get_default_collation(CHARSET_INFO *cs, myf my_flags)
  {
    // See comments in find_bin_collation_or_error()
    DBUG_ASSERT(cs->cs_name.length !=4 || memcmp(cs->cs_name.str, "utf8", 4));
    /*
      CREATE TABLE t1 (a CHAR(10) COLLATE DEFAULT) CHARACTER SET utf8mb4;
      Nothing to do, we have the default collation already.
    */
    if (cs->state & MY_CS_PRIMARY)
      return cs;
    /*
      CREATE TABLE t1 (a CHAR(10) COLLATE DEFAULT)
        CHARACTER SET utf8mb4 COLLATE utf8mb4_bin;

      Don't need to handle old_mode=UTF8_IS_UTF8MB3 here.
      See comments in find_bin_collation_or_error.
    */
    cs= get_charset(cs->cs_name.str, MY_CS_PRIMARY, my_flags);
    DBUG_ASSERT(cs);
    return cs;
  }
};

#endif /*__cplusplus */


#endif /* _my_sys_h */
#ifndef SSLOPT_LONGOPTS_INCLUDED
#define SSLOPT_LONGOPTS_INCLUDED

/*
   Copyright (c) 2000, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#if defined(HAVE_OPENSSL) && !defined(EMBEDDED_LIBRARY)

  {"ssl", 0,
   "Enable SSL for connection (automatically enabled with other flags).",
   &opt_use_ssl, &opt_use_ssl, 0, GET_BOOL, OPT_ARG, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
  {"ssl-ca", OPT_SSL_CA,
   "CA file in PEM format (check OpenSSL docs, implies --ssl).",
   &opt_ssl_ca, &opt_ssl_ca, 0, GET_STR, REQUIRED_ARG, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
  {"ssl-capath", OPT_SSL_CAPATH,
   "CA directory (check OpenSSL docs, implies --ssl).",
   &opt_ssl_capath, &opt_ssl_capath, 0, GET_STR, REQUIRED_ARG,
   0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
  {"ssl-cert", OPT_SSL_CERT, "X509 cert in PEM format (implies --ssl).",
   &opt_ssl_cert, &opt_ssl_cert, 0, GET_STR, REQUIRED_ARG,
   0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
  {"ssl-cipher", OPT_SSL_CIPHER, "SSL cipher to use (implies --ssl).",
   &opt_ssl_cipher, &opt_ssl_cipher, 0, GET_STR, REQUIRED_ARG,
   0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
  {"ssl-key", OPT_SSL_KEY, "X509 key in PEM format (implies --ssl).",
   &opt_ssl_key, &opt_ssl_key, 0, GET_STR, REQUIRED_ARG,
   0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
  {"ssl-crl", OPT_SSL_CRL, "Certificate revocation list (implies --ssl).",
   &opt_ssl_crl, &opt_ssl_crl, 0, GET_STR, REQUIRED_ARG,
   0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
  {"ssl-crlpath", OPT_SSL_CRLPATH,
    "Certificate revocation list path (implies --ssl).",
   &opt_ssl_crlpath, &opt_ssl_crlpath, 0, GET_STR, REQUIRED_ARG,
   0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
  {"tls-version", OPT_TLS_VERSION,
   "TLS protocol version for secure connection.",
   &opt_tls_version, &opt_tls_version, 0, GET_STR, REQUIRED_ARG,
   0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},

#ifdef MYSQL_CLIENT
  {"ssl-fp", OPT_SSL_FP, "Server certificate fingerprint (implies --ssl).",
   &opt_ssl_fp, &opt_ssl_fp, 0, GET_STR, REQUIRED_ARG, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
  {"ssl-fplist", OPT_SSL_FPLIST, "File with accepted server certificate "
   "fingerprints, one per line (implies --ssl).",
   &opt_ssl_fplist, &opt_ssl_fplist, 0, GET_STR, REQUIRED_ARG, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
  {"ssl-verify-server-cert", 0,
   "Verify server's certificate to prevent man-in-the-middle attacks",
   &opt_ssl_verify_server_cert, &opt_ssl_verify_server_cert,
   0, GET_BOOL, OPT_ARG, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
#endif
#endif /* HAVE_OPENSSL */
#endif /* SSLOPT_LONGOPTS_INCLUDED */
#ifndef SSLOPT_CASE_INCLUDED
#define SSLOPT_CASE_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#if defined(HAVE_OPENSSL) && !defined(EMBEDDED_LIBRARY)
    case OPT_SSL_KEY:
    case OPT_SSL_CERT:
    case OPT_SSL_CA:
    case OPT_SSL_CAPATH:
    case OPT_SSL_CIPHER:
    case OPT_SSL_CRL:
    case OPT_SSL_CRLPATH:
    case OPT_TLS_VERSION:
#ifdef MYSQL_CLIENT
    case OPT_SSL_FP:
    case OPT_SSL_FPLIST:
#endif
    /*
      Enable use of SSL if we are using any ssl option
      One can disable SSL later by using --skip-ssl or --ssl=0
    */
      opt_use_ssl= 1;
#if defined (HAVE_WOLFSSL)
#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER)
      /* CRL does not work with WolfSSL (server) */
      opt_ssl_crl= NULL;
#endif
#if !defined(_WIN32) || !defined(LIBMARIADB)
      /* CRL_PATH does not work with WolfSSL (server) and GnuTLS (client) */
      opt_ssl_crlpath= NULL;
#endif
#endif
      break;
#endif
#endif /* SSLOPT_CASE_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/*
  A better implementation of the UNIX ctype(3) library.
*/

#ifndef _m_ctype_h
#define _m_ctype_h

#include <my_attribute.h>
#include <m_string.h>

enum loglevel {
   ERROR_LEVEL=       0,
   WARNING_LEVEL=     1,
   INFORMATION_LEVEL= 2
};

#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define MY_CS_CHARACTER_SET_NAME_SIZE   32
#define MY_CS_COLLATION_NAME_SIZE       64

#define MY_CS_CTYPE_TABLE_SIZE		257
#define MY_CS_TO_LOWER_TABLE_SIZE	256
#define MY_CS_TO_UPPER_TABLE_SIZE	256
#define MY_CS_SORT_ORDER_TABLE_SIZE	256
#define MY_CS_TO_UNI_TABLE_SIZE		256

#define CHARSET_DIR	"charsets/"

#define my_wc_t ulong

#define MY_CS_REPLACEMENT_CHARACTER 0xFFFD

/**
  Maximum character length of a string produced by wc_to_printable().
  Note, wc_to_printable() is currently limited to BMP.
  One non-printable or non-convertable character can produce a string
  with at most 5 characters: \hhhh.
  If we ever modify wc_to_printable() to support supplementary characters,
  e.g. \+hhhhhh, this constant should be changed to 8.
  Note, maximum octet length of a wc_to_printable() result can be calculated
  as: (MY_CS_PRINTABLE_CHAR_LENGTH*cs->mbminlen).
*/
#define MY_CS_PRINTABLE_CHAR_LENGTH  5


/*
  On i386 we store Unicode->CS conversion tables for
  some character sets using Big-endian order,
  to copy two bytes at once.
  This gives some performance improvement.
*/
#ifdef __i386__
#define MB2(x)                (((x) >> 8) + (((x) & 0xFF) << 8))
#define MY_PUT_MB2(s, code)   { *((uint16*)(s))= (code); }
#else
#define MB2(x)                (x)
#define MY_PUT_MB2(s, code)   { (s)[0]= code >> 8; (s)[1]= code & 0xFF; }
#endif

typedef const struct my_charset_handler_st MY_CHARSET_HANDLER;
typedef const struct my_collation_handler_st MY_COLLATION_HANDLER;

typedef const struct casefold_info_st MY_CASEFOLD_INFO;
typedef const struct uni_ctype_st MY_UNI_CTYPE;
typedef const struct my_uni_idx_st MY_UNI_IDX;
typedef uint16 decimal_digits_t;


typedef struct casefold_info_char_t
{
  uint32 toupper;
  uint32 tolower;
} MY_CASEFOLD_CHARACTER;


struct casefold_info_st
{
  my_wc_t maxchar;
  const MY_CASEFOLD_CHARACTER * const *page;
  const uint16 * const *simple_weight; /* For general_ci-alike collations */
};


#define MY_UCA_MAX_CONTRACTION 6
/*
  The DUCET tables in ctype-uca.c are dumped with a limit of 8 weights
  per character. cs->strxfrm_multiply is set to 8 for all UCA based collations.

  In language-specific UCA collations (with tailorings) we also do not allow
  a single character to have more than 8 weights to stay with the same
  strxfrm_multiply limit. Note, contractions are allowed to have twice longer
  weight strings (up to 16 weights). As a contraction consists of at
  least 2 characters, this makes sure that strxfrm_multiply ratio of 8
  is respected.
*/
#define MY_UCA_MAX_WEIGHT_SIZE (8+1)               /* Including 0 terminator */
#define MY_UCA_CONTRACTION_MAX_WEIGHT_SIZE (2*8+1) /* Including 0 terminator */
#define MY_UCA_WEIGHT_LEVELS   3

typedef struct my_contraction_t
{
  my_wc_t ch[MY_UCA_MAX_CONTRACTION];   /* Character sequence              */
  uint16 weight[MY_UCA_CONTRACTION_MAX_WEIGHT_SIZE];/* Its weight string, 0-terminated */
  my_bool with_context;
} MY_CONTRACTION;


typedef struct my_contraction_list_t
{
  size_t nitems;         /* Number of items in the list                  */
  MY_CONTRACTION *item;  /* List of contractions                         */
  char *flags;           /* Character flags, e.g. "is contraction head") */
} MY_CONTRACTIONS;

my_bool my_uca_can_be_contraction_head(const MY_CONTRACTIONS *c, my_wc_t wc);
my_bool my_uca_can_be_contraction_tail(const MY_CONTRACTIONS *c, my_wc_t wc);
const uint16 *my_uca_contraction2_weight(const MY_CONTRACTIONS *c,
                                         my_wc_t wc1, my_wc_t wc2);


typedef struct my_uca_weight2_t
{
  uint16 weight[2];
} MY_UCA_WEIGHT2;


/*
  In DUCET as of Unicode-14.0.0:
  - All characters in the range U+0000..U+007F (i.e. using one byte in utf8)
    have not more than two weights on all weight levels.
  - All characters in the range U+0080..U+07FF (i.e. using two bytes in utf8)
    have not more than four weights on all weight levels.
  Therefore the limit of 4 weights should cover all byte pairs
  (i.e. two ASCII characters or one 2-byte character)
  that are a subject for the "process 2 bytes at a time" optimization.
  If some collation reorders any character from the mentioned ranges
  in the way that it produces more weights, such character will not
  be optimized, but will be correctly processed the slower mb_wc-based
  method (1 character at a time).
*/
#define MY_UCA_2BYTES_MAX_WEIGHT_SIZE (4+1) /* Including 0 terminator */

typedef struct my_uca_2bytes_item_t
{
  uint16 weight[MY_UCA_2BYTES_MAX_WEIGHT_SIZE];
} MY_UCA_2BYTES_ITEM;


typedef struct my_uca_level_booster_t
{
  /*
    A helper array to process 2 bytes at a time during string comparison.
    It maps all 2-bytes sequences that make:
    - two ASCII characters or
    - one 2-byte character
    to their weights. The weight length is limited to
    MY_UCA_2BYTES_MAX_WEIGHT_SIZE-1 weights.
    This array is used in the main loop optimization.
  */
  MY_UCA_2BYTES_ITEM weight_strings_2bytes[0x10000];
  /*
    A helper array to process 2bytes at a time during string comparison,
    with an even more efficient way than the above one.
    The weight size is limited to 2 weights, so it's used for the cases
    when 2 input bytes produce 1 or 2 weights.
    This limit makes the code using this array even simpler and faster.
    This array is used for prefix optimization.
  */
  MY_UCA_WEIGHT2 weight_strings_2bytes_to_1_or_2_weights[0x10000];
} MY_UCA_LEVEL_BOOSTER;


typedef struct my_uca_contraction_hash_t
{
  size_t nitems_alloced;
  MY_CONTRACTION *item;
} MY_UCA_CONTRACTION_HASH;


/* Collation weights on a single level (e.g. primary, secondary, tertiary) */
typedef struct my_uca_level_info_st
{
  my_wc_t maxchar;
  uchar   *lengths;
  uint16  **weights;
  MY_CONTRACTIONS contractions;
  uint    levelno;
  MY_UCA_CONTRACTION_HASH contraction_hash;
  MY_UCA_LEVEL_BOOSTER *booster;
} MY_UCA_WEIGHT_LEVEL;


typedef struct uca_info_st
{
  MY_UCA_WEIGHT_LEVEL level[MY_UCA_WEIGHT_LEVELS];

  /* Logical positions */
  my_wc_t first_non_ignorable;
  my_wc_t last_non_ignorable;
  my_wc_t first_primary_ignorable;
  my_wc_t last_primary_ignorable;
  my_wc_t first_secondary_ignorable;
  my_wc_t last_secondary_ignorable;
  my_wc_t first_tertiary_ignorable;
  my_wc_t last_tertiary_ignorable;
  my_wc_t first_trailing;
  my_wc_t last_trailing;
  my_wc_t first_variable;
  my_wc_t last_variable;

  /* Unicode version */
  uint version;

} MY_UCA_INFO;



extern MY_UCA_INFO my_uca_v400;


struct uni_ctype_st
{
  uchar  pctype;
  const uchar  *ctype;
};

extern MY_UNI_CTYPE my_uni_ctype[256];

/* wm_wc and wc_mb return codes */
#define MY_CS_ILSEQ	0     /* Wrong by sequence: wb_wc                   */
#define MY_CS_ILUNI	0     /* Cannot encode Unicode to charset: wc_mb    */
#define MY_CS_TOOSMALL  -101  /* Need at least one byte:    wc_mb and mb_wc */
#define MY_CS_TOOSMALL2 -102  /* Need at least two bytes:   wc_mb and mb_wc */
#define MY_CS_TOOSMALL3 -103  /* Need at least three bytes: wc_mb and mb_wc */
/* These following three are currently not really used */
#define MY_CS_TOOSMALL4 -104  /* Need at least 4 bytes: wc_mb and mb_wc */
#define MY_CS_TOOSMALL5 -105  /* Need at least 5 bytes: wc_mb and mb_wc */
#define MY_CS_TOOSMALL6 -106  /* Need at least 6 bytes: wc_mb and mb_wc */
/* A helper macros for "need at least n bytes" */
#define MY_CS_TOOSMALLN(n)    (-100-(n))

#define MY_CS_MBMAXLEN  6     /* Maximum supported mbmaxlen */
#define MY_CS_IS_TOOSMALL(rc) ((rc) >= MY_CS_TOOSMALL6 && (rc) <= MY_CS_TOOSMALL)

#define MY_SEQ_INTTAIL	1
#define MY_SEQ_SPACES	2
#define MY_SEQ_NONSPACES 3 /* Skip non-space characters, including bad bytes */

        /* My charsets_list flags */
#define MY_CS_COMPILED  1      /* compiled-in sets               */
#define MY_CS_CONFIG    2      /* sets that have a *.conf file   */
#define MY_CS_INDEX     4      /* sets listed in the Index file  */
#define MY_CS_LOADED    8      /* sets that are currently loaded */
#define MY_CS_BINSORT	16     /* if binary sort order           */
#define MY_CS_PRIMARY	32     /* if primary collation           */
#define MY_CS_STRNXFRM	64     /* if strnxfrm is used for sort   */
#define MY_CS_UNICODE	128    /* is a charset is BMP Unicode    */
#define MY_CS_READY	256    /* if a charset is initialized    */
#define MY_CS_AVAILABLE	512    /* If either compiled-in or loaded*/
#define MY_CS_CSSORT	1024   /* if case sensitive sort order   */	
#define MY_CS_HIDDEN	2048   /* don't display in SHOW          */	
#define MY_CS_PUREASCII 4096   /* if a charset is pure ascii     */
#define MY_CS_NONASCII  8192   /* if not ASCII-compatible        */
#define MY_CS_UNICODE_SUPPLEMENT 16384 /* Non-BMP Unicode characters */
#define MY_CS_LOWER_SORT 32768 /* If use lower case as weight   */
#define MY_CS_STRNXFRM_BAD_NWEIGHTS 0x10000 /* strnxfrm ignores "nweights" */
#define MY_CS_NOPAD   0x20000  /* if does not ignore trailing spaces */
#define MY_CS_NON1TO1 0x40000  /* Has a complex mapping from characters
                                  to weights, e.g. contractions, expansions,
                                  ignorable characters */
#define MY_CS_UPPER_EQUAL_AS_EQUAL 0x80000 /* (UPPER(x)=UPPER(y)) <=> (x=y)*/
#define MY_CHARSET_UNDEFINED 0

/* Character repertoire flags */
typedef enum enum_repertoire_t
{
  MY_REPERTOIRE_NONE=        0,
  MY_REPERTOIRE_ASCII=       1, /* Pure ASCII            U+0000..U+007F */
  MY_REPERTOIRE_EXTENDED=    2, /* Extended characters:  U+0080..U+FFFF */
  MY_REPERTOIRE_UNICODE30=   3  /* ASCII | EXTENDED:     U+0000..U+FFFF */
} my_repertoire_t;


/* ID compatibility */
typedef enum enum_collation_id_type
{
  MY_COLLATION_ID_TYPE_PRECISE=          0,
  MY_COLLATION_ID_TYPE_COMPAT_100800=    1
} my_collation_id_type_t;


/* Collation name display modes */
typedef enum enum_collation_name_mode
{
  MY_COLLATION_NAME_MODE_FULL=                                 0,
  MY_COLLATION_NAME_MODE_CONTEXT=                              1
} my_collation_name_mode_t;


/* Level flags */
#define MY_CS_LEVEL_BIT_PRIMARY    0x00
#define MY_CS_LEVEL_BIT_SECONDARY  0x01
#define MY_CS_LEVEL_BIT_TERTIARY   0x02
#define MY_CS_LEVEL_BIT_QUATERNARY 0x03

#define MY_CS_COLL_LEVELS_S1       (1<<MY_CS_LEVEL_BIT_PRIMARY)

#define MY_CS_COLL_LEVELS_AI_CS    (1<<MY_CS_LEVEL_BIT_PRIMARY)| \
                                   (1<<MY_CS_LEVEL_BIT_TERTIARY)

#define MY_CS_COLL_LEVELS_S2       (1<<MY_CS_LEVEL_BIT_PRIMARY)| \
                                   (1<<MY_CS_LEVEL_BIT_SECONDARY)

#define MY_CS_COLL_LEVELS_S3       (1<<MY_CS_LEVEL_BIT_PRIMARY)| \
                                   (1<<MY_CS_LEVEL_BIT_SECONDARY) | \
                                   (1<<MY_CS_LEVEL_BIT_TERTIARY)

#define MY_CS_COLL_LEVELS_S4       (1<<MY_CS_LEVEL_BIT_PRIMARY)| \
                                   (1<<MY_CS_LEVEL_BIT_SECONDARY) | \
                                   (1<<MY_CS_LEVEL_BIT_TERTIARY)  | \
                                   (1<<MY_CS_LEVEL_BIT_QUATERNARY)


/* Flags for strxfrm */
#define MY_STRXFRM_LEVEL1          0x00000001 /* for primary weights   */
#define MY_STRXFRM_LEVEL2          0x00000002 /* for secondary weights */
#define MY_STRXFRM_LEVEL3          0x00000004 /* for tertiary weights  */
#define MY_STRXFRM_LEVEL4          0x00000008 /* fourth level weights  */
#define MY_STRXFRM_LEVEL5          0x00000010 /* fifth level weights   */
#define MY_STRXFRM_LEVEL6          0x00000020 /* sixth level weights   */
#define MY_STRXFRM_LEVEL_ALL       0x0000003F /* Bit OR for the above six */
#define MY_STRXFRM_NLEVELS         6          /* Number of possible levels*/

#define MY_STRXFRM_PAD_WITH_SPACE  0x00000040 /* if pad result with spaces */
#define MY_STRXFRM_PAD_TO_MAXLEN   0x00000080 /* if pad tail(for filesort) */

#define MY_STRXFRM_DESC_LEVEL1     0x00000100 /* if desc order for level1 */
#define MY_STRXFRM_DESC_LEVEL2     0x00000200 /* if desc order for level2 */
#define MY_STRXFRM_DESC_LEVEL3     0x00000300 /* if desc order for level3 */
#define MY_STRXFRM_DESC_LEVEL4     0x00000800 /* if desc order for level4 */
#define MY_STRXFRM_DESC_LEVEL5     0x00001000 /* if desc order for level5 */
#define MY_STRXFRM_DESC_LEVEL6     0x00002000 /* if desc order for level6 */
#define MY_STRXFRM_DESC_SHIFT      8

#define MY_STRXFRM_UNUSED_00004000 0x00004000 /* for future extensions     */
#define MY_STRXFRM_UNUSED_00008000 0x00008000 /* for future extensions     */

#define MY_STRXFRM_REVERSE_LEVEL1  0x00010000 /* if reverse order for level1 */
#define MY_STRXFRM_REVERSE_LEVEL2  0x00020000 /* if reverse order for level2 */
#define MY_STRXFRM_REVERSE_LEVEL3  0x00040000 /* if reverse order for level3 */
#define MY_STRXFRM_REVERSE_LEVEL4  0x00080000 /* if reverse order for level4 */
#define MY_STRXFRM_REVERSE_LEVEL5  0x00100000 /* if reverse order for level5 */
#define MY_STRXFRM_REVERSE_LEVEL6  0x00200000 /* if reverse order for level6 */
#define MY_STRXFRM_REVERSE_SHIFT   16

/* Flags to strnncollsp_nchars */
/*
  MY_STRNNCOLLSP_NCHARS_EMULATE_TRIMMED_TRAILING_SPACES -
    defines if inside strnncollsp_nchars()
    short strings should be virtually extended to "nchars"
    characters by emulating trimmed trailing spaces.

    This flag is needed when comparing packed strings of the CHAR
    data type, when trailing spaces are trimmed on storage (like in InnoDB),
    however the actual values (after unpacking) will have those trailing
    spaces.

    If this flag is passed, strnncollsp_nchars() performs both
    truncating longer strings and extending shorter strings
    to exactly "nchars".

    If this flag is not passed, strnncollsp_nchars() only truncates longer
    strings to "nchars", but does not extend shorter strings to "nchars".
*/
#define MY_STRNNCOLLSP_NCHARS_EMULATE_TRIMMED_TRAILING_SPACES 1


/*
   Collation IDs for MariaDB that should not conflict with MySQL.
   We reserve 256..511, because MySQL will most likely use this range
   when the range 0..255 is full.

   We use the next 256 IDs starting from 512 and divide
   them into 8 chunks, 32 collations each, as follows:

   512 + (0..31)    for single byte collations (e.g. latin9)
   512 + (32..63)   reserved (e.g. for utf32le, or more single byte collations)
   512 + (64..95)   for utf8
   512 + (96..127)  for utf8mb4
   512 + (128..159) for ucs2
   512 + (160..192) for utf16
   512 + (192..223) for utf16le
   512 + (224..255) for utf32
*/
#define MY_PAGE2_COLLATION_ID_8BIT     0x200
#define MY_PAGE2_COLLATION_ID_RESERVED 0x220
#define MY_PAGE2_COLLATION_ID_UTF8     0x240
#define MY_PAGE2_COLLATION_ID_UTF8MB4  0x260
#define MY_PAGE2_COLLATION_ID_UCS2     0x280
#define MY_PAGE2_COLLATION_ID_UTF16    0x2A0
#define MY_PAGE2_COLLATION_ID_UTF16LE  0x2C0
#define MY_PAGE2_COLLATION_ID_UTF32    0x2E0

struct my_uni_idx_st
{
  uint16 from;
  uint16 to;
  const uchar *tab;
};

typedef struct
{
  uint beg;
  uint end;
  uint mb_len;
} my_match_t;

enum my_lex_states
{
  MY_LEX_START, MY_LEX_CHAR, MY_LEX_IDENT, 
  MY_LEX_IDENT_SEP, MY_LEX_IDENT_START,
  MY_LEX_REAL, MY_LEX_HEX_NUMBER, MY_LEX_BIN_NUMBER,
  MY_LEX_CMP_OP, MY_LEX_LONG_CMP_OP, MY_LEX_STRING, MY_LEX_COMMENT, MY_LEX_END,
  MY_LEX_OPERATOR_OR_IDENT, MY_LEX_NUMBER_IDENT, MY_LEX_INT_OR_REAL,
  MY_LEX_REAL_OR_POINT, MY_LEX_BOOL, MY_LEX_EOL, MY_LEX_ESCAPE, 
  MY_LEX_LONG_COMMENT, MY_LEX_END_LONG_COMMENT, MY_LEX_SEMICOLON, 
  MY_LEX_SET_VAR, MY_LEX_USER_END, MY_LEX_HOSTNAME, MY_LEX_SKIP, 
  MY_LEX_USER_VARIABLE_DELIMITER, MY_LEX_SYSTEM_VAR,
  MY_LEX_IDENT_OR_KEYWORD,
  MY_LEX_IDENT_OR_HEX, MY_LEX_IDENT_OR_BIN, MY_LEX_IDENT_OR_NCHAR,
  MY_LEX_STRING_OR_DELIMITER, MY_LEX_MINUS_OR_COMMENT, MY_LEX_PLACEHOLDER,
  MY_LEX_COMMA,
  MY_LEX_IDENT_OR_QUALIFIED_SPECIAL_FUNC
};

struct charset_info_st;

typedef struct my_charset_loader_st
{
  char error[128];
  void *(*once_alloc)(size_t);
  void *(*malloc)(size_t);                      /* Not used */
  void *(*realloc)(void *, size_t);             /* Not used */
  void (*free)(void *);                         /* Not used */
  void (*reporter)(enum loglevel, const char *format, ...);
  int  (*add_collation)(struct charset_info_st *cs);
} MY_CHARSET_LOADER;


extern int (*my_string_stack_guard)(int);

/* See strings/CHARSET_INFO.txt for information about this structure  */
struct my_collation_handler_st
{
  my_bool (*init)(struct charset_info_st *, MY_CHARSET_LOADER *);
  /* Collation routines */
  int     (*strnncoll)(CHARSET_INFO *,
		       const uchar *, size_t, const uchar *, size_t, my_bool);
  int     (*strnncollsp)(CHARSET_INFO *,
                         const uchar *, size_t, const uchar *, size_t);
  /*
    strnncollsp_nchars() - similar to strnncollsp() but assumes that both
                           strings were originally CHAR(N) values with the
                           same N, then were optionally space-padded,
                           or optionally space-trimmed.

                           In other words, this function compares in the way
                           if we insert both values into a CHAR(N) column
                           and then compare the two column values.

    It compares the same amount of characters from the two strings.
    This is especially important for NOPAD collations.

    If CHAR_LENGTH of the two strings are different,
    the shorter string is virtually padded with trailing spaces
    up to CHAR_LENGTH of the longer string, to guarantee that the
    same amount of characters are compared.
    This is important if the two CHAR(N) strings are space-trimmed 
    (e.g. like in InnoDB compact format for CHAR).

    The function compares not more than "nchars" characters only.
    This can be useful to compare CHAR(N) space-padded strings
    (when the exact N is known) without having to truncate them before
    the comparison.

    For example, Field_string stores a "CHAR(3) CHARACTER SET utf8mb4" value
    of "aaa" as 12 bytes in a record buffer:
    - 3 bytes of the actual data, followed by
    - 9 bytes of spaces (just fillers, not real data)
    The caller can pass nchars=3 to compare CHAR(3) record values.
    In such case, the comparator won't go inside the 9 bytes of the fillers.

    If N is not known, the caller can pass max(len1,len2) as the "nchars" value
    (i.e. the maximum of the OCTET_LENGTH of the two strings).

    Notes on complex collations.

    This function counts contraction parts as individual characters.
    For example, the Czech letter 'ch' (in Czech collations)
    is ordinarily counted by the "nchars" limit as TWO characters
    (although it is only one letter).
    This corresponds to what CHAR(N) does in INSERT.

    If the "nchars" limit tears apart a contraction, only the part fitting
    into "nchars" characters is used. For example, in case of a Czech collation,
    the string "ach" with nchars=2 is compared as 'ac': the contraction
    'ch' is torn apart and the letter 'c' acts as an individual character.
    This emulates the same comparison result with the scenario when we insert
    'ach' into a CHAR(2) column and then compare it.
  */
  int     (*strnncollsp_nchars)(CHARSET_INFO *,
                                const uchar *str1, size_t len1,
                                const uchar *str2, size_t len2,
                                size_t nchars,
                                uint flags);
  size_t     (*strnxfrm)(CHARSET_INFO *,
                         uchar *dst, size_t dstlen, uint nweights,
                         const uchar *src, size_t srclen, uint flags);
  size_t    (*strnxfrmlen)(CHARSET_INFO *, size_t); 
  my_bool (*like_range)(CHARSET_INFO *,
			const char *s, size_t s_length,
			pchar w_prefix, pchar w_one, pchar w_many, 
			size_t res_length,
			char *min_str, char *max_str,
			size_t *min_len, size_t *max_len);
  int     (*wildcmp)(CHARSET_INFO *,
  		     const char *str,const char *str_end,
                     const char *wildstr,const char *wildend,
                     int escape,int w_one, int w_many);

  int  (*strcasecmp)(CHARSET_INFO *, const char *, const char *);
  
  uint (*instr)(CHARSET_INFO *,
                const char *b, size_t b_length,
                const char *s, size_t s_length,
                my_match_t *match, uint nmatch);
  
  /* Hash calculation */
  void (*hash_sort)(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const uchar *key, size_t len,
		    ulong *nr1, ulong *nr2); 
  my_bool (*propagate)(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const uchar *str, size_t len);
  /*
    Make minimum and maximum strings for the collation.
    Put not more than "nchars" characters.
  */
  size_t (*min_str)(CHARSET_INFO *cs, uchar *dst, size_t dstlen, size_t nchars);
  size_t (*max_str)(CHARSET_INFO *cs, uchar *dst, size_t dstlen, size_t nchars);

  uint (*get_id)(CHARSET_INFO *cs, my_collation_id_type_t type);
  LEX_CSTRING (*get_collation_name)(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                    my_collation_name_mode_t mode);
  /*
    Check if two collations are equally defined, so DTCollation aggregation
    code considers them as equal. This is useful for collation aliases,
    e.g. for MySQL 0900 collation aliases for 1400 MariaDB collations.
    For example, these queries work without raising "Illegal mix of collations":

      SELECT _utf8mb4'a' COLLATE utf8mb4_uca1400_nopad_ai_ci =
             _utf8mb4'a' COLLATE utf8mb4_0900_ai_ci;

      SELECT ... WHERE column_with_collation_utf8mb4_uca1400_nopad_ai_ci =
                       column_with_collation_tf8mb4_0900_ai_ci;

    @return 0  Different
    @return 1  Identical
  */
  my_bool (*eq_collation)(CHARSET_INFO *self, CHARSET_INFO *other);
};


extern MY_COLLATION_HANDLER my_collation_8bit_bin_handler;
extern MY_COLLATION_HANDLER my_collation_8bit_simple_ci_handler;
extern MY_COLLATION_HANDLER my_collation_8bit_nopad_bin_handler;
extern MY_COLLATION_HANDLER my_collation_8bit_simple_nopad_ci_handler;

/* Some typedef to make it easy for C++ to make function pointers */
typedef int (*my_charset_conv_mb_wc)(CHARSET_INFO *, my_wc_t *,
                                     const uchar *, const uchar *);
typedef int (*my_charset_conv_wc_mb)(CHARSET_INFO *, my_wc_t,
                                     uchar *, uchar *);
typedef size_t (*my_charset_conv_case)(CHARSET_INFO *,
                                       const char *, size_t, char *, size_t);

/*
  A structure to return the statistics of a native string copying,
  when no Unicode conversion is involved.

  The structure is OK to be uninitialized before calling a copying routine.
  A copying routine must populate the structure as follows:
    - m_source_end_pos must be set by to a non-NULL value
      in the range of the input string.
    - m_well_formed_error_pos must be set to NULL if the string was
      well formed, or to the position of the leftmost bad byte sequence.
*/
typedef struct
{
  const char *m_source_end_pos;        /* Position where reading stopped */
  const char *m_well_formed_error_pos; /* Position where a bad byte was found*/
} MY_STRCOPY_STATUS;


/*
  A structure to return the statistics of a Unicode string conversion.
*/
typedef struct
{
  const char *m_cannot_convert_error_pos;
} MY_STRCONV_STATUS;


/* See strings/CHARSET_INFO.txt about information on this structure  */
struct my_charset_handler_st
{
  my_bool (*init)(struct charset_info_st *, MY_CHARSET_LOADER *loader);
  /* Multibyte routines */
  size_t  (*numchars)(CHARSET_INFO *, const char *b, const char *e);
  size_t  (*charpos)(CHARSET_INFO *, const char *b, const char *e,
                     size_t pos);
  size_t  (*lengthsp)(CHARSET_INFO *, const char *ptr, size_t length);
  size_t  (*numcells)(CHARSET_INFO *, const char *b, const char *e);
  
  /* Unicode conversion */
  my_charset_conv_mb_wc mb_wc;
  my_charset_conv_wc_mb wc_mb;

  /* CTYPE scanner */
  int (*ctype)(CHARSET_INFO *cs, int *ctype,
               const uchar *s, const uchar *e);
  
  /* Functions for case and sort conversion */
  size_t  (*caseup_str)(CHARSET_INFO *, char *);
  size_t  (*casedn_str)(CHARSET_INFO *, char *);

  my_charset_conv_case caseup;
  my_charset_conv_case casedn;

  /* Charset dependent snprintf() */
  size_t (*snprintf)(CHARSET_INFO *, char *to, size_t n,
                     const char *fmt,
                     ...) ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_FPTR(printf, 4, 5);
  size_t (*long10_to_str)(CHARSET_INFO *, char *to, size_t n,
                          int radix, long int val);
  size_t (*longlong10_to_str)(CHARSET_INFO *, char *to, size_t n,
                              int radix, longlong val);
  
  void (*fill)(CHARSET_INFO *, char *to, size_t len, int fill);
  
  /* String-to-number conversion routines */
  long        (*strntol)(CHARSET_INFO *, const char *s, size_t l,
			 int base, char **e, int *err);
  ulong      (*strntoul)(CHARSET_INFO *, const char *s, size_t l,
			 int base, char **e, int *err);
  longlong   (*strntoll)(CHARSET_INFO *, const char *s, size_t l,
			 int base, char **e, int *err);
  ulonglong (*strntoull)(CHARSET_INFO *, const char *s, size_t l,
			 int base, char **e, int *err);
  double      (*strntod)(CHARSET_INFO *, char *s, size_t l, char **e,
			 int *err);
  longlong    (*strtoll10)(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                           const char *nptr, char **endptr, int *error);
  ulonglong   (*strntoull10rnd)(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                const char *str, size_t length,
                                int unsigned_fl,
                                char **endptr, int *error);
  size_t        (*scan)(CHARSET_INFO *, const char *b, const char *e,
                        int sq);

  /* String copying routines and helpers for them */
  /*
    charlen() - calculate length of the left-most character in bytes.
    @param  cs    Character set
    @param  str   The beginning of the string
    @param  end   The end of the string
    
    @return       MY_CS_ILSEQ if a bad byte sequence was found.
    @return       MY_CS_TOOSMALLN(x) if the string ended unexpectedly.
    @return       a positive number in the range 1..mbmaxlen,
                  if a valid character was found.
  */
  int (*charlen)(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const uchar *str, const uchar *end);
  /*
    well_formed_char_length() - returns character length of a string.
    
    @param cs          Character set
    @param str         The beginning of the string
    @param end         The end of the string
    @param nchars      Not more than "nchars" left-most characters are checked.
    @param status[OUT] Additional statistics is returned here.
                       "status" can be uninitialized before the call,
                       and it is fully initialized after the call.
    
    status->m_source_end_pos is set to the position where reading stopped.
    
    If a bad byte sequence is found, the function returns immediately and
    status->m_well_formed_error_pos is set to the position where a bad byte
    sequence was found.
    
    status->m_well_formed_error_pos is set to NULL if no bad bytes were found.
    If status->m_well_formed_error_pos is NULL after the call, that means:
    - either the function reached the end of the string,
    - or all "nchars" characters were read.
    The caller can check status->m_source_end_pos to detect which of these two
    happened.
  */
  size_t (*well_formed_char_length)(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                    const char *str, const char *end,
                                    size_t nchars,
                                    MY_STRCOPY_STATUS *status);

  /*
    copy_fix() - copy a string, replace bad bytes to '?'.
    Not more than "nchars" characters are copied.

    status->m_source_end_pos is set to a position in the range
    between "src" and "src + src_length", where reading stopped.

    status->m_well_formed_error_pos is set to NULL if the string
    in the range "src" and "status->m_source_end_pos" was well formed,
    or is set to a position between "src" and "src + src_length" where
    the leftmost bad byte sequence was found.
  */
  size_t  (*copy_fix)(CHARSET_INFO *,
                      char *dst, size_t dst_length,
                      const char *src, size_t src_length,
                      size_t nchars, MY_STRCOPY_STATUS *status);
  /**
    Write a character to the target string, using its native code.
    For Unicode character sets (utf8, ucs2, utf16, utf16le, utf32, filename)
    native codes are equivalent to Unicode code points.
    For 8bit character sets the native code is just the byte value.
    For Asian characters sets:
    - MB1 native code is just the byte value (e.g. on the ASCII range)
    - MB2 native code is ((b0 << 8) + b1).
    - MB3 native code is ((b0 <<16) + (b1 << 8) + b2)
    Note, CHARSET_INFO::min_sort_char and CHARSET_INFO::max_sort_char
    are defined in native notation and should be written using
    my_ci_native_to_mb() rather than my_ci_wc_mb().
  */
  my_charset_conv_wc_mb native_to_mb;
  my_charset_conv_wc_mb wc_to_printable;

  uint (*caseup_multiply)(CHARSET_INFO *cs);
  uint (*casedn_multiply)(CHARSET_INFO *cs);
};

extern MY_CHARSET_HANDLER my_charset_8bit_handler;
extern MY_CHARSET_HANDLER my_charset_ucs2_handler;
extern MY_CHARSET_HANDLER my_charset_utf8mb3_handler;


/*
  We define this CHARSET_INFO_DEFINED here to prevent a repeat of the
  typedef in hash.c, which will cause a compiler error.
*/
#define CHARSET_INFO_DEFINED


/* See strings/CHARSET_INFO.txt about information on this structure  */
struct charset_info_st
{
  uint      number;
  uint      primary_number;
  uint      binary_number;
  uint      state;
  LEX_CSTRING cs_name;
  LEX_CSTRING coll_name;
  const char *comment;
  const char *tailoring;
  const uchar *m_ctype;
  const uchar *to_lower;
  const uchar *to_upper;
  const uchar *sort_order;
  MY_UCA_INFO *uca;
  const uint16 *tab_to_uni;
  MY_UNI_IDX  *tab_from_uni;
  MY_CASEFOLD_INFO *casefold;
  const uchar  *state_map;
  const uchar  *ident_map;
  uint      strxfrm_multiply;
  uint      mbminlen;
  uint      mbmaxlen;
  /*
    min_sort_char and max_sort_char represent the minimum
    and the maximum character in the collation respectively.

    For Unicode collations, these numbers are Unicode code points.
    For non-Unicode collations these numbers are native character codes.
    For example, in all 8bit collations these numbers are
    in the range 0x00..0xFF.

    min_sort_char and max_sort_char normally should not be used directly.
    They are used internally in the following virtual functions:
    - MY_COLLATION_HANDLER::like_range()
    - MY_COLLATION_HANDLER::min_str()
    - MY_COLLATION_HANDLER::max_str()
  */
  my_wc_t   min_sort_char;
  my_wc_t   max_sort_char;
  uchar     pad_char;
  my_bool   escape_with_backslash_is_dangerous;
  uchar     levels_for_order;
  
  MY_CHARSET_HANDLER *cset;
  MY_COLLATION_HANDLER *coll;

#ifdef __cplusplus
  /* Character set routines */
  bool use_mb() const
  {
    return mbmaxlen > 1;
  }

  size_t numchars(const char *b, const char *e) const
  {
    return (cset->numchars)(this, b, e);
  }

  size_t charpos(const char *b, const char *e, size_t pos) const
  {
    return (cset->charpos)(this, b, e, pos);
  }
  size_t charpos(const uchar *b, const uchar *e, size_t pos) const
  {
    return (cset->charpos)(this, (const char *) b, (const char*) e, pos);
  }

  size_t lengthsp(const char *str, size_t length) const
  {
    return (cset->lengthsp)(this, str, length);
  }

  size_t numcells(const char *b, const char *e) const
  {
    return (cset->numcells)(this, b, e);
  }

  size_t caseup(const char *src, size_t srclen,
                char *dst, size_t dstlen) const
  {
    return (cset->caseup)(this, src, srclen, dst, dstlen);
  }

  size_t casedn(const char *src, size_t srclen,
                char *dst, size_t dstlen) const
  {
    return (cset->casedn)(this, src, srclen, dst, dstlen);
  }

  uint caseup_multiply() const
  {
    return (cset->caseup_multiply)(this);
  }

  uint casedn_multiply() const
  {
    return (cset->casedn_multiply)(this);
  }

  size_t long10_to_str(char *dst, size_t dstlen,
                       int radix, long int val) const
  {
    return (cset->long10_to_str)(this, dst, dstlen, radix, val);
  }

  size_t (longlong10_to_str)(char *dst, size_t dstlen,
                             int radix, longlong val) const
  {
    return (cset->longlong10_to_str)(this, dst, dstlen, radix, val);
  }

  int mb_wc(my_wc_t *wc, const uchar *b, const uchar *e) const
  {
    return (cset->mb_wc)(this, wc, b, e);
  }

  int wc_mb(my_wc_t wc, uchar *s, uchar *e) const
  {
    return (cset->wc_mb)(this, wc, s, e);
  }

  int native_to_mb(my_wc_t wc, uchar *s, uchar *e) const
  {
    return (cset->native_to_mb)(this, wc, s, e);
  }

  int wc_to_printable(my_wc_t wc, uchar *s, uchar *e) const
  {
    return (cset->wc_to_printable)(this, wc, s, e);
  }

  int ctype(int *to, const uchar *s, const uchar *e) const
  {
    return (cset->ctype)(this, to, s, e);
  }

  void fill(char *to, size_t len, int ch) const
  {
    (cset->fill)(this, to, len, ch);
  }

  long strntol(const char *str, size_t length,
               int base, char **endptr, int *error) const
  {
    return (cset->strntol)(this, str, length, base, endptr, error);
  }

  ulong strntoul(const char *str, size_t length,
                 int base, char **endptr, int *error) const
  {
    return (cset->strntoul)(this, str, length, base, endptr, error);
  }

  longlong strntoll(const char *str, size_t length,
                    int base, char **endptr, int *error) const
  {
    return (cset->strntoll)(this, str, length, base, endptr, error);
  }

  ulonglong strntoull(const char *str, size_t length,
                      int base, char **endptr, int *error) const
  {
    return (cset->strntoull)(this, str, length, base, endptr, error);
  }

  double strntod(char *str, size_t length,
                 char **endptr, int *error) const
  {
    return (cset->strntod)(this, str, length, endptr, error);
  }

  longlong strtoll10(const char *str, char **endptr, int *error) const
  {
    return (cset->strtoll10)(this, str, endptr, error);
  }

  ulonglong strntoull10rnd(const char *str, size_t length, int unsigned_fl,
                           char **endptr, int *error) const
  {
    return (cset->strntoull10rnd)(this, str, length, unsigned_fl, endptr, error);
  }

  size_t scan(const char *b, const char *e, int seq) const
  {
    return (cset->scan)(this, b, e, seq);
  }

  int charlen(const uchar *str, const uchar *end) const
  {
    return (cset->charlen)(this, str, end);
  }
  int charlen(const char *str, const char *end) const
  {
    return (cset->charlen)(this, (const uchar *) str, (const uchar *) end);
  }

  uint charlen_fix(const uchar *str, const uchar *end) const
  {
    int char_length= (cset->charlen)(this, str, end);
    DBUG_ASSERT(str < end);
    return char_length > 0 ? (uint) char_length : (uint) 1U;
  }
  uint charlen_fix(const char *str, const char *end) const
  {
    return charlen_fix((const uchar *) str, (const uchar *) end);
  }

  size_t well_formed_char_length(const char *str, const char *end,
                                 size_t nchars,
                                 MY_STRCOPY_STATUS *status) const
  {
    return (cset->well_formed_char_length)(this, str, end, nchars, status);
  }

  size_t copy_fix(char *dst, size_t dst_length,
                  const char *src, size_t src_length,
                  size_t nchars, MY_STRCOPY_STATUS *status) const
  {
    return (cset->copy_fix)(this, dst, dst_length, src, src_length, nchars,
                          status);
  }

  /* Collation routines */
  uint default_flag() const
  {
    return state & MY_CS_PRIMARY;
  }

  uint binsort_flag() const
  {
    return state & MY_CS_BINSORT;
  }

  uint compiled_flag() const
  {
    return state & MY_CS_COMPILED;
  }

  int strnncoll(const uchar *a, size_t alen,
                const uchar *b, size_t blen, my_bool b_is_prefix= FALSE) const
  {
    return (coll->strnncoll)(this, a, alen, b, blen, b_is_prefix);
  }
  int strnncoll(const char *a, size_t alen,
                const char *b, size_t blen, my_bool b_is_prefix= FALSE) const
  {
    return (coll->strnncoll)(this,
                             (const uchar *) a, alen,
                             (const uchar *) b, blen, b_is_prefix);
  }

  int strnncollsp(const uchar *a, size_t alen,
                  const uchar *b, size_t blen) const
  {
    return (coll->strnncollsp)(this, a, alen, b, blen);
  }
  int strnncollsp(const char *a, size_t alen,
                  const char *b, size_t blen) const
  {
    return (coll->strnncollsp)(this, (uchar *) a, alen, (uchar *) b, blen);
  }

  int strnncollsp(const LEX_CSTRING &a, const LEX_CSTRING &b) const
  {
    return (coll->strnncollsp)(this, (uchar *) a.str, a.length,
                                     (uchar *) b.str, b.length);
  }

  size_t strnxfrm(char *dst, size_t dstlen, uint nweights,
                  const char *src, size_t srclen, uint flags) const
  {
    return (coll->strnxfrm)(this,
                            (uchar *) dst, dstlen, nweights,
                            (const uchar *) src, srclen, flags);
  }
  size_t strnxfrm(uchar *dst, size_t dstlen, uint nweights,
                  const uchar *src, size_t srclen, uint flags) const
  {
    return (coll->strnxfrm)(this,
                            dst, dstlen, nweights,
                            src, srclen, flags);
  }
  size_t strnxfrm(uchar *dst, size_t dstlen,
                  const uchar *src, size_t srclen) const
  {
    return (coll->strnxfrm)(this,
                            dst, dstlen, (uint) dstlen,
                            src, srclen, MY_STRXFRM_PAD_WITH_SPACE);
  }

  size_t strnxfrmlen(size_t length) const
  {
    return (coll->strnxfrmlen)(this, length);
  }

  my_bool like_range(const char *s, size_t s_length,
                     pchar w_prefix, pchar w_one, pchar w_many,
                     size_t res_length,
                     char *min_str, char *max_str,
                     size_t *min_len, size_t *max_len) const
  {
    return (coll->like_range)(this, s, s_length,
                              w_prefix, w_one, w_many,
                              res_length, min_str, max_str,
                              min_len, max_len);
  }

  int wildcmp(const char *str,const char *str_end,
              const char *wildstr,const char *wildend,
              int escape,int w_one, int w_many) const
  {
    return (coll->wildcmp)(this, str, str_end, wildstr, wildend, escape, w_one, w_many);
  }

  uint instr(const char *b, size_t b_length,
             const char *s, size_t s_length,
             my_match_t *match, uint nmatch) const
  {
    return (coll->instr)(this, b, b_length, s, s_length, match, nmatch);
  }

  void hash_sort(const uchar *key, size_t len, ulong *nr1, ulong *nr2) const
  {
    (coll->hash_sort)(this, key, len, nr1, nr2);
  }

  my_bool propagate(const uchar *str, size_t len) const
  {
    return (coll->propagate)(this, str, len);
  }

  size_t min_str(uchar *dst, size_t dstlen, size_t nchars) const
  {
    return (coll->min_str)(this, dst, dstlen, nchars);
  }

  size_t max_str(uchar *dst, size_t dstlen, size_t nchars) const
  {
    return (coll->max_str)(this, dst, dstlen, nchars);
  }

  uint get_id(my_collation_id_type_t type) const
  {
    return (coll->get_id)(this, type);
  }

  LEX_CSTRING get_collation_name(my_collation_name_mode_t mode) const
  {
    return (coll->get_collation_name)(this, mode);
  }

  /*
    Check if two collations are equally defined. For details
    see the definition of eq_collation() in my_collation_handler_st.

    @return 0  Different
    @return 1  Identical
  */
  my_bool eq_collation(CHARSET_INFO *rhs) const
  {
    return this == rhs || (coll->eq_collation)(this, rhs);
  }

#endif /* __cplusplus */
};


/* Character set routines */

static inline my_bool
my_ci_init_charset(struct charset_info_st *ci, MY_CHARSET_LOADER *loader)
{
  if (!ci->cset->init)
    return FALSE;
  return (ci->cset->init)(ci, loader);
}


static inline my_bool
my_ci_use_mb(CHARSET_INFO *ci)
{
  return ci->mbmaxlen > 1 ? TRUE : FALSE;
}

static inline size_t
my_ci_numchars(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *b, const char *e)
{
  return (cs->cset->numchars)(cs, b, e);
}

static inline size_t
my_ci_charpos(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *b, const char *e, size_t pos)
{
  return (cs->cset->charpos)(cs, b, e, pos);
}

static inline size_t
my_ci_lengthsp(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *str, size_t length)
{
  return (cs->cset->lengthsp)(cs, str, length);
}

static inline size_t
my_ci_numcells(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *b, const char *e)
{
  return (cs->cset->numcells)(cs, b, e);
}

static inline size_t
my_ci_caseup(CHARSET_INFO *ci,
             const char *src, size_t srclen,
             char *dst, size_t dstlen)
{
  return (ci->cset->caseup)(ci, src, srclen, dst, dstlen);
}

static inline size_t
my_ci_casedn(CHARSET_INFO *ci,
             const char *src, size_t srclen,
             char *dst, size_t dstlen)
{
  return (ci->cset->casedn)(ci, src, srclen, dst, dstlen);
}

static inline size_t
my_ci_long10_to_str(CHARSET_INFO *cs, char *dst, size_t dstlen,
                    int radix, long int val)
{
  return (cs->cset->long10_to_str)(cs, dst, dstlen, radix, val);
}

static inline size_t
my_ci_longlong10_to_str(CHARSET_INFO *cs, char *dst, size_t dstlen,
                        int radix, longlong val)
{
  return (cs->cset->longlong10_to_str)(cs, dst, dstlen, radix, val);
}

#define my_ci_mb_wc(s, pwc, b, e)        ((s)->cset->mb_wc)(s, pwc, b, e)
#define my_ci_wc_mb(s, wc, b, e)         ((s)->cset->wc_mb)(s, wc, b, e)
#define my_ci_native_to_mb(s, wc, b, e)  ((s)->cset->native_to_mb)(s, wc, b, e)
#define my_ci_ctype(s, pctype, b, e)     ((s)->cset->ctype)(s, pctype, b, e)

static inline void
my_ci_fill(CHARSET_INFO *cs, char *to, size_t len, int ch)
{
  (cs->cset->fill)(cs, to, len, ch);
}

static inline long
my_ci_strntol(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *str, size_t length,
              int base, char **endptr, int *error)
{
  return (cs->cset->strntol)(cs, str, length, base, endptr, error);
}

static inline ulong
my_ci_strntoul(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *str, size_t length,
               int base, char **endptr, int *error)
{
  return (cs->cset->strntoul)(cs, str, length, base, endptr, error);
}

static inline longlong
my_ci_strntoll(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *str, size_t length,
               int base, char **endptr, int *error)
{
  return (cs->cset->strntoll)(cs, str, length, base, endptr, error);
}

static inline ulonglong
my_ci_strntoull(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *str, size_t length,
                int base, char **endptr, int *error)
{
  return (cs->cset->strntoull)(cs, str, length, base, endptr, error);
}

static inline double
my_ci_strntod(CHARSET_INFO *cs, char *str, size_t length,
              char **endptr, int *error)
{
  return (cs->cset->strntod)(cs, str, length, endptr, error);
}

static inline longlong
my_ci_strtoll10(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *str, char **endptr, int *error)
{
  return (cs->cset->strtoll10)(cs, str, endptr, error);
}

static inline ulonglong
my_ci_strntoull10rnd(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                     const char *str, size_t length, int unsigned_fl,
                     char **endptr, int *error)
{
  return (cs->cset->strntoull10rnd)(cs, str, length, unsigned_fl, endptr, error);
}


static inline size_t
my_ci_scan(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *b, const char *e, int seq)
{
  return (cs->cset->scan)(cs, b, e, seq);
}


/**
  Return length of the leftmost character in a string.
  @param cs  - character set
  @param str - the beginning of the string
  @param end - the string end (the next byte after the string)
  @return  <=0 on errors (EOL, wrong byte sequence)
  @return    1 on a single byte character
  @return   >1 on a multi-byte character

  Note, inlike my_ismbchar(), 1 is returned for a single byte character.
*/

static inline int
my_ci_charlen(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const uchar *str, const uchar *end)
{
  return (cs->cset->charlen)(cs, str, end);
}


static inline size_t
my_ci_well_formed_char_length(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                              const char *str, const char *end,
                              size_t nchars,
                              MY_STRCOPY_STATUS *status)
{
  return (cs->cset->well_formed_char_length)(cs, str, end, nchars, status);
}


static inline size_t
my_ci_copy_fix(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
               char *dst, size_t dst_length,
               const char *src, size_t src_length,
               size_t nchars, MY_STRCOPY_STATUS *status)
{
  return (cs->cset->copy_fix)(cs, dst, dst_length, src, src_length, nchars,
                              status);
}


/* Collation routines */

static inline my_bool
my_ci_init_collation(struct charset_info_st *ci, MY_CHARSET_LOADER *loader)
{
  if (!ci->coll->init)
    return FALSE;
  return (ci->coll->init)(ci, loader);
}


static inline int
my_ci_strnncoll(CHARSET_INFO *ci,
                const uchar *a, size_t alen,
                const uchar *b, size_t blen,
                my_bool b_is_prefix)
{
  return (ci->coll->strnncoll)(ci, a, alen, b, blen, b_is_prefix);
}

static inline int
my_ci_strnncollsp(CHARSET_INFO *ci,
                  const uchar *a, size_t alen,
                  const uchar *b, size_t blen)
{
  return (ci->coll->strnncollsp)(ci, a, alen, b, blen);
}


static inline my_bool
my_ci_like_range(CHARSET_INFO *ci,
                 const char *s, size_t s_length,
                 pchar w_prefix, pchar w_one, pchar w_many,
                 size_t res_length,
                 char *min_str, char *max_str,
                 size_t *min_len, size_t *max_len)
{
  return (ci->coll->like_range)(ci, s, s_length,
                                w_prefix, w_one, w_many,
                                res_length, min_str, max_str,
                                min_len, max_len);
}


static inline uint
my_ci_instr(CHARSET_INFO *ci,
            const char *b, size_t b_length,
            const char *s, size_t s_length,
            my_match_t *match, uint nmatch)
{
  return (ci->coll->instr)(ci, b, b_length, s, s_length, match, nmatch);
}


static inline void
my_ci_hash_sort(CHARSET_INFO *ci,
                const uchar *key, size_t len,
                ulong *nr1, ulong *nr2)
{
  (ci->coll->hash_sort)(ci, key, len, nr1, nr2);
}


#define ILLEGAL_CHARSET_INFO_NUMBER (~0U)

extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT struct charset_info_st my_charset_bin;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT struct charset_info_st my_charset_latin1;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT struct charset_info_st my_charset_latin1_nopad;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT struct charset_info_st my_charset_filename;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf8mb3_general_ci;

extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_big5_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_big5_chinese_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_big5_nopad_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_big5_chinese_nopad_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_cp1250_czech_cs;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_cp932_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_cp932_japanese_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_cp932_nopad_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_cp932_japanese_nopad_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_eucjpms_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_eucjpms_japanese_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_eucjpms_nopad_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_eucjpms_japanese_nopad_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_euckr_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_euckr_korean_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_euckr_nopad_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_euckr_korean_nopad_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_gb2312_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_gb2312_chinese_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_gb2312_nopad_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_gb2312_chinese_nopad_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_gbk_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_gbk_chinese_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_gbk_nopad_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_gbk_chinese_nopad_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_latin1_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_latin1_nopad_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_latin1_german2_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_latin2_czech_cs;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_sjis_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_sjis_japanese_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_sjis_nopad_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_sjis_japanese_nopad_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_tis620_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_tis620_thai_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_tis620_nopad_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_tis620_thai_nopad_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_ucs2_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_ucs2_general_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_ucs2_nopad_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_ucs2_general_nopad_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_ucs2_general_mysql500_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_ucs2_unicode_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_ucs2_unicode_nopad_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_ucs2_general_mysql500_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_ujis_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_ujis_japanese_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_ujis_nopad_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_ujis_japanese_nopad_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf16_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf16_general_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf16_unicode_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf16_unicode_nopad_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf16le_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf16le_general_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf16_general_nopad_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf16_nopad_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf16le_nopad_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf16le_general_nopad_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf32_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf32_general_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf32_unicode_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf32_unicode_nopad_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf32_nopad_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf32_general_nopad_ci;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf8mb3_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf8mb3_nopad_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf8mb3_general_nopad_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf8mb3_general_mysql500_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf8mb3_unicode_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf8mb3_unicode_nopad_ci;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf8mb4_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf8mb4_general_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf8mb4_nopad_bin;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf8mb4_general_nopad_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf8mb4_unicode_ci;
extern struct charset_info_st my_charset_utf8mb4_unicode_nopad_ci;

/*
  Contextually typed collations, e.g.:
    CHAR(10) COLLATE DEFAULT
    CHAR(10) BINARY
*/
extern struct charset_info_st my_collation_contextually_typed_default;
extern struct charset_info_st my_collation_contextually_typed_binary;


#define MY_UTF8MB3                 "utf8mb3"
#define MY_UTF8MB4                 "utf8mb4"

my_bool my_cs_have_contractions(CHARSET_INFO *cs);
my_bool my_cs_can_be_contraction_head(CHARSET_INFO *cs, my_wc_t wc);
my_bool my_cs_can_be_contraction_tail(CHARSET_INFO *cs, my_wc_t wc);
const uint16 *my_cs_contraction2_weight(CHARSET_INFO *cs, my_wc_t wc1,
                                         my_wc_t wc2);

/* declarations for simple charsets */
extern size_t my_strnxfrm_simple(CHARSET_INFO *,
                                 uchar *dst, size_t dstlen, uint nweights,
                                 const uchar *src, size_t srclen, uint flags); 
size_t  my_strnxfrmlen_simple(CHARSET_INFO *, size_t); 
extern int  my_strnncoll_simple(CHARSET_INFO *, const uchar *, size_t,
				const uchar *, size_t, my_bool);

extern int  my_strnncollsp_simple(CHARSET_INFO *, const uchar *, size_t,
                                  const uchar *, size_t);

extern void my_hash_sort_simple(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
				const uchar *key, size_t len,
				ulong *nr1, ulong *nr2); 

extern void my_hash_sort_simple_nopad(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
				      const uchar *key, size_t len,
				      ulong *nr1, ulong *nr2);

extern void my_hash_sort_bin(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                             const uchar *key, size_t len, ulong *nr1,
                             ulong *nr2);

/**
  Compare a string to an array of spaces, for PAD SPACE comparison.
  The function iterates through the string and compares every byte to 0x20.
  @param       - the string
  @param       - its length
  @return <0   - if a byte less than 0x20 was found in the string.
  @return  0   - if all bytes in the string were 0x20, or if length was 0.
  @return >0   - if a byte greater than 0x20 was found in the string.
*/
extern int my_strnncollsp_padspace_bin(const uchar *str, size_t length);

extern size_t my_lengthsp_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *ptr, size_t length);

extern uint my_instr_simple(CHARSET_INFO *,
                            const char *b, size_t b_length,
                            const char *s, size_t s_length,
                            my_match_t *match, uint nmatch);

size_t my_copy_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *,
                    char *dst, size_t dst_length,
                    const char *src, size_t src_length,
                    size_t nchars, MY_STRCOPY_STATUS *);
size_t my_copy_fix_mb(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                      char *dst, size_t dst_length,
                      const char *src, size_t src_length,
                      size_t nchars, MY_STRCOPY_STATUS *);

/* Functions for 8bit */
extern size_t my_caseup_str_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *, char *);
extern size_t my_casedn_str_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *, char *);
extern size_t my_caseup_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *,
                             const char *src, size_t srclen,
                             char *dst, size_t dstlen);
extern size_t my_casedn_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *,
                             const char *src, size_t srclen,
                             char *dst, size_t dstlen);

extern int my_strcasecmp_8bit(CHARSET_INFO * cs, const char *, const char *);

int my_mb_wc_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *cs,my_wc_t *wc, const uchar *s,const uchar *e);
int my_wc_mb_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *cs,my_wc_t wc, uchar *s, uchar *e);
int my_wc_mb_bin(CHARSET_INFO *cs,my_wc_t wc, uchar *s, uchar *e);

int my_mb_ctype_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *,int *, const uchar *,const uchar *);
int my_mb_ctype_mb(CHARSET_INFO *,int *, const uchar *,const uchar *);

size_t my_scan_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *b, const char *e, int sq);

size_t my_snprintf_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *, char *to, size_t n,
                        const char *fmt, ...)
  ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(printf, 4, 5);

long       my_strntol_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *, const char *s, size_t l, int base,
                           char **e, int *err);
ulong      my_strntoul_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *, const char *s, size_t l, int base,
			    char **e, int *err);
longlong   my_strntoll_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *, const char *s, size_t l, int base,
			    char **e, int *err);
ulonglong my_strntoull_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *, const char *s, size_t l, int base,
			    char **e, int *err);
double      my_strntod_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *, char *s, size_t l,char **e,
			    int *err);
size_t my_long10_to_str_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *, char *to, size_t l, int radix,
                             long int val);
size_t my_longlong10_to_str_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *, char *to, size_t l, int radix,
                                 longlong val);

longlong my_strtoll10_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                           const char *nptr, char **endptr, int *error);
longlong my_strtoll10_ucs2(CHARSET_INFO *cs, 
                           const char *nptr, char **endptr, int *error);

ulonglong my_strntoull10rnd_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                 const char *str, size_t length, int
                                 unsigned_fl, char **endptr, int *error);
ulonglong my_strntoull10rnd_ucs2(CHARSET_INFO *cs, 
                                 const char *str, size_t length,
                                 int unsigned_fl, char **endptr, int *error);

void my_fill_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *cs, char* to, size_t l, int fill);

/* For 8-bit character set */
my_bool  my_like_range_simple(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
			      const char *ptr, size_t ptr_length,
			      pbool escape, pbool w_one, pbool w_many,
			      size_t res_length,
			      char *min_str, char *max_str,
			      size_t *min_length, size_t *max_length);

/* For ASCII-based multi-byte character sets with mbminlen=1 */
my_bool  my_like_range_mb(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
			  const char *ptr, size_t ptr_length,
			  pbool escape, pbool w_one, pbool w_many,
			  size_t res_length,
			  char *min_str, char *max_str,
			  size_t *min_length, size_t *max_length);

/* For other character sets, with arbitrary mbminlen and mbmaxlen numbers */
my_bool  my_like_range_generic(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                               const char *ptr, size_t ptr_length,
                               pbool escape, pbool w_one, pbool w_many,
                               size_t res_length,
                               char *min_str, char *max_str,
                               size_t *min_length, size_t *max_length);

int my_wildcmp_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *,
		    const char *str,const char *str_end,
		    const char *wildstr,const char *wildend,
		    int escape, int w_one, int w_many);

int my_wildcmp_bin(CHARSET_INFO *,
		   const char *str,const char *str_end,
		   const char *wildstr,const char *wildend,
		   int escape, int w_one, int w_many);

size_t my_numchars_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *, const char *b, const char *e);
size_t my_numcells_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *, const char *b, const char *e);
size_t my_charpos_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *, const char *b, const char *e, size_t pos);
size_t my_well_formed_char_length_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                       const char *b, const char *e,
                                       size_t nchars,
                                       MY_STRCOPY_STATUS *status);
int my_charlen_8bit(CHARSET_INFO *, const uchar *str, const uchar *end);


/* Functions for multibyte charsets */
extern size_t my_caseup_str_mb(CHARSET_INFO *, char *);
extern size_t my_casedn_str_mb(CHARSET_INFO *, char *);
extern size_t my_caseup_mb(CHARSET_INFO *,
                           const char *src, size_t srclen,
                           char *dst, size_t dstlen);
extern size_t my_casedn_mb(CHARSET_INFO *,
                           const char *src, size_t srclen,
                           char *dst, size_t dstlen);
extern size_t my_caseup_ujis(CHARSET_INFO *,
                             const char *src, size_t srclen,
                             char *dst, size_t dstlen);
extern size_t my_casedn_ujis(CHARSET_INFO *,
                             const char *src, size_t srclen,
                             char *dst, size_t dstlen);
extern int my_strcasecmp_mb(CHARSET_INFO * cs,const char *, const char *);

int my_wildcmp_mb(CHARSET_INFO *,
		  const char *str,const char *str_end,
		  const char *wildstr,const char *wildend,
		  int escape, int w_one, int w_many);
size_t my_numchars_mb(CHARSET_INFO *, const char *b, const char *e);
size_t my_numcells_mb(CHARSET_INFO *, const char *b, const char *e);
size_t my_charpos_mb(CHARSET_INFO *, const char *b, const char *e, size_t pos);
uint my_instr_mb(CHARSET_INFO *,
                 const char *b, size_t b_length,
                 const char *s, size_t s_length,
                 my_match_t *match, uint nmatch);

int my_wildcmp_mb_bin(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                      const char *str,const char *str_end,
                      const char *wildstr,const char *wildend,
                      int escape, int w_one, int w_many);

int my_strcasecmp_mb_bin(CHARSET_INFO * cs __attribute__((unused)),
                         const char *s, const char *t);

void my_hash_sort_mb_bin(CHARSET_INFO *cs __attribute__((unused)),
                         const uchar *key, size_t len,ulong *nr1, ulong *nr2);

void my_hash_sort_mb_nopad_bin(CHARSET_INFO *cs __attribute__((unused)),
                               const uchar *key, size_t len,
                               ulong *nr1, ulong *nr2);

size_t my_strnxfrm_mb(CHARSET_INFO *,
                      uchar *dst, size_t dstlen, uint nweights,
                      const uchar *src, size_t srclen, uint flags);

size_t my_strnxfrm_mb_nopad(CHARSET_INFO *,
			    uchar *dst, size_t dstlen, uint nweights,
			    const uchar *src, size_t srclen, uint flags);

size_t  my_strnxfrmlen_unicode(CHARSET_INFO *, size_t); 

size_t my_strnxfrm_unicode_full_bin(CHARSET_INFO *,
                                    uchar *dst, size_t dstlen,
                                    uint nweights, const uchar *src,
                                    size_t srclen, uint flags);

size_t my_strnxfrm_unicode_full_nopad_bin(CHARSET_INFO *,
					  uchar *dst, size_t dstlen,
					  uint nweights, const uchar *src,
					  size_t srclen, uint flags);

size_t  my_strnxfrmlen_unicode_full_bin(CHARSET_INFO *, size_t); 

int my_wildcmp_unicode(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                       const char *str, const char *str_end,
                       const char *wildstr, const char *wildend,
                       int escape, int w_one, int w_many,
                       MY_CASEFOLD_INFO *weights);

extern my_bool my_parse_charset_xml(MY_CHARSET_LOADER *loader,
                                    const char *buf, size_t buflen);
extern char *my_strchr(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *str, const char *end,
                       pchar c);
extern size_t my_strcspn(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *str, const char *end,
                         const char *accept);

my_bool my_propagate_simple(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const uchar *str, size_t len);
my_bool my_propagate_complex(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const uchar *str, size_t len);

uint my_ci_get_id_generic(CHARSET_INFO *cs, my_collation_id_type_t type);
LEX_CSTRING my_ci_get_collation_name_generic(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                             my_collation_name_mode_t mode);

typedef struct 
{
  size_t char_length;
  my_repertoire_t repertoire;
} MY_STRING_METADATA;

void my_string_metadata_get(MY_STRING_METADATA *metadata,
                            CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *str, size_t len);
my_repertoire_t my_string_repertoire(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                     const char *str, size_t len);
my_bool my_charset_is_ascii_based(CHARSET_INFO *cs);
my_repertoire_t my_charset_repertoire(CHARSET_INFO *cs);

uint my_strxfrm_flag_normalize(CHARSET_INFO *cs, uint flags);
void my_strxfrm_desc_and_reverse(uchar *str, uchar *strend,
                                 uint flags, uint level);
size_t my_strxfrm_pad_desc_and_reverse(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                       uchar *str, uchar *frmend, uchar *strend,
                                       uint nweights, uint flags, uint level);
size_t my_strxfrm_pad_desc_and_reverse_nopad(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
					     uchar *str, uchar *frmend,
					     uchar *strend, uint nweights,
					     uint flags, uint level);

const MY_CONTRACTIONS *my_charset_get_contractions(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                                   int level);

extern size_t my_vsnprintf_ex(CHARSET_INFO *cs, char *to, size_t n,
                              const char* fmt, va_list ap);

/*
  Convert a string between two character sets.
  Bad byte sequences as well as characters that cannot be
  encoded in the destination character set are replaced to '?'.
*/
uint32 my_convert(char *to, uint32 to_length, CHARSET_INFO *to_cs,
                  const char *from, uint32 from_length,
                  CHARSET_INFO *from_cs, uint *errors);

/**
  An extended version of my_convert(), to pass non-default mb_wc() and wc_mb().
  For example, String::copy_printable() which is used in
  Protocol::store_warning() uses this to escape control
  and non-convertible characters.
*/
uint32 my_convert_using_func(char *to, size_t to_length, CHARSET_INFO *to_cs,
                             my_charset_conv_wc_mb mb_wc,
                             const char *from, size_t from_length,
                             CHARSET_INFO *from_cs,
                             my_charset_conv_mb_wc wc_mb,
                             uint *errors);
/*
  Convert a string between two character sets.
  Bad byte sequences as well as characters that cannot be
  encoded in the destination character set are replaced to '?'.
  Not more than "nchars" characters are copied.
  Conversion statistics is returned in "status" and is set as follows:
  - status->m_native_copy_status.m_source_end_pos - to the position
    between (src) and (src+src_length), where the function stopped reading
    the source string.
  - status->m_native_copy_status.m_well_formed_error_pos - to the position
    between (src) and (src+src_length), where the first badly formed byte
    sequence was found, or to NULL if the string was well formed in the
    given range.
  - status->m_cannot_convert_error_pos - to the position 
    between (src) and (src+src_length), where the first character that
    cannot be represented in the destination character set was found,
    or to NULL if all characters in the given range were successfully
    converted.

  "src" is allowed to be a NULL pointer. In this case "src_length" must
  be equal to 0. All "status" members are initialized to NULL, and 0 is
  returned.
*/
size_t my_convert_fix(CHARSET_INFO *dstcs, char *dst, size_t dst_length,
                      CHARSET_INFO *srccs, const char *src, size_t src_length,
                      size_t nchars,
                      MY_STRCOPY_STATUS *copy_status,
                      MY_STRCONV_STATUS *conv_status);

#define	_MY_U	01	/* Upper case */
#define	_MY_L	02	/* Lower case */
#define	_MY_NMR	04	/* Numeral (digit) */
#define	_MY_SPC	010	/* Spacing character */
#define	_MY_PNT	020	/* Punctuation */
#define	_MY_CTR	040	/* Control character */
#define	_MY_B	0100	/* Blank */
#define	_MY_X	0200	/* heXadecimal digit */


#define	my_isascii(c)	(!((c) & ~0177))
#define	my_toascii(c)	((c) & 0177)
#define my_tocntrl(c)	((c) & 31)
#define my_toprint(c)	((c) | 64)
#define my_toupper(s,c)	(char) ((s)->to_upper[(uchar) (c)])
#define my_tolower(s,c)	(char) ((s)->to_lower[(uchar) (c)])
#define	my_isalpha(s, c)  (((s)->m_ctype+1)[(uchar) (c)] & (_MY_U | _MY_L))
#define	my_isupper(s, c)  (((s)->m_ctype+1)[(uchar) (c)] & _MY_U)
#define	my_islower(s, c)  (((s)->m_ctype+1)[(uchar) (c)] & _MY_L)
#define	my_isdigit(s, c)  (((s)->m_ctype+1)[(uchar) (c)] & _MY_NMR)
#define	my_isxdigit(s, c) (((s)->m_ctype+1)[(uchar) (c)] & _MY_X)
#define	my_isalnum(s, c)  (((s)->m_ctype+1)[(uchar) (c)] & (_MY_U | _MY_L | _MY_NMR))
#define	my_isspace(s, c)  (((s)->m_ctype+1)[(uchar) (c)] & _MY_SPC)
#define	my_ispunct(s, c)  (((s)->m_ctype+1)[(uchar) (c)] & _MY_PNT)
#define	my_isprint(s, c)  (((s)->m_ctype+1)[(uchar) (c)] & (_MY_PNT | _MY_U | _MY_L | _MY_NMR | _MY_B))
#define	my_isgraph(s, c)  (((s)->m_ctype+1)[(uchar) (c)] & (_MY_PNT | _MY_U | _MY_L | _MY_NMR))
#define	my_iscntrl(s, c)  (((s)->m_ctype+1)[(uchar) (c)] & _MY_CTR)

/* Some macros that should be cleaned up a little */
#define my_isvar(s,c)                 (my_isalnum(s,c) || (c) == '_')
#define my_isvar_start(s,c)           (my_isalpha(s,c) || (c) == '_')

#define my_binary_compare(s)	      ((s)->state  & MY_CS_BINSORT)
#define use_strnxfrm(s)               ((s)->state  & MY_CS_STRNXFRM)
#define my_strnncoll(s, a, b, c, d) ((s)->coll->strnncoll((s), (a), (b), (c), (d), 0))
#define my_strcasecmp(s, a, b)        ((s)->coll->strcasecmp((s), (a), (b)))

/**
  Detect if the leftmost character in a string is a valid multi-byte character
  and return its length, or return 0 otherwise.
  @param cs  - character set
  @param str - the beginning of the string
  @param end - the string end (the next byte after the string)
  @return    >0, for a multi-byte character
  @return    0,  for a single byte character, broken sequence, empty string.
*/
static inline
uint my_ismbchar(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *str, const char *end)
{
  int char_length= (cs->cset->charlen)(cs, (const uchar *) str,
                                           (const uchar *) end);
  return char_length > 1 ? (uint) char_length : 0U;
}


/**
  Convert broken and incomplete byte sequences to 1 byte.
*/
static inline
uint my_ci_charlen_fix(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const uchar *str, const uchar *end)
{
  int char_length= my_ci_charlen(cs, str, end);
  DBUG_ASSERT(str < end);
  return char_length > 0 ? (uint) char_length : (uint) 1U;
}


/*
  A compatibility replacement pure C function for the former
    cs->cset->well_formed_len().
  In C++ code please use Well_formed_prefix::length() instead.
*/
static inline size_t
my_well_formed_length(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *b, const char *e,
                      size_t nchars, int *error)
{
  MY_STRCOPY_STATUS status;
  (void) my_ci_well_formed_char_length(cs, b, e, nchars, &status);
  *error= status.m_well_formed_error_pos == NULL ? 0 : 1;
  return (size_t) (status.m_source_end_pos - b);
}


#define my_caseup_str(s, a)           ((s)->cset->caseup_str((s), (a)))
#define my_casedn_str(s, a)           ((s)->cset->casedn_str((s), (a)))

/* XXX: still need to take care of this one */
#ifdef MY_CHARSET_TIS620
#error The TIS620 charset is broken at the moment.  Tell tim to fix it.
#define USE_TIS620
#include "t_ctype.h"
#endif

int my_wc_mb_utf8mb4_bmp_only(CHARSET_INFO *cs, my_wc_t wc, uchar *r,
                              uchar *e);

#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* _m_ctype_h */
/* Copyright (C) 2010, 2022, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef MY_VALGRIND_INCLUDED
#define MY_VALGRIND_INCLUDED

/* clang -> gcc */
#ifndef __has_feature
# define __has_feature(x) 0
#endif
#if __has_feature(address_sanitizer)
# define __SANITIZE_ADDRESS__ 1
#endif

#if __has_feature(memory_sanitizer)
# include <sanitizer/msan_interface.h>
# define HAVE_valgrind
# define HAVE_MEM_CHECK
# define MEM_UNDEFINED(a,len) __msan_allocated_memory(a,len)
# define MEM_MAKE_ADDRESSABLE(a,len) MEM_UNDEFINED(a,len)
# define MEM_MAKE_DEFINED(a,len) __msan_unpoison(a,len)
# define MEM_NOACCESS(a,len) ((void) 0)
# define MEM_CHECK_ADDRESSABLE(a,len) ((void) 0)
# define MEM_CHECK_DEFINED(a,len) __msan_check_mem_is_initialized(a,len)
# define MEM_GET_VBITS(a,b,len) __msan_copy_shadow(b,a,len)
# define MEM_SET_VBITS(a,b,len) __msan_copy_shadow(a,b,len)
# define REDZONE_SIZE 8
#elif defined(HAVE_VALGRIND_MEMCHECK_H) && defined(HAVE_valgrind)
# include <valgrind/memcheck.h>
# define HAVE_MEM_CHECK
# define MEM_UNDEFINED(a,len) VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_UNDEFINED(a,len)
# define MEM_MAKE_ADDRESSABLE(a,len) MEM_UNDEFINED(a,len)
# define MEM_MAKE_DEFINED(a,len) VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_DEFINED(a,len)
# define MEM_NOACCESS(a,len) VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS(a,len)
# define MEM_CHECK_ADDRESSABLE(a,len) VALGRIND_CHECK_MEM_IS_ADDRESSABLE(a,len)
# define MEM_CHECK_DEFINED(a,len) VALGRIND_CHECK_MEM_IS_DEFINED(a,len)
# define MEM_GET_VBITS(a,b,len) VALGRIND_GET_VBITS(a,b,len)
# define MEM_SET_VBITS(a,b,len) VALGRIND_SET_VBITS(a,b,len)
# define REDZONE_SIZE 8
#elif defined(__SANITIZE_ADDRESS__) && (!defined(_MSC_VER) || defined (__clang__))
# include <sanitizer/asan_interface.h>
/* How to do manual poisoning:
https://github.com/google/sanitizers/wiki/AddressSanitizerManualPoisoning */
# define MEM_UNDEFINED(a,len) ((void) 0)
# define MEM_MAKE_ADDRESSABLE(a,len) ASAN_UNPOISON_MEMORY_REGION(a,len)
# define MEM_MAKE_DEFINED(a,len) ((void) 0)
# define MEM_NOACCESS(a,len) ASAN_POISON_MEMORY_REGION(a,len)
# define MEM_CHECK_ADDRESSABLE(a,len) \
  assert(!__asan_region_is_poisoned((void*) a,len))
# define MEM_CHECK_DEFINED(a,len) ((void) 0)
# define MEM_GET_VBITS(a,b,len) ((void) 0)
# define MEM_SET_VBITS(a,b,len) ((void) 0)
# define REDZONE_SIZE 8
#else
# define MEM_UNDEFINED(a,len) ((void) 0)
# define MEM_MAKE_ADDRESSABLE(a,len) ((void) 0)
# define MEM_MAKE_DEFINED(a,len) ((void) 0)
# define MEM_NOACCESS(a,len) ((void) 0)
# define MEM_CHECK_ADDRESSABLE(a,len) ((void) 0)
# define MEM_CHECK_DEFINED(a,len) ((void) 0)
# define MEM_GET_VBITS(a,b,len) ((void) 0)
# define MEM_SET_VBITS(a,b,len) ((void) 0)
# define REDZONE_SIZE 0
#endif /* __has_feature(memory_sanitizer) */

#ifdef TRASH_FREED_MEMORY
/*
  _TRASH_FILL() has to call MEM_MAKE_ADDRESSABLE() to cancel any effect of
  TRASH_FREE().
  This can happen in the case one does
  TRASH_ALLOC(A,B) ; TRASH_FREE(A,B) ; TRASH_ALLOC(A,B)
  to reuse the same memory in an internal memory allocator like MEM_ROOT.
  _TRASH_FILL() is an internal function and should not be used externally.
*/
#define _TRASH_FILL(A,B,C) do { const size_t trash_tmp= (B); MEM_MAKE_ADDRESSABLE(A, trash_tmp); memset(A, C, trash_tmp); } while (0)
#else
#define _TRASH_FILL(A,B,C) do { MEM_UNDEFINED((A), (B)); } while (0)
#endif
/** Note that some memory became allocated and/or uninitialized. */
#define TRASH_ALLOC(A,B) do { _TRASH_FILL(A,B,0xA5); MEM_MAKE_ADDRESSABLE(A,B); } while(0)
/** Note that some memory became freed. (Prohibit further access to it.) */
#define TRASH_FREE(A,B) do { _TRASH_FILL(A,B,0x8F); MEM_NOACCESS(A,B); } while(0)

#endif /* MY_VALGRIND_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _list_h_
#define _list_h_

#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct st_list {
  struct st_list *prev,*next;
  void *data;
} LIST;

typedef int (*list_walk_action)(void *,void *);

extern LIST *list_add(LIST *root,LIST *element);
extern LIST *list_delete(LIST *root,LIST *element);
extern LIST *list_cons(void *data,LIST *root);
extern LIST *list_reverse(LIST *root);
extern void list_free(LIST *root,unsigned int free_data);
extern unsigned int list_length(LIST *);
extern int list_walk(LIST *,list_walk_action action,unsigned char * argument);

#define list_rest(a) ((a)->next)
#define list_push(a,b) (a)=list_cons((b),(a))
#define list_pop(A) {LIST *old=(A); (A)=list_delete(old,old); my_free(old); }

#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

/* Defines to make different thread packages compatible */

#ifndef _my_pthread_h
#define _my_pthread_h

#ifndef ETIME
#define ETIME ETIMEDOUT				/* For FreeBSD */
#endif

#ifdef  __cplusplus
#define EXTERNC extern "C"
extern "C" {
#else
#define EXTERNC
#endif /* __cplusplus */ 

#if defined(_WIN32)
typedef CRITICAL_SECTION pthread_mutex_t;
typedef DWORD		 pthread_t;
typedef struct thread_attr {
    DWORD dwStackSize ;
    DWORD dwCreatingFlag ;
} pthread_attr_t ;

typedef struct { int dummy; } pthread_condattr_t;

/* Implementation of posix conditions */

typedef struct st_pthread_link {
  DWORD thread_id;
  struct st_pthread_link *next;
} pthread_link;

/**
  Implementation of Windows condition variables.
  We use native conditions on Vista and later, and fallback to own 
  implementation on earlier OS version.
*/
typedef  CONDITION_VARIABLE pthread_cond_t;


typedef int pthread_mutexattr_t;
#define pthread_self() GetCurrentThreadId()
#define pthread_handler_t EXTERNC void * __cdecl
typedef void * (__cdecl *pthread_handler)(void *);

typedef INIT_ONCE my_pthread_once_t;
#define MY_PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT INIT_ONCE_STATIC_INIT;

#if !STRUCT_TIMESPEC_HAS_TV_SEC  || !STRUCT_TIMESPEC_HAS_TV_NSEC
struct timespec {
  time_t tv_sec;
  long tv_nsec;
};
#endif

int win_pthread_mutex_trylock(pthread_mutex_t *mutex);
int pthread_create(pthread_t *, const pthread_attr_t *, pthread_handler, void *);
int pthread_cond_init(pthread_cond_t *cond, const pthread_condattr_t *attr);
int pthread_cond_wait(pthread_cond_t *cond, pthread_mutex_t *mutex);
int pthread_cond_timedwait(pthread_cond_t *cond, pthread_mutex_t *mutex,
			   const struct timespec *abstime);
int pthread_cond_signal(pthread_cond_t *cond);
int pthread_cond_broadcast(pthread_cond_t *cond);
int pthread_cond_destroy(pthread_cond_t *cond);
int pthread_attr_init(pthread_attr_t *connect_att);
int pthread_attr_setstacksize(pthread_attr_t *connect_att,size_t stack);
int pthread_attr_destroy(pthread_attr_t *connect_att);
int my_pthread_once(my_pthread_once_t *once_control,void (*init_routine)(void));

static inline struct tm *localtime_r(const time_t *timep, struct tm *tmp)
{
  localtime_s(tmp, timep);
  return tmp;
}

static inline struct tm *gmtime_r(const time_t *clock, struct tm *res)
{
  gmtime_s(res, clock);
  return res;
}

void pthread_exit(void *a);
int pthread_join(pthread_t thread, void **value_ptr);
int pthread_cancel(pthread_t thread);

#ifndef ETIMEDOUT
#define ETIMEDOUT 145		    /* Win32 doesn't have this */
#endif

#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_R		1
#define _REENTRANT			1
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE	1

#undef SAFE_MUTEX				/* This will cause conflicts */
#define pthread_key(T,V)  DWORD V
#define pthread_key_create(A,B) ((*A=TlsAlloc())==0xFFFFFFFF)
#define pthread_key_delete(A) TlsFree(A)
#define my_pthread_setspecific_ptr(T,V) (!TlsSetValue((T),(V)))
#define pthread_setspecific(A,B) (!TlsSetValue((A),(LPVOID)(B)))
#define pthread_getspecific(A) (TlsGetValue(A))
#define my_pthread_getspecific(T,A) ((T) TlsGetValue(A))
#define my_pthread_getspecific_ptr(T,V) ((T) TlsGetValue(V))

#define pthread_equal(A,B) ((A) == (B))
#define pthread_mutex_init(A,B)  (InitializeCriticalSection(A),0)
#define pthread_mutex_lock(A)	 (EnterCriticalSection(A),0)
#define pthread_mutex_trylock(A) win_pthread_mutex_trylock((A))
#define pthread_mutex_unlock(A)  (LeaveCriticalSection(A), 0)
#define pthread_mutex_destroy(A) (DeleteCriticalSection(A), 0)
#define pthread_kill(A,B) pthread_dummy((A) ? 0 : ESRCH)


/* Dummy defines for easier code */
#define pthread_attr_setdetachstate(A,B) pthread_dummy(0)
#define pthread_attr_setscope(A,B)
#define pthread_detach_this_thread()
#define pthread_condattr_init(A)
#define pthread_condattr_destroy(A)
#define pthread_yield() SwitchToThread()
#define my_sigset(A,B) signal(A,B)

#else /* Normal threads */

#ifdef HAVE_rts_threads
#define sigwait org_sigwait
#include <signal.h>
#undef sigwait
#endif
#include <pthread.h>
#ifndef _REENTRANT
#define _REENTRANT
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SCHED_H
#include <sched.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYNCH_H
#include <synch.h>
#endif

#define pthread_key(T,V) pthread_key_t V
#define my_pthread_getspecific_ptr(T,V) my_pthread_getspecific(T,(V))
#define my_pthread_setspecific_ptr(T,V) pthread_setspecific(T,(void*) (V))
#define pthread_detach_this_thread()
#define pthread_handler_t EXTERNC void *
typedef void *(* pthread_handler)(void *);

#define my_pthread_once_t pthread_once_t
#if defined(PTHREAD_ONCE_INITIALIZER)
#define MY_PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT PTHREAD_ONCE_INITIALIZER
#else
#define MY_PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT
#endif
#define my_pthread_once(C,F) pthread_once(C,F)

/* Test first for RTS or FSU threads */

#if defined(PTHREAD_SCOPE_GLOBAL) && !defined(PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM)
#define HAVE_rts_threads
extern int my_pthread_create_detached;
#define pthread_sigmask(A,B,C) sigprocmask((A),(B),(C))
#define PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED &my_pthread_create_detached
#define PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM  PTHREAD_SCOPE_GLOBAL
#define PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS PTHREAD_SCOPE_LOCAL
#endif /* defined(PTHREAD_SCOPE_GLOBAL) && !defined(PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM) */

#if defined(_BSDI_VERSION) && _BSDI_VERSION < 199910
int sigwait(sigset_t *set, int *sig);
#endif

static inline int my_sigwait(sigset_t *set, int *sig, int *code)
{
#ifdef HAVE_SIGWAITINFO
  siginfo_t siginfo;
  *sig= sigwaitinfo(set, &siginfo);
  *code= siginfo.si_code;
  return *sig < 0 ?  errno : 0;
#else
  *code= 0;
  return sigwait(set, sig);
#endif
}

#if defined(HAVE_SIGTHREADMASK) && !defined(HAVE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK)
#define pthread_sigmask(A,B,C) sigthreadmask((A),(B),(C))
#endif

#if !defined(HAVE_SIGWAIT) && !defined(HAVE_rts_threads) && !defined(sigwait) && !defined(alpha_linux_port) && !defined(_AIX)
int sigwait(sigset_t *setp, int *sigp);		/* Use our implementation */
#endif


/*
  We define my_sigset() and use that instead of the system sigset() so that
  we can favor an implementation based on sigaction(). On some systems, such
  as Mac OS X, sigset() results in flags such as SA_RESTART being set, and
  we want to make sure that no such flags are set.
*/
#if defined(HAVE_SIGACTION) && !defined(my_sigset)
#define my_sigset(A,B) do { struct sigaction l_s; sigset_t l_set;           \
                            DBUG_ASSERT((A) != 0);                          \
                            sigemptyset(&l_set);                            \
                            l_s.sa_handler = (B);                           \
                            l_s.sa_mask   = l_set;                          \
                            l_s.sa_flags   = 0;                             \
                            sigaction((A), &l_s, NULL);                     \
                          } while (0)
#elif defined(HAVE_SIGSET) && !defined(my_sigset)
#define my_sigset(A,B) sigset((A),(B))
#elif !defined(my_sigset)
#define my_sigset(A,B) signal((A),(B))
#endif

#if !defined(HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE)
#define pthread_attr_setscope(A,B)
#undef	HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R			/* No definition */
#endif

#define my_pthread_getspecific(A,B) ((A) pthread_getspecific(B))

#ifndef HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
struct tm *localtime_r(const time_t *clock, struct tm *res);
#endif

#ifndef HAVE_GMTIME_R
struct tm *gmtime_r(const time_t *clock, struct tm *res);
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_CREATE
/* DCE threads on HPUX 10.20 */
#define pthread_condattr_init pthread_condattr_create
#define pthread_condattr_destroy pthread_condattr_delete
#endif

/* FSU THREADS */
#if !defined(HAVE_PTHREAD_KEY_DELETE) && !defined(pthread_key_delete)
#define pthread_key_delete(A) pthread_dummy(0)
#endif

#if defined(HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_CREATE) && !defined(HAVE_SIGWAIT)
/* This is set on AIX_3_2 and Siemens unix (and DEC OSF/1 3.2 too) */
#define pthread_key_create(A,B) \
		pthread_keycreate(A,(B) ?\
				  (pthread_destructor_t) (B) :\
				  (pthread_destructor_t) pthread_dummy)
#define pthread_attr_init(A) pthread_attr_create(A)
#define pthread_attr_destroy(A) pthread_attr_delete(A)
#define pthread_attr_setdetachstate(A,B) pthread_dummy(0)
#define pthread_create(A,B,C,D) pthread_create((A),*(B),(C),(D))
#ifndef pthread_sigmask
#define pthread_sigmask(A,B,C) sigprocmask((A),(B),(C))
#endif
#define pthread_kill(A,B) pthread_dummy((A) ? 0 : ESRCH)
#undef	pthread_detach_this_thread
#define pthread_detach_this_thread() { pthread_t tmp=pthread_self() ; pthread_detach(&tmp); }
#else /* HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_CREATE && !HAVE_SIGWAIT */
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_KILL 1
#endif

#endif /* defined(_WIN32) */

#if defined(HPUX10) && !defined(DONT_REMAP_PTHREAD_FUNCTIONS)
#undef pthread_cond_timedwait
#define pthread_cond_timedwait(a,b,c) my_pthread_cond_timedwait((a),(b),(c))
int my_pthread_cond_timedwait(pthread_cond_t *cond, pthread_mutex_t *mutex,
			      struct timespec *abstime);
#endif

#if defined(HPUX10)
#define pthread_attr_getstacksize(A,B) my_pthread_attr_getstacksize(A,B)
void my_pthread_attr_getstacksize(pthread_attr_t *attrib, size_t *size);
#endif

#if defined(HAVE_POSIX1003_4a_MUTEX) && !defined(DONT_REMAP_PTHREAD_FUNCTIONS)
#undef pthread_mutex_trylock
#define pthread_mutex_trylock(a) my_pthread_mutex_trylock((a))
int my_pthread_mutex_trylock(pthread_mutex_t *mutex);
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_SCHED_YIELD
#define pthread_yield() sched_yield()
#else
#if !defined(HAVE_PTHREAD_YIELD_ZERO_ARG)
/* no pthread_yield() available */
#if defined(HAVE_PTHREAD_YIELD_NP) /* can be Mac OS X */
#define pthread_yield() pthread_yield_np()
#elif defined(HAVE_THR_YIELD)
#define pthread_yield() thr_yield()
#endif //defined(HAVE_PTHREAD_YIELD_NP)
#endif //!defined(HAVE_PTHREAD_YIELD_ZERO_ARG)
#endif //HAVE_SCHED_YIELD

size_t my_setstacksize(pthread_attr_t *attr, size_t stacksize);

/*
  The defines set_timespec and set_timespec_nsec should be used
  for calculating an absolute time at which
  pthread_cond_timedwait should timeout
*/
#define set_timespec(ABSTIME,SEC) set_timespec_nsec((ABSTIME),(SEC)*1000000000ULL)

#ifndef set_timespec_nsec
#define set_timespec_nsec(ABSTIME,NSEC)                                 \
  set_timespec_time_nsec((ABSTIME), my_hrtime_coarse().val*1000 + (NSEC))
#endif /* !set_timespec_nsec */

/* adapt for two different flavors of struct timespec */
#ifdef HAVE_TIMESPEC_TS_SEC
#define MY_tv_sec  ts_sec
#define MY_tv_nsec ts_nsec
#else
#define MY_tv_sec  tv_sec
#define MY_tv_nsec tv_nsec
#endif /* HAVE_TIMESPEC_TS_SEC */

/**
   Compare two timespec structs.

   @retval  1 If TS1 ends after TS2.

   @retval  0 If TS1 is equal to TS2.

   @retval -1 If TS1 ends before TS2.
*/
#ifndef cmp_timespec
#define cmp_timespec(TS1, TS2) \
  ((TS1.MY_tv_sec > TS2.MY_tv_sec || \
    (TS1.MY_tv_sec == TS2.MY_tv_sec && TS1.MY_tv_nsec > TS2.MY_tv_nsec)) ? 1 : \
   ((TS1.MY_tv_sec < TS2.MY_tv_sec || \
     (TS1.MY_tv_sec == TS2.MY_tv_sec && TS1.MY_tv_nsec < TS2.MY_tv_nsec)) ? -1 : 0))
#endif /* !cmp_timespec */

#ifndef set_timespec_time_nsec
#define set_timespec_time_nsec(ABSTIME,NSEC) do {		\
  ulonglong _now_= (NSEC);					\
  (ABSTIME).MY_tv_sec=  (time_t) (_now_ / 1000000000ULL);	\
  (ABSTIME).MY_tv_nsec= (ulong) (_now_ % 1000000000UL);		\
} while(0)
#endif /* !set_timespec_time_nsec */

#ifdef MYSQL_CLIENT
#define _current_thd() NULL
#else
MYSQL_THD _current_thd();
#endif

/* safe_mutex adds checking to mutex for easier debugging */
struct st_hash;
typedef struct st_safe_mutex_t
{
  pthread_mutex_t global,mutex;
  const char *file, *name;
  uint line,count;
  myf create_flags, active_flags;
  ulong id;
  pthread_t thread;
  struct st_hash *locked_mutex, *used_mutex;
  struct st_safe_mutex_t *prev, *next;
#ifdef SAFE_MUTEX_DETECT_DESTROY
  struct st_safe_mutex_info_t *info;	/* to track destroying of mutexes */
#endif
} safe_mutex_t;

typedef struct st_safe_mutex_deadlock_t
{
  const char *file, *name;
  safe_mutex_t *mutex;
  uint line;
  ulong count;
  ulong id;
  my_bool warning_only;
} safe_mutex_deadlock_t;

#ifdef SAFE_MUTEX_DETECT_DESTROY
/*
  Used to track the destroying of mutexes. This needs to be a separate
  structure because the safe_mutex_t structure could be freed before
  the mutexes are destroyed.
*/

typedef struct st_safe_mutex_info_t
{
  struct st_safe_mutex_info_t *next;
  struct st_safe_mutex_info_t *prev;
  const char *init_file;
  uint32 init_line;
} safe_mutex_info_t;
#endif /* SAFE_MUTEX_DETECT_DESTROY */

int safe_mutex_init(safe_mutex_t *mp, const pthread_mutexattr_t *attr,
                    const char *name, const char *file, uint line);
int safe_mutex_lock(safe_mutex_t *mp, myf my_flags, const char *file,
                    uint line);
int safe_mutex_unlock(safe_mutex_t *mp,const char *file, uint line);
int safe_mutex_destroy(safe_mutex_t *mp,const char *file, uint line);
int safe_cond_wait(pthread_cond_t *cond, safe_mutex_t *mp,const char *file,
		   uint line);
int safe_cond_timedwait(pthread_cond_t *cond, safe_mutex_t *mp,
                        const struct timespec *abstime,
                        const char *file, uint line);
void safe_mutex_global_init(void);
void safe_mutex_end(FILE *file);
void safe_mutex_free_deadlock_data(safe_mutex_t *mp);

	/* Wrappers if safe mutex is actually used */
#define MYF_TRY_LOCK              1
#define MYF_NO_DEADLOCK_DETECTION 2

#ifdef SAFE_MUTEX
#define safe_mutex_is_owner(mp) ((mp)->count > 0 && \
                                 pthread_equal(pthread_self(), (mp)->thread))
#define safe_mutex_assert_owner(mp) DBUG_ASSERT(safe_mutex_is_owner(mp))
#define safe_mutex_assert_not_owner(mp) DBUG_ASSERT(!safe_mutex_is_owner(mp))
#define safe_mutex_setflags(mp, F)      do { (mp)->create_flags|= (F); } while (0)
#define my_cond_timedwait(A,B,C) safe_cond_timedwait((A),(B),(C),__FILE__,__LINE__)
#define my_cond_wait(A,B) safe_cond_wait((A), (B), __FILE__, __LINE__)
#else

#define safe_mutex_is_owner(mp) (1)
#define safe_mutex_assert_owner(mp) do {} while (0)
#define safe_mutex_assert_not_owner(mp) do {} while (0)
#define safe_mutex_setflags(mp, F) do {} while (0)

#define my_cond_timedwait(A,B,C) pthread_cond_timedwait((A),(B),(C))
#define my_cond_wait(A,B) pthread_cond_wait((A), (B))
#endif /* !SAFE_MUTEX */

	/* READ-WRITE thread locking */

#if defined(USE_MUTEX_INSTEAD_OF_RW_LOCKS)
/* use these defs for simple mutex locking */
#define rw_lock_t pthread_mutex_t
#define my_rwlock_init(A,B) pthread_mutex_init((A),(B))
#define rw_rdlock(A) pthread_mutex_lock((A))
#define rw_wrlock(A) pthread_mutex_lock((A))
#define rw_tryrdlock(A) pthread_mutex_trylock((A))
#define rw_trywrlock(A) pthread_mutex_trylock((A))
#define rw_unlock(A) pthread_mutex_unlock((A))
#define rwlock_destroy(A) pthread_mutex_destroy((A))
#elif defined(HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_RDLOCK)
#define rw_lock_t pthread_rwlock_t
#define my_rwlock_init(A,B) pthread_rwlock_init((A),(B))
#define rw_rdlock(A) pthread_rwlock_rdlock(A)
#define rw_wrlock(A) pthread_rwlock_wrlock(A)
#define rw_tryrdlock(A) pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock((A))
#define rw_trywrlock(A) pthread_rwlock_trywrlock((A))
#define rw_unlock(A) pthread_rwlock_unlock(A)
#define rwlock_destroy(A) pthread_rwlock_destroy(A)
#elif defined(HAVE_RWLOCK_INIT)
#ifdef HAVE_RWLOCK_T				/* For example Solaris 2.6-> */
#define rw_lock_t rwlock_t
#endif
#define my_rwlock_init(A,B) rwlock_init((A),USYNC_THREAD,0)
#else
/* Use our own version of read/write locks */
#define NEED_MY_RW_LOCK 1
#define rw_lock_t my_rw_lock_t
#define my_rwlock_init(A,B) my_rw_init((A))
#define rw_rdlock(A) my_rw_rdlock((A))
#define rw_wrlock(A) my_rw_wrlock((A))
#define rw_tryrdlock(A) my_rw_tryrdlock((A))
#define rw_trywrlock(A) my_rw_trywrlock((A))
#define rw_unlock(A) my_rw_unlock((A))
#define rwlock_destroy(A) my_rw_destroy((A))
#define rw_lock_assert_write_owner(A) my_rw_lock_assert_write_owner((A))
#define rw_lock_assert_not_write_owner(A) my_rw_lock_assert_not_write_owner((A))
#endif /* USE_MUTEX_INSTEAD_OF_RW_LOCKS */


/**
  Portable implementation of special type of read-write locks.

  These locks have two properties which are unusual for rwlocks:
  1) They "prefer readers" in the sense that they do not allow
     situations in which rwlock is rd-locked and there is a
     pending rd-lock which is blocked (e.g. due to pending
     request for wr-lock).
     This is a stronger guarantee than one which is provided for
     PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_READER_NP rwlocks in Linux.
     MDL subsystem deadlock detector relies on this property for
     its correctness.
  2) They are optimized for uncontended wr-lock/unlock case.
     This is a scenario in which they are most often used
     within MDL subsystem. Optimizing for it gives significant
     performance improvements in some of the tests involving many
     connections.

  Another important requirement imposed on this type of rwlock
  by the MDL subsystem is that it should be OK to destroy rwlock
  object which is in unlocked state even though some threads might
  have not yet fully left unlock operation for it (of course there
  is an external guarantee that no thread will try to lock rwlock
  which is destroyed).
  Putting it another way the unlock operation should not access
  rwlock data after changing its state to unlocked.

  TODO/FIXME: We should consider alleviating this requirement as
  it blocks us from doing certain performance optimizations.
*/

typedef struct st_rw_pr_lock_t {
  /**
    Lock which protects the structure.
    Also held for the duration of wr-lock.
  */
  pthread_mutex_t lock;
  /**
    Condition variable which is used to wake-up
    writers waiting for readers to go away.
  */
  pthread_cond_t no_active_readers;
  /** Number of active readers. */
  uint active_readers;
  /** Number of writers waiting for readers to go away. */
  uint writers_waiting_readers;
  /** Indicates whether there is an active writer. */
  my_bool active_writer;
#ifdef SAFE_MUTEX
  /** Thread holding wr-lock (for debug purposes only). */
  pthread_t writer_thread;
#endif
} rw_pr_lock_t;

extern int rw_pr_init(rw_pr_lock_t *);
extern int rw_pr_rdlock(rw_pr_lock_t *);
extern int rw_pr_wrlock(rw_pr_lock_t *);
extern int rw_pr_unlock(rw_pr_lock_t *);
extern int rw_pr_destroy(rw_pr_lock_t *);
#ifdef SAFE_MUTEX
#define rw_pr_lock_assert_write_owner(A) \
  DBUG_ASSERT((A)->active_writer && pthread_equal(pthread_self(), \
                                                  (A)->writer_thread))
#define rw_pr_lock_assert_not_write_owner(A) \
  DBUG_ASSERT(! (A)->active_writer || ! pthread_equal(pthread_self(), \
                                                      (A)->writer_thread))
#else
#define rw_pr_lock_assert_write_owner(A)
#define rw_pr_lock_assert_not_write_owner(A)
#endif /* SAFE_MUTEX */


#ifdef NEED_MY_RW_LOCK

#ifdef _WIN32

/**
  Implementation of Windows rwlock.

  We use native (slim) rwlocks on Windows, which requires Win7
  or later.
*/
typedef struct _my_rwlock_t
{
  SRWLOCK srwlock;             /* native reader writer lock */
  BOOL have_exclusive_srwlock; /* used for unlock */
} my_rw_lock_t;


#else /* _WIN32 */

/*
  On systems which don't support native read/write locks we have
  to use own implementation.
*/
typedef struct st_my_rw_lock_t {
	pthread_mutex_t lock;		/* lock for structure		*/
	pthread_cond_t	readers;	/* waiting readers		*/
	pthread_cond_t	writers;	/* waiting writers		*/
	int		state;		/* -1:writer,0:free,>0:readers	*/
	int             waiters;        /* number of waiting writers	*/
#ifdef SAFE_MUTEX
        pthread_t       write_thread;
#endif
} my_rw_lock_t;

#endif /*! _WIN32 */

extern int my_rw_init(my_rw_lock_t *);
extern int my_rw_destroy(my_rw_lock_t *);
extern int my_rw_rdlock(my_rw_lock_t *);
extern int my_rw_wrlock(my_rw_lock_t *);
extern int my_rw_unlock(my_rw_lock_t *);
extern int my_rw_tryrdlock(my_rw_lock_t *);
extern int my_rw_trywrlock(my_rw_lock_t *);
#ifdef SAFE_MUTEX
#define my_rw_lock_assert_write_owner(A) \
  DBUG_ASSERT((A)->state == -1 && pthread_equal(pthread_self(), \
                                                (A)->write_thread))
#define my_rw_lock_assert_not_write_owner(A) \
  DBUG_ASSERT((A)->state >= 0 || ! pthread_equal(pthread_self(), \
                                                 (A)->write_thread))
#else
#define my_rw_lock_assert_write_owner(A)
#define my_rw_lock_assert_not_write_owner(A)
#endif
#endif /* NEED_MY_RW_LOCK */


#define GETHOSTBYADDR_BUFF_SIZE 2048

#if !defined(HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE) && ! defined(pthread_attr_setstacksize)
#define pthread_attr_setstacksize(A,B) pthread_dummy(0)
#endif

/* Define mutex types, see my_thr_init.c */
#define MY_MUTEX_INIT_SLOW   NULL
#ifdef PTHREAD_ADAPTIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
extern pthread_mutexattr_t my_fast_mutexattr;
#define MY_MUTEX_INIT_FAST &my_fast_mutexattr
#else
#define MY_MUTEX_INIT_FAST   NULL
#endif
#ifdef PTHREAD_ERRORCHECK_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
extern pthread_mutexattr_t my_errorcheck_mutexattr;
#define MY_MUTEX_INIT_ERRCHK &my_errorcheck_mutexattr
#else
#define MY_MUTEX_INIT_ERRCHK   NULL
#endif

#ifndef ESRCH
/* Define it to something */
#define ESRCH 1
#endif

typedef uint64 my_thread_id;
/**
  Long-standing formats (such as the client-server protocol and the binary log)
  hard-coded `my_thread_id` to 32 bits in practice. (Though not all
  `thread_id`s are typed as such, @ref my_thread_id itself among those.)
  @see MDEV-35706
*/
#define MY_THREAD_ID_MAX UINT32_MAX

extern void my_threadattr_global_init(void);
extern my_bool my_thread_global_init(void);
extern void my_thread_global_reinit(void);
extern void my_thread_global_end(void);
extern my_bool my_thread_init(void);
extern void my_thread_end(void);
extern const char *my_thread_name(void);
extern my_thread_id my_thread_dbug_id(void);
extern int pthread_dummy(int);
extern void my_mutex_init(void);
extern void my_mutex_end(void);

/* All thread specific variables are in the following struct */

#define THREAD_NAME_SIZE 10
#ifndef DEFAULT_THREAD_STACK
/*
  We need to have at least 256K stack to handle calls to myisamchk_init()
  with the current number of keys and key parts.
*/
#if !defined(__has_feature)
#define __has_feature(x) 0
#endif
#if defined(__clang__) && __has_feature(memory_sanitizer) && !defined(DBUG_OFF)
/*
  MSAN in Debug with clang-20.1 required more memory to complete
  mtr begin/end checks. The result without increase was MSAN
  errors triggered on a call instruction.
*/
#  define DEFAULT_THREAD_STACK	(2L<<20)
# elif defined(__SANITIZE_ADDRESS__) || defined(WITH_UBSAN)
/*
  Optimized WITH_ASAN=ON executables produced
  by GCC 12.3.0, GCC 13.2.0, or clang 16.0.6
  would fail ./mtr main.1st when the stack size is 5 MiB.
  The minimum is more than 6 MiB for CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=RelWithDebInfo and
  more than 10 MiB for CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Debug.
  Let us add some safety margin.
*/
#  define DEFAULT_THREAD_STACK	(11L<<20)
# else
#  define DEFAULT_THREAD_STACK	(292*1024L) /* 299008 */
# endif
#endif

#define MY_PTHREAD_LOCK_READ 0
#define MY_PTHREAD_LOCK_WRITE 1

#include <mysql/psi/mysql_thread.h>

#define INSTRUMENT_ME 0

/*
  Thread specific variables

  Aria key cache is using the following variables for keeping track of
  state:
  suspend, next, prev, keycache_link, keycache_file, suspend, lock_type

  MariaDB uses the following to
  mutex, current_mutex, current_cond, abort
*/

struct st_my_thread_var
{
  int thr_errno;
  mysql_cond_t suspend;
  mysql_mutex_t mutex;
  struct st_my_thread_var *next,**prev;
  mysql_mutex_t * volatile current_mutex;
  mysql_cond_t * volatile current_cond;
  void *keycache_link;
  void *keycache_file;
  void *stack_ends_here;
  safe_mutex_t *mutex_in_use;
  pthread_t pthread_self;
  my_thread_id id, dbug_id;
  int volatile abort;
  uint lock_type; /* used by conditional release the queue */
  my_bool init;
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  void *dbug;
  char name[THREAD_NAME_SIZE+1];
#endif
};

struct st_my_thread_var *_my_thread_var(void);
extern void **my_thread_var_dbug(void);
extern safe_mutex_t **my_thread_var_mutex_in_use(void);
extern uint my_thread_end_wait_time;
extern my_bool safe_mutex_deadlock_detector;
#define my_thread_var (_my_thread_var())
#define my_errno my_thread_var->thr_errno
int set_mysys_var(struct st_my_thread_var *mysys_var);


/*
  thread_safe_xxx functions are for critical statistic or counters.
  The implementation is guaranteed to be thread safe, on all platforms.
  Note that the calling code should *not* assume the counter is protected
  by the mutex given, as the implementation of these helpers may change
  to use my_atomic operations instead.
*/

#ifndef thread_safe_increment
#ifdef _WIN32
#define thread_safe_increment(V,L) InterlockedIncrement((long*) &(V))
#define thread_safe_decrement(V,L) InterlockedDecrement((long*) &(V))
#else
#define thread_safe_increment(V,L) \
        (mysql_mutex_lock((L)), (V)++, mysql_mutex_unlock((L)))
#define thread_safe_decrement(V,L) \
        (mysql_mutex_lock((L)), (V)--, mysql_mutex_unlock((L)))
#endif
#endif

#ifndef thread_safe_add
#ifdef _WIN32
#define thread_safe_add(V,C,L) InterlockedExchangeAdd((long*) &(V),(C))
#define thread_safe_sub(V,C,L) InterlockedExchangeAdd((long*) &(V),-(long) (C))
#else
#define thread_safe_add(V,C,L) \
        (mysql_mutex_lock((L)), (V)+=(C), mysql_mutex_unlock((L)))
#define thread_safe_sub(V,C,L) \
        (mysql_mutex_lock((L)), (V)-=(C), mysql_mutex_unlock((L)))
#endif
#endif


/*
  statistics_xxx functions are for non critical statistic,
  maintained in global variables.
  When compiling with SAFE_STATISTICS:
  - race conditions can not occur.
  - some locking occurs, which may cause performance degradation.

  When compiling without SAFE_STATISTICS:
  - race conditions can occur, making the result slightly inaccurate.
  - the lock given is not honored.
*/
#ifdef SAFE_STATISTICS
#define statistic_increment(V,L) thread_safe_increment((V),(L))
#define statistic_decrement(V,L) thread_safe_decrement((V),(L))
#define statistic_add(V,C,L)     thread_safe_add((V),(C),(L))
#define statistic_sub(V,C,L)     thread_safe_sub((V),(C),(L))
#else
#define statistic_decrement(V,L) (V)--
#define statistic_increment(V,L) (V)++
#define statistic_add(V,C,L)     (V)+=(C)
#define statistic_sub(V,C,L)     (V)-=(C)
#endif /* SAFE_STATISTICS */

/*
  No locking needed, the counter is owned by the thread
*/
#define status_var_increment(V) (V)++
#define status_var_decrement(V) (V)--
#define status_var_add(V,C)     (V)+=(C)
#define status_var_sub(V,C)     (V)-=(C)

#ifdef SAFE_MUTEX
#define mysql_mutex_record_order(A,B)                   \
  do {                                                  \
    mysql_mutex_lock(A); mysql_mutex_lock(B);           \
    mysql_mutex_unlock(B); mysql_mutex_unlock(A);       \
  }  while(0)
#else
#define mysql_mutex_record_order(A,B) do { } while(0) 
#endif

/* At least Windows and NetBSD do not have this definition */
#ifndef PTHREAD_STACK_MIN
#define PTHREAD_STACK_MIN 65536
#endif

#ifdef  __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _my_ptread_h */
/* Copyright (c) 2001, 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   Copyright (c) 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/*
  Endianness-independent definitions for architectures other
  than the x86 architecture.
*/
#define sint2korr(A)	(int16) (((int16) ((uchar) (A)[0])) |\
				 ((int16) ((int16) (A)[1]) << 8))
#define sint3korr(A)	((int32) ((((uchar) (A)[2]) & 128) ? \
				  (((uint32) 255L << 24) | \
				   (((uint32) (uchar) (A)[2]) << 16) |\
				   (((uint32) (uchar) (A)[1]) << 8) | \
				   ((uint32) (uchar) (A)[0])) : \
				  (((uint32) (uchar) (A)[2]) << 16) |\
				  (((uint32) (uchar) (A)[1]) << 8) | \
				  ((uint32) (uchar) (A)[0])))
#define sint4korr(A)	(int32) (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[0])) |\
				(((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[1]) << 8)) |\
				(((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[2]) << 16)) |\
				(((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[3]) << 24)))
#define sint8korr(A)	(longlong) uint8korr(A)
#define uint2korr(A)	(uint16) (((uint16) ((uchar) (A)[0])) |\
				  ((uint16) ((uchar) (A)[1]) << 8))
#define uint3korr(A)	(uint32) (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[0])) |\
				  (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[1])) << 8) |\
				  (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[2])) << 16))
#define uint4korr(A)	(uint32) (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[0])) |\
				  (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[1])) << 8) |\
				  (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[2])) << 16) |\
				  (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[3])) << 24))
#define uint5korr(A)	((ulonglong)(((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[0])) |\
				    (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[1])) << 8) |\
				    (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[2])) << 16) |\
				    (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[3])) << 24)) |\
				    (((ulonglong) ((uchar) (A)[4])) << 32))
#define uint6korr(A)	((ulonglong)(((uint32)    ((uchar) (A)[0]))          | \
                                     (((uint32)    ((uchar) (A)[1])) << 8)   | \
                                     (((uint32)    ((uchar) (A)[2])) << 16)  | \
                                     (((uint32)    ((uchar) (A)[3])) << 24)) | \
                         (((ulonglong) ((uchar) (A)[4])) << 32) |       \
                         (((ulonglong) ((uchar) (A)[5])) << 40))
#define uint8korr(A)	((ulonglong)(((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[0])) |\
				    (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[1])) << 8) |\
				    (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[2])) << 16) |\
				    (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[3])) << 24)) |\
			(((ulonglong) (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[4])) |\
				    (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[5])) << 8) |\
				    (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[6])) << 16) |\
				    (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[7])) << 24))) <<\
				    32))
#define int2store(T,A)       do { uint def_temp= (uint) (A) ;\
                                  *((uchar*) (T))=  (uchar)(def_temp); \
                                   *((uchar*) (T)+1)=(uchar)((def_temp >> 8)); \
                             } while(0)
#define int3store(T,A)       do { /*lint -save -e734 */\
                                  *((uchar*)(T))=(uchar) ((A));\
                                  *((uchar*) (T)+1)=(uchar) (((A) >> 8));\
                                  *((uchar*)(T)+2)=(uchar) (((A) >> 16)); \
                                  /*lint -restore */} while(0)
#define int4store(T,A)       do { *((char *)(T))=(char) ((A));\
                                  *(((char *)(T))+1)=(char) (((A) >> 8));\
                                  *(((char *)(T))+2)=(char) (((A) >> 16));\
                                  *(((char *)(T))+3)=(char) (((A) >> 24));\
                             } while(0)
#define int5store(T,A)       do { *((char *)(T))=     (char)((A));  \
                                  *(((char *)(T))+1)= (char)(((A) >> 8)); \
                                  *(((char *)(T))+2)= (char)(((A) >> 16)); \
                                  *(((char *)(T))+3)= (char)(((A) >> 24)); \
                                  *(((char *)(T))+4)= (char)(((A) >> 32)); \
		             } while(0)
#define int6store(T,A)       do { *((char *)(T))=     (char)((A)); \
                                  *(((char *)(T))+1)= (char)(((A) >> 8)); \
                                  *(((char *)(T))+2)= (char)(((A) >> 16)); \
                                  *(((char *)(T))+3)= (char)(((A) >> 24)); \
                                  *(((char *)(T))+4)= (char)(((A) >> 32)); \
                                  *(((char *)(T))+5)= (char)(((A) >> 40)); \
                             } while(0)
#define int8store(T,A)       do { uint def_temp= (uint) (A), \
                                       def_temp2= (uint) ((A) >> 32); \
                                  int4store((T),def_temp); \
                                  int4store((T+4),def_temp2);\
                             } while(0)
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2007 MySQL AB
   Use is subject to license terms

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA  */


#ifndef _my_xml_h
#define _my_xml_h

#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


#define MY_XML_OK	0
#define MY_XML_ERROR	1

/* 
  A flag whether to use absolute tag names in call-back functions,
  like "a", "a.b" and "a.b.c" (used in character set file parser),
  or relative names like "a", "b" and "c".
*/
#define MY_XML_FLAG_RELATIVE_NAMES 1

/*
  A flag whether to skip normilization of text values before calling
  call-back functions: i.e. skip leading/trailing spaces,
  \r, \n, \t characters.
*/
#define MY_XML_FLAG_SKIP_TEXT_NORMALIZATION 2

enum my_xml_node_type
{
  MY_XML_NODE_TAG,   /* can have TAG, ATTR and TEXT children */
  MY_XML_NODE_ATTR,  /* can have TEXT children               */
  MY_XML_NODE_TEXT   /* cannot have children                 */
};

typedef struct xml_stack_st
{
  int flags;
  enum my_xml_node_type current_node_type;
  char errstr[128];

  struct {
    char static_buffer[128];
    char *buffer;
    size_t buffer_size;
    char *start;
    char *end;
  } attr;

  const char *beg;
  const char *cur;
  const char *end;
  void *user_data;
  int  (*enter)(struct xml_stack_st *st,const char *val, size_t len);
  int  (*value)(struct xml_stack_st *st,const char *val, size_t len);
  int  (*leave_xml)(struct xml_stack_st *st,const char *val, size_t len);
} MY_XML_PARSER;

void my_xml_parser_create(MY_XML_PARSER *st);
void my_xml_parser_free(MY_XML_PARSER *st);
int  my_xml_parse(MY_XML_PARSER *st,const char *str, size_t len);

void my_xml_set_value_handler(MY_XML_PARSER *st, int (*)(MY_XML_PARSER *,
							 const char *,
							 size_t len));
void my_xml_set_enter_handler(MY_XML_PARSER *st, int (*)(MY_XML_PARSER *,
							 const char *,
							 size_t len));
void my_xml_set_leave_handler(MY_XML_PARSER *st, int (*)(MY_XML_PARSER *,
							 const char *,
							 size_t len));
void my_xml_set_user_data(MY_XML_PARSER *st, void *);

size_t my_xml_error_pos(MY_XML_PARSER *st);
uint my_xml_error_lineno(MY_XML_PARSER *st);

const char *my_xml_error_string(MY_XML_PARSER *st);

#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* _my_xml_h */
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _decimal_h
#define _decimal_h

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef enum
{TRUNCATE=0, HALF_EVEN, HALF_UP, CEILING, FLOOR}
  decimal_round_mode;
typedef int32 decimal_digit_t;

/**
    intg is the number of *decimal* digits (NOT number of decimal_digit_t's !)
         before the point
    frac is the number of decimal digits after the point
    len  is the length of buf (length of allocated space) in decimal_digit_t's,
         not in bytes
    sign false means positive, true means negative
    buf  is an array of decimal_digit_t's
 */
typedef struct st_decimal_t {
  int    intg, frac, len;
  my_bool sign;
  decimal_digit_t *buf;
} decimal_t;

int internal_str2dec(const char *from, decimal_t *to, char **end,
                     my_bool fixed);
int decimal2string(const decimal_t *from, char *to, int *to_len,
                   decimal_digits_t fixed_precision,
                   decimal_digits_t fixed_decimals,
                   char filler);
int decimal2ulonglong(const decimal_t *from, ulonglong *to);
int ulonglong2decimal(ulonglong from, decimal_t *to);
int decimal2longlong(const decimal_t *from, longlong *to);
int longlong2decimal(longlong from, decimal_t *to);
int decimal2double(const decimal_t *from, double *to);
int double2decimal(double from, decimal_t *to);
decimal_digits_t decimal_actual_fraction(const decimal_t *from);
int decimal2bin(const decimal_t *from, uchar *to, decimal_digits_t precision,
                decimal_digits_t scale);
int bin2decimal(const uchar *from, decimal_t *to, decimal_digits_t precision,
                decimal_digits_t scale);

uint decimal_size(decimal_digits_t precision, decimal_digits_t scale);
uint decimal_bin_size(decimal_digits_t precision, decimal_digits_t scale);
uint decimal_result_size(decimal_t *from1, decimal_t *from2, char op,
                         int param);

decimal_digits_t decimal_intg(const decimal_t *from);
int decimal_add(const decimal_t *from1, const decimal_t *from2, decimal_t *to);
int decimal_sub(const decimal_t *from1, const decimal_t *from2, decimal_t *to);
int decimal_cmp(const decimal_t *from1, const decimal_t *from2);
int decimal_mul(const decimal_t *from1, const decimal_t *from2, decimal_t *to);
int decimal_div(const decimal_t *from1, const decimal_t *from2, decimal_t *to,
                int scale_incr);
int decimal_mod(const decimal_t *from1, const decimal_t *from2, decimal_t *to);
int decimal_round(const decimal_t *from, decimal_t *to, int new_scale,
                  decimal_round_mode mode);
int decimal_is_zero(const decimal_t *from);
void max_decimal(decimal_digits_t precision, decimal_digits_t frac,
                 decimal_t *to);

#define string2decimal(A,B,C) internal_str2dec((A), (B), (C), 0)
#define string2decimal_fixed(A,B,C) internal_str2dec((A), (B), (C), 1)

/* set a decimal_t to zero */

#define decimal_make_zero(dec)        do {                \
                                        (dec)->buf[0]=0;    \
                                        (dec)->intg=1;      \
                                        (dec)->frac=0;      \
                                        (dec)->sign=0;      \
                                      } while(0)

/*
  returns the length of the buffer to hold string representation
  of the decimal (including decimal dot, possible sign and \0)
*/

#define decimal_string_size(dec) (((dec)->intg ? (dec)->intg : 1) + \
				  (dec)->frac + ((dec)->frac > 0) + 2)

/* negate a decimal */
#define decimal_neg(dec) do { (dec)->sign^=1; } while(0)

/*
  conventions:

    decimal_smth() == 0     -- everything's ok
    decimal_smth() <= 1     -- result is usable, but precision loss is possible
    decimal_smth() <= 2     -- result can be unusable, most significant digits
                               could've been lost
    decimal_smth() >  2     -- no result was generated
*/

#define E_DEC_OK                0
#define E_DEC_TRUNCATED         1
#define E_DEC_OVERFLOW          2
#define E_DEC_DIV_ZERO          4
#define E_DEC_BAD_NUM           8
#define E_DEC_OOM              16

#define E_DEC_ERROR            31
#define E_DEC_FATAL_ERROR      30

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif

#ifndef MY_DECIMAL_LIMITS_INCLUDED
#define MY_DECIMAL_LIMITS_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2011 Monty Program Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#define DECIMAL_LONGLONG_DIGITS 22
#define DECIMAL_LONG_DIGITS 10
#define DECIMAL_LONG3_DIGITS 8

/** maximum length of buffer in our big digits (uint32). */
#define DECIMAL_BUFF_LENGTH 9

/* the number of digits that my_decimal can possibly contain */
#define DECIMAL_MAX_POSSIBLE_PRECISION (DECIMAL_BUFF_LENGTH * 9)


/**
  maximum guaranteed precision of number in decimal digits (number of our
  digits * number of decimal digits in one our big digit - number of decimal
  digits in one our big digit decreased by 1 (because we always put decimal
  point on the border of our big digits))

  With normal precision we can handle 65 digits. MariaDB can store in
  the .frm up to 63 digits.  By default we use DECIMAL_NOT_SPECIFIED digits
  when converting strings to decimal, so we don't want to set this too high.
  To not use up all digits for the scale we limit the number of decimals to
  38.
*/
#define DECIMAL_MAX_PRECISION (DECIMAL_MAX_POSSIBLE_PRECISION - 8*2)
#define DECIMAL_MAX_SCALE 38
#define DECIMAL_NOT_SPECIFIED 39

/**
  maximum length of string representation (number of maximum decimal
  digits + 1 position for sign + 1 position for decimal point, no terminator)
*/
#define DECIMAL_MAX_STR_LENGTH (DECIMAL_MAX_POSSIBLE_PRECISION + 2)

#endif /* MY_DECIMAL_LIMITS_INCLUDED */
#ifndef SQL_COMMON_INCLUDED
#define SQL_COMMON_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2003, 2018, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2010, 2018, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <mysql.h>
#include <hash.h>

extern const char	*unknown_sqlstate;
extern const char	*cant_connect_sqlstate;
extern const char	*not_error_sqlstate;


struct st_mysql_options_extention {
  char *plugin_dir;
  char *default_auth;
  char *ssl_crl;				/* PEM CRL file */
  char *ssl_crlpath;				/* PEM directory of CRL-s? */
  void (*report_progress)(const MYSQL *mysql,
                          unsigned int stage,
                          unsigned int max_stage,
                          double progress,
                          const char *proc_info,
                          uint proc_info_length);
  HASH connection_attributes;
  size_t connection_attributes_length;
  my_bool tls_allow_invalid_server_cert;
};

typedef struct st_mysql_methods
{
  my_bool (*read_query_result)(MYSQL *mysql);
  my_bool (*advanced_command)(MYSQL *mysql,
			      enum enum_server_command command,
			      const unsigned char *header,
			      unsigned long header_length,
			      const unsigned char *arg,
			      unsigned long arg_length,
			      my_bool skip_check,
                              MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
  MYSQL_DATA *(*read_rows)(MYSQL *mysql,MYSQL_FIELD *mysql_fields,
			   unsigned int fields);
  MYSQL_RES * (*use_result)(MYSQL *mysql);
  void (*fetch_lengths)(unsigned long *to,
			MYSQL_ROW column, unsigned int field_count);
  void (*flush_use_result)(MYSQL *mysql, my_bool flush_all_results);
  int (*read_change_user_result)(MYSQL *mysql);
  void (*on_close_free)(MYSQL *mysql);
#if !defined(MYSQL_SERVER) || defined(EMBEDDED_LIBRARY)
  MYSQL_FIELD * (*list_fields)(MYSQL *mysql);
  my_bool (*read_prepare_result)(MYSQL *mysql, MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
  int (*stmt_execute)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
  int (*read_binary_rows)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
  int (*unbuffered_fetch)(MYSQL *mysql, char **row);
  const char *(*read_statistics)(MYSQL *mysql);
  my_bool (*next_result)(MYSQL *mysql);
  int (*read_rows_from_cursor)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
#endif
} MYSQL_METHODS;

#ifdef LIBMARIADB
#define simple_command(mysql, command, arg, length, skip_check) ma_simple_command(mysql, command, (char *)arg, length, skip_check, NULL)
#else
#define simple_command(mysql, command, arg, length, skip_check) \
  (*(mysql)->methods->advanced_command)(mysql, command, 0,  \
                                        0, arg, length, skip_check, NULL)
#endif
#define stmt_command(mysql, command, arg, length, stmt) \
  (*(mysql)->methods->advanced_command)(mysql, command, 0,  \
                                        0, arg, length, 1, stmt)

extern CHARSET_INFO *default_client_charset_info;
MYSQL_FIELD *unpack_fields(MYSQL *mysql, MYSQL_DATA *data,MEM_ROOT *alloc,
                           uint fields, my_bool default_value, 
                           uint server_capabilities);
void free_rows(MYSQL_DATA *cur);
void free_old_query(MYSQL *mysql);
void end_server(MYSQL *mysql);
my_bool mysql_reconnect(MYSQL *mysql);
void mysql_read_default_options(struct st_mysql_options *options,
				const char *filename,const char *group);
my_bool
cli_advanced_command(MYSQL *mysql, enum enum_server_command command,
		     const unsigned char *header, ulong header_length,
		     const unsigned char *arg, ulong arg_length,
                     my_bool skip_check, MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
unsigned long cli_safe_read(MYSQL *mysql);
unsigned long cli_safe_read_reallen(MYSQL *mysql, ulong* reallen);
void net_clear_error(NET *net);
void set_stmt_errmsg(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, NET *net);
void set_stmt_error(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, int errcode, const char *sqlstate,
                    const char *err);
void set_mysql_error(MYSQL *mysql, int errcode, const char *sqlstate);
void set_mysql_extended_error(MYSQL *mysql, int errcode, const char *sqlstate,
                              const char *format, ...);

/* client side of the pluggable authentication */
struct st_vio;
struct st_plugin_vio_info;
void mpvio_info(struct st_vio *vio, struct st_plugin_vio_info *info);
int run_plugin_auth(MYSQL *mysql, char *data, uint data_len,
                    const char *data_plugin, const char *db);
int mysql_client_plugin_init();
void mysql_client_plugin_deinit();
struct st_mysql_client_plugin;
extern struct st_mysql_client_plugin *mysql_client_builtins[];
uchar * send_client_connect_attrs(MYSQL *mysql, uchar *buf);

#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif

#define protocol_41(A) ((A)->server_capabilities & CLIENT_PROTOCOL_41)

#endif /* SQL_COMMON_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   Copyright (c) 2017, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */


#ifndef _typelib_h
#define _typelib_h

#include "my_alloc.h"

typedef struct st_typelib {	/* Different types saved here */
  unsigned int count;		/* How many types */
  const char *name;		/* Name of typelib */
  const char **type_names;
  unsigned int *type_lengths;
  /*
    An array of indexes of enum values that are no longer supported and so are
    hidden. One cannot specify hidden values, an attempt to do so will produce
    a warning (while an attempt to use a name that was never part of this set
    will produce an error).
  */
  const int *hidden_values;
} TYPELIB;

#define CREATE_TYPELIB_FOR(X) { (unsigned int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])) - 1, "", X, NULL, NULL }

extern my_ulonglong find_typeset(const char *x, TYPELIB *typelib,
                                 int *error_position);
extern int find_type_with_warning(const char *x, TYPELIB *typelib,
                                  const char *option);
#define FIND_TYPE_BASIC           0
/** makes @c find_type() require the whole name, no prefix */
#define FIND_TYPE_NO_PREFIX      (1U << 0)
/** always implicitly on, so unused, but old code may pass it */
#define FIND_TYPE_NO_OVERWRITE   0
/** makes @c find_type() accept a number. Not used either */
#define FIND_TYPE_ALLOW_NUMBER   0
/** makes @c find_type() treat ',' and '=' as terminators */
#define FIND_TYPE_COMMA_TERM     (1U << 3)

extern int find_type(const char *x, const TYPELIB *typelib, unsigned int flags);
extern void make_type(char *to,unsigned int nr,TYPELIB *typelib);
extern const char *get_type(TYPELIB *typelib,unsigned int nr);
extern TYPELIB *copy_typelib(MEM_ROOT *root, const TYPELIB *from);

extern TYPELIB sql_protocol_typelib;

my_ulonglong find_set_from_flags(const TYPELIB *lib, unsigned int default_name,
                              my_ulonglong cur_set, my_ulonglong default_set,
                              const char *str, unsigned int length,
                              char **err_pos, unsigned int *err_len);

#endif /* _typelib_h */
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

/*
  This file is also used to make handling of sockets and ioctl()
  portable across systems.

*/

#ifndef _my_net_h
#define _my_net_h

C_MODE_START

#include <errno.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
#include <sys/socket.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
#include <netinet/in.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ARPA_INET_H
#include <arpa/inet.h>
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_POLL_H)
#include <poll.h>
#elif defined(HAVE_SYS_POLL_H)
#include <sys/poll.h>
#endif /* defined(HAVE_POLL_H) */
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
#endif

#if !defined(_WIN32)
#include <netinet/in_systm.h>
#include <netinet/in.h>
#include <netinet/ip.h>
#if !defined(alpha_linux_port)
#include <netinet/tcp.h>
#endif
#endif

#if defined(_WIN32)
#define O_NONBLOCK 1    /* For emulation of fcntl() */

/*
  SHUT_RDWR is called SD_BOTH in windows and
  is defined to 2 in winsock2.h
  #define SD_BOTH 0x02
*/
#define SHUT_RDWR 0x02
#else
#include <netdb.h>     /* getaddrinfo() & co */
#endif

/*
  On OSes which don't have the in_addr_t, we guess that using uint32
  is the best possible choice. We guess this from the fact that on
  HP-UX64bit & FreeBSD64bit & Solaris64bit, in_addr_t is equivalent to
  uint32. And on Linux32bit too.
*/
#ifndef HAVE_IN_ADDR_T
#define in_addr_t uint32
#endif


C_MODE_END
#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2001, 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   Copyright (c) 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/*
  Optimized function-like macros for the x86 architecture (_WIN32 included).
*/

#define sint2korr(A)	(*((const int16 *) (A)))
#define sint3korr(A)	((int32) ((((uchar) (A)[2]) & 128) ? \
				  (((uint32) 255L << 24) | \
				   (((uint32) (uchar) (A)[2]) << 16) |\
				   (((uint32) (uchar) (A)[1]) << 8) | \
				   ((uint32) (uchar) (A)[0])) : \
				  (((uint32) (uchar) (A)[2]) << 16) |\
				  (((uint32) (uchar) (A)[1]) << 8) | \
				  ((uint32) (uchar) (A)[0])))
#define sint4korr(A)	(*((const long *) (A)))
#define uint2korr(A)	(*((const uint16 *) (A)))
#define uint3korr(A)	(uint32) (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[0])) |\
				  (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[1])) << 8) |\
				  (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[2])) << 16))
#define uint4korr(A)	(*((const uint32 *) (A)))
#define uint5korr(A)	((ulonglong)(((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[0])) |\
				    (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[1])) << 8) |\
				    (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[2])) << 16) |\
				    (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[3])) << 24)) |\
				    (((ulonglong) ((uchar) (A)[4])) << 32))
#define uint6korr(A)	((ulonglong)(((uint32)    ((uchar) (A)[0]))          | \
                                     (((uint32)    ((uchar) (A)[1])) << 8)   | \
                                     (((uint32)    ((uchar) (A)[2])) << 16)  | \
                                     (((uint32)    ((uchar) (A)[3])) << 24)) | \
                         (((ulonglong) ((uchar) (A)[4])) << 32) |       \
                         (((ulonglong) ((uchar) (A)[5])) << 40))
#define uint8korr(A)	(*((const ulonglong *) (A)))
#define sint8korr(A)	(*((const longlong *) (A)))

#define int2store(T,A)	*((uint16*) (T))= (uint16) (A)
#define int3store(T,A)  do { *(T)=  (uchar) ((A));\
                            *(T+1)=(uchar) (((uint) (A) >> 8));\
                            *(T+2)=(uchar) (((A) >> 16));\
                        } while (0)
#define int4store(T,A)	*((long *) (T))= (long) (A)
#define int5store(T,A)  do { *(T)= (uchar)((A));\
                             *((T)+1)=(uchar) (((A) >> 8));\
                             *((T)+2)=(uchar) (((A) >> 16));\
                             *((T)+3)=(uchar) (((A) >> 24));\
                             *((T)+4)=(uchar) (((A) >> 32));\
                        } while(0)
#define int6store(T,A)  do { *(T)=    (uchar)((A));          \
                             *((T)+1)=(uchar) (((A) >> 8));  \
                             *((T)+2)=(uchar) (((A) >> 16)); \
                             *((T)+3)=(uchar) (((A) >> 24)); \
                             *((T)+4)=(uchar) (((A) >> 32)); \
                             *((T)+5)=(uchar) (((A) >> 40)); \
                        } while(0)
#define int8store(T,A)	*((ulonglong *) (T))= (ulonglong) (A)
typedef union {
  double v;
  long m[2];
} doubleget_union;
#define doubleget(V,M) \
do { doubleget_union _tmp; \
     _tmp.m[0] = *((const long*)(M));      \
     _tmp.m[1] = *(((const long*) (M))+1); \
     (V) = _tmp.v; } while(0)
#define doublestore(T,V) \
do { *((long *) T) = ((const doubleget_union *)&V)->m[0];     \
     *(((long *) T)+1) = ((const doubleget_union *)&V)->m[1]; \
   } while (0)
#define float4get(V,M) \
do { *((float *) &(V)) = *((const float*) (M)); } while(0)
#define float8get(V,M)   doubleget((V),(M))
#define float4store(V,M) memcpy((uchar*)(V), (uchar*)(&M), sizeof(float))
#define floatstore(T,V)  memcpy((uchar*)(T), (uchar*)(&V), sizeof(float))
#define floatget(V,M)    memcpy((uchar*)(&V),(uchar*) (M), sizeof(float))
#define float8store(V,M) doublestore((V),(M))
/* Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/*
  Definitions private to the server,
  used in the networking layer to notify specific events.
*/

#ifndef _mysql_com_server_h
#define _mysql_com_server_h

struct st_net_server;

typedef void (*before_header_callback_fn)
  (struct st_net *net, void *user_data, size_t count);

typedef void (*after_header_callback_fn)
  (struct st_net *net, void *user_data, size_t count, my_bool rc);

struct st_net_server
{
  before_header_callback_fn m_before_header;
  after_header_callback_fn m_after_header;
  void *m_user_data;
};

typedef struct st_net_server NET_SERVER;

#endif
#ifndef ERRMSG_INCLUDED
#define ERRMSG_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/*
  Error messages numbers for MySQL clients.
  The error messages itself are in libmysql/errmsg.c

  Error messages for the mysqld daemon are in sql/share/errmsg.txt
*/

#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
void	init_client_errs(void);
void	finish_client_errs(void);
extern const char *client_errors[];	/* Error messages */
#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif

#define CR_MIN_ERROR		2000	/* For easier client code */
#define CR_MAX_ERROR		2999
#if !defined(ER)
#define ER(X) (((X) >= CR_ERROR_FIRST && (X) <= CR_ERROR_LAST) \
               ? client_errors[(X)-CR_ERROR_FIRST]             \
               : client_errors[CR_UNKNOWN_ERROR-CR_ERROR_FIRST])

#endif
#define CLIENT_ERRMAP		2	/* Errormap used by my_error() */

/* Do not add error numbers before CR_ERROR_FIRST. */
/* If necessary to add lower numbers, change CR_ERROR_FIRST accordingly. */
#define CR_ERROR_FIRST  	2000 /*Copy first error nr.*/
#define CR_UNKNOWN_ERROR	2000
#define CR_SOCKET_CREATE_ERROR	2001
#define CR_CONNECTION_ERROR	2002
#define CR_CONN_HOST_ERROR	2003
#define CR_IPSOCK_ERROR		2004
#define CR_UNKNOWN_HOST		2005
#define CR_SERVER_GONE_ERROR	2006
#define CR_VERSION_ERROR	2007
#define CR_OUT_OF_MEMORY	2008
#define CR_WRONG_HOST_INFO	2009
#define CR_LOCALHOST_CONNECTION 2010
#define CR_TCP_CONNECTION	2011
#define CR_SERVER_HANDSHAKE_ERR 2012
#define CR_SERVER_LOST		2013
#define CR_COMMANDS_OUT_OF_SYNC 2014
#define CR_NAMEDPIPE_CONNECTION 2015
#define CR_NAMEDPIPEWAIT_ERROR  2016
#define CR_NAMEDPIPEOPEN_ERROR  2017
#define CR_NAMEDPIPESETSTATE_ERROR 2018
#define CR_CANT_READ_CHARSET	2019
#define CR_NET_PACKET_TOO_LARGE 2020
#define CR_EMBEDDED_CONNECTION	2021
#define CR_PROBE_SLAVE_STATUS   2022
#define CR_PROBE_SLAVE_HOSTS    2023
#define CR_PROBE_SLAVE_CONNECT  2024
#define CR_PROBE_MASTER_CONNECT 2025
#define CR_SSL_CONNECTION_ERROR 2026
#define CR_MALFORMED_PACKET     2027
#define CR_WRONG_LICENSE	2028

/* new 4.1 error codes */
#define CR_NULL_POINTER		2029
#define CR_NO_PREPARE_STMT	2030
#define CR_PARAMS_NOT_BOUND	2031
#define CR_DATA_TRUNCATED	2032
#define CR_NO_PARAMETERS_EXISTS 2033
#define CR_INVALID_PARAMETER_NO 2034
#define CR_INVALID_BUFFER_USE	2035
#define CR_UNSUPPORTED_PARAM_TYPE 2036

#define CR_SHARED_MEMORY_CONNECTION             2037
#define CR_SHARED_MEMORY_CONNECT_REQUEST_ERROR  2038
#define CR_SHARED_MEMORY_CONNECT_ANSWER_ERROR   2039
#define CR_SHARED_MEMORY_CONNECT_FILE_MAP_ERROR 2040
#define CR_SHARED_MEMORY_CONNECT_MAP_ERROR      2041
#define CR_SHARED_MEMORY_FILE_MAP_ERROR         2042
#define CR_SHARED_MEMORY_MAP_ERROR              2043
#define CR_SHARED_MEMORY_EVENT_ERROR     	2044
#define CR_SHARED_MEMORY_CONNECT_ABANDONED_ERROR 2045
#define CR_SHARED_MEMORY_CONNECT_SET_ERROR      2046
#define CR_CONN_UNKNOW_PROTOCOL 		2047
#define CR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE			2048
#define CR_SECURE_AUTH                          2049
#define CR_FETCH_CANCELED                       2050
#define CR_NO_DATA                              2051
#define CR_NO_STMT_METADATA                     2052
#define CR_NO_RESULT_SET                        2053
#define CR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED                      2054
#define CR_SERVER_LOST_EXTENDED			2055
#define CR_STMT_CLOSED				2056
#define CR_NEW_STMT_METADATA                    2057
#define CR_ALREADY_CONNECTED                    2058
#define CR_AUTH_PLUGIN_CANNOT_LOAD              2059
#define CR_DUPLICATE_CONNECTION_ATTR            2060
#define CR_AUTH_PLUGIN_ERR                      2061
#define CR_ERROR_LAST  /*Copy last error nr:*/  2061
/* Add error numbers before CR_ERROR_LAST and change it accordingly. */

#endif /* ERRMSG_INCLUDED */
#ifndef SSLOPT_VARS_INCLUDED
#define SSLOPT_VARS_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#if defined(HAVE_OPENSSL) && !defined(EMBEDDED_LIBRARY)
#ifdef SSL_VARS_NOT_STATIC
#define SSL_STATIC
#else
#define SSL_STATIC static
#endif
SSL_STATIC my_bool opt_use_ssl   = 1;
SSL_STATIC char *opt_ssl_ca      = 0;
SSL_STATIC char *opt_ssl_capath  = 0;
SSL_STATIC char *opt_ssl_cert    = 0;
SSL_STATIC char *opt_ssl_cipher  = 0;
SSL_STATIC char *opt_ssl_key     = 0;
SSL_STATIC char *opt_ssl_crl     = 0;
SSL_STATIC char *opt_ssl_crlpath = 0;
SSL_STATIC char *opt_tls_version = 0;
#ifdef MYSQL_CLIENT
SSL_STATIC char *opt_ssl_fp      = 0;
SSL_STATIC char *opt_ssl_fplist  = 0;
SSL_STATIC my_bool opt_ssl_verify_server_cert= 2;

#define SET_SSL_OPTS(M)                                                 \
  do {                                                                  \
    if (opt_use_ssl)                                                    \
    {                                                                   \
      mysql_ssl_set((M), opt_ssl_key, opt_ssl_cert, opt_ssl_ca,         \
                    opt_ssl_capath, opt_ssl_cipher);                    \
      mysql_options((M), MYSQL_OPT_SSL_CRL, opt_ssl_crl);               \
      mysql_options((M), MYSQL_OPT_SSL_CRLPATH, opt_ssl_crlpath);       \
      mysql_options((M), MARIADB_OPT_TLS_VERSION, opt_tls_version);     \
      mysql_options((M), MARIADB_OPT_TLS_PEER_FP, opt_ssl_fp);          \
      mysql_options((M), MARIADB_OPT_TLS_PEER_FP_LIST, opt_ssl_fplist); \
    }                                                                   \
    else                                                                \
      opt_ssl_verify_server_cert= 0;                                    \
    mysql_options((M),MYSQL_OPT_SSL_VERIFY_SERVER_CERT,                 \
                  &opt_ssl_verify_server_cert);                         \
  } while(0)

/*
  let's disable opt_ssl_verify_server_cert if neither CA nor FP and
  nor password were specified and the protocol is TCP.
*/
#define SET_SSL_OPTS_WITH_CHECK(M)                                      \
  do {                                                                  \
    if (opt_use_ssl && opt_ssl_verify_server_cert==2 &&                 \
        !(opt_ssl_ca && opt_ssl_ca[0]) &&                               \
        !(opt_ssl_capath && opt_ssl_capath[0]) &&                       \
        !(opt_ssl_fp && opt_ssl_fp[0]) &&                               \
        !(opt_ssl_fplist && opt_ssl_fplist[0]) &&                       \
        !(opt_password && opt_password[0]) &&                           \
        opt_protocol == MYSQL_PROTOCOL_TCP)                             \
    {                                                                   \
      fprintf(stderr, "WARNING: option --ssl-verify-server-cert is "    \
              "disabled, because of an insecure passwordless login.\n");\
      opt_ssl_verify_server_cert= 0;                                    \
    }                                                                   \
    SET_SSL_OPTS(M);                                                    \
  } while (0)

#endif
#else
#define SET_SSL_OPTS(M) do { } while(0)
#define SET_SSL_OPTS_WITH_CHECK(M) do { } while(0)
#endif
#endif /* SSLOPT_VARS_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. 
   Copyright (C) 2000, 2019, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _my_dbug_h
#define _my_dbug_h

#ifndef _WIN32
#include <signal.h>
#endif

#ifdef  __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if !defined(DBUG_OFF)

struct _db_stack_frame_ {
  const char *func;      /* function name of the previous stack frame       */
  const char *file;      /* filename of the function of previous frame      */
  uint level;            /* this nesting level, highest bit enables tracing */
  int line;              /* line of DBUG_RETURN                             */
  struct _db_stack_frame_ *prev; /* pointer to the previous frame */
};

struct  _db_code_state_;
extern  my_bool _dbug_on_;
extern  my_bool _db_keyword_(struct _db_code_state_ *, const char *, int);
extern  int _db_explain_(struct _db_code_state_ *cs, char *buf, size_t len);
extern  int _db_explain_init_(char *buf, size_t len);
extern	int _db_is_pushed_(void);
extern  void _db_setjmp_(void);
extern  void _db_longjmp_(void);
extern  void _db_process_(const char *name);
extern  void _db_push_(const char *control);
extern  void _db_pop_(void);
extern  void _db_set_(const char *control);
extern  void _db_set_init_(const char *control);
extern void _db_enter_(const char *_func_, const char *_file_, uint _line_,
                       struct _db_stack_frame_ *_stack_frame_);
extern  void _db_return_(struct _db_stack_frame_ *_stack_frame_);
extern  int _db_pargs_(uint _line_,const char *keyword);
extern  void _db_doprnt_(const char *format,...)
#ifdef WAITING_FOR_BUGFIX_TO_VSPRINTF
  ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(printf, 1, 2)
#endif
  ;
extern  void _db_dump_(uint _line_,const char *keyword,
                       const unsigned char *memory, size_t length);
extern  void _db_end_(void);
extern  void _db_lock_file_(void);
extern  void _db_unlock_file_(void);
ATTRIBUTE_COLD
extern  my_bool _db_my_assert(const char *file, int line, const char *msg);
extern  FILE *_db_fp_(void);
extern void _db_flush_(void);
extern void dbug_swap_code_state(void **code_state_store);
extern void dbug_free_code_state(void **code_state_store);
extern  const char* _db_get_func_(void);
extern int (*dbug_sanity)(void);

#ifdef DBUG_TRACE
#define DBUG_LEAVE do { \
    _db_stack_frame_.line= __LINE__; \
    _db_return_ (&_db_stack_frame_); \
    _db_stack_frame_.line= 0; \
  } while(0)

#define DBUG_PRINT(keyword,arglist) \
        do if (_db_pargs_(__LINE__,keyword)) _db_doprnt_ arglist; while(0)
#define DBUG_DUMP(keyword,a1,a2) _db_dump_(__LINE__,keyword,a1,a2)

#ifdef HAVE_ATTRIBUTE_CLEANUP
#define DBUG_ENTER(a) struct _db_stack_frame_ _db_stack_frame_  __attribute__((cleanup(_db_return_))); \
        _db_enter_ (a,__FILE__,__LINE__,&_db_stack_frame_)
#define DBUG_RETURN(a1) do { _db_stack_frame_.line=__LINE__; return(a1);} while(0)
#define DBUG_VOID_RETURN do { _db_stack_frame_.line=__LINE__; return;} while(0)
#else
#define DBUG_ENTER(a) struct _db_stack_frame_ _db_stack_frame_; \
        _db_enter_ (a,__FILE__,__LINE__,&_db_stack_frame_)
#define DBUG_RETURN(a1) do {DBUG_LEAVE; return(a1);} while(0)
#define DBUG_VOID_RETURN do {DBUG_LEAVE; return;} while(0)
#endif

#else
#define DBUG_LEAVE
#define DBUG_ENTER(a)
#define DBUG_RETURN(a1) return(a1)
#define DBUG_VOID_RETURN return
#define DBUG_PRINT(keyword,arglist) do{} while(0)
#define DBUG_DUMP(keyword,a1,a2) do{} while(0)
#endif

#define DBUG_EXECUTE(keyword,a1) \
        do {if (_db_keyword_(0, (keyword), 0)) { a1 }} while(0)
#define DBUG_EXECUTE_IF(keyword,a1) \
        do {if (_db_keyword_(0, (keyword), 1)) { a1 }} while(0)

#define DBUG_IF(keyword) _db_keyword_(0, (keyword), 1)

#define DBUG_PUSH_EMPTY if (_dbug_on_) { DBUG_PUSH(""); }
#define DBUG_POP_EMPTY  if (_dbug_on_) { DBUG_POP(); }
#define DBUG_PUSH(a1) _db_push_ (a1)
#define DBUG_POP() _db_pop_ ()
#define DBUG_SET(a1) _db_set_ (a1)
#define DBUG_SET_INITIAL(a1) _db_set_init_ (a1)
#define DBUG_PROCESS(a1) _db_process_(a1)
#define DBUG_FILE _db_fp_()
#define DBUG_END()  _db_end_ ()
#define DBUG_LOCK_FILE _db_lock_file_()
#define DBUG_UNLOCK_FILE _db_unlock_file_()
#define DBUG_ASSERT(A) do { \
  if (unlikely(!(A)) && _db_my_assert(__FILE__, __LINE__, #A)) assert(A); \
} while (0)
#define DBUG_SLOW_ASSERT(A) DBUG_ASSERT(A)
#define DBUG_ASSERT_EXISTS
#define DBUG_EXPLAIN(buf,len) _db_explain_(0, (buf),(len))
#define DBUG_EXPLAIN_INITIAL(buf,len) _db_explain_init_((buf),(len))
#define DEBUGGER_OFF                    do { _dbug_on_= 0; } while(0)
#define DEBUGGER_ON                     do { _dbug_on_= 1; } while(0)
#define IF_DBUG(A,B)                    A
#define IF_DBUG_ASSERT(A,B)             A
#define DBUG_SWAP_CODE_STATE(arg) dbug_swap_code_state(arg)
#define DBUG_FREE_CODE_STATE(arg) dbug_free_code_state(arg)
#undef DBUG_ASSERT_AS_PRINTF

#ifndef _WIN32
#define DBUG_ABORT()                    (_db_flush_(), abort())
#else
/*
  Avoid popup with abort/retry/ignore buttons. When BUG#31745 is fixed we can
  call abort() instead of _exit(3) (now it would cause a "test signal" popup).
*/
#include <crtdbg.h>
#define DBUG_ABORT() (_db_flush_(),\
                     (void)_CrtSetReportMode(_CRT_ERROR, _CRTDBG_MODE_FILE),\
                     (void)_CrtSetReportFile(_CRT_ERROR, _CRTDBG_FILE_STDERR),\
                     TerminateProcess(GetCurrentProcess(),3))
#endif

/*
  Make the program fail, without creating a core file.
  abort() will send SIGABRT which (most likely) generates core.
  Use SIGKILL instead, which cannot be caught.
  We also pause the current thread, until the signal is actually delivered.
  An alternative would be to use _exit(EXIT_FAILURE),
  but then valgrind would report lots of memory leaks.
 */
#ifdef _WIN32
#define DBUG_SUICIDE() DBUG_ABORT()
#else
extern void _db_suicide_(void);
#define DBUG_SUICIDE() (_db_flush_(), _db_suicide_())
#endif /* _WIN32 */

#else                                           /* No debugger */

#define DBUG_ENTER(a1)
#define DBUG_VIOLATION_HELPER_LEAVE do { } while(0)
#define DBUG_LEAVE
#define DBUG_RETURN(a1)                 do { return(a1); } while(0)
#define DBUG_VOID_RETURN                do { return; } while(0)
#define DBUG_PRINT(keyword, arglist)    do { } while(0)
#define DBUG_EXECUTE(keyword,a1)        do { } while(0)
#define DBUG_EXECUTE_IF(keyword,a1)     do { } while(0)
#define DBUG_IF(keyword) 0
#define DBUG_PRINT(keyword,arglist)     do { } while(0)
#define DBUG_PUSH_EMPTY                 do { } while(0)
#define DBUG_POP_EMPTY                  do { } while(0)
#define DBUG_PUSH(a1)                   do { } while(0)
#define DBUG_SET(a1)                    do { } while(0)
#define DBUG_SET_INITIAL(a1)            do { } while(0)
#define DBUG_POP()                      do { } while(0)
#define DBUG_PROCESS(a1)                do { } while(0)
#define DBUG_DUMP(keyword,a1,a2)        do { } while(0)
#define DBUG_END()                      do { } while(0)
#define DBUG_SLOW_ASSERT(A)             do { } while(0)
#define DBUG_LOCK_FILE                  do { } while(0)
#define DBUG_FILE (stderr)
#define DBUG_UNLOCK_FILE                do { } while(0)
#define DBUG_EXPLAIN(buf,len)
#define DBUG_EXPLAIN_INITIAL(buf,len)
#define DEBUGGER_OFF                    do { } while(0)
#define DEBUGGER_ON                     do { } while(0)
#define IF_DBUG(A,B)                    B
#define DBUG_SWAP_CODE_STATE(arg)       do { } while(0)
#define DBUG_FREE_CODE_STATE(arg)       do { } while(0)
#define DBUG_ABORT()                    do { } while(0)
#define DBUG_CRASH_ENTER(func)
#define DBUG_CRASH_RETURN(val)          do { return(val); } while(0)
#define DBUG_CRASH_VOID_RETURN          do { return; } while(0)
#define DBUG_SUICIDE()                  ((void) 0)

#ifdef DBUG_ASSERT_AS_PRINTF
extern void (*my_dbug_assert_failed)(const char *assert_expr, const char* file, unsigned long line);
#define DBUG_ASSERT(assert_expr) do { if (!(assert_expr)) { my_dbug_assert_failed(#assert_expr, __FILE__, __LINE__); }} while (0)
#define DBUG_ASSERT_EXISTS
#define IF_DBUG_ASSERT(A,B)             A
#else
#define DBUG_ASSERT(A)                  do { } while(0)
#define IF_DBUG_ASSERT(A,B)             B
#endif /* DBUG_ASSERT_AS_PRINTF */
#endif /* !defined(DBUG_OFF) */

#ifdef EXTRA_DEBUG
/**
  Sync points allow us to force the server to reach a certain line of code
  and block there until the client tells the server it is ok to go on.
  The client tells the server to block with SELECT GET_LOCK()
  and unblocks it with SELECT RELEASE_LOCK(). Used for debugging difficult
  concurrency problems
*/
#define DBUG_SYNC_POINT(lock_name,lock_timeout) \
 debug_sync_point(lock_name,lock_timeout)
void debug_sync_point(const char* lock_name, uint lock_timeout);
#else
#define DBUG_SYNC_POINT(lock_name,lock_timeout)
#endif /* EXTRA_DEBUG */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
/*
  DBUG_LOG() was initially intended for InnoDB. To be able to use it elsewhere
  one should #include <sstream>. We intentionally avoid including it here to save
  compilation time.
*/
# if defined DBUG_OFF || !defined DBUG_TRACE
#  define DBUG_LOG(keyword, v) do {} while (0)
# else
#  define DBUG_LOG(keyword, v) do { \
  if (_db_pargs_(__LINE__, keyword)) { \
    std::ostringstream _db_s; _db_s << v; \
    _db_doprnt_("%s", _db_s.str().c_str()); \
  }} while (0)
# endif
#endif

#endif /* _my_dbug_h */
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/* 
   Data structures for mysys/my_alloc.c (root memory allocator)
*/

#ifndef _my_alloc_h
#define _my_alloc_h

#include "mysql/psi/psi_base.h"

#define ALLOC_MAX_BLOCK_TO_DROP			4096
#define ALLOC_MAX_BLOCK_USAGE_BEFORE_DROP	10

#define ROOT_FLAG_READ_ONLY       4

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct st_used_mem
{				   /* struct for once_alloc (block) */
  struct st_used_mem *next;	   /* Next block in use */
  size_t left;                     /* memory left in block  */
  size_t size;                     /* size of block */
} USED_MEM;


typedef struct st_mem_root
{
  USED_MEM *free;                  /* blocks with free memory in it */
  USED_MEM *used;                  /* blocks almost without free memory */
  USED_MEM *pre_alloc;             /* preallocated block */
  /* if block have less memory it will be put in 'used' list */
  size_t min_malloc;
  size_t block_size;               /* initial block size */
  unsigned int block_num;          /* allocated blocks counter */
  /* 
     first free block in queue test counter (if it exceed 
     MAX_BLOCK_USAGE_BEFORE_DROP block will be dropped in 'used' list)
  */
  unsigned short first_block_usage;
  unsigned short flags;

  void (*error_handler)(void);

  PSI_memory_key psi_key;
} MEM_ROOT;

#ifdef  __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2001, 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   Copyright (c) 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/*
  Optimized function-like macros for the x86 architecture (_WIN32 included).
*/

#define sint2korr(A)	(int16) (*((int16 *) (A)))
#define sint3korr(A)	((int32) ((((uchar) (A)[2]) & 128) ? \
				  (((uint32) 255L << 24) | \
				   (((uint32) (uchar) (A)[2]) << 16) |\
				   (((uint32) (uchar) (A)[1]) << 8) | \
				   ((uint32) (uchar) (A)[0])) : \
				  (((uint32) (uchar) (A)[2]) << 16) |\
				  (((uint32) (uchar) (A)[1]) << 8) | \
				  ((uint32) (uchar) (A)[0])))
#define sint4korr(A)	(int32)  (*((int32 *) (A)))
#define uint2korr(A)	(uint16) (*((uint16 *) (A)))
#define uint3korr(A)	(uint32) (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[0])) |\
				  (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[1])) << 8) |\
				  (((uint32) ((uchar) (A)[2])) << 16))
#define uint4korr(A)	(uint32) (*((uint32 *) (A)))


static inline ulonglong uint5korr(const void *p)
{
  ulonglong a= *(uint32 *) p;
  ulonglong b= *(4 + (uchar *) p);
  return a | (b << 32);
}
static inline ulonglong uint6korr(const void *p)
{
  ulonglong a= *(uint32 *) p;
  ulonglong b= *(uint16 *) (4 + (char *) p);
  return a | (b << 32);
}

#define uint8korr(A)	(ulonglong) (*((ulonglong *) (A)))
#define sint8korr(A)	(longlong) (*((longlong *) (A)))

#define int2store(T,A)	do { uchar *pT= (uchar*)(T);\
                             *((uint16*)(pT))= (uint16) (A);\
                        } while (0)

#define int3store(T,A)  do { *(T)=  (uchar) ((A));\
                            *(T+1)=(uchar) (((uint) (A) >> 8));\
                            *(T+2)=(uchar) (((A) >> 16));\
                        } while (0)

#define int4store(T,A)	do { uchar *pT= (uchar*)(T);\
                             *((uint32 *) (pT))= (uint32) (A); \
                        } while (0)

#define int5store(T,A)  do { uchar *pT= (uchar*)(T);\
                             *((uint32 *) (pT))= (uint32) (A); \
                             *((pT)+4)=(uchar) (((A) >> 32));\
                        } while (0)

#define int6store(T,A)  do { uchar *pT= (uchar*)(T);\
                             *((uint32 *) (pT))= (uint32) (A); \
                             *((uint16*)(pT+4))= (uint16) (A >> 32);\
                        } while (0)

#define int8store(T,A)	do { uchar *pT= (uchar*)(T);\
                             *((ulonglong *) (pT))= (ulonglong) (A);\
                        } while(0)

#if defined(__GNUC__)

#define HAVE_mi_uint5korr
#define HAVE_mi_uint6korr
#define HAVE_mi_uint7korr
#define HAVE_mi_uint8korr

/* Read numbers stored in high-bytes-first order */

static inline ulonglong mi_uint5korr(const void *p)
{
  ulonglong a= *(uint32 *) p;
  ulonglong b= *(4 + (uchar *) p);
  ulonglong v= (a | (b << 32)) << 24;
  asm ("bswapq %0" : "=r" (v) : "0" (v));
  return v;
}

static inline ulonglong mi_uint6korr(const void *p)
{
  ulonglong a= *(uint32 *) p;
  ulonglong b= *(uint16 *) (4 + (char *) p);
  ulonglong v= (a | (b << 32)) << 16;
  asm ("bswapq %0" : "=r" (v) : "0" (v));
  return v;
}

static inline ulonglong mi_uint7korr(const void *p)
{
  ulonglong a= *(uint32 *) p;
  ulonglong b= *(uint16 *) (4 + (char *) p);
  ulonglong c= *(6 + (uchar *) p);
  ulonglong v= (a | (b << 32) | (c << 48)) << 8;
  asm ("bswapq %0" : "=r" (v) : "0" (v));
  return v;
}

static inline ulonglong mi_uint8korr(const void *p)
{
  ulonglong v= *(ulonglong *) p;
  asm ("bswapq %0" : "=r" (v) : "0" (v));
  return v;
}

#endif
/*
   Copyright (c) 2002, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _my_getopt_h
#define _my_getopt_h

#include "my_sys.h"             /* loglevel */
/* my_getopt and my_default are almost always used together */
#include <my_default.h>

C_MODE_START

#define GET_NO_ARG     1
#define GET_BOOL       2
#define GET_INT        3
#define GET_UINT       4
#define GET_LONG       5
#define GET_ULONG      6
#define GET_LL         7
#define GET_ULL        8
#define GET_STR        9
#define GET_STR_ALLOC 10
#define GET_DISABLED  11
#define GET_ENUM      12
#define GET_SET       13
#define GET_DOUBLE    14
#define GET_FLAGSET   15
#define GET_BIT       16

#define GET_ASK_ADDR     128
#define GET_AUTO          64
#define GET_TYPE_MASK     63

/**
  Enumeration of the my_option::arg_type attributes.
  It should be noted that for historical reasons variables with the combination
  arg_type=NO_ARG, my_option::var_type=GET_BOOL still accepts
  arguments. This is someone counter intuitive and care should be taken
  if the code is refactored.
*/
enum get_opt_arg_type { NO_ARG, OPT_ARG, REQUIRED_ARG };

struct st_typelib;

struct my_option
{
  const char *name;                     /**< Name of the option. name=NULL
                                           marks the end of the my_option[]
                                           array.
                                         */
  int        id;                        /**< For 0<id<255 it's means one
                                           character for a short option
                                           (like -A), if >255 no short option
                                           is created, but a long option still
                                           can be identified uniquely in the
                                           my_get_one_option() callback.
                                           If an opton needs neither special
                                           treatment in the my_get_one_option()
                                           nor one-letter short equivalent
                                           use id=0
                                         */
  const char *comment;                  /**< option comment, for autom. --help.
                                           if it's NULL the option is not
                                           visible in --help.
                                         */
  void       *value;                    /**< A pointer to the variable value */
  void       *u_max_value;              /**< The user def. max variable value */
  struct st_typelib *typelib;           /**< Pointer to possible values */
  ulong     var_type;                   /**< GET_BOOL, GET_ULL, etc */
  enum get_opt_arg_type arg_type;       /**< e.g. REQUIRED_ARG or OPT_ARG */
  longlong   def_value;                 /**< Default value */
  longlong   min_value;                 /**< Min allowed value (for numbers) */
  ulonglong  max_value;                 /**< Max allowed value (for numbers) */
  longlong   sub_size;                  /**< Unused                          */
  long       block_size;                /**< Value should be a mult. of this (for numbers) */
  void       *app_type;                 /**< To be used by an application */
};

typedef my_bool (*my_get_one_option)(const struct my_option *, const char *, const char *);

/**
  Used to retrieve a reference to the object (variable) that holds the value
  for the given option. For example, if var_type is GET_UINT, the function
  must return a pointer to a variable of type uint. A argument is stored in
  the location pointed to by the returned pointer.
*/
typedef void *(*my_getopt_value)(const char *, uint, const struct my_option *,
                                 int *);

extern char *disabled_my_option;
extern char *autoset_my_option;
extern my_bool my_getopt_print_errors;
extern my_bool my_getopt_skip_unknown;
extern my_bool my_getopt_prefix_matching;
extern my_bool my_handle_options_init_variables;
extern my_error_reporter my_getopt_error_reporter;
extern my_getopt_value my_getopt_get_addr;

extern int handle_options (int *argc, char ***argv, 
			   const struct my_option *longopts, my_get_one_option)
  __attribute__((nonnull));
extern void my_cleanup_options(const struct my_option *options);
extern void my_print_help(const struct my_option *options);
extern void my_print_variables(const struct my_option *options);

ulonglong getopt_ull_limit_value(ulonglong num, const struct my_option *optp,
                                 my_bool *fix);
longlong getopt_ll_limit_value(longlong, const struct my_option *,
                               my_bool *fix);
double getopt_double_limit_value(double num, const struct my_option *optp,
                                 my_bool *fix);

ulonglong getopt_double2ulonglong(double);
double getopt_ulonglong2double(ulonglong);

C_MODE_END

#endif /* _my_getopt_h */

#ifndef SQL_TRIGGER_INCLUDED
#define SQL_TRIGGER_INCLUDED

/*
   Copyright (c) 2004, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2017, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#include <mysqld_error.h>

/* Forward declarations */

class Item_trigger_field;
class sp_head;
class sp_name;
class Query_tables_list;
struct TABLE_LIST;
class Query_tables_list;
typedef struct st_ddl_log_state DDL_LOG_STATE;

/** Event on which trigger is invoked. */
enum trg_event_type
{
  TRG_EVENT_INSERT= 0,
  TRG_EVENT_UPDATE= 1,
  TRG_EVENT_DELETE= 2,
  TRG_EVENT_MAX
};

static inline uint8 trg2bit(enum trg_event_type trg)
{ return static_cast<uint8>(1 << static_cast<int>(trg)); }

#include "table.h"                              /* GRANT_INFO */

/*
  We need this two enums here instead of sql_lex.h because
  at least one of them is used by Item_trigger_field interface.

  Time when trigger is invoked (i.e. before or after row actually
  inserted/updated/deleted).
*/
enum trg_action_time_type
{
  TRG_ACTION_BEFORE= 0, TRG_ACTION_AFTER= 1, TRG_ACTION_MAX
};

enum trigger_order_type
{
  TRG_ORDER_NONE= 0,
  TRG_ORDER_FOLLOWS= 1,
  TRG_ORDER_PRECEDES= 2
};


struct st_trg_execution_order
{
  /**
    FOLLOWS or PRECEDES as specified in the CREATE TRIGGER statement.
  */
  enum trigger_order_type ordering_clause;

  /**
    Trigger name referenced in the FOLLOWS/PRECEDES clause of the
    CREATE TRIGGER statement.
  */
  LEX_CSTRING anchor_trigger_name;
};


/*
  Parameter to change_table_name_in_triggers()
*/

class TRIGGER_RENAME_PARAM
{
public:
  TABLE table;
  bool upgrading50to51;
  bool got_error;

  TRIGGER_RENAME_PARAM()
  {
    upgrading50to51= got_error= 0;
    table.reset();
  }
  ~TRIGGER_RENAME_PARAM()
  {
    reset();
  }
  void reset();
};


class Table_triggers_list;

/**
   The trigger object
*/

class Trigger :public Sql_alloc
{
public:
    Trigger(Table_triggers_list *base_arg, sp_head *code):
    base(base_arg), body(code), next(0), action_order(0)
  {
    bzero((char *)&subject_table_grants, sizeof(subject_table_grants));
  }
  ~Trigger();
  Table_triggers_list *base;
  sp_head *body;
  Trigger *next;                                /* Next trigger of same type */

  LEX_CSTRING name;
  LEX_CSTRING on_table_name;                     /* Raw table name */
  LEX_CSTRING definition;
  LEX_CSTRING definer;

  /* Character sets used */
  LEX_CSTRING client_cs_name;
  LEX_CSTRING connection_cl_name;
  LEX_CSTRING db_cl_name;

  GRANT_INFO subject_table_grants;
  sql_mode_t sql_mode;
  /* Store create time. Can't be mysql_time_t as this holds also sub seconds */
  my_hrtime_t hr_create_time; // Create time timestamp in microseconds
  trg_event_type event;
  trg_action_time_type action_time;
  uint action_order;

  void get_trigger_info(LEX_CSTRING *stmt, LEX_CSTRING *body,
                        LEX_STRING *definer);
  /* Functions executed over each active trigger */
  bool change_on_table_name(void* param_arg);
  bool change_table_name(void* param_arg);
  bool add_to_file_list(void* param_arg);
};

typedef bool (Trigger::*Triggers_processor)(void *arg);

/**
  This class holds all information about triggers of table.
*/

class Table_triggers_list: public Sql_alloc
{
  friend class Trigger;

  /* Points to first trigger for a certain type */
  Trigger *triggers[TRG_EVENT_MAX][TRG_ACTION_MAX];
  /**
    Copy of TABLE::Field array which all fields made nullable
    (using extra_null_bitmap, if needed). Used for NEW values in
    BEFORE INSERT/UPDATE triggers.
  */
  Field             **record0_field;
  uchar              *extra_null_bitmap, *extra_null_bitmap_init;
  /**
    Copy of TABLE::Field array with field pointers set to TABLE::record[1]
    buffer instead of TABLE::record[0] (used for OLD values in on UPDATE
    trigger and DELETE trigger when it is called for REPLACE).
  */
  Field             **record1_field;
  /**
    During execution of trigger new_field and old_field should point to the
    array of fields representing new or old version of row correspondingly
    (so it can point to TABLE::field or to Tale_triggers_list::record1_field)
  */
  Field             **new_field;
  Field             **old_field;

  /* TABLE instance for which this triggers list object was created */
  TABLE *trigger_table;

  /**
     This flag indicates that one of the triggers was not parsed successfully,
     and as a precaution the object has entered a state where all trigger
     access results in errors until all such triggers are dropped. It is not
     safe to add triggers since we don't know if the broken trigger has the
     same name or event type. Nor is it safe to invoke any trigger for the
     aforementioned reasons. The only safe operations are drop_trigger and
     drop_all_triggers.

     @see Table_triggers_list::set_parse_error
   */
  bool m_has_unparseable_trigger;

  /**
    This error will be displayed when the user tries to manipulate or invoke
    triggers on a table that has broken triggers. It will get set only once
    per statement and thus will contain the first parse error encountered in
    the trigger file.
   */
  char m_parse_error_message[MYSQL_ERRMSG_SIZE];
  uint count;                                   /* Number of triggers */

public:
  /**
    Field responsible for storing triggers definitions in file.
    It have to be public because we are using it directly from parser.
  */
  List<LEX_CSTRING>  definitions_list;
  /**
    List of sql modes for triggers
  */
  List<ulonglong> definition_modes_list;
  /** Create times for triggers */
  List<ulonglong> hr_create_times;

  List<LEX_CSTRING>  definers_list;

  /* Character set context, used for parsing and executing triggers. */

  List<LEX_CSTRING> client_cs_names;
  List<LEX_CSTRING> connection_cl_names;
  List<LEX_CSTRING> db_cl_names;

  /* End of character ser context. */

  Table_triggers_list(TABLE *table_arg)
    :record0_field(0), extra_null_bitmap(0), extra_null_bitmap_init(0),
    record1_field(0), trigger_table(table_arg),
    m_has_unparseable_trigger(false), count(0)
  {
    bzero((char *) triggers, sizeof(triggers));
  }
  ~Table_triggers_list();

  bool create_trigger(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table, String *stmt_query,
                      DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_log_state,
                      DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_log_state_tmp_file);
  bool drop_trigger(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table,
                    LEX_CSTRING *sp_name,
                    String *stmt_query, DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_log_state);
  bool process_triggers(THD *thd, trg_event_type event,
                        trg_action_time_type time_type,
                        bool old_row_is_record1);
  void empty_lists();
  bool create_lists_needed_for_files(MEM_ROOT *root);
  bool save_trigger_file(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *db, const LEX_CSTRING *table_name);

  static bool check_n_load(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *db, const LEX_CSTRING *table_name,
                           TABLE *table, bool names_only);
  static bool drop_all_triggers(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                                const LEX_CSTRING *table_name, myf MyFlags);
  static bool prepare_for_rename(THD *thd, TRIGGER_RENAME_PARAM *param,
                                 const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                                 const LEX_CSTRING *old_alias,
                                 const LEX_CSTRING *old_table,
                                 const LEX_CSTRING *new_db,
                                 const LEX_CSTRING *new_table);
  static bool change_table_name(THD *thd, TRIGGER_RENAME_PARAM *param,
                                const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                                const LEX_CSTRING *old_alias,
                                const LEX_CSTRING *old_table,
                                const LEX_CSTRING *new_db,
                                const LEX_CSTRING *new_table);
  void add_trigger(trg_event_type event_type, 
                   trg_action_time_type action_time,
                   trigger_order_type ordering_clause,
                   LEX_CSTRING *anchor_trigger_name,
                   Trigger *trigger);
  Trigger *get_trigger(trg_event_type event_type, 
                       trg_action_time_type action_time)
  {
    return triggers[event_type][action_time];
  }
  /* Simpler version of the above, to avoid casts in the code */
  Trigger *get_trigger(uint event_type, uint action_time)
  {
    return get_trigger((trg_event_type) event_type,
                       (trg_action_time_type) action_time);
  }

  bool has_triggers(trg_event_type event_type, 
                    trg_action_time_type action_time)
  {
    return get_trigger(event_type,action_time) != 0;
  }
  bool has_delete_triggers()
  {
    return (has_triggers(TRG_EVENT_DELETE,TRG_ACTION_BEFORE) ||
            has_triggers(TRG_EVENT_DELETE,TRG_ACTION_AFTER));
  }

  void mark_fields_used(trg_event_type event);

  void set_parse_error_message(char *error_message);

  friend class Item_trigger_field;

  bool add_tables_and_routines_for_triggers(THD *thd,
                                            Query_tables_list *prelocking_ctx,
                                            TABLE_LIST *table_list);

  Field **nullable_fields() { return record0_field; }
  void clear_extra_null_bitmap()
  {
    if (size_t null_bytes= extra_null_bitmap_init - extra_null_bitmap)
      bzero(extra_null_bitmap, null_bytes);
  }
  void default_extra_null_bitmap()
  {
    if (size_t null_bytes= extra_null_bitmap_init - extra_null_bitmap)
      memcpy(extra_null_bitmap, extra_null_bitmap_init, null_bytes);
  }

  Trigger *find_trigger(const LEX_CSTRING *name, bool remove_from_list);

  Trigger* for_all_triggers(Triggers_processor func, void *arg);

private:
  bool prepare_record_accessors(TABLE *table);
  Trigger *change_table_name_in_trignames(const LEX_CSTRING *old_db_name,
                                          const LEX_CSTRING *new_db_name,
                                          const LEX_CSTRING *new_table_name,
                                          Trigger *trigger);
  bool change_table_name_in_triggers(THD *thd,
                                     const LEX_CSTRING *old_db_name,
                                     const LEX_CSTRING *new_db_name,
                                     const LEX_CSTRING *old_table_name,
                                     const LEX_CSTRING *new_table_name);

  bool check_for_broken_triggers() 
  {
    if (m_has_unparseable_trigger)
    {
      my_message(ER_PARSE_ERROR, m_parse_error_message, MYF(0));
      return true;
    }
    return false;
  }

public:
  TABLE *get_subject_table()
  {
    return trigger_table;
  }
};


bool add_table_for_trigger(THD *thd,
                           const sp_name *trg_name,
                           bool continue_if_not_exist,
                           TABLE_LIST **table);

void build_trn_path(THD *thd, const sp_name *trg_name, LEX_STRING *trn_path);

bool check_trn_exists(const LEX_CSTRING *trn_path);

bool load_table_name_for_trigger(THD *thd,
                                 const sp_name *trg_name,
                                 const LEX_CSTRING *trn_path,
                                 LEX_CSTRING *tbl_name);
bool mysql_create_or_drop_trigger(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, bool create);
bool rm_trigname_file(char *path, const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                      const LEX_CSTRING *trigger_name, myf MyFlags);

extern const char * const TRG_EXT;
extern const char * const TRN_EXT;

#endif /* SQL_TRIGGER_INCLUDED */
#ifndef SQL_CRYPT_INCLUDED
#define SQL_CRYPT_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */


#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE 
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#include "sql_alloc.h"                       /* Sql_alloc */
#include "my_rnd.h"                          /* rand_struct */

class SQL_CRYPT :public Sql_alloc
{
  struct my_rnd_struct rand,org_rand;
  char decode_buff[256],encode_buff[256];
  uint shift;
 public:
  SQL_CRYPT() = default;
  SQL_CRYPT(ulong *seed)
  {
    init(seed);
  }
  ~SQL_CRYPT() = default;
  void init(ulong *seed);
  void reinit() { shift=0; rand=org_rand; }
  void encode(char *str, uint length);
  void decode(char *str, uint length);
};

#endif /* SQL_CRYPT_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2007, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _SQL_PROFILE_H
#define _SQL_PROFILE_H

class Item;
struct TABLE_LIST;
class THD;
class ST_FIELD_INFO;
typedef struct st_schema_table ST_SCHEMA_TABLE;

namespace Show {
extern ST_FIELD_INFO query_profile_statistics_info[];
} // namespace Show

int fill_query_profile_statistics_info(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, Item *cond);
int make_profile_table_for_show(THD *thd, ST_SCHEMA_TABLE *schema_table);


#define PROFILE_NONE         (uint)0
#define PROFILE_CPU          (uint)(1<<0)
#define PROFILE_MEMORY       (uint)(1<<1)
#define PROFILE_BLOCK_IO     (uint)(1<<2)
#define PROFILE_CONTEXT      (uint)(1<<3)
#define PROFILE_PAGE_FAULTS  (uint)(1<<4)
#define PROFILE_IPC          (uint)(1<<5)
#define PROFILE_SWAPS        (uint)(1<<6)
#define PROFILE_SOURCE       (uint)(1<<16)
#define PROFILE_ALL          (uint)(~0)


#if defined(ENABLED_PROFILING)
#include "sql_priv.h"
#include "unireg.h"

#ifdef _WIN32
#include <psapi.h>
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
#include <sys/resource.h>
#endif

extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_queue_item;

class PROF_MEASUREMENT;
class QUERY_PROFILE;
class PROFILING;


/**
  Implements a persistent FIFO using server List method names.  Not
  thread-safe.  Intended to be used on thread-local data only.  
*/
template <class T> class Queue
{
private:

  struct queue_item
  {
    T *payload;
    struct queue_item *next, *previous;
  };

  struct queue_item *first, *last;

public:
  Queue()
  {
    elements= 0;
    first= last= NULL;
  }

  void empty()
  {
    struct queue_item *i, *after_i;
    for (i= first; i != NULL; i= after_i)
    {
      after_i= i->next;
      my_free(i);
    }
    elements= 0;
  }

  ulong elements;                       /* The count of items in the Queue */

  void push_back(T *payload)
  {
    struct queue_item *new_item;

    new_item= (struct queue_item *) my_malloc(key_memory_queue_item,
                                              sizeof(struct queue_item), MYF(0));
    if (!new_item)
      return;

    new_item->payload= payload;

    if (first == NULL)
      first= new_item;
    if (last != NULL)
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(last->next == NULL);
      last->next= new_item;
    }
    new_item->previous= last;
    new_item->next= NULL;
    last= new_item;

    elements++;
  }

  T *pop()
  {
    struct queue_item *old_item= first;
    T *ret= NULL;

    if (first == NULL)
    {
      DBUG_PRINT("warning", ("tried to pop nonexistent item from Queue"));
      return NULL;
    }

    ret= old_item->payload;
    if (first->next != NULL)
      first->next->previous= NULL;
    else
      last= NULL;
    first= first->next;

    my_free(old_item);
    elements--;

    return ret;
  }

  bool is_empty()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(((elements > 0) && (first != NULL)) || ((elements == 0) || (first == NULL)));
    return (elements == 0);
  }

  void *new_iterator()
  {
    return first;
  }

  void *iterator_next(void *current)
  {
    return ((struct queue_item *) current)->next;
  }

  T *iterator_value(void *current)
  {
    return ((struct queue_item *) current)->payload;
  }

};


/**
  A single entry in a single profile.
*/
class PROF_MEASUREMENT
{
private:
  friend class QUERY_PROFILE;
  friend class PROFILING;

  QUERY_PROFILE *profile;
  char *status;
#ifdef HAVE_GETRUSAGE
  struct rusage rusage;
#elif defined(_WIN32)
  FILETIME ftKernel, ftUser;
  IO_COUNTERS io_count;
  PROCESS_MEMORY_COUNTERS mem_count;
#endif

  char *function;
  char *file;
  unsigned int line;

  ulong m_seq;
  double time_usecs;
  char *allocated_status_memory;

  void set_label(const char *status_arg, const char *function_arg, 
                  const char *file_arg, unsigned int line_arg);
  void clean_up();
  
  PROF_MEASUREMENT();
  PROF_MEASUREMENT(QUERY_PROFILE *profile_arg, const char *status_arg);
  PROF_MEASUREMENT(QUERY_PROFILE *profile_arg, const char *status_arg,
                const char *function_arg,
                const char *file_arg, unsigned int line_arg);
  ~PROF_MEASUREMENT();
  void collect();
};


/**
  The full profile for a single query, and includes multiple PROF_MEASUREMENT
  objects.
*/
class QUERY_PROFILE
{
private:
  friend class PROFILING;

  PROFILING *profiling;

  query_id_t profiling_query_id;        /* Session-specific id. */
  char *query_source;

  double m_start_time_usecs;
  double m_end_time_usecs;
  ulong m_seq_counter;
  Queue<PROF_MEASUREMENT> entries;


  QUERY_PROFILE(PROFILING *profiling_arg, const char *status_arg);
  ~QUERY_PROFILE();

  void set_query_source(char *query_source_arg, size_t query_length_arg);

  /* Add a profile status change to the current profile. */
  void new_status(const char *status_arg,
              const char *function_arg,
              const char *file_arg, unsigned int line_arg);

  /* Reset the contents of this profile entry. */
  void reset();

  /* Show this profile.  This is called by PROFILING. */
  bool show(uint options);
};


/**
  Profiling state for a single THD; contains multiple QUERY_PROFILE objects.
*/
class PROFILING
{
private:
  friend class PROF_MEASUREMENT;
  friend class QUERY_PROFILE;

  /* 
    Not the system query_id, but a counter unique to profiling. 
  */
  query_id_t profile_id_counter;     
  THD *thd;
  bool keeping;
  bool enabled;

  QUERY_PROFILE *current;
  QUERY_PROFILE *last;
  Queue<QUERY_PROFILE> history;
 
  query_id_t next_profile_id() { return(profile_id_counter++); }

public:
  PROFILING();
  ~PROFILING();

  /**
    At a point in execution where we know the query source, save the text
    of it in the query profile.

    This must be called exactly once per descrete statement.
  */
  void set_query_source(char *query_source_arg, size_t query_length_arg)
  {
    if (unlikely(current))
      current->set_query_source(query_source_arg, query_length_arg);
  }

  /**
    Prepare to start processing a new query.  It is an error to do this
    if there's a query already in process; nesting is not supported.

    @param  initial_state  (optional) name of period before first state change
  */
  void start_new_query(const char *initial_state= "Starting")
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!current);
    if (unlikely(enabled))
    {
      QUERY_PROFILE *new_profile= new QUERY_PROFILE(this, initial_state);
      if (new_profile)
        current= new_profile;
    }
  }

  void discard_current_query();

  void finish_current_query()
  {
    if (unlikely(current))
      finish_current_query_impl();
  }

  void finish_current_query_impl();

  void status_change(const char *status_arg,
                     const char *function_arg,
                     const char *file_arg, unsigned int line_arg)
  {
    if (unlikely(current))
      current->new_status(status_arg, function_arg, file_arg, line_arg);
  }

  inline void set_thd(THD *thd_arg)
  {
    thd= thd_arg;
    reset();
  }

  /* SHOW PROFILES */
  bool show_profiles();

  /* ... from INFORMATION_SCHEMA.PROFILING ... */
  int fill_statistics_info(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, Item *cond);
  void reset();
  void restart();
};

#  endif /* ENABLED_PROFILING */
#endif /* _SQL_PROFILE_H */
#ifndef SQL_SERVERS_INCLUDED
#define SQL_SERVERS_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#include "slave.h" // for tables_ok(), rpl_filter

class THD;
typedef struct st_lex_server_options LEX_SERVER_OPTIONS;
typedef struct st_mem_root MEM_ROOT;

/* structs */
typedef struct st_federated_server
{
  const char *server_name;
  long port;
  size_t server_name_length;
  const char *db, *scheme, *username, *password, *socket, *owner, *host, *sport;
} FOREIGN_SERVER;

/* cache handlers */
bool servers_init(bool dont_read_server_table);
bool servers_reload(THD *thd);
void servers_free(bool end=0);

/* insert functions */
int create_server(THD *thd, LEX_SERVER_OPTIONS *server_options);

/* drop functions */ 
int drop_server(THD *thd, LEX_SERVER_OPTIONS *server_options);

/* update functions */
int alter_server(THD *thd, LEX_SERVER_OPTIONS *server_options);

/* lookup functions */
FOREIGN_SERVER *get_server_by_name(MEM_ROOT *mem, const char *server_name,
                                   FOREIGN_SERVER *server_buffer);

#endif /* SQL_SERVERS_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (C) 2020 Monty Program Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA
 */
#pragma once

#include <WinSock2.h>
#include <windows.h>

struct st_vio;

struct win_aiosocket
{
  /** OVERLAPPED is needed by all Windows AIO*/
  OVERLAPPED m_overlapped{};
  /** Handle to pipe, or socket */
  HANDLE m_handle{};
  /** Whether the m_handle refers to pipe*/
  bool m_is_pipe{};
 
  /* Read buffer handling */

  /** Pointer to buffer of size READ_BUFSIZ. Can be NULL.*/
  char *m_buf_ptr{};
  /** Offset to current buffer position*/
  size_t m_buf_off{};
  /** Size of valid data in the buffer*/
  size_t m_buf_datalen{};

  /*  Vio handling */
  /** Pointer to original vio->vio_read/vio->has_data function */
  size_t (*m_orig_vio_read)(st_vio *, unsigned char *, size_t){};
  char (*m_orig_vio_has_data)(st_vio *){};



  /**
   Begins asynchronnous reading from socket/pipe. 
   On IO completion, pre-read some bytes into internal buffer
  */
  DWORD begin_read();

  /**
   Update number of bytes returned, and IO error status

   Should be called right after IO is completed
   GetQueuedCompletionStatus() , or threadpool IO completion
   callback would return nbytes and the error.

   Sets the valid data length in the read buffer.
  */
  void end_read(ULONG nbytes, DWORD err);

  /**
    Override VIO routines with ours, accounting for
    one-shot buffering.
  */
  void init(st_vio *vio);

  /** Return number of unread bytes.*/
  size_t buffer_remaining();

  /* Frees the read buffer.*/
  ~win_aiosocket();
};

/* Functions related to IO buffers caches.*/
extern void init_win_aio_buffers(unsigned int n_buffers);
extern void destroy_win_aio_buffers();
/* Copyright (c) 2018, 2021, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_TYPE_INT_INCLUDED
#define SQL_TYPE_INT_INCLUDED

#include "my_bit.h" // my_count_bits()


class Null_flag
{
protected:
  bool m_is_null;
public:
  bool is_null() const { return m_is_null; }
  Null_flag(bool is_null) :m_is_null(is_null) { }
};


class Longlong
{
protected:
  longlong m_value;
public:
  longlong value() const { return m_value; }
  Longlong(longlong nr) :m_value(nr) { }
  ulonglong abs()
  {
    if (m_value == LONGLONG_MIN) // avoid undefined behavior
      return ((ulonglong) LONGLONG_MAX) + 1;
    return m_value < 0 ? -m_value : m_value;
  }
};


class Longlong_null: public Longlong, public Null_flag
{
public:
  Longlong_null(longlong nr, bool is_null)
   :Longlong(nr), Null_flag(is_null)
  { }
  explicit Longlong_null()
   :Longlong(0), Null_flag(true)
  { }
  explicit Longlong_null(longlong nr)
   :Longlong(nr), Null_flag(false)
  { }
  Longlong_null operator|(const Longlong_null &other) const
  {
    if (is_null() || other.is_null())
      return Longlong_null();
    return Longlong_null(value() | other.value());
  }
  Longlong_null operator&(const Longlong_null &other) const
  {
    if (is_null() || other.is_null())
      return Longlong_null();
    return Longlong_null(value() & other.value());
  }
  Longlong_null operator^(const Longlong_null &other) const
  {
    if (is_null() || other.is_null())
      return Longlong_null();
    return Longlong_null((longlong) (value() ^ other.value()));
  }
  Longlong_null operator~() const
  {
    if (is_null())
      return *this;
    return Longlong_null((longlong) ~ (ulonglong) value());
  }
  Longlong_null operator<<(const Longlong_null &llshift) const
  {
    ulonglong res;
    uint shift;
    if (is_null() || llshift.is_null())
      return Longlong_null();
    shift= (uint) llshift.value();
    res= 0;
    if (shift < sizeof(longlong) * 8)
      res= ((ulonglong) value()) << shift;
    return Longlong_null((longlong) res);
  }
  Longlong_null operator>>(const Longlong_null &llshift) const
  {
    ulonglong res;
    uint shift;
    if (is_null() || llshift.is_null())
      return Longlong_null();
    shift= (uint) llshift.value();
    res= 0;
    if (shift < sizeof(longlong) * 8)
      res= ((ulonglong) value()) >> shift;
    return Longlong_null(res);
  }
  Longlong_null bit_count() const
  {
    if (is_null())
      return *this;
    return Longlong_null((longlong) my_count_bits((ulonglong) value()));
  }
};


class ULonglong
{
protected:
  ulonglong m_value;
public:
  ulonglong value() const { return m_value; }
  explicit ULonglong(ulonglong nr) :m_value(nr) { }

  static bool test_if_sum_overflows_ull(ulonglong arg1, ulonglong arg2)
  {
    return ULONGLONG_MAX - arg1 < arg2;
  }

  Longlong_null operator-() const
  {
    if (m_value > (ulonglong) LONGLONG_MAX) // Avoid undefined behaviour
    {
      return m_value == (ulonglong) LONGLONG_MAX + 1 ?
             Longlong_null(LONGLONG_MIN, false) :
             Longlong_null(0, true);
    }
    return Longlong_null(-(longlong) m_value, false);
  }

  // Convert to Longlong_null with the range check
  Longlong_null to_longlong_null() const
  {
    if (m_value > (ulonglong) LONGLONG_MAX)
      return Longlong_null(0, true);
    return Longlong_null((longlong) m_value, false);
  }

};


class ULonglong_null: public ULonglong, public Null_flag
{
public:
  ULonglong_null(ulonglong nr, bool is_null)
   :ULonglong(nr), Null_flag(is_null)
  { }

  /*
    Multiply two ulonglong values.

    Let a = a1 * 2^32 + a0 and b = b1 * 2^32 + b0. Then
    a * b = (a1 * 2^32 + a0) * (b1 * 2^32 + b0) = a1 * b1 * 2^64 +
            + (a1 * b0 + a0 * b1) * 2^32 + a0 * b0;
    We can determine if the above sum overflows the ulonglong range by
    sequentially checking the following conditions:
    1. If both a1 and b1 are non-zero.
    2. Otherwise, if (a1 * b0 + a0 * b1) is greater than ULONG_MAX.
    3. Otherwise, if (a1 * b0 + a0 * b1) * 2^32 + a0 * b0 is greater than
    ULONGLONG_MAX.
  */
  static ULonglong_null ullmul(ulonglong a, ulonglong b)
  {
    ulong a1= (ulong)(a >> 32);
    ulong b1= (ulong)(b >> 32);

    if (a1 && b1)
      return ULonglong_null(0, true);

    ulong a0= (ulong)(0xFFFFFFFFUL & a);
    ulong b0= (ulong)(0xFFFFFFFFUL & b);

    ulonglong res1= (ulonglong) a1 * b0 + (ulonglong) a0 * b1;
    if (res1 > 0xFFFFFFFFUL)
      return ULonglong_null(0, true);

    res1= res1 << 32;
    ulonglong res0= (ulonglong) a0 * b0;

    if (test_if_sum_overflows_ull(res1, res0))
      return ULonglong_null(0, true);
    return ULonglong_null(res1 + res0, false);
  }
};


// A longlong/ulonglong hybrid. Good to store results of val_int().
class Longlong_hybrid: public Longlong
{
protected:
  bool m_unsigned;
  int cmp_signed(const Longlong_hybrid& other) const
  {
    return m_value < other.m_value ? -1 : m_value == other.m_value ? 0 : 1;
  }
  int cmp_unsigned(const Longlong_hybrid& other) const
  {
    return (ulonglong) m_value < (ulonglong) other.m_value ? -1 :
            m_value == other.m_value ? 0 : 1;
  }
public:
  Longlong_hybrid(longlong nr, bool unsigned_flag)
   :Longlong(nr), m_unsigned(unsigned_flag)
  { }
  bool is_unsigned() const { return m_unsigned; }
  bool is_unsigned_outside_of_signed_range() const
  {
    return m_unsigned && ((ulonglong) m_value) > (ulonglong) LONGLONG_MAX;
  }
  bool neg() const { return m_value < 0 && !m_unsigned; }
  ulonglong abs() const
  {
    if (m_unsigned)
      return (ulonglong) m_value;
    return Longlong(m_value).abs();
  }
  /*
    Convert to an unsigned number:
    - Negative numbers are converted to 0.
    - Positive numbers bigger than upper_bound are converted to upper_bound.
    - Other numbers are returned as is.
  */
  ulonglong to_ulonglong(ulonglong upper_bound) const
  {
    return neg() ? 0 :
           (ulonglong) m_value > upper_bound ? upper_bound :
           (ulonglong) m_value;
  }
  uint to_uint(uint upper_bound) const
  {
    return (uint) to_ulonglong(upper_bound);
  }


  Longlong_null val_int_signed() const
  {
    if (m_unsigned)
      return ULonglong((ulonglong) m_value).to_longlong_null();
    return Longlong_null(m_value, false);
  }

  Longlong_null val_int_unsigned() const
  {
    if (!m_unsigned && m_value < 0)
      return Longlong_null(0, true);
    return Longlong_null(m_value, false);
  }

  /*
    Return in Item compatible val_int() format:
    - signed numbers as a straight longlong value
    - unsigned numbers as a ulonglong value reinterpreted to longlong
  */
  Longlong_null val_int(bool want_unsigned_value) const
  {
    return want_unsigned_value ? val_int_unsigned() :
                                 val_int_signed();
  }

  int cmp(const Longlong_hybrid& other) const
  {
    if (m_unsigned == other.m_unsigned)
      return m_unsigned ? cmp_unsigned(other) : cmp_signed(other);
    if (is_unsigned_outside_of_signed_range())
      return 1;
    if (other.is_unsigned_outside_of_signed_range())
      return -1;
    /*
      The unsigned argument is in the range 0..LONGLONG_MAX.
      The signed argument is in the range LONGLONG_MIN..LONGLONG_MAX.
      Safe to compare as signed.
    */
    return cmp_signed(other);
  }
  bool operator==(const Longlong_hybrid &nr) const
  {
    return cmp(nr) == 0;
  }
  bool operator==(ulonglong nr) const
  {
    return cmp(Longlong_hybrid((longlong) nr, true)) == 0;
  }
  bool operator==(uint nr) const
  {
    return cmp(Longlong_hybrid((longlong) nr, true)) == 0;
  }
  bool operator==(longlong nr) const
  {
    return cmp(Longlong_hybrid(nr, false)) == 0;
  }
  bool operator==(int nr) const
  {
    return cmp(Longlong_hybrid(nr, false)) == 0;
  }
};


class Longlong_hybrid_null: public Longlong_hybrid,
                            public Null_flag
{
public:
  Longlong_hybrid_null(const Longlong_null &nr, bool unsigned_flag)
   :Longlong_hybrid(nr.value(), unsigned_flag),
    Null_flag(nr.is_null())
  { }
};


/*
  Stores the absolute value of a number, and the sign.
  Value range: -ULONGLONG_MAX .. +ULONGLONG_MAX.

  Provides a wider range for negative numbers than Longlong_hybrid does.
  Usefull to store intermediate results of an expression whose value
  is further needed to be negated. For example, these methods:
    - Item_func_mul::int_op()
    - Item_func_int_div::val_int()
    - Item_func_mod::int_op()
  calculate the result of absolute values of the arguments,
  then optionally negate the result.
*/
class ULonglong_hybrid: public ULonglong
{
  bool m_neg;
public:
  ULonglong_hybrid(ulonglong value, bool neg)
   :ULonglong(value), m_neg(neg)
  {
    if (m_neg && !m_value)
      m_neg= false;        // convert -0 to +0
  }
  Longlong_null val_int_unsigned() const
  {
    return m_neg ? Longlong_null(0, true) :
                   Longlong_null((longlong) m_value, false);
  }
  Longlong_null val_int_signed() const
  {
    return m_neg ? -ULonglong(m_value) : ULonglong::to_longlong_null();
  }

  /*
    Return in Item compatible val_int() format:
    - signed numbers as a straight longlong value
    - unsigned numbers as a ulonglong value reinterpreted to longlong
  */
  Longlong_null val_int(bool want_unsigned_value) const
  {
    return want_unsigned_value ? val_int_unsigned() :
                                 val_int_signed();
  }
};


#endif // SQL_TYPE_INT_INCLUDED
#ifndef KEYCACHES_INCLUDED
#define KEYCACHES_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2002, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#include "sql_list.h"
#include <keycache.h>
#include <rpl_filter.h>

extern "C"
{
  typedef int (*process_key_cache_t) (const char *, KEY_CACHE *, void *);
}

class NAMED_ILINK;

class NAMED_ILIST: public I_List<NAMED_ILINK>
{
  public:
  void delete_elements(void (*free_element)(const char*, void*));
  bool delete_element(const char *name, size_t length, void (*free_element)(const char*, void*));
};

/* For key cache */
extern LEX_CSTRING default_base;
extern KEY_CACHE zero_key_cache;
extern NAMED_ILIST key_caches;

KEY_CACHE *create_key_cache(const char *name, size_t length);
KEY_CACHE *get_key_cache(const LEX_CSTRING *cache_name);
KEY_CACHE *get_or_create_key_cache(const char *name, size_t length);
void free_key_cache(const char *name, void *key_cache);
bool process_key_caches(process_key_cache_t func, void *param);

/* For Rpl_filter */
extern LEX_CSTRING default_rpl_filter_base;
extern NAMED_ILIST rpl_filters;

Rpl_filter *create_rpl_filter(const char *name, size_t length);
Rpl_filter *get_rpl_filter(LEX_CSTRING *filter_name);
Rpl_filter *get_or_create_rpl_filter(const char *name, size_t length);
void free_all_rpl_filters(void);

#endif /* KEYCACHES_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_UPDATE_INCLUDED
#define SQL_UPDATE_INCLUDED

#include "sql_class.h"                          /* enum_duplicates */
#include "sql_cmd.h"                            // Sql_cmd_dml
#include "sql_base.h"

class Item;
struct TABLE_LIST;
class THD;

typedef class st_select_lex SELECT_LEX;
typedef class st_select_lex_unit SELECT_LEX_UNIT;

bool check_unique_table(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list);
bool records_are_comparable(const TABLE *table);
bool compare_record(const TABLE *table);

/**
   @class Sql_cmd_update - class used for any UPDATE statements

   This class is derived from Sql_cmd_dml and contains implementations
   for abstract virtual function of the latter such as precheck() and
   prepare_inner(). It also overrides the implementation of execute_inner()
   providing a special handling for single-table update statements that
   are not converted to multi-table updates.
   The class provides an object of the Multiupdate_prelocking_strategy class
   for the virtual function get_dml_prelocking_strategy().
*/
class Sql_cmd_update final : public Sql_cmd_dml
{
public:
  ha_rows found{0}, updated{0};
  Sql_cmd_update(bool multitable_arg)
    : orig_multitable(multitable_arg), multitable(multitable_arg)
  {}

  enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const override
  {
    return orig_multitable ? SQLCOM_UPDATE_MULTI : SQLCOM_UPDATE;
  }

  DML_prelocking_strategy *get_dml_prelocking_strategy() override
  {
    return &multiupdate_prelocking_strategy;
  }

  bool processing_as_multitable_update_prohibited(THD *thd);

  bool is_multitable() const { return multitable; }

  void set_as_multitable() { multitable= true; }

  void get_dml_stat (ha_rows &found, ha_rows &changed) override
  {

     found= this->found;
     changed= this->updated;
  }

protected:
  /**
    @brief Perform precheck of table privileges for update statements
  */
  bool precheck(THD *thd) override;

  /**
    @brief Perform context analysis for update statements
  */
  bool prepare_inner(THD *thd) override;

  /**
    @brief Perform optimization and execution actions needed for updates
  */
  bool execute_inner(THD *thd) override;

private:

  /**
    @brief Special handling of single-table updates after prepare phase
  */
  bool update_single_table(THD *thd);

  /* Original value of the 'multitable' flag set by constructor */
  const bool orig_multitable;

  /*
    True if the statement is a multi-table update or converted to such.
    For a single-table update this flag is set to true if the statement
    is supposed to be converted to multi-table update.
  */
  bool multitable;

  /* The prelocking strategy used when opening the used tables */
  Multiupdate_prelocking_strategy multiupdate_prelocking_strategy;

 public:
  /* The list of the updating expressions used in the set clause */
  List<Item> *update_value_list;
};

#endif /* SQL_UPDATE_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright 2010-2023 Codership Oy <http://www.codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA
 */

//! @file declares symbols private to wsrep integration layer

#ifndef WSREP_PRIV_H
#define WSREP_PRIV_H

#include "wsrep_api.h"
#include "wsrep/server_state.hpp"

ssize_t wsrep_sst_prepare   (void** msg);
wsrep_cb_status wsrep_sst_donate_cb (void* app_ctx,
                                     void* recv_ctx,
                                     const wsrep_buf_t* msg,
                                     const wsrep_gtid_t* state_id,
                                     const wsrep_buf_t* state,
                                     bool bypass);

extern wsrep_uuid_t  local_uuid;
extern wsrep_seqno_t local_seqno;

// a helper function
bool wsrep_sst_received(THD*, const wsrep_uuid_t&, wsrep_seqno_t,
                        const void*, size_t);

void wsrep_notify_status(enum wsrep::server_state::state status,
                         const wsrep::view* view= 0);

#endif /* WSREP_PRIV_H */
/* Copyright (c) 2012, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  51 Franklin Street, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef PFS_METADATA_PROVIDER_H
#define PFS_METADATA_PROVIDER_H

/**
  @file include/pfs_metadata_provider.h
  Performance schema instrumentation (declarations).
*/

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_METADATA_INTERFACE
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
#ifndef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"

#define PSI_METADATA_CALL(M) pfs_ ## M ## _v1

C_MODE_START

PSI_metadata_lock* pfs_create_metadata_lock_v1
  (void *identity,
   const MDL_key *key,
   opaque_mdl_type mdl_type,
   opaque_mdl_duration mdl_duration,
   opaque_mdl_status mdl_status,
   const char *src_file,
   uint src_line);

void pfs_set_metadata_lock_status_v1
  (PSI_metadata_lock *lock,
   opaque_mdl_status mdl_status);

void pfs_destroy_metadata_lock_v1(PSI_metadata_lock *lock);

struct PSI_metadata_locker*
pfs_start_metadata_wait_v1
  (struct PSI_metadata_locker_state_v1 *state,
   struct PSI_metadata_lock *mdl,
   const char *src_file, uint src_line);

void pfs_end_metadata_wait_v1
  (struct PSI_metadata_locker *locker, int rc);

C_MODE_END

#endif /* MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN */
#endif /* EMBEDDED_LIBRARY */
#endif /* MYSQL_SERVER */
#endif /* HAVE_PSI_METADATA_INTERFACE */

#endif

/* Copyright (C) 2006-2008 MySQL AB, 2008-2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2019, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
   (at your option) any later version.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/* This file should be included when using maria functions */

#ifndef _maria_h
#define _maria_h
#include <my_base.h>
#include <m_ctype.h>
#include "my_compare.h"
#include "ft_global.h"
#include <myisamchk.h>

#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define MARIA_UNIQUE_HASH_LENGTH	4
extern my_bool maria_delay_key_write;
uint maria_max_key_length(void);
#define maria_max_key_segments() HA_MAX_KEY_SEG

struct st_maria_bit_buff;
struct st_maria_page;
struct st_maria_s_param;
struct st_maria_share;
typedef struct st_maria_decode_tree  MARIA_DECODE_TREE;
typedef struct st_maria_handler MARIA_HA;
typedef struct st_maria_key MARIA_KEY;
typedef ulonglong MARIA_RECORD_POS;

typedef struct st_maria_keydef          /* Key definition with open & info */
{
  struct st_maria_share *share;         /* Pointer to base (set in open) */
  mysql_rwlock_t root_lock;                  /* locking of tree */
  uint16 keysegs;                       /* Number of key-segment */
  uint16 flag;                          /* NOSAME, PACK_USED */

  uint8 key_alg;                        /* BTREE, RTREE */
  uint8 key_nr;				/* key number (auto) */
  uint16 block_length;                  /* Length of keyblock (auto) */
  uint16 underflow_block_length;        /* When to execute underflow */
  uint16 keylength;                     /* Tot length of keyparts (auto) */
  uint16 minlength;                     /* min length of (packed) key (auto) */
  uint16 maxlength;                     /* max length of (packed) key (auto) */
  uint16 max_store_length;              /* Size to store key + overhead */
  uint32 write_comp_flag;		/* compare flag for write key (auto) */
  uint32 version;                       /* For concurrent read/write */
  uint32 ftkey_nr;                      /* full-text index number */

  HA_KEYSEG *seg, *end;
  struct st_mysql_ftparser *parser;     /* Fulltext [pre]parser */
  int (*bin_search)(const MARIA_KEY *key, const struct st_maria_page *page,
                    uint32 comp_flag, uchar **ret_pos, uchar *buff,
                    my_bool *was_last_key);
  uint (*get_key)(MARIA_KEY *key, uint page_flag, uint nod_flag,
                  uchar **page);
  uchar *(*skip_key)(MARIA_KEY *key, uint page_flag, uint nod_flag,
                     uchar *page);
  int (*pack_key)(const MARIA_KEY *key, uint nod_flag,
		  uchar *next_key, uchar *org_key, uchar *prev_key,
		  struct st_maria_s_param *s_temp);
  void (*store_key)(struct st_maria_keydef *keyinfo, uchar *key_pos,
		    struct st_maria_s_param *s_temp);
  my_bool (*ck_insert)(MARIA_HA *inf, MARIA_KEY *key);
  my_bool (*ck_delete)(MARIA_HA *inf, MARIA_KEY *klen);
  MARIA_KEY *(*make_key)(MARIA_HA *info, MARIA_KEY *int_key, uint keynr,
                         uchar *key, const uchar *record,
                         MARIA_RECORD_POS filepos, ulonglong trid);
} MARIA_KEYDEF;


typedef struct st_maria_unique_def	/* Segment definition of unique */
{
  uint16 keysegs;                       /* Number of key-segment */
  uint8 key;                            /* Mapped to which key */
  uint8 null_are_equal;
  HA_KEYSEG *seg, *end;
} MARIA_UNIQUEDEF;

/*
  Note that null markers should always be first in a row !
  When creating a column, one should only specify:
  type, length, null_bit and null_pos
*/

typedef struct st_maria_columndef		/* column information */
{
  enum en_fieldtype type;
  uint32 offset;				/* Offset to position in row */
  uint16 length;				/* length of field */
  uint16 column_nr;
  /* Intern variable (size of total storage area for the row) */
  uint16 fill_length;
  uint16 null_pos;				/* Position for null marker */
  uint16 empty_pos;                             /* Position for empty marker */
  uint8 null_bit;				/* If column may be NULL */
  /* Intern. Set if column should be zero packed (part of empty_bits) */
  uint8 empty_bit;

#ifndef NOT_PACKED_DATABASES
  void(*unpack)(struct st_maria_columndef *rec,
                struct st_maria_bit_buff *buff,
                uchar *start, uchar *end);
  enum en_fieldtype base_type;
  uint space_length_bits, pack_type;
  MARIA_DECODE_TREE *huff_tree;
#endif
} MARIA_COLUMNDEF;


typedef struct st_maria_create_info
{
  const char *index_file_name, *data_file_name; /* If using symlinks */
  ha_rows max_rows;
  ha_rows reloc_rows;
  ulonglong auto_increment;
  ulonglong data_file_length;
  ulonglong key_file_length;
  ulong s3_block_size;
  /* Size of null bitmap at start of row */
  uint null_bytes;
  uint old_options;
  uint compression_algorithm;
  enum data_file_type org_data_file_type;
  uint16 language;
  my_bool with_auto_increment, transactional, encrypted;
} MARIA_CREATE_INFO;

extern int maria_create(const char *name, enum data_file_type record_type,
                        uint keys, MARIA_KEYDEF *keydef,
                        uint columns, MARIA_COLUMNDEF *columndef,
                        uint uniques, MARIA_UNIQUEDEF *uniquedef,
                        MARIA_CREATE_INFO *create_info, uint flags);

#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif

/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_UNION_INCLUDED
#define SQL_UNION_INCLUDED

class THD;
class select_result;
struct LEX;

typedef class st_select_lex_unit SELECT_LEX_UNIT;

bool mysql_union(THD *thd, LEX *lex, select_result *result,
                 SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit, ulonglong setup_tables_done_option);


#endif /* SQL_UNION_INCLUDED */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2002, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2013, Monty Program Ab.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _spatial_h
#define _spatial_h

#include "sql_string.h"                         /* String, LEX_STRING */
#include <my_compiler.h>
#include <json_lib.h>

#ifdef HAVE_SPATIAL

class Gis_read_stream;

#include "gcalc_tools.h"

const uint SRID_SIZE= 4;
const uint SIZEOF_STORED_DOUBLE= 8;
const uint POINT_DATA_SIZE= (SIZEOF_STORED_DOUBLE * 2); 
const uint WKB_HEADER_SIZE= 1+4;
const uint32 GET_SIZE_ERROR= ((uint32) -1);

struct st_point_2d
{
  double x;
  double y;
};

struct st_linear_ring
{
  uint32 n_points;
  st_point_2d points;
};

/***************************** MBR *******************************/


/*
  It's ok that a lot of the functions are inline as these are only used once
  in MySQL
*/

struct MBR
{
  double xmin, ymin, xmax, ymax;

  MBR()
  {
    xmin= ymin= DBL_MAX;
    xmax= ymax= -DBL_MAX;
  }

  MBR(const double xmin_arg, const double ymin_arg,
      const double xmax_arg, const double ymax_arg)
    :xmin(xmin_arg), ymin(ymin_arg), xmax(xmax_arg), ymax(ymax_arg)
  {}

  MBR(const st_point_2d &min, const st_point_2d &max)
    :xmin(min.x), ymin(min.y), xmax(max.x), ymax(max.y)
  {}

  MBR(const MBR &mbr1, const MBR &mbr2)
    :xmin(mbr1.xmin), ymin(mbr1.ymin), xmax(mbr1.xmax), ymax(mbr1.ymax)
  { add_mbr(&mbr2); }

  inline void add_xy(double x, double y)
  {
    /* Not using "else" for proper one point MBR calculation */
    if (x < xmin)
      xmin= x;
    if (x > xmax)
      xmax= x;
    if (y < ymin)
      ymin= y;
    if (y > ymax)
      ymax= y;
  }
  void add_xy(const char *px, const char *py)
  {
    double x, y;
    float8get(x, px);
    float8get(y, py);
    add_xy(x,y);
  }
  void add_mbr(const MBR *mbr)
  {
    if (mbr->xmin < xmin)
      xmin= mbr->xmin;
    if (mbr->xmax > xmax)
      xmax= mbr->xmax;
    if (mbr->ymin < ymin)
      ymin= mbr->ymin;
    if (mbr->ymax > ymax)
      ymax= mbr->ymax;
  }
  void buffer(double d)
  {
    xmin-= d;
    ymin-= d;
    xmax+= d;
    ymax+= d;
  }

  int equals(const MBR *mbr)
  {
    /* The following should be safe, even if we compare doubles */
    return ((mbr->xmin == xmin) && (mbr->ymin == ymin) &&
	    (mbr->xmax == xmax) && (mbr->ymax == ymax));
  }

  int disjoint(const MBR *mbr)
  {
    /* The following should be safe, even if we compare doubles */
    return ((mbr->xmin > xmax) || (mbr->ymin > ymax) ||
	    (mbr->xmax < xmin) || (mbr->ymax < ymin));
  }

  int intersects(const MBR *mbr)
  {
    return !disjoint(mbr);
  }

  int touches(const MBR *mbr)
  {
    /* The following should be safe, even if we compare doubles */
    return ((mbr->xmin == xmax || mbr->xmax == xmin) &&
            ((mbr->ymin >= ymin && mbr->ymin <= ymax) ||
             (mbr->ymax >= ymin && mbr->ymax <= ymax))) ||
           ((mbr->ymin == ymax || mbr->ymax == ymin) &&
            ((mbr->xmin >= xmin && mbr->xmin <= xmax) ||
             (mbr->xmax >= xmin && mbr->xmax <= xmax)));
  }

  int within(const MBR *mbr);

  int contains(const MBR *mbr)
  {
    /* The following should be safe, even if we compare doubles */
    return ((mbr->xmin >= xmin) && (mbr->ymin >= ymin) &&
	    (mbr->xmax <= xmax) && (mbr->ymax <= ymax));
  }

  bool inner_point(double x, double y) const
  {
    /* The following should be safe, even if we compare doubles */
    return (xmin<x) && (xmax>x) && (ymin<y) && (ymax>y);
  }

  /**
    The dimension maps to an integer as:
    - Polygon -> 2
    - Horizontal or vertical line -> 1
    - Point -> 0
    - Invalid MBR -> -1
  */
  int dimension() const
  {
    int d= 0;

    if (xmin > xmax)
      return -1;
    else if (xmin < xmax)
      d++;

    if (ymin > ymax)
      return -1;
    else if (ymin < ymax)
      d++;

    return d;
  }

  int overlaps(const MBR *mbr)
  {
    /*
      overlaps() requires that some point inside *this is also inside
      *mbr, and that both geometries and their intersection are of the
      same dimension.
    */
    int d = dimension();

    if (d != mbr->dimension() || d <= 0 || contains(mbr) || within(mbr))
      return 0;

    MBR intersection(MY_MAX(xmin, mbr->xmin), MY_MAX(ymin, mbr->ymin),
                     MY_MIN(xmax, mbr->xmax), MY_MIN(ymax, mbr->ymax));

    return (d == intersection.dimension());
  }

  int valid() const
  { return xmin <= xmax && ymin <= ymax; }
};


/***************************** Geometry *******************************/

struct Geometry_buffer;

class Geometry
{
public:
  Geometry() = default;                              /* Remove gcc warning */
  virtual ~Geometry() = default;                     /* Remove gcc warning */
  static void *operator new(size_t size, void *buffer)
  {
    return buffer;
  }

  static void operator delete(void *ptr, void *buffer)
  {}

  static void operator delete(void *buffer)
  {}

  enum wkbType
  {
    wkb_point= 1,
    wkb_linestring= 2,
    wkb_polygon= 3,
    wkb_multipoint= 4,
    wkb_multilinestring= 5,
    wkb_multipolygon= 6,
    wkb_geometrycollection= 7,
    wkb_last=7
  };
  enum wkbByteOrder
  {
    wkb_xdr= 0,    /* Big Endian */
    wkb_ndr= 1     /* Little Endian */
  };
  enum geojson_errors
  {
    GEOJ_INCORRECT_GEOJSON= 1,
    GEOJ_TOO_FEW_POINTS= 2,
    GEOJ_POLYGON_NOT_CLOSED= 3,
    GEOJ_DIMENSION_NOT_SUPPORTED= 4,
    GEOJ_EMPTY_COORDINATES= 5,
  };


  /** Callback which creates Geometry objects on top of a given placement. */
  typedef Geometry *(*create_geom_t)(char *);

  class Class_info
  {
  public:
    LEX_STRING m_name;
    LEX_STRING m_geojson_name;
    int m_type_id;
    create_geom_t m_create_func;
    Class_info(const char *name, const char *gejson_name,
               int type_id, create_geom_t create_func);
  };

  virtual const Class_info *get_class_info() const=0;
  virtual uint32 get_data_size() const=0;

  /*
    The 'binary_valid' spatial object can be stored in the database
    and be the correct argument to the spatial functions.
    It can still be not valid by the OPENGIS standard like
    having self-intersecting borders.
  */
  bool is_binary_valid() const
  {
    uint32 data_size= get_data_size();

    return (data_size == GET_SIZE_ERROR) ? false : !no_data(m_data, data_size);
  }
  virtual bool init_from_wkt(Gis_read_stream *trs, String *wkb)=0;
  /* returns the length of the wkb that was read */
  virtual uint init_from_wkb(const char *wkb, uint len, wkbByteOrder bo,
                             String *res)=0;
  virtual uint init_from_opresult(String *bin,
                                  const char *opres, uint res_len)
  { return init_from_wkb(opres + 4, UINT_MAX32, wkb_ndr, bin) + 4; }
  virtual bool init_from_json(json_engine_t *je, bool er_on_3D, String *wkb)
  { return true; }

  virtual bool get_data_as_wkt(String *txt, const char **end) const=0;
  virtual bool get_data_as_json(String *txt, uint max_dec_digits,
                                const char **end) const=0;
  virtual bool get_mbr(MBR *mbr, const char **end) const=0;
  virtual bool dimension(uint32 *dim, const char **end) const=0;
  virtual int get_x(double *x) const { return -1; }
  virtual int get_y(double *y) const { return -1; }
  virtual int geom_length(double *len, const char **end) const  { return -1; }
  virtual int area(double *ar, const char **end) const { return -1;}
  virtual int is_closed(int *closed) const { return -1; }
  virtual int num_interior_ring(uint32 *n_int_rings) const { return -1; }
  virtual int num_points(uint32 *n_points) const { return -1; }
  virtual int num_geometries(uint32 *num) const { return -1; }
  virtual int start_point(String *point) const { return -1; }
  virtual int end_point(String *point) const { return -1; }
  virtual int exterior_ring(String *ring) const { return -1; }
  virtual int centroid(String *point) const { return -1; }
  virtual int point_n(uint32 num, String *result) const { return -1; }
  virtual int interior_ring_n(uint32 num, String *result) const { return -1; }
  virtual int geometry_n(uint32 num, String *result) const { return -1; }
  virtual int store_shapes(Gcalc_shape_transporter *trn) const=0;

public:
  static Geometry *create_by_typeid(Geometry_buffer *buffer, int type_id);

  static Geometry *construct(Geometry_buffer *buffer,
                             const char *data, uint32 data_len);
  static Geometry *create_from_wkt(Geometry_buffer *buffer,
				   Gis_read_stream *trs, String *wkt,
				   bool init_stream=1);
  static Geometry *create_from_wkb(Geometry_buffer *buffer,
                                   const char *wkb, uint32 len, String *res);
  static Geometry *create_from_json(Geometry_buffer *buffer, json_engine_t *je,
                                    bool er_on_3D, String *res);
  static Geometry *create_from_opresult(Geometry_buffer *g_buf,
                                  String *res, Gcalc_result_receiver &rr);
  static uint get_key_image_itMBR(LEX_CSTRING &src, uchar *buff, uint length);
  int as_wkt(String *wkt, const char **end);
  int as_json(String *wkt, uint max_dec_digits, const char **end);
  int bbox_as_json(String *wkt);

  inline void set_data_ptr(const char *data, uint32 data_len)
  {
    m_data= data;
    m_data_end= data + data_len;
  }

  inline void shift_wkb_header()
  {
    m_data+= WKB_HEADER_SIZE;
  }

  const char *get_data_ptr() const
  {
    return m_data;
  }

  bool envelope(String *result) const;
  static Class_info *ci_collection[wkb_last+1];

  static bool create_point(String *result, double x, double y);
protected:
  static Class_info *find_class(int type_id)
  {
    return ((type_id < wkb_point) || (type_id > wkb_last)) ?
      NULL : ci_collection[type_id];
  }  
  static Class_info *find_class(const char *name, size_t len);
  const char *append_points(String *txt, uint32 n_points,
			    const char *data, uint32 offset) const;
  bool create_point(String *result, const char *data) const;
  const char *get_mbr_for_points(MBR *mbr, const char *data, uint offset)
    const;

public:
  /**
     Check if there're enough data remaining as requested

     @arg cur_data     pointer to the position in the binary form
     @arg data_amount  number of points expected
     @return           true if not enough data
  */
  inline bool no_data(const char *cur_data, size_t data_amount) const
  {
    return (cur_data + data_amount > m_data_end);
  }

  /**
     Check if there're enough points remaining as requested

     Need to perform the calculation in logical units, since multiplication
     can overflow the size data type.

     @arg data              pointer to the beginning of the points array
     @arg expected_points   number of points expected
     @arg extra_point_space extra space for each point element in the array
     @return               true if there are not enough points
  */
  inline bool not_enough_points(const char *data, uint32 expected_points,
                                uint32 extra_point_space = 0) const
  {
    return (m_data_end < data ||
            (expected_points > ((m_data_end - data) /
                                (POINT_DATA_SIZE + extra_point_space))));
  }
protected:
  const char *m_data;
  const char *m_data_end;
};


/***************************** Point *******************************/
 
class Gis_point: public Geometry
{
public:
  Gis_point() = default;                              /* Remove gcc warning */
  virtual ~Gis_point() = default;                     /* Remove gcc warning */
  uint32 get_data_size() const override;
  bool init_from_wkt(Gis_read_stream *trs, String *wkb) override;
  uint init_from_wkb(const char *wkb, uint len, wkbByteOrder bo, String *res) override;
  bool init_from_json(json_engine_t *je, bool er_on_3D, String *wkb) override;
  bool get_data_as_wkt(String *txt, const char **end) const override;
  bool get_data_as_json(String *txt, uint max_dec_digits,
                        const char **end) const override;
  bool get_mbr(MBR *mbr, const char **end) const override;
  
  int get_xy(double *x, double *y) const
  {
    const char *data= m_data;
    if (no_data(data, SIZEOF_STORED_DOUBLE * 2))
      return 1;
    float8get(*x, data);
    float8get(*y, data + SIZEOF_STORED_DOUBLE);
    return 0;
  }

  int get_xy_radian(double *x, double *y) const
  {
    if (!get_xy(x, y))
    {
      *x= (*x)*M_PI/180;
      *y= (*y)*M_PI/180;
      return 0;
    }
    return 1;
  }

  int get_x(double *x) const override
  {
    if (no_data(m_data, SIZEOF_STORED_DOUBLE))
      return 1;
    float8get(*x, m_data);
    return 0;
  }

  int get_y(double *y) const override
  {
    const char *data= m_data;
    if (no_data(data, SIZEOF_STORED_DOUBLE * 2)) return 1;
    float8get(*y, data + SIZEOF_STORED_DOUBLE);
    return 0;
  }

  int geom_length(double *len, const char **end) const override;
  int area(double *ar, const char **end) const override;
  bool dimension(uint32 *dim, const char **end) const override
  {
    *dim= 0;
    *end= 0;					/* No default end */
    return 0;
  }
  int store_shapes(Gcalc_shape_transporter *trn) const override;
  const Class_info *get_class_info() const override;
  double calculate_haversine(const Geometry *g, const double sphere_radius,
                             int *error);
  int spherical_distance_multipoints(Geometry *g, const double r, double *result,
                                     int *error);
};


/***************************** LineString *******************************/

class Gis_line_string: public Geometry
{
public:
  Gis_line_string() = default;                        /* Remove gcc warning */
  virtual ~Gis_line_string() = default;               /* Remove gcc warning */
  uint32 get_data_size() const override;
  bool init_from_wkt(Gis_read_stream *trs, String *wkb) override;
  uint init_from_wkb(const char *wkb, uint len, wkbByteOrder bo, String *res) override;
  bool init_from_json(json_engine_t *je, bool er_on_3D, String *wkb) override;
  bool get_data_as_wkt(String *txt, const char **end) const override;
  bool get_data_as_json(String *txt, uint max_dec_digits,
                        const char **end) const override;
  bool get_mbr(MBR *mbr, const char **end) const override;
  int geom_length(double *len, const char **end) const override;
  int area(double *ar, const char **end) const override;
  int is_closed(int *closed) const override;
  int num_points(uint32 *n_points) const override;
  int start_point(String *point) const override;
  int end_point(String *point) const override;
  int point_n(uint32 n, String *result) const override;
  bool dimension(uint32 *dim, const char **end) const override
  {
    *dim= 1;
    *end= 0;					/* No default end */
    return 0;
  }
  int store_shapes(Gcalc_shape_transporter *trn) const override;
  const Class_info *get_class_info() const override;
};


/***************************** Polygon *******************************/

class Gis_polygon: public Geometry
{
public:
  Gis_polygon() = default;                            /* Remove gcc warning */
  virtual ~Gis_polygon() = default;                   /* Remove gcc warning */
  uint32 get_data_size() const override;
  bool init_from_wkt(Gis_read_stream *trs, String *wkb) override;
  uint init_from_wkb(const char *wkb, uint len, wkbByteOrder bo, String *res) override;
  uint init_from_opresult(String *bin, const char *opres, uint res_len) override;
  bool init_from_json(json_engine_t *je, bool er_on_3D, String *wkb) override;
  bool get_data_as_wkt(String *txt, const char **end) const override;
  bool get_data_as_json(String *txt, uint max_dec_digits,
                        const char **end) const override;
  bool get_mbr(MBR *mbr, const char **end) const override;
  int area(double *ar, const char **end) const override;
  int exterior_ring(String *result) const override;
  int num_interior_ring(uint32 *n_int_rings) const override;
  int interior_ring_n(uint32 num, String *result) const override;
  int centroid_xy(double *x, double *y) const;
  int centroid(String *result) const override;
  bool dimension(uint32 *dim, const char **end) const override
  {
    *dim= 2;
    *end= 0;					/* No default end */
    return 0;
  }
  int store_shapes(Gcalc_shape_transporter *trn) const override;
  const Class_info *get_class_info() const override;
};


/***************************** MultiPoint *******************************/

class Gis_multi_point: public Geometry
{
  // Maximum number of points in MultiPoint that can fit into String
  static const uint32 max_n_points=
    (uint32) (UINT_MAX32 - WKB_HEADER_SIZE - 4 /* n_points */) /
    (WKB_HEADER_SIZE + POINT_DATA_SIZE);
public:
  Gis_multi_point() = default;                        /* Remove gcc warning */
  virtual ~Gis_multi_point() = default;               /* Remove gcc warning */
  uint32 get_data_size() const override;
  bool init_from_wkt(Gis_read_stream *trs, String *wkb) override;
  uint init_from_wkb(const char *wkb, uint len, wkbByteOrder bo, String *res) override;
  uint init_from_opresult(String *bin, const char *opres, uint res_len) override;
  bool init_from_json(json_engine_t *je, bool er_on_3D, String *wkb) override;
  bool get_data_as_wkt(String *txt, const char **end) const override;
  bool get_data_as_json(String *txt, uint max_dec_digits,
                        const char **end) const override;
  bool get_mbr(MBR *mbr, const char **end) const override;
  int num_geometries(uint32 *num) const override;
  int geometry_n(uint32 num, String *result) const override;
  bool dimension(uint32 *dim, const char **end) const override
  {
    *dim= 0;
    *end= 0;					/* No default end */
    return 0;
  }
  int store_shapes(Gcalc_shape_transporter *trn) const override;
  const Class_info *get_class_info() const override;
  int spherical_distance_multipoints(Geometry *g, const double r, double *res,
                                     int *error);
};


/***************************** MultiLineString *******************************/

class Gis_multi_line_string: public Geometry
{
public:
  Gis_multi_line_string() = default;                  /* Remove gcc warning */
  virtual ~Gis_multi_line_string() = default;         /* Remove gcc warning */
  uint32 get_data_size() const override;
  bool init_from_wkt(Gis_read_stream *trs, String *wkb) override;
  uint init_from_wkb(const char *wkb, uint len, wkbByteOrder bo, String *res) override;
  uint init_from_opresult(String *bin, const char *opres, uint res_len) override;
  bool init_from_json(json_engine_t *je, bool er_on_3D, String *wkb) override;
  bool get_data_as_wkt(String *txt, const char **end) const override;
  bool get_data_as_json(String *txt, uint max_dec_digits,
                        const char **end) const override;
  bool get_mbr(MBR *mbr, const char **end) const override;
  int num_geometries(uint32 *num) const override;
  int geometry_n(uint32 num, String *result) const override;
  int geom_length(double *len, const char **end) const override;
  int is_closed(int *closed) const override;
  bool dimension(uint32 *dim, const char **end) const override
  {
    *dim= 1;
    *end= 0;					/* No default end */
    return 0;
  }
  int store_shapes(Gcalc_shape_transporter *trn) const override;
  const Class_info *get_class_info() const override;
};


/***************************** MultiPolygon *******************************/

class Gis_multi_polygon: public Geometry
{
public:
  Gis_multi_polygon() = default;                      /* Remove gcc warning */
  virtual ~Gis_multi_polygon() = default;             /* Remove gcc warning */
  uint32 get_data_size() const override;
  bool init_from_wkt(Gis_read_stream *trs, String *wkb) override;
  uint init_from_wkb(const char *wkb, uint len, wkbByteOrder bo, String *res) override;
  bool init_from_json(json_engine_t *je, bool er_on_3D, String *wkb) override;
  bool get_data_as_wkt(String *txt, const char **end) const override;
  bool get_data_as_json(String *txt, uint max_dec_digits,
                        const char **end) const override;
  bool get_mbr(MBR *mbr, const char **end) const override;
  int num_geometries(uint32 *num) const override;
  int geometry_n(uint32 num, String *result) const override;
  int area(double *ar, const char **end) const override;
  int centroid(String *result) const override;
  bool dimension(uint32 *dim, const char **end) const override
  {
    *dim= 2;
    *end= 0;					/* No default end */
    return 0;
  }
  int store_shapes(Gcalc_shape_transporter *trn) const override;
  const Class_info *get_class_info() const override;
  uint init_from_opresult(String *bin, const char *opres, uint res_len) override;
};


/*********************** GeometryCollection *******************************/

class Gis_geometry_collection: public Geometry
{
public:
  Gis_geometry_collection() = default;                /* Remove gcc warning */
  virtual ~Gis_geometry_collection() = default;       /* Remove gcc warning */
  uint32 get_data_size() const override;
  bool init_from_wkt(Gis_read_stream *trs, String *wkb) override;
  uint init_from_wkb(const char *wkb, uint len, wkbByteOrder bo, String *res) override;
  uint init_from_opresult(String *bin, const char *opres, uint res_len) override;
  bool init_from_json(json_engine_t *je, bool er_on_3D, String *wkb) override;
  bool get_data_as_wkt(String *txt, const char **end) const override;
  bool get_data_as_json(String *txt, uint max_dec_digits,
                        const char **end) const override;
  bool get_mbr(MBR *mbr, const char **end) const override;
  int area(double *ar, const char **end) const override;
  int geom_length(double *len, const char **end) const override;
  int num_geometries(uint32 *num) const override;
  int geometry_n(uint32 num, String *result) const override;
  bool dimension(uint32 *dim, const char **end) const override;
  int store_shapes(Gcalc_shape_transporter *trn) const override;
  const Class_info *get_class_info() const override;
};

struct Geometry_buffer : public
  my_aligned_storage<sizeof(Gis_point), MY_ALIGNOF(Gis_point)> {};

#endif /*HAVE_SPATIAL*/
#endif
#ifndef FIELD_INCLUDED
#define FIELD_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2008, 2021, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/*
  Because of the function make_new_field() all field classes that have static
  variables must declare the size_of() member function.
*/

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#include "mysqld.h"                             /* system_charset_info */
#include "table.h"                              /* TABLE */
#include "sql_string.h"                         /* String */
#include "my_decimal.h"                         /* my_decimal */
#include "sql_error.h"                          /* Sql_condition */
#include "compat56.h"
#include "sql_type.h"                           /* Type_std_attributes */
#include "field_comp.h"

class Send_field;
class Copy_field;
class Protocol;
class Protocol_text;
class Create_field;
class Relay_log_info;
class Field;
class Column_statistics;
class Column_statistics_collected;
class Item_func;
class Item_bool_func;
class Item_equal;
class Virtual_tmp_table;
class Qualified_column_ident;
class Table_ident;
class SEL_ARG;
class RANGE_OPT_PARAM;
struct KEY_PART;
struct SORT_FIELD;
struct SORT_FIELD_ATTR;

enum enum_check_fields
{
  CHECK_FIELD_IGNORE,
  CHECK_FIELD_EXPRESSION,
  CHECK_FIELD_WARN,
  CHECK_FIELD_ERROR_FOR_NULL,
};

enum ignore_value_reaction
{
  IGNORE_MEANS_ERROR,
  IGNORE_MEANS_DEFAULT,
  IGNORE_MEANS_FIELD_VALUE
};

ignore_value_reaction find_ignore_reaction(THD *thd);


enum enum_conv_type
{
  CONV_TYPE_PRECISE,
  CONV_TYPE_VARIANT,
  CONV_TYPE_SUBSET_TO_SUPERSET,
  CONV_TYPE_SUPERSET_TO_SUBSET,
  CONV_TYPE_IMPOSSIBLE
};


class Conv_param
{
  uint16 m_table_def_flags;
public:
  Conv_param(uint16 table_def_flags)
   :m_table_def_flags(table_def_flags)
  { }
  uint16 table_def_flags() const { return m_table_def_flags; }
};


class Conv_source: public Type_handler_hybrid_field_type
{
  uint16 m_metadata;
  CHARSET_INFO *m_cs;
public:
  Conv_source(const Type_handler *h, uint16 metadata, CHARSET_INFO *cs)
   :Type_handler_hybrid_field_type(h),
    m_metadata(metadata),
    m_cs(cs)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(cs);
  }
  uint16 metadata() const { return m_metadata; }
  uint mbmaxlen() const { return m_cs->mbmaxlen; }
};


/*
  Common declarations for Field and Item
*/
class Value_source
{
protected:

  // Parameters for warning and note generation
  class Warn_filter
  {
    bool m_want_warning_edom;
    bool m_want_note_truncated_spaces;
  public:
    Warn_filter(bool want_warning_edom, bool want_note_truncated_spaces) :
     m_want_warning_edom(want_warning_edom),
     m_want_note_truncated_spaces(want_note_truncated_spaces)
    { }
    Warn_filter(const THD *thd);
    bool want_warning_edom() const
    { return m_want_warning_edom; }
    bool want_note_truncated_spaces() const
    { return m_want_note_truncated_spaces; }
  };
  class Warn_filter_all: public Warn_filter
  {
  public:
    Warn_filter_all() :Warn_filter(true, true) { }
  };

  class Converter_double_to_longlong
  {
  protected:
    bool m_error;
    longlong m_result;
  public:
    Converter_double_to_longlong(double nr, bool unsigned_flag);
    longlong result() const { return m_result; }
    bool error() const { return m_error; }
    void push_warning(THD *thd, double nr, bool unsigned_flag);
  };
  class Converter_double_to_longlong_with_warn:
    public Converter_double_to_longlong
  {
  public:
    Converter_double_to_longlong_with_warn(THD *thd, double nr,
                                           bool unsigned_flag)
      :Converter_double_to_longlong(nr, unsigned_flag)
    {
      if (m_error)
        push_warning(thd, nr, unsigned_flag);
    }
    Converter_double_to_longlong_with_warn(double nr, bool unsigned_flag)
      :Converter_double_to_longlong(nr, unsigned_flag)
    {
      if (m_error)
        push_warning(current_thd, nr, unsigned_flag);
    }
  };

  // String-to-number converters
  class Converter_string_to_number
  {
  protected:
    char *m_end_of_num; // Where the low-level conversion routine stopped
    int m_error;        // The error code returned by the low-level routine
    bool m_edom;        // If EDOM-alike error happened during conversion
    /**
      Check string-to-number conversion and produce a warning if
      - could not convert any digits (EDOM-alike error)
      - found garbage at the end of the string
      - found extra spaces at the end (a note)
      See also Field_num::check_edom_and_truncation() for a similar function.

      @param thd         - the thread that will be used to generate warnings.
                           Can be NULL (which means current_thd will be used
                           if a warning is really necessary).
      @param type        - name of the data type
                           (e.g. "INTEGER", "DECIMAL", "DOUBLE")
      @param cs          - character set of the original string
      @param str         - the original string
      @param end         - the end of the string
      @param allow_notes - tells if trailing space notes should be displayed
                           or suppressed.

      Unlike Field_num::check_edom_and_truncation(), this function does not
      distinguish between EDOM and truncation and reports the same warning for
      both cases. Perhaps we should eventually print different warnings,
      to make the explicit CAST work closer to the implicit cast in
      Field_xxx::store().
    */
    void check_edom_and_truncation(THD *thd, Warn_filter filter,
                                   const char *type,
                                   CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                   const char *str,
                                   size_t length) const;
  public:
    int error() const { return m_error; }
  };

  class Converter_strntod: public Converter_string_to_number
  {
    double m_result;
  public:
    Converter_strntod(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *str, size_t length)
    {
      m_result= cs->strntod((char *) str, length, &m_end_of_num, &m_error);
      // strntod() does not set an error if the input string was empty
      m_edom= m_error !=0 || str == m_end_of_num;
    }
    double result() const { return m_result; }
  };

  class Converter_string_to_longlong: public Converter_string_to_number
  {
  protected:
    longlong m_result;
  public:
    longlong result() const { return m_result; }
  };

  class Converter_strntoll: public Converter_string_to_longlong
  {
  public:
    Converter_strntoll(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *str, size_t length)
    {
      m_result= cs->strntoll(str, length, 10, &m_end_of_num, &m_error);
      /*
         All non-zero errors means EDOM error.
         strntoll() does not set an error if the input string was empty.
         Check it here.
         Notice the different with the same condition in Converter_strntoll10.
      */
      m_edom= m_error != 0 || str == m_end_of_num;
    }
  };

  class Converter_strtoll10: public Converter_string_to_longlong
  {
  public:
    Converter_strtoll10(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *str, size_t length)
    {
      m_end_of_num= (char *) str + length;
      m_result= cs->strtoll10(str, &m_end_of_num, &m_error);
      /*
        Negative error means "good negative number".
        Only a positive m_error value means a real error.
        strtoll10() sets error to MY_ERRNO_EDOM in case of an empty string,
        so we don't have to additionally catch empty strings here.
      */
      m_edom= m_error > 0;
    }
  };

  class Converter_str2my_decimal: public Converter_string_to_number
  {
  public:
    Converter_str2my_decimal(uint mask,
                             CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *str, size_t length,
                             my_decimal *buf)
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(length < UINT_MAX32);
      m_error= str2my_decimal(mask, str, length, cs,
                              buf, (const char **) &m_end_of_num);
      // E_DEC_TRUNCATED means a very minor truncation: '1e-100' -> 0
      m_edom= m_error && m_error != E_DEC_TRUNCATED;
    }
  };


  // String-to-number converters with automatic warning generation
  class Converter_strntod_with_warn: public Converter_strntod
  {
  public:
    Converter_strntod_with_warn(THD *thd, Warn_filter filter,
                                CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                const char *str, size_t length)
      :Converter_strntod(cs, str, length)
    {
      check_edom_and_truncation(thd, filter, "DOUBLE", cs, str, length);
    }
  };

  class Converter_strntoll_with_warn: public Converter_strntoll
  {
  public:
    Converter_strntoll_with_warn(THD *thd, Warn_filter filter,
                                 CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                 const char *str, size_t length)
      :Converter_strntoll(cs, str, length)
    {
      check_edom_and_truncation(thd, filter, "INTEGER", cs, str, length);
    }
  };

  class Converter_strtoll10_with_warn: public Converter_strtoll10
  {
  public:
    Converter_strtoll10_with_warn(THD *thd, Warn_filter filter,
                                 CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                 const char *str, size_t length)
      :Converter_strtoll10(cs, str, length)
    {
      check_edom_and_truncation(thd, filter, "INTEGER", cs, str, length);
    }
  };

  class Converter_str2my_decimal_with_warn: public Converter_str2my_decimal
  {
  public:
    Converter_str2my_decimal_with_warn(THD *thd, Warn_filter filter,
                                       uint mask, CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                       const char *str, size_t length,
                                       my_decimal *buf)
     :Converter_str2my_decimal(mask, cs, str, length, buf)
    {
      check_edom_and_truncation(thd, filter, "DECIMAL", cs, str, length);
    }
  };


  // String-to-number conversion methods for the old code compatibility
  longlong longlong_from_string_with_check(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *cptr,
                                           const char *end) const
  {
    /*
      TODO: Give error if we wanted a signed integer and we got an unsigned
      one

      Notice, longlong_from_string_with_check() honors thd->no_error, because
      it's used to handle queries like this:
        SELECT COUNT(@@basedir);
      and is called when Item_func_get_system_var::update_null_value()
      suppresses warnings and then calls val_int().
      The other methods {double|decimal}_from_string_with_check() ignore
      thd->no_errors, because they are not used for update_null_value()
      and they always allow all kind of warnings.
    */
    THD *thd= current_thd;
    return Converter_strtoll10_with_warn(thd, Warn_filter(thd),
                                         cs, cptr, end - cptr).result();
  }

  double double_from_string_with_check(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *cptr,
                                       const char *end) const
  {
    return Converter_strntod_with_warn(NULL, Warn_filter_all(),
                                       cs, cptr, end - cptr).result();
  }
  my_decimal *decimal_from_string_with_check(my_decimal *decimal_value,
                                             CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                             const char *cptr,
                                             const char *end)
  {
    Converter_str2my_decimal_with_warn(NULL, Warn_filter_all(),
                                       E_DEC_FATAL_ERROR & ~E_DEC_BAD_NUM,
                                       cs, cptr, end - cptr, decimal_value);
    return decimal_value;
  }

  longlong longlong_from_hex_hybrid(const char *str, size_t length)
  {
    const char *end= str + length;
    const char *ptr= end - MY_MIN(length, sizeof(longlong));
    ulonglong value= 0;
    for ( ; ptr != end ; ptr++)
      value= (value << 8) + (ulonglong) (uchar) *ptr;
    return (longlong) value;
  }

  longlong longlong_from_string_with_check(const String *str) const
  {
    return longlong_from_string_with_check(str->charset(),
                                           str->ptr(), str->end());
  }
  double double_from_string_with_check(const String *str) const
  {
    return double_from_string_with_check(str->charset(),
                                         str->ptr(), str->end());
  }
  my_decimal *decimal_from_string_with_check(my_decimal *decimal_value,
                                             const String *str)
  {
    return decimal_from_string_with_check(decimal_value, str->charset(),
                                          str->ptr(), str->end());
  }
  // End of String-to-number conversion methods

public:
  /*
    The enumeration Subst_constraint is currently used only in implementations
    of the virtual function subst_argument_checker.
  */
  enum Subst_constraint
  {
    ANY_SUBST,           /* Any substitution for a field is allowed  */
    IDENTITY_SUBST       /* Substitution for a field is allowed if any two
                            different values of the field type are not equal */
  };
  /*
    Item context attributes.
    Comparison functions pass their attributes to propagate_equal_fields().
    For example, for string comparison, the collation of the comparison
    operation is important inside propagate_equal_fields().
  */
  class Context
  {
    /*
      Which type of propagation is allowed:
      - ANY_SUBST (loose equality, according to the collation), or
      - IDENTITY_SUBST (strict binary equality).
    */
    Subst_constraint m_subst_constraint;
    /*
      Comparison type.
      Important only when ANY_SUBSTS.
    */
    const Type_handler *m_compare_handler;
    /*
      Collation of the comparison operation.
      Important only when ANY_SUBST.
    */
    CHARSET_INFO *m_compare_collation;
  public:
    Context(Subst_constraint subst, const Type_handler *h, CHARSET_INFO *cs)
      :m_subst_constraint(subst),
       m_compare_handler(h),
       m_compare_collation(cs)
    { DBUG_ASSERT(h == h->type_handler_for_comparison()); }
    Subst_constraint subst_constraint() const { return m_subst_constraint; }
    const Type_handler *compare_type_handler() const
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(m_subst_constraint == ANY_SUBST);
      return m_compare_handler;
    }
    CHARSET_INFO *compare_collation() const
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(m_subst_constraint == ANY_SUBST);
      return m_compare_collation;
    }
  };
  class Context_identity: public Context
  { // Use this to request only exact value, no invariants.
  public:
     Context_identity()
      :Context(IDENTITY_SUBST, &type_handler_long_blob, &my_charset_bin) { }
  };
  class Context_boolean: public Context
  { // Use this when an item is [a part of] a boolean expression
  public:
    Context_boolean()
      :Context(ANY_SUBST, &type_handler_slonglong, &my_charset_bin) { }
  };
};


#define STORAGE_TYPE_MASK 7
#define COLUMN_FORMAT_MASK 7
#define COLUMN_FORMAT_SHIFT 3

/* The length of the header part for each virtual column in the .frm file */
#define FRM_VCOL_OLD_HEADER_SIZE(b) (3 + MY_TEST(b))
#define FRM_VCOL_NEW_BASE_SIZE 16
#define FRM_VCOL_NEW_HEADER_SIZE 6

class Count_distinct_field;

struct ha_field_option_struct;

struct st_cache_field;
int field_conv(Field *to,Field *from);
int truncate_double(double *nr, uint field_length, decimal_digits_t dec,
                    bool unsigned_flag, double max_value);

inline uint get_enum_pack_length(int elements)
{
  return elements < 256 ? 1 : 2;
}

inline uint get_set_pack_length(int elements)
{
  uint len= (elements + 7) / 8;
  return len > 4 ? 8 : len;
}


/**
  Tests if field type is temporal and has date part,
  i.e. represents DATE, DATETIME or TIMESTAMP types in SQL.

  @param type    Field type, as returned by field->type().
  @retval true   If field type is temporal type with date part.
  @retval false  If field type is not temporal type with date part.
*/
inline bool is_temporal_type_with_date(enum_field_types type)
{
  switch (type)
  {
  case MYSQL_TYPE_DATE:
  case MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME:
  case MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP:
    return true;
  case MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME2:
  case MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP2:
    DBUG_ASSERT(0); // field->real_type() should not get to here.
    return false;
  default:
    return false;
  }
}


enum enum_vcol_info_type
{
  VCOL_GENERATED_VIRTUAL, VCOL_GENERATED_STORED,
  VCOL_DEFAULT, VCOL_CHECK_FIELD, VCOL_CHECK_TABLE,
  VCOL_USING_HASH,
  /* Additional types should be added here */

  VCOL_GENERATED_VIRTUAL_INDEXED, // this is never written in .frm
  /* Following is the highest value last   */
  VCOL_TYPE_NONE = 127 // Since the 0 value is already in use
};

static inline const char *vcol_type_name(enum_vcol_info_type type)
{
  switch (type)
  {
  case VCOL_GENERATED_VIRTUAL:
  case VCOL_GENERATED_VIRTUAL_INDEXED:
  case VCOL_GENERATED_STORED:
    return "GENERATED ALWAYS AS";
  case VCOL_DEFAULT:
    return "DEFAULT";
  case VCOL_CHECK_FIELD:
  case VCOL_CHECK_TABLE:
    return "CHECK";
  case VCOL_USING_HASH:
    return "USING HASH";
  case VCOL_TYPE_NONE:
    return "UNTYPED";
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
  Flags for Virtual_column_info. If none is set, the expression must be
  a constant with no side-effects, so it's calculated at CREATE TABLE time,
  stored in table->record[2], and not recalculated for every statement.
*/
#define VCOL_FIELD_REF         1
#define VCOL_NON_DETERMINISTIC 2
#define VCOL_SESSION_FUNC      4  /* uses session data, e.g. USER or DAYNAME */
#define VCOL_TIME_FUNC         8  /* safe for SBR */
#define VCOL_AUTO_INC         16
#define VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE       32
#define VCOL_NEXTVAL          64  /* NEXTVAL is not implemented for vcols */

#define VCOL_NOT_STRICTLY_DETERMINISTIC                       \
  (VCOL_NON_DETERMINISTIC | VCOL_TIME_FUNC | VCOL_SESSION_FUNC)

/*
  Virtual_column_info is the class to contain additional
  characteristics that is specific for a virtual/computed
  field such as:
   - the defining expression that is evaluated to compute the value
  of the field 
  - whether the field is to be stored in the database
  - whether the field is used in a partitioning expression
*/

class Virtual_column_info: public Sql_alloc,
                           private Type_handler_hybrid_field_type
{
private:
  enum_vcol_info_type vcol_type; /* Virtual column expression type */
  /*
    The following data is only updated by the parser and read
    when a Create_field object is created/initialized.
  */
  /* Flag indicating that the field used in a partitioning expression */
  bool in_partitioning_expr;

public:
  /* Flag indicating  that the field is physically stored in the database */
  bool utf8;                                    /* Already in utf8 */
  bool automatic_name;
  bool if_not_exists;
  Item *expr;
  Lex_ident name;                               /* Name of constraint */
  /* see VCOL_* (VCOL_FIELD_REF, ...) */
  uint flags;

  Virtual_column_info()
   :Type_handler_hybrid_field_type(&type_handler_null),
    vcol_type((enum_vcol_info_type)VCOL_TYPE_NONE),
    in_partitioning_expr(FALSE),
    utf8(TRUE), automatic_name(FALSE), expr(NULL), flags(0)
  {
    name.str= NULL;
    name.length= 0;
  };
  Virtual_column_info* clone(THD *thd);
  ~Virtual_column_info() = default;
  enum_vcol_info_type get_vcol_type() const
  {
    return vcol_type;
  }
  void set_vcol_type(enum_vcol_info_type v_type)
  {
    vcol_type= v_type;
  }
  const char *get_vcol_type_name() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(vcol_type != VCOL_TYPE_NONE);
    return vcol_type_name(vcol_type);
  }
  void set_handler(const Type_handler *handler)
  {
    /* Calling this function can only be done once. */
    DBUG_ASSERT(type_handler() == &type_handler_null);
    Type_handler_hybrid_field_type::set_handler(handler);
  }
  bool is_stored() const
  {
    /* after reading the row vcol value is already in the buffer */
    return vcol_type == VCOL_GENERATED_STORED;
  }
  bool is_in_partitioning_expr() const
  {
    return in_partitioning_expr;
  }
  void mark_as_in_partitioning_expr()
  {
    in_partitioning_expr= TRUE;
  }
  bool need_refix() const
  {
    return flags & VCOL_SESSION_FUNC;
  }
  bool fix_expr(THD *thd);
  bool fix_session_expr(THD *thd);
  bool cleanup_session_expr();
  bool fix_and_check_expr(THD *thd, TABLE *table);
  bool check_access(THD *thd);
  inline bool is_equal(const Virtual_column_info* vcol, bool cmp_names) const;
  inline void print(String*);
};

class Binlog_type_info
{
public:
   enum binlog_sign_t
   {
     SIGN_SIGNED,
     SIGN_UNSIGNED,
     SIGN_NOT_APPLICABLE // for non-numeric types
   };
  /**
     Retrieve the field metadata for fields.
  */
   CHARSET_INFO *m_cs; // NULL if not relevant
   TYPELIB *m_enum_typelib; // NULL if not relevant
   TYPELIB *m_set_typelib; // NULL if not relevant
   binlog_sign_t m_signedness;
   uint16 m_metadata;
   uint8 m_metadata_size;
   uchar m_type_code;     // according to Field::binlog_type()
   uchar m_geom_type; // Non-geometry fields can return 0

   Binlog_type_info(uchar type_code,
                    uint16 metadata,
                    uint8 metadata_size)
    :m_cs(NULL),
     m_enum_typelib(NULL),
     m_set_typelib(NULL),
     m_signedness(SIGN_NOT_APPLICABLE),
     m_metadata(metadata),
     m_metadata_size(metadata_size),
     m_type_code(type_code),
     m_geom_type(0)
    {};
   Binlog_type_info(uchar type_code, uint16 metadata,
                   uint8 metadata_size,
                   binlog_sign_t signedness)
    : m_cs(NULL),
     m_enum_typelib(NULL),
     m_set_typelib(NULL),
     m_signedness(signedness),
     m_metadata(metadata),
     m_metadata_size(metadata_size),
     m_type_code(type_code),
     m_geom_type(0)
    {};
   Binlog_type_info(uchar type_code, uint16 metadata,
                   uint8 metadata_size, CHARSET_INFO *cs)
    :m_cs(cs),
     m_enum_typelib(NULL),
     m_set_typelib(NULL),
     m_signedness(SIGN_NOT_APPLICABLE),
     m_metadata(metadata),
     m_metadata_size(metadata_size),
     m_type_code(type_code),
     m_geom_type(0)
    {};
   Binlog_type_info(uchar type_code, uint16 metadata,
                   uint8 metadata_size,
                   CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                   TYPELIB *t_enum, TYPELIB *t_set)
    :m_cs(cs),
     m_enum_typelib(t_enum),
     m_set_typelib(t_set),
     m_signedness(SIGN_NOT_APPLICABLE),
     m_metadata(metadata),
     m_metadata_size(metadata_size),
     m_type_code(type_code),
     m_geom_type(0)
    {};
   Binlog_type_info(uchar type_code, uint16 metadata,
                   uint8 metadata_size, CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                   uchar geom_type)
    :m_cs(cs),
     m_enum_typelib(NULL),
     m_set_typelib(NULL),
     m_signedness(SIGN_NOT_APPLICABLE),
     m_metadata(metadata),
     m_metadata_size(metadata_size),
     m_type_code(type_code),
     m_geom_type(geom_type)
    {};
  static void *operator new(size_t size, MEM_ROOT *mem_root) throw ()
  { return alloc_root(mem_root, size); }
};


class Binlog_type_info_fixed_string: public Binlog_type_info
{
public:
  Binlog_type_info_fixed_string(uchar type_code,
                                uint32 octet_length,
                                CHARSET_INFO *cs);
};


class Field: public Value_source
{
  Field(const Item &);				/* Prevent use of these */
  void operator=(Field &);
protected:
  int save_in_field_str(Field *to)
  {
    StringBuffer<MAX_FIELD_WIDTH> result(charset());
    val_str(&result);
    return to->store(result.ptr(), result.length(), charset());
  }
  void error_generated_column_function_is_not_allowed(THD *thd, bool error)
                                                      const;
  static void do_field_eq(const Copy_field *copy);
  static void do_field_int(const Copy_field *copy);
  static void do_field_real(const Copy_field *copy);
  static void do_field_string(const Copy_field *copy);
  static void do_field_date(const Copy_field *copy);
  static void do_field_temporal(const Copy_field *copy, date_mode_t fuzzydate);
  static void do_field_datetime(const Copy_field *copy);
  static void do_field_timestamp(const Copy_field *copy);
  static void do_field_decimal(const Copy_field *copy);
public:
  static void *operator new(size_t size, MEM_ROOT *mem_root) throw ()
  { return alloc_root(mem_root, size); }
  static void *operator new(size_t size) throw ()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(size < UINT_MAX32);
    return thd_alloc(current_thd, (uint) size);
  }
  static void operator delete(void *ptr_arg, size_t size) { TRASH_FREE(ptr_arg, size); }
  static void operator delete(void *ptr, MEM_ROOT *mem_root)
  { DBUG_ASSERT(0); }

  bool marked_for_read() const;
  bool marked_for_write_or_computed() const;

  /**
     Used by System Versioning.
   */
  virtual void set_max()
  { DBUG_ASSERT(0); }
  virtual bool is_max(const uchar *ptr_arg) const
  { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return false; }
  bool is_max() const { return is_max(ptr); }

  uchar		*ptr;			// Position to field in record

  /**
     Byte where the @c NULL bit is stored inside a record. If this Field is a
     @c NOT @c NULL field, this member is @c NULL.
  */
  uchar		*null_ptr;
  /*
    Note that you can use table->in_use as replacement for current_thd member
    only inside of val_*() and store() members (e.g. you can't use it in cons)
  */
  TABLE *table;                                 // Pointer for table
  TABLE *orig_table;                            // Pointer to original table
  const char * const *table_name;               // Pointer to alias in TABLE
  LEX_CSTRING field_name;
  LEX_CSTRING comment;
  /** reference to the list of options or NULL */
  engine_option_value *option_list;
  ha_field_option_struct *option_struct;   /* structure with parsed options */
  /* Field is part of the following keys */
  key_map	key_start, part_of_key, part_of_key_not_clustered;

  /*
    Bitmap of indexes that have records ordered by col1, ... this_field, ...

    For example, INDEX (col(prefix_n)) is not present in col.part_of_sortkey.
  */
  key_map       part_of_sortkey;
  /*
    We use three additional unireg types for TIMESTAMP to overcome limitation
    of current binary format of .frm file. We'd like to be able to support
    NOW() as default and on update value for such fields but unable to hold
    this info anywhere except unireg_check field. This issue will be resolved
    in more clean way with transition to new text based .frm format.
    See also comment for Field_timestamp::Field_timestamp().
  */
  enum __attribute__((packed)) utype  {
    NONE=0,
    NEXT_NUMBER=15,             // AUTO_INCREMENT
    TIMESTAMP_OLD_FIELD=18,     // TIMESTAMP created before 4.1.3
    TIMESTAMP_DN_FIELD=21,      // TIMESTAMP DEFAULT NOW()
    TIMESTAMP_UN_FIELD=22,      // TIMESTAMP ON UPDATE NOW()
    TIMESTAMP_DNUN_FIELD=23,    // TIMESTAMP DEFAULT NOW() ON UPDATE NOW()
    TMYSQL_COMPRESSED= 24,      // Compatibility with TMySQL
    };
  enum imagetype { itRAW, itMBR};

  utype	unireg_check;
  field_visibility_t invisible;
  uint32        field_length;          // Length of field
  uint32        flags;
  field_index_t field_index;           // field number in fields array
  uchar null_bit;                      // Bit used to test null bit

  /**
     If true, this field was created in create_tmp_field_from_item from a NULL
     value. This means that the type of the field is just a guess, and the type
     may be freely coerced to another type.

     @see create_tmp_field_from_item
     @see Item_type_holder::get_real_type

   */
  bool is_created_from_null_item;

  /* 
    Selectivity of the range condition over this field.
    When calculating this selectivity a range predicate
    is taken into account only if:
    - it is extracted from the WHERE clause
    - it depends only on the table the field belongs to 
  */
  double cond_selectivity;

  /* 
    The next field in the class of equal fields at the top AND level
    of the WHERE clause
  */ 
  Field *next_equal_field;

  /*
    This structure is used for statistical data on the column
    that has been read from the statistical table column_stat
  */ 
  Column_statistics *read_stats;
  /*
    This structure is used for statistical data on the column that
    is collected by the function collect_statistics_for_table
  */
  Column_statistics_collected *collected_stats;

  /* 
    This is additional data provided for any computed(virtual) field,
    default function or check constraint.
    In particular it includes a pointer to the item by which this field
    can be computed from other fields.
  */
  Virtual_column_info *vcol_info, *check_constraint, *default_value;

  Field(uchar *ptr_arg,uint32 length_arg,uchar *null_ptr_arg,
        uchar null_bit_arg, utype unireg_check_arg,
        const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg);
  virtual ~Field() = default;

  virtual Type_numeric_attributes type_numeric_attributes() const
  {
    return Type_numeric_attributes(field_length, decimals(), is_unsigned());
  }
  Type_std_attributes type_std_attributes() const
  {
    return Type_std_attributes(type_numeric_attributes(), dtcollation());
  }

  bool is_unsigned() const { return flags & UNSIGNED_FLAG; }

  bool check_assignability_from(const Type_handler *from, bool ignore) const;
  bool check_assignability_from(const Field *from, bool ignore) const
  {
    return check_assignability_from(from->type_handler(), ignore);
  }

  /**
    Convenience definition of a copy function returned by
    Field::get_copy_func()
  */
  typedef void Copy_func(const Copy_field*);
  virtual Copy_func *get_copy_func(const Field *from) const= 0;
  virtual Copy_func *get_copy_func_to(const Field *to) const
  {
    return to->get_copy_func(this);
  }
  /* Store functions returns 1 on overflow and -1 on fatal error */
  virtual int  store_field(Field *from) { return from->save_in_field(this); }
  virtual int  save_in_field(Field *to)= 0;
  /**
    Check if it is possible just copy the value
    of the field 'from' to the field 'this', e.g. for
      INSERT INTO t1 (field1) SELECT field2 FROM t2;
    @param from   - The field to copy from
    @retval true  - it is possible to just copy value of 'from' to 'this'
    @retval false - conversion is needed
  */
  virtual bool memcpy_field_possible(const Field *from) const= 0;
  virtual bool make_empty_rec_store_default_value(THD *thd, Item *item);
  virtual void make_empty_rec_reset()
  {
    reset();
  }
  virtual int  store(const char *to, size_t length,CHARSET_INFO *cs)=0;
  /*
    This is used by engines like CSV and Federated to signal the field
    that the data is going to be in text (rather than binary) representation,
    even if cs points to &my_charset_bin.

    If a Field distinguishes between text and binary formats (e.g. INET6),
    we cannot call store(str,length,&my_charset_bin),
    to avoid "field" mis-interpreting the data format as binary.
  */
  virtual int  store_text(const char *to, size_t length, CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    return store(to, length, cs);
  }
  virtual int  store_binary(const char *to, size_t length)
  {
    return store(to, length, &my_charset_bin);
  }
  virtual int  store_hex_hybrid(const char *str, size_t length);
  virtual int  store(double nr)=0;
  virtual int  store(longlong nr, bool unsigned_val)=0;
  virtual int  store_decimal(const my_decimal *d)=0;
  virtual int  store_time_dec(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime, uint dec);
  virtual int  store_timestamp_dec(const timeval &ts, uint dec);
  int store_timestamp(my_time_t timestamp, ulong sec_part)
  {
    return store_timestamp_dec(Timeval(timestamp, sec_part),
                               TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS);
  }
  /**
    Store a value represented in native format
  */
  virtual int store_native(const Native &value)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    reset();
    return 0;
  }
  int store_time(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime)
  { return store_time_dec(ltime, TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS); }
  int store(const char *to, size_t length, CHARSET_INFO *cs,
            enum_check_fields check_level);
  int store_text(const char *to, size_t length, CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                 enum_check_fields check_level);
  int store(const LEX_CSTRING *ls, CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(ls->length < UINT_MAX32);
    return store(ls->str, (uint) ls->length, cs);
  }
  int store(const LEX_CSTRING &ls, CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(ls.length < UINT_MAX32);
    return store(ls.str, (uint) ls.length, cs);
  }

  /*
    @brief
      Store minimum/maximum value of a column in the statistics table.
    @param
      field                  statistical table field
      str                    value buffer
  */
  virtual int store_to_statistical_minmax_field(Field *field, String *str);

  /*
    @brief
      Store minimum/maximum value of a column from the statistical table.
    @param
      field                  statistical table field
      str                    value buffer
  */
  virtual int store_from_statistical_minmax_field(Field *field, String *str,
                                                  MEM_ROOT *mem);

#ifdef HAVE_MEM_CHECK
  /**
    Mark unused memory in the field as defined. Mainly used to ensure
    that if we write full field to disk (for example in
    Count_distinct_field::add(), we don't write unitalized data to
    disk which would confuse valgrind or MSAN.
  */
  virtual void mark_unused_memory_as_defined() {}
#else
  void mark_unused_memory_as_defined() {}
#endif

  virtual double val_real()=0;
  virtual longlong val_int()=0;
  /*
    Get ulonglong representation.
    Negative values are truncated to 0.
  */
  virtual ulonglong val_uint(void)
  {
    longlong nr= val_int();
    return nr < 0 ? 0 : (ulonglong) nr;
  }
  virtual bool val_bool()= 0;
  virtual my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *)=0;
  inline String *val_str(String *str) { return val_str(str, str); }
  /*
     val_str(buf1, buf2) gets two buffers and should use them as follows:
     if it needs a temp buffer to convert result to string - use buf1
       example Field_tiny::val_str()
     if the value exists as a string already - use buf2
       example Field_string::val_str()
     consequently, buf2 may be created as 'String buf;' - no memory
     will be allocated for it. buf1 will be allocated to hold a
     value if it's too small. Using allocated buffer for buf2 may result in
     an unnecessary free (and later, may be an alloc).
     This trickery is used to decrease a number of malloc calls.
  */
  virtual String *val_str(String*,String *)=0;
  virtual bool val_native(Native *to)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_null());
    return to->copy((const char *) ptr, pack_length());
  }
  String *val_int_as_str(String *val_buffer, bool unsigned_flag);

  /*
    Copy the Field::val_str() value to MEM_ROOT as a 0x00-teminated string.

    @param    mem_root   The memory root to put the value to.
    @returns             {NULL,0} in case of EOM, or the field value otherwise.

    Only one 0x00 terminating byte is put in the end, even in case
    of complex character sets like UCS2/UTF16/UTF32.
    This is OK, since this method is used to read system tables,
    which are in utf8.
  */
  LEX_STRING val_lex_string_strmake(MEM_ROOT *mem_root);

  /*
    Return the field value as a LEX_CSTRING, without padding to full length
    (MODE_PAD_CHAR_TO_FULL_LENGTH is temporarily suppressed during the call).

    In case of an empty value, to[0] is assigned to empty_clex_string,
    memory is not allocated.
    In case of a non-empty value, the memory is allocated on mem_root.
    In case of a memory allocation failure, to[0] is assigned to {NULL,0}.

    @param  [IN] mem_root  store non-empty values here
    @param  [OUT to        return the string here
    @retval                false (success)
    @retval                true  (EOM)
  */
  bool val_str_nopad(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, LEX_CSTRING *to);
  fast_field_copier get_fast_field_copier(const Field *from);
  /*
   str_needs_quotes() returns TRUE if the value returned by val_str() needs
   to be quoted when used in constructing an SQL query.
  */
  virtual bool str_needs_quotes() const { return false; }
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_comparison() const
  {
    return type_handler()->type_handler_for_comparison();
  }
  Item_result result_type () const
  {
    return type_handler()->result_type();
  }
  Item_result cmp_type () const
  {
    return type_handler()->cmp_type();
  }
  virtual bool eq(Field *field)
  {
    return (ptr == field->ptr && null_ptr == field->null_ptr &&
            null_bit == field->null_bit && field->type() == type());
  }
  virtual bool eq_def(const Field *field) const;
  
  /*
    pack_length() returns size (in bytes) used to store field data in memory
    (i.e. it returns the maximum size of the field in a row of the table,
    which is located in RAM).
  */
  virtual uint32 pack_length() const { return (uint32) field_length; }

  /*
    pack_length_in_rec() returns size (in bytes) used to store field data on
    storage (i.e. it returns the maximal size of the field in a row of the
    table, which is located on disk).
  */
  virtual uint32 pack_length_in_rec() const { return pack_length(); }
  virtual bool compatible_field_size(uint metadata, const Relay_log_info *rli,
                                     uint16 mflags, int *order) const;
  virtual uint pack_length_from_metadata(uint field_metadata) const
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Field::pack_length_from_metadata");
    DBUG_RETURN(field_metadata);
  }
  virtual uint row_pack_length() const { return 0; }

  /*
    data_length() return the "real size" of the data in memory.
  */
  virtual uint32 data_length() { return pack_length(); }
  virtual uint32 sort_length() const { return pack_length(); }

  /*
    sort_suffix_length() return the length bytes needed to store the length
    for binary charset
  */
  virtual uint32 sort_suffix_length() const { return 0; }

  /* 
    Get the number bytes occupied by the value in the field.
    CHAR values are stripped of trailing spaces.
    Flexible values are stripped of their length.
  */
  virtual uint32 value_length()
  {
    uint len;
    if (!zero_pack() &&
	(type() == MYSQL_TYPE_STRING &&
        (len= pack_length()) >= 4 && len < 256))
    {
      uchar *str, *end;
      for (str= ptr, end= str+len; end > str && end[-1] == ' '; end--) {}
      len=(uint) (end-str); 
      return len;
    } 
    return data_length();
  }

  /**
     Get the maximum size of the data in packed format.

     @return Maximum data length of the field when packed using the
     Field::pack() function.
   */
  virtual uint32 max_data_length() const {
    return pack_length();
  };

  virtual int reset() { bzero(ptr,pack_length()); return 0; }
  virtual void reset_fields() {}
  const uchar *ptr_in_record(const uchar *record) const
  {
    my_ptrdiff_t l_offset= (my_ptrdiff_t) (ptr -  table->record[0]);
    DBUG_ASSERT(l_offset >= 0 && table->s->rec_buff_length - l_offset > 0);
    return record + l_offset;
  }
  virtual int set_default();

  bool has_update_default_function() const
  {
    return flags & ON_UPDATE_NOW_FLAG;
  }
  bool has_default_now_unireg_check() const
  {
    return unireg_check == TIMESTAMP_DN_FIELD
        || unireg_check == TIMESTAMP_DNUN_FIELD;
  }

  /*
    Mark the field as having a value supplied by the client, thus it should
    not be auto-updated.
  */
  void set_has_explicit_value()
  {
    bitmap_set_bit(&table->has_value_set, field_index);
  }
  bool has_explicit_value() const
  {
    return bitmap_is_set(&table->has_value_set, field_index);
  }
  void clear_has_explicit_value()
  {
    bitmap_clear_bit(&table->has_value_set, field_index);
  }

  virtual my_time_t get_timestamp(const uchar *pos, ulong *sec_part) const
  { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return 0; }
  my_time_t get_timestamp(ulong *sec_part) const
  {
    return get_timestamp(ptr, sec_part);
  }

  virtual bool binary() const { return 1; }
  virtual bool zero_pack() const { return 1; }
  virtual enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const { return HA_KEYTYPE_BINARY; }
  virtual uint16 key_part_flag() const { return 0; }
  virtual uint16 key_part_length_bytes() const { return 0; }
  virtual uint32 key_length() const { return pack_length(); }
  virtual const Type_handler *type_handler() const = 0;
  virtual enum_field_types type() const
  {
    return type_handler()->field_type();
  }
  virtual enum_field_types real_type() const
  {
    return type_handler()->real_field_type();
  }
  virtual enum_field_types binlog_type() const
  {
    /*
      Binlog stores field->type() as type code by default. For example,
      it puts MYSQL_TYPE_STRING in case of CHAR, VARCHAR, SET and ENUM,
      with extra data type details put into metadata.

      Binlog behaviour slightly differs between various MySQL and MariaDB
      versions for the temporal data types TIME, DATETIME and TIMESTAMP.

      MySQL prior to 5.6 uses MYSQL_TYPE_TIME, MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME 
      and MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP type codes in binlog and stores no 
      additional metadata.

      MariaDB-5.3 implements new versions for TIME, DATATIME, TIMESTAMP
      with fractional second precision, but uses the old format for the
      types TIME(0), DATETIME(0), TIMESTAMP(0), and it still stores
      MYSQL_TYPE_TIME, MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME and MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP in binlog,
      with no additional metadata.
      So row-based replication between temporal data types of
      different precision is not possible in MariaDB.

      MySQL-5.6 also implements a new version of TIME, DATETIME, TIMESTAMP
      which support fractional second precision 0..6, and use the new
      format even for the types TIME(0), DATETIME(0), TIMESTAMP(0).
      For these new data types, MySQL-5.6 stores new type codes 
      MYSQL_TYPE_TIME2, MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME2, MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP2 in binlog,
      with fractional precision 0..6 put into metadata.
      This makes it in theory possible to do row-based replication between
      columns of different fractional precision (e.g. from TIME(1) on master
      to TIME(6) on slave). However, it's not currently fully implemented yet.
      MySQL-5.6 can only do row-based replication from the old types
      TIME, DATETIME, TIMESTAMP (represented by MYSQL_TYPE_TIME,
      MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME and MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP type codes in binlog)
      to the new corresponding types TIME(0), DATETIME(0), TIMESTAMP(0).

      Note: MariaDB starting from the version 10.0 understands the new
      MySQL-5.6 type codes MYSQL_TYPE_TIME2, MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME2,
      MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP2. When started over MySQL-5.6 tables both on
      master and on slave, MariaDB-10.0 can also do row-based replication
      from the old types TIME, DATETIME, TIMESTAMP to the new MySQL-5.6
      types TIME(0), DATETIME(0), TIMESTAMP(0).

      Note: perhaps binlog should eventually be modified to store
      real_type() instead of type() for all column types.
    */
    return type();
  }
  virtual Binlog_type_info binlog_type_info() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(Field::type() == binlog_type());
    return Binlog_type_info(Field::type(), 0, 0);
  }
  virtual en_fieldtype tmp_engine_column_type(bool use_packed_rows) const
  {
    return FIELD_NORMAL;
  }
  /*
    Conversion type for from the source to the current field.
  */
  virtual enum_conv_type rpl_conv_type_from(const Conv_source &source,
                                            const Relay_log_info *rli,
                                            const Conv_param &param)
                                            const= 0;
  enum_conv_type rpl_conv_type_from_same_data_type(uint16 metadata,
                                                   const Relay_log_info *rli,
                                                   const Conv_param &param)
                                                   const;
  inline  int cmp(const uchar *str) const { return cmp(ptr,str); }
  /*
    The following method is used for comparing prefix keys.
    Currently it's only used in partitioning.
  */
  virtual int cmp_prefix(const uchar *a, const uchar *b,
                         size_t prefix_char_len) const
  { return cmp(a, b); }
  virtual int cmp(const uchar *,const uchar *) const=0;
  virtual int cmp_binary(const uchar *a,const uchar *b, uint32 max_length=~0U) const
  { return memcmp(a,b,pack_length()); }
  virtual int cmp_offset(my_ptrdiff_t row_offset)
  { return cmp(ptr,ptr+row_offset); }
  virtual int cmp_binary_offset(uint row_offset)
  { return cmp_binary(ptr, ptr+row_offset); };
  virtual int key_cmp(const uchar *a,const uchar *b) const
  { return cmp(a, b); }
  virtual int key_cmp(const uchar *str, uint length) const
  { return cmp(ptr,str); }
  /*
    Update the value m of the 'min_val' field with the current value v
    of this field if force_update is set to TRUE or if v < m.
    Return TRUE if the value has been updated.
  */  
  virtual bool update_min(Field *min_val, bool force_update)
  { 
    bool update_fl= force_update || cmp(ptr, min_val->ptr) < 0;
    if (update_fl)
    {
      min_val->set_notnull();
      memcpy(min_val->ptr, ptr, pack_length());
    }
    return update_fl;
  }
  /*
    Update the value m of the 'max_val' field with the current value v
    of this field if force_update is set to TRUE or if v > m.
    Return TRUE if the value has been updated.
  */  
  virtual bool update_max(Field *max_val, bool force_update)
  { 
    bool update_fl= force_update || cmp(ptr, max_val->ptr) > 0;
    if (update_fl)
    {
      max_val->set_notnull();
      memcpy(max_val->ptr, ptr, pack_length());
    }
    return update_fl;
  }
  virtual void store_field_value(uchar *val, uint len)
  {
     memcpy(ptr, val, len);
  }
  virtual decimal_digits_t decimals() const { return 0; }
  virtual Information_schema_numeric_attributes
            information_schema_numeric_attributes() const
  {
    return Information_schema_numeric_attributes();
  }
  virtual Information_schema_character_attributes
            information_schema_character_attributes() const
  {
    return Information_schema_character_attributes();
  }
  virtual void update_data_type_statistics(Data_type_statistics *st) const
  { }
  /*
    Caller beware: sql_type can change str.Ptr, so check
    ptr() to see if it changed if you are using your own buffer
    in str and restore it with set() if needed
  */
  virtual void sql_type(String &str) const =0;
  virtual void sql_rpl_type(String *str) const { sql_type(*str); }
  virtual uint size_of() const =0;		// For new field
  inline bool is_null(my_ptrdiff_t row_offset= 0) const
  {
    /*
      The table may have been marked as containing only NULL values
      for all fields if it is a NULL-complemented row of an OUTER JOIN
      or if the query is an implicitly grouped query (has aggregate
      functions but no GROUP BY clause) with no qualifying rows. If
      this is the case (in which TABLE::null_row is true), the field
      is considered to be NULL.

      Note that if a table->null_row is set then also all null_bits are
      set for the row.

      In the case of the 'result_field' for GROUP BY, table->null_row might
      refer to the *next* row in the table (when the algorithm is: read the
      next row, see if any of group column values have changed, send the
      result - grouped - row to the client if yes). So, table->null_row might
      be wrong, but such a result_field is always nullable (that's defined by
      original_field->maybe_null()) and we trust its null bit.
    */
    return null_ptr ? null_ptr[row_offset] & null_bit : table->null_row;
  }
  inline bool is_real_null(my_ptrdiff_t row_offset= 0) const
    { return null_ptr && (null_ptr[row_offset] & null_bit); }
  inline bool is_null_in_record(const uchar *record) const
  {
    if (maybe_null_in_table())
      return record[(uint) (null_ptr - table->record[0])] & null_bit;
    return 0;
  }
  inline void set_null(my_ptrdiff_t row_offset= 0)
    { if (null_ptr) null_ptr[row_offset]|= null_bit; }
  inline void set_notnull(my_ptrdiff_t row_offset= 0)
    { if (null_ptr) null_ptr[row_offset]&= (uchar) ~null_bit; }
  inline bool maybe_null(void) const
  { return null_ptr != 0 || table->maybe_null; }
  // Set to NULL on LOAD DATA or LOAD XML
  virtual bool load_data_set_null(THD *thd);
  // Reset when a LOAD DATA file ended unexpectedly
  virtual bool load_data_set_no_data(THD *thd, bool fixed_format);
  void load_data_set_value(const char *pos, uint length, CHARSET_INFO *cs);

  /* @return true if this field is NULL-able (even if temporarily) */
  inline bool real_maybe_null() const { return null_ptr != 0; }
  uint null_offset(const uchar *record) const
  { return (uint) (null_ptr - record); }
  /*
    For a NULL-able field (that can actually store a NULL value in a table)
    null_ptr points to the "null bitmap" in the table->record[0] header. For
    NOT NULL fields it is either 0 or points outside table->record[0] into the
    table->triggers->extra_null_bitmap (so that the field can store a NULL
    value temporarily, only in memory)
  */
  bool maybe_null_in_table() const
  { return null_ptr >= table->record[0] && null_ptr <= ptr; }

  uint null_offset() const
  { return null_offset(table->record[0]); }
  void set_null_ptr(uchar *p_null_ptr, uint p_null_bit)
  {
    null_ptr= p_null_ptr;
    null_bit= static_cast<uchar>(p_null_bit);
  }

  bool stored_in_db() const { return !vcol_info || vcol_info->is_stored(); }
  bool check_vcol_sql_mode_dependency(THD *, vcol_init_mode mode) const;

  virtual sql_mode_t value_depends_on_sql_mode() const
  {
    return 0;
  }
  virtual sql_mode_t conversion_depends_on_sql_mode(THD *thd,
                                                    Item *expr) const
  {
    return (sql_mode_t) 0;
  }
  virtual sql_mode_t can_handle_sql_mode_dependency_on_store() const
  {
    return 0;
  }

  inline THD *get_thd() const
  { return likely(table) ? table->in_use : current_thd; }

  enum {
    LAST_NULL_BYTE_UNDEF= 0
  };

  /*
    Find the position of the last null byte for the field.

    SYNOPSIS
      last_null_byte()

    DESCRIPTION
      Return a pointer to the last byte of the null bytes where the
      field conceptually is placed.

    RETURN VALUE
      The position of the last null byte relative to the beginning of
      the record. If the field does not use any bits of the null
      bytes, the value 0 (LAST_NULL_BYTE_UNDEF) is returned.
   */
  size_t last_null_byte() const {
    size_t bytes= do_last_null_byte();
    DBUG_PRINT("debug", ("last_null_byte() ==> %ld", (long) bytes));
    DBUG_ASSERT(bytes <= table->s->null_bytes);
    return bytes;
  }

  /*
    Create mem-comparable sort key part for a sort key
  */
  void make_sort_key_part(uchar *buff, uint length);

  /*
    create a compact sort key which can be compared with a comparison
    function. They are called packed sort keys
  */
  virtual uint make_packed_sort_key_part(uchar *buff,
                                         const SORT_FIELD_ATTR *sort_field);

  virtual void make_send_field(Send_field *);

  /*
    Some implementations actually may write up to 8 bytes regardless of what
    size was requested. This is due to the minimum value of the system variable
    max_sort_length.
  */

  virtual void sort_string(uchar *buff,uint length)=0;
  virtual bool optimize_range(uint idx, uint part) const;
  virtual void free() {}
  virtual Field *make_new_field(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *new_table,
                                bool keep_type);
  virtual Field *new_key_field(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *new_table,
                               uchar *new_ptr, uint32 length,
                               uchar *new_null_ptr, uint new_null_bit);
  Field *create_tmp_field(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *new_table,
                          bool maybe_null_arg);
  Field *create_tmp_field(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *new_table)
  {
    return create_tmp_field(root, new_table, maybe_null());
  }
  Field *clone(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, TABLE *new_table);
  Field *clone(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, TABLE *new_table, my_ptrdiff_t diff);
  inline void move_field(uchar *ptr_arg,uchar *null_ptr_arg,uchar null_bit_arg)
  {
    ptr=ptr_arg; null_ptr=null_ptr_arg; null_bit=null_bit_arg;
  }
  inline void move_field(uchar *ptr_arg) { ptr=ptr_arg; }
  inline uchar *record_ptr() // record[0] or wherever the field was moved to
  {
    my_ptrdiff_t offset= table->s->field[field_index]->ptr - table->s->default_values;
    return ptr - offset;
  }
  virtual void move_field_offset(my_ptrdiff_t ptr_diff)
  {
    ptr=ADD_TO_PTR(ptr,ptr_diff, uchar*);
    if (null_ptr)
    {
      null_ptr=ADD_TO_PTR(null_ptr,ptr_diff,uchar*);
      if (table)
      {
        DBUG_ASSERT(null_ptr < ptr);
        DBUG_ASSERT(ptr - null_ptr <= (int)table->s->rec_buff_length);
      }
    }
  }

  /*
    Copy the Field's value to buff. The value will be in table->record[]
    format.
  */
  void get_image(uchar *buff, uint length, CHARSET_INFO *cs) const
  { get_image(buff, length, ptr, cs); }
  virtual void get_image(uchar *buff, uint length,
                         const uchar *ptr_arg, CHARSET_INFO *cs) const
    { memcpy(buff,ptr_arg,length); }

  /*
    Set Field's value to the value in *buf.
  */
  virtual void set_image(const uchar *buff,uint length, CHARSET_INFO *cs)
    { memcpy(ptr,buff,length); }


  /*
    Copy a field part into an output buffer.

    SYNOPSIS
      Field::get_key_image()
      buff   [out] output buffer
      length       output buffer size
      type         itMBR for geometry blobs, otherwise itRAW

    DESCRIPTION
      This function makes a copy of field part of size equal to or
      less than "length" parameter value.
      For fields of string types (CHAR, VARCHAR, TEXT) the rest of buffer
      is padded by zero byte.

    NOTES
      For variable length character fields (i.e. UTF-8) the "length"
      parameter means a number of output buffer bytes as if all field
      characters have maximal possible size (mbmaxlen). In the other words,
      "length" parameter is a number of characters multiplied by
      field_charset->mbmaxlen.

    RETURN
      Number of copied bytes (excluding padded zero bytes -- see above).
  */

  uint get_key_image(uchar *buff, uint length, imagetype type_arg) const
  { return get_key_image(buff, length, ptr, type_arg); }
  virtual uint get_key_image(uchar *buff, uint length, const uchar *ptr_arg, imagetype type_arg) const
  {
    get_image(buff, length, ptr_arg, &my_charset_bin);
    return length;
  }
  virtual void set_key_image(const uchar *buff,uint length)
    { set_image(buff,length, &my_charset_bin); }
  inline longlong val_int_offset(uint row_offset)
    {
      ptr+=row_offset;
      longlong tmp=val_int();
      ptr-=row_offset;
      return tmp;
    }
  inline longlong val_int(const uchar *new_ptr)
  {
    uchar *old_ptr= ptr;
    longlong return_value;
    ptr= (uchar*) new_ptr;
    return_value= val_int();
    ptr= old_ptr;
    return return_value;
  }
  inline String *val_str(String *str, const uchar *new_ptr)
  {
    uchar *old_ptr= ptr;
    ptr= (uchar*) new_ptr;
    val_str(str);
    ptr= old_ptr;
    return str;
  }
  virtual bool send(Protocol *protocol);

  virtual uchar *pack(uchar *to, const uchar *from, uint max_length);
  /**
     @overload Field::pack(uchar*, const uchar*, uint, bool)
  */
  uchar *pack(uchar *to, const uchar *from)
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Field::pack");
    uchar *result= this->pack(to, from, UINT_MAX);
    DBUG_RETURN(result);
  }

  virtual const uchar *unpack(uchar* to, const uchar *from,
                              const uchar *from_end, uint param_data=0);

  virtual uint packed_col_length(const uchar *to, uint length)
  { return length;}
  virtual uint max_packed_col_length(uint max_length)
  { return max_length;}
  virtual bool is_packable() const { return false; }

  uint offset(const uchar *record) const
  {
    return (uint) (ptr - record);
  }
  void copy_from_tmp(int offset);
  uint fill_cache_field(struct st_cache_field *copy);
  virtual bool get_date(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate);
  virtual longlong val_datetime_packed(THD *thd);
  virtual longlong val_time_packed(THD *thd);
  virtual const TYPELIB *get_typelib() const { return NULL; }
  virtual CHARSET_INFO *charset() const= 0;
  /* returns TRUE if the new charset differs. */
  virtual void change_charset(const DTCollation &new_cs) {}
  virtual const DTCollation &dtcollation() const= 0;
  virtual CHARSET_INFO *charset_for_protocol(void) const
  { return binary() ? &my_charset_bin : charset(); }
  virtual CHARSET_INFO *sort_charset(void) const { return charset(); }
  virtual bool has_charset(void) const { return FALSE; }
  virtual int set_time() { return 1; }
  bool set_warning(Sql_condition::enum_warning_level, unsigned int code,
                   int cuted_increment, ulong current_row=0) const;
  virtual void print_key_value(String *out, uint32 length);
  void print_key_part_value(String *out, const uchar *key, uint32 length);
  void print_key_value_binary(String *out, const uchar* key, uint32 length);
  void raise_note_cannot_use_key_part(THD *thd, uint keynr, uint part,
                                      const LEX_CSTRING &op,
                                      CHARSET_INFO *op_collation,
                                      Item *value,
                                      const Data_type_compatibility reason)
                                      const;
  void raise_note_key_become_unused(THD *thd, const String &expr) const;
protected:
  bool set_warning(unsigned int code, int cuted_increment) const
  {
    return set_warning(Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN, code, cuted_increment);
  }
  bool set_note(unsigned int code, int cuted_increment) const
  {
    return set_warning(Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_NOTE, code, cuted_increment);
  }
  void set_datetime_warning(Sql_condition::enum_warning_level, uint code,
                            const ErrConv *str, const char *typestr,
                            int cuted_increment) const;
  void set_datetime_warning(uint code,
                            const ErrConv *str, const char *typestr,
                            int cuted_increment) const
  {
    set_datetime_warning(Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN, code, str, typestr,
                         cuted_increment);
  }
  void set_warning_truncated_wrong_value(const char *type, const char *value);
  inline bool check_overflow(int op_result)
  {
    return (op_result == E_DEC_OVERFLOW);
  }
  int warn_if_overflow(int op_result);
  Copy_func *get_identical_copy_func() const;
  bool cmp_is_done_using_type_handler_of_this(const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                              const Item *item) const;
  Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_scalar_range(
                                 const RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param,
                                 const KEY_PART *key_part,
                                 const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                 scalar_comparison_op op,
                                 Item *value) const;
  uchar *make_key_image(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, const KEY_PART *key_part);
  SEL_ARG *get_mm_leaf_int(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, KEY_PART *key_part,
                           const Item_bool_func *cond,
                           scalar_comparison_op op, Item *value,
                           bool unsigned_field);
  /*
    Make a leaf tree for the cases when the value was stored
    to the field exactly, without any truncation, rounding or adjustments.
    For example, if we stored an INT value into an INT column,
    and value->save_in_field_no_warnings() returned 0,
    we know that the value was stored exactly.
  */
  SEL_ARG *stored_field_make_mm_leaf_exact(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param,
                                           KEY_PART *key_part,
                                           scalar_comparison_op op,
                                           Item *value);
  /*
    Make a leaf tree for the cases when we don't know if
    the value was stored to the field without any data loss,
    or was modified to a smaller or a greater value.
    Used for the data types whose methods Field::store*()
    silently adjust the value. This is the most typical case.
  */
  SEL_ARG *stored_field_make_mm_leaf(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param,
                                     KEY_PART *key_part,
                                     scalar_comparison_op op, Item *value);
  /*
    Make a leaf tree when an INT value was stored into a field of INT type,
    and some truncation happened. Tries to adjust the range search condition
    when possible, e.g. "tinytint < 300" -> "tinyint <= 127".
    Can also return SEL_ARG_IMPOSSIBLE(), and NULL (not sargable).
  */
  SEL_ARG *stored_field_make_mm_leaf_bounded_int(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param,
                                                 KEY_PART *key_part,
                                                 scalar_comparison_op op,
                                                 Item *value,
                                                 bool unsigned_field);
  /*
    Make a leaf tree when some truncation happened during
    value->save_in_field_no_warning(this), and we cannot yet adjust the range
    search condition for the current combination of the field and the value
    data types.
    Returns SEL_ARG_IMPOSSIBLE() for "=" and "<=>".
    Returns NULL (not sargable) for other comparison operations.
  */
  SEL_ARG *stored_field_make_mm_leaf_truncated(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *prm,
                                               scalar_comparison_op,
                                               Item *value);
public:
  void set_table_name(String *alias)
  {
    table_name= &alias->Ptr;
  }
  void init(TABLE *table_arg)
  {
    orig_table= table= table_arg;
    set_table_name(&table_arg->alias);
  }
  virtual void init_for_tmp_table(Field *org_field, TABLE *new_table)
  {
    init(new_table);
    orig_table= org_field->orig_table;
    vcol_info= 0;
    cond_selectivity= 1.0;
    next_equal_field= NULL;
    option_list= NULL;
    option_struct= NULL;
    if (org_field->type() == MYSQL_TYPE_VAR_STRING ||
        org_field->type() == MYSQL_TYPE_VARCHAR)
      new_table->s->db_create_options|= HA_OPTION_PACK_RECORD;
  }
  void init_for_make_new_field(TABLE *new_table_arg, TABLE *orig_table_arg)
  {
    init(new_table_arg);
    /*
      Normally orig_table is different from table only if field was
      created via ::make_new_field.  Here we alter the type of field,
      so ::make_new_field is not applicable. But we still need to
      preserve the original field metadata for the client-server
      protocol.
    */
    orig_table= orig_table_arg;
  }

  /* maximum possible display length */
  virtual uint32 max_display_length() const= 0;
  /**
    Whether a field being created has the samle type.
    Used by the ALTER TABLE
  */
  virtual bool is_equal(const Column_definition &new_field) const= 0;
  /* convert decimal to longlong with overflow check */
  longlong convert_decimal2longlong(const my_decimal *val, bool unsigned_flag,
                                    int *err);
  /*
    Maximum number of bytes in character representation.
    - For string types it is equal to the field capacity, in bytes.
    - For non-string types it represents the longest possible string length
      after conversion to string.
  */
  virtual uint32 character_octet_length() const
  {
    return field_length;
  }
  /* The max. number of characters */
  virtual uint32 char_length() const
  {
    return field_length / charset()->mbmaxlen;
  }

  ha_storage_media field_storage_type() const
  {
    return (ha_storage_media)
      ((flags >> FIELD_FLAGS_STORAGE_MEDIA) & 3);
  }

  void set_storage_type(ha_storage_media storage_type_arg)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(field_storage_type() == HA_SM_DEFAULT);
    flags |= static_cast<uint32>(storage_type_arg) <<
      FIELD_FLAGS_STORAGE_MEDIA;
  }

  column_format_type column_format() const
  {
    return (column_format_type)
      ((flags >> FIELD_FLAGS_COLUMN_FORMAT) & 3);
  }

  void set_column_format(column_format_type column_format_arg)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(column_format() == COLUMN_FORMAT_TYPE_DEFAULT);
    flags |= static_cast<uint32>(column_format_arg) <<
      FIELD_FLAGS_COLUMN_FORMAT;
  }

  bool vers_sys_field() const
  {
    return flags & (VERS_ROW_START | VERS_ROW_END);
  }

  bool vers_sys_start() const
  {
    return flags & VERS_ROW_START;
  }

  bool vers_sys_end() const
  {
    return flags & VERS_ROW_END;
  }

  bool vers_update_unversioned() const
  {
    return flags & VERS_UPDATE_UNVERSIONED_FLAG;
  }

  /*
    Validate a non-null field value stored in the given record
    according to the current thread settings, e.g. sql_mode.
    @param thd     - the thread
    @param record  - the record to check in
  */
  virtual bool validate_value_in_record(THD *thd, const uchar *record) const
  { return false; }
  bool validate_value_in_record_with_warn(THD *thd, const uchar *record);
  key_map get_possible_keys();

  /* Hash value */
  void hash(Hasher *hasher)
  {
    if (is_null())
      hasher->add_null();
    else
      hash_not_null(hasher);
  }
  virtual void hash_not_null(Hasher *hasher);

  /**
    Get the upper limit of the MySQL integral and floating-point type.

    @return maximum allowed value for the field
  */
  virtual ulonglong get_max_int_value() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(false);
    return 0ULL;
  }

/**
  Checks whether a string field is part of write_set.

  @return
    FALSE  - If field is not char/varchar/....
           - If field is char/varchar/.. and is not part of write set.
    TRUE   - If field is char/varchar/.. and is part of write set.
*/
  virtual bool is_varchar_and_in_write_set() const { return FALSE; }

  /* Check whether the field can be used as a join attribute in hash join */
  virtual bool hash_join_is_possible() { return TRUE; }
  virtual bool eq_cmp_as_binary() { return TRUE; }

  /* Position of the field value within the interval of [min, max] */
  virtual double pos_in_interval(Field *min, Field *max)
  {
    return (double) 0.5; 
  }
  virtual bool pos_through_val_str() { return false;}

  /*
    Check if comparison between the field and an item unambiguously
    identifies a distinct field value.

    Example1: SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE int_column=10;
              This example returns distinct integer value of 10.

    Example2: SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE varchar_column=DATE'2001-01-01'
              This example returns non-distinct values.
              Comparison as DATE will return '2001-01-01' and '2001-01-01x',
              but these two values are not equal to each other as VARCHARs.
    See also the function with the same name in sql_select.cc.
  */
  virtual bool test_if_equality_guarantees_uniqueness(const Item *const_item)
                                                      const;
  virtual bool can_be_substituted_to_equal_item(const Context &ctx,
                                        const Item_equal *item);
  virtual Item *get_equal_const_item(THD *thd, const Context &ctx,
                                     Item *const_item)
  {
    return const_item;
  }
  virtual Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_keypart_ref(
                                        const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                        const Item *item) const;
  virtual Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_hash_join(
                                      const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                      const Item *item) const
  {
    return can_optimize_keypart_ref(cond, item);
  }
  virtual Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_group_min_max(
                                          const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                          const Item *const_item) const;
  /**
    Test if Field can use range optimizer for a standard comparison operation:
      <=, <, =, <=>, >, >=
    Note, this method does not cover spatial operations.
  */
  virtual Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_range(const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                                     const Item *item,
                                                     bool is_eq_func) const;

  virtual SEL_ARG *get_mm_leaf(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, KEY_PART *key_part,
                               const Item_bool_func *cond,
                               scalar_comparison_op op, Item *value)= 0;

  Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_outer_join_table_elimination(
                                                 const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                                 const Item *item) const
  {
    // Exactly the same rules with REF access
    return can_optimize_keypart_ref(cond, item);
  }

  bool save_in_field_default_value(bool view_eror_processing);
  bool save_in_field_ignore_value(bool view_error_processing);

  /* Mark field in read map. Updates also virtual fields */
  void register_field_in_read_map();

  virtual Compression_method *compression_method() const { return 0; }

  virtual Virtual_tmp_table **virtual_tmp_table_addr()
  {
    return NULL;
  }
  virtual bool sp_prepare_and_store_item(THD *thd, Item **value);

  friend int cre_myisam(char * name, TABLE *form, uint options,
			ulonglong auto_increment_value);
  friend class Copy_field;
  friend class Item_avg_field;
  friend class Item_std_field;
  friend class Item_sum_num;
  friend class Item_sum_sum;
  friend class Item_sum_count;
  friend class Item_sum_avg;
  friend class Item_sum_std;
  friend class Item_sum_min;
  friend class Item_sum_max;
  friend class Item_func_group_concat;

private:
  /*
    Primitive for implementing last_null_byte().

    SYNOPSIS
      do_last_null_byte()

    DESCRIPTION
      Primitive for the implementation of the last_null_byte()
      function. This represents the inheritance interface and can be
      overridden by subclasses.
   */
  virtual size_t do_last_null_byte() const;

protected:
  uchar *pack_int(uchar *to, const uchar *from, size_t size)
  {
    memcpy(to, from, size);
    return to + size;
  }

  const uchar *unpack_int(uchar* to, const uchar *from,
                          const uchar *from_end, size_t size)
  {
    if (from + size > from_end)
      return 0;
    memcpy(to, from, size);
    return from + size;
  }

  uchar *pack_int16(uchar *to, const uchar *from)
  { return pack_int(to, from, 2); }
  const uchar *unpack_int16(uchar* to, const uchar *from, const uchar *from_end)
  { return unpack_int(to, from, from_end, 2); }
  uchar *pack_int24(uchar *to, const uchar *from)
  { return pack_int(to, from, 3); }
  const uchar *unpack_int24(uchar* to, const uchar *from, const uchar *from_end)
  { return unpack_int(to, from, from_end, 3); }
  uchar *pack_int32(uchar *to, const uchar *from)
  { return pack_int(to, from, 4); }
  const uchar *unpack_int32(uchar* to, const uchar *from, const uchar *from_end)
  { return unpack_int(to, from, from_end, 4); }
  uchar *pack_int64(uchar* to, const uchar *from)
  { return pack_int(to, from, 8); }
  const uchar *unpack_int64(uchar* to, const uchar *from,  const uchar *from_end)
  { return unpack_int(to, from, from_end, 8); }

  double pos_in_interval_val_real(Field *min, Field *max);
  double pos_in_interval_val_str(Field *min, Field *max, uint data_offset);
};


class Field_num :public Field {
protected:
  int check_edom_and_important_data_truncation(const char *type, bool edom,
                                               CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                               const char *str, size_t length,
                                               const char *end_of_num);
  int check_edom_and_truncation(const char *type, bool edom,
                                CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                const char *str, size_t length,
                                const char *end_of_num);
  int check_int(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *str, size_t length,
                const char *int_end, int error)
  {
    return check_edom_and_truncation("integer",
                                     error == MY_ERRNO_EDOM || str == int_end,
                                     cs, str, length, int_end);
  }
  bool get_int(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *from, size_t len,
               longlong *rnd, ulonglong unsigned_max,
               longlong signed_min, longlong signed_max);
  void prepend_zeros(String *value) const;
  Item *get_equal_zerofill_const_item(THD *thd, const Context &ctx,
                                      Item *const_item);
  Binlog_type_info::binlog_sign_t binlog_signedness() const
  {
    return (flags & UNSIGNED_FLAG) ? Binlog_type_info::SIGN_UNSIGNED :
                                     Binlog_type_info::SIGN_SIGNED;
  }
  bool send_numeric_zerofill_str(Protocol_text *protocol,
                                 protocol_send_type_t send_type);

public:
  const decimal_digits_t dec;
  bool zerofill,unsigned_flag;	// Purify cannot handle bit fields
  Field_num(uchar *ptr_arg,uint32 len_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
	    uchar null_bit_arg, utype unireg_check_arg,
	    const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
            decimal_digits_t dec_arg, bool zero_arg, bool unsigned_arg);
  CHARSET_INFO *charset() const override
  {
    return DTCollation_numeric::singleton().collation;
  }
  const DTCollation &dtcollation() const override
  {
    return DTCollation_numeric::singleton();
  }
  sql_mode_t can_handle_sql_mode_dependency_on_store() const override;
  Item *get_equal_const_item(THD *thd, const Context &ctx, Item *const_item)
    override
  {
    return (flags & ZEROFILL_FLAG) ?
           get_equal_zerofill_const_item(thd, ctx, const_item) :
           const_item;
  }
  void add_zerofill_and_unsigned(String &res) const;
  friend class Create_field;
  void make_send_field(Send_field *) override;
  decimal_digits_t decimals() const override { return dec; }
  uint size_of() const override { return sizeof(*this); }
  bool eq_def(const Field *field) const override;
  Copy_func *get_copy_func(const Field *from) const override
  {
    if (unsigned_flag && from->cmp_type() == DECIMAL_RESULT)
      return do_field_decimal;
    return do_field_int;
  }
  int save_in_field(Field *to) override
  {
    return to->store(val_int(), MY_TEST(flags & UNSIGNED_FLAG));
  }
  bool is_equal(const Column_definition &new_field) const override;
  uint row_pack_length() const override { return pack_length(); }
  uint32 pack_length_from_metadata(uint field_metadata) const override
  {
    uint32 length= pack_length();
    DBUG_PRINT("result", ("pack_length_from_metadata(%d): %u",
                          field_metadata, length));
    return length;
  }
  double pos_in_interval(Field *min, Field *max) override
  {
    return pos_in_interval_val_real(min, max);
  }
  SEL_ARG *get_mm_leaf(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, KEY_PART *key_part,
                       const Item_bool_func *cond,
                       scalar_comparison_op op, Item *value) override;
  Binlog_type_info binlog_type_info() const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(Field_num::type() == binlog_type());
    return Binlog_type_info(Field_num::type(), 0, 0, binlog_signedness());
  }
};


class Field_str :public Field {
protected:
  DTCollation m_collation;
  // A short alias for m_collation.collation with non-virtual linkage
  const CHARSET_INFO *field_charset() const { return m_collation.collation; }
  uint mbmaxlen() const { return m_collation.collation->mbmaxlen; }
public:
  bool can_be_substituted_to_equal_item(const Context &ctx,
                                        const Item_equal *item_equal) override;
  Field_str(uchar *ptr_arg,uint32 len_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
	    uchar null_bit_arg, utype unireg_check_arg,
	    const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
	    const DTCollation &collation);
  decimal_digits_t decimals() const override
  { return is_created_from_null_item ? 0 : DECIMAL_NOT_SPECIFIED; }
  int  save_in_field(Field *to) override { return save_in_field_str(to); }
  bool memcpy_field_possible(const Field *from) const override
  {
    return real_type() == from->real_type() &&
           pack_length() == from->pack_length() &&
           charset() == from->charset();
  }
  int  store(double nr) override;
  int  store(longlong nr, bool unsigned_val) override;
  int  store_decimal(const my_decimal *) override;
  int  store(const char *to,size_t length,CHARSET_INFO *cs) override=0;
  int  store_hex_hybrid(const char *str, size_t length) override
  {
    return store(str, length, &my_charset_bin);
  }
  CHARSET_INFO *charset() const override { return m_collation.collation; }
  const DTCollation &dtcollation() const override
  {
    return m_collation;
  }
  void change_charset(const DTCollation &new_cs) override;
  bool binary() const override { return field_charset() == &my_charset_bin; }
  uint32 max_display_length() const override { return field_length; }
  uint32 character_octet_length() const override { return field_length; }
  uint32 char_length() const override
  {
    return field_length / mbmaxlen();
  }
  Information_schema_character_attributes
    information_schema_character_attributes() const override
  {
    return Information_schema_character_attributes(max_display_length(),
                                                   char_length());
  }
  friend class Create_field;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool val_bool() override { return val_real() != 0e0; }
  bool str_needs_quotes() const override { return true; }
  bool eq_cmp_as_binary() override { return MY_TEST(flags & BINARY_FLAG); }
  virtual uint length_size() const { return 0; }
  double pos_in_interval(Field *min, Field *max) override
  {
    return pos_in_interval_val_str(min, max, length_size());
  }
  bool pos_through_val_str() override {return true;}

  bool test_if_equality_guarantees_uniqueness(const Item *const_item) const
    override;
  SEL_ARG *get_mm_leaf(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, KEY_PART *key_part,
                       const Item_bool_func *cond,
                       scalar_comparison_op op, Item *value) override;
  Binlog_type_info binlog_type_info() const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(Field_str::type() == binlog_type());
    return Binlog_type_info(Field_str::type(), 0, 0, charset());
  }
};

/* base class for Field_string, Field_varstring and Field_blob */

class Field_longstr :public Field_str
{
protected:
  int report_if_important_data(const char *ptr, const char *end,
                               bool count_spaces);
  bool check_string_copy_error(const String_copier *copier,
                               const char *end, CHARSET_INFO *cs);
  int check_conversion_status(const String_copier *copier,
                              const char *end, CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                              bool count_spaces)
  {
    if (check_string_copy_error(copier, end, cs))
      return 2;
    return report_if_important_data(copier->source_end_pos(),
                                    end, count_spaces);
  }
  int well_formed_copy_with_check(char *to, size_t to_length,
                                  CHARSET_INFO *from_cs,
                                  const char *from, size_t from_length,
                                  size_t nchars, bool count_spaces,
                                  uint *copy_length)
  {
    String_copier copier;

    *copy_length= copier.well_formed_copy(field_charset(), to, to_length,
                                          from_cs, from, from_length,
                                          nchars);

    return check_conversion_status(&copier, from + from_length, from_cs, count_spaces);
  }
  Data_type_compatibility cmp_to_string_with_same_collation(
                                         const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                         const Item *item) const;
  Data_type_compatibility cmp_to_string_with_stricter_collation(
                                             const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                             const Item *item) const;
  int compress(char *to, uint to_length,
               const char *from, uint length,
               uint max_length,
               uint *out_length,
               CHARSET_INFO *cs, size_t nchars);
  String *uncompress(String *val_buffer, String *val_ptr,
                     const uchar *from, uint from_length) const;
public:
  Field_longstr(uchar *ptr_arg, uint32 len_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
                uchar null_bit_arg, utype unireg_check_arg,
                const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
                const DTCollation &collation)
    :Field_str(ptr_arg, len_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg, unireg_check_arg,
               field_name_arg, collation)
    {}
  enum_conv_type rpl_conv_type_from(const Conv_source &source,
                                    const Relay_log_info *rli,
                                    const Conv_param &param) const override;
  int store_decimal(const my_decimal *d) override;
  uint32 max_data_length() const override;
  void make_send_field(Send_field *) override;
  bool send(Protocol *protocol) override;

  bool is_varchar_and_in_write_set() const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(table && table->write_set);
    return bitmap_is_set(table->write_set, field_index);
  }
  bool match_collation_to_optimize_range() const { return true; }

  Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_keypart_ref(const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                                   const Item *item)
                                                   const override;
  Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_hash_join(const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                                 const Item *item)
                                                 const override;
  Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_group_min_max(const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                                     const Item *const_item)
                                                     const override;
  Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_range(const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                             const Item *item,
                                             bool is_eq_func) const override;
  bool is_packable() const override { return true; }
  uint make_packed_sort_key_part(uchar *buff,
                                 const SORT_FIELD_ATTR *sort_field)override;
  uchar* pack_sort_string(uchar *to, const SORT_FIELD_ATTR *sort_field);
};

/* base class for float and double and decimal (old one) */
class Field_real :public Field_num {
protected:
  double get_double(const char *str, size_t length, CHARSET_INFO *cs, int *err);
public:
  bool not_fixed;

  Field_real(uchar *ptr_arg, uint32 len_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
             uchar null_bit_arg, utype unireg_check_arg,
             const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
             decimal_digits_t dec_arg, bool zero_arg, bool unsigned_arg)
    :Field_num(ptr_arg, len_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg, unireg_check_arg,
               field_name_arg, dec_arg, zero_arg, unsigned_arg),
    not_fixed(dec_arg >= FLOATING_POINT_DECIMALS)
    {}
  Copy_func *get_copy_func(const Field *from) const override
  {
    return do_field_real;
  }
  enum_conv_type rpl_conv_type_from(const Conv_source &source,
                                    const Relay_log_info *rli,
                                    const Conv_param &param) const override;
  Information_schema_numeric_attributes
    information_schema_numeric_attributes() const override
  {
    return dec == DECIMAL_NOT_SPECIFIED ?
                  Information_schema_numeric_attributes(field_length) :
                  Information_schema_numeric_attributes(field_length, dec);
  }
  void sql_type(String &str) const override;
  int save_in_field(Field *to) override { return to->store(val_real()); }
  bool memcpy_field_possible(const Field *from) const override
  {
    /*
      Cannot do memcpy from a longer field to a shorter field,
      e.g. a DOUBLE(53,10) into a DOUBLE(10,10).
      But it should be OK the other way around.
    */
    return real_type() == from->real_type() &&
           pack_length() == from->pack_length() &&
           is_unsigned() <= from->is_unsigned() &&
           decimals() == from->decimals() &&
           field_length >= from->field_length;
  }
  int store_decimal(const my_decimal *dec) override
  { return store(dec->to_double()); }
  int  store_time_dec(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime, uint dec) override;
  bool get_date(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool val_bool() override { return val_real() != 0e0; }
  uint32 max_display_length() const override { return field_length; }
  uint size_of() const override { return sizeof *this; }
  Item *get_equal_const_item(THD *thd, const Context &ctx, Item *const_item)
    override;
};


class Field_decimal final  :public Field_real {
public:
  Field_decimal(uchar *ptr_arg, uint32 len_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
		uchar null_bit_arg,
		enum utype unireg_check_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
		decimal_digits_t dec_arg, bool zero_arg,bool unsigned_arg)
    :Field_real(ptr_arg, len_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
                unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg,
                dec_arg, zero_arg, unsigned_arg)
    {}
  Field *make_new_field(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *new_table, bool keep_type)
    override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_olddecimal; }
  enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const override
  { return zerofill ? HA_KEYTYPE_BINARY : HA_KEYTYPE_NUM; }
  Information_schema_numeric_attributes
    information_schema_numeric_attributes() const override
  {
    uint tmp= dec ? 2 : 1; // The sign and the decimal point
    return Information_schema_numeric_attributes(field_length - tmp, dec);
  }
  Copy_func *get_copy_func(const Field *from) const override
  {
    return eq_def(from) ? get_identical_copy_func() : do_field_string;
  }
  int reset() override;
  int store(const char *to,size_t length,CHARSET_INFO *charset) override;
  int store(double nr) override;
  int store(longlong nr, bool unsigned_val) override;
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String *, String *) override;
  int cmp(const uchar *,const uchar *) const override;
  void sort_string(uchar *buff,uint length) override;
  void overflow(bool negative);
  bool zero_pack() const override { return false; }
  void sql_type(String &str) const override;
  uchar *pack(uchar* to, const uchar *from, uint max_length) override
  {
    return Field::pack(to, from, max_length);
  }
};


/* New decimal/numeric field which use fixed point arithmetic */
class Field_new_decimal final :public Field_num {
public:
  /* The maximum number of decimal digits can be stored */
  decimal_digits_t precision;
  uint32 bin_size;
  /*
    Constructors take max_length of the field as a parameter - not the
    precision as the number of decimal digits allowed.
    So for example we need to count length from precision handling
    CREATE TABLE ( DECIMAL(x,y)) 
  */
  Field_new_decimal(uchar *ptr_arg, uint32 len_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
                    uchar null_bit_arg,
                    enum utype unireg_check_arg,
                    const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
                    decimal_digits_t dec_arg, bool zero_arg, bool unsigned_arg);
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_newdecimal; }
  enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const override { return HA_KEYTYPE_BINARY; }
  Copy_func *get_copy_func(const Field *from) const override
  {
    //  if (from->real_type() == MYSQL_TYPE_BIT) // QQ: why?
    //    return do_field_int;
    return do_field_decimal;
  }
  int save_in_field(Field *to) override
  {
    my_decimal tmp(ptr, precision, dec);
    return to->store_decimal(&tmp);
  }
  bool memcpy_field_possible(const Field *from) const override
  {
    return real_type() == from->real_type() &&
           pack_length() == from->pack_length() &&
           is_unsigned() <= from->is_unsigned() &&
           decimals() == from->decimals() &&
           field_length == from->field_length;
  }
  enum_conv_type rpl_conv_type_from(const Conv_source &source,
                                    const Relay_log_info *rli,
                                    const Conv_param &param) const override;
  int  reset() override;
  bool store_value(const my_decimal *decimal_value);
  bool store_value(const my_decimal *decimal_value, int *native_error);
  void set_value_on_overflow(my_decimal *decimal_value, bool sign);
  int  store(const char *to, size_t length, CHARSET_INFO *charset) override;
  int  store(double nr) override;
  int  store(longlong nr, bool unsigned_val) override;
  int  store_time_dec(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime, uint dec) override;
  int  store_decimal(const my_decimal *) override;
  double val_real() override
  {
    return my_decimal(ptr, precision, dec).to_double();
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    return my_decimal(ptr, precision, dec).to_longlong(unsigned_flag);
  }
  ulonglong val_uint() override
  {
    return (ulonglong) my_decimal(ptr, precision, dec).to_longlong(true);
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  String *val_str(String *val_buffer, String *) override
  {
    uint fixed_precision= zerofill ? precision : 0;
    return my_decimal(ptr, precision, dec).
             to_string(val_buffer, fixed_precision, dec, '0');
  }
  bool get_date(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    my_decimal nr(ptr, precision, dec);
    return decimal_to_datetime_with_warn(get_thd(), &nr, ltime,
                                         fuzzydate, table->s, field_name.str);
  }
  bool val_bool() override
  {
    return my_decimal(ptr, precision, dec).to_bool();
  }
  int cmp(const uchar *, const uchar *) const override;
  void sort_string(uchar *buff, uint length) override;
  bool zero_pack() const override { return false; }
  void sql_type(String &str) const override;
  uint32 max_display_length() const override { return field_length; }
  Information_schema_numeric_attributes
    information_schema_numeric_attributes() const override
  {
    return Information_schema_numeric_attributes(precision, dec);
  }
  uint size_of() const override { return sizeof *this; }
  uint32 pack_length() const override { return bin_size; }
  uint pack_length_from_metadata(uint field_metadata) const override;
  uint row_pack_length() const override { return pack_length(); }
  bool compatible_field_size(uint field_metadata, const Relay_log_info *rli,
                             uint16 mflags, int *order_var) const override;
  bool is_equal(const Column_definition &new_field) const override;
  const uchar *unpack(uchar* to, const uchar *from, const uchar *from_end,
                      uint param_data) override;
  Item *get_equal_const_item(THD *thd, const Context &ctx, Item *const_item)
    override;
  Binlog_type_info binlog_type_info() const override;
};


class Field_int :public Field_num
{
protected:
  String *val_str_from_long(String *val_buffer, uint max_char_length,
                            int radix, long nr);
public:
  Field_int(uchar *ptr_arg, uint32 len_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
            uchar null_bit_arg, enum utype unireg_check_arg,
            const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg, bool zero_arg, bool unsigned_arg)
    :Field_num(ptr_arg, len_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
               unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg, 0, zero_arg, unsigned_arg)
    {}
  enum_conv_type rpl_conv_type_from(const Conv_source &source,
                                    const Relay_log_info *rli,
                                    const Conv_param &param) const override;
  bool memcpy_field_possible(const Field *from) const override
  {
    return real_type() == from->real_type() &&
           pack_length() == from->pack_length() &&
           is_unsigned() == from->is_unsigned();
  }
  int store_decimal(const my_decimal *) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool val_bool() override { return val_int() != 0; }
  ulonglong val_uint() override
  {
    longlong nr= val_int();
    return nr < 0 && !unsigned_flag ? 0 : (ulonglong) nr;
  }
  int  store_time_dec(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime, uint dec) override;
  bool get_date(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  virtual const Type_limits_int *type_limits_int() const= 0;
  uint32 max_display_length() const override
  {
    return type_limits_int()->char_length();
  }
  Type_numeric_attributes type_numeric_attributes() const override
  {
    /*
      For integer data types, the user-specified length does not constrain the
      supported range, so e.g. a column of the INT(1) data type supports the
      full integer range anyway.
      Choose the maximum from the user-specified length and the maximum
      possible length determined by the data type capacity:
        INT(1)  -> 11
        INT(10) -> 11
        INT(40) -> 40
    */
    uint32 length1= max_display_length();
    uint32 length2= field_length;
    return Type_numeric_attributes(MY_MAX(length1, length2),
                                   decimals(), is_unsigned());
  }
  Information_schema_numeric_attributes
    information_schema_numeric_attributes() const override
  {
    uint32 prec= type_limits_int()->precision();
    return Information_schema_numeric_attributes(prec, 0);
  }
  void sql_type(String &str) const override;
  SEL_ARG *get_mm_leaf(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, KEY_PART *key_part,
                       const Item_bool_func *cond,
                       scalar_comparison_op op, Item *value) override
  {
    return get_mm_leaf_int(param, key_part, cond, op, value, unsigned_flag);
  }
};


class Field_tiny :public Field_int
{
  const Type_handler_general_purpose_int *type_handler_priv() const
  {
    if (is_unsigned())
      return &type_handler_utiny;
    return &type_handler_stiny;
  }
public:
  Field_tiny(uchar *ptr_arg, uint32 len_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
	     uchar null_bit_arg,
	     enum utype unireg_check_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
	     bool zero_arg, bool unsigned_arg)
    :Field_int(ptr_arg, len_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
               unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg, zero_arg, unsigned_arg)
    {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
    { return type_handler_priv(); }
  enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const override
    { return unsigned_flag ? HA_KEYTYPE_BINARY : HA_KEYTYPE_INT8; }
  int store(const char *to,size_t length,CHARSET_INFO *charset) override;
  int store(double nr) override;
  int store(longlong nr, bool unsigned_val) override;
  int reset() override { ptr[0]=0; return 0; }
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String *, String *) override;
  bool send(Protocol *protocol) override;
  int cmp(const uchar *,const uchar *) const override;
  void sort_string(uchar *buff,uint length) override;
  uint32 pack_length() const override { return 1; }
  const Type_limits_int *type_limits_int() const override
  {
    return type_handler_priv()->type_limits_int();
  }

  uchar *pack(uchar* to, const uchar *from, uint max_length) override
  {
    *to= *from;
    return to + 1;
  }

  const uchar *unpack(uchar* to, const uchar *from,
		      const uchar *from_end, uint param_data) override
  {
    if (from == from_end)
      return 0;
    *to= *from;
    return from + 1;
  }
  ulonglong get_max_int_value() const override
  {
    return unsigned_flag ? 0xFFULL : 0x7FULL;
  }
};


class Field_short final :public Field_int
{
  const Type_handler_general_purpose_int *type_handler_priv() const
  {
    if (is_unsigned())
      return &type_handler_ushort;
    return &type_handler_sshort;
  }
public:
  Field_short(uchar *ptr_arg, uint32 len_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
	      uchar null_bit_arg,
	      enum utype unireg_check_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
	      bool zero_arg, bool unsigned_arg)
    :Field_int(ptr_arg, len_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
               unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg, zero_arg, unsigned_arg)
    {}
  Field_short(uint32 len_arg,bool maybe_null_arg,
              const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
	      bool unsigned_arg)
    :Field_int((uchar*) 0, len_arg, maybe_null_arg ? (uchar*) "": 0,0,
               NONE, field_name_arg, 0, unsigned_arg)
    {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return type_handler_priv(); }
  enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const override
    { return unsigned_flag ? HA_KEYTYPE_USHORT_INT : HA_KEYTYPE_SHORT_INT;}
  int store(const char *to,size_t length,CHARSET_INFO *charset) override;
  int store(double nr) override;
  int store(longlong nr, bool unsigned_val) override;
  int reset() override { ptr[0]=ptr[1]=0; return 0; }
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String *, String *) override;
  bool send(Protocol *protocol) override;
  int cmp(const uchar *,const uchar *) const override;
  void sort_string(uchar *buff,uint length) override;
  uint32 pack_length() const override { return 2; }
  const Type_limits_int *type_limits_int() const override
  {
    return type_handler_priv()->type_limits_int();
  }
  uchar *pack(uchar* to, const uchar *from, uint) override
  { return pack_int16(to, from); }

  const uchar *unpack(uchar* to, const uchar *from,
                      const uchar *from_end, uint) override
  { return unpack_int16(to, from, from_end); }
  ulonglong get_max_int_value() const override
  {
    return unsigned_flag ? 0xFFFFULL : 0x7FFFULL;
  }
};

class Field_medium final :public Field_int
{
  const Type_handler_general_purpose_int *type_handler_priv() const
  {
    if (is_unsigned())
      return &type_handler_uint24;
    return &type_handler_sint24;
  }
public:
  Field_medium(uchar *ptr_arg, uint32 len_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
	      uchar null_bit_arg,
	      enum utype unireg_check_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
	      bool zero_arg, bool unsigned_arg)
    :Field_int(ptr_arg, len_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
               unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg, zero_arg, unsigned_arg)
    {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return type_handler_priv(); }
  enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const override
    { return unsigned_flag ? HA_KEYTYPE_UINT24 : HA_KEYTYPE_INT24; }
  int store(const char *to,size_t length,CHARSET_INFO *charset) override;
  int store(double nr) override;
  int store(longlong nr, bool unsigned_val) override;
  int reset() override { ptr[0]=ptr[1]=ptr[2]=0; return 0; }
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String *, String *) override;
  bool send(Protocol *protocol) override;
  int cmp(const uchar *,const uchar *) const override;
  void sort_string(uchar *buff,uint length) override;
  uint32 pack_length() const override { return 3; }
  const Type_limits_int *type_limits_int() const override
  {
    return type_handler_priv()->type_limits_int();
  }
  uchar *pack(uchar* to, const uchar *from, uint max_length) override
  {
    return Field::pack(to, from, max_length);
  }
  ulonglong get_max_int_value() const override
  {
    return unsigned_flag ? 0xFFFFFFULL : 0x7FFFFFULL;
  }
};


class Field_long final :public Field_int
{
  const Type_handler_general_purpose_int *type_handler_priv() const
  {
    if (is_unsigned())
      return &type_handler_ulong;
    return &type_handler_slong;
  }
public:
  Field_long(uchar *ptr_arg, uint32 len_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
	     uchar null_bit_arg,
	     enum utype unireg_check_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
	     bool zero_arg, bool unsigned_arg)
    :Field_int(ptr_arg, len_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
               unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg, zero_arg, unsigned_arg)
    {}
  Field_long(uint32 len_arg,bool maybe_null_arg,
             const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
	     bool unsigned_arg)
    :Field_int((uchar*) 0, len_arg, maybe_null_arg ? (uchar*) "": 0,0,
               NONE, field_name_arg, 0, unsigned_arg)
    {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return type_handler_priv(); }
  enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const override
    { return unsigned_flag ? HA_KEYTYPE_ULONG_INT : HA_KEYTYPE_LONG_INT; }
  int store(const char *to,size_t length,CHARSET_INFO *charset) override;
  int store(double nr) override;
  int store(longlong nr, bool unsigned_val) override;
  int reset() override { ptr[0]=ptr[1]=ptr[2]=ptr[3]=0; return 0; }
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  bool send(Protocol *protocol) override;
  String *val_str(String *, String *) override;
  int cmp(const uchar *,const uchar *) const override;
  void sort_string(uchar *buff,uint length) override;
  uint32 pack_length() const override { return 4; }
  const Type_limits_int *type_limits_int() const override
  {
    return type_handler_priv()->type_limits_int();
  }
  uchar *pack(uchar* to, const uchar *from, uint) override
  {
    return pack_int32(to, from);
  }
  const uchar *unpack(uchar* to, const uchar *from,
                      const uchar *from_end, uint) override
  {
    return unpack_int32(to, from, from_end);
  }
  ulonglong get_max_int_value() const override
  {
    return unsigned_flag ? 0xFFFFFFFFULL : 0x7FFFFFFFULL;
  }
};


class Field_longlong :public Field_int
{
  const Type_handler_general_purpose_int *type_handler_priv() const
  {
    if (is_unsigned())
      return &type_handler_ulonglong;
    return &type_handler_slonglong;
  }
public:
  Field_longlong(uchar *ptr_arg, uint32 len_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
	      uchar null_bit_arg,
	      enum utype unireg_check_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
	      bool zero_arg, bool unsigned_arg)
    :Field_int(ptr_arg, len_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
               unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg, zero_arg, unsigned_arg)
    {}
  Field_longlong(uint32 len_arg,bool maybe_null_arg,
		 const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
                 bool unsigned_arg)
    :Field_int((uchar*) 0, len_arg, maybe_null_arg ? (uchar*) "": 0,0,
                NONE, field_name_arg, 0, unsigned_arg)
    {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return type_handler_priv(); }
  enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const override
  { return unsigned_flag ? HA_KEYTYPE_ULONGLONG : HA_KEYTYPE_LONGLONG; }
  int store(const char *to,size_t length,CHARSET_INFO *charset) override;
  int store(double nr) override;
  int store(longlong nr, bool unsigned_val) override;
  int reset() override
  {
    ptr[0]=ptr[1]=ptr[2]=ptr[3]=ptr[4]=ptr[5]=ptr[6]=ptr[7]=0;
    return 0;
  }
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String *, String *) override;
  bool send(Protocol *protocol) override;
  int cmp(const uchar *,const uchar *) const override;
  void sort_string(uchar *buff,uint length) override;
  uint32 pack_length() const override { return 8; }
  const Type_limits_int *type_limits_int() const override
  {
    return type_handler_priv()->type_limits_int();
  }
  uchar *pack(uchar* to, const uchar *from, uint) override
  {
    return pack_int64(to, from);
  }
  const uchar *unpack(uchar* to, const uchar *from, const uchar *from_end,
		      uint) override
  {
    return unpack_int64(to, from, from_end);
  }
  void set_max() override;
  bool is_max(const uchar *ptr_arg) const override;
  ulonglong get_max_int_value() const override
  {
    return unsigned_flag ? 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL : 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL;
  }
};


class Field_vers_trx_id :public Field_longlong {
  MYSQL_TIME cache;
  ulonglong cached;
public:
  Field_vers_trx_id(uchar *ptr_arg, uint32 len_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
                    uchar null_bit_arg, enum utype unireg_check_arg,
                    const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg, bool zero_arg,
                    bool unsigned_arg)
      : Field_longlong(ptr_arg, len_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
                       unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg, zero_arg,
                       unsigned_arg),
        cached(0)
  {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_vers_trx_id; }
  uint size_of() const override { return sizeof *this; }
  bool get_date(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate, ulonglong trx_id);
  bool get_date(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    return get_date(ltime, fuzzydate, (ulonglong) val_int());
  }
  bool test_if_equality_guarantees_uniqueness(const Item *item) const override;
  Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_keypart_ref(const Item_bool_func *,
                                                   const Item *)
    const override
  {
    return Data_type_compatibility::OK;
  }

  Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_group_min_max(const Item_bool_func *,
                                                     const Item *)
    const override
  {
    return Data_type_compatibility::OK;
  }
  Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_range(const Item_bool_func *,
                                             const Item *, bool is_eq_func)
    const override
  {
    return Data_type_compatibility::OK;
  }
  /* cmp_type() cannot be TIME_RESULT, because we want to compare this field against
     integers. But in all other cases we treat it as TIME_RESULT! */
};

static inline decimal_digits_t fix_dec_arg(decimal_digits_t dec_arg)
{ return dec_arg >= FLOATING_POINT_DECIMALS ? DECIMAL_NOT_SPECIFIED : dec_arg; }

class Field_float final :public Field_real {
public:
  Field_float(uchar *ptr_arg, uint32 len_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
	      uchar null_bit_arg,
	      enum utype unireg_check_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
              decimal_digits_t dec_arg,bool zero_arg,bool unsigned_arg)
    :Field_real(ptr_arg, len_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
                unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg,
                fix_dec_arg(dec_arg), zero_arg, unsigned_arg)
    { }
  Field_float(uint32 len_arg, bool maybe_null_arg,
              const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg, decimal_digits_t dec_arg)
    :Field_real((uchar*) 0, len_arg, maybe_null_arg ? (uchar*) "": 0, (uint) 0,
                NONE, field_name_arg, fix_dec_arg(dec_arg), 0, 0)
    { }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_float; }
  enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const override { return HA_KEYTYPE_FLOAT; }
  int store(const char *to,size_t length,CHARSET_INFO *charset) override;
  int store(double nr) override;
  int store(longlong nr, bool unsigned_val) override;
  int reset() override { bzero(ptr,sizeof(float)); return 0; }
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String *, String *) override;
  bool send(Protocol *protocol) override;
  int cmp(const uchar *,const uchar *) const override;
  void sort_string(uchar *buff, uint length) override;
  uint32 pack_length() const override { return sizeof(float); }
  uint row_pack_length() const override { return pack_length(); }
  ulonglong get_max_int_value() const override
  {
    /*
      We use the maximum as per IEEE754-2008 standard, 2^24
    */
    return 0x1000000ULL;
  }
  Binlog_type_info binlog_type_info() const override;
};


class Field_double :public Field_real {
  longlong val_int_from_real(bool want_unsigned_result);
public:
  Field_double(uchar *ptr_arg, uint32 len_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
	       uchar null_bit_arg,
	       enum utype unireg_check_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
	       decimal_digits_t dec_arg,bool zero_arg,bool unsigned_arg)
    :Field_real(ptr_arg, len_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
                unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg,
                fix_dec_arg(dec_arg), zero_arg, unsigned_arg)
    { }
  Field_double(uint32 len_arg, bool maybe_null_arg,
               const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg, decimal_digits_t dec_arg)
    :Field_real((uchar*) 0, len_arg, maybe_null_arg ? (uchar*) "" : 0, (uint) 0,
                NONE, field_name_arg, fix_dec_arg(dec_arg), 0, 0)
    { }
  Field_double(uint32 len_arg, bool maybe_null_arg,
               const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
	       decimal_digits_t dec_arg, bool not_fixed_arg)
    :Field_real((uchar*) 0, len_arg, maybe_null_arg ? (uchar*) "" : 0, (uint) 0,
                NONE, field_name_arg, fix_dec_arg(dec_arg), 0, 0)
    {
      not_fixed= not_fixed_arg;
    }
  void init_for_tmp_table(Field *org_field, TABLE *new_table) override
  {
    Field::init_for_tmp_table(org_field, new_table);
    not_fixed= true;
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_double; }
  enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const override final { return HA_KEYTYPE_DOUBLE; }
  int  store(const char *to,size_t length,CHARSET_INFO *charset) override final;
  int  store(double nr) override final;
  int  store(longlong nr, bool unsigned_val) override final;
  int reset() override final { bzero(ptr,sizeof(double)); return 0; }
  double val_real() override final;
  longlong val_int() override final { return val_int_from_real(false); }
  ulonglong val_uint() override final { return (ulonglong) val_int_from_real(true); }
  String *val_str(String *, String *) override final;
  bool send(Protocol *protocol) override;
  int cmp(const uchar *,const uchar *) const override final;
  void sort_string(uchar *buff, uint length) override final;
  uint32 pack_length() const override final { return sizeof(double); }
  uint row_pack_length() const override final { return pack_length(); }
  ulonglong get_max_int_value() const override final
  {
    /*
      We use the maximum as per IEEE754-2008 standard, 2^53
    */
    return 0x20000000000000ULL;
  }
  Binlog_type_info binlog_type_info() const override final;
};


/* Everything saved in this will disappear. It will always return NULL */

class Field_null :public Field_str {
  static uchar null[1];
public:
  Field_null(uchar *ptr_arg, uint32 len_arg,
	     enum utype unireg_check_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
	     const DTCollation &collation)
    :Field_str(ptr_arg, len_arg, null, 1,
	       unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg, collation)
    {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_null; }
  enum_conv_type rpl_conv_type_from(const Conv_source &source,
                                    const Relay_log_info *rli,
                                    const Conv_param &param) const override;
  Information_schema_character_attributes
    information_schema_character_attributes() const override
  {
    return Information_schema_character_attributes();
  }
  Copy_func *get_copy_func(const Field *from) const override
  {
    return do_field_string;
  }
  int  store(const char *to, size_t length, CHARSET_INFO *cs) override final
  { null[0]=1; return 0; }
  int store(double nr) override final { null[0]=1; return 0; }
  int store(longlong nr, bool unsigned_val) override final { null[0]=1; return 0; }
  int store_decimal(const my_decimal *d) override final { null[0]=1; return 0; }
  int reset() override final { return 0; }
  double val_real() override final { return 0.0;}
  longlong val_int() override final { return 0;}
  bool val_bool() override final { return false; }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override final { return 0; }
  String *val_str(String *value,String *value2) override final
  { value2->length(0); return value2;}
  bool is_equal(const Column_definition &new_field) const override final;
  int cmp(const uchar *a, const uchar *b) const override final { return 0;}
  void sort_string(uchar *buff, uint length) override final {}
  uint32 pack_length() const override final { return 0; }
  void sql_type(String &str) const override final;
  uint size_of() const override final { return sizeof *this; }
  uint32 max_display_length() const override final { return 4; }
  void move_field_offset(my_ptrdiff_t ptr_diff) override final {}
  Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_keypart_ref(const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                                   const Item *item)
                                                   const override final
  {
    return Data_type_compatibility::INCOMPATIBLE_DATA_TYPE;
  }
  Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_group_min_max(const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                                     const Item *const_item)
                                                     const override final
  {
    return Data_type_compatibility::INCOMPATIBLE_DATA_TYPE;
  }
};


class Field_temporal :public Field {
protected:
  Item *get_equal_const_item_datetime(THD *thd, const Context &ctx,
                                      Item *const_item);
  void set_warnings(Sql_condition::enum_warning_level trunc_level,
                    const ErrConv *str, int was_cut, const char *typestr);
  int store_TIME_return_code_with_warnings(int warn, const ErrConv *str,
                                           const char *typestr)
  {
    if (!MYSQL_TIME_WARN_HAVE_WARNINGS(warn) &&
        MYSQL_TIME_WARN_HAVE_NOTES(warn))
    {
      set_warnings(Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_NOTE, str,
                   warn | MYSQL_TIME_WARN_TRUNCATED, typestr);
      return 3;
    }
    set_warnings(Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN, str, warn, typestr);
    return warn ? 2 : 0;
  }
  int store_invalid_with_warning(const ErrConv *str, int was_cut,
                                 const char *typestr)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(was_cut);
    reset();
    Sql_condition::enum_warning_level level= Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN;
    if (was_cut & MYSQL_TIME_WARN_ZERO_DATE)
    {
      set_warnings(level, str, MYSQL_TIME_WARN_OUT_OF_RANGE, typestr);
      return 2;
    }
    set_warnings(level, str, MYSQL_TIME_WARN_TRUNCATED, typestr);
    return 1;
  }
  void sql_type_comment(String &str,
                        const Name &name,
                        const Name &comment) const;
  void sql_type_dec_comment(String &str,
                            const Name &name, uint dec,
                            const Name &comment) const;
  void sql_type_opt_dec_comment(String &str,
                                const Name &name, uint dec,
                                const Name &comment) const
  {
    if (dec)
      sql_type_dec_comment(str, name, dec, comment);
    else
      sql_type_comment(str, name, comment);
  }
  static const Name &type_version_mysql56();
public:
  Field_temporal(uchar *ptr_arg,uint32 len_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
                 uchar null_bit_arg, utype unireg_check_arg,
                 const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg)
    :Field(ptr_arg, len_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg, unireg_check_arg,
               field_name_arg)
    { flags|= BINARY_FLAG; }
  int  store_hex_hybrid(const char *str, size_t length) override
  {
    return store(str, length, &my_charset_bin);
  }
  sql_mode_t can_handle_sql_mode_dependency_on_store() const override;
  Copy_func *get_copy_func(const Field *from) const override;
  int save_in_field(Field *to) override
  {
    MYSQL_TIME ltime;
    // For temporal types no truncation needed. Rounding mode is not important.
    if (get_date(&ltime, TIME_CONV_NONE | TIME_FRAC_NONE))
      return to->reset();
    return to->store_time_dec(&ltime, decimals());
  }
  bool memcpy_field_possible(const Field *from) const override;
  uint32 max_display_length() const override { return field_length; }
  bool str_needs_quotes() const override { return true; }
  CHARSET_INFO *charset() const override
  {
    return DTCollation_numeric::singleton().collation;
  }
  const DTCollation &dtcollation() const override
  {
    return DTCollation_numeric::singleton();
  }
  CHARSET_INFO *sort_charset() const override { return &my_charset_bin; }
  bool binary() const override { return true; }
  bool val_bool() override { return val_real() != 0e0; }
  bool is_equal(const Column_definition &new_field) const override;
  bool eq_def(const Field *field) const override
  {
    return (Field::eq_def(field) && decimals() == field->decimals());
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal*) override;
  double pos_in_interval(Field *min, Field *max) override
  {
    return pos_in_interval_val_real(min, max);
  }
  Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_keypart_ref(const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                                   const Item *item)
                                                   const override;
  Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_group_min_max(const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                                     const Item *const_item)
                                                     const override;
  Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_range(const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                             const Item *item,
                                             bool is_eq_func) const override
  {
    return Data_type_compatibility::OK;
  }
  SEL_ARG *get_mm_leaf(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, KEY_PART *key_part,
                       const Item_bool_func *cond,
                       scalar_comparison_op op, Item *value) override;
};


/**
  Abstract class for:
  - DATE
  - DATETIME
  - DATETIME(1..6)
  - DATETIME(0..6) - MySQL56 version
*/
class Field_temporal_with_date :public Field_temporal {
protected:
  virtual void store_TIME(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime) = 0;
  void store_datetime(const Datetime &dt)
  {
    return store_TIME(dt.get_mysql_time());
  }
  virtual bool get_TIME(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, const uchar *pos,
                        date_mode_t fuzzydate) const = 0;
  bool validate_MMDD(bool not_zero_date, uint month, uint day,
                     date_mode_t fuzzydate) const
  {
    if (!not_zero_date)
      return bool(fuzzydate & TIME_NO_ZERO_DATE);
    if (!month || !day)
      return bool(fuzzydate & TIME_NO_ZERO_IN_DATE);
    return false;
  }
public:
  Field_temporal_with_date(uchar *ptr_arg, uint32 len_arg,
                           uchar *null_ptr_arg, uchar null_bit_arg,
                           utype unireg_check_arg,
                           const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg)
    :Field_temporal(ptr_arg, len_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
                    unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg)
    {}
  bool validate_value_in_record(THD *thd, const uchar *record) const override;
};


class Field_timestamp :public Field_temporal {
protected:
  int store_TIME_with_warning(THD *, const Datetime *,
                              const ErrConv *, int warn);
  virtual void store_TIMEVAL(const timeval &tv)= 0;
  void store_TIMESTAMP(const Timestamp &ts)
  {
    store_TIMEVAL(ts.tv());
  }
  int zero_time_stored_return_code_with_warning();
public:
  Field_timestamp(uchar *ptr_arg, uint32 len_arg,
                  uchar *null_ptr_arg, uchar null_bit_arg,
		  enum utype unireg_check_arg,
                  const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
		  TABLE_SHARE *share);
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_timestamp; }
  enum_conv_type rpl_conv_type_from(const Conv_source &source,
                                    const Relay_log_info *rli,
                                    const Conv_param &param) const override;
  Copy_func *get_copy_func(const Field *from) const override;
  sql_mode_t conversion_depends_on_sql_mode(THD *, Item *) const override;
  int  store(const char *to,size_t length,CHARSET_INFO *charset) override;
  int  store(double nr) override;
  int  store(longlong nr, bool unsigned_val) override;
  int  store_time_dec(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime, uint dec) override;
  int  store_decimal(const my_decimal *) override;
  int  store_timestamp_dec(const timeval &ts, uint dec) override;
  int  save_in_field(Field *to) override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String *, String *) override;
  bool zero_pack() const override { return false; }
  /*
    This method is used by storage/perfschema and
    Item_func_now_local::save_in_field().
  */
  void store_TIME(my_time_t ts, ulong sec_part)
  {
    int warn;
    time_round_mode_t mode= Datetime::default_round_mode(get_thd());
    store_TIMESTAMP(Timestamp(ts, sec_part).round(decimals(), mode, &warn));
  }
  bool get_date(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  int store_native(const Native &value) override;
  bool validate_value_in_record(THD *thd, const uchar *record) const override;
  Item *get_equal_const_item(THD *thd, const Context &ctx, Item *const_item)
    override
  {
    return get_equal_const_item_datetime(thd, ctx, const_item);
  }
  bool load_data_set_null(THD *thd) override;
  bool load_data_set_no_data(THD *thd, bool fixed_format) override;
};


class Field_timestamp0 :public Field_timestamp
{
  void store_TIMEVAL(const timeval &tv) override
  {
    int4store(ptr, tv.tv_sec);
  }
public:
  Field_timestamp0(uchar *ptr_arg, uint32 len_arg,
                   uchar *null_ptr_arg, uchar null_bit_arg,
		   enum utype unireg_check_arg,
                   const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
		   TABLE_SHARE *share)
   :Field_timestamp(ptr_arg, len_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
                    unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg, share)
  { }
  enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const override
  { return HA_KEYTYPE_ULONG_INT; }
  void sql_type(String &str) const override
  {
    sql_type_comment(str, Field_timestamp0::type_handler()->name(),
                     Type_handler::version_mariadb53());
  }
  double val_real() override
  {
    return (double) Field_timestamp0::val_int();
  }
  bool send(Protocol *protocol) override;
  int cmp(const uchar *,const uchar *) const override;
  void sort_string(uchar *buff,uint length) override;
  uint32 pack_length() const override { return 4; }
  int set_time() override;
  /* Get TIMESTAMP field value as seconds since begging of Unix Epoch */
  my_time_t get_timestamp(const uchar *pos, ulong *sec_part) const override;
  bool val_native(Native *to) override;
  uchar *pack(uchar *to, const uchar *from, uint) override
  {
    return pack_int32(to, from);
  }
  const uchar *unpack(uchar* to, const uchar *from, const uchar *from_end,
                      uint) override
  {
    return unpack_int32(to, from, from_end);
  }
  uint size_of() const override { return sizeof *this; }
};


/**
  Abstract class for:
  - TIMESTAMP(1..6)
  - TIMESTAMP(0..6) - MySQL56 version
*/
class Field_timestamp_with_dec :public Field_timestamp {
protected:
  decimal_digits_t dec;
public:
  Field_timestamp_with_dec(uchar *ptr_arg,
                           uchar *null_ptr_arg, uchar null_bit_arg,
                           enum utype unireg_check_arg,
                           const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
                           TABLE_SHARE *share, decimal_digits_t dec_arg) :
  Field_timestamp(ptr_arg,
                  MAX_DATETIME_WIDTH + dec_arg + MY_TEST(dec_arg),
                  null_ptr_arg,
                  null_bit_arg, unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg, share),
  dec(dec_arg)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(dec <= TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS);
  }
  decimal_digits_t decimals() const override { return dec; }
  enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const override { return HA_KEYTYPE_BINARY; }
  uchar *pack(uchar *to, const uchar *from, uint max_length) override
  { return Field::pack(to, from, max_length); }
  const uchar *unpack(uchar* to, const uchar *from, const uchar *from_end,
                      uint param_data) override
  { return Field::unpack(to, from, from_end, param_data); }
  void make_send_field(Send_field *field) override;
  void sort_string(uchar *to, uint length) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(length == pack_length());
    memcpy(to, ptr, length);
  }
  bool send(Protocol *protocol) override;
  double val_real() override;
  my_decimal* val_decimal(my_decimal*) override;
  int set_time() override;
};


class Field_timestamp_hires :public Field_timestamp_with_dec {
  uint sec_part_bytes(uint dec) const
  {
    return Type_handler_timestamp::sec_part_bytes(dec);
  }
  void store_TIMEVAL(const timeval &tv) override;
public:
  Field_timestamp_hires(uchar *ptr_arg,
                        uchar *null_ptr_arg, uchar null_bit_arg,
                        enum utype unireg_check_arg,
                        const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
                        TABLE_SHARE *share, decimal_digits_t dec_arg) :
  Field_timestamp_with_dec(ptr_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
                           unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg, share, dec_arg)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(dec);
  }
  void sql_type(String &str) const override
  {
    sql_type_dec_comment(str, Field_timestamp_hires::type_handler()->name(),
                         dec, Type_handler::version_mariadb53());
  }
  bool val_native(Native *to) override;
  my_time_t get_timestamp(const uchar *pos, ulong *sec_part) const override;
  int cmp(const uchar *,const uchar *) const override;
  uint32 pack_length() const override { return 4 + sec_part_bytes(dec); }
  uint size_of() const override { return sizeof *this; }
};


/**
  TIMESTAMP(0..6) - MySQL56 version
*/
class Field_timestampf :public Field_timestamp_with_dec {
  void store_TIMEVAL(const timeval &tv) override;
public:
  Field_timestampf(uchar *ptr_arg,
                   uchar *null_ptr_arg, uchar null_bit_arg,
                   enum utype unireg_check_arg,
                   const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
                   TABLE_SHARE *share, decimal_digits_t dec_arg) :
    Field_timestamp_with_dec(ptr_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
                             unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg, share, dec_arg)
    {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_timestamp2; }
  enum_field_types binlog_type() const override
  { return MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP2; }
  void sql_type(String &str) const override
  {
    sql_type_opt_dec_comment(str, Field_timestampf::type_handler()->name(),
                             dec, type_version_mysql56());

  }
  enum_conv_type rpl_conv_type_from(const Conv_source &source,
                                    const Relay_log_info *rli,
                                    const Conv_param &param) const override;
  uint32 pack_length() const override
  {
    return my_timestamp_binary_length(dec);
  }
  uint row_pack_length() const override { return pack_length(); }
  uint pack_length_from_metadata(uint field_metadata) const override
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Field_timestampf::pack_length_from_metadata");
    uint tmp= my_timestamp_binary_length(field_metadata);
    DBUG_RETURN(tmp);
  }
  int cmp(const uchar *a_ptr,const uchar *b_ptr) const override
  {
    return memcmp(a_ptr, b_ptr, pack_length());
  }
  void set_max() override;
  bool is_max(const uchar *ptr_arg) const override;
  my_time_t get_timestamp(const uchar *pos, ulong *sec_part) const override;
  bool val_native(Native *to) override;
  uint size_of() const override { return sizeof *this; }
  Binlog_type_info binlog_type_info() const override;
};


class Field_year final :public Field_tiny {
public:
  Field_year(uchar *ptr_arg, uint32 len_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
	     uchar null_bit_arg,
	     enum utype unireg_check_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg)
    :Field_tiny(ptr_arg, len_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
		unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg, 1, 1)
    {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    return field_length == 2 ? &type_handler_year2 : &type_handler_year;
  }
  enum_conv_type rpl_conv_type_from(const Conv_source &source,
                                    const Relay_log_info *rli,
                                    const Conv_param &param) const override;
  Copy_func *get_copy_func(const Field *from) const override
  {
    if (eq_def(from))
      return get_identical_copy_func();
    switch (from->cmp_type()) {
    case STRING_RESULT:
    {
      const Type_handler *handler= from->type_handler();
      if (handler == &type_handler_enum || handler == &type_handler_set)
        return do_field_int;
      return do_field_string;
    }
    case TIME_RESULT:
      return do_field_date;
    case DECIMAL_RESULT:
      return do_field_decimal;
    case REAL_RESULT:
      return do_field_real;
    case INT_RESULT:
      break;
    case ROW_RESULT:
    default:
      DBUG_ASSERT(0);
      break;
    }
    return do_field_int;
  }
  int  store(const char *to,size_t length,CHARSET_INFO *charset) override;
  int  store(double nr) override;
  int  store(longlong nr, bool unsigned_val) override;
  int  store_time_dec(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime, uint dec) override;
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String *, String *) override;
  bool get_date(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  bool send(Protocol *protocol) override;
  Information_schema_numeric_attributes
    information_schema_numeric_attributes() const override
  {
    return Information_schema_numeric_attributes();
  }
  uint32 max_display_length() const override { return field_length; }
  void sql_type(String &str) const override;
};


class Field_date_common :public Field_temporal_with_date
{
protected:
  int store_TIME_with_warning(const Datetime *ltime, const ErrConv *str,
                              int was_cut);
public:
  Field_date_common(uchar *ptr_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg, uchar null_bit_arg,
                    enum utype unireg_check_arg,
                    const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg)
    :Field_temporal_with_date(ptr_arg, MAX_DATE_WIDTH,
                              null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
                              unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg)
  {}
  Copy_func *get_copy_func(const Field *from) const override;
  SEL_ARG *get_mm_leaf(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, KEY_PART *key_part,
                       const Item_bool_func *cond,
                       scalar_comparison_op op, Item *value) override;
  int  store(const char *to, size_t length, CHARSET_INFO *charset) override;
  int  store(double nr) override;
  int  store(longlong nr, bool unsigned_val) override;
  int  store_time_dec(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime, uint dec) override;
  int  store_decimal(const my_decimal *) override;
};


class Field_date final :public Field_date_common
{
  void store_TIME(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime) override;
  bool get_TIME(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, const uchar *pos, date_mode_t fuzzydate)
    const override;
public:
  Field_date(uchar *ptr_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg, uchar null_bit_arg,
	     enum utype unireg_check_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg)
    :Field_date_common(ptr_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
                       unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg) {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_date; }
  enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const override
  { return HA_KEYTYPE_ULONG_INT; }
  enum_conv_type rpl_conv_type_from(const Conv_source &source,
                                    const Relay_log_info *rli,
                                    const Conv_param &param) const override;
  int reset() override { ptr[0]=ptr[1]=ptr[2]=ptr[3]=0; return 0; }
  bool get_date(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  { return Field_date::get_TIME(ltime, ptr, fuzzydate); }
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String *, String *) override;
  bool send(Protocol *protocol) override;
  int cmp(const uchar *,const uchar *) const override;
  void sort_string(uchar *buff,uint length) override;
  uint32 pack_length() const override { return 4; }
  void sql_type(String &str) const override;
  uchar *pack(uchar* to, const uchar *from, uint) override
  {
    return pack_int32(to, from);
  }
  const uchar *unpack(uchar* to, const uchar *from, const uchar *from_end,
                      uint) override
  {
    return unpack_int32(to, from, from_end);
  }
  uint size_of() const override { return sizeof *this; }
};


class Field_newdate final :public Field_date_common
{
  void store_TIME(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime) override;
  bool get_TIME(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, const uchar *pos, date_mode_t fuzzydate)
    const override;
public:
  Field_newdate(uchar *ptr_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg, uchar null_bit_arg,
		enum utype unireg_check_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg)
    :Field_date_common(ptr_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
                       unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg)
    {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_newdate; }
  enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const override { return HA_KEYTYPE_UINT24; }
  enum_conv_type rpl_conv_type_from(const Conv_source &source,
                                    const Relay_log_info *rli,
                                    const Conv_param &param) const override;
  int reset() override { ptr[0]=ptr[1]=ptr[2]=0; return 0; }
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String *, String *) override;
  bool send(Protocol *protocol) override;
  int cmp(const uchar *,const uchar *) const override;
  void sort_string(uchar *buff,uint length) override;
  uint32 pack_length() const override { return 3; }
  void sql_type(String &str) const override;
  bool get_date(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  { return Field_newdate::get_TIME(ltime, ptr, fuzzydate); }
  longlong val_datetime_packed(THD *thd) override;
  uint size_of() const override { return sizeof *this; }
  Item *get_equal_const_item(THD *thd, const Context &ctx, Item *const_item)
    override;
};


class Field_time :public Field_temporal {
  /*
    when this Field_time instance is used for storing values for index lookups
    (see class store_key, Field::new_key_field(), etc), the following
    might be set to TO_DAYS(CURDATE()). See also Field_time::store_time_dec()
  */
  long curdays;
protected:
  virtual void store_TIME(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime)= 0;
  void store_TIME(const Time &t) { return store_TIME(t.get_mysql_time()); }
  int store_TIME_with_warning(const Time *ltime, const ErrConv *str, int warn);
  bool check_zero_in_date_with_warn(date_mode_t fuzzydate);
  static void do_field_time(const Copy_field *copy);
public:
  Field_time(uchar *ptr_arg, uint length_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
             uchar null_bit_arg, enum utype unireg_check_arg,
             const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg)
    :Field_temporal(ptr_arg, length_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
                    unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg), curdays(0)
    {}
  bool can_be_substituted_to_equal_item(const Context &ctx,
                                        const Item_equal *item_equal) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_time; }
  enum_conv_type rpl_conv_type_from(const Conv_source &source,
                                    const Relay_log_info *rli,
                                    const Conv_param &param) const override;
  Copy_func *get_copy_func(const Field *from) const override
  {
    return from->cmp_type() == REAL_RESULT ? do_field_string : // MDEV-9344
           from->type() == MYSQL_TYPE_YEAR ? do_field_int :
           from->type() == MYSQL_TYPE_BIT  ? do_field_int :
           eq_def(from)                    ? get_identical_copy_func() :
                                             do_field_time;
  }
  bool memcpy_field_possible(const Field *from) const override
  {
    return real_type() == from->real_type() &&
           decimals() == from->decimals();
  }
  sql_mode_t conversion_depends_on_sql_mode(THD *, Item *) const override;
  int store_native(const Native &value) override;
  bool val_native(Native *to) override;
  int store_time_dec(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime, uint dec) override;
  int store(const char *to,size_t length,CHARSET_INFO *charset) override;
  int store(double nr) override;
  int store(longlong nr, bool unsigned_val) override;
  int  store_decimal(const my_decimal *) override;
  String *val_str(String *, String *) override;
  bool send(Protocol *protocol) override;
  void set_curdays(THD *thd);
  Field *new_key_field(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *new_table,
                       uchar *new_ptr, uint32 length,
                       uchar *new_null_ptr, uint new_null_bit) override;
  Item *get_equal_const_item(THD *thd, const Context &ctx, Item *const_item)
    override;
};


class Field_time0 final :public Field_time
{
protected:
  void store_TIME(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime) override;
public:
  Field_time0(uchar *ptr_arg, uint length_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
             uchar null_bit_arg, enum utype unireg_check_arg,
             const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg)
    :Field_time(ptr_arg, length_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
                unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg)
  { }
  enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const override { return HA_KEYTYPE_INT24; }
  void sql_type(String &str) const override
  {
    sql_type_comment(str, Field_time0::type_handler()->name(),
                     Type_handler::version_mariadb53());
  }
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  bool get_date(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  int cmp(const uchar *,const uchar *) const override;
  void sort_string(uchar *buff,uint length) override;
  uint32 pack_length() const override { return 3; }
  uint size_of() const override { return sizeof *this; }
};


/**
  Abstract class for:
  - TIME(1..6)
  - TIME(0..6) - MySQL56 version
*/
class Field_time_with_dec :public Field_time {
protected:
  decimal_digits_t dec;
public:
  Field_time_with_dec(uchar *ptr_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg, uchar null_bit_arg,
                      enum utype unireg_check_arg,
                      const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
                      decimal_digits_t dec_arg)
    :Field_time(ptr_arg, MIN_TIME_WIDTH + dec_arg + MY_TEST(dec_arg),
                null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg, unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg),
     dec(dec_arg)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(dec <= TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS);
  }
  decimal_digits_t decimals() const override { return dec; }
  enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const override { return HA_KEYTYPE_BINARY; }
  longlong val_int() override;
  double val_real() override;
  void make_send_field(Send_field *) override;
};


/**
  TIME(1..6)
*/
class Field_time_hires final :public Field_time_with_dec {
  longlong zero_point;
  void store_TIME(const MYSQL_TIME *) override;
public:
  Field_time_hires(uchar *ptr_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg, uchar null_bit_arg,
                   enum utype unireg_check_arg,
                   const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
                   decimal_digits_t dec_arg)
    :Field_time_with_dec(ptr_arg, null_ptr_arg,
                         null_bit_arg, unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg,
                         dec_arg)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(dec);
    zero_point= sec_part_shift(
                   ((TIME_MAX_VALUE_SECONDS+1LL)*TIME_SECOND_PART_FACTOR), dec);
  }
  void sql_type(String &str) const override
  {
    sql_type_dec_comment(str, Field_time_hires::type_handler()->name(),
                         dec, Type_handler::version_mariadb53());
  }
  int reset() override;
  bool get_date(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  int cmp(const uchar *,const uchar *) const override;
  void sort_string(uchar *buff,uint length) override;
  uint32 pack_length() const override
  { return Type_handler_time::hires_bytes(dec); }
  uint size_of() const override { return sizeof *this; }
};


/**
  TIME(0..6) - MySQL56 version
*/
class Field_timef final :public Field_time_with_dec {
  void store_TIME(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime) override;
public:
  Field_timef(uchar *ptr_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg, uchar null_bit_arg,
              enum utype unireg_check_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
              decimal_digits_t dec_arg)
    :Field_time_with_dec(ptr_arg, null_ptr_arg,
                         null_bit_arg, unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg,
                         dec_arg)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(dec <= TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS);
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_time2; }
  enum_field_types binlog_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_TIME2; }
  void sql_type(String &str) const override
  {
    sql_type_opt_dec_comment(str, Field_timef::type_handler()->name(),
                             dec, type_version_mysql56());
  }
  enum_conv_type rpl_conv_type_from(const Conv_source &source,
                                    const Relay_log_info *rli,
                                    const Conv_param &param) const override;
  uint32 pack_length() const override
  {
    return my_time_binary_length(dec);
  }
  uint row_pack_length() const override { return pack_length(); }
  uint pack_length_from_metadata(uint field_metadata) const override
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Field_timef::pack_length_from_metadata");
    uint tmp= my_time_binary_length(field_metadata);
    DBUG_RETURN(tmp);
  }
  void sort_string(uchar *to, uint length) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(length == Field_timef::pack_length());
    memcpy(to, ptr, length);
  }
  int cmp(const uchar *a_ptr, const uchar *b_ptr) const override
  {
    return memcmp(a_ptr, b_ptr, pack_length());
  }
  int reset() override;
  bool get_date(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  longlong val_time_packed(THD *thd) override;
  int store_native(const Native &value) override;
  bool val_native(Native *to) override;
  uint size_of() const override { return sizeof *this; }
  Binlog_type_info binlog_type_info() const override;
};


class Field_datetime :public Field_temporal_with_date {
protected:
  int store_TIME_with_warning(const Datetime *ltime, const ErrConv *str,
                              int was_cut);
public:
  Field_datetime(uchar *ptr_arg, uint length_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
                 uchar null_bit_arg, enum utype unireg_check_arg,
                 const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg)
    :Field_temporal_with_date(ptr_arg, length_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
                              unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg)
    {
      if (unireg_check == TIMESTAMP_UN_FIELD ||
          unireg_check == TIMESTAMP_DNUN_FIELD)
        flags|= ON_UPDATE_NOW_FLAG;
    }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_datetime; }
  sql_mode_t conversion_depends_on_sql_mode(THD *, Item *) const override;
  enum_conv_type rpl_conv_type_from(const Conv_source &source,
                                    const Relay_log_info *rli,
                                    const Conv_param &param) const override;
  int  store(const char *to, size_t length, CHARSET_INFO *charset) override;
  int  store(double nr) override;
  int  store(longlong nr, bool unsigned_val) override;
  int  store_time_dec(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime, uint dec) override;
  int  store_decimal(const my_decimal *) override;
  int set_time() override;
  Item *get_equal_const_item(THD *thd, const Context &ctx, Item *const_item)
    override
  {
    return get_equal_const_item_datetime(thd, ctx, const_item);
  }
};


/*
  Stored as a 8 byte unsigned int. Should sometimes be change to a 6 byte
*/

class Field_datetime0 final :public Field_datetime
{
  void store_TIME(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime) override;
  bool get_TIME(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, const uchar *pos, date_mode_t fuzzydate)
    const override;
public:
  Field_datetime0(uchar *ptr_arg, uint length_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
                 uchar null_bit_arg, enum utype unireg_check_arg,
                 const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg)
    :Field_datetime(ptr_arg, length_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
                    unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg)
  {}
  enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const override
  { return HA_KEYTYPE_ULONGLONG; }
  void sql_type(String &str) const override
  {
    sql_type_comment(str, Field_datetime0::type_handler()->name(),
                     Type_handler::version_mariadb53());
  }
  double val_real() override
  {
    return (double) Field_datetime0::val_int();
  }
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String *, String *) override;
  bool send(Protocol *protocol) override;
  int cmp(const uchar *,const uchar *) const override;
  void sort_string(uchar *buff,uint length) override;
  uint32 pack_length() const override { return 8; }
  bool get_date(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  { return Field_datetime0::get_TIME(ltime, ptr, fuzzydate); }
  uchar *pack(uchar* to, const uchar *from, uint) override
  {
    return pack_int64(to, from);
  }
  const uchar *unpack(uchar* to, const uchar *from, const uchar *from_end,
		      uint) override
  {
    return unpack_int64(to, from, from_end);
  }
  uint size_of() const override { return sizeof *this; }
};


/**
  Abstract class for:
  - DATETIME(1..6)
  - DATETIME(0..6) - MySQL56 version
*/
class Field_datetime_with_dec :public Field_datetime {
protected:
  decimal_digits_t dec;
public:
  Field_datetime_with_dec(uchar *ptr_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
                          uchar null_bit_arg, enum utype unireg_check_arg,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg, decimal_digits_t dec_arg)
    :Field_datetime(ptr_arg, MAX_DATETIME_WIDTH + dec_arg + MY_TEST(dec_arg),
                    null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg, unireg_check_arg,
                    field_name_arg), dec(dec_arg)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(dec <= TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS);
  }
  decimal_digits_t decimals() const override final { return dec; }
  enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const override final { return HA_KEYTYPE_BINARY; }
  void make_send_field(Send_field *field) override final;
  bool send(Protocol *protocol) override final;
  uchar *pack(uchar *to, const uchar *from, uint max_length) override final
  { return Field::pack(to, from, max_length); }
  const uchar *unpack(uchar* to, const uchar *from, const uchar *from_end,
                      uint param_data) override final
  { return Field::unpack(to, from, from_end, param_data); }
  void sort_string(uchar *to, uint length) override final
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(length == pack_length());
    memcpy(to, ptr, length);
  }
  double val_real() override final;
  longlong val_int() override final;
  String *val_str(String *, String *) override final;
};


/**
  DATETIME(1..6)
*/
class Field_datetime_hires final :public Field_datetime_with_dec {
  void store_TIME(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime) override;
  bool get_TIME(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, const uchar *pos, date_mode_t fuzzydate)
    const override;
public:
  Field_datetime_hires(uchar *ptr_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
                       uchar null_bit_arg, enum utype unireg_check_arg,
                       const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg, decimal_digits_t dec_arg)
    :Field_datetime_with_dec(ptr_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
                             unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg, dec_arg)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(dec);
  }
  void sql_type(String &str) const override
  {
    sql_type_dec_comment(str, Field_datetime_hires::type_handler()->name(),
                         dec, Type_handler::version_mariadb53());
  }
  int cmp(const uchar *,const uchar *) const override;
  uint32 pack_length() const override
  { return Type_handler_datetime::hires_bytes(dec); }
  bool get_date(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  { return Field_datetime_hires::get_TIME(ltime, ptr, fuzzydate); }
  uint size_of() const override { return sizeof *this; }
};


/**
  DATETIME(0..6) - MySQL56 version
*/

class Field_datetimef final :public Field_datetime_with_dec {
  void store_TIME(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime) override;
  bool get_TIME(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, const uchar *pos, date_mode_t fuzzydate)
    const override;
public:
  Field_datetimef(uchar *ptr_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
                  uchar null_bit_arg, enum utype unireg_check_arg,
                  const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,  decimal_digits_t dec_arg)
    :Field_datetime_with_dec(ptr_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
                             unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg, dec_arg)
  {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_datetime2; }
  enum_field_types binlog_type() const override
  { return MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME2; }
  void sql_type(String &str) const override
  {
    sql_type_opt_dec_comment(str, Field_datetimef::type_handler()->name(),
                             dec, type_version_mysql56());
  }
  enum_conv_type rpl_conv_type_from(const Conv_source &source,
                                    const Relay_log_info *rli,
                                    const Conv_param &param) const override;
  uint32 pack_length() const override
  {
    return my_datetime_binary_length(dec);
  }
  uint row_pack_length() const override { return pack_length(); }
  uint pack_length_from_metadata(uint field_metadata) const override
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Field_datetimef::pack_length_from_metadata");
    uint tmp= my_datetime_binary_length(field_metadata);
    DBUG_RETURN(tmp);
  }
  int cmp(const uchar *a_ptr, const uchar *b_ptr) const override
  {
    return memcmp(a_ptr, b_ptr, pack_length());
  }
  int reset() override;
  bool get_date(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  { return Field_datetimef::get_TIME(ltime, ptr, fuzzydate); }
  longlong val_datetime_packed(THD *thd) override;
  uint size_of() const override { return sizeof *this; }
  Binlog_type_info binlog_type_info() const override;
};


static inline Field_timestamp *
new_Field_timestamp(MEM_ROOT *root,uchar *ptr, uchar *null_ptr, uchar null_bit,
                    enum Field::utype unireg_check,
                    const LEX_CSTRING *field_name,
                    TABLE_SHARE *share, decimal_digits_t dec)
{
  if (dec==0)
    return new (root)
      Field_timestamp0(ptr, MAX_DATETIME_WIDTH, null_ptr,
                       null_bit, unireg_check, field_name, share);
  if (dec >= FLOATING_POINT_DECIMALS)
    dec= MAX_DATETIME_PRECISION;
  return new (root)
    Field_timestamp_hires(ptr, null_ptr, null_bit, unireg_check,
                          field_name, share, dec);
}

static inline Field_time *
new_Field_time(MEM_ROOT *root, uchar *ptr, uchar *null_ptr, uchar null_bit,
               enum Field::utype unireg_check, const LEX_CSTRING *field_name,
               decimal_digits_t dec)
{
  if (dec == 0)
    return new (root)
      Field_time0(ptr, MIN_TIME_WIDTH, null_ptr, null_bit, unireg_check,
                  field_name);
  if (dec >= FLOATING_POINT_DECIMALS)
    dec= MAX_DATETIME_PRECISION;
  return new (root)
    Field_time_hires(ptr, null_ptr, null_bit, unireg_check, field_name, dec);
}

static inline Field_datetime *
new_Field_datetime(MEM_ROOT *root, uchar *ptr, uchar *null_ptr, uchar null_bit,
                   enum Field::utype unireg_check,
                   const LEX_CSTRING *field_name, decimal_digits_t dec)
{
  if (dec == 0)
    return new (root)
      Field_datetime0(ptr, MAX_DATETIME_WIDTH, null_ptr, null_bit,
                      unireg_check, field_name);
  if (dec >= FLOATING_POINT_DECIMALS)
    dec= MAX_DATETIME_PRECISION;
  return new (root)
    Field_datetime_hires(ptr, null_ptr, null_bit,
                         unireg_check, field_name, dec);
}

class Field_string final :public Field_longstr {
  class Warn_filter_string: public Warn_filter
  {
  public:
    Warn_filter_string(const THD *thd, const Field_string *field);
  };
  bool is_var_string() const
  {
    return can_alter_field_type &&
           orig_table &&
           (orig_table->s->db_create_options & HA_OPTION_PACK_RECORD) &&
           field_length >= 4 &&
           orig_table->s->frm_version < FRM_VER_TRUE_VARCHAR;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING to_lex_cstring() const;
public:
  bool can_alter_field_type;
  Field_string(uchar *ptr_arg, uint32 len_arg,uchar *null_ptr_arg,
	       uchar null_bit_arg,
	       enum utype unireg_check_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
	       const DTCollation &collation)
    :Field_longstr(ptr_arg, len_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
                   unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg, collation),
     can_alter_field_type(1) {};
  Field_string(uint32 len_arg,bool maybe_null_arg,
               const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
               const DTCollation &collation)
    :Field_longstr((uchar*) 0, len_arg, maybe_null_arg ? (uchar*) "": 0, 0,
                   NONE, field_name_arg, collation),
     can_alter_field_type(1) {};

  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override;
  enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const override
    { return binary() ? HA_KEYTYPE_BINARY : HA_KEYTYPE_TEXT; }
  en_fieldtype tmp_engine_column_type(bool use_packed_rows) const override;
  bool zero_pack() const override { return false; }
  Copy_func *get_copy_func(const Field *from) const override;
  int reset() override
  {
    charset()->fill((char*) ptr, field_length, (has_charset() ? ' ' : 0));
    return 0;
  }
  int store(const char *to,size_t length,CHARSET_INFO *charset) override;
  using Field_str::store;
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String *, String *) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  int cmp(const uchar *,const uchar *) const override;
  int cmp_prefix(const uchar *a, const uchar *b, size_t prefix_char_len) const
    override;
  void sort_string(uchar *buff,uint length) override;
  void update_data_type_statistics(Data_type_statistics *st) const override
  {
    st->m_fixed_string_count++;
    st->m_fixed_string_total_length+= pack_length();
  }
  void sql_type(String &str) const override;
  void sql_rpl_type(String*) const override;
  bool is_equal(const Column_definition &new_field) const override;
  uchar *pack(uchar *to, const uchar *from, uint max_length) override;
  const uchar *unpack(uchar* to, const uchar *from, const uchar *from_end,
                      uint param_data) override;
  uint pack_length_from_metadata(uint field_metadata) const override
  {
    DBUG_PRINT("debug", ("field_metadata: 0x%04x", field_metadata));
    if (field_metadata == 0)
      return row_pack_length();
    return (((field_metadata >> 4) & 0x300) ^ 0x300) + (field_metadata & 0x00ff);
  }
  bool compatible_field_size(uint field_metadata, const Relay_log_info *rli,
                             uint16 mflags, int *order_var) const override;
  uint row_pack_length() const override { return field_length; }
  uint packed_col_length(const uchar *to, uint length) override;
  uint max_packed_col_length(uint max_length) override;
  uint size_of() const override { return sizeof *this; }
  bool has_charset() const override { return charset() != &my_charset_bin; }
  Field *make_new_field(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *new_table, bool keep_type)
    override;
  uint get_key_image(uchar *buff, uint length,
                     const uchar *ptr_arg, imagetype type) const override;
  sql_mode_t value_depends_on_sql_mode() const override;
  sql_mode_t can_handle_sql_mode_dependency_on_store() const override;
  void print_key_value(String *out, uint32 length) override;
  Binlog_type_info binlog_type_info() const override;
};


class Field_varstring :public Field_longstr {
public:
  const uchar *get_data() const
  {
    return get_data(ptr);
  }
  const uchar *get_data(const uchar *ptr_arg) const
  {
    return ptr_arg + length_bytes;
  }
  uint get_length() const
  {
    return get_length(ptr);
  }
  uint get_length(const uchar *ptr_arg) const
  {
    return length_bytes == 1 ? (uint) *ptr_arg : uint2korr(ptr_arg);
  }
protected:
  void store_length(uint32 number)
  {
    if (length_bytes == 1)
      *ptr= (uchar) number;
    else
      int2store(ptr, number);
  }
  virtual void val_str_from_ptr(String *val, const uchar *ptr) const;
public:
  /*
    The maximum space available in a Field_varstring, in bytes. See
    length_bytes.
  */
  static const uint MAX_SIZE;
  /* Store number of bytes used to store length (1 or 2) */
  uint32 length_bytes;
  Field_varstring(uchar *ptr_arg,
                  uint32 len_arg, uint length_bytes_arg,
                  uchar *null_ptr_arg, uchar null_bit_arg,
		  enum utype unireg_check_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
		  TABLE_SHARE *share, const DTCollation &collation)
    :Field_longstr(ptr_arg, len_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
                   unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg, collation),
     length_bytes(length_bytes_arg)
  {
    share->varchar_fields++;
  }
  Field_varstring(uint32 len_arg,bool maybe_null_arg,
                  const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
                  TABLE_SHARE *share, const DTCollation &collation)
    :Field_longstr((uchar*) 0,len_arg, maybe_null_arg ? (uchar*) "": 0, 0,
                   NONE, field_name_arg, collation),
     length_bytes(len_arg < 256 ? 1 :2)
  {
    share->varchar_fields++;
  }

  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override;
  en_fieldtype tmp_engine_column_type(bool use_packed_rows) const override
  {
    return FIELD_VARCHAR;
  }
  enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const override;
  uint16 key_part_flag() const override { return HA_VAR_LENGTH_PART; }
  uint16 key_part_length_bytes() const override { return HA_KEY_BLOB_LENGTH; }
  uint row_pack_length() const override { return field_length; }
  bool zero_pack() const override { return false; }
  int  reset() override { bzero(ptr,field_length+length_bytes); return 0; }
  uint32 pack_length() const override
  { return (uint32) field_length+length_bytes; }
  uint32 key_length() const override { return (uint32) field_length; }
  uint32 sort_length() const override
  {
    return (uint32) field_length + sort_suffix_length();
  }
  uint32 sort_suffix_length() const override
  {
    return (field_charset() == &my_charset_bin ? length_bytes : 0);
  }
  Copy_func *get_copy_func(const Field *from) const override;
  bool memcpy_field_possible(const Field *from) const override;
  void update_data_type_statistics(Data_type_statistics *st) const override
  {
    st->m_variable_string_count++;
    st->m_variable_string_total_length+= pack_length();
  }
  int  store(const char *to,size_t length,CHARSET_INFO *charset) override;
  using Field_str::store;
#ifdef HAVE_MEM_CHECK
  void mark_unused_memory_as_defined() override;
#endif
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String *, String *) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool send(Protocol *protocol) override;
  int cmp(const uchar *a,const uchar *b) const override;
  int cmp_prefix(const uchar *a, const uchar *b, size_t prefix_char_len) const
    override;
  void sort_string(uchar *buff,uint length) override;
  uint get_key_image(uchar *buff, uint length,
                     const uchar *ptr_arg, imagetype type) const override;
  void set_key_image(const uchar *buff,uint length) override;
  void sql_type(String &str) const override;
  void sql_rpl_type(String*) const override;
  uchar *pack(uchar *to, const uchar *from, uint max_length) override;
  const uchar *unpack(uchar* to, const uchar *from, const uchar *from_end,
                      uint param_data) override;
  int cmp_binary(const uchar *a,const uchar *b, uint32 max_length=~0U) const
    override;
  int key_cmp(const uchar *,const uchar*) const override;
  int key_cmp(const uchar *str, uint length) const override;
  uint packed_col_length(const uchar *to, uint length) override;
  uint max_packed_col_length(uint max_length) override;
  uint32 data_length() override;
  uint size_of() const override { return sizeof *this; }
  bool has_charset() const override
  { return charset() == &my_charset_bin ? FALSE : TRUE; }
  Field *make_new_field(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *new_table, bool keep_type)
    override;
  Field *new_key_field(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *new_table,
                       uchar *new_ptr, uint32 length,
                       uchar *new_null_ptr, uint new_null_bit) override;
  bool is_equal(const Column_definition &new_field) const override;
  void hash_not_null(Hasher *hasher) override;
  uint length_size() const override { return length_bytes; }
  void print_key_value(String *out, uint32 length) override;
  Binlog_type_info binlog_type_info() const override;
};


class Field_varstring_compressed final :public Field_varstring {
public:
  Field_varstring_compressed(uchar *ptr_arg,
                             uint32 len_arg, uint length_bytes_arg,
                             uchar *null_ptr_arg, uchar null_bit_arg,
                             enum utype unireg_check_arg,
                             const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
                             TABLE_SHARE *share, const DTCollation &collation,
                             Compression_method *compression_method_arg):
    Field_varstring(ptr_arg, len_arg, length_bytes_arg, null_ptr_arg,
                    null_bit_arg, unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg,
                    share, collation),
    compression_method_ptr(compression_method_arg) { DBUG_ASSERT(len_arg > 0); }
  Compression_method *compression_method() const override
  { return compression_method_ptr; }
private:
  Compression_method *compression_method_ptr;
  void val_str_from_ptr(String *val, const uchar *ptr) const override;
  int store(const char *to, size_t length, CHARSET_INFO *charset) override;
  using Field_str::store;
  String *val_str(String *, String *) override;
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  uint size_of() const override { return sizeof *this; }
  /*
    We use the default Field::send() implementation,
    because the derived optimized version (from Field_longstr)
    is not suitable for compressed fields.
  */
  bool send(Protocol *protocol) override
  {
    return Field::send(protocol);
  }
  enum_field_types binlog_type() const override
  { return MYSQL_TYPE_VARCHAR_COMPRESSED; }
  void sql_type(String &str) const override
  {
    Field_varstring::sql_type(str);
    str.append(STRING_WITH_LEN(" /*M!100301 COMPRESSED*/"));
  }
  uint32 max_display_length() const override { return field_length - 1; }
  uint32 character_octet_length() const override { return field_length - 1; }
  uint32 char_length() const override
  {
    return (field_length - 1) / mbmaxlen();
  }
  int cmp(const uchar *a_ptr, const uchar *b_ptr) const override;

  /*
    Compressed fields can't have keys as two rows may have different
    compression methods or compression levels.
  */

  int key_cmp(const uchar *str, uint length) const override
  { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return 0; }
  using Field_varstring::key_cmp;
  Binlog_type_info binlog_type_info() const override;
  Field *make_new_field(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *new_table, bool keep_type) override;
};


static inline uint8 number_storage_requirement(uint32 n)
{
  return n < 256 ? 1 : n < 65536 ? 2 : n < 16777216 ? 3 : 4;
}


static inline void store_bigendian(ulonglong num, uchar *to, uint bytes)
{
  switch(bytes) {
  case 1: mi_int1store(to, num); break;
  case 2: mi_int2store(to, num); break;
  case 3: mi_int3store(to, num); break;
  case 4: mi_int4store(to, num); break;
  case 5: mi_int5store(to, num); break;
  case 6: mi_int6store(to, num); break;
  case 7: mi_int7store(to, num); break;
  case 8: mi_int8store(to, num); break;
  default: DBUG_ASSERT(0);
  }
}


static inline longlong read_bigendian(const uchar *from, uint bytes)
{
  switch(bytes) {
  case 1: return mi_uint1korr(from);
  case 2: return mi_uint2korr(from);
  case 3: return mi_uint3korr(from);
  case 4: return mi_uint4korr(from);
  case 5: return mi_uint5korr(from);
  case 6: return mi_uint6korr(from);
  case 7: return mi_uint7korr(from);
  case 8: return mi_sint8korr(from);
  default: DBUG_ASSERT(0); return 0;
  }
}

static inline void store_lowendian(ulonglong num, uchar *to, uint bytes)
{
  switch(bytes) {
  case 1: *to= (uchar)num;    break;
  case 2: int2store(to, num); break;
  case 3: int3store(to, num); break;
  case 4: int4store(to, num); break;
  case 8: int8store(to, num); break;
  default: DBUG_ASSERT(0);
  }
}

static inline longlong read_lowendian(const uchar *from, uint bytes)
{
  switch(bytes) {
  case 1: return from[0];
  case 2: return uint2korr(from);
  case 3: return uint3korr(from);
  case 4: return uint4korr(from);
  case 8: return sint8korr(from);
  default: DBUG_ASSERT(0); return 0;
  }
}


extern LEX_CSTRING temp_lex_str;

class Field_blob :public Field_longstr {
protected:
  /**
    The number of bytes used to represent the length of the blob.
  */
  uint packlength;
  
  /**
    The 'value'-object is a cache fronting the storage engine.
  */
  String value;
  /**
     Cache for blob values when reading a row with a virtual blob
     field. This is needed to not destroy the old cached value when
     updating the blob with a new value when creating the new row.
  */
  String read_value;

  static void do_copy_blob(const Copy_field *copy);
  static void do_conv_blob(const Copy_field *copy);
  uint get_key_image_itRAW(const uchar *ptr_arg, uchar *buff, uint length) const;
public:
  Field_blob(uchar *ptr_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg, uchar null_bit_arg,
	     enum utype unireg_check_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
	     TABLE_SHARE *share, uint blob_pack_length,
	     const DTCollation &collation);
  Field_blob(uint32 len_arg,bool maybe_null_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
             const DTCollation &collation)
    :Field_longstr((uchar*) 0, len_arg, maybe_null_arg ? (uchar*) "": 0, 0,
                   NONE, field_name_arg, collation),
    packlength(4)
  {
    flags|= BLOB_FLAG;
  }
  Field_blob(uint32 len_arg,bool maybe_null_arg,
             const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
             const DTCollation &collation, bool set_packlength)
    :Field_longstr((uchar*) 0,len_arg, maybe_null_arg ? (uchar*) "": 0, 0,
                   NONE, field_name_arg, collation)
  {
    flags|= BLOB_FLAG;
    packlength= set_packlength ? number_storage_requirement(len_arg) : 4;
  }
  Field_blob(uint32 packlength_arg)
    :Field_longstr((uchar*) 0, 0, (uchar*) "", 0, NONE, &temp_lex_str,
                   system_charset_info),
    packlength(packlength_arg) {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override;
  /* Note that the default copy constructor is used, in clone() */
  enum_field_types type() const override
  {
    /*
      We cannot return type_handler()->field_type() here.
      Some pieces of the code (e.g. in engines) rely on the fact
      that Field::type(), Field::real_type() and Item_field::field_type()
      return MYSQL_TYPE_BLOB for all blob variants.
      We should eventually fix all such code pieces to expect
      all BLOB type codes.
    */
    return MYSQL_TYPE_BLOB;
  }
  enum_field_types real_type() const override
  {
    return MYSQL_TYPE_BLOB;
  }
  enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const override
    { return binary() ? HA_KEYTYPE_VARBINARY2 : HA_KEYTYPE_VARTEXT2; }
  uint16 key_part_flag() const override { return HA_BLOB_PART; }
  uint16 key_part_length_bytes() const override { return HA_KEY_BLOB_LENGTH; }
  en_fieldtype tmp_engine_column_type(bool use_packed_rows) const override
  {
    return FIELD_BLOB;
  }
  Type_numeric_attributes type_numeric_attributes() const override
  {
    return Type_numeric_attributes(Field_blob::max_display_length(),
                                   decimals(), is_unsigned());
  }
  Information_schema_character_attributes
    information_schema_character_attributes() const override
  {
    uint32 octets= Field_blob::character_octet_length();
    uint32 chars= octets / field_charset()->mbminlen;
    return Information_schema_character_attributes(octets, chars);
  }
  void update_data_type_statistics(Data_type_statistics *st) const override
  {
    st->m_blob_count++;
  }
  void make_send_field(Send_field *) override;
  Copy_func *get_copy_func(const Field *from) const override
  {
    /*
    TODO: MDEV-9331
    if (from->type() == MYSQL_TYPE_BIT)
      return do_field_int;
    */
    if (!(from->flags & BLOB_FLAG) || from->charset() != charset() ||
        !from->compression_method() != !compression_method())
      return do_conv_blob;
    if (from->pack_length() != Field_blob::pack_length())
      return do_copy_blob;
    return get_identical_copy_func();
  }
  int  store_field(Field *from) override
  {                                             // Be sure the value is stored
    if (field_charset() == &my_charset_bin &&
        from->type_handler()->convert_to_binary_using_val_native())
    {
      NativeBuffer<64> tmp;
      from->val_native(&tmp);
      value.copy(tmp.ptr(), tmp.length(), &my_charset_bin);
      return store(value.ptr(), value.length(), &my_charset_bin);
    }
    from->val_str(&value);
    if (table->copy_blobs ||
        (!value.is_alloced() && from->is_varchar_and_in_write_set()))
      value.copy();
    return store(value.ptr(), value.length(), from->charset());
  }
  bool memcpy_field_possible(const Field *from) const override
  {
    return Field_str::memcpy_field_possible(from) &&
           !compression_method() == !from->compression_method() &&
           !table->copy_blobs;
  }
  bool make_empty_rec_store_default_value(THD *thd, Item *item) override;
  int store(const char *to, size_t length, CHARSET_INFO *charset) override;
  int store_from_statistical_minmax_field(Field *stat_field, String *str,
                                          MEM_ROOT *mem) override;
  using Field_str::store;
  void hash_not_null(Hasher *hasher) override;
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String *, String *) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  int cmp(const uchar *a, const uchar *b) const override;
  int cmp_prefix(const uchar *a, const uchar *b, size_t prefix_char_len) const
    override;
  int cmp(const uchar *a, uint32 a_length, const uchar *b, uint32 b_length)
    const;
  int cmp_binary(const uchar *a,const uchar *b, uint32 max_length=~0U) const
     override;
  int key_cmp(const uchar *,const uchar*) const override;
  int key_cmp(const uchar *str, uint length) const override;
  /* Never update the value of min_val for a blob field */
  bool update_min(Field *min_val, bool force_update) override { return false; }
  /* Never update the value of max_val for a blob field */
  bool update_max(Field *max_val, bool force_update) override { return false; }
  uint32 key_length() const override { return 0; }
  void sort_string(uchar *buff,uint length) override;
  uint32 pack_length() const override
  { return (uint32) (packlength + portable_sizeof_char_ptr); }

  /**
     Return the packed length without the pointer size added. 

     This is used to determine the size of the actual data in the row
     buffer.

     @returns The length of the raw data itself without the pointer.
  */
  uint32 pack_length_no_ptr() const
  { return (uint32) (packlength); }
  uint row_pack_length() const override { return pack_length_no_ptr(); }
  uint32 sort_length() const override;
  uint32 sort_suffix_length() const override;
  uint32 value_length() override { return get_length(); }
  uint32 max_data_length() const override
  {
    return (uint32) (((ulonglong) 1 << (packlength*8)) -1);
  }
  int reset() override { bzero(ptr, packlength+sizeof(uchar*)); return 0; }
  void reset_fields() override
  {
    bzero((uchar*) &value, sizeof value);
    bzero((uchar*) &read_value, sizeof read_value);
  }
  uint32 get_field_buffer_size() { return value.alloced_length(); }
  void store_length(uchar *i_ptr, uint i_packlength, uint32 i_number);
  void store_length(size_t number)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(number < UINT_MAX32);
    store_length(ptr, packlength, (uint32)number);
  }
  inline uint32 get_length(my_ptrdiff_t row_offset= 0) const
  { return get_length(ptr+row_offset, this->packlength); }
  uint32 get_length(const uchar *ptr, uint packlength) const;
  uint32 get_length(const uchar *ptr_arg) const
  { return get_length(ptr_arg, this->packlength); }
  inline uchar *get_ptr() const { return get_ptr(ptr); }
  inline uchar *get_ptr(const uchar *ptr_arg) const
  {
    uchar *s;
    memcpy(&s, ptr_arg + packlength, sizeof(uchar*));
    return s;
  }
  inline void set_ptr(uchar *length, uchar *data)
  {
    memcpy(ptr,length,packlength);
    memcpy(ptr+packlength, &data,sizeof(char*));
  }
  void set_ptr_offset(my_ptrdiff_t ptr_diff, uint32 length, const uchar *data)
  {
    uchar *ptr_ofs= ADD_TO_PTR(ptr,ptr_diff,uchar*);
    store_length(ptr_ofs, packlength, length);
    memcpy(ptr_ofs+packlength, &data, sizeof(char*));
  }
  inline void set_ptr(uint32 length, uchar *data)
  {
    set_ptr_offset(0, length, data);
  }
  int copy_value(Field_blob *from);
  uint get_key_image(uchar *buff, uint length,
                     const uchar *ptr_arg, imagetype type) const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(type == itRAW);
    return get_key_image_itRAW(ptr_arg, buff, length);
  }
  void set_key_image(const uchar *buff,uint length) override;
  Field *make_new_field(MEM_ROOT *, TABLE *new_table, bool keep_type) override;
  Field *new_key_field(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *new_table,
                       uchar *new_ptr, uint32 length,
                       uchar *new_null_ptr, uint new_null_bit) override;
  void sql_type(String &str) const override;
  /**
     Copy blob buffer into internal storage "value" and update record pointer.

     @retval true     Memory allocation error
     @retval false    Success
  */
  bool copy()
  {
    uchar *tmp= get_ptr();
    if (value.copy((char*) tmp, get_length(), charset()))
    {
      Field_blob::reset();
      return 1;
    }
    tmp=(uchar*) value.ptr();
    memcpy(ptr+packlength, &tmp, sizeof(char*));
    return 0;
  }
  void swap(String &inout, bool set_read_value)
  {
    if (set_read_value)
      read_value.swap(inout);
    else
      value.swap(inout);
  }
  /**
     Return pointer to blob cache or NULL if not cached.
  */
  String * cached(bool *set_read_value)
  {
    char *tmp= (char *) get_ptr();
    if (!value.is_empty() && tmp == value.ptr())
    {
      *set_read_value= false;
      return &value;
    }

    if (!read_value.is_empty() && tmp == read_value.ptr())
    {
      *set_read_value= true;
      return &read_value;
    }

    return NULL;
  }
  /* store value for the duration of the current read record */
  inline void swap_value_and_read_value()
  {
    read_value.swap(value);
  }
  inline void set_value(uchar *data)
  {
    /* Set value pointer. Lengths are not important */
    value.reset((char*) data, 1, 1, &my_charset_bin);
  }
  uchar *pack(uchar *to, const uchar *from, uint max_length) override;
  const uchar *unpack(uchar *to, const uchar *from, const uchar *from_end,
                      uint param_data) override;
  uint packed_col_length(const uchar *col_ptr, uint length) override;
  uint max_packed_col_length(uint max_length) override;
  void free() override
  {
    value.free();
    read_value.free();
  }
  inline void clear_temporary()
  {
    uchar *tmp= get_ptr();
    if (likely(value.ptr() == (char*) tmp))
      bzero((uchar*) &value, sizeof(value));
    else
    {
      /*
        Currently read_value should never point to tmp, the following code
        is mainly here to make things future proof.
      */
      if (unlikely(read_value.ptr() == (char*) tmp))
        bzero((uchar*) &read_value, sizeof(read_value));
    }
  }
  uint size_of() const override { return sizeof *this; }
  bool has_charset() const override { return charset() != &my_charset_bin; }
  uint32 max_display_length() const override;
  uint32 char_length() const override;
  uint32 character_octet_length() const override;
  bool is_equal(const Column_definition &new_field) const override;
  void print_key_value(String *out, uint32 length) override;
  Binlog_type_info binlog_type_info() const override;

  friend void TABLE::remember_blob_values(String *blob_storage);
  friend void TABLE::restore_blob_values(String *blob_storage);
};


class Field_blob_compressed final :public Field_blob {
public:
  Field_blob_compressed(uchar *ptr_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
                        uchar null_bit_arg, enum utype unireg_check_arg,
                        const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg, TABLE_SHARE *share,
                        uint blob_pack_length, const DTCollation &collation,
                        Compression_method *compression_method_arg):
    Field_blob(ptr_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg, unireg_check_arg,
               field_name_arg, share, blob_pack_length, collation),
    compression_method_ptr(compression_method_arg) {}
  Compression_method *compression_method() const override
  { return compression_method_ptr; }
private:
  Compression_method *compression_method_ptr;
  int store(const char *to, size_t length, CHARSET_INFO *charset) override;
  using Field_str::store;
  String *val_str(String *, String *) override;
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  /*
    We use the default Field::send() implementation,
    because the derived optimized version (from Field_longstr)
    is not suitable for compressed fields.
  */
  bool send(Protocol *protocol) override
  {
    return Field::send(protocol);
  }
  uint size_of() const override { return sizeof *this; }
  enum_field_types binlog_type() const override
  { return MYSQL_TYPE_BLOB_COMPRESSED; }
  void sql_type(String &str) const override
  {
    Field_blob::sql_type(str);
    str.append(STRING_WITH_LEN(" /*M!100301 COMPRESSED*/"));
  }

  /*
    Compressed fields can't have keys as two rows may have different
    compression methods or compression levels.
  */

  uint get_key_image(uchar *buff, uint length,
                     const uchar *ptr_arg, imagetype type_arg) const override
  { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return 0; }
  void set_key_image(const uchar *, uint) override
  { DBUG_ASSERT(0); }
  int key_cmp(const uchar *, const uchar *) const override
  { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return 0; }
  int key_cmp(const uchar *, uint) const override
  { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return 0; }
  Field *new_key_field(MEM_ROOT *, TABLE *, uchar *, uint32, uchar *, uint)
    override
  { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return 0; }
  Binlog_type_info binlog_type_info() const override;
  Field *make_new_field(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *new_table, bool keep_type) override;
};


class Field_enum :public Field_str {
  static void do_field_enum(const Copy_field *copy_field);
  longlong val_int(const uchar *) const;
  Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_range_or_keypart_ref(
                                         const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                         const Item *item) const;
protected:
  uint packlength;
public:
  const TYPELIB *typelib;
  Field_enum(uchar *ptr_arg, uint32 len_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
             uchar null_bit_arg,
             enum utype unireg_check_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
             uint packlength_arg,
             const TYPELIB *typelib_arg,
             const DTCollation &collation)
    :Field_str(ptr_arg, len_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg,
	       unireg_check_arg, field_name_arg, collation),
    packlength(packlength_arg),typelib(typelib_arg)
  {
      flags|=ENUM_FLAG;
  }
  Field *make_new_field(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *new_table, bool keep_type)
    override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_enum; }
  enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const override;
  sql_mode_t can_handle_sql_mode_dependency_on_store() const override;
  enum_conv_type rpl_conv_type_from(const Conv_source &source,
                                    const Relay_log_info *rli,
                                    const Conv_param &param) const override;
  Copy_func *get_copy_func(const Field *from) const override
  {
    if (eq_def(from))
      return get_identical_copy_func();
    if (real_type() == MYSQL_TYPE_ENUM &&
        from->real_type() == MYSQL_TYPE_ENUM)
      return do_field_enum;
    if (from->result_type() == STRING_RESULT)
      return do_field_string;
    return do_field_int;
  }
  int store_field(Field *from) override
  {
    if (from->real_type() == MYSQL_TYPE_ENUM && from->val_int() == 0)
    {
      store_type(0);
      return 0;
    }
    return from->save_in_field(this);
  }
  int save_in_field(Field *to) override
  {
    if (to->result_type() != STRING_RESULT)
      return to->store(val_int(), 0);
    return save_in_field_str(to);
  }
  bool memcpy_field_possible(const Field *from) const override
  { return false; }
  void make_empty_rec_reset() override
  {
    if (flags & NOT_NULL_FLAG)
    {
      set_notnull();
      store(1LL, true);
    }
    else
      reset();
  }
  int  store(const char *to,size_t length,CHARSET_INFO *charset) override;
  int  store(double nr) override;
  int  store(longlong nr, bool unsigned_val) override;
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String *, String *) override;
  int cmp(const uchar *,const uchar *) const override;
  void sort_string(uchar *buff,uint length) override;
  uint32 pack_length() const override { return (uint32) packlength; }
  void store_type(ulonglong value);
  void sql_type(String &str) const override;
  uint size_of() const override { return sizeof *this; }
  uint pack_length_from_metadata(uint field_metadata) const override
  { return (field_metadata & 0x00ff); }
  uint row_pack_length() const override { return pack_length(); }
  bool zero_pack() const override { return false; }
  bool optimize_range(uint, uint) const override { return false; }
  bool eq_def(const Field *field) const override;
  bool has_charset() const override { return true; }
  /* enum and set are sorted as integers */
  CHARSET_INFO *sort_charset() const override { return &my_charset_bin; }
  decimal_digits_t decimals() const override { return 0; }
  const TYPELIB *get_typelib() const override { return typelib; }

  uchar *pack(uchar *to, const uchar *from, uint max_length) override;
  const uchar *unpack(uchar *to, const uchar *from, const uchar *from_end,
                      uint param_data) override;

  Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_keypart_ref(const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                                   const Item *item)
                                                   const override
  {
    return can_optimize_range_or_keypart_ref(cond, item);
  }
  Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_group_min_max(const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                                     const Item *const_item)
                                                     const override
  {
    /*
      Can't use GROUP_MIN_MAX optimization for ENUM and SET,
      because the values are stored as numbers in index,
      while MIN() and MAX() work as strings.
      It would return the records with min and max enum numeric indexes.
     "Bug#45300 MAX() and ENUM type" should be fixed first.
    */
    return Data_type_compatibility::INCOMPATIBLE_DATA_TYPE;
  }
  Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_range(const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                             const Item *item,
                                             bool is_eq_func) const override
  {
    return can_optimize_range_or_keypart_ref(cond, item);
  }
  Binlog_type_info binlog_type_info() const override;
private:
  bool is_equal(const Column_definition &new_field) const override;
};


class Field_set final :public Field_enum {
public:
  Field_set(uchar *ptr_arg, uint32 len_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
	    uchar null_bit_arg, enum utype unireg_check_arg,
            const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg, uint32 packlength_arg,
	    const TYPELIB *typelib_arg, const DTCollation &collation)
    :Field_enum(ptr_arg, len_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg, unireg_check_arg,
                field_name_arg, packlength_arg, typelib_arg, collation)
    {
      flags=(flags & ~ENUM_FLAG) | SET_FLAG;
    }
  void make_empty_rec_reset() override
  {
    Field::make_empty_rec_reset();
  }

  int  store_field(Field *from) override { return from->save_in_field(this); }
  int  store(const char *to,size_t length,CHARSET_INFO *charset) override;
  int  store(double nr) override
  { return Field_set::store((longlong) nr, FALSE); }
  int  store(longlong nr, bool unsigned_val) override;

  bool zero_pack() const override { return true; }
  String *val_str(String *, String *) override;
  void sql_type(String &str) const override;
  uint size_of() const override { return sizeof *this; }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_set; }
  bool has_charset() const override { return true; }
  Binlog_type_info binlog_type_info() const override;
};


/*
  Note:
    To use Field_bit::cmp_binary() you need to copy the bits stored in
    the beginning of the record (the NULL bytes) to each memory you
    want to compare (where the arguments point).

    This is the reason:
    - Field_bit::cmp_binary() is only implemented in the base class
      (Field::cmp_binary()).
    - Field::cmp_binary() currently uses pack_length() to calculate how
      long the data is.
    - pack_length() includes size of the bits stored in the NULL bytes
      of the record.
*/
class Field_bit :public Field {
public:
  uchar *bit_ptr;     // position in record where 'uneven' bits store
  uchar bit_ofs;      // offset to 'uneven' high bits
  uint bit_len;       // number of 'uneven' high bits
  uint bytes_in_rec;
  Field_bit(uchar *ptr_arg, uint32 len_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
            uchar null_bit_arg, uchar *bit_ptr_arg, uchar bit_ofs_arg,
            enum utype unireg_check_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg);
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_bit; }
  enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const override { return HA_KEYTYPE_BIT; }
  uint16 key_part_flag() const override { return HA_BIT_PART; }
  uint32 key_length() const override
  { return (uint32) (field_length + 7) / 8; }
  uint32 max_data_length() const override { return key_length(); }
  uint32 max_display_length() const override { return field_length; }
  enum_conv_type rpl_conv_type_from(const Conv_source &source,
                                    const Relay_log_info *rli,
                                    const Conv_param &param) const override;
  CHARSET_INFO *charset() const override { return &my_charset_bin; }
  const DTCollation & dtcollation() const override;
  Information_schema_numeric_attributes
    information_schema_numeric_attributes() const override
  {
    return Information_schema_numeric_attributes(field_length);
  }
  void update_data_type_statistics(Data_type_statistics *st) const override
  {
    st->m_uneven_bit_length+= field_length & 7;
  }
  uint size_of() const override { return sizeof *this; }
  int reset() override
  {
    bzero(ptr, bytes_in_rec); 
    if (bit_ptr && (bit_len > 0))  // reset odd bits among null bits
      clr_rec_bits(bit_ptr, bit_ofs, bit_len);
    return 0; 
  }
  Copy_func *get_copy_func(const Field *from) const override
  {
    if (from->cmp_type() == DECIMAL_RESULT)
      return do_field_decimal;
    return do_field_int;
  }
  int save_in_field(Field *to) override { return to->store(val_int(), true); }
  bool memcpy_field_possible(const Field *from) const override{ return false; }
  int store(const char *to, size_t length, CHARSET_INFO *charset) override;
  int store(double nr) override;
  int store(longlong nr, bool unsigned_val) override;
  int store_decimal(const my_decimal *) override;
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String*, String *) override;
  bool str_needs_quotes() const override { return true; }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool val_bool() override { return val_int() != 0; }
  int cmp(const uchar *a, const uchar *b) const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(ptr == a || ptr == b);
    if (ptr == a)
      return Field_bit::key_cmp(b, bytes_in_rec + MY_TEST(bit_len));
    else
      return Field_bit::key_cmp(a, bytes_in_rec + MY_TEST(bit_len)) * -1;
  }
  int cmp_binary_offset(uint row_offset) override
  { return cmp_offset(row_offset); }
  int cmp_prefix(const uchar *a, const uchar *b,
                 size_t  prefix_char_length) const override;
  int key_cmp(const uchar *a, const uchar *b) const override
  { return cmp_binary((uchar *) a, (uchar *) b); }
  int key_cmp(const uchar *str, uint length) const override;
  int cmp_offset(my_ptrdiff_t row_offset) override;
  bool update_min(Field *min_val, bool force_update) override
  {
    longlong val= val_int();
    bool update_fl= force_update || val < min_val->val_int();
    if (update_fl)
    {
      min_val->set_notnull();
      min_val->store(val, FALSE);
    }
    return update_fl;
  }
  bool update_max(Field *max_val, bool force_update) override
  {
    longlong val= val_int();
    bool update_fl= force_update || val > max_val->val_int();
    if (update_fl)
    {
      max_val->set_notnull();
      max_val->store(val, FALSE);
    }
    return update_fl;
  }
  void store_field_value(uchar *val, uint) override
  {
    store(*((longlong *)val), TRUE);
  }
  double pos_in_interval(Field *min, Field *max) override
  {
    return pos_in_interval_val_real(min, max);
  }
  void get_image(uchar *buff, uint length,
                 const uchar *ptr_arg, CHARSET_INFO *cs) const override
  { get_key_image(buff, length, ptr_arg, itRAW); }
  void set_image(const uchar *buff,uint length, CHARSET_INFO *cs) override
  { Field_bit::store((char *) buff, length, cs); }
  uint get_key_image(uchar *buff, uint length,
                     const uchar *ptr_arg, imagetype type) const override;
  void set_key_image(const uchar *buff, uint length) override
  { Field_bit::store((char*) buff, length, &my_charset_bin); }
  void sort_string(uchar *buff, uint length) override
  { get_key_image(buff, length, ptr, itRAW); }
  uint32 pack_length() const override
  { return (uint32) (field_length + 7) / 8; }
  uint32 pack_length_in_rec() const override { return bytes_in_rec; }
  uint pack_length_from_metadata(uint field_metadata) const override;
  uint row_pack_length() const override
  { return (bytes_in_rec + ((bit_len > 0) ? 1 : 0)); }
  bool compatible_field_size(uint metadata, const Relay_log_info *rli,
                             uint16 mflags, int *order_var) const override;
  void sql_type(String &str) const override;
  uchar *pack(uchar *to, const uchar *from, uint max_length) override;
  const uchar *unpack(uchar *to, const uchar *from,
                      const uchar *from_end, uint param_data) override;
  int set_default() override;

  Field *new_key_field(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *new_table,
                       uchar *new_ptr, uint32 length,
                       uchar *new_null_ptr, uint new_null_bit) override;
  void set_bit_ptr(uchar *bit_ptr_arg, uchar bit_ofs_arg)
  {
    bit_ptr= bit_ptr_arg;
    bit_ofs= bit_ofs_arg;
  }
  bool eq(Field *field) override
  {
    return (Field::eq(field) &&
            bit_ptr == ((Field_bit *)field)->bit_ptr &&
            bit_ofs == ((Field_bit *)field)->bit_ofs);
  }
  bool is_equal(const Column_definition &new_field) const override;
  void move_field_offset(my_ptrdiff_t ptr_diff) override
  {
    Field::move_field_offset(ptr_diff);

    /*
      clang does not like when things are added to a null pointer, even if
      it is never referenced.
    */
    if (bit_ptr)
      bit_ptr= ADD_TO_PTR(bit_ptr, ptr_diff, uchar*);
  }
  void hash_not_null(Hasher *hasher) override;

  SEL_ARG *get_mm_leaf(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, KEY_PART *key_part,
                       const Item_bool_func *cond,
                       scalar_comparison_op op, Item *value) override
  {
    return get_mm_leaf_int(param, key_part, cond, op, value, true);
  }
  void print_key_value(String *out, uint32 length) override
  {
    val_int_as_str(out, 1);
  }
  /**
     Save the field metadata for bit fields.
     Saves the bit length in the first byte and bytes in record in the
     second byte of the field metadata array at index of *metadata_ptr and
     *(metadata_ptr + 1).

     @param   metadata_ptr   First byte of field metadata

     @returns number of bytes written to metadata_ptr
  */
  Binlog_type_info binlog_type_info() const override
  {
    DBUG_PRINT("debug", ("bit_len: %d, bytes_in_rec: %d",
                       bit_len, bytes_in_rec));
    /*
      Since this class and Field_bit_as_char have different ideas of
      what should be stored here, we compute the values of the metadata
      explicitly using the field_length.
    */
    return Binlog_type_info(type(),
                            static_cast<uint16>((field_length & 7) |
                                                ((field_length / 8) << 8)), 2);
  }

private:
  size_t do_last_null_byte() const override;
};


/**
  BIT field represented as chars for non-MyISAM tables.

  @todo The inheritance relationship is backwards since Field_bit is
  an extended version of Field_bit_as_char and not the other way
  around. Hence, we should refactor it to fix the hierarchy order.
 */
class Field_bit_as_char final :public Field_bit {
public:
  Field_bit_as_char(uchar *ptr_arg, uint32 len_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg,
                    uchar null_bit_arg,
                    enum utype unireg_check_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg);
  enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const override { return HA_KEYTYPE_BINARY; }
  uint size_of() const override { return sizeof *this; }
  int store(const char *to, size_t length, CHARSET_INFO *charset) override;
  int store(double nr) override { return Field_bit::store(nr); }
  int store(longlong nr, bool unsigned_val) override
  { return Field_bit::store(nr, unsigned_val); }
  void sql_type(String &str) const override;
};


class Field_row final :public Field_null
{
  class Virtual_tmp_table *m_table;
public:
  Field_row(uchar *ptr_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg)
    :Field_null(ptr_arg, 0, Field::NONE, field_name_arg, &my_charset_bin),
     m_table(NULL)
    {}
  ~Field_row();
  en_fieldtype tmp_engine_column_type(bool use_packed_rows) const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return Field::tmp_engine_column_type(use_packed_rows);
  }
  enum_conv_type rpl_conv_type_from(const Conv_source &source,
                                    const Relay_log_info *rli,
                                    const Conv_param &param) const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return CONV_TYPE_IMPOSSIBLE;
  }
  Virtual_tmp_table **virtual_tmp_table_addr() override { return &m_table; }
  bool sp_prepare_and_store_item(THD *thd, Item **value) override;
};


extern const LEX_CSTRING null_clex_str;

class Column_definition_attributes
{
public:
  /*
    At various stages in execution this can be length of field in bytes or
    max number of characters.
  */
  ulonglong length;
  const TYPELIB *interval;
  CHARSET_INFO *charset;
  uint32 srid;
  uint32 pack_flag;
  decimal_digits_t decimals;
  Field::utype unireg_check;
  Column_definition_attributes()
   :length(0),
    interval(NULL),
    charset(&my_charset_bin),
    srid(0),
    pack_flag(0),
    decimals(0),
    unireg_check(Field::NONE)
  { }
  Column_definition_attributes(const Field *field);
  Column_definition_attributes(const Type_all_attributes &attr);
  Field *make_field(TABLE_SHARE *share, MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                    const Record_addr *rec,
                    const Type_handler *handler,
                    const LEX_CSTRING *field_name,
                    uint32 flags) const;
  uint temporal_dec(uint intlen) const
  {
    return (uint) (length > intlen ? length - intlen - 1 : 0);
  }
  uint pack_flag_to_pack_length() const;
  void frm_pack_basic(uchar *buff) const;
  void frm_pack_charset(uchar *buff) const;
  void frm_pack_numeric_with_dec(uchar *buff) const;
  void frm_unpack_basic(const uchar *buff);
  bool frm_unpack_charset(TABLE_SHARE *share, const uchar *buff);
  bool frm_unpack_numeric_with_dec(TABLE_SHARE *share, const uchar *buff);
  bool frm_unpack_temporal_with_dec(TABLE_SHARE *share, uint intlen,
                                    const uchar *buff);
  void set_length_and_dec(const Lex_length_and_dec_st &attr);
  CHARSET_INFO *explicit_or_derived_charset(const Column_derived_attributes
                                                  *derived_attr) const
  {
    return charset ? charset : derived_attr->charset();
  }
};


/*
  Create field class for CREATE TABLE
*/
class Column_definition: public Sql_alloc,
                         public Type_handler_hybrid_field_type,
                         public Column_definition_attributes
{
  /**
    Create "interval" from "interval_list".
    @param mem_root                   - memory root to create the TYPELIB
                                        instance and its values on
    @param reuse_interval_list_values - determines if TYPELIB can reuse strings
                                        from interval_list, or should always
                                        allocate a copy on mem_root, even if
                                        character set conversion is not needed
    @retval false on success
    @retval true  on error (bad values, or EOM)
  */
  bool create_interval_from_interval_list(MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                          bool reuse_interval_list_values);

  /*
    Calculate TYPELIB (set or enum) max and total lengths

    @param  cs            charset+collation pair of the interval
    @param  max_length    length of the longest item
    @param  tot_length    sum of the item lengths

    After this method call:
    - ENUM uses max_length
    - SET uses tot_length.
  */
  void calculate_interval_lengths(uint32 *max_length, uint32 *tot_length)
  {
    const char **pos;
    uint *len;
    *max_length= *tot_length= 0;
    for (pos= interval->type_names, len= interval->type_lengths;
         *pos ; pos++, len++)
    {
      size_t length= charset->numchars(*pos, *pos + *len);
      DBUG_ASSERT(length < UINT_MAX32);
      *tot_length+= (uint) length;
      set_if_bigger(*max_length, (uint32)length);
    }
  }
  bool prepare_stage1_check_typelib_default();
  bool prepare_stage1_convert_default(THD *, MEM_ROOT *, CHARSET_INFO *to);
  const Type_handler *field_type() const; // Prevent using this
  Compression_method *compression_method_ptr;
public:
  Lex_ident   field_name;
  LEX_CSTRING comment;			// Comment for field
  enum enum_column_versioning
  {
    VERSIONING_NOT_SET,
    WITH_VERSIONING,
    WITHOUT_VERSIONING
  };
  Item *on_update;		        // ON UPDATE NOW()
  field_visibility_t invisible;
  /*
    The value of `length' as set by parser: is the number of characters
    for most of the types, or of bytes for BLOBs or numeric types.
  */
  uint32 char_length;
  uint  flags, pack_length;
  List<String> interval_list;
  engine_option_value *option_list;
  bool explicitly_nullable;

  /*
    This is additinal data provided for any computed(virtual) field.
    In particular it includes a pointer to the item by  which this field
    can be computed from other fields.
  */
  Virtual_column_info
    *vcol_info,                      // Virtual field
    *default_value,                  // Default value
    *check_constraint;               // Check constraint

  enum_column_versioning versioning;

  Table_period_info *period;

  Column_definition()
   :Type_handler_hybrid_field_type(&type_handler_null),
    compression_method_ptr(0),
    comment(null_clex_str),
    on_update(NULL), invisible(VISIBLE), char_length(0),
    flags(0), pack_length(0),
    option_list(NULL), explicitly_nullable(false),
    vcol_info(0), default_value(0), check_constraint(0),
    versioning(VERSIONING_NOT_SET), period(NULL)
  {
    interval_list.empty();
  }

  Column_definition(THD *thd, Field *field, Field *orig_field);
  bool set_attributes(THD *thd,
                      const Lex_field_type_st &attr,
                      column_definition_type_t type);
  void create_length_to_internal_length_null()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(length == 0);
    pack_length= 0;
  }
  void create_length_to_internal_length_simple()
  {
    pack_length= type_handler()->calc_pack_length((uint32) length);
  }
  void create_length_to_internal_length_string()
  {
    length*= charset->mbmaxlen;
    if (real_field_type() == MYSQL_TYPE_VARCHAR && compression_method())
      length++;
    set_if_smaller(length, UINT_MAX32);
    pack_length= type_handler()->calc_pack_length((uint32) length);
  }
  void create_length_to_internal_length_typelib()
  {
    /* Pack_length already calculated in sql_parse.cc */
    length*= charset->mbmaxlen;
  }
  bool vers_sys_field() const
  {
    return flags & (VERS_ROW_START | VERS_ROW_END);
  }
  void create_length_to_internal_length_bit();
  void create_length_to_internal_length_newdecimal();

  /*
    Prepare the "charset" member for string data types,
    such as CHAR, VARCHAR, TEXT, ENUM, SET:
    - derive the charset if not specified explicitly
    - find a _bin collation if the BINARY comparison style was specified, e.g.:
       CREATE TABLE t1 (a VARCHAR(10) BINARY) CHARSET utf8;
  */
  bool prepare_charset_for_string(Sql_used *used,
                                  const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
                                  const Column_derived_attributes *dattr);

  /**
    Prepare a SET/ENUM field.
    Create "interval" from "interval_list" if needed, and adjust "length".
    @param mem_root                   - Memory root to allocate TYPELIB and
                                        its values on
    @param reuse_interval_list_values - determines if TYPELIB can reuse value
                                        buffers from interval_list, or should
                                        always allocate a copy on mem_root,
                                        even if character set conversion
                                        is not needed
  */
  bool prepare_interval_field(MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                              bool reuse_interval_list_values);

  void prepare_interval_field_calc_length()
  {
    uint32 field_length, dummy;
    if (real_field_type() == MYSQL_TYPE_SET)
    {
      calculate_interval_lengths(&dummy, &field_length);
      length= field_length + (interval->count - 1);
    }
    else /* MYSQL_TYPE_ENUM */
    {
      calculate_interval_lengths(&field_length, &dummy);
      length= field_length;
    }
    set_if_smaller(length, MAX_FIELD_WIDTH - 1);
  }

  bool prepare_blob_field(THD *thd);

  bool sp_prepare_create_field(THD *thd, MEM_ROOT *mem_root);

  bool prepare_stage1(THD *thd, MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                      column_definition_type_t type,
                      const Column_derived_attributes *derived_attr);
  void prepare_stage1_simple(CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    charset= cs;
    create_length_to_internal_length_simple();
  }
  bool prepare_stage1_typelib(THD *thd, MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                              column_definition_type_t deftype);
  bool prepare_stage1_string(THD *thd, MEM_ROOT *mem_root);
  bool prepare_stage1_bit(THD *thd, MEM_ROOT *mem_root);

  bool bulk_alter(const Column_derived_attributes *derived_attr,
                  const Column_bulk_alter_attributes *bulk_attr)
  {
    return type_handler()->Column_definition_bulk_alter(this,
                                                        derived_attr,
                                                        bulk_attr);
  }
  void redefine_stage1_common(const Column_definition *dup_field,
                              const handler *file);
  bool redefine_stage1(const Column_definition *dup_field, const handler *file)
  {
    const Type_handler *handler= dup_field->type_handler();
    return handler->Column_definition_redefine_stage1(this, dup_field, file);
  }
  bool prepare_stage2(handler *handler, ulonglong table_flags);
  bool prepare_stage2_blob(handler *handler,
                           ulonglong table_flags, uint field_flags);
  bool prepare_stage2_varchar(ulonglong table_flags);
  bool prepare_stage2_typelib(const char *type_name, uint field_flags,
                              uint *dup_val_count);
  uint pack_flag_numeric() const;
  uint sign_length() const { return flags & UNSIGNED_FLAG ? 0 : 1; }
  bool check_length(uint mysql_errno, uint max_allowed_length) const;
  bool fix_attributes_real(uint default_length);
  bool fix_attributes_int(uint default_length);
  bool fix_attributes_decimal();
  bool fix_attributes_temporal_with_time(uint int_part_length);
  bool fix_attributes_bit();

  bool check(THD *thd);
  bool validate_check_constraint(THD *thd);

  bool stored_in_db() const { return !vcol_info || vcol_info->is_stored(); }

  ha_storage_media field_storage_type() const
  {
    return (ha_storage_media)
      ((flags >> FIELD_FLAGS_STORAGE_MEDIA) & 3);
  }

  column_format_type column_format() const
  {
    return (column_format_type)
      ((flags >> FIELD_FLAGS_COLUMN_FORMAT) & 3);
  }

  bool has_default_function() const
  {
    return unireg_check != Field::NONE;
  }

  Field *make_field(TABLE_SHARE *share, MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                    const Record_addr *addr,
                    const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg) const
  {
    return Column_definition_attributes::make_field(share, mem_root, addr,
                                                    type_handler(),
                                                    field_name_arg, flags);
  }
  Field *make_field(TABLE_SHARE *share, MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                    const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg) const
  {
    Record_addr addr(true);
    return make_field(share, mem_root, &addr, field_name_arg);
  }
  /* Return true if default is an expression that must be saved explicitly */
  bool has_default_expression();

  bool has_default_now_unireg_check() const
  {
    return unireg_check == Field::TIMESTAMP_DN_FIELD
        || unireg_check == Field::TIMESTAMP_DNUN_FIELD;
  }

  void set_type(const Column_definition &other)
  {
    set_handler(other.type_handler());
    length= other.length;
    char_length= other.char_length;
    decimals= other.decimals;
    flags= other.flags;
    pack_length= other.pack_length;
    unireg_check= other.unireg_check;
    interval= other.interval;
    charset= other.charset;
    srid= other.srid;
    pack_flag= other.pack_flag;
  }

  // Replace the entire value by another definition
  void set_column_definition(const Column_definition *def)
  {
    *this= *def;
  }
  bool set_compressed(const char *method);
  bool set_compressed_deprecated(THD *thd, const char *method);
  bool set_compressed_deprecated_column_attribute(THD *thd,
                                                  const char *pos,
                                                  const char *method);
  void set_compression_method(Compression_method *compression_method_arg)
  { compression_method_ptr= compression_method_arg; }
  Compression_method *compression_method() const
  { return compression_method_ptr; }

  bool check_vcol_for_key(THD *thd) const;

  void set_charset_collation_attrs(Sql_used *used,
                                   const Charset_collation_map_st &map, const
                                   Lex_column_charset_collation_attrs_st &lc)
  {
    charset= lc.charset_info(used, map);
    if (lc.is_contextually_typed_collation())
      flags|= CONTEXT_COLLATION_FLAG;
    else
      flags&= ~CONTEXT_COLLATION_FLAG;
  }
  Lex_column_charset_collation_attrs charset_collation_attrs() const
  {
    if (!charset)
      return Lex_column_charset_collation_attrs();
    if (flags & CONTEXT_COLLATION_FLAG)
      return Lex_column_charset_collation_attrs(Lex_context_collation(charset));
    return Lex_column_charset_collation_attrs(Lex_exact_collation(charset));
  }
};


/**
  List of ROW element definitions, e.g.:
    DECLARE a ROW(a INT,b VARCHAR(10))
*/
class Row_definition_list: public List<class Spvar_definition>
{
public:
  inline bool eq_name(const Spvar_definition *def, const LEX_CSTRING *name) const;
  /**
    Find a ROW field by name.
    @param [IN]  name   - the name
    @param [OUT] offset - if the ROW field found, its offset it returned here
    @retval NULL        - the ROW field was not found
    @retval !NULL       - the pointer to the found ROW field
  */
  Spvar_definition *find_row_field_by_name(const LEX_CSTRING *name, uint *offset) const
  {
    // Cast-off the "const" qualifier
    List_iterator<Spvar_definition> it(*((List<Spvar_definition>*)this));
    Spvar_definition *def;
    for (*offset= 0; (def= it++); (*offset)++)
    {
      if (eq_name(def, name))
        return def;
    }
    return 0;
  }
  static Row_definition_list *make(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, Spvar_definition *var)
  {
    Row_definition_list *list;
    if (!(list= new (mem_root) Row_definition_list()))
      return NULL;
    return list->push_back(var, mem_root) ? NULL : list;
  }
  bool append_uniq(MEM_ROOT *thd, Spvar_definition *var);
  bool adjust_formal_params_to_actual_params(THD *thd, List<Item> *args);
  bool adjust_formal_params_to_actual_params(THD *thd,
                                             Item **args, uint arg_count);
  bool resolve_type_refs(THD *);
};

/**
  This class is used during a stored routine or a trigger execution,
  at sp_rcontext::create() time.
  Currently it can represent:
  - variables with explicit data types:   DECLARE a INT;
  - variables with data type references:  DECLARE a t1.a%TYPE;
  - ROW type variables

  Notes:
  - Scalar variables have m_field_definitions==NULL.
  - ROW variables are defined as having MYSQL_TYPE_NULL,
    with a non-empty m_field_definitions.

  Data type references to other object types will be added soon, e.g.:
  - DECLARE a table_name%ROWTYPE;
  - DECLARE a cursor_name%ROWTYPE;
  - DECLARE a record_name%TYPE;
  - DECLARE a variable_name%TYPE;
*/
class Spvar_definition: public Column_definition
{
  const Qualified_column_ident *m_column_type_ref; // for %TYPE
  Table_ident *m_table_rowtype_ref;                // for table%ROWTYPE
  bool m_cursor_rowtype_ref;                       // for cursor%ROWTYPE
  uint m_cursor_rowtype_offset;                    // for cursor%ROWTYPE
  Row_definition_list *m_row_field_definitions;    // for ROW
public:
  Spvar_definition()
   :m_column_type_ref(NULL),
    m_table_rowtype_ref(NULL),
    m_cursor_rowtype_ref(false),
    m_cursor_rowtype_offset(0),
    m_row_field_definitions(NULL)
  { }
  Spvar_definition(THD *thd, Field *field)
   :Column_definition(thd, field, NULL),
    m_column_type_ref(NULL),
    m_table_rowtype_ref(NULL),
    m_cursor_rowtype_ref(false),
    m_cursor_rowtype_offset(0),
    m_row_field_definitions(NULL)
  { }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const
  {
    return Type_handler_hybrid_field_type::type_handler();
  }
  bool is_column_type_ref() const { return m_column_type_ref != 0; }
  bool is_table_rowtype_ref() const { return m_table_rowtype_ref != 0; }
  bool is_cursor_rowtype_ref() const { return m_cursor_rowtype_ref; }
  bool is_explicit_data_type() const
  {
    return !is_column_type_ref() &&
           !is_table_rowtype_ref() &&
           !is_cursor_rowtype_ref();
  }
  const Qualified_column_ident *column_type_ref() const
  {
    return m_column_type_ref;
  }
  void set_column_type_ref(const Qualified_column_ident *ref)
  {
    m_column_type_ref= ref;
  }

  Table_ident *table_rowtype_ref() const
  {
    return m_table_rowtype_ref;
  }
  void set_table_rowtype_ref(Table_ident *ref)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(ref);
    set_handler(&type_handler_row);
    m_table_rowtype_ref= ref;
  }

  uint cursor_rowtype_offset() const
  {
    return m_cursor_rowtype_offset;
  }
  void set_cursor_rowtype_ref(uint offset)
  {
    set_handler(&type_handler_row);
    m_cursor_rowtype_ref= true;
    m_cursor_rowtype_offset= offset;
  }

  /*
    Find a ROW field by name.
    See Row_field_list::find_row_field_by_name() for details.
  */
  Spvar_definition *find_row_field_by_name(const LEX_CSTRING *name, uint *offset) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_row_field_definitions);
    return m_row_field_definitions->find_row_field_by_name(name, offset);
  }
  uint is_row() const
  {
    return m_row_field_definitions != NULL;
  }
  // Check if "this" defines a ROW variable with n elements
  uint is_row(uint n) const
  {
    return m_row_field_definitions != NULL &&
           m_row_field_definitions->elements == n;
  }
  Row_definition_list *row_field_definitions() const
  {
    return m_row_field_definitions;
  }
  void set_row_field_definitions(Row_definition_list *list)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(list);
    set_handler(&type_handler_row);
    m_row_field_definitions= list;
  }

};


inline bool Row_definition_list::eq_name(const Spvar_definition *def,
                                         const LEX_CSTRING *name) const
{
  return def->field_name.length == name->length && my_strcasecmp(system_charset_info, def->field_name.str, name->str) == 0;
}


class Create_field :public Column_definition
{
public:
  LEX_CSTRING change;			// Old column name if column is renamed by ALTER
  LEX_CSTRING after;			// Put column after this one
  Field *field;				// For alter table
  const TYPELIB *save_interval;         // Temporary copy for the above
                                        // Used only for UCS2 intervals

  /** structure with parsed options (for comparing fields in ALTER TABLE) */
  ha_field_option_struct *option_struct;
  uint	offset;
  uint8 interval_id;
  bool create_if_not_exists;            // Used in ALTER TABLE IF NOT EXISTS

  Create_field():
    Column_definition(),
    field(0), option_struct(NULL),
    create_if_not_exists(false)
  {
    change= after= null_clex_str;
  }
  Create_field(THD *thd, Field *old_field, Field *orig_field):
    Column_definition(thd, old_field, orig_field),
    change(old_field->field_name),
    field(old_field), option_struct(old_field->option_struct),
    create_if_not_exists(false)
  {
    after= null_clex_str;
  }
  /* Used to make a clone of this object for ALTER/CREATE TABLE */
  Create_field *clone(MEM_ROOT *mem_root) const;
  static void upgrade_data_types(List<Create_field> &list)
  {
    List_iterator<Create_field> it(list);
    while (Create_field *f= it++)
      f->type_handler()->type_handler_for_implicit_upgrade()->
                           Column_definition_implicit_upgrade_to_this(f);
  }
};


/*
  A class for sending info to the client
*/

class Send_field :public Sql_alloc,
                  public Type_handler_hybrid_field_type,
                  public Send_field_extended_metadata
{
public:
  LEX_CSTRING db_name;
  LEX_CSTRING table_name, org_table_name;
  LEX_CSTRING col_name, org_col_name;
  ulong length;
  uint flags;
  decimal_digits_t decimals;
  Send_field(Field *field)
  {
    field->make_send_field(this);
    DBUG_ASSERT(table_name.str != 0);
    normalize();
  }
  Send_field(THD *thd, Item *item);
  Send_field(Field *field,
             const LEX_CSTRING &db_name_arg,
             const LEX_CSTRING &table_name_arg)
   :Type_handler_hybrid_field_type(field->type_handler()),
    db_name(db_name_arg),
    table_name(table_name_arg),
    org_table_name(table_name_arg),
    col_name(field->field_name),
    org_col_name(field->field_name),
    length(field->field_length),
    flags(field->table->maybe_null ?
          (field->flags & ~NOT_NULL_FLAG) : field->flags),
    decimals(field->decimals())
  {
    normalize();
  }

private:
  void normalize()
  {
    /* limit number of decimals for float and double */
    if (type_handler()->field_type() == MYSQL_TYPE_FLOAT ||
        type_handler()->field_type() == MYSQL_TYPE_DOUBLE)
      set_if_smaller(decimals, FLOATING_POINT_DECIMALS);
  }
public:
  // This should move to Type_handler eventually
  uint32 max_char_length(CHARSET_INFO *cs) const
  {
    return type_handler()->field_type() >= MYSQL_TYPE_TINY_BLOB &&
           type_handler()->field_type() <= MYSQL_TYPE_BLOB
      ? static_cast<uint32>(length / cs->mbminlen)
      : static_cast<uint32>(length / cs->mbmaxlen);
  }
  uint32 max_octet_length(CHARSET_INFO *from, CHARSET_INFO *to) const
  {
    /*
      For TEXT/BLOB columns, field_length describes the maximum data
      length in bytes. There is no limit to the number of characters
      that a TEXT column can store, as long as the data fits into
      the designated space.
      For the rest of textual columns, field_length is evaluated as
      char_count * mbmaxlen, where character count is taken from the
      definition of the column. In other words, the maximum number
      of characters here is limited by the column definition.

      When one has a LONG TEXT column with a single-byte
      character set, and the connection character set is multi-byte, the
      client may get fields longer than UINT_MAX32, due to
      <character set column> -> <character set connection> conversion.
      In that case column max length would not fit into the 4 bytes
      reserved for it in the protocol. So we cut it here to UINT_MAX32.
    */
    return char_to_byte_length_safe(max_char_length(from), to->mbmaxlen);
  }

  // This should move to Type_handler eventually
  bool is_sane_float() const
  {
    return (decimals <= FLOATING_POINT_DECIMALS ||
            (type_handler()->field_type() != MYSQL_TYPE_FLOAT &&
             type_handler()->field_type() != MYSQL_TYPE_DOUBLE));
  }
  bool is_sane_signess() const
  {
    if (type_handler() == type_handler()->type_handler_signed() &&
        type_handler() == type_handler()->type_handler_unsigned())
      return true; // Any signess is allowed, e.g. DOUBLE, DECIMAL
    /*
      We are here e.g. in case of INT data type.
      The UNSIGNED_FLAG bit must match in flags and in the type handler.
    */
    return ((bool) (flags & UNSIGNED_FLAG)) == type_handler()->is_unsigned();
  }
  bool is_sane() const
  {
    return is_sane_float() && is_sane_signess();
  }
};


/*
  A class for quick copying data to fields
*/

class Copy_field :public Sql_alloc {
public:
  uchar *from_ptr,*to_ptr;
  uchar *from_null_ptr,*to_null_ptr;
  bool *null_row;
  uint	from_bit,to_bit;
  /**
    Number of bytes in the fields pointed to by 'from_ptr' and
    'to_ptr'. Usually this is the number of bytes that are copied from
    'from_ptr' to 'to_ptr'.

    For variable-length fields (VARCHAR), the first byte(s) describe
    the actual length of the text. For VARCHARs with length 
       < 256 there is 1 length byte 
       >= 256 there is 2 length bytes
    Thus, if from_field is VARCHAR(10), from_length (and in most cases
    to_length) is 11. For VARCHAR(1024), the length is 1026. @see
    Field_varstring::length_bytes

    Note that for VARCHARs, do_copy() will be do_varstring*() which
    only copies the length-bytes (1 or 2) + the actual length of the
    text instead of from/to_length bytes.
  */
  uint from_length,to_length;
  Field *from_field,*to_field;
  mutable String tmp;					// For items

  Copy_field() = default;
  ~Copy_field() = default;
  void set(Field *to,Field *from,bool save);	// Field to field 
  void set(uchar *to,Field *from);		// Field to string
  void (*do_copy)(const Copy_field *);
  void (*do_copy2)(const Copy_field *);		// Used to handle null values
};


uint pack_length_to_packflag(uint type);
enum_field_types get_blob_type_from_length(ulong length);
int set_field_to_null(Field *field);
int set_field_to_null_with_conversions(Field *field, bool no_conversions);
int convert_null_to_field_value_or_error(Field *field, uint err);
bool check_expression(Virtual_column_info *vcol, const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                      enum_vcol_info_type type, Alter_info *alter_info= NULL);

/*
  The following are for the interface with the .frm file
*/

#define FIELDFLAG_DECIMAL		1U
#define FIELDFLAG_BINARY		1U	// Shares same flag
#define FIELDFLAG_NUMBER		2U
#define FIELDFLAG_ZEROFILL		4U
#define FIELDFLAG_PACK			120U	// Bits used for packing
#define FIELDFLAG_INTERVAL		256U    // mangled with decimals!
#define FIELDFLAG_BITFIELD		512U	// mangled with decimals!
#define FIELDFLAG_BLOB			1024U	// mangled with decimals!
#define FIELDFLAG_GEOM			2048U   // mangled with decimals!

#define FIELDFLAG_TREAT_BIT_AS_CHAR     4096U   /* use Field_bit_as_char */
#define FIELDFLAG_LONG_DECIMAL          8192U
#define FIELDFLAG_NO_DEFAULT		16384U  /* sql */
#define FIELDFLAG_MAYBE_NULL		32768U	// sql
#define FIELDFLAG_HEX_ESCAPE		0x10000U
#define FIELDFLAG_PACK_SHIFT		3
#define FIELDFLAG_DEC_SHIFT		8
#define FIELDFLAG_MAX_DEC               63U

#define FIELDFLAG_DEC_MASK              0x3F00U

#define MTYP_TYPENR(type) ((type) & 127U) // Remove bits from type

#define f_is_dec(x)		((x) & FIELDFLAG_DECIMAL)
#define f_is_num(x)		((x) & FIELDFLAG_NUMBER)
#define f_is_zerofill(x)	((x) & FIELDFLAG_ZEROFILL)
#define f_is_packed(x)		((x) & FIELDFLAG_PACK)
#define f_packtype(x)		(((x) >> FIELDFLAG_PACK_SHIFT) & 15)
#define f_decimals(x)		((uint8) (((x) >> FIELDFLAG_DEC_SHIFT) & FIELDFLAG_MAX_DEC))
#define f_is_alpha(x)		(!f_is_num(x))
#define f_is_binary(x)          ((x) & FIELDFLAG_BINARY) // 4.0- compatibility
#define f_is_enum(x)            (((x) & (FIELDFLAG_INTERVAL | FIELDFLAG_NUMBER)) == FIELDFLAG_INTERVAL)
#define f_is_bitfield(x)        (((x) & (FIELDFLAG_BITFIELD | FIELDFLAG_NUMBER)) == FIELDFLAG_BITFIELD)
#define f_is_blob(x)		(((x) & (FIELDFLAG_BLOB | FIELDFLAG_NUMBER)) == FIELDFLAG_BLOB)
#define f_is_geom(x)		(((x) & (FIELDFLAG_GEOM | FIELDFLAG_NUMBER)) == FIELDFLAG_GEOM)
#define f_settype(x)		(((uint) (x)) << FIELDFLAG_PACK_SHIFT)
#define f_maybe_null(x)		((x) & FIELDFLAG_MAYBE_NULL)
#define f_no_default(x)		((x) & FIELDFLAG_NO_DEFAULT)
#define f_bit_as_char(x)        ((x) & FIELDFLAG_TREAT_BIT_AS_CHAR)
#define f_is_hex_escape(x)      ((x) & FIELDFLAG_HEX_ESCAPE)
#define f_visibility(x)         (static_cast<field_visibility_t> ((x) & INVISIBLE_MAX_BITS))

inline
ulonglong TABLE::vers_end_id(const uchar *record_arg) const
{
  DBUG_ASSERT(versioned(VERS_TRX_ID));
  DBUG_ASSERT(dynamic_cast<Field_longlong*>(vers_end_field()));
  const uchar *ptr= vers_end_field()->ptr_in_record(record_arg);
  return static_cast<ulonglong>(sint8korr(ptr));
}

inline
ulonglong TABLE::vers_start_id(const uchar *record_arg) const
{
  DBUG_ASSERT(versioned(VERS_TRX_ID));
  DBUG_ASSERT(dynamic_cast<Field_longlong*>(vers_start_field()));
  const uchar *ptr= vers_start_field()->ptr_in_record(record_arg);
  return static_cast<ulonglong>(sint8korr(ptr));
}

double pos_in_interval_for_string(CHARSET_INFO *cset,
                                  const uchar *midp_val, uint32 midp_len,
                                  const uchar *min_val,  uint32 min_len,
                                  const uchar *max_val,  uint32 max_len);

double pos_in_interval_for_double(double midp_val,
                                  double min_val, double max_val);

#endif /* FIELD_INCLUDED */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2016, 2017 MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef SQL_CTE_INCLUDED
#define SQL_CTE_INCLUDED
#include "sql_list.h"
#include "sql_lex.h"
#include "sql_select.h"

class select_unit;
struct st_unit_ctxt_elem;


/**
  @class With_element_head
  @brief Head of the definition of a CTE table

  It contains the name of the CTE and it contains the position of the subchain
  of table references used in the definition in the global chain of table
  references used in the query where this definition is encountered.
*/

class With_element_head : public Sql_alloc
{
  /* The name of the defined CTE */
  LEX_CSTRING *query_name;

public:
  /*
    The structure describing the subchain of the table references used in
    the specification of the defined CTE in the global chain of table
    references used in the query. The structure is fully defined only
    after the CTE definition has been parsed.
  */
  TABLE_CHAIN tables_pos;

  With_element_head(LEX_CSTRING *name)
    : query_name(name)
  {
    tables_pos.set_start_pos(0);
    tables_pos.set_end_pos(0);
  }
  friend class With_element;
};


/**
  @class With_element
  @brief Definition of a CTE table
	
  It contains a reference to the name of the table introduced by this with element,
  and a reference to the unit that specificies this table. Also it contains
  a reference to the with clause to which this element belongs to.	
*/

class With_element : public Sql_alloc
{
private:
  With_clause *owner;      // with clause this object belongs to
  With_element *next;      // next element in the with clause
  uint number;  // number of the element in the with clause (starting from 0)
  table_map elem_map;  // The map where with only one 1 set in this->number   
  /* 
    The map base_dep_map has 1 in the i-th position if the query that
    specifies this with element contains a reference to the with element number i
    in the query FROM list.
    (In this case this with element depends directly on the i-th with element.)  
  */
  table_map base_dep_map; 
  /* 
    The map derived_dep_map has 1 in i-th position if this with element depends
    directly or indirectly from the i-th with element. 
  */
  table_map derived_dep_map;
  /* 
    The map sq_dep_map has 1 in i-th position if there is a reference to this
    with element somewhere in subqueries of the specifications of the tables
    defined in the with clause containing this element;
  */   
  table_map sq_dep_map;
  table_map work_dep_map;  // dependency map used for work
  /* Dependency map of with elements mutually recursive with this with element */
  table_map mutually_recursive;
  /* 
    Dependency map built only for the top level references i.e. for those that
    are encountered in from lists of the selects of the specification unit
  */ 
  table_map top_level_dep_map;
  /*
    Points to a recursive reference in subqueries.
    Used only for specifications without recursive references on the top level.
  */
  TABLE_LIST *sq_rec_ref;
  /* 
    The next with element from the circular chain of the with elements
    mutually recursive with this with element. 
    (If This element is simply recursive than next_mutually_recursive contains
    the pointer to itself. If it's not recursive than next_mutually_recursive
    is set to NULL.) 
  */  
  With_element *next_mutually_recursive;
  /* 
    Total number of references to this element in the FROM lists of
    the queries that are in the scope of the element (including
    subqueries and specifications of other with elements).
  */ 
  uint references;

  /*
    true <=> this With_element is referred in the query in which the
    element is defined
  */
  bool referenced;

  /*
    true <=> this With_element is needed for the execution of the query
    in which the element is defined
  */
  bool is_used_in_query;

  /* 
    Unparsed specification of the query that specifies this element.
    It's used to build clones of the specification if they are needed.
  */
  LEX_CSTRING unparsed_spec;
  /* Offset of the specification in the input string */
  my_ptrdiff_t unparsed_spec_offset;

  /* True if the with element is used a prepared statement */
  bool stmt_prepare_mode;

  /* Return the map where 1 is set only in the position for this element */
  table_map get_elem_map() { return (table_map) 1 << number; }
 
public:
  /*
    Contains the name of the defined With element and the position of
    the subchain of the tables references used by its definition in the
    global chain of TABLE_LIST objects created for the whole query.
  */
  With_element_head *head;

  /*
    Optional list of column names to name the columns of the table introduced
    by this with element. It is used in the case when the names are not
    inherited from the query that specified the table. Otherwise the list is
    always empty.
  */
  List <Lex_ident_sys> column_list;
  List <Lex_ident_sys> *cycle_list;
  /* The query that specifies the table introduced by this with element */
  st_select_lex_unit *spec;
  /* 
    Set to true is recursion is used (directly or indirectly)
    for the definition of this element
  */
  bool is_recursive;
  /*
    For a simple recursive CTE: the number of references to the CTE from
    outside of the CTE specification.
    For a CTE mutually recursive with other CTEs : the total number of
    references to all these CTEs outside of their specification.
    Each of these mutually recursive CTEs has the same value in this field.
  */
  uint rec_outer_references;
  /*
    Any non-recursive select in the specification of a recursive
    with element is a called anchor. In the case mutually recursive
    elements the specification of some them may be without any anchor.
    Yet at least one of them must contain an anchor.
    All anchors of any recursivespecification are moved ahead before
    the prepare stage.
  */  
  /* Set to true if this is a recursive element with an anchor */ 
  bool with_anchor;
  /* 
    Set to the first recursive select of the unit specifying the element
    after all anchor have been moved to the head of the unit.
  */
  st_select_lex *first_recursive;
  
  /* 
    The number of the last performed iteration for recursive table
    (the number of the initial non-recursive step is 0, the number
     of the first iteration is 1).
  */
  uint level;

  /* 
    The pointer to the object used to materialize this with element
    if it's recursive. This object is built at the end of prepare 
    stage and is used at the execution stage.
  */
  select_union_recursive *rec_result;

  /* List of Item_subselects containing recursive references to this CTE */
  SQL_I_List<Item_subselect> sq_with_rec_ref;
  /* List of derived tables containing recursive references to this CTE */
  SQL_I_List<TABLE_LIST> derived_with_rec_ref;

  With_element(With_element_head *h,
               List <Lex_ident_sys> list,
               st_select_lex_unit *unit)
    : next(NULL), base_dep_map(0), derived_dep_map(0),
      sq_dep_map(0), work_dep_map(0), mutually_recursive(0),
      top_level_dep_map(0), sq_rec_ref(NULL),
      next_mutually_recursive(NULL), references(0), 
      referenced(false), is_used_in_query(false),
      head(h), column_list(list), cycle_list(0), spec(unit),
      is_recursive(false), rec_outer_references(0), with_anchor(false),
      level(0), rec_result(NULL)
  { unit->with_element= this; }

  LEX_CSTRING *get_name() { return head->query_name; }
  const char *get_name_str() { return get_name()->str; }

  void set_tables_start_pos(TABLE_LIST **pos)
  { head->tables_pos.set_start_pos(pos); }
  void set_tables_end_pos(TABLE_LIST **pos)
  { head->tables_pos.set_end_pos(pos); }

  bool check_dependencies_in_spec();
  
  void check_dependencies_in_select(st_select_lex *sl, st_unit_ctxt_elem *ctxt,
                                    bool in_subq, table_map *dep_map);
      
  void check_dependencies_in_unit(st_select_lex_unit *unit,
                                  st_unit_ctxt_elem *ctxt,
                                  bool in_subq,
                                  table_map *dep_map);

  void check_dependencies_in_with_clause(With_clause *with_clause, 
                                         st_unit_ctxt_elem *ctxt,
                                         bool in_subq,
                                         table_map *dep_map);

  void  set_dependency_on(With_element *with_elem)
  { base_dep_map|= with_elem->get_elem_map(); }

  bool check_dependency_on(With_element *with_elem)
  { return base_dep_map & with_elem->get_elem_map(); }

  TABLE_LIST *find_first_sq_rec_ref_in_select(st_select_lex *sel);

  bool set_unparsed_spec(THD *thd, const char *spec_start, const char *spec_end,
                         my_ptrdiff_t spec_offset);

  st_select_lex_unit *clone_parsed_spec(LEX *old_lex, TABLE_LIST *with_table);

  bool is_referenced() { return referenced; }

  bool is_hanging_recursive() { return is_recursive && !rec_outer_references; }

  void inc_references() { references++; }

  bool process_columns_of_derived_unit(THD *thd, st_select_lex_unit *unit);

  bool prepare_unreferenced(THD *thd);

  bool check_unrestricted_recursive(st_select_lex *sel,
                                    table_map &unrestricted,
                                    table_map &encountered);

  void print(THD *thd, String *str, enum_query_type query_type);

  With_clause *get_owner() { return owner; }

  bool contains_sq_with_recursive_reference()
  { return sq_dep_map & mutually_recursive; }

  bool no_rec_ref_on_top_level()
  { return !(top_level_dep_map & mutually_recursive); }

  table_map get_mutually_recursive() { return mutually_recursive; }

  With_element *get_next_mutually_recursive()
  { return next_mutually_recursive; }

  TABLE_LIST *get_sq_rec_ref() { return sq_rec_ref; }

  bool is_anchor(st_select_lex *sel);

  void move_anchors_ahead(); 

  bool is_unrestricted();

  bool is_with_prepared_anchor();

  void mark_as_with_prepared_anchor();

  bool is_cleaned();

  void mark_as_cleaned();

  void reset_recursive_for_exec();

  void cleanup_stabilized();

  void set_as_stabilized();

  bool is_stabilized();

  bool all_are_stabilized();

  bool instantiate_tmp_tables();

  void prepare_for_next_iteration();

  void set_cycle_list(List<Lex_ident_sys> *cycle_list_arg);

  friend class With_clause;

  friend
  bool LEX::resolve_references_to_cte(TABLE_LIST *tables,
                                      TABLE_LIST **tables_last,
                                      st_select_lex_unit *excl_spec);
};

const uint max_number_of_elements_in_with_clause= sizeof(table_map)*8;

/**
  @class With_clause
  @brief Set of with_elements

  It has a reference to the first with element from this with clause.
  This reference allows to navigate through all the elements of the with clause.
  It contains a reference to the unit to which this with clause is attached.
  It also contains a flag saying whether this with clause was specified as recursive.
*/ 

class With_clause : public Sql_alloc
{
private:
  st_select_lex_unit *owner; // the unit this with clause attached to

  /* The list of all with elements from this with clause */
  SQL_I_List<With_element> with_list; 
  /*
    The with clause immediately containing this with clause if there is any,
    otherwise NULL. Now used  only at parsing.
  */
  With_clause *embedding_with_clause;
  /*
    The next with the clause of the chain of with clauses encountered
    in the current statement
  */
  With_clause *next_with_clause;
  /* Set to true if dependencies between with elements have been checked */
  bool dependencies_are_checked;
  /* 
    The bitmap of all recursive with elements whose specifications
    are not complied with restrictions imposed by the SQL standards
    on recursive specifications.
  */ 
  table_map unrestricted;
  /* 
    The bitmap of all recursive with elements whose anchors
    has been already prepared.
  */
  table_map with_prepared_anchor;
  table_map cleaned;
  /* 
    The bitmap of all recursive with elements that
    has been already materialized
  */
  table_map stabilized;

public:
 /* If true the specifier RECURSIVE is present in the with clause */
  bool with_recursive;

  With_clause(bool recursive_fl, With_clause *emb_with_clause)
    : owner(NULL), embedding_with_clause(emb_with_clause),
      next_with_clause(NULL), dependencies_are_checked(false), unrestricted(0),
      with_prepared_anchor(0), cleaned(0), stabilized(0),
      with_recursive(recursive_fl)
  { }

  bool add_with_element(With_element *elem);

  /* Add this with clause to the list of with clauses used in the statement */
  void add_to_list(With_clause **ptr, With_clause ** &last_next)
  {
    if (embedding_with_clause)
    {
      /* 
        An embedded with clause is always placed before the embedding one
        in the list of with clauses used in the query.
      */
      while (*ptr != embedding_with_clause)
        ptr= &(*ptr)->next_with_clause;
      *ptr= this;
      next_with_clause= embedding_with_clause;
    }
    else
    {
      *last_next= this;
      last_next= &this->next_with_clause;
    }
  }

  st_select_lex_unit *get_owner() { return owner; }

  void set_owner(st_select_lex_unit *unit) { owner= unit; }

  void attach_to(st_select_lex *select_lex);

  With_clause *pop() { return embedding_with_clause; }
      
  bool check_dependencies();

  bool check_anchors();

  void move_anchors_ahead();

  With_element *find_table_def(TABLE_LIST *table, With_element *barrier,
                               st_select_lex_unit *excl_spec);

  With_element *find_table_def_in_with_clauses(TABLE_LIST *table);

  bool prepare_unreferenced_elements(THD *thd);

  void add_unrestricted(table_map map) { unrestricted|= map; }

  void print(THD *thd, String *str, enum_query_type query_type);

  friend class With_element;
  friend struct LEX;
};

inline
bool With_element::is_unrestricted() 
{
  return owner->unrestricted & get_elem_map();
}

inline
bool With_element::is_with_prepared_anchor() 
{
  return owner->with_prepared_anchor & get_elem_map();
}

inline
void With_element::mark_as_with_prepared_anchor() 
{
  owner->with_prepared_anchor|= mutually_recursive;
}


inline
bool With_element::is_cleaned() 
{
  return owner->cleaned & get_elem_map();
}


inline
void With_element::mark_as_cleaned() 
{
  owner->cleaned|= get_elem_map();
}


inline
void With_element::reset_recursive_for_exec()
{
  DBUG_ASSERT(is_recursive);
  level= 0;
  owner->with_prepared_anchor&= ~mutually_recursive;
  owner->cleaned&= ~get_elem_map();
  cleanup_stabilized();
  spec->columns_are_renamed= false;
}



inline
void With_element::cleanup_stabilized()
{
  owner->stabilized&= ~mutually_recursive;
}


inline
void With_element::set_as_stabilized()
{
  owner->stabilized|= get_elem_map();
}


inline
bool With_element::is_stabilized()
{
  return owner->stabilized & get_elem_map();
}


inline
bool With_element::all_are_stabilized()
{
  return (owner->stabilized & mutually_recursive) == mutually_recursive;
}


inline
void With_element::prepare_for_next_iteration()
{
  With_element *with_elem= this;
  while ((with_elem= with_elem->get_next_mutually_recursive()) != this)
  {
    TABLE *rec_table= with_elem->rec_result->first_rec_table_to_update;
    if (rec_table)
      rec_table->reginfo.join_tab->preread_init_done= false;        
  }
}


inline
void With_clause::attach_to(st_select_lex *select_lex)
{
  for (With_element *with_elem= with_list.first;
       with_elem;
       with_elem= with_elem->next)
  {
    select_lex->register_unit(with_elem->spec, NULL);
  }
}


inline
void st_select_lex::set_with_clause(With_clause *with_clause)
{
  master_unit()->with_clause= with_clause;
  if (with_clause)
    with_clause->set_owner(master_unit());
}

#endif /* SQL_CTE_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */


/*
** A class for static sized hash tables where old entries are deleted in
** first-in-last-out to usage.
*/

#ifndef  HASH_FILO_H
#define  HASH_FILO_H

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class interface */
#endif

#include "hash.h"        /* my_hash_get_key, my_hash_free_key, HASH */
#include "m_string.h"    /* bzero */
#include "mysqld.h"      /* key_hash_filo_lock */

class hash_filo_element
{
private:
  hash_filo_element *next_used,*prev_used;
 public:
  hash_filo_element() = default;
  hash_filo_element *next()
  { return next_used; }
  hash_filo_element *prev()
  { return prev_used; }

  friend class hash_filo;
};


class hash_filo
{
private:
  PSI_memory_key m_psi_key;
  const uint key_offset, key_length;
  const my_hash_get_key get_key;
  /** Size of this hash table. */
  uint m_size;
  my_hash_free_key free_element;
  bool init;
  CHARSET_INFO *hash_charset;

  hash_filo_element *first_link,*last_link;
public:
  mysql_mutex_t lock;
  HASH cache;

  hash_filo(PSI_memory_key psi_key, uint size_arg, uint key_offset_arg,
            uint key_length_arg, my_hash_get_key get_key_arg,
            my_hash_free_key free_element_arg, CHARSET_INFO *hash_charset_arg)
    : m_psi_key(psi_key), key_offset(key_offset_arg),
    key_length(key_length_arg), get_key(get_key_arg), m_size(size_arg),
    free_element(free_element_arg),init(0), hash_charset(hash_charset_arg),
    first_link(NULL), last_link(NULL)
  {
    bzero((char*) &cache,sizeof(cache));
  }

  ~hash_filo()
  {
    if (init)
    {
      if (cache.array.buffer)	/* Avoid problems with thread library */
	(void) my_hash_free(&cache);
      mysql_mutex_destroy(&lock);
    }
  }
  void clear(bool locked=0)
  {
    if (!init)
    {
      init=1;
      mysql_mutex_init(key_hash_filo_lock, &lock, MY_MUTEX_INIT_FAST);
    }
    if (!locked)
      mysql_mutex_lock(&lock);
    first_link= NULL;
    last_link= NULL;
    (void) my_hash_free(&cache);
    (void) my_hash_init(m_psi_key, &cache,hash_charset,m_size,key_offset,
                        key_length, get_key, free_element, 0);
    if (!locked)
      mysql_mutex_unlock(&lock);
  }

  hash_filo_element *first()
  {
    mysql_mutex_assert_owner(&lock);
    return first_link;
  }

  hash_filo_element *last()
  {
    mysql_mutex_assert_owner(&lock);
    return last_link;
  }

  hash_filo_element *search(uchar* key, size_t length)
  {
    mysql_mutex_assert_owner(&lock);

    hash_filo_element *entry=(hash_filo_element*)
      my_hash_search(&cache,(uchar*) key,length);
    if (entry)
    {						// Found; link it first
      DBUG_ASSERT(first_link != NULL);
      DBUG_ASSERT(last_link != NULL);
      if (entry != first_link)
      {						// Relink used-chain
	if (entry == last_link)
        {
	  last_link= last_link->prev_used;
          /*
            The list must have at least 2 elements,
            otherwise entry would be equal to first_link.
          */
          DBUG_ASSERT(last_link != NULL);
          last_link->next_used= NULL;
        }
	else
	{
          DBUG_ASSERT(entry->next_used != NULL);
          DBUG_ASSERT(entry->prev_used != NULL);
	  entry->next_used->prev_used = entry->prev_used;
	  entry->prev_used->next_used = entry->next_used;
	}
        entry->prev_used= NULL;
        entry->next_used= first_link;

        first_link->prev_used= entry;
        first_link=entry;
      }
    }
    return entry;
  }

  bool add(hash_filo_element *entry)
  {
    if (!m_size) return 1;
    if (cache.records == m_size)
    {
      hash_filo_element *tmp=last_link;
      last_link= last_link->prev_used;
      if (last_link != NULL)
      {
        last_link->next_used= NULL;
      }
      else
      {
        /* Pathological case, m_size == 1 */
        first_link= NULL;
      }
      my_hash_delete(&cache,(uchar*) tmp);
    }
    if (my_hash_insert(&cache,(uchar*) entry))
    {
      if (free_element)
	(*free_element)(entry);		// This should never happen
      return 1;
    }
    entry->prev_used= NULL;
    entry->next_used= first_link;
    if (first_link != NULL)
      first_link->prev_used= entry;
    else
      last_link= entry;
    first_link= entry;

    return 0;
  }

  uint size()
  { return m_size; }

  void resize(uint new_size)
  {
    mysql_mutex_lock(&lock);
    m_size= new_size;
    clear(true);
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&lock);
  }
};

template <class T> class Hash_filo: public hash_filo
{
public:
  Hash_filo(PSI_memory_key psi_key, uint size_arg, uint key_offset_arg, uint
            key_length_arg, my_hash_get_key get_key_arg, my_hash_free_key
            free_element_arg, CHARSET_INFO *hash_charset_arg) :
    hash_filo(psi_key, size_arg, key_offset_arg, key_length_arg,
              get_key_arg, free_element_arg, hash_charset_arg) {}
  T* first() { return (T*)hash_filo::first(); }
  T* last()  { return (T*)hash_filo::last(); }
  T* search(uchar* key, size_t len) { return (T*)hash_filo::search(key, len); }
};

#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef RPL_MI_H
#define RPL_MI_H

#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION

#include "rpl_rli.h"
#include "rpl_reporting.h"
#include <my_sys.h>
#include "rpl_filter.h"
#include "keycaches.h"

typedef struct st_mysql MYSQL;

/**
  Domain id based filter to handle DO_DOMAIN_IDS and IGNORE_DOMAIN_IDS used to
  set filtering on replication slave based on event's GTID domain_id.
*/
class Domain_id_filter
{
private:
  /*
    Flag to tell whether the events in the current GTID group get written to
    the relay log. It is set according to the domain_id based filtering rule
    on every GTID_EVENT and reset at the end of current GTID event group.
   */
  bool m_filter;

public:
  /* domain id list types */
  enum enum_list_type {
    DO_DOMAIN_IDS= 0,
    IGNORE_DOMAIN_IDS
  };

  /*
    DO_DOMAIN_IDS (0):
      Ignore all the events which do not belong to any of the domain ids in the
      list.

    IGNORE_DOMAIN_IDS (1):
      Ignore the events which belong to one of the domain ids in the list.
  */
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY m_domain_ids[2];

  Domain_id_filter();

  ~Domain_id_filter();

  /*
    Returns whether the current group needs to be filtered.
  */
  bool is_group_filtered() { return m_filter; }

  /*
    Checks whether the group with the specified domain_id needs to be
    filtered and updates m_filter flag accordingly.
  */
  void do_filter(ulong domain_id);

  /*
    Reset m_filter. It should be called when IO thread receives COMMIT_EVENT or
    XID_EVENT.
  */
  void reset_filter();

  /*
    Clear do_ids and ignore_ids to disable domain id filtering
  */
  void clear_ids();

  /*
    Update the do/ignore domain id filter lists.

    @param do_ids     [IN]            domain ids to be kept
    @param ignore_ids [IN]            domain ids to be filtered out
    @param using_gtid [IN]            use GTID?

    @retval false                     Success
            true                      Error
  */
  bool update_ids(DYNAMIC_ARRAY *do_ids, DYNAMIC_ARRAY *ignore_ids,
                  bool using_gtid);

  /*
    Serialize and store the ids from domain id lists into the thd's protocol
    buffer.

    @param thd [IN]                   thread handler

    @retval void
  */
  void store_ids(THD *thd);

  /*
    Initialize the given domain id list (DYNAMIC_ARRAY) with the
    space-separated list of numbers from the specified IO_CACHE where
    the first number is the total number of entries to follows.

    @param f    [IN]                  IO_CACHE file
    @param type [IN]                  domain id list type

    @retval false                     Success
            true                      Error
  */
  bool init_ids(IO_CACHE *f, enum_list_type type);

  /*
    Return the elements of the give domain id list type as string.

    @param type [IN]                  domain id list type

    @retval                           a string buffer storing the total number
                                      of elements followed by the individual
                                      elements (space-separated) in the
                                      specified list.

    Note: Its caller's responsibility to free the returned string buffer.
  */
  char *as_string(enum_list_type type);

};


extern TYPELIB slave_parallel_mode_typelib;

typedef struct st_rows_event_tracker
{
  char binlog_file_name[FN_REFLEN];
  my_off_t first_seen;
  my_off_t last_seen;
  bool stmt_end_seen;
  void update(const char *file_name, my_off_t pos,
              const uchar *buf,
              const Format_description_log_event *fdle);
  void reset();
  bool check_and_report(const char* file_name, my_off_t pos);
} Rows_event_tracker;

/*****************************************************************************
  Replication IO Thread

  Master_info contains:
    - information about how to connect to a master
    - current master log name
    - current master log offset
    - misc control variables

  Master_info is initialized once from the master.info file if such
  exists. Otherwise, data members corresponding to master.info fields
  are initialized with defaults specified by master-* options. The
  initialization is done through init_master_info() call.

  The format of master.info file:

  log_name
  log_pos
  master_host
  master_user
  master_pass
  master_port
  master_connect_retry

  To write out the contents of master.info file to disk ( needed every
  time we read and queue data from the master ), a call to
  flush_master_info() is required.

  To clean up, call end_master_info()

*****************************************************************************/

class Master_info : public Slave_reporting_capability
{
 public:
  enum enum_using_gtid {
    USE_GTID_NO= 0, USE_GTID_CURRENT_POS= 1, USE_GTID_SLAVE_POS= 2
  };

  Master_info(LEX_CSTRING *connection_name, bool is_slave_recovery);
  ~Master_info();
  bool shall_ignore_server_id(ulong s_id);
  void clear_in_memory_info(bool all);
  bool error()
  {
    /* If malloc() in initialization failed */
    return connection_name.str == 0;
  }
  static const char *using_gtid_astext(enum enum_using_gtid arg);
  bool using_parallel()
  {
    return opt_slave_parallel_threads > 0 &&
      parallel_mode > SLAVE_PARALLEL_NONE;
  }
  void release();
  void wait_until_free();
  void lock_slave_threads();
  void unlock_slave_threads();

  ulonglong get_slave_skip_counter()
  {
    return rli.slave_skip_counter;
  }

  ulonglong get_max_relay_log_size()
  {
    return rli.max_relay_log_size;
  }

  /* the variables below are needed because we can change masters on the fly */
  char master_log_name[FN_REFLEN+6]; /* Room for multi-*/
  char host[HOSTNAME_LENGTH*SYSTEM_CHARSET_MBMAXLEN+1];
  char user[USERNAME_LENGTH+1];
  char password[MAX_PASSWORD_LENGTH*SYSTEM_CHARSET_MBMAXLEN+1];
  LEX_CSTRING connection_name; 		/* User supplied connection name */
  LEX_CSTRING cmp_connection_name;	/* Connection name in lower case */
  bool ssl; // enables use of SSL connection if true
  char ssl_ca[FN_REFLEN], ssl_capath[FN_REFLEN], ssl_cert[FN_REFLEN];
  char ssl_cipher[FN_REFLEN], ssl_key[FN_REFLEN];
  char ssl_crl[FN_REFLEN], ssl_crlpath[FN_REFLEN];
  my_bool ssl_verify_server_cert; /* MUST be my_bool, see mysql_option() */

  my_off_t master_log_pos;
  File fd; // we keep the file open, so we need to remember the file pointer
  IO_CACHE file;

  mysql_mutex_t data_lock, run_lock, sleep_lock, start_stop_lock, start_alter_lock, start_alter_list_lock;
  mysql_cond_t data_cond, start_cond, stop_cond, sleep_cond;
  THD *io_thd;
  MYSQL* mysql;
  uint32 file_id;				/* for 3.23 load data infile */
  Relay_log_info rli;
  uint port;
  Rpl_filter* rpl_filter;      /* Each replication can set its filter rule*/
  /*
    to hold checksum alg in use until IO thread has received FD.
    Initialized to novalue, then set to the queried from master
    @@global.binlog_checksum and deactivated once FD has been received.
  */
  enum_binlog_checksum_alg checksum_alg_before_fd;
  uint connect_retry;
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  int events_till_disconnect;

  /*
    The following are auxiliary DBUG variables used to kill IO thread in the
    middle of a group/transaction (see "kill_slave_io_after_2_events").
  */
  bool dbug_do_disconnect;
  int dbug_event_counter;
#endif
  bool inited;
  volatile bool abort_slave;
  volatile uint slave_running;
  volatile ulong slave_run_id;
  /*
     The difference in seconds between the clock of the master and the clock of
     the slave (second - first). It must be signed as it may be <0 or >0.
     clock_diff_with_master is computed when the I/O thread starts; for this the
     I/O thread does a SELECT UNIX_TIMESTAMP() on the master.
     "how late the slave is compared to the master" is computed like this:
     clock_of_slave - last_timestamp_executed_by_SQL_thread - clock_diff_with_master

  */
  long clock_diff_with_master;
  /*
    Keeps track of the number of events before fsyncing.
    The option --sync-master-info determines how many
    events should happen before fsyncing.
  */
  uint sync_counter;
  float heartbeat_period;         // interface with CHANGE MASTER or master.info
  ulonglong received_heartbeats;  // counter of received heartbeat events
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY ignore_server_ids;
  ulong master_id;
  /*
    At reconnect and until the first rotate event is seen, prev_master_id is
    the value of master_id during the previous connection, used to detect
    silent change of master server during reconnects.
  */
  ulong prev_master_id;
  /*
    Which kind of GTID position (if any) is used when connecting to master.

    Note that you can not change the numeric values of these, they are used
    in master.info.
  */
  enum enum_using_gtid using_gtid;

  /*
    This GTID position records how far we have fetched into the relay logs.
    This is used to continue fetching when the IO thread reconnects to the
    master.

    (Full slave stop/start does not use it, as it resets the relay logs).
  */
  slave_connection_state gtid_current_pos;
  /*
    If events_queued_since_last_gtid is non-zero, it is the number of events
    queued so far in the relaylog of a GTID-prefixed event group.
    It is zero when no partial event group has been queued at the moment.
  */
  uint64 events_queued_since_last_gtid;
  /*
    The GTID of the partially-queued event group, when
    events_queued_since_last_gtid is non-zero.
  */
  rpl_gtid last_queued_gtid;
  /* Whether last_queued_gtid had the FL_STANDALONE flag set. */
  bool last_queued_gtid_standalone;
  /*
    When slave IO thread needs to reconnect, gtid_reconnect_event_skip_count
    counts number of events to skip from the first GTID-prefixed event group,
    to avoid duplicating events in the relay log.
  */
  uint64 gtid_reconnect_event_skip_count;
  /* gtid_event_seen is false until we receive first GTID event from master. */
  bool gtid_event_seen;
  /**
    The struct holds some history of Rows- log-event reading/queuing
    by the receiver thread. Its fields are updated per each such event
    at time of queue_event(), and they are checked to detect
    the Rows- event group integrity violation at time of first non-Rows-
    event gets handled.
  */
  Rows_event_tracker rows_event_tracker;
  bool in_start_all_slaves, in_stop_all_slaves;
  bool in_flush_all_relay_logs;
  uint users;                                   /* Active user for object */
  uint killed;


  /* No of DDL event group */
  Atomic_counter<uint64> total_ddl_groups;

  /* No of non-transactional event group*/
  Atomic_counter<uint64> total_non_trans_groups;

  /* No of transactional event group*/
  Atomic_counter<uint64> total_trans_groups;

  /* domain-id based filter */
  Domain_id_filter domain_id_filter;

  /* The parallel replication mode. */
  enum_slave_parallel_mode parallel_mode;
  /*
    semi_ack is used to identify if the current binlog event needs an
    ACK from slave, or if delay_master is enabled.
  */
  int semi_ack;
  /*
    The flag has replicate_same_server_id semantics and is raised to accept
    a same-server-id event group by the gtid strict mode semisync slave.
    Own server-id events can normally appear as result of EITHER
    A. this server semisync (failover to) slave crash-recovery:
       the transaction was created on this server then being master,
       got replicated elsewhere right before the crash before commit,
       and finally at recovery the transaction gets evicted from the
       server's binlog and its gtid (slave) state; OR
    B. in a general circular configuration and then when a recieved (returned
       to slave) gtid exists in the server's binlog. Then, in gtid strict mode,
       it must be ignored similarly to the replicate-same-server-id rule.
 */
  bool do_accept_own_server_id= false;
  /*
    Set to 1 when semi_sync is enabled. Set to 0 if there is any transmit
    problems to the slave, in which case any furter semi-sync reply is
    ignored
  */
  bool semi_sync_reply_enabled;
  List <start_alter_info> start_alter_list;
  MEM_ROOT mem_root;
  /*
    Flag is raised at the parallel worker slave stop. Its purpose
    is to mark the whole start_alter_list when slave stops.
    The flag is read by Start Alter event to self-mark its state accordingly
    at time its alter info struct is about to be appened to the list.
  */
  bool is_shutdown= false;

  /*
    A replica will default to Slave_Pos for using Using_Gtid; however, we
    first need to test if the master supports GTIDs. If not, fall back to 'No'.
    Cache the value so future RESET SLAVE commands don't revert to Slave_Pos.
  */
  bool master_supports_gtid= true;

  /*
    When TRUE, transition this server from being an active master to a slave.
    This updates the replication state to account for any transactions which
    were committed into the binary log. In particular, it merges
    gtid_binlog_pos into gtid_slave_pos.
  */
  bool is_demotion= false;
};

struct start_alter_thd_args
{
  rpl_group_info *rgi;
  LEX_CSTRING query;
  LEX_CSTRING *db;
  char *catalog;
  bool shutdown;
  CHARSET_INFO *cs;
};

int init_master_info(Master_info* mi, const char* master_info_fname,
		     const char* slave_info_fname,
		     bool abort_if_no_master_info_file,
		     int thread_mask);
void end_master_info(Master_info* mi);
int flush_master_info(Master_info* mi, 
                      bool flush_relay_log_cache, 
                      bool need_lock_relay_log);
void copy_filter_setting(Rpl_filter* dst_filter, Rpl_filter* src_filter);
void update_change_master_ids(DYNAMIC_ARRAY *new_ids, DYNAMIC_ARRAY *old_ids);
void prot_store_ids(THD *thd, DYNAMIC_ARRAY *ids);

/*
  Multi master are handled trough this struct.
  Changes to this needs to be protected by LOCK_active_mi;
*/

class Master_info_index
{
private:
  IO_CACHE index_file;
  char index_file_name[FN_REFLEN];

public:
  Master_info_index();
  ~Master_info_index();

  HASH master_info_hash;

  bool init_all_master_info();
  bool write_master_name_to_index_file(LEX_CSTRING *connection_name,
                                       bool do_sync);

  bool check_duplicate_master_info(LEX_CSTRING *connection_name,
                                   const char *host, uint port);
  bool add_master_info(Master_info *mi, bool write_to_file);
  bool remove_master_info(Master_info *mi, bool clear_log_files);
  Master_info *get_master_info(const LEX_CSTRING *connection_name,
                               Sql_condition::enum_warning_level warning);
  bool start_all_slaves(THD *thd);
  bool stop_all_slaves(THD *thd);
  void free_connections();
  bool flush_all_relay_logs();
};


/*
  The class rpl_io_thread_info is the THD::system_thread_info for the IO thread.
*/
class rpl_io_thread_info
{
public:
};


Master_info *get_master_info(const LEX_CSTRING *connection_name,
                             Sql_condition::enum_warning_level warning);
bool check_master_connection_name(LEX_CSTRING *name);
void create_logfile_name_with_suffix(char *res_file_name, size_t length,
                             const char *info_file, 
                             bool append,
                             LEX_CSTRING *suffix);

uchar *get_key_master_info(Master_info *mi, size_t *length,
                           my_bool not_used __attribute__((unused)));
void free_key_master_info(Master_info *mi);
uint any_slave_sql_running(bool already_locked);
bool give_error_if_slave_running(bool already_lock);

/*
  Sets up the basic options for a MYSQL connection, mysql, to connect to the
  primary server described by the Master_info parameter, mi. The timeout must
  be passed explicitly, as different types of connections created by the slave
  will use different values.

  Assumes mysql_init() has already been called on the mysql connection object.
*/
void setup_mysql_connection_for_master(MYSQL *mysql, Master_info *mi,
                                       uint timeout);

#endif /* HAVE_REPLICATION */
#endif /* RPL_MI_H */
#ifndef HA_HANDLER_STATS_INCLUDED
#define HA_HANDLER_STATS_INCLUDED
/*
   Copyright (c) 2023, MariaDB Foundation

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
   as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of
   the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA
*/

/* Definitions for parameters to do with handler-routines */

class ha_handler_stats
{
public:
  ulonglong pages_accessed;              /* Pages accessed from page cache */
  ulonglong pages_updated;               /* Pages changed in page cache */
  ulonglong pages_read_count;            /* Pages read from disk */

  /* Time spent reading pages, in timer_tracker_frequency() units */
  ulonglong pages_read_time;

  /* 
    Number of pages that we've requested to prefetch while running the query.
    Note that we don't know:
    - how much time was spent reading these pages (and how to count the time
      if reading was done in parallel)
    - whether the pages were read by "us" or somebody else...
  */
  ulonglong pages_prefetched;

  ulonglong undo_records_read;

  /* Time spent in engine, in timer_tracker_frequency() units */
  ulonglong engine_time;
  uint      active;                      /* <> 0 if status has to be updated */

  ha_handler_stats()
  {
    active= 0;
  }

#define first_stat pages_accessed
#define last_stat  engine_time
  inline void reset()
  {
    bzero((void*) this, sizeof(*this));
  }
  inline void add(ha_handler_stats *stats)
  {
    ulonglong *to= &first_stat;
    ulonglong *from= &stats->first_stat;
    do
    {
      (*to)+= *from++;
    } while (to++ != &last_stat);
  }
  inline bool has_stats()
  {
    if (!active)
      return 0;
    ulonglong *to= &first_stat;
    do
    {
      if (*to)
        return 1;
    } while (to++ != &last_stat);
    return 0;
  }
};
#endif /* HA_HANDLER_STATS_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright 2018-2018 Codership Oy <http://www.codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef WSREP_MYSQLD_C_H
#define WSREP_MYSQLD_C_H

enum enum_wsrep_certification_rules {
    WSREP_CERTIFICATION_RULES_STRICT,
    WSREP_CERTIFICATION_RULES_OPTIMIZED
};

/* This is intentionally declared as a weak global symbol, so that
the same ha_innodb.so can be used with the embedded server
(which does not link to the definition of this variable)
and with the regular server built WITH_WSREP. */
extern ulong wsrep_certification_rules __attribute__((weak));

#endif /* WSREP_MYSQLD_C_H */
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef DES_KEY_FILE_INCLUDED
#define DES_KEY_FILE_INCLUDED

#ifdef HAVE_des
#include <openssl/des.h>

#include "violite.h"                /* DES_cblock, DES_key_schedule */

struct st_des_keyblock
{
  DES_cblock key1, key2, key3;
};

struct st_des_keyschedule
{
  DES_key_schedule ks1, ks2, ks3;
};

extern struct st_des_keyschedule des_keyschedule[10];
extern uint des_default_key;

bool load_des_key_file(const char *file_name);
#endif /* HAVE_des */

#endif /* DES_KEY_FILE_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef KEY_INCLUDED
#define KEY_INCLUDED

class Field;
class String;
struct TABLE;
typedef struct st_bitmap MY_BITMAP;
typedef struct st_key KEY;
typedef struct st_key_part_info KEY_PART_INFO;

int find_ref_key(KEY *key, uint key_count, uchar *record, Field *field,
                 uint *key_length, uint *keypart);
void key_copy(uchar *to_key, const uchar *from_record, const KEY *key_info,
              uint key_length, bool with_zerofill= FALSE);
void key_restore(uchar *to_record, const uchar *from_key, KEY *key_info,
                 uint key_length);
bool key_cmp_if_same(TABLE *form,const uchar *key,uint index,uint key_length);
void key_unpack(String *to, TABLE *table, KEY *key);
void field_unpack(String *to, Field *field, const uchar *rec, uint max_length,
                  bool prefix_key);
bool is_key_used(TABLE *table, uint idx, const MY_BITMAP *fields);
int key_cmp(KEY_PART_INFO *key_part, const uchar *key, uint key_length);
ulong key_hashnr(KEY *key_info, uint used_key_parts, const uchar *key);
bool key_buf_cmp(KEY *key_info, uint used_key_parts,
                 const uchar *key1, const uchar *key2);
extern "C" int key_rec_cmp(const KEY *const *key_info, const uchar *a,
                           const uchar *b);
int key_tuple_cmp(KEY_PART_INFO *part, const uchar *key1, const uchar *key2,
                  uint tuple_length);

#endif /* KEY_INCLUDED */
#ifndef DEBUG_SYNC_INCLUDED
#define DEBUG_SYNC_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file

  Declarations for the Debug Sync Facility. See debug_sync.cc for details.
*/

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface                      /* gcc class implementation */
#endif

class THD;

#if defined(ENABLED_DEBUG_SYNC)

/* Command line option --debug-sync-timeout. See mysqld.cc. */
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT uint opt_debug_sync_timeout;

/* Default WAIT_FOR timeout if command line option is given without argument. */
#define DEBUG_SYNC_DEFAULT_WAIT_TIMEOUT 300

/* Debug Sync prototypes. See debug_sync.cc. */
extern int  debug_sync_init(void);
extern void debug_sync_end(void);
extern void debug_sync_init_thread(THD *thd);
extern void debug_sync_end_thread(THD *thd);
void debug_sync_reset_thread(THD *thd);
extern bool debug_sync_set_action(THD *thd, const char *action_str, size_t len);
extern bool debug_sync_update(THD *thd, char *val_str, size_t len);
extern uchar *debug_sync_value_ptr(THD *thd);
#else
static inline void debug_sync_init_thread(THD *thd) {}
static inline void debug_sync_end_thread(THD *thd) {}
static inline void debug_sync_reset_thread(THD *thd) {}
static inline bool debug_sync_set_action(THD *, const char *, size_t)
{ return false; }
#endif /* defined(ENABLED_DEBUG_SYNC) */
#endif /* DEBUG_SYNC_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright 2021 Codership Oy <info@codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

/*
  Implementation of wsrep provider threads instrumentation.
 */

#ifndef WSREP_PROVIDER_ALLOWLIST_H
#define WSREP_PROVIDER_ALLOWLIST_H

#include "wsrep/allowlist_service.hpp"

wsrep::allowlist_service* wsrep_allowlist_service_init();

void wsrep_allowlist_service_deinit();

#endif /* WSREP_PROVIDER_ALLOWLIST_H */
/* -*- C++ -*- */
/* Copyright (c) 2002, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _SP_PCONTEXT_H_
#define _SP_PCONTEXT_H_

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#include "sql_string.h"                         // LEX_STRING
#include "field.h"                              // Create_field
#include "sql_array.h"                          // Dynamic_array


/// This class represents a stored program variable or a parameter
/// (also referenced as 'SP-variable').

class sp_variable : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  enum enum_mode
  {
    MODE_IN,
    MODE_OUT,
    MODE_INOUT
  };

  /// Name of the SP-variable.
  LEX_CSTRING name;

  /// Mode of the SP-variable.
  enum_mode mode;

  /// The index to the variable's value in the runtime frame.
  ///
  /// It is calculated during parsing and used when creating sp_instr_set
  /// instructions and Item_splocal items. I.e. values are set/referred by
  /// array indexing in runtime.
  uint offset;

  /// Default value of the SP-variable (if any).
  Item *default_value;

  /// Full type information (field meta-data) of the SP-variable.
  Spvar_definition field_def;

  /// Field-type of the SP-variable.
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const
    { return field_def.type_handler(); }

public:
  sp_variable(const LEX_CSTRING *name_arg, uint offset_arg)
   :Sql_alloc(),
    name(*name_arg),
    mode(MODE_IN),
    offset(offset_arg),
    default_value(NULL)
  { }
  /*
    Find a ROW field by its qualified name.
    @param      var_name - the name of the variable
    @param      field_name - the name of the variable field
    @param[OUT] row_field_offset - the index of the field

    @retval  NULL if the variable with the given name was not found,
             or it is not a row variable, or it does not have a field
             with the given name, or a non-null pointer otherwise.
             row_field_offset[0] is set only when the method returns !NULL.
  */
  const Spvar_definition *find_row_field(const LEX_CSTRING *var_name,
                                         const LEX_CSTRING *field_name,
                                         uint *row_field_offset);
};


/*
  This class stores FETCH statement target variables:
    FETCH cur INTO t1, t2, t2;
  Targets can be:
  - Local SP variables
  - PACKAGE BODY variables
*/
class sp_fetch_target: public Sql_alloc,
                       public sp_rcontext_addr
{
public:
  LEX_CSTRING name;

  sp_fetch_target(const LEX_CSTRING &name_arg, const sp_rcontext_addr &addr)
   :sp_rcontext_addr(addr),
    name(name_arg)
  { }
};


///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

/// This class represents an SQL/PSM label. Can refer to the identifier
/// used with the "label_name:" construct which may precede some SQL/PSM
/// statements, or to an implicit implementation-dependent identifier which
/// the parser inserts before a high-level flow control statement such as
/// IF/WHILE/REPEAT/LOOP, when such statement is rewritten into a
/// combination of low-level jump/jump_if instructions and labels.


class sp_label : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  enum enum_type
  {
    /// Implicit label generated by parser.
    IMPLICIT,

    /// Label at BEGIN.
    BEGIN,

    /// Label at iteration control
    ITERATION,

    /// Label for jump
    GOTO
  };

  /// Name of the label.
  LEX_CSTRING name;

  /// Instruction pointer of the label.
  uint ip;

  /// Type of the label.
  enum_type type;

  /// Scope of the label.
  class sp_pcontext *ctx;

public:
  sp_label(const LEX_CSTRING *_name,
           uint _ip, enum_type _type, sp_pcontext *_ctx)
   :Sql_alloc(),
    name(*_name),
    ip(_ip),
    type(_type),
    ctx(_ctx)
  { }
};


///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

/// This class represents condition-value term in DECLARE CONDITION or
/// DECLARE HANDLER statements. sp_condition_value has little to do with
/// SQL-conditions.
///
/// In some sense, this class is a union -- a set of filled attributes
/// depends on the sp_condition_value::type value.

class sp_condition_value : public Sql_alloc, public Sql_state_errno
{
  bool m_is_user_defined;
public:
  enum enum_type
  {
    ERROR_CODE,
    SQLSTATE,
    WARNING,
    NOT_FOUND,
    EXCEPTION
  };

  /// Type of the condition value.
  enum_type type;

public:
  sp_condition_value(uint _mysqlerr)
   :Sql_alloc(),
    Sql_state_errno(_mysqlerr),
    m_is_user_defined(false),
    type(ERROR_CODE)
  { }

  sp_condition_value(uint _mysqlerr, const char *_sql_state)
   :Sql_alloc(),
    Sql_state_errno(_mysqlerr, _sql_state),
    m_is_user_defined(false),
    type(ERROR_CODE)
  { }

  sp_condition_value(const char *_sql_state, bool is_user_defined= false)
   :Sql_alloc(),
    Sql_state_errno(0, _sql_state),
    m_is_user_defined(is_user_defined),
    type(SQLSTATE)
  { }

  sp_condition_value(enum_type _type)
   :Sql_alloc(),
    m_is_user_defined(false),
    type(_type)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(type != ERROR_CODE && type != SQLSTATE);
  }

  /// Check if two instances of sp_condition_value are equal or not.
  ///
  /// @param cv another instance of sp_condition_value to check.
  ///
  /// @return true if the instances are equal, false otherwise.
  bool equals(const sp_condition_value *cv) const;


  /**
    Checks if this condition is OK for search.
    See also sp_context::find_handler().

    @param identity - The condition identity
    @param found_cv - A previously found matching condition or NULL.
    @return true    - If the current value matches identity and
                      makes a stronger match than the previously
                      found condition found_cv.
    @return false   - If the current value does not match identity,
                      of the current value makes a weaker match than found_cv.
  */
  bool matches(const Sql_condition_identity &identity,
               const sp_condition_value *found_cv) const;

  Sql_user_condition_identity get_user_condition_identity() const
  {
    return Sql_user_condition_identity(m_is_user_defined ? this : NULL);
  }
};


class sp_condition_value_user_defined: public sp_condition_value
{
public:
  sp_condition_value_user_defined()
   :sp_condition_value("45000", true)
  { }
};


///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

/// This class represents 'DECLARE CONDITION' statement.
/// sp_condition has little to do with SQL-conditions.

class sp_condition : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  /// Name of the condition.
  LEX_CSTRING name;

  /// Value of the condition.
  sp_condition_value *value;

public:
  sp_condition(const LEX_CSTRING *name_arg, sp_condition_value *value_arg)
   :Sql_alloc(),
    name(*name_arg),
    value(value_arg)
  { }
  sp_condition(const char *name_arg, size_t name_length_arg,
               sp_condition_value *value_arg)
   :value(value_arg)
  {
    name.str=    name_arg;
    name.length= name_length_arg;
  }
  bool eq_name(const LEX_CSTRING *str) const
  {
    return system_charset_info->strnncoll(name.str, name.length,
                                          str->str, str->length) == 0;
  }
};


///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

/**
  class sp_pcursor.
  Stores information about a cursor:
  - Cursor's name in LEX_STRING.
  - Cursor's formal parameter descriptions.

    Formal parameter descriptions reside in a separate context block,
    pointed by the "m_param_context" member.

    m_param_context can be NULL. This means a cursor with no parameters.
    Otherwise, the number of variables in m_param_context means
    the number of cursor's formal parameters.

    Note, m_param_context can be not NULL, but have no variables.
    This is also means a cursor with no parameters (similar to NULL).
*/
class sp_pcursor: public LEX_CSTRING
{
  class sp_pcontext *m_param_context; // Formal parameters
  class sp_lex_cursor *m_lex;         // The cursor statement LEX
public:
  sp_pcursor(const LEX_CSTRING *name, class sp_pcontext *param_ctx,
             class sp_lex_cursor *lex)
   :LEX_CSTRING(*name), m_param_context(param_ctx), m_lex(lex)
  { }
  class sp_pcontext *param_context() const { return m_param_context; }
  class sp_lex_cursor *lex() const { return m_lex; }
  bool check_param_count_with_error(uint param_count) const;
};


///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

/// This class represents 'DECLARE HANDLER' statement.

class sp_handler : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  /// Enumeration of possible handler types.
  /// Note: UNDO handlers are not (and have never been) supported.
  enum enum_type
  {
    EXIT,
    CONTINUE
  };

  /// Handler type.
  enum_type type;

  /// Conditions caught by this handler.
  List<sp_condition_value> condition_values;

public:
  /// The constructor.
  ///
  /// @param _type SQL-handler type.
  sp_handler(enum_type _type)
   :Sql_alloc(),
    type(_type)
  { }
};

///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

/// The class represents parse-time context, which keeps track of declared
/// variables/parameters, conditions, handlers, cursors and labels.
///
/// sp_pcontext objects are organized in a tree according to the following
/// rules:
///   - one sp_pcontext object corresponds for each BEGIN..END block;
///   - one sp_pcontext object corresponds for each exception handler;
///   - one additional sp_pcontext object is created to contain
///     Stored Program parameters.
///
/// sp_pcontext objects are used both at parse-time and at runtime.
///
/// During the parsing stage sp_pcontext objects are used:
///   - to look up defined names (e.g. declared variables and visible
///     labels);
///   - to check for duplicates;
///   - for error checking;
///   - to calculate offsets to be used at runtime.
///
/// During the runtime phase, a tree of sp_pcontext objects is used:
///   - for error checking (e.g. to check correct number of parameters);
///   - to resolve SQL-handlers.

class sp_pcontext : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  enum enum_scope
  {
    /// REGULAR_SCOPE designates regular BEGIN ... END blocks.
    REGULAR_SCOPE,

    /// HANDLER_SCOPE designates SQL-handler blocks.
    HANDLER_SCOPE
  };

  class Lex_for_loop: public Lex_for_loop_st
  {
  public:
    /*
      The label poiting to the body start,
      either explicit or automatically generated.
      Used during generation of "ITERATE loop_label"
      to check if "loop_label" is a FOR loop label.
      - In case of a FOR loop, some additional code
        (cursor fetch or iteger increment) is generated before
        the backward jump to the beginning of the loop body.
      - In case of other loop types (WHILE, REPEAT)
        only the jump is generated.
    */
    const sp_label *m_start_label;

    Lex_for_loop()
     :m_start_label(NULL)
    { Lex_for_loop_st::init(); }

    Lex_for_loop(const Lex_for_loop_st &for_loop, const sp_label *start)
     :m_start_label(start)
    {
      Lex_for_loop_st::operator=(for_loop);
    }
  };

public:
  sp_pcontext();
  ~sp_pcontext();


  /// Create and push a new context in the tree.

  /// @param thd   thread context.
  /// @param scope scope of the new parsing context.
  /// @return the node created.
  sp_pcontext *push_context(THD *thd, enum_scope scope);

  /// Pop a node from the parsing context tree.
  /// @return the parent node.
  sp_pcontext *pop_context();

  sp_pcontext *parent_context() const
  { return m_parent; }

  sp_pcontext *child_context(uint i) const
  { return i < m_children.elements() ? m_children.at(i) : NULL; }

  /// Calculate and return the number of handlers to pop between the given
  /// context and this one.
  ///
  /// @param ctx       the other parsing context.
  /// @param exclusive specifies if the last scope should be excluded.
  ///
  /// @return the number of handlers to pop between the given context and
  /// this one.  If 'exclusive' is true, don't count the last scope we are
  /// leaving; this is used for LEAVE where we will jump to the hpop
  /// instructions.
  uint diff_handlers(const sp_pcontext *ctx, bool exclusive) const;

  /// Calculate and return the number of cursors to pop between the given
  /// context and this one.
  ///
  /// @param ctx       the other parsing context.
  /// @param exclusive specifies if the last scope should be excluded.
  ///
  /// @return the number of cursors to pop between the given context and
  /// this one.  If 'exclusive' is true, don't count the last scope we are
  /// leaving; this is used for LEAVE where we will jump to the cpop
  /// instructions.
  uint diff_cursors(const sp_pcontext *ctx, bool exclusive) const;

  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  // SP-variables (parameters and variables).
  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

  /// @return the maximum number of variables used in this and all child
  /// contexts. For the root parsing context, this gives us the number of
  /// slots needed for variables during the runtime phase.
  uint max_var_index() const
  { return m_max_var_index; }

  /// @return the current number of variables used in the parent contexts
  /// (from the root), including this context.
  uint current_var_count() const
  { return m_var_offset + (uint)m_vars.elements(); }

  /// @return the number of variables in this context alone.
  uint context_var_count() const
  { return (uint)m_vars.elements(); }

  /// return the i-th variable on the current context
  sp_variable *get_context_variable(uint i) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(i < m_vars.elements());
    return m_vars.at(i);
  }

  /*
    Return the i-th last context variable.
    If i is 0, then return the very last variable in m_vars.
  */
  sp_variable *get_last_context_variable(uint i= 0) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(i < m_vars.elements());
    return m_vars.at(m_vars.elements() - i - 1);
  }

  /// Add SP-variable to the parsing context.
  ///
  /// @param thd  Thread context.
  /// @param name Name of the SP-variable.
  ///
  /// @return instance of newly added SP-variable.
  sp_variable *add_variable(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name);

  /// Retrieve full type information about SP-variables in this parsing
  /// context and its children.
  ///
  /// @param field_def_lst[out] Container to store type information.
  void retrieve_field_definitions(List<Spvar_definition> *field_def_lst) const;

  /// Find SP-variable by name.
  ///
  /// The function does a linear search (from newer to older variables,
  /// in case we have shadowed names).
  ///
  /// The function is called only at parsing time.
  ///
  /// @param name               Variable name.
  /// @param current_scope_only A flag if we search only in current scope.
  ///
  /// @return instance of found SP-variable, or NULL if not found.
  sp_variable *find_variable(const LEX_CSTRING *name, bool current_scope_only) const;

  /// Find SP-variable by the offset in the root parsing context.
  ///
  /// The function is used for two things:
  /// - When evaluating parameters at the beginning, and setting out parameters
  ///   at the end, of invocation. (Top frame only, so no recursion then.)
  /// - For printing of sp_instr_set. (Debug mode only.)
  ///
  /// @param offset Variable offset in the root parsing context.
  ///
  /// @return instance of found SP-variable, or NULL if not found.
  sp_variable *find_variable(uint offset) const;

  /// Set the current scope boundary (for default values).
  ///
  /// @param n The number of variables to skip.
  void declare_var_boundary(uint n)
  { m_pboundary= n; }

  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  // CASE expressions.
  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

  int register_case_expr()
  { return m_num_case_exprs++; }

  int get_num_case_exprs() const
  { return m_num_case_exprs; }

  bool push_case_expr_id(int case_expr_id)
  { return m_case_expr_ids.append(case_expr_id); }

  void pop_case_expr_id()
  { m_case_expr_ids.pop(); }

  int get_current_case_expr_id() const
  { return *m_case_expr_ids.back(); }

  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  // Labels.
  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

  sp_label *push_label(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name, uint ip,
                       sp_label::enum_type type, List<sp_label> * list);

  sp_label *push_label(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name, uint ip,
                       sp_label::enum_type type)
  { return push_label(thd, name, ip, type, &m_labels); }

  sp_label *push_goto_label(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name, uint ip,
                            sp_label::enum_type type)
  { return push_label(thd, name, ip, type, &m_goto_labels); }

  sp_label *push_label(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name, uint ip)
  { return push_label(thd, name, ip, sp_label::IMPLICIT); }

  sp_label *push_goto_label(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name, uint ip)
  { return push_goto_label(thd, name, ip, sp_label::GOTO); }

  sp_label *find_label(const LEX_CSTRING *name);

  sp_label *find_goto_label(const LEX_CSTRING *name, bool recusive);

  sp_label *find_goto_label(const LEX_CSTRING *name)
  { return find_goto_label(name, true); }

  sp_label *find_label_current_loop_start();

  sp_label *last_label()
  {
    sp_label *label= m_labels.head();

    if (!label && m_parent)
      label= m_parent->last_label();

    return label;
  }

  sp_label *last_goto_label()
  {
    return m_goto_labels.head();
  }

  sp_label *pop_label()
  { return m_labels.pop(); }

  bool block_label_declare(LEX_CSTRING *label)
  {
    sp_label *lab= find_label(label);
    if (lab)
    {
      my_error(ER_SP_LABEL_REDEFINE, MYF(0), label->str);
      return true;
    }
    return false;
  }

  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  // Conditions.
  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

  bool add_condition(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                               sp_condition_value *value);

  /// See comment for find_variable() above.
  sp_condition_value *find_condition(const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                     bool current_scope_only) const;

  sp_condition_value *
  find_declared_or_predefined_condition(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name) const;

  bool declare_condition(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   sp_condition_value *val)
  {
    if (find_condition(name, true))
    {
      my_error(ER_SP_DUP_COND, MYF(0), name->str);
      return true;
    }
    return add_condition(thd, name, val);
  }

  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  // Handlers.
  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

  sp_handler *add_handler(THD* thd, sp_handler::enum_type type);

  /// This is an auxilary parsing-time function to check if an SQL-handler
  /// exists in the current parsing context (current scope) for the given
  /// SQL-condition. This function is used to check for duplicates during
  /// the parsing phase.
  ///
  /// This function can not be used during the runtime phase to check
  /// SQL-handler existence because it searches for the SQL-handler in the
  /// current scope only (during runtime, current and parent scopes
  /// should be checked according to the SQL-handler resolution rules).
  ///
  /// @param condition_value the handler condition value
  ///                        (not SQL-condition!).
  ///
  /// @retval true if such SQL-handler exists.
  /// @retval false otherwise.
  bool check_duplicate_handler(const sp_condition_value *cond_value) const;

  /// Find an SQL handler for the given SQL condition according to the
  /// SQL-handler resolution rules. This function is used at runtime.
  ///
  /// @param value            The error code and the SQL state
  /// @param level            The SQL condition level
  ///
  /// @return a pointer to the found SQL-handler or NULL.
  sp_handler *find_handler(const Sql_condition_identity &identity) const;

  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  // Cursors.
  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

  bool add_cursor(const LEX_CSTRING *name, sp_pcontext *param_ctx,
                  class sp_lex_cursor *lex);

  /// See comment for find_variable() above.
  const sp_pcursor *find_cursor(const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                uint *poff, bool current_scope_only) const;

  const sp_pcursor *find_cursor_with_error(const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                           uint *poff,
                                           bool current_scope_only) const
  {
    const sp_pcursor *pcursor= find_cursor(name, poff, current_scope_only);
    if (!pcursor)
    {
      my_error(ER_SP_CURSOR_MISMATCH, MYF(0), name->str);
      return NULL;
    }
    return pcursor;
  }
  /// Find cursor by offset (for SHOW {PROCEDURE|FUNCTION} CODE only).
  const sp_pcursor *find_cursor(uint offset) const;

  const sp_pcursor *get_cursor_by_local_frame_offset(uint offset) const
  { return &m_cursors.at(offset); }

  uint cursor_offset() const
  { return m_cursor_offset; }

  uint frame_cursor_count() const
  { return (uint)m_cursors.elements(); }

  uint max_cursor_index() const
  { return m_max_cursor_index + (uint)m_cursors.elements(); }

  uint current_cursor_count() const
  { return m_cursor_offset + (uint)m_cursors.elements(); }

  void set_for_loop(const Lex_for_loop_st &for_loop)
  {
    m_for_loop= Lex_for_loop(for_loop, last_label());
  }
  const Lex_for_loop &for_loop()
  {
    return m_for_loop;
  }

private:
  /// Constructor for a tree node.
  /// @param prev the parent parsing context
  /// @param scope scope of this parsing context
  sp_pcontext(sp_pcontext *prev, enum_scope scope);

  void init(uint var_offset, uint cursor_offset, int num_case_expressions);

  /* Prevent use of these */
  sp_pcontext(const sp_pcontext &);
  void operator=(sp_pcontext &);

  sp_condition_value *find_predefined_condition(const LEX_CSTRING *name) const;

private:
  /// m_max_var_index -- number of variables (including all types of arguments)
  /// in this context including all children contexts.
  ///
  /// m_max_var_index >= m_vars.elements().
  ///
  /// m_max_var_index of the root parsing context contains number of all
  /// variables (including arguments) in all enclosed contexts.
  uint m_max_var_index;

  /// The maximum sub context's framesizes.
  uint m_max_cursor_index;

  /// Parent context.
  sp_pcontext *m_parent;

  /// An index of the first SP-variable in this parsing context. The index
  /// belongs to a runtime table of SP-variables.
  ///
  /// Note:
  ///   - m_var_offset is 0 for root parsing context;
  ///   - m_var_offset is different for all nested parsing contexts.
  uint m_var_offset;

  /// Cursor offset for this context.
  uint m_cursor_offset;

  /// Boundary for finding variables in this context. This is the number of
  /// variables currently "invisible" to default clauses. This is normally 0,
  /// but will be larger during parsing of DECLARE ... DEFAULT, to get the
  /// scope right for DEFAULT values.
  uint m_pboundary;

  int m_num_case_exprs;

  /// SP parameters/variables.
  Dynamic_array<sp_variable *> m_vars;

  /// Stack of CASE expression ids.
  Dynamic_array<int> m_case_expr_ids;

  /// Stack of SQL-conditions.
  Dynamic_array<sp_condition *> m_conditions;

  /// Stack of cursors.
  Dynamic_array<sp_pcursor> m_cursors;

  /// Stack of SQL-handlers.
  Dynamic_array<sp_handler *> m_handlers;

  /*
   In the below example the label <<lab>> has two meanings:
   - GOTO lab : must go before the beginning of the loop
   - CONTINUE lab : must go to the beginning of the loop
   We solve this by storing block labels and goto labels into separate lists.

   BEGIN
     <<lab>>
     FOR i IN a..10 LOOP
       ...
       GOTO lab;
       ...
       CONTINUE lab;
       ...
     END LOOP;
   END;
  */
  /// List of block labels
  List<sp_label> m_labels;
  /// List of goto labels
  List<sp_label> m_goto_labels;

  /// Children contexts, used for destruction.
  Dynamic_array<sp_pcontext *> m_children;

  /// Scope of this parsing context.
  enum_scope m_scope;

  /// FOR LOOP characteristics
  Lex_for_loop m_for_loop;
}; // class sp_pcontext : public Sql_alloc


#endif /* _SP_PCONTEXT_H_ */
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef THR_MALLOC_INCLUDED
#define THR_MALLOC_INCLUDED

typedef struct st_mem_root MEM_ROOT;

void init_sql_alloc(PSI_memory_key key, MEM_ROOT *root, uint block_size, uint
                    pre_alloc_size, myf my_flags);
char *sql_strmake_with_convert(THD *thd, const char *str, size_t arg_length,
			       CHARSET_INFO *from_cs,
			       size_t max_res_length,
			       CHARSET_INFO *to_cs, size_t *result_length);

#endif /* THR_MALLOC_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef INNODB_PRIV_INCLUDED
#define INNODB_PRIV_INCLUDED

/** @file Declaring server-internal functions that are used by InnoDB. */

#include <sql_priv.h>
#include <strfunc.h>                            /* strconvert */

class THD;

int get_quote_char_for_identifier(THD *thd, const char *name, size_t length);
bool schema_table_store_record(THD *thd, TABLE *table);
void localtime_to_TIME(MYSQL_TIME *to, struct tm *from);

void sql_print_error(const char *format, ...);

#define thd_binlog_pos(X, Y, Z) mysql_bin_log_commit_pos(X, Z, Y)

#endif /* INNODB_PRIV_INCLUDED */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2016, 2017 MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef DERIVED_HANDLER_INCLUDED
#define DERIVED_HANDLER_INCLUDED

#include "mariadb.h"
#include "sql_priv.h"

class TMP_TABLE_PARAM;

typedef class st_select_lex_unit SELECT_LEX_UNIT;

/**
  @class derived_handler

  This interface class is to be used for execution of queries that specify
  derived table by foreign engines
*/

class derived_handler
{
public:
  THD *thd;
  handlerton *ht;

  TABLE_LIST *derived;

  /*
    Temporary table where all results should be stored in record[0]
    The table has a field for every item from the select list of
    the specification of derived.
  */
  TABLE *table;

  /* The parameters if the temporary table used at its creation */
  TMP_TABLE_PARAM *tmp_table_param;

  SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit;   // Specifies the derived table

  SELECT_LEX *select;      // The first select of the specification

  derived_handler(THD *thd_arg, handlerton *ht_arg)
    : thd(thd_arg), ht(ht_arg), derived(0),table(0), tmp_table_param(0),
    unit(0), select(0) {}
  virtual ~derived_handler() = default;

  /*
    Functions to scan data. All these returns 0 if ok, error code in case
    of error
  */

  /* Initialize the process of producing rows of the derived table */
  virtual int init_scan()= 0;

  /*
    Put the next produced row of the derived in table->record[0] and return 0.
    Return HA_ERR_END_OF_FILE if there are no more rows, return other error
    number in case of fatal error.
   */
  virtual int next_row()= 0;

  /* End prodicing rows */
  virtual int end_scan()=0;

  /* Report errors */
  virtual void print_error(int error, myf errflag);

  void set_derived(TABLE_LIST *tbl);
};

#endif /* DERIVED_HANDLER_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2022, MariaDB Corporation.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
  Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/*
  Trivial framework to add a tracker to a C function
*/

#include "my_rdtsc.h"

struct my_time_tracker
{
  ulonglong counter;
  ulonglong cycles;
};

#ifdef HAVE_TIME_TRACKING
#define START_TRACKING ulonglong my_start_time= my_timer_cycles()
#define END_TRACKING(var) \
  { \
     ulonglong my_end_time= my_timer_cycles();                     \
     (var)->counter++;                                             \
     (var)->cycles+= (unlikely(my_end_time < my_start_time) ?      \
                     my_end_time - my_start_time + ULONGLONG_MAX : \
                     my_end_time - my_start_time);                 \
  }
#else
#define START_TRACKING
#define END_TRACKING(var) do { } while(0)
#endif
#ifndef AUTHORS_INCLUDED
#define AUTHORS_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

/* Structure of the name list */

struct show_table_authors_st {
  const char *name;
  const char *location;
  const char *comment;
};

/*
  Output from "SHOW AUTHORS"

  If you can update it, you get to be in it :)

  Don't be offended if your name is not in here, just add it!

  Active people in the MariaDB are listed first, active people in MySQL
  then, not active last.

  Names should be encoded using UTF-8.

  See also https://mariadb.com/kb/en/log-of-mariadb-contributions/
*/

struct show_table_authors_st show_table_authors[]= {
  /* Active people on MariaDB */
  { "Michael (Monty) Widenius", "Tusby, Finland",
    "Lead developer and main author" },
  { "Sergei Golubchik", "Kerpen, Germany",
    "Architect, Full-text search, precision math, plugin framework, merges etc" },
  { "Igor Babaev", "Bellevue, USA", "Optimizer, keycache, core work"},
  { "Sergey Petrunia", "St. Petersburg, Russia", "Optimizer"},
  { "Oleksandr Byelkin", "Lugansk, Ukraine",
    "Query Cache (4.0), Subqueries (4.1), Views (5.0)" },
  { "Timour Katchaounov", "Sofia , Bulgaria", "Optimizer"},
  { "Kristian Nielsen", "Copenhagen, Denmark",
    "Replication, Async client prototocol, General buildbot stuff" },
  { "Alexander (Bar) Barkov", "Izhevsk, Russia",
    "Unicode and character sets" },
  { "Alexey Botchkov (Holyfoot)", "Izhevsk, Russia",
    "GIS extensions, embedded server, precision math"},
  { "Daniel Bartholomew", "Raleigh, USA", "MariaDB documentation, Buildbot, releases"},
  { "Colin Charles", "Selangor, Malesia", "MariaDB documentation, talks at a LOT of conferences"},
  { "Sergey Vojtovich", "Izhevsk, Russia",
    "initial implementation of plugin architecture, maintained native storage engines (MyISAM, MEMORY, ARCHIVE, etc), rewrite of table cache"},
  { "Vladislav Vaintroub", "Mannheim, Germany", "MariaDB Java connector, new thread pool, Windows optimizations"},
  { "Elena Stepanova", "Sankt Petersburg, Russia", "QA, test cases"},
  { "Georg Richter", "Heidelberg, Germany", "New LGPL C connector, PHP connector"},
  { "Jan Lindström", "Ylämylly, Finland", "Working on InnoDB"},
  { "Lixun Peng", "Hangzhou, China", "Multi Source replication" },
  { "Olivier Bertrand", "Paris, France", "CONNECT storage engine"},
  { "Kentoku Shiba", "Tokyo, Japan", "Spider storage engine, metadata_lock_info Information schema"},
  { "Percona", "CA, USA", "XtraDB, microslow patches, extensions to slow log"},
  { "Vicentiu Ciorbaru", "Bucharest, Romania", "Roles"},
  { "Sudheera Palihakkara", "", "PCRE Regular Expressions" },
  { "Pavel Ivanov", "USA", "Some patches and bug fixes"},
  { "Konstantin Osipov", "Moscow, Russia",
    "Prepared statements (4.1), Cursors (5.0), GET_LOCK (10.0)" },
  { "Ian Gilfillan", "South Africa", "MariaDB documentation"},
  { "Federico Razolli", "Italy", "MariaDB documentation Italian translation"},
  { "Vinchen", "Shenzhen, China", "Instant ADD Column for InnoDB, Spider engine optimization, from Tencent Game DBA Team" },
  { "Willhan", "Shenzhen, China", "Big Column Compression, Spider engine optimization, from Tencent Game DBA Team" },
  { "Anders Karlsson", "Ystad, Sweden", "Replication patch for enforcing triggers on slave"},
  { "Otto Kekäläinen", "Tampere, Finland", "Debian packaging, install/upgrade engineering, QA pipelines, documentation"},
  { "Daniel Black", "Canberra, Australia", "Modernising large page support, systemd, and bug fixes"},

  /* People working on MySQL code base (not NDB) */
  { "Guilhem Bichot", "Bordeaux, France", "Replication (since 4.0)" },
  { "Andrei Elkin", "Espoo, Finland", "Replication" },
  { "Dmitri Lenev", "Moscow, Russia",
    "Time zones support (4.1), Triggers (5.0)" },
  { "Marc Alff", "Denver, CO, USA", "Signal, Resignal, Performance schema" },
  { "Mikael Ronström", "Stockholm, Sweden",
    "NDB Cluster, Partitioning, online alter table" },
  { "Ingo Strüwing", "Berlin, Germany",
    "Bug fixing in MyISAM, Merge tables etc" },
  {"Marko Mäkelä", "Helsinki, Finland", "InnoDB core developer"},

  /* People not active anymore */
  { "David Axmark", "London, England",
    "MySQL founder; Small stuff long time ago, Monty ripped it out!" },
  { "Brian (Krow) Aker", "Seattle, WA, USA",
    "Architecture, archive, blackhole, federated, bunch of little stuff :)" },
  { "Venu Anuganti", "", "Client/server protocol (4.1)" },
  { "Omer BarNir", "Sunnyvale, CA, USA",
    "Testing (sometimes) and general QA stuff" },
  { "John Birrell", "", "Emulation of pthread_mutex() for OS/2" },
  { "Andreas F. Bobak", "", "AGGREGATE extension to user-defined functions" },
  { "Reggie Burnett", "Nashville, TN, USA", "Windows development, Connectors" },
  { "Kent Boortz", "Orebro, Sweden", "Test platform, and general build stuff" },
  { "Tim Bunce", "", "mysqlhotcopy" },
  { "Yves Carlier", "", "mysqlaccess" },
  { "Joshua Chamas", "Cupertino, CA, USA",
    "Concurrent insert, extended date syntax" },
  { "Petr Chardin", "Moscow, Russia",
    "Instance Manager (5.0), Server log tables (5.1)" },
  { "Wei-Jou Chen", "", "Chinese (Big5) character set" },
  { "Albert Chin-A-Young", "",
    "Tru64 port, large file support, better TCP wrappers support" },
  { "Jorge del Conde", "Mexico City, Mexico", "Windows development" },
  { "Antony T. Curtis", "Norwalk, CA, USA",
    "Parser, port to OS/2, storage engines and some random stuff" },
  { "Yuri Dario", "", "OS/2 port" },
  { "Patrick Galbraith", "Sharon, NH", "Federated Engine, mysqlslap" },
  { "Lenz Grimmer", "Hamburg, Germany",
    "Production (build and release) engineering" },
  { "Nikolay Grishakin", "Austin, TX, USA", "Testing - Server" },
  { "Wei He", "", "Chinese (GBK) character set" },
  { "Eric Herman", "Amsterdam, Netherlands", "Bug fixing - federated" },
  { "Andrey Hristov", "Walldorf, Germany", "Event scheduler (5.1)" },
  { "Alexander (Alexi) Ivanov", "St. Petersburg, Russia", "Replication" },
  { "Mattias Jonsson", "Uppsala, Sweden", "Partitioning" },
  { "Alexander (Salle) Keremidarski", "Sofia, Bulgaria",
    "Bug fixing" },
  { "Mats Kindahl", "Storvreta, Sweden", "Replication" },
  { "Serge Kozlov", "Velikie Luki, Russia", "Testing - Cluster" },
  { "Hakan Küçükyılmaz", "Walldorf, Germany", "Testing - Server" },
  { "Matthias Leich", "Berlin, Germany", "Testing - Server" },
  { "Arjen Lentz", "Brisbane, Australia",
    "Documentation (2001-2004), Dutch error messages, LOG2()" },
  { "Marc Liyanage", "", "Created Mac OS X packages" },
  { "Kelly Long", "Denver, CO, USA", "Pool Of Threads" },
  { "Zarko Mocnik", "", "Sorting for Slovenian language" },
  { "Per-Erik Martin", "Uppsala, Sweden", "Stored Procedures (5.0)" },
  { "Alexis Mikhailov", "", "User-defined functions" },
  { "Sinisa Milivojevic", "Larnaca, Cyprus",
    "UNION (4.0), Subqueries in FROM clause (4.1), many other features" },
  { "Jonathan (Jeb) Miller", "Kyle, TX, USA",
    "Testing - Cluster, Replication" },
  { "Elliot Murphy", "Cocoa, FL, USA", "Replication and backup" },
  { "Pekka Nouisiainen", "Stockholm, Sweden",
    "NDB Cluster: BLOB support, character set support, ordered indexes" },
  { "Alexander Nozdrin", "Moscow, Russia",
    "Bug fixing (Stored Procedures, 5.0)" },
  { "Per Eric Olsson", "", "Testing of dynamic record format" },
  { "Jonas Oreland", "Stockholm, Sweden",
    "NDB Cluster, Online Backup, lots of other things" },
  { "Alexander (Sasha) Pachev", "Provo, UT, USA",
    "Statement-based replication, SHOW CREATE TABLE, mysql-bench" },
  { "Irena Pancirov", "", "Port to Windows with Borland compiler" },
  { "Jan Pazdziora", "", "Czech sorting order" },
  { "Benjamin Pflugmann", "",
    "Extended MERGE storage engine to handle INSERT" },
  { "Igor Romanenko", "",
    "mysqldump" },
  { "Tõnu Samuel", "Estonia",
    "VIO interface, other miscellaneous features" },
  { "Carsten Segieth (Pino)", "Fredersdorf, Germany", "Testing - Server"},
  { "Martin Sköld", "Stockholm, Sweden",
    "NDB Cluster: Unique indexes, integration into MySQL" },
  { "Timothy Smith", "Auckland, New Zealand",
    "Dynamic character sets, parts of the build system, libmysqld"},
  { "Miguel Solorzano", "Florianopolis, Santa Catarina, Brazil",
    "Windows development, Windows NT service"},
  { "Punita Srivastava", "Austin, TX, USA", "Testing - Merlin"},
  { "Alexey Stroganov (Ranger)", "Lugansk, Ukraine", "Testing - Benchmarks"},
  { "Magnus Svensson", "Öregrund, Sweden",
    "NDB Cluster: Integration into MySQL, test framework" },
  { "Zeev Suraski", "", "FROM_UNIXTIME(), ENCRYPT()" },
  { "TAMITO", "",
    "The _MB character set macros and UJIS and SJIS character sets" },
  { "Jani Tolonen", "Helsinki, Finland",
    "mysqlimport, extensions to command-line clients, PROCEDURE ANALYSE()" },
  { "Lars Thalmann", "Stockholm, Sweden",
    "Replication and cluster development" },
  { "Tomas Ulin", "Stockholm, Sweden",
    "NDB Cluster: Configuration, installation" },
  { "Gianmassimo Vigazzola", "", "Initial Windows port" },
  { "Sergey Vojtovich", "Izhevsk, Russia", "Plugins infrastructure (5.1)" },
  { "Matt Wagner", "Northfield, MN, USA", "Bug fixing" },
  { "Jim Winstead Jr.", "Los Angeles, CA, USA", "Bug fixing" },
  { "Peter Zaitsev", "Tacoma, WA, USA",
    "SHA1(), AES_ENCRYPT(), AES_DECRYPT(), bug fixing" },
  {"Mark Mark Callaghan", "Texas, USA", "Statistics patches"},
  {NULL, NULL, NULL}
};

#endif /* AUTHORS_INCLUDED */
#ifndef PRIVILEGE_H_INCLUDED
#define PRIVILEGE_H_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#include "my_global.h" // ulonglong


/*
  A strict enum to store privilege bits.

  We should eventually make if even stricter using "enum class privilege_t" and:
  - Replace all code pieces like `if (priv)` to `if (priv != NO_ACL)`
  - Remove "delete" comparison operators below
*/
enum privilege_t: unsigned long long
{
  NO_ACL                = (0),
  SELECT_ACL            = (1UL << 0),
  INSERT_ACL            = (1UL << 1),
  UPDATE_ACL            = (1UL << 2),
  DELETE_ACL            = (1UL << 3),
  CREATE_ACL            = (1UL << 4),
  DROP_ACL              = (1UL << 5),
  RELOAD_ACL            = (1UL << 6),
  SHUTDOWN_ACL          = (1UL << 7),
  PROCESS_ACL           = (1UL << 8),
  FILE_ACL              = (1UL << 9),
  GRANT_ACL             = (1UL << 10),
  REFERENCES_ACL        = (1UL << 11),
  INDEX_ACL             = (1UL << 12),
  ALTER_ACL             = (1UL << 13),
  SHOW_DB_ACL           = (1UL << 14),
  SUPER_ACL             = (1UL << 15),
  CREATE_TMP_ACL        = (1UL << 16),
  LOCK_TABLES_ACL       = (1UL << 17),
  EXECUTE_ACL           = (1UL << 18),
  REPL_SLAVE_ACL        = (1UL << 19),
  BINLOG_MONITOR_ACL    = (1UL << 20), // Was REPL_CLIENT_ACL prior to 10.5.2
  CREATE_VIEW_ACL       = (1UL << 21),
  SHOW_VIEW_ACL         = (1UL << 22),
  CREATE_PROC_ACL       = (1UL << 23),
  ALTER_PROC_ACL        = (1UL << 24),
  CREATE_USER_ACL       = (1UL << 25),
  EVENT_ACL             = (1UL << 26),
  TRIGGER_ACL           = (1UL << 27),
  CREATE_TABLESPACE_ACL = (1UL << 28),
  DELETE_HISTORY_ACL    = (1UL << 29),  // Added in 10.3.4
  SET_USER_ACL          = (1UL << 30),  // Added in 10.5.2
  FEDERATED_ADMIN_ACL   = (1UL << 31),  // Added in 10.5.2
  CONNECTION_ADMIN_ACL  = (1ULL << 32), // Added in 10.5.2
  READ_ONLY_ADMIN_ACL   = (1ULL << 33), // Added in 10.5.2
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL  = (1ULL << 34), // Added in 10.5.2
  REPL_MASTER_ADMIN_ACL = (1ULL << 35), // Added in 10.5.2
  BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL      = (1ULL << 36), // Added in 10.5.2
  BINLOG_REPLAY_ACL     = (1ULL << 37), // Added in 10.5.2
  SLAVE_MONITOR_ACL     = (1ULL << 38), // Added in 10.5.8
  SHOW_CREATE_ROUTINE_ACL = (1ULL << 39)  // added in 11.3.0
  /*
    When adding new privilege bits, don't forget to update:
    In this file:
    - Add a new LAST_version_ACL
    - Add a new ALL_KNOWN_ACL_version
    - Change ALL_KNOWN_ACL to ALL_KNOWN_ACL_version
    - Change GLOBAL_ACLS, DB_ACLS, TABLE_ACLS, PROC_ACLS if needed
    - Change SUPER_ADDED_SINCE_USER_TABLE_ACL if needed

    In other files:
    - static struct show_privileges_st sys_privileges[]
    - static const char *command_array[] and static uint command_lengths[]
    - mariadb_system_tables.sql and mariadb_system_tables_fix.sql
    - acl_init() or whatever - to define behaviour for old privilege tables
    - Update User_table_json::get_access()
    - sql_yacc.yy - for GRANT/REVOKE to work

    Important: the enum should contain only single-bit values.
    In this case, debuggers print bit combinations in the readable form:
     (gdb) p (privilege_t) (15)
     $8 = (SELECT_ACL | INSERT_ACL | UPDATE_ACL | DELETE_ACL)

    Bit-OR combinations of the above values should be declared outside!
  */
};

constexpr static inline privilege_t ALL_KNOWN_BITS(privilege_t x)
{
  return (privilege_t)(x | (x-1));
}

// Version markers
constexpr privilege_t LAST_100304_ACL= DELETE_HISTORY_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t LAST_100502_ACL= BINLOG_REPLAY_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t LAST_100508_ACL= SLAVE_MONITOR_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t LAST_110300_ACL= SHOW_CREATE_ROUTINE_ACL;

// Current version markers
constexpr privilege_t LAST_CURRENT_ACL= LAST_110300_ACL;
constexpr uint PRIVILEGE_T_MAX_BIT=
              my_bit_log2_uint64((ulonglong) LAST_CURRENT_ACL);

static_assert((privilege_t)(1ULL << PRIVILEGE_T_MAX_BIT) == LAST_CURRENT_ACL,
              "Something went fatally badly: "
              "LAST_CURRENT_ACL and PRIVILEGE_T_MAX_BIT do not match");

// A combination of all bits defined in 10.3.4 (and earlier)
constexpr privilege_t ALL_KNOWN_ACL_100304 = ALL_KNOWN_BITS(LAST_100304_ACL);

// A combination of all bits defined in 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t ALL_KNOWN_ACL_100502= ALL_KNOWN_BITS(LAST_100502_ACL);

// A combination of all bits defined in 10.5.8
constexpr privilege_t ALL_KNOWN_ACL_100508= ALL_KNOWN_BITS(LAST_100508_ACL);
// unfortunately, SLAVE_MONITOR_ACL was added in 10.5.9, but also in 10.5.8-5
// let's stay compatible with that branch too.
constexpr privilege_t ALL_KNOWN_ACL_100509= ALL_KNOWN_ACL_100508;

// A combination of all bits defined in 11.3.0
constexpr privilege_t ALL_KNOWN_ACL_110300= ALL_KNOWN_BITS(LAST_110300_ACL);

// A combination of all bits defined as of the current version
constexpr privilege_t ALL_KNOWN_ACL= ALL_KNOWN_BITS(LAST_CURRENT_ACL);


// Unary operators
static inline constexpr ulonglong operator~(privilege_t access)
{
  return ~static_cast<ulonglong>(access);
}

/*
  Comparison operators.
  Delete automatic conversion between to/from integer types as much as possible.
  This forces to use `(priv == NO_ACL)` instead of `(priv == 0)`.

  Note: these operators will be gone when we change privilege_t to
  "enum class privilege_t". See comments above.
*/
static inline bool operator==(privilege_t, ulonglong)= delete;
static inline bool operator==(privilege_t,     ulong)= delete;
static inline bool operator==(privilege_t,      uint)= delete;
static inline bool operator==(privilege_t,     uchar)= delete;
static inline bool operator==(privilege_t,  longlong)= delete;
static inline bool operator==(privilege_t,      long)= delete;
static inline bool operator==(privilege_t,       int)= delete;
static inline bool operator==(privilege_t,      char)= delete;
static inline bool operator==(privilege_t,      bool)= delete;

static inline bool operator==(ulonglong, privilege_t)= delete;
static inline bool operator==(ulong,     privilege_t)= delete;
static inline bool operator==(uint,      privilege_t)= delete;
static inline bool operator==(uchar,     privilege_t)= delete;
static inline bool operator==(longlong,  privilege_t)= delete;
static inline bool operator==(long,      privilege_t)= delete;
static inline bool operator==(int,       privilege_t)= delete;
static inline bool operator==(char,      privilege_t)= delete;
static inline bool operator==(bool,      privilege_t)= delete;

static inline bool operator!=(privilege_t, ulonglong)= delete;
static inline bool operator!=(privilege_t,     ulong)= delete;
static inline bool operator!=(privilege_t,      uint)= delete;
static inline bool operator!=(privilege_t,     uchar)= delete;
static inline bool operator!=(privilege_t,  longlong)= delete;
static inline bool operator!=(privilege_t,      long)= delete;
static inline bool operator!=(privilege_t,       int)= delete;
static inline bool operator!=(privilege_t,      char)= delete;
static inline bool operator!=(privilege_t,      bool)= delete;

static inline bool operator!=(ulonglong, privilege_t)= delete;
static inline bool operator!=(ulong,     privilege_t)= delete;
static inline bool operator!=(uint,      privilege_t)= delete;
static inline bool operator!=(uchar,     privilege_t)= delete;
static inline bool operator!=(longlong,  privilege_t)= delete;
static inline bool operator!=(long,      privilege_t)= delete;
static inline bool operator!=(int,       privilege_t)= delete;
static inline bool operator!=(char,      privilege_t)= delete;
static inline bool operator!=(bool,      privilege_t)= delete;


// Dyadic bitwise operators
static inline constexpr privilege_t operator&(privilege_t a, privilege_t b)
{
  return static_cast<privilege_t>(static_cast<ulonglong>(a) &
                                  static_cast<ulonglong>(b));
}

static inline constexpr privilege_t operator&(ulonglong a, privilege_t b)
{
  return static_cast<privilege_t>(a & static_cast<ulonglong>(b));
}

static inline constexpr privilege_t operator&(privilege_t a, ulonglong b)
{
  return static_cast<privilege_t>(static_cast<ulonglong>(a) & b);
}

static inline constexpr privilege_t operator|(privilege_t a, privilege_t b)
{
  return static_cast<privilege_t>(static_cast<ulonglong>(a) |
                                  static_cast<ulonglong>(b));
}


// Dyadyc bitwise assignment operators
static inline privilege_t& operator&=(privilege_t &a, privilege_t b)
{
  return a= a & b;
}

static inline privilege_t& operator&=(privilege_t &a, ulonglong b)
{
  return a= a & b;
}

static inline privilege_t& operator|=(privilege_t &a, privilege_t b)
{
  return a= a | b;
}

/*
  A combination of all privileges that SUPER used to allow before 10.11.0
*/
constexpr privilege_t ALLOWED_BY_SUPER_BEFORE_101100= READ_ONLY_ADMIN_ACL;

/*
  A combination of all privileges that SUPER used to allow before 11.0.0
*/
constexpr privilege_t ALLOWED_BY_SUPER_BEFORE_110000=
  SET_USER_ACL |
  FEDERATED_ADMIN_ACL |
  CONNECTION_ADMIN_ACL |
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL |
  BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL |
  BINLOG_REPLAY_ACL |
  SLAVE_MONITOR_ACL |
  BINLOG_MONITOR_ACL |
  REPL_MASTER_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t COL_DML_ACLS=
  SELECT_ACL | INSERT_ACL | UPDATE_ACL | DELETE_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t VIEW_ACLS=
  CREATE_VIEW_ACL | SHOW_VIEW_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t STD_TABLE_DDL_ACLS=
  CREATE_ACL | DROP_ACL | ALTER_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t ALL_TABLE_DDL_ACLS=
  STD_TABLE_DDL_ACLS | INDEX_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t COL_ACLS=
  SELECT_ACL | INSERT_ACL | UPDATE_ACL | REFERENCES_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PROC_DDL_ACLS=
  CREATE_PROC_ACL | ALTER_PROC_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t SHOW_PROC_WITHOUT_DEFINITION_ACLS=
  PROC_DDL_ACLS | EXECUTE_ACL;

/*
  When changing this, don't forget to update tables_priv
  at scripts/mariadb_system_tables.sql, scripts/mariadb_system_tables_fix.sql
  and scripts/sys_schema/i_s/table_privileges.sql
*/
constexpr privilege_t TABLE_ACLS=
  COL_DML_ACLS | ALL_TABLE_DDL_ACLS | VIEW_ACLS |
  GRANT_ACL | REFERENCES_ACL | 
  TRIGGER_ACL | DELETE_HISTORY_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t DB_ACLS=
   TABLE_ACLS | PROC_DDL_ACLS | EXECUTE_ACL |
   CREATE_TMP_ACL | LOCK_TABLES_ACL | EVENT_ACL | SHOW_CREATE_ROUTINE_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PROC_ACLS=
  ALTER_PROC_ACL | EXECUTE_ACL | GRANT_ACL | SHOW_CREATE_ROUTINE_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t GLOBAL_ACLS=
  DB_ACLS | SHOW_DB_ACL | CREATE_USER_ACL | CREATE_TABLESPACE_ACL |
  SUPER_ACL | RELOAD_ACL | SHUTDOWN_ACL | PROCESS_ACL | FILE_ACL |
  REPL_SLAVE_ACL |
  ALLOWED_BY_SUPER_BEFORE_101100 | ALLOWED_BY_SUPER_BEFORE_110000;

constexpr privilege_t DEFAULT_CREATE_PROC_ACLS=
  ALTER_PROC_ACL | EXECUTE_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t SHOW_CREATE_TABLE_ACLS=
  COL_DML_ACLS | ALL_TABLE_DDL_ACLS |
  TRIGGER_ACL | REFERENCES_ACL | GRANT_ACL | VIEW_ACLS;

/**
  Table-level privileges which are automatically "granted" to everyone on
  existing temporary tables (CREATE_ACL is necessary for ALTER ... RENAME).
*/
constexpr privilege_t TMP_TABLE_ACLS=
  COL_DML_ACLS | ALL_TABLE_DDL_ACLS | REFERENCES_ACL;


constexpr privilege_t PRIV_LOCK_TABLES= SELECT_ACL | LOCK_TABLES_ACL;

/*
  Allow to set an object definer:
    CREATE DEFINER=xxx {TRIGGER|VIEW|FUNCTION|PROCEDURE}
  Was SUPER prior to 10.5.2
*/
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_DEFINER_CLAUSE= SET_USER_ACL;
/*
  If a VIEW has a `definer=invoker@host` clause and
  the specified definer does not exists, then
  - The invoker with REVEAL_MISSING_DEFINER_ACL gets:
    ERROR: The user specified as a definer ('definer1'@'localhost') doesn't exist
  - The invoker without MISSING_DEFINER_ACL gets a generic access error,
    without revealing details that the definer does not exists.

  TODO: we should eventually test the same privilege when processing
  other objects that have the DEFINER clause (e.g. routines, triggers).
  Currently the missing definer is revealed for non-privileged invokers
  in case of routines, triggers, etc.

  Was SUPER prior to 10.5.2
*/
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_REVEAL_MISSING_DEFINER= SET_USER_ACL;

/* Actions that require only the SUPER privilege */
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_DES_DECRYPT_ONE_ARG= SUPER_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_LOG_BIN_TRUSTED_SP_CREATOR= SUPER_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_DEBUG= SUPER_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_GLOBAL_SYSTEM_VARIABLE= SUPER_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_RESTRICTED_SESSION_SYSTEM_VARIABLE= SUPER_ACL;

/* The following variables respected only SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2 */
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_VAR_BINLOG_FORMAT=
  BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_VAR_BINLOG_DIRECT_NON_TRANSACTIONAL_UPDATES=
  BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_VAR_BINLOG_ANNOTATE_ROW_EVENTS=
  BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_VAR_BINLOG_ROW_IMAGE=
  BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_VAR_SQL_LOG_BIN=
  BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_BINLOG_CACHE_SIZE=
  BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_BINLOG_FILE_CACHE_SIZE=
  BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_BINLOG_STMT_CACHE_SIZE=
  BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_BINLOG_COMMIT_WAIT_COUNT=
  BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_BINLOG_COMMIT_WAIT_USEC=
  BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_BINLOG_ROW_METADATA=
  BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_BINLOG_LEGACY_EVENT_POS=
  SUPER_ACL | BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_BINLOG_GTID_INDEX=
  BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_BINLOG_GTID_INDEX_PAGE_SIZE=
  BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_BINLOG_GTID_INDEX_SPAN_MIN=
  BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_EXPIRE_LOGS_DAYS=
  BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_LOG_BIN_COMPRESS=
  BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_LOG_BIN_COMPRESS_MIN_LEN=
  BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_LOG_BIN_TRUST_FUNCTION_CREATORS=
  BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_MAX_BINLOG_CACHE_SIZE=
  BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_MAX_BINLOG_STMT_CACHE_SIZE=
  BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_MAX_BINLOG_SIZE=
  BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_SYNC_BINLOG=
  BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL;


/* Privileges related to --read-only */
// Was super prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_IGNORE_READ_ONLY= READ_ONLY_ADMIN_ACL;
// Was super prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_READ_ONLY= READ_ONLY_ADMIN_ACL;

/*
  Privileges related to connection handling.
*/
// Was SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_IGNORE_INIT_CONNECT= CONNECTION_ADMIN_ACL;
// Was SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_IGNORE_MAX_USER_CONNECTIONS= CONNECTION_ADMIN_ACL;
// Was SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_IGNORE_MAX_CONNECTIONS= CONNECTION_ADMIN_ACL;
// Was SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_IGNORE_MAX_PASSWORD_ERRORS= CONNECTION_ADMIN_ACL;
// Was SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_KILL_OTHER_USER_PROCESS= CONNECTION_ADMIN_ACL;

// Was SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_CONNECT_TIMEOUT=
  CONNECTION_ADMIN_ACL;
// Was SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_DISCONNECT_ON_EXPIRED_PASSWORD=
  CONNECTION_ADMIN_ACL;
// Was SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_EXTRA_MAX_CONNECTIONS=
  CONNECTION_ADMIN_ACL;
// Was SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_INIT_CONNECT=
  CONNECTION_ADMIN_ACL;
// Was SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_MAX_CONNECTIONS=
  CONNECTION_ADMIN_ACL;
// Was SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_MAX_CONNECT_ERRORS=
  CONNECTION_ADMIN_ACL;
// Was SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_MAX_PASSWORD_ERRORS=
  CONNECTION_ADMIN_ACL;
// Was SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_PROXY_PROTOCOL_NETWORKS=
  CONNECTION_ADMIN_ACL;
// Was SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_SECURE_AUTH=
  CONNECTION_ADMIN_ACL;
// Was SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_SLOW_LAUNCH_TIME=
  CONNECTION_ADMIN_ACL;

// Was SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_THREAD_POOL=
  CONNECTION_ADMIN_ACL;


/*
  Binary log related privileges that are checked regardless
  of active replication running.
*/

/*
  This command was renamed from "SHOW MASTER STATUS"
  to "SHOW BINLOG STATUS" in 10.5.2.
  Was SUPER_ACL | REPL_CLIENT_ACL prior to 10.5.2
  REPL_CLIENT_ACL was renamed to BINLOG_MONITOR_ACL.
*/
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_STMT_SHOW_BINLOG_STATUS= BINLOG_MONITOR_ACL;

/*
  Was SUPER_ACL | REPL_CLIENT_ACL prior to 10.5.2
  REPL_CLIENT_ACL was renamed to BINLOG_MONITOR_ACL.
*/
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_STMT_SHOW_BINARY_LOGS= BINLOG_MONITOR_ACL;

// Was SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_STMT_PURGE_BINLOG= BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL;

// Was REPL_SLAVE_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_STMT_SHOW_BINLOG_EVENTS= BINLOG_MONITOR_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_BINLOG_DO_DB = BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL | SUPER_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_BINLOG_IGNORE_DB = BINLOG_ADMIN_ACL | SUPER_ACL;

/*
  Privileges for replication related statements and commands
  that are executed on the master.
*/
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_COM_REGISTER_SLAVE= REPL_SLAVE_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_COM_BINLOG_DUMP= REPL_SLAVE_ACL;
// Was REPL_SLAVE_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_STMT_SHOW_SLAVE_HOSTS= REPL_MASTER_ADMIN_ACL;

/*
  Replication master related variable privileges.
  Where SUPER prior to 10.5.2
*/
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_RPL_SEMI_SYNC_MASTER_ENABLED=
  REPL_MASTER_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_RPL_SEMI_SYNC_MASTER_TIMEOUT=
  REPL_MASTER_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_RPL_SEMI_SYNC_MASTER_WAIT_NO_SLAVE=
  REPL_MASTER_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_RPL_SEMI_SYNC_MASTER_TRACE_LEVEL=
  REPL_MASTER_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_RPL_SEMI_SYNC_MASTER_WAIT_POINT=
  REPL_MASTER_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_MASTER_VERIFY_CHECKSUM=
  REPL_MASTER_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_GTID_BINLOG_STATE=
  REPL_MASTER_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_SERVER_ID=
  REPL_MASTER_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_GTID_DOMAIN_ID=
  REPL_MASTER_ADMIN_ACL;


/* Privileges for statements that are executed on the slave */
// Was SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_STMT_START_SLAVE= REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
// Was SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_STMT_STOP_SLAVE= REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
// Was SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_STMT_CHANGE_MASTER= REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
// Was (SUPER_ACL | REPL_CLIENT_ACL) prior to 10.5.2
// Was (SUPER_ACL | REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL) from 10.5.2 to 10.5.7
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_STMT_SHOW_SLAVE_STATUS= SLAVE_MONITOR_ACL;
// Was REPL_SLAVE_ACL prior to 10.5.2
// Was REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL from 10.5.2 to 10.5.7
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_STMT_SHOW_RELAYLOG_EVENTS= SLAVE_MONITOR_ACL;

/*
  Privileges related to binlog replying.
  Were SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2
*/
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_STMT_BINLOG= BINLOG_REPLAY_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_SESSION_VAR_GTID_SEQ_NO=
  BINLOG_REPLAY_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_SESSION_VAR_PSEUDO_THREAD_ID=
  BINLOG_REPLAY_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_SESSION_VAR_SERVER_ID=
  BINLOG_REPLAY_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_SESSION_VAR_GTID_DOMAIN_ID=
  BINLOG_REPLAY_ACL;

/*
  Privileges for slave related global variables.
  Were SUPER prior to 10.5.2.
*/
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_REPLICATE_EVENTS_MARKED_FOR_SKIP=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_REPLICATE_REWRITE_DB=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_REPLICATE_DO_DB=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_REPLICATE_DO_TABLE=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_REPLICATE_IGNORE_DB=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_REPLICATE_IGNORE_TABLE=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_REPLICATE_WILD_DO_TABLE=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_REPLICATE_WILD_IGNORE_TABLE=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_READ_BINLOG_SPEED_LIMIT=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_SLAVE_COMPRESSED_PROTOCOL=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_SLAVE_DDL_EXEC_MODE=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_SLAVE_DOMAIN_PARALLEL_THREADS=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_SLAVE_EXEC_MODE=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_SLAVE_MAX_ALLOWED_PACKET=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_SLAVE_MAX_STATEMENT_TIME=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_SLAVE_NET_TIMEOUT=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_SLAVE_PARALLEL_MAX_QUEUED=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_SLAVE_PARALLEL_MODE=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_SLAVE_PARALLEL_THREADS=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_SLAVE_PARALLEL_WORKERS=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_SLAVE_RUN_TRIGGERS_FOR_RBR=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_SLAVE_SQL_VERIFY_CHECKSUM=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_SLAVE_TRANSACTION_RETRY_INTERVAL=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_SLAVE_TYPE_CONVERSIONS=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_INIT_SLAVE=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_RPL_SEMI_SYNC_SLAVE_ENABLED=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_RPL_SEMI_SYNC_SLAVE_TRACE_LEVEL=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_RPL_SEMI_SYNC_SLAVE_DELAY_MASTER=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_RPL_SEMI_SYNC_SLAVE_KILL_CONN_TIMEOUT=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_RELAY_LOG_PURGE=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_RELAY_LOG_RECOVERY=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_SYNC_MASTER_INFO=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_SYNC_RELAY_LOG=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_SYNC_RELAY_LOG_INFO=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;

constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_GTID_CLEANUP_BATCH_SIZE=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_GTID_IGNORE_DUPLICATES=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_GTID_POS_AUTO_ENGINES=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_GTID_SLAVE_POS=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_SET_SYSTEM_GLOBAL_VAR_GTID_STRICT_MODE=
  REPL_SLAVE_ADMIN_ACL;


/* Privileges for federated database related statements */
// Was SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_STMT_CREATE_SERVER= FEDERATED_ADMIN_ACL;
// Was SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_STMT_ALTER_SERVER= FEDERATED_ADMIN_ACL;
// Was SUPER_ACL prior to 10.5.2
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_STMT_DROP_SERVER= FEDERATED_ADMIN_ACL;


/* Privileges related to processes */
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_COM_PROCESS_INFO= PROCESS_ACL;
// This privilege applies both for SHOW EXPLAIN and SHOW ANALYZE
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_STMT_SHOW_EXPLAIN= PROCESS_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_STMT_SHOW_ENGINE_STATUS= PROCESS_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_STMT_SHOW_ENGINE_MUTEX= PROCESS_ACL;
constexpr privilege_t PRIV_STMT_SHOW_PROCESSLIST= PROCESS_ACL;


/*
  Defines to change the above bits to how things are stored in tables
  This is needed as the 'host' and 'db' table is missing a few privileges
*/

/* Privileges that need to be reallocated (in continous chunks) */
constexpr privilege_t DB_CHUNK0 (COL_DML_ACLS | CREATE_ACL | DROP_ACL);
constexpr privilege_t DB_CHUNK1 (GRANT_ACL | REFERENCES_ACL | INDEX_ACL | ALTER_ACL);
constexpr privilege_t DB_CHUNK2 (CREATE_TMP_ACL | LOCK_TABLES_ACL);
constexpr privilege_t DB_CHUNK3 (VIEW_ACLS | PROC_DDL_ACLS);
constexpr privilege_t DB_CHUNK4 (EXECUTE_ACL);
constexpr privilege_t DB_CHUNK5 (EVENT_ACL | TRIGGER_ACL);
constexpr privilege_t DB_CHUNK6 (DELETE_HISTORY_ACL);
constexpr privilege_t DB_CHUNK7 (SHOW_CREATE_ROUTINE_ACL);


static inline privilege_t fix_rights_for_db(privilege_t access)
{
  ulonglong A(access);
  return static_cast<privilege_t>
           (((A)      & DB_CHUNK0) |
            ((A << 4) & DB_CHUNK1) |
            ((A << 6) & DB_CHUNK2) |
            ((A << 9) & DB_CHUNK3) |
            ((A << 2) & DB_CHUNK4) |
            ((A << 9) & DB_CHUNK5) |
            ((A << 10) & DB_CHUNK6) |
            ((A << 19) & DB_CHUNK7));
}

static inline privilege_t get_rights_for_db(privilege_t access)
{
  ulonglong A(access);
  return static_cast<privilege_t>
           ((A & DB_CHUNK0)       |
           ((A & DB_CHUNK1) >> 4) |
           ((A & DB_CHUNK2) >> 6) |
           ((A & DB_CHUNK3) >> 9) |
           ((A & DB_CHUNK4) >> 2) |
           ((A & DB_CHUNK5) >> 9) |
           ((A & DB_CHUNK6) >> 10) |
           ((A & DB_CHUNK7) >> 19));
}


#define TBL_CHUNK0 DB_CHUNK0
#define TBL_CHUNK1 DB_CHUNK1
#define TBL_CHUNK2 (CREATE_VIEW_ACL | SHOW_VIEW_ACL)
#define TBL_CHUNK3 TRIGGER_ACL
#define TBL_CHUNK4 (DELETE_HISTORY_ACL)


static inline privilege_t fix_rights_for_table(privilege_t access)
{
  ulonglong A(access);
  return static_cast<privilege_t>
           ((A        & TBL_CHUNK0) |
           ((A <<  4) & TBL_CHUNK1) |
           ((A << 11) & TBL_CHUNK2) |
           ((A << 15) & TBL_CHUNK3) |
           ((A << 16) & TBL_CHUNK4));
}


static inline privilege_t get_rights_for_table(privilege_t access)
{
  ulonglong A(access);
  return static_cast<privilege_t>
           ((A & TBL_CHUNK0)        |
           ((A & TBL_CHUNK1) >>  4) |
           ((A & TBL_CHUNK2) >> 11) |
           ((A & TBL_CHUNK3) >> 15) |
           ((A & TBL_CHUNK4) >> 16));
}


static inline privilege_t fix_rights_for_column(privilege_t A)
{
  const ulonglong mask(SELECT_ACL | INSERT_ACL | UPDATE_ACL);
  return (A & mask) | static_cast<privilege_t>((A & ~mask) << 8);
}


static inline privilege_t get_rights_for_column(privilege_t A)
{
  const ulonglong mask(SELECT_ACL | INSERT_ACL | UPDATE_ACL);
  return static_cast<privilege_t>((static_cast<ulonglong>(A) & mask) |
                                  (static_cast<ulonglong>(A) >> 8));
}


static inline privilege_t fix_rights_for_procedure(privilege_t access)
{
  ulonglong A(access);
  return static_cast<privilege_t>
           (((A << 35) & SHOW_CREATE_ROUTINE_ACL) |
            ((A << 18) & EXECUTE_ACL)             |
            ((A << 23) & ALTER_PROC_ACL)          |
            ((A << 8)  & GRANT_ACL));
}


static inline privilege_t get_rights_for_procedure(privilege_t access)
{
  ulonglong A(access);
  return static_cast<privilege_t>
           (((A & SHOW_CREATE_ROUTINE_ACL) >> 35) |
            ((A & EXECUTE_ACL)             >> 18) |
            ((A & ALTER_PROC_ACL)          >> 23) |
            ((A & GRANT_ACL)               >> 8));
}


#endif /* PRIVILEGE_H_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 1995, 2021, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */


/* This file includes constants used with all databases */

#ifndef _my_base_h
#define _my_base_h

#include <my_dir.h>			/* This includes types */
#include <my_sys.h>
#include <m_string.h>
#include <errno.h>

#ifndef EOVERFLOW
#define EOVERFLOW 84
#endif

#include <my_list.h>

/* The following is bits in the flag parameter to ha_open() */

#define HA_OPEN_ABORT_IF_LOCKED		0U	/* default */
#define HA_OPEN_WAIT_IF_LOCKED		1U
#define HA_OPEN_IGNORE_IF_LOCKED	2U      /* Ignore lock error */
#define HA_OPEN_TMP_TABLE		4U	/* Table is a temp table */
#define HA_OPEN_DELAY_KEY_WRITE		8U	/* Don't update index  */
#define HA_OPEN_ABORT_IF_CRASHED	16U
#define HA_OPEN_FOR_REPAIR		32U	/* open even if crashed */
#define HA_OPEN_FROM_SQL_LAYER          64U
#define HA_OPEN_MMAP                    128U    /* open memory mapped */
#define HA_OPEN_COPY			256U    /* Open copy (for repair) */
/* Internal temp table, used for temporary results */
#define HA_OPEN_INTERNAL_TABLE          512U
#define HA_OPEN_NO_PSI_CALL             1024U   /* Don't call/connect PSI */
#define HA_OPEN_MERGE_TABLE		2048U
#define HA_OPEN_FOR_CREATE              4096U
#define HA_OPEN_FOR_DROP                (1U << 13) /* Open part of drop */
#define HA_OPEN_GLOBAL_TMP_TABLE	(1U << 14) /* TMP table used by repliction */
/*
  This is to signal that the table will not be cached by the caller
  and the table should be open in read-only mode if the tool requests
  that
*/
#define HA_OPEN_FORCE_MODE              (1U << 15) /* Force open mode */
#define HA_OPEN_DATA_READONLY           (1U << 16) /* Use readonly for data */

/*
  Allow opening even if table is incompatible as this is for ALTER TABLE which
  will fix the table structure.
*/
#define HA_OPEN_FOR_ALTER		8192U

/* Open table for FLUSH */
#define HA_OPEN_FOR_FLUSH               8192U


/* The following is parameter to ha_rkey() how to use key */

/*
  We define a complete-field prefix of a key value as a prefix where
  the last included field in the prefix contains the full field, not
  just some bytes from the start of the field. A partial-field prefix
  is allowed to contain only a few first bytes from the last included
  field.

  Below HA_READ_KEY_EXACT, ..., HA_READ_BEFORE_KEY can take a
  complete-field prefix of a key value as the search
  key. HA_READ_PREFIX and HA_READ_PREFIX_LAST could also take a
  partial-field prefix, but currently (4.0.10) they are only used with
  complete-field prefixes. MySQL uses a padding trick to implement
  LIKE 'abc%' queries.

  NOTE that in InnoDB HA_READ_PREFIX_LAST will NOT work with a
  partial-field prefix because InnoDB currently strips spaces from the
  end of varchar fields!
*/

enum ha_rkey_function {
  HA_READ_KEY_EXACT,              /* Find first record else error */
  HA_READ_KEY_OR_NEXT,            /* Record or next record */
  HA_READ_KEY_OR_PREV,            /* Record or previous */
  HA_READ_AFTER_KEY,              /* Find next rec. after key-record */
  HA_READ_BEFORE_KEY,             /* Find next rec. before key-record */
  HA_READ_PREFIX,                 /* Key which as same prefix */
  HA_READ_PREFIX_LAST,            /* Last key with the same prefix */
  HA_READ_PREFIX_LAST_OR_PREV,    /* Last or prev key with the same prefix */
  HA_READ_MBR_CONTAIN,
  HA_READ_MBR_INTERSECT,
  HA_READ_MBR_WITHIN,
  HA_READ_MBR_DISJOINT,
  HA_READ_MBR_EQUAL
};

	/* Key algorithm types */

enum ha_key_alg {
  HA_KEY_ALG_UNDEF=	0,		/* Not specified (old file) */
  HA_KEY_ALG_BTREE=	1,		/* B-tree, default one          */
  HA_KEY_ALG_RTREE=	2,		/* R-tree, for spatial searches */
  HA_KEY_ALG_HASH=	3,		/* HASH keys (HEAP tables) */
  HA_KEY_ALG_FULLTEXT=	4,		/* FULLTEXT (MyISAM tables) */
  HA_KEY_ALG_LONG_HASH= 5,		/* long BLOB keys */
  HA_KEY_ALG_UNIQUE_HASH= 6		/* Internal UNIQUE hash (Aria) */
};

        /* Storage media types */ 

enum ha_storage_media {
  HA_SM_DEFAULT=        0,		/* Not specified (engine default) */
  HA_SM_DISK=           1,		/* DISK storage */
  HA_SM_MEMORY=         2		/* MAIN MEMORY storage */
};

	/* The following is parameter to ha_extra() */

enum ha_extra_function {
  HA_EXTRA_NORMAL=0,			/* Optimize for space (def) */
  HA_EXTRA_QUICK=1,			/* Optimize for speed */
  HA_EXTRA_NOT_USED=2,			/* Should be ignored by handler */
  HA_EXTRA_CACHE=3,			/* Cache record in HA_rrnd() */
  HA_EXTRA_NO_CACHE=4,			/* End caching of records (def) */
  HA_EXTRA_NO_READCHECK=5,		/* No readcheck on update */
  HA_EXTRA_READCHECK=6,			/* Use readcheck (def) */
  HA_EXTRA_KEYREAD=7,			/* Read only key to database */
  HA_EXTRA_NO_KEYREAD=8,		/* Normal read of records (def) */
  HA_EXTRA_NO_USER_CHANGE=9,		/* No user is allowed to write */
  HA_EXTRA_KEY_CACHE=10,
  HA_EXTRA_NO_KEY_CACHE=11,
  HA_EXTRA_WAIT_LOCK=12,		/* Wait until file is available (def) */
  HA_EXTRA_NO_WAIT_LOCK=13,		/* If file is locked, return quickly */
  HA_EXTRA_WRITE_CACHE=14,		/* Use write cache in ha_write() */
  HA_EXTRA_FLUSH_CACHE=15,		/* flush write_record_cache */
  HA_EXTRA_NO_KEYS=16,			/* Remove all update of keys */
  HA_EXTRA_KEYREAD_CHANGE_POS=17,	/* Keyread, but change pos */
					/* xxxxchk -r must be used */
  HA_EXTRA_REMEMBER_POS=18,		/* Remember pos for next/prev */
  HA_EXTRA_RESTORE_POS=19,
  HA_EXTRA_REINIT_CACHE=20,		/* init cache from current record */
  HA_EXTRA_FORCE_REOPEN=21,		/* Datafile have changed on disk */
  HA_EXTRA_FLUSH,			/* Flush tables to disk */
  HA_EXTRA_NO_ROWS,			/* Don't write rows */
  HA_EXTRA_RESET_STATE,			/* Reset positions */
  HA_EXTRA_IGNORE_DUP_KEY,		/* Dup keys don't rollback everything*/
  HA_EXTRA_NO_IGNORE_DUP_KEY,
  HA_EXTRA_PREPARE_FOR_DROP,
  HA_EXTRA_PREPARE_FOR_UPDATE,		/* Remove read cache if problems */
  HA_EXTRA_PRELOAD_BUFFER_SIZE,         /* Set buffer size for preloading */
  /*
    On-the-fly switching between unique and non-unique key inserting.
  */
  HA_EXTRA_CHANGE_KEY_TO_UNIQUE,
  HA_EXTRA_CHANGE_KEY_TO_DUP,
  /*
    When using HA_EXTRA_KEYREAD, overwrite only key member fields and keep 
    other fields intact. When this is off (by default) InnoDB will use memcpy
    to overwrite entire row.
  */
  HA_EXTRA_KEYREAD_PRESERVE_FIELDS,
  HA_EXTRA_MMAP,
  /*
    Ignore if the a tuple is not found, continue processing the
    transaction and ignore that 'row'.  Needed for idempotency
    handling on the slave
  */
  HA_EXTRA_IGNORE_NO_KEY,
  HA_EXTRA_NO_IGNORE_NO_KEY,
  /*
    Mark the table as a log table. For some handlers (e.g. CSV) this results
    in a special locking for the table.
  */
  HA_EXTRA_MARK_AS_LOG_TABLE,
  /*
    Informs handler that write_row() which tries to insert new row into the
    table and encounters some already existing row with same primary/unique
    key can replace old row with new row instead of reporting error (basically
    it informs handler that we do REPLACE instead of simple INSERT).
    Off by default.
  */
  HA_EXTRA_WRITE_CAN_REPLACE,
  HA_EXTRA_WRITE_CANNOT_REPLACE,
  /*
    Inform handler that delete_row()/update_row() cannot batch deletes/updates
    and should perform them immediately. This may be needed when table has 
    AFTER DELETE/UPDATE triggers which access to subject table.
    These flags are reset by the handler::extra(HA_EXTRA_RESET) call.
  */
  HA_EXTRA_DELETE_CANNOT_BATCH,
  HA_EXTRA_UPDATE_CANNOT_BATCH,
  /*
    Inform handler that an "INSERT...ON DUPLICATE KEY UPDATE" will be
    executed. This condition is unset by HA_EXTRA_NO_IGNORE_DUP_KEY.
  */
  HA_EXTRA_INSERT_WITH_UPDATE,
  /* Inform handler that we will do a rename */
  HA_EXTRA_PREPARE_FOR_RENAME,
  /*
    Special actions for MERGE tables.
  */
  HA_EXTRA_ADD_CHILDREN_LIST,
  HA_EXTRA_ATTACH_CHILDREN,
  HA_EXTRA_IS_ATTACHED_CHILDREN,
  HA_EXTRA_DETACH_CHILDREN,
  HA_EXTRA_DETACH_CHILD,
  /* Inform handler we will force a close as part of flush */
  HA_EXTRA_PREPARE_FOR_FORCED_CLOSE,
  /* Inform handler that we will do an alter table */
  HA_EXTRA_PREPARE_FOR_ALTER_TABLE,
  /*
    Used in ha_partition::handle_ordered_index_scan() to inform engine
    that we are starting an ordered index scan. Needed by Spider
  */
  HA_EXTRA_STARTING_ORDERED_INDEX_SCAN,
  /** Start writing rows during ALTER TABLE...ALGORITHM=COPY. */
  HA_EXTRA_BEGIN_ALTER_COPY,
  /** Finish writing rows during ALTER TABLE...ALGORITHM=COPY. */
  HA_EXTRA_END_ALTER_COPY,
  /** Abort of writing rows during ALTER TABLE..ALGORITHM=COPY or
  CREATE..SELCT */
  HA_EXTRA_ABORT_ALTER_COPY
};

/* Compatible option, to be deleted in 6.0 */
#define HA_EXTRA_PREPARE_FOR_DELETE HA_EXTRA_PREPARE_FOR_DROP

	/* The following is parameter to ha_panic() */

enum ha_panic_function {
  HA_PANIC_CLOSE,			/* Close all databases */
  HA_PANIC_WRITE,			/* Unlock and write status */
  HA_PANIC_READ				/* Lock and read keyinfo */
};

	/* The following is parameter to ha_create(); keytypes */

enum ha_base_keytype {
  HA_KEYTYPE_END=0,
  HA_KEYTYPE_TEXT=1,			/* Key is sorted as letters */
  HA_KEYTYPE_BINARY=2,			/* Key is sorted as unsigned chars */
  HA_KEYTYPE_SHORT_INT=3,
  HA_KEYTYPE_LONG_INT=4,
  HA_KEYTYPE_FLOAT=5,
  HA_KEYTYPE_DOUBLE=6,
  HA_KEYTYPE_NUM=7,			/* Not packed num with pre-space */
  HA_KEYTYPE_USHORT_INT=8,
  HA_KEYTYPE_ULONG_INT=9,
  HA_KEYTYPE_LONGLONG=10,
  HA_KEYTYPE_ULONGLONG=11,
  HA_KEYTYPE_INT24=12,
  HA_KEYTYPE_UINT24=13,
  HA_KEYTYPE_INT8=14,
  /* Varchar (0-255 bytes) with length packed with 1 byte */
  HA_KEYTYPE_VARTEXT1=15,               /* Key is sorted as letters */
  HA_KEYTYPE_VARBINARY1=16,             /* Key is sorted as unsigned chars */
  /* Varchar (0-65535 bytes) with length packed with 2 bytes */
  HA_KEYTYPE_VARTEXT2=17,		/* Key is sorted as letters */
  HA_KEYTYPE_VARBINARY2=18,		/* Key is sorted as unsigned chars */
  HA_KEYTYPE_BIT=19
};

#define HA_MAX_KEYTYPE	31		/* Must be log2-1 */

/*
  These flags kan be OR:ed to key-flag
  Note that these can only be up to 16 bits!
*/

#define HA_NOSAME		 1U	/* Set if not dupplicated records */
#define HA_PACK_KEY		 2U	/* Pack string key to previous key */
#define HA_AUTO_KEY		 16U    /* MEMORY/MyISAM/Aria internal */
#define HA_BINARY_PACK_KEY	 32U	/* Packing of all keys to prev key */
#define HA_FULLTEXT		128U    /* For full-text search */
#define HA_SPATIAL		1024U   /* For spatial search */
#define HA_NULL_ARE_EQUAL	2048U	/* NULL in key are cmp as equal */
#define HA_GENERATED_KEY	8192U	/* Automatically generated key */
/* 
  Part of unique hash key. Used only for temporary (work) tables so is not
  written to .frm files.
*/
#define HA_UNIQUE_HASH          262144U

        /* The combination of the above can be used for key type comparison. */
#define HA_KEYFLAG_MASK (HA_NOSAME | HA_AUTO_KEY | \
                         HA_FULLTEXT | \
                         HA_SPATIAL | HA_NULL_ARE_EQUAL | HA_GENERATED_KEY | \
                         HA_UNIQUE_HASH)

/*
  Key contains partial segments.

  This flag is internal to the MySQL server by design. It is not supposed
  neither to be saved in FRM-files, nor to be passed to storage engines.
  It is intended to pass information into internal static sort_keys(KEY *,
  KEY *) function.

  This flag can be calculated -- it's based on key lengths comparison.
*/
#define HA_KEY_HAS_PART_KEY_SEG 65536
/* Internal Flag Can be calculated */
#define HA_INVISIBLE_KEY 2<<18
	/* Automatic bits in key-flag */

#define HA_SPACE_PACK_USED	 4	/* Test for if SPACE_PACK used */
#define HA_VAR_LENGTH_KEY	 8
#define HA_NULL_PART_KEY	 64
#define HA_USES_COMMENT          4096
#define HA_USES_PARSER           16384  /* Fulltext index uses [pre]parser */
#define HA_USES_BLOCK_SIZE	 ((uint) 32768)
#define HA_SORT_ALLOWS_SAME      512    /* Intern bit when sorting records */

/* This flag can be used only in KEY::ext_key_flags */
#define HA_EXT_NOSAME            131072

	/* These flags can be added to key-seg-flag */

#define HA_SPACE_PACK		 1	/* Pack space in key-seg */
#define HA_PART_KEY_SEG		 4	/* Used by MySQL for part-key-cols */
#define HA_VAR_LENGTH_PART	 8
#define HA_NULL_PART		 16
#define HA_BLOB_PART		 32
#define HA_SWAP_KEY		 64
#define HA_REVERSE_SORT		 128	/* Sort key in reverse order */
#define HA_NO_SORT               256 /* do not bother sorting on this keyseg */

#define HA_BIT_PART		1024
#define HA_CAN_MEMCMP           2048 /* internal, never stored in frm */

	/* optionbits for database */
#define HA_OPTION_PACK_RECORD		1U
#define HA_OPTION_PACK_KEYS		2U
#define HA_OPTION_COMPRESS_RECORD	4U
#define HA_OPTION_LONG_BLOB_PTR		8U /* new ISAM format */
#define HA_OPTION_TMP_TABLE		16U
#define HA_OPTION_CHECKSUM		32U
#define HA_OPTION_DELAY_KEY_WRITE	64U
#define HA_OPTION_NO_PACK_KEYS		128U  /* Reserved for MySQL */
/* unused                               256 */
#define HA_OPTION_RELIES_ON_SQL_LAYER   512U
#define HA_OPTION_NULL_FIELDS		1024U
#define HA_OPTION_PAGE_CHECKSUM		2048U
/*
   STATS_PERSISTENT=1 has been specified in the SQL command (either CREATE
   or ALTER TABLE). Table and index statistics that are collected by the
   storage engine and used by the optimizer for query optimization will be
   stored on disk and will not change after a server restart.
*/
#define HA_OPTION_STATS_PERSISTENT	4096U
/*
  STATS_PERSISTENT=0 has been specified in CREATE/ALTER TABLE. Statistics
  for the table will be wiped away on server shutdown and new ones recalculated
  after the server is started again. If none of HA_OPTION_STATS_PERSISTENT or
  HA_OPTION_NO_STATS_PERSISTENT is set, this means that the setting is not
  explicitly set at table level and the corresponding table will use whatever
  is the global server default.
*/
#define HA_OPTION_NO_STATS_PERSISTENT	8192U

/* .frm has extra create options in linked-list format */
#define HA_OPTION_TEXT_CREATE_OPTIONS_legacy (1U << 14) /* 5.2 to 5.5, unused since 10.0 */
#define HA_OPTION_TEMP_COMPRESS_RECORD  (1U << 15)      /* set by isamchk */
#define HA_OPTION_READ_ONLY_DATA        (1U << 16)      /* Set by isamchk */
#define HA_OPTION_NO_CHECKSUM           (1U << 17)
#define HA_OPTION_NO_DELAY_KEY_WRITE    (1U << 18)

	/* Bits in flag to create() */

#define HA_DONT_TOUCH_DATA	1U	/* Don't empty datafile (isamchk) */
#define HA_PACK_RECORD		2U	/* Request packed record format */
#define HA_CREATE_TMP_TABLE	4U
#define HA_CREATE_CHECKSUM	8U
#define HA_CREATE_KEEP_FILES	16U     /* don't overwrite .MYD and MYI */
#define HA_CREATE_PAGE_CHECKSUM	32U
#define HA_CREATE_DELAY_KEY_WRITE 64U
#define HA_CREATE_RELIES_ON_SQL_LAYER 128U
#define HA_CREATE_INTERNAL_TABLE 256U
#define HA_PRESERVE_INSERT_ORDER 512U
#define HA_CREATE_NO_ROLLBACK    1024U
/*
  A temporary table that can be used by different threads, eg. replication
  threads. This flag ensure that memory is not allocated with THREAD_SPECIFIC,
  as we do for other temporary tables.
*/
#define HA_CREATE_GLOBAL_TMP_TABLE 2048U

/* Flags used by start_bulk_insert */

#define HA_CREATE_UNIQUE_INDEX_BY_SORT   1U


/*
  The following flags (OR-ed) are passed to handler::info() method.
  The method copies misc handler information out of the storage engine
  to data structures accessible from MySQL

  Same flags are also passed down to mi_status, myrg_status, etc.
*/

/* this one is not used */
#define HA_STATUS_POS            1U
/*
  assuming the table keeps shared actual copy of the 'info' and
  local, possibly outdated copy, the following flag means that
  it should not try to get the actual data (locking the shared structure)
  slightly outdated version will suffice
*/
#define HA_STATUS_NO_LOCK        2U
/* update the time of the last modification (in handler::update_time) */
#define HA_STATUS_TIME           4U
/*
  update the 'constant' part of the info:
  handler::max_data_file_length, max_index_file_length, create_time
  sortkey, ref_length, block_size, data_file_name, index_file_name.
  handler::table->s->keys_in_use, keys_for_keyread, rec_per_key
*/
#define HA_STATUS_CONST          8U
/*
  update the 'variable' part of the info:
  handler::records, deleted, data_file_length, index_file_length,
  check_time, mean_rec_length
*/
#define HA_STATUS_VARIABLE      16U
/*
  get the information about the key that caused last duplicate value error
  update handler::errkey and handler::dupp_ref
  see handler::get_dup_key()
*/
#define HA_STATUS_ERRKEY        32U
/*
  update handler::auto_increment_value
*/
#define HA_STATUS_AUTO          64U
/*
  Get also delete_length when HA_STATUS_VARIABLE is called. It's ok to set it also
  when only HA_STATUS_VARIABLE but it won't be used.
*/
#define HA_STATUS_VARIABLE_EXTRA 128U
/*
  Treat empty table as empty (ignore HA_STATUS_TIME hack).
*/
#define HA_STATUS_OPEN           256U

/*
  Errorcodes given by handler functions

  opt_sum_query() assumes these codes are > 1
  Do not add error numbers before HA_ERR_FIRST.
  If necessary to add lower numbers, change HA_ERR_FIRST accordingly.
*/
#define HA_ERR_FIRST            120     /* Copy of first error nr.*/

#define HA_ERR_KEY_NOT_FOUND	120	/* Didn't find key on read or update */
#define HA_ERR_FOUND_DUPP_KEY	121	/* Duplicate key on write */
#define HA_ERR_INTERNAL_ERROR   122     /* Internal error */
#define HA_ERR_RECORD_CHANGED	123	/* Update with is recoverable */
#define HA_ERR_WRONG_INDEX	124	/* Wrong index given to function */
#define HA_ERR_CRASHED		126	/* Indexfile is crashed */
#define HA_ERR_WRONG_IN_RECORD	127	/* Record-file is crashed */
#define HA_ERR_OUT_OF_MEM	128	/* Out of memory */
#define HA_ERR_RETRY_INIT 129 /* Initialization failed and should be retried */
#define HA_ERR_NOT_A_TABLE      130     /* not a MYI file - no signature */
#define HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND	131	/* Command not supported */
#define HA_ERR_OLD_FILE		132	/* old databasfile */
#define HA_ERR_NO_ACTIVE_RECORD 133	/* No record read in update() */
#define HA_ERR_RECORD_DELETED	134	/* A record is not there */
#define HA_ERR_RECORD_FILE_FULL 135	/* No more room in file */
#define HA_ERR_INDEX_FILE_FULL	136	/* No more room in file */
#define HA_ERR_END_OF_FILE	137	/* end in next/prev/first/last */
#define HA_ERR_UNSUPPORTED	138	/* unsupported extension used */
#define HA_ERR_TO_BIG_ROW	139	/* Too big row */
#define HA_WRONG_CREATE_OPTION	140	/* Wrong create option */
#define HA_ERR_FOUND_DUPP_UNIQUE 141	/* Duplicate unique on write */
#define HA_ERR_UNKNOWN_CHARSET	 142	/* Can't open charset */
#define HA_ERR_WRONG_MRG_TABLE_DEF 143  /* conflicting tables in MERGE */
#define HA_ERR_CRASHED_ON_REPAIR 144	/* Last (automatic?) repair failed */
#define HA_ERR_CRASHED_ON_USAGE  145	/* Table must be repaired */
#define HA_ERR_LOCK_WAIT_TIMEOUT 146
#define HA_ERR_LOCK_TABLE_FULL   147
#define HA_ERR_READ_ONLY_TRANSACTION 148 /* Updates not allowed */
#define HA_ERR_LOCK_DEADLOCK	 149
#define HA_ERR_CANNOT_ADD_FOREIGN 150    /* Cannot add a foreign key constr. */
#define HA_ERR_NO_REFERENCED_ROW 151     /* Cannot add a child row */
#define HA_ERR_ROW_IS_REFERENCED 152     /* Cannot delete a parent row */
#define HA_ERR_NO_SAVEPOINT	 153     /* No savepoint with that name */
#define HA_ERR_NON_UNIQUE_BLOCK_SIZE 154 /* Non unique key block size */
#define HA_ERR_NO_SUCH_TABLE     155  /* The table does not exist in engine */
#define HA_ERR_TABLE_EXIST       156  /* The table existed in storage engine */
#define HA_ERR_NO_CONNECTION     157  /* Could not connect to storage engine */
/* NULLs are not supported in spatial index */
#define HA_ERR_NULL_IN_SPATIAL   158
#define HA_ERR_TABLE_DEF_CHANGED 159  /* The table changed in storage engine */
/* There's no partition in table for given value */
#define HA_ERR_NO_PARTITION_FOUND 160
#define HA_ERR_RBR_LOGGING_FAILED 161  /* Row-based binlogging of row failed */
#define HA_ERR_DROP_INDEX_FK      162  /* Index needed in foreign key constr */
/*
  Upholding foreign key constraints would lead to a duplicate key error
  in some other table.
*/
#define HA_ERR_FOREIGN_DUPLICATE_KEY 163
/* The table changed in storage engine */
#define HA_ERR_TABLE_NEEDS_UPGRADE 164
#define HA_ERR_TABLE_READONLY      165   /* The table is not writable */

#define HA_ERR_AUTOINC_READ_FAILED 166   /* Failed to get next autoinc value */
#define HA_ERR_AUTOINC_ERANGE    167     /* Failed to set row autoinc value */
#define HA_ERR_GENERIC           168     /* Generic error */
/* row not actually updated: new values same as the old values */
#define HA_ERR_RECORD_IS_THE_SAME 169
#define HA_ERR_LOGGING_IMPOSSIBLE 170    /* It is not possible to log this
                                            statement */
#define HA_ERR_CORRUPT_EVENT      171	 /* The event was corrupt, leading to
                                            illegal data being read */
#define HA_ERR_NEW_FILE	          172	 /* New file format */
#define HA_ERR_ROWS_EVENT_APPLY   173    /* The event could not be processed
                                            no other handler error happened */
#define HA_ERR_INITIALIZATION     174    /* Error during initialization */
#define HA_ERR_FILE_TOO_SHORT	  175	 /* File too short */
#define HA_ERR_WRONG_CRC	  176	 /* Wrong CRC on page */
#define HA_ERR_TOO_MANY_CONCURRENT_TRXS 177 /*Too many active concurrent transactions */
/* There's no explicitly listed partition in table for the given value */
#define HA_ERR_NOT_IN_LOCK_PARTITIONS 178
#define HA_ERR_INDEX_COL_TOO_LONG 179    /* Index column length exceeds limit */
#define HA_ERR_INDEX_CORRUPT      180    /* Index corrupted */
#define HA_ERR_UNDO_REC_TOO_BIG   181    /* Undo log record too big */
#define HA_FTS_INVALID_DOCID      182	 /* Invalid InnoDB Doc ID */
/* #define HA_ERR_TABLE_IN_FK_CHECK  183 */ /* Table being used in foreign key check */
#define HA_ERR_TABLESPACE_EXISTS  184    /* The tablespace existed in storage engine */
#define HA_ERR_TOO_MANY_FIELDS    185    /* Table has too many columns */
#define HA_ERR_ROW_IN_WRONG_PARTITION 186 /* Row in wrong partition */
#define HA_ERR_ROW_NOT_VISIBLE    187
#define HA_ERR_ABORTED_BY_USER    188
#define HA_ERR_DISK_FULL          189
#define HA_ERR_INCOMPATIBLE_DEFINITION 190
#define HA_ERR_FTS_TOO_MANY_WORDS_IN_PHRASE 191 /* Too many words in a phrase */
#define HA_ERR_DECRYPTION_FAILED  192 /* Table encrypted but decrypt failed */
#define HA_ERR_FK_DEPTH_EXCEEDED  193 /* FK cascade depth exceeded */
#define HA_ERR_TABLESPACE_MISSING 194  /* Missing Tablespace */
#define HA_ERR_SEQUENCE_INVALID_DATA 195
#define HA_ERR_SEQUENCE_RUN_OUT   196
#define HA_ERR_COMMIT_ERROR       197
#define HA_ERR_PARTITION_LIST     198
#define HA_ERR_NO_ENCRYPTION      199
#define HA_ERR_ROLLBACK           200  /* Automatic rollback done */
#define HA_ERR_LAST               200  /* Copy of last error nr * */

/* Number of different errors */
#define HA_ERR_ERRORS            (HA_ERR_LAST - HA_ERR_FIRST + 1)

/* aliases */
#define HA_ERR_TABLE_CORRUPT HA_ERR_WRONG_IN_RECORD
#define HA_ERR_QUERY_INTERRUPTED HA_ERR_ABORTED_BY_USER
#define HA_ERR_NOT_ALLOWED_COMMAND HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND

	/* Other constants */

#define HA_NAMELEN 64			/* Max length of saved filename */
#define NO_SUCH_KEY (~(uint)0)          /* used as a key no. */

typedef ulong key_part_map;
#define HA_WHOLE_KEY  (~(key_part_map)0)

	/* Intern constants in databases */

	/* bits in _search */
#define SEARCH_FIND	1U
#define SEARCH_NO_FIND	2U
#define SEARCH_SAME	4U
#define SEARCH_BIGGER	8U
#define SEARCH_SMALLER	16U
#define SEARCH_SAVE_BUFF	32U
#define SEARCH_UPDATE	64U
#define SEARCH_PREFIX	128U
#define SEARCH_LAST	256U
#define MBR_CONTAIN     512U
#define MBR_INTERSECT   1024U
#define MBR_WITHIN      2048U
#define MBR_DISJOINT    4096U
#define MBR_EQUAL       8192U
#define MBR_DATA        16384U
#define SEARCH_NULL_ARE_EQUAL 32768U	/* NULL in keys are equal */
#define SEARCH_NULL_ARE_NOT_EQUAL 65536U/* NULL in keys are not equal */
/* Use this when inserting a key in position order */
#define SEARCH_INSERT   (SEARCH_NULL_ARE_NOT_EQUAL*2)
/* Only part of the key is specified while reading */
#define SEARCH_PART_KEY (SEARCH_INSERT*2)
/* Used when user key (key 2) contains transaction id's */
#define SEARCH_USER_KEY_HAS_TRANSID (SEARCH_PART_KEY*2)
/* Used when page key (key 1) contains transaction id's */
#define SEARCH_PAGE_KEY_HAS_TRANSID (SEARCH_USER_KEY_HAS_TRANSID*2)

	/* bits in opt_flag */
#define QUICK_USED	1U
#define READ_CACHE_USED	2U
#define READ_CHECK_USED 4U
#define KEY_READ_USED	8U
#define WRITE_CACHE_USED 16U
#define OPT_NO_ROWS	32U

	/* bits in update */
#define HA_STATE_CHANGED	1U	/* Database has changed */
#define HA_STATE_AKTIV		2U	/* Has a current record */
#define HA_STATE_WRITTEN	4U	/* Record is written */
#define HA_STATE_DELETED	8U
#define HA_STATE_NEXT_FOUND	16U	/* Next found record (record before) */
#define HA_STATE_PREV_FOUND	32U	/* Prev found record (record after) */
#define HA_STATE_NO_KEY		64U	/* Last read didn't find record */
#define HA_STATE_KEY_CHANGED	128U
#define HA_STATE_WRITE_AT_END	256U	/* set in _ps_find_writepos */
#define HA_STATE_BUFF_SAVED	512U	/* If current keybuff is info->buff */
#define HA_STATE_ROW_CHANGED	1024U	/* To invalidate ROW cache */
#define HA_STATE_EXTEND_BLOCK	2048U
#define HA_STATE_RNEXT_SAME	4096U	/* rnext_same occupied lastkey2 */

/* myisampack expects no more than 32 field types. */
enum en_fieldtype {
  FIELD_LAST=-1,FIELD_NORMAL,FIELD_SKIP_ENDSPACE,FIELD_SKIP_PRESPACE,
  FIELD_SKIP_ZERO,FIELD_BLOB,FIELD_CONSTANT,FIELD_INTERVALL,FIELD_ZERO,
  FIELD_VARCHAR,FIELD_CHECK,
  FIELD_enum_val_count
};

enum data_file_type {
  STATIC_RECORD, DYNAMIC_RECORD, COMPRESSED_RECORD, BLOCK_RECORD, NO_RECORD
};

/* For key ranges */

#define NO_MIN_RANGE	1U
#define NO_MAX_RANGE	2U
#define NEAR_MIN	4U
#define NEAR_MAX	8U
#define UNIQUE_RANGE	16U
#define EQ_RANGE	32U
#define NULL_RANGE	64U
#define GEOM_FLAG      128U

typedef struct st_key_range
{
  const uchar *key;
  uint length;
  key_part_map keypart_map;
  enum ha_rkey_function flag;
} key_range;

typedef void *range_id_t;

typedef struct st_key_multi_range
{
  key_range start_key;
  key_range end_key;
  range_id_t ptr;                 /* Free to use by caller (ptr to row etc) */
  /*
    A set of range flags that describe both endpoints: UNIQUE_RANGE,
    NULL_RANGE, EQ_RANGE, GEOM_FLAG.
    (Flags that describe one endpoint, NO_{MIN|MAX}_RANGE, NEAR_{MIN|MAX} will
     not be set here)
  */
  uint  range_flag;
} KEY_MULTI_RANGE;


/* Store first and last leaf page accessed by records_in_range */

typedef struct st_page_range
{
  ulonglong first_page;
  ulonglong last_page;
} page_range;

#define UNUSED_PAGE_NO ULONGLONG_MAX
#define unused_page_range { UNUSED_PAGE_NO, UNUSED_PAGE_NO }

/* For number of records */
#ifdef BIG_TABLES
#define rows2double(A)	ulonglong2double(A)
typedef my_off_t	ha_rows;
#else
#define rows2double(A)	(double) (A)
typedef ulong		ha_rows;
#endif

#define HA_POS_ERROR	(~ (ha_rows) 0)
#define HA_OFFSET_ERROR	(~ (my_off_t) 0)
#define HA_ROWS_MAX        HA_POS_ERROR

#if SIZEOF_OFF_T == 4
#define MAX_FILE_SIZE	INT_MAX32
#else
#define MAX_FILE_SIZE	LONGLONG_MAX
#endif

#define HA_VARCHAR_PACKLENGTH(field_length) ((field_length) < 256 ? 1 :2)

/* invalidator function reference for Query Cache */
C_MODE_START
typedef void (* invalidator_by_filename)(const char * filename);
C_MODE_END

#endif /* _my_base_h */
#ifndef TZFILE_INCLUDED
#define TZFILE_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2004, 2006, 2007 MySQL AB, 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
   Use is subject to license terms.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/* 
   This file is based on public domain code from ftp://elsie.ncih.nist.gov/
   Initial source code is in the public domain, so clarified as of
   1996-06-05 by Arthur David Olson (arthur_david_olson@nih.gov). 
*/

/*
  Information about time zone files.
*/

#ifndef TZDIR
#define TZDIR	"/usr/share/zoneinfo" /* Time zone object file directory */
#endif /* !defined TZDIR */

/*
  Each file begins with. . .
*/

#define	TZ_MAGIC	"TZif"

struct tzhead {
 	uchar	tzh_magic[4];		/* TZ_MAGIC */
	uchar	tzh_reserved[16];	/* reserved for future use */
	uchar	tzh_ttisgmtcnt[4];	/* coded number of trans. time flags */
	uchar	tzh_ttisstdcnt[4];	/* coded number of trans. time flags */
	uchar	tzh_leapcnt[4];		/* coded number of leap seconds */
	uchar	tzh_timecnt[4];		/* coded number of transition times */
	uchar	tzh_typecnt[4];		/* coded number of local time types */
	uchar	tzh_charcnt[4];		/* coded number of abbr. chars */
};

/*
  . . .followed by. . .
  
  tzh_timecnt (char [4])s               coded transition times a la time(2)
  tzh_timecnt (unsigned char)s          types of local time starting at above
  tzh_typecnt repetitions of
    one (char [4])                      coded UTC offset in seconds
    one (unsigned char)                 used to set tm_isdst
    one (unsigned char)                 that's an abbreviation list index
  tzh_charcnt (char)s                   '\0'-terminated zone abbreviations
  tzh_leapcnt repetitions of
    one (char [4])                      coded leap second transition times
    one (char [4])                      total correction after above
  tzh_ttisstdcnt (char)s                indexed by type; if TRUE, transition
                                        time is standard time, if FALSE,
                                        transition time is wall clock time
                                        if absent, transition times are
                                        assumed to be wall clock time
  tzh_ttisgmtcnt (char)s                indexed by type; if TRUE, transition
                                        time is UTC, if FALSE,
                                        transition time is local time
                                        if absent, transition times are
                                        assumed to be local time
*/

/*
  In the current implementation, we refuse to deal with files that
  exceed any of the limits below.
*/

#ifndef TZ_MAX_TIMES
/*
  The TZ_MAX_TIMES value below is enough to handle a bit more than a
  year's worth of solar time (corrected daily to the nearest second) or
  138 years of Pacific Presidential Election time
  (where there are three time zone transitions every fourth year).
*/
#define TZ_MAX_TIMES	370
#endif /* !defined TZ_MAX_TIMES */

#ifndef TZ_MAX_TYPES
#ifdef SOLAR
#define TZ_MAX_TYPES	256 /* Limited by what (unsigned char)'s can hold */
#else
/*
  Must be at least 14 for Europe/Riga as of Jan 12 1995,
  as noted by Earl Chew <earl@hpato.aus.hp.com>.
*/
#define TZ_MAX_TYPES	20	/* Maximum number of local time types */
#endif /* defined SOLAR */
#endif /* !defined TZ_MAX_TYPES */

#ifndef TZ_MAX_CHARS
#define TZ_MAX_CHARS	50	/* Maximum number of abbreviation characters */
				/* (limited by what unsigned chars can hold) */
#endif /* !defined TZ_MAX_CHARS */

#ifndef TZ_MAX_LEAPS
#define TZ_MAX_LEAPS	50	/* Maximum number of leap second corrections */
#endif /* !defined TZ_MAX_LEAPS */

#ifndef TZ_MAX_REV_RANGES
#ifdef SOLAR
/* Solar (Asia/RiyadhXX) zones need significantly bigger TZ_MAX_REV_RANGES */
#define TZ_MAX_REV_RANGES (TZ_MAX_TIMES*2+TZ_MAX_LEAPS*2+2)
#else
#define TZ_MAX_REV_RANGES (TZ_MAX_TIMES+TZ_MAX_LEAPS+2)
#endif
#endif

#define SECS_PER_MIN	60
#define MINS_PER_HOUR	60
#define HOURS_PER_DAY	24
#define DAYS_PER_WEEK	7
#define DAYS_PER_NYEAR	365
#define DAYS_PER_LYEAR	366
#define SECS_PER_HOUR	(SECS_PER_MIN * MINS_PER_HOUR)
#define SECS_PER_DAY	((long) SECS_PER_HOUR * HOURS_PER_DAY)
#define MONS_PER_YEAR	12

#define TM_YEAR_BASE	1900

#define EPOCH_YEAR	1970

/*
  Accurate only for the past couple of centuries,
  that will probably do.
*/

#define isleap(y) (((y) % 4) == 0 && (((y) % 100) != 0 || ((y) % 400) == 0))

#endif
#ifndef MDL_H
#define MDL_H
/* Copyright (c) 2009, 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   Copyright (c) 2020, 2021, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#include "sql_plist.h"
#include "ilist.h"
#include <my_sys.h>
#include <m_string.h>
#include <mysql_com.h>
#include <lf.h>
#include "lex_ident.h"

class THD;

class MDL_context;
class MDL_lock;
class MDL_ticket;

typedef unsigned short mdl_bitmap_t;
#define MDL_BIT(A) static_cast<mdl_bitmap_t>(1U << A)


/**
  @def ENTER_COND(C, M, S, O)
  Start a wait on a condition.
  @param C the condition to wait on
  @param M the associated mutex
  @param S the new stage to enter
  @param O the previous stage
  @sa EXIT_COND().
*/
#define ENTER_COND(C, M, S, O) enter_cond(C, M, S, O, __func__, __FILE__, __LINE__)

/**
  @def EXIT_COND(S)
  End a wait on a condition
  @param S the new stage to enter
*/
#define EXIT_COND(S) exit_cond(S, __func__, __FILE__, __LINE__)

/**
   An interface to separate the MDL module from the THD, and the rest of the
   server code.
 */

class MDL_context_owner
{
public:
  virtual ~MDL_context_owner() = default;

  /**
    Enter a condition wait.
    For @c enter_cond() / @c exit_cond() to work the mutex must be held before
    @c enter_cond(); this mutex is then released by @c exit_cond().
    Usage must be: lock mutex; enter_cond(); your code; exit_cond().
    @param cond the condition to wait on
    @param mutex the associated mutex
    @param [in] stage the stage to enter, or NULL
    @param [out] old_stage the previous stage, or NULL
    @param src_function function name of the caller
    @param src_file file name of the caller
    @param src_line line number of the caller
    @sa ENTER_COND(), THD::enter_cond()
    @sa EXIT_COND(), THD::exit_cond()
  */
  virtual void enter_cond(mysql_cond_t *cond, mysql_mutex_t *mutex,
                          const PSI_stage_info *stage, PSI_stage_info *old_stage,
                          const char *src_function, const char *src_file,
                          int src_line) = 0;

  /**
    @def EXIT_COND(S)
    End a wait on a condition
    @param [in] stage the new stage to enter
    @param src_function function name of the caller
    @param src_file file name of the caller
    @param src_line line number of the caller
    @sa ENTER_COND(), THD::enter_cond()
    @sa EXIT_COND(), THD::exit_cond()
  */
  virtual void exit_cond(const PSI_stage_info *stage,
                         const char *src_function, const char *src_file,
                         int src_line) = 0;
  /**
     Has the owner thread been killed?
   */
  virtual int  is_killed() = 0;

  /**
     This one is only used for DEBUG_SYNC.
     (Do not use it to peek/poke into other parts of THD.)
   */
  virtual THD* get_thd() = 0;

  /**
     @see THD::notify_shared_lock()
   */
  virtual bool notify_shared_lock(MDL_context_owner *in_use,
                                  bool needs_thr_lock_abort) = 0;
};

/**
  Type of metadata lock request.

  @sa Comments for MDL_object_lock::can_grant_lock() and
      MDL_scoped_lock::can_grant_lock() for details.

  Scoped locks are database (or schema) locks.
  The object locks are for tables, triggers etc.
*/

enum enum_mdl_type {
  /* This means that the MDL_request is not initialized */
  MDL_NOT_INITIALIZED= -1,
  /*
    An intention exclusive metadata lock (IX). Used only for scoped locks.
    Owner of this type of lock can acquire upgradable exclusive locks on
    individual objects.
    Compatible with other IX locks, but is incompatible with scoped S and
    X locks.
    IX lock is taken in SCHEMA namespace when we intend to modify
    object metadata. Object may refer table, stored procedure, trigger,
    view/etc.
  */
  MDL_INTENTION_EXCLUSIVE= 0,
  /*
    A shared metadata lock (S).
    To be used in cases when we are interested in object metadata only
    and there is no intention to access object data (e.g. for stored
    routines or during preparing prepared statements).
    We also mis-use this type of lock for open HANDLERs, since lock
    acquired by this statement has to be compatible with lock acquired
    by LOCK TABLES ... WRITE statement, i.e. SNRW (We can't get by by
    acquiring S lock at HANDLER ... OPEN time and upgrading it to SR
    lock for HANDLER ... READ as it doesn't solve problem with need
    to abort DML statements which wait on table level lock while having
    open HANDLER in the same connection).
    To avoid deadlock which may occur when SNRW lock is being upgraded to
    X lock for table on which there is an active S lock which is owned by
    thread which waits in its turn for table-level lock owned by thread
    performing upgrade we have to use thr_abort_locks_for_thread()
    facility in such situation.
    This problem does not arise for locks on stored routines as we don't
    use SNRW locks for them. It also does not arise when S locks are used
    during PREPARE calls as table-level locks are not acquired in this
    case.
    This lock is taken for global read lock, when caching a stored
    procedure in memory for the duration of the transaction and for
    tables used by prepared statements.
  */
  MDL_SHARED,
  /*
    A high priority shared metadata lock.
    Used for cases when there is no intention to access object data (i.e.
    data in the table).
    "High priority" means that, unlike other shared locks, it is granted
    ignoring pending requests for exclusive locks. Intended for use in
    cases when we only need to access metadata and not data, e.g. when
    filling an INFORMATION_SCHEMA table.
    Since SH lock is compatible with SNRW lock, the connection that
    holds the SH lock should not try to acquire any kind of table-level
    or row-level lock, as this can lead to a deadlock. Moreover, after
    acquiring SH lock, the connection should not wait for any other
    resource, as it might cause starvation for X locks and a potential
    deadlock during upgrade of SNW or SNRW to X lock (e.g. if the
    upgrading connection holds the resource that is being waited for).
  */
  MDL_SHARED_HIGH_PRIO,
  /*
    A shared metadata lock (SR) for cases when there is an intention to read
    data from table.
    A connection holding this kind of lock can read table metadata and read
    table data (after acquiring appropriate table and row-level locks).
    This means that one can only acquire TL_READ, TL_READ_NO_INSERT, and
    similar table-level locks on table if one holds SR MDL lock on it.
    To be used for tables in SELECTs, subqueries, and LOCK TABLE ...  READ
    statements.
  */
  MDL_SHARED_READ,
  /*
    A shared metadata lock (SW) for cases when there is an intention to modify
    (and not just read) data in the table.
    A connection holding SW lock can read table metadata and modify or read
    table data (after acquiring appropriate table and row-level locks).
    To be used for tables to be modified by INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE
    statements, but not LOCK TABLE ... WRITE or DDL). Also taken by
    SELECT ... FOR UPDATE.
  */
  MDL_SHARED_WRITE,
  /*
    An upgradable shared metadata lock for cases when there is an
    intention to modify (and not just read) data in the table.
    Can be upgraded to MDL_SHARED_NO_WRITE and MDL_EXCLUSIVE.
    A connection holding SU lock can read table metadata and modify or read
    table data (after acquiring appropriate table and row-level locks).
    To be used for the first phase of ALTER TABLE.
  */
  MDL_SHARED_UPGRADABLE,
  /*
    A shared metadata lock for cases when we need to read data from table
    and block all concurrent modifications to it (for both data and metadata).
    Used by LOCK TABLES READ statement.
  */
  MDL_SHARED_READ_ONLY,
  /*
    An upgradable shared metadata lock which blocks all attempts to update
    table data, allowing reads.
    A connection holding this kind of lock can read table metadata and read
    table data.
    Can be upgraded to X metadata lock.
    Note, that since this type of lock is not compatible with SNRW or SW
    lock types, acquiring appropriate engine-level locks for reading
    (TL_READ* for MyISAM, shared row locks in InnoDB) should be
    contention-free.
    To be used for the first phase of ALTER TABLE, when copying data between
    tables, to allow concurrent SELECTs from the table, but not UPDATEs.
  */
  MDL_SHARED_NO_WRITE,
  /*
    An upgradable shared metadata lock which allows other connections
    to access table metadata, but not data.
    It blocks all attempts to read or update table data, while allowing
    INFORMATION_SCHEMA and SHOW queries.
    A connection holding this kind of lock can read table metadata modify and
    read table data.
    Can be upgraded to X metadata lock.
    To be used for LOCK TABLES WRITE statement.
    Not compatible with any other lock type except S and SH.
  */
  MDL_SHARED_NO_READ_WRITE,
  /*
    An exclusive metadata lock (X).
    A connection holding this lock can modify both table's metadata and data.
    No other type of metadata lock can be granted while this lock is held.
    To be used for CREATE/DROP/RENAME TABLE statements and for execution of
    certain phases of other DDL statements.
  */
  MDL_EXCLUSIVE,
  /* This should be the last !!! */
  MDL_TYPE_END
};


/** Backup locks */

/**
  Block concurrent backup
*/
#define MDL_BACKUP_START enum_mdl_type(0)
/**
   Block new write requests to non transactional tables
*/
#define MDL_BACKUP_FLUSH enum_mdl_type(1)
/**
   In addition to previous locks, blocks running requests to non trans tables
   Used to wait until all DML usage of on trans tables are finished
*/
#define MDL_BACKUP_WAIT_FLUSH enum_mdl_type(2)
/**
   In addition to previous locks, blocks new DDL's from starting
*/
#define MDL_BACKUP_WAIT_DDL enum_mdl_type(3)
/**
   In addition to previous locks, blocks commits
*/
#define MDL_BACKUP_WAIT_COMMIT enum_mdl_type(4)

/**
  Blocks (or is blocked by) statements that intend to modify data. Acquired
  before commit lock by FLUSH TABLES WITH READ LOCK.
*/
#define MDL_BACKUP_FTWRL1 enum_mdl_type(5)

/**
  Blocks (or is blocked by) commits. Acquired after global read lock by
  FLUSH TABLES WITH READ LOCK.
*/
#define MDL_BACKUP_FTWRL2 enum_mdl_type(6)

#define MDL_BACKUP_DML enum_mdl_type(7)
#define MDL_BACKUP_TRANS_DML enum_mdl_type(8)
#define MDL_BACKUP_SYS_DML enum_mdl_type(9)

/**
  Must be acquired by DDL statements that intend to modify data.
  Currently it's also used for LOCK TABLES.
*/
#define MDL_BACKUP_DDL enum_mdl_type(10)

/**
   Blocks new DDL's. Used by backup code to enable DDL logging
*/
#define MDL_BACKUP_BLOCK_DDL enum_mdl_type(11)

/*
  Statement is modifying data, but will not block MDL_BACKUP_DDL or earlier
  BACKUP stages.
  ALTER TABLE is started with MDL_BACKUP_DDL, but changed to
  MDL_BACKUP_ALTER_COPY while alter table is copying or modifing data.
*/

#define MDL_BACKUP_ALTER_COPY enum_mdl_type(12)

/**
  Must be acquired during commit.
*/
#define MDL_BACKUP_COMMIT enum_mdl_type(13)
#define MDL_BACKUP_END enum_mdl_type(14)


/** Duration of metadata lock. */

enum enum_mdl_duration {
  /**
    Locks with statement duration are automatically released at the end
    of statement or transaction.
  */
  MDL_STATEMENT= 0,
  /**
    Locks with transaction duration are automatically released at the end
    of transaction.
  */
  MDL_TRANSACTION,
  /**
    Locks with explicit duration survive the end of statement and transaction.
    They have to be released explicitly by calling MDL_context::release_lock().
  */
  MDL_EXPLICIT,
  /* This should be the last ! */
  MDL_DURATION_END };


/** Maximal length of key for metadata locking subsystem. */
#define MAX_MDLKEY_LENGTH (1 + NAME_LEN + 1 + NAME_LEN + 1)


/**
  Metadata lock object key.

  A lock is requested or granted based on a fully qualified name and type.
  E.g. They key for a table consists of <0 (=table)>+<database>+<table name>.
  Elsewhere in the comments this triple will be referred to simply as "key"
  or "name".
*/

struct MDL_key
{
public:
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE
  static void init_psi_keys();
#endif

  /**
    Object namespaces.
    Sic: when adding a new member to this enum make sure to
    update m_namespace_to_wait_state_name array in mdl.cc and
    metadata_lock_info_lock_name in metadata_lock_info.cc!

    Different types of objects exist in different namespaces
     - SCHEMA is for databases (to protect against DROP DATABASE)
     - TABLE is for tables and views.
     - BACKUP is for locking DML, DDL and COMMIT's during BACKUP STAGES
     - FUNCTION is for stored functions.
     - PROCEDURE is for stored procedures.
     - TRIGGER is for triggers.
     - EVENT is for event scheduler events
    Note that although there isn't metadata locking on triggers,
    it's necessary to have a separate namespace for them since
    MDL_key is also used outside of the MDL subsystem.
  */
  enum enum_mdl_namespace { BACKUP=0,
                            SCHEMA,
                            TABLE,
                            FUNCTION,
                            PROCEDURE,
                            PACKAGE_BODY,
                            TRIGGER,
                            EVENT,
                            USER_LOCK,           /* user level locks. */
                            /* This should be the last ! */
                            NAMESPACE_END };

  const uchar *ptr() const { return (uchar*) m_ptr; }
  uint length() const { return m_length; }

  const char *db_name() const { return m_ptr + 1; }
  uint db_name_length() const { return m_db_name_length; }

  const char *name() const { return m_ptr + m_db_name_length + 2; }
  uint name_length() const { return m_length - m_db_name_length - 3; }

  enum_mdl_namespace mdl_namespace() const
  { return (enum_mdl_namespace)(m_ptr[0]); }

  /**
    Construct a metadata lock key from a triplet (mdl_namespace,
    database and name).

    @remark The key for a table is <mdl_namespace>+<database name>+<table name>

    @param  mdl_namespace Id of namespace of object to be locked
    @param  db            Name of database to which the object belongs
    @param  name          Name of the object
    @param  key           Where to store the MDL key.
  */
  void mdl_key_init(enum_mdl_namespace mdl_namespace_arg,
                    const char *db, const char *name_arg)
  {
    m_ptr[0]= (char) mdl_namespace_arg;
    /*
      It is responsibility of caller to ensure that db and object names
      are not longer than NAME_LEN. Still we play safe and try to avoid
      buffer overruns.
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(strlen(db) <= NAME_LEN);
    DBUG_ASSERT(strlen(name_arg) <= NAME_LEN);
    m_db_name_length= static_cast<uint16>(strmake(m_ptr + 1, db, NAME_LEN) -
                                          m_ptr - 1);
    m_length= static_cast<uint16>(strmake(m_ptr + m_db_name_length + 2,
                                          name_arg,
                                          NAME_LEN) - m_ptr + 1);
    m_hash_value= my_hash_sort(&my_charset_bin, (uchar*) m_ptr + 1,
                               m_length - 1);
    DBUG_SLOW_ASSERT(mdl_namespace_arg == USER_LOCK ||
                     Lex_ident_fs(db, m_db_name_length).
                       ok_for_lower_case_names());
  }
  void mdl_key_init(const MDL_key *rhs)
  {
    memcpy(m_ptr, rhs->m_ptr, rhs->m_length);
    m_length= rhs->m_length;
    m_db_name_length= rhs->m_db_name_length;
    m_hash_value= rhs->m_hash_value;
  }
  bool is_equal(const MDL_key *rhs) const
  {
    return (m_length == rhs->m_length &&
            memcmp(m_ptr, rhs->m_ptr, m_length) == 0);
  }
  /**
    Compare two MDL keys lexicographically.
  */
  int cmp(const MDL_key *rhs) const
  {
    /*
      The key buffer is always '\0'-terminated. Since key
      character set is utf-8, we can safely assume that no
      character starts with a zero byte.
    */
    return memcmp(m_ptr, rhs->m_ptr, MY_MIN(m_length, rhs->m_length));
  }

  MDL_key(const MDL_key *rhs)
  {
    mdl_key_init(rhs);
  }
  MDL_key(enum_mdl_namespace namespace_arg,
          const char *db_arg, const char *name_arg)
  {
    mdl_key_init(namespace_arg, db_arg, name_arg);
  }
  MDL_key() = default; /* To use when part of MDL_request. */

  /**
    Get thread state name to be used in case when we have to
    wait on resource identified by key.
  */
  const PSI_stage_info * get_wait_state_name() const
  {
    return & m_namespace_to_wait_state_name[(int)mdl_namespace()];
  }
  my_hash_value_type hash_value() const
  {
    return m_hash_value + mdl_namespace();
  }
  my_hash_value_type tc_hash_value() const
  {
    return m_hash_value;
  }

private:
  uint16 m_length;
  uint16 m_db_name_length;
  my_hash_value_type m_hash_value;
  char m_ptr[MAX_MDLKEY_LENGTH];
  static PSI_stage_info m_namespace_to_wait_state_name[NAMESPACE_END];
private:
  MDL_key(const MDL_key &);                     /* not implemented */
  MDL_key &operator=(const MDL_key &);          /* not implemented */
  friend my_hash_value_type mdl_hash_function(CHARSET_INFO *,
                                              const uchar *, size_t);
};


/**
  A pending metadata lock request.

  A lock request and a granted metadata lock are represented by
  different classes because they have different allocation
  sites and hence different lifetimes. The allocation of lock requests is
  controlled from outside of the MDL subsystem, while allocation of granted
  locks (tickets) is controlled within the MDL subsystem.

  MDL_request is a C structure, you don't need to call a constructor
  or destructor for it.
*/

class MDL_request
{
public:
  /** Type of metadata lock. */
  enum          enum_mdl_type type;
  /** Duration for requested lock. */
  enum enum_mdl_duration duration;

  /**
    Pointers for participating in the list of lock requests for this context.
  */
  MDL_request *next_in_list;
  MDL_request **prev_in_list;
  /**
    Pointer to the lock ticket object for this lock request.
    Valid only if this lock request is satisfied.
  */
  MDL_ticket *ticket;

  /** A lock is requested based on a fully qualified name and type. */
  MDL_key key;

  const char *m_src_file;
  uint m_src_line;

public:

  static void *operator new(size_t size, MEM_ROOT *mem_root) throw ()
  { return alloc_root(mem_root, size); }
  static void operator delete(void *, MEM_ROOT *) {}

  void init_with_source(MDL_key::enum_mdl_namespace namespace_arg,
            const char *db_arg, const char *name_arg,
            enum_mdl_type mdl_type_arg,
            enum_mdl_duration mdl_duration_arg,
            const char *src_file, uint src_line);
  void init_by_key_with_source(const MDL_key *key_arg, enum_mdl_type mdl_type_arg,
            enum_mdl_duration mdl_duration_arg,
            const char *src_file, uint src_line);
  /** Set type of lock request. Can be only applied to pending locks. */
  inline void set_type(enum_mdl_type type_arg)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(ticket == NULL);
    type= type_arg;
  }
  void move_from(MDL_request &from)
  {
    type= from.type;
    duration= from.duration;
    ticket= from.ticket;
    next_in_list= from.next_in_list;
    prev_in_list= from.prev_in_list;
    key.mdl_key_init(&from.key);
    from.ticket=  NULL; // that's what "move" means
  }

  /**
    Is this a request for a lock which allow data to be updated?

    @note This method returns true for MDL_SHARED_UPGRADABLE type of
          lock. Even though this type of lock doesn't allow updates
          it will always be upgraded to one that does.
  */
  bool is_write_lock_request() const
  {
    return (type >= MDL_SHARED_WRITE &&
            type != MDL_SHARED_READ_ONLY);
  }

  /*
    This is to work around the ugliness of TABLE_LIST
    compiler-generated assignment operator. It is currently used
    in several places to quickly copy "most" of the members of the
    table list. These places currently never assume that the mdl
    request is carried over to the new TABLE_LIST, or shared
    between lists.

    This method does not initialize the instance being assigned!
    Use of init() for initialization after this assignment operator
    is mandatory. Can only be used before the request has been
    granted.
  */
  MDL_request& operator=(const MDL_request &)
  {
    type= MDL_NOT_INITIALIZED;
    ticket= NULL;
    /* Do nothing, in particular, don't try to copy the key. */
    return *this;
  }
  /* Another piece of ugliness for TABLE_LIST constructor */
  MDL_request(): type(MDL_NOT_INITIALIZED), ticket(NULL) {}

  MDL_request(const MDL_request *rhs)
    :type(rhs->type),
    duration(rhs->duration),
    ticket(NULL),
    key(&rhs->key)
  {}
};


typedef void (*mdl_cached_object_release_hook)(void *);

#define MDL_REQUEST_INIT(R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5) \
  (*R).init_with_source(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, __FILE__, __LINE__)

#define MDL_REQUEST_INIT_BY_KEY(R, P1, P2, P3) \
  (*R).init_by_key_with_source(P1, P2, P3, __FILE__, __LINE__)


/**
  An abstract class for inspection of a connected
  subgraph of the wait-for graph.
*/

class MDL_wait_for_graph_visitor
{
public:
  virtual bool enter_node(MDL_context *node) = 0;
  virtual void leave_node(MDL_context *node) = 0;

  virtual bool inspect_edge(MDL_context *dest) = 0;
  virtual ~MDL_wait_for_graph_visitor();
  MDL_wait_for_graph_visitor() = default;
};

/**
  Abstract class representing an edge in the waiters graph
  to be traversed by deadlock detection algorithm.
*/

class MDL_wait_for_subgraph
{
public:
  virtual ~MDL_wait_for_subgraph();

  /**
    Accept a wait-for graph visitor to inspect the node
    this edge is leading to.
  */
  virtual bool accept_visitor(MDL_wait_for_graph_visitor *gvisitor) = 0;

  enum enum_deadlock_weight
  {
    DEADLOCK_WEIGHT_FTWRL1= 0,
    DEADLOCK_WEIGHT_DML= 1,
    DEADLOCK_WEIGHT_DDL= 100
  };
  /* A helper used to determine which lock request should be aborted. */
  virtual uint get_deadlock_weight() const = 0;
};


/**
  A granted metadata lock.

  @warning MDL_ticket members are private to the MDL subsystem.

  @note Multiple shared locks on a same object are represented by a
        single ticket. The same does not apply for other lock types.

  @note There are two groups of MDL_ticket members:
        - "Externally accessible". These members can be accessed from
          threads/contexts different than ticket owner in cases when
          ticket participates in some list of granted or waiting tickets
          for a lock. Therefore one should change these members before
          including then to waiting/granted lists or while holding lock
          protecting those lists.
        - "Context private". Such members are private to thread/context
          owning this ticket. I.e. they should not be accessed from other
          threads/contexts.
*/

class MDL_ticket : public MDL_wait_for_subgraph, public ilist_node<>
{
public:
  /**
    Pointers for participating in the list of lock requests for this context.
    Context private.
  */
  MDL_ticket *next_in_context;
  MDL_ticket **prev_in_context;

#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  /**
    Duration of lock represented by this ticket.
    Context public. Debug-only.
  */
public:
  enum_mdl_duration m_duration;
#endif
  ulonglong m_time;

#ifdef WITH_WSREP
  void wsrep_report(bool debug) const;
#endif /* WITH_WSREP */
  bool has_pending_conflicting_lock() const;

  MDL_context *get_ctx() const { return m_ctx; }
  bool is_upgradable_or_exclusive() const
  {
    return m_type == MDL_SHARED_UPGRADABLE ||
           m_type == MDL_SHARED_NO_WRITE ||
           m_type == MDL_SHARED_NO_READ_WRITE ||
           m_type == MDL_EXCLUSIVE;
  }
  enum_mdl_type get_type() const { return m_type; }
  const LEX_STRING *get_type_name() const;
  const LEX_STRING *get_type_name(enum_mdl_type type) const;
  MDL_lock *get_lock() const { return m_lock; }
  MDL_key *get_key() const;
  void downgrade_lock(enum_mdl_type type);

  bool has_stronger_or_equal_type(enum_mdl_type type) const;

  bool is_incompatible_when_granted(enum_mdl_type type) const;
  bool is_incompatible_when_waiting(enum_mdl_type type) const;

  /** Implement MDL_wait_for_subgraph interface. */
  bool accept_visitor(MDL_wait_for_graph_visitor *dvisitor) override;
  uint get_deadlock_weight() const override;
  /**
    Status of lock request represented by the ticket as reflected in P_S.
  */
  enum enum_psi_status { PENDING = 0, GRANTED,
                         PRE_ACQUIRE_NOTIFY, POST_RELEASE_NOTIFY };
private:
  friend class MDL_context;

  MDL_ticket(MDL_context *ctx_arg, enum_mdl_type type_arg
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
             , enum_mdl_duration duration_arg
#endif
            )
   :
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
     m_duration(duration_arg),
#endif
     m_time(0),
     m_type(type_arg),
     m_ctx(ctx_arg),
     m_lock(NULL),
     m_psi(NULL)
  {}

  virtual ~MDL_ticket()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_psi == NULL);
  }

  static MDL_ticket *create(MDL_context *ctx_arg, enum_mdl_type type_arg
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
                            , enum_mdl_duration duration_arg
#endif
                            );
  static void destroy(MDL_ticket *ticket);
private:
  /** Type of metadata lock. Externally accessible. */
  enum enum_mdl_type m_type;

  /**
    Context of the owner of the metadata lock ticket. Externally accessible.
  */
  MDL_context *m_ctx;

  /**
    Pointer to the lock object for this lock ticket. Externally accessible.
  */
  MDL_lock *m_lock;

  PSI_metadata_lock *m_psi;

private:
  MDL_ticket(const MDL_ticket &);               /* not implemented */
  MDL_ticket &operator=(const MDL_ticket &);    /* not implemented */
};


/**
  Savepoint for MDL context.

  Doesn't include metadata locks with explicit duration as
  they are not released during rollback to savepoint.
*/

class MDL_savepoint
{
public:
  MDL_savepoint() = default;;

private:
  MDL_savepoint(MDL_ticket *stmt_ticket, MDL_ticket *trans_ticket)
    : m_stmt_ticket(stmt_ticket), m_trans_ticket(trans_ticket)
  {}

  friend class MDL_context;

private:
  /**
    Pointer to last lock with statement duration which was taken
    before creation of savepoint.
  */
  MDL_ticket *m_stmt_ticket;
  /**
    Pointer to last lock with transaction duration which was taken
    before creation of savepoint.
  */
  MDL_ticket *m_trans_ticket;
};


/**
  A reliable way to wait on an MDL lock.
*/

class MDL_wait
{
public:
  MDL_wait();
  ~MDL_wait();

  enum enum_wait_status { EMPTY = 0, GRANTED, VICTIM, TIMEOUT, KILLED };

  bool set_status(enum_wait_status result_arg);
  enum_wait_status get_status();
  void reset_status();
  enum_wait_status timed_wait(MDL_context_owner *owner,
                              struct timespec *abs_timeout,
                              bool signal_timeout,
                              const PSI_stage_info *wait_state_name);
private:
  /**
    Condvar which is used for waiting until this context's pending
    request can be satisfied or this thread has to perform actions
    to resolve a potential deadlock (we subscribe to such
    notification by adding a ticket corresponding to the request
    to an appropriate queue of waiters).
  */
  mysql_mutex_t m_LOCK_wait_status;
  mysql_cond_t m_COND_wait_status;
  enum_wait_status m_wait_status;
};


typedef I_P_List<MDL_request, I_P_List_adapter<MDL_request,
                 &MDL_request::next_in_list,
                 &MDL_request::prev_in_list>,
                 I_P_List_counter>
        MDL_request_list;

/**
  Context of the owner of metadata locks. I.e. each server
  connection has such a context.
*/

class MDL_context
{
public:
  typedef I_P_List<MDL_ticket,
                   I_P_List_adapter<MDL_ticket,
                                    &MDL_ticket::next_in_context,
                                    &MDL_ticket::prev_in_context> >
          Ticket_list;

  typedef Ticket_list::Iterator Ticket_iterator;

  MDL_context();
  void destroy();

  bool try_acquire_lock(MDL_request *mdl_request);
  bool acquire_lock(MDL_request *mdl_request, double lock_wait_timeout);
  bool acquire_locks(MDL_request_list *requests, double lock_wait_timeout);
  bool upgrade_shared_lock(MDL_ticket *mdl_ticket,
                           enum_mdl_type new_type,
                           double lock_wait_timeout);

  bool clone_ticket(MDL_request *mdl_request);

  void release_all_locks_for_name(MDL_ticket *ticket);
  void release_lock(MDL_ticket *ticket);

  bool is_lock_owner(MDL_key::enum_mdl_namespace mdl_namespace,
                     const char *db, const char *name,
                     enum_mdl_type mdl_type);
  unsigned long get_lock_owner(MDL_key *mdl_key);

  bool has_lock(const MDL_savepoint &mdl_savepoint, MDL_ticket *mdl_ticket);

  inline bool has_locks() const
  {
    return !(m_tickets[MDL_STATEMENT].is_empty() &&
             m_tickets[MDL_TRANSACTION].is_empty() &&
             m_tickets[MDL_EXPLICIT].is_empty());
  }
  bool has_explicit_locks() const
  {
    return !m_tickets[MDL_EXPLICIT].is_empty();
  }
  inline bool has_transactional_locks() const
  {
    return !m_tickets[MDL_TRANSACTION].is_empty();
  }

  MDL_savepoint mdl_savepoint()
  {
    return MDL_savepoint(m_tickets[MDL_STATEMENT].front(),
                         m_tickets[MDL_TRANSACTION].front());
  }

  void set_explicit_duration_for_all_locks();
  void set_transaction_duration_for_all_locks();
  void set_lock_duration(MDL_ticket *mdl_ticket, enum_mdl_duration duration);

  void release_statement_locks();
  void release_transactional_locks(THD *thd);
  void release_explicit_locks();
  void rollback_to_savepoint(const MDL_savepoint &mdl_savepoint);

  MDL_context_owner *get_owner() { return m_owner; }

  /** @pre Only valid if we started waiting for lock. */
  inline uint get_deadlock_weight() const
  { return m_waiting_for->get_deadlock_weight() + m_deadlock_overweight; }
  void inc_deadlock_overweight() { m_deadlock_overweight++; }
  /**
    Post signal to the context (and wake it up if necessary).

    @retval FALSE - Success, signal was posted.
    @retval TRUE  - Failure, signal was not posted since context
                    already has received some signal or closed
                    signal slot.
  */
  void init(MDL_context_owner *arg) { m_owner= arg; reset(); }
  void reset() { m_deadlock_overweight= 0; }

  void set_needs_thr_lock_abort(bool needs_thr_lock_abort)
  {
    /*
      @note In theory, this member should be modified under protection
            of some lock since it can be accessed from different threads.
            In practice, this is not necessary as code which reads this
            value and so might miss the fact that value was changed will
            always re-try reading it after small timeout and therefore
            will see the new value eventually.
    */
    m_needs_thr_lock_abort= needs_thr_lock_abort;
  }
  bool get_needs_thr_lock_abort() const
  {
    return m_needs_thr_lock_abort;
  }
public:
  /**
    If our request for a lock is scheduled, or aborted by the deadlock
    detector, the result is recorded in this class.
  */
  MDL_wait m_wait;
private:
  /**
    Lists of all MDL tickets acquired by this connection.

    Lists of MDL tickets:
    ---------------------
    The entire set of locks acquired by a connection can be separated
    in three subsets according to their duration: locks released at
    the end of statement, at the end of transaction and locks are
    released explicitly.

    Statement and transactional locks are locks with automatic scope.
    They are accumulated in the course of a transaction, and released
    either at the end of uppermost statement (for statement locks) or
    on COMMIT, ROLLBACK or ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT (for transactional
    locks). They must not be (and never are) released manually,
    i.e. with release_lock() call.

    Tickets with explicit duration are taken for locks that span
    multiple transactions or savepoints.
    These are: HANDLER SQL locks (HANDLER SQL is
    transaction-agnostic), LOCK TABLES locks (you can COMMIT/etc
    under LOCK TABLES, and the locked tables stay locked), user level
    locks (GET_LOCK()/RELEASE_LOCK() functions) and
    locks implementing "global read lock".

    Statement/transactional locks are always prepended to the
    beginning of the appropriate list. In other words, they are
    stored in reverse temporal order. Thus, when we rollback to
    a savepoint, we start popping and releasing tickets from the
    front until we reach the last ticket acquired after the savepoint.

    Locks with explicit duration are not stored in any
    particular order, and among each other can be split into
    four sets:

    [LOCK TABLES locks] [USER locks] [HANDLER locks] [GLOBAL READ LOCK locks]

    The following is known about these sets:

    * GLOBAL READ LOCK locks are always stored last.
      This is because one can't say SET GLOBAL read_only=1 or
      FLUSH TABLES WITH READ LOCK if one has locked tables. One can,
      however, LOCK TABLES after having entered the read only mode.
      Note, that subsequent LOCK TABLES statement will unlock the previous
      set of tables, but not the GRL!
      There are no HANDLER locks after GRL locks because
      SET GLOBAL read_only performs a FLUSH TABLES WITH
      READ LOCK internally, and FLUSH TABLES, in turn, implicitly
      closes all open HANDLERs.
      However, one can open a few HANDLERs after entering the
      read only mode.
    * LOCK TABLES locks include intention exclusive locks on
      involved schemas and global intention exclusive lock.
  */
  Ticket_list m_tickets[MDL_DURATION_END];
  MDL_context_owner *m_owner;
  /**
    TRUE -  if for this context we will break protocol and try to
            acquire table-level locks while having only S lock on
            some table.
            To avoid deadlocks which might occur during concurrent
            upgrade of SNRW lock on such object to X lock we have to
            abort waits for table-level locks for such connections.
    FALSE - Otherwise.
  */
  bool m_needs_thr_lock_abort;

  /**
    Read-write lock protecting m_waiting_for member.

    @note The fact that this read-write lock prefers readers is
          important as deadlock detector won't work correctly
          otherwise. @sa Comment for MDL_lock::m_rwlock.
  */
  mysql_prlock_t m_LOCK_waiting_for;
  /**
    Tell the deadlock detector what metadata lock or table
    definition cache entry this session is waiting for.
    In principle, this is redundant, as information can be found
    by inspecting waiting queues, but we'd very much like it to be
    readily available to the wait-for graph iterator.
   */
  MDL_wait_for_subgraph *m_waiting_for;
  LF_PINS *m_pins;
  uint m_deadlock_overweight;
private:
  MDL_ticket *find_ticket(MDL_request *mdl_req,
                          enum_mdl_duration *duration);
  void release_locks_stored_before(enum_mdl_duration duration, MDL_ticket *sentinel);
  void release_lock(enum_mdl_duration duration, MDL_ticket *ticket);
  bool try_acquire_lock_impl(MDL_request *mdl_request,
                             MDL_ticket **out_ticket);
  bool fix_pins();

public:
  THD *get_thd() const { return m_owner->get_thd(); }
  bool has_explicit_locks();
  void find_deadlock();

  ulong get_thread_id() const { return thd_get_thread_id(get_thd()); }

  bool visit_subgraph(MDL_wait_for_graph_visitor *dvisitor);

  /** Inform the deadlock detector there is an edge in the wait-for graph. */
  void will_wait_for(MDL_wait_for_subgraph *waiting_for_arg)
  {
    mysql_prlock_wrlock(&m_LOCK_waiting_for);
    m_waiting_for=  waiting_for_arg;
    mysql_prlock_unlock(&m_LOCK_waiting_for);
  }

  /** Remove the wait-for edge from the graph after we're done waiting. */
  void done_waiting_for()
  {
    mysql_prlock_wrlock(&m_LOCK_waiting_for);
    m_waiting_for= NULL;
    mysql_prlock_unlock(&m_LOCK_waiting_for);
  }
  void lock_deadlock_victim()
  {
    mysql_prlock_rdlock(&m_LOCK_waiting_for);
  }
  void unlock_deadlock_victim()
  {
    mysql_prlock_unlock(&m_LOCK_waiting_for);
  }
private:
  MDL_context(const MDL_context &rhs);          /* not implemented */
  MDL_context &operator=(MDL_context &rhs);     /* not implemented */

  /* metadata_lock_info plugin */
  friend int i_s_metadata_lock_info_fill_row(MDL_ticket*, void*);
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
public:
  /**
    This is for the case when the thread opening the table does not acquire
    the lock itself, but utilizes a lock guarantee from another MDL context.

    For example, in InnoDB, MDL is acquired by the purge_coordinator_task,
    but the table may be opened and used in a purge_worker_task.
    The coordinator thread holds the lock for the duration of worker's purge
    job, or longer, possibly reusing shared MDL for different workers and jobs.
  */
  MDL_context *lock_warrant= NULL;

  inline bool is_lock_warrantee(MDL_key::enum_mdl_namespace ns,
                                const char *db, const char *name,
                                enum_mdl_type mdl_type) const
  {
    return lock_warrant && lock_warrant->is_lock_owner(ns, db, name, mdl_type);
  }
#endif
};


void mdl_init();
void mdl_destroy();

extern "C" unsigned long thd_get_thread_id(const MYSQL_THD thd);

/**
  Check if a connection in question is no longer connected.

  @details
  Replication apply thread is always connected. Otherwise,
  does a poll on the associated socket to check if the client
  is gone.
*/
extern "C" int thd_is_connected(MYSQL_THD thd);


/*
  Metadata locking subsystem tries not to grant more than
  max_write_lock_count high-prio, strong locks successively,
  to avoid starving out weak, low-prio locks.
*/
extern "C" ulong max_write_lock_count;

typedef int (*mdl_iterator_callback)(MDL_ticket *ticket, void *arg,
                                     bool granted);
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT
int mdl_iterate(mdl_iterator_callback callback, void *arg);
#endif /* MDL_H */
/* Copyright (C) 2014 SkySQL Ab, MariaDB Corporation Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef JSON_WRITER_INCLUDED
#define JSON_WRITER_INCLUDED

#include "my_base.h"
#include "sql_string.h"

#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(JSON_WRITER_UNIT_TEST) || defined ENABLED_JSON_WRITER_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
#include <set>
#include <stack>
#include <string>
#include <vector>
#endif

#ifdef JSON_WRITER_UNIT_TEST
// Also, mock objects are defined in my_json_writer-t.cc
#define VALIDITY_ASSERT(x) if (!(x)) this->invalid_json= true;
#else
#include "sql_class.h"  // For class THD
#include "log.h" // for sql_print_error
#define VALIDITY_ASSERT(x) DBUG_ASSERT(x)
#endif

#include <type_traits>

class Opt_trace_stmt;
class Opt_trace_context;
class Json_writer;

struct TABLE;
struct st_join_table;
using JOIN_TAB= struct st_join_table;

/*
  Single_line_formatting_helper is used by Json_writer to do better formatting
  of JSON documents. 

  The idea is to catch arrays that can be printed on one line:

    arrayName : [ "boo", 123, 456 ] 

  and actually print them on one line. Arrrays that occupy too much space on
  the line, or have nested members cannot be printed on one line.
  
  We hook into JSON printing functions and try to detect the pattern. While
  detecting the pattern, we will accumulate "boo", 123, 456 as strings.

  Then, 
   - either the pattern is broken, and we print the elements out, 
   - or the pattern lasts till the end of the array, and we print the 
     array on one line.
*/

class Single_line_formatting_helper
{
  enum enum_state
  {
    INACTIVE,
    ADD_MEMBER,
    IN_ARRAY,
    DISABLED
  };

  /*
    This works like a finite automaton. 

    state=DISABLED means the helper is disabled - all on_XXX functions will
    return false (which means "not handled") and do nothing.

                                      +->-+
                                      |   v
       INACTIVE ---> ADD_MEMBER ---> IN_ARRAY--->-+
          ^                                       |
          +------------------<--------------------+
                              
    For other states: 
    INACTIVE    - initial state, we have nothing.
    ADD_MEMBER  - add_member() was called, the buffer has "member_name\0".
    IN_ARRAY    - start_array() was called.


  */
  enum enum_state state;
  enum { MAX_LINE_LEN= 80 };
  char buffer[80];

  /* The data in the buffer is located between buffer[0] and buf_ptr */
  char *buf_ptr;
  uint line_len;

  Json_writer *owner;
public:
  Single_line_formatting_helper() : state(INACTIVE), buf_ptr(buffer) {}

  void init(Json_writer *owner_arg) { owner= owner_arg; }

  bool on_add_member(const char *name, size_t len);

  bool on_start_array();
  bool on_end_array();
  void on_start_object();
  // on_end_object() is not needed.

  bool on_add_str(const char *str, size_t num_bytes);

  /*
    Returns true if the helper is flushing its buffer and is probably
    making calls back to its Json_writer. (The Json_writer uses this
    function to avoid re-doing the processing that it has already done
    before making a call to fmt_helper)
  */
  bool is_making_writer_calls() const { return state == DISABLED; }

private:
  void flush_on_one_line();
  void disable_and_flush();
};


/*
  Something that looks like class String, but has an internal limit of
  how many bytes one can append to it.

  Bytes that were truncated due to the size limitation are counted.
*/

class String_with_limit
{
public:

  String_with_limit() : size_limit(SIZE_T_MAX), truncated_len(0)
  {
    str.length(0);
  }

  size_t get_truncated_bytes() const { return truncated_len; }
  size_t get_size_limit() { return size_limit; }

  void set_size_limit(size_t limit_arg)
  {
    // Setting size limit to be shorter than length will not have the desired
    // effect
    DBUG_ASSERT(str.length() < size_limit);
    size_limit= limit_arg;
  }

  void append(const char *s, size_t size)
  {
    if (str.length() + size <= size_limit)
    {
      // Whole string can be added, just do it
      str.append(s, size);
    }
    else
    {
      // We cannot add the whole string
      if (str.length() < size_limit)
      {
        // But we can still add something
        size_t bytes_to_add = size_limit - str.length();
        str.append(s, bytes_to_add);
        truncated_len += size - bytes_to_add;
      }
      else
        truncated_len += size;
    }
  }

  void append(const char *s)
  {
    append(s, strlen(s));
  }

  void append(char c)
  {
    if (str.length() + 1 > size_limit)
      truncated_len++;
    else
      str.append(c);
  }

  const String *get_string() { return &str; }
  size_t length() { return str.length(); }
private:
  String str;

  // str must not get longer than this many bytes.
  size_t size_limit;

  // How many bytes were truncated from the string
  size_t truncated_len;
};

/*
  A class to write well-formed JSON documents. The documents are also formatted
  for human readability.
*/

class Json_writer
{
#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(JSON_WRITER_UNIT_TEST)
  /*
    In debug mode, Json_writer will fail and assertion if one attempts to
    produce an invalid JSON document (e.g. JSON array having named elements).
  */
  std::vector<bool> named_items_expectation;
  std::stack<std::set<std::string> > named_items;

  bool named_item_expected() const;

  bool got_name;

#ifdef JSON_WRITER_UNIT_TEST
public:
  // When compiled for unit test, creating invalid JSON will set this to true
  // instead of an assertion.
  bool invalid_json= false;
#endif
#endif

public:
  /* Add a member. We must be in an object. */
  Json_writer& add_member(const char *name);
  Json_writer& add_member(const char *name, size_t len);
  
  /* Add atomic values */

  /* Note: the add_str methods do not do escapes. Should this change? */
  void add_str(const char* val);
  void add_str(const char* val, size_t num_bytes);
  void add_str(const String &str);
  void add_str(Item *item);
  void add_table_name(const JOIN_TAB *tab);
  void add_table_name(const TABLE* table);

  void add_ll(longlong val);
  void add_ull(ulonglong val);
  void add_size(longlong val);
  void add_double(double val);
  void add_bool(bool val);
  void add_null();

private:
  void add_unquoted_str(const char* val);
  void add_unquoted_str(const char* val, size_t len);

  bool on_add_str(const char *str, size_t num_bytes);
  void on_start_object();

public:
  /* Start a child object */
  void start_object();
  void start_array();

  void end_object();
  void end_array();
  
  /*
    One can set a limit of how large a JSON document should be.
    Writes beyond that size will be counted, but will not be collected.
  */
  void set_size_limit(size_t mem_size) { output.set_size_limit(mem_size); }

  size_t get_truncated_bytes() { return output.get_truncated_bytes(); }

  Json_writer() : 
#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(JSON_WRITER_UNIT_TEST)
    got_name(false),
#endif
    indent_level(0), document_start(true), element_started(false), 
    first_child(true)
  {
    fmt_helper.init(this);
  }
private:
  // TODO: a stack of (name, bool is_object_or_array) elements.
  int indent_level;
  enum { INDENT_SIZE = 2 };

  friend class Single_line_formatting_helper;
  friend class Json_writer_nesting_guard;
  bool document_start;
  bool element_started;
  bool first_child;

  Single_line_formatting_helper fmt_helper;

  void append_indent();
  void start_element();
  void start_sub_element();

public:
  String_with_limit output;
};

/* A class to add values to Json_writer_object and Json_writer_array */
class Json_value_helper
{
  Json_writer* writer;

public:
  void init(Json_writer *my_writer) { writer= my_writer; }
  void add_str(const char* val)
  {
      writer->add_str(val);
  }
  void add_str(const char* val, size_t length)
  {
      writer->add_str(val, length);
  }
  void add_str(const String &str)
  {
      writer->add_str(str.ptr(), str.length());
  }
  void add_str(const LEX_CSTRING &str)
  {
      writer->add_str(str.str, str.length);
  }
  void add_str(Item *item)
  {
      writer->add_str(item);
  }

  void add_ll(longlong val)
  {
      writer->add_ll(val);
  }
  void add_size(longlong val)
  {
      writer->add_size(val);
  }
  void add_double(double val)
  {
      writer->add_double(val);
  }
  void add_bool(bool val)
  {
      writer->add_bool(val);
  }
  void add_null()
  {
      writer->add_null();
  }
  void add_table_name(const JOIN_TAB *tab)
  {
      writer->add_table_name(tab);
  }
  void add_table_name(const TABLE* table)
  {
      writer->add_table_name(table);
  }
};

/* A common base for Json_writer_object and Json_writer_array */
class Json_writer_struct
{
  Json_writer_struct(const Json_writer_struct&)= delete;
  Json_writer_struct& operator=(const Json_writer_struct&)= delete;

#ifdef ENABLED_JSON_WRITER_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
  static thread_local std::vector<bool> named_items_expectation;
#endif
protected:
  Json_writer* my_writer;
  Json_value_helper context;
  /*
    Tells when a json_writer_struct has been closed or not
  */
  bool closed;

  explicit Json_writer_struct(Json_writer *writer)
  : my_writer(writer)
  {
    context.init(my_writer);
    closed= false;
#ifdef ENABLED_JSON_WRITER_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
    named_items_expectation.push_back(expect_named_children);
#endif
  }
  explicit Json_writer_struct(THD *thd)
  : Json_writer_struct(thd->opt_trace.get_current_json())
  {
  }

public:

#ifdef ENABLED_JSON_WRITER_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
  virtual ~Json_writer_struct()
  {
    named_items_expectation.pop_back();
  }
#else
  virtual ~Json_writer_struct() = default;
#endif

  inline bool trace_started() const
  {
    return my_writer != 0;
  }

#ifdef ENABLED_JSON_WRITER_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
  bool named_item_expected() const
  {
    return named_items_expectation.size() > 1
        && *(named_items_expectation.rbegin() + 1);
  }
#endif
};


/*
  RAII-based class to start/end writing a JSON object into the JSON document

  There is "ignore mode": one can initialize Json_writer_object with a NULL
  Json_writer argument, and then all its calls will do nothing. This is used
  by optimizer trace which can be enabled or disabled.
*/

class Json_writer_object : public Json_writer_struct
{
private:
  void add_member(const char *name)
  {
    my_writer->add_member(name);
  }
public:
  explicit Json_writer_object(Json_writer* writer, const char *str= nullptr)
  : Json_writer_struct(writer)
  {
#ifdef ENABLED_JSON_WRITER_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
    DBUG_ASSERT(named_item_expected());
#endif
    if (unlikely(my_writer))
    {
      if (str)
        my_writer->add_member(str);
      my_writer->start_object();
    }
  }

  explicit Json_writer_object(THD* thd, const char *str= nullptr)
  : Json_writer_object(thd->opt_trace.get_current_json(), str)
  {
  }

  ~Json_writer_object()
  {
    if (my_writer && !closed)
      my_writer->end_object();
    closed= TRUE;
  }

  Json_writer_object& add(const char *name, bool value)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (my_writer)
    {
      add_member(name);
      context.add_bool(value);
    }
    return *this;
  }

  Json_writer_object& add(const char *name, ulonglong value)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (my_writer)
    {
      add_member(name);
      my_writer->add_ull(value);
    }
    return *this;
  }

  template<class IntT,
    typename= typename ::std::enable_if<std::is_integral<IntT>::value>::type
  >
  Json_writer_object& add(const char *name, IntT value)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (my_writer)
    {
      add_member(name);
      context.add_ll(value);
    }
    return *this;
  }

  Json_writer_object& add(const char *name, double value)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (my_writer)
    {
      add_member(name);
      context.add_double(value);
    }
    return *this;
  }

  Json_writer_object& add(const char *name, const char *value)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (my_writer)
    {
      add_member(name);
      context.add_str(value);
    }
    return *this;
  }
  Json_writer_object& add(const char *name, const char *value, size_t num_bytes)
  {
    add_member(name);
    context.add_str(value, num_bytes);
    return *this;
  }
  Json_writer_object& add(const char *name, const LEX_CSTRING &value)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (my_writer)
    {
      add_member(name);
      context.add_str(value.str, value.length);
    }
    return *this;
  }
  Json_writer_object& add(const char *name, Item *value)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (my_writer)
    {
      add_member(name);
      context.add_str(value);
    }
    return *this;
  }
  Json_writer_object& add_null(const char*name)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (my_writer)
    {
      add_member(name);
      context.add_null();
    }
    return *this;
  }
  Json_writer_object& add_table_name(const JOIN_TAB *tab)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (my_writer)
    {
      add_member("table");
      context.add_table_name(tab);
    }
    return *this;
  }
  Json_writer_object& add_table_name(const TABLE *table)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (my_writer)
    {
      add_member("table");
      context.add_table_name(table);
    }
    return *this;
  }
  Json_writer_object& add_select_number(uint select_number)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (my_writer)
    {
      add_member("select_id");
      if (unlikely(select_number == FAKE_SELECT_LEX_ID))
        context.add_str("fake");
      else
        context.add_ll(static_cast<longlong>(select_number));
    }
    return *this;
  }
  void end()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (unlikely(my_writer))
      my_writer->end_object();
    closed= TRUE;
  }
};


/*
  RAII-based class to start/end writing a JSON array into the JSON document

  There is "ignore mode": one can initialize Json_writer_array with a NULL
  Json_writer argument, and then all its calls will do nothing. This is used
  by optimizer trace which can be enabled or disabled.
*/

class Json_writer_array : public Json_writer_struct
{
public:
  explicit Json_writer_array(Json_writer *writer, const char *str= nullptr)
    : Json_writer_struct(writer)
  {
#ifdef ENABLED_JSON_WRITER_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
    DBUG_ASSERT(!named_item_expected());
#endif
    if (unlikely(my_writer))
    {
      if (str)
        my_writer->add_member(str);
      my_writer->start_array();
    }
  }

  explicit Json_writer_array(THD *thd, const char *str= nullptr)
    : Json_writer_array(thd->opt_trace.get_current_json(), str)
  {
  }

  ~Json_writer_array()
  {
    if (unlikely(my_writer && !closed))
    {
      my_writer->end_array();
      closed= TRUE;
    }
  }

  void end()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (unlikely(my_writer))
      my_writer->end_array();
    closed= TRUE;
  }

  Json_writer_array& add(bool value)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (my_writer)
      context.add_bool(value);
    return *this;
  }
  Json_writer_array& add(ulonglong value)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (my_writer)
      context.add_ll(static_cast<longlong>(value));
    return *this;
  }
  Json_writer_array& add(longlong value)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (my_writer)
      context.add_ll(value);
    return *this;
  }
  Json_writer_array& add(double value)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (my_writer)
      context.add_double(value);
    return *this;
  }
  #ifndef _WIN64
  Json_writer_array& add(size_t value)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (my_writer)
      context.add_ll(static_cast<longlong>(value));
    return *this;
  }
  #endif
  Json_writer_array& add(const char *value)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (my_writer)
      context.add_str(value);
    return *this;
  }
  Json_writer_array& add(const char *value, size_t num_bytes)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (my_writer)
      context.add_str(value, num_bytes);
    return *this;
  }
  Json_writer_array& add(const LEX_CSTRING &value)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (my_writer)
      context.add_str(value.str, value.length);
    return *this;
  }
  Json_writer_array& add(Item *value)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (my_writer)
      context.add_str(value);
    return *this;
  }
  Json_writer_array& add_null()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (my_writer)
      context.add_null();
    return *this;
  }
  Json_writer_array& add_table_name(const JOIN_TAB *tab)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (my_writer)
      context.add_table_name(tab);
    return *this;
  }
  Json_writer_array& add_table_name(const TABLE *table)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!closed);
    if (my_writer)
      context.add_table_name(table);
    return *this;
  }
};

/*
  RAII-based class to disable writing into the JSON document
  The tracing is disabled as soon as the object is created.
  The destuctor is called as soon as we exit the scope of the object
  and the tracing is enabled back.
*/

class Json_writer_temp_disable
{
public:
  Json_writer_temp_disable(THD *thd_arg);
  ~Json_writer_temp_disable();
  THD *thd;
};

/*
  RAII-based helper class to detect incorrect use of Json_writer.

  The idea is that a function typically must leave Json_writer at the same
  identation level as it was when it was invoked. Leaving it at a different 
  level typically means we forgot to close an object or an array

  So, here is a way to guard
  void foo(Json_writer *writer)
  {
    Json_writer_nesting_guard(writer);
    .. do something with writer

    // at the end of the function, ~Json_writer_nesting_guard() is called
    // and it makes sure that the nesting is the same as when the function was
    // entered.
  }
*/

class Json_writer_nesting_guard
{
#ifdef DBUG_OFF
public:
  Json_writer_nesting_guard(Json_writer *) {}
#else
  Json_writer* writer;
  int indent_level;
public:
  Json_writer_nesting_guard(Json_writer *writer_arg) : 
    writer(writer_arg),
    indent_level(writer->indent_level)
  {}

  ~Json_writer_nesting_guard()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(indent_level == writer->indent_level);
  }
#endif
};

#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2019 MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef SQL_TYPE_STRING_INCLUDED
#define SQL_TYPE_STRING_INCLUDED

class StringPack
{
  CHARSET_INFO *m_cs;
  uint32 m_octet_length;
  CHARSET_INFO *charset() const { return m_cs; }
  uint mbmaxlen() const { return m_cs->mbmaxlen; };
  uint32 char_length() const { return m_octet_length / mbmaxlen(); }
public:
  StringPack(CHARSET_INFO *cs, uint32 octet_length)
   :m_cs(cs),
    m_octet_length(octet_length)
  { }
  uchar *pack(uchar *to, const uchar *from, uint max_length) const;
  const uchar *unpack(uchar *to, const uchar *from, const uchar *from_end,
                      uint param_data) const;
public:
  static uint max_packed_col_length(uint max_length)
  {
    return (max_length > 255 ? 2 : 1) + max_length;
  }
  static uint packed_col_length(const uchar *data_ptr, uint length)
  {
    if (length > 255)
      return uint2korr(data_ptr)+2;
    return (uint) *data_ptr + 1;
  }
};


#endif // SQL_TYPE_STRING_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2000-2002, 2004, 2006-2008 MySQL AB, 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
   Use is subject to license terms.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/* This file should be included when using merge_isam_functions */

#ifndef _myisammrg_h
#define _myisammrg_h
#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef _my_base_h
#include <my_base.h>
#endif
#ifndef _myisam_h
#include <myisam.h>
#endif

#include <queues.h>

#define MYRG_NAME_EXT    ".MRG"
#define MYRG_NAME_TMPEXT ".MRG_TMP"

/* In which table to INSERT rows */
#define MERGE_INSERT_DISABLED	0
#define MERGE_INSERT_TO_FIRST	1
#define MERGE_INSERT_TO_LAST	2

extern TYPELIB merge_insert_method;

	/* Param to/from myrg_info */

typedef struct st_mymerge_info		/* Struct from h_info */
{
  ulonglong records;			/* Records in database */
  ulonglong deleted;			/* Deleted records in database */
  ulonglong recpos;			/* Pos for last used record */
  ulonglong data_file_length;
  ulonglong dupp_key_pos;               /* Offset of the Duplicate key in the merge table */
  uint	reclength;			/* Recordlength */
  int	errkey;				/* With key was duplicated on err */
  uint	options;			/* HA_OPTION_... used */
  ulong *rec_per_key;			/* for sql optimizing */
} MYMERGE_INFO;

typedef struct st_myrg_table_info
{
  struct st_myisam_info *table;
  ulonglong file_offset;
} MYRG_TABLE;

typedef struct st_myrg_info
{
  MYRG_TABLE *open_tables,*current_table,*end_table,*last_used_table;
  ulonglong records;			/* records in tables */
  ulonglong del;			/* Removed records */
  ulonglong data_file_length;
  ulong  cache_size;
  uint	 merge_insert_method;
  uint	 tables,options,reclength,keys;
  uint   key_parts;
  my_bool cache_in_use;
  /* If MERGE children attached to parent. See top comment in ha_myisammrg.cc */
  my_bool children_attached;
  LIST	 open_list;
  QUEUE  by_key;
  ulong *rec_per_key_part;			/* for sql optimizing */
  mysql_mutex_t mutex;
} MYRG_INFO;


	/* Prototypes for merge-functions */

extern int myrg_close(MYRG_INFO *file);
extern int myrg_delete(MYRG_INFO *file,const uchar *buff);
extern MYRG_INFO *myrg_open(const char *name,int mode,int wait_if_locked);
extern MYRG_INFO *myrg_parent_open(const char *parent_name,
                                   int (*callback)(void*, const char*),
                                   void *callback_param);
extern int myrg_attach_children(MYRG_INFO *m_info, int handle_locking,
                                MI_INFO *(*callback)(void*),
                                void *callback_param,
                                my_bool *need_compat_check);
extern int myrg_detach_children(MYRG_INFO *m_info);
extern int myrg_panic(enum ha_panic_function function);
extern int myrg_rfirst(MYRG_INFO *file,uchar *buf,int inx);
extern int myrg_rlast(MYRG_INFO *file,uchar *buf,int inx);
extern int myrg_rnext(MYRG_INFO *file,uchar *buf,int inx);
extern int myrg_rprev(MYRG_INFO *file,uchar *buf,int inx);
extern int myrg_rnext_same(MYRG_INFO *file,uchar *buf);
extern int myrg_rkey(MYRG_INFO *info,uchar *buf,int inx, const uchar *key,
                     key_part_map keypart_map, enum ha_rkey_function search_flag);
extern int myrg_rrnd(MYRG_INFO *file,uchar *buf,ulonglong pos);
extern int myrg_rsame(MYRG_INFO *file,uchar *record,int inx);
extern int myrg_update(MYRG_INFO *file,const uchar *old,
                       const uchar *new_rec);
extern int myrg_write(MYRG_INFO *info,const uchar *rec);
extern int myrg_status(MYRG_INFO *file,MYMERGE_INFO *x,int flag);
extern int myrg_lock_database(MYRG_INFO *file,int lock_type);
extern int myrg_create(const char *name, const char **table_names,
                       uint insert_method, my_bool fix_names);
extern int myrg_extra(MYRG_INFO *file,enum ha_extra_function function,
		      void *extra_arg);
extern int myrg_reset(MYRG_INFO *info);
extern void myrg_extrafunc(MYRG_INFO *info,invalidator_by_filename inv);
extern ha_rows myrg_records_in_range(MYRG_INFO *info, int inx,
                                     const key_range *min_key,
                                     const key_range *max_key,
                                     page_range *pages);
extern ha_rows myrg_records(MYRG_INFO *info);

extern ulonglong myrg_position(MYRG_INFO *info);
#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
/* Copyright 2021-2022 Codership Oy <info@codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef WSREP_EVENT_SERVICE_H
#define WSREP_EVENT_SERVICE_H

/* wsrep-lib */
#include "wsrep/event_service.hpp"

/* implementation */
#include "wsrep_status.h"

class Wsrep_event_service : public wsrep::event_service
{
public:

  void process_event(const std::string& name, const std::string& value)
    override
  {
    if (name == "progress")
    {
      Wsrep_status::report_progress(value);
    }
    else if (name == "event")
    {
      Wsrep_status::report_event(value);
    }
    else
    {
      // not interested in the event
    }
  }

  static wsrep::event_service* instance();
};

#endif /* WSREP_EVENT_SERVICE_H */
/* Copyright 2018-2021 Codership Oy <info@codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef WSREP_SERVER_STATE_H
#define WSREP_SERVER_STATE_H

/* wsrep-lib */
#include "wsrep/server_state.hpp"
#include "wsrep/provider.hpp"
#include "wsrep/provider_options.hpp"

/* implementation */
#include "wsrep_server_service.h"
#include "wsrep_mutex.h"
#include "wsrep_condition_variable.h"

class Wsrep_server_state : public wsrep::server_state
{
public:
  static void init_once(const std::string& name,
                        const std::string& incoming_address,
                        const std::string& address,
                        const std::string& working_dir,
                        const wsrep::gtid& initial_position,
                        int max_protocol_version);
  static int init_provider(const std::string& provider,
                           const std::string& options);
  static int init_options();
  static void deinit_provider();
  static void destroy();

  static Wsrep_server_state& instance()
  {
    return *m_instance;
  }

  static bool is_inited()
  {
    return (m_instance != NULL);
  }

  static wsrep::provider& get_provider()
  {
    return instance().provider();
  }

  static wsrep::provider_options* get_options()
  {
    return m_options.get();
  }

  static bool has_capability(int capability)
  {
    return (get_provider().capabilities() & capability);
  }
  
  static void init_provider_services();
  static void deinit_provider_services();

  static const wsrep::provider::services& provider_services()
  {
    return m_provider_services;
  }

  static void handle_fatal_signal();

private:
  Wsrep_server_state(const std::string& name,
                     const std::string& incoming_address,
                     const std::string& address,
                     const std::string& working_dir,
                     const wsrep::gtid& initial_position,
                     int max_protocol_version);
  ~Wsrep_server_state();
  Wsrep_mutex m_mutex;
  Wsrep_condition_variable m_cond;
  Wsrep_server_service m_service;
  static wsrep::provider::services m_provider_services;
  static Wsrep_server_state* m_instance;
  static std::unique_ptr<wsrep::provider_options> m_options;
  // Sysvars for provider plugin. We keep these here because
  // they are allocated dynamically and must be freed at some
  // point during shutdown (after the plugin is deinitialized).
  static std::vector<st_mysql_sys_var *> m_sysvars;
};

#endif // WSREP_SERVER_STATE_H
/* Copyright (c) 2008 MySQL AB, 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
   Use is subject to license terms.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_SIGNAL_H
#define SQL_SIGNAL_H

/**
  Sql_cmd_common_signal represents the common properties of the
  SIGNAL and RESIGNAL statements.
*/
class Sql_cmd_common_signal : public Sql_cmd
{
protected:
  /**
    Constructor.
    @param cond the condition signaled if any, or NULL.
    @param set collection of signal condition item assignments.
  */
  Sql_cmd_common_signal(const sp_condition_value *cond,
                        const Set_signal_information& set)
    : Sql_cmd(),
      m_cond(cond),
      m_set_signal_information(set)
  {}

  virtual ~Sql_cmd_common_signal() = default;

  /**
    Evaluate each signal condition items for this statement.
    @param thd the current thread.
    @param cond the condition to update.
    @return 0 on success.
  */
  int eval_signal_informations(THD *thd, Sql_condition *cond);

  /**
    Raise a SQL condition.
    @param thd the current thread.
    @param cond the condition to raise.
    @return false on success.
  */
  bool raise_condition(THD *thd, Sql_condition *cond);

  /**
    The condition to signal or resignal.
    This member is optional and can be NULL (RESIGNAL).
  */
  const sp_condition_value *m_cond;

  /**
    Collection of 'SET item = value' assignments in the
    SIGNAL/RESIGNAL statement.
  */
  Set_signal_information m_set_signal_information;
};

/**
  Sql_cmd_signal represents a SIGNAL statement.
*/
class Sql_cmd_signal : public Sql_cmd_common_signal
{
public:
  /**
    Constructor, used to represent a SIGNAL statement.
    @param cond the SQL condition to signal (required).
    @param set the collection of signal information to signal.
  */
  Sql_cmd_signal(const sp_condition_value *cond,
                 const Set_signal_information& set)
    : Sql_cmd_common_signal(cond, set)
  {}

  virtual ~Sql_cmd_signal() = default;

  enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_SIGNAL;
  }

  bool execute(THD *thd) override;
};

/**
  Sql_cmd_resignal represents a RESIGNAL statement.
*/
class Sql_cmd_resignal : public Sql_cmd_common_signal
{
public:
  /**
    Constructor, used to represent a RESIGNAL statement.
    @param cond the SQL condition to resignal (optional, may be NULL).
    @param set the collection of signal information to resignal.
  */
  Sql_cmd_resignal(const sp_condition_value *cond,
                   const Set_signal_information& set)
    : Sql_cmd_common_signal(cond, set)
  {}

  virtual ~Sql_cmd_resignal() = default;

  enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_RESIGNAL;
  }

  bool execute(THD *thd) override;
};

#endif

/* Copyright (c) 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
   Use is subject to license terms.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef PROBES_MYSQL_H

#define PROBES_MYSQL_H

#if defined(HAVE_DTRACE) && !defined(DISABLE_DTRACE)
#include "probes_mysql_dtrace.h"
#else  /* no dtrace */
#include "probes_mysql_nodtrace.h"
#endif
#endif /* PROBES_MYSQL_H */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2019, 2020, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
   as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of
   the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA
*/

#ifndef ILIST_H
#define ILIST_H

#include "my_dbug.h"

#include <cstddef>
#include <iterator>

// Derive your class from this struct to insert to a linked list.
template <class Tag= void> struct ilist_node
{
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  ilist_node() noexcept : next(NULL), prev(NULL) {}
#else
  ilist_node() = default;
#endif

  ilist_node(ilist_node *next, ilist_node *prev) noexcept
      : next(next), prev(prev)
  {
  }

  ilist_node *next;
  ilist_node *prev;
};

// Modelled after std::list<T>
template <class T, class Tag= void> class ilist
{
public:
  typedef ilist_node<Tag> ListNode;
  class Iterator;

  // All containers in C++ should define these types to implement generic
  // container interface.
  typedef T value_type;
  typedef std::size_t size_type;
  typedef std::ptrdiff_t difference_type;
  typedef value_type &reference;
  typedef const value_type &const_reference;
  typedef T *pointer;
  typedef const T *const_pointer;
  typedef Iterator iterator;
  typedef Iterator const_iterator; /* FIXME */
  typedef std::reverse_iterator<iterator> reverse_iterator;
  typedef std::reverse_iterator<const iterator> const_reverse_iterator;

  class Iterator
  {
  public:
    // All iterators in C++ should define these types to implement generic
    // iterator interface.
    typedef std::bidirectional_iterator_tag iterator_category;
    typedef T value_type;
    typedef std::ptrdiff_t difference_type;
    typedef T *pointer;
    typedef T &reference;

    explicit Iterator(ListNode *node) noexcept : node_(node)
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(node_ != nullptr);
    }

    Iterator &operator++() noexcept
    {
      node_= node_->next;
      DBUG_ASSERT(node_ != nullptr);
      return *this;
    }
    Iterator operator++(int) noexcept
    {
      Iterator tmp(*this);
      operator++();
      return tmp;
    }

    Iterator &operator--() noexcept
    {
      node_= node_->prev;
      DBUG_ASSERT(node_ != nullptr);
      return *this;
    }
    Iterator operator--(int) noexcept
    {
      Iterator tmp(*this);
      operator--();
      return tmp;
    }

    reference operator*() noexcept { return *static_cast<pointer>(node_); }
    const_reference operator*() const noexcept
    {
      return *static_cast<pointer>(node_);
    }
    pointer operator->() noexcept { return static_cast<pointer>(node_); }

    friend bool operator==(const Iterator &lhs, const Iterator &rhs) noexcept
    {
      return lhs.node_ == rhs.node_;
    }
    friend bool operator!=(const Iterator &lhs, const Iterator &rhs) noexcept
    {
      return !(lhs == rhs);
    }

  private:
    ListNode *node_;

    friend class ilist;
  };

  ilist() noexcept : sentinel_(&sentinel_, &sentinel_) {}

  reference front() noexcept { return *begin(); }
  reference back() noexcept { return *--end(); }
  const_reference front() const noexcept { return *begin(); }
  const_reference back() const noexcept { return *--end(); }

  iterator begin() noexcept { return iterator(sentinel_.next); }
  const_iterator begin() const noexcept
  {
    return iterator(const_cast<ListNode *>(sentinel_.next));
  }
  iterator end() noexcept { return iterator(&sentinel_); }
  const_iterator end() const noexcept
  {
    return iterator(const_cast<ListNode *>(&sentinel_));
  }

  reverse_iterator rbegin() noexcept { return reverse_iterator(end()); }
  const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const noexcept
  {
    return reverse_iterator(end());
  }
  reverse_iterator rend() noexcept { return reverse_iterator(begin()); }
  const_reverse_iterator rend() const noexcept
  {
    return reverse_iterator(begin());
  }

  bool empty() const noexcept { return sentinel_.next == &sentinel_; }

  // Not implemented because it's O(N)
  // size_type size() const
  // {
  //   return static_cast<size_type>(std::distance(begin(), end()));
  // }

  void clear() noexcept
  {
    sentinel_.next= &sentinel_;
    sentinel_.prev= &sentinel_;
  }

  iterator insert(iterator pos, reference value) noexcept
  {
    ListNode *curr= pos.node_;
    ListNode *prev= pos.node_->prev;

    prev->next= &value;
    curr->prev= &value;

    static_cast<ListNode &>(value).prev= prev;
    static_cast<ListNode &>(value).next= curr;

    return iterator(&value);
  }

  iterator erase(iterator pos) noexcept
  {
    ListNode *prev= pos.node_->prev;
    ListNode *next= pos.node_->next;

    DBUG_ASSERT(prev->next == pos.node_);
    DBUG_ASSERT(next->prev == pos.node_);

    prev->next= next;
    next->prev= prev;

#ifndef DBUG_OFF
    ListNode *curr= pos.node_;
    curr->prev= nullptr;
    curr->next= nullptr;
#endif

    return Iterator(next);
  }

  void push_back(reference value) noexcept { insert(end(), value); }
  void pop_back() noexcept { erase(--end()); }

  void push_front(reference value) noexcept { insert(begin(), value); }
  void pop_front() noexcept { erase(begin()); }

  // STL version is O(n) but this is O(1) because an element can't be inserted
  // several times in the same ilist.
  void remove(reference value) noexcept { erase(iterator(&value)); }

private:
  ListNode sentinel_;
};

// Similar to ilist but also has O(1) size() method.
template <class T, class Tag= void> class sized_ilist : public ilist<T, Tag>
{
  typedef ilist<T, Tag> BASE;

public:
  // All containers in C++ should define these types to implement generic
  // container interface.
  typedef T value_type;
  typedef std::size_t size_type;
  typedef std::ptrdiff_t difference_type;
  typedef value_type &reference;
  typedef const value_type &const_reference;
  typedef T *pointer;
  typedef const T *const_pointer;
  typedef typename BASE::Iterator iterator;
  typedef const typename BASE::Iterator const_iterator;
  typedef std::reverse_iterator<iterator> reverse_iterator;
  typedef std::reverse_iterator<const iterator> const_reverse_iterator;

  sized_ilist() noexcept : size_(0) {}

  size_type size() const noexcept { return size_; }

  void clear() noexcept
  {
    BASE::clear();
    size_= 0;
  }

  iterator insert(iterator pos, reference value) noexcept
  {
    ++size_;
    return BASE::insert(pos, value);
  }

  iterator erase(iterator pos) noexcept
  {
    --size_;
    return BASE::erase(pos);
  }

  void push_back(reference value) noexcept { insert(BASE::end(), value); }
  void pop_back() noexcept { erase(BASE::end()); }

  void push_front(reference value) noexcept { insert(BASE::begin(), value); }
  void pop_front() noexcept { erase(BASE::begin()); }

  void remove(reference value) noexcept { erase(iterator(&value)); }

private:
  size_type size_;
};

#endif
/* Copyright 2013-2019 Codership Oy <http://www.codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef WSREP_APPLIER_H
#define WSREP_APPLIER_H

#include "sql_class.h" // THD class
#include "rpl_rli.h"   // Relay_log_info
#include "log_event.h" // Format_description_log_event

int wsrep_apply_events(THD*        thd,
                       Relay_log_info* rli,
                       const void* events_buf,
                       size_t      buf_len);

/* Applier error codes, when nothing better is available. */
#define WSREP_RET_SUCCESS      0 // Success
#define WSREP_ERR_GENERIC      1 // When in doubt (MySQL default error code)
#define WSREP_ERR_BAD_EVENT    2 // Can't parse event
#define WSREP_ERR_NOT_FOUND    3 // Key. table, schema not found
#define WSREP_ERR_EXISTS       4 // Key, table, schema already exists
#define WSREP_ERR_WRONG_TYPE   5 // Incompatible data type
#define WSREP_ERR_FAILED       6 // Operation failed for some internal reason
#define WSREP_ERR_ABORTED      7 // Operation was aborted externally

/* Loops over THD diagnostic area and concatenates all error messages
 * and error codes to a single continuous buffer to create a unique
 * but consistent failure signature which provider can use for voting
 * between the nodes in the cluster.
 *
 * @param thd         THD context
 * @param dst         buffer to store the signature
 * @param include_msg whether to use MySQL error message in addition to
 *                    MySQL error code. Note that in the case of a TOI
 *                    operation the message may be not consistent between
 *                    the nodes e.g. due to a different client locale setting
 *                    and should be omitted */
void wsrep_store_error(const THD*             thd,
                       wsrep::mutable_buffer& buf,
                       bool                   include_msg);

class Format_description_log_event;
void wsrep_set_apply_format(THD*, Format_description_log_event*);
Format_description_log_event* wsrep_get_apply_format(THD* thd);

#endif /* WSREP_APPLIER_H */
#ifndef SQL_DEBUG_INCLUDED
#define SQL_DEBUG_INCLUDED
/*
   Copyright (c) 2022, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
   as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of
   the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA
*/


class Debug_key: public String
{
public:
  Debug_key() = default;
  void print(THD *thd) const
  {
    push_warning_printf(thd, Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_NOTE,
                        ER_UNKNOWN_ERROR, "DBUG: %.*s", length(), ptr());
  }

  bool append_key_type(ha_base_keytype type)
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING names[20]=
    {
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("END")},
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("TEXT")},
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("BINARY")},
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("SHORT_INT")},
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("LONG_INT")},
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("FLOAT")},
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("DOUBLE")},
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("NUM")},
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("USHORT_INT")},
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("ULONG_INT")},
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("LONGLONG")},
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("ULONGLONG")},
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("INT24")},
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("UINT24")},
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("INT8")},
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("VARTEXT1")},
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("VARBINARY1")},
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("VARTEXT2")},
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("VARBINARY2")},
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("BIT")}
    };
    if ((uint) type >= array_elements(names))
      return append(STRING_WITH_LEN("???"));
    return append(names[(uint) type]);
  }

  bool append_KEY_flag_names(ulong flags)
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING names[17]=
    {
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_NOSAME")},             // 1
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_PACK_KEY")},           // 2; also in HA_KEYSEG
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_SPACE_PACK_USED")},    // 4
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_VAR_LENGTH_KEY")},     // 8
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_AUTO_KEY")},           // 16
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_BINARY_PACK_KEY")},    // 32
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_NULL_PART_KEY")},      // 64
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_FULLTEXT")},           // 128
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_UNIQUE_CHECK")},       // 256
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_SORT_ALLOWS_SAME")},   // 512
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_SPATIAL")},            // 1024
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_NULL_ARE_EQUAL")},     // 2048
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_USES_COMMENT")},       // 4096
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_GENERATED_KEY")},      // 8192
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_USES_PARSER")},        // 16384
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_USES_BLOCK_SIZE")},    // 32768
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_KEY_HAS_PART_KEY_SEG")}// 65536
    };
    return append_flag32_names((uint) flags, names, array_elements(names));
  }

  bool append_HA_KEYSEG_flag_names(uint32 flags)
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING names[]=
    {
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_SPACE_PACK")},      // 1
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_PACK_KEY")},        // 2; also in KEY/MI/KEY_DEF
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_PART_KEY_SEG")},    // 4
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_VAR_LENGTH_PART")}, // 8
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_NULL_PART")},       // 16
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_BLOB_PART")},       // 32
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_SWAP_KEY")},        // 64
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_REVERSE_SORT")},    // 128
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_NO_SORT")},         // 256
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("??? 512 ???")},        // 512
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_BIT_PART")},        // 1024
      {STRING_WITH_LEN("HA_CAN_MEMCMP")}       // 2048
    };
    return append_flag32_names(flags, names, array_elements(names));
  }

  bool append_HA_KEYSEG_type(ha_base_keytype type)
  {
    return append_ulonglong(type) ||
           append(' ') ||
           append_key_type(type);
  }

  bool append_HA_KEYSEG_flags(uint32 flags)
  {
    return append_hex_uint32(flags) ||
           append(' ') ||
           append_HA_KEYSEG_flag_names(flags);
  }

  bool append_key(const LEX_CSTRING &name, uint32 flags)
  {
    return
      append_name_value(Lex_cstring(STRING_WITH_LEN("name")), name, '`') ||
      append(Lex_cstring(STRING_WITH_LEN(" flags="))) ||
      append_hex_uint32(flags) ||
      append(' ') ||
      append_KEY_flag_names(flags);
  }

  bool append_KEY(const KEY &key)
  {
    return append_key(key.name, key.flags);
  }

  static void print_keysegs(THD *thd, const HA_KEYSEG *seg, uint count)
  {
    for (uint i= 0; i < count; i++)
    {
      Debug_key tmp;
      if (!tmp.append(Lex_cstring(STRING_WITH_LEN("  seg["))) &&
          !tmp.append_ulonglong(i) &&
          !tmp.append(Lex_cstring(STRING_WITH_LEN("].type="))) &&
          !tmp.append_HA_KEYSEG_type((ha_base_keytype) seg[i].type))
        tmp.print(thd);
      tmp.length(0);
      if (!tmp.append(Lex_cstring(STRING_WITH_LEN("  seg["))) &&
          !tmp.append_ulonglong(i) &&
          !tmp.append(Lex_cstring(STRING_WITH_LEN("].flag="))) &&
          !tmp.append_HA_KEYSEG_flags(seg[i].flag))
       tmp.print(thd);
    }
  }

  static void print_keys(THD *thd, const char *where,
                         const KEY *keys, uint key_count)
  {
    for (uint i= 0; i < key_count; i++)
    {
      Debug_key tmp;
      if (!tmp.append(where, strlen(where)) && !tmp.append_KEY(keys[i]))
        tmp.print(thd);
    }
  }
};


#endif // SQL_DEBUG_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2010, 2012 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef FILESORT_UTILS_INCLUDED
#define FILESORT_UTILS_INCLUDED

#include "my_global.h"
#include "my_base.h"
#include "sql_array.h"
#include "handler.h"

class Sort_param;

/**
  Calculate cost of merge sort

    @param num_rows            Total number of rows.
    @param num_keys_per_buffer Number of keys per buffer.
    @param elem_size           Size of each element.
    @param key_compare_cost    Cost to compare two keys during QSort & merge

    Calculates cost of merge sort by simulating call to merge_many_buff().

  @retval
    Computed cost of merge sort in disk seeks.

  @note
    Declared here in order to be able to unit test it,
    since library dependencies have not been sorted out yet.

    See also comments get_merge_many_buffs_cost().
*/
double get_merge_many_buffs_cost_fast(ha_rows num_rows,
                                      ha_rows num_keys_per_buffer,
                                      size_t elem_size,
                                      double compare_cost,
                                      bool with_addon_fields);



/**
  These are the current sorting algorithms we compute cost for:

  PQ_SORT_ALL_FIELDS      Sort via priority queue, with addon fields.
  PQ_SORT_ORDER_BY_FIELDS Sort via priority queue, without addon fields.

  MERGE_SORT_ALL_FIELDS      Sort via merge sort, with addon fields.
  MERGE_SORT_ORDER_BY_FIELDS Sort via merge sort, without addon fields.

  Note:
  There is the possibility to do merge-sorting with dynamic length fields.
  This is more expensive than if there are only fixed length fields,
  however we do not (yet) account for that extra cost. We can extend the
  cost computation in the future to cover that case as well.

  Effectively there are 4 possible combinations for merge sort:
    With/without addon fields
    With/without dynamic length fields.
*/

enum sort_type
{
  PQ_SORT_ALL_FIELDS= 0,
  PQ_SORT_ORDER_BY_FIELDS,
  MERGE_SORT_ALL_FIELDS,
  MERGE_SORT_ORDER_BY_FIELDS,

  NO_SORT_POSSIBLE_OUT_OF_MEM,                  /* In case of errors */
  FINAL_SORT_TYPE= NO_SORT_POSSIBLE_OUT_OF_MEM
};

struct Sort_costs
{
  Sort_costs() :
    fastest_sort(NO_SORT_POSSIBLE_OUT_OF_MEM), lowest_cost(DBL_MAX) {}

  void compute_sort_costs(Sort_param *param, ha_rows num_rows,
                          size_t memory_available,
                          bool with_addon_fields);

  /* Cache value for fastest_sort. */
  enum sort_type fastest_sort;
  /* Cache value for lowest cost. */
  double lowest_cost;
private:
  /*
    Array to hold all computed costs.
    TODO(cvicentiu) This array is only useful for debugging. If it's not
    used in debugging code, it can be removed to reduce memory usage.
  */
  double costs[FINAL_SORT_TYPE];

  void compute_pq_sort_costs(Sort_param *param, ha_rows num_rows,
                             size_t memory_available,
                             bool with_addon_fields);
  void compute_merge_sort_costs(Sort_param *param, ha_rows num_rows,
                                size_t memory_available,
                                bool with_addon_fields);
  void compute_fastest_sort();
};

/**
  A wrapper class around the buffer used by filesort().
  The sort buffer is a contiguous chunk of memory,
  containing both records to be sorted, and pointers to said records:

  <start of buffer     |  still unused  |                      end of buffer>
  | rec0 | rec1 | rec2 |  ............  |ptr to rec2|ptr to rec1|ptr to rec0|

  Records will be inserted "left-to-right". Records are not necessarily
  fixed-size, they can be packed and stored without any "gaps".

  Record pointers will be inserted "right-to-left", as a side-effect
  of inserting the actual records.

  We wrap the buffer in order to be able to do lazy initialization of the
  pointers: the buffer is often much larger than what we actually need.

  With this allocation scheme, and lazy initialization of the pointers,
  we are able to pack variable-sized records in the buffer,
  and thus possibly have space for more records than we initially estimated.

  The buffer must be kept available for multiple executions of the
  same sort operation, so we have explicit allocate and free functions,
  rather than doing alloc/free in CTOR/DTOR.
*/

class Filesort_buffer
{
public:
  Filesort_buffer() :
    m_next_rec_ptr(NULL), m_rawmem(NULL), m_record_pointers(NULL),
    m_sort_keys(NULL),
    m_num_records(0), m_record_length(0),
    m_sort_length(0),
    m_size_in_bytes(0), m_idx(0)
  {}

  /** Sort me... */
  void sort_buffer(const Sort_param *param, uint count);

  /**
    Reverses the record pointer array, to avoid recording new results for
    non-deterministic mtr tests.
  */
  void reverse_record_pointers()
  {
    if (m_idx < 2) // There is nothing to swap.
      return;
    uchar **keys= get_sort_keys();
    const longlong count= m_idx - 1;
    for (longlong ix= 0; ix <= count/2; ++ix)
    {
      uchar *tmp= keys[count - ix];
      keys[count - ix] = keys[ix];
      keys[ix]= tmp;
    }
  }

  /**
    Initializes all the record pointers.
  */
  void init_record_pointers()
  {
    init_next_record_pointer();
    while (m_idx < m_num_records)
      (void) get_next_record_pointer();
    reverse_record_pointers();
  }

  /**
    Prepares the buffer for the next batch of records to process.
   */
  void init_next_record_pointer()
  {
    m_idx= 0;
    m_next_rec_ptr= m_rawmem;
    m_sort_keys= NULL;
  }

  /**
    @returns the number of bytes currently in use for data.
   */
  size_t space_used_for_data() const
  {
    return m_next_rec_ptr ? m_next_rec_ptr - m_rawmem : 0;
  }

  /**
    @returns the number of bytes left in the buffer.
  */
  size_t spaceleft() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_next_rec_ptr >= m_rawmem);
    const size_t spaceused=
      (m_next_rec_ptr - m_rawmem) +
      (static_cast<size_t>(m_idx) * sizeof(uchar*));
    return m_size_in_bytes - spaceused;
  }

  /**
    Is the buffer full?
  */
  bool isfull() const
  {
    if (m_idx < m_num_records)
      return false;
    return spaceleft() < (m_record_length + sizeof(uchar*));
  }

  /**
    Where should the next record be stored?
   */
  uchar *get_next_record_pointer()
  {
    uchar *retval= m_next_rec_ptr;
    // Save the return value in the record pointer array.
    m_record_pointers[-m_idx]= m_next_rec_ptr;
    // Prepare for the subsequent request.
    m_idx++;
    m_next_rec_ptr+= m_record_length;
    return retval;
  }

  /**
    Adjusts for actual record length. get_next_record_pointer() above was
    pessimistic, and assumed that the record could not be packed.
   */
  void adjust_next_record_pointer(uint val)
  {
    m_next_rec_ptr-= (m_record_length - val);
  }

  /// Returns total size: pointer array + record buffers.
  size_t sort_buffer_size() const
  {
    return m_size_in_bytes;
  }

  bool is_allocated() const
  {
    return m_rawmem;
  }

  /**
    Allocates the buffer, but does *not* initialize pointers.
    Total size = (num_records * record_length) + (num_records * sizeof(pointer))
                  space for records               space for pointer to records
    Caller is responsible for raising an error if allocation fails.

    @param num_records   Number of records.
    @param record_length (maximum) size of each record.
    @returns Pointer to allocated area, or NULL in case of out-of-memory.
  */
  uchar *alloc_sort_buffer(uint num_records, uint record_length);

  /// Frees the buffer.
  void free_sort_buffer();

  void reset()
  {
    m_rawmem= NULL;
  }
  /**
    Used to access the "right-to-left" array of record pointers as an ordinary
    "left-to-right" array, so that we can pass it directly on to std::sort().
  */
  uchar **get_sort_keys()
  {
    if (m_idx == 0)
      return NULL;
    return &m_record_pointers[1 - m_idx];
  }

  /**
    Gets sorted record number ix. @see get_sort_keys()
    Only valid after buffer has been sorted!
  */
  uchar *get_sorted_record(uint ix)
  {
    return m_sort_keys[ix];
  }

  /**
    @returns The entire buffer, as a character array.
    This is for reusing the memory for merge buffers.
   */
  Bounds_checked_array<uchar> get_raw_buf()
  {
    return Bounds_checked_array<uchar>(m_rawmem, m_size_in_bytes);
  }

  /**
    We need an assignment operator, see filesort().
    This happens to have the same semantics as the one that would be
    generated by the compiler.
    Note that this is a shallow copy. We have two objects sharing the same
    array.
  */
  Filesort_buffer &operator=(const Filesort_buffer &rhs) = default;

  uint get_sort_length() const { return m_sort_length; }
  void set_sort_length(uint val) { m_sort_length= val; }

private:
  uchar  *m_next_rec_ptr;    /// The next record will be inserted here.
  uchar  *m_rawmem;          /// The raw memory buffer.
  uchar **m_record_pointers; /// The "right-to-left" array of record pointers.
  uchar **m_sort_keys;       /// Caches the value of get_sort_keys()
  uint    m_num_records;     /// Saved value from alloc_sort_buffer()
  uint    m_record_length;   /// Saved value from alloc_sort_buffer()
  uint    m_sort_length;     /// The length of the sort key.
  size_t  m_size_in_bytes;   /// Size of raw buffer, in bytes.

  /**
    This is the index in the "right-to-left" array of the next record to
    be inserted into the buffer. It is signed, because we use it in signed
    expressions like:
        m_record_pointers[-m_idx];
    It is longlong rather than int, to ensure that it covers UINT_MAX32
    without any casting/warning.
  */
  longlong m_idx;
};

/* Names for sort_type */
extern const LEX_CSTRING filesort_names[];

double cost_of_filesort(TABLE *table, ORDER *order_by, ha_rows rows_to_read,
                        ha_rows limit_rows, enum sort_type *used_sort_type);

double get_qsort_sort_cost(ha_rows num_rows, bool with_addon_fields);
int compare_packed_sort_keys(void *sort_param, const void *a_ptr,
                             const void *b_ptr);
qsort_cmp2 get_packed_keys_compare_ptr();
#endif  // FILESORT_UTILS_INCLUDED
#ifndef _EVENT_SCHEDULER_H_
#define _EVENT_SCHEDULER_H_
/* Copyright (c) 2004, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/**
  @addtogroup Event_Scheduler
  @{
*/
/**
  @file

  Declarations of the scheduler thread class
  and related functionality.

  This file is internal to Event_Scheduler module. Please do not
  include it directly.  All public declarations of Event_Scheduler
  module are in events.h and event_data_objects.h.
*/


class Event_queue;
class Event_job_data;
class Event_db_repository;
class Event_queue_element_for_exec;
class Events;
class THD;

void
pre_init_event_thread(THD* thd);

bool
post_init_event_thread(THD* thd);

void
deinit_event_thread(THD *thd);


class Event_worker_thread
{
public:
  static void
  init(Event_db_repository *db_repository_arg)
  {
    db_repository= db_repository_arg;
  }

  void
  run(THD *thd, Event_queue_element_for_exec *event);

private:
  void
  print_warnings(THD *thd, Event_job_data *et);

  static Event_db_repository *db_repository;
};


class Event_scheduler
{
public:
  Event_scheduler(Event_queue *event_queue_arg);
  ~Event_scheduler();


  /* State changing methods follow */

  bool
  start(int *err_no);

  bool
  stop();

  /*
    Need to be public because has to be called from the function
    passed to pthread_create.
  */
  bool
  run(THD *thd);


  /* Information retrieving methods follow */
  bool
  is_running();

  void
  dump_internal_status();

private:
  uint
  workers_count();

  /* helper functions */
  bool
  execute_top(Event_queue_element_for_exec *event_name);

  /* helper functions for working with mutexes & conditionals */
  void
  lock_data(const char *func, uint line);

  void
  unlock_data(const char *func, uint line);

  void
  cond_wait(THD *thd, struct timespec *abstime, const PSI_stage_info *stage,
            const char *src_func, const char *src_file, uint src_line);

  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_scheduler_state;

  enum enum_state
  {
    INITIALIZED = 0,
    RUNNING,
    STOPPING
  };

  /* This is the current status of the life-cycle of the scheduler. */
  enum enum_state state;

  THD *scheduler_thd;

  mysql_cond_t COND_state;

  Event_queue *queue;

  uint mutex_last_locked_at_line;
  uint mutex_last_unlocked_at_line;
  const char* mutex_last_locked_in_func;
  const char* mutex_last_unlocked_in_func;
  bool mutex_scheduler_data_locked;
  bool waiting_on_cond;

  ulonglong started_events;

private:
  /* Prevent use of these */
  Event_scheduler(const Event_scheduler &);
  void operator=(Event_scheduler &);
};

/**
  @} (End of group Event_Scheduler)
*/

#endif /* _EVENT_SCHEDULER_H_ */
#ifndef SQL_UDF_INCLUDED
#define SQL_UDF_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2003-2007 MySQL AB, 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
   Use is subject to license terms.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */


/* This file defines structures needed by udf functions */

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface
#endif

enum Item_udftype {UDFTYPE_FUNCTION=1,UDFTYPE_AGGREGATE};

typedef void (*Udf_func_clear)(UDF_INIT *, uchar *, uchar *);
typedef void (*Udf_func_add)(UDF_INIT *, UDF_ARGS *, uchar *, uchar *);
typedef void (*Udf_func_deinit)(UDF_INIT*);
typedef my_bool (*Udf_func_init)(UDF_INIT *, UDF_ARGS *,  char *);
typedef void *Udf_func_any;
typedef double (*Udf_func_double)(UDF_INIT *, UDF_ARGS *, uchar *, uchar *);
typedef longlong (*Udf_func_longlong)(UDF_INIT *, UDF_ARGS *, uchar *,
                                      uchar *);

typedef struct st_udf_func
{
  LEX_CSTRING name;
  Item_result returns;
  Item_udftype type;
  const char *dl;
  void *dlhandle;
  Udf_func_any func;
  Udf_func_init func_init;
  Udf_func_deinit func_deinit;
  Udf_func_clear func_clear;
  Udf_func_add func_add;
  Udf_func_add func_remove;
  ulong usage_count;
} udf_func;

class Item_result_field;

class udf_handler :public Sql_alloc
{
 protected:
  udf_func *u_d;
  String *buffers;
  UDF_ARGS f_args;
  UDF_INIT initid;
  char *num_buffer;
  uchar error, is_null;
  bool initialized;
  Item **args;

 public:
  bool not_original;
  udf_handler(udf_func *udf_arg) :u_d(udf_arg), buffers(0), error(0),
    is_null(0), initialized(0), not_original(0)
  {}
  ~udf_handler();
  const char *name() const { return u_d ? u_d->name.str : "?"; }
  Item_result result_type () const
  { return u_d	? u_d->returns : STRING_RESULT;}
  bool get_arguments();
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item_func_or_sum *item,
		  uint arg_count, Item **args);
  void cleanup();
  double val(my_bool *null_value)
  {
    is_null= 0;
    if (get_arguments())
    {
      *null_value=1;
      return 0.0;
    }
    Udf_func_double func= (Udf_func_double) u_d->func;
    double tmp=func(&initid, &f_args, &is_null, &error);
    if (is_null || error)
    {
      *null_value=1;
      return 0.0;
    }
    *null_value=0;
    return tmp;
  }
  longlong val_int(my_bool *null_value)
  {
    is_null= 0;
    if (get_arguments())
    {
      *null_value=1;
      return 0;
    }
    Udf_func_longlong func= (Udf_func_longlong) u_d->func;
    longlong tmp=func(&initid, &f_args, &is_null, &error);
    if (is_null || error)
    {
      *null_value=1;
      return 0;
    }
    *null_value=0;
    return tmp;
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_bool *null_value, my_decimal *dec_buf);
  void clear()
  {
    is_null= 0;
    Udf_func_clear func= u_d->func_clear;
    func(&initid, &is_null, &error);
  }
  void add(my_bool *null_value)
  {
    if (get_arguments())
    {
      *null_value=1;
      return;
    }
    Udf_func_add func= u_d->func_add;
    func(&initid, &f_args, &is_null, &error);
    *null_value= (my_bool) (is_null || error);
  }
  bool supports_removal() const
  { return MY_TEST(u_d->func_remove); }
  void remove(my_bool *null_value)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(u_d->func_remove);
    if (get_arguments())
    {
      *null_value=1;
      return;
    }
    Udf_func_add func= u_d->func_remove;
    func(&initid, &f_args, &is_null, &error);
    *null_value= (my_bool) (is_null || error);
  }
  String *val_str(String *str,String *save_str);

  udf_handler(const udf_handler &orig)
  {
    u_d = orig.u_d;
    buffers = orig.buffers;
    f_args = orig.f_args;
    initid = orig.initid;
    num_buffer = orig.num_buffer;
    error = orig.error;
    is_null = orig.is_null;
    initialized = orig.initialized;
    args = orig.args;
    not_original = true;
  }
};


#ifdef HAVE_DLOPEN
void udf_init(void),udf_free(void);
udf_func *find_udf(const char *name, size_t size, bool mark_used=0);
void free_udf(udf_func *udf);
int mysql_create_function(THD *thd,udf_func *udf);
enum drop_udf_result
{
  UDF_DEL_RESULT_ABSENT,
  UDF_DEL_RESULT_DELETED,
  UDF_DEL_RESULT_ERROR
};
enum drop_udf_result mysql_drop_function(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name);
#else
static inline void udf_init(void) { }
static inline void udf_free(void) { }
#endif
#endif /* SQL_UDF_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2023, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SIMPLE_TOKENIZER_INCLUDED
#define SIMPLE_TOKENIZER_INCLUDED


class Simple_tokenizer
{
  const char *m_ptr;
  const char *m_end;
public:
  Simple_tokenizer(const char *str, size_t length)
   :m_ptr(str), m_end(str + length)
  { }
  const char *ptr() const
  {
    return m_ptr;
  }
  bool eof() const
  {
    return m_ptr >= m_end;
  }
  void get_spaces()
  {
    for ( ; !eof(); m_ptr++)
    {
      if (m_ptr[0] != ' ')
        break;
    }
  }
  bool is_ident_start(char ch) const
  {
    return (ch >= 'a' && ch <= 'z') ||
           (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'Z') ||
           ch == '_';
  }
  bool is_ident_body(char ch) const
  {
    return is_ident_start(ch) ||
           (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9');
  }
  bool is_ident_start() const
  {
    return !eof() && is_ident_start(*m_ptr);
  }
  bool is_ident_body() const
  {
    return !eof() && is_ident_body(*m_ptr);
  }
  LEX_CSTRING get_ident()
  {
    get_spaces();
    if (!is_ident_start())
      return {m_ptr,0};
    const char *start= m_ptr++;
    for ( ; is_ident_body(); m_ptr++)
    { }
    LEX_CSTRING res= {start, (size_t) (m_ptr - start)};
    return res;
  }
  bool get_char(char ch)
  {
    get_spaces();
    if (eof() || *m_ptr != ch)
      return true;
    m_ptr++;
    return false;
  }
};


#endif // SIMPLE_TOKENIZER_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2008 MySQL AB, 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
   Copyright (c) 2019, MariaDB Corporation.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
  Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/*
  rdtsc3 -- multi-platform timer code
  pgulutzan@mysql.com, 2005-08-29
  modified 2008-11-02
*/

#ifndef MY_RDTSC_H
#define MY_RDTSC_H

# ifndef __has_builtin
#  define __has_builtin(x) 0 /* Compatibility with non-clang compilers */
# endif
# if __has_builtin(__builtin_readcyclecounter)
# elif defined _WIN32
#  include <intrin.h>
# elif defined __i386__ || defined __x86_64__
#  include <x86intrin.h>
# elif defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && defined(__ia64__) && defined(HAVE_IA64INTRIN_H)
#  include <ia64intrin.h>
# elif defined(HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H) && defined(HAVE_GETHRTIME)
#  include <sys/times.h>
# endif

/**
  Characteristics of a timer.
*/
struct my_timer_unit_info
{
  /** Routine used for the timer. */
  ulonglong routine;
  /** Overhead of the timer. */
  ulonglong overhead;
  /** Frequency of the  timer. */
  ulonglong frequency;
  /** Resolution of the timer. */
  ulonglong resolution;
};

/**
  Characteristics of all the supported timers.
  @sa my_timer_init().
*/
struct my_timer_info
{
  /** Characteristics of the cycle timer. */
  struct my_timer_unit_info cycles;
  /** Characteristics of the nanosecond timer. */
  struct my_timer_unit_info nanoseconds;
  /** Characteristics of the microsecond timer. */
  struct my_timer_unit_info microseconds;
  /** Characteristics of the millisecond timer. */
  struct my_timer_unit_info milliseconds;
  /** Characteristics of the tick timer. */
  struct my_timer_unit_info ticks;
};

typedef struct my_timer_info MY_TIMER_INFO;

#define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_RDTSC                    5
#define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_ASM_IA64                 6
#define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_PPC_GET_TIMEBASE         7
#define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_GETHRTIME                9
#define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_READ_REAL_TIME          10
#define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_CLOCK_GETTIME           11
#define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_GETTIMEOFDAY            13
#define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_QUERYPERFORMANCECOUNTER 14
#define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_GETTICKCOUNT            15
#define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_TIME                    16
#define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_TIMES                   17
#define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_FTIME                   18
#define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_ASM_GCC_SPARC64         23
#define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_ASM_GCC_SPARC32         24
#define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_MACH_ABSOLUTE_TIME      25
#define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_GETSYSTEMTIMEASFILETIME 26
#define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_ASM_S390                28
#define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_AARCH64                 29
#define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_RISCV                   30

C_MODE_START

/**
  A cycle timer.

  On clang we use __builtin_readcyclecounter(), except for AARCH64 and RISC-V.
  On other compilers:

  On IA-32 and AMD64, we use the RDTSC instruction.
  On IA-64, we read the ar.itc register.
  On SPARC, we read the tick register.
  On POWER, we read the Time Base Register (which is not really a cycle count
  but a separate counter with less than nanosecond resolution).
  On IBM S/390 System z we use the STCK instruction.
  On ARM, we probably should use the Generic Timer, but should figure out
  how to ensure that it can be accessed.
  On AARCH64, we use the generic timer base register. We override clang
  implementation for aarch64 as it access a PMU register which is not
  guaranteed to be active.
  On RISC-V, we use the rdtime instruction to read from mtime register.

  Sadly, we have nothing for the Digital Alpha, MIPS, Motorola m68k,
  HP PA-RISC or other non-mainstream (or obsolete) processors.

  TODO: consider C++11 std::chrono::high_resolution_clock.

  We fall back to gethrtime() where available.

  On the platforms that do not have a CYCLE timer,
  "wait" events are initialized to use NANOSECOND instead of CYCLE
  during performance_schema initialization (at the server startup).

  Linux performance monitor (see "man perf_event_open") can
  provide cycle counter on the platforms that do not have
  other kinds of cycle counters. But we don't use it so far.

  ARM notes
  ---------
  Userspace high precision timing on CNTVCT_EL0 requires that CNTKCTL_EL1
  is set to 1 for each CPU in privileged mode.

  During tests on ARMv7 Debian, perf_even_open() based cycle counter provided
  too low frequency with too high overhead:
  MariaDB [performance_schema]> SELECT * FROM performance_timers;
  +-------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
  | TIMER_NAME  | TIMER_FREQUENCY | TIMER_RESOLUTION | TIMER_OVERHEAD |
  +-------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
  | CYCLE       | 689368159       | 1                | 970            |
  | NANOSECOND  | 1000000000      | 1                | 308            |
  | MICROSECOND | 1000000         | 1                | 417            |
  | MILLISECOND | 1000            | 1000             | 407            |
  | TICK        | 127             | 1                | 612            |
  +-------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
  Therefore, it was decided not to use perf_even_open() on ARM
  (i.e. go without CYCLE and have "wait" events use NANOSECOND by default).

  @return the current timer value, in cycles.
*/
static inline ulonglong my_timer_cycles(void)
{
# if __has_builtin(__builtin_readcyclecounter) && !defined (__aarch64__) && !(defined(__linux__) && defined(__riscv))
  #define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_CYCLES MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_AARCH64
  return __builtin_readcyclecounter();
# elif defined _M_IX86  || defined _M_X64  || defined __i386__ || defined __x86_64__
  #define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_CYCLES MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_RDTSC
  return __rdtsc();
#elif defined _M_ARM64
  #define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_CYCLES MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_AARCH64
  return _ReadStatusReg(ARM64_CNTVCT);
# elif defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && defined(__ia64__) && defined(HAVE_IA64INTRIN_H)
  #define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_CYCLES MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_ASM_IA64
  return (ulonglong) __getReg(_IA64_REG_AR_ITC); /* (3116) */
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ia64__)
  #define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_CYCLES MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_ASM_IA64
  {
    ulonglong result;
    __asm __volatile__ ("mov %0=ar.itc" : "=r" (result));
    return result;
  }
#elif defined __GNUC__ && defined __powerpc__
  #define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_CYCLES MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_PPC_GET_TIMEBASE
  return __builtin_ppc_get_timebase();
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__sparcv9) && defined(_LP64)
  #define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_CYCLES MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_ASM_GCC_SPARC64
  {
    ulonglong result;
    __asm __volatile__ ("rd %%tick,%0" : "=r" (result));
    return result;
  }
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__sparc__) && !defined(_LP64)
  #define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_CYCLES MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_ASM_GCC_SPARC32
  {
      union {
              ulonglong wholeresult;
              struct {
                      ulong high;
                      ulong low;
              }       splitresult;
      } result;
    __asm __volatile__ ("rd %%tick,%1; srlx %1,32,%0" : "=r" (result.splitresult.high), "=r" (result.splitresult.low));
    return result.wholeresult;
  }
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__s390__)
  #define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_CYCLES MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_ASM_S390
  /* covers both s390 and s390x */
  {
    ulonglong result;
    __asm__ __volatile__ ("stck %0" : "=Q" (result) : : "cc");
    return result;
  }
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined (__aarch64__)
  #define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_CYCLES MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_AARCH64
  {
    ulonglong result;
    __asm __volatile("mrs	%0, CNTVCT_EL0" : "=&r" (result));
    return result;
  }
#elif defined(__riscv)
  #define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_CYCLES MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_RISCV
  /* Use RDTIME (and RDTIMEH on riscv32) */
  {
# if __riscv_xlen == 32
    ulong result_lo, result_hi0, result_hi1;
    /* Implemented in assembly because Clang insisted on branching. */
    __asm __volatile__(
        "rdtimeh %0\n"
        "rdtime %1\n"
        "rdtimeh %2\n"
        "sub %0, %0, %2\n"
        "seqz %0, %0\n"
        "sub %0, zero, %0\n"
        "and %1, %1, %0\n"
        : "=r"(result_hi0), "=r"(result_lo), "=r"(result_hi1));
    return (static_cast<ulonglong>(result_hi1) << 32) | result_lo;
# else
    ulonglong result;
    __asm __volatile__("rdtime %0" : "=r"(result));
    return result;
# endif
  }
#elif defined(HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H) && defined(HAVE_GETHRTIME)
  #define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_CYCLES MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_GETHRTIME
  /* gethrtime may appear as either cycle or nanosecond counter */
  return (ulonglong) gethrtime();
#else
  #define MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_CYCLES 0
  return 0;
#endif
}

#if MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_CYCLES == 0
static inline size_t my_pseudo_random(void)
{
  /* In some platforms, pthread_self() might return a structure
  that cannot be converted to a number like this. Possible alternatives
  could include gettid() or sched_getcpu(). */
  return ((size_t) pthread_self()) / 16;
}
#else
# define my_pseudo_random my_timer_cycles
#endif

/**
  A nanosecond timer.
  @return the current timer value, in nanoseconds.
*/
ulonglong my_timer_nanoseconds(void);

/**
  A microseconds timer.
  @return the current timer value, in microseconds.
*/
ulonglong my_timer_microseconds(void);

/**
  A millisecond timer.
  @return the current timer value, in milliseconds.
*/
ulonglong my_timer_milliseconds(void);

/**
  A ticks timer.
  @return the current timer value, in ticks.
*/
ulonglong my_timer_ticks(void);

/**
  Timer initialization function.
  @param [out] mti the timer characteristics.
*/
void my_timer_init(MY_TIMER_INFO *mti);

C_MODE_END

#endif

/* Copyright 2006-2008 MySQL AB, 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_STATISTICS_H
#define SQL_STATISTICS_H

#include <vector>
#include <string>

/*
  For COMPLEMENTARY_FOR_QUERIES and PREFERABLY_FOR_QUERIES they are
  similar to the COMPLEMENTARY and PREFERABLY respectively except that
  with these values we would not be collecting EITS for queries like
    ANALYZE TABLE t1;
  To collect EITS with these values, we have to use PERSISITENT FOR
  analyze table t1 persistent for
     columns (col1,col2...) index (idx1, idx2...)
     or
  analyze table t1 persistent for all
*/

typedef
enum enum_use_stat_tables_mode
{
  NEVER,
  COMPLEMENTARY,
  PREFERABLY,
  COMPLEMENTARY_FOR_QUERIES,
  PREFERABLY_FOR_QUERIES
} Use_stat_tables_mode;

typedef
enum enum_histogram_type
{
  SINGLE_PREC_HB,
  DOUBLE_PREC_HB,
  JSON_HB,
  INVALID_HISTOGRAM
} Histogram_type;

enum enum_stat_tables
{
  TABLE_STAT,
  COLUMN_STAT,
  INDEX_STAT,
};


/* 
  These enumeration types comprise the dictionary of three
  statistical tables table_stat, column_stat and index_stat
  as they defined in ../scripts/mysql_system_tables.sql.

  It would be nice if the declarations of these types were
  generated automatically by the table definitions.   
*/

enum enum_table_stat_col
{
  TABLE_STAT_DB_NAME,
  TABLE_STAT_TABLE_NAME,
  TABLE_STAT_CARDINALITY,
  TABLE_STAT_N_FIELDS
};

enum enum_column_stat_col
{
  COLUMN_STAT_DB_NAME,
  COLUMN_STAT_TABLE_NAME,
  COLUMN_STAT_COLUMN_NAME,
  COLUMN_STAT_MIN_VALUE,
  COLUMN_STAT_MAX_VALUE,
  COLUMN_STAT_NULLS_RATIO,
  COLUMN_STAT_AVG_LENGTH,
  COLUMN_STAT_AVG_FREQUENCY,
  COLUMN_STAT_HIST_SIZE,
  COLUMN_STAT_HIST_TYPE,
  COLUMN_STAT_HISTOGRAM,
  COLUMN_STAT_N_FIELDS
};

enum enum_index_stat_col
{
  INDEX_STAT_DB_NAME,
  INDEX_STAT_TABLE_NAME,
  INDEX_STAT_INDEX_NAME,
  INDEX_STAT_PREFIX_ARITY,
  INDEX_STAT_AVG_FREQUENCY,
  INDEX_STAT_N_FIELDS
};

inline
Use_stat_tables_mode get_use_stat_tables_mode(THD *thd)
{ 
  return (Use_stat_tables_mode) (thd->variables.use_stat_tables);
}
inline
bool check_eits_collection_allowed(THD *thd)
{
  return (get_use_stat_tables_mode(thd) == COMPLEMENTARY ||
          get_use_stat_tables_mode(thd) == PREFERABLY);
}

inline
bool check_eits_preferred(THD *thd)
{
  return (get_use_stat_tables_mode(thd) == PREFERABLY ||
          get_use_stat_tables_mode(thd) == PREFERABLY_FOR_QUERIES);
}

int read_statistics_for_tables_if_needed(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables);
int read_statistics_for_tables(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables,
                               bool force_reload);
int collect_statistics_for_table(THD *thd, TABLE *table);
int alloc_statistics_for_table(THD *thd, TABLE *table, MY_BITMAP *stat_fields);
void free_statistics_for_table(TABLE *table);
int update_statistics_for_table(THD *thd, TABLE *table);
int delete_statistics_for_table(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                                const LEX_CSTRING *tab);
int delete_statistics_for_column(THD *thd, TABLE *tab, Field *col);
int delete_statistics_for_index(THD *thd, TABLE *tab, KEY *key_info,
                                bool ext_prefixes_only);
int rename_table_in_stat_tables(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                                const LEX_CSTRING *tab,
                                const LEX_CSTRING *new_db,
                                const LEX_CSTRING *new_tab);
int rename_columns_in_stat_table(THD *thd, TABLE *tab,
                                 List<Alter_info::RENAME_COLUMN_STAT_PARAMS> *fields);
int rename_indexes_in_stat_table(THD *thd, TABLE *tab,
                                 List<Alter_info::RENAME_INDEX_STAT_PARAMS> *indexes);
void set_statistics_for_table(THD *thd, TABLE *table);

double get_column_avg_frequency(Field * field);

double get_column_range_cardinality(Field *field,
                                    key_range *min_endp,
                                    key_range *max_endp,
                                    uint range_flag);
bool is_stat_table(const LEX_CSTRING *db, LEX_CSTRING *table);
bool is_eits_usable(Field* field);

class Histogram_builder;

/*
  Common base for all histograms
*/
class Histogram_base :public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  Histogram_base() {}
  virtual ~Histogram_base()= default;

  virtual bool parse(MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                     const char *db_name, const char *table_name,
                     Field *field, const char *hist_data,
                     size_t hist_data_len)= 0;
  virtual void serialize(Field *to_field)= 0;

  virtual Histogram_type get_type()=0;

  virtual uint get_width()=0;

  /*
    The creation-time workflow is:
     * create a histogram
     * init_for_collection()
     * create_builder()
     * feed the data to the builder
     * serialize();
  */
  virtual void init_for_collection(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, Histogram_type htype_arg,
                                   ulonglong size)=0;
  virtual Histogram_builder *create_builder(Field *col, uint col_len,
                                            ha_rows rows)=0;

  /*
    This function checks that histograms should be usable only when
      1) the level of optimizer_use_condition_selectivity > 3
  */
  bool is_usable(THD *thd)
  {
    return thd->variables.optimizer_use_condition_selectivity > 3;
  }


  virtual double point_selectivity(Field *field, key_range *endpoint,
                                   double avg_sel)=0;
  virtual double range_selectivity(Field *field, key_range *min_endp,
                                   key_range *max_endp, double avg_sel)=0;
  /*
    Legacy: return the size of the histogram on disk.

    This will be stored in mysql.column_stats.hist_size column.
    The value is not really needed as one can look at
    LENGTH(mysql.column_stats.histogram) directly.
  */
  virtual uint get_size()=0;
};


/*
  A Height-balanced histogram that stores numeric fractions
*/

class Histogram_binary final : public Histogram_base
{
private:
  Histogram_type type;
  size_t size; /* Size of values array, in bytes */
  uchar *values;

  uint prec_factor()
  {
    switch (type) {
    case SINGLE_PREC_HB:
      return ((uint) (1 << 8) - 1);
    case DOUBLE_PREC_HB:
      return ((uint) (1 << 16) - 1);
    default:
      DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    }
    return 1;
  }

public:
  Histogram_binary(Histogram_type type_arg) : type(type_arg)
  {}

  uint get_width() override
  {
    switch (type) {
    case SINGLE_PREC_HB:
      return (uint) size;
    case DOUBLE_PREC_HB:
      return (uint) (size / 2);
    default:
      DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    }
    return 0;
  }
private:
  uint get_value(uint i)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(i < get_width());
    switch (type) {
    case SINGLE_PREC_HB:
      return (uint) (((uint8 *) values)[i]);
    case DOUBLE_PREC_HB:
      return (uint) uint2korr(values + i * 2);
    default:
      DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    }
    return 0;
  }

  /* Find the bucket which value 'pos' falls into. */
  uint find_bucket(double pos, bool first)
  {
    size_t val= (size_t) (pos * prec_factor());
    int lp= 0;
    int rp= get_width() - 1;
    int d= get_width() / 2;
    uint i= lp + d;
    for ( ; d;  d= (rp - lp) / 2, i= lp + d)
    {
      if (val == get_value(i))
	break; 
      if (val < get_value(i))
        rp= i;
      else if (val > get_value(i + 1))
        lp= i + 1;
      else
        break;
    }

    if (val > get_value(i) && i < (get_width() - 1))
      i++;

    if (val == get_value(i))
    {
      if (first)
      {
        while(i && val == get_value(i - 1))
          i--;
      }
      else
      {
        while(i + 1 < get_width() && val == get_value(i + 1))
          i++;
      }
    }
    return i;
  }

public:
  uint get_size() override {return (uint)size;}

  Histogram_type get_type() override { return type; }

  bool parse(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, const char*, const char*, Field*,
             const char *hist_data, size_t hist_data_len) override;
  void serialize(Field *to_field) override;
  void init_for_collection(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, Histogram_type htype_arg,
                           ulonglong size) override;
  Histogram_builder *create_builder(Field *col, uint col_len,
                                    ha_rows rows) override;

  void set_value(uint i, double val)
  {
    switch (type) {
    case SINGLE_PREC_HB:
      ((uint8 *) values)[i]= (uint8) (val * prec_factor());
      return;
    case DOUBLE_PREC_HB:
      int2store(values + i * 2, val * prec_factor());
      return;
    default:
      DBUG_ASSERT(0);
      return;
    }
  }

  void set_prev_value(uint i)
  {
    switch (type) {
    case SINGLE_PREC_HB:
      ((uint8 *) values)[i]= ((uint8 *) values)[i-1];
      return;
    case DOUBLE_PREC_HB:
      int2store(values + i * 2, uint2korr(values + i * 2 - 2));
      return;
    default:
      DBUG_ASSERT(0);
      return;
    }
  }

  double range_selectivity(Field *field, key_range *min_endp,
                           key_range *max_endp, double avg_sel) override;

  /*
    Estimate selectivity of "col=const" using a histogram
  */
  double point_selectivity(Field *field, key_range *endpoint,
                           double avg_sel) override;
};


/*
  This is used to collect the basic statistics from a Unique object:
   - count of values
   - count of distinct values
   - count of distinct values that have occurred only once
*/

class Basic_stats_collector
{
  ulonglong count;         /* number of values retrieved                   */
  ulonglong count_distinct;    /* number of distinct values retrieved      */
  /* number of distinct values that occurred only once  */
  ulonglong count_distinct_single_occurence;

public:
  Basic_stats_collector()
  {
    count= 0;
    count_distinct= 0;
    count_distinct_single_occurence= 0;
  }

  ulonglong get_count_distinct() const { return count_distinct; }
  ulonglong get_count_single_occurence() const
  {
    return count_distinct_single_occurence;
  }
  ulonglong get_count() const { return count; }

  void next(void *elem, element_count elem_cnt)
  {
    count_distinct++;
    if (elem_cnt == 1)
      count_distinct_single_occurence++;
    count+= elem_cnt;
  }
};


/*
  Histogram_builder is a helper class that is used to build histograms
  for columns.

  Do not create directly, call Histogram->get_builder(...);
*/

class Histogram_builder: public Sql_alloc
{
protected:
  Field *column;           /* table field for which the histogram is built */
  uint col_length;         /* size of this field                           */
  ha_rows records;         /* number of records the histogram is built for */

  Histogram_builder(Field *col, uint col_len, ha_rows rows) :
    column(col), col_length(col_len), records(rows)
  {}

public:
  // A histogram builder will also collect the counters
  Basic_stats_collector counters;

  virtual int next(void *elem, element_count elem_cnt)=0;
  virtual void finalize()=0;
  virtual ~Histogram_builder(){}
};


class Column_statistics;
class Index_statistics;

/* Statistical data on a table */

class Table_statistics
{
public:
  my_bool cardinality_is_null;      /* TRUE if the cardinality is unknown */
  uint  columns;                    /* Number of columns in table */
  ha_rows cardinality;              /* Number of rows in the table        */
  uchar *min_max_record_buffers;    /* Record buffers for min/max values  */
  Column_statistics *column_stats;  /* Array of statistical data for columns */
  Index_statistics *index_stats;    /* Array of statistical data for indexes */

  /* Array of records per key for index prefixes */
  ulonglong *idx_avg_frequency;
  uchar *histograms;                /* Sequence of histograms */
};


/* 
  Statistical data on a column 

  Note: objects of this class may be "empty", where they have almost all fields
  as zeros, for example, get_avg_frequency() will return 0.

  objects are allocated in alloc_statistics_for_table[_share].
*/

class Column_statistics :public Sql_alloc
{

private:
  static const uint Scale_factor_nulls_ratio= 100000;
  static const uint Scale_factor_avg_length= 100000;
  static const uint Scale_factor_avg_frequency= 100000;

public:
  ~Column_statistics()
  {
    delete histogram;
  }
  /* 
    Bitmap indicating  what statistical characteristics
    are available for the column
  */
  uint32 column_stat_nulls;
  
  /* For the below two, see comments in get_column_range_cardinality() */
  /* Minimum value for the column */
  Field *min_value; 
  /* Maximum value for the column */   
  Field *max_value;

private:

  /* 
    The ratio Z/N multiplied by the scale factor Scale_factor_nulls_ratio,
    where 
      N is the total number of rows,
      Z is the number of nulls in the column
  */
  ulong nulls_ratio;
 
  /*
    Average number of bytes occupied by the representation of a
    value of the column in memory buffers such as join buffer
    multiplied by the scale factor Scale_factor_avg_length.
    CHAR values are stripped of trailing spaces.
    Flexible values are stripped of their length prefixes.
  */
  ulonglong avg_length;

  /*
    The ratio N/D multiplied by the scale factor Scale_factor_avg_frequency,
    where
       N is the number of rows with not null value in the column,
       D the number of distinct values among them
  */
  ulonglong avg_frequency;

public:
  Histogram_base *histogram;
  bool histogram_exists;

  uint32 no_values_provided_bitmap()
  {
    return
     ((1 << (COLUMN_STAT_HISTOGRAM-COLUMN_STAT_COLUMN_NAME))-1) <<
      (COLUMN_STAT_COLUMN_NAME+1);
  }
 
  void set_all_nulls()
  {
    column_stat_nulls= no_values_provided_bitmap();
  }

  void set_not_null(uint stat_field_no)
  {
    column_stat_nulls&= ~(1 << stat_field_no);
  }

  void set_null(uint stat_field_no)
  {
    column_stat_nulls|= (1 << stat_field_no);
  }

  bool is_null(uint stat_field_no)
  {
    return MY_TEST(column_stat_nulls & (1 << stat_field_no));
  }

  double get_nulls_ratio()
  {
    return (double) nulls_ratio /  Scale_factor_nulls_ratio;
  }

  double get_avg_length()
  {
    return (double) avg_length / Scale_factor_avg_length;
  }

  double get_avg_frequency()
  {
    return (double) avg_frequency / Scale_factor_avg_frequency;
  }

  void set_nulls_ratio (double val)
  {
    nulls_ratio= (ulong) (val * Scale_factor_nulls_ratio);
  }

  void set_avg_length (double val)
  {
    avg_length= (ulonglong) (val * Scale_factor_avg_length);
  }

  void set_avg_frequency (double val)
  {
    avg_frequency= (ulonglong) (val * Scale_factor_avg_frequency);
  }

  bool min_max_values_are_provided()
  {
    return !is_null(COLUMN_STAT_MIN_VALUE) && 
      !is_null(COLUMN_STAT_MAX_VALUE);
  }
  /*
    This function checks whether the values for the fields of the statistical
    tables that were NULL by DEFAULT for a column have changed or not.

    @retval
    TRUE: Statistics are not present for a column
    FALSE: Statisitics are present for a column
  */
  bool no_stat_values_provided()
  {
    return (column_stat_nulls == no_values_provided_bitmap());
  }
};


/* Statistical data on an index prefixes */

class Index_statistics
{

private:
  static const uint Scale_factor_avg_frequency= 100000;
  /*
    The k-th element of this array contains the ratio N/D
    multiplied by the scale factor Scale_factor_avg_frequency, 
    where N is the number of index entries without nulls 
    in the first k components, and D is the number of distinct
    k-component prefixes among them 
  */
  ulonglong *avg_frequency;
  bool stats_were_read;

public:
  void init_avg_frequency(ulonglong *ptr)
  {
    avg_frequency= ptr;
    stats_were_read= false;
  }

  void mark_stats_as_read() { stats_were_read= true; }

  bool has_stats(THD *thd) const
  {
    if (TEST_NEW_MODE_FLAG(thd, NEW_MODE_FIX_INDEX_STATS_FOR_ALL_NULLS))
      return stats_were_read;
    else
      return get_avg_frequency(0) > 0.5;
  }

  bool avg_frequency_is_inited() { return avg_frequency != NULL; }

  double get_avg_frequency(uint i) const
  {
    return (double) avg_frequency[i] / Scale_factor_avg_frequency;
  }

  void set_avg_frequency(uint i, double val)
  {
    avg_frequency[i]= (ulonglong) (val * Scale_factor_avg_frequency);
  }

};

#endif /* SQL_STATISTICS_H */
/* Copyright (c) 2012, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  51 Franklin Street, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef PFS_THREAD_PROVIDER_H
#define PFS_THREAD_PROVIDER_H

/**
  @file include/pfs_thread_provider.h
  Performance schema instrumentation (declarations).
*/

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_THREAD_INTERFACE
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
#ifndef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"

#define PSI_MUTEX_CALL(M) pfs_ ## M ## _v1
#define PSI_RWLOCK_CALL(M) pfs_ ## M ## _v1
#define PSI_COND_CALL(M) pfs_ ## M ## _v1
#define PSI_THREAD_CALL(M) pfs_ ## M ## _v1

C_MODE_START

void pfs_register_mutex_v1(const char *category,
                           PSI_mutex_info_v1 *info,
                           int count);

void pfs_register_rwlock_v1(const char *category,
                            PSI_rwlock_info_v1 *info,
                            int count);

void pfs_register_cond_v1(const char *category,
                          PSI_cond_info_v1 *info,
                          int count);

void pfs_register_thread_v1(const char *category,
                            PSI_thread_info_v1 *info,
                            int count);

PSI_mutex*
pfs_init_mutex_v1(PSI_mutex_key key, void *identity);

void pfs_destroy_mutex_v1(PSI_mutex* mutex);

PSI_rwlock*
pfs_init_rwlock_v1(PSI_rwlock_key key, void *identity);

void pfs_destroy_rwlock_v1(PSI_rwlock* rwlock);

PSI_cond*
pfs_init_cond_v1(PSI_cond_key key, void *identity);

void pfs_destroy_cond_v1(PSI_cond* cond);

int pfs_spawn_thread_v1(PSI_thread_key key,
                        pthread_t *thread, const pthread_attr_t *attr,
                        void *(*start_routine)(void*), void *arg);

PSI_thread*
pfs_new_thread_v1(PSI_thread_key key, const void *identity, ulonglong processlist_id);

void pfs_set_thread_id_v1(PSI_thread *thread, ulonglong processlist_id);
void pfs_set_thread_THD_v1(PSI_thread *thread, THD *thd);
void pfs_set_thread_os_id_v1(PSI_thread *thread);

PSI_thread*
pfs_get_thread_v1(void);

void pfs_set_thread_user_v1(const char *user, int user_len);

void pfs_set_thread_account_v1(const char *user, int user_len,
                               const char *host, int host_len);

void pfs_set_thread_db_v1(const char* db, int db_len);

void pfs_set_thread_command_v1(int command);

void pfs_set_thread_start_time_v1(time_t start_time);

void pfs_set_thread_state_v1(const char* state);

void pfs_set_connection_type_v1(opaque_vio_type conn_type);

void pfs_set_thread_info_v1(const char* info, uint info_len);

void pfs_set_thread_v1(PSI_thread* thread);

void pfs_set_thread_peer_port_v1(PSI_thread *thread, uint port);

void pfs_delete_current_thread_v1(void);

void pfs_delete_thread_v1(PSI_thread *thread);

PSI_mutex_locker*
pfs_start_mutex_wait_v1(PSI_mutex_locker_state *state,
                        PSI_mutex *mutex, PSI_mutex_operation op,
                        const char *src_file, uint src_line);

PSI_rwlock_locker*
pfs_start_rwlock_rdwait_v1(PSI_rwlock_locker_state *state,
                           PSI_rwlock *rwlock,
                           PSI_rwlock_operation op,
                           const char *src_file, uint src_line);

PSI_rwlock_locker*
pfs_start_rwlock_wrwait_v1(PSI_rwlock_locker_state *state,
                           PSI_rwlock *rwlock,
                           PSI_rwlock_operation op,
                           const char *src_file, uint src_line);

PSI_cond_locker*
pfs_start_cond_wait_v1(PSI_cond_locker_state *state,
                       PSI_cond *cond, PSI_mutex *mutex,
                       PSI_cond_operation op,
                       const char *src_file, uint src_line);

PSI_table_locker*
pfs_start_table_io_wait_v1(PSI_table_locker_state *state,
                           PSI_table *table,
                           PSI_table_io_operation op,
                           uint index,
                           const char *src_file, uint src_line);

PSI_table_locker*
pfs_start_table_lock_wait_v1(PSI_table_locker_state *state,
                             PSI_table *table,
                             PSI_table_lock_operation op,
                             ulong op_flags,
                             const char *src_file, uint src_line);

void pfs_unlock_mutex_v1(PSI_mutex *mutex);

void pfs_unlock_rwlock_v1(PSI_rwlock *rwlock);

void pfs_signal_cond_v1(PSI_cond* cond);

void pfs_broadcast_cond_v1(PSI_cond* cond);

void pfs_end_mutex_wait_v1(PSI_mutex_locker* locker, int rc);

void pfs_end_rwlock_rdwait_v1(PSI_rwlock_locker* locker, int rc);

void pfs_end_rwlock_wrwait_v1(PSI_rwlock_locker* locker, int rc);

void pfs_end_cond_wait_v1(PSI_cond_locker* locker, int rc);

int pfs_set_thread_connect_attrs_v1(const char *buffer, uint length,
                                      const void *from_cs);

C_MODE_END

#endif /* EMBEDDED_LIBRARY */
#endif /* MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN */
#endif /* MYSQL_SERVER */
#endif /* HAVE_PSI_THREAD_INTERFACE */

#endif

#ifndef SQL_TYPE_H_INCLUDED
#define SQL_TYPE_H_INCLUDED
/*
   Copyright (c) 2015  MariaDB Foundation.
   Copyright (c) 2015, 2022, MariaDB Corporation.

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 GNU General Public License for more details.

 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif


#include "mysqld.h"
#include "lex_string.h"
#include "sql_type_timeofday.h"
#include "sql_array.h"
#include "sql_const.h"
#include "sql_time.h"
#include "sql_type_string.h"
#include "sql_type_real.h"
#include "compat56.h"
#include "log_event_data_type.h"

C_MODE_START
#include <ma_dyncol.h>
C_MODE_END

class Field;
class Column_definition;
class Column_definition_attributes;
class Key_part_spec;
class Item;
class Item_const;
class Item_literal;
class Item_param;
class Item_cache;
class Item_copy;
class Item_func_or_sum;
class Item_sum;
class Item_sum_hybrid;
class Item_sum_sum;
class Item_sum_avg;
class Item_sum_variance;
class Item_func_hex;
class Item_hybrid_func;
class Item_func_min_max;
class Item_func_hybrid_field_type;
class Item_bool_func2;
class Item_bool_rowready_func2;
class Item_func_between;
class Item_func_in;
class Item_func_round;
class Item_func_int_val;
class Item_func_abs;
class Item_func_neg;
class Item_func_signed;
class Item_func_unsigned;
class Item_double_typecast;
class Item_float_typecast;
class Item_decimal_typecast;
class Item_char_typecast;
class Item_time_typecast;
class Item_date_typecast;
class Item_datetime_typecast;
class Item_func_plus;
class Item_func_minus;
class Item_func_mul;
class Item_func_div;
class Item_func_mod;
class Item_type_holder;
class cmp_item;
class in_vector;
class Type_handler_data;
class Type_handler_hybrid_field_type;
class Sort_param;
class Arg_comparator;
class Spvar_definition;
class st_value;
class Protocol;
class handler;
struct TABLE;
struct SORT_FIELD_ATTR;
struct SORT_FIELD;
class Vers_history_point;
class Virtual_column_info;
class Conv_source;
class ST_FIELD_INFO;
class Type_collection;
class Create_func;

#define my_charset_numeric      my_charset_latin1

enum protocol_send_type_t
{
  PROTOCOL_SEND_STRING,
  PROTOCOL_SEND_FLOAT,
  PROTOCOL_SEND_DOUBLE,
  PROTOCOL_SEND_TINY,
  PROTOCOL_SEND_SHORT,
  PROTOCOL_SEND_LONG,
  PROTOCOL_SEND_LONGLONG,
  PROTOCOL_SEND_DATETIME,
  PROTOCOL_SEND_DATE,
  PROTOCOL_SEND_TIME
};


enum scalar_comparison_op
{
  SCALAR_CMP_EQ,
  SCALAR_CMP_EQUAL,
  SCALAR_CMP_LT,
  SCALAR_CMP_LE,
  SCALAR_CMP_GE,
  SCALAR_CMP_GT
};


/*
  This enum is intentionally defined as "class" to disallow its implicit
  cast as "bool". This is needed to avoid pre-MDEV-32203 constructs like:
    if (field->can_optimize_range(...))
      do_optimization();
  to merge automatically as such - that would change the meaning
  to the opposite. The pre-MDEV-32203 code must to be changed to:
    if (field->can_optimize_range(...) == Data_type_compatibility::OK)
      do_optimization();
*/
enum class Data_type_compatibility
{
  OK,
  INCOMPATIBLE_DATA_TYPE,
  INCOMPATIBLE_COLLATION
};


static inline const LEX_CSTRING
scalar_comparison_op_to_lex_cstring(scalar_comparison_op op)
{
  switch (op) {
  case SCALAR_CMP_EQ:    return LEX_CSTRING{STRING_WITH_LEN("=")};
  case SCALAR_CMP_EQUAL: return LEX_CSTRING{STRING_WITH_LEN("<=>")};
  case SCALAR_CMP_LT:    return LEX_CSTRING{STRING_WITH_LEN("<")};
  case SCALAR_CMP_LE:    return LEX_CSTRING{STRING_WITH_LEN("<=")};
  case SCALAR_CMP_GE:    return LEX_CSTRING{STRING_WITH_LEN(">=")};
  case SCALAR_CMP_GT:    return LEX_CSTRING{STRING_WITH_LEN(">")};
  }
  DBUG_ASSERT(0);
  return LEX_CSTRING{STRING_WITH_LEN("<?>")};
}


class Hasher
{
  ulong m_nr1;
  ulong m_nr2;
public:
  Hasher(): m_nr1(1), m_nr2(4)
  { }
  void add_null()
  {
    m_nr1^= (m_nr1 << 1) | 1;
  }
  void add(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const uchar *str, size_t length)
  {
    cs->coll->hash_sort(cs, str, length, &m_nr1, &m_nr2);
  }
  void add(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *str, size_t length)
  {
    add(cs, (const uchar *) str, length);
  }
  uint32 finalize() const
  {
    return (uint32) m_nr1;
  }
};


enum partition_value_print_mode_t
{
  PARTITION_VALUE_PRINT_MODE_SHOW= 0,
  PARTITION_VALUE_PRINT_MODE_FRM= 1
};


enum column_definition_type_t
{
  COLUMN_DEFINITION_TABLE_FIELD,
  COLUMN_DEFINITION_ROUTINE_PARAM,
  COLUMN_DEFINITION_ROUTINE_LOCAL,
  COLUMN_DEFINITION_FUNCTION_RETURN
};


class Send_field_extended_metadata
{
  LEX_CSTRING m_attr[MARIADB_FIELD_ATTR_LAST+1];
public:
  Send_field_extended_metadata()
  {
    bzero(this, sizeof(*this));
  }
  bool set_data_type_name(const LEX_CSTRING &str)
  {
    m_attr[MARIADB_FIELD_ATTR_DATA_TYPE_NAME]= str;
    return false;
  }
  bool set_format_name(const LEX_CSTRING &str)
  {
    m_attr[MARIADB_FIELD_ATTR_FORMAT_NAME]= str;
    return false;
  }
  bool has_extended_metadata() const
  {
    for (uint i= 0; i <= MARIADB_FIELD_ATTR_LAST; i++)
    {
      if (m_attr[i].str)
        return true;
    }
    return false;
  }
  const LEX_CSTRING &attr(uint i) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(i <= MARIADB_FIELD_ATTR_LAST);
    return m_attr[i];
  }
};


class Data_type_statistics
{
public:
  uint m_uneven_bit_length;
  uint m_fixed_string_total_length;
  uint m_fixed_string_count;
  uint m_variable_string_total_length;
  uint m_variable_string_count;
  uint m_blob_count;
  Data_type_statistics()
   :m_uneven_bit_length(0),
    m_fixed_string_total_length(0),
    m_fixed_string_count(0),
    m_variable_string_total_length(0),
    m_variable_string_count(0),
    m_blob_count(0)
  { }
  uint string_count() const
  {
    return m_fixed_string_count + m_variable_string_count;
  }
  uint string_total_length() const
  {
    return m_fixed_string_total_length + m_variable_string_total_length;
  }
};


class Typelib: public TYPELIB
{
public:
  Typelib(uint count, const char **type_names, unsigned int *type_lengths)
  {
    TYPELIB::count= count;
    TYPELIB::name= "";
    TYPELIB::type_names= type_names;
    TYPELIB::type_lengths= type_lengths;
  }
  uint max_octet_length() const
  {
    uint max_length= 0;
    for (uint i= 0; i < TYPELIB::count; i++)
    {
      const uint length= TYPELIB::type_lengths[i];
      set_if_bigger(max_length, length);
    }
    return max_length;
  }
};


template<uint sz>
class TypelibBuffer: public Typelib
{
  const char *m_type_names[sz + 1];
  uint m_type_lengths[sz + 1];
public:
  TypelibBuffer(uint count, const LEX_CSTRING *values)
   :Typelib(count, m_type_names, m_type_lengths)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(sz >= count);
    for (uint i= 0; i <  count; i++)
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(values[i].str != NULL);
      m_type_names[i]= values[i].str;
      m_type_lengths[i]= (uint) values[i].length;
    }
    m_type_names[sz]= NullS; // End marker
    m_type_lengths[sz]= 0;   // End marker
  }
  TypelibBuffer(const LEX_CSTRING *values)
   :TypelibBuffer(sz, values)
  { }
};


/*
  A helper class to store column attributes that are inherited
  by columns (from the table level) when not specified explicitly.
*/
class Column_derived_attributes
{
  /*
    Table level CHARACTER SET and COLLATE value:

      CREATE TABLE t1 (a VARCHAR(1), b CHAR(2)) CHARACTER SET latin1;

    All character string columns (CHAR, VARCHAR, TEXT)
    inherit CHARACTER SET from the table level.
  */
  CHARSET_INFO *m_charset;
public:
  explicit Column_derived_attributes(CHARSET_INFO *cs)
   :m_charset(cs)
  { }
  CHARSET_INFO *charset() const { return m_charset; }
};


/*
  A helper class to store requests for changes
  in multiple column data types during ALTER.
*/
class Column_bulk_alter_attributes
{
  /*
    Target CHARACTER SET specification in ALTER .. CONVERT, e.g.

      ALTER TABLE t1 CONVERT TO CHARACTER SET utf8;

    All character string columns (CHAR, VARCHAR, TEXT)
    get converted to the "CONVERT TO CHARACTER SET".
  */
  CHARSET_INFO *m_alter_table_convert_to_charset;
public:
  explicit Column_bulk_alter_attributes(CHARSET_INFO *convert)
   :m_alter_table_convert_to_charset(convert)
  { }
  CHARSET_INFO *alter_table_convert_to_charset() const
  { return m_alter_table_convert_to_charset; }
};


class Native: public Binary_string
{
public:
  Native(char *str, size_t len)
   :Binary_string(str, len)
  { }
};


template<size_t buff_sz>
class NativeBuffer: public Native
{
  char buff[buff_sz];
public:
  NativeBuffer() : Native(buff, buff_sz) { length(0); }
};


class String_ptr
{
protected:
  String *m_string_ptr;
public:
  String_ptr(String *str)
   :m_string_ptr(str)
  { }
  String_ptr(Item *item, String *buffer);
  const String *string() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_string_ptr);
    return m_string_ptr;
  }
  bool is_null() const { return m_string_ptr == NULL; }
};


class Ascii_ptr: public String_ptr
{
public:
  Ascii_ptr(Item *item, String *buffer);
};


template<size_t buff_sz>
class String_ptr_and_buffer: public StringBuffer<buff_sz>,
                             public String_ptr
{
public:
  String_ptr_and_buffer(Item *item)
   :String_ptr(item, this)
  { }
};


template<size_t buff_sz>
class Ascii_ptr_and_buffer: public StringBuffer<buff_sz>,
                            public Ascii_ptr
{
public:
  Ascii_ptr_and_buffer(Item *item)
   :Ascii_ptr(item, this)
  { }
};


class Dec_ptr
{
protected:
  my_decimal *m_ptr;
  Dec_ptr() = default;
public:
  Dec_ptr(my_decimal *ptr) :m_ptr(ptr) { }
  bool is_null() const { return m_ptr == NULL; }
  const my_decimal *ptr() const { return m_ptr; }
  const my_decimal *ptr_or(const my_decimal *def) const
  {
    return m_ptr ? m_ptr : def;
  }
  my_decimal *to_decimal(my_decimal *to) const
  {
    if (!m_ptr)
      return NULL;
    *to= *m_ptr;
    return to;
  }
  double to_double() const { return m_ptr ? m_ptr->to_double() : 0.0; }
  longlong to_longlong(bool unsigned_flag)
  { return m_ptr ? m_ptr->to_longlong(unsigned_flag) : 0; }
  Longlong_null to_xlonglong_null()
  {
    return m_ptr ? Longlong_null(m_ptr->to_xlonglong()) : Longlong_null();
  }
  bool to_bool() const { return m_ptr ? m_ptr->to_bool() : false; }
  String *to_string(String *to) const
  {
    return m_ptr ? m_ptr->to_string(to) : NULL;
  }
  String *to_string(String *to, uint prec, uint dec, char filler)
  {
    return m_ptr ? m_ptr->to_string(to, prec, dec, filler) : NULL;
  }
  int to_binary(uchar *bin, int prec, decimal_digits_t scale) const
  {
    return (m_ptr ? m_ptr : &decimal_zero)->to_binary(bin, prec, scale);
  }
  int cmp(const my_decimal *dec) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_ptr);
    DBUG_ASSERT(dec);
    return m_ptr->cmp(dec);
  }
  int cmp(const Dec_ptr &other) const
  {
    return cmp(other.m_ptr);
  }
};


// A helper class to handle results of val_decimal(), date_op(), etc.
class Dec_ptr_and_buffer: public Dec_ptr
{
protected:
  my_decimal m_buffer;
public:
  /* scale is int as it can be negative here */
  int round_to(my_decimal *to, int scale, decimal_round_mode mode)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_ptr);
    return m_ptr->round_to(to, scale, mode);
  }
  int round_self(decimal_digits_t scale, decimal_round_mode mode)
  {
    return round_to(&m_buffer, scale, mode);
  }
  int round_self_if_needed(int scale, decimal_round_mode mode)
  {
    if (scale >= m_ptr->frac)
      return E_DEC_OK;
    int res= m_ptr->round_to(&m_buffer, scale, mode);
    m_ptr= &m_buffer;
    return res;
  }
  String *to_string_round(String *to, decimal_digits_t dec)
  {
    /*
      decimal_round() allows from==to
      So it's save even if m_ptr points to m_buffer before this call:
    */
    return m_ptr ? m_ptr->to_string_round(to, dec, &m_buffer) : NULL;
  }
};


// A helper class to handle val_decimal() results.
class VDec: public Dec_ptr_and_buffer
{
public:
  VDec(): Dec_ptr_and_buffer() { }
  VDec(Item *item);
  void set(Item *a);
};


// A helper class to handler decimal_op() results.
class VDec_op: public Dec_ptr_and_buffer
{
public:
  VDec_op(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *item);
};


/*
  Get and cache val_decimal() values for two items.
  If the first value appears to be NULL, the second value is not evaluated.
*/
class VDec2_lazy
{
public:
  VDec m_a;
  VDec m_b;
  VDec2_lazy(Item *a, Item *b) :m_a(a)
  {
    if (!m_a.is_null())
      m_b.set(b);
  }
  bool has_null() const
  {
    return m_a.is_null() || m_b.is_null();
  }
};


/**
  Class Sec6 represents a fixed point value with 6 fractional digits.
  Used e.g. to convert double and my_decimal values to TIME/DATETIME.
*/

class Sec6
{
protected:
  ulonglong m_sec;       // The integer part, between 0 and LONGLONG_MAX
  ulong     m_usec;      // The fractional part, between 0 and 999999
  bool      m_neg;       // false if positive, true of negative
  bool      m_truncated; // Indicates if the constructor truncated the value
  void make_from_decimal(const my_decimal *d, ulong *nanoseconds);
  void make_from_double(double d, ulong *nanoseconds);
  void make_from_int(const Longlong_hybrid &nr)
  {
    m_neg= nr.neg();
    m_sec= nr.abs();
    m_usec= 0;
    m_truncated= false;
  }
  void reset()
  {
    m_sec= m_usec= m_neg= m_truncated= 0;
  }
  Sec6() = default;
  bool add_nanoseconds(uint nanoseconds)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(nanoseconds <= 1000000000);
    if (nanoseconds < 500)
      return false;
    m_usec+= (nanoseconds + 500) / 1000;
    if (m_usec < 1000000)
      return false;
    m_usec%= 1000000;
    return true;
  }
public:
  explicit Sec6(double nr)
  {
    ulong nanoseconds;
    make_from_double(nr, &nanoseconds);
  }
  explicit Sec6(const my_decimal *d)
  {
    ulong nanoseconds;
    make_from_decimal(d, &nanoseconds);
  }
  explicit Sec6(const Longlong_hybrid &nr)
  {
    make_from_int(nr);
  }
  explicit Sec6(longlong nr, bool unsigned_val)
  {
    make_from_int(Longlong_hybrid(nr, unsigned_val));
  }
  bool neg() const { return m_neg; }
  bool truncated() const { return m_truncated; }
  ulonglong sec() const { return m_sec; }
  long usec() const { return m_usec; }
  /**
    Converts Sec6 to MYSQL_TIME
    @param thd           current thd
    @param [out] warn    conversion warnings will be written here
    @param [out] ltime   converted value will be written here
    @param fuzzydate     conversion flags (TIME_INVALID_DATE, etc)
    @returns false for success, true for a failure
  */
  bool convert_to_mysql_time(THD *thd,
                             int *warn,
                             MYSQL_TIME *ltime,
                             date_mode_t fuzzydate) const;

protected:

  bool to_interval_hhmmssff_only(MYSQL_TIME *to, int *warn) const
  {
    return number_to_time_only(m_neg, m_sec, m_usec,
                               TIME_MAX_INTERVAL_HOUR, to, warn);
  }
  bool to_datetime_or_to_interval_hhmmssff(MYSQL_TIME *to, int *warn) const
  {
    /*
      Convert a number to a time interval.
      The following formats are understood:
      -            0 <= x <=   999999995959 - parse as hhhhmmss
      - 999999995959 <  x <= 99991231235959 - parse as YYYYMMDDhhmmss
       (YYMMDDhhmmss)       (YYYYMMDDhhmmss)

      Note, these formats are NOT understood:
      - YYMMDD       - overlaps with INTERVAL range
      - YYYYMMDD     - overlaps with INTERVAL range
      - YYMMDDhhmmss - overlaps with INTERVAL range, partially
                       (see TIME_MAX_INTERVAL_HOUR)

      If we ever need wider intervals, this code switching between
      full datetime and interval-only should be rewised.
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(TIME_MAX_INTERVAL_HOUR <= 999999995959);
    /*            (YYMMDDhhmmss) */
    if (m_sec >    999999995959ULL &&
        m_sec <= 99991231235959ULL && m_neg == 0)
      return to_datetime_or_date(to, warn, TIME_INVALID_DATES);
    if (m_sec / 10000 > TIME_MAX_INTERVAL_HOUR)
    {
      *warn= MYSQL_TIME_WARN_OUT_OF_RANGE;
      return true;
    }
    return to_interval_hhmmssff_only(to, warn);
  }
public:
  // [-][DD]hhhmmss.ff,  YYMMDDhhmmss.ff, YYYYMMDDhhmmss.ff
  bool to_datetime_or_time(MYSQL_TIME *to, int *warn,
                           date_conv_mode_t mode) const
  {
    bool rc= m_sec > 9999999 && m_sec <= 99991231235959ULL && !m_neg ?
             ::number_to_datetime_or_date(m_sec, m_usec, to,
                        ulonglong(mode & TIME_MODE_FOR_XXX_TO_DATE), warn) < 0 :
             ::number_to_time_only(m_neg, m_sec, m_usec, TIME_MAX_HOUR, to, warn);
    DBUG_ASSERT(*warn || !rc);
    return rc;
  }
  /*
    Convert a number in formats YYYYMMDDhhmmss.ff or YYMMDDhhmmss.ff to
    TIMESTAMP'YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss.ff'
  */
  bool to_datetime_or_date(MYSQL_TIME *to, int *warn,
                           date_conv_mode_t flags) const
  {
    if (m_neg)
    {
      *warn= MYSQL_TIME_WARN_OUT_OF_RANGE;
      return true;
    }
    bool rc= number_to_datetime_or_date(m_sec, m_usec, to,
                                ulonglong(flags & TIME_MODE_FOR_XXX_TO_DATE),
                                warn) == -1;
    DBUG_ASSERT(*warn || !rc);
    return rc;
  }
  // Convert elapsed seconds to TIME
  bool sec_to_time(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, uint dec) const
  {
    set_zero_time(ltime, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME);
    ltime->neg= m_neg;
    if (m_sec > TIME_MAX_VALUE_SECONDS)
    {
      // use check_time_range() to set ltime to the max value depending on dec
      int unused;
      ltime->hour= TIME_MAX_HOUR + 1;
      check_time_range(ltime, dec, &unused);
      return true;
    }
    DBUG_ASSERT(usec() <= TIME_MAX_SECOND_PART);
    ltime->hour=   (uint) (m_sec / 3600);
    ltime->minute= (uint) (m_sec % 3600) / 60;
    ltime->second= (uint) m_sec % 60;
    ltime->second_part= m_usec;
    return false;
  }
  Sec6 &trunc(uint dec)
  {
    m_usec-= my_time_fraction_remainder(m_usec, dec);
    return *this;
  }
  size_t to_string(char *to, size_t nbytes) const
  {
    return m_usec ?
      my_snprintf(to, nbytes, "%s%llu.%06lu",
                  m_neg ? "-" : "", m_sec, m_usec) :
      my_snprintf(to, nbytes, "%s%llu", m_neg ? "-" : "", m_sec);
  }
  void make_truncated_warning(THD *thd, const char *type_str) const;
};


class Sec9: public Sec6
{
protected:
  ulong m_nsec; // Nanoseconds 0..999
  void make_from_int(const Longlong_hybrid &nr)
  {
    Sec6::make_from_int(nr);
    m_nsec= 0;
  }
  Sec9() = default;
public:
  Sec9(const my_decimal *d)
  {
    Sec6::make_from_decimal(d, &m_nsec);
  }
  Sec9(double d)
  {
    Sec6::make_from_double(d, &m_nsec);
  }
  ulong nsec() const { return m_nsec; }
  Sec9 &trunc(uint dec)
  {
    m_nsec= 0;
    Sec6::trunc(dec);
    return *this;
  }
  Sec9 &round(uint dec);
  Sec9 &round(uint dec, time_round_mode_t mode)
  {
    return mode == TIME_FRAC_TRUNCATE  ? trunc(dec) : round(dec);
  }
};


class VSec9: protected Sec9
{
  bool m_is_null;
  Sec9& to_sec9()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_null());
    return *this;
  }
public:
  VSec9(THD *thd, Item *item, const char *type_str, ulonglong limit);
  bool is_null() const { return m_is_null; }
  const Sec9& to_const_sec9() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_null());
    return *this;
  }
  bool neg() const { return to_const_sec9().neg(); }
  bool truncated() const { return to_const_sec9().truncated(); }
  ulonglong sec() const { return to_const_sec9().sec(); }
  long usec() const { return to_const_sec9().usec(); }
  bool sec_to_time(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, uint dec) const
  {
    return to_const_sec9().sec_to_time(ltime, dec);
  }
  void make_truncated_warning(THD *thd, const char *type_str) const
  {
    return to_const_sec9().make_truncated_warning(thd, type_str);
  }
  Sec9 &round(uint dec)
  {
    return to_sec9().round(dec);
  }
  Sec9 &round(uint dec, time_round_mode_t mode)
  {
    return to_sec9().round(dec, mode);
  }
};


/*
  A heler class to perform additive operations between
  two MYSQL_TIME structures and return the result as a
  combination of seconds, microseconds and sign.
*/
class Sec6_add
{
  ulonglong m_sec; // number of seconds
  ulong m_usec;    // number of microseconds
  bool m_neg;      // false if positive, true if negative
  bool m_error;    // false if the value is OK, true otherwise
  void to_hh24mmssff(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, timestamp_type tstype) const
  {
    bzero(ltime, sizeof(*ltime));
    ltime->neg= m_neg;
    calc_time_from_sec(ltime, (ulong) (m_sec % SECONDS_IN_24H), m_usec);
    ltime->time_type= tstype;
  }
public:
  /*
    @param ltime1 - the first value to add (must be a valid DATE,TIME,DATETIME)
    @param ltime2 - the second value to add (must be a valid TIME)
    @param sign   - the sign of the operation
                    (+1 for addition, -1 for subtraction)
  */
  Sec6_add(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime1, const MYSQL_TIME *ltime2, int sign)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(sign == -1 || sign == 1);
    DBUG_ASSERT(!ltime1->neg || ltime1->time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME);
    if (!(m_error= (ltime2->time_type != MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME)))
    {
      if (ltime1->neg != ltime2->neg)
        sign= -sign;
      m_neg= calc_time_diff(ltime1, ltime2, -sign, &m_sec, &m_usec);
      if (ltime1->neg && (m_sec || m_usec))
        m_neg= !m_neg; // Swap sign
    }
  }
  bool to_time(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, uint decimals) const
  {
    if (m_error)
      return true;
    to_hh24mmssff(ltime, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME);
    ltime->hour+= static_cast<unsigned>(to_days_abs() * 24);
    return adjust_time_range_with_warn(thd, ltime, decimals);
  }
  bool to_datetime(MYSQL_TIME *ltime) const
  {
    if (m_error || m_neg)
      return true;
    to_hh24mmssff(ltime, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATETIME);
    return get_date_from_daynr(to_days_abs(),
                               &ltime->year, &ltime->month, &ltime->day) ||
           !ltime->day;
  }
  long to_days_abs() const { return (long) (m_sec / SECONDS_IN_24H); }
};


class Year
{
protected:
  uint m_year;
  bool m_truncated;
  uint year_precision(const Item *item) const;
public:
  Year(): m_year(0), m_truncated(false) { }
  Year(longlong value, bool unsigned_flag, uint length);
  uint year() const { return m_year; }
  uint to_YYYYMMDD() const { return m_year * 10000; }
  bool truncated() const { return m_truncated; }
};


class Year_null: public Year, public Null_flag
{
public:
  Year_null(const Longlong_null &nr, bool unsigned_flag, uint length)
   :Year(nr.is_null() ? 0 : nr.value(), unsigned_flag, length),
    Null_flag(nr.is_null())
  { }
};


class VYear: public Year_null
{
public:
  VYear(Item *item);
};


class VYear_op: public Year_null
{
public:
  VYear_op(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *item);
};


class Double_null: public Null_flag
{
protected:
  double m_value;
public:
  Double_null(double value, bool is_null)
   :Null_flag(is_null), m_value(value)
  { }
  double value() const { return m_value; }
};


class Temporal: protected MYSQL_TIME
{
public:
  class Status: public MYSQL_TIME_STATUS
  {
  public:
    Status() { my_time_status_init(this); }
  };

  class Warn: public ErrBuff,
              public Status
  {
  public:
    void push_conversion_warnings(THD *thd, bool totally_useless_value,
                                  date_mode_t mode, timestamp_type tstype,
                                  const char *db_name, const char *table_name,
                                  const char *name)
    {
      const char *typestr= tstype >= 0 ? type_name_by_timestamp_type(tstype) :
                           mode & (TIME_INTERVAL_hhmmssff | TIME_INTERVAL_DAY) ?
                           "interval" :
                           mode & TIME_TIME_ONLY ? "time" : "datetime";
      Temporal::push_conversion_warnings(thd, totally_useless_value, warnings,
                                         typestr, db_name, table_name, name,
                                         ptr());
    }
  };

  class Warn_push: public Warn
  {
    THD * const m_thd;
    const char * const m_db_name;
    const char * const m_table_name;
    const char * const m_name;
    const MYSQL_TIME * const m_ltime;
    const date_mode_t m_mode;
  public:
    Warn_push(THD *thd, const char *db_name, const char *table_name,
              const char *name, const MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t mode)
      : m_thd(thd), m_db_name(db_name), m_table_name(table_name), m_name(name),
        m_ltime(ltime), m_mode(mode)
    { }
    ~Warn_push()
    {
      if (warnings)
        push_conversion_warnings(m_thd, m_ltime->time_type < 0,
                                 m_mode, m_ltime->time_type,
                                 m_db_name, m_table_name, m_name);
    }
  };

public:
  static date_conv_mode_t sql_mode_for_dates(THD *thd);
  static time_round_mode_t default_round_mode(THD *thd);
  class Options: public date_mode_t
  {
  public:
    explicit Options(date_mode_t flags)
     :date_mode_t(flags)
    { }
    Options(date_conv_mode_t flags, time_round_mode_t round_mode)
     :date_mode_t(flags | round_mode)
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(ulonglong(flags) <= UINT_MAX32);
    }
    Options(date_conv_mode_t flags, THD *thd)
     :Options(flags, default_round_mode(thd))
    { }
  };

  bool is_valid_temporal() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(time_type != MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_ERROR);
    return time_type != MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE;
  }
  static const char *type_name_by_timestamp_type(timestamp_type time_type)
  {
    switch (time_type) {
      case MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATE: return "date";
      case MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME: return "time";
      case MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATETIME:  // FALLTHROUGH
      default:
        break;
    }
    return "datetime";
  }
  static void push_conversion_warnings(THD *thd, bool totally_useless_value, int warn,
                                       const char *type_name,
                                       const char *db_name,
                                       const char *table_name,
                                       const char *field_name,
                                       const char *value);
  /*
    This method is used if the item was not null but convertion to
    TIME/DATE/DATETIME failed. We return a zero date if allowed,
    otherwise - null.
  */
  void make_fuzzy_date(int *warn, date_conv_mode_t fuzzydate)
  {
    /*
      In the following scenario:
      - The caller expected to get a TIME value
      - Item returned a not NULL string or numeric value
      - But then conversion from string or number to TIME failed
      we need to change the default time_type from MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATE
      (which was set in bzero) to MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME and therefore
      return TIME'00:00:00' rather than DATE'0000-00-00'.
      If we don't do this, methods like Item::get_time_with_conversion()
      will erroneously subtract CURRENT_DATE from '0000-00-00 00:00:00'
      and return TIME'-838:59:59' instead of TIME'00:00:00' as a result.
    */
    timestamp_type tstype= !(fuzzydate & TIME_FUZZY_DATES) ?
                           MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE :
                           fuzzydate & TIME_TIME_ONLY ?
                           MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME :
                           MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATETIME;
    set_zero_time(this, tstype);
  }

protected:
  my_decimal *bad_to_decimal(my_decimal *to) const;
  my_decimal *to_decimal(my_decimal *to) const;
  static double to_double(bool negate, ulonglong num, ulong frac)
  {
    double d= static_cast<double>(num) + static_cast<double>(frac) /
      TIME_SECOND_PART_FACTOR;
    return negate ? -d : d;
  }
  longlong to_packed() const { return ::pack_time(this); }
  void make_from_out_of_range(int *warn)
  {
    *warn= MYSQL_TIME_WARN_OUT_OF_RANGE;
    time_type= MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE;
  }
  void make_from_sec6(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME_STATUS *st,
                      const Sec6 &nr, date_mode_t mode)
  {
    if (nr.convert_to_mysql_time(thd, &st->warnings, this, mode))
      make_fuzzy_date(&st->warnings, date_conv_mode_t(mode));
  }
  void make_from_sec9(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME_STATUS *st,
                      const Sec9 &nr, date_mode_t mode)
  {
    if (nr.convert_to_mysql_time(thd, &st->warnings, this, mode) ||
        add_nanoseconds(thd, &st->warnings, mode, nr.nsec()))
      make_fuzzy_date(&st->warnings, date_conv_mode_t(mode));
  }
  void make_from_str(THD *thd, Warn *warn,
                     const char *str, size_t length, CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                     date_mode_t fuzzydate);
  void make_from_double(THD *thd, Warn *warn, double nr, date_mode_t mode)
  {
    make_from_sec9(thd, warn, Sec9(nr), mode);
    if (warn->warnings)
      warn->set_double(nr);
  }
  void make_from_longlong_hybrid(THD *thd, Warn *warn,
                                 const Longlong_hybrid &nr, date_mode_t mode)
  {
    /*
      Note: conversion from an integer to TIME can overflow to
      '838:59:59.999999', so the conversion result can have fractional digits.
    */
    make_from_sec6(thd, warn, Sec6(nr), mode);
    if (warn->warnings)
      warn->set_longlong(nr);
  }
  void make_from_decimal(THD *thd, Warn *warn,
                         const my_decimal *nr, date_mode_t mode)
  {
    make_from_sec9(thd, warn, Sec9(nr), mode);
    if (warn->warnings)
      warn->set_decimal(nr);
  }
  bool ascii_to_temporal(MYSQL_TIME_STATUS *st,
                         const char *str, size_t length,
                         date_mode_t mode)
  {
    if (mode & (TIME_INTERVAL_hhmmssff | TIME_INTERVAL_DAY))
      return ascii_to_datetime_or_date_or_interval_DDhhmmssff(st, str, length,
                                                              mode);
    if (mode & TIME_TIME_ONLY)
      return ascii_to_datetime_or_date_or_time(st, str, length, mode);
    return ascii_to_datetime_or_date(st, str, length, mode);
  }
  bool ascii_to_datetime_or_date_or_interval_DDhhmmssff(MYSQL_TIME_STATUS *st,
                                                        const char *str,
                                                        size_t length,
                                                        date_mode_t mode)
  {
    longlong cflags= ulonglong(mode & TIME_MODE_FOR_XXX_TO_DATE);
    bool rc= mode & TIME_INTERVAL_DAY ?
      ::str_to_datetime_or_date_or_interval_day(str, length, this, cflags, st,
                                                TIME_MAX_INTERVAL_HOUR,
                                                TIME_MAX_INTERVAL_HOUR) :
      ::str_to_datetime_or_date_or_interval_hhmmssff(str, length, this,
                                                     cflags, st,
                                                     TIME_MAX_INTERVAL_HOUR,
                                                     TIME_MAX_INTERVAL_HOUR);
    DBUG_ASSERT(!rc || st->warnings);
    return rc;
  }
  bool ascii_to_datetime_or_date_or_time(MYSQL_TIME_STATUS *status,
                                         const char *str, size_t length,
                                         date_mode_t fuzzydate)
  {
    ulonglong cflags= ulonglong(fuzzydate & TIME_MODE_FOR_XXX_TO_DATE);
    bool rc= ::str_to_datetime_or_date_or_time(str, length, this,
                                               cflags, status,
                                               TIME_MAX_HOUR, UINT_MAX32);
    DBUG_ASSERT(!rc || status->warnings);
    return rc;
  }
  bool ascii_to_datetime_or_date(MYSQL_TIME_STATUS *status,
                                 const char *str, size_t length,
                                 date_mode_t fuzzydate)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(bool(fuzzydate & TIME_TIME_ONLY) == false);
    bool rc= ::str_to_datetime_or_date(str, length, this,
                             ulonglong(fuzzydate & TIME_MODE_FOR_XXX_TO_DATE),
                             status);
    DBUG_ASSERT(!rc || status->warnings);
    return rc;
  }
  // Character set aware versions for string conversion routines
  bool str_to_temporal(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME_STATUS *st,
                       const char *str, size_t length,
                       CHARSET_INFO *cs, date_mode_t fuzzydate);
  bool str_to_datetime_or_date_or_time(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME_STATUS *st,
                                       const char *str, size_t length,
                                       CHARSET_INFO *cs, date_mode_t mode);
  bool str_to_datetime_or_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME_STATUS *st,
                               const char *str, size_t length,
                               CHARSET_INFO *cs, date_mode_t mode);

  bool has_valid_mmssff() const
  {
    return minute <= TIME_MAX_MINUTE &&
           second <= TIME_MAX_SECOND &&
           second_part <= TIME_MAX_SECOND_PART;
  }
  bool has_zero_YYYYMM() const
  {
    return year == 0 && month == 0;
  }
  bool has_zero_YYYYMMDD() const
  {
    return year == 0 && month == 0 && day == 0;
  }
  bool check_date(date_conv_mode_t flags, int *warn) const
  {
    return ::check_date(this, flags, warn);
  }
  void time_hhmmssff_set_max(uint max_hour)
  {
    hour= max_hour;
    minute= TIME_MAX_MINUTE;
    second= TIME_MAX_SECOND;
    second_part= TIME_MAX_SECOND_PART;
  }
  /*
    Add nanoseconds to ssff
    retval   true if seconds overflowed (the caller should increment minutes)
             false if no overflow happened
  */
  bool add_nanoseconds_ssff(uint nanoseconds)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(nanoseconds <= 1000000000);
    if (nanoseconds < 500)
      return false;
    second_part+= (nanoseconds + 500) / 1000;
    if (second_part < 1000000)
      return false;
    second_part%= 1000000;
    if (second < 59)
    {
      second++;
      return false;
    }
    second= 0;
    return true;
  }
  /*
    Add nanoseconds to mmssff
    retval   true if hours overflowed (the caller should increment hours)
             false if no overflow happened
  */
  bool add_nanoseconds_mmssff(uint nanoseconds)
  {
    if (!add_nanoseconds_ssff(nanoseconds))
      return false;
    if (minute < 59)
    {
      minute++;
      return false;
    }
    minute= 0;
    return true;
  }
  void time_round_or_set_max(uint dec, int *warn, ulong max_hour, ulong nsec);
  bool datetime_add_nanoseconds_or_invalidate(THD *thd, int *warn, ulong nsec);
  bool datetime_round_or_invalidate(THD *thd, uint dec, int *warn, ulong nsec);
  bool add_nanoseconds_with_round(THD *thd, int *warn,
                                  date_conv_mode_t mode, ulong nsec);
  bool add_nanoseconds(THD *thd, int *warn, date_mode_t mode, ulong nsec)
  {
    date_conv_mode_t cmode= date_conv_mode_t(mode);
    return time_round_mode_t(mode) == TIME_FRAC_ROUND ?
           add_nanoseconds_with_round(thd, warn, cmode, nsec) : false;
  }
public:
  static void *operator new(size_t size, MYSQL_TIME *ltime) throw()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(size == sizeof(MYSQL_TIME));
    return ltime;
  }
  static void operator delete(void *ptr, MYSQL_TIME *ltime) { }

  long fraction_remainder(uint dec) const
  {
    return my_time_fraction_remainder(second_part, dec);
  }
};


/*
  Use this class when you need to get a MYSQL_TIME from an Item
  using Item's native timestamp type, without automatic timestamp
  type conversion.
*/
class Temporal_hybrid: public Temporal
{
public:
  class Options: public Temporal::Options
  {
  public:
    Options(THD *thd)
     :Temporal::Options(sql_mode_for_dates(thd), default_round_mode(thd))
    { }
    Options(date_conv_mode_t flags, time_round_mode_t round_mode)
     :Temporal::Options(flags, round_mode)
    { }
    explicit Options(const Temporal::Options &opt)
     :Temporal::Options(opt)
    { }
    explicit Options(date_mode_t fuzzydate)
     :Temporal::Options(fuzzydate)
    { }
  };

public:
  // Contructors for Item
  Temporal_hybrid(THD *thd, Item *item, date_mode_t fuzzydate);
  Temporal_hybrid(THD *thd, Item *item)
   :Temporal_hybrid(thd, item, Options(thd))
  { }
  Temporal_hybrid(Item *item)
   :Temporal_hybrid(current_thd, item)
  { }

  // Constructors for non-NULL values
  Temporal_hybrid(THD *thd, Warn *warn,
                  const char *str, size_t length, CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                  date_mode_t fuzzydate)
  {
    make_from_str(thd, warn, str, length, cs, fuzzydate);
  }
  Temporal_hybrid(THD *thd, Warn *warn,
                  const Longlong_hybrid &nr, date_mode_t fuzzydate)
  {
    make_from_longlong_hybrid(thd, warn, nr, fuzzydate);
  }
  Temporal_hybrid(THD *thd, Warn *warn, double nr, date_mode_t fuzzydate)
  {
    make_from_double(thd, warn, nr, fuzzydate);
  }

  // Constructors for nullable values
  Temporal_hybrid(THD *thd, Warn *warn, const String *str, date_mode_t mode)
  {
    if (!str)
      time_type= MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE;
    else
      make_from_str(thd, warn, str->ptr(), str->length(), str->charset(), mode);
  }
  Temporal_hybrid(THD *thd, Warn *warn,
                  const Longlong_hybrid_null &nr, date_mode_t fuzzydate)
  {
    if (nr.is_null())
      time_type= MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE;
    else
      make_from_longlong_hybrid(thd, warn, nr, fuzzydate);
  }
  Temporal_hybrid(THD *thd, Warn *warn, const Double_null &nr, date_mode_t mode)
  {
    if (nr.is_null())
      time_type= MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE;
    else
      make_from_double(thd, warn, nr.value(), mode);
  }
  Temporal_hybrid(THD *thd, Warn *warn, const my_decimal *nr, date_mode_t mode)
  {
    if (!nr)
      time_type= MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE;
    else
      make_from_decimal(thd, warn, nr, mode);
  }
  // End of constuctors

  bool copy_valid_value_to_mysql_time(MYSQL_TIME *ltime) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_temporal());
    *ltime= *this;
    return false;
  }

  longlong to_longlong() const
  {
    if (!is_valid_temporal())
      return 0;
    ulonglong v= TIME_to_ulonglong(this);
    return neg ? -(longlong) v : (longlong) v;
  }
  double to_double() const
  {
    return is_valid_temporal() ? TIME_to_double(this) : 0;
  }
  my_decimal *to_decimal(my_decimal *to)
  {
    return is_valid_temporal() ? Temporal::to_decimal(to) : bad_to_decimal(to);
  }
  String *to_string(String *str, uint dec) const
  {
    if (!is_valid_temporal())
      return NULL;
    str->set_charset(&my_charset_numeric);
    if (!str->alloc(MAX_DATE_STRING_REP_LENGTH))
      str->length(my_TIME_to_str(this, const_cast<char*>(str->ptr()), dec));
    return str;
  }
  const MYSQL_TIME *get_mysql_time() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_temporal());
    return this;
  }
};


/*
  This class resembles the SQL standard <extract source>,
  used in extract expressions, e.g: EXTRACT(DAY FROM dt)
  <extract expression> ::=
    EXTRACT <left paren> <extract field> FROM <extract source> <right paren>
  <extract source> ::= <datetime value expression> | <interval value expression>
*/
class Extract_source: public Temporal_hybrid
{
  /*
    Convert a TIME value to DAY-TIME interval, e.g. for extraction:
      EXTRACT(DAY FROM x), EXTRACT(HOUR FROM x), etc.
    Moves full days from ltime->hour to ltime->day.
  */
  void time_to_daytime_interval()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME);
    DBUG_ASSERT(has_zero_YYYYMMDD());
    MYSQL_TIME::day= MYSQL_TIME::hour / 24;
    MYSQL_TIME::hour%= 24;
  }
  bool is_valid_extract_source_slow() const
  {
    return is_valid_temporal() && MYSQL_TIME::hour < 24 &&
           (has_zero_YYYYMM() || time_type != MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME);
  }
  bool is_valid_value_slow() const
  {
    return time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE || is_valid_extract_source_slow();
  }
public:
  Extract_source(THD *thd, Item *item, date_mode_t mode)
   :Temporal_hybrid(thd, item, mode)
  {
    if (MYSQL_TIME::time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME)
      time_to_daytime_interval();
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_value_slow());
  }
  inline const MYSQL_TIME *get_mysql_time() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_extract_source_slow());
    return this;
  }
  bool is_valid_extract_source() const { return is_valid_temporal(); }
  int sign() const { return get_mysql_time()->neg ? -1 : 1; }
  uint year() const { return get_mysql_time()->year; }
  uint month() const { return get_mysql_time()->month; }
  int day() const { return (int) get_mysql_time()->day * sign(); }
  int hour() const { return (int) get_mysql_time()->hour * sign(); }
  int minute() const { return (int) get_mysql_time()->minute * sign(); }
  int second() const { return (int) get_mysql_time()->second * sign(); }
  int microsecond() const { return (int) get_mysql_time()->second_part * sign(); }

  uint year_month() const { return year() * 100 + month(); }
  uint quarter() const { return (month() + 2)/3; }
  uint week(THD *thd) const;

  longlong second_microsecond() const
  {
    return (second() * 1000000LL + microsecond());
  }

  // DAY TO XXX
  longlong day_hour() const
  {
    return (longlong) day() * 100LL + hour();
  }
  longlong day_minute() const
  {
    return day_hour() * 100LL + minute();
  }
  longlong day_second() const
  {
    return day_minute() * 100LL + second();
  }
  longlong day_microsecond() const
  {
    return day_second() * 1000000LL + microsecond();
  }

  // HOUR TO XXX
  int hour_minute() const
  {
    return hour() * 100 + minute();
  }
  int hour_second() const
  {
    return hour_minute() * 100 + second();
  }
  longlong hour_microsecond() const
  {
    return hour_second() * 1000000LL + microsecond();
  }

  // MINUTE TO XXX
  int minute_second() const
  {
    return minute() * 100 + second();
  }
  longlong minute_microsecond() const
  {
    return minute_second() * 1000000LL + microsecond();
  }
};


/*
  This class is used for the "time_interval" argument of these SQL functions:
    TIMESTAMP(tm,time_interval)
    ADDTIME(tm,time_interval)
  Features:
  - DATE and DATETIME formats are treated as errors
  - Preserves hours for TIME format as is, without limiting to TIME_MAX_HOUR
*/
class Interval_DDhhmmssff: public Temporal
{
  static const LEX_CSTRING m_type_name;
  bool str_to_DDhhmmssff(MYSQL_TIME_STATUS *status,
                         const char *str, size_t length, CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                         ulong max_hour);
  void push_warning_wrong_or_truncated_value(THD *thd,
                                             const ErrConv &str,
                                             int warnings);
  bool is_valid_interval_DDhhmmssff_slow() const
  {
    return time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME &&
           has_zero_YYYYMMDD() && has_valid_mmssff();
  }
  bool is_valid_value_slow() const
  {
    return time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE ||
           is_valid_interval_DDhhmmssff_slow();
  }
public:
  // Get fractional second precision from an Item
  static decimal_digits_t fsp(THD *thd, Item *item);
  /*
    Maximum useful HOUR value:
    TIMESTAMP'0001-01-01 00:00:00' + '87649415:59:59' = '9999-12-31 23:59:59'
    This gives maximum possible interval values:
    - '87649415:59:59.999999'   (in 'hh:mm:ss.ff' format)
    - '3652058 23:59:59.999999' (in 'DD hh:mm:ss.ff' format)
  */
  static uint max_useful_hour()
  {
    return TIME_MAX_INTERVAL_HOUR;
  }
  static uint max_int_part_char_length()
  {
    // e.g. '+3652058 23:59:59'
    return 1/*sign*/ + TIME_MAX_INTERVAL_DAY_CHAR_LENGTH + 1 + 8/*hh:mm:ss*/;
  }
  static uint max_char_length(uint fsp)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fsp <= TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS);
    return max_int_part_char_length() + (fsp ? 1 : 0) + fsp;
  }

public:
  Interval_DDhhmmssff(THD *thd, Status *st, bool push_warnings,
                      Item *item, ulong max_hour,
                      time_round_mode_t mode, uint dec);
  Interval_DDhhmmssff(THD *thd, Item *item, uint dec)
  {
    Status st;
    new(this) Interval_DDhhmmssff(thd, &st, true, item, max_useful_hour(),
                                  default_round_mode(thd), dec);
  }
  Interval_DDhhmmssff(THD *thd, Item *item)
   :Interval_DDhhmmssff(thd, item, TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS)
  { }
  const MYSQL_TIME *get_mysql_time() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_interval_DDhhmmssff_slow());
    return this;
  }
  bool is_valid_interval_DDhhmmssff() const
  {
    return time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME;
  }
  bool is_valid_value() const
  {
    return time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE || is_valid_interval_DDhhmmssff();
  }
  String *to_string(String *str, uint dec) const
  {
    if (!is_valid_interval_DDhhmmssff())
      return NULL;
    str->set_charset(&my_charset_numeric);
    if (!str->alloc(MAX_DATE_STRING_REP_LENGTH))
      str->length(my_interval_DDhhmmssff_to_str(this,
                                                const_cast<char*>(str->ptr()),
                                                dec));
    return str;
  }
};

class Schema;


/**
  Class Time is designed to store valid TIME values.

  1. Valid value:
    a. MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME - a valid TIME within the supported TIME range
    b. MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE - an undefined value

  2. Invalid value (internally only):
    a. MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME outside of the supported TIME range
    a. MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_{DATE|DATETIME|ERROR}

  Temporarily Time is allowed to have an invalid value, but only internally,
  during initialization time. All constructors and modification methods must
  leave the Time value as described above (see "Valid values").

  Time derives from MYSQL_TIME privately to make sure it is accessed
  externally only in the valid state.
*/
class Time: public Temporal
{
  static uint binary_length_to_precision(uint length);
public:
  enum datetime_to_time_mode_t
  {
    DATETIME_TO_TIME_DISALLOW,
    DATETIME_TO_TIME_YYYYMMDD_000000DD_MIX_TO_HOURS,
    DATETIME_TO_TIME_YYYYMMDD_TRUNCATE,
    DATETIME_TO_TIME_YYYYMMDD_00000000_ONLY,
    DATETIME_TO_TIME_MINUS_CURRENT_DATE
  };
  class Options: public Temporal::Options
  {
    datetime_to_time_mode_t m_datetime_to_time_mode;
  public:
    Options(THD *thd)
     :Temporal::Options(default_flags_for_get_date(), default_round_mode(thd)),
      m_datetime_to_time_mode(default_datetime_to_time_mode())
    { }
    Options(date_conv_mode_t flags, THD *thd)
     :Temporal::Options(flags, default_round_mode(thd)),
      m_datetime_to_time_mode(default_datetime_to_time_mode())
    { }
    Options(date_conv_mode_t flags, THD *thd, datetime_to_time_mode_t dtmode)
     :Temporal::Options(flags, default_round_mode(thd)),
      m_datetime_to_time_mode(dtmode)
    { }
    Options(date_conv_mode_t fuzzydate, time_round_mode_t round_mode,
            datetime_to_time_mode_t datetime_to_time_mode)
     :Temporal::Options(fuzzydate, round_mode),
       m_datetime_to_time_mode(datetime_to_time_mode)
    { }

    datetime_to_time_mode_t datetime_to_time_mode() const
    { return m_datetime_to_time_mode; }

    static datetime_to_time_mode_t default_datetime_to_time_mode()
    {
      return DATETIME_TO_TIME_YYYYMMDD_000000DD_MIX_TO_HOURS;
    }
  };
  /*
    CAST(AS TIME) historically does not mix days to hours.
    This is different comparing to how implicit conversion
    in Field::store_time_dec() works (e.g. on INSERT).
  */
  class Options_for_cast: public Options
  {
  public:
    Options_for_cast(THD *thd)
     :Options(default_flags_for_get_date(), default_round_mode(thd),
              DATETIME_TO_TIME_YYYYMMDD_TRUNCATE)
    { }
    Options_for_cast(date_mode_t mode, THD *thd)
     :Options(default_flags_for_get_date() | (mode & TIME_FUZZY_DATES),
              default_round_mode(thd),
              DATETIME_TO_TIME_YYYYMMDD_TRUNCATE)
    { }
  };

  class Options_for_round: public Options
  {
  public:
    Options_for_round(time_round_mode_t round_mode= TIME_FRAC_TRUNCATE)
     :Options(Time::default_flags_for_get_date(), round_mode,
              Time::DATETIME_TO_TIME_DISALLOW)
    { }
  };
  class Options_cmp: public Options
  {
  public:
    Options_cmp(THD *thd)
     :Options(comparison_flags_for_get_date(), thd)
    { }
    Options_cmp(THD *thd, datetime_to_time_mode_t dtmode)
     :Options(comparison_flags_for_get_date(),
              default_round_mode(thd), dtmode)
    { }
  };
private:
  bool is_valid_value_slow() const
  {
    return time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE || is_valid_time_slow();
  }
  bool is_valid_time_slow() const
  {
    return time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME &&
           has_zero_YYYYMMDD() && has_valid_mmssff();
  }
  void hhmmssff_copy(const MYSQL_TIME *from)
  {
    hour= from->hour;
    minute= from->minute;
    second= from->second;
    second_part= from->second_part;
  }
  void datetime_to_time_YYYYMMDD_000000DD_mix_to_hours(int *warn,
                                                       uint from_year,
                                                       uint from_month,
                                                       uint from_day)
  {
    if (from_year != 0 || from_month != 0)
      *warn|= MYSQL_TIME_NOTE_TRUNCATED;
    else
      hour+= from_day * 24;
  }
  /*
    The result is calculated effectively similar to:
    TIMEDIFF(dt, CAST(CURRENT_DATE AS DATETIME))
    If the difference does not fit to the supported TIME range, it's truncated.
  */
  void datetime_to_time_minus_current_date(THD *thd)
  {
    MYSQL_TIME current_date, tmp;
    set_current_date(thd, &current_date);
    calc_time_diff(this, &current_date, 1, &tmp, date_mode_t(0));
    static_cast<MYSQL_TIME*>(this)[0]= tmp;
    int warnings= 0;
    (void) check_time_range(this, TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS, &warnings);
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_time());
  }
  /*
    Convert a valid DATE or DATETIME to TIME.
    Before this call, "this" must be a valid DATE or DATETIME value,
    e.g. returned from Item::get_date(), str_to_xxx(), number_to_xxx().
    After this call, "this" is a valid TIME value.
  */
  void valid_datetime_to_valid_time(THD *thd, int *warn, const Options opt)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATE ||
                time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATETIME);
    /*
      We're dealing with a DATE or DATETIME returned from
      str_to_xxx(), number_to_xxx() or unpack_time().
      Do some asserts to make sure the result hour value
      after mixing days to hours does not go out of the valid TIME range.
      The maximum hour value after mixing days will be 31*24+23=767,
      which is within the supported TIME range.
      Thus no adjust_time_range_or_invalidate() is needed here.
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(day < 32);
    DBUG_ASSERT(hour < 24);
    if (opt.datetime_to_time_mode() == DATETIME_TO_TIME_MINUS_CURRENT_DATE)
    {
      datetime_to_time_minus_current_date(thd);
    }
    else
    {
      if (opt.datetime_to_time_mode() ==
          DATETIME_TO_TIME_YYYYMMDD_000000DD_MIX_TO_HOURS)
        datetime_to_time_YYYYMMDD_000000DD_mix_to_hours(warn, year, month, day);
      year= month= day= 0;
      time_type= MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME;
    }
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_time_slow());
  }
  /**
    Convert valid DATE/DATETIME to valid TIME if needed.
    This method is called after Item::get_date(),
    str_to_xxx(), number_to_xxx().
    which can return only valid TIME/DATE/DATETIME values.
    Before this call, "this" is:
    - either a valid TIME/DATE/DATETIME value
      (within the supported range for the corresponding type),
    - or MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE
    After this call, "this" is:
    - either a valid TIME (within the supported TIME range),
    - or MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE
  */
  void valid_MYSQL_TIME_to_valid_value(THD *thd, int *warn, const Options opt)
  {
    switch (time_type) {
    case MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATE:
    case MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATETIME:
      if (opt.datetime_to_time_mode() ==
          DATETIME_TO_TIME_YYYYMMDD_00000000_ONLY &&
          (year || month || day))
        make_from_out_of_range(warn);
      else if (opt.datetime_to_time_mode() == DATETIME_TO_TIME_DISALLOW)
        make_from_out_of_range(warn);
      else
        valid_datetime_to_valid_time(thd, warn, opt);
      break;
    case MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE:
      break;
    case MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_ERROR:
      set_zero_time(this, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME);
      break;
    case MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME:
      DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_time_slow());
      break;
    }
  }

  /*
    This method is called after number_to_xxx() and str_to_xxx(),
    which can return DATE or DATETIME values. Convert to TIME if needed.
    We trust that xxx_to_time() returns a valid TIME/DATE/DATETIME value,
    so here we need to do only simple validation.
  */
  void xxx_to_time_result_to_valid_value(THD *thd, int *warn, const Options opt)
  {
    // str_to_xxx(), number_to_xxx() never return MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_ERROR
    DBUG_ASSERT(time_type != MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_ERROR);
    valid_MYSQL_TIME_to_valid_value(thd, warn, opt);
  }
  void adjust_time_range_or_invalidate(int *warn)
  {
    if (check_time_range(this, TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS, warn))
      time_type= MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE;
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_value_slow());
  }
public:
  void round_or_set_max(uint dec, int *warn, ulong nsec);
private:
  void round_or_set_max(uint dec, int *warn);

  /*
    All make_from_xxx() methods initialize *warn.
    The old value gets lost.
  */
  void make_from_datetime_move_day_to_hour(int *warn, const MYSQL_TIME *from);
  void make_from_datetime_with_days_diff(int *warn, const MYSQL_TIME *from,
                                         long curdays);
  void make_from_time(int *warn, const MYSQL_TIME *from);
  void make_from_datetime(int *warn, const MYSQL_TIME *from, long curdays);
  void make_from_item(THD *thd, int *warn, Item *item, const Options opt);
public:
  /*
    All constructors that accept an "int *warn" parameter initialize *warn.
    The old value gets lost.
  */
  Time(int *warn, bool neg, ulonglong hour, uint minute, const Sec6 &second);
  Time() { time_type= MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE; }
  Time(const Native &native);
  Time(THD *thd, const MYSQL_TIME *ltime, const Options opt)
  {
    *(static_cast<MYSQL_TIME*>(this))= *ltime;
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_temporal());
    int warn= 0;
    valid_MYSQL_TIME_to_valid_value(thd, &warn, opt);
  }
  Time(Item *item)
   :Time(current_thd, item)
  { }
  Time(THD *thd, Item *item, const Options opt)
  {
    int warn;
    make_from_item(thd, &warn, item, opt);
  }
  Time(THD *thd, Item *item)
   :Time(thd, item, Options(thd))
  { }
  Time(int *warn, const MYSQL_TIME *from, long curdays);
  Time(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME_STATUS *status,
       const char *str, size_t len, CHARSET_INFO *cs,
       const Options opt)
  {
    if (str_to_datetime_or_date_or_time(thd, status, str, len, cs, opt))
      time_type= MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE;
    // The below call will optionally add notes to already collected warnings:
    else
      xxx_to_time_result_to_valid_value(thd, &status->warnings, opt);
  }

protected:
  Time(THD *thd, int *warn, const Sec6 &nr, const Options opt)
  {
    if (nr.to_datetime_or_time(this, warn, TIME_INVALID_DATES))
      time_type= MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE;
    xxx_to_time_result_to_valid_value(thd, warn, opt);
  }
  Time(THD *thd, int *warn, const Sec9 &nr, const Options &opt)
   :Time(thd, warn, static_cast<Sec6>(nr), opt)
  {
    if (is_valid_time() && time_round_mode_t(opt) == TIME_FRAC_ROUND)
      round_or_set_max(6, warn, nr.nsec());
  }

public:
  Time(THD *thd, int *warn, const Longlong_hybrid &nr, const Options &opt)
   :Time(thd, warn, Sec6(nr), opt)
  { }
  Time(THD *thd, int *warn, double nr, const Options &opt)
   :Time(thd, warn, Sec9(nr), opt)
  { }
  Time(THD *thd, int *warn, const my_decimal *d, const Options &opt)
   :Time(thd, warn, Sec9(d), opt)
  { }

  Time(THD *thd, Item *item, const Options opt, uint dec)
   :Time(thd, item, opt)
  {
    round(dec, time_round_mode_t(opt));
  }
  Time(int *warn, const MYSQL_TIME *from, long curdays,
       const Time::Options &opt, uint dec)
   :Time(warn, from, curdays)
  {
    round(dec, time_round_mode_t(opt), warn);
  }
  Time(int *warn, bool neg, ulonglong hour, uint minute, const Sec9 &second,
       time_round_mode_t mode, uint dec)
   :Time(warn, neg, hour, minute, second)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_time());
    if ((ulonglong) mode == (ulonglong) TIME_FRAC_ROUND)
      round_or_set_max(6, warn, second.nsec());
    round(dec, mode, warn);
  }
  Time(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME_STATUS *status,
       const char *str, size_t len, CHARSET_INFO *cs,
       const Options &opt, uint dec)
   :Time(thd, status, str, len, cs, opt)
  {
    round(dec, time_round_mode_t(opt), &status->warnings);
  }
  Time(THD *thd, int *warn, const Longlong_hybrid &nr,
       const Options &opt, uint dec)
   :Time(thd, warn, nr, opt)
  {
    /*
      Decimal digit truncation is needed here in case if nr was out
      of the supported TIME range, so "this" was set to '838:59:59.999999'.
      We always do truncation (not rounding) here, independently from "opt".
    */
    trunc(dec);
  }
  Time(THD *thd, int *warn, double nr, const Options &opt, uint dec)
   :Time(thd, warn, nr, opt)
  {
    round(dec, time_round_mode_t(opt), warn);
  }
  Time(THD *thd, int *warn, const my_decimal *d, const Options &opt, uint dec)
   :Time(thd, warn, d, opt)
  {
    round(dec, time_round_mode_t(opt), warn);
  }

  static date_conv_mode_t default_flags_for_get_date()
  { return TIME_TIME_ONLY | TIME_INVALID_DATES; }
  static date_conv_mode_t comparison_flags_for_get_date()
  { return TIME_TIME_ONLY | TIME_INVALID_DATES | TIME_FUZZY_DATES; }
  bool is_valid_time() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_value_slow());
    return time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME;
  }
  const MYSQL_TIME *get_mysql_time() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_time_slow());
    return this;
  }
  bool copy_to_mysql_time(MYSQL_TIME *ltime) const
  {
    if (time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE)
    {
      ltime->time_type= MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE;
      return true;
    }
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_time_slow());
    *ltime= *this;
    return false;
  }
  int cmp(const Time *other) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_time_slow());
    DBUG_ASSERT(other->is_valid_time_slow());
    longlong p0= to_packed();
    longlong p1= other->to_packed();
    if (p0 < p1)
      return -1;
    if (p0 > p1)
      return 1;
    return 0;
  }
  longlong to_seconds_abs() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_time_slow());
    return hour * 3600L + minute * 60 + second;
  }
  longlong to_seconds() const
  {
    return neg ? -to_seconds_abs() : to_seconds_abs();
  }
  bool to_bool() const
  {
    return is_valid_time() &&
           (TIME_to_ulonglong_time(this) != 0 || second_part != 0);
  }
  longlong to_longlong() const
  {
    if (!is_valid_time())
      return 0;
    ulonglong v= TIME_to_ulonglong_time(this);
    return neg ? -(longlong) v : (longlong) v;
  }
  double to_double() const
  {
    return !is_valid_time() ? 0 :
           Temporal::to_double(neg, TIME_to_ulonglong_time(this), second_part);
  }
  bool to_native(Native *to, uint decimals) const;
  String *to_string(String *str, uint dec) const
  {
    if (!is_valid_time())
      return NULL;
    str->set_charset(&my_charset_numeric);
    if (!str->alloc(MAX_DATE_STRING_REP_LENGTH))
      str->length(my_time_to_str(this, const_cast<char*>(str->ptr()), dec));
    return str;
  }
  my_decimal *to_decimal(my_decimal *to)
  {
    return is_valid_time() ? Temporal::to_decimal(to) : bad_to_decimal(to);
  }
  longlong to_packed() const
  {
    return is_valid_time() ? Temporal::to_packed() : 0;
  }
  longlong valid_time_to_packed() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_time_slow());
    return Temporal::to_packed();
  }
  long fraction_remainder(uint dec) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_time());
    return Temporal::fraction_remainder(dec);
  }

  Time &trunc(uint dec)
  {
    if (is_valid_time())
      my_time_trunc(this, dec);
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_value_slow());
    return *this;
  }
  Time &ceiling(int *warn)
  {
    if (is_valid_time())
    {
      if (neg)
        my_time_trunc(this, 0);
      else if (second_part)
        round_or_set_max(0, warn, 999999999);
    }
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_value_slow());
    return *this;
  }
  Time &ceiling()
  {
    int warn= 0;
    return ceiling(&warn);
  }
  Time &floor(int *warn)
  {
    if (is_valid_time())
    {
      if (!neg)
        my_time_trunc(this, 0);
      else if (second_part)
        round_or_set_max(0, warn, 999999999);
    }
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_value_slow());
    return *this;
  }
  Time &floor()
  {
    int warn= 0;
    return floor(&warn);
  }
  Time &round(uint dec, int *warn)
  {
    if (is_valid_time())
      round_or_set_max(dec, warn);
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_value_slow());
    return *this;
  }
  Time &round(uint dec, time_round_mode_t mode, int *warn)
  {
    switch (mode.mode()) {
    case time_round_mode_t::FRAC_NONE:
      DBUG_ASSERT(fraction_remainder(dec) == 0);
      return trunc(dec);
    case time_round_mode_t::FRAC_TRUNCATE:
      return trunc(dec);
    case time_round_mode_t::FRAC_ROUND:
      return round(dec, warn);
    }
    return *this;
  }
  Time &round(uint dec, time_round_mode_t mode)
  {
    int warn= 0;
    return round(dec, mode, &warn);
  }

};


/**
  Class Temporal_with_date is designed to store valid DATE or DATETIME values.
  See also class Time.

  1. Valid value:
    a. MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_{DATE|DATETIME} - a valid DATE or DATETIME value
    b. MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE            - an undefined value

  2. Invalid value (internally only):
    a. MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_{DATE|DATETIME} - a DATE or DATETIME value, but with
                                         MYSQL_TIME members outside of the
                                         valid/supported range
    b. MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME            - a TIME value
    c. MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_ERROR           - error

  Temporarily is allowed to have an invalid value, but only internally,
  during initialization time. All constructors and modification methods must
  leave the value as described above (see "Valid value").

  Derives from MYSQL_TIME using "protected" inheritance to make sure
  it is accessed externally only in the valid state.
*/

class Temporal_with_date: public Temporal
{
public:
  class Options: public Temporal::Options
  {
  public:
    Options(date_conv_mode_t fuzzydate, time_round_mode_t mode):
     Temporal::Options(fuzzydate, mode)
    {}
    explicit Options(const Temporal::Options &opt)
     :Temporal::Options(opt)
    { }
    explicit Options(date_mode_t mode)
     :Temporal::Options(mode)
    { }
  };
protected:
  void check_date_or_invalidate(int *warn, date_conv_mode_t flags);
  void make_from_item(THD *thd, Item *item, date_mode_t flags);

  ulong daynr() const
  {
    return (ulong) ::calc_daynr((uint) year, (uint) month, (uint) day);
  }
  int weekday(bool sunday_first_day_of_week) const
  {
    return ::calc_weekday(daynr(), sunday_first_day_of_week);
  }
  ulong dayofyear() const
  {
    return (ulong) (daynr() - ::calc_daynr(year, 1, 1) + 1);
  }
  uint quarter() const
  {
    return (month + 2) / 3;
  }
  uint week(uint week_behaviour) const
  {
    uint year;
    return calc_week(this, week_behaviour, &year);
  }
  uint yearweek(uint week_behaviour) const
  {
    uint year;
    uint week= calc_week(this, week_behaviour, &year);
    return week + year * 100;
  }
public:
  Temporal_with_date()
  {
    time_type= MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE;
  }
  Temporal_with_date(THD *thd, Item *item, date_mode_t fuzzydate)
  {
    make_from_item(thd, item, fuzzydate);
  }
  Temporal_with_date(int *warn, const Sec6 &nr, date_mode_t flags)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(bool(flags & TIME_TIME_ONLY) == false);
    if (nr.to_datetime_or_date(this, warn, date_conv_mode_t(flags)))
      time_type= MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE;
  }
  Temporal_with_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME_STATUS *status,
                     const char *str, size_t len, CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                     date_mode_t flags)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(bool(flags & TIME_TIME_ONLY) == false);
    if (str_to_datetime_or_date(thd, status, str, len, cs, flags))
      time_type= MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE;
  }
public:
  bool check_date_with_warn(THD *thd, date_conv_mode_t flags)
  {
    return ::check_date_with_warn(thd, this, flags, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_ERROR);
  }
  bool check_date_with_warn(THD *thd)
  {
    return ::check_date_with_warn(thd, this, Temporal::sql_mode_for_dates(thd),
                                  MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_ERROR);
  }
  static date_conv_mode_t comparison_flags_for_get_date()
  { return TIME_INVALID_DATES | TIME_FUZZY_DATES; }
};


/**
  Class Date is designed to store valid DATE values.
  All constructors and modification methods leave instances
  of this class in one of the following valid states:
    a. MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATE - a DATE with all MYSQL_TIME members properly set
    b. MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE - an undefined value.
  Other MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_XXX are not possible.
  MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATE with MYSQL_TIME members improperly set is not possible.
*/
class Date: public Temporal_with_date
{
  bool is_valid_value_slow() const
  {
    return time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE || is_valid_date_slow();
  }
  bool is_valid_date_slow() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATE);
    return !check_datetime_range(this);
  }
public:
  class Options: public Temporal_with_date::Options
  {
  public:
    explicit Options(date_conv_mode_t fuzzydate)
     :Temporal_with_date::Options(fuzzydate, TIME_FRAC_TRUNCATE)
    { }
    Options(THD *thd, time_round_mode_t mode)
     :Temporal_with_date::Options(sql_mode_for_dates(thd), mode)
    { }
    explicit Options(THD *thd)
     :Temporal_with_date::Options(sql_mode_for_dates(thd), TIME_FRAC_TRUNCATE)
    { }
    explicit Options(date_mode_t fuzzydate)
     :Temporal_with_date::Options(fuzzydate)
    { }
  };
public:
  Date(Item *item, date_mode_t fuzzydate)
   :Date(current_thd, item, fuzzydate)
  { }
  Date(THD *thd, Item *item, date_mode_t fuzzydate)
   :Temporal_with_date(thd, item, fuzzydate)
  {
    if (time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATETIME)
      datetime_to_date(this);
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_value_slow());
  }
  Date(THD *thd, Item *item, date_conv_mode_t fuzzydate)
   :Date(thd, item, Options(fuzzydate))
  { }
  Date(THD *thd, Item *item)
   :Temporal_with_date(Date(thd, item, Options(thd, TIME_FRAC_TRUNCATE)))
  { }
  Date(Item *item)
   :Temporal_with_date(Date(current_thd, item))
  { }
  Date(const Temporal_with_date *d)
   :Temporal_with_date(*d)
  {
    datetime_to_date(this);
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_date_slow());
  }
  explicit Date(const Temporal_hybrid *from)
  {
    from->copy_valid_value_to_mysql_time(this);
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_date_slow());
  }
  bool is_valid_date() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_value_slow());
    return time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATE;
  }
  bool check_date(date_conv_mode_t flags, int *warnings) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_date_slow());
    return ::check_date(this, (year || month || day),
                        ulonglong(flags & TIME_MODE_FOR_XXX_TO_DATE),
                        warnings);
  }
  bool check_date(THD *thd, int *warnings) const
  {
    return check_date(Temporal::sql_mode_for_dates(thd), warnings);
  }
  bool check_date(date_conv_mode_t flags) const
  {
    int dummy; /* unused */
    return check_date(flags, &dummy);
  }
  bool check_date(THD *thd) const
  {
    int dummy;
    return check_date(Temporal::sql_mode_for_dates(thd), &dummy);
  }
  const MYSQL_TIME *get_mysql_time() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_date_slow());
    return this;
  }
  bool copy_to_mysql_time(MYSQL_TIME *ltime) const
  {
    if (time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE)
    {
      ltime->time_type= MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE;
      return true;
    }
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_date_slow());
    *ltime= *this;
    return false;
  }
  ulong daynr() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_date_slow());
    return Temporal_with_date::daynr();
  }
  ulong dayofyear() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_date_slow());
    return Temporal_with_date::dayofyear();
  }
  uint quarter() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_date_slow());
    return Temporal_with_date::quarter();
  }
  uint week(uint week_behaviour) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_date_slow());
    return Temporal_with_date::week(week_behaviour);
  }
  uint yearweek(uint week_behaviour) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_date_slow());
    return Temporal_with_date::yearweek(week_behaviour);
  }

  longlong valid_date_to_packed() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_date_slow());
    return Temporal::to_packed();
  }
  bool to_bool() const
  {
    return to_longlong() != 0;
  }
  longlong to_longlong() const
  {
    return is_valid_date() ? (longlong) TIME_to_ulonglong_date(this) : 0LL;
  }
  double to_double() const
  {
    return (double) to_longlong();
  }
  String *to_string(String *str) const
  {
    if (!is_valid_date())
      return NULL;
    str->set_charset(&my_charset_numeric);
    if (!str->alloc(MAX_DATE_STRING_REP_LENGTH))
      str->length(my_date_to_str(this, const_cast<char*>(str->ptr())));
    return str;
  }
  my_decimal *to_decimal(my_decimal *to)
  {
    return is_valid_date() ? Temporal::to_decimal(to) : bad_to_decimal(to);
  }
};


/**
  Class Datetime is designed to store valid DATETIME values.
  All constructors and modification methods leave instances
  of this class in one of the following valid states:
    a. MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATETIME - a DATETIME with all members properly set
    b. MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE     - an undefined value.
  Other MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_XXX are not possible.
  MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATETIME with MYSQL_TIME members
  improperly set is not possible.
*/
class Datetime: public Temporal_with_date
{
  bool is_valid_value_slow() const
  {
    return time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE || is_valid_datetime_slow();
  }
  bool is_valid_datetime_slow() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATETIME);
    return !check_datetime_range(this);
  }
  bool add_nanoseconds_or_invalidate(THD *thd, int *warn, ulong nsec)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_datetime_slow());
    bool rc= Temporal::datetime_add_nanoseconds_or_invalidate(thd, warn, nsec);
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_value_slow());
    return rc;
  }
  void date_to_datetime_if_needed()
  {
    if (time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATE)
      date_to_datetime(this);
  }
  void make_from_time(THD *thd, int *warn, const MYSQL_TIME *from,
                      date_conv_mode_t flags);
  void make_from_datetime(THD *thd, int *warn, const MYSQL_TIME *from,
                          date_conv_mode_t flags);
  bool round_or_invalidate(THD *thd, uint dec, int *warn);
  bool round_or_invalidate(THD *thd, uint dec, int *warn, ulong nsec)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_datetime_slow());
    bool rc= Temporal::datetime_round_or_invalidate(thd, dec, warn, nsec);
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_value_slow());
    return rc;
  }
public:

  class Options: public Temporal_with_date::Options
  {
  public:
    Options(date_conv_mode_t fuzzydate, time_round_mode_t nanosecond_rounding)
     :Temporal_with_date::Options(fuzzydate, nanosecond_rounding)
    { }
    Options(THD *thd)
     :Temporal_with_date::Options(sql_mode_for_dates(thd), default_round_mode(thd))
    { }
    Options(THD *thd, time_round_mode_t rounding_mode)
     :Temporal_with_date::Options(sql_mode_for_dates(thd), rounding_mode)
    { }
    Options(date_conv_mode_t fuzzydate, THD *thd)
     :Temporal_with_date::Options(fuzzydate, default_round_mode(thd))
    { }
  };

  class Options_cmp: public Options
  {
  public:
    Options_cmp(THD *thd)
     :Options(comparison_flags_for_get_date(), thd)
    { }
  };

  static Datetime zero()
  {
    int warn;
    static Longlong_hybrid nr(0, false);
    return Datetime(&warn, nr, date_mode_t(0));
  }
public:
  Datetime() // NULL value
   :Temporal_with_date()
  { }
  Datetime(THD *thd, Item *item, date_mode_t fuzzydate)
   :Temporal_with_date(thd, item, fuzzydate)
  {
    date_to_datetime_if_needed();
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_value_slow());
  }
  Datetime(THD *thd, Item *item)
   :Temporal_with_date(Datetime(thd, item, Options(thd)))
  { }
  Datetime(Item *item)
   :Datetime(current_thd, item)
  { }

  Datetime(THD *thd, int *warn, const MYSQL_TIME *from, date_conv_mode_t flags);
  Datetime(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME_STATUS *status,
           const char *str, size_t len, CHARSET_INFO *cs,
           const date_mode_t fuzzydate)
   :Temporal_with_date(thd, status, str, len, cs, fuzzydate)
  {
    date_to_datetime_if_needed();
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_value_slow());
  }

protected:
  Datetime(int *warn, const Sec6 &nr, date_mode_t flags)
   :Temporal_with_date(warn, nr, flags)
  {
    date_to_datetime_if_needed();
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_value_slow());
  }
  Datetime(THD *thd, int *warn, const Sec9 &nr, date_mode_t fuzzydate)
   :Datetime(warn, static_cast<const Sec6>(nr), fuzzydate)
  {
    if (is_valid_datetime() &&
        time_round_mode_t(fuzzydate) == TIME_FRAC_ROUND)
      round_or_invalidate(thd, 6, warn, nr.nsec());
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_value_slow());
  }

public:
  Datetime(int *warn, const Longlong_hybrid &nr, date_mode_t mode)
   :Datetime(warn, Sec6(nr), mode)
  { }
  Datetime(THD *thd, int *warn, double nr, date_mode_t fuzzydate)
   :Datetime(thd, warn, Sec9(nr), fuzzydate)
  { }
  Datetime(THD *thd, int *warn, const my_decimal *d, date_mode_t fuzzydate)
   :Datetime(thd, warn, Sec9(d), fuzzydate)
  { }
  Datetime(THD *thd, const timeval &tv);

  Datetime(THD *thd, Item *item, date_mode_t fuzzydate, uint dec)
   :Datetime(thd, item, fuzzydate)
  {
    int warn= 0;
    round(thd, dec, time_round_mode_t(fuzzydate), &warn);
  }
  Datetime(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME_STATUS *status,
           const char *str, size_t len, CHARSET_INFO *cs,
           date_mode_t fuzzydate, uint dec)
   :Datetime(thd, status, str, len, cs, fuzzydate)
  {
    round(thd, dec, time_round_mode_t(fuzzydate), &status->warnings);
  }
  Datetime(THD *thd, int *warn, double nr, date_mode_t fuzzydate, uint dec)
   :Datetime(thd, warn, nr, fuzzydate)
  {
    round(thd, dec, time_round_mode_t(fuzzydate), warn);
  }
  Datetime(THD *thd, int *warn, const my_decimal *d, date_mode_t fuzzydate, uint dec)
   :Datetime(thd, warn, d, fuzzydate)
  {
    round(thd, dec, time_round_mode_t(fuzzydate), warn);
  }
  Datetime(THD *thd, int *warn, const MYSQL_TIME *from,
           date_mode_t fuzzydate, uint dec)
   :Datetime(thd, warn, from, date_conv_mode_t(fuzzydate) & ~TIME_TIME_ONLY)
  {
    round(thd, dec, time_round_mode_t(fuzzydate), warn);
  }
  explicit Datetime(const Temporal_hybrid *from)
  {
    from->copy_valid_value_to_mysql_time(this);
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_datetime_slow());
  }
  explicit Datetime(const MYSQL_TIME *from)
  {
    *(static_cast<MYSQL_TIME*>(this))= *from;
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_datetime_slow());
  }
  Datetime(my_time_t unix_time, ulong second_part,
           const Time_zone* time_zone);
  Datetime(uint year_arg, uint month_arg, uint day_arg, const TimeOfDay6 &td)
  {
    neg= 0;
    year= year_arg;
    month= month_arg;
    day= day_arg;
    hour= td.hour();
    minute= td.minute();
    second= td.second();
    second_part= td.usecond();
    time_type= MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATETIME;
    if (!is_valid_datetime_slow())
      time_type= MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE;
  }

  bool is_valid_datetime() const
  {
    /*
      Here we quickly check for the type only.
      If the type is valid, the rest of value must also be valid.
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_value_slow());
    return time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATETIME;
  }
  bool check_date(date_conv_mode_t flags, int *warnings) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_datetime_slow());
    return ::check_date(this, (year || month || day),
                        ulonglong(flags & TIME_MODE_FOR_XXX_TO_DATE),
                        warnings);
  }
  bool check_date(date_conv_mode_t flags) const
  {
    int dummy; /* unused */
    return check_date(flags, &dummy);
  }
  bool check_date(THD *thd) const
  {
    return check_date(Temporal::sql_mode_for_dates(thd));
  }
  bool hhmmssff_is_zero() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_datetime_slow());
    return hour == 0 && minute == 0 && second == 0 && second_part == 0;
  }
  ulong daynr() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_datetime_slow());
    return Temporal_with_date::daynr();
  }
  int weekday(bool sunday_first_day_of_week) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_datetime_slow());
    return Temporal_with_date::weekday(sunday_first_day_of_week);
  }
  ulong dayofyear() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_datetime_slow());
    return Temporal_with_date::dayofyear();
  }
  uint quarter() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_datetime_slow());
    return Temporal_with_date::quarter();
  }
  uint week(uint week_behaviour) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_datetime_slow());
    return Temporal_with_date::week(week_behaviour);
  }
  uint yearweek(uint week_behaviour) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_datetime_slow());
    return Temporal_with_date::yearweek(week_behaviour);
  }

  longlong hhmmss_to_seconds_abs() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_datetime_slow());
    return hour * 3600L + minute * 60 + second;
  }
  longlong hhmmss_to_seconds() const
  {
    return neg ? -hhmmss_to_seconds_abs() : hhmmss_to_seconds_abs();
  }
  longlong to_seconds() const
  {
    return hhmmss_to_seconds() + (longlong) daynr() * 24L * 3600L;
  }

  const MYSQL_TIME *get_mysql_time() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_datetime_slow());
    return this;
  }
  bool copy_to_mysql_time(MYSQL_TIME *ltime) const
  {
    if (time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE)
    {
      ltime->time_type= MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE;
      return true;
    }
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_datetime_slow());
    *ltime= *this;
    return false;
  }
  /**
    Copy without data loss, with an optional DATETIME to DATE conversion.
    If the value of the "type" argument is MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATE,
    then "this" must be a datetime with a zero hhmmssff part.
  */
  bool copy_to_mysql_time(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, timestamp_type type)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATE ||
                type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATETIME);
    if (copy_to_mysql_time(ltime))
      return true;
    DBUG_ASSERT(type != MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATE || hhmmssff_is_zero());
    ltime->time_type= type;
    return false;
  }
  bool to_bool() const
  {
    return is_valid_datetime() &&
           (TIME_to_ulonglong_datetime(this) != 0 || second_part != 0);
  }
  longlong to_longlong() const
  {
    return is_valid_datetime() ?
           (longlong) TIME_to_ulonglong_datetime(this) : 0LL;
  }
  double to_double() const
  {
    return !is_valid_datetime() ? 0 :
      Temporal::to_double(neg, TIME_to_ulonglong_datetime(this), second_part);
  }
  String *to_string(String *str, uint dec) const
  {
    if (!is_valid_datetime())
      return NULL;
    str->set_charset(&my_charset_numeric);
    if (!str->alloc(MAX_DATE_STRING_REP_LENGTH))
      str->length(my_datetime_to_str(this, const_cast<char*>(str->ptr()), dec));
    return str;
  }
  my_decimal *to_decimal(my_decimal *to)
  {
    return is_valid_datetime() ? Temporal::to_decimal(to) : bad_to_decimal(to);
  }
  longlong to_packed() const
  {
    return is_valid_datetime() ? Temporal::to_packed() : 0;
  }
  longlong valid_datetime_to_packed() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_datetime_slow());
    return Temporal::to_packed();
  }
  long fraction_remainder(uint dec) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_datetime());
    return Temporal::fraction_remainder(dec);
  }

  Datetime time_of_day(const TimeOfDay6 &td) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_datetime()); // not SQL NULL
    return Datetime(year, month, day, td);
  }

  Datetime &trunc(uint dec)
  {
    if (is_valid_datetime())
      my_datetime_trunc(this, dec);
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_value_slow());
    return *this;
  }
  Datetime &ceiling(THD *thd, int *warn)
  {
    if (is_valid_datetime() && second_part)
      round_or_invalidate(thd, 0, warn, 999999999);
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_value_slow());
    return *this;
  }
  Datetime &ceiling(THD *thd)
  {
    int warn= 0;
    return ceiling(thd, &warn);
  }
  Datetime &round(THD *thd, uint dec, int *warn)
  {
    if (is_valid_datetime())
      round_or_invalidate(thd, dec, warn);
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_value_slow());
    return *this;
  }
  Datetime &round(THD *thd, uint dec, time_round_mode_t mode, int *warn)
  {
    switch (mode.mode()) {
    case time_round_mode_t::FRAC_NONE:
      DBUG_ASSERT(fraction_remainder(dec) == 0);
      return trunc(dec);
    case time_round_mode_t::FRAC_TRUNCATE:
      return trunc(dec);
    case time_round_mode_t::FRAC_ROUND:
      return round(thd, dec, warn);
    }
    return *this;
  }
  Datetime &round(THD *thd, uint dec, time_round_mode_t mode)
  {
    int warn= 0;
    return round(thd, dec, mode, &warn);
  }

};


/*
  Datetime to be created from an Item who is known to be of a temporal
  data type. For temporal data types we don't need nanosecond rounding
  or truncation, as their precision is limited.
*/
class Datetime_from_temporal: public Datetime
{
public:
  // The constructor DBUG_ASSERTs on a proper Item data type.
  Datetime_from_temporal(THD *thd, Item *temporal, date_conv_mode_t flags);
};


/*
  Datetime to be created from an Item who is known not to have digits outside
  of the specified scale. So it's not important which rounding method to use.
  TRUNCATE should work.
  Typically, Item is of a temporal data type, but this is not strictly required.
*/
class Datetime_truncation_not_needed: public Datetime
{
public:
  Datetime_truncation_not_needed(THD *thd, Item *item, date_conv_mode_t mode);
  Datetime_truncation_not_needed(THD *thd, Item *item, date_mode_t mode)
   :Datetime_truncation_not_needed(thd, item, date_conv_mode_t(mode))
  { }
};


class Timestamp: protected Timeval
{
  static uint binary_length_to_precision(uint length);
protected:
  void round_or_set_max(uint dec, int *warn);
  bool add_nanoseconds_usec(uint nanoseconds)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(nanoseconds <= 1000000000);
    if (nanoseconds < 500)
      return false;
    tv_usec+= (nanoseconds + 500) / 1000;
    if (tv_usec < 1000000)
      return false;
    tv_usec%= 1000000;
    return true;
  }
public:
  static date_conv_mode_t sql_mode_for_timestamp(THD *thd);
  static time_round_mode_t default_round_mode(THD *thd);
  class DatetimeOptions: public date_mode_t
  {
  public:
    DatetimeOptions(date_conv_mode_t fuzzydate, time_round_mode_t round_mode)
     :date_mode_t(fuzzydate | round_mode)
    { }
    DatetimeOptions(THD *thd)
     :DatetimeOptions(sql_mode_for_timestamp(thd), default_round_mode(thd))
    { }
  };
public:
  Timestamp(my_time_t timestamp, ulong sec_part)
   :Timeval(timestamp, sec_part)
  { }
  explicit Timestamp(const timeval &tv)
   :Timeval(tv)
  { }
  explicit Timestamp(const Native &native);
  Timestamp(THD *thd, const MYSQL_TIME *ltime, uint *error_code);
  const struct timeval &tv() const { return *this; }
  int cmp(const Timestamp &other) const
  {
    return tv_sec < other.tv_sec   ? -1 :
           tv_sec > other.tv_sec   ? +1 :
           tv_usec < other.tv_usec ? -1 :
           tv_usec > other.tv_usec ? +1 : 0;
  }
  bool to_TIME(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) const;
  bool to_native(Native *to, uint decimals) const;
  Datetime to_datetime(THD *thd) const
  {
    return Datetime(thd, *this);
  }
  long fraction_remainder(uint dec) const
  {
    return my_time_fraction_remainder(tv_usec, dec);
  }
  Timestamp &trunc(uint dec)
  {
    my_timeval_trunc(this, dec);
    return *this;
  }
  Timestamp &round(uint dec, int *warn)
  {
    round_or_set_max(dec, warn);
    return *this;
  }
  Timestamp &round(uint dec, time_round_mode_t mode, int *warn)
  {
    switch (mode.mode()) {
    case time_round_mode_t::FRAC_NONE:
      DBUG_ASSERT(fraction_remainder(dec) == 0);
      return trunc(dec);
    case time_round_mode_t::FRAC_TRUNCATE:
      return trunc(dec);
    case time_round_mode_t::FRAC_ROUND:
      return round(dec, warn);
    }
    return *this;
  }
  Timestamp &round(uint dec, time_round_mode_t mode)
  {
    int warn= 0;
    return round(dec, mode, &warn);
  }
};


/**
  A helper class to store MariaDB TIMESTAMP values, which can be:
  - real TIMESTAMP (seconds and microseconds since epoch), or
  - zero datetime '0000-00-00 00:00:00.000000'
*/
class Timestamp_or_zero_datetime: protected Timestamp
{
  bool m_is_zero_datetime;
public:
  static Timestamp_or_zero_datetime zero()
  {
    return Timestamp_or_zero_datetime(Timestamp(0, 0), true);
  }
public:
  Timestamp_or_zero_datetime()
   :Timestamp(0,0), m_is_zero_datetime(true)
  { }
  Timestamp_or_zero_datetime(const Native &native)
   :Timestamp(native.length() ? Timestamp(native) : Timestamp(0,0)),
    m_is_zero_datetime(native.length() == 0)
  { }
  Timestamp_or_zero_datetime(const Timestamp &tm, bool is_zero_datetime= false)
   :Timestamp(tm), m_is_zero_datetime(is_zero_datetime)
  { }
  Timestamp_or_zero_datetime(THD *thd, const MYSQL_TIME *ltime, uint *err_code);
  Datetime to_datetime(THD *thd) const
  {
    if (is_zero_datetime())
      return Datetime::zero();
    return Timestamp::to_datetime(thd);
  }
  bool to_bool() const
  {
    return !m_is_zero_datetime;
  }
  bool is_zero_datetime() const { return m_is_zero_datetime; }
  void trunc(uint decimals)
  {
    if (!is_zero_datetime())
     Timestamp::trunc(decimals);
  }
  int cmp(const Timestamp_or_zero_datetime &other) const
  {
    if (is_zero_datetime())
      return other.is_zero_datetime() ? 0 : -1;
    if (other.is_zero_datetime())
      return 1;
    return Timestamp::cmp(other);
  }
  const Timestamp &to_timestamp() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_zero_datetime());
    return *this;
  }
  bool to_TIME(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *to, date_mode_t fuzzydate) const;
  /*
    Convert to native format:
    - Real timestamps are encoded in the same way how Field_timestamp2 stores
      values (big endian seconds followed by big endian microseconds)
    - Zero datetime '0000-00-00 00:00:00.000000' is encoded as empty string.
    Two native values are binary comparable.
  */
  bool to_native(Native *to, uint decimals) const;
};


/**
  A helper class to store non-null MariaDB TIMESTAMP values in
  the native binary encoded representation.
*/
class Timestamp_or_zero_datetime_native:
          public NativeBuffer<STRING_BUFFER_TIMESTAMP_BINARY_SIZE>
{
public:
  Timestamp_or_zero_datetime_native() = default;
  Timestamp_or_zero_datetime_native(const Timestamp_or_zero_datetime &ts,
                                    uint decimals)
  {
    if (ts.to_native(this, decimals))
      length(0); // safety
  }
  int save_in_field(Field *field, uint decimals) const;
  Datetime to_datetime(THD *thd) const
  {
    return is_zero_datetime() ?
           Datetime::zero() :
           Datetime(thd, Timestamp(*this).tv());
  }
  bool is_zero_datetime() const
  {
    return length() == 0;
  }
};


/**
  A helper class to store nullable MariaDB TIMESTAMP values in
  the native binary encoded representation.
*/
class Timestamp_or_zero_datetime_native_null: public Timestamp_or_zero_datetime_native,
                                              public Null_flag
{
public:
  // With optional data type conversion
  Timestamp_or_zero_datetime_native_null(THD *thd, Item *item, bool conv);
  // Without data type conversion: item is known to be of the TIMESTAMP type
  Timestamp_or_zero_datetime_native_null(THD *thd, Item *item)
   :Timestamp_or_zero_datetime_native_null(thd, item, false)
  { }
  Datetime to_datetime(THD *thd) const
  {
    return is_null() ? Datetime() :
                       Timestamp_or_zero_datetime_native::to_datetime(thd);
  }
  void to_TIME(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *to)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_null());
    Datetime::Options opt(TIME_CONV_NONE, TIME_FRAC_NONE);
    Timestamp_or_zero_datetime(*this).to_TIME(thd, to, opt);
  }
  bool is_zero_datetime() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_null());
    return Timestamp_or_zero_datetime_native::is_zero_datetime();
  }
};


/*
  Flags for collation aggregation modes, used in TDCollation::agg():

  MY_COLL_ALLOW_SUPERSET_CONV  - allow conversion to a superset
  MY_COLL_ALLOW_COERCIBLE_CONV - allow conversion of a coercible value
                                 (i.e. constant).
  MY_COLL_ALLOW_CONV           - allow any kind of conversion
                                 (combination of the above two)
  MY_COLL_ALLOW_NUMERIC_CONV   - if all items were numbers, convert to
                                 @@character_set_connection
  MY_COLL_DISALLOW_NONE        - don't allow return DERIVATION_NONE
                                 (e.g. when aggregating for comparison)
  MY_COLL_CMP_CONV             - combination of MY_COLL_ALLOW_CONV
                                 and MY_COLL_DISALLOW_NONE
*/

#define MY_COLL_ALLOW_SUPERSET_CONV   1
#define MY_COLL_ALLOW_COERCIBLE_CONV  2
#define MY_COLL_DISALLOW_NONE         4
#define MY_COLL_ALLOW_NUMERIC_CONV    8

#define MY_COLL_ALLOW_CONV (MY_COLL_ALLOW_SUPERSET_CONV | MY_COLL_ALLOW_COERCIBLE_CONV)
#define MY_COLL_CMP_CONV   (MY_COLL_ALLOW_CONV | MY_COLL_DISALLOW_NONE)


#define MY_REPERTOIRE_NUMERIC   MY_REPERTOIRE_ASCII


static inline my_repertoire_t operator|(const my_repertoire_t a,
                                        const my_repertoire_t b)
{
  return (my_repertoire_t) ((uint) a | (uint) b);
}

static inline my_repertoire_t &operator|=(my_repertoire_t &a,
                                          const my_repertoire_t b)
{
  return a= (my_repertoire_t) ((uint) a | (uint) b);
}


enum Derivation
{
  DERIVATION_IGNORABLE= 6,
  DERIVATION_NUMERIC= 5,
  DERIVATION_COERCIBLE= 4,
  DERIVATION_SYSCONST= 3,
  DERIVATION_IMPLICIT= 2,
  DERIVATION_NONE= 1,
  DERIVATION_EXPLICIT= 0
};


/**
   "Declared Type Collation"
   A combination of collation and its derivation.
*/

class DTCollation {
public:
  CHARSET_INFO     *collation;
  enum Derivation derivation;
  my_repertoire_t repertoire;

  void set_repertoire_from_charset(CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    repertoire= cs->state & MY_CS_PUREASCII ?
                MY_REPERTOIRE_ASCII : MY_REPERTOIRE_UNICODE30;
  }
  DTCollation()
  {
    collation= &my_charset_bin;
    derivation= DERIVATION_NONE;
    repertoire= MY_REPERTOIRE_UNICODE30;
  }
  DTCollation(CHARSET_INFO *collation_arg)
  {
    /*
      This constructor version is used in combination with Field constructors,
      to pass "CHARSET_INFO" instead of the full DTCollation.
      Therefore, derivation is set to DERIVATION_IMPLICIT, which is the
      proper derivation for table fields.
      We should eventually remove all code pieces that pass "CHARSET_INFO"
      (e.g. in storage engine sources) and fix to pass the full DTCollation
      instead. Then, this constructor can be removed.
    */
    collation= collation_arg;
    derivation= DERIVATION_IMPLICIT;
    repertoire= my_charset_repertoire(collation_arg);
  }
  DTCollation(CHARSET_INFO *collation_arg, Derivation derivation_arg)
  {
    collation= collation_arg;
    derivation= derivation_arg;
    set_repertoire_from_charset(collation_arg);
  }
  DTCollation(CHARSET_INFO *collation_arg,
              Derivation derivation_arg,
              my_repertoire_t repertoire_arg)
   :collation(collation_arg),
    derivation(derivation_arg),
    repertoire(repertoire_arg)
  { }
  void set(const DTCollation &dt)
  {
    *this= dt;
  }
  void set(CHARSET_INFO *collation_arg, Derivation derivation_arg)
  {
    collation= collation_arg;
    derivation= derivation_arg;
    set_repertoire_from_charset(collation_arg);
  }
  void set(CHARSET_INFO *collation_arg,
           Derivation derivation_arg,
           my_repertoire_t repertoire_arg)
  {
    collation= collation_arg;
    derivation= derivation_arg;
    repertoire= repertoire_arg;
  }
  void set(CHARSET_INFO *collation_arg)
  {
    collation= collation_arg;
    set_repertoire_from_charset(collation_arg);
  }
  void set(Derivation derivation_arg)
  { derivation= derivation_arg; }
  bool aggregate(const DTCollation &dt, uint flags= 0);
  bool set(DTCollation &dt1, DTCollation &dt2, uint flags= 0)
  { set(dt1); return aggregate(dt2, flags); }
  bool merge_charset_and_collation(Sql_used *used,
                                   const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
                                   CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                   const Lex_extended_collation_st &cl,
                                   my_repertoire_t repertoire);
  bool merge_collation(Sql_used *used,
                       const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
                       const Lex_extended_collation_st &cl,
                       my_repertoire_t repertoire,
                       bool allow_ignorable_with_context_collation);
  const char *derivation_name() const
  {
    switch(derivation)
    {
      case DERIVATION_NUMERIC:   return "NUMERIC";
      case DERIVATION_IGNORABLE: return "IGNORABLE";
      case DERIVATION_COERCIBLE: return "COERCIBLE";
      case DERIVATION_IMPLICIT:  return "IMPLICIT";
      case DERIVATION_SYSCONST:  return "SYSCONST";
      case DERIVATION_EXPLICIT:  return "EXPLICIT";
      case DERIVATION_NONE:      return "NONE";
      default: return "UNKNOWN";
    }
  }
  int sortcmp(const Binary_string *s, const Binary_string *t) const
  {
    return collation->strnncollsp(s->ptr(), s->length(),
                                  t->ptr(), t->length());
  }
};


class DTCollation_numeric: public DTCollation
{
public:
  DTCollation_numeric()
   :DTCollation(charset_info(), DERIVATION_NUMERIC, MY_REPERTOIRE_NUMERIC)
  { }
  static const CHARSET_INFO *charset_info() { return &my_charset_numeric; }
  static const DTCollation & singleton();
};


static inline uint32
char_to_byte_length_safe(size_t char_length_arg, uint32 mbmaxlen_arg)
{
  ulonglong tmp= ((ulonglong) char_length_arg) * mbmaxlen_arg;
  return tmp > UINT_MAX32 ? (uint32) UINT_MAX32 : static_cast<uint32>(tmp);
}

class Type_numeric_attributes
{
public:
  static uint count_unsigned(Item **item, uint nitems);
  static uint32 find_max_char_length(Item **item, uint nitems);
  static uint32 find_max_octet_length(Item **item, uint nitems);
  static decimal_digits_t find_max_decimal_int_part(Item **item, uint nitems);
  static decimal_digits_t find_max_decimals(Item **item, uint nitems);
public:
  /*
    The maximum value length in characters multiplied by collation->mbmaxlen.
    Almost always it's the maximum value length in bytes.
  */
  uint32 max_length;
  decimal_digits_t decimals;
  bool unsigned_flag;
public:
  Type_numeric_attributes()
   :max_length(0), decimals(0), unsigned_flag(false)
  { }
  Type_numeric_attributes(uint32 max_length_arg, decimal_digits_t decimals_arg,
                          bool unsigned_flag_arg)
   :max_length(max_length_arg),
    decimals(decimals_arg),
    unsigned_flag(unsigned_flag_arg)
  { }
protected:
  void aggregate_numeric_attributes_real(Item **item, uint nitems);
  void aggregate_numeric_attributes_decimal(Item **item, uint nitems,
                                            bool unsigned_arg);
};



class Type_temporal_attributes: public Type_numeric_attributes
{
public:
  Type_temporal_attributes(uint32 int_part_length, decimal_digits_t dec, bool unsigned_arg)
   :Type_numeric_attributes(int_part_length + (dec ? 1 : 0),
                            MY_MIN(dec,
                                   (decimal_digits_t) TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS),
                            unsigned_arg)
  {
    max_length+= decimals;
  }
};


class Type_temporal_attributes_not_fixed_dec: public Type_numeric_attributes
{
public:
  Type_temporal_attributes_not_fixed_dec(uint32 int_part_length, decimal_digits_t dec,
                                         bool unsigned_flag)
   :Type_numeric_attributes(int_part_length, dec, unsigned_flag)
  {
    if (decimals == NOT_FIXED_DEC)
      max_length+= TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS + 1;
    else if (decimals)
    {
      set_if_smaller(decimals, TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS);
      max_length+= decimals + 1;
    }
  }
};


/**
  A class to store type attributes for the standard data types.
  Does not include attributes for the extended data types
  such as ENUM, SET, GEOMETRY.
*/
class Type_std_attributes: public Type_numeric_attributes
{
public:
  DTCollation collation;
  Type_std_attributes()
   :collation(&my_charset_bin, DERIVATION_COERCIBLE)
  { }
  Type_std_attributes(const Type_numeric_attributes &nattr,
                      const DTCollation &dtc)
   :Type_numeric_attributes(nattr), collation(dtc)
  { }
  void set(const Type_std_attributes *other)
  {
    *this= *other;
  }
  void set(const Type_std_attributes &other)
  {
    *this= other;
  }
  void set(const Type_numeric_attributes &nattr, const DTCollation &dtc)
  {
    *this= Type_std_attributes(nattr, dtc);
  }
  uint32 max_char_length() const
  { return max_length / collation.collation->mbmaxlen; }
  void fix_length_and_charset(uint32 max_char_length_arg, CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    max_length= char_to_byte_length_safe(max_char_length_arg, cs->mbmaxlen);
    collation.collation= cs;
  }
  void fix_char_length(uint32 max_char_length_arg)
  {
    max_length= char_to_byte_length_safe(max_char_length_arg,
                                         collation.collation->mbmaxlen);
  }
  void fix_attributes_temporal(uint32 int_part_length, decimal_digits_t dec)
  {
    *this= Type_std_attributes(
             Type_temporal_attributes(int_part_length, dec, false),
             DTCollation_numeric());
  }
  void fix_attributes_date()
  {
    fix_attributes_temporal(MAX_DATE_WIDTH, 0);
  }
  void fix_attributes_time(decimal_digits_t dec)
  {
    fix_attributes_temporal(MIN_TIME_WIDTH, dec);
  }
  void fix_attributes_datetime(decimal_digits_t dec)
  {
    fix_attributes_temporal(MAX_DATETIME_WIDTH, dec);
  }

  void aggregate_attributes_int(Item **items, uint nitems)
  {
    collation= DTCollation_numeric();
    fix_char_length(find_max_char_length(items, nitems));
    unsigned_flag= count_unsigned(items, nitems) > 0;
    decimals= 0;
  }
  void aggregate_attributes_real(Item **items, uint nitems)
  {
    collation= DTCollation_numeric();
    aggregate_numeric_attributes_real(items, nitems);
  }
  void aggregate_attributes_decimal(Item **items, uint nitems,
                                    bool unsigned_arg)
  {
    collation= DTCollation_numeric();
    aggregate_numeric_attributes_decimal(items, nitems,
                                         (unsigned_flag= unsigned_arg));
  }
  bool aggregate_attributes_string(const LEX_CSTRING &func_name,
                                   Item **item, uint nitems);
  void aggregate_attributes_temporal(uint int_part_length,
                                     Item **item, uint nitems)
  {
    fix_attributes_temporal(int_part_length, find_max_decimals(item, nitems));
  }

  bool agg_item_collations(DTCollation &c, const LEX_CSTRING &name,
                           Item **items, uint nitems,
                           uint flags, int item_sep);
  struct Single_coll_err
  {
    const DTCollation& coll;
    bool first;
  };
  bool agg_item_set_converter(const DTCollation &coll,
                              const LEX_CSTRING &name,
                              Item **args, uint nargs,
                              uint flags, int item_sep,
                              const Single_coll_err *single_item_err= NULL);

  /*
    Collect arguments' character sets together.
    We allow to apply automatic character set conversion in some cases.
    The conditions when conversion is possible are:
    - arguments A and B have different charsets
    - A wins according to coercibility rules
      (i.e. a column is stronger than a string constant,
       an explicit COLLATE clause is stronger than a column)
    - character set of A is either superset for character set of B,
      or B is a string constant which can be converted into the
      character set of A without data loss.

    If all of the above is true, then it's possible to convert
    B into the character set of A, and then compare according
    to the collation of A.

    For functions with more than two arguments:

      collect(A,B,C) ::= collect(collect(A,B),C)

    Since this function calls THD::change_item_tree() on the passed Item **
    pointers, it is necessary to pass the original Item **'s, not copies.
    Otherwise their values will not be properly restored (see BUG#20769).
    If the items are not consecutive (eg. args[2] and args[5]), use the
    item_sep argument, ie.

      agg_item_charsets(coll, fname, &args[2], 2, flags, 3)
  */
  bool agg_arg_charsets(DTCollation &c, const LEX_CSTRING &func_name,
                        Item **items, uint nitems,
                        uint flags, int item_sep)
  {
    if (agg_item_collations(c, func_name, items, nitems, flags, item_sep))
      return true;
    return agg_item_set_converter(c, func_name, items, nitems, flags, item_sep);
  }
  /*
    Aggregate arguments for string result, e.g: CONCAT(a,b)
    - convert to @@character_set_connection if all arguments are numbers
    - allow DERIVATION_NONE
  */
  bool agg_arg_charsets_for_string_result(DTCollation &c,
                                          const LEX_CSTRING &func_name,
                                          Item **items, uint nitems,
                                          int item_sep)
  {
    uint flags= MY_COLL_ALLOW_SUPERSET_CONV |
                MY_COLL_ALLOW_COERCIBLE_CONV |
                MY_COLL_ALLOW_NUMERIC_CONV;
    return agg_arg_charsets(c, func_name, items, nitems, flags, item_sep);
  }
  /*
    Aggregate arguments for string result, when some comparison
    is involved internally, e.g: REPLACE(a,b,c)
    - convert to @@character_set_connection if all arguments are numbers
    - disallow DERIVATION_NONE
  */
  bool agg_arg_charsets_for_string_result_with_comparison(DTCollation &c,
                                                          const LEX_CSTRING &func_name,
                                                          Item **items,
                                                          uint nitems,
                                                          int item_sep)
  {
    uint flags= MY_COLL_ALLOW_SUPERSET_CONV |
                MY_COLL_ALLOW_COERCIBLE_CONV |
                MY_COLL_ALLOW_NUMERIC_CONV |
                MY_COLL_DISALLOW_NONE;
    return agg_arg_charsets(c, func_name, items, nitems, flags, item_sep);
  }

  /*
    Aggregate arguments for comparison, e.g: a=b, a LIKE b, a RLIKE b
    - don't convert to @@character_set_connection if all arguments are numbers
    - don't allow DERIVATION_NONE
  */
  bool agg_arg_charsets_for_comparison(DTCollation &c,
                                       const LEX_CSTRING &func_name,
                                       Item **items, uint nitems,
                                       int item_sep)
  {
    uint flags= MY_COLL_ALLOW_SUPERSET_CONV |
                MY_COLL_ALLOW_COERCIBLE_CONV |
                MY_COLL_DISALLOW_NONE;
    return agg_arg_charsets(c, func_name, items, nitems, flags, item_sep);
  }

};


class Type_all_attributes: public Type_std_attributes
{
public:
  Type_all_attributes() = default;
  Type_all_attributes(const Type_all_attributes &) = default;
  virtual ~Type_all_attributes() = default;
  virtual void set_type_maybe_null(bool maybe_null_arg)= 0;
  virtual uint32 character_octet_length() const { return max_length; }
  // Returns total number of decimal digits
  virtual decimal_digits_t decimal_precision() const= 0;
  virtual const TYPELIB *get_typelib() const= 0;
  virtual void set_typelib(const TYPELIB *typelib)= 0;
};


class Type_cmp_attributes
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_cmp_attributes() = default;
  virtual CHARSET_INFO *compare_collation() const= 0;
};


class Type_cast_attributes
{
  CHARSET_INFO *m_charset;
  ulonglong m_length;
  ulonglong m_decimals;
  bool m_length_specified;
  bool m_decimals_specified;
public:
  Type_cast_attributes(const Lex_length_and_dec_st &length_and_dec,
                       CHARSET_INFO *cs)
    :m_charset(cs), m_length(0), m_decimals(0),
     m_length_specified(false), m_decimals_specified(false)
  {
    m_length= length_and_dec.length_overflowed() ? (ulonglong) UINT_MAX32 + 1 :
                                                   length_and_dec.length();
    m_decimals= length_and_dec.dec();
    m_length_specified= length_and_dec.has_explicit_length();
    m_decimals_specified= length_and_dec.has_explicit_dec();
  }
  Type_cast_attributes(CHARSET_INFO *cs)
    :m_charset(cs), m_length(0), m_decimals(0),
     m_length_specified(false), m_decimals_specified(false)
  { }
  CHARSET_INFO *charset() const { return m_charset; }
  bool length_specified() const { return m_length_specified; }
  bool decimals_specified() const { return m_decimals_specified; }
  ulonglong length() const { return m_length; }
  ulonglong decimals() const { return m_decimals; }
};


class Name: private LEX_CSTRING
{
public:
  constexpr Name(const char *str_arg, uint length_arg) :
    LEX_CSTRING({str_arg, length_arg})
  { }
  constexpr Name(const LEX_CSTRING &lcs) :
    LEX_CSTRING(lcs)
  { }
  const char *ptr() const { return LEX_CSTRING::str; }
  uint length() const { return (uint) LEX_CSTRING::length; }
  const LEX_CSTRING &lex_cstring() const { return *this; }
  bool eq(const LEX_CSTRING &other) const
  {
    return !system_charset_info->strnncoll(LEX_CSTRING::str, LEX_CSTRING::length,
                                           other.str, other.length);
  }
};


class Bit_addr
{
  /**
    Byte where the bit is stored inside a record.
    If the corresponding Field is a NOT NULL field, this member is NULL.
  */
  uchar *m_ptr;
  /**
    Offset of the bit inside m_ptr[0], in the range 0..7.
  */
  uchar m_offs;
public:
  Bit_addr()
   :m_ptr(NULL),
    m_offs(0)
  { }
  Bit_addr(uchar *ptr, uchar offs)
   :m_ptr(ptr), m_offs(offs)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(ptr || offs == 0);
    DBUG_ASSERT(offs < 8);
  }
  Bit_addr(bool maybe_null)
   :m_ptr(maybe_null ? (uchar *) "" : NULL),
    m_offs(0)
  { }
  uchar *ptr() const { return m_ptr; }
  uchar offs() const { return m_offs; }
  uchar bit() const { return static_cast<uchar>(m_ptr ? 1U << m_offs : 0); }
  void inc()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_ptr);
    m_ptr+= (m_offs == 7);
    m_offs= (m_offs + 1) & 7;
  }
};


class Record_addr
{
  uchar *m_ptr;      // Position of the field in the record
  Bit_addr m_null;   // Position and offset of the null bit
public:
  Record_addr(uchar *ptr_arg,
              uchar *null_ptr_arg,
              uchar null_bit_arg)
   :m_ptr(ptr_arg),
    m_null(null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg)
  { }
  Record_addr(uchar *ptr, const Bit_addr &null)
   :m_ptr(ptr),
    m_null(null)
  { }
  Record_addr(bool maybe_null)
   :m_ptr(NULL),
    m_null(maybe_null)
  { }
  uchar *ptr() const { return m_ptr; }
  const Bit_addr &null() const { return m_null; }
  uchar *null_ptr() const { return m_null.ptr(); }
  uchar null_bit() const { return m_null.bit(); }
};


class Information_schema_numeric_attributes
{
  enum enum_attr
  {
    ATTR_NONE= 0,
    ATTR_PRECISION= 1,
    ATTR_SCALE= 2,
    ATTR_PRECISION_AND_SCALE= (ATTR_PRECISION|ATTR_SCALE)
  };
  uint m_precision;
  decimal_digits_t m_scale;
  enum_attr m_available_attributes;
public:
  Information_schema_numeric_attributes()
   :m_precision(0), m_scale(0),
    m_available_attributes(ATTR_NONE)
  { }
  Information_schema_numeric_attributes(uint precision)
   :m_precision(precision), m_scale(0),
    m_available_attributes(ATTR_PRECISION)
  { }
  Information_schema_numeric_attributes(uint precision, decimal_digits_t scale)
   :m_precision(precision), m_scale(scale),
    m_available_attributes(ATTR_PRECISION_AND_SCALE)
  { }
  bool has_precision() const { return m_available_attributes & ATTR_PRECISION; }
  bool has_scale() const { return m_available_attributes & ATTR_SCALE; }
  uint precision() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(has_precision());
    return (uint) m_precision;
  }
  decimal_digits_t scale() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(has_scale());
    return m_scale;
  }
};


class Information_schema_character_attributes
{
  uint32 m_octet_length;
  uint32 m_char_length;
  bool m_is_set;
public:
  Information_schema_character_attributes()
   :m_octet_length(0), m_char_length(0), m_is_set(false)
  { }
  Information_schema_character_attributes(uint32 octet_length,
                                          uint32 char_length)
   :m_octet_length(octet_length), m_char_length(char_length), m_is_set(true)
  { }
  bool has_octet_length() const { return m_is_set; }
  bool has_char_length() const { return m_is_set; }
  uint32 octet_length() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(has_octet_length());
    return m_octet_length;
  }
  uint char_length() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(has_char_length());
    return m_char_length;
  }
};


enum vers_kind_t
{
  VERS_UNDEFINED= 0,
  VERS_TIMESTAMP,
  VERS_TRX_ID
};


class Vers_type_handler
{
protected:
  Vers_type_handler() = default;
public:
  virtual ~Vers_type_handler() = default;
  virtual vers_kind_t kind() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return VERS_UNDEFINED;
  }
  virtual bool check_sys_fields(const LEX_CSTRING &table_name,
                                const Column_definition *row_start,
                                const Column_definition *row_end) const= 0;
};


class Vers_type_timestamp: public Vers_type_handler
{
public:
  vers_kind_t kind() const override
  {
    return VERS_TIMESTAMP;
  }
  bool check_sys_fields(const LEX_CSTRING &table_name,
                        const Column_definition *row_start,
                        const Column_definition *row_end) const override;
};
extern Vers_type_timestamp vers_type_timestamp;


class Vers_type_trx: public Vers_type_handler
{
public:
  vers_kind_t kind() const override
  {
    return VERS_TRX_ID;
  }
  bool check_sys_fields(const LEX_CSTRING &table_name,
                        const Column_definition *row_start,
                        const Column_definition *row_end) const override;
};
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Vers_type_trx vers_type_trx;


class Type_handler
{
  Name m_name;
protected:
  String *print_item_value_csstr(THD *thd, Item *item, String *str) const;
  String *print_item_value_temporal(THD *thd, Item *item, String *str,
                                     const Name &type_name, String *buf) const;
  void make_sort_key_longlong(uchar *to,
                              bool maybe_null, bool null_value,
                              bool unsigned_flag,
                              longlong value) const;
  void store_sort_key_longlong(uchar *to, bool unsigned_flag,
                               longlong value) const;

  uint make_packed_sort_key_longlong(uchar *to, bool maybe_null,
                                     bool null_value, bool unsigned_flag,
                                     longlong value,
                                     const SORT_FIELD_ATTR *sort_field) const;

  bool Item_func_or_sum_illegal_param(const LEX_CSTRING &name) const;
  bool Item_func_or_sum_illegal_param(const Item_func_or_sum *) const;
  bool check_null(const Item *item, st_value *value) const;
  bool Item_send_str(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const;
  bool Item_send_tiny(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const;
  bool Item_send_short(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const;
  bool Item_send_long(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const;
  bool Item_send_longlong(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const;
  bool Item_send_float(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const;
  bool Item_send_double(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const;
  bool Item_send_time(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const;
  bool Item_send_date(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const;
  bool Item_send_timestamp(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const;
  bool Item_send_datetime(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2_legacy(Column_definition *c,
                                               enum_field_types type)
                                               const;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2_legacy_num(Column_definition *c,
                                                   enum_field_types type)
                                                   const;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2_legacy_real(Column_definition *c,
                                                    enum_field_types type)
                                                    const;
public:
  static const Type_handler *handler_by_name(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING &name);
  static const Type_handler *handler_by_name_or_error(THD *thd,
                                                      const LEX_CSTRING &name);
  static const Type_handler *handler_by_log_event_data_type(
                                             THD *thd,
                                             const Log_event_data_type &type);
  static const Type_handler *odbc_literal_type_handler(const LEX_CSTRING *str);
  static const Type_handler *blob_type_handler(uint max_octet_length);
  static const Type_handler *string_type_handler(uint max_octet_length);
  static const Type_handler *bit_and_int_mixture_handler(uint max_char_len);
  static const Type_handler *type_handler_long_or_longlong(uint max_char_len,
                                                           bool unsigned_flag);
  /**
    Return a string type handler for Item
    If too_big_for_varchar() returns a BLOB variant, according to length.
    If max_length > 0 create a VARCHAR(n)
    If max_length == 0 create a CHAR(0)
    @param item - the Item to get the handler to.
  */
  static const Type_handler *varstring_type_handler(const Item *item);
  static const Type_handler *blob_type_handler(const Item *item);
  static const Type_handler *get_handler_by_field_type(enum_field_types type);
  static const Type_handler *get_handler_by_real_type(enum_field_types type);
  static const Type_collection *
    type_collection_for_aggregation(const Type_handler *h1,
                                    const Type_handler *h2);
  virtual const Type_collection *type_collection() const;
  static const
  Type_handler *aggregate_for_result_traditional(const Type_handler *h1,
                                                 const Type_handler *h2);
  virtual Schema *schema() const;
  static void partition_field_type_not_allowed(const LEX_CSTRING &field_name);
  static bool partition_field_check_result_type(Item *item,
                                                Item_result expected_type);
  static const Name & version_mysql56();
  static const Name & version_mariadb53();

  void set_name(Name n) { DBUG_ASSERT(!m_name.ptr()); m_name= n; }
  const Name name() const { return m_name; }
  virtual const Name version() const;
  virtual const Name &default_value() const= 0;
  virtual uint32 flags() const { return 0; }
  virtual ulong KEY_pack_flags(uint column_nr) const { return 0; }
  bool is_unsigned() const { return flags() & UNSIGNED_FLAG; }
  virtual enum_field_types field_type() const= 0;
  virtual enum_field_types real_field_type() const { return field_type(); }
  /**
    Type code which is used for merging of traditional data types for result
    (for UNION and for hybrid functions such as COALESCE).
    Mapping can be done both ways: old->new, new->old, depending
    on the particular data type implementation:
    - type_handler_var_string (MySQL-4.1 old VARCHAR) is converted to
      new VARCHAR before merging.
      field_type_merge_rules[][] returns new VARCHAR.
    - type_handler_newdate is converted to old DATE before merging.
      field_type_merge_rules[][] returns NEWDATE.
    - Temporal type_handler_xxx2 (new MySQL-5.6 types) are converted to
      corresponding old type codes before merging (e.g. TIME2->TIME).
      field_type_merge_rules[][] returns old type codes (e.g. TIME).
      Then old types codes are supposed to convert to new type codes somehow,
      but they do not. So UNION and COALESCE create old columns.
      This is a bug and should be fixed eventually.
  */
  virtual enum_field_types traditional_merge_field_type() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_traditional_scalar_type());
    return field_type();
  }
  virtual enum_field_types type_code_for_protocol() const
  {
    return field_type();
  }
  virtual protocol_send_type_t protocol_send_type() const= 0;
  virtual bool Item_append_extended_type_info(Send_field_extended_metadata *to,
                                              const Item *item) const
  {
    return false;
  }
  virtual Item_result result_type() const= 0;
  virtual Item_result cmp_type() const= 0;
  virtual enum_dynamic_column_type
    dyncol_type(const Type_all_attributes *attr) const= 0;
  virtual enum_mysql_timestamp_type mysql_timestamp_type() const
  {
    return MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_ERROR;
  }
  /*
    Return true if the native format is fully implemented for a data type:
    - Field_xxx::val_native()
    - Item_xxx::val_native() for all classes supporting this data type
    - Type_handler_xxx::cmp_native()
  */
  virtual bool is_val_native_ready() const
  {
    return false;
  }
  /*
    If operations such as:
      UPDATE t1 SET binary_string_field=this_type_field;
    should store this_type_field->val_native() rather than
    this_type_field->val_str().
  */
  virtual bool convert_to_binary_using_val_native() const
  {
    return false;
  }
  virtual bool is_timestamp_type() const
  {
    return false;
  }
  virtual bool is_order_clause_position_type() const
  {
    return false;
  }
  virtual bool is_limit_clause_valid_type() const
  {
    return false;
  }
  /*
    Returns true if this data type supports a hack that
      WHERE notnull_column IS NULL
    finds zero values, e.g.:
      WHERE date_notnull_column IS NULL        ->
      WHERE date_notnull_column = '0000-00-00'
  */
  virtual bool cond_notnull_field_isnull_to_field_eq_zero() const
  {
    return false;
  }
  /**
    Check whether a field type can be partially indexed by a key.
    @param  type   field type
    @retval true   Type can have a prefixed key
    @retval false  Type can not have a prefixed key
  */
  virtual bool type_can_have_key_part() const
  {
    return false;
  }
  virtual bool type_can_have_auto_increment_attribute() const
  {
    return false;
  }
  virtual uint max_octet_length() const { return 0; }
  /**
    Prepared statement long data:
    Check whether this parameter data type is compatible with long data.
    Used to detect whether a long data stream has been supplied to a
    incompatible data type.
  */
  virtual bool is_param_long_data_type() const { return false; }
  /*
    The base type handler "this" is derived from.
    "This" inherits aggregation rules from the base type handler.
  */
  virtual const Type_handler *type_handler_base() const
  {
    return NULL;
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler_base_or_self() const
  {
    const Type_handler *res= type_handler_base();
    return res ? res : this;
  }
  /*
    In 10.11.8 the semantics of this method has changed to the opposite.
    It used to be called with the old data type handler as "this".
    Now it's called with the new data type hander as "this".
    To avoid problems during merges, the method name was renamed.
  */
  virtual const Type_handler *type_handler_for_implicit_upgrade() const
  {
    return this;
  }
  virtual const Type_handler *type_handler_for_comparison() const= 0;
  virtual const Type_handler *type_handler_for_native_format() const
  {
    return this;
  }
  virtual const Type_handler *type_handler_for_item_field() const
  {
    return this;
  }
  virtual const Type_handler *type_handler_for_tmp_table(const Item *) const
  {
    return this;
  }
  virtual const Type_handler *type_handler_for_union(const Item *) const
  {
    return this;
  }
  virtual const Type_handler *cast_to_int_type_handler() const
  {
    return this;
  }
  virtual const Type_handler *type_handler_unsigned() const
  {
    return this;
  }
  virtual const Type_handler *type_handler_signed() const
  {
    return this;
  }
  virtual bool partition_field_check(const LEX_CSTRING &field_name, Item *)
    const
  {
    partition_field_type_not_allowed(field_name);
    return true;
  }
  virtual bool partition_field_append_value(String *str,
                                            Item *item_expr,
                                            CHARSET_INFO *field_cs,
                                            partition_value_print_mode_t mode)
                                            const;
  virtual int
  stored_field_cmp_to_item(THD *thd, Field *field, Item *item) const= 0;
  virtual CHARSET_INFO *charset_for_protocol(const Item *item) const;
  virtual const Type_handler*
  type_handler_adjusted_to_max_octet_length(uint max_octet_length,
                                            CHARSET_INFO *cs) const
  { return this; }
  virtual bool adjust_spparam_type(Spvar_definition *def, Item *from) const
  {
    return false;
  }
  Type_handler() : m_name(0,0) {}
  virtual ~Type_handler() = default;
  /**
    Determines MariaDB traditional scalar data types that always present
    in the server.
  */
  bool is_traditional_scalar_type() const;
  virtual bool is_scalar_type() const { return true; }
  virtual bool can_return_int() const { return true; }
  virtual bool can_return_decimal() const { return true; }
  virtual bool can_return_real() const { return true; }
  virtual bool can_return_str() const { return true; }
  virtual bool can_return_text() const { return true; }
  virtual bool can_return_date() const { return true; }
  virtual bool can_return_time() const { return true; }
  virtual bool can_return_extract_source(interval_type type) const;
  virtual bool is_bool_type() const { return false; }
  virtual bool is_general_purpose_string_type() const { return false; }
  virtual Type_std_attributes Item_type_std_attributes_generic(
                                                       const Item *item) const;
  virtual decimal_digits_t Item_time_precision(THD *thd, Item *item) const;
  virtual decimal_digits_t Item_datetime_precision(THD *thd, Item *item) const;
  virtual decimal_digits_t Item_decimal_scale(const Item *item) const;
  virtual decimal_digits_t Item_decimal_precision(const Item *item) const= 0;
  /*
    Returns how many digits a divisor adds into a division result.
    See Item::divisor_precision_increment() in item.h for more comments.
  */
  virtual decimal_digits_t Item_divisor_precision_increment(const Item *) const;
  /**
    Makes a temporary table Field to handle numeric aggregate functions,
    e.g. SUM(DISTINCT expr), AVG(DISTINCT expr), etc.
  */
  virtual Field *make_num_distinct_aggregator_field(MEM_ROOT *,
                                                    const Item *) const;
  /**
    Makes a temporary table Field to handle RBR replication type conversion.
    @param TABLE    - The conversion table the field is going to be added to.
                      It's used to access to table->in_use->mem_root,
                      to create the new field on the table memory root,
                      as well as to increment statistics in table->share
                      (e.g. table->s->blob_count).
    @param metadata - Metadata from the binary log.
    @param target   - The field in the target table on the slave.

    Note, the data types of "target" and of "this" are not necessarily
    always the same, in general case it's possible that:
            this->field_type() != target->field_type()
    and/or
            this->real_type( ) != target->real_type()

    This method decodes metadata according to this->real_type()
    and creates a new field also according to this->real_type().

    In some cases it lurks into "target", to get some extra information, e.g.:
    - unsigned_flag for numeric fields
    - charset() for string fields
    - typelib and field_length for SET and ENUM
    - geom_type and srid for GEOMETRY
    This information is not available in the binary log, so
    we assume that these fields are the same on the master and on the slave.
  */
  virtual Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                             TABLE *table,
                                             uint metadata,
                                             const Field *target) const= 0;
  virtual void show_binlog_type(const Conv_source &src, const Field &dst,
                                String *str) const;
  virtual uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const= 0;
  /*
    Performs the final data type validation for a UNION element,
    after the regular "aggregation for result" was done.
  */
  virtual bool union_element_finalize(Item_type_holder* item) const
  {
    return false;
  }

  virtual Log_event_data_type user_var_log_event_data_type(uint charset_nr) const
  {
    return Log_event_data_type({NULL,0}/*data type name*/, result_type(),
                               charset_nr, is_unsigned());
  }
  virtual uint Column_definition_gis_options_image(uchar *buff,
                                                   const Column_definition &def)
                                                   const
  {
    return 0;
  }
  virtual bool Column_definition_data_type_info_image(Binary_string *to,
                                                   const Column_definition &def)
                                                   const;
  // Check if the implicit default value is Ok in the current sql_mode
  virtual bool validate_implicit_default_value(THD *thd,
                                               const Column_definition &def)
                                               const;
  /*
    Automatic upgrade, e.g. for REPAIR or ALTER TABLE t1 FORCE
    - from the data type specified in old->type_handler()
    - to the data type specified in "this"
  */
  virtual void Column_definition_implicit_upgrade_to_this(
                                                  Column_definition *old) const;
  // Validate CHECK constraint after the parser
  virtual bool Column_definition_validate_check_constraint(THD *thd,
                                                           Column_definition *c)
                                                           const;
  // Set attributes in the parser
  virtual bool Column_definition_set_attributes(THD *thd,
                                                Column_definition *def,
                                                const Lex_field_type_st &attr,
                                                column_definition_type_t type)
                                                const;
  // Fix attributes after the parser
  virtual bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const= 0;
  /*
    Fix attributes from an existing field. Used for:
    - ALTER TABLE (for columns that do not change)
    - DECLARE var TYPE OF t1.col1; (anchored SP variables)
  */
  virtual void Column_definition_reuse_fix_attributes(THD *thd,
                                                      Column_definition *c,
                                                      const Field *field) const
  { }
  virtual bool Column_definition_prepare_stage1(THD *thd,
                                                MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                                Column_definition *c,
                                                column_definition_type_t type,
                                                const Column_derived_attributes
                                                      *derived_attr)
                                                const;
  virtual bool Column_definition_bulk_alter(Column_definition *c,
                                            const Column_derived_attributes
                                                  *derived_attr,
                                            const Column_bulk_alter_attributes
                                                  *bulk_alter_attr)
                                            const
  { return false; }
  /*
    This method is called on queries like:
      CREATE TABLE t2 (a INT) AS SELECT a FROM t1;
    I.e. column "a" is queried from another table,
    but its data type is redefined.
    @param OUT def   - The column definition to be redefined
    @param IN  dup   - The column definition to take the data type from
                       (i.e. "a INT" in the above example).
    @param IN file   - Table owner handler. If it does not support certain
                       data types, some conversion can be applied.
                       I.g. true BIT to BIT-AS-CHAR.
    @param IN schema - the owner schema definition, e.g. for the default
                       character set and collation.
    @retval true     - on error
    @retval false    - on success
  */
  virtual bool Column_definition_redefine_stage1(Column_definition *def,
                                                 const Column_definition *dup,
                                                 const handler *file)
                                                 const;
  virtual bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                                handler *file,
                                                ulonglong table_flags) const= 0;
  virtual bool Key_part_spec_init_primary(Key_part_spec *part,
                                          const Column_definition &def,
                                          const handler *file) const;
  virtual bool Key_part_spec_init_unique(Key_part_spec *part,
                                         const Column_definition &def,
                                         const handler *file,
                                         bool *has_key_needed) const;
  virtual bool Key_part_spec_init_multiple(Key_part_spec *part,
                                           const Column_definition &def,
                                           const handler *file) const;
  virtual bool Key_part_spec_init_foreign(Key_part_spec *part,
                                          const Column_definition &def,
                                          const handler *file) const;
  virtual bool Key_part_spec_init_spatial(Key_part_spec *part,
                                          const Column_definition &def) const;
  virtual bool Key_part_spec_init_ft(Key_part_spec *part,
                                     const Column_definition &def) const
  {
    return true; // Error
  }
  virtual Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                  const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                  const Record_addr &addr,
                                  const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                                  TABLE_SHARE *share) const= 0;
  Field *make_and_init_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                                   TABLE *table) const;
  virtual Field *make_schema_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                   TABLE *table,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const ST_FIELD_INFO &def) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return NULL;
  }
  virtual Field *
  make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                            MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                            const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                            const Record_addr &addr,
                            const Bit_addr &bit,
                            const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                            uint32 flags) const= 0;
  virtual void
  Column_definition_attributes_frm_pack(const Column_definition_attributes *at,
                                        uchar *buff) const;
  virtual const Type_handler *type_handler_frm_unpack(const uchar *buffer) const
  {
    return this;
  }
  virtual bool
  Column_definition_attributes_frm_unpack(Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                          TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                          const uchar *buffer,
                                          LEX_CUSTRING *gis_options) const;

  /*
    Create a fixed size key part for a sort key
  */
  virtual void make_sort_key_part(uchar *to, Item *item,
                                  const SORT_FIELD_ATTR *sort_field,
                                  String *tmp) const= 0;

  /*
    create a compact size key part for a sort key
  */
  virtual uint make_packed_sort_key_part(uchar *to, Item *item,
                                         const SORT_FIELD_ATTR *sort_field,
                                         String *tmp) const=0;

  virtual void sort_length(THD *thd,
                          const Type_std_attributes *item,
                          SORT_FIELD_ATTR *attr) const= 0;
  virtual bool is_packable() const { return false; }

  virtual uint32 max_display_length(const Item *item) const= 0;
  virtual uint32 Item_decimal_notation_int_digits(const Item *item) const { return 0; }
  virtual uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const= 0;
  virtual uint calc_key_length(const Column_definition &def) const;
  virtual void Item_update_null_value(Item *item) const= 0;
  virtual bool Item_save_in_value(THD *thd, Item *item, st_value *value) const= 0;
  virtual void Item_param_setup_conversion(THD *thd, Item_param *) const {}
  virtual void Item_param_set_param_func(Item_param *param,
                                         uchar **pos, ulong len) const;
  virtual bool Item_param_set_from_value(THD *thd,
                                         Item_param *param,
                                         const Type_all_attributes *attr,
                                         const st_value *value) const= 0;
  virtual bool Item_param_val_native(THD *thd,
                                         Item_param *item,
                                         Native *to) const;
  virtual bool Item_send(Item *item, Protocol *p, st_value *buf) const= 0;
  virtual int Item_save_in_field(Item *item, Field *field,
                                 bool no_conversions) const= 0;

  /**
    Return a string representation of the Item value.

    @param thd     thread handle
    @param str     string buffer for representation of the value

    @note
      If the item has a string result type, the string is escaped
      according to its character set.

    @retval
      NULL      on error
    @retval
      non-NULL  a pointer to a valid string on success
  */
  virtual String *print_item_value(THD *thd, Item *item, String *str) const= 0;

  /**
    Check if
      WHERE expr=value AND expr=const
    can be rewritten as:
      WHERE const=value AND expr=const

    "this" is the comparison handler that is used by "target".

    @param target       - the predicate expr=value,
                          whose "expr" argument will be replaced to "const".
    @param target_expr  - the target's "expr" which will be replaced to "const".
    @param target_value - the target's second argument, it will remain unchanged.
    @param source       - the equality predicate expr=const (or expr<=>const)
                          that can be used to rewrite the "target" part
                          (under certain conditions, see the code).
    @param source_expr  - the source's "expr". It should be exactly equal to
                          the target's "expr" to make condition rewrite possible.
    @param source_const - the source's "const" argument, it will be inserted
                          into "target" instead of "expr".
  */
  virtual bool
  can_change_cond_ref_to_const(Item_bool_func2 *target,
                               Item *target_expr, Item *target_value,
                               Item_bool_func2 *source,
                               Item *source_expr, Item *source_const) const= 0;

  /*
    @brief
      Check if an IN subquery allows materialization or not
    @param
      inner              expression on the inner side of the IN subquery
      outer              expression on the outer side of the IN subquery
      is_in_predicate    SET to true if IN subquery was converted from an
                         IN predicate or we are checking if materialization
                         strategy can be used for an IN predicate
  */
  virtual bool
  subquery_type_allows_materialization(const Item *inner,
                                       const Item *outer,
                                       bool is_in_predicate) const= 0;
  /**
    Make a simple constant replacement item for a constant "src",
    so the new item can futher be used for comparison with "cmp", e.g.:
      src = cmp   ->  replacement = cmp

    "this" is the type handler that is used to compare "src" and "cmp".

    @param thd - current thread, for mem_root
    @param src - The item that we want to replace. It's a const item,
                 but it can be complex enough to calculate on every row.
    @param cmp - The src's comparand.
    @retval    - a pointer to the created replacement Item
    @retval    - NULL, if could not create a replacement (e.g. on EOM).
                 NULL is also returned for ROWs, because instead of replacing
                 a Item_row to a new Item_row, Type_handler_row just replaces
                 its elements.
  */
  virtual Item *make_const_item_for_comparison(THD *thd,
                                               Item *src,
                                               const Item *cmp) const= 0;
  /**
    When aggregating function arguments for comparison
    (e.g. for  =, <, >, <=, >=, NULLIF), in some cases we rewrite
    arguments. For example, if the predicate
        timestamp_expr0 = datetime_const_expr1
    decides to compare arguments as DATETIME,
    we can try to rewrite datetime_const_expr1 to a TIMESTAMP constant
    and perform the comparison as TIMESTAMP, which is faster because
    does not have to perform TIMESTAMP->DATETIME data type conversion per row.

    "this" is the type handler that is used to compare
    "subject" and "counterpart" (DATETIME in the above example).
    @param thd          the current thread
    @param subject      the comparison side that we want try to rewrite
    @param counterpart  the other comparison side
    @retval             subject, if the subject does not need to be rewritten
    @retval             NULL in case of error (e.g. EOM)
    @retval             Otherwise, a pointer to a new Item which can
                        be used as a replacement for the subject.
  */
  virtual Item *convert_item_for_comparison(THD *thd,
                                            Item *subject,
                                            const Item *counterpart) const
  {
    return subject;
  }

  virtual Item_cache *Item_get_cache(THD *thd, const Item *item) const= 0;
  virtual Item *make_constructor_item(THD *thd, List<Item> *args) const
  {
    return NULL;
  }
  /**
    A builder for literals with data type name prefix, e.g.:
      TIME'00:00:00', DATE'2001-01-01', TIMESTAMP'2001-01-01 00:00:00'.
    @param thd          The current thread
    @param str          Character literal
    @param length       Length of str
    @param cs           Character set of the string
    @param send_error   Whether to generate an error on failure

    @retval             A pointer to a new Item on success
                        NULL on error (wrong literal value, EOM)
  */
  virtual Item_literal *create_literal_item(THD *thd,
                                            const char *str, size_t length,
                                            CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                            bool send_error) const
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return nullptr;
  }
  Item_literal *create_literal_item(THD *thd, const String *str,
                                    bool send_error) const
  {
    return create_literal_item(thd, str->ptr(), str->length(), str->charset(),
                               send_error);
  }
  virtual Item *create_typecast_item(THD *thd, Item *item,
                                     const Type_cast_attributes &attr) const
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return nullptr;
  }
  virtual Item_copy *create_item_copy(THD *thd, Item *item) const;
  virtual int cmp_native(const Native &a, const Native &b) const
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return 0;
  }
  virtual bool set_comparator_func(THD *thd, Arg_comparator *cmp) const= 0;
  virtual bool Item_const_eq(const Item_const *a, const Item_const *b,
                             bool binary_cmp) const
  {
    return false;
  }
  virtual bool Item_eq_value(THD *thd, const Type_cmp_attributes *attr,
                             Item *a, Item *b) const= 0;
  virtual bool Item_bool_rowready_func2_fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd,
                                          Item_bool_rowready_func2 *func) const;
  virtual bool Item_hybrid_func_fix_attributes(THD *thd,
                                               const LEX_CSTRING &name,
                                               Type_handler_hybrid_field_type *,
                                               Type_all_attributes *atrr,
                                               Item **items,
                                               uint nitems) const= 0;
  virtual bool Item_func_min_max_fix_attributes(THD *thd,
                                                Item_func_min_max *func,
                                                Item **items,
                                                uint nitems) const;
  virtual bool Item_sum_hybrid_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_hybrid *) const= 0;
  virtual bool Item_sum_sum_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_sum *) const= 0;
  virtual bool Item_sum_avg_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_avg *) const= 0;
  virtual
  bool Item_sum_variance_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_variance *) const= 0;

  virtual bool Item_val_native_with_conversion(THD *thd, Item *item,
                                               Native *to) const
  {
    return true;
  }
  virtual bool Item_val_native_with_conversion_result(THD *thd, Item *item,
                                                      Native *to) const
  {
    return true;
  }

  virtual bool Item_val_bool(Item *item) const= 0;
  virtual void Item_get_date(THD *thd, Item *item,
                             Temporal::Warn *buff, MYSQL_TIME *ltime,
                             date_mode_t fuzzydate) const= 0;
  bool Item_get_date_with_warn(THD *thd, Item *item, MYSQL_TIME *ltime,
                               date_mode_t fuzzydate) const;
  virtual longlong Item_val_int_signed_typecast(Item *item) const= 0;
  virtual longlong Item_val_int_unsigned_typecast(Item *item) const= 0;

  virtual String *Item_func_hex_val_str_ascii(Item_func_hex *item,
                                              String *str) const= 0;

  virtual
  String *Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_str(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                              String *) const= 0;
  virtual
  double Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_real(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *)
                                              const= 0;
  virtual
  longlong Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_int(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *)
                                               const= 0;
  virtual
  my_decimal *Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_decimal(
                                              Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                              my_decimal *) const= 0;
  virtual
  void Item_func_hybrid_field_type_get_date(THD *,
                                            Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                            Temporal::Warn *,
                                            MYSQL_TIME *,
                                            date_mode_t fuzzydate) const= 0;
  bool Item_func_hybrid_field_type_get_date_with_warn(THD *thd,
                                                Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                                MYSQL_TIME *,
                                                date_mode_t) const;
  virtual
  String *Item_func_min_max_val_str(Item_func_min_max *, String *) const= 0;
  virtual
  double Item_func_min_max_val_real(Item_func_min_max *) const= 0;
  virtual
  longlong Item_func_min_max_val_int(Item_func_min_max *) const= 0;
  virtual
  my_decimal *Item_func_min_max_val_decimal(Item_func_min_max *,
                                            my_decimal *) const= 0;
  virtual
  bool Item_func_min_max_get_date(THD *thd, Item_func_min_max*,
                                  MYSQL_TIME *, date_mode_t fuzzydate) const= 0;
  virtual bool
  Item_func_between_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_between *func) const= 0;
  virtual longlong
  Item_func_between_val_int(Item_func_between *func) const= 0;

  virtual cmp_item *
  make_cmp_item(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *cs) const= 0;

  virtual in_vector *
  make_in_vector(THD *thd, const Item_func_in *func, uint nargs) const= 0;

  virtual bool
  Item_func_in_fix_comparator_compatible_types(THD *thd, Item_func_in *)
                                                               const= 0;

  virtual bool
  Item_func_round_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_round *round) const= 0;

  virtual bool
  Item_func_int_val_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_int_val *func) const= 0;

  virtual bool
  Item_func_abs_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_abs *func) const= 0;

  virtual bool
  Item_func_neg_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_neg *func) const= 0;

  virtual bool
  Item_func_signed_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_signed *item) const;
  virtual bool
  Item_func_unsigned_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_unsigned *item) const;
  virtual bool
  Item_double_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_double_typecast *item) const;
  virtual bool
  Item_float_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_float_typecast *item) const;
  virtual bool
  Item_decimal_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_decimal_typecast *item) const;
  virtual bool
  Item_char_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_char_typecast *item) const;
  virtual bool
  Item_time_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_time_typecast *item) const;
  virtual bool
  Item_date_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_date_typecast *item) const;
  virtual bool
  Item_datetime_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_datetime_typecast *item) const;

  virtual bool
  Item_func_plus_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_plus *func) const= 0;
  virtual bool
  Item_func_minus_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_minus *func) const= 0;
  virtual bool
  Item_func_mul_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_mul *func) const= 0;
  virtual bool
  Item_func_div_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_div *func) const= 0;
  virtual bool
  Item_func_mod_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_mod *func) const= 0;

  virtual const Vers_type_handler *vers() const { return NULL; }
};


/*
  Special handler for ROW
*/
class Type_handler_row: public Type_handler
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_row() = default;
  const Name &default_value() const override;
  bool validate_implicit_default_value(THD *, const Column_definition &)
    const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return true;
  }
  const Type_collection *type_collection() const override;
  bool is_scalar_type() const override { return false; }
  bool can_return_int() const override { return false; }
  bool can_return_decimal() const override { return false; }
  bool can_return_real() const override { return false; }
  bool can_return_str() const override { return false; }
  bool can_return_text() const override { return false; }
  bool can_return_date() const override { return false; }
  bool can_return_time() const override { return false; }
  enum_field_types field_type() const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return MYSQL_TYPE_NULL;
  };
  protocol_send_type_t protocol_send_type() const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return PROTOCOL_SEND_STRING;
  }
  Item_result result_type() const override
  {
    return ROW_RESULT;
  }
  Item_result cmp_type() const override
  {
    return ROW_RESULT;
  }
  enum_dynamic_column_type dyncol_type(const Type_all_attributes *)
                                       const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return DYN_COL_NULL;
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_comparison() const override;
  int stored_field_cmp_to_item(THD *, Field *, Item *) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return 0;
  }
  bool subquery_type_allows_materialization(const Item *, const Item *, bool)
    const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return false;
  }
  Field *make_num_distinct_aggregator_field(MEM_ROOT *, const Item *) const
    override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return nullptr;
  }
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *, TABLE *, uint, const Field *)
    const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return nullptr;
  }
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *) const override
  {
    return false;
  }
  void Column_definition_reuse_fix_attributes(THD *, Column_definition *,
                                              const Field *) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
  }
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage1(THD *thd,
                                        MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                        Column_definition *c,
                                        column_definition_type_t type,
                                        const Column_derived_attributes
                                              *derived_attr)
                                        const override;
  bool Column_definition_redefine_stage1(Column_definition *,
                                         const Column_definition *,
                                         const handler *)
                                         const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return true;
  }
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *, handler *,
                                        ulonglong) const override
  {
    return false;
  }
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *, const LEX_CSTRING *, const Record_addr &,
                          const Type_all_attributes &, TABLE_SHARE *)
    const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return nullptr;
  }
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
  void make_sort_key_part(uchar *to, Item *item,
                          const SORT_FIELD_ATTR *sort_field,
                          String *tmp) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
  }
  uint make_packed_sort_key_part(uchar *, Item *, const SORT_FIELD_ATTR *,
                                 String *) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return 0;
  }
  void sort_length(THD *, const Type_std_attributes *, SORT_FIELD_ATTR *)
    const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
  }
  uint32 max_display_length(const Item *) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return 0;
  }
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return 0;
  }
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return 0;
  }
  bool Item_eq_value(THD *thd, const Type_cmp_attributes *attr,
                     Item *a, Item *b) const override;
  decimal_digits_t Item_decimal_precision(const Item *) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return DECIMAL_MAX_PRECISION;
  }
  bool Item_save_in_value(THD *thd, Item *item, st_value *value) const
    override;
  bool Item_param_set_from_value(THD *thd,
                                 Item_param *param,
                                 const Type_all_attributes *attr,
                                 const st_value *value) const override;
  bool Item_send(Item *, Protocol *, st_value *) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return true;
  }
  void Item_update_null_value(Item *item) const override;
  int Item_save_in_field(Item *, Field *, bool) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return 1;
  }
  String *print_item_value(THD *thd, Item *item, String *str) const override;
  bool can_change_cond_ref_to_const(Item_bool_func2 *, Item *, Item *,
                                   Item_bool_func2 *, Item *, Item *)
    const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return false;
  }
  Item *make_const_item_for_comparison(THD *, Item *src, const Item *cmp) const
    override;
  Item_cache *Item_get_cache(THD *thd, const Item *item) const override;
  Item_copy *create_item_copy(THD *, Item *) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return nullptr;
  }
  bool set_comparator_func(THD *thd, Arg_comparator *cmp) const override;
  bool Item_hybrid_func_fix_attributes(THD *thd,
                                       const LEX_CSTRING &name,
                                       Type_handler_hybrid_field_type *,
                                       Type_all_attributes *atrr,
                                       Item **items, uint nitems)
                                       const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return true;
  }
  bool Item_sum_hybrid_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_hybrid *) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return true;
  }
  bool Item_sum_sum_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_sum *) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return true;
  }
  bool Item_sum_avg_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_avg *) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return true;
  }
  bool Item_sum_variance_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_variance *) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return true;
  }
  bool Item_val_bool(Item *item) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return false;
  }
  void Item_get_date(THD *, Item *, Temporal::Warn *, MYSQL_TIME *ltime,
                     date_mode_t) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    set_zero_time(ltime, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE);
  }
  longlong Item_val_int_signed_typecast(Item *) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return 0;
  }
  longlong Item_val_int_unsigned_typecast(Item *) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return 0;
  }
  String *Item_func_hex_val_str_ascii(Item_func_hex *, String *) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return nullptr;
  }
  String *Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_str(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                              String *) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return nullptr;
  }
  double Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_real(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *)
                                              const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return 0.0;
  }
  longlong Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_int(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *)
                                               const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return 0;
  }
  my_decimal *Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_decimal(
                                              Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                              my_decimal *) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return nullptr;
  }
  void Item_func_hybrid_field_type_get_date(THD *,
                                            Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                            Temporal::Warn *,
                                            MYSQL_TIME *ltime,
                                            date_mode_t) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    set_zero_time(ltime, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE);
  }

  String *Item_func_min_max_val_str(Item_func_min_max *, String *) const
    override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return nullptr;
  }
  double Item_func_min_max_val_real(Item_func_min_max *) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return 0;
  }
  longlong Item_func_min_max_val_int(Item_func_min_max *) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return 0;
  }
  my_decimal *Item_func_min_max_val_decimal(Item_func_min_max *,
                                            my_decimal *) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return nullptr;
  }
  bool Item_func_min_max_get_date(THD *, Item_func_min_max*, MYSQL_TIME *,
                                  date_mode_t) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return true;
  }
  bool Item_func_between_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_between *) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return true;
  }
  longlong Item_func_between_val_int(Item_func_between *func) const override;
  cmp_item *make_cmp_item(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *cs) const override;
  in_vector *make_in_vector(THD *thd, const Item_func_in *f, uint nargs) const
    override;
  bool Item_func_in_fix_comparator_compatible_types(THD *thd,
                                                    Item_func_in *) const
    override;
  bool Item_func_round_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_round *) const override;
  bool Item_func_int_val_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_int_val *) const
    override;
  bool Item_func_abs_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_abs *) const override;
  bool Item_func_neg_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_neg *) const override;

  bool Item_func_signed_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_signed *) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return true;
  }
  bool Item_func_unsigned_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_unsigned *) const
    override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return true;
  }
  bool Item_double_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_double_typecast *) const
    override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return true;
  }
  bool Item_float_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_float_typecast *) const
    override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return true;
  }
  bool Item_decimal_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_decimal_typecast *) const
    override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return true;
  }
  bool Item_char_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_char_typecast *) const
    override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return true;
  }
  bool Item_time_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_time_typecast *) const
    override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return true;
  }
  bool Item_date_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_date_typecast *) const
    override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return true;
  }
  bool Item_datetime_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_datetime_typecast *)
    const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return true;
  }

  bool Item_func_plus_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_plus *) const override;
  bool Item_func_minus_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_minus *) const override;
  bool Item_func_mul_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_mul *) const override;
  bool Item_func_div_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_div *) const override;
  bool Item_func_mod_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_mod *) const override;
};


/*
  A common parent class for numeric data type handlers
*/
class Type_handler_numeric: public Type_handler
{
public:
  const Name &default_value() const override;
  String *print_item_value(THD *thd, Item *item, String *str) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage1(THD *thd,
                                        MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                        Column_definition *c,
                                        column_definition_type_t type,
                                        const Column_derived_attributes
                                              *derived_attr)
                                        const override;
  double Item_func_min_max_val_real(Item_func_min_max *) const override;
  longlong Item_func_min_max_val_int(Item_func_min_max *) const override;
  my_decimal *Item_func_min_max_val_decimal(Item_func_min_max *,
                                            my_decimal *) const override;
  bool Item_func_min_max_get_date(THD *thd, Item_func_min_max*,
                                  MYSQL_TIME *, date_mode_t fuzzydate) const
    override;
  virtual ~Type_handler_numeric() = default;
  bool can_change_cond_ref_to_const(Item_bool_func2 *target,
                                   Item *target_expr, Item *target_value,
                                   Item_bool_func2 *source,
                                   Item *source_expr, Item *source_const) const
    override;
  bool Item_func_between_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_between *func) const
    override;
  bool Item_char_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_char_typecast *) const
    override;
};


/*** Abstract classes for every XXX_RESULT */

class Type_handler_real_result: public Type_handler_numeric
{
public:
  Item_result result_type() const override{ return REAL_RESULT; }
  Item_result cmp_type() const override { return REAL_RESULT; }
  enum_dynamic_column_type dyncol_type(const Type_all_attributes *attr)
                                       const override
  {
    return DYN_COL_DOUBLE;
  }
  virtual ~Type_handler_real_result() = default;
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_comparison() const override;
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *share) const override;
  void Column_definition_reuse_fix_attributes(THD *thd,
                                              Column_definition *c,
                                              const Field *field)
                                              const override;
  void
  Column_definition_attributes_frm_pack(const Column_definition_attributes *at,
                                        uchar *buff) const override;
  bool
  Column_definition_attributes_frm_unpack(Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                          TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                          const uchar *buffer,
                                          LEX_CUSTRING *gis_options)
                                          const override;
  int stored_field_cmp_to_item(THD *thd, Field *field, Item *item)
                               const override;
  bool subquery_type_allows_materialization(const Item *inner,
                                            const Item *outer,
                                            bool is_in_predicate)
                                            const override;
  void make_sort_key_part(uchar *to, Item *item,
                          const SORT_FIELD_ATTR *sort_field,
                          String *tmp) const override;
  uint make_packed_sort_key_part(uchar *to, Item *item,
                                 const SORT_FIELD_ATTR *sort_field,
                                 String *tmp) const override;
  void sort_length(THD *thd,
                   const Type_std_attributes *item,
                   SORT_FIELD_ATTR *attr) const override;
  bool Item_const_eq(const Item_const *a, const Item_const *b,
                     bool binary_cmp) const override;
  bool Item_eq_value(THD *thd, const Type_cmp_attributes *attr,
                     Item *a, Item *b) const override;
  decimal_digits_t Item_decimal_precision(const Item *item) const override;
  bool Item_save_in_value(THD *thd, Item *item, st_value *value) const override;
  bool Item_param_set_from_value(THD *thd,
                                 Item_param *param,
                                 const Type_all_attributes *attr,
                                 const st_value *value) const override;
  void Item_update_null_value(Item *item) const override;
  int Item_save_in_field(Item *item, Field *field, bool no_conversions)
                         const override;
  Item *make_const_item_for_comparison(THD *, Item *src, const Item *cmp)
                                       const override;
  bool set_comparator_func(THD *thd, Arg_comparator *cmp) const override;
  bool Item_hybrid_func_fix_attributes(THD *thd,
                                       const LEX_CSTRING &name,
                                       Type_handler_hybrid_field_type *,
                                       Type_all_attributes *atrr,
                                       Item **items, uint nitems)
                                       const override;
  bool Item_func_min_max_fix_attributes(THD *thd, Item_func_min_max *func,
                                        Item **items, uint nitems)
                                        const override;
  bool Item_sum_hybrid_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_hybrid *func) const override;
  bool Item_sum_sum_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_sum *) const override;
  bool Item_sum_avg_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_avg *) const override;
  bool Item_sum_variance_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_variance *) const override;
  bool Item_func_signed_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_signed *item)
                                           const override;
  bool Item_func_unsigned_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_unsigned *item)
                                             const override;
  bool Item_val_bool(Item *item) const override;
  void Item_get_date(THD *thd, Item *item, Temporal::Warn *warn,
                     MYSQL_TIME *ltime,  date_mode_t fuzzydate) const override;
  longlong Item_val_int_signed_typecast(Item *item) const override;
  longlong Item_val_int_unsigned_typecast(Item *item) const override;
  String *Item_func_hex_val_str_ascii(Item_func_hex *item, String *str)
                                      const override;
  double Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_real(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *)
                                              const override;
  longlong Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_int(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *)
                                               const override;
  my_decimal *Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_decimal(
                                              Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                              my_decimal *) const override;
  void Item_func_hybrid_field_type_get_date(THD *,
                                            Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                            Temporal::Warn *,
                                            MYSQL_TIME *,
                                            date_mode_t fuzzydate)
                                            const override;
  longlong Item_func_between_val_int(Item_func_between *func) const override;
  cmp_item *make_cmp_item(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *cs) const override;
  in_vector *make_in_vector(THD *, const Item_func_in *, uint nargs)
                            const override;
  bool Item_func_in_fix_comparator_compatible_types(THD *thd, Item_func_in *)
                                                    const override;

  bool Item_func_round_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_round *) const override;
  bool Item_func_int_val_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_int_val *) const override;
  bool Item_func_abs_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_abs *) const override;
  bool Item_func_neg_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_neg *) const override;
  bool Item_func_plus_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_plus *) const override;
  bool Item_func_minus_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_minus *) const override;
  bool Item_func_mul_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_mul *) const override;
  bool Item_func_div_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_div *) const override;
  bool Item_func_mod_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_mod *) const override;
};


class Type_handler_decimal_result: public Type_handler_numeric
{
public:
  protocol_send_type_t protocol_send_type() const override
  {
    return PROTOCOL_SEND_STRING;
  }
  Item_result result_type() const override { return DECIMAL_RESULT; }
  Item_result cmp_type() const override { return DECIMAL_RESULT; }
  enum_dynamic_column_type dyncol_type(const Type_all_attributes *) const
    override
  {
    return DYN_COL_DECIMAL;
  }
  virtual ~Type_handler_decimal_result() = default;
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_comparison() const override;
  int stored_field_cmp_to_item(THD *, Field *field, Item *item) const override
  {
    VDec item_val(item);
    return item_val.is_null() ? 0 : my_decimal(field).cmp(item_val.ptr());
  }
  bool subquery_type_allows_materialization(const Item *inner,
                                            const Item *outer,
                                            bool is_in_predicate)
    const override;
  Field *make_schema_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                           TABLE *table,
                           const Record_addr &addr,
                           const ST_FIELD_INFO &def) const override;
  Field *make_num_distinct_aggregator_field(MEM_ROOT *, const Item *)
    const override;
  void make_sort_key_part(uchar *to, Item *item,
                          const SORT_FIELD_ATTR *sort_field,
                          String *tmp) const override;
  uint make_packed_sort_key_part(uchar *to, Item *item,
                                 const SORT_FIELD_ATTR *sort_field,
                                 String *tmp) const override;
  void
  Column_definition_attributes_frm_pack(const Column_definition_attributes *at,
                                        uchar *buff) const override;
  bool
  Column_definition_attributes_frm_unpack(Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                          TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                          const uchar *buffer,
                                          LEX_CUSTRING *gis_options)
                                          const override;
  void sort_length(THD *thd,
                   const Type_std_attributes *item,
                   SORT_FIELD_ATTR *attr) const override;
  uint32 max_display_length(const Item *item) const override;
  uint32 Item_decimal_notation_int_digits(const Item *item) const override;
  Item *create_typecast_item(THD *thd, Item *item,
                             const Type_cast_attributes &attr) const override;
  bool Item_const_eq(const Item_const *a, const Item_const *b,
                     bool binary_cmp) const override;
  bool Item_eq_value(THD *thd, const Type_cmp_attributes *attr,
                     Item *a, Item *b) const override
  {
    VDec va(a), vb(b);
    return va.ptr() && vb.ptr() && !va.cmp(vb);
  }
  decimal_digits_t Item_decimal_precision(const Item *item) const override;
  bool Item_save_in_value(THD *thd, Item *item, st_value *value) const override;
  void Item_param_set_param_func(Item_param *param,
                                 uchar **pos, ulong len) const override;
  bool Item_param_set_from_value(THD *thd,
                                 Item_param *param,
                                 const Type_all_attributes *attr,
                                 const st_value *value) const override;
  bool Item_send(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const override
  {
    return Item_send_str(item, protocol, buf);
  }
  void Item_update_null_value(Item *item) const override;
  int Item_save_in_field(Item *item, Field *field, bool no_conversions) const
    override;
  Item *make_const_item_for_comparison(THD *, Item *src, const Item *cmp) const
    override;
  Item_cache *Item_get_cache(THD *thd, const Item *item) const override;
  bool set_comparator_func(THD *thd, Arg_comparator *cmp) const override;
  bool Item_hybrid_func_fix_attributes(THD *thd,
                                       const LEX_CSTRING &name,
                                       Type_handler_hybrid_field_type *,
                                       Type_all_attributes *atrr,
                                       Item **items, uint nitems)
    const override;
  bool Item_sum_hybrid_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_hybrid *) const override;
  bool Item_sum_sum_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_sum *) const override;
  bool Item_sum_avg_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_avg *) const override;
  bool Item_sum_variance_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_variance*) const override;
  bool Item_val_bool(Item *item) const override
  {
    return VDec(item).to_bool();
  }
  void Item_get_date(THD *thd, Item *item, Temporal::Warn *warn,
                     MYSQL_TIME *ltime,  date_mode_t fuzzydate) const override;
  longlong Item_val_int_signed_typecast(Item *item) const override;
  longlong Item_val_int_unsigned_typecast(Item *item) const override
  {
    return VDec(item).to_longlong(true);
  }
  String *Item_func_hex_val_str_ascii(Item_func_hex *item, String *str)
    const override;
  String *Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_str(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                              String *) const override;
  double Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_real(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *)
    const override;
  longlong Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_int(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *)
    const override;
  my_decimal *Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_decimal(
                                              Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                              my_decimal *) const override;
  void Item_func_hybrid_field_type_get_date(THD *,
                                            Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                            Temporal::Warn *,
                                            MYSQL_TIME *,
                                            date_mode_t fuzzydate)
    const override;
  String *Item_func_min_max_val_str(Item_func_min_max *, String *)
    const override;
  longlong Item_func_between_val_int(Item_func_between *func) const override;
  cmp_item *make_cmp_item(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *cs) const override;
  in_vector *make_in_vector(THD *, const Item_func_in *, uint nargs)
    const override;
  bool Item_func_in_fix_comparator_compatible_types(THD *thd, Item_func_in *)
    const override;
  bool Item_func_round_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_round *) const override;
  bool Item_func_int_val_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_int_val*) const override;
  bool Item_func_abs_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_abs *) const override;
  bool Item_func_neg_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_neg *) const override;
  bool Item_func_plus_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_plus *) const override;
  bool Item_func_minus_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_minus *) const override;
  bool Item_func_mul_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_mul *) const override;
  bool Item_func_div_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_div *) const override;
  bool Item_func_mod_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_mod *) const override;
};


class Type_limits_int
{
private:
  uint32 m_precision;
  uint32 m_char_length;
public:
  Type_limits_int(uint32 prec, uint32 nchars)
   :m_precision(prec), m_char_length(nchars)
  { }
  uint32 precision() const { return m_precision; }
  uint32 char_length() const { return m_char_length; }
};


/*
  UNDIGNED TINYINT:    0..255   digits=3 nchars=3
  SIGNED TINYINT  : -128..127   digits=3 nchars=4
*/
class Type_limits_uint8: public Type_limits_int
{
public:
  Type_limits_uint8()
   :Type_limits_int(MAX_TINYINT_WIDTH, MAX_TINYINT_WIDTH)
  { }
};


class Type_limits_sint8: public Type_limits_int
{
public:
  Type_limits_sint8()
   :Type_limits_int(MAX_TINYINT_WIDTH, MAX_TINYINT_WIDTH + 1)
  { }
};


/*
  UNDIGNED SMALLINT:       0..65535  digits=5 nchars=5
  SIGNED SMALLINT:    -32768..32767  digits=5 nchars=6
*/
class Type_limits_uint16: public Type_limits_int
{
public:
  Type_limits_uint16()
   :Type_limits_int(MAX_SMALLINT_WIDTH, MAX_SMALLINT_WIDTH)
  { }
};


class Type_limits_sint16: public Type_limits_int
{
public:
  Type_limits_sint16()
   :Type_limits_int(MAX_SMALLINT_WIDTH, MAX_SMALLINT_WIDTH + 1)
  { }
};


/*
  MEDIUMINT UNSIGNED         0 .. 16777215  digits=8 char_length=8
  MEDIUMINT SIGNED:   -8388608 ..  8388607  digits=7 char_length=8
*/
class Type_limits_uint24: public Type_limits_int
{
public:
  Type_limits_uint24()
   :Type_limits_int(MAX_MEDIUMINT_WIDTH, MAX_MEDIUMINT_WIDTH)
  { }
};


class Type_limits_sint24: public Type_limits_int
{
public:
  Type_limits_sint24()
   :Type_limits_int(MAX_MEDIUMINT_WIDTH - 1, MAX_MEDIUMINT_WIDTH)
  { }
};


/*
  UNSIGNED INT:           0..4294967295  digits=10 nchars=10
  SIGNED INT:   -2147483648..2147483647  digits=10 nchars=11
*/
class Type_limits_uint32: public Type_limits_int
{
public:
  Type_limits_uint32()
   :Type_limits_int(MAX_INT_WIDTH, MAX_INT_WIDTH)
  { }
};



class Type_limits_sint32: public Type_limits_int
{
public:
  Type_limits_sint32()
   :Type_limits_int(MAX_INT_WIDTH, MAX_INT_WIDTH + 1)
  { }
};


/*
  UNSIGNED BIGINT:                  0..18446744073709551615 digits=20 nchars=20
  SIGNED BIGINT:  -9223372036854775808..9223372036854775807 digits=19 nchars=20
*/
class Type_limits_uint64: public Type_limits_int
{
public:
  Type_limits_uint64(): Type_limits_int(MAX_BIGINT_WIDTH, MAX_BIGINT_WIDTH)
  { }
};


class Type_limits_sint64: public Type_limits_int
{
public:
  Type_limits_sint64()
   :Type_limits_int(MAX_BIGINT_WIDTH - 1, MAX_BIGINT_WIDTH)
  { }
};



class Type_handler_int_result: public Type_handler_numeric
{
public:
  Item_result result_type() const override { return INT_RESULT; }
  Item_result cmp_type() const override { return INT_RESULT; }
  enum_dynamic_column_type dyncol_type(const Type_all_attributes *attr) const override
  {
    return attr->unsigned_flag ? DYN_COL_UINT : DYN_COL_INT;
  }
  bool is_order_clause_position_type() const override { return true; }
  bool is_limit_clause_valid_type() const override { return true; }
  virtual ~Type_handler_int_result() = default;
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_comparison() const override;
  int stored_field_cmp_to_item(THD *thd, Field *field, Item *item) const override;
  bool subquery_type_allows_materialization(const Item *inner,
                                            const Item *outer,
                                            bool is_in_predicate)
    const override;
  Field *make_num_distinct_aggregator_field(MEM_ROOT *, const Item *) const override;
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *share) const override;
  void make_sort_key_part(uchar *to, Item *item,
                          const SORT_FIELD_ATTR *sort_field,
                          String *tmp) const override;
  uint make_packed_sort_key_part(uchar *to, Item *item,
                                 const SORT_FIELD_ATTR *sort_field,
                                 String *tmp) const override;
  void
  Column_definition_attributes_frm_pack(const Column_definition_attributes *at,
                                        uchar *buff) const override;
  void sort_length(THD *thd,
                   const Type_std_attributes *item,
                   SORT_FIELD_ATTR *attr) const override;
  bool Item_const_eq(const Item_const *a, const Item_const *b,
                     bool binary_cmp) const override;
  bool Item_eq_value(THD *thd, const Type_cmp_attributes *attr,
                     Item *a, Item *b) const override;
  Type_std_attributes Item_type_std_attributes_generic(
                                              const Item *item) const override;
  decimal_digits_t Item_decimal_precision(const Item *item) const override;
  bool Item_save_in_value(THD *thd, Item *item, st_value *value) const override;
  bool Item_param_set_from_value(THD *thd,
                                 Item_param *param,
                                 const Type_all_attributes *attr,
                                 const st_value *value) const override;
  void Item_update_null_value(Item *item) const override;
  int Item_save_in_field(Item *item, Field *field, bool no_conversions) const override;
  Item *make_const_item_for_comparison(THD *, Item *src, const Item *cmp) const override;
  Item_cache *Item_get_cache(THD *thd, const Item *item) const override;
  bool set_comparator_func(THD *thd, Arg_comparator *cmp) const override;
  bool Item_hybrid_func_fix_attributes(THD *thd,
                                       const LEX_CSTRING &name,
                                       Type_handler_hybrid_field_type *,
                                       Type_all_attributes *atrr,
                                       Item **items, uint nitems) const override;
  bool Item_sum_hybrid_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_hybrid *func) const override;
  bool Item_sum_sum_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_sum *) const override;
  bool Item_sum_avg_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_avg *) const override;
  bool Item_sum_variance_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_variance *) const override;
  bool Item_val_bool(Item *item) const override;
  void Item_get_date(THD *thd, Item *item, Temporal::Warn *warn,
                     MYSQL_TIME *ltime,  date_mode_t fuzzydate) const override;
  longlong Item_val_int_signed_typecast(Item *item) const override;
  longlong Item_val_int_unsigned_typecast(Item *item) const override;
  String *Item_func_hex_val_str_ascii(Item_func_hex *item, String *str) const override;
  String *Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_str(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                              String *) const override;
  double Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_real(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *)
                                              const override;
  longlong Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_int(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *)
                                               const override;
  my_decimal *Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_decimal(
                                              Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                              my_decimal *) const override;
  void Item_func_hybrid_field_type_get_date(THD *,
                                            Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                            Temporal::Warn *,
                                            MYSQL_TIME *,
                                            date_mode_t fuzzydate) const override;
  String *Item_func_min_max_val_str(Item_func_min_max *, String *) const override;
  longlong Item_func_between_val_int(Item_func_between *func) const override;
  cmp_item *make_cmp_item(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *cs) const override;
  in_vector *make_in_vector(THD *, const Item_func_in *, uint nargs) const override;
  bool Item_func_in_fix_comparator_compatible_types(THD *thd,
                                                    Item_func_in *) const override;
  bool Item_func_round_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_round *) const override;
  bool Item_func_int_val_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_int_val *) const override;
  bool Item_func_abs_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_abs *) const override;
  bool Item_func_neg_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_neg *) const override;
  bool Item_func_plus_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_plus *) const override;
  bool Item_func_minus_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_minus *) const override;
  bool Item_func_mul_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_mul *) const override;
  bool Item_func_div_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_div *) const override;
  bool Item_func_mod_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_mod *) const override;
  const Vers_type_handler *vers() const override { return &vers_type_trx; }
};


class Type_handler_general_purpose_int: public Type_handler_int_result
{
public:
  bool type_can_have_auto_increment_attribute() const override { return true; }
  virtual const Type_limits_int *type_limits_int() const= 0;
  uint32 max_display_length(const Item *item) const override
  {
    return type_limits_int()->char_length();
  }
  uint32 Item_decimal_notation_int_digits(const Item *item) const override;
  bool Item_hybrid_func_fix_attributes(THD *thd,
                                       const LEX_CSTRING &name,
                                       Type_handler_hybrid_field_type *,
                                       Type_all_attributes *atrr,
                                       Item **items,
                                       uint nitems) const override;
  bool partition_field_check(const LEX_CSTRING &, Item *item_expr)
    const override
  {
    return partition_field_check_result_type(item_expr, INT_RESULT);
  }
  bool partition_field_append_value(String *str,
                                    Item *item_expr,
                                    CHARSET_INFO *field_cs,
                                    partition_value_print_mode_t)
                                    const override;
  const Vers_type_handler *vers() const override { return &vers_type_trx; }
};


class Type_handler_temporal_result: public Type_handler
{
protected:
  decimal_digits_t Item_decimal_scale_with_seconds(const Item *item) const;
  decimal_digits_t Item_divisor_precision_increment_with_seconds(const Item *) const;
public:
  Item_result result_type() const override { return STRING_RESULT; }
  Item_result cmp_type() const override { return TIME_RESULT; }
  virtual ~Type_handler_temporal_result() = default;
  void
  Column_definition_attributes_frm_pack(const Column_definition_attributes *at,
                                        uchar *buff) const override;
  void make_sort_key_part(uchar *to, Item *item,
                          const SORT_FIELD_ATTR *sort_field,
                          String *tmp) const override;
  uint make_packed_sort_key_part(uchar *to, Item *item,
                                 const SORT_FIELD_ATTR *sort_field,
                                 String *tmp) const override;
  void sort_length(THD *thd,
                   const Type_std_attributes *item,
                   SORT_FIELD_ATTR *attr) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage1(THD *thd,
                                        MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                        Column_definition *c,
                                        column_definition_type_t type,
                                        const Column_derived_attributes
                                              *derived_attr)
                                        const override;
  bool Item_const_eq(const Item_const *a, const Item_const *b,
                     bool binary_cmp) const override;
  bool Item_param_set_from_value(THD *thd,
                                 Item_param *param,
                                 const Type_all_attributes *attr,
                                 const st_value *value) const override;
  uint32 max_display_length(const Item *item) const override;
  uint32 Item_decimal_notation_int_digits(const Item *item) const override;
  bool can_change_cond_ref_to_const(Item_bool_func2 *target,
                                   Item *target_expr, Item *target_value,
                                   Item_bool_func2 *source,
                                   Item *source_expr, Item *source_const)
    const override;
  bool subquery_type_allows_materialization(const Item *inner,
                                            const Item *outer,
                                            bool is_in_predicate)
    const override;
  bool Item_func_min_max_fix_attributes(THD *thd, Item_func_min_max *func,
                                        Item **items, uint nitems)
    const override;
  bool Item_sum_hybrid_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_hybrid *) const override;
  bool Item_sum_sum_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_sum *) const override;
  bool Item_sum_avg_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_avg *) const override;
  bool Item_sum_variance_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_variance *)const override;
  bool Item_val_bool(Item *item) const override;
  void Item_get_date(THD *thd, Item *item, Temporal::Warn *warn,
                     MYSQL_TIME *ltime,  date_mode_t fuzzydate) const override;
  longlong Item_val_int_signed_typecast(Item *item) const override;
  longlong Item_val_int_unsigned_typecast(Item *item) const override;
  String *Item_func_hex_val_str_ascii(Item_func_hex *, String *)const override;
  String *Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_str(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                              String *) const override;
  double Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_real(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *)
                                              const override;
  longlong Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_int(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *)
                                               const override;
  my_decimal *Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_decimal(
                                              Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                              my_decimal *) const override;
  void Item_func_hybrid_field_type_get_date(THD *,
                                            Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                            Temporal::Warn *,
                                            MYSQL_TIME *,
                                            date_mode_t) const override;
  bool Item_func_min_max_get_date(THD *thd, Item_func_min_max*,
                                  MYSQL_TIME *, date_mode_t) const override;
  bool Item_func_between_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_between *)const override;
  bool Item_func_in_fix_comparator_compatible_types(THD *, Item_func_in *)
    const override;
  bool Item_func_abs_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_abs *) const override;
  bool Item_func_neg_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_neg *) const override;
  bool Item_func_plus_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_plus *) const override;
  bool Item_func_minus_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_minus *) const override;
  bool Item_func_mul_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_mul *) const override;
  bool Item_func_div_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_div *) const override;
  bool Item_func_mod_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_mod *) const override;
  const Vers_type_handler *vers() const override;
};


class Type_handler_string_result: public Type_handler
{
  decimal_digits_t Item_temporal_precision(THD *thd, Item *item, bool is_time) const;
public:
  const Name &default_value() const override;
  protocol_send_type_t protocol_send_type() const override
  {
    return PROTOCOL_SEND_STRING;
  }
  Item_result result_type() const override { return STRING_RESULT; }
  Item_result cmp_type() const override { return STRING_RESULT; }
  enum_dynamic_column_type dyncol_type(const Type_all_attributes *) const
    override
  {
    return DYN_COL_STRING;
  }
  CHARSET_INFO *charset_for_protocol(const Item *item) const override;
  virtual ~Type_handler_string_result() = default;
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_comparison() const override;
  int stored_field_cmp_to_item(THD *thd, Field *field, Item *item) const
    override;
  const Type_handler *
  type_handler_adjusted_to_max_octet_length(uint max_octet_length,
                                            CHARSET_INFO *cs) const override;
  void make_sort_key_part(uchar *to, Item *item,
                          const SORT_FIELD_ATTR *sort_field,
                          String *tmp) const override;
  uint make_packed_sort_key_part(uchar *to, Item *item,
                                 const SORT_FIELD_ATTR *sort_field,
                                 String *tmp) const override;
  void sort_length(THD *thd,
                   const Type_std_attributes *item,
                   SORT_FIELD_ATTR *attr) const override;
  bool is_packable() const override { return true; }
  bool union_element_finalize(Item_type_holder* item) const override;
  uint calc_key_length(const Column_definition &def) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage1(THD *thd,
                                        MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                        Column_definition *c,
                                        column_definition_type_t type,
                                        const Column_derived_attributes
                                              *derived_attr)
                                        const override;
  bool Column_definition_redefine_stage1(Column_definition *def,
                                         const Column_definition *dup,
                                         const handler *file)
                                         const override;
  void
  Column_definition_attributes_frm_pack(const Column_definition_attributes *at,
                                        uchar *buff) const override;
  uint32 max_display_length(const Item *item) const override;
  /*
    The next method returns 309 for long stringified doubles in scientific
    notation, e.g. FORMAT('1e308', 2).
  */
  uint32 Item_decimal_notation_int_digits(const Item *item) const override
  { return 309; }
  bool Item_const_eq(const Item_const *a, const Item_const *b,
                     bool binary_cmp) const override;
  bool Item_eq_value(THD *thd, const Type_cmp_attributes *attr,
                     Item *a, Item *b) const override;
  decimal_digits_t Item_time_precision(THD *thd, Item *item) const override
  {
    return Item_temporal_precision(thd, item, true);
  }
  decimal_digits_t Item_datetime_precision(THD *thd, Item *item) const override
  {
    return Item_temporal_precision(thd, item, false);
  }
  decimal_digits_t Item_decimal_precision(const Item *item) const override;
  void Item_update_null_value(Item *item) const override;
  bool Item_save_in_value(THD *thd, Item *item, st_value *value) const override;
  void Item_param_setup_conversion(THD *thd, Item_param *) const override;
  void Item_param_set_param_func(Item_param *param,
                                 uchar **pos, ulong len) const override;
  bool Item_param_set_from_value(THD *thd,
                                 Item_param *param,
                                 const Type_all_attributes *attr,
                                 const st_value *value) const override;
  bool Item_send(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const override
  {
    return Item_send_str(item, protocol, buf);
  }
  int Item_save_in_field(Item *item, Field *field, bool no_conversions) const
    override;
  String *print_item_value(THD *thd, Item *item, String *str) const override
  {
    return print_item_value_csstr(thd, item, str);
  }
  bool can_change_cond_ref_to_const(Item_bool_func2 *target,
                                   Item *target_expr, Item *target_value,
                                   Item_bool_func2 *source,
                                   Item *source_expr, Item *source_const) const
    override;
  bool subquery_type_allows_materialization(const Item *inner,
                                            const Item *outer,
                                            bool is_in_predicate)
    const override;
  Item *make_const_item_for_comparison(THD *, Item *src, const Item *cmp) const
    override;
  Item_cache *Item_get_cache(THD *thd, const Item *item) const override;
  bool set_comparator_func(THD *thd, Arg_comparator *cmp) const override;
  bool Item_hybrid_func_fix_attributes(THD *thd,
                                       const LEX_CSTRING &name,
                                       Type_handler_hybrid_field_type *,
                                       Type_all_attributes *atrr,
                                       Item **items, uint nitems) const
    override;
  bool Item_sum_hybrid_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_hybrid *func) const override;
  bool Item_sum_sum_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_sum *) const override;
  bool Item_sum_avg_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_avg *) const override;
  bool Item_sum_variance_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_variance *) const override;
  bool Item_func_signed_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_signed *item) const
    override;
  bool Item_func_unsigned_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_unsigned *item) const
    override;
  bool Item_val_bool(Item *item) const override;
  void Item_get_date(THD *thd, Item *item, Temporal::Warn *warn,
                     MYSQL_TIME *ltime,  date_mode_t fuzzydate) const override;
  longlong Item_val_int_signed_typecast(Item *item) const override;
  longlong Item_val_int_unsigned_typecast(Item *item) const override;
  String *Item_func_hex_val_str_ascii(Item_func_hex *item, String *str) const
    override;
  String *Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_str(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                              String *) const override;
  double Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_real(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *)
    const override;
  longlong Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_int(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *)
    const override;
  my_decimal *Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_decimal(
                                              Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                              my_decimal *) const override;
  void Item_func_hybrid_field_type_get_date(THD *,
                                            Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                            Temporal::Warn *,
                                            MYSQL_TIME *,
                                            date_mode_t fuzzydate)
    const override;
  String *Item_func_min_max_val_str(Item_func_min_max *, String *) const
    override;
  double Item_func_min_max_val_real(Item_func_min_max *) const override;
  longlong Item_func_min_max_val_int(Item_func_min_max *) const override;
  my_decimal *Item_func_min_max_val_decimal(Item_func_min_max *,
                                            my_decimal *) const override;
  bool Item_func_min_max_get_date(THD *thd, Item_func_min_max*,
                                  MYSQL_TIME *, date_mode_t fuzzydate) const
    override;
  bool Item_func_between_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_between *func) const
    override;
  longlong Item_func_between_val_int(Item_func_between *func) const override;
  bool Item_char_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_char_typecast *) const
    override;
  cmp_item *make_cmp_item(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *cs) const override;
  in_vector *make_in_vector(THD *, const Item_func_in *, uint nargs) const
    override;
  bool Item_func_in_fix_comparator_compatible_types(THD *thd, Item_func_in *)
    const override;
  bool Item_func_round_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_round *) const override;
  bool Item_func_int_val_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_int_val *) const override;
  bool Item_func_abs_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_abs *) const override;
  bool Item_func_neg_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_neg *) const override;
  bool Item_func_plus_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_plus *) const override;
  bool Item_func_minus_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_minus *) const override;
  bool Item_func_mul_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_mul *) const override;
  bool Item_func_div_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_div *) const override;
  bool Item_func_mod_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_mod *) const override;
  const Vers_type_handler *vers() const override;
};


class Type_handler_general_purpose_string: public Type_handler_string_result
{
public:
  bool is_general_purpose_string_type() const override { return true; }
  bool Column_definition_bulk_alter(Column_definition *c,
                                    const Column_derived_attributes
                                          *derived_attr,
                                    const Column_bulk_alter_attributes
                                          *bulk_alter_attr)
                                    const override;
};


/***
  Instantiable classes for every MYSQL_TYPE_XXX

  There are no Type_handler_xxx for the following types:
  - MYSQL_TYPE_VAR_STRING (old VARCHAR) - mapped to MYSQL_TYPE_VARSTRING
  - MYSQL_TYPE_ENUM                     - mapped to MYSQL_TYPE_VARSTRING
  - MYSQL_TYPE_SET:                     - mapped to MYSQL_TYPE_VARSTRING

  because the functionality that currently uses Type_handler
  (e.g. hybrid type functions) does not need to distinguish between
  these types and VARCHAR.
  For example:
    CREATE TABLE t2 AS SELECT COALESCE(enum_column) FROM t1;
  creates a VARCHAR column.

  There most likely be Type_handler_enum and Type_handler_set later,
  when the Type_handler infrastructure gets used in more pieces of the code.
*/


class Type_handler_tiny: public Type_handler_general_purpose_int
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_tiny() = default;
  enum_field_types field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_TINY; }
  const Type_handler *type_handler_unsigned() const override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler_signed() const override;
  protocol_send_type_t protocol_send_type() const override
  {
    return PROTOCOL_SEND_TINY;
  }
  const Type_limits_int *type_limits_int() const override;
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override { return 1; }
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override
  { return 4; }
  bool Item_send(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const override
  {
    return Item_send_tiny(item, protocol, buf);
  }
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override
  { return Column_definition_prepare_stage2_legacy_num(c, MYSQL_TYPE_TINY); }
  Field *make_schema_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                           TABLE *table,
                           const Record_addr &addr,
                           const ST_FIELD_INFO &def) const override;
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
  void Item_param_set_param_func(Item_param *param,
                                 uchar **pos, ulong len) const override;
};


class Type_handler_utiny: public Type_handler_tiny
{
public:
  uint flags() const override { return UNSIGNED_FLAG; }
  const Type_limits_int *type_limits_int() const override;
};


class Type_handler_short: public Type_handler_general_purpose_int
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_short() = default;
  enum_field_types field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_SHORT; }
  const Type_handler *type_handler_unsigned() const override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler_signed() const override;
  protocol_send_type_t protocol_send_type() const override
  {
    return PROTOCOL_SEND_SHORT;
  }
  bool Item_send(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const override
  {
    return Item_send_short(item, protocol, buf);
  }
  const Type_limits_int *type_limits_int() const override;
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override
  { return 6; }
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const  override{ return 2; }
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override
  { return Column_definition_prepare_stage2_legacy_num(c, MYSQL_TYPE_SHORT); }
  Field *make_schema_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                           TABLE *table,
                           const Record_addr &addr,
                           const ST_FIELD_INFO &def) const override;
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
  void Item_param_set_param_func(Item_param *param,
                                 uchar **pos, ulong len) const override;
};


class Type_handler_ushort: public Type_handler_short
{
public:
  uint flags() const override { return UNSIGNED_FLAG; }
  const Type_limits_int *type_limits_int() const override;
};


class Type_handler_long: public Type_handler_general_purpose_int
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_long() = default;
  enum_field_types field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_LONG; }
  const Type_handler *type_handler_unsigned() const override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler_signed() const override;
  protocol_send_type_t protocol_send_type() const override
  {
    return PROTOCOL_SEND_LONG;
  }
  const Type_limits_int *type_limits_int() const override;
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override
  { return 11; }
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override { return 4; }
  bool Item_send(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const override
  {
    return Item_send_long(item, protocol, buf);
  }
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override
  { return Column_definition_prepare_stage2_legacy_num(c, MYSQL_TYPE_LONG); }
  Field *make_schema_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                           TABLE *table,
                           const Record_addr &addr,
                           const ST_FIELD_INFO &def) const override;
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
  void Item_param_set_param_func(Item_param *param,
                                 uchar **pos, ulong len) const override;
};


/*
  The expression of this type reports itself as signed,
  however it's known not to return negative values.
  Items of this data type count only digits in Item::max_length,
  without adding +1 for the sign. This allows expressions
  of this type convert nicely to VARCHAR and DECIMAL.
  For example, YEAR(now()) is:
  - VARCHAR(4) in a string context
  - DECIMAL(4,0) in a decimal context
  - but INT(5) in an integer context
*/
class Type_handler_long_ge0: public Type_handler_long
{
public:
  decimal_digits_t Item_decimal_precision(const Item *item) const override;
  bool Item_func_signed_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_signed *item)
                                           const override;
  bool Item_func_unsigned_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_unsigned *item)
                                             const override;
  bool Item_func_abs_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_abs *) const override;
  bool Item_func_round_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_round *) const override;
  bool Item_sum_hybrid_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_hybrid *func) const override;
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
};


class Type_handler_ulong: public Type_handler_long
{
public:
  uint flags() const override { return UNSIGNED_FLAG; }
  const Type_limits_int *type_limits_int() const override;
};


class Type_handler_bool: public Type_handler_long
{
public:
  bool is_bool_type() const override { return true; }
  const Type_handler *type_handler_unsigned() const override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler_signed() const override;
  void Item_update_null_value(Item *item) const override;
  bool Item_sum_hybrid_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_hybrid *) const override;
  Item_cache *Item_get_cache(THD *thd, const Item *item) const override;
  int Item_save_in_field(Item *item, Field *field, bool no_conversions)
                         const override;
};


class Type_handler_longlong: public Type_handler_general_purpose_int
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_longlong() = default;
  enum_field_types field_type() const  override{ return MYSQL_TYPE_LONGLONG; }
  const Type_handler *type_handler_unsigned() const override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler_signed() const override;
  protocol_send_type_t protocol_send_type() const override
  {
    return PROTOCOL_SEND_LONGLONG;
  }
  const Type_limits_int *type_limits_int() const override;
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override
  { return 20; }
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override { return 8; }
  Item *create_typecast_item(THD *thd, Item *item,
                             const Type_cast_attributes &attr) const override;
  bool Item_send(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const override
  {
    return Item_send_longlong(item, protocol, buf);
  }
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override
  {
    return Column_definition_prepare_stage2_legacy_num(c, MYSQL_TYPE_LONGLONG);
  }
  Field *make_schema_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                           TABLE *table,
                           const Record_addr &addr,
                           const ST_FIELD_INFO &def) const override;
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
  void Item_param_set_param_func(Item_param *param,
                                 uchar **pos, ulong len) const override;
};


class Type_handler_ulonglong: public Type_handler_longlong
{
public:
  uint flags() const override { return UNSIGNED_FLAG; }
  const Type_limits_int *type_limits_int() const override;
};


class Type_handler_vers_trx_id: public Type_handler_ulonglong
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_vers_trx_id() = default;
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *share) const override;
};


class Type_handler_int24: public Type_handler_general_purpose_int
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_int24() = default;
  enum_field_types field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_INT24; }
  const Type_handler *type_handler_unsigned() const override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler_signed() const override;
  protocol_send_type_t protocol_send_type() const override
  {
    return PROTOCOL_SEND_LONG;
  }
  bool Item_send(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const override
  {
    return Item_send_long(item, protocol, buf);
  }
  const Type_limits_int *type_limits_int() const override;
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override
  { return 9; }
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override { return 3; }
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override
  { return Column_definition_prepare_stage2_legacy_num(c, MYSQL_TYPE_INT24); }
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
};


class Type_handler_uint24: public Type_handler_int24
{
public:
  uint flags() const override { return UNSIGNED_FLAG; }
  const Type_limits_int *type_limits_int() const override;
};


class Type_handler_year: public Type_handler_int_result
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_year() = default;
  enum_field_types field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_YEAR; }
  uint flags() const override { return UNSIGNED_FLAG; }
  protocol_send_type_t protocol_send_type() const override
  {
    return PROTOCOL_SEND_SHORT;
  }
  uint32 max_display_length(const Item *item) const override;
  uint32 Item_decimal_notation_int_digits(const Item *item) const override
  { return 4; };
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override
  { return 4; }
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override { return 1; }
  bool Item_send(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const override
  {
    return Item_send_short(item, protocol, buf);
  }
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const override;
  void Column_definition_reuse_fix_attributes(THD *thd,
                                              Column_definition *c,
                                              const Field *field)
                                              const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override
  { return Column_definition_prepare_stage2_legacy_num(c, MYSQL_TYPE_YEAR); }
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
  Item_cache *Item_get_cache(THD *thd, const Item *item) const override;
  bool Item_func_round_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_round *) const override;
  bool Item_func_int_val_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_int_val *)const override;
  void Item_get_date(THD *thd, Item *item, Temporal::Warn *warn,
                     MYSQL_TIME *ltime,  date_mode_t fuzzydate) const override;
  void Item_func_hybrid_field_type_get_date(THD *,
                                            Item_func_hybrid_field_type *item,
                                            Temporal::Warn *,
                                            MYSQL_TIME *to,
                                            date_mode_t fuzzydate)
                                            const override;
  const Vers_type_handler *vers() const override { return NULL; }
};


class Type_handler_bit: public Type_handler_int_result
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_bit() = default;
  enum_field_types field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_BIT; }
  uint flags() const override { return UNSIGNED_FLAG; }
  protocol_send_type_t protocol_send_type() const override
  {
    return PROTOCOL_SEND_STRING;
  }
  uint32 max_display_length(const Item *item) const override;
  uint32 Item_decimal_notation_int_digits(const Item *item) const override;
  static uint32 Bit_decimal_notation_int_digits_by_nbits(uint nbits);
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override;
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override { return length / 8; }
  uint calc_key_length(const Column_definition &def) const override;
  void
  Column_definition_attributes_frm_pack(const Column_definition_attributes *at,
                                        uchar *buff) const override;
  bool Item_send(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const override
  {
    return Item_send_str(item, protocol, buf);
  }
  String *print_item_value(THD *thd, Item *item, String *str) const override
  {
    return print_item_value_csstr(thd, item, str);
  }
  void show_binlog_type(const Conv_source &src, const Field &, String *str)
    const override;
  bool Item_func_round_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_round *) const override;
  bool Item_func_int_val_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_int_val*) const override;
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage1(THD *thd,
                                        MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                        Column_definition *c,
                                        column_definition_type_t type,
                                        const Column_derived_attributes
                                              *derived_attr)
                                        const override;
  bool Column_definition_redefine_stage1(Column_definition *def,
                                         const Column_definition *dup,
                                         const handler *file)
                                         const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override;
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *share) const override;
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
};


class Type_handler_float: public Type_handler_real_result
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_float() = default;
  enum_field_types field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_FLOAT; }
  protocol_send_type_t protocol_send_type() const override
  {
    return PROTOCOL_SEND_FLOAT;
  }
  bool type_can_have_auto_increment_attribute() const override { return true; }
  uint32 max_display_length(const Item *item) const override { return 25; }
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override
  { return 12; }
  uint32 Item_decimal_notation_int_digits(const Item *item) const override
  { return 39; }
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override { return sizeof(float); }
  Item *create_typecast_item(THD *thd, Item *item,
                             const Type_cast_attributes &attr) const override;
  bool Item_send(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const override
  {
    return Item_send_float(item, protocol, buf);
  }
  Field *make_num_distinct_aggregator_field(MEM_ROOT *, const Item *)
                                            const override;
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override
  { return Column_definition_prepare_stage2_legacy_real(c, MYSQL_TYPE_FLOAT); }
  Field *make_schema_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                           TABLE *table,
                           const Record_addr &addr,
                           const ST_FIELD_INFO &def) const override;
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
  void Item_param_set_param_func(Item_param *param,
                                 uchar **pos, ulong len) const override;

  Item_cache *Item_get_cache(THD *thd, const Item *item) const override;
  String *Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_str(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                              String *) const override;
  String *Item_func_min_max_val_str(Item_func_min_max *, String *)
                                    const override;
};


class Type_handler_double: public Type_handler_real_result
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_double() = default;
  enum_field_types field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_DOUBLE; }
  protocol_send_type_t protocol_send_type() const override
  {
    return PROTOCOL_SEND_DOUBLE;
  }
  bool type_can_have_auto_increment_attribute() const override { return true; }
  uint32 max_display_length(const Item *item) const override { return 53; }
  uint32 Item_decimal_notation_int_digits(const Item *item) const override
  { return 309; }
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override
  { return 22; }
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override
  {
    return sizeof(double);
  }
  Item *create_typecast_item(THD *thd, Item *item,
                             const Type_cast_attributes &attr) const override;
  bool Item_send(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const override
  {
    return Item_send_double(item, protocol, buf);
  }
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override
  { return Column_definition_prepare_stage2_legacy_real(c, MYSQL_TYPE_DOUBLE); }
  Field *make_schema_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                           TABLE *table,
                           const Record_addr &addr,
                           const ST_FIELD_INFO &def) const override;
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
  void Item_param_set_param_func(Item_param *param,
                                 uchar **pos, ulong len) const override;

  Item_cache *Item_get_cache(THD *thd, const Item *item) const override;
  String *Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_str(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                              String *) const override;
  String *Item_func_min_max_val_str(Item_func_min_max *, String *)
                                    const override;
};


class Type_handler_time_common: public Type_handler_temporal_result
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_time_common() = default;
  const Name &default_value() const override;
  enum_field_types field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_TIME; }
  enum_dynamic_column_type dyncol_type(const Type_all_attributes *attr)
                                       const override
  {
    return DYN_COL_TIME;
  }
  protocol_send_type_t protocol_send_type() const override
  {
    return PROTOCOL_SEND_TIME;
  }
  enum_mysql_timestamp_type mysql_timestamp_type() const override
  {
    return MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME;
  }
  bool is_val_native_ready() const override { return true; }
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_native_format() const override;
  int cmp_native(const Native &a, const Native &b) const override;
  bool Item_val_native_with_conversion(THD *thd, Item *, Native *to)
                                       const override;
  bool Item_val_native_with_conversion_result(THD *thd, Item *, Native *to)
                                              const override;
  bool Item_param_val_native(THD *thd, Item_param *item, Native *to)
                             const override;
  bool partition_field_check(const LEX_CSTRING &, Item *item_expr)
    const override
  {
    return partition_field_check_result_type(item_expr, STRING_RESULT);
  }
  Field *make_schema_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                           TABLE *table,
                           const Record_addr &addr,
                           const ST_FIELD_INFO &def) const override;
  Item_literal *create_literal_item(THD *thd, const char *str, size_t length,
                                    CHARSET_INFO *cs, bool send_error)
                                    const override;
  Item *create_typecast_item(THD *thd, Item *item,
                             const Type_cast_attributes &attr)
                             const override;
  bool Item_eq_value(THD *thd, const Type_cmp_attributes *attr,
                     Item *a, Item *b) const override;
  decimal_digits_t Item_decimal_scale(const Item *item) const override
  {
    return Item_decimal_scale_with_seconds(item);
  }
  decimal_digits_t Item_decimal_precision(const Item *item) const override;
  decimal_digits_t Item_divisor_precision_increment(const Item *item) const override
  {
    return Item_divisor_precision_increment_with_seconds(item);
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_comparison() const override;
  int stored_field_cmp_to_item(THD *thd, Field *field, Item *item)
                               const override;
  void Column_definition_implicit_upgrade_to_this(
                                         Column_definition *old) const override;
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const override;
  bool
  Column_definition_attributes_frm_unpack(Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                          TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                          const uchar *buffer,
                                          LEX_CUSTRING *gis_options)
                                          const override;
  bool Item_save_in_value(THD *thd, Item *item, st_value *value) const override;
  bool Item_send(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const override
  {
    return Item_send_time(item, protocol, buf);
  }
  void Item_update_null_value(Item *item) const override;
  int Item_save_in_field(Item *item, Field *field, bool no_conversions)
                         const override;
  String *print_item_value(THD *thd, Item *item, String *str) const override;
  Item_cache *Item_get_cache(THD *thd, const Item *item) const override;
  longlong Item_val_int_unsigned_typecast(Item *item) const override;
  bool Item_hybrid_func_fix_attributes(THD *thd,
                                       const LEX_CSTRING &name,
                                       Type_handler_hybrid_field_type *,
                                       Type_all_attributes *atrr,
                                       Item **items, uint nitems)
                                       const override;
  String *Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_str(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                              String *) const override;
  double Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_real(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *)
                                              const override;
  longlong Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_int(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *)
                                               const override;
  my_decimal *Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_decimal(
                                              Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                              my_decimal *) const override;
  void Item_func_hybrid_field_type_get_date(THD *,
                                            Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                            Temporal::Warn *,
                                            MYSQL_TIME *,
                                            date_mode_t fuzzydate)
                                            const override;
  String *Item_func_min_max_val_str(Item_func_min_max *, String *) const override;
  double Item_func_min_max_val_real(Item_func_min_max *) const override;
  longlong Item_func_min_max_val_int(Item_func_min_max *) const override;
  my_decimal *Item_func_min_max_val_decimal(Item_func_min_max *,
                                            my_decimal *) const override;
  bool Item_func_min_max_get_date(THD *thd, Item_func_min_max*,
                                  MYSQL_TIME *, date_mode_t fuzzydate)
                                  const override;
  longlong Item_func_between_val_int(Item_func_between *func) const override;
  bool Item_func_round_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_round *) const override;
  bool Item_func_int_val_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_int_val*) const override;
  Item *make_const_item_for_comparison(THD *, Item *src, const Item *cmp)
                                       const override;
  bool set_comparator_func(THD *thd, Arg_comparator *cmp) const override;
  cmp_item *make_cmp_item(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *cs) const override;
  in_vector *make_in_vector(THD *, const Item_func_in *, uint nargs)
                            const override;
  void Item_param_set_param_func(Item_param *param, uchar **pos, ulong len)
                                 const override;
};


class Type_handler_time: public Type_handler_time_common
{
  /* number of bytes to store TIME(N) */
  static uint m_hires_bytes[MAX_DATETIME_PRECISION+1];
public:
  static uint hires_bytes(uint dec) { return m_hires_bytes[dec]; }
  virtual ~Type_handler_time() = default;
  const Name version() const override { return version_mariadb53(); }
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override
  { return MIN_TIME_WIDTH; }
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override;
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override
  { return Column_definition_prepare_stage2_legacy(c, MYSQL_TYPE_TIME); }
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *share) const override;
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
};


class Type_handler_time2: public Type_handler_time_common
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_time2() = default;
  const Name version() const override { return version_mysql56(); }
  enum_field_types real_field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_TIME2; }
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override;
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override;
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override
  { return Column_definition_prepare_stage2_legacy(c, MYSQL_TYPE_TIME2); }
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *share) const override;
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
};


class Type_handler_temporal_with_date: public Type_handler_temporal_result
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_temporal_with_date() = default;
  Item_literal *create_literal_item(THD *thd, const char *str, size_t length,
                                    CHARSET_INFO *cs, bool send_error)
                                    const override;
  bool Item_eq_value(THD *thd, const Type_cmp_attributes *attr,
                     Item *a, Item *b) const override;
  int stored_field_cmp_to_item(THD *thd, Field *field, Item *item)
                               const override;
  bool Item_save_in_value(THD *thd, Item *item, st_value *value)
                          const override;
  bool Item_send(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const override
  {
    return Item_send_date(item, protocol, buf);
  }
  void Item_update_null_value(Item *item) const override;
  int Item_save_in_field(Item *item, Field *field, bool no_conversions)
                         const override;
  Item *make_const_item_for_comparison(THD *, Item *src, const Item *cmp)
                                       const override;
  bool set_comparator_func(THD *thd, Arg_comparator *cmp) const override;
  cmp_item *make_cmp_item(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *cs) const override;
  in_vector *make_in_vector(THD *, const Item_func_in *, uint nargs)
                            const override;
  longlong Item_func_between_val_int(Item_func_between *func) const override;
};


class Type_handler_date_common: public Type_handler_temporal_with_date
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_date_common() = default;
  const Name &default_value() const override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_comparison() const override;
  enum_field_types field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_DATE; }
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override
  { return 3; }
  enum_dynamic_column_type dyncol_type(const Type_all_attributes *attr)
                                       const override
  {
    return DYN_COL_DATE;
  }
  protocol_send_type_t protocol_send_type() const override
  {
    return PROTOCOL_SEND_DATE;
  }
  enum_mysql_timestamp_type mysql_timestamp_type() const override
  {
    return MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATE;
  }
  bool cond_notnull_field_isnull_to_field_eq_zero() const override
  {
    return true;
  }
  bool partition_field_check(const LEX_CSTRING &, Item *item_expr)
    const override
  {
    return partition_field_check_result_type(item_expr, STRING_RESULT);
  }
  Field *make_schema_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                           TABLE *table,
                           const Record_addr &addr,
                           const ST_FIELD_INFO &def) const override;
  Item_literal *create_literal_item(THD *thd, const char *str, size_t length,
                                    CHARSET_INFO *cs, bool send_error)
                                    const override;
  Item *create_typecast_item(THD *thd, Item *item,
                             const Type_cast_attributes &attr)
                             const override;
  bool validate_implicit_default_value(THD *thd,
                                       const Column_definition &def)
                                       const override;
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const override;
  void
  Column_definition_attributes_frm_pack(const Column_definition_attributes *at,
                                        uchar *buff) const override;
  decimal_digits_t Item_decimal_precision(const Item *item) const override;
  String *print_item_value(THD *thd, Item *item, String *str) const override;
  Item_cache *Item_get_cache(THD *thd, const Item *item) const override;
  String *Item_func_min_max_val_str(Item_func_min_max *, String *) const override;
  double Item_func_min_max_val_real(Item_func_min_max *) const override;
  longlong Item_func_min_max_val_int(Item_func_min_max *) const override;
  my_decimal *Item_func_min_max_val_decimal(Item_func_min_max *,
                                            my_decimal *) const override;
  bool Item_func_round_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_round *) const override;
  bool Item_func_int_val_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_int_val*) const override;
  bool Item_hybrid_func_fix_attributes(THD *thd,
                                       const LEX_CSTRING &name,
                                       Type_handler_hybrid_field_type *,
                                       Type_all_attributes *atrr,
                                       Item **items, uint nitems) const
    override;
  bool Item_func_min_max_fix_attributes(THD *thd, Item_func_min_max *func,
                                        Item **items, uint nitems) const
    override;
  void Item_param_set_param_func(Item_param *param,
                                 uchar **pos, ulong len) const override;
};

class Type_handler_date: public Type_handler_date_common
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_date() = default;
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override { return 4; }
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override
  { return Column_definition_prepare_stage2_legacy(c, MYSQL_TYPE_DATE); }
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *share) const override;
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
};


class Type_handler_newdate: public Type_handler_date_common
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_newdate() = default;
  enum_field_types real_field_type() const override
  {
    return MYSQL_TYPE_NEWDATE;
  }
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override { return 3; }
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override
  { return Column_definition_prepare_stage2_legacy(c, MYSQL_TYPE_NEWDATE); }
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *share) const override;
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
};


class Type_handler_datetime_common: public Type_handler_temporal_with_date
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_datetime_common() = default;
  const Name &default_value() const override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_comparison() const override;
  enum_field_types field_type() const override
  {
    return MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME;
  }
  enum_dynamic_column_type dyncol_type(const Type_all_attributes *attr)
                                       const override
  {
    return DYN_COL_DATETIME;
  }
  protocol_send_type_t protocol_send_type() const override
  {
    return PROTOCOL_SEND_DATETIME;
  }
  enum_mysql_timestamp_type mysql_timestamp_type() const override
  {
    return MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATETIME;
  }
  bool cond_notnull_field_isnull_to_field_eq_zero() const override
  {
    return true;
  }
  bool partition_field_check(const LEX_CSTRING &, Item *item_expr)
    const override
  {
    return partition_field_check_result_type(item_expr, STRING_RESULT);
  }
  Field *make_schema_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                           TABLE *table,
                           const Record_addr &addr,
                           const ST_FIELD_INFO &def) const override;
  Item *create_typecast_item(THD *thd, Item *item,
                             const Type_cast_attributes &attr) const override;
  bool validate_implicit_default_value(THD *thd, const Column_definition &def)
                                       const override;
  void Column_definition_implicit_upgrade_to_this(
                                         Column_definition *old) const override;
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const override;
  bool
  Column_definition_attributes_frm_unpack(Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                          TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                          const uchar *buffer,
                                          LEX_CUSTRING *gis_options)
                                          const override;
  decimal_digits_t Item_decimal_scale(const Item *item) const override
  {
    return Item_decimal_scale_with_seconds(item);
  }
  decimal_digits_t Item_decimal_precision(const Item *item) const override;
  decimal_digits_t Item_divisor_precision_increment(const Item *item) const override
  {
    return Item_divisor_precision_increment_with_seconds(item);
  }
  bool Item_send(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const override
  {
    return Item_send_datetime(item, protocol, buf);
  }
  String *print_item_value(THD *thd, Item *item, String *str) const override;
  Item_cache *Item_get_cache(THD *thd, const Item *item) const override;
  Item *convert_item_for_comparison(THD *thd,
                                    Item *subject,
                                    const Item *counterpart) const override;
  String *Item_func_min_max_val_str(Item_func_min_max *, String *) const override;
  double Item_func_min_max_val_real(Item_func_min_max *) const override;
  longlong Item_func_min_max_val_int(Item_func_min_max *) const override;
  bool Item_func_int_val_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_int_val*) const override;
  my_decimal *Item_func_min_max_val_decimal(Item_func_min_max *, my_decimal *)
                                            const override;
  bool Item_func_round_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_round *) const override;
  bool Item_hybrid_func_fix_attributes(THD *thd,
                                       const LEX_CSTRING &name,
                                       Type_handler_hybrid_field_type *,
                                       Type_all_attributes *atrr,
                                       Item **items, uint nitems)
                                       const override;
  void Item_param_set_param_func(Item_param *param, uchar **pos, ulong len)
                                 const override;
};


class Type_handler_datetime: public Type_handler_datetime_common
{
  /* number of bytes to store DATETIME(N) */
  static uint m_hires_bytes[MAX_DATETIME_PRECISION + 1];
public:
  static uint hires_bytes(uint dec) { return m_hires_bytes[dec]; }
  virtual ~Type_handler_datetime() = default;
  const Name version() const override { return version_mariadb53(); }
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override
  { return MAX_DATETIME_WIDTH; }
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override;
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override
  { return Column_definition_prepare_stage2_legacy(c, MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME); }
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *share) const override;
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
};


class Type_handler_datetime2: public Type_handler_datetime_common
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_datetime2() = default;
  const Name version() const override { return version_mysql56(); }
  enum_field_types real_field_type() const override
  {
    return MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME2;
  }
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override;
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override;
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override
  { return Column_definition_prepare_stage2_legacy(c, MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME2); }
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *share) const override;
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
};


class Type_handler_timestamp_common: public Type_handler_temporal_with_date
{
protected:
  bool TIME_to_native(THD *, const MYSQL_TIME *from, Native *to, uint dec) const;
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_timestamp_common() = default;
  const Name &default_value() const override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_comparison() const override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_native_format() const override;
  enum_field_types field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP; }
  enum_dynamic_column_type dyncol_type(const Type_all_attributes *attr)
                                       const override
  {
    return DYN_COL_DATETIME;
  }
  protocol_send_type_t protocol_send_type() const override
  {
    return PROTOCOL_SEND_DATETIME;
  }
  enum_mysql_timestamp_type mysql_timestamp_type() const override
  {
    return MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATETIME;
  }
  bool is_val_native_ready() const override
  {
    return true;
  }
  bool is_timestamp_type() const override
  {
    return true;
  }
  void Column_definition_implicit_upgrade_to_this(
                                         Column_definition *old) const override;
  bool
  Column_definition_attributes_frm_unpack(Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                          TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                          const uchar *buffer,
                                          LEX_CUSTRING *gis_options)
                                          const override;
  bool Item_eq_value(THD *thd, const Type_cmp_attributes *attr,
                     Item *a, Item *b) const override;
  bool Item_val_native_with_conversion(THD *thd, Item *, Native *to)
                                       const override;
  bool Item_val_native_with_conversion_result(THD *thd, Item *, Native *to)
                                              const override;
  bool Item_param_val_native(THD *thd, Item_param *item, Native *to)
                             const override;
  int cmp_native(const Native &a, const Native &b) const override;
  longlong Item_func_between_val_int(Item_func_between *func) const override;
  bool Item_func_round_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_round *) const override;
  bool Item_func_int_val_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_int_val*) const override;
  cmp_item *make_cmp_item(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *cs) const override;
  in_vector *make_in_vector(THD *thd, const Item_func_in *f, uint nargs)
                            const override;
  void make_sort_key_part(uchar *to, Item *item,
                          const SORT_FIELD_ATTR *sort_field,
                          String *tmp) const override;
  uint make_packed_sort_key_part(uchar *to, Item *item,
                                 const SORT_FIELD_ATTR *sort_field,
                                 String *tmp) const override;
  void sort_length(THD *thd,
                   const Type_std_attributes *item,
                   SORT_FIELD_ATTR *attr) const override;
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const override;
  decimal_digits_t Item_decimal_scale(const Item *item) const override
  {
    return Item_decimal_scale_with_seconds(item);
  }
  decimal_digits_t Item_decimal_precision(const Item *item) const override;
  decimal_digits_t Item_divisor_precision_increment(const Item *item) const override
  {
    return Item_divisor_precision_increment_with_seconds(item);
  }
  bool Item_send(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const override
  {
    return Item_send_timestamp(item, protocol, buf);
  }
  int Item_save_in_field(Item *item, Field *field, bool no_conversions)
                         const override;
  String *print_item_value(THD *thd, Item *item, String *str) const override;
  Item_cache *Item_get_cache(THD *thd, const Item *item) const override;
  Item_copy *create_item_copy(THD *thd, Item *item) const override;
  String *Item_func_min_max_val_str(Item_func_min_max *, String *) const override;
  double Item_func_min_max_val_real(Item_func_min_max *) const override;
  longlong Item_func_min_max_val_int(Item_func_min_max *) const override;
  my_decimal *Item_func_min_max_val_decimal(Item_func_min_max *,
                                            my_decimal *) const override;
  bool set_comparator_func(THD *thd, Arg_comparator *cmp) const override;
  bool Item_const_eq(const Item_const *a, const Item_const *b,
                     bool binary_cmp) const override;
  bool Item_hybrid_func_fix_attributes(THD *thd,
                                       const LEX_CSTRING &name,
                                       Type_handler_hybrid_field_type *,
                                       Type_all_attributes *atrr,
                                       Item **items, uint nitems)
                                       const override;
  void Item_param_set_param_func(Item_param *param,
                                 uchar **pos, ulong len) const override;
  bool Item_func_min_max_get_date(THD *thd, Item_func_min_max*,
                                  MYSQL_TIME *, date_mode_t fuzzydate)
                                  const override;
};


class Type_handler_timestamp: public Type_handler_timestamp_common
{
  /* number of bytes to store second_part part of the TIMESTAMP(N) */
  static uint m_sec_part_bytes[MAX_DATETIME_PRECISION + 1];
public:
  static uint sec_part_bytes(uint dec) { return m_sec_part_bytes[dec]; }
  virtual ~Type_handler_timestamp() = default;
  const Name version() const override { return version_mariadb53(); }
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override
  { return MAX_DATETIME_WIDTH; }
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override;
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override
  { return Column_definition_prepare_stage2_legacy_num(c, MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP); }
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *share) const override;
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
};


class Type_handler_timestamp2: public Type_handler_timestamp_common
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_timestamp2() = default;
  const Name version() const override { return version_mysql56(); }
  enum_field_types real_field_type() const override
  {
    return MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP2;
  }
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override;
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override;
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override
  {
    return Column_definition_prepare_stage2_legacy_num(c, MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP2);
  }
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *share) const override;
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
};


class Type_handler_olddecimal: public Type_handler_decimal_result
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_olddecimal() = default;
  enum_field_types field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_DECIMAL; }
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override;
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override { return length; }
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_tmp_table(const Item *item) const override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_union(const Item *item) const override;
  void show_binlog_type(const Conv_source &src, const Field &, String *str)
    const override;
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override
  { return Column_definition_prepare_stage2_legacy_num(c, MYSQL_TYPE_DECIMAL); }
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *share) const override;
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
};


class Type_handler_newdecimal: public Type_handler_decimal_result
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_newdecimal() = default;
  enum_field_types field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_NEWDECIMAL; }
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override;
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override;
  uint calc_key_length(const Column_definition &def) const override;
  void show_binlog_type(const Conv_source &src, const Field &, String *str)
    const override;
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage1(THD *thd,
                                        MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                        Column_definition *c,
                                        column_definition_type_t type,
                                        const Column_derived_attributes
                                              *derived_attr)
                                        const override;
  bool Column_definition_redefine_stage1(Column_definition *def,
                                         const Column_definition *dup,
                                         const handler *file)
                                         const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override;
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *share) const override;
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
};


class Type_handler_null: public Type_handler_general_purpose_string
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_null() = default;
  enum_field_types field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_NULL; }
  enum_dynamic_column_type dyncol_type(const Type_all_attributes *attr)
                                       const override
  {
    return DYN_COL_NULL;
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_comparison() const override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_tmp_table(const Item *item) const override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_union(const Item *) const override;
  uint32 max_display_length(const Item *item) const override { return 0; }
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override
  {
    return 0;
  }
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override { return 0; }
  bool Item_const_eq(const Item_const *a, const Item_const *b,
                     bool binary_cmp) const override;
  bool Item_save_in_value(THD *thd, Item *item, st_value *value) const override;
  bool Item_send(Item *item, Protocol *protocol, st_value *buf) const override;
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  bool union_element_finalize(Item_type_holder* item) const override;
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage1(THD *thd,
                                        MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                        Column_definition *c,
                                        column_definition_type_t type,
                                        const Column_derived_attributes
                                              *derived_attr)
                                        const override;
  bool Column_definition_redefine_stage1(Column_definition *def,
                                         const Column_definition *dup,
                                         const handler *file)
                                         const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override
  { return Column_definition_prepare_stage2_legacy(c, MYSQL_TYPE_NULL); }
  void
  Column_definition_attributes_frm_pack(const Column_definition_attributes *at,
                                        uchar *buff) const override;
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *share) const override;
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
  void Item_param_set_param_func(Item_param *param,
                                 uchar **pos, ulong len) const override;
};


class Type_handler_longstr: public Type_handler_general_purpose_string
{
public:
  bool type_can_have_key_part() const override
  {
    return true;
  }
};


class Type_handler_string: public Type_handler_longstr
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_string() = default;
  enum_field_types field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_STRING; }
  ulong KEY_pack_flags(uint column_nr) const override
  {
    return HA_PACK_KEY;
  }
  bool is_param_long_data_type() const override { return true; }
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override;
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override { return length; }
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_tmp_table(const Item *item) const
    override
  {
    return varstring_type_handler(item);
  }
  bool partition_field_check(const LEX_CSTRING &, Item *item_expr)
    const override
  {
    return partition_field_check_result_type(item_expr, STRING_RESULT);
  }
  void show_binlog_type(const Conv_source &src, const Field &dst, String *str)
    const override;
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  bool Column_definition_set_attributes(THD *thd,
                                        Column_definition *def,
                                        const Lex_field_type_st &attr,
                                        column_definition_type_t type)
                                        const override;
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override;
  bool Key_part_spec_init_ft(Key_part_spec *part,
                             const Column_definition &def) const override;
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *share) const override;
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
};


/* Old varchar */
class Type_handler_var_string: public Type_handler_string
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_var_string() = default;
  enum_field_types field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_VAR_STRING; }
  enum_field_types real_field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_STRING; }
  enum_field_types traditional_merge_field_type() const override
  {
    return MYSQL_TYPE_VARCHAR;
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_implicit_upgrade() const override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_tmp_table(const Item *item) const override
  {
    return varstring_type_handler(item);
  }
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override;
  void show_binlog_type(const Conv_source &src, const Field &dst, String *str)
    const override;
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override
  { return Column_definition_prepare_stage2_legacy_num(c, MYSQL_TYPE_STRING); }
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_union(const Item *item) const override
  {
    return varstring_type_handler(item);
  }
};


class Type_handler_varchar: public Type_handler_longstr
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_varchar() = default;
  enum_field_types field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_VARCHAR; }
  ulong KEY_pack_flags(uint column_nr) const override
  {
    if (column_nr == 0)
      return HA_BINARY_PACK_KEY | HA_VAR_LENGTH_KEY;
    return HA_PACK_KEY;
  }
  enum_field_types type_code_for_protocol() const override
  {
    return MYSQL_TYPE_VAR_STRING; // Keep things compatible for old clients
  }
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override;
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override
  {
    return (length + (length < 256 ? 1: 2));
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_tmp_table(const Item *item) const
    override
  {
    return varstring_type_handler(item);
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_union(const Item *item) const override
  {
    return varstring_type_handler(item);
  }
  bool is_param_long_data_type() const override { return true; }
  bool partition_field_check(const LEX_CSTRING &, Item *item_expr)
    const override
  {
    return partition_field_check_result_type(item_expr, STRING_RESULT);
  }
  void show_binlog_type(const Conv_source &src, const Field &dst, String *str)
    const override;
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  bool Column_definition_set_attributes(THD *thd,
                                        Column_definition *def,
                                        const Lex_field_type_st &attr,
                                        column_definition_type_t type)
                                        const override;
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override;
  bool Key_part_spec_init_ft(Key_part_spec *part,
                             const Column_definition &def) const override;
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *share) const override;
  Field *make_schema_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                           TABLE *table,
                           const Record_addr &addr,
                           const ST_FIELD_INFO &def) const override;
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
  bool adjust_spparam_type(Spvar_definition *def, Item *from) const override;
};


class Type_handler_hex_hybrid: public Type_handler_varchar
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_hex_hybrid() = default;
  const Type_handler *cast_to_int_type_handler() const override;
  bool Item_func_round_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_round *) const override;
  bool Item_func_int_val_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_int_val*) const override;
};


class Type_handler_varchar_compressed: public Type_handler_varchar
{
public:
  enum_field_types real_field_type() const override
  {
    return MYSQL_TYPE_VARCHAR_COMPRESSED;
  }
  ulong KEY_pack_flags(uint column_nr) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return 0;
  }
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override;
  bool partition_field_check(const LEX_CSTRING &field_name, Item *)
    const override
  {
    partition_field_type_not_allowed(field_name);
    return true;
  }
  void show_binlog_type(const Conv_source &src, const Field &dst, String *str)
    const override;
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  enum_dynamic_column_type dyncol_type(const Type_all_attributes *attr)
                                       const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return DYN_COL_STRING;
  }
};


class Type_handler_blob_common: public Type_handler_longstr
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_blob_common() = default;
  virtual uint length_bytes() const= 0;
  ulong KEY_pack_flags(uint column_nr) const override
  {
    if (column_nr == 0)
      return HA_BINARY_PACK_KEY | HA_VAR_LENGTH_KEY;
    return HA_PACK_KEY;
  }
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_tmp_table(const Item *item) const
    override
  {
    return blob_type_handler(item);
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_union(const Item *item) const override
  {
    return blob_type_handler(item);
  }
  bool subquery_type_allows_materialization(const Item *, const Item *, bool)
    const override
  {
    return false; // Materialization does not work with BLOB columns
  }
  bool is_param_long_data_type() const override { return true; }
  uint calc_key_length(const Column_definition &def) const override;
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override;
  void
  Column_definition_attributes_frm_pack(const Column_definition_attributes *at,
                                        uchar *buff) const override;
  bool Key_part_spec_init_ft(Key_part_spec *part,
                             const Column_definition &def) const override;
  bool Key_part_spec_init_primary(Key_part_spec *part,
                                  const Column_definition &def,
                                  const handler *file) const override;
  bool Key_part_spec_init_unique(Key_part_spec *part,
                                 const Column_definition &def,
                                 const handler *file,
                                 bool *has_key_needed) const override;
  bool Key_part_spec_init_multiple(Key_part_spec *part,
                                   const Column_definition &def,
                                   const handler *file) const override;
  bool Key_part_spec_init_foreign(Key_part_spec *part,
                                  const Column_definition &def,
                                  const handler *file) const override;
  bool Item_hybrid_func_fix_attributes(THD *thd,
                                       const LEX_CSTRING &name,
                                       Type_handler_hybrid_field_type *,
                                       Type_all_attributes *atrr,
                                       Item **items, uint nitems) const
    override;
  void Item_param_setup_conversion(THD *thd, Item_param *) const override;

  bool partition_field_check(const LEX_CSTRING &field_name,
                             Item *item_expr) const override;
  Field *make_schema_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                           TABLE *table,
                           const Record_addr &addr,
                           const ST_FIELD_INFO &def) const override;
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
  const Vers_type_handler *vers() const override;
};


class Type_handler_tiny_blob: public Type_handler_blob_common
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_tiny_blob() = default;
  uint length_bytes() const override { return 1; }
  enum_field_types field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_TINY_BLOB; }
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override;
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override;
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *share) const override;
  uint max_octet_length() const override { return UINT_MAX8; }
};


class Type_handler_medium_blob: public Type_handler_blob_common
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_medium_blob() = default;
  uint length_bytes() const override { return 3; }
  enum_field_types field_type() const override
  { return MYSQL_TYPE_MEDIUM_BLOB; }
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override;
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override;
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *share) const override;
  uint max_octet_length() const override { return UINT_MAX24; }
};


class Type_handler_long_blob: public Type_handler_blob_common
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_long_blob() = default;
  uint length_bytes() const override { return 4; }
  enum_field_types field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_LONG_BLOB; }
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override;
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override;
  Item *create_typecast_item(THD *thd, Item *item,
                             const Type_cast_attributes &attr) const override;
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *share) const override;
  uint max_octet_length() const override { return UINT_MAX32; }
};


class Type_handler_blob: public Type_handler_blob_common
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_blob() = default;
  uint length_bytes() const override { return 2; }
  enum_field_types field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_BLOB; }
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override;
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override;
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *share) const override;
  uint max_octet_length() const override { return UINT_MAX16; }
};


class Type_handler_blob_compressed: public Type_handler_blob
{
public:
  enum_field_types real_field_type() const override
  {
    return MYSQL_TYPE_BLOB_COMPRESSED;
  }
  ulong KEY_pack_flags(uint) const override
  {
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return 0;
  }
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override;
  void show_binlog_type(const Conv_source &src, const Field &, String *str)
    const override;
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  enum_dynamic_column_type dyncol_type(const Type_all_attributes *)
                                       const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return DYN_COL_STRING;
  }
};


class Type_handler_typelib: public Type_handler_general_purpose_string
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_typelib() = default;
  enum_field_types field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_STRING; }
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_item_field() const override;
  const Type_handler *cast_to_int_type_handler() const override;
  bool Item_func_round_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_round *) const override;
  bool Item_func_int_val_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_int_val*) const override;
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override;
  bool Item_hybrid_func_fix_attributes(THD *thd,
                                       const LEX_CSTRING &name,
                                       Type_handler_hybrid_field_type *,
                                       Type_all_attributes *atrr,
                                       Item **items, uint nitems)
                                       const override;
  void Column_definition_reuse_fix_attributes(THD *thd,
                                              Column_definition *c,
                                              const Field *field)
                                              const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage1(THD *thd,
                                        MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                        Column_definition *c,
                                        column_definition_type_t type,
                                        const Column_derived_attributes
                                              *derived_attr)
                                        const override;
  bool Column_definition_redefine_stage1(Column_definition *def,
                                         const Column_definition *dup,
                                         const handler *file)
                                         const override;
  void Item_param_set_param_func(Item_param *param,
                                 uchar **pos, ulong len) const override;
  const Vers_type_handler *vers() const override { return NULL; }
};


class Type_handler_enum: public Type_handler_typelib
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_enum() = default;
  enum_field_types real_field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_ENUM; }
  enum_field_types traditional_merge_field_type() const override
  {
    return MYSQL_TYPE_ENUM;
  }
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override;
  uint calc_key_length(const Column_definition &def) const override;
  void
  Column_definition_attributes_frm_pack(const Column_definition_attributes *at,
                                        uchar *buff) const override;
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target)
                                     const override;
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override;
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *share) const override;
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
  Field *make_schema_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                           TABLE *table,
                           const Record_addr &addr,
                           const ST_FIELD_INFO &def) const override;
};


class Type_handler_set: public Type_handler_typelib
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_set() = default;
  enum_field_types real_field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_SET; }
  enum_field_types traditional_merge_field_type() const override
  {
    return MYSQL_TYPE_SET;
  }
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override;
  uint calc_key_length(const Column_definition &def) const override;
  void
  Column_definition_attributes_frm_pack(const Column_definition_attributes *at,
                                        uchar *buff) const override;
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target)
                                     const override;
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override;
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *share) const override;
  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;
};


// A pseudo type handler, mostly for test purposes for now
class Type_handler_interval_DDhhmmssff: public Type_handler_long_blob
{
public:
  Item *create_typecast_item(THD *thd, Item *item,
                             const Type_cast_attributes &attr) const override;
};


class Function_collection
{
public:
  virtual ~Function_collection() = default;
  virtual bool init()= 0;
  virtual void cleanup()= 0;
  virtual Create_func *find_native_function_builder(THD *thd,
                                                    const LEX_CSTRING &name)
                                                    const= 0;
};


class Type_collection
{
public:
  virtual ~Type_collection() = default;
  virtual bool init(Type_handler_data *) { return false; }
  virtual const Type_handler *aggregate_for_result(const Type_handler *h1,
                                                   const Type_handler *h2)
                                                   const= 0;
  virtual const Type_handler *aggregate_for_comparison(const Type_handler *h1,
                                                       const Type_handler *h2)
                                                       const= 0;
  virtual const Type_handler *aggregate_for_min_max(const Type_handler *h1,
                                                    const Type_handler *h2)
                                                    const= 0;
  virtual const Type_handler *aggregate_for_num_op(const Type_handler *h1,
                                                   const Type_handler *h2)
                                                   const= 0;
};


/**
  A handler for hybrid type functions, e.g.
  COALESCE(), IF(), IFNULL(), NULLIF(), CASE,
  numeric operators,
  UNIX_TIMESTAMP(), TIME_TO_SEC().

  Makes sure that field_type(), cmp_type() and result_type()
  are always in sync to each other for hybrid functions.
*/
class Type_handler_hybrid_field_type
{
  const Type_handler *m_type_handler;
  bool aggregate_for_min_max(const Type_handler *other);

public:
  Type_handler_hybrid_field_type();
  Type_handler_hybrid_field_type(const Type_handler *handler)
   :m_type_handler(handler)
  { }
  Type_handler_hybrid_field_type(const Type_handler_hybrid_field_type *other)
    :m_type_handler(other->m_type_handler)
  { }
  void swap(Type_handler_hybrid_field_type &other)
  {
    swap_variables(const Type_handler *, m_type_handler, other.m_type_handler);
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const { return m_type_handler; }
  enum_field_types real_field_type() const
  {
    return m_type_handler->real_field_type();
  }
  Item_result cmp_type() const { return m_type_handler->cmp_type(); }
  enum_mysql_timestamp_type mysql_timestamp_type() const
  {
    return m_type_handler->mysql_timestamp_type();
  }
  bool is_timestamp_type() const
  {
    return m_type_handler->is_timestamp_type();
  }
  void set_handler(const Type_handler *other)
  {
    m_type_handler= other;
  }
  const Type_handler *set_handler_by_field_type(enum_field_types type)
  {
    return (m_type_handler= Type_handler::get_handler_by_field_type(type));
  }
  const Type_handler *set_handler_by_real_type(enum_field_types type)
  {
    return (m_type_handler= Type_handler::get_handler_by_real_type(type));
  }
  bool aggregate_for_comparison(const Type_handler *other);
  bool aggregate_for_comparison(const LEX_CSTRING &funcname,
                                Item **items, uint nitems,
                                bool treat_int_to_uint_as_decimal);
  bool aggregate_for_result(const Type_handler *other);
  bool aggregate_for_result(const LEX_CSTRING &funcname,
                            Item **item, uint nitems, bool treat_bit_as_number);
  bool aggregate_for_min_max(const LEX_CSTRING &funcname, Item **item,
                             uint nitems);

  bool aggregate_for_num_op(const class Type_aggregator *aggregator,
                            const Type_handler *h0, const Type_handler *h1);
};


class Type_handler_pair
{
  const Type_handler *m_a;
  const Type_handler *m_b;
public:
  Type_handler_pair(const Type_handler *a,
                    const Type_handler *b)
   :m_a(a), m_b(b)
  { }
  const Type_handler *a() const { return m_a; }
  const Type_handler *b() const { return m_b; }
  /*
    Change both handlers to their parent data type handlers, if available.
    For example, VARCHAR/JSON -> VARCHAR.
    @returns The number of handlers changed (0,1 or 2).
  */
  bool to_base()
  {
    bool rc= false;
    const Type_handler *na= m_a->type_handler_base();
    const Type_handler *nb= m_b->type_handler_base();
    if (na)
    {
      m_a= na; rc= true;
    }
    if (nb)
    {
      m_b= nb; rc= true;
    }
    return rc;
  }
};


/*
  Helper template to simplify creating builtin types with names.
  Plugin types inherit from Type_handler_xxx types that do not set the name in
  the constructor, as sql_plugin.cc sets the type name from the plugin name.
*/
template <typename TypeHandler>
class Named_type_handler : public TypeHandler
{
  public:
  Named_type_handler(const char *n) : TypeHandler()
  { Type_handler::set_name(Name(n, static_cast<uint>(strlen(n)))); }
};

extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_row>         type_handler_row;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_null>        type_handler_null;

extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_float>       type_handler_float;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Named_type_handler<Type_handler_double>      type_handler_double;

extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_bit>         type_handler_bit;

extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_enum>        type_handler_enum;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_set>         type_handler_set;

extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_string>      type_handler_string;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_var_string>  type_handler_var_string;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Named_type_handler<Type_handler_varchar>     type_handler_varchar;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_varchar_compressed> type_handler_varchar_compressed;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_hex_hybrid>  type_handler_hex_hybrid;

extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_tiny_blob>   type_handler_tiny_blob;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_medium_blob> type_handler_medium_blob;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Named_type_handler<Type_handler_long_blob>   type_handler_long_blob;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_blob>        type_handler_blob;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_blob_compressed> type_handler_blob_compressed;

extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Named_type_handler<Type_handler_bool>        type_handler_bool;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Named_type_handler<Type_handler_tiny>        type_handler_stiny;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Named_type_handler<Type_handler_short>       type_handler_sshort;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Named_type_handler<Type_handler_int24>       type_handler_sint24;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Named_type_handler<Type_handler_long>        type_handler_slong;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Named_type_handler<Type_handler_long_ge0>    type_handler_slong_ge0;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Named_type_handler<Type_handler_longlong>    type_handler_slonglong;

extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_utiny>       type_handler_utiny;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_ushort>      type_handler_ushort;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_uint24>      type_handler_uint24;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Named_type_handler<Type_handler_ulong>       type_handler_ulong;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Named_type_handler<Type_handler_ulonglong>   type_handler_ulonglong;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_vers_trx_id> type_handler_vers_trx_id;

extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Named_type_handler<Type_handler_newdecimal>  type_handler_newdecimal;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_olddecimal>  type_handler_olddecimal;

extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_year>        type_handler_year;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_year>        type_handler_year2;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_newdate>     type_handler_newdate;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_date>        type_handler_date;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_time>        type_handler_time;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_time2>       type_handler_time2;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_datetime>    type_handler_datetime;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_datetime2>   type_handler_datetime2;

extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Named_type_handler<Type_handler_timestamp>   type_handler_timestamp;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Named_type_handler<Type_handler_timestamp2>  type_handler_timestamp2;

extern Type_handler_interval_DDhhmmssff type_handler_interval_DDhhmmssff;

class Type_aggregator
{
  bool m_is_commutative;
public:
  class Pair
  {
  public:
    const Type_handler *m_handler1;
    const Type_handler *m_handler2;
    const Type_handler *m_result;
    Pair() = default;
    Pair(const Type_handler *handler1,
         const Type_handler *handler2,
         const Type_handler *result)
     :m_handler1(handler1), m_handler2(handler2), m_result(result)
    { }
    bool eq(const Type_handler *handler1, const Type_handler *handler2) const
    {
      return m_handler1 == handler1 && m_handler2 == handler2;
    }
  };
  static const Type_handler *
    find_handler_in_array(const Type_aggregator::Pair *pairs,
                          const Type_handler *h1,
                          const Type_handler *h2,
                          bool commutative)
  {
    for (const Type_aggregator::Pair *p= pairs; p->m_result; p++)
    {
      if (p->eq(h1, h2))
        return p->m_result;
      if (commutative && p->eq(h2, h1))
       return p->m_result;
    }
    return NULL;
  }

private:
  Dynamic_array<Pair> m_array;
  const Pair* find_pair(const Type_handler *handler1,
                        const Type_handler *handler2) const;
public:
  Type_aggregator(bool is_commutative= false)
   :m_is_commutative(is_commutative), m_array(PSI_INSTRUMENT_MEM)
  { }
  bool add(const Type_handler *handler1,
           const Type_handler *handler2,
           const Type_handler *result)
  {
    return m_array.append(Pair(handler1, handler2, result));
  }
  const Type_handler *find_handler(const Type_handler *handler1,
                                   const Type_handler *handler2) const
  {
    const Pair* el= find_pair(handler1, handler2);
    return el ? el->m_result : NULL;
  }
  bool is_commutative() const { return m_is_commutative; }
};


class Type_aggregator_commutative: public Type_aggregator
{
public:
  Type_aggregator_commutative()
   :Type_aggregator(true)
  { }
};


class Type_handler_data
{
public:
  Type_aggregator_commutative m_type_aggregator_for_result;
  Type_aggregator_commutative m_type_aggregator_for_comparison;

  Type_aggregator_commutative m_type_aggregator_for_plus;
  Type_aggregator_commutative m_type_aggregator_for_mul;

  Type_aggregator m_type_aggregator_for_minus;
  Type_aggregator m_type_aggregator_for_div;
  Type_aggregator m_type_aggregator_for_mod;
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  // This is used for mtr purposes in debug builds
  Type_aggregator m_type_aggregator_non_commutative_test;
#endif
  bool init();
};

extern Type_handler_data *type_handler_data;

#endif /* SQL_TYPE_H_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef INJECTOR_H
#define INJECTOR_H

/* Pull in 'byte', 'my_off_t', and 'uint32' */
#include <my_bitmap.h>

#include "rpl_constants.h"
#include "table.h"                              /* TABLE */

/* Forward declarations */
class handler;
class MYSQL_BIN_LOG;
struct TABLE;


/*
  Injector to inject rows into the MySQL server.
  
  The injector class is used to notify the MySQL server of new rows that have
  appeared outside of MySQL control.
 
  The original purpose of this is to allow clusters---which handle replication
  inside the cluster through other means---to insert new rows into binary log.
  Note, however, that the injector should be used whenever rows are altered in
  any manner that is outside of MySQL server visibility and which therefore
  are not seen by the MySQL server.
 */
class injector 
{
public:

  /*
    Get an instance of the injector.

    DESCRIPTION
      The injector is a Singleton, so this static function return the
      available instance of the injector.

    RETURN VALUE
      A pointer to the available injector object.
  */
  static injector *instance();

  /*
    Delete the singleton instance (if allocated). Used during server shutdown.
  */
  static void free_instance();

    /*
      A transaction where rows can be added.

      DESCRIPTION
        The transaction class satisfy the **CopyConstructible** and
        **Assignable** requirements.  Note that the transaction is *not*
        default constructible.
     */
    class transaction {
      friend class injector;
    public:
      /* Convenience definitions */
      typedef uchar* record_type;
      typedef uint32 server_id_type;

      /*
        Table reference.

        RESPONSIBILITY

          The class contains constructors to handle several forms of
          references to tables.  The constructors can implicitly be used to
          construct references from, e.g., strings containing table names.

        EXAMPLE

          The class is intended to be used *by value*.  Please, do not try to
          construct objects of this type using 'new'; instead construct an
          object, possibly a temporary object.  For example:

            injector::transaction::table tbl(share->table, true);
            MY_BITMAP cols;
            my_bitmap_init(&cols, NULL, (i + 7) / 8, false);
            inj->write_row(::server_id, tbl, &cols, row_data);

          or

            MY_BITMAP cols;
            my_bitmap_init(&cols, NULL, (i + 7) / 8, false);
            inj->write_row(::server_id, 
                           injector::transaction::table(share->table, true), 
                           &cols, row_data);

          This will work, be more efficient, and have greater chance of
          inlining, not run the risk of losing pointers.

        COLLABORATION

          injector::transaction
            Provide a flexible interface to the representation of tables.

      */
      class table 
      {
      public:
        table(TABLE *table, bool is_transactional_arg)
            : m_table(table), m_is_transactional(is_transactional_arg)
        { 
        }

        char const *db_name() const { return m_table->s->db.str; }
        char const *table_name() const { return m_table->s->table_name.str; }
        TABLE *get_table() const { return m_table; }
        bool is_transactional() const { return m_is_transactional; }

      private:
        TABLE *m_table;
        bool m_is_transactional;
      };

      /*
        Binlog position as a structure.
      */
      class binlog_pos {
        friend class transaction;
      public:
        char const *file_name() const { return m_file_name; }
        my_off_t file_pos() const { return m_file_pos; }

      private:
        char const *m_file_name;
        my_off_t m_file_pos;
      };

      transaction() : m_thd(NULL) { }
      ~transaction();

      /* Clear transaction, i.e., make calls to 'good()' return false. */
      void clear() { m_thd= NULL; }

      /* Is the transaction in a good state? */
      bool good() const { return m_thd != NULL; }

      /* Default assignment operator: standard implementation */
      transaction& operator=(transaction t) {
        swap(t);
        return *this;
      }
      
      /*

        DESCRIPTION

          Register table for use within the transaction.  All tables
          that are going to be used need to be registered before being
          used below.  The member function will fail with an error if
          use_table() is called after any *_row() function has been
          called for the transaction.

        RETURN VALUE

          0         All OK
          >0        Failure

       */
#ifdef TO_BE_DELETED
      int use_table(server_id_type sid, table tbl);
#endif
      /*
        Commit a transaction.

        This member function will clean up after a sequence of *_row calls by,
        for example, releasing resource and unlocking files.
      */
      int commit();

      /*
        Get the position for the start of the transaction.

        Returns the position in the binary log of the first event in this
        transaction. If no event is yet written, the position where the event
        *will* be written is returned. This position is known, since a
        new_transaction() will lock the binary log and prevent any other
        writes to the binary log.
      */
      binlog_pos start_pos() const;

    private:
      /* Only the injector may construct these object */
      transaction(MYSQL_BIN_LOG *, THD *);

      void swap(transaction& o) {
        /* std::swap(m_start_pos, o.m_start_pos); */
        {
          binlog_pos const tmp= m_start_pos;
          m_start_pos= o.m_start_pos;
          o.m_start_pos= tmp;
        }

        /* std::swap(m_thd, o.m_thd); */
        {
          THD* const tmp= m_thd;
          m_thd= o.m_thd;
          o.m_thd= tmp;
        }
        {
          enum_state const tmp= m_state;
          m_state= o.m_state;
          o.m_state= tmp;
        }
      }

      enum enum_state
      {
        START_STATE,                            /* Start state */
        TABLE_STATE,      /* At least one table has been registered */
        ROW_STATE,          /* At least one row has been registered */
        STATE_COUNT               /* State count and sink state */
      } m_state;

      /*
        Check and update the state.

        PARAMETER(S)

          target_state
              The state we are moving to: TABLE_STATE if we are
              writing a table and ROW_STATE if we are writing a row.

        DESCRIPTION

          The internal state will be updated to the target state if
          and only if it is a legal move.  The only legal moves are:

              START_STATE -> START_STATE
              START_STATE -> TABLE_STATE
              TABLE_STATE -> TABLE_STATE
              TABLE_STATE -> ROW_STATE

          That is:
          - It is not possible to write any row before having written at
            least one table
          - It is not possible to write a table after at least one row
            has been written

        RETURN VALUE

           0    All OK
          -1    Incorrect call sequence
       */
      int check_state(enum_state const target_state)
      {
#ifdef DBUG_TRACE
        static char const *state_name[] = {
          "START_STATE", "TABLE_STATE", "ROW_STATE", "STATE_COUNT"
        };

        DBUG_PRINT("info", ("In state %s", state_name[m_state]));
#endif
        DBUG_ASSERT(target_state <= STATE_COUNT);

        if (m_state <= target_state && target_state <= m_state + 1 &&
            m_state < STATE_COUNT)
          m_state= target_state;
        else
          m_state= STATE_COUNT;
        return m_state == STATE_COUNT ? 1 : 0;
      }


      binlog_pos m_start_pos;
      THD *m_thd;
    };

    /* 
       Create a new transaction.  This member function will prepare for a
       sequence of *_row calls by, for example, reserving resources and
       locking files. There are two overloaded alternatives: one returning a
       transaction by value and one using placement semantics. The following
       two calls are equivalent, with the exception that the latter will
       overwrite the transaction.

         injector::transaction trans1= inj->new_trans(thd);

         injector::transaction trans2;
         inj->new_trans(thd, &trans);
     */
    transaction new_trans(THD *);
    void        new_trans(THD *, transaction *);

    int record_incident(THD*, Incident incident);
    int record_incident(THD*, Incident incident, const LEX_CSTRING *message);

private:
    explicit injector();
    ~injector() = default;             /* Nothing needs to be done */
    injector(injector const&);  /* You're not allowed to copy injector
                                   instances.
                                */ 
};

#endif /* INJECTOR_H */
/*

  Do not edit this file directly!

*/
/*
Copyright (c) 2000, 2018, Oracle, MariaDB Corporation Ab and others.

*/
/* Do not edit this file!  This is generated by gen_lex_hash.cc
that seeks for a perfect hash function */

#include "lex.h"

static uchar sql_functions_map[16544]= {
0,   0,   191, 2,
'!', '|', 29, 0,
'<', 'X', 157, 0,
'A', 'Y', 57, 1,
'A', 'W', 46, 3,
'A', 'W', 191, 4,
'A', 'W', 166, 6,
'C', 'Z', 9, 9,
'A', 'V', 28, 11,
'A', 'Y', 40, 12,
'C', 'U', 51, 13,
'C', 'V', 213, 13,
'C', 'W', 110, 14,
'A', 'U', 182, 14,
'A', 'S', 7, 15,
'D', 'U', 95, 15,
'C', 'S', 137, 15,
'C', 'S', 207, 15,
'E', 'S', 255, 15,
'M', 'M', 14, 16,
0,   0,   166, 0,
0,   0,   85, 1,
0,   0,   86, 1,
'M', 'M', 32, 16,
0,   0,   168, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   81, 1,
0,   0,   3, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   0, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'<', '>', 121, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'=', '>', 124, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'S', 'T', 126, 0,
0,   0,   50, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   151, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'D', 'S', 128, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   130, 1,
'F', 'R', 144, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   120, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   185, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   190, 2,
0,   0,   5, 0,
0,   0,   1, 0,
0,   0,   2, 0,
0,   0,   4, 0,
0,   0,   6, 0,
0,   0,   23, 0,
0,   0,   27, 0,
0,   0,   242, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   244, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   252, 0,
0,   0,   18, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   21, 1,
0,   0,   146, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   149, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   158, 1,
0,   0,   7, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'D', 'V', 186, 0,
0,   0,   42, 0,
0,   0,   104, 0,
'A', 'I', 227, 0,
0,   0,   170, 0,
0,   0,   211, 0,
0,   0,   223, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'N', 'P', 236, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   30, 1,
0,   0,   238, 255,
'A', 'O', 239, 0,
'O', 'O', 9, 1,
'N', 'U', 14, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'O', 22, 1,
'E', 'U', 37, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   147, 2,
0,   0,   164, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'M', 'O', 54, 1,
0,   0,   11, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   16, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'D', 'Y', 205, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   24, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   33, 0,
0,   0,   21, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   22, 0,
0,   0,   124, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   130, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   150, 0,
0,   0,   8, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   20, 1,
0,   0,   236, 255,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'D', 'N', 254, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   112, 1,
0,   0,   234, 255,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   233, 255,
'T', 'W', 10, 1,
0,   0,   139, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   232, 255,
0,   0,   150, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   162, 1,
0,   0,   208, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   5, 2,
0,   0,   30, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   56, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   77, 2,
0,   0,   223, 255,
0,   0,   216, 255,
0,   0,   186, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   184, 2,
0,   0,   30, 0,
'L', 'Y', 82, 1,
'A', 'U', 113, 1,
'A', 'U', 158, 1,
'A', 'X', 185, 1,
'A', 'U', 227, 1,
0,   0,   225, 0,
'A', 'O', 248, 1,
'N', 'N', 12, 2,
'O', 'S', 45, 2,
'E', 'I', 50, 2,
'A', 'O', 55, 2,
0,   0,   113, 1,
'A', 'U', 113, 2,
'N', 'V', 134, 2,
'A', 'R', 143, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'O', 175, 2,
'H', 'T', 212, 2,
'E', 'Y', 233, 2,
'N', 'S', 25, 3,
0,   0,   165, 2,
'A', 'O', 31, 3,
0,   0,   183, 2,
0,   0,   187, 2,
0,   0,   43, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'D', 'T', 96, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   51, 0,
0,   0,   45, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   46, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   48, 0,
'L', 'S', 134, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   62, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   71, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   74, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   107, 0,
0,   0,   53, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'T', 142, 1,
0,   0,   56, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   251, 255,
'T', 'T', 179, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   139, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   147, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   154, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   155, 0,
'A', 'E', 180, 1,
0,   0,   118, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   122, 0,
0,   0,   159, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   160, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'D', 'U', 209, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   189, 0,
0,   0,   171, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   174, 0,
0,   0,   197, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   202, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   216, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   217, 0,
'R', 'S', 7, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   233, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'S', 'U', 9, 2,
0,   0,   230, 0,
0,   0,   231, 0,
0,   0,   236, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   238, 0,
'T', 'T', 13, 2,
'1', 'O', 14, 2,
0,   0,   9, 1,
0,   0,   10, 1,
0,   0,   11, 1,
0,   0,   12, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   13, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   17, 1,
0,   0,   27, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   28, 1,
0,   0,   31, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   33, 1,
0,   0,   35, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'S', 70, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'K', 'S', 89, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'O', 98, 2,
0,   0,   237, 255,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   41, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   42, 1,
0,   0,   44, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   48, 1,
0,   0,   49, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   53, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   57, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   58, 1,
0,   0,   61, 1,
0,   0,   121, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   128, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   138, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   142, 1,
0,   0,   152, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   153, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   165, 1,
'G', 'T', 161, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   185, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   192, 1,
0,   0,   170, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   174, 1,
0,   0,   225, 255,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'A', 190, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'L', 'W', 200, 2,
'D', 'L', 191, 2,
0,   0,   209, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   213, 1,
0,   0,   1, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   8, 2,
0,   0,   33, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   38, 2,
0,   0,   42, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'F', 'M', 225, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   86, 2,
0,   0,   46, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   47, 2,
0,   0,   109, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'E', 254, 2,
'E', 'M', 3, 3,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'I', 'U', 12, 3,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   129, 2,
0,   0,   110, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   111, 2,
0,   0,   112, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   113, 2,
0,   0,   214, 255,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   127, 2,
0,   0,   135, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   148, 2,
0,   0,   169, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   171, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   173, 2,
0,   0,   177, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   180, 2,
'D', 'S', 69, 3,
'E', 'T', 85, 3,
'A', 'Y', 101, 3,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'L', 'V', 131, 3,
'A', 'O', 148, 3,
'R', 'R', 181, 3,
0,   0,   237, 0,
'N', 'N', 197, 3,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'O', 210, 3,
'A', 'Y', 1, 4,
'A', 'T', 26, 4,
'R', 'W', 46, 4,
'H', 'U', 52, 4,
'U', 'U', 66, 4,
'A', 'T', 72, 4,
'H', 'W', 119, 4,
0,   0,   101, 2,
'N', 'S', 148, 4,
0,   0,   156, 2,
'H', 'R', 175, 4,
0,   0,   12, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   13, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   18, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   25, 0,
0,   0,   37, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   44, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   49, 0,
0,   0,   52, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'E', 126, 3,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   72, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   250, 255,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   106, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   117, 0,
0,   0,   58, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   65, 0,
0,   0,   162, 0,
0,   0,   163, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   175, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'E', 142, 3,
'N', 'R', 143, 3,
0,   0,   179, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   181, 0,
0,   0,   196, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   200, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'R', 'X', 163, 3,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'O', 'U', 170, 3,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'R', 'U', 177, 3,
0,   0,   203, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   204, 0,
0,   0,   205, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   208, 0,
0,   0,   212, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   215, 0,
'A', 'O', 182, 3,
0,   0,   226, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   228, 0,
'D', 'O', 198, 3,
0,   0,   254, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   2, 1,
0,   0,   3, 1,
'A', 'V', 221, 3,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'M', 'N', 243, 3,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'C', 'C', 245, 3,
0,   0,   39, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   43, 1,
0,   0,   45, 1,
0,   0,   47, 1,
'A', 'K', 246, 3,
0,   0,   50, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   55, 1,
0,   0,   87, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   101, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   106, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   117, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   118, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   119, 1,
0,   0,   122, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   125, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   127, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   230, 255,
0,   0,   159, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   163, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   167, 1,
0,   0,   182, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   201, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   202, 1,
'E', 'I', 67, 4,
0,   0,   204, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   205, 1,
'I', 'N', 92, 4,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'U', 98, 4,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   255, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   0, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   13, 2,
0,   0,   206, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   207, 1,
0,   0,   212, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   222, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   242, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   252, 1,
0,   0,   32, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   39, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'A', 135, 4,
0,   0,   94, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   96, 2,
'G', 'R', 136, 4,
0,   0,   51, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   78, 2,
'I', 'T', 154, 4,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'I', 166, 4,
0,   0,   137, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   143, 2,
0,   0,   146, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   151, 2,
'E', 'I', 186, 4,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   182, 2,
0,   0,   174, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   175, 2,
'C', 'T', 214, 4,
'A', 'I', 232, 4,
'H', 'U', 11, 5,
'E', 'O', 27, 5,
'L', 'X', 38, 5,
'A', 'O', 79, 5,
'L', 'R', 102, 5,
0,   0,   232, 0,
'G', 'S', 109, 5,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'O', 141, 5,
'A', 'O', 152, 5,
'E', 'U', 199, 5,
'F', 'T', 216, 5,
'A', 'L', 231, 5,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'O', 243, 5,
'C', 'Y', 38, 6,
0,   0,   103, 2,
'N', 'P', 151, 6,
0,   0,   157, 2,
'I', 'I', 158, 6,
0,   0,   10, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   19, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   28, 0,
0,   0,   35, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   36, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'G', 'T', 241, 4,
0,   0,   39, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'L', 255, 4,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   253, 255,
0,   0,   40, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   41, 0,
0,   0,   59, 0,
0,   0,   68, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   70, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'L', 'M', 25, 5,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   105, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   115, 0,
0,   0,   77, 0,
0,   0,   86, 0,
0,   0,   137, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   152, 0,
0,   0,   161, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'G', 51, 5,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   176, 0,
0,   0,   177, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   180, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'C', 'P', 58, 5,
0,   0,   164, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   172, 0,
0,   0,   183, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   188, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'I', 'O', 72, 5,
0,   0,   191, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   192, 0,
0,   0,   198, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   201, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'O', 'O', 94, 5,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   214, 0,
'A', 'A', 95, 5,
'T', 'T', 96, 5,
'4', '8', 97, 5,
0,   0,   206, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   207, 0,
0,   0,   224, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   227, 0,
0,   0,   245, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   250, 0,
'F', 'S', 122, 5,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'O', 'S', 136, 5,
0,   0,   0, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   5, 1,
0,   0,   23, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   24, 1,
0,   0,   40, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   46, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   54, 1,
0,   0,   63, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'D', 'M', 167, 5,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   107, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   115, 1,
'I', 'I', 177, 5,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   100, 1,
'A', 'U', 178, 5,
0,   0,   235, 255,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   96, 1,
0,   0,   126, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   136, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   143, 1,
0,   0,   147, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   151, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   156, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   161, 1,
0,   0,   172, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   175, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   183, 1,
'G', 'V', 254, 5,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'L', 'W', 26, 6,
0,   0,   221, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   228, 1,
0,   0,   229, 1,
0,   0,   230, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'L', 14, 6,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   247, 1,
0,   0,   249, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   254, 1,
0,   0,   232, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   240, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   235, 1,
0,   0,   3, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   7, 2,
0,   0,   16, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'C', 'T', 61, 6,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'G', 'M', 93, 6,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   40, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'C', 'U', 106, 6,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'R', 130, 6,
0,   0,   218, 255,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   99, 2,
0,   0,   19, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   22, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'I', 'V', 79, 6,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   31, 2,
0,   0,   26, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   29, 2,
'N', 'N', 100, 6,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   37, 2,
'A', 'E', 101, 6,
0,   0,   35, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   36, 2,
0,   0,   45, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   48, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'N', 'R', 125, 6,
0,   0,   49, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   50, 2,
'R', 'T', 148, 6,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   222, 255,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   52, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   89, 2,
0,   0,   80, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   85, 2,
'I', 'L', 154, 6,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   144, 2,
0,   0,   138, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   140, 2,
'N', 'T', 159, 6,
0,   0,   176, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   178, 2,
'C', 'U', 189, 6,
'E', 'O', 208, 6,
'A', 'U', 245, 6,
'E', 'Y', 62, 7,
'N', 'X', 110, 7,
'O', 'O', 139, 7,
0,   0,   220, 0,
'A', 'I', 147, 7,
'G', 'T', 156, 7,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'O', 189, 7,
'I', 'O', 204, 7,
'A', 'U', 211, 7,
'P', 'U', 30, 8,
'A', 'R', 36, 8,
0,   0,   203, 1,
'E', 'O', 85, 8,
'C', 'Y', 146, 8,
'H', 'R', 194, 8,
'N', 'S', 205, 8,
'A', 'I', 214, 8,
'I', 'R', 255, 8,
0,   0,   9, 0,
0,   0,   255, 255,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   14, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   20, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   29, 0,
0,   0,   38, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'T', 'T', 219, 6,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   47, 0,
'_', '_', 220, 6,
'A', 'X', 221, 6,
0,   0,   254, 255,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   252, 255,
0,   0,   54, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'A', 10, 7,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'L', 'N', 24, 7,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'R', 'R', 44, 7,
'N', 'R', 11, 7,
'G', 'N', 16, 7,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   64, 0,
0,   0,   60, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   61, 0,
'L', 'U', 27, 7,
'M', 'P', 37, 7,
'T', 'V', 41, 7,
0,   0,   75, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   79, 0,
0,   0,   85, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   88, 0,
0,   0,   100, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   103, 0,
'D', 'T', 45, 7,
0,   0,   248, 255,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   108, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   247, 255,
'C', 'L', 83, 7,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'S', 'S', 106, 7,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   158, 0,
'I', 'L', 93, 7,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'I', 97, 7,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   135, 0,
0,   0,   131, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   132, 0,
0,   0,   133, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   134, 0,
'A', 'C', 107, 7,
0,   0,   145, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   146, 0,
0,   0,   173, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   178, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'C', 'T', 121, 7,
0,   0,   185, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   186, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   193, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   243, 255,
'L', 'R', 140, 7,
0,   0,   210, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   213, 0,
0,   0,   229, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   235, 0,
0,   0,   246, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'D', 'V', 170, 7,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   25, 1,
0,   0,   255, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   7, 1,
0,   0,   14, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   26, 1,
0,   0,   37, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   38, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   56, 1,
0,   0,   105, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   116, 1,
0,   0,   124, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   129, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'C', '_', 232, 7,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   144, 1,
'A', 'Y', 5, 8,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   135, 1,
0,   0,   133, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   134, 1,
0,   0,   155, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   164, 1,
'C', 'R', 54, 8,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   184, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   186, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'O', 70, 8,
0,   0,   168, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   176, 1,
0,   0,   190, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   194, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'C', 'F', 81, 8,
0,   0,   197, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   199, 1,
'B', 'V', 96, 8,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'U', 'W', 143, 8,
0,   0,   214, 1,
0,   0,   215, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   227, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'L', 'L', 117, 8,
0,   0,   241, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'T', 'T', 127, 8,
0,   0,   251, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   253, 1,
'A', 'I', 118, 8,
0,   0,   234, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   236, 1,
'A', 'O', 128, 8,
0,   0,   244, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   245, 1,
0,   0,   4, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   9, 2,
0,   0,   18, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   28, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   53, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   87, 2,
'B', 'S', 169, 8,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   98, 2,
'D', 'J', 187, 8,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   95, 2,
0,   0,   219, 255,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   91, 2,
0,   0,   124, 2,
0,   0,   118, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   125, 2,
'I', 'K', 211, 8,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   145, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   150, 2,
0,   0,   136, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   139, 2,
'R', 'R', 223, 8,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'R', 'S', 253, 8,
'C', '_', 224, 8,
0,   0,   159, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   163, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   211, 255,
0,   0,   166, 2,
0,   0,   167, 2,
0,   0,   179, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   181, 2,
'A', 'O', 33, 9,
'A', 'U', 72, 9,
'N', 'X', 140, 9,
'U', 'U', 171, 9,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   15, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'O', 175, 9,
'A', 'O', 211, 9,
'A', 'V', 250, 9,
'P', 'V', 16, 10,
'A', 'R', 23, 10,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'O', 72, 10,
'C', 'W', 123, 10,
'I', 'R', 159, 10,
'N', 'T', 211, 10,
'A', 'A', 253, 10,
0,   0,   170, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   189, 2,
0,   0,   55, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   67, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'N', 48, 9,
0,   0,   73, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'T', 'T', 62, 9,
'A', 'I', 63, 9,
0,   0,   99, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   101, 0,
'T', 'Y', 93, 9,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   140, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   148, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   156, 0,
'A', 'E', 99, 9,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   125, 0,
'B', 'F', 104, 9,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'T', '_', 109, 9,
0,   0,   119, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   121, 0,
0,   0,   123, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'S', 121, 9,
0,   0,   246, 255,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   245, 255,
0,   0,   169, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'T', 151, 9,
0,   0,   182, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   184, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   194, 0,
'L', 'N', 172, 9,
0,   0,   218, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   219, 0,
0,   0,   34, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'N', 'N', 190, 9,
'G', 'G', 191, 9,
'B', 'T', 192, 9,
0,   0,   59, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   60, 1,
'X', 'X', 226, 9,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'N', 'N', 239, 9,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   114, 1,
'V', '_', 227, 9,
0,   0,   95, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'R', 'S', 237, 9,
0,   0,   90, 1,
0,   0,   91, 1,
'V', '_', 240, 9,
0,   0,   110, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   111, 1,
0,   0,   123, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   140, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   145, 1,
0,   0,   154, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   166, 1,
0,   0,   180, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   229, 255,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'O', 41, 10,
'C', 'V', 52, 10,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   200, 1,
0,   0,   187, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   193, 1,
'D', 'S', 83, 10,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'L', 'W', 111, 10,
0,   0,   218, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   223, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   237, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'I', 'T', 99, 10,
0,   0,   243, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   246, 1,
0,   0,   2, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   6, 2,
0,   0,   15, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'C', 'Q', 144, 10,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   34, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   44, 2,
0,   0,   43, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   54, 2,
0,   0,   58, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   79, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   97, 2,
0,   0,   21, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   25, 2,
'N', 'N', 169, 10,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'U', 190, 10,
'Y', 'Y', 170, 10,
'B', 'T', 171, 10,
0,   0,   117, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   119, 2,
0,   0,   121, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   126, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   128, 2,
'D', 'S', 218, 10,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'C', 'C', 234, 10,
0,   0,   134, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   142, 2,
'_', '_', 235, 10,
'D', 'T', 236, 10,
0,   0,   152, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   153, 2,
'R', 'R', 254, 10,
'C', '_', 255, 10,
0,   0,   161, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   212, 255,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   210, 255,
'G', 'L', 50, 11,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'H', 'U', 56, 11,
'A', 'U', 73, 11,
'X', 'X', 94, 11,
'E', 'O', 109, 11,
0,   0,   221, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'M', 'S', 120, 11,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   51, 1,
'E', 'I', 147, 11,
'O', 'T', 152, 11,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'R', 158, 11,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'O', 209, 11,
'A', 'U', 240, 11,
'E', 'I', 8, 12,
'N', 'N', 21, 12,
'A', 'A', 30, 12,
0,   0,   15, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   17, 0,
0,   0,   63, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'L', 'N', 70, 11,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   249, 255,
0,   0,   76, 0,
0,   0,   87, 0,
0,   0,   92, 0,
0,   0,   120, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   144, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   157, 0,
'C', 'P', 95, 11,
0,   0,   187, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   190, 0,
0,   0,   199, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   209, 0,
0,   0,   249, 0,
'C', 'V', 127, 11,
0,   0,   19, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   22, 1,
0,   0,   253, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   251, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   16, 1,
0,   0,   98, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   104, 1,
0,   0,   137, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   231, 255,
'C', 'R', 176, 11,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'O', 192, 11,
0,   0,   169, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   177, 1,
'C', 'C', 203, 11,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   196, 1,
'E', 'I', 204, 11,
0,   0,   188, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   189, 1,
'A', 'T', 220, 11,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   10, 2,
0,   0,   210, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   216, 1,
0,   0,   219, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   250, 1,
0,   0,   14, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'N', 'P', 5, 12,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   41, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   64, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   81, 2,
0,   0,   217, 255,
0,   0,   23, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   24, 2,
'M', 'M', 13, 12,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   114, 2,
'P', 'P', 14, 12,
'O', 'T', 15, 12,
0,   0,   106, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   107, 2,
'B', 'I', 22, 12,
0,   0,   130, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   132, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   141, 2,
'R', 'R', 31, 12,
'B', 'I', 32, 12,
0,   0,   158, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   162, 2,
'C', 'S', 65, 12,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'H', 'O', 82, 12,
'A', 'E', 141, 12,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   222, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   243, 0,
0,   0,   29, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   36, 1,
'A', 'E', 169, 12,
'O', 'O', 197, 12,
'P', 'R', 208, 12,
'A', 'R', 211, 12,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'O', 229, 12,
'Q', 'T', 11, 13,
'A', 'E', 25, 13,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'E', 46, 13,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   188, 2,
0,   0,   8, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   26, 0,
0,   0,   66, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'L', 'N', 90, 12,
'U', 'U', 93, 12,
'P', 'P', 104, 12,
'C', 'S', 112, 12,
'M', 'M', 94, 12,
'N', 'N', 95, 12,
'_', '_', 96, 12,
'A', 'G', 97, 12,
0,   0,   80, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   84, 0,
'L', 'R', 105, 12,
0,   0,   89, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   90, 0,
0,   0,   91, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   93, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'I', 'T', 129, 12,
0,   0,   94, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   95, 0,
'Y', 'Y', 146, 12,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'N', 155, 12,
'_', '_', 147, 12,
'M', 'S', 148, 12,
0,   0,   127, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   128, 0,
0,   0,   129, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   244, 255,
0,   0,   73, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'D', 'D', 174, 12,
'I', 'I', 175, 12,
'U', 'U', 176, 12,
'M', 'M', 177, 12,
'B', 'T', 178, 12,
0,   0,   97, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   99, 1,
'M', 'M', 198, 12,
'A', 'I', 199, 12,
0,   0,   131, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   132, 1,
0,   0,   157, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   160, 1,
0,   0,   179, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   181, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   195, 1,
'A', 'P', 240, 12,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'W', 'W', 0, 13,
0,   0,   211, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   220, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   231, 1,
0,   0,   233, 1,
'_', '_', 1, 13,
'F', 'N', 2, 13,
0,   0,   11, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   12, 2,
'L', 'L', 15, 13,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   221, 255,
'W', '_', 16, 13,
0,   0,   59, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   68, 2,
'B', 'B', 30, 13,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   108, 2,
'L', 'L', 31, 13,
'E', 'E', 32, 13,
'S', '_', 33, 13,
0,   0,   104, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   102, 2,
0,   0,   155, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   168, 2,
'O', 'U', 70, 13,
'I', 'I', 80, 13,
0,   0,   195, 0,
0,   0,   242, 255,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'O', 'O', 100, 13,
0,   0,   4, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'Y', 111, 13,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   198, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'E', 155, 13,
'C', 'Y', 173, 13,
'R', 'R', 203, 13,
0,   0,   131, 2,
0,   0,   78, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'R', 'R', 77, 13,
'R', 'S', 78, 13,
0,   0,   110, 0,
0,   0,   116, 0,
'A', 'S', 81, 13,
0,   0,   143, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   149, 0,
'U', 'U', 101, 13,
'R', 'R', 102, 13,
'_', '_', 103, 13,
'M', 'S', 104, 13,
0,   0,   240, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   241, 0,
'S', 'S', 136, 13,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   103, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   120, 1,
'T', 'T', 137, 13,
'E', 'E', 138, 13,
'R', 'R', 139, 13,
'_', '_', 140, 13,
'H', 'U', 141, 13,
0,   0,   67, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   71, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   82, 1,
'P', 'P', 156, 13,
'L', 'L', 157, 13,
'I', 'I', 158, 13,
'C', 'C', 159, 13,
'A', 'A', 160, 13,
'T', '_', 161, 13,
0,   0,   239, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   238, 1,
0,   0,   17, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   72, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   220, 255,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'S', 'S', 196, 13,
'T', 'T', 197, 13,
'E', 'E', 198, 13,
'M', 'M', 199, 13,
'_', '_', 200, 13,
'T', 'U', 201, 13,
0,   0,   100, 2,
0,   0,   215, 255,
'A', 'I', 204, 13,
0,   0,   122, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   213, 255,
'A', 'U', 233, 13,
0,   0,   141, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   241, 255,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   1, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   62, 1,
'A', 'E', 25, 14,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   148, 1,
'A', 'E', 30, 14,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   226, 1,
'E', 'U', 35, 14,
0,   0,   115, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   160, 2,
0,   0,   57, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   69, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'L', 'N', 254, 13,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'R', 'R', 1, 14,
0,   0,   81, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   102, 0,
'R', 'R', 2, 14,
'E', 'E', 3, 14,
'N', 'N', 4, 14,
'T', 'T', 5, 14,
'_', '_', 6, 14,
'D', 'U', 7, 14,
0,   0,   109, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   111, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   112, 0,
0,   0,   114, 0,
0,   0,   65, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   102, 1,
0,   0,   178, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   228, 255,
'R', 'S', 52, 14,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'L', 'L', 54, 14,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   92, 2,
0,   0,   27, 2,
0,   0,   224, 255,
'E', '_', 55, 14,
0,   0,   57, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'N', 'T', 82, 14,
0,   0,   66, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'S', 'S', 89, 14,
'I', 'I', 90, 14,
'_', '_', 91, 14,
'H', 'Y', 92, 14,
0,   0,   71, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   73, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   76, 2,
'O', 'O', 131, 14,
'E', 'O', 139, 14,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   234, 0,
0,   0,   6, 1,
0,   0,   240, 255,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'I', 150, 14,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   171, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'E', 159, 14,
'Q', 'U', 167, 14,
'I', 'R', 172, 14,
0,   0,   154, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   172, 2,
'L', 'L', 132, 14,
'U', 'U', 133, 14,
'M', 'M', 134, 14,
'N', 'N', 135, 14,
'_', '_', 136, 14,
'C', 'D', 137, 14,
0,   0,   82, 0,
0,   0,   83, 0,
0,   0,   142, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   153, 0,
0,   0,   74, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   109, 1,
'F', 'L', 160, 14,
0,   0,   55, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   225, 1,
0,   0,   74, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   88, 2,
0,   0,   93, 2,
0,   0,   116, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   123, 2,
'U', 'V', 203, 14,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   239, 255,
0,   0,   32, 1,
0,   0,   52, 1,
'A', 'A', 205, 14,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   224, 1,
'Q', 'Q', 231, 14,
0,   0,   105, 2,
0,   0,   149, 2,
0,   0,   31, 0,
0,   0,   34, 0,
'S', 'S', 206, 14,
'T', 'T', 207, 14,
'E', 'E', 208, 14,
'R', 'R', 209, 14,
'_', '_', 210, 14,
'L', 'S', 211, 14,
0,   0,   69, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'S', 'S', 219, 14,
'L', 'L', 220, 14,
'_', '_', 221, 14,
'C', 'K', 222, 14,
0,   0,   78, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   80, 1,
'L', 'L', 232, 14,
'_', '_', 233, 14,
'B', 'T', 234, 14,
0,   0,   62, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'S', 'S', 253, 14,
'I', 'I', 254, 14,
'_', '_', 255, 14,
'M', 'S', 0, 15,
0,   0,   70, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   69, 2,
0,   0,   32, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   97, 0,
'A', 'E', 26, 15,
0,   0,   165, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'A', 31, 15,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'E', 52, 15,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'Q', 'U', 68, 15,
0,   0,   126, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   136, 0,
'S', 'S', 32, 15,
'T', 'T', 33, 15,
'E', 'E', 34, 15,
'R', 'R', 35, 15,
'_', '_', 36, 15,
'G', 'U', 37, 15,
0,   0,   66, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   68, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   70, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   76, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   83, 1,
0,   0,   173, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'R', 'R', 57, 15,
'C', 'C', 58, 15,
'E', 'E', 59, 15,
'N', 'N', 60, 15,
'T', 'T', 61, 15,
'I', 'I', 62, 15,
'L', 'L', 63, 15,
'E', 'E', 64, 15,
'_', '_', 65, 15,
'C', 'D', 66, 15,
0,   0,   227, 255,
0,   0,   226, 255,
'L', 'L', 73, 15,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   90, 2,
'_', '_', 74, 15,
'A', 'T', 75, 15,
0,   0,   60, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   75, 2,
0,   0,   138, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   239, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   72, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   217, 1,
'Q', 'T', 113, 15,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   133, 2,
'L', 'L', 117, 15,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   83, 2,
'_', '_', 118, 15,
'B', 'S', 119, 15,
0,   0,   61, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   67, 2,
'O', 'U', 154, 15,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'G', 'G', 161, 15,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'A', 183, 15,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   248, 1,
'Q', 'T', 203, 15,
0,   0,   98, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   113, 0,
'N', 'N', 162, 15,
'O', 'O', 163, 15,
'R', 'R', 164, 15,
'E', 'E', 165, 15,
'_', '_', 166, 15,
'D', 'S', 167, 15,
0,   0,   247, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   248, 0,
'S', 'S', 184, 15,
'T', 'T', 185, 15,
'E', 'E', 186, 15,
'R', 'R', 187, 15,
'_', '_', 188, 15,
'S', 'S', 189, 15,
'S', 'S', 190, 15,
'L', 'L', 191, 15,
'_', '_', 192, 15,
'C', 'C', 193, 15,
'A', 'I', 194, 15,
0,   0,   75, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   77, 1,
0,   0,   63, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   82, 2,
0,   0,   96, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'I', 224, 15,
0,   0,   141, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'T', 239, 15,
'S', 'X', 233, 15,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   108, 1,
0,   0,   79, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   92, 1,
0,   0,   20, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   84, 2,
0,   0,   167, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   65, 2,
'A', 'A', 15, 16,
'S', 'X', 16, 16,
0,   0,   64, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'_', '_', 22, 16,
'Q', 'U', 23, 16,
0,   0,   89, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'P', 'S', 28, 16,
0,   0,   93, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   94, 1,
'A', 'A', 33, 16,
'S', 'X', 34, 16,
0,   0,   84, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   88, 1,
};

static uchar symbols_map[15316]= {
0,   0,   191, 2,
'!', '|', 29, 0,
'<', 'X', 157, 0,
'A', 'Y', 24, 1,
'A', 'W', 231, 2,
'A', 'W', 105, 4,
'A', 'W', 52, 6,
'C', 'Z', 90, 8,
'A', 'V', 47, 10,
'A', 'Y', 46, 11,
'C', 'U', 40, 12,
'C', 'V', 185, 12,
'C', 'W', 75, 13,
'A', 'U', 147, 13,
'A', 'S', 228, 13,
'D', 'U', 44, 14,
'C', 'S', 86, 14,
'C', 'S', 156, 14,
'E', 'S', 204, 14,
'M', 'M', 219, 14,
0,   0,   166, 0,
0,   0,   85, 1,
0,   0,   86, 1,
'M', 'M', 237, 14,
0,   0,   168, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   81, 1,
0,   0,   3, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   0, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'<', '>', 121, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'=', '>', 124, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'S', 'T', 126, 0,
0,   0,   50, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   151, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'D', 'S', 128, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   130, 1,
'F', 'R', 144, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   120, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   185, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   190, 2,
0,   0,   5, 0,
0,   0,   1, 0,
0,   0,   2, 0,
0,   0,   4, 0,
0,   0,   6, 0,
0,   0,   23, 0,
0,   0,   27, 0,
0,   0,   242, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   244, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   252, 0,
0,   0,   18, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   21, 1,
0,   0,   146, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   149, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   158, 1,
0,   0,   7, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'D', 'V', 186, 0,
0,   0,   42, 0,
0,   0,   104, 0,
'A', 'I', 227, 0,
0,   0,   170, 0,
0,   0,   211, 0,
0,   0,   223, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'N', 'P', 236, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   30, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   112, 1,
0,   0,   139, 1,
'N', 'U', 239, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'O', 247, 0,
'E', 'S', 6, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   147, 2,
0,   0,   164, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'M', 'O', 21, 1,
0,   0,   11, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   16, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'D', 'Y', 205, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   24, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   33, 0,
0,   0,   21, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   22, 0,
0,   0,   124, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   130, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   150, 0,
0,   0,   8, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   20, 1,
0,   0,   150, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   162, 1,
0,   0,   208, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   5, 2,
0,   0,   30, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   56, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   77, 2,
0,   0,   186, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   184, 2,
0,   0,   30, 0,
'L', 'Y', 49, 1,
'A', 'U', 80, 1,
'A', 'U', 109, 1,
'A', 'X', 136, 1,
'A', 'U', 178, 1,
0,   0,   225, 0,
'A', 'O', 199, 1,
'N', 'N', 219, 1,
'O', 'S', 252, 1,
'E', 'I', 1, 2,
'A', 'O', 6, 2,
0,   0,   113, 1,
'A', 'U', 59, 2,
'N', 'V', 80, 2,
'A', 'R', 89, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'O', 121, 2,
'H', 'T', 154, 2,
'E', 'Y', 175, 2,
'N', 'S', 210, 2,
0,   0,   165, 2,
'A', 'O', 216, 2,
0,   0,   183, 2,
0,   0,   187, 2,
0,   0,   43, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'D', 'T', 63, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   51, 0,
0,   0,   45, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   46, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   48, 0,
'L', 'S', 101, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   62, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   71, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   74, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   107, 0,
0,   0,   53, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   56, 0,
'T', 'T', 130, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   139, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   147, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   154, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   155, 0,
'A', 'E', 131, 1,
0,   0,   118, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   122, 0,
0,   0,   159, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   160, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'D', 'U', 160, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   189, 0,
0,   0,   171, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   174, 0,
0,   0,   197, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   202, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   216, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   217, 0,
'R', 'S', 214, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   233, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'S', 'U', 216, 1,
0,   0,   230, 0,
0,   0,   231, 0,
0,   0,   236, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   238, 0,
'T', 'T', 220, 1,
'1', 'O', 221, 1,
0,   0,   9, 1,
0,   0,   10, 1,
0,   0,   11, 1,
0,   0,   12, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   13, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   17, 1,
0,   0,   27, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   28, 1,
0,   0,   31, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   33, 1,
0,   0,   35, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'F', 'S', 21, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'K', 'S', 35, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'O', 44, 2,
0,   0,   41, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   42, 1,
0,   0,   44, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   48, 1,
0,   0,   49, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   53, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   57, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   58, 1,
0,   0,   61, 1,
0,   0,   121, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   128, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   138, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   142, 1,
0,   0,   152, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   153, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   165, 1,
'G', 'T', 107, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   185, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   192, 1,
0,   0,   170, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   174, 1,
'A', 'A', 132, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'L', 'W', 142, 2,
'D', 'L', 133, 2,
0,   0,   209, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   213, 1,
0,   0,   1, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   8, 2,
0,   0,   33, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   38, 2,
0,   0,   42, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'F', 'M', 167, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   86, 2,
0,   0,   46, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   47, 2,
0,   0,   109, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'E', 196, 2,
'E', 'M', 201, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   127, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   129, 2,
0,   0,   110, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   111, 2,
0,   0,   112, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   113, 2,
0,   0,   135, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   148, 2,
0,   0,   169, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   171, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   173, 2,
0,   0,   177, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   180, 2,
'D', 'S', 254, 2,
'E', 'T', 14, 3,
'A', 'Y', 30, 3,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'L', 'V', 60, 3,
'A', 'O', 77, 3,
'R', 'R', 110, 3,
0,   0,   237, 0,
'N', 'N', 126, 3,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'O', 139, 3,
'A', 'Y', 186, 3,
'A', 'E', 211, 3,
'R', 'W', 216, 3,
'H', 'U', 222, 3,
'U', 'U', 236, 3,
'A', 'T', 242, 3,
'H', 'W', 33, 4,
0,   0,   101, 2,
'N', 'S', 62, 4,
0,   0,   156, 2,
'H', 'R', 89, 4,
0,   0,   12, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   13, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   18, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   25, 0,
0,   0,   37, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   44, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   49, 0,
0,   0,   52, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'E', 55, 3,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   72, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   106, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   117, 0,
0,   0,   58, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   65, 0,
0,   0,   162, 0,
0,   0,   163, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   175, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'E', 71, 3,
'N', 'R', 72, 3,
0,   0,   179, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   181, 0,
0,   0,   196, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   200, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'R', 'X', 92, 3,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'O', 'U', 99, 3,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'R', 'U', 106, 3,
0,   0,   203, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   204, 0,
0,   0,   205, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   208, 0,
0,   0,   212, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   215, 0,
'A', 'O', 111, 3,
0,   0,   226, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   228, 0,
'D', 'O', 127, 3,
0,   0,   254, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   2, 1,
0,   0,   3, 1,
'A', 'V', 150, 3,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'M', 'N', 172, 3,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'C', 'C', 174, 3,
0,   0,   39, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   43, 1,
0,   0,   45, 1,
0,   0,   47, 1,
'A', 'K', 175, 3,
0,   0,   50, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   55, 1,
0,   0,   87, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   101, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   106, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   117, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   118, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   119, 1,
0,   0,   122, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   125, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   127, 1,
0,   0,   159, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   163, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   167, 1,
0,   0,   182, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   201, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   202, 1,
'E', 'I', 237, 3,
0,   0,   204, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   205, 1,
'I', 'N', 6, 4,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'U', 12, 4,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   255, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   0, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   13, 2,
0,   0,   206, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   207, 1,
0,   0,   212, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   222, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   242, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   252, 1,
0,   0,   32, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   39, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'A', 49, 4,
0,   0,   94, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   96, 2,
'G', 'R', 50, 4,
0,   0,   51, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   78, 2,
'I', 'T', 68, 4,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'I', 80, 4,
0,   0,   137, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   143, 2,
0,   0,   146, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   151, 2,
'E', 'I', 100, 4,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   182, 2,
0,   0,   174, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   175, 2,
'C', 'T', 128, 4,
'A', 'I', 146, 4,
'H', 'U', 175, 4,
'E', 'O', 191, 4,
'L', 'X', 202, 4,
'A', 'O', 243, 4,
'L', 'R', 10, 5,
0,   0,   232, 0,
'G', 'S', 17, 5,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'O', 49, 5,
'A', 'O', 60, 5,
'E', 'U', 85, 5,
'F', 'T', 102, 5,
'A', 'L', 117, 5,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'O', 129, 5,
'C', 'Y', 180, 5,
0,   0,   103, 2,
'N', 'P', 37, 6,
0,   0,   157, 2,
'I', 'I', 44, 6,
0,   0,   10, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   19, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   28, 0,
0,   0,   35, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   36, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'G', 'N', 155, 4,
0,   0,   39, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'L', 163, 4,
0,   0,   40, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   41, 0,
0,   0,   59, 0,
0,   0,   68, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   70, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'L', 'M', 189, 4,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   105, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   115, 0,
0,   0,   77, 0,
0,   0,   86, 0,
0,   0,   137, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   152, 0,
0,   0,   161, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'G', 215, 4,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   176, 0,
0,   0,   177, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   180, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'C', 'P', 222, 4,
0,   0,   164, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   172, 0,
0,   0,   183, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   188, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'I', 'O', 236, 4,
0,   0,   191, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   192, 0,
0,   0,   198, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   201, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'O', 'O', 2, 5,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   214, 0,
'A', 'A', 3, 5,
'T', 'T', 4, 5,
'4', '8', 5, 5,
0,   0,   206, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   207, 0,
0,   0,   224, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   227, 0,
0,   0,   245, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   250, 0,
'F', 'S', 30, 5,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'O', 'S', 44, 5,
0,   0,   0, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   5, 1,
0,   0,   23, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   24, 1,
0,   0,   40, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   46, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   54, 1,
0,   0,   63, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'D', 'M', 75, 5,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   107, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   115, 1,
0,   0,   96, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   100, 1,
0,   0,   126, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   136, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   143, 1,
0,   0,   147, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   151, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   156, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   161, 1,
0,   0,   172, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   175, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   183, 1,
'G', 'V', 140, 5,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'L', 'W', 168, 5,
0,   0,   221, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   228, 1,
0,   0,   229, 1,
0,   0,   230, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'L', 156, 5,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   247, 1,
0,   0,   249, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   254, 1,
0,   0,   232, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   240, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   235, 1,
0,   0,   3, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   7, 2,
0,   0,   16, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'C', 'T', 203, 5,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'G', 'M', 235, 5,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   40, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'C', 'U', 248, 5,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'R', 16, 6,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   99, 2,
0,   0,   19, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   22, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'I', 'V', 221, 5,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   31, 2,
0,   0,   26, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   29, 2,
'N', 'N', 242, 5,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   37, 2,
'A', 'E', 243, 5,
0,   0,   35, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   36, 2,
0,   0,   45, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   48, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'N', 'R', 11, 6,
0,   0,   49, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   50, 2,
'R', 'T', 34, 6,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   52, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   89, 2,
0,   0,   80, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   85, 2,
'I', 'L', 40, 6,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   144, 2,
0,   0,   138, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   140, 2,
'N', 'T', 45, 6,
0,   0,   176, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   178, 2,
'C', 'U', 75, 6,
'E', 'O', 94, 6,
'A', 'U', 105, 6,
'E', 'Y', 160, 6,
'N', 'X', 208, 6,
'O', 'O', 233, 6,
0,   0,   220, 0,
'A', 'I', 241, 6,
'G', 'T', 250, 6,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'O', 27, 7,
'I', 'O', 42, 7,
'A', 'U', 49, 7,
'P', 'U', 124, 7,
'A', 'R', 130, 7,
0,   0,   203, 1,
'E', 'O', 179, 7,
'C', 'Y', 240, 7,
'H', 'R', 25, 8,
'N', 'S', 36, 8,
'A', 'I', 45, 8,
'I', 'R', 80, 8,
0,   0,   9, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   14, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   20, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   29, 0,
0,   0,   38, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   47, 0,
0,   0,   54, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'A', 126, 6,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'L', 'N', 140, 6,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   108, 0,
'N', 'R', 127, 6,
'G', 'N', 132, 6,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   64, 0,
0,   0,   60, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   61, 0,
'L', 'U', 143, 6,
'M', 'P', 153, 6,
'T', 'V', 157, 6,
0,   0,   75, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   79, 0,
0,   0,   85, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   88, 0,
0,   0,   100, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   103, 0,
'C', 'L', 181, 6,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'S', 'S', 204, 6,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   158, 0,
'I', 'L', 191, 6,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'I', 195, 6,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   135, 0,
0,   0,   131, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   132, 0,
0,   0,   133, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   134, 0,
'A', 'C', 205, 6,
0,   0,   145, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   146, 0,
0,   0,   173, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   178, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'C', 'P', 219, 6,
0,   0,   185, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   186, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   193, 0,
'L', 'R', 234, 6,
0,   0,   210, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   213, 0,
0,   0,   229, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   235, 0,
0,   0,   246, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'D', 'V', 8, 7,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   25, 1,
0,   0,   255, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   7, 1,
0,   0,   14, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   26, 1,
0,   0,   37, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   38, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   56, 1,
0,   0,   105, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   116, 1,
0,   0,   124, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   129, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'C', '_', 70, 7,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   144, 1,
'A', 'Y', 99, 7,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   135, 1,
0,   0,   133, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   134, 1,
0,   0,   155, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   164, 1,
'C', 'R', 148, 7,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   184, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   186, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'O', 164, 7,
0,   0,   168, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   176, 1,
0,   0,   190, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   194, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'C', 'F', 175, 7,
0,   0,   197, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   199, 1,
'B', 'V', 190, 7,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'U', 'W', 237, 7,
0,   0,   214, 1,
0,   0,   215, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   227, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'L', 'L', 211, 7,
0,   0,   241, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'T', 'T', 221, 7,
0,   0,   251, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   253, 1,
'A', 'I', 212, 7,
0,   0,   234, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   236, 1,
'A', 'O', 222, 7,
0,   0,   244, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   245, 1,
0,   0,   4, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   9, 2,
0,   0,   18, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   28, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   53, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   87, 2,
'B', 'S', 7, 8,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   98, 2,
0,   0,   91, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   95, 2,
0,   0,   124, 2,
0,   0,   118, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   125, 2,
'I', 'K', 42, 8,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   145, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   150, 2,
0,   0,   136, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   139, 2,
'R', 'R', 54, 8,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'R', 'S', 78, 8,
'C', 'Y', 55, 8,
0,   0,   159, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   163, 2,
0,   0,   166, 2,
0,   0,   167, 2,
0,   0,   179, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   181, 2,
'A', 'O', 114, 8,
'A', 'U', 153, 8,
'N', 'X', 190, 8,
'U', 'U', 221, 8,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   15, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'O', 225, 8,
'A', 'O', 5, 9,
'A', 'V', 44, 9,
'P', 'V', 66, 9,
'A', 'R', 73, 9,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'O', 122, 9,
'C', 'W', 173, 9,
'I', 'R', 209, 9,
'N', 'T', 5, 10,
0,   0,   161, 2,
0,   0,   170, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   189, 2,
0,   0,   55, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   67, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'N', 129, 8,
0,   0,   73, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'T', 'T', 143, 8,
'A', 'I', 144, 8,
0,   0,   99, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   101, 0,
'T', 'Y', 174, 8,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   140, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   148, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   156, 0,
'A', 'E', 180, 8,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   125, 0,
'B', 'F', 185, 8,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   123, 0,
0,   0,   119, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   121, 0,
0,   0,   169, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'T', 201, 8,
0,   0,   182, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   184, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   194, 0,
'L', 'N', 222, 8,
0,   0,   218, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   219, 0,
0,   0,   34, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'N', 'N', 240, 8,
'G', 'G', 241, 8,
'B', 'T', 242, 8,
0,   0,   59, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   60, 1,
'X', 'X', 20, 9,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'N', 'N', 33, 9,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   114, 1,
'V', '_', 21, 9,
0,   0,   95, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'R', 'S', 31, 9,
0,   0,   90, 1,
0,   0,   91, 1,
'V', '_', 34, 9,
0,   0,   110, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   111, 1,
0,   0,   123, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   140, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   145, 1,
0,   0,   154, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   166, 1,
0,   0,   180, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'O', 91, 9,
'C', 'V', 102, 9,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   200, 1,
0,   0,   187, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   193, 1,
'D', 'S', 133, 9,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'L', 'W', 161, 9,
0,   0,   218, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   223, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   237, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'I', 'T', 149, 9,
0,   0,   243, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   246, 1,
0,   0,   2, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   6, 2,
0,   0,   15, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'C', 'Q', 194, 9,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   34, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   44, 2,
0,   0,   43, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   54, 2,
0,   0,   58, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   79, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   97, 2,
0,   0,   21, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   25, 2,
'N', 'N', 219, 9,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'U', 240, 9,
'Y', 'Y', 220, 9,
'B', 'T', 221, 9,
0,   0,   117, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   119, 2,
0,   0,   121, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   126, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   128, 2,
'D', 'S', 12, 10,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'C', 'C', 28, 10,
0,   0,   134, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   142, 2,
'_', '_', 29, 10,
'D', 'T', 30, 10,
0,   0,   152, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   153, 2,
'G', 'L', 69, 10,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'H', 'O', 75, 10,
'A', 'U', 86, 10,
'X', 'X', 107, 10,
'E', 'O', 122, 10,
0,   0,   221, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'M', 'S', 133, 10,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   51, 1,
'E', 'I', 160, 10,
0,   0,   137, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'R', 165, 10,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'O', 216, 10,
'A', 'T', 247, 10,
'E', 'I', 14, 11,
'N', 'N', 27, 11,
'A', 'A', 36, 11,
0,   0,   15, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   17, 0,
0,   0,   63, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'L', 'N', 83, 10,
0,   0,   76, 0,
0,   0,   87, 0,
0,   0,   92, 0,
0,   0,   120, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   144, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   157, 0,
'C', 'P', 108, 10,
0,   0,   187, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   190, 0,
0,   0,   199, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   209, 0,
0,   0,   249, 0,
'C', 'V', 140, 10,
0,   0,   19, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   22, 1,
0,   0,   253, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   251, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   16, 1,
0,   0,   98, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   104, 1,
'C', 'R', 183, 10,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'O', 199, 10,
0,   0,   169, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   177, 1,
'C', 'C', 210, 10,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   196, 1,
'E', 'I', 211, 10,
0,   0,   188, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   189, 1,
'A', 'T', 227, 10,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   10, 2,
0,   0,   210, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   216, 1,
0,   0,   219, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   250, 1,
0,   0,   14, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'N', 'P', 11, 11,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   41, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   64, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   81, 2,
0,   0,   23, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   24, 2,
'M', 'M', 19, 11,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   114, 2,
'P', 'P', 20, 11,
'O', 'T', 21, 11,
0,   0,   106, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   107, 2,
'B', 'I', 28, 11,
0,   0,   130, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   132, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   141, 2,
'R', 'R', 37, 11,
'B', 'I', 38, 11,
0,   0,   158, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   162, 2,
'C', 'S', 71, 11,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'H', 'O', 88, 11,
'A', 'E', 147, 11,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   222, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   243, 0,
0,   0,   29, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   36, 1,
'A', 'E', 161, 11,
'O', 'O', 189, 11,
'P', 'R', 200, 11,
'A', 'R', 203, 11,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'O', 221, 11,
'Q', 'Q', 3, 12,
'A', 'E', 14, 12,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'E', 35, 12,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   188, 2,
0,   0,   8, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   26, 0,
0,   0,   66, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'L', 'N', 96, 11,
'U', 'U', 99, 11,
'P', 'P', 110, 11,
'C', 'S', 118, 11,
'M', 'M', 100, 11,
'N', 'N', 101, 11,
'_', '_', 102, 11,
'A', 'G', 103, 11,
0,   0,   80, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   84, 0,
'L', 'R', 111, 11,
0,   0,   89, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   90, 0,
0,   0,   91, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   93, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'I', 'T', 135, 11,
0,   0,   94, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   95, 0,
'Y', 'Y', 152, 11,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   129, 0,
'_', '_', 153, 11,
'M', 'S', 154, 11,
0,   0,   127, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   128, 0,
0,   0,   73, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'D', 'D', 166, 11,
'I', 'I', 167, 11,
'U', 'U', 168, 11,
'M', 'M', 169, 11,
'B', 'T', 170, 11,
0,   0,   97, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   99, 1,
'M', 'M', 190, 11,
'A', 'I', 191, 11,
0,   0,   131, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   132, 1,
0,   0,   157, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   160, 1,
0,   0,   179, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   181, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   195, 1,
'A', 'P', 232, 11,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'W', 'W', 248, 11,
0,   0,   211, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   220, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   231, 1,
0,   0,   233, 1,
'_', '_', 249, 11,
'F', 'N', 250, 11,
0,   0,   11, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   12, 2,
'L', 'L', 4, 12,
'W', '_', 5, 12,
0,   0,   59, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   68, 2,
'B', 'B', 19, 12,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   108, 2,
'L', 'L', 20, 12,
'E', 'E', 21, 12,
'S', '_', 22, 12,
0,   0,   104, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   102, 2,
0,   0,   155, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   168, 2,
'O', 'U', 59, 12,
'I', 'I', 69, 12,
0,   0,   195, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'O', 'O', 89, 12,
0,   0,   4, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'Y', 100, 12,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   198, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'E', 144, 12,
'C', 'Y', 162, 12,
0,   0,   122, 2,
0,   0,   131, 2,
0,   0,   78, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'R', 'R', 66, 12,
'R', 'S', 67, 12,
0,   0,   110, 0,
0,   0,   116, 0,
'A', 'S', 70, 12,
0,   0,   143, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   149, 0,
'U', 'U', 90, 12,
'R', 'R', 91, 12,
'_', '_', 92, 12,
'M', 'S', 93, 12,
0,   0,   240, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   241, 0,
'S', 'S', 125, 12,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   103, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   120, 1,
'T', 'T', 126, 12,
'E', 'E', 127, 12,
'R', 'R', 128, 12,
'_', '_', 129, 12,
'H', 'U', 130, 12,
0,   0,   67, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   71, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   82, 1,
'P', 'P', 145, 12,
'L', 'L', 146, 12,
'I', 'I', 147, 12,
'C', 'C', 148, 12,
'A', 'A', 149, 12,
'T', '_', 150, 12,
0,   0,   239, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   238, 1,
0,   0,   17, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   72, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   100, 2,
'A', 'U', 205, 12,
0,   0,   141, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   1, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   62, 1,
'A', 'E', 253, 12,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   148, 1,
0,   0,   178, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   226, 1,
'E', 'U', 2, 13,
0,   0,   115, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   160, 2,
0,   0,   57, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   69, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'L', 'N', 226, 12,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'R', 'R', 229, 12,
0,   0,   81, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   102, 0,
'R', 'R', 230, 12,
'E', 'E', 231, 12,
'N', 'N', 232, 12,
'T', 'T', 233, 12,
'_', '_', 234, 12,
'D', 'U', 235, 12,
0,   0,   109, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   111, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   112, 0,
0,   0,   114, 0,
0,   0,   65, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   102, 1,
0,   0,   27, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'L', 'L', 19, 13,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   92, 2,
'E', '_', 20, 13,
0,   0,   57, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'N', 'T', 47, 13,
0,   0,   66, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'S', 'S', 54, 13,
'I', 'I', 55, 13,
'_', '_', 56, 13,
'H', 'Y', 57, 13,
0,   0,   71, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   73, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   76, 2,
'O', 'O', 96, 13,
'E', 'O', 104, 13,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   234, 0,
0,   0,   6, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'I', 115, 13,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   171, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'E', 124, 13,
'Q', 'U', 132, 13,
'I', 'R', 137, 13,
0,   0,   154, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   172, 2,
'L', 'L', 97, 13,
'U', 'U', 98, 13,
'M', 'M', 99, 13,
'N', 'N', 100, 13,
'_', '_', 101, 13,
'C', 'D', 102, 13,
0,   0,   82, 0,
0,   0,   83, 0,
0,   0,   142, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   153, 0,
0,   0,   74, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   109, 1,
'F', 'L', 125, 13,
0,   0,   55, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   225, 1,
0,   0,   74, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   88, 2,
0,   0,   93, 2,
0,   0,   116, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   123, 2,
'U', 'V', 168, 13,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   32, 1,
0,   0,   52, 1,
'A', 'A', 170, 13,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   224, 1,
'Q', 'Q', 196, 13,
0,   0,   105, 2,
0,   0,   149, 2,
0,   0,   31, 0,
0,   0,   34, 0,
'S', 'S', 171, 13,
'T', 'T', 172, 13,
'E', 'E', 173, 13,
'R', 'R', 174, 13,
'_', '_', 175, 13,
'L', 'S', 176, 13,
0,   0,   69, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'S', 'S', 184, 13,
'L', 'L', 185, 13,
'_', '_', 186, 13,
'C', 'K', 187, 13,
0,   0,   78, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   80, 1,
'L', 'L', 197, 13,
'_', '_', 198, 13,
'B', 'T', 199, 13,
0,   0,   62, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'S', 'S', 218, 13,
'I', 'I', 219, 13,
'_', '_', 220, 13,
'M', 'S', 221, 13,
0,   0,   70, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   69, 2,
0,   0,   32, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   97, 0,
'A', 'E', 247, 13,
0,   0,   165, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'A', 252, 13,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   173, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'Q', 'U', 17, 14,
0,   0,   126, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   136, 0,
'S', 'S', 253, 13,
'T', 'T', 254, 13,
'E', 'E', 255, 13,
'R', 'R', 0, 14,
'_', '_', 1, 14,
'G', 'U', 2, 14,
0,   0,   66, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   68, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   70, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   76, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   83, 1,
'L', 'L', 22, 14,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   90, 2,
'_', '_', 23, 14,
'A', 'T', 24, 14,
0,   0,   60, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   75, 2,
0,   0,   138, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   239, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   72, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   217, 1,
'Q', 'T', 62, 14,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   133, 2,
'L', 'L', 66, 14,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   83, 2,
'_', '_', 67, 14,
'B', 'S', 68, 14,
0,   0,   61, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   67, 2,
'O', 'U', 103, 14,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'G', 'G', 110, 14,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'A', 132, 14,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   248, 1,
'Q', 'T', 152, 14,
0,   0,   98, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   113, 0,
'N', 'N', 111, 14,
'O', 'O', 112, 14,
'R', 'R', 113, 14,
'E', 'E', 114, 14,
'_', '_', 115, 14,
'D', 'S', 116, 14,
0,   0,   247, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   248, 0,
'S', 'S', 133, 14,
'T', 'T', 134, 14,
'E', 'E', 135, 14,
'R', 'R', 136, 14,
'_', '_', 137, 14,
'S', 'S', 138, 14,
'S', 'S', 139, 14,
'L', 'L', 140, 14,
'_', '_', 141, 14,
'C', 'C', 142, 14,
'A', 'I', 143, 14,
0,   0,   75, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   77, 1,
0,   0,   63, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   82, 2,
0,   0,   96, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'A', 'I', 173, 14,
0,   0,   141, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'E', 'T', 188, 14,
'S', 'X', 182, 14,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   108, 1,
0,   0,   79, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   92, 1,
0,   0,   20, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   84, 2,
0,   0,   167, 0,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   65, 2,
'A', 'A', 220, 14,
'S', 'X', 221, 14,
0,   0,   64, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'_', '_', 227, 14,
'Q', 'U', 228, 14,
0,   0,   89, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
'P', 'S', 233, 14,
0,   0,   93, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   94, 1,
'A', 'A', 238, 14,
'S', 'X', 239, 14,
0,   0,   84, 1,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   191, 2,
0,   0,   88, 1,
};

static unsigned int sql_functions_max_len=29;

static unsigned int symbols_max_len=29;

static SYMBOL *get_hash_symbol(const char *s,
                               unsigned int len,bool function)
{
  uchar *hash_map;
  const char *cur_str= s;

  if (len == 0) {
    DBUG_PRINT("warning", ("get_hash_symbol() received a request for a zero-length symbol, which is probably a mistake."));    return(NULL);
  }
  if (function){
    if (len>sql_functions_max_len) return 0;
    hash_map= sql_functions_map;
    uint32 cur_struct= uint4korr(hash_map+((len-1)*4));

    for (;;){
      uchar first_char= (uchar)cur_struct;

      if (first_char == 0)
      {
        int16 ires= (int16)(cur_struct>>16);
        if (ires==array_elements(symbols)) return 0;
        SYMBOL *res;
        if (ires>=0) 
          res= symbols+ires;
        else
          res= sql_functions-ires-1;
        uint count= (uint) (cur_str - s);
        return lex_casecmp(cur_str,res->name+count,len-count) ? 0 : res;
      }

      uchar cur_char= (uchar)to_upper_lex[(uchar)*cur_str];
      if (cur_char<first_char) return 0;
      cur_struct>>=8;
      if (cur_char>(uchar)cur_struct) return 0;

      cur_struct>>=8;
      cur_struct= uint4korr(hash_map+
                        (((uint16)cur_struct + cur_char - first_char)*4));
      cur_str++;
    }
  }else{
    if (len>symbols_max_len) return 0;
    hash_map= symbols_map;
    uint32 cur_struct= uint4korr(hash_map+((len-1)*4));

    for (;;){
      uchar first_char= (uchar)cur_struct;

      if (first_char==0) {
        int16 ires= (int16)(cur_struct>>16);
        if (ires==array_elements(symbols)) return 0;
        SYMBOL *res= symbols+ires;
        uint count= (uint) (cur_str - s);
        return lex_casecmp(cur_str,res->name+count,len-count)!=0 ? 0 : res;
      }

      uchar cur_char= (uchar)to_upper_lex[(uchar)*cur_str];
      if (cur_char<first_char) return 0;
      cur_struct>>=8;
      if (cur_char>(uchar)cur_struct) return 0;

      cur_struct>>=8;
      cur_struct= uint4korr(hash_map+
                        (((uint16)cur_struct + cur_char - first_char)*4));
      cur_str++;
    }
  }
}
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2011, 2020, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_TIME_INCLUDED
#define SQL_TIME_INCLUDED

#include "sql_basic_types.h"
#include "my_time.h"
#include "mysql_time.h"                         /* timestamp_type */
#include "sql_error.h"                          /* Sql_condition */
#include "structs.h"                            /* INTERVAL */

typedef enum enum_mysql_timestamp_type timestamp_type;
typedef struct st_date_time_format DATE_TIME_FORMAT;
typedef struct st_known_date_time_format KNOWN_DATE_TIME_FORMAT;

/* Flags for calc_week() function.  */
#define WEEK_MONDAY_FIRST    1
#define WEEK_YEAR            2
#define WEEK_FIRST_WEEKDAY   4

ulong convert_period_to_month(ulong period);
ulong convert_month_to_period(ulong month);
void set_current_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *to);
bool time_to_datetime(MYSQL_TIME *ltime);
bool get_date_from_daynr(long daynr,uint *year, uint *month, uint *day);
my_time_t TIME_to_timestamp(THD *thd, const MYSQL_TIME *t, uint *error_code);
bool str_to_datetime_with_warn(THD *thd,
                               CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *str, size_t length,
                               MYSQL_TIME *l_time,
                               date_mode_t flags);
bool double_to_datetime_with_warn(THD *thd, double value, MYSQL_TIME *ltime,
                                  date_mode_t fuzzydate,
                                  const TABLE_SHARE *s, const char *name);
bool decimal_to_datetime_with_warn(THD *thd,
                                   const my_decimal *value, MYSQL_TIME *ltime,
                                   date_mode_t fuzzydate,
                                   const TABLE_SHARE *s, const char *name);
bool int_to_datetime_with_warn(THD *thd, const Longlong_hybrid &nr,
                               MYSQL_TIME *ltime,
                               date_mode_t fuzzydate,
                               const TABLE_SHARE *s, const char *name);

bool time_to_datetime(THD *thd, const MYSQL_TIME *tm, MYSQL_TIME *dt);
bool time_to_datetime_with_warn(THD *thd,
                                const MYSQL_TIME *tm, MYSQL_TIME *dt,
                                date_conv_mode_t fuzzydate);

inline void datetime_to_date(MYSQL_TIME *ltime)
{
  DBUG_ASSERT(ltime->time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATE ||
              ltime->time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATETIME);
  DBUG_ASSERT(ltime->neg == 0);
  ltime->second_part= ltime->hour= ltime->minute= ltime->second= 0;
  ltime->time_type= MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATE;
}
inline void date_to_datetime(MYSQL_TIME *ltime)
{
  DBUG_ASSERT(ltime->time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATE ||
              ltime->time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATETIME);
  DBUG_ASSERT(ltime->neg == 0);
  ltime->time_type= MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATETIME;
}
void make_truncated_value_warning(THD *thd,
                                  Sql_condition::enum_warning_level level,
                                  const ErrConv *str_val,
                                  timestamp_type time_type,
                                  const char *db_name, const char *table_name,
                                  const char *field_name);

const char *get_date_time_format_str(KNOWN_DATE_TIME_FORMAT *format,
				     timestamp_type type);
bool my_TIME_to_str(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime, String *str, uint dec);

/* MYSQL_TIME operations */
bool date_add_interval(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, interval_type int_type,
                       const INTERVAL &interval, bool push_warn= true);
bool calc_time_diff(const MYSQL_TIME *l_time1, const MYSQL_TIME *l_time2,
                    int l_sign, ulonglong *seconds_out, ulong *microseconds_out);
int append_interval(String *str, interval_type int_type,
                    const INTERVAL &interval);
/**
  Calculate time difference between two MYSQL_TIME values and
  store the result as an out MYSQL_TIME value in MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME format.

  The result can be outside of the supported TIME range.
  For example, calc_time_diff('2002-01-01 00:00:00', '2001-01-01 00:00:00')
  returns '8760:00:00'. So the caller might want to do check_time_range() or
  adjust_time_range_with_warn() on the result of a calc_time_diff() call.

  @param l_time1       - the minuend (TIME/DATE/DATETIME value)
  @param l_time2       - the subtrahend TIME/DATE/DATETIME value
  @param l_sign        -  +1 if absolute values are to be subtracted,
                          or -1 if absolute values are to be added.
  @param[out] l_time3  - the result
  @param fuzzydate     - flags

  @return true         - if TIME_NO_ZERO_DATE was passed in flags and
                         the result appeared to be '00:00:00.000000'.
                         This is important when calc_time_diff() is called
                         when calculating DATE_ADD(TIMEDIFF(...),...)
  @return false        - otherwise
*/
bool calc_time_diff(const MYSQL_TIME *l_time1, const MYSQL_TIME *l_time2,
                    int lsign, MYSQL_TIME *l_time3, date_mode_t fuzzydate);
int my_time_compare(const MYSQL_TIME *a, const MYSQL_TIME *b);
void localtime_to_TIME(MYSQL_TIME *to, struct tm *from);

void calc_time_from_sec(MYSQL_TIME *to, ulong seconds, ulong microseconds);
uint calc_week(const MYSQL_TIME *l_time, uint week_behaviour, uint *year);

int calc_weekday(long daynr,bool sunday_first_day_of_week);

extern KNOWN_DATE_TIME_FORMAT known_date_time_formats[];
extern LEX_CSTRING interval_type_to_name[];

static inline bool
non_zero_hhmmssuu(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime)
{
  return ltime->hour || ltime->minute || ltime->second || ltime->second_part;
}
static inline bool
non_zero_YYMMDD(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime)
{
  return ltime->year || ltime->month || ltime->day;
}
static inline bool
non_zero_date(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime)
{
  return non_zero_YYMMDD(ltime) ||
         (ltime->time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATETIME &&
          non_zero_hhmmssuu(ltime));
}
static inline bool
check_date(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_conv_mode_t flags, int *was_cut)
{
 return check_date(ltime, non_zero_date(ltime),
                   ulonglong(flags & TIME_MODE_FOR_XXX_TO_DATE), was_cut);
}
bool check_date_with_warn(THD *thd, const MYSQL_TIME *ltime,
                          date_conv_mode_t fuzzy_date, timestamp_type ts_type);
static inline bool
check_date_with_warn(THD *thd, const MYSQL_TIME *ltime,
                          date_mode_t fuzzydate, timestamp_type ts_type)
{
  return check_date_with_warn(thd, ltime, date_conv_mode_t(fuzzydate), ts_type);
}

bool adjust_time_range_with_warn(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, uint dec);

longlong pack_time(const MYSQL_TIME *my_time);
void unpack_time(longlong packed, MYSQL_TIME *my_time,
                 enum_mysql_timestamp_type ts_type);

#endif /* SQL_TIME_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2023, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_USED_INCLUDED
#define SQL_USED_INCLUDED

class Sql_used
{
public:
  typedef uint used_t;
  enum { RAND_USED=1, TIME_ZONE_USED=2, QUERY_START_SEC_PART_USED=4,
         THREAD_SPECIFIC_USED=8,
         CHARACTER_SET_COLLATIONS_USED= 16
       };
  used_t used;
  Sql_used()
   :used(0)
  { }
};

#endif // SQL_USED_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (C) 2006 MySQL AB
   Copyright (c) 2017, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
   (at your option) any later version.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/* Definitions needed for myisamchk/mariachk.c */

#ifndef _myisamchk_h
#define _myisamchk_h

#include <my_stack_alloc.h>

/*
  Flags used by xxxxchk.c or/and ha_xxxx.cc that are NOT passed
  to xxxcheck.c follows:
*/

#define TT_USEFRM               1U
#define TT_FOR_UPGRADE          2U
#define TT_FROM_MYSQL           4U

/* Bits set in out_flag */
#define O_NEW_DATA	2U
#define O_DATA_LOST	4U

/* 
  MARIA/MYISAM supports several statistics collection
  methods. Currently statistics collection method is not stored in
  MARIA file and has to be specified for each table analyze/repair
  operation in MI_CHECK::stats_method.
*/

typedef enum
{
  /* Treat NULLs as inequal when collecting statistics (default for 4.1/5.0) */
  MI_STATS_METHOD_NULLS_NOT_EQUAL,
  /* Treat NULLs as equal when collecting statistics (like 4.0 did) */
  MI_STATS_METHOD_NULLS_EQUAL,
  /* Ignore NULLs - count only tuples without NULLs in the index components */
  MI_STATS_METHOD_IGNORE_NULLS
} enum_handler_stats_method;

struct st_myisam_info;

typedef struct st_handler_check_param
{
  char *isam_file_name;
  MY_TMPDIR *tmpdir;
  void *thd;
  const char *db_name, *table_name, *op_name;
  ulonglong auto_increment_value;
  ulonglong max_data_file_length;
  ulonglong keys_in_use;
  ulonglong max_record_length;
  /* 
     The next two are used to collect statistics, see update_key_parts for
     description.
  */
  ulonglong unique_count[HA_MAX_KEY_SEG + 1];
  ulonglong notnull_count[HA_MAX_KEY_SEG + 1];
  ulonglong max_allowed_lsn;
  my_off_t search_after_block;
  my_off_t new_file_pos, key_file_blocks;
  my_off_t keydata, totaldata, key_blocks, start_check_pos;
  my_off_t used, empty, splits, del_length, link_used, lost;
  ha_rows total_records, total_deleted, records,del_blocks;
  ha_rows full_page_count, tail_count;
  ha_checksum record_checksum, glob_crc;
  ha_checksum key_crc[HA_MAX_POSSIBLE_KEY];
  ha_checksum tmp_key_crc[HA_MAX_POSSIBLE_KEY];
  ha_checksum tmp_record_checksum;
  ulonglong   org_key_map;
  ulonglong   testflag;

  /* Following is used to check if rows are visible */
  ulonglong max_trid, max_found_trid;
  ulonglong not_visible_rows_found;
  ulonglong sort_buffer_length, orig_sort_buffer_length;
  ulonglong use_buffers;                        /* Used as param to getopt() */
  size_t read_buffer_length, write_buffer_length, sort_key_blocks;
  time_t backup_time;                           /* To sign backup files */
  ulong rec_per_key_part[HA_MAX_KEY_SEG * HA_MAX_POSSIBLE_KEY];
  double new_rec_per_key_part[HA_MAX_KEY_SEG * HA_MAX_POSSIBLE_KEY];
  uint out_flag, error_printed, verbose;
  uint opt_sort_key, total_files, max_level;
  uint key_cache_block_size, pagecache_block_size;
  uint skip_lsn_error_count;
  int tmpfile_createflag, err_count;
  myf myf_rw;
  uint16 language;
  my_bool warning_printed, note_printed, wrong_trd_printed;
  my_bool using_global_keycache, opt_lock_memory, opt_follow_links;
  my_bool retry_repair, force_sort, calc_checksum, static_row_size;
  char temp_filename[FN_REFLEN];
  IO_CACHE read_cache;
  void **stack_end_ptr;
  enum_handler_stats_method stats_method;
  /* For reporting progress */
  uint stage, max_stage;
  uint progress_counter;             /* How often to call _report_progress() */
  ulonglong progress, max_progress;

  void (*init_fix_record)(void *);
  int (*fix_record)(struct st_myisam_info *info, uchar *record, int keynum);

  mysql_mutex_t print_msg_mutex;
  my_bool need_print_msg_lock, status_reporting;
  myf malloc_flags;
} HA_CHECK;


typedef struct st_buffpek {
  my_off_t file_pos;                    /* Where we are in the sort file */
  uchar *base, *key;                    /* Key pointers */
  ha_rows count;                        /* Number of rows in table */
  ha_rows mem_count;                    /* Numbers of keys in memory */
  ha_rows max_keys;                     /* Max keys in buffert */
} BUFFPEK;

#endif /* _myisamchk_h */
#ifndef INCLUDES_MYSQL_SQL_LIST_H
#define INCLUDES_MYSQL_SQL_LIST_H
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2019, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#include "sql_alloc.h"
#include <iterator>

/**
  Simple intrusive linked list.

  @remark Similar in nature to base_list, but intrusive. It keeps a
          a pointer to the first element in the list and a indirect
          reference to the last element.
*/

template <typename T>
class SQL_I_List :public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  uint elements;
  /** The first element in the list. */
  T *first;
  /** A reference to the next element in the list. */
  T **next;

  SQL_I_List() { empty(); }

  SQL_I_List(const SQL_I_List &tmp) : Sql_alloc()
  {
    elements= tmp.elements;
    first= tmp.first;
    next= elements ? tmp.next : &first;
  }

  SQL_I_List& operator=(const SQL_I_List &tmp)
  {
    elements= tmp.elements;
    first= tmp.first;
    next= elements ? tmp.next : &first;;
    return *this;
  }

  inline void empty()
  {
    elements= 0;
    first= NULL;
    next= &first;
  }

  inline void link_in_list(T *element, T **next_ptr)
  {
    elements++;
    (*next)= element;
    next= next_ptr;
    *next= NULL;
  }

  inline void save_and_clear(SQL_I_List<T> *save)
  {
    *save= *this;
    empty();
  }

  inline void push_front(SQL_I_List<T> *save)
  {
    /* link current list last */
    *save->next= first;
    first= save->first;
    elements+= save->elements;
  }

  inline void push_back(SQL_I_List<T> *save)
  {
    if (save->first)
    {
      *next= save->first;
      next= save->next;
      elements+= save->elements;
    }
  }
};


/*
  Basic single linked list
  Used for item and item_buffs.
  All list ends with a pointer to the 'end_of_list' element, which
  data pointer is a null pointer and the next pointer points to itself.
  This makes it very fast to traverse lists as we don't have to
  test for a specialend condition for list that can't contain a null
  pointer.
*/


/**
  list_node - a node of a single-linked list.
  @note We never call a destructor for instances of this class.
*/

struct list_node :public Sql_alloc
{
  list_node *next;
  void *info;
  list_node(const void *info_par, list_node *next_par)
    :next(next_par), info(const_cast<void *>(info_par))
  {}
  list_node()					/* For end_of_list */
  {
    info= 0;
    next= this;
  }
};

extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT list_node end_of_list;

class base_list :public Sql_alloc
{
protected:
  list_node *first,**last;

public:
  uint elements;

  bool operator==(const base_list &rhs) const
  {
    return
      elements == rhs.elements &&
      first == rhs.first &&
      last == rhs.last;
  }
  base_list& operator=(const base_list &rhs)
  {
    elements= rhs.elements;
    first= rhs.first;
    last= elements ? rhs.last : &first;
    return *this;
  }

  inline void empty() { elements=0; first= &end_of_list; last=&first;}
  inline base_list() { empty(); }
  /**
    This is a shallow copy constructor that implicitly passes the ownership
    from the source list to the new instance. The old instance is not
    updated, so both objects end up sharing the same nodes. If one of
    the instances then adds or removes a node, the other becomes out of
    sync ('last' pointer), while still operational. Some old code uses and
    relies on this behaviour. This logic is quite tricky: please do not use
    it in any new code.
  */
  inline base_list(const base_list &tmp) :Sql_alloc()
  {
    *this= tmp;
  }
  /**
    Construct a deep copy of the argument in memory root mem_root.
    The elements themselves are copied by pointer. If you also
    need to copy elements by value, you should employ
    list_copy_and_replace_each_value after creating a copy.
  */
  bool copy(const base_list *rhs, MEM_ROOT *mem_root);
  base_list(const base_list &rhs, MEM_ROOT *mem_root) { copy(&rhs, mem_root); }
  inline base_list(bool) {}
  inline bool push_back(void *info)
  {
    if (((*last)=new list_node(info, &end_of_list)))
    {
      last= &(*last)->next;
      elements++;
      return 0;
    }
    return 1;
  }
  inline bool push_back(void *info, MEM_ROOT *mem_root)
  {
    if (((*last)=new (mem_root) list_node(info, &end_of_list)))
    {
      last= &(*last)->next;
      elements++;
      return 0;
    }
    return 1;
  }
  bool push_front_impl(list_node *node)
  {
    if (node)
    {
      if (last == &first)
        last= &node->next;
      first=node;
      elements++;
      return 0;
    }
    return 1;
  }
  inline bool push_front(void *info)
  { return push_front_impl(new list_node(info, first)); }
  inline bool push_front(void *info, MEM_ROOT *mem_root)
  { return push_front_impl(new (mem_root) list_node(info,first)); }
  void remove(list_node **prev)
  {
    list_node *node=(*prev)->next;
    if (!--elements)
      last= &first;
    else if (last == &(*prev)->next)
      last= prev;
    delete *prev;
    *prev=node;
  }
  inline void append(base_list *list)
  {
    if (!list->is_empty())
    {
      if (is_empty())
      {
        *this= *list;
        return;
      }
      *last= list->first;
      last= list->last;
      elements+= list->elements;
    }
  }
  inline void *pop(void)
  {
    if (first == &end_of_list) return 0;
    list_node *tmp=first;
    first=first->next;
    if (!--elements)
      last= &first;
    return tmp->info;
  }

  /*
    Remove from this list elements that are contained in the passed list. 
    We assume that the passed list is a tail of this list (that is, the whole 
    list_node* elements are shared).
  */
  inline void disjoin(const base_list *list)
  {
    list_node **prev= &first;
    list_node *node= first;
    list_node *list_first= list->first;
    elements=0;
    while (node != &end_of_list && node != list_first)
    {
      prev= &node->next;
      node= node->next;
      elements++;
      if (node == &end_of_list)
        return;
    }
    *prev= &end_of_list;
    last= prev;
  }
  inline void prepend(base_list *list)
  {
    if (!list->is_empty())
    {
      if (is_empty())
        last= list->last;
      *list->last= first;
      first= list->first;
      elements+= list->elements;
    }
  }
  /**
    Swap two lists.
  */
  inline void swap(base_list &rhs)
  {
    list_node **rhs_last=rhs.last;
    swap_variables(list_node *, first, rhs.first);
    swap_variables(uint, elements, rhs.elements);
    rhs.last= last == &first ? &rhs.first : last;
    last = rhs_last == &rhs.first ? &first : rhs_last;
  }

  inline list_node* last_node() { return *last; }
  inline list_node* first_node() { return first;}
  inline void *head() { return first->info; }
  inline void **head_ref() { return first != &end_of_list ? &first->info : 0; }
  inline bool is_empty() { return first == &end_of_list ; }
  inline list_node *last_ref() { return &end_of_list; }
  template <typename T= void>
  inline bool add_unique(T *info, bool (*eq)(T *a, T *b))
  {
    list_node *node= first;
    for (;
         node != &end_of_list && (!(*eq)(static_cast<T *>(node->info), info));
         node= node->next) ;
    if (node == &end_of_list)
      return push_back(info);
    return 1;
  }
  friend class base_list_iterator;
  friend class error_list;
  friend class error_list_iterator;

  /*
    Return N-th element in the list, or NULL if the list has
    less than N elements.
  */
  void *elem(uint n)
  {
    list_node *node= first;
    void *data= NULL;
    for (uint i= 0; i <= n; i++)
    {
      if (node == &end_of_list)
      {
        data= NULL;
        break;
      }
      data= node->info;
      node= node->next;
    }
    return data;
  }

#ifdef LIST_EXTRA_DEBUG
  /*
    Check list invariants and print results into trace. Invariants are:
      - (*last) points to end_of_list
      - There are no NULLs in the list.
      - base_list::elements is the number of elements in the list.

    SYNOPSIS
      check_list()
        name  Name to print to trace file

    RETURN 
      1  The list is Ok.
      0  List invariants are not met.
  */

  bool check_list(const char *name)
  {
    base_list *list= this;
    list_node *node= first;
    uint cnt= 0;

    while (node->next != &end_of_list)
    {
      if (!node->info)
      {
        DBUG_PRINT("list_invariants",("%s: error: NULL element in the list", 
                                      name));
        return FALSE;
      }
      node= node->next;
      cnt++;
    }
    if (last != &(node->next))
    {
      DBUG_PRINT("list_invariants", ("%s: error: wrong last pointer", name));
      return FALSE;
    }
    if (cnt+1 != elements)
    {
      DBUG_PRINT("list_invariants", ("%s: error: wrong element count", name));
      return FALSE;
    }
    DBUG_PRINT("list_invariants", ("%s: list is ok", name));
    return TRUE;
  }
#endif // LIST_EXTRA_DEBUG

protected:
  void after(const void *info, list_node *node)
  {
    list_node *new_node=new list_node(info,node->next);
    node->next=new_node;
    elements++;
    if (last == &(node->next))
      last= &new_node->next;
  }
};


class base_list_iterator
{
protected:
  base_list *list;
  list_node **el,**prev,*current;
  void sublist(base_list &ls, uint elm)
  {
    ls.first= *el;
    ls.last= list->last;
    ls.elements= elm;
  }
public:
  base_list_iterator() 
    :list(0), el(0), prev(0), current(0)
  {}

  base_list_iterator(base_list &list_par) 
  { init(list_par); }

  inline void init(base_list &list_par)
  {
    list= &list_par;
    el= &list_par.first;
    prev= 0;
    current= 0;
  }

  inline void *next(void)
  {
    prev=el;
    current= *el;
    el= &current->next;
    return current->info;
  }
  /* Get what calling next() would return, without moving the iterator */
  inline void *peek()
  {
    return (*el)->info;
  }
  inline void *next_fast(void)
  {
    list_node *tmp;
    tmp= *el;
    el= &tmp->next;
    return tmp->info;
  }
  inline void rewind(void)
  {
    el= &list->first;
  }
  inline void *replace(const void *element)
  {						// Return old element
    void *tmp=current->info;
    DBUG_ASSERT(current->info != 0);
    current->info= const_cast<void *>(element);
    return tmp;
  }
  void *replace(base_list &new_list)
  {
    void *ret_value=current->info;
    if (!new_list.is_empty())
    {
      *new_list.last=current->next;
      current->info=new_list.first->info;
      current->next=new_list.first->next;
      if ((list->last == &current->next) && (new_list.elements > 1))
	list->last= new_list.last;
      list->elements+=new_list.elements-1;
    }
    return ret_value;				// return old element
  }
  inline void remove(void)			// Remove current
  {
    list->remove(prev);
    el=prev;
    current=0;					// Safeguard
  }
  void after(const void *element)		// Insert element after current
  {
    list->after(element,current);
    current=current->next;
    el= &current->next;
  }
  inline void **ref(void)			// Get reference pointer
  {
    return &current->info;
  }
  inline bool is_last(void)
  {
    return el == &list->last_ref()->next;
  }
  inline bool at_end()
  {
    return current == &end_of_list;
  }
  friend class error_list_iterator;
};

template <class T> class List :public base_list
{
public:
  inline List() :base_list() {}
  inline List(const List<T> &tmp, MEM_ROOT *mem_root) :
    base_list(tmp, mem_root) {}
  inline bool push_back(T *a) { return base_list::push_back(a); }
  inline bool push_back(T *a, MEM_ROOT *mem_root)
  { return base_list::push_back((void*) a, mem_root); }
  inline bool push_front(T *a) { return base_list::push_front(a); }
  inline bool push_front(T *a, MEM_ROOT *mem_root)
  { return base_list::push_front((void*) a, mem_root); }
  inline T* head() {return (T*) base_list::head(); }
  inline T** head_ref() {return (T**) base_list::head_ref(); }
  inline T* pop()  {return (T*) base_list::pop(); }
  inline void append(List<T> *list) { base_list::append(list); }
  inline void prepend(List<T> *list) { base_list::prepend(list); }
  inline void disjoin(List<T> *list) { base_list::disjoin(list); }
  inline bool add_unique(T *a, bool (*eq)(T *a, T *b))
  { return base_list::add_unique<T>(a, eq); }
  inline bool copy(const List<T> *list, MEM_ROOT *root)
  { return base_list::copy(list, root); }
  void delete_elements(void)
  {
    list_node *element,*next;
    for (element=first; element != &end_of_list; element=next)
    {
      next=element->next;
      delete (T*) element->info;
    }
    empty();
  }
  T *elem(uint n) { return (T*) base_list::elem(n); }
  // Create a new list with one element
  static List<T> *make(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, T *first)
  {
    List<T> *res= new (mem_root) List<T>;
    return res == NULL || res->push_back(first, mem_root) ? NULL : res;
  }

  class Iterator;
  using value_type= T;
  using iterator= Iterator;

  iterator begin() const { return iterator(first); }
  iterator end() const { return iterator(); }

  class Iterator
  {
  public:
    using iterator_category= std::forward_iterator_tag;
    using value_type= T;
    using difference_type= std::ptrdiff_t;
    using pointer= T *;
    using reference= T &;

    Iterator(list_node *p= &end_of_list) : node{p} {}

    Iterator &operator++()
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(node != &end_of_list);

      node= node->next;
      return *this;
    }

    Iterator operator++(int)
    {
      Iterator tmp(*this);
      operator++();
      return tmp;
    }

    T &operator*() { return *static_cast<T *>(node->info); }
    T *operator->() { return static_cast<T *>(node->info); }

    bool operator==(const typename List<T>::iterator &rhs)
    {
      return node == rhs.node;
    }

    bool operator!=(const typename List<T>::iterator &rhs)
    {
      return node != rhs.node;
    }

  private:
    list_node *node{&end_of_list};
  };
};


template <class T> class List_iterator :public base_list_iterator
{
public:
  List_iterator(List<T> &a) : base_list_iterator(a) {}
  List_iterator() : base_list_iterator() {}
  inline void init(List<T> &a) { base_list_iterator::init(a); }
  inline T* operator++(int) { return (T*) base_list_iterator::next(); }
  inline T* peek() { return (T*) base_list_iterator::peek(); }
  inline T *replace(T *a)   { return (T*) base_list_iterator::replace(a); }
  inline T *replace(List<T> &a) { return (T*) base_list_iterator::replace(a); }
  inline void rewind(void)  { base_list_iterator::rewind(); }
  inline void remove()      { base_list_iterator::remove(); }
  inline void after(T *a)   { base_list_iterator::after(a); }
  inline T** ref(void)	    { return (T**) base_list_iterator::ref(); }
};


template <class T> class List_iterator_fast :public base_list_iterator
{
protected:
  inline T *replace(T *)   { return (T*) 0; }
  inline T *replace(List<T> &) { return (T*) 0; }
  inline void remove(void)  {}
  inline void after(T *)    {}
  inline T** ref(void)	    { return (T**) 0; }

public:
  inline List_iterator_fast(List<T> &a) : base_list_iterator(a) {}
  inline List_iterator_fast() : base_list_iterator() {}
  inline void init(List<T> &a) { base_list_iterator::init(a); }
  inline T* operator++(int) { return (T*) base_list_iterator::next_fast(); }
  inline void rewind(void)  { base_list_iterator::rewind(); }
  void sublist(List<T> &list_arg, uint el_arg)
  {
    base_list_iterator::sublist(list_arg, el_arg);
  }
};


/*
  Bubble sort algorithm for List<T>.
  This sort function is supposed to be used only for very short list.
  Currently it is used for the lists of Item_equal objects and
  for some lists in the table elimination algorithms. In both
  cases the sorted lists are very short.
*/

template <class T> 
inline void bubble_sort(List<T> *list_to_sort,
                        int (*sort_func)(T *a, T *b, void *arg), void *arg)
{
  bool swap;
  T **ref1= 0;
  T **ref2= 0;
  List_iterator<T> it(*list_to_sort);
  do
  {
    T **last_ref= ref1;
    T *item1= it++;
    ref1= it.ref();
    T *item2;

    swap= FALSE;
    while ((item2= it++) && (ref2= it.ref()) != last_ref)
    {
      if (sort_func(item1, item2, arg) > 0)
      {
        *ref1= item2;
        *ref2= item1;
        swap= TRUE;
      }
      else
        item1= item2;
      ref1= ref2;
    }
    it.rewind();
  } while (swap);
}


/*
  A simple intrusive list which automaticly removes element from list
  on delete (for THD element)
*/

struct ilink
{
  struct ilink **prev,*next;
  static void *operator new(size_t size) throw ()
  {
    return (void*)my_malloc(PSI_INSTRUMENT_ME,
                            (uint)size, MYF(MY_WME | MY_FAE | ME_FATAL));
  }
  static void operator delete(void* ptr_arg, size_t)
  {
     my_free(ptr_arg);
  }

  inline ilink()
  {
    prev=0; next=0;
  }
  inline void unlink()
  {
    /* Extra tests because element doesn't have to be linked */
    if (prev) *prev= next;
    if (next) next->prev=prev;
    prev=0 ; next=0;
  }
  inline void assert_linked()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(prev != 0 && next != 0);
  }
  inline void assert_not_linked()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(prev == 0 && next == 0);
  }
  virtual ~ilink() { unlink(); }		/*lint -e1740 */
};


/* Needed to be able to have an I_List of char* strings in mysqld.cc. */

class i_string: public ilink
{
public:
  const char* ptr;
  i_string():ptr(0) { }
  i_string(const char* s) : ptr(s) {}
};

/* needed for linked list of two strings for replicate-rewrite-db */
class i_string_pair: public ilink
{
public:
  const char* key;
  const char* val;
  i_string_pair():key(0),val(0) { }
  i_string_pair(const char* key_arg, const char* val_arg) : 
    key(key_arg),val(val_arg) {}
};


template <class T> class I_List_iterator;


class base_ilist
{
  struct ilink *first;
  struct ilink last;
public:
  inline void empty() { first= &last; last.prev= &first; }
  base_ilist() { empty(); }
  inline bool is_empty() {  return first == &last; }
  // Returns true if p is the last "real" object in the list,
  // i.e. p->next points to the sentinel.
  inline bool is_last(ilink *p) { return p->next == NULL || p->next == &last; }
  inline void append(ilink *a)
  {
    first->prev= &a->next;
    a->next=first; a->prev= &first; first=a;
  }
  inline void push_back(ilink *a)
  {
    *last.prev= a;
    a->next= &last;
    a->prev= last.prev;
    last.prev= &a->next;
  }
  inline struct ilink *get()
  {
    struct ilink *first_link=first;
    if (first_link == &last)
      return 0;
    first_link->unlink();			// Unlink from list
    return first_link;
  }
  inline struct ilink *head()
  {
    return (first != &last) ? first : 0;
  }

  /**
    Moves list elements to new owner, and empties current owner (i.e. this).

    @param[in,out]  new_owner  The new owner of the list elements.
                               Should be empty in input.
  */

  void move_elements_to(base_ilist *new_owner)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(new_owner->is_empty());
    new_owner->first= first;
    new_owner->last= last;
    empty();
  }

  friend class base_ilist_iterator;
 private:
  /*
    We don't want to allow copying of this class, as that would give us
    two list heads containing the same elements.
    So we declare, but don't define copy CTOR and assignment operator.
  */
  base_ilist(const base_ilist&);
  void operator=(const base_ilist&);
};


class base_ilist_iterator
{
  base_ilist *list;
  struct ilink **el;
protected:
  struct ilink *current;
public:
  base_ilist_iterator(base_ilist &list_par) :list(&list_par),
    el(&list_par.first),current(0) {}
  void *next(void)
  {
    /* This is coded to allow push_back() while iterating */
    current= *el;
    if (current == &list->last) return 0;
    el= &current->next;
    return current;
  }
  /* Unlink element returned by last next() call */
  inline void unlink(void)
  {
    struct ilink **tmp= current->prev;
    current->unlink();
    el= tmp;
  }
};


template <class T>
class I_List :private base_ilist
{
public:
  I_List() :base_ilist()	{}
  inline bool is_last(T *p)     { return base_ilist::is_last(p); }
  inline void empty()		{ base_ilist::empty(); }
  inline bool is_empty()        { return base_ilist::is_empty(); } 
  inline void append(T* a)	{ base_ilist::append(a); }
  inline void push_back(T* a)	{ base_ilist::push_back(a); }
  inline T* get()		{ return (T*) base_ilist::get(); }
  inline T* head()		{ return (T*) base_ilist::head(); }
  inline void move_elements_to(I_List<T>* new_owner) {
    base_ilist::move_elements_to(new_owner);
  }
  friend class I_List_iterator<T>;
};


template <class T> class I_List_iterator :public base_ilist_iterator
{
public:
  I_List_iterator(I_List<T> &a) : base_ilist_iterator(a) {}
  inline T* operator++(int) { return (T*) base_ilist_iterator::next(); }
  /* Remove element returned by last next() call */
  inline void remove(void)
  {
    unlink();
    delete (T*) current;
    current= 0;                                 // Safety
  }
};

/**
  Make a deep copy of each list element.

  @note A template function and not a template method of class List
  is employed because of explicit template instantiation:
  in server code there are explicit instantiations of List<T> and
  an explicit instantiation of a template requires that any method
  of the instantiated class used in the template can be resolved.
  Evidently not all template arguments have clone() method with
  the right signature.

  @return You must query the error state in THD for out-of-memory
  situation after calling this function.
*/

template <typename T>
inline
void
list_copy_and_replace_each_value(List<T> &list, MEM_ROOT *mem_root)
{
  /* Make a deep copy of each element */
  List_iterator<T> it(list);
  T *el;
  while ((el= it++))
    it.replace(el->clone(mem_root));
}

void free_list(I_List <i_string> *list);

#endif // INCLUDES_MYSQL_SQL_LIST_H
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2018, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2010, 2019, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file

  @details
  Mostly this file is used in the server. But a little part of it is used in
  mysqlbinlog too (definition of SELECT_DISTINCT and others).
  The consequence is that 90% of the file is wrapped in \#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT,
  except the part which must be in the server and in the client.
*/

#ifndef SQL_PRIV_INCLUDED
#define SQL_PRIV_INCLUDED

/*
   This is included in the server and in the client.
   Options for select set by the yacc parser (stored in lex->options).

   NOTE
   log_event.h defines OPTIONS_WRITTEN_TO_BIN_LOG to specify what THD
   options list are written into binlog. These options can NOT change their
   values, or it will break replication between version.

   context is encoded as following:
   SELECT - SELECT_LEX_NODE::options
   THD    - THD::options
   intern - neither. used only as
            func(..., select_node->options | thd->options | OPTION_XXX, ...)

   TODO: separate three contexts above, move them to separate bitfields.
*/

#define SELECT_DISTINCT         (1ULL << 0)     // SELECT, user
#define SELECT_STRAIGHT_JOIN    (1ULL << 1)     // SELECT, user
#define SELECT_DESCRIBE         (1ULL << 2)     // SELECT, user
#define SELECT_SMALL_RESULT     (1ULL << 3)     // SELECT, user
#define SELECT_BIG_RESULT       (1ULL << 4)     // SELECT, user
#define OPTION_FOUND_ROWS       (1ULL << 5)     // SELECT, user
#define OPTION_TO_QUERY_CACHE   (1ULL << 6)     // SELECT, user
#define SELECT_NO_JOIN_CACHE    (1ULL << 7)     // intern
/** always the opposite of OPTION_NOT_AUTOCOMMIT except when in fix_autocommit() */
#define OPTION_AUTOCOMMIT       (1ULL << 8)    // THD, user
#define OPTION_BIG_SELECTS      (1ULL << 9)     // THD, user
#define OPTION_LOG_OFF          (1ULL << 10)    // THD, user
#define OPTION_QUOTE_SHOW_CREATE (1ULL << 11)   // THD, user
#define TMP_TABLE_ALL_COLUMNS   (1ULL << 12)    // SELECT, intern
#define OPTION_WARNINGS         (1ULL << 13)    // THD, user
#define OPTION_AUTO_IS_NULL     (1ULL << 14)    // THD, user, binlog
#define OPTION_NO_CHECK_CONSTRAINT_CHECKS  (1ULL << 15)
#define OPTION_SAFE_UPDATES     (1ULL << 16)    // THD, user
#define OPTION_BUFFER_RESULT    (1ULL << 17)    // SELECT, user
#define OPTION_BIN_LOG          (1ULL << 18)    // THD, user
#define OPTION_NOT_AUTOCOMMIT   (1ULL << 19)    // THD, user
#define OPTION_BEGIN            (1ULL << 20)    // THD, intern
#define OPTION_TABLE_LOCK       (1ULL << 21)    // THD, intern
#define OPTION_QUICK            (1ULL << 22)    // SELECT (for DELETE)
#define OPTION_BINLOG_THIS_TRX  (1ULL << 23)    // THD

#define OPTION_EXPLICIT_DEF_TIMESTAMP   (1ULL << 24) // THD, user
#define OPTION_GTID_BEGIN       (1ULL << 25)    // GTID BEGIN found in log

/** The following can be set when importing tables in a 'wrong order'
   to suppress foreign key checks */
#define OPTION_NO_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS    (1ULL << 26) // THD, user, binlog
/** The following speeds up inserts to InnoDB tables by suppressing unique
   key checks in some cases */
#define OPTION_RELAXED_UNIQUE_CHECKS    (1ULL << 27) // THD, user, binlog
#define OPTION_IF_EXISTS                (1ULL << 28) // binlog
#define OPTION_SCHEMA_TABLE             (1ULL << 29) // SELECT, intern
#define OPTION_INSERT_HISTORY           (1ULL << 30)
/** If not set then the thread will ignore all warnings with level notes. */
#define OPTION_SQL_NOTES                (1ULL << 31) // THD, user
/**
  Force the used temporary table to be a MyISAM table (because we will use
  fulltext functions when reading from it.
*/
#define TMP_TABLE_FORCE_MYISAM          (1ULL << 32)
#define OPTION_PROFILING                (1ULL << 33)
/**
  Indicates that this is a HIGH_PRIORITY SELECT.
  Currently used only for printing of such selects.
  Type of locks to be acquired is specified directly.
*/
#define SELECT_HIGH_PRIORITY            (1ULL << 34)     // SELECT, user
/**
  Is set in slave SQL thread when there was an
  error on master, which, when is not reproducible
  on slave (i.e. the query succeeds on slave),
  is not terminal to the state of repliation,
  and should be ignored. The slave SQL thread,
  however, needs to rollback the effects of the
  succeeded statement to keep replication consistent.
*/
#define OPTION_MASTER_SQL_ERROR         (1ULL << 35)

#define OPTION_BINLOG_THIS_STMT         (1ULL << 36) // THD
#define OPTION_BINLOG_THIS (OPTION_BINLOG_THIS_STMT | OPTION_BINLOG_THIS_TRX)

#define OPTION_SKIP_REPLICATION         (1ULL << 37) // THD, user
#define OPTION_RPL_SKIP_PARALLEL        (1ULL << 38)
#define OPTION_NO_QUERY_CACHE           (1ULL << 39) // SELECT, user
#define OPTION_PROCEDURE_CLAUSE         (1ULL << 40) // Internal usage
#define SELECT_NO_UNLOCK                (1ULL << 41) // SELECT, intern
#define OPTION_BIN_TMP_LOG_OFF          (1ULL << 42) // disable binlog, intern
/* Disable commit of binlog. Used to combine many DDL's and DML's as one */
#define OPTION_BIN_COMMIT_OFF           (1ULL << 43)
/* The following is used to detect a conflict with DISTINCT */
#define SELECT_ALL              (1ULL << 44)    // SELECT, user, parser
/** Flag set if setup_tables already done */
#define OPTION_SETUP_TABLES_DONE        (1ULL << 45) // intern

#define OPTION_LEX_FOUND_COMMENT        (1ULL << 0) //  intern, parser

/* The rest of the file is included in the server only */
#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT

/* @@optimizer_switch flags. These must be in sync with optimizer_switch_names */
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_INDEX_MERGE               (1ULL << 0)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_INDEX_MERGE_UNION         (1ULL << 1)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_INDEX_MERGE_SORT_UNION    (1ULL << 2)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_INDEX_MERGE_INTERSECT     (1ULL << 3)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_INDEX_MERGE_SORT_INTERSECT (1ULL << 4)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_INDEX_COND_PUSHDOWN       (1ULL << 5)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_DERIVED_MERGE             (1ULL << 6)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_DERIVED_WITH_KEYS         (1ULL << 7)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_FIRSTMATCH                (1ULL << 8)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_LOOSE_SCAN                (1ULL << 9)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_MATERIALIZATION           (1ULL << 10)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_IN_TO_EXISTS              (1ULL << 11)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_SEMIJOIN                  (1ULL << 12)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_PARTIAL_MATCH_ROWID_MERGE (1ULL << 13)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_PARTIAL_MATCH_TABLE_SCAN  (1ULL << 14)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_SUBQUERY_CACHE            (1ULL << 15)
/** If this is off, MRR is never used. */
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_MRR                       (1ULL << 16)
/**
   If OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_MRR is on and this is on, MRR is used depending on a
   cost-based choice ("automatic"). If OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_MRR is on and this is
   off, MRR is "forced" (i.e. used as long as the storage engine is capable of
   doing it).
*/
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_MRR_COST_BASED            (1ULL << 17)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_MRR_SORT_KEYS             (1ULL << 18)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_OUTER_JOIN_WITH_CACHE     (1ULL << 19)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_SEMIJOIN_WITH_CACHE       (1ULL << 20)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_JOIN_CACHE_INCREMENTAL    (1ULL << 21)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_JOIN_CACHE_HASHED         (1ULL << 22)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_JOIN_CACHE_BKA            (1ULL << 23)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_OPTIMIZE_JOIN_BUFFER_SIZE (1ULL << 24)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_TABLE_ELIMINATION         (1ULL << 25)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_EXTENDED_KEYS             (1ULL << 26)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_EXISTS_TO_IN              (1ULL << 27)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_ORDERBY_EQ_PROP           (1ULL << 28)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_COND_PUSHDOWN_FOR_DERIVED (1ULL << 29)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_SPLIT_MATERIALIZED        (1ULL << 30)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_COND_PUSHDOWN_FOR_SUBQUERY (1ULL << 31)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_USE_ROWID_FILTER          (1ULL << 32)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_COND_PUSHDOWN_FROM_HAVING (1ULL << 33)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_NOT_NULL_RANGE_SCAN       (1ULL << 34)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_HASH_JOIN_CARDINALITY     (1ULL << 35)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_CSET_NARROWING            (1ULL << 36)
#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_SARGABLE_CASEFOLD         (1ULL << 37)

#define OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_DEFAULT (OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_INDEX_MERGE | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_INDEX_MERGE_UNION | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_INDEX_MERGE_SORT_UNION | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_INDEX_MERGE_INTERSECT | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_INDEX_COND_PUSHDOWN | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_DERIVED_MERGE | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_DERIVED_WITH_KEYS | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_TABLE_ELIMINATION | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_EXTENDED_KEYS | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_IN_TO_EXISTS | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_MATERIALIZATION | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_PARTIAL_MATCH_ROWID_MERGE|\
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_PARTIAL_MATCH_TABLE_SCAN|\
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_OUTER_JOIN_WITH_CACHE | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_SEMIJOIN_WITH_CACHE | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_JOIN_CACHE_INCREMENTAL | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_JOIN_CACHE_HASHED | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_JOIN_CACHE_BKA | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_SUBQUERY_CACHE | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_SEMIJOIN | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_FIRSTMATCH | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_LOOSE_SCAN | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_EXISTS_TO_IN | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_ORDERBY_EQ_PROP | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_COND_PUSHDOWN_FOR_DERIVED | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_SPLIT_MATERIALIZED | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_COND_PUSHDOWN_FOR_SUBQUERY |\
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_USE_ROWID_FILTER | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_COND_PUSHDOWN_FROM_HAVING | \
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_OPTIMIZE_JOIN_BUFFER_SIZE |\
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_HASH_JOIN_CARDINALITY |\
                                  OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_SARGABLE_CASEFOLD)

#define OPTIMIZER_ADJ_DEFAULT (OPTIMIZER_ADJ_FIX_REUSE_RANGE_FOR_REF | \
                               OPTIMIZER_ADJ_FIX_CARD_MULT)
/*
  Replication uses 8 bytes to store SQL_MODE in the binary log. The day you
  use strictly more than 64 bits by adding one more define above, you should
  contact the replication team because the replication code should then be
  updated (to store more bytes on disk).

  NOTE: When adding new SQL_MODE types, make sure to also add them to
  the scripts used for creating the MySQL system tables
  in scripts/mysql_system_tables.sql and scripts/mysql_system_tables_fix.sql

*/

/*
  Flags below are set when we perform
  context analysis of the statement and make
  subqueries non-const. It prevents subquery
  evaluation at context analysis stage.
*/

/*
  Don't evaluate this subquery during statement prepare even if
  it's a constant one. The flag is switched off in the end of
  mysqld_stmt_prepare.
*/ 
#define CONTEXT_ANALYSIS_ONLY_PREPARE 1
/*
  Special JOIN::prepare mode: changing of query is prohibited.
  When creating a view, we need to just check its syntax omitting
  any optimizations: afterwards definition of the view will be
  reconstructed by means of ::print() methods and written to
  to an .frm file. We need this definition to stay untouched.
*/ 
#define CONTEXT_ANALYSIS_ONLY_VIEW    2
/*
  Don't evaluate this subquery during derived table prepare even if
  it's a constant one.
*/
#define CONTEXT_ANALYSIS_ONLY_DERIVED 4
/*
  Don't evaluate constant sub-expressions of virtual column
  expressions when opening tables
*/ 
#define CONTEXT_ANALYSIS_ONLY_VCOL_EXPR 8


/*
  Uncachable causes:
*/
/* This subquery has fields from outer query (put by user) */
#define UNCACHEABLE_DEPENDENT_GENERATED   1
/*
  This subquery contains functions with random result.
  Something that is uncacheable is by default unmergeable.
*/
#define UNCACHEABLE_RAND        2
/* This subquery contains functions with side effect */
#define UNCACHEABLE_SIDEEFFECT	4
/* Forcing to save JOIN tables for explain */
#define UNCACHEABLE_EXPLAIN     8
/* For uncorrelated SELECT in an UNION with some correlated SELECTs */
#define UNCACHEABLE_UNITED     16
#define UNCACHEABLE_CHECKOPTION 32
/*
  This subquery has fields from outer query injected during
  transformation process
*/
#define UNCACHEABLE_DEPENDENT_INJECTED  64
/* This subquery has fields from outer query (any nature) */
#define UNCACHEABLE_DEPENDENT (UNCACHEABLE_DEPENDENT_GENERATED | \
                               UNCACHEABLE_DEPENDENT_INJECTED)

#define FAKE_SELECT_LEX_ID UINT_MAX

/* Used to check GROUP BY list in the MODE_ONLY_FULL_GROUP_BY mode */
#define UNDEF_POS (-1)

#define IN_SUBQUERY_CONVERSION_THRESHOLD 1000

#endif /* !MYSQL_CLIENT */

/* BINLOG_DUMP options */

#define BINLOG_DUMP_NON_BLOCK   1
#define BINLOG_SEND_ANNOTATE_ROWS_EVENT   2

#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT

/*
  Field::is_equal() return codes.
*/
#define IS_EQUAL_NO 0
#define IS_EQUAL_YES 1
/**
  new_field has compatible packed representation with old type,
  so it is theoretically possible to perform change by only updating
  data dictionary without changing table rows
*/
#define IS_EQUAL_PACK_LENGTH 2

enum enum_parsing_place
{
  NO_MATTER,
  IN_HAVING,
  SELECT_LIST,
  IN_WHERE,
  IN_ON,
  IN_GROUP_BY,
  IN_ORDER_BY,
  IN_UPDATE_ON_DUP_KEY,
  IN_PART_FUNC,
  BEFORE_OPT_LIST,
  AFTER_LIST,
  FOR_LOOP_BOUND,
  IN_RETURNING,
  PARSING_PLACE_SIZE /* always should be the last */
};


class sys_var;

enum enum_yes_no_unknown
{
  TVL_YES, TVL_NO, TVL_UNKNOWN
};

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER

/*
  External variables
*/


/* yy_*.cc */
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
extern void turn_parser_debug_on_MYSQLparse();
extern void turn_parser_debug_on_ORAparse();

#endif

/**
  convert a hex digit into number.
*/

inline int hexchar_to_int(char c)
{
  if (c <= '9' && c >= '0')
    return c-'0';
  c|=32;
  if (c <= 'f' && c >= 'a')
    return c-'a'+10;
  return -1;
}

/* This must match the path length limit in the ER_NOT_RW_DIR error msg. */
#define ER_NOT_RW_DIR_PATHSIZE 200

bool db_name_is_in_ignore_db_dirs_list(const char *dbase);

#endif /* MYSQL_SERVER */

#endif /* MYSQL_CLIENT */

#endif /* SQL_PRIV_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2010, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   Copyright (c) 2011, 2018, MariaDB


   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_BASE_INCLUDED
#define SQL_BASE_INCLUDED

#include "sql_class.h"                          /* enum_column_usage */
#include "sql_trigger.h"                        /* trg_event_type */
#include "mysqld.h"                             /* key_map */
#include "table_cache.h"

class Item_ident;
struct Name_resolution_context;
class Open_table_context;
class Open_tables_state;
class Prelocking_strategy;
class DML_prelocking_strategy;
struct TABLE_LIST;
class THD;
struct handlerton;
struct TABLE;

typedef class st_select_lex SELECT_LEX;

typedef struct st_lock_param_type ALTER_PARTITION_PARAM_TYPE;

/*
  This enumeration type is used only by the function find_item_in_list
  to return the info on how an item has been resolved against a list
  of possibly aliased items.
  The item can be resolved:
   - against an alias name of the list's element (RESOLVED_AGAINST_ALIAS)
   - against non-aliased field name of the list  (RESOLVED_WITH_NO_ALIAS)
   - against an aliased field name of the list   (RESOLVED_BEHIND_ALIAS)
   - ignoring the alias name in cases when SQL requires to ignore aliases
     (e.g. when the resolved field reference contains a table name or
     when the resolved item is an expression)   (RESOLVED_IGNORING_ALIAS)
*/
enum enum_resolution_type {
  NOT_RESOLVED=0,
  RESOLVED_IGNORING_ALIAS,
  RESOLVED_BEHIND_ALIAS,
  RESOLVED_WITH_NO_ALIAS,
  RESOLVED_AGAINST_ALIAS
};

/* Argument to flush_tables() of what to flush */
enum flush_tables_type {
  FLUSH_ALL,
  FLUSH_NON_TRANS_TABLES,
  FLUSH_SYS_TABLES
};

enum find_item_error_report_type {REPORT_ALL_ERRORS, REPORT_EXCEPT_NOT_FOUND,
				  IGNORE_ERRORS, REPORT_EXCEPT_NON_UNIQUE,
                                  IGNORE_EXCEPT_NON_UNIQUE};

/* Flag bits for unique_table() */
#define CHECK_DUP_ALLOW_DIFFERENT_ALIAS 1
#define CHECK_DUP_FOR_CREATE 2
#define CHECK_DUP_SKIP_TEMP_TABLE 4

uint get_table_def_key(const TABLE_LIST *table_list, const char **key);
TABLE *open_ltable(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list, thr_lock_type update,
                   uint lock_flags);

/* mysql_lock_tables() and open_table() flags bits */
#define MYSQL_OPEN_IGNORE_GLOBAL_READ_LOCK      0x0001
#define MYSQL_OPEN_IGNORE_FLUSH                 0x0002
/* MYSQL_OPEN_TEMPORARY_ONLY (0x0004) is not used anymore. */
#define MYSQL_LOCK_IGNORE_GLOBAL_READ_ONLY      0x0008
#define MYSQL_LOCK_LOG_TABLE                    0x0010
/**
  Do not try to acquire a metadata lock on the table: we
  already have one.
*/
#define MYSQL_OPEN_HAS_MDL_LOCK                 0x0020
/**
  If in locked tables mode, ignore the locked tables and get
  a new instance of the table.
*/
#define MYSQL_OPEN_GET_NEW_TABLE                0x0040
/* 0x0080 used to be MYSQL_OPEN_SKIP_TEMPORARY */
/** Fail instead of waiting when conficting metadata lock is discovered. */
#define MYSQL_OPEN_FAIL_ON_MDL_CONFLICT         0x0100
/** Open tables using MDL_SHARED lock instead of one specified in parser. */
#define MYSQL_OPEN_FORCE_SHARED_MDL             0x0200
/**
  Open tables using MDL_SHARED_HIGH_PRIO lock instead of one specified
  in parser.
*/
#define MYSQL_OPEN_FORCE_SHARED_HIGH_PRIO_MDL   0x0400
/**
  When opening or locking the table, use the maximum timeout
  (LONG_TIMEOUT = 1 year) rather than the user-supplied timeout value.
*/
#define MYSQL_LOCK_IGNORE_TIMEOUT               0x0800
/**
  When acquiring "strong" (SNW, SNRW, X) metadata locks on tables to
  be open do not acquire global and schema-scope IX locks.
*/
#define MYSQL_OPEN_SKIP_SCOPED_MDL_LOCK         0x1000
#define MYSQL_LOCK_NOT_TEMPORARY		0x2000
#define MYSQL_LOCK_USE_MALLOC                   0x4000
/**
  Only check THD::killed if waits happen (e.g. wait on MDL, wait on
  table flush, wait on thr_lock.c locks) while opening and locking table.
*/
#define MYSQL_OPEN_IGNORE_KILLED                0x8000
/**
   Don't try to  auto-repair table
*/
#define MYSQL_OPEN_IGNORE_REPAIR                0x10000

/**
   Don't call decide_logging_format. Used for statistic tables etc
*/
#define MYSQL_OPEN_IGNORE_LOGGING_FORMAT        0x20000

/* Don't use statistics tables */
#define MYSQL_OPEN_IGNORE_ENGINE_STATS          0x40000

/** Please refer to the internals manual. */
#define MYSQL_OPEN_REOPEN  (MYSQL_OPEN_IGNORE_FLUSH |\
                            MYSQL_OPEN_IGNORE_GLOBAL_READ_LOCK |\
                            MYSQL_LOCK_IGNORE_GLOBAL_READ_ONLY |\
                            MYSQL_LOCK_IGNORE_TIMEOUT |\
                            MYSQL_OPEN_GET_NEW_TABLE |\
                            MYSQL_OPEN_HAS_MDL_LOCK)

bool is_locked_view(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *t);
bool open_table(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list, Open_table_context *ot_ctx);

bool get_key_map_from_key_list(key_map *map, TABLE *table,
                               List<String> *index_list);
TABLE *find_locked_table(TABLE *list, const char *db, const char *table_name);
TABLE *find_write_locked_table(TABLE *list, const char *db,
                               const char *table_name);
thr_lock_type read_lock_type_for_table(THD *thd,
                                       Query_tables_list *prelocking_ctx,
                                       TABLE_LIST *table_list,
                                       bool routine_modifies_data);

my_bool mysql_rm_tmp_tables(void);
void close_tables_for_reopen(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST **tables,
                             const MDL_savepoint &start_of_statement_svp,
                             bool remove_indirect);
bool table_already_fk_prelocked(TABLE_LIST *tl, LEX_CSTRING *db,
                                LEX_CSTRING *table, thr_lock_type lock_type);
TABLE_LIST *find_table_in_list(TABLE_LIST *table,
                               TABLE_LIST *TABLE_LIST::*link,
                               const LEX_CSTRING *db_name,
                               const LEX_CSTRING *table_name);
int close_thread_tables(THD *thd);
int close_thread_tables_for_query(THD *thd);
void switch_to_nullable_trigger_fields(List<Item> &items, TABLE *);
void switch_defaults_to_nullable_trigger_fields(TABLE *table);
bool fill_record_n_invoke_before_triggers(THD *thd, TABLE *table,
                                          List<Item> &fields,
                                          List<Item> &values,
                                          bool ignore_errors,
                                          enum trg_event_type event);
bool fill_record_n_invoke_before_triggers(THD *thd, TABLE *table,
                                          Field **field,
                                          List<Item> &values,
                                          bool ignore_errors,
                                          enum trg_event_type event);
bool insert_fields(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context,
                   const LEX_CSTRING &db_name, const LEX_CSTRING &table_name,
                   List_iterator<Item> *it, bool any_privileges,
                   uint *hidden_bit_fields, bool returning_field);
void make_leaves_list(THD *thd, List<TABLE_LIST> &list, TABLE_LIST *tables,
                      bool full_table_list, TABLE_LIST *boundary);
int setup_wild(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, List<Item> &fields,
	       List<Item> *sum_func_list, SELECT_LEX *sl, bool returning_field);
int setup_returning_fields(THD* thd, TABLE_LIST* table_list);
bool setup_fields(THD *thd, Ref_ptr_array ref_pointer_array,
                  List<Item> &item, enum_column_usage column_usage,
                  List<Item> *sum_func_list, List<Item> *pre_fix,
                  bool allow_sum_func, THD_WHERE where= THD_WHERE::DEFAULT_WHERE);
void unfix_fields(List<Item> &items);
bool fill_record(THD * thd, TABLE *table_arg, List<Item> &fields,
                 List<Item> &values, bool ignore_errors, bool update);
bool fill_record(THD *thd, TABLE *table, Field **field, List<Item> &values,
                 bool ignore_errors, bool use_value,
                 bool check_for_evaluability);

Field *
find_field_in_tables(THD *thd, Item_ident *item,
                     TABLE_LIST *first_table, TABLE_LIST *last_table,
                     ignored_tables_list_t ignored_tables,
                     Item **ref, find_item_error_report_type report_error,
                     bool check_privileges, bool register_tree_change);
Field *
find_field_in_table_ref(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list,
                        const char *name, size_t length,
                        const char *item_name, const char *db_name,
                        const char *table_name,
                        ignored_tables_list_t ignored_tables,
                        Item **ref, bool check_privileges, bool allow_rowid,
                        field_index_t *cached_field_index_ptr,
                        bool register_tree_change, TABLE_LIST **actual_table);
Field *
find_field_in_table(THD *thd, TABLE *table, const char *name, size_t length,
                    bool allow_rowid, field_index_t *cached_field_index_ptr);
Field *
find_field_in_table_sef(TABLE *table, const char *name);
Item ** find_item_in_list(Item *item, List<Item> &items, uint *counter,
                          find_item_error_report_type report_error,
                          enum_resolution_type *resolution, uint limit= 0);
bool setup_tables(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context,
                  List<TABLE_LIST> *from_clause, TABLE_LIST *tables,
                  List<TABLE_LIST> &leaves, bool select_insert,
                  bool full_table_list);
bool setup_tables_and_check_access(THD *thd,
                                   Name_resolution_context *context,
                                   List<TABLE_LIST> *from_clause,
                                   TABLE_LIST *tables,
                                   List<TABLE_LIST> &leaves, 
                                   bool select_insert,
                                   privilege_t want_access_first,
                                   privilege_t want_access,
                                   bool full_table_list);
bool wait_while_table_is_used(THD *thd, TABLE *table,
                              enum ha_extra_function function);

void drop_open_table(THD *thd, TABLE *table, const LEX_CSTRING *db_name,
                     const LEX_CSTRING *table_name);
void update_non_unique_table_error(TABLE_LIST *update,
                                   const char *operation,
                                   TABLE_LIST *duplicate);
int setup_conds(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, List<TABLE_LIST> &leaves,
		COND **conds);
void wrap_ident(THD *thd, Item **conds);
int setup_ftfuncs(SELECT_LEX* select);
void cleanup_ftfuncs(SELECT_LEX *select_lex);
int init_ftfuncs(THD *thd, SELECT_LEX* select, bool no_order);
bool lock_table_names(THD *thd, const DDL_options_st &options,
                      TABLE_LIST *table_list,
                      TABLE_LIST *table_list_end, ulong lock_wait_timeout,
                      uint flags);
static inline bool
lock_table_names(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list,
                 TABLE_LIST *table_list_end, ulong lock_wait_timeout,
                 uint flags)
{
  return lock_table_names(thd, thd->lex->create_info, table_list,
                          table_list_end, lock_wait_timeout, flags);
}
bool open_tables(THD *thd, const DDL_options_st &options,
                 TABLE_LIST **tables, uint *counter,
                 uint flags, Prelocking_strategy *prelocking_strategy);

static inline bool
open_tables(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST **tables, uint *counter, uint flags,
            Prelocking_strategy *prelocking_strategy)
{
  return open_tables(thd, thd->lex->create_info, tables, counter, flags,
                     prelocking_strategy);
}
/* open_and_lock_tables with optional derived handling */
bool open_and_lock_tables(THD *thd, const DDL_options_st &options,
                          TABLE_LIST *tables,
                          bool derived, uint flags,
                          Prelocking_strategy *prelocking_strategy);
static inline bool
open_and_lock_tables(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables,
                     bool derived, uint flags,
                     Prelocking_strategy *prelocking_strategy)
{
  return open_and_lock_tables(thd, thd->lex->create_info,
                              tables, derived, flags, prelocking_strategy);
}
/* simple open_and_lock_tables without derived handling for single table */
TABLE *open_n_lock_single_table(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_l,
                                thr_lock_type lock_type, uint flags,
                                Prelocking_strategy *prelocking_strategy);
bool open_normal_and_derived_tables(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, uint flags,
                                    uint dt_phases);
bool open_tables_only_view_structure(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables,
                                     bool can_deadlock);
bool open_and_lock_internal_tables(TABLE *table, bool lock);
bool open_tables_for_query(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables,
                           uint *table_count, uint flags,
                           DML_prelocking_strategy *prelocking_strategy);
bool lock_tables(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, uint counter, uint flags);
int decide_logging_format(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables);
void close_thread_table(THD *thd, TABLE **table_ptr);
TABLE_LIST*
unique_table_in_insert_returning_subselect(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table, SELECT_LEX *sel);
TABLE_LIST *unique_table(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table, TABLE_LIST *table_list,
                         uint check_flag);
bool is_equal(const LEX_CSTRING *a, const LEX_CSTRING *b);

class Open_tables_backup;
/* Functions to work with system tables. */
bool open_system_tables_for_read(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list);
void close_system_tables(THD *thd);
void close_mysql_tables(THD *thd);
TABLE *open_system_table_for_update(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *one_table);
TABLE *open_log_table(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *one_table, Open_tables_backup *backup);
void close_log_table(THD *thd, Open_tables_backup *backup);

bool close_cached_tables(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables,
                         bool wait_for_refresh, ulong timeout);
void purge_tables();
bool flush_tables(THD *thd, flush_tables_type flag);
void close_all_tables_for_name(THD *thd, TABLE_SHARE *share,
                               ha_extra_function extra,
                               TABLE *skip_table);
OPEN_TABLE_LIST *list_open_tables(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING &db,
                                  const char *wild);
bool tdc_open_view(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list, uint flags);

TABLE *find_table_for_mdl_upgrade(THD *thd, const char *db,
                                  const char *table_name,
                                  int *p_error);
void mark_tmp_table_for_reuse(TABLE *table);

int dynamic_column_error_message(enum_dyncol_func_result rc);

/* open_and_lock_tables with optional derived handling */
int open_and_lock_tables_derived(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, bool derived);

extern "C" qsort_cmp2 simple_raw_key_cmp;
extern "C" int count_distinct_walk(void *elem, element_count count, void *arg);
int simple_str_key_cmp(void *arg, const void *key1, const void *key2);

extern Item **not_found_item;
extern Field *not_found_field;
extern Field *view_ref_found;

/**
  clean/setup table fields and map.

  @param table        TABLE structure pointer (which should be setup)
  @param table_list   TABLE_LIST structure pointer (owner of TABLE)
  @param tablenr     table number
*/


inline void setup_table_map(TABLE *table, TABLE_LIST *table_list, uint tablenr)
{
  table->used_fields= 0;
  table_list->reset_const_table();
  table->null_row= 0;
  table->status= STATUS_NO_RECORD;
  table->maybe_null= table_list->outer_join;
  TABLE_LIST *embedding= table_list->embedding;
  while (!table->maybe_null && embedding)
  {
    table->maybe_null= embedding->outer_join;
    embedding= embedding->embedding;
  }
  DBUG_ASSERT(tablenr <= MAX_TABLES);
  table->tablenr= tablenr;
  table->map= (table_map) 1 << tablenr;
  table->force_index= table->force_index_join= 0;
  table->force_index_order= table->force_index_group= 0;
  table->covering_keys= table->s->keys_for_keyread;
}

inline TABLE_LIST *find_table_in_global_list(TABLE_LIST *table,
                                             LEX_CSTRING *db_name,
                                             LEX_CSTRING *table_name)
{
  return find_table_in_list(table, &TABLE_LIST::next_global,
                            db_name, table_name);
}

inline bool setup_fields_with_no_wrap(THD *thd, Ref_ptr_array ref_pointer_array,
                                      List<Item> &item,
                                      enum_column_usage column_usage,
                                      List<Item> *sum_func_list,
                                      bool allow_sum_func,
                                      THD_WHERE where= THD_WHERE::DEFAULT_WHERE)
{
  bool res;
  SELECT_LEX *first= thd->lex->first_select_lex();
  DBUG_ASSERT(thd->lex->current_select == first);
  first->no_wrap_view_item= TRUE;
  res= setup_fields(thd, ref_pointer_array, item, column_usage,
                    sum_func_list, NULL,  allow_sum_func, where);
  first->no_wrap_view_item= FALSE;
  return res;
}

/**
  An abstract class for a strategy specifying how the prelocking
  algorithm should extend the prelocking set while processing
  already existing elements in the set.
*/

class Prelocking_strategy
{
public:
  virtual ~Prelocking_strategy() = default;

  virtual void reset(THD *thd) { };
  virtual bool handle_routine(THD *thd, Query_tables_list *prelocking_ctx,
                              Sroutine_hash_entry *rt, sp_head *sp,
                              bool *need_prelocking) = 0;
  virtual bool handle_table(THD *thd, Query_tables_list *prelocking_ctx,
                            TABLE_LIST *table_list, bool *need_prelocking) = 0;
  virtual bool handle_view(THD *thd, Query_tables_list *prelocking_ctx,
                           TABLE_LIST *table_list, bool *need_prelocking)= 0;
  virtual bool handle_end(THD *thd) { return 0; };
};


/**
  A Strategy for prelocking algorithm suitable for DML statements.

  Ensures that all tables used by all statement's SF/SP/triggers and
  required for foreign key checks are prelocked and SF/SPs used are
  cached.
*/

class DML_prelocking_strategy : public Prelocking_strategy
{
public:
  bool handle_routine(THD *thd, Query_tables_list *prelocking_ctx,
                      Sroutine_hash_entry *rt, sp_head *sp,
                      bool *need_prelocking) override;
  bool handle_table(THD *thd, Query_tables_list *prelocking_ctx,
                    TABLE_LIST *table_list, bool *need_prelocking) override;
  bool handle_view(THD *thd, Query_tables_list *prelocking_ctx,
                   TABLE_LIST *table_list, bool *need_prelocking) override;
};



class Multiupdate_prelocking_strategy : public DML_prelocking_strategy
{
  bool done;
  bool has_prelocking_list;
public:
  void reset(THD *thd) override;
  bool handle_end(THD *thd) override;
};


/**
  A strategy for prelocking algorithm to be used for LOCK TABLES
  statement.
*/

class Lock_tables_prelocking_strategy : public DML_prelocking_strategy
{
  bool handle_table(THD *thd, Query_tables_list *prelocking_ctx,
                    TABLE_LIST *table_list, bool *need_prelocking) override;
};


/**
  Strategy for prelocking algorithm to be used for ALTER TABLE statements.

  Unlike DML or LOCK TABLES strategy, it doesn't
  prelock triggers, views or stored routines, since they are not
  used during ALTER.
*/

class Alter_table_prelocking_strategy : public Prelocking_strategy
{
public:
  bool handle_routine(THD *thd, Query_tables_list *prelocking_ctx,
                      Sroutine_hash_entry *rt, sp_head *sp,
                      bool *need_prelocking) override;
  bool handle_table(THD *thd, Query_tables_list *prelocking_ctx,
                    TABLE_LIST *table_list, bool *need_prelocking) override;
  bool handle_view(THD *thd, Query_tables_list *prelocking_ctx,
                   TABLE_LIST *table_list, bool *need_prelocking) override;
};


inline bool
open_tables(THD *thd, const DDL_options_st &options,
            TABLE_LIST **tables, uint *counter, uint flags)
{
  DML_prelocking_strategy prelocking_strategy;

  return open_tables(thd, options, tables, counter, flags,
                     &prelocking_strategy);
}
inline bool
open_tables(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST **tables, uint *counter, uint flags)
{
  DML_prelocking_strategy prelocking_strategy;

  return open_tables(thd, thd->lex->create_info, tables, counter, flags,
                     &prelocking_strategy);
}

inline TABLE *open_n_lock_single_table(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_l,
                                       thr_lock_type lock_type, uint flags)
{
  DML_prelocking_strategy prelocking_strategy;

  return open_n_lock_single_table(thd, table_l, lock_type, flags,
                                  &prelocking_strategy);
}


/* open_and_lock_tables with derived handling */
inline bool open_and_lock_tables(THD *thd,
                                 const DDL_options_st &options,
                                 TABLE_LIST *tables,
                                 bool derived, uint flags)
{
  DML_prelocking_strategy prelocking_strategy;

  return open_and_lock_tables(thd, options, tables, derived, flags,
                              &prelocking_strategy);
}
inline bool open_and_lock_tables(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables,
                                  bool derived, uint flags)
{
  DML_prelocking_strategy prelocking_strategy;

  return open_and_lock_tables(thd, thd->lex->create_info,
                              tables, derived, flags,
                              &prelocking_strategy);
}


bool restart_trans_for_tables(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table);

bool extend_table_list(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables,
                       Prelocking_strategy *prelocking_strategy,
                       bool has_prelocking_list);

/**
  A context of open_tables() function, used to recover
  from a failed open_table() or open_routine() attempt.
*/

class Open_table_context
{
public:
  enum enum_open_table_action
  {
    OT_NO_ACTION= 0,
    OT_BACKOFF_AND_RETRY,
    OT_REOPEN_TABLES,
    OT_DISCOVER,
    OT_REPAIR,
    OT_ADD_HISTORY_PARTITION
  };
  Open_table_context(THD *thd, uint flags);

  bool recover_from_failed_open();
  bool request_backoff_action(enum_open_table_action action_arg,
                              TABLE_LIST *table);

  bool can_recover_from_failed_open() const
  { return m_action != OT_NO_ACTION; }

  /**
    When doing a back-off, we close all tables acquired by this
    statement.  Return an MDL savepoint taken at the beginning of
    the statement, so that we can rollback to it before waiting on
    locks.
  */
  const MDL_savepoint &start_of_statement_svp() const
  {
    return m_start_of_statement_svp;
  }

  inline ulong get_timeout() const
  {
    return m_timeout;
  }

  uint get_flags() const { return m_flags; }

  /**
    Set flag indicating that we have already acquired metadata lock
    protecting this statement against GRL while opening tables.
  */
  void set_has_protection_against_grl(enum_mdl_type mdl_type)
  {
    m_has_protection_against_grl|= MDL_BIT(mdl_type);
  }

  bool has_protection_against_grl(enum_mdl_type mdl_type) const
  {
    return (bool) (m_has_protection_against_grl & MDL_BIT(mdl_type));
  }

private:
  /* THD for which tables are opened. */
  THD *m_thd;
  /**
    For OT_DISCOVER and OT_REPAIR actions, the table list element for
    the table which definition should be re-discovered or which
    should be repaired.
  */
  TABLE_LIST *m_failed_table;
  MDL_savepoint m_start_of_statement_svp;
  /**
    Lock timeout in seconds. Initialized to LONG_TIMEOUT when opening system
    tables or to the "lock_wait_timeout" system variable for regular tables.
  */
  ulong m_timeout;
  /* open_table() flags. */
  uint m_flags;
  /** Back off action. */
  enum enum_open_table_action m_action;
  /**
    Whether we had any locks when this context was created.
    If we did, they are from the previous statement of a transaction,
    and we can't safely do back-off (and release them).
  */
  bool m_has_locks;
  /**
    Indicates that in the process of opening tables we have acquired
    protection against global read lock.
  */
  mdl_bitmap_t m_has_protection_against_grl;

public:
  uint vers_create_count;
};


/**
  Check if a TABLE_LIST instance represents a pre-opened temporary table.
*/

inline bool is_temporary_table(TABLE_LIST *tl)
{
  if (tl->view || tl->schema_table)
    return FALSE;

  if (!tl->table)
    return FALSE;

  /*
    NOTE: 'table->s' might be NULL for specially constructed TABLE
    instances. See SHOW TRIGGERS for example.
  */

  if (!tl->table->s)
    return FALSE;

  return tl->table->s->tmp_table != NO_TMP_TABLE;
}


/**
  This internal handler is used to trap ER_NO_SUCH_TABLE.
*/

class No_such_table_error_handler : public Internal_error_handler
{
public:
  No_such_table_error_handler()
    : m_handled_errors(0), m_unhandled_errors(0), first_error(0)
  {}

  bool handle_condition(THD *thd,
                        uint sql_errno,
                        const char* sqlstate,
                        Sql_condition::enum_warning_level *level,
                        const char* msg,
                        Sql_condition ** cond_hdl) override;

  /**
    Returns TRUE if one or more ER_NO_SUCH_TABLE errors have been
    trapped and no other errors have been seen. FALSE otherwise.
  */
  bool safely_trapped_errors();
  uint got_error() { return first_error; }

private:
  int m_handled_errors;
  int m_unhandled_errors;
  uint first_error;
};
#endif /* SQL_BASE_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2008, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef SQL_DIGEST_H
#define SQL_DIGEST_H

#include <string.h>
class String;
#include "my_md5.h"

#define MAX_DIGEST_STORAGE_SIZE (1024*1024)

/**
  Structure to store token count/array for a statement
  on which digest is to be calculated.
*/
struct sql_digest_storage
{
  bool m_full;
  uint m_byte_count;
  unsigned char m_md5[MD5_HASH_SIZE];
  /** Character set number. */
  uint m_charset_number;
  /**
    Token array.
    Token array is an array of bytes to store tokens received during parsing.
    Following is the way token array is formed.
    ... &lt;non-id-token&gt; &lt;non-id-token&gt; &lt;id-token&gt; &lt;id_len&gt; &lt;id_text&gt; ...
    For Example:
    SELECT * FROM T1;
    &lt;SELECT_TOKEN&gt; &lt;*&gt; &lt;FROM_TOKEN&gt; &lt;ID_TOKEN&gt; &lt;2&gt; &lt;T1&gt;

    @note Only the first @c m_byte_count bytes are initialized,
      out of @c m_token_array_length.
  */
  unsigned char *m_token_array;
  /* Length of the token array to be considered for DIGEST_TEXT calculation. */
  uint m_token_array_length;

  sql_digest_storage()
  {
    reset(NULL, 0);
  }

  inline void reset(unsigned char *token_array, size_t length)
  {
    m_token_array= token_array;
    m_token_array_length= (uint)length;
    reset();
  }

  inline void reset()
  {
    m_full= false;
    m_byte_count= 0;
    m_charset_number= 0;
    memset(m_md5, 0, MD5_HASH_SIZE);
  }

  inline bool is_empty()
  {
    return (m_byte_count == 0);
  }

  inline void copy(const sql_digest_storage *from)
  {
    /*
      Keep in mind this is a dirty copy of something that may change,
      as the thread producing the digest is executing concurrently,
      without any lock enforced.
    */
    uint byte_count_copy= m_token_array_length < from->m_byte_count ?
                          m_token_array_length : from->m_byte_count;

    if (byte_count_copy > 0)
    {
      m_full= from->m_full;
      m_byte_count= byte_count_copy;
      m_charset_number= from->m_charset_number;
      memcpy(m_token_array, from->m_token_array, m_byte_count);
      memcpy(m_md5, from->m_md5, MD5_HASH_SIZE);
    }
    else
    {
      m_full= false;
      m_byte_count= 0;
      m_charset_number= 0;
    }
  }
};
typedef struct sql_digest_storage sql_digest_storage;

/**
  Compute a digest hash.
  @param digest_storage The digest
  @param [out] md5 The computed digest hash. This parameter is a buffer of size @c MD5_HASH_SIZE.
*/
void compute_digest_md5(const sql_digest_storage *digest_storage, unsigned char *md5);

/**
  Compute a digest text.
  A 'digest text' is a textual representation of a query,
  where:
  - comments are removed,
  - non significant spaces are removed,
  - literal values are replaced with a special '?' marker,
  - lists of values are collapsed using a shorter notation
  @param digest_storage The digest
  @param [out] digest_text
  @param digest_text_length Size of @c digest_text.
  @param [out] truncated true if the text representation was truncated
*/
void compute_digest_text(const sql_digest_storage *digest_storage,
                         String *digest_text);

#endif

/* Copyright 2016-2025 Codership Oy <http://www.codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02111-1301 USA */

#ifndef WSREP_TRANS_OBSERVER_H
#define WSREP_TRANS_OBSERVER_H

#include "my_global.h"
#include "mysql/service_wsrep.h"
#include "wsrep_applier.h" /* wsrep_apply_error */
#include "wsrep_xid.h"
#include "wsrep_thd.h"
#include "wsrep_binlog.h" /* register/deregister group commit */
#include "my_dbug.h"

class THD;

void wsrep_commit_empty(THD* thd, bool all);

/*
   Return true if THD has active wsrep transaction.
 */
static inline bool wsrep_is_active(THD* thd)
{
  return (thd->wsrep_cs().state() != wsrep::client_state::s_none  &&
          thd->wsrep_cs().transaction().active() &&
          !thd->internal_transaction());
}

/*
  Return true if transaction is ordered.
 */
static inline bool wsrep_is_ordered(THD* thd)
{
  return thd->wsrep_trx().ordered();
}

/*
  Return true if transaction has been BF aborted but has not been
  rolled back yet.

  It is required that the caller holds thd->LOCK_thd_data.
*/
static inline bool wsrep_must_abort(THD* thd)
{
  mysql_mutex_assert_owner(&thd->LOCK_thd_data);
  return (thd->wsrep_trx().state() == wsrep::transaction::s_must_abort);
}

/*
  Return true if the transaction must be replayed.
 */
static inline bool wsrep_must_replay(THD* thd)
{
  return (thd->wsrep_trx().state() == wsrep::transaction::s_must_replay);
}
/*
  Return true if transaction has not been committed.

  Note that we don't require thd->LOCK_thd_data here. Calling this method
  makes sense only from codepaths which are past ordered_commit state
  and the wsrep transaction is immune to BF aborts at that point.
*/
static inline bool wsrep_not_committed(THD* thd)
{
  return (thd->wsrep_trx().state() != wsrep::transaction::s_committed);
}

/*
  Return true if THD is either committing a transaction or statement
  is autocommit.
 */
static inline bool wsrep_is_real(THD* thd, bool all)
{
  return (all || thd->transaction->all.ha_list == 0);
}

/*
  Check if a transaction has generated changes.
 */
static inline bool wsrep_has_changes(THD* thd)
{
  // Transaction has changes to replicate if it
  // has appended one or more certification keys,
  // and has actual changes to replicate in binlog
  // cache. Except for streaming replication,
  // where commit message may have no payload.
  return !thd->wsrep_trx().is_empty() &&
    (!wsrep_is_binlog_cache_empty(thd) || thd->wsrep_trx().is_streaming());
}

/*
  Check if an active transaction has been BF aborted.
 */
static inline bool wsrep_is_bf_aborted(THD* thd)
{
  return (thd->wsrep_trx().active() && thd->wsrep_trx().bf_aborted());
}

static inline int wsrep_check_pk(THD* thd)
{
  if (!wsrep_certify_nonPK)
  {
    for (TABLE* table= thd->open_tables; table != NULL; table= table->next)
    {
      if (table->key_info == NULL || table->s->primary_key == MAX_KEY)
      {
        WSREP_DEBUG("No primary key found for table %s.%s",
                    table->s->db.str, table->s->table_name.str);
        wsrep_override_error(thd, ER_LOCK_DEADLOCK);
        return 1;
      }
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

static inline bool wsrep_streaming_enabled(THD* thd)
{
  return (thd->wsrep_sr().fragment_size() > 0);
}

/*
  Return number of fragments successfully certified for the
  current statement.
 */
static inline size_t wsrep_fragments_certified_for_stmt(THD* thd)
{
    return thd->wsrep_trx().fragments_certified_for_statement();
}

static inline int wsrep_start_transaction(THD* thd, wsrep_trx_id_t trx_id)
{
  if (thd->wsrep_cs().state() != wsrep::client_state::s_none) {
    if (wsrep_is_active(thd) == false)
      return thd->wsrep_cs().start_transaction(wsrep::transaction_id(trx_id));
  }
  return 0;
}

/**/
static inline int wsrep_start_trx_if_not_started(THD* thd)
{
  int ret= 0;
  DBUG_ASSERT(thd->wsrep_next_trx_id() != WSREP_UNDEFINED_TRX_ID);
  DBUG_ASSERT(thd->wsrep_cs().mode() == Wsrep_client_state::m_local);
  if (thd->wsrep_trx().active() == false)
  {
    ret= wsrep_start_transaction(thd, thd->wsrep_next_trx_id());
  }
  return ret;
}

/*
  Called after each row operation.

  Return zero on succes, non-zero on failure.
 */
static inline int wsrep_after_row_internal(THD* thd)
{
  if (thd->wsrep_cs().state() != wsrep::client_state::s_none  &&
      wsrep_thd_is_local(thd))
  {
    if (wsrep_check_pk(thd))
    {
      return 1;
    }
    else if (wsrep_streaming_enabled(thd))
    {
      return thd->wsrep_cs().after_row();
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
  Helper method to determine whether commit time hooks
  should be run for the transaction.

  Commit hooks must be run in the following cases:
  - The transaction is local and has generated write set and is committing.
  - The transaction has been BF aborted
  - Is running in high priority mode and is ordered. This can be replayer,
    applier or storage access.
 */
static inline bool wsrep_run_commit_hook(THD* thd, bool all)
{
  DBUG_ENTER("wsrep_run_commit_hook");
  DBUG_PRINT("wsrep", ("Is_active: %d is_real %d has_changes %d is_applying %d "
                       "is_ordered: %d",
                       wsrep_is_active(thd), wsrep_is_real(thd, all),
                       wsrep_has_changes(thd), wsrep_thd_is_applying(thd),
                       wsrep_is_ordered(thd)));

  /* skipping non-wsrep threads */
  if (!WSREP(thd))
    DBUG_RETURN(false);

  /* Is MST commit or autocommit? */
  bool ret= wsrep_is_active(thd) && wsrep_is_real(thd, all);
  /* Do not commit if we are aborting */
  ret= ret && (thd->wsrep_trx().state() != wsrep::transaction::s_aborting);
  if (ret && !(wsrep_has_changes(thd) ||  /* Has generated write set */
               /* Is high priority (replay, applier, storage) and the
                  transaction is scheduled for commit ordering */
               (wsrep_thd_is_applying(thd) && wsrep_is_ordered(thd))))
  {
    mysql_mutex_lock(&thd->LOCK_thd_data);
    DBUG_PRINT("wsrep", ("state: %s",
                         wsrep::to_c_string(thd->wsrep_trx().state())));
    /* Transaction is local but has no changes, the commit hooks will
       be skipped and the wsrep transaction is terminated in
       wsrep_commit_empty() */
    if (thd->wsrep_trx().state() == wsrep::transaction::s_executing)
    {
      ret= false;
    }
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&thd->LOCK_thd_data);
  }

  mysql_mutex_lock(&thd->LOCK_thd_data);
  /* Transaction creating sequence is TOI or RSU,
  CREATE SEQUENCE = CREATE + INSERT (initial value)
  and replicated using statement based replication, thus
  the commit hooks will be skipped.

  For TEMPORARY SEQUENCES commit hooks will be done as
  CREATE + INSERT is not replicated and needs to be
  committed locally. */
  if (ret &&
      (thd->wsrep_cs().mode() == wsrep::client_state::m_toi ||
       thd->wsrep_cs().mode() == wsrep::client_state::m_rsu) &&
      thd->lex->sql_command == SQLCOM_CREATE_SEQUENCE &&
      !thd->lex->tmp_table())
    ret= false;
  mysql_mutex_unlock(&thd->LOCK_thd_data);

  DBUG_PRINT("wsrep", ("return: %d", ret));
  DBUG_RETURN(ret);
}

/*
  Called before the transaction is prepared.

  Return zero on succes, non-zero on failure.
 */
static inline int wsrep_before_prepare(THD* thd, bool all)
{
  DBUG_ENTER("wsrep_before_prepare");
  WSREP_DEBUG("wsrep_before_prepare: %d", wsrep_is_real(thd, all));
  int ret= 0;
  DBUG_ASSERT(wsrep_run_commit_hook(thd, all));
  if ((ret= thd->wsrep_parallel_slave_wait_for_prior_commit()))
  {
    DBUG_RETURN(ret);
  }

  if ((ret= thd->wsrep_cs().before_prepare()) == 0)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!thd->wsrep_trx().ws_meta().gtid().is_undefined());
    /* Here we init xid with UUID and wsrep seqno. GTID is
       set to undefined because commit order is decided later
       in wsrep_before_commit(). wsrep_before_prepare() is
       executed out of order. */
    wsrep_xid_init(&thd->wsrep_xid,
                   thd->wsrep_trx().ws_meta().gtid(),
                   wsrep_gtid_server.undefined());
  }

  mysql_mutex_lock(&thd->LOCK_thd_kill);
  if (thd->killed) wsrep_backup_kill_for_commit(thd);
  mysql_mutex_unlock(&thd->LOCK_thd_kill);

  DBUG_RETURN(ret);
}

/*
  Called after the transaction has been prepared.

  Return zero on succes, non-zero on failure.
 */
static inline int wsrep_after_prepare(THD* thd, bool all)
{
  DBUG_ENTER("wsrep_after_prepare");
  WSREP_DEBUG("wsrep_after_prepare: %d", wsrep_is_real(thd, all));
  DBUG_ASSERT(wsrep_run_commit_hook(thd, all));
  int ret= thd->wsrep_cs().after_prepare();
  DBUG_ASSERT(ret == 0 || thd->wsrep_cs().current_error() ||
              thd->wsrep_cs().transaction().state() == wsrep::transaction::s_must_replay);
  DBUG_RETURN(ret);
}

/*
  Called before the transaction is committed.

  This function must be called from both client and
  applier contexts before commit.

  Return zero on succes, non-zero on failure.
 */
static inline int wsrep_before_commit(THD* thd, bool all)
{
  DBUG_ENTER("wsrep_before_commit");
  WSREP_DEBUG("wsrep_before_commit: %d, %lld",
              wsrep_is_real(thd, all),
              (long long)wsrep_thd_trx_seqno(thd));
  THD_STAGE_INFO(thd, stage_waiting_certification);
  int ret= 0;
  DBUG_ASSERT(wsrep_run_commit_hook(thd, all));

  if ((ret= thd->wsrep_cs().before_commit()) == 0)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!thd->wsrep_trx().ws_meta().gtid().is_undefined());
    if (!thd->variables.gtid_seq_no &&
        (thd->wsrep_trx().ws_meta().flags() & wsrep::provider::flag::commit))
    {
        uint64 seqno= 0;
        if (thd->variables.wsrep_gtid_seq_no &&
            thd->variables.wsrep_gtid_seq_no > wsrep_gtid_server.seqno())
        {
          seqno= thd->variables.wsrep_gtid_seq_no;
          wsrep_gtid_server.seqno(thd->variables.wsrep_gtid_seq_no);
        }
        else
        {
          seqno= wsrep_gtid_server.seqno_inc();
        }
        thd->variables.wsrep_gtid_seq_no= 0;
        thd->wsrep_current_gtid_seqno= seqno;
        if (mysql_bin_log.is_open() && wsrep_gtid_mode)
        {
          thd->variables.gtid_seq_no= seqno;
          thd->variables.gtid_domain_id= wsrep_gtid_server.domain_id;
          thd->variables.server_id= wsrep_gtid_server.server_id;
        }
    }

    wsrep_xid_init(&thd->wsrep_xid,
                   thd->wsrep_trx().ws_meta().gtid(),
                   wsrep_gtid_server.gtid());
    wsrep_register_for_group_commit(thd);
  }

  mysql_mutex_lock(&thd->LOCK_thd_kill);
  if (thd->killed) wsrep_backup_kill_for_commit(thd);
  mysql_mutex_unlock(&thd->LOCK_thd_kill);

  DBUG_RETURN(ret);
}

/*
  Called after the transaction has been ordered for commit.

  This function must be called from both client and
  applier contexts after the commit has been ordered.

  @param thd Pointer to THD
  @param all 
  @param err Error buffer in case of applying error

  Return zero on succes, non-zero on failure.
 */
static inline int wsrep_ordered_commit(THD* thd, bool all)
{
  DBUG_ENTER("wsrep_ordered_commit");
  WSREP_DEBUG("wsrep_ordered_commit: %d %lld", wsrep_is_real(thd, all),
              (long long) wsrep_thd_trx_seqno(thd));
  DBUG_ASSERT(wsrep_run_commit_hook(thd, all));
  DBUG_RETURN(thd->wsrep_cs().ordered_commit());
}

/*
  Called after the transaction has been committed.

  Return zero on succes, non-zero on failure.
 */
static inline int wsrep_after_commit(THD* thd, bool all)
{
  DBUG_ENTER("wsrep_after_commit");
  WSREP_DEBUG("wsrep_after_commit: %d, %d, %lld, %d",
              wsrep_is_real(thd, all),
              wsrep_is_active(thd),
              (long long)wsrep_thd_trx_seqno(thd),
              wsrep_has_changes(thd));
  DBUG_ASSERT(wsrep_run_commit_hook(thd, all));
  if (thd->internal_transaction())
    DBUG_RETURN(0);
  int ret= 0;
  if (thd->wsrep_trx().state() == wsrep::transaction::s_committing)
  {
    ret= thd->wsrep_cs().ordered_commit();
  }
  wsrep_unregister_from_group_commit(thd);
  thd->wsrep_xid.null();
  DBUG_RETURN(ret || thd->wsrep_cs().after_commit());
}

/*
  Called before the transaction is rolled back.

  Return zero on succes, non-zero on failure.
 */
static inline int wsrep_before_rollback(THD* thd, bool all)
{
  DBUG_ENTER("wsrep_before_rollback");
  int ret= 0;
  if (wsrep_is_active(thd))
  {
    if (!all && thd->in_active_multi_stmt_transaction())
    {
      if (wsrep_emulate_bin_log)
      {
        wsrep_thd_binlog_stmt_rollback(thd);
      }

      if (thd->wsrep_trx().is_streaming() &&
          (wsrep_fragments_certified_for_stmt(thd) > 0))
      {
        /* Non-safe statement rollback during SR multi statement
           transaction. A statement rollback is considered unsafe, if
           the same statement has already replicated one or more fragments.
           Self abort the transaction, the actual rollback and error
           handling will be done in after statement phase. */
        WSREP_DEBUG("statement rollback is not safe for streaming replication");
        wsrep_thd_self_abort(thd);
        ret= 0;
      }
    }
    else if (wsrep_is_real(thd, all) &&
             thd->wsrep_trx().state() != wsrep::transaction::s_aborted)
    {
      /* Real transaction rolling back and wsrep abort not completed
         yet */
      /* Reset XID so that it does not trigger writing serialization
         history in InnoDB. This needs to be avoided because rollback
         may happen out of order and replay may follow. */
      thd->wsrep_xid.null();
      ret= thd->wsrep_cs().before_rollback();
    }
  }
  DBUG_RETURN(ret);
}

/*
  Called after the transaction has been rolled back.

  Return zero on succes, non-zero on failure.
 */
static inline int wsrep_after_rollback(THD* thd, bool all)
{
  DBUG_ENTER("wsrep_after_rollback");
  DBUG_RETURN((wsrep_is_real(thd, all) && wsrep_is_active(thd) &&
               thd->wsrep_cs().transaction().state() !=
               wsrep::transaction::s_aborted) ?
              thd->wsrep_cs().after_rollback() : 0);
}

static inline int wsrep_before_statement(THD* thd)
{
  return (thd->wsrep_cs().state() != wsrep::client_state::s_none &&
          !thd->internal_transaction() ?
	  thd->wsrep_cs().before_statement() : 0);
}

static inline
int wsrep_after_statement(THD* thd)
{
  DBUG_ENTER("wsrep_after_statement");
  int ret= ((thd->wsrep_cs().state() != wsrep::client_state::s_none &&
               thd->wsrep_cs().mode() == Wsrep_client_state::m_local) &&
              !thd->internal_transaction() ?
              thd->wsrep_cs().after_statement() : 0);

  if (wsrep_is_active(thd))
  {
    mysql_mutex_lock(&thd->LOCK_thd_kill);
    wsrep_restore_kill_after_commit(thd);
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&thd->LOCK_thd_kill);
  }
  DBUG_RETURN(ret);
}

static inline void wsrep_after_apply(THD* thd)
{
  DBUG_ASSERT(wsrep_thd_is_applying(thd));
  WSREP_DEBUG("wsrep_after_apply %lld", thd->thread_id);
  if (!thd->internal_transaction())
    thd->wsrep_cs().after_applying();
}

static inline void wsrep_open(THD* thd)
{
  DBUG_ENTER("wsrep_open");
  if (WSREP_ON_)
  {
    /* WSREP_PROVIDER_EXISTS_ cannot be set if WSREP_ON_ is not set */
    DBUG_ASSERT(WSREP_PROVIDER_EXISTS_);
    thd->wsrep_cs().open(wsrep::client_id(thd->thread_id));
    thd->wsrep_cs().debug_log_level(wsrep_debug);
    if (!thd->wsrep_applier && thd->variables.wsrep_trx_fragment_size)
    {
      thd->wsrep_cs().enable_streaming(
        wsrep_fragment_unit(thd->variables.wsrep_trx_fragment_unit),
        size_t(thd->variables.wsrep_trx_fragment_size));
    }
  }
  DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
}

static inline void wsrep_close(THD* thd)
{
  DBUG_ENTER("wsrep_close");
  if (thd->wsrep_cs().state() != wsrep::client_state::s_none &&
      !thd->internal_transaction())
  {
    thd->wsrep_cs().close();
  }
  DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
}

static inline void wsrep_cleanup(THD* thd)
{
  DBUG_ENTER("wsrep_cleanup");
  if (thd->wsrep_cs().state() != wsrep::client_state::s_none)
  {
    thd->wsrep_cs().cleanup();
  }
  DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
}

static inline void
wsrep_wait_rollback_complete_and_acquire_ownership(THD *thd)
{
  DBUG_ENTER("wsrep_wait_rollback_complete_and_acquire_ownership");
  if (thd->wsrep_cs().state() != wsrep::client_state::s_none &&
      !thd->internal_transaction())
  {
    thd->wsrep_cs().wait_rollback_complete_and_acquire_ownership();
  }
  DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
}

static inline int wsrep_before_command(THD* thd, bool keep_command_error)
{
  return (thd->wsrep_cs().state() != wsrep::client_state::s_none &&
          !thd->internal_transaction() ?
          thd->wsrep_cs().before_command(keep_command_error) : 0);
}

static inline int wsrep_before_command(THD* thd)
{
  return wsrep_before_command(thd, false);
}

/*
  Called after each command.

  Return zero on success, non-zero on failure.
*/
static inline void wsrep_after_command_before_result(THD* thd)
{
  if (thd->wsrep_cs().state() != wsrep::client_state::s_none &&
      !thd->internal_transaction())
  {
    thd->wsrep_cs().after_command_before_result();
  }
}

static inline void wsrep_after_command_after_result(THD* thd)
{
  if (thd->wsrep_cs().state() != wsrep::client_state::s_none &&
      !thd->internal_transaction())
  {
    thd->wsrep_cs().after_command_after_result();
  }
}

static inline void wsrep_after_command_ignore_result(THD* thd)
{
  wsrep_after_command_before_result(thd);
  DBUG_ASSERT(!thd->wsrep_cs().current_error());
  wsrep_after_command_after_result(thd);
}

static inline enum wsrep::client_error wsrep_current_error(THD* thd)
{
  return thd->wsrep_cs().current_error();
}

static inline enum wsrep::provider::status
wsrep_current_error_status(THD* thd)
{
  return thd->wsrep_cs().current_error_status();
}

#endif /* WSREP_TRANS_OBSERVER */
#ifndef PROTOCOL_INCLUDED
#define PROTOCOL_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2002, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   Copyright (c) 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#include "sql_error.h"
#include "my_decimal.h"                         /* my_decimal */
#include "sql_type.h"

class i_string;
class Field;
class Send_field;
class THD;
class Item_param;
struct TABLE_LIST;
typedef struct st_mysql_field MYSQL_FIELD;
typedef struct st_mysql_rows MYSQL_ROWS;

class Protocol
{
protected:
  String *packet;
  /* Used by net_store_data() for charset conversions */
  String *convert;
  uint field_pos;
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  const Type_handler **field_handlers;
  bool valid_handler(uint pos, protocol_send_type_t type) const
  {
    return field_handlers == 0 ||
           field_handlers[field_pos]->protocol_send_type() == type;
  }
#endif
  uint field_count;
  virtual bool net_store_data(const uchar *from, size_t length);
  virtual bool net_store_data_cs(const uchar *from, size_t length,
                      CHARSET_INFO *fromcs, CHARSET_INFO *tocs);
  virtual bool net_send_ok(THD *, uint, uint, ulonglong, ulonglong, const char *,
                           bool);
  virtual bool net_send_error_packet(THD *, uint, const char *, const char *);
#ifdef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
  char **next_field;
  MYSQL_FIELD *next_mysql_field;
  MEM_ROOT *alloc;
#endif
  bool needs_conversion(CHARSET_INFO *fromcs,
                        CHARSET_INFO *tocs) const
  {
    // 'tocs' is set 0 when client issues SET character_set_results=NULL
    return tocs && !my_charset_same(fromcs, tocs) &&
           fromcs != &my_charset_bin &&
           tocs != &my_charset_bin;
  }
  /* 
    The following two are low-level functions that are invoked from
    higher-level store_xxx() funcs.  The data is stored into this->packet.
  */
  bool store_string_aux(const char *from, size_t length,
                        CHARSET_INFO *fromcs, CHARSET_INFO *tocs);

  virtual bool send_ok(uint server_status, uint statement_warn_count,
                       ulonglong affected_rows, ulonglong last_insert_id,
                       const char *message);

  virtual bool send_eof(uint server_status, uint statement_warn_count);

  virtual bool send_error(uint sql_errno, const char *err_msg,
                          const char *sql_state);

  CHARSET_INFO *character_set_results() const;

public:
  THD	 *thd;
  Protocol(THD *thd_arg) { init(thd_arg); }
  virtual ~Protocol() = default;
  void init(THD* thd_arg);

  enum { SEND_NUM_ROWS= 1, SEND_EOF= 2, SEND_FORCE_COLUMN_INFO= 4 };
  virtual bool send_result_set_metadata(List<Item> *list, uint flags);
  bool send_list_fields(List<Field> *list, const TABLE_LIST *table_list);
  bool send_result_set_row(List<Item> *row_items);

  bool store(I_List<i_string> *str_list);
  bool store(I_List<i_string_pair> *str_list);
  bool store_string_or_null(const char *from, CHARSET_INFO *cs);
  bool store_warning(const char *from, size_t length);
  String *storage_packet() { return packet; }
  inline void free() { packet->free(); }
  virtual bool write();
  inline  bool store(int from)
  { return store_long((longlong) from); }
  inline  bool store(uint32 from)
  { return store_long((longlong) from); }
  inline  bool store(longlong from)
  { return store_longlong((longlong) from, 0); }
  inline  bool store(ulonglong from)
  { return store_longlong((longlong) from, 1); }
  inline bool store(String *str)
  { return store((char*) str->ptr(), str->length(), str->charset()); }
  inline bool store(const LEX_CSTRING *from, CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    return store(from->str, from->length, cs);
  }

  virtual bool prepare_for_send(uint num_columns)
  {
    field_count= num_columns;
    return 0;
  }
  virtual bool flush();
  virtual void end_partial_result_set(THD *thd);
  virtual void prepare_for_resend()=0;

  virtual bool store_null()=0;
  virtual bool store_tiny(longlong from)=0;
  virtual bool store_short(longlong from)=0;
  virtual bool store_long(longlong from)=0;
  virtual bool store_longlong(longlong from, bool unsigned_flag)=0;
  virtual bool store_decimal(const my_decimal *)=0;
  virtual bool store_str(const char *from, size_t length,
                         CHARSET_INFO *fromcs, CHARSET_INFO *tocs)=0;
  virtual bool store_float(float from, uint32 decimals)=0;
  virtual bool store_double(double from, uint32 decimals)=0;
  virtual bool store_datetime(MYSQL_TIME *time, int decimals)=0;
  virtual bool store_date(MYSQL_TIME *time)=0;
  virtual bool store_time(MYSQL_TIME *time, int decimals)=0;
  virtual bool store(Field *field)=0;

  // Various useful wrappers for the virtual store*() methods.
  // Backward wrapper for store_str()
  bool store(const char *from, size_t length, CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    return store_str(from, length, cs, character_set_results());
  }
  bool store_lex_cstring(const LEX_CSTRING &s,
                         CHARSET_INFO *fromcs,
                         CHARSET_INFO *tocs)
  {
    return store_str(s.str, (uint) s.length, fromcs, tocs);
  }
  bool store_binary_string(const char *str, size_t length)
  {
    return store_str(str, (uint) length, &my_charset_bin, &my_charset_bin);
  }
  bool store_ident(const LEX_CSTRING &s)
  {
    return store_lex_cstring(s, system_charset_info, character_set_results());
  }
  // End of wrappers

  virtual bool send_out_parameters(List<Item_param> *sp_params)=0;
#ifdef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
  bool begin_dataset();
  bool begin_dataset(THD *thd, uint numfields);
  virtual void remove_last_row() {}
#else
  void remove_last_row() {}
#endif
  enum enum_protocol_type
  {
    /*
      Before adding a new type, please make sure
      there is enough storage for it in Query_cache_query_flags.
    */
    PROTOCOL_TEXT= 0, PROTOCOL_BINARY= 1, PROTOCOL_LOCAL= 2,
    PROTOCOL_DISCARD= 3 /* Should be last, not used by Query_cache */
  };
  virtual enum enum_protocol_type type()= 0;

  virtual bool net_send_eof(THD *thd, uint server_status, uint statement_warn_count);
  bool net_send_error(THD *thd, uint sql_errno, const char *err,
                      const char* sqlstate);
  void end_statement();
};


/** Class used for the old (MySQL 4.0 protocol). */

class Protocol_text :public Protocol
{
  StringBuffer<FLOATING_POINT_BUFFER> buffer;
  bool store_numeric_string_aux(const char *from, size_t length);
public:
  Protocol_text(THD *thd_arg)
   :Protocol(thd_arg) {};
  bool __attribute__((warn_unused_result))
       allocate(size_t size) { return packet->alloc(size); }
  void prepare_for_resend() override;
  bool store_null() override;
  bool store_tiny(longlong from) override;
  bool store_short(longlong from) override;
  bool store_long(longlong from) override;
  bool store_longlong(longlong from, bool unsigned_flag) override;
  bool store_decimal(const my_decimal *) override;
  bool store_str(const char *from, size_t length,
                 CHARSET_INFO *fromcs, CHARSET_INFO *tocs) override;
  bool store_datetime(MYSQL_TIME *time, int decimals) override;
  bool store_date(MYSQL_TIME *time) override;
  bool store_time(MYSQL_TIME *time, int decimals) override;
  bool store_float(float nr, uint32 decimals) override;
  bool store_double(double from, uint32 decimals) override;
  bool store(Field *field) override;

  bool send_out_parameters(List<Item_param> *sp_params) override;

  bool store_numeric_zerofill_str(const char *from, size_t length,
                                  protocol_send_type_t send_type);

#ifdef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
  void remove_last_row() override;
#endif
  bool store_field_metadata(const THD *thd, const Send_field &field,
                            CHARSET_INFO *charset_for_protocol,
                            uint pos);
  bool store_item_metadata(THD *thd, Item *item, uint pos);
  bool store_field_metadata_for_list_fields(const THD *thd, Field *field,
                                            const TABLE_LIST *table_list,
                                            uint pos);
  enum enum_protocol_type type() override { return PROTOCOL_TEXT; };
};


class Protocol_binary final :public Protocol
{
private:
  uint bit_fields;
public:
  Protocol_binary(THD *thd_arg) :Protocol(thd_arg) {}
  bool prepare_for_send(uint num_columns) override;
  void prepare_for_resend() override;
#ifdef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
  bool write() override;
  bool net_store_data(const uchar *from, size_t length) override;
  bool net_store_data_cs(const uchar *from, size_t length,
                         CHARSET_INFO *fromcs, CHARSET_INFO *tocs) override;
#endif
  bool store_null() override;
  bool store_tiny(longlong from) override;
  bool store_short(longlong from) override;
  bool store_long(longlong from) override;
  bool store_longlong(longlong from, bool unsigned_flag) override;
  bool store_decimal(const my_decimal *) override;
  bool store_str(const char *from, size_t length,
                 CHARSET_INFO *fromcs, CHARSET_INFO *tocs) override;
  bool store_datetime(MYSQL_TIME *time, int decimals) override;
  bool store_date(MYSQL_TIME *time) override;
  bool store_time(MYSQL_TIME *time, int decimals) override;
  bool store_float(float nr, uint32 decimals) override;
  bool store_double(double from, uint32 decimals) override;
  bool store(Field *field) override;

  bool send_out_parameters(List<Item_param> *sp_params) override;

  enum enum_protocol_type type() override { return PROTOCOL_BINARY; };
};


/*
  A helper for "ANALYZE $stmt" which looks a real network procotol but doesn't
  write results to the network.

  At first glance, class select_send looks like a more appropriate place to
  implement the "write nothing" hook. This is not true, because
    - we need to evaluate the value of every item, and do it the way
      select_send does it (i.e. call item->val_int() or val_real() or...)
    - select_send::send_data() has some other code, like telling the storage
      engine that the row can be unlocked. We want to keep that also.
  as a result, "ANALYZE $stmt" uses a select_send_analyze which still uses 
  select_send::send_data() & co., and also uses  Protocol_discard object.
*/

class Protocol_discard final : public Protocol
{
public:
  Protocol_discard(THD *thd_arg) : Protocol(thd_arg) {}
  bool write() override { return 0; }
  bool send_result_set_metadata(List<Item> *, uint) override { return 0; }
  bool send_eof(uint, uint) override { return 0; }
  void prepare_for_resend() override { IF_DBUG(field_pos= 0,); }
  bool send_out_parameters(List<Item_param> *sp_params) override { return false; }
  
  /* 
    Provide dummy overrides for any storage methods so that we
    avoid allocating and copying of data
  */
  bool store_null() override { return false; }
  bool store_tiny(longlong) override { return false; }
  bool store_short(longlong) override { return false; }
  bool store_long(longlong) override { return false; }
  bool store_longlong(longlong, bool) override { return false; }
  bool store_decimal(const my_decimal *) override { return false; }
  bool store_str(const char *, size_t, CHARSET_INFO *, CHARSET_INFO *) override
  {
    return false;
  }
  bool store_datetime(MYSQL_TIME *, int) override { return false; }
  bool store_date(MYSQL_TIME *) override { return false; }
  bool store_time(MYSQL_TIME *, int) override { return false; }
  bool store_float(float, uint32) override { return false; }
  bool store_double(double, uint32) override { return false; }
  bool store(Field *) override { return false; }
  enum enum_protocol_type type() override { return PROTOCOL_DISCARD; };
};


void send_warning(THD *thd, uint sql_errno, const char *err=0);
void net_send_progress_packet(THD *thd);
uchar *net_store_data(uchar *to,const uchar *from, size_t length);
uchar *net_store_data(uchar *to,int32 from);
uchar *net_store_data(uchar *to,longlong from);

#endif /* PROTOCOL_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2011, 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */


#ifndef MEM_ROOT_ARRAY_INCLUDED
#define MEM_ROOT_ARRAY_INCLUDED

#include <my_alloc.h>

/**
   A typesafe replacement for DYNAMIC_ARRAY.
   We use MEM_ROOT for allocating storage, rather than the C++ heap.
   The interface is chosen to be similar to std::vector.

   @remark
   Unlike DYNAMIC_ARRAY, elements are properly copied
   (rather than memcpy()d) if the underlying array needs to be expanded.

   @remark
   Depending on has_trivial_destructor, we destroy objects which are
   removed from the array (including when the array object itself is destroyed).

   @remark
   Note that MEM_ROOT has no facility for reusing free space,
   so don't use this if multiple re-expansions are likely to happen.

   @param Element_type The type of the elements of the container.
          Elements must be copyable.
   @param has_trivial_destructor If true, we don't destroy elements.
          We could have used type traits to determine this.
          __has_trivial_destructor is supported by some (but not all)
          compilers we use.
*/
template<typename Element_type, bool has_trivial_destructor>
class Mem_root_array
{
public:
  /// Convenience typedef, same typedef name as std::vector
  typedef Element_type value_type;

  Mem_root_array(MEM_ROOT *root)
    : m_root(root), m_array(NULL), m_size(0), m_capacity(0)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_root != NULL);
  }

  Mem_root_array(MEM_ROOT *root, size_t n, const value_type &val= value_type())
    : m_root(root), m_array(NULL), m_size(0), m_capacity(0)
  {
    resize(n, val);
  }

  ~Mem_root_array()
  {
    clear();
  }

  Element_type &at(size_t n)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(n < size());
    return m_array[n];
  }

  const Element_type &at(size_t n) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(n < size());
    return m_array[n];
  }

  Element_type &operator[](size_t n) { return at(n); }
  const Element_type &operator[](size_t n) const { return at(n); }

  Element_type &back() { return at(size() - 1); }
  const Element_type &back() const { return at(size() - 1); }

  // Returns a pointer to the first element in the array.
  Element_type *begin() { return &m_array[0]; }
  const Element_type *begin() const { return &m_array[0]; }

  // Returns a pointer to the past-the-end element in the array.
  Element_type *end() { return &m_array[size()]; }
  const Element_type *end() const { return &m_array[size()]; }

  // Erases all of the elements. 
  void clear()
  {
    if (!empty())
      chop(0);
  }

  /*
    Chops the tail off the array, erasing all tail elements.
    @param pos Index of first element to erase.
  */
  void chop(const size_t pos)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(pos < m_size);
    if (!has_trivial_destructor)
    {
      for (size_t ix= pos; ix < m_size; ++ix)
      {
        Element_type *p= &m_array[ix];
        p->~Element_type();              // Destroy discarded element.
      }
    }
    m_size= pos;
  }

  /*
    Reserves space for array elements.
    Copies over existing elements, in case we are re-expanding the array.

    @param  n number of elements.
    @retval true if out-of-memory, false otherwise.
  */
  bool reserve(size_t n)
  {
    if (n <= m_capacity)
      return false;

    void *mem= alloc_root(m_root, n * element_size());
    if (!mem)
      return true;
    Element_type *array= static_cast<Element_type*>(mem);

    // Copy all the existing elements into the new array.
    for (size_t ix= 0; ix < m_size; ++ix)
    {
      Element_type *new_p= &array[ix];
      Element_type *old_p= &m_array[ix];
      new (new_p) Element_type(*old_p);         // Copy into new location.
      if (!has_trivial_destructor)
        old_p->~Element_type();                 // Destroy the old element.
    }

    // Forget the old array.
    m_array= array;
    m_capacity= n;
    return false;
  }

  /*
    Adds a new element at the end of the array, after its current last
    element. The content of this new element is initialized to a copy of
    the input argument.

    @param  element Object to copy.
    @retval true if out-of-memory, false otherwise.
  */
  bool push_back(const Element_type &element)
  {
    const size_t min_capacity= 20;
    const size_t expansion_factor= 2;
    if (0 == m_capacity && reserve(min_capacity))
      return true;
    if (m_size == m_capacity && reserve(m_capacity * expansion_factor))
      return true;
    Element_type *p= &m_array[m_size++];
    new (p) Element_type(element);
    return false;
  }

  /**
    Removes the last element in the array, effectively reducing the
    container size by one. This destroys the removed element.
   */
  void pop_back()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!empty());
    if (!has_trivial_destructor)
      back().~Element_type();
    m_size-= 1;
  }

  /**
    Resizes the container so that it contains n elements.

    If n is smaller than the current container size, the content is
    reduced to its first n elements, removing those beyond (and
    destroying them).

    If n is greater than the current container size, the content is
    expanded by inserting at the end as many elements as needed to
    reach a size of n. If val is specified, the new elements are
    initialized as copies of val, otherwise, they are
    value-initialized.

    If n is also greater than the current container capacity, an automatic
    reallocation of the allocated storage space takes place.

    Notice that this function changes the actual content of the
    container by inserting or erasing elements from it.
   */
  void resize(size_t n, const value_type &val= value_type())
  {
    if (n == m_size)
      return;
    if (n > m_size)
    {
      if (!reserve(n))
      {
        while (n != m_size)
          push_back(val);
      }
      return;
    }
    if (!has_trivial_destructor)
    {
      while (n != m_size)
        pop_back();
    }
    m_size= n;
  }

  size_t capacity()     const { return m_capacity; }
  size_t element_size() const { return sizeof(Element_type); }
  bool   empty()        const { return size() == 0; }
  size_t size()         const { return m_size; }
  const MEM_ROOT *mem_root() const { return m_root; }

private:
  MEM_ROOT *const m_root;
  Element_type   *m_array;
  size_t          m_size;
  size_t          m_capacity;

  // Not (yet) implemented.
  Mem_root_array(const Mem_root_array&);
  Mem_root_array &operator=(const Mem_root_array&);
};


#endif  // MEM_ROOT_ARRAY_INCLUDED
/* Copyright 2018 Codership Oy <info@codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

/** @file wsrep_client_service.h

  This file provides declaratios for client service implementation.
  See wsrep/client_service.hpp for interface documentation.
*/

#ifndef WSREP_CLIENT_SERVICE_H
#define WSREP_CLIENT_SERVICE_H

/* wsrep-lib */
#include "wsrep/client_service.hpp"
#include "wsrep/client_state.hpp"
#include "wsrep/exception.hpp" /* not_implemented_error, remove when finished */

class THD;
class Wsrep_client_state;
class Wsrep_high_priority_context;

class Wsrep_client_service : public wsrep::client_service
{
public:
  Wsrep_client_service(THD*, Wsrep_client_state&);

  bool interrupted(wsrep::unique_lock<wsrep::mutex>&) const override;
  void reset_globals() override;
  void store_globals() override;
  int prepare_data_for_replication() override;
  void cleanup_transaction() override;
  bool statement_allowed_for_streaming() const override;
  size_t bytes_generated() const override;
  int prepare_fragment_for_replication(wsrep::mutable_buffer&, size_t&) override;
  int remove_fragments() override;
  void emergency_shutdown() override
  { throw wsrep::not_implemented_error(); }
  void will_replay() override;
  void signal_replayed() override;
  enum wsrep::provider::status replay() override;
  enum wsrep::provider::status replay_unordered() override;
  void wait_for_replayers(wsrep::unique_lock<wsrep::mutex>&) override;
  enum wsrep::provider::status commit_by_xid() override;
  bool is_explicit_xa() override
  {
    return false;
  }
  bool is_prepared_xa() override
  {
    return false;
  }
  bool is_xa_rollback() override
  {
    return false;
  }
  void debug_sync(const char*) override;
  void debug_crash(const char*) override;
  int bf_rollback() override;
private:
  friend class Wsrep_server_service;
  THD* m_thd;
  Wsrep_client_state& m_client_state;
};


#endif /* WSREP_CLIENT_SERVICE_H */
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   Copyright (C) 2011 Monty Program Ab.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */


#ifndef GCALC_SLICESCAN_INCLUDED
#define GCALC_SLICESCAN_INCLUDED

#ifndef DBUG_OFF
// #define GCALC_CHECK_WITH_FLOAT
#else
#define GCALC_DBUG_OFF
#endif /*DBUG_OFF*/

#ifndef GCALC_DBUG_OFF
#define GCALC_DBUG_PRINT(b) DBUG_PRINT("Gcalc", b)
#define GCALC_DBUG_ENTER(a) DBUG_ENTER("Gcalc " a)
#define GCALC_DBUG_RETURN(r) DBUG_RETURN(r)
#define GCALC_DBUG_VOID_RETURN DBUG_VOID_RETURN
#define GCALC_DBUG_ASSERT(r) DBUG_ASSERT(r)
#else
#define GCALC_DBUG_PRINT(b)     do {} while(0)
#define GCALC_DBUG_ENTER(a)     do {} while(0)
#define GCALC_DBUG_RETURN(r)    return (r)
#define GCALC_DBUG_VOID_RETURN  do {} while(0)
#define GCALC_DBUG_ASSERT(r)    do {} while(0)
#endif /*GCALC_DBUG_OFF*/

#define GCALC_TERMINATED(state_var) (state_var && (*state_var))
#define GCALC_SET_TERMINATED(state_var, val) state_var= val
#define GCALC_DECL_TERMINATED_STATE(varname) \
  volatile int *varname;

/*
  Gcalc_dyn_list class designed to manage long lists of same-size objects
  with the possible efficiency.
  It allocates fixed-size blocks of memory (blk_size specified at the time
  of creation). When new object is added to the list, it occupies part of
  this block until it's full. Then the new block is allocated.
  Freed objects are chained to the m_free list, and if it's not empty, the
  newly added object is taken from this list instead the block.
*/

class Gcalc_dyn_list
{
public:
  class Item
  {
  public:
    Item *next;
  };

  Gcalc_dyn_list(size_t blk_size, size_t sizeof_item);
  Gcalc_dyn_list(const Gcalc_dyn_list &dl);
  ~Gcalc_dyn_list();
  Item *new_item()
  {
    Item *result;
    if (m_free)
    {
      result= m_free;
      m_free= m_free->next;
    }
    else
      result= alloc_new_blk();

    return result;
  }
  inline void free_item(Item *item)
  {
    item->next= m_free;
    m_free= item;
  }
  inline void free_list(Item **list, Item **hook)
  {
    *hook= m_free;
    m_free= *list;
  }

  void free_list(Item *list)
  {
    Item **hook= &list;
    while (*hook)
      hook= &(*hook)->next;
    free_list(&list, hook);
  }

  void reset();
  void cleanup();

protected:
  size_t m_blk_size;
  size_t m_sizeof_item;
  unsigned int m_points_per_blk;
  void *m_first_blk;
  void **m_blk_hook;
  Item *m_free;
  Item *m_keep;

  Item *alloc_new_blk();
  void format_blk(void* block);
  inline Item *ptr_add(Item *ptr, int n_items)
  {
    return (Item *)(((char*)ptr) + n_items * m_sizeof_item);
  }
};

/* Internal Gcalc coordinates to provide the precise calculations */

#define GCALC_DIG_BASE     1000000000
typedef uint32 gcalc_digit_t;
typedef unsigned long long gcalc_coord2;
typedef gcalc_digit_t Gcalc_internal_coord;
#define GCALC_COORD_BASE 2
#define GCALC_COORD_BASE2 4
#define GCALC_COORD_BASE3 6
#define GCALC_COORD_BASE4 8
#define GCALC_COORD_BASE5 10

typedef gcalc_digit_t Gcalc_coord1[GCALC_COORD_BASE];
typedef gcalc_digit_t Gcalc_coord2[GCALC_COORD_BASE*2];
typedef gcalc_digit_t Gcalc_coord3[GCALC_COORD_BASE*3];


void gcalc_mul_coord(Gcalc_internal_coord *result, int result_len,
                     const Gcalc_internal_coord *a, int a_len,
                     const Gcalc_internal_coord *b, int b_len);

void gcalc_add_coord(Gcalc_internal_coord *result, int result_len,
                     const Gcalc_internal_coord *a,
                     const Gcalc_internal_coord *b);

void gcalc_sub_coord(Gcalc_internal_coord *result, int result_len,
                     const Gcalc_internal_coord *a,
                     const Gcalc_internal_coord *b);

int gcalc_cmp_coord(const Gcalc_internal_coord *a,
                    const Gcalc_internal_coord *b, int len);

/* Internal coordinates declarations end. */


typedef uint gcalc_shape_info;

/*
  Gcalc_heap represents the 'dynamic list' of Info objects, that
  contain information about vertexes of all the shapes that take
  part in some spatial calculation. Can become quite long.
  After filled, the list is usually sorted and then walked through
  in the slicescan algorithm.
  The Gcalc_heap and the algorithm can only operate with two
  kinds of shapes - polygon and polyline. So all the spatial
  objects should be represented as sets of these two.
*/

class Gcalc_heap : public Gcalc_dyn_list
{
public:
  enum node_type
  {
    nt_shape_node,
    nt_intersection,
    nt_eq_node
  };
  class Info : public Gcalc_dyn_list::Item
  {
  public:
    node_type type;
    union
    {
      struct
      {
        /* nt_shape_node */
        gcalc_shape_info shape;
        Info *left;
        Info *right;
        double x,y;
        Gcalc_coord1 ix, iy;
        int top_node;
      } shape;
      struct
      {
        /* nt_intersection */
        /* Line p1-p2 supposed to intersect line p3-p4 */
        const Info *p1;
        const Info *p2;
        const Info *p3;
        const Info *p4;
        void *data;
        int equal;
      } intersection;
      struct
      {
        /* nt_eq_node */
        const Info *node;
        void *data;
      } eq;
    } node;

    bool is_bottom() const
      { GCALC_DBUG_ASSERT(type == nt_shape_node); return !node.shape.left; }
    bool is_top() const
      { GCALC_DBUG_ASSERT(type == nt_shape_node); return node.shape.top_node; }
    bool is_single_node() const
      { return is_bottom() && is_top(); }

    void calc_xy(double *x, double *y) const;
    int equal_pi(const Info *pi) const;
#ifdef GCALC_CHECK_WITH_FLOAT
    void calc_xy_ld(long double *x, long double *y) const;
#endif /*GCALC_CHECK_WITH_FLOAT*/

    Info *get_next() { return (Info *)next; }
    const Info *get_next() const { return (const Info *)next; }
  };

  Gcalc_heap(size_t blk_size=8192) :
    Gcalc_dyn_list(blk_size, sizeof(Info)),
    m_hook(&m_first), m_n_points(0)
  {}

  Gcalc_heap(const Gcalc_heap &gh) :
    Gcalc_dyn_list(gh),
    m_hook(&m_first), m_n_points(0)
  {}

  void set_extent(double xmin, double xmax, double ymin, double ymax);
  Info *new_point_info(double x, double y, gcalc_shape_info shape);
  void free_point_info(Info *i, Gcalc_dyn_list::Item **i_hook);
  Info *new_intersection(const Info *p1, const Info *p2,
                         const Info *p3, const Info *p4);
  void prepare_operation();
  inline bool ready() const { return m_hook == NULL; }
  Info *get_first() { return (Info *)m_first; }
  const Info *get_first() const { return (const Info *)m_first; }
  Gcalc_dyn_list::Item **get_last_hook() { return m_hook; }
  void reset();
#ifdef GCALC_CHECK_WITH_FLOAT
  long double get_double(const Gcalc_internal_coord *c) const;
#endif /*GCALC_CHECK_WITH_FLOAT*/
  double coord_extent;
  Gcalc_dyn_list::Item **get_cur_hook() { return m_hook; }

private:
  Gcalc_dyn_list::Item *m_first;
  Gcalc_dyn_list::Item **m_hook;
  int m_n_points;
};


/*
  the spatial object has to be represented as a set of
  simple polygones and polylines to be sent to the slicescan.

  Gcalc_shape_transporter class and his descendants are used to
  simplify storing the information about the shape into necessary structures.
  This base class only fills the Gcalc_heap with the information about
  shapes and vertices.

  Normally the Gcalc_shape_transporter family object is sent as a parameter
  to the 'get_shapes' method of an 'spatial' object so it can pass
  the spatial information about itself. The virtual methods are
  treating this data in a way the caller needs.
*/

class Gcalc_shape_transporter
{
private:
  Gcalc_heap::Info *m_first;
  Gcalc_heap::Info *m_prev;
  Gcalc_dyn_list::Item **m_prev_hook;
  int m_shape_started;
  void int_complete();
protected:
  Gcalc_heap *m_heap;
  int int_single_point(gcalc_shape_info Info, double x, double y);
  int int_add_point(gcalc_shape_info Info, double x, double y);
  void int_start_line()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!m_shape_started);
    m_shape_started= 1;
    m_first= m_prev= NULL;
  }
  void int_complete_line()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_shape_started== 1);
    int_complete();
    m_shape_started= 0;
  }
  void int_start_ring()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_shape_started== 2);
    m_shape_started= 3;
    m_first= m_prev= NULL;
  }
  void int_complete_ring()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_shape_started== 3);
    int_complete();
    m_shape_started= 2;
  }
  void int_start_poly()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!m_shape_started);
    m_shape_started= 2;
  }
  void int_complete_poly()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_shape_started== 2);
    m_shape_started= 0;
  }
  bool line_started() { return m_shape_started == 1; };
public:
  Gcalc_shape_transporter(Gcalc_heap *heap) :
    m_shape_started(0), m_heap(heap) {}

  virtual int single_point(double x, double y)=0;
  virtual int start_line()=0;
  virtual int complete_line()=0;
  virtual int start_poly()=0;
  virtual int complete_poly()=0;
  virtual int start_ring()=0;
  virtual int complete_ring()=0;
  virtual int add_point(double x, double y)=0;
  virtual int start_collection(int n_objects) { return 0; }
  virtual int empty_shape() { return 0; }
  int start_simple_poly()
  {
    return start_poly() || start_ring();
  }
  int complete_simple_poly()
  {
    return complete_ring() || complete_poly();
  }
  virtual ~Gcalc_shape_transporter() = default;
};


enum Gcalc_scan_events
{
  scev_none= 0,
  scev_point= 1,         /* Just a new point in thread */
  scev_thread= 2,        /* Start of the new thread */
  scev_two_threads= 4,   /* A couple of new threads started */
  scev_intersection= 8,  /* Intersection happened */
  scev_end= 16,          /* Single thread finished */
  scev_two_ends= 32,     /* A couple of threads finished */
  scev_single_point= 64  /* Got single point */
};


/* 
   Gcalc_scan_iterator incapsulates the slicescan algorithm.
   It takes filled Gcalc_heap as a datasource. Then can be
   iterated through the vertexes and intersection points with
   the step() method. After the 'step()' one usually observes
   the current 'slice' to do the necessary calculations, like
   looking for intersections, calculating the area, whatever.
*/

class Gcalc_scan_iterator : public Gcalc_dyn_list
{
public:
  class point : public Gcalc_dyn_list::Item
  {
  public:
    Gcalc_coord1 dx;
    Gcalc_coord1 dy;
    Gcalc_heap::Info *pi;
    Gcalc_heap::Info *next_pi;
    Gcalc_heap::Info *ev_pi;
    const Gcalc_coord1 *l_border;
    const Gcalc_coord1 *r_border;
    point *ev_next;

    Gcalc_scan_events event;

    inline const point *c_get_next() const
      { return (const point *)next; }
    inline bool is_bottom() const { return !next_pi; }
    gcalc_shape_info get_shape() const { return pi->node.shape.shape; }
    inline point *get_next() { return (point *)next; }
    inline const point *get_next() const { return (const point *)next; }
    /* Compare the dx_dy parameters regarding the horiz_dir */
    /* returns -1 if less, 0 if equal, 1 if bigger          */
    static int cmp_dx_dy(const Gcalc_coord1 dx_a,
                         const Gcalc_coord1 dy_a,
                         const Gcalc_coord1 dx_b,
                         const Gcalc_coord1 dy_b);
    static int cmp_dx_dy(const Gcalc_heap::Info *p1,
                         const Gcalc_heap::Info *p2,
                         const Gcalc_heap::Info *p3,
                         const Gcalc_heap::Info *p4);
    int cmp_dx_dy(const point *p) const;
    point **next_ptr() { return (point **) &next; }
#ifndef GCALC_DBUG_OFF
    unsigned int thread;
#endif /*GCALC_DBUG_OFF*/
#ifdef GCALC_CHECK_WITH_FLOAT
    void calc_x(long double *x, long double y, long double ix) const;
#endif /*GCALC_CHECK_WITH_FLOAT*/
  };

  /* That class introduced mostly for the 'typecontrol' reason.      */
  /* only difference from the point classis the get_next() function. */
  class event_point : public point
  {
  public:
    inline const event_point *get_next() const
    { return (const event_point*) ev_next; }
    int simple_event() const
    {
      return !ev_next ? (event & (scev_point | scev_end)) : 
        (!ev_next->ev_next && event == scev_two_ends);
    }
  };

  class intersection_info : public Gcalc_dyn_list::Item
  {
  public:
    point *edge_a;
    point *edge_b;

    Gcalc_coord2 t_a;
    Gcalc_coord2 t_b;
    int t_calculated;
    Gcalc_coord3 x_exp;
    int x_calculated;
    Gcalc_coord3 y_exp;
    int y_calculated;
    void calc_t()
    {if (!t_calculated) do_calc_t(); }
    void calc_y_exp()
    { if (!y_calculated) do_calc_y(); }
    void calc_x_exp()
    { if (!x_calculated) do_calc_x(); }

    void do_calc_t();
    void do_calc_x();
    void do_calc_y();
  };


  class slice_state
  {
  public:
    point *slice;
    point **event_position_hook;
    point *event_end;
    const Gcalc_heap::Info *pi;
  };

public:
  Gcalc_scan_iterator(size_t blk_size= 8192);

  GCALC_DECL_TERMINATED_STATE(killed)

  void init(Gcalc_heap *points); /* Iterator can be reused */
  void reset();
  int step();

  Gcalc_heap::Info *more_points() { return m_cur_pi; }
  bool more_trapezoids()
    { return m_cur_pi && m_cur_pi->next; }

  const point *get_bottom_points() const
    { return m_bottom_points; }
  const point *get_event_position() const
    { return *state.event_position_hook; }
  const point *get_event_end() const
    { return state.event_end; }
  const event_point *get_events() const
    { return (const event_point *)
        (*state.event_position_hook == state.event_end ?
            m_bottom_points : *state.event_position_hook); }
  const point *get_b_slice() const { return state.slice; }
  double get_h() const;
  double get_y() const;
  double get_event_x() const;
  double get_sp_x(const point *sp) const;
  int intersection_step() const
    { return state.pi->type == Gcalc_heap::nt_intersection; }
  const Gcalc_heap::Info *get_cur_pi() const
  {
    return state.pi;
  }

private:
  Gcalc_heap *m_heap;
  Gcalc_heap::Info *m_cur_pi;
  slice_state state;

#ifndef GCALC_DBUG_OFF
  unsigned int m_cur_thread;
#endif /*GCALC_DBUG_OFF*/

  point *m_bottom_points;
  point **m_bottom_hook;

  int node_scan();
  void eq_scan();
  void intersection_scan();
  void remove_bottom_node();
  int insert_top_node();
  int add_intersection(point *sp_a, point *sp_b,
                       Gcalc_heap::Info *pi_from);
  int add_eq_node(Gcalc_heap::Info *node, point *sp);
  int add_events_for_node(point *sp_node);

  point *new_slice_point()
  {
    point *new_point= (point *)new_item();
    return new_point;
  }
  intersection_info *new_intersection_info(point *a, point *b)
  {
    intersection_info *ii= (intersection_info *)new_item();
    ii->edge_a= a;
    ii->edge_b= b;
    ii->t_calculated= ii->x_calculated= ii->y_calculated= 0;
    return ii;
  }
  int arrange_event(int do_sorting, int n_intersections);
  static double get_pure_double(const Gcalc_internal_coord *d, int d_len);
};


/* 
   Gcalc_trapezoid_iterator simplifies the calculations on
   the current slice of the Gcalc_scan_iterator.
   One can walk through the trapezoids formed between
   previous and current slices.
*/

#ifdef TMP_BLOCK
class Gcalc_trapezoid_iterator
{
protected:
  const Gcalc_scan_iterator::point *sp0;
  const Gcalc_scan_iterator::point *sp1;
public:
  Gcalc_trapezoid_iterator(const Gcalc_scan_iterator *scan_i) :
    sp0(scan_i->get_b_slice()),
    sp1(scan_i->get_t_slice())
    {}

  inline bool more() const { return sp1 && sp1->next; }

  const Gcalc_scan_iterator::point *lt() const { return sp1; }
  const Gcalc_scan_iterator::point *lb() const { return sp0; }
  const Gcalc_scan_iterator::point *rb() const
  {
    const Gcalc_scan_iterator::point *result= sp0;
    while ((result= result->c_get_next())->is_bottom())
    {}
    return result;
  }
  const Gcalc_scan_iterator::point *rt() const
    { return sp1->c_get_next(); }

  void operator++()
  {
    sp0= rb();
    sp1= rt();
  }
};
#endif /*TMP_BLOCK*/


/* 
   Gcalc_point_iterator simplifies the calculations on
   the current slice of the Gcalc_scan_iterator.
   One can walk through the points on the current slice.
*/

class Gcalc_point_iterator
{
protected:
  const Gcalc_scan_iterator::point *sp;
public:
  Gcalc_point_iterator(const Gcalc_scan_iterator *scan_i):
    sp(scan_i->get_b_slice())
    {}

  inline bool more() const { return sp != NULL; }
  inline void operator++() { sp= sp->c_get_next(); }
  inline const Gcalc_scan_iterator::point *point() const { return sp; }
  inline const Gcalc_heap::Info *get_pi() const { return sp->pi; }
  inline gcalc_shape_info get_shape() const { return sp->get_shape(); }
  inline void restart(const Gcalc_scan_iterator *scan_i)
  { sp= scan_i->get_b_slice(); }
};

#endif /*GCALC_SLICESCAN_INCLUDED*/

#ifndef MYISAMPACK_INCLUDED
#define MYISAMPACK_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2000-2002, 2004 MySQL AB, 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
   Copyright (c) 2020, MariaDB Corporation.
   Use is subject to license terms.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/*
  Storing of values in high byte first order.

  integer keys and file pointers are stored with high byte first to get
  better compression
*/

/* these two are for uniformity */
#define mi_sint1korr(A) ((int8)(*A))
#define mi_uint1korr(A) ((uint8)(*A))

#define mi_sint2korr(A) ((int16) (((int16) (((const uchar*) (A))[1])) |\
                                  ((int16) ((uint16) ((const uchar*) (A))[0]) << 8)))
#define mi_sint3korr(A) ((int32) (((((const uchar*) (A))[0]) & 128) ? \
                                  (((uint32) 255L << 24) | \
                                   (((uint32) ((const uchar*) (A))[0]) << 16) |\
                                   (((uint32) ((const uchar*) (A))[1]) << 8) | \
                                   ((uint32) ((const uchar*) (A))[2])) : \
                                  (((uint32) ((const uchar*) (A))[0]) << 16) |\
                                  (((uint32) ((const uchar*) (A))[1]) << 8) | \
                                  ((uint32) ((const uchar*) (A))[2])))
#define mi_sint4korr(A) ((int32) (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[3])) |\
                                  ((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[2]) << 8) |\
                                  ((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[1]) << 16) |\
                                  ((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[0]) << 24)))
#define mi_sint8korr(A) ((longlong) mi_uint8korr(A))
#define mi_uint2korr(A) ((uint16) (((uint16) (((const uchar*) (A))[1])) |\
                                   ((uint16) (((const uchar*) (A))[0]) << 8)))
#define mi_uint3korr(A) ((uint32) (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[2])) |\
                                   (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[1])) << 8) |\
                                   (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[0])) << 16)))
#define mi_uint4korr(A) ((uint32) (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[3])) |\
                                   (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[2])) << 8) |\
                                   (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[1])) << 16) |\
                                   (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[0])) << 24)))

#ifndef HAVE_mi_uint5korr
#define mi_uint5korr(A) ((ulonglong)(((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[4])) |\
                                    (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[3])) << 8) |\
                                    (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[2])) << 16) |\
                                    (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[1])) << 24)) |\
                                    (((ulonglong) (((const uchar*) (A))[0])) << 32))
#endif /* HAVE_mi_uint5korr */

#ifndef HAVE_mi_uint6korr
#define mi_uint6korr(A) ((ulonglong)(((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[5])) |\
                                    (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[4])) << 8) |\
                                    (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[3])) << 16) |\
                                    (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[2])) << 24)) |\
                        (((ulonglong) (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[1])) |\
                                    (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[0]) << 8)))) <<\
                                     32))
#endif /* HAVE_mi_uint6korr */

#ifndef HAVE_mi_uint7korr
#define mi_uint7korr(A) ((ulonglong)(((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[6])) |\
                                    (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[5])) << 8) |\
                                    (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[4])) << 16) |\
                                    (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[3])) << 24)) |\
                        (((ulonglong) (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[2])) |\
                                    (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[1])) << 8) |\
                                    (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[0])) << 16))) <<\
                                     32))
#endif /* HAVE_mi_uint7korr */

#ifndef HAVE_mi_uint8korr
#define mi_uint8korr(A) ((ulonglong)(((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[7])) |\
                                    (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[6])) << 8) |\
                                    (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[5])) << 16) |\
                                    (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[4])) << 24)) |\
                        (((ulonglong) (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[3])) |\
                                    (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[2])) << 8) |\
                                    (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[1])) << 16) |\
                                    (((uint32) (((const uchar*) (A))[0])) << 24))) <<\
                                    32))
#endif /* HAVE_mi_uint8korr */

/* This one is for uniformity */
#define mi_int1store(T,A) *((uchar*)(T))= (uchar) (A)

#define mi_int2store(T,A)   { uint def_temp= (uint) (A) ;\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[1]= (uchar) (def_temp);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[0]= (uchar) (def_temp >> 8); }
#define mi_int3store(T,A)   { /*lint -save -e734 */\
                              ulong def_temp= (ulong) (A);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[2]= (uchar) (def_temp);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[1]= (uchar) (def_temp >> 8);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[0]= (uchar) (def_temp >> 16);\
                              /*lint -restore */}
#define mi_int4store(T,A)   { ulong def_temp= (ulong) (A);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[3]= (uchar) (def_temp);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[2]= (uchar) (def_temp >> 8);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[1]= (uchar) (def_temp >> 16);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[0]= (uchar) (def_temp >> 24); }
#define mi_int5store(T,A)   { ulong def_temp= (ulong) (A),\
                              def_temp2= (ulong) ((A) >> 32);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[4]= (uchar) (def_temp);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[3]= (uchar) (def_temp >> 8);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[2]= (uchar) (def_temp >> 16);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[1]= (uchar) (def_temp >> 24);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[0]= (uchar) (def_temp2); }
#define mi_int6store(T,A)   { ulong def_temp= (ulong) (A),\
                              def_temp2= (ulong) ((A) >> 32);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[5]= (uchar) (def_temp);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[4]= (uchar) (def_temp >> 8);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[3]= (uchar) (def_temp >> 16);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[2]= (uchar) (def_temp >> 24);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[1]= (uchar) (def_temp2);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[0]= (uchar) (def_temp2 >> 8); }
#define mi_int7store(T,A)   { ulong def_temp= (ulong) (A),\
                              def_temp2= (ulong) ((A) >> 32);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[6]= (uchar) (def_temp);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[5]= (uchar) (def_temp >> 8);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[4]= (uchar) (def_temp >> 16);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[3]= (uchar) (def_temp >> 24);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[2]= (uchar) (def_temp2);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[1]= (uchar) (def_temp2 >> 8);\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[0]= (uchar) (def_temp2 >> 16); }
#define mi_int8store(T,A)   { ulong def_temp3= (ulong) (A),\
                              def_temp4= (ulong) ((A) >> 32);\
                              mi_int4store((uchar*) (T) + 0, def_temp4);\
                              mi_int4store((uchar*) (T) + 4, def_temp3); }

#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN

#define mi_float4store(T,A) { ((uchar*) (T))[0]= ((uchar*) &A)[0];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[1]= ((uchar*) &A)[1];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[2]= ((uchar*) &A)[2];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[3]= ((uchar*) &A)[3]; }

#define mi_float4get(V,M)   { float def_temp;\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[0]= ((const uchar*) (M))[0];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[1]= ((const uchar*) (M))[1]; \
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[2]= ((const uchar*) (M))[2];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[3]= ((const uchar*) (M))[3];\
                              (V)= def_temp; }

#define mi_float8store(T,V) { ((uchar*) (T))[0]= ((const uchar*) &V)[0];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[1]= ((const uchar*) &V)[1];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[2]= ((const uchar*) &V)[2];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[3]= ((const uchar*) &V)[3];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[4]= ((const uchar*) &V)[4];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[5]= ((const uchar*) &V)[5];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[6]= ((const uchar*) &V)[6];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[7]= ((const uchar*) &V)[7]; }

#define mi_float8get(V,M)   { double def_temp;\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[0]= ((const uchar*) (M))[0];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[1]= ((const uchar*) (M))[1];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[2]= ((const uchar*) (M))[2];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[3]= ((const uchar*) (M))[3];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[4]= ((const uchar*) (M))[4];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[5]= ((const uchar*) (M))[5];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[6]= ((const uchar*) (M))[6];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[7]= ((const uchar*) (M))[7]; \
                              (V)= def_temp; }
#else

#define mi_float4store(T,A) { ((uchar*) (T))[0]= ((const uchar*) &A)[3];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[1]= ((const uchar*) &A)[2];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[2]= ((const uchar*) &A)[1];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[3]= ((const uchar*) &A)[0]; }

#define mi_float4get(V,M)   { float def_temp;\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[0]= ((const uchar*) (M))[3];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[1]= ((const uchar*) (M))[2];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[2]= ((const uchar*) (M))[1];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[3]= ((const uchar*) (M))[0];\
                              (V)= def_temp; }

#if defined(__FLOAT_WORD_ORDER) && (__FLOAT_WORD_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN)
#define mi_float8store(T,V) { ((uchar*) (T))[0]= ((const uchar*) &V)[3];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[1]= ((const uchar*) &V)[2];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[2]= ((const uchar*) &V)[1];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[3]= ((const uchar*) &V)[0];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[4]= ((const uchar*) &V)[7];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[5]= ((const uchar*) &V)[6];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[6]= ((const uchar*) &V)[5];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[7]= ((const uchar*) &V)[4];}

#define mi_float8get(V,M)   { double def_temp;\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[0]= ((const uchar*) (M))[3];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[1]= ((const uchar*) (M))[2];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[2]= ((const uchar*) (M))[1];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[3]= ((const uchar*) (M))[0];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[4]= ((const uchar*) (M))[7];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[5]= ((const uchar*) (M))[6];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[6]= ((const uchar*) (M))[5];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[7]= ((const uchar*) (M))[4];\
                              (V)= def_temp; }

#else
#define mi_float8store(T,V) { ((uchar*) (T))[0]= ((const uchar*) &V)[7];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[1]= ((const uchar*) &V)[6];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[2]= ((const uchar*) &V)[5];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[3]= ((const uchar*) &V)[4];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[4]= ((const uchar*) &V)[3];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[5]= ((const uchar*) &V)[2];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[6]= ((const uchar*) &V)[1];\
                              ((uchar*) (T))[7]= ((const uchar*) &V)[0];}

#define mi_float8get(V,M)   { double def_temp;\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[0]= ((const uchar*) (M))[7];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[1]= ((const uchar*) (M))[6];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[2]= ((const uchar*) (M))[5];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[3]= ((const uchar*) (M))[4];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[4]= ((const uchar*) (M))[3];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[5]= ((const uchar*) (M))[2];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[6]= ((const uchar*) (M))[1];\
                              ((uchar*) &def_temp)[7]= ((const uchar*) (M))[0];\
                              (V)= def_temp; }
#endif /* __FLOAT_WORD_ORDER */
#endif /* WORDS_BIGENDIAN */

/* Fix to avoid warnings when sizeof(ha_rows) == sizeof(long) */

#ifdef BIG_TABLES
#define mi_rowstore(T,A)    mi_int8store(T, A)
#define mi_rowkorr(T)       mi_uint8korr(T)
#else
#define mi_rowstore(T,A)    { mi_int4store(T, 0);\
                              mi_int4store(((uchar*) (T) + 4), A); }
#define mi_rowkorr(T)       mi_uint4korr((const uchar*) (T) + 4)
#endif

#if SIZEOF_OFF_T > 4
#define mi_sizestore(T,A)   mi_int8store(T, A)
#define mi_sizekorr(T)      mi_uint8korr(T)
#else
#define mi_sizestore(T,A)   { if ((A) == HA_OFFSET_ERROR)\
                                bfill((char*) (T), 8, 255);\
                              else { mi_int4store((T), 0);\
                                     mi_int4store(((T) + 4), A); }}
#define mi_sizekorr(T)      mi_uint4korr((const uchar*) (T) + 4)
#endif
#endif /* MYISAMPACK_INCLUDED */
#ifndef COMPAT56_H_INCLUDED
#define COMPAT56_H_INCLUDED
/*
   Copyright (c) 2004, 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2013  MariaDB Foundation.

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 GNU General Public License for more details.

 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */


/** MySQL56 routines and macros **/

/*
  Buffer size for a native TIMESTAMP representation, for use with NativBuffer.
  4 bytes for seconds
  3 bytes for microseconds
  1 byte for the trailing '\0' (class Native reserves extra 1 byte for '\0')
*/
#define STRING_BUFFER_TIMESTAMP_BINARY_SIZE    8 /* 4 + 3 + 1 */

#define MY_PACKED_TIME_GET_INT_PART(x)     ((x) >> 24)
#define MY_PACKED_TIME_GET_FRAC_PART(x)    ((x) % (1LL << 24))
#define MY_PACKED_TIME_MAKE(i, f)          ((((ulonglong) (i)) << 24) + (f))
#define MY_PACKED_TIME_MAKE_INT(i)         ((((ulonglong) (i)) << 24))

longlong TIME_to_longlong_datetime_packed(const MYSQL_TIME *);
longlong TIME_to_longlong_time_packed(const MYSQL_TIME *);

void TIME_from_longlong_datetime_packed(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, longlong nr);
void TIME_from_longlong_time_packed(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, longlong nr);

void my_datetime_packed_to_binary(longlong nr, uchar *ptr, uint dec);
longlong my_datetime_packed_from_binary(const uchar *ptr, uint dec);
uint my_datetime_binary_length(uint dec);

void my_time_packed_to_binary(longlong nr, uchar *ptr, uint dec);
longlong my_time_packed_from_binary(const uchar *ptr, uint dec);
uint my_time_binary_length(uint dec);

void my_timestamp_to_binary(const struct timeval *tm, uchar *ptr, uint dec);
void my_timestamp_from_binary(struct timeval *tm, const uchar *ptr, uint dec);
uint my_timestamp_binary_length(uint dec);
/** End of MySQL routines and macros **/

#endif /* COMPAT56_H_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2008, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef SQL_DIGEST_STREAM_H
#define SQL_DIGEST_STREAM_H

#include "sql_digest.h"

/**
  State data storage for @c digest_start, @c digest_add_token.
  This structure extends the @c sql_digest_storage structure
  with temporary state used only during parsing.
*/
struct sql_digest_state
{
  /**
    Index, in the digest token array, of the last identifier seen.
    Reduce rules used in the digest computation can not
    apply to tokens seen before an identifier.
    @sa digest_add_token
  */
  int m_last_id_index;
  sql_digest_storage m_digest_storage;

  inline void reset(unsigned char *token_array, uint length)
  {
    m_last_id_index= 0;
    m_digest_storage.reset(token_array, length);
  }

  inline bool is_empty()
  {
    return m_digest_storage.is_empty();
  }
};
typedef struct sql_digest_state sql_digest_state;

#endif

/* Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 1991, 2021, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _my_compare_h
#define _my_compare_h

#include "myisampack.h"
#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include "m_ctype.h"                            /* CHARSET_INFO */

/*
  There is a hard limit for the maximum number of keys as there are only
  8 bits in the index file header for the number of keys in a table.
  This means that 0..255 keys can exist for a table. The idea of
  HA_MAX_POSSIBLE_KEY is to ensure that one can use myisamchk & tools on
  a MyISAM table for which one has more keys than MyISAM is normally
  compiled for. If you don't have this, you will get a core dump when
  running myisamchk compiled for 128 keys on a table with 255 keys.
*/

#define HA_MAX_POSSIBLE_KEY         255         /* For myisamchk */
/*
  The following defines can be increased if necessary.
  But beware the dependency of MI_MAX_POSSIBLE_KEY_BUFF and HA_MAX_KEY_LENGTH.
*/

#define HA_MAX_KEY_LENGTH           1000        /* Max length in bytes */
#define HA_MAX_KEY_SEG              32          /* Max segments for key */

#define HA_MAX_POSSIBLE_KEY_BUFF    (HA_MAX_KEY_LENGTH + 24+ 6+6)
#define HA_MAX_KEY_BUFF  (HA_MAX_KEY_LENGTH+HA_MAX_KEY_SEG*6+8+8)

typedef struct st_HA_KEYSEG		/* Key-portion */
{
  CHARSET_INFO *charset;
  uint32 start;				/* Start of key in record */
  uint32 null_pos;			/* position to NULL indicator */
  uint16 bit_pos;                       /* Position to bit part */
  uint16 flag;
  uint16 length;			/* Keylength */
  uint16 language;
  uint8  type;				/* Type of key (for sort) */
  uint8  null_bit;			/* bitmask to test for NULL */
  uint8  bit_start;
  uint8  bit_length;                    /* Length of bit part */
} HA_KEYSEG;

#define get_key_length(length,key) \
{ if (*(const uchar*) (key) != 255) \
    length= (uint) *(const uchar*) ((key)++); \
  else \
  { length= mi_uint2korr((key)+1); (key)+=3; } \
}

#define get_key_length_rdonly(length,key) \
{ if (*(const uchar*) (key) != 255) \
    length= ((uint) *(const uchar*) ((key))); \
  else \
  { length= mi_uint2korr((key)+1); } \
}

#define get_key_pack_length(length,length_pack,key) \
{ if (*(const uchar*) (key) != 255) \
  { length= (uint) *(const uchar*) ((key)++); length_pack= 1; }\
  else \
  { length=mi_uint2korr((key)+1); (key)+= 3; length_pack= 3; } \
}

#define store_key_length_inc(key,length) \
{ if ((length) < 255) \
  { *(key)++= (uchar)(length); } \
  else \
  { *(key)=255; mi_int2store((key)+1,(length)); (key)+=3; } \
}

#define size_to_store_key_length(length) ((length) < 255 ? 1 : 3)

static inline uchar get_rec_bits(const uchar *ptr, uchar ofs, uint len)
{
  uint16 val= ptr[0];
  if (ofs + len > 8)
    val|= (uint16)(((uint) ptr[1]) << 8);
  return (uchar) ((val >> ofs) & ((1 << len) - 1));
}

static inline void set_rec_bits(uint16 bits, uchar *ptr, uchar ofs, uint len)
{
  ptr[0]= (uchar) ((ptr[0] & ~(((1 << len) - 1) << ofs)) | (bits << ofs));
  if (ofs + len > 8)
    ptr[1]= (uchar) ((ptr[1] & ~((1 << (len - 8 + ofs)) - 1)) |
                     bits >> (8 - ofs));
}

#define clr_rec_bits(bit_ptr, bit_ofs, bit_len) \
  set_rec_bits(0, bit_ptr, bit_ofs, bit_len)


/*
  Compare two VARCHAR values.
  @param charset_info  - The character set and collation
  @param a             - The pointer to the first string
  @param a_length      - The length of the first string
  @param b             - The pointer to the second string
  @param b_length      - The length of the second string
  @param b_is_prefix   - Whether "b" is a prefix of "a",
                         e.g. in a prefix key (partial length key).
  @returns             - The result of comparison

  - If "b_is_prefix" is FALSE, then the two strings are compared
    taking into account the PAD SPACE/NO PAD attribute of the collation.

  - If "b_is_prefix" is TRUE, then trailing spaces are compared in NO PAD style.
    This is done e.g. when we compare a column value to its prefix key value
    (the value of "a" to the value of "key_a"):
      CREATE TABLE t1 (a VARCHAR(10), KEY(key_a(5));
*/
static inline int ha_compare_char_varying(CHARSET_INFO *charset_info,
                                          const uchar *a, size_t a_length,
                                          const uchar *b, size_t b_length,
                                          my_bool b_is_prefix)
{
  if (!b_is_prefix)
    return charset_info->coll->strnncollsp(charset_info, a, a_length,
                                                         b, b_length);
  return charset_info->coll->strnncoll(charset_info,
                                       a, a_length,
                                       b, b_length, TRUE/*prefix*/);
}


/*
  Compare two CHAR values of the same declared character length,
  e.g. CHAR(5) to CHAR(5).

  @param charset_info  - The character set and collation
  @param a             - The pointer to the first string
  @param a_length      - The length of the first string
  @param b             - The pointer to the second string
  @param b_length      - The length of the second string
  @param nchars        - The declared length (in characters)
  @param b_is_prefix   - Whether "b" is a prefix of "a",
                         e.g. in a prefix key (partial length key).
  @returns             - The result of comparison

  - If "b_is_prefix" is FALSE, then the two strings are compared
    taking into account the PAD SPACE/NO PAD attribute of the collation.
    Additionally, this function assumes that the underlying storage could
    optionally apply trailing space compression, so values can come into this
    comparison function in different states:
    - all trailing spaces removed
    - some trailing spaced removed
    - no trailing spaces removed (exactly "nchars" characters on the two sides)
    This function virtually reconstructs trailing spaces up to the defined
    length specified in "nchars".
    If either of the sides have more than "nchar" characters,
    then only leftmost "nchar" characters are compared.

  - If "b_is_prefix" is TRUE, then trailing spaces are compared in NO PAD style.
    This is done e.g. when we compare a column value to its prefix key value
    (the value of "a" to the value of "key_a"):
      CREATE TABLE t1 (a CHAR(10), KEY(key_a(5));
*/
static inline int ha_compare_char_fixed(CHARSET_INFO *charset_info,
                                        const uchar *a, size_t a_length,
                                        const uchar *b, size_t b_length,
                                        size_t nchars,
                                        my_bool b_is_prefix)
{
  if (!b_is_prefix)
    return charset_info->coll->strnncollsp_nchars(charset_info,
                                                  a, a_length,
                                                  b, b_length,
                                                  nchars,
         MY_STRNNCOLLSP_NCHARS_EMULATE_TRIMMED_TRAILING_SPACES);
  return charset_info->coll->strnncoll(charset_info,
                                       a, a_length,
                                       b, b_length, TRUE/*prefix*/);
}


/*
  A function to compare words of a text.
  This is a common operation in full-text search:
    SELECT MATCH (title) AGAINST ('word') FROM t1;
*/
static inline int ha_compare_word(CHARSET_INFO *charset_info,
                                  const uchar *a, size_t a_length,
                                  const uchar *b, size_t b_length)
{
  return charset_info->coll->strnncollsp(charset_info,
                                         a, a_length,
                                         b, b_length);
}


/*
  A function to compare a word of a text to a word prefix.
  This is a common operation in full-text search:
    SELECT MATCH (title) AGAINST ('wor*' IN BOOLEAN MODE) FROM t1;
*/
static inline int ha_compare_word_prefix(CHARSET_INFO *charset_info,
                                        const uchar *a, size_t a_length,
                                        const uchar *b, size_t b_length)
{
  return charset_info->coll->strnncoll(charset_info,
                                       a, a_length,
                                       b, b_length,
                                       TRUE/*b_is_prefix*/);
}


/*
  Compare words (full match or prefix match), e.g. for full-text search.
*/
static inline int ha_compare_word_or_prefix(CHARSET_INFO *charset_info,
                                            const uchar *a, size_t a_length,
                                            const uchar *b, size_t b_length,
                                            my_bool b_is_prefix)
{
  if (!b_is_prefix)
    return ha_compare_word(charset_info, a, a_length, b, b_length);
  return ha_compare_word_prefix(charset_info, a, a_length, b, b_length);
}


extern int ha_key_cmp(HA_KEYSEG *keyseg, const uchar *a,
		      const uchar *b, uint key_length, uint nextflag,
		      uint *diff_pos);
extern HA_KEYSEG *ha_find_null(HA_KEYSEG *keyseg, const uchar *a);

/*
  Inside an in-memory data record, memory pointers to pieces of the
  record (like BLOBs) are stored in their native byte order and in
  this amount of bytes.
*/
#define portable_sizeof_char_ptr 8
#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif

/**
  Return values for pushed index condition or rowid filter check functions.

  0=CHECK_NEG  - The filter is not satisfied. The engine should discard this
                 index tuple and continue the scan.
  1=CHECK_POS  - The filter is satisfied. Current index tuple should be
                 returned to the SQL layer.
  2=CHECK_OUT_OF_RANGE - the index tuple is outside of the range that we're
                 scanning. (Example: if we're scanning "t.key BETWEEN 10 AND
                 20" and got a "t.key=21" tuple) Tthe engine should stop
                 scanning and return HA_ERR_END_OF_FILE right away).
  3=CHECK_ABORTED_BY_USER - the engine must stop scanning and should return
                            HA_ERR_ABORTED_BY_USER right away
 -1=CHECK_ERROR - Reserved for internal errors in engines. Should not be
                  returned by ICP or rowid filter check functions.
*/

typedef enum check_result {
  CHECK_ERROR=-1,
  CHECK_NEG=0,
  CHECK_POS=1,
  CHECK_OUT_OF_RANGE=2,
  CHECK_ABORTED_BY_USER=3
} check_result_t;

typedef check_result_t (*index_cond_func_t)(void *param);
typedef check_result_t (*rowid_filter_func_t)(void *param);

#endif /* _my_compare_h */
#ifndef SQL_TRUNCATE_INCLUDED
#define SQL_TRUNCATE_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2010, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

class THD;
struct TABLE_LIST;

/**
  Sql_cmd_truncate_table represents the TRUNCATE statement.
*/
class Sql_cmd_truncate_table : public Sql_cmd
{
private:
  /* Set if a lock must be downgraded after truncate is done. */
  MDL_ticket *m_ticket_downgrade;

public:
  /**
    Constructor, used to represent a TRUNCATE statement.
  */
  Sql_cmd_truncate_table() = default;

  virtual ~Sql_cmd_truncate_table() = default;

  /**
    Execute a TRUNCATE statement at runtime.
    @param thd the current thread.
    @return false on success.
  */
  bool execute(THD *thd) override;

  enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_TRUNCATE;
  }

protected:
  enum truncate_result{
    TRUNCATE_OK=0,
    TRUNCATE_FAILED_BUT_BINLOG,
    TRUNCATE_FAILED_SKIP_BINLOG
  };

  /** Handle locking a base table for truncate. */
  bool lock_table(THD *, TABLE_LIST *, bool *);

  /** Truncate table via the handler method. */
  enum truncate_result handler_truncate(THD *, TABLE_LIST *, bool);

  /**
    Optimized delete of all rows by doing a full regenerate of the table.
    Depending on the storage engine, it can be accomplished through a
    drop and recreate or via the handler truncate method.
  */
  bool truncate_table(THD *, TABLE_LIST *);
};

#endif
/* Copyright (C) 2007 Google Inc.
   Copyright (c) 2008 MySQL AB, 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
   Use is subject to license terms.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */


#ifndef SEMISYNC_MASTER_H
#define SEMISYNC_MASTER_H

#include "semisync.h"
#include "semisync_master_ack_receiver.h"

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE
extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_rpl_semi_sync_master_enabled;
extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_binlog;
extern PSI_cond_key key_COND_binlog_send;
#endif

struct Tranx_node {
  char              log_name[FN_REFLEN];
  bool              thd_valid;             /* thd is valid for signalling */
  my_off_t          log_pos;
  THD               *thd;                   /* The thread awaiting an ACK */
  struct Tranx_node *next;            /* the next node in the sorted list */
  struct Tranx_node *hash_next;    /* the next node during hash collision */
};

/**
  @class Tranx_node_allocator

  This class provides memory allocating and freeing methods for
  Tranx_node. The main target is performance.

  @section ALLOCATE How to allocate a node
    The pointer of the first node after 'last_node' in current_block is
    returned. current_block will move to the next free Block when all nodes of
    it are in use. A new Block is allocated and is put into the rear of the
    Block link table if no Block is free.

    The list starts up empty (ie, there is no allocated Block).

    After some nodes are freed, there probably are some free nodes before
    the sequence of the allocated nodes, but we do not reuse it. It is better
    to keep the allocated nodes are in the sequence, for it is more efficient
    for allocating and freeing Tranx_node.

  @section FREENODE How to free nodes
    There are two methods for freeing nodes. They are free_all_nodes and
    free_nodes_before.

    'A Block is free' means all of its nodes are free.
    @subsection free_nodes_before
    As all allocated nodes are in the sequence, 'Before one node' means all
    nodes before given node in the same Block and all Blocks before the Block
    which containing the given node. As such, all Blocks before the given one
    ('node') are free Block and moved into the rear of the Block link table.
    The Block containing the given 'node', however, is not. For at least the
    given 'node' is still in use. This will waste at most one Block, but it is
    more efficient.
 */
#define BLOCK_TRANX_NODES 16
class Tranx_node_allocator
{
public:
  /**
    @param reserved_nodes
      The number of reserved Tranx_nodes. It is used to set 'reserved_blocks'
      which can contain at least 'reserved_nodes' number of Tranx_nodes.  When
      freeing memory, we will reserve at least reserved_blocks of Blocks not
      freed.
   */
  Tranx_node_allocator(uint reserved_nodes) :
    reserved_blocks(reserved_nodes/BLOCK_TRANX_NODES +
                  (reserved_nodes%BLOCK_TRANX_NODES > 1 ? 2 : 1)),
    first_block(NULL), last_block(NULL),
    current_block(NULL), last_node(-1), block_num(0) {}

  ~Tranx_node_allocator()
  {
    Block *block= first_block;
    while (block != NULL)
    {
      Block *next= block->next;
      free_block(block);
      block= next;
    }
  }

  /**
    The pointer of the first node after 'last_node' in current_block is
    returned. current_block will move to the next free Block when all nodes of
    it are in use. A new Block is allocated and is put into the rear of the
    Block link table if no Block is free.

    @return Return a Tranx_node *, or NULL if an error occurred.
   */
  Tranx_node *allocate_node()
  {
    Tranx_node *trx_node;
    Block *block= current_block;

    if (last_node == BLOCK_TRANX_NODES-1)
    {
      current_block= current_block->next;
      last_node= -1;
    }

    if (current_block == NULL && allocate_block())
    {
      current_block= block;
      if (current_block)
        last_node= BLOCK_TRANX_NODES-1;
      return NULL;
    }

    trx_node= &(current_block->nodes[++last_node]);
    trx_node->log_name[0] = '\0';
    trx_node->thd_valid= false;
    trx_node->log_pos= 0;
    trx_node->thd= nullptr;
    trx_node->next= 0;
    trx_node->hash_next= 0;
    return trx_node;
  }

  /**
    All nodes are freed.

    @return Return 0, or 1 if an error occurred.
   */
  int free_all_nodes()
  {
    current_block= first_block;
    last_node= -1;
    free_blocks();
    return 0;
  }

  /**
    All Blocks before the given 'node' are free Block and moved into the rear
    of the Block link table.

    @param node All nodes before 'node' will be freed

    @return Return 0, or 1 if an error occurred.
   */
  int free_nodes_before(Tranx_node* node)
  {
    Block *block;
    Block *prev_block= NULL;

    block= first_block;
    while (block != current_block->next)
    {
      /* Find the Block containing the given node */
      if (&(block->nodes[0]) <= node && &(block->nodes[BLOCK_TRANX_NODES]) >= node)
      {
        /* All Blocks before the given node are put into the rear */
        if (first_block != block)
        {
          last_block->next= first_block;
          first_block= block;
          last_block= prev_block;
          last_block->next= NULL;
          free_blocks();
        }
        return 0;
      }
      prev_block= block;
      block= block->next;
    }

    /* Node does not find should never happen */
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return 1;
  }

private:
  uint reserved_blocks;

 /**
   A sequence memory which contains BLOCK_TRANX_NODES Tranx_nodes.

   BLOCK_TRANX_NODES The number of Tranx_nodes which are in a Block.

   next Every Block has a 'next' pointer which points to the next Block.
        These linking Blocks constitute a Block link table.
  */
  struct Block {
    Block *next;
    Tranx_node nodes[BLOCK_TRANX_NODES];
  };

  /**
    The 'first_block' is the head of the Block link table;
   */
  Block *first_block;
  /**
    The 'last_block' is the rear of the Block link table;
   */
  Block *last_block;

  /**
    current_block always points the Block in the Block link table in
    which the last allocated node is. The Blocks before it are all in use
    and the Blocks after it are all free.
   */
  Block *current_block;

  /**
    It always points to the last node which has been allocated in the
    current_block.
   */
  int last_node;

  /**
    How many Blocks are in the Block link table.
   */
  uint block_num;

  /**
    Allocate a block and then assign it to current_block.
  */
  int allocate_block()
  {
    Block *block= (Block *)my_malloc(PSI_INSTRUMENT_ME, sizeof(Block), MYF(0));
    if (block)
    {
      block->next= NULL;

      if (first_block == NULL)
        first_block= block;
      else
        last_block->next= block;

      /* New Block is always put into the rear */
      last_block= block;
      /* New Block is always the current_block */
      current_block= block;
      ++block_num;
      return 0;
    }
    return 1;
  }

  /**
    Free a given Block.
    @param block The Block will be freed.
   */
  void free_block(Block *block)
  {
    my_free(block);
    --block_num;
  }


  /**
    If there are some free Blocks and the total number of the Blocks in the
    Block link table is larger than the 'reserved_blocks', Some free Blocks
    will be freed until the total number of the Blocks is equal to the
    'reserved_blocks' or there is only one free Block behind the
    'current_block'.
   */
  void free_blocks()
  {
    if (current_block == NULL || current_block->next == NULL)
      return;

    /* One free Block is always kept behind the current block */
    Block *block= current_block->next->next;
    while (block_num > reserved_blocks && block != NULL)
    {
      Block *next= block->next;
      free_block(block);
      block= next;
    }
    current_block->next->next= block;
    if (block == NULL)
      last_block= current_block->next;
  }
};

/**
  Function pointer type to run on the contents of an Active_tranx node.

  Return 0 for success, 1 for error.

  Note Repl_semi_sync_master::LOCK_binlog is not guaranteed to be held for
  its invocation. See the context in which it is called to know.
*/

typedef int (*active_tranx_action)(THD *trx_thd, bool thd_valid,
                                   const char *log_file_name,
                                   my_off_t trx_log_file_pos);

/**
   This class manages memory for active transaction list.

   We record each active transaction with a Tranx_node, each session
   can have only one open transaction. Because of EVENT, the total
   active transaction nodes can exceed the maximum allowed
   connections.
*/
class Active_tranx
  :public Trace {
private:

  Tranx_node_allocator m_allocator;
  /* These two record the active transaction list in sort order. */
  Tranx_node       *m_trx_front, *m_trx_rear;

  Tranx_node      **m_trx_htb;        /* A hash table on active transactions. */

  int              m_num_entries;              /* maximum hash table entries */
  mysql_mutex_t *m_lock;                                     /* mutex lock */
  mysql_cond_t  *m_cond_empty;    /* signalled when cleared all Tranx_node */

  inline void assert_lock_owner();

  inline unsigned int calc_hash(const unsigned char *key, size_t length);
  unsigned int get_hash_value(const char *log_file_name, my_off_t log_file_pos);

  int compare(const char *log_file_name1, my_off_t log_file_pos1,
              const Tranx_node *node2) {
    return compare(log_file_name1, log_file_pos1,
                   node2->log_name, node2->log_pos);
  }
  int compare(const Tranx_node *node1,
              const char *log_file_name2, my_off_t log_file_pos2) {
    return compare(node1->log_name, node1->log_pos,
                   log_file_name2, log_file_pos2);
  }
  int compare(const Tranx_node *node1, const Tranx_node *node2) {
    return compare(node1->log_name, node1->log_pos,
                   node2->log_name, node2->log_pos);
  }

public:
  Active_tranx(mysql_mutex_t *lock, mysql_cond_t *cond,
               unsigned long trace_level);
  ~Active_tranx();

  /* Insert an active transaction node with the specified position.
   *
   * Return:
   *  0: success;  non-zero: error
   */
  int insert_tranx_node(THD *thd_to_wait, const char *log_file_name,
                        my_off_t log_file_pos);

  /* Clear the active transaction nodes until(inclusive) the specified
   * position.
   * If log_file_name is NULL, everything will be cleared: the sorted
   * list and the hash table will be reset to empty.
   *
   * The pre_delete_hook parameter is a function pointer that will be invoked
   * for each Active_tranx node, in order, from m_trx_front to m_trx_rear,
   * e.g. to signal their wakeup condition. Repl_semi_sync_binlog::LOCK_binlog
   * is held while this is invoked.
   */
  void clear_active_tranx_nodes(const char *log_file_name,
                                my_off_t log_file_pos,
                                active_tranx_action pre_delete_hook);

  /* Unlinks a thread from a Tranx_node, so it will not be referenced/signalled
   * if it is separately killed. Note that this keeps the Tranx_node itself in
   * the cache so it can still be awaited by await_all_slave_replies(), e.g.
   * as is done by SHUTDOWN WAIT FOR ALL SLAVES.
   */
  void unlink_thd_as_waiter(const char *log_file_name, my_off_t log_file_pos);

  /* Uses DBUG_ASSERT statements to ensure that the argument thd_to_check
   * matches the thread of the respective Tranx_node::thd of the passed in
   * log_file_name and log_file_pos.
   */
  Tranx_node * is_thd_waiter(THD *thd_to_check, const char *log_file_name,
                             my_off_t log_file_pos);

  /* Given a position, check to see whether the position is an active
   * transaction's ending position by probing the hash table.
   */
  bool is_tranx_end_pos(const char *log_file_name, my_off_t log_file_pos);

  /* Given two binlog positions, compare which one is bigger based on
   * (file_name, file_position).
   */
  static int compare(const char *log_file_name1, my_off_t log_file_pos1,
                     const char *log_file_name2, my_off_t log_file_pos2);


  /* Check if there are no transactions actively awaiting ACKs. Returns true
   * if the internal linked list has no entries, false otherwise.
   */
  bool is_empty() { return m_trx_front == NULL; }

};

/**
   The extension class for the master of semi-synchronous replication
*/
class Repl_semi_sync_master
  :public Repl_semi_sync_base {
  Active_tranx    *m_active_tranxs;  /* active transaction list: the list will
                                      be cleared when semi-sync switches off. */

  /* True when init_object has been called */
  bool m_init_done;

  /* This cond variable is signaled when enough binlog has been sent to slave,
   * so that a waiting trx can return the 'ok' to the client for a commit.
   */
  mysql_cond_t  COND_binlog_send;

  /* Mutex that protects the following state variables and the active
   * transaction list.
   * Under no cirumstances we can acquire mysql_bin_log.LOCK_log if we are
   * already holding m_LOCK_binlog because it can cause deadlocks.
   */
  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_binlog;

  /* This is set to true when m_reply_file_name contains meaningful data. */
  bool            m_reply_file_name_inited;

  /* The binlog name up to which we have received replies from any slaves. */
  char            m_reply_file_name[FN_REFLEN];

  /* The position in that file up to which we have the reply from any slaves. */
  my_off_t        m_reply_file_pos;

  /* This is set to true when we know the 'smallest' wait position. */
  bool            m_wait_file_name_inited;

  /* NULL, or the 'smallest' filename that a transaction is waiting for
   * slave replies.
   */
  char            m_wait_file_name[FN_REFLEN];

  /* The smallest position in that file that a trx is waiting for: the trx
   * can proceed and send an 'ok' to the client when the master has got the
   * reply from the slave indicating that it already got the binlog events.
   */
  my_off_t        m_wait_file_pos;

  /* This is set to true when we know the 'largest' transaction commit
   * position in the binlog file.
   * We always maintain the position no matter whether semi-sync is switched
   * on switched off.  When a transaction wait timeout occurs, semi-sync will
   * switch off.  Binlog-dump thread can use the three fields to detect when
   * slaves catch up on replication so that semi-sync can switch on again.
   */
  bool            m_commit_file_name_inited;

  /* The 'largest' binlog filename that a commit transaction is seeing.       */
  char            m_commit_file_name[FN_REFLEN];

  /* The 'largest' position in that file that a commit transaction is seeing. */
  my_off_t        m_commit_file_pos;

  /* All global variables which can be set by parameters. */
  volatile bool            m_master_enabled;      /* semi-sync is enabled on the master */
  unsigned long           m_wait_timeout;      /* timeout period(ms) during tranx wait */

  bool            m_state;                    /* whether semi-sync is switched */

  /*Waiting for ACK before/after innodb commit*/
  ulong m_wait_point;

  void lock();
  void unlock();

  /* Is semi-sync replication on? */
  bool is_on() {
    return (m_state);
  }

  void set_master_enabled(bool enabled) {
    m_master_enabled = enabled;
  }

  /* Switch semi-sync off because of timeout in transaction waiting. */
  void switch_off();

  /* Switch semi-sync on when slaves catch up. */
  int try_switch_on(int server_id,
                    const char *log_file_name, my_off_t log_file_pos);

 public:
  Repl_semi_sync_master();
  ~Repl_semi_sync_master() = default;

  void cleanup();

  bool get_master_enabled() {
    return m_master_enabled;
  }
  void set_trace_level(unsigned long trace_level) {
    m_trace_level = trace_level;
    if (m_active_tranxs)
      m_active_tranxs->m_trace_level = trace_level;
  }

  /* Set the transaction wait timeout period, in milliseconds. */
  void set_wait_timeout(unsigned long wait_timeout) {
    m_wait_timeout = wait_timeout;
  }

  /*
    Calculates a timeout that is m_wait_timeout after start_arg and saves it
    in out. If start_arg is NULL, the timeout is m_wait_timeout after the
    current system time.
  */
  void create_timeout(struct timespec *out, struct timespec *start_arg);

  /*
    Blocks the calling thread until the ack_receiver either receives ACKs for
    all transactions awaiting ACKs, or times out (from
    rpl_semi_sync_master_timeout).

    If info_msg is provided, it will be output via sql_print_information when
    there are transactions awaiting ACKs; info_msg is not output if there are
    no transasctions to await.
  */
  void await_all_slave_replies(const char *msg);

  /*set the ACK point, after binlog sync or after transaction commit*/
  void set_wait_point(unsigned long ack_point)
  {
    m_wait_point = ack_point;
  }

  ulong wait_point() //no cover line
  {
    return m_wait_point; //no cover line
  }

  /* Initialize this class after MySQL parameters are initialized. this
   * function should be called once at bootstrap time.
   */
  int init_object();

  /* Enable the object to enable semi-sync replication inside the master. */
  int enable_master();

  /* Disable the object to disable semi-sync replication inside the master. */
  void disable_master();

  /* Add a semi-sync replication slave */
  void add_slave();
    
  /* Remove a semi-sync replication slave */
  void remove_slave();

  /* It parses a reply packet and call report_reply_binlog to handle it. */
  int report_reply_packet(uint32 server_id, const uchar *packet,
                        ulong packet_len);

  /* In semi-sync replication, reports up to which binlog position we have
   * received replies from the slave indicating that it already get the events.
   *
   * Input:
   *  server_id     - (IN)  master server id number
   *  log_file_name - (IN)  binlog file name
   *  end_offset    - (IN)  the offset in the binlog file up to which we have
   *                        the replies from the slave
   *
   * Return:
   *  0: success;  non-zero: error
   */
  int report_reply_binlog(uint32 server_id,
                          const char* log_file_name,
                          my_off_t end_offset);

  /* Commit a transaction in the final step.  This function is called from
   * InnoDB before returning from the low commit.  If semi-sync is switch on,
   * the function will wait to see whether binlog-dump thread get the reply for
   * the events of the transaction.  Remember that this is not a direct wait,
   * instead, it waits to see whether the binlog-dump thread has reached the
   * point.  If the wait times out, semi-sync status will be switched off and
   * all other transaction would not wait either.
   *
   * Input:  (the transaction events' ending binlog position)
   *  trx_wait_binlog_name - (IN)  ending position's file name
   *  trx_wait_binlog_pos  - (IN)  ending position's file offset
   *
   * Return:
   *  0: success;  non-zero: error
   */
  int commit_trx(const char* trx_wait_binlog_name,
                 my_off_t trx_wait_binlog_pos);

  /*Wait for ACK after writing/sync binlog to file*/
  int wait_after_sync(const char* log_file, my_off_t log_pos);

  /*Wait for ACK after commting the transaction*/
  int wait_after_commit(THD* thd, bool all);

  /*Wait after the transaction is rollback*/
  int wait_after_rollback(THD *thd, bool all);
  /* Store the current binlog position in m_active_tranxs. This position should
   * be acked by slave.
   *
   * Inputs:
   *   trans_thd  Thread of the transaction which is executing the
   *              transaction.
   *   waiter_thd Thread that will wait for the ACK from the replica,
   *              which depends on the semi-sync wait point. If AFTER_SYNC,
   *              and also using binlog group commit, this will be the leader
   *              thread of the binlog commit. Otherwise, it is the thread that
   *              is executing the transaction, i.e. the same as trans_thd.
   *   log_file   Name of the binlog file that the transaction is written into
   *   log_pos    Offset within the binlog file that the transaction is written
   *              at
   */
  int report_binlog_update(THD *trans_thd, THD *waiter_thd,
                           const char *log_file, my_off_t log_pos);

  int dump_start(THD* thd,
                  const char *log_file,
                  my_off_t log_pos);

  void dump_end(THD* thd);

  /* Reserve space in the replication event packet header:
   *  . slave semi-sync off: 1 byte - (0)
   *  . slave semi-sync on:  3 byte - (0, 0xef, 0/1}
   *
   * Input:
   *  packet   - (IN)  the header buffer
   *
   * Return:
   *  size of the bytes reserved for header
   */
  int reserve_sync_header(String* packet);

  /* Update the sync bit in the packet header to indicate to the slave whether
   * the master will wait for the reply of the event.  If semi-sync is switched
   * off and we detect that the slave is catching up, we switch semi-sync on.
   * 
   * Input:
   *  THD           - (IN)  current dump thread
   *  packet        - (IN)  the packet containing the replication event
   *  log_file_name - (IN)  the event ending position's file name
   *  log_file_pos  - (IN)  the event ending position's file offset
   *  need_sync     - (IN)  identify if flush_net is needed to call.
   *  server_id     - (IN)  master server id number
   *
   * Return:
   *  0: success;  non-zero: error
   */
  int update_sync_header(THD* thd, unsigned char *packet,
                         const char *log_file_name,
                         my_off_t log_file_pos,
                         bool* need_sync);

  /* Called when a transaction finished writing binlog events.
   *  . update the 'largest' transactions' binlog event position
   *  . insert the ending position in the active transaction list if
   *    semi-sync is on
   *
   * Input:  (the transaction events' ending binlog position)
   *  THD           - (IN)  thread that will wait for an ACK. This can be the
   *                        binlog leader thread when using wait_point
   *                        AFTER_SYNC with binlog group commit. In all other
   *                        cases, this is the user thread executing the
   *                        transaction.
   *  log_file_name - (IN)  transaction ending position's file name
   *  log_file_pos  - (IN)  transaction ending position's file offset
   *
   * Return:
   *  0: success;  non-zero: error
   */
  int write_tranx_in_binlog(THD *thd, const char *log_file_name,
                            my_off_t log_file_pos);

  /* Read the slave's reply so that we know how much progress the slave makes
   * on receive replication events.
   */
  int flush_net(THD* thd, const char *event_buf);

  /* Export internal statistics for semi-sync replication. */
  void set_export_stats();

  /* 'reset master' command is issued from the user and semi-sync need to
   * go off for that.
   */
  int after_reset_master();

  /*called before reset master*/
  int before_reset_master();

  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_rpl_semi_sync_master_enabled;
};

enum rpl_semi_sync_master_wait_point_t {
  SEMI_SYNC_MASTER_WAIT_POINT_AFTER_BINLOG_SYNC,
  SEMI_SYNC_MASTER_WAIT_POINT_AFTER_STORAGE_COMMIT,
};

extern Repl_semi_sync_master repl_semisync_master;
extern Ack_receiver ack_receiver;

/* System and status variables for the master component */
extern my_bool rpl_semi_sync_master_enabled;
extern my_bool rpl_semi_sync_master_status;
extern ulong rpl_semi_sync_master_wait_point;
extern ulong rpl_semi_sync_master_clients;
extern ulong rpl_semi_sync_master_timeout;
extern ulong rpl_semi_sync_master_trace_level;
extern ulong rpl_semi_sync_master_yes_transactions;
extern ulong rpl_semi_sync_master_no_transactions;
extern ulong rpl_semi_sync_master_off_times;
extern ulong rpl_semi_sync_master_wait_timeouts;
extern ulong rpl_semi_sync_master_timefunc_fails;
extern ulong rpl_semi_sync_master_num_timeouts;
extern ulong rpl_semi_sync_master_wait_sessions;
extern ulong rpl_semi_sync_master_wait_pos_backtraverse;
extern ulong rpl_semi_sync_master_avg_trx_wait_time;
extern ulong rpl_semi_sync_master_avg_net_wait_time;
extern ulonglong rpl_semi_sync_master_net_wait_num;
extern ulonglong rpl_semi_sync_master_trx_wait_num;
extern ulonglong rpl_semi_sync_master_net_wait_time;
extern ulonglong rpl_semi_sync_master_trx_wait_time;
extern unsigned long long rpl_semi_sync_master_request_ack;
extern unsigned long long rpl_semi_sync_master_get_ack;

/*
  This indicates whether we should keep waiting if no semi-sync slave
  is available.
     0           : stop waiting if detected no avaialable semi-sync slave.
     1 (default) : keep waiting until timeout even no available semi-sync slave.
*/
extern char rpl_semi_sync_master_wait_no_slave;
extern Repl_semi_sync_master repl_semisync_master;

extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_semi_sync_ack_from_slave;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_reading_semi_sync_ack;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_semi_sync_slave;

void semi_sync_master_deinit();

#endif /* SEMISYNC_MASTER_H */
#ifndef FIELD_COMP_H_INCLUDED
#define FIELD_COMP_H_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (C) 2017 MariaDB Foundation

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */


#define MAX_COMPRESSION_METHODS 16

struct Compression_method
{
  const char *name;
  uint (*compress)(THD *thd, char *to, const char *from, uint length);
  int (*uncompress)(String *to, const uchar *from, uint from_length,
                    uint field_length);
};


extern Compression_method compression_methods[MAX_COMPRESSION_METHODS];
#define zlib_compression_method (&compression_methods[8])

#endif
#ifndef SYS_VARS_SHARED_INCLUDED
#define SYS_VARS_SHARED_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2002, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file
  "protected" interface to sys_var - server configuration variables.

  This header is included by files implementing support and utility
  functions of sys_var's (set_var.cc) and files implementing
  classes in the sys_var hierarchy (sql_plugin.cc)
*/

#include <sql_priv.h>
#include "set_var.h"

extern bool throw_bounds_warning(THD *thd, const char *name,const char *v);
extern bool throw_bounds_warning(THD *thd, const char *name,
                                 bool fixed, bool is_unsigned, longlong v);
extern bool throw_bounds_warning(THD *thd, const char *name, bool fixed,
                                 double v);
extern sys_var *intern_find_sys_var(const char *str, size_t length);

extern sys_var_chain all_sys_vars;

/** wrapper to hide a mutex and an rwlock under a common interface */
class PolyLock
{
public:
  virtual void rdlock()= 0;
  virtual void wrlock()= 0;
  virtual void unlock()= 0;
  virtual ~PolyLock() = default;
};

class PolyLock_mutex: public PolyLock
{
  mysql_mutex_t *mutex;
public:
  PolyLock_mutex(mysql_mutex_t *arg): mutex(arg) {}
  void rdlock() override { mysql_mutex_lock(mutex); }
  void wrlock() override { mysql_mutex_lock(mutex); }
  void unlock() override { mysql_mutex_unlock(mutex); }
};

class PolyLock_rwlock: public PolyLock
{
  mysql_rwlock_t *rwlock;
public:
  PolyLock_rwlock(mysql_rwlock_t *arg): rwlock(arg) {}
  void rdlock() override { mysql_rwlock_rdlock(rwlock); }
  void wrlock() override { mysql_rwlock_wrlock(rwlock); }
  void unlock() override { mysql_rwlock_unlock(rwlock); }
};

class AutoWLock
{
  PolyLock *lock;
public:
  AutoWLock(PolyLock *l) : lock(l) { if (lock) lock->wrlock(); }
  ~AutoWLock() { if (lock) lock->unlock(); }
};

class AutoRLock
{
  PolyLock *lock;
public:
  AutoRLock(PolyLock *l) : lock(l) { if (lock) lock->rdlock(); }
  ~AutoRLock() { if (lock) lock->unlock(); }
};


#endif /* SYS_VARS_SHARED_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2007, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2008, 2013, SkySQL Ab.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef RPL_RECORD_H
#define RPL_RECORD_H

#include <rpl_reporting.h>

struct rpl_group_info;
struct TABLE;
typedef struct st_bitmap MY_BITMAP;

#if !defined(MYSQL_CLIENT)
size_t pack_row(TABLE* table, MY_BITMAP const* cols,
                uchar *row_data, const uchar *data);
#endif

#if !defined(MYSQL_CLIENT) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
int unpack_row(const rpl_group_info *rgi,
               TABLE *table, uint const colcnt,
               uchar const *const row_data, MY_BITMAP const *cols,
               uchar const **const curr_row_end, ulong *const master_reclength,
               uchar const *const row_end);

// Fill table's record[0] with default values.
int prepare_record(TABLE *const table, const uint skip, const bool check);
#endif

#endif
/**
  @file snappy-c.h
  This service provides dynamic access to Snappy as a C header.
*/

#ifndef SNAPPY_C_INCLUDED
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_ABI_CHECK
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN
#define provider_service_snappy provider_service_snappy_static
#endif

#ifndef SNAPPY_C
typedef enum
{
  SNAPPY_OK                 = 0,
  SNAPPY_INVALID_INPUT      = 1,
  SNAPPY_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   = 2
} snappy_status;

#define snappy_max_compressed_length(...) provider_service_snappy->snappy_max_compressed_length_ptr (__VA_ARGS__)
#define snappy_compress(...)              provider_service_snappy->snappy_compress_ptr              (__VA_ARGS__)
#define snappy_uncompressed_length(...)   provider_service_snappy->snappy_uncompressed_length_ptr   (__VA_ARGS__)
#define snappy_uncompress(...)            provider_service_snappy->snappy_uncompress_ptr            (__VA_ARGS__)
#endif

#define DEFINE_snappy_max_compressed_length(NAME) NAME( \
    size_t source_length                                \
)

#define DEFINE_snappy_compress(NAME) NAME( \
    const char *input,                     \
    size_t input_length,                   \
    char *compressed,                      \
    size_t *compressed_length              \
)

#define DEFINE_snappy_uncompressed_length(NAME) NAME( \
    const char *compressed,                           \
    size_t compressed_length,                         \
    size_t *result                                    \
)

#define DEFINE_snappy_uncompress(NAME) NAME(  \
    const char *compressed,                   \
    size_t compressed_length,                 \
    char *uncompressed,                       \
    size_t *uncompressed_length               \
)

struct provider_service_snappy_st
{
  size_t DEFINE_snappy_max_compressed_length((*snappy_max_compressed_length_ptr));
  snappy_status DEFINE_snappy_compress((*snappy_compress_ptr));
  snappy_status DEFINE_snappy_uncompressed_length((*snappy_uncompressed_length_ptr));
  snappy_status DEFINE_snappy_uncompress((*snappy_uncompress_ptr));

  bool is_loaded;
};

extern struct provider_service_snappy_st *provider_service_snappy;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#define SNAPPY_C_INCLUDED
#endif
/**
  @file lz4.h
  This service provides dynamic access to LZ4.
*/

#ifndef LZ4_INCLUDED
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_ABI_CHECK
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN
#define provider_service_lz4 provider_service_lz4_static
#endif

#ifndef LZ4_VERSION_NUMBER
#define LZ4_MAX_INPUT_SIZE 0x7E000000

#define LZ4_compressBound(...)    provider_service_lz4->LZ4_compressBound_ptr       (__VA_ARGS__)
#define LZ4_compress_default(...) provider_service_lz4->LZ4_compress_default_ptr       (__VA_ARGS__)
#define LZ4_decompress_safe(...)  provider_service_lz4->LZ4_decompress_safe_ptr        (__VA_ARGS__)
#endif

#define DEFINE_LZ4_compressBound(NAME) NAME(    \
    int inputSize                               \
)

#define DEFINE_LZ4_compress_default(NAME) NAME( \
    const char *src,                            \
    char *dst,                                  \
    int srcSize,                                \
    int dstCapacity                             \
)

#define DEFINE_LZ4_decompress_safe(NAME) NAME(  \
    const char *src,                            \
    char *dst,                                  \
    int compressedSize,                         \
    int dstCapacity                             \
)

struct provider_service_lz4_st
{
  int DEFINE_LZ4_compressBound((*LZ4_compressBound_ptr));
  int DEFINE_LZ4_compress_default((*LZ4_compress_default_ptr));
  int DEFINE_LZ4_decompress_safe((*LZ4_decompress_safe_ptr));

  bool is_loaded;
};

extern struct provider_service_lz4_st *provider_service_lz4;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#define LZ4_INCLUDED
#endif
/**
  @file lzo/lzo1x.h
  This service provides dynamic access to LZO.
*/

#ifndef LZO_INCLUDED
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_ABI_CHECK
#include <stdbool.h>
#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN
#define provider_service_lzo provider_service_lzo_static
#endif

#ifndef LZO_E_OK
#define LZO_E_OK                0
#define LZO_E_INTERNAL_ERROR    (-99)

#define LZO1X_1_15_MEM_COMPRESS ((unsigned int) (32768L * ((unsigned) sizeof(unsigned char *))))

typedef size_t lzo_uint;

#define lzo1x_1_15_compress(...)   provider_service_lzo->lzo1x_1_15_compress_ptr   (__VA_ARGS__)
#define lzo1x_decompress_safe(...) provider_service_lzo->lzo1x_decompress_safe_ptr (__VA_ARGS__)
#endif

#define DEFINE_lzo1x_1_15_compress(NAME) NAME(   \
    const unsigned char *src,                    \
    lzo_uint src_len,                            \
    unsigned char *dst,                          \
    lzo_uint *dst_len,                           \
    void *wrkmem                                 \
)

#define DEFINE_lzo1x_decompress_safe(NAME) NAME( \
    const unsigned char *src,                    \
    lzo_uint src_len,                            \
    unsigned char *dst,                          \
    lzo_uint *dst_len,                           \
    void *wrkmem                                 \
)

struct provider_service_lzo_st
{
  int DEFINE_lzo1x_1_15_compress((*lzo1x_1_15_compress_ptr));
  int DEFINE_lzo1x_decompress_safe((*lzo1x_decompress_safe_ptr));

  bool is_loaded;
};

extern struct provider_service_lzo_st *provider_service_lzo;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#define LZO_INCLUDED
#endif
/**
  @file bzlib.h
  This service provides dynamic access to BZip2.
*/

#ifndef BZIP2_INCLUDED
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_ABI_CHECK
#include <stdbool.h>
#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN
#define provider_service_bzip2 provider_service_bzip2_static
#endif

#ifndef BZ_RUN
#define BZ_RUN          0
#define BZ_FINISH       2

#define BZ_OK           0
#define BZ_RUN_OK       1
#define BZ_FINISH_OK    3
#define BZ_STREAM_END   4

typedef struct
{
  char *next_in;
  unsigned int avail_in;
  unsigned int total_in_lo32;
  unsigned int total_in_hi32;

  char *next_out;
  unsigned int avail_out;
  unsigned int total_out_lo32;
  unsigned int total_out_hi32;

  void *state;

  void *(*bzalloc)(void *, int, int);
  void (*bzfree)(void *, void *);
  void *opaque;
} bz_stream;

#define BZ2_bzBuffToBuffCompress(...)   provider_service_bzip2->BZ2_bzBuffToBuffCompress_ptr   (__VA_ARGS__)
#define BZ2_bzBuffToBuffDecompress(...) provider_service_bzip2->BZ2_bzBuffToBuffDecompress_ptr (__VA_ARGS__)
#define BZ2_bzCompress(...)             provider_service_bzip2->BZ2_bzCompress_ptr             (__VA_ARGS__)
#define BZ2_bzCompressEnd(...)          provider_service_bzip2->BZ2_bzCompressEnd_ptr          (__VA_ARGS__)
#define BZ2_bzCompressInit(...)         provider_service_bzip2->BZ2_bzCompressInit_ptr         (__VA_ARGS__)
#define BZ2_bzDecompress(...)           provider_service_bzip2->BZ2_bzDecompress_ptr           (__VA_ARGS__)
#define BZ2_bzDecompressEnd(...)        provider_service_bzip2->BZ2_bzDecompressEnd_ptr        (__VA_ARGS__)
#define BZ2_bzDecompressInit(...)       provider_service_bzip2->BZ2_bzDecompressInit_ptr       (__VA_ARGS__)
#endif

#define DEFINE_BZ2_bzBuffToBuffCompress(NAME) NAME( \
    char *dest,                                     \
    unsigned int *destLen,                          \
    char *source,                                   \
    unsigned int sourceLen,                         \
    int blockSize100k,                              \
    int verbosity,                                  \
    int workFactor                                  \
)

#define DEFINE_BZ2_bzBuffToBuffDecompress(NAME) NAME( \
    char *dest,                                       \
    unsigned int *destLen,                            \
    char *source,                                     \
    unsigned int sourceLen,                           \
    int small,                                        \
    int verbosity                                     \
)

#define DEFINE_BZ2_bzCompress(NAME) NAME(   \
    bz_stream *strm,                        \
    int action                              \
)

#define DEFINE_BZ2_bzCompressEnd(NAME) NAME(    \
    bz_stream *strm                             \
)

#define DEFINE_BZ2_bzCompressInit(NAME) NAME(   \
    bz_stream *strm,                            \
    int blockSize100k,                          \
    int verbosity,                              \
    int workFactor                              \
)

#define DEFINE_BZ2_bzDecompress(NAME) NAME( \
    bz_stream *strm                         \
)

#define DEFINE_BZ2_bzDecompressEnd(NAME) NAME(  \
    bz_stream *strm                             \
)

#define DEFINE_BZ2_bzDecompressInit(NAME) NAME( \
    bz_stream *strm,                            \
    int verbosity,                              \
    int small                                   \
)

struct provider_service_bzip2_st{
  int DEFINE_BZ2_bzBuffToBuffCompress((*BZ2_bzBuffToBuffCompress_ptr));
  int DEFINE_BZ2_bzBuffToBuffDecompress((*BZ2_bzBuffToBuffDecompress_ptr));
  int DEFINE_BZ2_bzCompress((*BZ2_bzCompress_ptr));
  int DEFINE_BZ2_bzCompressEnd((*BZ2_bzCompressEnd_ptr));
  int DEFINE_BZ2_bzCompressInit((*BZ2_bzCompressInit_ptr));
  int DEFINE_BZ2_bzDecompress((*BZ2_bzDecompress_ptr));
  int DEFINE_BZ2_bzDecompressEnd((*BZ2_bzDecompressEnd_ptr));
  int DEFINE_BZ2_bzDecompressInit((*BZ2_bzDecompressInit_ptr));

  bool is_loaded;
};

extern struct provider_service_bzip2_st *provider_service_bzip2;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#define BZIP2_INCLUDED
#endif
/**
  @file lzma.h
  This service provides dynamic access to LZMA.
*/

#ifndef LZMA_INCLUDED
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_ABI_CHECK
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#endif

#ifndef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN
#define provider_service_lzma provider_service_lzma_static
#endif

#ifndef LZMA_VERSION
typedef enum
{
    LZMA_OK                 = 0,
    LZMA_STREAM_END         = 1,
    LZMA_NO_CHECK           = 2,
    LZMA_UNSUPPORTED_CHECK  = 3,
    LZMA_GET_CHECK          = 4,
    LZMA_MEM_ERROR          = 5,
    LZMA_MEMLIMIT_ERROR     = 6,
    LZMA_FORMAT_ERROR       = 7,
    LZMA_OPTIONS_ERROR      = 8,
    LZMA_DATA_ERROR         = 9,
    LZMA_BUF_ERROR          = 10,
    LZMA_PROG_ERROR         = 11,
} lzma_ret;

typedef struct
{
    void *(*alloc)(void *opaque, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
    void (*free)(void *opaque, void *ptr);
    void *opaque;
} lzma_allocator;

typedef enum
{
    LZMA_CHECK_NONE     = 0,
    LZMA_CHECK_CRC32    = 1,
    LZMA_CHECK_CRC64    = 4,
    LZMA_CHECK_SHA256   = 10
} lzma_check;

#define lzma_stream_buffer_decode(...) provider_service_lzma->lzma_stream_buffer_decode_ptr (__VA_ARGS__)
#define lzma_easy_buffer_encode(...)   provider_service_lzma->lzma_easy_buffer_encode_ptr   (__VA_ARGS__)
#elif LZMA_VERSION < 50010030
#define lzma_maybe_const
#endif

#ifndef lzma_maybe_const
#define lzma_maybe_const const
#endif

#define DEFINE_lzma_stream_buffer_decode(NAME) NAME( \
    uint64_t *memlimit,                              \
    uint32_t flags,                                  \
    lzma_maybe_const lzma_allocator *allocator,      \
    const uint8_t *in,                               \
    size_t *in_pos,                                  \
    size_t in_size,                                  \
    uint8_t *out,                                    \
    size_t *out_pos,                                 \
    size_t out_size                                  \
)

#define DEFINE_lzma_easy_buffer_encode(NAME) NAME(   \
    uint32_t preset,                                 \
    lzma_check check,                                \
    lzma_maybe_const lzma_allocator *allocator,      \
    const uint8_t *in,                               \
    size_t in_size,                                  \
    uint8_t *out,                                    \
    size_t *out_pos,                                 \
    size_t out_size                                  \
)

struct provider_service_lzma_st
{
  lzma_ret DEFINE_lzma_stream_buffer_decode((*lzma_stream_buffer_decode_ptr));
  lzma_ret DEFINE_lzma_easy_buffer_encode((*lzma_easy_buffer_encode_ptr));

  bool is_loaded;
};

extern struct provider_service_lzma_st *provider_service_lzma;


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#define LZMA_INCLUDED
#endif
#ifndef SQL_PARTITION_INCLUDED
#define SQL_PARTITION_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2017, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2011, 2017, MariaDB

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
  Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface				/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#include "sql_list.h"                           /* List */
#include "table.h"                              /* TABLE_LIST */

class Alter_info;
class Alter_table_ctx;
class Field;
class String;
class handler;
class partition_info;
struct TABLE;
struct TABLE_LIST;
typedef struct st_bitmap MY_BITMAP;
typedef struct st_key KEY;
typedef struct st_key_range key_range;

/* Flags for partition handlers */
#define HA_CAN_PARTITION       (1 << 0) /* Partition support */
#define HA_CAN_UPDATE_PARTITION_KEY (1 << 1)
#define HA_CAN_PARTITION_UNIQUE (1 << 2)
#define HA_USE_AUTO_PARTITION (1 << 3)
#define HA_ONLY_VERS_PARTITION (1 << 4)

#define NORMAL_PART_NAME 0
#define TEMP_PART_NAME 1
#define RENAMED_PART_NAME 2

typedef struct st_lock_param_type
{
  TABLE_LIST *table_list;
  ulonglong copied;
  ulonglong deleted;
  THD *thd;
  HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info;
  Alter_info *alter_info;
  Alter_table_ctx *alter_ctx;
  TABLE *table;
  KEY *key_info_buffer;
  LEX_CUSTRING org_tabledef_version;
  uchar *pack_frm_data;
  uint key_count;
  uint db_options;
  size_t pack_frm_len;
  // TODO: remove duplicate data: part_info can be accessed via table->part_info
  partition_info *part_info;
} ALTER_PARTITION_PARAM_TYPE;

typedef struct {
  longlong list_value;
  uint32 partition_id;
} LIST_PART_ENTRY;

typedef struct {
  uint32 start_part;
  uint32 end_part;
} part_id_range;

class String_list;
struct st_partition_iter;
#define NOT_A_PARTITION_ID UINT_MAX32

bool is_partition_in_list(char *part_name, List<char> list_part_names);
char *are_partitions_in_table(partition_info *new_part_info,
                              partition_info *old_part_info);
bool check_reorganise_list(partition_info *new_part_info,
                           partition_info *old_part_info,
                           List<char> list_part_names);
handler *get_ha_partition(partition_info *part_info);
int get_part_for_buf(const uchar *buf, const uchar *rec0,
                     partition_info *part_info, uint32 *part_id);
void prune_partition_set(const TABLE *table, part_id_range *part_spec);
bool check_partition_info(partition_info *part_info,handlerton **eng_type,
                          TABLE *table, handler *file, HA_CREATE_INFO *info);
void set_linear_hash_mask(partition_info *part_info, uint num_parts);
bool fix_partition_func(THD *thd, TABLE *table, bool create_table_ind);
void get_partition_set(const TABLE *table, uchar *buf, const uint index,
                       const key_range *key_spec,
                       part_id_range *part_spec);
uint get_partition_field_store_length(Field *field);
void get_full_part_id_from_key(const TABLE *table, uchar *buf,
                               KEY *key_info,
                               const key_range *key_spec,
                               part_id_range *part_spec);
bool mysql_unpack_partition(THD *thd, char *part_buf,
                            uint part_info_len,
                            TABLE *table, bool is_create_table_ind,
                            handlerton *default_db_type,
                            bool *work_part_info_used);
void make_used_partitions_str(MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                              partition_info *part_info, String *parts_str,
                              String_list &used_partitions_list);
uint32 get_list_array_idx_for_endpoint(partition_info *part_info,
                                       bool left_endpoint,
                                       bool include_endpoint);
uint32 get_partition_id_range_for_endpoint(partition_info *part_info,
                                           bool left_endpoint,
                                           bool include_endpoint);
bool check_part_func_fields(Field **ptr, bool ok_with_charsets);
bool field_is_partition_charset(Field *field);
Item* convert_charset_partition_constant(Item *item, CHARSET_INFO *cs);
/**
  Append all fields in read_set to string

  @param[in,out] str   String to append to.
  @param[in]     row   Row to append.
  @param[in]     table Table containing read_set and fields for the row.
*/
void append_row_to_str(String &str, const uchar *row, TABLE *table);
void truncate_partition_filename(char *path);

/*
  A "Get next" function for partition iterator.

  SYNOPSIS
    partition_iter_func()
      part_iter  Partition iterator, you call only "iter.get_next(&iter)"

  DESCRIPTION
    Depending on whether partitions or sub-partitions are iterated, the
    function returns next subpartition id/partition number. The sequence of
    returned numbers is not ordered and may contain duplicates.

    When the end of sequence is reached, NOT_A_PARTITION_ID is returned, and 
    the iterator resets itself (so next get_next() call will start to 
    enumerate the set all over again).

  RETURN 
    NOT_A_PARTITION_ID if there are no more partitions.
    [sub]partition_id  of the next partition
*/

typedef uint32 (*partition_iter_func)(st_partition_iter* part_iter);


/*
  Partition set iterator. Used to enumerate a set of [sub]partitions
  obtained in partition interval analysis (see get_partitions_in_range_iter).

  For the user, the only meaningful field is get_next, which may be used as
  follows:
             part_iterator.get_next(&part_iterator);
  
  Initialization is done by any of the following calls:
    - get_partitions_in_range_iter-type function call
    - init_single_partition_iterator()
    - init_all_partitions_iterator()
  Cleanup is not needed.
*/

typedef struct st_partition_iter
{
  partition_iter_func get_next;
  /* 
    Valid for "Interval mapping" in LIST partitioning: if true, let the
    iterator also produce id of the partition that contains NULL value.
  */
  bool ret_null_part, ret_null_part_orig;
  /*
    We should return DEFAULT partition.
  */
  bool ret_default_part, ret_default_part_orig;
  struct st_part_num_range
  {
    uint32 start;
    uint32 cur;
    uint32 end;
  };

  struct st_field_value_range
  {
    longlong start;
    longlong cur;
    longlong end;
  };

  union
  {
    struct st_part_num_range     part_nums;
    struct st_field_value_range  field_vals;
  };
  partition_info *part_info;
} PARTITION_ITERATOR;


/*
  Get an iterator for set of partitions that match given field-space interval

  SYNOPSIS
    get_partitions_in_range_iter()
      part_info            Partitioning info
      is_subpart
      store_length_array   Length of fields packed in opt_range_key format
      min_val              Left edge,  field value in opt_range_key format
      max_val              Right edge, field value in opt_range_key format
      min_len              Length of minimum value
      max_len              Length of maximum value
      flags                Some combination of NEAR_MIN, NEAR_MAX, NO_MIN_RANGE,
                           NO_MAX_RANGE
      part_iter            Iterator structure to be initialized

  DESCRIPTION
    Functions with this signature are used to perform "Partitioning Interval
    Analysis". This analysis is applicable for any type of [sub]partitioning 
    by some function of a single fieldX. The idea is as follows:
    Given an interval "const1 <=? fieldX <=? const2", find a set of partitions
    that may contain records with value of fieldX within the given interval.

    The min_val, max_val and flags parameters specify the interval.
    The set of partitions is returned by initializing an iterator in *part_iter

  NOTES
    There are currently three functions of this type:
     - get_part_iter_for_interval_via_walking
     - get_part_iter_for_interval_cols_via_map
     - get_part_iter_for_interval_via_mapping

  RETURN 
    0 - No matching partitions, iterator not initialized
    1 - Some partitions would match, iterator intialized for traversing them
   -1 - All partitions would match, iterator not initialized
*/

typedef int (*get_partitions_in_range_iter)(partition_info *part_info,
                                            bool is_subpart,
                                            uint32 *store_length_array,
                                            uchar *min_val, uchar *max_val,
                                            uint min_len, uint max_len,
                                            uint flags,
                                            PARTITION_ITERATOR *part_iter);

#include "partition_info.h"

#ifdef WITH_PARTITION_STORAGE_ENGINE
uint fast_alter_partition_table(THD *thd, TABLE *table,
                                Alter_info *alter_info,
                                Alter_table_ctx *alter_ctx,
                                HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,
                                TABLE_LIST *table_list);
bool set_part_state(Alter_info *alter_info, partition_info *tab_part_info,
                    enum partition_state part_state);
uint prep_alter_part_table(THD *thd, TABLE *table, Alter_info *alter_info,
                           HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,
                           bool *partition_changed,
                           bool *fast_alter_table);
char *generate_partition_syntax(THD *thd, partition_info *part_info,
                                uint *buf_length,
                                bool show_partition_options,
                                HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,
                                Alter_info *alter_info);
char *generate_partition_syntax_for_frm(THD *thd, partition_info *part_info,
                                        uint *buf_length,
                                        HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,
                                        Alter_info *alter_info);
bool verify_data_with_partition(TABLE *table, TABLE *part_table,
                                uint32 part_id);
bool compare_partition_options(HA_CREATE_INFO *table_create_info,
                               partition_element *part_elem);
bool compare_table_with_partition(THD *thd, TABLE *table,
                                  TABLE *part_table,
                                  partition_element *part_elem,
                                  uint part_id);
bool partition_key_modified(TABLE *table, const MY_BITMAP *fields);
bool write_log_replace_frm(ALTER_PARTITION_PARAM_TYPE *lpt,
                            uint next_entry,
                            const char *from_path,
                            const char *to_path);

#else
#define partition_key_modified(X,Y) 0
#endif

int __attribute__((warn_unused_result))
  create_partition_name(char *out, size_t outlen, const char *in1, const char
                        *in2, uint name_variant, bool translate);
int __attribute__((warn_unused_result))
  create_subpartition_name(char *out, size_t outlen, const char *in1, const
                           char *in2, const char *in3, uint name_variant);

void set_key_field_ptr(KEY *key_info, const uchar *new_buf,
                       const uchar *old_buf);

/** Set up table for creating a partition.
Copy info from partition to the table share so the created partition
has the correct info.
  @param thd               THD object
  @param share             Table share to be updated.
  @param info              Create info to be updated.
  @param part_elem         partition_element containing the info.

  @return    status
    @retval  TRUE  Error
    @retval  FALSE Success

  @details
    Set up
    1) Comment on partition
    2) MAX_ROWS, MIN_ROWS on partition
    3) Index file name on partition
    4) Data file name on partition
*/
bool set_up_table_before_create(THD *thd,
                                TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                const char *partition_name_with_path,
                                HA_CREATE_INFO *info,
                                partition_element *part_elem);

#endif /* SQL_PARTITION_INCLUDED */

/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_PARSE_INCLUDED
#define SQL_PARSE_INCLUDED

#include "sql_acl.h"                            /* GLOBAL_ACLS */

class Comp_creator;
class Item;
class Object_creation_ctx;
class Parser_state;
struct TABLE_LIST;
class THD;
class Table_ident;
struct LEX;

enum enum_mysql_completiontype {
  ROLLBACK_RELEASE=-2, ROLLBACK=1,  ROLLBACK_AND_CHAIN=7,
  COMMIT_RELEASE=-1,   COMMIT=0,    COMMIT_AND_CHAIN=6
};

extern "C" int path_starts_from_data_home_dir(const char *dir);
int test_if_data_home_dir(const char *dir);
int error_if_data_home_dir(const char *path, const char *what);
my_bool net_allocate_new_packet(NET *net, void *thd, uint my_flags);

bool multi_update_precheck(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables);
bool multi_delete_precheck(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables);
int mysql_multi_update_prepare(THD *thd);
int mysql_multi_delete_prepare(THD *thd);
int mysql_insert_select_prepare(THD *thd,select_result *sel_res);
bool update_precheck(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables);
bool delete_precheck(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables);
bool insert_precheck(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables);
bool create_table_precheck(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables,
                           TABLE_LIST *create_table);
bool check_fk_parent_table_access(THD *thd,
                                  HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,
                                  Alter_info *alter_info,
                                  const LEX_CSTRING &create_db);

bool parse_sql(THD *thd, Parser_state *parser_state,
               Object_creation_ctx *creation_ctx, bool do_pfs_digest=false);

void free_items(Item *item);
void cleanup_items(Item *item);

Comp_creator *comp_eq_creator(bool invert);
Comp_creator *comp_ge_creator(bool invert);
Comp_creator *comp_gt_creator(bool invert);
Comp_creator *comp_le_creator(bool invert);
Comp_creator *comp_lt_creator(bool invert);
Comp_creator *comp_ne_creator(bool invert);

int prepare_schema_table(THD *thd, LEX *lex, Table_ident *table_ident,
                         enum enum_schema_tables schema_table_idx);
void get_default_definer(THD *thd, LEX_USER *definer, bool role);
LEX_USER *create_default_definer(THD *thd, bool role);
LEX_USER *create_definer(THD *thd, LEX_CSTRING *user_name, LEX_CSTRING *host_name);
LEX_USER *get_current_user(THD *thd, LEX_USER *user, bool lock=true);
bool sp_process_definer(THD *thd);
bool check_string_byte_length(const LEX_CSTRING *str, uint err_msg,
                              size_t max_byte_length);
bool check_string_char_length(const LEX_CSTRING *str, uint err_msg,
                              size_t max_char_length, CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                              bool no_error);
bool check_ident_length(const LEX_CSTRING *ident);
bool check_host_name(LEX_CSTRING *str);
bool check_identifier_name(LEX_CSTRING *str, uint max_char_length,
                           uint err_code, const char *param_for_err_msg);
bool mysql_test_parse_for_slave(THD *thd,char *inBuf,uint length);
bool sqlcom_can_generate_row_events(const THD *thd);
bool stmt_causes_implicit_commit(THD *thd, uint mask);
bool is_update_query(enum enum_sql_command command);
bool is_log_table_write_query(enum enum_sql_command command);
bool alloc_query(THD *thd, const char *packet, size_t packet_length);
void mysql_parse(THD *thd, char *rawbuf, uint length,
                 Parser_state *parser_state);
bool mysql_new_select(LEX *lex, bool move_down, SELECT_LEX *sel);
void create_select_for_variable(THD *thd, LEX_CSTRING *var_name);
void create_table_set_open_action_and_adjust_tables(LEX *lex);
void mysql_init_delete(LEX *lex);
void mysql_init_multi_delete(LEX *lex);
bool multi_delete_set_locks_and_link_aux_tables(LEX *lex);
void create_table_set_open_action_and_adjust_tables(LEX *lex);
int bootstrap(MYSQL_FILE *file);
bool run_set_statement_if_requested(THD *thd, LEX *lex);
int mysql_execute_command(THD *thd, bool is_called_from_prepared_stmt=false);
enum dispatch_command_return
{
  DISPATCH_COMMAND_SUCCESS=0,
  DISPATCH_COMMAND_CLOSE_CONNECTION= 1,
  DISPATCH_COMMAND_WOULDBLOCK= 2
};

dispatch_command_return do_command(THD *thd, bool blocking = true);
dispatch_command_return dispatch_command(enum enum_server_command command, THD *thd,
                                         char* packet, uint packet_length, bool blocking = true);
void log_slow_statement(THD *thd);
bool append_file_to_dir(THD *thd, const char **filename_ptr,
                        const LEX_CSTRING *table_name);
void execute_init_command(THD *thd, LEX_STRING *init_command,
                          mysql_rwlock_t *var_lock);
bool add_to_list(THD *thd, SQL_I_List<ORDER> &list, Item *group, bool asc);
void add_join_on(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *b, Item *expr);
void add_join_natural(TABLE_LIST *a,TABLE_LIST *b,List<String> *using_fields,
                      SELECT_LEX *lex);
bool add_proc_to_list(THD *thd, Item *item);
bool push_new_name_resolution_context(THD *thd,
                                      TABLE_LIST *left_op,
                                      TABLE_LIST *right_op);
void init_update_queries(void);
Item *normalize_cond(THD *thd, Item *cond);
Item *negate_expression(THD *thd, Item *expr);
bool check_stack_overrun(THD *thd, long margin, uchar *dummy);

/* Variables */

extern const Lex_ident_db any_db;
extern uint sql_command_flags[];
extern uint server_command_flags[];
extern const LEX_CSTRING command_name[];
extern uint server_command_flags[];

/* Inline functions */
inline bool check_identifier_name(LEX_CSTRING *str, uint err_code)
{
  return check_identifier_name(str, NAME_CHAR_LEN, err_code, "");
}

inline bool check_identifier_name(LEX_CSTRING *str)
{
  return check_identifier_name(str, NAME_CHAR_LEN, 0, "");
}

#ifndef NO_EMBEDDED_ACCESS_CHECKS
bool check_one_table_access(THD *thd, privilege_t privilege, TABLE_LIST *tables);
bool check_single_table_access(THD *thd, privilege_t privilege,
                               TABLE_LIST *tables, bool no_errors);
bool check_routine_access(THD *thd, privilege_t want_access,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Sp_handler *sph, bool no_errors);
bool check_some_access(THD *thd, privilege_t want_access, TABLE_LIST *table);
bool check_some_routine_access(THD *thd, const char *db, const char *name,
                               const Sp_handler *sph);
bool check_table_access(THD *thd, privilege_t requirements,TABLE_LIST *tables,
                        bool any_combination_of_privileges_will_do,
                        uint number,
                        bool no_errors);
#else
inline bool check_one_table_access(THD *thd, privilege_t privilege, TABLE_LIST *tables)
{ return false; }
inline bool check_single_table_access(THD *thd, privilege_t privilege,
                                      TABLE_LIST *tables, bool no_errors)
{ return false; }
inline bool check_routine_access(THD *thd, privilege_t want_access,
                                 const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                                 const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                 const Sp_handler *sph, bool no_errors)
{ return false; }
inline bool check_some_access(THD *thd, privilege_t want_access, TABLE_LIST *table)
{
  table->grant.privilege= want_access;
  return false;
}
inline bool check_some_routine_access(THD *thd, const char *db,
                                      const char *name,
                                      const Sp_handler *sph)
{ return false; }
inline bool
check_table_access(THD *thd, privilege_t requirements,TABLE_LIST *tables,
                   bool any_combination_of_privileges_will_do,
                   uint number,
                   bool no_errors)
{ return false; }
#endif /*NO_EMBEDDED_ACCESS_CHECKS*/

/**
  Due to an issue with the bison parser, we need to use a different name.

  This is a workaround!

  If we use the global charset variable name we get a warning in the bison
  parser stderr : suspicious sequence in the output: b4_bin [-Wother]
  So we work around by having this define that doesn't have 'b4_bin' in it.

  This has been reported, but not fixed yet:
   https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-bison/2021-10/msg00027.html
*/
#define MY_CHARSET_UTF8MB4_BIN my_charset_utf8mb4_bin

#endif /* SQL_PARSE_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2005, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _sql_cursor_h_
#define _sql_cursor_h_

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface                              /* gcc class interface */
#endif

#include "sql_class.h"                          /* Query_arena */

class JOIN;

/**
  @file

  Declarations for implementation of server side cursors. Only
  read-only non-scrollable cursors are currently implemented.
*/

/**
  Server_side_cursor -- an interface for materialized
  implementation of cursors. All cursors are self-contained
  (created in their own memory root).  For that reason they must
  be deleted only using a pointer to Server_side_cursor, not to
  its base class.
*/

class Server_side_cursor: protected Query_arena
{
protected:
  /** Row destination used for fetch */
  select_result *result;
public:
  Server_side_cursor(MEM_ROOT *mem_root_arg, select_result *result_arg)
    :Query_arena(mem_root_arg, STMT_INITIALIZED), result(result_arg)
  {}

  virtual bool is_open() const= 0;

  virtual int open(JOIN *top_level_join)= 0;
  virtual void fetch(ulong num_rows)= 0;
  virtual void close()= 0;
  virtual bool export_structure(THD *thd, Row_definition_list *defs)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return true;
  }
  virtual ~Server_side_cursor();

  static void *operator new(size_t size, MEM_ROOT *mem_root)
  { return alloc_root(mem_root, size); }
  static void operator delete(void *ptr, size_t size);
  static void operator delete(void *, MEM_ROOT *){}
};


/**
  Materialized_cursor -- an insensitive materialized server-side
  cursor. The result set of this cursor is saved in a temporary
  table at open. The cursor itself is simply an interface for the
  handler of the temporary table.
*/

class Materialized_cursor: public Server_side_cursor
{
  MEM_ROOT main_mem_root;
  /* A fake unit to supply to select_send when fetching */
  SELECT_LEX_UNIT fake_unit;
  TABLE *table;
  List<Item> item_list;
  ulong fetch_limit;
  ulong fetch_count;
  bool is_rnd_inited;
public:
  Materialized_cursor(select_result *result, TABLE *table);

  int send_result_set_metadata(THD *thd, List<Item> &send_result_set_metadata);
  bool is_open() const override { return table != 0; }
  int open(JOIN *join __attribute__((unused))) override;
  void fetch(ulong num_rows) override;
  void close() override;
  bool export_structure(THD *thd, Row_definition_list *defs) override
  {
    return table->export_structure(thd, defs);
  }
  ~Materialized_cursor() override;

  void on_table_fill_finished();
};


/**
  Select_materialize -- a mediator between a cursor query and the
  protocol. In case we were not able to open a non-materialzed
  cursor, it creates an internal temporary HEAP table, and insert
  all rows into it. When the table reaches max_heap_table_size,
  it's converted to a MyISAM table. Later this table is used to
  create a Materialized_cursor.
*/

class Select_materialize: public select_unit
{
  select_result *result; /**< the result object of the caller (PS or SP) */
public:
  Materialized_cursor *materialized_cursor;
  Select_materialize(THD *thd_arg, select_result *result_arg):
    select_unit(thd_arg), result(result_arg), materialized_cursor(0) {}
  bool send_result_set_metadata(List<Item> &list, uint flags) override;
  bool send_eof() override { return false; }
  bool view_structure_only() const override
  {
    return result->view_structure_only();
  }
};


int mysql_open_cursor(THD *thd, select_result *result,
                      Server_side_cursor **res);

#endif /* _sql_cusor_h_ */
/* Copyright (C) 2013 Monty Program Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/* Definitions for mysys/my_default.c */

#ifndef MY_DEFAULT_INCLUDED
#define MY_DEFAULT_INCLUDED

C_MODE_START

extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT const char *my_defaults_extra_file;
extern const char *my_defaults_group_suffix;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT const char *my_defaults_file;
extern my_bool my_defaults_mark_files;

extern int get_defaults_options(char **argv);
extern int my_load_defaults(const char *conf_file, const char **groups,
                            int *argc, char ***argv, const char ***);
extern int load_defaults(const char *conf_file, const char **groups,
                         int *argc, char ***argv);
extern void free_defaults(char **argv);
extern void my_print_default_files(const char *conf_file);
extern void print_defaults(const char *conf_file, const char **groups);


/** Simplify load_defaults() common use */
#define load_defaults_or_exit(A, B, C, D) switch (load_defaults(A, B, C, D)) { \
                                          case 0: break; \
                                          case 4: my_end(0); exit(0); \
                                          default: my_end(0); exit(1); }

C_MODE_END

#endif /* MY_DEFAULT_INCLUDED */
/*
 * Generated by dheadgen(1).
 */

#ifndef	_PROBES_MYSQL_D
#define	_PROBES_MYSQL_D

#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#define MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED false
#else
#define MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED 0
#endif

#define	MYSQL_CONNECTION_START(arg0, arg1, arg2)
#define	MYSQL_CONNECTION_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_CONNECTION_DONE(arg0, arg1)
#define	MYSQL_CONNECTION_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_COMMAND_START(arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3)
#define	MYSQL_COMMAND_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_COMMAND_DONE(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_COMMAND_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_QUERY_START(arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4)
#define	MYSQL_QUERY_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_QUERY_DONE(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_QUERY_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_QUERY_PARSE_START(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_QUERY_PARSE_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_QUERY_PARSE_DONE(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_QUERY_PARSE_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_QUERY_CACHE_HIT(arg0, arg1)
#define	MYSQL_QUERY_CACHE_HIT_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_QUERY_CACHE_MISS(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_QUERY_CACHE_MISS_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_QUERY_EXEC_START(arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5)
#define	MYSQL_QUERY_EXEC_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_QUERY_EXEC_DONE(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_QUERY_EXEC_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_INSERT_ROW_START(arg0, arg1)
#define	MYSQL_INSERT_ROW_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_INSERT_ROW_DONE(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_INSERT_ROW_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_UPDATE_ROW_START(arg0, arg1)
#define	MYSQL_UPDATE_ROW_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_UPDATE_ROW_DONE(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_UPDATE_ROW_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_DELETE_ROW_START(arg0, arg1)
#define	MYSQL_DELETE_ROW_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_DELETE_ROW_DONE(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_DELETE_ROW_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_READ_ROW_START(arg0, arg1, arg2)
#define	MYSQL_READ_ROW_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_READ_ROW_DONE(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_READ_ROW_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_INDEX_READ_ROW_START(arg0, arg1)
#define	MYSQL_INDEX_READ_ROW_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_INDEX_READ_ROW_DONE(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_INDEX_READ_ROW_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_HANDLER_RDLOCK_START(arg0, arg1)
#define	MYSQL_HANDLER_RDLOCK_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_HANDLER_WRLOCK_START(arg0, arg1)
#define	MYSQL_HANDLER_WRLOCK_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_HANDLER_UNLOCK_START(arg0, arg1)
#define	MYSQL_HANDLER_UNLOCK_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_HANDLER_RDLOCK_DONE(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_HANDLER_RDLOCK_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_HANDLER_WRLOCK_DONE(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_HANDLER_WRLOCK_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_HANDLER_UNLOCK_DONE(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_HANDLER_UNLOCK_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_FILESORT_START(arg0, arg1)
#define	MYSQL_FILESORT_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_FILESORT_DONE(arg0, arg1)
#define	MYSQL_FILESORT_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_SELECT_START(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_SELECT_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_SELECT_DONE(arg0, arg1)
#define	MYSQL_SELECT_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_INSERT_START(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_INSERT_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_INSERT_DONE(arg0, arg1)
#define	MYSQL_INSERT_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_INSERT_SELECT_START(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_INSERT_SELECT_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_INSERT_SELECT_DONE(arg0, arg1)
#define	MYSQL_INSERT_SELECT_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_UPDATE_START(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_UPDATE_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_UPDATE_DONE(arg0, arg1, arg2)
#define	MYSQL_UPDATE_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_MULTI_UPDATE_START(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_MULTI_UPDATE_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_MULTI_UPDATE_DONE(arg0, arg1, arg2)
#define	MYSQL_MULTI_UPDATE_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_DELETE_START(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_DELETE_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_DELETE_DONE(arg0, arg1)
#define	MYSQL_DELETE_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_MULTI_DELETE_START(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_MULTI_DELETE_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_MULTI_DELETE_DONE(arg0, arg1)
#define	MYSQL_MULTI_DELETE_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_NET_READ_START()
#define	MYSQL_NET_READ_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_NET_READ_DONE(arg0, arg1)
#define	MYSQL_NET_READ_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_NET_WRITE_START(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_NET_WRITE_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_NET_WRITE_DONE(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_NET_WRITE_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_START(arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3)
#define	MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_BLOCK(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_BLOCK_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_HIT()
#define	MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_HIT_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_MISS()
#define	MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_MISS_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_DONE(arg0, arg1)
#define	MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_KEYCACHE_WRITE_START(arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3)
#define	MYSQL_KEYCACHE_WRITE_START_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_KEYCACHE_WRITE_BLOCK(arg0)
#define	MYSQL_KEYCACHE_WRITE_BLOCK_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED
#define	MYSQL_KEYCACHE_WRITE_DONE(arg0, arg1)
#define	MYSQL_KEYCACHE_WRITE_DONE_ENABLED() MYSQL_DTRACE_DISABLED

#ifdef  __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif  /* _PROBES_MYSQL_D */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2022, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_CLASS_INCLUDED
#define SQL_CLASS_INCLUDED

/* Classes in mysql */

#include <atomic>
#include <thread>
#include "dur_prop.h"
#include <waiting_threads.h>
#include "sql_const.h"
#include "lex_ident.h"
#include "sql_used.h"
#include <mysql/plugin_audit.h>
#include "log.h"
#include "rpl_tblmap.h"
#include "mdl.h"
#include "field.h"                              // Create_field
#include "opt_trace_context.h"
#include "probes_mysql.h"
#include "sql_locale.h"     /* my_locale_st */
#include "sql_profile.h"    /* PROFILING */
#include "scheduler.h"      /* thd_scheduler */
#include "protocol.h"       /* Protocol_text, Protocol_binary */
#include "violite.h"        /* vio_is_connected */
#include "thr_lock.h"       /* thr_lock_type, THR_LOCK_DATA, THR_LOCK_INFO */
#include "thr_timer.h"
#include "thr_malloc.h"
#include "log_slow.h"       /* LOG_SLOW_DISABLE_... */
#include <my_tree.h>
#include "sql_digest_stream.h"            // sql_digest_state
#include <mysql/psi/mysql_stage.h>
#include <mysql/psi/mysql_statement.h>
#include <mysql/psi/mysql_idle.h>
#include <mysql/psi/mysql_table.h>
#include <mysql_com_server.h>
#include "session_tracker.h"
#include "backup.h"
#include "xa.h"
#include "scope.h"
#include "ddl_log.h"                            /* DDL_LOG_STATE */
#include "ha_handler_stats.h"                    // ha_handler_stats */

extern "C"
void set_thd_stage_info(void *thd,
                        const PSI_stage_info *new_stage,
                        PSI_stage_info *old_stage,
                        const char *calling_func,
                        const char *calling_file,
                        const unsigned int calling_line);

#define THD_STAGE_INFO(thd, stage) \
  (thd)->enter_stage(&stage, __func__, __FILE__, __LINE__)

#include "my_apc.h"
#include "rpl_gtid.h"

#include "wsrep.h"
#include "wsrep_on.h"
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <ilist.h>
#ifdef WITH_WSREP
/* wsrep-lib */
#include "wsrep_client_service.h"
#include "wsrep_client_state.h"
#include "wsrep_mutex.h"
#include "wsrep_condition_variable.h"

class Wsrep_applier_service;
enum wsrep_consistency_check_mode {
    NO_CONSISTENCY_CHECK,
    CONSISTENCY_CHECK_DECLARED,
    CONSISTENCY_CHECK_RUNNING,
};
#endif /* WITH_WSREP */

class Reprepare_observer;
class Relay_log_info;
struct rpl_group_info;
struct rpl_parallel_thread;
class Rpl_filter;
class Query_log_event;
class Log_event_writer;
class sp_rcontext;
class sp_cache;
class Lex_input_stream;
class Parser_state;
class Rows_log_event;
class Sroutine_hash_entry;
class user_var_entry;
struct Trans_binlog_info;
class rpl_io_thread_info;
class rpl_sql_thread_info;
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
struct Slave_info;
#endif

enum enum_ha_read_modes { RFIRST, RNEXT, RPREV, RLAST, RKEY, RNEXT_SAME };
enum enum_duplicates { DUP_ERROR, DUP_REPLACE, DUP_UPDATE };
enum enum_delay_key_write { DELAY_KEY_WRITE_NONE, DELAY_KEY_WRITE_ON,
			    DELAY_KEY_WRITE_ALL };
enum enum_slave_exec_mode { SLAVE_EXEC_MODE_STRICT,
                            SLAVE_EXEC_MODE_IDEMPOTENT,
                            SLAVE_EXEC_MODE_LAST_BIT };
enum enum_slave_run_triggers_for_rbr { SLAVE_RUN_TRIGGERS_FOR_RBR_NO,
                                       SLAVE_RUN_TRIGGERS_FOR_RBR_YES,
                                       SLAVE_RUN_TRIGGERS_FOR_RBR_LOGGING,
                                       SLAVE_RUN_TRIGGERS_FOR_RBR_ENFORCE};
enum enum_slave_type_conversions { SLAVE_TYPE_CONVERSIONS_ALL_LOSSY,
                                   SLAVE_TYPE_CONVERSIONS_ALL_NON_LOSSY};

/*
  COLUMNS_READ:       A column is goind to be read.
  COLUMNS_WRITE:      A column is going to be written to.
  MARK_COLUMNS_READ:  A column is goind to be read.
                      A bit in read set is set to inform handler that the field
                      is to be read. If field list contains duplicates, then
                      thd->dup_field is set to point to the last found
                      duplicate.
  MARK_COLUMNS_WRITE: A column is going to be written to.
                      A bit is set in write set to inform handler that it needs
                      to update this field in write_row and update_row.
*/
enum enum_column_usage
{ COLUMNS_READ, COLUMNS_WRITE, MARK_COLUMNS_READ, MARK_COLUMNS_WRITE};

static inline bool should_mark_column(enum_column_usage column_usage)
{ return column_usage >= MARK_COLUMNS_READ; }

enum enum_filetype { FILETYPE_CSV, FILETYPE_XML };

enum enum_binlog_row_image {
  /** PKE in the before image and changed columns in the after image */
  BINLOG_ROW_IMAGE_MINIMAL= 0,
  /** Whenever possible, before and after image contain all columns except blobs. */
  BINLOG_ROW_IMAGE_NOBLOB= 1,
  /** All columns in both before and after image. */
  BINLOG_ROW_IMAGE_FULL= 2,
  /** All columns in before image, but only updated columns in after image */
  BINLOG_ROW_IMAGE_FULL_NODUP= 3
};


/* Bits for different SQL modes modes (including ANSI mode) */
#define MODE_REAL_AS_FLOAT              (1ULL << 0)
#define MODE_PIPES_AS_CONCAT            (1ULL << 1)
#define MODE_ANSI_QUOTES                (1ULL << 2)
#define MODE_IGNORE_SPACE               (1ULL << 3)
#define MODE_IGNORE_BAD_TABLE_OPTIONS   (1ULL << 4)
#define MODE_ONLY_FULL_GROUP_BY         (1ULL << 5)
#define MODE_NO_UNSIGNED_SUBTRACTION    (1ULL << 6)
#define MODE_NO_DIR_IN_CREATE           (1ULL << 7)
#define MODE_POSTGRESQL                 (1ULL << 8)
#define MODE_ORACLE                     (1ULL << 9)
#define MODE_MSSQL                      (1ULL << 10)
#define MODE_DB2                        (1ULL << 11)
#define MODE_MAXDB                      (1ULL << 12)
#define MODE_NO_KEY_OPTIONS             (1ULL << 13)
#define MODE_NO_TABLE_OPTIONS           (1ULL << 14)
#define MODE_NO_FIELD_OPTIONS           (1ULL << 15)
#define MODE_MYSQL323                   (1ULL << 16)
#define MODE_MYSQL40                    (1ULL << 17)
#define MODE_ANSI                       (1ULL << 18)
#define MODE_NO_AUTO_VALUE_ON_ZERO      (1ULL << 19)
#define MODE_NO_BACKSLASH_ESCAPES       (1ULL << 20)
#define MODE_STRICT_TRANS_TABLES        (1ULL << 21)
#define MODE_STRICT_ALL_TABLES          (1ULL << 22)
#define MODE_NO_ZERO_IN_DATE            (1ULL << 23)
#define MODE_NO_ZERO_DATE               (1ULL << 24)
#define MODE_INVALID_DATES              (1ULL << 25)
#define MODE_ERROR_FOR_DIVISION_BY_ZERO (1ULL << 26)
#define MODE_TRADITIONAL                (1ULL << 27)
#define MODE_NO_AUTO_CREATE_USER        (1ULL << 28)
#define MODE_HIGH_NOT_PRECEDENCE        (1ULL << 29)
#define MODE_NO_ENGINE_SUBSTITUTION     (1ULL << 30)
#define MODE_PAD_CHAR_TO_FULL_LENGTH    (1ULL << 31)
/* SQL mode bits defined above are common for MariaDB and MySQL */
#define MODE_MASK_MYSQL_COMPATIBLE      0xFFFFFFFFULL
/* The following modes are specific to MariaDB */
#define MODE_EMPTY_STRING_IS_NULL       (1ULL << 32)
#define MODE_SIMULTANEOUS_ASSIGNMENT    (1ULL << 33)
#define MODE_TIME_ROUND_FRACTIONAL      (1ULL << 34)
/* The following modes are specific to MySQL */
#define MODE_MYSQL80_TIME_TRUNCATE_FRACTIONAL (1ULL << 32)
#define WAS_ORACLE                      (1ULL << 35)
#define IS_OR_WAS_ORACLE                (MODE_ORACLE | WAS_ORACLE)


/* Bits for different old style modes */
#define OLD_MODE_NO_DUP_KEY_WARNINGS_WITH_IGNORE        (1 << 0)
#define OLD_MODE_NO_PROGRESS_INFO                       (1 << 1)
#define OLD_MODE_ZERO_DATE_TIME_CAST                    (1 << 2)
#define OLD_MODE_UTF8_IS_UTF8MB3      (1 << 3)
#define OLD_MODE_IGNORE_INDEX_ONLY_FOR_JOIN          (1 << 4)
#define OLD_MODE_COMPAT_5_1_CHECKSUM    (1 << 5)
#define OLD_MODE_NO_NULL_COLLATION_IDS  (1 << 6)
#define OLD_MODE_LOCK_ALTER_TABLE_COPY  (1 << 7)

#define OLD_MODE_DEFAULT_VALUE          OLD_MODE_UTF8_IS_UTF8MB3

void old_mode_deprecated_warnings(THD *thd, ulonglong v);


/*
  Bits for @@new_mode -> thd->variables.new_behaviour system variable
  See sys_vars.cc /new_mode_all_names
*/

#define NEW_MODE_FIX_INDEX_STATS_FOR_ALL_NULLS                      (1ULL << 0)
#define NEW_MODE_FIX_INDEX_LOOKUP_COST                              (1ULL << 1)
#define NEW_MODE_MAX                                                2

/* Definitions above that have transitioned from new behaviour to default */

#define NOW_DEFAULT                                             -1
#define NEW_MODE_TEST_WARNING1                               NOW_DEFAULT
#define NEW_MODE_TEST_WARNING2                               NOW_DEFAULT

#define TEST_NEW_MODE_FLAG(thd, flag) \
  (flag == NOW_DEFAULT ? TRUE : thd->variables.new_behavior & flag)

extern char internal_table_name[2];
extern char empty_c_string[1];
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT const char **errmesg;

extern "C" LEX_STRING * thd_query_string (MYSQL_THD thd);
extern "C" unsigned long long thd_query_id(const MYSQL_THD thd);
extern "C" size_t thd_query_safe(MYSQL_THD thd, char *buf, size_t buflen);
extern "C" const char *thd_priv_user(MYSQL_THD thd,  size_t *length);
extern "C" const char *thd_priv_host(MYSQL_THD thd,  size_t *length);
extern "C" const char *thd_user_name(MYSQL_THD thd);
extern "C" const char *thd_client_host(MYSQL_THD thd);
extern "C" const char *thd_client_ip(MYSQL_THD thd);
extern "C" LEX_CSTRING *thd_current_db(MYSQL_THD thd);
extern "C" int thd_current_status(MYSQL_THD thd);
extern "C" enum enum_server_command thd_current_command(MYSQL_THD thd);
extern "C" int thd_double_innodb_cardinality(MYSQL_THD thd);

/**
  @class CSET_STRING
  @brief Character set armed LEX_STRING
*/
class CSET_STRING
{
private:
  LEX_STRING string;
  CHARSET_INFO *cs;
public:
  CSET_STRING() : cs(&my_charset_bin)
  {
    string.str= NULL;
    string.length= 0;
  }
  CSET_STRING(char *str_arg, size_t length_arg, CHARSET_INFO *cs_arg) :
  cs(cs_arg)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(cs_arg != NULL);
    string.str= str_arg;
    string.length= length_arg;
  }

  inline char *str() const { return string.str; }
  inline size_t length() const { return string.length; }
  CHARSET_INFO *charset() const { return cs; }

  friend LEX_STRING * thd_query_string (MYSQL_THD thd);
};


class Recreate_info
{
  ha_rows m_records_copied;
  ha_rows m_records_duplicate;
public:
  Recreate_info()
   :m_records_copied(0),
    m_records_duplicate(0)
  { }
  Recreate_info(ha_rows records_copied,
                ha_rows records_duplicate)
   :m_records_copied(records_copied),
    m_records_duplicate(records_duplicate)
  { }
  ha_rows records_copied() const { return m_records_copied; }
  ha_rows records_duplicate() const { return m_records_duplicate; }
  ha_rows records_processed() const
  {
    return m_records_copied + m_records_duplicate;
  }
};


#define TC_HEURISTIC_RECOVER_COMMIT   1
#define TC_HEURISTIC_RECOVER_ROLLBACK 2
extern ulong tc_heuristic_recover;

typedef struct st_user_var_events
{
  user_var_entry *user_var_event;
  char *value;
  size_t length;
  const Type_handler *th;
  uint charset_number;
} BINLOG_USER_VAR_EVENT;

/*
  The COPY_INFO structure is used by INSERT/REPLACE code.
  The schema of the row counting by the INSERT/INSERT ... ON DUPLICATE KEY
  UPDATE code:
    If a row is inserted then the copied variable is incremented.
    If a row is updated by the INSERT ... ON DUPLICATE KEY UPDATE and the
      new data differs from the old one then the copied and the updated
      variables are incremented.
    The touched variable is incremented if a row was touched by the update part
      of the INSERT ... ON DUPLICATE KEY UPDATE no matter whether the row
      was actually changed or not.
*/
typedef struct st_copy_info {
  ha_rows records;        /**< Number of processed records */
  ha_rows deleted;        /**< Number of deleted records */
  ha_rows updated;        /**< Number of updated records */
  ha_rows copied;         /**< Number of copied records */
  ha_rows accepted_rows;  /**< Number of accepted original rows
                             (same as number of rows in RETURNING) */
  ha_rows error_count;
  ha_rows touched; /* Number of touched records */
  enum enum_duplicates handle_duplicates;
  int escape_char, last_errno;
  bool ignore;
  /* for INSERT ... UPDATE */
  List<Item> *update_fields;
  List<Item> *update_values;
  /* for VIEW ... WITH CHECK OPTION */
  TABLE_LIST *view;
  TABLE_LIST *table_list;                       /* Normal table */
} COPY_INFO;


class Key_part_spec :public Sql_alloc {
public:
  Lex_ident field_name;
  uint length;
  bool generated, asc;
  Key_part_spec(const LEX_CSTRING *name, uint len, bool gen= false)
    : field_name(*name), length(len), generated(gen), asc(1)
  {}
  bool operator==(const Key_part_spec& other) const;
  /**
    Construct a copy of this Key_part_spec. field_name is copied
    by-pointer as it is known to never change. At the same time
    'length' may be reset in mysql_prepare_create_table, and this
    is why we supply it with a copy.

    @return If out of memory, 0 is returned and an error is set in
    THD.
  */
  Key_part_spec *clone(MEM_ROOT *mem_root) const
  { return new (mem_root) Key_part_spec(*this); }
  bool check_key_for_blob(const class handler *file) const;
  bool check_key_length_for_blob() const;
  bool check_primary_key_for_blob(const class handler *file) const
  {
    return check_key_for_blob(file) || check_key_length_for_blob();
  }
  bool check_foreign_key_for_blob(const class handler *file) const
  {
    return check_key_for_blob(file) || check_key_length_for_blob();
  }
  bool init_multiple_key_for_blob(const class handler *file);
};


class Alter_drop :public Sql_alloc {
public:
  enum drop_type { KEY, COLUMN, FOREIGN_KEY, CHECK_CONSTRAINT, PERIOD };
  const char *name;
  enum drop_type type;
  bool drop_if_exists;
  Alter_drop(enum drop_type par_type,const char *par_name, bool par_exists)
    :name(par_name), type(par_type), drop_if_exists(par_exists)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(par_name != NULL);
  }
  /**
    Used to make a clone of this object for ALTER/CREATE TABLE
    @sa comment for Key_part_spec::clone
  */
  Alter_drop *clone(MEM_ROOT *mem_root) const
    { return new (mem_root) Alter_drop(*this); }
  const char *type_name()
  {
    return type == COLUMN ? "COLUMN" :
           type == CHECK_CONSTRAINT ? "CONSTRAINT" :
           type == PERIOD ? "PERIOD" :
           type == KEY ? "INDEX" : "FOREIGN KEY";
  }
};


class Alter_column :public Sql_alloc {
public:
  LEX_CSTRING name;
  LEX_CSTRING new_name;
  Virtual_column_info *default_value;
  bool alter_if_exists;
  Alter_column(LEX_CSTRING par_name, Virtual_column_info *expr, bool par_exists)
    :name(par_name), new_name{NULL, 0}, default_value(expr), alter_if_exists(par_exists) {}
  Alter_column(LEX_CSTRING par_name, LEX_CSTRING _new_name, bool exists)
    :name(par_name), new_name(_new_name), default_value(NULL), alter_if_exists(exists) {}
  /**
    Used to make a clone of this object for ALTER/CREATE TABLE
    @sa comment for Key_part_spec::clone
  */
  Alter_column *clone(MEM_ROOT *mem_root) const
    { return new (mem_root) Alter_column(*this); }
  bool is_rename()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!new_name.str || !default_value);
    return new_name.str;
  }
};


class Alter_rename_key : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  LEX_CSTRING old_name;
  LEX_CSTRING new_name;
  bool alter_if_exists;

  Alter_rename_key(LEX_CSTRING old_name_arg, LEX_CSTRING new_name_arg, bool exists)
      : old_name(old_name_arg), new_name(new_name_arg), alter_if_exists(exists) {}

  Alter_rename_key *clone(MEM_ROOT *mem_root) const
    { return new (mem_root) Alter_rename_key(*this); }

};


/* An ALTER INDEX operation that changes the ignorability of an index. */
class Alter_index_ignorability: public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  Alter_index_ignorability(const char *name, bool is_ignored, bool if_exists) :
    m_name(name), m_is_ignored(is_ignored), m_if_exists(if_exists)
  {
    assert(name != NULL);
  }

  const char *name() const { return m_name; }
  bool if_exists() const { return m_if_exists; }

  /* The ignorability after the operation is performed. */
  bool is_ignored() const { return m_is_ignored; }
  Alter_index_ignorability *clone(MEM_ROOT *mem_root) const
    { return new (mem_root) Alter_index_ignorability(*this); }

private:
  const char *m_name;
  bool m_is_ignored;
  bool m_if_exists;
};


class Key :public Sql_alloc, public DDL_options {
public:
  enum Keytype { PRIMARY, UNIQUE, MULTIPLE, FULLTEXT, SPATIAL, FOREIGN_KEY,
                 IGNORE_KEY};
  enum Keytype type;
  KEY_CREATE_INFO key_create_info;
  List<Key_part_spec> columns;
  LEX_CSTRING name;
  engine_option_value *option_list;
  bool generated;
  bool invisible;
  bool without_overlaps;
  bool old;
  uint length;
  Lex_ident period;

  Key(enum Keytype type_par, const LEX_CSTRING *name_arg,
      ha_key_alg algorithm_arg, bool generated_arg, DDL_options_st ddl_options)
    :DDL_options(ddl_options),
     type(type_par), key_create_info(default_key_create_info),
    name(*name_arg), option_list(NULL), generated(generated_arg),
    invisible(false), without_overlaps(false), old(false), length(0)
  {
    key_create_info.algorithm= algorithm_arg;
  }
  Key(enum Keytype type_par, const LEX_CSTRING *name_arg,
      KEY_CREATE_INFO *key_info_arg,
      bool generated_arg, List<Key_part_spec> *cols,
      engine_option_value *create_opt, DDL_options_st ddl_options)
    :DDL_options(ddl_options),
     type(type_par), key_create_info(*key_info_arg), columns(*cols),
    name(*name_arg), option_list(create_opt), generated(generated_arg),
    invisible(false), without_overlaps(false), old(false), length(0)
  {}
  Key(const Key &rhs, MEM_ROOT *mem_root);
  virtual ~Key() = default;
  /* Equality comparison of keys (ignoring name) */
  friend bool is_foreign_key_prefix(Key *a, Key *b);
  /**
    Used to make a clone of this object for ALTER/CREATE TABLE
    @sa comment for Key_part_spec::clone
  */
  virtual Key *clone(MEM_ROOT *mem_root) const
    { return new (mem_root) Key(*this, mem_root); }
};


class Foreign_key: public Key {
public:
  enum fk_match_opt { FK_MATCH_UNDEF, FK_MATCH_FULL,
		      FK_MATCH_PARTIAL, FK_MATCH_SIMPLE};
  LEX_CSTRING constraint_name;
  LEX_CSTRING ref_db;
  LEX_CSTRING ref_table;
  List<Key_part_spec> ref_columns;
  enum enum_fk_option delete_opt, update_opt;
  enum fk_match_opt match_opt;
  Foreign_key(const LEX_CSTRING *name_arg, List<Key_part_spec> *cols,
              const LEX_CSTRING *constraint_name_arg,
	      const LEX_CSTRING *ref_db_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *ref_table_arg,
              List<Key_part_spec> *ref_cols,
              enum_fk_option delete_opt_arg, enum_fk_option update_opt_arg,
              fk_match_opt match_opt_arg,
	      DDL_options ddl_options)
    :Key(FOREIGN_KEY, name_arg, &default_key_create_info, 0, cols, NULL,
         ddl_options),
    constraint_name(*constraint_name_arg),
    ref_db(*ref_db_arg), ref_table(*ref_table_arg), ref_columns(*ref_cols),
    delete_opt(delete_opt_arg), update_opt(update_opt_arg),
    match_opt(match_opt_arg)
  {
  }
 Foreign_key(const Foreign_key &rhs, MEM_ROOT *mem_root);
  /**
    Used to make a clone of this object for ALTER/CREATE TABLE
    @sa comment for Key_part_spec::clone
  */
  Key *clone(MEM_ROOT *mem_root) const override
  { return new (mem_root) Foreign_key(*this, mem_root); }
  /* Used to validate foreign key options */
  bool validate(List<Create_field> &table_fields);
};

typedef struct st_mysql_lock
{
  TABLE **table;
  THR_LOCK_DATA **locks;
  uint table_count,lock_count;
  uint flags;
} MYSQL_LOCK;


class LEX_COLUMN : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  String column;
  privilege_t rights;
  LEX_COLUMN (const String& x,const  privilege_t & y ): column (x),rights (y) {}
};

class MY_LOCALE;

/**
  Query_cache_tls -- query cache thread local data.
*/

struct Query_cache_block;

struct Query_cache_tls
{
  /*
    'first_query_block' should be accessed only via query cache
    functions and methods to maintain proper locking.
  */
  Query_cache_block *first_query_block;
  void set_first_query_block(Query_cache_block *first_query_block_arg)
  {
    first_query_block= first_query_block_arg;
  }

  Query_cache_tls() :first_query_block(NULL) {}
};

/* SIGNAL / RESIGNAL / GET DIAGNOSTICS */

/**
  This enumeration list all the condition item names of a condition in the
  SQL condition area.
*/
typedef enum enum_diag_condition_item_name
{
  /*
    Conditions that can be set by the user (SIGNAL/RESIGNAL),
    and by the server implementation.
  */

  DIAG_CLASS_ORIGIN= 0,
  FIRST_DIAG_SET_PROPERTY= DIAG_CLASS_ORIGIN,
  DIAG_SUBCLASS_ORIGIN= 1,
  DIAG_CONSTRAINT_CATALOG= 2,
  DIAG_CONSTRAINT_SCHEMA= 3,
  DIAG_CONSTRAINT_NAME= 4,
  DIAG_CATALOG_NAME= 5,
  DIAG_SCHEMA_NAME= 6,
  DIAG_TABLE_NAME= 7,
  DIAG_COLUMN_NAME= 8,
  DIAG_CURSOR_NAME= 9,
  DIAG_MESSAGE_TEXT= 10,
  DIAG_MYSQL_ERRNO= 11,
  DIAG_ROW_NUMBER= 12,
  LAST_DIAG_SET_PROPERTY= DIAG_ROW_NUMBER
} Diag_condition_item_name;

/**
  Name of each diagnostic condition item.
  This array is indexed by Diag_condition_item_name.
*/
extern const LEX_CSTRING Diag_condition_item_names[];

/**
  These states are bit coded with HARD. For each state there must be a pair
  <state_even_num>, and <state_odd_num>_HARD.
*/
enum killed_state
{
  NOT_KILLED= 0,
  KILL_HARD_BIT= 1,                             /* Bit for HARD KILL */
  KILL_BAD_DATA= 2,
  KILL_BAD_DATA_HARD= 3,
  KILL_QUERY= 4,
  KILL_QUERY_HARD= 5,
  /*
    ABORT_QUERY signals to the query processor to stop execution ASAP without
    issuing an error. Instead a warning is issued, and when possible a partial
    query result is returned to the client.
  */
  ABORT_QUERY= 6,
  ABORT_QUERY_HARD= 7,
  KILL_TIMEOUT= 8,
  KILL_TIMEOUT_HARD= 9,
  /*
    When binlog reading thread connects to the server it kills
    all the binlog threads with the same ID.
  */
  KILL_SLAVE_SAME_ID= 10,
  /*
    All of the following killed states will kill the connection
    KILL_CONNECTION must be the first of these and it must start with
    an even number (becasue of HARD bit)!
  */
  KILL_CONNECTION= 12,
  KILL_CONNECTION_HARD= 13,
  KILL_SYSTEM_THREAD= 14,
  KILL_SYSTEM_THREAD_HARD= 15,
  KILL_SERVER= 16,
  KILL_SERVER_HARD= 17,
  /*
    Used in threadpool to signal wait timeout.
  */
  KILL_WAIT_TIMEOUT= 18,
  KILL_WAIT_TIMEOUT_HARD= 19

};

#define killed_mask_hard(killed) ((killed_state) ((killed) & ~KILL_HARD_BIT))

enum killed_type
{
  KILL_TYPE_ID,
  KILL_TYPE_USER,
  KILL_TYPE_QUERY
};

#define SECONDS_TO_WAIT_FOR_KILL 2
#define SECONDS_TO_WAIT_FOR_DUMP_THREAD_KILL 10
#if !defined(_WIN32) && defined(HAVE_SELECT)
/* my_sleep() can wait for sub second times */
#define WAIT_FOR_KILL_TRY_TIMES 20
#else
#define WAIT_FOR_KILL_TRY_TIMES 2
#endif

#include "sql_lex.h"				/* Must be here */

class Delayed_insert;
class select_result;
class Time_zone;

#define THD_SENTRY_MAGIC 0xfeedd1ff
#define THD_SENTRY_GONE  0xdeadbeef

#define THD_CHECK_SENTRY(thd) DBUG_ASSERT(thd->dbug_sentry == THD_SENTRY_MAGIC)

typedef struct system_variables
{
  /*
    How dynamically allocated system variables are handled:

    The global_system_variables and max_system_variables are "authoritative"
    They both should have the same 'version' and 'size'.
    When attempting to access a dynamic variable, if the session version
    is out of date, then the session version is updated and realloced if
    neccessary and bytes copied from global to make up for missing data.

    Note that one should use my_bool instead of bool here, as the variables
    are used with my_getopt.c
  */
  ulong dynamic_variables_version;
  char* dynamic_variables_ptr;
  uint dynamic_variables_head;    /* largest valid variable offset */
  uint dynamic_variables_size;    /* how many bytes are in use */

  ulonglong max_heap_table_size;
  ulonglong tmp_memory_table_size;
  ulonglong tmp_disk_table_size;
  ulonglong long_query_time;
  ulonglong max_statement_time;
  ulonglong optimizer_switch;
  ulonglong optimizer_trace;
  sql_mode_t sql_mode; ///< which non-standard SQL behaviour should be enabled
  sql_mode_t old_behavior; ///< which old SQL behaviour should be enabled
  sql_mode_t new_behavior; ///< which new SQL behaviour should be enabled
  ulonglong option_bits; ///< OPTION_xxx constants, e.g. OPTION_PROFILING
  ulonglong join_buff_space_limit;
  ulonglong log_slow_filter; 
  ulonglong log_slow_verbosity; 
  ulonglong log_slow_disabled_statements;
  ulonglong log_disabled_statements;
  ulonglong note_verbosity;
  ulonglong bulk_insert_buff_size;
  ulonglong join_buff_size;
  ulonglong sortbuff_size;
  ulonglong default_regex_flags;
  ulonglong max_mem_used;
  ulonglong max_rowid_filter_size;

  /**
     Place holders to store Multi-source variables in sys_var.cc during
     update and show of variables.
  */
  ulonglong slave_skip_counter;
  ulonglong max_relay_log_size;

  double optimizer_where_cost, optimizer_scan_setup_cost;
  double long_query_time_double, max_statement_time_double;
  double sample_percentage;

  ha_rows select_limit;
  ha_rows max_join_size;
  ha_rows expensive_subquery_limit;

#ifdef WITH_WSREP
  /*
    Stored values of the auto_increment_increment and auto_increment_offset
    that are will be restored when wsrep_auto_increment_control will be set
    to 'OFF', because the setting it to 'ON' leads to overwriting of the
    original values (which are set by the user) by calculated ones (which
    are based on the cluster size):
  */
  ulonglong wsrep_gtid_seq_no;
  ulong saved_auto_increment_increment, saved_auto_increment_offset;
  ulong saved_lock_wait_timeout;
#endif /* WITH_WSREP */

  uint analyze_max_length;
  ulong auto_increment_increment, auto_increment_offset;
  ulong column_compression_zlib_strategy;
  ulong lock_wait_timeout;
  ulong join_cache_level;
  ulong max_allowed_packet;
  ulong max_error_count;
  ulong max_length_for_sort_data;
  ulong max_recursive_iterations;
  ulong max_sort_length;
  ulong max_insert_delayed_threads;
  ulong min_examined_row_limit;
  ulong net_buffer_length;
  ulong net_interactive_timeout;
  ulong net_read_timeout;
  ulong net_retry_count;
  ulong net_wait_timeout;
  ulong net_write_timeout;
  ulong optimizer_extra_pruning_depth;
  ulonglong optimizer_join_limit_pref_ratio;
  ulong optimizer_prune_level;
  ulong optimizer_search_depth;
  ulong optimizer_selectivity_sampling_limit;
  ulong optimizer_use_condition_selectivity;
  ulong optimizer_max_sel_arg_weight;
  ulong optimizer_max_sel_args;
  ulong optimizer_trace_max_mem_size;
  ulong optimizer_adjust_secondary_key_costs;
  ulong use_stat_tables;
  ulong histogram_size;
  ulong histogram_type;
  ulong preload_buff_size;
  ulong profiling_history_size;
  ulong read_buff_size;
  ulong read_rnd_buff_size;
  ulong mrr_buff_size;
  ulong div_precincrement;
  /* Total size of all buffers used by the subselect_rowid_merge_engine. */
  ulong rowid_merge_buff_size;
  ulong max_sp_recursion_depth;
  ulong default_week_format;
  ulong max_seeks_for_key;
  ulong range_alloc_block_size;
  ulong query_alloc_block_size;
  ulong query_prealloc_size;
  ulong trans_alloc_block_size;
  ulong trans_prealloc_size;
  ulong log_warnings;
  ulong block_encryption_mode;
  ulong log_slow_max_warnings;
  /* Flags for slow log filtering */
  ulong log_slow_rate_limit; 
  ulong binlog_format; ///< binlog format for this thd (see enum_binlog_format)
  ulong binlog_row_image;
  ulong progress_report_time;
  ulong completion_type;
  ulong query_cache_type;
  ulong tx_isolation;
  ulong updatable_views_with_limit;
  ulong alter_algorithm;
  ulong server_id;
  ulong session_track_transaction_info;
  ulong threadpool_priority;
  ulong vers_alter_history;

  /* deadlock detection */
  ulong wt_timeout_short, wt_deadlock_search_depth_short;
  ulong wt_timeout_long, wt_deadlock_search_depth_long;

  /**
    In slave thread we need to know in behalf of which
    thread the query is being run to replicate temp tables properly
  */
  my_thread_id pseudo_thread_id;
  /**
     When replicating an event group with GTID, keep these values around so
     slave binlog can receive the same GTID as the original.
  */
  uint64     gtid_seq_no;
  uint32     gtid_domain_id;

  uint group_concat_max_len;
  uint eq_range_index_dive_limit;
  uint idle_transaction_timeout;
  uint idle_readonly_transaction_timeout;
  uint idle_write_transaction_timeout;
  uint column_compression_threshold;
  uint column_compression_zlib_level;
  uint in_subquery_conversion_threshold;
  int max_user_connections;

  /**
    Default transaction access mode. READ ONLY (true) or READ WRITE (false).
  */
  my_bool tx_read_only;
  my_bool low_priority_updates;
  my_bool query_cache_wlock_invalidate;
  my_bool keep_files_on_create;

  my_bool old_mode;
  my_bool old_passwords;
  my_bool big_tables;
  my_bool only_standard_compliant_cte;
  my_bool query_cache_strip_comments;
  my_bool sql_log_slow;
  my_bool sql_log_bin;
  my_bool binlog_annotate_row_events;
  my_bool binlog_direct_non_trans_update;
  my_bool column_compression_zlib_wrap;
  my_bool sysdate_is_now;
  my_bool wsrep_on;
  my_bool wsrep_dirty_reads;
  my_bool pseudo_slave_mode;
  my_bool session_track_schema;
  my_bool session_track_state_change;
#ifdef USER_VAR_TRACKING
  my_bool session_track_user_variables;
#endif // USER_VAR_TRACKING
  my_bool tcp_nodelay;
  plugin_ref table_plugin;
  plugin_ref tmp_table_plugin;
  plugin_ref enforced_table_plugin;

  /* Only charset part of these variables is sensible */
  CHARSET_INFO  *character_set_filesystem;
  CHARSET_INFO  *character_set_client;
  CHARSET_INFO  *character_set_results;

  /* Both charset and collation parts of these variables are important */
  CHARSET_INFO	*collation_server;
  CHARSET_INFO	*collation_database;
  CHARSET_INFO  *collation_connection;

  /* Names. These will be allocated in buffers in thd */
  LEX_CSTRING default_master_connection;

  /* Error messages */
  MY_LOCALE *lc_messages;
  const char ***errmsgs;             /* lc_messages->errmsg->errmsgs */

  /* Locale Support */
  MY_LOCALE *lc_time_names;

  Time_zone *time_zone;
  char *session_track_system_variables;
  char *redirect_url;

  /* Some wsrep variables */
  ulonglong wsrep_trx_fragment_size;
  ulong   wsrep_retry_autocommit;
  ulong   wsrep_trx_fragment_unit;
  ulong   wsrep_OSU_method;
  uint    wsrep_sync_wait;

  vers_asof_timestamp_t vers_asof_timestamp;
  my_bool binlog_alter_two_phase;

  Charset_collation_map_st character_set_collations;
} SV;

/**
  Per thread status variables.
  Must be long/ulong up to last_system_status_var so that
  add_to_status/add_diff_to_status can work.
*/

typedef struct system_status_var
{
  ulong column_compressions;
  ulong column_decompressions;
  ulong com_stat[(uint) SQLCOM_END];
  ulong com_create_tmp_table;
  ulong com_drop_tmp_table;
  ulong com_other;

  ulong com_stmt_prepare;
  ulong com_stmt_reprepare;
  ulong com_stmt_execute;
  ulong com_stmt_send_long_data;
  ulong com_stmt_fetch;
  ulong com_stmt_reset;
  ulong com_stmt_close;

  ulong com_register_slave;
  ulong created_tmp_disk_tables_;
  ulong created_tmp_tables_;
  ulong ha_commit_count;
  ulong ha_delete_count;
  ulong ha_read_first_count;
  ulong ha_read_last_count;
  ulong ha_read_key_count;
  ulong ha_read_next_count;
  ulong ha_read_prev_count;
  ulong ha_read_retry_count;
  ulong ha_read_rnd_count;
  ulong ha_read_rnd_next_count;
  ulong ha_read_rnd_deleted_count;

  /*
    This number doesn't include calls to the default implementation and
    calls made by range access. The intent is to count only calls made by
    BatchedKeyAccess.
  */
  ulong ha_mrr_init_count;
  ulong ha_mrr_key_refills_count;
  ulong ha_mrr_rowid_refills_count;

  ulong ha_rollback_count;
  ulong ha_update_count;
  ulong ha_write_count;
  /* The following are for internal temporary tables */
  ulong ha_tmp_update_count;
  ulong ha_tmp_write_count;
  ulong ha_tmp_delete_count;
  ulong ha_prepare_count;
  ulong ha_icp_attempts;
  ulong ha_icp_match;
  ulong ha_discover_count;
  ulong ha_savepoint_count;
  ulong ha_savepoint_rollback_count;
  ulong ha_external_lock_count;

  ulong opened_tables;
  ulong opened_shares;
  ulong opened_views;               /* +1 opening a view */

  ulong select_full_join_count_;
  ulong select_full_range_join_count_;
  ulong select_range_count_;
  ulong select_range_check_count_;
  ulong select_scan_count_;
  ulong update_scan_count;
  ulong delete_scan_count;
  ulong executed_triggers;
  ulong long_query_count;
  ulong filesort_merge_passes_;
  ulong filesort_range_count_;
  ulong filesort_rows_;
  ulong filesort_scan_count_;
  ulong filesort_pq_sorts_;
  ulong optimizer_join_prefixes_check_calls;

  /* Features used */
  ulong feature_custom_aggregate_functions; /* +1 when custom aggregate
                                            functions are used */
  ulong feature_dynamic_columns;    /* +1 when creating a dynamic column */
  ulong feature_fulltext;	    /* +1 when MATCH is used */
  ulong feature_gis;                /* +1 opening table with GIS features */
  ulong feature_invisible_columns;  /* +1 opening table with invisible column */
  ulong feature_json;		    /* +1 when JSON function is used */
  ulong feature_locale;		    /* +1 when LOCALE is set */
  ulong feature_subquery;	    /* +1 when subqueries are used */
  ulong feature_system_versioning;  /* +1 opening table WITH SYSTEM VERSIONING */
  ulong feature_application_time_periods;
                                    /* +1 opening a table with application-time period */
  ulong feature_insert_returning;   /* +1 when INSERT...RETURNING is used */
  ulong feature_timezone;	    /* +1 when XPATH is used */
  ulong feature_trigger;	    /* +1 opening a table with triggers */
  ulong feature_xml;		    /* +1 when XPATH is used */
  ulong feature_window_functions;   /* +1 when window functions are used */
  ulong feature_into_outfile;       /* +1 when INTO OUTFILE is used */
  ulong feature_into_variable;      /* +1 when INTO VARIABLE is used */

  /* From MASTER_GTID_WAIT usage */
  ulong master_gtid_wait_timeouts;          /* Number of timeouts */
  ulong master_gtid_wait_time;              /* Time in microseconds */
  ulong master_gtid_wait_count;

  ulong empty_queries;
  ulong access_denied_errors;
  ulong lost_connections;
  ulong max_statement_time_exceeded;
  /*
   Number of times where column info was not
   sent with prepared statement metadata.
  */
  ulong skip_metadata_count;

  /*
    Number of statements sent from the client
  */
  ulong questions;
  /*
    IMPORTANT!
    SEE last_system_status_var DEFINITION BELOW.
    Below 'last_system_status_var' are all variables that cannot be handled
    automatically by add_to_status()/add_diff_to_status().
  */
  ulonglong bytes_received;
  ulonglong bytes_sent;
  ulonglong rows_read;
  ulonglong rows_sent;
  ulonglong rows_tmp_read;
  ulonglong binlog_bytes_written;
  ulonglong table_open_cache_hits;
  ulonglong table_open_cache_misses;
  ulonglong table_open_cache_overflows;
  ulonglong cpu_time, busy_time, query_time;
  double last_query_cost;
  uint32 threads_running;
  /* Don't initialize */
  /* Memory used for thread local storage */
  int64 max_local_memory_used;
  volatile int64 local_memory_used;
  /* Memory allocated for global usage */
  volatile int64 global_memory_used;
} STATUS_VAR;

/*
  This is used for 'SHOW STATUS'. It must be updated to the last ulong
  variable in system_status_var which is makes sense to add to the global
  counter
*/

#define last_system_status_var questions
#define last_cleared_system_status_var local_memory_used

/** Number of contiguous global status variables */
constexpr int COUNT_GLOBAL_STATUS_VARS= int(offsetof(STATUS_VAR,
                                                     last_system_status_var) /
                                            sizeof(ulong)) + 1;

/*
  Global status variables
*/

extern ulong feature_files_opened_with_delayed_keys, feature_check_constraint;

void add_to_status(STATUS_VAR *to_var, STATUS_VAR *from_var);

void add_diff_to_status(STATUS_VAR *to_var, STATUS_VAR *from_var,
                        STATUS_VAR *dec_var);

uint calc_sum_of_all_status(STATUS_VAR *to);
static inline void calc_sum_of_all_status_if_needed(STATUS_VAR *to)
{
  if (to->local_memory_used == 0)
  {
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_status);
    *to= global_status_var;
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_status);
    calc_sum_of_all_status(to);
    DBUG_ASSERT(to->local_memory_used);
  }
}

/*
  Update global_memory_used. We have to do this with atomic_add as the
  global value can change outside of LOCK_status.
*/
static inline void update_global_memory_status(int64 size)
{
  DBUG_PRINT("info", ("global memory_used: %lld  size: %lld",
                      (longlong) global_status_var.global_memory_used,
                      size));
  // workaround for gcc 4.2.4-1ubuntu4 -fPIE (from DEB_BUILD_HARDENING=1)
  int64 volatile * volatile ptr= &global_status_var.global_memory_used;
  my_atomic_add64_explicit(ptr, size, MY_MEMORY_ORDER_RELAXED);
}


static inline bool is_supported_parser_charset(CHARSET_INFO *cs)
{
  return MY_TEST(cs->mbminlen == 1 && cs->number != 17 /* filename */);
}

/** THD registry */
class THD_list_iterator
{
protected:
  I_List<THD> threads;
  mutable mysql_rwlock_t lock;

public:

  /**
    Iterates registered threads.

    @param action      called for every element
    @param argument    opque argument passed to action

    @return
      @retval 0 iteration completed successfully
      @retval 1 iteration was interrupted (action returned 1)
  */
  template <typename T> int iterate(my_bool (*action)(THD *thd, T *arg), T *arg= 0)
  {
    int res= 0;
    mysql_rwlock_rdlock(&lock);
    I_List_iterator<THD> it(threads);
    while (auto tmp= it++)
      if ((res= action(tmp, arg)))
        break;
    mysql_rwlock_unlock(&lock);
    return res;
  }
  static THD_list_iterator *iterator();
};

/**
  A counter of THDs

  It must be specified as a first base class of THD, so that increment is
  done before any other THD constructors and decrement - after any other THD
  destructors.

  Destructor unblocks close_conneciton() if there are no more THD's left.
*/
struct THD_count
{
  static Atomic_counter<uint32_t> count;
  static uint value() { return static_cast<uint>(count); }
  static uint connection_thd_count();
  THD_count() { count++; }
  ~THD_count() { count--; }
};

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER

void free_tmp_table(THD *thd, TABLE *entry);


/* The following macro is to make init of Query_arena simpler */
#ifdef DBUG_ASSERT_EXISTS
#define INIT_ARENA_DBUG_INFO is_backup_arena= 0; is_reprepared= FALSE;
#else
#define INIT_ARENA_DBUG_INFO
#endif

class Query_arena
{
public:
  /*
    List of items created in the parser for this query. Every item puts
    itself to the list on creation (see Item::Item() for details))
  */
  Item *free_list;
  MEM_ROOT *mem_root;                   // Pointer to current memroot
#ifdef DBUG_ASSERT_EXISTS
  bool is_backup_arena; /* True if this arena is used for backup. */
  bool is_reprepared;
#endif
  /*
    The states relfects three diffrent life cycles for three
    different types of statements:
    Prepared statement: STMT_INITIALIZED -> STMT_PREPARED -> STMT_EXECUTED.
    Stored procedure:   STMT_INITIALIZED_FOR_SP -> STMT_EXECUTED.
    Other statements:   STMT_CONVENTIONAL_EXECUTION never changes.

    Special case for stored procedure arguments: STMT_SP_QUERY_ARGUMENTS
                        This state never changes and used for objects
                        whose lifetime is whole duration of function call
                        (sp_rcontext, it's tables and items. etc). Such objects
                        should be deallocated after every execution of a stored
                        routine. Caller's arena/memroot can't be used for
                        placing such objects since memory allocated on caller's
                        arena not freed until termination of user's session.
  */
  enum enum_state
  {
    STMT_INITIALIZED= 0, STMT_INITIALIZED_FOR_SP= 1, STMT_PREPARED= 2,
    STMT_CONVENTIONAL_EXECUTION= 3, STMT_EXECUTED= 4,
    STMT_SP_QUERY_ARGUMENTS= 5, STMT_ERROR= -1
  };

  enum_state state;

public:
  /* We build without RTTI, so dynamic_cast can't be used. */
  enum Type
  {
    STATEMENT, PREPARED_STATEMENT, STORED_PROCEDURE
  };

  Query_arena(MEM_ROOT *mem_root_arg, enum enum_state state_arg) :
    free_list(0), mem_root(mem_root_arg), state(state_arg)
  { INIT_ARENA_DBUG_INFO; }
  /*
    This constructor is used only when Query_arena is created as
    backup storage for another instance of Query_arena.
  */
  Query_arena() { INIT_ARENA_DBUG_INFO; }

  virtual Type type() const;
  virtual ~Query_arena() = default;

  inline bool is_stmt_prepare() const { return state == STMT_INITIALIZED; }
  inline bool is_stmt_prepare_or_first_sp_execute() const
  { return (int)state < (int)STMT_PREPARED; }
  inline bool is_stmt_prepare_or_first_stmt_execute() const
  { return (int)state <= (int)STMT_PREPARED; }
  inline bool is_stmt_execute() const
  { return state == STMT_PREPARED || state == STMT_EXECUTED; }
  inline bool is_conventional() const
  { return state == STMT_CONVENTIONAL_EXECUTION; }

  inline void* alloc(size_t size) const { return alloc_root(mem_root,size); }
  inline void* calloc(size_t size) const
  {
    void *ptr;
    if (likely((ptr=alloc_root(mem_root,size))))
      bzero(ptr, size);
    return ptr;
  }
  inline char *strdup(const char *str) const
  { return strdup_root(mem_root,str); }
  inline char *strmake(const char *str, size_t size) const
  { return strmake_root(mem_root,str,size); }
  inline LEX_CSTRING strcat(const LEX_CSTRING &a, const LEX_CSTRING &b) const
  {
    char *buf= (char*)alloc(a.length + b.length + 1);
    if (unlikely(!buf))
      return null_clex_str;
    memcpy(buf, a.str, a.length);
    memcpy(buf + a.length, b.str, b.length);
    buf[a.length + b.length] = 0;
    return {buf, a.length + b.length};
  }
  inline void *memdup(const void *str, size_t size) const
  { return memdup_root(mem_root,str,size); }
  inline void *memdup_w_gap(const void *str, size_t size, size_t gap) const
  {
    void *ptr;
    if (likely((ptr= alloc_root(mem_root,size+gap))))
      memcpy(ptr,str,size);
    return ptr;
  }

  /*
    Methods to copy a string to the memory root
    and return the value as a LEX_CSTRING.
  */
  LEX_CSTRING strmake_lex_cstring(const char *str, size_t length) const
  {
    const char *tmp= strmake_root(mem_root, str, length);
    if (!tmp)
      return {0,0};
    return {tmp, length};
  }
  LEX_CSTRING strmake_lex_cstring(const LEX_CSTRING &from) const
  {
    return strmake_lex_cstring(from.str, from.length);
  }
  LEX_CSTRING strmake_lex_cstring_trim_whitespace(const LEX_CSTRING &from,
                                                  CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    return strmake_lex_cstring(Lex_cstring(from).trim_whitespace(cs));
  }

  /*
    Methods to copy a string to memory root,
    write the result to the out parameter,
    and return as a LEX_STRING/LEX_CSTRING pointer.
  */
  LEX_STRING *make_lex_string(LEX_STRING *lex_str, const char* str,
                              size_t length) const
  {
    if (!(lex_str->str= strmake_root(mem_root, str, length)))
    {
      lex_str->length= 0;
      return 0;
    }
    lex_str->length= length;
    return lex_str;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING *make_lex_string(LEX_CSTRING *lex_str, const char* str,
                               size_t length) const
  {
    if (!(lex_str->str= strmake_root(mem_root, str, length)))
    {
      lex_str->length= 0;
      return 0;
    }
    lex_str->length= length;
    return lex_str;
  }

  /*
    Methods to copy a string value on memory root,
    but also allocate on memory root LEX_CSTRING itself
    and return a pointer to it.
  */
  LEX_CSTRING *make_clex_string(const char* str, size_t length) const
  {
    LEX_CSTRING *lex_str;
    char *tmp;
    if (unlikely(!(lex_str= (LEX_CSTRING *)alloc_root(mem_root,
                                                      sizeof(LEX_CSTRING) +
                                                      length+1))))
      return 0;
    tmp= (char*) (lex_str+1);
    lex_str->str= tmp;
    memcpy(tmp, str, length);
    tmp[length]= 0;
    lex_str->length= length;
    return lex_str;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING *make_clex_string(const LEX_CSTRING from) const
  {
    return make_clex_string(from.str, from.length);
  }

  // Allocate LEX_STRING for character set conversion
  bool alloc_lex_string(LEX_STRING *dst, size_t length) const
  {
    if (likely((dst->str= (char*) alloc(length))))
      return false;
    dst->length= 0;  // Safety
    return true;     // EOM
  }

  // Remove double quotes:  aaa""bbb -> aaa"bbb
  bool quote_unescape(LEX_CSTRING *dst, const LEX_CSTRING *src,
                      char quote) const
  {
    const char *tmp= src->str;
    const char *tmpend= src->str + src->length;
    char *to;
    if (!(dst->str= to= (char *) alloc(src->length + 1)))
    {
      dst->length= 0; // Safety
      return true;
    }
    for ( ; tmp < tmpend; )
    {
      if ((*to++= *tmp++) == quote)
        tmp++;                                  // Skip double quotes
    }
    *to= 0;                                     // End null for safety
    dst->length= to - dst->str;
    return false;
  }

  /*
    Make a lower-cased copy of an identifier on mem_root.

    @param src    - The original identifier (usually coming from the parser)
    @return       - {NULL,0} in case of EOM, or a non-NULL LEX_STRING
                    with the lower-cased identifier copy.
  */
  LEX_STRING make_ident_casedn(const LEX_CSTRING &src)
  {
    return lex_string_casedn_root(mem_root, &my_charset_utf8mb3_general_ci,
                                  src.str, src.length);
  }

  /*
    Make an exact copy or a lower-cased copy of an identifier on mem_root.

    @param src    - The original identifier (usually coming from the parser)
    @param casedn - If the name should be converted to lower case
    @return       - {NULL,0} in case of EOM,
                    or a non-NULL LEX_STRING with the identifier copy.
  */
  LEX_STRING make_ident_opt_casedn(const LEX_CSTRING &src, bool casedn)
  {
    return casedn ? make_ident_casedn(src) :
                    lex_string_strmake_root(mem_root, src.str, src.length);
  }

  /*
    Convert a LEX_CSTRING to a valid internal database name:
    - validated with Lex_ident_fs::check_db_name()
    - optionally lower-cased when lower_case_table_names==1
    The lower-cased copy is created on Query_arena::mem_root, when needed.

    @param name         - The name to normalize. Must not be {NULL,0}.
    @return             - {NULL,0} on EOM or a bad database name
                          (with an errror is raised,
                          or a good database name otherwise.
  */
  Lex_ident_db to_ident_db_internal_with_error(const LEX_CSTRING &name);

  void set_query_arena(Query_arena *set);

  void free_items();
  /* Close the active state associated with execution of this statement */
  virtual bool cleanup_stmt(bool /*restore_set_statement_vars*/);
};


class Query_arena_memroot: public Query_arena, public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  Query_arena_memroot(MEM_ROOT *mem_root_arg, enum enum_state state_arg) :
    Query_arena(mem_root_arg, state_arg)
  {}
  Query_arena_memroot() : Query_arena()
  {}

  virtual ~Query_arena_memroot() = default;
};


class Query_arena_stmt
{
  THD *thd;
  Query_arena backup;
  Query_arena *arena;

public:
  Query_arena_stmt(THD *_thd);
  ~Query_arena_stmt();
  bool arena_replaced()
  {
    return arena != NULL;
  }
};


class Server_side_cursor;

/*
  Struct to catch changes in column metadata that is sent to client. 
  in the "result set metadata". Used to support 
  MARIADB_CLIENT_CACHE_METADATA.
*/
struct send_column_info_state
{
  /* Last client charset (affects metadata) */
  CHARSET_INFO *last_charset= nullptr;

  /* Checksum, only used to check changes if 'immutable' is false*/
  uint32 checksum= 0;

  /*
    Column info can only be changed by PreparedStatement::reprepare()
 
    There is a class of "weird" prepared statements like SELECT ? or SELECT @a
    that are not immutable, and depend on input parameters or user variables
  */
  bool immutable= false;

  bool initialized= false;

  /*  Used by PreparedStatement::reprepare()*/
  void reset()
  {
    initialized= false;
    checksum= 0;
  }
};

extern uint sql_command_flags[];


/**
  @class Statement
  @brief State of a single command executed against this connection.

  One connection can contain a lot of simultaneously running statements,
  some of which could be:
   - prepared, that is, contain placeholders,
   - opened as cursors. We maintain 1 to 1 relationship between
     statement and cursor - if user wants to create another cursor for his
     query, we create another statement for it.
  To perform some action with statement we reset THD part to the state  of
  that statement, do the action, and then save back modified state from THD
  to the statement. It will be changed in near future, and Statement will
  be used explicitly.
*/

class Statement: public ilink, public Query_arena
{
  Statement(const Statement &rhs);              /* not implemented: */
  Statement &operator=(const Statement &rhs);   /* non-copyable */
public:
  /*
    Uniquely identifies each statement object in thread scope; change during
    statement lifetime. FIXME: must be const
  */
   ulong id;

  enum enum_column_usage column_usage;

  LEX_CSTRING name; /* name for named prepared statements */
  LEX *lex;                                     // parse tree descriptor
  my_hrtime_t hr_prepare_time; // time of preparation in microseconds
  /*
    Points to the query associated with this statement. It's const, but
    we need to declare it char * because all table handlers are written
    in C and need to point to it.

    Note that if we set query = NULL, we must at the same time set
    query_length = 0, and protect the whole operation with
    LOCK_thd_data mutex. To avoid crashes in races, if we do not
    know that thd->query cannot change at the moment, we should print
    thd->query like this:
      (1) reserve the LOCK_thd_data mutex;
      (2) print or copy the value of query and query_length
      (3) release LOCK_thd_data mutex.
    This printing is needed at least in SHOW PROCESSLIST and SHOW
    ENGINE INNODB STATUS.
  */
  CSET_STRING query_string;
  /*
    If opt_query_cache_strip_comments is set, this contains query without
    comments. If not set, it contains pointer to query_string.
  */
  String base_query;


  inline char *query() const { return query_string.str(); }
  inline uint32 query_length() const
  {
    return static_cast<uint32>(query_string.length());
  }
  inline char *query_end() const
  {
    return query_string.str() + query_string.length();
  }
  CHARSET_INFO *query_charset() const { return query_string.charset(); }
  void set_query_inner(const CSET_STRING &string_arg)
  {
    query_string= string_arg;
  }
  void set_query_inner(char *query_arg, uint32 query_length_arg,
                       CHARSET_INFO *cs_arg)
  {
    set_query_inner(CSET_STRING(query_arg, query_length_arg, cs_arg));
  }
  void reset_query_inner()
  {
    set_query_inner(CSET_STRING());
  }
  ulong sql_command_flags() const
  {
    return ::sql_command_flags[lex->sql_command];
  }
  /**
    Name of the current (default) database.

    If there is the current (default) database, "db.str" contains its name. If
    there is no current (default) database, "db.str" is NULL and "db.length" is
    0. In other words, db must either be NULL, or contain a
    valid database name.
  */

  LEX_CSTRING db;

  send_column_info_state column_info_state;
 
  /* This is set to 1 of last call to send_result_to_client() was ok */
  my_bool query_cache_is_applicable;

  /* This constructor is called for backup statements */
  Statement() = default;

  Statement(LEX *lex_arg, MEM_ROOT *mem_root_arg,
            enum enum_state state_arg, ulong id_arg);
  virtual ~Statement();

  /* Assign execution context (note: not all members) of given stmt to self */
  virtual void set_statement(Statement *stmt);
  void set_n_backup_statement(Statement *stmt, Statement *backup);
  void restore_backup_statement(Statement *stmt, Statement *backup);
  /* return class type */
  Type type() const override;
};


/**
  Container for all statements created/used in a connection.
  Statements in Statement_map have unique Statement::id (guaranteed by id
  assignment in Statement::Statement)
  Non-empty statement names are unique too: attempt to insert a new statement
  with duplicate name causes older statement to be deleted

  Statements are auto-deleted when they are removed from the map and when the
  map is deleted.
*/

class Statement_map
{
public:
  Statement_map();

  int insert(THD *thd, Statement *statement);

  Statement *find_by_name(const LEX_CSTRING *name)
  {
    Statement *stmt;
    stmt= (Statement*)my_hash_search(&names_hash, (uchar*)name->str,
                                     name->length);
    return stmt;
  }

  Statement *find(ulong id)
  {
    if (last_found_statement == 0 || id != last_found_statement->id)
    {
      Statement *stmt;
      stmt= (Statement *) my_hash_search(&st_hash, (uchar *) &id, sizeof(id));
      if (stmt && stmt->name.str)
        return NULL;
      last_found_statement= stmt;
    }
    return last_found_statement;
  }
  /*
    Close all cursors of this connection that use tables of a storage
    engine that has transaction-specific state and therefore can not
    survive COMMIT or ROLLBACK. Currently all but MyISAM cursors are closed.
  */
  void close_transient_cursors();
  void erase(Statement *statement);
  /* Erase all statements (calls Statement destructor) */
  void reset();
  ~Statement_map();
private:
  HASH st_hash;
  HASH names_hash;
  I_List<Statement> transient_cursor_list;
  Statement *last_found_statement;
};

struct st_savepoint {
  struct st_savepoint *prev;
  char                *name;
  uint                 length;
  Ha_trx_info         *ha_list;
  /** State of metadata locks before this savepoint was set. */
  MDL_savepoint        mdl_savepoint;
};

/**
  @class Security_context
  @brief A set of THD members describing the current authenticated user.
*/

class Security_context {
public:
  Security_context()
   :master_access(NO_ACL),
    db_access(NO_ACL)
  {}                      /* Remove gcc warning */
  /*
    host - host of the client
    user - user of the client, set to NULL until the user has been read from
    the connection
    priv_user - The user privilege we are using. May be "" for anonymous user.
    ip - client IP
  */
  const char *host;
  const char *user, *ip;
  char   priv_user[USERNAME_LENGTH];
  char   proxy_user[USERNAME_LENGTH + MAX_HOSTNAME + 5];
  /* The host privilege we are using */
  char   priv_host[MAX_HOSTNAME];
  /* The role privilege we are using */
  char   priv_role[USERNAME_LENGTH];
  /* The external user (if available) */
  char   *external_user;
  /* points to host if host is available, otherwise points to ip */
  const char *host_or_ip;
  privilege_t master_access;            /* Global privileges from mysql.user */
  privilege_t db_access;                /* Privileges for current db */

  bool password_expired;

  void init();
  void destroy();
  void skip_grants();
  inline char *priv_host_name()
  {
    return (*priv_host ? priv_host : (char *)"%");
  }

  bool set_user(char *user_arg);

#ifndef NO_EMBEDDED_ACCESS_CHECKS
  bool
  change_security_context(THD *thd,
                          LEX_CSTRING *definer_user,
                          LEX_CSTRING *definer_host,
                          LEX_CSTRING *db,
                          Security_context **backup);

  void
  restore_security_context(THD *thd, Security_context *backup);
#endif
  bool user_matches(Security_context *);
  /**
    Check global access
    @param want_access The required privileges
    @param match_any if the security context must match all or any of the req.
   *                 privileges.
    @return True if the security context fulfills the access requirements.
  */
  bool check_access(const privilege_t want_access, bool match_any = false);
  bool is_priv_user(const char *user, const char *host);
  bool is_user_defined() const
    { return user && user != delayed_user && user != slave_user && user != wsrep_user; };
};


/**
  A registry for item tree transformations performed during
  query optimization. We register only those changes which require
  a rollback to re-execute a prepared statement or stored procedure
  yet another time.
*/

struct Item_change_record;
class Item_change_list
{
  I_List<Item_change_record> change_list;
public:
  void nocheck_register_item_tree_change(Item **place, Item *old_value,
                                         MEM_ROOT *runtime_memroot);
  void check_and_register_item_tree_change(Item **place, Item **new_value,
                                           MEM_ROOT *runtime_memroot);
  void rollback_item_tree_changes();
  void move_elements_to(Item_change_list *to)
  {
    change_list.move_elements_to(&to->change_list);
  }
  bool is_empty() { return change_list.is_empty(); }
};


class Item_change_list_savepoint: public Item_change_list
{
public:
  Item_change_list_savepoint(Item_change_list *list)
  {
    list->move_elements_to(this);
  }
  void rollback(Item_change_list *list)
  {
    list->rollback_item_tree_changes();
    move_elements_to(list);
  }
  ~Item_change_list_savepoint()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_empty());
  }
};


/**
  Type of locked tables mode.
  See comment for THD::locked_tables_mode for complete description.
*/

enum enum_locked_tables_mode
{
  LTM_NONE= 0,
  LTM_LOCK_TABLES,
  LTM_PRELOCKED,
  /*
     TODO: remove LTM_PRELOCKED_UNDER_LOCK_TABLES: it is never used apart from
     LTM_LOCK_TABLES.
  */
  LTM_PRELOCKED_UNDER_LOCK_TABLES,
  LTM_always_last
};

/**
  The following structure is an extension to TABLE_SHARE and is
  exclusively for temporary tables.

  @note:
  Although, TDC_element has data members (like next, prev &
  all_tables) to store the list of TABLE_SHARE & TABLE objects
  related to a particular TABLE_SHARE, they cannot be moved to
  TABLE_SHARE in order to be reused for temporary tables. This
  is because, as concurrent threads iterating through hash of
  TDC_element's may need access to all_tables, but if all_tables
  is made part of TABLE_SHARE, then TDC_element->share->all_tables
  is not always guaranteed to be valid, as TDC_element can live
  longer than TABLE_SHARE.
*/
struct TMP_TABLE_SHARE : public TABLE_SHARE
{
private:
  /*
   Link to all temporary table shares. Declared as private to
   avoid direct manipulation with those objects. One should
   use methods of I_P_List template instead.
  */
  TMP_TABLE_SHARE *tmp_next;
  TMP_TABLE_SHARE **tmp_prev;

  friend struct All_tmp_table_shares;

public:
  /*
    Doubly-linked (back-linked) lists of used and unused TABLE objects
    for this share.
  */
  All_share_tables_list all_tmp_tables;
};

/**
  Helper class which specifies which members of TMP_TABLE_SHARE are
  used for participation in the list of temporary tables.
*/

struct All_tmp_table_shares
{
  static inline TMP_TABLE_SHARE **next_ptr(TMP_TABLE_SHARE *l)
  {
    return &l->tmp_next;
  }
  static inline TMP_TABLE_SHARE ***prev_ptr(TMP_TABLE_SHARE *l)
  {
    return &l->tmp_prev;
  }
};

/* Also used in rpl_rli.h. */
typedef I_P_List <TMP_TABLE_SHARE, All_tmp_table_shares> All_tmp_tables_list;

/**
  Class that holds information about tables which were opened and locked
  by the thread. It is also used to save/restore this information in
  push_open_tables_state()/pop_open_tables_state().
*/

class Open_tables_state
{
public:
  /**
    As part of class THD, this member is set during execution
    of a prepared statement. When it is set, it is used
    by the locking subsystem to report a change in table metadata.

    When Open_tables_state part of THD is reset to open
    a system or INFORMATION_SCHEMA table, the member is cleared
    to avoid spurious ER_NEED_REPREPARE errors -- system and
    INFORMATION_SCHEMA tables are not subject to metadata version
    tracking.
    @sa check_and_update_table_version()
  */
  Reprepare_observer *m_reprepare_observer;

  /**
    List of regular tables in use by this thread. Contains temporary and
    base tables that were opened with @see open_tables().
  */
  TABLE *open_tables;

  /**
    A list of temporary tables used by this thread. This includes
    user-level temporary tables, created with CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE,
    and internal temporary tables, created, e.g., to resolve a SELECT,
    or for an intermediate table used in ALTER.
  */
  All_tmp_tables_list *temporary_tables;

  /*
    Derived tables.
  */
  TABLE *derived_tables;

  /* 
    Temporary tables created for recursive table references.
  */
  TABLE *rec_tables;

  /*
    During a MySQL session, one can lock tables in two modes: automatic
    or manual. In automatic mode all necessary tables are locked just before
    statement execution, and all acquired locks are stored in 'lock'
    member. Unlocking takes place automatically as well, when the
    statement ends.
    Manual mode comes into play when a user issues a 'LOCK TABLES'
    statement. In this mode the user can only use the locked tables.
    Trying to use any other tables will give an error.
    The locked tables are also stored in this member, however,
    thd->locked_tables_mode is turned on.  Manual locking is described in
    the 'LOCK_TABLES' chapter of the MySQL manual.
    See also lock_tables() for details.
  */
  MYSQL_LOCK *lock;

  /*
    CREATE-SELECT keeps an extra lock for the table being
    created. This field is used to keep the extra lock available for
    lower level routines, which would otherwise miss that lock.
   */
  MYSQL_LOCK *extra_lock;

  /*
    Enum enum_locked_tables_mode and locked_tables_mode member are
    used to indicate whether the so-called "locked tables mode" is on,
    and what kind of mode is active.

    Locked tables mode is used when it's necessary to open and
    lock many tables at once, for usage across multiple
    (sub-)statements.
    This may be necessary either for queries that use stored functions
    and triggers, in which case the statements inside functions and
    triggers may be executed many times, or for implementation of
    LOCK TABLES, in which case the opened tables are reused by all
    subsequent statements until a call to UNLOCK TABLES.

    The kind of locked tables mode employed for stored functions and
    triggers is also called "prelocked mode".
    In this mode, first open_tables() call to open the tables used
    in a statement analyses all functions used by the statement
    and adds all indirectly used tables to the list of tables to
    open and lock.
    It also marks the parse tree of the statement as requiring
    prelocking. After that, lock_tables() locks the entire list
    of tables and changes THD::locked_tables_modeto LTM_PRELOCKED.
    All statements executed inside functions or triggers
    use the prelocked tables, instead of opening their own ones.
    Prelocked mode is turned off automatically once close_thread_tables()
    of the main statement is called.
  */
  enum enum_locked_tables_mode locked_tables_mode;
  uint current_tablenr;

  enum enum_flags {
    BACKUPS_AVAIL = (1U << 0)     /* There are backups available */
  };

  /*
    Flags with information about the open tables state.
  */
  uint state_flags;
  /**
     This constructor initializes Open_tables_state instance which can only
     be used as backup storage. To prepare Open_tables_state instance for
     operations which open/lock/close tables (e.g. open_table()) one has to
     call init_open_tables_state().
  */
  Open_tables_state() : state_flags(0U) { }

  void set_open_tables_state(Open_tables_state *state)
  {
    *this= *state;
  }

  void reset_open_tables_state()
  {
    open_tables= 0;
    temporary_tables= 0;
    derived_tables= 0;
    rec_tables= 0;
    extra_lock= 0;
    lock= 0;
    locked_tables_mode= LTM_NONE;
    state_flags= 0U;
    m_reprepare_observer= NULL;
  }
};


/**
  Storage for backup of Open_tables_state. Must
  be used only to open system tables (TABLE_CATEGORY_SYSTEM
  and TABLE_CATEGORY_LOG).
*/

class Open_tables_backup: public Open_tables_state
{
public:
  /**
    When we backup the open tables state to open a system
    table or tables, we want to save state of metadata
    locks which were acquired before the backup. It is used
    to release metadata locks on system tables after they are
    no longer used.
  */
  MDL_savepoint mdl_system_tables_svp;
};

/**
  @class Sub_statement_state
  @brief Used to save context when executing a function or trigger

  operations on stat tables aren't technically a sub-statement, but they are
  similar in a sense that they cannot change the transaction status.
*/

/* Defines used for Sub_statement_state::in_sub_stmt */

#define SUB_STMT_TRIGGER 1
#define SUB_STMT_FUNCTION 2
#define SUB_STMT_STAT_TABLES 4


class Sub_statement_state
{
public:
  Discrete_interval auto_inc_interval_for_cur_row;
  Discrete_intervals_list auto_inc_intervals_forced;
  SAVEPOINT *savepoints;
  ulonglong option_bits;
  ulonglong first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt;
  ulonglong first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt, insert_id_for_cur_row;
  ulonglong limit_found_rows;
  ulonglong tmp_tables_size;
  ulonglong client_capabilities;
  ulonglong cuted_fields, sent_row_count, examined_row_count;
  ulonglong sent_row_count_for_statement, examined_row_count_for_statement;
  ulonglong affected_rows;
  ulonglong bytes_sent_old;
  ha_handler_stats handler_stats;
  ulong     tmp_tables_used;
  ulong     tmp_tables_disk_used;
  ulong     query_plan_fsort_passes;
  ulong query_plan_flags; 
  uint in_sub_stmt;    /* 0,  SUB_STMT_TRIGGER or SUB_STMT_FUNCTION */
  bool enable_slow_log;
  bool last_insert_id_used;
  bool in_stored_procedure;
  enum enum_check_fields count_cuted_fields;
};


/* Flags for the THD::system_thread variable */
enum enum_thread_type
{
  NON_SYSTEM_THREAD= 0,
  SYSTEM_THREAD_DELAYED_INSERT= 1,
  SYSTEM_THREAD_SLAVE_IO= 2,
  SYSTEM_THREAD_SLAVE_SQL= 4,
  SYSTEM_THREAD_EVENT_SCHEDULER= 8,
  SYSTEM_THREAD_EVENT_WORKER= 16,
  SYSTEM_THREAD_BINLOG_BACKGROUND= 32,
  SYSTEM_THREAD_SLAVE_BACKGROUND= 64,
  SYSTEM_THREAD_GENERIC= 128,
  SYSTEM_THREAD_SEMISYNC_MASTER_BACKGROUND= 256
};

inline char const *
show_system_thread(enum_thread_type thread)
{
#define RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(NAME) case (NAME): return #NAME
  switch (thread) {
    static char buf[64];
    RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(NON_SYSTEM_THREAD);
    RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(SYSTEM_THREAD_DELAYED_INSERT);
    RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(SYSTEM_THREAD_SLAVE_IO);
    RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(SYSTEM_THREAD_SLAVE_SQL);
    RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(SYSTEM_THREAD_EVENT_SCHEDULER);
    RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(SYSTEM_THREAD_EVENT_WORKER);
    RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(SYSTEM_THREAD_SLAVE_BACKGROUND);
    RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(SYSTEM_THREAD_SEMISYNC_MASTER_BACKGROUND);
  default:
    snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "<UNKNOWN SYSTEM THREAD: %d>", thread);
    return buf;
  }
#undef RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING
}

/**
  This class represents the interface for internal error handlers.
  Internal error handlers are exception handlers used by the server
  implementation.
*/

class Internal_error_handler
{
protected:
  Internal_error_handler() :
    m_prev_internal_handler(NULL)
  {}

  virtual ~Internal_error_handler() = default;

public:
  /**
    Handle a sql condition.
    This method can be implemented by a subclass to achieve any of the
    following:
    - mask a warning/error internally, prevent exposing it to the user,
    - mask a warning/error and throw another one instead.
    When this method returns true, the sql condition is considered
    'handled', and will not be propagated to upper layers.
    It is the responsability of the code installing an internal handler
    to then check for trapped conditions, and implement logic to recover
    from the anticipated conditions trapped during runtime.

    This mechanism is similar to C++ try/throw/catch:
    - 'try' correspond to <code>THD::push_internal_handler()</code>,
    - 'throw' correspond to <code>my_error()</code>,
    which invokes <code>my_message_sql()</code>,
    - 'catch' correspond to checking how/if an internal handler was invoked,
    before removing it from the exception stack with
    <code>THD::pop_internal_handler()</code>.

    @param thd the calling thread
    @param cond the condition raised.
    @return true if the condition is handled
  */
  virtual bool handle_condition(THD *thd,
                                uint sql_errno,
                                const char* sqlstate,
                                Sql_condition::enum_warning_level *level,
                                const char* msg,
                                Sql_condition ** cond_hdl) = 0;

private:
  Internal_error_handler *m_prev_internal_handler;
  friend class THD;
};


/**
  Implements the trivial error handler which cancels all error states
  and prevents an SQLSTATE to be set.
  Remembers the first error
*/

class Dummy_error_handler : public Internal_error_handler
{
  uint m_unhandled_errors;
  uint first_error;
public:
  Dummy_error_handler()
    : m_unhandled_errors(0), first_error(0)
  {}
  bool handle_condition(THD *thd,
                        uint sql_errno,
                        const char* sqlstate,
                        Sql_condition::enum_warning_level *level,
                        const char* msg,
                        Sql_condition ** cond_hdl) override
  {
    m_unhandled_errors++;
    if (!first_error)
      first_error= sql_errno;
    return TRUE;                                // Ignore error
  }
  bool any_error() { return m_unhandled_errors != 0; }
  uint got_error() { return first_error; }
};

/**
  Implements the trivial error handler which counts errors as they happen.
*/

class Counting_error_handler : public Internal_error_handler
{
public:
  int errors;
  bool handle_condition(THD *thd,
                        uint sql_errno,
                        const char* sqlstate,
                        Sql_condition::enum_warning_level *level,
                        const char* msg,
                        Sql_condition ** cond_hdl) override
  {
    if (*level == Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_ERROR)
      errors++;
    return false;
  }
  Counting_error_handler() : errors(0) {}
};


extern "C" void my_message_sql(uint error, const char *str, myf MyFlags);

/**
  Error handler that captures and postpones errors.
  Warnings and notes are passed through to the next handler.
  Stored errors can be re-emitted later via emit_errors().
*/

class Postponed_error_handler : public Internal_error_handler
{
  struct Error_entry
  {
    uint sql_errno;
    char message[MYSQL_ERRMSG_SIZE];
    Error_entry *next;
  };

  Error_entry *m_first;
  Error_entry *m_last;
  MEM_ROOT *m_mem_root;

public:
  Postponed_error_handler(MEM_ROOT *mem_root)
    : m_first(nullptr), m_last(nullptr), m_mem_root(mem_root)
  {}

  bool handle_condition(THD *thd,
                        uint sql_errno,
                        const char *sqlstate,
                        Sql_condition::enum_warning_level *level,
                        const char *msg,
                        Sql_condition **cond_hdl) override
  {
    /* Only capture errors, let warnings and notes pass through */
    if (*level != Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_ERROR)
      return false;

    Error_entry *entry= (Error_entry*) alloc_root(m_mem_root,
                                                  sizeof(Error_entry));
    if (!entry)
      return false;  // Can't store, let error propagate

    entry->sql_errno= sql_errno;
    strmake(entry->message, msg, sizeof(entry->message) - 1);
    entry->next= nullptr;

    if (m_last)
      m_last->next= entry;
    else
      m_first= entry;
    m_last= entry;

    return true;
  }

  bool has_errors() const { return m_first != nullptr; }

  void emit_errors()
  {
    for (Error_entry *e= m_first; e; e= e->next)
      my_message_sql(e->sql_errno, e->message, MYF(0));
  }

  void clear()
  {
    m_first= m_last= nullptr;
  }
};


/**
  This class is an internal error handler implementation for
  DROP TABLE statements. The thing is that there may be warnings during
  execution of these statements, which should not be exposed to the user.
  This class is intended to silence such warnings.
*/

class Drop_table_error_handler : public Internal_error_handler
{
public:
  Drop_table_error_handler() = default;

public:
  bool handle_condition(THD *thd,
                        uint sql_errno,
                        const char* sqlstate,
                        Sql_condition::enum_warning_level *level,
                        const char* msg,
                        Sql_condition ** cond_hdl) override;

private:
};


/**
  Internal error handler to process an error from MDL_context::upgrade_lock()
  and mysql_lock_tables(). Used by implementations of HANDLER READ and
  LOCK TABLES LOCAL.
*/

class MDL_deadlock_and_lock_abort_error_handler: public Internal_error_handler
{
public:
  virtual
  bool handle_condition(THD *thd,
                        uint sql_errno,
                        const char *sqlstate,
                        Sql_condition::enum_warning_level *level,
                        const char* msg,
                        Sql_condition **cond_hdl) override;

  bool need_reopen() const { return m_need_reopen; };
  void init() { m_need_reopen= FALSE; };
private:
  bool m_need_reopen;
};


class Turn_errors_to_warnings_handler : public Internal_error_handler
{
public:
  Turn_errors_to_warnings_handler() = default;
  bool handle_condition(THD *,
                        uint,
                        const char*,
                        Sql_condition::enum_warning_level *level,
                        const char*,
                        Sql_condition ** cond_hdl) override
  {
    *cond_hdl= NULL;
    if (*level == Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_ERROR)
      *level= Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN;
    return(0);
  }
};


struct Suppress_warnings_error_handler : public Internal_error_handler
{
  bool handle_condition(THD *,
                        uint,
                        const char *,
                        Sql_condition::enum_warning_level *level,
                        const char *,
                        Sql_condition **) override
  {
    return *level == Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN;
  }
};



/**
  Tables that were locked with LOCK TABLES statement.

  Encapsulates a list of TABLE_LIST instances for tables
  locked by LOCK TABLES statement, memory root for metadata locks,
  and, generally, the context of LOCK TABLES statement.

  In LOCK TABLES mode, the locked tables are kept open between
  statements.
  Therefore, we can't allocate metadata locks on execution memory
  root -- as well as tables, the locks need to stay around till
  UNLOCK TABLES is called.
  The locks are allocated in the memory root encapsulated in this
  class.

  Some SQL commands, like FLUSH TABLE or ALTER TABLE, demand that
  the tables they operate on are closed, at least temporarily.
  This class encapsulates a list of TABLE_LIST instances, one
  for each base table from LOCK TABLES list,
  which helps conveniently close the TABLEs when it's necessary
  and later reopen them.

  Implemented in sql_base.cc
*/

class Locked_tables_list
{
public:
  MEM_ROOT m_locked_tables_root;
private:
  TABLE_LIST *m_locked_tables;
  TABLE_LIST **m_locked_tables_last;
  /** An auxiliary array used only in reopen_tables(). */
  TABLE_LIST **m_reopen_array;
  /**
    Count the number of tables in m_locked_tables list. We can't
    rely on thd->lock->table_count because it excludes
    non-transactional temporary tables. We need to know
    an exact number of TABLE objects.
  */
  uint m_locked_tables_count;
public:
  bool some_table_marked_for_reopen;

  Locked_tables_list()
    :m_locked_tables(NULL),
    m_locked_tables_last(&m_locked_tables),
    m_reopen_array(NULL),
    m_locked_tables_count(0),
    some_table_marked_for_reopen(0)
  {
    init_sql_alloc(key_memory_locked_table_list, &m_locked_tables_root,
                   MEM_ROOT_BLOCK_SIZE, 0, MYF(MY_THREAD_SPECIFIC));
  }
  int unlock_locked_tables(THD *thd);
  int unlock_locked_table(THD *thd, MDL_ticket *mdl_ticket);
  ~Locked_tables_list()
  {
    reset();
  }
  void reset();
  bool init_locked_tables(THD *thd);
  TABLE_LIST *locked_tables() { return m_locked_tables; }
  void unlink_from_list(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list,
                        bool remove_from_locked_tables);
  void unlink_all_closed_tables(THD *thd,
                                MYSQL_LOCK *lock,
                                size_t reopen_count);
  bool reopen_tables(THD *thd, bool need_reopen);
  bool restore_lock(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *dst_table_list, TABLE *table,
                    MYSQL_LOCK *lock);
  void add_back_last_deleted_lock(TABLE_LIST *dst_table_list);
  void mark_table_for_reopen(TABLE *table);
};


/**
  Storage engine specific thread local data.
*/

struct Ha_data
{
  /**
    Storage engine specific thread local data.
    Lifetime: one user connection.
  */
  void *ha_ptr;
  /**
    0: Life time: one statement within a transaction. If @@autocommit is
    on, also represents the entire transaction.
    @sa trans_register_ha()

    1: Life time: one transaction within a connection.
    If the storage engine does not participate in a transaction,
    this should not be used.
    @sa trans_register_ha()
  */
  Ha_trx_info ha_info[2];
  /**
    NULL: engine is not bound to this thread
    non-NULL: engine is bound to this thread, engine shutdown forbidden
  */
  plugin_ref lock;
  Ha_data() :ha_ptr(NULL) {}

  void reset()
  {
    ha_ptr= nullptr;
    for (auto &info : ha_info)
      info.reset();
    lock= nullptr;
  }
};

/**
  An instance of the global read lock in a connection.
  Implemented in lock.cc.
*/

class Global_read_lock
{
public:
  enum enum_grl_state
  {
    GRL_NONE,
    GRL_ACQUIRED,
    GRL_ACQUIRED_AND_BLOCKS_COMMIT
  };

  Global_read_lock()
    : m_state(GRL_NONE),
      m_mdl_global_read_lock(NULL)
  {}

  bool lock_global_read_lock(THD *thd);
  void unlock_global_read_lock(THD *thd);
  bool make_global_read_lock_block_commit(THD *thd);
  bool is_acquired() const { return m_state != GRL_NONE; }
  void set_explicit_lock_duration(THD *thd);
private:
  enum_grl_state m_state;
  /**
    Global read lock is acquired in two steps:
    1. acquire MDL_BACKUP_FTWRL1 in BACKUP namespace to prohibit DDL and DML
    2. upgrade to MDL_BACKUP_FTWRL2 to prohibit commits
  */
  MDL_ticket *m_mdl_global_read_lock;
};


/*
  Class to facilitate the commit of one transactions waiting for the commit of
  another transaction to complete first.

  This is used during (parallel) replication, to allow different transactions
  to be applied in parallel, but still commit in order.

  The transaction that wants to wait for a prior commit must first register
  to wait with register_wait_for_prior_commit(waitee). Such registration
  must be done holding the waitee->LOCK_wait_commit, to prevent the other
  THD from disappearing during the registration.

  Then during commit, if a THD is registered to wait, it will call
  wait_for_prior_commit() as part of ha_commit_trans(). If no wait is
  registered, or if the waitee for has already completed commit, then
  wait_for_prior_commit() returns immediately.

  And when a THD that may be waited for has completed commit (more precisely
  commit_ordered()), then it must call wakeup_subsequent_commits() to wake
  up any waiters. Note that this must be done at a point that is guaranteed
  to be later than any waiters registering themselves. It is safe to call
  wakeup_subsequent_commits() multiple times, as waiters are removed from
  registration as part of the wakeup.

  The reason for separate register and wait calls is that this allows to
  register the wait early, at a point where the waited-for THD is known to
  exist. And then the actual wait can be done much later, where the
  waited-for THD may have been long gone. By registering early, the waitee
  can signal before disappearing.
*/
struct wait_for_commit
{
  /*
    The LOCK_wait_commit protects the fields subsequent_commits_list and
    wakeup_subsequent_commits_running (for a waitee), and the pointer
    waitee and associated COND_wait_commit (for a waiter).
  */
  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_wait_commit;
  mysql_cond_t COND_wait_commit;
  /* List of threads that did register_wait_for_prior_commit() on us. */
  wait_for_commit *subsequent_commits_list;
  /* Link field for entries in subsequent_commits_list. */
  wait_for_commit *next_subsequent_commit;
  /*
    Our waitee, if we did register_wait_for_prior_commit(), and were not
    yet woken up. Else NULL.

    When this is cleared for wakeup, the COND_wait_commit condition is
    signalled.

    This pointer is protected by LOCK_wait_commit. But there is also a "fast
    path" where the waiter compares this to NULL without holding the lock.
    Such read must be done with acquire semantics (and all corresponding
    writes done with release semantics). This ensures that a wakeup with error
    is reliably detected as (waitee==NULL && wakeup_error != 0).
  */
  std::atomic<wait_for_commit *> waitee;
  /*
    Generic pointer for use by the transaction coordinator to optimise the
    waiting for improved group commit.

    Currently used by binlog TC to signal that a waiter is ready to commit, so
    that the waitee can grab it and group commit it directly. It is free to be
    used by another transaction coordinator for similar purposes.
  */
  void *opaque_pointer;
  /* The wakeup error code from the waitee. 0 means no error. */
  int wakeup_error;
  /*
    Flag set when wakeup_subsequent_commits_running() is active, see comments
    on that function for details.
  */
  bool wakeup_subsequent_commits_running;
  /*
    This flag can be set when a commit starts, but has not completed yet.
    It is used by binlog group commit to allow a waiting transaction T2 to
    join the group commit of an earlier transaction T1. When T1 has queued
    itself for group commit, it will set the commit_started flag. Then when
    T2 becomes ready to commit and needs to wait for T1 to commit first, T2
    can queue itself before waiting, and thereby participate in the same
    group commit as T1.
  */
  bool commit_started;
  /*
    Set to temporarily ignore calls to wakeup_subsequent_commits(). The
    caller must arrange that another wakeup_subsequent_commits() gets called
    later after wakeup_blocked has been set back to false.

    This is used for parallel replication with temporary tables.
    Temporary tables require strict single-threaded operation. The normal
    optimization, of doing wakeup_subsequent_commits early and overlapping
    part of the commit with the following transaction, is not safe. Thus
    when temporary tables are replicated, wakeup is blocked until the
    event group is fully done.
  */
  bool wakeup_blocked;

  void register_wait_for_prior_commit(wait_for_commit *waitee);
  int wait_for_prior_commit(THD *thd, bool allow_kill=true)
  {
    /*
      Quick inline check, to avoid function call and locking in the common case
      where no wakeup is registered, or a registered wait was already signalled.
    */
    if (waitee.load(std::memory_order_acquire))
      return wait_for_prior_commit2(thd, allow_kill);
    else
    {
      if (unlikely(wakeup_error))
        prior_commit_error(thd);
      return wakeup_error;
    }
  }
  void wakeup_subsequent_commits(int wakeup_error_arg)
  {
    /*
      Do the check inline, so only the wakeup case takes the cost of a function
      call for every commmit.

      Note that the check is done without locking. It is the responsibility of
      the user of the wakeup facility to ensure that no waiters can register
      themselves after the last call to wakeup_subsequent_commits().

      This avoids having to take another lock for every commit, which would be
      pointless anyway - even if we check under lock, there is nothing to
      prevent a waiter from arriving just after releasing the lock.
    */
    if (subsequent_commits_list)
      wakeup_subsequent_commits2(wakeup_error_arg);
  }
  void unregister_wait_for_prior_commit()
  {
    if (waitee.load(std::memory_order_relaxed))
      unregister_wait_for_prior_commit2();
    else
      wakeup_error= 0;
  }
  /*
    Remove a waiter from the list in the waitee. Used to unregister a wait.
    The caller must be holding the locks of both waiter and waitee.
  */
  void remove_from_list(wait_for_commit **next_ptr_ptr)
  {
    wait_for_commit *cur;

    while ((cur= *next_ptr_ptr) != NULL)
    {
      if (cur == this)
      {
        *next_ptr_ptr= this->next_subsequent_commit;
        break;
      }
      next_ptr_ptr= &cur->next_subsequent_commit;
    }
    waitee.store(NULL, std::memory_order_relaxed);
  }

  void wakeup(int wakeup_error);

  int wait_for_prior_commit2(THD *thd, bool allow_kill);
  void prior_commit_error(THD *thd);
  void wakeup_subsequent_commits2(int wakeup_error);
  void unregister_wait_for_prior_commit2();

  wait_for_commit();
  ~wait_for_commit();
  void reinit();
};


class Sp_caches
{
protected:
  ulong m_sp_cache_version;
public:
  sp_cache *sp_proc_cache;
  sp_cache *sp_func_cache;
  sp_cache *sp_package_spec_cache;
  sp_cache *sp_package_body_cache;
  Sp_caches()
   :m_sp_cache_version(0), sp_proc_cache(NULL), sp_func_cache(NULL),
    sp_package_spec_cache(NULL), sp_package_body_cache(NULL)
  { }
  ~Sp_caches()
  {
    // All caches must be freed by the caller explicitly
    DBUG_ASSERT(sp_proc_cache == NULL);
    DBUG_ASSERT(sp_func_cache == NULL);
    DBUG_ASSERT(sp_package_spec_cache == NULL);
    DBUG_ASSERT(sp_package_body_cache == NULL);
  }
  void sp_caches_clear();
  /**
    Clear content of sp related caches.
    Don't delete cache objects itself.
  */
  void sp_caches_empty();
  ulong sp_cache_version() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_sp_cache_version);
    return m_sp_cache_version;
  }
  void set_sp_cache_version_if_needed(ulong version)
  {
    if (!m_sp_cache_version)
      m_sp_cache_version= version;
  }
};


extern "C" void my_message_sql(uint error, const char *str, myf MyFlags);


class Gap_time_tracker;

/*
  Thread context for Gap_time_tracker class.
*/
class Gap_time_tracker_data
{
public:
  Gap_time_tracker_data(): bill_to(NULL) {}

  Gap_time_tracker *bill_to;
  ulonglong start_time;

  void init() { bill_to = NULL; }
};

/**
  Support structure for asynchronous group commit, or more generally
  any asynchronous operation that needs to finish before server writes
  response to client.

  An engine, or any other server component, can signal that there is
  a pending operation by incrementing a counter, i.e inc_pending_ops()
  and that pending operation is finished by decrementing that counter
  dec_pending_ops().

  NOTE: Currently, pending operations can not fail, i.e there is no
  way to pass a return code in dec_pending_ops()

  The server does not write response to the client before the counter
  becomes 0. In  case of group commit it ensures that data is persistent
  before success reported to client, i.e durability in ACID.
*/
struct thd_async_state
{
  enum class enum_async_state
  {
    NONE,
    SUSPENDED, /* do_command() did not finish, and needs to be resumed */
    RESUMED    /* do_command() is resumed*/
  };
  enum_async_state m_state{enum_async_state::NONE};

  /* Stuff we need to resume do_command where we finished last time*/
  enum enum_server_command m_command{COM_SLEEP};
  LEX_STRING m_packet{0,0};

  mysql_mutex_t m_mtx;
  mysql_cond_t m_cond;

  /** Pending counter*/
  Atomic_counter<int> m_pending_ops=0;

#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  /* Checks */
  pthread_t m_dbg_thread;
#endif

  thd_async_state()
  {
    mysql_mutex_init(PSI_NOT_INSTRUMENTED, &m_mtx, 0);
    mysql_cond_init(PSI_INSTRUMENT_ME, &m_cond, 0);
  }

  /*
   Currently only used with threadpool, one can "suspend" and "resume" a THD.
   Suspend only means leaving do_command earlier, after saving some state.
   Resume is continuing suspended THD's do_command(), from where it finished last time.
  */
  bool try_suspend()
  {
    bool ret;
    mysql_mutex_lock(&m_mtx);
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_state == enum_async_state::NONE);
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_pending_ops >= 0);

    if(m_pending_ops)
    {
      ret=true;
      m_state= enum_async_state::SUSPENDED;
    }
    else
    {
      /*
        If there is no pending operations, can't suspend, since
        nobody can resume it.
      */
      ret=false;
    }
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&m_mtx);
    return ret;
  }

  ~thd_async_state()
  {
    wait_for_pending_ops();
    mysql_mutex_destroy(&m_mtx);
    mysql_cond_destroy(&m_cond);
  }

  /*
    Increment pending asynchronous operations.
    The client response may not be written if
    this count > 0.
    So, without threadpool query needs to wait for
    the operations to finish.
    With threadpool, THD can be suspended and resumed
    when this counter goes to 0.
  */
  void inc_pending_ops()
  {
    mysql_mutex_lock(&m_mtx);

#ifndef DBUG_OFF
    /*
     Check that increments are always done by the same thread.
    */
    if (!m_pending_ops)
      m_dbg_thread= pthread_self();
    else
      DBUG_ASSERT(pthread_equal(pthread_self(),m_dbg_thread));
#endif

    m_pending_ops++;
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&m_mtx);
  }

  int dec_pending_ops(enum_async_state* state)
  {
    int ret;
    mysql_mutex_lock(&m_mtx);
    ret= --m_pending_ops;
    if (!ret)
      mysql_cond_signal(&m_cond);
    *state = m_state;
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&m_mtx);
    return ret;
  }

  /*
    This is used for "dirty" reading pending ops,
    when dirty read is OK.
  */
  int pending_ops()
  {
    return m_pending_ops;
  }

  /* Wait for pending operations to finish.*/
  void wait_for_pending_ops()
  {
    /*
      It is fine to read m_pending_ops and compare it with 0,
      without mutex protection.

      The value is only incremented by the current thread, and will
      be decremented by another one, thus "dirty" may show positive number
      when it is really 0, but this is not a problem, and the only
      bad thing from that will be rechecking under mutex.
    */
    if (!pending_ops())
      return;

    mysql_mutex_lock(&m_mtx);
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_pending_ops >= 0);
    while (m_pending_ops)
      mysql_cond_wait(&m_cond, &m_mtx);
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&m_mtx);
  }
};


enum class THD_WHERE
{
  NOWHERE = 0,
  CHECKING_TRANSFORMED_SUBQUERY,
  IN_ALL_ANY_SUBQUERY,
  JSON_TABLE_ARGUMENT,
  FIELD_LIST,
  PARTITION_FUNCTION,
  FROM_CLAUSE,
  DEFAULT_WHERE,
  ON_CLAUSE,
  WHERE_CLAUSE,
  SET_LIST,
  INSERT_LIST,
  VALUES_CLAUSE,
  UPDATE_CLAUSE,
  RETURNING,
  FOR_SYSTEM_TIME,
  ORDER_CLAUSE,
  HAVING_CLAUSE,
  GROUP_STATEMENT,
  PROCEDURE_LIST,
  CHECK_OPTION,
  DO_STATEMENT,
  HANDLER_STATEMENT,
  USE_WHERE_STRING, // ugh, a compromise for vcol...
};


class THD;
const char *thd_where(THD *thd);


/**
  @class THD
  For each client connection we create a separate thread with THD serving as
  a thread/connection descriptor
*/

class THD: public THD_count, /* this must be first */
           public Sql_used,
           public Statement,
           /*
             This is to track items changed during execution of a prepared
             statement/stored procedure. It's created by
             nocheck_register_item_tree_change() in memory root of THD,
             and freed in rollback_item_tree_changes().
             For conventional execution it's always empty.
           */
           public Item_change_list,
           public MDL_context_owner,
           public Open_tables_state,
           public Sp_caches
{
private:
  inline bool is_stmt_prepare() const
  { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return Statement::is_stmt_prepare(); }

  inline bool is_stmt_prepare_or_first_sp_execute() const
  { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return Statement::is_stmt_prepare_or_first_sp_execute(); }

  inline bool is_stmt_prepare_or_first_stmt_execute() const
  { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return Statement::is_stmt_prepare_or_first_stmt_execute(); }

  inline bool is_conventional() const
  { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return Statement::is_conventional(); }

public:
  MDL_context mdl_context;

  /* Used to execute base64 coded binlog events in MySQL server */
  Relay_log_info* rli_fake;
  rpl_group_info* rgi_fake;
  /* Slave applier execution context */
  rpl_group_info* rgi_slave;

  union {
    rpl_io_thread_info *rpl_io_info;
    rpl_sql_thread_info *rpl_sql_info;
  } system_thread_info;
  /* Used for BACKUP LOCK */
  MDL_ticket *mdl_backup_ticket, *mdl_backup_lock;
  /* Used to register that thread has a MDL_BACKUP_WAIT_COMMIT lock */
  MDL_request *backup_commit_lock;

  void reset_for_next_command(bool do_clear_errors= 1);

#ifdef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
  struct st_mysql  *mysql;
  unsigned long	 client_stmt_id;
  unsigned long  client_param_count;
  struct st_mysql_bind *client_params;
  char *extra_data;
  ulong extra_length;
  struct st_mysql_data *cur_data;
  struct st_mysql_data *first_data;
  struct st_mysql_data **data_tail;
  void clear_data_list();
  struct st_mysql_data *alloc_new_dataset();
  /*
    In embedded server it points to the statement that is processed
    in the current query. We store some results directly in statement
    fields then.
  */
  struct st_mysql_stmt *current_stmt;
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_QUERY_CACHE
  Query_cache_tls query_cache_tls;
#endif
  NET	  net;				// client connection descriptor
  /** Aditional network instrumentation for the server only. */
  NET_SERVER m_net_server_extension;
  scheduler_functions *scheduler;       // Scheduler for this connection
  Protocol *protocol;			// Current protocol
  Protocol_text   protocol_text;	// Normal protocol
  Protocol_binary protocol_binary;	// Binary protocol
  HASH    user_vars;			// hash for user variables
  String  packet;			// dynamic buffer for network I/O
  String  convert_buffer;		// buffer for charset conversions
  struct  my_rnd_struct rand;		// used for authentication
  struct  system_variables variables;	// Changeable local variables
  struct  system_status_var status_var; // Per thread statistic vars
  struct  system_status_var org_status_var; // For user statistics
  struct  system_status_var *initial_status_var; /* used by show status */
  ha_handler_stats handler_stats;       // Handler statistics
  THR_LOCK_INFO lock_info;              // Locking info of this thread

  /**
    Protects THD data accessed from other threads:
    - thd->query and thd->query_length (used by SHOW ENGINE
      INNODB STATUS and SHOW PROCESSLIST
    - thd->db (used in SHOW PROCESSLIST)
    Is locked when THD is deleted.
  */
  mutable mysql_mutex_t LOCK_thd_data;
  /*
    Protects:
    - kill information
    - mysys_var (used by KILL statement and shutdown).
    - Also ensures that THD is not deleted while mutex is hold
  */
  mutable mysql_mutex_t LOCK_thd_kill;

  /* all prepared statements and cursors of this connection */
  Statement_map stmt_map;

  /* Last created prepared statement */
  Statement *last_stmt;
  Statement *cur_stmt= 0;

  inline void set_last_stmt(Statement *stmt)
  { last_stmt= (is_error() ? NULL : stmt); }
  inline void clear_last_stmt() { last_stmt= NULL; }

  /*
    A pointer to the stack frame of handle_one_connection(),
    which is called first in the thread for handling a client
  */
  void *thread_stack;

  /**
    Currently selected catalog.
  */
  char *catalog;

  /**
    @note
    Some members of THD (currently 'Statement::db',
    'catalog' and 'query')  are set and alloced by the slave SQL thread
    (for the THD of that thread); that thread is (and must remain, for now)
    the only responsible for freeing these 3 members. If you add members
    here, and you add code to set them in replication, don't forget to
    free_them_and_set_them_to_0 in replication properly. For details see
    the 'err:' label of the handle_slave_sql() in sql/slave.cc.

    @see handle_slave_sql
  */

  Security_context main_security_ctx;
  Security_context *security_ctx;
  Security_context *security_context() const { return security_ctx; }
  void set_security_context(Security_context *sctx) { security_ctx = sctx; }

  /*
    Points to info-string that we show in SHOW PROCESSLIST
    You are supposed to update thd->proc_info only if you have coded
    a time-consuming piece that MySQL can get stuck in for a long time.

    Set it using the  thd_proc_info(THD *thread, const char *message)
    macro/function.

    This member is accessed and assigned without any synchronization.
    Therefore, it may point only to constant (statically
    allocated) strings, which memory won't go away over time.
  */
  const char *proc_info;

  void set_psi(PSI_thread *psi)
  {
    my_atomic_storeptr((void*volatile*)&m_psi, psi);
  }

  PSI_thread* get_psi()
  {
    return static_cast<PSI_thread*>(my_atomic_loadptr((void*volatile*)&m_psi));
  }

private:
  unsigned int m_current_stage_key;

  /** Performance schema thread instrumentation for this session. */
  PSI_thread *m_psi;

public:
  void enter_stage(const PSI_stage_info *stage,
                   const char *calling_func,
                   const char *calling_file,
                   const unsigned int calling_line)
  {
    DBUG_PRINT("THD::enter_stage", ("%s at %s:%d", stage->m_name,
                                    calling_file, calling_line));
    DBUG_ASSERT(stage);
    m_current_stage_key= stage->m_key;
    proc_info= stage->m_name;
#if defined(ENABLED_PROFILING)
    profiling.status_change(proc_info, calling_func, calling_file,
                            calling_line);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_THREAD_INTERFACE
    m_stage_progress_psi= MYSQL_SET_STAGE(m_current_stage_key, calling_file, calling_line);
#endif
  }

  void backup_stage(PSI_stage_info *stage)
  {
    stage->m_key= m_current_stage_key;
    stage->m_name= proc_info;
  }

  const char *get_proc_info() const
  { return proc_info; }

  // Used by thd_where() when where==USE_WHERE_STRING
  const char *where_str;

  /*
    Used in error messages to tell user in what part of MySQL we found an
    error. E. g. when where= "having clause", if fix_fields() fails, user
    will know that the error was in having clause.
  */
  THD_WHERE where;

  /* Needed by MariaDB semi sync replication */
  Trans_binlog_info *semisync_info;

#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  /*
    If Active_tranx is missing an entry for a transaction which is planning to
    await an ACK, this ensures that the reason is because semi-sync was turned
    off then on in-between the binlogging of the transaction, and before it had
    started waiting for the ACK.
  */
  ulong expected_semi_sync_offs;
#endif

  /* If this is a semisync slave connection. */
  bool semi_sync_slave;
  ulonglong client_capabilities;  /* What the client supports */
  ulong max_client_packet_length;

  HASH		handler_tables_hash;
  /*
    A thread can hold named user-level locks. This variable
    contains granted tickets if a lock is present. See item_func.cc and
    chapter 'Miscellaneous functions', for functions GET_LOCK, RELEASE_LOCK.
  */
  HASH ull_hash;
  /* Hash of used seqeunces (for PREVIOUS value) */
  HASH sequences;
#ifdef DBUG_ASSERT_EXISTS
  uint dbug_sentry; // watch out for memory corruption
#endif
  struct st_my_thread_var *mysys_var;

  /* Original charset number from the first client packet, or COM_CHANGE_USER*/
  CHARSET_INFO *org_charset;
private:
  /*
    Type of current query: COM_STMT_PREPARE, COM_QUERY, etc. Set from
    first byte of the packet in do_command()
  */
  enum enum_server_command m_command;

public:
  uint32     file_id;			// for LOAD DATA INFILE
  /* remote (peer) port */
  uint16     peer_port;
  my_time_t  start_time;             // start_time and its sec_part 
  ulong      start_time_sec_part;    // are almost always used separately
  my_hrtime_t user_time;
  // track down slow pthread_create
  ulonglong  prior_thr_create_utime, thr_create_utime;
  ulonglong  start_utime, utime_after_lock, utime_after_query;
  /* This can be used by handlers to send signals to the SQL level */
  ulonglong  replication_flags;
  // Process indicator
  struct {
    /*
      true, if the currently running command can send progress report
      packets to a client. Set by mysql_execute_command() for safe commands
      See CF_REPORT_PROGRESS
    */
    bool       report_to_client;
    /*
      true, if we will send progress report packets to a client
      (client has requested them, see MARIADB_CLIENT_PROGRESS; report_to_client
      is true; not in sub-statement)
    */
    bool       report;
    uint       stage, max_stage;
    ulonglong  counter, max_counter;
    ulonglong  next_report_time;
    Query_arena *arena;
  } progress;

  thr_lock_type update_lock_default;
  Delayed_insert *di;

  /* <> 0 if we are inside of trigger or stored function. */
  uint in_sub_stmt;
  /* True when opt_userstat_running is set at start of query */
  bool userstat_running;
  /*
    True if we have to log all errors. Are set by some engines to temporary
    force errors to the error log.
  */
  bool log_all_errors;

  /* Do not set socket timeouts for wait_timeout (used with threadpool) */
  bool skip_wait_timeout;

  bool prepare_derived_at_open;

  /* Set to 1 if status of this THD is already in global status */
  bool status_in_global;

  /* 
    To signal that the tmp table to be created is created for materialized
    derived table or a view.
  */ 
  bool create_tmp_table_for_derived;

  bool save_prep_leaf_list;

  /**
    The data member reset_sp_cache is to signal that content of sp_cache
    must be reset (all items be removed from it).
  */
  bool reset_sp_cache;

  /* container for handler's private per-connection data */
  Ha_data ha_data[MAX_HA];

  /**
    Bit field for the state of binlog warnings.

    The first Lex::BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_COUNT bits list all types of
    unsafeness that the current statement has.

    This must be a member of THD and not of LEX, because warnings are
    detected and issued in different places (@c
    decide_logging_format() and @c binlog_query(), respectively).
    Between these calls, the THD->lex object may change; e.g., if a
    stored routine is invoked.  Only THD persists between the calls.
  */
  uint32 binlog_unsafe_warning_flags;

#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT
  binlog_cache_mngr *  binlog_setup_trx_data();
  /*
    If set, tell binlog to store the value as query 'xid' in the next
    Query_log_event
  */
  ulonglong binlog_xid;

  /*
    Public interface to write RBR events to the binlog
  */
  void binlog_start_trans_and_stmt();
  void binlog_set_stmt_begin();
  int binlog_write_row(TABLE* table, Event_log *bin_log,
                       binlog_cache_data *cache_data, bool is_transactional,
                       const uchar *buf);
  int binlog_delete_row(TABLE* table,  Event_log *bin_log,
                        binlog_cache_data *cache_data, bool is_transactional,
                        enum_binlog_row_image row_image, const uchar *buf);
  int binlog_update_row(TABLE* table, Event_log *bin_log,
                        binlog_cache_data *cache_data, bool is_transactional,
                        enum_binlog_row_image row_image,
                        const uchar *old_data, const uchar *new_data);
  bool prepare_handlers_for_update(uint flag);
  bool binlog_write_annotated_row(bool use_trans_cache);
  void binlog_prepare_for_row_logging();
  bool binlog_write_table_maps();

  void set_server_id(uint32 sid) { variables.server_id = sid; }

  /*
    Member functions to handle pending event for row-level logging.
  */
  binlog_cache_mngr *binlog_get_cache_mngr() const;
  inline int binlog_flush_pending_rows_event(bool stmt_end)
  {
    return (binlog_flush_pending_rows_event(stmt_end, FALSE) || 
            binlog_flush_pending_rows_event(stmt_end, TRUE));
  }
  int binlog_flush_pending_rows_event(bool stmt_end, bool is_transactional);

  bool binlog_need_stmt_format(bool is_transactional) const
  {
    if (!log_current_statement())
      return false;
    auto *cache_mngr= binlog_get_cache_mngr();
    if (!cache_mngr)
      return true;
    return !binlog_get_pending_rows_event(cache_mngr,
                                          use_trans_cache(this,
                                                          is_transactional));
  }

  bool binlog_for_noop_dml(bool transactional_table);

  /**
    Determine the binlog format of the current statement.

    @retval 0 if the current statement will be logged in statement
    format.
    @retval nonzero if the current statement will be logged in row
    format.
   */
  int is_current_stmt_binlog_format_row() const {
    DBUG_ASSERT(current_stmt_binlog_format == BINLOG_FORMAT_STMT ||
                current_stmt_binlog_format == BINLOG_FORMAT_ROW);
    return current_stmt_binlog_format == BINLOG_FORMAT_ROW;
  }
  /**
    Determine if binlogging is disabled for this session
    @retval 0 if the current statement binlogging is disabled
              (could be because of binlog closed/binlog option
               is set to false).
    @retval 1 if the current statement will be binlogged
  */
  inline bool is_current_stmt_binlog_disabled() const
  {
    return (!(variables.option_bits & OPTION_BIN_LOG) ||
            !mysql_bin_log.is_open());
  }

  enum binlog_filter_state
  {
    BINLOG_FILTER_UNKNOWN,
    BINLOG_FILTER_CLEAR,
    BINLOG_FILTER_SET
  };

  inline void reset_binlog_local_stmt_filter()
  {
    m_binlog_filter_state= BINLOG_FILTER_UNKNOWN;
  }

  inline void clear_binlog_local_stmt_filter()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_binlog_filter_state == BINLOG_FILTER_UNKNOWN);
    m_binlog_filter_state= BINLOG_FILTER_CLEAR;
  }

  inline void set_binlog_local_stmt_filter()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_binlog_filter_state == BINLOG_FILTER_UNKNOWN);
    m_binlog_filter_state= BINLOG_FILTER_SET;
  }

  inline binlog_filter_state get_binlog_local_stmt_filter()
  {
    return m_binlog_filter_state;
  }

  /**
    Checks if a user connection is read-only
  */
  inline bool is_read_only_ctx()
  {
    return opt_readonly &&
           !(security_ctx->master_access & PRIV_IGNORE_READ_ONLY) &&
           !slave_thread;
  }

private:
  /**
    Indicate if the current statement should be discarded
    instead of written to the binlog.
    This is used to discard special statements, such as
    DML or DDL that affects only 'local' (non replicated)
    tables, such as performance_schema.*
  */
  binlog_filter_state m_binlog_filter_state;

  /**
    Indicates the format in which the current statement will be
    logged.  This can only be set from @c decide_logging_format().
  */
  enum_binlog_format current_stmt_binlog_format;

public:

  /* 1 if binlog table maps has been written */
  bool binlog_table_maps;

  void issue_unsafe_warnings();
  void reset_unsafe_warnings()
  { binlog_unsafe_warning_flags= 0; }

  void reset_binlog_for_next_statement()
  {
    binlog_table_maps= 0;
  }
  bool binlog_table_should_be_logged(const LEX_CSTRING *db);

  // Accessors and setters of two-phase loggable ALTER binlog properties
  uchar get_binlog_flags_for_alter();
  void   set_binlog_flags_for_alter(uchar);
  uint64 get_binlog_start_alter_seq_no();
  void   set_binlog_start_alter_seq_no(uint64);
#endif /* MYSQL_CLIENT */

public:

  struct st_transactions {
    SAVEPOINT *savepoints;
    THD_TRANS all;			// Trans since BEGIN WORK
    THD_TRANS stmt;			// Trans for current statement
    bool on;                            // see ha_enable_transaction()
    XID_STATE xid_state;
    XID implicit_xid;
    WT_THD wt;                          ///< for deadlock detection
    Rows_log_event *m_pending_rows_event;

    struct st_trans_time : public timeval
    {
      void reset(THD *thd)
      {
        tv_sec= thd->query_start();
        tv_usec= (long) thd->query_start_sec_part();
      }
    } start_time;

    /*
       Tables changed in transaction (that must be invalidated in query cache).
       List contain only transactional tables, that not invalidated in query
       cache (instead of full list of changed in transaction tables).
    */
    CHANGED_TABLE_LIST* changed_tables;
    MEM_ROOT mem_root; // Transaction-life memory allocation pool
    void cleanup()
    {
      DBUG_ENTER("THD::st_transactions::cleanup");
      changed_tables= 0;
      savepoints= 0;
      implicit_xid.null();
      free_root(&mem_root,MYF(MY_KEEP_PREALLOC));
      DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
    }
    void free()
    {
      free_root(&mem_root,MYF(0));
    }
    bool is_active()
    {
      return (all.ha_list != NULL);
    }
    bool is_empty()
    {
      return all.is_empty() && stmt.is_empty();
    }
    st_transactions()
    {
      bzero((char*)this, sizeof(*this));
      implicit_xid.null();
      init_sql_alloc(key_memory_thd_transactions, &mem_root,
                     DEFAULT_ROOT_BLOCK_SIZE, 0, MYF(MY_THREAD_SPECIFIC));
    }
  } default_transaction, *transaction;
  Global_read_lock global_read_lock;
  Field      *dup_field;
#ifndef _WIN32
  sigset_t signals;
#endif
#ifdef SIGNAL_WITH_VIO_CLOSE
  Vio* active_vio;
#endif

  /*
    A permanent memory area of the statement. For conventional
    execution, the parsed tree and execution runtime reside in the same
    memory root. In this case stmt_arena points to THD. In case of
    a prepared statement or a stored procedure statement, thd->mem_root
    conventionally points to runtime memory, and thd->stmt_arena
    points to the memory of the PS/SP, where the parsed tree of the
    statement resides. Whenever you need to perform a permanent
    transformation of a parsed tree, you should allocate new memory in
    stmt_arena, to allow correct re-execution of PS/SP.
    Note: in the parser, stmt_arena == thd, even for PS/SP.
  */
  Query_arena *stmt_arena;

  /**
    Get either call or statement arena. In case some function is called from
    within a query the call arena has to be used for a memory allocation,
    else use the statement arena.
  */
  Query_arena *active_stmt_arena_to_use()
  {
    return (state  == Query_arena::STMT_SP_QUERY_ARGUMENTS) ? this :
                                                              stmt_arena;
  }

  void *bulk_param;

  /*
    map for tables that will be updated for a multi-table update query
    statement, for other query statements, this will be zero.
  */
  table_map table_map_for_update;

  /* Tells if LAST_INSERT_ID(#) was called for the current statement */
  bool arg_of_last_insert_id_function;
  /*
    ALL OVER THIS FILE, "insert_id" means "*automatically generated* value for
    insertion into an auto_increment column".
  */
  /*
    This is the first autogenerated insert id which was *successfully*
    inserted by the previous statement (exactly, if the previous statement
    didn't successfully insert an autogenerated insert id, then it's the one
    of the statement before, etc).
    It can also be set by SET LAST_INSERT_ID=# or SELECT LAST_INSERT_ID(#).
    It is returned by LAST_INSERT_ID().
  */
  ulonglong  first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt;
  /*
    Variant of the above, used for storing in statement-based binlog. The
    difference is that the one above can change as the execution of a stored
    function progresses, while the one below is set once and then does not
    change (which is the value which statement-based binlog needs).
  */
  ulonglong  first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt_for_binlog;
  /*
    This is the first autogenerated insert id which was *successfully*
    inserted by the current statement. It is maintained only to set
    first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt when statement ends.
  */
  ulonglong  first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt;
  /*
    We follow this logic:
    - when stmt starts, first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt contains the
    first insert id successfully inserted by the previous stmt.
    - as stmt makes progress, handler::insert_id_for_cur_row changes;
    every time get_auto_increment() is called,
    auto_inc_intervals_in_cur_stmt_for_binlog is augmented with the
    reserved interval (if statement-based binlogging).
    - at first successful insertion of an autogenerated value,
    first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt is set to
    handler::insert_id_for_cur_row.
    - when stmt goes to binlog,
    auto_inc_intervals_in_cur_stmt_for_binlog is binlogged if
    non-empty.
    - when stmt ends, first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt is set to
    first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt.
  */
  /*
    stmt_depends_on_first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt is set when
    LAST_INSERT_ID() is used by a statement.
    If it is set, first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt_for_binlog will be
    stored in the statement-based binlog.
    This variable is CUMULATIVE along the execution of a stored function or
    trigger: if one substatement sets it to 1 it will stay 1 until the
    function/trigger ends, thus making sure that
    first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt_for_binlog does not change anymore
    and is propagated to the caller for binlogging.
  */
  bool       stmt_depends_on_first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt;
  /*
    List of auto_increment intervals reserved by the thread so far, for
    storage in the statement-based binlog.
    Note that its minimum is not first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt:
    assuming a table with an autoinc column, and this happens:
    INSERT INTO ... VALUES(3);
    SET INSERT_ID=3; INSERT IGNORE ... VALUES (NULL);
    then the latter INSERT will insert no rows
    (first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt == 0), but storing "INSERT_ID=3"
    in the binlog is still needed; the list's minimum will contain 3.
    This variable is cumulative: if several statements are written to binlog
    as one (stored functions or triggers are used) this list is the
    concatenation of all intervals reserved by all statements.
  */
  Discrete_intervals_list auto_inc_intervals_in_cur_stmt_for_binlog;
  /* Used by replication and SET INSERT_ID */
  Discrete_intervals_list auto_inc_intervals_forced;
  /*
    There is BUG#19630 where statement-based replication of stored
    functions/triggers with two auto_increment columns breaks.
    We however ensure that it works when there is 0 or 1 auto_increment
    column; our rules are
    a) on master, while executing a top statement involving substatements,
    first top- or sub- statement to generate auto_increment values wins the
    exclusive right to see its values be written to binlog (the write
    will be done by the statement or its caller), and the losers won't see
    their values be written to binlog.
    b) on slave, while replicating a top statement involving substatements,
    first top- or sub- statement to need to read auto_increment values from
    the master's binlog wins the exclusive right to read them (so the losers
    won't read their values from binlog but instead generate on their own).
    a) implies that we mustn't backup/restore
    auto_inc_intervals_in_cur_stmt_for_binlog.
    b) implies that we mustn't backup/restore auto_inc_intervals_forced.

    If there are more than 1 auto_increment columns, then intervals for
    different columns may mix into the
    auto_inc_intervals_in_cur_stmt_for_binlog list, which is logically wrong,
    but there is no point in preventing this mixing by preventing intervals
    from the secondly inserted column to come into the list, as such
    prevention would be wrong too.
    What will happen in the case of
    INSERT INTO t1 (auto_inc) VALUES(NULL);
    where t1 has a trigger which inserts into an auto_inc column of t2, is
    that in binlog we'll store the interval of t1 and the interval of t2 (when
    we store intervals, soon), then in slave, t1 will use both intervals, t2
    will use none; if t1 inserts the same number of rows as on master,
    normally the 2nd interval will not be used by t1, which is fine. t2's
    values will be wrong if t2's internal auto_increment counter is different
    from what it was on master (which is likely). In 5.1, in mixed binlogging
    mode, row-based binlogging is used for such cases where two
    auto_increment columns are inserted.
  */
  inline void record_first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt(ulonglong id_arg)
  {
    if (first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt == 0)
      first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt= id_arg;
  }
  inline ulonglong read_first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt(void)
  {
    if (!stmt_depends_on_first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt)
    {
      /* It's the first time we read it */
      first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt_for_binlog=
        first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt;
      stmt_depends_on_first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt= 1;
    }
    return first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt;
  }
  /*
    Used by Intvar_log_event::do_apply_event() and by "SET INSERT_ID=#"
    (mysqlbinlog). We'll soon add a variant which can take many intervals in
    argument.
  */
  inline void force_one_auto_inc_interval(ulonglong next_id)
  {
    auto_inc_intervals_forced.empty(); // in case of multiple SET INSERT_ID
    auto_inc_intervals_forced.append(next_id, ULONGLONG_MAX, 0);
  }
  inline void set_binlog_bit()
  {
    if (variables.sql_log_bin)
      variables.option_bits |= OPTION_BIN_LOG;
    else
      variables.option_bits &= ~OPTION_BIN_LOG;
  }

  ulonglong  limit_found_rows;

private:
  /**
    Stores the result of ROW_COUNT() function.

    ROW_COUNT() function is a MySQL extention, but we try to keep it
    similar to ROW_COUNT member of the GET DIAGNOSTICS stack of the SQL
    standard (see SQL99, part 2, search for ROW_COUNT). It's value is
    implementation defined for anything except INSERT, DELETE, UPDATE.

    ROW_COUNT is assigned according to the following rules:

      - In my_ok():
        - for DML statements: to the number of affected rows;
        - for DDL statements: to 0.

      - In my_eof(): to -1 to indicate that there was a result set.

        We derive this semantics from the JDBC specification, where int
        java.sql.Statement.getUpdateCount() is defined to (sic) "return the
        current result as an update count; if the result is a ResultSet
        object or there are no more results, -1 is returned".

      - In my_error(): to -1 to be compatible with the MySQL C API and
        MySQL ODBC driver.

      - For SIGNAL statements: to 0 per WL#2110 specification (see also
        sql_signal.cc comment). Zero is used since that's the "default"
        value of ROW_COUNT in the diagnostics area.
  */

  longlong m_row_count_func;    /* For the ROW_COUNT() function */

public:
  inline longlong get_row_count_func() const
  {
    return m_row_count_func;
  }

  inline void set_row_count_func(longlong row_count_func)
  {
    m_row_count_func= row_count_func;
  }
  inline void set_affected_rows(longlong row_count_func)
  {
    /*
      We have to add to affected_rows (used by slow log), as otherwise
      information for 'call' will be wrong
    */
    affected_rows+= (row_count_func >= 0 ? row_count_func : 0);
  }

  ha_rows    cuted_fields;

  /*
    number of rows we actually sent to the client, including "synthetic"
    rows in ROLLUP etc.
  */
  ha_rows    m_sent_row_count;
  /* Number of rows for the total statement */
  ha_rows    sent_row_count_for_statement;

  /**
    Number of rows read and/or evaluated for a statement. Used for
    slow log reporting.

    An examined row is defined as a row that is read and/or evaluated
    according to a statement condition, including in
    create_sort_index(). Rows may be counted more than once, e.g., a
    statement including ORDER BY could possibly evaluate the row in
    filesort() before reading it for e.g. update.
  */
  ha_rows    m_examined_row_count;
  /* Number of rows for the top level query */
  ha_rows    examined_row_count_for_statement;

  ha_rows get_sent_row_count() const
  { return m_sent_row_count; }

  ha_rows get_examined_row_count() const
  {
    DBUG_EXECUTE_IF("debug_huge_number_of_examined_rows",
                    return (ULONGLONG_MAX - 1000000););
    return m_examined_row_count;
  }

  ulonglong get_affected_rows() const
  { return affected_rows; }

  void set_sent_row_count(ha_rows count);

  inline void inc_sent_row_count(ha_rows count)
  {
    m_sent_row_count+= count;
    sent_row_count_for_statement+= count;
    MYSQL_SET_STATEMENT_ROWS_SENT(m_statement_psi, m_sent_row_count);
  }
  inline void inc_examined_row_count_fast(ha_rows count= 1)
  {
    m_examined_row_count+= count;
    examined_row_count_for_statement+= count;
  }
  inline void inc_examined_row_count(ha_rows count= 1)
  {
    inc_examined_row_count_fast();
    MYSQL_SET_STATEMENT_ROWS_EXAMINED(m_statement_psi, m_examined_row_count);
  }

  void ps_report_examined_row_count();

  void inc_status_created_tmp_disk_tables();
  void inc_status_created_tmp_files();
  void inc_status_created_tmp_tables();
  void inc_status_select_full_join();
  void inc_status_select_full_range_join();
  void inc_status_select_range();
  void inc_status_select_range_check();
  void inc_status_select_scan();
  void inc_status_sort_merge_passes();
  void inc_status_sort_range();
  void inc_status_sort_rows(ha_rows count);
  void inc_status_sort_scan();
  void set_status_no_index_used();
  void set_status_no_good_index_used();

  /**
    The number of rows and/or keys examined by the query, both read,
    changed or written.
  */
  ulonglong accessed_rows_and_keys;

  /**
    Check if the number of rows accessed by a statement exceeded
    LIMIT ROWS EXAMINED. If so, signal the query engine to stop execution.
  */
  inline void check_limit_rows_examined()
  {
    if (++accessed_rows_and_keys > lex->limit_rows_examined_cnt)
      set_killed(ABORT_QUERY);
  }

  USER_CONN *user_connect;
  CHARSET_INFO *db_charset;
#if defined(ENABLED_PROFILING)
  PROFILING  profiling;
#endif

  /** Current stage progress instrumentation. */
  PSI_stage_progress *m_stage_progress_psi;
  /** Current statement digest. */
  sql_digest_state *m_digest;
  /** Current statement digest token array. */
  unsigned char *m_token_array;
  /** Top level statement digest. */
  sql_digest_state m_digest_state;

  /** Current statement instrumentation. */
  PSI_statement_locker *m_statement_psi;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_INTERFACE
  /** Current statement instrumentation state. */
  PSI_statement_locker_state m_statement_state;
#endif /* HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_INTERFACE */

  /** Current transaction instrumentation. */
  PSI_transaction_locker *m_transaction_psi;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_TRANSACTION_INTERFACE
  /** Current transaction instrumentation state. */
  PSI_transaction_locker_state m_transaction_state;
#endif /* HAVE_PSI_TRANSACTION_INTERFACE */

  /** Idle instrumentation. */
  PSI_idle_locker *m_idle_psi;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_IDLE_INTERFACE
  /** Idle instrumentation state. */
  PSI_idle_locker_state m_idle_state;
#endif /* HAVE_PSI_IDLE_INTERFACE */

  /*
    Id of current query. Statement can be reused to execute several queries
    query_id is global in context of the whole MySQL server.
    ID is automatically generated from mutex-protected counter.
    It's used in handler code for various purposes: to check which columns
    from table are necessary for this select, to check if it's necessary to
    update auto-updatable fields (like auto_increment and timestamp).
  */
  query_id_t query_id;
  privilege_t col_access;

  /* Statement id is thread-wide. This counter is used to generate ids */
  ulong      statement_id_counter;
  ulong	     rand_saved_seed1, rand_saved_seed2;

  /* The following variables are used when printing to slow log */
  ulong      query_plan_flags; 
  ulong      query_plan_fsort_passes; 
  ulong      tmp_tables_used;
  ulong      tmp_tables_disk_used;
  ulonglong  tmp_tables_size;
  ulonglong  bytes_sent_old;
  ulonglong  affected_rows;                     /* Number of changed rows */

  Opt_trace_context opt_trace;
  pthread_t  real_id;                           /* For debugging */
  my_thread_id  thread_id, thread_dbug_id;
  uint32      os_thread_id;
  uint	     tmp_table, global_disable_checkpoint;
  uint	     server_status,open_options;
  enum enum_thread_type system_thread;
  enum backup_stages current_backup_stage;
#ifdef WITH_WSREP
  bool wsrep_desynced_backup_stage;
#endif /* WITH_WSREP */
  /*
    Current or next transaction isolation level.
    When a connection is established, the value is taken from
    @@session.transaction_isolation (default transaction isolation
    for the session), which is in turn taken from
    @@global.transaction_isolation (the global value).
    If there is no transaction started, this variable
    holds the value of the next transaction's isolation level.
    When a transaction starts, the value stored in this variable
    becomes "actual".
    At transaction commit or rollback, we assign this variable
    again from @@session.transaction_isolation.
    The only statement that can otherwise change the value
    of this variable is SET TRANSACTION ISOLATION LEVEL.
    Its purpose is to effect the isolation level of the next
    transaction in this session. When this statement is executed,
    the value in this variable is changed. However, since
    this statement is only allowed when there is no active
    transaction, this assignment (naturally) only affects the
    upcoming transaction.
    At the end of the current active transaction the value is
    be reset again from @@session.transaction_isolation, as described
    above.
  */
  enum_tx_isolation tx_isolation;
  /*
    Current or next transaction access mode.
    See comment above regarding transaction_isolation.
  */
  bool              tx_read_only;
  enum_check_fields count_cuted_fields;

  DYNAMIC_ARRAY user_var_events;        /* For user variables replication */
  MEM_ROOT      *user_var_events_alloc; /* Allocate above array elements here */

  /*
    Define durability properties that engines may check to
    improve performance. Not yet used in MariaDB
  */
  enum durability_properties durability_property;
 
  /*
    If checking this in conjunction with a wait condition, please
    include a check after enter_cond() if you want to avoid a race
    condition. For details see the implementation of awake(),
    especially the "broadcast" part.
  */
  killed_state volatile killed;

  /*
    The following is used if one wants to have a specific error number and
    text for the kill
  */
  struct err_info
  {
    int no;
    const char msg[256];
  } *killed_err;

  /* See also thd_killed() */
  inline bool check_killed(bool dont_send_error_message= 0)
  {
    if (unlikely(killed))
    {
      if (!dont_send_error_message)
        send_kill_message();
      return TRUE;
    }
    if (apc_target.have_apc_requests())
      apc_target.process_apc_requests(false);
    return FALSE;
  }

  /* scramble - random string sent to client on handshake */
  char	     scramble[SCRAMBLE_LENGTH+1];

  /*
    If this is a slave, the name of the connection stored here.
    This is used for taging error messages in the log files.
  */
  LEX_CSTRING connection_name;
  uint8      password; /* 0, 1 or 2 */
  uint8      failed_com_change_user;
  bool       slave_thread;
  bool	     no_errors;

  /**
    Set to TRUE if execution of the current compound statement
    can not continue. In particular, disables activation of
    CONTINUE or EXIT handlers of stored routines.
    Reset in the end of processing of the current user request, in
    @see THD::reset_for_next_command().
  */
  bool is_fatal_error;
  /**
    Set by a storage engine to request the entire
    transaction (that possibly spans multiple engines) to
    rollback. Reset in ha_rollback.
  */
  bool       transaction_rollback_request;
  /**
    TRUE if we are in a sub-statement and the current error can
    not be safely recovered until we left the sub-statement mode.
    In particular, disables activation of CONTINUE and EXIT
    handlers inside sub-statements. E.g. if it is a deadlock
    error and requires a transaction-wide rollback, this flag is
    raised (traditionally, MySQL first has to close all the reads
    via @see handler::ha_index_or_rnd_end() and only then perform
    the rollback).
    Reset to FALSE when we leave the sub-statement mode.
  */
  bool       is_fatal_sub_stmt_error;
  /* for IS NULL => = last_insert_id() fix in remove_eq_conds() */
  bool       substitute_null_with_insert_id;
  bool	     in_lock_tables;
  bool       bootstrap, cleanup_done, free_connection_done;

  /**  
    is set if a statement accesses a temporary table created through
    CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE. 
  */
private:
  bool       charset_is_system_charset, charset_is_collation_connection;
  bool       charset_is_character_set_filesystem;
public:
  bool       enable_slow_log;    /* Enable slow log for current statement */
  bool	     abort_on_warning;
  bool 	     got_warning;       /* Set on call to push_warning() */
  /* set during loop of derived table processing */
  bool       derived_tables_processing;
  bool       tablespace_op;	/* This is TRUE in DISCARD/IMPORT TABLESPACE */
  bool       log_current_statement() const
  {
    return variables.option_bits & OPTION_BINLOG_THIS_STMT;
  }
  /**
    True if a slave error. Causes the slave to stop. Not the same
    as the statement execution error (is_error()), since
    a statement may be expected to return an error, e.g. because
    it returned an error on master, and this is OK on the slave.
  */
  bool       is_slave_error;
  /* True if we have printed something to the error log for this statement */
  bool       error_printed_to_log;

  /*
    True when a transaction is queued up for binlog group commit.
    Used so that if another transaction needs to wait for a row lock held by
    this transaction, it can signal to trigger the group commit immediately,
    skipping the normal --binlog-commit-wait-count wait.
  */
  bool waiting_on_group_commit;
  /*
    Set true when another transaction goes to wait on a row lock held by this
    transaction. Used together with waiting_on_group_commit.
  */
  bool has_waiter;
  /*
    In case of a slave, set to the error code the master got when executing
    the query. 0 if no error on the master.
    The stored into variable master error code may get reset inside
    execution stack when the event turns out to be ignored.
  */
  int	     slave_expected_error;
  enum_sql_command last_sql_command;  // Last sql_command exceuted in mysql_execute_command()

  sp_rcontext *spcont;		// SP runtime context

  sp_rcontext *get_rcontext(const sp_rcontext_addr &addr);
  Item_field *get_variable(const sp_rcontext_addr &addr);

  /** number of name_const() substitutions, see sp_head.cc:subst_spvars() */
  uint       query_name_consts;

  NET*       slave_net;			// network connection from slave -> m.

  /*
    Used to update global user stats.  The global user stats are updated
    occasionally with the 'diff' variables.  After the update, the 'diff'
    variables are reset to 0.
  */
  /* Time when the current thread connected to MySQL. */
  time_t current_connect_time;
  /* Last time when THD stats were updated in global_user_stats. */
  time_t last_global_update_time;
  /* Number of commands not reflected in global_user_stats yet. */
  uint select_commands, update_commands, other_commands;
  ulonglong start_cpu_time;
  ulonglong start_bytes_received;

  /* Used by the sys_var class to store temporary values */
  union
  {
    my_bool   my_bool_value;
    int       int_value;
    uint      uint_value;
    long      long_value;
    ulong     ulong_value;
    ulonglong ulonglong_value;
    double    double_value;
    void      *ptr_value;
  } sys_var_tmp;

  struct {
    /*
      If true, mysql_bin_log::write(Log_event) call will not write events to
      binlog, and maintain 2 below variables instead (use
      mysql_bin_log.start_union_events to turn this on)
    */
    bool do_union;
    /*
      If TRUE, at least one mysql_bin_log::write(Log_event) call has been
      made after last mysql_bin_log.start_union_events() call.
    */
    bool unioned_events;
    /*
      If TRUE, at least one mysql_bin_log::write(Log_event e), where
      e.cache_stmt == TRUE call has been made after last
      mysql_bin_log.start_union_events() call.
    */
    bool unioned_events_trans;
    /*
      'queries' (actually SP statements) that run under inside this binlog
      union have thd->query_id >= first_query_id.
    */
    query_id_t first_query_id;
  } binlog_evt_union;

  /**
    Internal parser state.
    Note that since the parser is not re-entrant, we keep only one parser
    state here. This member is valid only when executing code during parsing.
  */
  Parser_state *m_parser_state;

  Locked_tables_list locked_tables_list;

#ifdef WITH_PARTITION_STORAGE_ENGINE
  partition_info *work_part_info;
#endif

#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
  /**
    Array of active audit plugins which have been used by this THD.
    This list is later iterated to invoke release_thd() on those
    plugins.
  */
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY audit_class_plugins;
  /**
    Array of bits indicating which audit classes have already been
    added to the list of audit plugins which are currently in use.
  */
  unsigned long audit_class_mask[MYSQL_AUDIT_CLASS_MASK_SIZE];
  int audit_plugin_version;
#endif

#if defined(ENABLED_DEBUG_SYNC)
  /* Debug Sync facility. See debug_sync.cc. */
  struct st_debug_sync_control *debug_sync_control;
#endif /* defined(ENABLED_DEBUG_SYNC) */
  /**
    @param id                thread identifier
    @param is_wsrep_applier  thread type
  */
  THD(my_thread_id id, bool is_wsrep_applier= false);

  ~THD();

  void init();
  /*
    Initialize memory roots necessary for query processing and (!)
    pre-allocate memory for it. We can't do that in THD constructor because
    there are use cases (acl_init, delayed inserts, watcher threads,
    killing mysqld) where it's vital to not allocate excessive and not used
    memory. Note, that we still don't return error from init_for_queries():
    if preallocation fails, we should notice that at the first call to
    alloc_root.
  */
  void init_for_queries();
  void update_all_stats();
  void update_stats(void);
  void change_user(void);
  void cleanup(void);
  void cleanup_after_query();
  void free_connection();
  void reset_for_reuse();
  void store_globals();
  void reset_stack()
  {
    thread_stack= 0;
  }
  void reset_globals();
  bool trace_started()
  {
    return opt_trace.is_started();
  }
#ifdef SIGNAL_WITH_VIO_CLOSE
  inline void set_active_vio(Vio* vio)
  {
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thd_data);
    active_vio = vio;
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thd_data);
  }
  inline void clear_active_vio()
  {
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thd_data);
    active_vio = 0;
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thd_data);
  }
  void close_active_vio();
#endif
  void awake_no_mutex(killed_state state_to_set);
  void awake(killed_state state_to_set)
  {
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thd_kill);
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thd_data);
    awake_no_mutex(state_to_set);
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thd_data);
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thd_kill);
  }
  void abort_current_cond_wait(bool force);
 
  /** Disconnect the associated communication endpoint. */
  void disconnect();


  /*
    Allows this thread to serve as a target for others to schedule Async 
    Procedure Calls on.

    It's possible to schedule any code to be executed this way, by
    inheriting from the Apc_call object. Currently, only
    Show_explain_request uses this.
  */
  Apc_target apc_target;

  Gap_time_tracker_data gap_tracker_data;
#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT
  enum enum_binlog_query_type {
    /* The query can be logged in row format or in statement format. */
    ROW_QUERY_TYPE,
    
    /* The query has to be logged in statement format. */
    STMT_QUERY_TYPE,
    
    QUERY_TYPE_COUNT
  };

  int binlog_query(enum_binlog_query_type qtype,
                   char const *query, ulong query_len, bool is_trans,
                   bool direct, bool suppress_use,
                   int errcode);
  bool binlog_current_query_unfiltered();
#endif

  inline void
  enter_cond(mysql_cond_t *cond, mysql_mutex_t* mutex,
             const PSI_stage_info *stage, PSI_stage_info *old_stage,
             const char *src_function, const char *src_file,
             int src_line) override
  {
    mysql_mutex_assert_owner(mutex);
    mysys_var->current_mutex = mutex;
    mysys_var->current_cond = cond;
    if (old_stage)
      backup_stage(old_stage);
    if (stage)
      enter_stage(stage, src_function, src_file, src_line);
  }
  inline void exit_cond(const PSI_stage_info *stage,
                        const char *src_function, const char *src_file,
                        int src_line) override
  {
    /*
      Putting the mutex unlock in thd->exit_cond() ensures that
      mysys_var->current_mutex is always unlocked _before_ mysys_var->mutex is
      locked (if that would not be the case, you'll get a deadlock if someone
      does a THD::awake() on you).
    */
    mysql_mutex_unlock(mysys_var->current_mutex);
    mysql_mutex_lock(&mysys_var->mutex);
    mysys_var->current_mutex = 0;
    mysys_var->current_cond = 0;
    if (stage)
      enter_stage(stage, src_function, src_file, src_line);
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&mysys_var->mutex);
    return;
  }
  int is_killed() override { return killed; }
  THD* get_thd() override { return this; }

  /**
    A callback to the server internals that is used to address
    special cases of the locking protocol.
    Invoked when acquiring an exclusive lock, for each thread that
    has a conflicting shared metadata lock.

    This function:
    - aborts waiting of the thread on a data lock, to make it notice
      the pending exclusive lock and back off.
    - if the thread is an INSERT DELAYED thread, sends it a KILL
      signal to terminate it.

    @note This function does not wait for the thread to give away its
          locks. Waiting is done outside for all threads at once.

    @param ctx_in_use           The MDL context owner (thread) to wake up.
    @param needs_thr_lock_abort Indicates that to wake up thread
                                this call needs to abort its waiting
                                on table-level lock.

    @retval  TRUE  if the thread was woken up
    @retval  FALSE otherwise.
   */
  bool notify_shared_lock(MDL_context_owner *ctx_in_use,
                          bool needs_thr_lock_abort) override;

  // End implementation of MDL_context_owner interface.

  inline bool is_strict_mode() const
  {
    return (bool) (variables.sql_mode & (MODE_STRICT_TRANS_TABLES |
                                         MODE_STRICT_ALL_TABLES));
  }
  inline bool backslash_escapes() const
  {
    return !MY_TEST(variables.sql_mode & MODE_NO_BACKSLASH_ESCAPES);
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_datetime() const;
  bool timestamp_to_TIME(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, my_time_t ts,
                         ulong sec_part, date_mode_t fuzzydate);
  inline my_time_t query_start() { return start_time; }
  inline ulong query_start_sec_part()
  { used|= QUERY_START_SEC_PART_USED; return start_time_sec_part; }
  MYSQL_TIME query_start_TIME();
  time_round_mode_t temporal_round_mode() const
  {
    return variables.sql_mode & MODE_TIME_ROUND_FRACTIONAL ?
           TIME_FRAC_ROUND : TIME_FRAC_TRUNCATE;
  }

private:
  struct {
    my_hrtime_t start;
    my_time_t sec;
    ulong sec_part;
  } system_time;

  void set_system_time()
  {
    my_hrtime_t hrtime= my_hrtime();
    my_time_t sec= hrtime_to_my_time(hrtime);
    ulong sec_part= hrtime_sec_part(hrtime);
    if (sec > system_time.sec ||
        (sec == system_time.sec && sec_part > system_time.sec_part) ||
        hrtime.val < system_time.start.val)
    {
      system_time.sec= sec;
      system_time.sec_part= sec_part;
      system_time.start= hrtime;
    }
    else
    {
      if (system_time.sec_part < TIME_MAX_SECOND_PART)
        system_time.sec_part++;
      else
      {
        system_time.sec++;
        system_time.sec_part= 0;
      }
    }
  }

public:
  timeval transaction_time()
  {
    if (!in_multi_stmt_transaction_mode())
      transaction->start_time.reset(this);
    return transaction->start_time;
  }

  inline void set_start_time()
  {
    if (user_time.val)
    {
      start_time= hrtime_to_my_time(user_time);
      start_time_sec_part= hrtime_sec_part(user_time);
    }
    else
    {
      set_system_time();
      start_time= system_time.sec;
      start_time_sec_part= system_time.sec_part;
    }
    PSI_CALL_set_thread_start_time(start_time);
  }
  inline void set_time()
  {
    set_start_time();
    start_utime= utime_after_lock= microsecond_interval_timer();
  }
  /* only used in SET @@timestamp=... */
  inline void set_time(my_hrtime_t t)
  {
    user_time= t;
    set_time();
  }
  inline void force_set_time(my_time_t t, ulong sec_part)
  {
    start_time= system_time.sec= t;
    start_time_sec_part= system_time.sec_part= sec_part;
  }
  /*
    this is only used by replication and BINLOG command.
    usecs > TIME_MAX_SECOND_PART means "was not in binlog"
  */
  inline void set_time(my_time_t t, ulong sec_part)
  {
    if (opt_secure_timestamp > (slave_thread ? SECTIME_REPL : SECTIME_SUPER))
      set_time();                 // note that BINLOG itself requires SUPER
    else
    {
      if (sec_part <= TIME_MAX_SECOND_PART)
        force_set_time(t, sec_part);
      else if (t != system_time.sec)
        force_set_time(t, 0);
      else
      {
        start_time= t;
        start_time_sec_part= ++system_time.sec_part;
      }
      user_time.val= hrtime_from_time(start_time) + start_time_sec_part;
      PSI_CALL_set_thread_start_time(start_time);
      start_utime= utime_after_lock= microsecond_interval_timer();
    }
  }
  void set_time_after_lock()
  {
    utime_after_lock= microsecond_interval_timer();
    MYSQL_SET_STATEMENT_LOCK_TIME(m_statement_psi,
                                  (utime_after_lock - start_utime));
  }
  ulonglong current_utime()  { return microsecond_interval_timer(); }

  /* Tell SHOW PROCESSLIST to show time from this point */
  inline void set_time_for_next_stage()
  {
    utime_after_query= current_utime();
  }

  Timeval_null safe_timeval_replacement_for_nonzero_datetime(const Datetime &);

  /**
   Update server status after execution of a top level statement.
   Currently only checks if a query was slow, and assigns
   the status accordingly.
   Evaluate the current time, and if it exceeds the long-query-time
   setting, mark the query as slow.
  */
  void update_server_status()
  {
    set_time_for_next_stage();
    if (utime_after_query >= utime_after_lock + variables.long_query_time)
      server_status|= SERVER_QUERY_WAS_SLOW;
  }
  inline ulonglong found_rows(void)
  {
    return limit_found_rows;
  }
  /**
    Returns TRUE if session is in a multi-statement transaction mode.

    OPTION_NOT_AUTOCOMMIT: When autocommit is off, a multi-statement
    transaction is implicitly started on the first statement after a
    previous transaction has been ended.

    OPTION_BEGIN: Regardless of the autocommit status, a multi-statement
    transaction can be explicitly started with the statements "START
    TRANSACTION", "BEGIN [WORK]", "[COMMIT | ROLLBACK] AND CHAIN", etc.

    Note: this doesn't tell you whether a transaction is active.
    A session can be in multi-statement transaction mode, and yet
    have no active transaction, e.g., in case of:
    set @@autocommit=0;
    set @a= 3;                                     <-- these statements don't
    set transaction isolation level serializable;  <-- start an active
    flush tables;                                  <-- transaction

    I.e. for the above scenario this function returns TRUE, even
    though no active transaction has begun.
    @sa in_active_multi_stmt_transaction()
  */
  inline bool in_multi_stmt_transaction_mode()
  {
    return variables.option_bits & (OPTION_NOT_AUTOCOMMIT | OPTION_BEGIN);
  }
  /**
    TRUE if the session is in a multi-statement transaction mode
    (@sa in_multi_stmt_transaction_mode()) *and* there is an
    active transaction, i.e. there is an explicit start of a
    transaction with BEGIN statement, or implicit with a
    statement that uses a transactional engine.

    For example, these scenarios don't start an active transaction
    (even though the server is in multi-statement transaction mode):

    set @@autocommit=0;
    select * from nontrans_table;
    set @var=TRUE;
    flush tables;

    Note, that even for a statement that starts a multi-statement
    transaction (i.e. select * from trans_table), this
    flag won't be set until we open the statement's tables
    and the engines register themselves for the transaction
    (see trans_register_ha()),
    hence this method is reliable to use only after
    open_tables() has completed.

    Why do we need a flag?
    ----------------------
    We need to maintain a (at first glance redundant)
    session flag, rather than looking at thd->transaction.all.ha_list
    because of explicit start of a transaction with BEGIN. 

    I.e. in case of
    BEGIN;
    select * from nontrans_t1; <-- in_active_multi_stmt_transaction() is true
  */
  inline bool in_active_multi_stmt_transaction()
  {
    return server_status & SERVER_STATUS_IN_TRANS;
  }
  /* Commit both statement and full transaction */
  int commit_whole_transaction_and_close_tables();
  void give_protection_error();
  /*
    Give an error if any of the following is true for this connection
    - BACKUP STAGE is active
    - FLUSH TABLE WITH READ LOCK is active
    - BACKUP LOCK table_name is active
  */
  inline bool has_read_only_protection()
  {
    if (current_backup_stage == BACKUP_FINISHED &&
        !global_read_lock.is_acquired() &&
        !mdl_backup_lock)
      return FALSE;
    give_protection_error();
    return TRUE;
  }
  inline bool fill_information_schema_tables()
  {
    return !stmt_arena->is_stmt_prepare();
  }
  inline void* trans_alloc(size_t size) const
  {
    return alloc_root(&transaction->mem_root,size);
  }
  LEX_CSTRING strmake_lex_cstring_trim_whitespace(const LEX_CSTRING &from)
  {
    return Query_arena::strmake_lex_cstring_trim_whitespace(from, charset());
  }
  bool convert_string(LEX_STRING *to, CHARSET_INFO *to_cs,
		      const char *from, size_t from_length,
		      CHARSET_INFO *from_cs) const;
  bool reinterpret_string_from_binary(LEX_CSTRING *to, CHARSET_INFO *to_cs,
                                      const char *from, size_t from_length)
                                      const;
  bool convert_string(LEX_CSTRING *to, CHARSET_INFO *to_cs,
                      const char *from, size_t from_length,
                      CHARSET_INFO *from_cs) const
  {
    LEX_STRING tmp;
    bool rc= convert_string(&tmp, to_cs, from, from_length, from_cs);
    to->str= tmp.str;
    to->length= tmp.length;
    return rc;
  }
  bool convert_string(LEX_CSTRING *to, CHARSET_INFO *tocs,
                      const LEX_CSTRING *from, CHARSET_INFO *fromcs,
                      bool simple_copy_is_possible) const
  {
    if (!simple_copy_is_possible)
      return unlikely(convert_string(to, tocs, from->str, from->length, fromcs));
    if (fromcs == &my_charset_bin)
      return reinterpret_string_from_binary(to, tocs, from->str, from->length);
    *to= *from;
    return false;
  }
  /*
    Convert a strings between character sets.
    Uses my_convert_fix(), which uses an mb_wc .. mc_mb loop internally.
    dstcs and srccs cannot be &my_charset_bin.
  */
  bool convert_fix(CHARSET_INFO *dstcs, LEX_STRING *dst,
                   CHARSET_INFO *srccs, const char *src, size_t src_length,
                   String_copier *status) const;

  /*
    Same as above, but additionally sends ER_INVALID_CHARACTER_STRING
    in case of bad byte sequences or Unicode conversion problems.
  */
  bool convert_with_error(CHARSET_INFO *dstcs, LEX_STRING *dst,
                          CHARSET_INFO *srccs,
                          const char *src, size_t src_length) const;
  /*
    If either "dstcs" or "srccs" is &my_charset_bin,
    then performs native copying using copy_fix().
    Otherwise, performs Unicode conversion using convert_fix().
  */
  bool copy_fix(CHARSET_INFO *dstcs, LEX_STRING *dst,
                CHARSET_INFO *srccs, const char *src, size_t src_length,
                String_copier *status) const;

  /*
    Same as above, but additionally sends ER_INVALID_CHARACTER_STRING
    in case of bad byte sequences or Unicode conversion problems.
  */
  bool copy_with_error(CHARSET_INFO *dstcs, LEX_STRING *dst,
                       CHARSET_INFO *srccs, const char *src, size_t src_length)
                       const;

  bool convert_string(String *s, CHARSET_INFO *from_cs,
                      CHARSET_INFO *to_cs);

  /*
    Check if the string is wellformed, raise an error if not wellformed.
    @param str    - The string to check.
    @param length - the string length.
  */
  bool check_string_for_wellformedness(const char *str,
                                       size_t length,
                                       CHARSET_INFO *cs) const;

  bool to_ident_sys_alloc(Lex_ident_sys_st *to,
                          const Lex_ident_cli_st *from) const;

  /*
    Create a string literal with optional client->connection conversion.
    @param str        - the string in the client character set
    @param length     - length of the string
    @param repertoire - the repertoire of the string
  */
  Item_basic_constant *make_string_literal(const char *str, size_t length,
                                           my_repertoire_t repertoire);
  Item_basic_constant *
  make_string_literal(const Lex_string_with_metadata_st &str)
  {
    my_repertoire_t repertoire= str.repertoire(variables.character_set_client);
    return make_string_literal(str.str, str.length, repertoire);
  }
  Item_basic_constant *make_string_literal_nchar(const Lex_string_with_metadata_st &str);
  Item_basic_constant *make_string_literal_charset(const Lex_string_with_metadata_st &str,
                                                   CHARSET_INFO *cs);
  bool make_text_string_sys(LEX_CSTRING *to,
                            const Lex_string_with_metadata_st *from)
  {
    return convert_string(to, system_charset_info,
                          from, charset(), charset_is_system_charset);
  }
  bool make_text_string_connection(LEX_CSTRING *to,
                                   const Lex_string_with_metadata_st *from)
  {
    return convert_string(to, variables.collation_connection,
                          from, charset(), charset_is_collation_connection);
  }
  bool make_text_string_filesystem(LEX_CSTRING *to,
                                   const Lex_string_with_metadata_st *from)
  {
    return convert_string(to, variables.character_set_filesystem,
                          from, charset(), charset_is_character_set_filesystem);
  }
  void add_changed_table(TABLE *table);
  void add_changed_table(const char *key, size_t key_length);
  CHANGED_TABLE_LIST * changed_table_dup(const char *key, size_t key_length);
  int prepare_explain_fields(select_result *result, List<Item> *field_list,
                             uint8 explain_flags, bool is_analyze);
  int send_explain_fields(select_result *result, uint8 explain_flags,
                          bool is_analyze);
  void make_explain_field_list(List<Item> &field_list, uint8 explain_flags,
                               bool is_analyze);
  void make_explain_json_field_list(List<Item> &field_list, bool is_analyze);

  /**
    Clear the current error, if any.
    We do not clear is_fatal_error or is_fatal_sub_stmt_error since we
    assume this is never called if the fatal error is set.

    @todo: To silence an error, one should use Internal_error_handler
    mechanism. Issuing an error that can be possibly later "cleared" is not
    compatible with other installed error handlers and audit plugins.
  */
  inline void clear_error(bool clear_diagnostics= 0)
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("clear_error");
    if (get_stmt_da()->is_error() || clear_diagnostics)
      get_stmt_da()->reset_diagnostics_area();
    is_slave_error= 0;
    if (killed == KILL_BAD_DATA)
      reset_killed();
    my_errno= 0;
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }

#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
  inline bool vio_ok() const { return net.vio != 0; }
  /** Return FALSE if connection to client is broken. */
  bool is_connected()
  {
    /*
      All system threads (e.g., the slave IO thread) are connected but
      not using vio. So this function always returns true for all
      system threads.
    */
    return system_thread || (vio_ok() ? vio_is_connected(net.vio) : FALSE);
  }
#else
  inline bool vio_ok() const { return TRUE; }
  inline bool is_connected() { return TRUE; }
#endif

   void my_ok_with_recreate_info(const Recreate_info &info, ulong warn_count);
  /**
    Mark the current error as fatal. Warning: this does not
    set any error, it sets a property of the error, so must be
    followed or prefixed with my_error().
  */
  inline void fatal_error()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(get_stmt_da()->is_error() || killed);
    is_fatal_error= 1;
    DBUG_PRINT("error",("Fatal error set"));
  }
  /**
    TRUE if there is an error in the error stack.

    Please use this method instead of direct access to
    net.report_error.

    If TRUE, the current (sub)-statement should be aborted.
    The main difference between this member and is_fatal_error
    is that a fatal error can not be handled by a stored
    procedure continue handler, whereas a normal error can.

    To raise this flag, use my_error().
  */
  inline bool is_error() const { return m_stmt_da->is_error(); }
  void set_bulk_execution(void *bulk)
  {
    bulk_param= bulk;
    m_stmt_da->set_bulk_execution(MY_TEST(bulk));
  }
  bool is_bulk_op() const { return MY_TEST(bulk_param); }

  /// Returns Diagnostics-area for the current statement.
  Diagnostics_area *get_stmt_da()
  { return m_stmt_da; }

  /// Returns Diagnostics-area for the current statement.
  const Diagnostics_area *get_stmt_da() const
  { return m_stmt_da; }

  /// Sets Diagnostics-area for the current statement.
  void set_stmt_da(Diagnostics_area *da)
  { m_stmt_da= da; }

  inline CHARSET_INFO *charset() const { return variables.character_set_client; }
  void update_charset();
  void update_charset(CHARSET_INFO *character_set_client,
                      CHARSET_INFO *collation_connection)
  {
    variables.character_set_client= character_set_client;
    variables.collation_connection= collation_connection;
    update_charset();
  }
  void update_charset(CHARSET_INFO *character_set_client,
                      CHARSET_INFO *collation_connection,
                      CHARSET_INFO *character_set_results)
  {
    variables.character_set_client= character_set_client;
    variables.collation_connection= collation_connection;
    variables.character_set_results= character_set_results;
    update_charset();
  }

  inline Query_arena *activate_stmt_arena_if_needed(Query_arena *backup)
  {
    if (state == Query_arena::STMT_SP_QUERY_ARGUMENTS)
      /*
        Caller uses the arena with state STMT_SP_QUERY_ARGUMENTS for stored
        routine's parameters. Lifetime of these objects spans a lifetime of
        stored routine call and freed every time the stored routine execution
        has been completed. That is the reason why switching to statement's
        arena is not performed for arguments, else we would observe increasing
        of memory usage while a stored routine be called over and over again.
      */
      return NULL;

    /*
      Use the persistent arena if we are in a prepared statement or a stored
      procedure statement and we have not already changed to use this arena.
    */
    if (!stmt_arena->is_conventional() && mem_root != stmt_arena->mem_root)
    {
      set_n_backup_active_arena(stmt_arena, backup);
      return stmt_arena;
    }
    return 0;
  }


  bool is_item_tree_change_register_required()
  {
    return !stmt_arena->is_conventional();
  }

  void register_item_tree_change(Item **place)
  {
    /* TODO: check for OOM condition here */
    if (is_item_tree_change_register_required())
      nocheck_register_item_tree_change(place, *place, mem_root);
  }

  void change_item_tree(Item **place, Item *new_value)
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("THD::change_item_tree");
    DBUG_PRINT("enter", ("Register: %p (%p) <- %p",
                       *place, place, new_value));
    register_item_tree_change(place);
    *place= new_value;
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
  /**
    Make change in item tree after checking whether it needs registering


    @param place         place where we should assign new value
    @param new_value     place of the new value

    @details
    see check_and_register_item_tree_change details
  */
  void check_and_register_item_tree(Item **place, Item **new_value)
  {
    if (!stmt_arena->is_conventional())
      check_and_register_item_tree_change(place, new_value, mem_root);
    /*
      We have to use memcpy instead of  *place= *new_value merge to
      avoid problems with strict aliasing.
    */
    memcpy((char*) place, new_value, sizeof(*new_value));
  }

  /*
    Cleanup statement parse state (parse tree, lex) and execution
    state after execution of a non-prepared SQL statement.
  */
  void end_statement();

  /*
    Mark thread to be killed, with optional error number and string.
    string is not released, so it has to be allocted on thd mem_root
    or be a global string

    Ensure that we don't replace a kill with a lesser one. For example
    if user has done 'kill_connection' we shouldn't replace it with
    KILL_QUERY.
  */
  inline void set_killed(killed_state killed_arg,
                         int killed_errno_arg= 0,
                         const char *killed_err_msg_arg= 0)
  {
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thd_kill);
    set_killed_no_mutex(killed_arg, killed_errno_arg, killed_err_msg_arg);
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thd_kill);
  }
  /*
    This is only used by THD::awake where we need to keep the lock mutex
    locked over some time.
    It's ok to have this inline, as in most cases killed_errno_arg will
    be a constant 0 and most of the function will disappear.
  */
  inline void set_killed_no_mutex(killed_state killed_arg,
                                  int killed_errno_arg= 0,
                                  const char *killed_err_msg_arg= 0)
  {
    if (killed <= killed_arg)
    {
      killed= killed_arg;
      if (killed_errno_arg)
      {
        /*
          If alloc fails, we only remember the killed flag.
          The worst things that can happen is that we get
          a suboptimal error message.
        */
        if (!killed_err)
          killed_err= (err_info*) my_malloc(PSI_INSTRUMENT_ME, sizeof(*killed_err), MYF(MY_WME));
        if (likely(killed_err))
        {
          killed_err->no= killed_errno_arg;
          ::strmake((char*) killed_err->msg, killed_err_msg_arg,
                    sizeof(killed_err->msg)-1);
        }
      }
    }
  }
  int killed_errno();
  void reset_killed();
  inline void reset_kill_query()
  {
    if (killed < KILL_CONNECTION)
    {
      reset_killed();
      mysys_var->abort= 0;
    }
  }
  inline void send_kill_message()
  {
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thd_kill);
    int err= killed_errno();
    if (err)
      my_message(err, killed_err ? killed_err->msg : ER_THD(this, err), MYF(0));
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thd_kill);
  }
  /* return TRUE if we will abort query if we make a warning now */
  inline bool really_abort_on_warning()
  {
    return (abort_on_warning &&
            (!transaction->stmt.modified_non_trans_table ||
             (variables.sql_mode & MODE_STRICT_ALL_TABLES)));
  }
  void set_status_var_init();
  void reset_n_backup_open_tables_state(Open_tables_backup *backup);
  void restore_backup_open_tables_state(Open_tables_backup *backup);
  void reset_sub_statement_state(Sub_statement_state *backup, uint new_state);
  void restore_sub_statement_state(Sub_statement_state *backup);
  void store_slow_query_state(Sub_statement_state *backup);
  void reset_slow_query_state(Sub_statement_state *backup);
  void add_slow_query_state(Sub_statement_state *backup);
  void set_n_backup_active_arena(Query_arena *set, Query_arena *backup);
  void restore_active_arena(Query_arena *set, Query_arena *backup);

  inline void get_binlog_format(enum_binlog_format *format,
                                enum_binlog_format *current_format)
  {
    *format= (enum_binlog_format) variables.binlog_format;
    *current_format= current_stmt_binlog_format;
  }
  inline enum_binlog_format get_current_stmt_binlog_format()
  {
    return current_stmt_binlog_format;
  }
  inline void set_binlog_format(enum_binlog_format format,
                                enum_binlog_format current_format)
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("set_binlog_format");
    variables.binlog_format= format;
    current_stmt_binlog_format= current_format;
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
  inline void set_binlog_format_stmt()
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("set_binlog_format_stmt");
    variables.binlog_format=    BINLOG_FORMAT_STMT;
    current_stmt_binlog_format= BINLOG_FORMAT_STMT;
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
  /*
    @todo Make these methods private or remove them completely.  Only
    decide_logging_format should call them. /Sven
  */
  inline void set_current_stmt_binlog_format_row_if_mixed()
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("set_current_stmt_binlog_format_row_if_mixed");
    /*
      This should only be called from decide_logging_format.

      @todo Once we have ensured this, uncomment the following
      statement, remove the big comment below that, and remove the
      in_sub_stmt==0 condition from the following 'if'.
    */
    /* DBUG_ASSERT(in_sub_stmt == 0); */
    /*
      If in a stored/function trigger, the caller should already have done the
      change. We test in_sub_stmt to prevent introducing bugs where people
      wouldn't ensure that, and would switch to row-based mode in the middle
      of executing a stored function/trigger (which is too late, see also
      reset_current_stmt_binlog_format_row()); this condition will make their
      tests fail and so force them to propagate the
      lex->binlog_row_based_if_mixed upwards to the caller.
    */
    if ((wsrep_binlog_format(variables.binlog_format) == BINLOG_FORMAT_MIXED) && (in_sub_stmt == 0))
      set_current_stmt_binlog_format_row();

    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }

  inline void set_current_stmt_binlog_format(enum_binlog_format format)
  {
    current_stmt_binlog_format= format;
  }

  inline void set_current_stmt_binlog_format_row()
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("set_current_stmt_binlog_format_row");
    current_stmt_binlog_format= BINLOG_FORMAT_ROW;
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
  /* Set binlog format temporarily to statement. Returns old format */
  inline enum_binlog_format set_current_stmt_binlog_format_stmt()
  {
    enum_binlog_format orig_format= current_stmt_binlog_format;
    DBUG_ENTER("set_current_stmt_binlog_format_stmt");
    current_stmt_binlog_format= BINLOG_FORMAT_STMT;
    DBUG_RETURN(orig_format);
  }
  inline void restore_stmt_binlog_format(enum_binlog_format format)
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("restore_stmt_binlog_format");
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_current_stmt_binlog_format_row());
    current_stmt_binlog_format= format;
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
  inline void reset_current_stmt_binlog_format_row()
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("reset_current_stmt_binlog_format_row");
    /*
      If there are temporary tables, don't reset back to
      statement-based. Indeed it could be that:
      CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE t SELECT UUID(); # row-based
      # and row-based does not store updates to temp tables
      # in the binlog.
      INSERT INTO u SELECT * FROM t; # stmt-based
      and then the INSERT will fail as data inserted into t was not logged.
      So we continue with row-based until the temp table is dropped.
      If we are in a stored function or trigger, we mustn't reset in the
      middle of its execution (as the binary logging way of a stored function
      or trigger is decided when it starts executing, depending for example on
      the caller (for a stored function: if caller is SELECT or
      INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE...).
    */
    DBUG_PRINT("debug",
               ("temporary_tables: %s, in_sub_stmt: %s, system_thread: %s",
                YESNO(has_temporary_tables()), YESNO(in_sub_stmt),
                show_system_thread(system_thread)));
    if (in_sub_stmt == 0)
    {
      if (wsrep_binlog_format(variables.binlog_format) == BINLOG_FORMAT_ROW)
        set_current_stmt_binlog_format_row();
      else if (!has_temporary_tables())
        set_current_stmt_binlog_format_stmt();
    }
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }

  /**
    Set the current database; use deep copy of C-string.

    @param new_db     a pointer to the new database name.
    @param new_db_len length of the new database name.

    Initialize the current database from a NULL-terminated string with
    length. If we run out of memory, we free the current database and
    return TRUE.  This way the user will notice the error as there will be
    no current database selected (in addition to the error message set by
    malloc).

    @note This operation just sets {db, db_length}. Switching the current
    database usually involves other actions, like switching other database
    attributes including security context. In the future, this operation
    will be made private and more convenient interface will be provided.

    @return Operation status
      @retval FALSE Success
      @retval TRUE  Out-of-memory error
  */
  bool set_db(const LEX_CSTRING *new_db);

  /** Set the current database, without copying */
  void reset_db(const LEX_CSTRING *new_db);

  /*
    Copy the current database to the argument. Use the current arena to
    allocate memory for a deep copy: current database may be freed after
    a statement is parsed but before it's executed.

    Can only be called by owner of thd (no mutex protection)
  */
  bool copy_db_to(LEX_CSTRING *to)
  {
    if (db.str)
    {
      to->str= strmake(db.str, db.length);
      to->length= db.length;
      return to->str == NULL;                     /* True on error */
    }

    /*
      No default database is set. In this case if it's guaranteed that
      no CTE can be used in the statement then we can throw an error right
      now at the parser stage. Otherwise the decision about throwing such
      a message must be postponed until a post-parser stage when we are able
      to resolve all CTE names as we don't need this message to be thrown
      for any CTE references.
    */
    if (!lex->with_cte_resolution)
      my_message(ER_NO_DB_ERROR, ER(ER_NO_DB_ERROR), MYF(0));
    return TRUE;
  }
  /* Get db name or "". */
  const char *get_db()
  { return safe_str(db.str); }

  thd_scheduler event_scheduler;

public:
  inline Internal_error_handler *get_internal_handler()
  { return m_internal_handler; }

  /**
    Add an internal error handler to the thread execution context.
    @param handler the exception handler to add
  */
  void push_internal_handler(Internal_error_handler *handler);

private:
  /**
    Handle a sql condition.
    @param sql_errno the condition error number
    @param sqlstate the condition sqlstate
    @param level the condition level
    @param msg the condition message text
    @param[out] cond_hdl the sql condition raised, if any
    @return true if the condition is handled
  */
  bool handle_condition(uint sql_errno,
                        const char* sqlstate,
                        Sql_condition::enum_warning_level *level,
                        const char* msg,
                        Sql_condition ** cond_hdl);

public:
  /**
    Remove the error handler last pushed.
  */
  Internal_error_handler *pop_internal_handler();

  /**
    Raise an exception condition.
    @param code the MYSQL_ERRNO error code of the error
  */
  void raise_error(uint code);

  /**
    Raise an exception condition, with a formatted message.
    @param code the MYSQL_ERRNO error code of the error
  */
  void raise_error_printf(uint code, ...);

  /**
    Raise a completion condition (warning).
    @param code the MYSQL_ERRNO error code of the warning
  */
  void raise_warning(uint code);

  /**
    Raise a completion condition (warning), with a formatted message.
    @param code the MYSQL_ERRNO error code of the warning
  */
  void raise_warning_printf(uint code, ...);

  /**
    Raise a completion condition (note), with a fixed message.
    @param code the MYSQL_ERRNO error code of the note
  */
  void raise_note(uint code);

  /**
    Raise an completion condition (note), with a formatted message.
    @param code the MYSQL_ERRNO error code of the note
  */
  void raise_note_printf(uint code, ...);

  /**
    @brief Push an error message into MySQL error stack with line
    and position information.

    This function provides semantic action implementers with a way
    to push the famous "You have a syntax error near..." error
    message into the error stack, which is normally produced only if
    a parse error is discovered internally by the Bison generated
    parser.
  */
  void parse_error(const char *err_text, const char *yytext)
  {
    Lex_input_stream *lip= &m_parser_state->m_lip;
    if (!yytext && !(yytext= lip->get_tok_start()))
        yytext= "";
    /* Push an error into the error stack */
    ErrConvString err(yytext, strlen(yytext), variables.character_set_client);
    my_printf_error(ER_PARSE_ERROR,  ER_THD(this, ER_PARSE_ERROR), MYF(0),
                    err_text, err.ptr(), lip->yylineno);
  }
  void parse_error(uint err_number, const char *yytext= 0)
  {
    parse_error(ER_THD(this, err_number), yytext);
  }
  void parse_error()
  {
    parse_error(ER_SYNTAX_ERROR);
  }
#ifdef mysqld_error_find_printf_error_used
  void parse_error(const char *t)
  {
  }
#endif
private:
  /*
    Only the implementation of the SIGNAL and RESIGNAL statements
    is permitted to raise SQL conditions in a generic way,
    or to raise them by bypassing handlers (RESIGNAL).
    To raise a SQL condition, the code should use the public
    raise_error() or raise_warning() methods provided by class THD.
  */
  friend class Sql_cmd_common_signal;
  friend class Sql_cmd_signal;
  friend class Sql_cmd_resignal;
  friend void push_warning(THD*, Sql_condition::enum_warning_level, uint, const char*);
  friend void my_message_sql(uint, const char *, myf);

  /**
    Raise a generic SQL condition.
    @param sql_errno the condition error number
    @param sqlstate the condition SQLSTATE
    @param level the condition level
    @param msg the condition message text
    @return The condition raised, or NULL
  */
  Sql_condition* raise_condition(uint sql_errno, const char* sqlstate,
                  Sql_condition::enum_warning_level level, const char* msg)
  {
    Sql_condition cond(NULL, // don't strdup the msg
                       Sql_condition_identity(sql_errno, sqlstate, level,
                                              Sql_user_condition_identity()),
                       msg, get_stmt_da()->current_row_for_warning());
    return raise_condition(&cond);
  }

  Sql_condition* raise_condition(const Sql_condition *cond);

private:
  void push_warning_truncated_priv(Sql_condition::enum_warning_level level,
                                   uint sql_errno,
                                   const char *type_str, const char *val)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(sql_errno == ER_TRUNCATED_WRONG_VALUE ||
                sql_errno == ER_WRONG_VALUE);
    char buff[MYSQL_ERRMSG_SIZE];
    CHARSET_INFO *cs= &my_charset_latin1;
    cs->cset->snprintf(cs, buff, sizeof(buff),
                       ER_THD(this, sql_errno), type_str, val);
    /*
      Note: the format string can vary between ER_TRUNCATED_WRONG_VALUE
      and ER_WRONG_VALUE, but the code passed to push_warning() is
      always ER_TRUNCATED_WRONG_VALUE. This is intentional.
    */
    push_warning(this, level, ER_TRUNCATED_WRONG_VALUE, buff);
  }
public:
  void push_warning_truncated_wrong_value(Sql_condition::enum_warning_level level,
                                          const char *type_str, const char *val)
  {
    return push_warning_truncated_priv(level, ER_TRUNCATED_WRONG_VALUE,
                                       type_str, val);
  }
  void push_warning_wrong_value(Sql_condition::enum_warning_level level,
                                const char *type_str, const char *val)
  {
    return push_warning_truncated_priv(level, ER_WRONG_VALUE, type_str, val);
  }
  void push_warning_truncated_wrong_value(const char *type_str, const char *val)
  {
    return push_warning_truncated_wrong_value(Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN,
                                              type_str, val);
  }
  void push_warning_truncated_value_for_field(Sql_condition::enum_warning_level
                                              level, const char *type_str,
                                              const char *val,
                                              const char *db_name,
                                              const char *table_name,
                                              const char *name)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(name);
    char buff[MYSQL_ERRMSG_SIZE];
    CHARSET_INFO *cs= &my_charset_latin1;

    if (!db_name)
      db_name= "";
    if (!table_name)
      table_name= "";
    cs->cset->snprintf(cs, buff, sizeof(buff),
                       ER_THD(this, ER_TRUNCATED_WRONG_VALUE_FOR_FIELD),
                       type_str, val, db_name, table_name, name,
                       (ulong) get_stmt_da()->current_row_for_warning());
    push_warning(this, level, ER_TRUNCATED_WRONG_VALUE, buff);

  }
  void push_warning_wrong_or_truncated_value(Sql_condition::enum_warning_level level,
                                             bool totally_useless_value,
                                             const char *type_str,
                                             const char *val,
                                             const char *db_name,
                                             const char *table_name,
                                             const char *field_name)
  {
    if (field_name)
      push_warning_truncated_value_for_field(level, type_str, val,
                                             db_name, table_name, field_name);
    else if (totally_useless_value)
      push_warning_wrong_value(level, type_str, val);
    else
      push_warning_truncated_wrong_value(level, type_str, val);
  }

public:
  /** Overloaded to guard query/query_length fields */
  void set_statement(Statement *stmt) override;
  inline void set_command(enum enum_server_command command)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(command != COM_SLEEP);
    m_command= command;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_THREAD_INTERFACE
    PSI_STATEMENT_CALL(set_thread_command)(m_command);
#endif
  }
  /* As sleep needs a bit of special handling, we have a special case for it */
  inline void mark_connection_idle()
  {
    proc_info= 0;
    m_command= COM_SLEEP;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_THREAD_INTERFACE
    PSI_STATEMENT_CALL(set_thread_command)(m_command);
#endif
  }

  inline enum enum_server_command get_command() const
  { return m_command; }

  /**
    Assign a new value to thd->query and thd->query_id and mysys_var.
    Protected with LOCK_thd_data mutex.
  */
  void set_query(char *query_arg, size_t query_length_arg,
                 CHARSET_INFO *cs_arg)
  {
    set_query(CSET_STRING(query_arg, query_length_arg, cs_arg));
  }
  void set_query(char *query_arg, size_t query_length_arg) /*Mutex protected*/
  {
    set_query(CSET_STRING(query_arg, query_length_arg, charset()));
  }
  void set_query(const CSET_STRING &string_arg)
  {
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thd_data);
    set_query_inner(string_arg);
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thd_data);

    PSI_CALL_set_thread_info(query(), query_length());
  }
  void reset_query()               /* Mutex protected */
  { set_query(CSET_STRING()); }
  void set_query_and_id(char *query_arg, uint32 query_length_arg,
                        CHARSET_INFO *cs, query_id_t new_query_id);
  void set_query_id(query_id_t new_query_id)
  {
    query_id= new_query_id;
#ifdef WITH_WSREP
    if (WSREP_NNULL(this))
    {
      set_wsrep_next_trx_id(query_id);
      WSREP_DEBUG("assigned new next trx id: %" PRIu64, wsrep_next_trx_id());
    }
#endif /* WITH_WSREP */
  }
  void set_open_tables(TABLE *open_tables_arg)
  {
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thd_data);
    open_tables= open_tables_arg;
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thd_data);
  }
  void set_mysys_var(struct st_my_thread_var *new_mysys_var);
  void enter_locked_tables_mode(enum_locked_tables_mode mode_arg)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(locked_tables_mode == LTM_NONE);

    if (mode_arg == LTM_LOCK_TABLES)
    {
      /*
        When entering LOCK TABLES mode we should set explicit duration
        for all metadata locks acquired so far in order to avoid releasing
        them till UNLOCK TABLES statement.
        We don't do this when entering prelocked mode since sub-statements
        don't release metadata locks and restoring status-quo after leaving
        prelocking mode gets complicated.
      */
      mdl_context.set_explicit_duration_for_all_locks();
    }

    locked_tables_mode= mode_arg;
  }
  void leave_locked_tables_mode();
  /* Relesae transactional locks if there are no active transactions */
  void release_transactional_locks()
  {
    if (!in_active_multi_stmt_transaction())
      mdl_context.release_transactional_locks(this);
  }
  int decide_logging_format(TABLE_LIST *tables);

  /*
   In Some cases when decide_logging_format is called it does not have
   all information to decide the logging format. So that cases we call
   decide_logging_format_2 at later stages in execution.

   One example would be binlog format for insert on duplicate key
   (IODKU) but column with unique key is not inserted.  We do not have
   inserted columns info when we call decide_logging_format so on
   later stage we call reconsider_logging_format_for_iodup()
  */
  void reconsider_logging_format_for_iodup(TABLE *table);

  enum need_invoker { INVOKER_NONE=0, INVOKER_USER, INVOKER_ROLE};
  void binlog_invoker(bool role) { m_binlog_invoker= role ? INVOKER_ROLE : INVOKER_USER; }
  enum need_invoker need_binlog_invoker() { return m_binlog_invoker; }
  void get_definer(LEX_USER *definer, bool role);
  void set_invoker(const LEX_CSTRING *user, const LEX_CSTRING *host)
  {
    invoker.user= *user;
    invoker.host= *host;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING get_invoker_user() { return invoker.user; }
  LEX_CSTRING get_invoker_host() { return invoker.host; }
  bool has_invoker() { return invoker.user.length > 0; }

  void print_aborted_warning(uint threshold, const char *reason)
  {
    if (global_system_variables.log_warnings > threshold)
    {
      char real_ip_str[64];
      real_ip_str[0]= 0;

      /* For proxied connections, add the real IP to the warning message */
      if (net.using_proxy_protocol && net.vio)
      {
        if(net.vio->localhost)
          snprintf(real_ip_str, sizeof(real_ip_str), " real ip: 'localhost'");
        else
        {
          char buf[INET6_ADDRSTRLEN];
          if (!vio_getnameinfo((sockaddr *)&(net.vio->remote), buf,
              sizeof(buf),NULL, 0, NI_NUMERICHOST))
          {
            snprintf(real_ip_str, sizeof(real_ip_str), " real ip: '%s'",buf);
          }
        }
      }
      Security_context *sctx= &main_security_ctx;
      sql_print_warning(ER_THD(this, ER_NEW_ABORTING_CONNECTION),
                        thread_id, (db.str ? db.str : "unconnected"),
                        sctx->user ? sctx->user : "unauthenticated",
                        sctx->host_or_ip, real_ip_str, reason);
    }
  }

public:
  void clear_wakeup_ready() { wakeup_ready= false; }
  /*
    Sleep waiting for others to wake us up with signal_wakeup_ready().
    Must call clear_wakeup_ready() before waiting.
  */
  void wait_for_wakeup_ready();
  /* Wake this thread up from wait_for_wakeup_ready(). */
  void signal_wakeup_ready();

  void add_status_to_global()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(status_in_global == 0);
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_status);
    add_to_status(&global_status_var, &status_var);
    /* Mark that this THD status has already been added in global status */
    status_var.global_memory_used= 0;
    status_in_global= 1;
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_status);
  }

  wait_for_commit *wait_for_commit_ptr;
  int wait_for_prior_commit(bool allow_kill=true)
  {
    if (wait_for_commit_ptr)
      return wait_for_commit_ptr->wait_for_prior_commit(this, allow_kill);
    return 0;
  }
  void wakeup_subsequent_commits(int wakeup_error)
  {
    if (wait_for_commit_ptr)
      wait_for_commit_ptr->wakeup_subsequent_commits(wakeup_error);
  }
  wait_for_commit *suspend_subsequent_commits() {
    wait_for_commit *suspended= wait_for_commit_ptr;
    wait_for_commit_ptr= NULL;
    return suspended;
  }
  void resume_subsequent_commits(wait_for_commit *suspended) {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!wait_for_commit_ptr);
    wait_for_commit_ptr= suspended;
  }

  void mark_transaction_to_rollback(bool all);
  bool internal_transaction() { return transaction != &default_transaction; }
private:

  /** The current internal error handler for this thread, or NULL. */
  Internal_error_handler *m_internal_handler;

  /**
    The lex to hold the parsed tree of conventional (non-prepared) queries.
    Whereas for prepared and stored procedure statements we use an own lex
    instance for each new query, for conventional statements we reuse
    the same lex. (@see mysql_parse for details).
  */
  LEX main_lex;
  /**
    This memory root is used for two purposes:
    - for conventional queries, to allocate structures stored in main_lex
    during parsing, and allocate runtime data (execution plan, etc.)
    during execution.
    - for prepared queries, only to allocate runtime data. The parsed
    tree itself is reused between executions and thus is stored elsewhere.
  */
  MEM_ROOT main_mem_root;
  Diagnostics_area main_da;
  Diagnostics_area *m_stmt_da;

  /**
    It will be set if CURRENT_USER() or CURRENT_ROLE() is called in account
    management statements or default definer is set in CREATE/ALTER SP, SF,
    Event, TRIGGER or VIEW statements.

    Current user or role will be binlogged into Query_log_event if
    m_binlog_invoker is not NONE; It will be stored into invoker_host and
    invoker_user by SQL thread.
   */
  enum need_invoker m_binlog_invoker;

  /**
    It points to the invoker in the Query_log_event.
    SQL thread use it as the default definer in CREATE/ALTER SP, SF, Event,
    TRIGGER or VIEW statements or current user in account management
    statements if it is not NULL.
   */
  AUTHID invoker;

public:
  Session_tracker session_tracker;
  /*
    Flag, mutex and condition for a thread to wait for a signal from another
    thread.

    Currently used to wait for group commit to complete, and COND_wakeup_ready
    is used for threads to wait on semi-sync ACKs (though is protected by
    Repl_semi_sync_master::LOCK_binlog). Note the following relationships
    between these two use-cases when using
    rpl_semi_sync_master_wait_point=AFTER_SYNC during group commit:
      1) Non-leader threads use COND_wakeup_ready to wait for the leader thread
         to complete binlog commit.
      2) The leader thread uses COND_wakeup_ready to await ACKs from the
         replica before signalling the non-leader threads to wake up.

    With wait_point=AFTER_COMMIT, there is no overlap as binlogging has
    finished, so COND_wakeup_ready is safe to re-use.
  */
  bool wakeup_ready;
  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_wakeup_ready;
  mysql_cond_t COND_wakeup_ready;
  /*
    The GTID assigned to the last commit. If no GTID was assigned to any commit
    so far, this is indicated by last_commit_gtid.seq_no == 0.
  */
private:
  rpl_gtid m_last_commit_gtid;

public:
  rpl_gtid get_last_commit_gtid() { return m_last_commit_gtid; }
  void set_last_commit_gtid(rpl_gtid &gtid);


  LF_PINS *tdc_hash_pins;
  LF_PINS *xid_hash_pins;
  bool fix_xid_hash_pins();

  const XID *get_xid() const
  {
#ifdef WITH_WSREP
    if (!wsrep_xid.is_null())
      return &wsrep_xid;
#endif /* WITH_WSREP */
    return (transaction->xid_state.is_explicit_XA() ?
            transaction->xid_state.get_xid() :
            &transaction->implicit_xid);
  }

/* Members related to temporary tables. */
public:
  /* Opened table states. */
  enum Temporary_table_state {
    TMP_TABLE_IN_USE,
    TMP_TABLE_NOT_IN_USE,
    TMP_TABLE_ANY
  };
  bool has_thd_temporary_tables();
  bool has_temporary_tables();

  TABLE *create_and_open_tmp_table(LEX_CUSTRING *frm,
                                   const char *path,
                                   const char *db,
                                   const char *table_name,
                                   bool open_internal_tables);

  TABLE *find_temporary_table(const char *db, const char *table_name,
                              Temporary_table_state state= TMP_TABLE_IN_USE);
  TABLE *find_temporary_table(const TABLE_LIST *tl,
                              Temporary_table_state state= TMP_TABLE_IN_USE);

  TMP_TABLE_SHARE *find_tmp_table_share_w_base_key(const char *key,
                                                   uint key_length);
  TMP_TABLE_SHARE *find_tmp_table_share(const char *db,
                                        const char *table_name);
  TMP_TABLE_SHARE *find_tmp_table_share(const TABLE_LIST *tl);
  TMP_TABLE_SHARE *find_tmp_table_share(const char *key, size_t key_length);

  bool open_temporary_table(TABLE_LIST *tl);
  bool check_and_open_tmp_table(TABLE_LIST *tl);
  bool open_temporary_tables(TABLE_LIST *tl);

  bool close_temporary_tables();
  bool rename_temporary_table(TABLE *table, const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                              const LEX_CSTRING *table_name);
  bool drop_temporary_table(TABLE *table, bool *is_trans, bool delete_table);
  bool rm_temporary_table(handlerton *hton, const char *path);
  void mark_tmp_tables_as_free_for_reuse();
  void mark_tmp_table_as_free_for_reuse(TABLE *table);

  TMP_TABLE_SHARE* save_tmp_table_share(TABLE *table);
  void restore_tmp_table_share(TMP_TABLE_SHARE *share);
  void close_unused_temporary_table_instances(const TABLE_LIST *tl);

private:
  /* Whether a lock has been acquired? */
  bool m_tmp_tables_locked;

  uint create_tmp_table_def_key(char *key, const char *db,
                                const char *table_name);
  TMP_TABLE_SHARE *create_temporary_table(LEX_CUSTRING *frm,
                                          const char *path, const char *db,
                                          const char *table_name);
  TABLE *find_temporary_table(const char *key, uint key_length,
                              Temporary_table_state state);
  TABLE *open_temporary_table(TMP_TABLE_SHARE *share, const char *alias);
  bool find_and_use_tmp_table(const TABLE_LIST *tl, TABLE **out_table);
  bool use_temporary_table(TABLE *table, TABLE **out_table);
  void close_temporary_table(TABLE *table);
  bool log_events_and_free_tmp_shares();
  bool free_tmp_table_share(TMP_TABLE_SHARE *share, bool delete_table);
  void free_temporary_table(TABLE *table);
  bool lock_temporary_tables();
  void unlock_temporary_tables();

  inline uint tmpkeyval(TMP_TABLE_SHARE *share)
  {
    return uint4korr(share->table_cache_key.str +
                     share->table_cache_key.length - 4);
  }

  inline TMP_TABLE_SHARE *tmp_table_share(TABLE *table)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(table->s->tmp_table);
    return static_cast<TMP_TABLE_SHARE *>(table->s);
  }

public:
  thd_async_state async_state;
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  /*
    If we do a purge of binary logs, log index info of the threads
    that are currently reading it needs to be adjusted. To do that
    each thread that is using LOG_INFO needs to adjust the pointer to it
  */
  LOG_INFO *current_linfo;
  Slave_info *slave_info;

  void set_current_linfo(LOG_INFO *linfo);
  void reset_current_linfo() { set_current_linfo(0); }

  int register_slave(uchar *packet, size_t packet_length);
  void unregister_slave();
  bool is_binlog_dump_thread();
#endif

  bool check_slave_ignored_db_with_error(const Lex_ident_db &db) const;

  inline ulong wsrep_binlog_format(ulong binlog_format) const
  {
#ifdef WITH_WSREP
    // During CTAS we force ROW format
    if (wsrep_ctas)
      return BINLOG_FORMAT_ROW;
    else
      return ((wsrep_forced_binlog_format != BINLOG_FORMAT_UNSPEC) ?
               wsrep_forced_binlog_format : binlog_format);
#else
    return (binlog_format);
#endif
  }

#ifdef WITH_WSREP
  bool                      wsrep_applier; /* dedicated slave applier thread */
  bool                      wsrep_applier_closing; /* applier marked to close */
  bool                      wsrep_client_thread; /* to identify client threads*/
  query_id_t                wsrep_last_query_id;
  XID                       wsrep_xid;

  /** This flag denotes that record locking should be skipped during INSERT,
     gap locking during SELECT, and write-write conflicts due to innodb
     snapshot isolation during DELETE.
     Only used by the streaming replication thread that only modifies the
     mysql.wsrep_streaming_log table. */
  my_bool                   wsrep_skip_locking;

  mysql_cond_t              COND_wsrep_thd;

  // changed from wsrep_seqno_t to wsrep_trx_meta_t in wsrep API rev 75
  uint32                    wsrep_rand;
  rpl_group_info            *wsrep_rgi;
  bool                      wsrep_converted_lock_session;
  ulong                     wsrep_retry_counter; // of autocommit
  bool                      wsrep_PA_safe;
  char*                     wsrep_retry_query;
  size_t                    wsrep_retry_query_len;
  enum enum_server_command  wsrep_retry_command;
  enum wsrep_consistency_check_mode 
                            wsrep_consistency_check;
  std::vector<wsrep::provider::status_variable> wsrep_status_vars;
  int                       wsrep_mysql_replicated;
  const char*               wsrep_TOI_pre_query; /* a query to apply before 
                                                    the actual TOI query */
  size_t                    wsrep_TOI_pre_query_len;
  wsrep_po_handle_t         wsrep_po_handle;
  size_t                    wsrep_po_cnt;
  void                      *wsrep_apply_format;
  uchar*                    wsrep_rbr_buf;
  wsrep_gtid_t              wsrep_sync_wait_gtid;
  uint64                    wsrep_last_written_gtid_seqno;
  uint64                    wsrep_current_gtid_seqno;
  ulong                     wsrep_affected_rows;
  bool                      wsrep_has_ignored_error;
  /* true if wsrep_on was ON in last wsrep_on_update */
  bool                      wsrep_was_on;

  /*
    When enabled, do not replicate/binlog updates from the current table that's
    being processed. At the moment, it is used to keep mysql.gtid_slave_pos
    table updates from being replicated to other nodes via galera replication.
  */
  bool                      wsrep_ignore_table;
  /* thread who has started kill for this THD protected by LOCK_thd_data*/
  my_thread_id              wsrep_aborter;
  /* Kill signal used, if thread was killed by manual KILL. Protected by
     LOCK_thd_kill. */
  std::atomic<killed_state> wsrep_abort_by_kill;
  /* */
  struct err_info*          wsrep_abort_by_kill_err;
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  int                       wsrep_killed_state;
#endif /* DBUG_OFF */
  /* true if BF abort is observed in do_command() right after reading
  client's packet, and if the client has sent PS execute command. */
  bool                      wsrep_delayed_BF_abort;
  // true if this transaction is CREATE TABLE AS SELECT (CTAS)
  bool                      wsrep_ctas;
  /*
    Transaction id:
    * m_wsrep_next_trx_id is assigned on the first query after
      wsrep_next_trx_id() return WSREP_UNDEFINED_TRX_ID
    * Each storage engine must assign value of wsrep_next_trx_id()
      when the transaction starts.
    * Effective transaction id is returned via wsrep_trx_id()
   */
  /*
    Return effective transaction id
  */
  wsrep_trx_id_t wsrep_trx_id() const
  {
    return m_wsrep_client_state.transaction().id().get();
  }


  /*
    Set next trx id
   */
  void set_wsrep_next_trx_id(query_id_t query_id)
  {
    m_wsrep_next_trx_id = (wsrep_trx_id_t) query_id;
  }
  /*
    Return next trx id
   */
  wsrep_trx_id_t wsrep_next_trx_id() const
  {
    return m_wsrep_next_trx_id;
  }
  /*
    If node is async slave and have parallel execution, wait for prior commits.
   */
  bool wsrep_parallel_slave_wait_for_prior_commit();
private:
  wsrep_trx_id_t m_wsrep_next_trx_id; /* cast from query_id_t */
  /* wsrep-lib */
  Wsrep_mutex m_wsrep_mutex;
  Wsrep_condition_variable m_wsrep_cond;
  Wsrep_client_service m_wsrep_client_service;
  Wsrep_client_state m_wsrep_client_state;

public:
  Wsrep_client_state& wsrep_cs() { return m_wsrep_client_state; }
  const Wsrep_client_state& wsrep_cs() const { return m_wsrep_client_state; }
  const wsrep::transaction& wsrep_trx() const
  { return m_wsrep_client_state.transaction(); }
  const wsrep::streaming_context& wsrep_sr() const
  { return m_wsrep_client_state.transaction().streaming_context(); }
  /* Pointer to applier service for streaming THDs. This is needed to
     be able to delete applier service object in case of background
     rollback. */
  Wsrep_applier_service* wsrep_applier_service;
  /* wait_for_commit struct for binlog group commit */
  wait_for_commit wsrep_wfc;
#endif /* WITH_WSREP */

  /* Handling of timeouts for commands */
  thr_timer_t query_timer;

public:
  void set_query_timer()
  {
#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
    /*
      Slave vs user threads have timeouts configured via different variables,
      so pick the appropriate one to use.
    */
    ulonglong timeout_val=
        slave_thread ? slave_max_statement_time : variables.max_statement_time;

    /*
      Don't start a query timer if
      - If timeouts are not set
      - if we are in a stored procedure or sub statement
      - If we already have set a timeout (happens when running prepared
        statements that calls mysql_execute_command())
    */
    if (!timeout_val || spcont || in_sub_stmt || query_timer.expired == 0)
      return;
    thr_timer_settime(&query_timer, timeout_val);
#endif
  }
  void reset_query_timer()
  {
#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
    if (spcont || in_sub_stmt)
      return;
    if (!query_timer.expired)
      thr_timer_end(&query_timer);
#endif
  }
  bool restore_set_statement_var()
  {
    return main_lex.restore_set_statement_var();
  }
  /* Copy relevant `stmt` transaction flags to `all` transaction. */
  void merge_unsafe_rollback_flags()
  {
    if (transaction->stmt.modified_non_trans_table)
      transaction->all.modified_non_trans_table= TRUE;
    transaction->all.m_unsafe_rollback_flags|=
      (transaction->stmt.m_unsafe_rollback_flags &
       (THD_TRANS::MODIFIED_NON_TRANS_TABLE |
        THD_TRANS::DID_WAIT | THD_TRANS::CREATED_TEMP_TABLE |
        THD_TRANS::DROPPED_TEMP_TABLE | THD_TRANS::DID_DDL |
        THD_TRANS::EXECUTED_TABLE_ADMIN_CMD));
  }

  uint get_net_wait_timeout()
  {
    if (in_active_multi_stmt_transaction())
    {
      if (transaction->all.is_trx_read_write())
      {
        if (variables.idle_write_transaction_timeout > 0)
          return variables.idle_write_transaction_timeout;
      }
      else
      {
        if (variables.idle_readonly_transaction_timeout > 0)
          return variables.idle_readonly_transaction_timeout;
      }

      if (variables.idle_transaction_timeout > 0)
        return variables.idle_transaction_timeout;
    }

    return uint(variables.net_wait_timeout);
  }

  /**
    Switch to a sublex, to parse a substatement or an expression.
  */
  void set_local_lex(sp_lex_local *sublex)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(lex->sphead);
    lex= sublex;
    /* Reset part of parser state which needs this. */
    m_parser_state->m_yacc.reset_before_substatement();
  }

  /**
    Switch back from a sublex (currently pointed by this->lex) to the old lex.
    Sublex is merged to "oldlex" and this->lex is set to "oldlex".

    This method is called after parsing a substatement or an expression.
    set_local_lex() must be previously called.
    @param oldlex - The old lex which was active before set_local_lex().
    @returns      - false on success, true on error (failed to merge LEX's).

    See also sp_head::merge_lex().
  */
  bool restore_from_local_lex_to_old_lex(LEX *oldlex);

  Item *sp_fix_func_item(Item **it_addr);
  Item *sp_fix_func_item_for_assignment(const Field *to, Item **it_addr);
  Item *sp_prepare_func_item(Item **it_addr, uint cols);
  bool sp_eval_expr(Field *result_field, Item **expr_item_ptr);

  bool sql_parser(LEX *old_lex, LEX *lex,
                  char *str, uint str_len, bool stmt_prepare_mode);

  myf get_utf8_flag() const
  {
    return (variables.old_behavior & OLD_MODE_UTF8_IS_UTF8MB3 ?
            MY_UTF8_IS_UTF8MB3 : 0);
  }

  Charset_collation_context
    charset_collation_context_create_db() const
  {
    return Charset_collation_context(variables.collation_server,
                                     variables.collation_server);
  }
  Charset_collation_context
    charset_collation_context_alter_db(const char *db);
  Charset_collation_context
    charset_collation_context_create_table_in_db(const char *db);
  Charset_collation_context
    charset_collation_context_alter_table(const TABLE_SHARE *s);

  /**
    Save current lex to the output parameter and reset it to point to
    main_lex. This method is called from mysql_client_binlog_statement()
    to temporary

    @param[out] backup_lex  original value of current lex
  */

  void backup_and_reset_current_lex(LEX **backup_lex)
  {
    *backup_lex= lex;
    lex= &main_lex;
  }


  /**
    Restore current lex to its original value it had before calling the method
    backup_and_reset_current_lex().

    @param backup_lex  original value of current lex
  */

  void restore_current_lex(LEX *backup_lex)
  {
    lex= backup_lex;
  }

  bool should_collect_handler_stats()
  {
    /*
      We update handler_stats.active to ensure that we have the same
      value across the whole statement.
      This function is only called from TABLE::init() so the value will
      be the same for the whole statement.
    */
    handler_stats.active=
      ((variables.log_slow_verbosity & LOG_SLOW_VERBOSITY_ENGINE) ||
       lex->analyze_stmt);
    return handler_stats.active;
  }

  /* Return true if we should create a note when an unusable key is found */
  bool give_notes_for_unusable_keys()
  {
    return ((variables.note_verbosity & (NOTE_VERBOSITY_UNUSABLE_KEYS)) ||
            (lex->describe && // Is EXPLAIN
             (variables.note_verbosity & NOTE_VERBOSITY_EXPLAIN)));
  }

  bool vers_insert_history_fast(const TABLE *table)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(table->versioned());
    return table->versioned(VERS_TIMESTAMP) &&
           (variables.option_bits & OPTION_INSERT_HISTORY) &&
            lex->duplicates == DUP_ERROR;
  }

  bool vers_insert_history(const Field *field)
  {
    if (!field->vers_sys_field())
      return false;
    if (!vers_insert_history_fast(field->table))
      return false;
    if (lex->sql_command != SQLCOM_INSERT &&
        lex->sql_command != SQLCOM_INSERT_SELECT &&
        lex->sql_command != SQLCOM_LOAD)
      return false;
    return !is_set_timestamp_forbidden(this);
  }

  /**
    @brief
    Return true if current statement uses cursor protocol for execution.

    @details
    Cursor protocol execution is determined by checking if lex->result is a
    Select_materialize object, which is exclusively used by the server for
    cursor result set materialization.
  */
  bool is_cursor_execution() const;

  /*
    Return true if we are in stored procedure, not in a function or
    trigger.
  */
  bool in_stored_procedure()
  {
    return (lex->sphead != 0 &&
            !(in_sub_stmt & (SUB_STMT_FUNCTION | SUB_STMT_TRIGGER)));
  }

  bool reparsing_sp_stmt= {false};
};


/*
  Start a new independent transaction for the THD.
  The old one is stored in this object and restored when calling
  restore_old_transaction() or when the object is freed
*/

class start_new_trans
{
  /* container for handler's private per-connection data */
  Ha_data old_ha_data[MAX_HA];
  struct THD::st_transactions *old_transaction, new_transaction;
  Open_tables_backup open_tables_state_backup;
  MDL_savepoint mdl_savepoint;
  PSI_transaction_locker *m_transaction_psi;
  THD *org_thd;
  uint in_sub_stmt;
  uint server_status;
  my_bool wsrep_on;

public:
  start_new_trans(THD *thd);
  ~start_new_trans()
  {
    destroy();
  }
  void destroy()
  {
    if (org_thd)                                // Safety
      restore_old_transaction();
    new_transaction.free();
  }
  void restore_old_transaction();
};

/** A short cut for thd->get_stmt_da()->set_ok_status(). */

inline void
my_ok(THD *thd, ulonglong affected_rows_arg= 0, ulonglong id= 0,
        const char *message= NULL)
{
  thd->set_row_count_func(affected_rows_arg);
  thd->set_affected_rows(affected_rows_arg);
  thd->get_stmt_da()->set_ok_status(affected_rows_arg, id, message);
}


/** A short cut for thd->get_stmt_da()->set_eof_status(). */

inline void
my_eof(THD *thd)
{
  thd->set_row_count_func(-1);
  thd->get_stmt_da()->set_eof_status(thd);

  TRANSACT_TRACKER(add_trx_state(thd, TX_RESULT_SET));
}

#define tmp_disable_binlog(A)                                              \
  {ulonglong tmp_disable_binlog__save_options= (A)->variables.option_bits; \
  (A)->variables.option_bits&= ~OPTION_BIN_LOG;                            \
  (A)->variables.option_bits|= OPTION_BIN_TMP_LOG_OFF;

#define reenable_binlog(A)                                                  \
  (A)->variables.option_bits= tmp_disable_binlog__save_options; }


inline date_conv_mode_t sql_mode_for_dates(THD *thd)
{
  static_assert((ulonglong(date_conv_mode_t::KNOWN_MODES) &
                 ulonglong(time_round_mode_t::KNOWN_MODES)) == 0,
                "date_conv_mode_t and time_round_mode_t must use different "
                "bit values");
  static_assert(MODE_NO_ZERO_DATE    == date_mode_t::NO_ZERO_DATE &&
                MODE_NO_ZERO_IN_DATE == date_mode_t::NO_ZERO_IN_DATE &&
                MODE_INVALID_DATES   == date_mode_t::INVALID_DATES,
                "sql_mode_t and date_mode_t values must be equal");
  return date_conv_mode_t(thd->variables.sql_mode &
          (MODE_NO_ZERO_DATE | MODE_NO_ZERO_IN_DATE | MODE_INVALID_DATES));
}

/*
  Used to hold information about file and file structure in exchange
  via non-DB file (...INTO OUTFILE..., ...LOAD DATA...)
  XXX: We never call destructor for objects of this class.
*/

class sql_exchange :public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  enum enum_filetype filetype; /* load XML, Added by Arnold & Erik */
  const char *file_name;
  String *field_term,*enclosed,*line_term,*line_start,*escaped;
  bool opt_enclosed;
  bool dumpfile;
  ulong skip_lines;
  CHARSET_INFO *cs;
  sql_exchange(const char *name, bool dumpfile_flag,
               enum_filetype filetype_arg= FILETYPE_CSV);
  bool escaped_given(void) const;
};

/*
  This is used to get result from a select
*/

class JOIN;

/* Pure interface for sending tabular data */
class select_result_sink: public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  THD *thd;
  select_result_sink(THD *thd_arg): thd(thd_arg) {}
  inline int send_data_with_check(List<Item> &items,
                              SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u,
                              ha_rows sent)
  {
    if (u->lim.check_offset(sent))
      return 0;

    if (u->thd->killed == ABORT_QUERY)
      return 0;

    return send_data(items);
  }
  /*
    send_data returns 0 on ok, 1 on error and -1 if data was ignored, for
    example for a duplicate row entry written to a temp table.
  */
  virtual int send_data(List<Item> &items)=0;
  virtual ~select_result_sink() = default;
  // Used in cursors to initialize and reset
  void reinit(THD *thd_arg) { thd= thd_arg; }
};

class select_result_interceptor;

/*
  Interface for sending tabular data, together with some other stuff:

  - Primary purpose seems to be seding typed tabular data:
     = the DDL is sent with send_fields()
     = the rows are sent with send_data()
  Besides that,
  - there seems to be an assumption that the sent data is a result of 
    SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit,
  - nest_level is used by SQL parser
*/

class select_result :public select_result_sink 
{
protected:
  /* 
    All descendant classes have their send_data() skip the first 
    unit->offset_limit_cnt rows sent.  Select_materialize
    also uses unit->get_column_types().
  */
  SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit;
  /* Something used only by the parser: */
public:
  ha_rows est_records;  /* estimated number of records in the result */
  select_result(THD *thd_arg): select_result_sink(thd_arg), est_records(0) {}
  void set_unit(SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit_arg) { unit= unit_arg; }
  virtual ~select_result() = default;
  /**
    Change wrapped select_result.

    Replace the wrapped result object with new_result and call
    prepare() and prepare2() on new_result.

    This base class implementation doesn't wrap other select_results.

    @param new_result The new result object to wrap around

    @retval false Success
    @retval true  Error
  */
  virtual bool change_result(select_result *new_result)
  {
    return false;
  }
  virtual int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u)
  {
    unit= u;
    return 0;
  }
  virtual int prepare2(JOIN *join) { return 0; }
  /*
    Because of peculiarities of prepared statements protocol
    we need to know number of columns in the result set (if
    there is a result set) apart from sending columns metadata.
  */
  virtual uint field_count(List<Item> &fields) const
  { return fields.elements; }
  virtual bool send_result_set_metadata(List<Item> &list, uint flags)=0;
  virtual bool initialize_tables (JOIN *join) { return 0; }
  virtual bool send_eof()=0;
  /**
    Check if this query returns a result set and therefore is allowed in
    cursors and set an error message if it is not the case.

    @retval FALSE     success
    @retval TRUE      error, an error message is set
  */
  virtual bool check_simple_select() const;
  virtual void abort_result_set() {}
  virtual void reset_for_next_ps_execution();
  void set_thd(THD *thd_arg) { thd= thd_arg; }
  void reinit(THD *thd_arg)
  {
    select_result_sink::reinit(thd_arg);
    unit= NULL;
  }
#ifdef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
  virtual void begin_dataset() {}
#else
  void begin_dataset() {}
#endif
  virtual void update_used_tables() {}

  /* this method is called just before the first row of the table can be read */
  virtual void prepare_to_read_rows() {}

  void remove_offset_limit()
  {
    unit->lim.remove_offset();
  }

  /*
    This returns
    - NULL if the class sends output row to the client
    - this if the output is set elsewhere (a file, @variable, or table).
  */
  virtual select_result_interceptor *result_interceptor()=0;

  /*
    This method is used to distinguish an normal SELECT from the cursor
    structure discovery for cursor%ROWTYPE routine variables.
    If this method returns "true", then a SELECT execution performs only
    all preparation stages, but does not fetch any rows.
  */
  virtual bool view_structure_only() const { return false; }
};


/*
  This is a select_result_sink which simply writes all data into a (temporary)
  table. Creation/deletion of the table is outside of the scope of the class
  
  It is aimed at capturing SHOW EXPLAIN output, so:
  - Unlike select_result class, we don't assume that the sent data is an 
    output of a SELECT_LEX_UNIT (and so we don't apply "LIMIT x,y" from the
    unit)
  - We don't try to convert the target table to MyISAM 
*/

class select_result_explain_buffer : public select_result_sink
{
public:
  select_result_explain_buffer(THD *thd_arg, TABLE *table_arg) : 
    select_result_sink(thd_arg), dst_table(table_arg) {};

  TABLE *dst_table; /* table to write into */

  /* The following is called in the child thread: */
  int send_data(List<Item> &items) override;
};


/*
  This is a select_result_sink which stores the data in text form.

  It is only used to save EXPLAIN output.
*/

class select_result_text_buffer : public select_result_sink
{
public:
  select_result_text_buffer(THD *thd_arg): select_result_sink(thd_arg) {}
  int send_data(List<Item> &items) override;
  bool send_result_set_metadata(List<Item> &fields, uint flag);

  void save_to(String *res);
private:
  int append_row(List<Item> &items, bool send_names);

  List<char*> rows;
  int n_columns;
};


/*
  Base class for select_result descendands which intercept and
  transform result set rows. As the rows are not sent to the client,
  sending of result set metadata should be suppressed as well.
*/

class select_result_interceptor: public select_result
{
public:
  select_result_interceptor(THD *thd_arg):
    select_result(thd_arg), suppress_my_ok(false)
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("select_result_interceptor::select_result_interceptor");
    DBUG_PRINT("enter", ("this %p", this));
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }              /* Remove gcc warning */
  uint field_count(List<Item> &fields) const override { return 0; }
  bool send_result_set_metadata(List<Item> &fields, uint flag) override { return FALSE; }
  select_result_interceptor *result_interceptor() override { return this; }

  /*
    Instruct the object to not call my_ok(). Client output will be handled
    elsewhere. (this is used by ANALYZE $stmt feature).
  */
  void disable_my_ok_calls() { suppress_my_ok= true; }
  void reinit(THD *thd_arg)
  {
    select_result::reinit(thd_arg);
    suppress_my_ok= false;
  }
protected:
  bool suppress_my_ok;
};


class sp_cursor_statistics
{
protected:
  ulonglong m_fetch_count; // Number of FETCH commands since last OPEN
  ulonglong m_row_count;   // Number of successful FETCH since last OPEN
  bool m_found;            // If last FETCH fetched a row
public:
  sp_cursor_statistics()
   :m_fetch_count(0),
    m_row_count(0),
    m_found(false)
  { }
  bool found() const
  { return m_found; }

  ulonglong row_count() const
  { return m_row_count; }

  ulonglong fetch_count() const
  { return m_fetch_count; }
  void reset() { *this= sp_cursor_statistics(); }
};


class sp_instr_cpush;

/* A mediator between stored procedures and server side cursors */
class sp_lex_keeper;
class sp_cursor: public sp_cursor_statistics
{
private:
  /// An interceptor of cursor result set used to implement
  /// FETCH <cname> INTO <varlist>.
  class Select_fetch_into_spvars: public select_result_interceptor
  {
    List<sp_fetch_target> *m_fetch_target_list;
    uint field_count;
    bool m_view_structure_only;
    bool send_data_to_variable_list(List<sp_fetch_target> &vars,
                                    List<Item> &items);
  public:
    Select_fetch_into_spvars(THD *thd_arg, bool view_structure_only)
     :select_result_interceptor(thd_arg),
      m_view_structure_only(view_structure_only)
    {}
    void reset(THD *thd_arg)
    {
      select_result_interceptor::reinit(thd_arg);
      m_fetch_target_list= NULL;
      field_count= 0;
    }
    uint get_field_count() { return field_count; }
    void set_spvar_list(List<sp_fetch_target> *vars)
    {
      m_fetch_target_list= vars;
    }

    bool send_eof() override { return FALSE; }
    int send_data(List<Item> &items) override;
    int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u) override;
    bool view_structure_only() const override { return m_view_structure_only; }
};

public:
  sp_cursor()
   :result(NULL, false),
    server_side_cursor(NULL)
  { }
  sp_cursor(THD *thd_arg, bool view_structure_only)
   :result(thd_arg, view_structure_only),
    server_side_cursor(NULL)
  {}

  virtual ~sp_cursor()
  { destroy(); }

  virtual sp_lex_keeper *get_lex_keeper() { return nullptr; }

  int open(THD *thd);

  int close(THD *thd);

  my_bool is_open()
  { return MY_TEST(server_side_cursor); }

  int fetch(THD *, List<sp_fetch_target> *vars, bool error_on_no_data);

  bool export_structure(THD *thd, Row_definition_list *list);

  void reset(THD *thd_arg)
  {
    sp_cursor_statistics::reset();
    result.reinit(thd_arg);
    server_side_cursor= NULL;
  }

  virtual sp_instr_cpush *get_push_instr() { return nullptr; }
private:
  Select_fetch_into_spvars result;
  Server_side_cursor *server_side_cursor;
  void destroy();
};


class select_send :public select_result {
  /**
    True if we have sent result set metadata to the client.
    In this case the client always expects us to end the result
    set with an eof or error packet
  */
  bool is_result_set_started;
public:
  select_send(THD *thd_arg):
    select_result(thd_arg), is_result_set_started(FALSE) {}
  bool send_result_set_metadata(List<Item> &list, uint flags) override;
  int send_data(List<Item> &items) override;
  bool send_eof() override;
  bool check_simple_select() const override { return FALSE; }
  void abort_result_set() override;
  void reset_for_next_ps_execution() override;
  select_result_interceptor *result_interceptor() override { return NULL; }
};


/*
  We need this class, because select_send::send_eof() will call ::my_eof.

  See also class Protocol_discard.
*/

class select_send_analyze : public select_send
{
  bool send_result_set_metadata(List<Item> &list, uint flags) override { return 0; }
  bool send_eof() override { return 0; }
  void abort_result_set() override {}
public:
  select_send_analyze(THD *thd_arg): select_send(thd_arg) {}
};


class select_to_file :public select_result_interceptor {
protected:
  sql_exchange *exchange;
  File file;
  IO_CACHE cache;
  ha_rows row_count;
  char path[FN_REFLEN];

public:
  select_to_file(THD *thd_arg, sql_exchange *ex):
    select_result_interceptor(thd_arg), exchange(ex), file(-1),row_count(0L)
  { path[0]=0; }
  ~select_to_file();
  bool send_eof() override;
  void abort_result_set() override;
  void reset_for_next_ps_execution() override;
  bool free_recources();
};


#define ESCAPE_CHARS "ntrb0ZN" // keep synchronous with READ_INFO::unescape


/*
 List of all possible characters of a numeric value text representation.
*/
#define NUMERIC_CHARS ".0123456789e+-"


class select_export :public select_to_file {
  uint field_term_length;
  int field_sep_char,escape_char,line_sep_char;
  int field_term_char; // first char of FIELDS TERMINATED BY or MAX_INT
  /*
    The is_ambiguous_field_sep field is true if a value of the field_sep_char
    field is one of the 'n', 't', 'r' etc characters
    (see the READ_INFO::unescape method and the ESCAPE_CHARS constant value).
  */
  bool is_ambiguous_field_sep;
  /*
     The is_ambiguous_field_term is true if field_sep_char contains the first
     char of the FIELDS TERMINATED BY (ENCLOSED BY is empty), and items can
     contain this character.
  */
  bool is_ambiguous_field_term;
  /*
    The is_unsafe_field_sep field is true if a value of the field_sep_char
    field is one of the '0'..'9', '+', '-', '.' and 'e' characters
    (see the NUMERIC_CHARS constant value).
  */
  bool is_unsafe_field_sep;
  bool fixed_row_size;
  CHARSET_INFO *write_cs; // output charset
public:
  select_export(THD *thd_arg, sql_exchange *ex): select_to_file(thd_arg, ex) {}
  ~select_export();
  int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u) override;
  int send_data(List<Item> &items) override;
};


class select_dump :public select_to_file {
public:
  select_dump(THD *thd_arg, sql_exchange *ex): select_to_file(thd_arg, ex) {}
  int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u) override;
  int send_data(List<Item> &items) override;
};

class Write_record; // defined in sql_insert.h


class select_insert :public select_result_interceptor {
 public:
  select_result *sel_result;
  TABLE_LIST *table_list;
  TABLE *table;
  List<Item> *fields;
  Write_record *write;
  ulonglong autoinc_value_of_last_inserted_row; // autogenerated or not
  COPY_INFO info;
  bool insert_into_view;
  select_insert(THD *thd_arg, TABLE_LIST *table_list_par, TABLE *table_par,
                List<Item> *fields_par, List<Item> *update_fields,
                List<Item> *update_values, enum_duplicates duplic,
                bool ignore, select_result *sel_ret_list, Write_record *write);
  ~select_insert();
  int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u) override;
  int prepare2(JOIN *join) override;
  int send_data(List<Item> &items) override;
  virtual bool store_values(List<Item> &values);
  virtual bool can_rollback_data() { return 0; }
  bool prepare_eof();
  bool send_ok_packet();
  bool send_eof() override;
  void abort_result_set() override;
  /* not implemented: select_insert is never re-used in prepared statements */
  void reset_for_next_ps_execution() override;
};


class select_create: public select_insert {
  Table_specification_st *create_info;
  TABLE_LIST *select_tables;
  Alter_info *alter_info;
  Field **field;
  /* lock data for tmp table */
  MYSQL_LOCK *m_lock;
  /* m_lock or thd->extra_lock */
  MYSQL_LOCK **m_plock;
  bool       exit_done;
  TMP_TABLE_SHARE *saved_tmp_table_share;
  DDL_LOG_STATE ddl_log_state_create, ddl_log_state_rm;

public:
  select_create(THD *thd_arg, TABLE_LIST *table_arg,
                Table_specification_st *create_info_par,
                Alter_info *alter_info_arg,
                List<Item> &select_fields,enum_duplicates duplic, bool ignore,
                TABLE_LIST *select_tables_arg, Write_record *write):
    select_insert(thd_arg, table_arg, NULL, &select_fields, 0, 0, duplic,
                  ignore, NULL, write),
    create_info(create_info_par),
    select_tables(select_tables_arg),
    alter_info(alter_info_arg),
    m_plock(NULL), exit_done(0),
    saved_tmp_table_share(0)
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(create_info->default_table_charset);
      bzero(&ddl_log_state_create, sizeof(ddl_log_state_create));
      bzero(&ddl_log_state_rm, sizeof(ddl_log_state_rm));
    }
  int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u) override;

  int binlog_show_create_table(TABLE **tables, uint count);
  bool store_values(List<Item> &values) override;
  bool send_eof() override;
  void abort_result_set() override;
  bool can_rollback_data() override { return 1; }

  // Needed for access from local class MY_HOOKS in prepare(), since thd is proteted.
  const THD *get_thd(void) { return thd; }
  const HA_CREATE_INFO *get_create_info() { return create_info; };
  int prepare2(JOIN *join) override { return 0; }

private:
  TABLE *create_table_from_items(THD *thd,
                                  List<Item> *items,
                                  MYSQL_LOCK **lock);
  int postlock(THD *thd, TABLE **tables);
};

#include <myisam.h>

#ifdef WITH_ARIA_STORAGE_ENGINE
#include <maria.h>
#else
#undef USE_ARIA_FOR_TMP_TABLES
#endif

#ifdef USE_ARIA_FOR_TMP_TABLES
#define TMP_ENGINE_COLUMNDEF MARIA_COLUMNDEF
#define TMP_ENGINE_HTON maria_hton
#define TMP_ENGINE_NAME "Aria"
inline uint tmp_table_max_key_length() { return maria_max_key_length(); }
inline uint tmp_table_max_key_parts() { return maria_max_key_segments(); }
#else
#define TMP_ENGINE_COLUMNDEF MI_COLUMNDEF
#define TMP_ENGINE_HTON myisam_hton
#define TMP_ENGINE_NAME "MyISAM"
inline uint tmp_table_max_key_length() { return MI_MAX_KEY_LENGTH; }
inline uint tmp_table_max_key_parts() { return MI_MAX_KEY_SEG; }
#endif

/*
  Param to create temporary tables when doing SELECT:s
  NOTE
    This structure is copied using memcpy as a part of JOIN.
*/

class TMP_TABLE_PARAM :public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  List<Item> copy_funcs;
  Copy_field *copy_field, *copy_field_end;
  uchar	    *group_buff;
  const char *tmp_name;
  Item	    **items_to_copy;			/* Fields in tmp table */
  TMP_ENGINE_COLUMNDEF *recinfo, *start_recinfo;
  KEY *keyinfo;
  ulong *rec_per_key;
  ha_rows end_write_records;
  /**
    Number of normal fields in the query, including those referred to
    from aggregate functions. Hence, "SELECT `field1`,
    SUM(`field2`) from t1" sets this counter to 2.

    @see count_field_types
  */
  uint	field_count; 
  /**
    Number of fields in the query that have functions. Includes both
    aggregate functions (e.g., SUM) and non-aggregates (e.g., RAND).
    Also counts functions referred to from aggregate functions, i.e.,
    "SELECT SUM(RAND())" sets this counter to 2.

    @see count_field_types
  */
  uint  func_count;  
  /**
    Number of fields in the query that have aggregate functions. Note
    that the optimizer may choose to optimize away these fields by
    replacing them with constants, in which case sum_func_count will
    need to be updated.

    @see opt_sum_query, count_field_types
  */
  uint  sum_func_count;   
  uint  copy_func_count;                        // Allocated copy fields
  uint  hidden_field_count;
  uint	group_parts,group_length,group_null_parts;

  /*
    If we're doing a GROUP BY operation, shows which one is used:
    true  TemporaryTableWithPartialSums algorithm (see end_update()).
    false OrderedGroupBy algorithm (see end_write_group()).
  */
  uint	quick_group;
  /**
    Enabled when we have atleast one outer_sum_func. Needed when used
    along with distinct.

    @see create_tmp_table
  */
  bool  using_outer_summary_function;
  CHARSET_INFO *table_charset;
  bool schema_table;
  /* TRUE if the temp table is created for subquery materialization. */
  bool materialized_subquery;
  /* TRUE if all columns of the table are guaranteed to be non-nullable */
  bool force_not_null_cols;
  /*
    True if GROUP BY and its aggregate functions are already computed
    by a table access method (e.g. by loose index scan). In this case
    query execution should not perform aggregation and should treat
    aggregate functions as normal functions.
  */
  bool precomputed_group_by;
  bool group_concat;
  bool force_copy_fields;
  /*
    If TRUE, create_tmp_field called from create_tmp_table will convert
    all BIT fields to 64-bit longs. This is a workaround the limitation
    that MEMORY tables cannot index BIT columns.
  */
  bool bit_fields_as_long;
  /*
    Whether to create or postpone actual creation of this temporary table.
    TRUE <=> create_tmp_table will create only the TABLE structure.
  */
  bool skip_create_table;

  TMP_TABLE_PARAM()
    :copy_field(0), group_parts(0),
     group_length(0), group_null_parts(0),
     using_outer_summary_function(0),
     schema_table(0), materialized_subquery(0), force_not_null_cols(0),
     precomputed_group_by(0), group_concat(0),
     force_copy_fields(0), bit_fields_as_long(0), skip_create_table(0)
  {
    init();
  }
  ~TMP_TABLE_PARAM()
  {
    cleanup();
  }
  void init(void);
  inline void cleanup(void)
  {
    if (copy_field)				/* Fix for Intel compiler */
    {
      delete [] copy_field;
      copy_field= NULL;
      copy_field_end= NULL;
    }
  }
};


class select_unit :public select_result_interceptor
{
protected:
  uint curr_step, prev_step, curr_sel;
  enum sub_select_type step;
public:
  TMP_TABLE_PARAM tmp_table_param;
  /* Number of additional (hidden) field of the used temporary table */
  int addon_cnt;
  int write_err; /* Error code from the last send_data->ha_write_row call. */
  TABLE *table;

  select_unit(THD *thd_arg):
    select_result_interceptor(thd_arg), addon_cnt(0), table(0)
  {
    init();
    tmp_table_param.init();
  }
  int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u) override;
  /**
    Do prepare() and prepare2() if they have been postponed until
    column type information is computed (used by select_union_direct).

    @param types Column types

    @return false on success, true on failure
  */
  virtual bool postponed_prepare(List<Item> &types)
  { return false; }
  int send_data(List<Item> &items) override;
  int write_record();
  int update_counter(Field *counter, longlong value);
  int delete_record();
  bool send_eof() override;
  virtual bool flush();
  void reset_for_next_ps_execution() override;
  virtual bool create_result_table(THD *thd, List<Item> *column_types,
                                   bool is_distinct, ulonglong options,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *alias,
                                   bool bit_fields_as_long,
                                   bool create_table,
                                   bool keep_row_order,
                                   uint hidden);
  TMP_TABLE_PARAM *get_tmp_table_param() { return &tmp_table_param; }
  void init()
  {
    curr_step= prev_step= 0;
    curr_sel= UINT_MAX;
    step= UNION_TYPE;
    write_err= 0;
  }
  virtual void change_select();
  virtual bool force_enable_index_if_needed() { return false; }
};


/**
  @class select_unit_ext

  The class used when processing rows produced by operands of query expressions
  containing INTERSECT ALL and/or EXCEPT all operations. One or two extra fields
  of the temporary to store the rows of the partial and final result can be employed.
  Both of them contain counters. The second additional field is used only when
  the processed query expression contains INTERSECT ALL.

  Consider how these extra fields are used.

  Let
    table t1 (f char(8))
    table t2 (f char(8))
    table t3 (f char(8))
  contain the following sets:
    ("b"),("a"),("d"),("c"),("b"),("a"),("c"),("a")
    ("c"),("b"),("c"),("c"),("a"),("b"),("g")
    ("c"),("a"),("b"),("d"),("b"),("e")

  - Let's demonstrate how the set operation INTERSECT ALL is proceesed
    for the query
              SELECT f FROM t1 INTERSECT ALL SELECT f FROM t2

    When send_data() is called for the rows of the first operand we put
    the processed record into the temporary table if there was no such record
    setting dup_cnt field to 1 and add_cnt field to 0 and increment the
    counter in the dup_cnt field by one otherwise. We get

      |add_cnt|dup_cnt| f |
      |0      |2      |b  |
      |0      |3      |a  |
      |0      |1      |d  |
      |0      |2      |c  |

    The call of send_eof() for the first operand swaps the values stored in
    dup_cnt and add_cnt. After this, we'll see the following rows in the
    temporary table

      |add_cnt|dup_cnt| f |
      |2      |0      |b  |
      |3      |0      |a  |
      |1      |0      |d  |
      |2      |0      |c  |

    When send_data() is called for the rows of the second operand we increment
    the counter in dup_cnt if the processed row is found in the table and do
    nothing otherwise. As a result we get

      |add_cnt|dup_cnt| f |
      |2      |2      |b  |
      |3      |1      |a  |
      |1      |0      |d  |
      |2      |3      |c  |

    At the call of send_eof() for the second operand first we disable index.
    Then for each record, the minimum of counters from dup_cnt and add_cnt m is
    taken. If m == 0 then the record is deleted. Otherwise record is replaced
    with m copies of it. Yet the counter in this copies are set to 1 for
    dup_cnt and to 0 for add_cnt

      |add_cnt|dup_cnt| f |
      |0      |1      |b  |
      |0      |1      |b  |
      |0      |1      |a  |
      |0      |1      |c  |
      |0      |1      |c  |

  - Let's demonstrate how the set operation EXCEPT ALL is proceesed
    for the query
              SELECT f FROM t1 EXCEPT ALL SELECT f FROM t3

    Only one additional counter field dup_cnt is used for EXCEPT ALL.
    After the first operand has been processed we have in the temporary table

      |dup_cnt| f |
      |2      |b  |
      |3      |a  |
      |1      |d  |
      |2      |c  |

    When send_data() is called for the rows of the second operand we decrement
    the counter in dup_cnt if the processed row is found in the table and do
    nothing otherwise. If the counter becomes 0 we delete the record

      |dup_cnt| f |
      |2      |a  |
      |1      |c  |

    Finally at the call of send_eof() for the second operand we disable index
    unfold rows adding duplicates

      |dup_cnt| f |
      |1      |a  |
      |1      |a  |
      |1      |c  |
 */

class select_unit_ext :public select_unit
{
public:
  select_unit_ext(THD *thd_arg):
    select_unit(thd_arg), increment(0), is_index_enabled(TRUE), 
    curr_op_type(UNSPECIFIED)
  {
  };
  int send_data(List<Item> &items) override;
  void change_select() override;
  int unfold_record(ha_rows cnt);
  bool send_eof() override;
  bool force_enable_index_if_needed() override
  {
    is_index_enabled= true;
    return true;
  }
  bool disable_index_if_needed(SELECT_LEX *curr_sl);
  
  /* 
    How to change increment/decrement the counter in duplicate_cnt field 
    when processing a record produced by the current operand in send_data().
    The value can be 1 or -1
  */
  int increment;
  /* TRUE <=> the index of the result temporary table is enabled */
  bool is_index_enabled;
  /* The type of the set operation currently executed */
  enum set_op_type curr_op_type;
  /* 
    Points to the extra field of the temporary table where
    duplicate counters are stored
  */ 
  Field *duplicate_cnt;
  /* 
    Points to the extra field of the temporary table where additional
    counters used only for INTERSECT ALL operations are stored
  */
  Field *additional_cnt;
};

class select_union_recursive :public select_unit
{
 public:
  /* The temporary table with the new records generated by one iterative step */
  TABLE *incr_table;
  /* The TMP_TABLE_PARAM structure used to create incr_table */
  TMP_TABLE_PARAM incr_table_param;
  /* One of tables from the list rec_tables (determined dynamically) */
  TABLE *first_rec_table_to_update;
  /*
    The list of all recursive table references to the CTE for whose
    specification this select_union_recursive was created
 */
  List<TABLE_LIST> rec_table_refs;
  /*
    The count of how many times reset_for_next_ps_execution() was called with
    cleaned==false for the unit specifying the recursive CTE for which this
    object was created or for the unit specifying a CTE that mutually
    recursive with this CTE.
  */
  uint cleanup_count;
  long row_counter;

  select_union_recursive(THD *thd_arg):
    select_unit(thd_arg),
      incr_table(0), first_rec_table_to_update(0), cleanup_count(0),
      row_counter(0)
  { incr_table_param.init(); };

  int send_data(List<Item> &items) override;
  bool create_result_table(THD *thd, List<Item> *column_types,
                           bool is_distinct, ulonglong options,
                           const LEX_CSTRING *alias,
                           bool bit_fields_as_long,
                           bool create_table,
                           bool keep_row_order,
                           uint hidden) override;
  void reset_for_next_ps_execution() override;
};

/**
  UNION result that is passed directly to the receiving select_result
  without filling a temporary table.

  Function calls are forwarded to the wrapped select_result, but some
  functions are expected to be called only once for each query, so
  they are only executed for the first SELECT in the union (execept
  for send_eof(), which is executed only for the last SELECT).

  This select_result is used when a UNION is not DISTINCT and doesn't
  have a global ORDER BY clause. @see st_select_lex_unit::prepare().
*/

class select_union_direct :public select_unit
{
private:
  /* Result object that receives all rows */
  select_result *result;
  /* The last SELECT_LEX of the union */
  SELECT_LEX *last_select_lex;

  /* Wrapped result has received metadata */
  bool done_send_result_set_metadata;
  /* Wrapped result has initialized tables */
  bool done_initialize_tables;

  /* Accumulated limit_found_rows */
  ulonglong limit_found_rows;

  /* Number of rows offset */
  ha_rows offset;
  /* Number of rows limit + offset, @see select_union_direct::send_data() */
  ha_rows limit;

public:
  /* Number of rows in the union */
  ha_rows send_records; 
  select_union_direct(THD *thd_arg, select_result *result_arg,
                      SELECT_LEX *last_select_lex_arg):
  select_unit(thd_arg), result(result_arg),
    last_select_lex(last_select_lex_arg),
    done_send_result_set_metadata(false), done_initialize_tables(false),
    limit_found_rows(0)
    { send_records= 0; }
  bool change_result(select_result *new_result) override;
  uint field_count(List<Item> &fields) const override
  {
    // Only called for top-level select_results, usually select_send
    DBUG_ASSERT(false); /* purecov: inspected */
    return 0; /* purecov: inspected */
  }
  bool postponed_prepare(List<Item> &types) override;
  bool send_result_set_metadata(List<Item> &list, uint flags) override;
  int send_data(List<Item> &items) override;
  bool initialize_tables (JOIN *join) override;
  bool send_eof() override;
  bool flush() override { return false; }
  bool check_simple_select() const override
  {
    /* Only called for top-level select_results, usually select_send */
    DBUG_ASSERT(false); /* purecov: inspected */
    return false; /* purecov: inspected */
  }
  void abort_result_set() override
  {
    result->abort_result_set(); /* purecov: inspected */
  }
  void reset_for_next_ps_execution() override
  {
    send_records= 0;
  }
  void set_thd(THD *thd_arg)
  {
    /*
      Only called for top-level select_results, usually select_send,
      and for the results of subquery engines
      (select_<something>_subselect).
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(false); /* purecov: inspected */
  }
  void remove_offset_limit()
  {
    // EXPLAIN should never output to a select_union_direct
    DBUG_ASSERT(false); /* purecov: inspected */
  }
#ifdef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
  void begin_dataset() override
#else
  void begin_dataset()
#endif
  {
    // Only called for sp_cursor::Select_fetch_into_spvars
    DBUG_ASSERT(false); /* purecov: inspected */
  }
};


/* Base subselect interface class */
class select_subselect :public select_result_interceptor
{
protected:
  Item_subselect *item;
public:
  select_subselect(THD *thd_arg, Item_subselect *item_arg):
    select_result_interceptor(thd_arg), item(item_arg) {}
  int send_data(List<Item> &items) override=0;
  bool send_eof() override { return 0; };
};

/* Single value subselect interface class */
class select_singlerow_subselect :public select_subselect
{
public:
  select_singlerow_subselect(THD *thd_arg, Item_subselect *item_arg):
    select_subselect(thd_arg, item_arg)
  {}
  int send_data(List<Item> &items) override;
};


/*
  This class specializes select_union to collect statistics about the
  data stored in the temp table. Currently the class collects statistcs
  about NULLs.
*/

class select_materialize_with_stats : public select_unit
{
protected:
  class Column_statistics
  {
  public:
    /* Count of NULLs per column. */
    ha_rows null_count;
    /* The row number that contains the first NULL in a column. */
    ha_rows min_null_row;
    /* The row number that contains the last NULL in a column. */
    ha_rows max_null_row;
  };

  /* Array of statistics data per column. */
  Column_statistics* col_stat;

  /*
    The number of columns in the biggest sub-row that consists of only
    NULL values.
  */
  uint max_nulls_in_row;
  /*
    Count of rows writtent to the temp table. This is redundant as it is
    already stored in handler::stats.records, however that one is relatively
    expensive to compute (given we need that for evry row).
  */
  ha_rows count_rows;

protected:
  void reset();

public:
  select_materialize_with_stats(THD *thd_arg): select_unit(thd_arg)
  { tmp_table_param.init(); }
  bool create_result_table(THD *thd, List<Item> *column_types,
                           bool is_distinct, ulonglong options,
                           const LEX_CSTRING *alias,
                           bool bit_fields_as_long,
                           bool create_table,
                           bool keep_row_order,
                           uint hidden) override;
  bool init_result_table(ulonglong select_options);
  int send_data(List<Item> &items) override;
  void reset_for_next_ps_execution() override;
  ha_rows get_null_count_of_col(uint idx)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(idx < table->s->fields);
    return col_stat[idx].null_count;
  }
  ha_rows get_max_null_of_col(uint idx)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(idx < table->s->fields);
    return col_stat[idx].max_null_row;
  }
  ha_rows get_min_null_of_col(uint idx)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(idx < table->s->fields);
    return col_stat[idx].min_null_row;
  }
  uint get_max_nulls_in_row() { return max_nulls_in_row; }
};


/* used in independent ALL/ANY optimisation */
class select_max_min_finder_subselect :public select_subselect
{
  Item_cache *cache;
  bool (select_max_min_finder_subselect::*op)();
  bool fmax;
  bool is_all;
  void set_op(const Type_handler *ha);
public:
  select_max_min_finder_subselect(THD *thd_arg, Item_subselect *item_arg,
                                  bool mx, bool all):
    select_subselect(thd_arg, item_arg), cache(0), fmax(mx), is_all(all)
  {}
  void reset_for_next_ps_execution() override;
  int send_data(List<Item> &items) override;
  bool cmp_real();
  bool cmp_int();
  bool cmp_decimal();
  bool cmp_str();
  bool cmp_time();
  bool cmp_native();
};

/* EXISTS subselect interface class */
class select_exists_subselect :public select_subselect
{
public:
  select_exists_subselect(THD *thd_arg, Item_subselect *item_arg):
    select_subselect(thd_arg, item_arg) {}
  int send_data(List<Item> &items) override;
};


/*
  Optimizer and executor structure for the materialized semi-join info. This
  structure contains
   - The sj-materialization temporary table
   - Members needed to make index lookup or a full scan of the temptable.
*/
class POSITION;

class SJ_MATERIALIZATION_INFO : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  /* Optimal join sub-order */
  POSITION *positions;

  uint tables; /* Number of tables in the sj-nest */

  /* Number of rows in the materialized table, before the de-duplication */
  double rows_with_duplicates;

  /* Expected #rows in the materialized table, after de-duplication */
  double rows;

  /* 
    Cost to materialize - execute the sub-join and write rows into temp.table
  */
  double materialization_cost;

  /* Cost to make one lookup in the temptable */
  double lookup_cost;
  
  /* Cost of scanning the materialized table */
  double scan_cost;

  /* --- Execution structures ---------- */
  
  /*
    TRUE <=> This structure is used for execution. We don't necessarily pick
    sj-materialization, so some of SJ_MATERIALIZATION_INFO structures are not
    used by materialization
  */
  bool is_used;
  
  bool materialized; /* TRUE <=> materialization already performed */
  /*
    TRUE  - the temptable is read with full scan
    FALSE - we use the temptable for index lookups
  */
  bool is_sj_scan; 
  
  /* The temptable and its related info */
  TMP_TABLE_PARAM sjm_table_param;
  List<Item> sjm_table_cols;
  TABLE *table;

  /* Structure used to make index lookups */
  struct st_table_ref *tab_ref;
  Item *in_equality; /* See create_subq_in_equalities() */

  Item *join_cond; /* See comments in make_join_select() */
  Copy_field *copy_field; /* Needed for SJ_Materialization scan */
};


/* Structs used when sorting */
struct SORT_FIELD_ATTR
{
  /*
    If using mem-comparable fixed-size keys:
    length of the mem-comparable image of the field, in bytes.

    If using packed keys: still the same? Not clear what is the use of it.
  */
  uint length;

  /*
    For most datatypes, this is 0.
    The exception are the VARBINARY columns.
    For those columns, the comparison actually compares

      (value_prefix(N), suffix=length(value))

    Here value_prefix is either the whole value or its prefix if it was too
    long, and the suffix is the length of the original value.
    (this way, for values X and Y:  if X=prefix(Y) then X compares as less
    than Y
  */
  uint suffix_length;

  /*
    If using packed keys, number of bytes that are used to store the length
    of the packed key.

  */
  uint length_bytes;

  /* Max. length of the original value, in bytes */
  uint original_length;
  enum Type { FIXED_SIZE, VARIABLE_SIZE } type;
  /*
    TRUE  : if the item or field is NULLABLE
    FALSE : otherwise
  */
  bool maybe_null;
  CHARSET_INFO *cs;
  uint pack_sort_string(uchar *to, const Binary_string *str,
                        CHARSET_INFO *cs) const;
  int compare_packed_fixed_size_vals(const uchar *a, size_t *a_len,
                                     const uchar *b, size_t *b_len);
  int compare_packed_varstrings(const uchar *a, size_t *a_len,
                                const uchar *b, size_t *b_len);
  bool check_if_packing_possible(THD *thd) const;
  bool is_variable_sized() { return type == VARIABLE_SIZE; }
  void set_length_and_original_length(THD *thd, uint length_arg);
};


struct SORT_FIELD: public SORT_FIELD_ATTR
{
  Field *field;				/* Field to sort */
  Item	*item;				/* Item if not sorting fields */
  bool reverse;				/* if descending sort */
};


typedef struct st_sort_buffer {
  uint index;					/* 0 or 1 */
  uint sort_orders;
  uint change_pos;				/* If sort-fields changed */
  char **buff;
  SORT_FIELD *sortorder;
} SORT_BUFFER;

/* Structure for db & table in sql_yacc */

class Table_ident :public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  LEX_CSTRING db;
  LEX_CSTRING table;
  SELECT_LEX_UNIT *sel;
  inline Table_ident(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *db_arg,
                     const LEX_CSTRING *table_arg,
		     bool force)
    :table(*table_arg), sel((SELECT_LEX_UNIT *)0)
  {
    if (!force && (thd->client_capabilities & CLIENT_NO_SCHEMA))
      db= null_clex_str;
    else
      db= *db_arg;
  }
  inline Table_ident(const LEX_CSTRING *table_arg)
    :table(*table_arg), sel((SELECT_LEX_UNIT *)0)
  {
    db= null_clex_str;
  }
  /*
    This constructor is used only for the case when we create a derived
    table. A derived table has no name and doesn't belong to any database.
    Later, if there was an alias specified for the table, it will be set
    by add_table_to_list.
  */
  inline Table_ident(SELECT_LEX_UNIT *s) : sel(s)
  {
    /* We must have a table name here as this is used with add_table_to_list */
    db.str= empty_c_string;                    /* a subject to casedn_str */
    db.length= 0;
    table.str= internal_table_name;
    table.length=1;
  }
  bool is_derived_table() const { return MY_TEST(sel); }
  inline void change_db(LEX_CSTRING *db_name)
  {
    db= *db_name;
  }
  bool resolve_table_rowtype_ref(THD *thd, Row_definition_list &defs);
  bool append_to(THD *thd, String *to) const;
  /*
    Convert Table_ident::m_db to a valid internal database name:
    - validated with Lex_ident_fs::check_db_name()
    - optionally lower-cased when lower_case_table_names==1

    @param arena - the arena to allocate the lower-cased copy on, when needed.
    @return        {NULL,0} in case of EOM or invalid database name,
                   or a good identifier otherwise.
  */
  Lex_ident_db to_ident_db_internal_with_error(Query_arena *arena) const;
};


class Qualified_column_ident: public Table_ident
{
public:
  LEX_CSTRING m_column;
public:
  Qualified_column_ident(const LEX_CSTRING *column)
    :Table_ident(&null_clex_str),
    m_column(*column)
  { }
  Qualified_column_ident(const LEX_CSTRING *table, const LEX_CSTRING *column)
   :Table_ident(table),
    m_column(*column)
  { }
  Qualified_column_ident(THD *thd,
                         const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                         const LEX_CSTRING *table,
                         const LEX_CSTRING *column)
   :Table_ident(thd, db, table, false),
    m_column(*column)
  { }
  bool resolve_type_ref(THD *thd, Column_definition *def) const;
  bool append_to(THD *thd, String *to) const;
};


// this is needed for user_vars hash
class user_var_entry: public Type_handler_hybrid_field_type
{
  CHARSET_INFO *m_charset;
 public:
  user_var_entry() = default;                         /* Remove gcc warning */
  LEX_CSTRING name;
  char *value;
  size_t length;
  query_id_t update_query_id, used_query_id;

  double val_real(bool *null_value);
  longlong val_int(bool *null_value) const;
  String *val_str(bool *null_value, String *str, uint decimals) const;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(bool *null_value, my_decimal *result);
  CHARSET_INFO *charset() const { return m_charset; }
  void set_charset(CHARSET_INFO *cs) { m_charset= cs; }
};

user_var_entry *get_variable(HASH *hash, LEX_CSTRING *name,
				    bool create_if_not_exists);

class SORT_INFO;
class multi_delete :public select_result_interceptor
{
  TABLE_LIST *delete_tables, *table_being_deleted;
  Unique **tempfiles;
  ha_rows deleted, found;
  uint num_of_tables;
  int error;
  bool do_delete;
  /* True if at least one table we delete from is transactional */
  bool transactional_tables;
  /* True if at least one table we delete from is not transactional */
  bool normal_tables;
  bool delete_while_scanning;
  /*
     error handling (rollback and binlogging) can happen in send_eof()
     so that afterward abort_result_set() needs to find out that.
  */
  bool error_handled;

public:
  // Methods used by ColumnStore
  uint get_num_of_tables() const { return num_of_tables; }
  TABLE_LIST* get_tables() const { return delete_tables; }
public:
  multi_delete(THD *thd_arg, TABLE_LIST *dt, uint num_of_tables);
  ~multi_delete();
  int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u) override;
  int send_data(List<Item> &items) override;
  bool initialize_tables (JOIN *join) override;
  int do_deletes();
  int do_table_deletes(TABLE *table, SORT_INFO *sort_info, bool ignore);
  bool send_eof() override;
  inline ha_rows num_deleted() const { return deleted; }
  void abort_result_set() override;
  void prepare_to_read_rows() override;
};


class multi_update :public select_result_interceptor
{
  TABLE_LIST *all_tables; /* query/update command tables */
  List<TABLE_LIST> *leaves;     /* list of leaves of join table tree */
  List<TABLE_LIST> updated_leaves;  /* list of updated leaves */
  TABLE_LIST *update_tables;
  TABLE **tmp_tables, *main_table, *table_to_update;
  TMP_TABLE_PARAM *tmp_table_param;
  ha_rows updated, found;
  List <Item> *fields, *values;
  List <Item> **fields_for_table, **values_for_table;
  uint table_count;
  /*
   List of tables referenced in the CHECK OPTION condition of
   the updated view excluding the updated table.
  */
  List <TABLE> unupdated_check_opt_tables;
  Copy_field *copy_field;
  enum enum_duplicates handle_duplicates;
  bool do_update, trans_safe;
  /* True if the update operation has made a change in a transactional table */
  bool transactional_tables;
  bool ignore;
  /* 
     error handling (rollback and binlogging) can happen in send_eof()
     so that afterward  abort_result_set() needs to find out that.
  */
  bool error_handled;
  
  /* Need this to protect against multiple prepare() calls */
  bool prepared;

  // For System Versioning (may need to insert new fields to a table).
  ha_rows updated_sys_ver;

  bool has_vers_fields;

public:
  multi_update(THD *thd_arg, TABLE_LIST *ut, List<TABLE_LIST> *leaves_list,
	       List<Item> *fields, List<Item> *values,
	       enum_duplicates handle_duplicates, bool ignore);
  ~multi_update();
  bool init(THD *thd);
  bool init_for_single_table(THD *thd);
  int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u) override;
  int send_data(List<Item> &items) override;
  bool initialize_tables (JOIN *join) override;
  int prepare2(JOIN *join) override;
  int  do_updates();
  bool send_eof() override;
  inline ha_rows num_found() const { return found; }
  inline ha_rows num_updated() const { return updated; }
  inline void set_found (ha_rows n) { found= n; }
  inline void set_updated (ha_rows n) { updated= n; }
  virtual void abort_result_set() override;
  void update_used_tables() override;
  void prepare_to_read_rows() override;
};

class my_var_sp;
class my_var : public Sql_alloc  {
public:
  const LEX_CSTRING name;
  enum type { SESSION_VAR, LOCAL_VAR, PARAM_VAR };
  type scope;
  my_var(const LEX_CSTRING *j, enum type s) : name(*j), scope(s) { }
  virtual ~my_var() = default;
  virtual bool set(THD *thd, Item *val) = 0;
  virtual my_var_sp *get_my_var_sp() { return NULL; }
};

class my_var_sp: public my_var {
  const Sp_rcontext_handler *m_rcontext_handler;
  const Type_handler *m_type_handler;
public:
  uint offset;
  /*
    Routine to which this Item_splocal belongs. Used for checking if correct
    runtime context is used for variable handling.
  */
  sp_head *sp;
  my_var_sp(const Sp_rcontext_handler *rcontext_handler,
            const LEX_CSTRING *j, uint o, const Type_handler *type_handler,
            sp_head *s)
    : my_var(j, LOCAL_VAR),
      m_rcontext_handler(rcontext_handler),
      m_type_handler(type_handler), offset(o), sp(s) { }
  ~my_var_sp() = default;
  bool set(THD *thd, Item *val) override;
  my_var_sp *get_my_var_sp() override { return this; }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const
  { return m_type_handler; }
  sp_rcontext *get_rcontext(sp_rcontext *local_ctx) const;
};

/*
  This class handles fields of a ROW SP variable when it's used as a OUT
  parameter in a stored procedure.
*/
class my_var_sp_row_field: public my_var_sp
{
  uint m_field_offset;
public:
  my_var_sp_row_field(const Sp_rcontext_handler *rcontext_handler,
                      const LEX_CSTRING *varname, const LEX_CSTRING *fieldname,
                      uint var_idx, uint field_idx, sp_head *s)
   :my_var_sp(rcontext_handler, varname, var_idx,
              &type_handler_double/*Not really used*/, s),
    m_field_offset(field_idx)
  { }
  bool set(THD *thd, Item *val) override;
};

class my_var_user: public my_var {
public:
  my_var_user(const LEX_CSTRING *j)
    : my_var(j, SESSION_VAR) { }
  ~my_var_user() = default;
  bool set(THD *thd, Item *val) override;
};

class select_dumpvar :public select_result_interceptor {
  ha_rows row_count;
  my_var_sp *m_var_sp_row; // Not NULL if SELECT INTO row_type_sp_variable
  bool send_data_to_var_list(List<Item> &items);
public:
  List<my_var> var_list;
  select_dumpvar(THD *thd_arg)
   :select_result_interceptor(thd_arg), row_count(0), m_var_sp_row(NULL)
  { var_list.empty(); }
  ~select_dumpvar() = default;
  int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u) override;
  int send_data(List<Item> &items) override;
  bool send_eof() override;
  bool check_simple_select() const override;
  void reset_for_next_ps_execution() override;
};

/* Bits in sql_command_flags */

#define CF_CHANGES_DATA           (1U << 0)
#define CF_REPORT_PROGRESS        (1U << 1)
#define CF_STATUS_COMMAND         (1U << 2)
#define CF_SHOW_TABLE_COMMAND     (1U << 3)
#define CF_WRITE_LOGS_COMMAND     (1U << 4)

/**
  Must be set for SQL statements that may contain
  Item expressions and/or use joins and tables.
  Indicates that the parse tree of such statement may
  contain rule-based optimizations that depend on metadata
  (i.e. number of columns in a table), and consequently
  that the statement must be re-prepared whenever
  referenced metadata changes. Must not be set for
  statements that themselves change metadata, e.g. RENAME,
  ALTER and other DDL, since otherwise will trigger constant
  reprepare. Consequently, complex item expressions and
  joins are currently prohibited in these statements.
*/
#define CF_REEXECUTION_FRAGILE    (1U << 5)
/**
  Implicitly commit before the SQL statement is executed.

  Statements marked with this flag will cause any active
  transaction to end (commit) before proceeding with the
  command execution.

  This flag should be set for statements that probably can't
  be rolled back or that do not expect any previously metadata
  locked tables.
*/
#define CF_IMPLICIT_COMMIT_BEGIN   (1U << 6)
/**
  Implicitly commit after the SQL statement.

  Statements marked with this flag are automatically committed
  at the end of the statement.

  This flag should be set for statements that will implicitly
  open and take metadata locks on system tables that should not
  be carried for the whole duration of a active transaction.
*/
#define CF_IMPLICIT_COMMIT_END    (1U << 7)
/**
  CF_IMPLICT_COMMIT_BEGIN and CF_IMPLICIT_COMMIT_END are used
  to ensure that the active transaction is implicitly committed
  before and after every DDL statement and any statement that
  modifies our currently non-transactional system tables.
*/
#define CF_AUTO_COMMIT_TRANS  (CF_IMPLICIT_COMMIT_BEGIN | CF_IMPLICIT_COMMIT_END)

/**
  Diagnostic statement.
  Diagnostic statements:
  - SHOW WARNING
  - SHOW ERROR
  - GET DIAGNOSTICS (WL#2111)
  do not modify the diagnostics area during execution.
*/
#define CF_DIAGNOSTIC_STMT        (1U << 8)

/**
  Identifies statements that may generate row events
  and that may end up in the binary log.
*/
#define CF_CAN_GENERATE_ROW_EVENTS (1U << 9)

/**
  Identifies statements which may deal with temporary tables and for which
  temporary tables should be pre-opened to simplify privilege checks.
*/
#define CF_PREOPEN_TMP_TABLES   (1U << 10)

/**
  Identifies statements for which open handlers should be closed in the
  beginning of the statement.
*/
#define CF_HA_CLOSE             (1U << 11)

/**
  Identifies statements that can be explained with EXPLAIN.
*/
#define CF_CAN_BE_EXPLAINED       (1U << 12)

/** Identifies statements which may generate an optimizer trace */
#define CF_OPTIMIZER_TRACE        (1U << 14)

/**
   Identifies statements that should always be disallowed in
   read only transactions.
*/
#define CF_DISALLOW_IN_RO_TRANS   (1U << 15)

/**
  Statement that need the binlog format to be unchanged.
*/
#define CF_FORCE_ORIGINAL_BINLOG_FORMAT (1U << 16)

/**
  Statement that inserts new rows (INSERT, REPLACE, LOAD, ALTER TABLE)
*/
#define CF_INSERTS_DATA (1U << 17)

/**
  Statement that updates existing rows (UPDATE, multi-update)
*/
#define CF_UPDATES_DATA (1U << 18)

/**
  Not logged into slow log as "admin commands"
*/
#define CF_ADMIN_COMMAND (1U << 19)

/**
  SP Bulk execution safe
*/
#define CF_PS_ARRAY_BINDING_SAFE (1U << 20)
/**
  SP Bulk execution optimized
*/
#define CF_PS_ARRAY_BINDING_OPTIMIZED (1U << 21)
/**
  If command creates or drops a table
*/
#define CF_SCHEMA_CHANGE (1U << 22)
/**
  If command creates or drops a database
*/
#define CF_DB_CHANGE (1U << 23)
/**
  Statement that deletes existing rows (DELETE, DELETE_MULTI)
*/
#define CF_DELETES_DATA (1U << 24)

#ifdef WITH_WSREP
/**
  DDL statement that may be subject to error filtering.
*/
#define CF_WSREP_MAY_IGNORE_ERRORS (1U << 25)
/**
   Basic DML statements that create writeset.
*/
#define CF_WSREP_BASIC_DML (1u << 26)
#endif /* WITH_WSREP */

/* Bits in server_command_flags */
/**
  Skip the increase of the global query id counter. Commonly set for
  commands that are stateless (won't cause any change on the server
  internal states).
*/
#define CF_SKIP_QUERY_ID        (1U << 0)

/**
  Skip the increase of the number of statements that clients have
  sent to the server. Commonly used for commands that will cause
  a statement to be executed but the statement might have not been
  sent by the user (ie: stored procedure).
*/
#define CF_SKIP_QUESTIONS       (1U << 1)
#ifdef WITH_WSREP
/**
  Do not check that wsrep snapshot is ready before allowing this command
*/
#define CF_SKIP_WSREP_CHECK     (1U << 2)
#else
#define CF_SKIP_WSREP_CHECK     0
#endif /* WITH_WSREP */


/* Inline functions */

inline bool add_item_to_list(THD *thd, Item *item)
{
  bool res;
  LEX *lex= thd->lex;
  if (lex->current_select->parsing_place == IN_RETURNING)
    res= lex->returning()->add_item_to_list(thd, item);
  else
    res= lex->current_select->add_item_to_list(thd, item);
  return res;
}

inline bool add_value_to_list(THD *thd, Item *value)
{
  return thd->lex->value_list.push_back(value, thd->mem_root);
}

inline bool add_order_to_list(THD *thd, Item *item, bool asc)
{
  return thd->lex->current_select->add_order_to_list(thd, item, asc);
}

inline bool add_gorder_to_list(THD *thd, Item *item, bool asc)
{
  return thd->lex->current_select->add_gorder_to_list(thd, item, asc);
}

inline bool add_group_to_list(THD *thd, Item *item, bool asc)
{
  return thd->lex->current_select->add_group_to_list(thd, item, asc);
}

inline Item *and_conds(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
{
  if (!b) return a;
  if (!a) return b;
  return new (thd->mem_root) Item_cond_and(thd, a, b);
}

/* inline handler methods that need to know TABLE and THD structures */
inline void handler::increment_statistics(ulong SSV::*offset) const
{
  status_var_increment(table->in_use->status_var.*offset);
  table->in_use->check_limit_rows_examined();
}

inline void handler::fast_increment_statistics(ulong SSV::*offset) const
{
  status_var_increment(table->in_use->status_var.*offset);
}

inline void handler::decrement_statistics(ulong SSV::*offset) const
{
  status_var_decrement(table->in_use->status_var.*offset);
}

/* Update references in the handler to the table */

inline void handler::set_table(TABLE* table_arg)
{
  table= table_arg;
  costs= &table_arg->s->optimizer_costs;
}

inline bool handler::pk_is_clustering_key(uint index) const
{
   /*
     We have to check for MAX_INDEX as table->s->primary_key can be
     MAX_KEY in the case where there is no primary key.
   */
   return index != MAX_KEY && is_clustering_key(index);
}

inline bool handler::is_clustering_key(uint index) const
{
  DBUG_ASSERT(index != MAX_KEY);
  return table->is_clustering_key(index);
}

inline int handler::ha_ft_read(uchar *buf)
{
  int error= ft_read(buf);
  if (!error)
  {
    update_rows_read();

    if (table->vfield && buf == table->record[0])
      table->update_virtual_fields(this, VCOL_UPDATE_FOR_READ);
  }

  table->status=error ? STATUS_NOT_FOUND: 0;
  return error;
}

inline int handler::ha_rnd_pos_by_record(uchar *buf)
{
  int error= rnd_pos_by_record(buf);
  table->status=error ? STATUS_NOT_FOUND: 0;
  return error;
}

inline int handler::ha_read_first_row(uchar *buf, uint primary_key)
{
  int error= read_first_row(buf, primary_key);
  if (!error)
    update_rows_read();
  table->status=error ? STATUS_NOT_FOUND: 0;
  return error;
}

inline int handler::ha_write_tmp_row(uchar *buf)
{
  int error;
  MYSQL_INSERT_ROW_START(table_share->db.str, table_share->table_name.str);
  increment_statistics(&SSV::ha_tmp_write_count);
  TABLE_IO_WAIT(tracker, PSI_TABLE_WRITE_ROW, MAX_KEY, error,
          { error= write_row(buf); })
  MYSQL_INSERT_ROW_DONE(error);
  return error;
}

inline int handler::ha_delete_tmp_row(uchar *buf)
{
  int error;
  MYSQL_DELETE_ROW_START(table_share->db.str, table_share->table_name.str);
  increment_statistics(&SSV::ha_tmp_delete_count);
  TABLE_IO_WAIT(tracker, PSI_TABLE_DELETE_ROW, MAX_KEY, error,
                { error= delete_row(buf); })
  MYSQL_DELETE_ROW_DONE(error);
  return error;
}

inline int handler::ha_update_tmp_row(const uchar *old_data, uchar *new_data)
{
  int error;
  MYSQL_UPDATE_ROW_START(table_share->db.str, table_share->table_name.str);
  increment_statistics(&SSV::ha_tmp_update_count);
  TABLE_IO_WAIT(tracker, PSI_TABLE_UPDATE_ROW, active_index, error,
          { error= update_row(old_data, new_data);})
  MYSQL_UPDATE_ROW_DONE(error);
  return error;
}

inline bool handler::has_long_unique()
{
  return table->s->long_unique_table;
}

/**
  Return whether the handler is root.
  @return false if table is maintained by different handlerton, true otherwise.
  @note The implementation supposes that the same handler can't be found as both
  root and non-root.

  There are two known cases when it's non-root:
  1. under partition's ha_write_row() (also true for copy_partitions())
  2. under ha_mroonga::wrapper_write_row();
  same applies for ha_delete_row/ha_update_row.
*/
inline bool handler::is_root_handler() const
{
  return ht == table->file->ht;
}

extern pthread_attr_t *get_connection_attrib(void);

/**
   Set thread entering a condition

   This function should be called before putting a thread to wait for
   a condition. @a mutex should be held before calling this
   function. After being waken up, @f thd_exit_cond should be called.

   @param thd      The thread entering the condition, NULL means current thread
   @param cond     The condition the thread is going to wait for
   @param mutex    The mutex associated with the condition, this must be
                   held before call this function
   @param stage    The new process message for the thread
   @param old_stage The old process message for the thread
   @param src_function The caller source function name
   @param src_file The caller source file name
   @param src_line The caller source line number
*/
void thd_enter_cond(MYSQL_THD thd, mysql_cond_t *cond, mysql_mutex_t *mutex,
                    const PSI_stage_info *stage, PSI_stage_info *old_stage,
                    const char *src_function, const char *src_file,
                    int src_line);

#define THD_ENTER_COND(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5) \
  thd_enter_cond(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, __func__, __FILE__, __LINE__)

/**
   Set thread leaving a condition

   This function should be called after a thread being waken up for a
   condition.

   @param thd      The thread entering the condition, NULL means current thread
   @param stage    The process message, ususally this should be the old process
                   message before calling @f thd_enter_cond
   @param src_function The caller source function name
   @param src_file The caller source file name
   @param src_line The caller source line number
*/
void thd_exit_cond(MYSQL_THD thd, const PSI_stage_info *stage,
                   const char *src_function, const char *src_file,
                   int src_line);

#define THD_EXIT_COND(P1, P2) \
  thd_exit_cond(P1, P2, __func__, __FILE__, __LINE__)

inline bool binlog_should_compress(size_t len)
{
  return opt_bin_log_compress &&
    len >= opt_bin_log_compress_min_len;
}

void binlog_prepare_row_images(TABLE* table,
                               enum_binlog_row_image row_image);

/**
   Save thd sql_mode on instantiation.
   On destruction it resets the mode to the previously stored value.
*/
class Sql_mode_save
{
 public:
  Sql_mode_save(THD *thd) : thd(thd), old_mode(thd->variables.sql_mode) {}
  ~Sql_mode_save() { thd->variables.sql_mode = old_mode; }

 protected:
  THD *thd;
  sql_mode_t old_mode; // SQL mode saved at construction time.
};


/*
  Save the current sql_mode. Switch off sql_mode flags which can prevent
  normal parsing of VIEWs, expressions in generated columns.
  Restore the old sql_mode on destructor.
*/
class Sql_mode_save_for_frm_handling: public Sql_mode_save
{
public:
  Sql_mode_save_for_frm_handling(THD *thd)
   :Sql_mode_save(thd)
  {
    if (thd->variables.sql_mode & MODE_ORACLE)
      thd->variables.sql_mode|= IS_OR_WAS_ORACLE;

    /*
      - MODE_REAL_AS_FLOAT            affect only CREATE TABLE parsing
      + MODE_PIPES_AS_CONCAT          affect expression parsing
      + MODE_ANSI_QUOTES              affect expression parsing
      + MODE_IGNORE_SPACE             affect expression parsing
      - MODE_IGNORE_BAD_TABLE_OPTIONS affect only CREATE/ALTER TABLE parsing
      * MODE_ONLY_FULL_GROUP_BY       affect execution
      * MODE_NO_UNSIGNED_SUBTRACTION  affect execution
      - MODE_NO_DIR_IN_CREATE         affect table creation only
      - MODE_POSTGRESQL               compounded from other modes
      + MODE_ORACLE                   affects Item creation (e.g for CONCAT)
      - MODE_MSSQL                    compounded from other modes
      - MODE_DB2                      compounded from other modes
      - MODE_MAXDB                    affect only CREATE TABLE parsing
      - MODE_NO_KEY_OPTIONS           affect only SHOW
      - MODE_NO_TABLE_OPTIONS         affect only SHOW
      - MODE_NO_FIELD_OPTIONS         affect only SHOW
      - MODE_MYSQL323                 affect only SHOW
      - MODE_MYSQL40                  affect only SHOW
      - MODE_ANSI                     compounded from other modes
                                      (+ transaction mode)
      ? MODE_NO_AUTO_VALUE_ON_ZERO    affect UPDATEs
      + MODE_NO_BACKSLASH_ESCAPES     affect expression parsing
      + MODE_EMPTY_STRING_IS_NULL     affect expression parsing
    */
    thd->variables.sql_mode&= ~(MODE_PIPES_AS_CONCAT | MODE_ANSI_QUOTES |
                                MODE_IGNORE_SPACE | MODE_NO_BACKSLASH_ESCAPES |
                                MODE_ORACLE | MODE_EMPTY_STRING_IS_NULL);
  };

  ~Sql_mode_save_for_frm_handling()
  {
    if (thd->variables.sql_mode & IS_OR_WAS_ORACLE)
      thd->variables.sql_mode&= ~IS_OR_WAS_ORACLE;
  }
};


class Switch_to_definer_security_ctx
{
 public:
  Switch_to_definer_security_ctx(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table) :
    m_thd(thd), m_sctx(thd->security_ctx)
  {
    if (table->security_ctx)
      thd->security_ctx= table->security_ctx;
  }
  ~Switch_to_definer_security_ctx() { m_thd->security_ctx = m_sctx; }

 private:
  THD *m_thd;
  Security_context *m_sctx;
};


class Sql_mode_instant_set: public Sql_mode_save
{
public:
  Sql_mode_instant_set(THD *thd, sql_mode_t temporary_value)
   :Sql_mode_save(thd)
  {
    thd->variables.sql_mode= temporary_value;
  }
};


class Sql_mode_instant_remove: public Sql_mode_save
{
public:
  Sql_mode_instant_remove(THD *thd, sql_mode_t temporary_remove_flags)
   :Sql_mode_save(thd)
  {
    thd->variables.sql_mode&= ~temporary_remove_flags;
  }
};


class Abort_on_warning_instant_set
{
  THD *m_thd;
  bool m_save_abort_on_warning;
public:
  Abort_on_warning_instant_set(THD *thd, bool temporary_value)
   :m_thd(thd), m_save_abort_on_warning(thd->abort_on_warning)
  {
    thd->abort_on_warning= temporary_value;
  }
  ~Abort_on_warning_instant_set()
  {
    m_thd->abort_on_warning= m_save_abort_on_warning;
  }
};


class Check_level_instant_set
{
  THD *m_thd;
  enum_check_fields m_check_level;
public:
  Check_level_instant_set(THD *thd, enum_check_fields temporary_value)
   :m_thd(thd), m_check_level(thd->count_cuted_fields)
  {
    thd->count_cuted_fields= temporary_value;
  }
  ~Check_level_instant_set()
  {
    m_thd->count_cuted_fields= m_check_level;
  }
};


class Use_relaxed_field_copy: public Sql_mode_save,
                              public Check_level_instant_set,
                              public Abort_on_warning_instant_set
{
public:
  Use_relaxed_field_copy(THD *thd) :
      Sql_mode_save(thd), Check_level_instant_set(thd, CHECK_FIELD_IGNORE),
      Abort_on_warning_instant_set(thd, 0)
  {
    thd->variables.sql_mode&= ~(MODE_NO_ZERO_IN_DATE | MODE_NO_ZERO_DATE);
    thd->variables.sql_mode|= MODE_INVALID_DATES;
  }
};


class Identifier_chain2
{
  LEX_CSTRING m_name[2];
public:
  Identifier_chain2()
   :m_name{Lex_cstring(), Lex_cstring()}
  { }
  Identifier_chain2(const LEX_CSTRING &a, const LEX_CSTRING &b)
   :m_name{a, b}
  { }

  const LEX_CSTRING& operator [] (size_t i) const
  {
    return m_name[i];
  }

  static Identifier_chain2 split(const LEX_CSTRING &txt)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(txt.str[txt.length] == '\0'); // Expect 0-terminated input
    const char *dot= strchr(txt.str, '.');
    if (!dot)
      return Identifier_chain2(Lex_cstring(), txt);
    size_t length0= dot - txt.str;
    Lex_cstring name0(txt.str, length0);
    Lex_cstring name1(txt.str + length0 + 1, txt.length - length0 - 1);
    return Identifier_chain2(name0, name1);
  }

  // Export as a qualified name string: 'db.name'
  size_t make_qname(char *dst, size_t dstlen, bool casedn_part1) const
  {
    size_t res= my_snprintf(dst, dstlen, "%.*s.%.*s",
                            (int) m_name[0].length, m_name[0].str,
                            (int) m_name[1].length, m_name[1].str);
    if (casedn_part1 && dstlen > m_name[0].length)
      my_casedn_str(system_charset_info, dst + m_name[0].length + 1);
    return res;
  }

  // Export as a qualified name string, allocate on mem_root.
  LEX_CSTRING make_qname(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, bool casedn_part1) const
  {
    LEX_STRING dst;
    /* format: [pkg + dot] + name + '\0' */
    size_t dst_size= m_name[0].length + 1 /*dot*/ + m_name[1].length + 1/*\0*/;
    if (unlikely(!(dst.str= (char*) alloc_root(mem_root, dst_size))))
      return {NULL, 0};
    if (!m_name[0].length)
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(!casedn_part1); // Should not be called this way
      dst.length= my_snprintf(dst.str, dst_size, "%.*s",
                              (int) m_name[1].length, m_name[1].str);
      return {dst.str, dst.length};
    }
    dst.length= make_qname(dst.str, dst_size, casedn_part1);
    return {dst.str, dst.length};
  }
};


/**
  This class resembles the SQL Standard schema qualified object name:
  <schema qualified name> ::= [ <schema name> <period> ] <qualified identifier>
*/
class Database_qualified_name
{
public:
  LEX_CSTRING m_db;
  LEX_CSTRING m_name;
  Database_qualified_name()
  { }
  Database_qualified_name(const LEX_CSTRING *db, const LEX_CSTRING *name)
   :m_db(*db), m_name(*name)
  { }
  Database_qualified_name(const LEX_CSTRING &db, const LEX_CSTRING &name)
   :m_db(db), m_name(name)
  { }
  Database_qualified_name(const char *db, size_t db_length,
                          const char *name, size_t name_length)
  {
    m_db.str= db;
    m_db.length= db_length;
    m_name.str= name;
    m_name.length= name_length;
  }

  bool eq(const Database_qualified_name *other) const
  {
    CHARSET_INFO *cs= lower_case_table_names ?
                      &my_charset_utf8mb3_general_ci :
                      &my_charset_utf8mb3_bin;
    return
      m_db.length == other->m_db.length &&
      m_name.length == other->m_name.length &&
      !cs->strnncoll(m_db.str, m_db.length,
                     other->m_db.str, other->m_db.length) &&
      !cs->strnncoll(m_name.str, m_name.length,
                     other->m_name.str, other->m_name.length);
  }
  /*
    Make copies of "db" and "name" on the memory root in internal format:
    - Lower-case "db" if lower-case-table-names==1.
    - Preserve "name" as is.
  */
  bool copy_sp_name_internal(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, const LEX_CSTRING &db,
                             const LEX_CSTRING &name);

  // Export db and name as a qualified name string: 'db.name'
  size_t make_qname(char *dst, size_t dstlen, bool casedn_name) const
  {
    return Identifier_chain2(m_db, m_name).make_qname(dst, dstlen, casedn_name);
  }
  // Export db and name as a qualified name string, allocate on mem_root.
  LEX_CSTRING make_qname(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, bool casedn_name) const
  {
    return Identifier_chain2(m_db, m_name).make_qname(mem_root, casedn_name);
  }

  bool make_package_routine_name(MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                 const LEX_CSTRING &package,
                                 const LEX_CSTRING &routine)
  {
    char *tmp;
    size_t length= package.length + 1 + routine.length + 1;
    if (unlikely(!(tmp= (char *) alloc_root(mem_root, length))))
      return true;
    m_name.length= Identifier_chain2(package, routine).make_qname(tmp, length,
                                                                  false);
    m_name.str= tmp;
    return false;
  }

  bool make_package_routine_name(MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                 const LEX_CSTRING &db,
                                 const LEX_CSTRING &package,
                                 const LEX_CSTRING &routine)
  {
    if (unlikely(make_package_routine_name(mem_root, package, routine)))
      return true;
    if (unlikely(!(m_db.str= strmake_root(mem_root, db.str, db.length))))
      return true;
    m_db.length= db.length;
    return false;
  }
};


class ErrConvDQName: public ErrConv
{
  const Database_qualified_name *m_name;
public:
  ErrConvDQName(const Database_qualified_name *name)
   :m_name(name)
  { }
  LEX_CSTRING lex_cstring() const override
  {
    size_t length= m_name->make_qname(err_buffer, sizeof(err_buffer), false);
    return {err_buffer, length};
  }
};

class Type_holder: public Sql_alloc,
                   public Item_args,
                   public Type_handler_hybrid_field_type,
                   public Type_all_attributes
{
  const TYPELIB *m_typelib;
  bool m_maybe_null;
public:
  Type_holder()
   :m_typelib(NULL),
    m_maybe_null(false)
  { }

  void set_type_maybe_null(bool maybe_null_arg) override
  { m_maybe_null= maybe_null_arg; }
  bool get_maybe_null() const { return m_maybe_null; }

  decimal_digits_t decimal_precision() const override
  {
    /*
      Type_holder is not used directly to create fields, so
      its virtual decimal_precision() is never called.
      We should eventually extend create_result_table() to accept
      an array of Type_holders directly, without having to allocate
      Item_type_holder's and put them into List<Item>.
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return 0;
  }
  void set_typelib(const TYPELIB *typelib) override
  {
    m_typelib= typelib;
  }
  const TYPELIB *get_typelib() const override
  {
    return m_typelib;
  }

  bool aggregate_attributes(THD *thd)
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING union_name= { STRING_WITH_LEN("UNION") };
    for (uint i= 0; i < arg_count; i++)
      m_maybe_null|= args[i]->maybe_null();
    return
       type_handler()->Item_hybrid_func_fix_attributes(thd,
                                                       union_name, this, this,
                                                       args, arg_count);
  }
};


/*
  A helper class to set THD flags to emit warnings/errors in case of
  overflow/type errors during assigning values into the SP variable fields.
  Saves original flags values in constructor.
  Restores original flags in destructor.
*/
class Sp_eval_expr_state
{
  THD *m_thd;
  enum_check_fields m_count_cuted_fields;
  bool m_abort_on_warning;
  bool m_stmt_modified_non_trans_table;
  void start()
  {
    m_thd->count_cuted_fields= CHECK_FIELD_ERROR_FOR_NULL;
    m_thd->abort_on_warning= m_thd->is_strict_mode();
    m_thd->transaction->stmt.modified_non_trans_table= false;
  }
  void stop()
  {
    m_thd->count_cuted_fields= m_count_cuted_fields;
    m_thd->abort_on_warning= m_abort_on_warning;
    m_thd->transaction->stmt.modified_non_trans_table=
      m_stmt_modified_non_trans_table;
  }
public:
  Sp_eval_expr_state(THD *thd)
   :m_thd(thd),
    m_count_cuted_fields(thd->count_cuted_fields),
    m_abort_on_warning(thd->abort_on_warning),
    m_stmt_modified_non_trans_table(thd->transaction->stmt.
                                    modified_non_trans_table)
  {
    start();
  }
  ~Sp_eval_expr_state()
  {
    stop();
  }
};


#ifndef DBUG_OFF
void dbug_serve_apcs(THD *thd, int n_calls);
#endif 

class StatementBinlog
{
  const enum_binlog_format saved_binlog_format;
  THD *const thd;

public:
  StatementBinlog(THD *thd, bool need_stmt) :
    saved_binlog_format(thd->get_current_stmt_binlog_format()),
    thd(thd)
  {
    if (need_stmt && saved_binlog_format != BINLOG_FORMAT_STMT)
    {
      thd->set_current_stmt_binlog_format_stmt();
    }
  }
  ~StatementBinlog()
  {
    thd->set_current_stmt_binlog_format(saved_binlog_format);
  }
};


/** THD registry */
class THD_list: public THD_list_iterator
{
public:
  /**
    Constructor replacement.

    Unfortunately we can't use fair constructor to initialize mutex
    for two reasons: PFS and embedded. The former can probably be fixed,
    the latter can probably be dropped.
  */
  void init()
  {
    mysql_rwlock_init(key_rwlock_THD_list, &lock);
  }

  /** Destructor replacement. */
  void destroy()
  {
    mysql_rwlock_destroy(&lock);
  }

  /**
    Inserts thread to registry.

    @param thd         thread

    Thread becomes accessible via server_threads.
  */
  void insert(THD *thd)
  {
    mysql_rwlock_wrlock(&lock);
    threads.append(thd);
    mysql_rwlock_unlock(&lock);
  }

  /**
    Removes thread from registry.

    @param thd         thread

    Thread becomes not accessible via server_threads.
  */
  void erase(THD *thd)
  {
    thd->assert_linked();
    mysql_rwlock_wrlock(&lock);
    thd->unlink();
    mysql_rwlock_unlock(&lock);
  }
};

extern THD_list server_threads;

void setup_tmp_table_column_bitmaps(TABLE *table, uchar *bitmaps,
                                    uint field_count);
C_MODE_START
void mariadb_sleep_for_space(unsigned int seconds);
C_MODE_END

#ifdef WITH_WSREP
extern void wsrep_to_isolation_end(THD*);
#endif
/*
  RAII utility class to ease binlogging with temporary setting
  THD etc context and restoring the original one upon logger execution.
*/
class Write_log_with_flags
{
  THD*   m_thd;
#ifdef WITH_WSREP
  bool wsrep_to_isolation;
#endif

public:
~Write_log_with_flags()
  {
    m_thd->set_binlog_flags_for_alter(0);
    m_thd->set_binlog_start_alter_seq_no(0);
#ifdef WITH_WSREP
    if (wsrep_to_isolation)
      wsrep_to_isolation_end(m_thd);
#endif
  }

  Write_log_with_flags(THD *thd, uchar flags,
                       bool do_wsrep_iso __attribute__((unused))= false) :
    m_thd(thd)
  {
    m_thd->set_binlog_flags_for_alter(flags);
#ifdef WITH_WSREP
    wsrep_to_isolation= do_wsrep_iso && WSREP(m_thd);
#endif
  }
};


/**
  Make a new string allocated on THD's mem-root.

  @param thd        thread handler.
  @param start_ptr  start of the new string.
  @param end_ptr    end of the new string.

  @return LEX_CSTRING object, containing a pointer to a newly
  constructed/allocated string, and its length. The data member
  LEX_CSTRING::str has the value nullptr in case of out-of-memory error.
*/

LEX_CSTRING make_string(THD *thd, const char *start_ptr,
                        const char *end_ptr);

#include "deprecation.h"

#endif /* MYSQL_SERVER */
#endif /* SQL_CLASS_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2012, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  51 Franklin Street, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef PFS_SOCKET_PROVIDER_H
#define PFS_SOCKET_PROVIDER_H

/**
  @file include/pfs_socket_provider.h
  Performance schema instrumentation (declarations).
*/

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
#ifndef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"

#define PSI_SOCKET_CALL(M) pfs_ ## M ## _v1

C_MODE_START

void pfs_register_socket_v1(const char *category,
                            PSI_socket_info_v1 *info,
                            int count);

PSI_socket*
pfs_init_socket_v1(PSI_socket_key key, const my_socket *fd,
                   const struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t addr_len);

void pfs_destroy_socket_v1(PSI_socket *socket);

PSI_socket_locker*
pfs_start_socket_wait_v1(PSI_socket_locker_state *state,
                         PSI_socket *socket,
                         PSI_socket_operation op,
                         size_t count,
                         const char *src_file, uint src_line);

void pfs_end_socket_wait_v1(PSI_socket_locker *locker, size_t byte_count);

void pfs_set_socket_state_v1(PSI_socket *socket, PSI_socket_state state);

void pfs_set_socket_info_v1(PSI_socket *socket,
                            const my_socket *fd,
                            const struct sockaddr *addr,
                            socklen_t addr_len);

void pfs_set_socket_thread_owner_v1(PSI_socket *socket);

C_MODE_END

#endif /* EMBEDDED_LIBRARY */
#endif /* MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN */
#endif /* MYSQL_SERVER */
#endif /* HAVE_PSI_SOCKET_INTERFACE */

#endif

/* Copyright (c) 2013, Kristian Nielsen and MariaDB Services Ab.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef RPL_GTID_H
#define RPL_GTID_H

#include "hash.h"
#include "queues.h"
#include <atomic>

/* Definitions for MariaDB global transaction ID (GTID). */


extern const LEX_CSTRING rpl_gtid_slave_state_table_name;

class String;
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
struct TABLE;
#endif
struct slave_connection_state;

#define PARAM_GTID(G) G.domain_id, G.server_id, G.seq_no

#define GTID_MAX_STR_LENGTH (10+1+10+1+20)
#define PARAM_GTID(G) G.domain_id, G.server_id, G.seq_no

struct rpl_gtid
{
  uint32 domain_id;
  uint32 server_id;
  uint64 seq_no;
};

inline bool operator==(const rpl_gtid& lhs, const rpl_gtid& rhs)
{
  return
    lhs.domain_id == rhs.domain_id &&
    lhs.server_id == rhs.server_id &&
    lhs.seq_no    == rhs.seq_no;
};

inline bool operator<(const rpl_gtid& lhs, const rpl_gtid& rhs)
{
  return (lhs.domain_id == rhs.domain_id) ? lhs.seq_no < rhs.seq_no
                                          : lhs.domain_id < rhs.domain_id;
};

inline bool operator>(const rpl_gtid& lhs, const rpl_gtid& rhs)
{
  return (lhs.domain_id == rhs.domain_id) ? lhs.seq_no > rhs.seq_no
                                          : lhs.domain_id > rhs.domain_id;
};

enum enum_gtid_skip_type {
  GTID_SKIP_NOT, GTID_SKIP_STANDALONE, GTID_SKIP_TRANSACTION
};


/*
  Structure to keep track of threads waiting in MASTER_GTID_WAIT().

  Since replication is (mostly) single-threaded, we want to minimise the
  performance impact on that from MASTER_GTID_WAIT(). To achieve this, we
  are careful to keep the common lock between replication threads and
  MASTER_GTID_WAIT threads held for as short as possible. We keep only
  a single thread waiting to be notified by the replication threads; this
  thread then handles all the (potentially heavy) lifting of dealing with
  all current waiting threads.
*/
struct gtid_waiting {
  /* Elements in the hash, basically a priority queue for each domain. */
  struct hash_element {
    QUEUE queue;
    uint32 domain_id;
  };
  /* A priority queue to handle waiters in one domain in seq_no order. */
  struct queue_element {
    uint64 wait_seq_no;
    THD *thd;
    int queue_idx;
    /*
      do_small_wait is true if we have responsibility for ensuring that there
      is a small waiter.
    */
    bool do_small_wait;
    /*
      The flag `done' is set when the wait is completed (either due to reaching
      the position waited for, or due to timeout or kill). The queue_element
      is in the queue if and only if `done' is true.
    */
    bool done;
  };

  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_gtid_waiting;
  HASH hash;

  void init();
  void destroy();
  hash_element *get_entry(uint32 domain_id);
  int wait_for_pos(THD *thd, String *gtid_str, longlong timeout_us);
  void promote_new_waiter(gtid_waiting::hash_element *he);
  int wait_for_gtid(THD *thd, rpl_gtid *wait_gtid, struct timespec *wait_until);
  void process_wait_hash(uint64 wakeup_seq_no, gtid_waiting::hash_element *he);
  int register_in_wait_queue(THD *thd, rpl_gtid *wait_gtid, hash_element *he,
                             queue_element *elem);
  void remove_from_wait_queue(hash_element *he, queue_element *elem);
};


class Relay_log_info;
struct rpl_group_info;
class Gtid_list_log_event;

/*
  Replication slave state.

  For every independent replication stream (identified by domain_id), this
  remembers the last gtid applied on the slave within this domain.

  Since events are always committed in-order within a single domain, this is
  sufficient to maintain the state of the replication slave.
*/
struct rpl_slave_state
{
  /* Elements in the list of GTIDs kept for each domain_id. */
  struct list_element
  {
    struct list_element *next;
    uint64 sub_id;
    uint32 domain_id;
    uint32 server_id;
    uint64 seq_no;
    /*
      hton of mysql.gtid_slave_pos* table used to record this GTID.
      Can be NULL if the gtid table failed to load (eg. missing
      mysql.gtid_slave_pos table following an upgrade).
    */
    void *hton;
  };

  /* Elements in the HASH that hold the state for one domain_id. */
  struct element
  {
    struct list_element *list;
    uint32 domain_id;
    /* Highest seq_no seen so far in this domain. */
    uint64 highest_seq_no;
    /*
      If this is non-NULL, then it is the waiter responsible for the small
      wait in MASTER_GTID_WAIT().
    */
    gtid_waiting::queue_element *gtid_waiter;
    /*
      If gtid_waiter is non-NULL, then this is the seq_no that its
      MASTER_GTID_WAIT() is waiting on. When we reach this seq_no, we need to
      signal the waiter on COND_wait_gtid.
    */
    uint64 min_wait_seq_no;
    mysql_cond_t COND_wait_gtid;

    /*
      For --gtid-ignore-duplicates. The Relay_log_info that currently owns
      this domain, and the number of worker threads that are active in it.

      The idea is that only one of multiple master connections is allowed to
      actively apply events for a given domain. Other connections must either
      discard the events (if the seq_no in GTID shows they have already been
      applied), or wait to see if the current owner will apply it.
    */
    const Relay_log_info *owner_rli;
    uint32 owner_count;
    mysql_cond_t COND_gtid_ignore_duplicates;

    list_element *grab_list() { list_element *l= list; list= NULL; return l; }
    void add(list_element *l)
    {
      l->next= list;
      list= l;
    }
  };

  /* Descriptor for mysql.gtid_slave_posXXX table in specific engine. */
  enum gtid_pos_table_state {
    GTID_POS_AUTO_CREATE,
    GTID_POS_CREATE_REQUESTED,
    GTID_POS_CREATE_IN_PROGRESS,
    GTID_POS_AVAILABLE
  };
  struct gtid_pos_table {
    struct gtid_pos_table *next;
    /*
      Use a void * here, rather than handlerton *, to make explicit that we
      are not using the value to access any functionality in the engine. It
      is just used as an opaque value to identify which engine we are using
      for each GTID row.
    */
    void *table_hton;
    LEX_CSTRING table_name;
    uint8 state;
  };

  /* Mapping from domain_id to its element. */
  HASH hash;
  /* GTIDs added since last purge of old mysql.gtid_slave_pos rows. */
  uint32 pending_gtid_count;
  /* Mutex protecting access to the state. */
  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_slave_state;
  /* Auxiliary buffer to sort gtid list. */
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY gtid_sort_array;

  uint64 last_sub_id;
  /*
    List of tables available for durably storing the slave GTID position.

    Accesses to this table is protected by LOCK_slave_state. However for
    efficiency, there is also a provision for read access to it from a running
    slave without lock.

    An element can be added at the head of a list by storing the new
    gtid_pos_tables pointer atomically with release semantics, to ensure that
    the next pointer of the new element is visible to readers of the new list.
    Other changes (like deleting or replacing elements) must happen only while
    all SQL driver threads are stopped. LOCK_slave_state must be held in any
    case.

    The list can be read without lock by an SQL driver thread or worker thread
    by reading the gtid_pos_tables pointer atomically with acquire semantics,
    to ensure that it will see the correct next pointer of a new head element.
  */
  std::atomic<gtid_pos_table*> gtid_pos_tables;
  /* The default entry in gtid_pos_tables, mysql.gtid_slave_pos. */
  std::atomic<gtid_pos_table*> default_gtid_pos_table;
  bool loaded;

  rpl_slave_state();
  ~rpl_slave_state();

  void truncate_hash();
  ulong count() const { return hash.records; }
  int update(uint32 domain_id, uint32 server_id, uint64 sub_id,
             uint64 seq_no, void *hton, rpl_group_info *rgi);
  int update_nolock(uint32 domain_id, uint32 server_id, uint64 sub_id,
                    uint64 seq_no, void *hton, rpl_group_info *rgi);
  int truncate_state_table(THD *thd);
  void select_gtid_pos_table(THD *thd, LEX_CSTRING *out_tablename);
  int record_gtid(THD *thd, const rpl_gtid *gtid, uint64 sub_id,
                  bool in_transaction, bool in_statement, void **out_hton);
  list_element *gtid_grab_pending_delete_list();
  LEX_CSTRING *select_gtid_pos_table(void *hton);
  void gtid_delete_pending(THD *thd, rpl_slave_state::list_element **list_ptr);
  uint64 next_sub_id(uint32 domain_id);
  int iterate(int (*cb)(rpl_gtid *, void *), void *data,
              rpl_gtid *extra_gtids, uint32 num_extra,
              bool sort);
  int tostring(String *dest, rpl_gtid *extra_gtids, uint32 num_extra);
  bool domain_to_gtid(uint32 domain_id, rpl_gtid *out_gtid);
  int load(THD *thd, const char *state_from_master, size_t len, bool reset,
           bool in_statement);
  bool is_empty();

  element *get_element(uint32 domain_id);
  int put_back_list(list_element *list);

  void update_state_hash(uint64 sub_id, rpl_gtid *gtid, void *hton,
                         rpl_group_info *rgi);
  int record_and_update_gtid(THD *thd, struct rpl_group_info *rgi);
  int check_duplicate_gtid(rpl_gtid *gtid, rpl_group_info *rgi);
  void release_domain_owner(rpl_group_info *rgi);
  void set_gtid_pos_tables_list(gtid_pos_table *new_list,
                                gtid_pos_table *default_entry);
  void add_gtid_pos_table(gtid_pos_table *entry);
  struct gtid_pos_table *alloc_gtid_pos_table(LEX_CSTRING *table_name,
      void *hton, rpl_slave_state::gtid_pos_table_state state);
  void free_gtid_pos_tables(struct gtid_pos_table *list);
};


/*
  Binlog state.
  This keeps the last GTID written to the binlog for every distinct
  (domain_id, server_id) pair.
  This will be logged at the start of the next binlog file as a
  Gtid_list_log_event; this way, it is easy to find the binlog file
  containing a given GTID, by simply scanning backwards from the newest
  one until a lower seq_no is found in the Gtid_list_log_event at the
  start of a binlog for the given domain_id and server_id.

  We also remember the last logged GTID for every domain_id. This is used
  to know where to start when a master is changed to a slave. As a side
  effect, it also allows to skip a hash lookup in the very common case of
  logging a new GTID with same server id as last GTID.

  The base class rpl_binlog_state_base contains just be basic data operations
  to insert/update GTIDs, and is used eg. from Gtid_index_*. The main class
  rpl_binlog_state builds server logic on top of that like mutex locking,
  gtid_strict_mode handling, etc.
*/
struct rpl_binlog_state_base
{
  struct element {
    uint32 domain_id;
    HASH hash;                /* Containing all server_id for one domain_id */
    /* The most recent entry in the hash. */
    rpl_gtid *last_gtid;
    /* Counter to allocate next seq_no for this domain. */
    uint64 seq_no_counter;

    int update_element(const rpl_gtid *gtid);
  };

  /* Mapping from domain_id to collection of elements. */
  HASH hash;
  my_bool initialized;

  rpl_binlog_state_base() : initialized(0) {}
  ~rpl_binlog_state_base();
  void init();
  void reset_nolock();
  void free();
  bool load_nolock(struct rpl_gtid *list, uint32 count);
  bool load_nolock(rpl_binlog_state_base *orig_state);
  int update_nolock(const struct rpl_gtid *gtid);
  int alloc_element_nolock(const rpl_gtid *gtid);
  uint32 count_nolock();
  int get_gtid_list_nolock(rpl_gtid *gtid_list, uint32 list_size);
  rpl_gtid *find_nolock(uint32 domain_id, uint32 server_id);
  bool is_before_pos(slave_connection_state *pos);
};

struct rpl_binlog_state : public rpl_binlog_state_base
{
  /* Mutex protecting access to the state. */
  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_binlog_state;

  /* Auxiliary buffer to sort gtid list. */
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY gtid_sort_array;

  rpl_binlog_state() {}
  ~rpl_binlog_state();

  void init();
  void reset();
  void free();
  bool load(struct rpl_gtid *list, uint32 count);
  bool load(rpl_slave_state *slave_pos);
  int update(const struct rpl_gtid *gtid, bool strict);
  int update_with_next_gtid(uint32 domain_id, uint32 server_id,
                             rpl_gtid *gtid);
  bool check_strict_sequence(uint32 domain_id, uint32 server_id, uint64 seq_no,
                             bool no_error= false);
  int bump_seq_no_if_needed(uint32 domain_id, uint64 seq_no);
  int write_to_iocache(IO_CACHE *dest);
  int read_from_iocache(IO_CACHE *src);
  uint32 count();
  int get_gtid_list(rpl_gtid *gtid_list, uint32 list_size);
  int get_most_recent_gtid_list(rpl_gtid **list, uint32 *size);
  bool append_pos(String *str);
  bool append_state(String *str);
  rpl_gtid *find(uint32 domain_id, uint32 server_id);
  rpl_gtid *find_most_recent(uint32 domain_id);
  const char* drop_domain(DYNAMIC_ARRAY *ids, Gtid_list_log_event *glev, char*);
};


/*
  Represent the GTID state that a slave connection to a master requests
  the master to start sending binlog events from.
*/
struct slave_connection_state
{
  struct entry {
    rpl_gtid gtid;
    uint32 flags;
  };
  /* Bits for 'flags' */
  enum start_flags
  {
    START_OWN_SLAVE_POS= 0x1,
    START_ON_EMPTY_DOMAIN= 0x2
  };

  /* Mapping from domain_id to the entry with GTID requested for that domain. */
  HASH hash;

  /* Auxiliary buffer to sort gtid list. */
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY gtid_sort_array;

  slave_connection_state();
  ~slave_connection_state();

  void reset() { my_hash_reset(&hash); }
  int load(const char *slave_request, size_t len);
  int load(const rpl_gtid *gtid_list, uint32 count);
  int load(rpl_slave_state *state, rpl_gtid *extra_gtids, uint32 num_extra);
  rpl_gtid *find(uint32 domain_id);
  entry *find_entry(uint32 domain_id);
  int update(const rpl_gtid *in_gtid);
  void remove(const rpl_gtid *gtid);
  void remove_if_present(const rpl_gtid *in_gtid);
  ulong count() const { return hash.records; }
  int to_string(String *out_str);
  int append_to_string(String *out_str);
  int get_gtid_list(rpl_gtid *gtid_list, uint32 list_size);
  bool is_pos_reached();
};


extern bool rpl_slave_state_tostring_helper(String *dest, const rpl_gtid *gtid,
                                            bool *first);
extern int gtid_check_rpl_slave_state_table(TABLE *table);
extern rpl_gtid *gtid_parse_string_to_list(const char *p, size_t len,
                                           uint32 *out_len);
extern rpl_gtid *gtid_unpack_string_to_list(const char *p, size_t len,
                                           uint32 *out_len);



/*
  This class ensures that the GTID state of an event stream is consistent with
  the set of provided binary log files. In particular, it has two concerns:

    1) Ensuring that GTID events are monotonically increasing within each
       domain
    2) Ensuring that the GTID state of the specified binary logs is consistent
       both with the initial state that a user provides, and between
       binary logs (if multiple are specified)
*/
class Binlog_gtid_state_validator
{
public:

  struct audit_elem
  {
    uint32 domain_id;


    /*
      Holds the largest GTID received, and is indexed by domain_id
    */
    rpl_gtid last_gtid;

    /*
      Holds the largest GTID received, and is indexed by domain_id
    */
    rpl_gtid start_gtid;

    /*
      List of the problematic GTIDs received which were out of order
    */
    DYNAMIC_ARRAY late_gtids_real;

    /*
      For each problematic GTID in late_gtids_real, this list contains the last
      GTID of the domain at the time of receiving the out of order GTID.
    */
    DYNAMIC_ARRAY late_gtids_previous;
  };

  Binlog_gtid_state_validator();
  ~Binlog_gtid_state_validator();

  /*
    Initialize where we should start monitoring for invalid GTID entries
    in the event stream. Note that these start positions must occur at or after
    a given binary logs GTID state (from Gtid_list_log_event)
  */
  void initialize_start_gtids(rpl_gtid *start_gtids, size_t n_gtids);

  /*
    Initialize our current state so we know where to expect GTIDs to start
    increasing from. Error if the state exists after our expected start_gtid
    positions, because we know we will be missing event data (possibly from
    a purged log).
  */
  my_bool initialize_gtid_state(FILE *out, rpl_gtid *gtids, size_t n_gtids);

  /*
    Ensures that the expected stop GTID positions exist within the specified
    binary logs.
  */
  my_bool verify_stop_state(FILE *out, rpl_gtid *stop_gtids,
                            size_t n_stop_gtids);

  /*
    Ensure a GTID state (e.g., from a Gtid_list_log_event) is consistent with
    the current state of our auditing. For example, if we see a GTID from a
    Gtid_list_log_event that is ahead of our current state for that domain, we
    have missed events (perhaps from a missing log).
  */
  my_bool verify_gtid_state(FILE *out, rpl_gtid *gtid_state_cur);

  /*
    Take note of a new GTID being processed.

    returns TRUE if the GTID is invalid, FALSE on success
  */
  my_bool record(rpl_gtid *gtid);

  /*
    Writes warnings/errors (if any) during GTID processing

    Returns TRUE if any findings were reported, FALSE otherwise
  */
  my_bool report(FILE *out, my_bool is_strict_mode);

  static void report_details(FILE *out, const char *format, va_list args)
  {
    vfprintf(out, format, args);
    fprintf(out, "\n");
  }

  static void warn(FILE *out, const char *format,...)
  {
    va_list args;
    va_start(args, format);
    fprintf(out, "WARNING: ");
    report_details(out, format, args);
  }

  static void error(FILE *out, const char *format,...)
  {
    va_list args;
    va_start(args, format);
    fprintf(out, "ERROR: ");
    report_details(out, format, args);
  }

private:

  /*
    Holds the records for each domain id we are monitoring. Elements are of
    type `struct audit_elem` and indexed by domian_id.
  */
  HASH m_audit_elem_domain_lookup;
};

/*
  Interface to support different methods of filtering log events by GTID
*/
class Gtid_event_filter
{
public:
  Gtid_event_filter() {};
  virtual ~Gtid_event_filter() {};

  enum gtid_event_filter_type
  {
    DELEGATING_GTID_FILTER_TYPE = 1,
    WINDOW_GTID_FILTER_TYPE = 2,
    ACCEPT_ALL_GTID_FILTER_TYPE = 3,
    REJECT_ALL_GTID_FILTER_TYPE = 4,
    INTERSECTING_GTID_FILTER_TYPE = 5
  };

  enum class id_restriction_mode
  {
    MODE_NOT_SET,
    WHITELIST_MODE,
    BLACKLIST_MODE,
  };

  /*
    Run the filter on an input gtid to test if the corresponding log events
    should be excluded from a result

    Returns TRUE when the event group corresponding to the input GTID should be
    excluded.
    Returns FALSE when the event group should be included.
  */
  virtual my_bool exclude(rpl_gtid *) = 0;

  /*
    The gtid_event_filter_type that corresponds to the underlying filter
    implementation
  */
  virtual uint32 get_filter_type() = 0;

  /*
    For filters that can maintain their own state, this tests if the filter
    implementation has completed.

    Returns TRUE when completed, and FALSE when the filter has not finished.
  */
  virtual my_bool has_finished() = 0;

  /**
    Check that this filter implementation is at a final,
    completed state, and warn if it is not.

    For a filter that can maintain their own state,
    this not only validates if the filter ::has_finished(),
    but may also print specific warnings for its variety of non-final states.

    For a filter that manage multiple subfilters, this should iterate
    through all of those to have each self-report any ineffectiveness.
    This cumulative result may not correlate with the ::has_finished() state.

    @return
      `false` if the filter is at a completed state, or `true` if it
      warned incompleteness (This scheme is the opposite of has_finished()!)
  */
  virtual bool verify_final_state() { return false; }
};

/*
  Filter implementation which will include any and all input GTIDs. This is
  used to set default behavior for GTIDs that do not have explicit filters
  set on their domain_id, e.g. when a Window_gtid_event_filter is used for
  a specific domain, then all other domain_ids will be accepted using this
  filter implementation.
*/
class Accept_all_gtid_filter : public Gtid_event_filter
{
public:
  Accept_all_gtid_filter() {}
  ~Accept_all_gtid_filter() {}
  my_bool exclude(rpl_gtid *) override { return FALSE; }
  uint32 get_filter_type() override { return ACCEPT_ALL_GTID_FILTER_TYPE; }
  my_bool has_finished() override { return FALSE; }
};

/*
  Filter implementation to exclude all tested GTIDs.
*/
class Reject_all_gtid_filter : public Gtid_event_filter
{
public:
  Reject_all_gtid_filter() {}
  ~Reject_all_gtid_filter() {}
  my_bool exclude(rpl_gtid *) override { return TRUE; }
  uint32 get_filter_type() override { return REJECT_ALL_GTID_FILTER_TYPE; }
  my_bool has_finished() override { return FALSE; }
};

/*
  A filter implementation that includes events that exist between two GTID
  positions, m_start (exclusive) and m_stop (inclusive), within a domain.

  This filter is stateful, such that it expects GTIDs to be an increasing
  stream, and internally, the window will activate and deactivate when the
  start and stop positions of the event stream have passed through,
  respectively.
*/
class Window_gtid_event_filter : public Gtid_event_filter
{
public:
  Window_gtid_event_filter();
  ~Window_gtid_event_filter() {}

  my_bool exclude(rpl_gtid*) override;
  my_bool has_finished() override;
  bool verify_final_state() override;

  /*
    Set the GTID that begins this window (exclusive)

    Returns 0 on ok, non-zero on error
  */
  int set_start_gtid(rpl_gtid *start);

  /*
    Set the GTID that ends this window (inclusive)

    Returns 0 on ok, non-zero on error
  */
  int set_stop_gtid(rpl_gtid *stop);

  uint32 get_filter_type() override { return WINDOW_GTID_FILTER_TYPE; }

  /*
    Validates the underlying range is correct, and writes an error if not, i.e.
    m_start >= m_stop.

    Returns FALSE on ok, TRUE if range is invalid
  */
  my_bool is_range_invalid();

  /*
    Getter/setter methods
  */
  my_bool has_start() { return m_has_start; }
  my_bool has_stop() { return m_has_stop; }
  rpl_gtid get_start_gtid() { return m_start; }
  rpl_gtid get_stop_gtid() { return m_stop; }

  void clear_start_pos()
  {
    m_has_start= FALSE;
    m_start= {0, 0, 0};
  }

  void clear_stop_pos()
  {
    m_has_stop= FALSE;
    m_stop= {0, 0, 0};
  }

private:

  enum warning_flags
  {
    WARN_GTID_SEQUENCE_NUMBER_OUT_OF_ORDER= 0x1
  };

  /*
    m_has_start : Indicates if a start to this window has been explicitly
                  provided. A window starts immediately if not provided.
  */
  my_bool m_has_start;

  /*
    m_has_stop : Indicates if a stop to this window has been explicitly
                 provided. A window continues indefinitely if not provided.
  */
  my_bool m_has_stop;

  /*
    m_is_active : Indicates whether or not the program is currently reading
                  events from within this window. When TRUE, events with
                  different server ids than those specified by m_start or
                  m_stop will be passed through.
  */
  my_bool m_is_active;

  /*
    m_has_passed : Indicates whether or not the program is currently reading
                   events from beyond this window.
   */
  my_bool m_has_passed;

  /* m_start : marks the GTID that begins the window (exclusive). */
  rpl_gtid m_start;

  /* m_stop : marks the GTID that ends the range (inclusive). */
  rpl_gtid m_stop;
};

template <typename T> struct gtid_filter_element
{
  Gtid_event_filter *filter;
  T identifier; /* Used for HASH lookup */
};

/*
  Gtid_event_filter subclass which has no specific implementation, but rather
  delegates the filtering to specific identifiable/mapped implementations.

  A default filter is used for GTIDs that are passed through which no explicit
  filter can be identified.

  This class should be subclassed, where the get_id_from_gtid function
  specifies how to extract the filter identifier from a GTID. The type of the
  filter identifier is a template for the class.
*/
template <typename T>
class Id_delegating_gtid_event_filter : public Gtid_event_filter
{
public:
  Id_delegating_gtid_event_filter();
  ~Id_delegating_gtid_event_filter();

  my_bool exclude(rpl_gtid *gtid) override;
  my_bool has_finished() override;
  bool verify_final_state() override;
  void set_default_filter(Gtid_event_filter *default_filter);

  uint32 get_filter_type() override { return DELEGATING_GTID_FILTER_TYPE; }

  virtual T get_id_from_gtid(rpl_gtid *) = 0;
  virtual const char* get_id_type_name() = 0;

  /*
    Sets restrictions on entire ids using the corresponding mode (i.e. either
    whitelist or blacklist, refer to Gtid_event_filter::id_restriction_mode)

    A blacklist will allow all ids except for the ones provided in the input
    list.
    A whitelist will only allow ids provided in the input list.

    Returns 0 on ok, non-zero on error.
  */
  int set_id_restrictions(T *id_list, size_t n_ids,
                          Gtid_event_filter::id_restriction_mode mode);

protected:

  uint32 m_num_stateful_filters;
  uint32 m_num_completed_filters;
  Gtid_event_filter *m_default_filter;

  HASH m_filters_by_id_hash;

  Gtid_event_filter::id_restriction_mode m_id_restriction_mode;

  gtid_filter_element<T> *find_or_create_filter_element_for_id(T);
};

/*
  A subclass of Id_delegating_gtid_event_filter which identifies filters using
  the domain id of a GTID.

  Additional helper functions include:
    add_start_gtid(GTID)   : adds a start GTID position to this filter, to be
                             identified by its domain id
    add_stop_gtid(GTID)    : adds a stop GTID position to this filter, to be
                             identified by its domain id
    clear_start_gtids()    : removes existing GTID start positions
    clear_stop_gtids()     : removes existing GTID stop positions
    get_start_gtids()      : gets all added GTID start positions
    get_stop_gtids()       : gets all added GTID stop positions
    get_num_start_gtids()  : gets the count of added GTID start positions
    get_num_stop_gtids()   : gets the count of added GTID stop positions
*/
class Domain_gtid_event_filter
    : public Id_delegating_gtid_event_filter<decltype(rpl_gtid::domain_id)>
{
public:
  Domain_gtid_event_filter()
  {
    my_init_dynamic_array(PSI_INSTRUMENT_ME, &m_start_filters,
                          sizeof(decltype(rpl_gtid::domain_id) *), 8, 8,
                          MYF(0));
    my_init_dynamic_array(PSI_INSTRUMENT_ME, &m_stop_filters,
                          sizeof(decltype(rpl_gtid::domain_id) *), 8, 8,
                          MYF(0));
  }
  ~Domain_gtid_event_filter()
  {
    delete_dynamic(&m_start_filters);
    delete_dynamic(&m_stop_filters);
  }

  /*
    Returns the domain id of from the input GTID
  */
  decltype(rpl_gtid::domain_id) get_id_from_gtid(rpl_gtid *gtid) override
  {
    return gtid->domain_id;
  }

  const char* get_id_type_name() override { return "domain"; }

  /*
    Override Id_delegating_gtid_event_filter to extend with domain specific
    filtering logic
  */
  my_bool exclude(rpl_gtid*) override;

  /*
    Validates that window filters with both a start and stop GTID satisfy
    stop_gtid > start_gtid

    Returns 0 on ok, non-zero if any windows are invalid.
  */
  int validate_window_filters();

  /*
    Helper function to start a GTID window filter at the given GTID

    Returns 0 on ok, non-zero on error
  */
  int add_start_gtid(rpl_gtid *gtid);

  /*
    Helper function to end a GTID window filter at the given GTID

    Returns 0 on ok, non-zero on error
  */
  int add_stop_gtid(rpl_gtid *gtid);

  /*
    If start or stop position is respecified, we remove all existing values
    and start over with the new specification.
  */
  void clear_start_gtids();
  void clear_stop_gtids();

  /*
    Return list of all GTIDs used as start position.

    Note that this list is allocated and it is up to the user to free it
  */
  rpl_gtid *get_start_gtids();

  /*
    Return list of all GTIDs used as stop position.

    Note that this list is allocated and it is up to the user to free it
  */
  rpl_gtid *get_stop_gtids();

  size_t get_num_start_gtids() { return m_start_filters.elements; }
  size_t get_num_stop_gtids() { return m_stop_filters.elements; }

private:
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY m_start_filters;
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY m_stop_filters;

  Window_gtid_event_filter *
  find_or_create_window_filter_for_id(decltype(rpl_gtid::domain_id));
};

/*
  A subclass of Id_delegating_gtid_event_filter which identifies filters using
  the server id of a GTID.
*/
class Server_gtid_event_filter
    : public Id_delegating_gtid_event_filter<decltype(rpl_gtid::server_id)>
{
public:
  /*
    Returns the server id of from the input GTID
  */
  decltype(rpl_gtid::server_id) get_id_from_gtid(rpl_gtid *gtid) override
  {
    return gtid->server_id;
  }

  const char* get_id_type_name() override { return "server"; }
};

/*
  A Gtid_event_filter implementation that delegates the filtering to other
  filters, where the result is the intersection between them all.
*/
class Intersecting_gtid_event_filter : public Gtid_event_filter
{
public:
  Intersecting_gtid_event_filter(Gtid_event_filter *filter1,
                                 Gtid_event_filter *filter2);
  ~Intersecting_gtid_event_filter();

  /*
    Returns TRUE if any filers exclude the gtid, returns FALSE otherwise, i.e.
    all filters must allow the GTID.
  */
  my_bool exclude(rpl_gtid *gtid) override;

  /*
    Returns true if any filters have finished. To elaborate, as this filter
    performs an intersection, if any filter has finished, the result would
    be excluded regardless.
  */
  my_bool has_finished() override;

  bool verify_final_state() override;
  uint32 get_filter_type() override { return INTERSECTING_GTID_FILTER_TYPE; }

  /*
    Adds a new filter to the intersection
  */
  my_bool add_filter(Gtid_event_filter *filter)
  {
    return insert_dynamic(&m_filters, (void *) &filter);
  }

  protected:
    DYNAMIC_ARRAY m_filters;
};

#endif  /* RPL_GTID_H */
#ifndef HANDLER_INCLUDED
#define HANDLER_INCLUDED
/*
   Copyright (c) 2000, 2019, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2023, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
   as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of
   the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA
*/

/* Definitions for parameters to do with handler-routines */

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#include "sql_const.h"
#include "sql_basic_types.h"
#include "mysqld.h"                             /* server_id */
#include "optimizer_costs.h"
#include "sql_plugin.h"        /* plugin_ref, st_plugin_int, plugin */
#include "thr_lock.h"          /* thr_lock_type, THR_LOCK_DATA */
#include "sql_cache.h"
#include "structs.h"                            /* SHOW_COMP_OPTION */
#include "sql_array.h"          /* Dynamic_array<> */
#include "mdl.h"
#include "vers_string.h"
#include "ha_handler_stats.h"
#include "optimizer_costs.h"

#include "sql_analyze_stmt.h" // for Exec_time_tracker 

#include <my_compare.h>
#include <ft_global.h>
#include <keycache.h>
#include <mysql/psi/mysql_table.h>
#include "sql_sequence.h"
#include "mem_root_array.h"
#include <utility>     // pair
#include <my_attribute.h> /* __attribute__ */

class Alter_info;
class Virtual_column_info;
class sequence_definition;
class Rowid_filter;
class Field_string;
class Field_varstring;
class Field_blob;
class Column_definition;
class select_result;

// the following is for checking tables

#define HA_ADMIN_ALREADY_DONE	  1
#define HA_ADMIN_OK               0
#define HA_ADMIN_NOT_IMPLEMENTED -1
#define HA_ADMIN_FAILED		 -2
#define HA_ADMIN_CORRUPT         -3
#define HA_ADMIN_INTERNAL_ERROR  -4
#define HA_ADMIN_INVALID         -5
#define HA_ADMIN_REJECT          -6
#define HA_ADMIN_TRY_ALTER       -7
#define HA_ADMIN_WRONG_CHECKSUM  -8
#define HA_ADMIN_NOT_BASE_TABLE  -9
#define HA_ADMIN_NEEDS_UPGRADE  -10
#define HA_ADMIN_NEEDS_ALTER    -11
#define HA_ADMIN_NEEDS_CHECK    -12
#define HA_ADMIN_COMMIT_ERROR   -13

/**
   Return values for check_if_supported_inplace_alter().

   @see check_if_supported_inplace_alter() for description of
   the individual values.
*/
enum enum_alter_inplace_result {
  HA_ALTER_ERROR,
  HA_ALTER_INPLACE_COPY_NO_LOCK,
  HA_ALTER_INPLACE_COPY_LOCK,
  HA_ALTER_INPLACE_NOCOPY_LOCK,
  HA_ALTER_INPLACE_NOCOPY_NO_LOCK,
  HA_ALTER_INPLACE_INSTANT,
  HA_ALTER_INPLACE_NOT_SUPPORTED,
  HA_ALTER_INPLACE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK,
  HA_ALTER_INPLACE_SHARED_LOCK,
  HA_ALTER_INPLACE_NO_LOCK
};

/* Flags for create_partitioning_metadata() */

enum chf_create_flags {
  CHF_CREATE_FLAG,
  CHF_DELETE_FLAG,
  CHF_RENAME_FLAG,
  CHF_INDEX_FLAG
};

/* Bits in table_flags() to show what database can do */

#define HA_NO_TRANSACTIONS     (1ULL << 0) /* Doesn't support transactions */
#define HA_PARTIAL_COLUMN_READ (1ULL << 1) /* read may not return all columns */
#define HA_TABLE_SCAN_ON_INDEX (1ULL << 2) /* No separate data/index file */
/*
  The following should be set if the following is not true when scanning
  a table with rnd_next()
  - We will see all rows (including deleted ones)
  - Row positions are 'table->s->db_record_offset' apart
  If this flag is not set, filesort will do a position() call for each matched
  row to be able to find the row later.
*/
#define HA_REC_NOT_IN_SEQ      (1ULL << 3)
#define HA_CAN_GEOMETRY        (1ULL << 4)
/*
  Reading keys in random order is as fast as reading keys in sort order
  (Used in records.cc to decide if we should use a record cache and by
  filesort to decide if we should sort key + data or key + pointer-to-row
*/
#define HA_FAST_KEY_READ       (1ULL << 5)
/*
  Set the following flag if we on delete should force all key to be read
  and on update read all keys that changes
*/
#define HA_REQUIRES_KEY_COLUMNS_FOR_DELETE (1ULL << 6)
#define HA_NULL_IN_KEY         (1ULL << 7) /* One can have keys with NULL */
#define HA_DUPLICATE_POS       (1ULL << 8)    /* ha_position() gives dup row */
#define HA_NO_BLOBS            (1ULL << 9) /* Doesn't support blobs */
#define HA_CAN_INDEX_BLOBS     (1ULL << 10)
#define HA_AUTO_PART_KEY       (1ULL << 11) /* auto-increment in multi-part key */
/*
  The engine requires every table to have a user-specified PRIMARY KEY.
  Do not set the flag if the engine can generate a hidden primary key internally.
  This flag is ignored if a SEQUENCE is created (which, in turn, needs
  HA_CAN_TABLES_WITHOUT_ROLLBACK flag)
*/
#define HA_REQUIRE_PRIMARY_KEY (1ULL << 12)
#define HA_STATS_RECORDS_IS_EXACT (1ULL << 13) /* stats.records is exact */
/*
  INSERT_DELAYED only works with handlers that uses MySQL internal table
  level locks
*/
#define HA_CAN_INSERT_DELAYED  (1ULL << 14)
/*
  If we get the primary key columns for free when we do an index read
  (usually, it also implies that HA_PRIMARY_KEY_REQUIRED_FOR_POSITION
  flag is set).
*/
#define HA_PRIMARY_KEY_IN_READ_INDEX (1ULL << 15)
/*
  If HA_PRIMARY_KEY_REQUIRED_FOR_POSITION is set, it means that to position()
  uses a primary key given by the record argument.
  Without primary key, we can't call position().
  If not set, the position is returned as the current rows position
  regardless of what argument is given.
*/ 
#define HA_PRIMARY_KEY_REQUIRED_FOR_POSITION (1ULL << 16) 
#define HA_CAN_RTREEKEYS       (1ULL << 17)
#define HA_NOT_DELETE_WITH_CACHE (1ULL << 18) /* unused */
/*
  The following is we need to a primary key to delete (and update) a row.
  If there is no primary key, all columns needs to be read on update and delete
*/
#define HA_PRIMARY_KEY_REQUIRED_FOR_DELETE (1ULL << 19)
#define HA_NO_PREFIX_CHAR_KEYS (1ULL << 20)
#define HA_CAN_FULLTEXT        (1ULL << 21)
#define HA_CAN_SQL_HANDLER     (1ULL << 22)
#define HA_NO_AUTO_INCREMENT   (1ULL << 23)
/* Has automatic checksums and uses the old checksum format */
#define HA_HAS_OLD_CHECKSUM    (1ULL << 24)
/* Table data are stored in separate files (for lower_case_table_names) */
#define HA_FILE_BASED	       (1ULL << 26)
#define HA_CAN_BIT_FIELD       (1ULL << 28) /* supports bit fields */
#define HA_NEED_READ_RANGE_BUFFER (1ULL << 29) /* for read_multi_range */
#define HA_ANY_INDEX_MAY_BE_UNIQUE (1ULL << 30)
#define HA_NO_COPY_ON_ALTER    (1ULL << 31)
#define HA_HAS_RECORDS	       (1ULL << 32) /* records() gives exact count*/
/* Has it's own method of binlog logging */
#define HA_HAS_OWN_BINLOGGING  (1ULL << 33)
/*
  Engine is capable of row-format and statement-format logging,
  respectively
*/
#define HA_BINLOG_ROW_CAPABLE  (1ULL << 34)
#define HA_BINLOG_STMT_CAPABLE (1ULL << 35)

/*
    When a multiple key conflict happens in a REPLACE command mysql
    expects the conflicts to be reported in the ascending order of
    key names.

    For e.g.

    CREATE TABLE t1 (a INT, UNIQUE (a), b INT NOT NULL, UNIQUE (b), c INT NOT
                     NULL, INDEX(c));

    REPLACE INTO t1 VALUES (1,1,1),(2,2,2),(2,1,3);

    MySQL expects the conflict with 'a' to be reported before the conflict with
    'b'.

    If the underlying storage engine does not report the conflicting keys in
    ascending order, it causes unexpected errors when the REPLACE command is
    executed.

    This flag helps the underlying SE to inform the server that the keys are not
    ordered.
*/
#define HA_DUPLICATE_KEY_NOT_IN_ORDER    (1ULL << 36)

/*
  Engine supports REPAIR TABLE. Used by CHECK TABLE FOR UPGRADE if an
  incompatible table is detected. If this flag is set, CHECK TABLE FOR UPGRADE
  will report ER_TABLE_NEEDS_UPGRADE, otherwise ER_TABLE_NEED_REBUILD.
*/
#define HA_CAN_REPAIR                    (1ULL << 37)

/* Has automatic checksums and uses the new checksum format */
#define HA_HAS_NEW_CHECKSUM    (1ULL << 38)
#define HA_CAN_VIRTUAL_COLUMNS (1ULL << 39)
#define HA_MRR_CANT_SORT       (1ULL << 40)
/* All of VARCHAR is stored, including bytes after real varchar data */
#define HA_RECORD_MUST_BE_CLEAN_ON_WRITE (1ULL << 41)

/*
  This storage engine supports condition pushdown
*/
#define HA_CAN_TABLE_CONDITION_PUSHDOWN (1ULL << 42)
/* old name for the same flag */
#define HA_MUST_USE_TABLE_CONDITION_PUSHDOWN HA_CAN_TABLE_CONDITION_PUSHDOWN

/**
  The handler supports read before write removal optimization

  Read before write removal may be used for storage engines which support
  write without previous read of the row to be updated. Handler returning
  this flag must implement start_read_removal() and end_read_removal().
  The handler may return "fake" rows constructed from the key of the row
  asked for. This is used to optimize UPDATE and DELETE by reducing the
  number of roundtrips between handler and storage engine.
  
  Example:
  UPDATE a=1 WHERE pk IN (<keys>)

  Sql_cmd_update::update_single_table()
  {
    if (<conditions for starting read removal>)
      start_read_removal()
      -> handler returns true if read removal supported for this table/query

    while(read_record("pk=<key>"))
      -> handler returns fake row with column "pk" set to <key>

      ha_update_row()
      -> handler sends write "a=1" for row with "pk=<key>"

    end_read_removal()
    -> handler returns the number of rows actually written
  }

  @note This optimization in combination with batching may be used to
        remove even more roundtrips.
*/
#define HA_READ_BEFORE_WRITE_REMOVAL  (1ULL << 43)

/*
  Engine supports extended fulltext API
 */
#define HA_CAN_FULLTEXT_EXT              (1ULL << 44)

/*
  Storage engine supports table export using the
  FLUSH TABLE <table_list> FOR EXPORT statement
  (meaning, after this statement one can copy table files out of the
  datadir and later "import" (somehow) in another MariaDB instance)
 */
#define HA_CAN_EXPORT                 (1ULL << 45)

/*
  Storage engine does not require an exclusive metadata lock
  on the table during optimize. (TODO and repair?).
  It can allow other connections to open the table.
  (it does not necessarily mean that other connections can
  read or modify the table - this is defined by THR locks and the
  ::store_lock() method).
*/
#define HA_CONCURRENT_OPTIMIZE          (1ULL << 46)

/*
  If the storage engine support tables that will not roll back on commit
  In addition the table should not lock rows and support READ and WRITE
  UNCOMMITTED.
  This is useful for implementing things like SEQUENCE but can also in
  the future be useful to do logging that should never roll back.
*/
#define HA_CAN_TABLES_WITHOUT_ROLLBACK  (1ULL << 47)

/*
  Mainly for usage by SEQUENCE engine. Setting this flag means
  that the table will never roll back and that all operations
  for this table should stored in the non transactional log
  space that will always be written, even on rollback.
*/

#define HA_PERSISTENT_TABLE              (1ULL << 48)

/*
  If storage engine uses another engine as a base
  This flag is also needed if the table tries to open the .frm file
  as part of drop table.
*/
#define HA_REUSES_FILE_NAMES             (1ULL << 49)

/*
  Set of all binlog flags. Currently only contain the capabilities flags.
 */
#define HA_BINLOG_FLAGS (HA_BINLOG_ROW_CAPABLE | HA_BINLOG_STMT_CAPABLE)

/* The following are used by Spider */
#define HA_CAN_FORCE_BULK_UPDATE (1ULL << 50)
#define HA_CAN_FORCE_BULK_DELETE (1ULL << 51)
#define HA_CAN_DIRECT_UPDATE_AND_DELETE (1ULL << 52)

/* The following is for partition handler */
#define HA_CAN_MULTISTEP_MERGE (1LL << 53)

/* calling cmp_ref() on the engine is expensive */
#define HA_SLOW_CMP_REF         (1ULL << 54)
#define HA_CMP_REF_IS_EXPENSIVE HA_SLOW_CMP_REF

/**
  Some engines are unable to provide an efficient implementation for rnd_pos().
  Server will try to avoid it, if possible

  TODO better to do it with cost estimates, not with an explicit flag
*/
#define HA_SLOW_RND_POS  (1ULL << 55)

/* Safe for online backup */
#define HA_CAN_ONLINE_BACKUPS (1ULL << 56)

/* Support native hash index */
#define HA_CAN_HASH_KEYS        (1ULL << 57)
#define HA_CRASH_SAFE           (1ULL << 58)

/*
  There is no need to evict the table from the table definition cache having
  run ANALYZE TABLE on it
 */
#define HA_ONLINE_ANALYZE             (1ULL << 59)
/*
  Rowid's are not comparable. This is set if the rowid is unique to the
  current open handler, like it is with federated where the rowid is a
  pointer to a local result set buffer. The effect of having this set is
  that the optimizer will not consider the following optimizations for
  the table:
  ror scans, filtering or duplicate weedout
*/
#define HA_NON_COMPARABLE_ROWID (1ULL << 60)

/* Implements SELECT ... FOR UPDATE SKIP LOCKED */
#define HA_CAN_SKIP_LOCKED  (1ULL << 61)

#define HA_CHECK_UNIQUE_AFTER_WRITE  (1ULL << 62)

/* This engine is not compatible with Online ALTER TABLE */
#define HA_NO_ONLINE_ALTER  (1ULL << 63)

#define HA_LAST_TABLE_FLAG HA_NO_ONLINE_ALTER

/* bits in index_flags(index_number) for what you can do with index */
#define HA_READ_NEXT            1       /* TODO really use this flag */
#define HA_READ_PREV            2       /* supports ::index_prev */
#define HA_READ_ORDER           4       /* index_next/prev follow sort order */
#define HA_READ_RANGE           8       /* can find all records in a range */
#define HA_ONLY_WHOLE_INDEX	16	/* Can't use part key searches */
#define HA_KEYREAD_ONLY         64	/* Support HA_EXTRA_KEYREAD */

/*
  Index scan will not return records in rowid order. Not guaranteed to be
  set for unordered (e.g. HASH) indexes.
*/
#define HA_KEY_SCAN_NOT_ROR     128 
#define HA_DO_INDEX_COND_PUSHDOWN  256 /* Supports Index Condition Pushdown */
/*
  Data is clustered on this key. This means that when you read the key
  you also get the row data without any additional disk reads.
*/
#define HA_CLUSTERED_INDEX      512

#define HA_DO_RANGE_FILTER_PUSHDOWN  1024

/*
  bits in alter_table_flags:
*/
/*
  These bits are set if different kinds of indexes can be created or dropped
  in-place without re-creating the table using a temporary table.
  NO_READ_WRITE indicates that the handler needs concurrent reads and writes
  of table data to be blocked.
  Partitioning needs both ADD and DROP to be supported by its underlying
  handlers, due to error handling, see bug#57778.
*/
#define HA_INPLACE_ADD_INDEX_NO_READ_WRITE         (1UL << 0)
#define HA_INPLACE_DROP_INDEX_NO_READ_WRITE        (1UL << 1)
#define HA_INPLACE_ADD_UNIQUE_INDEX_NO_READ_WRITE  (1UL << 2)
#define HA_INPLACE_DROP_UNIQUE_INDEX_NO_READ_WRITE (1UL << 3)
#define HA_INPLACE_ADD_PK_INDEX_NO_READ_WRITE      (1UL << 4)
#define HA_INPLACE_DROP_PK_INDEX_NO_READ_WRITE     (1UL << 5)
/*
  These are set if different kinds of indexes can be created or dropped
  in-place while still allowing concurrent reads (but not writes) of table
  data. If a handler is capable of one or more of these, it should also set
  the corresponding *_NO_READ_WRITE bit(s).
*/
#define HA_INPLACE_ADD_INDEX_NO_WRITE              (1UL << 6)
#define HA_INPLACE_DROP_INDEX_NO_WRITE             (1UL << 7)
#define HA_INPLACE_ADD_UNIQUE_INDEX_NO_WRITE       (1UL << 8)
#define HA_INPLACE_DROP_UNIQUE_INDEX_NO_WRITE      (1UL << 9)
#define HA_INPLACE_ADD_PK_INDEX_NO_WRITE           (1UL << 10)
#define HA_INPLACE_DROP_PK_INDEX_NO_WRITE          (1UL << 11)
/*
  HA_PARTITION_FUNCTION_SUPPORTED indicates that the function is
  supported at all.
  HA_FAST_CHANGE_PARTITION means that optimised variants of the changes
  exists but they are not necessarily done online.

  HA_ONLINE_DOUBLE_WRITE means that the handler supports writing to both
  the new partition and to the old partitions when updating through the
  old partitioning schema while performing a change of the partitioning.
  This means that we can support updating of the table while performing
  the copy phase of the change. For no lock at all also a double write
  from new to old must exist and this is not required when this flag is
  set.
  This is actually removed even before it was introduced the first time.
  The new idea is that handlers will handle the lock level already in
  store_lock for ALTER TABLE partitions.

  HA_PARTITION_ONE_PHASE is a flag that can be set by handlers that take
  care of changing the partitions online and in one phase. Thus all phases
  needed to handle the change are implemented inside the storage engine.
  The storage engine must also support auto-discovery since the frm file
  is changed as part of the change and this change must be controlled by
  the storage engine. A typical engine to support this is NDB (through
  WL #2498).
*/
#define HA_PARTITION_FUNCTION_SUPPORTED         (1UL << 12)
#define HA_FAST_CHANGE_PARTITION                (1UL << 13)
#define HA_PARTITION_ONE_PHASE                  (1UL << 14)

/*
  Note: the following includes binlog and closing 0.
  TODO remove the limit, use dynarrays
*/
#define MAX_HA 64

/*
  Use this instead of 0 as the initial value for the slot number of
  handlerton, so that we can distinguish uninitialized slot number
  from slot 0.
*/
#define HA_SLOT_UNDEF ((uint)-1)

/*
  Parameters for open() (in register form->filestat)
  HA_GET_INFO does an implicit HA_ABORT_IF_LOCKED
*/

#define HA_OPEN_KEYFILE		1U
#define HA_READ_ONLY		16U	/* File opened as readonly */
/* Try readonly if can't open with read and write */
#define HA_TRY_READ_ONLY	32U

	/* Some key definitions */
#define HA_KEY_NULL_LENGTH	1
#define HA_KEY_BLOB_LENGTH	2

/* Maximum length of any index lookup key, in bytes */

#define MAX_KEY_LENGTH (MAX_DATA_LENGTH_FOR_KEY \
                         +(MAX_REF_PARTS \
                          *(HA_KEY_NULL_LENGTH + HA_KEY_BLOB_LENGTH)))

#define HA_LEX_CREATE_TMP_TABLE	1U
#define HA_CREATE_TMP_ALTER     8U
#define HA_LEX_CREATE_SEQUENCE  16U
#define HA_VERSIONED_TABLE      32U
#define HA_SKIP_KEY_SORT        64U
/*
  A temporary table that can be used by different threads, eg. replication
  threads. This flag ensure that memory is not allocated with THREAD_SPECIFIC,
  as we do for other temporary tables.
*/
#define HA_LEX_CREATE_GLOBAL_TMP_TABLE 128U

#define HA_MAX_REC_LENGTH	65535

/* Table caching type */
#define HA_CACHE_TBL_NONTRANSACT 0
#define HA_CACHE_TBL_NOCACHE     1U
#define HA_CACHE_TBL_ASKTRANSACT 2U
#define HA_CACHE_TBL_TRANSACT    4U

/**
  Options for the START TRANSACTION statement.

  Note that READ ONLY and READ WRITE are logically mutually exclusive.
  This is enforced by the parser and depended upon by trans_begin().

  We need two flags instead of one in order to differentiate between
  situation when no READ WRITE/ONLY clause were given and thus transaction
  is implicitly READ WRITE and the case when READ WRITE clause was used
  explicitly.
*/

// WITH CONSISTENT SNAPSHOT option
static const uint MYSQL_START_TRANS_OPT_WITH_CONS_SNAPSHOT = 1;
// READ ONLY option
static const uint MYSQL_START_TRANS_OPT_READ_ONLY          = 2;
// READ WRITE option
static const uint MYSQL_START_TRANS_OPT_READ_WRITE         = 4;

/* Flags for method is_fatal_error */
#define HA_CHECK_DUP_KEY 1U
#define HA_CHECK_DUP_UNIQUE 2U
#define HA_CHECK_FK_ERROR 4U
#define HA_CHECK_DUP (HA_CHECK_DUP_KEY + HA_CHECK_DUP_UNIQUE)
#define HA_CHECK_ALL (~0U)

/* Options for info_push() */
#define INFO_KIND_UPDATE_FIELDS       101
#define INFO_KIND_UPDATE_VALUES       102
#define INFO_KIND_FORCE_LIMIT_BEGIN   103
#define INFO_KIND_FORCE_LIMIT_END     104

enum legacy_db_type
{
  /* note these numerical values are fixed and can *not* be changed */
  DB_TYPE_UNKNOWN=0,
  DB_TYPE_HEAP=6,
  DB_TYPE_MYISAM=9,
  DB_TYPE_MRG_MYISAM=10,
  DB_TYPE_INNODB=12,
  DB_TYPE_EXAMPLE_DB=15,
  DB_TYPE_ARCHIVE_DB=16,
  DB_TYPE_CSV_DB=17,
  DB_TYPE_FEDERATED_DB=18,
  DB_TYPE_BLACKHOLE_DB=19,
  DB_TYPE_PARTITION_DB=20,
  DB_TYPE_BINLOG=21,
  DB_TYPE_ONLINE_ALTER=22,
  DB_TYPE_PBXT=23,
  DB_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_SCHEMA=28,
  DB_TYPE_S3=41,
  DB_TYPE_ARIA=42,
  DB_TYPE_TOKUDB=43, /* disabled in MariaDB Server 10.5, removed in 10.6 */
  DB_TYPE_SEQUENCE=44,
  DB_TYPE_FIRST_DYNAMIC=45,
  DB_TYPE_DEFAULT=127 // Must be last
};
/*
  Better name for DB_TYPE_UNKNOWN. Should be used for engines that do not have
  a hard-coded type value here.
 */
#define DB_TYPE_AUTOASSIGN DB_TYPE_UNKNOWN

enum row_type { ROW_TYPE_NOT_USED=-1, ROW_TYPE_DEFAULT, ROW_TYPE_FIXED,
		ROW_TYPE_DYNAMIC, ROW_TYPE_COMPRESSED,
		ROW_TYPE_REDUNDANT, ROW_TYPE_COMPACT, ROW_TYPE_PAGE };

/* not part of the enum, so that it shouldn't be in switch(row_type) */
#define ROW_TYPE_MAX ((uint)ROW_TYPE_PAGE + 1)

/* Specifies data storage format for individual columns */
enum column_format_type {
  COLUMN_FORMAT_TYPE_DEFAULT=   0, /* Not specified (use engine default) */
  COLUMN_FORMAT_TYPE_FIXED=     1, /* FIXED format */
  COLUMN_FORMAT_TYPE_DYNAMIC=   2  /* DYNAMIC format */
};

enum enum_binlog_func {
  BFN_RESET_LOGS=        1,
  BFN_RESET_SLAVE=       2,
  BFN_BINLOG_WAIT=       3,
  BFN_BINLOG_END=        4,
  BFN_BINLOG_PURGE_FILE= 5
};

enum enum_binlog_command {
  LOGCOM_CREATE_TABLE,
  LOGCOM_ALTER_TABLE,
  LOGCOM_RENAME_TABLE,
  LOGCOM_DROP_TABLE,
  LOGCOM_CREATE_DB,
  LOGCOM_ALTER_DB,
  LOGCOM_DROP_DB
};

/* struct to hold information about the table that should be created */

/* Bits in used_fields */
#define HA_CREATE_USED_AUTO             (1UL << 0)
#define HA_CREATE_USED_RAID             (1UL << 1) //RAID is no longer available
#define HA_CREATE_USED_UNION            (1UL << 2)
#define HA_CREATE_USED_INSERT_METHOD    (1UL << 3)
#define HA_CREATE_USED_MIN_ROWS         (1UL << 4)
#define HA_CREATE_USED_MAX_ROWS         (1UL << 5)
#define HA_CREATE_USED_AVG_ROW_LENGTH   (1UL << 6)
#define HA_CREATE_USED_PACK_KEYS        (1UL << 7)
#define HA_CREATE_USED_CHARSET          (1UL << 8)
#define HA_CREATE_USED_DEFAULT_CHARSET  (1UL << 9)
#define HA_CREATE_USED_DATADIR          (1UL << 10)
#define HA_CREATE_USED_INDEXDIR         (1UL << 11)
#define HA_CREATE_USED_ENGINE           (1UL << 12)
#define HA_CREATE_USED_CHECKSUM         (1UL << 13)
#define HA_CREATE_USED_DELAY_KEY_WRITE  (1UL << 14)
#define HA_CREATE_USED_ROW_FORMAT       (1UL << 15)
#define HA_CREATE_USED_COMMENT          (1UL << 16)
#define HA_CREATE_USED_PASSWORD         (1UL << 17)
#define HA_CREATE_USED_CONNECTION       (1UL << 18)
#define HA_CREATE_USED_KEY_BLOCK_SIZE   (1UL << 19)
/* The following two are used by Maria engine: */
#define HA_CREATE_USED_TRANSACTIONAL    (1UL << 20)
#define HA_CREATE_USED_PAGE_CHECKSUM    (1UL << 21)
/** This is set whenever STATS_PERSISTENT=0|1|default has been
specified in CREATE/ALTER TABLE. See also HA_OPTION_STATS_PERSISTENT in
include/my_base.h. It is possible to distinguish whether
STATS_PERSISTENT=default has been specified or no STATS_PERSISTENT= is
given at all. */
#define HA_CREATE_USED_STATS_PERSISTENT (1UL << 22)
/**
   This is set whenever STATS_AUTO_RECALC=0|1|default has been
   specified in CREATE/ALTER TABLE. See enum_stats_auto_recalc.
   It is possible to distinguish whether STATS_AUTO_RECALC=default
   has been specified or no STATS_AUTO_RECALC= is given at all.
*/
#define HA_CREATE_USED_STATS_AUTO_RECALC (1UL << 23)
/**
   This is set whenever STATS_SAMPLE_PAGES=N|default has been
   specified in CREATE/ALTER TABLE. It is possible to distinguish whether
   STATS_SAMPLE_PAGES=default has been specified or no STATS_SAMPLE_PAGES= is
   given at all.
*/
#define HA_CREATE_USED_STATS_SAMPLE_PAGES (1UL << 24)

/* Create a sequence */
#define HA_CREATE_USED_SEQUENCE           (1UL << 25)
/* Tell binlog_show_create_table to print all engine options */
#define HA_CREATE_PRINT_ALL_OPTIONS       (1UL << 26)

typedef ulonglong alter_table_operations;

class Event_log;
class Cache_flip_event_log;
class binlog_cache_data;
class online_alter_cache_data;
typedef bool Log_func(THD*, TABLE*, Event_log *, binlog_cache_data *, bool,
                      ulong, const uchar*, const uchar*);

/*
  These flags are set by the parser and describes the type of
  operation(s) specified by the ALTER TABLE statement.
*/

// Set by parser for ADD [COLUMN]
#define ALTER_PARSER_ADD_COLUMN     (1ULL <<  0)
// Set by parser for DROP [COLUMN]
#define ALTER_PARSER_DROP_COLUMN    (1ULL <<  1)
// Set for CHANGE [COLUMN] | MODIFY [CHANGE] & mysql_recreate_table
#define ALTER_CHANGE_COLUMN         (1ULL <<  2)
// Set for ADD INDEX | ADD KEY | ADD PRIMARY KEY | ADD UNIQUE KEY |
//         ADD UNIQUE INDEX | ALTER ADD [COLUMN]
#define ALTER_ADD_INDEX             (1ULL <<  3)
// Set for DROP PRIMARY KEY | DROP FOREIGN KEY | DROP KEY | DROP INDEX
#define ALTER_DROP_INDEX            (1ULL <<  4)
// Set for RENAME [TO]
#define ALTER_RENAME                (1ULL <<  5)
// Set for ORDER BY
#define ALTER_ORDER                 (1ULL <<  6)
// Set for table_options, like table comment
#define ALTER_OPTIONS               (1ULL <<  7)
// Set for ALTER [COLUMN] ... SET DEFAULT ... | DROP DEFAULT
#define ALTER_CHANGE_COLUMN_DEFAULT (1ULL <<  8)
// Set for DISABLE KEYS | ENABLE KEYS
#define ALTER_KEYS_ONOFF            (1ULL <<  9)
// Set for FORCE, ENGINE(same engine), by mysql_recreate_table()
#define ALTER_RECREATE              (1ULL << 10)
// Set for CONVERT TO
#define ALTER_CONVERT_TO            (1ULL << 11)
// Set for DROP ... ADD some_index
#define ALTER_RENAME_INDEX          (1ULL << 12)
// Set for ADD FOREIGN KEY
#define ALTER_ADD_FOREIGN_KEY       (1ULL << 21)
// Set for DROP FOREIGN KEY
#define ALTER_DROP_FOREIGN_KEY      (1ULL << 22)
#define ALTER_CHANGE_INDEX_COMMENT  (1ULL << 23)
// Set for ADD [COLUMN] FIRST | AFTER
#define ALTER_COLUMN_ORDER          (1ULL << 25)
#define ALTER_ADD_CHECK_CONSTRAINT  (1ULL << 27)
#define ALTER_DROP_CHECK_CONSTRAINT (1ULL << 28)
#define ALTER_RENAME_COLUMN         (1ULL << 29)
#define ALTER_COLUMN_UNVERSIONED    (1ULL << 30)
#define ALTER_ADD_SYSTEM_VERSIONING (1ULL << 31)
#define ALTER_DROP_SYSTEM_VERSIONING (1ULL << 32)
#define ALTER_ADD_PERIOD             (1ULL << 33)
#define ALTER_DROP_PERIOD            (1ULL << 34)

/*
  Following defines are used by ALTER_INPLACE_TABLE

  They do describe in more detail the type operation(s) to be executed
  by the storage engine. For example, which type of type of index to be
  added/dropped.  These are set by fill_alter_inplace_info().
*/

#define ALTER_RECREATE_TABLE	     ALTER_RECREATE
#define ALTER_CHANGE_CREATE_OPTION   ALTER_OPTIONS
#define ALTER_ADD_COLUMN             (ALTER_ADD_VIRTUAL_COLUMN | \
                                      ALTER_ADD_STORED_BASE_COLUMN | \
                                      ALTER_ADD_STORED_GENERATED_COLUMN)
#define ALTER_DROP_COLUMN             (ALTER_DROP_VIRTUAL_COLUMN | \
                                       ALTER_DROP_STORED_COLUMN)
#define ALTER_COLUMN_DEFAULT          ALTER_CHANGE_COLUMN_DEFAULT

// Add non-unique, non-primary index
#define ALTER_ADD_NON_UNIQUE_NON_PRIM_INDEX  (1ULL << 35)

// Drop non-unique, non-primary index
#define ALTER_DROP_NON_UNIQUE_NON_PRIM_INDEX (1ULL << 36)

// Add unique, non-primary index
#define ALTER_ADD_UNIQUE_INDEX               (1ULL << 37)

// Drop unique, non-primary index
#define ALTER_DROP_UNIQUE_INDEX              (1ULL << 38)

// Add primary index
#define ALTER_ADD_PK_INDEX                   (1ULL << 39)

// Drop primary index
#define ALTER_DROP_PK_INDEX                  (1ULL << 40)

// Virtual generated column
#define ALTER_ADD_VIRTUAL_COLUMN             (1ULL << 41)
// Stored base (non-generated) column
#define ALTER_ADD_STORED_BASE_COLUMN         (1ULL << 42)
// Stored generated column
#define ALTER_ADD_STORED_GENERATED_COLUMN    (1ULL << 43)

// Drop column
#define ALTER_DROP_VIRTUAL_COLUMN            (1ULL << 44)
#define ALTER_DROP_STORED_COLUMN             (1ULL << 45)

// Rename column (verified; ALTER_RENAME_COLUMN may use original name)
#define ALTER_COLUMN_NAME          	     (1ULL << 46)

// Change column datatype
#define ALTER_VIRTUAL_COLUMN_TYPE            (1ULL << 47)
#define ALTER_STORED_COLUMN_TYPE             (1ULL << 48)


// Engine can handle type change by itself in ALGORITHM=INPLACE
#define ALTER_COLUMN_TYPE_CHANGE_BY_ENGINE       (1ULL << 49)

// Reorder column
#define ALTER_STORED_COLUMN_ORDER            (1ULL << 50)

// Reorder column
#define ALTER_VIRTUAL_COLUMN_ORDER           (1ULL << 51)

// Change column from NOT NULL to NULL
#define ALTER_COLUMN_NULLABLE                (1ULL << 52)

// Change column from NULL to NOT NULL
#define ALTER_COLUMN_NOT_NULLABLE            (1ULL << 53)

// Change column generation expression
#define ALTER_VIRTUAL_GCOL_EXPR              (1ULL << 54)
#define ALTER_STORED_GCOL_EXPR               (1ULL << 55)

// column's engine options changed, something in field->option_struct
#define ALTER_COLUMN_OPTION                  (1ULL << 56)

// MySQL alias for the same thing:
#define ALTER_COLUMN_STORAGE_TYPE            ALTER_COLUMN_OPTION

// Change the column format of column
#define ALTER_COLUMN_COLUMN_FORMAT           (1ULL << 57)

/**
  Changes in generated columns that affect storage,
  for example, when a vcol type or expression changes
  and this vcol is indexed or used in a partitioning expression
*/
#define ALTER_COLUMN_VCOL                    (1ULL << 58)

/**
  ALTER TABLE for a partitioned table. The engine needs to commit
  online alter of all partitions atomically (using group_commit_ctx)
*/
#define ALTER_PARTITIONED                    (1ULL << 59)

/**
   Change in index length such that it doesn't require index rebuild.
*/
#define ALTER_COLUMN_INDEX_LENGTH            (1ULL << 60)

/**
  Indicate that index order might have been changed. Disables inplace algorithm
  by default (not for InnoDB).
*/
#define ALTER_INDEX_ORDER                    (1ULL << 61)

/**
  Means that the ignorability of an index is changed.
*/
#define ALTER_INDEX_IGNORABILITY              (1ULL << 62)

/*
  Flags set in partition_flags when altering partitions
*/

// Set for ADD PARTITION
#define ALTER_PARTITION_ADD         (1ULL << 1)
// Set for DROP PARTITION
#define ALTER_PARTITION_DROP        (1ULL << 2)
// Set for COALESCE PARTITION
#define ALTER_PARTITION_COALESCE    (1ULL << 3)
// Set for REORGANIZE PARTITION ... INTO
#define ALTER_PARTITION_REORGANIZE  (1ULL << 4)
// Set for partition_options
#define ALTER_PARTITION_INFO        (1ULL << 5)
// Set for LOAD INDEX INTO CACHE ... PARTITION
// Set for CACHE INDEX ... PARTITION
#define ALTER_PARTITION_ADMIN       (1ULL << 6)
// Set for REBUILD PARTITION
#define ALTER_PARTITION_REBUILD     (1ULL << 7)
// Set for partitioning operations specifying ALL keyword
#define ALTER_PARTITION_ALL         (1ULL << 8)
// Set for REMOVE PARTITIONING
#define ALTER_PARTITION_REMOVE      (1ULL << 9)
// Set for EXCHANGE PARITION
#define ALTER_PARTITION_EXCHANGE    (1ULL << 10)
// Set by Sql_cmd_alter_table_truncate_partition::execute()
#define ALTER_PARTITION_TRUNCATE    (1ULL << 11)
// Set for REORGANIZE PARTITION
#define ALTER_PARTITION_TABLE_REORG (1ULL << 12)
#define ALTER_PARTITION_CONVERT_IN  (1ULL << 13)
#define ALTER_PARTITION_CONVERT_OUT (1ULL << 14)
// Set for vers_add_auto_hist_parts() operation
#define ALTER_PARTITION_AUTO_HIST   (1ULL << 15)

/*
  This is master database for most of system tables. However there
  can be other databases which can hold system tables. Respective
  storage engines define their own system database names.
*/
extern const char *mysqld_system_database;

/*
  Structure to hold list of system_database.system_table.
  This is used at both mysqld and storage engine layer.
*/
struct st_system_tablename
{
  const char *db;
  const char *tablename;
};


typedef ulonglong my_xid; // this line is the same as in log_event.h
#define MYSQL_XID_PREFIX "MySQLXid"
#define MYSQL_XID_PREFIX_LEN 8 // must be a multiple of 8
#define MYSQL_XID_OFFSET (MYSQL_XID_PREFIX_LEN+sizeof(server_id))
#define MYSQL_XID_GTRID_LEN (MYSQL_XID_OFFSET+sizeof(my_xid))

#define XIDDATASIZE MYSQL_XIDDATASIZE
#define MAXGTRIDSIZE 64
#define MAXBQUALSIZE 64

#define COMPATIBLE_DATA_YES 0
#define COMPATIBLE_DATA_NO  1


/**
  struct xid_t is binary compatible with the XID structure as
  in the X/Open CAE Specification, Distributed Transaction Processing:
  The XA Specification, X/Open Company Ltd., 1991.
  http://www.opengroup.org/bookstore/catalog/c193.htm

  @see MYSQL_XID in mysql/plugin.h
*/
struct xid_t {
  long formatID;
  long gtrid_length;
  long bqual_length;
  char data[XIDDATASIZE];  // not \0-terminated !

  xid_t() = default;                                /* Remove gcc warning */
  bool eq(struct xid_t *xid) const
  { return !xid->is_null() && eq(xid->gtrid_length, xid->bqual_length, xid->data); }
  bool eq(long g, long b, const char *d) const
  { return !is_null() && g == gtrid_length && b == bqual_length && !memcmp(d, data, g+b); }
  void set(struct xid_t *xid)
  { memcpy(this, xid, xid->length()); }
  void set(long f, const char *g, long gl, const char *b, long bl)
  {
    formatID= f;
    if ((gtrid_length= gl))
      memcpy(data, g, gl);
    if ((bqual_length= bl))
      memcpy(data+gl, b, bl);
  }
  // Populate server_id if it's specified, otherwise use the current server_id
  void set(ulonglong xid, decltype(::server_id) trx_server_id= server_id)
  {
    my_xid tmp;
    formatID= 1;
    set(MYSQL_XID_PREFIX_LEN, 0, MYSQL_XID_PREFIX);
    memcpy(data+MYSQL_XID_PREFIX_LEN, &trx_server_id, sizeof(trx_server_id));
    tmp= xid;
    memcpy(data+MYSQL_XID_OFFSET, &tmp, sizeof(tmp));
    gtrid_length=MYSQL_XID_GTRID_LEN;
  }
  void set(long g, long b, const char *d)
  {
    formatID= 1;
    gtrid_length= g;
    bqual_length= b;
    memcpy(data, d, g+b);
  }
  bool is_null() const { return formatID == -1; }
  void null() { formatID= -1; }
  my_xid quick_get_my_xid()
  {
    my_xid tmp;
    memcpy(&tmp, data+MYSQL_XID_OFFSET, sizeof(tmp));
    return tmp;
  }
  my_xid get_my_xid()
  {
    return gtrid_length == MYSQL_XID_GTRID_LEN && bqual_length == 0 &&
           !memcmp(data, MYSQL_XID_PREFIX, MYSQL_XID_PREFIX_LEN) ?
           quick_get_my_xid() : 0;
  }
  decltype(::server_id) get_trx_server_id()
  {
    decltype(::server_id) trx_server_id;
    memcpy(&trx_server_id, data+MYSQL_XID_PREFIX_LEN, sizeof(trx_server_id));
    return trx_server_id;
  }
  uint length()
  {
    return static_cast<uint>(sizeof(formatID)) + key_length();
  }
  uchar *key() const
  {
    return (uchar *)&gtrid_length;
  }
  uint key_length() const
  {
    return static_cast<uint>(sizeof(gtrid_length)+sizeof(bqual_length)+
                             gtrid_length+bqual_length);
  }
};
typedef struct xid_t XID;

struct Online_alter_cache_list;
struct XA_data: XID
{
  Online_alter_cache_list *online_alter_cache= NULL;
  XA_data &operator=(const XID &x) { XID::operator=(x); return *this; }
};

/*
  Enumerates a sequence in the order of
  their creation that is in the top-down order of the index file.
  Ranges from zero through MAX_binlog_id.
  Not confuse the value with the binlog file numerical suffix,
  neither with the binlog file line in the binlog index file.
*/
typedef uint Binlog_file_id;
const Binlog_file_id MAX_binlog_id= UINT_MAX;
const my_off_t       MAX_off_t    = (~(my_off_t) 0);
/*
  Compound binlog-id and byte offset of transaction's first event
  in a sequence (e.g the recovery sequence) of binlog files.
  Binlog_offset(0,0) is the minimum value to mean
  the first byte of the first binlog file.
*/
typedef std::pair<Binlog_file_id, my_off_t> Binlog_offset;

/* binlog-based recovery transaction descriptor */
struct xid_recovery_member
{
  my_xid xid;
  uint in_engine_prepare;  // number of engines that have xid prepared
  bool decided_to_commit;
  /*
    Semisync recovery binlog offset. It's initialized with the maximum
    unreachable offset. The max value will remain for any transaction
    not found in binlog to yield its rollback decision as it's guaranteed
    to be within a truncated tail part of the binlog.
  */
  Binlog_offset binlog_coord;
  XID *full_xid;           // needed by wsrep or past it recovery
  decltype(::server_id) server_id;         // server id of orginal server

  xid_recovery_member(my_xid xid_arg, uint prepare_arg, bool decided_arg,
                      XID *full_xid_arg, decltype(::server_id) server_id_arg)
    : xid(xid_arg), in_engine_prepare(prepare_arg),
      decided_to_commit(decided_arg),
      binlog_coord(Binlog_offset(MAX_binlog_id, MAX_off_t)),
      full_xid(full_xid_arg), server_id(server_id_arg) {};
};

/* for recover() handlerton call */
#define MIN_XID_LIST_SIZE  128
#define MAX_XID_LIST_SIZE  (1024*128)

/* Statistics about batch operations like bulk_insert */
struct ha_copy_info
{
  ha_rows records;        /* Used to check if rest of variables can be used */
  ha_rows touched;
  ha_rows copied;
  ha_rows deleted;
  ha_rows updated;
};

/* The handler for a table type.  Will be included in the TABLE structure */

struct TABLE;

/*
  Make sure that the order of schema_tables and enum_schema_tables are the same.
*/
enum enum_schema_tables
{
  SCH_ALL_PLUGINS,
  SCH_APPLICABLE_ROLES,
  SCH_CHARSETS,
  SCH_CHECK_CONSTRAINTS,
  SCH_COLLATIONS,
  SCH_COLLATION_CHARACTER_SET_APPLICABILITY,
  SCH_COLUMNS,
  SCH_COLUMN_PRIVILEGES,
  SCH_ENABLED_ROLES,
  SCH_ENGINES,
  SCH_EVENTS,
  SCH_EXPLAIN_TABULAR,
  SCH_EXPLAIN_JSON,
  SCH_ANALYZE_TABULAR,
  SCH_ANALYZE_JSON,
  SCH_FILES,
  SCH_GLOBAL_STATUS,
  SCH_GLOBAL_VARIABLES,
  SCH_KEYWORDS,
  SCH_KEY_CACHES,
  SCH_KEY_COLUMN_USAGE,
  SCH_KEY_PERIOD_USAGE,
  SCH_OPEN_TABLES,
  SCH_OPTIMIZER_COSTS,
  SCH_OPT_TRACE,
  SCH_PARAMETERS,
  SCH_PERIODS,
  SCH_PARTITIONS,
  SCH_PLUGINS,
  SCH_PROCESSLIST,
  SCH_PROFILES,
  SCH_REFERENTIAL_CONSTRAINTS,
  SCH_PROCEDURES,
  SCH_SCHEMATA,
  SCH_SCHEMA_PRIVILEGES,
  SCH_SESSION_STATUS,
  SCH_SESSION_VARIABLES,
  SCH_STATISTICS,
  SCH_SQL_FUNCTIONS,
  SCH_SYSTEM_VARIABLES,
  SCH_TABLES,
  SCH_TABLESPACES,
  SCH_TABLE_CONSTRAINTS,
  SCH_TABLE_NAMES,
  SCH_TABLE_PRIVILEGES,
  SCH_TRIGGERS,
  SCH_USER_PRIVILEGES,
  SCH_VIEWS,
  SCH_N_SERVER_TABLES, /* How many SCHEMA tables in the server. */
  SCH_PLUGIN_TABLE     /* Schema table defined in plugin. */
};

struct TABLE_SHARE;
struct HA_CREATE_INFO;
struct st_foreign_key_info;
typedef struct st_foreign_key_info FOREIGN_KEY_INFO;
typedef bool (stat_print_fn)(THD *thd, const char *type, size_t type_len,
                             const char *file, size_t file_len,
                             const char *status, size_t status_len);
enum ha_stat_type { HA_ENGINE_STATUS, HA_ENGINE_LOGS, HA_ENGINE_MUTEX };
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT st_plugin_int *hton2plugin[MAX_HA];

struct handlerton;

#define view_pseudo_hton ((handlerton *)1)

/*
  Definitions for engine-specific table/field/index options in the CREATE TABLE.

  Options are declared with HA_*OPTION_* macros (HA_TOPTION_NUMBER,
  HA_FOPTION_ENUM, HA_IOPTION_STRING, etc).

  Every macros takes the option name, and the name of the underlying field of
  the appropriate C structure. The "appropriate C structure" is
  ha_table_option_struct for table level options,
  ha_field_option_struct for field level options,
  ha_index_option_struct for key level options. The engine either
  defines a structure of this name, or uses #define's to map
  these "appropriate" names to the actual structure type name.

  ULL options use a ulonglong as the backing store.
  HA_*OPTION_NUMBER() takes the option name, the structure field name,
  the default value for the option, min, max, and blk_siz values.

  STRING options use a char* as a backing store.
  HA_*OPTION_STRING takes the option name and the structure field name.
  The default value will be 0.

  ENUM options use a uint as a backing store (not enum!!!).
  HA_*OPTION_ENUM takes the option name, the structure field name,
  the default value for the option as a number, and a string with the
  permitted values for this enum - one string with comma separated values,
  for example: "gzip,bzip2,lzma"

  BOOL options use a bool as a backing store.
  HA_*OPTION_BOOL takes the option name, the structure field name,
  and the default value for the option.
  From the SQL, BOOL options accept YES/NO, ON/OFF, and 1/0.

  The name of the option is limited to 255 bytes,
  the value (for string options) - to the 32767 bytes.

  See ha_example.cc for an example.
*/

struct ha_table_option_struct;
struct ha_field_option_struct;
struct ha_index_option_struct;

enum ha_option_type { HA_OPTION_TYPE_ULL,    /* unsigned long long */
                      HA_OPTION_TYPE_STRING, /* char * */
                      HA_OPTION_TYPE_ENUM,   /* uint */
                      HA_OPTION_TYPE_BOOL,   /* bool */
                      HA_OPTION_TYPE_SYSVAR};/* type of the sysval */

#define HA_xOPTION_NUMBER(name, struc, field, def, min, max, blk_siz)   \
  { HA_OPTION_TYPE_ULL, name, sizeof(name)-1,                        \
    offsetof(struc, field), def, min, max, blk_siz, 0, 0 }
#define HA_xOPTION_STRING(name, struc, field)                        \
  { HA_OPTION_TYPE_STRING, name, sizeof(name)-1,                     \
    offsetof(struc, field), 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
#define HA_xOPTION_ENUM(name, struc, field, values, def)             \
  { HA_OPTION_TYPE_ENUM, name, sizeof(name)-1,                       \
    offsetof(struc, field), def, 0,                                  \
    sizeof(values)-1, 0, values, 0 }
#define HA_xOPTION_BOOL(name, struc, field, def)                     \
  { HA_OPTION_TYPE_BOOL, name, sizeof(name)-1,                       \
    offsetof(struc, field), def, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 }
#define HA_xOPTION_SYSVAR(name, struc, field, sysvar)                \
  { HA_OPTION_TYPE_SYSVAR, name, sizeof(name)-1,                     \
    offsetof(struc, field), 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, MYSQL_SYSVAR(sysvar) }
#define HA_xOPTION_END { HA_OPTION_TYPE_ULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }

#define HA_TOPTION_NUMBER(name, field, def, min, max, blk_siz)          \
  HA_xOPTION_NUMBER(name, ha_table_option_struct, field, def, min, max, blk_siz)
#define HA_TOPTION_STRING(name, field)                               \
  HA_xOPTION_STRING(name, ha_table_option_struct, field)
#define HA_TOPTION_ENUM(name, field, values, def)                    \
  HA_xOPTION_ENUM(name, ha_table_option_struct, field, values, def)
#define HA_TOPTION_BOOL(name, field, def)                            \
  HA_xOPTION_BOOL(name, ha_table_option_struct, field, def)
#define HA_TOPTION_SYSVAR(name, field, sysvar)                       \
  HA_xOPTION_SYSVAR(name, ha_table_option_struct, field, sysvar)
#define HA_TOPTION_END HA_xOPTION_END

#define HA_FOPTION_NUMBER(name, field, def, min, max, blk_siz)          \
  HA_xOPTION_NUMBER(name, ha_field_option_struct, field, def, min, max, blk_siz)
#define HA_FOPTION_STRING(name, field)                               \
  HA_xOPTION_STRING(name, ha_field_option_struct, field)
#define HA_FOPTION_ENUM(name, field, values, def)                    \
  HA_xOPTION_ENUM(name, ha_field_option_struct, field, values, def)
#define HA_FOPTION_BOOL(name, field, def)                            \
  HA_xOPTION_BOOL(name, ha_field_option_struct, field, def)
#define HA_FOPTION_SYSVAR(name, field, sysvar)                       \
  HA_xOPTION_SYSVAR(name, ha_field_option_struct, field, sysvar)
#define HA_FOPTION_END HA_xOPTION_END

#define HA_IOPTION_NUMBER(name, field, def, min, max, blk_siz)          \
  HA_xOPTION_NUMBER(name, ha_index_option_struct, field, def, min, max, blk_siz)
#define HA_IOPTION_STRING(name, field)                               \
  HA_xOPTION_STRING(name, ha_index_option_struct, field)
#define HA_IOPTION_ENUM(name, field, values, def)                    \
  HA_xOPTION_ENUM(name, ha_index_option_struct, field, values, def)
#define HA_IOPTION_BOOL(name, field, def)                            \
  HA_xOPTION_BOOL(name, ha_index_option_struct, field, def)
#define HA_IOPTION_SYSVAR(name, field, sysvar)                       \
  HA_xOPTION_SYSVAR(name, ha_index_option_struct, field, sysvar)
#define HA_IOPTION_END HA_xOPTION_END

typedef struct st_ha_create_table_option {
  enum ha_option_type type;
  const char *name;
  size_t name_length;
  ptrdiff_t offset;
  ulonglong def_value;
  ulonglong min_value, max_value, block_size;
  const char *values;
  struct st_mysql_sys_var *var;
} ha_create_table_option;

class handler;
class group_by_handler;
class derived_handler;
class select_handler;
struct Query;
typedef class st_select_lex SELECT_LEX;
typedef class st_select_lex_unit SELECT_LEX_UNIT;
typedef struct st_order ORDER;

/*
  handlerton is a singleton structure - one instance per storage engine -
  to provide access to storage engine functionality that works on the
  "global" level (unlike handler class that works on a per-table basis)

  usually handlerton instance is defined statically in ha_xxx.cc as

  static handlerton { ... } xxx_hton;

  savepoint_*, prepare, recover, and *_by_xid pointers can be 0.
*/
struct handlerton
{
  /*
    Historical number used for frm file to determine the correct
    storage engine.  This is going away and new engines will just use
    "name" for this.
  */
  enum legacy_db_type db_type;
  /*
    each storage engine has it's own memory area (actually a pointer)
    in the thd, for storing per-connection information.
    It is accessed as

      thd->ha_data[xxx_hton.slot]

   slot number is initialized by MySQL after xxx_init() is called.
   */
   uint slot;
   /*
     to store per-savepoint data storage engine is provided with an area
     of a requested size (0 is ok here).
     savepoint_offset must be initialized statically to the size of
     the needed memory to store per-savepoint information.
     After xxx_init it is changed to be an offset to savepoint storage
     area and need not be used by storage engine.
     see binlog_hton and binlog_savepoint_set/rollback for an example.
   */
   uint savepoint_offset;
   /*
     handlerton methods:

     close_connection is only called if
     thd->ha_data[xxx_hton.slot] is non-zero, so even if you don't need
     this storage area - set it to something, so that MySQL would know
     this storage engine was accessed in this connection
   */
   int  (*close_connection)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd);
   /*
     Tell handler that query has been killed.
   */
   void (*kill_query)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, enum thd_kill_levels level);
   /*
     sv points to an uninitialized storage area of requested size
     (see savepoint_offset description)
   */
   int  (*savepoint_set)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, void *sv);
   /*
     sv points to a storage area, that was earlier passed
     to the savepoint_set call
   */
   int  (*savepoint_rollback)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, void *sv);
   /**
     Check if storage engine allows to release metadata locks which were
     acquired after the savepoint if rollback to savepoint is done.
     @return true  - If it is safe to release MDL locks.
             false - If it is not.
   */
   bool (*savepoint_rollback_can_release_mdl)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd);
   int  (*savepoint_release)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, void *sv);
   /*
     'all' is true if it's a real commit, that makes persistent changes
     'all' is false if it's not in fact a commit but an end of the
     statement that is part of the transaction.
     NOTE 'all' is also false in auto-commit mode where 'end of statement'
     and 'real commit' mean the same event.
   */
   int (*commit)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, bool all);
   /*
     The commit_ordered() method is called prior to the commit() method, after
     the transaction manager has decided to commit (not rollback) the
     transaction. Unlike commit(), commit_ordered() is called only when the
     full transaction is committed, not for each commit of statement
     transaction in a multi-statement transaction.

     Not that like prepare(), commit_ordered() is only called when 2-phase
     commit takes place. Ie. when no binary log and only a single engine
     participates in a transaction, one commit() is called, no
     commit_ordered(). So engines must be prepared for this.

     The calls to commit_ordered() in multiple parallel transactions is
     guaranteed to happen in the same order in every participating
     handler. This can be used to ensure the same commit order among multiple
     handlers (eg. in table handler and binlog). So if transaction T1 calls
     into commit_ordered() of handler A before T2, then T1 will also call
     commit_ordered() of handler B before T2.

     Engines that implement this method should during this call make the
     transaction visible to other transactions, thereby making the order of
     transaction commits be defined by the order of commit_ordered() calls.

     The intention is that commit_ordered() should do the minimal amount of
     work that needs to happen in consistent commit order among handlers. To
     preserve ordering, calls need to be serialised on a global mutex, so
     doing any time-consuming or blocking operations in commit_ordered() will
     limit scalability.

     Handlers can rely on commit_ordered() calls to be serialised (no two
     calls can run in parallel, so no extra locking on the handler part is
     required to ensure this).

     Note that commit_ordered() can be called from a different thread than the
     one handling the transaction! So it can not do anything that depends on
     thread local storage, in particular it can not call my_error() and
     friends (instead it can store the error code and delay the call of
     my_error() to the commit() method).

     Similarly, since commit_ordered() returns void, any return error code
     must be saved and returned from the commit() method instead.

     The commit_ordered method is optional, and can be left unset if not
     needed in a particular handler (then there will be no ordering guarantees
     wrt. other engines and binary log).
   */
   void (*commit_ordered)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, bool all);
   int  (*rollback)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, bool all);
   int  (*prepare)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, bool all);
   /*
     The prepare_ordered method is optional. If set, it will be called after
     successful prepare() in all handlers participating in 2-phase
     commit. Like commit_ordered(), it is called only when the full
     transaction is committed, not for each commit of statement transaction.

     The calls to prepare_ordered() among multiple parallel transactions are
     ordered consistently with calls to commit_ordered(). This means that
     calls to prepare_ordered() effectively define the commit order, and that
     each handler will see the same sequence of transactions calling into
     prepare_ordered() and commit_ordered().

     Thus, prepare_ordered() can be used to define commit order for handlers
     that need to do this in the prepare step (like binlog). It can also be
     used to release transaction's locks early in an order consistent with the
     order transactions will be eventually committed.

     Like commit_ordered(), prepare_ordered() calls are serialised to maintain
     ordering, so the intention is that they should execute fast, with only
     the minimal amount of work needed to define commit order. Handlers can
     rely on this serialisation, and do not need to do any extra locking to
     avoid two prepare_ordered() calls running in parallel.

     Like commit_ordered(), prepare_ordered() is not guaranteed to be called
     in the context of the thread handling the rest of the transaction. So it
     cannot invoke code that relies on thread local storage, in particular it
     cannot call my_error().

     prepare_ordered() cannot cause a rollback by returning an error, all
     possible errors must be handled in prepare() (the prepare_ordered()
     method returns void). In case of some fatal error, a record of the error
     must be made internally by the engine and returned from commit() later.

     Note that for user-level XA SQL commands, no consistent ordering among
     prepare_ordered() and commit_ordered() is guaranteed (as that would
     require blocking all other commits for an indefinite time).

     When 2-phase commit is not used (eg. only one engine (and no binlog) in
     transaction), neither prepare() nor prepare_ordered() is called.
   */
   void (*prepare_ordered)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, bool all);
   int  (*recover)(handlerton *hton, XID *xid_list, uint len);
   int  (*commit_by_xid)(handlerton *hton, XID *xid);
   int  (*rollback_by_xid)(handlerton *hton, XID *xid);
   /*
     The commit_checkpoint_request() handlerton method is used to checkpoint
     the XA recovery process for storage engines that support two-phase
     commit.

     The method is optional - an engine that does not implemented is expected
     to work the traditional way, where every commit() durably flushes the
     transaction to disk in the engine before completion, so XA recovery will
     no longer be needed for that transaction.

     An engine that does implement commit_checkpoint_request() is also
     expected to implement commit_ordered(), so that ordering of commits is
     consistent between 2pc participants. Such engine is no longer required to
     durably flush to disk transactions in commit(), provided that the
     transaction has been successfully prepare()d and commit_ordered(); thus
     potentionally saving one fsync() call. (Engine must still durably flush
     to disk in commit() when no prepare()/commit_ordered() steps took place,
     at least if durable commits are wanted; this happens eg. if binlog is
     disabled).

     The TC will periodically (eg. once per binlog rotation) call
     commit_checkpoint_request(). When this happens, the engine must arrange
     for all transaction that have completed commit_ordered() to be durably
     flushed to disk (this does not include transactions that might be in the
     middle of executing commit_ordered()). When such flush has completed, the
     engine must call commit_checkpoint_notify_ha(), passing back the opaque
     "cookie".

     The flush and call of commit_checkpoint_notify_ha() need not happen
     immediately - it can be scheduled and performed asynchronously (ie. as
     part of next prepare(), or sync every second, or whatever), but should
     not be postponed indefinitely. It is however also permissible to do it
     immediately, before returning from commit_checkpoint_request().

     When commit_checkpoint_notify_ha() is called, the TC will know that the
     transactions are durably committed, and thus no longer require XA
     recovery. It uses that to reduce the work needed for any subsequent XA
     recovery process.
   */
   void (*commit_checkpoint_request)(void *cookie);
  /*
    "Disable or enable checkpointing internal to the storage engine. This is
    used for FLUSH TABLES WITH READ LOCK AND DISABLE CHECKPOINT to ensure that
    the engine will never start any recovery from a time between
    FLUSH TABLES ... ; UNLOCK TABLES.

    While checkpointing is disabled, the engine should pause any background
    write activity (such as tablespace checkpointing) that require consistency
    between different files (such as transaction log and tablespace files) for
    crash recovery to succeed. The idea is to use this to make safe
    multi-volume LVM snapshot backups.
  */
   int  (*checkpoint_state)(handlerton *hton, bool disabled);
   void *(*create_cursor_read_view)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd);
   void (*set_cursor_read_view)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, void *read_view);
   void (*close_cursor_read_view)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, void *read_view);
   handler *(*create)(handlerton *hton, TABLE_SHARE *table, MEM_ROOT *mem_root);
   void (*drop_database)(handlerton *hton, char* path);
   /*
     return 0 if dropped successfully,
           -1 if nothing was done by design (as in e.g. blackhole)
           an error code (e.g. HA_ERR_NO_SUCH_TABLE) otherwise
   */
   int (*drop_table)(handlerton *hton, const char* path);
   int (*panic)(handlerton *hton, enum ha_panic_function flag);
   int (*start_consistent_snapshot)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd);
   bool (*flush_logs)(handlerton *hton);
   bool (*show_status)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, stat_print_fn *print, enum ha_stat_type stat);
   uint (*partition_flags)();
   alter_table_operations (*alter_table_flags)(alter_table_operations flags);
   int (*fill_is_table)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables,
                        class Item *cond, 
                        enum enum_schema_tables);
   uint32 flags;                                /* global handler flags */
   /*
      Those handlerton functions below are properly initialized at handler
      init.
   */
   int (*binlog_func)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, enum_binlog_func fn, void *arg);
   void (*binlog_log_query)(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, 
                            enum_binlog_command binlog_command,
                            const char *query, uint query_length,
                            const char *db, const char *table_name);

   void (*abort_transaction)(handlerton *hton, THD *bf_thd, THD *victim_thd,
                             my_bool signal) __attribute__((nonnull));
   int (*set_checkpoint)(handlerton *hton, const XID *xid);
   int (*get_checkpoint)(handlerton *hton, XID* xid);
  /**
     Check if the version of the table matches the version in the .frm
     file.

     This is mainly used to verify in recovery to check if an inplace
     ALTER TABLE succeded.
     Storage engines that does not support inplace alter table does not
     have to implement this function.

     @param hton      handlerton
     @param path      Path for table
     @param version   The unique id that is stored in the .frm file for
                      CREATE and updated for each ALTER TABLE (but not for
                      simple renames).
                      This is the ID used for the final table.
     @param create_id The value returned from handler->table_version() for
                      the original table (before ALTER TABLE).

     @retval 0     If id matches or table is newer than create_id (depending
                   on what version check the engine supports. This means that
                   The (inplace) alter table did succeed.
     @retval # > 0 Alter table did not succeed.

     Related to handler::discover_check_version().
   */
  int (*check_version)(handlerton *hton, const char *path,
                       const LEX_CUSTRING *version, ulonglong create_id);

  /* Called for all storage handlers after ddl recovery is done */
  int (*signal_ddl_recovery_done)(handlerton *hton);

  /* Called at startup to update default engine costs */
  void (*update_optimizer_costs)(OPTIMIZER_COSTS *costs);
  void *optimizer_costs;                        /* Costs are stored here */

   /*
     Optional clauses in the CREATE/ALTER TABLE
   */
   ha_create_table_option *table_options; // table level options
   ha_create_table_option *field_options; // these are specified per field
   ha_create_table_option *index_options; // these are specified per index

   /**
     The list of extensions of files created for a single table in the
     database directory (datadir/db_name/).

     Used by open_table_error(), by the default rename_table and delete_table
     handler methods, and by the default discovery implementation.
  
     For engines that have more than one file name extensions (separate
     metadata, index, and/or data files), the order of elements is relevant.
     First element of engine file name extensions array should be metadata
     file extention. This is implied by the open_table_error()
     and the default discovery implementation.
     
     Second element - data file extension. This is implied
     assumed by REPAIR TABLE ... USE_FRM implementation.
   */
   const char **tablefile_extensions; // by default - empty list

  /**********************************************************************
   Functions to intercept queries
  **********************************************************************/

  /*
    Create and return a group_by_handler, if the storage engine can execute
    the summary / group by query.
    If the storage engine can't do that, return NULL.

    The server guaranteeds that all tables in the list belong to this
    storage engine.
  */
  group_by_handler *(*create_group_by)(THD *thd, Query *query);

  /*
    Create and return a derived_handler if the storage engine can execute
    the derived table 'derived', otherwise return NULL.
    In a general case 'derived' may contain tables not from the engine.
    If the engine cannot handle or does not want to handle such pushed derived
    the function create_group_by has to return NULL.
  */
  derived_handler *(*create_derived)(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *derived);

  /*
    Create and return a select_handler for a single SELECT.
    If the storage engine cannot execute the select statement, return NULL
  */
  select_handler *(*create_select) (THD *thd, SELECT_LEX *select_lex,
                                   SELECT_LEX_UNIT *select_lex_unit);

  /*
    Create and return a select_handler for a unit (i.e. multiple SELECTs
    combined with UNION/EXCEPT/INTERSECT). If the storage engine cannot execute
    the statement, return NULL
  */
  select_handler *(*create_unit)(THD *thd, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *select_unit);
   
   /*********************************************************************
     Table discovery API.
     It allows the server to "discover" tables that exist in the storage
     engine, without user issuing an explicit CREATE TABLE statement.
   **********************************************************************/

   /*
     This method is required for any engine that supports automatic table
     discovery, there is no default implementation.

     Given a TABLE_SHARE discover_table() fills it in with a correct table
     structure using one of the TABLE_SHARE::init_from_* methods.

     Returns HA_ERR_NO_SUCH_TABLE if the table did not exist in the engine,
     zero if the table was discovered successfully, or any other
     HA_ERR_* error code as appropriate if the table existed, but the
     discovery failed.
   */
   int (*discover_table)(handlerton *hton, THD* thd, TABLE_SHARE *share);

   /*
     The discover_table_names method tells the server
     about all tables in the specified database that the engine
     knows about. Tables (or file names of tables) are added to
     the provided discovered_list collector object using
     add_table() or add_file() methods.
   */
   class discovered_list
   {
     public:
     virtual bool add_table(const char *tname, size_t tlen) = 0;
     virtual bool add_file(const char *fname) = 0;
     protected: virtual ~discovered_list() = default;
   };

   /*
     By default (if not implemented by the engine, but the discover_table() is
     implemented) it will perform a file-based discovery:

     - if tablefile_extensions[0] is not null, this will discovers all tables
       with the tablefile_extensions[0] extension.

     Returns 0 on success and 1 on error.
   */
   int (*discover_table_names)(handlerton *hton, const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                               MY_DIR *dir,
                               discovered_list *result);

   /*
     This is a method that allows to server to check if a table exists without
     an overhead of the complete discovery.

     By default (if not implemented by the engine, but the discovery_table() is
     implemented) it will try to perform a file-based discovery:

     - if tablefile_extensions[0] is not null this will look for a file name
       with the tablefile_extensions[0] extension.

     - if tablefile_extensions[0] is null, this will resort to discover_table().

     Note that resorting to discover_table() is slow and the engine
     should probably implement its own discover_table_existence() method,
     if its tablefile_extensions[0] is null.

     Returns 1 if the table exists and 0 if it does not.
   */
   int (*discover_table_existence)(handlerton *hton, const char *db,
                                   const char *table_name);

   /*
     This is the assisted table discovery method. Unlike the fully
     automatic discovery as above, here a user is expected to issue an
     explicit CREATE TABLE with the appropriate table attributes to
     "assist" the discovery of a table. But this "discovering" CREATE TABLE
     statement will not specify the table structure - the engine discovers
     it using this method. For example, FederatedX uses it in

      CREATE TABLE t1 ENGINE=FEDERATED CONNECTION="mysql://foo/bar/t1";

     Given a TABLE_SHARE discover_table_structure() fills it in with a correct
     table structure using one of the TABLE_SHARE::init_from_* methods.

     Assisted discovery works independently from the automatic discover.
     An engine is allowed to support only assisted discovery and not
     support automatic one. Or vice versa.
   */
   int (*discover_table_structure)(handlerton *hton, THD* thd,
                                   TABLE_SHARE *share, HA_CREATE_INFO *info);

  /*
    Notify the storage engine that the definition of the table (and the .frm
    file) has changed. Returns 0 if ok.
  */
  int (*notify_tabledef_changed)(handlerton *hton, LEX_CSTRING *db,
                                 LEX_CSTRING *table_name, LEX_CUSTRING *frm,
                                 LEX_CUSTRING *org_tabledef_version,
                                 handler *file);

   /*
     System Versioning
   */
   /** Determine if system-versioned data was modified by the transaction.
   @param[in,out] thd          current session
   @param[out]    trx_id       transaction start ID
   @return transaction commit ID
   @retval 0 if no system-versioned data was affected by the transaction */
   ulonglong (*prepare_commit_versioned)(THD *thd, ulonglong *trx_id);

  /** Disable or enable the internal writes of a storage engine */
  void (*disable_internal_writes)(bool disable);

  /* backup */
  void (*prepare_for_backup)(void);
  void (*end_backup)(void);

  /* Server shutdown early notification.*/
  void (*pre_shutdown)(void);

  /*
    Inform handler that partitioning engine has changed the .frm and the .par
    files
  */
  int (*create_partitioning_metadata)(const char *path,
                                      const char *old_path,
                                      chf_create_flags action_flag);
};


extern const char *hton_no_exts[];

static inline LEX_CSTRING *hton_name(const handlerton *hton)
{
  return &(hton2plugin[hton->slot]->name);
}

static inline handlerton *plugin_hton(plugin_ref plugin)
{
  return plugin_data(plugin, handlerton *);
}

static inline sys_var *find_hton_sysvar(handlerton *hton, st_mysql_sys_var *var)
{
  return find_plugin_sysvar(hton2plugin[hton->slot], var);
}

handlerton *ha_default_handlerton(THD *thd);
handlerton *ha_default_tmp_handlerton(THD *thd);

/* Possible flags of a handlerton (there can be 32 of them) */
#define HTON_NO_FLAGS                 0
#define HTON_CLOSE_CURSORS_AT_COMMIT (1 << 0)
#define HTON_ALTER_NOT_SUPPORTED     (1 << 1) //Engine does not support alter
#define HTON_CAN_RECREATE            (1 << 2) //Delete all is used for truncate
#define HTON_HIDDEN                  (1 << 3) //Engine does not appear in lists
#define HTON_NOT_USER_SELECTABLE     (1 << 5)
#define HTON_TEMPORARY_NOT_SUPPORTED (1 << 6) //Having temporary tables not supported
#define HTON_SUPPORT_LOG_TABLES      (1 << 7) //Engine supports log tables
#define HTON_NO_PARTITION            (1 << 8) //Not partition of these tables

/*
  This flag should be set when deciding that the engine does not allow
  row based binary logging (RBL) optimizations.

  Currently, setting this flag, means that table's read/write_set will
  be left untouched when logging changes to tables in this engine. In
  practice this means that the server will not mess around with
  table->write_set and/or table->read_set when using RBL and deciding
  whether to log full or minimal rows.

  It's valuable for instance for virtual tables, eg: Performance
  Schema which have no meaning for replication.
*/
#define HTON_NO_BINLOG_ROW_OPT       (1 << 9)
#define HTON_SUPPORTS_EXTENDED_KEYS  (1 <<10) //supports extended keys
#define HTON_NATIVE_SYS_VERSIONING (1 << 11) //Engine supports System Versioning

// MySQL compatibility. Unused.
#define HTON_SUPPORTS_FOREIGN_KEYS   (1 << 0) //Foreign key constraint supported.

#define HTON_CAN_MERGE               (1 <<11) //Merge type table
// Engine needs to access the main connect string in partitions
#define HTON_CAN_READ_CONNECT_STRING_IN_PARTITION (1 <<12)

/* can be replicated by wsrep replication provider plugin */
#define HTON_WSREP_REPLICATION (1 << 13)

/*
  Set this on the *slave* that's connected to a shared with a master storage.
  The slave will ignore any CREATE TABLE, DROP or updates for this engine.
*/
#define HTON_IGNORE_UPDATES (1 << 14)

/*
  Set this on the *master* that's connected to a shared with a slave storage.
  The table may not exists on the slave. The effects of having this flag are:
  - ALTER TABLE that changes engine from this table to another engine will
    be replicated as CREATE + INSERT
  - CREATE ... LIKE shared_table will be replicated as a full CREATE TABLE
  - ALTER TABLE for this engine will have "IF EXISTS" added.
  - RENAME TABLE for this engine will have "IF EXISTS" added.
  - DROP TABLE for this engine will have "IF EXISTS" added.
*/
#define HTON_TABLE_MAY_NOT_EXIST_ON_SLAVE (1 << 15)

/*
  True if handler cannot rollback transactions. If not true, the transaction
  will be put in the transactional binlog cache.
  For some engines, like Aria, the rollback can happen in case of crash, but
  not trough a handler rollback call.
*/
#define HTON_NO_ROLLBACK (1 << 16)

/*
  This storage engine can support both transactional and non transactional
  tables
*/
#define HTON_TRANSACTIONAL_AND_NON_TRANSACTIONAL (1 << 17)

/*
  Table requires and close and reopen after truncate
  If the handler has HTON_CAN_RECREATE, this flag is not used
*/
#define HTON_REQUIRES_CLOSE_AFTER_TRUNCATE (1 << 18)

/* Truncate requires that all other handlers are closed */
#define HTON_TRUNCATE_REQUIRES_EXCLUSIVE_USE (1 << 19)
/*
  Used by mysql_inplace_alter_table() to decide if we should call
  hton->notify_tabledef_changed() before commit (MyRocks) or after (InnoDB).
*/
#define HTON_REQUIRES_NOTIFY_TABLEDEF_CHANGED_AFTER_COMMIT (1 << 20)

class Ha_trx_info;

struct THD_TRANS
{
  /* true is not all entries in the ht[] support 2pc */
  bool        no_2pc;
  /* storage engines that registered in this transaction */
  Ha_trx_info *ha_list;
  /* 
    The purpose of this flag is to keep track of non-transactional
    tables that were modified in scope of:
    - transaction, when the variable is a member of
    THD::transaction.all
    - top-level statement or sub-statement, when the variable is a
    member of THD::transaction.stmt
    This member has the following life cycle:
    * stmt.modified_non_trans_table is used to keep track of
    modified non-transactional tables of top-level statements. At
    the end of the previous statement and at the beginning of the session,
    it is reset to FALSE.  If such functions
    as mysql_insert(), Sql_cmd_update::update_single_table,
    Sql_cmd_delete::delete_single_table modify a
    non-transactional table, they set this flag to TRUE.  At the
    end of the statement, the value of stmt.modified_non_trans_table 
    is merged with all.modified_non_trans_table and gets reset.
    * all.modified_non_trans_table is reset at the end of transaction
    
    * Since we do not have a dedicated context for execution of a
    sub-statement, to keep track of non-transactional changes in a
    sub-statement, we re-use stmt.modified_non_trans_table. 
    At entrance into a sub-statement, a copy of the value of
    stmt.modified_non_trans_table (containing the changes of the
    outer statement) is saved on stack. Then 
    stmt.modified_non_trans_table is reset to FALSE and the
    substatement is executed. Then the new value is merged with the
    saved value.
  */
  bool modified_non_trans_table;

  void reset() {
    no_2pc= FALSE;
    modified_non_trans_table= FALSE;
    m_unsafe_rollback_flags= 0;
  }
  bool is_empty() const { return ha_list == NULL; }
  THD_TRANS() = default;                        /* Remove gcc warning */

  unsigned int m_unsafe_rollback_flags;
 /*
    Define the type of statements which cannot be rolled back safely.
    Each type occupies one bit in m_unsafe_rollback_flags.
    MODIFIED_NON_TRANS_TABLE is limited to mark only the temporary
    non-transactional table *when* it's cached along with the transactional
    events; the regular table is covered by the "namesake" bool var.
  */
  enum unsafe_statement_types
  {
    MODIFIED_NON_TRANS_TABLE= 1,
    CREATED_TEMP_TABLE= 2,
    DROPPED_TEMP_TABLE= 4,
    DID_WAIT= 8,
    DID_DDL= 0x10,
    EXECUTED_TABLE_ADMIN_CMD= 0x20
  };

  void mark_modified_non_trans_temp_table()
  {
    m_unsafe_rollback_flags|= MODIFIED_NON_TRANS_TABLE;
  }
  bool has_modified_non_trans_temp_table() const
  {
    return (m_unsafe_rollback_flags & MODIFIED_NON_TRANS_TABLE) != 0;
  }
  void mark_executed_table_admin_cmd()
  {
    DBUG_PRINT("debug", ("mark_executed_table_admin_cmd"));
    m_unsafe_rollback_flags|= EXECUTED_TABLE_ADMIN_CMD;
  }
  bool trans_executed_admin_cmd()
  {
    return (m_unsafe_rollback_flags & EXECUTED_TABLE_ADMIN_CMD) != 0;
  }
  void mark_created_temp_table()
  {
    DBUG_PRINT("debug", ("mark_created_temp_table"));
    m_unsafe_rollback_flags|= CREATED_TEMP_TABLE;
  }
  void mark_dropped_temp_table()
  {
    DBUG_PRINT("debug", ("mark_dropped_temp_table"));
    m_unsafe_rollback_flags|= DROPPED_TEMP_TABLE;
  }
  bool has_created_dropped_temp_table() const {
    return
      (m_unsafe_rollback_flags & (CREATED_TEMP_TABLE|DROPPED_TEMP_TABLE)) != 0;
  }
  void mark_trans_did_wait() { m_unsafe_rollback_flags|= DID_WAIT; }
  bool trans_did_wait() const {
    return (m_unsafe_rollback_flags & DID_WAIT) != 0;
  }
  bool is_trx_read_write() const;
  void mark_trans_did_ddl() { m_unsafe_rollback_flags|= DID_DDL; }
  bool trans_did_ddl() const {
    return (m_unsafe_rollback_flags & DID_DDL) != 0;
  }

};

/**
  Either statement transaction or normal transaction - related
  thread-specific storage engine data.

  If a storage engine participates in a statement/transaction,
  an instance of this class is present in
  thd->transaction.{stmt|all}.ha_list. The addition to
  {stmt|all}.ha_list is made by trans_register_ha().

  When it's time to commit or rollback, each element of ha_list
  is used to access storage engine's prepare()/commit()/rollback()
  methods, and also to evaluate if a full two phase commit is
  necessary.

  @sa General description of transaction handling in handler.cc.
*/

class Ha_trx_info
{
public:
  /** Register this storage engine in the given transaction context. */
  void register_ha(THD_TRANS *trans, handlerton *ht_arg)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_flags == 0);
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_ht == NULL);
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_next == NULL);

    m_ht= ht_arg;
    m_flags= (int) TRX_READ_ONLY; /* Assume read-only at start. */

    m_next= trans->ha_list;
    trans->ha_list= this;
  }

  /** Clear, prepare for reuse. */
  void reset()
  {
    m_next= NULL;
    m_ht= NULL;
    m_flags= 0;
  }

  Ha_trx_info() { reset(); }

  void set_trx_read_write()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_started());
    m_flags|= (int) TRX_READ_WRITE;
  }
  bool is_trx_read_write() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_started());
    return m_flags & (int) TRX_READ_WRITE;
  }
  void set_trx_no_rollback()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_started());
    m_flags|= (int) TRX_NO_ROLLBACK;
  }
  bool is_trx_no_rollback() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_started());
    return m_flags & (int) TRX_NO_ROLLBACK;
  }
  bool is_started() const { return m_ht != NULL; }
  /** Mark this transaction read-write if the argument is read-write. */
  void coalesce_trx_with(const Ha_trx_info *stmt_trx)
  {
    /*
      Must be called only after the transaction has been started.
      Can be called many times, e.g. when we have many
      read-write statements in a transaction.
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_started());
    if (stmt_trx->is_trx_read_write())
      set_trx_read_write();
  }
  Ha_trx_info *next() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_started());
    return m_next;
  }
  handlerton *ht() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_started());
    return m_ht;
  }
private:
  enum { TRX_READ_ONLY= 0, TRX_READ_WRITE= 1, TRX_NO_ROLLBACK= 2 };
  /** Auxiliary, used for ha_list management */
  Ha_trx_info *m_next;
  /**
    Although a given Ha_trx_info instance is currently always used
    for the same storage engine, 'ht' is not-NULL only when the
    corresponding storage is a part of a transaction.
  */
  handlerton *m_ht;
  /**
    Transaction flags related to this engine.
    Not-null only if this instance is a part of transaction.
    May assume a combination of enum values above.
  */
  uchar       m_flags;
};


inline bool THD_TRANS::is_trx_read_write() const
{
  Ha_trx_info *ha_info;
  for (ha_info= ha_list; ha_info; ha_info= ha_info->next())
    if (ha_info->is_trx_read_write())
      return TRUE;
  return FALSE;
}


enum enum_tx_isolation { ISO_READ_UNCOMMITTED, ISO_READ_COMMITTED,
			 ISO_REPEATABLE_READ, ISO_SERIALIZABLE};


typedef struct {
  ulonglong data_file_length;
  ulonglong max_data_file_length;
  ulonglong index_file_length;
  ulonglong max_index_file_length;
  ulonglong delete_length;
  ha_rows records;
  ulong mean_rec_length;
  time_t create_time;
  time_t check_time;
  time_t update_time;
  ulonglong check_sum;
  bool check_sum_null;
} PARTITION_STATS;

#define UNDEF_NODEGROUP 65535
class Item;
struct st_table_log_memory_entry;

class partition_info;

struct st_partition_iter;

enum ha_choice { HA_CHOICE_UNDEF, HA_CHOICE_NO, HA_CHOICE_YES, HA_CHOICE_MAX };

enum enum_stats_auto_recalc { HA_STATS_AUTO_RECALC_DEFAULT= 0,
                              HA_STATS_AUTO_RECALC_ON,
                              HA_STATS_AUTO_RECALC_OFF };

/**
  A helper struct for schema DDL statements:
    CREATE SCHEMA [IF NOT EXISTS] name [ schema_specification... ]
    ALTER SCHEMA name [ schema_specification... ]

  It stores the "schema_specification" part of the CREATE/ALTER statements and
  is passed to mysql_create_db() and  mysql_alter_db().
  Currently consists of the schema default character set, collation
  and schema_comment.
*/
struct Schema_specification_st
{
  CHARSET_INFO *default_table_charset;
  LEX_CSTRING *schema_comment;
  void init()
  {
    bzero(this, sizeof(*this));
  }
};

class Create_field;

struct Table_period_info: Sql_alloc
{
  Table_period_info() :
    create_if_not_exists(false),
    constr(NULL),
    unique_keys(0) {}
  Table_period_info(const char *name_arg, size_t size) :
    name(name_arg, size),
    create_if_not_exists(false),
    constr(NULL),
    unique_keys(0){}

  Lex_ident name;

  struct start_end_t
  {
    start_end_t() = default;
    start_end_t(const LEX_CSTRING& _start, const LEX_CSTRING& _end) :
      start(_start),
      end(_end) {}
    Lex_ident start;
    Lex_ident end;
  };
  start_end_t period;
  bool create_if_not_exists;
  Virtual_column_info *constr;
  uint unique_keys;

  bool is_set() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(bool(period.start) == bool(period.end));
    return period.start;
  }

  void set_period(const Lex_ident& start, const Lex_ident& end)
  {
    period.start= start;
    period.end= end;
  }
  bool check_field(const Create_field* f, const Lex_ident& f_name) const;
};

struct Vers_parse_info: public Table_period_info
{
  Vers_parse_info() :
    Table_period_info(STRING_WITH_LEN("SYSTEM_TIME")),
    versioned_fields(false),
    unversioned_fields(false),
    can_native(-1)
  {}

  Table_period_info::start_end_t as_row;

  friend struct Table_scope_and_contents_source_st;
  void set_start(const LEX_CSTRING field_name)
  {
    as_row.start= field_name;
    period.start= field_name;
  }
  void set_end(const LEX_CSTRING field_name)
  {
    as_row.end= field_name;
    period.end= field_name;
  }

protected:
  bool is_start(const Create_field &f) const;
  bool is_end(const Create_field &f) const;
  bool fix_implicit(THD *thd, Alter_info *alter_info);
  operator bool() const
  {
    return as_row.start || as_row.end || period.start || period.end;
  }
  bool need_check(const Alter_info *alter_info) const;
  bool check_conditions(const Lex_table_name &table_name,
                        const Lex_table_name &db) const;
  bool create_sys_field(THD *thd, const char *field_name,
                        Alter_info *alter_info, int flags);

public:
  static const Lex_ident default_start;
  static const Lex_ident default_end;

  bool fix_alter_info(THD *thd, Alter_info *alter_info,
                       HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info, TABLE *table);
  bool fix_create_like(Alter_info &alter_info, HA_CREATE_INFO &create_info,
                       TABLE_LIST &src_table, TABLE_LIST &table);
  bool check_sys_fields(const Lex_table_name &table_name,
                        const Lex_table_name &db, Alter_info *alter_info) const;

  /**
     At least one field was specified 'WITH/WITHOUT SYSTEM VERSIONING'.
     Useful for error handling.
  */
  bool versioned_fields : 1;
  bool unversioned_fields : 1;
  int can_native;
};

/**
  A helper struct for table DDL statements, e.g.:
  CREATE [OR REPLACE] [TEMPORARY]
    TABLE [IF NOT EXISTS] tbl_name table_contents_source;

  Represents a combinations of:
  1. The scope, i.e. TEMPORARY or not TEMPORARY
  2. The "table_contents_source" part of the table DDL statements,
     which can be initialized from either of these:
     - table_element_list ...      // Explicit definition (column and key list)
     - LIKE another_table_name ... // Copy structure from another table
     - [AS] SELECT ...             // Copy structure from a subquery
*/

struct Table_scope_and_contents_source_pod_st // For trivial members
{
  CHARSET_INFO *alter_table_convert_to_charset;
  LEX_CUSTRING tabledef_version;
  LEX_CUSTRING org_tabledef_version;            /* version of dropped table */
  LEX_CSTRING connect_string;
  LEX_CSTRING comment;
  LEX_CSTRING alias;
  LEX_CSTRING org_storage_engine_name, new_storage_engine_name;
  const char *password, *tablespace;
  const char *data_file_name, *index_file_name;
  ulonglong max_rows,min_rows;
  ulonglong auto_increment_value;
  ulong table_options;                  ///< HA_OPTION_ values
  ulong avg_row_length;
  ulong used_fields;
  ulong key_block_size;
  ulong expression_length;
  ulong field_check_constraints;
  /*
    number of pages to sample during
    stats estimation, if used, otherwise 0.
  */
  uint stats_sample_pages;
  uint null_bits;                       /* NULL bits at start of record */
  uint options;				/* OR of HA_CREATE_ options */
  uint merge_insert_method;
  uint extra_size;                      /* length of extra data segment */
  handlerton *db_type;
  /**
    Row type of the table definition.

    Defaults to ROW_TYPE_DEFAULT for all non-ALTER statements.
    For ALTER TABLE defaults to ROW_TYPE_NOT_USED (means "keep the current").

    Can be changed either explicitly by the parser.
    If nothing specified inherits the value of the original table (if present).
  */
  enum row_type row_type;
  enum ha_choice transactional;
  enum ha_storage_media storage_media;  ///< DEFAULT, DISK or MEMORY
  enum ha_choice page_checksum;         ///< If we have page_checksums
  engine_option_value *option_list;     ///< list of table create options
  enum_stats_auto_recalc stats_auto_recalc;
  bool varchar;                         ///< 1 if table has a VARCHAR
  bool sequence;                        // If SEQUENCE=1 was used

  List<Virtual_column_info> *check_constraint_list;

  /* the following three are only for ALTER TABLE, check_if_incompatible_data() */
  ha_table_option_struct *option_struct;           ///< structure with parsed table options
  ha_field_option_struct **fields_option_struct;   ///< array of field option structures
  ha_index_option_struct **indexes_option_struct;  ///< array of index option structures

  /* The following is used to remember the old state for CREATE OR REPLACE */
  TABLE *table;
  TABLE_LIST *pos_in_locked_tables;
  TABLE_LIST *merge_list;
  MDL_ticket *mdl_ticket;
  bool table_was_deleted;
  sequence_definition *seq_create_info;

  void init()
  {
    bzero(this, sizeof(*this));
  }
  bool tmp_table() const { return options & HA_LEX_CREATE_TMP_TABLE; }
  void use_default_db_type(THD *thd)
  {
    db_type= tmp_table() ? ha_default_tmp_handlerton(thd)
                         : ha_default_handlerton(thd);
  }

  bool versioned() const
  {
    return options & HA_VERSIONED_TABLE;
  }
};


struct Table_scope_and_contents_source_st:
         public Table_scope_and_contents_source_pod_st
{
  Vers_parse_info vers_info;
  Table_period_info period_info;

  void init()
  {
    Table_scope_and_contents_source_pod_st::init();
    vers_info= {};
    period_info= {};
  }

  bool fix_create_fields(THD *thd, Alter_info *alter_info,
                         const TABLE_LIST &create_table);
  bool fix_period_fields(THD *thd, Alter_info *alter_info);
  bool check_fields(THD *thd, Alter_info *alter_info,
                    const Lex_table_name &table_name,
                    const Lex_table_name &db,
                    int select_count= 0);
  bool check_period_fields(THD *thd, Alter_info *alter_info);

  void vers_check_native();
  bool vers_fix_system_fields(THD *thd, Alter_info *alter_info,
                              const TABLE_LIST &create_table);

  bool vers_check_system_fields(THD *thd, Alter_info *alter_info,
                                const Lex_table_name &table_name,
                                const Lex_table_name &db,
                                int select_count= 0);
};


/**
  This struct is passed to handler table routines, e.g. ha_create().
  It does not include the "OR REPLACE" and "IF NOT EXISTS" parts, as these
  parts are handled on the SQL level and are not needed on the handler level.
*/
struct HA_CREATE_INFO: public Table_scope_and_contents_source_st,
                       public Schema_specification_st
{
  /* TODO: remove after MDEV-20865 */
  Alter_info *alter_info;

  void init()
  {
    Table_scope_and_contents_source_st::init();
    Schema_specification_st::init();
    alter_info= NULL;
  }
  ulong table_options_with_row_type()
  {
    if (row_type == ROW_TYPE_DYNAMIC || row_type == ROW_TYPE_PAGE)
      return table_options | HA_OPTION_PACK_RECORD;
    else
      return table_options;
  }
  bool resolve_to_charset_collation_context(THD *thd,
                  const Lex_table_charset_collation_attrs_st &default_cscl,
                  const Lex_table_charset_collation_attrs_st &convert_cscl,
                  const Charset_collation_context &ctx);
  bool check_if_valid_log_table();
};


/**
  This struct is passed to mysql_create_table() and similar creation functions,
  as well as to show_create_table().
*/
struct Table_specification_st: public HA_CREATE_INFO,
                               public DDL_options_st
{
  Lex_table_charset_collation_attrs_st default_charset_collation;
  Lex_table_charset_collation_attrs_st convert_charset_collation;

  // Deep initialization
  void init()
  {
    HA_CREATE_INFO::init();
    DDL_options_st::init();
    default_charset_collation.init();
    convert_charset_collation.init();
  }
  void init(DDL_options_st::Options options_arg)
  {
    HA_CREATE_INFO::init();
    DDL_options_st::init(options_arg);
    default_charset_collation.init();
    convert_charset_collation.init();
  }
  /*
    Quick initialization, for parser.
    Most of the HA_CREATE_INFO is left uninitialized.
    It gets fully initialized in sql_yacc.yy, only when the parser
    scans a related keyword (e.g. CREATE, ALTER).
  */
  void lex_start()
  {
    HA_CREATE_INFO::options= 0;
    DDL_options_st::init();
    default_charset_collation.init();
    convert_charset_collation.init();
  }

  bool add_table_option_convert_charset(Sql_used *used,
                                        const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
                                        CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    // cs can be NULL, e.g.: ALTER TABLE t1 CONVERT TO CHARACTER SET DEFAULT;
    used_fields|= (HA_CREATE_USED_CHARSET | HA_CREATE_USED_DEFAULT_CHARSET);
    return cs ?
      convert_charset_collation.merge_exact_charset(used, map,
                                                    Lex_exact_charset(cs)) :
      convert_charset_collation.merge_charset_default();
  }
  bool add_table_option_convert_collation(Sql_used *used,
                                          const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
                                          const Lex_extended_collation_st &cl)
  {
    used_fields|= (HA_CREATE_USED_CHARSET | HA_CREATE_USED_DEFAULT_CHARSET);
    return convert_charset_collation.merge_collation(used, map, cl);
  }

  bool add_table_option_default_charset(Sql_used *used,
                                        const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
                                        CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    // cs can be NULL, e.g.:  CREATE TABLE t1 (..) CHARACTER SET DEFAULT;
    used_fields|= HA_CREATE_USED_DEFAULT_CHARSET;
    return cs ?
      default_charset_collation.merge_exact_charset(used, map,
                                                    Lex_exact_charset(cs)) :
      default_charset_collation.merge_charset_default();
  }
  bool add_table_option_default_collation(Sql_used *used,
                                          const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
                                          const Lex_extended_collation_st &cl)
  {
    used_fields|= HA_CREATE_USED_DEFAULT_CHARSET;
    return default_charset_collation.merge_collation(used, map, cl);
  }

  bool resolve_to_charset_collation_context(THD *thd,
                                         const Charset_collation_context &ctx)
  {
    return HA_CREATE_INFO::
             resolve_to_charset_collation_context(thd,
                                                  default_charset_collation,
                                                  convert_charset_collation,
                                                  ctx);
  }
};


/**
  Structure describing changes to an index to be caused by ALTER TABLE.
*/

struct KEY_PAIR
{
  /**
    Pointer to KEY object describing old version of index in
    TABLE::key_info array for TABLE instance representing old
    version of table.
  */
  KEY *old_key;
  /**
    Pointer to KEY object describing new version of index in
    Alter_inplace_info::key_info_buffer array.
  */
  KEY *new_key;
};


/**
  In-place alter handler context.

  This is a superclass intended to be subclassed by individual handlers
  in order to store handler unique context between in-place alter API calls.

  The handler is responsible for creating the object. This can be done
  as early as during check_if_supported_inplace_alter().

  The SQL layer is responsible for destroying the object.
  The class extends Sql_alloc so the memory will be mem root allocated.

  @see Alter_inplace_info
*/

class inplace_alter_handler_ctx : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  inplace_alter_handler_ctx() = default;

  virtual ~inplace_alter_handler_ctx() = default;
  virtual void set_shared_data(const inplace_alter_handler_ctx& ctx) {}
};


/**
  Class describing changes to be done by ALTER TABLE.
  Instance of this class is passed to storage engine in order
  to determine if this ALTER TABLE can be done using in-place
  algorithm. It is also used for executing the ALTER TABLE
  using in-place algorithm.
*/

class Alter_inplace_info
{
public:

  /**
    Create options (like MAX_ROWS) for the new version of table.

    @note The referenced instance of HA_CREATE_INFO object was already
          used to create new .FRM file for table being altered. So it
          has been processed by mysql_prepare_create_table() already.
          For example, this means that it has HA_OPTION_PACK_RECORD
          flag in HA_CREATE_INFO::table_options member correctly set.
  */
  HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info;

  /**
    Alter options, fields and keys for the new version of table.

    @note The referenced instance of Alter_info object was already
          used to create new .FRM file for table being altered. So it
          has been processed by mysql_prepare_create_table() already.
          In particular, this means that in Create_field objects for
          fields which were present in some form in the old version
          of table, Create_field::field member points to corresponding
          Field instance for old version of table.
  */
  Alter_info *alter_info;

  /**
    Array of KEYs for new version of table - including KEYs to be added.

    @note Currently this array is produced as result of
          mysql_prepare_create_table() call.
          This means that it follows different convention for
          KEY_PART_INFO::fieldnr values than objects in TABLE::key_info
          array.

    @todo This is mainly due to the fact that we need to keep compatibility
          with removed handler::add_index() call. We plan to switch to
          TABLE::key_info numbering later.

    KEYs are sorted - see sort_keys().
  */
  KEY  *key_info_buffer;

  /** Size of key_info_buffer array. */
  uint key_count;

  /** Size of index_drop_buffer array. */
  uint index_drop_count= 0;

  /**
     Array of pointers to KEYs to be dropped belonging to the TABLE instance
     for the old version of the table.
  */
  KEY  **index_drop_buffer= nullptr;

  /** Size of index_add_buffer array. */
  uint index_add_count= 0;

  /**
     Array of indexes into key_info_buffer for KEYs to be added,
     sorted in increasing order.
  */
  uint *index_add_buffer= nullptr;

  KEY_PAIR  *index_altered_ignorability_buffer= nullptr;

  /** Size of index_altered_ignorability_buffer array. */
  uint index_altered_ignorability_count= 0;

  /**
     Old and new index names. Used for index rename.
  */
  struct Rename_key_pair
  {
    Rename_key_pair(const KEY *old_key, const KEY *new_key)
        : old_key(old_key), new_key(new_key)
    {
    }
    const KEY *old_key;
    const KEY *new_key;
  };
  /**
     Vector of key pairs from DROP/ADD index which can be renamed.
  */
  typedef Mem_root_array<Rename_key_pair, true> Rename_keys_vector;

  /**
     A list of indexes which should be renamed.
     Index definitions stays the same.
  */
  Rename_keys_vector rename_keys;

  /**
     Context information to allow handlers to keep context between in-place
     alter API calls.

     @see inplace_alter_handler_ctx for information about object lifecycle.
  */
  inplace_alter_handler_ctx *handler_ctx= nullptr;

  /**
    If the table uses several handlers, like ha_partition uses one handler
    per partition, this contains a Null terminated array of ctx pointers
    that should all be committed together.
    Or NULL if only handler_ctx should be committed.
    Set to NULL if the low level handler::commit_inplace_alter_table uses it,
    to signal to the main handler that everything was committed as atomically.

    @see inplace_alter_handler_ctx for information about object lifecycle.
  */
  inplace_alter_handler_ctx **group_commit_ctx= nullptr;

  /**
     Flags describing in detail which operations the storage engine is to
     execute. Flags are defined in sql_alter.h
  */
  alter_table_operations handler_flags= 0;

  /* Alter operations involving parititons are strored here */
  ulong partition_flags;

  /**
     Partition_info taking into account the partition changes to be performed.
     Contains all partitions which are present in the old version of the table
     with partitions to be dropped or changed marked as such + all partitions
     to be added in the new version of table marked as such.
  */
  partition_info * const modified_part_info;

  /** true for ALTER IGNORE TABLE ... */
  const bool ignore;

  /** true for online operation (LOCK=NONE) */
  bool online= false;

  /**
    When ha_commit_inplace_alter_table() is called the engine can
    set this to a function to be called after the ddl log
    is committed.
  */
  typedef void (inplace_alter_table_commit_callback)(void *);
  inplace_alter_table_commit_callback *inplace_alter_table_committed= nullptr;

  /* This will be used as the argument to the above function when called */
  void *inplace_alter_table_committed_argument= nullptr;

  /** which ALGORITHM and LOCK are supported by the storage engine */
  enum_alter_inplace_result inplace_supported;

  /**
     Can be set by handler to describe why a given operation cannot be done
     in-place (HA_ALTER_INPLACE_NOT_SUPPORTED) or why it cannot be done
     online (HA_ALTER_INPLACE_NO_LOCK or HA_ALTER_INPLACE_COPY_NO_LOCK)
     If set, it will be used with ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON if
     results from handler::check_if_supported_inplace_alter() doesn't match
     requirements set by user. If not set, the more generic
     ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED will be used.

     Please set to a properly localized string, for example using
     my_get_err_msg(), so that the error message as a whole is localized.
  */
  const char *unsupported_reason= nullptr;

  /** true when InnoDB should abort the alter when table is not empty */
  const bool error_if_not_empty;

  /** True when DDL should avoid downgrading the MDL */
  bool mdl_exclusive_after_prepare= false;

  Alter_inplace_info(HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info_arg,
                     Alter_info *alter_info_arg,
                     KEY *key_info_arg, uint key_count_arg,
                     partition_info *modified_part_info_arg,
                     bool ignore_arg, bool error_non_empty);

  ~Alter_inplace_info()
  {
    delete handler_ctx;
  }

  /**
    Used after check_if_supported_inplace_alter() to report
    error if the result does not match the LOCK/ALGORITHM
    requirements set by the user.

    @param not_supported  Part of statement that was not supported.
    @param try_instead    Suggestion as to what the user should
                          replace not_supported with.
  */
  void report_unsupported_error(const char *not_supported,
                                const char *try_instead) const;
 void add_altered_index_ignorability(KEY *old_key, KEY *new_key)
 {
   KEY_PAIR *key_pair= index_altered_ignorability_buffer +
                       index_altered_ignorability_count++;
   key_pair->old_key= old_key;
   key_pair->new_key= new_key;
   DBUG_PRINT("info", ("index had ignorability altered: %i to %i",
                      old_key->is_ignored,
                      new_key->is_ignored));
 }


};


typedef struct st_key_create_information
{
  enum ha_key_alg algorithm;
  ulong block_size;
  uint flags;                                   /* HA_USE.. flags */
  LEX_CSTRING parser_name;
  LEX_CSTRING comment;
  bool is_ignored;
} KEY_CREATE_INFO;


typedef struct st_savepoint SAVEPOINT;
extern ulong savepoint_alloc_size;
extern KEY_CREATE_INFO default_key_create_info;

/* Forward declaration for condition pushdown to storage engine */
typedef class Item COND;

typedef struct st_ha_check_opt
{
  st_ha_check_opt() = default;                        /* Remove gcc warning */
  uint flags;       /* isam layer flags (e.g. for myisamchk) */
  uint sql_flags;   /* sql layer flags - for something myisamchk cannot do */
  uint handler_flags; /* Reserved for handler usage */
  time_t start_time;   /* When check/repair starts */
  KEY_CACHE *key_cache; /* new key cache when changing key cache */
  void init();
} HA_CHECK_OPT;


/********************************************************************************
 * MRR
 ********************************************************************************/

typedef void *range_seq_t;

typedef struct st_range_seq_if
{
  /*
    Get key information
 
    SYNOPSIS
      get_key_info()
        init_params  The seq_init_param parameter 
        length       OUT length of the keys in this range sequence
        map          OUT key_part_map of the keys in this range sequence

    DESCRIPTION
      This function is set only when using HA_MRR_FIXED_KEY mode. In that mode, 
      all ranges are single-point equality ranges that use the same set of key
      parts. This function allows the MRR implementation to get the length of
      a key, and which keyparts it uses.
  */
  void (*get_key_info)(void *init_params, uint *length, key_part_map *map);

  /*
    Initialize the traversal of range sequence
    
    SYNOPSIS
      init()
        init_params  The seq_init_param parameter 
        n_ranges     The number of ranges obtained 
        flags        A combination of HA_MRR_SINGLE_POINT, HA_MRR_FIXED_KEY

    RETURN
      An opaque value to be used as RANGE_SEQ_IF::next() parameter
  */
  range_seq_t (*init)(void *init_params, uint n_ranges, uint flags);


  /*
    Get the next range in the range sequence

    SYNOPSIS
      next()
        seq    The value returned by RANGE_SEQ_IF::init()
        range  OUT Information about the next range
    
    RETURN
      FALSE - Ok, the range structure filled with info about the next range
      TRUE  - No more ranges
  */
  bool (*next) (range_seq_t seq, KEY_MULTI_RANGE *range);

  /*
    Check whether range_info orders to skip the next record

    SYNOPSIS
      skip_record()
        seq         The value returned by RANGE_SEQ_IF::init()
        range_info  Information about the next range 
                    (Ignored if MRR_NO_ASSOCIATION is set)
        rowid       Rowid of the record to be checked (ignored if set to 0)
    
    RETURN
      1 - Record with this range_info and/or this rowid shall be filtered
          out from the stream of records returned by multi_range_read_next()
      0 - The record shall be left in the stream
  */ 
  bool (*skip_record) (range_seq_t seq, range_id_t range_info, uchar *rowid);

  /*
    Check if the record combination matches the index condition
    SYNOPSIS
      skip_index_tuple()
        seq         The value returned by RANGE_SEQ_IF::init()
        range_info  Information about the next range 
    
    RETURN
      0 - The record combination satisfies the index condition
      1 - Otherwise
  */ 
  bool (*skip_index_tuple) (range_seq_t seq, range_id_t range_info);
} RANGE_SEQ_IF;

typedef bool (*SKIP_INDEX_TUPLE_FUNC) (range_seq_t seq, range_id_t range_info);

#define MARIADB_NEW_COST_MODEL 1
/* Separated costs for IO and CPU */

struct IO_AND_CPU_COST
{
  double io;
  double cpu;

  void add(IO_AND_CPU_COST cost)
  {
    io+= cost.io;
    cpu+= cost.cpu;
  }
};

/* Cost for reading a row through an index */
struct ALL_READ_COST
{
  IO_AND_CPU_COST index_cost, row_cost;
  longlong max_index_blocks, max_row_blocks;
  /* index_only_read = index_cost + copy_cost */
  double   copy_cost;

  void reset()
  {
    row_cost= {0,0};
    index_cost= {0,0};
    max_index_blocks= max_row_blocks= 0;
    copy_cost= 0.0;
  }
};


class Cost_estimate
{ 
public:
  double avg_io_cost;     /* cost of an average I/O oper. to fetch records */
  double cpu_cost;        /* Cpu cost unrelated to engine costs */
  double comp_cost;       /* Cost of comparing found rows with WHERE clause */
  double copy_cost;       /* Copying the data to 'record' */
  double limit_cost;      /* Total cost when restricting rows with limit */
  double setup_cost;      /* MULTI_RANGE_READ_SETUP_COST or similar */
  IO_AND_CPU_COST index_cost;
  IO_AND_CPU_COST row_cost;

  Cost_estimate()
  {
    reset();
  }

  /*
    Total cost for the range
    Note that find_cost() + compare_cost() + data_copy_cost() == total_cost()
  */

  double total_cost() const
  {
    return ((index_cost.io + row_cost.io) * avg_io_cost+
            index_cost.cpu + row_cost.cpu + copy_cost +
            comp_cost + cpu_cost + setup_cost);
  }

  /* Cost for just fetching and copying a row (no compare costs) */
  double fetch_cost() const
  {
    return ((index_cost.io + row_cost.io) * avg_io_cost+
            index_cost.cpu + row_cost.cpu + copy_cost);
  }

  /*
    Cost of copying the row or key to 'record'
  */
  inline double data_copy_cost() const
  {
    return copy_cost;
  }

  /*
    Multiply costs to simulate a scan where we read
    We assume that io blocks will be cached and we only
    allocate memory once. There should also be no import_cost
    that needs to be done multiple times
  */
  void multiply(uint n)
  {
    index_cost.io*=  n;
    index_cost.cpu*= n;
    row_cost.io*=    n;
    row_cost.cpu*=   n;
    copy_cost*=      n;
    comp_cost*=      n;
    cpu_cost*=       n;
  }

  void add(Cost_estimate *cost)
  {
    avg_io_cost=     cost->avg_io_cost;
    index_cost.io+=  cost->index_cost.io;
    index_cost.cpu+= cost->index_cost.cpu;
    row_cost.io+=    cost->row_cost.io;
    row_cost.cpu+=   cost->row_cost.cpu;
    copy_cost+=      cost->copy_cost;
    comp_cost+=      cost->comp_cost;
    cpu_cost+=       cost->cpu_cost;
    setup_cost+=     cost->setup_cost;
  }

  inline void reset()
  {
    avg_io_cost= 0;
    comp_cost= cpu_cost= 0.0;
    copy_cost= limit_cost= 0.0;
    setup_cost= 0.0;
    index_cost= {0,0};
    row_cost=   {0,0};
  }
  inline void reset(handler *file);

  /*
    To be used when we go from old single value-based cost calculations to
    the new Cost_estimate-based.
  */
  void convert_from_cost(double cost)
  {
    reset();
    cpu_cost= cost;
  }
};

/*
  Indicates that all scanned ranges will be singlepoint (aka equality) ranges.
  The ranges may not use the full key but all of them will use the same number
  of key parts.
*/
#define HA_MRR_SINGLE_POINT 1U
#define HA_MRR_FIXED_KEY  2U

/* 
  Indicates that RANGE_SEQ_IF::next(&range) doesn't need to fill in the
  'range' parameter.
*/
#define HA_MRR_NO_ASSOCIATION 4U

/* 
  The MRR user will provide ranges in key order, and MRR implementation
  must return rows in key order.
*/
#define HA_MRR_SORTED 8U

/* MRR implementation doesn't have to retrieve full records */
#define HA_MRR_INDEX_ONLY 16U

/* 
  The passed memory buffer is of maximum possible size, the caller can't
  assume larger buffer.
*/
#define HA_MRR_LIMITS 32U


/*
  Flag set <=> default MRR implementation is used
  (The choice is made by **_info[_const]() function which may set this
   flag. SQL layer remembers the flag value and then passes it to
   multi_read_range_init().
*/
#define HA_MRR_USE_DEFAULT_IMPL 64U

/*
  Used only as parameter to multi_range_read_info():
  Flag set <=> the caller guarantees that the bounds of the scanned ranges
  will not have NULL values.
*/
#define HA_MRR_NO_NULL_ENDPOINTS 128U

/*
  The MRR user has materialized range keys somewhere in the user's buffer.
  This can be used for optimization of the procedure that sorts these keys
  since in this case key values don't have to be copied into the MRR buffer.

  In other words, it is guaranteed that after RANGE_SEQ_IF::next() call the 
  pointer in range->start_key.key will point to a key value that will remain 
  there until the end of the MRR scan.
*/
#define HA_MRR_MATERIALIZED_KEYS 256U

/*
  The following bits are reserved for use by MRR implementation. The intended
  use scenario:

  * sql layer calls handler->multi_range_read_info[_const]() 
    - MRR implementation figures out what kind of scan it will perform, saves
      the result in *mrr_mode parameter.
  * sql layer remembers what was returned in *mrr_mode

  * the optimizer picks the query plan (which may or may not include the MRR 
    scan that was estimated by the multi_range_read_info[_const] call)

  * if the query is an EXPLAIN statement, sql layer will call 
    handler->multi_range_read_explain_info(mrr_mode) to get a text description
    of the picked MRR scan; the description will be a part of EXPLAIN output.
*/
#define HA_MRR_IMPLEMENTATION_FLAG1 512U
#define HA_MRR_IMPLEMENTATION_FLAG2 1024U
#define HA_MRR_IMPLEMENTATION_FLAG3 2048U
#define HA_MRR_IMPLEMENTATION_FLAG4 4096U
#define HA_MRR_IMPLEMENTATION_FLAG5 8192U
#define HA_MRR_IMPLEMENTATION_FLAG6 16384U

#define HA_MRR_IMPLEMENTATION_FLAGS \
  (512U | 1024U | 2048U | 4096U | 8192U | 16384U)

/*
  This is a buffer area that the handler can use to store rows.
  'end_of_used_area' should be kept updated after calls to
  read-functions so that other parts of the code can use the
  remaining area (until next read calls is issued).
*/

typedef struct st_handler_buffer
{
  /* const? */uchar *buffer;         /* Buffer one can start using */
  /* const? */uchar *buffer_end;     /* End of buffer */
  uchar *end_of_used_area;     /* End of area that was used by handler */
} HANDLER_BUFFER;

typedef struct system_status_var SSV;

class ha_statistics
{
public:
  ulonglong data_file_length;		/* Length off data file */
  ulonglong max_data_file_length;	/* Length off data file */
  ulonglong index_file_length;
  ulonglong max_index_file_length;
  ulonglong delete_length;		/* Free bytes */
  ulonglong auto_increment_value;
  /*
    The number of records in the table. 
      0    - means the table has exactly 0 rows
    other  - if (table_flags() & HA_STATS_RECORDS_IS_EXACT)
               the value is the exact number of records in the table
             else
               it is an estimate
  */
  ha_rows records;
  ha_rows deleted;			/* Deleted records */
  ulong mean_rec_length;		/* physical reclength */
  time_t create_time;			/* When table was created */
  time_t check_time;
  time_t update_time;
  uint block_size;			/* index block size */
  ha_checksum checksum;
  bool checksum_null;

  /*
    number of buffer bytes that native mrr implementation needs,
  */
  uint mrr_length_per_rec; 

  ha_statistics():
    data_file_length(0), max_data_file_length(0),
    index_file_length(0), max_index_file_length(0), delete_length(0),
    auto_increment_value(0), records(0), deleted(0), mean_rec_length(0),
    create_time(0), check_time(0), update_time(0), block_size(8192),
    checksum(0), checksum_null(FALSE), mrr_length_per_rec(0)
  {}
};

extern "C" check_result_t handler_index_cond_check(void* h_arg);

extern "C" check_result_t handler_rowid_filter_check(void* h_arg);
extern "C" int handler_rowid_filter_is_active(void* h_arg);

uint calculate_key_len(TABLE *, uint, const uchar *, key_part_map);
/*
  bitmap with first N+1 bits set
  (keypart_map for a key prefix of [0..N] keyparts)
*/
inline key_part_map make_keypart_map(uint N)
{
  return ((key_part_map)2 << (N)) - 1;
}

/*
  bitmap with first N bits set
  (keypart_map for a key prefix of [0..N-1] keyparts)
*/
inline key_part_map make_prev_keypart_map(uint N)
{
  return ((key_part_map)1 << (N)) - 1;
}


/** Base class to be used by handlers different shares */
class Handler_share
{
public:
  Handler_share() = default;
  virtual ~Handler_share() = default;
};

enum class Compare_keys : uint32_t
{
  Equal= 0,
  EqualButKeyPartLength,
  EqualButComment,
  NotEqual
};


/*
  This class stores a table file name in the format:
     homedir/db/table
  where db and table use tablename_to_filename() compatible encoding.
*/
class Table_path_buffer: public CharBuffer<FN_REFLEN>
{
public:
  Table_path_buffer()
  { }
  /**
    Make a lower-cased path for a table.
    @homedir      - home directory, get copied to the buffer as is
                    (without lower-casing)
    @db_and_table - the database and the table name part in the format
                    "/db/table", can be in arbitrary letter case. It gets
                    converted to lower case during copying to the buffer.
                    The "db" and "table" parts can be prefixed with '#myql50#'.

    Makes the path in the format "homedir/db/table".
  */
  Table_path_buffer & set_casedn(const Lex_cstring &homedir,
                                 CHARSET_INFO *db_and_table_charset,
                                 const Lex_cstring &db_and_table)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(homedir.length + db_and_table.length <= max_data_size());
    copy_bin(homedir);
    append_casedn(db_and_table_charset, db_and_table);
    return *this;
  }
};


/**
  The handler class is the interface for dynamically loadable
  storage engines. Do not add ifdefs and take care when adding or
  changing virtual functions to avoid vtable confusion

  Functions in this class accept and return table columns data. Two data
  representation formats are used:
  1. TableRecordFormat - Used to pass [partial] table records to/from
     storage engine

  2. KeyTupleFormat - used to pass index search tuples (aka "keys") to
     storage engine. See opt_range.cc for description of this format.

  TableRecordFormat
  =================
  [Warning: this description is work in progress and may be incomplete]
  The table record is stored in a fixed-size buffer:
   
    record: null_bytes, column1_data, column2_data, ...
  
  The offsets of the parts of the buffer are also fixed: every column has 
  an offset to its column{i}_data, and if it is nullable it also has its own
  bit in null_bytes. 

  The record buffer only includes data about columns that are marked in the
  relevant column set (table->read_set and/or table->write_set, depending on
  the situation). 
  <not-sure>It could be that it is required that null bits of non-present
  columns are set to 1</not-sure>

  VARIOUS EXCEPTIONS AND SPECIAL CASES

  If the table has no nullable columns, then null_bytes is still 
  present, its length is one byte <not-sure> which must be set to 0xFF 
  at all times. </not-sure>
  
  If the table has columns of type BIT, then certain bits from those columns
  may be stored in null_bytes as well. Grep around for Field_bit for
  details.

  For blob columns (see Field_blob), the record buffer stores length of the 
  data, following by memory pointer to the blob data. The pointer is owned 
  by the storage engine and is valid until the next operation.

  If a blob column has NULL value, then its length and blob data pointer
  must be set to 0.
*/

class handler :public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  typedef ulonglong Table_flags;
protected:
  TABLE_SHARE *table_share;   /* The table definition */
  TABLE *table;               /* The current open table */
  Table_flags cached_table_flags;       /* Set on init() and open() */

  ha_rows estimation_rows_to_insert;
  /* Statistics for the query. Updated if handler_stats.active is set */
  ha_handler_stats active_handler_stats;
  void set_handler_stats();
public:
  handlerton *ht;               /* storage engine of this handler */
  OPTIMIZER_COSTS *costs;       /* Points to table->share->costs */
  uchar *ref;			/* Pointer to current row */
  uchar *dup_ref;		/* Pointer to duplicate row */
  uchar *lookup_buffer;
  handler *lookup_handler;

  /* General statistics for the table like number of row, file sizes etc */
  ha_statistics stats;
  /*
    Collect query stats here if pointer is != NULL.
    This is a pointer because if we do a clone of the handler, we want to
    use the original handler for collecting statistics.
  */
  ha_handler_stats *handler_stats;

  /** MultiRangeRead-related members: */
  range_seq_t mrr_iter;    /* Iterator to traverse the range sequence */
  RANGE_SEQ_IF mrr_funcs;  /* Range sequence traversal functions */
  HANDLER_BUFFER *multi_range_buffer; /* MRR buffer info */
  uint ranges_in_seq; /* Total number of ranges in the traversed sequence */
  /** Current range (the one we're now returning rows from) */

  KEY_MULTI_RANGE mrr_cur_range;

  /** The following are for read_range() */
  key_range save_end_range, *end_range;
  KEY_PART_INFO *range_key_part;
  int key_compare_result_on_equal;

  /* TRUE <=> source MRR ranges and the output are ordered */
  bool mrr_is_output_sorted;
  /** TRUE <=> we're currently traversing a range in mrr_cur_range. */
  bool mrr_have_range;
  bool eq_range;
  bool internal_tmp_table;                 /* If internal tmp table */
  bool implicit_emptied;                   /* Can be !=0 only if HEAP */
  bool mark_trx_read_write_done;           /* mark_trx_read_write was called */
  bool check_table_binlog_row_based_done; /* check_table_binlog.. was called */
  bool check_table_binlog_row_based_result; /* cached check_table_binlog... */
  /* 
    TRUE <=> the engine guarantees that returned records are within the range
    being scanned.
  */
  bool in_range_check_pushed_down;

  uint lookup_errkey;
  uint errkey;                             /* Last dup key */
  uint key_used_on_scan;
  uint active_index, keyread;

  /** Length of ref (1-8 or the clustered key length) */
  uint ref_length;
  FT_INFO *ft_handler;
  enum init_stat { NONE=0, INDEX, RND };
  init_stat inited, pre_inited;

  const COND *pushed_cond;
  /**
    next_insert_id is the next value which should be inserted into the
    auto_increment column: in a inserting-multi-row statement (like INSERT
    SELECT), for the first row where the autoinc value is not specified by the
    statement, get_auto_increment() called and asked to generate a value,
    next_insert_id is set to the next value, then for all other rows
    next_insert_id is used (and increased each time) without calling
    get_auto_increment().
  */
  ulonglong next_insert_id;
  /**
    insert id for the current row (*autogenerated*; if not
    autogenerated, it's 0).
    At first successful insertion, this variable is stored into
    THD::first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt.
  */
  ulonglong insert_id_for_cur_row;
  /**
    Interval returned by get_auto_increment() and being consumed by the
    inserter.
  */
  /* Statistics  variables */
  ulonglong rows_read;
  ulonglong rows_tmp_read;
  ulonglong rows_changed;
  /* One bigger than needed to avoid to test if key == MAX_KEY */
  ulonglong index_rows_read[MAX_KEY+1];
  ha_copy_info copy_info;

private:
  /* ANALYZE time tracker, if present */
  Exec_time_tracker *tracker;
public:
  void set_time_tracker(Exec_time_tracker *tracker_arg) { tracker=tracker_arg;}
  Exec_time_tracker *get_time_tracker() { return tracker; }

  Item *pushed_idx_cond;
  uint pushed_idx_cond_keyno;  /* The index which the above condition is for */

  /* Rowid filter pushed into the engine */
  Rowid_filter *pushed_rowid_filter;
  /* true when the pushed rowid filter has been already filled */
  bool rowid_filter_is_active;
  /* Used for disabling/enabling pushed_rowid_filter */
  Rowid_filter *save_pushed_rowid_filter;
  bool save_rowid_filter_is_active;

  Discrete_interval auto_inc_interval_for_cur_row;
  /**
     Number of reserved auto-increment intervals. Serves as a heuristic
     when we have no estimation of how many records the statement will insert:
     the more intervals we have reserved, the bigger the next one. Reset in
     handler::ha_release_auto_increment().
  */
  uint auto_inc_intervals_count;

  /**
    Instrumented table associated with this handler.
    This member should be set to NULL when no instrumentation is in place,
    so that linking an instrumented/non instrumented server/plugin works.
    For example:
    - the server is compiled with the instrumentation.
    The server expects either NULL or valid pointers in m_psi.
    - an engine plugin is compiled without instrumentation.
    The plugin can not leave this pointer uninitialized,
    or can not leave a trash value on purpose in this pointer,
    as this would crash the server.
  */
  PSI_table *m_psi;

private:
  /** Internal state of the batch instrumentation. */
  enum batch_mode_t
  {
    /** Batch mode not used. */
    PSI_BATCH_MODE_NONE,
    /** Batch mode used, before first table io. */
    PSI_BATCH_MODE_STARTING,
    /** Batch mode used, after first table io. */
    PSI_BATCH_MODE_STARTED
  };
  /**
    Batch mode state.
    @sa start_psi_batch_mode.
    @sa end_psi_batch_mode.
  */
  batch_mode_t m_psi_batch_mode;
  /**
    The number of rows in the batch.
    @sa start_psi_batch_mode.
    @sa end_psi_batch_mode.
  */
  ulonglong m_psi_numrows;
  /**
    The current event in a batch.
    @sa start_psi_batch_mode.
    @sa end_psi_batch_mode.
  */
  PSI_table_locker *m_psi_locker;
  /**
    Storage for the event in a batch.
    @sa start_psi_batch_mode.
    @sa end_psi_batch_mode.
  */
  PSI_table_locker_state m_psi_locker_state;

public:
  virtual void unbind_psi();
  virtual void rebind_psi();
  /* Return error if definition doesn't match for already opened table */
  virtual int discover_check_version() { return 0; }

  /**
    Put the handler in 'batch' mode when collecting
    table io instrumented events.
    When operating in batch mode:
    - a single start event is generated in the performance schema.
    - all table io performed between @c start_psi_batch_mode
      and @c end_psi_batch_mode is not instrumented:
      the number of rows affected is counted instead in @c m_psi_numrows.
    - a single end event is generated in the performance schema
      when the batch mode ends with @c end_psi_batch_mode.
  */
  void start_psi_batch_mode();
  /** End a batch started with @c start_psi_batch_mode. */
  void end_psi_batch_mode();

  /* If we have row logging enabled for this table */
  bool row_logging, row_logging_init;
  /* If the row logging should be done in transaction cache */
  bool row_logging_has_trans;

private:
  /**
    The lock type set by when calling::ha_external_lock(). This is 
    propagated down to the storage engine. The reason for also storing 
    it here, is that when doing MRR we need to create/clone a second handler
    object. This cloned handler object needs to know about the lock_type used.
  */
  int m_lock_type;
  /**
    Pointer where to store/retrieve the Handler_share pointer.
    For non partitioned handlers this is &TABLE_SHARE::ha_share.
  */
  Handler_share **ha_share;
public:

  double optimizer_where_cost;          // Copy of THD->...optimzer_where_cost
  double optimizer_scan_setup_cost;     // Copy of THD->...optimzer_scan_...

  handler(handlerton *ht_arg, TABLE_SHARE *share_arg)
    :table_share(share_arg), table(0),
    estimation_rows_to_insert(0),
    ht(ht_arg), costs(0), ref(0), lookup_buffer(NULL), lookup_handler(this),
    handler_stats(NULL), end_range(NULL), implicit_emptied(0),
    mark_trx_read_write_done(0),
    check_table_binlog_row_based_done(0),
    check_table_binlog_row_based_result(0),
    in_range_check_pushed_down(FALSE), lookup_errkey(-1), errkey(-1),
    key_used_on_scan(MAX_KEY),
    active_index(MAX_KEY), keyread(MAX_KEY),
    ref_length(sizeof(my_off_t)),
    ft_handler(0), inited(NONE), pre_inited(NONE),
    pushed_cond(0), next_insert_id(0), insert_id_for_cur_row(0),
    tracker(NULL),
    pushed_idx_cond(NULL),
    pushed_idx_cond_keyno(MAX_KEY),
    pushed_rowid_filter(NULL),
    rowid_filter_is_active(0),
    save_pushed_rowid_filter(NULL),
    save_rowid_filter_is_active(false),
    auto_inc_intervals_count(0),
    m_psi(NULL),
    m_psi_batch_mode(PSI_BATCH_MODE_NONE),
    m_psi_numrows(0),
    m_psi_locker(NULL),
    row_logging(0), row_logging_init(0),
    m_lock_type(F_UNLCK), ha_share(NULL), optimizer_where_cost(0),
    optimizer_scan_setup_cost(0)
  {
    DBUG_PRINT("info",
               ("handler created F_UNLCK %d F_RDLCK %d F_WRLCK %d",
                F_UNLCK, F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK));
    reset_statistics();
    /*
      The following variables should be updated in set_optimizer_costs()
      which is to be run as part of setting up the table for the query
    */
    MEM_UNDEFINED(&optimizer_where_cost, sizeof(optimizer_where_cost));
    MEM_UNDEFINED(&optimizer_scan_setup_cost, sizeof(optimizer_scan_setup_cost));
  }
  virtual ~handler(void)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_lock_type == F_UNLCK);
    DBUG_ASSERT(inited == NONE);
  }
  /* To check if table has been properely opened */
  bool is_open()
  {
    return ref != 0;
  }
  virtual handler *clone(const char *name, MEM_ROOT *mem_root);
  /** This is called after create to allow us to set up cached variables */
  void init()
  {
    cached_table_flags= table_flags();
  }
  /* ha_ methods: public wrappers for private virtual API */
  
  int ha_open(TABLE *table, const char *name, int mode, uint test_if_locked,
              MEM_ROOT *mem_root= 0, List<String> *partitions_to_open=NULL);
  int ha_index_init(uint idx, bool sorted);
  int ha_index_end()
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("ha_index_end");
    DBUG_ASSERT(inited==INDEX);
    inited=       NONE;
    active_index= MAX_KEY;
    end_range=    NULL;
    DBUG_RETURN(index_end());
  }
  /* This is called after index_init() if we need to do a index scan */
  virtual int prepare_index_scan() { return 0; }
  virtual int prepare_index_key_scan_map(const uchar * key, key_part_map keypart_map)
  {
    uint key_len= calculate_key_len(table, active_index, key, keypart_map);
    return  prepare_index_key_scan(key, key_len);
  }
  virtual int prepare_index_key_scan( const uchar * key, uint key_len )
  { return 0; }
  virtual int prepare_range_scan(const key_range *start_key, const key_range *end_key)
  { return 0; }

  int ha_rnd_init(bool scan) __attribute__ ((warn_unused_result))
  {
    DBUG_EXECUTE_IF("ha_rnd_init_fail", return HA_ERR_TABLE_DEF_CHANGED;);
    int result;
    DBUG_ENTER("ha_rnd_init");
    DBUG_ASSERT(inited==NONE || (inited==RND && scan));
    inited= (result= rnd_init(scan)) ? NONE: RND;
    end_range= NULL;
    DBUG_RETURN(result);
  }
  int ha_rnd_end()
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("ha_rnd_end");
    DBUG_ASSERT(inited==RND);
    inited=NONE;
    end_range= NULL;
    DBUG_RETURN(rnd_end());
  }
  int ha_rnd_init_with_error(bool scan) __attribute__ ((warn_unused_result));
  int ha_reset();
  /* this is necessary in many places, e.g. in HANDLER command */
  int ha_index_or_rnd_end()
  {
    return inited == INDEX ? ha_index_end() : inited == RND ? ha_rnd_end() : 0;
  }
  /**
    The cached_table_flags is set at ha_open and ha_external_lock
  */
  Table_flags ha_table_flags() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT((cached_table_flags >> 1) < HA_LAST_TABLE_FLAG);
    return cached_table_flags;
  }
  /**
    These functions represent the public interface to *users* of the
    handler class, hence they are *not* virtual. For the inheritance
    interface, see the (private) functions write_row(), update_row(),
    and delete_row() below.
  */
  int ha_external_lock(THD *thd, int lock_type);
  int ha_external_unlock(THD *thd) { return ha_external_lock(thd, F_UNLCK); }
  int ha_write_row(const uchar * buf);
  int ha_update_row(const uchar * old_data, const uchar * new_data);
  int ha_delete_row(const uchar * buf);
  void ha_release_auto_increment();

  inline bool keyread_enabled() { return keyread < MAX_KEY; }
  inline int ha_start_keyread(uint idx)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!keyread_enabled());
    keyread= idx;
    return extra_opt(HA_EXTRA_KEYREAD, idx);
  }
  inline int ha_end_keyread()
  {
    if (!keyread_enabled())                    /* Enably lazy usage */
      return 0;
    keyread= MAX_KEY;
    return extra(HA_EXTRA_NO_KEYREAD);
  }

  /*
    End any active keyread. Return state so that we can restore things
    at end.
  */
  int ha_end_active_keyread()
  {
    int org_keyread;
    if (!keyread_enabled())
      return MAX_KEY;
    org_keyread= keyread;
    ha_end_keyread();
    return org_keyread;
  }
  /* Restore state to before ha_end_active_keyread */
  void ha_restart_keyread(int org_keyread)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!keyread_enabled());
    if (org_keyread != MAX_KEY)
      ha_start_keyread(org_keyread);
  }

protected:
  bool is_root_handler() const;

public:
  int check_collation_compatibility();
  int check_long_hash_compatibility() const;
  int ha_check_for_upgrade(HA_CHECK_OPT *check_opt);
  /** to be actually called to get 'check()' functionality*/
  int ha_check(THD *thd, HA_CHECK_OPT *check_opt);
  int ha_repair(THD* thd, HA_CHECK_OPT* check_opt);
  void ha_start_bulk_insert(ha_rows rows, uint flags= 0)
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("handler::ha_start_bulk_insert");
    estimation_rows_to_insert= rows;
    bzero(&copy_info,sizeof(copy_info));
    start_bulk_insert(rows, flags);
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
  int ha_end_bulk_insert();
  int ha_bulk_update_row(const uchar *old_data, const uchar *new_data,
                         ha_rows *dup_key_found);
  int ha_delete_all_rows();
  int ha_truncate();
  int ha_reset_auto_increment(ulonglong value);
  int ha_optimize(THD* thd, HA_CHECK_OPT* check_opt);
  int ha_analyze(THD* thd, HA_CHECK_OPT* check_opt);
  bool ha_check_and_repair(THD *thd);
  int ha_disable_indexes(key_map map, bool persist);
  int ha_enable_indexes(key_map map, bool persist);
  int ha_discard_or_import_tablespace(my_bool discard);
  int ha_rename_table(const char *from, const char *to);

  int ha_create(const char *name, TABLE *form, HA_CREATE_INFO *info);

  int ha_create_partitioning_metadata(const char *name, const char *old_name,
                                      chf_create_flags action_flag,
                                      bool ignore_delete_error= false);

  int ha_change_partitions(HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,
                           const char *path,
                           ulonglong * const copied,
                           ulonglong * const deleted,
                           const uchar *pack_frm_data,
                           size_t pack_frm_len);
  int ha_drop_partitions(const char *path);
  int ha_rename_partitions(const char *path);

  void adjust_next_insert_id_after_explicit_value(ulonglong nr);
  int update_auto_increment();
  virtual void print_error(int error, myf errflag);
  virtual bool get_error_message(int error, String *buf);
  uint get_dup_key(int error);
  /**
    Retrieves the names of the table and the key for which there was a
    duplicate entry in the case of HA_ERR_FOREIGN_DUPLICATE_KEY.

    If any of the table or key name is not available this method will return
    false and will not change any of child_table_name or child_key_name.

    @param child_table_name[out]    Table name
    @param child_table_name_len[in] Table name buffer size
    @param child_key_name[out]      Key name
    @param child_key_name_len[in]   Key name buffer size

    @retval  true                  table and key names were available
                                   and were written into the corresponding
                                   out parameters.
    @retval  false                 table and key names were not available,
                                   the out parameters were not touched.
  */
  virtual bool get_foreign_dup_key(char *child_table_name,
                                   uint child_table_name_len,
                                   char *child_key_name,
                                   uint child_key_name_len)
  { DBUG_ASSERT(false); return(false); }
  void reset_statistics()
  {
    rows_read= rows_changed= rows_tmp_read= 0;
    bzero(index_rows_read, sizeof(index_rows_read));
    bzero(&copy_info, sizeof(copy_info));
  }
  virtual void reset_copy_info() {}
  void ha_reset_copy_info()
  {
    bzero(&copy_info, sizeof(copy_info));
    reset_copy_info();
  }
  virtual void change_table_ptr(TABLE *table_arg, TABLE_SHARE *share);

  inline double io_cost(IO_AND_CPU_COST cost)
  {
    return cost.io * DISK_READ_COST * DISK_READ_RATIO;
  }

  inline double cost(IO_AND_CPU_COST cost)
  {
    return io_cost(cost) + cost.cpu;
  }

  /*
    Calculate cost with capping io_blocks to the given maximum.
    This is done here instead of earlier to allow filtering to work
    with the original' io_block counts.
  */
  inline double cost(ALL_READ_COST *cost)
  {
    double blocks= (MY_MIN(cost->index_cost.io,(double) cost->max_index_blocks) +
                    MY_MIN(cost->row_cost.io,  (double) cost->max_row_blocks));
    return ((cost->index_cost.cpu + cost->row_cost.cpu + cost->copy_cost) +
            blocks * DISK_READ_COST * DISK_READ_RATIO);
  }
  /*
    Same as above but without capping.
    This is only used for comparing cost with s->quick_read time, which
    does not do any capping.
  */

 inline double cost_no_capping(ALL_READ_COST *cost)
  {
    double blocks= (cost->index_cost.io + cost->row_cost.io);
    return ((cost->index_cost.cpu + cost->row_cost.cpu + cost->copy_cost) +
            blocks * DISK_READ_COST * DISK_READ_RATIO);
  }

  /*
    Calculate cost when we are going to excute the given read method
    multiple times
  */
  inline double cost_for_reading_multiple_times(double multiple,
                                                ALL_READ_COST *cost)

  {
    double blocks= (MY_MIN(cost->index_cost.io * multiple,
                              (double) cost->max_index_blocks) +
                    MY_MIN(cost->row_cost.io * multiple,
                           (double) cost->max_row_blocks));
    return ((cost->index_cost.cpu + cost->row_cost.cpu + cost->copy_cost) *
            multiple +
            blocks * DISK_READ_COST * DISK_READ_RATIO);
  }

  virtual ulonglong row_blocks()
  {
    return (stats.data_file_length + IO_SIZE-1) / IO_SIZE;
  }

  virtual ulonglong index_blocks(uint index, uint ranges, ha_rows rows);

  inline ulonglong index_blocks(uint index)
  {
    return index_blocks(index, 1, stats.records);
  }

  /*
    Time for a full table data scan. To be overrided by engines, should not
    be used by the sql level.
  */
protected:
  virtual IO_AND_CPU_COST scan_time()
  {
    IO_AND_CPU_COST cost;
    ulonglong length= stats.data_file_length;
    cost.io= (double) (length / IO_SIZE);
    cost.cpu= (!stats.block_size ? 0.0 :
               (double) ((length + stats.block_size-1)/stats.block_size) *
               INDEX_BLOCK_COPY_COST);
    return cost;
  }
public:

  /*
     Time for a full table scan

     @param records   Number of records from the engine or records from
                      status tables stored by ANALYZE TABLE.

     The TABLE_SCAN_SETUP_COST is there to prefer range scans to full
     table scans.  This is mainly to make the test suite happy as
     many tests has very few rows. In real life tables has more than
     a few rows and the extra cost has no practical effect.
  */

  inline IO_AND_CPU_COST ha_scan_time(ha_rows rows)
  {
    IO_AND_CPU_COST cost= scan_time();
    cost.cpu+= (TABLE_SCAN_SETUP_COST +
                (double) rows * (ROW_NEXT_FIND_COST + ROW_COPY_COST));
    return cost;
  }

  /*
    Time for a full table scan, fetching the rows from the table and comparing
    the row with the where clause
  */
  inline IO_AND_CPU_COST ha_scan_and_compare_time(ha_rows rows)
  {
    IO_AND_CPU_COST cost= ha_scan_time(rows);
    cost.cpu+= (double) rows * WHERE_COST;
    return cost;
  }

  /*
    Update table->share optimizer costs for this particular table.
    Called once when table is opened the first time.
  */
  virtual void update_optimizer_costs(OPTIMIZER_COSTS *costs) {}

  /*
    Set handler optimizer cost variables.
    Called for each table used by the statment
    This is virtual mainly for the partition engine.
  */
  virtual void set_optimizer_costs(THD *thd);

protected:
  /*
    Cost of reading 'rows' number of rows with a rowid
  */
  virtual IO_AND_CPU_COST rnd_pos_time(ha_rows rows)
  {
    double r= rows2double(rows);
    return
    {
      r * ((stats.block_size + IO_SIZE -1 )/IO_SIZE),  // Blocks read
      r * INDEX_BLOCK_COPY_COST                        // Copy block from cache
     };
  }
public:

  /*
    Time for doing and internal rnd_pos() inside the engine.  For some
    engine, this is more efficient than the SQL layer calling
    rnd_pos() as there is no overhead in converting/checking the
    rnd_pos_value.  This is used when calculating the cost of fetching
    a key+row in one go (like when scanning an index and fetching the
    row).
  */

  inline IO_AND_CPU_COST ha_rnd_pos_time(ha_rows rows)
  {
    IO_AND_CPU_COST cost= rnd_pos_time(rows);
    set_if_smaller(cost.io, (double) row_blocks());
    cost.cpu+= rows2double(rows) * (ROW_LOOKUP_COST + ROW_COPY_COST);
    return cost;
  }

  /*
    This cost if when we are calling rnd_pos() explict in the call
    For the moment this function is identical to ha_rnd_pos time,
    but that may change in the future after we do more cost checks for
    more engines.
  */
  inline IO_AND_CPU_COST ha_rnd_pos_call_time(ha_rows rows)
  {
    IO_AND_CPU_COST cost= rnd_pos_time(rows);
    set_if_smaller(cost.io, (double) row_blocks());
    cost.cpu+= rows2double(rows) * (ROW_LOOKUP_COST + ROW_COPY_COST);
    return cost;
  }

  inline IO_AND_CPU_COST ha_rnd_pos_call_and_compare_time(ha_rows rows)
  {
    IO_AND_CPU_COST cost;
    cost= ha_rnd_pos_call_time(rows);
    cost.cpu+= rows2double(rows) * WHERE_COST;
    return cost;
  }

  /**
    Calculate cost of 'index_only' scan for given index, a number of ranges
    and number of records.

    @param index   Index to read
    @param rows    #of records to read
    @param blocks  Number of IO blocks that needs to be accessed.
                   0 if not known (in which case it's calculated)
  */
protected:
  virtual IO_AND_CPU_COST keyread_time(uint index, ulong ranges, ha_rows rows,
                                       ulonglong blocks);
public:

  /*
    Calculate cost of 'keyread' scan for given index and number of records
    including fetching the key to the 'record' buffer.
  */
  IO_AND_CPU_COST ha_keyread_time(uint index, ulong ranges, ha_rows rows,
                                  ulonglong blocks);

  /* Same as above, but take into account copying the key the the SQL layer */
  inline IO_AND_CPU_COST ha_keyread_and_copy_time(uint index, ulong ranges,
                                                  ha_rows rows,
                                                  ulonglong blocks)
  {
    IO_AND_CPU_COST cost= ha_keyread_time(index, ranges, rows, blocks);
    cost.cpu+= (double) rows * KEY_COPY_COST;
    return cost;
  }

  inline IO_AND_CPU_COST ha_keyread_and_compare_time(uint index, ulong ranges,
                                                     ha_rows rows,
                                                     ulonglong blocks)
  {
    IO_AND_CPU_COST cost= ha_keyread_time(index, ranges, rows, blocks);
    cost.cpu+= (double) rows * (KEY_COPY_COST + WHERE_COST);
    return cost;
  }

  IO_AND_CPU_COST ha_keyread_clustered_time(uint index,
                                            ulong ranges,
                                            ha_rows rows,
                                            ulonglong blocks);
  /*
    Time for a full table index scan (without copy or compare cost).
    To be overrided by engines, sql level should use ha_key_scan_time().
    Note that IO_AND_CPU_COST does not include avg_io_cost() !
  */
protected:
  virtual IO_AND_CPU_COST key_scan_time(uint index, ha_rows rows)
  {
    return keyread_time(index, 1, MY_MAX(rows, 1), 0);
  }
public:

  /* Cost of doing a full index scan */
  inline IO_AND_CPU_COST ha_key_scan_time(uint index, ha_rows rows)
  {
    IO_AND_CPU_COST cost= key_scan_time(index, rows);
    cost.cpu+= (INDEX_SCAN_SETUP_COST + KEY_LOOKUP_COST +
                (double) rows * (KEY_NEXT_FIND_COST + KEY_COPY_COST));
    return cost;
  }

  /*
    Cost of doing a full index scan with record copy and compare
    @param rows  Rows from stat tables
  */
  inline IO_AND_CPU_COST ha_key_scan_and_compare_time(uint index, ha_rows rows)
  {
    IO_AND_CPU_COST cost= ha_key_scan_time(index, rows);
    cost.cpu+= (double) rows * WHERE_COST;
    return cost;
  }

  virtual const key_map *keys_to_use_for_scanning() { return &key_map_empty; }

  /*
    True if changes to the table is persistent (if there are no rollback)
    This is used to decide:
    - If the table is stored in the transaction or non transactional binary
      log
    - How things are tracked in trx and in add_changed_table().
    - If we can combine several statements under one commit in the binary log.
  */
  bool has_transactions() const
  {
    return ((ha_table_flags() & (HA_NO_TRANSACTIONS | HA_PERSISTENT_TABLE))
            == 0);
  }
  /*
    True if table has both transactions and rollback. This is used to decide
    if we should write the changes to the binary log.  If this is true,
    we don't have to write failed statements to the log as they can be
    rolled back.
  */
  bool has_transactions_and_rollback() const
  {
    return has_transactions() && has_rollback();
  }
  /*
    True if the underlaying table support transactions and rollback
  */
  bool has_transaction_manager() const
  {
    return ((ha_table_flags() & HA_NO_TRANSACTIONS) == 0 && has_rollback());
  }

  /*
    True if the underlaying table support TRANSACTIONAL table option
  */
  bool has_transactional_option() const
  {
    extern handlerton *maria_hton;
    return partition_ht() == maria_hton || has_transaction_manager();
  }

  /*
    True if table has rollback. Used to check if an update on the table
    can be killed fast.
  */

  bool has_rollback() const
  {
    return ((ht->flags & HTON_NO_ROLLBACK) == 0);
  }

  /**
    This method is used to analyse the error to see whether the error
    is ignorable or not, certain handlers can have more error that are
    ignorable than others. E.g. the partition handler can get inserts
    into a range where there is no partition and this is an ignorable
    error.
    HA_ERR_FOUND_DUP_UNIQUE is a special case in MyISAM that means the
    same thing as HA_ERR_FOUND_DUP_KEY but can in some cases lead to
    a slightly different error message.
  */
  virtual bool is_fatal_error(int error, uint flags)
  {
    if (!error ||
        ((flags & HA_CHECK_DUP_KEY) &&
         (error == HA_ERR_FOUND_DUPP_KEY ||
          error == HA_ERR_FOUND_DUPP_UNIQUE)) ||
        error == HA_ERR_AUTOINC_ERANGE ||
        ((flags & HA_CHECK_FK_ERROR) &&
         (error == HA_ERR_ROW_IS_REFERENCED ||
          error == HA_ERR_NO_REFERENCED_ROW)))
      return FALSE;
    return TRUE;
  }

  /**
    Number of rows in table. It will only be called if
    (table_flags() & (HA_HAS_RECORDS | HA_STATS_RECORDS_IS_EXACT)) != 0
  */
  virtual int pre_records() { return 0; }
  virtual ha_rows records() { return stats.records; }
  /**
    Return upper bound of current number of records in the table
    (max. of how many records one will retrieve when doing a full table scan)
    If upper bound is not known, HA_POS_ERROR should be returned as a max
    possible upper bound.
  */
  virtual ha_rows estimate_rows_upper_bound()
  { return stats.records+EXTRA_RECORDS; }

  /**
    Get the row type from the storage engine.  If this method returns
    ROW_TYPE_NOT_USED, the information in HA_CREATE_INFO should be used.
  */
  virtual enum row_type get_row_type() const { return ROW_TYPE_NOT_USED; }

  virtual const char *index_type(uint key_number) { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return "";}


  /**
    Signal that the table->read_set and table->write_set table maps changed
    The handler is allowed to set additional bits in the above map in this
    call. Normally the handler should ignore all calls until we have done
    a ha_rnd_init() or ha_index_init(), write_row(), update_row or delete_row()
    as there may be several calls to this routine.
  */
  virtual void column_bitmaps_signal();
  /*
    We have to check for inited as some engines, like innodb, sets
    active_index during table scan.
  */
  uint get_index(void) const
  { return inited == INDEX ? active_index : MAX_KEY; }
  int ha_close(void);

  /**
    @retval  0   Bulk update used by handler
    @retval  1   Bulk update not used, normal operation used
  */
  virtual bool start_bulk_update() { return 1; }
  /**
    @retval  0   Bulk delete used by handler
    @retval  1   Bulk delete not used, normal operation used
  */
  virtual bool start_bulk_delete() { return 1; }
  /**
    After this call all outstanding updates must be performed. The number
    of duplicate key errors are reported in the duplicate key parameter.
    It is allowed to continue to the batched update after this call, the
    handler has to wait until end_bulk_update with changing state.

    @param    dup_key_found       Number of duplicate keys found

    @retval  0           Success
    @retval  >0          Error code
  */
  virtual int exec_bulk_update(ha_rows *dup_key_found)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(FALSE);
    return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
  }
  /**
    Perform any needed clean-up, no outstanding updates are there at the
    moment.
  */
  virtual int end_bulk_update() { return 0; }
  /**
    Execute all outstanding deletes and close down the bulk delete.

    @retval 0             Success
    @retval >0            Error code
  */
  virtual int end_bulk_delete()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(FALSE);
    return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
  }
  virtual int pre_index_read_map(const uchar *key,
                                 key_part_map keypart_map,
                                 enum ha_rkey_function find_flag,
                                 bool use_parallel)
   { return 0; }
  virtual int pre_index_first(bool use_parallel)
   { return 0; }
  virtual int pre_index_last(bool use_parallel)
   { return 0; }
  virtual int pre_index_read_last_map(const uchar *key,
                                      key_part_map keypart_map,
                                      bool use_parallel)
   { return 0; }
/*
  virtual int pre_read_multi_range_first(KEY_MULTI_RANGE **found_range_p,
                                         KEY_MULTI_RANGE *ranges,
                                         uint range_count,
                                         bool sorted, HANDLER_BUFFER *buffer,
                                         bool use_parallel);
*/
  virtual int pre_multi_range_read_next(bool use_parallel)
  { return 0; }
  virtual int pre_read_range_first(const key_range *start_key,
                                   const key_range *end_key,
                                   bool eq_range, bool sorted,
                                   bool use_parallel)
   { return 0; }
  virtual int pre_ft_read(bool use_parallel)
   { return 0; }
  virtual int pre_rnd_next(bool use_parallel)
   { return 0; }
  int ha_pre_rnd_init(bool scan)
  {
    int result;
    DBUG_ENTER("ha_pre_rnd_init");
    DBUG_ASSERT(pre_inited==NONE || (pre_inited==RND && scan));
    pre_inited= (result= pre_rnd_init(scan)) ? NONE: RND;
    DBUG_RETURN(result);
  }
  int ha_pre_rnd_end()
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("ha_pre_rnd_end");
    DBUG_ASSERT(pre_inited==RND);
    pre_inited=NONE;
    DBUG_RETURN(pre_rnd_end());
  }
  virtual int pre_rnd_init(bool scan) { return 0; }
  virtual int pre_rnd_end() { return 0; }
  virtual int pre_index_init(uint idx, bool sorted) { return 0; }
  virtual int pre_index_end() { return 0; }
  int ha_pre_index_init(uint idx, bool sorted)
  {
    int result;
    DBUG_ENTER("ha_pre_index_init");
    DBUG_ASSERT(pre_inited==NONE);
    if (!(result= pre_index_init(idx, sorted)))
      pre_inited=INDEX;
    DBUG_RETURN(result);
  }
  int ha_pre_index_end()
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("ha_pre_index_end");
    DBUG_ASSERT(pre_inited==INDEX);
    pre_inited=NONE;
    DBUG_RETURN(pre_index_end());
  }
  int ha_pre_index_or_rnd_end()
  {
    return (pre_inited == INDEX ?
            ha_pre_index_end() :
            pre_inited == RND ? ha_pre_rnd_end() : 0 );
  }
  virtual bool vers_can_native(THD *thd)
  {
    return ht->flags & HTON_NATIVE_SYS_VERSIONING;
  }

  /**
     @brief
     Positions an index cursor to the index specified in the
     handle. Fetches the row if available. If the key value is null,
     begin at the first key of the index.
  */
protected:
  virtual int index_read_map(uchar * buf, const uchar * key,
                             key_part_map keypart_map,
                             enum ha_rkey_function find_flag)
  {
    uint key_len= calculate_key_len(table, active_index, key, keypart_map);
    return index_read(buf, key, key_len, find_flag);
  }
  /**
     @brief
     Positions an index cursor to the index specified in the
     handle. Fetches the row if available. If the key value is null,
     begin at the first key of the index.
  */
  virtual int index_read_idx_map(uchar * buf, uint index, const uchar * key,
                                 key_part_map keypart_map,
                                 enum ha_rkey_function find_flag);
  virtual int index_next(uchar * buf)
   { return  HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND; }
  virtual int index_prev(uchar * buf)
   { return  HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND; }
  virtual int index_first(uchar * buf)
   { return  HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND; }
  virtual int index_last(uchar * buf)
   { return  HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND; }
  virtual int index_next_same(uchar *buf, const uchar *key, uint keylen);
  /**
     @brief
     The following functions works like index_read, but it find the last
     row with the current key value or prefix.
     @returns @see index_read_map().
  */
  virtual int index_read_last_map(uchar * buf, const uchar * key,
                                  key_part_map keypart_map)
  {
    uint key_len= calculate_key_len(table, active_index, key, keypart_map);
    return index_read_last(buf, key, key_len);
  }
  virtual int close(void)=0;
  inline void update_rows_read()
  {
    if (likely(!internal_tmp_table))
      rows_read++;
    else
      rows_tmp_read++;
  }
  inline void update_index_statistics()
  {
    index_rows_read[active_index]++;
    update_rows_read();
  }
public:

  int ha_index_read_map(uchar * buf, const uchar * key,
                        key_part_map keypart_map,
                        enum ha_rkey_function find_flag);
  int ha_index_read_idx_map(uchar * buf, uint index, const uchar * key,
                            key_part_map keypart_map,
                            enum ha_rkey_function find_flag);
  int ha_index_next(uchar * buf);
  int ha_index_prev(uchar * buf);
  int ha_index_first(uchar * buf);
  int ha_index_last(uchar * buf);
  int ha_index_next_same(uchar *buf, const uchar *key, uint keylen);
  /*
    TODO: should we make for those functions non-virtual ha_func_name wrappers,
    too?
  */
  virtual ha_rows multi_range_read_info_const(uint keyno, RANGE_SEQ_IF *seq,
                                              void *seq_init_param, 
                                              uint n_ranges, uint *bufsz,
                                              uint *mrr_mode, ha_rows limit,
                                              Cost_estimate *cost);
  virtual ha_rows multi_range_read_info(uint keyno, uint n_ranges, uint keys,
                                        uint key_parts, uint *bufsz, 
                                        uint *mrr_mode, Cost_estimate *cost);
  virtual int multi_range_read_init(RANGE_SEQ_IF *seq, void *seq_init_param,
                                    uint n_ranges, uint mrr_mode, 
                                    HANDLER_BUFFER *buf);
  virtual int multi_range_read_next(range_id_t *range_info);
private:
  inline void calculate_costs(Cost_estimate *cost, uint keyno,
                              uint ranges, uint multi_row_ranges, uint flags,
                              ha_rows total_rows,
                              ulonglong io_blocks,
                              ulonglong unassigned_single_point_ranges);
public:
  /*
    Return string representation of the MRR plan.

    This is intended to be used for EXPLAIN, via the following scenario:
    1. SQL layer calls handler->multi_range_read_info().
    1.1. Storage engine figures out whether it will use some non-default
         MRR strategy, sets appropritate bits in *mrr_mode, and returns 
         control to SQL layer
    2. SQL layer remembers the returned mrr_mode
    3. SQL layer compares various options and choses the final query plan. As
       a part of that, it makes a choice of whether to use the MRR strategy
       picked in 1.1
    4. EXPLAIN code converts the query plan to its text representation. If MRR
       strategy is part of the plan, it calls
       multi_range_read_explain_info(mrr_mode) to get a text representation of
       the picked MRR strategy.

    @param mrr_mode   Mode which was returned by multi_range_read_info[_const]
    @param str        INOUT string to be printed for EXPLAIN
    @param str_end    End of the string buffer. The function is free to put the 
                      string into [str..str_end] memory range.
  */
  virtual int multi_range_read_explain_info(uint mrr_mode, char *str, 
                                            size_t size)
  { return 0; }

  virtual int read_range_first(const key_range *start_key,
                               const key_range *end_key,
                               bool eq_range, bool sorted);
  virtual int read_range_next();
  void set_end_range(const key_range *end_key);
  int compare_key(key_range *range);
  int compare_key2(key_range *range) const;
  virtual int ft_init() { return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND; }
  virtual int pre_ft_init() { return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND; }
  virtual void ft_end() {}
  virtual int pre_ft_end() { return 0; }
  virtual FT_INFO *ft_init_ext(uint flags, uint inx,String *key)
    { return NULL; }
public:
  virtual int ft_read(uchar *buf) { return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND; }
  virtual int rnd_next(uchar *buf)=0;
  virtual int rnd_pos(uchar * buf, uchar *pos)=0;
  /**
    This function only works for handlers having
    HA_PRIMARY_KEY_REQUIRED_FOR_POSITION set.
    It will return the row with the PK given in the record argument.
  */
  virtual int rnd_pos_by_record(uchar *record)
  {
    int error;
    DBUG_ASSERT(table_flags() & HA_PRIMARY_KEY_REQUIRED_FOR_POSITION);

    error = ha_rnd_init(false);
    if (error != 0)
      return error;

    position(record);
    error = ha_rnd_pos(record, ref);
    ha_rnd_end();
    return error;
  }
  virtual int read_first_row(uchar *buf, uint primary_key);
public:

  /* Same as above, but with statistics */
  inline int ha_ft_read(uchar *buf);
  inline void ha_ft_end() { ft_end(); ft_handler=NULL; }
  int ha_rnd_next(uchar *buf);
  int ha_rnd_pos(uchar *buf, uchar *pos);
  inline int ha_rnd_pos_by_record(uchar *buf);
  inline int ha_read_first_row(uchar *buf, uint primary_key);

  /**
    The following 2 function is only needed for tables that may be
    internal temporary tables during joins.
  */
  virtual int remember_rnd_pos()
    { return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND; }
  virtual int restart_rnd_next(uchar *buf)
    { return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND; }

  virtual ha_rows records_in_range(uint inx, const key_range *min_key,
                                   const key_range *max_key,
                                   page_range *res)
    { return (ha_rows) 10; }
  /*
    If HA_PRIMARY_KEY_REQUIRED_FOR_POSITION is set, then it sets ref
    (reference to the row, aka position, with the primary key given in
    the record).
    Otherwise it set ref to the current row.
  */
  virtual void position(const uchar *record)=0;
  virtual int info(uint)=0; // see my_base.h for full description
  virtual void get_dynamic_partition_info(PARTITION_STATS *stat_info,
                                          uint part_id);
  virtual void set_partitions_to_open(List<String> *partition_names) {}
  virtual bool check_if_updates_are_ignored(const char *op) const;
  virtual int change_partitions_to_open(List<String> *partition_names)
  { return 0; }
  virtual int extra(enum ha_extra_function operation)
  { return 0; }
  virtual int extra_opt(enum ha_extra_function operation, ulong arg)
  { return extra(operation); }
  /*
    Table version id for the table. This should change for each
    sucessfull ALTER TABLE.
    This is used by the handlerton->check_version() to ask the engine
    if the table definition has been updated.
    Storage engines that does not support inplace alter table does not
    have to support this call.
  */
  virtual ulonglong table_version() const { return 0; }

  /**
    In an UPDATE or DELETE, if the row under the cursor was locked by another
    transaction, and the engine used an optimistic read of the last
    committed row value under the cursor, then the engine returns 1 from this
    function. MySQL must NOT try to update this optimistic value. If the
    optimistic value does not match the WHERE condition, MySQL can decide to
    skip over this row. Currently only works for InnoDB. This can be used to
    avoid unnecessary lock waits.

    If this method returns nonzero, it will also signal the storage
    engine that the next read will be a locking re-read of the row.
  */
  bool ha_was_semi_consistent_read();
  virtual bool was_semi_consistent_read() { return 0; }
  /**
    Tell the engine whether it should avoid unnecessary lock waits.
    If yes, in an UPDATE or DELETE, if the row under the cursor was locked
    by another transaction, the engine may try an optimistic read of
    the last committed row value under the cursor.
  */
  virtual void try_semi_consistent_read(bool) {}
  virtual void unlock_row() {}
  virtual int start_stmt(THD *thd, thr_lock_type lock_type) {return 0;}
  virtual bool need_info_for_auto_inc() { return 0; }
  virtual bool can_use_for_auto_inc_init() { return 1; }
  virtual void get_auto_increment(ulonglong offset, ulonglong increment,
                                  ulonglong nb_desired_values,
                                  ulonglong *first_value,
                                  ulonglong *nb_reserved_values);
  void set_next_insert_id(ulonglong id)
  {
    DBUG_PRINT("info",("auto_increment: next value %lu", (ulong)id));
    next_insert_id= id;
  }
  virtual void restore_auto_increment(ulonglong prev_insert_id)
  {
    /*
      Insertion of a row failed, re-use the lastly generated auto_increment
      id, for the next row. This is achieved by resetting next_insert_id to
      what it was before the failed insertion (that old value is provided by
      the caller). If that value was 0, it was the first row of the INSERT;
      then if insert_id_for_cur_row contains 0 it means no id was generated
      for this first row, so no id was generated since the INSERT started, so
      we should set next_insert_id to 0; if insert_id_for_cur_row is not 0, it
      is the generated id of the first and failed row, so we use it.
    */
    next_insert_id= (prev_insert_id > 0) ? prev_insert_id :
      insert_id_for_cur_row;
  }

  virtual void update_create_info(HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info) {}
  virtual int assign_to_keycache(THD* thd, HA_CHECK_OPT* check_opt)
  { return HA_ADMIN_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
  virtual int preload_keys(THD* thd, HA_CHECK_OPT* check_opt)
  { return HA_ADMIN_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
  /* end of the list of admin commands */

  virtual int indexes_are_disabled(void) {return 0;}
  virtual void append_create_info(String *packet) {}
  /**
    If index == MAX_KEY then a check for table is made and if index <
    MAX_KEY then a check is made if the table has foreign keys and if
    a foreign key uses this index (and thus the index cannot be dropped).

    @param  index            Index to check if foreign key uses it

    @retval   TRUE            Foreign key defined on table or index
    @retval   FALSE           No foreign key defined
  */
  virtual bool is_fk_defined_on_table_or_index(uint index)
  { return FALSE; }
  virtual char* get_foreign_key_create_info()
  { return(NULL);}  /* gets foreign key create string from InnoDB */
  /**
    Used in ALTER TABLE to check if changing storage engine is allowed.

    @note Called without holding thr_lock.c lock.

    @retval true   Changing storage engine is allowed.
    @retval false  Changing storage engine not allowed.
  */
  virtual bool can_switch_engines() { return true; }
  virtual int can_continue_handler_scan() { return 0; }
  /**
    Get the list of foreign keys in this table.

    @remark Returns the set of foreign keys where this table is the
            dependent or child table.

    @param thd  The thread handle.
    @param f_key_list[out]  The list of foreign keys.

    @return The handler error code or zero for success.
  */
  virtual int
  get_foreign_key_list(THD *thd, List<FOREIGN_KEY_INFO> *f_key_list)
  { return 0; }
  /**
    Get the list of foreign keys referencing this table.

    @remark Returns the set of foreign keys where this table is the
            referenced or parent table.

    @param thd  The thread handle.
    @param f_key_list[out]  The list of foreign keys.

    @return The handler error code or zero for success.
  */
  virtual int
  get_parent_foreign_key_list(THD *thd, List<FOREIGN_KEY_INFO> *f_key_list)
  { return 0; }
  virtual bool referenced_by_foreign_key() const noexcept { return false;}
  virtual void init_table_handle_for_HANDLER()
  { return; }       /* prepare InnoDB for HANDLER */
  virtual void free_foreign_key_create_info(char* str) {}
  /** The following can be called without an open handler */
  virtual const char *table_type() const { return hton_name(ht)->str; }
  /* The following is same as table_table(), except for partition engine */
  virtual const char *real_table_type() const { return hton_name(ht)->str; }
  const char **bas_ext() const { return ht->tablefile_extensions; }

  virtual int get_default_no_partitions(HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info)
  { return 1;}
  virtual void set_auto_partitions(partition_info *part_info) { return; }
  virtual bool get_no_parts(const char *name,
                            uint *no_parts)
  {
    *no_parts= 0;
    return 0;
  }
  virtual void set_part_info(partition_info *part_info) {return;}
  virtual void return_record_by_parent() { return; }

  /* Information about index. Both index and part starts from 0 */
  virtual ulong index_flags(uint idx, uint part, bool all_parts) const =0;

  uint max_record_length() const
  { return MY_MIN(HA_MAX_REC_LENGTH, max_supported_record_length()); }
  uint max_keys() const
  { return MY_MIN(MAX_KEY, max_supported_keys()); }
  uint max_key_parts() const
  { return MY_MIN(MAX_REF_PARTS, max_supported_key_parts()); }
  uint max_key_length() const
  { return MY_MIN(MAX_DATA_LENGTH_FOR_KEY, max_supported_key_length()); }
  uint max_key_part_length() const
  { return MY_MIN(MAX_DATA_LENGTH_FOR_KEY, max_supported_key_part_length()); }

  virtual uint max_supported_record_length() const { return HA_MAX_REC_LENGTH; }
  virtual uint max_supported_keys() const { return 0; }
  virtual uint max_supported_key_parts() const { return MAX_REF_PARTS; }
  virtual uint max_supported_key_length() const { return MAX_DATA_LENGTH_FOR_KEY; }
  virtual uint max_supported_key_part_length() const { return 255; }
  virtual uint min_record_length(uint options) const { return 1; }

  virtual int pre_calculate_checksum() { return 0; }
  virtual int calculate_checksum();
  virtual bool is_crashed() const  { return 0; }
  virtual bool auto_repair(int error) const { return 0; }

  void update_global_table_stats();
  void update_global_index_stats();

  /**
    @note lock_count() can return > 1 if the table is MERGE or partitioned.
  */
  virtual uint lock_count(void) const { return 1; }
  /**
    Get the lock(s) for the table and perform conversion of locks if needed.

    Is not invoked for non-transactional temporary tables.

    @note store_lock() can return more than one lock if the table is MERGE
    or partitioned.

    @note that one can NOT rely on table->in_use in store_lock().  It may
    refer to a different thread if called from mysql_lock_abort_for_thread().

    @note If the table is MERGE, store_lock() can return less locks
    than lock_count() claimed. This can happen when the MERGE children
    are not attached when this is called from another thread.
  */
  virtual THR_LOCK_DATA **store_lock(THD *thd, THR_LOCK_DATA **to,
				     enum thr_lock_type lock_type)=0;

  /** Type of table for caching query */
  virtual uint8 table_cache_type() { return HA_CACHE_TBL_NONTRANSACT; }


  /**
    @brief Register a named table with a call back function to the query cache.

    @param thd The thread handle
    @param table_key A pointer to the table name in the table cache
    @param key_length The length of the table name
    @param[out] engine_callback The pointer to the storage engine call back
      function
    @param[out] engine_data Storage engine specific data which could be
      anything

    This method offers the storage engine, the possibility to store a reference
    to a table name which is going to be used with query cache. 
    The method is called each time a statement is written to the cache and can
    be used to verify if a specific statement is cacheable. It also offers
    the possibility to register a generic (but static) call back function which
    is called each time a statement is matched against the query cache.

    @note If engine_data supplied with this function is different from
      engine_data supplied with the callback function, and the callback returns
      FALSE, a table invalidation on the current table will occur.

    @return Upon success the engine_callback will point to the storage engine
      call back function, if any, and engine_data will point to any storage
      engine data used in the specific implementation.
      @retval TRUE Success
      @retval FALSE The specified table or current statement should not be
        cached
  */

  virtual my_bool register_query_cache_table(THD *thd, const char *table_key,
                                             uint key_length,
                                             qc_engine_callback *callback,
                                             ulonglong *engine_data)
  {
    *callback= 0;
    return TRUE;
  }

  /*
    Count tables invisible from all tables list on which current one built
    (like myisammrg and partitioned tables)

    tables_type          mask for the tables should be added herdde

    returns number of such tables
  */

  virtual uint count_query_cache_dependant_tables(uint8 *tables_type
                                                  __attribute__((unused)))
  {
    return 0;
  }

  /*
    register tables invisible from all tables list on which current one built
    (like myisammrg and partitioned tables).

    @note they should be counted by method above

    cache                Query cache pointer
    block                Query cache block to write the table
    n                    Number of the table

    @retval FALSE - OK
    @retval TRUE  - Error
  */

  virtual my_bool
    register_query_cache_dependant_tables(THD *thd
                                          __attribute__((unused)),
                                          Query_cache *cache
                                          __attribute__((unused)),
                                          Query_cache_block_table **block
                                          __attribute__((unused)),
                                          uint *n __attribute__((unused)))
  {
    return FALSE;
  }

 /*
   Check if the key is a clustering key

   - Data is stored together with the primary key (no secondary lookup
     needed to find the row data). The optimizer uses this to find out
     the cost of fetching data.

     Note that in many cases a clustered key is also a reference key.
     This means that:

   - The key is part of each secondary key and is used
     to find the row data in the primary index when reading trough
     secondary indexes.
   - When doing a HA_KEYREAD_ONLY we get also all the primary key parts
     into the row. This is critical property used by index_merge.

   All the above is usually true for engines that store the row
   data in the primary key index (e.g. in a b-tree), and use the key
   key value as a position().  InnoDB is an example of such an engine.

   For a clustered (primary) key, the following should also hold:
   index_flags() should contain HA_CLUSTERED_INDEX
   index_flags() should not contain HA_KEYREAD_ONLY or HA_DO_RANGE_FILTER_PUSHDOWN
   table_flags() should contain HA_TABLE_SCAN_ON_INDEX

   For a reference key the following should also hold:
   table_flags() should contain HA_PRIMARY_KEY_IS_READ_INDEX.

   @retval TRUE   yes
   @retval FALSE  No.
 */

 /* The following code is for primary keys */
 inline bool pk_is_clustering_key(uint index) const;
 /* Same as before but for other keys, in which case we can skip the check */
 inline bool is_clustering_key(uint index) const;

 virtual int cmp_ref(const uchar *ref1, const uchar *ref2)
 {
   return memcmp(ref1, ref2, ref_length);
 }

 /*
   Condition pushdown to storage engines
 */

 /**
   Push condition down to the table handler.

   @param  cond   Condition to be pushed. The condition tree must not be
                  modified by the by the caller.

   @return
     The 'remainder' condition that caller must use to filter out records.
     NULL means the handler will not return rows that do not match the
     passed condition.

   @note
   The pushed conditions form a stack (from which one can remove the
   last pushed condition using cond_pop).
   The table handler filters out rows using (pushed_cond1 AND pushed_cond2 
   AND ... AND pushed_condN)
   or less restrictive condition, depending on handler's capabilities.

   handler->ha_reset() call empties the condition stack.
   Calls to rnd_init/rnd_end, index_init/index_end etc do not affect the
   condition stack.
 */ 
 virtual const COND *cond_push(const COND *cond) { return cond; };
 /**
   Pop the top condition from the condition stack of the handler instance.

   Pops the top if condition stack, if stack is not empty.
 */
 virtual void cond_pop() { return; };

 /**
   Push metadata for the current operation down to the table handler.
 */
 virtual int info_push(uint info_type, void *info) { return 0; };

 /**
   Push down an index condition to the handler.

   The server will use this method to push down a condition it wants
   the handler to evaluate when retrieving records using a specified
   index. The pushed index condition will only refer to fields from
   this handler that is contained in the index (but it may also refer
   to fields in other handlers). Before the handler evaluates the
   condition it must read the content of the index entry into the 
   record buffer.

   The handler is free to decide if and how much of the condition it
   will take responsibility for evaluating. Based on this evaluation
   it should return the part of the condition it will not evaluate.
   If it decides to evaluate the entire condition it should return
   NULL. If it decides not to evaluate any part of the condition it
   should return a pointer to the same condition as given as argument.

   @param keyno    the index number to evaluate the condition on
   @param idx_cond the condition to be evaluated by the handler

   @return The part of the pushed condition that the handler decides
           not to evaluate
 */
 virtual Item *idx_cond_push(uint keyno, Item* idx_cond) { return idx_cond; }

 /** Reset information about pushed index conditions */
 virtual void cancel_pushed_idx_cond()
 {
   pushed_idx_cond= NULL;
   pushed_idx_cond_keyno= MAX_KEY;
   in_range_check_pushed_down= false;
 }

 virtual void cancel_pushed_rowid_filter()
 {
   pushed_rowid_filter= NULL;
   if (rowid_filter_is_active)
   {
     rowid_filter_is_active= false;
     rowid_filter_changed();
   }
 }

 virtual void disable_pushed_rowid_filter()
 {
   DBUG_ASSERT(pushed_rowid_filter != NULL &&
               save_pushed_rowid_filter == NULL);
   save_pushed_rowid_filter= pushed_rowid_filter;
   save_rowid_filter_is_active= rowid_filter_is_active;
   pushed_rowid_filter= NULL;

   if (rowid_filter_is_active)
   {
     rowid_filter_is_active= false;
     rowid_filter_changed();
   }
 }

 virtual void enable_pushed_rowid_filter()
 {
   DBUG_ASSERT(save_pushed_rowid_filter != NULL &&
               pushed_rowid_filter == NULL);
   pushed_rowid_filter= save_pushed_rowid_filter;
   save_pushed_rowid_filter= NULL;
   if (save_rowid_filter_is_active)
   {
     rowid_filter_is_active= true;
     rowid_filter_changed();
   }
 }

 virtual bool rowid_filter_push(Rowid_filter *rowid_filter) { return true; }
 /* Signal that rowid filter may have been enabled / disabled */
 virtual void rowid_filter_changed() {}

 /* Needed for partition / spider */
  virtual TABLE_LIST *get_next_global_for_child() { return NULL; }

 /**
   Part of old, deprecated in-place ALTER API.
 */
 virtual bool check_if_incompatible_data(HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,
					 uint table_changes)
 { return COMPATIBLE_DATA_NO; }

 /* On-line/in-place ALTER TABLE interface. */

 /*
   Here is an outline of on-line/in-place ALTER TABLE execution through
   this interface.

   Phase 1 : Initialization
   ========================
   During this phase we determine which algorithm should be used
   for execution of ALTER TABLE and what level concurrency it will
   require.

   *) This phase starts by opening the table and preparing description
      of the new version of the table.
   *) Then we check if it is impossible even in theory to carry out
      this ALTER TABLE using the in-place algorithm. For example, because
      we need to change storage engine or the user has explicitly requested
      usage of the "copy" algorithm.
   *) If in-place ALTER TABLE is theoretically possible, we continue
      by compiling differences between old and new versions of the table
      in the form of HA_ALTER_FLAGS bitmap. We also build a few
      auxiliary structures describing requested changes and store
      all these data in the Alter_inplace_info object.
   *) Then the handler::check_if_supported_inplace_alter() method is called
      in order to find if the storage engine can carry out changes requested
      by this ALTER TABLE using the in-place algorithm. To determine this,
      the engine can rely on data in HA_ALTER_FLAGS/Alter_inplace_info
      passed to it as well as on its own checks. If the in-place algorithm
      can be used for this ALTER TABLE, the level of required concurrency for
      its execution is also returned.
      If any errors occur during the handler call, ALTER TABLE is aborted
      and no further handler functions are called.
   *) Locking requirements of the in-place algorithm are compared to any
      concurrency requirements specified by user. If there is a conflict
      between them, we either switch to the copy algorithm or emit an error.

   Phase 2 : Execution
   ===================

   In this phase the operations are executed.

   *) As the first step, we acquire a lock corresponding to the concurrency
      level which was returned by handler::check_if_supported_inplace_alter()
      and requested by the user. This lock is held for most of the
      duration of in-place ALTER (if HA_ALTER_INPLACE_COPY_LOCK
      or HA_ALTER_INPLACE_COPY_NO_LOCK were returned we acquire an
      exclusive lock for duration of the next step only).
   *) After that we call handler::ha_prepare_inplace_alter_table() to give the
      storage engine a chance to update its internal structures with a higher
      lock level than the one that will be used for the main step of algorithm.
      After that we downgrade the lock if it is necessary.
   *) After that, the main step of this phase and algorithm is executed.
      We call the handler::ha_inplace_alter_table() method, which carries out the
      changes requested by ALTER TABLE but does not makes them visible to other
      connections yet.
   *) We ensure that no other connection uses the table by upgrading our
      lock on it to exclusive.
   *) a) If the previous step succeeds, handler::ha_commit_inplace_alter_table() is
         called to allow the storage engine to do any final updates to its structures,
         to make all earlier changes durable and visible to other connections.
      b) If we have failed to upgrade lock or any errors have occurred during the
         handler functions calls (including commit), we call
         handler::ha_commit_inplace_alter_table()
         to rollback all changes which were done during previous steps.

  Phase 3 : Final
  ===============

  In this phase we:

  *) Update SQL-layer data-dictionary by installing .FRM file for the new version
     of the table.
  *) Inform the storage engine about this change by calling the
     hton::notify_table_changed()
  *) Destroy the Alter_inplace_info and handler_ctx objects.

 */

 /**
    Check if a storage engine supports a particular alter table in-place

    @param    altered_table     TABLE object for new version of table.
    @param    ha_alter_info     Structure describing changes to be done
                                by ALTER TABLE and holding data used
                                during in-place alter.

    @retval   HA_ALTER_ERROR                  Unexpected error.
    @retval   HA_ALTER_INPLACE_NOT_SUPPORTED  Not supported, must use copy.
    @retval   HA_ALTER_INPLACE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK Supported, but requires X lock.
    @retval   HA_ALTER_INPLACE_COPY_LOCK
                                              Supported, but requires SNW lock
                                              during main phase. Prepare phase
                                              requires X lock.
    @retval   HA_ALTER_INPLACE_SHARED_LOCK    Supported, but requires SNW lock.
    @retval   HA_ALTER_INPLACE_COPY_NO_LOCK
                                              Supported, concurrent reads/writes
                                              allowed. However, prepare phase
                                              requires X lock.
    @retval   HA_ALTER_INPLACE_NO_LOCK        Supported, concurrent
                                              reads/writes allowed.

    @note The default implementation uses the old in-place ALTER API
    to determine if the storage engine supports in-place ALTER or not.

    @note Called without holding thr_lock.c lock.
 */
 virtual enum_alter_inplace_result
 check_if_supported_inplace_alter(TABLE *altered_table,
                                  Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info);


 /**
    Public functions wrapping the actual handler call.
    @see prepare_inplace_alter_table()
 */
 bool ha_prepare_inplace_alter_table(TABLE *altered_table,
                                     Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info);


 /**
    Public function wrapping the actual handler call.
    @see inplace_alter_table()
 */
 bool ha_inplace_alter_table(TABLE *altered_table,
                             Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info)
 {
   return inplace_alter_table(altered_table, ha_alter_info);
 }


 /**
    Public function wrapping the actual handler call.
    Allows us to enforce asserts regardless of handler implementation.
    @see commit_inplace_alter_table()
 */
 bool ha_commit_inplace_alter_table(TABLE *altered_table,
                                    Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info,
                                    bool commit);


protected:
 /**
    Allows the storage engine to update internal structures with concurrent
    writes blocked. If check_if_supported_inplace_alter() returns
    HA_ALTER_INPLACE_COPY_NO_LOCK or HA_ALTER_INPLACE_COPY_LOCK,
    this function is called with exclusive lock otherwise the same level
    of locking as for inplace_alter_table() will be used.

    @note Storage engines are responsible for reporting any errors by
    calling my_error()/print_error()

    @note If this function reports error, commit_inplace_alter_table()
    will be called with commit= false.

    @note For partitioning, failing to prepare one partition, means that
    commit_inplace_alter_table() will be called to roll back changes for
    all partitions. This means that commit_inplace_alter_table() might be
    called without prepare_inplace_alter_table() having been called first
    for a given partition.

    @param    altered_table     TABLE object for new version of table.
    @param    ha_alter_info     Structure describing changes to be done
                                by ALTER TABLE and holding data used
                                during in-place alter.

    @retval   true              Error
    @retval   false             Success
 */
 virtual bool prepare_inplace_alter_table(TABLE *altered_table,
                                          Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info)
 { return false; }


 /**
    Alter the table structure in-place with operations specified using HA_ALTER_FLAGS
    and Alter_inplace_info. The level of concurrency allowed during this
    operation depends on the return value from check_if_supported_inplace_alter().

    @note Storage engines are responsible for reporting any errors by
    calling my_error()/print_error()

    @note If this function reports error, commit_inplace_alter_table()
    will be called with commit= false.

    @param    altered_table     TABLE object for new version of table.
    @param    ha_alter_info     Structure describing changes to be done
                                by ALTER TABLE and holding data used
                                during in-place alter.

    @retval   true              Error
    @retval   false             Success
 */
 virtual bool inplace_alter_table(TABLE *altered_table,
                                  Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info)
 { return false; }


 /**
    Commit or rollback the changes made during prepare_inplace_alter_table()
    and inplace_alter_table() inside the storage engine.
    Note that in case of rollback the allowed level of concurrency during
    this operation will be the same as for inplace_alter_table() and thus
    might be higher than during prepare_inplace_alter_table(). (For example,
    concurrent writes were blocked during prepare, but might not be during
    rollback).

    @note Storage engines are responsible for reporting any errors by
    calling my_error()/print_error()

    @note If this function with commit= true reports error, it will be called
    again with commit= false.

    @note In case of partitioning, this function might be called for rollback
    without prepare_inplace_alter_table() having been called first.
    Also partitioned tables sets ha_alter_info->group_commit_ctx to a NULL
    terminated array of the partitions handlers and if all of them are
    committed as one, then group_commit_ctx should be set to NULL to indicate
    to the partitioning handler that all partitions handlers are committed.
    @see prepare_inplace_alter_table().

    @param    altered_table     TABLE object for new version of table.
    @param    ha_alter_info     Structure describing changes to be done
                                by ALTER TABLE and holding data used
                                during in-place alter.
    @param    commit            True => Commit, False => Rollback.

    @retval   true              Error
    @retval   false             Success
 */
 virtual bool commit_inplace_alter_table(TABLE *altered_table,
                                         Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info,
                                         bool commit)
{
  /* Nothing to commit/rollback, mark all handlers committed! */
  ha_alter_info->group_commit_ctx= NULL;
  return false;
}

public:
 /* End of On-line/in-place ALTER TABLE interface. */


  /**
    use_hidden_primary_key() is called in case of an update/delete when
    (table_flags() and HA_PRIMARY_KEY_REQUIRED_FOR_DELETE) is defined
    but we don't have a primary key
  */
  virtual void use_hidden_primary_key();
  virtual alter_table_operations alter_table_flags(alter_table_operations flags)
  {
    if (ht->alter_table_flags)
      return ht->alter_table_flags(flags);
    return 0;
  }

  virtual LEX_CSTRING *engine_name();
  
  TABLE* get_table() { return table; }
  TABLE_SHARE* get_table_share() { return table_share; }
protected:
  /* Service methods for use by storage engines. */
  THD *ha_thd(void) const;

  /**
    Acquire the instrumented table information from a table share.
    @return an instrumented table share, or NULL.
  */
  PSI_table_share *ha_table_share_psi() const;

  /**
    Default rename_table() and delete_table() rename/delete files with a
    given name and extensions from bas_ext().

    These methods can be overridden, but their default implementation
    provide useful functionality.
  */
  virtual int rename_table(const char *from, const char *to);


public:
  /**
    Delete a table in the engine. Called for base as well as temporary
    tables.
  */
  virtual int delete_table(const char *name);
  bool check_table_binlog_row_based();
  bool prepare_for_row_logging();
  int prepare_for_insert(bool do_create);
  int binlog_log_row(const uchar *before_record,
                     const uchar *after_record,
                     Log_func *log_func);

  inline void clear_cached_table_binlog_row_based_flag()
  {
    check_table_binlog_row_based_done= 0;
  }
  virtual void handler_stats_updated() {}

  inline void ha_handler_stats_reset()
  {
    handler_stats= &active_handler_stats;
    active_handler_stats.reset();
    active_handler_stats.active= 1;
    handler_stats_updated();
  }
  inline void ha_handler_stats_disable()
  {
    if (handler_stats)
    {
      handler_stats= 0;
      active_handler_stats.active= 0;
      handler_stats_updated();
    }
  }

private:
  /* Cache result to avoid extra calls */
  inline void mark_trx_read_write()
  {
    if (unlikely(!mark_trx_read_write_done))
    {
      mark_trx_read_write_done= 1;
      mark_trx_read_write_internal();
    }
  }

  bool check_old_types() const;
  void mark_trx_read_write_internal();
  bool check_table_binlog_row_based_internal();

  int create_lookup_handler();
  void alloc_lookup_buffer();
  int check_duplicate_long_entry_key(const uchar *new_rec, uint key_no);
  /** PRIMARY KEY/UNIQUE WITHOUT OVERLAPS check */
  int ha_check_overlaps(const uchar *old_data, const uchar* new_data);
  int ha_check_long_uniques(const uchar *old_rec, const uchar *new_rec);
  int ha_check_inserver_constraints(const uchar *old_data, const uchar* new_data);

protected:
  /*
    These are intended to be used only by handler::ha_xxxx() functions
    However, engines that implement read_range_XXX() (like MariaRocks)
    or embed other engines (like ha_partition) may need to call these also
  */
  /*
    Increment statistics. As a side effect increase accessed_rows_and_keys
    and checks if lex->limit_rows_examined_cnt is reached
  */
  inline void increment_statistics(ulong SSV::*offset) const;
  /* Same as increment_statistics but doesn't increase accessed_rows_and_keys */
  inline void fast_increment_statistics(ulong SSV::*offset) const;
  inline void decrement_statistics(ulong SSV::*offset) const;

private:
  /*
    Low-level primitives for storage engines.  These should be
    overridden by the storage engine class. To call these methods, use
    the corresponding 'ha_*' method above.
  */

  virtual int open(const char *name, int mode, uint test_if_locked)=0;
  /* Note: ha_index_read_idx_map() may bypass index_init() */
  virtual int index_init(uint idx, bool sorted) { return 0; }
  virtual int index_end() { return 0; }
  /**
    rnd_init() can be called two times without rnd_end() in between
    (it only makes sense if scan=1).
    then the second call should prepare for the new table scan (e.g
    if rnd_init allocates the cursor, second call should position it
    to the start of the table, no need to deallocate and allocate it again
  */
  virtual int rnd_init(bool scan)= 0;
  virtual int rnd_end() { return 0; }
  virtual int write_row(const uchar *buf __attribute__((unused)))
  {
    return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
  }

  /**
    Update a single row.

    Note: If HA_ERR_FOUND_DUPP_KEY is returned, the handler must read
    all columns of the row so MySQL can create an error message. If
    the columns required for the error message are not read, the error
    message will contain garbage.
  */
  virtual int update_row(const uchar *old_data __attribute__((unused)),
                         const uchar *new_data __attribute__((unused)))
  {
    return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
  }

  /*
    Optimized function for updating the first row. Only used by sequence
    tables
  */
  virtual int update_first_row(const uchar *new_data);

  virtual int delete_row(const uchar *buf __attribute__((unused)))
  {
    return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
  }

  /* Perform initialization for a direct update request */
public:
  int ha_direct_update_rows(ha_rows *update_rows, ha_rows *found_rows);
  virtual int direct_update_rows_init(List<Item> *update_fields)
  {
    return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
  }
private:
  virtual int pre_direct_update_rows_init(List<Item> *update_fields)
  {
    return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
  }
  virtual int direct_update_rows(ha_rows *update_rows __attribute__((unused)),
                                 ha_rows *found_rows __attribute__((unused)))
  {
    return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
  }
  virtual int pre_direct_update_rows()
  {
    return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
  }

  /* Perform initialization for a direct delete request */
public:
  int ha_direct_delete_rows(ha_rows *delete_rows);
  virtual int direct_delete_rows_init()
  {
    return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
  }
private:
  virtual int pre_direct_delete_rows_init()
  {
    return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
  }
  virtual int direct_delete_rows(ha_rows *delete_rows __attribute__((unused)))
  {
    return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
  }
  virtual int pre_direct_delete_rows()
  {
    return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
  }

  /**
    Reset state of file to after 'open'.
    This function is called after every statement for all tables used
    by that statement.
  */
  virtual int reset() { return 0; }
  virtual Table_flags table_flags(void) const= 0;
  /**
    Is not invoked for non-transactional temporary tables.

    Tells the storage engine that we intend to read or write data
    from the table. This call is prefixed with a call to handler::store_lock()
    and is invoked only for those handler instances that stored the lock.

    Calls to rnd_init/index_init are prefixed with this call. When table
    IO is complete, we call external_lock(F_UNLCK).
    A storage engine writer should expect that each call to
    ::external_lock(F_[RD|WR]LOCK is followed by a call to
    ::external_lock(F_UNLCK). If it is not, it is a bug in MySQL.

    The name and signature originate from the first implementation
    in MyISAM, which would call fcntl to set/clear an advisory
    lock on the data file in this method.

    @param   lock_type    F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK, F_UNLCK

    @return  non-0 in case of failure, 0 in case of success.
    When lock_type is F_UNLCK, the return value is ignored.
  */
  virtual int external_lock(THD *thd __attribute__((unused)),
                            int lock_type __attribute__((unused)))
  {
    return 0;
  }
  virtual void release_auto_increment() { return; };
  /** admin commands - called from mysql_admin_table */
  virtual int check_for_upgrade(HA_CHECK_OPT *check_opt)
  { return 0; }
  virtual int check(THD* thd, HA_CHECK_OPT* check_opt)
  { return HA_ADMIN_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }

  /**
     In this method check_opt can be modified
     to specify CHECK option to use to call check()
     upon the table.
  */
  virtual int repair(THD* thd, HA_CHECK_OPT* check_opt)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!(ha_table_flags() & HA_CAN_REPAIR));
    return HA_ADMIN_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
  }
protected:
  virtual void start_bulk_insert(ha_rows rows, uint flags) {}
  virtual int end_bulk_insert() { return 0; }
  virtual int index_read(uchar * buf, const uchar * key, uint key_len,
                         enum ha_rkey_function find_flag)
   { return  HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND; }
  virtual int index_read_last(uchar * buf, const uchar * key, uint key_len)
  {
    my_errno= HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
    return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
  }
  friend class ha_partition;
  friend class ha_sequence;
public:
  /**
    This method is similar to update_row, however the handler doesn't need
    to execute the updates at this point in time. The handler can be certain
    that another call to bulk_update_row will occur OR a call to
    exec_bulk_update before the set of updates in this query is concluded.

    @param    old_data       Old record
    @param    new_data       New record
    @param    dup_key_found  Number of duplicate keys found

    @retval  0   Bulk delete used by handler
    @retval  1   Bulk delete not used, normal operation used
  */
  virtual int bulk_update_row(const uchar *old_data, const uchar *new_data,
                              ha_rows *dup_key_found)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(FALSE);
    return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND;
  }
  /**
    This is called to delete all rows in a table
    If the handler don't support this, then this function will
    return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND and MySQL will delete the rows one
    by one.
  */
  virtual int delete_all_rows()
  { return (my_errno=HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND); }
  /**
    Quickly remove all rows from a table.

    @remark This method is responsible for implementing MySQL's TRUNCATE
            TABLE statement, which is a DDL operation. As such, a engine
            can bypass certain integrity checks and in some cases avoid
            fine-grained locking (e.g. row locks) which would normally be
            required for a DELETE statement.

    @remark Typically, truncate is not used if it can result in integrity
            violation. For example, truncate is not used when a foreign
            key references the table, but it might be used if foreign key
            checks are disabled.

    @remark Engine is responsible for resetting the auto-increment counter.

    @remark The table is locked in exclusive mode.
  */
  virtual int truncate()
  {
    int error= delete_all_rows();
    return error ? error : reset_auto_increment(0);
  }
  /**
    Reset the auto-increment counter to the given value, i.e. the next row
    inserted will get the given value.
  */
  virtual int reset_auto_increment(ulonglong value)
  { return 0; }
  virtual int optimize(THD* thd, HA_CHECK_OPT* check_opt)
  { return HA_ADMIN_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
  virtual int analyze(THD* thd, HA_CHECK_OPT* check_opt)
  { return HA_ADMIN_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
  virtual bool check_and_repair(THD *thd) { return TRUE; }
  virtual int disable_indexes(key_map map, bool persist) { return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND; }
  virtual int enable_indexes(key_map map, bool persist) { return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND; }
  virtual int discard_or_import_tablespace(my_bool discard)
  { return (my_errno=HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND); }
  virtual void drop_table(const char *name);
  virtual int create(const char *name, TABLE *form, HA_CREATE_INFO *info)=0;

  virtual int create_partitioning_metadata(const char *name,
                                           const char *old_name,
                                           chf_create_flags action_flag,
                                           bool ignore_delete_error)
  { return FALSE; }

  virtual int change_partitions(HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,
                                const char *path,
                                ulonglong * const copied,
                                ulonglong * const deleted,
                                const uchar *pack_frm_data,
                                size_t pack_frm_len)
  { return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND; }
  /* @return true if it's necessary to switch current statement log format from
   STATEMENT to ROW if binary log format is MIXED and autoincrement values
   are changed in the statement */
  virtual bool autoinc_lock_mode_stmt_unsafe() const
  { return false; }
  virtual int drop_partitions(const char *path)
  { return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND; }
  virtual int rename_partitions(const char *path)
  { return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND; }
  virtual bool set_ha_share_ref(Handler_share **arg_ha_share)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!ha_share);
    DBUG_ASSERT(arg_ha_share);
    if (ha_share || !arg_ha_share)
      return true;
    ha_share= arg_ha_share;
    return false;
  }
  inline void set_table(TABLE* table_arg);
  int get_lock_type() const { return m_lock_type; }
public:
  /* XXX to be removed, see ha_partition::partition_ht() */
  virtual handlerton *partition_ht() const
  { return ht; }
  virtual bool partition_engine() { return 0;}
  /*
    Used with 'wrapper' engines, like SEQUENCE, to access to the
    underlaying engine used for storage.
  */
  virtual handlerton *storage_ht() const
  { return ht; }
  inline int ha_write_tmp_row(uchar *buf);
  inline int ha_delete_tmp_row(uchar *buf);
  inline int ha_update_tmp_row(const uchar * old_data, uchar * new_data);

  virtual void set_lock_type(enum thr_lock_type lock);
  friend check_result_t handler_index_cond_check(void* h_arg);
  friend check_result_t handler_rowid_filter_check(void *h_arg);

  /**
    Find unique record by index or unique constrain

    @param record        record to find (also will be fillded with
                         actual record fields)
    @param unique_ref    index or unique constraiun number (depends
                         on what used in the engine

    @retval -1 Error
    @retval  1 Not found
    @retval  0 Found
  */
  virtual int find_unique_row(uchar *record, uint unique_ref)
  { return -1; /*unsupported */}

  bool native_versioned() const
  { DBUG_ASSERT(ht); return partition_ht()->flags & HTON_NATIVE_SYS_VERSIONING; }
  virtual void update_partition(uint	part_id)
  {}

  /**
    Some engines can perform column type conversion with ALGORITHM=INPLACE.
    These functions check for such possibility.
    Implementation could be based on Field_xxx::is_equal()
   */
  virtual bool can_convert_nocopy(const Field &,
                                  const Column_definition &) const
  {
    return false;
  }
  /* If the table is using sql level unique constraints on some column */
  inline bool has_long_unique();

  /* Used for ALTER TABLE.
  Some engines can handle some differences in indexes by themself. */
  virtual Compare_keys compare_key_parts(const Field &old_field,
                                         const Column_definition &new_field,
                                         const KEY_PART_INFO &old_part,
                                         const KEY_PART_INFO &new_part) const;


/*
  If lower_case_table_names == 2 (case-preserving but case-insensitive
  file system) and the storage is not HA_FILE_BASED, we need to provide
  a lowercase file name for the engine.
*/
  inline bool needs_lower_case_filenames() const
  {
    return (lower_case_table_names == 2 && !(ha_table_flags() & HA_FILE_BASED));
  }

  Lex_cstring get_canonical_filename(const Lex_cstring &path,
                                     Table_path_buffer *tmp_path)
                                     const;

  bool is_canonical_filename(const LEX_CSTRING &path) const
  {
    Table_path_buffer cpath;
    return !strcmp(path.str, get_canonical_filename(path, &cpath).str);
  }

  bool log_not_redoable_operation(const char *operation);

protected:
  Handler_share *get_ha_share_ptr();
  void set_ha_share_ptr(Handler_share *arg_ha_share);
  void lock_shared_ha_data();
  void unlock_shared_ha_data();

  /*
    Mroonga needs to call some xxx_time() directly for it's internal handler
    methods
  */
  friend class ha_mroonga;
};

#include "multi_range_read.h"
#include "group_by_handler.h"

bool key_uses_partial_cols(TABLE_SHARE *table, uint keyno);

	/* Some extern variables used with handlers */

extern const LEX_CSTRING ha_row_type[];
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT const char *tx_isolation_names[];
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT const char *binlog_format_names[];
extern TYPELIB tx_isolation_typelib;
extern const char *myisam_stats_method_names[];
extern ulong total_ha, total_ha_2pc;

/* lookups */
plugin_ref ha_resolve_by_name(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name, bool tmp_table);
plugin_ref ha_lock_engine(THD *thd, const handlerton *hton);
handlerton *ha_resolve_by_legacy_type(THD *thd, enum legacy_db_type db_type);
handler *get_new_handler(TABLE_SHARE *share, MEM_ROOT *alloc,
                         handlerton *db_type);
handlerton *ha_checktype(THD *thd, handlerton *hton, bool no_substitute);

static inline handlerton *ha_checktype(THD *thd, enum legacy_db_type type,
                                       bool no_substitute = 0)
{
  return ha_checktype(thd, ha_resolve_by_legacy_type(thd, type), no_substitute);
}

static inline enum legacy_db_type ha_legacy_type(const handlerton *db_type)
{
  return (db_type == NULL) ? DB_TYPE_UNKNOWN : db_type->db_type;
}

static inline const char *ha_resolve_storage_engine_name(const handlerton *db_type)
{
  return (db_type == NULL ? "UNKNOWN" :
          db_type == view_pseudo_hton ? "VIEW" : hton_name(db_type)->str);
}

static inline bool ha_check_storage_engine_flag(const handlerton *db_type, uint32 flag)
{
  return db_type && (db_type->flags & flag);
}

static inline bool ha_storage_engine_is_enabled(const handlerton *db_type)
{
  return db_type && db_type->create;
}

/* basic stuff */
int ha_init_errors(void);
int ha_init(void);
int ha_end(void);
int ha_initialize_handlerton(void *plugin);
int ha_finalize_handlerton(void *plugin);

TYPELIB *ha_known_exts(void);
int ha_panic(enum ha_panic_function flag);
void ha_close_connection(THD* thd);
void ha_kill_query(THD* thd, enum thd_kill_levels level);
void ha_signal_ddl_recovery_done();
bool ha_flush_logs();
void ha_drop_database(const char* path);
void ha_checkpoint_state(bool disable);
void ha_commit_checkpoint_request(void *cookie, void (*pre_hook)(void *));
int ha_create_table(THD *thd, const char *path, const char *db,
                    const char *table_name, HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,
                    LEX_CUSTRING *frm, bool skip_frm_file);
int ha_delete_table(THD *thd, handlerton *db_type, const char *path,
                    const LEX_CSTRING *db, const LEX_CSTRING *alias,
                    bool generate_warning);
int ha_delete_table_force(THD *thd, const char *path, const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *alias);

void ha_prepare_for_backup();
void ha_end_backup();
void ha_pre_shutdown();

void ha_disable_internal_writes(bool disable);

/* statistics and info */
bool ha_show_status(THD *thd, handlerton *db_type, enum ha_stat_type stat);

/* discovery */
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
class Discovered_table_list: public handlerton::discovered_list
{
  THD *thd;
  const char *wild, *wend;
  bool with_temps; // whether to include temp tables in the result
public:
  Dynamic_array<LEX_CSTRING*> *tables;

  Discovered_table_list(THD *thd_arg, Dynamic_array<LEX_CSTRING*> *tables_arg,
                        const LEX_CSTRING *wild_arg);
  Discovered_table_list(THD *thd_arg, Dynamic_array<LEX_CSTRING*> *tables_arg)
    : thd(thd_arg), wild(NULL), with_temps(true), tables(tables_arg) {}
  ~Discovered_table_list() = default;

  bool add_table(const char *tname, size_t tlen) override;
  bool add_file(const char *fname) override;

  void sort();
  void remove_duplicates(); // assumes that the list is sorted
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  /*
     Used to find unstable mtr tests querying
     INFORMATION_SCHEMA.TABLES without ORDER BY.
  */
  void sort_desc();
#endif /* DBUG_OFF */
};

int ha_discover_table(THD *thd, TABLE_SHARE *share);
int ha_discover_table_names(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *db, MY_DIR *dirp,
                            Discovered_table_list *result, bool reusable);
bool ha_table_exists(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                     const LEX_CSTRING *table_name,
                     LEX_CUSTRING *table_version= 0,
                     LEX_CSTRING *partition_engine_name= 0,
                     handlerton **hton= 0, bool *is_sequence= 0);
bool ha_check_if_updates_are_ignored(THD *thd, handlerton *hton,
                                     const char *op);
#endif /* MYSQL_SERVER */

/* key cache */
extern "C" int ha_init_key_cache(const char *name, KEY_CACHE *key_cache, void *);
int ha_resize_key_cache(KEY_CACHE *key_cache);
int ha_change_key_cache_param(KEY_CACHE *key_cache);
int ha_repartition_key_cache(KEY_CACHE *key_cache);
int ha_change_key_cache(KEY_CACHE *old_key_cache, KEY_CACHE *new_key_cache);

/* transactions: interface to handlerton functions */
int ha_start_consistent_snapshot(THD *thd);
int ha_commit_or_rollback_by_xid(XID *xid, bool commit);
int ha_commit_one_phase(THD *thd, bool all);
int ha_commit_trans(THD *thd, bool all);
int ha_rollback_trans(THD *thd, bool all);
int ha_prepare(THD *thd);
int ha_recover(HASH *commit_list, MEM_ROOT *mem_root= NULL);
uint ha_recover_complete(HASH *commit_list, Binlog_offset *coord= NULL);

/* transactions: these functions never call handlerton functions directly */
int ha_enable_transaction(THD *thd, bool on);

/* savepoints */
int ha_rollback_to_savepoint(THD *thd, SAVEPOINT *sv);
bool ha_rollback_to_savepoint_can_release_mdl(THD *thd);
int ha_savepoint(THD *thd, SAVEPOINT *sv);
int ha_release_savepoint(THD *thd, SAVEPOINT *sv);
#ifdef WITH_WSREP
int ha_abort_transaction(THD *bf_thd, THD *victim_thd, my_bool signal);
#endif

/* these are called by storage engines */
void trans_register_ha(THD *thd, bool all, handlerton *ht,
                       ulonglong trxid);

/*
  Storage engine has to assume the transaction will end up with 2pc if
   - there is more than one 2pc-capable storage engine available
   - in the current transaction 2pc was not disabled yet
*/
#define trans_need_2pc(thd, all)                   ((total_ha_2pc > 1) && \
        !((all ? &thd->transaction.all : &thd->transaction.stmt)->no_2pc))


void commit_checkpoint_notify_ha(void *cookie);

inline const LEX_CSTRING *table_case_name(HA_CREATE_INFO *info, const LEX_CSTRING *name)
{
  return ((lower_case_table_names == 2 && info->alias.str) ? &info->alias : name);
}


/**
  @def MYSQL_TABLE_IO_WAIT
  Instrumentation helper for table io_waits.
  Note that this helper is intended to be used from
  within the handler class only, as it uses members
  from @c handler
  Performance schema events are instrumented as follows:
  - in non batch mode, one event is generated per call
  - in batch mode, the number of rows affected is saved
  in @c m_psi_numrows, so that @c end_psi_batch_mode()
  generates a single event for the batch.
  @param OP the table operation to be performed
  @param INDEX the table index used if any, or MAX_KEY.
  @param PAYLOAD instrumented code to execute
  @sa handler::end_psi_batch_mode.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_TABLE_INTERFACE
  #define MYSQL_TABLE_IO_WAIT(OP, INDEX, RESULT, PAYLOAD)     \
    {                                                         \
      if (m_psi != NULL)                                      \
      {                                                       \
        switch (m_psi_batch_mode)                             \
        {                                                     \
          case PSI_BATCH_MODE_NONE:                           \
          {                                                   \
            PSI_table_locker *sub_locker= NULL;               \
            PSI_table_locker_state reentrant_safe_state;      \
            sub_locker= PSI_TABLE_CALL(start_table_io_wait)   \
              (& reentrant_safe_state, m_psi, OP, INDEX,      \
               __FILE__, __LINE__);                           \
            PAYLOAD                                           \
            if (sub_locker != NULL)                           \
              PSI_TABLE_CALL(end_table_io_wait)               \
                (sub_locker, 1);                              \
            break;                                            \
          }                                                   \
          case PSI_BATCH_MODE_STARTING:                       \
          {                                                   \
            m_psi_locker= PSI_TABLE_CALL(start_table_io_wait) \
              (& m_psi_locker_state, m_psi, OP, INDEX,        \
               __FILE__, __LINE__);                           \
            PAYLOAD                                           \
            if (!RESULT)                                      \
              m_psi_numrows++;                                \
            m_psi_batch_mode= PSI_BATCH_MODE_STARTED;         \
            break;                                            \
          }                                                   \
          case PSI_BATCH_MODE_STARTED:                        \
          default:                                            \
          {                                                   \
            DBUG_ASSERT(m_psi_batch_mode                      \
                        == PSI_BATCH_MODE_STARTED);           \
            PAYLOAD                                           \
            if (!RESULT)                                      \
              m_psi_numrows++;                                \
            break;                                            \
          }                                                   \
        }                                                     \
      }                                                       \
      else                                                    \
      {                                                       \
        PAYLOAD                                               \
      }                                                       \
    }
#else
  #define MYSQL_TABLE_IO_WAIT(OP, INDEX, RESULT, PAYLOAD) \
    PAYLOAD
#endif

#define TABLE_IO_WAIT(TRACKER, OP, INDEX, RESULT, PAYLOAD) \
  { \
    Exec_time_tracker *this_tracker; \
    if (unlikely((this_tracker= tracker))) \
      tracker->start_tracking(table->in_use); \
    \
    MYSQL_TABLE_IO_WAIT(OP, INDEX, RESULT, PAYLOAD); \
    \
    if (unlikely(this_tracker)) \
      tracker->stop_tracking(table->in_use); \
  }
void print_keydup_error(TABLE *table, KEY *key, const char *msg, myf errflag);
void print_keydup_error(TABLE *table, KEY *key, myf errflag);

int del_global_index_stat(THD *thd, TABLE* table, KEY* key_info);
int del_global_table_stat(THD *thd, const  LEX_CSTRING *db, const LEX_CSTRING *table);
uint ha_count_rw_all(THD *thd, Ha_trx_info **ptr_ha_info);
bool non_existing_table_error(int error);
uint ha_count_rw_2pc(THD *thd, bool all);
uint ha_check_and_coalesce_trx_read_only(THD *thd, Ha_trx_info *ha_list,
                                         bool all, bool *no_rollback);

inline void Cost_estimate::reset(handler *file)
{
  reset();
  avg_io_cost= file->DISK_READ_COST * file->DISK_READ_RATIO;
}

int get_select_field_pos(Alter_info *alter_info, int select_field_count,
                         bool versioned);

#ifndef DBUG_OFF
String dbug_format_row(TABLE *table, const uchar *rec, bool print_names= true);
#endif /* DBUG_OFF */
#endif /* HANDLER_INCLUDED */
#ifndef MYSQLD_SUFFIX_INCLUDED
#define MYSQLD_SUFFIX_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2000-2004, 2006, 2007 MySQL AB, 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
   Use is subject to license terms.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file

  Set MYSQL_SERVER_SUFFIX_STR.

  The following code is quite ugly as there is no portable way to easily set a
  string to the value of a macro
*/

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER_SUFFIX
#define MYSQL_SERVER_SUFFIX_STR STRINGIFY_ARG(MYSQL_SERVER_SUFFIX)
#else
#define MYSQL_SERVER_SUFFIX_STR MYSQL_SERVER_SUFFIX_DEF
#endif
#endif /* MYSQLD_SUFFIX_INCLUDED */
#ifndef ITEM_JSONFUNC_INCLUDED
#define ITEM_JSONFUNC_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2016, 2021, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */


/* This file defines all JSON functions */


#include <json_lib.h>
#include "item_cmpfunc.h"      // Item_bool_func
#include "item_strfunc.h"      // Item_str_func
#include "item_sum.h"
#include "sql_type_json.h"
#include "json_schema.h"

class json_path_with_flags
{
public:
  json_path_t p;
  bool constant;
  bool parsed;
  json_path_step_t *cur_step;
  void set_constant_flag(bool s_constant)
  {
    constant= s_constant;
    parsed= FALSE;
  }
};


void report_path_error_ex(const char *ps, json_path_t *p,
                          const char *fname, int n_param,
                          Sql_condition::enum_warning_level lv);
void report_json_error_ex(const char *js, json_engine_t *je,
                          const char *fname, int n_param,
                          Sql_condition::enum_warning_level lv);

class Json_engine_scan: public json_engine_t
{
public:
  Json_engine_scan(CHARSET_INFO *i_cs, const uchar *str, const uchar *end)
  {
    json_scan_start(this, i_cs, str, end);
  }
  Json_engine_scan(const String &str)
   :Json_engine_scan(str.charset(), (const uchar *) str.ptr(),
                                    (const uchar *) str.end())
  { }
  bool check_and_get_value_scalar(String *res, int *error);
  bool check_and_get_value_complex(String *res, int *error,
                                  json_value_types cur_value_type=
                                                    JSON_VALUE_UNINITIALIZED);
};


class Json_path_extractor: public json_path_with_flags
{
protected:
  String tmp_js, tmp_path;
  virtual ~Json_path_extractor() { }
  virtual bool check_and_get_value(Json_engine_scan *je,
                                   String *to, int *error)=0;
  bool extract(String *to, Item *js, Item *jp, CHARSET_INFO *cs);
};


class Item_func_json_valid: public Item_bool_func
{
protected:
  String tmp_value;

public:
  Item_func_json_valid(THD *thd, Item *json) : Item_bool_func(thd, json) {}
  bool val_bool() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_valid") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    if (Item_bool_func::fix_length_and_dec(thd))
      return TRUE;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool set_format_by_check_constraint(Send_field_extended_metadata *to) const
    override
  {
    static const Lex_cstring fmt(STRING_WITH_LEN("json"));
    return to->set_format_name(fmt);
  }
  enum Functype functype() const override { return JSON_VALID_FUNC; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_valid>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_json_equals: public Item_bool_func
{
public:
  Item_func_json_equals(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_bool_func(thd, a, b) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_equals") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_equals>(thd, this); }
  bool val_bool() override;
};


class Item_func_json_exists: public Item_bool_func
{
protected:
  json_path_with_flags path;
  String tmp_js, tmp_path;

public:
  Item_func_json_exists(THD *thd, Item *js, Item *i_path):
    Item_bool_func(thd, js, i_path) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_exists") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  bool val_bool() override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_exists>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_json_func: public Item_str_func
{
public:
  Item_json_func(THD *thd)
   :Item_str_func(thd) { }
  Item_json_func(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_str_func(thd, a) { }
  Item_json_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_str_func(thd, a, b) { }
  Item_json_func(THD *thd, List<Item> &list)
   :Item_str_func(thd, list) { }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    return Type_handler_json_common::json_type_handler(max_length);
  }
};


class Item_func_json_value: public Item_str_func,
                            public Json_path_extractor
{

public:
  Item_func_json_value(THD *thd, Item *js, Item *i_path):
    Item_str_func(thd, js, i_path) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_value") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override ;
  String *val_str(String *to) override
  {
    null_value= Json_path_extractor::extract(to, args[0], args[1],
                                             collation.collation);
    return null_value ? NULL : to;
  }
  bool check_and_get_value(Json_engine_scan *je,
                           String *res, int *error) override
  {
    return je->check_and_get_value_scalar(res, error);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_value>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_json_query: public Item_json_func,
                            public Json_path_extractor
{
public:
  Item_func_json_query(THD *thd, Item *js, Item *i_path):
    Item_json_func(thd, js, i_path) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_query") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  String *val_str(String *to) override
  {
    null_value= Json_path_extractor::extract(to, args[0], args[1],
                                             collation.collation);
    return null_value ? NULL : to;
  }
  bool check_and_get_value(Json_engine_scan *je,
                           String *res, int *error) override
  {
    return je->check_and_get_value_complex(res, error, JSON_VALUE_UNINITIALIZED);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_query>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_json_quote: public Item_str_func
{
protected:
  String tmp_s;

public:
  Item_func_json_quote(THD *thd, Item *s): Item_str_func(thd, s) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_quote") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  String *val_str(String *) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_quote>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_json_unquote: public Item_str_func
{
protected:
  String tmp_s;
  String *read_json(json_engine_t *je);
public:
  Item_func_json_unquote(THD *thd, Item *s): Item_str_func(thd, s) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_unquote") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  String *val_str(String *) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_unquote>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_json_str_multipath: public Item_json_func
{
protected:
  json_path_with_flags *paths;
  String *tmp_paths;
private:
  /**
    Number of paths returned by calling virtual method get_n_paths() and
    remembered inside fix_fields(). It is used by the virtual destructor
    ~Item_json_str_multipath() to iterate along allocated memory chunks stored
    in the array tmp_paths and free every of them. The virtual method
    get_n_paths() can't be used for this goal from within virtual destructor.
    We could get rid of the virtual method get_n_paths() and store the number
    of paths directly in the constructor of classes derived from the class
    Item_json_str_multipath but presence of the method get_n_paths() allows
    to check invariant that the number of arguments not changed between
    sequential runs of the same prepared statement that seems to be useful.
  */
  uint n_paths;
public:
  Item_json_str_multipath(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_json_func(thd, list), paths(NULL), tmp_paths(0), n_paths(0) {}
  virtual ~Item_json_str_multipath();

  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  virtual uint get_n_paths() const = 0;
};


class Item_func_json_extract: public Item_json_str_multipath
{
protected:
  String tmp_js;
public:
  String *read_json(String *str, json_value_types *type,
                    char **out_val, int *value_len);
  Item_func_json_extract(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_json_str_multipath(thd, list) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_extract") };
    return name;
  }
  enum Functype functype() const override { return JSON_EXTRACT_FUNC; }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  double val_real() override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  uint get_n_paths() const override { return arg_count - 1; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_extract>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_json_contains: public Item_bool_func
{
protected:
  String tmp_js;
  json_path_with_flags path;
  String tmp_path;
  bool a2_constant, a2_parsed;
  String tmp_val, *val;
public:
  Item_func_json_contains(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_bool_func(thd, list) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_contains") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  bool val_bool() override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_contains>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_json_contains_path: public Item_bool_func
{
protected:
  String tmp_js;
  json_path_with_flags *paths;
  String *tmp_paths;
  bool mode_one;
  bool ooa_constant, ooa_parsed;
  bool *p_found;

public:
  Item_func_json_contains_path(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_bool_func(thd, list), tmp_paths(0) {}
  virtual ~Item_func_json_contains_path();
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_contains_path") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  bool val_bool() override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_contains_path>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_json_array: public Item_json_func
{
protected:
  String tmp_val;
  ulong result_limit;
public:
  Item_func_json_array(THD *thd):
    Item_json_func(thd) {}
  Item_func_json_array(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_json_func(thd, list) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_array") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_array>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_json_array_append: public Item_json_str_multipath
{
protected:
  String tmp_js;
  String tmp_val;
public:
  Item_func_json_array_append(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_json_str_multipath(thd, list) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  uint get_n_paths() const override { return arg_count/2; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_array_append") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_array_append>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_json_array_insert: public Item_func_json_array_append
{
public:
  Item_func_json_array_insert(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_func_json_array_append(thd, list) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_array_insert") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_array_insert>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_json_object: public Item_func_json_array
{
public:
  Item_func_json_object(THD *thd):
    Item_func_json_array(thd) {}
  Item_func_json_object(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_func_json_array(thd, list) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_object") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_object>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_json_merge: public Item_func_json_array
{
protected:
  String tmp_js1, tmp_js2;
public:
  Item_func_json_merge(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_func_json_array(thd, list) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_merge_preserve") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_merge>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_json_merge_patch: public Item_func_json_merge
{
public:
  Item_func_json_merge_patch(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_func_json_merge(thd, list) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_merge_patch") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_merge_patch>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_json_normalize: public Item_json_func
{
public:
  Item_func_json_normalize(THD *thd, Item *a):
    Item_json_func(thd, a) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_normalize") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_normalize>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_json_object_to_array: public Item_json_func
{
  protected:
  String tmp;
public:
  Item_func_json_object_to_array(THD *thd, Item *a):
    Item_json_func(thd, a) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_object_to_array") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_object_to_array>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_json_length: public Item_long_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    const LEX_CSTRING name= func_name_cstring();
    if (arg_count == 0 || arg_count > 2)
    {
      my_error(ER_WRONG_PARAMCOUNT_TO_NATIVE_FCT, MYF(0), name.str);
      return true;
    }
    return args[0]->check_type_can_return_text(name) ||
      (arg_count > 1 && args[1]->check_type_general_purpose_string(name));
  }
protected:
  json_path_with_flags path;
  String tmp_js;
  String tmp_path;
public:
  Item_func_json_length(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_long_func(thd, list) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_length") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  longlong val_int() override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_length>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_json_depth: public Item_long_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return args[0]->check_type_can_return_text(func_name_cstring()); }
protected:
  String tmp_js;
public:
  Item_func_json_depth(THD *thd, Item *js): Item_long_func(thd, js) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_depth") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override { max_length= 10; return FALSE; }
  longlong val_int() override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_depth>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_json_type: public Item_str_func
{
protected:
  String tmp_js;
public:
  Item_func_json_type(THD *thd, Item *js): Item_str_func(thd, js) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_type") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  String *val_str(String *) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_type>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_json_insert: public Item_json_str_multipath
{
protected:
  String tmp_js;
  String tmp_val;
  bool mode_insert, mode_replace;
public:
  Item_func_json_insert(bool i_mode, bool r_mode, THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_json_str_multipath(thd, list),
      mode_insert(i_mode), mode_replace(r_mode) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  uint get_n_paths() const override { return arg_count/2; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING json_set=    {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_set") };
    static LEX_CSTRING json_insert= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_insert") };
    static LEX_CSTRING json_replace= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_replace") };
    return (mode_insert ?
            (mode_replace ? json_set : json_insert) : json_replace);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_insert>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_json_remove: public Item_json_str_multipath
{
protected:
  String tmp_js;
public:
  Item_func_json_remove(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_json_str_multipath(thd, list) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  uint get_n_paths() const override { return arg_count - 1; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_remove") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_remove>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_json_keys: public Item_str_func
{
protected:
  json_path_with_flags path;
  String tmp_js, tmp_path;

public:
  Item_func_json_keys(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_str_func(thd, list) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_keys") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  String *val_str(String *) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_keys>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_json_search: public Item_json_str_multipath
{
protected:
  String tmp_js, tmp_path, esc_value;
  bool mode_one;
  bool ooa_constant, ooa_parsed;
  int escape;
  int n_path_found;
  json_path_t sav_path;

  int compare_json_value_wild(json_engine_t *je, const String *cmp_str);

public:
  Item_func_json_search(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_json_str_multipath(thd, list) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_search") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  uint get_n_paths() const override { return arg_count > 4 ? arg_count - 4 : 0; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_search>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_json_format: public Item_json_func
{
public:
  enum formats
  {
    NONE,
    COMPACT,
    LOOSE,
    DETAILED
  };
protected:
  formats fmt;
  String tmp_js;
public:
  Item_func_json_format(THD *thd, Item *js, formats format):
    Item_json_func(thd, js), fmt(format) {}
  Item_func_json_format(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_json_func(thd, list), fmt(DETAILED) {}

  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  String *val_str(String *str) override;
  String *val_json(String *str) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_format>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_json_arrayagg : public Item_func_group_concat
{
protected:
  /*
    Overrides Item_func_group_concat::skip_nulls()
    NULL-s should be added to the result as JSON null value.
  */
  bool skip_nulls() const override { return false; }
  String *get_str_from_item(Item *i, String *tmp) override;
  String *get_str_from_field(Item *i, Field *f, String *tmp,
                             const uchar *key, size_t offset) override;
  void cut_max_length(String *result,
                      uint old_length, uint max_length) const override;
public:
  String m_tmp_json; /* Used in get_str_from_*.. */
  Item_func_json_arrayagg(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg,
                          bool is_distinct, List<Item> *is_select,
                          const SQL_I_List<ORDER> &is_order, String *is_separator,
                          bool limit_clause, Item *row_limit, Item *offset_limit):
      Item_func_group_concat(thd, context_arg, is_distinct, is_select, is_order,
                             is_separator, limit_clause, row_limit, offset_limit)
  {
  }
  Item_func_json_arrayagg(THD *thd, Item_func_json_arrayagg *item) :
    Item_func_group_concat(thd, item) {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    return Type_handler_json_common::json_type_handler_sum(this);
  }

  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_arrayagg(") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  enum Sumfunctype sum_func() const override { return JSON_ARRAYAGG_FUNC; }

  String* val_str(String *str) override;

  Item *copy_or_same(THD* thd) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_arrayagg>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_json_objectagg : public Item_sum
{
  String result;
public:
  Item_func_json_objectagg(THD *thd, Item *key, Item *value) :
    Item_sum(thd, key, value)
  {
    quick_group= FALSE;
    result.append('{');
  }

  Item_func_json_objectagg(THD *thd, Item_func_json_objectagg *item);
  void cleanup() override;

  enum Sumfunctype sum_func () const override { return JSON_OBJECTAGG_FUNC;}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_objectagg") };
    return name;
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    return Type_handler_json_common::json_type_handler_sum(this);
  }
  void clear() override;
  bool add() override;
  void reset_field() override { DBUG_ASSERT(0); }        // not used
  void update_field() override { DBUG_ASSERT(0); }       // not used
  bool fix_fields(THD *,Item **) override;

  double val_real() override { return 0.0; }
  longlong val_int() override { return 0; }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *decimal_value) override
  {
    my_decimal_set_zero(decimal_value);
    return decimal_value;
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    return get_date_from_string(thd, ltime, fuzzydate);
  }
  String* val_str(String* str) override;
  Item *copy_or_same(THD* thd) override;
  void no_rows_in_result() override {}

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_objectagg>(thd, this); }
};

extern bool is_json_type(const Item *item);

class Item_func_json_overlaps: public Item_bool_func
{
  String tmp_js;
  bool a2_constant, a2_parsed;
  String tmp_val, *val;
public:
  Item_func_json_overlaps(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_bool_func(thd, a, b)
    {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_overlaps") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  bool val_bool() override;
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_overlaps>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_json_schema_valid: public Item_bool_func
{
  String tmp_js;
  bool schema_parsed;
  String tmp_val, *val;
  List<Json_schema_keyword> keyword_list;
  List<Json_schema_keyword> all_keywords;

public:
  Item_func_json_schema_valid(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_bool_func(thd, a, b)
    {
      val= NULL;
      schema_parsed= false;
      set_maybe_null();
    }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_schema_valid") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  bool val_bool() override;
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_schema_valid>(thd, this); }
  void cleanup() override;
};

class Item_func_json_key_value: public Item_json_func,
                            public Json_path_extractor
{

  String tmp_str;

public:
  Item_func_json_key_value(THD *thd, Item *js, Item *i_path):
    Item_json_func(thd, js, i_path) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_key_value") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  String *val_str(String *to) override;
  bool check_and_get_value(Json_engine_scan *je,
                           String *res, int *error) override
  {
    return je->check_and_get_value_complex(res, error, JSON_VALUE_OBJECT);
  }
  bool get_key_value(json_engine_t *je, String *str);
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_key_value>(thd, this); }
};



class Item_func_json_array_intersect: public Item_str_func
{
protected:
  String tmp_js1, tmp_js2, temp_str;
  bool item_hash_inited, seen_hash_inited, root_inited;
  HASH items, seen;
  MEM_ROOT hash_root;
  bool parse_for_each_row;
public:
  Item_func_json_array_intersect(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_str_func(thd, a, b)
    { item_hash_inited= seen_hash_inited= root_inited= parse_for_each_row= false; }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_array_intersect") };
    return name;
  }
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_array_intersect>(thd, this); }
  void cleanup() override
  {
    Item_str_func::cleanup();
    if (item_hash_inited)
      my_hash_free(&items);
    if (seen_hash_inited)
      my_hash_free(&seen);
    if (root_inited)
      free_root(&hash_root, MYF(0));
  }
  bool prepare_json_and_create_hash(json_engine_t *je1, String *js);
  bool get_intersect_between_arrays(String *str, json_engine_t *value,
                                         HASH *items, HASH *seen);
};

class Item_func_json_object_filter_keys: public Item_str_func
{
protected:
  String tmp_js1, tmp_js2;
  bool hash_inited, root_inited;
  HASH items;
  MEM_ROOT hash_root;
public:
  Item_func_json_object_filter_keys(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_str_func(thd, a, b) { hash_inited= root_inited= false; }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("json_object_filter_keys") };
    return name;
  }
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_json_object_filter_keys>(thd, this); }

  void cleanup() override
  {
    Item_str_func::cleanup();
    if (hash_inited)
      my_hash_free(&items);
    if (root_inited)
      free_root(&hash_root, MYF(0));
  }
};


#endif /* ITEM_JSONFUNC_INCLUDED */
#ifndef SQL_TYPE_JSON_INCLUDED
#define SQL_TYPE_JSON_INCLUDED
/*
   Copyright (c) 2019, 2021 MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
   as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of
   the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA
*/

#include "mariadb.h"
#include "sql_type.h"


class Type_handler_json_common
{
public:
  static Virtual_column_info *make_json_valid_expr(THD *thd,
                                            const LEX_CSTRING *field_name);
  static bool make_json_valid_expr_if_needed(THD *thd, Column_definition *c);
  static bool set_format_name(Send_field_extended_metadata *to)
  {
    static const Lex_cstring fmt(STRING_WITH_LEN("json"));
    return to->set_format_name(fmt);
  }
  static const Type_handler *json_type_handler(uint max_octet_length);
  static const Type_handler *json_blob_type_handler_by_length_bytes(uint len);
  static const Type_handler *json_type_handler_sum(const Item_sum *sum);
  static const Type_handler *json_type_handler_from_generic(const Type_handler *th);
  static bool has_json_valid_constraint(const Field *field);
  static const Type_collection *type_collection();
  static bool is_json_type_handler(const Type_handler *handler)
  {
    return handler->type_collection() == type_collection();
  }
};


template <class BASE, const Named_type_handler<BASE> &thbase>
class Type_handler_general_purpose_string_to_json:
                                            public BASE,
                                            public Type_handler_json_common
{
public:
  const Type_handler *type_handler_base() const override
  {
    return &thbase;
  }
  const Type_collection *type_collection() const override
  {
    return Type_handler_json_common::type_collection();
  }
  bool Column_definition_validate_check_constraint(THD *thd,
                                                   Column_definition *c)
                                                   const override
  {
    return make_json_valid_expr_if_needed(thd, c) ||
           BASE::Column_definition_validate_check_constraint(thd, c);
  }
  bool Column_definition_data_type_info_image(Binary_string *to,
                                              const Column_definition &def)
                                              const override
  {
    /*
      Override the inherited method to avoid JSON type handlers writing any
      extended metadata to FRM. JSON type handlers are currently detected
      only by CHECK(JSON_VALID()) constraint. This may change in the future
      to do write extended metadata to FRM, for more reliable detection.
    */
    return false;
  }

  bool Item_append_extended_type_info(Send_field_extended_metadata *to,
                                      const Item *item) const override
  {
    return set_format_name(to); // Send "format=json" in the protocol
  }

  bool Item_hybrid_func_fix_attributes(THD *thd,
                                       const LEX_CSTRING &name,
                                       Type_handler_hybrid_field_type *hybrid,
                                       Type_all_attributes *attr,
                                       Item **items, uint nitems)
                                       const override
  {
    if (BASE::Item_hybrid_func_fix_attributes(thd, name, hybrid, attr,
                                              items, nitems))
      return true;
    /*
      The above call can change the type handler on "hybrid", e.g.
      choose a proper BLOB type handler according to the calculated max_length.
      Convert general purpose string type handler to its JSON counterpart.
      This makes hybrid functions preserve JSON data types, e.g.:
        COALESCE(json_expr1, json_expr2) -> JSON
    */
    hybrid->set_handler(json_type_handler_from_generic(hybrid->type_handler()));
    return false;
  }
};


class Type_handler_string_json:
  public Type_handler_general_purpose_string_to_json<Type_handler_string,
                                                     type_handler_string>
{ };


class Type_handler_varchar_json:
  public Type_handler_general_purpose_string_to_json<Type_handler_varchar,
                                                     type_handler_varchar>
{ };

class Type_handler_tiny_blob_json:
  public Type_handler_general_purpose_string_to_json<Type_handler_tiny_blob,
                                                     type_handler_tiny_blob>
{ };

class Type_handler_blob_json:
  public Type_handler_general_purpose_string_to_json<Type_handler_blob,
                                                     type_handler_blob>
{ };


class Type_handler_medium_blob_json:
  public Type_handler_general_purpose_string_to_json<Type_handler_medium_blob,
                                                     type_handler_medium_blob>
{ };

class Type_handler_long_blob_json:
  public Type_handler_general_purpose_string_to_json<Type_handler_long_blob,
                                                     type_handler_long_blob>
{ };



extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT
  Named_type_handler<Type_handler_string_json> type_handler_string_json;

extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT
  Named_type_handler<Type_handler_varchar_json> type_handler_varchar_json;

extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT
  Named_type_handler<Type_handler_tiny_blob_json> type_handler_tiny_blob_json;

extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT
  Named_type_handler<Type_handler_blob_json> type_handler_blob_json;

extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT
  Named_type_handler<Type_handler_medium_blob_json> type_handler_medium_blob_json;

extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT
  Named_type_handler<Type_handler_long_blob_json> type_handler_long_blob_json;


#endif // SQL_TYPE_JSON_INCLUDED
#ifndef GSTREAM_INCLUDED
#define GSTREAM_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */


#include <my_sys.h>                             /* MY_ALLOW_ZERO_PTR */
#include "m_ctype.h"           /* my_charset_latin1, my_charset_bin */

class Gis_read_stream
{
public:
  enum enum_tok_types
  {
    unknown,
    eostream,
    word,
    numeric,
    l_bra,
    r_bra,
    comma
  };

  Gis_read_stream(CHARSET_INFO *charset, const char *buffer, int size)
    :m_cur(buffer), m_limit(buffer + size), m_err_msg(NULL), m_charset(charset)
  {}
  Gis_read_stream(): m_cur(NullS), m_limit(NullS), m_err_msg(NullS)
  {}
  ~Gis_read_stream()
  {
    my_free(m_err_msg);
  }

  enum enum_tok_types get_next_toc_type();
  bool lookup_next_word(LEX_STRING *res);
  bool get_next_word(LEX_STRING *);
  bool get_next_number(double *);
  bool check_next_symbol(char);

  inline void skip_space()
  {
    while ((m_cur < m_limit) && my_isspace(&my_charset_latin1, *m_cur))
      m_cur++;
  }
  /* Skip next character, if match. Return 1 if no match */
  inline bool skip_char(char skip)
  {
    skip_space();
    if ((m_cur >= m_limit) || *m_cur != skip)
      return 1;					/* Didn't find char */
    m_cur++;
    return 0;
  }
  /* Returns the next notempty character. */
  char next_symbol() 
  {
    skip_space();
    if (m_cur >= m_limit)
      return 0;                                 /* EOL meet. */
    return *m_cur;
  }
  void set_error_msg(const char *msg);

  // caller should free this pointer
  char *get_error_msg()
  {
    char *err_msg = m_err_msg;
    m_err_msg= NullS;
    return err_msg;
  }

protected:
  const char *m_cur;
  const char *m_limit;
  char *m_err_msg;
  CHARSET_INFO *m_charset;
};

#endif /* GSTREAM_INCLUDED */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2020, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
   as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of
   the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA
*/

#pragma once

#include <type_traits>
#include <utility>

namespace detail
{

template <typename Callable> class scope_exit
{
public:
  template <typename F>
  explicit scope_exit(F &&f) : function_(std::forward<F>(f))
  {
  }

  template <typename F>
  scope_exit(F &&f, bool engaged) : function_(std::forward<F>(f)), engaged_(engaged)
  {
  }

  scope_exit(scope_exit &&rhs)
      : function_(std::move(rhs.function_)), engaged_(rhs.engaged_)
  {
    rhs.release();
  }

  scope_exit(const scope_exit &)= delete;
  scope_exit &operator=(scope_exit &&)= delete;
  scope_exit &operator=(const scope_exit &)= delete;

  void release() { engaged_= false; }
  void engage() { DBUG_ASSERT(!engaged_); engaged_= true; }

  ~scope_exit()
  {
    if (engaged_)
      function_();
  }

private:
  Callable function_;
  bool engaged_= true;
};

} // end namespace detail

template <typename Callable>
inline
::detail::scope_exit<typename std::decay<Callable>::type>
make_scope_exit(Callable &&f, bool engaged= true)
{
  return ::detail::scope_exit<typename std::decay<Callable>::type>(
      std::forward<Callable>(f), engaged);
}

#define CONCAT_IMPL(x, y) x##y
#define CONCAT(x, y) CONCAT_IMPL(x, y)
#define ANONYMOUS_VARIABLE CONCAT(_anonymous_variable, __LINE__)

#define SCOPE_EXIT auto ANONYMOUS_VARIABLE= make_scope_exit

#define IF_CLASS(C) typename std::enable_if<std::is_class<C>::value>::type
#define IF_NOT_CLASS(C) typename std::enable_if<!std::is_class<C>::value>::type

namespace detail
{

template <typename T>
class Scope_value
{
public:
  // Use SFINAE for passing structs by reference and plain types by value.
  // This ctor is defined only if T is a class or struct:
  template <typename U = T, typename = IF_CLASS(U)>
  Scope_value(T &variable, const T &scope_value)
      : variable_(&variable), saved_value_(variable)
  {
    variable= scope_value;
  }

  // This ctor is defined only if T is NOT a class or struct:
  template <typename U = T, typename = IF_NOT_CLASS(U)>
  Scope_value(T &variable, const T scope_value)
      : variable_(&variable), saved_value_(variable)
  {
    variable= scope_value;
  }

  Scope_value(Scope_value &&rhs)
      : variable_(rhs.variable_), saved_value_(rhs.saved_value_)
  {
    rhs.variable_= NULL;
  }

  Scope_value(const Scope_value &)= delete;
  Scope_value &operator=(const Scope_value &)= delete;
  Scope_value &operator=(Scope_value &&)= delete;

  ~Scope_value()
  {
    if (variable_)
      *variable_= saved_value_;
  }

private:
  T *variable_;
  T saved_value_;
};

} // namespace detail

// Use like this:
// auto _= make_scope_value(var, tmp_value);

template <typename T, typename = IF_CLASS(T)>
inline
::detail::Scope_value<T> make_scope_value(T &variable, const T &scope_value)
{
  return ::detail::Scope_value<T>(variable, scope_value);
}

template <typename T, typename = IF_NOT_CLASS(T)>
inline
::detail::Scope_value<T> make_scope_value(T &variable, T scope_value)
{
  return ::detail::Scope_value<T>(variable, scope_value);
}

/*
  Note: perfect forwarding version can not pass const:

  template <typename T, typename U>
  inline
  detail::Scope_value<T> make_scope_value(T &variable, U &&scope_value)
  {
      return detail::Scope_value<T>(variable, std::forward<U>(scope_value));
  }

  as `const U &&` fails with error `expects an rvalue for 2nd argument`. That
  happens because const U && is treated as rvalue only (this is the exact syntax
  for declaring rvalues).
*/


#define SCOPE_VALUE auto ANONYMOUS_VARIABLE= make_scope_value
#define SCOPE_SET(VAR, MASK) auto ANONYMOUS_VARIABLE= make_scope_value(VAR, VAR | MASK)
#define SCOPE_CLEAR(VAR, MASK) auto ANONYMOUS_VARIABLE= make_scope_value(VAR, VAR & ~MASK)
/* Copyright (c) 2017, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef SQL_TVC_INCLUDED
#define SQL_TVC_INCLUDED
#include "sql_type.h"

typedef List<Item> List_item;
typedef bool (Item::*Item_processor) (void *arg);
class select_result;
class Explain_select;
class Explain_query;
class Item_func_in;
class st_select_lex_unit;
typedef class st_select_lex SELECT_LEX;
class Type_holder;

/**
  @class table_value_constr
  @brief Definition of a Table Value Construction(TVC)
	
  It contains a list of lists of values which this TVC is defined by and
  reference on SELECT where this TVC is defined.
*/
class table_value_constr : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  List<List_item> lists_of_values;
  select_result *result;
  SELECT_LEX *select_lex;
  Type_holder *type_holders;

  enum { QEP_NOT_PRESENT_YET, QEP_AVAILABLE} have_query_plan;

  Explain_select *explain;
  ulonglong select_options;
  
  table_value_constr(List<List_item> tvc_values, SELECT_LEX *sl,
		     ulonglong select_options_arg) :
    lists_of_values(tvc_values), result(0), select_lex(sl), type_holders(0),
    have_query_plan(QEP_NOT_PRESENT_YET), explain(0),
    select_options(select_options_arg)
  { };

  ha_rows get_records() { return lists_of_values.elements; }
  
  bool prepare(THD *thd_arg, SELECT_LEX *sl, 
	       select_result *tmp_result,
	       st_select_lex_unit *unit_arg);

  bool to_be_wrapped_as_with_tail();

  int save_explain_data_intern(THD *thd_arg,
			       Explain_query *output);
  bool optimize(THD *thd_arg);
  bool exec(SELECT_LEX *sl);

  void print(THD *thd_arg, String *str, enum_query_type query_type);
  bool walk_values(Item_processor processor, bool walk_subquery, void *arg);
};

st_select_lex *wrap_tvc_with_tail(THD *thd, st_select_lex *tvc_sl);

#endif /* SQL_TVC_INCLUDED */
#ifndef SQL_STRING_INCLUDED
#define SQL_STRING_INCLUDED

/*
   Copyright (c) 2000, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2008, 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/* This file is originally from the mysql distribution. Coded by monty */

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#include "m_ctype.h"                            /* my_charset_bin */
#include <my_sys.h>              /* alloc_root, my_free, my_realloc */
#include "m_string.h"                           /* TRASH */
#include "sql_list.h"

class String;
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_String_value;
#define STRING_PSI_MEMORY_KEY key_memory_String_value
#else
#define STRING_PSI_MEMORY_KEY PSI_NOT_INSTRUMENTED
#endif

typedef struct st_io_cache IO_CACHE;
typedef struct st_mem_root MEM_ROOT;
#define ASSERT_LENGTH(A) DBUG_ASSERT(str_length + (uint32) (A) <= Alloced_length)

#include "pack.h"
class Binary_string;
int sortcmp(const Binary_string *s, const Binary_string *t, CHARSET_INFO *cs);
int stringcmp(const Binary_string *s, const Binary_string *t);
String *copy_if_not_alloced(String *a,String *b,uint32 arg_length);
inline uint32 copy_and_convert(char *to, size_t to_length, CHARSET_INFO *to_cs,
                               const char *from, size_t from_length,
                               CHARSET_INFO *from_cs, uint *errors)
{
  return my_convert(to, (uint)to_length, to_cs, from, (uint)from_length,
                    from_cs, errors);
}


class String_copy_status: protected MY_STRCOPY_STATUS
{
public:
  const char *source_end_pos() const
  { return m_source_end_pos; }
  const char *well_formed_error_pos() const
  { return m_well_formed_error_pos; }
};


class Well_formed_prefix_status: public String_copy_status
{
public:
  Well_formed_prefix_status(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                            const char *str, const char *end, size_t nchars)
  { cs->well_formed_char_length(str, end, nchars, this); }
};


class Well_formed_prefix: public Well_formed_prefix_status
{
  const char *m_str; // The beginning of the string
public:
  Well_formed_prefix(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *str, const char *end,
                     size_t nchars)
   :Well_formed_prefix_status(cs, str, end, nchars), m_str(str)
  { }
  Well_formed_prefix(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *str, size_t length,
                     size_t nchars)
   :Well_formed_prefix_status(cs, str, str + length, nchars), m_str(str)
  { }
  Well_formed_prefix(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *str, size_t length)
   :Well_formed_prefix_status(cs, str, str + length, length), m_str(str)
  { }
  Well_formed_prefix(CHARSET_INFO *cs, LEX_CSTRING str, size_t nchars)
   :Well_formed_prefix_status(cs, str.str, str.str + str.length, nchars),
    m_str(str.str)
  { }
  size_t length() const { return m_source_end_pos - m_str; }
};


class String_copier: public String_copy_status,
                     protected MY_STRCONV_STATUS
{
public:
  const char *cannot_convert_error_pos() const
  { return m_cannot_convert_error_pos; }
  const char *most_important_error_pos() const
  {
    return well_formed_error_pos() ? well_formed_error_pos() :
                                     cannot_convert_error_pos();
  }
  /*
    Convert a string between character sets.
    "dstcs" and "srccs" cannot be &my_charset_bin.
  */
  size_t convert_fix(CHARSET_INFO *dstcs, char *dst, size_t dst_length,
                     CHARSET_INFO *srccs, const char *src, size_t src_length,
                     size_t nchars)
  {
    return my_convert_fix(dstcs, dst, dst_length,
                          srccs, src, src_length, nchars, this, this);
  }
  /*
     Copy a string. Fix bad bytes/characters to '?'.
  */
  uint well_formed_copy(CHARSET_INFO *to_cs, char *to, size_t to_length,
                        CHARSET_INFO *from_cs, const char *from,
                        size_t from_length, size_t nchars);
  // Same as above, but without the "nchars" limit.
  uint well_formed_copy(CHARSET_INFO *to_cs, char *to, size_t to_length,
                        CHARSET_INFO *from_cs, const char *from,
                        size_t from_length)
  {
    return well_formed_copy(to_cs, to, to_length,
                            from_cs, from, from_length,
                            from_length /* No limit on "nchars"*/);
  }
};


size_t my_copy_with_hex_escaping(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                 char *dst, size_t dstlen,
                                 const char *src, size_t srclen);
uint convert_to_printable(char *to, size_t to_len,
                          const char *from, size_t from_len,
                          CHARSET_INFO *from_cs, size_t nbytes= 0);
size_t convert_to_printable_required_length(uint len);


class Charset
{
  CHARSET_INFO *m_charset;
public:
  Charset() :m_charset(&my_charset_bin) { }
  Charset(CHARSET_INFO *cs) :m_charset(cs) { }

  CHARSET_INFO *charset() const { return m_charset; }
  bool use_mb() const { return m_charset->use_mb(); }
  uint mbminlen() const { return m_charset->mbminlen; }
  uint mbmaxlen() const { return m_charset->mbmaxlen; }
  bool is_good_for_ft() const
  {
    // Binary and UCS2/UTF16/UTF32 are not supported
    return m_charset != &my_charset_bin && m_charset->mbminlen == 1;
  }

  size_t numchars(const char *str, const char *end) const
  {
    return m_charset->numchars(str, end);
  }
  size_t lengthsp(const char *str, size_t length) const
  {
    return m_charset->lengthsp(str, length);
  }
  size_t charpos(const char *str, const char *end, size_t pos) const
  {
    return m_charset->charpos(str, end, pos);
  }
  void set_charset(CHARSET_INFO *charset_arg)
  {
    m_charset= charset_arg;
  }
  void set_charset(const Charset &other)
  {
    m_charset= other.m_charset;
  }
  void swap(Charset &other)
  {
    swap_variables(CHARSET_INFO*, m_charset, other.m_charset);
  }
  bool same_encoding(const Charset &other) const
  {
    return my_charset_same(m_charset, other.m_charset);
  }
  /*
    Collation name without the character set name.
    For example, in case of "latin1_swedish_ci",
    this method returns "_swedish_ci".
  */
  LEX_CSTRING collation_specific_name() const;
  bool encoding_allows_reinterpret_as(CHARSET_INFO *cs) const;
  bool eq_collation_specific_names(CHARSET_INFO *cs) const;
  bool can_have_collate_clause() const
  {
    return m_charset != &my_charset_bin;
  }

  /*
    The MariaDB version when the last collation change happened,
    e.g. due to a bug fix. See functions below.
  */
  static ulong latest_mariadb_version_with_collation_change()
  {
    return 110002;
  }

  /*
    Check if the collation with the given ID changed its order
    since the given MariaDB version.
  */
  static bool collation_changed_order(ulong mysql_version, uint cs_number)
  {
    if ((mysql_version < 50048 &&
           (cs_number == 11 || /* ascii_general_ci - bug #29499, bug #27562 */
            cs_number == 41 || /* latin7_general_ci - bug #29461 */
            cs_number == 42 || /* latin7_general_cs - bug #29461 */
            cs_number == 20 || /* latin7_estonian_cs - bug #29461 */
            cs_number == 21 || /* latin2_hungarian_ci - bug #29461 */
            cs_number == 22 || /* koi8u_general_ci - bug #29461 */
            cs_number == 23 || /* cp1251_ukrainian_ci - bug #29461 */
            cs_number == 26)) || /* cp1250_general_ci - bug #29461 */
           (mysql_version < 50124 &&
           (cs_number == 33 || /* utf8mb3_general_ci - bug #27877 */
            cs_number == 35))) /* ucs2_general_ci - bug #27877 */
        return true;

    if (cs_number == 159 && /* ucs2_general_mysql500_ci - MDEV-30746 */
        ((mysql_version >= 100400 && mysql_version < 100429) ||
         (mysql_version >= 100500 && mysql_version < 100520) ||
         (mysql_version >= 100600 && mysql_version < 100613) ||
         (mysql_version >= 100700 && mysql_version < 100708) ||
         (mysql_version >= 100800 && mysql_version < 100808) ||
         (mysql_version >= 100900 && mysql_version < 100906) ||
         (mysql_version >= 101000 && mysql_version < 101004) ||
         (mysql_version >= 101100 && mysql_version < 101103) ||
         (mysql_version >= 110000 && mysql_version < 110002)))
      return true;
    return false;
  }

  /**
     Check if a collation has changed ID since the given version.
     Return the new ID.

     @param mysql_version
     @param cs_number     - collation ID

     @retval the new collation ID (or cs_number, if no change)
  */

  static uint upgrade_collation_id(ulong mysql_version, uint cs_number)
  {
    if (mysql_version >= 50300 && mysql_version <= 50399)
    {
      switch (cs_number) {
      case 149: return MY_PAGE2_COLLATION_ID_UCS2;   // ucs2_crotian_ci
      case 213: return MY_PAGE2_COLLATION_ID_UTF8;   // utf8_crotian_ci
      }
    }
    if ((mysql_version >= 50500 && mysql_version <= 50599) ||
        (mysql_version >= 100000 && mysql_version <= 100005))
    {
      switch (cs_number) {
      case 149: return MY_PAGE2_COLLATION_ID_UCS2;   // ucs2_crotian_ci
      case 213: return MY_PAGE2_COLLATION_ID_UTF8;   // utf8_crotian_ci
      case 214: return MY_PAGE2_COLLATION_ID_UTF32;  // utf32_croatian_ci
      case 215: return MY_PAGE2_COLLATION_ID_UTF16;  // utf16_croatian_ci
      case 245: return MY_PAGE2_COLLATION_ID_UTF8MB4;// utf8mb4_croatian_ci
      }
    }
    return cs_number;
  }

};


/**
   Storage for strings with both length and allocated length.
   Automatically grows on demand.
*/

class Binary_string: public Sql_alloc
{
protected:
  char *Ptr;
  uint32 str_length, Alloced_length, extra_alloc;
  bool alloced, thread_specific;
  void init_private_data()
  {
    Ptr= 0;
    Alloced_length= extra_alloc= str_length= 0;
    alloced= thread_specific= false;
  }
  inline void free_buffer()
  {
    if (alloced)
    {
      alloced=0;
      my_free(Ptr);
    }
  }
public:
  Binary_string()
  {
    init_private_data();
  }
  explicit Binary_string(size_t length_arg)
  {
    init_private_data();
    (void) real_alloc(length_arg);
  }
  /*
    NOTE: If one intend to use the c_ptr() method, the following two
    contructors need the size of memory for STR to be at least LEN+1 (to make
    room for zero termination).
  */
  Binary_string(const char *str, size_t len)
  {
    Ptr= (char*) str;
    str_length= (uint32) len;
    Alloced_length= 0;                          /* Memory cannot be written to */
    extra_alloc= 0;
    alloced= thread_specific= 0;
  }
  Binary_string(char *str, size_t len)
  {
    Ptr= str;
    str_length= Alloced_length= (uint32) len;
    extra_alloc= 0;
    alloced= thread_specific= 0;
  }
  explicit Binary_string(const Binary_string &str)
  {
    Ptr= str.Ptr;
    str_length= str.str_length;
    Alloced_length= str.Alloced_length;
    extra_alloc= 0;
    alloced= thread_specific= 0;
  }

  ~Binary_string()
  {
    free();
  }

  inline uint32 length() const { return str_length;}
  inline char& operator [] (size_t i) const { return Ptr[i]; }
  inline void length(size_t len) { str_length=(uint32)len ; }
  inline bool is_empty() const { return (str_length == 0); }
  inline const char *ptr() const { return Ptr; }
  inline const char *end() const { return Ptr + str_length; }
  bool has_8bit_bytes() const
  {
    for (const char *c= ptr(), *c_end= end(); c < c_end; c++)
    {
      if (!my_isascii(*c))
        return true;
    }
    return false;
  }

  bool bin_eq(const Binary_string *other) const
  {
    return length() == other->length() &&
           !memcmp(ptr(), other->ptr(), length());
  }

  // Returns offset to substring or -1
  int strstr(const Binary_string &search, uint32 offset=0) const;
  int strstr(const char *search, uint32 search_length, uint32 offset=0) const;
  // Returns offset to substring or -1
  int strrstr(const Binary_string &search, uint32 offset=0) const;

  /*
    The following append operations do not extend the strings and in production
    mode do NOT check that alloced memory!
    q_*** methods writes values of parameters itself
    qs_*** methods writes string representation of value
  */
  void q_append(const char c)
  {
    ASSERT_LENGTH(1);
    Ptr[str_length++] = c;
  }
  void q_append2b(const uint32 n)
  {
    ASSERT_LENGTH(2);
    int2store(Ptr + str_length, n);
    str_length += 2;
  }
  void q_append(const uint32 n)
  {
    ASSERT_LENGTH(4);
    int4store(Ptr + str_length, n);
    str_length += 4;
  }
  void q_append(double d)
  {
    ASSERT_LENGTH(8);
    float8store(Ptr + str_length, d);
    str_length += 8;
  }
  void q_append(double *d)
  {
    ASSERT_LENGTH(8);
    float8store(Ptr + str_length, *d);
    str_length += 8;
  }
  /*
    Append a wide character.
    The caller must have allocated at least cs->mbmaxlen bytes.
  */
  int q_append_wc(my_wc_t wc, CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    int mblen;
    if ((mblen= cs->cset->wc_mb(cs, wc,
                                (uchar *) end(),
                                (uchar *) end() + cs->mbmaxlen)) > 0)
      str_length+= (uint32) mblen;
    return mblen;
  }
  void q_append(const char *data, size_t data_len)
  {
    ASSERT_LENGTH(data_len);
    if (data_len)
      memcpy(Ptr + str_length, data, data_len);
    DBUG_ASSERT(str_length <= UINT_MAX32 - data_len);
    str_length += (uint)data_len;
  }
  void q_append(const LEX_CSTRING *ls)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(ls->length < UINT_MAX32 &&
                ((ls->length == 0 && !ls->str) ||
                 ls->length == strlen(ls->str)));
    q_append(ls->str, (uint32) ls->length);
  }

  void write_at_position(uint32 position, uint32 value)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(str_length >= position + 4);
    int4store(Ptr + position,value);
  }

  void qs_append(const LEX_CSTRING *ls)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(ls->length < UINT_MAX32 &&
                ((ls->length == 0 && !ls->str) ||
                 ls->length == strlen(ls->str)));
    qs_append(ls->str, (uint32)ls->length);
  }
  void qs_append(const char *str, size_t len);
  void qs_append_hex(const char *str, uint32 len);
  void qs_append_hex_uint32(uint32 num);
  void qs_append(double d);
  void qs_append(const double *d);
  inline void qs_append(const char c)
  {
    ASSERT_LENGTH(1);
    Ptr[str_length]= c;
    str_length++;
  }
  void qs_append(int i);
  void qs_append(uint i)
  {
    qs_append((ulonglong)i);
  }
  void qs_append(ulong i)
  {
    qs_append((ulonglong)i);
  }
  void qs_append(ulonglong i);
  void qs_append(longlong i, int radix)
  {
    ASSERT_LENGTH(22);
    char *buff= Ptr + str_length;
    char *end= ll2str(i, buff, radix, 0);
    str_length+= (uint32) (end-buff);
  }

  /* Mark variable thread specific it it's not allocated already */
  inline void set_thread_specific()
  {
    if (!alloced)
      thread_specific= 1;
  }
  bool is_alloced() const { return alloced; }
  inline uint32 alloced_length() const { return Alloced_length;}
  inline uint32 extra_allocation() const { return extra_alloc;}
  inline void extra_allocation(size_t len) { extra_alloc= (uint32)len; }
  inline void mark_as_const() { Alloced_length= 0;}

  inline bool uses_buffer_owned_by(const Binary_string *s) const
  {
    return (s->alloced && Ptr >= s->Ptr && Ptr < s->Ptr + s->Alloced_length);
  }

  /* Swap two string objects. Efficient way to exchange data without memcpy. */
  void swap(Binary_string &s)
  {
    swap_variables(char *, Ptr, s.Ptr);
    swap_variables(uint32, str_length, s.str_length);
    swap_variables(uint32, Alloced_length, s.Alloced_length);
    swap_variables(bool, alloced, s.alloced);
  }

  /**
     Points the internal buffer to the supplied one. The old buffer is freed.
     @param str Pointer to the new buffer.
     @param arg_length Length of the new buffer in characters, excluding any
            null character.
     @note The new buffer will not be null terminated.
  */
  void set_alloced(char *str, size_t length, size_t alloced_length)
  {
    free_buffer();
    Ptr= str;
    str_length= (uint32) length;
    DBUG_ASSERT(alloced_length < UINT_MAX32);
    Alloced_length= (uint32) alloced_length;
  }
  inline void set(char *str, size_t arg_length)
  {
    set_alloced(str, arg_length, arg_length);
  }
  inline void set(const char *str, size_t length)
  {
    free_buffer();
    Ptr= (char*) str;
    str_length= (uint32) length;
    Alloced_length= 0;
  }

  void set(Binary_string &str, size_t offset, size_t length)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(&str != this);
    free_buffer();
    Ptr= str.Ptr + offset;
    str_length= (uint32) length;
    Alloced_length= 0;
    if (str.Alloced_length)
      Alloced_length= (uint32) (str.Alloced_length - offset);
  }
  LEX_CSTRING to_lex_cstring() const
  {
    LEX_CSTRING tmp= {Ptr, str_length};
    return tmp;
  }
  inline LEX_CSTRING *get_value(LEX_CSTRING *res) const
  {
    res->str=    Ptr;
    res->length= str_length;
    return res;
  }

  /* Take over handling of buffer from some other object */
  void reset(char *ptr_arg, size_t length_arg, size_t alloced_length_arg)
  {
    set_alloced(ptr_arg, length_arg, alloced_length_arg);
    alloced= ptr_arg != 0;
  }

  /* Forget about the buffer, let some other object handle it */
  char *release()
  {
    char *old= Ptr;
    init_private_data();
    return old;
  }

  /*
    This is used to set a new buffer for String.
    However if the String already has an allocated buffer, it will
    keep that one.
    It's not to be used to set the value or length of the string.
  */
  inline void set_buffer_if_not_allocated(char *str, size_t arg_length)
  {
    if (!alloced)
    {
      /*
        Following should really set str_length= 0, but some code may
        depend on that the String length is same as buffer length.
      */
      Ptr= str;
      str_length= Alloced_length= (uint32) arg_length;
    }
    /* One should set str_length before using it */
    MEM_UNDEFINED(&str_length, sizeof(str_length));
  }

  inline Binary_string& operator=(const Binary_string &s)
  {
    if (&s != this)
    {
      /*
        It is forbidden to do assignments like
        some_string = substring_of_that_string
      */
      DBUG_ASSERT(!s.uses_buffer_owned_by(this));
      set_alloced((char *) s.Ptr, s.str_length, s.Alloced_length);
    }
    return *this;
  }

  bool set_hex(ulonglong num);
  bool set_hex(const char *str, uint32 len);
  bool set_fcvt(double num, uint decimals);

  bool copy();                                  // Alloc string if not alloced
  bool copy(const Binary_string &s);            // Allocate new string
  bool copy(const char *s, size_t arg_length);	// Allocate new string
  bool copy_or_move(const char *s,size_t arg_length);

  /**
    Convert a string to a printable format.
    All non-convertable and control characters are replaced to 5-character
    sequences '\hhhh'.
  */
  bool copy_printable_hhhh(CHARSET_INFO *to_cs,
                           CHARSET_INFO *from_cs,
                           const char *from, size_t from_length);

  bool append_ulonglong(ulonglong val);
  bool append_longlong(longlong val);

  bool append(const char *s, size_t size)
  {
    if (!size)
      return false;
    if (realloc_with_extra_if_needed(str_length + size))
      return true;
    q_append(s, size);
    return false;
  }
  bool append(const LEX_CSTRING &s)
  {
    return append(s.str, s.length);
  }
  bool append(const Binary_string &s)
  {
    return append(s.ptr(), s.length());
  }
  bool append(IO_CACHE* file, uint32 arg_length);

  inline bool append_char(char chr)
  {
    if (str_length < Alloced_length)
    {
      Ptr[str_length++]= chr;
    }
    else
    {
      if (unlikely(realloc_with_extra(str_length + 1)))
	return true;
      Ptr[str_length++]= chr;
    }
    return false;
  }
  bool append_hex(const char *src, uint32 srclen)
  {
    for (const char *src_end= src + srclen ; src != src_end ; src++)
    {
      if (unlikely(append_char(_dig_vec_lower[((uchar) *src) >> 4])) ||
          unlikely(append_char(_dig_vec_lower[((uchar) *src) & 0x0F])))
        return true;
    }
    return false;
  }
  bool append_hex_uint32(uint32 num)
  {
    if (reserve(8))
      return true;
    qs_append_hex_uint32(num);
    return false;
  }
  bool append_with_step(const char *s, uint32 arg_length, uint32 step_alloc)
  {
    uint32 new_length= arg_length + str_length;
    if (new_length > Alloced_length &&
        unlikely(realloc(new_length + step_alloc)))
      return true;
    q_append(s, arg_length);
    return false;
  }

  inline char *c_ptr()
  {
    if (unlikely(!Ptr))
      return (char*) "";
    /*
      Here we assume that any buffer used to initalize String has
      an end \0 or have at least an accessable character at end.
      This is to handle the case of String("Hello",5) and
      String("hello",5) efficiently.

      We have two options here. To test for !Alloced_length or !alloced.
      Using "Alloced_length" is slightly safer so that we do not read
      from potentially unintialized memory (normally not dangerous but
      may give warnings in valgrind), but "alloced" is safer as there
      are less change to get memory loss from code that is using
      String((char*), length) or String.set((char*), length) and does
      not free things properly (and there is several places in the code
      where this happens and it is hard to find out if any of these will call
      c_ptr().
    */
    if (unlikely(!alloced && !Ptr[str_length]))
      return Ptr;
    if (str_length < Alloced_length)
    {
      Ptr[str_length]=0;
      return Ptr;
    }
    (void) realloc(str_length);               /* This will add end \0 */
    return Ptr;
  }
  /*
    One should use c_ptr() instead for most cases. This will be deleted soon,
    kept for compatiblity.
  */
  inline char *c_ptr_quick()
  {
    return c_ptr_safe();
  }
  /*
    This is to be used only in the case when one cannot use c_ptr().
    The cases are:
    - When one initializes String with an external buffer and length and
      buffer[length] could be uninitalized when c_ptr() is called.
    - When valgrind gives warnings about uninitialized memory with c_ptr().
  */
  inline char *c_ptr_safe()
  {
    if (Ptr && str_length < Alloced_length)
      Ptr[str_length]=0;
    else
      (void) realloc(str_length);
    return Ptr;
  }

  inline void free()
  {
    free_buffer();
    /*
      We have to clear the values as some Strings, like in Field, are
      reused after free(). Because of this we cannot use MEM_UNDEFINED() here.
    */
    Ptr= 0;
    str_length= 0;
    Alloced_length= extra_alloc= 0;
  }

  inline bool alloc(size_t arg_length)
  {
    /*
      Allocate if we need more space or if we don't have done any
      allocation yet (we don't want to have Ptr to be NULL for empty strings).

      Note that if arg_length == Alloced_length then we don't allocate.
      This ensures we don't do any extra allocations in protocol and String:int,
      but the string will not be automatically null terminated if c_ptr() is not
      called.
    */
    if (arg_length <= Alloced_length && Alloced_length)
      return 0;
    return real_alloc(arg_length);
  }
  bool real_alloc(size_t arg_length);  // Empties old string
  bool realloc_raw(size_t arg_length);
  bool realloc(size_t arg_length)
  {
    if (realloc_raw(arg_length+1))
      return TRUE;
    Ptr[arg_length]= 0; // This make other funcs shorter
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool realloc_with_extra(size_t arg_length)
  {
    if (extra_alloc < 4096)
      extra_alloc= extra_alloc*2+128;
    if (realloc_raw(arg_length + extra_alloc))
      return TRUE;
    Ptr[arg_length]=0;        // This make other funcs shorter
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool realloc_with_extra_if_needed(size_t arg_length)
  {
    if (arg_length < Alloced_length)
    {
      Ptr[arg_length]=0; // behave as if realloc was called.
      return 0;
    }
    return realloc_with_extra(arg_length);
  }
  // Shrink the buffer, but only if it is allocated on the heap.
  void shrink(size_t arg_length);

  void move(Binary_string &s)
  {
    set_alloced(s.Ptr, s.str_length, s.Alloced_length);
    extra_alloc= s.extra_alloc;
    alloced= s.alloced;
    thread_specific= s.thread_specific;
    s.alloced= 0;
  }
  bool fill(size_t max_length,char fill);
  /*
    Replace substring with string
    If wrong parameter or not enough memory, do nothing
  */
  bool replace(uint32 offset,uint32 arg_length, const char *to, uint32 length);
  bool replace(uint32 offset,uint32 arg_length, const Binary_string &to)
  {
    return replace(offset,arg_length,to.ptr(),to.length());
  }

  int reserve(size_t space_needed)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT((ulonglong) str_length + space_needed < UINT_MAX32);
    return realloc(str_length + space_needed);
  }
  int reserve(size_t space_needed, size_t grow_by);

  inline char *prep_append(uint32 arg_length, uint32 step_alloc)
  {
    uint32 new_length= arg_length + str_length;
    if (new_length > Alloced_length)
    {
      if (unlikely(realloc(new_length + step_alloc)))
        return 0;
    }
    uint32 old_length= str_length;
    str_length+= arg_length;
    return Ptr + old_length;                  // Area to use
  }


  void q_net_store_length(ulonglong length)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(Alloced_length >= (str_length + net_length_size(length)));
    char *pos= (char *) net_store_length((uchar *)(Ptr + str_length), length);
    str_length= uint32(pos - Ptr);
  }
  void q_net_store_data(const uchar *from, size_t length)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(length < UINT_MAX32);
    DBUG_ASSERT(Alloced_length >= (str_length + length +
                                   net_length_size(length)));
    q_net_store_length(length);
    q_append((const char *)from, (uint32) length);
  }
};


class String: public Charset, public Binary_string
{
public:
  String() = default;
  String(size_t length_arg) :Binary_string(length_arg)
  { }
  /*
    NOTE: If one intend to use the c_ptr() method, the following two
    contructors need the size of memory for STR to be at least LEN+1 (to make
    room for zero termination).
  */
  String(const char *str, size_t len, CHARSET_INFO *cs)
   :Charset(cs), Binary_string(str, len)
  { }
  String(char *str, size_t len, CHARSET_INFO *cs)
   :Charset(cs), Binary_string(str, len)
  { }
  String(const String &str) = default;
  String(String &&str) noexcept
   :Charset(std::move(str)), Binary_string(std::move(str)){}

  void set(String &str,size_t offset,size_t arg_length)
  {
    Binary_string::set(str, offset, arg_length);
    set_charset(str);
  }
  inline void set(char *str,size_t arg_length, CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    Binary_string::set(str, arg_length);
    set_charset(cs);
  }
  inline void set(const char *str,size_t arg_length, CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    Binary_string::set(str, arg_length);
    set_charset(cs);
  }
  bool set_ascii(const char *str, size_t arg_length);
  inline void set_buffer_if_not_allocated(char *str,size_t arg_length,
                                          CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    Binary_string::set_buffer_if_not_allocated(str, arg_length);
    set_charset(cs);
  }
  bool set_int(longlong num, bool unsigned_flag, CHARSET_INFO *cs);
  bool set(int num, CHARSET_INFO *cs) { return set_int(num, false, cs); }
  bool set(uint num, CHARSET_INFO *cs) { return set_int(num, true, cs); }
  bool set(long num, CHARSET_INFO *cs) { return set_int(num, false, cs); }
  bool set(ulong num, CHARSET_INFO *cs) { return set_int(num, true, cs); }
  bool set(longlong num, CHARSET_INFO *cs) { return set_int(num, false, cs); }
  bool set(ulonglong num, CHARSET_INFO *cs) { return set_int((longlong)num, true, cs); }
  bool set_real(double num,uint decimals, CHARSET_INFO *cs);
  bool set_fcvt(double num, uint decimals)
  {
    set_charset(&my_charset_latin1);
    return Binary_string::set_fcvt(num, decimals);
  }

  bool set_hex(ulonglong num)
  {
    set_charset(&my_charset_latin1);
    return Binary_string::set_hex(num);
  }
  bool set_hex(const char *str, uint32 len)
  {
    set_charset(&my_charset_latin1);
    return Binary_string::set_hex(str, len);
  }

  /* Take over handling of buffer from some other object */
  void reset(char *ptr_arg, size_t length_arg, size_t alloced_length_arg,
             CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    Binary_string::reset(ptr_arg, length_arg, alloced_length_arg);
    set_charset(cs);
  }

  inline String& operator = (const String &s)
  {
    if (&s != this)
    {
      set_charset(s);
      Binary_string::operator=(s);
    }
    return *this;
  }

  bool copy()
  {
    return Binary_string::copy();
  }
  bool copy(const String &s)
  {
    set_charset(s);
    return Binary_string::copy(s);
  }
  bool copy(const char *s, size_t arg_length, CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    set_charset(cs);
    return Binary_string::copy(s, arg_length);
  }
  bool copy_or_move(const char *s, size_t arg_length, CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    set_charset(cs);
    return Binary_string::copy_or_move(s, arg_length);
  }
  static bool needs_conversion(size_t arg_length,
  			       CHARSET_INFO *cs_from, CHARSET_INFO *cs_to,
			       uint32 *offset);
  static bool needs_conversion_on_storage(size_t arg_length,
                                          CHARSET_INFO *cs_from,
                                          CHARSET_INFO *cs_to);
  bool copy_aligned(const char *s, size_t arg_length, size_t offset,
		    CHARSET_INFO *cs);
  bool set_or_copy_aligned(const char *s, size_t arg_length, CHARSET_INFO *cs);
  bool can_be_safely_converted_to(CHARSET_INFO *tocs) const
  {
    if (charset() == &my_charset_bin)
      return Well_formed_prefix(tocs, ptr(), length()).length() == length();
    String try_val;
    uint try_conv_error= 0;
    try_val.copy(ptr(), length(), charset(), tocs, &try_conv_error);
    return try_conv_error == 0;
  }
  bool copy(const char*s, size_t arg_length, CHARSET_INFO *csfrom,
	    CHARSET_INFO *csto, uint *errors);
  bool copy(const String *str, CHARSET_INFO *tocs, uint *errors)
  {
    return copy(str->ptr(), str->length(), str->charset(), tocs, errors);
  }
  bool copy(CHARSET_INFO *tocs,
            CHARSET_INFO *fromcs, const char *src, size_t src_length,
            size_t nchars, String_copier *copier)
  {
    if (unlikely(alloc(tocs->mbmaxlen * src_length)))
      return true;
    str_length= copier->well_formed_copy(tocs, Ptr, alloced_length(),
                                         fromcs, src, (uint) src_length,
                                         (uint) nchars);
    set_charset(tocs);
    return false;
  }
  // Append without character set conversion
  bool append(const String &s)
  {
    return Binary_string::append(s);
  }
  inline bool append(char chr)
  {
    return append(&chr, 1);
  }
  bool append_hex(const char *src, uint32 srclen)
  {
    return Binary_string::append_hex(src, srclen);
  }
  bool append_hex(const uchar *src, uint32 srclen)
  {
    return Binary_string::append_hex((const char*)src, srclen);
  }
  bool append_introducer_and_hex(const String *str)
  {
    return
      append('_')   ||
      append(str->charset()->cs_name) ||
      append(STRING_WITH_LEN(" 0x")) ||
      append_hex(str->ptr(), (uint32) str->length());
  }
  bool append(IO_CACHE* file, uint32 arg_length)
  {
    return Binary_string::append(file, arg_length);
  }
  inline bool append(const char *s, uint32 arg_length, uint32 step_alloc)
  {
    return append_with_step(s, arg_length, step_alloc);
  }

  // Append with optional character set conversion from ASCII (e.g. to UCS2)
  bool append(const LEX_CSTRING *ls)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(ls->length < UINT_MAX32 &&
                ((ls->length == 0 && !ls->str) ||
                 ls->length == strlen(ls->str)));
    return append(ls->str, (uint32) ls->length);
  }
  bool append(const LEX_CSTRING &ls)
  {
    return append(&ls);
  }
  bool append_name_value(const LEX_CSTRING &name,
                         const LEX_CSTRING &value,
                         uchar quot= '\0')
  {
    return
      append(name) ||
      append('=') ||
      (quot && append(quot)) ||
      append(value) ||
      (quot && append(quot));
  }
  bool append(const char *s, size_t size);
  bool append_parenthesized(long nr, int radix= 10);

  // Append with optional character set conversion from cs to charset()
  bool append(const char *s, size_t arg_length, CHARSET_INFO *cs);
  bool append(const LEX_CSTRING &s, CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    return append(s.str, s.length, cs);
  }

  // Append a wide character
  bool append_wc(my_wc_t wc)
  {
    if (reserve(mbmaxlen()))
      return true;
    int mblen= q_append_wc(wc, charset());
    if (mblen > 0)
      return false;
    else if (mblen == MY_CS_ILUNI && wc != '?')
      return q_append_wc('?', charset()) <= 0;
    return true;
  }

  // Append a number with zero prefilling
  bool append_zerofill(uint num, uint width)
  {
    static const char zeros[15]= "00000000000000";
    char intbuff[15];
    uint length= (uint) (int10_to_str(num, intbuff, 10) - intbuff);
    if (length < width &&
        append(zeros, width - length, &my_charset_latin1))
      return true;
    return append(intbuff, length, &my_charset_latin1);
  }

  /*
    Append a bitmask in an uint32 with a translation into a
    C-style human readable representation, e.g.:
      0x05 -> "(flag04|flag01)"

    @param flags  - the flags to translate
    @param names  - an array of flag names
    @param count  - the number of available elements in "names"
  */
  bool append_flag32_names(uint32 flags, LEX_CSTRING names[], size_t count)
  {
    bool added= false;
    if (flags && append('('))
      return true;
    for (ulong i= 0; i <= 31; i++)
    {
      ulong bit= 31 - i;
      if (flags & (1 << bit))
      {
        if (added && append('|'))
          return true;
        if (bit < count ? append(names[bit]) : append('?'))
          return true;
        added= true;
      }
    }
    if (flags && append(')'))
      return true;
    return false;
  }

  inline void chop()
  {
    if (str_length)
    {
      str_length--;
      str_length= well_formed_length();
    }
  }

  void strip_sp();
  friend String *copy_if_not_alloced(String *a,String *b,uint32 arg_length);
  friend class Field;
  uint32 numchars() const
  {
    return (uint32) Charset::numchars(ptr(), end());
  }
  int charpos(longlong i, uint32 offset=0)
  {
    if (i <= 0)
      return (int) i;
    return (int) Charset::charpos(ptr() + offset, end(), (size_t) i);
  }
  size_t lengthsp() const
  {
    return Charset::lengthsp(Ptr, str_length);
  }

  void print(String *to) const;
  void print_with_conversion(String *to, CHARSET_INFO *cs) const;
  void print(String *to, CHARSET_INFO *cs) const
  {
    if (my_charset_same(charset(), cs))
      print(to);
    else
      print_with_conversion(to, cs);
  }

  static my_wc_t escaped_wc_for_single_quote(my_wc_t ch)
  {
    switch (ch) {
    case '\\':   return '\\';
    case '\0':   return '0';
    case '\'':   return '\'';
    case '\b':   return 'b';
    case '\t':   return 't';
    case '\n':   return 'n';
    case '\r':   return 'r';
    case '\032': return 'Z';
    }
    return 0;
  }

  // Append for single quote using mb_wc/wc_mb Unicode conversion
  bool append_for_single_quote_using_mb_wc(const char *str, size_t length,
                                           CHARSET_INFO *cs);

  // Append for single quote with optional mb_wc/wc_mb conversion
  bool append_for_single_quote_opt_convert(const char *str,
                                           size_t length,
                                           CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    return charset() == &my_charset_bin || cs == &my_charset_bin  ||
           my_charset_same(charset(), cs) ?
           append_for_single_quote(str, length) :
           append_for_single_quote_using_mb_wc(str, length, cs);
  }

  bool append_for_single_quote_opt_convert(const String &str)
  {
    return append_for_single_quote_opt_convert(str.ptr(),
                                               str.length(),
                                               str.charset());
  }

  bool append_for_single_quote(const char *st, size_t len);
  bool append_for_single_quote(const String *s)
  {
    return append_for_single_quote(s->ptr(), s->length());
  }

  void swap(String &s)
  {
    Charset::swap(s);
    Binary_string::swap(s);
  }

  uint well_formed_length() const
  {
    return (uint) Well_formed_prefix(charset(), ptr(), length()).length();
  }
  bool is_ascii() const
  {
    if (length() == 0)
      return TRUE;
    if (charset()->mbminlen > 1)
      return FALSE;
    return !has_8bit_bytes();
  }
  bool eq(const String *other, CHARSET_INFO *cs) const
  {
    return !sortcmp(this, other, cs);
  }
private:
  bool append_semi_hex(const char *s, uint len, CHARSET_INFO *cs);
};


// The following class is a backport from MySQL 5.6:
/**
  String class wrapper with a preallocated buffer of size buff_sz

  This class allows to replace sequences of:
     char buff[12345];
     String str(buff, sizeof(buff));
     str.length(0);
  with a simple equivalent declaration:
     StringBuffer<12345> str;
*/

template<size_t buff_sz>
class StringBuffer : public String
{
  char buff[buff_sz];

public:
  StringBuffer() : String(buff, buff_sz, &my_charset_bin) { length(0); }
  explicit StringBuffer(CHARSET_INFO *cs) : String(buff, buff_sz, cs)
  {
    length(0);
  }
  void set_buffer_if_not_allocated(CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    if (!is_alloced())
    {
      Ptr= buff;
      Alloced_length= (uint32) buff_sz;
    }
    str_length= 0;                          /* Safety, not required */
    /* One should set str_length before using it */
    MEM_UNDEFINED(&str_length, sizeof(str_length));
    set_charset(cs);
  }
};


template<size_t buff_sz>
class BinaryStringBuffer : public Binary_string
{
  char buff[buff_sz];
public:
  BinaryStringBuffer() : Binary_string(buff, buff_sz) { length(0); }
};

static inline bool check_if_only_end_space(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                           const char *str,
                                           const char *end)
{
  return str + cs->scan(str, end, MY_SEQ_SPACES) == end;
}

int append_query_string(CHARSET_INFO *csinfo, String *to,
                        const char *str, size_t len, bool no_backslash);

#endif /* SQL_STRING_INCLUDED */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2000, 2019, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2010, 2021, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA
*/

/* External interfaces to ddl log functions */

#ifndef DDL_LOG_INCLUDED
#define DDL_LOG_INCLUDED

enum ddl_log_entry_code
{
  /*
    DDL_LOG_UNKOWN
      Here mainly to detect blocks that are all zero

    DDL_LOG_EXECUTE_CODE:
      This is a code that indicates that this is a log entry to
      be executed, from this entry a linked list of log entries
      can be found and executed.
    DDL_LOG_ENTRY_CODE:
      An entry to be executed in a linked list from an execute log
      entry.
    DDL_LOG_IGNORE_ENTRY_CODE:
      An entry that is to be ignored
  */
  DDL_LOG_UNKNOWN= 0,
  DDL_LOG_EXECUTE_CODE= 1,
  DDL_LOG_ENTRY_CODE= 2,
  DDL_LOG_IGNORE_ENTRY_CODE= 3,
  DDL_LOG_ENTRY_CODE_LAST= 4
};


/*
  When adding things below, also add an entry to ddl_log_action_names and
  ddl_log_entry_phases in ddl_log.cc
*/

enum ddl_log_action_code
{
  /*
    The type of action that a DDL_LOG_ENTRY_CODE entry is to
    perform.
  */
  DDL_LOG_UNKNOWN_ACTION= 0,

  /* Delete a .frm file or a table in the partition engine */
  DDL_LOG_DELETE_ACTION= 1,

  /* Rename a .frm fire a table in the partition engine */
  DDL_LOG_RENAME_ACTION= 2,

  /*
    Rename an entity after removing the previous entry with the
    new name, that is replace this entry.
  */
  DDL_LOG_REPLACE_ACTION= 3,

  /* Exchange two entities by renaming them a -> tmp, b -> a, tmp -> b */
  DDL_LOG_EXCHANGE_ACTION= 4,
  /*
    log do_rename(): Rename of .frm file, table, stat_tables and triggers
  */
  DDL_LOG_RENAME_TABLE_ACTION= 5,
  DDL_LOG_RENAME_VIEW_ACTION= 6,
  DDL_LOG_DROP_INIT_ACTION= 7,
  DDL_LOG_DROP_TABLE_ACTION= 8,
  DDL_LOG_DROP_VIEW_ACTION= 9,
  DDL_LOG_DROP_TRIGGER_ACTION= 10,
  DDL_LOG_DROP_DB_ACTION=11,
  DDL_LOG_CREATE_TABLE_ACTION=12,
  DDL_LOG_CREATE_VIEW_ACTION=13,
  DDL_LOG_DELETE_TMP_FILE_ACTION=14,
  DDL_LOG_CREATE_TRIGGER_ACTION=15,
  DDL_LOG_ALTER_TABLE_ACTION=16,
  DDL_LOG_STORE_QUERY_ACTION=17,
  DDL_LOG_LAST_ACTION                          /* End marker */
};


/* Number of phases for each ddl_log_action_code */
extern const uchar ddl_log_entry_phases[DDL_LOG_LAST_ACTION];


enum enum_ddl_log_exchange_phase {
  EXCH_PHASE_NAME_TO_TEMP= 0,
  EXCH_PHASE_FROM_TO_NAME= 1,
  EXCH_PHASE_TEMP_TO_FROM= 2,
  EXCH_PHASE_END
};

enum enum_ddl_log_rename_table_phase {
  DDL_RENAME_PHASE_TRIGGER= 0,
  DDL_RENAME_PHASE_STAT,
  DDL_RENAME_PHASE_TABLE,
  DDL_RENAME_PHASE_END
};

enum enum_ddl_log_drop_table_phase {
  DDL_DROP_PHASE_TABLE=0,
  DDL_DROP_PHASE_TRIGGER,
  DDL_DROP_PHASE_BINLOG,
  DDL_DROP_PHASE_RESET,  /* Reset found list of dropped tables */
  DDL_DROP_PHASE_END
};

enum enum_ddl_log_drop_db_phase {
  DDL_DROP_DB_PHASE_INIT=0,
  DDL_DROP_DB_PHASE_LOG,
  DDL_DROP_DB_PHASE_END
};

enum enum_ddl_log_create_table_phase {
  DDL_CREATE_TABLE_PHASE_INIT=0,
  DDL_CREATE_TABLE_PHASE_LOG,
  DDL_CREATE_TABLE_PHASE_END
};

enum enum_ddl_log_create_view_phase {
  DDL_CREATE_VIEW_PHASE_NO_OLD_VIEW,
  DDL_CREATE_VIEW_PHASE_DELETE_VIEW_COPY,
  DDL_CREATE_VIEW_PHASE_OLD_VIEW_COPIED,
  DDL_CREATE_VIEW_PHASE_END
};

enum enum_ddl_log_create_trigger_phase {
  DDL_CREATE_TRIGGER_PHASE_NO_OLD_TRIGGER,
  DDL_CREATE_TRIGGER_PHASE_DELETE_COPY,
  DDL_CREATE_TRIGGER_PHASE_OLD_COPIED,
  DDL_CREATE_TRIGGER_PHASE_END
};

enum enum_ddl_log_alter_table_phase {
  DDL_ALTER_TABLE_PHASE_INIT,
  DDL_ALTER_TABLE_PHASE_RENAME_FAILED,
  DDL_ALTER_TABLE_PHASE_INPLACE_COPIED,
  DDL_ALTER_TABLE_PHASE_INPLACE,
  DDL_ALTER_TABLE_PHASE_PREPARE_INPLACE,
  DDL_ALTER_TABLE_PHASE_CREATED,
  DDL_ALTER_TABLE_PHASE_COPIED,
  DDL_ALTER_TABLE_PHASE_OLD_RENAMED,
  DDL_ALTER_TABLE_PHASE_UPDATE_TRIGGERS,
  DDL_ALTER_TABLE_PHASE_UPDATE_STATS,
  DDL_ALTER_TABLE_PHASE_UPDATE_BINARY_LOG,
  DDL_ALTER_TABLE_PHASE_END
};


/*
  Flags stored in DDL_LOG_ENTRY.flags
  The flag values can be reused for different commands
*/
#define DDL_LOG_FLAG_ALTER_RENAME         (1 << 0)
#define DDL_LOG_FLAG_ALTER_ENGINE_CHANGED (1 << 1)
#define DDL_LOG_FLAG_ONLY_FRM             (1 << 2)
#define DDL_LOG_FLAG_UPDATE_STAT          (1 << 3)
/*
  Set when using ALTER TABLE on a partitioned table and the table
  engine is not changed
*/
#define DDL_LOG_FLAG_ALTER_PARTITION      (1 << 4)

/*
  Setting ddl_log_entry.phase to this has the same effect as setting
  the phase to the maximum phase (..PHASE_END) for an entry.
*/

#define DDL_LOG_FINAL_PHASE ((uchar) 0xff)

typedef struct st_ddl_log_entry
{
  LEX_CSTRING name;
  LEX_CSTRING from_name;
  LEX_CSTRING handler_name;
  LEX_CSTRING db;
  LEX_CSTRING from_db;
  LEX_CSTRING from_handler_name;
  LEX_CSTRING tmp_name;                /* frm file or temporary file name */
  LEX_CSTRING extra_name;              /* Backup table name */
  uchar uuid[MY_UUID_SIZE];            // UUID for new frm file

  ulonglong xid;                       // Xid stored in the binary log
  /*
    unique_id can be used to store a unique number to check current state.
    Currently it is used to store new size of frm file, link to another ddl log
    entry or store an a uniq version for a storage engine in alter table.
    For execute entries this is reused as an execute counter to ensure we
    don't repeat an entry too many times if executing the entry fails.
  */
  ulonglong unique_id;
  uint next_entry;
  uint entry_pos;                      // Set by write_dll_log_entry()
  uint16 flags;                        // Flags unique for each command
  enum ddl_log_entry_code entry_type;  // Set automatically
  enum ddl_log_action_code action_type;
  /*
    Most actions have only one phase. REPLACE does however have two
    phases. The first phase removes the file with the new name if
    there was one there before and the second phase renames the
    old name to the new name.
  */
  uchar phase;                         // set automatically
} DDL_LOG_ENTRY;

typedef struct st_ddl_log_memory_entry
{
  uint entry_pos;
  struct st_ddl_log_memory_entry *next_log_entry;
  struct st_ddl_log_memory_entry *prev_log_entry;
  struct st_ddl_log_memory_entry *next_active_log_entry;
} DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY;


/*
  State of the ddl log during execution of a DDL.

  A ddl log state has one execute entry (main entry pointing to the first
  action entry) and many 'action entries' linked in a list in the order
  they should be executed.
  One recovery the log is parsed and all execute entries will be executed.

  All entries are stored as separate blocks in the ddl recovery file.
*/

typedef struct st_ddl_log_state
{
  /* List of ddl log entries */
  DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *list;
  /* One execute entry per list */
  DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *execute_entry;
  /*
    Entry used for PHASE updates. Normally same as first in 'list', but in
    case of a query log event, this points to the main event.
  */
  DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *main_entry;
  uint16 flags;                                 /* Cache for flags */
  bool is_active() { return list != 0; }
} DDL_LOG_STATE;


/* These functions are for recovery */
bool ddl_log_initialize();
void ddl_log_release();
bool ddl_log_close_binlogged_events(HASH *xids);
int ddl_log_execute_recovery();

/* functions for updating the ddl log */
bool ddl_log_write_entry(DDL_LOG_ENTRY *ddl_log_entry,
                           DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY **active_entry);

bool ddl_log_write_execute_entry(uint first_entry, uint cond_entry,
                                 DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY** active_entry);
inline
bool ddl_log_write_execute_entry(uint first_entry,
                                 DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY **active_entry)
{
  return ddl_log_write_execute_entry(first_entry, 0, active_entry);
}
bool ddl_log_disable_execute_entry(DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY **active_entry);

void ddl_log_complete(DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_log_state);
bool ddl_log_revert(THD *thd, DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_log_state);

bool ddl_log_update_phase(DDL_LOG_STATE *entry, uchar phase);
bool ddl_log_add_flag(DDL_LOG_STATE *entry, uint16 flag);
bool ddl_log_update_unique_id(DDL_LOG_STATE *state, ulonglong id);
bool ddl_log_update_xid(DDL_LOG_STATE *state, ulonglong xid);
bool ddl_log_disable_entry(DDL_LOG_STATE *state);
bool ddl_log_increment_phase(uint entry_pos);
void ddl_log_release_memory_entry(DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *log_entry);
bool ddl_log_sync();
bool ddl_log_execute_entry(THD *thd, uint first_entry);

void ddl_log_add_entry(DDL_LOG_STATE *state, DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *log_entry);
void ddl_log_release_entries(DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_log_state);
bool ddl_log_rename_table(DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_state,
                          handlerton *hton,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *org_db,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *org_alias,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *new_db,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *new_alias);
bool ddl_log_rename_view(DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_state,
                         const LEX_CSTRING *org_db,
                         const LEX_CSTRING *org_alias,
                         const LEX_CSTRING *new_db,
                         const LEX_CSTRING *new_alias);
bool ddl_log_drop_table_init(DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_state,
                             const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                             const LEX_CSTRING *comment);
bool ddl_log_drop_view_init(DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_state,
                            const LEX_CSTRING *db);
bool ddl_log_drop_table(DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_state,
                        handlerton *hton,
                        const LEX_CSTRING *path,
                        const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                        const LEX_CSTRING *table);
bool ddl_log_drop_view(DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_state,
                        const LEX_CSTRING *path,
                        const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                        const LEX_CSTRING *table);
bool ddl_log_drop_trigger(DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_state,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *table,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *trigger_name,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *query);
bool ddl_log_drop_view(DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_state,
                        const LEX_CSTRING *path,
                        const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                        const LEX_CSTRING *table);
bool ddl_log_drop_db(DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_state,
                     const LEX_CSTRING *db, const LEX_CSTRING *path);
bool ddl_log_create_table(DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_state,
                          handlerton *hton,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *path,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *table,
                          bool only_frm);
bool ddl_log_create_view(DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_state,
                         const LEX_CSTRING *path,
                         enum_ddl_log_create_view_phase phase);
bool ddl_log_delete_tmp_file(DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_state,
                             const LEX_CSTRING *path,
                             DDL_LOG_STATE *depending_state);
bool ddl_log_create_trigger(DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_state,
                            const LEX_CSTRING *db, const LEX_CSTRING *table,
                            const LEX_CSTRING *trigger_name,
                            enum_ddl_log_create_trigger_phase phase);
bool ddl_log_alter_table(DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_state,
                         handlerton *org_hton,
                         const LEX_CSTRING *db, const LEX_CSTRING *table,
                         handlerton *new_hton,
                         handlerton *partition_underlying_hton,
                         const LEX_CSTRING *new_db,
                         const LEX_CSTRING *new_table,
                         const LEX_CSTRING *frm_path,
                         const LEX_CSTRING *backup_table_name,
                         const LEX_CUSTRING *version,
                         ulonglong table_version,
                         bool is_renamed);
bool ddl_log_store_query(THD *thd, DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_log_state,
                         const char *query, size_t length);
bool ddl_log_delete_frm(DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_state, const char *to_path);
extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_gdl;
#endif /* DDL_LOG_INCLUDED */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_GRANT_INCLUDED
#define SQL_GRANT_INCLUDED

#include "lex_string.h"
#include "privilege.h"

class LEX_COLUMN;
class Lex_ident_sys;
class Table_ident;

/*
  Represents the object name in this standard SQL grammar:
    GRANT <object privileges> ON <object name>
*/
class Grant_object_name
{
public:
  enum Type
  {
    STAR,            // ON *
    IDENT_STAR,      // ON db.*
    STAR_STAR,       // ON *.*
    TABLE_IDENT      // ON db.name
  };
  Lex_cstring m_db;
  Table_ident *m_table_ident;
  Type m_type;
public:
  Grant_object_name(Table_ident *table_ident)
   :m_table_ident(table_ident),
    m_type(TABLE_IDENT)
  { }
  Grant_object_name(const LEX_CSTRING &db, Type type)
   :m_db(db),
    m_table_ident(NULL),
    m_type(type)
  { }
  privilege_t all_privileges_by_type() const;
};



/*
  Represents standard SQL statements described by:
  - <grant privilege statement>
  - <revoke privilege statement>
*/
class Grant_privilege
{
protected:
  List<LEX_COLUMN> m_columns;
  Lex_cstring m_db;
  privilege_t m_object_privilege;
  privilege_t m_column_privilege_total;
  bool m_all_privileges;
public:
  Grant_privilege()
   :m_object_privilege(NO_ACL),
    m_column_privilege_total(NO_ACL),
    m_all_privileges(false)
  { }
  Grant_privilege(privilege_t privilege, bool all_privileges)
   :m_object_privilege(privilege),
    m_column_privilege_total(NO_ACL),
    m_all_privileges(all_privileges)
  { }
  void add_object_privilege(privilege_t privilege)
  {
    m_object_privilege|= privilege;
  }
  bool add_column_privilege(THD *thd, const Lex_ident_sys &col,
                            privilege_t privilege);
  bool add_column_list_privilege(THD *thd, List<Lex_ident_sys> &list,
                                 privilege_t privilege);
  bool set_object_name(THD *thd,
                       const Grant_object_name &ident,
                       SELECT_LEX *sel,
                       privilege_t with_grant_option);
  const List<LEX_COLUMN> & columns() const { return m_columns; }
};


#endif // SQL_GRANT_INCLUDED
#ifndef UNIREG_INCLUDED
#define UNIREG_INCLUDED

/*
   Copyright (c) 2000, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */


#include <mysql_version.h>                      /* FRM_VER */

/*  Extra functions used by unireg library */

#ifndef NO_ALARM_LOOP
#define NO_ALARM_LOOP		/* lib5 and popen can't use alarm */
#endif

/* These paths are converted to other systems (WIN95) before use */

#define LANGUAGE	"english/"
#define ERRMSG_FILE	"errmsg.sys"
#define TEMP_PREFIX	"MY"
#define LOG_PREFIX	"ML"
#define PROGDIR		"bin/"
#ifndef MYSQL_DATADIR
#define MYSQL_DATADIR		"data/"
#endif
#ifndef SHAREDIR
#define SHAREDIR	"share/"
#endif
#ifndef PLUGINDIR
#define PLUGINDIR	"lib/plugin"
#endif

#define MAX_ERROR_RANGES 4  /* 1000-2000, 2000-3000, 3000-4000, 4000-5000 */
#define ERRORS_PER_RANGE 1000

#define DEFAULT_ERRMSGS           my_default_lc_messages->errmsgs->errmsgs
#define CURRENT_THD_ERRMSGS       (current_thd)->variables.errmsgs

#ifndef mysqld_error_find_printf_error_used
#define ER_DEFAULT(X) DEFAULT_ERRMSGS[((X)-ER_ERROR_FIRST) / ERRORS_PER_RANGE][(X)% ERRORS_PER_RANGE]
#define ER_THD(thd,X) ((thd)->variables.errmsgs[((X)-ER_ERROR_FIRST) / ERRORS_PER_RANGE][(X) % ERRORS_PER_RANGE])
#define ER(X)         ER_THD(current_thd, (X))
#endif
#define ER_THD_OR_DEFAULT(thd,X) ((thd) ? ER_THD(thd, (X)) : ER_DEFAULT(X))

#define SPECIAL_USE_LOCKS	1		/* Lock used databases */
#define SPECIAL_NO_NEW_FUNC	2		/* Skip new functions */
#define SPECIAL_SKIP_SHOW_DB    4               /* Don't allow 'show db' */
#define SPECIAL_WAIT_IF_LOCKED	8		/* Wait if locked database */
#define SPECIAL_SAME_DB_NAME   16		/* form name = file name */
#define SPECIAL_ENGLISH        32		/* English error messages */
#define SPECIAL_NO_RESOLVE     64		/* Obsolete */
#define SPECIAL_NO_PRIOR	128		/* Obsolete */
#define SPECIAL_BIG_SELECTS	256		/* Don't use heap tables */
#define SPECIAL_NO_HOST_CACHE	512		/* Don't cache hosts */
#define SPECIAL_SHORT_LOG_FORMAT 1024
#define SPECIAL_SAFE_MODE	2048
#define SPECIAL_LOG_QUERIES_NOT_USING_INDEXES 4096 /* Obsolete */

	/* Extern defines */
#define store_record(A,B) memcpy((A)->B,(A)->record[0],(size_t) (A)->s->reclength)
#define restore_record(A,B) memcpy((A)->record[0],(A)->B,(size_t) (A)->s->reclength)
#define cmp_record(A,B) memcmp((A)->record[0],(A)->B,(size_t) (A)->s->reclength)
#define empty_record(A) { \
                          restore_record((A),s->default_values); \
                          if ((A)->s->null_bytes) \
                            bfill((A)->null_flags,(A)->s->null_bytes,255); \
                        }

	/* Defines for use with openfrm, openprt and openfrd */

#define READ_ALL               (1 <<  0) /* openfrm: Read all parameters */
#define EXTRA_RECORD           (1 <<  3) /* Reserve space for an extra record */
#define DELAYED_OPEN           (1 << 12) /* Open table later */
#define OPEN_VIEW_NO_PARSE     (1 << 14) /* Open frm only if it's a view,
                                            but do not parse view itself */
/**
  This flag is used in function get_all_tables() which fills
  I_S tables with data which are retrieved from frm files and storage engine
  The flag means that we need to open FRM file only to get necessary data.
*/
#define OPEN_FRM_FILE_ONLY     (1 << 15)
/**
  This flag is used in function get_all_tables() which fills
  I_S tables with data which are retrieved from frm files and storage engine
  The flag means that we need to process tables only to get necessary data.
  Views are not processed.
*/
#define OPEN_TABLE_ONLY        (1 << 16)
/**
  This flag is used in function get_all_tables() which fills
  I_S tables with data which are retrieved from frm files and storage engine
  The flag means that we need to process views only to get necessary data.
  Tables are not processed.
*/
#define OPEN_VIEW_ONLY         (1 << 17)
/**
  This flag is used in function get_all_tables() which fills
  I_S tables with data which are retrieved from frm files and storage engine.
  The flag means that we need to open a view using
  open_normal_and_derived_tables() function.
*/
#define OPEN_VIEW_FULL         (1 << 18)
/**
  This flag is used in function get_all_tables() which fills
  I_S tables with data which are retrieved from frm files and storage engine.
  The flag means that I_S table uses optimization algorithm.
*/
#define OPTIMIZE_I_S_TABLE     (1 << 19)
/**
  This flag is used to instruct tdc_open_view() to check metadata version.
*/
#define CHECK_METADATA_VERSION (1 << 20)

/*
  The flag means that we need to process trigger files only.
*/
#define OPEN_TRIGGER_ONLY      (1 << 21)

/**
  This flag is used in information schema to determine if handling funciton
  can treat open result extensively and provide some user output even if
  table open fails.
*/
#define I_S_EXTENDED_ERROR_HANDLING (1 << 22)

/*
  Minimum length pattern before Turbo Boyer-Moore is used
  for SELECT "text" LIKE "%pattern%", excluding the two
  wildcards in class Item_func_like.
*/
#define MIN_TURBOBM_PATTERN_LEN 3

/* 
   Defines for binary logging.
   Do not decrease the value of BIN_LOG_HEADER_SIZE.
   Do not even increase it before checking code.
*/

#define BIN_LOG_HEADER_SIZE    4 

#define DEFAULT_KEY_CACHE_NAME "default"


/* Include prototypes for unireg */

#include "mysqld_error.h"
#include "structs.h"				/* All structs we need */
#include "sql_list.h"                           /* List<> */
#include "field.h"                              /* Create_field */

/*
  Types of values in the MariaDB extra2 frm segment.
  Each value is written as
    type:       1 byte
    length:     1 byte  (1..255) or \0 and 2 bytes.
    binary value of the 'length' bytes.

  Older MariaDB servers can ignore values of unknown types if
  the type code is less than 128 (EXTRA2_ENGINE_IMPORTANT).
  Otherwise older (but newer than 10.0.1) servers are required
  to report an error.
*/
enum extra2_frm_value_type {
  EXTRA2_TABLEDEF_VERSION=0,
  EXTRA2_DEFAULT_PART_ENGINE=1,
  EXTRA2_GIS=2,
  EXTRA2_APPLICATION_TIME_PERIOD=3,
  EXTRA2_PERIOD_FOR_SYSTEM_TIME=4,
  EXTRA2_INDEX_FLAGS=5,

#define EXTRA2_ENGINE_IMPORTANT 128

  EXTRA2_ENGINE_TABLEOPTS=128,
  EXTRA2_FIELD_FLAGS=129,
  EXTRA2_FIELD_DATA_TYPE_INFO=130,
  EXTRA2_PERIOD_WITHOUT_OVERLAPS=131,
};

enum extra2_field_flags {
  VERS_OPTIMIZED_UPDATE= 1 << INVISIBLE_MAX_BITS,
};

enum extra2_index_flags {
  EXTRA2_DEFAULT_INDEX_FLAGS,
  EXTRA2_IGNORED_KEY
};


static inline size_t extra2_read_len(const uchar **extra2, const uchar *end)
{
  size_t length= *(*extra2)++;
  if (length)
    return length;

  if ((*extra2) + 2 >= end)
    return 0;
  length= uint2korr(*extra2);
  (*extra2)+= 2;
  if (length < 256 || *extra2 + length > end)
    return 0;
  return length;
}

LEX_CUSTRING build_frm_image(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING &table,
                             HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,
                             List<Create_field> &create_fields,
                             uint keys, KEY *key_info, handler *db_file);

#define FRM_HEADER_SIZE 64
#define FRM_FORMINFO_SIZE 288
#define FRM_MAX_SIZE (1024*1024)

static inline bool is_binary_frm_header(const uchar *head)
{
  return head[0] == 254
      && head[1] == 1
      && head[2] >= FRM_VER
      && head[2] <= FRM_VER_CURRENT;
}

#endif
/*
   Copyright (c) 2018, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */


#ifndef LEX_STRING_INCLUDED
#define LEX_STRING_INCLUDED


typedef struct st_mysql_const_lex_string LEX_CSTRING;


class Lex_cstring : public LEX_CSTRING
{
  public:
  Lex_cstring()
  {
    str= NULL;
    length= 0;
  }
  Lex_cstring(const LEX_CSTRING &str)
  {
    LEX_CSTRING::operator=(str);
  }
  Lex_cstring(const char *_str, size_t _len)
  {
    str= _str;
    length= _len;
  }
  Lex_cstring(const char *start, const char *end)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(start <= end);
    str= start;
    length= end - start;
  }
  void set(const char *_str, size_t _len)
  {
    str= _str;
    length= _len;
  }

  /*
    Trim left white spaces.
    Assumes that there are no multi-bytes characters
    that can be considered white-space.
  */
  Lex_cstring ltrim_whitespace(CHARSET_INFO *cs) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(cs->mbminlen == 1);
    Lex_cstring str= *this;
    while (str.length > 0 && my_isspace(cs, str.str[0]))
    {
      str.length--;
      str.str++;
    }
    return str;
  }

  /*
    Trim right white spaces.
    Assumes that there are no multi-bytes characters
    that can be considered white-space.
    Also, assumes that the character set supports backward space parsing.
  */
  Lex_cstring rtrim_whitespace(CHARSET_INFO *cs) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(cs->mbminlen == 1);
    Lex_cstring str= *this;
    while (str.length > 0 && my_isspace(cs, str.str[str.length - 1]))
    {
      str.length --;
    }
    return str;
  }

  /*
    Trim all spaces.
  */
  Lex_cstring trim_whitespace(CHARSET_INFO *cs) const
  {
    return ltrim_whitespace(cs).rtrim_whitespace(cs);
  }

  /*
    Trim all spaces and return the length of the leading space sequence.
  */
  Lex_cstring trim_whitespace(CHARSET_INFO *cs, size_t *prefix_length) const
  {
    Lex_cstring tmp= Lex_cstring(*this).ltrim_whitespace(cs);
    if (prefix_length)
      *prefix_length= tmp.str - str;
    return tmp.rtrim_whitespace(cs);
  }

  /*
    Return the "n" leftmost bytes if this[0] is longer than "n" bytes,
    or return this[0] itself otherwise.
  */
  Lex_cstring left(size_t n) const
  {
    return Lex_cstring(str, MY_MIN(length, n));
  }
  /*
    If this[0] is shorter than "pos" bytes, then return an empty string.
    Otherwise, return a substring of this[0] starting from
    the byte position "pos" until the end.
  */
  Lex_cstring substr(size_t pos) const
  {
    return length <= pos ? Lex_cstring(str + length, (size_t) 0) :
                           Lex_cstring(str + pos, length - pos);
  }
  // Check if a prefix of this[0] is equal to "rhs".
  bool starts_with(const LEX_CSTRING &rhs) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(str);
    DBUG_ASSERT(rhs.str);
    return length >= rhs.length && !memcmp(str, rhs.str, rhs.length);
  }
};


class Lex_cstring_strlen: public Lex_cstring
{
public:
  explicit Lex_cstring_strlen(const char *from)
   :Lex_cstring(from, from ? strlen(from) : 0)
  { }
};


/* Functions to compare if two lex strings are equal */

static inline bool lex_string_cmp(CHARSET_INFO *charset, const LEX_CSTRING *a,
                                  const LEX_CSTRING *b)
{
  return my_strcasecmp(charset, a->str, b->str);
}

/*
  Compare to LEX_CSTRING's and return 0 if equal
*/

static inline bool cmp(const LEX_CSTRING *a, const LEX_CSTRING *b)
{
  return a->length != b->length ||
    (a->length && memcmp(a->str, b->str, a->length));
}
static inline bool cmp(const LEX_CSTRING a, const LEX_CSTRING b)
{
  return a.length != b.length || (a.length && memcmp(a.str, b.str, a.length));
}

/*
  Compare if two LEX_CSTRING are equal. Assumption is that
  character set is ASCII (like for plugin names)
*/

static inline bool lex_string_eq(const LEX_CSTRING *a, const LEX_CSTRING *b)
{
  if (a->length != b->length)
    return 0;                                   /* Different */
  return strcasecmp(a->str, b->str) == 0;
}

/*
  To be used when calling lex_string_eq with STRING_WITH_LEN() as second
  argument
*/

static inline bool lex_string_eq(const LEX_CSTRING *a, const char *b, size_t b_length)
{
  if (a->length != b_length)
    return 0;                                   /* Different */
  return strcasecmp(a->str, b) == 0;
}

#endif /* LEX_STRING_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @addtogroup Replication
  @{

  @file
  
  @brief Binary log event definitions.  This includes generic code
  common to all types of log events, as well as specific code for each
  type of log event.
*/


#ifndef _log_event_h
#define _log_event_h

#if defined(USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE) && defined(MYSQL_SERVER)
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#include <my_bitmap.h>
#include "rpl_constants.h"
#include <vector>
#include <string>
#include <functional>
#include <memory>
#include <map>
#include <lex_charset.h>

#ifdef MYSQL_CLIENT
#include "sql_const.h"
#include "rpl_utility.h"
#include "hash.h"
#include "rpl_tblmap.h"
#include "sql_string.h"
#endif

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
#include "rpl_record.h"
#include "rpl_reporting.h"
#include "sql_class.h"                          /* THD */
#include "sql_insert.h"
#else
typedef ulong enum_slave_exec_mode;
#endif

#include "rpl_gtid.h"

#include "log_event_data_type.h"

/* Forward declarations */
#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT
class String;
#endif

#define PREFIX_SQL_LOAD "SQL_LOAD-"
#define LONG_FIND_ROW_THRESHOLD 60 /* seconds */

/**
   Either assert or return an error.

   In debug build, the condition will be checked, but in non-debug
   builds, the error code given will be returned instead.

   @param COND   Condition to check
   @param ERRNO  Error number to return in non-debug builds
*/
#ifdef DBUG_OFF
#define ASSERT_OR_RETURN_ERROR(COND, ERRNO) \
  do { if (!(COND)) return ERRNO; } while (0)
#else
#define ASSERT_OR_RETURN_ERROR(COND, ERRNO) \
  DBUG_ASSERT(COND)
#endif

#define LOG_READ_EOF    -1
#define LOG_READ_BOGUS  -2
#define LOG_READ_IO     -3
#define LOG_READ_MEM    -5
#define LOG_READ_TRUNC  -6
#define LOG_READ_TOO_LARGE -7
#define LOG_READ_CHECKSUM_FAILURE -8
#define LOG_READ_DECRYPT -9

#define LOG_EVENT_OFFSET 4

/*
   3 is MySQL 4.x; 4 is MySQL 5.0.0.
   Compared to version 3, version 4 has:
   - a different Start_log_event, which includes info about the binary log
   (sizes of headers); this info is included for better compatibility if the
   master's MySQL version is different from the slave's.
   - all events have a unique ID (the triplet (server_id, timestamp at server
   start, other) to be sure an event is not executed more than once in a
   multimaster setup, example:
                M1
              /   \
             v     v
             M2    M3
             \     /
              v   v
                S
   if a query is run on M1, it will arrive twice on S, so we need that S
   remembers the last unique ID it has processed, to compare and know if the
   event should be skipped or not. Example of ID: we already have the server id
   (4 bytes), plus:
   timestamp_when_the_master_started (4 bytes), a counter (a sequence number
   which increments every time we write an event to the binlog) (3 bytes).
   Q: how do we handle when the counter is overflowed and restarts from 0 ?

   - Query and Load (Create or Execute) events may have a more precise
     timestamp (with microseconds), number of matched/affected/warnings rows
   and fields of session variables: SQL_MODE,
   FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS, UNIQUE_CHECKS, SQL_AUTO_IS_NULL, the collations and
   charsets, the PASSWORD() version (old/new/...).
*/
#define BINLOG_VERSION    4

/*
 We could have used SERVER_VERSION_LENGTH, but this introduces an
 obscure dependency - if somebody decided to change SERVER_VERSION_LENGTH
 this would break the replication protocol
*/
#define ST_SERVER_VER_LEN 50

/*
  These are flags and structs to handle all the LOAD DATA INFILE options (LINES
  TERMINATED etc).
*/

/*
  These are flags and structs to handle all the LOAD DATA INFILE options (LINES
  TERMINATED etc).
  DUMPFILE_FLAG is probably useless (DUMPFILE is a clause of SELECT, not of LOAD
  DATA).
*/
#define DUMPFILE_FLAG		0x1
#define OPT_ENCLOSED_FLAG	0x2
#define REPLACE_FLAG		0x4
#define IGNORE_FLAG		0x8

#define FIELD_TERM_EMPTY	0x1
#define ENCLOSED_EMPTY		0x2
#define LINE_TERM_EMPTY		0x4
#define LINE_START_EMPTY	0x8
#define ESCAPED_EMPTY		0x10

#define NUM_LOAD_DELIM_STRS 5

/*
  The following is the max table_map_id. This is limited by that we
  are using 6 bytes for it in replication
*/
#define MAX_TABLE_MAP_ID ((1ULL << (6*8)) -1)

/*****************************************************************************

  MySQL Binary Log

  This log consists of events.  Each event has a fixed-length header,
  possibly followed by a variable length data body.

  The data body consists of an optional fixed length segment (post-header)
  and  an optional variable length segment.

  See the #defines below for the format specifics.

  The events which really update data are Query_log_event,
  Execute_load_query_log_event and Execute_load_log_event events
  (Execute_load_query is used together with Begin_load_query and Append_block
  events to replicate LOAD DATA INFILE.

 ****************************************************************************/

#define LOG_EVENT_HEADER_LEN 19     /* the fixed header length */
/*
   Fixed header length. That is, some future version may have a longer
   header, but at least the first 19 bytes will be the same. So
   LOG_EVENT_HEADER_LEN will be something like 26, but
   LOG_EVENT_MINIMAL_HEADER_LEN will remain 19.
*/
#define LOG_EVENT_MINIMAL_HEADER_LEN 19

/* event-specific post-header sizes */
// where 3.23, 4.x and 5.0 agree
#define QUERY_HEADER_MINIMAL_LEN     (4 + 4 + 1 + 2)
// where 5.0 differs: 2 for len of N-bytes vars.
#define QUERY_HEADER_LEN     (QUERY_HEADER_MINIMAL_LEN + 2)
#define STOP_HEADER_LEN      0
#define LOAD_HEADER_LEN      (4 + 4 + 4 + 1 +1 + 4)
#define SLAVE_HEADER_LEN     0
#define START_V3_HEADER_LEN     (2 + ST_SERVER_VER_LEN + 4)
#define ROTATE_HEADER_LEN    8 // this is FROZEN (the Rotate post-header is frozen)
#define INTVAR_HEADER_LEN      0
#define CREATE_FILE_HEADER_LEN 4
#define APPEND_BLOCK_HEADER_LEN 4
#define EXEC_LOAD_HEADER_LEN   4
#define DELETE_FILE_HEADER_LEN 4
#define NEW_LOAD_HEADER_LEN    LOAD_HEADER_LEN
#define RAND_HEADER_LEN        0
#define USER_VAR_HEADER_LEN    0
#define FORMAT_DESCRIPTION_HEADER_LEN (START_V3_HEADER_LEN+1+LOG_EVENT_TYPES)
#define XID_HEADER_LEN         0
#define BEGIN_LOAD_QUERY_HEADER_LEN APPEND_BLOCK_HEADER_LEN
#define ROWS_HEADER_LEN_V1     8
#define TABLE_MAP_HEADER_LEN   8
#define EXECUTE_LOAD_QUERY_EXTRA_HEADER_LEN (4 + 4 + 4 + 1)
#define EXECUTE_LOAD_QUERY_HEADER_LEN  (QUERY_HEADER_LEN + EXECUTE_LOAD_QUERY_EXTRA_HEADER_LEN)
#define INCIDENT_HEADER_LEN    2
#define HEARTBEAT_HEADER_LEN   0
#define IGNORABLE_HEADER_LEN   0
#define ROWS_HEADER_LEN_V2    10
#define ANNOTATE_ROWS_HEADER_LEN  0
#define BINLOG_CHECKPOINT_HEADER_LEN 4
#define GTID_HEADER_LEN       19
#define GTID_LIST_HEADER_LEN   4
#define START_ENCRYPTION_HEADER_LEN 0
#define XA_PREPARE_HEADER_LEN 0

/* 
  Max number of possible extra bytes in a replication event compared to a
  packet (i.e. a query) sent from client to master;
  First, an auxiliary log_event status vars estimation:
*/
#define MAX_SIZE_LOG_EVENT_STATUS (uint) \
                                  (1 + 4          /* type, flags2 */   + \
                                   1 + 8          /* type, sql_mode */ + \
                                   1 + 1 + 255    /* type, length, catalog */ + \
                                   1 + 4          /* type, auto_increment */ + \
                                   1 + 6          /* type, charset */ + \
                                   1 + 1 + 255    /* type, length, time_zone */ + \
                                   1 + 2          /* type, lc_time_names_number */ + \
                                   1 + 2          /* type, charset_database_number */ + \
                                   1 + 8          /* type, table_map_for_update */ + \
                                   1 + 4          /* type, master_data_written */ + \
                                   1 + 3          /* type, sec_part of NOW() */ + \
                                   1 + 16 + 1 + 60/* type, user_len, user, host_len, host */ + \
                                   1 + 2 + 8      /* type, flags3, seq_no */ + \
                                   1 + Charset_collation_map_st::binary_size_max() \
                                   /* type, map */ \
                                   )
#define MAX_LOG_EVENT_HEADER   ( /* in order of Query_log_event::write */ \
  LOG_EVENT_HEADER_LEN + /* write_header */ \
  QUERY_HEADER_LEN     + /* write_data */   \
  EXECUTE_LOAD_QUERY_EXTRA_HEADER_LEN + /*write_post_header_for_derived */ \
  MAX_SIZE_LOG_EVENT_STATUS + /* status */ \
  NAME_LEN + 1)

/*
  The new option is added to handle large packets that are sent from the master 
  to the slave. It is used to increase the thd(max_allowed) for both the
  DUMP thread on the master and the SQL/IO thread on the slave. 
*/
#define MAX_MAX_ALLOWED_PACKET (1024*1024*1024)

/* 
   Event header offsets; 
   these point to places inside the fixed header.
*/

#define EVENT_TYPE_OFFSET    4
#define SERVER_ID_OFFSET     5
#define EVENT_LEN_OFFSET     9
#define LOG_POS_OFFSET       13
#define FLAGS_OFFSET         17

/* start event post-header (for v3 and v4) */

#define ST_BINLOG_VER_OFFSET  0
#define ST_SERVER_VER_OFFSET  2
#define ST_CREATED_OFFSET     (ST_SERVER_VER_OFFSET + ST_SERVER_VER_LEN)
#define ST_COMMON_HEADER_LEN_OFFSET (ST_CREATED_OFFSET + 4)

/* slave event post-header (this event is never written) */

#define SL_MASTER_PORT_OFFSET   8
#define SL_MASTER_POS_OFFSET    0
#define SL_MASTER_HOST_OFFSET   10

/* query event post-header */

#define Q_THREAD_ID_OFFSET	0
#define Q_EXEC_TIME_OFFSET	4
#define Q_DB_LEN_OFFSET		8
#define Q_ERR_CODE_OFFSET	9
#define Q_STATUS_VARS_LEN_OFFSET 11
#define Q_DATA_OFFSET		QUERY_HEADER_LEN
/* these are codes, not offsets; not more than 256 values (1 byte). */
#define Q_FLAGS2_CODE           0
#define Q_SQL_MODE_CODE         1
/*
  Q_CATALOG_CODE is catalog with end zero stored; it is used only by MySQL
  5.0.x where 0<=x<=3. We have to keep it to be able to replicate these
  old masters.
*/
#define Q_CATALOG_CODE          2
#define Q_AUTO_INCREMENT	3
#define Q_CHARSET_CODE          4
#define Q_TIME_ZONE_CODE        5
/*
  Q_CATALOG_NZ_CODE is catalog withOUT end zero stored; it is used by MySQL
  5.0.x where x>=4. Saves one byte in every Query_log_event in binlog,
  compared to Q_CATALOG_CODE. The reason we didn't simply re-use
  Q_CATALOG_CODE is that then a 5.0.3 slave of this 5.0.x (x>=4) master would
  crash (segfault etc) because it would expect a 0 when there is none.
*/
#define Q_CATALOG_NZ_CODE       6

#define Q_LC_TIME_NAMES_CODE    7

#define Q_CHARSET_DATABASE_CODE 8

#define Q_TABLE_MAP_FOR_UPDATE_CODE 9

#define Q_MASTER_DATA_WRITTEN_CODE 10

#define Q_INVOKER 11

#define Q_HRNOW 128
#define Q_XID   129

#define Q_GTID_FLAGS3 130

#define Q_CHARACTER_SET_COLLATIONS 131
/* Intvar event post-header */

/* Intvar event data */
#define I_TYPE_OFFSET        0
#define I_VAL_OFFSET         1

/* Rand event data */
#define RAND_SEED1_OFFSET 0
#define RAND_SEED2_OFFSET 8

/* User_var event data */
#define UV_VAL_LEN_SIZE        4
#define UV_VAL_IS_NULL         1
#define UV_VAL_TYPE_SIZE       1
#define UV_NAME_LEN_SIZE       4
#define UV_CHARSET_NUMBER_SIZE 4

/* Load event post-header */
#define L_THREAD_ID_OFFSET   0
#define L_EXEC_TIME_OFFSET   4
#define L_SKIP_LINES_OFFSET  8
#define L_TBL_LEN_OFFSET     12
#define L_DB_LEN_OFFSET      13
#define L_NUM_FIELDS_OFFSET  14
#define L_SQL_EX_OFFSET      18
#define L_DATA_OFFSET        LOAD_HEADER_LEN

/* Rotate event post-header */
#define R_POS_OFFSET       0
#define R_IDENT_OFFSET     8

/* CF to DF handle LOAD DATA INFILE */

/* CF = "Create File" */
#define CF_FILE_ID_OFFSET  0
#define CF_DATA_OFFSET     CREATE_FILE_HEADER_LEN

/* AB = "Append Block" */
#define AB_FILE_ID_OFFSET  0
#define AB_DATA_OFFSET     APPEND_BLOCK_HEADER_LEN

/* EL = "Execute Load" */
#define EL_FILE_ID_OFFSET  0

/* DF = "Delete File" */
#define DF_FILE_ID_OFFSET  0

/* TM = "Table Map" */
#define TM_MAPID_OFFSET    0
#define TM_FLAGS_OFFSET    6

/* RW = "RoWs" */
#define RW_MAPID_OFFSET    0
#define RW_FLAGS_OFFSET    6
#define RW_VHLEN_OFFSET    8
#define RW_V_TAG_LEN       1
#define RW_V_EXTRAINFO_TAG 0

/* ELQ = "Execute Load Query" */
#define ELQ_FILE_ID_OFFSET QUERY_HEADER_LEN
#define ELQ_FN_POS_START_OFFSET ELQ_FILE_ID_OFFSET + 4
#define ELQ_FN_POS_END_OFFSET ELQ_FILE_ID_OFFSET + 8
#define ELQ_DUP_HANDLING_OFFSET ELQ_FILE_ID_OFFSET + 12

/* 4 bytes which all binlogs should begin with */
#define BINLOG_MAGIC        (const uchar*) "\xfe\x62\x69\x6e"

/*
  The 2 flags below were useless :
  - the first one was never set
  - the second one was set in all Rotate events on the master, but not used for
  anything useful.
  So they are now removed and their place may later be reused for other
  flags. Then one must remember that Rotate events in 4.x have
  LOG_EVENT_FORCED_ROTATE_F set, so one should not rely on the value of the
  replacing flag when reading a Rotate event.
  I keep the defines here just to remember what they were.
*/
#ifdef TO_BE_REMOVED
#define LOG_EVENT_TIME_F            0x1
#define LOG_EVENT_FORCED_ROTATE_F   0x2
#endif

/*
   This flag only makes sense for Format_description_log_event. It is set
   when the event is written, and *reset* when a binlog file is
   closed (yes, it's the only case when MySQL modifies already written
   part of binlog).  Thus it is a reliable indicator that binlog was
   closed correctly.  (Stop_log_event is not enough, there's always a
   small chance that mysqld crashes in the middle of insert and end of
   the binlog would look like a Stop_log_event).

   This flag is used to detect a restart after a crash, and to provide
   "unbreakable" binlog. The problem is that on a crash storage engines
   rollback automatically, while binlog does not.  To solve this we use this
   flag and automatically append ROLLBACK to every non-closed binlog (append
   virtually, on reading, file itself is not changed). If this flag is found,
   mysqlbinlog simply prints "ROLLBACK" Replication master does not abort on
   binlog corruption, but takes it as EOF, and replication slave forces a
   rollback in this case.

   Note, that old binlogs does not have this flag set, so we get a
   a backward-compatible behaviour.
*/

#define LOG_EVENT_BINLOG_IN_USE_F       0x1

/**
  @def LOG_EVENT_THREAD_SPECIFIC_F

  If the query depends on the thread (for example: TEMPORARY TABLE).
  Currently this is used by mysqlbinlog to know it must print
  SET @@PSEUDO_THREAD_ID=xx; before the query (it would not hurt to print it
  for every query but this would be slow).
*/
#define LOG_EVENT_THREAD_SPECIFIC_F 0x4

/**
  @def LOG_EVENT_SUPPRESS_USE_F

  Suppress the generation of 'USE' statements before the actual
  statement. This flag should be set for any events that does not need
  the current database set to function correctly. Most notable cases
  are 'CREATE DATABASE' and 'DROP DATABASE'.

  This flags should only be used in exceptional circumstances, since
  it introduce a significant change in behaviour regarding the
  replication logic together with the flags --binlog-do-db and
  --replicated-do-db.
 */
#define LOG_EVENT_SUPPRESS_USE_F    0x8

/*
  Note: this is a place holder for the flag
  LOG_EVENT_UPDATE_TABLE_MAP_VERSION_F (0x10), which is not used any
  more, please do not reused this value for other flags.
 */

/**
   @def LOG_EVENT_ARTIFICIAL_F
   
   Artificial events are created arbitrarily and not written to binary
   log

   These events should not update the master log position when slave
   SQL thread executes them.
*/
#define LOG_EVENT_ARTIFICIAL_F 0x20

/**
   @def LOG_EVENT_RELAY_LOG_F
   
   Events with this flag set are created by slave IO thread and written
   to relay log
*/
#define LOG_EVENT_RELAY_LOG_F 0x40

/**
   @def LOG_EVENT_IGNORABLE_F

   For an event, 'e', carrying a type code, that a slave,
   's', does not recognize, 's' will check 'e' for
   LOG_EVENT_IGNORABLE_F, and if the flag is set, then 'e'
   is ignored. Otherwise, 's' acknowledges that it has
   found an unknown event in the relay log.
*/
#define LOG_EVENT_IGNORABLE_F 0x80

/**
   @def LOG_EVENT_ACCEPT_OWN_F

   Flag sets by the semisync slave for accepting
   the same server_id ("own") events which the slave must not have
   in its state. Typically such events were never committed by
   their originator (this server) and discared at its semisync-slave recovery.
*/
#define LOG_EVENT_ACCEPT_OWN_F 0x4000

/**
   @def LOG_EVENT_SKIP_REPLICATION_F

   Flag set by application creating the event (with @@skip_replication); the
   slave will skip replication of such events if
   --replicate-events-marked-for-skip is not set to REPLICATE.

   This is a MariaDB flag; we allocate it from the end of the available
   values to reduce risk of conflict with new MySQL flags.
*/
#define LOG_EVENT_SKIP_REPLICATION_F 0x8000


/**
  @def OPTIONS_WRITTEN_TO_BIN_LOG

  OPTIONS_WRITTEN_TO_BIN_LOG are the bits of thd->options which must
  be written to the binlog. OPTIONS_WRITTEN_TO_BIN_LOG could be
  written into the Format_description_log_event, so that if later we
  don't want to replicate a variable we did replicate, or the
  contrary, it's doable. But it should not be too hard to deduct
  the value of OPTIONS_WRITTEN_TO_BIN_LOG from the master's version.

  This is done in deduct_options_written_to_bin_log().
  You *must* update it, when changing the definition below.
*/
#define OPTIONS_WRITTEN_TO_BIN_LOG (OPTION_EXPLICIT_DEF_TIMESTAMP |\
   OPTION_AUTO_IS_NULL | OPTION_NO_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS |  \
   OPTION_RELAXED_UNIQUE_CHECKS | OPTION_NOT_AUTOCOMMIT | OPTION_IF_EXISTS |\
   OPTION_INSERT_HISTORY)

#define CHECKSUM_CRC32_SIGNATURE_LEN 4
/**
   defined statically while there is just one alg implemented
*/
#define BINLOG_CHECKSUM_LEN CHECKSUM_CRC32_SIGNATURE_LEN
#define BINLOG_CHECKSUM_ALG_DESC_LEN 1  /* 1 byte checksum alg descriptor */

/*
  These are capability numbers for MariaDB slave servers.

  Newer MariaDB slaves set this to inform the master about their capabilities.
  This allows the master to decide which events it can send to the slave
  without breaking replication on old slaves that maybe do not understand
  all events from newer masters.

  As new releases are backwards compatible, a given capability implies also
  all capabilities with smaller number.

  Older MariaDB slaves and other MySQL slave servers do not set this, so they
  are recorded with capability 0.
*/

/* MySQL or old MariaDB slave with no announced capability. */
#define MARIA_SLAVE_CAPABILITY_UNKNOWN 0
/* MariaDB >= 5.3, which understands ANNOTATE_ROWS_EVENT. */
#define MARIA_SLAVE_CAPABILITY_ANNOTATE 1
/*
  MariaDB >= 5.5. This version has the capability to tolerate events omitted
  from the binlog stream without breaking replication (MySQL slaves fail
  because they mis-compute the offsets into the master's binlog).
*/
#define MARIA_SLAVE_CAPABILITY_TOLERATE_HOLES 2
/* MariaDB >= 10.0, which knows about binlog_checkpoint_log_event. */
#define MARIA_SLAVE_CAPABILITY_BINLOG_CHECKPOINT 3
/* MariaDB >= 10.0.1, which knows about global transaction id events. */
#define MARIA_SLAVE_CAPABILITY_GTID 4

/* Our capability. */
#define MARIA_SLAVE_CAPABILITY_MINE MARIA_SLAVE_CAPABILITY_GTID


/*
  When the size of 'log_pos' within Heartbeat_log_event exceeds UINT32_MAX it
  cannot be accommodated in common_header, as 'log_pos' is of 4 bytes size. In
  such cases, sub_header, of size 8 bytes will hold larger 'log_pos' value.
*/
#define HB_SUB_HEADER_LEN 8


/**
  @enum Log_event_type

  Enumeration type for the different types of log events.
*/
enum Log_event_type
{
  /*
    Every time you update this enum (when you add a type), you have to
    fix Format_description_log_event::Format_description_log_event().
  */
  UNKNOWN_EVENT= 0,
  START_EVENT_V3= 1,
  QUERY_EVENT= 2,
  STOP_EVENT= 3,
  ROTATE_EVENT= 4,
  INTVAR_EVENT= 5,
  LOAD_EVENT= 6,
  SLAVE_EVENT= 7,
  CREATE_FILE_EVENT= 8,
  APPEND_BLOCK_EVENT= 9,
  EXEC_LOAD_EVENT= 10,
  DELETE_FILE_EVENT= 11,
  NEW_LOAD_EVENT= 12,
  RAND_EVENT= 13,
  USER_VAR_EVENT= 14,
  FORMAT_DESCRIPTION_EVENT= 15,
  XID_EVENT= 16,
  BEGIN_LOAD_QUERY_EVENT= 17,
  EXECUTE_LOAD_QUERY_EVENT= 18,

  TABLE_MAP_EVENT = 19,

  /*
    These event numbers were used for 5.1.0 to 5.1.15 and are
    therefore obsolete.
   */
  PRE_GA_WRITE_ROWS_EVENT = 20,
  PRE_GA_UPDATE_ROWS_EVENT = 21,
  PRE_GA_DELETE_ROWS_EVENT = 22,

  /*
    These event numbers are used from 5.1.16 until mysql-5.6.6,
    and in MariaDB
   */
  WRITE_ROWS_EVENT_V1 = 23,
  UPDATE_ROWS_EVENT_V1 = 24,
  DELETE_ROWS_EVENT_V1 = 25,

  /*
    Something out of the ordinary happened on the master
   */
  INCIDENT_EVENT= 26,

  /*
    Heartbeat event to be send by master at its idle time 
    to ensure master's online status to slave 
  */
  HEARTBEAT_LOG_EVENT= 27,
  
  /*
    In some situations, it is necessary to send over ignorable
    data to the slave: data that a slave can handle in case there
    is code for handling it, but which can be ignored if it is not
    recognized.

    These mysql-5.6 events are not recognized (and ignored) by MariaDB
  */
  IGNORABLE_LOG_EVENT= 28,
  ROWS_QUERY_LOG_EVENT= 29,
 
  /* Version 2 of the Row events, generated only by mysql-5.6.6+ */
  WRITE_ROWS_EVENT = 30,
  UPDATE_ROWS_EVENT = 31,
  DELETE_ROWS_EVENT = 32,
 
  /* MySQL 5.6 GTID events, ignored by MariaDB */
  GTID_LOG_EVENT= 33,
  ANONYMOUS_GTID_LOG_EVENT= 34,
  PREVIOUS_GTIDS_LOG_EVENT= 35,

  /* MySQL 5.7 events, ignored by MariaDB */
  TRANSACTION_CONTEXT_EVENT= 36,
  VIEW_CHANGE_EVENT= 37,
  /* not ignored */
  XA_PREPARE_LOG_EVENT= 38,

  /**
    Extension of UPDATE_ROWS_EVENT, allowing partial values according
    to binlog_row_value_options.
  */
  PARTIAL_UPDATE_ROWS_EVENT = 39,
  TRANSACTION_PAYLOAD_EVENT = 40,
  HEARTBEAT_LOG_EVENT_V2 = 41,

  /*
    Add new events here - right above this comment!
    Existing events (except ENUM_END_EVENT) should never change their numbers
  */

  /* New MySQL/Sun events are to be added right above this comment */
  MYSQL_EVENTS_END,

  MARIA_EVENTS_BEGIN= 160,
  /* New Maria event numbers start from here */
  ANNOTATE_ROWS_EVENT= 160,
  /*
    Binlog checkpoint event. Used for XA crash recovery on the master, not used
    in replication.
    A binlog checkpoint event specifies a binlog file such that XA crash
    recovery can start from that file - and it is guaranteed to find all XIDs
    that are prepared in storage engines but not yet committed.
  */
  BINLOG_CHECKPOINT_EVENT= 161,
  /*
    Gtid event. For global transaction ID, used to start a new event group,
    instead of the old BEGIN query event, and also to mark stand-alone
    events.
  */
  GTID_EVENT= 162,
  /*
    Gtid list event. Logged at the start of every binlog, to record the
    current replication state. This consists of the last GTID seen for
    each replication domain.
  */
  GTID_LIST_EVENT= 163,

  START_ENCRYPTION_EVENT= 164,

  /*
    Compressed binlog event.

    Note that the order between WRITE/UPDATE/DELETE events is significant;
    this is so that we can convert from the compressed to the uncompressed
    event type with (type-WRITE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT + WRITE_ROWS_EVENT)
    and similar for _V1.
  */
  QUERY_COMPRESSED_EVENT = 165,
  WRITE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT_V1 = 166,
  UPDATE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT_V1 = 167,
  DELETE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT_V1 = 168,
  WRITE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT = 169,
  UPDATE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT = 170,
  DELETE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT = 171,

  /* Add new MariaDB events here - right above this comment!  */

  ENUM_END_EVENT /* end marker */
};


/*
  Bit flags for what has been writing to cache. Used to
  discard logs with table map events but not row events and
  nothing else important. This is stored by cache.
*/

enum enum_logged_status
{
  LOGGED_TABLE_MAP= 1,
  LOGGED_ROW_EVENT= 2,
  LOGGED_NO_DATA=   4,
  LOGGED_CRITICAL=  8
};

static inline bool LOG_EVENT_IS_QUERY(enum Log_event_type type)
{
  return type == QUERY_EVENT || type == QUERY_COMPRESSED_EVENT;
}


static inline bool LOG_EVENT_IS_WRITE_ROW(enum Log_event_type type)
{
  return type == WRITE_ROWS_EVENT || type == WRITE_ROWS_EVENT_V1 ||
    type == WRITE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT ||
    type == WRITE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT_V1;
}


static inline bool LOG_EVENT_IS_UPDATE_ROW(enum Log_event_type type)
{
  return type == UPDATE_ROWS_EVENT || type == UPDATE_ROWS_EVENT_V1 ||
    type == UPDATE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT ||
    type == UPDATE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT_V1;
}


static inline bool LOG_EVENT_IS_DELETE_ROW(enum Log_event_type type)
{
  return type == DELETE_ROWS_EVENT || type == DELETE_ROWS_EVENT_V1 ||
    type == DELETE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT ||
    type == DELETE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT_V1;
}


static inline bool LOG_EVENT_IS_ROW_COMPRESSED(enum Log_event_type type)
{
  return type == WRITE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT ||
    type == WRITE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT_V1 ||
    type == UPDATE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT ||
    type == UPDATE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT_V1 ||
    type == DELETE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT ||
    type == DELETE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT_V1;
}


static inline bool LOG_EVENT_IS_ROW_V2(enum Log_event_type type)
{
  return (type >= WRITE_ROWS_EVENT && type <= DELETE_ROWS_EVENT) ||
    (type >= WRITE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT && type <= DELETE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT);
}


/*
   The number of types we handle in Format_description_log_event (UNKNOWN_EVENT
   is not to be handled, it does not exist in binlogs, it does not have a
   format).
*/
#define LOG_EVENT_TYPES (ENUM_END_EVENT-1)

enum Int_event_type
{
  INVALID_INT_EVENT = 0, LAST_INSERT_ID_EVENT = 1, INSERT_ID_EVENT = 2
};

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
class String;
class MYSQL_BIN_LOG;
class THD;
#endif

class Format_description_log_event;
class Relay_log_info;
class binlog_cache_data;

bool copy_event_cache_to_file_and_reinit(IO_CACHE *cache, FILE *file);

#ifdef MYSQL_CLIENT
enum enum_base64_output_mode {
  BASE64_OUTPUT_NEVER= 0,
  BASE64_OUTPUT_AUTO= 1,
  BASE64_OUTPUT_UNSPEC= 2,
  BASE64_OUTPUT_DECODE_ROWS= 3,
  /* insert new output modes here */
  BASE64_OUTPUT_MODE_COUNT
};

bool copy_event_cache_to_string_and_reinit(IO_CACHE *cache, LEX_STRING *to);

/*
  A structure for mysqlbinlog to know how to print events

  This structure is passed to the event's print() methods,

  There are two types of settings stored here:
  1. Last db, flags2, sql_mode etc comes from the last printed event.
     They are stored so that only the necessary USE and SET commands
     are printed.
  2. Other information on how to print the events, e.g. short_form,
     hexdump_from.  These are not dependent on the last event.
*/
typedef struct st_print_event_info
{
  /*
    Settings for database, sql_mode etc that comes from the last event
    that was printed.  We cache these so that we don't have to print
    them if they are unchanged.
  */
  char db[FN_REFLEN+1]; // TODO: make this a LEX_STRING when thd->db is
  char charset[6]; // 3 variables, each of them storable in 2 bytes
  char time_zone_str[MAX_TIME_ZONE_NAME_LENGTH];
  char delimiter[16];
  sql_mode_t sql_mode;		/* must be same as THD.variables.sql_mode */
  my_thread_id thread_id;
  ulonglong row_events;
  ulong auto_increment_increment, auto_increment_offset;
  uint lc_time_names_number;
  uint charset_database_number;
  uint verbose;
  uchar gtid_ev_flags2;
  uint32 flags2;
  uint32 server_id;
  uint32 domain_id;
  uint8 common_header_len;
  enum_base64_output_mode base64_output_mode;
  my_off_t hexdump_from;

  table_mapping m_table_map;
  table_mapping m_table_map_ignored;
  bool flags2_inited;
  bool sql_mode_inited;
  bool charset_inited;
  bool thread_id_printed;
  bool server_id_printed;
  bool domain_id_printed;
  bool allow_parallel;
  bool allow_parallel_printed;
  bool found_row_event;
  bool print_row_count;
  static const uint max_delimiter_size= 16;
  /* Settings on how to print the events */
  bool short_form;
  /*
    This is set whenever a Format_description_event is printed.
    Later, when an event is printed in base64, this flag is tested: if
    no Format_description_event has been seen, it is unsafe to print
    the base64 event, so an error message is generated.
  */
  bool printed_fd_event;
  /*
    Track when @@skip_replication changes so we need to output a SET
    statement for it.
  */
  bool skip_replication;
  bool print_table_metadata;

  /*
     These two caches are used by the row-based replication events to
     collect the header information and the main body of the events
     making up a statement.
   */
  IO_CACHE head_cache;
  IO_CACHE body_cache;
  IO_CACHE tail_cache;
#ifdef WHEN_FLASHBACK_REVIEW_READY
  /* Storing the SQL for reviewing */
  IO_CACHE review_sql_cache;
#endif
  FILE *file;



  /*
    Used to include the events within a GTID start/stop boundary
  */
  my_bool m_is_event_group_active;

  /*
    Tracks whether or not output events must be explicitly activated in order
    to be printed
  */
  my_bool m_is_event_group_filtering_enabled;

  st_print_event_info();

  ~st_print_event_info() {
    close_cached_file(&head_cache);
    close_cached_file(&body_cache);
    close_cached_file(&tail_cache);
#ifdef WHEN_FLASHBACK_REVIEW_READY
    close_cached_file(&review_sql_cache);
#endif
  }
  bool init_ok() /* tells if construction was successful */
    { return my_b_inited(&head_cache) && my_b_inited(&body_cache)
#ifdef WHEN_FLASHBACK_REVIEW_READY
      && my_b_inited(&review_sql_cache)
#endif
    ; }
  void flush_for_error()
  {
    if (!copy_event_cache_to_file_and_reinit(&head_cache, file))
      copy_event_cache_to_file_and_reinit(&body_cache, file);
    fflush(file);
  }

  /*
    Notify that all events part of the current group should be printed
  */
  void activate_current_event_group()
  {
    m_is_event_group_active= TRUE;
  }
  void deactivate_current_event_group()
  {
    m_is_event_group_active= FALSE;
  }

  /*
    Used for displaying events part of an event group.
    Returns TRUE when both event group filtering is enabled and the current
            event group should be displayed, OR if event group filtering is
            disabled. More specifically, if filtering is disabled, all events
            should be shown.
    Returns FALSE when event group filtering is enabled and the current event
            group is filtered out.
  */
  my_bool is_event_group_active()
  {
    return m_is_event_group_filtering_enabled ? m_is_event_group_active : TRUE;
  }

  /*
    Notify that events must be explicitly activated in order to be printed
  */
  void enable_event_group_filtering()
  {
    m_is_event_group_filtering_enabled= TRUE;
  }

  my_bool is_xa_trans();
} PRINT_EVENT_INFO;
#endif  // MYSQL_CLIENT

/**
  This class encapsulates writing of Log_event objects to IO_CACHE.
  Automatically calculates the checksum and encrypts the data, if necessary.
*/

class Log_event_writer
{
  /* Log_event_writer is updated when ctx is set */
  int (Log_event_writer::*encrypt_or_write)(const uchar *pos, size_t len);
public:
  ulonglong bytes_written;
  void *ctx;         ///< Encryption context or 0 if no encryption is needed
  /*
    The length of a checksum written at the end of the event, if any.
    Currently this is always either 0, when checksums are disabled, or
    BINLOG_CHECKSUM_LEN when using BINLOG_CHECKSUM_ALG_CRC32.
    (If we ever add another checksum algorithm, we will need to instead store
    here the algorithm to use instead of just the length).
  */
  uint checksum_len;
  int write(Log_event *ev);
  int write_header(uchar *pos, size_t len);
  int write_data(const uchar *pos, size_t len);
  int write_footer();
  my_off_t pos() { return my_b_safe_tell(file); }
  void add_status(enum_logged_status status);
  void set_incident();
  void set_encrypted_writer()
  { encrypt_or_write= &Log_event_writer::encrypt_and_write; }

  Log_event_writer(IO_CACHE *file_arg, binlog_cache_data *cache_data_arg,
                   enum_binlog_checksum_alg checksum_alg,
                   Binlog_crypt_data *cr)
    :encrypt_or_write(&Log_event_writer::write_internal),
    bytes_written(0), ctx(0),
    checksum_len(( checksum_alg != BINLOG_CHECKSUM_ALG_OFF &&
                   checksum_alg != BINLOG_CHECKSUM_ALG_UNDEF) ?
                 BINLOG_CHECKSUM_LEN : 0),
    file(file_arg), cache_data(cache_data_arg), crypto(cr) { }

private:
  IO_CACHE *file;
  binlog_cache_data *cache_data;
  /**
    Placeholder for event checksum while writing to binlog.
   */
  ha_checksum crc;
  /**
    Encryption data (key, nonce). Only used if ctx != 0.
  */
  Binlog_crypt_data *crypto;
  /**
    Event length to be written into the next encrypted block
  */
  uint event_len;
  int write_internal(const uchar *pos, size_t len);
  int encrypt_and_write(const uchar *pos, size_t len);
  int maybe_write_event_len(uchar *pos, size_t len);
};

/**
  the struct aggregates two parameters that identify an event
  uniquely in scope of communication of a particular master and slave couple.
  I.e there can not be 2 events from the same staying connected master which
  have the same coordinates.
  @note
  Such identifier is not yet unique generally as the event originating master
  is resettable. Also the crashed master can be replaced with some other.
*/
typedef struct event_coordinates
{
  char * file_name; // binlog file name (directories stripped)
  my_off_t  pos;       // event's position in the binlog file
} LOG_POS_COORD;

/**
  @class Log_event

  This is the abstract base class for binary log events.
  
  @section Log_event_binary_format Binary Format

  Any @c Log_event saved on disk consists of the following three
  components.

  - Common-Header
  - Post-Header
  - Body

  The Common-Header, documented in the table @ref Table_common_header
  "below", always has the same form and length within one version of
  MySQL.  Each event type specifies a format and length of the
  Post-Header.  The length of the Common-Header is the same for all
  events of the same type.  The Body may be of different format and
  length even for different events of the same type.  The binary
  formats of Post-Header and Body are documented separately in each
  subclass.  The binary format of Common-Header is as follows.

  <table>
  <caption>Common-Header</caption>

  <tr>
    <th>Name</th>
    <th>Format</th>
    <th>Description</th>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>timestamp</td>
    <td>4 byte unsigned integer</td>
    <td>The time when the query started, in seconds since 1970.
    </td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>type</td>
    <td>1 byte enumeration</td>
    <td>See enum #Log_event_type.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>server_id</td>
    <td>4 byte unsigned integer</td>
    <td>Server ID of the server that created the event.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>total_size</td>
    <td>4 byte unsigned integer</td>
    <td>The total size of this event, in bytes.  In other words, this
    is the sum of the sizes of Common-Header, Post-Header, and Body.
    </td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>master_position</td>
    <td>4 byte unsigned integer</td>
    <td>The position of the next event in the master binary log, in
    bytes from the beginning of the file.  In a binlog that is not a
    relay log, this is just the position of the next event, in bytes
    from the beginning of the file.  In a relay log, this is
    the position of the next event in the master's binlog.
    </td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>flags</td>
    <td>2 byte bitfield</td>
    <td>See Log_event::flags.</td>
  </tr>
  </table>

  Summing up the numbers above, we see that the total size of the
  common header is 19 bytes.

  @subsection Log_event_format_of_atomic_primitives Format of Atomic Primitives

  - All numbers, whether they are 16-, 24-, 32-, or 64-bit numbers,
  are stored in little endian, i.e., the least significant byte first,
  unless otherwise specified.

  @anchor packed_integer
  - Some events use a special format for efficient representation of
  unsigned integers, called Packed Integer.  A Packed Integer has the
  capacity of storing up to 8-byte integers, while small integers
  still can use 1, 3, or 4 bytes.  The value of the first byte
  determines how to read the number, according to the following table:

  <table>
  <caption>Format of Packed Integer</caption>

  <tr>
    <th>First byte</th>
    <th>Format</th>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>0-250</td>
    <td>The first byte is the number (in the range 0-250), and no more
    bytes are used.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>252</td>
    <td>Two more bytes are used.  The number is in the range
    251-0xffff.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>253</td>
    <td>Three more bytes are used.  The number is in the range
    0xffff-0xffffff.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>254</td>
    <td>Eight more bytes are used.  The number is in the range
    0xffffff-0xffffffffffffffff.</td>
  </tr>

  </table>

  - Strings are stored in various formats.  The format of each string
  is documented separately.
*/
class Log_event
{
public:
  /**
     Enumeration of what kinds of skipping (and non-skipping) that can
     occur when the slave executes an event.

     @see shall_skip
     @see do_shall_skip
   */
  enum enum_skip_reason {
    /**
       Don't skip event.
    */
    EVENT_SKIP_NOT,

    /**
       Skip event by ignoring it.

       This means that the slave skip counter will not be changed.
    */
    EVENT_SKIP_IGNORE,

    /**
       Skip event and decrease skip counter.
    */
    EVENT_SKIP_COUNT
  };

  enum enum_event_cache_type 
  {
    EVENT_INVALID_CACHE,
    /* 
      If possible the event should use a non-transactional cache before
      being flushed to the binary log. This means that it must be flushed
      right after its correspondent statement is completed.
    */
    EVENT_STMT_CACHE,
    /* 
      The event should use a transactional cache before being flushed to
      the binary log. This means that it must be flushed upon commit or 
      rollback. 
    */
    EVENT_TRANSACTIONAL_CACHE,
    /* 
      The event must be written directly to the binary log without going
      through a cache.
    */
    EVENT_NO_CACHE,
    /**
       If there is a need for different types, introduce them before this.
    */
    EVENT_CACHE_COUNT
  };

  /*
    The following type definition is to be used whenever data is placed 
    and manipulated in a common buffer. Use this typedef for buffers
    that contain data containing binary and character data.
  */
  typedef unsigned char Byte;

  /*
    The offset in the log where this event originally appeared (it is
    preserved in relay logs, making SHOW SLAVE STATUS able to print
    coordinates of the event in the master's binlog). Note: when a
    transaction is written by the master to its binlog (wrapped in
    BEGIN/COMMIT) the log_pos of all the queries it contains is the
    one of the BEGIN (this way, when one does SHOW SLAVE STATUS it
    sees the offset of the BEGIN, which is logical as rollback may
    occur), except the COMMIT query which has its real offset.
  */
  my_off_t log_pos;
  /*
     A temp buffer for read_log_event; it is later analysed according to the
     event's type, and its content is distributed in the event-specific fields.
  */
  uchar *temp_buf;

  /*
    Timestamp on the master(for debugging and replication of
    NOW()/TIMESTAMP).  It is important for queries and LOAD DATA
    INFILE. This is set at the event's creation time, except for Query
    and Load (et al.) events where this is set at the query's
    execution time, which guarantees good replication (otherwise, we
    could have a query and its event with different timestamps).
  */
  my_time_t when;
  ulong     when_sec_part;
  /* The number of seconds the query took to run on the master. */
  ulong exec_time;
  /* Number of bytes written by write() function */
  size_t data_written;

  /*
    The master's server id (is preserved in the relay log; used to
    prevent from infinite loops in circular replication).
  */
  uint32 server_id;

  /**
    Some 16 flags. See the definitions above for LOG_EVENT_TIME_F,
    LOG_EVENT_FORCED_ROTATE_F, LOG_EVENT_THREAD_SPECIFIC_F,
    LOG_EVENT_SUPPRESS_USE_F, and LOG_EVENT_SKIP_REPLICATION_F for notes.
  */
  uint16 flags;

  /**
    true <=> this event 'owns' temp_buf and should call my_free() when done
    with it
  */
  bool event_owns_temp_buf;

  enum_event_cache_type cache_type;

  /**
    A storage to cache the global system variable's value.
    Handling of a separate event will be governed its member.
  */
  enum_slave_exec_mode slave_exec_mode;

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  THD* thd;

  Log_event();
  Log_event(THD* thd_arg, uint16 flags_arg, bool is_transactional);

  /*
    init_show_field_list() prepares the column names and types for the
    output of SHOW BINLOG EVENTS; it is used only by SHOW BINLOG
    EVENTS.
  */
  static void init_show_field_list(THD *thd, List<Item>* field_list);
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  int net_send(Protocol *protocol, const char* log_name, my_off_t pos);

  /*
    pack_info() is used by SHOW BINLOG EVENTS; as print() it prepares and sends
    a string to display to the user, so it resembles print().
  */

  virtual void pack_info(Protocol *protocol);

#endif /* HAVE_REPLICATION */
  virtual const char* get_db()
  {
    return thd ? thd->db.str : 0;
  }
#else
  Log_event() : temp_buf(0), when(0), flags(0) {}
  /* The checksum algorithm used (if any) when the event was read. */
  enum_binlog_checksum_alg read_checksum_alg;
  ha_checksum read_checksum_value;
  /* print*() functions are used by mysqlbinlog */
  virtual bool print(FILE* file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO* print_event_info) = 0;
  bool print_timestamp(IO_CACHE* file, time_t *ts = 0);
  bool print_header(IO_CACHE* file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO* print_event_info,
                    bool is_more);
  bool print_base64(IO_CACHE* file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO* print_event_info,
                    bool do_print_encoded);
#endif /* MYSQL_SERVER */

  /* The following code used for Flashback */
#ifdef MYSQL_CLIENT
  my_bool is_flashback;
  my_bool need_flashback_review;
  String  output_buf; // Storing the event output
#ifdef WHEN_FLASHBACK_REVIEW_READY
  String  m_review_dbname;
  String  m_review_tablename;

  void set_review_dbname(const char *name)
  {
    if (name)
    {
      m_review_dbname.free();
      m_review_dbname.append(name);
    }
  }
  void set_review_tablename(const char *name)
  {
    if (name)
    {
      m_review_tablename.free();
      m_review_tablename.append(name);
    }
  }
  const char *get_review_dbname() const { return m_review_dbname.ptr(); }
  const char *get_review_tablename() const { return m_review_tablename.ptr(); }
#endif
#endif

private:
  static size_t get_max_packet()
  {
    size_t max_packet= ~0UL;
#if !defined(MYSQL_CLIENT)
    THD *thd=current_thd;
    if (thd)
      max_packet= thd->slave_thread ? slave_max_allowed_packet
                                    : thd->variables.max_allowed_packet;
#endif
    return max_packet;
  }
public:

  /*
    read_log_event() functions read an event from a binlog or relay
    log; used by SHOW BINLOG EVENTS, the binlog_dump thread on the
    master (reads master's binlog), the slave IO thread (reads the
    event sent by binlog_dump), the slave SQL thread (reads the event
    from the relay log).  If mutex is 0, the read will proceed without
    mutex.  We need the description_event to be able to parse the
    event (to know the post-header's size); in fact in read_log_event
    we detect the event's type, then call the specific event's
    constructor and pass description_event as an argument.
  */
  static Log_event* read_log_event(IO_CACHE* file, int *out_error,
                                   const Format_description_log_event
                                   *description_event,
                                   my_bool crc_check, my_bool print_errors,
                                   size_t max_allowed_packet);
  static Log_event* read_log_event(IO_CACHE* file, int *out_error,
                                   const Format_description_log_event
                                   *description_event,
                                   my_bool crc_check, my_bool print_errors= 1)
  {
    return read_log_event(file, out_error, description_event, crc_check,
                          print_errors, get_max_packet());
  }

  /**
    Reads an event from a binlog or relay log. Used by the dump thread
    this method reads the event into a raw buffer without parsing it.

    @Note If mutex is 0, the read will proceed without mutex.

    @Note If a log name is given than the method will check if the
    given binlog is still active.

    @param[in]  file                log file to be read
    @param[out] packet              packet to hold the event
    @param[in]  checksum_alg_arg    verify the event checksum using this
                                    algorithm (or don't if it's
                                    use BINLOG_CHECKSUM_ALG_OFF)

    @retval 0                   success
    @retval LOG_READ_EOF        end of file, nothing was read
    @retval LOG_READ_BOGUS      malformed event
    @retval LOG_READ_IO         io error while reading
    @retval LOG_READ_MEM        packet memory allocation failed
    @retval LOG_READ_TRUNC      only a partial event could be read
    @retval LOG_READ_TOO_LARGE  event too large
   */
  static int read_log_event(IO_CACHE* file, String* packet,
                            const Format_description_log_event *fdle,
                            enum enum_binlog_checksum_alg checksum_alg_arg,
                            size_t max_allowed_packet);

  static int read_log_event(IO_CACHE* file, String* packet,
                            const Format_description_log_event *fdle,
                            enum enum_binlog_checksum_alg checksum_alg)
  {
    return read_log_event(file, packet, fdle, checksum_alg, get_max_packet());
  }

  static void *operator new(size_t size)
  {
    extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_log_event;
    return my_malloc(key_memory_log_event, size, MYF(MY_WME|MY_FAE));
  }

  static void operator delete(void *ptr, size_t)
  {
    my_free(ptr);
  }

  /* Placement version of the above operators */
  static void *operator new(size_t, void* ptr) { return ptr; }
  static void operator delete(void*, void*) { }

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  bool write_header(Log_event_writer *writer, size_t event_data_length);
  bool write_data(Log_event_writer *writer, const uchar *buf, size_t data_length)
  { return writer->write_data(buf, data_length); }
  bool write_data(Log_event_writer *writer, const char *buf, size_t data_length)
  { return write_data(writer, (uchar*)buf, data_length); }
  bool write_footer(Log_event_writer *writer)
  { return writer->write_footer(); }

  enum_binlog_checksum_alg select_checksum_alg(const binlog_cache_data *data);

  virtual bool write(Log_event_writer *writer)
  {
    return write_header(writer, get_data_size()) ||
           write_data_header(writer) ||
	   write_data_body(writer) ||
           write_footer(writer);
  }
  virtual bool write_data_header(Log_event_writer *writer)
  { return 0; }
  virtual bool write_data_body(Log_event_writer *writer)
  { return 0; }

  /* Return start of query time or current time */
  inline my_time_t get_time()
  {
    THD *tmp_thd;
    if (when)
      return when;
    if (thd)
    {
      when= thd->start_time;
      when_sec_part= thd->start_time_sec_part;
      return when;
    }
    /* thd will only be 0 here at time of log creation */
    if ((tmp_thd= current_thd))
    {
      when= tmp_thd->start_time;
      when_sec_part= tmp_thd->start_time_sec_part;
      return when;
    }
    my_hrtime_t hrtime= my_hrtime();
    when= hrtime_to_my_time(hrtime);
    when_sec_part= hrtime_sec_part(hrtime);
    return when;
  }
#endif
  virtual Log_event_type get_type_code() = 0;
  virtual enum_logged_status logged_status() { return LOGGED_CRITICAL; }
  virtual bool is_valid() const = 0;
  virtual my_off_t get_header_len(my_off_t len) { return len; }
  void set_artificial_event() { flags |= LOG_EVENT_ARTIFICIAL_F; }
  void set_relay_log_event() { flags |= LOG_EVENT_RELAY_LOG_F; }
  bool is_artificial_event() const { return flags & LOG_EVENT_ARTIFICIAL_F; }
  bool is_relay_log_event() const { return flags & LOG_EVENT_RELAY_LOG_F; }
  inline bool use_trans_cache() const
  { 
    return (cache_type == Log_event::EVENT_TRANSACTIONAL_CACHE);
  }
  inline void set_direct_logging()
  {
    cache_type = Log_event::EVENT_NO_CACHE;
  }
  inline bool use_direct_logging()
  {
    return (cache_type == Log_event::EVENT_NO_CACHE);
  }
  Log_event(const uchar *buf, const Format_description_log_event
            *description_event);
  virtual ~Log_event() { free_temp_buf();}
  void register_temp_buf(uchar* buf, bool must_free)
  { 
    temp_buf= buf; 
    event_owns_temp_buf= must_free;
  }
  void free_temp_buf()
  {
    if (temp_buf)
    {
      if (event_owns_temp_buf)
        my_free(temp_buf);
      temp_buf = 0;
    }
  }
  /*
    Get event length for simple events. For complicated events the length
    is calculated during write()
  */
  virtual int get_data_size() { return 0;}
  static Log_event* read_log_event(const uchar *buf, uint event_len,
				   const char **error,
                                   const Format_description_log_event
                                   *description_event, my_bool crc_check,
                                   my_bool print_errors= 1);
  /**
    Returns the human readable name of the given event type.
  */
  static const char* get_type_str(Log_event_type type);
  /**
    Returns the human readable name of this event's type.
  */
  const char* get_type_str();

#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)

  /**
    Increase or decrease the rows inserted during ALTER TABLE based on the event
    type.
  */
  virtual void online_alter_update_row_count(ha_rows *) const {}

  /**
     Apply the event to the database.

     This function represents the public interface for applying an
     event.

     @see do_apply_event
   */
  int apply_event(rpl_group_info *rgi);


  /**
     Update the relay log position.

     This function represents the public interface for "stepping over"
     the event and will update the relay log information.

     @see do_update_pos
   */
  int update_pos(rpl_group_info *rgi)
  {
    return do_update_pos(rgi);
  }

  /**
     Decide if the event shall be skipped, and the reason for skipping
     it.

     @see do_shall_skip
   */
  enum_skip_reason shall_skip(rpl_group_info *rgi)
  {
    return do_shall_skip(rgi);
  }


  /*
    Check if an event is non-final part of a stand-alone event group,
    such as Intvar_log_event (such events should be processed as part
    of the following event group, not individually).
    See also is_part_of_group()
  */
  static bool is_part_of_group(enum Log_event_type ev_type)
  {
    switch (ev_type)
    {
    case GTID_EVENT:
    case INTVAR_EVENT:
    case RAND_EVENT:
    case USER_VAR_EVENT:
    case TABLE_MAP_EVENT:
    case ANNOTATE_ROWS_EVENT:
      return true;
    case DELETE_ROWS_EVENT:
    case UPDATE_ROWS_EVENT:
    case WRITE_ROWS_EVENT:
    /*
      ToDo: also check for non-final Rows_log_event (though such events
      are usually in a BEGIN-COMMIT group).
    */
    default:
      return false;
    }
  }
  /*
    Same as above, but works on the object. In addition this is true for all
    rows event except the last one.
  */
  virtual bool is_part_of_group() { return 0; }

  static bool is_group_event(enum Log_event_type ev_type)
  {
    switch (ev_type)
    {
    case START_EVENT_V3:
    case STOP_EVENT:
    case ROTATE_EVENT:
    case SLAVE_EVENT:
    case FORMAT_DESCRIPTION_EVENT:
    case INCIDENT_EVENT:
    case HEARTBEAT_LOG_EVENT:
    case BINLOG_CHECKPOINT_EVENT:
    case GTID_LIST_EVENT:
    case START_ENCRYPTION_EVENT:
      return false;

    default:
      return true;
    }
  }
  
protected:

  /**
     Helper function to ignore an event w.r.t. the slave skip counter.

     This function can be used inside do_shall_skip() for functions
     that cannot end a group. If the slave skip counter is 1 when
     seeing such an event, the event shall be ignored, the counter
     left intact, and processing continue with the next event.

     A typical usage is:
     @code
     enum_skip_reason do_shall_skip(rpl_group_info *rgi) {
       return continue_group(rgi);
     }
     @endcode

     @return Skip reason
   */
  enum_skip_reason continue_group(rpl_group_info *rgi);

  /**
    Primitive to apply an event to the database.

    This is where the change to the database is made.

    @note The primitive is protected instead of private, since there
    is a hierarchy of actions to be performed in some cases.

    @see Format_description_log_event::do_apply_event()

    @param rli Pointer to relay log info structure

    @retval 0     Event applied successfully
    @retval errno Error code if event application failed
  */
  virtual int do_apply_event(rpl_group_info *rgi)
  {
    return 0;                /* Default implementation does nothing */
  }


  /**
     Advance relay log coordinates.

     This function is called to advance the relay log coordinates to
     just after the event.  It is essential that both the relay log
     coordinate and the group log position is updated correctly, since
     this function is used also for skipping events.

     Normally, each implementation of do_update_pos() shall:

     - Update the event position to refer to the position just after
       the event.

     - Update the group log position to refer to the position just
       after the event <em>if the event is last in a group</em>

     @param rli Pointer to relay log info structure

     @retval 0     Coordinates changed successfully
     @retval errno Error code if advancing failed (usually just
                   1). Observe that handler errors are returned by the
                   do_apply_event() function, and not by this one.
   */
  virtual int do_update_pos(rpl_group_info *rgi);


  /**
     Decide if this event shall be skipped or not and the reason for
     skipping it.

     The default implementation decide that the event shall be skipped
     if either:

     - the server id of the event is the same as the server id of the
       server and <code>rli->replicate_same_server_id</code> is true,
       or

     - if <code>rli->slave_skip_counter</code> is greater than zero.

     @see do_apply_event
     @see do_update_pos

     @retval Log_event::EVENT_SKIP_NOT
     The event shall not be skipped and should be applied.

     @retval Log_event::EVENT_SKIP_IGNORE
     The event shall be skipped by just ignoring it, i.e., the slave
     skip counter shall not be changed. This happends if, for example,
     the originating server id of the event is the same as the server
     id of the slave.

     @retval Log_event::EVENT_SKIP_COUNT
     The event shall be skipped because the slave skip counter was
     non-zero. The caller shall decrease the counter by one.
   */
  virtual enum_skip_reason do_shall_skip(rpl_group_info *rgi);
#endif
};


/*
   One class for each type of event.
   Two constructors for each class:
   - one to create the event for logging (when the server acts as a master),
   called after an update to the database is done,
   which accepts parameters like the query, the database, the options for LOAD
   DATA INFILE...
   - one to create the event from a packet (when the server acts as a slave),
   called before reproducing the update, which accepts parameters (like a
   buffer). Used to read from the master, from the relay log, and in
   mysqlbinlog. This constructor must be format-tolerant.
*/

/**
  @class Query_log_event
   
  A @c Query_log_event is created for each query that modifies the
  database, unless the query is logged row-based.

  @section Query_log_event_binary_format Binary format

  See @ref Log_event_binary_format "Binary format for log events" for
  a general discussion and introduction to the binary format of binlog
  events.

  The Post-Header has five components:

  <table>
  <caption>Post-Header for Query_log_event</caption>

  <tr>
    <th>Name</th>
    <th>Format</th>
    <th>Description</th>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>slave_proxy_id</td>
    <td>4 byte unsigned integer</td>
    <td>An integer identifying the client thread that issued the
    query.  The id is unique per server.  (Note, however, that two
    threads on different servers may have the same slave_proxy_id.)
    This is used when a client thread creates a temporary table local
    to the client.  The slave_proxy_id is used to distinguish
    temporary tables that belong to different clients.
    </td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>exec_time</td>
    <td>4 byte unsigned integer</td>
    <td>The time from when the query started to when it was logged in
    the binlog, in seconds.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>db_len</td>
    <td>1 byte integer</td>
    <td>The length of the name of the currently selected database.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>error_code</td>
    <td>2 byte unsigned integer</td>
    <td>Error code generated by the master.  If the master fails, the
    slave will fail with the same error code, except for the error
    codes ER_DB_CREATE_EXISTS == 1007 and ER_DB_DROP_EXISTS == 1008.
    </td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>status_vars_len</td>
    <td>2 byte unsigned integer</td>
    <td>The length of the status_vars block of the Body, in bytes. See
    @ref query_log_event_status_vars "below".
    </td>
  </tr>
  </table>

  The Body has the following components:

  <table>
  <caption>Body for Query_log_event</caption>

  <tr>
    <th>Name</th>
    <th>Format</th>
    <th>Description</th>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>@anchor query_log_event_status_vars status_vars</td>
    <td>status_vars_len bytes</td>
    <td>Zero or more status variables.  Each status variable consists
    of one byte identifying the variable stored, followed by the value
    of the variable.  The possible variables are listed separately in
    the table @ref Table_query_log_event_status_vars "below".  MySQL
    always writes events in the order defined below; however, it is
    capable of reading them in any order.  </td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>db</td>
    <td>db_len+1</td>
    <td>The currently selected database, as a null-terminated string.

    (The trailing zero is redundant since the length is already known;
    it is db_len from Post-Header.)
    </td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>query</td>
    <td>variable length string without trailing zero, extending to the
    end of the event (determined by the length field of the
    Common-Header)
    </td>
    <td>The SQL query.</td>
  </tr>
  </table>

  The following table lists the status variables that may appear in
  the status_vars field.

  @anchor Table_query_log_event_status_vars
  <table>
  <caption>Status variables for Query_log_event</caption>

  <tr>
    <th>Status variable</th>
    <th>1 byte identifier</th>
    <th>Format</th>
    <th>Description</th>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>flags2</td>
    <td>Q_FLAGS2_CODE == 0</td>
    <td>4 byte bitfield</td>
    <td>The flags in @c thd->options, binary AND-ed with @c
    OPTIONS_WRITTEN_TO_BIN_LOG.  The @c thd->options bitfield contains
    options for "SELECT".  @c OPTIONS_WRITTEN identifies those options
    that need to be written to the binlog (not all do).

    These flags correspond to the SQL variables SQL_AUTO_IS_NULL,
    FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS, UNIQUE_CHECKS, and AUTOCOMMIT, documented in
    the "SET Syntax" section of the MySQL Manual.

    This field is always written to the binlog in version >= 5.0, and
    never written in version < 5.0.
    </td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>sql_mode</td>
    <td>Q_SQL_MODE_CODE == 1</td>
    <td>8 byte bitfield</td>
    <td>The @c sql_mode variable.  See the section "SQL Modes" in the
    MySQL manual, and see sql_priv.h for a list of the possible
    flags. Currently (2007-10-04), the following flags are available:
    <pre>
    MODE_REAL_AS_FLOAT==0x1
    MODE_PIPES_AS_CONCAT==0x2
    MODE_ANSI_QUOTES==0x4
    MODE_IGNORE_SPACE==0x8
    MODE_IGNORE_BAD_TABLE_OPTIONS==0x10
    MODE_ONLY_FULL_GROUP_BY==0x20
    MODE_NO_UNSIGNED_SUBTRACTION==0x40
    MODE_NO_DIR_IN_CREATE==0x80
    MODE_POSTGRESQL==0x100
    MODE_ORACLE==0x200
    MODE_MSSQL==0x400
    MODE_DB2==0x800
    MODE_MAXDB==0x1000
    MODE_NO_KEY_OPTIONS==0x2000
    MODE_NO_TABLE_OPTIONS==0x4000
    MODE_NO_FIELD_OPTIONS==0x8000
    MODE_MYSQL323==0x10000
    MODE_MYSQL323==0x20000
    MODE_MYSQL40==0x40000
    MODE_ANSI==0x80000
    MODE_NO_AUTO_VALUE_ON_ZERO==0x100000
    MODE_NO_BACKSLASH_ESCAPES==0x200000
    MODE_STRICT_TRANS_TABLES==0x400000
    MODE_STRICT_ALL_TABLES==0x800000
    MODE_NO_ZERO_IN_DATE==0x1000000
    MODE_NO_ZERO_DATE==0x2000000
    MODE_INVALID_DATES==0x4000000
    MODE_ERROR_FOR_DIVISION_BY_ZERO==0x8000000
    MODE_TRADITIONAL==0x10000000
    MODE_NO_AUTO_CREATE_USER==0x20000000
    MODE_HIGH_NOT_PRECEDENCE==0x40000000
    MODE_PAD_CHAR_TO_FULL_LENGTH==0x80000000
    </pre>
    All these flags are replicated from the server.  However, all
    flags except @c MODE_NO_DIR_IN_CREATE are honored by the slave;
    the slave always preserves its old value of @c
    MODE_NO_DIR_IN_CREATE.  For a rationale, see comment in
    @c Query_log_event::do_apply_event in @c log_event.cc.

    This field is always written to the binlog.
    </td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>catalog</td>
    <td>Q_CATALOG_NZ_CODE == 6</td>
    <td>Variable-length string: the length in bytes (1 byte) followed
    by the characters (at most 255 bytes)
    </td>
    <td>Stores the client's current catalog.  Every database belongs
    to a catalog, the same way that every table belongs to a
    database.  Currently, there is only one catalog, "std".

    This field is written if the length of the catalog is > 0;
    otherwise it is not written.
    </td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>auto_increment</td>
    <td>Q_AUTO_INCREMENT == 3</td>
    <td>two 2 byte unsigned integers, totally 2+2=4 bytes</td>

    <td>The two variables auto_increment_increment and
    auto_increment_offset, in that order.  For more information, see
    "System variables" in the MySQL manual.

    This field is written if auto_increment > 1.  Otherwise, it is not
    written.
    </td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>charset</td>
    <td>Q_CHARSET_CODE == 4</td>
    <td>three 2 byte unsigned integers, totally 2+2+2=6 bytes</td>
    <td>The three variables character_set_client,
    collation_connection, and collation_server, in that order.
    character_set_client is a code identifying the character set and
    collation used by the client to encode the query.
    collation_connection identifies the character set and collation
    that the master converts the query to when it receives it; this is
    useful when comparing literal strings.  collation_server is the
    default character set and collation used when a new database is
    created.

    See also "Connection Character Sets and Collations" in the MySQL
    5.1 manual.

    All three variables are codes identifying a (character set,
    collation) pair.  To see which codes map to which pairs, run the
    query "SELECT id, character_set_name, collation_name FROM
    COLLATIONS".

    Cf. Q_CHARSET_DATABASE_CODE below.

    This field is always written.
    </td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>time_zone</td>
    <td>Q_TIME_ZONE_CODE == 5</td>
    <td>Variable-length string: the length in bytes (1 byte) followed
    by the characters (at most 255 bytes).
    <td>The time_zone of the master.

    See also "System Variables" and "MySQL Server Time Zone Support"
    in the MySQL manual.

    This field is written if the length of the time zone string is >
    0; otherwise, it is not written.
    </td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>lc_time_names_number</td>
    <td>Q_LC_TIME_NAMES_CODE == 7</td>
    <td>2 byte integer</td>
    <td>A code identifying a table of month and day names.  The
    mapping from codes to languages is defined in @c sql_locale.cc.

    This field is written if it is not 0, i.e., if the locale is not
    en_US.
    </td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>charset_database_number</td>
    <td>Q_CHARSET_DATABASE_CODE == 8</td>
    <td>2 byte integer</td>

    <td>The value of the collation_database system variable (in the
    source code stored in @c thd->variables.collation_database), which
    holds the code for a (character set, collation) pair as described
    above (see Q_CHARSET_CODE).

    collation_database was used in old versions (???WHEN).  Its value
    was loaded when issuing a "use db" query and could be changed by
    issuing a "SET collation_database=xxx" query.  It used to affect
    the "LOAD DATA INFILE" and "CREATE TABLE" commands.

    In newer versions, "CREATE TABLE" has been changed to take the
    character set from the database of the created table, rather than
    the character set of the current database.  This makes a
    difference when creating a table in another database than the
    current one.  "LOAD DATA INFILE" has not yet changed to do this,
    but there are plans to eventually do it, and to make
    collation_database read-only.

    This field is written if it is not 0.
    </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td>table_map_for_update</td>
    <td>Q_TABLE_MAP_FOR_UPDATE_CODE == 9</td>
    <td>8 byte integer</td>

    <td>The value of the table map that is to be updated by the
    multi-table update query statement. Every bit of this variable
    represents a table, and is set to 1 if the corresponding table is
    to be updated by this statement.

    The value of this variable is set when executing a multi-table update
    statement and used by slave to apply filter rules without opening
    all the tables on slave. This is required because some tables may
    not exist on slave because of the filter rules.
    </td>
  </tr>
  </table>

  @subsection Query_log_event_notes_on_previous_versions Notes on Previous Versions

  * Status vars were introduced in version 5.0.  To read earlier
  versions correctly, check the length of the Post-Header.

  * The status variable Q_CATALOG_CODE == 2 existed in MySQL 5.0.x,
  where 0<=x<=3.  It was identical to Q_CATALOG_CODE, except that the
  string had a trailing '\0'.  The '\0' was removed in 5.0.4 since it
  was redundant (the string length is stored before the string).  The
  Q_CATALOG_CODE will never be written by a new master, but can still
  be understood by a new slave.

  * See Q_CHARSET_DATABASE_CODE in the table above.

  * When adding new status vars, please don't forget to update the
  MAX_SIZE_LOG_EVENT_STATUS, and update function code_name

*/
class Query_log_event: public Log_event
{
  LEX_CSTRING user;
  LEX_CSTRING host;
protected:
  Log_event::Byte* data_buf;
public:
  const char* query;
  const char* catalog;
  const char* db;
  /*
    If we already know the length of the query string
    we pass it with q_len, so we would not have to call strlen()
    otherwise, set it to 0, in which case, we compute it with strlen()
  */
  uint32 q_len;
  uint32 db_len;
  uint16 error_code;
  my_thread_id thread_id;
  /*
    For events created by Query_log_event::do_apply_event we need the
   *original* thread id, to be able to log the event with the original
   (=master's) thread id (fix for BUG#1686).
  */
  ulong slave_proxy_id;

  /*
    Binlog format 3 and 4 start to differ (as far as class members are
    concerned) from here.
  */

  uint catalog_len;			// <= 255 char; 0 means uninited

  /*
    We want to be able to store a variable number of N-bit status vars:
    (generally N=32; but N=64 for SQL_MODE) a user may want to log the number
    of affected rows (for debugging) while another does not want to lose 4
    bytes in this.
    The storage on disk is the following:
    status_vars_len is part of the post-header,
    status_vars are in the variable-length part, after the post-header, before
    the db & query.
    status_vars on disk is a sequence of pairs (code, value) where 'code' means
    'sql_mode', 'affected' etc. Sometimes 'value' must be a short string, so
    its first byte is its length. For now the order of status vars is:
    flags2 - sql_mode - catalog - autoinc - charset
 */
  uint16 status_vars_len;

  /*
    'flags2' is a second set of flags (on top of those in Log_event), for
    session variables. These are thd->options which is & against a mask
    (OPTIONS_WRITTEN_TO_BIN_LOG).
    flags2_inited helps make a difference between flags2==0 (3.23 or 4.x
    master, we don't know flags2, so use the slave server's global options) and
    flags2==0 (5.0 master, we know this has a meaning of flags all down which
    must influence the query).
  */
  uint32 flags2_inited;
  bool sql_mode_inited;
  bool charset_inited;

  LEX_CSTRING character_set_collations;

  uint32 flags2;
  sql_mode_t sql_mode;
  ulong auto_increment_increment, auto_increment_offset;
  char charset[6];
  uint time_zone_len; /* 0 means uninited */
  const char *time_zone_str;
  uint lc_time_names_number; /* 0 means en_US */
  uint charset_database_number;
  /*
    map for tables that will be updated for a multi-table update query
    statement, for other query statements, this will be zero.
  */
  ulonglong table_map_for_update;
  /* Xid for the event, if such exists */
  ulonglong xid;
  /*
    A copy of Gtid event's extra flags that is relevant for two-phase
    logged ALTER.
  */
  uchar gtid_flags_extra;
  decltype(rpl_gtid::seq_no) sa_seq_no;  /* data part for CA/RA flags */

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER

  Query_log_event(THD* thd_arg, const char* query_arg, size_t query_length,
                  bool using_trans, bool direct, bool suppress_use, int error);
  const char* get_db() override { return db; }
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  void pack_info(Protocol* protocol) override;
#endif /* HAVE_REPLICATION */
#else
  bool print_query_header(IO_CACHE* file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO* print_event_info);
  bool print_verbose(IO_CACHE* cache, PRINT_EVENT_INFO* print_event_info);
  bool print(FILE* file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO* print_event_info) override;
#endif

  Query_log_event();
  Query_log_event(const uchar *buf, uint event_len,
                  const Format_description_log_event *description_event,
                  Log_event_type event_type);
  ~Query_log_event()
  {
    if (data_buf)
      my_free(data_buf);
  }
  Log_event_type get_type_code() override { return QUERY_EVENT; }
  static int dummy_event(String *packet, ulong ev_offset,
                         enum_binlog_checksum_alg checksum_alg);
  static int begin_event(String *packet, ulong ev_offset,
                         enum_binlog_checksum_alg checksum_alg);
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  bool write(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
  virtual bool write_post_header_for_derived(Log_event_writer *writer) { return FALSE; }
#endif
  bool is_valid() const override { return query != 0; }

  /*
    Returns number of bytes additionally written to post header by derived
    events (so far it is only Execute_load_query event).
  */
  virtual ulong get_post_header_size_for_derived() { return 0; }
  /* Writes derived event-specific part of post header. */

public:        /* !!! Public in this patch to allow old usage */
#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  enum_skip_reason do_shall_skip(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
  int do_apply_event(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;

  int do_apply_event(rpl_group_info *rgi,
                       const char *query_arg,
                       uint32 q_len_arg);
  static bool peek_is_commit_rollback(const uchar *event_start,
                                      size_t event_len,
                                      enum_binlog_checksum_alg
                                      checksum_alg);
  int handle_split_alter_query_log_event(rpl_group_info *rgi,
                                         bool &skip_error_check);

#endif /* HAVE_REPLICATION */
  /*
    If true, the event always be applied by slave SQL thread or be printed by
    mysqlbinlog
   */
  bool is_trans_keyword(bool is_xa)
  {
    /*
      Before the patch for bug#50407, The 'SAVEPOINT and ROLLBACK TO'
      queries input by user was written into log events directly.
      So the keywords can be written in both upper case and lower case
      together, strncasecmp is used to check both cases. they also could be
      binlogged with comments in the front of these keywords. for examples:
        / * bla bla * / SAVEPOINT a;
        / * bla bla * / ROLLBACK TO a;
      but we don't handle these cases and after the patch, both quiries are
      binlogged in upper case with no comments.
     */
    return is_xa ? !strncasecmp(query, C_STRING_WITH_LEN("XA "))
                 : (!strncmp(query, "BEGIN", q_len) ||
                    !strncmp(query, "COMMIT", q_len) ||
                    !strncasecmp(query, "SAVEPOINT", 9) ||
                    !strncasecmp(query, "ROLLBACK", 8));
  }
  virtual bool is_begin()    { return !strcmp(query, "BEGIN"); }
  virtual bool is_commit()   { return !strcmp(query, "COMMIT"); }
  virtual bool is_rollback() { return !strcmp(query, "ROLLBACK"); }
};

class Query_compressed_log_event:public Query_log_event{
protected:
  Log_event::Byte* query_buf;  // point to the uncompressed query
public:
  Query_compressed_log_event(const uchar *buf, uint event_len,
    const Format_description_log_event *description_event,
    Log_event_type event_type);
  ~Query_compressed_log_event()
  {
    if (query_buf)
      my_free(query_buf);
  }
  Log_event_type get_type_code() override { return QUERY_COMPRESSED_EVENT; }

  /*
    the min length of log_bin_compress_min_len is 10,
    means that Begin/Commit/Rollback would never be compressed!  
  */
  bool is_begin() override    { return false; }
  bool is_commit() override   { return false; }
  bool is_rollback() override { return false; }
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  Query_compressed_log_event(THD* thd_arg, const char* query_arg,
                             ulong query_length,
                             bool using_trans, bool direct, bool suppress_use,
                             int error);
  bool write(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
#endif
};


/*****************************************************************************
  sql_ex_info struct
 ****************************************************************************/
struct sql_ex_info
{
  const char* field_term;
  const char* enclosed;
  const char* line_term;
  const char* line_start;
  const char* escaped;
  int cached_new_format= -1;
  uint8 field_term_len= 0, enclosed_len= 0, line_term_len= 0,
    line_start_len= 0, escaped_len= 0;
  char opt_flags;
  char empty_flags= 0;

  // store in new format even if old is possible
  void force_new_format() { cached_new_format = 1;}
  int data_size()
  {
    return (new_format() ?
	    field_term_len + enclosed_len + line_term_len +
	    line_start_len + escaped_len + 6 : 7);
  }
  bool write_data(Log_event_writer *writer);
  const uchar *init(const uchar *buf, const uchar* buf_end, bool use_new_format);
  bool new_format()
  {
    return ((cached_new_format != -1) ? cached_new_format :
	    (cached_new_format=(field_term_len > 1 ||
				enclosed_len > 1 ||
				line_term_len > 1 || line_start_len > 1 ||
				escaped_len > 1)));
  }
};

/**
  @class Start_encryption_log_event

  Start_encryption_log_event marks the beginning of encrypted data (all events
  after this event are encrypted).

  It contains the cryptographic scheme used for the encryption as well as any
  data required to decrypt (except the actual key).

  For binlog cryptoscheme 1: key version, and nonce for iv generation.
*/
class Start_encryption_log_event : public Log_event
{
public:
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  Start_encryption_log_event(uint crypto_scheme_arg, uint key_version_arg,
                             const uchar* nonce_arg)
  : crypto_scheme(crypto_scheme_arg), key_version(key_version_arg)
  {
    cache_type = EVENT_NO_CACHE;
    DBUG_ASSERT(crypto_scheme == 1);
    memcpy(nonce, nonce_arg, BINLOG_NONCE_LENGTH);
  }

  bool write_data_body(Log_event_writer *writer) override
  {
    uchar scheme_buf= crypto_scheme;
    uchar key_version_buf[BINLOG_KEY_VERSION_LENGTH];
    int4store(key_version_buf, key_version);
    return write_data(writer, &scheme_buf, sizeof(scheme_buf)) ||
           write_data(writer, key_version_buf, sizeof(key_version_buf)) ||
           write_data(writer, nonce, BINLOG_NONCE_LENGTH);
  }
#else
  bool print(FILE* file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO* print_event_info) override;
#endif

  Start_encryption_log_event(const uchar *buf, uint event_len,
                             const Format_description_log_event
                             *description_event);

  bool is_valid() const override { return crypto_scheme == 1; }

  Log_event_type get_type_code() override { return START_ENCRYPTION_EVENT; }

  int get_data_size() override
  {
    return BINLOG_CRYPTO_SCHEME_LENGTH + BINLOG_KEY_VERSION_LENGTH +
           BINLOG_NONCE_LENGTH;
  }

  uint crypto_scheme;
  uint key_version;
  uchar nonce[BINLOG_NONCE_LENGTH];

protected:
#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  int do_apply_event(rpl_group_info* rgi) override;
  int do_update_pos(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
  enum_skip_reason do_shall_skip(rpl_group_info* rgi) override
  {
     return Log_event::EVENT_SKIP_NOT;
  }
#endif

};


class Version
{
protected:
  uchar m_ver[3];
  int cmp(const Version &other) const
  {
    return memcmp(m_ver, other.m_ver, 3);
  }
public:
  Version()
  {
    m_ver[0]= m_ver[1]= m_ver[2]= '\0';
  }
  Version(uchar v0, uchar v1, uchar v2)
  {
    m_ver[0]= v0;
    m_ver[1]= v1;
    m_ver[2]= v2;
  }
  Version(const char *version, const char **endptr);
  const uchar& operator [] (size_t i) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(i < 3);
    return m_ver[i];
  }
  bool operator<(const Version &other) const { return cmp(other) < 0; }
  bool operator>(const Version &other) const { return cmp(other) > 0; }
  bool operator<=(const Version &other) const { return cmp(other) <= 0; }
  bool operator>=(const Version &other) const { return cmp(other) >= 0; }
};


/**
  @class Format_description_log_event

  For binlog version 4.
  This event is saved by threads which read it, as they need it for future
  use (to decode the ordinary events).

  @section Format_description_log_event_binary_format Binary Format
*/

class Format_description_log_event: public Log_event
{
public:
  /*
    If this event is at the start of the first binary log since server
    startup 'created' should be the timestamp when the event (and the
    binary log) was created.  In the other case (i.e. this event is at
    the start of a binary log created by FLUSH LOGS or automatic
    rotation), 'created' should be 0.  This "trick" is used by MySQL
    >=4.0.14 slaves to know whether they must drop stale temporary
    tables and whether they should abort unfinished transaction.

    Note that when 'created'!=0, it is always equal to the event's
    timestamp; indeed Start_log_event is written only in log.cc where
    the first constructor below is called, in which 'created' is set
    to 'when'.  So in fact 'created' is a useless variable. When it is
    0 we can read the actual value from timestamp ('when') and when it
    is non-zero we can read the same value from timestamp
    ('when'). Conclusion:
     - we use timestamp to print when the binlog was created.
     - we use 'created' only to know if this is a first binlog or not.
     In 3.23.57 we did not pay attention to this identity, so mysqlbinlog in
     3.23.57 does not print 'created the_date' if created was zero. This is now
     fixed.
  */
  time_t created;
  uint16 binlog_version;
  char server_version[ST_SERVER_VER_LEN];
  /*
    We set this to 1 if we don't want to have the created time in the log,
    which is the case when we rollover to a new log.
  */
  bool dont_set_created;

  /*
     The size of the fixed header which _all_ events have
     (for binlogs written by this version, this is equal to
     LOG_EVENT_HEADER_LEN), except FORMAT_DESCRIPTION_EVENT and ROTATE_EVENT
     (those have a header of size LOG_EVENT_MINIMAL_HEADER_LEN).
  */
  uint8 common_header_len;
  uint8 number_of_event_types;
  /*
     The list of post-headers' lengths followed
     by the checksum alg description byte
  */
  uint8 *post_header_len;
  class master_version_split: public Version {
  public:
    enum {KIND_MYSQL, KIND_MARIADB};
    int kind;
    master_version_split() :kind(KIND_MARIADB) { }
    master_version_split(const char *version);
    bool version_is_valid() const
    {
      /* It is invalid only when all version numbers are 0 */
      return !(m_ver[0] == 0 && m_ver[1] == 0 && m_ver[2] == 0);
    }
  };
  master_version_split server_version_split;
  const uint8 *event_type_permutation;
  uint32 options_written_to_bin_log;
  /*
    The checksum algorithm used in the binlog or relaylog following this
    Format_description_event. Or BINLOG_CHECKSUM_ALG_UNDEF for a
    Format_description_event which is not part of a binlog or relaylog file.
  */
  enum_binlog_checksum_alg used_checksum_alg;

  Format_description_log_event(uint8 binlog_ver, const char* server_ver= 0,
      enum_binlog_checksum_alg checksum_alg= BINLOG_CHECKSUM_ALG_UNDEF);
  Format_description_log_event(const uchar *buf, uint event_len,
                               const Format_description_log_event
                               *description_event);
  ~Format_description_log_event()
  {
    my_free(post_header_len);
  }
  Log_event_type get_type_code() override { return FORMAT_DESCRIPTION_EVENT;}
  my_off_t get_header_len(my_off_t) override
    { return LOG_EVENT_MINIMAL_HEADER_LEN; }
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  bool write(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  void pack_info(Protocol* protocol) override;
#endif /* HAVE_REPLICATION */
#else
  bool print(FILE* file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO* print_event_info) override;
#endif
  bool header_is_valid() const
  {
    return common_header_len >= LOG_EVENT_MINIMAL_HEADER_LEN && post_header_len;
  }

  bool is_valid() const override
  {
    return header_is_valid() && server_version_split.version_is_valid();
  }

  int get_data_size() override
  {
    /*
      The vector of post-header lengths is considered as part of the
      post-header, because in a given version it never changes (contrary to the
      query in a Query_log_event).
    */
    return FORMAT_DESCRIPTION_HEADER_LEN;
  }

  Binlog_crypt_data crypto_data;
  bool start_decryption(Start_encryption_log_event* sele);
  void copy_crypto_data(const Format_description_log_event* o)
  {
    crypto_data= o->crypto_data;
  }
  void reset_crypto()
  {
    crypto_data.scheme= 0;
  }

  void calc_server_version_split();
  void deduct_options_written_to_bin_log();
  static bool is_version_before_checksum(const master_version_split *version_split);
protected:
#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  int do_apply_event(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
  int do_update_pos(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
  enum_skip_reason do_shall_skip(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
#endif
};


/**
  @class Intvar_log_event

  An Intvar_log_event will be created just before a Query_log_event,
  if the query uses one of the variables LAST_INSERT_ID or INSERT_ID.
  Each Intvar_log_event holds the value of one of these variables.

  @section Intvar_log_event_binary_format Binary Format

  The Post-Header for this event type is empty.  The Body has two
  components:

  <table>
  <caption>Body for Intvar_log_event</caption>

  <tr>
    <th>Name</th>
    <th>Format</th>
    <th>Description</th>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>type</td>
    <td>1 byte enumeration</td>
    <td>One byte identifying the type of variable stored.  Currently,
    two identifiers are supported:  LAST_INSERT_ID_EVENT==1 and
    INSERT_ID_EVENT==2.
    </td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>value</td>
    <td>8 byte unsigned integer</td>
    <td>The value of the variable.</td>
  </tr>

  </table>
*/
class Intvar_log_event: public Log_event
{
public:
  ulonglong val;
  uchar type;

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
Intvar_log_event(THD* thd_arg,uchar type_arg, ulonglong val_arg,
                 bool using_trans, bool direct)
    :Log_event(thd_arg,0,using_trans),val(val_arg),type(type_arg)
  {
    if (direct)
      cache_type= Log_event::EVENT_NO_CACHE;
  }
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  void pack_info(Protocol* protocol) override;
#endif /* HAVE_REPLICATION */
#else
  bool print(FILE* file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO* print_event_info) override;
#endif

  Intvar_log_event(const uchar *buf,
                   const Format_description_log_event *description_event);
  ~Intvar_log_event() = default;
  Log_event_type get_type_code() override { return INTVAR_EVENT;}
  const char* get_var_type_name();
  int get_data_size() override { return  9; /* sizeof(type) + sizeof(val) */;}
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  bool write(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
   bool is_part_of_group() override { return 1; }
#endif
#endif
  bool is_valid() const override { return 1; }

private:
#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  int do_apply_event(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
  int do_update_pos(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
  enum_skip_reason do_shall_skip(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
#endif
};


/**
  @class Rand_log_event

  Logs random seed used by the next RAND(), and by PASSWORD() in 4.1.0.
  4.1.1 does not need it (it's repeatable again) so this event needn't be
  written in 4.1.1 for PASSWORD() (but the fact that it is written is just a
  waste, it does not cause bugs).

  The state of the random number generation consists of 128 bits,
  which are stored internally as two 64-bit numbers.

  @section Rand_log_event_binary_format Binary Format  

  The Post-Header for this event type is empty.  The Body has two
  components:

  <table>
  <caption>Body for Rand_log_event</caption>

  <tr>
    <th>Name</th>
    <th>Format</th>
    <th>Description</th>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>seed1</td>
    <td>8 byte unsigned integer</td>
    <td>64 bit random seed1.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>seed2</td>
    <td>8 byte unsigned integer</td>
    <td>64 bit random seed2.</td>
  </tr>
  </table>
*/

class Rand_log_event: public Log_event
{
 public:
  ulonglong seed1;
  ulonglong seed2;

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  Rand_log_event(THD* thd_arg, ulonglong seed1_arg, ulonglong seed2_arg,
                 bool using_trans, bool direct)
    :Log_event(thd_arg,0,using_trans),seed1(seed1_arg),seed2(seed2_arg)
  {
    if (direct)
      cache_type= Log_event::EVENT_NO_CACHE;
  }
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  void pack_info(Protocol* protocol) override;
#endif /* HAVE_REPLICATION */
#else
  bool print(FILE* file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO* print_event_info) override;
#endif

  Rand_log_event(const uchar *buf,
                 const Format_description_log_event *description_event);
  ~Rand_log_event() = default;
  Log_event_type get_type_code() override { return RAND_EVENT;}
  int get_data_size() override { return 16; /* sizeof(ulonglong) * 2*/ }
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  bool write(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
   bool is_part_of_group() override { return 1; }
#endif
#endif
  bool is_valid() const override { return 1; }

private:
#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  int do_apply_event(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
  int do_update_pos(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
  enum_skip_reason do_shall_skip(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
#endif
};


class Xid_apply_log_event: public Log_event
{
public:
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  Xid_apply_log_event(THD* thd_arg):
   Log_event(thd_arg, 0, TRUE) {}
#endif
  Xid_apply_log_event(const uchar *buf,
                const Format_description_log_event *description_event):
   Log_event(buf, description_event) {}

  ~Xid_apply_log_event() = default;
  bool is_valid() const override { return 1; }
private:
#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  virtual int do_commit()= 0;
  int do_apply_event(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
  int do_record_gtid(THD *thd, rpl_group_info *rgi, bool in_trans,
                     void **out_hton, bool force_err= false);
  enum_skip_reason do_shall_skip(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
  virtual const char* get_query()= 0;
#endif
};


/**
  @class Xid_log_event

  Logs xid of the transaction-to-be-committed in the 2pc protocol.
  Has no meaning in replication, slaves ignore it.

  @section Xid_log_event_binary_format Binary Format  
*/
#ifdef MYSQL_CLIENT
typedef ulonglong my_xid; // this line is the same as in handler.h
#endif

class Xid_log_event: public Xid_apply_log_event
{
public:
  my_xid xid;

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  Xid_log_event(THD* thd_arg, my_xid x, bool direct):
   Xid_apply_log_event(thd_arg), xid(x)
   {
     if (direct)
       cache_type= Log_event::EVENT_NO_CACHE;
   }
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  const char* get_query() override
  {
    return "COMMIT /* implicit, from Xid_log_event */";
  }
  void pack_info(Protocol* protocol) override;
#endif /* HAVE_REPLICATION */
#else
  bool print(FILE* file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO* print_event_info) override;
#endif

  Xid_log_event(const uchar *buf,
                const Format_description_log_event *description_event);
  ~Xid_log_event() = default;
  Log_event_type get_type_code() override { return XID_EVENT;}
  int get_data_size() override { return sizeof(xid); }
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  bool write(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
#endif

private:
#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  int do_commit() override;
#endif
};


/**
  @class XA_prepare_log_event

  Similar to Xid_log_event except that
  - it is specific to XA transaction
  - it carries out the prepare logics rather than the final committing
    when @c one_phase member is off. The latter option is only for
    compatibility with the upstream.

  From the groupping perspective the event finalizes the current
  "prepare" group that is started with Gtid_log_event similarly to the
  regular replicated transaction.
*/

/**
  Function serializes XID which is characterized by by four last arguments
  of the function.
  Serialized XID is presented in valid hex format and is returned to
  the caller in a buffer pointed by the first argument.
  The buffer size provived by the caller must be not less than
  8 + 2 * XIDDATASIZE +  4 * sizeof(XID::formatID) + 1, see
  {MYSQL_,}XID definitions.

  @param buf  pointer to a buffer allocated for storing serialized data
  @param fmt  formatID value
  @param gln  gtrid_length value
  @param bln  bqual_length value
  @param dat  data value

  @return  the value of the buffer pointer
*/

inline char *serialize_xid(char *buf, long fmt, long gln, long bln,
                           const char *dat)
{
  int i;
  char *c= buf;
  /*
    Build a string consisting of the hex format representation of XID
    as passed through fmt,gln,bln,dat argument:
      X'hex11hex12...hex1m',X'hex21hex22...hex2n',11
    and store it into buf.
  */
  c[0]= 'X';
  c[1]= '\'';
  c+= 2;
  for (i= 0; i < gln; i++)
  {
    c[0]=_dig_vec_lower[((uchar*) dat)[i] >> 4];
    c[1]=_dig_vec_lower[((uchar*) dat)[i] & 0x0f];
    c+= 2;
  }
  c[0]= '\'';
  c[1]= ',';
  c[2]= 'X';
  c[3]= '\'';
  c+= 4;

  for (; i < gln + bln; i++)
  {
    c[0]=_dig_vec_lower[((uchar*) dat)[i] >> 4];
    c[1]=_dig_vec_lower[((uchar*) dat)[i] & 0x0f];
    c+= 2;
  }
  c[0]= '\'';
  sprintf(c+1, ",%lu", fmt);

 return buf;
}

/*
  The size of the string containing serialized Xid representation
  is computed as a sum of
  eight as the number of formatting symbols (X'',X'',)
  plus 2 x XIDDATASIZE (2 due to hex format),
  plus space for decimal digits of XID::formatID,
  plus one for 0x0.
*/
static const uint ser_buf_size=
  8 + 2 * MYSQL_XIDDATASIZE + 4 * sizeof(long) + 1;

struct event_mysql_xid_t :  MYSQL_XID
{
  char buf[ser_buf_size];
  char *serialize()
  {
    return serialize_xid(buf, formatID, gtrid_length, bqual_length, data);
  }
};

#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT
struct event_xid_t : XID
{
  char buf[ser_buf_size];

  char *serialize(char *buf_arg)
  {
    return serialize_xid(buf_arg, formatID, gtrid_length, bqual_length, data);
  }
  char *serialize()
  {
    return serialize(buf);
  }
};
#endif

class XA_prepare_log_event: public Xid_apply_log_event
{
protected:

  /* Constant contributor to subheader in write() by members of XID struct. */
  static const int xid_subheader_no_data= 12;
  event_mysql_xid_t m_xid;
  void *xid;
  bool one_phase;

public:
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  XA_prepare_log_event(THD* thd_arg, XID *xid_arg, bool one_phase_arg):
    Xid_apply_log_event(thd_arg), xid(xid_arg), one_phase(one_phase_arg)
  {
    cache_type= Log_event::EVENT_NO_CACHE;
  }
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  void pack_info(Protocol* protocol) override;
#endif /* HAVE_REPLICATION */
#else
  bool print(FILE* file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO* print_event_info) override;
#endif
  XA_prepare_log_event(const uchar *buf,
                       const Format_description_log_event *description_event);
  ~XA_prepare_log_event() = default;
  Log_event_type get_type_code() override { return XA_PREPARE_LOG_EVENT; }
  bool is_valid() const override { return m_xid.formatID != -1; }
  int get_data_size() override
  {
    return xid_subheader_no_data + m_xid.gtrid_length + m_xid.bqual_length;
  }

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  bool write(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
#endif

private:
#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  char query[sizeof("XA COMMIT ONE PHASE") + 1 + ser_buf_size];
  int do_commit() override;
  const char* get_query() override
  {
    sprintf(query,
            (one_phase ? "XA COMMIT %s ONE PHASE" : "XA PREPARE %s"),
            m_xid.serialize());
    return query;
  }
#endif
};


/**
  @class User_var_log_event

  Every time a query uses the value of a user variable, a User_var_log_event is
  written before the Query_log_event, to set the user variable.

  @section User_var_log_event_binary_format Binary Format  
*/


class User_var_log_event: public Log_event, public Log_event_data_type
{
public:
  const char *name;
  size_t name_len;
  const char *val;
  size_t val_len;
  bool is_null;
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  bool deferred;
  query_id_t query_id;
  User_var_log_event(THD* thd_arg, const char *name_arg, size_t name_len_arg,
                     const char *val_arg, size_t val_len_arg,
                     const Log_event_data_type &data_type,
                     bool using_trans, bool direct)
    :Log_event(thd_arg, 0, using_trans),
    Log_event_data_type(data_type),
    name(name_arg), name_len(name_len_arg), val(val_arg),
    val_len(val_len_arg),
    deferred(false)
    {
      is_null= !val;
      if (direct)
        cache_type= Log_event::EVENT_NO_CACHE;
    }
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  void pack_info(Protocol* protocol) override;
#endif
#else
  bool print(FILE* file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO* print_event_info) override;
#endif

  User_var_log_event(const uchar *buf, uint event_len,
                     const Format_description_log_event *description_event);
  ~User_var_log_event() = default;
  Log_event_type get_type_code() override { return USER_VAR_EVENT;}
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  bool write(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
  /* 
     Getter and setter for deferred User-event. 
     Returns true if the event is not applied directly 
     and which case the applier adjusts execution path.
  */
  bool is_deferred() { return deferred; }
  /*
    In case of the deferred applying the variable instance is flagged
    and the parsing time query id is stored to be used at applying time.
  */
  void set_deferred(query_id_t qid) { deferred= true; query_id= qid; }
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
   bool is_part_of_group() override { return 1; }
#endif
#endif
  bool is_valid() const override { return name != 0; }

private:
#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  int do_apply_event(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
  int do_update_pos(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
  enum_skip_reason do_shall_skip(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
#endif
};


/**
  @class Stop_log_event

  @section Stop_log_event_binary_format Binary Format

  The Post-Header and Body for this event type are empty; it only has
  the Common-Header.
*/
class Stop_log_event: public Log_event
{
public:
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  Stop_log_event() :Log_event()
  {}
#else
  bool print(FILE* file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO* print_event_info) override;
#endif

  Stop_log_event(const uchar *buf,
                 const Format_description_log_event *description_event):
    Log_event(buf, description_event)
  {}
  ~Stop_log_event() = default;
  Log_event_type get_type_code() override { return STOP_EVENT;}
  bool is_valid() const override { return 1; }

private:
#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  int do_update_pos(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
  enum_skip_reason do_shall_skip(rpl_group_info *rgi) override
  {
    /*
      Events from ourself should be skipped, but they should not
      decrease the slave skip counter.
     */
    if (this->server_id == global_system_variables.server_id)
      return Log_event::EVENT_SKIP_IGNORE;
    else
      return Log_event::EVENT_SKIP_NOT;
  }
#endif
};

/**
  @class Rotate_log_event

  This will be deprecated when we move to using sequence ids.

  @section Rotate_log_event_binary_format Binary Format

  The Post-Header has one component:

  <table>
  <caption>Post-Header for Rotate_log_event</caption>

  <tr>
    <th>Name</th>
    <th>Format</th>
    <th>Description</th>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>position</td>
    <td>8 byte integer</td>
    <td>The position within the binlog to rotate to.</td>
  </tr>

  </table>

  The Body has one component:

  <table>
  <caption>Body for Rotate_log_event</caption>

  <tr>
    <th>Name</th>
    <th>Format</th>
    <th>Description</th>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>new_log</td>
    <td>variable length string without trailing zero, extending to the
    end of the event (determined by the length field of the
    Common-Header)
    </td>
    <td>Name of the binlog to rotate to.</td>
  </tr>

  </table>
*/

class Rotate_log_event: public Log_event
{
public:
  enum {
    DUP_NAME= 2, // if constructor should dup the string argument
    RELAY_LOG=4  // rotate event for relay log
  };
  const char *new_log_ident;
  ulonglong pos;
  uint ident_len;
  uint flags;
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  Rotate_log_event(const char* new_log_ident_arg,
		   uint ident_len_arg,
		   ulonglong pos_arg, uint flags);
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  void pack_info(Protocol* protocol) override;
#endif /* HAVE_REPLICATION */
#else
  bool print(FILE* file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO* print_event_info) override;
#endif

  Rotate_log_event(const uchar *buf, uint event_len,
                   const Format_description_log_event* description_event);
  ~Rotate_log_event()
  {
    if (flags & DUP_NAME)
      my_free((void*) new_log_ident);
  }
  Log_event_type get_type_code() override { return ROTATE_EVENT;}
  my_off_t get_header_len(my_off_t l __attribute__((unused))) override
  { return LOG_EVENT_MINIMAL_HEADER_LEN; }
  int get_data_size() override { return  ident_len + ROTATE_HEADER_LEN;}
  bool is_valid() const override { return new_log_ident != 0; }
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  bool write(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
#endif

private:
#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  int do_update_pos(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
  enum_skip_reason do_shall_skip(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
#endif
};


class Binlog_checkpoint_log_event: public Log_event
{
public:
  char *binlog_file_name;
  uint binlog_file_len;

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  Binlog_checkpoint_log_event(const char *binlog_file_name_arg,
                              uint binlog_file_len_arg);
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  void pack_info(Protocol *protocol) override;
#endif
#else
  bool print(FILE *file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO *print_event_info) override;
#endif
  Binlog_checkpoint_log_event(const uchar *buf, uint event_len,
                              const Format_description_log_event
                              *description_event);
  ~Binlog_checkpoint_log_event() { my_free(binlog_file_name); }
  Log_event_type get_type_code() override { return BINLOG_CHECKPOINT_EVENT;}
  int get_data_size() override
  { return binlog_file_len + BINLOG_CHECKPOINT_HEADER_LEN;}
  bool is_valid() const override { return binlog_file_name != 0; }
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  bool write(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  enum_skip_reason do_shall_skip(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
#endif
#endif
};


/**
  @class Gtid_log_event

  This event is logged as part of every event group to give the global
  transaction id (GTID) of that group.

  It replaces the BEGIN query event used in earlier versions to begin most
  event groups, but is also used for events that used to be stand-alone.

  @section Gtid_log_event_binary_format Binary Format

  The binary format for Gtid_log_event has 6 extra reserved bytes to make the
  length a total of 19 byte (+ 19 bytes of header in common with all events).
  This is just the minimal size for a BEGIN query event, which makes it easy
  to replace this event with such BEGIN event to remain compatible with old
  slave servers.

  <table>
  <caption>Post-Header</caption>

  <tr>
    <th>Name</th>
    <th>Format</th>
    <th>Description</th>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>seq_no</td>
    <td>8 byte unsigned integer</td>
    <td>increasing id within one server_id. Starts at 1, holes in the sequence
        may occur</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>domain_id</td>
    <td>4 byte unsigned integer</td>
    <td>Replication domain id, identifying independent replication streams></td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>flags</td>
    <td>1 byte bitfield</td>
    <td>Bit 0 set indicates stand-alone event (no terminating COMMIT)</td>
    <td>Bit 1 set indicates group commit, and that commit id exists</td>
    <td>Bit 2 set indicates a transactional event group (can be safely rolled
        back).</td>
    <td>Bit 3 set indicates that user allowed optimistic parallel apply (the
        @@SESSION.replicate_allow_parallel value was true at commit).</td>
    <td>Bit 4 set indicates that this transaction encountered a row (or other)
        lock wait during execution.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>Reserved (no group commit) / commit id (group commit) (see flags bit 1)</td>
    <td>6 bytes / 8 bytes</td>
    <td>Reserved bytes, set to 0. Maybe be used for future expansion (no
        group commit). OR commit id, same for all GTIDs in the same group
        commit (see flags bit 1).</td>
  </tr>
  </table>

  The Body of Gtid_log_event is empty. The total event size is 19 bytes +
  the normal 19 bytes common-header.
*/

class Gtid_log_event: public Log_event
{
public:
  uint64 seq_no;
  uint64 commit_id;
  uint32 domain_id;
  uint64 sa_seq_no;   // start alter identifier for CA/RA
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  event_xid_t xid;
#else
  event_mysql_xid_t xid;
#endif
  uchar flags2;
  /*
    More flags area placed after the regular flags2's area. The type
    is declared to be in agreement with Query_log_event's member that
    may copy the flags_extra value.
  */
  decltype(Query_log_event::gtid_flags_extra) flags_extra;
  /*
    Number of engine participants in transaction minus 1.
    When zero the event does not contain that information.
  */
  uint8 extra_engines;

  /* Flags2. */

  /* FL_STANDALONE is set when there is no terminating COMMIT event. */
  static const uchar FL_STANDALONE= 1;
  /*
    FL_GROUP_COMMIT_ID is set when event group is part of a group commit on the
    master. Groups with same commit_id are part of the same group commit.
  */
  static const uchar FL_GROUP_COMMIT_ID= 2;
  /*
    FL_TRANSACTIONAL is set for an event group that can be safely rolled back
    (no MyISAM, eg.).
  */
  static const uchar FL_TRANSACTIONAL= 4;
  /*
    FL_ALLOW_PARALLEL reflects the (negation of the) value of
    @@SESSION.skip_parallel_replication at the time of commit.
  */
  static const uchar FL_ALLOW_PARALLEL= 8;
  /*
    FL_WAITED is set if a row lock wait (or other wait) is detected during the
    execution of the transaction.
  */
  static const uchar FL_WAITED= 16;
  /* FL_DDL is set for event group containing DDL. */
  static const uchar FL_DDL= 32;
  /* FL_PREPARED_XA is set for XA transaction. */
  static const uchar FL_PREPARED_XA= 64;
  /* FL_"COMMITTED or ROLLED-BACK"_XA is set for XA transaction. */
  static const uchar FL_COMPLETED_XA= 128;

  /*
    flags_extra 's bit values.
    _E1 suffix below stands for Extra to infer the extra flags,
    their "1st" generation (more *generations* can come when necessary).

    FL_EXTRA_MULTI_ENGINE_E1 is set for event group comprising a transaction
    involving multiple storage engines. No flag and extra data are added
    to the event when the transaction involves only one engine.
  */
  static const uchar FL_EXTRA_MULTI_ENGINE_E1= 1;
  static const uchar FL_START_ALTER_E1= 2;
  static const uchar FL_COMMIT_ALTER_E1= 4;
  static const uchar FL_ROLLBACK_ALTER_E1= 8;

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  Gtid_log_event(THD *thd_arg, uint64 seq_no, uint32 domain_id, bool standalone,
                 uint16 flags, bool is_transactional, uint64 commit_id,
                 bool has_xid= false, bool is_ro_1pc= false);
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  void pack_info(Protocol *protocol) override;
  int do_apply_event(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
  int do_update_pos(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
  enum_skip_reason do_shall_skip(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
#endif
#else
  bool print(FILE *file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO *print_event_info) override;
#endif
  Gtid_log_event(const uchar *buf, uint event_len,
                 const Format_description_log_event *description_event);
  ~Gtid_log_event() = default;
  Log_event_type get_type_code() override { return GTID_EVENT; }
  enum_logged_status logged_status() override { return LOGGED_NO_DATA; }
  int get_data_size() override
  {
    return GTID_HEADER_LEN + ((flags2 & FL_GROUP_COMMIT_ID) ? 2 : 0);
  }

  bool is_valid() const override
  {
    /*
      seq_no is set to 0 if the structure of a serialized GTID event does not
      align with that as indicated by flags and extra_flags.
    */
    return seq_no != 0;
  }

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  bool write(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
  static int make_compatible_event(String *packet, bool *need_dummy_event,
                                    ulong ev_offset, enum_binlog_checksum_alg checksum_alg);
  static bool peek(const uchar *event_start, size_t event_len,
                   enum_binlog_checksum_alg checksum_alg,
                   uint32 *domain_id, uint32 *server_id, uint64 *seq_no,
                   uchar *flags2, const Format_description_log_event *fdev);
#endif
};


/**
  @class Gtid_list_log_event

  This event is logged at the start of every binlog file to record the
  current replication state: the last global transaction id (GTID) applied
  on the server within each replication domain.

  It consists of a list of GTIDs, one for each replication domain ever seen
  on the server.

  @section Gtid_list_log_event_binary_format Binary Format

  <table>
  <caption>Post-Header</caption>

  <tr>
    <th>Name</th>
    <th>Format</th>
    <th>Description</th>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>count</td>
    <td>4 byte unsigned integer</td>
    <td>The lower 28 bits are the number of GTIDs. The upper 4 bits are
        flags bits.</td>
  </tr>
  </table>

  <table>
  <caption>Body</caption>

  <tr>
    <th>Name</th>
    <th>Format</th>
    <th>Description</th>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>domain_id</td>
    <td>4 byte unsigned integer</td>
    <td>Replication domain id of one GTID</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>server_id</td>
    <td>4 byte unsigned integer</td>
    <td>Server id of one GTID</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>seq_no</td>
    <td>8 byte unsigned integer</td>
    <td>sequence number of one GTID</td>
  </tr>
  </table>

  The three elements in the body repeat COUNT times to form the GTID list.

  At the time of writing, only two flag bit are in use.

  Bit 28 of `count' is used for flag FLAG_UNTIL_REACHED, which is sent in a
  Gtid_list event from the master to the slave to indicate that the START
  SLAVE UNTIL master_gtid_pos=xxx condition has been reached. (This flag is
  only sent in "fake" events generated on the fly, it is not written into
  the binlog).
*/

class Gtid_list_log_event: public Log_event
{
public:
  uint32 count;
  uint32 gl_flags;
  struct rpl_gtid *list;
  uint64 *sub_id_list;

  static const uint element_size= 4+4+8;
  /* Upper bits stored in 'count'. See comment above */
  enum gtid_flags
  {
    FLAG_UNTIL_REACHED= (1<<28),
    FLAG_IGN_GTIDS= (1<<29),
  };
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  Gtid_list_log_event(rpl_binlog_state *gtid_set, uint32 gl_flags);
  Gtid_list_log_event(slave_connection_state *gtid_set, uint32 gl_flags);
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  void pack_info(Protocol *protocol) override;
#endif
#else
  bool print(FILE *file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO *print_event_info) override;
#endif
  Gtid_list_log_event(const uchar *buf, uint event_len,
                      const Format_description_log_event *description_event);
  ~Gtid_list_log_event() { my_free(list); my_free(sub_id_list); }
  Log_event_type get_type_code() override { return GTID_LIST_EVENT; }
  int get_data_size() override {
    /*
      Replacing with dummy event, needed for older slaves, requires a minimum
      of 6 bytes in the body.
    */
    return (count==0 ?
            GTID_LIST_HEADER_LEN+2 : GTID_LIST_HEADER_LEN+count*element_size);
  }
  bool is_valid() const override { return list != NULL; }
#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  bool to_packet(String *packet);
  bool write(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
  int do_apply_event(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
  enum_skip_reason do_shall_skip(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
#endif
  static bool peek(const char *event_start, size_t event_len,
                   enum_binlog_checksum_alg checksum_alg,
                   rpl_gtid **out_gtid_list, uint32 *out_list_len,
                   const Format_description_log_event *fdev);
};


/**
  @class Append_block_log_event

  @section Append_block_log_event_binary_format Binary Format
*/

class Append_block_log_event: public Log_event
{
public:
  uchar* block;
  uint block_len;
  uint file_id;
  /*
    'db' is filled when the event is created in mysql_load() (the
    event needs to have a 'db' member to be well filtered by
    binlog-*-db rules). 'db' is not written to the binlog (it's not
    used by Append_block_log_event::write()), so it can't be read in
    the Append_block_log_event(const uchar *buf, int event_len)
    constructor.  In other words, 'db' is used only for filtering by
    binlog-*-db rules.
  */
  const char* db;

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  Append_block_log_event(THD* thd, const char* db_arg, uchar* block_arg,
			 uint block_len_arg, bool using_trans);
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  void pack_info(Protocol* protocol) override;
  virtual int get_create_or_append() const;
#endif /* HAVE_REPLICATION */
#else
  bool print(FILE* file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO* print_event_info) override;
#endif

  Append_block_log_event(const uchar *buf, uint event_len,
                         const Format_description_log_event
                         *description_event);
  ~Append_block_log_event() = default;
  Log_event_type get_type_code() override { return APPEND_BLOCK_EVENT;}
  int get_data_size() override { return  block_len + APPEND_BLOCK_HEADER_LEN ;}
  bool is_valid() const override { return block != 0; }
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  bool write(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
  const char* get_db() override { return db; }
#endif

private:
#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  int do_apply_event(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
#endif
};


/**
  @class Delete_file_log_event

  @section Delete_file_log_event_binary_format Binary Format
*/

class Delete_file_log_event: public Log_event
{
public:
  uint file_id;
  const char* db; /* see comment in Append_block_log_event */

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  Delete_file_log_event(THD* thd, const char* db_arg, bool using_trans);
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  void pack_info(Protocol* protocol) override;
#endif /* HAVE_REPLICATION */
#else
  bool print(FILE* file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO* print_event_info) override;
  bool print(FILE* file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO* print_event_info,
             bool enable_local);
#endif

  Delete_file_log_event(const uchar *buf, uint event_len,
                        const Format_description_log_event* description_event);
  ~Delete_file_log_event() = default;
  Log_event_type get_type_code() override { return DELETE_FILE_EVENT;}
  int get_data_size() override { return DELETE_FILE_HEADER_LEN ;}
  bool is_valid() const override { return file_id != 0; }
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  bool write(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
  const char* get_db() override { return db; }
#endif

private:
#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  int do_apply_event(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
#endif
};


/**
  @class Begin_load_query_log_event

  Event for the first block of file to be loaded, its only difference from
  Append_block event is that this event creates or truncates existing file
  before writing data.

  @section Begin_load_query_log_event_binary_format Binary Format
*/
class Begin_load_query_log_event: public Append_block_log_event
{
public:
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  Begin_load_query_log_event(THD* thd_arg, const char *db_arg,
                             uchar* block_arg, uint block_len_arg,
                             bool using_trans);
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  Begin_load_query_log_event(THD* thd);
  int get_create_or_append() const override;
#endif /* HAVE_REPLICATION */
#endif
  Begin_load_query_log_event(const uchar *buf, uint event_len,
                             const Format_description_log_event
                             *description_event);
  ~Begin_load_query_log_event() = default;
  Log_event_type get_type_code() override { return BEGIN_LOAD_QUERY_EVENT; }
private:
#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  enum_skip_reason do_shall_skip(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
#endif
};


/*
  Elements of this enum describe how LOAD DATA handles duplicates.
*/
enum enum_load_dup_handling { LOAD_DUP_ERROR= 0, LOAD_DUP_IGNORE,
                              LOAD_DUP_REPLACE };

/**
  @class Execute_load_query_log_event

  Event responsible for LOAD DATA execution, it similar to Query_log_event
  but before executing the query it substitutes original filename in LOAD DATA
  query with name of temporary file.

  @section Execute_load_query_log_event_binary_format Binary Format
*/
class Execute_load_query_log_event: public Query_log_event
{
public:
  uint file_id;       // file_id of temporary file
  uint fn_pos_start;  // pointer to the part of the query that should
                      // be substituted
  uint fn_pos_end;    // pointer to the end of this part of query
  /*
    We have to store type of duplicate handling explicitly, because
    for LOAD DATA it also depends on LOCAL option. And this part
    of query will be rewritten during replication so this information
    may be lost...
  */
  enum_load_dup_handling dup_handling;

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  Execute_load_query_log_event(THD* thd, const char* query_arg,
                               ulong query_length, uint fn_pos_start_arg,
                               uint fn_pos_end_arg,
                               enum_load_dup_handling dup_handling_arg,
                               bool using_trans, bool direct,
                               bool suppress_use, int errcode);
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  void pack_info(Protocol* protocol) override;
#endif /* HAVE_REPLICATION */
#else
  bool print(FILE* file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO* print_event_info) override;
  /* Prints the query as LOAD DATA LOCAL and with rewritten filename */
  bool print(FILE* file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO* print_event_info,
	     const char *local_fname);
#endif
  Execute_load_query_log_event(const uchar *buf, uint event_len,
                               const Format_description_log_event
                               *description_event);
  ~Execute_load_query_log_event() = default;

  Log_event_type get_type_code() override { return EXECUTE_LOAD_QUERY_EVENT; }
  bool is_valid() const override { return Query_log_event::is_valid() && file_id != 0; }

  ulong get_post_header_size_for_derived() override;
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  bool write_post_header_for_derived(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
#endif

private:
#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  int do_apply_event(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
#endif
};


#ifdef MYSQL_CLIENT
/**
  @class Unknown_log_event

  @section Unknown_log_event_binary_format Binary Format
*/
class Unknown_log_event: public Log_event
{
public:
  enum { UNKNOWN, ENCRYPTED } what;
  /*
    Even if this is an unknown event, we still pass description_event to
    Log_event's ctor, this way we can extract maximum information from the
    event's header (the unique ID for example).
  */
  Unknown_log_event(const uchar *buf,
                    const Format_description_log_event *description_event):
    Log_event(buf, description_event), what(UNKNOWN)
  {}
  /* constructor for hopelessly corrupted events */
  Unknown_log_event(): Log_event(), what(ENCRYPTED) {}
  ~Unknown_log_event() = default;
  bool print(FILE* file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO* print_event_info) override;
  Log_event_type get_type_code() override { return UNKNOWN_EVENT;}
  bool is_valid() const override { return 1; }
};
#endif
char *str_to_hex(char *to, const uchar *from, size_t len);

/**
  @class Annotate_rows_log_event

  In row-based mode, if binlog_annotate_row_events = ON, each group of
  Table_map_log_events is preceded by an Annotate_rows_log_event which
  contains the query which caused the subsequent rows operations.

  The Annotate_rows_log_event has no post-header and its body contains
  the corresponding query (without trailing zero). Note. The query length
  is to be calculated as a difference between the whole event length and
  the common header length.
*/
class Annotate_rows_log_event: public Log_event
{
public:
#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT
  Annotate_rows_log_event(THD*, bool using_trans, bool direct);
#endif
  Annotate_rows_log_event(const uchar *buf, uint event_len,
                          const Format_description_log_event*);
  ~Annotate_rows_log_event();

  int get_data_size() override;
  Log_event_type get_type_code() override;
  enum_logged_status logged_status() override { return LOGGED_NO_DATA; }
  bool is_valid() const override;

#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT
  bool write_data_header(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
  bool write_data_body(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
   bool is_part_of_group() override { return 1; }
#endif
#endif

#if !defined(MYSQL_CLIENT) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  void pack_info(Protocol*) override;
#endif

#ifdef MYSQL_CLIENT
  bool print(FILE*, PRINT_EVENT_INFO*) override;
#endif

#if !defined(MYSQL_CLIENT) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
private:
  int do_apply_event(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
  int do_update_pos(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
  enum_skip_reason do_shall_skip(rpl_group_info*) override;
#endif

private:
  char *m_query_txt;
  uint  m_query_len;
  char *m_save_thd_query_txt;
  uint  m_save_thd_query_len;
  bool  m_saved_thd_query;
  bool  m_used_query_txt;
};

class table_def;

/**
  @class Table_map_log_event

  In row-based mode, every row operation event is preceded by a
  Table_map_log_event which maps a table definition to a number.  The
  table definition consists of database name, table name, and column
  definitions.

  @section Table_map_log_event_binary_format Binary Format

  The Post-Header has the following components:

  <table>
  <caption>Post-Header for Table_map_log_event</caption>

  <tr>
    <th>Name</th>
    <th>Format</th>
    <th>Description</th>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>table_id</td>
    <td>6 bytes unsigned integer</td>
    <td>The number that identifies the table.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>flags</td>
    <td>2 byte bitfield</td>
    <td>Reserved for future use; currently always 0.</td>
  </tr>

  </table>

  The Body has the following components:

  <table>
  <caption>Body for Table_map_log_event</caption>

  <tr>
    <th>Name</th>
    <th>Format</th>
    <th>Description</th>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>database_name</td>
    <td>one byte string length, followed by null-terminated string</td>
    <td>The name of the database in which the table resides.  The name
    is represented as a one byte unsigned integer representing the
    number of bytes in the name, followed by length bytes containing
    the database name, followed by a terminating 0 byte.  (Note the
    redundancy in the representation of the length.)  </td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>table_name</td>
    <td>one byte string length, followed by null-terminated string</td>
    <td>The name of the table, encoded the same way as the database
    name above.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>column_count</td>
    <td>@ref packed_integer "Packed Integer"</td>
    <td>The number of columns in the table, represented as a packed
    variable-length integer.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>column_type</td>
    <td>List of column_count 1 byte enumeration values</td>
    <td>The type of each column in the table, listed from left to
    right.  Each byte is mapped to a column type according to the
    enumeration type enum_field_types defined in mysql_com.h.  The
    mapping of types to numbers is listed in the table @ref
    Table_table_map_log_event_column_types "below" (along with
    description of the associated metadata field).  </td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>metadata_length</td>
    <td>@ref packed_integer "Packed Integer"</td>
    <td>The length of the following metadata block</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>metadata</td>
    <td>list of metadata for each column</td>
    <td>For each column from left to right, a chunk of data who's
    length and semantics depends on the type of the column.  The
    length and semantics for the metadata for each column are listed
    in the table @ref Table_table_map_log_event_column_types
    "below".</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>null_bits</td>
    <td>column_count bits, rounded up to nearest byte</td>
    <td>For each column, a bit indicating whether data in the column
    can be NULL or not.  The number of bytes needed for this is
    int((column_count+7)/8).  The flag for the first column from the
    left is in the least-significant bit of the first byte, the second
    is in the second least significant bit of the first byte, the
    ninth is in the least significant bit of the second byte, and so
    on.  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td>optional metadata fields</td>
    <td>optional metadata fields are stored in Type, Length, Value(TLV) format.
    Type takes 1 byte. Length is a packed integer value. Values takes
    Length bytes.
    </td>
    <td>There are some optional metadata defined. They are listed in the table
    @ref Table_table_map_event_optional_metadata. Optional metadata fields
    follow null_bits. Whether binlogging an optional metadata is decided by the
    server. The order is not defined, so they can be binlogged in any order.
    </td>
  </tr>

  </table>

  The table below lists all column types, along with the numerical
  identifier for it and the size and interpretation of meta-data used
  to describe the type.

  @anchor Table_table_map_log_event_column_types
  <table>
  <caption>Table_map_log_event column types: numerical identifier and
  metadata</caption>
  <tr>
    <th>Name</th>
    <th>Identifier</th>
    <th>Size of metadata in bytes</th>
    <th>Description of metadata</th>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>MYSQL_TYPE_DECIMAL</td><td>0</td>
    <td>0</td>
    <td>No column metadata.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>MYSQL_TYPE_TINY</td><td>1</td>
    <td>0</td>
    <td>No column metadata.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>MYSQL_TYPE_SHORT</td><td>2</td>
    <td>0</td>
    <td>No column metadata.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>MYSQL_TYPE_LONG</td><td>3</td>
    <td>0</td>
    <td>No column metadata.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>MYSQL_TYPE_FLOAT</td><td>4</td>
    <td>1 byte</td>
    <td>1 byte unsigned integer, representing the "pack_length", which
    is equal to sizeof(float) on the server from which the event
    originates.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>MYSQL_TYPE_DOUBLE</td><td>5</td>
    <td>1 byte</td>
    <td>1 byte unsigned integer, representing the "pack_length", which
    is equal to sizeof(double) on the server from which the event
    originates.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>MYSQL_TYPE_NULL</td><td>6</td>
    <td>0</td>
    <td>No column metadata.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP</td><td>7</td>
    <td>0</td>
    <td>No column metadata.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>MYSQL_TYPE_LONGLONG</td><td>8</td>
    <td>0</td>
    <td>No column metadata.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>MYSQL_TYPE_INT24</td><td>9</td>
    <td>0</td>
    <td>No column metadata.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>MYSQL_TYPE_DATE</td><td>10</td>
    <td>0</td>
    <td>No column metadata.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>MYSQL_TYPE_TIME</td><td>11</td>
    <td>0</td>
    <td>No column metadata.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME</td><td>12</td>
    <td>0</td>
    <td>No column metadata.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>MYSQL_TYPE_YEAR</td><td>13</td>
    <td>0</td>
    <td>No column metadata.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td><i>MYSQL_TYPE_NEWDATE</i></td><td><i>14</i></td>
    <td>&ndash;</td>
    <td><i>This enumeration value is only used internally and cannot
    exist in a binlog.</i></td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>MYSQL_TYPE_VARCHAR</td><td>15</td>
    <td>2 bytes</td>
    <td>2 byte unsigned integer representing the maximum length of
    the string.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>MYSQL_TYPE_BIT</td><td>16</td>
    <td>2 bytes</td>
    <td>A 1 byte unsigned int representing the length in bits of the
    bitfield (0 to 64), followed by a 1 byte unsigned int
    representing the number of bytes occupied by the bitfield.  The
    number of bytes is either int((length+7)/8) or int(length/8).</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>MYSQL_TYPE_NEWDECIMAL</td><td>246</td>
    <td>2 bytes</td>
    <td>A 1 byte unsigned int representing the precision, followed
    by a 1 byte unsigned int representing the number of decimals.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td><i>MYSQL_TYPE_ENUM</i></td><td><i>247</i></td>
    <td>&ndash;</td>
    <td><i>This enumeration value is only used internally and cannot
    exist in a binlog.</i></td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td><i>MYSQL_TYPE_SET</i></td><td><i>248</i></td>
    <td>&ndash;</td>
    <td><i>This enumeration value is only used internally and cannot
    exist in a binlog.</i></td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>MYSQL_TYPE_TINY_BLOB</td><td>249</td>
    <td>&ndash;</td>
    <td><i>This enumeration value is only used internally and cannot
    exist in a binlog.</i></td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td><i>MYSQL_TYPE_MEDIUM_BLOB</i></td><td><i>250</i></td>
    <td>&ndash;</td>
    <td><i>This enumeration value is only used internally and cannot
    exist in a binlog.</i></td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td><i>MYSQL_TYPE_LONG_BLOB</i></td><td><i>251</i></td>
    <td>&ndash;</td>
    <td><i>This enumeration value is only used internally and cannot
    exist in a binlog.</i></td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>MYSQL_TYPE_BLOB</td><td>252</td>
    <td>1 byte</td>
    <td>The pack length, i.e., the number of bytes needed to represent
    the length of the blob: 1, 2, 3, or 4.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>MYSQL_TYPE_VAR_STRING</td><td>253</td>
    <td>2 bytes</td>
    <td>This is used to store both strings and enumeration values.
    The first byte is a enumeration value storing the <i>real
    type</i>, which may be either MYSQL_TYPE_VAR_STRING or
    MYSQL_TYPE_ENUM.  The second byte is a 1 byte unsigned integer
    representing the field size, i.e., the number of bytes needed to
    store the length of the string.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>MYSQL_TYPE_STRING</td><td>254</td>
    <td>2 bytes</td>
    <td>The first byte is always MYSQL_TYPE_VAR_STRING (i.e., 253).
    The second byte is the field size, i.e., the number of bytes in
    the representation of size of the string: 3 or 4.</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td>MYSQL_TYPE_GEOMETRY</td><td>255</td>
    <td>1 byte</td>
    <td>The pack length, i.e., the number of bytes needed to represent
    the length of the geometry: 1, 2, 3, or 4.</td>
  </tr>

  </table>
  The table below lists all optional metadata types, along with the numerical
  identifier for it and the size and interpretation of meta-data used
  to describe the type.

  @anchor Table_table_map_event_optional_metadata
  <table>
  <caption>Table_map_event optional metadata types: numerical identifier and
  metadata. Optional metadata fields are stored in TLV fields.
  Format of values are described in this table. </caption>
  <tr>
    <th>Type</th>
    <th>Description</th>
    <th>Format</th>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td>SIGNEDNESS</td>
    <td>signedness of numeric colums. This is included for all values of
    binlog_row_metadata.</td>
    <td>For each numeric column, a bit indicates whether the numeric
    colunm has unsigned flag. 1 means it is unsigned. The number of
    bytes needed for this is int((column_count + 7) / 8). The order is
    the same as the order of column_type field.</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td>DEFAULT_CHARSET</td>
    <td>Charsets of character columns. It has a default charset for
    the case that most of character columns have same charset and the
    most used charset is binlogged as default charset.Collation
    numbers are binlogged for identifying charsets. They are stored in
    packed length format.  Either DEFAULT_CHARSET or COLUMN_CHARSET is
    included for all values of binlog_row_metadata.</td>
    <td>Default charset's collation is logged first. The charsets which are not
    same to default charset are logged following default charset. They are
    logged as column index and charset collation number pair sequence. The
    column index is counted only in all character columns. The order is same to
    the order of column_type
    field. </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td>COLUMN_CHARSET</td>
    <td>Charsets of character columns. For the case that most of columns have
    different charsets, this field is logged. It is never logged with
    DEFAULT_CHARSET together.  Either DEFAULT_CHARSET or COLUMN_CHARSET is
    included for all values of binlog_row_metadata.</td>
    <td>It is a collation number sequence for all character columns.</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td>COLUMN_NAME</td>
    <td>Names of columns. This is only included if
    binlog_row_metadata=FULL.</td>
    <td>A sequence of column names. For each column name, 1 byte for
    the string length in bytes is followed by a string without null
    terminator.</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td>SET_STR_VALUE</td>
    <td>The string values of SET columns. This is only included if
    binlog_row_metadata=FULL.</td>
    <td>For each SET column, a pack_length representing the value
    count is followed by a sequence of length and string pairs. length
    is the byte count in pack_length format. The string has no null
    terminator.</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td>ENUM_STR_VALUE</td>
    <td>The string values is ENUM columns. This is only included
    if binlog_row_metadata=FULL.</td>
    <td>The format is the same as SET_STR_VALUE.</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td>GEOMETRY_TYPE</td>
    <td>The real type of geometry columns. This is only included
    if binlog_row_metadata=FULL.</td>
    <td>A sequence of real type of geometry columns are stored in pack_length
    format. </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td>SIMPLE_PRIMARY_KEY</td>
    <td>The primary key without any prefix. This is only included
    if binlog_row_metadata=FULL and there is a primary key where every
    key part covers an entire column.</td>
    <td>A sequence of column indexes. The indexes are stored in pack_length
    format.</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td>PRIMARY_KEY_WITH_PREFIX</td>
    <td>The primary key with some prefix. It doesn't appear together with
    SIMPLE_PRIMARY_KEY. This is only included if
    binlog_row_metadata=FULL and there is a primary key where some key
    part covers a prefix of the column.</td>
    <td>A sequence of column index and prefix length pairs. Both
    column index and prefix length are in pack_length format. Prefix length
    0 means that the whole column value is used.</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td>ENUM_AND_SET_DEFAULT_CHARSET</td>
    <td>Charsets of ENUM and SET columns. It has the same layout as
    DEFAULT_CHARSET.  If there are SET or ENUM columns and
    binlog_row_metadata=FULL, exactly one of
    ENUM_AND_SET_DEFAULT_CHARSET and ENUM_AND_SET_COLUMN_CHARSET
    appears (the encoder chooses the representation that uses the
    least amount of space).  Otherwise, none of them appears.</td>
    <td>The same format as for DEFAULT_CHARSET, except it counts ENUM
    and SET columns rather than character columns.</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td>ENUM_AND_SET_COLUMN_CHARSET</td>
    <td>Charsets of ENUM and SET columns. It has the same layout as
    COLUMN_CHARSET.  If there are SET or ENUM columns and
    binlog_row_metadata=FULL, exactly one of
    ENUM_AND_SET_DEFAULT_CHARSET and ENUM_AND_SET_COLUMN_CHARSET
    appears (the encoder chooses the representation that uses the
    least amount of space).  Otherwise, none of them appears.</td>
    <td>The same format as for COLUMN_CHARSET, except it counts ENUM
    and SET columns rather than character columns.</td>
  </tr>
  </table>
*/
class Table_map_log_event : public Log_event
{
public:
  /* Constants */
  enum
  {
    TYPE_CODE = TABLE_MAP_EVENT
  };

  /**
     Enumeration of the errors that can be returned.
   */
  enum enum_error
  {
    ERR_OPEN_FAILURE = -1,               /**< Failure to open table */
    ERR_OK = 0,                                 /**< No error */
    ERR_TABLE_LIMIT_EXCEEDED = 1,      /**< No more room for tables */
    ERR_OUT_OF_MEM = 2,                         /**< Out of memory */
    ERR_BAD_TABLE_DEF = 3,     /**< Table definition does not match */
    ERR_RBR_TO_SBR = 4  /**< daisy-chanining RBR to SBR not allowed */
  };

  enum enum_flag
  {
    /* 
       Nothing here right now, but the flags support is there in
       preparation for changes that are coming.  Need to add a
       constant to make it compile under HP-UX: aCC does not like
       empty enumerations.
    */
    ENUM_FLAG_COUNT
  };

  typedef uint16 flag_set;
  /**
    DEFAULT_CHARSET and COLUMN_CHARSET don't appear together, and
    ENUM_AND_SET_DEFAULT_CHARSET and ENUM_AND_SET_COLUMN_CHARSET don't
    appear together. They are just alternative ways to pack character
    set information. When binlogging, it logs character sets in the
    way that occupies least storage.

    SIMPLE_PRIMARY_KEY and PRIMARY_KEY_WITH_PREFIX don't appear together.
    SIMPLE_PRIMARY_KEY is for the primary keys which only use whole values of
    pk columns. PRIMARY_KEY_WITH_PREFIX is
    for the primary keys which just use part value of pk columns.
   */
  enum Optional_metadata_field_type
  {
    SIGNEDNESS = 1,  // UNSIGNED flag of numeric columns
    DEFAULT_CHARSET, /* Character set of string columns, optimized to
                        minimize space when many columns have the
                        same charset. */
    COLUMN_CHARSET,  /* Character set of string columns, optimized to
                        minimize space when columns have many
                        different charsets. */
    COLUMN_NAME,
    SET_STR_VALUE,                // String value of SET columns
    ENUM_STR_VALUE,               // String value of ENUM columns
    GEOMETRY_TYPE,                // Real type of geometry columns
    SIMPLE_PRIMARY_KEY,           // Primary key without prefix
    PRIMARY_KEY_WITH_PREFIX,      // Primary key with prefix
    ENUM_AND_SET_DEFAULT_CHARSET, /* Character set of enum and set
                                     columns, optimized to minimize
                                     space when many columns have the
                                     same charset. */
    ENUM_AND_SET_COLUMN_CHARSET,  /* Character set of enum and set
                                     columns, optimized to minimize
                                     space when many columns have the
                                     same charset. */
  };
  /**
    Metadata_fields organizes m_optional_metadata into a structured format which
    is easy to access.
  */
  // Values for binlog_row_metadata sysvar
  enum enum_binlog_row_metadata
  {
    BINLOG_ROW_METADATA_NO_LOG= 0,
    BINLOG_ROW_METADATA_MINIMAL= 1,
    BINLOG_ROW_METADATA_FULL= 2
  };
  struct Optional_metadata_fields
  {
    typedef std::pair<unsigned int, unsigned int> uint_pair;
    typedef std::vector<std::string> str_vector;

    struct Default_charset
    {
      Default_charset() : default_charset(0) {}
      bool empty() const { return default_charset == 0; }

      // Default charset for the columns which are not in charset_pairs.
      unsigned int default_charset;

      /* The uint_pair means <column index, column charset number>. */
      std::vector<uint_pair> charset_pairs;
    };

    // Contents of DEFAULT_CHARSET field is converted into Default_charset.
    Default_charset m_default_charset;
    // Contents of ENUM_AND_SET_DEFAULT_CHARSET are converted into
    // Default_charset.
    Default_charset m_enum_and_set_default_charset;
    std::vector<bool> m_signedness;
    // Character set number of every string column
    std::vector<unsigned int> m_column_charset;
    // Character set number of every ENUM or SET column.
    std::vector<unsigned int> m_enum_and_set_column_charset;
    std::vector<std::string> m_column_name;
    // each str_vector stores values of one enum/set column
    std::vector<str_vector> m_enum_str_value;
    std::vector<str_vector> m_set_str_value;
    std::vector<unsigned int> m_geometry_type;
    /*
      The uint_pair means <column index, prefix length>.  Prefix length is 0 if
      whole column value is used.
    */
    std::vector<uint_pair> m_primary_key;

    /*
      It parses m_optional_metadata and populates into above variables.

      @param[in] optional_metadata points to the begin of optional metadata
                                   fields in table_map_event.
      @param[in] optional_metadata_len length of optional_metadata field.
     */
    Optional_metadata_fields(unsigned char* optional_metadata,
                             unsigned int optional_metadata_len);
  };

  /**
    Print column metadata. Its format looks like:
    # Columns(colume_name type, colume_name type, ...)
    if colume_name field is not logged into table_map_log_event, then
    only type is printed.

    @@param[out] file the place where colume metadata is printed
    @@param[in]  The metadata extracted from optional metadata fields
 */
  void print_columns(IO_CACHE *file,
                     const Optional_metadata_fields &fields);
  /**
    Print primary information. Its format looks like:
    # Primary Key(colume_name, column_name(prifix), ...)
    if colume_name field is not logged into table_map_log_event, then
    colume index is printed.

    @@param[out] file the place where primary key is printed
    @@param[in]  The metadata extracted from optional metadata fields
 */
  void print_primary_key(IO_CACHE *file,
                         const Optional_metadata_fields &fields);

  /* Special constants representing sets of flags */
  enum 
  {
    TM_NO_FLAGS = 0U,
    TM_BIT_LEN_EXACT_F = (1U << 0),
    // MariaDB flags (we starts from the other end)
    TM_BIT_HAS_TRIGGERS_F= (1U << 14)
  };

  flag_set get_flags(flag_set flag) const { return m_flags & flag; }

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  Table_map_log_event(THD *thd, TABLE *tbl, ulonglong tid,
                      bool is_transactional);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  Table_map_log_event(const uchar *buf, uint event_len,
                      const Format_description_log_event *description_event);
#endif

  ~Table_map_log_event();

#ifdef MYSQL_CLIENT
  table_def *create_table_def()
  {
    return new table_def(m_coltype, m_colcnt, m_field_metadata,
                         m_field_metadata_size, m_null_bits, m_flags);
  }
  int rewrite_db(const char* new_name, size_t new_name_len,
                 const Format_description_log_event*);
#endif
  ulonglong get_table_id() const        { return m_table_id; }
  const char *get_table_name() const { return m_tblnam; }
  const char *get_db_name() const    { return m_dbnam; }

  Log_event_type get_type_code() override { return TABLE_MAP_EVENT; }
  enum_logged_status logged_status() override { return LOGGED_TABLE_MAP; }
  bool is_valid() const override { return m_memory != NULL; /* we check malloc */ }

  int get_data_size() override { return (uint) m_data_size; }
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
   bool is_part_of_group() override { return 1; }
#endif
  virtual int save_field_metadata();
  bool write_data_header(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
  bool write_data_body(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
  const char *get_db() override { return m_dbnam; }
#endif

#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  void pack_info(Protocol *protocol) override;
#endif

#ifdef MYSQL_CLIENT
  bool print(FILE *file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO *print_event_info) override;
#endif

  table_def get_table_def();

private:
#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  int do_apply_event(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
  int do_update_pos(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
  enum_skip_reason do_shall_skip(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
#endif

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  TABLE         *m_table;
  Binlog_type_info *binlog_type_info_array;


  // Metadata fields buffer
  StringBuffer<1024> m_metadata_buf;

  /**
    Capture the optional metadata fields which should be logged into
    table_map_log_event and serialize them into m_metadata_buf.
  */
  void init_metadata_fields();
  bool init_signedness_field();
  /**
    Capture and serialize character sets.  Character sets for
    character columns (TEXT etc) and character sets for ENUM and SET
    columns are stored in different metadata fields. The reason is
    that TEXT character sets are included even when
    binlog_row_metadata=MINIMAL, whereas ENUM and SET character sets
    are included only when binlog_row_metadata=FULL.

    @param include_type Predicate to determine if a given Field object
    is to be included in the metadata field.

    @param default_charset_type Type code when storing in "default
    charset" format.  (See comment above Table_maps_log_event in
    libbinlogevents/include/rows_event.h)

    @param column_charset_type Type code when storing in "column
    charset" format.  (See comment above Table_maps_log_event in
    libbinlogevents/include/rows_event.h)
  */
  bool init_charset_field(bool(* include_type)(Binlog_type_info *, Field *),
                          Optional_metadata_field_type default_charset_type,
                          Optional_metadata_field_type column_charset_type);
  bool init_column_name_field();
  bool init_set_str_value_field();
  bool init_enum_str_value_field();
  bool init_geometry_type_field();
  bool init_primary_key_field();
#endif

#ifdef MYSQL_CLIENT
  class Charset_iterator;
  class Default_charset_iterator;
  class Column_charset_iterator;
#endif
  char const    *m_dbnam;
  size_t         m_dblen;
  char const    *m_tblnam;
  size_t         m_tbllen;
  ulong          m_colcnt;
  uchar         *m_coltype;

  uchar         *m_memory;
  ulonglong      m_table_id;
  flag_set       m_flags;

  size_t         m_data_size;

  uchar          *m_field_metadata;        // buffer for field metadata
  /*
    The size of field metadata buffer set by calling save_field_metadata()
  */
  ulong          m_field_metadata_size;   
  uchar         *m_null_bits;
  uchar         *m_meta_memory;
  unsigned int   m_optional_metadata_len;
  unsigned char *m_optional_metadata;
};


/**
  @class Rows_log_event

 Common base class for all row-containing log events.

 RESPONSIBILITIES

   Encode the common parts of all events containing rows, which are:
   - Write data header and data body to an IO_CACHE.
   - Provide an interface for adding an individual row to the event.

  @section Rows_log_event_binary_format Binary Format
*/


class Rows_log_event : public Log_event
{
public:
  /**
     Enumeration of the errors that can be returned.
   */
  enum enum_error
  {
    ERR_OPEN_FAILURE = -1,               /**< Failure to open table */
    ERR_OK = 0,                                 /**< No error */
    ERR_TABLE_LIMIT_EXCEEDED = 1,      /**< No more room for tables */
    ERR_OUT_OF_MEM = 2,                         /**< Out of memory */
    ERR_BAD_TABLE_DEF = 3,     /**< Table definition does not match */
    ERR_RBR_TO_SBR = 4  /**< daisy-chanining RBR to SBR not allowed */
  };

  /*
    These definitions allow you to combine the flags into an
    appropriate flag set using the normal bitwise operators.  The
    implicit conversion from an enum-constant to an integer is
    accepted by the compiler, which is then used to set the real set
    of flags.
  */
  enum enum_flag
  {
    /* Last event of a statement */
    STMT_END_F = (1U << 0),

    /* Value of the OPTION_NO_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS flag in thd->options */
    NO_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS_F = (1U << 1),

    /* Value of the OPTION_RELAXED_UNIQUE_CHECKS flag in thd->options */
    RELAXED_UNIQUE_CHECKS_F = (1U << 2),

    /** 
      Indicates that rows in this event are complete, that is contain
      values for all columns of the table.
     */
    COMPLETE_ROWS_F = (1U << 3),

    /* Value of the OPTION_NO_CHECK_CONSTRAINT_CHECKS flag in thd->options */
    NO_CHECK_CONSTRAINT_CHECKS_F = (1U << 7)
  };

  typedef uint16 flag_set;

  /* Special constants representing sets of flags */
  enum
  {
      RLE_NO_FLAGS = 0U
  };

  virtual ~Rows_log_event();

  void set_flags(flag_set flags_arg) { m_flags |= flags_arg; }
  void clear_flags(flag_set flags_arg) { m_flags &= ~flags_arg; }
  flag_set get_flags(flag_set flags_arg) const { return m_flags & flags_arg; }
  void update_flags() { int2store(temp_buf + m_flags_pos, m_flags); }

  Log_event_type get_type_code() override { return m_type; } /* Specific type (_V1 etc) */
  enum_logged_status logged_status() override { return LOGGED_ROW_EVENT; }
  virtual Log_event_type get_general_type_code() const = 0; /* General rows op type, no version */

#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  void pack_info(Protocol *protocol) override;
#endif

#ifdef MYSQL_CLIENT
  struct Field_info
  {
    const uchar *pos; // Point to a field in before or after image
    size_t length;    // Length of the field.
  };

  /* not for direct call, each derived has its own ::print() */
  bool print(FILE *file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO *print_event_info) override= 0;
  void change_to_flashback_event(PRINT_EVENT_INFO *print_event_info, uchar *rows_buff, Log_event_type ev_type);
  bool print_verbose(IO_CACHE *file,
                     PRINT_EVENT_INFO *print_event_info);
  size_t print_verbose_one_row(IO_CACHE *file, table_def *td,
                               PRINT_EVENT_INFO *print_event_info,
                               MY_BITMAP *cols_bitmap,
                               const uchar *ptr, const uchar *prefix);
  size_t calc_row_event_length(table_def *td,
                               MY_BITMAP *cols_bitmap,
                               const uchar *value,
                               Field_info *fields);
  void count_row_events(PRINT_EVENT_INFO *print_event_info);

#endif

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  int add_row_data(uchar *data, size_t length)
  {
    return do_add_row_data(data,length);
  }
#endif

  /* Member functions to implement superclass interface */
  int get_data_size() override;

  MY_BITMAP const *get_cols() const { return &m_cols; }
  MY_BITMAP const *get_cols_ai() const { return &m_cols_ai; }
  size_t get_width() const          { return m_width; }
  ulonglong get_table_id() const        { return m_table_id; }

#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER)
  /*
    This member function compares the table's read/write_set
    with this event's m_cols and m_cols_ai. Comparison takes
    into account what type of rows event is this: Delete, Write or
    Update, therefore it uses the correct m_cols[_ai] according
    to the event type code.

    Note that this member function should only be called for the
    following events:
    - Delete_rows_log_event
    - Write_rows_log_event
    - Update_rows_log_event

    @param[IN] table The table to compare this events bitmaps
                     against.

    @return TRUE if sets match, FALSE otherwise. (following
                 bitmap_cmp return logic).

   */
  bool read_write_bitmaps_cmp(TABLE *table)
  {
    bool res= FALSE;

    switch (get_general_type_code())
    {
      case DELETE_ROWS_EVENT:
        res= bitmap_cmp(get_cols(), table->read_set);
        break;
      case UPDATE_ROWS_EVENT:
        res= (bitmap_cmp(get_cols(), table->read_set) &&
              bitmap_cmp(get_cols_ai(), table->rpl_write_set));
        break;
      case WRITE_ROWS_EVENT:
        res= bitmap_cmp(get_cols(), table->rpl_write_set);
        break;
      default:
        /*
          We should just compare bitmaps for Delete, Write
          or Update rows events.
        */
        DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    }
    return res;
  }
#endif

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  bool write_data_header(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
  bool write_data_body(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
  virtual bool write_compressed(Log_event_writer *writer);
  const char *get_db() override { return m_table->s->db.str; }
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
   bool is_part_of_group() override { return get_flags(STMT_END_F) != 0; }
#endif
#endif
  /*
    Check that malloc() succeeded in allocating memory for the rows
    buffer and the COLS vector. Checking that an Update_rows_log_event
    is valid is done in the Update_rows_log_event::is_valid()
    function.
  */
  bool is_valid() const override
  {
    return m_cols.bitmap;
  }

  uint     m_row_count;         /* The number of rows added to the event */

  const uchar* get_extra_row_data() const   { return m_extra_row_data; }

#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  virtual uint8 get_trg_event_map() const = 0;

  inline bool do_invoke_trigger()
  {
    return (slave_run_triggers_for_rbr && !master_had_triggers) ||
            slave_run_triggers_for_rbr == SLAVE_RUN_TRIGGERS_FOR_RBR_ENFORCE;
  }
#endif

protected:
  /* 
     The constructors are protected since you're supposed to inherit
     this class, not create instances of this class.
  */
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  Rows_log_event(THD*, TABLE*, ulonglong table_id,
		 MY_BITMAP const *cols, bool is_transactional,
		 Log_event_type event_type);
#endif
  Rows_log_event(const uchar *row_data, uint event_len,
		 const Format_description_log_event *description_event);
  void uncompress_buf();

#ifdef MYSQL_CLIENT
  bool print_helper(FILE *, PRINT_EVENT_INFO *, char const *const name);
#endif

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  virtual int do_add_row_data(uchar *data, size_t length);
#endif

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  TABLE *m_table;		/* The table the rows belong to */
#endif
  ulonglong       m_table_id;	/* Table ID */
  MY_BITMAP   m_cols;		/* Bitmap denoting columns available */
  uint        m_width;          /* The width of the columns bitmap */
  /*
    Bitmap for columns available in the after image, if present. These
    fields are only available for Update_rows events. Observe that the
    width of both the before image COLS vector and the after image
    COLS vector is the same: the number of columns of the table on the
    master.
  */
  MY_BITMAP   m_cols_ai;

  ulong       m_master_reclength; /* Length of record on master side */

  /* Bit buffers in the same memory as the class */
  my_bitmap_map  m_bitbuf[128/(sizeof(my_bitmap_map)*8)];
  my_bitmap_map  m_bitbuf_ai[128/(sizeof(my_bitmap_map)*8)];

  uchar    *m_rows_buf;		/* The rows in packed format */
  uchar    *m_rows_cur;		/* One-after the end of the data */
  uchar    *m_rows_end;		/* One-after the end of the allocated space */

  size_t   m_rows_before_size;  /* The length before m_rows_buf */
  size_t   m_flags_pos; /* The position of the m_flags */

  flag_set m_flags;		/* Flags for row-level events */

  Log_event_type m_type;        /* Actual event type */

  uchar    *m_extra_row_data;   /* Pointer to extra row data if any */
                                /* If non null, first byte is length */

  bool m_vers_from_plain;


  /* helper functions */


#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  const uchar *m_curr_row;     /* Start of the row being processed */
  const uchar *m_curr_row_end; /* One-after the end of the current row */
  uchar    *m_key;      /* Buffer to keep key value during searches */
  KEY      *m_key_info; /* Pointer to KEY info for m_key_nr */
  uint      m_key_nr;   /* Key number */
  uint      m_usable_key_parts; /* A number of key_parts suited to lookup */
  bool master_had_triggers;     /* set after tables opening */

  /*
    RAII helper class to automatically handle the override/restore of thd->db
    when applying row events, so it will be visible in SHOW PROCESSLIST.

    If triggers will be invoked, their logic frees the current thread's db,
    so we use set_db() to use a copy of the table share's database.

    If not using triggers, the db is never freed, and we can reference the
    same memory owned by the table share.
  */
  class Db_restore_ctx
  {
  private:
    THD *thd;
    LEX_CSTRING restore_db;
    bool db_copied;

    Db_restore_ctx(Rows_log_event *rev)
        : thd(rev->thd), restore_db(rev->thd->db)
    {
      TABLE *table= rev->m_table;

      if (table->triggers && rev->do_invoke_trigger())
      {
        thd->reset_db(&null_clex_str);
        thd->set_db(&table->s->db);
        db_copied= true;
      }
      else
      {
        thd->reset_db(&table->s->db);
        db_copied= false;
      }
    }

    ~Db_restore_ctx()
    {
      if (db_copied)
        thd->set_db(&null_clex_str);
      thd->reset_db(&restore_db);
    }

    friend class Rows_log_event;
  };

  int find_key(const rpl_group_info *); // Find a best key to use in find_row()
  uint find_key_parts(const KEY *key) const;
  bool use_pk_position() const;
  int find_row(rpl_group_info *);
  int update_sequence();

  // Unpack the current row into m_table->record[0], but with
  // a different columns bitmap.
  int unpack_current_row(rpl_group_info *rgi, MY_BITMAP const *cols)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_table);

    ASSERT_OR_RETURN_ERROR(m_curr_row <= m_rows_end, HA_ERR_CORRUPT_EVENT);
    return ::unpack_row(rgi, m_table, m_width, m_curr_row, cols,
                        &m_curr_row_end, &m_master_reclength, m_rows_end);
  }

  // Unpack the current row into m_table->record[0]
  int unpack_current_row(rpl_group_info *rgi)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_table);

    ASSERT_OR_RETURN_ERROR(m_curr_row <= m_rows_end, HA_ERR_CORRUPT_EVENT);
    return ::unpack_row(rgi, m_table, m_width, m_curr_row, &m_cols,
                        &m_curr_row_end, &m_master_reclength, m_rows_end);
  }
  bool process_triggers(trg_event_type event, trg_action_time_type time_type,
                        bool old_row_is_record1);

  /**
    Helper function to check whether there is an auto increment
    column on the table where the event is to be applied.

    @return true if there is an autoincrement field on the extra
            columns, false otherwise.
   */
  inline bool is_auto_inc_in_extra_columns()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_table);
    return (m_table->next_number_field &&
            m_table->next_number_field->field_index >= m_width);
  }
#endif

private:

#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  int do_apply_event(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
  int do_update_pos(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
  enum_skip_reason do_shall_skip(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;

  /**
    @brief Primitive to prepare for a sequence of row executions.

    DESCRIPTION

      Before doing a sequence of do_prepare_row() and do_exec_row()
      calls, this member function should be called to prepare for the
      entire sequence. Typically, this member function will allocate
      space for any buffers that are needed for the two member
      functions mentioned above.

    @return
      The member function will return 0 if all went OK, or a non-zero
      error code otherwise.
  */
  virtual
  int do_before_row_operations(rpl_group_info *log, COPY_INFO *,
                                       Write_record *) = 0;

  /**
    @brief Primitive to clean up after a sequence of row executions.

    DESCRIPTION
    
      After doing a sequence of do_prepare_row() and do_exec_row(),
      this member function should be called to clean up and release
      any allocated buffers.
      
      The error argument, if non-zero, indicates an error which happened during
      row processing before this function was called. In this case, even if 
      function is successful, it should return the error code given in the argument.
  */
  virtual 
  int do_after_row_operations(int error) = 0;

  /**
    @brief Primitive to do the actual execution necessary for a row.

    DESCRIPTION
      The member function will do the actual execution needed to handle a row.
      The row is located at m_curr_row. When the function returns,
      m_curr_row_end should point at the next row (one byte after the end
      of the current row).    

    @return
      0 if execution succeeded, 1 if execution failed.
      
  */
  virtual int do_exec_row(rpl_group_info *rli) = 0;
#endif /* defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION) */
};

/**
  @class Write_rows_log_event

  Log row insertions and updates. The event contain several
  insert/update rows for a table. Note that each event contains only
  rows for one table.

  @section Write_rows_log_event_binary_format Binary Format
*/
class Write_rows_log_event : public Rows_log_event
{
public:
  /* Support interface to THD::binlog_prepare_pending_rows_event */
  static constexpr Log_event_type TYPE_CODE = WRITE_ROWS_EVENT;

#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER)
  Write_rows_log_event(THD*, TABLE*, ulonglong table_id,
                       bool is_transactional);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  Write_rows_log_event(const uchar *buf, uint event_len,
                       const Format_description_log_event *description_event);
#endif
#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) 
  static bool binlog_row_logging_function(THD *thd, TABLE *table,
                                          Event_log *bin_log,
                                          binlog_cache_data *cache_data,
                                          bool is_transactional, ulong,
                                          const uchar *before_record
                                          __attribute__((unused)),
                                          const uchar *after_record)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!table->versioned(VERS_TRX_ID));
    return thd->binlog_write_row(table, bin_log, cache_data, is_transactional,
                                 after_record);
  }
#endif

#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  uint8 get_trg_event_map() const override;

  void online_alter_update_row_count(ha_rows *rows) const override
  {
    *rows += m_row_count;
  }

  int incomplete_record_callback(rpl_group_info *rgi);
#endif

private:
  Log_event_type get_general_type_code() const override { return TYPE_CODE; }

#ifdef MYSQL_CLIENT
  bool print(FILE *file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO *print_event_info) override;
#endif

#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  Write_record *m_write_record;
  int write_row(rpl_group_info *, bool);
  int do_before_row_operations(rpl_group_info *, COPY_INFO *,
                               Write_record *) override;
  int do_after_row_operations(int) override;
  int do_exec_row(rpl_group_info *) override;
#endif
};

class Write_rows_compressed_log_event : public Write_rows_log_event
{
public:
#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER)
  Write_rows_compressed_log_event(THD*, TABLE*, ulonglong table_id,
                       bool is_transactional);
  bool write(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  Write_rows_compressed_log_event(const uchar *buf, uint event_len,
                       const Format_description_log_event *description_event);
#endif
private:
#if defined(MYSQL_CLIENT)
  bool print(FILE *file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO *print_event_info) override;
#endif
};

/**
  @class Update_rows_log_event

  Log row updates with a before image. The event contain several
  update rows for a table. Note that each event contains only rows for
  one table.

  Also note that the row data consists of pairs of row data: one row
  for the old data and one row for the new data.

  @section Update_rows_log_event_binary_format Binary Format
*/
class Update_rows_log_event : public Rows_log_event
{
public:
  /* Support interface to THD::binlog_prepare_pending_rows_event */
  static constexpr Log_event_type TYPE_CODE = UPDATE_ROWS_EVENT;

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  Update_rows_log_event(THD*, TABLE*, ulonglong table_id,
                        bool is_transactional);

  void init(MY_BITMAP const *cols);
#endif

  ~Update_rows_log_event() override;

#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  Update_rows_log_event(const uchar *buf, uint event_len,
			const Format_description_log_event *description_event);
#endif

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  static bool binlog_row_logging_function(THD *thd, TABLE *table,
                                          Event_log *bin_log,
                                          binlog_cache_data *cache_data,
                                          bool is_transactional,
                                          ulong row_image,
                                          const uchar *before_record,
                                          const uchar *after_record)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!table->versioned(VERS_TRX_ID));
    return thd->binlog_update_row(table, bin_log, cache_data, is_transactional,
                                  (enum_binlog_row_image)row_image,
                                  before_record, after_record);
  }
#endif

  bool is_valid() const override
  {
    return Rows_log_event::is_valid() && m_cols_ai.bitmap;
  }

#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  uint8 get_trg_event_map() const override;
#endif

protected:
  Log_event_type get_general_type_code() const override { return TYPE_CODE; }

#ifdef MYSQL_CLIENT
  bool print(FILE *file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO *print_event_info) override;
#endif

#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  int do_before_row_operations(rpl_group_info *rgi, COPY_INFO *,
                               Write_record *) override;
  int do_after_row_operations(int) override;
  int do_exec_row(rpl_group_info *) override;
#endif /* defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION) */
};

class Update_rows_compressed_log_event : public Update_rows_log_event
{
public:
#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER)
  Update_rows_compressed_log_event(THD*, TABLE*, ulonglong table_id,
                        bool is_transactional);
  bool write(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  Update_rows_compressed_log_event(const uchar *buf, uint event_len,
                       const Format_description_log_event *description_event);
#endif
private:
#if defined(MYSQL_CLIENT)
  bool print(FILE *file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO *print_event_info) override;
#endif
};

/**
  @class Delete_rows_log_event

  Log row deletions. The event contain several delete rows for a
  table. Note that each event contains only rows for one table.

  RESPONSIBILITIES

    - Act as a container for rows that has been deleted on the master
      and should be deleted on the slave. 

  COLLABORATION

    Row_writer
      Create the event and add rows to the event.
    Row_reader
      Extract the rows from the event.

  @section Delete_rows_log_event_binary_format Binary Format
*/
class Delete_rows_log_event : public Rows_log_event
{
public:
  /* Support interface to THD::binlog_prepare_pending_rows_event */
  static constexpr Log_event_type TYPE_CODE = DELETE_ROWS_EVENT;

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  Delete_rows_log_event(THD*, TABLE*, ulonglong, bool is_transactional);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  Delete_rows_log_event(const uchar *buf, uint event_len,
			const Format_description_log_event *description_event);
#endif
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  static bool binlog_row_logging_function(THD *thd, TABLE *table,
                                          Event_log *bin_log,
                                          binlog_cache_data *cache_data,
                                          bool is_transactional,
                                          ulong row_image,
                                          const uchar *before_record,
                                          const uchar *after_record
                                          __attribute__((unused)))
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!table->versioned(VERS_TRX_ID));
    return thd->binlog_delete_row(table, bin_log, cache_data, is_transactional,
                                  (enum_binlog_row_image)row_image,
                                  before_record);
  }
#endif

#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  uint8 get_trg_event_map() const override;

  void online_alter_update_row_count(ha_rows *rows) const override
  {
    *rows -= m_row_count;
  }
#endif

protected:
  Log_event_type get_general_type_code() const override { return TYPE_CODE; }

#ifdef MYSQL_CLIENT
  bool print(FILE *file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO *print_event_info) override;
#endif

#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  int do_before_row_operations(rpl_group_info *rgi, COPY_INFO *,
                               Write_record *) override;
  int do_after_row_operations(int) override;
  int do_exec_row(rpl_group_info *) override;
#endif
};

class Delete_rows_compressed_log_event : public Delete_rows_log_event
{
public:
#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER)
  Delete_rows_compressed_log_event(THD*, TABLE*, ulonglong,
                                   bool is_transactional);
  bool write(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  Delete_rows_compressed_log_event(const uchar *buf, uint event_len,
                       const Format_description_log_event *description_event);
#endif
private:
#if defined(MYSQL_CLIENT)
  bool print(FILE *file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO *print_event_info) override;
#endif
};

/**
  @class Incident_log_event

   Class representing an incident, an occurence out of the ordinary,
   that happened on the master.

   The event is used to inform the slave that something out of the
   ordinary happened on the master that might cause the database to be
   in an inconsistent state.

   <table id="IncidentFormat">
   <caption>Incident event format</caption>
   <tr>
     <th>Symbol</th>
     <th>Format</th>
     <th>Description</th>
   </tr>
   <tr>
     <td>INCIDENT</td>
     <td align="right">2</td>
     <td>Incident number as an unsigned integer</td>
   </tr>
   <tr>
     <td>MSGLEN</td>
     <td align="right">1</td>
     <td>Message length as an unsigned integer</td>
   </tr>
   <tr>
     <td>MESSAGE</td>
     <td align="right">MSGLEN</td>
     <td>The message, if present. Not null terminated.</td>
   </tr>
   </table>

  @section Delete_rows_log_event_binary_format Binary Format
*/
class Incident_log_event : public Log_event {
public:
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  Incident_log_event(THD *thd_arg, Incident incident)
    : Log_event(thd_arg, 0, FALSE), m_incident(incident)
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Incident_log_event::Incident_log_event");
    DBUG_PRINT("enter", ("m_incident: %d", m_incident));
    m_message.str= NULL;                    /* Just as a precaution */
    m_message.length= 0;
    set_direct_logging();
    /* Replicate the incident regardless of @@skip_replication. */
    flags&= ~LOG_EVENT_SKIP_REPLICATION_F;
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }

  Incident_log_event(THD *thd_arg, Incident incident, const LEX_CSTRING *msg)
    : Log_event(thd_arg, 0, FALSE), m_incident(incident)
  {
    extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_Incident_log_event_message;
    DBUG_ENTER("Incident_log_event::Incident_log_event");
    DBUG_PRINT("enter", ("m_incident: %d", m_incident));
    m_message.length= 0;
    if (!(m_message.str= (char*) my_malloc(key_memory_Incident_log_event_message,
                                           msg->length + 1, MYF(MY_WME))))
    {
      /* Mark this event invalid */
      m_incident= INCIDENT_NONE;
      DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
    }
    strmake(m_message.str, msg->str, msg->length);
    m_message.length= msg->length;
    set_direct_logging();
    /* Replicate the incident regardless of @@skip_replication. */
    flags&= ~LOG_EVENT_SKIP_REPLICATION_F;
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
#endif

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  void pack_info(Protocol*) override;
#endif

  bool write_data_header(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
  bool write_data_body(Log_event_writer *writer) override;
#endif

  Incident_log_event(const uchar *buf, uint event_len,
                     const Format_description_log_event *descr_event);

  virtual ~Incident_log_event();

#ifdef MYSQL_CLIENT
  bool print(FILE *file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO *print_event_info) override;
#endif

#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) && defined(HAVE_REPLICATION)
  int do_apply_event(rpl_group_info *rgi) override;
#endif

  Log_event_type get_type_code() override { return INCIDENT_EVENT; }

  bool is_valid() const override
  {
    return m_incident > INCIDENT_NONE && m_incident < INCIDENT_COUNT;
  }
  int get_data_size() override {
    return INCIDENT_HEADER_LEN + 1 + (uint) m_message.length;
  }

private:
  const char *description() const;

  Incident m_incident;
  LEX_STRING m_message;
};

/**
  @class Ignorable_log_event

  Base class for ignorable log events. Events deriving from
  this class can be safely ignored by slaves that cannot
  recognize them. Newer slaves, will be able to read and
  handle them. This has been designed to be an open-ended
  architecture, so adding new derived events shall not harm
  the old slaves that support ignorable log event mechanism
  (they will just ignore unrecognized ignorable events).

  @note The only thing that makes an event ignorable is that it has
  the LOG_EVENT_IGNORABLE_F flag set.  It is not strictly necessary
  that ignorable event types derive from Ignorable_log_event; they may
  just as well derive from Log_event and pass LOG_EVENT_IGNORABLE_F as
  argument to the Log_event constructor.
**/

class Ignorable_log_event : public Log_event {
public:
  int number;
  const char *description;

#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT
  Ignorable_log_event(THD *thd_arg)
    :Log_event(thd_arg, LOG_EVENT_IGNORABLE_F, FALSE),
    number(0), description("internal")
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Ignorable_log_event::Ignorable_log_event");
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
#endif

  Ignorable_log_event(const uchar *buf,
                      const Format_description_log_event *descr_event,
                      const char *event_name);
  virtual ~Ignorable_log_event();

#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
   void pack_info(Protocol*) override;
#endif
#else
  bool print(FILE *file, PRINT_EVENT_INFO *print_event_info) override;
#endif

  Log_event_type get_type_code() override { return IGNORABLE_LOG_EVENT; }

  bool is_valid() const override { return 1; }

  int get_data_size() override { return IGNORABLE_HEADER_LEN; }
};

#ifdef MYSQL_CLIENT
bool copy_cache_to_string_wrapped(IO_CACHE *body,
                                  LEX_STRING *to,
                                  bool do_wrap,
                                  const char *delimiter,
                                  bool is_verbose);
bool copy_cache_to_file_wrapped(IO_CACHE *body,
                                FILE *file,
                                bool do_wrap,
                                const char *delimiter,
                                bool is_verbose);
#endif

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
/*****************************************************************************

  Heartbeat Log Event class

  Replication event to ensure to slave that master is alive.
  The event is originated by master's dump thread and sent straight to
  slave without being logged. Slave itself does not store it in relay log
  but rather uses a data for immediate checks and throws away the event.

  Two members of the class log_ident and Log_event::log_pos comprise 
  @see the event_coordinates instance. The coordinates that a heartbeat
  instance carries correspond to the last event master has sent from
  its binlog.

 ****************************************************************************/
class Heartbeat_log_event: public Log_event
{
public:
  uint8 hb_flags;
  Heartbeat_log_event(const uchar *buf, uint event_len,
                      const Format_description_log_event* description_event);
  Log_event_type get_type_code() override { return HEARTBEAT_LOG_EVENT; }
  bool is_valid() const override
    {
      return (log_ident != NULL && ident_len <= FN_REFLEN-1 &&
              log_pos >= BIN_LOG_HEADER_SIZE);
    }
  const uchar * get_log_ident() { return log_ident; }
  uint get_ident_len() { return ident_len; }
  
private:
  uint ident_len;
  const uchar *log_ident;
};

inline int Log_event_writer::write(Log_event *ev)
{
  int res= ev->write(this);
  add_status(ev->logged_status());
  return res;
}

/**
   The function is called by slave applier in case there are
   active table filtering rules to force gathering events associated
   with Query-log-event into an array to execute
   them once the fate of the Query is determined for execution.
*/
bool slave_execute_deferred_events(THD *thd);
#endif

bool event_that_should_be_ignored(const uchar *buf);
bool event_checksum_test(uchar *buf, ulong event_len,
                         enum_binlog_checksum_alg alg);
enum_binlog_checksum_alg get_checksum_alg(const uchar *buf, ulong len);
extern TYPELIB binlog_checksum_typelib;
#ifdef WITH_WSREP
enum Log_event_type wsrep_peak_event(rpl_group_info *rgi, ulonglong* event_size);
#endif /* WITH_WSREP */

/**
  @} (end of group Replication)
*/


int binlog_buf_compress(const uchar *src, uchar *dst, uint32 len,
                        uint32 *comlen);
int binlog_buf_uncompress(const uchar *src, uchar *dst, uint32 len,
                          uint32 *newlen);
uint32 binlog_get_compress_len(uint32 len);
uint32 binlog_get_uncompress_len(const uchar *buf);

int query_event_uncompress(const Format_description_log_event *description_event,
                           bool contain_checksum,
                           const uchar *src, ulong src_len, uchar *buf,
                           ulong buf_size, bool* is_malloc,
                           uchar **dst, ulong *newlen);
int row_log_event_uncompress(const Format_description_log_event
                             *description_event,
                             bool contain_checksum,
                             const uchar *src, ulong src_len,
                             uchar* buf, ulong buf_size, bool *is_malloc,
                             uchar **dst, ulong *newlen);

bool is_parallel_retry_error(rpl_group_info *rgi, int err);

/*
  Compares two GTIDs to facilitate sorting a GTID list log event by domain id
  (ascending) and sequence number (ascending)
*/
int compare_glle_gtids(const void * _gtid1, const void *_gtid2);

#endif /* _log_event_h */
/*
 Copyright (c) 2016, 2022, MariaDB Corporation.

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 GNU General Public License for more details.

 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#include <openssl/opensslv.h>

/* OpenSSL version specific definitions */
#if defined(OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER)

#if OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER >= 0x10100000L && \
	!(defined(LIBRESSL_VERSION_NUMBER) && LIBRESSL_VERSION_NUMBER < 0x30500000L)
#define HAVE_OPENSSL11 1
#define SSL_LIBRARY OpenSSL_version(OPENSSL_VERSION)
#define ERR_remove_state(X) ERR_clear_error()
#define EVP_CIPHER_CTX_SIZE 200
#define EVP_MD_CTX_SIZE 80
#undef EVP_MD_CTX_init
#define EVP_MD_CTX_init(X) do { memset((X), 0, EVP_MD_CTX_SIZE); EVP_MD_CTX_reset(X); } while(0)
#undef EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init
#define EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init(X) do { memset((X), 0, EVP_CIPHER_CTX_SIZE); EVP_CIPHER_CTX_reset(X); } while(0)

/*
  Macros below are deprecated. OpenSSL 1.1 may define them or not,
  depending on how it was built.
*/
#undef ERR_free_strings
#define ERR_free_strings()
#undef EVP_cleanup
#define EVP_cleanup()
#undef CRYPTO_cleanup_all_ex_data
#define CRYPTO_cleanup_all_ex_data()
#undef SSL_load_error_strings
#define SSL_load_error_strings()

#else
#define HAVE_OPENSSL10 1
#ifdef HAVE_WOLFSSL
#define SSL_LIBRARY "WolfSSL " WOLFSSL_VERSION
#else
#define SSL_LIBRARY SSLeay_version(SSLEAY_VERSION)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_WOLFSSL
#undef ERR_remove_state
#define ERR_remove_state(x) do {} while(0)
#undef SSL_get_cipher
#define SSL_get_cipher(ssl) (SSL_version(ssl) == TLS1_3_VERSION ? wolfSSL_get_cipher(ssl) : wolfSSL_get_cipher_name(ssl))
#undef SSL_get_cipher_list
#define SSL_get_cipher_list(ctx,i) wolfSSL_get_cipher_list(i)
#elif defined (HAVE_ERR_remove_thread_state)
#define ERR_remove_state(X) ERR_remove_thread_state(NULL)
#endif /* HAVE_ERR_remove_thread_state */

#endif /* HAVE_OPENSSL11 */
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_WOLFSSL
#define EVP_MD_CTX_SIZE                 sizeof(wc_Md5)
#endif

#ifndef HAVE_OPENSSL11
#ifndef ASN1_STRING_get0_data
#define ASN1_STRING_get0_data(X)        ASN1_STRING_data(X)
#endif
#ifndef EVP_MD_CTX_SIZE
#define EVP_MD_CTX_SIZE                 sizeof(EVP_MD_CTX)
#endif

#ifndef DH_set0_pqg
#define DH_set0_pqg(D,P,Q,G)            ((D)->p= (P), (D)->g= (G))
#endif

#define EVP_CIPHER_CTX_encrypting(ctx)  ((ctx)->encrypt)
#define EVP_CIPHER_CTX_SIZE             sizeof(EVP_CIPHER_CTX)

#ifndef HAVE_WOLFSSL
#define OPENSSL_init_ssl(X,Y)           SSL_library_init()
#define EVP_MD_CTX_reset(X) EVP_MD_CTX_cleanup(X)
#define EVP_CIPHER_CTX_reset(X) EVP_CIPHER_CTX_cleanup(X)
#define X509_get0_notBefore(X) X509_get_notBefore(X)
#define X509_get0_notAfter(X) X509_get_notAfter(X)
#endif
#endif

#ifndef TLS1_3_VERSION
#define SSL_CTX_set_ciphersuites(X,Y) 0
#endif

#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif /* __cplusplus */

int check_openssl_compatibility();

#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2012, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  51 Franklin Street, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef PFS_TABLE_PROVIDER_H
#define PFS_TABLE_PROVIDER_H

/**
  @file include/pfs_table_provider.h
  Performance schema instrumentation (declarations).
*/

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_TABLE_INTERFACE
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
#ifndef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"

#define PSI_TABLE_CALL(M) pfs_ ## M ## _v1

C_MODE_START

PSI_table_share*
pfs_get_table_share_v1(my_bool temporary, struct TABLE_SHARE *share);

void pfs_release_table_share_v1(PSI_table_share* share);

void
pfs_drop_table_share_v1(my_bool temporary,
                        const char *schema_name, int schema_name_length,
                        const char *table_name, int table_name_length);

PSI_table*
pfs_open_table_v1(PSI_table_share *share, const void *identity);

void pfs_unbind_table_v1(PSI_table *table);

PSI_table *
pfs_rebind_table_v1(PSI_table_share *share, const void *identity, PSI_table *table);

void pfs_close_table_v1(struct TABLE_SHARE *server_share, PSI_table *table);

PSI_table_locker*
pfs_start_table_io_wait_v1(PSI_table_locker_state *state,
                           PSI_table *table,
                           PSI_table_io_operation op,
                           uint index,
                           const char *src_file, uint src_line);

PSI_table_locker*
pfs_start_table_lock_wait_v1(PSI_table_locker_state *state,
                             PSI_table *table,
                             PSI_table_lock_operation op,
                             ulong op_flags,
                             const char *src_file, uint src_line);

void pfs_end_table_io_wait_v1(PSI_table_locker* locker, ulonglong numrows);

void pfs_end_table_lock_wait_v1(PSI_table_locker* locker);

void pfs_unlock_table_v1(PSI_table *table);

C_MODE_END

#endif /* MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN */
#endif /* EMBEDDED_LIBRARY */
#endif /* MYSQL_SERVER */
#endif /* HAVE_PSI_TABLE_INTERFACE */

#endif

/* Copyright (c) 2010, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2013, 2021, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_ALTER_TABLE_H
#define SQL_ALTER_TABLE_H

class Alter_drop;
class Alter_column;
class Alter_rename_key;
class Alter_index_ignorability;
class Key;

/**
  Data describing the table being created by CREATE TABLE or
  altered by ALTER TABLE.
*/

class Alter_info
{
public:

  enum enum_enable_or_disable { LEAVE_AS_IS, ENABLE, DISABLE };

  bool vers_prohibited(THD *thd) const;

  /**
     The different values of the ALGORITHM clause.
     Describes which algorithm to use when altering the table.
  */
  enum enum_alter_table_algorithm
  {
/*
  Use thd->variables.alter_algorithm for alter method. If this is also
  default then use the fastest possible ALTER TABLE method
  (INSTANT, NOCOPY, INPLACE, COPY)
*/
    ALTER_TABLE_ALGORITHM_DEFAULT,

    // Copy if supported, error otherwise.
    ALTER_TABLE_ALGORITHM_COPY,

    // In-place if supported, error otherwise.
    ALTER_TABLE_ALGORITHM_INPLACE,

    // No Copy will refuse any operation which does rebuild.
    ALTER_TABLE_ALGORITHM_NOCOPY,

    // Instant should allow any operation that changes metadata only.
    ALTER_TABLE_ALGORITHM_INSTANT,

    // When there is no specification of algorithm during alter table.
    ALTER_TABLE_ALGORITHM_NONE
  };


  /**
     The different values of the LOCK clause.
     Describes the level of concurrency during ALTER TABLE.
  */
  enum enum_alter_table_lock
  {
    // Maximum supported level of concurency for the given operation.
    ALTER_TABLE_LOCK_DEFAULT,

    // Allow concurrent reads & writes. If not supported, give error.
    ALTER_TABLE_LOCK_NONE,

    // Allow concurrent reads only. If not supported, give error.
    ALTER_TABLE_LOCK_SHARED,

    // Block reads and writes.
    ALTER_TABLE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE
  };

  Lex_table_name db, table_name;

  // Columns and keys to be dropped.
  List<Alter_drop>              drop_list;
  // Columns for ALTER_CHANGE_COLUMN_DEFAULT.
  List<Alter_column>            alter_list;
  // List of keys, used by both CREATE and ALTER TABLE.
  List<Key>                     key_list;
  // List of keys to be renamed.
  List<Alter_rename_key>        alter_rename_key_list;
  // List of columns, used by both CREATE and ALTER TABLE.
  List<Create_field>            create_list;
  // Indexes whose ignorability needs to be changed.
  List<Alter_index_ignorability>  alter_index_ignorability_list;
  List<Virtual_column_info>     check_constraint_list;
  // Type of ALTER TABLE operation.
  alter_table_operations        flags;
  ulong                         partition_flags;
  // Enable or disable keys.
  enum_enable_or_disable        keys_onoff;
  // Used only in add_stat_drop_index()
  TABLE                         *original_table;
  // List of partitions.
  List<const char>              partition_names;
  // Number of partitions.
  uint                          num_parts;

  /* List of fields that we should delete statistics from */
  List<Field> drop_stat_fields;

  struct DROP_INDEX_STAT_PARAMS
  {
    KEY *key;
    bool ext_prefixes_only;
  };

  struct RENAME_COLUMN_STAT_PARAMS
  {
    Field *field;
    LEX_CSTRING *name;
    uint duplicate_counter;                       // For temporary names
  };
  struct RENAME_INDEX_STAT_PARAMS
  {
    const KEY *key;
    const LEX_CSTRING *name;
    uint duplicate_counter;                       // For temporary names
    uint usage_count;                             // How many rename entries
  };

  /* List of index that we should delete statistics from */
  List<DROP_INDEX_STAT_PARAMS> drop_stat_indexes;

  List<RENAME_COLUMN_STAT_PARAMS> rename_stat_fields;

  List<RENAME_INDEX_STAT_PARAMS> rename_stat_indexes;

  bool add_stat_drop_index(KEY *key, bool ext_prefixes_only,
                           MEM_ROOT *mem_root)
  {
    DROP_INDEX_STAT_PARAMS *param;
    if (!(param= (DROP_INDEX_STAT_PARAMS*)
          alloc_root(mem_root, sizeof(*param))))
      return true;
    param->key=  key;
    param->ext_prefixes_only= ext_prefixes_only;
    return drop_stat_indexes.push_back(param, mem_root);
  }

  bool add_stat_drop_index(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *key_name);

  bool add_stat_rename_index(const KEY *key, const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                             MEM_ROOT *mem_root)
  {
    RENAME_INDEX_STAT_PARAMS *param;
    if (!(param= (RENAME_INDEX_STAT_PARAMS*)
          alloc_root(mem_root, sizeof(*param))))
      return true;
    param->key=  key;
    param->name= name;
    param->usage_count= 0;
    return rename_stat_indexes.push_back(param, mem_root);
  }

  bool add_stat_rename_field(Field *field, LEX_CSTRING *name,
                             MEM_ROOT *mem_root)
  {
    RENAME_COLUMN_STAT_PARAMS *param;
    if (!(param= (RENAME_COLUMN_STAT_PARAMS*)
          alloc_root(mem_root, sizeof(*param))))
      return true;
    param->field= field;
    param->name=  name;
    param->duplicate_counter= 0;
    return rename_stat_fields.push_back(param, mem_root);
  }

  bool collect_renamed_fields(THD *thd);

  /* Delete/update statistics in EITS tables */
  void apply_statistics_deletes_renames(THD *thd, TABLE *table);

private:
  // Type of ALTER TABLE algorithm.
  enum_alter_table_algorithm    requested_algorithm;

public:
  // Type of ALTER TABLE lock.
  enum_alter_table_lock         requested_lock;


  Alter_info() :
  flags(0), partition_flags(0),
    keys_onoff(LEAVE_AS_IS),
    original_table(0),
    num_parts(0),
    requested_algorithm(ALTER_TABLE_ALGORITHM_NONE),
    requested_lock(ALTER_TABLE_LOCK_DEFAULT)
  {}

  void reset()
  {
    drop_list.empty();
    alter_list.empty();
    key_list.empty();
    alter_rename_key_list.empty();
    create_list.empty();
    alter_index_ignorability_list.empty();
    check_constraint_list.empty();
    drop_stat_fields.empty();
    drop_stat_indexes.empty();
    rename_stat_fields.empty();
    rename_stat_indexes.empty();
    flags= 0;
    partition_flags= 0;
    keys_onoff= LEAVE_AS_IS;
    num_parts= 0;
    partition_names.empty();
    requested_algorithm= ALTER_TABLE_ALGORITHM_NONE;
    requested_lock= ALTER_TABLE_LOCK_DEFAULT;
  }


  /**
    Construct a copy of this object to be used for mysql_alter_table
    and mysql_create_table.

    Historically, these two functions modify their Alter_info
    arguments. This behaviour breaks re-execution of prepared
    statements and stored procedures and is compensated by always
    supplying a copy of Alter_info to these functions.

    @param  rhs       Alter_info to make copy of
    @param  mem_root  Mem_root for new Alter_info

    @note You need to use check the error in THD for out
    of memory condition after calling this function.
  */
  Alter_info(const Alter_info &rhs, MEM_ROOT *mem_root);


  /**
     Parses the given string and sets requested_algorithm
     if the string value matches a supported value.
     Supported values: INPLACE, COPY, DEFAULT

     @param  str    String containing the supplied value
     @retval false  Supported value found, state updated
     @retval true   Not supported value, no changes made
  */
  bool set_requested_algorithm(const LEX_CSTRING *str);


  /**
     Parses the given string and sets requested_lock
     if the string value matches a supported value.
     Supported values: NONE, SHARED, EXCLUSIVE, DEFAULT

     @param  str    String containing the supplied value
     @retval false  Supported value found, state updated
     @retval true   Not supported value, no changes made
  */

  bool set_requested_lock(const LEX_CSTRING *str);

  /**
    Set the requested algorithm to the given algorithm value
    @param algo_value	algorithm to be set
   */
  void set_requested_algorithm(enum_alter_table_algorithm algo_value);

  /**
     Returns the algorithm value in the format "algorithm=value"
  */
  const char* algorithm_clause(THD *thd) const;

  /**
     Returns the lock value in the format "lock=value"
  */
  const char* lock() const;

  /**
     Check whether the given result can be supported
     with the specified user alter algorithm.

     @param  thd            Thread handle
     @param  ha_alter_info  Structure describing changes to be done
                            by ALTER TABLE and holding data during
                            in-place alter
     @retval false  Supported operation
     @retval true   Not supported value
  */
  bool supports_algorithm(THD *thd,
                          const Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info);

  /**
     Check whether the given result can be supported
     with the specified user lock type.

     @param  ha_alter_info  Structure describing changes to be done
                            by ALTER TABLE and holding data during
                            in-place alter
     @retval false  Supported lock type
     @retval true   Not supported value
  */
  bool supports_lock(THD *thd, bool, Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info);

  /**
    Return user requested algorithm. If user does not specify
    algorithm then return alter_algorithm variable value.
   */
  enum_alter_table_algorithm algorithm(const THD *thd) const;
  bool algorithm_is_nocopy(const THD *thd) const;

  uint check_vcol_field(Item_field *f) const;

private:
  Alter_info &operator=(const Alter_info &rhs); // not implemented
  Alter_info(const Alter_info &rhs);            // not implemented
};


/** Runtime context for ALTER TABLE. */
class Alter_table_ctx
{
public:
  Alter_table_ctx();

  Alter_table_ctx(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list, uint tables_opened_arg,
                  const LEX_CSTRING *new_db_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *new_name_arg);

  /**
     @return true if the table is moved to another database or a new table
     created by ALTER_PARTITION_CONVERT_OUT, false otherwise.
  */
  bool is_database_changed() const
  { return (new_db.str != db.str); };

  /**
     @return true if the table is renamed or a new table created by
     ALTER_PARTITION_CONVERT_OUT, false otherwise.
  */
  bool is_table_renamed() const
  { return (is_database_changed() || new_name.str != table_name.str); };

  /**
     @return filename (including .frm) for the new table.
  */
  const char *get_new_filename() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!tmp_table);
    return new_filename;
  }

  /**
     @return path to the original table.
  */
  const char *get_path() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!tmp_table);
    return path;
  }

  /**
     @return path to the new table.
  */
  const char *get_new_path() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!tmp_table);
    return new_path;
  }

  /**
     @return path to the temporary table created during ALTER TABLE.
  */
  const char *get_tmp_path() const
  { return tmp_path; }

  const LEX_CSTRING get_tmp_cstring_path() const
  {
    LEX_CSTRING tmp= { tmp_path, strlen(tmp_path) };
    return tmp;
  };

  /**
    Mark ALTER TABLE as needing to produce foreign key error if
    it deletes a row from the table being changed.
  */
  void set_fk_error_if_delete_row(FOREIGN_KEY_INFO *fk)
  {
    fk_error_if_delete_row= true;
    fk_error_id= fk->foreign_id->str;
    fk_error_table= fk->foreign_table->str;
  }

  void report_implicit_default_value_error(THD *thd, const TABLE_SHARE *) const;
public:
  Create_field *implicit_default_value_error_field= nullptr;
  bool         error_if_not_empty= false;
  uint         tables_opened= 0;
  LEX_CSTRING  db;
  LEX_CSTRING  table_name;
  LEX_CSTRING  storage_engine_name;
  LEX_CSTRING  alias;
  LEX_CSTRING  new_db;
  LEX_CSTRING  new_name;
  LEX_CSTRING  new_alias;
  LEX_CSTRING  tmp_name;
  LEX_CSTRING  tmp_storage_engine_name;
  LEX_CUSTRING tmp_id, id;
  char         tmp_buff[80];
  uchar        id_buff[MY_UUID_SIZE];
  char         storage_engine_buff[NAME_LEN], tmp_storage_engine_buff[NAME_LEN];
  bool         storage_engine_partitioned;
  bool         tmp_storage_engine_name_partitioned;

  /**
    Indicates that if a row is deleted during copying of data from old version
    of table to the new version ER_FK_CANNOT_DELETE_PARENT error should be
    emitted.
  */
  bool fk_error_if_delete_row= false;
  /** Name of foreign key for the above error. */
  const char *fk_error_id= nullptr;
  /** Name of table for the above error. */
  const char *fk_error_table= nullptr;
  bool modified_primary_key= false;
  bool fast_alter_partition= false;
  /** Indicates that we are altering temporary table */
  bool tmp_table= false;

private:
  char new_filename[FN_REFLEN + 1];
  char new_alias_buff[NAME_LEN + 1];
  char tmp_name_buff[NAME_LEN + 1];
  char path[FN_REFLEN + 1];
  char new_path[FN_REFLEN + 1];
  char tmp_path[FN_REFLEN + 1];

  Alter_table_ctx &operator=(const Alter_table_ctx &rhs); // not implemented
  Alter_table_ctx(const Alter_table_ctx &rhs);            // not implemented
};


/**
  Sql_cmd_common_alter_table represents the common properties of the ALTER TABLE
  statements.
  @todo move Alter_info and other ALTER generic structures from Lex here.
*/
class Sql_cmd_common_alter_table : public Sql_cmd
{
protected:
  /**
    Constructor.
  */
  Sql_cmd_common_alter_table() = default;

  virtual ~Sql_cmd_common_alter_table() = default;

  enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_ALTER_TABLE;
  }
};

/**
  Sql_cmd_alter_table represents the generic ALTER TABLE statement.
  @todo move Alter_info and other ALTER specific structures from Lex here.
*/
class Sql_cmd_alter_table : public Sql_cmd_common_alter_table,
                            public Storage_engine_name
{
public:
  /**
    Constructor, used to represent a ALTER TABLE statement.
  */
  Sql_cmd_alter_table() = default;

  ~Sql_cmd_alter_table() = default;

  Storage_engine_name *option_storage_engine_name() override { return this; }

  bool execute(THD *thd) override;
};


/**
  Sql_cmd_alter_sequence represents the ALTER SEQUENCE statement.
*/
class Sql_cmd_alter_sequence : public Sql_cmd,
                               public DDL_options
{
public:
  /**
    Constructor, used to represent a ALTER TABLE statement.
  */
  Sql_cmd_alter_sequence(const DDL_options &options)
   :DDL_options(options)
  {}

  ~Sql_cmd_alter_sequence() = default;

  enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_ALTER_SEQUENCE;
  }
  bool execute(THD *thd) override;
};


/**
  Sql_cmd_alter_table_tablespace represents ALTER TABLE
  IMPORT/DISCARD TABLESPACE statements.
*/
class Sql_cmd_discard_import_tablespace : public Sql_cmd_common_alter_table
{
public:
  enum enum_tablespace_op_type
  {
    DISCARD_TABLESPACE, IMPORT_TABLESPACE
  };

  Sql_cmd_discard_import_tablespace(enum_tablespace_op_type tablespace_op_arg)
    : m_tablespace_op(tablespace_op_arg)
  {}

  bool execute(THD *thd) override;

private:
  const enum_tablespace_op_type m_tablespace_op;
};

#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2021, 2022, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef LEX_CHARSET_INCLUDED
#define LEX_CHARSET_INCLUDED

#include "charset_collations.h"

/*
  An extention for Charset_loader_mysys,
  with server error and warning support.
*/
class Charset_loader_server: public Charset_loader_mysys
{
public:
  using Charset_loader_mysys::Charset_loader_mysys;
  void raise_unknown_collation_error(const char *name) const;
  void raise_not_applicable_error(const char *cs, const char *cl) const;

  /*
    Find an exact collation by name.
    Raise an error on a faulure.

    @param cs              - the character set
    @param collation_name  - the collation name, e.g. "utf8_bin"
    @param my_flags        - my flags, e.g. MYF(WME)
    @returns               - a NULL pointer in case of failure, or
                             a CHARSET_INFO pointer on success.
  */

  CHARSET_INFO *
    get_exact_collation_or_error(const char *name, myf my_flags= MYF(0))
  {
    CHARSET_INFO *ci= get_exact_collation(name, my_flags);
    if (!ci)
      raise_unknown_collation_error(name);
    return ci;
  }

  /*
    Find an exact collation by a character set and a
    contextually typed collation name.
    Raise an error on in case of a faulure.

    @param cs              - the character set
    @param context_cl_name - the context name, e.g. "uca1400_cs_ci"
    @param my_flags        - my flags, e.g. MYF(WME)
    @returns               - a NULL pointer in case of failure, or
                             a CHARSET_INFO pointer on success.
  */
  CHARSET_INFO *
    get_exact_collation_by_context_name_or_error(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                                 const char *name,
                                                 myf my_flags= MYF(0))
  {
    CHARSET_INFO *ci= get_exact_collation_by_context_name(cs, name, my_flags);
    if (!ci)
      raise_not_applicable_error(cs->cs_name.str, name);
    return ci;
  }

  /*
    Find an abstract context collation by name.
    Raise an error on a faulure.
    The returned pointer needs to be resolved to a character set name.
    It should not be passed directly to the character set routines.

    @param cs              - the character set
    @param context_cl_name - the context name, e.g. "uca1400_cs_ci"
    @param my_flags        - my flags, e.g. MYF(WME)
    @returns               - a NULL pointer in case of failure, or
                             a CHARSET_INFO pointer on success.
  */

  CHARSET_INFO *
    get_context_collation_or_error(const char *collation_name,
                                   myf my_flags= MYF(0))
  {
    CHARSET_INFO *ci= get_context_collation(collation_name, my_flags);
    if (!ci)
      raise_unknown_collation_error(collation_name);
    return ci;
  }

  /*
    Find an exact binary collation in the given character set.
    Raise an error on a faulure.

    @param cs              - the character set
    @param my_flags        - my flags, e.g. MYF(WME)
    @returns               - a NULL pointer in case of failure, or
                             a CHARSET_INFO pointer on success.
  */

  CHARSET_INFO *
    get_bin_collation_or_error(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                               myf my_flags= MYF(0))
  {
    const char *cs_name= cs->cs_name.str;
    if (!(cs= get_bin_collation(cs, my_flags)))
    {
      char tmp[65];
      strxnmov(tmp, sizeof(tmp)-1, cs_name, "_bin", NULL);
      raise_unknown_collation_error(tmp);
    }
    return cs;
  }

  /*
    Find an exact default collation in the given character set.
    This routine does not fail.
    Any character set must have a default collation.

    @param cs              - the character set
    @param my_flags        - my flags, e.g. MYF(WME)
    @returns               - a CHARSET_INFO pointer
  */

  CHARSET_INFO *get_default_collation(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                      myf my_flags= MYF(0))
  {
    return Charset_loader_mysys::get_default_collation(cs, my_flags);
  }
};


/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

/*
  An exact character set, e.g:
    CHARACTER SET latin1
*/
class Lex_exact_charset
{
  CHARSET_INFO *m_ci;
public:
  explicit Lex_exact_charset(CHARSET_INFO *ci)
   :m_ci(ci)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_ci);
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_ci->state & MY_CS_PRIMARY);
  }
  CHARSET_INFO *charset_info() const { return m_ci; }
  bool raise_if_not_equal(const Lex_exact_charset &rhs) const;
  bool raise_if_not_applicable(const class Lex_exact_collation &cl) const;
};


/*
  An optional contextually typed character set:
    [ CHARACTER SET DEFAULT ]
*/
class Lex_opt_context_charset_st
{
  /*
    Currently we support only DEFAULT as a possible value.
    So "bool" is enough.
  */
  bool m_had_charset_default;
public:
  void init()
  {
    m_had_charset_default= false;
  }
  void merge_charset_default()
  {
    /*
      Ok to specify CHARACTER SET DEFAULT multiple times.
      No error raised here.
    */
    m_had_charset_default= true;
  }
  bool is_empty() const
  {
    return !m_had_charset_default;
  }
  bool is_contextually_typed_charset_default() const
  {
    return m_had_charset_default;
  }
};


/*
  A contextually typed collation, e.g.:
    COLLATE DEFAULT
    CHAR(10) BINARY
*/
class Lex_context_collation
{
  CHARSET_INFO *m_ci;
public:
  explicit Lex_context_collation(CHARSET_INFO *ci)
   :m_ci(ci)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(ci);
  }
  CHARSET_INFO *charset_info() const { return m_ci; }
  bool is_contextually_typed_collate_default() const
  {
    return m_ci == &my_collation_contextually_typed_default;
  }
  bool is_contextually_typed_binary_style() const
  {
    return m_ci == &my_collation_contextually_typed_binary;
  }
  bool raise_if_not_equal(const Lex_context_collation &cl) const;
  /*
    Skip the character set prefix, return the suffix.
      utf8mb4_uca1400_as_ci -> uca1400_as_ci
  */
  LEX_CSTRING collation_name_context_suffix() const
  {
    return m_ci->get_collation_name(MY_COLLATION_NAME_MODE_CONTEXT);
  }
  LEX_CSTRING collation_name_for_show() const;
};


/*
  An exact collation, e.g.
    COLLATE latin1_swedish_ci
*/
class Lex_exact_collation
{
  CHARSET_INFO *m_ci;
public:
  explicit Lex_exact_collation(CHARSET_INFO *ci)
   :m_ci(ci)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(ci);
  }
  CHARSET_INFO *charset_info() const { return m_ci; }
  // EXACT + EXACT
  bool raise_if_not_equal(const Lex_exact_collation &cl) const;
  // EXACT + CONTEXT
  // CONTEXT + EXACT
  bool raise_if_conflicts_with_context_collation(const Lex_context_collation &,
                                                 bool reverse_order) const;
};


/*
  Parse time COLLATE clause:
    COLLATE colation_name
  The collation can be either exact or contextual:
    COLLATE latin1_bin
    COLLATE DEFAULT
*/
class Lex_extended_collation_st
{
public:
  enum Type
  {
    TYPE_EXACT,
    TYPE_CONTEXTUALLY_TYPED
  };
protected:
  CHARSET_INFO *m_ci;
  Type m_type;
public:
  void init(CHARSET_INFO *ci, Type type)
  {
    m_ci= ci;
    m_type= type;
  }
  CHARSET_INFO *charset_info() const { return m_ci; }
  Type type() const { return m_type; }
  LEX_CSTRING collation_name_for_show() const
  {
    switch (m_type) {
    case TYPE_CONTEXTUALLY_TYPED:
      return Lex_context_collation(m_ci).collation_name_for_show();
    case TYPE_EXACT:
      return m_ci->coll_name;
    }
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return m_ci->coll_name;
  }
  static Lex_extended_collation_st collate_default()
  {
    Lex_extended_collation_st res;
    res.set_collate_default();
    return res;
  }
  void set_collate_default()
  {
    m_ci= &my_collation_contextually_typed_default;
    m_type= TYPE_CONTEXTUALLY_TYPED;
  }
  bool set_by_name(const char *name, myf my_flags); // e.g. MY_UTF8_IS_UTF8MB3
  bool raise_if_conflicts_with_context_collation(const Lex_context_collation &)
                                                 const;
  bool merge_exact_charset(Sql_used *used,
                           const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
                           const Lex_exact_charset &rhs);
  bool merge_exact_collation(const Lex_exact_collation &rhs);
  bool merge(const Lex_extended_collation_st &rhs);
};


class Lex_extended_collation: public Lex_extended_collation_st
{
public:
  Lex_extended_collation(CHARSET_INFO *ci, Type type)
  {
    init(ci, type);
  }
  Lex_extended_collation(const Lex_exact_collation &rhs)
  {
    init(rhs.charset_info(), TYPE_EXACT);
  }
  Lex_extended_collation(const Lex_context_collation &rhs)
  {
    init(rhs.charset_info(), TYPE_CONTEXTUALLY_TYPED);
  }
};


/*
  CHARACTER SET cs_exact [COLLATE cl_exact_or_context]
*/
class Lex_exact_charset_opt_extended_collate
{
  CHARSET_INFO *m_ci;
  bool m_with_collate;
public:
  Lex_exact_charset_opt_extended_collate(CHARSET_INFO *ci, bool with_collate)
   :m_ci(ci), m_with_collate(with_collate)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_ci);
    DBUG_ASSERT((m_ci->state & MY_CS_PRIMARY) || m_with_collate);
  }
  Lex_exact_charset_opt_extended_collate(const Lex_exact_charset &cs)
   :m_ci(cs.charset_info()), m_with_collate(false)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_ci);
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_ci->state & MY_CS_PRIMARY);
  }
  Lex_exact_charset_opt_extended_collate(const Lex_exact_collation &cl)
   :m_ci(cl.charset_info()), m_with_collate(true)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_ci);
  }
  bool with_collate() const { return m_with_collate; }
  CHARSET_INFO *find_bin_collation() const;
  CHARSET_INFO *find_compiled_default_collation() const;
  CHARSET_INFO *find_mapped_default_collation(
                  Sql_used *used,
                  const Charset_collation_map_st &map) const;
  bool raise_if_charsets_differ(const Lex_exact_charset &cs) const;
  bool raise_if_not_applicable(const Lex_exact_collation &cl) const;
  /*
    Add another COLLATE clause (exact or context).
    So the full syntax looks like:
      CHARACTER SET cs [COLLATE cl] ... COLLATE cl2
  */
  bool merge_collation(Sql_used *used,
                       const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
                       const Lex_extended_collation_st &cl)
  {
    switch (cl.type()) {
    case Lex_extended_collation_st::TYPE_EXACT:
      return merge_exact_collation(Lex_exact_collation(cl.charset_info()));
    case Lex_extended_collation_st::TYPE_CONTEXTUALLY_TYPED:
      return merge_context_collation(used, map,
                                     Lex_context_collation(cl.charset_info()));
    }
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return false;
  }
  bool merge_collation_override(Sql_used *used,
                                const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
                                const Lex_extended_collation_st &cl)
  {
    switch (cl.type()) {
    case Lex_extended_collation_st::TYPE_EXACT:
      return merge_exact_collation_override(
        Lex_exact_collation(cl.charset_info()));
    case Lex_extended_collation_st::TYPE_CONTEXTUALLY_TYPED:
      return merge_context_collation_override(
        used, map, Lex_context_collation(cl.charset_info()));
    }
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return false;
  }
  /*
    Add a context collation:
      CHARACTER SET cs [COLLATE cl] ... COLLATE DEFAULT
  */
  bool merge_context_collation(Sql_used *used,
                               const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
                               const Lex_context_collation &cl);
  bool merge_context_collation_override(Sql_used *used,
                                        const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
                                        const Lex_context_collation &cl);
  /*
    Add an exact collation:
      CHARACTER SET cs [COLLATE cl] ... COLLATE latin1_bin
  */
  bool merge_exact_collation(const Lex_exact_collation &cl);
  bool merge_exact_collation_override(const Lex_exact_collation &cl);
  Lex_exact_collation collation() const
  {
    return Lex_exact_collation(m_ci);
  }
  Lex_exact_charset charset() const
  {
    if ((m_ci->state & MY_CS_PRIMARY))
      return Lex_exact_charset(m_ci);
    return Lex_exact_charset(find_compiled_default_collation());
  }
};


/*
  Parse time character set and collation for:
    [CHARACTER SET cs_exact] [COLLATE cl_exact_or_context]

  Can be:

  1. Empty (not specified on the column level):
     CREATE TABLE t1 (a CHAR(10)) CHARACTER SET latin2;        -- (1a)
     CREATE TABLE t1 (a CHAR(10));                             -- (1b)

  2. Precisely typed:
     CREATE TABLE t1 (a CHAR(10) COLLATE latin1_bin);          -- (2a)
     CREATE TABLE t1 (
       a CHAR(10) CHARACTER SET latin1 COLLATE latin1_bin);    -- (2b)

  3. Contextually typed:
     CREATE TABLE t2 (a CHAR(10) BINARY) CHARACTER SET latin2; -- (3a)
     CREATE TABLE t2 (a CHAR(10) BINARY);                      -- (3b)
     CREATE TABLE t2 (a CHAR(10) COLLATE DEFAULT)
       CHARACER SET latin2 COLLATE latin2_bin;                 -- (3c)

  In case of an empty or a contextually typed collation,
  it is a subject to later resolution, when the context
  character set becomes known in the end of the CREATE statement:
  - either after the explicit table level CHARACTER SET, like in (1a,3a,3c)
  - or by the inhereted database level CHARACTER SET, like in (1b,3b)

  Resolution happens in Type_handler::Column_definition_prepare_stage1().
*/
struct Lex_exact_charset_extended_collation_attrs_st
{
public:
  enum Type
  {
    TYPE_EMPTY= 0,
    TYPE_CHARACTER_SET= 1,
    TYPE_COLLATE_EXACT= 2,
    TYPE_CHARACTER_SET_COLLATE_EXACT= 3,
    TYPE_COLLATE_CONTEXTUALLY_TYPED= 4
  };

// Number of bits required to store enum Type values

#define LEX_CHARSET_COLLATION_TYPE_BITS 3
#define LEX_CHARSET_COLLATION_TYPE_MASK ((1<<LEX_CHARSET_COLLATION_TYPE_BITS)-1)

  static_assert(LEX_CHARSET_COLLATION_TYPE_MASK >=
                TYPE_COLLATE_CONTEXTUALLY_TYPED,
                 "Lex_exact_charset_extended_collation_attrs_st::Type bits");

protected:
  CHARSET_INFO *m_ci;
  Type m_type;
protected:
  static Type type_from_lex_collation_type(Lex_extended_collation_st::Type type)
  {
    switch (type) {
    case Lex_extended_collation_st::TYPE_EXACT:
      return TYPE_COLLATE_EXACT;
    case Lex_extended_collation_st::TYPE_CONTEXTUALLY_TYPED:
      return TYPE_COLLATE_CONTEXTUALLY_TYPED;
    }
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return TYPE_COLLATE_EXACT;
  }
public:
  void init()
  {
    m_ci= NULL;
    m_type= TYPE_EMPTY;
  }
  void init(CHARSET_INFO *cs, Type type)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(cs || type == TYPE_EMPTY);
    m_ci= cs;
    m_type= type;
  }
  void init(const Lex_exact_charset &cs)
  {
    m_ci= cs.charset_info();
    m_type= TYPE_CHARACTER_SET;
  }
  void init(const Lex_exact_collation &cs)
  {
    m_ci= cs.charset_info();
    m_type= TYPE_COLLATE_EXACT;
  }
  void init(const Lex_exact_charset_opt_extended_collate &cscl)
  {
    if (cscl.with_collate())
      init(cscl.collation().charset_info(), TYPE_CHARACTER_SET_COLLATE_EXACT);
    else
      init(cscl.charset());
  }
  bool is_empty() const
  {
    return m_type == TYPE_EMPTY;
  }
  void set_charset(const Lex_exact_charset &cs)
  {
    m_ci= cs.charset_info();
    m_type= TYPE_CHARACTER_SET;
  }
  bool set_charset_collate_default(Sql_used *used,
                                   const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
                                   const Lex_exact_charset &cs)
  {
    CHARSET_INFO *ci;
    if (!(ci= Lex_exact_charset_opt_extended_collate(cs).
                find_mapped_default_collation(used, map)))
      return true;
    m_ci= ci;
    m_type= TYPE_CHARACTER_SET_COLLATE_EXACT;
    return false;
  }
  bool set_charset_collate_binary(const Lex_exact_charset &cs)
  {
    CHARSET_INFO *ci;
    if (!(ci= Lex_exact_charset_opt_extended_collate(cs).find_bin_collation()))
      return true;
    m_ci= ci;
    m_type= TYPE_CHARACTER_SET_COLLATE_EXACT;
    return false;
  }
  void set_collate_default()
  {
    m_ci= &my_collation_contextually_typed_default;
    m_type= TYPE_COLLATE_CONTEXTUALLY_TYPED;
  }
  void set_contextually_typed_binary_style()
  {
    m_ci= &my_collation_contextually_typed_binary;
    m_type= TYPE_COLLATE_CONTEXTUALLY_TYPED;
  }
  bool is_contextually_typed_collate_default() const
  {
    return Lex_context_collation(m_ci).is_contextually_typed_collate_default();
  }
  CHARSET_INFO *charset_info() const
  {
    return m_ci;
  }
  CHARSET_INFO *charset_info(Sql_used *used,
                             const Charset_collation_map_st &map) const
  {
    switch (m_type)
    {
    case TYPE_CHARACTER_SET:
      return map.get_collation_for_charset(used, m_ci);
    case TYPE_EMPTY:
    case TYPE_CHARACTER_SET_COLLATE_EXACT:
    case TYPE_COLLATE_CONTEXTUALLY_TYPED:
    case TYPE_COLLATE_EXACT:
      break;
    }
    return m_ci;
  }
  Type type() const
  {
    return m_type;
  }
  bool is_contextually_typed_collation() const
  {
    return m_type == TYPE_COLLATE_CONTEXTUALLY_TYPED;
  }
  CHARSET_INFO *resolved_to_character_set(Sql_used *used,
                                          const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
                                          CHARSET_INFO *cs) const;
  /*
    Merge the column CHARACTER SET clause to:
    - an exact collation name
    - a contextually typed collation
    "this" corresponds to `CHARACTER SET xxx [BINARY]`
    "cl" corresponds to the COLLATE clause
  */
  bool merge_column_charset_clause_and_collate_clause(
                    Sql_used *used,
                    const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
                    const Lex_exact_charset_extended_collation_attrs_st &cl)
  {
    switch (cl.type()) {
    case TYPE_EMPTY:
      return false;
    case TYPE_COLLATE_EXACT:
      return merge_exact_collation(Lex_exact_collation(cl.m_ci));
    case TYPE_COLLATE_CONTEXTUALLY_TYPED:
      return merge_context_collation(used, map, Lex_context_collation(cl.m_ci));
    case TYPE_CHARACTER_SET:
    case TYPE_CHARACTER_SET_COLLATE_EXACT:
      break;
    }
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return false;
  }
  /*
    This method is used in the "attribute_list" rule to merge two independent
    COLLATE clauses (not belonging to a CHARACTER SET clause).
    "BINARY" and "COLLATE DEFAULT" are not possible
    in an independent COLLATE clause in a column attribute.
  */
  bool merge_column_collate_clause_and_collate_clause(
                    Sql_used *used,
                    const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
                    const Lex_exact_charset_extended_collation_attrs_st &cl)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_type != TYPE_CHARACTER_SET);
    switch (cl.type()) {
    case TYPE_EMPTY:
      return false;
    case TYPE_COLLATE_EXACT:
      return merge_exact_collation(Lex_exact_collation(cl.m_ci));
    case TYPE_COLLATE_CONTEXTUALLY_TYPED:
      return merge_context_collation(used, map, Lex_context_collation(cl.m_ci));
    case TYPE_CHARACTER_SET:
    case TYPE_CHARACTER_SET_COLLATE_EXACT:
      break;
    }
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return false;
  }
  bool merge_exact_charset(Sql_used *used,
                           const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
                           const Lex_exact_charset &cs);
  bool merge_exact_collation(const Lex_exact_collation &cl);
  bool merge_context_collation(Sql_used *used,
                               const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
                               const Lex_context_collation &cl);
  bool merge_collation(Sql_used *used,
                       const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
                       const Lex_extended_collation_st &cl);
};


class Charset_collation_context
{
  /*
    Although the goal of m_charset_default is to store the meaning
    of CHARACTER SET DEFAULT, it does not necessarily point to a
    default collation of CHARACTER SET DEFAULT. It can point to its any
    arbitrary collation.
    For performance purposes we don't need to find the default
    collation at the instantiation time of "this", because:
    - m_charset_default may not be even needed during the resolution
    - when it's needed, in many cases it's passed to my_charset_same(),
      which does not need the default collation again.

    Note, m_charset_default and m_collate_default are not necessarily equal.

    - The default value for CHARACTER SET is taken from the upper level:
        CREATE DATABASE db1 CHARACTER SET DEFAULT; <-- @@character_set_server
        ALTER DATABASE db1 CHARACTER SET DEFAULT;  <-- @@character_set_server

    - The default value for COLLATE is taken from the upper level for CREATE:
        CREATE DATABASE db1 COLLATE DEFAULT; <-- @@collation_server
        CREATE TABLE db1.t1 COLLATE DEFAULT; <-- character set of "db1"

    - The default value for COLLATE is taken from the same level for ALTER:
        ALTER DATABASE db1 COLLATE DEFAULT; <-- the default collation of the
                                                current db1 character set
        ALTER TABLE db1.t1 COLLATE DEFAULT; <-- the default collation of the
                                                current db1.t1 character set
  */

  // comes from the upper level
  Lex_exact_charset_opt_extended_collate m_charset_default;

  // comes from the upper or the current level
  Lex_exact_collation m_collate_default;
public:
  Charset_collation_context(CHARSET_INFO *charset_default,
                            CHARSET_INFO *collate_default)
   :m_charset_default(charset_default,
                      !(charset_default->state & MY_CS_PRIMARY)),
    m_collate_default(collate_default)
  { }
  const Lex_exact_charset_opt_extended_collate charset_default() const
  {
    return m_charset_default;
  }
  const Lex_exact_collation collate_default() const
  {
    return m_collate_default;
  }
};


/*
  A universal container. It can store at the same time:
  - CHARACTER SET DEFAULT
  - CHARACTER SET cs_exact
  - COLLATE {cl_exact|cl_context}
  All three parts can co-exist.
  All three parts are optional.
  Parts can come in any arbitrary order, e.g:

    CHARACTER SET DEFAULT [CHARACTER SET latin1] COLLATE latin1_bin
    CHARACTER SET latin1 CHARACTER SET DEFAULT COLLATE latin1_bin
    COLLATE latin1_bin [CHARACTER SET latin1] CHARACTER SET DEFAULT
    COLLATE latin1_bin CHARACTER SET DEFAULT [CHARACTER SET latin1]
*/
class Lex_extended_charset_extended_collation_attrs_st:
                        public Lex_opt_context_charset_st,
                        public Lex_exact_charset_extended_collation_attrs_st
{
  enum charset_type_t
  {
    CHARSET_TYPE_EMPTY,
    CHARSET_TYPE_CONTEXT,
    CHARSET_TYPE_EXACT
  };
  /*
    Which part came first:
    - CHARACTER SET DEFAULT or
    - CHARACTER SET cs_exact
    e.g. to produce error messages preserving the user typed
    order of CHARACTER SET clauses in case of conflicts.
  */
  charset_type_t m_charset_order;
public:
  void init()
  {
    Lex_opt_context_charset_st::init();
    Lex_exact_charset_extended_collation_attrs_st::init();
    m_charset_order= CHARSET_TYPE_EMPTY;
  }
  void init(const Lex_exact_charset_opt_extended_collate &c)
  {
    Lex_opt_context_charset_st::init();
    Lex_exact_charset_extended_collation_attrs_st::init(c);
    m_charset_order= CHARSET_TYPE_EXACT;
  }
  bool is_empty() const
  {
    return Lex_opt_context_charset_st::is_empty() &&
           Lex_exact_charset_extended_collation_attrs_st::is_empty();
  }
  bool raise_if_charset_conflicts_with_default(
                        const Lex_exact_charset_opt_extended_collate &def) const;
  CHARSET_INFO *resolved_to_context(Sql_used *used,
                                    const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
                                    const Charset_collation_context &ctx) const;
  bool merge_charset_default();
  bool merge_exact_charset(Sql_used *used,
                           const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
                           const Lex_exact_charset &cs);
};


class Lex_exact_charset_extended_collation_attrs:
                        public Lex_exact_charset_extended_collation_attrs_st
{
public:
  Lex_exact_charset_extended_collation_attrs()
  {
    init();
  }
  Lex_exact_charset_extended_collation_attrs(CHARSET_INFO *collation, Type type)
  {
    init(collation, type);
  }
  explicit
  Lex_exact_charset_extended_collation_attrs(const Lex_exact_charset &cs)
  {
    init(cs.charset_info(), TYPE_CHARACTER_SET);
  }
  explicit
  Lex_exact_charset_extended_collation_attrs(const Lex_exact_collation &cl)
  {
    init(cl.charset_info(), TYPE_COLLATE_EXACT);
  }
  explicit
  Lex_exact_charset_extended_collation_attrs(const Lex_context_collation &cl)
  {
    init(cl.charset_info(), TYPE_COLLATE_CONTEXTUALLY_TYPED);
  }
  explicit
  Lex_exact_charset_extended_collation_attrs(
                    const Lex_exact_charset_opt_extended_collate &cscl)
  {
    init(cscl);
  }
  explicit
  Lex_exact_charset_extended_collation_attrs(const Lex_extended_collation_st &cl)
  {
    init(cl.charset_info(), type_from_lex_collation_type(cl.type()));
  }
  static Lex_exact_charset_extended_collation_attrs national(bool bin_mod)
  {
    return bin_mod ?
      Lex_exact_charset_extended_collation_attrs(&my_charset_utf8mb3_bin,
                                                 TYPE_COLLATE_EXACT) :
      Lex_exact_charset_extended_collation_attrs(&my_charset_utf8mb3_general_ci,
                                                 TYPE_CHARACTER_SET);
  }
};


class Lex_extended_charset_extended_collation_attrs:
  public Lex_extended_charset_extended_collation_attrs_st
{
public:
  Lex_extended_charset_extended_collation_attrs()
  {
    init();
  }
  explicit Lex_extended_charset_extended_collation_attrs(
    const Lex_exact_charset_opt_extended_collate &c)
  {
    init(c);
  }
};



using Lex_column_charset_collation_attrs_st =
        Lex_exact_charset_extended_collation_attrs_st;

using Lex_column_charset_collation_attrs =
        Lex_exact_charset_extended_collation_attrs;


using Lex_table_charset_collation_attrs_st =
        Lex_extended_charset_extended_collation_attrs_st;

using Lex_table_charset_collation_attrs =
        Lex_extended_charset_extended_collation_attrs;


#endif // LEX_CHARSET_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef STRFUNC_INCLUDED
#define STRFUNC_INCLUDED

typedef struct st_typelib TYPELIB;

ulonglong find_set(const TYPELIB *lib,
                   const char *x, size_t length, CHARSET_INFO *cs,
		   char **err_pos, uint *err_len, bool *set_warning);
ulonglong find_set_from_flags(TYPELIB *lib, uint default_name,
                              ulonglong cur_set, ulonglong default_set,
                              const char *str, uint length, CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                              char **err_pos, uint *err_len, bool *set_warning);
uint find_type(const TYPELIB *lib, const char *find, size_t length,
               bool part_match);
uint find_type2(const TYPELIB *lib, const char *find, size_t length,
                CHARSET_INFO *cs);
void unhex_type2(TYPELIB *lib);
uint check_word(TYPELIB *lib, const char *val, const char *end,
		const char **end_of_word);
int find_string_in_array(LEX_CSTRING * const haystack,
                         LEX_CSTRING * const needle,
                         CHARSET_INFO * const cs);
const char *flagset_to_string(THD *thd, LEX_CSTRING *result, ulonglong set,
                        const char *lib[]);
const char *set_to_string(THD *thd, LEX_CSTRING *result, ulonglong set,
                          const char *lib[]);

/*
  These functions were protected by INNODB_COMPATIBILITY_HOOKS
 */
uint strconvert(CHARSET_INFO *from_cs, const char *from, size_t from_length,
                CHARSET_INFO *to_cs, char *to, size_t to_length, uint *errors);

#endif /* STRFUNC_INCLUDED */
#ifndef LEX_INCLUDED
#define LEX_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2015, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */


/* This file includes all reserved words and functions */

#include "lex_symbol.h"

SYM_GROUP sym_group_common= {"", ""};
SYM_GROUP sym_group_geom= {"Spatial extensions", "HAVE_SPATIAL"};
SYM_GROUP sym_group_rtree= {"RTree keys", "HAVE_RTREE_KEYS"};

/* We don't want to include sql_yacc.h into gen_lex_hash */
#ifdef NO_YACC_SYMBOLS
#define SYM_OR_NULL(A) 0
#else
#define SYM_OR_NULL(A) A
#endif

#define SYM(A) SYM_OR_NULL(A),0,&sym_group_common

/*
  Symbols are broken into separated arrays to allow field names with
  same name as functions.
  These are kept sorted for human lookup (the symbols are hashed).

  NOTE! The symbol tables should be the same regardless of what features
  are compiled into the server. Don't add ifdef'ed symbols to the
  lists
  NOTE!!
  If you add or delete symbols from this file, you must also update results for
  the perfschema.start_server_low_digest_sql_length test!
*/

SYMBOL symbols[] = {
  { "&&",		SYM(AND_AND_SYM)},
  { "<=",		SYM(LE)},
  { "<>",		SYM(NE)},
  { "!=",		SYM(NE)},
  { ">=",		SYM(GE)},
  { "<<",		SYM(SHIFT_LEFT)},
  { ">>",		SYM(SHIFT_RIGHT)},
  { "<=>",		SYM(EQUAL_SYM)},
  { "ACCESSIBLE",	SYM(ACCESSIBLE_SYM)},
  { "ACCOUNT",		SYM(ACCOUNT_SYM)},
  { "ACTION",		SYM(ACTION)},
  { "ADD",		SYM(ADD)},
  { "ADMIN",            SYM(ADMIN_SYM)},
  { "AFTER",		SYM(AFTER_SYM)},
  { "AGAINST",          SYM(AGAINST)},
  { "AGGREGATE",	SYM(AGGREGATE_SYM)},
  { "ALL",		SYM(ALL)},
  { "ALGORITHM",	SYM(ALGORITHM_SYM)},
  { "ALTER",		SYM(ALTER)},
  { "ALWAYS",           SYM(ALWAYS_SYM)},
  { "ANALYZE",		SYM(ANALYZE_SYM)},
  { "AND",		SYM(AND_SYM)},
  { "ANY",              SYM(ANY_SYM)},
  { "AS",		SYM(AS)},
  { "ASC",		SYM(ASC)},
  { "ASCII",		SYM(ASCII_SYM)},
  { "ASENSITIVE",       SYM(ASENSITIVE_SYM)},
  { "AT",		SYM(AT_SYM)},
  { "ATOMIC",		SYM(ATOMIC_SYM)},
  { "AUTHORS",	        SYM(AUTHORS_SYM)},
  { "AUTO",             SYM(AUTO_SYM)},
  { "AUTO_INCREMENT",	SYM(AUTO_INC)},
  { "AUTOEXTEND_SIZE",	SYM(AUTOEXTEND_SIZE_SYM)},
  { "AVG",		SYM(AVG_SYM)},
  { "AVG_ROW_LENGTH",	SYM(AVG_ROW_LENGTH)},
  { "BACKUP",	        SYM(BACKUP_SYM)},
  { "BEFORE",	        SYM(BEFORE_SYM)},
  { "BEGIN",	        SYM(BEGIN_MARIADB_SYM)},
  { "BETWEEN",		SYM(BETWEEN_SYM)},
  { "BIGINT",		SYM(BIGINT)},
  { "BINARY",		SYM(BINARY)},
  { "BINLOG",		SYM(BINLOG_SYM)},
  { "BIT",		SYM(BIT_SYM)},
  { "BLOB",		SYM(BLOB_MARIADB_SYM)},
  { "BLOCK",  SYM(BLOCK_SYM)},
  { "BODY",             SYM(BODY_MARIADB_SYM)},
  { "BOOL",		SYM(BOOL_SYM)},
  { "BOOLEAN",		SYM(BOOLEAN_SYM)},
  { "BOTH",		SYM(BOTH)},
  { "BTREE",		SYM(BTREE_SYM)},
  { "BY",		SYM(BY)},
  { "BYTE",		SYM(BYTE_SYM)},
  { "CACHE",		SYM(CACHE_SYM)},
  { "CALL",             SYM(CALL_SYM)},
  { "CASCADE",		SYM(CASCADE)},
  { "CASCADED",         SYM(CASCADED)},
  { "CASE",		SYM(CASE_SYM)},
  { "CATALOG_NAME",     SYM(CATALOG_NAME_SYM)},
  { "CHAIN",		SYM(CHAIN_SYM)},
  { "CHANGE",		SYM(CHANGE)},
  { "CHANGED",		SYM(CHANGED)},
  { "CHANNEL",		SYM(CHANNEL_SYM)},
  { "CHAR",		SYM(CHAR_SYM)},
  { "CHARACTER",	SYM(CHAR_SYM)},
  { "CHARSET",		SYM(CHARSET)},
  { "CHECK",		SYM(CHECK_SYM)},
  { "CHECKPOINT",	SYM(CHECKPOINT_SYM)},
  { "CHECKSUM",		SYM(CHECKSUM_SYM)},
  { "CIPHER",		SYM(CIPHER_SYM)},
  { "CLASS_ORIGIN",     SYM(CLASS_ORIGIN_SYM)},
  { "CLIENT",		SYM(CLIENT_SYM)},
  { "CLOB",             SYM(CLOB_MARIADB_SYM)},
  { "CLOSE",		SYM(CLOSE_SYM)},
  { "COALESCE",		SYM(COALESCE)},
  { "CODE",             SYM(CODE_SYM)},
  { "COLLATE",		SYM(COLLATE_SYM)},
  { "COLLATION",	SYM(COLLATION_SYM)},
  { "COLUMN",		SYM(COLUMN_SYM)},
  { "COLUMN_NAME",      SYM(COLUMN_NAME_SYM)},
  { "COLUMNS",		SYM(COLUMNS)},
  { "COLUMN_ADD",       SYM(COLUMN_ADD_SYM)},
  { "COLUMN_CHECK",     SYM(COLUMN_CHECK_SYM)},
  { "COLUMN_CREATE",    SYM(COLUMN_CREATE_SYM)},
  { "COLUMN_DELETE",    SYM(COLUMN_DELETE_SYM)},
  { "COLUMN_GET",       SYM(COLUMN_GET_SYM)},
  { "COMMENT",		SYM(COMMENT_SYM)},
  { "COMMIT",		SYM(COMMIT_SYM)},
  { "COMMITTED",	SYM(COMMITTED_SYM)},
  { "COMPACT",		SYM(COMPACT_SYM)},
  { "COMPLETION",	SYM(COMPLETION_SYM)},
  { "COMPRESSED",	SYM(COMPRESSED_SYM)},
  { "CONCURRENT",	SYM(CONCURRENT)},
  { "CONDITION",        SYM(CONDITION_SYM)},
  { "CONNECTION",       SYM(CONNECTION_SYM)},
  { "CONSISTENT",	SYM(CONSISTENT_SYM)},
  { "CONSTRAINT",	SYM(CONSTRAINT)},
  { "CONSTRAINT_CATALOG", SYM(CONSTRAINT_CATALOG_SYM)},
  { "CONSTRAINT_NAME",  SYM(CONSTRAINT_NAME_SYM)},
  { "CONSTRAINT_SCHEMA", SYM(CONSTRAINT_SCHEMA_SYM)},
  { "CONTAINS",         SYM(CONTAINS_SYM)},
  { "CONTEXT",    SYM(CONTEXT_SYM)},
  { "CONTINUE",         SYM(CONTINUE_MARIADB_SYM)},
  { "CONTRIBUTORS",     SYM(CONTRIBUTORS_SYM)},
  { "CONVERT",		SYM(CONVERT_SYM)},
  { "CPU",        SYM(CPU_SYM)},
  { "CREATE",		SYM(CREATE)},
  { "CROSS",		SYM(CROSS)},
  { "CUBE",		SYM(CUBE_SYM)},
  { "CURRENT",          SYM(CURRENT_SYM)},
  { "CURRENT_DATE",	SYM(CURDATE)},
  { "CURRENT_POS",      SYM(CURRENT_POS_SYM)},
  { "CURRENT_ROLE",	SYM(CURRENT_ROLE)},
  { "CURRENT_TIME",	SYM(CURTIME)},
  { "CURRENT_TIMESTAMP", SYM(NOW_SYM)},
  { "CURRENT_USER",	SYM(CURRENT_USER)},
  { "CURSOR",           SYM(CURSOR_SYM)},
  { "CURSOR_NAME",      SYM(CURSOR_NAME_SYM)},
  { "CYCLE",            SYM(CYCLE_SYM)},
  { "DATA",		SYM(DATA_SYM)},
  { "DATABASE",		SYM(DATABASE)},
  { "DATABASES",	SYM(DATABASES)},
  { "DATAFILE", 	SYM(DATAFILE_SYM)},
  { "DATE",		SYM(DATE_SYM)},
  { "DATETIME",		SYM(DATETIME)},
  { "DAY",		SYM(DAY_SYM)},
  { "DAY_HOUR",		SYM(DAY_HOUR_SYM)},
  { "DAY_MICROSECOND",	SYM(DAY_MICROSECOND_SYM)},
  { "DAY_MINUTE",	SYM(DAY_MINUTE_SYM)},
  { "DAY_SECOND",	SYM(DAY_SECOND_SYM)},
  { "DEALLOCATE",       SYM(DEALLOCATE_SYM)},
  { "DEC",		SYM(DECIMAL_SYM)},
  { "DECIMAL",		SYM(DECIMAL_SYM)},
  { "DECLARE",          SYM(DECLARE_MARIADB_SYM)},
  { "DEFAULT",		SYM(DEFAULT)},
  { "DEFINER",          SYM(DEFINER_SYM)},
  { "DELAYED",		SYM(DELAYED_SYM)},
  { "DELAY_KEY_WRITE",	SYM(DELAY_KEY_WRITE_SYM)},
  { "DELETE",		SYM(DELETE_SYM)},
  { "DELETE_DOMAIN_ID", SYM(DELETE_DOMAIN_ID_SYM)},
  { "DESC",		SYM(DESC)},
  { "DESCRIBE",		SYM(DESCRIBE)},
  { "DES_KEY_FILE",	SYM(DES_KEY_FILE)},
  { "DETERMINISTIC",    SYM(DETERMINISTIC_SYM)},
  { "DIAGNOSTICS",      SYM(DIAGNOSTICS_SYM)},
  { "DIRECTORY",	SYM(DIRECTORY_SYM)},
  { "DISABLE",		SYM(DISABLE_SYM)},
  { "DISCARD",		SYM(DISCARD)},
  { "DISK",		SYM(DISK_SYM)},
  { "DISTINCT",		SYM(DISTINCT)},
  { "DISTINCTROW",	SYM(DISTINCT)},	/* Access likes this */
  { "DIV",		SYM(DIV_SYM)},
  { "DO",		SYM(DO_SYM)},
  { "DOUBLE",		SYM(DOUBLE_SYM)},
  { "DO_DOMAIN_IDS",    SYM(DO_DOMAIN_IDS_SYM)},
  { "DROP",		SYM(DROP)},
  { "DUAL",		SYM(DUAL_SYM)},
  { "DUMPFILE",		SYM(DUMPFILE)},
  { "DUPLICATE",	SYM(DUPLICATE_SYM)},
  { "DYNAMIC",		SYM(DYNAMIC_SYM)},
  { "EACH",             SYM(EACH_SYM)},
  { "ELSE",             SYM(ELSE)},
  { "ELSEIF",           SYM(ELSEIF_MARIADB_SYM)},
  { "ELSIF",            SYM(ELSIF_MARIADB_SYM)},
  { "EMPTY",		SYM(EMPTY_SYM)},
  { "ENABLE",		SYM(ENABLE_SYM)},
  { "ENABLE_GOVERNOR",         SYM(ENABLE_GOVERNOR_SYM)},
  { "ENABLE_GOVERNOR_RECON",   SYM(ENABLE_GOVERNOR_RECONN_SYM)},
  { "ENABLE_GOVERNOR_LVE",      SYM(ENABLE_GOVERNOR_LVE_SYM)},
  { "ENABLE_GOVERNOR_RECON_LVE",  SYM(ENABLE_GOVERNOR_RECONN_LVE_SYM)},
  { "ENCLOSED",		SYM(ENCLOSED)},
  { "END",		SYM(END)},
  { "ENDS",		SYM(ENDS_SYM)},
  { "ENGINE",		SYM(ENGINE_SYM)},
  { "ENGINES",		SYM(ENGINES_SYM)},
  { "ENUM",		SYM(ENUM)},
  { "ERROR",            SYM(ERROR_SYM)},
  { "ERRORS",		SYM(ERRORS)},
  { "ESCAPE",		SYM(ESCAPE_SYM)},
  { "ESCAPED",		SYM(ESCAPED)},
  { "EVENT",		SYM(EVENT_SYM)},
  { "EVENTS",		SYM(EVENTS_SYM)},
  { "EVERY",		SYM(EVERY_SYM)},
  { "EXAMINED",         SYM(EXAMINED_SYM)},
  { "EXCEPT",           SYM(EXCEPT_SYM)},
  { "EXCHANGE",         SYM(EXCHANGE_SYM)},
  { "EXCLUDE",          SYM(EXCLUDE_SYM)},
  { "EXECUTE",		SYM(EXECUTE_SYM)},
  { "EXCEPTION",	SYM(EXCEPTION_MARIADB_SYM)},
  { "EXISTS",		SYM(EXISTS)},
  { "EXIT",             SYM(EXIT_MARIADB_SYM)},
  { "EXPANSION",	SYM(EXPANSION_SYM)},
  { "EXPIRE",		SYM(EXPIRE_SYM)},
  { "EXPORT",           SYM(EXPORT_SYM)},
  { "EXPLAIN",		SYM(DESCRIBE)},
  { "EXTENDED",		SYM(EXTENDED_SYM)},
  { "EXTENT_SIZE",	SYM(EXTENT_SIZE_SYM)},
  { "FALSE",		SYM(FALSE_SYM)},
  { "FAST",		SYM(FAST_SYM)},
  { "FAULTS",  SYM(FAULTS_SYM)},
  { "FEDERATED", SYM(FEDERATED_SYM)},
  { "FETCH",            SYM(FETCH_SYM)},
  { "FIELDS",		SYM(COLUMNS)},
  { "FILE",		SYM(FILE_SYM)},
  { "FIRST",		SYM(FIRST_SYM)},
  { "FIXED",		SYM(FIXED_SYM)},
  { "FLOAT",		SYM(FLOAT_SYM)},
  { "FLOAT4",		SYM(FLOAT_SYM)},
  { "FLOAT8",		SYM(DOUBLE_SYM)},
  { "FLUSH",		SYM(FLUSH_SYM)},
  { "FOLLOWING",        SYM(FOLLOWING_SYM)},
  { "FOLLOWS",          SYM(FOLLOWS_SYM)},
  { "FOR",		SYM(FOR_SYM)},
  { "FORCE",		SYM(FORCE_SYM)},
  { "FOREIGN",		SYM(FOREIGN)},
  { "FORMAT",		SYM(FORMAT_SYM)},
  { "FOUND",            SYM(FOUND_SYM)},
  { "FROM",		SYM(FROM)},
  { "FULL",		SYM(FULL)},
  { "FULLTEXT",		SYM(FULLTEXT_SYM)},
  { "FUNCTION",		SYM(FUNCTION_SYM)},
  { "GENERAL",          SYM(GENERAL)},
  { "GENERATED",        SYM(GENERATED_SYM)},
  { "GET_FORMAT",       SYM(GET_FORMAT)},
  { "GET",              SYM(GET_SYM)},
  { "GLOBAL",		SYM(GLOBAL_SYM)},
  { "GOTO",             SYM(GOTO_MARIADB_SYM)},
  { "GRANT",		SYM(GRANT)},
  { "GRANTS",	        SYM(GRANTS)},
  { "GROUP",		SYM(GROUP_SYM)},
  { "HANDLER",		SYM(HANDLER_SYM)},
  { "HARD",		SYM(HARD_SYM)},
  { "HASH",		SYM(HASH_SYM)},
  { "HAVING",		SYM(HAVING)},
  { "HELP",		SYM(HELP_SYM)},
  { "HIGH_PRIORITY",	SYM(HIGH_PRIORITY)},
  { "HISTORY",      	SYM(HISTORY_SYM)},
  { "HOST",		SYM(HOST_SYM)},
  { "HOSTS",		SYM(HOSTS_SYM)},
  { "HOUR",		SYM(HOUR_SYM)},
  { "HOUR_MICROSECOND",	SYM(HOUR_MICROSECOND_SYM)},
  { "HOUR_MINUTE",	SYM(HOUR_MINUTE_SYM)},
  { "HOUR_SECOND",	SYM(HOUR_SECOND_SYM)},
  { "ID",               SYM(ID_SYM)},
  { "IDENTIFIED",	SYM(IDENTIFIED_SYM)},
  { "IF",		SYM(IF_SYM)},
  { "IGNORE",		SYM(IGNORE_SYM)},
  { "IGNORED",		SYM(IGNORED_SYM)},
  { "IGNORE_DOMAIN_IDS", SYM(IGNORE_DOMAIN_IDS_SYM)},
  { "IGNORE_SERVER_IDS", SYM(IGNORE_SERVER_IDS_SYM)},
  { "IMMEDIATE",	SYM(IMMEDIATE_SYM)},
  { "IMPORT",		SYM(IMPORT)},
  { "INTERSECT",        SYM(INTERSECT_SYM)},
  { "IN",		SYM(IN_SYM)},
  { "INCREMENT",        SYM(INCREMENT_SYM)},
  { "INDEX",		SYM(INDEX_SYM)},
  { "INDEXES",		SYM(INDEXES)},
  { "INFILE",		SYM(INFILE)},
  { "INITIAL_SIZE",	SYM(INITIAL_SIZE_SYM)},
  { "INNER",		SYM(INNER_SYM)},
  { "INOUT",            SYM(INOUT_SYM)},
  { "INSENSITIVE",      SYM(INSENSITIVE_SYM)},
  { "INSERT",		SYM(INSERT)},
  { "INSERT_METHOD",    SYM(INSERT_METHOD)},
  { "INSTALL",          SYM(INSTALL_SYM)},
  { "INT",		SYM(INT_SYM)},
  { "INT1",		SYM(TINYINT)},
  { "INT2",		SYM(SMALLINT)},
  { "INT3",		SYM(MEDIUMINT)},
  { "INT4",		SYM(INT_SYM)},
  { "INT8",		SYM(BIGINT)},
  { "INTEGER",		SYM(INT_SYM)},
  { "INTERVAL",		SYM(INTERVAL_SYM)},
  { "INVISIBLE",        SYM(INVISIBLE_SYM)},
  { "INTO",		SYM(INTO)},
  { "IO",     SYM(IO_SYM)},
  { "IO_THREAD",        SYM(RELAY_THREAD)},
  { "IPC",    SYM(IPC_SYM)},
  { "IS",		SYM(IS)},
  { "ISOLATION",	SYM(ISOLATION)},
  { "ISOPEN",           SYM(ISOPEN_SYM)},
  { "ISSUER",		SYM(ISSUER_SYM)},
  { "ITERATE",          SYM(ITERATE_SYM)},
  { "INVOKER",          SYM(INVOKER_SYM)},
  { "JOIN",		SYM(JOIN_SYM)},
  { "JSON",		SYM(JSON_SYM)},
  { "JSON_TABLE",	SYM(JSON_TABLE_SYM)},
  { "KEY",		SYM(KEY_SYM)},
  { "KEYS",		SYM(KEYS)},
  { "KEY_BLOCK_SIZE",	SYM(KEY_BLOCK_SIZE)},
  { "KILL",		SYM(KILL_SYM)},
  { "LANGUAGE",         SYM(LANGUAGE_SYM)},
  { "LAST",		SYM(LAST_SYM)},
  { "LAST_VALUE",	SYM(LAST_VALUE)},
  { "LASTVAL",		SYM(LASTVAL_SYM)},
  { "LEADING",		SYM(LEADING)},
  { "LEAVE",            SYM(LEAVE_SYM)},
  { "LEAVES",		SYM(LEAVES)},
  { "LEFT",		SYM(LEFT)},
  { "LESS",             SYM(LESS_SYM)},
  { "LEVEL",		SYM(LEVEL_SYM)},
  { "LIKE",		SYM(LIKE)},
  { "LIMIT",		SYM(LIMIT)},
  { "LINEAR",		SYM(LINEAR_SYM)},
  { "LINES",		SYM(LINES)},
  { "LIST",             SYM(LIST_SYM)},
  { "LOAD",		SYM(LOAD)},
  { "LOCAL",		SYM(LOCAL_SYM)},
  { "LOCALTIME",	SYM(NOW_SYM)},
  { "LOCALTIMESTAMP",	SYM(NOW_SYM)},
  { "LOCK",		SYM(LOCK_SYM)},
  { "LOCKED",		SYM(LOCKED_SYM)},
  { "LOCKS",		SYM(LOCKS_SYM)},
  { "LOGFILE",		SYM(LOGFILE_SYM)},
  { "LOGS",		SYM(LOGS_SYM)},
  { "LONG",		SYM(LONG_SYM)},
  { "LONGBLOB",		SYM(LONGBLOB)},
  { "LONGTEXT",		SYM(LONGTEXT)},
  { "LOOP",             SYM(LOOP_SYM)},
  { "LOW_PRIORITY",	SYM(LOW_PRIORITY)},
  { "MASTER",           SYM(MASTER_SYM)},
  { "MASTER_CONNECT_RETRY",           SYM(MASTER_CONNECT_RETRY_SYM)},
  { "MASTER_DELAY",     SYM(MASTER_DELAY_SYM)},
  { "MASTER_GTID_POS",  SYM(MASTER_GTID_POS_SYM)},
  { "MASTER_HOST",           SYM(MASTER_HOST_SYM)},
  { "MASTER_LOG_FILE",           SYM(MASTER_LOG_FILE_SYM)},
  { "MASTER_LOG_POS",           SYM(MASTER_LOG_POS_SYM)},
  { "MASTER_PASSWORD",           SYM(MASTER_PASSWORD_SYM)},
  { "MASTER_PORT",           SYM(MASTER_PORT_SYM)},
  { "MASTER_SERVER_ID",           SYM(MASTER_SERVER_ID_SYM)},
  { "MASTER_SSL",       SYM(MASTER_SSL_SYM)},
  { "MASTER_SSL_CA",    SYM(MASTER_SSL_CA_SYM)},
  { "MASTER_SSL_CAPATH",SYM(MASTER_SSL_CAPATH_SYM)},
  { "MASTER_SSL_CERT",  SYM(MASTER_SSL_CERT_SYM)},
  { "MASTER_SSL_CIPHER",SYM(MASTER_SSL_CIPHER_SYM)},
  { "MASTER_SSL_CRL",   SYM(MASTER_SSL_CRL_SYM)},
  { "MASTER_SSL_CRLPATH",SYM(MASTER_SSL_CRLPATH_SYM)},
  { "MASTER_SSL_KEY",   SYM(MASTER_SSL_KEY_SYM)},
  { "MASTER_SSL_VERIFY_SERVER_CERT", SYM(MASTER_SSL_VERIFY_SERVER_CERT_SYM)},
  { "MASTER_USER",           SYM(MASTER_USER_SYM)},
  { "MASTER_USE_GTID",  SYM(MASTER_USE_GTID_SYM)},
  { "MASTER_DEMOTE_TO_REPLICA",  SYM(MASTER_DEMOTE_TO_SLAVE_SYM)},
  { "MASTER_DEMOTE_TO_SLAVE",  SYM(MASTER_DEMOTE_TO_SLAVE_SYM)},
  { "MASTER_HEARTBEAT_PERIOD", SYM(MASTER_HEARTBEAT_PERIOD_SYM)},
  { "MATCH",		SYM(MATCH)},
  { "MAX_CONNECTIONS_PER_HOUR", SYM(MAX_CONNECTIONS_PER_HOUR)},
  { "MAX_QUERIES_PER_HOUR", SYM(MAX_QUERIES_PER_HOUR)},
  { "MAX_ROWS",		SYM(MAX_ROWS)},
  { "MAX_SIZE",		SYM(MAX_SIZE_SYM)},
  { "MAX_STATEMENT_TIME",   SYM(MAX_STATEMENT_TIME_SYM)},
  { "MAX_UPDATES_PER_HOUR", SYM(MAX_UPDATES_PER_HOUR)},
  { "MAX_USER_CONNECTIONS", SYM(MAX_USER_CONNECTIONS_SYM)},
  { "MAXVALUE",         SYM(MAXVALUE_SYM)},
  { "MEDIUM",		SYM(MEDIUM_SYM)},
  { "MEDIUMBLOB",	SYM(MEDIUMBLOB)},
  { "MEDIUMINT",	SYM(MEDIUMINT)},
  { "MEDIUMTEXT",	SYM(MEDIUMTEXT)},
  { "MEMORY",		SYM(MEMORY_SYM)},
  { "MERGE",		SYM(MERGE_SYM)},
  { "MESSAGE_TEXT",     SYM(MESSAGE_TEXT_SYM)},
  { "MICROSECOND",	SYM(MICROSECOND_SYM)},
  { "MIDDLEINT",	SYM(MEDIUMINT)},	/* For powerbuilder */
  { "MIGRATE",          SYM(MIGRATE_SYM)},
  { "MINUS",            SYM(MINUS_ORACLE_SYM)},
  { "MINUTE",		SYM(MINUTE_SYM)},
  { "MINUTE_MICROSECOND", SYM(MINUTE_MICROSECOND_SYM)},
  { "MINUTE_SECOND",	SYM(MINUTE_SECOND_SYM)},
  { "MINVALUE",		SYM(MINVALUE_SYM)},
  { "MIN_ROWS",		SYM(MIN_ROWS)},
  { "MOD",		SYM(MOD_SYM)},
  { "MODE",		SYM(MODE_SYM)},
  { "MODIFIES",		SYM(MODIFIES_SYM)},
  { "MODIFY",		SYM(MODIFY_SYM)},
  { "MONITOR",          SYM(MONITOR_SYM)},
  { "MONTH",		SYM(MONTH_SYM)},
  { "MUTEX",  SYM(MUTEX_SYM)},
  { "MYSQL",            SYM(MYSQL_SYM)},
  { "MYSQL_ERRNO",      SYM(MYSQL_ERRNO_SYM)},
  { "NAME",             SYM(NAME_SYM)},
  { "NAMES",		SYM(NAMES_SYM)},
  { "NATIONAL",		SYM(NATIONAL_SYM)},
  { "NATURAL",		SYM(NATURAL)},
  { "NCHAR",		SYM(NCHAR_SYM)},
  { "NESTED",		SYM(NESTED_SYM)},
  { "NEVER",		SYM(NEVER_SYM)},
  { "NEXT",		SYM(NEXT_SYM)},
  { "NEXTVAL",		SYM(NEXTVAL_SYM)},
  { "NO",		SYM(NO_SYM)},
  { "NOMAXVALUE",	SYM(NOMAXVALUE_SYM)},
  { "NOMINVALUE",	SYM(NOMINVALUE_SYM)},
  { "NOCACHE",          SYM(NOCACHE_SYM)},
  { "NOCYCLE",          SYM(NOCYCLE_SYM)},
  { "NO_WAIT",		SYM(NO_WAIT_SYM)},
  { "NOWAIT",		SYM(NOWAIT_SYM)},
  { "NODEGROUP",	SYM(NODEGROUP_SYM)},
  { "NONE",		SYM(NONE_SYM)},
  { "NOT",		SYM(NOT_SYM)},
  { "NOTFOUND",         SYM(NOTFOUND_SYM)},
  { "NO_WRITE_TO_BINLOG",  SYM(NO_WRITE_TO_BINLOG)},
  { "NULL",		SYM(NULL_SYM)},
  { "NUMBER",           SYM(NUMBER_MARIADB_SYM)},
  { "NUMERIC",		SYM(NUMERIC_SYM)},
  { "NVARCHAR",		SYM(NVARCHAR_SYM)},
  { "OF",		SYM(OF_SYM)},
  { "OFFSET",		SYM(OFFSET_SYM)},
  { "OLD_PASSWORD",	SYM(OLD_PASSWORD_SYM)},
  { "ON",		SYM(ON)},
  { "ONE",              SYM(ONE_SYM)},
  { "ONLINE",		SYM(ONLINE_SYM)},
  { "ONLY",             SYM(ONLY_SYM)},
  { "OPEN",		SYM(OPEN_SYM)},
  { "OPTIMIZE",		SYM(OPTIMIZE)},
  { "OPTIONS",		SYM(OPTIONS_SYM)},
  { "OPTION",		SYM(OPTION)},
  { "OPTIONALLY",	SYM(OPTIONALLY)},
  { "OR",		SYM(OR_SYM)},
  { "ORDER",		SYM(ORDER_SYM)},
  { "ORDINALITY",	SYM(ORDINALITY_SYM)},
  { "OTHERS",           SYM(OTHERS_MARIADB_SYM)},
  { "OUT",              SYM(OUT_SYM)},
  { "OUTER",		SYM(OUTER)},
  { "OUTFILE",		SYM(OUTFILE)},
  { "OVER",             SYM(OVER_SYM)},
  { "OVERLAPS",         SYM(OVERLAPS_SYM)},
  { "OWNER",		SYM(OWNER_SYM)},
  { "PACKAGE",          SYM(PACKAGE_MARIADB_SYM)},
  { "PACK_KEYS",	SYM(PACK_KEYS_SYM)},
  { "PAGE",	        SYM(PAGE_SYM)},
  { "PAGE_CHECKSUM",	SYM(PAGE_CHECKSUM_SYM)},
  { "PARSER",           SYM(PARSER_SYM)},
  { "PARSE_VCOL_EXPR",  SYM(PARSE_VCOL_EXPR_SYM)},
  { "PATH",		SYM(PATH_SYM)},
  { "PERIOD",		SYM(PERIOD_SYM)},
  { "PARTIAL",		SYM(PARTIAL)},
  { "PARTITION",        SYM(PARTITION_SYM)},
  { "PARTITIONING",     SYM(PARTITIONING_SYM)},
  { "PARTITIONS",       SYM(PARTITIONS_SYM)},
  { "PASSWORD",		SYM(PASSWORD_SYM)},
  { "PERSISTENT",	SYM(PERSISTENT_SYM)},
  { "PHASE",            SYM(PHASE_SYM)},
  { "PLUGIN",           SYM(PLUGIN_SYM)},
  { "PLUGINS",          SYM(PLUGINS_SYM)},
  { "PORT",		SYM(PORT_SYM)},
  { "PORTION",		SYM(PORTION_SYM)},
  { "PRECEDES",         SYM(PRECEDES_SYM)},
  { "PRECEDING",        SYM(PRECEDING_SYM)},
  { "PRECISION",	SYM(PRECISION)},
  { "PREPARE",          SYM(PREPARE_SYM)},
  { "PRESERVE",		SYM(PRESERVE_SYM)},
  { "PREV",		SYM(PREV_SYM)},
  { "PREVIOUS",		SYM(PREVIOUS_SYM)},
  { "PRIMARY",		SYM(PRIMARY_SYM)},
  { "PRIVILEGES",	SYM(PRIVILEGES)},
  { "PROCEDURE",	SYM(PROCEDURE_SYM)},
  { "PROCESS"	,	SYM(PROCESS)},
  { "PROCESSLIST",	SYM(PROCESSLIST_SYM)},
  { "PROFILE",          SYM(PROFILE_SYM)},
  { "PROFILES",         SYM(PROFILES_SYM)},
  { "PROXY",            SYM(PROXY_SYM)},
  { "PURGE",		SYM(PURGE)},
  { "QUARTER",          SYM(QUARTER_SYM)},
  { "QUERY",		SYM(QUERY_SYM)},
  { "QUICK",	        SYM(QUICK)},
  { "RAISE",            SYM(RAISE_MARIADB_SYM)},
  { "RANGE",            SYM(RANGE_SYM)},
  { "RAW",              SYM(RAW_MARIADB_SYM)},
  { "READ",		SYM(READ_SYM)},
  { "READ_ONLY",	SYM(READ_ONLY_SYM)},
  { "READ_WRITE",	SYM(READ_WRITE_SYM)},
  { "READS",		SYM(READS_SYM)},
  { "REAL",		SYM(REAL)},
  { "REBUILD",		SYM(REBUILD_SYM)},
  { "RECOVER",          SYM(RECOVER_SYM)},
  { "RECURSIVE",        SYM(RECURSIVE_SYM)},
  { "REDO_BUFFER_SIZE",	SYM(REDO_BUFFER_SIZE_SYM)},
  { "REDOFILE",         SYM(REDOFILE_SYM)},
  { "REDUNDANT",	SYM(REDUNDANT_SYM)},
  { "REFERENCES",	SYM(REFERENCES)},
  { "REGEXP",		SYM(REGEXP)},
  { "RELAY",            SYM(RELAY)},
  { "RELAYLOG",         SYM(RELAYLOG_SYM)},
  { "RELAY_LOG_FILE",   SYM(RELAY_LOG_FILE_SYM)},
  { "RELAY_LOG_POS",    SYM(RELAY_LOG_POS_SYM)},
  { "RELAY_THREAD",     SYM(RELAY_THREAD)},
  { "RELEASE",		SYM(RELEASE_SYM)},
  { "RELOAD",		SYM(RELOAD)},
  { "REMOVE",		SYM(REMOVE_SYM)},
  { "RENAME",		SYM(RENAME)},
  { "REORGANIZE",	SYM(REORGANIZE_SYM)},
  { "REPAIR",		SYM(REPAIR)},
  { "REPEATABLE",	SYM(REPEATABLE_SYM)},
  { "REPLACE",		SYM(REPLACE)},
  { "REPLAY",           SYM(REPLAY_SYM)},
  { "REPLICA",      SYM(SLAVE)},
  { "REPLICAS",     SYM(SLAVES)},
  { "REPLICA_POS",  SYM(SLAVE_POS_SYM)},
  { "REPLICATION",	SYM(REPLICATION)},
  { "REPEAT",           SYM(REPEAT_SYM)},
  { "REQUIRE",	        SYM(REQUIRE_SYM)},
  { "RESET",		SYM(RESET_SYM)},
  { "RESIGNAL",         SYM(RESIGNAL_SYM)},
  { "RESTART",		SYM(RESTART_SYM)},
  { "RESTORE",		SYM(RESTORE_SYM)},
  { "RESTRICT",		SYM(RESTRICT)},
  { "RESUME",           SYM(RESUME_SYM)},
  { "RETURNED_SQLSTATE",SYM(RETURNED_SQLSTATE_SYM)},
  { "RETURN",           SYM(RETURN_MARIADB_SYM)},
  { "RETURNING",        SYM(RETURNING_SYM)},
  { "RETURNS",		SYM(RETURNS_SYM)},
  { "REUSE",            SYM(REUSE_SYM)},
  { "REVERSE",		SYM(REVERSE_SYM)},
  { "REVOKE",		SYM(REVOKE)},
  { "RIGHT",		SYM(RIGHT)},
  { "RLIKE",		SYM(REGEXP)},	/* Like in mSQL2 */
  { "ROLE",             SYM(ROLE_SYM)},
  { "ROLLBACK",		SYM(ROLLBACK_SYM)},
  { "ROLLUP",		SYM(ROLLUP_SYM)},
  { "ROUTINE",		SYM(ROUTINE_SYM)},
  { "ROW",		SYM(ROW_SYM)},
  { "ROWCOUNT",         SYM(ROWCOUNT_SYM)}, /* Oracle-N */
  { "ROWNUM",           SYM(ROWNUM_SYM)}, /* Oracle-R */
  { "ROWS",		SYM(ROWS_SYM)},
  { "ROWTYPE",          SYM(ROWTYPE_MARIADB_SYM)},
  { "ROW_COUNT",        SYM(ROW_COUNT_SYM)},
  { "ROW_FORMAT",	SYM(ROW_FORMAT_SYM)},
  /** sql_function and condition_property_name for GET DIAGNOSTICS */
  { "ROW_NUMBER",	SYM(ROW_NUMBER_SYM)},
  { "RTREE",		SYM(RTREE_SYM)},
  { "SAVEPOINT",	SYM(SAVEPOINT_SYM)},
  { "SCHEDULE",		SYM(SCHEDULE_SYM)},
  { "SCHEMA",		SYM(DATABASE)},
  { "SCHEMA_NAME",      SYM(SCHEMA_NAME_SYM)},
  { "SCHEMAS",          SYM(DATABASES)},
  { "SECOND",		SYM(SECOND_SYM)},
  { "SECOND_MICROSECOND", SYM(SECOND_MICROSECOND_SYM)},
  { "SECURITY",         SYM(SECURITY_SYM)},
  { "SELECT",		SYM(SELECT_SYM)},
  { "SENSITIVE",        SYM(SENSITIVE_SYM)},
  { "SEPARATOR",	SYM(SEPARATOR_SYM)},
  { "SEQUENCE",		SYM(SEQUENCE_SYM)},
  { "SERIAL",		SYM(SERIAL_SYM)},
  { "SERIALIZABLE",	SYM(SERIALIZABLE_SYM)},
  { "SESSION",		SYM(SESSION_SYM)},
  { "SERVER",           SYM(SERVER_SYM)},
  { "SET",		SYM(SET)},
  { "SETVAL",		SYM(SETVAL_SYM)},
  { "SHARE",		SYM(SHARE_SYM)},
  { "SHOW",		SYM(SHOW)},
  { "SHUTDOWN",		SYM(SHUTDOWN)},
  { "SIGNAL",           SYM(SIGNAL_SYM)},
  { "SIGNED",		SYM(SIGNED_SYM)},
  { "SIMPLE",		SYM(SIMPLE_SYM)},
  { "SKIP",             SYM(SKIP_SYM)},
  { "SLAVE",            SYM(SLAVE)},
  { "SLAVES",           SYM(SLAVES)},
  { "SLAVE_POS",        SYM(SLAVE_POS_SYM)},
  { "SLOW",             SYM(SLOW)},
  { "SNAPSHOT",         SYM(SNAPSHOT_SYM)},
  { "SMALLINT",		SYM(SMALLINT)},
  { "SOCKET",		SYM(SOCKET_SYM)},
  { "SOFT",             SYM(SOFT_SYM)},
  { "SOME",             SYM(ANY_SYM)},
  { "SONAME",		SYM(SONAME_SYM)},
  { "SOUNDS",		SYM(SOUNDS_SYM)},
  { "SOURCE",           SYM(SOURCE_SYM)},
  { "STAGE",            SYM(STAGE_SYM)},
  { "STORED",           SYM(STORED_SYM)},
  { "SPATIAL",		SYM(SPATIAL_SYM)},
  { "SPECIFIC",         SYM(SPECIFIC_SYM)},
  { "REF_SYSTEM_ID",    SYM(REF_SYSTEM_ID_SYM)},
  { "SQL",              SYM(SQL_SYM)},
  { "SQLEXCEPTION",     SYM(SQLEXCEPTION_SYM)},
  { "SQLSTATE",         SYM(SQLSTATE_SYM)},
  { "SQLWARNING",       SYM(SQLWARNING_SYM)},
  { "SQL_AFTER_GTIDS",  SYM(SQL_AFTER_GTIDS_SYM)},
  { "SQL_BEFORE_GTIDS",  SYM(SQL_BEFORE_GTIDS_SYM)},
  { "SQL_BIG_RESULT",	SYM(SQL_BIG_RESULT)},
  { "SQL_BUFFER_RESULT", SYM(SQL_BUFFER_RESULT)},
  { "SQL_CACHE",        SYM(SQL_CACHE_SYM)},
  { "SQL_CALC_FOUND_ROWS", SYM(SQL_CALC_FOUND_ROWS)},
  { "SQL_NO_CACHE",	SYM(SQL_NO_CACHE_SYM)},
  { "SQL_SMALL_RESULT", SYM(SQL_SMALL_RESULT)},
  { "SQL_THREAD",	SYM(SQL_THREAD)},
  { "SQL_TSI_SECOND",   SYM(SECOND_SYM)},
  { "SQL_TSI_MINUTE",   SYM(MINUTE_SYM)},
  { "SQL_TSI_HOUR",     SYM(HOUR_SYM)},
  { "SQL_TSI_DAY",      SYM(DAY_SYM)},
  { "SQL_TSI_WEEK",     SYM(WEEK_SYM)},
  { "SQL_TSI_MONTH",    SYM(MONTH_SYM)},
  { "SQL_TSI_QUARTER",  SYM(QUARTER_SYM)},
  { "SQL_TSI_YEAR",     SYM(YEAR_SYM)},
  { "SSL",		SYM(SSL_SYM)},
  { "START",		SYM(START_SYM)},
  { "STARTING",		SYM(STARTING)},
  { "STARTS",		SYM(STARTS_SYM)},
  { "STATEMENT",	SYM(STATEMENT_SYM)},
  { "STATS_AUTO_RECALC",SYM(STATS_AUTO_RECALC_SYM)},
  { "STATS_PERSISTENT",	SYM(STATS_PERSISTENT_SYM)},
  { "STATS_SAMPLE_PAGES",SYM(STATS_SAMPLE_PAGES_SYM)},
  { "STATUS",		SYM(STATUS_SYM)},
  { "STOP",		SYM(STOP_SYM)},
  { "STORAGE",		SYM(STORAGE_SYM)},
  { "STRAIGHT_JOIN",	SYM(STRAIGHT_JOIN)},
  { "STRING",		SYM(STRING_SYM)},
  { "SUBCLASS_ORIGIN",  SYM(SUBCLASS_ORIGIN_SYM)},
  { "SUBJECT",		SYM(SUBJECT_SYM)},
  { "SUBPARTITION",     SYM(SUBPARTITION_SYM)},
  { "SUBPARTITIONS",    SYM(SUBPARTITIONS_SYM)},
  { "SUPER",		SYM(SUPER_SYM)},
  { "SUSPEND",          SYM(SUSPEND_SYM)},
  { "SWAPS",      SYM(SWAPS_SYM)},
  { "SWITCHES",   SYM(SWITCHES_SYM)},
  { "SYSDATE",		SYM(SYSDATE)},
  { "SYSTEM",     SYM(SYSTEM)},
  { "SYSTEM_TIME",      SYM(SYSTEM_TIME_SYM)},
  { "TABLE",		SYM(TABLE_SYM)},
  { "TABLE_NAME",       SYM(TABLE_NAME_SYM)},
  { "TABLES",		SYM(TABLES)},
  { "TABLESPACE",	        SYM(TABLESPACE)},
  { "TABLE_CHECKSUM",	SYM(TABLE_CHECKSUM_SYM)},
  { "TEMPORARY",	SYM(TEMPORARY)},
  { "TEMPTABLE",	SYM(TEMPTABLE_SYM)},
  { "TERMINATED",	SYM(TERMINATED)},
  { "TEXT",		SYM(TEXT_SYM)},
  { "THAN",             SYM(THAN_SYM)},
  { "THEN",		SYM(THEN_SYM)},
  { "TIES",             SYM(TIES_SYM)},
  { "TIME",		SYM(TIME_SYM)},
  { "TIMESTAMP",	SYM(TIMESTAMP)},
  { "TIMESTAMPADD",     SYM(TIMESTAMP_ADD)},
  { "TIMESTAMPDIFF",    SYM(TIMESTAMP_DIFF)},
  { "TINYBLOB",		SYM(TINYBLOB)},
  { "TINYINT",		SYM(TINYINT)},
  { "TINYTEXT",		SYM(TINYTEXT)},
  { "TO",		SYM(TO_SYM)},
  { "TRAILING",		SYM(TRAILING)},
  { "TRANSACTION",	SYM(TRANSACTION_SYM)},
  { "TRANSACTIONAL",	SYM(TRANSACTIONAL_SYM)},
  { "THREADS",          SYM(THREADS_SYM)},
  { "TRIGGER",          SYM(TRIGGER_SYM)},
  { "TRIGGERS",         SYM(TRIGGERS_SYM)},
  { "TRUE",		SYM(TRUE_SYM)},
  { "TRUNCATE",		SYM(TRUNCATE_SYM)},
  { "TYPE",		SYM(TYPE_SYM)},
  { "UNBOUNDED",        SYM(UNBOUNDED_SYM)},
  { "UNCOMMITTED",	SYM(UNCOMMITTED_SYM)},
  { "UNDEFINED",	SYM(UNDEFINED_SYM)},
  { "UNDO_BUFFER_SIZE",	SYM(UNDO_BUFFER_SIZE_SYM)},
  { "UNDOFILE", 	SYM(UNDOFILE_SYM)},
  { "UNDO",             SYM(UNDO_SYM)},
  { "UNICODE",	        SYM(UNICODE_SYM)},
  { "UNION",	        SYM(UNION_SYM)},
  { "UNIQUE",		SYM(UNIQUE_SYM)},
  { "UNKNOWN",		SYM(UNKNOWN_SYM)},
  { "UNLOCK",		SYM(UNLOCK_SYM)},
  { "UNINSTALL",        SYM(UNINSTALL_SYM)},
  { "UNSIGNED",		SYM(UNSIGNED)},
  { "UNTIL",		SYM(UNTIL_SYM)},
  { "UPDATE",		SYM(UPDATE_SYM)},
  { "UPGRADE",          SYM(UPGRADE_SYM)},
  { "USAGE",		SYM(USAGE)},
  { "USE",		SYM(USE_SYM)},
  { "USER",		SYM(USER_SYM)},
  { "USER_RESOURCES",	SYM(RESOURCES)},
  { "USE_FRM",		SYM(USE_FRM)},
  { "USING",		SYM(USING)},
  { "UTC_DATE",         SYM(UTC_DATE_SYM)},
  { "UTC_TIME",         SYM(UTC_TIME_SYM)},
  { "UTC_TIMESTAMP",    SYM(UTC_TIMESTAMP_SYM)},
  { "VALIDATION",       SYM(VALIDATION_SYM)},
  { "VALUE",		SYM(VALUE_SYM)},
  { "VALUES",		SYM(VALUES)},
  { "VARBINARY",	SYM(VARBINARY)},
  { "VARCHAR",		SYM(VARCHAR)},
  { "VARCHARACTER",	SYM(VARCHAR)},
  { "VARCHAR2",         SYM(VARCHAR2_MARIADB_SYM)},
  { "VARIABLES",	SYM(VARIABLES)},
  { "VARYING",		SYM(VARYING)},
  { "VIA",              SYM(VIA_SYM)},
  { "VIEW",		SYM(VIEW_SYM)},
  { "VIRTUAL",          SYM(VIRTUAL_SYM)},
  { "VISIBLE",          SYM(VISIBLE_SYM)},
  { "VERSIONING",       SYM(VERSIONING_SYM)},
  { "WAIT",		SYM(WAIT_SYM)},
  { "WARNINGS",		SYM(WARNINGS)},
  { "WEEK",		SYM(WEEK_SYM)},
  { "WEIGHT_STRING",	SYM(WEIGHT_STRING_SYM)},
  { "WHEN",		SYM(WHEN_SYM)},
  { "WHERE",		SYM(WHERE)},
  { "WHILE",            SYM(WHILE_SYM)},
  { "WINDOW",           SYM(WINDOW_SYM)},
  { "WITH",		SYM(WITH)},
  { "WITHIN",   SYM(WITHIN)},
  { "WITHOUT",          SYM(WITHOUT)},
  { "WORK",		SYM(WORK_SYM)},
  { "WRAPPER",		SYM(WRAPPER_SYM)},
  { "WRITE",		SYM(WRITE_SYM)},
  { "X509",		SYM(X509_SYM)},
  { "XOR",		SYM(XOR)},
  { "XA",               SYM(XA_SYM)},
  { "XML",              SYM(XML_SYM)}, /* LOAD XML Arnold/Erik */
  { "YEAR",		SYM(YEAR_SYM)},
  { "YEAR_MONTH",	SYM(YEAR_MONTH_SYM)},
  { "ZEROFILL",		SYM(ZEROFILL)},
  { "||",		SYM(OR2_SYM)}
};


SYMBOL sql_functions[] = {
  { "ADDDATE",		SYM(ADDDATE_SYM)},
  { "BIT_AND",		SYM(BIT_AND)},
  { "BIT_OR",		SYM(BIT_OR)},
  { "BIT_XOR",		SYM(BIT_XOR)},
  { "CAST",		SYM(CAST_SYM)},
  { "COUNT",		SYM(COUNT_SYM)},
  { "CUME_DIST",        SYM(CUME_DIST_SYM)},
  { "CURDATE",		SYM(CURDATE)},
  { "CURTIME",		SYM(CURTIME)},
  { "DATE_ADD",		SYM(DATE_ADD_INTERVAL)},
  { "DATE_SUB",		SYM(DATE_SUB_INTERVAL)},
  { "DENSE_RANK",       SYM(DENSE_RANK_SYM)},
  { "EXTRACT",		SYM(EXTRACT_SYM)},
  { "FIRST_VALUE",      SYM(FIRST_VALUE_SYM)},
  { "GROUP_CONCAT",	SYM(GROUP_CONCAT_SYM)},
  { "JSON_ARRAYAGG",	SYM(JSON_ARRAYAGG_SYM)},
  { "JSON_OBJECTAGG",	SYM(JSON_OBJECTAGG_SYM)},
  { "LAG",              SYM(LAG_SYM)},
  { "LEAD",             SYM(LEAD_SYM)},
  { "MAX",		SYM(MAX_SYM)},
  { "MEDIAN", SYM(MEDIAN_SYM)},
  { "MID",		SYM(SUBSTRING)},	/* unireg function */
  { "MIN",		SYM(MIN_SYM)},
  { "NOW",		SYM(NOW_SYM)},
  { "NTH_VALUE",        SYM(NTH_VALUE_SYM)},
  { "NTILE",            SYM(NTILE_SYM)},
  { "POSITION",		SYM(POSITION_SYM)},
  { "PERCENT_RANK",     SYM(PERCENT_RANK_SYM)},
  { "PERCENTILE_CONT",  SYM(PERCENTILE_CONT_SYM)},
  { "PERCENTILE_DISC",  SYM(PERCENTILE_DISC_SYM)},
  { "RANK",             SYM(RANK_SYM)},
  { "SESSION_USER",     SYM(USER_SYM)},
  { "STD",		SYM(STD_SYM)},
  { "STDDEV",		SYM(STD_SYM)},
  { "STDDEV_POP",	SYM(STD_SYM)},
  { "STDDEV_SAMP",	SYM(STDDEV_SAMP_SYM)},
  { "SUBDATE",		SYM(SUBDATE_SYM)},
  { "SUBSTR",		SYM(SUBSTRING)},
  { "SUBSTRING",	SYM(SUBSTRING)},
  { "SUM",		SYM(SUM_SYM)},
  { "SYSTEM_USER",      SYM(USER_SYM)},
  { "TRIM",		SYM(TRIM)},
  { "TRIM_ORACLE",	SYM(TRIM_ORACLE)},
  { "VARIANCE",		SYM(VARIANCE_SYM)},
  { "VAR_POP",		SYM(VARIANCE_SYM)},
  { "VAR_SAMP",		SYM(VAR_SAMP_SYM)},
};

size_t symbols_length= sizeof(symbols) / sizeof(SYMBOL);
size_t sql_functions_length= sizeof(sql_functions) / sizeof(SYMBOL);

#endif /* LEX_INCLUDED */
#ifndef SQL_TYPE_GEOM_H_INCLUDED
#define SQL_TYPE_GEOM_H_INCLUDED
/*
   Copyright (c) 2015 MariaDB Foundation
   Copyright (c) 2019, 2022, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02111-1301 USA */

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_IMPLEMENTATION
#pragma implementation				// gcc: Class implementation
#endif

#include "mariadb.h"
#include "sql_type.h"

#ifdef HAVE_SPATIAL
class Type_handler_geometry: public Type_handler_string_result
{
public:
  enum geometry_types
  {
    GEOM_GEOMETRY = 0, GEOM_POINT = 1, GEOM_LINESTRING = 2, GEOM_POLYGON = 3,
    GEOM_MULTIPOINT = 4, GEOM_MULTILINESTRING = 5, GEOM_MULTIPOLYGON = 6,
    GEOM_GEOMETRYCOLLECTION = 7
  };
  static bool check_type_geom_or_binary(const LEX_CSTRING &opname,
                                        const Item *item);
  static bool check_types_geom_or_binary(const LEX_CSTRING &opname,
                                         Item * const *args,
                                         uint start, uint end);
  static const Type_handler_geometry *type_handler_geom_by_type(uint type);
  LEX_CSTRING extended_metadata_data_type_name() const;
public:
  virtual ~Type_handler_geometry() {}
  enum_field_types field_type() const override { return MYSQL_TYPE_GEOMETRY; }
  bool Item_append_extended_type_info(Send_field_extended_metadata *to,
                                      const Item *item) const override
  {
    LEX_CSTRING tmp= extended_metadata_data_type_name();
    return tmp.length ? to->set_data_type_name(tmp) : false;
  }
  bool is_param_long_data_type() const override { return true; }
  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override;
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override;
  const Type_collection *type_collection() const override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_comparison() const override;
  virtual geometry_types geometry_type() const { return GEOM_GEOMETRY; }
  virtual Item *create_typecast_item(THD *thd, Item *item,
                                     const Type_cast_attributes &attr)
                                     const override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler_frm_unpack(const uchar *buffer)
                                              const override;
  bool is_binary_compatible_geom_super_type_for(const Type_handler_geometry *th)
                                                const
  {
    return geometry_type() == GEOM_GEOMETRY ||
           geometry_type() == th->geometry_type();
  }
  bool type_can_have_key_part() const override { return true; }
  bool subquery_type_allows_materialization(const Item *, const Item *, bool)
    const override
  {
    return false; // Materialization does not work with GEOMETRY columns
  }
  void Item_param_set_param_func(Item_param *param,
                                 uchar **pos, ulong len) const override;
  bool Item_param_set_from_value(THD *thd,
                                 Item_param *param,
                                 const Type_all_attributes *attr,
                                 const st_value *value) const override;
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override;
  Log_event_data_type user_var_log_event_data_type(uint charset_nr)
                                                              const override
  {
    return Log_event_data_type(name().lex_cstring(), result_type(),
                               charset_nr, false/*unsigned*/);
  }

  uint Column_definition_gis_options_image(uchar *buff,
                                           const Column_definition &def)
                                           const override;
  bool Column_definition_data_type_info_image(Binary_string *to,
                                              const Column_definition &def)
                                              const override
  {
    return false;
  }
  void
  Column_definition_attributes_frm_pack(const Column_definition_attributes *at,
                                        uchar *buff) const override;
  bool
  Column_definition_attributes_frm_unpack(Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                          TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                          const uchar *buffer,
                                          LEX_CUSTRING *gis_options) const
    override;
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const override;
  void Column_definition_reuse_fix_attributes(THD *thd,
                                              Column_definition *c,
                                              const Field *field) const
    override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage1(THD *thd,
                                        MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                        Column_definition *c,
                                        column_definition_type_t type,
                                        const Column_derived_attributes
                                              *derived_attr)
                                        const override;
  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *c,
                                        handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override;
  bool Key_part_spec_init_primary(Key_part_spec *part,
                                  const Column_definition &def,
                                  const handler *file) const override;
  bool Key_part_spec_init_unique(Key_part_spec *part,
                                 const Column_definition &def,
                                 const handler *file,
                                 bool *has_key_needed) const override;
  bool Key_part_spec_init_multiple(Key_part_spec *part,
                                   const Column_definition &def,
                                   const handler *file) const override;
  bool Key_part_spec_init_foreign(Key_part_spec *part,
                                  const Column_definition &def,
                                  const handler *file) const override;
  bool Key_part_spec_init_spatial(Key_part_spec *part,
                                  const Column_definition &def) const override;
  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *share) const override;

  Field *make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const Record_addr &addr,
                                   const Bit_addr &bit,
                                   const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                                   uint32 flags) const override;

  bool can_return_int() const override { return false; }
  bool can_return_decimal() const override { return false; }
  bool can_return_real() const override { return false; }
  bool can_return_text() const override { return false; }
  bool can_return_date() const override { return false; }
  bool can_return_time() const override { return false; }
  bool Item_func_round_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_round *) const override;
  bool Item_func_int_val_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_int_val *) const override;
  bool Item_func_abs_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_abs *) const override;
  bool Item_func_neg_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_neg *) const override;
  bool Item_hybrid_func_fix_attributes(THD *thd,
                                       const LEX_CSTRING &name,
                                       Type_handler_hybrid_field_type *h,
                                       Type_all_attributes *attr,
                                       Item **items, uint nitems) const
    override;
  bool Item_sum_sum_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_sum *) const override;
  bool Item_sum_avg_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_avg *) const override;
  bool Item_sum_variance_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_variance *) const override;

  bool Item_func_signed_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_signed *) const override;
  bool Item_func_unsigned_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_unsigned *) const
    override;
  bool Item_double_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_double_typecast *) const
    override;
  bool Item_float_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_float_typecast *) const
    override;
  bool Item_decimal_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_decimal_typecast *) const
    override;
  bool Item_char_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_char_typecast *) const
    override;
  bool Item_time_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_time_typecast *) const
    override;
  bool Item_date_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_date_typecast *) const
    override;
  bool Item_datetime_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_datetime_typecast *) const
    override;
};


class Type_handler_point: public Type_handler_geometry
{
  // Binary length of a POINT value: 4 byte SRID + 21 byte WKB POINT
  static uint octet_length() { return 25; }
public:
  geometry_types geometry_type() const override { return GEOM_POINT; }
  Item *make_constructor_item(THD *thd, List<Item> *args) const override;
  bool Key_part_spec_init_primary(Key_part_spec *part,
                                  const Column_definition &def,
                                  const handler *file) const override;
  bool Key_part_spec_init_unique(Key_part_spec *part,
                                 const Column_definition &def,
                                 const handler *file,
                                 bool *has_key_needed) const override;
  bool Key_part_spec_init_multiple(Key_part_spec *part,
                                   const Column_definition &def,
                                   const handler *file) const override;
  bool Key_part_spec_init_foreign(Key_part_spec *part,
                                  const Column_definition &def,
                                  const handler *file) const override;
};


class Type_handler_linestring: public Type_handler_geometry
{
public:
  geometry_types geometry_type() const override { return GEOM_LINESTRING; }
  Item *make_constructor_item(THD *thd, List<Item> *args) const override;
};


class Type_handler_polygon: public Type_handler_geometry
{
public:
  geometry_types geometry_type() const override { return GEOM_POLYGON; }
  Item *make_constructor_item(THD *thd, List<Item> *args) const override;
};


class Type_handler_multipoint: public Type_handler_geometry
{
public:
  geometry_types geometry_type() const override { return GEOM_MULTIPOINT; }
  Item *make_constructor_item(THD *thd, List<Item> *args) const override;
};


class Type_handler_multilinestring: public Type_handler_geometry
{
public:
  geometry_types geometry_type() const override { return GEOM_MULTILINESTRING; }
  Item *make_constructor_item(THD *thd, List<Item> *args) const override;
};


class Type_handler_multipolygon: public Type_handler_geometry
{
public:
  geometry_types geometry_type() const override { return GEOM_MULTIPOLYGON; }
  Item *make_constructor_item(THD *thd, List<Item> *args) const override;
};


class Type_handler_geometrycollection: public Type_handler_geometry
{
public:
  geometry_types geometry_type() const override { return GEOM_GEOMETRYCOLLECTION; }
  Item *make_constructor_item(THD *thd, List<Item> *args) const override;
};

extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_geometry> type_handler_geometry;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_point> type_handler_point;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_linestring> type_handler_linestring;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_polygon> type_handler_polygon;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_multipoint> type_handler_multipoint;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_multilinestring> type_handler_multilinestring;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_multipolygon> type_handler_multipolygon;
extern Named_type_handler<Type_handler_geometrycollection> type_handler_geometrycollection;

class Type_collection_geometry: public Type_collection
{
  const Type_handler *aggregate_common(const Type_handler *a,
                                       const Type_handler *b) const
  {
    if (a == b)
      return a;
    if (dynamic_cast<const Type_handler_geometry*>(a) &&
        dynamic_cast<const Type_handler_geometry*>(b))
      return &type_handler_geometry;
    return NULL;
  }
  const Type_handler *aggregate_if_null(const Type_handler *a,
                                        const Type_handler *b) const
  {
    return a == &type_handler_null ? b :
           b == &type_handler_null ? a :
           NULL;
  }
  const Type_handler *aggregate_if_long_blob(const Type_handler *a,
                                             const Type_handler *b) const
  {
    return a == &type_handler_long_blob ? &type_handler_long_blob :
           b == &type_handler_long_blob ? &type_handler_long_blob :
           NULL;
  }
  const Type_handler *aggregate_if_string(const Type_handler *a,
                                          const Type_handler *b) const;
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  bool init_aggregators(Type_handler_data *data, const Type_handler *geom) const;
#endif
public:
  bool init(Type_handler_data *data) override;
  const Type_handler *aggregate_for_result(const Type_handler *a,
                                           const Type_handler *b)
                                           const override;
  const Type_handler *aggregate_for_comparison(const Type_handler *a,
                                               const Type_handler *b)
                                               const override;
  const Type_handler *aggregate_for_min_max(const Type_handler *a,
                                            const Type_handler *b)
                                            const override;
  const Type_handler *aggregate_for_num_op(const Type_handler *a,
                                           const Type_handler *b)
                                           const override
  {
    return NULL;
  }
};

extern Type_collection_geometry type_collection_geometry;
const Type_handler *
Type_collection_geometry_handler_by_name(const LEX_CSTRING &name);

#include "field.h"

class Field_geom :public Field_blob
{
  const Type_handler_geometry *m_type_handler;
public:
  uint srid;
  uint precision;
  enum storage_type { GEOM_STORAGE_WKB= 0, GEOM_STORAGE_BINARY= 1};
  enum storage_type storage;

  Field_geom(uchar *ptr_arg, uchar *null_ptr_arg, uchar null_bit_arg,
	     enum utype unireg_check_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg,
	     TABLE_SHARE *share, uint blob_pack_length,
	     const Type_handler_geometry *gth,
	     uint field_srid)
     :Field_blob(ptr_arg, null_ptr_arg, null_bit_arg, unireg_check_arg,
                 field_name_arg, share, blob_pack_length, &my_charset_bin),
      m_type_handler(gth)
  { srid= field_srid; }
  enum_conv_type rpl_conv_type_from(const Conv_source &source,
                                    const Relay_log_info *rli,
                                    const Conv_param &param) const override;
  enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const  override
  {
    return HA_KEYTYPE_VARBINARY2;
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    return m_type_handler;
  }
  const Type_handler_geometry *type_handler_geom() const
  {
    return m_type_handler;
  }
  void set_type_handler(const Type_handler_geometry *th)
  {
    m_type_handler= th;
  }
  enum_field_types type() const override
  {
    return MYSQL_TYPE_GEOMETRY;
  }
  enum_field_types real_type() const override
  {
    return MYSQL_TYPE_GEOMETRY;
  }
  Information_schema_character_attributes
    information_schema_character_attributes() const override
  {
    return Information_schema_character_attributes();
  }
  void make_send_field(Send_field *to) override
  {
    Field_longstr::make_send_field(to);
    LEX_CSTRING tmp= m_type_handler->extended_metadata_data_type_name();
    if (tmp.length)
      to->set_data_type_name(tmp);
  }
  Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_range(const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                             const Item *item,
                                             bool is_eq_func) const override;
  void sql_type(String &str) const override;
  Copy_func *get_copy_func(const Field *from) const override
  {
    const Type_handler_geometry *fth=
      dynamic_cast<const Type_handler_geometry*>(from->type_handler());
    if (fth && m_type_handler->is_binary_compatible_geom_super_type_for(fth))
      return get_identical_copy_func();
    return do_conv_blob;
  }
  bool memcpy_field_possible(const Field *from) const override
  {
    const Type_handler_geometry *fth=
      dynamic_cast<const Type_handler_geometry*>(from->type_handler());
    return fth &&
           m_type_handler->is_binary_compatible_geom_super_type_for(fth) &&
           !table->copy_blobs;
  }
  bool is_equal(const Column_definition &new_field) const override;
  int  store(const char *to, size_t length, CHARSET_INFO *charset) override;
  int  store(double nr) override;
  int  store(longlong nr, bool unsigned_val) override;
  int  store_decimal(const my_decimal *) override;
  uint size_of() const  override{ return sizeof(*this); }
  /**
   Key length is provided only to support hash joins. (compared byte for byte)
   Ex: SELECT .. FROM t1,t2 WHERE t1.field_geom1=t2.field_geom2.

   The comparison is not very relevant, as identical geometry might be
   represented differently, but we need to support it either way.
  */
  uint32 key_length() const  override{ return packlength; }
  uint get_key_image(uchar *buff,uint length,
                     const uchar *ptr_arg, imagetype type_arg) const override;

  /**
    Non-nullable GEOMETRY types cannot have defaults,
    but the underlying blob must still be reset.
   */
  int reset(void)  override{ return Field_blob::reset() || !maybe_null(); }
  bool load_data_set_null(THD *thd) override;
  bool load_data_set_no_data(THD *thd, bool fixed_format) override;

  uint get_srid() const { return srid; }
  void print_key_value(String *out, uint32 length) override
  {
    out->append(STRING_WITH_LEN("unprintable_geometry_value"));
  }
  Binlog_type_info binlog_type_info() const override;
};

#endif // HAVE_SPATIAL

#endif // SQL_TYPE_GEOM_H_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2025, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#pragma once
/*
  Functionality for handling virtual memory
  (reserve, commit, decommit, release)
*/
#include <stddef.h> /*size_t*/

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

# ifdef _WIN32
char *my_virtual_mem_reserve(size_t *size);
# endif
char *my_virtual_mem_commit(char *ptr, size_t size);
void my_virtual_mem_decommit(char *ptr, size_t size);
void my_virtual_mem_release(char *ptr, size_t size);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

/*
   Copyright (c) 2000, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _mysys_err_h
#define _mysys_err_h

#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define GLOBERRS (EE_ERROR_LAST - EE_ERROR_FIRST + 1) /* Nr of global errors */
#define EE(X)    (globerrs[(X) - EE_ERROR_FIRST])

extern const char *globerrs[];  /* my_error_messages is here */

/* Error message numbers in global map */
/*
  Do not add error numbers before EE_ERROR_FIRST.
  If necessary to add lower numbers, change EE_ERROR_FIRST accordingly.

  We start with error 1 to not confuse peoples with 'error 0'
*/

#define EE_ERROR_FIRST          1 /*Copy first error nr.*/
#define EE_CANTCREATEFILE	1
#define EE_READ			2
#define EE_WRITE		3
#define EE_BADCLOSE		4
#define EE_OUTOFMEMORY		5
#define EE_DELETE		6
#define EE_LINK			7
#define EE_EOFERR		9
#define EE_CANTLOCK		10
#define EE_CANTUNLOCK		11
#define EE_DIR			12
#define EE_STAT			13
#define EE_CANT_CHSIZE		14
#define EE_CANT_OPEN_STREAM	15
#define EE_GETWD		16
#define EE_SETWD		17
#define EE_LINK_WARNING		18
#define EE_OPEN_WARNING		19
#define EE_DISK_FULL		20
#define EE_CANT_MKDIR		21
#define EE_UNKNOWN_CHARSET	22
#define EE_OUT_OF_FILERESOURCES	23
#define EE_CANT_READLINK	24
#define EE_CANT_SYMLINK		25
#define EE_REALPATH		26
#define EE_SYNC			27
#define EE_UNKNOWN_COLLATION	28
#define EE_FILENOTFOUND		29
#define EE_FILE_NOT_CLOSED	30
#define EE_CHANGE_OWNERSHIP     31
#define EE_CHANGE_PERMISSIONS   32
#define EE_CANT_SEEK            33
#define EE_CANT_CHMOD           34
#define EE_CANT_COPY_OWNERSHIP  35
#define EE_BADMEMORYRELEASE     36
#define EE_PERM_LOCK_MEMORY     37
#define EE_MEMCNTL              38
#define EE_DUPLICATE_CHARSET    39
#define EE_NAME_DEPRECATED      40
#define EE_ERROR_LAST           40 /* Copy last error nr */

/* Add error numbers before EE_ERROR_LAST and change it accordingly. */

  /* exit codes for all MySQL programs */

#define EXIT_UNSPECIFIED_ERROR		1
#define EXIT_UNKNOWN_OPTION		2
#define EXIT_AMBIGUOUS_OPTION		3
#define EXIT_NO_ARGUMENT_ALLOWED	4
#define EXIT_ARGUMENT_REQUIRED		5
#define EXIT_VAR_PREFIX_NOT_UNIQUE	6
#define EXIT_UNKNOWN_VARIABLE		7
#define EXIT_OUT_OF_MEMORY		8
#define EXIT_UNKNOWN_SUFFIX		9
#define EXIT_NO_PTR_TO_VARIABLE		10
#define EXIT_CANNOT_CONNECT_TO_SERVICE	11
#define EXIT_OPTION_DISABLED            12
#define EXIT_ARGUMENT_INVALID           13

#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
/* Copyright (C) 2010 Monty Program Ab
   All Rights reserved

   Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
   modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the following disclaimer
      in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
      distribution.

  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
  "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
  LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
  FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
  <COPYRIGHT HOLDER> BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
  SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
  LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF
  USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
  ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
  OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
  OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
  SUCH DAMAGE.
*/

/*
  Code for general handling of priority Queues.
  Implementation of queues from "Algorithms in C" by Robert Sedgewick.
*/

#ifndef _queues_h
#define _queues_h

#include <my_cmp.h>

#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct st_queue {
  uchar **root;
  void *first_cmp_arg;
  uint elements;
  uint max_elements;
  uint offset_to_key;          /* compare is done on element+offset */
  uint offset_to_queue_pos;    /* If we want to store position in element */
  uint auto_extent;
  int max_at_top;	/* Normally 1, set to -1 if queue_top gives max */
  qsort_cmp2 compare;
} QUEUE;

#define queue_first_element(queue) 1
#define queue_last_element(queue) (queue)->elements
#define queue_empty(queue) ((queue)->elements == 0)
#define queue_top(queue) ((queue)->root[1])
#define queue_element(queue,index) ((queue)->root[index])
#define queue_end(queue) ((queue)->root[(queue)->elements])
#define queue_replace_top(queue) _downheap(queue, 1)
#define queue_set_cmp_arg(queue, set_arg) (queue)->first_cmp_arg= set_arg
#define queue_set_max_at_top(queue, set_arg) \
  (queue)->max_at_top= set_arg ? -1 : 1
#define queue_remove_top(queue_arg) queue_remove((queue_arg), queue_first_element(queue_arg))

int init_queue(QUEUE *queue,uint max_elements,uint offset_to_key,
	       my_bool max_at_top, qsort_cmp2 compare,
	       void *first_cmp_arg, uint offset_to_queue_pos,
               uint auto_extent);
int reinit_queue(QUEUE *queue,uint max_elements,uint offset_to_key,
                 my_bool max_at_top, qsort_cmp2 compare,
                 void *first_cmp_arg, uint offset_to_queue_pos,
                 uint auto_extent);
int resize_queue(QUEUE *queue, uint max_elements);
void delete_queue(QUEUE *queue);
void queue_insert(QUEUE *queue, uchar *element);
int queue_insert_safe(QUEUE *queue, uchar *element);
uchar *queue_remove(QUEUE *queue,uint idx);
void queue_replace(QUEUE *queue,uint idx);

#define queue_remove_all(queue) { (queue)->elements= 0; }
#define queue_is_full(queue) (queue->elements == queue->max_elements)
void _downheap(QUEUE *queue, uint idx);
void queue_fix(QUEUE *queue);
#define is_queue_inited(queue) ((queue)->root != 0)

#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
#ifndef TZTIME_INCLUDED
#define TZTIME_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2004, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */


#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class interface */
#endif

#include "my_time.h"                            /* my_time_t */
#include "mysql_time.h"                         /* MYSQL_TIME */
#include "sql_list.h"                           /* Sql_alloc */
#include "sql_string.h"                         /* String */

class THD;

#if !defined(TESTTIME) && !defined(TZINFO2SQL)

class THD;

/**
  This class represents abstract time zone and provides
  basic interface for MYSQL_TIME <-> my_time_t conversion.
  Actual time zones which are specified by DB, or via offset
  or use system functions are its descendants.
*/

class Time_zone: public Sql_alloc 
{
public:
  Time_zone() = default;                              /* Remove gcc warning */
  /**
    Converts local time in broken down MYSQL_TIME representation to 
    my_time_t (UTC seconds since Epoch) represenation.
    Returns 0 in case of error. May set error_code to ER_WARN_DATA_OUT_OF_RANGE
    or ER_WARN_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, see TIME_to_timestamp())
  */
  virtual my_time_t TIME_to_gmt_sec(const MYSQL_TIME *t, 
                                    uint *error_code) const = 0;
  /**
    Converts time in my_time_t representation to local time in
    broken down MYSQL_TIME representation.
  */
  virtual void   gmt_sec_to_TIME(MYSQL_TIME *tmp, my_time_t t) const = 0;
  /**
    Because of constness of String returned by get_name() time zone name 
    have to be already zeroended to be able to use String::ptr() instead
    of c_ptr().
  */
  virtual const String * get_name() const = 0;

  virtual void get_timezone_information(struct my_tz* curr_tz, const MYSQL_TIME *local_TIME) const = 0;

  /** 
    We need this only for surpressing warnings, objects of this type are
    allocated on MEM_ROOT and should not require destruction.
  */
  virtual ~Time_zone() = default;

  /**
    Check if the time zone does not have any anomalies around "sec", such as:
    - DST changes (spring forward, fall back)
    - leap seconds (the 60-th second)
  */
  bool is_monotone_continuous_around(my_time_t sec) const;

protected:
  static inline void adjust_leap_second(MYSQL_TIME *t);
};

extern Time_zone * my_tz_UTC;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Time_zone * my_tz_SYSTEM;
extern Time_zone * my_tz_OFFSET0;
extern Time_zone * my_tz_find(THD *thd, const String *name);
extern my_bool     my_tz_init(THD *org_thd, const char *default_tzname, my_bool bootstrap);
extern void        my_tz_free();
extern my_time_t   sec_since_epoch_TIME(MYSQL_TIME *t);

/**
  Number of elements in table list produced by my_tz_get_table_list()
  (this table list contains tables which are needed for dynamical loading
  of time zone descriptions). Actually it is imlementation detail that
  should not be used anywhere outside of tztime.h and tztime.cc.
*/

static const int MY_TZ_TABLES_COUNT= 4;

#endif /* !defined(TESTTIME) && !defined(TZINFO2SQL) */
#endif /* TZTIME_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2024, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_TYPE_TIMEOFDAY_INCLUDED
#define SQL_TYPE_TIMEOFDAY_INCLUDED

#include "my_time.h" // TIME_MAX_MINUTE

/*
  This class stores a time of the day with
  fractional precision up to 6 digits.
*/
class TimeOfDay6
{
  uint m_hour;    // 0..23
  uint m_minute;  // 0..59
  uint m_second;  // 0..59
  uint m_usecond; // 0..999999
  bool is_valid_time_of_day6() const
  {
    return m_hour <= 23 &&
           m_minute <= TIME_MAX_MINUTE &&
           m_second <= TIME_MAX_SECOND &&
           m_usecond <= TIME_MAX_SECOND_PART;
  }
public:
  TimeOfDay6()
   :m_hour(0), m_minute(0), m_second(0), m_usecond(0)
  { }
  // This constructor assumes the caller passes valid 'hh:mm:ss.ff' values
  TimeOfDay6(uint hour, uint minute, uint second, uint usecond)
   :m_hour(hour), m_minute(minute), m_second(second), m_usecond(usecond)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_time_of_day6());
  }
  uint hour() const { return m_hour; }
  uint minute() const { return m_minute; }
  uint second() const { return m_second; }
  uint usecond() const { return m_usecond; }
  /*
    Return the last time of the day for the given precision, e.g.:
    - '23:59:59.000000' for decimals==0
    - '23:59:59.999000' for decimals==3
    - '23:59:59.999999' for decimals==6
  */
  static TimeOfDay6 end_of_day(decimal_digits_t decimals)
  {
    long rem= my_time_fraction_remainder(TIME_MAX_SECOND_PART, decimals);
    DBUG_ASSERT(rem >= 0 && rem <= TIME_MAX_SECOND_PART);
    return TimeOfDay6(23, TIME_MAX_MINUTE, TIME_MAX_SECOND,
                      (uint) (TIME_MAX_SECOND_PART - (uint) rem));
  }
};

#endif // SQL_TYPE_TIMEOFDAY_INCLUDED
/* -*- C++ -*- */
/* Copyright (c) 2002, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _SP_RCONTEXT_H_
#define _SP_RCONTEXT_H_

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#include "sql_class.h"                    // select_result_interceptor
#include "sp_pcontext.h"                  // sp_condition_value

///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// sp_rcontext declaration.
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

class sp_cursor;
class sp_lex_keeper;
class sp_instr_cpush;
class sp_instr_hpush_jump;
class Query_arena;
class sp_head;
class Item_cache;
class Virtual_tmp_table;


/*
  This class is a runtime context of a Stored Routine. It is used in an
  execution and is intended to contain all dynamic objects (i.e.  objects, which
  can be changed during execution), such as:
    - stored routine variables;
    - cursors;
    - handlers;

  Runtime context is used with sp_head class. sp_head class is intended to
  contain all static things, related to the stored routines (code, for example).
  sp_head instance creates runtime context for the execution of a stored
  routine.

  There is a parsing context (an instance of sp_pcontext class), which is used
  on parsing stage. However, now it contains some necessary for an execution
  things, such as definition of used stored routine variables. That's why
  runtime context needs a reference to the parsing context.
*/

class sp_rcontext : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  /// Construct and properly initialize a new sp_rcontext instance. The static
  /// create-function is needed because we need a way to return an error from
  /// the constructor.
  ///
  /// @param thd              Thread handle.
  /// @param root_parsing_ctx Top-level parsing context for this stored program.
  /// @param return_value_fld Field object to store the return value
  ///                         (for stored functions only).
  ///
  /// @return valid sp_rcontext object or NULL in case of OOM-error.
  static sp_rcontext *create(THD *thd,
                             sp_head *owner,
                             const sp_pcontext *root_parsing_ctx,
                             Field *return_value_fld,
                             Row_definition_list &defs);

  ~sp_rcontext();

private:
  sp_rcontext(sp_head *owner,
              const sp_pcontext *root_parsing_ctx,
              Field *return_value_fld,
              bool in_sub_stmt);

  // Prevent use of copying constructor and operator.
  sp_rcontext(const sp_rcontext &);
  void operator=(sp_rcontext &);

public:
  /// This class stores basic information about SQL-condition, such as:
  ///   - SQL error code;
  ///   - error level;
  ///   - SQLSTATE;
  ///   - text message.
  ///
  /// It's used to organize runtime SQL-handler call stack.
  ///
  /// Standard Sql_condition class can not be used, because we don't always have
  /// an Sql_condition object for an SQL-condition in Diagnostics_area.
  ///
  /// Eventually, this class should be moved to sql_error.h, and be a part of
  /// standard SQL-condition processing (Diagnostics_area should contain an
  /// object for active SQL-condition, not just information stored in DA's
  /// fields).
  class Sql_condition_info : public Sql_alloc,
                             public Sql_condition_identity
  {
  public:
    /// Text message.
    char *message;

    /** Row number where the condition has happened */
    ulong m_row_number;

    /// The constructor.
    ///
    /// @param _sql_condition  The SQL condition.
    /// @param arena           Query arena for SP
    Sql_condition_info(const Sql_condition *_sql_condition, Query_arena *arena)
      :Sql_condition_identity(*_sql_condition)
    {
      message= strdup_root(arena->mem_root, _sql_condition->get_message_text());
      m_row_number= _sql_condition->m_row_number;
    }
  };

private:
  /// This class represents a call frame of SQL-handler (one invocation of a
  /// handler). Basically, it's needed to store continue instruction pointer for
  /// CONTINUE SQL-handlers.
  class Handler_call_frame : public Sql_alloc
  {
  public:
    /// SQL-condition, triggered handler activation.
    const Sql_condition_info *sql_condition;

    /// Continue-instruction-pointer for CONTINUE-handlers.
    /// The attribute contains 0 for EXIT-handlers.
    uint continue_ip;

    /// The constructor.
    ///
    /// @param _sql_condition SQL-condition, triggered handler activation.
    /// @param _continue_ip   Continue instruction pointer.
    Handler_call_frame(const Sql_condition_info *_sql_condition,
                       uint _continue_ip)
     :sql_condition(_sql_condition),
      continue_ip(_continue_ip)
    { }
 };

public:
  /// Arena used to (re) allocate items on. E.g. reallocate INOUT/OUT
  /// SP-variables when they don't fit into prealloced items. This is common
  /// situation with String items. It is used mainly in sp_eval_func_item().
  Query_arena *callers_arena;

  /// Flag to end an open result set before start executing an SQL-handler
  /// (if one is found). Otherwise the client will hang due to a violation
  /// of the client/server protocol.
  bool end_partial_result_set;
  bool pause_state;
  bool quit_func;
  uint instr_ptr;

  /// The stored program for which this runtime context is created. Used for
  /// checking if correct runtime context is used for variable handling,
  /// and to access the package run-time context.
  /// Also used by slow log.
  sp_head *m_sp;

  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  // SP-variables.
  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

  uint argument_count() const
  {
    return m_root_parsing_ctx->context_var_count();
  }

  int set_variable(THD *thd, uint var_idx, Item **value);
  int set_variable_row_field(THD *thd, uint var_idx, uint field_idx,
                             Item **value);
  int set_variable_row_field_by_name(THD *thd, uint var_idx,
                                     const LEX_CSTRING &field_name,
                                     Item **value);
  int set_variable_row(THD *thd, uint var_idx, List<Item> &items);

  int set_parameter(THD *thd, uint var_idx, Item **value)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(var_idx < argument_count());
    return set_variable(thd, var_idx, value);
  }

  Item_field *get_variable(uint var_idx) const
  { return m_var_items[var_idx]; }

  Item **get_variable_addr(uint var_idx) const
  { return ((Item **) m_var_items.array()) + var_idx; }

  Item_field *get_parameter(uint var_idx) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(var_idx < argument_count());
    return get_variable(var_idx);
  }

  bool find_row_field_by_name_or_error(uint *field_idx, uint var_idx,
                                       const LEX_CSTRING &field_name);

  bool set_return_value(THD *thd, Item **return_value_item);

  bool is_return_value_set() const
  { return m_return_value_set; }

  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  // SQL-handlers.
  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

  /// Push an sp_instr_hpush_jump instance to the handler call stack.
  ///
  /// @param entry    The condition handler entry
  ///
  /// @return error flag.
  /// @retval false on success.
  /// @retval true on error.
  bool push_handler(sp_instr_hpush_jump *entry);

  /// Pop and delete given number of instances from the handler
  /// call stack.
  ///
  /// @param count Number of handler entries to pop & delete.
  void pop_handlers(size_t count);

  const Sql_condition_info *raised_condition() const
  {
    return m_handler_call_stack.elements() ?
      (*m_handler_call_stack.back())->sql_condition : NULL;
  }

  /// Handle current SQL condition (if any).
  ///
  /// This is the public-interface function to handle SQL conditions in
  /// stored routines.
  ///
  /// @param thd            Thread handle.
  /// @param ip[out]        Instruction pointer to the first handler
  ///                       instruction.
  /// @param cur_spi        Current SP instruction.
  ///
  /// @retval true if an SQL-handler has been activated. That means, all of
  /// the following conditions are satisfied:
  ///   - the SP-instruction raised SQL-condition(s),
  ///   - and there is an SQL-handler to process at least one of those
  ///     SQL-conditions,
  ///   - and that SQL-handler has been activated.
  /// Note, that the return value has nothing to do with "error flag"
  /// semantics.
  ///
  /// @retval false otherwise.
  bool handle_sql_condition(THD *thd,
                            uint *ip,
                            const sp_instr *cur_spi);

  /// Remove latest call frame from the handler call stack.
  ///
  /// @param da Diagnostics area containing handled conditions.
  ///
  /// @return continue instruction pointer of the removed handler.
  uint exit_handler(Diagnostics_area *da);

  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  // Cursors.
  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

  /// Push a cursor to the cursor stack.
  ///
  /// @param cursor The cursor
  ///
  void push_cursor(sp_cursor *cur);

  void pop_cursor(THD *thd);
  /// Pop and delete given number of sp_cursor instance from the cursor stack.
  ///
  /// @param count Number of cursors to pop & delete.
  void pop_cursors(THD *thd, size_t count);

  void pop_all_cursors(THD *thd)
  { pop_cursors(thd, m_ccount); }

  sp_cursor *get_cursor(uint i) const
  { return m_cstack[i]; }

  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  // CASE expressions.
  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

  /// Set CASE expression to the specified value.
  ///
  /// @param thd             Thread handler.
  /// @param case_expr_id    The CASE expression identifier.
  /// @param case_expr_item  The CASE expression value
  ///
  /// @return error flag.
  /// @retval false on success.
  /// @retval true on error.
  ///
  /// @note The idea is to reuse Item_cache for the expression of the one
  /// CASE statement. This optimization takes place when there is CASE
  /// statement inside of a loop. So, in other words, we will use the same
  /// object on each iteration instead of creating a new one for each
  /// iteration.
  ///
  /// TODO
  ///   Hypothetically, a type of CASE expression can be different for each
  ///   iteration. For instance, this can happen if the expression contains
  ///   a session variable (something like @@VAR) and its type is changed
  ///   from one iteration to another.
  ///
  ///   In order to cope with this problem, we check type each time, when we
  ///   use already created object. If the type does not match, we re-create
  ///   Item.  This also can (should?) be optimized.
  bool set_case_expr(THD *thd, int case_expr_id, Item **case_expr_item_ptr);

  Item *get_case_expr(int case_expr_id) const
  { return m_case_expr_holders[case_expr_id]; }

  Item ** get_case_expr_addr(int case_expr_id) const
  { return (Item**) m_case_expr_holders.array() + case_expr_id; }

private:
  /// Internal function to allocate memory for arrays.
  ///
  /// @param thd Thread handle.
  ///
  /// @return error flag: false on success, true in case of failure.
  bool alloc_arrays(THD *thd);

  /// Create and initialize a table to store SP-variables.
  ///
  /// param thd Thread handle.
  ///
  /// @return error flag.
  /// @retval false on success.
  /// @retval true on error.
  bool init_var_table(THD *thd, List<Spvar_definition> &defs);

  /// Create and initialize an Item-adapter (Item_field) for each SP-var field.
  ///
  /// param thd Thread handle.
  ///
  /// @return error flag.
  /// @retval false on success.
  /// @retval true on error.
  bool init_var_items(THD *thd, List<Spvar_definition> &defs);

  /// Create an instance of appropriate Item_cache class depending on the
  /// specified type in the callers arena.
  ///
  /// @note We should create cache items in the callers arena, as they are
  /// used between in several instructions.
  ///
  /// @param thd   Thread handler.
  /// @param item  Item to get the expression type.
  ///
  /// @return Pointer to valid object on success, or NULL in case of error.
  Item_cache *create_case_expr_holder(THD *thd, const Item *item) const;

  Virtual_tmp_table *virtual_tmp_table_for_row(uint idx);

private:
  /// Top-level (root) parsing context for this runtime context.
  const sp_pcontext *m_root_parsing_ctx;

  /// Virtual table for storing SP-variables.
  Virtual_tmp_table *m_var_table;

  /// Collection of Item_field proxies, each of them points to the
  /// corresponding field in m_var_table.
  Bounds_checked_array<Item_field *> m_var_items;

  /// This is a pointer to a field, which should contain return value for
  /// stored functions (only). For stored procedures, this pointer is NULL.
  Field *m_return_value_fld;

  /// Indicates whether the return value (in m_return_value_fld) has been
  /// set during execution.
  bool m_return_value_set;

  /// Flag to tell if the runtime context is created for a sub-statement.
  bool m_in_sub_stmt;

  /// Stack of visible handlers.
  Dynamic_array<sp_instr_hpush_jump *> m_handlers;

  /// Stack of caught SQL conditions.
  Dynamic_array<Handler_call_frame *> m_handler_call_stack;

  /// Stack of cursors.
  Bounds_checked_array<sp_cursor *> m_cstack;

  /// Current number of cursors in m_cstack.
  uint m_ccount;

  /// Array of CASE expression holders.
  Bounds_checked_array<Item_cache *> m_case_expr_holders;
}; // class sp_rcontext : public Sql_alloc

#endif /* _SP_RCONTEXT_H_ */
/* Copyright 2014 Codership Oy <http://www.codership.com> & SkySQL Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef WSREP_INCLUDED
#define WSREP_INCLUDED

#include <my_config.h>
#include "log.h"

#ifdef WITH_WSREP
#define IF_WSREP(A,B) A
#define DBUG_ASSERT_IF_WSREP(A) DBUG_ASSERT(A)

extern ulong wsrep_debug; // wsrep_mysqld.cc
extern void WSREP_LOG(void (*fun)(const char* fmt, ...), const char* fmt, ...);

#define WSREP_DEBUG(...)                                                \
    if (wsrep_debug)     WSREP_LOG(sql_print_information, ##__VA_ARGS__)
#define WSREP_INFO(...)  WSREP_LOG(sql_print_information, ##__VA_ARGS__)
#define WSREP_WARN(...)  WSREP_LOG(sql_print_warning,     ##__VA_ARGS__)
#define WSREP_ERROR(...) WSREP_LOG(sql_print_error,       ##__VA_ARGS__)
#define WSREP_UNKNOWN(fmt, ...) WSREP_ERROR("UNKNOWN: " fmt, ##__VA_ARGS__)

#define WSREP_LOG_CONFLICT_THD(thd, role)                               \
  WSREP_INFO("%s: \n "                                                  \
             "  THD: %lu, mode: %s, state: %s, conflict: %s, seqno: %lld\n " \
             "  SQL: %s",                                               \
             role,                                                      \
             thd_get_thread_id(thd),                                    \
             wsrep_thd_client_mode_str(thd),                            \
             wsrep_thd_client_state_str(thd),                           \
             wsrep_thd_transaction_state_str(thd),                      \
             wsrep_thd_trx_seqno(thd),                                  \
             wsrep_thd_query(thd)                                       \
            );

#define WSREP_LOG_CONFLICT(bf_thd, victim_thd, bf_abort)                \
  if (wsrep_debug || wsrep_log_conflicts)                               \
  {                                                                     \
    WSREP_INFO("cluster conflict due to %s for threads:",               \
               (bf_abort) ? "high priority abort" : "certification failure" \
              );                                                        \
    if (bf_thd)     WSREP_LOG_CONFLICT_THD(bf_thd, "Winning thread");   \
    if (victim_thd) WSREP_LOG_CONFLICT_THD(victim_thd, "Victim thread"); \
    WSREP_INFO("context: %s:%d", __FILE__, __LINE__); \
  }


#else /* !WITH_WSREP */

/* These macros are needed to compile MariaDB without WSREP support
 * (e.g. embedded) */

#define IF_WSREP(A,B) B
//#define DBUG_ASSERT_IF_WSREP(A)
#define WSREP_DEBUG(...)
//#define WSREP_INFO(...)
//#define WSREP_WARN(...)
#define WSREP_ERROR(...)
#endif /* WITH_WSREP */

#endif /* WSREP_INCLUDED */
#ifndef SQL_SORT_INCLUDED
#define SQL_SORT_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   Copyright (c) 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#include "my_base.h"                            /* ha_rows */
#include <my_cmp.h>
#include "queues.h"
#include "sql_string.h"
#include "sql_class.h"

class Field;
struct TABLE;

/* Defines used by filesort and uniques */

#define MERGEBUFF		7
#define MERGEBUFF2		15

/*
   The structure SORT_ADDON_FIELD describes a fixed layout
   for field values appended to sorted values in records to be sorted
   in the sort buffer.
   Only fixed layout is supported now.
   Null bit maps for the appended values is placed before the values 
   themselves. Offsets are from the last sorted field, that is from the
   record referefence, which is still last component of sorted records.
   It is preserved for backward compatiblility.
   The structure is used tp store values of the additional fields 
   in the sort buffer. It is used also when these values are read
   from a temporary file/buffer. As the reading procedures are beyond the
   scope of the 'filesort' code the values have to be retrieved via
   the callback function 'unpack_addon_fields'.
*/

typedef struct st_sort_addon_field
{
  /* Sort addon packed field */
  Field *field;          /* Original field */
  uint   offset;         /* Offset from the last sorted field */
  uint   null_offset;    /* Offset to null bit from the last sorted field */
  uint   length;         /* Length in the sort buffer */
  uint8  null_bit;       /* Null bit mask for the field */
} SORT_ADDON_FIELD;

struct BUFFPEK_COMPARE_CONTEXT
{
  qsort_cmp2 key_compare;
  void *key_compare_arg;
};


/**
  Descriptor for a merge chunk to be sort-merged.
  A merge chunk is a sequence of pre-sorted records, written to a
  temporary file. A Merge_chunk instance describes where this chunk is stored
  in the file, and where it is located when it is in memory.

  It is a POD because
   - we read/write them from/to files.

  We have accessors (getters/setters) for all struct members.
 */

struct Merge_chunk {
public:
  my_off_t file_position() const { return m_file_position; }
  void set_file_position(my_off_t val) { m_file_position= val; }
  void advance_file_position(my_off_t val) { m_file_position+= val; }

  uchar *buffer_start() { return m_buffer_start; }
  const uchar *buffer_end() const { return m_buffer_end; }

  void set_buffer(uchar *start, uchar *end)
  {
    m_buffer_start= start;
    m_buffer_end= end;
  }
  void set_buffer_start(uchar *start)
  {
    m_buffer_start= start;
  }
  void set_buffer_end(uchar *end)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_buffer_end == NULL || end <= m_buffer_end);
    m_buffer_end= end;
  }

  void init_current_key() { m_current_key= m_buffer_start; }
  uchar *current_key() { return m_current_key; }
  void advance_current_key(uint val) { m_current_key+= val; }

  void decrement_rowcount(ha_rows val) { m_rowcount-= val; }
  void set_rowcount(ha_rows val)       { m_rowcount= val; }
  ha_rows rowcount() const             { return m_rowcount; }

  ha_rows mem_count() const { return m_mem_count; }
  void set_mem_count(ha_rows val) { m_mem_count= val; }
  ha_rows decrement_mem_count() { return --m_mem_count; }

  ha_rows max_keys() const { return m_max_keys; }
  void set_max_keys(ha_rows val) { m_max_keys= val; }

  size_t  buffer_size() const { return m_buffer_end - m_buffer_start; }

  /**
    Tries to merge *this with *mc, returns true if successful.
    The assumption is that *this is no longer in use,
    and the space it has been allocated can be handed over to a
    buffer which is adjacent to it.
   */
  bool merge_freed_buff(Merge_chunk *mc) const
  {
    if (mc->m_buffer_end == m_buffer_start)
    {
      mc->m_buffer_end= m_buffer_end;
      mc->m_max_keys+= m_max_keys;
      return true;
    }
    else if (mc->m_buffer_start == m_buffer_end)
    {
      mc->m_buffer_start= m_buffer_start;
      mc->m_max_keys+= m_max_keys;
      return true;
    }
    return false;
  }

  /// The current key for this chunk
  uchar *m_current_key= nullptr;
  /// Current position in the file to be sorted.
  my_off_t m_file_position= 0;
  /// Start of main-memory buffer for this chunk.
  uchar *m_buffer_start= nullptr;
  /// End of main-memory buffer for this chunk.
  uchar *m_buffer_end= nullptr;
  /// Number of unread rows in this chunk.
  ha_rows m_rowcount= 0;
  /// Number of rows in the main-memory buffer.
  ha_rows m_mem_count= 0;
  /// If we have fixed-size rows: max number of rows in buffer.
  ha_rows m_max_keys= 0;
};

typedef Bounds_checked_array<SORT_ADDON_FIELD> Addon_fields_array;
typedef Bounds_checked_array<SORT_FIELD> Sort_keys_array;

/**
  This class wraps information about usage of addon fields.
  An Addon_fields object is used both during packing of data in the filesort
  buffer, and later during unpacking in 'Filesort_info::unpack_addon_fields'.

  @see documentation for the Sort_addon_field struct.
  @see documentation for get_addon_fields()
 */
class Addon_fields {
public:
  Addon_fields(Addon_fields_array arr)
    : m_field_descriptors(arr),
      m_addon_buf(),
      m_addon_buf_length(),
      m_using_packed_addons(false)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!arr.is_null());
  }

  SORT_ADDON_FIELD *begin() { return m_field_descriptors.begin(); }
  SORT_ADDON_FIELD *end()   { return m_field_descriptors.end(); }

    /// rr_unpack_from_tempfile needs an extra buffer when unpacking.
  uchar *allocate_addon_buf(uint sz)
  {
    m_addon_buf= (uchar *)my_malloc(PSI_INSTRUMENT_ME, sz, MYF(MY_WME | MY_THREAD_SPECIFIC));
    if (m_addon_buf)
      m_addon_buf_length= sz;
    return m_addon_buf;
  }

  void free_addon_buff()
  {
    my_free(m_addon_buf);
    m_addon_buf= NULL;
    m_addon_buf_length= 0;
  }

  uchar *get_addon_buf() { return m_addon_buf; }
  uint   get_addon_buf_length() const { return m_addon_buf_length; }

  void set_using_packed_addons(bool val)
  {
    m_using_packed_addons= val;
  }

  bool using_packed_addons() const
  {
    return m_using_packed_addons;
  }

  static bool can_pack_addon_fields(uint record_length)
  {
    return (record_length <= (0xFFFF));
  }

  /**
    @returns Total number of bytes used for packed addon fields.
    the size of the length field + size of null bits + sum of field sizes.
   */
  static uint read_addon_length(uchar *p)
  {
    return size_of_length_field + uint2korr(p);
  }

  /**
    Stores the number of bytes used for packed addon fields.
   */
  static void store_addon_length(uchar *p, uint sz)
  {
    // We actually store the length of everything *after* the length field.
    int2store(p, sz - size_of_length_field);
  }

  static const uint size_of_length_field= 2;

private:
  Addon_fields_array m_field_descriptors;

  uchar    *m_addon_buf;            ///< Buffer for unpacking addon fields.
  uint      m_addon_buf_length;     ///< Length of the buffer.
  bool      m_using_packed_addons;  ///< Are we packing the addon fields?
};

/**
  This class wraps information about usage of sort keys.
  A Sort_keys object is used both during packing of data in the filesort
  buffer, and later during unpacking in 'Filesort_info::unpack_addon_fields'.

  @see SORT_FIELD struct.
*/

class Sort_keys :public Sql_alloc,
                 public Sort_keys_array
{
public:
  Sort_keys(SORT_FIELD* arr, size_t count):
    Sort_keys_array(arr, count),
    m_using_packed_sortkeys(false),
    size_of_packable_fields(0),
    sort_length_with_original_values(0),
    sort_length_with_memcmp_values(0),
    parameters_computed(false)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_null());
  }

  bool using_packed_sortkeys() const
  { return m_using_packed_sortkeys; }

  void set_using_packed_sortkeys(bool val)
  {
    m_using_packed_sortkeys= val;
  }
  void set_size_of_packable_fields(uint len)
  {
    size_of_packable_fields= len;
  }

  uint get_size_of_packable_fields()
  {
    return size_of_packable_fields;
  }

  void set_sort_length_with_original_values(uint len)
  {
    sort_length_with_original_values= len;
  }

  uint get_sort_length_with_original_values()
  {
    return sort_length_with_original_values;
  }

  void set_sort_length_with_memcmp_values(uint len)
  {
    sort_length_with_memcmp_values= len;
  }

  uint get_sort_length_with_memcmp_values()
  {
    return sort_length_with_memcmp_values;
  }

  static void store_sortkey_length(uchar *p, uint sz)
  {
    int4store(p, sz - size_of_length_field);
  }

  static uint read_sortkey_length(uchar *p)
  {
    return size_of_length_field + uint4korr(p);
  }

  void increment_size_of_packable_fields(uint len)
  {
    size_of_packable_fields+= len;
  }

  void increment_original_sort_length(uint len)
  {
    sort_length_with_original_values+= len;
  }

  bool is_parameters_computed() { return parameters_computed; }
  void set_parameters_computed(bool val) { parameters_computed= val; }

  static const uint size_of_length_field= 4;

private:
  bool m_using_packed_sortkeys;     // Are we packing sort keys
  uint size_of_packable_fields;     // Total length bytes for packable columns

  /*
    The sort length for all the keyparts storing the original values
  */
  uint sort_length_with_original_values;

  /*
    The sort length for all the keyparts storing the mem-comparable images
  */
  uint sort_length_with_memcmp_values;

  /*
    TRUE       parameters(like sort_length_* , size_of_packable_field)
               are computed
    FALSE      otherwise.
  */
  bool parameters_computed;
};


/**
PACKED SORT KEYS

Description

In this optimization where we would like the pack the values of the sort key
inside the sort buffer for each record.

Contents:
1. Background
1.1 Implementation details
2. Solution : Packed Sort Keys
2.1 Packed key format
2.2 Which format to use
3. Special cases
3.1 Handling very long strings
3.2 Handling for long binary strings
3.3 Handling very long strings with Packed sort keys
4. Sort key columns in addon_fields

1. Background
Before this optimization of using packed sort keys, filesort() sorted the
data using mem-comparable keys.

That is, if we wanted to sort by

  ORDER BY col1, col2, ... colN
then the filesort code would for each row generate one "Sort Key"
and then sort the rows by their Sort Keys.

The Sort Keys are mem-comparable (that is, are compared by memcmp()) and
they are of FIXED SIZE. The sort key has the same length regardless of
what value it represents. This causes INEFFICIENT MEMORY USAGE.

1.1 Implementation details

make_sortkey() is the function that produces a sort key
from a record.

The function treats Field and Item objects differently.

class Field has:

a) void make_sort_key(uchar *buff, uint length);
   make_sort_key is a non-virtual function which handles encoding of
   SQL null values.

b) virtual void sort_string(uchar *buff,uint length)=0;
    sort_string produces mem-comparable image of the field value
    for each datatype.

For Items, Type_handler has a virtual function:

  virtual void make_sort_key(uchar *to, Item *item,
                             const SORT_FIELD_ATTR *sort_field,
                             Sort_param *param) const= 0;
  which various datatypes overload.


2. SOLUTION: PACKED SORT KEYS

Note that one can have mem-comparable keys are that are not fixed-size.
MyRocks uses such encoding for example.

However for this optimization it was decided to store the original
(non-mem-comparable) values instead and use a datatype-aware
key comparison function.

2.1 Packed key format
The keys are stored in a new variable-size data format called "packed".

The format is as follows:

  <sort_key_length><packed_value_1><packed_value2> ....... <packed_valueN>

  format for a n-part sort key

<sort_key_length> is the length of the whole key.
Each packed value is encoded as follows:

  <null_byte=0>  // This is a an SQL NULL
  [<null_byte=1>] <packed_value>  // this a non-NULL value
null_byte is present if the field/item is NULLable.
SQL NULL is encoded as just one NULL-indicator byte. The value itself is omitted.

The format of the packed_value depends on the datatype.
For "non-packable" datatypes it is just their mem-comparable form, as before.

The "packable" datatypes are currently variable-length strings and the
packed format for them is (for binary blobs, see a note below):

<length> <string>
2.2 Which format to use

The advantage of Packed Key Format is potential space savings for
variable-length fields.

The disadvantages are:

a) It may actually take more space, because of sort_key_length and
   length fields.
b) The comparison function is more expensive.

Currently the logic is: use Packed Key Format if we would save 128 or more
bytes when constructing a sort key from values that have empty string
for each packable component.

3. SPECIAL CASES
3.1 HANDLING VERY LONG STRINGS
the size of sort key part was limited by @@max_sort_length variable.
It is defined as:

The number of bytes to use when sorting data values. The server uses only the
first max_sort_length bytes of each value and ignores the rest.

3.2 HANDLING VERY LONG BINARY STRINGS
Long binary strings receive special treatment. A sort key for the long
binary string is truncated at max_sort_length bytes like described above,
but then a "suffix" is appended which contains the total length of the
value before the truncation.

3.3 HANDLING VERY LONG STRINGS WITH PACKED SORT KEY
Truncating multi-byte string at N bytes is not safe because one can cut in the
middle of a character. One is tempted to solve this by discarding the partial
character but that's also not a good idea as in some collations multiple
characters may produce one weight (this is called "contraction").

This combination of circumstances:

The string value is very long, so truncation is necessary
The collation is "complex", so truncation is dangerous
is deemed to be relatively rare so it was decided to just use
the non-packed sort keys in this case.

4. SORT KEY COLUMNS IN ADDON FIELDS
Currently, each sort key column is actually stored twice
1. as part of the sort key
2. in the addon_fields
This made total sense when sort key stored the mem-comparable image
(from which one cannot restore the original value in general case).
But since we now store the original value, we could also remove it from the
addon_fields and further save space. This is still a limitation and needs
to be fixed later

@see Sort_keys

**/

/**
  The sort record format may use one of two formats for the non-sorted part of
  the record:

  1. Use the rowid

    |<sort_key>|   <rowid>  |
    /          / ref_length /

  2. Use "addon fields"

    |<sort_key>|<null bits>|<field a><field b>...|
    /          /         addon_length            /

  The packed format for "addon fields"

    |<sort_key>|<length>|<null bits>|<field a><field b>...|
    /          /         addon_length                     /

  <sort_key>  The key may use one of the two formats:
              A. fixed-size mem-comparable form. The record is always
                 sort_length bytes long.
              B. "PackedKeyFormat" - the records are variable-size.

  <key>       Fields are fixed-size, specially encoded with
              Field::make_sort_key() so we can do byte-by-byte compare.

  <length>    Contains the *actual* packed length (after packing) of
              everything after the sort keys.
              The size of the length field is 2 bytes,
              which should cover most use cases: addon data <= 65535 bytes.
              This is the same as max record size in MySQL.
  <null bits> One bit for each nullable field, indicating whether the field
              is null or not. May have size zero if no fields are nullable.
  <field xx>  Are stored with field->pack(), and retrieved with
              field->unpack(). Addon fields within a record are stored
              consecutively, with no "holes" or padding. They will have zero
              size for NULL values.

*/

class Sort_param {
public:
  // Length of sorted records. ALWAYS equal to sort_length + addon_length
  uint rec_length;
  /*
    Length of what we need to sort: Sorted columns + ref_length if not
    addon fields are used
  */
  uint sort_length;
  /* Length of the reference to the row (rowid or primary key etc */
  uint ref_length;            // Length of record ref.
  /* Length of all addon fields. 0 if no addon fields */
  uint addon_length;          // Length of addon_fields
  /*
    The length of the 'result' we are going to return to the caller for
    each sort element. Also the length of data in final sorted file/buffer.
  */
  uint res_length;
  uint max_keys_per_buffer;   // Max keys / buffer.
  uint min_dupl_count;
  ha_rows limit_rows;         // Select limit, or HA_POS_ERROR if unlimited.
  ha_rows examined_rows;      // Number of examined rows.
  TABLE *sort_form;           // For quicker make_sortkey.
  /**
    ORDER BY list with some precalculated info for filesort.
    Array is created and owned by a Filesort instance.
   */
  Bounds_checked_array<SORT_FIELD> local_sortorder;
  Addon_fields *addon_fields;     // Descriptors for companion fields.
  Sort_keys *sort_keys;
  ha_rows *accepted_rows;         /* For ROWNUM */
  bool using_pq;
  bool set_all_read_bits;

  uchar *unique_buff;
  bool not_killable;
  String tmp_buffer;
  // The fields below are used only by Unique class.
  qsort_cmp2 compare;
  BUFFPEK_COMPARE_CONTEXT cmp_context;

  Sort_param()
  {
    memset(reinterpret_cast<void*>(this), 0, sizeof(*this));
    tmp_buffer.set_thread_specific();
    /*
      Fix memset() clearing the charset.
      TODO: The constructor should be eventually rewritten not to use memset().
    */
    tmp_buffer.set_charset(&my_charset_bin);
  }

  void init_for_filesort(TABLE *table, Filesort *filesort,
                         uint sortlen, ha_rows limit_rows_arg);
  void setup_lengths_and_limit(TABLE *table,
                               uint sortlen,
                               uint addon_length,
                               ha_rows limit_rows_arg);
  void  (*unpack)(TABLE *);
  /// Enables the packing of addons if possible.
  void try_to_pack_addons(ulong max_length_for_sort_data);

  /// Are we packing the "addon fields"?
  bool using_packed_addons() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_using_packed_addons ==
                (addon_fields != NULL &&
                 addon_fields->using_packed_addons()));
    return m_using_packed_addons;
  }

  bool using_packed_sortkeys() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_using_packed_sortkeys ==
                (sort_keys != NULL && sort_keys->using_packed_sortkeys()));
    return m_using_packed_sortkeys;
  }

  /// Are we using "addon fields"?
  bool using_addon_fields() const
  {
    return addon_fields != NULL;
  }

  uint32 get_result_length(uchar *plen)
  {
    if (!m_using_packed_addons)
      return res_length;
    return Addon_fields::read_addon_length(plen);
  }

  uint32 get_addon_length(uchar *plen)
  {
    if (using_packed_addons())
      return Addon_fields::read_addon_length(plen);
    else
      return addon_length;
  }

  uint32 get_sort_length(uchar *plen)
  {
    if (using_packed_sortkeys())
      return Sort_keys::read_sortkey_length(plen) +
              /*
                when addon fields are not present, then the sort_length also
                includes the res_length. For packed keys here we add
                the res_length
              */
             (using_addon_fields() ? 0: res_length);
    else
      return sort_length;
  }

  uint get_record_length(uchar *plen)
  {
    if (m_packed_format)
    {
      uint sort_len= get_sort_length(plen);
      return sort_len + get_addon_length(plen + sort_len);
    }
    else
      return rec_length;
  }

  /**
    Getter for record length and result length.
    @param record_start Pointer to record.
    @param [out] recl   Store record length here.
    @param [out] resl   Store result length here.
   */
  void get_rec_and_res_len(uchar *record_start, uint *recl, uint *resl)
  {
    if (m_packed_format)
    {
      uint sort_len= get_sort_length(record_start);
      uint addon_len= get_addon_length(record_start + sort_len);
      *recl= sort_len + addon_len;
      *resl= using_addon_fields() ? addon_len : res_length;
    }
    else
    {
      *recl= rec_length;
      *resl= res_length;
    }
  }

  void try_to_pack_sortkeys();

  qsort_cmp2 get_compare_function() const
  {
    return using_packed_sortkeys() ?
           get_packed_keys_compare_ptr() :
           get_ptr_compare(sort_length);
  }
  void* get_compare_argument(size_t *sort_len) const
  {
    return using_packed_sortkeys() ?
           (void*) this :
           (void*) sort_len;
  }

  bool is_packed_format() const
  {
    return m_packed_format;
  }

private:
  uint m_packable_length;
  bool m_using_packed_addons; ///< caches the value of using_packed_addons()
  /* caches the value of using_packed_sortkeys() */
  bool m_using_packed_sortkeys;
  bool m_packed_format;
};

typedef Bounds_checked_array<uchar> Sort_buffer;

int merge_many_buff(Sort_param *param, Sort_buffer sort_buffer,
                    Merge_chunk *buffpek, uint *maxbuffer, IO_CACHE *t_file);
ulong read_to_buffer(IO_CACHE *fromfile, Merge_chunk *buffpek,
                     Sort_param *param, bool packing_format);
bool merge_buffers(Sort_param *param,IO_CACHE *from_file,
                   IO_CACHE *to_file, Sort_buffer sort_buffer,
                   Merge_chunk *lastbuff, Merge_chunk *Fb,
                   Merge_chunk *Tb, int flag);
int merge_index(Sort_param *param, Sort_buffer sort_buffer,
                Merge_chunk *buffpek, uint maxbuffer,
                IO_CACHE *tempfile, IO_CACHE *outfile);
void reuse_freed_buff(QUEUE *queue, Merge_chunk *reuse, uint key_length);

#endif /* SQL_SORT_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef DERROR_INCLUDED
#define DERROR_INCLUDED

bool init_errmessage(void);
void free_error_messages();
bool read_texts(const char *file_name, const char *language,
                const char ****data);

#endif /* DERROR_INCLUDED */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2023, MariaDB plc

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
   as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of
   the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA
*/

#include "log_event.h"

static constexpr my_off_t MY_OFF_T_UNDEF= ~0ULL;
/** Truncate cache log files bigger than this */
static constexpr my_off_t CACHE_FILE_TRUNC_SIZE = 65536;


class binlog_cache_data
{
public:
  binlog_cache_data(bool precompute_checksums):
                    before_stmt_pos(MY_OFF_T_UNDEF), m_pending(0), status(0),
                    incident(FALSE), precompute_checksums(precompute_checksums),
                    saved_max_binlog_cache_size(0), ptr_binlog_cache_use(0),
                    ptr_binlog_cache_disk_use(0)
  {
    /*
      Read the current checksum setting. We will use this setting to decide
      whether to pre-compute checksums in the cache. Then when writing the cache
      to the actual binlog, another check will be made and checksums recomputed
      in the unlikely case that the setting changed meanwhile.
    */
    checksum_opt= !precompute_checksums ? BINLOG_CHECKSUM_ALG_OFF :
      (enum_binlog_checksum_alg)binlog_checksum_options;
  }

  ~binlog_cache_data()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(empty());
    close_cached_file(&cache_log);
  }

  /*
    Return 1 if there is no relevant entries in the cache

    This is:
    - Cache is empty
    - There are row or critical (DDL?) events in the cache

    The status test is needed to avoid writing entries with only
    a table map entry, which would crash in do_apply_event() on the slave
    as it assumes that there is always a row entry after a table map.
  */
  bool empty() const
  {
    return (pending() == NULL &&
            (my_b_write_tell(&cache_log) == 0 ||
             ((status & (LOGGED_ROW_EVENT | LOGGED_CRITICAL)) == 0)));
  }

  Rows_log_event *pending() const
  {
    return m_pending;
  }

  void set_pending(Rows_log_event *const pending_arg)
  {
    m_pending= pending_arg;
  }

  void set_incident(void)
  {
    incident= TRUE;
  }

  void clear_incident(void)
  {
    incident= FALSE;
  }

  bool has_incident(void) const
  {
    return(incident);
  }

  void reset()
  {
    bool cache_was_empty= empty();
    bool truncate_file= (cache_log.file != -1 &&
                         my_b_write_tell(&cache_log) > CACHE_FILE_TRUNC_SIZE);
    truncate(0,1);                              // Forget what's in cache
    checksum_opt= !precompute_checksums ? BINLOG_CHECKSUM_ALG_OFF :
      (enum_binlog_checksum_alg)binlog_checksum_options;
    if (!cache_was_empty)
      compute_statistics();
    if (truncate_file)
      my_chsize(cache_log.file, 0, 0, MYF(MY_WME));

    status= 0;
    incident= FALSE;
    before_stmt_pos= MY_OFF_T_UNDEF;
    DBUG_ASSERT(empty());
  }

  my_off_t get_byte_position() const
  {
    return my_b_tell(&cache_log);
  }

  my_off_t get_prev_position() const
  {
    return(before_stmt_pos);
  }

  void set_prev_position(my_off_t pos)
  {
    before_stmt_pos= pos;
  }

  void restore_prev_position()
  {
    truncate(before_stmt_pos);
  }

  void restore_savepoint(my_off_t pos)
  {
    truncate(pos);
    if (pos < before_stmt_pos)
      before_stmt_pos= MY_OFF_T_UNDEF;
  }

  void set_binlog_cache_info(my_off_t param_max_binlog_cache_size,
                             ulong *param_ptr_binlog_cache_use,
                             ulong *param_ptr_binlog_cache_disk_use)
  {
    /*
      The assertions guarantee that the set_binlog_cache_info is
      called just once and information passed as parameters are
      never zero.

      This is done while calling the constructor binlog_cache_mngr.
      We cannot set information in the constructor binlog_cache_data
      because the space for binlog_cache_mngr is allocated through
      a placement new.

      In the future, we can refactor this and change it to avoid
      the set_binlog_info.
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(saved_max_binlog_cache_size == 0);
    DBUG_ASSERT(param_max_binlog_cache_size != 0);
    DBUG_ASSERT(ptr_binlog_cache_use == 0);
    DBUG_ASSERT(param_ptr_binlog_cache_use != 0);
    DBUG_ASSERT(ptr_binlog_cache_disk_use == 0);
    DBUG_ASSERT(param_ptr_binlog_cache_disk_use != 0);

    saved_max_binlog_cache_size= param_max_binlog_cache_size;
    ptr_binlog_cache_use= param_ptr_binlog_cache_use;
    ptr_binlog_cache_disk_use= param_ptr_binlog_cache_disk_use;
    cache_log.end_of_file= saved_max_binlog_cache_size;
  }

  void add_status(enum_logged_status status_arg)
  {
    status|= status_arg;
  }

  /*
    Cache to store data before copying it to the binary log.
  */
  IO_CACHE cache_log;

protected:
  /*
    Binlog position before the start of the current statement.
  */
  my_off_t before_stmt_pos;

private:
  /*
    Pending binrows event. This event is the event where the rows are currently
    written.
   */
  Rows_log_event *m_pending;

  /*
    Bit flags for what has been writing to cache. Used to
    discard logs without any data changes.
    see enum_logged_status;
  */
  uint32 status;

public:
  /*
    The algorithm (if any) used to pre-compute checksums in the cache.
    Initialized from binlog_checksum_options when the cache is reset.
  */
  enum_binlog_checksum_alg checksum_opt;

private:
  /*
    This indicates that some events did not get into the cache and most likely
    it is corrupted.
  */
  bool incident;

  /* Whether the caller requested precomputing checksums. */
  bool precompute_checksums;

  /**
    This function computes binlog cache and disk usage.
  */
  void compute_statistics()
  {
    statistic_increment(*ptr_binlog_cache_use, &LOCK_status);
    if (cache_log.disk_writes != 0)
    {
#ifdef REAL_STATISTICS
      statistic_add(*ptr_binlog_cache_disk_use,
                    cache_log.disk_writes, &LOCK_status);
#else
      statistic_increment(*ptr_binlog_cache_disk_use, &LOCK_status);
#endif
      cache_log.disk_writes= 0;
    }
  }

  /*
    Stores the values of maximum size of the cache allowed when this cache
    is configured. This corresponds to either
      . max_binlog_cache_size or max_binlog_stmt_cache_size.
  */
  my_off_t saved_max_binlog_cache_size;

  /*
    Stores a pointer to the status variable that keeps track of the in-memory
    cache usage. This corresponds to either
      . binlog_cache_use or binlog_stmt_cache_use.
  */
  ulong *ptr_binlog_cache_use;

  /*
    Stores a pointer to the status variable that keeps track of the disk
    cache usage. This corresponds to either
      . binlog_cache_disk_use or binlog_stmt_cache_disk_use.
  */
  ulong *ptr_binlog_cache_disk_use;

  /*
    It truncates the cache to a certain position. This includes deleting the
    pending event.
   */
  void truncate(my_off_t pos, bool reset_cache=0)
  {
    DBUG_PRINT("info", ("truncating to position %lu", (ulong) pos));
    cache_log.error=0;
    if (pending())
    {
      delete pending();
      set_pending(0);
    }
    my_bool res __attribute__((unused))=
      reinit_io_cache(&cache_log, WRITE_CACHE, pos, 0, reset_cache);
    DBUG_ASSERT(res == 0);
    cache_log.end_of_file= saved_max_binlog_cache_size;
  }

  binlog_cache_data& operator=(const binlog_cache_data& info);
  binlog_cache_data(const binlog_cache_data& info);
};
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_BINLOG_INCLUDED
#define SQL_BINLOG_INCLUDED

class THD;

void mysql_client_binlog_statement(THD *thd);

#endif /* SQL_BINLOG_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2007 MySQL AB, 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
   Use is subject to license terms.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef RPL_CONSTANTS_H
#define RPL_CONSTANTS_H

#include <my_sys.h>
#include <my_crypt.h>

/**
   Enumeration of the incidents that can occur for the server.
 */
enum Incident {
  /** No incident */
  INCIDENT_NONE = 0,

  /** There are possibly lost events in the replication stream */
  INCIDENT_LOST_EVENTS = 1,

  /** Shall be last event of the enumeration */
  INCIDENT_COUNT
};


/**
   Enumeration of the reserved formats of Binlog extra row information
*/
enum ExtraRowInfoFormat {

  /** Reserved formats  0 -> 63 inclusive */
  ERIF_LASTRESERVED =  63,

  /**
      Available / uncontrolled formats
      64 -> 254 inclusive
  */
  ERIF_OPEN1        =  64,
  ERIF_OPEN2        =  65,

  ERIF_LASTOPEN     =  254,

  /**
     Multi-payload format 255

      Length is total length, payload is sequence of
      sub-payloads with their own headers containing
      length + format.
  */
  ERIF_MULTI        =  255
};

/*
   1 byte length, 1 byte format
   Length is total length in bytes, including 2 byte header
   Length values 0 and 1 are currently invalid and reserved.
*/
#define EXTRA_ROW_INFO_LEN_OFFSET 0
#define EXTRA_ROW_INFO_FORMAT_OFFSET 1
#define EXTRA_ROW_INFO_HDR_BYTES 2
#define EXTRA_ROW_INFO_MAX_PAYLOAD (255 - EXTRA_ROW_INFO_HDR_BYTES)

enum enum_binlog_checksum_alg {
  BINLOG_CHECKSUM_ALG_OFF= 0,    // Events are without checksum though its generator
                                 // is checksum-capable New Master (NM).
  BINLOG_CHECKSUM_ALG_CRC32= 1,  // CRC32 of zlib algorithm.
  BINLOG_CHECKSUM_ALG_ENUM_END,  // the cut line: valid alg range is [1, 0x7f].
  BINLOG_CHECKSUM_ALG_UNDEF= 255 // special value to tag undetermined yet checksum
                                 // or events from checksum-unaware servers
};

#define BINLOG_CRYPTO_SCHEME_LENGTH 1
#define BINLOG_KEY_VERSION_LENGTH   4
#define BINLOG_IV_LENGTH            MY_AES_BLOCK_SIZE
#define BINLOG_IV_OFFS_LENGTH       4
#define BINLOG_NONCE_LENGTH         (BINLOG_IV_LENGTH - BINLOG_IV_OFFS_LENGTH)

struct Binlog_crypt_data {
  uint  scheme;
  uint  key_version, key_length, ctx_size;
  uchar key[MY_AES_MAX_KEY_LENGTH];
  uchar nonce[BINLOG_NONCE_LENGTH];

  int init(uint sch, uint kv)
  {
    scheme= sch;
    ctx_size= encryption_ctx_size(ENCRYPTION_KEY_SYSTEM_DATA, kv);
    key_version= kv;
    key_length= sizeof(key);
    return encryption_key_get(ENCRYPTION_KEY_SYSTEM_DATA, kv, key, &key_length);
  }

  void set_iv(uchar* iv, uint32 offs) const
  {
    memcpy(iv, nonce, BINLOG_NONCE_LENGTH);
    int4store(iv + BINLOG_NONCE_LENGTH, offs);
  }
};

#endif /* RPL_CONSTANTS_H */
#ifndef SQL_ALLOC_INCLUDED
#define SQL_ALLOC_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2017, 2018, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#include <my_sys.h>                    /* alloc_root, MEM_ROOT, TRASH */

/* MariaDB standard class memory allocator */

class Sql_alloc
{
public:
  static void *operator new(size_t size) throw ()
  {
    return thd_alloc(_current_thd(), size);
  }
  static void *operator new[](size_t size) throw ()
  {
    return thd_alloc(_current_thd(), size);
  }
  static void *operator new[](size_t size, MEM_ROOT *mem_root) throw ()
  { return alloc_root(mem_root, size); }
  static void *operator new(size_t size, MEM_ROOT *mem_root) throw()
  { return alloc_root(mem_root, size); }
  static void operator delete(void *ptr, size_t size) { TRASH_FREE(ptr, size); }
  static void operator delete(void *, MEM_ROOT *){}
  static void operator delete[](void *, MEM_ROOT *)
  { /* never called */ }
  static void operator delete[](void *ptr, size_t size) { TRASH_FREE(ptr, size); }
};
#endif /* SQL_ALLOC_INCLUDED */
#ifndef _EVENT_QUEUE_H_
#define _EVENT_QUEUE_H_
/* Copyright (c) 2004, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/**

  @addtogroup Event_Scheduler
  @{

  @file event_queue.h

  Queue of events awaiting execution.
*/

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE
extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_event_queue;
extern PSI_cond_key key_COND_queue_state;
#endif /* HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE */

#include "queues.h"                             // QUEUE
#include "sql_string.h"                         /* LEX_CSTRING */
#include "my_time.h"                    /* my_time_t, interval_type */

class Event_basic;
class Event_queue_element;
class Event_queue_element_for_exec;

class THD;

/**
  Queue of active events awaiting execution.
*/

class Event_queue
{
public:
  Event_queue();
  ~Event_queue();

  bool
  init_queue(THD *thd);

  /* Methods for queue management follow */

  bool
  create_event(THD *thd, Event_queue_element *new_element,
               bool *created);

  void
  update_event(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *dbname, const LEX_CSTRING *name,
               Event_queue_element *new_element);

  void
  drop_event(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *dbname, const LEX_CSTRING *name);

  void
  drop_schema_events(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *schema);

  void
  recalculate_activation_times(THD *thd);

  bool
  get_top_for_execution_if_time(THD *thd,
                                Event_queue_element_for_exec **event_name);


  void
  dump_internal_status();

private:
  void
  empty_queue();

  void
  deinit_queue();
  /* helper functions for working with mutexes & conditionals */
  void
  lock_data(const char *func, uint line);

  void
  unlock_data(const char *func, uint line);

  void
  cond_wait(THD *thd, struct timespec *abstime, const PSI_stage_info *stage,
            const char *src_func, const char *src_file, uint src_line);

  void
  find_n_remove_event(const LEX_CSTRING *db, const LEX_CSTRING *name);


  void
  drop_matching_events(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *pattern,
                       bool (*)(const LEX_CSTRING*, Event_basic *));


  void
  dbug_dump_queue(my_time_t now);

  /* LOCK_event_queue is the mutex which protects the access to the queue. */
  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_event_queue;
  mysql_cond_t COND_queue_state;

  /* The sorted queue with the Event_queue_element objects */
  QUEUE queue;

  my_time_t next_activation_at;

  uint mutex_last_locked_at_line;
  uint mutex_last_unlocked_at_line;
  uint mutex_last_attempted_lock_at_line;
  const char* mutex_last_locked_in_func;
  const char* mutex_last_unlocked_in_func;
  const char* mutex_last_attempted_lock_in_func;
  bool mutex_queue_data_locked;
  bool mutex_queue_data_attempting_lock;
  bool waiting_on_cond;
};
/**
  @} (End of group Event_Scheduler)
*/

#endif /* _EVENT_QUEUE_H_ */
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_RENAME_INCLUDED
#define SQL_RENAME_INCLUDED

class THD;
struct TABLE_LIST;

bool mysql_rename_tables(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list, bool silent,
                         bool if_exists);

#endif /* SQL_RENAME_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2007, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef MY_BIT_INCLUDED
#define MY_BIT_INCLUDED

/*
  Some useful bit functions
*/

C_MODE_START

extern const uchar _my_bits_reverse_table[256];


/*
  my_bit_log2_xxx()

  In the given value, find the highest bit set,
  which is the smallest X that satisfies the condition: (2^X >= value).
  Can be used as a reverse operation for (1<<X), to find X.

  Examples:
  - returns 0 for (1<<0)
  - returns 1 for (1<<1)
  - returns 2 for (1<<2)
  - returns 2 for 3, which has (1<<2) as the highest bit set.

  Note, the behaviour of log2(0) is not defined.
  Let's return 0 for the input 0, for the code simplicity.
  See the 000x branch. It covers both (1<<0) and 0.
*/
static inline CONSTEXPR uint my_bit_log2_hex_digit(uint8 value)
{
  return value & 0x0C ? /*1100*/ (value & 0x08 ? /*1000*/ 3 : /*0100*/ 2) :
                        /*0010*/ (value & 0x02 ? /*0010*/ 1 : /*000x*/ 0);
}
static inline CONSTEXPR uint my_bit_log2_uint8(uint8 value)
{
  return value & 0xF0 ? my_bit_log2_hex_digit((uint8) (value >> 4)) + 4:
                        my_bit_log2_hex_digit(value);
}
static inline CONSTEXPR uint my_bit_log2_uint16(uint16 value)
{
  return value & 0xFF00 ? my_bit_log2_uint8((uint8) (value >> 8)) + 8 :
                          my_bit_log2_uint8((uint8) value);
}
static inline CONSTEXPR uint my_bit_log2_uint32(uint32 value)
{
  return value & 0xFFFF0000UL ?
         my_bit_log2_uint16((uint16) (value >> 16)) + 16 :
         my_bit_log2_uint16((uint16) value);
}
static inline CONSTEXPR uint my_bit_log2_uint64(ulonglong value)
{
  return value & 0xFFFFFFFF00000000ULL ?
         my_bit_log2_uint32((uint32) (value >> 32)) + 32 :
         my_bit_log2_uint32((uint32) value);
}
static inline CONSTEXPR uint my_bit_log2_size_t(size_t value)
{
#ifdef __cplusplus
  static_assert(sizeof(size_t) <= sizeof(ulonglong),
                "size_t <= ulonglong is an assumption that needs to be fixed "
                "for this architecture. Please create an issue on "
                "https://jira.mariadb.org");
#endif
  return my_bit_log2_uint64((ulonglong) value);
}


/*
Count bits in 32bit integer

  Algorithm by Sean Anderson, according to:
  http://graphics.stanford.edu/~seander/bithacks.html
  under "Counting bits set, in parallel"

 (Original code public domain).
*/
static inline uint my_count_bits_uint32(uint32 v)
{
  v = v - ((v >> 1) & 0x55555555);
  v = (v & 0x33333333) + ((v >> 2) & 0x33333333);
  return (((v + (v >> 4)) & 0xF0F0F0F) * 0x1010101) >> 24;
}


static inline uint my_count_bits(ulonglong x)
{
  return my_count_bits_uint32((uint32)x) + my_count_bits_uint32((uint32)(x >> 32));
}




/*
  Next highest power of two

  SYNOPSIS
    my_round_up_to_next_power()
    v		Value to check

  RETURN
    Next or equal power of 2
    Note: 0 will return 0

  NOTES
    Algorithm by Sean Anderson, according to:
    http://graphics.stanford.edu/~seander/bithacks.html
    (Original code public domain)

    Comments shows how this works with 01100000000000000000000000001011
*/

static inline uint32 my_round_up_to_next_power(uint32 v)
{
  v--;			/* 01100000000000000000000000001010 */
  v|= v >> 1;		/* 01110000000000000000000000001111 */
  v|= v >> 2;		/* 01111100000000000000000000001111 */
  v|= v >> 4;		/* 01111111110000000000000000001111 */
  v|= v >> 8;		/* 01111111111111111100000000001111 */
  v|= v >> 16;		/* 01111111111111111111111111111111 */
  return v+1;		/* 10000000000000000000000000000000 */
}

static inline uint32 my_clear_highest_bit(uint32 v)
{
  uint32 w=v >> 1;
  w|= w >> 1;
  w|= w >> 2;
  w|= w >> 4;
  w|= w >> 8;
  w|= w >> 16;
  return v & w;
}

static inline uint32 my_reverse_bits(uint32 key)
{
  return
    ((uint32)_my_bits_reverse_table[ key      & 255] << 24) |
    ((uint32)_my_bits_reverse_table[(key>> 8) & 255] << 16) |
    ((uint32)_my_bits_reverse_table[(key>>16) & 255] <<  8) |
     (uint32)_my_bits_reverse_table[(key>>24)      ];
}

/*
  a number with the n lowest bits set
  an overflow-safe version of  (1 << n) - 1
*/
static inline uint64 my_set_bits(int n)
{
  return (((1ULL << (n - 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
}

/* Create a mask of the significant bits for the last byte (1,3,7,..255) */
static inline uchar last_byte_mask(uint bits)
{
  /* Get the number of used bits-1 (0..7) in the last byte */
  unsigned int const used = (bits - 1U) & 7U;
  /* Return bitmask for the significant bits */
  return (uchar) ((2U << used) - 1);
}

static inline uint my_bits_in_bytes(uint n)
{
  return ((n + 7) / 8);
}

#ifdef _MSC_VER
#include <intrin.h>
#endif

/*
  Find the position of the first(least significant) bit set in
  the argument. Returns 64 if the argument was 0.
*/
static inline uint my_find_first_bit(ulonglong n)
{
  if(!n)
    return 64;
#if defined(__GNUC__)
  return __builtin_ctzll(n);
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
#if defined(_M_IX86)
  unsigned long bit;
  if( _BitScanForward(&bit, (uint)n))
    return bit;
  _BitScanForward(&bit, (uint)(n>>32));
  return bit + 32;
#else
  unsigned long bit;
  _BitScanForward64(&bit, n);
  return bit;
#endif
#else
  /* Generic case */
  uint  shift= 0;
  static const uchar last_bit[16] = { 32, 0, 1, 0,
                                      2, 0, 1, 0,
                                      3, 0, 1, 0,
                                      2, 0, 1, 0};
  uint bit;
  while ((bit = last_bit[(n >> shift) & 0xF]) == 32)
    shift+= 4;
  return shift+bit;
#endif
}
C_MODE_END

#endif /* MY_BIT_INCLUDED */
/*
 Copyright (c) 2014 Google Inc.
 Copyright (c) 2014, 2015 MariaDB Corporation

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 GNU General Public License for more details.

 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef MY_CRYPT_INCLUDED
#define MY_CRYPT_INCLUDED

#include <my_config.h> /* HAVE_EncryptAes128{Ctr,Gcm} */
#include <mysql/service_my_crypt.h>

#endif /* MY_CRYPT_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2012, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  51 Franklin Street, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef PFS_FILE_PROVIDER_H
#define PFS_FILE_PROVIDER_H

/**
  @file include/pfs_file_provider.h
  Performance schema instrumentation (declarations).
*/

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
#ifndef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"

#define PSI_FILE_CALL(M) pfs_ ## M ## _v1

C_MODE_START

void pfs_register_file_v1(const char *category,
                          PSI_file_info_v1 *info,
                          int count);

void pfs_create_file_v1(PSI_file_key key, const char *name, File file);

PSI_file_locker*
pfs_get_thread_file_name_locker_v1(PSI_file_locker_state *state,
                                   PSI_file_key key,
                                   PSI_file_operation op,
                                   const char *name, const void *identity);

PSI_file_locker*
pfs_get_thread_file_stream_locker_v1(PSI_file_locker_state *state,
                                     PSI_file *file, PSI_file_operation op);

PSI_file_locker*
pfs_get_thread_file_descriptor_locker_v1(PSI_file_locker_state *state,
                                         File file, PSI_file_operation op);

void pfs_start_file_open_wait_v1(PSI_file_locker *locker,
                                 const char *src_file,
                                 uint src_line);

PSI_file* pfs_end_file_open_wait_v1(PSI_file_locker *locker, void *result);

void pfs_end_file_open_wait_and_bind_to_descriptor_v1
  (PSI_file_locker *locker, File file);

void pfs_end_temp_file_open_wait_and_bind_to_descriptor_v1
  (PSI_file_locker *locker, File file, const char *filename);

void pfs_start_file_wait_v1(PSI_file_locker *locker,
                            size_t count,
                            const char *src_file,
                            uint src_line);

void pfs_end_file_wait_v1(PSI_file_locker *locker,
                          size_t byte_count);

void pfs_start_file_close_wait_v1(PSI_file_locker *locker,
                                  const char *src_file,
                                  uint src_line);

void pfs_end_file_close_wait_v1(PSI_file_locker *locker, int rc);

void pfs_end_file_rename_wait_v1(PSI_file_locker *locker, const char *old_name,
                                 const char *new_name, int rc);

C_MODE_END

#endif /* EMBEDDED_LIBRARY */
#endif /* MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN */
#endif /* MYSQL_SERVER */
#endif /* HAVE_PSI_FILE_INTERFACE */

#endif

/* Copyright 2018 Codership Oy <info@codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef WSREP_CLIENT_STATE_H
#define WSREP_CLIENT_STATE_H

/* wsrep-lib */
#include "wsrep/client_state.hpp"
#include "my_global.h"

class THD;

class Wsrep_client_state : public wsrep::client_state
{
public:
  Wsrep_client_state(THD* thd,
                     wsrep::mutex& mutex,
                     wsrep::condition_variable& cond,
                     wsrep::server_state& server_state,
                     wsrep::client_service& client_service,
                     const wsrep::client_id& id)
    : wsrep::client_state(mutex,
                          cond,
                          server_state,
                          client_service,
                          id,
                          wsrep::client_state::m_local)
    , m_thd(thd)
  { }
  THD* thd() { return m_thd; }
private:
  THD* m_thd;
};

#endif /* WSREP_CLIENT_STATE_H */
#ifndef STRUCTS_INCLUDED
#define STRUCTS_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2019, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */



/* The old structures from unireg */

#include "sql_plugin.h"                         /* plugin_ref */
#include "sql_const.h"                          /* MAX_REFLENGTH */
#include "my_time.h"                   /* enum_mysql_timestamp_type */
#include "thr_lock.h"                  /* thr_lock_type */
#include "my_base.h"                   /* ha_rows, ha_key_alg */
#include <mysql_com.h>                  /* USERNAME_LENGTH */
#include "sql_bitmap.h"
#include "lex_charset.h"

struct TABLE;
class Type_handler;
class Field;
class Index_statistics;
struct Lex_ident_cli_st;

class THD;

/* Array index type for table.field[] */
typedef uint16 field_index_t;

typedef struct st_date_time_format {
  uchar positions[8];
  char  time_separator;			/* Separator between hour and minute */
  uint flag;				/* For future */
  LEX_CSTRING format;
} DATE_TIME_FORMAT;


typedef struct st_keyfile_info {	/* used with ha_info() */
  uchar ref[MAX_REFLENGTH];		/* Pointer to current row */
  uchar dupp_ref[MAX_REFLENGTH];	/* Pointer to dupp row */
  uint ref_length;			/* Length of ref (1-8) */
  uint block_size;			/* index block size */
  File filenr;				/* (uniq) filenr for table */
  ha_rows records;			/* Records i datafilen */
  ha_rows deleted;			/* Deleted records */
  ulonglong data_file_length;		/* Length off data file */
  ulonglong max_data_file_length;	/* Length off data file */
  ulonglong index_file_length;
  ulonglong max_index_file_length;
  ulonglong delete_length;		/* Free bytes */
  ulonglong auto_increment_value;
  int errkey,sortkey;			/* Last errorkey and sorted by */
  time_t create_time;			/* When table was created */
  time_t check_time;
  time_t update_time;
  ulong mean_rec_length;		/* physical reclength */
} KEYFILE_INFO;


typedef struct st_key_part_info {	/* Info about a key part */
  Field *field;                         /* the Field object for the indexed
                                           prefix of the original table Field.
                                           NOT necessarily the original Field */
  uint  offset;                         /* Offset in record (from 0) */
  uint  null_offset;                    /* Offset to null_bit in record */
  /* Length of key part in bytes, excluding NULL flag and length bytes */
  uint length;
  /* 
    Number of bytes required to store the keypart value. This may be
    different from the "length" field as it also counts
     - possible NULL-flag byte (see HA_KEY_NULL_LENGTH)
     - possible HA_KEY_BLOB_LENGTH bytes needed to store actual value length.
  */
  uint store_length;
  uint16 key_type;
  field_index_t fieldnr;                /* Fieldnr begins counting from 1 */
  uint16 key_part_flag;                 /* 0 or HA_REVERSE_SORT */
  uint8 type;
  uint8 null_bit;                       /* Position to null_bit */
} KEY_PART_INFO ;

class engine_option_value;
struct ha_index_option_struct;

typedef struct st_key {
  ulong flags;                     /* dupp key and pack flags */
  ulong ext_key_flags;             /* Flags for extended key              */
  ulong index_flags;               /* Copy of handler->index_flags(index_number, 0, 1) */
  uint	key_length;		   /* total length of user defined key parts  */
  uint	user_defined_key_parts;	   /* How many key_parts */
  uint	usable_key_parts; /* Should normally be = user_defined_key_parts */
  uint  ext_key_parts;             /* Number of key parts in extended key */
  uint  block_size;
  /*
    The flag is on if statistical data for the index prefixes
    has to be taken from the system statistical tables.
  */
  bool is_statistics_from_stat_tables;
  bool without_overlaps;
  bool is_ignored; // TRUE if index needs to be ignored

  /*
    Parts of primary key that are in the extension of this index. 

    Example: if this structure describes idx1, which is defined as 
      INDEX idx1 (pk2, col2)
    and pk is defined as:
      PRIMARY KEY (pk1, pk2)
    then 
      pk1 is in the extension idx1, ext_key_part_map.is_set(0) == true
      pk2 is explicitly present in idx1, it is not in the extension, so
      ext_key_part_map.is_set(1) == false
  */
  key_part_map ext_key_part_map;
  /*
    Bitmap of indexes having common parts with this index
    (only key parts from key definitions are taken into account)
  */
  key_map overlapped;
  /* Set of keys constraint correlated with this key */
  key_map constraint_correlated;
  LEX_CSTRING name;
  enum  ha_key_alg algorithm;
  /*
    Note that parser is used when the table is opened for use, and
    parser_name is used when the table is being created.
  */
  union
  {
    plugin_ref parser;                  /* Fulltext [pre]parser */
    LEX_CSTRING *parser_name;           /* Fulltext [pre]parser name */
  };
  KEY_PART_INFO *key_part;
  /* Unique name for cache;  db + \0 + table_name + \0 + key_name + \0 */
  uchar *cache_name;
  /*
    Array of AVG(#records with the same field value) for 1st ... Nth key part.
    0 means 'not known'.
    For temporary heap tables this member is NULL.
  */
  ulong *rec_per_key;

  /*
    Average space index tuple takes on disk, according to the engine's
    statistics. 0 if statistics is not available.
  */
  size_t stat_storage_length;

  /*
    This structure is used for statistical data on the index
    that has been read from the statistical table index_stat
  */ 
  Index_statistics *read_stats;
  /*
    This structure is used for statistical data on the index that
    is collected by the function collect_statistics_for_table
  */
  Index_statistics *collected_stats;
 
  TABLE *table;
  LEX_CSTRING comment;
  /** reference to the list of options or NULL */
  engine_option_value *option_list;
  ha_index_option_struct *option_struct;                  /* structure with parsed options */

  /*
    Bitmap of key parts where all values are NULL (nulls_ratio == 1.0).
    Bit N set means key part N has all NULLs in the corresponding column.
    Used for NULL-aware cardinality estimation.
    It is computed based on EITS data, otherwise it is 0.
  */
  key_part_map all_nulls_key_parts;

  double actual_rec_per_key(uint last_key_part_in_prefix) const;
  double rec_per_key_null_aware(uint last_key_part_in_prefix,
                                key_part_map notnull_part) const;
} KEY;


struct st_join_table;

typedef struct st_reginfo {		/* Extra info about reg */
  struct st_join_table *join_tab;	/* Used by SELECT() */
  enum thr_lock_type lock_type;		/* How database is used */
  bool skip_locked;
  bool not_exists_optimize;
  /*
    TRUE <=> range optimizer found that there is no rows satisfying
    table conditions.
  */
  bool impossible_range;
} REGINFO;


/*
  Originally MySQL used MYSQL_TIME structure inside server only, but since
  4.1 it's exported to user in the new client API. Define aliases for
  new names to keep existing code simple.
*/

typedef enum enum_mysql_timestamp_type timestamp_type;


typedef struct {
  ulong year,month,day,hour;
  ulonglong minute,second,second_part;
  bool neg;
} INTERVAL;


typedef struct st_known_date_time_format {
  const char *format_name;
  const char *date_format;
  const char *datetime_format;
  const char *time_format;
} KNOWN_DATE_TIME_FORMAT;

extern const char *show_comp_option_name[];

typedef int *(*update_var)(THD *, struct st_mysql_show_var *);

struct USER_AUTH : public Sql_alloc
{
  LEX_CSTRING plugin, auth_str, pwtext;
  USER_AUTH *next;
  USER_AUTH() : next(NULL)
  {
    plugin.str= auth_str.str= "";
    pwtext.str= NULL;
    plugin.length= auth_str.length= pwtext.length= 0;
  }
};

struct AUTHID
{
  LEX_CSTRING user, host;
  void init() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
  void copy(MEM_ROOT *root, const LEX_CSTRING *usr, const LEX_CSTRING *host);
  bool is_role() const { return user.str[0] && (!host.str || !host.str[0]); }
  void set_lex_string(LEX_CSTRING *l, char *buf)
  {
    if (is_role())
      *l= user;
    else
    {
      l->str= buf;
      l->length= strxmov(buf, user.str, "@", host.str, NullS) - buf;
    }
  }
  void parse(const char *str, size_t length);
  bool read_from_mysql_proc_row(THD *thd, TABLE *table);
};


struct LEX_USER: public AUTHID
{
  USER_AUTH *auth;
  bool has_auth()
  {
    return auth && (auth->plugin.length || auth->auth_str.length || auth->pwtext.length);
  }
};

/*
  This structure specifies the maximum amount of resources which
  can be consumed by each account. Zero value of a member means
  there is no limit.
*/
typedef struct user_resources {
  /* Maximum number of queries/statements per hour. */
  uint questions;
  /*
     Maximum number of updating statements per hour (which statements are
     updating is defined by sql_command_flags array).
  */
  uint updates;
  /* Maximum number of connections established per hour. */
  uint conn_per_hour;
  /*
    Maximum number of concurrent connections. If -1 then no new
    connections allowed
  */
  int user_conn;
  /* Max query timeout */
  double max_statement_time;

  /*
     Values of this enum and specified_limits member are used by the
     parser to store which user limits were specified in GRANT statement.
  */
  enum {QUERIES_PER_HOUR= 1, UPDATES_PER_HOUR= 2, CONNECTIONS_PER_HOUR= 4,
        USER_CONNECTIONS= 8, MAX_STATEMENT_TIME= 16};
  uint specified_limits;
} USER_RESOURCES;


/*
  This structure is used for counting resources consumed and for checking
  them against specified user limits.
*/
typedef struct  user_conn {
  /*
     Pointer to user+host key (pair separated by '\0') defining the entity
     for which resources are counted (By default it is user account thus
     priv_user/priv_host pair is used. If --old-style-user-limits option
     is enabled, resources are counted for each user+host separately).
  */
  char *user;
  /* Pointer to host part of the key. */
  char *host;
  /**
     The moment of time when per hour counters were reset last time
     (i.e. start of "hour" for conn_per_hour, updates, questions counters).
  */
  ulonglong reset_utime;
  /* Total length of the key. */
  uint len;
  /* Current amount of concurrent connections for this account. */
  int connections;
  /*
     Current number of connections per hour, number of updating statements
     per hour and total number of statements per hour for this account.
  */
  uint conn_per_hour, updates, questions;
  /* Maximum amount of resources which account is allowed to consume. */
  USER_RESOURCES user_resources;
} USER_CONN;

typedef struct st_user_stats
{
  char user[MY_MAX(USERNAME_LENGTH, LIST_PROCESS_HOST_LEN) + 1];
  // Account name the user is mapped to when this is a user from mapped_user.
  // Otherwise, the same value as user.
  char priv_user[MY_MAX(USERNAME_LENGTH, LIST_PROCESS_HOST_LEN) + 1];
  uint user_name_length;
  uint total_connections;
  uint total_ssl_connections;
  uint concurrent_connections;
  time_t connected_time;  // in seconds
  ha_rows rows_read, rows_sent;
  ha_rows rows_updated, rows_deleted, rows_inserted;
  ulonglong bytes_received;
  ulonglong bytes_sent;
  ulonglong binlog_bytes_written;
  ulonglong select_commands, update_commands, other_commands;
  ulonglong commit_trans, rollback_trans;
  ulonglong denied_connections, lost_connections, max_statement_time_exceeded;
  ulonglong access_denied_errors;
  ulonglong empty_queries;
  double busy_time;       // in seconds
  double cpu_time;        // in seconds
} USER_STATS;

typedef struct st_table_stats
{
  char table[NAME_LEN * 2 + 2];  // [db] + '\0' + [table] + '\0'
  size_t table_name_length;
  ulonglong rows_read, rows_changed;
  ulonglong rows_changed_x_indexes;
  /* Stores enum db_type, but forward declarations cannot be done */
  int engine_type;
} TABLE_STATS;

typedef struct st_index_stats
{
  // [db] + '\0' + [table] + '\0' + [index] + '\0'
  char index[NAME_LEN * 3 + 3];
  size_t index_name_length;                       /* Length of 'index' */
  ulonglong rows_read;
} INDEX_STATS;


	/* Bits in form->update */
#define REG_MAKE_DUPP		1U	/* Make a copy of record when read */
#define REG_NEW_RECORD		2U	/* Write a new record if not found */
#define REG_UPDATE		4U	/* Uppdate record */
#define REG_DELETE		8U	/* Delete found record */
#define REG_PROG		16U	/* User is updating database */
#define REG_CLEAR_AFTER_WRITE	32U
#define REG_MAY_BE_UPDATED	64U
#define REG_AUTO_UPDATE		64U	/* Used in D-forms for scroll-tables */
#define REG_OVERWRITE		128U
#define REG_SKIP_DUP		256U

	/* Bits in form->status */
#define STATUS_NO_RECORD	(1U+2U)	/* Record isn't usable */
#define STATUS_GARBAGE		1U
#define STATUS_NOT_FOUND	2U	/* No record in database when needed */
#define STATUS_NO_PARENT	4U	/* Parent record wasn't found */
#define STATUS_NOT_READ		8U	/* Record isn't read */
#define STATUS_UPDATED		16U	/* Record is updated by formula */
#define STATUS_NULL_ROW		32U	/* table->null_row is set */
#define STATUS_DELETED		64U

/*
  Such interval is "discrete": it is the set of
  { auto_inc_interval_min + k * increment,
    0 <= k <= (auto_inc_interval_values-1) }
  Where "increment" is maintained separately by the user of this class (and is
  currently only thd->variables.auto_increment_increment).
  It mustn't derive from Sql_alloc, because SET INSERT_ID needs to
  allocate memory which must stay allocated for use by the next statement.
*/
class Discrete_interval {
private:
  ulonglong interval_min;
  ulonglong interval_values;
  ulonglong  interval_max;    // excluded bound. Redundant.
public:
  Discrete_interval *next;    // used when linked into Discrete_intervals_list
  void replace(ulonglong start, ulonglong val, ulonglong incr)
  {
    interval_min=    start;
    interval_values= val;
    interval_max=    (val == ULONGLONG_MAX) ? val : start + val * incr;
  }
  Discrete_interval(ulonglong start, ulonglong val, ulonglong incr) :
    next(NULL) { replace(start, val, incr); };
  Discrete_interval() : next(NULL) { replace(0, 0, 0); };
  ulonglong minimum() const { return interval_min;    };
  ulonglong values()  const { return interval_values; };
  ulonglong maximum() const { return interval_max;    };
  /*
    If appending [3,5] to [1,2], we merge both in [1,5] (they should have the
    same increment for that, user of the class has to ensure that). That is
    just a space optimization. Returns 0 if merge succeeded.
  */
  bool merge_if_contiguous(ulonglong start, ulonglong val, ulonglong incr)
  {
    if (interval_max == start)
    {
      if (val == ULONGLONG_MAX)
      {
        interval_values=   interval_max= val;
      }
      else
      {
        interval_values+=  val;
        interval_max=      start + val * incr;
      }
      return 0;
    }
    return 1;
  };
};

/* List of Discrete_interval objects */
class Discrete_intervals_list {
private:
  Discrete_interval        *head;
  Discrete_interval        *tail;
  /*
    When many intervals are provided at the beginning of the execution of a
    statement (in a replication slave or SET INSERT_ID), "current" points to
    the interval being consumed by the thread now (so "current" goes from
    "head" to "tail" then to NULL).
  */
  Discrete_interval        *current;
  uint                  elements; // number of elements
  void set_members(Discrete_interval *h, Discrete_interval *t,
                   Discrete_interval *c, uint el)
  {  
    head= h;
    tail= t;
    current= c;
    elements= el;
  }
  void operator=(Discrete_intervals_list &);  /* prevent use of these */
  Discrete_intervals_list(const Discrete_intervals_list &);

public:
  Discrete_intervals_list() : head(NULL), current(NULL), elements(0) {};
  void empty_no_free()
  {
    set_members(NULL, NULL, NULL, 0);
  }
  void empty()
  {
    for (Discrete_interval *i= head; i;)
    {
      Discrete_interval *next= i->next;
      delete i;
      i= next;
    }
    empty_no_free();
  }
  void copy_shallow(const Discrete_intervals_list * dli)
  {
    head= dli->get_head();
    tail= dli->get_tail();
    current= dli->get_current();
    elements= dli->nb_elements();
  }
  void swap (Discrete_intervals_list * dli)
  {
    Discrete_interval *h, *t, *c;
    uint el;
    h= dli->get_head();
    t= dli->get_tail();
    c= dli->get_current();
    el= dli->nb_elements();
    dli->copy_shallow(this);
    set_members(h, t, c, el);
  }
  const Discrete_interval* get_next()
  {
    Discrete_interval *tmp= current;
    if (current != NULL)
      current= current->next;
    return tmp;
  }
  ~Discrete_intervals_list() { empty(); };
  bool append(ulonglong start, ulonglong val, ulonglong incr);
  bool append(Discrete_interval *interval);
  ulonglong minimum()     const { return (head ? head->minimum() : 0); };
  ulonglong maximum()     const { return (head ? tail->maximum() : 0); };
  uint      nb_elements() const { return elements; }
  Discrete_interval* get_head() const { return head; };
  Discrete_interval* get_tail() const { return tail; };
  Discrete_interval* get_current() const { return current; };
};


/*
  DDL options:
  - CREATE IF NOT EXISTS
  - DROP IF EXISTS
  - CREATE LIKE
  - REPLACE
*/
struct DDL_options_st
{
public:
  enum Options
  {
    OPT_NONE= 0,
    OPT_IF_NOT_EXISTS= 2,              // CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS
    OPT_LIKE= 4,                       // CREATE TABLE LIKE
    OPT_OR_REPLACE= 16,                // CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE
    OPT_OR_REPLACE_SLAVE_GENERATED= 32,// REPLACE was added on slave, it was
                                       // not in the original query on master.
    OPT_IF_EXISTS= 64,
    OPT_CREATE_SELECT= 128,             // CREATE ... SELECT
    OPT_IMPORT_TABLESPACE= 256      // ALTER ... IMPORT TABLESPACE
  };

private:
  Options m_options;

public:
  Options create_like_options() const
  {
    return (DDL_options_st::Options)
           (((uint) m_options) & (OPT_IF_NOT_EXISTS | OPT_OR_REPLACE));
  }
  void init() { m_options= OPT_NONE; }
  void init(Options options) { m_options= options; }
  void set(Options other)
  {
    m_options= other;
  }
  void set(const DDL_options_st other)
  {
    m_options= other.m_options;
  }
  bool if_not_exists() const { return m_options & OPT_IF_NOT_EXISTS; }
  bool or_replace() const { return m_options & OPT_OR_REPLACE; }
  bool or_replace_slave_generated() const
  { return m_options & OPT_OR_REPLACE_SLAVE_GENERATED; }
  bool like() const { return m_options & OPT_LIKE; }
  bool if_exists() const { return m_options & OPT_IF_EXISTS; }
  bool is_create_select() const { return m_options & OPT_CREATE_SELECT; }
  bool import_tablespace() const { return m_options & OPT_IMPORT_TABLESPACE; }

  void add(const DDL_options_st::Options other)
  {
    m_options= (Options) ((uint) m_options | (uint) other);
  }
  void add(const DDL_options_st &other)
  {
    add(other.m_options);
  }
  DDL_options_st operator|(const DDL_options_st &other)
  {
    add(other.m_options);
    return *this;
  }
  DDL_options_st operator|=(DDL_options_st::Options other)
  {
    add(other);
    return *this;
  }
};


class DDL_options: public DDL_options_st
{
public:
  DDL_options() { init(); }
  DDL_options(Options options) { init(options); }
  DDL_options(const DDL_options_st &options)
  { DDL_options_st::operator=(options); }
};


struct Lex_length_and_dec_st
{
protected:
  uint32 m_length;
  uint8  m_dec;
  uint8  m_collation_type:LEX_CHARSET_COLLATION_TYPE_BITS;
  bool   m_has_explicit_length:1;
  bool   m_has_explicit_dec:1;
  bool   m_length_overflowed:1;
  bool   m_dec_overflowed:1;

  static_assert(LEX_CHARSET_COLLATION_TYPE_BITS <= 8,
                "Lex_length_and_dec_st::m_collation_type bits check");

public:
  void reset()
  {
    m_length= 0;
    m_dec= 0;
    m_collation_type= 0;
    m_has_explicit_length= false;
    m_has_explicit_dec= false;
    m_length_overflowed= false;
    m_dec_overflowed= false;
  }
  void set_length_only(uint32 length)
  {
    m_length= length;
    m_dec= 0;
    m_collation_type= 0;
    m_has_explicit_length= true;
    m_has_explicit_dec= false;
    m_length_overflowed= false;
    m_dec_overflowed= false;
  }
  void set_dec_only(uint8 dec)
  {
    m_length= 0;
    m_dec= dec;
    m_collation_type= 0;
    m_has_explicit_length= false;
    m_has_explicit_dec= true;
    m_length_overflowed= false;
    m_dec_overflowed= false;
  }
  void set_length_and_dec(uint32 length, uint8 dec)
  {
    m_length= length;
    m_dec= dec;
    m_collation_type= 0;
    m_has_explicit_length= true;
    m_has_explicit_dec= true;
    m_length_overflowed= false;
    m_dec_overflowed= false;
  }
  void set(const char *length, const char *dec);
  uint32 length() const
  {
    return m_length;
  }
  uint8 dec() const
  {
    return m_dec;
  }
  bool has_explicit_length() const
  {
    return m_has_explicit_length;
  }
  bool has_explicit_dec() const
  {
    return m_has_explicit_dec;
  }
  bool length_overflowed()  const
  {
    return m_length_overflowed;
  }
  bool dec_overflowed()  const
  {
    return m_dec_overflowed;
  }
};


struct Lex_field_type_st: public Lex_length_and_dec_st
{
private:
  const Type_handler *m_handler;
  CHARSET_INFO *m_ci;
public:
  void set(const Type_handler *handler,
           Lex_length_and_dec_st length_and_dec,
           CHARSET_INFO *cs= NULL)
  {
    m_handler= handler;
    m_ci= cs;
    Lex_length_and_dec_st::operator=(length_and_dec);
  }
  void set(const Type_handler *handler,
           const Lex_length_and_dec_st &length_and_dec,
           const Lex_column_charset_collation_attrs_st &coll)
  {
    m_handler= handler;
    m_ci= coll.charset_info();
    Lex_length_and_dec_st::operator=(length_and_dec);
    // Using bit-and to avoid the warning:
    // conversion from ‘uint8’ to ‘unsigned char:3’ may change value
    m_collation_type= ((uint8) coll.type()) & LEX_CHARSET_COLLATION_TYPE_MASK;
  }
  void set(const Type_handler *handler,
           const Lex_column_charset_collation_attrs_st &coll)
  {
    m_handler= handler;
    m_ci= coll.charset_info();
    Lex_length_and_dec_st::reset();
    // Using bit-and to avoid the warning:
    // conversion from ‘uint8’ to ‘unsigned char:3’ may change value
    m_collation_type= ((uint8) coll.type()) & LEX_CHARSET_COLLATION_TYPE_MASK;
  }
  void set(const Type_handler *handler, CHARSET_INFO *cs= NULL)
  {
    m_handler= handler;
    m_ci= cs;
    Lex_length_and_dec_st::reset();
  }
  void set_handler_length_flags(const Type_handler *handler,
                                const Lex_length_and_dec_st &length,
                                uint32 flags);
  void set_handler_length(const Type_handler *handler, uint32 length)
  {
    m_handler= handler;
    m_ci= NULL;
    Lex_length_and_dec_st::set_length_only(length);
  }
  void set_handler(const Type_handler *handler)
  {
    m_handler= handler;
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const { return m_handler; }
  CHARSET_INFO *charset_collation() const { return m_ci; }
  Lex_column_charset_collation_attrs charset_collation_attrs() const
  {
    return Lex_column_charset_collation_attrs(m_ci,
                                 (Lex_column_charset_collation_attrs_st::Type)
                                 m_collation_type);
  }
};


struct Lex_dyncol_type_st: public Lex_length_and_dec_st
{
private:
  int m_type; // enum_dynamic_column_type is not visible here, so use int
  CHARSET_INFO *m_ci;
public:
  void set(int type, Lex_length_and_dec_st length_and_dec,
           CHARSET_INFO *cs= NULL)
  {
    m_type= type;
    m_ci= cs;
    Lex_length_and_dec_st::operator=(length_and_dec);
  }
  void set(int type)
  {
    m_type= type;
    m_ci= NULL;
    Lex_length_and_dec_st::reset();
  }
  void set(int type, CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    m_type= type;
    m_ci= cs;
    Lex_length_and_dec_st::reset();
  }
  bool set(int type,
           Sql_used *used,
           const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
           const Lex_column_charset_collation_attrs_st &collation,
           CHARSET_INFO *charset)
  {
    CHARSET_INFO *tmp= collation.resolved_to_character_set(used, map, charset);
    if (!tmp)
      return true;
    set(type, tmp);
    return false;
  }
  int dyncol_type() const { return m_type; }
  CHARSET_INFO *charset_collation() const { return m_ci; }
};


struct Lex_spblock_handlers_st
{
public:
  int hndlrs;
  void init(int count) { hndlrs= count; }
};


struct Lex_spblock_st: public Lex_spblock_handlers_st
{
public:
  int vars;
  int conds;
  int curs;
  void init()
  {
    vars= conds= hndlrs= curs= 0;
  }
  void init_using_vars(uint nvars)
  {
    vars= nvars;
    conds= hndlrs= curs= 0;
  }
  void join(const Lex_spblock_st &b1, const Lex_spblock_st &b2)
  {
    vars= b1.vars + b2.vars;
    conds= b1.conds + b2.conds;
    hndlrs= b1.hndlrs + b2.hndlrs;
    curs= b1.curs + b2.curs;
  }
};


class Lex_spblock: public Lex_spblock_st
{
public:
  Lex_spblock() { init(); }
  Lex_spblock(const Lex_spblock_handlers_st &other)
  {
    vars= conds= curs= 0;
    hndlrs= other.hndlrs;
  }
};


struct Lex_for_loop_bounds_st
{
public:
  class sp_assignment_lex *m_index;  // The first iteration value (or cursor)
  class sp_assignment_lex *m_target_bound; // The last iteration value
  int8 m_direction;
  bool m_implicit_cursor;
  bool is_for_loop_cursor() const { return m_target_bound == NULL; }
};


class Lex_for_loop_bounds_intrange: public Lex_for_loop_bounds_st
{
public:
  Lex_for_loop_bounds_intrange(int8 direction,
                               class sp_assignment_lex *left_expr,
                               class sp_assignment_lex *right_expr)
  {
    m_direction= direction;
    m_index=        direction > 0 ? left_expr  : right_expr;
    m_target_bound= direction > 0 ? right_expr : left_expr;
    m_implicit_cursor= false;
  }
};


struct Lex_for_loop_st
{
public:
  class sp_variable *m_index;  // The first iteration value (or cursor)
  class sp_variable *m_target_bound; // The last iteration value
  int m_cursor_offset;
  int8 m_direction;
  bool m_implicit_cursor;
  void init()
  {
    m_index= 0;
    m_target_bound= 0;
    m_cursor_offset= 0;
    m_direction= 0;
    m_implicit_cursor= false;
  }
  bool is_for_loop_cursor() const { return m_target_bound == NULL; }
  bool is_for_loop_explicit_cursor() const
  {
    return is_for_loop_cursor() && !m_implicit_cursor;
  }
};


enum trim_spec { TRIM_LEADING, TRIM_TRAILING, TRIM_BOTH };

struct Lex_trim_st
{
  Item *m_remove;
  Item *m_source;
  trim_spec m_spec;
public:
  void set(trim_spec spec, Item *remove, Item *source)
  {
    m_spec= spec;
    m_remove= remove;
    m_source= source;
  }
  void set(trim_spec spec, Item *source)
  {
    set(spec, NULL, source);
  }
  Item *make_item_func_trim_std(THD *thd) const;
  Item *make_item_func_trim_oracle(THD *thd) const;
};


class Lex_trim: public Lex_trim_st
{
public:
  Lex_trim(trim_spec spec, Item *source) { set(spec, source); }
};


class Lex_substring_spec_st
{
public:
  Item *m_subject;
  Item *m_from;
  Item *m_for;
  static Lex_substring_spec_st init(Item *subject,
                                    Item *from,
                                    Item *xfor= NULL)
  {
    Lex_substring_spec_st res;
    res.m_subject= subject;
    res.m_from= from;
    res.m_for= xfor;
    return res;
  }
};


class st_select_lex;

class Lex_select_lock
{
public:
  struct
  {
    uint defined_lock:1;
    uint update_lock:1;
    uint defined_timeout:1;
    uint skip_locked:1;
  };
  ulong timeout;


  void empty()
  {
    defined_lock= update_lock= defined_timeout= skip_locked= FALSE;
    timeout= 0;
  }
  void set_to(st_select_lex *sel);
};

class Lex_select_limit
{
public:
  /* explicit LIMIT clause was used */
  bool explicit_limit;
  bool with_ties;
  Item *select_limit, *offset_limit;

  void clear()
  {
    explicit_limit= FALSE;    // No explicit limit given by user
    with_ties= FALSE;         // No use of WITH TIES operator
    select_limit= NULL;       // denotes the default limit = HA_POS_ERROR
    offset_limit= NULL;       // denotes the default offset = 0
  }
};

struct st_order;

class Load_data_param
{
protected:
  CHARSET_INFO *m_charset;   // Character set of the file
  ulonglong m_fixed_length;  // Sum of target field lengths for fixed format
  bool m_is_fixed_length;
  bool m_use_blobs;
public:
  Load_data_param(CHARSET_INFO *cs, bool is_fixed_length):
    m_charset(cs),
    m_fixed_length(0),
    m_is_fixed_length(is_fixed_length),
    m_use_blobs(false)
  { }
  bool add_outvar_field(THD *thd, const Field *field);
  bool add_outvar_user_var(THD *thd);
  CHARSET_INFO *charset() const { return m_charset; }
  bool is_fixed_length() const { return m_is_fixed_length; }
  bool use_blobs() const { return m_use_blobs; }
};


class Load_data_outvar
{
public:
  virtual ~Load_data_outvar() = default;
  virtual bool load_data_set_null(THD *thd, const Load_data_param *param)= 0;
  virtual bool load_data_set_value(THD *thd, const char *pos, uint length,
                                   const Load_data_param *param)= 0;
  virtual bool load_data_set_no_data(THD *thd, const Load_data_param *param)= 0;
  virtual void load_data_print_for_log_event(THD *thd, class String *to) const= 0;
  virtual bool load_data_add_outvar(THD *thd, Load_data_param *param) const= 0;
  virtual uint load_data_fixed_length() const= 0;
};


class Timeval: public timeval
{
protected:
  Timeval() = default;
public:
  Timeval(my_time_t sec, ulong usec)
  {
    tv_sec= sec;
    /*
      Since tv_usec is not always of type ulong, cast usec parameter
      explicitly to uint to avoid compiler warnings about losing
      integer precision.
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(usec < 1000000);
    tv_usec= (uint)usec;
  }
  explicit Timeval(const timeval &tv)
   :timeval(tv)
  { }
};


/*
  A value that's either a Timeval or SQL NULL
*/

class Timeval_null: protected Timeval
{
  bool m_is_null;
public:
  Timeval_null()
   :Timeval(0, 0),
    m_is_null(true)
  { }
  Timeval_null(const my_time_t sec, ulong usec)
   :Timeval(sec, usec),
    m_is_null(false)
  { }
  const Timeval & to_timeval() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!m_is_null);
    return *this;
  }
  bool is_null() const { return m_is_null; }
};


/*
  A run-time address of an SP variable. Consists of:
  - The rcontext type (LOCAL, PACKAGE BODY),
    controlled by m_rcontext_handler
  - The frame offset
*/
class sp_rcontext_addr
{
public:
  sp_rcontext_addr(const class Sp_rcontext_handler *h, uint offset)
   :m_rcontext_handler(h), m_offset(offset)
  { }
  const Sp_rcontext_handler *rcontext_handler() const
  {
    return m_rcontext_handler;
  }
  uint offset() const
  {
    return m_offset;
  }
protected:
  const class Sp_rcontext_handler *m_rcontext_handler;
  uint m_offset;               ///< Frame offset
};

#endif /* STRUCTS_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef INIT_INCLUDED
#define INIT_INCLUDED

void unireg_init(ulong options);

#endif /* INIT_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef SQL_GET_DIAGNOSTICS_H
#define SQL_GET_DIAGNOSTICS_H

/** Diagnostics information forward reference. */
class Diagnostics_information;


/**
  Sql_cmd_get_diagnostics represents a GET DIAGNOSTICS statement.

  The GET DIAGNOSTICS statement retrieves exception or completion
  condition information from a diagnostics area, usually pertaining
  to the last non-diagnostic SQL statement that was executed.
*/
class Sql_cmd_get_diagnostics : public Sql_cmd
{
public:
  /**
    Constructor, used to represent a GET DIAGNOSTICS statement.

    @param info Diagnostics information to be obtained.
  */
  Sql_cmd_get_diagnostics(Diagnostics_information *info)
    : m_info(info)
  {}

  enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_GET_DIAGNOSTICS;
  }

  bool execute(THD *thd) override;

private:
  /** The information to be obtained. */
  Diagnostics_information *m_info;
};


/**
  Represents the diagnostics information to be obtained.

  Diagnostic information is made available through statement
  information and condition information items.
*/
class Diagnostics_information : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  /**
    Which diagnostics area to access.
    Only CURRENT is supported for now.
  */
  enum Which_area
  {
    /** Access the first diagnostics area. */
    CURRENT_AREA
  };

  /** Set which diagnostics area to access. */
  void set_which_da(Which_area area)
  { m_area= area; }

  /** Get which diagnostics area to access. */
  Which_area get_which_da(void) const
  { return m_area; }

  /**
    Aggregate diagnostics information.

    @param thd  The current thread.
    @param da   The diagnostics area.

    @retval false on success.
    @retval true on error
  */
  virtual bool aggregate(THD *thd, const Diagnostics_area *da) = 0;

protected:
  /**
    Diagnostics_information objects are allocated in thd->mem_root.
    Do not rely on the destructor for any cleanup.
  */
  virtual ~Diagnostics_information()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(false);
  }

  /**
    Evaluate a diagnostics information item in a specific context.

    @param thd        The current thread.
    @param diag_item  The diagnostics information item.
    @param ctx        The context to evaluate the item.

    @retval false on success.
    @retval true on error.
  */
  template <typename Diag_item, typename Context>
  bool evaluate(THD *thd, Diag_item *diag_item, Context ctx)
  {
    Item *value;

    /* Get this item's value. */
    if (! (value= diag_item->get_value(thd, ctx)))
      return true;

    /* Set variable/parameter value. */
    return diag_item->set_value(thd, &value);
  }

private:
  /** Which diagnostics area to access. */
  Which_area m_area;
};


/**
  A diagnostics information item. Used to associate a specific
  diagnostics information item to a target variable.
*/
class Diagnostics_information_item : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  /**
    Set a value for this item.

    @param thd    The current thread.
    @param value  The obtained value.

    @retval false on success.
    @retval true on error.
  */
  bool set_value(THD *thd, Item **value);

protected:
  /**
    Constructor, used to represent a diagnostics information item.

    @param target A target that gets the value of this item.
  */
  Diagnostics_information_item(Item *target)
    : m_target(target)
  {}

  /**
    Diagnostics_information_item objects are allocated in thd->mem_root.
    Do not rely on the destructor for any cleanup.
  */
  virtual ~Diagnostics_information_item()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(false);
  }

private:
  /** The target variable that will receive the value of this item. */
  Item *m_target;
};


/**
  A statement information item.
*/
class Statement_information_item : public Diagnostics_information_item
{
public:
  /** The name of a statement information item. */
  enum Name
  {
    NUMBER,
    ROW_COUNT
  };

  /**
    Constructor, used to represent a statement information item.

    @param name   The name of this item.
    @param target A target that gets the value of this item.
  */
  Statement_information_item(Name name, Item *target)
    : Diagnostics_information_item(target), m_name(name)
  {}

  /** Obtain value of this statement information item. */
  Item *get_value(THD *thd, const Diagnostics_area *da);

private:
  /** The name of this statement information item. */
  Name m_name;
};


/**
  Statement information.

  @remark Provides information about the execution of a statement.
*/
class Statement_information : public Diagnostics_information
{
public:
  /**
    Constructor, used to represent the statement information of a
    GET DIAGNOSTICS statement.

    @param items  List of requested statement information items.
  */
  Statement_information(List<Statement_information_item> *items)
    : m_items(items)
  {}

  /** Obtain statement information in the context of a diagnostics area. */
  bool aggregate(THD *thd, const Diagnostics_area *da) override;

private:
  /* List of statement information items. */
  List<Statement_information_item> *m_items;
};


/**
  A condition information item.
*/
class Condition_information_item : public Diagnostics_information_item
{
public:
  /**
    The name of a condition information item.
  */
  enum Name
  {
    CLASS_ORIGIN,
    SUBCLASS_ORIGIN,
    CONSTRAINT_CATALOG,
    CONSTRAINT_SCHEMA,
    CONSTRAINT_NAME,
    CATALOG_NAME,
    SCHEMA_NAME,
    TABLE_NAME,
    COLUMN_NAME,
    CURSOR_NAME,
    MESSAGE_TEXT,
    MYSQL_ERRNO,
    RETURNED_SQLSTATE,
    ROW_NUMBER
  };

  /**
    Constructor, used to represent a condition information item.

    @param name   The name of this item.
    @param target A target that gets the value of this item.
  */
  Condition_information_item(Name name, Item *target)
    : Diagnostics_information_item(target), m_name(name)
  {}

  /** Obtain value of this condition information item. */
  Item *get_value(THD *thd, const Sql_condition *cond);

private:
  /** The name of this condition information item. */
  Name m_name;

  /** Create an string item to represent a condition item string. */
  Item *make_utf8_string_item(THD *thd, const String *str);
};


/**
  Condition information.

  @remark Provides information about conditions raised during the
          execution of a statement.
*/
class Condition_information : public Diagnostics_information
{
public:
  /**
    Constructor, used to represent the condition information of a
    GET DIAGNOSTICS statement.

    @param cond_number_expr Number that identifies the diagnostic condition.
    @param items List of requested condition information items.
  */
  Condition_information(Item *cond_number_expr,
                        List<Condition_information_item> *items)
    : m_cond_number_expr(cond_number_expr), m_items(items)
  {}

  /** Obtain condition information in the context of a diagnostics area. */
  bool aggregate(THD *thd, const Diagnostics_area *da) override;

private:
  /**
    Number that identifies the diagnostic condition for which
    information is to be obtained.
  */
  Item *m_cond_number_expr;

  /** List of condition information items. */
  List<Condition_information_item> *m_items;
};

#endif

/* Copyright (c) 2003, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2013, Monty Program Ab.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/*
  Implementation of a bitmap type.
  The idea with this is to be able to handle any constant number of bits but
  also be able to use 32 or 64 bits bitmaps very efficiently
*/

#ifndef SQL_BITMAP_INCLUDED
#define SQL_BITMAP_INCLUDED

#include <my_sys.h>
#include <my_bitmap.h>
#include <my_bit.h>


/* An iterator to quickly walk over bits in ulonglong bitmap. */
class Table_map_iterator
{
  ulonglong bmp;
public:
  Table_map_iterator(ulonglong t): bmp(t){}
  uint next_bit()
  {
    if (!bmp)
      return BITMAP_END;
    uint bit= my_find_first_bit(bmp);
    bmp &= ~(1ULL << bit);
    return bit;
  }
  int operator++(int) { return next_bit(); }
  enum { BITMAP_END= 64 };
};

template <uint width> class Bitmap
{
/*
  Workaround GCC optimizer bug (generating SSE instuctions on unaligned data)
*/
#if defined (__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__) && (__GNUC__ < 6) && !defined(__clang__)
#define NEED_GCC_NO_SSE_WORKAROUND
#endif

#ifdef NEED_GCC_NO_SSE_WORKAROUND
#pragma GCC push_options
#pragma GCC target ("no-sse")
#endif

private:
  static const int BITS_PER_ELEMENT= sizeof(ulonglong) * 8;
  static const int ARRAY_ELEMENTS= (width + BITS_PER_ELEMENT - 1) / BITS_PER_ELEMENT;
  static const ulonglong ALL_BITS_SET= ULLONG_MAX;

  ulonglong buffer[ARRAY_ELEMENTS];

  uint bit_index(uint n) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(n < width);
    return ARRAY_ELEMENTS == 1 ? 0 : n / BITS_PER_ELEMENT;
  }
  ulonglong bit_mask(uint n) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(n < width);
    return ARRAY_ELEMENTS == 1 ? 1ULL << n : 1ULL << (n % BITS_PER_ELEMENT);
  }
  ulonglong last_element_mask(int n) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(n % BITS_PER_ELEMENT != 0);
    return bit_mask(n) - 1;
  }

public:
  /*
   The default constructor does nothing.
   The caller is supposed to either zero the memory
   or to call set_all()/clear_all()/set_prefix()
   to initialize bitmap.
  */
  Bitmap() = default;

  explicit Bitmap(uint prefix)
  {
    set_prefix(prefix);
  }
  void init(uint prefix)
  {
    set_prefix(prefix);
  }
  uint length() const
  {
    return width;
  }
  void set_bit(uint n)
  {
    buffer[bit_index(n)] |= bit_mask(n);
  }
  void clear_bit(uint n)
  {
    buffer[bit_index(n)] &= ~bit_mask(n);
  }
  bool is_set(uint n) const
  {
    return buffer[bit_index(n)] & bit_mask(n);
  }
  void set_prefix(uint prefix_size)
  {
    set_if_smaller(prefix_size, width);

    size_t idx= prefix_size / BITS_PER_ELEMENT;

    for (size_t i= 0; i < idx; i++)
      buffer[i]= ALL_BITS_SET;

    if (prefix_size % BITS_PER_ELEMENT)
      buffer[idx++]= last_element_mask(prefix_size);

    for (size_t i= idx; i < ARRAY_ELEMENTS; i++)
      buffer[i]= 0;
  }
  bool is_prefix(uint prefix_size) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(prefix_size <= width);

    size_t idx= prefix_size / BITS_PER_ELEMENT;

    for (size_t i= 0; i < idx; i++)
      if (buffer[i] != ALL_BITS_SET)
        return false;

    if (prefix_size % BITS_PER_ELEMENT)
      if (buffer[idx++] != last_element_mask(prefix_size))
        return false;

    for (size_t i= idx; i < ARRAY_ELEMENTS; i++)
      if (buffer[i] != 0)
        return false;

    return true;
  }
  void set_all()
  {
    if (width % BITS_PER_ELEMENT)
      set_prefix(width);
    else if (ARRAY_ELEMENTS > 1)
      memset(buffer, 0xff, sizeof(buffer));
    else
      buffer[0] = ALL_BITS_SET;
  }
  void clear_all()
  {
    if (ARRAY_ELEMENTS > 1)
      memset(buffer, 0, sizeof(buffer));
    else
      buffer[0]= 0;
  }
  void intersect(const Bitmap& map2)
  {
    for (size_t i= 0; i < ARRAY_ELEMENTS; i++)
      buffer[i] &= map2.buffer[i];
  }

private:
  /*
     Intersect with a bitmap represented as longlong.
     In addition, pad the rest of the bitmap with 0 or 1 bits
     depending on pad_with_ones parameter.
  */
  void intersect_and_pad(ulonglong map2buff, bool pad_with_ones)
  {
    buffer[0] &= map2buff;

    for (size_t i= 1; i < ARRAY_ELEMENTS; i++)
      buffer[i]= pad_with_ones ? ALL_BITS_SET : 0;

    if (ARRAY_ELEMENTS > 1 && (width % BITS_PER_ELEMENT) && pad_with_ones)
      buffer[ARRAY_ELEMENTS - 1]= last_element_mask(width);
  }

public:
  void intersect(ulonglong map2buff)
  {
    intersect_and_pad(map2buff, 0);
  }
  /* Use highest bit for all bits above first element. */
  void intersect_extended(ulonglong map2buff)
  {
    intersect_and_pad(map2buff, (map2buff & (1ULL << 63)));
  }
  void subtract(const Bitmap& map2)
  {
    for (size_t i= 0; i < ARRAY_ELEMENTS; i++)
      buffer[i] &= ~(map2.buffer[i]);
  }
  void merge(const Bitmap& map2)
  {
    for (size_t i= 0; i < ARRAY_ELEMENTS; i++)
      buffer[i] |= map2.buffer[i];
  }
  bool is_clear_all() const
  {
    for (size_t i= 0; i < ARRAY_ELEMENTS; i++)
      if (buffer[i])
        return false;
    return true;
  }
  bool is_subset(const Bitmap& map2) const
  {
    for (size_t i= 0; i < ARRAY_ELEMENTS; i++)
      if (buffer[i] & ~(map2.buffer[i]))
        return false;
    return true;
  }
  bool is_overlapping(const Bitmap& map2) const
  {
    for (size_t i= 0; i < ARRAY_ELEMENTS; i++)
      if (buffer[i] & map2.buffer[i])
        return true;
    return false;
  }
  bool operator==(const Bitmap& map2) const
  {
    if (ARRAY_ELEMENTS > 1)
      return !memcmp(buffer,map2.buffer,sizeof(buffer));
    return buffer[0] == map2.buffer[0];
  }
  bool operator!=(const Bitmap& map2) const
  {
    return !(*this == map2);
  }
  /*
    Print hexadecimal representation of bitmap.
    Truncate trailing zeros.
  */
  char *print(char *buf) const
  {
    size_t last; /*index of the last non-zero element, or 0. */

    for (last= ARRAY_ELEMENTS - 1; last && !buffer[last]; last--){}

    const int HEX_DIGITS_PER_ELEMENT= BITS_PER_ELEMENT / 4;
    for (size_t i= 0; i < last; i++)
    {
      ulonglong num = buffer[i];
      uint shift = BITS_PER_ELEMENT - 4;
      size_t pos= i * HEX_DIGITS_PER_ELEMENT;
      for (size_t j= 0; j < HEX_DIGITS_PER_ELEMENT; j++)
      {
        buf[pos + j]= _dig_vec_upper[(num >> shift) & 0xf];
        shift += 4;
      }
    }
    longlong2str(buffer[last], buf, 16);
    return buf;
  }
  ulonglong to_ulonglong() const
  {
    return buffer[0];
  }
  uint bits_set() const
  {
    uint res= 0;
    for (size_t i= 0; i < ARRAY_ELEMENTS; i++)
      if (buffer[i])
        res+= my_count_bits(buffer[i]);
    return res;
  }
  uint find_first_bit() const
  {
    for (size_t i= 0; i < ARRAY_ELEMENTS; i++)
      if (buffer[i])
        return (uint)i*BITS_PER_ELEMENT + my_find_first_bit(buffer[i]);
    return width;
  }
  class Iterator
  {
    const Bitmap& map;
    uint offset;
    Table_map_iterator tmi;
  public:
    Iterator(const Bitmap<width>& map2) : map(map2), offset(0), tmi(map2.buffer[0]) {}
    int operator++(int)
    {
      for (;;)
      {
        int nextbit= tmi++;

        if (nextbit != Table_map_iterator::BITMAP_END)
          return offset + nextbit;

        if (offset + BITS_PER_ELEMENT >= map.length())
          return BITMAP_END;

        offset += BITS_PER_ELEMENT;
        tmi= Table_map_iterator(map.buffer[offset / BITS_PER_ELEMENT]);
      }
    }
    enum { BITMAP_END = width };
  };

#ifdef NEED_GCC_NO_SSE_WORKAROUND
#pragma GCC pop_options
#undef NEED_GCC_NO_SSE_WORKAROUND
#endif
};

typedef Bitmap<MAX_INDEXES> key_map; /* Used for finding keys */

#endif /* SQL_BITMAP_INCLUDED */
const char *load_default_groups[]= {
"mysqld", "server", MYSQL_BASE_VERSION,
"mariadb", MARIADB_BASE_VERSION,
"mariadbd", MARIADBD_BASE_VERSION,
"client-server",
#ifdef WITH_WSREP
"galera",
#endif
0, 0};
/*
   Copyright (c) 2018, 2019 MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef SELECT_HANDLER_INCLUDED
#define SELECT_HANDLER_INCLUDED

#include "mariadb.h"
#include "sql_priv.h"

enum class select_pushdown_type {
  SINGLE_SELECT,
  PART_OF_UNIT,
  WHOLE_UNIT
};

/**
  @class select_handler

  This interface class is to be used for execution of select queries
  by foreign engines
*/

class select_handler
{
 public:
   // Constructor for a single SELECT_LEX (not a part of a unit)
  select_handler(THD *thd_arg, handlerton *ht_arg, SELECT_LEX *sel_lex);

  // Constructor for a unit (UNION/EXCEPT/INTERSECT)
  select_handler(THD *thd_arg, handlerton *ht_arg, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *sel_unit);

  /*
    Constructor for a SELECT_LEX which is a part of a unit
    (partial pushdown). Both SELECT_LEX and SELECT_LEX_UNIT are passed
  */
  select_handler(THD *thd_arg, handlerton *ht_arg, SELECT_LEX *sel_lex,
                 SELECT_LEX_UNIT *sel_unit);

  virtual ~select_handler();

  int execute();

  virtual bool prepare();

  /*
    Select_handler processes these cases:
    - single SELECT
    - whole unit (multiple SELECTs combined with UNION/EXCEPT/INTERSECT)
    - single SELECT that is part of a unit (partial pushdown)

    In the case of single SELECT select_lex is initialized and lex_unit==NULL,
    in the case of whole UNIT select_lex == NULL and lex_unit is initialized,
    in the case of partial pushdown both select_lex and lex_unit
      are initialized
  */
  SELECT_LEX *select_lex;      // Single select/part of a unit to be executed
  SELECT_LEX_UNIT *lex_unit;   // Unit to be executed

  /*
    Temporary table where all results should be stored in record[0]
    The table has a field for every item from the select_lex::item_list.
    The table is actually never filled. Only its record buffer is used.
  */
  TABLE *table;

protected:

  /*
    Functions to scan the select result set.
    All these returns 0 if ok, error code in case of error.
  */

  /* Initialize the process of producing rows of result set */
  virtual int init_scan() = 0;

  /*
    Put the next produced row of the result set in table->record[0]
    and return 0. Return HA_ERR_END_OF_FILE if there are no more rows,
    return other error number in case of fatal error.
  */
  virtual int next_row() = 0;

  /* Finish scanning */
  virtual int end_scan() = 0;

  /* Report errors */
  virtual void print_error(int error, myf errflag);

  bool send_result_set_metadata();
  bool send_data();
  bool send_eof();

  TABLE *create_tmp_table(THD *thd);

  select_pushdown_type get_pushdown_type();

  THD *thd;
  handlerton *ht;

  select_result *result;        // Object receiving the retrieved data
  List<Item> result_columns;

  bool is_analyze;
};

#endif /* SELECT_HANDLER_INCLUDED */
#ifndef SQL_ANALYSE_INCLUDED
#define SQL_ANALYSE_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */


/* Analyse database */

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface				/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#include "procedure.h"                          /* Procedure */

#define my_thd_charset	default_charset_info

#define DEC_IN_AVG 4

typedef struct st_number_info
{
  // if zerofill is true, the number must be zerofill, or string
  bool	    negative, is_float, zerofill, maybe_zerofill;
  int8	    integers;
  int8	    decimals;
  double    dval;
  ulonglong ullval;
} NUM_INFO;

typedef struct st_extreme_value_number_info
{
  ulonglong ullval;
  longlong  llval;
  double    max_dval, min_dval;
} EV_NUM_INFO;

typedef struct st_tree_info
{
  bool	 found;
  String *str;
  Item	 *item;
} TREE_INFO;

uint check_ulonglong(const char *str, uint length);
bool get_ev_num_info(EV_NUM_INFO *ev_info, NUM_INFO *info, const char *num);
bool test_if_number(NUM_INFO *info, const char *str, uint str_len);
int compare_double(const double *s, const double *t);
int compare_double2(void *, const void *s, const void *t);
int compare_longlong(const longlong *s, const longlong *t);
int compare_longlong2(void *, const void *s, const void *t);
int compare_ulonglong(const ulonglong *s, const ulonglong *t);
int compare_ulonglong2(void *, const void *s, const void *t);
int compare_decimal2(void *len, const void *s, const void *t);
Procedure *proc_analyse_init(THD *thd, ORDER *param, select_result *result,
			     List<Item> &field_list);
int free_string(void* str, TREE_FREE, void*);
class analyse;

class field_info :public Sql_alloc
{
protected:
  ulong   treemem, tree_elements, empty, nulls, min_length, max_length;
  uint	  room_in_tree;
  bool found;
  TREE	  tree;
  Item	  *item;
  analyse *pc;

public:
  field_info(Item* a, analyse* b) : treemem(0), tree_elements(0), empty(0),
    nulls(0), min_length(0), max_length(0), room_in_tree(1),
    found(0),item(a), pc(b) {};

  virtual ~field_info() { delete_tree(&tree, 0); }
  virtual void	 add() = 0;
  virtual void	 get_opt_type(String*, ha_rows) = 0;
  virtual String *get_min_arg(String *) = 0;
  virtual String *get_max_arg(String *) = 0;
  virtual String *avg(String*, ha_rows) = 0;
  virtual String *std(String*, ha_rows) = 0;
  virtual tree_walk_action collect_enum() = 0;
  virtual uint decimals() { return 0; }
  friend  class analyse;
};

int collect_string(void *element, element_count count, void *info);

int sortcmp2(void *, const void *a, const void *b);

class field_str :public field_info
{
  String      min_arg, max_arg;
  ulonglong   sum;
  bool	      must_be_blob, was_zero_fill, was_maybe_zerofill,
	      can_be_still_num;
  NUM_INFO    num_info;
  EV_NUM_INFO ev_num_info;

public:
  field_str(Item* a, analyse* b) :field_info(a,b), 
    min_arg("",0,default_charset_info),
    max_arg("",0,default_charset_info), sum(0),
    must_be_blob(0), was_zero_fill(0),
    was_maybe_zerofill(0), can_be_still_num(1)
    {
      init_tree(&tree, 0, 0, sizeof(String), sortcmp2, free_string, NULL,
                MYF(MY_THREAD_SPECIFIC));
    };

  void	 add() override;
  void	 get_opt_type(String*, ha_rows) override;
  String *get_min_arg(String *not_used __attribute__((unused))) override
  { return &min_arg; }
  String *get_max_arg(String *not_used __attribute__((unused))) override
  { return &max_arg; }
  String *avg(String *s, ha_rows rows) override
  {
    if (!(rows - nulls))
      s->set_real((double) 0.0, 1,my_thd_charset);
    else
      s->set_real((ulonglong2double(sum) / ulonglong2double(rows - nulls)),
	     DEC_IN_AVG,my_thd_charset);
    return s;
  }
  friend int collect_string(String *element, element_count count,
			    TREE_INFO *info);
  tree_walk_action collect_enum() override
  { return collect_string; }
  String *std(String *s __attribute__((unused)),
	      ha_rows rows __attribute__((unused))) override
  { return (String*) 0; }
};


int collect_decimal(void *element, element_count count, void *info);

class field_decimal :public field_info
{
  my_decimal min_arg, max_arg;
  my_decimal sum[2], sum_sqr[2];
  int cur_sum;
  int bin_size;
public:
  field_decimal(Item* a, analyse* b) :field_info(a,b)
  {
    bin_size= my_decimal_get_binary_size(a->max_length, a->decimals);
    init_tree(&tree, 0, 0, bin_size, compare_decimal2, 0, (void *) &bin_size,
              MYF(MY_THREAD_SPECIFIC));
  };

  void	 add() override;
  void	 get_opt_type(String*, ha_rows) override;
  String *get_min_arg(String *) override;
  String *get_max_arg(String *) override;
  String *avg(String *s, ha_rows rows) override;
  friend int collect_decimal(uchar *element, element_count count,
                             TREE_INFO *info);
  tree_walk_action collect_enum() override
  { return collect_decimal; }
  String *std(String *s, ha_rows rows) override;
};


int collect_real(void *element, element_count count, void *info);

class field_real: public field_info
{
  double min_arg, max_arg;
  double sum, sum_sqr;
  uint	 max_notzero_dec_len;

public:
  field_real(Item* a, analyse* b) :field_info(a,b),
    min_arg(0), max_arg(0),  sum(0), sum_sqr(0), max_notzero_dec_len(0)
    {
      init_tree(&tree, 0, 0, sizeof(double), compare_double2, NULL, NULL,
                MYF(MY_THREAD_SPECIFIC));
    }

  void	 add() override;
  void	 get_opt_type(String*, ha_rows) override;
  String *get_min_arg(String *s) override
  {
    s->set_real(min_arg, item->decimals, my_thd_charset);
    return s;
  }
  String *get_max_arg(String *s) override
  {
    s->set_real(max_arg, item->decimals, my_thd_charset);
    return s;
  }
  String *avg(String *s, ha_rows rows) override
  {
    if (!(rows - nulls))
      s->set_real((double) 0.0, 1,my_thd_charset);
    else
      s->set_real(((double)sum / (double) (rows - nulls)), item->decimals,my_thd_charset);
    return s;
  }
  String *std(String *s, ha_rows rows) override
  {
    double tmp = ulonglong2double(rows);
    if (!(tmp - nulls))
      s->set_real((double) 0.0, 1,my_thd_charset);
    else
    {
      double tmp2 = ((sum_sqr - sum * sum / (tmp - nulls)) /
		     (tmp - nulls));
      s->set_real(((double) tmp2 <= 0.0 ? 0.0 : sqrt(tmp2)), item->decimals,my_thd_charset);
    }
    return s;
  }
  uint	 decimals() override { return item->decimals; }
  friend int collect_real(double *element, element_count count,
			  TREE_INFO *info);
  tree_walk_action collect_enum() override
  { return collect_real;}
};

int collect_longlong(void *element, element_count count, void *info);

class field_longlong: public field_info
{
  longlong min_arg, max_arg;
  longlong sum, sum_sqr;

public:
  field_longlong(Item* a, analyse* b) :field_info(a,b), 
    min_arg(0), max_arg(0), sum(0), sum_sqr(0)
  {
    init_tree(&tree, 0, 0, sizeof(longlong), compare_longlong2, NULL, NULL,
              MYF(MY_THREAD_SPECIFIC));
  }

  void	 add() override;
  void	 get_opt_type(String*, ha_rows) override;
  String *get_min_arg(String *s) override { s->set(min_arg,my_thd_charset); return s; }
  String *get_max_arg(String *s) override { s->set(max_arg,my_thd_charset); return s; }
  String *avg(String *s, ha_rows rows) override
  {
    if (!(rows - nulls))
      s->set_real((double) 0.0, 1,my_thd_charset);
    else
      s->set_real(((double) sum / (double) (rows - nulls)), DEC_IN_AVG,my_thd_charset);
    return s;
  }
  String *std(String *s, ha_rows rows) override
  {
    double tmp = ulonglong2double(rows);
    if (!(tmp - nulls))
      s->set_real((double) 0.0, 1,my_thd_charset);
    else
    {
      double tmp2 = ((sum_sqr - sum * sum / (tmp - nulls)) /
		    (tmp - nulls));
      s->set_real(((double) tmp2 <= 0.0 ? 0.0 : sqrt(tmp2)), DEC_IN_AVG,my_thd_charset);
    }
    return s;
  }
  friend int collect_longlong(longlong *element, element_count count,
			      TREE_INFO *info);
  tree_walk_action collect_enum() override
  { return collect_longlong;}
};

int collect_ulonglong(void *element, element_count count, void *info);

class field_ulonglong: public field_info
{
  ulonglong min_arg, max_arg;
  ulonglong sum, sum_sqr;

public:
  field_ulonglong(Item* a, analyse * b) :field_info(a,b),
    min_arg(0), max_arg(0), sum(0),sum_sqr(0)
  {
    init_tree(&tree, 0, 0, sizeof(ulonglong), compare_ulonglong2, NULL, NULL,
              MYF(MY_THREAD_SPECIFIC));
  }
  void	 add() override;
  void	 get_opt_type(String*, ha_rows) override;
  String *get_min_arg(String *s) override { s->set(min_arg,my_thd_charset); return s; }
  String *get_max_arg(String *s) override { s->set(max_arg,my_thd_charset); return s; }
  String *avg(String *s, ha_rows rows) override
  {
    if (!(rows - nulls))
      s->set_real((double) 0.0, 1,my_thd_charset);
    else
      s->set_real((ulonglong2double(sum) / ulonglong2double(rows - nulls)),
	     DEC_IN_AVG,my_thd_charset);
    return s;
  }
  String *std(String *s, ha_rows rows) override
  {
    double tmp = ulonglong2double(rows);
    if (!(tmp - nulls))
      s->set_real((double) 0.0, 1,my_thd_charset);
    else
    {
      double tmp2 = ((ulonglong2double(sum_sqr) - 
		     ulonglong2double(sum * sum) / (tmp - nulls)) /
		     (tmp - nulls));
      s->set_real(((double) tmp2 <= 0.0 ? 0.0 : sqrt(tmp2)), DEC_IN_AVG,my_thd_charset);
    }
    return s;
  }
  friend int collect_ulonglong(ulonglong *element, element_count count,
			       TREE_INFO *info);
  tree_walk_action collect_enum() override
  { return collect_ulonglong; }
};


Procedure *proc_analyse_init(THD *thd, ORDER *param,
			     select_result *result,
			     List<Item> &field_list);

class analyse: public Procedure
{
protected:
  Item_proc    *func_items[10];
  List<Item>   fields, result_fields;
  field_info   **f_info, **f_end;
  ha_rows      rows;
  uint	       output_str_length;

public:
  uint max_tree_elements, max_treemem;

  analyse(select_result *res) :Procedure(res, PROC_NO_SORT), f_info(0),
    rows(0), output_str_length(0) {}

  ~analyse()
  {
    if (f_info)
    {
      for (field_info **f=f_info; f != f_end; f++)
	delete (*f);
    }
  }
  void add() override {}
  bool change_columns(THD *thd, List<Item> &fields) override;
  int  send_row(List<Item> &field_list) override;
  void end_group(void) override {}
  int end_of_records(void) override;
  friend Procedure *proc_analyse_init(THD *thd, ORDER *param,
				      select_result *result,
				      List<Item> &field_list);
};

#endif /* SQL_ANALYSE_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (C) 2013-2018 Codership Oy <info@codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
   51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA. */

#ifndef WSREP_SST_H
#define WSREP_SST_H

#include <my_config.h>

#include "wsrep/gtid.hpp"
#include <my_global.h>
#include <string>

#define WSREP_SST_OPT_ROLE     "--role"
#define WSREP_SST_OPT_ADDR     "--address"
#define WSREP_SST_OPT_AUTH     "--auth"
#define WSREP_SST_OPT_DATA     "--datadir"
#define WSREP_SST_OPT_CONF     "--defaults-file"
#define WSREP_SST_OPT_CONF_SUFFIX "--defaults-group-suffix"
#define WSREP_SST_OPT_CONF_EXTRA  "--defaults-extra-file"
#define WSREP_SST_OPT_PARENT   "--parent"
#define WSREP_SST_OPT_BINLOG   "--binlog"
#define WSREP_SST_OPT_BINLOG_INDEX "--binlog-index"
#define WSREP_SST_OPT_PROGRESS "--progress"
#define WSREP_SST_OPT_MYSQLD   "--mysqld-args"

// mysqldump-specific options
#define WSREP_SST_OPT_USER     "--user"
#define WSREP_SST_OPT_PSWD     "--password"
#define WSREP_SST_OPT_HOST     "--host"
#define WSREP_SST_OPT_PORT     "--port"
#define WSREP_SST_OPT_LPORT    "--local-port"

// donor-specific
#define WSREP_SST_OPT_SOCKET   "--socket"
#define WSREP_SST_OPT_GTID     "--gtid"
#define WSREP_SST_OPT_BYPASS   "--bypass"
#define WSREP_SST_OPT_GTID_DOMAIN_ID "--gtid-domain-id"

#define WSREP_SST_MYSQLDUMP    "mysqldump"
#define WSREP_SST_RSYNC        "rsync"
#define WSREP_SST_SKIP         "skip"
#define WSREP_SST_MARIABACKUP  "mariabackup"
#define WSREP_SST_XTRABACKUP   "xtrabackup"
#define WSREP_SST_XTRABACKUPV2 "xtrabackupv2"
#define WSREP_SST_DEFAULT      WSREP_SST_RSYNC
#define WSREP_SST_ADDRESS_AUTO "AUTO"
#define WSREP_SST_AUTH_MASK    "********"

/* system variables */
extern const char* wsrep_sst_method;
extern const char* wsrep_sst_receive_address;
extern const char* wsrep_sst_donor;
extern const char* wsrep_sst_auth;
extern my_bool wsrep_sst_donor_rejects_queries;

/*! Synchronizes applier thread start with init thread */
extern void wsrep_sst_grab();
/*! Init thread waits for SST completion */
extern bool wsrep_sst_wait();
/*! Signals wsrep that initialization is complete, writesets can be applied */
extern bool wsrep_sst_continue();
extern void wsrep_sst_auth_init();
extern void wsrep_sst_auth_free();

extern void wsrep_SE_init_grab();   /*! grab init critical section */
extern void wsrep_SE_init_wait();   /*! wait for SE init to complete */
extern void wsrep_SE_init_done();   /*! signal that SE init is complte */
extern void wsrep_SE_initialized(); /*! mark SE initialization complete */

/**
   Return a string containing the state transfer request string.
   Note that the string may contain a '\0' in the middle.
*/
std::string wsrep_sst_prepare();

/**
   Donate a SST.

  @param request SST request string received from the joiner. Note that
                 the string may contain a '\0' in the middle.
  @param gtid    Current position of the donor
  @param bypass  If true, full SST is not needed. Joiner needs to be
                 notified that it can continue starting from gtid.
 */
int wsrep_sst_donate(const std::string& request,
                     const wsrep::gtid& gtid,
                     bool bypass);

#else
#define wsrep_SE_initialized() do { } while(0)
#define wsrep_SE_init_grab() do { } while(0)
#define wsrep_SE_init_done() do { } while(0)
#define wsrep_sst_continue() (0)

#endif /* WSREP_SST_H */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2018, 2019 MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef ROWID_FILTER_INCLUDED
#define ROWID_FILTER_INCLUDED


#include "mariadb.h"
#include "sql_array.h"

/*

  What rowid / primary filters are
  --------------------------------

  Consider a join query Q of the form
    SELECT * FROM T1, ... , Tk WHERE P.

  For any of the table reference Ti(Q) from the from clause of Q different
  rowid / primary key filters (pk-filters for short) can be built.
  A pk-filter F built for Ti(Q) is a set of rowids / primary keys of Ti
  F= {pk1,...,pkN} such that for any row r=r1||...||rk from the result set of Q
  ri's rowid / primary key pk(ri) is contained in F.

  When pk-filters are useful
  --------------------------

  If building a pk-filter F for Ti(Q )is not too costly and its cardinality #F
  is much less than the cardinality of T - #T then using the pk-filter when
  executing Q might be quite beneficial.

  Let r be a random row from Ti. Let s(F) be the probability that pk(r)
  belongs to F. Let BC(F) be the cost of building F.

  Suppose that the optimizer has chosen for Q a plan with this join order
  T1 => ... Tk and that the table Ti is accessed by a ref access using index I.
  Let K = {k1,...,kM} be the set of all rowid/primary keys values used to access
  rows of Ti when looking for matches in this table.to join Ti by index I.

  Let's assume that two set sets K and F are uncorrelated.  With this assumption
  if before accessing data from Ti by the rowid / primary key k we first
  check whether k is in F then we can expect saving on M*(1-s(S)) accesses of
  data rows from Ti. If we can guarantee that test whether k is in F is
  relatively cheap then we can gain a lot assuming that BC(F) is much less
  then the cost of fetching M*(1-s(S)) records from Ti and following
  evaluation of conditions pushed into Ti.

  Making pk-filter test cheap
  ---------------------------

  If the search structure to test whether an element is in F can be fully
  placed in RAM then this test is expected to be much cheaper than a random
  access of a record from Ti. We'll consider two search structures for
  pk-filters: ordered array and bloom filter. Ordered array is easy to
  implement, but it's space consuming. If a filter contains primary keys
  then at least space for each primary key from the filter must be allocated
  in the search structure. On a the opposite a bloom filter requires a
  fixed number of bits and this number does not depend on the cardinality
  of the pk-filter (10 bits per element will serve pk-filter of any size).

*/

/*

  How and when the optimizer builds and uses range rowid filters
  --------------------------------------------------------------

  1. In make_join_statistics()
       for each join table s
         after the call of get_quick_record_count()
           the TABLE::method init_cost_info_for_usable_range_rowid_filters()
           is called
           The method build an array of Range_rowid_filter_cost_info elements
           containing the cost info on possible range filters for s->table.
           The array is optimized for further usage.

  2. For each partial join order when the optimizer considers joining
     table s to this partial join
       In the function best_access_path()
       a. When evaluating a ref access r by index idx to join s
          the optimizer estimates the effect of usage of each possible
          range filter f and chooses one with the best gain. The gain
          is taken into account when the cost of thr ref access r is
          calculated. If it turns out that this is the best ref access
          to join s then the info about the chosen filter together
          with the info on r is remembered in the corresponding element
          of the array of POSITION structures.
          [We evaluate every pair (ref access, range_filter) rather then
           every pair (best ref access, range filter) because if the index
           ref_idx used for ref access r correlates with the index rf_idx
           used  by the filter f then the pair (r,f) is not evaluated
           at all as we don't know how to estimate the effect of correlation
           between ref_idx and rf_idx.]
       b. When evaluating the best range access to join table s the
          optimizer estimates the effect of usage of each possible
          range filter f and chooses one with the best gain.
          [Here we should have evaluated every pair (range access,
           range filter) as well, but it's not done yet.]

  3. When the cheapest execution plan has been chosen and after the
     call of JOIN::get_best_combination()
       The method JOIN::make_range_rowid_filters() is called
       For each range rowid filter used in the chosen execution plan
       the method creates a quick select object to be able to perform
       index range scan to fill the filter at the execution stage.
       The method also creates Range_rowid_filter objects that are
       used at the execution stage.

  4. Just before the execution stage
       The method JOIN::init_range_rowid_filters() is called.
       For each join table s that is to be accessed with usage of a range
       filter the method allocates containers for the range filter and
       it lets the engine know that the filter will be used when
       accessing s.

  5. At the execution stage
       In the function sub_select() just before the first access of a join
       table s employing a range filter
         The method JOIN_TAB::build_range_rowid_filter() is called
         The method fills the filter using the quick select created by
         JOIN::make_range_rowid_filters().

  6. The accessed key tuples are checked against the filter within the engine
     using the info pushed into it.

*/

struct TABLE;
class SQL_SELECT;
class Rowid_filter_container;
class Range_rowid_filter_cost_info;

typedef enum
{
  SORTED_ARRAY_CONTAINER,
  BLOOM_FILTER_CONTAINER      // Not used yet
} Rowid_filter_container_type;

/**
  @class Rowid_filter_container

  The interface for different types of containers to store info on the set
  of rowids / primary keys that defines a pk-filter.

  There will be two implementations of this abstract class.
  - sorted array
  - bloom filter
*/

class Rowid_filter_container : public Sql_alloc
{
public:

  virtual Rowid_filter_container_type get_type() = 0;

  /* Allocate memory for the container */
  virtual bool alloc() = 0;

  /*
    @brief Add info on a rowid / primary to the container
    @param ctxt   The context info (opaque)
    @param elem   The rowid / primary key to be added to the container
    @retval       true if elem is successfully added
  */
  virtual bool add(void *ctxt, char *elem) = 0;

  /*
    @brief Check whether a rowid / primary key is in container
    @param ctxt   The context info (opaque)
    @param elem   The rowid / primary key to be checked against the container
    @retval       False if elem is definitely not in the container
  */
  virtual bool check(void *ctxt, char *elem) = 0;

  /* True if the container does not contain any element */
  bool is_empty() { return elements() == 0; }
  virtual uint elements() = 0;
  virtual void sort (int (*cmp) (void *ctxt, const void *el1, const void *el2),
                     void *cmp_arg) = 0;

  virtual ~Rowid_filter_container() = default;
};


/**
  @class Rowid_filter

  The interface for different types of pk-filters

  Currently we support only range pk filters.
*/

class Rowid_filter : public Sql_alloc
{
protected:

  /* The container to store info the set of elements in the filter */
  Rowid_filter_container *container;

  Rowid_filter_tracker *tracker;

public:
  enum build_return_code {
    SUCCESS,
    NON_FATAL_ERROR,
    FATAL_ERROR,
  };
  Rowid_filter(Rowid_filter_container *container_arg)
    : container(container_arg) {}

  /*
    Build the filter :
    fill it with info on the set of elements placed there
  */
  virtual build_return_code build() = 0;

  /*
    Check whether an element is in the filter.
    Returns false is the elements is definitely not in the filter.
  */
  virtual bool check(char *elem) = 0;

  virtual ~Rowid_filter() = default;

  bool is_empty() { return container->is_empty(); }

  Rowid_filter_container *get_container() { return container; }

  void set_tracker(Rowid_filter_tracker *track_arg) { tracker= track_arg; }
  Rowid_filter_tracker *get_tracker() { return tracker; }
};


/**
  @class Rowid_filter_container

  The implementation of the Rowid_interface used for pk-filters
  that are filled when performing range index scans.
*/

class Range_rowid_filter: public Rowid_filter
{
  /* The table for which the rowid filter is built */
  TABLE *table;
  /* The select to perform the range scan to fill the filter */
  SQL_SELECT *select;
  /* The cost info on the filter (used for EXPLAIN/ANALYZE) */
  Range_rowid_filter_cost_info *cost_info;

public:
  Range_rowid_filter(TABLE *tab,
                     Range_rowid_filter_cost_info *cost_arg,
                     Rowid_filter_container *container_arg,
                     SQL_SELECT *sel)
    : Rowid_filter(container_arg), table(tab), select(sel), cost_info(cost_arg)
  {}

  ~Range_rowid_filter();

  build_return_code build() override;

  bool check(char *elem) override
  {
    if (container->is_empty())
      return false;
    bool was_checked= container->check(table, elem);
    tracker->increment_checked_elements_count(was_checked);
    return was_checked;
  }

  SQL_SELECT *get_select() { return select; }
};


/**
  @class Refpos_container_sorted_array

  The wrapper class over Dynamic_array<char> to facilitate operations over
  array of elements of the type char[N] where N is the same for all elements
*/

class Refpos_container_sorted_array : public Sql_alloc
{
  /* 
    Maximum number of elements in the array
    (Now is used only at the initialization of the dynamic array)
  */
  uint max_elements;
  /* Number of bytes allocated for an element */
  uint elem_size;
  /* The dynamic array over which the wrapper is built */
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY array;
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY_APPEND append;

public:

 Refpos_container_sorted_array(uint max_elems, uint elem_sz)
    :max_elements(max_elems), elem_size(elem_sz)
  {
    bzero(&array, sizeof(array));
  }

  ~Refpos_container_sorted_array()
  {
    delete_dynamic(&array);
  }

  bool alloc()
  {
    /* This can never fail as things will be allocated on demand */
    init_dynamic_array2(PSI_INSTRUMENT_MEM, &array, elem_size, 0,
                        max_elements, 512, MYF(0));
    init_append_dynamic(&append, &array);
    return 0;
  }

  bool add(const char *elem)
  {
    return append_dynamic(&append, elem);
  }

  inline uchar *get_pos(uint n) const
  {
    return dynamic_array_ptr(&array, n);
  }

  inline uint elements() const { return (uint) array.elements; }

  void sort(qsort_cmp2 cmp, void *cmp_arg)
  {
    my_qsort2(array.buffer, array.elements, elem_size, cmp, cmp_arg);
  }
};


/**
  @class Rowid_filter_sorted_array

  The implementation of the Rowid_filter_container interface as
  a sorted array container of rowids / primary keys
*/

class Rowid_filter_sorted_array: public Rowid_filter_container
{
  /* The dynamic array to store rowids / primary keys */
  Refpos_container_sorted_array refpos_container;

public:
  Rowid_filter_sorted_array(uint elems, uint elem_size)
    : refpos_container(elems, elem_size) {}

  Rowid_filter_container_type get_type() override
  { return SORTED_ARRAY_CONTAINER; }

  bool alloc() override { return refpos_container.alloc(); }

  bool add(void *ctxt, char *elem) override
  { return refpos_container.add(elem); }

  bool check(void *ctxt, char *elem) override;

  uint elements() override { return refpos_container.elements(); }

  void sort (int (*cmp) (void *ctxt, const void *el1, const void *el2),
                         void *cmp_arg) override
  {
    return refpos_container.sort(cmp, cmp_arg);
  }

};

/**
  @class Range_rowid_filter_cost_info

  An objects of this class is created for each potentially usable
  range filter. It contains the info that allows to figure out
  whether usage of the range filter promises some gain.
*/

class Range_rowid_filter_cost_info final: public Sql_alloc
{
  /* The table for which the range filter is to be built (if needed) */
  TABLE *table;
  /* Estimated number of elements in the filter */
  ulonglong est_elements;
  /* The index whose range scan would be used to build the range filter */
  uint key_no;
  double cost_of_building_range_filter;
  double where_cost, base_lookup_cost, rowid_compare_cost;

  /*
     (gain*row_combinations)-cost_of_building_range_filter yields the gain of
     the filter for 'row_combinations' key tuples of the index key_no
     calculated with avg_access_and_eval_gain_per_row(container_type);
  */
  double gain;
  /* The value of row_combinations where the gain is 0 */
  double cross_x;
  /* Used for pruning of the potential range filters */
  key_map abs_independent;

  /*
    These two parameters are used to choose the best range filter
    in the function TABLE::best_range_rowid_filter_for_partial_join
  */
  double gain_adj;
  double cross_x_adj;

public:
  /* The selectivity of the range filter */
  double selectivity;
  /* The type of the container of the range filter */
  Rowid_filter_container_type container_type;

  Range_rowid_filter_cost_info() : table(0), key_no(0) {}

  void init(Rowid_filter_container_type cont_type,
            TABLE *tab, uint key_no);

  double build_cost(Rowid_filter_container_type container_type);

  double lookup_cost(Rowid_filter_container_type cont_type);
  inline double lookup_cost() { return lookup_cost(container_type); }

  inline double
   avg_access_and_eval_gain_per_row(Rowid_filter_container_type cont_type,
                                    double cost_of_row_fetch);

  inline double avg_adjusted_gain_per_row(double access_cost_factor);

  inline void set_adjusted_gain_param(double access_cost_factor);

  /* Get the gain that usage of filter promises for r key tuples */
  inline double get_gain(double row_combinations)
  {
    return row_combinations * gain - cost_of_building_range_filter;
  }

  /* Get the adjusted gain that usage of filter promises for r key tuples */
  inline double get_adjusted_gain(double row_combinations)
  {
    return row_combinations * gain_adj - cost_of_building_range_filter;
  }

  /*
    The gain promised by usage of the filter for r key tuples
    due to less condition evaluations
  */
  inline double get_cmp_gain(double row_combinations)
  {
    return (row_combinations * (1 - selectivity) * where_cost);
  }

  Rowid_filter_container *create_container();

  double get_setup_cost() const { return cost_of_building_range_filter; }
  double get_lookup_cost();
  double get_gain() const { return gain; }
  uint get_key_no() const { return key_no; }

  void trace_info(THD *thd);

  friend
  void TABLE::prune_range_rowid_filters();

  friend
  void TABLE::init_cost_info_for_usable_range_rowid_filters(THD *thd);

  /* Best range row id filter for parital join */
  friend
  Range_rowid_filter_cost_info *
  TABLE::best_range_rowid_filter(uint access_key_no,
                                 double records,
                                 double fetch_cost,
                                 double index_only_cost,
                                 double prev_records,
                                 double *records_out);
  Range_rowid_filter_cost_info *
    apply_filter(THD *thd, TABLE *table, ALL_READ_COST *cost,
                 double *records_arg,
                 double *startup_cost,
                 uint ranges, double record_count);
};

#endif /* ROWID_FILTER_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2012, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  51 Franklin Street, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef PFS_IDLE_PROVIDER_H
#define PFS_IDLE_PROVIDER_H

/**
  @file include/pfs_idle_provider.h
  Performance schema instrumentation (declarations).
*/

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_IDLE_INTERFACE
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
#ifndef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"

#define PSI_IDLE_CALL(M) pfs_ ## M ## _v1

C_MODE_START

PSI_idle_locker*
pfs_start_idle_wait_v1(PSI_idle_locker_state* state, const char *src_file, uint src_line);

void pfs_end_idle_wait_v1(PSI_idle_locker* locker);

C_MODE_END

#endif /* MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN */
#endif /* EMBEDDED_LIBRARY */
#endif /* MYSQL_SERVER */
#endif /* HAVE_PSI_IDLE_INTERFACE */

#endif

/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   Copyright (c) 2017, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/* For use with thr_lock:s */

#ifndef _thr_lock_h
#define _thr_lock_h
#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include <my_pthread.h>
#include <my_list.h>

struct st_thr_lock;
extern ulong locks_immediate,locks_waited ;

/*
  Important: if a new lock type is added, a matching lock description
             must be added to sql_test.cc's lock_descriptions array.
*/
enum thr_lock_type { TL_IGNORE=-1,
		     TL_UNLOCK,			/* UNLOCK ANY LOCK */
                     /*
                       Parser only! At open_tables() becomes TL_READ or
                       TL_READ_NO_INSERT depending on the binary log format
                       (SBR/RBR) and on the table category (log table).
                       Used for tables that are read by statements which
                       modify tables.
                     */
                     TL_READ_DEFAULT,
		     TL_READ,			/* Read lock */
		     TL_READ_WITH_SHARED_LOCKS,
		     /* High prior. than TL_WRITE. Allow concurrent insert */
		     TL_READ_HIGH_PRIORITY,
		     /* READ, Don't allow concurrent insert */
		     TL_READ_NO_INSERT,
		     /* READ, but skip locks if found */
		     TL_READ_SKIP_LOCKED,
		     /* 
			Write lock, but allow other threads to read / write.
			Used by BDB tables in MySQL to mark that someone is
			reading/writing to the table.
		      */
		     TL_WRITE_ALLOW_WRITE,
		     /*
		       WRITE lock used by concurrent insert. Will allow
		       READ, if one could use concurrent insert on table.
		     */
		     TL_WRITE_CONCURRENT_INSERT,
		     /* Write used by INSERT DELAYED.  Allows READ locks */
		     TL_WRITE_DELAYED,
                     /* 
                       parser only! Late bound low_priority flag. 
                       At open_tables() becomes thd->update_lock_default.
                     */
                     TL_WRITE_DEFAULT,
		     /* WRITE lock that has lower priority than TL_READ */
		     TL_WRITE_LOW_PRIORITY,
		     /* WRITE, but skip locks if found */
		     TL_WRITE_SKIP_LOCKED,
		     /* Normal WRITE lock */
		     TL_WRITE,
		     /* Abort new lock request with an error */
		     TL_WRITE_ONLY};

/*
  TL_FIRST_WRITE is here to impose some consistency in the sql
  layer on determining read/write transactions and to
  provide some API compatibility if additional transactions
  are added. Above or equal to TL_FIRST_WRITE is a write transaction
  while < TL_FIRST_WRITE is a read transaction.
*/
#define TL_FIRST_WRITE TL_WRITE_ALLOW_WRITE

enum enum_thr_lock_result { THR_LOCK_SUCCESS= 0, THR_LOCK_ABORTED= 1,
                            THR_LOCK_WAIT_TIMEOUT= 2, THR_LOCK_DEADLOCK= 3 };


/* Priority for locks */
#define THR_LOCK_LATE_PRIV  1U	/* For locks to be merged with org lock */
#define THR_LOCK_MERGE_PRIV 2U	/* For merge tables */

#define THR_UNLOCK_UPDATE_STATUS 1U

extern ulong max_write_lock_count;
extern my_bool thr_lock_inited;
extern enum thr_lock_type thr_upgraded_concurrent_insert_lock;

/*
  A description of the thread which owns the lock. The address
  of an instance of this structure is used to uniquely identify the thread.
*/

typedef struct st_thr_lock_info
{
  pthread_t thread;
  my_thread_id thread_id;
  void *mysql_thd;        // THD pointer
} THR_LOCK_INFO;


typedef struct st_thr_lock_data {
  THR_LOCK_INFO *owner;
  struct st_thr_lock_data *next,**prev;
  struct st_thr_lock *lock;
  mysql_cond_t *cond;
  void *status_param;			/* Param to status functions */
  void *debug_print_param;              /* For error messages */
  struct PSI_table *m_psi;
  enum thr_lock_type type;
  enum thr_lock_type org_type;		/* Cache for MariaDB */
  uint priority;
} THR_LOCK_DATA;

struct st_lock_list {
  THR_LOCK_DATA *data,**last;
};

typedef struct st_thr_lock {
  LIST list;
  mysql_mutex_t mutex;
  struct st_lock_list read_wait;
  struct st_lock_list read;
  struct st_lock_list write_wait;
  struct st_lock_list write;
  /* write_lock_count is incremented for write locks and reset on read locks */
  ulong write_lock_count;
  uint read_no_write_count;
  my_bool (*get_status)(void*, my_bool);/* Called when one gets a lock */
  void (*copy_status)(void*,void*);
  void (*update_status)(void*);		/* Before release of write */
  void (*restore_status)(void*);        /* Before release of read */
  my_bool (*start_trans)(void*);	/* When all locks are taken */
  my_bool (*check_status)(void *);
  void   (*fix_status)(void *, void *);/* For thr_merge_locks() */
  const char *name;                     /* Used for error reporting */
  my_bool allow_multiple_concurrent_insert;
} THR_LOCK;


extern LIST *thr_lock_thread_list;
extern mysql_mutex_t THR_LOCK_lock;
struct st_my_thread_var;

my_bool init_thr_lock(void);		/* Must be called once/thread */
void thr_lock_info_init(THR_LOCK_INFO *info, struct st_my_thread_var *tmp);
void thr_lock_init(THR_LOCK *lock);
void thr_lock_delete(THR_LOCK *lock);
void thr_lock_data_init(THR_LOCK *lock,THR_LOCK_DATA *data,
			void *status_param);
void thr_unlock(THR_LOCK_DATA *data, uint unlock_flags);
enum enum_thr_lock_result thr_multi_lock(THR_LOCK_DATA **data,
                                         uint count, THR_LOCK_INFO *owner,
                                         ulong lock_wait_timeout);
void thr_multi_unlock(THR_LOCK_DATA **data,uint count, uint unlock_flags);
void thr_merge_locks(THR_LOCK_DATA **data, uint org_count, uint new_count);
void thr_abort_locks(THR_LOCK *lock, my_bool upgrade_lock);
my_bool thr_abort_locks_for_thread(THR_LOCK *lock, my_thread_id thread);
void thr_print_locks(void);		/* For debugging */
my_bool thr_upgrade_write_delay_lock(THR_LOCK_DATA *data,
                                     enum thr_lock_type new_lock_type,
                                     ulong lock_wait_timeout);
my_bool thr_reschedule_write_lock(THR_LOCK_DATA *data,
                                  ulong lock_wait_timeout);
void thr_set_lock_wait_callback(void (*before_wait)(void),
                                void (*after_wait)(void));

#ifdef WITH_WSREP
  typedef my_bool (* wsrep_thd_is_brute_force_fun)(const MYSQL_THD, my_bool);
  typedef my_bool(* wsrep_abort_thd_fun)(MYSQL_THD, MYSQL_THD, my_bool);
  typedef my_bool (* wsrep_on_fun)(const MYSQL_THD);
  void wsrep_thr_lock_init(
    wsrep_thd_is_brute_force_fun bf_fun, wsrep_abort_thd_fun abort_fun,
    my_bool debug, my_bool convert_LOCK_to_trx, wsrep_on_fun on_fun);
#endif

#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _thr_lock_h */
/* Copyright (c) 2020, 2021, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#pragma once
#ifdef __cplusplus
#include <atomic>
/**
  A wrapper for std::atomic, defaulting to std::memory_order_relaxed.

  When it comes to atomic loads or stores at std::memory_order_relaxed
  on IA-32 or AMD64, this wrapper is only introducing some constraints
  to the C++ compiler, to prevent some optimizations of loads or
  stores.

  On POWER and ARM, atomic loads and stores involve different instructions
  from normal loads and stores and will thus incur some overhead.

  Because atomic read-modify-write operations will always incur
  overhead, we intentionally do not define
  operator++(), operator--(), operator+=(), operator-=(), or similar,
  to make the overhead stand out in the users of this code.
*/
template <typename Type> class Atomic_relaxed
{
  std::atomic<Type> m;
public:
  Atomic_relaxed(const Atomic_relaxed<Type> &rhs)
  { m.store(rhs, std::memory_order_relaxed); }
  Atomic_relaxed(Type val) : m(val) {}
  Atomic_relaxed() = default;

  Type load(std::memory_order o= std::memory_order_relaxed) const
  { return m.load(o); }
  void store(Type i, std::memory_order o= std::memory_order_relaxed)
  { m.store(i, o); }
  operator Type() const { return m.load(); }
  Type operator=(const Type i) { store(i); return i; }
  Type operator=(const Atomic_relaxed<Type> &rhs) { return *this= Type{rhs}; }
  Type operator+=(const Type i) { return fetch_add(i); }
  Type fetch_add(const Type i, std::memory_order o= std::memory_order_relaxed)
  { return m.fetch_add(i, o); }
  Type fetch_sub(const Type i, std::memory_order o= std::memory_order_relaxed)
  { return m.fetch_sub(i, o); }
  Type fetch_xor(const Type i, std::memory_order o= std::memory_order_relaxed)
  { return m.fetch_xor(i, o); }
  Type fetch_and(const Type i, std::memory_order o= std::memory_order_relaxed)
  { return m.fetch_and(i, o); }
  Type fetch_or(const Type i, std::memory_order o= std::memory_order_relaxed)
  { return m.fetch_or(i, o); }
  bool compare_exchange_strong(Type& i1, const Type i2,
                               std::memory_order o1= std::memory_order_relaxed,
                               std::memory_order o2= std::memory_order_relaxed)
  { return m.compare_exchange_strong(i1, i2, o1, o2); }
  Type exchange(const Type i, std::memory_order o= std::memory_order_relaxed)
  { return m.exchange(i, o); }
};
#endif /* __cplusplus */
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2019, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2010, 2022, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @defgroup Semantic_Analysis Semantic Analysis
*/

#ifndef SQL_LEX_INCLUDED
#define SQL_LEX_INCLUDED

#include "violite.h"                            /* SSL_type */
#include "sql_trigger.h"
#include "thr_lock.h"                  /* thr_lock_type, TL_UNLOCK */
#include "mem_root_array.h"
#include "grant.h"
#include "sql_cmd.h"
#include "sql_alter.h"                // Alter_info
#include "sql_window.h"
#include "sql_trigger.h"
#include "sp.h"                       // enum enum_sp_type
#include "sql_tvc.h"
#include "item.h"
#include "sql_limit.h"                // Select_limit_counters
#include "json_table.h"               // Json_table_column
#include "sql_schema.h"
#include "table.h"
#include "sql_class.h"                // enum enum_column_usage
#include "select_handler.h"

/* Used for flags of nesting constructs */
#define SELECT_NESTING_MAP_SIZE 64
typedef Bitmap<SELECT_NESTING_MAP_SIZE> nesting_map;

/* YACC and LEX Definitions */


/**
  A string with metadata. Usually points to a string in the client
  character set, but unlike Lex_ident_cli_st (see below) it does not
  necessarily point to a query fragment. It can also point to memory
  of other kinds (e.g. an additional THD allocated memory buffer
  not overlapping with the current query text).

  We'll add more flags here eventually, to know if the string has, e.g.:
  - multi-byte characters
  - bad byte sequences
  - backslash escapes:   'a\nb'
  and reuse the original query fragments instead of making the string
  copy too early, in Lex_input_stream::get_text().
  This will allow to avoid unnecessary copying, as well as
  create more optimal Item types in sql_yacc.yy
*/
struct Lex_string_with_metadata_st: public LEX_CSTRING
{
private:
  bool m_is_8bit; // True if the string has 8bit characters
  char m_quote;   // Quote character, or 0 if not quoted
public:
  void set_8bit(bool is_8bit) { m_is_8bit= is_8bit; }
  void set_metadata(bool is_8bit, char quote)
  {
    m_is_8bit= is_8bit;
    m_quote= quote;
  }
  void set(const char *s, size_t len, bool is_8bit, char quote)
  {
    str= s;
    length= len;
    set_metadata(is_8bit, quote);
  }
  void set(const LEX_CSTRING *s, bool is_8bit, char quote)
  {
    ((LEX_CSTRING &)*this)= *s;
    set_metadata(is_8bit, quote);
  }
  bool is_8bit() const { return m_is_8bit; }
  bool is_quoted() const { return m_quote != '\0'; }
  char quote() const { return m_quote; }
  // Get string repertoire by the 8-bit flag and the character set
  my_repertoire_t repertoire(CHARSET_INFO *cs) const
  {
    return !m_is_8bit && my_charset_is_ascii_based(cs) ?
           MY_REPERTOIRE_ASCII : MY_REPERTOIRE_UNICODE30;
  }
  // Get string repertoire by the 8-bit flag, for ASCII-based character sets
  my_repertoire_t repertoire() const
  {
    return !m_is_8bit ? MY_REPERTOIRE_ASCII : MY_REPERTOIRE_UNICODE30;
  }
};


/*
  Used to store identifiers in the client character set.
  Points to a query fragment.
*/
struct Lex_ident_cli_st: public Lex_string_with_metadata_st
{
public:
  void set_keyword(const char *s, size_t len)
  {
    set(s, len, false, '\0');
  }
  void set_ident(const char *s, size_t len, bool is_8bit)
  {
    set(s, len, is_8bit, '\0');
  }
  void set_ident_quoted(const char *s, size_t len, bool is_8bit, char quote)
  {
    set(s, len, is_8bit, quote);
  }
  void set_unquoted(const LEX_CSTRING *s, bool is_8bit)
  {
    set(s, is_8bit, '\0');
  }
  const char *pos() const { return str - is_quoted(); }
  const char *end() const { return str + length + is_quoted(); }
};


class Lex_ident_cli: public Lex_ident_cli_st
{
public:
  Lex_ident_cli(const LEX_CSTRING *s, bool is_8bit)
  {
    set_unquoted(s, is_8bit);
  }
  Lex_ident_cli(const char *s, size_t len)
  {
    set_ident(s, len, false);
  }
};


struct Lex_ident_sys_st: public LEX_CSTRING, Sql_alloc
{
public:
  bool copy_ident_cli(const THD *thd, const Lex_ident_cli_st *str);
  bool copy_keyword(const THD *thd, const Lex_ident_cli_st *str);
  bool copy_sys(const THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *str);
  bool convert(const THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *str, CHARSET_INFO *cs);
  bool copy_or_convert(const THD *thd, const Lex_ident_cli_st *str,
                       CHARSET_INFO *cs);
  bool is_null() const { return str == NULL; }
  bool to_size_number(ulonglong *to) const;
  void set_valid_utf8(const LEX_CSTRING *name)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(Well_formed_prefix(system_charset_info, name->str,
                                   name->length).length() == name->length);
    str= name->str ; length= name->length;
  }
};


class Lex_ident_sys: public Lex_ident_sys_st
{
public:
  Lex_ident_sys(const THD *thd, const Lex_ident_cli_st *str)
  {
    if (copy_ident_cli(thd, str))
      ((LEX_CSTRING &) *this)= null_clex_str;
  }
  Lex_ident_sys()
  {
    ((LEX_CSTRING &) *this)= null_clex_str;
  }
  Lex_ident_sys(const char *name, size_t length)
  {
    LEX_CSTRING tmp= {name, length};
    set_valid_utf8(&tmp);
  }
  Lex_ident_sys(const THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *str)
  {
    set_valid_utf8(str);
  }
  Lex_ident_sys & operator=(const Lex_ident_sys_st &name)
  {
    Lex_ident_sys_st::operator=(name);
    return *this;
  }
};


struct Lex_column_list_privilege_st
{
  List<Lex_ident_sys> *m_columns;
  privilege_t m_privilege;
};


class Lex_column_list_privilege: public Lex_column_list_privilege_st
{
public:
  Lex_column_list_privilege(List<Lex_ident_sys> *columns, privilege_t privilege)
  {
    m_columns= columns;
    m_privilege= privilege;
  }
};


/**
  ORDER BY ... LIMIT parameters;
*/
class Lex_order_limit_lock: public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  SQL_I_List<st_order> *order_list;   /* ORDER clause */
  Lex_select_lock lock;
  Lex_select_limit limit;

  Lex_order_limit_lock() :order_list(NULL)
  {}

  bool set_to(st_select_lex *sel);
};


enum sub_select_type
{
  UNSPECIFIED_TYPE,
  /* following 3 enums should be as they are*/
  UNION_TYPE, INTERSECT_TYPE, EXCEPT_TYPE,
  GLOBAL_OPTIONS_TYPE, DERIVED_TABLE_TYPE, OLAP_TYPE
};

enum set_op_type
{
  UNSPECIFIED,
  UNION_DISTINCT, UNION_ALL,
  EXCEPT_DISTINCT, EXCEPT_ALL,
  INTERSECT_DISTINCT, INTERSECT_ALL
};

inline int cmp_unit_op(enum sub_select_type op1, enum sub_select_type op2)
{
  DBUG_ASSERT(op1 >= UNION_TYPE && op1 <= EXCEPT_TYPE);
  DBUG_ASSERT(op2 >= UNION_TYPE && op2 <= EXCEPT_TYPE);
  return (op1 == INTERSECT_TYPE ? 1 : 0) - (op2 == INTERSECT_TYPE ? 1 : 0);
}

enum unit_common_op {OP_MIX, OP_UNION, OP_INTERSECT, OP_EXCEPT};

enum enum_view_suid
{
  VIEW_SUID_INVOKER= 0,
  VIEW_SUID_DEFINER= 1,
  VIEW_SUID_DEFAULT= 2
};


enum plsql_cursor_attr_t
{
  PLSQL_CURSOR_ATTR_ISOPEN,
  PLSQL_CURSOR_ATTR_FOUND,
  PLSQL_CURSOR_ATTR_NOTFOUND,
  PLSQL_CURSOR_ATTR_ROWCOUNT
};


enum enum_sp_suid_behaviour
{
  SP_IS_DEFAULT_SUID= 0,
  SP_IS_NOT_SUID,
  SP_IS_SUID
};


enum enum_sp_aggregate_type
{
  DEFAULT_AGGREGATE= 0,
  NOT_AGGREGATE,
  GROUP_AGGREGATE
};


/* These may not be declared yet */
class Table_ident;
class sql_exchange;
class LEX_COLUMN;
class sp_head;
class sp_name;
class sp_instr;
class sp_instr_cfetch;
class sp_pcontext;
class sp_variable;
class sp_fetch_target;
class sp_expr_lex;
class sp_assignment_lex;
class partition_info;
class Event_parse_data;
class set_var_base;
class sys_var;
class Item_func_match;
class File_parser;
class Key_part_spec;
class Item_window_func;
struct sql_digest_state;
class With_clause;
class my_var;
class select_handler;
class Pushdown_select;

#define ALLOC_ROOT_SET 1024

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
/*
  There are 8 different type of table access so there is no more than
  combinations 2^8 = 256:

  . STMT_READS_TRANS_TABLE

  . STMT_READS_NON_TRANS_TABLE

  . STMT_READS_TEMP_TRANS_TABLE

  . STMT_READS_TEMP_NON_TRANS_TABLE

  . STMT_WRITES_TRANS_TABLE

  . STMT_WRITES_NON_TRANS_TABLE

  . STMT_WRITES_TEMP_TRANS_TABLE

  . STMT_WRITES_TEMP_NON_TRANS_TABLE

  The unsafe conditions for each combination is represented within a byte
  and stores the status of the option --binlog-direct-non-trans-updates,
  whether the trx-cache is empty or not, and whether the isolation level
  is lower than ISO_REPEATABLE_READ:

  . option (OFF/ON)
  . trx-cache (empty/not empty)
  . isolation (>= ISO_REPEATABLE_READ / < ISO_REPEATABLE_READ)

  bits 0 : . OFF, . empty, . >= ISO_REPEATABLE_READ
  bits 1 : . OFF, . empty, . < ISO_REPEATABLE_READ
  bits 2 : . OFF, . not empty, . >= ISO_REPEATABLE_READ
  bits 3 : . OFF, . not empty, . < ISO_REPEATABLE_READ
  bits 4 : . ON, . empty, . >= ISO_REPEATABLE_READ
  bits 5 : . ON, . empty, . < ISO_REPEATABLE_READ
  bits 6 : . ON, . not empty, . >= ISO_REPEATABLE_READ
  bits 7 : . ON, . not empty, . < ISO_REPEATABLE_READ
*/
extern uint binlog_unsafe_map[256];
/*
  Initializes the array with unsafe combinations and its respective
  conditions.
*/
void binlog_unsafe_map_init();
#endif

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
/*
  The following hack is needed because yy_*.cc do not define
  YYSTYPE before including this file
*/
#ifdef MYSQL_YACC
#define LEX_YYSTYPE void *
#else
#include "lex_symbol.h"
#ifdef MYSQL_LEX
#include "item_func.h"            /* Cast_target used in yy_mariadb.hh */
#include "sql_get_diagnostics.h"  /* Types used in yy_mariadb.hh */
#include "sp_pcontext.h"
#include "yy_mariadb.hh"
#define LEX_YYSTYPE YYSTYPE *
#else
#define LEX_YYSTYPE void *
#endif
#endif
#endif

// describe/explain types
#define DESCRIBE_NORMAL         1
#define DESCRIBE_EXTENDED       2
/*
  This is not within #ifdef because we want "EXPLAIN PARTITIONS ..." to produce
  additional "partitions" column even if partitioning is not compiled in.
*/
#define DESCRIBE_PARTITIONS	4
#define DESCRIBE_EXTENDED2	8

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER

extern const LEX_STRING  empty_lex_str;
extern const LEX_CSTRING empty_clex_str;
extern const LEX_CSTRING star_clex_str;
extern const LEX_CSTRING param_clex_str;

enum enum_sp_data_access
{
  SP_DEFAULT_ACCESS= 0,
  SP_CONTAINS_SQL,
  SP_NO_SQL,
  SP_READS_SQL_DATA,
  SP_MODIFIES_SQL_DATA
};

#define DERIVED_SUBQUERY        1
#define DERIVED_VIEW            2
#define DERIVED_WITH            4

enum enum_view_create_mode
{
  VIEW_CREATE_NEW,              // check that there are not such VIEW/table
  VIEW_ALTER,                   // check that VIEW .frm with such name exists
  VIEW_CREATE_OR_REPLACE        // check only that there are not such table
};


class Create_view_info: public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  LEX_CSTRING select;              // The SELECT statement of CREATE VIEW
  enum enum_view_create_mode mode;
  uint16 algorithm;
  uint8 check;
  enum enum_view_suid suid;
  Create_view_info(enum_view_create_mode mode_arg,
                   uint16 algorithm_arg,
                   enum_view_suid suid_arg)
   :select(null_clex_str),
    mode(mode_arg),
    algorithm(algorithm_arg),
    check(VIEW_CHECK_NONE),
    suid(suid_arg)
  { }
};


enum enum_drop_mode
{
  DROP_DEFAULT, // mode is not specified
  DROP_CASCADE, // CASCADE option
  DROP_RESTRICT // RESTRICT option
};

/* Options to add_table_to_list() */
#define TL_OPTION_UPDATING      1
#define TL_OPTION_FORCE_INDEX   2
#define TL_OPTION_IGNORE_LEAVES 4
#define TL_OPTION_ALIAS         8
#define TL_OPTION_SEQUENCE      16
#define TL_OPTION_TABLE_FUNCTION        32

typedef List<Item> List_item;
typedef Mem_root_array<ORDER*, true> Group_list_ptrs;

/* SERVERS CACHE CHANGES */
typedef struct st_lex_server_options
{
  long port;
  LEX_CSTRING server_name, host, db, username, password, scheme, socket, owner;
  void reset(LEX_CSTRING name)
  {
    server_name= name;
    host= db= username= password= scheme= socket= owner= null_clex_str;
    port= -1;
  }
} LEX_SERVER_OPTIONS;


/**
  Structure to hold parameters for CHANGE MASTER, START SLAVE, and STOP SLAVE.

  Remark: this should not be confused with Master_info (and perhaps
  would better be renamed to st_lex_replication_info).  Some fields,
  e.g., delay, are saved in Relay_log_info, not in Master_info.
*/
struct LEX_MASTER_INFO
{
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY repl_ignore_server_ids;
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY repl_do_domain_ids;
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY repl_ignore_domain_ids;
  const char *host, *user, *password, *log_file_name;
  const char *ssl_key, *ssl_cert, *ssl_ca, *ssl_capath, *ssl_cipher;
  const char *ssl_crl, *ssl_crlpath;
  const char *relay_log_name;
  LEX_CSTRING connection_name;
  /* Value in START SLAVE UNTIL master_gtid_pos=xxx */
  LEX_CSTRING gtid_pos_str;
  ulonglong pos;
  ulong relay_log_pos;
  ulong server_id;
  uint port, connect_retry;
  float heartbeat_period;
  int sql_delay;
  bool is_demotion_opt;
  bool is_until_before_gtids;
  /*
    Enum is used for making it possible to detect if the user
    changed variable or if it should be left at old value
   */
  enum {LEX_MI_UNCHANGED= 0, LEX_MI_DISABLE, LEX_MI_ENABLE}
    ssl, ssl_verify_server_cert, heartbeat_opt, repl_ignore_server_ids_opt,
    repl_do_domain_ids_opt, repl_ignore_domain_ids_opt;
  enum {
    LEX_GTID_UNCHANGED, LEX_GTID_NO, LEX_GTID_CURRENT_POS, LEX_GTID_SLAVE_POS
  } use_gtid_opt;

  void init()
  {
    bzero(this, sizeof(*this));
    my_init_dynamic_array(PSI_INSTRUMENT_ME, &repl_ignore_server_ids,
                          sizeof(::server_id), 0, 16, MYF(0));
    my_init_dynamic_array(PSI_INSTRUMENT_ME, &repl_do_domain_ids,
                          sizeof(ulong), 0, 16, MYF(0));
    my_init_dynamic_array(PSI_INSTRUMENT_ME, &repl_ignore_domain_ids,
                          sizeof(ulong), 0, 16, MYF(0));
    sql_delay= -1;
  }
  void reset(bool is_change_master)
  {
    if (unlikely(is_change_master))
    {
      delete_dynamic(&repl_ignore_server_ids);
      /* Free all the array elements. */
      delete_dynamic(&repl_do_domain_ids);
      delete_dynamic(&repl_ignore_domain_ids);
    }

    host= user= password= log_file_name= ssl_key= ssl_cert= ssl_ca=
      ssl_capath= ssl_cipher= ssl_crl= ssl_crlpath= relay_log_name= NULL;
    pos= relay_log_pos= server_id= port= connect_retry= 0;
    heartbeat_period= 0;
    ssl= ssl_verify_server_cert= heartbeat_opt=
      repl_ignore_server_ids_opt= repl_do_domain_ids_opt=
      repl_ignore_domain_ids_opt= LEX_MI_UNCHANGED;
    gtid_pos_str= null_clex_str;
    use_gtid_opt= LEX_GTID_UNCHANGED;
    sql_delay= -1;
    is_demotion_opt= 0;
    is_until_before_gtids= false;
  }
};

typedef struct st_lex_reset_slave
{
  bool all;
} LEX_RESET_SLAVE;

enum olap_type 
{
  UNSPECIFIED_OLAP_TYPE, CUBE_TYPE, ROLLUP_TYPE
};

/* 
  String names used to print a statement with index hints.
  Keep in sync with index_hint_type.
*/
extern const char * index_hint_type_name[];
typedef uchar index_clause_map;

/*
  Bits in index_clause_map : one for each possible FOR clause in
  USE/FORCE/IGNORE INDEX index hint specification
*/
#define INDEX_HINT_MASK_JOIN  (1)
#define INDEX_HINT_MASK_GROUP (1 << 1)
#define INDEX_HINT_MASK_ORDER (1 << 2)

#define INDEX_HINT_MASK_ALL (INDEX_HINT_MASK_JOIN | INDEX_HINT_MASK_GROUP | \
                             INDEX_HINT_MASK_ORDER)

class select_result_sink;

/* Single element of an USE/FORCE/IGNORE INDEX list specified as a SQL hint  */
class Index_hint : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  /* The type of the hint : USE/FORCE/IGNORE */
  enum index_hint_type type;
  /* Where the hit applies to. A bitmask of INDEX_HINT_MASK_<place> values */
  index_clause_map clause;
  /* 
    The index name. Empty (str=NULL) name represents an empty list 
    USE INDEX () clause 
  */ 
  LEX_CSTRING key_name;

  Index_hint (enum index_hint_type type_arg, index_clause_map clause_arg,
              const char *str, size_t length) :
    type(type_arg), clause(clause_arg)
  {
    key_name.str= str;
    key_name.length= length;
  }

  void print(THD *thd, String *str);
}; 

/* 
  The state of the lex parsing for selects 
   
   master and slaves are pointers to select_lex.
   master is pointer to upper level node.
   slave is pointer to lower level node
   select_lex is a SELECT without union
   unit is container of either
     - One SELECT
     - UNION of selects
   select_lex and unit are both inherited form st_select_lex_node
   neighbors are two select_lex or units on the same level

   All select describing structures linked with following pointers:
   - list of neighbors (next/prev) (prev of first element point to slave
     pointer of upper structure)
     - For select this is a list of UNION's (or one element list)
     - For units this is a list of sub queries for the upper level select

   - pointer to master (master), which is
     If this is a unit
       - pointer to outer select_lex
     If this is a select_lex
       - pointer to outer unit structure for select

   - pointer to slave (slave), which is either:
     If this is a unit:
       - first SELECT that belong to this unit
     If this is a select_lex
       - first unit that belong to this SELECT (subquries or derived tables)

   - list of all select_lex (link_next/link_prev)
     This is to be used for things like derived tables creation, where we
     go through this list and create the derived tables.

   If unit contain several selects (UNION now, INTERSECT etc later)
   then it have special select_lex called fake_select_lex. It used for
   storing global parameters (like ORDER BY, LIMIT) and executing union.
   Subqueries used in global ORDER BY clause will be attached to this
   fake_select_lex, which will allow them correctly resolve fields of
   'upper' UNION and outer selects.

   For example for following query:

   select *
     from table1
     where table1.field IN (select * from table1_1_1 union
                            select * from table1_1_2)
     union
   select *
     from table2
     where table2.field=(select (select f1 from table2_1_1_1_1
                                   where table2_1_1_1_1.f2=table2_1_1.f3)
                           from table2_1_1
                           where table2_1_1.f1=table2.f2)
     union
   select * from table3;

   we will have following structure:

   select1: (select * from table1 ...)
   select2: (select * from table2 ...)
   select3: (select * from table3)
   select1.1.1: (select * from table1_1_1)
   ...

     main unit
     fake0
     select1 select2 select3
     |^^     |^
    s|||     ||master
    l|||     |+---------------------------------+
    a|||     +---------------------------------+|
    v|||master                         slave   ||
    e||+-------------------------+             ||
     V|            neighbor      |             V|
     unit1.1<+==================>unit1.2       unit2.1
     fake1.1
     select1.1.1 select 1.1.2    select1.2.1   select2.1.1
                                               |^
                                               ||
                                               V|
                                               unit2.1.1.1
                                               select2.1.1.1.1


   relation in main unit will be following:
   (bigger picture for:
      main unit
      fake0
      select1 select2 select3
   in the above picture)

         main unit
         |^^^^|fake_select_lex
         |||||+--------------------------------------------+
         ||||+--------------------------------------------+|
         |||+------------------------------+              ||
         ||+--------------+                |              ||
    slave||master         |                |              ||
         V|      neighbor |       neighbor |        master|V
         select1<========>select2<========>select3        fake0

    list of all select_lex will be following (as it will be constructed by
    parser):

    select1->select2->select3->select2.1.1->select 2.1.2->select2.1.1.1.1-+
                                                                          |
    +---------------------------------------------------------------------+
    |
    +->select1.1.1->select1.1.2

*/

/* 
    Base class for st_select_lex (SELECT_LEX) & 
    st_select_lex_unit (SELECT_LEX_UNIT)
*/
struct LEX;
class st_select_lex;
class st_select_lex_unit;


class st_select_lex_node {
protected:
  st_select_lex_node *next, **prev,   /* neighbor list */
    *master, *slave,                  /* vertical links */
    *link_next, **link_prev;          /* list of whole SELECT_LEX */
  enum sub_select_type linkage;

  void init_query_common();

public:
  ulonglong options;
  uint8 uncacheable;
  bool distinct:1;
  bool no_table_names_allowed:1; /* used for global order by */
  /*
    result of this query can't be cached, bit field, can be :
      UNCACHEABLE_DEPENDENT_GENERATED
      UNCACHEABLE_DEPENDENT_INJECTED
      UNCACHEABLE_RAND
      UNCACHEABLE_SIDEEFFECT
      UNCACHEABLE_EXPLAIN
      UNCACHEABLE_PREPARE
  */

  bool is_linkage_set() const
  {
    return linkage == UNION_TYPE || linkage == INTERSECT_TYPE || linkage == EXCEPT_TYPE;
  }
  enum sub_select_type get_linkage() { return linkage; }
  static void *operator new(size_t size, MEM_ROOT *mem_root) throw ()
  { return (void*) alloc_root(mem_root, (uint) size); }
  static void operator delete(void *ptr,size_t size) { TRASH_FREE(ptr, size); }
  static void operator delete(void *ptr, MEM_ROOT *mem_root) {}

  // Ensures that at least all members used during cleanup() are initialized.
  st_select_lex_node()
    : next(NULL), prev(NULL),
      master(NULL), slave(NULL),
      link_next(NULL), link_prev(NULL),
      linkage(UNSPECIFIED_TYPE)
  {
  }

  inline st_select_lex_node* get_master() { return master; }
  void include_down(st_select_lex_node *upper);
  void attach_single(st_select_lex_node *slave_arg);
  void include_neighbour(st_select_lex_node *before);
  void link_chain_down(st_select_lex_node *first);
  void link_neighbour(st_select_lex_node *neighbour)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(next == NULL);
    DBUG_ASSERT(neighbour != NULL);
    next= neighbour;
    neighbour->prev= &next;
  }
  void cut_next() { next= NULL; }
  void include_standalone(st_select_lex_node *sel, st_select_lex_node **ref);
  void include_global(st_select_lex_node **plink);
  void exclude();
  void exclude_from_tree();
  void exclude_from_global()
  {
    if (!link_prev)
      return;
    if (((*link_prev)= link_next))
      link_next->link_prev= link_prev;
    link_next= NULL;
    link_prev= NULL;
  }
  void substitute_in_tree(st_select_lex_node *subst);

  void set_slave(st_select_lex_node *slave_arg) { slave= slave_arg; }
  void move_node(st_select_lex_node *where_to_move)
  {
    if (where_to_move == this)
      return;
    if (next)
      next->prev= prev;
    *prev= next;
    *where_to_move->prev= this;
    next= where_to_move;
  }
  st_select_lex_node *insert_chain_before(st_select_lex_node **ptr_pos_to_insert,
                                          st_select_lex_node *end_chain_node);
  void move_as_slave(st_select_lex_node *new_master);
  void set_linkage(enum sub_select_type l)
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("st_select_lex_node::set_linkage");
    DBUG_PRINT("info", ("node: %p  linkage: %d->%d", this, linkage, l));
    linkage= l;
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
  /*
    This method created for reiniting LEX in mysql_admin_table() and can be
    used only if you are going remove all SELECT_LEX & units except belonger
    to LEX (LEX::unit & LEX::select, for other purposes there are
    SELECT_LEX_UNIT::exclude_level & SELECT_LEX_UNIT::exclude_tree.

    It is also used in parsing to detach builtin select.
  */
  void cut_subtree() { slave= 0; }
  friend class st_select_lex_unit;
  friend bool mysql_new_select(LEX *lex, bool move_down, SELECT_LEX *sel);
  friend bool mysql_make_view(THD *thd, TABLE_SHARE *share, TABLE_LIST *table,
                              bool open_view_no_parse);
  friend class st_select_lex;
private:
  void fast_exclude();
};
typedef class st_select_lex_node SELECT_LEX_NODE;

/* 
   SELECT_LEX_UNIT - unit of selects (UNION, INTERSECT, ...) group 
   SELECT_LEXs
*/
class THD;
class select_result;
class JOIN;
class select_unit;
class Procedure;
class Explain_query;

void delete_explain_query(LEX *lex);
void create_explain_query(LEX *lex, MEM_ROOT *mem_root);
void create_explain_query_if_not_exists(LEX *lex, MEM_ROOT *mem_root);
bool print_explain_for_slow_log(LEX *lex, THD *thd, String *str);


class st_select_lex_unit: public st_select_lex_node {
private:
  /*
    When a CTE is merged to the parent SELECT, its unit is excluded
    which separates it from the tree of units for this query.  It
    needs to be cleaned up but not at the time it is excluded, since
    its queries are merged to the unit above it.  Remember all such
    units via the stranded_clean_list and clean them at the end of
    the query.  This list is maintained only at the root unit node
    of the query tree.
   */
  st_select_lex_unit *stranded_clean_list{nullptr};

  // Add myself to the stranded_clean_list.
  void remember_my_cleanup();

  /*
    Walk the stranded_clean_list and cleanup units.  This must only
    be called for the st_select_lex_unit type because it assumes
    that those are the only nodes in the stranded_clean_list.
  */
  void cleanup_stranded_units();

protected:
  TABLE_LIST result_table_list;
  select_unit *union_result;
  ulonglong found_rows_for_union;

  bool prepare_join(THD *thd, SELECT_LEX *sl, select_result *result,
                    ulonglong additional_options,
                    bool is_union_select);
  bool join_union_type_handlers(THD *thd,
                                class Type_holder *holders, uint count);
  bool join_union_type_attributes(THD *thd,
                                  class Type_holder *holders, uint count);
public:
  bool join_union_item_types(THD *thd, List<Item> &types, uint count);
  // Ensures that at least all members used during cleanup() are initialized.
  st_select_lex_unit()
    : union_result(NULL), table(NULL),  result(NULL), fake_select_lex(NULL),
      last_procedure(NULL),cleaned(false), bag_set_op_optimized(false),
      have_except_all_or_intersect_all(false), pushdown_unit(NULL)
  {
  }

  void set_query_result(select_result *res) { result= res; }

  TABLE *table; /* temporary table using for appending UNION results */
  select_result *result;
  st_select_lex *pre_last_parse;
  /*
    Node on which we should return current_select pointer after parsing
    subquery
  */
  st_select_lex *return_to;
  /* LIMIT clause runtime counters */
  Select_limit_counters lim;
  /* not NULL if unit used in subselect, point to subselect item */
  Item_subselect *item;
  /*
    TABLE_LIST representing this union in the embedding select. Used for
    derived tables/views handling.
  */
  TABLE_LIST *derived;
  /* With clause attached to this unit (if any) */
  With_clause *with_clause;
  /* With element where this unit is used as the specification (if any) */
  With_element *with_element;
  /* The unit used as a CTE specification from which this unit is cloned */
  st_select_lex_unit *cloned_from;
  /* thread handler */
  THD *thd;
  /*
    SELECT_LEX for hidden SELECT in union which process global
    ORDER BY and LIMIT
  */
  st_select_lex *fake_select_lex;
  /**
    SELECT_LEX that stores LIMIT and OFFSET for UNION ALL when noq
    fake_select_lex is used.
  */
  st_select_lex *saved_fake_select_lex;

  /* pointer to the last node before last subsequence of UNION ALL */
  st_select_lex *union_distinct;
  Procedure *last_procedure;     /* Pointer to procedure, if such exists */

  // list of fields which points to temporary table for union
  List<Item> item_list;
  /*
    list of types of items inside union (used for union & derived tables)
    
    Item_type_holders from which this list consist may have pointers to Field,
    pointers is valid only after preparing SELECTS of this unit and before
    any SELECT of this unit execution
  */
  List<Item> types;

  bool prepared:1; // prepare phase already performed for UNION (unit)
  bool optimized:1; // optimize phase already performed for UNION (unit)
  bool optimized_2:1;
  bool executed:1; // already executed
  bool cleaned:1;
  bool bag_set_op_optimized:1;
  bool optimize_started:1;
  bool have_except_all_or_intersect_all:1;

  /* The object used to organize execution of the UNIT by a foreign engine */
  select_handler *pushdown_unit;

  /**
     TRUE if the unit contained TVC at the top level that has been wrapped
     into SELECT:
     VALUES (v1) ... (vn) => SELECT * FROM (VALUES (v1) ... (vn)) as tvc
  */
  bool with_wrapped_tvc:1;
  bool is_view:1;
  bool describe:1; /* union exec() called for EXPLAIN */
  bool columns_are_renamed:1;

protected:
  /* This is bool, not bit, as it's used and set in many places */
  bool saved_error;
public:

  /**
    Pointer to 'last' select, or pointer to select where we stored
    global parameters for union.

    If this is a union of multiple selects, the parser puts the global
    parameters in fake_select_lex. If the union doesn't use a
    temporary table, st_select_lex_unit::prepare() nulls out
    fake_select_lex, but saves a copy in saved_fake_select_lex in
    order to preserve the global parameters.

    If it is not a union, first_select() is the last select.

    @return select containing the global parameters
  */
  inline st_select_lex *global_parameters()
  {
    if (fake_select_lex != NULL)
      return fake_select_lex;
    else if (saved_fake_select_lex != NULL)
      return saved_fake_select_lex;
    return first_select();
  };

  void init_query();
  st_select_lex* outer_select() const;
  const st_select_lex* first_select() const
  {
    return reinterpret_cast<const st_select_lex*>(slave);
  }
  st_select_lex* first_select()
  {
    return reinterpret_cast<st_select_lex*>(slave);
  }
  void set_with_clause(With_clause *with_cl);
  st_select_lex_unit* next_unit()
  {
    return reinterpret_cast<st_select_lex_unit*>(next);
  }
  st_select_lex* return_after_parsing() { return return_to; }
  void exclude_level();
  // void exclude_tree(); // it is not used for long time
  bool is_excluded() { return prev == NULL; }

  /* UNION methods */
  bool prepare(TABLE_LIST *derived_arg, select_result *sel_result,
               ulonglong additional_options);
  bool optimize();
  void optimize_bag_operation(bool is_outer_distinct);
  bool exec();
  bool exec_recursive();
  bool cleanup();
  inline void unclean() { cleaned= 0; }
  void reinit_exec_mechanism();

  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type);

  bool add_fake_select_lex(THD *thd);
  void init_prepare_fake_select_lex(THD *thd, bool first_execution);
  void set_prepared() { prepared = true; }
  inline bool is_prepared() { return prepared; }
  bool change_result(select_result_interceptor *result,
                     select_result_interceptor *old_result);
  void set_limit(st_select_lex *values);
  void set_thd(THD *thd_arg) { thd= thd_arg; }
  inline bool is_unit_op ();
  bool union_needs_tmp_table();

  void set_unique_exclude();
  bool check_distinct_in_union();

  friend struct LEX;
  friend int subselect_union_engine::exec();

  List<Item> *get_column_types(bool for_cursor);

  select_unit *get_union_result() { return union_result; }
  int save_union_explain(Explain_query *output);
  int save_union_explain_part2(Explain_query *output);
  unit_common_op common_op();

  bool explainable() const;

  void reset_distinct();
  void fix_distinct();

  void register_select_chain(SELECT_LEX *first_sel);

  bool set_nest_level(int new_nest_level);
  bool check_parameters(SELECT_LEX *main_select);

  bool set_lock_to_the_last_select(Lex_select_lock l);
  void print_lock_from_the_last_select(String *str);

  bool can_be_merged();

  friend class st_select_lex;

private:
  bool exec_inner();
  bool is_derived_eliminated() const;
  bool set_direct_union_result(select_result *sel_result);
  bool prepare_pushdown(bool use_direct_union_result,
                        select_result *sel_result);
};

typedef class st_select_lex_unit SELECT_LEX_UNIT;
typedef Bounds_checked_array<Item*> Ref_ptr_array;


/**
  Structure which consists of the field and the item that
  corresponds to this field.
*/

class Field_pair :public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  Field *field;
  Item *corresponding_item;
  Field_pair(Field *fld, Item *item)
    :field(fld), corresponding_item(item) {}
};

Field_pair *get_corresponding_field_pair(Item *item,
                                         List<Field_pair> pair_list);
Field_pair *find_matching_field_pair(Item *item, List<Field_pair> pair_list);


#define TOUCHED_SEL_COND 1/* WHERE/HAVING/ON should be reinited before use */
#define TOUCHED_SEL_DERIVED (1<<1)/* derived should be reinited before use */

#define UNIT_NEST_FL        1
/*
  SELECT_LEX - store information of parsed SELECT statment
*/
class st_select_lex: public st_select_lex_node
{
public:
  Name_resolution_context context;
  LEX_CSTRING db;

  /*
    Point to the LEX in which it was created, used in view subquery detection.

    TODO: make also st_select_lex::parent_stmt_lex (see LEX::stmt_lex)
    and use st_select_lex::parent_lex & st_select_lex::parent_stmt_lex
    instead of global (from THD) references where it is possible.
  */
  LEX *parent_lex;
  /*
    Currently the field first_nested is used only by parser.
    It contains either a reference to the first select
    of the nest of selects to which 'this' belongs to, or
    in the case of priority jump it contains a reference to
    the select to which the priority nest has to be attached to.
    If there is no priority jump then the first select of the
    nest contains the reference to itself in first_nested.
    Example:
      select1 union select2 intersect select
    Here we have a priority jump at select2.
    So select2->first_nested points to select1,
    while select3->first_nested points to select2 and
    select1->first_nested points to select1.
  */
  st_select_lex *first_nested;
  Item *where, *having;                         /* WHERE & HAVING clauses */
  Item *prep_where; /* saved WHERE clause for prepared statement processing */
  Item *prep_having;/* saved HAVING clause for prepared statement processing */
  Item *cond_pushed_into_where;  /* condition pushed into WHERE  */
  Item *cond_pushed_into_having; /* condition pushed into HAVING */
  Item *where_cond_after_prepare;

  /*
    nest_levels are local to the query or VIEW,
    and that view merge procedure does not re-calculate them.
    So we also have to remember unit against which we count levels.
  */
  SELECT_LEX_UNIT *nest_level_base;
  Item_sum *inner_sum_func_list; /* list of sum func in nested selects */ 
  /* 
    This is a copy of the original JOIN USING list that comes from
    the parser. The parser :
      1. Sets the natural_join of the second TABLE_LIST in the join
         and the st_select_lex::prev_join_using.
      2. Makes a parent TABLE_LIST and sets its is_natural_join/
       join_using_fields members.
      3. Uses the wrapper TABLE_LIST as a table in the upper level.
    We cannot assign directly to join_using_fields in the parser because
    at stage (1.) the parent TABLE_LIST is not constructed yet and
    the assignment will override the JOIN USING fields of the lower level
    joins on the right.
  */
  List<String> *prev_join_using;
  JOIN *join; /* after JOIN::prepare it is pointer to corresponding JOIN */
  TABLE_LIST *embedding;          /* table embedding to the above list   */
  table_value_constr *tvc;

  /* The object used to organize execution of the query by a foreign engine */
  select_handler *pushdown_select;
  List<TABLE_LIST> *join_list;    /* list for the currently parsed join  */
  st_select_lex *merged_into; /* select which this select is merged into */
                              /* (not 0 only for views/derived tables)   */
  const char *type;           /* type of select for EXPLAIN          */


  /* List of references to fields referenced from inner selects */
  List<Item_outer_ref> inner_refs_list;
  List<Item> attach_to_conds;
  /* Saved values of the WHERE and HAVING clauses*/
  Item::cond_result cond_value, having_value;
  /* 
    Usually it is pointer to ftfunc_list_alloc, but in union used to create
    fake select_lex for calling mysql_select under results of union
  */
  List<Item_func_match> *ftfunc_list;
  List<Item_func_match> ftfunc_list_alloc;
  /*
    The list of items to which MIN/MAX optimizations of opt_sum_query()
    have been applied. Used to rollback those optimizations if it's needed.
  */
  List<Item_sum> min_max_opt_list;
  List<TABLE_LIST> top_join_list; /* join list of the top level          */
  List<TABLE_LIST> sj_nests;      /* Semi-join nests within this join */
  /*
    Beginning of the list of leaves in a FROM clause, where the leaves
    inlcude all base tables including view tables. The tables are connected
    by TABLE_LIST::next_leaf, so leaf_tables points to the left-most leaf.

    List of all base tables local to a subquery including all view
    tables. Unlike 'next_local', this in this list views are *not*
    leaves. Created in setup_tables() -> make_leaves_list().
  */
  /* 
    Subqueries that will need to be converted to semi-join nests, including
    those converted to jtbm nests. The list is emptied when conversion is done.
  */
  List<Item_in_subselect> sj_subselects;
  /*
    List of IN-predicates in this st_select_lex that
    can be transformed into IN-subselect defined with TVC.
  */
  List<Item_func_in> in_funcs;
  List<TABLE_LIST> leaf_tables;
  List<TABLE_LIST> leaf_tables_exec;
  List<TABLE_LIST> leaf_tables_prep;

  /* current index hint kind. used in filling up index_hints */
  enum index_hint_type current_index_hint_type;

  /*
    FROM clause - points to the beginning of the TABLE_LIST::next_local list.
  */
  SQL_I_List<TABLE_LIST>  table_list;

  /*
    GROUP BY clause.
    This list may be mutated during optimization (by remove_const()),
    so for prepared statements, we keep a copy of the ORDER.next pointers in
    group_list_ptrs, and re-establish the original list before each execution.
  */
  SQL_I_List<ORDER>       group_list;
  SQL_I_List<ORDER>       save_group_list;
  Group_list_ptrs        *group_list_ptrs;

  List<Item>          item_list;  /* list of fields & expressions */
  List<Item>          pre_fix;    /* above list before fix_fields */
  List<Item>          fix_after_optimize;
  SQL_I_List<ORDER> order_list;   /* ORDER clause */
  SQL_I_List<ORDER> save_order_list;
  SQL_I_List<ORDER> gorder_list;
  Lex_select_limit limit_params;  /* LIMIT clause parameters */

  /* Structure to store fields that are used in the GROUP BY of this select */
  List<Field_pair> grouping_tmp_fields;
  List<udf_func>     udf_list;                  /* udf function calls stack */
  List<Index_hint> *index_hints;  /* list of USE/FORCE/IGNORE INDEX */
  /*
    This list is used to restore the names of items
    from item_list after each execution of the statement.
  */
  List<Lex_ident_sys> *orig_names_of_item_list_elems;
  List<List_item> save_many_values;
  List<Item> *save_insert_list;

  enum_column_usage   item_list_usage;
  bool                is_item_list_lookup:1;
  /*
    Needed to correctly generate 'PRIMARY' or 'SIMPLE' for select_type column
    of EXPLAIN
  */
  bool have_merged_subqueries:1;
  bool is_set_query_expr_tail:1;
  bool with_sum_func:1;   /* sum function indicator */
  bool with_rownum:1;     /* rownum() function indicator */
  bool braces:1;    /* SELECT ... UNION (SELECT ... ) <- this braces */
  bool automatic_brackets:1; /* dummy select for INTERSECT precedence */
  /* TRUE when having fix field called in processing of this SELECT */
  bool having_fix_field:1;
  /*
    TRUE when fix field is called for a new condition pushed into the
    HAVING clause of this SELECT
  */
  bool having_fix_field_for_pushed_cond:1;
  /*
    there are subquery in HAVING clause => we can't close tables before
    query processing end even if we use temporary table
  */
  bool subquery_in_having:1;
  /* TRUE <=> this SELECT is correlated w.r.t. some ancestor select */
  bool with_all_modifier:1;  /* used for selects in union */
  bool is_correlated:1;
  bool first_natural_join_processing:1;
  bool first_cond_optimization:1;
  /**
    The purpose of this flag is to run initialization phase for rownum
    only once. This flag is set on at st_select_lex::init_query and reset to
    the value false after the method optimize_rownum() has been called
    from the method JOIN::optimize_inner.
  */
  bool first_rownum_optimization:1;
  /**
    Flag to guard against double initialization of leaf tables list
  */
  bool leaf_tables_saved:1;
  /* do not wrap view fields with Item_ref */
  bool no_wrap_view_item:1;
  /* exclude this select from check of unique_table() */
  bool exclude_from_table_unique_test:1;
  bool in_tvc:1;
  bool skip_locked:1;
  bool m_non_agg_field_used:1;
  bool m_agg_func_used:1;
  bool m_custom_agg_func_used:1;
  /* the select is "service-select" and can not have tables */
  bool is_service_select:1;

  /// Array of pointers to top elements of all_fields list
  Ref_ptr_array ref_pointer_array;
  ulong table_join_options;

  /*
    number of items in select_list and HAVING clause used to get number
    bigger then can be number of entries that will be added to all item
    list during split_sum_func
  */
  uint select_n_having_items;
  uint cond_count;    /* number of sargable Items in where/having/on */
  uint between_count; /* number of between predicates in where/having/on */
  uint max_equal_elems; /* max number of elements in multiple equalities */   
  /*
    Number of fields used in select list or where clause of current select
    and all inner subselects.
  */
  uint select_n_where_fields;
  /* Total number of elements in group by and order by lists */
  uint order_group_num;
  /* reserved for exists 2 in */
  uint select_n_reserved;
  /*
   it counts the number of bit fields in the SELECT list. These are used when
   DISTINCT is converted to a GROUP BY involving BIT fields.
  */
  uint hidden_bit_fields;
  /*
    Number of fields used in the definition of all the windows functions.
    This includes:
      1) Fields in the arguments
      2) Fields in the PARTITION BY clause
      3) Fields in the ORDER BY clause
  */
  /*
    Number of current derived table made with TVC during the
    transformation of IN-predicate into IN-subquery for this
    st_select_lex.
  */
  uint curr_tvc_name;
  /* true <=> select has been created a TVC wrapper */
  bool is_tvc_wrapper;
  uint fields_in_window_functions;
  uint insert_tables;
  enum_parsing_place parsing_place; /* where we are parsing expression */
  enum_parsing_place save_parsing_place;
  enum_parsing_place context_analysis_place; /* where we are in prepare */
  enum leaf_list_state {UNINIT, READY, SAVED};
  enum leaf_list_state prep_leaf_list_state;
  enum olap_type olap;
  /* SELECT [FOR UPDATE/LOCK IN SHARE MODE] [SKIP LOCKED] */
  enum select_lock_type {NONE, IN_SHARE_MODE, FOR_UPDATE};
  enum select_lock_type select_lock;

  uint in_sum_expr;
  uint select_number; /* number of select (used for EXPLAIN) */
  uint with_wild;     /* item list contain '*' ; Counter */
  /* Number of Item_sum-derived objects in this SELECT */
  uint n_sum_items;
  /* Number of Item_sum-derived objects in children and descendant SELECTs */
  uint n_child_sum_items;
  uint versioned_tables;                 /* For versioning */
  int nest_level;     /* nesting level of select */
  /* index in the select list of the expression currently being fixed */
  int cur_pos_in_select_list;

  /*
    This array is used to note  whether we have any candidates for
    expression caching in the corresponding clauses
  */
  bool expr_cache_may_be_used[PARSING_PLACE_SIZE];
  uint8 nest_flags; 
  /*
    This variable is required to ensure proper work of subqueries and
    stored procedures. Generally, one should use the states of
    Query_arena to determine if it's a statement prepare or first
    execution of a stored procedure. However, in case when there was an
    error during the first execution of a stored procedure, the SP body
    is not expelled from the SP cache. Therefore, a deeply nested
    subquery might be left unoptimized. So we need this per-subquery
    variable to inidicate the optimization/execution state of every
    subquery. Prepared statements work OK in that regard, as in
    case of an error during prepare the PS is not created.
  */
  uint8 changed_elements; // see TOUCHED_SEL_*

  /**
    The set of those tables whose fields are referenced in the select list of
    this select level.
  */
  table_map select_list_tables;

  /* Set to 1 if any field in field list has ROWNUM() */
  bool rownum_in_field_list;

  /* namp of nesting SELECT visibility (for aggregate functions check) */
  nesting_map name_visibility_map;
  table_map with_dep;
  index_clause_map current_index_hint_clause;

  /* it is for correct printing SELECT options */
  thr_lock_type lock_type;
  
  /** System Versioning */
  int vers_setup_conds(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables);
  /* push new Item_field into item_list */
  bool vers_push_field(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table,
                       const LEX_CSTRING field_name);

  int period_setup_conds(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table);
  void init_query();
  void init_select();
  st_select_lex_unit* master_unit() { return (st_select_lex_unit*) master; }
  inline void set_master_unit(st_select_lex_unit *master_unit)
  {
    master= (st_select_lex_node *)master_unit;
  }
  void set_master(st_select_lex *master_arg)
  {
    master= master_arg;
  }
  st_select_lex_unit* first_inner_unit() 
  { 
    return (st_select_lex_unit*) slave; 
  }
  st_select_lex* outer_select();
  bool is_query_topmost(THD *thd);
  st_select_lex* next_select() { return (st_select_lex*) next; }
  st_select_lex* next_select_in_list() 
  {
    return (st_select_lex*) link_next;
  }
  st_select_lex_node** next_select_in_list_addr()
  {
    return &link_next;
  }
  st_select_lex* return_after_parsing()
  {
    return master_unit()->return_after_parsing();
  }
  inline bool is_subquery_function() { return master_unit()->item != 0; }

  bool mark_as_dependent(THD *thd, st_select_lex *last,
                         Item_ident *dependency);

  void set_braces(bool value)
  {
    braces= value;
  }
  bool inc_in_sum_expr();
  uint get_in_sum_expr();

  bool add_item_to_list(THD *thd, Item *item);
  bool add_group_to_list(THD *thd, Item *item, bool asc);
  bool add_ftfunc_to_list(THD *thd, Item_func_match *func);
  bool add_order_to_list(THD *thd, Item *item, bool asc);
  bool add_gorder_to_list(THD *thd, Item *item, bool asc);
  TABLE_LIST* add_table_to_list(THD *thd, Table_ident *table,
                                const LEX_CSTRING *alias,
                                ulong table_options,
                                thr_lock_type flags= TL_UNLOCK,
                                enum_mdl_type mdl_type= MDL_SHARED_READ,
                                List<Index_hint> *hints= 0,
                                List<String> *partition_names= 0,
                                LEX_STRING *option= 0);
  TABLE_LIST* get_table_list();
  bool init_nested_join(THD *thd);
  TABLE_LIST *end_nested_join(THD *thd);
  TABLE_LIST *nest_last_join(THD *thd);
  void add_joined_table(TABLE_LIST *table);
  bool add_cross_joined_table(TABLE_LIST *left_op, TABLE_LIST *right_op,
                              bool straight_fl);
  TABLE_LIST *convert_right_join();
  List<Item>* get_item_list();
  bool save_item_list_names(THD *thd);
  void restore_item_list_names();

  ulong get_table_join_options();
  void set_lock_for_tables(thr_lock_type lock_type, bool for_update,
                           bool skip_locks);
  /*
    This method created for reiniting LEX in mysql_admin_table() and can be
    used only if you are going remove all SELECT_LEX & units except belonger
    to LEX (LEX::unit & LEX::select, for other purposes there are
    SELECT_LEX_UNIT::exclude_level & SELECT_LEX_UNIT::exclude_tree
  */
  void cut_subtree() { slave= 0; }
  bool test_limit();
  /**
    Get offset for LIMIT.

    Evaluate offset item if necessary.

    @return Number of rows to skip.
  */
  ha_rows get_offset();
  /**
   Get limit.

   Evaluate limit item if necessary.

   @return Limit of rows in result.
  */
  ha_rows get_limit();

  friend struct LEX;
  st_select_lex() : group_list_ptrs(NULL), braces(0),
                    automatic_brackets(0), n_sum_items(0), n_child_sum_items(0)
  {}
  void make_empty_select()
  {
    init_query();
    init_select();
  }
  bool setup_ref_array(THD *thd, uint order_group_num);
  uint get_cardinality_of_ref_ptrs_slice(uint order_group_num_arg);
  void print(THD *thd, String *str, enum_query_type query_type);
  void print_lock_type(String *str);
  void print_item_list(THD *thd, String *str, enum_query_type query_type);
  void print_set_clause(THD *thd, String *str, enum_query_type query_type);
  void print_on_duplicate_key_clause(THD *thd, String *str,
                                     enum_query_type query_type);
  static void print_order(String *str,
                          ORDER *order,
                          enum_query_type query_type);
  void print_limit(THD *thd, String *str, enum_query_type query_type);
  void fix_prepare_information(THD *thd, Item **conds, Item **having_conds);
  /*
    Destroy the used execution plan (JOIN) of this subtree (this
    SELECT_LEX and all nested SELECT_LEXes and SELECT_LEX_UNITs).
  */
  bool cleanup();
  /*
    Recursively cleanup the join of this select lex and of all nested
    select lexes.
  */
  void cleanup_all_joins(bool full);

  void set_index_hint_type(enum index_hint_type type, index_clause_map clause);

  /* 
   Add a index hint to the tagged list of hints. The type and clause of the
   hint will be the current ones (set by set_index_hint()) 
  */
  bool add_index_hint (THD *thd, const char *str, size_t length);

  /* make a list to hold index hints */
  void alloc_index_hints (THD *thd);
  /* read and clear the index hints */
  List<Index_hint>* pop_index_hints(void) 
  {
    List<Index_hint> *hints= index_hints;
    index_hints= NULL;
    return hints;
  }

  inline void clear_index_hints(void) { index_hints= NULL; }
  bool is_part_of_union() { return master_unit()->is_unit_op(); }
  bool is_top_level_node() 
  { 
    return (select_number == 1) && !is_part_of_union();
  }
  bool optimize_unflattened_subqueries(bool const_only);
  /* Set the EXPLAIN type for this subquery. */
  void set_explain_type(bool on_the_fly);
  bool handle_derived(LEX *lex, uint phases);
  void append_table_to_list(TABLE_LIST *TABLE_LIST::*link, TABLE_LIST *table);
  bool get_free_table_map(table_map *map, uint *tablenr);
  void replace_leaf_table(TABLE_LIST *table, List<TABLE_LIST> &tbl_list);
  void remap_tables(TABLE_LIST *derived, table_map map,
                    uint tablenr, st_select_lex *parent_lex);
  bool merge_subquery(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *derived, st_select_lex *subq_lex,
                      uint tablenr, table_map map);
  inline bool is_mergeable()
  {
    return (next_select() == 0 && group_list.elements == 0 &&
            having == 0 && with_sum_func == 0 && with_rownum == 0 &&
            table_list.elements >= 1 && !(options & SELECT_DISTINCT) &&
            limit_params.select_limit == 0);
  }
  void mark_as_belong_to_derived(TABLE_LIST *derived);
  void increase_derived_records(ha_rows records);
  void update_used_tables();
  void update_correlated_cache();
  void mark_const_derived(bool empty);

  bool save_leaf_tables(THD *thd);
  bool save_prep_leaf_tables(THD *thd);

  void set_unique_exclude();

  bool is_merged_child_of(st_select_lex *ancestor);

  /*
    For MODE_ONLY_FULL_GROUP_BY we need to maintain two flags:
     - Non-aggregated fields are used in this select.
     - Aggregate functions are used in this select.
    In MODE_ONLY_FULL_GROUP_BY only one of these may be true.
  */
  bool non_agg_field_used() const { return m_non_agg_field_used; }
  bool agg_func_used()      const { return m_agg_func_used; }
  bool custom_agg_func_used() const { return m_custom_agg_func_used; }

  void set_non_agg_field_used(bool val) { m_non_agg_field_used= val; }
  void set_agg_func_used(bool val)      { m_agg_func_used= val; }
  void set_custom_agg_func_used(bool val) { m_custom_agg_func_used= val; }
  inline void set_with_clause(With_clause *with_clause);
  With_clause *get_with_clause()
  {
    return master_unit()->with_clause;
  }
  With_element *get_with_element()
  {
    return master_unit()->cloned_from ?
           master_unit()->cloned_from->with_element :
           master_unit()->with_element;
  }
  With_element *find_table_def_in_with_clauses(TABLE_LIST *table,
                                               st_select_lex_unit * excl_spec);
  bool check_unrestricted_recursive(bool only_standard_compliant);
  bool check_subqueries_with_recursive_references();
  void collect_grouping_fields_for_derived(THD *thd, ORDER *grouping_list);
  bool collect_grouping_fields(THD *thd);
  bool collect_fields_equal_to_grouping(THD *thd);
  void check_cond_extraction_for_grouping_fields(THD *thd, Item *cond);
  Item *build_cond_for_grouping_fields(THD *thd, Item *cond,
                                       bool no_to_clones);
  
  List<Window_spec> window_specs;
  bool is_win_spec_list_built;
  void prepare_add_window_spec(THD *thd);
  bool add_window_def(THD *thd, LEX_CSTRING *win_name, LEX_CSTRING *win_ref,
                      SQL_I_List<ORDER> win_partition_list,
                      SQL_I_List<ORDER> win_order_list,
                      Window_frame *win_frame);
  bool add_window_spec(THD *thd, LEX_CSTRING *win_ref,
                       SQL_I_List<ORDER> win_partition_list,
                       SQL_I_List<ORDER> win_order_list,
                       Window_frame *win_frame);
  List<Item_window_func> window_funcs;
  bool add_window_func(Item_window_func *win_func);

  bool have_window_funcs() const { return (window_funcs.elements !=0); }
  ORDER *find_common_window_func_partition_fields(THD *thd);

  bool cond_pushdown_is_allowed() const
  { return !olap && !limit_params.explicit_limit && !tvc && !with_rownum; }
  
  bool build_pushable_cond_for_having_pushdown(THD *thd, Item *cond);
  void pushdown_cond_into_where_clause(THD *thd, Item *extracted_cond,
                                       Item **remaining_cond,
                                       Item_transformer transformer,
                                       uchar *arg);
  Item *pushdown_from_having_into_where(THD *thd, Item *having);

  bool is_set_op()
  {
    return linkage == UNION_TYPE || 
           linkage == EXCEPT_TYPE || 
           linkage == INTERSECT_TYPE;
  }

  inline void add_where_field(st_select_lex *sel)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(this != sel);
    select_n_where_fields+= sel->select_n_where_fields;
  }
  inline void set_linkage_and_distinct(enum sub_select_type l, bool d)
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("SELECT_LEX::set_linkage_and_distinct");
    DBUG_PRINT("info", ("select: %p  distinct %d", this, d));
    set_linkage(l);
    DBUG_ASSERT(l == UNSPECIFIED_TYPE ||
                l == UNION_TYPE ||
                l == INTERSECT_TYPE ||
                l == EXCEPT_TYPE);
    if (d && master_unit() && master_unit()->union_distinct != this)
      master_unit()->union_distinct= this;
    distinct= d;
    with_all_modifier= !distinct;
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
  bool set_nest_level(int new_nest_level);
  bool check_parameters(SELECT_LEX *main_select);
  void mark_select()
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("st_select_lex::mark_select()");
    DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Select #%d", select_number));
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
  void register_unit(SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit,
                     Name_resolution_context *outer_context);
  SELECT_LEX_UNIT *attach_selects_chain(SELECT_LEX *sel,
                                        Name_resolution_context *context);
  void add_statistics(SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit);
  bool make_unique_derived_name(THD *thd, LEX_CSTRING *alias);
  void lex_start(LEX *plex);
  bool is_unit_nest() { return (nest_flags & UNIT_NEST_FL); }
  void mark_as_unit_nest() { nest_flags= UNIT_NEST_FL; }
  bool is_sj_conversion_prohibited(THD *thd);

  TABLE_LIST *find_table(THD *thd,
                         const LEX_CSTRING *db_name,
                         const LEX_CSTRING *table_name);
  bool optimize_constant_subqueries();
};
typedef class st_select_lex SELECT_LEX;

inline bool st_select_lex_unit::is_unit_op ()
{
  if (!first_select()->next_select())
  {
    if (first_select()->tvc)
      return 1;
    else
      return 0;
  }

  enum sub_select_type linkage= first_select()->next_select()->linkage;
  return linkage == UNION_TYPE || linkage == INTERSECT_TYPE ||
    linkage == EXCEPT_TYPE;
}


struct st_sp_chistics
{
  LEX_CSTRING comment;
  enum enum_sp_suid_behaviour suid;
  bool detistic;
  enum enum_sp_data_access daccess;
  enum enum_sp_aggregate_type agg_type;
  void init() { bzero(this, sizeof(*this)); }
  void set(const st_sp_chistics &other) { *this= other; }
  bool read_from_mysql_proc_row(THD *thd, TABLE *table);
};


class Sp_chistics: public st_sp_chistics
{
public:
  Sp_chistics() { init(); }
};


struct st_trg_chistics: public st_trg_execution_order
{
  enum trg_action_time_type action_time;
  enum trg_event_type event;

  const char *ordering_clause_begin;
  const char *ordering_clause_end;

};

enum xa_option_words {XA_NONE, XA_JOIN, XA_RESUME, XA_ONE_PHASE,
                      XA_SUSPEND, XA_FOR_MIGRATE};

class Sroutine_hash_entry;

/*
  Class representing list of all tables used by statement and other
  information which is necessary for opening and locking its tables,
  like SQL command for this statement.

  Also contains information about stored functions used by statement
  since during its execution we may have to add all tables used by its
  stored functions/triggers to this list in order to pre-open and lock
  them.

  Also used by LEX::reset_n_backup/restore_backup_query_tables_list()
  methods to save and restore this information.
*/

class Query_tables_list
{
public:
  /**
    SQL command for this statement. Part of this class since the
    process of opening and locking tables for the statement needs
    this information to determine correct type of lock for some of
    the tables.
  */
  enum_sql_command sql_command;
  /* Global list of all tables used by this statement */
  TABLE_LIST *query_tables;
  /* Pointer to next_global member of last element in the previous list. */
  TABLE_LIST **query_tables_last;
  /*
    If non-0 then indicates that query requires prelocking and points to
    next_global member of last own element in query table list (i.e. last
    table which was not added to it as part of preparation to prelocking).
    0 - indicates that this query does not need prelocking.
  */
  TABLE_LIST **query_tables_own_last;
  /*
    Set of stored routines called by statement.
    (Note that we use lazy-initialization for this hash).
  */
  enum { START_SROUTINES_HASH_SIZE= 16 };
  HASH sroutines;
  /*
    List linking elements of 'sroutines' set. Allows you to add new elements
    to this set as you iterate through the list of existing elements.
    'sroutines_list_own_last' is pointer to ::next member of last element of
    this list which represents routine which is explicitly used by query.
    'sroutines_list_own_elements' number of explicitly used routines.
    We use these two members for restoring of 'sroutines_list' to the state
    in which it was right after query parsing.
  */
  SQL_I_List<Sroutine_hash_entry> sroutines_list;
  Sroutine_hash_entry **sroutines_list_own_last;
  uint sroutines_list_own_elements;

  /**
    Locking state of tables in this particular statement.

    If we under LOCK TABLES or in prelocked mode we consider tables
    for the statement to be "locked" if there was a call to lock_tables()
    (which called handler::start_stmt()) for tables of this statement
    and there was no matching close_thread_tables() call.

    As result this state may differ significantly from one represented
    by Open_tables_state::lock/locked_tables_mode more, which are always
    "on" under LOCK TABLES or in prelocked mode.
  */
  enum enum_lock_tables_state { LTS_NOT_LOCKED = 0, LTS_LOCKED };
  enum_lock_tables_state lock_tables_state;
  bool is_query_tables_locked() const
  {
    return (lock_tables_state == LTS_LOCKED);
  }

   /*
    These constructor and destructor serve for creation/destruction
    of Query_tables_list instances which are used as backup storage.
  */
  Query_tables_list() : lock_tables_state(LTS_NOT_LOCKED) {}
  ~Query_tables_list() {}

  /* Initializes (or resets) Query_tables_list object for "real" use. */
  void reset_query_tables_list(bool init);
  void destroy_query_tables_list();
  void set_query_tables_list(Query_tables_list *state)
  {
    *this= *state;
  }

  /*
    Direct addition to the list of query tables.
    If you are using this function, you must ensure that the table
    object, in particular table->db member, is initialized.
  */
  void add_to_query_tables(TABLE_LIST *table)
  {
    *(table->prev_global= query_tables_last)= table;
    query_tables_last= &table->next_global;
  }
  bool requires_prelocking()
  {
    return MY_TEST(query_tables_own_last);
  }
  void mark_as_requiring_prelocking(TABLE_LIST **tables_own_last)
  {
    query_tables_own_last= tables_own_last;
  }
  /* Return pointer to first not-own table in query-tables or 0 */
  TABLE_LIST* first_not_own_table()
  {
    return ( query_tables_own_last ? *query_tables_own_last : 0);
  }
  void chop_off_not_own_tables()
  {
    if (query_tables_own_last)
    {
      *query_tables_own_last= 0;
      query_tables_last= query_tables_own_last;
      query_tables_own_last= 0;
    }
  }

  /** Return a pointer to the last element in query table list. */
  TABLE_LIST *last_table()
  {
    /* Don't use offsetof() macro in order to avoid warnings. */
    return query_tables ?
           (TABLE_LIST*) ((char*) query_tables_last -
                          ((char*) &(query_tables->next_global) -
                           (char*) query_tables)) :
           0;
  }

  /**
    Enumeration listing of all types of unsafe statement.

    @note The order of elements of this enumeration type must
    correspond to the order of the elements of the @c explanations
    array defined in the body of @c THD::issue_unsafe_warnings.
  */
  enum enum_binlog_stmt_unsafe {
    /**
      SELECT..LIMIT is unsafe because the set of rows returned cannot
      be predicted.
    */
    BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_LIMIT= 0,
    /**
      INSERT DELAYED is unsafe because the time when rows are inserted
      cannot be predicted.
    */
    BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_INSERT_DELAYED,
    /**
      Access to log tables is unsafe because slave and master probably
      log different things.
    */
    BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_SYSTEM_TABLE,
    /**
      Inserting into an autoincrement column in a stored routine is unsafe.
      Even with just one autoincrement column, if the routine is invoked more than 
      once slave is not guaranteed to execute the statement graph same way as 
      the master.
      And since it's impossible to estimate how many times a routine can be invoked at 
      the query pre-execution phase (see lock_tables), the statement is marked
      pessimistically unsafe. 
    */
    BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_AUTOINC_COLUMNS,
    /**
      Using a UDF (user-defined function) is unsafe.
    */
    BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_UDF,
    /**
      Using most system variables is unsafe, because slave may run
      with different options than master.
    */
    BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_SYSTEM_VARIABLE,
    /**
      Using some functions is unsafe (e.g., UUID).
    */
    BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_SYSTEM_FUNCTION,

    /**
      Mixing transactional and non-transactional statements are unsafe if
      non-transactional reads or writes are occur after transactional
      reads or writes inside a transaction.
    */
    BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_NONTRANS_AFTER_TRANS,

    /**
      Mixing self-logging and non-self-logging engines in a statement
      is unsafe.
    */
    BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_MULTIPLE_ENGINES_AND_SELF_LOGGING_ENGINE,

    /**
      Statements that read from both transactional and non-transactional
      tables and write to any of them are unsafe.
    */
    BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_MIXED_STATEMENT,

    /**
      INSERT...IGNORE SELECT is unsafe because which rows are ignored depends
      on the order that rows are retrieved by SELECT. This order cannot be
      predicted and may differ on master and the slave.
    */
    BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_INSERT_IGNORE_SELECT,

    /**
      INSERT...SELECT...UPDATE is unsafe because which rows are updated depends
      on the order that rows are retrieved by SELECT. This order cannot be
      predicted and may differ on master and the slave.
    */
    BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_INSERT_SELECT_UPDATE,

    /**
     Query that writes to a table with auto_inc column after selecting from 
     other tables are unsafe as the order in which the rows are retrieved by
     select may differ on master and slave.
    */
    BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_WRITE_AUTOINC_SELECT,

    /**
      INSERT...REPLACE SELECT is unsafe because which rows are replaced depends
      on the order that rows are retrieved by SELECT. This order cannot be
      predicted and may differ on master and the slave.
    */
    BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_REPLACE_SELECT,

    /**
      CREATE TABLE... IGNORE... SELECT is unsafe because which rows are ignored
      depends on the order that rows are retrieved by SELECT. This order cannot
      be predicted and may differ on master and the slave.
    */
    BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_CREATE_IGNORE_SELECT,

    /**
      CREATE TABLE...REPLACE... SELECT is unsafe because which rows are replaced
      depends on the order that rows are retrieved from SELECT. This order
      cannot be predicted and may differ on master and the slave
    */
    BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_CREATE_REPLACE_SELECT,

    /**
      CREATE TABLE...SELECT on a table with auto-increment column is unsafe
      because which rows are replaced depends on the order that rows are
      retrieved from SELECT. This order cannot be predicted and may differ on
      master and the slave
    */
    BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_CREATE_SELECT_AUTOINC,

    /**
      UPDATE...IGNORE is unsafe because which rows are ignored depends on the
      order that rows are updated. This order cannot be predicted and may differ
      on master and the slave.
    */
    BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_UPDATE_IGNORE,

    /**
      INSERT... ON DUPLICATE KEY UPDATE on a table with more than one
      UNIQUE KEYS  is unsafe.
    */
    BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_INSERT_TWO_KEYS,

    /**
       INSERT into auto-inc field which is not the first part of composed
       primary key.
    */
    BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_AUTOINC_NOT_FIRST,

    /**
       Autoincrement lock mode is incompatible with STATEMENT binlog format.
    */
    BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_AUTOINC_LOCK_MODE,

    /**
       INSERT .. SELECT ... SKIP LOCKED is unlikely to have the same
       rows locked on the replica.
       primary key.
    */
    BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_SKIP_LOCKED,

    /* The last element of this enumeration type. */
    BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_COUNT
  };
  /**
    This has all flags from 0 (inclusive) to BINLOG_STMT_FLAG_COUNT
    (exclusive) set.
  */
  static const uint32 BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_ALL_FLAGS=
    ((1U << BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_COUNT) - 1);

  /**
    Maps elements of enum_binlog_stmt_unsafe to error codes.
  */
  static const int binlog_stmt_unsafe_errcode[BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_COUNT];

  /**
    Determine if this statement is marked as unsafe.

    @retval 0 if the statement is not marked as unsafe.
    @retval nonzero if the statement is marked as unsafe.
  */
  inline bool is_stmt_unsafe() const {
    return get_stmt_unsafe_flags() != 0;
  }

  inline bool is_stmt_unsafe(enum_binlog_stmt_unsafe unsafe)
  {
    return binlog_stmt_flags & (1 << unsafe);
  }

  /**
    Flag the current (top-level) statement as unsafe.
    The flag will be reset after the statement has finished.

    @param unsafe_type The type of unsafety: one of the @c
    BINLOG_STMT_FLAG_UNSAFE_* flags in @c enum_binlog_stmt_flag.
  */
  inline void set_stmt_unsafe(enum_binlog_stmt_unsafe unsafe_type) {
    DBUG_ENTER("set_stmt_unsafe");
    DBUG_ASSERT(unsafe_type >= 0 && unsafe_type < BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_COUNT);
    binlog_stmt_flags|= (1U << unsafe_type);
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }

  /**
    Set the bits of binlog_stmt_flags determining the type of
    unsafeness of the current statement.  No existing bits will be
    cleared, but new bits may be set.

    @param flags A binary combination of zero or more bits, (1<<flag)
    where flag is a member of enum_binlog_stmt_unsafe.
  */
  inline void set_stmt_unsafe_flags(uint32 flags) {
    DBUG_ENTER("set_stmt_unsafe_flags");
    DBUG_ASSERT((flags & ~BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_ALL_FLAGS) == 0);
    binlog_stmt_flags|= flags;
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }

  /**
    Return a binary combination of all unsafe warnings for the
    statement.  If the statement has been marked as unsafe by the
    'flag' member of enum_binlog_stmt_unsafe, then the return value
    from this function has bit (1<<flag) set to 1.
  */
  inline uint32 get_stmt_unsafe_flags() const {
    DBUG_ENTER("get_stmt_unsafe_flags");
    DBUG_RETURN(binlog_stmt_flags & BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_ALL_FLAGS);
  }

  /**
    Mark the current statement as safe; i.e., clear all bits in
    binlog_stmt_flags that correspond to elements of
    enum_binlog_stmt_unsafe.
  */
  inline void clear_stmt_unsafe() {
    DBUG_ENTER("clear_stmt_unsafe");
    binlog_stmt_flags&= ~BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_ALL_FLAGS;
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }

  /**
    Determine if this statement is a row injection.

    @retval 0 if the statement is not a row injection
    @retval nonzero if the statement is a row injection
  */
  inline bool is_stmt_row_injection() const {
    return binlog_stmt_flags & (1U << BINLOG_STMT_TYPE_ROW_INJECTION);
  }

  /**
    Flag the statement as a row injection.  A row injection is either
    a BINLOG statement, or a row event in the relay log executed by
    the slave SQL thread.
  */
  inline void set_stmt_row_injection() {
    DBUG_ENTER("set_stmt_row_injection");
    binlog_stmt_flags|= (1U << BINLOG_STMT_TYPE_ROW_INJECTION);
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }

  enum enum_stmt_accessed_table
  {
    /*
       If a transactional table is about to be read. Note that
       a write implies a read.
    */
    STMT_READS_TRANS_TABLE= 0,
    /*
       If a non-transactional table is about to be read. Note that
       a write implies a read.
    */
    STMT_READS_NON_TRANS_TABLE,
    /*
       If a temporary transactional table is about to be read. Note
       that a write implies a read.
    */
    STMT_READS_TEMP_TRANS_TABLE,
    /*
       If a temporary non-transactional table is about to be read. Note
      that a write implies a read.
    */
    STMT_READS_TEMP_NON_TRANS_TABLE,
    /*
       If a transactional table is about to be updated.
    */
    STMT_WRITES_TRANS_TABLE,
    /*
       If a non-transactional table is about to be updated.
    */
    STMT_WRITES_NON_TRANS_TABLE,
    /*
       If a temporary transactional table is about to be updated.
    */
    STMT_WRITES_TEMP_TRANS_TABLE,
    /*
       If a temporary non-transactional table is about to be updated.
    */
    STMT_WRITES_TEMP_NON_TRANS_TABLE,
    /*
      The last element of the enumeration. Please, if necessary add
      anything before this.
    */
    STMT_ACCESS_TABLE_COUNT
  };

#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  static inline const char *stmt_accessed_table_string(enum_stmt_accessed_table accessed_table)
  {
    switch (accessed_table)
    {
      case STMT_READS_TRANS_TABLE:
         return "STMT_READS_TRANS_TABLE";
      break;
      case STMT_READS_NON_TRANS_TABLE:
        return "STMT_READS_NON_TRANS_TABLE";
      break;
      case STMT_READS_TEMP_TRANS_TABLE:
        return "STMT_READS_TEMP_TRANS_TABLE";
      break;
      case STMT_READS_TEMP_NON_TRANS_TABLE:
        return "STMT_READS_TEMP_NON_TRANS_TABLE";
      break;  
      case STMT_WRITES_TRANS_TABLE:
        return "STMT_WRITES_TRANS_TABLE";
      break;
      case STMT_WRITES_NON_TRANS_TABLE:
        return "STMT_WRITES_NON_TRANS_TABLE";
      break;
      case STMT_WRITES_TEMP_TRANS_TABLE:
        return "STMT_WRITES_TEMP_TRANS_TABLE";
      break;
      case STMT_WRITES_TEMP_NON_TRANS_TABLE:
        return "STMT_WRITES_TEMP_NON_TRANS_TABLE";
      break;
      case STMT_ACCESS_TABLE_COUNT:
      default:
        DBUG_ASSERT(0);
      break;
    }
    MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
    return "";
  }
#endif  /* DBUG */
               
  #define BINLOG_DIRECT_ON 0xF0    /* unsafe when
                                      --binlog-direct-non-trans-updates
                                      is ON */

  #define BINLOG_DIRECT_OFF 0xF    /* unsafe when
                                      --binlog-direct-non-trans-updates
                                      is OFF */

  #define TRX_CACHE_EMPTY 0x33     /* unsafe when trx-cache is empty */

  #define TRX_CACHE_NOT_EMPTY 0xCC /* unsafe when trx-cache is not empty */

  #define IL_LT_REPEATABLE 0xAA    /* unsafe when < ISO_REPEATABLE_READ */

  #define IL_GTE_REPEATABLE 0x55   /* unsafe when >= ISO_REPEATABLE_READ */
  
  /**
    Sets the type of table that is about to be accessed while executing a
    statement.

    @param accessed_table Enumeration type that defines the type of table,
                           e.g. temporary, transactional, non-transactional.
  */
  inline void set_stmt_accessed_table(enum_stmt_accessed_table accessed_table)
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("LEX::set_stmt_accessed_table");

    DBUG_ASSERT(accessed_table >= 0 && accessed_table < STMT_ACCESS_TABLE_COUNT);
    stmt_accessed_table_flag |= (1U << accessed_table);

    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }

  /**
    Checks if a type of table is about to be accessed while executing a
    statement.

    @param accessed_table Enumeration type that defines the type of table,
           e.g. temporary, transactional, non-transactional.

    @return
      @retval TRUE  if the type of the table is about to be accessed
      @retval FALSE otherwise
  */
  inline bool stmt_accessed_table(enum_stmt_accessed_table accessed_table)
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("LEX::stmt_accessed_table");

    DBUG_ASSERT(accessed_table >= 0 && accessed_table < STMT_ACCESS_TABLE_COUNT);

    DBUG_RETURN((stmt_accessed_table_flag & (1U << accessed_table)) != 0);
  }

  /**
    Checks either a trans/non trans temporary table is being accessed while
    executing a statement.

    @return
      @retval TRUE  if a temporary table is being accessed
      @retval FALSE otherwise
  */
  inline bool stmt_accessed_temp_table()
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("THD::stmt_accessed_temp_table");
    DBUG_RETURN(stmt_accessed_non_trans_temp_table() ||
                stmt_accessed_trans_temp_table());
  }

  /**
    Checks if a temporary transactional table is being accessed while executing
    a statement.

    @return
      @retval TRUE  if a temporary transactional table is being accessed
      @retval FALSE otherwise
  */
  inline bool stmt_accessed_trans_temp_table()
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("THD::stmt_accessed_trans_temp_table");

    DBUG_RETURN((stmt_accessed_table_flag &
                ((1U << STMT_READS_TEMP_TRANS_TABLE) |
                 (1U << STMT_WRITES_TEMP_TRANS_TABLE))) != 0);
  }
  inline bool stmt_writes_to_non_temp_table()
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("THD::stmt_writes_to_non_temp_table");

    DBUG_RETURN((stmt_accessed_table_flag &
                ((1U << STMT_WRITES_TRANS_TABLE) |
                 (1U << STMT_WRITES_NON_TRANS_TABLE))));
  }

  /**
    Checks if a temporary non-transactional table is about to be accessed
    while executing a statement.

    @return
      @retval TRUE  if a temporary non-transactional table is about to be
                    accessed
      @retval FALSE otherwise
  */
  inline bool stmt_accessed_non_trans_temp_table()
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("THD::stmt_accessed_non_trans_temp_table");

    DBUG_RETURN((stmt_accessed_table_flag &
                ((1U << STMT_READS_TEMP_NON_TRANS_TABLE) |
                 (1U << STMT_WRITES_TEMP_NON_TRANS_TABLE))) != 0);
  }

  /*
    Checks if a mixed statement is unsafe.

    
    @param in_multi_stmt_transaction_mode defines if there is an on-going
           multi-transactional statement.
    @param binlog_direct defines if --binlog-direct-non-trans-updates is
           active.
    @param trx_cache_is_not_empty defines if the trx-cache is empty or not.
    @param trx_isolation defines the isolation level.
 
    @return
      @retval TRUE if the mixed statement is unsafe
      @retval FALSE otherwise
  */
  inline bool is_mixed_stmt_unsafe(bool in_multi_stmt_transaction_mode,
                                   bool binlog_direct,
                                   bool trx_cache_is_not_empty,
                                   uint tx_isolation)
  {
    bool unsafe= FALSE;

    if (in_multi_stmt_transaction_mode)
    {
       uint condition=
         (binlog_direct ? BINLOG_DIRECT_ON : BINLOG_DIRECT_OFF) &
         (trx_cache_is_not_empty ? TRX_CACHE_NOT_EMPTY : TRX_CACHE_EMPTY) &
         (tx_isolation >= ISO_REPEATABLE_READ ? IL_GTE_REPEATABLE : IL_LT_REPEATABLE);

      unsafe= (binlog_unsafe_map[stmt_accessed_table_flag] & condition);

#if !defined(DBUG_OFF)
      DBUG_PRINT("LEX::is_mixed_stmt_unsafe", ("RESULT %02X %02X %02X", condition,
              binlog_unsafe_map[stmt_accessed_table_flag],
              (binlog_unsafe_map[stmt_accessed_table_flag] & condition)));
 
      int type_in= 0;
      for (; type_in < STMT_ACCESS_TABLE_COUNT; type_in++)
      {
        if (stmt_accessed_table((enum_stmt_accessed_table) type_in))
          DBUG_PRINT("LEX::is_mixed_stmt_unsafe", ("ACCESSED %s ",
                  stmt_accessed_table_string((enum_stmt_accessed_table) type_in)));
      }
#endif
    }

    if (stmt_accessed_table(STMT_WRITES_NON_TRANS_TABLE) &&
      stmt_accessed_table(STMT_READS_TRANS_TABLE) &&
      tx_isolation < ISO_REPEATABLE_READ)
      unsafe= TRUE;
    else if (stmt_accessed_table(STMT_WRITES_TEMP_NON_TRANS_TABLE) &&
      stmt_accessed_table(STMT_READS_TRANS_TABLE) &&
      tx_isolation < ISO_REPEATABLE_READ)
      unsafe= TRUE;

    return(unsafe);
  }

  /**
    true if the parsed tree contains references to stored procedures
    or functions, false otherwise
  */
  bool uses_stored_routines() const
  { return sroutines_list.elements != 0; }

  void set_date_funcs_used_flag()
  {
    date_funcs_used_flag= true;
  }

  /*
    Returns TRUE if date functions such as YEAR(), MONTH() or DATE()
    are used in this LEX
  */
  bool are_date_funcs_used() const
  {
    return date_funcs_used_flag;
  }

private:

  /**
    Enumeration listing special types of statements.

    Currently, the only possible type is ROW_INJECTION.
  */
  enum enum_binlog_stmt_type {
    /**
      The statement is a row injection (i.e., either a BINLOG
      statement or a row event executed by the slave SQL thread).
    */
    BINLOG_STMT_TYPE_ROW_INJECTION = BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_COUNT,

    /** The last element of this enumeration type. */
    BINLOG_STMT_TYPE_COUNT
  };

  /**
    Bit field indicating the type of statement.

    There are two groups of bits:

    - The low BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_COUNT bits indicate the types of
      unsafeness that the current statement has.

      - The next BINLOG_STMT_TYPE_COUNT-BINLOG_STMT_TYPE_COUNT bits indicate if
      the statement is of some special type.

    This must be a member of LEX, not of THD: each stored procedure
    needs to remember its unsafeness state between calls and each
    stored procedure has its own LEX object (but no own THD object).
  */
  uint32 binlog_stmt_flags;

  /**
    Bit field that determines the type of tables that are about to be
    be accessed while executing a statement.
  */
  uint32 stmt_accessed_table_flag;

  /*
    Flag indicating that date functions such as YEAR(), MONTH() or DATE() are
    used in this LEX
  */
  bool date_funcs_used_flag= false;
};


/*
  st_parsing_options contains the flags for constructions that are
  allowed in the current statement.
*/

struct st_parsing_options
{
  bool allows_variable;
  bool lookup_keywords_after_qualifier;

  st_parsing_options() { reset(); }
  void reset();
};


/**
  The state of the lexical parser, when parsing comments.
*/
enum enum_comment_state
{
  /**
    Not parsing comments.
  */
  NO_COMMENT,
  /**
    Parsing comments that need to be preserved.
    Typically, these are user comments '/' '*' ... '*' '/'.
  */
  PRESERVE_COMMENT,
  /**
    Parsing comments that need to be discarded.
    Typically, these are special comments '/' '*' '!' ... '*' '/',
    or '/' '*' '!' 'M' 'M' 'm' 'm' 'm' ... '*' '/', where the comment
    markers should not be expanded.
  */
  DISCARD_COMMENT
};


/**
  @brief This class represents the character input stream consumed during
  lexical analysis.

  In addition to consuming the input stream, this class performs some
  comment pre processing, by filtering out out of bound special text
  from the query input stream.
  Two buffers, with pointers inside each buffers, are maintained in
  parallel. The 'raw' buffer is the original query text, which may
  contain out-of-bound comments. The 'cpp' (for comments pre processor)
  is the pre-processed buffer that contains only the query text that
  should be seen once out-of-bound data is removed.
*/

class Lex_input_stream
{
  size_t unescape(CHARSET_INFO *cs, char *to,
                  const char *str, const char *end, int sep);
  my_charset_conv_wc_mb get_escape_func(THD *thd, my_wc_t sep) const;
public:
  Lex_input_stream() = default;

  ~Lex_input_stream() = default;

  /**
     Object initializer. Must be called before usage.

     @retval FALSE OK
     @retval TRUE  Error
  */
  bool init(THD *thd, char *buff, size_t length);

  void reset(char *buff, size_t length);

  /**
    The main method to scan the next token, with token contraction processing
    for LALR(2) resolution, e.g. translate "WITH" followed by "ROLLUP"
    to a single token WITH_ROLLUP_SYM.
  */
  int lex_token(union YYSTYPE *yylval, THD *thd);

  void reduce_digest_token(uint token_left, uint token_right);

private:

  enum Ident_mode
  {
    GENERAL_KEYWORD_OR_FUNC_LPAREN,
    QUALIFIED_SPECIAL_FUNC_LPAREN
  };

  int scan_ident_common(THD *thd, Lex_ident_cli_st *str, Ident_mode mode);

  /**
    Set the echo mode.

    When echo is true, characters parsed from the raw input stream are
    preserved. When false, characters parsed are silently ignored.
    @param echo the echo mode.
  */
  void set_echo(bool echo)
  {
    m_echo= echo;
  }

  void save_in_comment_state()
  {
    m_echo_saved= m_echo;
    in_comment_saved= in_comment;
  }

  void restore_in_comment_state()
  {
    m_echo= m_echo_saved;
    in_comment= in_comment_saved;
  }

  /**
    Skip binary from the input stream.
    @param n number of bytes to accept.
  */
  void skip_binary(int n)
  {
    if (m_echo)
    {
      memcpy(m_cpp_ptr, m_ptr, n);
      m_cpp_ptr += n;
    }
    m_ptr += n;
  }

  /**
    Get a character, and advance in the stream.
    @return the next character to parse.
  */
  unsigned char yyGet()
  {
    char c= *m_ptr++;
    if (m_echo)
      *m_cpp_ptr++ = c;
    return c;
  }

  /**
    Get the last character accepted.
    @return the last character accepted.
  */
  unsigned char yyGetLast() const
  {
    return m_ptr[-1];
  }

  /**
    Look at the next character to parse, but do not accept it.
  */
  unsigned char yyPeek() const
  {
    return m_ptr[0];
  }

  /**
    Look ahead at some character to parse.
    @param n offset of the character to look up
  */
  unsigned char yyPeekn(int n) const
  {
    return m_ptr[n];
  }

  /**
    Cancel the effect of the last yyGet() or yySkip().
    Note that the echo mode should not change between calls to yyGet / yySkip
    and yyUnget. The caller is responsible for ensuring that.
  */
  void yyUnget()
  {
    m_ptr--;
    if (m_echo)
      m_cpp_ptr--;
  }

  /**
    Accept a character, by advancing the input stream.
  */
  void yySkip()
  {
    if (m_echo)
      *m_cpp_ptr++ = *m_ptr++;
    else
      m_ptr++;
  }

  /**
    Accept multiple characters at once.
    @param n the number of characters to accept.
  */
  void yySkipn(int n)
  {
    if (m_echo)
    {
      memcpy(m_cpp_ptr, m_ptr, n);
      m_cpp_ptr += n;
    }
    m_ptr += n;
  }

  /**
    Puts a character back into the stream, canceling
    the effect of the last yyGet() or yySkip().
    Note that the echo mode should not change between calls
    to unput, get, or skip from the stream.
  */
  char *yyUnput(char ch)
  {
    *--m_ptr= ch;
    if (m_echo)
      m_cpp_ptr--;
    return m_ptr;
  }

  /**
    End of file indicator for the query text to parse.
    @param n number of characters expected
    @return true if there are less than n characters to parse
  */
  bool eof(int n) const
  {
    return ((m_ptr + n) >= m_end_of_query);
  }

  /** Mark the stream position as the start of a new token. */
  void start_token()
  {
    m_tok_start_prev= m_tok_start;
    m_tok_start= m_ptr;
    m_tok_end= m_ptr;

    m_cpp_tok_start_prev= m_cpp_tok_start;
    m_cpp_tok_start= m_cpp_ptr;
    m_cpp_tok_end= m_cpp_ptr;
  }

  /**
    Adjust the starting position of the current token.
    This is used to compensate for starting whitespace.
  */
  void restart_token()
  {
    m_tok_start= m_ptr;
    m_cpp_tok_start= m_cpp_ptr;
  }

  /**
    Get the maximum length of the utf8-body buffer.
    The utf8 body can grow because of the character set conversion and escaping.
  */
  size_t get_body_utf8_maximum_length(THD *thd) const;

  /** Get the length of the current token, in the raw buffer. */
  uint yyLength() const
  {
    /*
      The assumption is that the lexical analyser is always 1 character ahead,
      which the -1 account for.
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_ptr > m_tok_start);
    return (uint) ((m_ptr - m_tok_start) - 1);
  }

  /**
    Test if a lookahead token was already scanned by lex_token(),
    for LALR(2) resolution.
  */
  bool has_lookahead() const
  {
    return lookahead_token >= 0;
  }

public:

  /**
    End of file indicator for the query text to parse.
    @return true if there are no more characters to parse
  */
  bool eof() const
  {
    return (m_ptr >= m_end_of_query);
  }

  /** Get the raw query buffer. */
  const char *get_buf() const
  {
    return m_buf;
  }

  /** Get the pre-processed query buffer. */
  const char *get_cpp_buf() const
  {
    return m_cpp_buf;
  }

  /** Get the end of the raw query buffer. */
  const char *get_end_of_query() const
  {
    return m_end_of_query;
  }

  /** Get the token start position, in the raw buffer. */
  const char *get_tok_start() const
  {
    return has_lookahead() ? m_tok_start_prev : m_tok_start;
  }

  void set_cpp_tok_start(const char *pos)
  {
    m_cpp_tok_start= pos;
  }

  /** Get the token end position, in the raw buffer. */
  const char *get_tok_end() const
  {
    return m_tok_end;
  }

  /** Get the current stream pointer, in the raw buffer. */
  const char *get_ptr() const
  {
    return m_ptr;
  }

  /** Get the token start position, in the pre-processed buffer. */
  const char *get_cpp_tok_start() const
  {
    return has_lookahead() ? m_cpp_tok_start_prev : m_cpp_tok_start;
  }

  /** Get the token end position, in the pre-processed buffer. */
  const char *get_cpp_tok_end() const
  {
    return m_cpp_tok_end;
  }

  /**
    Get the token end position in the pre-processed buffer,
    with trailing spaces removed.
  */
  const char *get_cpp_tok_end_rtrim() const
  {
    const char *p;
    for (p= m_cpp_tok_end;
         p > m_cpp_buf && my_isspace(system_charset_info, p[-1]);
         p--)
    { }
    return p;
  }

  /** Get the current stream pointer, in the pre-processed buffer. */
  const char *get_cpp_ptr() const
  {
    return m_cpp_ptr;
  }

  /**
    Get the current stream pointer, in the pre-processed buffer,
    with traling spaces removed.
  */
  const char *get_cpp_ptr_rtrim() const
  {
    const char *p;
    for (p= m_cpp_ptr;
         p > m_cpp_buf && my_isspace(system_charset_info, p[-1]);
         p--)
    { }
    return p;
  }
  /** Get the utf8-body string. */
  LEX_CSTRING body_utf8() const
  {
    return LEX_CSTRING({m_body_utf8, (size_t) (m_body_utf8_ptr - m_body_utf8)});
  }

  void body_utf8_start(THD *thd, const char *begin_ptr);
  void body_utf8_append(const char *ptr);
  void body_utf8_append(const char *ptr, const char *end_ptr);
  void body_utf8_append_ident(THD *thd,
                              const Lex_string_with_metadata_st *txt,
                              const char *end_ptr);
  void body_utf8_append_escape(THD *thd,
                               const LEX_CSTRING *txt,
                               CHARSET_INFO *txt_cs,
                               const char *end_ptr,
                               my_wc_t sep);

private:
  /**
    LALR(2) resolution, look ahead token.
    Value of the next token to return, if any,
    or -1, if no token was parsed in advance.
    Note: 0 is a legal token, and represents YYEOF.
  */
  int lookahead_token;

  /** LALR(2) resolution, value of the look ahead token.*/
  LEX_YYSTYPE lookahead_yylval;

  bool get_text(Lex_string_with_metadata_st *to,
                uint sep, int pre_skip, int post_skip);

  void add_digest_token(uint token, LEX_YYSTYPE yylval);

  bool consume_comment(int remaining_recursions_permitted);
  int lex_one_token(union YYSTYPE *yylval, THD *thd);
  int find_keyword(Lex_ident_cli_st *str, uint len, bool function) const;
  int find_keyword_qualified_special_func(Lex_ident_cli_st *str, uint len) const;
  LEX_CSTRING get_token(uint skip, uint length);
  int scan_ident_start(THD *thd, Lex_ident_cli_st *str);
  int scan_ident_middle(THD *thd, Lex_ident_cli_st *str,
                        CHARSET_INFO **cs, my_lex_states *);
  int scan_ident_delimited(THD *thd, Lex_ident_cli_st *str, uchar quote_char);
  bool get_7bit_or_8bit_ident(THD *thd, uchar *last_char);

  /** Current thread. */
  THD *m_thd;

  /** Pointer to the current position in the raw input stream. */
  char *m_ptr;

  /** Starting position of the last token parsed, in the raw buffer. */
  const char *m_tok_start;

  /** Ending position of the previous token parsed, in the raw buffer. */
  const char *m_tok_end;

  /** End of the query text in the input stream, in the raw buffer. */
  const char *m_end_of_query;

  /** Starting position of the previous token parsed, in the raw buffer. */
  const char *m_tok_start_prev;

  /** Begining of the query text in the input stream, in the raw buffer. */
  const char *m_buf;

  /** Length of the raw buffer. */
  size_t m_buf_length;

  /** Echo the parsed stream to the pre-processed buffer. */
  bool m_echo:1;
  bool m_echo_saved:1;

  /** Pre-processed buffer. */
  char *m_cpp_buf;

  /** Pointer to the current position in the pre-processed input stream. */
  char *m_cpp_ptr;

  /**
    Starting position of the last token parsed,
    in the pre-processed buffer.
  */
  const char *m_cpp_tok_start;

  /**
    Starting position of the previous token parsed,
    in the pre-procedded buffer.
  */
  const char *m_cpp_tok_start_prev;

  /**
    Ending position of the previous token parsed,
    in the pre-processed buffer.
  */
  const char *m_cpp_tok_end;

  /** UTF8-body buffer created during parsing. */
  char *m_body_utf8;

  /** Pointer to the current position in the UTF8-body buffer. */
  char *m_body_utf8_ptr;

  /**
    Position in the pre-processed buffer. The query from m_cpp_buf to
    m_cpp_utf_processed_ptr is converted to UTF8-body.
  */
  const char *m_cpp_utf8_processed_ptr;

public:

  /** Current state of the lexical analyser. */
  enum my_lex_states next_state;

  /**
    Position of ';' in the stream, to delimit multiple queries.
    This delimiter is in the raw buffer.
  */
  const char *found_semicolon;

  /** SQL_MODE = IGNORE_SPACE. */
  bool ignore_space:1;

  /**
    TRUE if we're parsing a prepared statement: in this mode
    we should allow placeholders.
  */
  bool stmt_prepare_mode:1;
  /**
    TRUE if we should allow multi-statements.
  */
  bool multi_statements:1;

  /** Current line number. */
  uint yylineno;

  /**
    Current statement digest instrumentation.
  */
  sql_digest_state* m_digest;

private:
  /** State of the lexical analyser for comments. */
  enum_comment_state in_comment;
  enum_comment_state in_comment_saved;

  /**
    Starting position of the TEXT_STRING or IDENT in the pre-processed
    buffer.

    NOTE: this member must be used within MYSQLlex() function only.
  */
  const char *m_cpp_text_start;

  /**
    Ending position of the TEXT_STRING or IDENT in the pre-processed
    buffer.

    NOTE: this member must be used within MYSQLlex() function only.
    */
  const char *m_cpp_text_end;

  /**
    Character set specified by the character-set-introducer.

    NOTE: this member must be used within MYSQLlex() function only.
  */
  CHARSET_INFO *m_underscore_cs;
};


/**
  Abstract representation of a statement.
  This class is an interface between the parser and the runtime.
  The parser builds the appropriate sub classes of Sql_statement
  to represent a SQL statement in the parsed tree.
  The execute() method in the sub classes contain the runtime implementation.
  Note that this interface is used for SQL statement recently implemented,
  the code for older statements tend to load the LEX structure with more
  attributes instead.
  The recommended way to implement new statements is to sub-class
  Sql_statement, as this improves code modularity (see the 'big switch' in
  dispatch_command()), and decrease the total size of the LEX structure
  (therefore saving memory in stored programs).
*/
class Sql_statement : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  /**
    Execute this SQL statement.
    @param thd the current thread.
    @return 0 on success.
  */
  virtual bool execute(THD *thd) = 0;

protected:
  /**
    Constructor.
    @param lex the LEX structure that represents parts of this statement.
  */
  Sql_statement(LEX *lex)
    : m_lex(lex)
  {}

  /** Destructor. */
  virtual ~Sql_statement()
  {
    /*
      Sql_statement objects are allocated in thd->mem_root.
      In MySQL, the C++ destructor is never called, the underlying MEM_ROOT is
      simply destroyed instead.
      Do not rely on the destructor for any cleanup.
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(FALSE);
  }

protected:
  /**
    The legacy LEX structure for this statement.
    The LEX structure contains the existing properties of the parsed tree.
    TODO: with time, attributes from LEX should move to sub classes of
    Sql_statement, so that the parser only builds Sql_statement objects
    with the minimum set of attributes, instead of a LEX structure that
    contains the collection of every possible attribute.
  */
  LEX *m_lex;
};


class Delete_plan;
class SQL_SELECT;

class Explain_query;
class Explain_update;
class Explain_delete;

/* 
  Query plan of a single-table UPDATE.
  (This is actually a plan for single-table DELETE also)
*/

class Update_plan
{
protected:
  bool impossible_where;
  bool no_partitions;
public:
  /* Allocate things there */
  MEM_ROOT *mem_root;

  TABLE *table;
  SQL_SELECT *select;
  uint index;
  ha_rows scanned_rows;
  /*
    Top-level select_lex. Most of its fields are not used, we need it only to
    get to the subqueries.
  */
  SELECT_LEX *select_lex;
  
  key_map possible_keys;
  bool using_filesort;
  bool using_io_buffer;
  
  /* Set this plan to be a plan to do nothing because of impossible WHERE */
  void set_impossible_where() { impossible_where= true; }
  void set_no_partitions() { no_partitions= true; }

  Explain_update* save_explain_update_data(THD *thd, MEM_ROOT *mem_root);
protected:
  bool save_explain_data_intern(THD *thd, MEM_ROOT *mem_root, Explain_update *eu, bool is_analyze);
public:
  virtual ~Update_plan() = default;

  Update_plan(MEM_ROOT *mem_root_arg) : 
    impossible_where(false), no_partitions(false), 
    mem_root(mem_root_arg), 
    using_filesort(false), using_io_buffer(false)
  {}
};


/* Query plan of a single-table DELETE */
class Delete_plan : public Update_plan
{
  bool deleting_all_rows;
public:

  /* Construction functions */
  Delete_plan(MEM_ROOT *mem_root_arg) : 
    Update_plan(mem_root_arg), 
    deleting_all_rows(false)
  {}

  /* Set this query plan to be a plan to make a call to h->delete_all_rows() */
  void set_delete_all_rows(ha_rows rows_arg) 
  { 
    deleting_all_rows= true;
    scanned_rows= rows_arg;
  }
  void cancel_delete_all_rows()
  {
    deleting_all_rows= false;
  }

  Explain_delete* save_explain_delete_data(THD *thd, MEM_ROOT *mem_root);
};

enum account_lock_type
{
  ACCOUNTLOCK_UNSPECIFIED= 0,
  ACCOUNTLOCK_LOCKED,
  ACCOUNTLOCK_UNLOCKED
};

enum password_exp_type
{
  PASSWORD_EXPIRE_UNSPECIFIED= 0,
  PASSWORD_EXPIRE_NOW,
  PASSWORD_EXPIRE_NEVER,
  PASSWORD_EXPIRE_DEFAULT,
  PASSWORD_EXPIRE_INTERVAL
};

struct Account_options: public USER_RESOURCES
{
  Account_options() = default;

  void reset()
  {
    bzero(this, sizeof(*this));
    ssl_type= SSL_TYPE_NOT_SPECIFIED;
  }

  enum SSL_type ssl_type;                       // defined in violite.h
  LEX_CSTRING x509_subject, x509_issuer, ssl_cipher;
  account_lock_type account_locked;
  password_exp_type password_expire;
  longlong num_expiration_days;
};

class Query_arena_memroot;
/* The state of the lex parsing. This is saved in the THD struct */


class Lex_prepared_stmt
{
  Lex_ident_sys m_name; // Statement name (in all queries)
  Item *m_code;         // PREPARE or EXECUTE IMMEDIATE source expression
  List<Item> m_params;  // List of parameters for EXECUTE [IMMEDIATE]
public:

  Lex_prepared_stmt()
   :m_code(NULL)
  { }
  const Lex_ident_sys &name() const
  {
    return m_name;
  }
  uint param_count() const
  {
    return m_params.elements;
  }
  List<Item> &params()
  {
    return m_params;
  }
  void set(const Lex_ident_sys_st &ident, Item *code, List<Item> *params)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_params.elements == 0);
    m_name= ident;
    m_code= code;
    if (params)
      m_params= *params;
  }
  bool params_fix_fields(THD *thd)
  {
    // Fix Items in the EXECUTE..USING list
    List_iterator_fast<Item> param_it(m_params);
    while (Item *param= param_it++)
    {
      if (param->fix_fields_if_needed_for_scalar(thd, 0))
        return true;
    }
    return false;
  }
  bool get_dynamic_sql_string(THD *thd, LEX_CSTRING *dst, String *buffer);
  void lex_start()
  {
    m_params.empty();
  }
};


class Lex_grant_object_name: public Grant_object_name, public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  Lex_grant_object_name(Table_ident *table_ident)
   :Grant_object_name(table_ident)
  { }
  Lex_grant_object_name(const LEX_CSTRING &db, Type type)
   :Grant_object_name(db, type)
  { }
};


class Lex_grant_privilege: public Grant_privilege, public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  Lex_grant_privilege() {}
  Lex_grant_privilege(privilege_t grant, bool all_privileges= false)
   :Grant_privilege(grant, all_privileges)
  { }
};


class sp_lex_local;
class sp_lex_cursor;

struct LEX: public Query_tables_list
{
  SELECT_LEX_UNIT unit;                         /* most upper unit */
  SELECT_LEX *first_select_lex() { return unit.first_select(); }
  const SELECT_LEX *first_select_lex() const { return unit.first_select(); }

private:
  SELECT_LEX builtin_select;

public:
  /* current SELECT_LEX in parsing */
  SELECT_LEX *current_select;
  /* list of all SELECT_LEX */
  SELECT_LEX *all_selects_list;
  /* current with clause in parsing if any, otherwise 0*/
  With_clause *curr_with_clause;
  /* pointer to the first with clause in the current statement */
  With_clause *with_clauses_list;
  /*
    (*with_clauses_list_last_next) contains a pointer to the last
     with clause in the current statement
  */
  With_clause **with_clauses_list_last_next;
  /*
    When a copy of a with element is parsed this is set to the offset of
    the with element in the input string, otherwise it's set to 0
  */
  my_ptrdiff_t clone_spec_offset;

  Create_view_info *create_view;

  /* Query Plan Footprint of a currently running select  */
  Explain_query *explain;

  /*
    LEX which represents current statement (conventional, SP or PS)

    For example during view parsing THD::lex will point to the views LEX and
    lex::stmt_lex will point to LEX of the statement where the view will be
    included

    Currently it is used to have always correct select numbering inside
    statement (LEX::current_select_number) without storing and restoring a
    global counter which was THD::select_number.

    TODO: make some unified statement representation (now SP has different)
    to store such data like LEX::current_select_number.
  */
  LEX *stmt_lex;

  LEX_CSTRING name;
  const char *help_arg;
  const char *backup_dir;                       /* For RESTORE/BACKUP */
  const char* to_log;                           /* For PURGE MASTER LOGS TO */
  String *wild; /* Wildcard in SHOW {something} LIKE 'wild'*/ 
  sql_exchange *exchange;
  select_result *result;
  /**
    @c the two may also hold BINLOG arguments: either comment holds a
    base64-char string or both represent the BINLOG fragment user variables.
  */
  LEX_CSTRING comment, ident;
  LEX_USER *grant_user;
  XID *xid;
  THD *thd;

  /* maintain a list of used plugins for this LEX */
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY plugins;
  plugin_ref plugins_static_buffer[INITIAL_LEX_PLUGIN_LIST_SIZE];

  /** SELECT of CREATE VIEW statement */
  LEX_STRING create_view_select;

  /** Start of 'ON table', in trigger statements.  */
  const char* raw_trg_on_table_name_begin;
  /** End of 'ON table', in trigger statements. */
  const char* raw_trg_on_table_name_end;

  /* Partition info structure filled in by PARTITION BY parse part */
  partition_info *part_info;

  /*
    The definer of the object being created (view, trigger, stored routine).
    I.e. the value of DEFINER clause.
  */
  LEX_USER *definer;

  /* Used in ALTER/CREATE user to store account locking options */
  Account_options account_options;

  Table_type table_type;                        /* Used for SHOW CREATE */
  List<Key_part_spec> ref_list;
  List<LEX_USER>      users_list;
  List<Item>          *insert_list= nullptr,field_list,value_list,update_list;
  List<List_item>     many_values;
  List<set_var_base>  var_list;
  List<set_var_base>  stmt_var_list; //SET_STATEMENT values
  List<set_var_base>  old_var_list; // SET STATEMENT old values
private:
  Query_arena_memroot *arena_for_set_stmt;
  MEM_ROOT *mem_root_for_set_stmt;
  bool sp_block_finalize(THD *thd, const Lex_spblock_st spblock,
                                   class sp_label **splabel);
  bool sp_change_context(THD *thd, const sp_pcontext *ctx, bool exclusive);
  bool sp_exit_block(THD *thd, sp_label *lab);
  bool sp_exit_block(THD *thd, sp_label *lab, Item *when,
                     const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str);

  bool sp_continue_loop(THD *thd, sp_label *lab);

  bool sp_for_loop_condition(THD *thd, const Lex_for_loop_st &loop);
  bool sp_for_loop_increment(THD *thd, const Lex_for_loop_st &loop);

  /*
    Check if Item_field and Item_ref are allowed in the current statement.
    @retval false OK (fields are allowed)
    @retval true  ERROR (fields are not allowed). Error is raised.
  */
  bool check_expr_allows_fields_or_error(THD *thd, const char *name) const;

protected:
  bool sp_continue_loop(THD *thd, sp_label *lab, Item *when,
                        const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str);

public:
  void parse_error(uint err_number= ER_SYNTAX_ERROR);
  inline bool is_arena_for_set_stmt() {return arena_for_set_stmt != 0;}
  bool set_arena_for_set_stmt(Query_arena *backup);
  void reset_arena_for_set_stmt(Query_arena *backup);
  void free_arena_for_set_stmt();

  void print(String *str, enum_query_type qtype);
  List<Item_func_set_user_var> set_var_list; // in-query assignment list
  List<Item_param>    param_list;
  List<LEX_CSTRING>   view_list; // view list (list of field names in view)
  List<LEX_STRING>   *column_list; // list of column names (in ANALYZE)
  List<LEX_STRING>   *index_list;  // list of index names (in ANALYZE)
  /*
    A stack of name resolution contexts for the query. This stack is used
    at parse time to set local name resolution contexts for various parts
    of a query. For example, in a JOIN ... ON (some_condition) clause the
    Items in 'some_condition' must be resolved only against the operands
    of the join, and not against the whole clause. Similarly, Items in
    subqueries should be resolved against the subqueries (and outer queries).
    The stack is used in the following way: when the parser detects that
    all Items in some clause need a local context, it creates a new context
    and pushes it on the stack. All newly created Items always store the
    top-most context in the stack. Once the parser leaves the clause that
    required a local context, the parser pops the top-most context.
  */
  List<Name_resolution_context> context_stack;
  SELECT_LEX *select_stack[MAX_SELECT_NESTING + 1];
  uint select_stack_top;
  /*
    Usually this is set to 0, but for INSERT/REPLACE SELECT it is set to 1.
    When parsing such statements the pointer to the most outer select is placed
    into the second element of select_stack rather than into the first.
  */
  uint select_stack_outer_barrier;

  SQL_I_List<ORDER> proc_list;
  SQL_I_List<TABLE_LIST> auxiliary_table_list, save_list;
  Column_definition *last_field;
  Table_function_json_table *json_table;
  Item_sum *in_sum_func;
  udf_func udf;
  HA_CHECK_OPT   check_opt;                        // check/repair options
  Table_specification_st create_info;
  Key *last_key;
  LEX_MASTER_INFO mi;                              // used by CHANGE MASTER
  LEX_SERVER_OPTIONS server_options;
  LEX_CSTRING relay_log_connection_name;
  LEX_RESET_SLAVE reset_slave_info;
  ulonglong type;
  ulong next_binlog_file_number;
  /* The following is used by KILL */
  killed_state kill_signal;
  killed_type  kill_type;
  uint current_select_number; // valid for statment LEX (not view)

  /*
    The following bool variables should not be bit fields as they are not
    reset for every query
  */
  bool autocommit;          // Often used, better as bool
  bool sp_lex_in_use;       // Keep track on lex usage in SPs for error handling

  /* Bit fields, reset for every query */
  bool is_shutdown_wait_for_slaves:1;
  bool selects_allow_procedure:1;
  /*
    A special command "PARSE_VCOL_EXPR" is defined for the parser
    to translate a defining expression of a virtual column into an
    Item object.
    The following flag is used to prevent other applications to use
    this command.
  */
  bool parse_vcol_expr:1;
  bool analyze_stmt:1; /* TRUE<=> this is "ANALYZE $stmt" */
  bool explain_json:1;
  /*
    true <=> The parsed fragment requires resolution of references to CTE
    at the end of parsing. This name resolution process involves searching
    for possible dependencies between CTE defined in the parsed fragment and
    detecting possible recursive references.
    The flag is set to true if the fragment contains CTE definitions.
  */
  bool with_cte_resolution:1;
  /*
    true <=> only resolution of references to CTE are required in the parsed
    fragment, no checking of dependencies between CTE is required.
    This flag is used only when parsing clones of CTE specifications.
  */
  bool only_cte_resolution:1;
  bool local_file:1;
  bool check_exists:1;
  bool verbose:1, no_write_to_binlog:1;
  bool safe_to_cache_query:1;
  bool ignore:1;
  bool next_is_main:1; // use "main" SELECT_LEX for nrxt allocation;
  bool next_is_down:1; // use "main" SELECT_LEX for nrxt allocation;
  /*
    field_list was created for view and should be removed before PS/SP
    rexecuton
  */
  bool empty_field_list_on_rset:1;
  /**
    During name resolution search only in the table list given by
    Name_resolution_context::first_name_resolution_table and
    Name_resolution_context::last_name_resolution_table
    (see Item_field::fix_fields()).
  */
  bool use_only_table_context:1;
  bool escape_used:1;
  bool default_used:1;    /* using default() function */
  bool with_rownum:1;     /* Using rownum() function */
  bool is_lex_started:1;  /* If lex_start() did run. For debugging. */
  bool without_validation:1; /* exchange or convert partition WITHOUT VALIDATION */

  /*
    This variable is used in post-parse stage to declare that sum-functions,
    or functions which have sense only if GROUP BY is present, are allowed.
    For example in a query
    SELECT ... FROM ...WHERE MIN(i) == 1 GROUP BY ... HAVING MIN(i) > 2
    MIN(i) in the WHERE clause is not allowed in the opposite to MIN(i)
    in the HAVING clause. Due to possible nesting of select construct
    the variable can contain 0 or 1 for each nest level.
  */
  nesting_map allow_sum_func;

  Sql_cmd *m_sql_cmd;

  /*
    Usually `expr` rule of yacc is quite reused but some commands better
    not support subqueries which comes standard with this rule, like
    KILL, HA_READ, CREATE/ALTER EVENT etc. Set this to a non-NULL
    clause name to get an error.
  */
  const char *clause_that_disallows_subselect;

  enum enum_duplicates duplicates;
  enum enum_tx_isolation tx_isolation;
  enum enum_ha_read_modes ha_read_mode;
  union {
    enum ha_rkey_function ha_rkey_mode;
    enum xa_option_words xa_opt;
    bool with_admin_option;                     // GRANT role
    bool with_persistent_for_clause; // uses PERSISTENT FOR clause (in ANALYZE)
  };
  enum enum_var_type option_type;
  enum enum_drop_mode drop_mode;

  enum backup_stages backup_stage;
  enum Foreign_key::fk_match_opt fk_match_option;
  enum_fk_option fk_update_opt;
  enum_fk_option fk_delete_opt;
  enum enum_yes_no_unknown tx_chain, tx_release;
  st_parsing_options parsing_options;
  /*
    In sql_cache we store SQL_CACHE flag as specified by user to be
    able to restore SELECT statement from internal structures.
  */
  enum e_sql_cache { SQL_CACHE_UNSPECIFIED, SQL_NO_CACHE, SQL_CACHE };
  e_sql_cache sql_cache;

  uint slave_thd_opt, start_transaction_opt;
  uint profile_query_id;
  uint profile_options;
  int nest_level;

  /*
    In LEX representing update which were transformed to multi-update
    stores total number of tables. For LEX representing multi-delete
    holds number of tables from which we will delete records.
  */
  uint table_count_update;

  uint8 describe;
  /*
    A flag that indicates what kinds of derived tables are present in the
    query (0 if no derived tables, otherwise a combination of flags
    DERIVED_SUBQUERY and DERIVED_VIEW).
  */
  uint8 derived_tables;
  uint8 context_analysis_only;
  uint8 lex_options; // see OPTION_LEX_*

  Alter_info alter_info;
  Lex_prepared_stmt prepared_stmt;
  /*
    For CREATE TABLE statement last element of table list which is not
    part of SELECT or LIKE part (i.e. either element for table we are
    creating or last of tables referenced by foreign keys).
  */
  TABLE_LIST *create_last_non_select_table;
  sp_head *sphead;
  sp_name *spname;
  MEM_ROOT sp_mem_root, *sp_mem_root_ptr;

  sp_pcontext *spcont;

  st_sp_chistics sp_chistics;

  Event_parse_data *event_parse_data;

  /* Characterstics of trigger being created */
  st_trg_chistics trg_chistics;

  /*
    stmt_definition_begin is intended to point to the next word after
    DEFINER-clause in the following statements:
      - CREATE TRIGGER (points to "TRIGGER");
      - CREATE PROCEDURE (points to "PROCEDURE");
      - CREATE FUNCTION (points to "FUNCTION" or "AGGREGATE");
      - CREATE EVENT (points to "EVENT")

    This pointer is required to add possibly omitted DEFINER-clause to the
    DDL-statement before dumping it to the binlog.

    keyword_delayed_begin_offset is the offset to the beginning of the DELAYED
    keyword in INSERT DELAYED statement. keyword_delayed_end_offset is the
    offset to the character right after the DELAYED keyword.
  */
  union {
    const char *stmt_definition_begin;
    uint keyword_delayed_begin_offset;
  };

  union {
    const char *stmt_definition_end;
    uint keyword_delayed_end_offset;
  };

  /**
    Collects create options for KEY
  */
  engine_option_value *option_list;

  /**
    Helper pointer to the end of the list when parsing options for
      LEX::create_info.option_list (for table)
      LEX::last_field->option_list (for fields)
      LEX::option_list             (for indexes)
  */
  engine_option_value *option_list_last;


  /*
    The set of those tables whose fields are referenced in all subqueries
    of the query.
    TODO: possibly this it is incorrect to have used tables in LEX because
    with subquery, it is not clear what does the field mean. To fix this
    we should aggregate used tables information for selected expressions
    into the select_lex.
  */
  table_map  used_tables;
  /**
    Maximum number of rows and/or keys examined by the query, both read,
    changed or written. This is the argument of LIMIT ROWS EXAMINED.
    The limit is represented by two variables - the Item is needed because
    in case of parameters we have to delay its evaluation until execution.
    Once evaluated, its value is stored in examined_rows_limit_cnt.
  */
  Item *limit_rows_examined;
  ulonglong limit_rows_examined_cnt;
  /**
    Holds a set of domain_ids for deletion at FLUSH..DELETE_DOMAIN_ID
  */
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY delete_gtid_domain;
  static const ulong initial_gtid_domain_buffer_size= 16;
  uint32 gtid_domain_static_buffer[initial_gtid_domain_buffer_size];

  /*
    Activates enforcement of the LIMIT ROWS EXAMINED clause, if present
    in the query.
  */

  bool has_returning_list;

  void set_limit_rows_examined()
  {
    if (limit_rows_examined)
      limit_rows_examined_cnt= limit_rows_examined->val_uint();
  }

  /**
    Deactivates enforcement of the LIMIT ROWS EXAMINED clause and returns its
    prior state.
    Return value:
    - false: LIMIT ROWS EXAMINED was not activated
    - true:  LIMIT ROWS EXAMINED was activated
  */
  bool deactivate_limit_rows_examined()
  {
    bool was_activated= (limit_rows_examined_cnt != ULONGLONG_MAX);
    limit_rows_examined_cnt= ULONGLONG_MAX; // Unreachable value
    return was_activated;
  }

  LEX_CSTRING *win_ref;
  Window_frame *win_frame;
  Window_frame_bound *frame_top_bound;
  Window_frame_bound *frame_bottom_bound;
  Window_spec *win_spec;

  Item *upd_del_where;

  /* System Versioning */
  vers_select_conds_t vers_conditions;
  vers_select_conds_t period_conditions;

  inline void free_set_stmt_mem_root()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_arena_for_set_stmt());
    if (mem_root_for_set_stmt)
    {
      free_root(mem_root_for_set_stmt, MYF(0));
      delete mem_root_for_set_stmt;
      mem_root_for_set_stmt= 0;
    }
  }

  LEX();

  virtual ~LEX()
  {
    free_set_stmt_mem_root();
    destroy_query_tables_list();
    plugin_unlock_list(NULL, (plugin_ref *)plugins.buffer, plugins.elements);
    delete_dynamic(&plugins);
  }

  virtual class Query_arena *query_arena()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return NULL;
  }

  void start(THD *thd);

  inline bool is_ps_or_view_context_analysis()
  {
    return (context_analysis_only &
            (CONTEXT_ANALYSIS_ONLY_PREPARE |
             CONTEXT_ANALYSIS_ONLY_VCOL_EXPR |
             CONTEXT_ANALYSIS_ONLY_VIEW));
  }

  inline bool is_view_context_analysis()
  {
    return (context_analysis_only & CONTEXT_ANALYSIS_ONLY_VIEW);
  }

  /**
    Mark all queries in this lex structure as uncacheable for the cause given

    @param cause    the reason queries are to be marked as uncacheable

    Note, any cause is sufficient for st_select_lex_unit::can_be_merged() to
    disallow query merges.
  */

  inline void uncacheable(uint8 cause)
  {
    safe_to_cache_query= 0;

    if (current_select) // initialisation SP variables has no SELECT
    {
      /*
        There are no sense to mark select_lex and union fields of LEX,
        but we should merk all subselects as uncacheable from current till
        most upper
      */
      SELECT_LEX *sl;
      SELECT_LEX_UNIT *un;
      for (sl= current_select, un= sl->master_unit();
           un && un != &unit;
           sl= sl->outer_select(), un= (sl ? sl->master_unit() : NULL))
      {
       sl->uncacheable|= cause;
       un->uncacheable|= cause;
      }
      if (sl)
        sl->uncacheable|= cause;
    }
    if (first_select_lex())
      first_select_lex()->uncacheable|= cause;
  }
  void set_trg_event_type_for_tables();

  TABLE_LIST *unlink_first_table(bool *link_to_local);
  void link_first_table_back(TABLE_LIST *first, bool link_to_local);
  void first_lists_tables_same();
  void fix_first_select_number();

  bool can_be_merged();
  bool can_use_merged();
  bool can_not_use_merged();
  bool only_view_structure();
  bool need_correct_ident();
  uint8 get_effective_with_check(TABLE_LIST *view);
  /*
    Is this update command where 'WHITH CHECK OPTION' clause is important

    SYNOPSIS
      LEX::which_check_option_applicable()

    RETURN
      TRUE   have to take 'WHITH CHECK OPTION' clause into account
      FALSE  'WHITH CHECK OPTION' clause do not need
  */
  inline bool which_check_option_applicable()
  {
    switch (sql_command) {
    case SQLCOM_UPDATE:
    case SQLCOM_UPDATE_MULTI:
    case SQLCOM_DELETE:
    case SQLCOM_DELETE_MULTI:
    case SQLCOM_INSERT:
    case SQLCOM_INSERT_SELECT:
    case SQLCOM_REPLACE:
    case SQLCOM_REPLACE_SELECT:
    case SQLCOM_LOAD:
      return TRUE;
    default:
      return FALSE;
    }
  }

  void cleanup_after_one_table_open();

  bool push_context(Name_resolution_context *context);

  Name_resolution_context *pop_context();

  SELECT_LEX *select_stack_head()
  {
    if (likely(select_stack_top))
      return select_stack[select_stack_top - 1];
    return NULL;
  }

  bool push_select(SELECT_LEX *select_lex)
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("LEX::push_select");
    DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Top Select was %p (%d)  depth: %u  pushed: %p (%d)",
                        select_stack_head(),
                        select_stack_top,
                        (select_stack_top ?
                         select_stack_head()->select_number :
                         0),
                        select_lex, select_lex->select_number));
    DBUG_ASSERT(select_lex);
    if (unlikely(select_stack_top > MAX_SELECT_NESTING))
    {
      my_error(ER_TOO_HIGH_LEVEL_OF_NESTING_FOR_SELECT, MYF(0));
      DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
    }
    if (push_context(&select_lex->context))
      DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
    select_stack[select_stack_top++]= select_lex;
    current_select= select_lex;
    DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
  }

  SELECT_LEX *pop_select()
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("LEX::pop_select");
    SELECT_LEX *select_lex;
    if (likely(select_stack_top))
      select_lex= select_stack[--select_stack_top];
    else
      select_lex= 0;
    DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Top Select is %p (%d)  depth: %u  poped: %p (%d)",
                        select_stack_head(),
                        select_stack_top,
                        (select_stack_top ?
                         select_stack_head()->select_number :
                         0),
                        select_lex,
                        (select_lex ? select_lex->select_number : 0)));
    DBUG_ASSERT(select_lex);

    pop_context();

    if (unlikely(!select_stack_top))
    {
      current_select= &builtin_select;
      DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Top Select is empty -> sel builtin: %p  service: %u",
                          current_select, builtin_select.is_service_select));
      builtin_select.is_service_select= false;
    }
    else
      current_select= select_stack[select_stack_top - 1];

    DBUG_RETURN(select_lex);
  }

  SELECT_LEX *current_select_or_default()
  {
    return current_select ? current_select : &builtin_select;
  }

  bool copy_db_to(LEX_CSTRING *to);

  void inc_select_stack_outer_barrier()
  {
    select_stack_outer_barrier++;
  }

  SELECT_LEX *parser_current_outer_select()
  {
    return select_stack_top - 1 == select_stack_outer_barrier ?
             0 : select_stack[select_stack_top - 2];
  }

  Name_resolution_context *current_context()
  {
    return context_stack.head();
  }

  /*
    Restore the LEX and THD in case of a parse error.
  */
  static void cleanup_lex_after_parse_error(THD *thd);

  void reset_n_backup_query_tables_list(Query_tables_list *backup);
  void restore_backup_query_tables_list(Query_tables_list *backup);

  bool table_or_sp_used();

  bool is_partition_management() const;
#ifdef WITH_PARTITION_STORAGE_ENGINE
  bool part_values_current(THD *thd);
  bool part_values_history(THD *thd);
#endif

  /**
    @brief check if the statement is a single-level join
    @return result of the check
      @retval TRUE  The statement doesn't contain subqueries, unions and 
                    stored procedure calls.
      @retval FALSE There are subqueries, UNIONs or stored procedure calls.
  */
  bool is_single_level_stmt() 
  { 
    /* 
      This check exploits the fact that the last added to all_select_list is
      on its top. So select_lex (as the first added) will be at the tail 
      of the list.
    */ 
    if (first_select_lex() == all_selects_list && !sroutines.records)
    {
      return TRUE;
    }
    return FALSE;
  }

  bool save_prep_leaf_tables();

  int print_explain(select_result_sink *output, uint8 explain_flags,
                    bool is_analyze, bool is_json_format,
                    bool *printed_anything);
  bool restore_set_statement_var();

  void init_last_field(Column_definition *field, const LEX_CSTRING *name);
  bool last_field_generated_always_as_row_start_or_end(Lex_ident *p,
                                                       const char *type,
                                                       uint flags);
  bool last_field_generated_always_as_row_start();
  bool last_field_generated_always_as_row_end();

  bool new_sp_instr_stmt(THD *, const LEX_CSTRING &prefix,
                         const LEX_CSTRING &suffix);
  bool sp_proc_stmt_statement_finalize_buf(THD *, const LEX_CSTRING &qbuf);
  bool sp_proc_stmt_statement_finalize(THD *, bool no_lookahead);

  sp_variable *sp_param_init(LEX_CSTRING *name);
  bool sp_param_fill_definition(sp_variable *spvar,
                                const Lex_field_type_st &def);
  bool sf_return_fill_definition(const Lex_field_type_st &def);

  int case_stmt_action_then();
  bool setup_select_in_parentheses();
  bool set_names(const char *pos,
                 CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                 const Lex_extended_collation_st &coll,
                 bool no_lookahead);
  bool set_trigger_new_row(const LEX_CSTRING *name, Item *val,
                           const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str);
  bool set_trigger_field(const LEX_CSTRING *name1, const LEX_CSTRING *name2,
                         Item *val, const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str);
  bool set_system_variable(enum_var_type var_type, sys_var *var,
                           const Lex_ident_sys_st *base_name, Item *val);
  bool set_system_variable(enum_var_type var_type,
                           const Lex_ident_sys_st *name, Item *val);
  bool set_system_variable(THD *thd, enum_var_type var_type,
                           const Lex_ident_sys_st *name1,
                           const Lex_ident_sys_st *name2,
                           Item *val);
  bool set_default_system_variable(enum_var_type var_type,
                                   const Lex_ident_sys_st *name,
                                   Item *val);
  bool set_user_variable(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name, Item *val);
  void set_stmt_init();
  sp_name *make_sp_name(THD *thd, const Lex_ident_sys_st &name);
  sp_name *make_sp_name(THD *thd, const Lex_ident_sys_st &name1,
                                  const Lex_ident_sys_st &name2);
  sp_name *make_sp_name_package_routine(THD *thd,
                                        const Lex_ident_sys_st &name);
  sp_lex_local *package_routine_start(THD *thd,
                                      const Sp_handler *sph,
                                      const Lex_ident_sys_st &name);
  sp_head *make_sp_head(THD *thd, const sp_name *name, const Sp_handler *sph,
                        enum_sp_aggregate_type agg_type);
  sp_head *make_sp_head_no_recursive(THD *thd, const sp_name *name,
                                     const Sp_handler *sph,
                                     enum_sp_aggregate_type agg_type);
  bool sp_body_finalize_routine(THD *);
  bool sp_body_finalize_trigger(THD *);
  bool sp_body_finalize_event(THD *);
  bool sp_body_finalize_function(THD *);
  bool sp_body_finalize_procedure(THD *);
  bool sp_body_finalize_procedure_standalone(THD *, const sp_name *end_name);
  sp_package *create_package_start(THD *thd,
                                   const Sp_handler *sph,
                                   const sp_name *name,
                                   DDL_options_st options,
                                   const st_sp_chistics &chistics);
  bool create_package_finalize(THD *thd,
                               const sp_name *name,
                               const sp_name *name2,
                               const char *cpp_body_end);
  bool show_routine_code_start(THD *thd, enum_sql_command cmd, sp_name *name);
  bool call_statement_start(THD *thd, sp_name *name);
  bool call_statement_start(THD *thd, const Lex_ident_sys_st *name);
  bool call_statement_start(THD *thd, const Lex_ident_sys_st *name1,
                                      const Lex_ident_sys_st *name2);
  bool call_statement_start(THD *thd,
                            const Lex_ident_sys_st *db,
                            const Lex_ident_sys_st *pkg,
                            const Lex_ident_sys_st *proc);
  sp_variable *find_variable(const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                             sp_pcontext **ctx,
                             const Sp_rcontext_handler **rh) const;
  sp_variable *find_variable(const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                             const Sp_rcontext_handler **rh) const
  {
    sp_pcontext *not_used_ctx;
    return find_variable(name, &not_used_ctx, rh);
  }
  sp_fetch_target *make_fetch_target(THD *thd, const Lex_ident_sys_st &name);
  bool set_variable(const Lex_ident_sys_st *name, Item *item,
                    const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str);
  bool set_variable(const Lex_ident_sys_st *name1,
                    const Lex_ident_sys_st *name2, Item *item,
                    const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str);
  void sp_variable_declarations_init(THD *thd, int nvars);
  bool sp_variable_declarations_finalize(THD *thd, int nvars,
                                         const Column_definition *cdef,
                                         Item *def,
                                         const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str);
  bool sp_variable_declarations_set_default(THD *thd, int nvars, Item *def,
                                            const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str);
  bool sp_variable_declarations_row_finalize(THD *thd, int nvars,
                                             Row_definition_list *row,
                                             Item *def,
                                             const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str);
  bool sp_variable_declarations_with_ref_finalize(THD *thd, int nvars,
                                                  Qualified_column_ident *col,
                                                  Item *def,
                                                  const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str);
  bool sp_variable_declarations_rowtype_finalize(THD *thd, int nvars,
                                                 Qualified_column_ident *,
                                                 Item *def,
                                                 const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str);
  bool sp_variable_declarations_cursor_rowtype_finalize(THD *thd, int nvars,
                                                        uint offset,
                                                        Item *def,
                                                        const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str);
  bool sp_variable_declarations_table_rowtype_finalize(THD *thd, int nvars,
                                                       const LEX_CSTRING &db,
                                                       const LEX_CSTRING &table,
                                                       Item *def,
                                                       const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str);
  bool sp_variable_declarations_column_type_finalize(THD *thd, int nvars,
                                              const Qualified_column_ident *ref,
                                              Item *def,
                                              const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str);
  bool sp_variable_declarations_vartype_finalize(THD *thd, int nvars,
                                                 const LEX_CSTRING &name,
                                                 Item *def,
                                                 const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str);
  bool sp_variable_declarations_copy_type_finalize(THD *thd, int nvars,
                                                   const Column_definition &ref,
                                                   Row_definition_list *fields,
                                                   Item *def,
                                                   const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str);

  LEX_USER *current_user_for_set_password(THD *thd);
  bool sp_create_set_password_instr(THD *thd,
                                    LEX_USER *user,
                                    USER_AUTH *auth,
                                    bool no_lookahead);
  bool sp_create_set_password_instr(THD *thd,
                                    USER_AUTH *auth,
                                    bool no_lookahead)
  {
    LEX_USER *user;
    return !(user= current_user_for_set_password(thd)) ||
           sp_create_set_password_instr(thd, user, auth, no_lookahead);
  }

  bool sp_handler_declaration_init(THD *thd, int type);
  bool sp_handler_declaration_finalize(THD *thd, int type);

  bool sp_declare_cursor(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                         class sp_lex_cursor *cursor_stmt,
                         sp_pcontext *param_ctx, bool add_cpush_instr);

  bool sp_open_cursor(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                      List<sp_assignment_lex> *parameters);
  Item_splocal *create_item_for_sp_var(const Lex_ident_cli_st *name,
                                       sp_variable *spvar);

  Item *create_item_qualified_asterisk(THD *thd, const Lex_ident_sys_st *name);
  Item *create_item_qualified_asterisk(THD *thd,
                                       const Lex_ident_sys_st *a,
                                       const Lex_ident_sys_st *b);
  Item *create_item_qualified_asterisk(THD *thd, const Lex_ident_cli_st *cname)
  {
    Lex_ident_sys name(thd, cname);
    if (name.is_null())
      return NULL; // EOM
    return create_item_qualified_asterisk(thd, &name);
  }
  Item *create_item_qualified_asterisk(THD *thd,
                                       const Lex_ident_cli_st *ca,
                                       const Lex_ident_cli_st *cb)
  {
    Lex_ident_sys a(thd, ca), b(thd, cb);
    if (a.is_null() || b.is_null())
      return NULL; // EOM
    return create_item_qualified_asterisk(thd, &a, &b);
  }

  Item *create_item_ident_field(THD *thd,
                                const Lex_ident_sys_st &db,
                                const Lex_ident_sys_st &table,
                                const Lex_ident_sys_st &name);
  Item *create_item_ident_nosp(THD *thd, Lex_ident_sys_st *name)
  {
    return create_item_ident_field(thd, Lex_ident_sys(), Lex_ident_sys(), *name);
  }
  Item *create_item_ident_sp(THD *thd, Lex_ident_sys_st *name,
                             const char *start, const char *end);
  Item *create_item_ident(THD *thd, Lex_ident_cli_st *cname)
  {
    Lex_ident_sys name(thd, cname);
    if (name.is_null())
      return NULL; // EOM
    return sphead ?
           create_item_ident_sp(thd, &name, cname->pos(), cname->end()) :
           create_item_ident_nosp(thd, &name);
  }
  /*
    Create an Item corresponding to a qualified name: a.b
    when the parser is out of an SP context.
      @param THD        - THD, for mem_root
      @param a          - the first name
      @param b          - the second name
      @retval           - a pointer to a created item, or NULL on error.

    Possible Item types that can be created:
    - Item_trigger_field
    - Item_field
    - Item_ref
  */
  Item *create_item_ident_nospvar(THD *thd,
                                  const Lex_ident_sys_st *a,
                                  const Lex_ident_sys_st *b);
  /*
    Create an Item corresponding to a ROW field valiable:  var.field
      @param THD        - THD, for mem_root
      @param rh [OUT]   - the rcontext handler (local vs package variables)
      @param var        - the ROW variable name
      @param field      - the ROW variable field name
      @param spvar      - the variable that was previously found by name
                          using "var_name".
      @param start      - position in the query (for binary log)
      @param end        - end in the query (for binary log)
  */
  Item_splocal *create_item_spvar_row_field(THD *thd,
                                            const Sp_rcontext_handler *rh,
                                            const Lex_ident_sys *var,
                                            const Lex_ident_sys *field,
                                            sp_variable *spvar,
                                            const char *start,
                                            const char *end);
  /*
    Create an item from its qualified name.
    Depending on context, it can be either a ROW variable field,
    or trigger, table field, table field reference.
    See comments to create_item_spvar_row_field() and
    create_item_ident_nospvar().
      @param thd         - THD, for mem_root
      @param a           - the first name
      @param b           - the second name
      @retval            - NULL on error, or a pointer to a new Item.
  */
  Item *create_item_ident(THD *thd,
                          const Lex_ident_cli_st *a,
                          const Lex_ident_cli_st *b);
  /*
    Create an item from its qualified name.
    Depending on context, it can be a table field, a table field reference,
    or a sequence NEXTVAL and CURRVAL.
      @param thd         - THD, for mem_root
      @param a           - the first name
      @param b           - the second name
      @param c           - the third name
      @retval            - NULL on error, or a pointer to a new Item.
  */
  Item *create_item_ident(THD *thd,
                          const Lex_ident_sys_st *a,
                          const Lex_ident_sys_st *b,
                          const Lex_ident_sys_st *c);

  Item *create_item_ident(THD *thd,
                          const Lex_ident_cli_st *ca,
                          const Lex_ident_cli_st *cb,
                          const Lex_ident_cli_st *cc)
  {
    Lex_ident_sys b(thd, cb), c(thd, cc);
    if (b.is_null() || c.is_null())
      return NULL;
    if (ca->pos() == cb->pos())  // SELECT .t1.col1
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(ca->length == 0);
      Lex_ident_sys none;
      return create_item_ident(thd, &none, &b, &c);
    }
    Lex_ident_sys a(thd, ca);
    return a.is_null() ? NULL : create_item_ident(thd, &a, &b, &c);
  }

  /*
    Create an item for "NEXT VALUE FOR sequence_name"
  */
  Item *create_item_func_nextval(THD *thd, Table_ident *ident);
  Item *create_item_func_nextval(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                                           const LEX_CSTRING *name);
  /*
    Create an item for "PREVIOUS VALUE FOR sequence_name"
  */
  Item *create_item_func_lastval(THD *thd, Table_ident *ident);
  Item *create_item_func_lastval(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                                           const LEX_CSTRING *name);
  
  /*
    Create an item for "SETVAL(sequence_name, value [, is_used [, round]])
  */
  Item *create_item_func_setval(THD *thd, Table_ident *ident, longlong value,
                                ulonglong round, bool is_used);

  /*
    Create an item for a name in LIMIT clause: LIMIT var
      @param THD         - THD, for mem_root
      @param var_name    - the variable name
      @retval            - a new Item corresponding to the SP variable,
                           or NULL on error
                           (non in SP, unknown variable, wrong data type).
  */
  Item *create_item_limit(THD *thd, const Lex_ident_cli_st *var_name);

  /*
    Create an item for a qualified name in LIMIT clause: LIMIT var.field
      @param THD         - THD, for mem_root
      @param var_name    - the variable name
      @param field_name  - the variable field name
      @param start       - start in the query (for binary log)
      @param end         - end in the query (for binary log)
      @retval            - a new Item corresponding to the SP variable,
                           or NULL on error
                           (non in SP, unknown variable, unknown ROW field,
                            wrong data type).
  */
  Item *create_item_limit(THD *thd,
                          const Lex_ident_cli_st *var_name,
                          const Lex_ident_cli_st *field_name);

  Item *create_item_query_expression(THD *thd, st_select_lex_unit *unit);

  Item *make_item_func_sysdate(THD *thd, uint fsp);

  static const Schema *
    find_func_schema_by_name_or_error(const Lex_ident_sys &schema_name,
                                      const Lex_ident_sys &func_name);
  Item *make_item_func_replace(THD *thd,
                               const Lex_ident_cli_st &schema_name,
                               const Lex_ident_cli_st &func_name,
                               Item *org, Item *find, Item *replace);
  Item *make_item_func_replace(THD *thd,
                               const Lex_ident_cli_st &schema_name,
                               const Lex_ident_cli_st &func_name,
                               List<Item> *args);
  Item *make_item_func_substr(THD *thd,
                              const Lex_ident_cli_st &schema_name,
                              const Lex_ident_cli_st &func_name,
                              const Lex_substring_spec_st &spec);
  Item *make_item_func_substr(THD *thd,
                              const Lex_ident_cli_st &schema_name,
                              const Lex_ident_cli_st &func_name,
                              List<Item> *args);
  Item *make_item_func_trim(THD *thd,
                            const Lex_ident_cli_st &schema_name,
                            const Lex_ident_cli_st &func_name,
                            const Lex_trim_st &spec);
  Item *make_item_func_trim(THD *thd,
                            const Lex_ident_cli_st &schema_name,
                            const Lex_ident_cli_st &func_name,
                            List<Item> *args);
  Item *make_item_func_call_generic(THD *thd,
                                    const Lex_ident_cli_st *db,
                                    const Lex_ident_cli_st *name,
                                    List<Item> *args);
  Item *make_item_func_call_generic(THD *thd,
                                    const Lex_ident_sys &db,
                                    const Lex_ident_sys &name,
                                    List<Item> *args);
  Item *make_item_func_call_generic(THD *thd,
                                    Lex_ident_cli_st *db,
                                    Lex_ident_cli_st *pkg,
                                    Lex_ident_cli_st *name,
                                    List<Item> *args);
  Item *make_item_func_call_native_or_parse_error(THD *thd,
                                                  Lex_ident_cli_st &name,
                                                  List<Item> *args);
  my_var *create_outvar(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name);

  /*
    Create a my_var instance for a ROW field variable that was used
    as an OUT SP parameter: CALL p1(var.field);
      @param THD        - THD, for mem_root
      @param var_name   - the variable name
      @param field_name - the variable field name
  */
  my_var *create_outvar(THD *thd,
                        const LEX_CSTRING *var_name,
                        const LEX_CSTRING *field_name);

  bool is_trigger_new_or_old_reference(const LEX_CSTRING *name) const;

  Item *create_and_link_Item_trigger_field(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                           bool new_row);
  // For syntax with colon, e.g. :NEW.a  or :OLD.a
  Item *make_item_colon_ident_ident(THD *thd,
                                    const Lex_ident_cli_st *a,
                                    const Lex_ident_cli_st *b);
  // PLSQL: cursor%ISOPEN etc
  Item *make_item_plsql_cursor_attr(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                    plsql_cursor_attr_t attr);

  // For "SELECT @@var", "SELECT @@var.field"
  Item *make_item_sysvar(THD *thd,
                         enum_var_type type,
                         const LEX_CSTRING *name)
  {
    return make_item_sysvar(thd, type, name, &null_clex_str);
  }
  Item *make_item_sysvar(THD *thd,
                         enum_var_type type,
                         const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                         const LEX_CSTRING *component);
  void sp_block_init(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *label);
  void sp_block_init(THD *thd)
  {
    // Unlabeled blocks get an empty label
    sp_block_init(thd, &empty_clex_str);
  }
  bool sp_block_finalize(THD *thd, const Lex_spblock_st spblock)
  {
    class sp_label *tmp;
    return sp_block_finalize(thd, spblock, &tmp);
  }
  bool sp_block_finalize(THD *thd)
  {
    return sp_block_finalize(thd, Lex_spblock());
  }
  bool sp_block_finalize(THD *thd, const Lex_spblock_st spblock,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *end_label);
  bool sp_block_finalize(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *end_label)
  {
    return sp_block_finalize(thd, Lex_spblock(), end_label);
  }
  bool sp_declarations_join(Lex_spblock_st *res,
                            const Lex_spblock_st b1,
                            const Lex_spblock_st b2) const
  {
    if ((b2.vars || b2.conds) && (b1.curs || b1.hndlrs))
    {
      my_error(ER_SP_VARCOND_AFTER_CURSHNDLR, MYF(0));
      return true;
    }
    if (b2.curs && b1.hndlrs)
    {
      my_error(ER_SP_CURSOR_AFTER_HANDLER, MYF(0));
      return true;
    }
    res->join(b1, b2);
    return false;
  }
  bool sp_block_with_exceptions_finalize_declarations(THD *thd);
  bool sp_block_with_exceptions_finalize_executable_section(THD *thd,
                                                  uint executable_section_ip);
  bool sp_block_with_exceptions_finalize_exceptions(THD *thd,
                                                  uint executable_section_ip,
                                                  uint exception_count);
  bool sp_block_with_exceptions_add_empty(THD *thd);
  bool sp_exit_statement(THD *thd, Item *when, const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str);
  bool sp_exit_statement(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *label_name, Item *item,
                         const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str);
  bool sp_leave_statement(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *label_name);
  bool sp_goto_statement(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *label_name);

  bool sp_continue_statement(THD *thd);
  bool sp_continue_statement(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *label_name);
  bool sp_iterate_statement(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *label_name);

  bool maybe_start_compound_statement(THD *thd);
  bool sp_push_loop_label(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *label_name);
  bool sp_push_loop_empty_label(THD *thd);
  bool sp_pop_loop_label(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *label_name);
  void sp_pop_loop_empty_label(THD *thd);
  bool sp_while_loop_expression(THD *thd, Item *expr,
                                const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str);
  bool sp_while_loop_finalize(THD *thd);
  bool sp_if_after_statements(THD *thd);
  bool sp_push_goto_label(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *label_name);

  Item_param *add_placeholder(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                              const char *start, const char *end);

  /* Integer range FOR LOOP methods */
  sp_variable *sp_add_for_loop_variable(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                        Item *value,
                                        const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str);
  sp_variable *sp_add_for_loop_target_bound(THD *thd, Item *value,
                                            const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str)
  {
    LEX_CSTRING name= { STRING_WITH_LEN("[target_bound]") };
    return sp_add_for_loop_variable(thd, &name, value, expr_str);
  }
  bool sp_for_loop_intrange_declarations(THD *thd, Lex_for_loop_st *loop,
                                        const LEX_CSTRING *index,
                                        const Lex_for_loop_bounds_st &bounds);
  bool sp_for_loop_intrange_condition_test(THD *thd, const Lex_for_loop_st &loop);
  bool sp_for_loop_intrange_iterate(THD *thd, const Lex_for_loop_st &loop);

  /* Cursor FOR LOOP methods */
  bool sp_for_loop_cursor_declarations(THD *thd, Lex_for_loop_st *loop,
                                       const LEX_CSTRING *index,
                                       const Lex_for_loop_bounds_st &bounds);
  sp_variable *sp_add_for_loop_cursor_variable(THD *thd,
                                               const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                               const class sp_pcursor *cur,
                                               uint coffset,
                                               sp_assignment_lex *param_lex,
                                               Item_args *parameters);
  bool sp_for_loop_implicit_cursor_statement(THD *thd,
                                             Lex_for_loop_bounds_st *bounds,
                                             sp_lex_cursor *cur);
  bool sp_for_loop_cursor_condition_test(THD *thd, const Lex_for_loop_st &loop);
  bool sp_for_loop_cursor_iterate(THD *thd, const Lex_for_loop_st &);

  /* Generic FOR LOOP methods*/

  /*
    Generate FOR loop declarations and
    initialize "loop" from "index" and "bounds".

    @param [IN]  thd    - current THD, for mem_root and error reporting
    @param [OUT] loop   - the loop generated SP variables are stored here,
                          together with additional loop characteristics.
    @param [IN]  index  - the loop index variable name
    @param [IN]  bounds - the loop bounds (in sp_assignment_lex format)
                          and additional loop characteristics,
                          as created by the sp_for_loop_bounds rule.
    @retval true        - on error
    @retval false       - on success

    This methods adds declarations:
    - An explicit integer or cursor%ROWTYPE "index" variable
    - An implicit integer upper bound variable, in case of integer range loops
    - A CURSOR, in case of an implicit CURSOR loops
    The generated variables are stored into "loop".
    Additional loop characteristics are copied from "bounds" to "loop".
  */
  bool sp_for_loop_declarations(THD *thd, Lex_for_loop_st *loop,
                                const LEX_CSTRING *index,
                                const Lex_for_loop_bounds_st &bounds)
  {
    return bounds.is_for_loop_cursor() ?
           sp_for_loop_cursor_declarations(thd, loop, index, bounds) :
           sp_for_loop_intrange_declarations(thd, loop, index, bounds);
  }

  /*
    Generate a conditional jump instruction to leave the loop,
    using a proper condition depending on the loop type:
    - Item_func_le            -- integer range loops
    - Item_func_ge            -- integer range reverse loops
    - Item_func_cursor_found  -- cursor loops
  */
  bool sp_for_loop_condition_test(THD *thd, const Lex_for_loop_st &loop)
  {
    return loop.is_for_loop_cursor() ?
           sp_for_loop_cursor_condition_test(thd, loop) :
           sp_for_loop_intrange_condition_test(thd, loop);
  }

  /*
    Generate "increment" instructions followed by a jump to the
    condition test in the beginnig of the loop.
    "Increment" depends on the loop type and can be:
    - index:= index + 1;       -- integer range loops
    - index:= index - 1;       -- integer range reverse loops
    - FETCH cursor INTO index; -- cursor loops
  */
  bool sp_for_loop_finalize(THD *thd, const Lex_for_loop_st &loop)
  {
    if (loop.is_for_loop_cursor() ?
        sp_for_loop_cursor_iterate(thd, loop) :
        sp_for_loop_intrange_iterate(thd, loop))
      return true;
    // Generate a jump to the beginning of the loop
    return sp_while_loop_finalize(thd);
  }
  bool sp_for_loop_outer_block_finalize(THD *thd, const Lex_for_loop_st &loop);

  /*
    Make an Item when an identifier is found in the FOR loop bounds:
      FOR rec IN cursor
      FOR rec IN var1 .. var2
      FOR rec IN row1.field1 .. xxx
  */
  Item *create_item_for_loop_bound(THD *thd,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *a,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *b,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *c);
  /* End of FOR LOOP methods */

  bool add_signal_statement(THD *thd, const class sp_condition_value *value);
  bool add_resignal_statement(THD *thd, const class sp_condition_value *value);

  // Check if "KEY IF NOT EXISTS name" used outside of ALTER context
  bool check_add_key(DDL_options_st ddl)
  {
    if (ddl.if_not_exists() && sql_command != SQLCOM_ALTER_TABLE)
    {
      parse_error();
      return true;
    }
    return false;
  }
  // Add a key as a part of CREATE TABLE or ALTER TABLE
  bool add_key(Key::Keytype key_type, const LEX_CSTRING *key_name,
               ha_key_alg algorithm, DDL_options_st ddl)
  {
    if (check_add_key(ddl) ||
        !(last_key= new Key(key_type, key_name, algorithm, false, ddl)))
      return true;
    alter_info.key_list.push_back(last_key);
    return false;
  }
  // Add a key for a CREATE INDEX statement
  bool add_create_index(Key::Keytype key_type, const LEX_CSTRING *key_name,
                        ha_key_alg algorithm, DDL_options_st ddl)
  {
    if (check_create_options(ddl) ||
       !(last_key= new Key(key_type, key_name, algorithm, false, ddl)))
      return true;
    alter_info.key_list.push_back(last_key);
    return false;
  }
  bool add_create_index_prepare(Table_ident *table)
  {
    sql_command= SQLCOM_CREATE_INDEX;
    if (!current_select->add_table_to_list(thd, table, NULL,
                                           TL_OPTION_UPDATING,
                                           TL_READ_NO_INSERT,
                                           MDL_SHARED_UPGRADABLE))
      return true;
    alter_info.reset();
    alter_info.flags= ALTER_ADD_INDEX;
    option_list= NULL;
    return false;
  }
  /*
    Add an UNIQUE or PRIMARY key which is a part of a column definition:
      CREATE TABLE t1 (a INT PRIMARY KEY);
  */
  void add_key_to_list(LEX_CSTRING *field_name,
                       enum Key::Keytype type, bool check_exists);
  // Add a constraint as a part of CREATE TABLE or ALTER TABLE
  bool add_constraint(const LEX_CSTRING &name, Virtual_column_info *constr,
                      bool if_not_exists)
  {
    constr->name= name;
    constr->if_not_exists= if_not_exists;
    alter_info.check_constraint_list.push_back(constr);
    return false;
  }
  bool add_alter_list(LEX_CSTRING par_name, Virtual_column_info *expr,
                      bool par_exists);
  bool add_alter_list(LEX_CSTRING name, LEX_CSTRING new_name, bool exists);
  bool add_alter_list_item_convert_to_charset(Sql_used *used,
                                              const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
                                              CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    if (create_info.add_table_option_convert_charset(used, map, cs))
      return true;
    alter_info.flags|= ALTER_CONVERT_TO;
    return false;
  }
  bool
  add_alter_list_item_convert_to_charset(Sql_used *used,
                                         const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
                                         CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                         const Lex_extended_collation_st &cl)
  {
    if (create_info.add_table_option_convert_charset(used, map, cs) ||
        create_info.add_table_option_convert_collation(used, map, cl))
      return true;
    alter_info.flags|= ALTER_CONVERT_TO;
    return false;
  }
  void set_command(enum_sql_command command,
                   DDL_options_st options)
  {
    sql_command= command;
    create_info.set(options);
  }
  void set_command(enum_sql_command command,
                   uint scope,
                   DDL_options_st options)
  {
    set_command(command, options);
    create_info.options|= scope; // HA_LEX_CREATE_TMP_TABLE or 0
  }
  bool check_create_options(DDL_options_st options)
  {
    if (options.or_replace() && options.if_not_exists())
    {
      my_error(ER_WRONG_USAGE, MYF(0), "OR REPLACE", "IF NOT EXISTS");
      return true;
    }
    return false;
  }
  bool set_create_options_with_check(DDL_options_st options)
  {
    create_info.set(options);
    return check_create_options(create_info);
  }
  bool add_create_options_with_check(DDL_options_st options)
  {
    create_info.add(options);
    return check_create_options(create_info);
  }
  sp_instr_cfetch *sp_add_instr_cfetch(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name);
  bool sp_add_agg_cfetch();

  bool set_command_with_check(enum_sql_command command,
                              uint scope,
                              DDL_options_st options)
  {
    set_command(command, scope, options);
    return check_create_options(options);
  }
  bool set_command_with_check(enum_sql_command command, DDL_options_st options)
  {
    set_command(command, options);
    return check_create_options(options);
  }
  /*
    DROP shares lex->create_info to store TEMPORARY and IF EXISTS options
    to save on extra initialization in lex_start().
    Add some wrappers, to avoid direct use of lex->create_info in the
    caller code processing DROP statements (which might look confusing).
  */
  bool tmp_table() const { return create_info.tmp_table(); }
  bool if_exists() const { return create_info.if_exists(); }

  /*
    Run specified phases for derived tables/views in the given list

    @param table_list - list of derived tables/view to handle
    @param phase      - phases to process tables/views through

    @details
    This method runs phases specified by the 'phases' on derived
    tables/views found in the 'table_list' with help of the
    TABLE_LIST::handle_derived function.
    'this' is passed as an argument to the TABLE_LIST::handle_derived.

    @return false -  ok
    @return true  -  error
  */
  bool handle_list_of_derived(TABLE_LIST *table_list, uint phases)
  {
    for (TABLE_LIST *tl= table_list; tl; tl= tl->next_local)
    {
      if (tl->is_view_or_derived() && tl->handle_derived(this, phases))
        return true;
    }
    return false;
  }

  bool create_like() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!create_info.like() ||
                !first_select_lex()->item_list.elements);
    return create_info.like();
  }

  bool create_select() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!create_info.like() ||
                !first_select_lex()->item_list.elements);
    return first_select_lex()->item_list.elements;
  }

  bool create_simple() const
  {
    return !create_like() && !create_select();
  }

  SELECT_LEX *exclude_last_select();
  SELECT_LEX *exclude_not_first_select(SELECT_LEX *exclude);
  void check_automatic_up(enum sub_select_type type);
  bool create_or_alter_view_finalize(THD *thd, Table_ident *table_ident);
  bool add_alter_view(THD *thd, uint16 algorithm, enum_view_suid suid,
                      Table_ident *table_ident);
  bool add_create_view(THD *thd, DDL_options_st ddl,
                       uint16 algorithm, enum_view_suid suid,
                       Table_ident *table_ident);
  bool add_grant_command(THD *thd, const List<LEX_COLUMN> &columns);

  bool stmt_grant_table(THD *thd,
                        Grant_privilege *grant,
                        const Lex_grant_object_name &ident,
                        privilege_t grant_option);

  bool stmt_revoke_table(THD *thd,
                         Grant_privilege *grant,
                         const Lex_grant_object_name &ident);

  bool stmt_grant_sp(THD *thd,
                     Grant_privilege *grant,
                     const Lex_grant_object_name &ident,
                     const Sp_handler &sph,
                     privilege_t grant_option);

  bool stmt_revoke_sp(THD *thd,
                      Grant_privilege *grant,
                      const Lex_grant_object_name &ident,
                      const Sp_handler &sph);

  bool stmt_grant_proxy(THD *thd, LEX_USER *user, privilege_t grant_option);
  bool stmt_revoke_proxy(THD *thd, LEX_USER *user);

  Vers_parse_info &vers_get_info()
  {
    return create_info.vers_info;
  }

  /* The list of history-generating DML commands */
  bool vers_history_generating() const
  {
    switch (sql_command)
    {
      case SQLCOM_DELETE:
        return !vers_conditions.delete_history;
      case SQLCOM_UPDATE:
      case SQLCOM_UPDATE_MULTI:
      case SQLCOM_DELETE_MULTI:
      case SQLCOM_REPLACE:
      case SQLCOM_REPLACE_SELECT:
        return true;
      case SQLCOM_INSERT:
      case SQLCOM_INSERT_SELECT:
        return duplicates == DUP_UPDATE;
      case SQLCOM_LOAD:
        return duplicates == DUP_REPLACE;
      default:
        /*
          Row injections (i.e. row binlog events and BINLOG statements) should
          generate history.
        */
        return is_stmt_row_injection();
    }
  }

  int add_period(Lex_ident name, Lex_ident_sys_st start, Lex_ident_sys_st end)
  {
    if (check_column_name(name)) {
      my_error(ER_WRONG_COLUMN_NAME, MYF(0), name.str);
      return 1;
    }

    if (lex_string_cmp(system_charset_info, &start, &end) == 0)
    {
      my_error(ER_FIELD_SPECIFIED_TWICE, MYF(0), start.str);
      return 1;
    }

    Table_period_info &info= create_info.period_info;

    if (check_exists && info.name.streq(name))
      return 0;

    if (info.is_set())
    {
       my_error(ER_MORE_THAN_ONE_PERIOD, MYF(0));
       return 1;
    }
    info.set_period(start, end);
    info.name= name;

    info.constr= new Virtual_column_info();
    info.constr->expr= lt_creator.create(thd,
                                         create_item_ident_nosp(thd, &start),
                                         create_item_ident_nosp(thd, &end));
    add_constraint(null_clex_str, info.constr, false);
    return 0;
  }

  sp_package *get_sp_package() const;

  /**
    Check if the select is a simple select (not an union).
    @retval
      0 ok
    @retval
      1 error   ; In this case the error messege is sent to the client
  */
  bool check_simple_select(const LEX_CSTRING *option)
  {
    if (current_select != &builtin_select)
    {
      char command[80];
      strmake(command, option->str, MY_MIN(option->length, sizeof(command)-1));
      my_error(ER_CANT_USE_OPTION_HERE, MYF(0), command);
      return true;
    }
    return false;
  }

  SELECT_LEX_UNIT *alloc_unit();
  SELECT_LEX *alloc_select(bool is_select);
  SELECT_LEX_UNIT *create_unit(SELECT_LEX*);
  SELECT_LEX *wrap_unit_into_derived(SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit);
  SELECT_LEX *wrap_select_chain_into_derived(SELECT_LEX *sel);
  void init_select()
  {
    current_select->init_select();
    wild= 0;
    exchange= 0;
  }
  bool main_select_push(bool service= false);
  bool insert_select_hack(SELECT_LEX *sel);
  SELECT_LEX *create_priority_nest(SELECT_LEX *first_in_nest, SELECT_LEX *attach_to);

  bool set_main_unit(st_select_lex_unit *u)
  {
    unit.options= u->options;
    unit.uncacheable= u->uncacheable;
    unit.register_select_chain(u->first_select());
    unit.first_select()->options|= builtin_select.options;
    unit.fake_select_lex= u->fake_select_lex;
    unit.union_distinct= u->union_distinct;
    unit.set_with_clause(u->with_clause);
    builtin_select.exclude_from_global();
    return false;
  }
  bool check_main_unit_semantics();

  SELECT_LEX_UNIT *parsed_select_expr_start(SELECT_LEX *s1, SELECT_LEX *s2,
                                            enum sub_select_type unit_type,
                                            bool distinct);
  SELECT_LEX_UNIT *parsed_select_expr_cont(SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit,
                                           SELECT_LEX *s2,
                                           enum sub_select_type unit_type,
                                           bool distinct, bool oracle);
  bool parsed_multi_operand_query_expression_body(SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit);
  SELECT_LEX_UNIT *add_tail_to_query_expression_body(SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit,
						     Lex_order_limit_lock *l);
  SELECT_LEX_UNIT *
  add_tail_to_query_expression_body_ext_parens(SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit,
					       Lex_order_limit_lock *l);
  SELECT_LEX_UNIT *parsed_body_ext_parens_primary(SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit,
                                                  SELECT_LEX *primary,
                                              enum sub_select_type unit_type,
                                              bool distinct);
  SELECT_LEX_UNIT *
  add_primary_to_query_expression_body(SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit,
                                       SELECT_LEX *sel,
                                       enum sub_select_type unit_type,
                                       bool distinct,
                                       bool oracle);
  SELECT_LEX_UNIT *
  add_primary_to_query_expression_body(SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit,
                                       SELECT_LEX *sel,
                                       enum sub_select_type unit_type,
                                       bool distinct);
  SELECT_LEX_UNIT *
  add_primary_to_query_expression_body_ext_parens(
                                       SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit,
                                       SELECT_LEX *sel,
                                       enum sub_select_type unit_type,
                                       bool distinct);
  SELECT_LEX *parsed_subselect(SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit);
  bool parsed_insert_select(SELECT_LEX *firs_select);
  void save_values_list_state();
  void restore_values_list_state();
  bool parsed_TVC_start();
  SELECT_LEX *parsed_TVC_end();
  TABLE_LIST *parsed_derived_table(SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit,
                                   int for_system_time,
                                   LEX_CSTRING *alias);
  bool parsed_create_view(SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit, int check);
  bool select_finalize(st_select_lex_unit *expr);
  bool select_finalize(st_select_lex_unit *expr, Lex_select_lock l);
  void relink_hack(st_select_lex *select_lex);

  bool stmt_install_plugin(const DDL_options_st &opt,
                           const Lex_ident_sys_st &name,
                           const LEX_CSTRING &soname);
  void stmt_install_plugin(const LEX_CSTRING &soname);

  bool stmt_uninstall_plugin_by_name(const DDL_options_st &opt,
                                     const Lex_ident_sys_st &name);
  bool stmt_uninstall_plugin_by_soname(const DDL_options_st &opt,
                                       const LEX_CSTRING &soname);
  bool stmt_prepare_validate(const char *stmt_type);
  bool stmt_prepare(const Lex_ident_sys_st &ident, Item *code);
  bool stmt_execute(const Lex_ident_sys_st &ident, List<Item> *params);
  bool stmt_execute_immediate(Item *code, List<Item> *params);
  void stmt_deallocate_prepare(const Lex_ident_sys_st &ident);

  bool stmt_alter_table_exchange_partition(Table_ident *table);
  bool stmt_alter_table(Table_ident *table);

  void stmt_purge_to(const LEX_CSTRING &to);
  bool stmt_purge_before(Item *item);

  SELECT_LEX *returning()
  { return &builtin_select; }
  bool has_returning()
  { return has_returning_list; }

private:
  bool stmt_create_routine_start(const DDL_options_st &options)
  {
    create_info.set(options);
    return main_select_push() || check_create_options(options);
  }
public:
  bool stmt_create_function_start(const DDL_options_st &options)
  {
    sql_command= SQLCOM_CREATE_SPFUNCTION;
    return stmt_create_routine_start(options);
  }
  bool stmt_create_procedure_start(const DDL_options_st &options)
  {
    sql_command= SQLCOM_CREATE_PROCEDURE;
    return stmt_create_routine_start(options);
  }
  void stmt_create_routine_finalize()
  {
    pop_select(); // main select
  }

  bool stmt_create_stored_function_start(const DDL_options_st &options,
                                         enum_sp_aggregate_type,
                                         const sp_name *name);
  bool stmt_create_stored_function_finalize_standalone(const sp_name *end_name);

  bool stmt_create_udf_function(const DDL_options_st &options,
                                enum_sp_aggregate_type agg_type,
                                const Lex_ident_sys_st &name,
                                Item_result return_type,
                                const LEX_CSTRING &soname);

  bool stmt_drop_routine(const Sp_handler *sph,
                         const DDL_options_st &options,
                         const Lex_ident_sys_st &db,
                         const Lex_ident_sys_st &name);

  bool stmt_alter_function_start(sp_name *name);
  bool stmt_alter_procedure_start(sp_name *name);

  sp_condition_value *stmt_signal_value(const Lex_ident_sys_st &ident);

  Spvar_definition *row_field_name(THD *thd, const Lex_ident_sys_st &name);

  bool set_field_type_udt(Lex_field_type_st *type,
                          const LEX_CSTRING &name,
                          const Lex_length_and_dec_st &attr);
  bool set_cast_type_udt(Lex_cast_type_st *type,
                         const LEX_CSTRING &name);

  bool map_data_type(const Lex_ident_sys_st &schema,
                     Lex_field_type_st *type) const;

  void mark_first_table_as_inserting();

  bool fields_are_impossible()
  {
    // no select or it is last select with no tables (service select)
    return !select_stack_head() ||
           (select_stack_top == 1 &&
            select_stack[0]->is_service_select);
  }

  bool add_table_foreign_key(const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                             const LEX_CSTRING *constraint_name,
                             Table_ident *table_name,
                             DDL_options ddl_options);
  bool add_column_foreign_key(const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                              const LEX_CSTRING *constraint_name,
                              Table_ident *ref_table_name,
                              DDL_options ddl_options);

  bool check_dependencies_in_with_clauses();
  bool prepare_unreferenced_in_with_clauses();
  bool check_cte_dependencies_and_resolve_references();
  bool resolve_references_to_cte(TABLE_LIST *tables,
                                 TABLE_LIST **tables_last,
                                 st_select_lex_unit *excl_spec);

  /**
    Turn on the SELECT_DESCRIBE flag for every SELECT_LEX involved into
    the statement being processed in case the statement is EXPLAIN UPDATE/DELETE.

    @param lex  current LEX
  */

  void promote_select_describe_flag_if_needed()
  {
    if (describe)
      builtin_select.options |= SELECT_DESCRIBE;
  }


  /**
    Check if the current statement uses meta-data (uses a table or a stored
    routine).
  */
  bool is_metadata_used() const
  {
    return query_tables != nullptr || sroutines.records > 0;
  }

  virtual sp_lex_cursor* get_lex_for_cursor()
  {
    return nullptr;
  }
};


/**
  Set_signal_information is a container used in the parsed tree to represent
  the collection of assignments to condition items in the SIGNAL and RESIGNAL
  statements.
*/
class Set_signal_information
{
public:
  /** Empty default constructor, use clear() */
 Set_signal_information() = default; 

  /** Copy constructor. */
  Set_signal_information(const Set_signal_information& set);

  /** Destructor. */
  ~Set_signal_information() = default;

  /** Clear all items. */
  void clear();

  /**
    For each condition item assignment, m_item[] contains the parsed tree
    that represents the expression assigned, if any.
    m_item[] is an array indexed by Diag_condition_item_name.
  */
  Item *m_item[LAST_DIAG_SET_PROPERTY+1];
};


/**
  The internal state of the syntax parser.
  This object is only available during parsing,
  and is private to the syntax parser implementation (sql_yacc.yy).
*/
class Yacc_state
{
public:
  Yacc_state() : yacc_yyss(NULL), yacc_yyvs(NULL) { reset(); }

  void reset()
  {
    if (yacc_yyss != NULL) {
      my_free(yacc_yyss);
      yacc_yyss = NULL;
    }
    if (yacc_yyvs != NULL) {
      my_free(yacc_yyvs);
      yacc_yyvs = NULL;
    }
    m_set_signal_info.clear();
    m_lock_type= TL_READ_DEFAULT;
    m_mdl_type= MDL_SHARED_READ;
  }

  ~Yacc_state();

  /**
    Reset part of the state which needs resetting before parsing
    substatement.
  */
  void reset_before_substatement()
  {
    m_lock_type= TL_READ_DEFAULT;
    m_mdl_type= MDL_SHARED_READ;
  }

  /**
    Bison internal state stack, yyss, when dynamically allocated using
    my_yyoverflow().
  */
  uchar *yacc_yyss;

  /**
    Bison internal semantic value stack, yyvs, when dynamically allocated using
    my_yyoverflow().
  */
  uchar *yacc_yyvs;

  /**
    Fragments of parsed tree,
    used during the parsing of SIGNAL and RESIGNAL.
  */
  Set_signal_information m_set_signal_info;

  /**
    Type of lock to be used for tables being added to the statement's
    table list in table_factor, table_alias_ref, single_multi and
    table_wild_one rules.
    Statements which use these rules but require lock type different
    from one specified by this member have to override it by using
    st_select_lex::set_lock_for_tables() method.

    The default value of this member is TL_READ_DEFAULT. The only two
    cases in which we change it are:
    - When parsing SELECT HIGH_PRIORITY.
    - Rule for DELETE. In which we use this member to pass information
      about type of lock from delete to single_multi part of rule.

    We should try to avoid introducing new use cases as we would like
    to get rid of this member eventually.
  */
  thr_lock_type m_lock_type;

  /**
    The type of requested metadata lock for tables added to
    the statement table list.
  */
  enum_mdl_type m_mdl_type;

  /*
    TODO: move more attributes from the LEX structure here.
  */
};

/**
  Internal state of the parser.
  The complete state consist of:
  - state data used during lexical parsing,
  - state data used during syntactic parsing.
*/
class Parser_state
{
public:
  Parser_state()
    : m_yacc()
  {}

  /**
     Object initializer. Must be called before usage.

     @retval FALSE OK
     @retval TRUE  Error
  */
  bool init(THD *thd, char *buff, size_t length)
  {
    return m_lip.init(thd, buff, length);
  }

  ~Parser_state() = default;

  Lex_input_stream m_lip;
  Yacc_state m_yacc;

  /**
    Current performance digest instrumentation. 
  */
  PSI_digest_locker* m_digest_psi;

  void reset(char *found_semicolon, unsigned int length)
  {
    m_lip.reset(found_semicolon, length);
    m_yacc.reset();
  }
};


extern sql_digest_state *
digest_add_token(sql_digest_state *state, uint token, LEX_YYSTYPE yylval);

extern sql_digest_state *
digest_reduce_token(sql_digest_state *state, uint token_left, uint token_right);

struct st_lex_local: public LEX, public Sql_alloc
{
  /**
    List of Item_param instances that should be re-used on re-parsing of
    a SP instruction's statement
  */
  List<Item_param> sp_statement_param_values;
  /**
    Iterator to the next Item_param in the list above to be processed by
    the method LEX::add_placeholder()
  */
  List<Item_param>::iterator param_values_it;
};


/**
  An st_lex_local extension with automatic initialization for SP purposes.
  Used to parse sub-expressions and SP sub-statements.

  This class is reused for:
  1. sp_head::reset_lex() based constructs
    - SP variable assignments (e.g. SET x=10;)
    - FOR loop conditions and index variable increments
    - Cursor statements
    - SP statements
    - SP function RETURN statements
    - CASE statements
    - REPEAT..UNTIL expressions
    - WHILE expressions
    - EXIT..WHEN and CONTINUE..WHEN statements
  2. sp_assignment_lex based constructs:
    - CURSOR parameter assignments
*/
class sp_lex_local: public st_lex_local
{
public:
  sp_lex_local(THD *thd, const LEX *oldlex)
  {
    /* Reset most stuff. */
    start(thd);
    /* Keep the parent SP stuff */
    sphead= oldlex->sphead;
    spcont= oldlex->spcont;
    /* Keep the parent trigger stuff too */
    trg_chistics= oldlex->trg_chistics;
    sp_lex_in_use= false;
  }
};


class sp_lex_set_var: public sp_lex_local
{
public:
  sp_lex_set_var(THD *thd, const LEX *oldlex)
   :sp_lex_local(thd, oldlex)
  {
    // Set new LEX as if we at start of set rule
    init_select();
    sql_command= SQLCOM_SET_OPTION;
    var_list.empty();
    autocommit= 0;
    option_type= oldlex->option_type; // Inherit from the outer lex
  }
};


class sp_expr_lex: public sp_lex_local
{
  Item *m_item;       // The expression
  LEX_CSTRING m_expr_str;
public:
  sp_expr_lex(THD *thd, LEX *oldlex)
   :sp_lex_local(thd, oldlex),
    m_item(nullptr),
    m_expr_str(empty_clex_str)
  { }
  void set_item(Item *item)
  {
    m_item= item;
  }
  Item *get_item() const
  {
    return m_item;
  }
  bool sp_continue_when_statement(THD *thd);
  bool sp_continue_when_statement(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *label_name);
  int case_stmt_action_expr();
  int case_stmt_action_when(bool simple);
  bool sp_while_loop_expression(THD *thd)
  {
    return LEX::sp_while_loop_expression(thd, get_item(), m_expr_str);
  }
  bool sp_repeat_loop_finalize(THD *thd);
  bool sp_if_expr(THD *thd);
  void set_expr_str(const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str)
  {
    m_expr_str= expr_str;
  }
  const LEX_CSTRING &get_expr_str() const
  {
    return m_expr_str;
  }
};


/**
  An assignment specific LEX, which additionally has an Item (an expression)
  and an associated with the Item free_list, which is usually freed
  after the expression is calculated.

  Note, consider changing some of sp_lex_local to sp_assignment_lex,
  as the latter allows to use a simpler grammar in sql_yacc.yy (IMO).

  If the expression is simple (e.g. does not have function calls),
  then m_item and m_free_list point to the same Item.

  If the expressions is complex (e.g. have function calls),
  then m_item points to the leftmost Item, while m_free_list points
  to the rightmost item.
  For example:
      f1(COALESCE(f2(10), f2(20)))
  - m_item points to Item_func_sp for f1 (the leftmost Item)
  - m_free_list points to Item_int for 20 (the rightmost Item)

  Note, we could avoid storing m_item at all, as we can always reach
  the leftmost item from the rightmost item by iterating through m_free_list.
  But with a separate m_item the code should be faster.
*/
class sp_assignment_lex: public sp_lex_local
{
  Item *m_item;       // The expression
  Item *m_free_list;  // The associated free_list (sub-expressions)
  LEX_CSTRING m_expr_str;
public:
  sp_assignment_lex(THD *thd, LEX *oldlex)
   :sp_lex_local(thd, oldlex),
    m_item(NULL),
    m_free_list(nullptr),
    m_expr_str(empty_clex_str)
  { }
  void set_item_and_free_list(Item *item, Item *free_list)
  {
    m_item= item;
    m_free_list= free_list;
  }
  Item *get_item() const
  {
    return m_item;
  }
  Item *get_free_list() const
  {
    return m_free_list;
  }
  void set_expr_str(const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str)
  {
    m_expr_str= expr_str;
  }
  const LEX_CSTRING &get_expr_str() const
  {
    return m_expr_str;
  }
};


extern void lex_init(void);
extern void lex_free(void);
extern void lex_start(THD *thd);
extern void lex_end(LEX *lex);
extern void lex_end_nops(LEX *lex);
extern void lex_unlock_plugins(LEX *lex);
void end_lex_with_single_table(THD *thd, TABLE *table, LEX *old_lex);
int init_lex_with_single_table(THD *thd, TABLE *table, LEX *lex);
extern int MYSQLlex(union YYSTYPE *yylval, THD *thd);
extern int ORAlex(union YYSTYPE *yylval, THD *thd);

inline void trim_whitespace(CHARSET_INFO *cs, LEX_CSTRING *str,
                            size_t * prefix_length = 0)
{
  *str= Lex_cstring(*str).trim_whitespace(cs, prefix_length);
}


extern bool is_lex_native_function(const LEX_CSTRING *name); 
extern bool is_native_function(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name);
extern bool is_native_function_with_warn(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name);

/**
  @} (End of group Semantic_Analysis)
*/

void my_missing_function_error(const LEX_CSTRING &token, const char *name);
bool is_keyword(const char *name, uint len);
int set_statement_var_if_exists(THD *thd, const char *var_name,
                                size_t var_name_length, ulonglong value);

Virtual_column_info *add_virtual_expression(THD *thd, Item *expr);
Item* handle_sql2003_note184_exception(THD *thd, Item* left, bool equal,
                                       Item *expr);

bool sp_create_assignment_lex(THD *thd, const char *pos);
bool sp_create_assignment_instr(THD *thd, bool no_lookahead,
                                bool need_set_keyword= true);

void mark_or_conds_to_avoid_pushdown(Item *cond);


inline
bool TABLE_LIST::is_pure_alias() const
{
  return !db.length || (table_options & TL_OPTION_ALIAS);
}

#endif /* MYSQL_SERVER */
#endif /* SQL_LEX_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef _my_dur_prop_h
#define _my_dur_prop_h

enum durability_properties
{
  /*
    Preserves the durability properties defined by the engine
  */
  HA_REGULAR_DURABILITY= 0,
  /*
     Ignore the durability properties defined by the engine and
     write only in-memory entries.
  */
  HA_IGNORE_DURABILITY= 1
};

#endif /* _my_dur_prop_h */
#ifndef SQL_SCHEMA_H_INCLUDED
#define SQL_SCHEMA_H_INCLUDED
/*
 Copyright (c) 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 GNU General Public License for more details.

 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#include "mysqld.h"
#include "lex_string.h"

class Lex_ident_sys;
class Create_func;

class Schema
{
  LEX_CSTRING m_name;
public:
  Schema(const LEX_CSTRING &name)
   :m_name(name)
  { }
  virtual ~Schema() = default;
  const LEX_CSTRING &name() const { return m_name; }
  virtual const Type_handler *map_data_type(THD *thd, const Type_handler *src)
                                            const
  {
    return src;
  }

  /**
    Find a native function builder, return an error if not found,
    build an Item otherwise.
  */
  Item *make_item_func_call_native(THD *thd,
                                   const Lex_ident_sys &name,
                                   List<Item> *args) const;

  /**
    Find the native function builder associated with a given function name.
    @param thd The current thread
    @param name The native function name
    @return The native function builder associated with the name, or NULL
  */
  virtual Create_func *find_native_function_builder(THD *thd,
                                                    const LEX_CSTRING &name)
                                                    const;

  // Builders for native SQL function with a special syntax in sql_yacc.yy
  virtual Item *make_item_func_replace(THD *thd,
                                       Item *subj,
                                       Item *find,
                                       Item *replace) const;
  virtual Item *make_item_func_substr(THD *thd,
                                      const Lex_substring_spec_st &spec) const;

  virtual Item *make_item_func_trim(THD *thd, const Lex_trim_st &spec) const;

  /*
    For now we have *hard-coded* compatibility schemas:
      schema_mariadb, schema_oracle, schema_maxdb.
    But eventually we'll turn then into real databases on disk.
    So the code below compares names according to the filesystem
    case sensitivity, like it is done for regular databases.

    Note, this is different to information_schema, whose name
    is always case insensitive. This is intentional!
    The assymetry will be gone when we'll implement SQL standard
    regular and delimited identifiers.
  */
  bool eq_name(const LEX_CSTRING &name) const
  {
    return !table_alias_charset->strnncoll(m_name.str, m_name.length,
                                           name.str, name.length);
  }
  static Schema *find_by_name(const LEX_CSTRING &name);
  static Schema *find_implied(THD *thd);
};


extern Schema mariadb_schema;
extern const Schema &oracle_schema_ref;

#endif // SQL_SCHEMA_H_INCLUDED
/*
Copyright (c) 2011, 2018, Oracle, MariaDB Corporation Ab and others.

*/
/*
  This file is generated, do not edit.
  See file sql/gen_lex_token.cc.
*/
struct lex_token_string
{
  const char *m_token_string;
  int m_token_length;
  bool m_append_space;
  bool m_start_expr;
};
typedef struct lex_token_string lex_token_string;
#ifdef LEX_TOKEN_WITH_DEFINITION
lex_token_string lex_token_array[]=
{
/* PART 1: character tokens. */
/* 000 */  { "\x00", 1, true, false},
/* 001 */  { "\x01", 1, true, false},
/* 002 */  { "\x02", 1, true, false},
/* 003 */  { "\x03", 1, true, false},
/* 004 */  { "\x04", 1, true, false},
/* 005 */  { "\x05", 1, true, false},
/* 006 */  { "\x06", 1, true, false},
/* 007 */  { "\x07", 1, true, false},
/* 008 */  { "\x08", 1, true, false},
/* 009 */  { "\x09", 1, true, false},
/* 010 */  { "\x0a", 1, true, false},
/* 011 */  { "\x0b", 1, true, false},
/* 012 */  { "\x0c", 1, true, false},
/* 013 */  { "\x0d", 1, true, false},
/* 014 */  { "\x0e", 1, true, false},
/* 015 */  { "\x0f", 1, true, false},
/* 016 */  { "\x10", 1, true, false},
/* 017 */  { "\x11", 1, true, false},
/* 018 */  { "\x12", 1, true, false},
/* 019 */  { "\x13", 1, true, false},
/* 020 */  { "\x14", 1, true, false},
/* 021 */  { "\x15", 1, true, false},
/* 022 */  { "\x16", 1, true, false},
/* 023 */  { "\x17", 1, true, false},
/* 024 */  { "\x18", 1, true, false},
/* 025 */  { "\x19", 1, true, false},
/* 026 */  { "\x1a", 1, true, false},
/* 027 */  { "\x1b", 1, true, false},
/* 028 */  { "\x1c", 1, true, false},
/* 029 */  { "\x1d", 1, true, false},
/* 030 */  { "\x1e", 1, true, false},
/* 031 */  { "\x1f", 1, true, false},
/* 032 */  { "\x20", 1, true, false},
/* 033 */  { "\x21", 1, true, false},
/* 034 */  { "\x22", 1, true, false},
/* 035 */  { "\x23", 1, true, false},
/* 036 */  { "\x24", 1, true, false},
/* 037 */  { "\x25", 1, true, true},
/* 038 */  { "\x26", 1, true, true},
/* 039 */  { "\x27", 1, true, false},
/* 040 */  { "\x28", 1, true, true},
/* 041 */  { "\x29", 1, true, false},
/* 042 */  { "\x2a", 1, true, true},
/* 043 */  { "\x2b", 1, true, true},
/* 044 */  { "\x2c", 1, true, true},
/* 045 */  { "\x2d", 1, true, true},
/* 046 */  { "\x2e", 1, true, false},
/* 047 */  { "\x2f", 1, true, true},
/* 048 */  { "\x30", 1, true, false},
/* 049 */  { "\x31", 1, true, false},
/* 050 */  { "\x32", 1, true, false},
/* 051 */  { "\x33", 1, true, false},
/* 052 */  { "\x34", 1, true, false},
/* 053 */  { "\x35", 1, true, false},
/* 054 */  { "\x36", 1, true, false},
/* 055 */  { "\x37", 1, true, false},
/* 056 */  { "\x38", 1, true, false},
/* 057 */  { "\x39", 1, true, false},
/* 058 */  { "\x3a", 1, true, false},
/* 059 */  { "\x3b", 1, true, false},
/* 060 */  { "\x3c", 1, true, false},
/* 061 */  { "\x3d", 1, true, false},
/* 062 */  { "\x3e", 1, true, false},
/* 063 */  { "\x3f", 1, true, false},
/* 064 */  { "\x40", 1, false, false},
/* 065 */  { "\x41", 1, true, false},
/* 066 */  { "\x42", 1, true, false},
/* 067 */  { "\x43", 1, true, false},
/* 068 */  { "\x44", 1, true, false},
/* 069 */  { "\x45", 1, true, false},
/* 070 */  { "\x46", 1, true, false},
/* 071 */  { "\x47", 1, true, false},
/* 072 */  { "\x48", 1, true, false},
/* 073 */  { "\x49", 1, true, false},
/* 074 */  { "\x4a", 1, true, false},
/* 075 */  { "\x4b", 1, true, false},
/* 076 */  { "\x4c", 1, true, false},
/* 077 */  { "\x4d", 1, true, false},
/* 078 */  { "\x4e", 1, true, false},
/* 079 */  { "\x4f", 1, true, false},
/* 080 */  { "\x50", 1, true, false},
/* 081 */  { "\x51", 1, true, false},
/* 082 */  { "\x52", 1, true, false},
/* 083 */  { "\x53", 1, true, false},
/* 084 */  { "\x54", 1, true, false},
/* 085 */  { "\x55", 1, true, false},
/* 086 */  { "\x56", 1, true, false},
/* 087 */  { "\x57", 1, true, false},
/* 088 */  { "\x58", 1, true, false},
/* 089 */  { "\x59", 1, true, false},
/* 090 */  { "\x5a", 1, true, false},
/* 091 */  { "\x5b", 1, true, false},
/* 092 */  { "\x5c", 1, true, false},
/* 093 */  { "\x5d", 1, true, false},
/* 094 */  { "\x5e", 1, true, true},
/* 095 */  { "\x5f", 1, true, false},
/* 096 */  { "\x60", 1, true, false},
/* 097 */  { "\x61", 1, true, false},
/* 098 */  { "\x62", 1, true, false},
/* 099 */  { "\x63", 1, true, false},
/* 100 */  { "\x64", 1, true, false},
/* 101 */  { "\x65", 1, true, false},
/* 102 */  { "\x66", 1, true, false},
/* 103 */  { "\x67", 1, true, false},
/* 104 */  { "\x68", 1, true, false},
/* 105 */  { "\x69", 1, true, false},
/* 106 */  { "\x6a", 1, true, false},
/* 107 */  { "\x6b", 1, true, false},
/* 108 */  { "\x6c", 1, true, false},
/* 109 */  { "\x6d", 1, true, false},
/* 110 */  { "\x6e", 1, true, false},
/* 111 */  { "\x6f", 1, true, false},
/* 112 */  { "\x70", 1, true, false},
/* 113 */  { "\x71", 1, true, false},
/* 114 */  { "\x72", 1, true, false},
/* 115 */  { "\x73", 1, true, false},
/* 116 */  { "\x74", 1, true, false},
/* 117 */  { "\x75", 1, true, false},
/* 118 */  { "\x76", 1, true, false},
/* 119 */  { "\x77", 1, true, false},
/* 120 */  { "\x78", 1, true, false},
/* 121 */  { "\x79", 1, true, false},
/* 122 */  { "\x7a", 1, true, false},
/* 123 */  { "\x7b", 1, true, false},
/* 124 */  { "\x7c", 1, true, true},
/* 125 */  { "\x7d", 1, true, false},
/* 126 */  { "\x7e", 1, true, false},
/* 127 */  { "\x7f", 1, true, false},
/* 128 */  { "\x80", 1, true, false},
/* 129 */  { "\x81", 1, true, false},
/* 130 */  { "\x82", 1, true, false},
/* 131 */  { "\x83", 1, true, false},
/* 132 */  { "\x84", 1, true, false},
/* 133 */  { "\x85", 1, true, false},
/* 134 */  { "\x86", 1, true, false},
/* 135 */  { "\x87", 1, true, false},
/* 136 */  { "\x88", 1, true, false},
/* 137 */  { "\x89", 1, true, false},
/* 138 */  { "\x8a", 1, true, false},
/* 139 */  { "\x8b", 1, true, false},
/* 140 */  { "\x8c", 1, true, false},
/* 141 */  { "\x8d", 1, true, false},
/* 142 */  { "\x8e", 1, true, false},
/* 143 */  { "\x8f", 1, true, false},
/* 144 */  { "\x90", 1, true, false},
/* 145 */  { "\x91", 1, true, false},
/* 146 */  { "\x92", 1, true, false},
/* 147 */  { "\x93", 1, true, false},
/* 148 */  { "\x94", 1, true, false},
/* 149 */  { "\x95", 1, true, false},
/* 150 */  { "\x96", 1, true, false},
/* 151 */  { "\x97", 1, true, false},
/* 152 */  { "\x98", 1, true, false},
/* 153 */  { "\x99", 1, true, false},
/* 154 */  { "\x9a", 1, true, false},
/* 155 */  { "\x9b", 1, true, false},
/* 156 */  { "\x9c", 1, true, false},
/* 157 */  { "\x9d", 1, true, false},
/* 158 */  { "\x9e", 1, true, false},
/* 159 */  { "\x9f", 1, true, false},
/* 160 */  { "\xa0", 1, true, false},
/* 161 */  { "\xa1", 1, true, false},
/* 162 */  { "\xa2", 1, true, false},
/* 163 */  { "\xa3", 1, true, false},
/* 164 */  { "\xa4", 1, true, false},
/* 165 */  { "\xa5", 1, true, false},
/* 166 */  { "\xa6", 1, true, false},
/* 167 */  { "\xa7", 1, true, false},
/* 168 */  { "\xa8", 1, true, false},
/* 169 */  { "\xa9", 1, true, false},
/* 170 */  { "\xaa", 1, true, false},
/* 171 */  { "\xab", 1, true, false},
/* 172 */  { "\xac", 1, true, false},
/* 173 */  { "\xad", 1, true, false},
/* 174 */  { "\xae", 1, true, false},
/* 175 */  { "\xaf", 1, true, false},
/* 176 */  { "\xb0", 1, true, false},
/* 177 */  { "\xb1", 1, true, false},
/* 178 */  { "\xb2", 1, true, false},
/* 179 */  { "\xb3", 1, true, false},
/* 180 */  { "\xb4", 1, true, false},
/* 181 */  { "\xb5", 1, true, false},
/* 182 */  { "\xb6", 1, true, false},
/* 183 */  { "\xb7", 1, true, false},
/* 184 */  { "\xb8", 1, true, false},
/* 185 */  { "\xb9", 1, true, false},
/* 186 */  { "\xba", 1, true, false},
/* 187 */  { "\xbb", 1, true, false},
/* 188 */  { "\xbc", 1, true, false},
/* 189 */  { "\xbd", 1, true, false},
/* 190 */  { "\xbe", 1, true, false},
/* 191 */  { "\xbf", 1, true, false},
/* 192 */  { "\xc0", 1, true, false},
/* 193 */  { "\xc1", 1, true, false},
/* 194 */  { "\xc2", 1, true, false},
/* 195 */  { "\xc3", 1, true, false},
/* 196 */  { "\xc4", 1, true, false},
/* 197 */  { "\xc5", 1, true, false},
/* 198 */  { "\xc6", 1, true, false},
/* 199 */  { "\xc7", 1, true, false},
/* 200 */  { "\xc8", 1, true, false},
/* 201 */  { "\xc9", 1, true, false},
/* 202 */  { "\xca", 1, true, false},
/* 203 */  { "\xcb", 1, true, false},
/* 204 */  { "\xcc", 1, true, false},
/* 205 */  { "\xcd", 1, true, false},
/* 206 */  { "\xce", 1, true, false},
/* 207 */  { "\xcf", 1, true, false},
/* 208 */  { "\xd0", 1, true, false},
/* 209 */  { "\xd1", 1, true, false},
/* 210 */  { "\xd2", 1, true, false},
/* 211 */  { "\xd3", 1, true, false},
/* 212 */  { "\xd4", 1, true, false},
/* 213 */  { "\xd5", 1, true, false},
/* 214 */  { "\xd6", 1, true, false},
/* 215 */  { "\xd7", 1, true, false},
/* 216 */  { "\xd8", 1, true, false},
/* 217 */  { "\xd9", 1, true, false},
/* 218 */  { "\xda", 1, true, false},
/* 219 */  { "\xdb", 1, true, false},
/* 220 */  { "\xdc", 1, true, false},
/* 221 */  { "\xdd", 1, true, false},
/* 222 */  { "\xde", 1, true, false},
/* 223 */  { "\xdf", 1, true, false},
/* 224 */  { "\xe0", 1, true, false},
/* 225 */  { "\xe1", 1, true, false},
/* 226 */  { "\xe2", 1, true, false},
/* 227 */  { "\xe3", 1, true, false},
/* 228 */  { "\xe4", 1, true, false},
/* 229 */  { "\xe5", 1, true, false},
/* 230 */  { "\xe6", 1, true, false},
/* 231 */  { "\xe7", 1, true, false},
/* 232 */  { "\xe8", 1, true, false},
/* 233 */  { "\xe9", 1, true, false},
/* 234 */  { "\xea", 1, true, false},
/* 235 */  { "\xeb", 1, true, false},
/* 236 */  { "\xec", 1, true, false},
/* 237 */  { "\xed", 1, true, false},
/* 238 */  { "\xee", 1, true, false},
/* 239 */  { "\xef", 1, true, false},
/* 240 */  { "\xf0", 1, true, false},
/* 241 */  { "\xf1", 1, true, false},
/* 242 */  { "\xf2", 1, true, false},
/* 243 */  { "\xf3", 1, true, false},
/* 244 */  { "\xf4", 1, true, false},
/* 245 */  { "\xf5", 1, true, false},
/* 246 */  { "\xf6", 1, true, false},
/* 247 */  { "\xf7", 1, true, false},
/* 248 */  { "\xf8", 1, true, false},
/* 249 */  { "\xf9", 1, true, false},
/* 250 */  { "\xfa", 1, true, false},
/* 251 */  { "\xfb", 1, true, false},
/* 252 */  { "\xfc", 1, true, false},
/* 253 */  { "\xfd", 1, true, false},
/* 254 */  { "\xfe", 1, true, false},
/* 255 */  { "\xff", 1, true, false},
/* PART 2: named tokens. */
/* 256 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 257 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 258 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 259 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 260 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 261 */  { "", 0, true, false},
/* 262 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 263 */  { "?", 1, true, false},
/* 264 */  { "FOR SYSTEM_TIME", 15, true, false},
/* 265 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 266 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 267 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 268 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 269 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 270 */  { "WITH CUBE", 9, true, false},
/* 271 */  { "WITH ROLLUP", 11, true, false},
/* 272 */  { "WITH SYSTEM", 11, true, false},
/* 273 */  { "(id)", 4, true, false},
/* 274 */  { "(id_quoted)", 11, true, false},
/* 275 */  { "(hostname)", 10, true, false},
/* 276 */  { "(_charset)", 10, true, false},
/* 277 */  { "(bin)", 5, true, false},
/* 278 */  { "(decimal)", 9, true, false},
/* 279 */  { "(float)", 7, true, false},
/* 280 */  { "(hex)", 5, true, false},
/* 281 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 282 */  { "(long)", 6, true, false},
/* 283 */  { "(nchar)", 7, true, false},
/* 284 */  { "(num)", 5, true, false},
/* 285 */  { "(text)", 6, true, false},
/* 286 */  { "(ulonglong)", 11, true, false},
/* 287 */  { "&&", 2, true, true},
/* 288 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 289 */  { "<=>", 3, true, false},
/* 290 */  { ">=", 2, true, false},
/* 291 */  { "<=", 2, true, false},
/* 292 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 293 */  { "!=", 2, true, false},
/* 294 */  { "!", 1, true, false},
/* 295 */  { "||", 2, true, true},
/* 296 */  { ":=", 2, true, false},
/* 297 */  { "<<", 2, true, true},
/* 298 */  { ">>", 2, true, true},
/* 299 */  { "ACCESSIBLE", 10, true, false},
/* 300 */  { "ADD", 3, true, false},
/* 301 */  { "ALL", 3, true, false},
/* 302 */  { "ALTER", 5, true, false},
/* 303 */  { "ANALYZE", 7, true, false},
/* 304 */  { "AND", 3, true, true},
/* 305 */  { "ASC", 3, true, false},
/* 306 */  { "ASENSITIVE", 10, true, false},
/* 307 */  { "AS", 2, true, false},
/* 308 */  { "BEFORE", 6, true, false},
/* 309 */  { "BETWEEN", 7, true, true},
/* 310 */  { "INT8", 4, true, false},
/* 311 */  { "BINARY", 6, true, false},
/* 312 */  { "BIT_AND", 7, true, false},
/* 313 */  { "BIT_OR", 6, true, false},
/* 314 */  { "BIT_XOR", 7, true, false},
/* 315 */  { "BLOB", 4, true, false},
/* 316 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 317 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 318 */  { "BOTH", 4, true, false},
/* 319 */  { "BY", 2, true, false},
/* 320 */  { "CALL", 4, true, false},
/* 321 */  { "CASCADE", 7, true, false},
/* 322 */  { "CASE", 4, true, true},
/* 323 */  { "CAST", 4, true, false},
/* 324 */  { "CHANGE", 6, true, false},
/* 325 */  { "CHARACTER", 9, true, false},
/* 326 */  { "CHECK", 5, true, false},
/* 327 */  { "COLLATE", 7, true, false},
/* 328 */  { "CONDITION", 9, true, false},
/* 329 */  { "CONSTRAINT", 10, true, false},
/* 330 */  { "CONTINUE", 8, true, false},
/* 331 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 332 */  { "CONVERT", 7, true, false},
/* 333 */  { "COUNT", 5, true, false},
/* 334 */  { "CREATE", 6, true, false},
/* 335 */  { "CROSS", 5, true, false},
/* 336 */  { "CUME_DIST", 9, true, false},
/* 337 */  { "CURDATE", 7, true, false},
/* 338 */  { "CURRENT_ROLE", 12, true, false},
/* 339 */  { "CURRENT_USER", 12, true, false},
/* 340 */  { "CURSOR", 6, true, false},
/* 341 */  { "CURTIME", 7, true, false},
/* 342 */  { "SCHEMA", 6, true, false},
/* 343 */  { "SCHEMAS", 7, true, false},
/* 344 */  { "DATE_ADD", 8, true, false},
/* 345 */  { "DATE_SUB", 8, true, false},
/* 346 */  { "DAY_HOUR", 8, true, false},
/* 347 */  { "DAY_MICROSECOND", 15, true, false},
/* 348 */  { "DAY_MINUTE", 10, true, false},
/* 349 */  { "DAY_SECOND", 10, true, false},
/* 350 */  { "DECIMAL", 7, true, false},
/* 351 */  { "DECLARE", 7, true, false},
/* 352 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 353 */  { "DEFAULT", 7, true, true},
/* 354 */  { "DELETE_DOMAIN_ID", 16, true, false},
/* 355 */  { "DELETE", 6, true, false},
/* 356 */  { "DENSE_RANK", 10, true, false},
/* 357 */  { "EXPLAIN", 7, true, false},
/* 358 */  { "DESC", 4, true, false},
/* 359 */  { "DETERMINISTIC", 13, true, false},
/* 360 */  { "DISTINCTROW", 11, true, false},
/* 361 */  { "DIV", 3, true, true},
/* 362 */  { "DO_DOMAIN_IDS", 13, true, false},
/* 363 */  { "FLOAT8", 6, true, false},
/* 364 */  { "DROP", 4, true, false},
/* 365 */  { "DUAL", 4, true, false},
/* 366 */  { "EACH", 4, true, false},
/* 367 */  { "ELSEIF", 6, true, true},
/* 368 */  { "ELSE", 4, true, false},
/* 369 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 370 */  { "EMPTY", 5, true, false},
/* 371 */  { "ENCLOSED", 8, true, false},
/* 372 */  { "ESCAPED", 7, true, false},
/* 373 */  { "EXCEPT", 6, true, false},
/* 374 */  { "EXISTS", 6, true, false},
/* 375 */  { "EXTRACT", 7, true, false},
/* 376 */  { "FALSE", 5, true, false},
/* 377 */  { "FETCH", 5, true, false},
/* 378 */  { "FIRST_VALUE", 11, true, false},
/* 379 */  { "FLOAT4", 6, true, false},
/* 380 */  { "FOREIGN", 7, true, false},
/* 381 */  { "FOR", 3, true, false},
/* 382 */  { "FROM", 4, true, false},
/* 383 */  { "FULLTEXT", 8, true, false},
/* 384 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 385 */  { "GRANT", 5, true, false},
/* 386 */  { "GROUP_CONCAT", 12, true, false},
/* 387 */  { "JSON_ARRAYAGG", 13, true, false},
/* 388 */  { "JSON_OBJECTAGG", 14, true, false},
/* 389 */  { "JSON_TABLE", 10, true, false},
/* 390 */  { "GROUP", 5, true, false},
/* 391 */  { "HAVING", 6, true, false},
/* 392 */  { "HOUR_MICROSECOND", 16, true, false},
/* 393 */  { "HOUR_MINUTE", 11, true, false},
/* 394 */  { "HOUR_SECOND", 11, true, false},
/* 395 */  { "IF", 2, true, true},
/* 396 */  { "IGNORE_DOMAIN_IDS", 17, true, false},
/* 397 */  { "IGNORE", 6, true, false},
/* 398 */  { "IGNORED", 7, true, false},
/* 399 */  { "INDEX", 5, true, false},
/* 400 */  { "INFILE", 6, true, false},
/* 401 */  { "INNER", 5, true, false},
/* 402 */  { "INOUT", 5, true, false},
/* 403 */  { "INSENSITIVE", 11, true, false},
/* 404 */  { "INSERT", 6, true, false},
/* 405 */  { "IN", 2, true, false},
/* 406 */  { "INTERSECT", 9, true, false},
/* 407 */  { "INTERVAL", 8, true, true},
/* 408 */  { "INTO", 4, true, false},
/* 409 */  { "INTEGER", 7, true, false},
/* 410 */  { "IS", 2, true, false},
/* 411 */  { "ITERATE", 7, true, false},
/* 412 */  { "JOIN", 4, true, false},
/* 413 */  { "KEYS", 4, true, false},
/* 414 */  { "KEY", 3, true, false},
/* 415 */  { "KILL", 4, true, false},
/* 416 */  { "LAG", 3, true, false},
/* 417 */  { "LEADING", 7, true, false},
/* 418 */  { "LEAD", 4, true, false},
/* 419 */  { "LEAVE", 5, true, false},
/* 420 */  { "LEFT", 4, true, false},
/* 421 */  { "LIKE", 4, true, true},
/* 422 */  { "LIMIT", 5, true, false},
/* 423 */  { "LINEAR", 6, true, false},
/* 424 */  { "LINES", 5, true, false},
/* 425 */  { "LOAD", 4, true, false},
/* 426 */  { "LOCATOR", 7, true, false},
/* 427 */  { "LOCK", 4, true, false},
/* 428 */  { "LONGBLOB", 8, true, false},
/* 429 */  { "LONG", 4, true, false},
/* 430 */  { "LONGTEXT", 8, true, false},
/* 431 */  { "LOOP", 4, true, false},
/* 432 */  { "LOW_PRIORITY", 12, true, false},
/* 433 */  { "MASTER_SSL_VERIFY_SERVER_CERT", 29, true, false},
/* 434 */  { "MATCH", 5, true, false},
/* 435 */  { "MAX", 3, true, false},
/* 436 */  { "MAXVALUE", 8, true, false},
/* 437 */  { "MEDIAN", 6, true, false},
/* 438 */  { "MEDIUMBLOB", 10, true, false},
/* 439 */  { "MIDDLEINT", 9, true, false},
/* 440 */  { "MEDIUMTEXT", 10, true, false},
/* 441 */  { "MIN", 3, true, false},
/* 442 */  { "MINUS", 5, true, false},
/* 443 */  { "MINUTE_MICROSECOND", 18, true, false},
/* 444 */  { "MINUTE_SECOND", 13, true, false},
/* 445 */  { "MODIFIES", 8, true, false},
/* 446 */  { "MOD", 3, true, true},
/* 447 */  { "NATURAL", 7, true, false},
/* 448 */  { "~", 1, true, false},
/* 449 */  { "NESTED", 6, true, false},
/* 450 */  { "NOT", 3, true, true},
/* 451 */  { "NO_WRITE_TO_BINLOG", 18, true, false},
/* 452 */  { "NOW", 3, true, false},
/* 453 */  { "NTH_VALUE", 9, true, false},
/* 454 */  { "NTILE", 5, true, false},
/* 455 */  { "NULL", 4, true, false},
/* 456 */  { "NUMERIC", 7, true, false},
/* 457 */  { "ON", 2, true, false},
/* 458 */  { "OPTIMIZE", 8, true, false},
/* 459 */  { "OPTIONALLY", 10, true, false},
/* 460 */  { "ORDER", 5, true, false},
/* 461 */  { "ORDINALITY", 10, true, false},
/* 462 */  { "OR", 2, true, true},
/* 463 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 464 */  { "OUTER", 5, true, false},
/* 465 */  { "OUTFILE", 7, true, false},
/* 466 */  { "OUT", 3, true, false},
/* 467 */  { "OVER", 4, true, false},
/* 468 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 469 */  { "PAGE_CHECKSUM", 13, true, false},
/* 470 */  { "PARSE_VCOL_EXPR", 15, true, false},
/* 471 */  { "PARTITION", 9, true, false},
/* 472 */  { "PATH", 4, true, false},
/* 473 */  { "PERCENTILE_CONT", 15, true, false},
/* 474 */  { "PERCENTILE_DISC", 15, true, false},
/* 475 */  { "PERCENT_RANK", 12, true, false},
/* 476 */  { "PORTION", 7, true, false},
/* 477 */  { "POSITION", 8, true, false},
/* 478 */  { "PRECISION", 9, true, false},
/* 479 */  { "PRIMARY", 7, true, false},
/* 480 */  { "PROCEDURE", 9, true, false},
/* 481 */  { "PURGE", 5, true, false},
/* 482 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 483 */  { "RANGE", 5, true, false},
/* 484 */  { "RANK", 4, true, false},
/* 485 */  { "READS", 5, true, false},
/* 486 */  { "READ", 4, true, false},
/* 487 */  { "READ_WRITE", 10, true, false},
/* 488 */  { "REAL", 4, true, false},
/* 489 */  { "RECURSIVE", 9, true, false},
/* 490 */  { "REFERENCES", 10, true, false},
/* 491 */  { "REF_SYSTEM_ID", 13, true, false},
/* 492 */  { "RLIKE", 5, true, true},
/* 493 */  { "RELEASE", 7, true, false},
/* 494 */  { "RENAME", 6, true, false},
/* 495 */  { "REPEAT", 6, true, false},
/* 496 */  { "REQUIRE", 7, true, false},
/* 497 */  { "RESIGNAL", 8, true, false},
/* 498 */  { "RESTRICT", 8, true, false},
/* 499 */  { "RETURNING", 9, true, false},
/* 500 */  { "RETURN", 6, true, true},
/* 501 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, true},
/* 502 */  { "REVOKE", 6, true, false},
/* 503 */  { "RIGHT", 5, true, false},
/* 504 */  { "ROW_NUMBER", 10, true, false},
/* 505 */  { "ROWS", 4, true, false},
/* 506 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 507 */  { "SECOND_MICROSECOND", 18, true, false},
/* 508 */  { "SELECT", 6, true, true},
/* 509 */  { "SENSITIVE", 9, true, false},
/* 510 */  { "SEPARATOR", 9, true, false},
/* 511 */  { "SERVER_OPTIONS", 14, true, false},
/* 512 */  { "SET", 3, true, false},
/* 513 */  { "SHOW", 4, true, false},
/* 514 */  { "SIGNAL", 6, true, false},
/* 515 */  { "SMALLINT", 8, true, false},
/* 516 */  { "SPATIAL", 7, true, false},
/* 517 */  { "SPECIFIC", 8, true, false},
/* 518 */  { "SQL_BIG_RESULT", 14, true, false},
/* 519 */  { "SQLEXCEPTION", 12, true, false},
/* 520 */  { "SQL_SMALL_RESULT", 16, true, false},
/* 521 */  { "SQLSTATE", 8, true, false},
/* 522 */  { "SQL", 3, true, false},
/* 523 */  { "SQLWARNING", 10, true, false},
/* 524 */  { "SSL", 3, true, false},
/* 525 */  { "STARTING", 8, true, false},
/* 526 */  { "STATS_AUTO_RECALC", 17, true, false},
/* 527 */  { "STATS_PERSISTENT", 16, true, false},
/* 528 */  { "STATS_SAMPLE_PAGES", 18, true, false},
/* 529 */  { "STDDEV_SAMP", 11, true, false},
/* 530 */  { "STDDEV_POP", 10, true, false},
/* 531 */  { "STRAIGHT_JOIN", 13, true, false},
/* 532 */  { "SUM", 3, true, false},
/* 533 */  { "SYSDATE", 7, true, false},
/* 534 */  { "TABLE_REF_PRIORITY", 18, true, false},
/* 535 */  { "TABLE", 5, true, false},
/* 536 */  { "TERMINATED", 10, true, false},
/* 537 */  { "THEN", 4, true, false},
/* 538 */  { "TINYBLOB", 8, true, false},
/* 539 */  { "TINYINT", 7, true, false},
/* 540 */  { "TINYTEXT", 8, true, false},
/* 541 */  { "TO", 2, true, false},
/* 542 */  { "TRAILING", 8, true, false},
/* 543 */  { "TRIGGER", 7, true, false},
/* 544 */  { "TRUE", 4, true, false},
/* 545 */  { "UNDO", 4, true, false},
/* 546 */  { "UNION", 5, true, false},
/* 547 */  { "UNIQUE", 6, true, false},
/* 548 */  { "UNLOCK", 6, true, false},
/* 549 */  { "UNSIGNED", 8, true, false},
/* 550 */  { "UPDATE", 6, true, false},
/* 551 */  { "USAGE", 5, true, false},
/* 552 */  { "USE", 3, true, false},
/* 553 */  { "USING", 5, true, false},
/* 554 */  { "UTC_DATE", 8, true, false},
/* 555 */  { "UTC_TIMESTAMP", 13, true, false},
/* 556 */  { "UTC_TIME", 8, true, false},
/* 557 */  { "VALUES IN", 9, true, false},
/* 558 */  { "VALUES LESS", 11, true, false},
/* 559 */  { "VALUES", 6, true, false},
/* 560 */  { "VARBINARY", 9, true, false},
/* 561 */  { "VARCHARACTER", 12, true, false},
/* 562 */  { "VAR_POP", 7, true, false},
/* 563 */  { "VAR_SAMP", 8, true, false},
/* 564 */  { "VARYING", 7, true, false},
/* 565 */  { "WHEN", 4, true, true},
/* 566 */  { "WHERE", 5, true, false},
/* 567 */  { "WHILE", 5, true, true},
/* 568 */  { "WITH", 4, true, false},
/* 569 */  { "XOR", 3, true, true},
/* 570 */  { "YEAR_MONTH", 10, true, false},
/* 571 */  { "ZEROFILL", 8, true, false},
/* 572 */  { "BODY", 4, true, false},
/* 573 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, true},
/* 574 */  { "ELSIF", 5, true, false},
/* 575 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 576 */  { "GOTO", 4, true, false},
/* 577 */  { "OTHERS", 6, true, false},
/* 578 */  { "PACKAGE", 7, true, false},
/* 579 */  { "RAISE", 5, true, false},
/* 580 */  { "ROWTYPE", 7, true, false},
/* 581 */  { "ROWNUM", 6, true, false},
/* 582 */  { "REPLACE", 7, true, false},
/* 583 */  { "SUBSTRING", 9, true, false},
/* 584 */  { "TRIM", 4, true, false},
/* 585 */  { "ACCOUNT", 7, true, false},
/* 586 */  { "ACTION", 6, true, false},
/* 587 */  { "ADMIN", 5, true, false},
/* 588 */  { "ADDDATE", 7, true, false},
/* 589 */  { "AFTER", 5, true, false},
/* 590 */  { "AGAINST", 7, true, false},
/* 591 */  { "AGGREGATE", 9, true, false},
/* 592 */  { "ALGORITHM", 9, true, false},
/* 593 */  { "ALWAYS", 6, true, false},
/* 594 */  { "SOME", 4, true, false},
/* 595 */  { "ASCII", 5, true, false},
/* 596 */  { "AT", 2, true, true},
/* 597 */  { "ATOMIC", 6, true, false},
/* 598 */  { "AUTHORS", 7, true, false},
/* 599 */  { "AUTOEXTEND_SIZE", 15, true, false},
/* 600 */  { "AUTO_INCREMENT", 14, true, false},
/* 601 */  { "AUTO", 4, true, false},
/* 602 */  { "AVG_ROW_LENGTH", 14, true, false},
/* 603 */  { "AVG", 3, true, false},
/* 604 */  { "BACKUP", 6, true, false},
/* 605 */  { "BEGIN", 5, true, false},
/* 606 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 607 */  { "BINLOG", 6, true, false},
/* 608 */  { "BIT", 3, true, false},
/* 609 */  { "BLOCK", 5, true, false},
/* 610 */  { "BOOL", 4, true, false},
/* 611 */  { "BOOLEAN", 7, true, false},
/* 612 */  { "BTREE", 5, true, false},
/* 613 */  { "BYTE", 4, true, false},
/* 614 */  { "CACHE", 5, true, false},
/* 615 */  { "CASCADED", 8, true, false},
/* 616 */  { "CATALOG_NAME", 12, true, false},
/* 617 */  { "CHAIN", 5, true, false},
/* 618 */  { "CHANGED", 7, true, false},
/* 619 */  { "CHANNEL", 7, true, false},
/* 620 */  { "CHARSET", 7, true, false},
/* 621 */  { "CHECKPOINT", 10, true, false},
/* 622 */  { "CHECKSUM", 8, true, false},
/* 623 */  { "CIPHER", 6, true, false},
/* 624 */  { "CLASS_ORIGIN", 12, true, false},
/* 625 */  { "CLIENT", 6, true, false},
/* 626 */  { "CLOB", 4, true, false},
/* 627 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 628 */  { "CLOSE", 5, true, false},
/* 629 */  { "COALESCE", 8, true, false},
/* 630 */  { "CODE", 4, true, false},
/* 631 */  { "COLLATION", 9, true, false},
/* 632 */  { "FIELDS", 6, true, false},
/* 633 */  { "COLUMN_ADD", 10, true, false},
/* 634 */  { "COLUMN_CHECK", 12, true, false},
/* 635 */  { "COLUMN_CREATE", 13, true, false},
/* 636 */  { "COLUMN_DELETE", 13, true, false},
/* 637 */  { "COLUMN_GET", 10, true, false},
/* 638 */  { "COLUMN", 6, true, false},
/* 639 */  { "COLUMN_NAME", 11, true, false},
/* 640 */  { "COMMENT", 7, true, false},
/* 641 */  { "COMMITTED", 9, true, false},
/* 642 */  { "COMMIT", 6, true, false},
/* 643 */  { "COMPACT", 7, true, false},
/* 644 */  { "COMPLETION", 10, true, false},
/* 645 */  { "COMPRESSED", 10, true, false},
/* 646 */  { "CONCURRENT", 10, true, false},
/* 647 */  { "CONNECTION", 10, true, false},
/* 648 */  { "CONSISTENT", 10, true, false},
/* 649 */  { "CONSTRAINT_CATALOG", 18, true, false},
/* 650 */  { "CONSTRAINT_NAME", 15, true, false},
/* 651 */  { "CONSTRAINT_SCHEMA", 17, true, false},
/* 652 */  { "CONTAINS", 8, true, false},
/* 653 */  { "CONTEXT", 7, true, false},
/* 654 */  { "CONTRIBUTORS", 12, true, false},
/* 655 */  { "CPU", 3, true, false},
/* 656 */  { "CUBE", 4, true, false},
/* 657 */  { "CURRENT", 7, true, false},
/* 658 */  { "CURRENT_POS", 11, true, false},
/* 659 */  { "CURSOR_NAME", 11, true, false},
/* 660 */  { "CYCLE", 5, true, false},
/* 661 */  { "DATAFILE", 8, true, false},
/* 662 */  { "DATA", 4, true, false},
/* 663 */  { "DATETIME", 8, true, false},
/* 664 */  { "DATE", 4, true, false},
/* 665 */  { "SQL_TSI_DAY", 11, true, false},
/* 666 */  { "DEALLOCATE", 10, true, false},
/* 667 */  { "DEFINER", 7, true, false},
/* 668 */  { "DELAYED", 7, true, false},
/* 669 */  { "DELAY_KEY_WRITE", 15, true, false},
/* 670 */  { "DES_KEY_FILE", 12, true, false},
/* 671 */  { "DIAGNOSTICS", 11, true, false},
/* 672 */  { "DIRECTORY", 9, true, false},
/* 673 */  { "DISABLE", 7, true, false},
/* 674 */  { "DISCARD", 7, true, false},
/* 675 */  { "DISK", 4, true, false},
/* 676 */  { "DO", 2, true, false},
/* 677 */  { "DUMPFILE", 8, true, false},
/* 678 */  { "DUPLICATE", 9, true, false},
/* 679 */  { "DYNAMIC", 7, true, false},
/* 680 */  { "ENABLE_GOVERNOR", 15, true, false},
/* 681 */  { "ENABLE_GOVERNOR_RECON", 21, true, false},
/* 682 */  { "ENABLE_GOVERNOR_LVE", 19, true, false},
/* 683 */  { "ENABLE_GOVERNOR_RECON_LVE", 25, true, false},
/* 684 */  { "ENABLE", 6, true, false},
/* 685 */  { "END", 3, true, false},
/* 686 */  { "ENDS", 4, true, true},
/* 687 */  { "ENGINES", 7, true, false},
/* 688 */  { "ENGINE", 6, true, false},
/* 689 */  { "ENUM", 4, true, false},
/* 690 */  { "ERROR", 5, true, false},
/* 691 */  { "ERRORS", 6, true, false},
/* 692 */  { "ESCAPE", 6, true, false},
/* 693 */  { "EVENTS", 6, true, false},
/* 694 */  { "EVENT", 5, true, false},
/* 695 */  { "EVERY", 5, true, true},
/* 696 */  { "EXCHANGE", 8, true, false},
/* 697 */  { "EXAMINED", 8, true, false},
/* 698 */  { "EXCLUDE", 7, true, false},
/* 699 */  { "EXECUTE", 7, true, false},
/* 700 */  { "EXCEPTION", 9, true, false},
/* 701 */  { "EXIT", 4, true, false},
/* 702 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 703 */  { "EXPANSION", 9, true, false},
/* 704 */  { "EXPIRE", 6, true, false},
/* 705 */  { "EXPORT", 6, true, false},
/* 706 */  { "EXTENDED", 8, true, false},
/* 707 */  { "EXTENT_SIZE", 11, true, false},
/* 708 */  { "FAST", 4, true, false},
/* 709 */  { "FAULTS", 6, true, false},
/* 710 */  { "FEDERATED", 9, true, false},
/* 711 */  { "FILE", 4, true, false},
/* 712 */  { "FIRST", 5, true, false},
/* 713 */  { "FIXED", 5, true, false},
/* 714 */  { "FLUSH", 5, true, false},
/* 715 */  { "FOLLOWS", 7, true, false},
/* 716 */  { "FOLLOWING", 9, true, false},
/* 717 */  { "FORCE", 5, true, false},
/* 718 */  { "FORMAT", 6, true, false},
/* 719 */  { "FOUND", 5, true, false},
/* 720 */  { "FULL", 4, true, false},
/* 721 */  { "FUNCTION", 8, true, false},
/* 722 */  { "GENERAL", 7, true, false},
/* 723 */  { "GENERATED", 9, true, false},
/* 724 */  { "GET_FORMAT", 10, true, false},
/* 725 */  { "GET", 3, true, false},
/* 726 */  { "GLOBAL", 6, true, false},
/* 727 */  { "GRANTS", 6, true, false},
/* 728 */  { "HANDLER", 7, true, false},
/* 729 */  { "HARD", 4, true, false},
/* 730 */  { "HASH", 4, true, false},
/* 731 */  { "HELP", 4, true, false},
/* 732 */  { "HIGH_PRIORITY", 13, true, false},
/* 733 */  { "HISTORY", 7, true, false},
/* 734 */  { "HOST", 4, true, false},
/* 735 */  { "HOSTS", 5, true, false},
/* 736 */  { "SQL_TSI_HOUR", 12, true, false},
/* 737 */  { "ID", 2, true, false},
/* 738 */  { "IDENTIFIED", 10, true, false},
/* 739 */  { "IGNORE_SERVER_IDS", 17, true, false},
/* 740 */  { "IMMEDIATE", 9, true, false},
/* 741 */  { "IMPORT", 6, true, false},
/* 742 */  { "INCREMENT", 9, true, false},
/* 743 */  { "INDEXES", 7, true, false},
/* 744 */  { "INITIAL_SIZE", 12, true, false},
/* 745 */  { "INSERT_METHOD", 13, true, false},
/* 746 */  { "INSTALL", 7, true, false},
/* 747 */  { "INVOKER", 7, true, false},
/* 748 */  { "IO", 2, true, false},
/* 749 */  { "IPC", 3, true, false},
/* 750 */  { "ISOLATION", 9, true, false},
/* 751 */  { "ISOPEN", 6, true, false},
/* 752 */  { "ISSUER", 6, true, false},
/* 753 */  { "INVISIBLE", 9, true, false},
/* 754 */  { "JSON", 4, true, false},
/* 755 */  { "KEY_BLOCK_SIZE", 14, true, false},
/* 756 */  { "LANGUAGE", 8, true, false},
/* 757 */  { "LAST", 4, true, false},
/* 758 */  { "LAST_VALUE", 10, true, false},
/* 759 */  { "LASTVAL", 7, true, false},
/* 760 */  { "LEAVES", 6, true, false},
/* 761 */  { "LESS", 4, true, false},
/* 762 */  { "LEVEL", 5, true, false},
/* 763 */  { "LIST", 4, true, false},
/* 764 */  { "LOCAL", 5, true, false},
/* 765 */  { "LOCKED", 6, true, false},
/* 766 */  { "LOCKS", 5, true, false},
/* 767 */  { "LOGFILE", 7, true, false},
/* 768 */  { "LOGS", 4, true, false},
/* 769 */  { "MASTER_CONNECT_RETRY", 20, true, false},
/* 770 */  { "MASTER_DELAY", 12, true, false},
/* 771 */  { "MASTER_GTID_POS", 15, true, false},
/* 772 */  { "MASTER_HOST", 11, true, false},
/* 773 */  { "MASTER_LOG_FILE", 15, true, false},
/* 774 */  { "MASTER_LOG_POS", 14, true, false},
/* 775 */  { "MASTER_PASSWORD", 15, true, false},
/* 776 */  { "MASTER_PORT", 11, true, false},
/* 777 */  { "MASTER_SERVER_ID", 16, true, false},
/* 778 */  { "MASTER_SSL_CAPATH", 17, true, false},
/* 779 */  { "MASTER_SSL_CA", 13, true, false},
/* 780 */  { "MASTER_SSL_CERT", 15, true, false},
/* 781 */  { "MASTER_SSL_CIPHER", 17, true, false},
/* 782 */  { "MASTER_SSL_CRL", 14, true, false},
/* 783 */  { "MASTER_SSL_CRLPATH", 18, true, false},
/* 784 */  { "MASTER_SSL_KEY", 14, true, false},
/* 785 */  { "MASTER_SSL", 10, true, false},
/* 786 */  { "MASTER", 6, true, false},
/* 787 */  { "MASTER_USER", 11, true, false},
/* 788 */  { "MASTER_USE_GTID", 15, true, false},
/* 789 */  { "MASTER_HEARTBEAT_PERIOD", 23, true, false},
/* 790 */  { "MASTER_DEMOTE_TO_SLAVE", 22, true, false},
/* 791 */  { "MAX_CONNECTIONS_PER_HOUR", 24, true, false},
/* 792 */  { "MAX_QUERIES_PER_HOUR", 20, true, false},
/* 793 */  { "MAX_ROWS", 8, true, false},
/* 794 */  { "MAX_SIZE", 8, true, false},
/* 795 */  { "MAX_UPDATES_PER_HOUR", 20, true, false},
/* 796 */  { "MAX_STATEMENT_TIME", 18, true, false},
/* 797 */  { "MAX_USER_CONNECTIONS", 20, true, false},
/* 798 */  { "MEDIUM", 6, true, false},
/* 799 */  { "MEMORY", 6, true, false},
/* 800 */  { "MERGE", 5, true, false},
/* 801 */  { "MESSAGE_TEXT", 12, true, false},
/* 802 */  { "MICROSECOND", 11, true, false},
/* 803 */  { "MIGRATE", 7, true, false},
/* 804 */  { "SQL_TSI_MINUTE", 14, true, false},
/* 805 */  { "MINVALUE", 8, true, false},
/* 806 */  { "MIN_ROWS", 8, true, false},
/* 807 */  { "MODE", 4, true, false},
/* 808 */  { "MODIFY", 6, true, false},
/* 809 */  { "MONITOR", 7, true, false},
/* 810 */  { "SQL_TSI_MONTH", 13, true, false},
/* 811 */  { "MUTEX", 5, true, false},
/* 812 */  { "MYSQL", 5, true, false},
/* 813 */  { "MYSQL_ERRNO", 11, true, false},
/* 814 */  { "NAMES", 5, true, false},
/* 815 */  { "NAME", 4, true, false},
/* 816 */  { "NATIONAL", 8, true, false},
/* 817 */  { "NCHAR", 5, true, false},
/* 818 */  { "NEVER", 5, true, false},
/* 819 */  { "NEXT", 4, true, false},
/* 820 */  { "NEXTVAL", 7, true, false},
/* 821 */  { "NOCACHE", 7, true, false},
/* 822 */  { "NOCYCLE", 7, true, false},
/* 823 */  { "NODEGROUP", 9, true, false},
/* 824 */  { "NONE", 4, true, false},
/* 825 */  { "NOTFOUND", 8, true, false},
/* 826 */  { "NO", 2, true, false},
/* 827 */  { "NOMAXVALUE", 10, true, false},
/* 828 */  { "NOMINVALUE", 10, true, false},
/* 829 */  { "NO_WAIT", 7, true, false},
/* 830 */  { "NOWAIT", 6, true, false},
/* 831 */  { "NUMBER", 6, true, false},
/* 832 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 833 */  { "NVARCHAR", 8, true, false},
/* 834 */  { "OF", 2, true, false},
/* 835 */  { "OFFSET", 6, true, false},
/* 836 */  { "OLD_PASSWORD", 12, true, false},
/* 837 */  { "ONE", 3, true, false},
/* 838 */  { "ONLY", 4, true, false},
/* 839 */  { "ONLINE", 6, true, false},
/* 840 */  { "OPEN", 4, true, false},
/* 841 */  { "OPTIONS", 7, true, false},
/* 842 */  { "OPTION", 6, true, false},
/* 843 */  { "OVERLAPS", 8, true, false},
/* 844 */  { "OWNER", 5, true, false},
/* 845 */  { "PACK_KEYS", 9, true, false},
/* 846 */  { "PAGE", 4, true, false},
/* 847 */  { "PARSER", 6, true, false},
/* 848 */  { "PARTIAL", 7, true, false},
/* 849 */  { "PARTITIONS", 10, true, false},
/* 850 */  { "PARTITIONING", 12, true, false},
/* 851 */  { "PASSWORD", 8, true, false},
/* 852 */  { "PERIOD", 6, true, false},
/* 853 */  { "PERSISTENT", 10, true, false},
/* 854 */  { "PHASE", 5, true, false},
/* 855 */  { "PLUGINS", 7, true, false},
/* 856 */  { "PLUGIN", 6, true, false},
/* 857 */  { "PORT", 4, true, false},
/* 858 */  { "PRECEDES", 8, true, false},
/* 859 */  { "PRECEDING", 9, true, false},
/* 860 */  { "PREPARE", 7, true, false},
/* 861 */  { "PRESERVE", 8, true, false},
/* 862 */  { "PREV", 4, true, false},
/* 863 */  { "PREVIOUS", 8, true, false},
/* 864 */  { "PRIVILEGES", 10, true, false},
/* 865 */  { "PROCESS", 7, true, false},
/* 866 */  { "PROCESSLIST", 11, true, false},
/* 867 */  { "PROFILE", 7, true, false},
/* 868 */  { "PROFILES", 8, true, false},
/* 869 */  { "PROXY", 5, true, false},
/* 870 */  { "SQL_TSI_QUARTER", 15, true, false},
/* 871 */  { "QUERY", 5, true, false},
/* 872 */  { "QUICK", 5, true, false},
/* 873 */  { "RAW", 3, true, false},
/* 874 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 875 */  { "READ_ONLY", 9, true, false},
/* 876 */  { "REBUILD", 7, true, false},
/* 877 */  { "RECOVER", 7, true, false},
/* 878 */  { "REDOFILE", 8, true, false},
/* 879 */  { "REDO_BUFFER_SIZE", 16, true, false},
/* 880 */  { "REDUNDANT", 9, true, false},
/* 881 */  { "RELAY", 5, true, false},
/* 882 */  { "RELAYLOG", 8, true, false},
/* 883 */  { "RELAY_LOG_FILE", 14, true, false},
/* 884 */  { "RELAY_LOG_POS", 13, true, false},
/* 885 */  { "RELAY_THREAD", 12, true, false},
/* 886 */  { "RELOAD", 6, true, false},
/* 887 */  { "REMOVE", 6, true, false},
/* 888 */  { "REORGANIZE", 10, true, false},
/* 889 */  { "REPAIR", 6, true, false},
/* 890 */  { "REPEATABLE", 10, true, false},
/* 891 */  { "REPLAY", 6, true, false},
/* 892 */  { "REPLICATION", 11, true, false},
/* 893 */  { "RESET", 5, true, false},
/* 894 */  { "RESTART", 7, true, false},
/* 895 */  { "USER_RESOURCES", 14, true, false},
/* 896 */  { "RESTORE", 7, true, false},
/* 897 */  { "RESUME", 6, true, false},
/* 898 */  { "RETURNED_SQLSTATE", 17, true, false},
/* 899 */  { "RETURNS", 7, true, false},
/* 900 */  { "REUSE", 5, true, false},
/* 901 */  { "REVERSE", 7, true, false},
/* 902 */  { "ROLE", 4, true, false},
/* 903 */  { "ROLLBACK", 8, true, false},
/* 904 */  { "ROLLUP", 6, true, false},
/* 905 */  { "ROUTINE", 7, true, false},
/* 906 */  { "ROWCOUNT", 8, true, false},
/* 907 */  { "ROW", 3, true, false},
/* 908 */  { "ROW_COUNT", 9, true, false},
/* 909 */  { "ROW_FORMAT", 10, true, false},
/* 910 */  { "RTREE", 5, true, false},
/* 911 */  { "SAVEPOINT", 9, true, false},
/* 912 */  { "SCHEDULE", 8, true, false},
/* 913 */  { "SCHEMA_NAME", 11, true, false},
/* 914 */  { "SQL_TSI_SECOND", 14, true, false},
/* 915 */  { "SECURITY", 8, true, false},
/* 916 */  { "SEQUENCE", 8, true, false},
/* 917 */  { "SERIALIZABLE", 12, true, false},
/* 918 */  { "SERIAL", 6, true, false},
/* 919 */  { "SESSION", 7, true, false},
/* 920 */  { "SERVER", 6, true, false},
/* 921 */  { "SETVAL", 6, true, false},
/* 922 */  { "SHARE", 5, true, false},
/* 923 */  { "SHUTDOWN", 8, true, false},
/* 924 */  { "SIGNED", 6, true, false},
/* 925 */  { "SIMPLE", 6, true, false},
/* 926 */  { "SKIP", 4, true, false},
/* 927 */  { "SLAVE", 5, true, false},
/* 928 */  { "SLAVES", 6, true, false},
/* 929 */  { "SLAVE_POS", 9, true, false},
/* 930 */  { "SLOW", 4, true, false},
/* 931 */  { "SNAPSHOT", 8, true, false},
/* 932 */  { "SOCKET", 6, true, false},
/* 933 */  { "SOFT", 4, true, false},
/* 934 */  { "SONAME", 6, true, false},
/* 935 */  { "SOUNDS", 6, true, false},
/* 936 */  { "SOURCE", 6, true, false},
/* 937 */  { "SQL_AFTER_GTIDS", 15, true, false},
/* 938 */  { "SQL_BEFORE_GTIDS", 16, true, false},
/* 939 */  { "SQL_BUFFER_RESULT", 17, true, false},
/* 940 */  { "SQL_CACHE", 9, true, false},
/* 941 */  { "SQL_CALC_FOUND_ROWS", 19, true, false},
/* 942 */  { "SQL_NO_CACHE", 12, true, false},
/* 943 */  { "SQL_THREAD", 10, true, false},
/* 944 */  { "STAGE", 5, true, false},
/* 945 */  { "STARTS", 6, true, true},
/* 946 */  { "START", 5, true, false},
/* 947 */  { "STATEMENT", 9, true, false},
/* 948 */  { "STATUS", 6, true, false},
/* 949 */  { "STOP", 4, true, false},
/* 950 */  { "STORAGE", 7, true, false},
/* 951 */  { "STORED", 6, true, false},
/* 952 */  { "STRING", 6, true, false},
/* 953 */  { "SUBCLASS_ORIGIN", 15, true, false},
/* 954 */  { "SUBDATE", 7, true, false},
/* 955 */  { "SUBJECT", 7, true, false},
/* 956 */  { "SUBPARTITIONS", 13, true, false},
/* 957 */  { "SUBPARTITION", 12, true, false},
/* 958 */  { "SUPER", 5, true, false},
/* 959 */  { "SUSPEND", 7, true, false},
/* 960 */  { "SWAPS", 5, true, false},
/* 961 */  { "SWITCHES", 8, true, false},
/* 962 */  { "SYSTEM", 6, true, false},
/* 963 */  { "SYSTEM_TIME", 11, true, false},
/* 964 */  { "TABLES", 6, true, false},
/* 965 */  { "TABLESPACE", 10, true, false},
/* 966 */  { "TABLE_CHECKSUM", 14, true, false},
/* 967 */  { "TABLE_NAME", 10, true, false},
/* 968 */  { "TEMPORARY", 9, true, false},
/* 969 */  { "TEMPTABLE", 9, true, false},
/* 970 */  { "TEXT", 4, true, false},
/* 971 */  { "THAN", 4, true, false},
/* 972 */  { "TIES", 4, true, false},
/* 973 */  { "TIMESTAMP", 9, true, false},
/* 974 */  { "TIMESTAMPADD", 12, true, false},
/* 975 */  { "TIMESTAMPDIFF", 13, true, false},
/* 976 */  { "TIME", 4, true, false},
/* 977 */  { "TRANSACTION", 11, true, false},
/* 978 */  { "TRANSACTIONAL", 13, true, false},
/* 979 */  { "THREADS", 7, true, false},
/* 980 */  { "TRIGGERS", 8, true, false},
/* 981 */  { "TRIM_ORACLE", 11, true, false},
/* 982 */  { "TRUNCATE", 8, true, false},
/* 983 */  { "TYPE", 4, true, false},
/* 984 */  { "UDF_RETURNS", 11, true, false},
/* 985 */  { "UNBOUNDED", 9, true, false},
/* 986 */  { "UNCOMMITTED", 11, true, false},
/* 987 */  { "UNDEFINED", 9, true, false},
/* 988 */  { "UNDOFILE", 8, true, false},
/* 989 */  { "UNDO_BUFFER_SIZE", 16, true, false},
/* 990 */  { "UNICODE", 7, true, false},
/* 991 */  { "UNINSTALL", 9, true, false},
/* 992 */  { "UNKNOWN", 7, true, false},
/* 993 */  { "UNTIL", 5, true, true},
/* 994 */  { "UPGRADE", 7, true, false},
/* 995 */  { "SYSTEM_USER", 11, true, false},
/* 996 */  { "USE_FRM", 7, true, false},
/* 997 */  { "VALIDATION", 10, true, false},
/* 998 */  { "VALUE", 5, true, false},
/* 999 */  { "VARCHAR2", 8, true, false},
/* 1000 */  { "(unknown)", 9, true, false},
/* 1001 */  { "VARIABLES", 9, true, false},
/* 1002 */  { "VERSIONING", 10, true, false},
/* 1003 */  { "VIA", 3, true, false},
/* 1004 */  { "VIEW", 4, true, false},
/* 1005 */  { "VISIBLE", 7, true, false},
/* 1006 */  { "VIRTUAL", 7, true, false},
/* 1007 */  { "WAIT", 4, true, false},
/* 1008 */  { "WARNINGS", 8, true, false},
/* 1009 */  { "WEEK", 4, true, false},
/* 1010 */  { "WEIGHT_STRING", 13, true, false},
/* 1011 */  { "WINDOW", 6, true, false},
/* 1012 */  { "WITHIN", 6, true, false},
/* 1013 */  { "WITHOUT", 7, true, false},
/* 1014 */  { "WORK", 4, true, false},
/* 1015 */  { "WRAPPER", 7, true, false},
/* 1016 */  { "WRITE", 5, true, false},
/* 1017 */  { "X509", 4, true, false},
/* 1018 */  { "XA", 2, true, false},
/* 1019 */  { "XML", 3, true, false},
/* 1020 */  { "YEAR", 4, true, false},
/* 1021 */  { "?", 1, true, false},
/* 1022 */  { "?, ...", 6, true, false},
/* 1023 */  { "(?)", 3, true, false},
/* 1024 */  { "(?) /* , ... */", 15, true, false},
/* 1025 */  { "(...)", 5, true, false},
/* 1026 */  { "(...) /* , ... */", 17, true, false},
/* 1027 */  { "(tok_id)", 8, true, false},
/* 1028 */  { "UNUSED", 6, true, false},
/* DUMMY */ { "", 0, false, false}
};
#endif /* LEX_TOKEN_WITH_DEFINITION */
/* DIGEST specific tokens. */
#define TOK_GENERIC_VALUE 1021
#define TOK_GENERIC_VALUE_LIST 1022
#define TOK_ROW_SINGLE_VALUE 1023
#define TOK_ROW_SINGLE_VALUE_LIST 1024
#define TOK_ROW_MULTIPLE_VALUE 1025
#define TOK_ROW_MULTIPLE_VALUE_LIST 1026
#define TOK_IDENT 1027
#define TOK_UNUSED 1028
#ifndef JSON_SCHEMA_INCLUDED
#define JSON_SCHEMA_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2016, 2021, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */


/* This file defines all json schema classes. */

#include "sql_class.h"
#include "sql_type_json.h"
#include "json_schema_helper.h"

struct st_json_schema_keyword_map;

class Json_schema_keyword : public Sql_alloc
{
  public:
    Json_schema_keyword *alternate_schema;
    st_json_schema_keyword_map *keyword_map;
    double value;
    uint priority;
    bool allowed;

    Json_schema_keyword() : alternate_schema(NULL), keyword_map(NULL),
                            value(0), priority(0), allowed(true)
    {
    }
    virtual ~Json_schema_keyword() = default;

    /*
     Called for each keyword on the current level.
    */
    virtual bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                          const uchar *k_end= NULL)
    { return false; }
    virtual bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                                const char* key_start,
                                const char* key_end,
                                List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords)
    {
      return false;
    }
    virtual List<Json_schema_keyword>* get_validation_keywords()
    {
      return NULL;
    }
    void set_alternate_schema(Json_schema_keyword *schema)
    {
      alternate_schema= schema;
    }
    virtual bool fall_back_on_alternate_schema(const json_engine_t *je,
                                               const uchar* k_start= NULL,
                                               const uchar* k_end= NULL);
    virtual bool validate_as_alternate(const json_engine_t *je,
                                               const uchar* k_start= NULL,
                                               const uchar* k_end= NULL)
    {
      return false;
    }
    virtual bool validate_schema_items(const json_engine_t *je,
                                       List<Json_schema_keyword>*schema_items);
    virtual void set_alternate_schema_choice(Json_schema_keyword *schema1,
                                             Json_schema_keyword *schema2)
    {
      return;
    }
    virtual void set_dependents(Json_schema_keyword *schema1,
                                Json_schema_keyword *schema2)
    {
      return;
    }
};

/*
  Additional and unvaluated keywords and items handle
  keywords and validate schema in same way, so it makes sense
  to have a base class for them.
*/
class Json_schema_additional_and_unevaluated : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  public:
    List<Json_schema_keyword> schema_list;
    Json_schema_additional_and_unevaluated()
    {
      allowed= true;
    }
    void set_allowed(bool allowed_val)
    {
      allowed= allowed_val;
    }
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je,
                  const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override
    {
      return false;
    }
    bool validate_as_alternate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start,
                               const uchar *k_end) override;
};


class Json_schema_annotation : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  public:
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
};

class Json_schema_format : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  public:
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
};

typedef List<Json_schema_keyword> List_schema_keyword;

class Json_schema_type : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  private:
    uint type;

  public:
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je,
                  const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd,
                        json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
    Json_schema_type()
    {
      type= 0;
    }
};

class Json_schema_const : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  private:
    char *const_json_value;

  public:
    enum json_value_types type;
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je,
                  const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
    Json_schema_const()
    {
      const_json_value= NULL;
    }
};


class Json_schema_enum : public  Json_schema_keyword
{
  private:
    HASH enum_values;
    uint enum_scalar;

  public:
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je,
                  const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
    Json_schema_enum()
    {
      enum_scalar= 0;
    }
    ~Json_schema_enum()
    {
      my_hash_free(&enum_values);
    }
};

class Json_schema_maximum : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  public:
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je,
                  const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
};

class Json_schema_minimum : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  public:
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je,
                  const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
};

class Json_schema_multiple_of : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  private:
    longlong multiple_of;

  public:
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
};

class Json_schema_ex_maximum : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  public:
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
};

class Json_schema_ex_minimum : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  public:
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
};

class Json_schema_max_len : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  public:
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
};

class Json_schema_min_len : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  public:
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
};

class Json_schema_pattern : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  private:
    Regexp_processor_pcre re;
    Item *pattern;
    Item_string *str;

  public:
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
    Json_schema_pattern()
    {
      str= NULL;
      pattern= NULL;
    }
    ~Json_schema_pattern() { re.cleanup(); }
};

class Json_schema_max_items : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  public:
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
};

class Json_schema_min_items : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  public:
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
};

class Json_schema_max_contains : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  public:
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
};

class Json_schema_min_contains : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  public:
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
};
/*
  The value of max_contains and min_contains is only
  relevant when contains keyword is present.
  Hence the pointers to access them directly.
*/
class Json_schema_contains : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  public:
    List <Json_schema_keyword> contains;
    Json_schema_keyword *max_contains;
    Json_schema_keyword *min_contains;

    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
    void set_dependents(Json_schema_keyword *min, Json_schema_keyword *max) override
    {
      min_contains= min;
      max_contains= max;
    }
};

class Json_schema_unique_items : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  private:
    bool is_unique;

  public:
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
};


class Json_schema_prefix_items : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  public:
    List <List_schema_keyword> prefix_items;
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
    Json_schema_prefix_items()
    {
      priority= 1;
    }
};

class Json_schema_unevaluated_items :
      public Json_schema_additional_and_unevaluated
{
  public:
    Json_schema_unevaluated_items()
    {
      priority= 4;
    }
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
};

class Json_schema_additional_items :
      public Json_schema_additional_and_unevaluated
{
  public:
    Json_schema_additional_items()
    {
      priority= 3;
    }
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
};

class Json_schema_items : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  private:
    List<Json_schema_keyword> items_schema;
  public:
    Json_schema_items()
    {
      priority= 2;
    }
    void set_allowed(bool allowed_val) { allowed= allowed_val; }
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
    bool validate_as_alternate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start,
                           const uchar *k_end) override;
};


class Json_schema_property_names : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  protected:
    List <Json_schema_keyword> property_names;

  public:
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
};

typedef struct property
{
  List<Json_schema_keyword> *curr_schema;
  char *key_name;
} st_property;

class Json_schema_properties : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  private:
    HASH properties;
    bool is_hash_inited;

  public:
    Json_schema_properties()
    {
      priority= 1;
      is_hash_inited= false;
    }
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
    ~Json_schema_properties()
    {
      if (is_hash_inited)
        my_hash_free(&properties);
    }
    bool validate_as_alternate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start,
                               const uchar *k_end) override;
  };

class Json_schema_dependent_schemas : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  private:
    HASH properties;
    bool is_hash_inited;

  public:
    ~Json_schema_dependent_schemas()
    {
      if (is_hash_inited)
       my_hash_free(&properties);
    }
    Json_schema_dependent_schemas()
    {
      is_hash_inited= false;
    }
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
};


class Json_schema_additional_properties :
      public Json_schema_additional_and_unevaluated
{
  public:
    Json_schema_additional_properties()
    {
      priority= 3;
    }
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
};

class Json_schema_unevaluated_properties :
      public Json_schema_additional_and_unevaluated
{
  public:
    Json_schema_unevaluated_properties()
    {
      priority= 4;
    }
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
};

typedef struct pattern_to_property : public Sql_alloc
{
  Regexp_processor_pcre re;
  Item *pattern;
  List<Json_schema_keyword> *curr_schema;
}st_pattern_to_property;

class Json_schema_pattern_properties : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  private:
    Item_string *str;
    List<st_pattern_to_property> pattern_properties;

  public:
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
    Json_schema_pattern_properties()
    {
      priority= 2;
    }
    ~Json_schema_pattern_properties()
    {
      str= NULL;
      if (!pattern_properties.is_empty())
      {
        st_pattern_to_property *curr_pattern_to_property= NULL;
        List_iterator<st_pattern_to_property> it(pattern_properties);
        while((curr_pattern_to_property= it++))
        {
          curr_pattern_to_property->re.cleanup();
          curr_pattern_to_property->pattern= NULL;
          delete curr_pattern_to_property;
          curr_pattern_to_property= nullptr;
        }
      }
    }
    bool validate_as_alternate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start,
                               const uchar *k_end) override;
};


class Json_schema_max_prop : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  public:
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
};

class Json_schema_min_prop : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  public:
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
};

class Json_schema_required : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  private:
    List <String> required_properties;

  public:
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
};

typedef struct dependent_keyowrds
{
  String *property;
  List <String> dependents;
} st_dependent_keywords;

class Json_schema_dependent_required : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  private:
    List<st_dependent_keywords> dependent_required;

  public:
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
};

enum logic_enum { HAS_ALL_OF= 2, HAS_ANY_OF= 4, HAS_ONE_OF= 8, HAS_NOT= 16};
class Json_schema_logic : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  protected:
    uint logic_flag;
    List <List_schema_keyword> schema_items;
    Json_schema_keyword *alternate_choice1, *alternate_choice2;
  public:
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
    Json_schema_logic()
    {
      logic_flag= 0;
      alternate_choice1= alternate_choice2= NULL;
      priority= 1;
    }
    virtual bool validate_count(uint* count, uint* total) { return false; }
    void set_alternate_schema_choice(Json_schema_keyword *schema1,
                                     Json_schema_keyword* schema2) override
    {
      alternate_choice1= schema1;
      alternate_choice2= schema2;
    }
    bool check_validation(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                          const uchar *k_end= NULL);
};

class Json_schema_not : public Json_schema_logic
{
  private:
  List <Json_schema_keyword> schema_list;
  public:
    Json_schema_not()
    {
      logic_flag= HAS_NOT;
    }
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
    bool validate_count(uint *count, uint *total) override
    {
      return *count !=0;
    }
};

class Json_schema_one_of : public Json_schema_logic
{
  public:
    Json_schema_one_of()
    {
      logic_flag= HAS_ONE_OF;
    }
    bool validate_count(uint *count, uint *total) override
    {
      return !(*count == 1);
    }
};

class Json_schema_any_of : public Json_schema_logic
{
  public:
    Json_schema_any_of()
    {
      logic_flag= HAS_ANY_OF;
    }
    bool validate_count(uint *count, uint *total) override
    {
      return *count == 0;
    }
};

class Json_schema_all_of : public Json_schema_logic
{
  public:
    Json_schema_all_of()
    {
      logic_flag= HAS_ALL_OF;
    }
    bool validate_count(uint *count, uint *total) override
    {
      return *count != *total;
    }
};

class Json_schema_conditional : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  private:
    Json_schema_keyword *if_cond, *else_cond, *then_cond;

  public:
    List<Json_schema_keyword> conditions_schema;
    Json_schema_conditional()
    {
      if_cond= NULL;
      then_cond= NULL;
      else_cond= NULL;
    }
    bool validate(const json_engine_t *je, const uchar *k_start= NULL,
                  const uchar *k_end= NULL) override;
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
    void set_conditions(Json_schema_keyword *if_val,
                        Json_schema_keyword* then_val,
                        Json_schema_keyword *else_val)
    {
      if_cond= if_val;
      then_cond= then_val;
      else_cond= else_val;
    }
    List<Json_schema_keyword>* get_validation_keywords() override
    {
      return &conditions_schema;
    }

};

class Json_schema_if : public Json_schema_conditional
{
};

class Json_schema_else : public Json_schema_conditional
{
};

class Json_schema_then : public Json_schema_conditional
{
};

class Json_schema_media_string : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  public:
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
};

class Json_schema_reference : public Json_schema_keyword
{
  public:
    bool handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                        const char* key_start,
                        const char* key_end,
                        List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords) override;
};

bool create_object_and_handle_keyword(THD *thd, json_engine_t *je,
                                      List<Json_schema_keyword> *keyword_list,                           
                                      List<Json_schema_keyword> *all_keywords);
const uchar *get_key_name_for_property(const void *key_name, size_t *length,
                                       my_bool);
const uchar *get_key_name_for_func(const void *key_name, size_t *length,
                                   my_bool);

enum keyword_flag
{
  JSON_SCHEMA_COMMON_KEYWORD= 0,
  JSON_SCHEMA_NUMBER_KEYWORD= 1,
  JSON_SCHEMA_STRING_KEYWORD= 2,
  JSON_SCHEMA_ARRAY_KEYWORD= 3,
  JSON_SCHEMA_OBJECT_KEYWORD= 4,
  JSON_SCHEMA_LOGIC_KEYWORD= 5,
  JSON_SCHEMA_CONDITION_KEYWORD= 6,
  JSON_SCHEMA_ANNOTATION_KEYWORD= 7,
  JSON_SCHEMA_FORMAT_KEYWORD= 8,
  JSON_SCHEMA_MEDIA_KEYWORD= 9,
  JSON_SCHEMA_REFERENCE_KEYWORD= 10,
  JSON_SCHEMA_EMPTY_KEYWORD= 11
};

typedef struct st_json_schema_keyword_map
{
  LEX_CSTRING func_name;
  Json_schema_keyword*(*func)(THD*);
  enum keyword_flag flag;
} json_schema_keyword_map;

bool setup_json_schema_keyword_hash();
void cleanup_json_schema_keyword_hash();

#endif
#ifndef CHAR_BUFFER_INCLUDED
#define CHAR_BUFFER_INCLUDED
/*
   Copyright (c) 2023, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
   as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of
   the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA
*/


/*
  A string buffer with length.
  This template class is useful to store things like database, table names,
  whose maximum length a small fixed known value. Mainly to be used as
  stack variables to store temporary values.

  Can store exact string copies or casefolded string copies.
  The stored value is returned as a LEX_CSTRING.
*/
template<size_t buff_sz>
class CharBuffer
{
  char m_buff[buff_sz + 1 /* one extra byte for '\0' */];
  size_t m_length;
  bool is_sane() const
  {
    return m_length <= buff_sz; // One byte is still left for '\0'
  }
  bool buffer_overlaps(const LEX_CSTRING &str) const
  {
    return str.str + str.length >= m_buff && str.str <= m_buff + sizeof(m_buff);
  }
public:
  constexpr size_t max_data_size() const
  {
    return buff_sz; // The maximum data size, without the trailing '\0' byte.
  }
  CharBuffer()
   :m_length(0)
  {
    m_buff[0]= '\0';
  }
  CharBuffer<buff_sz> & copy_bin(const LEX_CSTRING &str)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!buffer_overlaps(str));
    m_length= MY_MIN(buff_sz, str.length);
    memcpy(m_buff, str.str, m_length);
    m_buff[m_length]= '\0';
    return *this;
  }
  CharBuffer<buff_sz> & copy_casedn(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const LEX_CSTRING &str)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!buffer_overlaps(str));
    m_length= cs->cset->casedn(cs, str.str, str.length, m_buff, buff_sz);
    /*
      casedn() never writes outsize of buff_sz (unless a bug in casedn()),
      so it's safe to write '\0' at the position m_length:
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_sane());
    m_buff[m_length]= '\0';
    return *this;
  }
  CharBuffer<buff_sz> & copy_casedn(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const LEX_CSTRING &str,
                                    bool casedn)
  {
    casedn ? copy_casedn(cs, str) : copy_bin(str);
    return *this;
  }
  // Append a string with casedn conversion
  CharBuffer<buff_sz> & append_casedn(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const LEX_CSTRING &str)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_sane());
    DBUG_ASSERT(!buffer_overlaps(str));
    size_t casedn_length= cs->casedn(str.str, str.length,
                                     m_buff + m_length, buff_sz - m_length);
    m_length+= casedn_length;
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_sane());
    m_buff[m_length]= '\0';
    return *this;
  }

  LEX_CSTRING to_lex_cstring() const
  {
    return LEX_CSTRING{m_buff, m_length};
  }

  const char *ptr() const { return m_buff; }
  size_t length() const { return m_length; }

};

#endif // CHAR_BUFFER_INCLUDED
#ifndef TABLE_CACHE_H_INCLUDED
#define TABLE_CACHE_H_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Monty Program Ab
   Copyright (C) 2013 Sergey Vojtovich and MariaDB Foundation

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */


struct Share_free_tables
{
  typedef I_P_List <TABLE, TABLE_share> List;
  List list;
  /** Avoid false sharing between instances */
  char pad[CPU_LEVEL1_DCACHE_LINESIZE];
};


struct TDC_element
{
  uchar m_key[NAME_LEN + 1 + NAME_LEN + 1];
  uint m_key_length;
  bool flushed;
  TABLE_SHARE *share;

  /**
    Protects ref_count, m_flush_tickets, all_tables, flushed, all_tables_refs.
  */
  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_table_share;
  mysql_cond_t COND_release;
  TDC_element *next, **prev;            /* Link to unused shares */
  uint ref_count;                       /* How many TABLE objects uses this */
  uint all_tables_refs;                 /* Number of refs to all_tables */
  /**
    List of tickets representing threads waiting for the share to be flushed.
  */
  Wait_for_flush_list m_flush_tickets;
  /*
    Doubly-linked (back-linked) lists of used and unused TABLE objects
    for this share.
  */
  All_share_tables_list all_tables;
  /** Avoid false sharing between TDC_element and free_tables */
  char pad[CPU_LEVEL1_DCACHE_LINESIZE];
  Share_free_tables free_tables[1];

  inline void wait_for_refs(uint my_refs);
  void flush(THD *thd, bool mark_flushed);
  void flush_unused(bool mark_flushed);
};


extern ulong tdc_size;
extern ulong tc_size;
extern uint32 tc_instances;

extern bool tdc_init(void);
extern void tdc_start_shutdown(void);
extern void tdc_deinit(void);
extern ulong tdc_records(void);
extern void tdc_purge(bool all);
extern TDC_element *tdc_lock_share(THD *thd, const char *db,
                                   const char *table_name);
extern void tdc_unlock_share(TDC_element *element);
int tdc_share_is_cached(THD *thd, const char *db, const char *table_name);
extern TABLE_SHARE *tdc_acquire_share(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tl, uint flags,
                                      TABLE **out_table= 0);
extern void tdc_release_share(TABLE_SHARE *share);
void tdc_remove_referenced_share(THD *thd, TABLE_SHARE *share);
void tdc_remove_table(THD *thd, const char *db, const char *table_name);

extern int tdc_wait_for_old_version(THD *thd, const char *db,
                                    const char *table_name,
                                    ulong wait_timeout, uint deadlock_weight);
extern int tdc_iterate(THD *thd, my_hash_walk_action action, void *argument,
                       bool no_dups= false);

extern uint tc_records(void);
int show_tc_active_instances(THD *thd, SHOW_VAR *var, void *buff,
                             system_status_var *, enum enum_var_type scope);
extern void tc_purge();
extern void tc_add_table(THD *thd, TABLE *table);
extern void tc_release_table(TABLE *table);
extern TABLE *tc_acquire_table(THD *thd, TDC_element *element);

/**
  Create a table cache key for non-temporary table.

  @param key         Buffer for key (must be at least NAME_LEN*2+2 bytes).
  @param db          Database name.
  @param table_name  Table name.

  @return Length of key.
*/

inline uint tdc_create_key(char *key, const char *db, const char *table_name)
{
  /*
    In theory caller should ensure that both db and table_name are
    not longer than NAME_LEN bytes. In practice we play safe to avoid
    buffer overruns.
  */
  return (uint) (strmake(strmake(key, db, NAME_LEN) + 1, table_name,
                         NAME_LEN) - key + 1);
}
#endif /* TABLE_CACHE_H_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2011, 2017, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_TABLE_INCLUDED
#define SQL_TABLE_INCLUDED

#include <my_sys.h>                             // pthread_mutex_t
#include "m_string.h"                           // LEX_CUSTRING
#include "lex_charset.h"

#define ERROR_INJECT(code) \
  ((DBUG_IF("crash_" code) && (DBUG_SUICIDE(), 0)) || \
   (DBUG_IF("fail_" code) && (my_error(ER_UNKNOWN_ERROR, MYF(0)), 1)))

class Alter_info;
class Alter_table_ctx;
class Column_definition;
class Create_field;
struct TABLE_LIST;
class THD;
struct TABLE;
struct handlerton;
class handler;
class String;
typedef struct st_ha_check_opt HA_CHECK_OPT;
struct HA_CREATE_INFO;
struct Table_specification_st;
typedef struct st_key KEY;
typedef struct st_key_cache KEY_CACHE;
typedef struct st_lock_param_type ALTER_PARTITION_PARAM_TYPE;
typedef struct st_order ORDER;
typedef struct st_ddl_log_state DDL_LOG_STATE;

enum enum_explain_filename_mode
{
  EXPLAIN_ALL_VERBOSE= 0,
  EXPLAIN_PARTITIONS_VERBOSE,
  EXPLAIN_PARTITIONS_AS_COMMENT
};


/* depends on errmsg.txt Database `db`, Table `t` ... */
#define EXPLAIN_FILENAME_MAX_EXTRA_LENGTH 63

/* See mysql_write_frm function comment for explanations of these flags */
#define WFRM_WRITE_SHADOW 1
#define WFRM_INSTALL_SHADOW 2
#define WFRM_KEEP_SHARE 4
#define WFRM_WRITE_CONVERTED_TO 8
#define WFRM_BACKUP_ORIGINAL 16
#define WFRM_ALTER_INFO_PREPARED 32

/* Flags for conversion functions. */
static const uint FN_FROM_IS_TMP=  1 << 0;
static const uint FN_TO_IS_TMP=    1 << 1;
static const uint FN_IS_TMP=       FN_FROM_IS_TMP | FN_TO_IS_TMP;
static const uint NO_FRM_RENAME=   1 << 2;
static const uint FRM_ONLY=        1 << 3;
/** Don't remove table in engine. Remove only .FRM and maybe .PAR files. */
static const uint NO_HA_TABLE=     1 << 4;
/** Don't resolve MySQL's fake "foo.sym" symbolic directory names. */
static const uint SKIP_SYMDIR_ACCESS= 1 << 5;
/** Don't check foreign key constraints while renaming table */
static const uint NO_FK_CHECKS=    1 << 6;
/* Don't delete .par table in quick_rm_table() */
static const uint NO_PAR_TABLE=   1 << 7;

uint filename_to_tablename(const char *from, char *to, size_t to_length,
                           bool stay_quiet = false);
uint tablename_to_filename(const char *from, char *to, size_t to_length);
uint check_n_cut_mysql50_prefix(const char *from, char *to, size_t to_length);
bool check_mysql50_prefix(const char *name);
uint build_table_filename(char *buff, size_t bufflen, const char *db,
                          const char *table, const char *ext, uint flags);
uint build_table_shadow_filename(char *buff, size_t bufflen,
                                 ALTER_PARTITION_PARAM_TYPE *lpt,
                                 bool backup= false);
void build_lower_case_table_filename(char *buff, size_t bufflen,
                                     const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                                     const LEX_CSTRING *table,
                                     uint flags);
uint build_tmptable_filename(THD* thd, char *buff, size_t bufflen);
bool add_keyword_to_query(THD *thd, String *result, const LEX_CSTRING *keyword,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *add);

/*
  mysql_create_table_no_lock can be called in one of the following
  mutually exclusive situations:

  - Just a normal ordinary CREATE TABLE statement that explicitly
    defines the table structure.

  - CREATE TABLE ... SELECT. It is special, because only in this case,
    the list of fields is allowed to have duplicates, as long as one of the
    duplicates comes from the select list, and the other doesn't. For
    example in

       CREATE TABLE t1 (a int(5) NOT NUL) SELECT b+10 as a FROM t2;

    the list in alter_info->create_list will have two fields `a`.

  - ALTER TABLE, that creates a temporary table #sql-xxx, which will be later
    renamed to replace the original table.

  - ALTER TABLE as above, but which only modifies the frm file, it only
    creates an frm file for the #sql-xxx, the table in the engine is not
    created.

  - Assisted discovery, CREATE TABLE statement without the table structure.

  These situations are distinguished by the following "create table mode"
  values, where a CREATE ... SELECT is denoted by any non-negative number
  (which should be the number of fields in the SELECT ... part), and other
  cases use constants as defined below.
*/
#define C_CREATE_SELECT(X)        ((X) > 0 ? (X) : 0)
#define C_ORDINARY_CREATE         0
#define C_ASSISTED_DISCOVERY     -1
#define C_ALTER_TABLE            -2
#define C_ALTER_TABLE_FRM_ONLY   -3

int mysql_create_table_no_lock(THD *thd,
                               DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_log_state,
                               DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_log_state_rm,
                               Table_specification_st *create_info,
                               Alter_info *alter_info, bool *is_trans,
                               int create_table_mode, TABLE_LIST *table);

handler *mysql_create_frm_image(THD *thd, HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,
                                Alter_info *alter_info, int create_table_mode,
                                KEY **key_info, uint *key_count,
                                LEX_CUSTRING *frm);

int mysql_discard_or_import_tablespace(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list,
                                       bool discard);

bool mysql_prepare_alter_table(THD *thd, TABLE *table,
                               Table_specification_st *create_info,
                               Alter_info *alter_info,
                               Alter_table_ctx *alter_ctx);
bool mysql_trans_prepare_alter_copy_data(THD *thd);
bool mysql_trans_commit_alter_copy_data(THD *thd);
bool mysql_alter_table(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *new_db,
                       const LEX_CSTRING *new_name,
                       Table_specification_st *create_info,
                       TABLE_LIST *table_list,
                       class Recreate_info *recreate_info,
                       Alter_info *alter_info,
                       uint order_num, ORDER *order, bool ignore,
                       bool if_exists);
bool mysql_compare_tables(TABLE *table,
                          Alter_info *alter_info,
                          HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,
                          bool *metadata_equal);
bool mysql_recreate_table(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list,
                          class Recreate_info *recreate_info, bool table_copy);
bool mysql_rename_table(handlerton *base, const LEX_CSTRING *old_db,
                        const LEX_CSTRING *old_name, const LEX_CSTRING *new_db,
                        const LEX_CSTRING *new_name, LEX_CUSTRING *id,
                        uint flags);
bool mysql_backup_table(THD* thd, TABLE_LIST* table_list);
bool mysql_restore_table(THD* thd, TABLE_LIST* table_list);

template<typename T> class List;
void fill_checksum_table_metadata_fields(THD *thd, List<Item> *fields);
bool mysql_checksum_table(THD* thd, TABLE_LIST* table_list,
                          HA_CHECK_OPT* check_opt);
bool mysql_rm_table(THD *thd,TABLE_LIST *tables, bool if_exists,
                    bool drop_temporary, bool drop_sequence,
                    bool dont_log_query);
int mysql_rm_table_no_locks(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables,
                            const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                            DDL_LOG_STATE *ddl_log_state,
                            bool if_exists,
                            bool drop_temporary, bool drop_view,
                            bool drop_sequence,
                            bool dont_log_query, bool dont_free_locks);
bool log_drop_table(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *db_name,
                    const LEX_CSTRING *table_name, const LEX_CSTRING *handler,
                    bool partitioned, const LEX_CUSTRING *id,
                    bool temporary_table);
bool quick_rm_table(THD *thd, handlerton *base, const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                    const LEX_CSTRING *table_name, uint flags,
                    const char *table_path=0);
void close_cached_table(THD *thd, TABLE *table);
void sp_prepare_create_field(THD *thd, Column_definition *sql_field);
bool mysql_write_frm(ALTER_PARTITION_PARAM_TYPE *lpt, uint flags);
int write_bin_log(THD *thd, bool clear_error,
                  char const *query, ulong query_length,
                  bool is_trans= FALSE);
int write_bin_log_with_if_exists(THD *thd, bool clear_error,
                                 bool is_trans, bool add_if_exists,
                                 bool commit_alter= false);

void promote_first_timestamp_column(List<Create_field> *column_definitions);

/*
  These prototypes where under INNODB_COMPATIBILITY_HOOKS.
*/
uint explain_filename(THD* thd, const char *from, char *to, uint to_length,
                      enum_explain_filename_mode explain_mode);


extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT const LEX_CSTRING primary_key_name;

bool check_engine(THD *, const char *, const char *, HA_CREATE_INFO *);

#endif /* SQL_TABLE_INCLUDED */
#ifndef SQL_PLIST_H
#define SQL_PLIST_H
/* Copyright (c) 2008, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */


template <typename T, typename L>
class I_P_List_iterator;
class I_P_List_null_counter;
template <typename T> class I_P_List_no_push_back;


/**
   Intrusive parameterized list.

   Unlike I_List does not require its elements to be descendant of ilink
   class and therefore allows them to participate in several such lists
   simultaneously.

   Unlike List is doubly-linked list and thus supports efficient deletion
   of element without iterator.

   @param T  Type of elements which will belong to list.
   @param B  Class which via its methods specifies which members
             of T should be used for participating in this list.
             Here is typical layout of such class:

             struct B
             {
               static inline T **next_ptr(T *el)
               {
                 return &el->next;
               }
               static inline T ***prev_ptr(T *el)
               {
                 return &el->prev;
               }
             };
   @param C  Policy class specifying how counting of elements in the list
             should be done. Instance of this class is also used as a place
             where information about number of list elements is stored.
             @sa I_P_List_null_counter, I_P_List_counter
   @param I  Policy class specifying whether I_P_List should support
             efficient push_back() operation. Instance of this class
             is used as place where we store information to support
             this operation.
             @sa I_P_List_no_push_back, I_P_List_fast_push_back.
*/

template <typename T, typename B,
          typename C = I_P_List_null_counter,
          typename I = I_P_List_no_push_back<T> >
class I_P_List : public C, public I
{
  T *m_first;

  /*
    Do not prohibit copying of I_P_List object to simplify their usage in
    backup/restore scenarios. Note that performing any operations on such
    is a bad idea.
  */
public:
  I_P_List() : I(&m_first), m_first(NULL) {};
  /*
    empty() is used in many places in the code instead of a constructor, to
    initialize a bzero-ed I_P_List instance.
  */

  inline void empty()      { m_first= NULL; C::reset(); I::set_last(&m_first); }
  inline bool is_empty() const { return (m_first == NULL); }
  inline void push_front(T* a)
  {
    *B::next_ptr(a)= m_first;
    if (m_first)
      *B::prev_ptr(m_first)= B::next_ptr(a);
    else
      I::set_last(B::next_ptr(a));
    m_first= a;
    *B::prev_ptr(a)= &m_first;
    C::inc();
  }
  inline void push_back(T *a)
  {
    T **last= I::get_last();
    *B::next_ptr(a)= *last;
    *last= a;
    *B::prev_ptr(a)= last;
    I::set_last(B::next_ptr(a));
    C::inc();
  }
  inline void insert_after(T *pos, T *a)
  {
    if (pos == NULL)
      push_front(a);
    else
    {
      *B::next_ptr(a)= *B::next_ptr(pos);
      *B::prev_ptr(a)= B::next_ptr(pos);
      *B::next_ptr(pos)= a;
      if (*B::next_ptr(a))
      {
        T *old_next= *B::next_ptr(a);
        *B::prev_ptr(old_next)= B::next_ptr(a);
      }
      else
        I::set_last(B::next_ptr(a));
      C::inc();
    }
  }
  inline void remove(T *a)
  {
    T *next= *B::next_ptr(a);
    if (next)
      *B::prev_ptr(next)= *B::prev_ptr(a);
    else
      I::set_last(*B::prev_ptr(a));
    **B::prev_ptr(a)= next;
    C::dec();
  }
  inline T* front() { return m_first; }
  inline const T *front() const { return m_first; }
  inline T* pop_front()
  {
    T *result= front();

    if (result)
      remove(result);

    return result;
  }
  void swap(I_P_List<T, B, C> &rhs)
  {
    swap_variables(T *, m_first, rhs.m_first);
    I::swap(rhs);
    if (m_first)
      *B::prev_ptr(m_first)= &m_first;
    else
      I::set_last(&m_first);
    if (rhs.m_first)
      *B::prev_ptr(rhs.m_first)= &rhs.m_first;
    else
      I::set_last(&rhs.m_first);
    C::swap(rhs);
  }
  typedef B Adapter;
  typedef I_P_List<T, B, C, I> Base;
  typedef I_P_List_iterator<T, Base> Iterator;
  typedef I_P_List_iterator<const T, Base> Const_Iterator;
  friend class I_P_List_iterator<T, Base>;
  friend class I_P_List_iterator<const T, Base>;
};


/**
   Iterator for I_P_List.
*/

template <typename T, typename L>
class I_P_List_iterator
{
  const L *list;
  T *current;
public:
  I_P_List_iterator(const L &a)
    : list(&a), current(a.m_first) {}
  I_P_List_iterator(const L &a, T* current_arg)
    : list(&a), current(current_arg) {}
  inline void init(const L &a)
  {
    list= &a;
    current= a.m_first;
  }
  /**
    Operator for it++

    @note since we save next element pointer, caller may remove current element.
    Such modification doesn't invalidate iterator.
  */
  inline T* operator++(int)
  {
    T *result= current;
    if (result)
      current= *L::Adapter::next_ptr(current);
    return result;
  }
  /* Operator for ++it */
  inline T* operator++()
  {
    current= *L::Adapter::next_ptr(current);
    return current;
  }
  inline void rewind()
  {
    current= list->m_first;
  }
};


/**
  Hook class which via its methods specifies which members
  of T should be used for participating in a intrusive list.
*/

template <typename T, T* T::*next, T** T::*prev>
struct I_P_List_adapter
{
  static inline T **next_ptr(T *el) { return &(el->*next); }
  static inline const T* const* next_ptr(const T *el) { return &(el->*next); }
  static inline T ***prev_ptr(T *el) { return &(el->*prev); }
};


/**
  Element counting policy class for I_P_List to be used in
  cases when no element counting should be done.
*/

class I_P_List_null_counter
{
protected:
  void reset() {}
  void inc() {}
  void dec() {}
  void swap(I_P_List_null_counter &) {}
};


/**
  Element counting policy class for I_P_List which provides
  basic element counting.
*/

class I_P_List_counter
{
  uint m_counter;
protected:
  I_P_List_counter() : m_counter (0) {}
  void reset() {m_counter= 0;}
  void inc() {m_counter++;}
  void dec() {m_counter--;}
  void swap(I_P_List_counter &rhs)
  { swap_variables(uint, m_counter, rhs.m_counter); }
public:
  uint elements() const { return m_counter; }
};


/**
  A null insertion policy class for I_P_List to be used
  in cases when push_back() operation is not necessary.
*/

template <typename T> class I_P_List_no_push_back
{
protected:
  I_P_List_no_push_back(T **) {}
  void set_last(T **) {}
  /*
    T** get_last() const method is intentionally left unimplemented
    in order to prohibit usage of push_back() method in lists which
    use this policy.
  */
  void swap(I_P_List_no_push_back<T> &) {}
};


/**
  An insertion policy class for I_P_List which can
  be used when fast push_back() operation is required.
*/

template <typename T> class I_P_List_fast_push_back
{
  T **m_last;
protected:
  I_P_List_fast_push_back(T **a) : m_last(a) { };
  void set_last(T **a) { m_last= a; }
  T** get_last() const { return m_last; }
  void swap(I_P_List_fast_push_back<T> &rhs)
  { swap_variables(T**, m_last, rhs.m_last); }
};

#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_HELP_INCLUDED
#define SQL_HELP_INCLUDED

class THD;


/*
  Function prototypes
*/

bool mysqld_help (THD *thd, const char *text);

bool mysqld_help_prepare(THD *thd, const char *text, List<Item> *fields);

#endif /* SQL_HELP_INCLUDED */
/*
  To change or add messages mysqld writes to the Windows error log, run
   mc.exe message.mc
  and checkin generated messages.h, messages.rc and msg000001.bin under the 
  source control.
  mc.exe can be installed with Windows SDK, some Visual Studio distributions 
  do not include it.
*/
//
//  Values are 32 bit values laid out as follows:
//
//   3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
//   1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
//  +---+-+-+-----------------------+-------------------------------+
//  |Sev|C|R|     Facility          |               Code            |
//  +---+-+-+-----------------------+-------------------------------+
//
//  where
//
//      Sev - is the severity code
//
//          00 - Success
//          01 - Informational
//          10 - Warning
//          11 - Error
//
//      C - is the Customer code flag
//
//      R - is a reserved bit
//
//      Facility - is the facility code
//
//      Code - is the facility's status code
//
//
// Define the facility codes
//


//
// Define the severity codes
//


//
// MessageId: MSG_DEFAULT
//
// MessageText:
//
// %1
// 
//
#define MSG_DEFAULT                      0xC0000064L

/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_CONNECT_INCLUDED
#define SQL_CONNECT_INCLUDED

#include <my_sys.h>                          /* pthread_handler_t */
#include "mysql_com.h"                         /* enum_server_command */
#include "structs.h"
#include <mysql/psi/mysql_socket.h>
#include <hash.h>
#include "violite.h"

/*
  Object to hold connect information to be given to the newly created thread
*/

struct scheduler_functions;

class CONNECT : public ilink {
public:
  MYSQL_SOCKET sock;
#ifdef _WIN32
  HANDLE pipe;
  CONNECT(HANDLE pipe_arg): pipe(pipe_arg), vio_type(VIO_TYPE_NAMEDPIPE),
    scheduler(thread_scheduler), thread_id(0), prior_thr_create_utime(0)
  {
    count++;
  }
#endif
  enum enum_vio_type vio_type;
  scheduler_functions *scheduler;
  my_thread_id thread_id;

  /* Own variables */
  ulonglong    prior_thr_create_utime;

  static Atomic_counter<uint32_t> count;

  CONNECT(MYSQL_SOCKET sock_arg, enum enum_vio_type vio_type_arg,
          scheduler_functions *scheduler_arg): sock(sock_arg),
    vio_type(vio_type_arg), scheduler(scheduler_arg), thread_id(0),
    prior_thr_create_utime(0)
  {
    count++;
  }
  ~CONNECT()
  {
    count--;
    DBUG_ASSERT(vio_type == VIO_CLOSED);
  }
  void close_and_delete(uint err);
  void close_with_error(uint sql_errno,
                        const char *message, uint close_error);
  THD *create_thd(THD *thd);
};


class THD;
typedef struct user_conn USER_CONN;

void init_max_user_conn(void);
void init_global_user_stats(void);
void init_global_table_stats(void);
void init_global_index_stats(void);
void init_global_client_stats(void);
void free_max_user_conn(void);
void free_global_user_stats(void);
void free_global_table_stats(void);
void free_global_index_stats(void);
void free_global_client_stats(void);

pthread_handler_t handle_one_connection(void *arg);
void do_handle_one_connection(CONNECT *connect, bool put_in_cache);
bool init_new_connection_handler_thread();
void reset_mqh(LEX_USER *lu, bool get_them);
bool check_mqh(THD *thd, uint check_command);
void time_out_user_resource_limits(THD *thd, USER_CONN *uc);
#ifndef NO_EMBEDDED_ACCESS_CHECKS
void decrease_user_connections(USER_CONN *uc);
#else
#define decrease_user_connections(X) do { } while(0)       /* nothing */
#endif
bool thd_init_client_charset(THD *thd, uint cs_number);
void setup_connection_thread_globals(THD *thd);
bool thd_prepare_connection(THD *thd);
bool thd_is_connection_alive(THD *thd);
int thd_set_peer_addr(THD *thd, sockaddr_storage *addr,
                      const char *ip, uint port,
                      bool check_proxy_networks,
                      uint *host_errors);

void prepare_new_connection_state(THD* thd);
void end_connection(THD *thd);
void update_global_user_stats(THD* thd, bool create_user, time_t now);
int get_or_create_user_conn(THD *thd, const char *user,
                            const char *host, const USER_RESOURCES *mqh);
int check_for_max_user_connections(THD *thd, USER_CONN *uc);

extern HASH global_user_stats;
extern HASH global_client_stats;
extern HASH global_table_stats;
extern HASH global_index_stats;

extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_global_user_client_stats;
extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_global_table_stats;
extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_global_index_stats;
extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_stats;

#endif /* SQL_CONNECT_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef SEMISYNC_MASTER_ACK_RECEIVER_DEFINED
#define SEMISYNC_MASTER_ACK_RECEIVER_DEFINED

#include "my_global.h"
#include "my_pthread.h"
#include "sql_class.h"
#include "semisync.h"
#include "socketpair.h"
#include <vector>

struct Slave :public ilink
{
  THD *thd;
  Vio vio;
#ifdef HAVE_POLL
  uint m_fds_index;
#endif
  bool active;
  my_socket sock_fd() const { return vio.mysql_socket.fd; }
  uint server_id() const { return thd->variables.server_id; }
};

typedef I_List<Slave> Slave_ilist;
typedef I_List_iterator<Slave> Slave_ilist_iterator;

/**
  Ack_receiver is responsible to control ack receive thread and maintain
  slave information used by ack receive thread.

  There are mainly four operations on ack receive thread:
  start: start ack receive thread
  stop: stop ack receive thread
  add_slave: maintain a new semisync slave's information
  remove_slave: remove a semisync slave's information
 */

class Ack_receiver : public Repl_semi_sync_base
{
public:
  Ack_receiver();
  ~Ack_receiver() = default;
  void cleanup();
  /**
     Notify ack receiver to receive acks on the dump session.

     It adds the given dump thread into the slave list and wakes
     up ack thread if it is waiting for any slave coming.

     @param[in] thd  THD of a dump thread.

     @return it return false if succeeds, otherwise true is returned.
  */
  bool add_slave(THD *thd);

  /**
    Notify ack receiver not to receive ack on the dump session.

    it removes the given dump thread from slave list.

    @param[in] thd  THD of a dump thread.
  */
  void remove_slave(THD *thd);

  /**
    Start ack receive thread

    @return it return false if succeeds, otherwise true is returned.
  */
  bool start();

  /**
     Stop ack receive thread
  */
  void stop();

  /**
     The core of ack receive thread.

     It monitors all slaves' sockets and receives acks when they come.
  */
  void run();

  void set_trace_level(unsigned long trace_level)
  {
    m_trace_level= trace_level;
  }
  bool running()
  {
    return m_status != ST_DOWN;
  }

private:
  enum status {ST_UP, ST_DOWN, ST_STOPPING};
  enum status m_status;
  /*
    Protect m_status, m_slaves_changed and m_slaves. ack thread and other
    session may access the variables at the same time.
  */
  mysql_mutex_t m_mutex;
  mysql_cond_t m_cond, m_cond_reply;
  /* If slave list is updated(add or remove). */
  bool m_slaves_changed;

  Slave_ilist m_slaves;
  pthread_t m_pid;

/* Declare them private, so no one can copy the object. */
  Ack_receiver(const Ack_receiver &ack_receiver);
  Ack_receiver& operator=(const Ack_receiver &ack_receiver);

  void set_stage_info(const PSI_stage_info &stage);
  void wait_for_slave_connection(THD *thd);
};


extern my_socket global_ack_signal_fd;

class Ack_listener
{
public:
  my_socket local_read_signal;
  const Slave_ilist &m_slaves;
  int error;

  Ack_listener(const Slave_ilist &slaves)
    :local_read_signal(-1), m_slaves(slaves), error(0)
  {
    my_socket pipes[2];
#ifdef _WIN32
    error= create_socketpair(pipes);
#else
    if (!pipe(pipes))
    {
      fcntl(pipes[0], F_SETFL, O_NONBLOCK);
      fcntl(pipes[1], F_SETFL, O_NONBLOCK);
    }
    else
    {
      pipes[0]= pipes[1]= -1;
    }
#endif /* _WIN32 */
    local_read_signal= pipes[0];
    global_ack_signal_fd= pipes[1];
  }

  virtual ~Ack_listener()
  {
#ifdef _WIN32
    my_socket pipes[2];
    pipes[0]= local_read_signal;
    pipes[1]= global_ack_signal_fd;
    close_socketpair(pipes);
#else
    if (global_ack_signal_fd >= 0)
      close(global_ack_signal_fd);
    if (local_read_signal >= 0)
      close(local_read_signal);
#endif /* _WIN32 */
    global_ack_signal_fd= local_read_signal= -1;
  }

  int got_error()  { return error; }

  virtual bool has_signal_data()= 0;

  /* Clear data sent by signal_listener() to abort read */
  void clear_signal()
  {
    if (has_signal_data())
    {
      char buff[100];
      /* Clear the signal message */
#ifndef _WIN32
      (void) !read(local_read_signal, buff, sizeof(buff));
#else
      recv(local_read_signal, buff, sizeof(buff), 0);
#endif /* _WIN32 */
    }
  }
};

static inline void signal_listener()
{
#ifndef _WIN32
  my_write(global_ack_signal_fd, (uchar*) "a", 1, MYF(0));
#else
  send(global_ack_signal_fd, "a", 1, 0);
#endif /* _WIN32 */
}

#ifdef HAVE_POLL
#include <sys/poll.h>

class Poll_socket_listener final : public Ack_listener
{
private:
  std::vector<pollfd> m_fds;

public:
  Poll_socket_listener(const Slave_ilist &slaves)
    :Ack_listener(slaves)
  {}

  virtual ~Poll_socket_listener() = default;

  bool listen_on_sockets()
  {
    return poll(m_fds.data(), m_fds.size(), -1);
  }

  bool is_socket_active(const Slave *slave)
  {
    return m_fds[slave->m_fds_index].revents & POLLIN;
  }

  bool is_socket_hangup(const Slave *slave)
  {
    return m_fds[slave->m_fds_index].revents & POLLHUP;
  }

  void clear_socket_info(const Slave *slave)
  {
    m_fds[slave->m_fds_index].fd= -1;
    m_fds[slave->m_fds_index].events= 0;
  }

  bool has_signal_data() override
  {
    /* The signal fd is always first */
    return (m_fds[0].revents & POLLIN);
  }

  int init_slave_sockets()
  {
    Slave_ilist_iterator it(const_cast<Slave_ilist&>(m_slaves));
    Slave *slave;
    uint fds_index= 0;
    pollfd poll_fd;

    m_fds.clear();
    /* First put in the signal socket */
    poll_fd.fd= local_read_signal;
    poll_fd.events= POLLIN;
    m_fds.push_back(poll_fd);
    fds_index++;

    while ((slave= it++))
    {
      slave->active= 1;
      pollfd poll_fd;
      poll_fd.fd= slave->sock_fd();
      poll_fd.events= POLLIN;
      m_fds.push_back(poll_fd);
      slave->m_fds_index= fds_index++;
    }
    return fds_index;
  }
};

#else //NO POLL

class Select_socket_listener final : public Ack_listener
{
private:
  my_socket m_max_fd;
  fd_set m_init_fds;
  fd_set m_fds;

public:
  Select_socket_listener(const Slave_ilist &slaves)
    :Ack_listener(slaves), m_max_fd(INVALID_SOCKET)
  {}

  virtual ~Select_socket_listener() = default;

  bool listen_on_sockets()
  {
    /* Reinitialize the fds with active fds before calling select */
    m_fds= m_init_fds;
    /* select requires max fd + 1 for the first argument */
    return select((int) m_max_fd+1, &m_fds, NULL, NULL, NULL);
  }

  bool is_socket_active(const Slave *slave)
  {
    return FD_ISSET(slave->sock_fd(), &m_fds);
  }

  bool is_socket_hangup(const Slave *slave)
  {
    return 0;
  }

  bool has_signal_data() override
  {
    return FD_ISSET(local_read_signal, &m_fds);
  }

  void clear_socket_info(const Slave *slave)
  {
    FD_CLR(slave->sock_fd(), &m_init_fds);
  }

  int init_slave_sockets()
  {
    Slave_ilist_iterator it(const_cast<Slave_ilist&>(m_slaves));
    Slave *slave;
    uint fds_index= 0;

    FD_ZERO(&m_init_fds);
    m_max_fd= -1;

    /* First put in the signal socket */
    FD_SET(local_read_signal, &m_init_fds);
    fds_index++;
    set_if_bigger(m_max_fd, local_read_signal);
#ifndef _WIN32
    if (local_read_signal > FD_SETSIZE)
    {
      int socket_id= local_read_signal;
      sql_print_error("Semisync slave socket fd is %u. "
                      "select() cannot handle if the socket fd is "
                      "greater than %u (FD_SETSIZE).", socket_id, FD_SETSIZE);
      return -1;
    }
#endif

    while ((slave= it++))
    {
      my_socket socket_id= slave->sock_fd();
      set_if_bigger(m_max_fd, socket_id);
#ifndef _WIN32
      if (socket_id > FD_SETSIZE)
      {
        sql_print_error("Semisync slave socket fd is %u. "
                        "select() cannot handle if the socket fd is "
                        "greater than %u (FD_SETSIZE).", socket_id, FD_SETSIZE);
        it.remove();
        continue;
      }
#endif //_WIN32
      FD_SET(socket_id, &m_init_fds);
      fds_index++;
      slave->active= 1;
    }
    return fds_index;
  }
  my_socket get_max_fd() { return m_max_fd; }
};

#endif //HAVE_POLL

extern Ack_receiver ack_receiver;
#endif
#ifndef MY_CPU_INCLUDED
#define MY_CPU_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2013, 2020, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA
*/

/* instructions for specific cpu's */

/*
  Macros for adjusting thread priority (hardware multi-threading)
  The defines are the same ones used by the linux kernel
*/

#ifdef _ARCH_PWR8
#ifdef __GLIBC__
#include <sys/platform/ppc.h>
/* Very low priority */
#define HMT_very_low() __ppc_set_ppr_very_low()
/* Low priority */
#define HMT_low() __ppc_set_ppr_low()
/* Medium low priority */
#define HMT_medium_low() __ppc_set_ppr_med_low()
/* Medium priority */
#define HMT_medium() __ppc_set_ppr_med()
/* Medium high priority */
#define HMT_medium_high() __ppc_set_ppr_med_high()
/* High priority */
#define HMT_high() asm volatile("or 3,3,3")
#else /* GLIBC */
#if defined(__FreeBSD__)
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/sysctl.h>
#endif
#define HMT_very_low() __asm__ volatile ("or 31,31,31")
#define HMT_low() __asm__ volatile ("or 1,1,1")
#define HMT_medium_low() __asm__ volatile ("or 6,6,6")
#define HMT_medium() __asm__ volatile ("or 2,2,2")
#define HMT_medium_high() __asm__ volatile ("or 5,5,5")
#define HMT_high() asm volatile("or 3,3,3")
#endif /* GLIBC */
#else
#define HMT_very_low()
#define HMT_low()
#define HMT_medium_low()
#define HMT_medium()
#define HMT_medium_high()
#define HMT_high()
#endif

#if defined __i386__ || defined __x86_64__ || defined _WIN32
# define HAVE_PAUSE_INSTRUCTION /* added in Intel Pentium 4 */
#endif

#ifdef _WIN32
#elif defined HAVE_PAUSE_INSTRUCTION
#elif defined(_ARCH_PWR8)
#elif defined __GNUC__ && (defined __arm__ || defined __aarch64__)
#else
# include "my_global.h"
# include "my_atomic.h"
#endif

static inline void MY_RELAX_CPU(void)
{
#ifdef _WIN32
  /*
    In the Win32 API, the x86 PAUSE instruction is executed by calling
    the YieldProcessor macro defined in WinNT.h. It is a CPU architecture-
    independent way by using YieldProcessor.
  */
  YieldProcessor();
#elif defined HAVE_PAUSE_INSTRUCTION
  /*
    According to the gcc info page, asm volatile means that the
    instruction has important side-effects and must not be removed.
    Also asm volatile may trigger a memory barrier (spilling all registers
    to memory).
  */
#ifdef __SUNPRO_CC
  asm ("pause" );
#else
  __asm__ __volatile__ ("pause");
#endif
#elif defined(_ARCH_PWR8)
  /* Changed from __ppc_get_timebase for musl and clang compatibility */
  __builtin_ppc_get_timebase();
#elif defined __GNUC__ && defined __riscv
  /* The GCC-only __builtin_riscv_pause() or the pause instruction is
  encoded like a fence instruction with special parameters. On RISC-V
  implementations that do not support arch=+zihintpause this
  instruction could be interpreted as a more expensive memory fence;
  it should not be an illegal instruction. */
  __asm__ volatile(".long 0x0100000f" ::: "memory");
#elif defined __GNUC__
  /* Mainly, prevent the compiler from optimizing away delay loops */
  __asm__ __volatile__ ("":::"memory");
#endif
}


#ifdef HAVE_PAUSE_INSTRUCTION
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
# endif
extern unsigned my_cpu_relax_multiplier;
void my_cpu_init(void);
# ifdef __cplusplus
}
# endif
#else
# define my_cpu_relax_multiplier 200
# define my_cpu_init() /* nothing */
#endif

/*
  LF_BACKOFF should be used to improve performance on hyperthreaded CPUs. Intel
  recommends to use it in spin loops also on non-HT machines to reduce power
  consumption (see e.g http://softwarecommunity.intel.com/articles/eng/2004.htm)

  Running benchmarks for spinlocks implemented with InterlockedCompareExchange
  and YieldProcessor shows that much better performance is achieved by calling
  YieldProcessor in a loop - that is, yielding longer. On Intel boxes setting
  loop count in the range 200-300 brought best results.
*/

static inline int LF_BACKOFF(void)
{
  unsigned i= my_cpu_relax_multiplier;
  while (i--)
    MY_RELAX_CPU();
  return 1;
}

/**
  Run a delay loop while waiting for a shared resource to be released.
  @param delay originally, roughly microseconds on 100 MHz Intel Pentium
*/
static inline void ut_delay(unsigned delay)
{
  unsigned i= my_cpu_relax_multiplier / 4 * delay;
  HMT_low();
  while (i--)
    MY_RELAX_CPU();
  HMT_medium();
}

#endif
/*
   Copyright (c) 2023, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef OPT_REWRITE_DATE_CMP_INCLUDED
#define OPT_REWRITE_DATE_CMP_INCLUDED

class Item_func_eq;
class Item_func_ge;
class Item_func_gt;
class Item_func_le;
class Item_func_lt;
class Item_bool_rowready_func2;

/*
  @brief Class responsible for rewriting datetime comparison condition.
         It rewrites non-sargable conditions into sargable.

  @detail
  The intent of this class is to do equivalent rewrites as follows:

    YEAR(col) <= val  ->  col <= year_end(val)
    YEAR(col) <  val  ->  col <  year_start(val)
    YEAR(col) >= val  ->  col >= year_start(val)
    YEAR(col) >  val  ->  col >  year_end(val)
    YEAR(col) =  val  ->  col >= year_start(val) AND col<=year_end(val)

  Also the same is done for comparisons with DATE(col):

    DATE(col) <= val  ->  col <= day_end(val)

  if col has a DATE type (not DATETIME), then the rewrite becomes:

    DATE(col) <= val  ->  col <= val

  @usage
    Date_cmp_func_rewriter rwr(thd, item_func);
    Item *new_item= rwr.get_rewrite_result();

    Returned new_item points to an item that item_func was rewritten to.
    new_item already has fixed fields (fix_fields() was called).
    If no rewrite happened, new_item points to the initial item_func parameter

  @todo
    Also handle conditions in form "YEAR(date_col) BETWEEN 2014 AND 2017"
    and "YEAR(col) = c1 AND MONTH(col) = c2"
*/
class Date_cmp_func_rewriter
{
public:
  Date_cmp_func_rewriter(THD* thd, Item_func_eq *item_func);

  Date_cmp_func_rewriter(THD* thd, Item_func_ge *item_func);

  Date_cmp_func_rewriter(THD* thd, Item_func_gt *item_func);

  Date_cmp_func_rewriter(THD* thd, Item_func_le *item_func);

  Date_cmp_func_rewriter(THD* thd, Item_func_lt *item_func);

  Item* get_rewrite_result() const { return result; }

  Date_cmp_func_rewriter() = delete;
  Date_cmp_func_rewriter(const Date_cmp_func_rewriter&) = delete;
  Date_cmp_func_rewriter(Date_cmp_func_rewriter&&) = delete;

private:
  bool check_cond_match_and_prepare(Item_bool_rowready_func2 *item_func);
  Item_field *is_date_rounded_field(Item* item,
                                    const Type_handler *comparison_type,
                                    Item_func::Functype *out_func_type) const;
  void rewrite_le_gt_lt_ge();
  Item *create_bound(uint month, uint day, const TimeOfDay6 &td) const;
  Item *create_start_bound() const
  {
    return create_bound(1, 1, TimeOfDay6());
  }
  Item *create_end_bound() const
  {
    return create_bound(12, 31, TimeOfDay6::end_of_day(field_ref->decimals));
  }
  Item *create_cmp_func(Item_func::Functype func_type, Item *arg1, Item *arg2);

  THD *thd= nullptr;
  Item *const_arg_value= nullptr;
  Item_func::Functype rewrite_func_type= Item_func::UNKNOWN_FUNC;
  Item_func::Functype argument_func_type= Item_func::UNKNOWN_FUNC;
  Item_field *field_ref= nullptr;
  Item *result= nullptr;
};


void trace_date_item_rewrite(THD *thd,Item *new_item, Item *old_item);

template<typename T>
Item* do_date_conds_transformation(THD *thd, T *item)
{
  Date_cmp_func_rewriter rwr(thd, item);
  /* If the rewrite failed for some reason, we get the original item */
  Item *new_item= rwr.get_rewrite_result();
  trace_date_item_rewrite(thd, new_item, item);
  return new_item;
}


#endif
/*
   Copyright (c) 2001, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _my_stacktrace_h_
#define _my_stacktrace_h_

#ifdef TARGET_OS_LINUX
#if defined (__x86_64__) || defined (__i386__) || \
    (defined(__alpha__) && defined(__GNUC__))
#define HAVE_STACKTRACE 1
#endif
#elif defined(_WIN32) || defined(HAVE_PRINTSTACK)
#define HAVE_STACKTRACE 1
#endif

#if HAVE_BACKTRACE && (HAVE_BACKTRACE_SYMBOLS || HAVE_BACKTRACE_SYMBOLS_FD)
#undef HAVE_STACKTRACE
#define HAVE_STACKTRACE 1
#endif

#define HAVE_WRITE_CORE

#if HAVE_BACKTRACE && HAVE_BACKTRACE_SYMBOLS && HAVE_ABI_CXA_DEMANGLE && \
    HAVE_WEAK_SYMBOL
#define BACKTRACE_DEMANGLE 1
#endif

C_MODE_START

#if defined(HAVE_STACKTRACE) || defined(HAVE_BACKTRACE)
void my_print_stacktrace(uchar* stack_bottom, ulong thread_stack,
                         my_bool silent);
int my_safe_print_str(const char* val, size_t max_len);
void my_write_core(int sig);
# if BACKTRACE_DEMANGLE
char *my_demangle(const char *mangled_name, int *status);
# endif /* BACKTRACE_DEMANGLE */
# ifdef _WIN32
#  define my_setup_stacktrace()
void my_set_exception_pointers(EXCEPTION_POINTERS *ep);
# else
void my_setup_stacktrace(void);
# endif /* _WIN32 */
#else
# define my_setup_stacktrace()
#endif /* ! (defined(HAVE_STACKTRACE) || defined(HAVE_BACKTRACE)) */

#ifndef _WIN32
#define MY_ADDR_RESOLVE_FORK
#endif

#if defined(HAVE_BFD_H) || defined(MY_ADDR_RESOLVE_FORK)
#define HAVE_MY_ADDR_RESOLVE 1
#endif

typedef struct {
  const char *file;
  const char *func;
  uint line;
} my_addr_loc;

#ifdef HAVE_MY_ADDR_RESOLVE
int my_addr_resolve(void *ptr, my_addr_loc *loc);
const char *my_addr_resolve_init();
#else
#define my_addr_resolve_init()  (0)
#define my_addr_resolve(A,B)    (1)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_WRITE_CORE
void my_write_core(int sig);
#endif

/**
  A (very) limited version of snprintf, which writes the result to STDERR.
  @sa my_safe_snprintf
  Implemented with simplicity, and async-signal-safety in mind.
  @note Has an internal buffer capacity of 512 bytes,
  which should suffice for our signal handling routines.
*/
size_t my_safe_printf_stderr(const char* fmt, ...)
  ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(printf, 1, 2);

/**
  Writes up to count bytes from buffer to STDERR.
  Implemented with simplicity, and async-signal-safety in mind.
  @param   buf   Buffer containing data to be written.
  @param   count Number of bytes to write.
  @returns Number of bytes written.
*/
size_t my_write_stderr(const void *buf, size_t count);

C_MODE_END

#endif /* _my_stacktrace_h_ */
#ifndef ITEM_XMLFUNC_INCLUDED
#define ITEM_XMLFUNC_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2019, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2019, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */


/* This file defines all XML functions */


typedef struct my_xml_node_st MY_XML_NODE;


/* Structure to store nodeset elements */
class MY_XPATH_FLT
{
public:
  uint num;     // Absolute position in MY_XML_NODE array
  uint pos;     // Relative position in context
  uint size;    // Context size
public:
  MY_XPATH_FLT(uint32 num_arg, uint32 pos_arg)
   :num(num_arg), pos(pos_arg), size(0)
  { }
  MY_XPATH_FLT(uint32 num_arg, uint32 pos_arg, uint32 size_arg)
   :num(num_arg), pos(pos_arg), size(size_arg)
  { }
  bool append_to(Native *to) const
  {
    return to->append((const char*) this, (uint32) sizeof(*this));
  }
};


class NativeNodesetBuffer: public NativeBuffer<16*sizeof(MY_XPATH_FLT)>
{
public:
  const MY_XPATH_FLT &element(uint i) const
  {
    const MY_XPATH_FLT *p= (MY_XPATH_FLT*) (ptr() + i * sizeof(MY_XPATH_FLT));
    return *p;
  }
  uint32 elements() const
  {
    return length() / (uint32) sizeof(MY_XPATH_FLT);
  }
};


class Item_xml_str_func: public Item_str_func
{
protected:
  /*
    A helper class to store raw and parsed XML.
  */
  class XML
  {
    bool m_cached;
    String *m_raw_ptr;   // Pointer to text representation
    String m_raw_buf;    // Cached text representation
    String m_parsed_buf; // Array of MY_XML_NODEs, pointing to raw_buffer
    bool parse();
    void reset()
    {
      m_cached= false;
      m_raw_ptr= (String *) 0;
    }
  public:
    XML() { reset(); }
    void set_charset(CHARSET_INFO *cs) { m_parsed_buf.set_charset(cs); }
    String *raw() { return m_raw_ptr; }
    String *parsed() { return &m_parsed_buf; }
    const MY_XML_NODE *node(uint idx);
    bool cached() { return m_cached; }
    bool parse(String *raw, bool cache);
    bool parse(Item *item, bool cache)
    {
      String *res;
      if (!(res= item->val_str(&m_raw_buf)))
      {
        m_raw_ptr= (String *) 0;
        m_cached= cache;
        return true;
      }
      return parse(res, cache);
    }
  };
  String m_xpath_query; // XPath query text
  Item *nodeset_func;
  XML xml;
  bool get_xml(XML *xml_arg, bool cache= false)
  {
    if (!cache && xml_arg->cached())
      return xml_arg->raw() == 0;
    return xml_arg->parse(args[0], cache);
  }
public:
  Item_xml_str_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_str_func(thd, a, b)
  {
    set_maybe_null();
  }
  Item_xml_str_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_str_func(thd, a, b, c)
  {
    set_maybe_null();
  }
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  bool const_item() const override
  {
    return const_item_cache && (!nodeset_func || nodeset_func->const_item());
  }
};


class Item_func_xml_extractvalue: public Item_xml_str_func
{
public:
  Item_func_xml_extractvalue(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_xml_str_func(thd, a, b) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("extractvalue") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_xml_extractvalue>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_xml_update: public Item_xml_str_func
{
  NativeNodesetBuffer tmp_native_value2;
  String tmp_value3;
  bool collect_result(String *str,
                      const MY_XML_NODE *cut,
                      const String *replace);
public:
  Item_func_xml_update(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_xml_str_func(thd, a, b, c) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("updatexml") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_xml_update>(thd, this); }
};

#endif /* ITEM_XMLFUNC_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   Copyright (c) 2017, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_ERROR_H
#define SQL_ERROR_H

#include "sql_list.h" 	/* Sql_alloc, MEM_ROOT, list */
#include "sql_type_int.h" // Longlong_hybrid
#include "sql_string.h"                        /* String */
#include "sql_plist.h" /* I_P_List */
#include "mysql_com.h" /* MYSQL_ERRMSG_SIZE */
#include "my_time.h"   /* MYSQL_TIME */
#include "decimal.h"

class THD;
class my_decimal;
class sp_condition_value;

/* Types of LOG warnings, used by note_verbosity */

#define NOTE_VERBOSITY_NORMAL             (1U << 0)
/* Show warnings about keys parts that cannot be used */
#define NOTE_VERBOSITY_UNUSABLE_KEYS      (1U << 1)
/* Show warnings in explain for key parts that cannot be used */
#define NOTE_VERBOSITY_EXPLAIN            (1U << 2)

///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

class Sql_state
{
protected:
  /**
    This member is always NUL terminated.
  */
  char m_sqlstate[SQLSTATE_LENGTH + 1];
public:
  Sql_state()
  {
    memset(m_sqlstate, 0, sizeof(m_sqlstate));
  }

  Sql_state(const char *sqlstate)
  {
    set_sqlstate(sqlstate);
  }

  const char* get_sqlstate() const
  { return m_sqlstate; }

  void set_sqlstate(const Sql_state *other)
  {
    *this= *other;
  }
  void set_sqlstate(const char *sqlstate)
  {
    memcpy(m_sqlstate, sqlstate, SQLSTATE_LENGTH);
    m_sqlstate[SQLSTATE_LENGTH]= '\0';
  }
  bool eq(const Sql_state *other) const
  {
    return strcmp(m_sqlstate, other->m_sqlstate) == 0;
  }

  bool has_sql_state() const { return m_sqlstate[0] != '\0'; }

  /**
    Checks if this SQL state defines a WARNING condition.
    Note: m_sqlstate must contain a valid SQL-state.

    @retval true if this SQL state defines a WARNING condition.
    @retval false otherwise.
  */
  inline bool is_warning() const
  { return m_sqlstate[0] == '0' && m_sqlstate[1] == '1'; }


  /**
    Checks if this SQL state defines a NOT FOUND condition.
    Note: m_sqlstate must contain a valid SQL-state.

    @retval true if this SQL state defines a NOT FOUND condition.
    @retval false otherwise.
  */
  inline bool is_not_found() const
  { return m_sqlstate[0] == '0' && m_sqlstate[1] == '2'; }


  /**
    Checks if this SQL state defines an EXCEPTION condition.
    Note: m_sqlstate must contain a valid SQL-state.

    @retval true if this SQL state defines an EXCEPTION condition.
    @retval false otherwise.
  */
  inline bool is_exception() const
  { return m_sqlstate[0] != '0' || m_sqlstate[1] > '2'; }

};


class Sql_state_errno: public Sql_state
{
protected:
  /**
    MySQL extension, MYSQL_ERRNO condition item.
    SQL error number. One of ER_ codes from share/errmsg.txt.
    Set by set_error_status.
  */
  uint m_sql_errno;

public:
  Sql_state_errno()
   :m_sql_errno(0)
  { }
  Sql_state_errno(uint sql_errno)
   :m_sql_errno(sql_errno)
  { }
  Sql_state_errno(uint sql_errno, const char *sql_state)
   :Sql_state(sql_state),
    m_sql_errno(sql_errno)
  { }
  /**
    Get the SQL_ERRNO of this condition.
    @return the sql error number condition item.
  */
  uint get_sql_errno() const
  { return m_sql_errno; }

  void set(uint sql_errno, const char *sqlstate)
  {
    m_sql_errno= sql_errno;
    set_sqlstate(sqlstate);
  }
  void clear()
  {
    m_sql_errno= 0;
  }
};


class Sql_state_errno_level: public Sql_state_errno
{
public:
  /*
    Enumeration value describing the severity of the error.

    Note that these enumeration values must correspond to the indices
    of the sql_print_message_handlers array.
  */
  enum enum_warning_level
  { WARN_LEVEL_NOTE, WARN_LEVEL_WARN, WARN_LEVEL_ERROR, WARN_LEVEL_END};

protected:
  /** Severity (error, warning, note) of this condition. */
  enum_warning_level m_level;

  void assign_defaults(const Sql_state_errno *value);

public:
  /**
    Get the error level of this condition.
    @return the error level condition item.
  */
  enum_warning_level get_level() const
  { return m_level; }

   Sql_state_errno_level()
    :m_level(WARN_LEVEL_ERROR)
  { }

  Sql_state_errno_level(uint sqlerrno, const char* sqlstate,
                         enum_warning_level level)
   :Sql_state_errno(sqlerrno, sqlstate),
    m_level(level)
  { }
  Sql_state_errno_level(const Sql_state_errno &state_errno,
                         enum_warning_level level)
   :Sql_state_errno(state_errno),
    m_level(level)
  { }
  void clear()
  {
    m_level= WARN_LEVEL_ERROR;
    Sql_state_errno::clear();
  }
};


/*
  class Sql_user_condition_identity.
  Instances of this class uniquely idetify user defined conditions (EXCEPTION).

    SET sql_mode=ORACLE;
    CREATE PROCEDURE p1
    AS
      a EXCEPTION;
    BEGIN
      RAISE a;
    EXCEPTION
      WHEN a THEN NULL;
    END;

  Currently a user defined condition is identified by a pointer to
  its parse time sp_condition_value instance. This can change when
  we add packages. See MDEV-10591.
*/
class Sql_user_condition_identity
{
protected:
  const sp_condition_value *m_user_condition_value;
public:
  Sql_user_condition_identity()
   :m_user_condition_value(NULL)
  { }
  Sql_user_condition_identity(const sp_condition_value *value)
   :m_user_condition_value(value)
  { }
  const sp_condition_value *get_user_condition_value() const
  { return m_user_condition_value; }

  void set(const Sql_user_condition_identity &identity)
  {
    *this= identity;
  }
  void clear()
  {
    m_user_condition_value= NULL;
  }
};


/**
  class Sql_condition_identity.
  Instances of this class uniquely identify conditions
  (including user-defined exceptions for sql_mode=ORACLE)
  and store everything that is needed for handler search
  purposes in sp_pcontext::find_handler().
*/
class Sql_condition_identity: public Sql_state_errno_level,
                              public Sql_user_condition_identity
{
public:
  Sql_condition_identity() = default;
  Sql_condition_identity(const Sql_state_errno_level &st,
                         const Sql_user_condition_identity &ucid)
   :Sql_state_errno_level(st),
    Sql_user_condition_identity(ucid)
  { }
  Sql_condition_identity(const Sql_state_errno &st,
                         enum_warning_level level,
                         const Sql_user_condition_identity &ucid)
   :Sql_state_errno_level(st, level),
    Sql_user_condition_identity(ucid)
  { }
  Sql_condition_identity(uint sqlerrno,
                         const char* sqlstate,
                         enum_warning_level level,
                         const Sql_user_condition_identity &ucid)
    :Sql_state_errno_level(sqlerrno, sqlstate, level),
     Sql_user_condition_identity(ucid)
  { }
  void clear()
  {
    Sql_state_errno_level::clear();
    Sql_user_condition_identity::clear();
  }
};


class Sql_condition_items
{
protected:
  /** SQL CLASS_ORIGIN condition item. */
  String m_class_origin;

  /** SQL SUBCLASS_ORIGIN condition item. */
  String m_subclass_origin;

  /** SQL CONSTRAINT_CATALOG condition item. */
  String m_constraint_catalog;

  /** SQL CONSTRAINT_SCHEMA condition item. */
  String m_constraint_schema;

  /** SQL CONSTRAINT_NAME condition item. */
  String m_constraint_name;

  /** SQL CATALOG_NAME condition item. */
  String m_catalog_name;

  /** SQL SCHEMA_NAME condition item. */
  String m_schema_name;

  /** SQL TABLE_NAME condition item. */
  String m_table_name;

  /** SQL COLUMN_NAME condition item. */
  String m_column_name;

  /** SQL CURSOR_NAME condition item. */
  String m_cursor_name;

  /** SQL ROW_NUMBER condition item. */
  ulong m_row_number;

  Sql_condition_items()
   :m_class_origin((const char*) NULL, 0, & my_charset_utf8mb3_bin),
    m_subclass_origin((const char*) NULL, 0, & my_charset_utf8mb3_bin),
    m_constraint_catalog((const char*) NULL, 0, & my_charset_utf8mb3_bin),
    m_constraint_schema((const char*) NULL, 0, & my_charset_utf8mb3_bin),
    m_constraint_name((const char*) NULL, 0, & my_charset_utf8mb3_bin),
    m_catalog_name((const char*) NULL, 0, & my_charset_utf8mb3_bin),
    m_schema_name((const char*) NULL, 0, & my_charset_utf8mb3_bin),
    m_table_name((const char*) NULL, 0, & my_charset_utf8mb3_bin),
    m_column_name((const char*) NULL, 0, & my_charset_utf8mb3_bin),
    m_cursor_name((const char*) NULL, 0, & my_charset_utf8mb3_bin),
    m_row_number(0)
  { }

  void clear()
  {
    m_class_origin.length(0);
    m_subclass_origin.length(0);
    m_constraint_catalog.length(0);
    m_constraint_schema.length(0);
    m_constraint_name.length(0);
    m_catalog_name.length(0);
    m_schema_name.length(0);
    m_table_name.length(0);
    m_column_name.length(0);
    m_cursor_name.length(0);
    m_row_number= 0;
  }
};


/**
  Representation of a SQL condition.
  A SQL condition can be a completion condition (note, warning),
  or an exception condition (error, not found).
*/
class Sql_condition : public Sql_alloc,
                      public Sql_condition_identity,
                      public Sql_condition_items
{
public:

  /**
    Convert a bitmask consisting of MYSQL_TIME_{NOTE|WARN}_XXX bits
    to WARN_LEVEL_XXX
  */
  static enum_warning_level time_warn_level(uint warnings)
  {
    return MYSQL_TIME_WARN_HAVE_WARNINGS(warnings) ?
           WARN_LEVEL_WARN : WARN_LEVEL_NOTE;
  }

  /**
    Get the MESSAGE_TEXT of this condition.
    @return the message text.
  */
  const char* get_message_text() const;

  /**
    Get the MESSAGE_OCTET_LENGTH of this condition.
    @return the length in bytes of the message text.
  */
  int get_message_octet_length() const;

private:
  /*
    The interface of Sql_condition is mostly private, by design,
    so that only the following code:
    - various raise_error() or raise_warning() methods in class THD,
    - the implementation of SIGNAL / RESIGNAL / GET DIAGNOSTICS
    - catch / re-throw of SQL conditions in stored procedures (sp_rcontext)
    is allowed to create / modify a SQL condition.
    Enforcing this policy prevents confusion, since the only public
    interface available to the rest of the server implementation
    is the interface offered by the THD methods (THD::raise_error()),
    which should be used.
  */
  friend class THD;
  friend class Warning_info;
  friend class Sql_cmd_common_signal;
  friend class Sql_cmd_signal;
  friend class Sql_cmd_resignal;
  friend class sp_rcontext;
  friend class Condition_information_item;

  /**
    Default constructor.
    This constructor is usefull when allocating arrays.
    Note that the init() method should be called to complete the Sql_condition.
  */
  Sql_condition()
   :m_mem_root(NULL)
  { }

  /**
    Complete the Sql_condition initialisation.
    @param mem_root The memory root to use for the condition items
    of this condition
  */
  void init(MEM_ROOT *mem_root)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(mem_root != NULL);
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_mem_root == NULL);
    m_mem_root= mem_root;
  }

  /**
    Constructor.
    @param mem_root The memory root to use for the condition items
    of this condition
  */
  Sql_condition(MEM_ROOT *mem_root)
   :m_mem_root(mem_root)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(mem_root != NULL);
  }

  Sql_condition(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, const Sql_user_condition_identity &ucid)
   :Sql_condition_identity(Sql_state_errno_level(), ucid),
    m_mem_root(mem_root)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(mem_root != NULL);
  }
  /**
    Constructor for a fixed message text.
    @param mem_root - memory root
    @param value    - the error number and the sql state for this condition
    @param level    - the error level for this condition
    @param msg      - the message text for this condition
  */
  Sql_condition(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, const Sql_condition_identity &value,
                const char *msg, ulong current_row_for_warning)
   : Sql_condition_identity(value), m_mem_root(mem_root)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(value.get_sql_errno() != 0);
    DBUG_ASSERT(msg != NULL);
    set_builtin_message_text(msg);
    m_row_number= current_row_for_warning;
  }

  /** Destructor. */
  ~Sql_condition() = default;

  /**
    Copy optional condition items attributes.
    @param cond the condition to copy.
  */
  void copy_opt_attributes(const Sql_condition *cond);

  /**
    Set the condition message test.
    @param str Message text, expressed in the character set derived from
    the server --language option
  */
  void set_builtin_message_text(const char* str);

  /** Set the CLASS_ORIGIN of this condition. */
  void set_class_origin();

  /** Set the SUBCLASS_ORIGIN of this condition. */
  void set_subclass_origin();

  /**
    Assign the condition items 'MYSQL_ERRNO', 'level' and 'MESSAGE_TEXT'
    default values of a condition.
    @param thd   - current thread, to access to localized error messages
    @param from  - copy condition items from here (can be NULL)
  */
  void assign_defaults(THD *thd, const Sql_state_errno *from);

  /**
    Clear this SQL condition.
  */
  void clear()
  {
    Sql_condition_identity::clear();
    Sql_condition_items::clear();
    m_message_text.length(0);
  }

private:
  /** Message text, expressed in the character set implied by --language. */
  String m_message_text;

  /** Pointers for participating in the list of conditions. */
  Sql_condition *next_in_wi;
  Sql_condition **prev_in_wi;

  /** Memory root to use to hold condition item values. */
  MEM_ROOT *m_mem_root;
};

///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

/**
  Information about warnings of the current connection.
*/
class Warning_info
{
  /** The type of the counted and doubly linked list of conditions. */
  typedef I_P_List<Sql_condition,
                   I_P_List_adapter<Sql_condition,
                                    &Sql_condition::next_in_wi,
                                    &Sql_condition::prev_in_wi>,
                   I_P_List_counter,
                   I_P_List_fast_push_back<Sql_condition> >
          Sql_condition_list;

  /** A memory root to allocate warnings and errors */
  MEM_ROOT           m_warn_root;

  /** List of warnings of all severities (levels). */
  Sql_condition_list   m_warn_list;

  /** A break down of the number of warnings per severity (level). */
  uint	             m_warn_count[(uint) Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_END];

  /**
    The number of warnings of the current statement. Warning_info
    life cycle differs from statement life cycle -- it may span
    multiple statements. In that case we get
    m_current_statement_warn_count 0, whereas m_warn_list is not empty.
  */
  uint	             m_current_statement_warn_count;

  /*
    Row counter, to print in errors and warnings. Not increased in
    create_sort_index(); may differ from examined_row_count.
  */
  ulong              m_current_row_for_warning;

  /** Used to optionally clear warnings only once per statement. */
  ulonglong          m_warn_id;

  /**
    A pointer to an element of m_warn_list. It determines SQL-condition
    instance which corresponds to the error state in Diagnostics_area.
  
    This is needed for properly processing SQL-conditions in SQL-handlers.
    When an SQL-handler is found for the current error state in Diagnostics_area,
    this pointer is needed to remove the corresponding SQL-condition from the
    Warning_info list.
  
    @note m_error_condition might be NULL in the following cases:
       - Diagnostics_area set to fatal error state (like OOM);
       - Max number of Warning_info elements has been reached (thus, there is
         no corresponding SQL-condition object in Warning_info).
  */
  const Sql_condition *m_error_condition;

  /** Indicates if push_warning() allows unlimited number of warnings. */
  bool               m_allow_unlimited_warnings;
  bool		     initialized;    /* Set to 1 if init() has been called */

  /** Read only status. */
  bool m_read_only;

  /** Pointers for participating in the stack of Warning_info objects. */
  Warning_info *m_next_in_da;
  Warning_info **m_prev_in_da;

  List<Sql_condition> m_marked_sql_conditions;

public:
  Warning_info(ulonglong warn_id_arg, bool allow_unlimited_warnings,
               bool initialized);
  ~Warning_info();
  /* Allocate memory for structures */
  void init();
  void free_memory();

private:
  Warning_info(const Warning_info &rhs); /* Not implemented */
  Warning_info& operator=(const Warning_info &rhs); /* Not implemented */

  /**
    Checks if Warning_info contains SQL-condition with the given message.

    @param message_str    Message string.
    @param message_length Length of message string.

    @return true if the Warning_info contains an SQL-condition with the given
    message.
  */
  bool has_sql_condition(const char *message_str, size_t message_length) const;

  /**
    Checks if Warning_info contains SQL-condition with the given error id

    @param sql_errno SQL-condition error number

    @return true if the Warning_info contains an SQL-condition with the given
    error id.
  */
  bool has_sql_condition(uint sql_errno) const;

  /**
    Reset the warning information. Clear all warnings,
    the number of warnings, reset current row counter
    to point to the first row.

    @param new_id new Warning_info id.
  */
  void clear(ulonglong new_id);

  /**
    Only clear warning info if haven't yet done that already
    for the current query. Allows to be issued at any time
    during the query, without risk of clearing some warnings
    that have been generated by the current statement.

    @todo: This is a sign of sloppy coding. Instead we need to
    designate one place in a statement life cycle where we call
    Warning_info::clear().

    @param query_id Current query id.
  */
  void opt_clear(ulonglong query_id)
  {
    if (query_id != m_warn_id)
      clear(query_id);
  }

  /**
    Concatenate the list of warnings.

    It's considered tolerable to lose an SQL-condition in case of OOM-error,
    or if the number of SQL-conditions in the Warning_info reached top limit.

    @param thd    Thread context.
    @param source Warning_info object to copy SQL-conditions from.
  */
  void append_warning_info(THD *thd, const Warning_info *source);

  /**
    Reset between two COM_ commands. Warnings are preserved
    between commands, but statement_warn_count indicates
    the number of warnings of this particular statement only.
  */
  void reset_for_next_command()
  { m_current_statement_warn_count= 0; }

  /**
    Mark active SQL-conditions for later removal.
    This is done to simulate stacked DAs for HANDLER statements.
  */
  void mark_sql_conditions_for_removal();

  /**
    Unmark SQL-conditions, which were marked for later removal.
    This is done to simulate stacked DAs for HANDLER statements.
  */
  void unmark_sql_conditions_from_removal()
  { m_marked_sql_conditions.empty(); }

  /**
    Remove SQL-conditions that are marked for deletion.
    This is done to simulate stacked DAs for HANDLER statements.
  */
  void remove_marked_sql_conditions();

  /**
    Check if the given SQL-condition is marked for removal in this Warning_info
    instance.

    @param cond the SQL-condition.

    @retval true if the given SQL-condition is marked for removal in this
                 Warning_info instance.
    @retval false otherwise.
  */
  bool is_marked_for_removal(const Sql_condition *cond) const;

  /**
    Mark a single SQL-condition for removal (add the given SQL-condition to the
    removal list of this Warning_info instance).
  */
  void mark_condition_for_removal(Sql_condition *cond)
  { m_marked_sql_conditions.push_back(cond, &m_warn_root); }

  /**
    Used for @@warning_count system variable, which prints
    the number of rows returned by SHOW WARNINGS.
  */
  ulong warn_count() const
  {
    /*
      This may be higher than warn_list.elements() if we have
      had more warnings than thd->variables.max_error_count.
    */
    return (m_warn_count[(uint) Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_NOTE] +
            m_warn_count[(uint) Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_ERROR] +
            m_warn_count[(uint) Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN]);
  }

  /**
    The number of errors, or number of rows returned by SHOW ERRORS,
    also the value of session variable @@error_count.
  */
  ulong error_count() const
  { return m_warn_count[(uint) Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_ERROR]; }

  /**
    The number of conditions (errors, warnings and notes) in the list.
  */
  uint cond_count() const
  {
    return m_warn_list.elements();
  }

  /** Id of the warning information area. */
  ulonglong id() const { return m_warn_id; }

  /** Set id of the warning information area. */
  void id(ulonglong id_arg) { m_warn_id= id_arg; }

  /** Do we have any errors and warnings that we can *show*? */
  bool is_empty() const { return m_warn_list.is_empty(); }

  /** Increment the current row counter to point at the next row. */
  void inc_current_row_for_warning() { m_current_row_for_warning++; }

  /** Reset the current row counter. Start counting from the first row. */
  void reset_current_row_for_warning(int n) { m_current_row_for_warning= n; }

  ulong set_current_row_for_warning(ulong row)
  {
    ulong old_row= m_current_row_for_warning;
    m_current_row_for_warning= row;
    return old_row;
  }

  /** Return the current counter value. */
  ulong current_row_for_warning() const { return m_current_row_for_warning; }

  /** Return the number of warnings thrown by the current statement. */
  ulong current_statement_warn_count() const
  { return m_current_statement_warn_count; }

  /** Make sure there is room for the given number of conditions. */
  void reserve_space(THD *thd, uint count);

  /**
    Add a new SQL-condition to the current list and increment the respective
    counters.

    @param thd        Thread context.
    @param identity   SQL-condition identity
    @param msg        SQL-condition message.

    @return a pointer to the added SQL-condition.
  */
  Sql_condition *push_warning(THD *thd, const Sql_condition_identity *identity,
                              const char* msg, ulong current_row_number);

  /**
    Add a new SQL-condition to the current list and increment the respective
    counters.

    @param thd            Thread context.
    @param sql_condition  SQL-condition to copy values from.

    @return a pointer to the added SQL-condition.
  */
  Sql_condition *push_warning(THD *thd, const Sql_condition *sql_condition);

  /**
    Set the read only status for this statement area.
    This is a privileged operation, reserved for the implementation of
    diagnostics related statements, to enforce that the statement area is
    left untouched during execution.
    The diagnostics statements are:
    - SHOW WARNINGS
    - SHOW ERRORS
    - GET DIAGNOSTICS
    @param read_only the read only property to set.
  */
  void set_read_only(bool read_only_arg)
  { m_read_only= read_only_arg; }

  /**
    Read only status.
    @return the read only property.
  */
  bool is_read_only() const
  { return m_read_only; }

  /**
    @return SQL-condition, which corresponds to the error state in
    Diagnostics_area.

    @see m_error_condition.
  */
  const Sql_condition *get_error_condition() const
  { return m_error_condition; }

  /**
    Set SQL-condition, which corresponds to the error state in Diagnostics_area.

    @see m_error_condition.
  */
  void set_error_condition(const Sql_condition *error_condition)
  { m_error_condition= error_condition; }

  /**
    Reset SQL-condition, which corresponds to the error state in
    Diagnostics_area.

    @see m_error_condition.
  */
  void clear_error_condition()
  { m_error_condition= NULL; }

  // for:
  //   - m_next_in_da / m_prev_in_da
  //   - is_marked_for_removal()
  friend class Diagnostics_area;
};


extern size_t err_conv(char *buff, uint to_length, const char *from,
                       uint from_length, CHARSET_INFO *from_cs);

class ErrBuff
{
protected:
  mutable char err_buffer[MYSQL_ERRMSG_SIZE];
public:
  ErrBuff()
  {
    err_buffer[0]= '\0';
  }
  const char *ptr() const { return err_buffer; }
  LEX_CSTRING set_longlong(const Longlong_hybrid &nr) const
  {
    int radix= nr.is_unsigned() ? 10 : -10;
    const char *end= longlong10_to_str(nr.value(), err_buffer, radix);
    DBUG_ASSERT(end >= err_buffer);
    return {err_buffer, (size_t) (end - err_buffer)};
  }
  LEX_CSTRING set_double(double nr) const
  {
    size_t length= my_gcvt(nr, MY_GCVT_ARG_DOUBLE,
                           sizeof(err_buffer), err_buffer, 0);
    return {err_buffer, length};
  }
  LEX_CSTRING set_decimal(const decimal_t *d) const
  {
    int length= sizeof(err_buffer);
    decimal2string(d, err_buffer, &length, 0, 0, ' ');
    DBUG_ASSERT(length >= 0);
    return {err_buffer, (size_t) length};
  }
  LEX_CSTRING set_str(const char *str, size_t len, CHARSET_INFO *cs) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(len < UINT_MAX32);
    len= err_conv(err_buffer, (uint) sizeof(err_buffer), str, (uint) len, cs);
    return {err_buffer, len};
  }
  LEX_CSTRING set_strq(const char *str, size_t len, CHARSET_INFO *cs) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(len < UINT_MAX32);
    len= err_conv(err_buffer+1, (uint) sizeof(err_buffer)-2, str, (uint) len, cs);
    err_buffer[0]= err_buffer[len+1]= '\'';
    err_buffer[len+2]= 0;
    return {err_buffer, len+2};
  }
  LEX_CSTRING set_mysql_time(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime) const
  {
    int length= my_TIME_to_str(ltime, err_buffer, AUTO_SEC_PART_DIGITS);
    DBUG_ASSERT(length >= 0);
    return {err_buffer, (size_t) length};
  }
};


class ErrConv: public ErrBuff
{
public:
  ErrConv() = default;
  virtual ~ErrConv() = default;
  virtual LEX_CSTRING lex_cstring() const= 0;
  inline const char *ptr() const
  {
    return lex_cstring().str;
  }
};

class ErrConvString : public ErrConv
{
protected:
  const char *str;
  size_t len;
  CHARSET_INFO *cs;
public:
  ErrConvString(const char *str_arg, size_t len_arg, CHARSET_INFO *cs_arg)
    : ErrConv(), str(str_arg), len(len_arg), cs(cs_arg) {}
  ErrConvString(const char *str_arg, CHARSET_INFO *cs_arg)
    : ErrConv(), str(str_arg), len(strlen(str_arg)), cs(cs_arg) {}
  ErrConvString(const String *s)
    : ErrConv(), str(s->ptr()), len(s->length()), cs(s->charset()) {}
  LEX_CSTRING lex_cstring() const override
  {
    return set_str(str, len, cs);
  }
};

class ErrConvStringQ : public ErrConvString
{
public:
  using ErrConvString::ErrConvString;
  LEX_CSTRING lex_cstring() const override
  {
    return set_strq(str, len, cs);
  }
};

class ErrConvInteger : public ErrConv, public Longlong_hybrid
{
public:
  ErrConvInteger(const Longlong_hybrid &nr)
   : ErrConv(), Longlong_hybrid(nr) { }
  LEX_CSTRING lex_cstring() const override
  {
    return set_longlong(static_cast<Longlong_hybrid>(*this));
  }
};

class ErrConvDouble: public ErrConv
{
  double num;
public:
  ErrConvDouble(double num_arg) : ErrConv(), num(num_arg) {}
  LEX_CSTRING lex_cstring() const override
  {
    return set_double(num);
  }
};

class ErrConvTime : public ErrConv
{
  const MYSQL_TIME *ltime;
public:
  ErrConvTime(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime_arg) : ErrConv(), ltime(ltime_arg) {}
  LEX_CSTRING lex_cstring() const override
  {
    return set_mysql_time(ltime);
  }
};

class ErrConvDecimal : public ErrConv
{
  const decimal_t *d;
public:
  ErrConvDecimal(const decimal_t *d_arg) : ErrConv(), d(d_arg) {}
  LEX_CSTRING lex_cstring() const override
  {
    return set_decimal(d);
  }
};

///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

/**
  Stores status of the currently executed statement.
  Cleared at the beginning of the statement, and then
  can hold either OK, ERROR, or EOF status.
  Can not be assigned twice per statement.
*/

class Diagnostics_area: public Sql_state_errno,
                        public Sql_user_condition_identity
{
private:
  /** The type of the counted and doubly linked list of conditions. */
  typedef I_P_List<Warning_info,
                   I_P_List_adapter<Warning_info,
                                    &Warning_info::m_next_in_da,
                                    &Warning_info::m_prev_in_da>,
                   I_P_List_counter,
                   I_P_List_fast_push_back<Warning_info> >
          Warning_info_list;

public:
  /** Const iterator used to iterate through the warning list. */
  typedef Warning_info::Sql_condition_list::Const_Iterator
    Sql_condition_iterator;

  enum enum_diagnostics_status
  {
    /** The area is cleared at start of a statement. */
    DA_EMPTY= 0,
    /** Set whenever one calls my_ok(). */
    DA_OK,
    /** Set whenever one calls my_eof(). */
    DA_EOF,
    /** Set whenever one calls my_ok() in PS bulk mode. */
    DA_OK_BULK,
    /** Set whenever one calls my_eof() in PS bulk mode. */
    DA_EOF_BULK,
    /** Set whenever one calls my_error() or my_message(). */
    DA_ERROR,
    /** Set in case of a custom response, such as one from COM_STMT_PREPARE. */
    DA_DISABLED
  };

  void set_overwrite_status(bool can_overwrite_status)
  { m_can_overwrite_status= can_overwrite_status; }

  /** True if status information is sent to the client. */
  bool is_sent() const { return m_is_sent; }

  void set_is_sent(bool is_sent_arg) { m_is_sent= is_sent_arg; }

  void set_ok_status(ulonglong affected_rows,
                     ulonglong last_insert_id,
                     const char *message);

  void set_eof_status(THD *thd);

  void set_error_status(uint sql_errno);

  void set_error_status(uint sql_errno,
                        const char *message,
                        const char *sqlstate,
                        const Sql_user_condition_identity &ucid,
                        const Sql_condition *error_condition);

  void set_error_status(uint sql_errno,
                        const char *message,
                        const char *sqlstate,
                        const Sql_condition *error_condition)
  {
    set_error_status(sql_errno, message, sqlstate,
                     Sql_user_condition_identity(),
                     error_condition);
  }

  void disable_status();

  void reset_diagnostics_area();

  bool is_set() const { return m_status != DA_EMPTY; }

  bool is_error() const { return m_status == DA_ERROR; }

  bool is_eof() const { return m_status == DA_EOF; }

  bool is_ok() const { return m_status == DA_OK; }

  bool is_disabled() const { return m_status == DA_DISABLED; }

  void set_bulk_execution(bool bulk) { is_bulk_execution= bulk; }

  bool is_bulk_op() const { return is_bulk_execution; }

  enum_diagnostics_status status() const { return m_status; }

  const char *message() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_status == DA_ERROR || m_status == DA_OK ||
                m_status == DA_OK_BULK || m_status == DA_EOF_BULK);
    return m_message;
  }


  uint sql_errno() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_status == DA_ERROR);
    return Sql_state_errno::get_sql_errno();
  }

  const char* get_sqlstate() const
  { DBUG_ASSERT(m_status == DA_ERROR); return Sql_state::get_sqlstate(); }

  ulonglong affected_rows() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_status == DA_OK || m_status == DA_OK_BULK);
    return m_affected_rows;
  }

  void set_message(const char *msg)
  {
    strmake_buf(m_message, msg);
  }

  ulonglong last_insert_id() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_status == DA_OK || m_status == DA_OK_BULK);
    return m_last_insert_id;
  }

  uint statement_warn_count() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_status == DA_OK || m_status == DA_OK_BULK ||
                m_status == DA_EOF ||m_status == DA_EOF_BULK );
    return m_statement_warn_count;
  }

  uint unsafe_statement_warn_count() const
  {
    return m_statement_warn_count;
  }

  /**
    Get the current errno, state and id of the user defined condition
    and return them as Sql_condition_identity.
  */
  Sql_condition_identity get_error_condition_identity() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_status == DA_ERROR);
    return Sql_condition_identity(*this /*Sql_state_errno*/,
                                  Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_ERROR,
                                  *this /*Sql_user_condition_identity*/);
  }

  /* Used to count any warnings pushed after calling set_ok_status(). */
  void increment_warning()
  {
    if (m_status != DA_EMPTY)
      m_statement_warn_count++;
  }

  Diagnostics_area(bool initialize);
  Diagnostics_area(ulonglong warning_info_id, bool allow_unlimited_warnings,
                   bool initialize);
  void init() { m_main_wi.init() ; }
  void free_memory() { m_main_wi.free_memory() ; }

  void push_warning_info(Warning_info *wi)
  { m_wi_stack.push_front(wi); }

  void pop_warning_info()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_wi_stack.elements() > 0);
    m_wi_stack.remove(m_wi_stack.front());
  }

  void set_warning_info_id(ulonglong id)
  { get_warning_info()->id(id); }

  ulonglong warning_info_id() const
  { return get_warning_info()->id(); }

  /**
    Compare given current warning info and current warning info
    and see if they are different. They will be different if
    warnings have been generated or statements that use tables
    have been executed. This is checked by comparing m_warn_id.

    @param wi  Warning info to compare with current Warning info.

    @return    false if they are equal, true if they are not.
  */
  bool warning_info_changed(const Warning_info *wi) const
  { return get_warning_info()->id() != wi->id(); }

  bool is_warning_info_empty() const
  { return get_warning_info()->is_empty(); }

  ulong current_statement_warn_count() const
  { return get_warning_info()->current_statement_warn_count(); }

  bool has_sql_condition(const char *message_str, size_t message_length) const
  { return get_warning_info()->has_sql_condition(message_str, message_length); }

  bool has_sql_condition(uint sql_errno) const
  { return get_warning_info()->has_sql_condition(sql_errno); }

  void reset_for_next_command()
  { get_warning_info()->reset_for_next_command(); }

  void clear_warning_info(ulonglong id)
  { get_warning_info()->clear(id); }

  void opt_clear_warning_info(ulonglong query_id)
  { get_warning_info()->opt_clear(query_id); }

  long set_current_row_for_warning(long row)
  { return get_warning_info()->set_current_row_for_warning(row); }

  ulong current_row_for_warning() const
  { return get_warning_info()->current_row_for_warning(); }

  void inc_current_row_for_warning()
  { get_warning_info()->inc_current_row_for_warning(); }

  void reset_current_row_for_warning(int n)
  { get_warning_info()->reset_current_row_for_warning(n); }

  bool is_warning_info_read_only() const
  { return get_warning_info()->is_read_only(); }

  void set_warning_info_read_only(bool read_only_arg)
  { get_warning_info()->set_read_only(read_only_arg); }

  ulong error_count() const
  { return get_warning_info()->error_count(); }

  ulong warn_count() const
  { return get_warning_info()->warn_count(); }

  uint cond_count() const
  { return get_warning_info()->cond_count(); }

  Sql_condition_iterator sql_conditions() const
  { return get_warning_info()->m_warn_list; }

  void reserve_space(THD *thd, uint count)
  { get_warning_info()->reserve_space(thd, count); }

  Sql_condition *push_warning(THD *thd, const Sql_condition *sql_condition)
  { return get_warning_info()->push_warning(thd, sql_condition); }

  Sql_condition *push_warning(THD *thd,
                              uint sql_errno_arg,
                              const char* sqlstate,
                              Sql_condition::enum_warning_level level,
                              const Sql_user_condition_identity &ucid,
                              const char* msg,
                              ulong current_row_number)
  {
    Sql_condition_identity tmp(sql_errno_arg, sqlstate, level, ucid);
    return get_warning_info()->push_warning(thd, &tmp, msg,
                                            current_row_number);
  }

  Sql_condition *push_warning(THD *thd,
                              uint sqlerrno,
                              const char* sqlstate,
                              Sql_condition::enum_warning_level level,
                              const char* msg)
  {
    return push_warning(thd, sqlerrno, sqlstate, level,
                        Sql_user_condition_identity(), msg, 0);
  }
  void mark_sql_conditions_for_removal()
  { get_warning_info()->mark_sql_conditions_for_removal(); }

  void unmark_sql_conditions_from_removal()
  { get_warning_info()->unmark_sql_conditions_from_removal(); }

  void remove_marked_sql_conditions()
  { get_warning_info()->remove_marked_sql_conditions(); }

  const Sql_condition *get_error_condition() const
  { return get_warning_info()->get_error_condition(); }

  void copy_sql_conditions_to_wi(THD *thd, Warning_info *dst_wi) const
  { dst_wi->append_warning_info(thd, get_warning_info()); }

  void copy_sql_conditions_from_wi(THD *thd, const Warning_info *src_wi)
  { get_warning_info()->append_warning_info(thd, src_wi); }

  void copy_non_errors_from_wi(THD *thd, const Warning_info *src_wi);

private:
  Warning_info *get_warning_info() { return m_wi_stack.front(); }

  const Warning_info *get_warning_info() const { return m_wi_stack.front(); }

private:
  /** True if status information is sent to the client. */
  bool m_is_sent;

  /** Set to make set_error_status after set_{ok,eof}_status possible. */
  bool m_can_overwrite_status;

  /** Message buffer. Can be used by OK or ERROR status. */
  char m_message[MYSQL_ERRMSG_SIZE];

  /**
    The number of rows affected by the last statement. This is
    semantically close to thd->m_row_count_func, but has a different
    life cycle. thd->m_row_count_func stores the value returned by
    function ROW_COUNT() and is cleared only by statements that
    update its value, such as INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE and few others.
    This member is cleared at the beginning of the next statement.

    We could possibly merge the two, but life cycle of thd->m_row_count_func
    can not be changed.
  */
  ulonglong    m_affected_rows;

  /**
    Similarly to the previous member, this is a replacement of
    thd->first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt, which is used
    to implement LAST_INSERT_ID().
  */

  ulonglong   m_last_insert_id;
  /**
    Number of warnings of this last statement. May differ from
    the number of warnings returned by SHOW WARNINGS e.g. in case
    the statement doesn't clear the warnings, and doesn't generate
    them.
  */
  uint	     m_statement_warn_count;

  enum_diagnostics_status m_status;

  my_bool is_bulk_execution;

  Warning_info m_main_wi;

  Warning_info_list m_wi_stack;
};

///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

void convert_error_to_warning(THD *thd);

void push_warning(THD *thd, Sql_condition::enum_warning_level level,
                  uint code, const char *msg);

void push_warning_printf(THD *thd, Sql_condition::enum_warning_level level,
                         uint code, const char *format, ...);

bool mysqld_show_warnings(THD *thd, ulong levels_to_show);

size_t convert_error_message(char *to, size_t to_length,
                             CHARSET_INFO *to_cs,
                             const char *from, size_t from_length,
                             CHARSET_INFO *from_cs, uint *errors);

extern const LEX_CSTRING warning_level_names[];

bool is_sqlstate_valid(const LEX_CSTRING *sqlstate);
/**
  Checks if the specified SQL-state-string defines COMPLETION condition.
  This function assumes that the given string contains a valid SQL-state.

  @param s the condition SQLSTATE.

  @retval true if the given string defines COMPLETION condition.
  @retval false otherwise.
*/
inline bool is_sqlstate_completion(const char *s)
{ return s[0] == '0' && s[1] == '0'; }


#endif // SQL_ERROR_H
/*
  Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
  Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA
*/

#ifndef SQL_CALLBACK_INCLUDED
#define SQL_CALLBACK_INCLUDED

/**
   Macro used for an internal callback.

   The macro will check that the object exists and that the function
   is defined. If that is the case, it will call the function with the
   given parameters.

   If the object or the function is not defined, the callback will be
   considered successful (nothing needed to be done) and will
   therefore return no error.
 */

#define MYSQL_CALLBACK(OBJ, FUNC, PARAMS)         \
  do {                                            \
    if ((OBJ) && ((OBJ)->FUNC))                   \
      (OBJ)->FUNC PARAMS;                         \
  } while (0)

#define MYSQL_CALLBACK_ELSE(OBJ, FUNC, PARAMS, ELSE)    \
  (((OBJ) && ((OBJ)->FUNC)) ? (OBJ)->FUNC PARAMS : (ELSE))

#endif /* SQL_CALLBACK_INCLUDED */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2018, 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef VERS_STRING_INCLUDED
#define VERS_STRING_INCLUDED

#include "lex_string.h"

/*
  LEX_CSTRING with comparison semantics.
*/

// db and table names: case sensitive (or insensitive) in table_alias_charset
struct Compare_table_names
{
  int operator()(const LEX_CSTRING& a, const LEX_CSTRING& b) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(a.str[a.length] == 0);
    DBUG_ASSERT(b.str[b.length] == 0);
    return table_alias_charset->strnncoll(a.str, a.length,
                                          b.str, b.length);
  }
};

// column names and other identifiers: case insensitive in system_charset_info
struct Compare_identifiers
{
  int operator()(const LEX_CSTRING& a, const LEX_CSTRING& b) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(a.str != NULL);
    DBUG_ASSERT(b.str != NULL);
    DBUG_ASSERT(a.str[a.length] == 0);
    DBUG_ASSERT(b.str[b.length] == 0);
    return my_strcasecmp(system_charset_info, a.str, b.str);
  }
};


template <class Compare>
struct Lex_cstring_with_compare : public Lex_cstring
{
public:
  Lex_cstring_with_compare() = default;
  Lex_cstring_with_compare(const char *_str, size_t _len) :
    Lex_cstring(_str, _len)
  { }
  Lex_cstring_with_compare(const LEX_CSTRING src) : Lex_cstring(src.str, src.length)
  { }
  explicit Lex_cstring_with_compare(const char *_str) : Lex_cstring(_str, strlen(_str))
  { }
  bool streq(const Lex_cstring_with_compare& b) const
  {
    return Lex_cstring::length == b.length && 0 == Compare()(*this, b);
  }
  operator const char* () const
  {
    return str;
  }
  operator bool () const
  {
    return str != NULL;
  }
};

typedef Lex_cstring_with_compare<Compare_identifiers> Lex_ident;
typedef Lex_cstring_with_compare<Compare_table_names> Lex_table_name;

#endif // VERS_STRING_INCLUDED
#ifndef HA_PARTITION_INCLUDED
#define HA_PARTITION_INCLUDED

/*
   Copyright (c) 2005, 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2022, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#include "sql_partition.h"      /* part_id_range, partition_element */
#include "queues.h"             /* QUEUE */

struct Ordered_blob_storage
{
  String blob;
  bool set_read_value;
  Ordered_blob_storage() : set_read_value(false)
  {}
};

#define PAR_EXT ".par"
#define PARTITION_BYTES_IN_POS 2
#define ORDERED_PART_NUM_OFFSET sizeof(Ordered_blob_storage **)
#define ORDERED_REC_OFFSET (ORDERED_PART_NUM_OFFSET + PARTITION_BYTES_IN_POS)


/** Struct used for partition_name_hash */
typedef struct st_part_name_def
{
  uchar *partition_name;
  uint length;
  uint32 part_id;
  my_bool is_subpart;
} PART_NAME_DEF;

/** class where to save partitions Handler_share's */
class Parts_share_refs
{
public:
  uint num_parts;                              /**< Size of ha_share array */
  Handler_share **ha_shares;                   /**< Storage for each part */
  Parts_share_refs()
  {
    num_parts= 0;
    ha_shares= NULL;
  }
  ~Parts_share_refs()
  {
    uint i;
    for (i= 0; i < num_parts; i++)
      delete ha_shares[i];
    delete[] ha_shares;
  }
  bool init(uint arg_num_parts)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!num_parts && !ha_shares);
    num_parts= arg_num_parts;
    /* Allocate an array of Handler_share pointers */
    ha_shares= new Handler_share *[num_parts];
    if (!ha_shares)
    {
      num_parts= 0;
      return true;
    }
    memset(ha_shares, 0, sizeof(Handler_share*) * num_parts);
    return false;
  }
};

class ha_partition;

/* Partition Full Text Search info */
struct st_partition_ft_info
{
  struct _ft_vft        *please;
  st_partition_ft_info  *next;
  ha_partition          *file;
  FT_INFO               **part_ft_info;
};


#ifdef HAVE_PSI_MUTEX_INTERFACE
extern PSI_mutex_key key_partition_auto_inc_mutex;
#endif

/**
  Partition specific Handler_share.
*/
class Partition_share : public Handler_share
{
public:
  bool auto_inc_initialized;
  mysql_mutex_t auto_inc_mutex;                /**< protecting auto_inc val */
  ulonglong next_auto_inc_val;                 /**< first non reserved value */
  /**
    Hash of partition names. Initialized in the first ha_partition::open()
    for the table_share. After that it is read-only, i.e. no locking required.
  */
  bool partition_name_hash_initialized;
  HASH partition_name_hash;
  const char *partition_engine_name;
  /** Storage for each partitions Handler_share */
  Parts_share_refs partitions_share_refs;
  Partition_share()
    : auto_inc_initialized(false),
    next_auto_inc_val(0),
    partition_name_hash_initialized(false),
    partition_engine_name(NULL),
    partition_names(NULL)
  {
    mysql_mutex_init(key_partition_auto_inc_mutex,
                    &auto_inc_mutex,
                    MY_MUTEX_INIT_FAST);
  }

  ~Partition_share()
  {
    mysql_mutex_destroy(&auto_inc_mutex);
    if (partition_names)
    {
      my_free(partition_names);
    }
    if (partition_name_hash_initialized)
    {
      my_hash_free(&partition_name_hash);
    }
  }
  
  bool init(uint num_parts);

  /**
    Release reserved auto increment values not used.
    @param thd             Thread.
    @param table_share     Table Share
    @param next_insert_id  Next insert id (first non used auto inc value).
    @param max_reserved    End of reserved auto inc range.
  */
  void release_auto_inc_if_possible(THD *thd, TABLE_SHARE *table_share,
                                    const ulonglong next_insert_id,
                                    const ulonglong max_reserved);

  /** lock mutex protecting auto increment value next_auto_inc_val. */
  inline void lock_auto_inc()
  {
    mysql_mutex_lock(&auto_inc_mutex);
  }
  /** unlock mutex protecting auto increment value next_auto_inc_val. */
  inline void unlock_auto_inc()
  {
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&auto_inc_mutex);
  }
  /**
    Populate partition_name_hash with partition and subpartition names
    from part_info.
    @param part_info  Partition info containing all partitions metadata.

    @return Operation status.
      @retval false Success.
      @retval true  Failure.
  */
  bool populate_partition_name_hash(partition_info *part_info);
  /** Get partition name.

  @param part_id  Partition id (for subpartitioned table only subpartition
                  names will be returned.)

  @return partition name or NULL if error.
  */
  const char *get_partition_name(size_t part_id) const;
private:
  const uchar **partition_names;
  /**
    Insert [sub]partition name into  partition_name_hash
    @param name        Partition name.
    @param part_id     Partition id.
    @param is_subpart  True if subpartition else partition.

    @return Operation status.
      @retval false Success.
      @retval true  Failure.
  */
  bool insert_partition_name_in_hash(const char *name,
                                     uint part_id,
                                     bool is_subpart);
};


/*
  List of ranges to be scanned by ha_partition's MRR implementation

  This object is
   - A KEY_MULTI_RANGE structure (the MRR range)
   - Storage for the range endpoints that the KEY_MULTI_RANGE has pointers to
   - list of such ranges (connected through the "next" pointer).
*/

typedef struct st_partition_key_multi_range
{
  /*
    Number of the range. The ranges are numbered in the order RANGE_SEQ_IF has
    emitted them, starting from 1. The numbering in used by ordered MRR scans.
  */
  uint id;
  uchar *key[2];
  /*
    Sizes of allocated memory in key[]. These may be larger then the actual
    values as this structure is reused across MRR scans
  */
  uint length[2];

  /*
    The range.
    key_multi_range.ptr is a pointer to the this PARTITION_KEY_MULTI_RANGE
    object
  */
  KEY_MULTI_RANGE key_multi_range;

  // Range id from the SQL layer
  range_id_t ptr;

  // The next element in the list of MRR ranges.
  st_partition_key_multi_range *next;
} PARTITION_KEY_MULTI_RANGE;


/*
  List of ranges to be scanned in a certain [sub]partition

  The idea is that there's a list of ranges to be scanned in the table
  (formed by PARTITION_KEY_MULTI_RANGE structures),
  and for each [sub]partition, we only need to scan a subset of that list.

     PKMR1 --> PKMR2 --> PKMR3 -->... // list of PARTITION_KEY_MULTI_RANGE
       ^                   ^
       |                   |
     PPKMR1 ----------> PPKMR2 -->... // list of PARTITION_PART_KEY_MULTI_RANGE

  This way, per-partition lists of PARTITION_PART_KEY_MULTI_RANGE have pointers
  to the elements of the global list of PARTITION_KEY_MULTI_RANGE.
*/

typedef struct st_partition_part_key_multi_range
{
  PARTITION_KEY_MULTI_RANGE *partition_key_multi_range;
  st_partition_part_key_multi_range *next;
} PARTITION_PART_KEY_MULTI_RANGE;


class ha_partition;

/*
  The structure holding information about range sequence to be used with one
  partition.
  (pointer to this is used as seq_init_param for RANGE_SEQ_IF structure when
   invoking MRR for an individual partition)
*/

typedef struct st_partition_part_key_multi_range_hld
{
  /* Owner object */
  ha_partition *partition;

  /* id of the partition this structure is for */
  uint32 part_id;

  /* Current range we're iterating through */
  PARTITION_PART_KEY_MULTI_RANGE *partition_part_key_multi_range;
} PARTITION_PART_KEY_MULTI_RANGE_HLD;


extern "C" int cmp_key_part_id(void *key_p, const void *ref1, const void *ref2);
extern "C" int cmp_key_rowid_part_id(void *ptr, const void *ref1, const void *ref2);

class ha_partition final :public handler
{
private:
  enum partition_index_scan_type
  {
    partition_index_read= 0,
    partition_index_first= 1,
    partition_index_last= 3,
    partition_index_read_last= 4,
    partition_read_range = 5,
    partition_no_index_scan= 6,
    partition_read_multi_range = 7,
    partition_ft_read= 8
  };
  /* Data for the partition handler */
  int  m_mode;                          // Open mode
  uint m_open_test_lock;                // Open test_if_locked
  uchar *m_file_buffer;                 // Content of the .par file
  char *m_name_buffer_ptr;		// Pointer to first partition name
  MEM_ROOT m_mem_root;
  plugin_ref *m_engine_array;           // Array of types of the handlers
  handler **m_file;                     // Array of references to handler inst.
  uint m_file_tot_parts;                // Debug
  handler **m_new_file;                 // Array of references to new handlers
  handler **m_reorged_file;             // Reorganised partitions
  handler **m_added_file;               // Added parts kept for errors
  LEX_CSTRING *m_connect_string;
  partition_info *m_part_info;          // local reference to partition
  Field **m_part_field_array;           // Part field array locally to save acc
  uchar *m_ordered_rec_buffer;          // Row and key buffer for ord. idx scan
  st_partition_ft_info *ft_first;
  st_partition_ft_info *ft_current;
  /*
    Current index.
    When used in key_rec_cmp: If clustered pk, index compare
    must compare pk if given index is same for two rows.
    So normally m_curr_key_info[0]= current index and m_curr_key[1]= NULL,
    and if clustered pk, [0]= current index, [1]= pk, [2]= NULL
  */
  KEY *m_curr_key_info[3];              // Current index
  const uchar *m_err_rec;               // record which gave error
  QUEUE m_queue;                        // Prio queue used by sorted read

  /*
    Length of an element in m_ordered_rec_buffer. The elements are composed of

      [part_no] [table->record copy] [underlying_table_rowid]

    underlying_table_rowid is only stored when the table has no extended keys.
  */
  size_t m_priority_queue_rec_len;

  /*
    If true, then sorting records by key value also sorts them by their
    underlying_table_rowid.
  */
  bool m_using_extended_keys;

  /*
    Since the partition handler is a handler on top of other handlers, it
    is necessary to keep information about what the underlying handler
    characteristics is. It is not possible to keep any handler instances
    for this since the MySQL Server sometimes allocating the handler object
    without freeing them.
  */
  enum enum_handler_status
  {
    handler_not_initialized= 0,
    handler_initialized,
    handler_opened,
    handler_closed
  };
  enum_handler_status m_handler_status;

  uint m_reorged_parts;                  // Number of reorganised parts
  uint m_tot_parts;                      // Total number of partitions;
  uint m_num_locks;                       // For engines like ha_blackhole, which needs no locks
  uint m_last_part;                      // Last file that we update,write,read
  part_id_range m_part_spec;             // Which parts to scan
  uint m_scan_value;                     // Value passed in rnd_init
                                         // call
  uint m_ref_length;                     // Length of position in this
                                         // handler object
  key_range m_start_key;                 // index read key range
  enum partition_index_scan_type m_index_scan_type;// What type of index
                                                   // scan
  uint m_top_entry;                      // Which partition is to
                                         // deliver next result
  uint m_rec_length;                     // Local copy of record length

  bool m_ordered;                        // Ordered/Unordered index scan
  bool m_create_handler;                 // Handler used to create table
  bool m_is_sub_partitioned;             // Is subpartitioned
  bool m_ordered_scan_ongoing;
  bool m_rnd_init_and_first;
  bool m_ft_init_and_first;

  /*
    If set, this object was created with ha_partition::clone and doesn't
    "own" the m_part_info structure.
  */
  ha_partition *m_is_clone_of;
  MEM_ROOT *m_clone_mem_root;

  /*
    We keep track if all underlying handlers are MyISAM since MyISAM has a
    great number of extra flags not needed by other handlers.
  */
  bool m_myisam;                         // Are all underlying handlers
                                         // MyISAM
  /*
    We keep track of InnoDB handlers below since it requires proper setting
    of query_id in fields at index_init and index_read calls.
  */
  bool m_innodb;                        // Are all underlying handlers
                                        // InnoDB
  bool m_myisammrg;                     // Are any of the handlers of type MERGE
  /*
    When calling extra(HA_EXTRA_CACHE) we do not pass this to the underlying
    handlers immediately. Instead we cache it and call the underlying
    immediately before starting the scan on the partition. This is to
    prevent allocating a READ CACHE for each partition in parallel when
    performing a full table scan on MyISAM partitioned table.
    This state is cleared by extra(HA_EXTRA_NO_CACHE).
  */
  bool m_extra_cache;
  uint m_extra_cache_size;
  /* The same goes for HA_EXTRA_PREPARE_FOR_UPDATE */
  bool m_extra_prepare_for_update;
  /* Which partition has active cache */
  uint m_extra_cache_part_id;

  void init_handler_variables();
  /*
    Variables for lock structures.
  */

  bool auto_increment_lock;             /**< lock reading/updating auto_inc */
  /**
    Flag to keep the auto_increment lock through out the statement.
    This to ensure it will work with statement based replication.
  */
  bool auto_increment_safe_stmt_log_lock;
  /** For optimizing ha_start_bulk_insert calls */
  MY_BITMAP m_bulk_insert_started;
  ha_rows   m_bulk_inserted_rows;
  /** used for prediction of start_bulk_insert rows */
  enum_monotonicity_info m_part_func_monotonicity_info;
  part_id_range m_direct_update_part_spec;
  bool                m_pre_calling;
  bool                m_pre_call_use_parallel;
  /* Keep track of bulk access requests */
  bool                bulk_access_executing;

  /** keep track of locked partitions */
  MY_BITMAP m_locked_partitions;
  /** Stores shared auto_increment etc. */
  Partition_share *part_share;
  void sum_copy_info(handler *file);
  void sum_copy_infos();
  void reset_copy_info() override;
  /** Temporary storage for new partitions Handler_shares during ALTER */
  List<Parts_share_refs> m_new_partitions_share_refs;
  /** Sorted array of partition ids in descending order of number of rows. */
  uint32 *m_part_ids_sorted_by_num_of_records;
  /* Compare function for my_qsort2, for reversed order. */
  static int compare_number_of_records(void *me, const void *a, const void *b);
  /** keep track of partitions to call ha_reset */
  MY_BITMAP m_partitions_to_reset;
  /** partitions that returned HA_ERR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. */
  MY_BITMAP m_key_not_found_partitions;
  bool m_key_not_found;
  List<String> *m_partitions_to_open;
  MY_BITMAP m_opened_partitions;
  /** This is one of the m_file-s that it guaranteed to be opened. */
  /**  It is set in open_read_partitions() */
  handler *m_file_sample;
public:
  handler **get_child_handlers()
  {
    return m_file;
  }
  ha_partition *get_clone_source()
  {
    return m_is_clone_of;
  }
  part_id_range *get_part_spec()
  {
    return &m_part_spec;
  }
  uint get_no_current_part_id()
  {
    return NO_CURRENT_PART_ID;
  }
  Partition_share *get_part_share() { return part_share; }
  handler *clone(const char *name, MEM_ROOT *mem_root) override;
  void set_part_info(partition_info *part_info) override
  {
     m_part_info= part_info;
     m_is_sub_partitioned= part_info->is_sub_partitioned();
  }
  Compare_keys compare_key_parts(
    const Field &old_field,
    const Column_definition &new_field,
    const KEY_PART_INFO &old_part,
    const KEY_PART_INFO &new_part) const override;

  void return_record_by_parent() override;

  bool vers_can_native(THD *thd) override
  {
    if (thd->lex->part_info)
    {
      // PARTITION BY SYSTEM_TIME is not supported for now
      return thd->lex->part_info->part_type != VERSIONING_PARTITION;
    }
    else
    {
      bool can= true;
      for (uint i= 0; i < m_tot_parts && can; i++)
        can= can && m_file[i]->vers_can_native(thd);
      return can;
    }
  }

  /*
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MODULE create/delete handler object
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Object create/delete method. Normally called when a table object
    exists. There is also a method to create the handler object with only
    partition information. This is used from mysql_create_table when the
    table is to be created and the engine type is deduced to be the
    partition handler.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
    ha_partition(handlerton *hton, TABLE_SHARE * table);
    ha_partition(handlerton *hton, partition_info * part_info);
    ha_partition(handlerton *hton, TABLE_SHARE *share,
                 partition_info *part_info_arg,
                 ha_partition *clone_arg,
                 MEM_ROOT *clone_mem_root_arg);
   ~ha_partition();
   void ha_partition_init();
  /*
    A partition handler has no characteristics in itself. It only inherits
    those from the underlying handlers. Here we set-up those constants to
    enable later calls of the methods to retrieve constants from the under-
    lying handlers. Returns false if not successful.
  */
   bool initialize_partition(MEM_ROOT *mem_root);

  /*
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MODULE meta data changes
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Meta data routines to CREATE, DROP, RENAME table and often used at
    ALTER TABLE (update_create_info used from ALTER TABLE and SHOW ..).

    create_partitioning_metadata is called before opening a new handler object
    with openfrm to call create. It is used to create any local handler
    object needed in opening the object in openfrm
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
  int delete_table(const char *from) override;
  int rename_table(const char *from, const char *to) override;
  int create(const char *name, TABLE *form,
             HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info) override;
  int create_partitioning_metadata(const char *name,
                                   const char *old_name,
                                   chf_create_flags action_flag,
                                   bool ignore_delete_error)
    override;
  bool check_if_updates_are_ignored(const char *op) const override;
  void update_create_info(HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info) override;
  int change_partitions(HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info, const char *path,
                        ulonglong * const copied, ulonglong * const deleted,
                        const uchar *pack_frm_data, size_t pack_frm_len)
    override;
  int drop_partitions(const char *path) override;
  int rename_partitions(const char *path) override;
  bool get_no_parts(const char *, uint *num_parts) override
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("ha_partition::get_no_parts");
    *num_parts= m_tot_parts;
    DBUG_RETURN(0);
  }
  void change_table_ptr(TABLE *table_arg, TABLE_SHARE *share) override;
  bool check_if_incompatible_data(HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,
                                  uint table_changes) override;
  void update_part_create_info(HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info, uint part_id)
  {
    m_file[part_id]->update_create_info(create_info);
  }

  void column_bitmaps_signal() override
  {
    for (uint i= bitmap_get_first_set(&m_opened_partitions);
        i < m_tot_parts;
        i= bitmap_get_next_set(&m_opened_partitions, i))
    {
      m_file[i]->column_bitmaps_signal();
    }
  }

private:
  int copy_partitions(ulonglong * const copied, ulonglong * const deleted);
  void cleanup_new_partition(uint part_count);
  int prepare_new_partition(TABLE *table, HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,
                            handler *file, const char *part_name,
                            partition_element *p_elem);
  /*
    delete_table and rename_table uses very similar logic which
    is packed into this routine.
  */
  uint del_ren_table(const char *from, const char *to);
  /*
    One method to create the table_name.par file containing the names of the
    underlying partitions, their engine and the number of partitions.
    And one method to read it in.
  */
  bool create_handler_file(const char *name);
  bool setup_engine_array(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, handlerton *first_engine);
  int read_par_file(const char *name);
  handlerton *get_def_part_engine(const char *name);
  bool get_from_handler_file(const char *name, MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                             bool is_clone);
  bool re_create_par_file(const char *name);
  bool new_handlers_from_part_info(MEM_ROOT *mem_root);
  bool create_handlers(MEM_ROOT *mem_root);
  void clear_handler_file();
  int set_up_table_before_create(TABLE *table_arg,
                                 const char *partition_name_with_path,
                                 HA_CREATE_INFO *info,
                                 partition_element *p_elem);
  partition_element *find_partition_element(uint part_id);
  bool insert_partition_name_in_hash(const char *name, uint part_id,
                                     bool is_subpart);
  bool populate_partition_name_hash();
  Partition_share *get_share();
  bool set_ha_share_ref(Handler_share **ha_share) override;
  void fix_data_dir(char* path);
  bool init_partition_bitmaps();
  void free_partition_bitmaps();

public:

  /*
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MODULE open/close object
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Open and close handler object to ensure all underlying files and
    objects allocated and deallocated for query handling is handled
    properly.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A handler object is opened as part of its initialisation and before
    being used for normal queries (not before meta-data changes always.
    If the object was opened it will also be closed before being deleted.
  */
  int open(const char *name, int mode, uint test_if_locked) override;
  int close() override;

  /*
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MODULE start/end statement
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    This module contains methods that are used to understand start/end of
    statements, transaction boundaries, and aid for proper concurrency
    control.
    The partition handler need not implement abort and commit since this
    will be handled by any underlying handlers implementing transactions.
    There is only one call to each handler type involved per transaction
    and these go directly to the handlers supporting transactions
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
  THR_LOCK_DATA **store_lock(THD * thd, THR_LOCK_DATA ** to,
                             enum thr_lock_type lock_type) override;
  int external_lock(THD * thd, int lock_type) override;
  LEX_CSTRING *engine_name() override { return hton_name(partition_ht()); }
  /*
    When table is locked a statement is started by calling start_stmt
    instead of external_lock
  */
  int start_stmt(THD * thd, thr_lock_type lock_type) override;
  /*
    Lock count is number of locked underlying handlers (I assume)
  */
  uint lock_count() const override;
  /*
    Call to unlock rows not to be updated in transaction
  */
  void unlock_row() override;
  /*
    Check if semi consistent read
  */
  bool was_semi_consistent_read() override;
  /*
    Call to hint about semi consistent read
  */
  void try_semi_consistent_read(bool) override;

  /*
    NOTE: due to performance and resource issues with many partitions,
    we only use the m_psi on the ha_partition handler, excluding all
    partitions m_psi.
  */
#ifdef HAVE_M_PSI_PER_PARTITION
  /*
    Bind the table/handler thread to track table i/o.
  */
  virtual void unbind_psi();
  virtual int rebind();
#endif
  int discover_check_version() override;
  /*
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MODULE change record
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    This part of the handler interface is used to change the records
    after INSERT, DELETE, UPDATE, REPLACE method calls but also other
    special meta-data operations as ALTER TABLE, LOAD DATA, TRUNCATE.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------

    These methods are used for insert (write_row), update (update_row)
    and delete (delete_row). All methods to change data always work on
    one row at a time. update_row and delete_row also contains the old
    row.
    delete_all_rows will delete all rows in the table in one call as a
    special optimisation for DELETE from table;

    Bulk inserts are supported if all underlying handlers support it.
    start_bulk_insert and end_bulk_insert is called before and after a
    number of calls to write_row.
  */
  int write_row(const uchar * buf) override;
  bool start_bulk_update() override;
  int exec_bulk_update(ha_rows *dup_key_found) override;
  int end_bulk_update() override;
  int bulk_update_row(const uchar *old_data, const uchar *new_data,
                      ha_rows *dup_key_found) override;
  int update_row(const uchar * old_data, const uchar * new_data) override;
  int direct_update_rows_init(List<Item> *update_fields) override;
  int pre_direct_update_rows_init(List<Item> *update_fields) override;
  int direct_update_rows(ha_rows *update_rows, ha_rows *found_rows) override;
  int pre_direct_update_rows() override;
  bool start_bulk_delete() override;
  int end_bulk_delete() override;
  int delete_row(const uchar * buf) override;
  int direct_delete_rows_init() override;
  int pre_direct_delete_rows_init() override;
  int direct_delete_rows(ha_rows *delete_rows) override;
  int pre_direct_delete_rows() override;
  int delete_all_rows() override;
  int truncate() override;
  void start_bulk_insert(ha_rows rows, uint flags) override;
  int end_bulk_insert() override;
private:
  ha_rows guess_bulk_insert_rows();
  void start_part_bulk_insert(THD *thd, uint part_id);
  long estimate_read_buffer_size(long original_size);
public:

  /*
    Method for truncating a specific partition.
    (i.e. ALTER TABLE t1 TRUNCATE PARTITION p).

    @remark This method is a partitioning-specific hook
            and thus not a member of the general SE API.
  */
  int truncate_partition(Alter_info *, bool *binlog_stmt);

  bool is_fatal_error(int error, uint flags) override
  {
    if (!handler::is_fatal_error(error, flags) ||
        error == HA_ERR_NO_PARTITION_FOUND ||
        error == HA_ERR_NOT_IN_LOCK_PARTITIONS)
      return FALSE;
    return TRUE;
  }


  /*
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MODULE full table scan
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    This module is used for the most basic access method for any table
    handler. This is to fetch all data through a full table scan. No
    indexes are needed to implement this part.
    It contains one method to start the scan (rnd_init) that can also be
    called multiple times (typical in a nested loop join). Then proceeding
    to the next record (rnd_next) and closing the scan (rnd_end).
    To remember a record for later access there is a method (position)
    and there is a method used to retrieve the record based on the stored
    position.
    The position can be a file position, a primary key, a ROWID dependent
    on the handler below.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
  /*
    unlike index_init(), rnd_init() can be called two times
    without rnd_end() in between (it only makes sense if scan=1).
    then the second call should prepare for the new table scan
    (e.g if rnd_init allocates the cursor, second call should
    position it to the start of the table, no need to deallocate
    and allocate it again
  */
  int rnd_init(bool scan) override;
  int rnd_end() override;
  int rnd_next(uchar * buf) override;
  int rnd_pos(uchar * buf, uchar * pos) override;
  int rnd_pos_by_record(uchar *record) override;
  void position(const uchar * record) override;

  /*
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MODULE index scan
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    This part of the handler interface is used to perform access through
    indexes. The interface is defined as a scan interface but the handler
    can also use key lookup if the index is a unique index or a primary
    key index.
    Index scans are mostly useful for SELECT queries but are an important
    part also of UPDATE, DELETE, REPLACE and CREATE TABLE table AS SELECT
    and so forth.
    Naturally an index is needed for an index scan and indexes can either
    be ordered, hash based. Some ordered indexes can return data in order
    but not necessarily all of them.
    There are many flags that define the behavior of indexes in the
    various handlers. These methods are found in the optimizer module.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------

    index_read is called to start a scan of an index. The find_flag defines
    the semantics of the scan. These flags are defined in
    include/my_base.h
    index_read_idx is the same but also initializes index before calling doing
    the same thing as index_read. Thus it is similar to index_init followed
    by index_read. This is also how we implement it.

    index_read/index_read_idx does also return the first row. Thus for
    key lookups, the index_read will be the only call to the handler in
    the index scan.

    index_init initializes an index before using it and index_end does
    any end processing needed.
  */
  int index_read_map(uchar * buf, const uchar * key,
                     key_part_map keypart_map,
                     enum ha_rkey_function find_flag) override;
  int index_init(uint idx, bool sorted) override;
  int index_end() override;

  /**
    @breif
    Positions an index cursor to the index specified in the handle. Fetches the
    row if available. If the key value is null, begin at first key of the
    index.
  */
  int index_read_idx_map(uchar *buf, uint index, const uchar *key,
                         key_part_map keypart_map,
                         enum ha_rkey_function find_flag) override;
  /*
    These methods are used to jump to next or previous entry in the index
    scan. There are also methods to jump to first and last entry.
  */
  int index_next(uchar * buf) override;
  int index_prev(uchar * buf) override;
  int index_first(uchar * buf) override;
  int index_last(uchar * buf) override;
  int index_next_same(uchar * buf, const uchar * key, uint keylen) override;

  int index_read_last_map(uchar *buf,
                          const uchar *key,
                          key_part_map keypart_map) override;

  /*
    read_first_row is virtual method but is only implemented by
    handler.cc, no storage engine has implemented it so neither
    will the partition handler.

    int read_first_row(uchar *buf, uint primary_key) override;
  */


  int read_range_first(const key_range * start_key,
                       const key_range * end_key,
                       bool eq_range, bool sorted) override;
  int read_range_next() override;


  HANDLER_BUFFER *m_mrr_buffer;
  uint *m_mrr_buffer_size;
  uchar *m_mrr_full_buffer;
  uint m_mrr_full_buffer_size;
  uint m_mrr_new_full_buffer_size;
  MY_BITMAP m_mrr_used_partitions;
  uint *m_stock_range_seq;
  /* not used: uint m_current_range_seq; */

  /* Value of mrr_mode passed to ha_partition::multi_range_read_init */
  uint m_mrr_mode;

  /* Value of n_ranges passed to ha_partition::multi_range_read_init */
  uint m_mrr_n_ranges;

  /*
    Ordered MRR mode:  m_range_info[N] has the range_id of the last record that
    we've got from partition N
  */
  range_id_t *m_range_info;

  /*
    TRUE <=> This ha_partition::multi_range_read_next() call is the first one
  */
  bool m_multi_range_read_first;

  /* not used: uint m_mrr_range_init_flags; */

  /* Number of elements in the list pointed by m_mrr_range_first. Not used */
  uint m_mrr_range_length;

  /* Linked list of ranges to scan */
  PARTITION_KEY_MULTI_RANGE *m_mrr_range_first;
  PARTITION_KEY_MULTI_RANGE *m_mrr_range_current;

  /*
    For each partition: number of ranges MRR scan will scan in the partition
  */
  uint *m_part_mrr_range_length;

  /* For each partition: List of ranges to scan in this partition */
  PARTITION_PART_KEY_MULTI_RANGE **m_part_mrr_range_first;
  PARTITION_PART_KEY_MULTI_RANGE **m_part_mrr_range_current;
  PARTITION_PART_KEY_MULTI_RANGE_HLD *m_partition_part_key_multi_range_hld;

  /*
    Sequence of ranges to be scanned (TODO: why not store this in
    handler::mrr_{iter,funcs}?)
  */
  range_seq_t m_seq;
  RANGE_SEQ_IF *m_seq_if;

  /* Range iterator structure to be supplied to partitions */
  RANGE_SEQ_IF m_part_seq_if;

  int multi_range_key_create_key(
    RANGE_SEQ_IF *seq,
    range_seq_t seq_it
  );
  ha_rows multi_range_read_info_const(uint keyno, RANGE_SEQ_IF *seq,
                                      void *seq_init_param,
                                      uint n_ranges, uint *bufsz,
                                      uint *mrr_mode, ha_rows limit,
                                      Cost_estimate *cost) override;
  ha_rows multi_range_read_info(uint keyno, uint n_ranges, uint keys,
                                uint key_parts, uint *bufsz,
                                uint *mrr_mode, Cost_estimate *cost) override;
  int multi_range_read_init(RANGE_SEQ_IF *seq, void *seq_init_param,
                            uint n_ranges, uint mrr_mode,
                            HANDLER_BUFFER *buf) override;
  int multi_range_read_next(range_id_t *range_info) override;
  int multi_range_read_explain_info(uint mrr_mode, char *str, size_t size)
    override;
  uint last_part() { return m_last_part; }

private:
  bool init_record_priority_queue();
  void destroy_record_priority_queue();
  int common_index_read(uchar * buf, bool have_start_key);
  int common_first_last(uchar * buf);
  int partition_scan_set_up(uchar * buf, bool idx_read_flag);
  bool check_parallel_search();
  int handle_pre_scan(bool reverse_order, bool use_parallel);
  int handle_unordered_next(uchar * buf, bool next_same);
  int handle_unordered_scan_next_partition(uchar * buf);
  int handle_ordered_index_scan(uchar * buf, bool reverse_order);
  int handle_ordered_index_scan_key_not_found();
  int handle_ordered_next(uchar * buf, bool next_same);
  int handle_ordered_prev(uchar * buf);
  void return_top_record(uchar * buf);
  void swap_blobs(uchar* rec_buf, Ordered_blob_storage ** storage, bool restore);
public:
  /*
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MODULE information calls
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    This calls are used to inform the handler of specifics of the ongoing
    scans and other actions. Most of these are used for optimisation
    purposes.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
  int info(uint) override;
  void get_dynamic_partition_info(PARTITION_STATS *stat_info, uint part_id)
    override;
  void set_partitions_to_open(List<String> *partition_names) override;
  int change_partitions_to_open(List<String> *partition_names) override;
  int open_read_partitions(char *name_buff, size_t name_buff_size);
  int extra(enum ha_extra_function operation) override;
  int extra_opt(enum ha_extra_function operation, ulong arg) override;
  int reset() override;
  uint count_query_cache_dependant_tables(uint8 *tables_type) override;
  my_bool register_query_cache_dependant_tables(THD *thd,
                                                Query_cache *cache,
                                                Query_cache_block_table **block,
                                                uint *n) override;

private:
  typedef int handler_callback(handler *, void *);

  my_bool reg_query_cache_dependant_table(THD *thd,
                                          char *engine_key,
                                          uint engine_key_len,
                                          char *query_key, uint query_key_len,
                                          uint8 type,
                                          Query_cache *cache,
                                          Query_cache_block_table
                                          **block_table,
                                          handler *file, uint *n);
  static const uint NO_CURRENT_PART_ID= NOT_A_PARTITION_ID;
  int loop_partitions(handler_callback callback, void *param);
  int loop_partitions_over_map(const MY_BITMAP *map,
                               handler_callback callback,
                               void *param);
  int loop_read_partitions(handler_callback callback, void *param);
  int loop_extra_alter(enum ha_extra_function operations);
  void late_extra_cache(uint partition_id);
  void late_extra_no_cache(uint partition_id);
  void prepare_extra_cache(uint cachesize);
  handler *get_open_file_sample() const { return m_file_sample; }
public:

  /*
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MODULE optimiser support
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */

  /*
    NOTE !!!!!!
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     One important part of the public handler interface that is not depicted in
     the methods is the attribute records

     which is defined in the base class. This is looked upon directly and is
     set by calling info(HA_STATUS_INFO) ?
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */

private:
  /* Helper functions for optimizer hints. */
  ha_rows min_rows_for_estimate();
  uint get_biggest_used_partition(uint *part_index);
public:

  /*
    keys_to_use_for_scanning can probably be implemented as the
    intersection of all underlying handlers if mixed handlers are used.
    This method is used to derive whether an index can be used for
    index-only scanning when performing an ORDER BY query.
    Only called from one place in sql_select.cc
  */
  const key_map *keys_to_use_for_scanning() override;

  /*
    Called in test_quick_select to determine if indexes should be used.
  */
  IO_AND_CPU_COST scan_time() override;

  IO_AND_CPU_COST key_scan_time(uint inx, ha_rows rows) override;

  IO_AND_CPU_COST keyread_time(uint inx, ulong ranges, ha_rows rows,
                               ulonglong blocks) override;
  IO_AND_CPU_COST rnd_pos_time(ha_rows rows) override;

  /*
    For the given range how many records are estimated to be in this range.
    Used by optimiser to calculate cost of using a particular index.
  */
  ha_rows records_in_range(uint inx,
                           const key_range * min_key,
                           const key_range * max_key,
                           page_range *pages) override;

  /*
    Upper bound of number records returned in scan is sum of all
    underlying handlers.
  */
  ha_rows estimate_rows_upper_bound() override;

  /*
    table_cache_type is implemented by the underlying handler but all
    underlying handlers must have the same implementation for it to work.
  */
  uint8 table_cache_type() override;
  ha_rows records() override;

  /* Calculate hash value for PARTITION BY KEY tables. */
  static uint32 calculate_key_hash_value(Field **field_array);

  /*
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MODULE print messages
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    This module contains various methods that returns text messages for
    table types, index type and error messages.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
  /*
    The name of the index type that will be used for display
    Here we must ensure that all handlers use the same index type
    for each index created.
  */
  const char *index_type(uint inx) override;

  /* The name of the table type that will be used for display purposes */
  const char *real_table_type() const override;
  /* The name of the row type used for the underlying tables. */
  enum row_type get_row_type() const override;

  /*
     Handler specific error messages
  */
  void print_error(int error, myf errflag) override;
  bool get_error_message(int error, String * buf) override;
  /*
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MODULE handler characteristics
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    This module contains a number of methods defining limitations and
    characteristics of the handler. The partition handler will calculate
    this characteristics based on underlying handler characteristics.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------

    This is a list of flags that says what the storage engine
    implements. The current table flags are documented in handler.h
    The partition handler will support whatever the underlying handlers
    support except when specifically mentioned below about exceptions
    to this rule.
    NOTE: This cannot be cached since it can depend on TRANSACTION ISOLATION
    LEVEL which is dynamic, see bug#39084.

    HA_TABLE_SCAN_ON_INDEX:
    Used to avoid scanning full tables on an index. If this flag is set then
    the handler always has a primary key (hidden if not defined) and this
    index is used for scanning rather than a full table scan in all
    situations.
    (InnoDB, Federated)

    HA_REC_NOT_IN_SEQ:
    This flag is set for handlers that cannot guarantee that the rows are
    returned according to incremental positions (0, 1, 2, 3...).
    This also means that rnd_next() should return HA_ERR_RECORD_DELETED
    if it finds a deleted row.
    (MyISAM (not fixed length row), HEAP, InnoDB)

    HA_CAN_GEOMETRY:
    Can the storage engine handle spatial data.
    Used to check that no spatial attributes are declared unless
    the storage engine is capable of handling it.
    (MyISAM)

    HA_FAST_KEY_READ:
    Setting this flag indicates that the handler is equally fast in
    finding a row by key as by position.
    This flag is used in a very special situation in conjunction with
    filesort's. For further explanation see intro to init_read_record.
    (HEAP, InnoDB)

    HA_NULL_IN_KEY:
    Is NULL values allowed in indexes.
    If this is not allowed then it is not possible to use an index on a
    NULLable field.
    (HEAP, MyISAM, InnoDB)

    HA_DUPLICATE_POS:
    Tells that we can the position for the conflicting duplicate key
    record is stored in table->file->dupp_ref. (insert uses rnd_pos() on
    this to find the duplicated row)
    (MyISAM)

    HA_CAN_INDEX_BLOBS:
    Is the storage engine capable of defining an index of a prefix on
    a BLOB attribute.
    (Federated, MyISAM, InnoDB)

    HA_AUTO_PART_KEY:
    Auto increment fields can be part of a multi-part key. For second part
    auto-increment keys, the auto_incrementing is done in handler.cc
    (Federated, MyISAM)

    HA_REQUIRE_PRIMARY_KEY:
    Can't define a table without primary key (and cannot handle a table
    with hidden primary key)
    (No handler has this limitation currently)

    HA_STATS_RECORDS_IS_EXACT:
    Does the counter of records after the info call specify an exact
    value or not. If it does this flag is set.
    Only MyISAM and HEAP uses exact count.

    HA_CAN_INSERT_DELAYED:
    Can the storage engine support delayed inserts.
    To start with the partition handler will not support delayed inserts.
    Further investigation needed.
    (HEAP, MyISAM)

    HA_PRIMARY_KEY_IN_READ_INDEX:
    This parameter is set when the handler will also return the primary key
    when doing read-only-key on another index.

    HA_NOT_DELETE_WITH_CACHE:
    Seems to be an old MyISAM feature that is no longer used. No handler
    has it defined but it is checked in init_read_record.
    Further investigation needed.
    (No handler defines it)

    HA_NO_PREFIX_CHAR_KEYS:
    Indexes on prefixes of character fields is not allowed.
    (Federated)

    HA_CAN_FULLTEXT:
    Does the storage engine support fulltext indexes
    The partition handler will start by not supporting fulltext indexes.
    (MyISAM)

    HA_CAN_SQL_HANDLER:
    Can the HANDLER interface in the MySQL API be used towards this
    storage engine.
    (MyISAM, InnoDB)

    HA_NO_AUTO_INCREMENT:
    Set if the storage engine does not support auto increment fields.
    (Currently not set by any handler)

    HA_HAS_CHECKSUM:
    Special MyISAM feature. Has special SQL support in CREATE TABLE.
    No special handling needed by partition handler.
    (MyISAM)

    HA_FILE_BASED:
    Should file names always be in lower case (used by engines
    that map table names to file names.
    Since partition handler has a local file this flag is set.
    (Federated, MyISAM)

    HA_CAN_BIT_FIELD:
    Is the storage engine capable of handling bit fields?
    (MyISAM)

    HA_NEED_READ_RANGE_BUFFER:
    Is Read Multi-Range supported => need multi read range buffer
    This parameter specifies whether a buffer for read multi range
    is needed by the handler. Whether the handler supports this
    feature or not is dependent of whether the handler implements
    read_multi_range* calls or not. The only handler currently
    supporting this feature is NDB so the partition handler need
    not handle this call. There are methods in handler.cc that will
    transfer those calls into index_read and other calls in the
    index scan module.
    (No handler defines it)

    HA_PRIMARY_KEY_REQUIRED_FOR_POSITION:
    Does the storage engine need a PK for position?
    (InnoDB)

    HA_FILE_BASED is always set for partition handler since we use a
    special file for handling names of partitions, engine types.
    HA_REC_NOT_IN_SEQ is always set for partition handler since we cannot
    guarantee that the records will be returned in sequence.
    HA_DUPLICATE_POS,
    HA_CAN_INSERT_DELAYED, HA_PRIMARY_KEY_REQUIRED_FOR_POSITION is disabled
    until further investigated.
  */
  Table_flags table_flags() const override;

  /*
    This is a bitmap of flags that says how the storage engine
    implements indexes. The current index flags are documented in
    handler.h. If you do not implement indexes, just return zero
    here.

    part is the key part to check. First key part is 0
    If all_parts it's set, MySQL want to know the flags for the combined
    index up to and including 'part'.

    HA_READ_NEXT:
    Does the index support read next, this is assumed in the server
    code and never checked so all indexes must support this.
    Note that the handler can be used even if it doesn't have any index.
    (HEAP, MyISAM, Federated, InnoDB)

    HA_READ_PREV:
    Can the index be used to scan backwards.
    (HEAP, MyISAM, InnoDB)

    HA_READ_ORDER:
    Can the index deliver its record in index order. Typically true for
    all ordered indexes and not true for hash indexes.
    In first step this is not true for partition handler until a merge
    sort has been implemented in partition handler.
    Used to set keymap part_of_sortkey
    This keymap is only used to find indexes usable for resolving an ORDER BY
    in the query. Thus in most cases index_read will work just fine without
    order in result production. When this flag is set it is however safe to
    order all output started by index_read since most engines do this. With
    read_multi_range calls there is a specific flag setting order or not
    order so in those cases ordering of index output can be avoided.
    (InnoDB, HEAP, MyISAM)

    HA_READ_RANGE:
    Specify whether index can handle ranges, typically true for all
    ordered indexes and not true for hash indexes.
    Used by optimiser to check if ranges (as key >= 5) can be optimised
    by index.
    (InnoDB, MyISAM, HEAP)

    HA_ONLY_WHOLE_INDEX:
    Can't use part key searches. This is typically true for hash indexes
    and typically not true for ordered indexes.
    (Federated, HEAP)

    HA_KEYREAD_ONLY:
    Does the storage engine support index-only scans on this index.
    Enables use of HA_EXTRA_KEYREAD and HA_EXTRA_NO_KEYREAD
    Used to set key_map keys_for_keyread and to check in optimiser for
    index-only scans.  When doing a read under HA_EXTRA_KEYREAD the handler
    only have to fill in the columns the key covers. If
    HA_PRIMARY_KEY_IN_READ_INDEX is set then also the PRIMARY KEY columns
    must be updated in the row.
    (InnoDB, MyISAM)
  */
  ulong index_flags(uint inx, uint part, bool all_parts) const override
  {
    /*
      The following code is not safe if you are using different
      storage engines or different index types per partition.
    */
    ulong part_flags= m_file[0]->index_flags(inx, part, all_parts);

    /*
      The underlying storage engine might support Rowid Filtering. But
      ha_partition does not forward the needed SE API calls, so the feature
      will not be used.

      Note: It's the same with IndexConditionPushdown, except for its variant
      of IndexConditionPushdown+BatchedKeyAccess (that one works). Because of
      that, we do not clear HA_DO_INDEX_COND_PUSHDOWN here.
    */
    return part_flags & ~HA_DO_RANGE_FILTER_PUSHDOWN;
  }

  /**
    wrapper function for handlerton alter_table_flags, since
    the ha_partition_hton cannot know all its capabilities
  */
  alter_table_operations alter_table_flags(alter_table_operations flags)
    override;
  /*
    unireg.cc will call the following to make sure that the storage engine
    can handle the data it is about to send.

    The maximum supported values is the minimum of all handlers in the table
  */
  uint min_of_the_max_uint(uint (handler::*operator_func)(void) const) const;
  uint max_supported_record_length() const override;
  uint max_supported_keys() const override;
  uint max_supported_key_parts() const override;
  uint max_supported_key_length() const override;
  uint max_supported_key_part_length() const override;
  uint min_record_length(uint options) const override;

  /*
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MODULE compare records
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    cmp_ref checks if two references are the same. For most handlers this is
    a simple memcmp of the reference. However some handlers use primary key
    as reference and this can be the same even if memcmp says they are
    different. This is due to character sets and end spaces and so forth.
    For the partition handler the reference is first two bytes providing the
    partition identity of the referred record and then the reference of the
    underlying handler.
    Thus cmp_ref for the partition handler always returns FALSE for records
    not in the same partition and uses cmp_ref on the underlying handler
    to check whether the rest of the reference part is also the same.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
  int cmp_ref(const uchar * ref1, const uchar * ref2) override;
  /*
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MODULE auto increment
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    This module is used to handle the support of auto increments.

    This variable in the handler is used as part of the handler interface
    It is maintained by the parent handler object and should not be
    touched by child handler objects (see handler.cc for its use).

    auto_increment_column_changed
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
  bool need_info_for_auto_inc() override;
  bool can_use_for_auto_inc_init() override;
  void get_auto_increment(ulonglong offset, ulonglong increment,
                          ulonglong nb_desired_values,
                          ulonglong *first_value,
                          ulonglong *nb_reserved_values) override;
  void release_auto_increment() override;
private:
  int reset_auto_increment(ulonglong value) override;
  int update_next_auto_inc_val();
  void lock_auto_increment()
  {
    /* lock already taken */
    if (auto_increment_safe_stmt_log_lock)
      return;
    if (table_share->tmp_table == NO_TMP_TABLE)
    {
      part_share->lock_auto_inc();
      DBUG_ASSERT(!auto_increment_lock);
      auto_increment_lock= TRUE;
    }
  }
  void unlock_auto_increment()
  {
    /*
      If auto_increment_safe_stmt_log_lock is true, we have to keep the lock.
      It will be set to false and thus unlocked at the end of the statement by
      ha_partition::release_auto_increment.
    */
    if (auto_increment_lock && !auto_increment_safe_stmt_log_lock)
    {
      auto_increment_lock= FALSE;
      part_share->unlock_auto_inc();
    }
  }
  void set_auto_increment_if_higher(Field *field)
  {
    ulonglong nr= (((Field_num*) field)->unsigned_flag ||
                   field->val_int() > 0) ? field->val_int() : 0;
    update_next_auto_inc_val();
    lock_auto_increment();
    /* must check when the mutex is taken */
    if (nr >= part_share->next_auto_inc_val)
      part_share->next_auto_inc_val= nr + 1;
    unlock_auto_increment();
  }

  void check_insert_or_replace_autoincrement()
  {
    /*
      If we INSERT or REPLACE into the table having the AUTO_INCREMENT column,
      we have to read all partitions for the next autoincrement value
      unless we already did it.
    */
    if (!part_share->auto_inc_initialized &&
        (ha_thd()->lex->sql_command == SQLCOM_INSERT ||
         ha_thd()->lex->sql_command == SQLCOM_INSERT_SELECT ||
         ha_thd()->lex->sql_command == SQLCOM_REPLACE ||
         ha_thd()->lex->sql_command == SQLCOM_REPLACE_SELECT) &&
        table->found_next_number_field)
      bitmap_set_all(&m_part_info->read_partitions);
  }

public:

  /*
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     MODULE initialize handler for HANDLER call
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     This method is a special InnoDB method called before a HANDLER query.
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
  void init_table_handle_for_HANDLER() override;

  /*
    The remainder of this file defines the handler methods not implemented
    by the partition handler
  */

  /*
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MODULE foreign key support
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    The following methods are used to implement foreign keys as supported by
    InnoDB. Implement this ??
    get_foreign_key_create_info is used by SHOW CREATE TABLE to get a textual
    description of how the CREATE TABLE part to define FOREIGN KEY's is done.
    free_foreign_key_create_info is used to free the memory area that provided
    this description.
    can_switch_engines checks if it is ok to switch to a new engine based on
    the foreign key info in the table.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------

    virtual char* get_foreign_key_create_info()
    virtual void free_foreign_key_create_info(char* str)

    virtual int get_foreign_key_list(THD *thd,
    List<FOREIGN_KEY_INFO> *f_key_list)
    bool referenced_by_foreign_key() const noexcept override
  */
    bool can_switch_engines() override;
  /*
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MODULE fulltext index
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
    void ft_close_search(FT_INFO *handler);
    int ft_init() override;
    int pre_ft_init() override;
    void ft_end() override;
    int pre_ft_end() override;
    FT_INFO *ft_init_ext(uint flags, uint inx, String *key) override;
    int ft_read(uchar *buf) override;
    int pre_ft_read(bool use_parallel) override;

  /*
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     MODULE restart full table scan at position (MyISAM)
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The following method is only used by MyISAM when used as
     temporary tables in a join.
     int restart_rnd_next(uchar *buf, uchar *pos) override;
  */

  /*
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MODULE in-place ALTER TABLE
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    These methods are in the handler interface. (used by innodb-plugin)
    They are used for in-place alter table:
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
    enum_alter_inplace_result
      check_if_supported_inplace_alter(TABLE *altered_table,
                                       Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info)
      override;
    bool prepare_inplace_alter_table(TABLE *altered_table,
                                     Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info)
      override;
    bool inplace_alter_table(TABLE *altered_table,
                            Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info) override;
    bool commit_inplace_alter_table(TABLE *altered_table,
                                    Alter_inplace_info *ha_alter_info,
                                    bool commit) override;
  /*
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MODULE tablespace support
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Admin of table spaces is not applicable to the partition handler (InnoDB)
    This means that the following method is not implemented:
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    virtual int discard_or_import_tablespace(my_bool discard)
  */

  /*
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MODULE admin MyISAM
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
      OPTIMIZE TABLE, CHECK TABLE, ANALYZE TABLE and REPAIR TABLE are
      mapped to a routine that handles looping over a given set of
      partitions and those routines send a flag indicating to execute on
      all partitions.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
    int optimize(THD* thd, HA_CHECK_OPT *check_opt) override;
    int analyze(THD* thd, HA_CHECK_OPT *check_opt) override;
    int check(THD* thd, HA_CHECK_OPT *check_opt) override;
    int repair(THD* thd, HA_CHECK_OPT *check_opt) override;
    bool check_and_repair(THD *thd) override;
    bool auto_repair(int error) const override;
    bool is_crashed() const override;
    int check_for_upgrade(HA_CHECK_OPT *check_opt) override;

  /*
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MODULE condition pushdown
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
    const COND *cond_push(const COND *cond) override;
    void cond_pop() override;
    int info_push(uint info_type, void *info) override;

    private:
    int handle_opt_partitions(THD *thd, HA_CHECK_OPT *check_opt, uint flags);
    int handle_opt_part(THD *thd, HA_CHECK_OPT *check_opt, uint part_id,
                        uint flag);
    /**
      Check if the rows are placed in the correct partition.  If the given
      argument is true, then move the rows to the correct partition.
    */
    int check_misplaced_rows(uint read_part_id, bool repair);
    void append_row_to_str(String &str);
    public:

    int pre_calculate_checksum() override;
    int calculate_checksum() override;

  /* Enabled keycache for performance reasons, WL#4571 */
    int assign_to_keycache(THD* thd, HA_CHECK_OPT *check_opt) override;
    int preload_keys(THD* thd, HA_CHECK_OPT* check_opt) override;
    TABLE_LIST *get_next_global_for_child() override;

  /*
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MODULE enable/disable indexes
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Enable/Disable Indexes are only supported by HEAP and MyISAM.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
    int disable_indexes(key_map map, bool persist) override;
    int enable_indexes(key_map map, bool persist) override;
    int indexes_are_disabled() override;

  /*
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MODULE append_create_info
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    append_create_info is only used by MyISAM MERGE tables and the partition
    handler will not support this handler as underlying handler.
    Implement this??
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    virtual void append_create_info(String *packet)
  */

  /*
    the following heavily relies on the fact that all partitions
    are in the same storage engine.

    When this limitation is lifted, the following hack should go away,
    and a proper interface for engines needs to be introduced:

      an PARTITION_SHARE structure that has a pointer to the TABLE_SHARE.
      is given to engines everywhere where TABLE_SHARE is used now
      has members like option_struct, ha_data
      perhaps TABLE needs to be split the same way too...

    this can also be done before partition will support a mix of engines,
    but preferably together with other incompatible API changes.
  */
  handlerton *partition_ht() const override
  {
    handlerton *h= m_file[0]->ht;
    for (uint i=1; i < m_tot_parts; i++)
      DBUG_ASSERT(h == m_file[i]->ht);
    return h;
  }

  bool partition_engine() override { return 1;}

  /**
     Get the number of records in part_elem and its subpartitions, if any.
  */
  ha_rows part_records(partition_element *part_elem)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_part_info);
    uint32 sub_factor= m_part_info->num_subparts ? m_part_info->num_subparts : 1;
    uint32 part_id= part_elem->id * sub_factor;
    uint32 part_id_end= part_id + sub_factor;
    DBUG_ASSERT(part_id_end <= m_tot_parts);
    ha_rows part_recs= 0;
    for (; part_id < part_id_end; ++part_id)
    {
      handler *file= m_file[part_id];
      file->info(HA_STATUS_VARIABLE | HA_STATUS_NO_LOCK | HA_STATUS_OPEN);
      part_recs+= file->stats.records;
    }
    return part_recs;
  }

  int notify_tabledef_changed(LEX_CSTRING *db, LEX_CSTRING *table,
                              LEX_CUSTRING *frm, LEX_CUSTRING *version);

  friend int cmp_key_rowid_part_id(void *ptr, const void *ref1,
                                   const void *ref2);
  friend int cmp_key_part_id(void *key_p, const void *ref1, const void *ref2);

  bool can_convert_nocopy(const Field &field,
                          const Column_definition &new_field) const override;
  void handler_stats_updated() override;
  void set_optimizer_costs(THD *thd) override;
  void update_optimizer_costs(OPTIMIZER_COSTS *costs) override;
  virtual ulonglong index_blocks(uint index, uint ranges, ha_rows rows) override;
  virtual ulonglong row_blocks() override;
};

#endif /* HA_PARTITION_INCLUDED */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2016, 2022 MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef SQL_WINDOW_INCLUDED
#define SQL_WINDOW_INCLUDED

#include "filesort.h"

class Item_window_func;

/*
  Window functions module. 
  
  Each instance of window function has its own element in SELECT_LEX::window_specs.
*/


class Window_frame_bound : public Sql_alloc
{

public:
 
  enum Bound_precedence_type
  {
    PRECEDING,
    CURRENT,           // Used for CURRENT ROW window frame bounds
    FOLLOWING
  };

  Bound_precedence_type precedence_type;
 

  /* 
    For UNBOUNDED PRECEDING / UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING window frame bounds
    precedence type is seto to PRECEDING / FOLLOWING and
    offset is set to NULL. 
    The offset is not meaningful with precedence type CURRENT 
  */
  Item *offset;

  Window_frame_bound(Bound_precedence_type prec_type,
                     Item *offset_val)
    : precedence_type(prec_type), offset(offset_val) {}

  bool is_unbounded() { return offset == NULL; }

  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type);

};


class Window_frame : public Sql_alloc
{
  
public:

  enum Frame_units
  {
    UNITS_ROWS,
    UNITS_RANGE
  };

  enum Frame_exclusion
  {
    EXCL_NONE,
    EXCL_CURRENT_ROW,
    EXCL_GROUP,
    EXCL_TIES
  };

  Frame_units units;

  Window_frame_bound *top_bound;

  Window_frame_bound *bottom_bound;

  Frame_exclusion exclusion;

  Window_frame(Frame_units win_frame_units,
               Window_frame_bound *win_frame_top_bound,
               Window_frame_bound *win_frame_bottom_bound,
               Frame_exclusion win_frame_exclusion)
    : units(win_frame_units), top_bound(win_frame_top_bound),
      bottom_bound(win_frame_bottom_bound), exclusion(win_frame_exclusion) {}

  bool check_frame_bounds();

  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type);

};

class Window_spec : public Sql_alloc
{
  bool window_names_are_checked;
 public:
  virtual ~Window_spec() = default;

  LEX_CSTRING *window_ref;

  SQL_I_List<ORDER> *partition_list;
  SQL_I_List<ORDER> *save_partition_list;

  SQL_I_List<ORDER> *order_list;
  SQL_I_List<ORDER> *save_order_list;

  Window_frame *window_frame;

  Window_spec *referenced_win_spec;

  /*
    Window_spec objects are numbered by the number of their appearance in the
    query. This is used by compare_order_elements() to provide a predictable
    ordering of PARTITION/ORDER BY clauses.
  */
  int win_spec_number;

  Window_spec(LEX_CSTRING *win_ref, SQL_I_List<ORDER> *part_list,
              SQL_I_List<ORDER> *ord_list, Window_frame *win_frame)
    : window_names_are_checked(false), window_ref(win_ref),
      partition_list(part_list), save_partition_list(NULL),
      order_list(ord_list), save_order_list(NULL),
      window_frame(win_frame), referenced_win_spec(NULL) {}

  virtual const char *name() { return NULL; }

  bool check_window_names(List_iterator_fast<Window_spec> &it);

  const char *window_reference()
  {
    return window_ref ? window_ref->str : NULL;
  }

  void join_partition_and_order_lists()
  {
    *(partition_list->next)= order_list->first;
  }

  void disjoin_partition_and_order_lists()
  {
    *(partition_list->next)= NULL;
  }

  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type);
  void print_order(String *str, enum_query_type query_type);
  void print_partition(String *str, enum_query_type query_type);

};

class Window_def : public Window_spec
{
 public:

  LEX_CSTRING *window_name;

  Window_def(LEX_CSTRING *win_name,
             LEX_CSTRING *win_ref, 
             SQL_I_List<ORDER> *part_list,
             SQL_I_List<ORDER> *ord_list,
             Window_frame *win_frame) 
    : Window_spec(win_ref, part_list, ord_list, win_frame),
      window_name(win_name) {}
 
  const char *name() override { return window_name->str; }

};

int setup_windows(THD *thd, Ref_ptr_array ref_pointer_array, TABLE_LIST *tables,
	          List<Item> &fields, List<Item> &all_fields, 
                  List<Window_spec> &win_specs, List<Item_window_func> &win_funcs);


//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Classes that make window functions computation a part of SELECT's query plan
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

class Frame_cursor;
/*
  This handles computation of one window function.

  Currently, we make a spearate filesort() call for each window function.
*/

class Window_func_runner : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  /* Add the function to be computed during the execution pass  */
  bool add_function_to_run(Item_window_func *win_func);

  /* Compute and fill the fields in the table. */
  bool exec(THD *thd, TABLE *tbl, SORT_INFO *filesort_result);

private:
  /* A list of window functions for which this Window_func_runner will compute
     values during the execution phase. */
  List<Item_window_func> window_functions;
};


/*
  Represents a group of window functions that require the same sorting of 
  rows and so share the filesort() call.

*/

class Window_funcs_sort : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  bool setup(THD *thd, SQL_SELECT *sel, List_iterator<Item_window_func> &it,
             st_join_table *join_tab);
  bool exec(JOIN *join, bool keep_filesort_result);
  void cleanup() { delete filesort; }

  friend class Window_funcs_computation;

private:
  Window_func_runner runner;

  /* Window functions can be computed over this sorting */
  Filesort *filesort;
};


struct st_join_table;
class Explain_aggr_window_funcs;

/*
  This is a "window function computation phase": a single object of this class
  takes care of computing all window functions in a SELECT.

  - JOIN optimizer is exected to call setup() during query optimization.
  - JOIN::exec() should call exec() once it has collected join output in a
    temporary table.
*/

class Window_funcs_computation : public Sql_alloc
{
  List<Window_funcs_sort> win_func_sorts;
public:
  bool setup(THD *thd, List<Item_window_func> *window_funcs, st_join_table *tab);
  bool exec(JOIN *join, bool keep_last_filesort_result);

  Explain_aggr_window_funcs *save_explain_plan(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, bool is_analyze);
  void cleanup();
};


#endif /* SQL_WINDOW_INCLUDED */
#ifndef OPTIMIZER_COSTS_INCLUDED
#define OPTIMIZER_COSTS_INCLUDED
/*
   Copyright (c) 2022, MariaDB AB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
   as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of
   the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA
*/

/*
  This file defines costs structures and cost functions used by the optimizer
*/


/*
  OPTIMIZER_COSTS stores cost variables for each engine. They are stored
  in linked_optimizer_costs (pointed to by handlerton) and TABLE_SHARE.
*/

#define OPTIMIZER_COST_UNDEF -1.0
struct OPTIMIZER_COSTS
{
  double disk_read_cost;
  double index_block_copy_cost;
  double key_cmp_cost;
  double key_copy_cost;
  double key_lookup_cost;
  double key_next_find_cost;
  double disk_read_ratio;
  double row_copy_cost;
  double row_lookup_cost;
  double row_next_find_cost;
  double rowid_cmp_cost;
  double rowid_copy_cost;
  double initialized;   // Set if default or connected with handlerton
};

/* Default optimizer costs */
extern OPTIMIZER_COSTS default_optimizer_costs;
/*
  These are used to avoid taking mutex while creating tmp tables
  These are created once after the server is started so they are
  not dynamic.
*/
extern OPTIMIZER_COSTS heap_optimizer_costs, tmp_table_optimizer_costs;

/*
  Interface to the engine cost variables. See optimizer_defaults.h for
  the default values.
*/

#define DISK_READ_RATIO        costs->disk_read_ratio
#define KEY_LOOKUP_COST        costs->key_lookup_cost
#define ROW_LOOKUP_COST        costs->row_lookup_cost
#define INDEX_BLOCK_COPY_COST  costs->index_block_copy_cost
#define KEY_COPY_COST          costs->key_copy_cost
#define ROW_COPY_COST          costs->row_copy_cost
#define ROW_COPY_COST_THD(THD) default_optimizer_costs.row_copy_cost
#define KEY_NEXT_FIND_COST     costs->key_next_find_cost
#define ROW_NEXT_FIND_COST     costs->row_next_find_cost
#define KEY_COMPARE_COST       costs->key_cmp_cost
#define SORT_INDEX_CMP_COST    default_optimizer_costs.key_cmp_cost
#define DISK_READ_COST         costs->disk_read_cost
#define DISK_READ_COST_THD(thd) default_optimizer_costs.disk_read_cost

/* Cost of comparing two rowids. This is set relative to KEY_COMPARE_COST */
#define ROWID_COMPARE_COST          costs->rowid_cmp_cost
#define ROWID_COMPARE_COST_THD(THD) default_optimizer_costs.rowid_cmp_cost

/* Cost of comparing two rowids. This is set relative to KEY_COPY_COST */
#define ROWID_COPY_COST             costs->rowid_copy_cost

/* Engine unrelated costs. Stored in THD so that the user can change them */
#define WHERE_COST              optimizer_where_cost
#define WHERE_COST_THD(THD)     ((THD)->variables.optimizer_where_cost)
#define TABLE_SCAN_SETUP_COST   optimizer_scan_setup_cost
#define TABLE_SCAN_SETUP_COST_THD(THD) (THD)->variables.optimizer_scan_setup_cost
#define INDEX_SCAN_SETUP_COST   optimizer_scan_setup_cost/2
/* Cost for doing duplicate removal in test_quick_select */
#define DUPLICATE_REMOVAL_COST  default_optimizer_costs.key_copy_cost

/* Default fill factors of an (b-tree) index block is assumed to be 0.75 */
#define INDEX_BLOCK_FILL_FACTOR_DIV 3
#define INDEX_BLOCK_FILL_FACTOR_MUL 4

/*
   These constants impact the cost of QSORT and priority queue sorting,
   scaling the "n * log(n)" operations cost proportionally.
   These factors are < 1.0 to scale down the sorting cost to be comparable
   to 'read a row' = 1.0, (or 0.55 with default caching).
   A factor of 0.1 makes the cost of get_pq_sort_cost(10, 10, false) =0.52
   (Reading 10 rows into a priority queue of 10 elements).

   One consenquence if this factor is too high is that priority_queue will
   not use addon fields (to solve the sort without having to do an extra
   re-read of rows) even if the number of LIMIT is low.
*/
#define QSORT_SORT_SLOWNESS_CORRECTION_FACTOR    (0.1)
#define PQ_SORT_SLOWNESS_CORRECTION_FACTOR       (0.1)

/*
  Creating a record from the join cache is faster than getting a row from
  the engine. JOIN_CACHE_ROW_COPY_COST_FACTOR is the factor used to
  take this into account. This is multiplied with ROW_COPY_COST.
*/
#define JOIN_CACHE_ROW_COPY_COST_FACTOR(thd) 1.0

/*
  cost1 is better that cost2 only if cost1 + COST_EPS < cost2
  The main purpose of this is to ensure we use the first index or plan
  when there are identical plans. Without COST_EPS some plans in the
  test suite would vary depending on floating point calculations done
  in different paths.
*/
#define COST_EPS  0.0000001

#define COST_MAX (DBL_MAX * (1.0 - DBL_EPSILON))

static inline double COST_ADD(double c, double d)
{
  DBUG_ASSERT(c >= 0);
  DBUG_ASSERT(d >= 0);
  return (COST_MAX - (d) > (c) ? (c) + (d) : COST_MAX);
}

static inline double COST_MULT(double c, double f)
{
  DBUG_ASSERT(c >= 0);
  DBUG_ASSERT(f >= 0);
  return (COST_MAX / (f) > (c) ? (c) * (f) : COST_MAX);
}

OPTIMIZER_COSTS *get_optimizer_costs(const LEX_CSTRING *cache_name);
OPTIMIZER_COSTS *create_optimizer_costs(const char *name, size_t length);
OPTIMIZER_COSTS *get_or_create_optimizer_costs(const char *name,
                                               size_t length);
bool create_default_optimizer_costs();
void copy_tmptable_optimizer_costs();
void free_all_optimizer_costs();
struct TABLE;

extern "C"
{
  typedef int (*process_optimizer_costs_t) (const LEX_CSTRING *,
                                            OPTIMIZER_COSTS *,
                                            TABLE *);
  bool process_optimizer_costs(process_optimizer_costs_t func, TABLE *param);
}


#endif /* OPTIMIZER_COSTS_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2012, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  51 Franklin Street, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef PFS_STATEMENT_PROVIDER_H
#define PFS_STATEMENT_PROVIDER_H

/**
  @file include/pfs_statement_provider.h
  Performance schema instrumentation (declarations).
*/

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_INTERFACE
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
#ifndef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"

#define PSI_STATEMENT_CALL(M) pfs_ ## M ## _v1
#define PSI_DIGEST_CALL(M) pfs_ ## M ## _v1

C_MODE_START

void pfs_register_statement_v1(const char *category,
                               PSI_statement_info_v1 *info,
                               int count);

PSI_statement_locker*
pfs_get_thread_statement_locker_v1(PSI_statement_locker_state *state,
                                   PSI_statement_key key,
                                   const void *charset,
                                   PSI_sp_share *sp_share);

PSI_statement_locker*
pfs_refine_statement_v1(PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                        PSI_statement_key key);

void pfs_start_statement_v1(PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                            const char *db, uint db_len,
                            const char *src_file, uint src_line);

void pfs_set_statement_text_v1(PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                               const char *text, uint text_len);

void pfs_set_statement_lock_time_v1(PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                                    ulonglong count);

void pfs_set_statement_rows_sent_v1(PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                                    ulonglong count);

void pfs_set_statement_rows_examined_v1(PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                                        ulonglong count);

void pfs_inc_statement_created_tmp_disk_tables_v1(PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                                                  ulong count);

void pfs_inc_statement_created_tmp_tables_v1(PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                                             ulong count);

void pfs_inc_statement_select_full_join_v1(PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                                           ulong count);

void pfs_inc_statement_select_full_range_join_v1(PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                                                 ulong count);

void pfs_inc_statement_select_range_v1(PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                                       ulong count);

void pfs_inc_statement_select_range_check_v1(PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                                             ulong count);

void pfs_inc_statement_select_scan_v1(PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                                      ulong count);

void pfs_inc_statement_sort_merge_passes_v1(PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                                            ulong count);

void pfs_inc_statement_sort_range_v1(PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                                     ulong count);

void pfs_inc_statement_sort_rows_v1(PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                                    ulong count);

void pfs_inc_statement_sort_scan_v1(PSI_statement_locker *locker,
                                    ulong count);

void pfs_set_statement_no_index_used_v1(PSI_statement_locker *locker);

void pfs_set_statement_no_good_index_used_v1(PSI_statement_locker *locker);

void pfs_end_statement_v1(PSI_statement_locker *locker, void *stmt_da);

PSI_digest_locker *pfs_digest_start_v1(PSI_statement_locker *locker);

void pfs_digest_end_v1(PSI_digest_locker *locker,
                       const sql_digest_storage *digest);

C_MODE_END

#endif /* MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN */
#endif /* EMBEDDED_LIBRARY */
#endif /* MYSQL_SERVER */
#endif /* HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_INTERFACE */

#endif

#ifndef SCHEDULER_INCLUDED
#define SCHEDULER_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2007, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   Copyright (c) 2012, Monty Program Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/*
  Classes for the thread scheduler
*/

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface
#endif

class THD;

/* Functions used when manipulating threads */

struct scheduler_functions
{
  uint max_threads;
  Atomic_counter<uint> *connection_count;
  ulong *max_connections;
  bool (*init)(void);
  void (*add_connection)(CONNECT *connect);
  void (*thd_wait_begin)(THD *thd, int wait_type);
  void (*thd_wait_end)(THD *thd);
  void (*post_kill_notification)(THD *thd);
  void (*end)(void);
  /** resume previous unfinished command (threadpool only)*/
  void (*thd_resume)(THD* thd);
};


/**
  Scheduler types enumeration.

  The default of --thread-handling is the first one in the
  thread_handling_names array, this array has to be consistent with
  the order in this array, so to change default one has to change the
  first entry in this enum and the first entry in the
  thread_handling_names array.

  @note The last entry of the enumeration is also used to mark the
  thread handling as dynamic. In this case the name of the thread
  handling is fetched from the name of the plugin that implements it.
*/
enum scheduler_types
{
  /*
    The default of --thread-handling is the first one in the
    thread_handling_names array, this array has to be consistent with
    the order in this array, so to change default one has to change
    the first entry in this enum and the first entry in the
    thread_handling_names array.
  */
  SCHEDULER_ONE_THREAD_PER_CONNECTION=0,
  SCHEDULER_NO_THREADS,
  SCHEDULER_TYPES_COUNT
};

void one_thread_per_connection_scheduler(scheduler_functions *func,
    ulong *arg_max_connections, Atomic_counter<uint> *arg_connection_count);
void one_thread_scheduler(scheduler_functions *func, Atomic_counter<uint> *arg_connection_count);

extern void scheduler_init();
extern void post_kill_notification(THD *);
/*
 To be used for pool-of-threads (implemeneted differently on various OSs)
*/
struct thd_scheduler
{
public:
  void *data;                  /* scheduler-specific data structure */
};

#ifdef HAVE_POOL_OF_THREADS
void pool_of_threads_scheduler(scheduler_functions* func,
   ulong *arg_max_connections,
   Atomic_counter<uint> *arg_connection_count);
#else
#define pool_of_threads_scheduler(A,B,C) \
  one_thread_per_connection_scheduler(A, B, C)
#endif /*HAVE_POOL_OF_THREADS*/

#endif /* SCHEDULER_INCLUDED */
#ifndef ITEM_ROW_INCLUDED
#define ITEM_ROW_INCLUDED

/*
   Copyright (c) 2002, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  Row items used for comparing rows and IN operations on rows:

  @verbatim
  (a, b, c) > (10, 10, 30)
  (a, b, c) = (select c, d, e, from t1 where x=12)
  (a, b, c) IN ((1,2,2), (3,4,5), (6,7,8)
  (a, b, c) IN (select c, d, e, from t1)
  @endverbatim
*/


/**
   Item which stores (x,y,...) and ROW(x,y,...).
   Note that this can be recursive: ((x,y),(z,t)) is a ROW of ROWs.
*/
class Item_row: public Item_fixed_hybrid,
                private Item_args,
                private Used_tables_and_const_cache
{
  table_map not_null_tables_cache;
  /**
    If elements are made only of constants, of which one or more are
    NULL. For example, this item is (1,2,NULL), or ( (1,NULL), (2,3) ).
  */
  bool with_null;
public:
  Item_row(THD *thd, List<Item> &list)
   :Item_fixed_hybrid(thd), Item_args(thd, list),
    not_null_tables_cache(0), with_null(0)
  { }
  Item_row(THD *thd, Item_row *row)
   :Item_fixed_hybrid(thd), Item_args(thd, static_cast<Item_args*>(row)),
    Used_tables_and_const_cache(),
    not_null_tables_cache(0), with_null(0)
  { }

  enum Type type() const override { return ROW_ITEM; };
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override { return &type_handler_row; }
  Field *create_tmp_field_ex(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table, Tmp_field_src *src,
                             const Tmp_field_param *param) override
  {
    return NULL; // Check with Vicentiu why it's called for Item_row
  }
  void illegal_method_call(const char *);
  bool is_null() override { return null_value; }
  void make_send_field(THD *thd, Send_field *) override
  {
    illegal_method_call((const char*)"make_send_field");
  };
  double val_real() override
  {
    illegal_method_call((const char*)"val");
    return 0;
  };
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    illegal_method_call((const char*)"val_int");
    return 0;
  };
  String *val_str(String *) override
  {
    illegal_method_call((const char*)"val_str");
    return 0;
  };
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override
  {
    illegal_method_call((const char*)"val_decimal");
    return 0;
  };
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    illegal_method_call((const char*)"get_date");
    return true;
  }
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  void fix_after_pullout(st_select_lex *new_parent, Item **ref, bool merge)
    override;
  void cleanup() override;
  void split_sum_func(THD *thd, Ref_ptr_array ref_pointer_array,
                      List<Item> &fields, uint flags) override;
  table_map used_tables() const override { return used_tables_cache; };
  bool const_item() const override { return const_item_cache; };
  void update_used_tables() override
  {
    used_tables_and_const_cache_init();
    used_tables_and_const_cache_update_and_join(arg_count, args);
  }
  table_map not_null_tables() const override { return not_null_tables_cache; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;

  bool walk(Item_processor processor, bool walk_subquery, void *arg) override
  {
    if (walk_args(processor, walk_subquery, arg))
      return true;
    return (this->*processor)(arg);
  }
  Item *transform(THD *thd, Item_transformer transformer, uchar *arg) override;
  bool eval_not_null_tables(void *opt_arg) override;
  bool find_not_null_fields(table_map allowed) override;

  uint cols() const override { return arg_count; }
  Item* element_index(uint i) override { return args[i]; }
  Item** addr(uint i) override { return args + i; }
  bool check_cols(uint c) override;
  bool null_inside() override { return with_null; };
  void bring_value() override;

  Item* propagate_equal_fields(THD *thd, const Context &ctx, COND_EQUAL *cond)
    override
  {
    Item_args::propagate_equal_fields(thd, Context_identity(), cond);
    return this;
  }

  bool excl_dep_on_table(table_map tab_map) override
  {
    return Item_args::excl_dep_on_table(tab_map);
  }

  bool excl_dep_on_grouping_fields(st_select_lex *sel) override
  {
    return Item_args::excl_dep_on_grouping_fields(sel);
  }

  bool excl_dep_on_in_subq_left_part(Item_in_subselect *subq_pred) override
  {
    return Item_args::excl_dep_on_in_subq_left_part(subq_pred);
  }

  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override {return FALSE; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_row>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override;
};

#endif /* ITEM_ROW_INCLUDED */
#ifndef RPL_PARALLEL_H
#define RPL_PARALLEL_H

#include "log_event.h"


struct rpl_parallel;
struct rpl_parallel_entry;
struct rpl_parallel_thread_pool;
extern struct rpl_parallel_thread_pool pool_bkp_for_pfs;

class Relay_log_info;
struct inuse_relaylog;


/*
  Structure used to keep track of the parallel replication of a batch of
  event-groups that group-committed together on the master.

  It is used to ensure that every event group in one batch has reached the
  commit stage before the next batch starts executing.

  Note the lifetime of this structure:

   - It is allocated when the first event in a new batch of group commits
     is queued, from the free list rpl_parallel_entry::gco_free_list.

   - The gco for the batch currently being queued is owned by
     rpl_parallel_entry::current_gco. The gco for a previous batch that has
     been fully queued is owned by the gco->prev_gco pointer of the gco for
     the following batch.

   - The worker thread waits on gco->COND_group_commit_orderer for
     rpl_parallel_entry::count_committing_event_groups to reach wait_count
     before starting; the first waiter links the gco into the next_gco
     pointer of the gco of the previous batch for signalling.

   - When an event group reaches the commit stage, it signals the
     COND_group_commit_orderer if its gco->next_gco pointer is non-NULL and
     rpl_parallel_entry::count_committing_event_groups has reached
     gco->next_gco->wait_count.

   - The gco lives until all its event groups have completed their commit.
     This is detected by rpl_parallel_entry::last_committed_sub_id being
     greater than or equal gco->last_sub_id. Once this happens, the gco is
     freed. Note that since update of last_committed_sub_id can happen
     out-of-order, the thread that frees a given gco can be for any later
     event group, not necessarily an event group from the gco being freed.
*/
struct group_commit_orderer {
  /* Wakeup condition, used with rpl_parallel_entry::LOCK_parallel_entry. */
  mysql_cond_t COND_group_commit_orderer;
  uint64 wait_count;
  group_commit_orderer *prev_gco;
  group_commit_orderer *next_gco;
  /*
    The sub_id of last event group in the previous GCO.
    Only valid if prev_gco != NULL.
  */
  uint64 prior_sub_id;
  /*
    The sub_id of the last event group in this GCO. Only valid when next_gco
    is non-NULL.
  */
  uint64 last_sub_id;
  /*
    This flag is set when this GCO has been installed into the next_gco pointer
    of the previous GCO.
  */
  bool installed;

  enum force_switch_bits
  {
    /*
      This flag is set for a GCO in which we have event groups with multiple
      different commit_id values from the master. This happens when we
      optimistically try to execute in parallel transactions not known to be
      conflict-free.

      When this flag is set, in case of DDL we need to start a new GCO
      regardless of current commit_id, as DDL is not safe to
      speculatively apply in parallel with prior event groups.
    */
    MULTI_BATCH= 1,
    /*
      This flag is set for a GCO that contains DDL. If set, it forces
      a switch to a new GCO upon seeing a new commit_id, as DDL is not
      safe to speculatively replicate in parallel with subsequent
      transactions.
    */
    FORCE_SWITCH= 2
  };
  uint8 flags;
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  /*
    Flag set when the GCO has been freed and entered the free list, to catch
    (in debug) errors in the complex lifetime of this object.
  */
  bool gc_done;
#endif
};


struct rpl_parallel_thread {
  bool delay_start;
  bool running;
  bool stop;
  bool pause_for_ftwrl;
  /*
    0  = No start alter assigned
   >0 = Start alter assigned
  */
  uint64 current_start_alter_id;
  uint32 current_start_alter_domain_id;
  /*
   This flag is true when Start Alter just needs to be binlogged only.
   This scenario will happens when there is congestion , and we can not
   allocate independent worker to start alter.
  */
  bool reserved_start_alter_thread;
  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_rpl_thread;
  mysql_cond_t COND_rpl_thread;
  mysql_cond_t COND_rpl_thread_queue;
  mysql_cond_t COND_rpl_thread_stop;
  struct rpl_parallel_thread *next;             /* For free list. */
  struct rpl_parallel_thread_pool *pool;
  THD *thd;
  /*
    Who owns the thread, if any (it's a pointer into the
    rpl_parallel_entry::rpl_threads array.
  */
  struct rpl_parallel_thread **current_owner;
  /* The rpl_parallel_entry of the owner. */
  rpl_parallel_entry *current_entry;
  struct queued_event {
    queued_event *next;
    /*
      queued_event can hold either an event to be executed, or just a binlog
      position to be updated without any associated event.
    */
    enum queued_event_t {
      QUEUED_EVENT,
      QUEUED_POS_UPDATE,
      QUEUED_MASTER_RESTART
    } typ;
    union {
      Log_event *ev;                            /* QUEUED_EVENT */
      rpl_parallel_entry *entry_for_queued;     /* QUEUED_POS_UPDATE and
                                                   QUEUED_MASTER_RESTART */
    };
    rpl_group_info *rgi;
    inuse_relaylog *ir;
    ulonglong future_event_relay_log_pos;
    char event_relay_log_name[FN_REFLEN];
    char future_event_master_log_name[FN_REFLEN];
    ulonglong event_relay_log_pos;
    my_off_t future_event_master_log_pos;
    size_t event_size;
  } *event_queue, *last_in_queue;
  uint64 queued_size;
  /* These free lists are protected by LOCK_rpl_thread. */
  queued_event *qev_free_list;
  rpl_group_info *rgi_free_list;
  group_commit_orderer *gco_free_list;
  /*
    These free lists are local to the thread, so need not be protected by any
    lock. They are moved to the global free lists in batches in the function
    batch_free(), to reduce LOCK_rpl_thread contention.

    The lists are not NULL-terminated (as we do not need to traverse them).
    Instead, if they are non-NULL, the loc_XXX_last_ptr_ptr points to the
    `next' pointer of the last element, which is used to link into the front
    of the global freelists.
  */
  queued_event *loc_qev_list, **loc_qev_last_ptr_ptr;
  size_t loc_qev_size;
  uint64 qev_free_pending;
  rpl_group_info *loc_rgi_list, **loc_rgi_last_ptr_ptr;
  group_commit_orderer *loc_gco_list, **loc_gco_last_ptr_ptr;
  /* These keep track of batch update of inuse_relaylog refcounts. */
  inuse_relaylog *accumulated_ir_last;
  uint64 accumulated_ir_count;

  char channel_name[MAX_CONNECTION_NAME];
  uint channel_name_length;
  rpl_gtid last_seen_gtid;
  int last_error_number;
  char last_error_message[MAX_SLAVE_ERRMSG];
  ulonglong last_error_timestamp;
  ulonglong worker_idle_time;
  ulong last_trans_retry_count;
  ulonglong start_time;
  void start_time_tracker()
  {
    start_time= microsecond_interval_timer();
  }
  ulonglong compute_time_lapsed()
  {
    return (ulonglong)((microsecond_interval_timer() - start_time) / 1000000.0);
  }
  void add_to_worker_idle_time_and_reset()
  {
    worker_idle_time+= compute_time_lapsed();
    start_time=0;
  }
  ulonglong get_worker_idle_time()
  {
    if (start_time)
      return (worker_idle_time + compute_time_lapsed());
    else
      return worker_idle_time;
  }
  void enqueue(queued_event *qev)
  {
    if (last_in_queue)
      last_in_queue->next= qev;
    else
      event_queue= qev;
    last_in_queue= qev;
    queued_size+= qev->event_size;
  }

  void dequeue1(queued_event *list)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(list == event_queue);
    event_queue= last_in_queue= NULL;
  }

  void dequeue2(size_t dequeue_size)
  {
    queued_size-= dequeue_size;
  }

  queued_event *get_qev_common(Log_event *ev, ulonglong event_size);
  queued_event *get_qev(Log_event *ev, ulonglong event_size,
                        Relay_log_info *rli);
  queued_event *retry_get_qev(Log_event *ev, queued_event *orig_qev,
                              const char *relay_log_name,
                              ulonglong event_pos, ulonglong event_size);
  /*
    Put a qev on the local free list, to be later released to the global free
    list by batch_free().
  */
  void loc_free_qev(queued_event *qev);
  /*
    Release an rgi immediately to the global free list. Requires holding the
    LOCK_rpl_thread mutex.
  */
  void free_qev(queued_event *qev);
  rpl_group_info *get_rgi(Relay_log_info *rli, Gtid_log_event *gtid_ev,
                          rpl_parallel_entry *e, ulonglong event_size);
  /*
    Put an gco on the local free list, to be later released to the global free
    list by batch_free().
  */
  void loc_free_rgi(rpl_group_info *rgi);
  /*
    Release an rgi immediately to the global free list. Requires holding the
    LOCK_rpl_thread mutex.
  */
  void free_rgi(rpl_group_info *rgi);
  group_commit_orderer *get_gco(uint64 wait_count, group_commit_orderer *prev,
                                uint64 first_sub_id);
  /*
    Put a gco on the local free list, to be later released to the global free
    list by batch_free().
  */
  void loc_free_gco(group_commit_orderer *gco);
  /*
    Move all local free lists to the global ones. Requires holding
    LOCK_rpl_thread.
  */
  void batch_free();
  /* Update inuse_relaylog refcounts with what we have accumulated so far. */
  void inuse_relaylog_refcount_update();
  rpl_parallel_thread();
};


struct pool_bkp_for_pfs{
  uint32 count;
  bool inited, is_valid;
  struct rpl_parallel_thread **rpl_thread_arr;
  void init(uint32 thd_count)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(thd_count);
    rpl_thread_arr= (rpl_parallel_thread **)
                      my_malloc(PSI_INSTRUMENT_ME,
                                thd_count * sizeof(rpl_parallel_thread*),
                                MYF(MY_WME | MY_ZEROFILL));
    for (uint i=0; i<thd_count; i++)
      rpl_thread_arr[i]= (rpl_parallel_thread *)
                          my_malloc(PSI_INSTRUMENT_ME, sizeof(rpl_parallel_thread),
                                    MYF(MY_WME | MY_ZEROFILL));
    count= thd_count;
    inited= true;
  }

  void destroy()
  {
    if (inited)
    {
      for (uint i=0; i<count; i++)
        my_free(rpl_thread_arr[i]);

      my_free(rpl_thread_arr);
      rpl_thread_arr= NULL;
    }
    inited= false;
  }
};

struct rpl_parallel_thread_pool {
  struct rpl_parallel_thread **threads;
  struct rpl_parallel_thread *free_list;
  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_rpl_thread_pool;
  mysql_cond_t COND_rpl_thread_pool;
  uint32 count;
  bool inited;

  /*
    Lock first LOCK_rpl_thread_pool and then LOCK_rpl_thread to
    update this variable.
  */
  uint32 current_start_alters;
  /*
    While FTWRL runs, this counter is incremented to make SQL thread or
    STOP/START slave not try to start new activity while that operation
    is in progress.
  */
  bool busy;
  struct pool_bkp_for_pfs pfs_bkp;

  rpl_parallel_thread_pool();
  void copy_pool_for_pfs(Relay_log_info *rli);
  int init(uint32 size);
  void destroy();
  void deactivate();
  void destroy_cond_mutex();
  struct rpl_parallel_thread *get_thread(rpl_parallel_thread **owner,
                                         rpl_parallel_entry *entry);
  void release_thread(rpl_parallel_thread *rpt);
};


struct rpl_parallel_entry {
  /*
    A small struct to put worker threads references into a FIFO (using an
    I_List) for round-robin scheduling.
  */
  struct sched_bucket : public ilink {
    sched_bucket() : thr(nullptr) { }
    rpl_parallel_thread *thr;
  };
  /*
    A struct to keep track of into which "generation" an XA XID was last
    scheduled. A "generation" means that we know that every worker thread
    slot in the rpl_parallel_entry was scheduled at least once. When more
    that two generations have passed, we can safely reuse the XID in a
    different worker.
  */
  struct xid_active_generation {
    uint64 generation;
    sched_bucket *thr;
    xid_t xid;
  };

  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_parallel_entry;
  mysql_cond_t COND_parallel_entry;
  uint32 domain_id;
  /*
    Incremented by wait_for_workers_idle() and rpl_pause_for_ftwrl() to show
    that they are waiting, so that finish_event_group knows to signal them
    when last_committed_sub_id is increased.
  */
  uint32 need_sub_id_signal;
  uint64 last_commit_id;
  uint32 pending_start_alters;
  bool active;
  /*
    Set when SQL thread is shutting down, and no more events can be processed,
    so worker threads must force abort any current transactions without
    waiting for event groups to complete.
  */
  bool force_abort;
  /*
   At STOP SLAVE (force_abort=true), we do not want to process all events in
   the queue (which could unnecessarily delay stop, if a lot of events happen
   to be queued). The stop_sub_id provides a safe point at which to stop, so
   that everything before becomes committed and nothing after does. The value
   corresponds to rpl_group_info::gtid_sub_id; if that is less than or equal
   to stop_sub_id, we execute the associated event group, else we skip it (and
   all following) and stop.
  */
  uint64 stop_sub_id;

  /*
    Array recording the last rpl_thread_max worker threads that we
    queued event for. This is used to limit how many workers a single domain
    can occupy (--slave-domain-parallel-threads).

    The array is structured as a FIFO using an I_List thread_sched_fifo.

    Note that workers are never explicitly deleted from the array. Instead,
    we need to check (under LOCK_rpl_thread) that the thread still belongs
    to us before re-using (rpl_thread::current_owner).
  */
  sched_bucket *rpl_threads;
  I_List<sched_bucket> *thread_sched_fifo;
  uint32 rpl_thread_max;
  /*
    Keep track of all XA XIDs that may still be active in a worker thread.
    The elements are of type xid_active_generation.
  */
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY maybe_active_xid;
  /*
    Keeping track of the current scheduling generation.

    A new generation means that every worker thread in the rpl_threads array
    have been scheduled at least one event group.

    When we have scheduled to slot current_generation_idx= 0, 1, ..., N-1 in this
    order, we know that (at least) one generation has passed.
  */
  uint64 current_generation;
  uint32 current_generation_idx;

  /*
    The sub_id of the last transaction to commit within this domain_id.
    Must be accessed under LOCK_parallel_entry protection.

    Event groups commit in order, so the rpl_group_info for an event group
    will be alive (at least) as long as
    rpl_group_info::gtid_sub_id > last_committed_sub_id. This can be used to
    safely refer back to previous event groups if they are still executing,
    and ignore them if they completed, without requiring explicit
    synchronisation between the threads.
  */
  uint64 last_committed_sub_id;
  /*
    The sub_id of the last event group in this replication domain that was
    queued for execution by a worker thread.
  */
  uint64 current_sub_id;
  /*
    The largest sub_id that has started its transaction. Protected by
    LOCK_parallel_entry.

    (Transactions can start out-of-order, so this value signifies that no
    transactions with larger sub_id have started, but not necessarily that all
    transactions with smaller sub_id have started).
  */
  uint64 largest_started_sub_id;
  rpl_group_info *current_group_info;
  /*
    If we get an error in some event group, we set the sub_id of that event
    group here. Then later event groups (with higher sub_id) can know not to
    try to start (event groups that already started will be rolled back when
    wait_for_prior_commit() returns error).
    The value is ULONGLONG_MAX when no error occurred.
  */
  uint64 stop_on_error_sub_id;
  /*
    During FLUSH TABLES WITH READ LOCK, transactions with sub_id larger than
    this value must not start, but wait until the global read lock is released.
    The value is set to ULONGLONG_MAX when no FTWRL is pending.
  */
  uint64 pause_sub_id;
  /* Total count of event groups queued so far. */
  uint64 count_queued_event_groups;
  /*
    Count of event groups that have started (but not necessarily completed)
    the commit phase. We use this to know when every event group in a previous
    batch of master group commits have started committing on the slave, so
    that it is safe to start executing the events in the following batch.
  */
  uint64 count_committing_event_groups;
  /* The group_commit_orderer object for the events currently being queued. */
  group_commit_orderer *current_gco;
  /* Relay log info of replication source for this entry. */
  Relay_log_info *rli;

  void check_scheduling_generation(sched_bucket *cur);
  sched_bucket *check_xa_xid_dependency(xid_t *xid);
  rpl_parallel_thread * choose_thread(rpl_group_info *rgi, bool *did_enter_cond,
                                      PSI_stage_info *old_stage,
                                      Gtid_log_event *gtid_ev);
  rpl_parallel_thread *
  choose_thread_internal(sched_bucket *cur_thr, bool *did_enter_cond,
                         rpl_group_info *rgi, PSI_stage_info *old_stage);
  int queue_master_restart(rpl_group_info *rgi,
                           Format_description_log_event *fdev);
  /*
    the initial size of maybe_ array corresponds to the case of
    each worker receives perhaps unlikely XA-PREPARE and XA-COMMIT within
    the same generation.
  */
  inline uint active_xid_init_alloc() { return 3 * 2 * rpl_thread_max; }
};
struct rpl_parallel {
  HASH domain_hash;
  rpl_parallel_entry *current;
  bool sql_thread_stopping;

  rpl_parallel();
  ~rpl_parallel();
  void reset();
  rpl_parallel_entry *find(uint32 domain_id, Relay_log_info *rli);
  void wait_for_done(THD *thd, Relay_log_info *rli);
  void stop_during_until();
  int wait_for_workers_idle(THD *thd);
  int do_event(rpl_group_info *serial_rgi, Log_event *ev, ulonglong event_size);
};


extern struct rpl_parallel_thread_pool global_rpl_thread_pool;


extern void wait_for_pending_deadlock_kill(THD *thd, rpl_group_info *rgi);
extern int rpl_parallel_resize_pool_if_no_slaves(void);
extern int rpl_parallel_activate_pool(rpl_parallel_thread_pool *pool);
extern int rpl_parallel_inactivate_pool(rpl_parallel_thread_pool *pool);
extern bool process_gtid_for_restart_pos(Relay_log_info *rli, rpl_gtid *gtid);
extern int rpl_pause_for_ftwrl(THD *thd);
extern void rpl_unpause_after_ftwrl(THD *thd);

#endif  /* RPL_PARALLEL_H */
/* Copyright 2018 Codership Oy <info@codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef WSREP_CONDITION_VARIABLE_H
#define WSREP_CONDITION_VARIABLE_H

/* wsrep-lib */
#include "wsrep/condition_variable.hpp"

/* implementation */
#include "my_pthread.h"

class Wsrep_condition_variable : public wsrep::condition_variable
{
public:

  Wsrep_condition_variable(mysql_cond_t* cond)
    : m_cond(cond)
  { }
  ~Wsrep_condition_variable() = default;

  void notify_one() override
  {
    mysql_cond_signal(m_cond);
  }

  void notify_all() override
  {
    mysql_cond_broadcast(m_cond);
  }

  void wait(wsrep::unique_lock<wsrep::mutex>& lock) override
  {
    mysql_mutex_t* mutex= static_cast<mysql_mutex_t*>(lock.mutex()->native());
    mysql_cond_wait(m_cond, mutex);
  }
private:
  mysql_cond_t* m_cond;
};

#endif /* WSREP_CONDITION_VARIABLE_H */
/* Copyright (c) 2019 MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef SQL_TYPE_REAL_INCLUDED
#define SQL_TYPE_REAL_INCLUDED

#include <cmath>

class Float
{
  float m_value;
public:
  Float(float nr)
   :m_value(nr)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!std::isnan(nr));
    DBUG_ASSERT(!std::isinf(nr));
  }
  Float(double nr)
   :m_value((float) nr)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!std::isnan(nr));
    DBUG_ASSERT(!std::isinf(nr));
    DBUG_ASSERT(nr <= FLT_MAX);
    DBUG_ASSERT(nr >= -FLT_MAX);
  }
  Float(const uchar *ptr)
  {
    float4get(m_value, ptr);
  }
  bool to_string(String *to, uint dec) const;
};


#endif // SQL_TYPE_REAL_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2014 Monty Program Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 or later of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/* Prototypes when using thr_timer functions */

#ifndef THR_TIMER_INCLUDED
#define THR_TIMER_INCLUDED
#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct st_timer {
  struct timespec expire_time;
  ulonglong period;
  my_bool expired;
  uint index_in_queue;
  void (*func)(void*);
  void *func_arg;
} thr_timer_t;

/* Main functions for library */
my_bool init_thr_timer(uint init_size_for_timer_queue);
void end_thr_timer();

/* Functions for handling one timer */
void thr_timer_init(thr_timer_t *timer_data, void(*function)(void*),
                    void *arg);
void thr_timer_set_period(thr_timer_t* timer_data, ulonglong microseconds);
my_bool thr_timer_settime(thr_timer_t *timer_data, ulonglong microseconds);
void    thr_timer_end(thr_timer_t *timer_data);

#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif /* __cplusplus */
#endif /* THR_TIMER_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_DO_INCLUDED
#define SQL_DO_INCLUDED

#include "sql_list.h"                           /* List */

class THD;
class Item;

bool mysql_do(THD *thd, List<Item> &values);

#endif /* SQL_DO_INCLUDED */
#ifndef ITEM_SUM_INCLUDED
#define ITEM_SUM_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2013 Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2008, 2023, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */


/* classes for sum functions */

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#include <my_tree.h>
#include "sql_udf.h"                            /* udf_handler */

class Item_sum;
class Aggregator_distinct;
class Aggregator_simple;

/**
  The abstract base class for the Aggregator_* classes.
  It implements the data collection functions (setup/add/clear)
  as either pass-through to the real functionality or
  as collectors into an Unique (for distinct) structure.

  Note that update_field/reset_field are not in that
  class, because they're simply not called when
  GROUP BY/DISTINCT can be handled with help of index on grouped 
  fields (quick_group = 0);
*/

class Aggregator : public Sql_alloc
{
  friend class Item_sum;
  friend class Item_sum_sum;
  friend class Item_sum_count;
  friend class Item_sum_avg;

  /* 
    All members are protected as this class is not usable outside of an 
    Item_sum descendant.
  */
protected:
  /* the aggregate function class to act on */
  Item_sum *item_sum;

public:
  Aggregator (Item_sum *arg): item_sum(arg) {}
  virtual ~Aggregator () = default;                   /* Keep gcc happy */

  enum Aggregator_type { SIMPLE_AGGREGATOR, DISTINCT_AGGREGATOR };
  virtual Aggregator_type Aggrtype() = 0;

  /**
    Called before adding the first row. 
    Allocates and sets up the internal aggregation structures used, 
    e.g. the Unique instance used to calculate distinct.
  */
  virtual bool setup(THD *) = 0;

  /**
    Called when we need to wipe out all the data from the aggregator :
    all the values acumulated and all the state.
    Cleans up the internal structures and resets them to their initial state.
  */
  virtual void clear() = 0;

  /**
    Called when there's a new value to be aggregated.
    Updates the internal state of the aggregator to reflect the new value.
  */
  virtual bool add() = 0;

  /**
    Called when there are no more data and the final value is to be retrieved.
    Finalises the state of the aggregator, so the final result can be retrieved.
  */
  virtual void endup() = 0;

  /** Decimal value of being-aggregated argument */
  virtual my_decimal *arg_val_decimal(my_decimal * value) = 0;
  /** Floating point value of being-aggregated argument */
  virtual double arg_val_real() = 0;
  /**
    NULLness of being-aggregated argument.

    @param use_null_value Optimization: to determine if the argument is NULL
    we must, in the general case, call is_null() on it, which itself might
    call val_*() on it, which might be costly. If you just have called
    arg_val*(), you can pass use_null_value=true; this way, arg_is_null()
    might avoid is_null() and instead do a cheap read of the Item's null_value
    (updated by arg_val*()).
  */
  virtual bool arg_is_null(bool use_null_value) = 0;
};


class st_select_lex;
class Window_spec;

/**
  Class Item_sum is the base class used for special expressions that SQL calls
  'set functions'. These expressions are formed with the help of aggregate
  functions such as SUM, MAX, GROUP_CONCAT etc.

 GENERAL NOTES

  A set function cannot be used in certain positions where expressions are
  accepted. There are some quite explicable restrictions for the usage of 
  set functions.

  In the query:
    SELECT AVG(b) FROM t1 WHERE SUM(b) > 20 GROUP by a
  the usage of the set function AVG(b) is legal, while the usage of SUM(b)
  is illegal. A WHERE condition must contain expressions that can be 
  evaluated for each row of the table. Yet the expression SUM(b) can be
  evaluated only for each group of rows with the same value of column a.
  In the query:
    SELECT AVG(b) FROM t1 WHERE c > 30 GROUP BY a HAVING SUM(b) > 20
  both set function expressions AVG(b) and SUM(b) are legal.

  We can say that in a query without nested selects an occurrence of a
  set function in an expression of the SELECT list or/and in the HAVING
  clause is legal, while in the WHERE clause it's illegal.

  The general rule to detect whether a set function is legal in a query with
  nested subqueries is much more complicated.

  Consider the following query:
    SELECT t1.a FROM t1 GROUP BY t1.a
      HAVING t1.a > ALL (SELECT t2.c FROM t2 WHERE SUM(t1.b) < t2.c).
  The set function SUM(b) is used here in the WHERE clause of the subquery.
  Nevertheless it is legal since it is under the HAVING clause of the query
  to which this function relates. The expression SUM(t1.b) is evaluated
  for each group defined in the main query, not for groups of the subquery.

  The problem of finding the query where to aggregate a particular
  set function is not so simple as it seems to be.

  In the query: 
    SELECT t1.a FROM t1 GROUP BY t1.a
     HAVING t1.a > ALL(SELECT t2.c FROM t2 GROUP BY t2.c
                         HAVING SUM(t1.a) < t2.c)
  the set function can be evaluated for both outer and inner selects.
  If we evaluate SUM(t1.a) for the outer query then we get the value of t1.a
  multiplied by the cardinality of a group in table t1. In this case 
  in each correlated subquery SUM(t1.a) is used as a constant. But we also
  can evaluate SUM(t1.a) for the inner query. In this case t1.a will be a
  constant for each correlated subquery and summation is performed
  for each group of table t2.
  (Here it makes sense to remind that the query
    SELECT c FROM t GROUP BY a HAVING SUM(1) < a 
  is quite legal in our SQL).

  So depending on what query we assign the set function to we
  can get different result sets.

  The general rule to detect the query where a set function is to be
  evaluated can be formulated as follows.
  Consider a set function S(E) where E is an expression with occurrences
  of column references C1, ..., CN. Resolve these column references against
  subqueries that contain the set function S(E). Let Q be the innermost
  subquery of those subqueries. (It should be noted here that S(E)
  in no way can be evaluated in the subquery embedding the subquery Q,
  otherwise S(E) would refer to at least one unbound column reference)
  If S(E) is used in a construct of Q where set functions are allowed then
  we evaluate S(E) in Q.
  Otherwise we look for a innermost subquery containing S(E) of those where
  usage of S(E) is allowed.

  Let's demonstrate how this rule is applied to the following queries.

  1. SELECT t1.a FROM t1 GROUP BY t1.a
       HAVING t1.a > ALL(SELECT t2.b FROM t2 GROUP BY t2.b
                           HAVING t2.b > ALL(SELECT t3.c FROM t3 GROUP BY t3.c
                                                HAVING SUM(t1.a+t2.b) < t3.c))
  For this query the set function SUM(t1.a+t2.b) depends on t1.a and t2.b
  with t1.a defined in the outermost query, and t2.b defined for its
  subquery. The set function is in the HAVING clause of the subquery and can
  be evaluated in this subquery.

  2. SELECT t1.a FROM t1 GROUP BY t1.a
       HAVING t1.a > ALL(SELECT t2.b FROM t2
                           WHERE t2.b > ALL (SELECT t3.c FROM t3 GROUP BY t3.c
                                               HAVING SUM(t1.a+t2.b) < t3.c))
  Here the set function SUM(t1.a+t2.b)is in the WHERE clause of the second
  subquery - the most upper subquery where t1.a and t2.b are defined.
  If we evaluate the function in this subquery we violate the context rules.
  So we evaluate the function in the third subquery (over table t3) where it
  is used under the HAVING clause.

  3. SELECT t1.a FROM t1 GROUP BY t1.a
       HAVING t1.a > ALL(SELECT t2.b FROM t2
                           WHERE t2.b > ALL (SELECT t3.c FROM t3 
                                               WHERE SUM(t1.a+t2.b) < t3.c))
  In this query evaluation of SUM(t1.a+t2.b) is not legal neither in the second
  nor in the third subqueries. So this query is invalid.

  Mostly set functions cannot be nested. In the query
    SELECT t1.a from t1 GROUP BY t1.a HAVING AVG(SUM(t1.b)) > 20
  the expression SUM(b) is not acceptable, though it is under a HAVING clause.
  Yet it is acceptable in the query:
    SELECT t.1 FROM t1 GROUP BY t1.a HAVING SUM(t1.b) > 20.

  An argument of a set function does not have to be a reference to a table
  column as we saw it in examples above. This can be a more complex expression
    SELECT t1.a FROM t1 GROUP BY t1.a HAVING SUM(t1.b+1) > 20.
  The expression SUM(t1.b+1) has a very clear semantics in this context:
  we sum up the values of t1.b+1 where t1.b varies for all values within a
  group of rows that contain the same t1.a value.

  A set function for an outer query yields a constant within a subquery. So
  the semantics of the query
    SELECT t1.a FROM t1 GROUP BY t1.a
      HAVING t1.a IN (SELECT t2.c FROM t2 GROUP BY t2.c
                        HAVING AVG(t2.c+SUM(t1.b)) > 20)
  is still clear. For a group of the rows with the same t1.a values we
  calculate the value of SUM(t1.b). This value 's' is substituted in the
  the subquery:
    SELECT t2.c FROM t2 GROUP BY t2.c HAVING AVG(t2.c+s)
  than returns some result set.

  By the same reason the following query with a subquery 
    SELECT t1.a FROM t1 GROUP BY t1.a
      HAVING t1.a IN (SELECT t2.c FROM t2 GROUP BY t2.c
                        HAVING AVG(SUM(t1.b)) > 20)
  is also acceptable.

 IMPLEMENTATION NOTES

  Three methods were added to the class to check the constraints specified
  in the previous section. These methods utilize several new members.

  The field 'nest_level' contains the number of the level for the subquery
  containing the set function. The main SELECT is of level 0, its subqueries
  are of levels 1, the subqueries of the latter are of level 2 and so on.

  The field 'aggr_level' is to contain the nest level of the subquery
  where the set function is aggregated.

  The field 'max_arg_level' is for the maximum of the nest levels of the
  unbound column references occurred in the set function. A column reference
  is unbound  within a set function if it is not bound by any subquery
  used as a subexpression in this function. A column reference is bound by
  a subquery if it is a reference to the column by which the aggregation
  of some set function that is used in the subquery is calculated.
  For the set function used in the query
    SELECT t1.a FROM t1 GROUP BY t1.a
      HAVING t1.a > ALL(SELECT t2.b FROM t2 GROUP BY t2.b
                          HAVING t2.b > ALL(SELECT t3.c FROM t3 GROUP BY t3.c
                                              HAVING SUM(t1.a+t2.b) < t3.c))
  the value of max_arg_level is equal to 1 since t1.a is bound in the main
  query, and t2.b is bound by the first subquery whose nest level is 1.
  Obviously a set function cannot be aggregated in the subquery whose
  nest level is less than max_arg_level. (Yet it can be aggregated in the
  subqueries whose nest level is greater than max_arg_level.)
  In the query
    SELECT t.a FROM t1 HAVING AVG(t1.a+(SELECT MIN(t2.c) FROM t2))
  the value of the max_arg_level for the AVG set function is 0 since
  the reference t2.c is bound in the subquery.

  The field 'max_sum_func_level' is to contain the maximum of the
  nest levels of the set functions that are used as subexpressions of
  the arguments of the given set function, but not aggregated in any
  subquery within this set function. A nested set function s1 can be
  used within set function s0 only if s1.max_sum_func_level <
  s0.max_sum_func_level. Set function s1 is considered as nested
  for set function s0 if s1 is not calculated in any subquery
  within s0.

  A set function that is used as a subexpression in an argument of another
  set function refers to the latter via the field 'in_sum_func'.

  The condition imposed on the usage of set functions are checked when
  we traverse query subexpressions with the help of the recursive method
  fix_fields. When we apply this method to an object of the class
  Item_sum, first, on the descent, we call the method init_sum_func_check
  that initialize members used at checking. Then, on the ascent, we
  call the method check_sum_func that validates the set function usage
  and reports an error if it is illegal.
  The method register_sum_func serves to link the items for the set functions
  that are aggregated in the embedding (sub)queries. Circular chains of such
  functions are attached to the corresponding st_select_lex structures
  through the field inner_sum_func_list.

  Exploiting the fact that the members mentioned above are used in one
  recursive function we could have allocated them on the thread stack.
  Yet we don't do it now.
  
  We assume that the nesting level of subquries does not exceed 127.
  TODO: to catch queries where the limit is exceeded to make the
  code clean here.  

  @note
  The implementation takes into account the used strategy:
  - Items resolved at optimization phase return 0 from Item_sum::used_tables().
  - Items that depend on the number of join output records, but not columns of
  any particular table (like COUNT(*)), returm 0 from Item_sum::used_tables(),
  but still return false from Item_sum::const_item().
*/

class Item_sum :public Item_func_or_sum
{
  friend class Aggregator_distinct;
  friend class Aggregator_simple;

protected:
  /**
    Aggregator class instance. Not set initially. Allocated only after
    it is determined if the incoming data are already distinct.
  */
  Aggregator *aggr;

private:
  /**
    Used in making ROLLUP. Set for the ROLLUP copies of the original
    Item_sum and passed to create_tmp_field() to cause it to work
    over the temp table buffer that is referenced by
    Item_result_field::result_field.
  */
  bool force_copy_fields;

  /**
    Indicates how the aggregate function was specified by the parser :
    1 if it was written as AGGREGATE(DISTINCT),
    0 if it was AGGREGATE()
  */
  bool with_distinct;

  /* TRUE if this is aggregate function of a window function */
  bool window_func_sum_expr_flag;

public:

  bool has_force_copy_fields() const { return force_copy_fields; }
  bool has_with_distinct()     const { return with_distinct; }

  enum Sumfunctype
  { COUNT_FUNC, COUNT_DISTINCT_FUNC, SUM_FUNC, SUM_DISTINCT_FUNC, AVG_FUNC,
    AVG_DISTINCT_FUNC, MIN_FUNC, MAX_FUNC, STD_FUNC,
    VARIANCE_FUNC, SUM_BIT_FUNC, UDF_SUM_FUNC, GROUP_CONCAT_FUNC,
    ROW_NUMBER_FUNC, RANK_FUNC, DENSE_RANK_FUNC, PERCENT_RANK_FUNC,
    CUME_DIST_FUNC, NTILE_FUNC, FIRST_VALUE_FUNC, LAST_VALUE_FUNC,
    NTH_VALUE_FUNC, LEAD_FUNC, LAG_FUNC, PERCENTILE_CONT_FUNC,
    PERCENTILE_DISC_FUNC, SP_AGGREGATE_FUNC, JSON_ARRAYAGG_FUNC,
    JSON_OBJECTAGG_FUNC
  };

  Item **ref_by; /* pointer to a ref to the object used to register it */
  Item_sum *next; /* next in the circular chain of registered objects  */
  Item_sum *in_sum_func;  /* embedding set function if any */ 
  st_select_lex * aggr_sel; /* select where the function is aggregated       */ 
  int8 nest_level;        /* number of the nesting level of the set function */
  int8 aggr_level;        /* nesting level of the aggregating subquery       */
  int8 max_arg_level;     /* max level of unbound column references          */
  int8 max_sum_func_level;/* max level of aggregation for embedded functions */

  /*
    true  (the default value) means this aggregate function can be computed
          with TemporaryTableWithPartialSums algorithm (see end_update()).
    false means this aggregate function needs OrderedGroupBy algorithm (see
          end_write_group()).
  */
  bool quick_group;
  /*
    This list is used by the check for mixing non aggregated fields and
    sum functions in the ONLY_FULL_GROUP_BY_MODE. We save all outer fields
    directly or indirectly used under this function it as it's unclear
    at the moment of fixing outer field whether it's aggregated or not.
  */
  List<Item_field> outer_fields;

protected:  
  /* 
    Copy of the arguments list to hold the original set of arguments.
    Used in EXPLAIN EXTENDED instead of the current argument list because 
    the current argument list can be altered by usage of temporary tables.
  */
  Item **orig_args, *tmp_orig_args[2];
  
  static size_t ram_limitation(THD *thd);
public:
  // Methods used by ColumnStore
  Item **get_orig_args() const { return orig_args; }
public:  

  void mark_as_sum_func();
  Item_sum(THD *thd): Item_func_or_sum(thd), quick_group(1)
  {
    mark_as_sum_func();
    init_aggregator();
  }
  Item_sum(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func_or_sum(thd, a), quick_group(1),
    orig_args(tmp_orig_args)
  {
    mark_as_sum_func();
    init_aggregator();
  }
  Item_sum(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_func_or_sum(thd, a, b),
    quick_group(1), orig_args(tmp_orig_args)
  {
    mark_as_sum_func();
    init_aggregator();
  }
  Item_sum(THD *thd, List<Item> &list);
  //Copy constructor, need to perform subselects with temporary tables
  Item_sum(THD *thd, Item_sum *item);
  enum Type type() const override { return SUM_FUNC_ITEM; }
  virtual enum Sumfunctype sum_func () const=0;
  bool is_aggr_sum_func()
  {
    switch (sum_func()) {
    case COUNT_FUNC:
    case COUNT_DISTINCT_FUNC:
    case SUM_FUNC:
    case SUM_DISTINCT_FUNC:
    case AVG_FUNC:
    case AVG_DISTINCT_FUNC:
    case MIN_FUNC:
    case MAX_FUNC:
    case STD_FUNC:
    case VARIANCE_FUNC:
    case SUM_BIT_FUNC:
    case UDF_SUM_FUNC:
    case GROUP_CONCAT_FUNC:
    case JSON_ARRAYAGG_FUNC:
      return true;
    default:
      return false;
    }
  }
  /**
    Resets the aggregate value to its default and aggregates the current
    value of its attribute(s).
  */
  inline bool reset_and_add() 
  { 
    aggregator_clear();
    return aggregator_add();
  };

  /*
    Called when new group is started and results are being saved in
    a temporary table. Similarly to reset_and_add() it resets the 
    value to its default and aggregates the value of its 
    attribute(s), but must also store it in result_field. 
    This set of methods (result_item(), reset_field, update_field()) of
    Item_sum is used only if quick_group is not null. Otherwise
    copy_or_same() is used to obtain a copy of this item.
  */
  virtual void reset_field()=0;
  /*
    Called for each new value in the group, when temporary table is in use.
    Similar to add(), but uses temporary table field to obtain current value,
    Updated value is then saved in the field.
  */
  virtual void update_field()=0;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    set_maybe_null();
    null_value=1;
    return FALSE;
  }
  virtual Item *result_item(THD *thd, Field *field);

  void update_used_tables() override;
  COND *build_equal_items(THD *thd, COND_EQUAL *inherited,
                          bool link_item_fields,
                          COND_EQUAL **cond_equal_ref) override
  {
    /*
      Item_sum (and derivants) of the original WHERE/HAVING clauses
      should already be replaced to Item_aggregate_ref by the time when
      build_equal_items() is called. See Item::split_sum_func2().
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return Item::build_equal_items(thd, inherited, link_item_fields,
                                   cond_equal_ref);
  }
  bool is_null() override { return null_value; }
  /**
    make_const()
    Called if we've managed to calculate the value of this Item in
    opt_sum_query(), hence it can be considered constant at all subsequent
    steps.
  */
  void make_const () 
  { 
    used_tables_cache= 0;
    const_item_cache= true;
  }
  void reset_forced_const() { const_item_cache= false; }
  bool const_during_execution() const override { return false; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  void fix_num_length_and_dec();

  /**
    Mark an aggregate as having no rows.

    This function is called by the execution engine to assign 'NO ROWS
    FOUND' value to an aggregate item, when the underlying result set
    has no rows. Such value, in a general case, may be different from
    the default value of the item after 'clear()': e.g. a numeric item
    may be initialized to 0 by clear() and to NULL by
    no_rows_in_result().
  */
  void no_rows_in_result() override
  {
    set_aggregator(current_thd, with_distinct ?
                   Aggregator::DISTINCT_AGGREGATOR :
                   Aggregator::SIMPLE_AGGREGATOR);
    aggregator_clear();
  }
  virtual void make_unique() { force_copy_fields= TRUE; }
  virtual Field *create_tmp_field(MEM_ROOT *root, bool group, TABLE *table);
  Field *create_tmp_field_ex(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table, Tmp_field_src *src,
                             const Tmp_field_param *param) override
  {
    return create_tmp_field(root, param->group(), table);
  }
  bool collect_outer_ref_processor(void *param) override;
  bool init_sum_func_check(THD *thd);
  bool check_sum_func(THD *thd, Item **ref);
  bool register_sum_func(THD *thd, Item **ref);
  st_select_lex *depended_from() 
    { return (nest_level == aggr_level ? 0 : aggr_sel); }

  Item *get_arg(uint i) const { return args[i]; }
  Item *set_arg(uint i, THD *thd, Item *new_val);
  uint get_arg_count() const { return arg_count; }
  virtual Item **get_args() { return fixed() ? orig_args : args; }

  /* Initialization of distinct related members */
  void init_aggregator()
  {
    aggr= NULL;
    with_distinct= FALSE;
    force_copy_fields= FALSE;
  }

  /**
    Called to initialize the aggregator.
  */

  inline bool aggregator_setup(THD *thd) { return aggr->setup(thd); };

  /**
    Called to cleanup the aggregator.
  */

  inline void aggregator_clear() { aggr->clear(); }

  /**
    Called to add value to the aggregator.
  */

  inline bool aggregator_add() { return aggr->add(); };

  /* stores the declared DISTINCT flag (from the parser) */
  void set_distinct(bool distinct)
  {
    with_distinct= distinct;
    quick_group= with_distinct ? 0 : 1;
  }

  /*
    Set the type of aggregation : DISTINCT or not.

    May be called multiple times.
  */

  int set_aggregator(THD *thd, Aggregator::Aggregator_type aggregator);

  virtual void clear()= 0;
  virtual bool add()= 0;
  virtual bool setup(THD *thd) { return false; }

  virtual bool supports_removal() const { return false; }
  virtual void remove() { DBUG_ASSERT(0); }

  void cleanup() override;
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override;
  virtual void setup_window_func(THD *thd, Window_spec *window_spec) {}
  void mark_as_window_func_sum_expr() { window_func_sum_expr_flag= true; }
  bool is_window_func_sum_expr() { return window_func_sum_expr_flag; }
  virtual void setup_caches(THD *thd) {};
  virtual void set_partition_row_count(ulonglong count) { DBUG_ASSERT(0); }

  /*
    While most Item_sum descendants employ standard aggregators configured
    through Item_sum::set_aggregator() call, there are exceptions like
    Item_func_group_concat, which implements its own custom aggregators for
    deduplication values.
    This function distinguishes between the use of standard and custom
    aggregators by the object
  */
  virtual bool uses_non_standard_aggregator_for_distinct() const
  { return false; }
};


class Unique;


/**
 The distinct aggregator. 
 Implements AGGFN (DISTINCT ..)
 Collects all the data into an Unique (similarly to what Item_sum
 does currently when with_distinct=true) and then (if applicable) iterates over
 the list of unique values and pumps them back into its object
*/

class Aggregator_distinct : public Aggregator
{
  friend class Item_sum_sum;

  /* 
    flag to prevent consecutive runs of endup(). Normally in endup there are 
    expensive calculations (like walking the distinct tree for example) 
    which we must do only once if there are no data changes.
    We can re-use the data for the second and subsequent val_xxx() calls.
    endup_done set to TRUE also means that the calculated values for
    the aggregate functions are correct and don't need recalculation.
  */
  bool endup_done;

  /*
    Used depending on the type of the aggregate function and the presence of
    blob columns in it:
    - For COUNT(DISTINCT) and no blob fields this points to a real temporary
      table. It's used as a hash table.
    - For AVG/SUM(DISTINCT) or COUNT(DISTINCT) with blob fields only the
      in-memory data structure of a temporary table is constructed.
      It's used by the Field classes to transform data into row format.
  */
  TABLE *table;
  
  /*
    An array of field lengths on row allocated and used only for 
    COUNT(DISTINCT) with multiple columns and no blobs. Used in 
    Aggregator_distinct::composite_key_cmp (called from Unique to compare 
    nodes
  */
  uint32 *field_lengths;

  /*
    Used in conjunction with 'table' to support the access to Field classes 
    for COUNT(DISTINCT). Needed by copy_fields()/copy_funcs().
  */
  TMP_TABLE_PARAM *tmp_table_param;
  
  /*
    If there are no blobs in the COUNT(DISTINCT) arguments, we can use a tree,
    which is faster than heap table. In that case, we still use the table
    to help get things set up, but we insert nothing in it. 
    For AVG/SUM(DISTINCT) we always use this tree (as it takes a single 
    argument) to get the distinct rows.
  */
  Unique *tree;

  /* 
    The length of the temp table row. Must be a member of the class as it
    gets passed down to simple_raw_key_cmp () as a compare function argument
    to Unique. simple_raw_key_cmp () is used as a fast comparison function 
    when the entire row can be binary compared.
  */  
  uint tree_key_length;

  /* 
    Set to true if the result is known to be always NULL.
    If set deactivates creation and usage of the temporary table (in the 
    'table' member) and the Unique instance (in the 'tree' member) as well as 
    the calculation of the final value on the first call to 
    Item_[sum|avg|count]::val_xxx(). 
  */
  bool always_null;

  /**
    When feeding back the data in endup() from Unique/temp table back to
    Item_sum::add() methods we must read the data from Unique (and not
    recalculate the functions that are given as arguments to the aggregate
    function.
    This flag is to tell the arg_*() methods to take the data from the Unique
    instead of calling the relevant val_..() method.
  */
  bool use_distinct_values;

public:
  Aggregator_distinct (Item_sum *sum) :
    Aggregator(sum), table(NULL), tmp_table_param(NULL), tree(NULL),
    always_null(false), use_distinct_values(false) {}
  virtual ~Aggregator_distinct ();
  Aggregator_type Aggrtype() override { return DISTINCT_AGGREGATOR; }

  bool setup(THD *) override;
  void clear() override; 
  bool add() override;
  void endup() override;
  my_decimal *arg_val_decimal(my_decimal * value) override;
  double arg_val_real() override;
  bool arg_is_null(bool use_null_value) override;

  bool unique_walk_function(void *element);
  bool unique_walk_function_for_count(void *element);
  static int composite_key_cmp(void *arg, const void *key1, const void *key2);
};


/**
  The pass-through aggregator. 
  Implements AGGFN (DISTINCT ..) by knowing it gets distinct data on input. 
  So it just pumps them back to the Item_sum descendant class.
*/
class Aggregator_simple : public Aggregator
{
public:

  Aggregator_simple (Item_sum *sum) :
    Aggregator(sum) {}
  Aggregator_type Aggrtype() override { return Aggregator::SIMPLE_AGGREGATOR; }

  bool setup(THD * thd) override { return item_sum->setup(thd); }
  void clear() override { item_sum->clear(); }
  bool add() override { return item_sum->add(); }
  void endup() override {};
  my_decimal *arg_val_decimal(my_decimal * value) override;
  double arg_val_real() override;
  bool arg_is_null(bool use_null_value) override;
};


class Item_sum_num :public Item_sum
{
public:
  Item_sum_num(THD *thd): Item_sum(thd) {}
  Item_sum_num(THD *thd, Item *item_par):
    Item_sum(thd, item_par) {}
  Item_sum_num(THD *thd, Item *a, Item* b):
    Item_sum(thd, a, b) {}
  Item_sum_num(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_sum(thd, list) {}
  Item_sum_num(THD *thd, Item_sum_num *item):
    Item_sum(thd, item) {}
  bool fix_fields(THD *, Item **) override;
};


class Item_sum_double :public Item_sum_num
{
public:
  Item_sum_double(THD *thd): Item_sum_num(thd) {}
  Item_sum_double(THD *thd, Item *item_par): Item_sum_num(thd, item_par) {}
  Item_sum_double(THD *thd, List<Item> &list): Item_sum_num(thd, list) {}
  Item_sum_double(THD *thd, Item_sum_double *item) :Item_sum_num(thd, item) {}
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    return val_int_from_real();
  }
  String *val_str(String*str) override
  {
    return val_string_from_real(str);
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *to) override
  {
    return val_decimal_from_real(to);
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    return get_date_from_real(thd, ltime, fuzzydate);
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_double; }
};


class Item_sum_int :public Item_sum_num
{
public:
  Item_sum_int(THD *thd): Item_sum_num(thd) {}
  Item_sum_int(THD *thd, Item *item_par): Item_sum_num(thd, item_par) {}
  Item_sum_int(THD *thd, List<Item> &list): Item_sum_num(thd, list) {}
  Item_sum_int(THD *thd, Item_sum_int *item) :Item_sum_num(thd, item) {}
  double val_real() override { DBUG_ASSERT(fixed()); return (double) val_int(); }
  String *val_str(String*str) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    return get_date_from_int(thd, ltime, fuzzydate);
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals=0;
    max_length=21;
    base_flags&= ~item_base_t::MAYBE_NULL;
    null_value=0;
    return false;
  }
};


class Item_sum_sum :public Item_sum_num,
                   public Type_handler_hybrid_field_type 
{
protected:
  bool direct_added;
  bool direct_reseted_field;
  bool direct_sum_is_null;
  double direct_sum_real;
  double sum;
  my_decimal direct_sum_decimal;
  my_decimal dec_buffs[2];
  uint curr_dec_buff;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;

public:
  Item_sum_sum(THD *thd, Item *item_par, bool distinct):
    Item_sum_num(thd, item_par), direct_added(FALSE),
    direct_reseted_field(FALSE)
  {
    set_distinct(distinct);
  }
  Item_sum_sum(THD *thd, Item_sum_sum *item);
  enum Sumfunctype sum_func() const override
  {
    return has_with_distinct() ? SUM_DISTINCT_FUNC : SUM_FUNC;
  }
  void cleanup() override;
  void direct_add(my_decimal *add_sum_decimal);
  void direct_add(double add_sum_real, bool add_sum_is_null);
  void clear() override;
  bool add() override;
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String*str) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    return type_handler()->Item_get_date_with_warn(thd, this, ltime, fuzzydate);
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return Type_handler_hybrid_field_type::type_handler(); }
  void fix_length_and_dec_double();
  void fix_length_and_dec_decimal();
  void reset_field() override;
  void update_field() override;
  void no_rows_in_result() override {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  { 
    static LEX_CSTRING name_distinct= { STRING_WITH_LEN("sum(distinct ")};
    static LEX_CSTRING name_normal=   { STRING_WITH_LEN("sum(") };
    return has_with_distinct() ? name_distinct : name_normal;
  }
  Item *copy_or_same(THD* thd) override;
  void remove() override;
  bool supports_removal() const override
  {
    return true;
  }

private:
  void add_helper(bool perform_removal);
  ulonglong count;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_sum>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_sum_count :public Item_sum_int
{
  bool direct_counted;
  bool direct_reseted_field;
  longlong direct_count;
  longlong count;

  friend class Aggregator_distinct;

  void clear() override;
  bool add() override;
  void cleanup() override;
  void remove() override;

public:
  Item_sum_count(THD *thd, Item *item_par):
    Item_sum_int(thd, item_par), direct_counted(FALSE),
    direct_reseted_field(FALSE), count(0)
  {}

  /**
    Constructs an instance for COUNT(DISTINCT)

    @param list  a list of the arguments to the aggregate function

    This constructor is called by the parser only for COUNT (DISTINCT).
  */

  Item_sum_count(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_sum_int(thd, list), direct_counted(FALSE),
    direct_reseted_field(FALSE), count(0)
  {
    set_distinct(TRUE);
  }
  Item_sum_count(THD *thd, Item_sum_count *item):
    Item_sum_int(thd, item), direct_counted(FALSE),
    direct_reseted_field(FALSE), count(item->count)
  {}
  enum Sumfunctype sum_func () const override
  { 
    return has_with_distinct() ? COUNT_DISTINCT_FUNC : COUNT_FUNC; 
  }
  void no_rows_in_result() override { count=0; }
  void make_const(longlong count_arg) 
  { 
    count=count_arg;
    Item_sum::make_const();
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_slonglong; }
  longlong val_int() override;
  void reset_field() override;
  void update_field() override;
  void direct_add(longlong add_count);
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  { 
    static LEX_CSTRING name_distinct= { STRING_WITH_LEN("count(distinct ")};
    static LEX_CSTRING name_normal=   { STRING_WITH_LEN("count(") };
    return has_with_distinct() ? name_distinct : name_normal;
  }
  Item *copy_or_same(THD* thd) override;
  bool supports_removal() const override
  {
    return true;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_count>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_sum_avg :public Item_sum_sum
{
public:
  // TODO-cvicentiu given that Item_sum_sum now uses a counter of its own, in
  // order to implement remove(), it is possible to remove this member.
  ulonglong count;
  uint prec_increment;
  uint f_precision, f_scale, dec_bin_size;

  Item_sum_avg(THD *thd, Item *item_par, bool distinct):
    Item_sum_sum(thd, item_par, distinct), count(0)
  {}
  Item_sum_avg(THD *thd, Item_sum_avg *item)
    :Item_sum_sum(thd, item), count(item->count),
    prec_increment(item->prec_increment) {}

  void fix_length_and_dec_double();
  void fix_length_and_dec_decimal();
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  enum Sumfunctype sum_func () const override
  {
    return has_with_distinct() ? AVG_DISTINCT_FUNC : AVG_FUNC;
  }
  void clear() override;
  bool add() override;
  void remove() override;
  double val_real() override;
  // In SPs we might force the "wrong" type with select into a declare variable
  longlong val_int() override { return val_int_from_real(); }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  String *val_str(String *str) override;
  void reset_field() override;
  void update_field() override;
  Item *result_item(THD *thd, Field *field) override;
  void no_rows_in_result() override {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  { 
    static LEX_CSTRING name_distinct= { STRING_WITH_LEN("avg(distinct ")};
    static LEX_CSTRING name_normal=   { STRING_WITH_LEN("avg(") };
    return has_with_distinct() ? name_distinct : name_normal;
  }
  Item *copy_or_same(THD* thd) override;
  Field *create_tmp_field(MEM_ROOT *root, bool group, TABLE *table) override;
  void cleanup() override
  {
    count= 0;
    Item_sum_sum::cleanup();
  }
  bool supports_removal() const override
  {
    return true;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_avg>(thd, this); }
};


/*
  variance(a) =

  =  sum (ai - avg(a))^2 / count(a) )
  =  sum (ai^2 - 2*ai*avg(a) + avg(a)^2) / count(a)
  =  (sum(ai^2) - sum(2*ai*avg(a)) + sum(avg(a)^2))/count(a) = 
  =  (sum(ai^2) - 2*avg(a)*sum(a) + count(a)*avg(a)^2)/count(a) = 
  =  (sum(ai^2) - 2*sum(a)*sum(a)/count(a) + count(a)*sum(a)^2/count(a)^2 )/count(a) = 
  =  (sum(ai^2) - 2*sum(a)^2/count(a) + sum(a)^2/count(a) )/count(a) = 
  =  (sum(ai^2) - sum(a)^2/count(a))/count(a)

But, this falls prey to catastrophic cancellation.  Instead, use the recurrence formulas

  M_{1} = x_{1}, ~ M_{k} = M_{k-1} + (x_{k} - M_{k-1}) / k newline 
  S_{1} = 0, ~ S_{k} = S_{k-1} + (x_{k} - M_{k-1}) times (x_{k} - M_{k}) newline
  for 2 <= k <= n newline
  ital variance = S_{n} / (n-1)

*/

class Stddev
{
  double m_m;
  double m_s;
  ulonglong m_count;
public:
  Stddev() :m_m(0), m_s(0), m_count(0) { }
  Stddev(double nr) :m_m(nr), m_s(0.0), m_count(1) { }
  Stddev(const uchar *);
  void to_binary(uchar *) const;
  void recurrence_next(double nr);
  double result(bool is_simple_variance);
  ulonglong count() const { return m_count; }
  static uint32 binary_size()
  {
    return (uint32) (sizeof(double) * 2 + sizeof(ulonglong));
  };
};



class Item_sum_variance :public Item_sum_double
{
  Stddev m_stddev;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;

public:
  uint sample;
  uint prec_increment;

  Item_sum_variance(THD *thd, Item *item_par, uint sample_arg):
    Item_sum_double(thd, item_par),
    sample(sample_arg)
    {}
  Item_sum_variance(THD *thd, Item_sum_variance *item);
  Sumfunctype sum_func () const override { return VARIANCE_FUNC; }
  void fix_length_and_dec_double();
  void fix_length_and_dec_decimal();
  void clear() override final;
  bool add() override final;
  double val_real() override;
  void reset_field() override final;
  void update_field() override final;
  Item *result_item(THD *thd, Field *field) override;
  void no_rows_in_result() override final {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name_sample= { STRING_WITH_LEN("var_samp(")};
    static LEX_CSTRING name_normal=   { STRING_WITH_LEN("variance(") };
    return sample ? name_sample : name_normal;
  }
  Item *copy_or_same(THD* thd) override;
  Field *create_tmp_field(MEM_ROOT *root, bool group, TABLE *table) override
    final;
  void cleanup() override final
  {
    m_stddev= Stddev();
    Item_sum_double::cleanup();
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_variance>(thd, this); }
};

/*
   standard_deviation(a) = sqrt(variance(a))
*/

class Item_sum_std final :public Item_sum_variance
{
  public:
  Item_sum_std(THD *thd, Item *item_par, uint sample_arg):
    Item_sum_variance(thd, item_par, sample_arg) {}
  Item_sum_std(THD *thd, Item_sum_std *item)
    :Item_sum_variance(thd, item)
    {}
  enum Sumfunctype sum_func () const override final { return STD_FUNC; }
  double val_real() override final;
  Item *result_item(THD *thd, Field *field) override final;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING std_name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("std(") };
    static LEX_CSTRING stddev_samp_name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("stddev_samp(") };
    return sample ? stddev_samp_name : std_name;
  }
  Item *copy_or_same(THD* thd) override final;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override final
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_std>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_sum_hybrid : public Item_sum,
                       public Type_handler_hybrid_field_type
{
public:
  Item_sum_hybrid(THD *thd, Item *item_par):
    Item_sum(thd, item_par),
    Type_handler_hybrid_field_type(&type_handler_slonglong)
  { collation.set(&my_charset_bin); }
  Item_sum_hybrid(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_sum(thd, a, b),
    Type_handler_hybrid_field_type(&type_handler_slonglong)
  { collation.set(&my_charset_bin); }
  Item_sum_hybrid(THD *thd, Item_sum_hybrid *item)
    :Item_sum(thd, item),
    Type_handler_hybrid_field_type(item)
  { }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return Type_handler_hybrid_field_type::type_handler(); }
  bool fix_length_and_dec_generic();
  bool fix_length_and_dec_numeric(const Type_handler *h);
  bool fix_length_and_dec_sint_ge0();
  bool fix_length_and_dec_string();
};


// This class is a string or number function depending on num_func
class Arg_comparator;
class Item_cache;
class Item_sum_min_max :public Item_sum_hybrid
{
protected:
  bool direct_added;
  Item *direct_item;
  Item_cache *value, *arg_cache;
  Arg_comparator *cmp;
  int cmp_sign;
  bool was_values;  // Set if we have found at least one row (for max/min only)
  bool was_null_value;

public:
  Item_sum_min_max(THD *thd, Item *item_par,int sign):
    Item_sum_hybrid(thd, item_par),
    direct_added(FALSE), value(0), arg_cache(0), cmp(0),
    cmp_sign(sign), was_values(TRUE)
  { collation.set(&my_charset_bin); }
  Item_sum_min_max(THD *thd, Item_sum_min_max *item)
    :Item_sum_hybrid(thd, item),
    direct_added(FALSE), value(item->value), arg_cache(0),
    cmp_sign(item->cmp_sign), was_values(item->was_values)
  { }
  bool fix_fields(THD *, Item **) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  void setup_hybrid(THD *thd, Item *item, Item *value_arg);
  void clear() override;
  void direct_add(Item *item);
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  void reset_field() override;
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *) override;
  const Type_handler *real_type_handler() const override
  {
    return get_arg(0)->real_type_handler();
  }
  const TYPELIB *get_typelib() const override
  { return args[0]->get_typelib(); }
  void update_field() override;
  void min_max_update_str_field();
  void min_max_update_real_field();
  void min_max_update_int_field();
  void min_max_update_decimal_field();
  void min_max_update_native_field();
  void cleanup() override;
  bool any_value() { return was_values; }
  void no_rows_in_result() override;
  void restore_to_before_no_rows_in_result() override;
  Field *create_tmp_field(MEM_ROOT *root, bool group, TABLE *table) override;
  void setup_caches(THD *thd) override
  { setup_hybrid(thd, arguments()[0], NULL); }
};


class Item_sum_min final :public Item_sum_min_max
{
public:
  Item_sum_min(THD *thd, Item *item_par): Item_sum_min_max(thd, item_par, 1) {}
  Item_sum_min(THD *thd, Item_sum_min *item) :Item_sum_min_max(thd, item) {}
  enum Sumfunctype sum_func () const override {return MIN_FUNC;}

  bool add() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING sum_name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("min(") };
    return sum_name;
  }
  Item *copy_or_same(THD* thd) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_min>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_sum_max final :public Item_sum_min_max
{
public:
  Item_sum_max(THD *thd, Item *item_par): Item_sum_min_max(thd, item_par, -1) {}
  Item_sum_max(THD *thd, Item_sum_max *item) :Item_sum_min_max(thd, item) {}
  enum Sumfunctype sum_func() const override {return MAX_FUNC;}

  bool add() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING sum_name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("max(") };
    return sum_name;
  }
  Item *copy_or_same(THD* thd) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_max>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_sum_bit :public Item_sum_int
{
public:
  Item_sum_bit(THD *thd, Item *item_par, ulonglong reset_arg):
    Item_sum_int(thd, item_par), reset_bits(reset_arg), bits(reset_arg),
    as_window_function(FALSE), num_values_added(0) {}
  Item_sum_bit(THD *thd, Item_sum_bit *item):
    Item_sum_int(thd, item), reset_bits(item->reset_bits), bits(item->bits),
    as_window_function(item->as_window_function),
    num_values_added(item->num_values_added)
  {
    if (as_window_function)
      memcpy(bit_counters, item->bit_counters, sizeof(bit_counters));
  }
  enum Sumfunctype sum_func () const override { return SUM_BIT_FUNC;}
  void clear() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  void reset_field() override;
  void update_field() override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_ulonglong; }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    if (args[0]->check_type_can_return_int(func_name_cstring()))
      return true;
    decimals= 0; max_length=21; unsigned_flag= 1;
    base_flags&= ~item_base_t::MAYBE_NULL;
    null_value= 0;
    return FALSE;
  }
  void cleanup() override
  {
    bits= reset_bits;
    if (as_window_function)
      clear_as_window();
    Item_sum_int::cleanup();
  }
  void setup_window_func(THD *, Window_spec *) override
  {
    as_window_function= TRUE;
    clear_as_window();
  }
  void remove() override
  {
    if (as_window_function)
    {
      remove_as_window(args[0]->val_int());
      return;
    }
    // Unless we're counting bits, we can not remove anything.
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
  }

  bool supports_removal() const override
  {
    return true;
  }

protected:
  enum bit_counters { NUM_BIT_COUNTERS= 64 };
  ulonglong reset_bits,bits;
  /*
    Marks whether the function is to be computed as a window function.
  */
  bool as_window_function;
  // When used as an aggregate window function, we need to store
  // this additional information.
  ulonglong num_values_added;
  ulonglong bit_counters[NUM_BIT_COUNTERS];
  bool add_as_window(ulonglong value);
  bool remove_as_window(ulonglong value);
  bool clear_as_window();
  virtual void set_bits_from_counters()= 0;
};


class Item_sum_or final :public Item_sum_bit
{
public:
  Item_sum_or(THD *thd, Item *item_par): Item_sum_bit(thd, item_par, 0) {}
  Item_sum_or(THD *thd, Item_sum_or *item) :Item_sum_bit(thd, item) {}
  bool add() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING sum_name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("bit_or(") };
    return sum_name;
  }
  Item *copy_or_same(THD* thd) override;

private:
  void set_bits_from_counters() override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_or>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_sum_and final :public Item_sum_bit
{
public:
  Item_sum_and(THD *thd, Item *item_par):
    Item_sum_bit(thd, item_par, ULONGLONG_MAX) {}
  Item_sum_and(THD *thd, Item_sum_and *item) :Item_sum_bit(thd, item) {}
  bool add() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING sum_min_name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("bit_and(") };
    return sum_min_name;
  }
  Item *copy_or_same(THD* thd) override;

private:
  void set_bits_from_counters() override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_and>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_sum_xor final :public Item_sum_bit
{
public:
  Item_sum_xor(THD *thd, Item *item_par): Item_sum_bit(thd, item_par, 0) {}
  Item_sum_xor(THD *thd, Item_sum_xor *item) :Item_sum_bit(thd, item) {}
  bool add() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING sum_min_name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("bit_xor(") };
    return sum_min_name;
  }
  Item *copy_or_same(THD* thd) override;

private:
  void set_bits_from_counters() override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_xor>(thd, this); }
};

class sp_head;
class sp_name;
class Query_arena;
struct st_sp_security_context;

/*
  Item_sum_sp handles STORED AGGREGATE FUNCTIONS

  Each Item_sum_sp represents a custom aggregate function. Inside the
  function's body, we require at least one occurrence of FETCH GROUP NEXT ROW
  instruction. This cursor is what makes custom stored aggregates possible.

  During computation the function's add method is called. This in turn performs
  an execution of the function. The function will execute from the current
  function context (and instruction), if one exists, or from the start if not.
  See Item_sp for more details.

  Upon encounter of FETCH GROUP NEXT ROW instruction, the function will pause
  execution. We assume that the user has performed the necessary additions for
  a row, between two encounters of FETCH GROUP NEXT ROW.

  Example:
  create aggregate function f1(x INT) returns int
  begin
    declare continue handler for not found return s;
    declare s int default 0
    loop
      fetch group next row;
      set s = s + x;
    end loop;
  end

  The function will always stop after an encounter of FETCH GROUP NEXT ROW,
  except (!) on first encounter, as the value for the first row in the
  group is already set in the argument x. This behaviour is done so when
  a user writes a function, he should "logically" include FETCH GROUP NEXT ROW
  before any "add" instructions in the stored function. This means however that
  internally, the first occurrence doesn't stop the function. See the
  implementation of FETCH GROUP NEXT ROW for details as to how it happens.

  Either way, one should assume that after calling "Item_sum_sp::add()" that
  the values for that particular row have been added to the aggregation.

  To produce values for val_xxx methods we need an extra syntactic construct.
  We require a continue handler when "no more rows are available". val_xxx
  methods force a function return by executing the function again, while
  setting a server flag that no more rows have been found. This implies
  that val_xxx methods should only be called once per group however.

  Example:
  DECLARE CONTINUE HANDLER FOR NOT FOUND RETURN ret_val;
*/
class Item_sum_sp :public Item_sum,
                   public Item_sp
{
 private:
  bool execute();

public:
  Item_sum_sp(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg, sp_name *name,
              sp_head *sp);

  Item_sum_sp(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg, sp_name *name,
              sp_head *sp, List<Item> &list);
  Item_sum_sp(THD *thd, Item_sum_sp *item);

  enum Sumfunctype sum_func () const override
  {
    return SP_AGGREGATE_FUNC;
  }
  Field *create_field_for_create_select(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table) override
  {
    return create_table_field_from_handler(root, table);
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override;
  bool add() override;

  /* val_xx functions */
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    if(execute())
      return 0;
    return sp_result_field->val_int();
  }

  double val_real() override
  {
    if(execute())
      return 0.0;
    return sp_result_field->val_real();
  }

  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *dec_buf) override
  {
    if(execute())
      return NULL;
    return sp_result_field->val_decimal(dec_buf);
  }

  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override
  {
    return (null_value= execute()) || sp_result_field->val_native(to);
  }

  String *val_str(String *str) override
  {
    String buf;
    char buff[20];
    buf.set(buff, 20, str->charset());
    buf.length(0);
    if (execute())
      return NULL;
    /*
      result_field will set buf pointing to internal buffer
      of the resul_field. Due to this it will change any time
      when SP is executed. In order to prevent occasional
      corruption of returned value, we make here a copy.
    */
    sp_result_field->val_str(&buf);
    str->copy(buf);
    return str;
  }
  void reset_field() override{DBUG_ASSERT(0);}
  void update_field() override{DBUG_ASSERT(0);}
  void clear() override;
  void cleanup() override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    return execute() || sp_result_field->get_date(ltime, fuzzydate);
  }
  inline Field *get_sp_result_field()
  {
    return sp_result_field;
  }
  Item *copy_or_same(THD *thd) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_sp>(thd, this); }
};

/* Items to get the value of a stored sum function */

class Item_sum_field :public Item
{
protected:
  Field *field;
public:
  Item_sum_field(THD *thd, Item_sum *item)
    :Item(thd), field(item->result_field)
  {
    name= item->name;
    set_maybe_null();
    decimals= item->decimals;
    max_length= item->max_length;
    unsigned_flag= item->unsigned_flag;
  }
  table_map used_tables() const override { return (table_map) 1L; }
  Field *create_tmp_field_ex(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table, Tmp_field_src *src,
                             const Tmp_field_param *param) override
  {
    return create_tmp_field_ex_simple(root, table, src, param);
  }
  void save_in_result_field(bool no_conversions) override { DBUG_ASSERT(0); }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(name.str, arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    return type_handler()->Item_get_date_with_warn(thd, this, ltime, fuzzydate);
  }
};


class Item_avg_field :public Item_sum_field
{
protected:
  uint prec_increment;
public:
  Item_avg_field(THD *thd, Item_sum_avg *item)
   :Item_sum_field(thd, item), prec_increment(item->prec_increment)
  { }
  enum Type type() const override { return FIELD_AVG_ITEM; }
  bool is_null() override { update_null_value(); return null_value; }
};


class Item_avg_field_double :public Item_avg_field
{
public:
  Item_avg_field_double(THD *thd, Item_sum_avg *item)
   :Item_avg_field(thd, item)
  { }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_double; }
  longlong val_int() override { return val_int_from_real(); }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *dec) override
  { return val_decimal_from_real(dec); }
  String *val_str(String *str) override
  { return val_string_from_real(str); }
  double val_real() override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_avg_field_double>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


class Item_avg_field_decimal :public Item_avg_field
{
  uint f_precision, f_scale, dec_bin_size;
public:
  Item_avg_field_decimal(THD *thd, Item_sum_avg *item)
   :Item_avg_field(thd, item),
    f_precision(item->f_precision),
    f_scale(item->f_scale),
    dec_bin_size(item->dec_bin_size)
  { }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_newdecimal; }
  double val_real() override
  {
    return VDec(this).to_double();
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    return VDec(this).to_longlong(unsigned_flag);
  }
  String *val_str(String *str) override
  {
    return VDec(this).to_string_round(str, decimals);
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_avg_field_decimal>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


class Item_variance_field :public Item_sum_field
{
  uint sample;
public:
  Item_variance_field(THD *thd, Item_sum_variance *item)
   :Item_sum_field(thd, item), sample(item->sample)
  { }
  enum Type type() const override {return FIELD_VARIANCE_ITEM; }
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override { return val_int_from_real(); }
  String *val_str(String *str) override
  { return val_string_from_real(str); }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *dec_buf) override
  { return val_decimal_from_real(dec_buf); }
  bool is_null() override { update_null_value(); return null_value; }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_double; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_variance_field>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


class Item_std_field :public Item_variance_field
{
public:
  Item_std_field(THD *thd, Item_sum_std *item)
   :Item_variance_field(thd, item)
  { }
  enum Type type() const override { return FIELD_STD_ITEM; }
  double val_real() override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_std_field>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


/*
  User defined aggregates
*/

#ifdef HAVE_DLOPEN

class Item_udf_sum : public Item_sum
{
protected:
  udf_handler udf;

public:
  Item_udf_sum(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg):
    Item_sum(thd), udf(udf_arg)
  { quick_group=0; }
  Item_udf_sum(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg, List<Item> &list):
    Item_sum(thd, list), udf(udf_arg)
  { quick_group=0;}
  Item_udf_sum(THD *thd, Item_udf_sum *item)
    :Item_sum(thd, item), udf(item->udf)
  { udf.not_original= TRUE; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    const char *tmp= udf.name();
    return {tmp, strlen(tmp) };
  }
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed() == 0);

    if (init_sum_func_check(thd))
      return TRUE;

    base_flags|= item_base_t::FIXED;
    /*
      We set const_item_cache to false in constructors.
      It can be later changed to "true", in a Item_sum::make_const() call.
      No make_const() calls should have happened so far.
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(!const_item_cache);
    if (udf.fix_fields(thd, this, this->arg_count, this->args))
      return TRUE;
    /**
      The above call for udf.fix_fields() updates
      the Used_tables_and_const_cache part of "this" as if it was a regular
      non-aggregate UDF function and can change both const_item_cache and
      used_tables_cache members.
      - The used_tables_cache will be re-calculated in update_used_tables()
        which is called from check_sum_func() below. So we don't care about
        its current value.
      - The const_item_cache must stay "false" until a Item_sum::make_const()
        call happens, if ever. So we need to reset const_item_cache back to
        "false" here.
    */
    const_item_cache= false;
    memcpy (orig_args, args, sizeof (Item *) * arg_count);
    return check_sum_func(thd, ref);
  }
  enum Sumfunctype sum_func () const override { return UDF_SUM_FUNC; }
  virtual bool have_field_update(void) const { return 0; }

  void clear() override;
  bool add() override;
  bool supports_removal() const override;
  void remove() override;
  void reset_field() override {};
  void update_field() override {}
  void cleanup() override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    return type_handler()->Item_get_date_with_warn(thd, this, ltime, fuzzydate);
  }
};


class Item_sum_udf_float :public Item_udf_sum
{
 public:
  Item_sum_udf_float(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg):
    Item_udf_sum(thd, udf_arg) {}
  Item_sum_udf_float(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg, List<Item> &list):
    Item_udf_sum(thd, udf_arg, list) {}
  Item_sum_udf_float(THD *thd, Item_sum_udf_float *item)
    :Item_udf_sum(thd, item) {}
  longlong val_int() override { return val_int_from_real(); }
  double val_real() override;
  String *val_str(String*str) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_double; }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  { fix_num_length_and_dec(); return FALSE; }
  Item *copy_or_same(THD* thd) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_udf_float>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_sum_udf_int :public Item_udf_sum
{
public:
  Item_sum_udf_int(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg):
    Item_udf_sum(thd, udf_arg) {}
  Item_sum_udf_int(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg, List<Item> &list):
    Item_udf_sum(thd, udf_arg, list) {}
  Item_sum_udf_int(THD *thd, Item_sum_udf_int *item)
    :Item_udf_sum(thd, item) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  double val_real() override
  { DBUG_ASSERT(fixed()); return (double) Item_sum_udf_int::val_int(); }
  String *val_str(String*str) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    if (unsigned_flag)
      return &type_handler_ulonglong;
    return &type_handler_slonglong;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override { decimals=0; max_length=21; return FALSE; }
  Item *copy_or_same(THD* thd) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_udf_int>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_sum_udf_str :public Item_udf_sum
{
public:
  Item_sum_udf_str(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg):
    Item_udf_sum(thd, udf_arg) {}
  Item_sum_udf_str(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg, List<Item> &list):
    Item_udf_sum(thd, udf_arg, list) {}
  Item_sum_udf_str(THD *thd, Item_sum_udf_str *item)
    :Item_udf_sum(thd, item) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  double val_real() override
  {
    int err_not_used;
    char *end_not_used;
    String *res;
    res=val_str(&str_value);
    return res ? res->charset()->strntod((char*) res->ptr(),res->length(),
			                 &end_not_used, &err_not_used) : 0.0;
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    int err_not_used;
    char *end;
    String *res;
    CHARSET_INFO *cs;

    if (!(res= val_str(&str_value)))
      return 0;                                 /* Null value */
    cs= res->charset();
    end= (char*) res->ptr()+res->length();
    return cs->strtoll10(res->ptr(), &end, &err_not_used);
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *dec) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return string_type_handler(); }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  Item *copy_or_same(THD* thd) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_udf_str>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_sum_udf_decimal :public Item_udf_sum
{
public:
  Item_sum_udf_decimal(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg):
    Item_udf_sum(thd, udf_arg) {}
  Item_sum_udf_decimal(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg, List<Item> &list):
    Item_udf_sum(thd, udf_arg, list) {}
  Item_sum_udf_decimal(THD *thd, Item_sum_udf_decimal *item)
    :Item_udf_sum(thd, item) {}
  String *val_str(String *str) override
  {
    return VDec(this).to_string_round(str, decimals);
  }
  double val_real() override
  {
    return VDec(this).to_double();
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    return VDec(this).to_longlong(unsigned_flag);
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_newdecimal; }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  { fix_num_length_and_dec(); return FALSE; }
  Item *copy_or_same(THD* thd) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_udf_decimal>(thd, this); }
};

#else /* Dummy functions to get yy_*.cc files compiled */

class Item_sum_udf_float :public Item_sum_double
{
 public:
  Item_sum_udf_float(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg):
    Item_sum_double(thd) {}
  Item_sum_udf_float(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg, List<Item> &list):
    Item_sum_double(thd) {}
  Item_sum_udf_float(THD *thd, Item_sum_udf_float *item)
    :Item_sum_double(thd, item) {}
  enum Sumfunctype sum_func () const { return UDF_SUM_FUNC; }
  double val_real() { DBUG_ASSERT(fixed()); return 0.0; }
  void clear() {}
  bool add() { return 0; }  
  void reset_field() { DBUG_ASSERT(0); };
  void update_field() {}
};


class Item_sum_udf_int :public Item_sum_double
{
public:
  Item_sum_udf_int(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg):
    Item_sum_double(thd) {}
  Item_sum_udf_int(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg, List<Item> &list):
    Item_sum_double(thd) {}
  Item_sum_udf_int(THD *thd, Item_sum_udf_int *item)
    :Item_sum_double(thd, item) {}
  enum Sumfunctype sum_func () const { return UDF_SUM_FUNC; }
  longlong val_int() { DBUG_ASSERT(fixed()); return 0; }
  double val_real() { DBUG_ASSERT(fixed()); return 0; }
  void clear() {}
  bool add() { return 0; }  
  void reset_field() { DBUG_ASSERT(0); };
  void update_field() {}
};


class Item_sum_udf_decimal :public Item_sum_double
{
 public:
  Item_sum_udf_decimal(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg):
    Item_sum_double(thd) {}
  Item_sum_udf_decimal(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg, List<Item> &list):
    Item_sum_double(thd) {}
  Item_sum_udf_decimal(THD *thd, Item_sum_udf_float *item)
    :Item_sum_double(thd, item) {}
  enum Sumfunctype sum_func () const { return UDF_SUM_FUNC; }
  double val_real() { DBUG_ASSERT(fixed()); return 0.0; }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) { DBUG_ASSERT(fixed()); return 0; }
  void clear() {}
  bool add() { return 0; }
  void reset_field() { DBUG_ASSERT(0); };
  void update_field() {}
};


class Item_sum_udf_str :public Item_sum_double
{
public:
  Item_sum_udf_str(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg):
    Item_sum_double(thd) {}
  Item_sum_udf_str(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg, List<Item> &list):
    Item_sum_double(thd) {}
  Item_sum_udf_str(THD *thd, Item_sum_udf_str *item)
    :Item_sum_double(thd, item) {}
  String *val_str(String *)
    { DBUG_ASSERT(fixed()); null_value=1; return 0; }
  double val_real() { DBUG_ASSERT(fixed()); null_value=1; return 0.0; }
  longlong val_int() { DBUG_ASSERT(fixed()); null_value=1; return 0; }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  { base_flags|= item_base_t::MAYBE_NULL; max_length=0; return FALSE; }
  enum Sumfunctype sum_func () const { return UDF_SUM_FUNC; }
  void clear() {}
  bool add() { return 0; }  
  void reset_field() { DBUG_ASSERT(0); };
  void update_field() {}
};

#endif /* HAVE_DLOPEN */

C_MODE_START
int group_concat_key_cmp_with_distinct(void *arg, const void *key1,
                                       const void *key2);
int group_concat_key_cmp_with_distinct_with_nulls(void *arg, const void *key1,
                                                  const void *key2);
int group_concat_key_cmp_with_order(void *arg, const void *key1,
                                    const void *key2);
int group_concat_key_cmp_with_order_with_nulls(void *arg, const void *key1,
                                               const void *key2);
int dump_leaf_key(void* key_arg,
                  element_count count __attribute__((unused)),
                  void* item_arg);
C_MODE_END

class Item_func_group_concat : public Item_sum
{
protected:
  TMP_TABLE_PARAM *tmp_table_param;
  String result;
  String *separator;
  TREE tree_base;
  TREE *tree;
  size_t tree_len;
  Item **ref_pointer_array;

  /**
     If DISTINCT is used with this GROUP_CONCAT, this member is used to filter
     out duplicates. 
     @see Item_func_group_concat::setup
     @see Item_func_group_concat::add
     @see Item_func_group_concat::clear
   */
  Unique *unique_filter;
  TABLE *table;
  ORDER **order;
  Name_resolution_context *context;
  /** The number of ORDER BY items. */
  uint arg_count_order;
  /** The number of selected items, aka the expr list. */
  uint arg_count_field;
  uint row_count;
  bool distinct;
  bool warning_for_row;
  bool always_null;
  bool force_copy_fields;
  /** True if entire result of GROUP_CONCAT has been written to output buffer. */
  bool result_finalized;
  /** Limits the rows in the result */
  Item *row_limit;
  /** Skips a particular number of rows in from the result*/
  Item *offset_limit;
  bool limit_clause;
  /* copy of the offset limit */
  ulonglong copy_offset_limit;
  /*copy of the row limit */
  ulonglong copy_row_limit;

  /*
    Following is 0 normal object and pointer to original one for copy
    (to correctly free resources)
  */
  Item_func_group_concat *original;

  /*
    Used by Item_func_group_concat and Item_func_json_arrayagg. The latter
    needs null values but the former doesn't.
  */
  bool add(bool exclude_nulls);

  friend int group_concat_key_cmp_with_distinct(void *arg, const void *key1,
                                                const void *key2);
  friend int group_concat_key_cmp_with_distinct_with_nulls(void *arg,
                                                           const void *key1,
                                                           const void *key2);
  friend int group_concat_key_cmp_with_order(void *arg, const void *key1,
                                             const void *key2);
  friend int group_concat_key_cmp_with_order_with_nulls(void *arg,
                                                        const void *key1,
                                                        const void *key2);
  friend int dump_leaf_key(void* key_arg,
                           element_count count __attribute__((unused)),
			   void* item_arg);

  bool repack_tree(THD *thd);

  /*
    Says whether the function should skip NULL arguments
    or add them to the result.
    Redefined in JSON_ARRAYAGG.
  */
  virtual bool skip_nulls() const { return true; }
  virtual String *get_str_from_item(Item *i, String *tmp)
    { return i->val_str(tmp); }
  virtual String *get_str_from_field(Item *i, Field *f, String *tmp,
                                     const uchar *key, size_t offset)
    { return f->val_str(tmp, key + offset); }
  virtual void cut_max_length(String *result,
                              uint old_length, uint max_length) const;
  bool uses_non_standard_aggregator_for_distinct() const override
    { return distinct; }

public:
  // Methods used by ColumnStore
  bool get_distinct() const { return distinct; }
  uint get_count_field() const { return arg_count_field; }
  uint get_order_field() const { return arg_count_order; }
  const String* get_separator() const { return separator; }
  ORDER** get_order() const { return order; }

public:
  Item_func_group_concat(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg,
                         bool is_distinct, List<Item> *is_select,
                         const SQL_I_List<ORDER> &is_order, String *is_separator,
                         bool limit_clause, Item *row_limit, Item *offset_limit);

  Item_func_group_concat(THD *thd, Item_func_group_concat *item);
  ~Item_func_group_concat();
  void cleanup() override;

  enum Sumfunctype sum_func () const override {return GROUP_CONCAT_FUNC;}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING sum_name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("group_concat(") };
    return sum_name;
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    if (too_big_for_varchar())
      return &type_handler_blob;
    return &type_handler_varchar;
  }
  void clear() override;
  bool add() override
  {
    return add(skip_nulls());
  }
  void reset_field() override { DBUG_ASSERT(0); }        // not used
  void update_field() override { DBUG_ASSERT(0); }       // not used
  bool fix_fields(THD *,Item **) override;
  bool setup(THD *thd) override;
  void make_unique() override;
  double val_real() override
  {
    int error;
    const char *end;
    String *res;
    if (!(res= val_str(&str_value)))
      return 0.0;
    end= res->ptr() + res->length();
    return (my_strtod(res->ptr(), (char**) &end, &error));
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    String *res;
    char *end_ptr;
    int error;
    if (!(res= val_str(&str_value)))
      return (longlong) 0;
    end_ptr= (char*) res->ptr()+ res->length();
    return my_strtoll10(res->ptr(), &end_ptr, &error);
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *decimal_value) override
  {
    return val_decimal_from_string(decimal_value);
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    return get_date_from_string(thd, ltime, fuzzydate);
  }
  String *val_str(String *str) override;
  Item *copy_or_same(THD* thd) override;
  void no_rows_in_result() override {}
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  bool change_context_processor(void *cntx) override
    { context= (Name_resolution_context *)cntx; return FALSE; }
  qsort_cmp2 get_comparator_function_for_distinct();
  qsort_cmp2 get_comparator_function_for_order_by();
  uchar* get_record_pointer();
  uint get_null_bytes();

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_group_concat>(thd, this); }
};

#endif /* ITEM_SUM_INCLUDED */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2013 Monty Program Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/*

== EXPLAIN/ANALYZE architecture ==

=== [SHOW] EXPLAIN data ===
Query optimization produces two data structures:
1. execution data structures themselves (eg. JOINs, JOIN_TAB, etc, etc)
2. Explain data structures.

#2 are self contained set of data structures that has sufficient info to
produce output of SHOW EXPLAIN, EXPLAIN [FORMAT=JSON], or 
ANALYZE [FORMAT=JSON], without accessing the execution data structures.

The exception is that Explain data structures have Item* pointers. See
ExplainDataStructureLifetime below for details.

=== ANALYZE data ===
EXPLAIN data structures have embedded ANALYZE data structures. These are 
objects that are used to track how the parts of query plan were executed:
how many times each part of query plan was invoked, how many rows were
read/returned, etc.

Each execution data structure keeps a direct pointer to its ANALYZE data
structure. It is needed so that execution code can quickly increment the
counters.

(note that this increases the set of data that is frequently accessed 
during the execution. What is the impact of this?)

Since ANALYZE/EXPLAIN data structures are separated from execution data
structures, it is easy to have them survive until the end of the query,
where we can return ANALYZE [FORMAT=JSON] output to the user, or print 
it into the slow query log.

*/

#ifndef SQL_EXPLAIN_INCLUDED
#define SQL_EXPLAIN_INCLUDED

class String_list: public List<char>
{
public:
  const char *append_str(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, const char *str);
};

class Json_writer;

/**************************************************************************************
 
  Data structures for producing EXPLAIN outputs.

  These structures
  - Can be produced inexpensively from query plan.
  - Store sufficient information to produce tabular EXPLAIN output (the goal is 
    to be able to produce JSON also)

*************************************************************************************/



class Explain_query;

/* 
  A node can be either a SELECT, or a UNION.
*/
class Explain_node : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  Explain_node(MEM_ROOT *root) :
    cache_tracker(NULL),
    subq_materialization(NULL),
    connection_type(EXPLAIN_NODE_OTHER),
    children(root)
  {}
  /* A type specifying what kind of node this is */
  enum explain_node_type 
  {
    EXPLAIN_UNION, 
    EXPLAIN_SELECT,
    EXPLAIN_BASIC_JOIN,
    EXPLAIN_UPDATE,
    EXPLAIN_DELETE, 
    EXPLAIN_INSERT
  };
  
  /* How this node is connected */
  enum explain_connection_type {
    EXPLAIN_NODE_OTHER,
    EXPLAIN_NODE_DERIVED, /* Materialized derived table */
    EXPLAIN_NODE_NON_MERGED_SJ /* aka JTBM semi-join */
  };

  virtual enum explain_node_type get_type()= 0;
  virtual uint get_select_id()= 0;

  /**
    expression cache statistics
  */
  Expression_cache_tracker* cache_tracker;

  /**
    If not NULL, this node is a SELECT (or UNION) in a materialized
    IN-subquery.
  */
  Explain_subq_materialization* subq_materialization;

  /*
    How this node is connected to its parent.
    (NOTE: EXPLAIN_NODE_NON_MERGED_SJ is set very late currently)
  */
  enum explain_connection_type connection_type;

protected:
  /* 
    A node may have children nodes. When a node's explain structure is 
    created, children nodes may not yet have QPFs. This is why we store ids.
  */
  Dynamic_array<int> children;
public:
  void add_child(int select_no)
  {
    children.append(select_no);
  }

  virtual int print_explain(Explain_query *query, select_result_sink *output, 
                            uint8 explain_flags, bool is_analyze)=0;
  virtual void print_explain_json(Explain_query *query, Json_writer *writer, 
                                  bool is_analyze)= 0;

  int print_explain_for_children(Explain_query *query, select_result_sink *output, 
                                 uint8 explain_flags, bool is_analyze);
  void print_explain_json_for_children(Explain_query *query,
                                       Json_writer *writer, bool is_analyze);
  bool print_explain_json_cache(Json_writer *writer, bool is_analyze);
  bool print_explain_json_subq_materialization(Json_writer *writer,
                                               bool is_analyze);
  virtual ~Explain_node() = default;
};


class Explain_table_access;


/* 
  A basic join. This is only used for SJ-Materialization nests.

  Basic join doesn't have ORDER/GROUP/DISTINCT operations. It also cannot be
  degenerate.

  It has its own select_id.
*/
class Explain_basic_join : public Explain_node
{
public:
  enum explain_node_type get_type() override { return EXPLAIN_BASIC_JOIN; }
  
  Explain_basic_join(MEM_ROOT *root) : Explain_node(root), join_tabs(NULL) {}
  ~Explain_basic_join();

  bool add_table(Explain_table_access *tab, Explain_query *query);

  uint get_select_id() override { return select_id; }

  uint select_id;

  int print_explain(Explain_query *query, select_result_sink *output,
                    uint8 explain_flags, bool is_analyze) override;
  void print_explain_json(Explain_query *query, Json_writer *writer, 
                          bool is_analyze) override;

  void print_explain_json_interns(Explain_query *query, Json_writer *writer,
                                  bool is_analyze);

  /* A flat array of Explain structs for tables. */
  Explain_table_access** join_tabs;
  uint n_join_tabs;
};


class Explain_aggr_node;
/*
  EXPLAIN structure for a SELECT.
  
  A select can be:
  1. A degenerate case. In this case, message!=NULL, and it contains a 
     description of what kind of degenerate case it is (e.g. "Impossible 
     WHERE").
  2. a non-degenrate join. In this case, join_tabs describes the join.

  In the non-degenerate case, a SELECT may have a GROUP BY/ORDER BY operation.

  In both cases, the select may have children nodes. class Explain_node
  provides a way get node's children.
*/

class Explain_select : public Explain_basic_join
{
public:
  enum explain_node_type get_type() override { return EXPLAIN_SELECT; }

  Explain_select(MEM_ROOT *root, bool is_analyze) : 
  Explain_basic_join(root),
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
    select_lex(NULL),
#endif
    linkage(UNSPECIFIED_TYPE),
    is_lateral(false),
    message(NULL),
    having(NULL), having_value(Item::COND_UNDEF),
    using_temporary(false), using_filesort(false),
    cost(0.0),
    time_tracker(is_analyze),
    aggr_tree(NULL)
  {}

  void add_linkage(Json_writer *writer);

public:
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  SELECT_LEX *select_lex;
#endif
  const char *select_type;
  enum sub_select_type linkage;
  bool is_lateral;

  /*
    If message != NULL, this is a degenerate join plan, and all subsequent
    members have no info 
  */
  const char *message;

  /* Expensive constant condition */
  Item *exec_const_cond;
  Item *outer_ref_cond;
  Item *pseudo_bits_cond;

  /* HAVING condition */
  Item *having;
  Item::cond_result having_value;

  /* Global join attributes. In tabular form, they are printed on the first row */
  bool using_temporary;
  bool using_filesort;

  double cost;
  /* ANALYZE members */
  Time_and_counter_tracker time_tracker;

  /* 
    Part of query plan describing sorting, temp.table usage, and duplicate 
    removal
  */
  Explain_aggr_node* aggr_tree;

  int print_explain(Explain_query *query, select_result_sink *output, 
                    uint8 explain_flags, bool is_analyze) override;
  void print_explain_json(Explain_query *query, Json_writer *writer, 
                          bool is_analyze) override;
  
  Table_access_tracker *get_using_temporary_read_tracker()
  {
    return &using_temporary_read_tracker;
  }
private:
  Table_access_tracker using_temporary_read_tracker;
};

/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// EXPLAIN structures for ORDER/GROUP operations.
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
typedef enum 
{
  AGGR_OP_TEMP_TABLE,
  AGGR_OP_FILESORT,
  //AGGR_OP_READ_SORTED_FILE, // need this?
  AGGR_OP_REMOVE_DUPLICATES,
  AGGR_OP_WINDOW_FUNCS
  //AGGR_OP_JOIN // Need this?
} enum_explain_aggr_node_type;


class Explain_aggr_node : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  virtual enum_explain_aggr_node_type get_type()= 0;
  virtual ~Explain_aggr_node() = default;
  Explain_aggr_node *child;
};

class Explain_aggr_filesort : public Explain_aggr_node
{
  List<Item> sort_items;
  List<ORDER::enum_order> sort_directions;
public:
  enum_explain_aggr_node_type get_type() override { return AGGR_OP_FILESORT; }
  Filesort_tracker tracker;

  Explain_aggr_filesort(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, bool is_analyze, 
                        Filesort *filesort);

  void print_json_members(Json_writer *writer, bool is_analyze);
};

class Explain_aggr_tmp_table : public Explain_aggr_node
{
public:
  enum_explain_aggr_node_type get_type() override { return AGGR_OP_TEMP_TABLE; }
};

class Explain_aggr_remove_dups : public Explain_aggr_node
{
public:
  enum_explain_aggr_node_type get_type() override { return AGGR_OP_REMOVE_DUPLICATES; }
};

class Explain_aggr_window_funcs : public Explain_aggr_node
{
  List<Explain_aggr_filesort> sorts;
public:
  enum_explain_aggr_node_type get_type() override { return AGGR_OP_WINDOW_FUNCS; }

  void print_json_members(Json_writer *writer, bool is_analyze);
  friend class Window_funcs_computation;
};

/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

extern const char *unit_operation_text[4];
extern const char *pushed_unit_operation_text[4];
extern const char *pushed_derived_text;
extern const char *pushed_select_text;

/*
  Explain structure for a UNION [ALL].

  A UNION may or may not have "Using filesort".
*/

class Explain_union : public Explain_node
{
public:
  Explain_union(MEM_ROOT *root, bool is_analyze) : 
    Explain_node(root), union_members(PSI_INSTRUMENT_MEM),
    is_recursive_cte(false), is_pushed_down_to_engine(false),
    fake_select_lex_explain(root, is_analyze)
  {}

  enum explain_node_type get_type() override { return EXPLAIN_UNION; }
  unit_common_op operation;

  uint get_select_id() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(union_members.elements() > 0);
    return union_members.at(0);
  }
  /*
    Members of the UNION.  Note: these are different from UNION's "children".
    Example:

      (select * from t1) union 
      (select * from t2) order by (select col1 from t3 ...)

    here 
      - select-from-t1 and select-from-t2 are "union members",
      - select-from-t3 is the only "child".
  */
  Dynamic_array<int> union_members;

  void add_select(int select_no)
  {
    union_members.append(select_no);
  }
  int print_explain(Explain_query *query, select_result_sink *output,
                    uint8 explain_flags, bool is_analyze) override;
  void print_explain_json(Explain_query *query, Json_writer *writer,
                          bool is_analyze) override;
  void print_explain_json_regular(Explain_query *query, Json_writer *writer,
                          bool is_analyze);
  void print_explain_json_pushed_down(Explain_query *query,
                                      Json_writer *writer, bool is_analyze);

  const char *fake_select_type;
  bool using_filesort;
  bool using_tmp;
  bool is_recursive_cte;
  bool is_pushed_down_to_engine;
  
  /*
    Explain data structure for "fake_select_lex" (i.e. for the degenerate
    SELECT that reads UNION result).
    It doesn't have a query plan, but we still need execution tracker, etc.
  */
  Explain_select fake_select_lex_explain;

  Table_access_tracker *get_fake_select_lex_tracker()
  {
    return &fake_select_lex_tracker;
  }
  Table_access_tracker *get_tmptable_read_tracker()
  {
    return &tmptable_read_tracker;
  }
private:
  uint make_union_table_name(char *buf);
  int print_explain_regular(Explain_query *query, select_result_sink *output,
                            uint8 explain_flags, bool is_analyze);
  int print_explain_pushed_down(select_result_sink *output,
                                uint8 explain_flags, bool is_analyze);
  
  Table_access_tracker fake_select_lex_tracker;
  /* This one is for reading after ORDER BY */
  Table_access_tracker tmptable_read_tracker; 
};


class Explain_update;
class Explain_delete;
class Explain_insert;


/*
  Explain structure for a query (i.e. a statement).

  This should be able to survive when the query plan was deleted. Currently,
  we do not intend for it survive until after query's MEM_ROOT is freed.

  == ExplainDataStructureLifetime ==

    >dispatch_command
    | >mysql_parse
    | | ...
    | |
    | | explain->query_plan_ready(); // (1)
    | |
    | |   some_join->cleanup(); //  (2)
    | |
    | | explain->notify_tables_are_closed(); // (3)
    | | close_thread_tables();  // (4)
    | | ...
    | | free_items(); // (5)
    | | ...
    | |
    | <mysql_parse
    |
    | log_slow_statement() // (6)
    |
    | free_root()
    |
    >dispatch_command

  (1) - Query plan construction is finished and it is available for reading.

  (2) - Temporary tables are freed (with exception of derived tables
        which are freed at step (4)).
        The tables are no longer accessible but one can still call
        item->print(), even for items that refer to temp.tables (see
        Item_field::print() for details)

  (3) - Notification about (4).
  (4) - Tables used by the query are closed. One consequence of this is that
        the values of the const tables' fields are not available anymore.
        We could adjust the code in Item_field::print() to handle this but
        instead we make step (3) disallow production of FORMAT=JSON output.
        We also disable processing of SHOW EXPLAIN|ANALYZE output because
        the query is about to finish anyway.

  (5) - Item objects are freed. After this, it's certainly not possible to
        print them into FORMAT=JSON output.

  (6) - We may decide to log tabular EXPLAIN output to the slow query log.

*/

class Explain_query : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  Explain_query(THD *thd, MEM_ROOT *root);
  ~Explain_query();

  /* Add a new node */
  void add_node(Explain_node *node);
  void add_insert_plan(Explain_insert *insert_plan_arg);
  void add_upd_del_plan(Explain_update *upd_del_plan_arg);

  /* This will return a select, or a union */
  Explain_node *get_node(uint select_id);

  /* This will return a select (even if there is a union with this id) */
  Explain_select *get_select(uint select_id);
  
  Explain_union *get_union(uint select_id);
 
  /* Produce a tabular EXPLAIN output */
  int print_explain(select_result_sink *output, uint8 explain_flags, 
                    bool is_analyze);
  
  /* Send tabular EXPLAIN to the client */
  int send_explain(THD *thd, bool extended);
  
  /* Return tabular EXPLAIN output as a text string */
  bool print_explain_str(THD *thd, String *out_str, bool is_analyze);

  int print_explain_json(select_result_sink *output, bool is_analyze,
                         ulonglong query_time_in_progress_ms= 0);

  /* If true, at least part of EXPLAIN can be printed */
  bool have_query_plan() { return insert_plan || upd_del_plan|| get_node(1) != NULL; }

  void query_plan_ready();
  void notify_tables_are_closed();

  MEM_ROOT *mem_root;

  Explain_update *get_upd_del_plan() { return upd_del_plan; }
private:
  bool print_query_blocks_json(Json_writer *writer, const bool is_analyze);
  void print_query_optimization_json(Json_writer *writer);
  void send_explain_json_to_output(Json_writer *writer, select_result_sink *output);
 
  /* Explain_delete inherits from Explain_update */
  Explain_update *upd_del_plan;

  /* Query "plan" for INSERTs */
  Explain_insert *insert_plan;

  Dynamic_array<Explain_union*> unions;
  Dynamic_array<Explain_select*> selects;
  
  THD *stmt_thd; // for APC start/stop
  bool apc_enabled;
  /* 
    Debugging aid: count how many times add_node() was called. Ideally, it
    should be one, we currently allow O(1) query plan saves for each
    select or union.  The goal is not to have O(#rows_in_some_table), which 
    is unacceptable.
  */
  longlong operations;
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  bool can_print_json= false;
#endif

  Exec_time_tracker optimization_time_tracker;
};


/* 
  Some of the tags have matching text. See extra_tag_text for text names, and 
  Explain_table_access::append_tag_name() for code to convert from tag form to text
  form.
*/
enum explain_extra_tag
{
  ET_none= 0, /* not-a-tag */
  ET_USING_INDEX_CONDITION,
  ET_USING_INDEX_CONDITION_BKA,
  ET_USING, /* For quick selects of various kinds */
  ET_RANGE_CHECKED_FOR_EACH_RECORD,
  ET_USING_WHERE_WITH_PUSHED_CONDITION,
  ET_USING_WHERE,
  ET_NOT_EXISTS,

  ET_USING_INDEX,
  ET_FULL_SCAN_ON_NULL_KEY,
  ET_SKIP_OPEN_TABLE,
  ET_OPEN_FRM_ONLY,
  ET_OPEN_FULL_TABLE,

  ET_SCANNED_0_DATABASES,
  ET_SCANNED_1_DATABASE,
  ET_SCANNED_ALL_DATABASES,

  ET_USING_INDEX_FOR_GROUP_BY,

  ET_USING_MRR, // does not print "Using mrr". 

  ET_DISTINCT,
  ET_LOOSESCAN,
  ET_START_TEMPORARY,
  ET_END_TEMPORARY,
  ET_FIRST_MATCH,
  
  ET_USING_JOIN_BUFFER,

  ET_CONST_ROW_NOT_FOUND,
  ET_UNIQUE_ROW_NOT_FOUND,
  ET_IMPOSSIBLE_ON_CONDITION,
  ET_TABLE_FUNCTION,

  ET_total
};


/*
  Explain data structure describing join buffering use.
*/

class EXPLAIN_BKA_TYPE
{
public:
  EXPLAIN_BKA_TYPE() : join_alg(NULL) {}

  size_t join_buffer_size;

  bool incremental;

  /* 
    NULL if no join buferring used.
    Other values: BNL, BNLH, BKA, BKAH.
  */
  const char *join_alg;

  /* Information about MRR usage.  */
  StringBuffer<64> mrr_type;
  
  bool is_using_jbuf() { return (join_alg != NULL); }
};


/*
  Data about how an index is used by some access method
*/
class Explain_index_use : public Sql_alloc
{
  char *key_name;
  uint key_len;
  char *filter_name;
  uint filter_len;
public:
  String_list key_parts_list;
  
  Explain_index_use()
  {
    clear();
  }

  void clear()
  {
    key_name= NULL;
    key_len= (uint)-1;
    filter_name= NULL;
    filter_len= (uint)-1;
  }
  bool set(MEM_ROOT *root, KEY *key_name, uint key_len_arg);
  bool set_pseudo_key(MEM_ROOT *root, const char *key_name);

  inline const char *get_key_name() const { return key_name; }
  inline uint get_key_len() const { return key_len; }
  //inline const char *get_filter_name() const { return filter_name; }
};


/*
  Query Plan data structure for Rowid filter.
*/
class Explain_rowid_filter : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  /* Quick select used to collect the rowids into filter */
  Explain_quick_select *quick;

  /* How many rows the above quick select is expected to return */
  ha_rows rows;

  /* Expected selectivity for the filter */
  double selectivity;

  /* Tracker with the information about how rowid filter is executed */
  Rowid_filter_tracker *tracker;

  void print_explain_json(Explain_query *query, Json_writer *writer,
                          bool is_analyze);

  /*
    TODO:
      Here should be ANALYZE members:
      - r_rows for the quick select
      - An object that tracked the table access time
      - real selectivity of the filter.
  */
};


/*
  QPF for quick range selects, as well as index_merge select
*/
class Explain_quick_select : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  Explain_quick_select(int quick_type_arg) : quick_type(quick_type_arg) 
  {}

  const int quick_type;

  bool is_basic() 
  {
    return (quick_type == QUICK_SELECT_I::QS_TYPE_RANGE || 
            quick_type == QUICK_SELECT_I::QS_TYPE_RANGE_DESC ||
            quick_type == QUICK_SELECT_I::QS_TYPE_GROUP_MIN_MAX);
  }
  
  /* This is used when quick_type == QUICK_SELECT_I::QS_TYPE_RANGE */
  Explain_index_use range;
  
  /* Used in all other cases */
  List<Explain_quick_select> children;
  
  void print_extra(String *str);
  void print_key(String *str);
  void print_key_len(String *str);

  void print_json(Json_writer *writer);

  void print_extra_recursive(String *str);
private:
  const char *get_name_by_type();
};


/*
  Data structure for "range checked for each record". 
  It's a set of keys, tabular explain prints hex bitmap, json prints key names.
*/

typedef const char* NAME;

class Explain_range_checked_fer : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  String_list key_set;
  key_map keys_map;
private:
  ha_rows full_scan, index_merge;
  ha_rows *keys_stat;
  NAME *keys_stat_names;
  uint keys;

public:
  Explain_range_checked_fer()
    :Sql_alloc(), full_scan(0), index_merge(0),
    keys_stat(0), keys_stat_names(0), keys(0)
  {}

  int append_possible_keys_stat(MEM_ROOT *alloc,
                                TABLE *table, key_map possible_keys);
  void collect_data(QUICK_SELECT_I *quick);
  void print_json(Json_writer *writer, bool is_analyze);
};


/*
  EXPLAIN data structure for a single JOIN_TAB.
*/

class Explain_table_access : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  Explain_table_access(MEM_ROOT *root, bool timed) :
    derived_select_number(0),
    non_merged_sjm_number(0),
    cost(0.0),
    loops(0.0),
    extra_tags(root),
    range_checked_fer(NULL),
    full_scan_on_null_key(false),
    start_dups_weedout(false),
    end_dups_weedout(false),
    where_cond(NULL),
    cache_cond(NULL),
    pushed_index_cond(NULL),
    sjm_nest(NULL),
    pre_join_sort(NULL),
    handler_for_stats(NULL),
    jbuf_unpack_tracker(timed),
    rowid_filter(NULL)
  {}
  ~Explain_table_access() { delete sjm_nest; }

  void push_extra(enum explain_extra_tag extra_tag);

  /* Internals */

  /* id and 'select_type' are cared-of by the parent Explain_select */
  StringBuffer<32> table_name;
  StringBuffer<32> used_partitions;
  String_list used_partitions_list;
  // valid with ET_USING_MRR
  StringBuffer<32> mrr_type;
  StringBuffer<32> firstmatch_table_name;

  /* 
    Non-zero number means this is a derived table. The number can be used to
    find the query plan for the derived table
  */
  int derived_select_number;
  /* TODO: join with the previous member. */
  int non_merged_sjm_number;

  enum join_type type;

  bool used_partitions_set;
  
  /* Empty means "NULL" will be printed */
  String_list possible_keys;

  bool rows_set; /* not set means 'NULL' should be printed */
  bool filtered_set; /* not set means 'NULL' should be printed */
  // Valid if ET_USING_INDEX_FOR_GROUP_BY is present
  bool loose_scan_is_scanning;
  
  /*
    Index use: key name and length.
    Note: that when one is accessing I_S tables, those may show use of 
    non-existant indexes.

    key.key_name == NULL means 'NULL' will be shown in tabular output.
    key.key_len == (uint)-1 means 'NULL' will be shown in tabular output.
  */
  Explain_index_use key;
  
  /*
    when type==JT_HASH_NEXT, 'key' stores the hash join pseudo-key.
    hash_next_key stores the table's key.
  */
  Explain_index_use hash_next_key;
  
  String_list ref_list;

  ha_rows rows;
  double filtered;

  /* Total cost incurred during one execution of this select */
  double cost;

  double loops;
  /* 
    Contents of the 'Extra' column. Some are converted into strings, some have
    parameters, values for which are stored below.
  */
  Dynamic_array<enum explain_extra_tag> extra_tags;

  // Valid if ET_USING tag is present
  Explain_quick_select *quick_info;
  
  /* Non-NULL value means this tab uses "range checked for each record" */
  Explain_range_checked_fer *range_checked_fer;
 
  bool full_scan_on_null_key;

  // valid with ET_USING_JOIN_BUFFER
  EXPLAIN_BKA_TYPE bka_type;

  bool start_dups_weedout;
  bool end_dups_weedout;
  
  /*
    Note: lifespan of WHERE condition is less than lifespan of this object.
    The below two are valid if tags include "ET_USING_WHERE".
    (TODO: indexsubquery may put ET_USING_WHERE without setting where_cond?)
  */
  Item *where_cond;
  Item *cache_cond;
  
  /*
    This is either pushed index condition, or BKA's index condition. 
    (the latter refers to columns of other tables and so can only be checked by
     BKA code). Examine extra_tags to tell which one it is.
  */
  Item *pushed_index_cond;

  Explain_basic_join *sjm_nest;
  
  /*
    This describes a possible filesort() call that is done before doing the
    join operation.
  */
  Explain_aggr_filesort *pre_join_sort;

  /* ANALYZE members */

  /* Tracker for reading the table */
  Table_access_tracker tracker;
  Exec_time_tracker op_tracker;
  Gap_time_tracker extra_time_tracker;

  /*
    Handler object to get the handler_stats from.

    Notes:
    This pointer is only valid until notify_tables_are_closed() is called.
    After that, the tables may be freed or reused, together with their
    handler_stats objects.
    notify_tables_are_closed() disables printing of FORMAT=JSON output.
    r_engine_stats is only printed in FORMAT=JSON output, so we're fine.

    We do not store pointers to temporary (aka "work") tables here.
    Temporary tables may be freed (e.g. by JOIN::cleanup()) or re-created
    during query execution (when HEAP table is converted into Aria).
  */
  handler *handler_for_stats;

  /* When using join buffer: Track the reads from join buffer */
  Table_access_tracker jbuf_tracker;

  /* When using join buffer: time spent unpacking rows from the join buffer */
  Time_and_counter_tracker jbuf_unpack_tracker;

  /*
    When using join buffer: time spent after unpacking rows from the join
    buffer. This will capture the time spent checking the Join Condition:
    the condition that depends on this table and preceding tables.
  */
  Gap_time_tracker jbuf_extra_time_tracker;

  /* When using join buffer: Track the number of incoming record combinations */
  Counter_tracker jbuf_loops_tracker;

  Explain_rowid_filter *rowid_filter;

  int print_explain(select_result_sink *output, uint8 explain_flags, 
                    bool is_analyze,
                    uint select_id, const char *select_type,
                    bool using_temporary, bool using_filesort);
  void print_explain_json(Explain_query *query, Json_writer *writer,
                          bool is_analyze);

private:
  void append_tag_name(String *str, enum explain_extra_tag tag);
  void fill_key_str(String *key_str, bool is_json) const;
  void fill_key_len_str(String *key_len_str, bool is_json) const;
  double get_r_filtered();
  void tag_to_json(Json_writer *writer, enum explain_extra_tag tag);
};


/*
  EXPLAIN structure for single-table UPDATE. 
  
  This is similar to Explain_table_access, except that it is more restrictive.
  Also, it can have UPDATE operation options, but currently there aren't any.

  Explain_delete inherits from this.
*/

class Explain_update : public Explain_node
{
public:

  Explain_update(MEM_ROOT *root, bool is_analyze) : 
    Explain_node(root),
    filesort_tracker(NULL),
    command_tracker(is_analyze),
    handler_for_stats(NULL)
  {}

  enum explain_node_type get_type() override { return EXPLAIN_UPDATE; }
  uint get_select_id() override { return 1; /* always root */ }

  const char *select_type;

  StringBuffer<32> used_partitions;
  String_list used_partitions_list;
  bool used_partitions_set;

  bool impossible_where;
  bool no_partitions;
  StringBuffer<64> table_name;

  enum join_type jtype;
  String_list possible_keys;

  /* Used key when doing a full index scan (possibly with limit) */
  Explain_index_use key;

  /* 
    MRR that's used with quick select. This should probably belong to the
    quick select
  */
  StringBuffer<64> mrr_type;
  
  Explain_quick_select *quick_info;

  bool using_where;
  Item *where_cond;

  ha_rows rows;

  bool using_io_buffer;

  /* Tracker for doing reads when filling the buffer */
  Table_access_tracker buf_tracker;
  
  bool is_using_filesort() { return filesort_tracker? true: false; }
  /*
    Non-null value of filesort_tracker means "using filesort"

    if we are using filesort, then table_tracker is for the io done inside
    filesort.
    
    'tracker' is for tracking post-filesort reads.
  */
  Filesort_tracker *filesort_tracker;

  /* ANALYZE members and methods */
  Table_access_tracker tracker;

  /* This tracks execution of the whole command */
  Time_and_counter_tracker command_tracker;
  
  /* TODO: This tracks time to read rows from the table */
  Exec_time_tracker table_tracker;

  Gap_time_tracker extra_time_tracker;
  /* The same as  Explain_table_access::handler_for_stats */
  handler *handler_for_stats;

  int print_explain(Explain_query *query, select_result_sink *output,
                    uint8 explain_flags, bool is_analyze) override;
  void print_explain_json(Explain_query *query, Json_writer *writer,
                          bool is_analyze) override;
};


/*
  EXPLAIN data structure for an INSERT.
  
  At the moment this doesn't do much as we don't really have any query plans
  for INSERT statements.
*/

class Explain_insert : public Explain_node
{
public:
  Explain_insert(MEM_ROOT *root) : 
  Explain_node(root)
  {}

  StringBuffer<64> table_name;

  enum explain_node_type get_type() override { return EXPLAIN_INSERT; }
  uint get_select_id() override { return 1; /* always root */ }

  int print_explain(Explain_query *query, select_result_sink *output,
                    uint8 explain_flags, bool is_analyze) override;
  void print_explain_json(Explain_query *query, Json_writer *writer,
                          bool is_analyze) override;
};


/* 
  EXPLAIN data of a single-table DELETE.
*/

class Explain_delete: public Explain_update
{
public:
  Explain_delete(MEM_ROOT *root, bool is_analyze) : 
  Explain_update(root, is_analyze)
  {}

  /*
    TRUE means we're going to call handler->delete_all_rows() and not read any
    rows.
  */
  bool deleting_all_rows;

  enum explain_node_type get_type() override { return EXPLAIN_DELETE; }
  uint get_select_id() override { return 1; /* always root */ }

  int print_explain(Explain_query *query, select_result_sink *output, 
                    uint8 explain_flags, bool is_analyze) override;
  void print_explain_json(Explain_query *query, Json_writer *writer,
                          bool is_analyze) override;
};


/*
  EXPLAIN data structure for subquery materialization.

  All decisions are made at execution time so here we just store the tracker
  that has all the info.
*/

class Explain_subq_materialization : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  Explain_subq_materialization(MEM_ROOT *mem_root)
    : tracker(mem_root)
  {}

  Subq_materialization_tracker *get_tracker() { return &tracker; }

  void print_explain_json(Json_writer *writer, bool is_analyze);

private:
  Subq_materialization_tracker tracker;
};

#endif //SQL_EXPLAIN_INCLUDED
#ifndef PARTITION_ELEMENT_INCLUDED
#define PARTITION_ELEMENT_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   Copyright (c) 2021, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#include "my_base.h"                            /* ha_rows */
#include "handler.h"                            /* UNDEF_NODEGROUP */

/**
 * An enum and a struct to handle partitioning and subpartitioning.
 */
enum partition_type {
  NOT_A_PARTITION= 0,
  RANGE_PARTITION,
  HASH_PARTITION,
  LIST_PARTITION,
  VERSIONING_PARTITION
};

enum partition_state {
  PART_NORMAL= 0,
  PART_IS_DROPPED= 1,
  PART_TO_BE_DROPPED= 2,
  PART_TO_BE_ADDED= 3,
  PART_TO_BE_REORGED= 4,
  PART_REORGED_DROPPED= 5,
  PART_CHANGED= 6,
  PART_IS_CHANGED= 7,
  PART_IS_ADDED= 8,
  PART_ADMIN= 9
};

/*
  This struct is used to keep track of column expressions as part
  of the COLUMNS concept in conjunction with RANGE and LIST partitioning.
  The value can be either of MINVALUE, MAXVALUE and an expression that
  must be constant and evaluate to the same type as the column it
  represents.

  The data in this fixed in two steps. The parser will only fill in whether
  it is a max_value or provide an expression. Filling in
  column_value, part_info, partition_id, null_value is done by the
  function fix_column_value_function. However the item tree needs
  fixed also before writing it into the frm file (in add_column_list_values).
  To distinguish between those two variants, fixed= 1 after the
  fixing in add_column_list_values and fixed= 2 otherwise. This is
  since the fixing in add_column_list_values isn't a complete fixing.
*/

typedef struct p_column_list_val
{
  void* column_value;
  Item* item_expression;
  partition_info *part_info;
  uint partition_id;
  bool max_value; // MAXVALUE for RANGE type or DEFAULT value for LIST type
  bool null_value;
  char fixed;
} part_column_list_val;


/*
  This struct is used to contain the value of an element
  in the VALUES IN struct. It needs to keep knowledge of
  whether it is a signed/unsigned value and whether it is
  NULL or not.
*/

typedef struct p_elem_val
{
  longlong value;
  uint added_items;
  bool null_value;
  bool unsigned_flag;
  part_column_list_val *col_val_array;
} part_elem_value;

struct st_ddl_log_memory_entry;

enum stat_trx_field
{
  STAT_TRX_END= 0
};

class partition_element :public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  enum elem_type_enum
  {
    CONVENTIONAL= 0,
    CURRENT,
    HISTORY
  };

  List<partition_element> subpartitions;
  List<part_elem_value> list_val_list;
  ha_rows part_max_rows;
  ha_rows part_min_rows;
  longlong range_value;
  const char *partition_name;
  struct st_ddl_log_memory_entry *log_entry;
  const char* part_comment;
  const char* data_file_name;
  const char* index_file_name;
  handlerton *engine_type;
  LEX_CSTRING connect_string;
  enum partition_state part_state;
  uint16 nodegroup_id;
  bool has_null_value;
  bool signed_flag;                          // Range value signed
  bool max_value;                            // MAXVALUE range
  uint32 id;
  bool empty;
  elem_type_enum type;

  engine_option_value *option_list;      // create options for partition
  ha_table_option_struct *option_struct; // structure with parsed options

  partition_element()
  : part_max_rows(0), part_min_rows(0), range_value(0),
    partition_name(NULL),
    log_entry(NULL), part_comment(NULL),
    data_file_name(NULL), index_file_name(NULL),
    engine_type(NULL), connect_string(null_clex_str), part_state(PART_NORMAL),
    nodegroup_id(UNDEF_NODEGROUP), has_null_value(FALSE),
    signed_flag(FALSE), max_value(FALSE),
    id(UINT_MAX32),
    empty(true),
    type(CONVENTIONAL),
    option_list(NULL), option_struct(NULL)
  {}
  partition_element(partition_element *part_elem)
  : part_max_rows(part_elem->part_max_rows),
    part_min_rows(part_elem->part_min_rows),
    range_value(0), partition_name(NULL),
    log_entry(NULL),
    part_comment(part_elem->part_comment),
    data_file_name(part_elem->data_file_name),
    index_file_name(part_elem->index_file_name),
    engine_type(part_elem->engine_type),
    connect_string(null_clex_str),
    part_state(part_elem->part_state),
    nodegroup_id(part_elem->nodegroup_id),
    has_null_value(FALSE),
    signed_flag(part_elem->signed_flag),
    max_value(part_elem->max_value),
    id(part_elem->id),
    empty(part_elem->empty),
    type(CONVENTIONAL),
    option_list(part_elem->option_list),
    option_struct(part_elem->option_struct)
  {}
  ~partition_element() = default;

  part_column_list_val& get_col_val(uint idx)
  {
    part_elem_value *ev= list_val_list.head();
    DBUG_ASSERT(ev);
    DBUG_ASSERT(ev->col_val_array);
    return ev->col_val_array[idx];
  }
};

#endif /* PARTITION_ELEMENT_INCLUDED */
#ifndef MY_UCTYPE_INCLUDED
#define MY_UCTYPE_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2006 MySQL AB, 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
   Use is subject to license terms.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

/*
  Unicode ctype data
  Generated from UnicodeData-5.0.0d9.txt
*/
static unsigned char uctype_page00[256]=
{
 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32,
 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32,
  8, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 129, 129, 129, 129, 129, 129, 129, 129, 129, 129, 129, 129, 129, 129, 129,
 129, 129, 129, 129, 129, 129, 129, 129, 129, 129, 129, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130,
 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 16, 16, 16, 16, 32,
 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32,
 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32,
  8, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  2, 16, 16, 32, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 20, 20, 16,  2, 16, 16, 16, 20,  2, 16, 20, 20, 20, 16,
  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,
  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1, 16,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2, 16,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2
};

static unsigned char uctype_page01[256]=
{
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,
  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  2,
  2,  1,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  1,  2,  1,  1,  1,  2,  2,  1,  1,
  1,  1,  2,  1,  1,  2,  1,  1,  1,  2,  2,  2,  1,  1,  2,  1,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  1,  2,  1,  2,  2,  1,  2,  1,  1,
  2,  1,  1,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  1,  2,  2,  2,  1,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  1,  1,  2,  1,  1,  2,  1,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,
  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  2,  1,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  1,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2
};

static unsigned char uctype_page02[256]=
{
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  1,  1,  2,  1,  1,  2,
  2,  1,  2,  1,  1,  1,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2, 16, 16, 16, 16,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  2, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16
};

static unsigned char uctype_page03[256]=
{
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
  0,  0,  0,  0, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2, 16,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0, 16, 16,  1, 16,  1,  1,  1,  0,  1,  0,  1,  1,
  2,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,
  1,  1,  0,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,
  2,  2,  1,  1,  1,  2,  2,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  1,  2, 16,  1,  2,  1,  1,  2,  2,  1,  1,  1
};

static unsigned char uctype_page04[256]=
{
  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,
  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,
  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2, 16, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0, 18, 18,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2
};

static unsigned char uctype_page05[256]=
{
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,
  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,
  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  0,  0,  2, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 16, 18,
 16, 18, 18, 16, 18, 18, 16, 18,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page06[256]=
{
 32, 32, 32, 32,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 16,  0,  0, 16, 16,
  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0,
  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4, 16, 16, 16, 16,  2,  2,
 18,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2, 16,  2, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 32, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,  2,  2, 18, 18, 16, 18, 18, 18, 18,  2,  2,
  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  2,  2,  2, 16, 16,  2
};

static unsigned char uctype_page07[256]=
{
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0, 32,
  2, 18,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
 18,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18,  2,  2, 16, 16, 16, 16,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page09[256]=
{
  0, 18, 18, 18,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0, 18,  2, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0,  0,
  2, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0,  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2, 18, 18, 16, 16,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,
 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  0, 18, 18, 18,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  2,
  2,  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  0,  2,  0,  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0, 18,  2, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0,  0, 18, 18,  0,  0, 18, 18, 18,  2,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 18,  0,  0,  0,  0,  2,  2,  0,  2,
  2,  2, 18, 18,  0,  0,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,
  2,  2, 16, 16, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page0A[256]=
{
  0, 18, 18, 18,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  2,
  2,  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  0,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  0,  0, 18,  0, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18,  0,  0,  0,  0, 18, 18,  0,  0, 18, 18, 18,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,
 18, 18,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0, 18, 18, 18,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,
  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  0,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0, 18,  2, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0, 18, 18, 18,  0, 18, 18, 18,  0,  0,
  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2, 18, 18,  0,  0,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,
  0, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page0B[256]=
{
  0, 18, 18, 18,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  2,
  2,  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  0,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0, 18,  2, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18,  0,  0,  0, 18, 18,  0,  0, 18, 18, 18,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 18, 18,  0,  0,  0,  0,  2,  2,  0,  2,
  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,
 16,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0, 18,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  2,  2,
  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  2,  2,  0,  2,  0,  2,  2,
  0,  0,  0,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18,  0,  0,  0, 18, 18, 18,  0, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 18,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,
 20, 20, 20, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page0C[256]=
{
  0, 18, 18, 18,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,
  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0, 18, 18, 18,  0, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 18, 18,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0, 18, 18,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,
  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0, 18,  2, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0, 18, 18, 18,  0, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 18, 18,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  2,  0,
  2,  2, 18, 18,  0,  0,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,
  0, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page0D[256]=
{
  0,  0, 18, 18,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,
  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18,  0,  0, 18, 18, 18,  0, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 18,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0, 18, 18,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0, 18,  0,  0,  0,  0, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0, 18,  0, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0, 18, 18, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page0E[256]=
{
  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2, 18,  2,  2, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0,  0,  0,  0, 16,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 16,
  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  2,  2,  0,  2,  0,  0,  2,  2,  0,  2,  0,  0,  2,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  0,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  0,  2,  0,  0,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,
  2, 18,  2,  2, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0, 18, 18,  2,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  0, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0,  0,
  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  0,  0,  2,  2,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page0F[256]=
{
  2, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 18, 18, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
 20, 20, 20, 20, 16, 18, 16, 18, 16, 18, 16, 16, 16, 16, 18, 18,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 16, 18, 18,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 18, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0, 16,
 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page10[256]=
{
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  0, 18, 18, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18,  0,  0,  0, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,
  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,
  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2, 16,  2,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page11[256]=
{
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page12[256]=
{
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,
  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2
};

static unsigned char uctype_page13[256]=
{
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0, 18,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page14[256]=
{
  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2
};

static unsigned char uctype_page16[256]=
{
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2, 16, 16,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  8,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2, 16, 16, 16,  7,  7,
  7,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page17[256]=
{
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,
  2,  2, 18, 18, 18,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2, 18, 18, 18, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2, 18, 18,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,
  2,  0, 18, 18,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2, 32, 32, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 16, 16, 16,  2, 16, 16, 16, 16,  2, 18,  0,  0,
  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page18[256]=
{
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 18, 18, 18,  8,  0,
  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2, 18,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page19[256]=
{
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0,  0,  0,  0,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0,  0,  0,  0,
 16,  0,  0,  0, 16, 16,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
 18,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2, 18, 18,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  0,  0,  0,  0, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16
};

static unsigned char uctype_page1A[256]=
{
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0,  0, 16, 16,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page1B[256]=
{
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page1D[256]=
{
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 18, 18
};

static unsigned char uctype_page1E[256]=
{
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page1F[256]=
{
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  1,  0,  1,  0,  1,  0,  1,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1, 16,  2, 16,
 16, 16,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1, 16, 16, 16,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  2,  2,  1,  1,  1,  1,  0, 16, 16, 16,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1, 16, 16, 16,
  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1, 16, 16,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page20[256]=
{
  8,  8,  8,  8,  8,  8,  8,  8,  8,  8,  8, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  8,  8, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32,  8,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  8,
 32, 32, 32, 32,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32,
 20,  2,  0,  0, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  2,
 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page21[256]=
{
 16, 16,  1, 16, 16, 16, 16,  1, 16, 16,  2,  1,  1,  1,  2,  2,
  1,  1,  1,  2, 16,  1, 16, 16, 16,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16,  1, 16,  1, 16,  1, 16,  1,  1,  1,  1, 16,  2,
  1,  1,  1,  1,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2, 16, 16,  2,  2,  1,  1,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  1,  2,  2,  2,  2, 16, 16, 16, 16,  2,  0,
  0,  0,  0, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,
  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,
  7,  7,  7,  1,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16
};

static unsigned char uctype_page23[256]=
{
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page24[256]=
{
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
};

static unsigned char uctype_page26[256]=
{
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page27[256]=
{
  0, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0, 16,  0, 16,
 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0, 16,  0, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,
  0, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
 20, 20, 20, 20, 16,  0,  0,  0, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
  0, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16
};

static unsigned char uctype_page2B[256]=
{
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page2C[256]=
{
  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,
  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,
  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,
  1,  2,  1,  1,  1,  2,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  2,  1,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,  1,  2,
  1,  2,  1,  2,  2, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 16, 16, 16, 16, 20, 16, 16
};

static unsigned char uctype_page2D[256]=
{
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  2,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page2E[256]=
{
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0, 16, 16,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page2F[256]=
{
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page30[256]=
{
  8, 16, 16, 16, 16,  2,  2,  7, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7,  7, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
 16,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2, 16, 16,  7,  7,  7,  2,  2, 16, 16, 16,
  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0, 18, 18, 16, 16,  2,  2,  2,
 16,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2, 16,  2,  2,  2,  2
};

static unsigned char uctype_page31[256]=
{
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,
 16, 16, 20, 20, 20, 20, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2
};

static unsigned char uctype_page32[256]=
{
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,
 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
 16, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_page4D[256]=
{
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16
};

static unsigned char uctype_page9F[256]=
{
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_pageA4[256]=
{
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_pageA7[256]=
{
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_pageA8[256]=
{
  2,  2, 18,  2,  2,  2, 18,  2,  2,  2,  2, 18,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_pageD7[256]=
{
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,  3,
  3,  3,  3,  3,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_pageD8[256]=
{
 32,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_pageDB[256]=
{
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 32,
 32,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 32
};

static unsigned char uctype_pageDC[256]=
{
 32,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_pageDF[256]=
{
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 32
};

static unsigned char uctype_pageE0[256]=
{
 32,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_pageF8[256]=
{
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 32
};

static unsigned char uctype_pageFA[256]=
{
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_pageFB[256]=
{
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  2, 18,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2, 16,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  0,
  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2
};

static unsigned char uctype_pageFD[256]=
{
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2, 16, 16,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2, 16, 16,  0,  0
};

static unsigned char uctype_pageFE[256]=
{
 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
 18, 18, 18, 18,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16,  0, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,  0,  0,  0,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0, 32
};

static unsigned char uctype_pageFF[256]=
{
  0, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4,  4, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,
  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1,  1, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,
  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,
  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  2,  2,  2,  0,  0,  0,
 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,  0,
  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 32, 32, 32, 16, 16,  0,  0
};

MY_UNI_CTYPE my_uni_ctype[256]={
	{0,uctype_page00},
	{0,uctype_page01},
	{0,uctype_page02},
	{0,uctype_page03},
	{0,uctype_page04},
	{0,uctype_page05},
	{0,uctype_page06},
	{0,uctype_page07},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,uctype_page09},
	{0,uctype_page0A},
	{0,uctype_page0B},
	{0,uctype_page0C},
	{0,uctype_page0D},
	{0,uctype_page0E},
	{0,uctype_page0F},
	{0,uctype_page10},
	{0,uctype_page11},
	{0,uctype_page12},
	{0,uctype_page13},
	{0,uctype_page14},
	{2,NULL},
	{0,uctype_page16},
	{0,uctype_page17},
	{0,uctype_page18},
	{0,uctype_page19},
	{0,uctype_page1A},
	{0,uctype_page1B},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,uctype_page1D},
	{0,uctype_page1E},
	{0,uctype_page1F},
	{0,uctype_page20},
	{0,uctype_page21},
	{16,NULL},
	{0,uctype_page23},
	{0,uctype_page24},
	{16,NULL},
	{0,uctype_page26},
	{0,uctype_page27},
	{16,NULL},
	{16,NULL},
	{16,NULL},
	{0,uctype_page2B},
	{0,uctype_page2C},
	{0,uctype_page2D},
	{0,uctype_page2E},
	{0,uctype_page2F},
	{0,uctype_page30},
	{0,uctype_page31},
	{0,uctype_page32},
	{16,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{0,uctype_page4D},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{0,uctype_page9F},
	{2,NULL},
	{2,NULL},
	{2,NULL},
	{2,NULL},
	{0,uctype_pageA4},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,uctype_pageA7},
	{0,uctype_pageA8},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{3,NULL},
	{0,uctype_pageD7},
	{0,uctype_pageD8},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,uctype_pageDB},
	{0,uctype_pageDC},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,uctype_pageDF},
	{0,uctype_pageE0},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,NULL},
	{0,uctype_pageF8},
	{2,NULL},
	{0,uctype_pageFA},
	{0,uctype_pageFB},
	{2,NULL},
	{0,uctype_pageFD},
	{0,uctype_pageFE},
	{0,uctype_pageFF}
};


#endif /* MY_UCTYPE_INCLUDED */
#ifndef _SP_INSTR_H_
#define _SP_INSTR_H_

#include "mariadb.h"

#include "sql_alloc.h"    // Sql_alloc
#include "sql_class.h"    // THD, Query_arena
#include "sql_lex.h"      // class sp_lex_local
#include "sp_pcontext.h"  // class sp_pcontext
#include "sp_head.h"      // class sp_head

/*
  Sufficient max length of frame offsets.
*/
static const int SP_INSTR_UINT_MAXLEN= 8;

class sp_lex_cursor: public sp_lex_local, public Query_arena
{
public:
  sp_lex_cursor(THD *thd, const LEX *oldlex, MEM_ROOT *mem_root_arg)
    : sp_lex_local(thd, oldlex),
      Query_arena(mem_root_arg, STMT_INITIALIZED_FOR_SP),
      m_expr_str(empty_clex_str)
  {}

  sp_lex_cursor(THD *thd, const LEX *oldlex)
    : sp_lex_local(thd, oldlex),
      Query_arena(thd->lex->sphead->get_main_mem_root(),
                  STMT_INITIALIZED_FOR_SP),
      m_expr_str(empty_clex_str)
  {}

  ~sp_lex_cursor() { free_items(); }

  bool cleanup_stmt(bool /*restore_set_statement_vars*/) override
  {
    return false;
  }

  Query_arena *query_arena() override
  {
    return this;
  }

  bool validate()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(sql_command == SQLCOM_SELECT);
    if (result)
    {
      my_error(ER_SP_BAD_CURSOR_SELECT, MYF(0));
      return true;
    }

    return false;
  }

  bool stmt_finalize(THD *thd)
  {
    if (validate())
      return true;

    sp_lex_in_use= true;
    free_list= thd->free_list;
    thd->free_list= nullptr;

    return false;
  }

  void set_expr_str(const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str)
  {
    m_expr_str= expr_str;
  }

  const LEX_CSTRING &get_expr_str() const
  {
    return m_expr_str;
  }

  sp_lex_cursor* get_lex_for_cursor() override
  {
    return this;
  }

private:
  LEX_CSTRING m_expr_str;
};


//
// "Instructions"...
//

// Forward declaration for use in the method sp_instr::opt_move().
class sp_instr_opt_meta;

class sp_instr :public Query_arena, public Sql_alloc
{
  sp_instr(const sp_instr &);	/**< Prevent use of these */
  void operator=(sp_instr &);

public:
  uint marked;
  uint m_ip;			///< My index
  sp_pcontext *m_ctx;		///< My parse context
  uint m_lineno;

  /// Should give each a name or type code for debugging purposes?
  sp_instr(uint ip, sp_pcontext *ctx)
    : Query_arena(0, STMT_INITIALIZED_FOR_SP),
      marked(0),
      m_ip(ip),
      m_ctx(ctx),
      m_lineno(0)
#ifdef PROTECT_STATEMENT_MEMROOT
      , m_has_been_run(NON_RUN)
#endif
  {}

  virtual ~sp_instr()
  {
    free_items();
  }


  /**
    Execute this instruction


    @param thd         Thread handle
    @param[out] nextp  index of the next instruction to execute. (For most
                       instructions this will be the instruction following this
                       one). Note that this parameter is undefined in case of
                       errors, use get_cont_dest() to find the continuation
                       instruction for CONTINUE error handlers.

    @retval 0      on success,
    @retval other  if some error occurred
  */
  virtual int execute(THD *thd, uint *nextp) = 0;

  /**
    Execute <code>open_and_lock_tables()</code> for this statement.
    Open and lock the tables used by this statement, as a pre-requisite
    to execute the core logic of this instruction with
    <code>exec_core()</code>.
    @param thd the current thread
    @param tables the list of tables to open and lock
    @return zero on success, non zero on failure.
  */
  int exec_open_and_lock_tables(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables);

  /**
    Get the continuation destination of this instruction.
    @return the continuation destination
  */
  virtual uint get_cont_dest() const;

  /*
    Execute core function of instruction after all preparations (e.g.
    setting of proper LEX, saving part of the thread context have been
    done).

    Should be implemented for instructions using expressions or whole
    statements (thus having to have own LEX). Used in concert with
    sp_lex_keeper class and its descendants (there are none currently).
  */
  virtual int exec_core(THD *thd, uint *nextp);

  virtual void print(String *str) = 0;

  virtual void backpatch(uint dest, sp_pcontext *dst_ctx)
  {}

  /**
    Mark this instruction as reachable during optimization and return the
    index to the next instruction. Jump instruction will add their
    destination to the leads list.
  */
  virtual uint opt_mark(sp_head *sp, List<sp_instr> *leads)
  {
    marked= 1;
    return m_ip+1;
  }

  /**
    Short-cut jumps to jumps during optimization. This is used by the
    jump instructions' opt_mark() methods. 'start' is the starting point,
    used to prevent the mark sweep from looping for ever. Return the
    end destination.
  */
  virtual uint opt_shortcut_jump(sp_head *sp, sp_instr *start)
  {
    return m_ip;
  }

  /**
    Inform the instruction that it has been moved during optimization.
    Most instructions will simply update its index, but jump instructions
    must also take care of their destination pointers. Forward jumps get
    pushed to the backpatch list 'ibp'.
  */
  virtual void opt_move(uint dst, List<sp_instr_opt_meta> *ibp)
  {
    m_ip= dst;
  }

  virtual PSI_statement_info* get_psi_info() = 0;

  virtual SQL_I_List<Item_trigger_field>* get_instr_trig_field_list()
  {
    return nullptr;
  }

#ifdef PROTECT_STATEMENT_MEMROOT
  bool has_been_run() const
  {
    return m_has_been_run == RUN;
  }

  void mark_as_qc_used()
  {
    m_has_been_run= QC;
  }

  void mark_as_run()
  {
    if (m_has_been_run == QC)
      m_has_been_run= NON_RUN; // answer was from WC => not really executed
    else
      m_has_been_run= RUN;
  }

  void mark_as_not_run()
  {
    m_has_been_run= NON_RUN;
  }

private:
  enum {NON_RUN, QC, RUN} m_has_been_run;
#endif
}; // class sp_instr : public Sql_alloc


class sp_instr;
class sp_lex_instr;

/**
  Auxilary class to which instructions delegate responsibility
  for handling LEX and preparations before executing statement
  or calculating complex expression.

  Exist mainly to avoid having double hierarchy between instruction
  classes.

  @todo
    Add ability to not store LEX and do any preparations if
    expression used is simple.
*/

class sp_lex_keeper final
{
  /** Prevent use of these */
  sp_lex_keeper(const sp_lex_keeper &);
  void operator=(sp_lex_keeper &);

public:
  sp_lex_keeper(LEX *lex, bool lex_resp)
    : m_lex(lex),
      m_lex_resp(lex_resp),
      prelocking_tables(nullptr),
      lex_query_tables_own_last(nullptr),
      m_first_execution(true)
  {
    lex->sp_lex_in_use= true;
  }

  ~sp_lex_keeper()
  {
    if (m_lex_resp)
    {
      m_lex_resp= false;
      /* Prevent endless recursion. */
      m_lex->sphead= nullptr;
      delete m_lex->result;
      lex_end(m_lex);
      delete m_lex;
    }
  }

  /**
    Prepare execution of instruction using LEX, if requested check whenever
    we have read access to tables used and open/lock them, call instruction's
    exec_core() method, perform cleanup afterwards.

    @todo Conflicting comment in sp_head.cc
  */
  int reset_lex_and_exec_core(THD *thd, uint *nextp, bool open_tables,
                              sp_instr* instr, bool rerun_the_same_instr);


  /**
    Do several attempts to execute an instruction.

    This method installs Reprepare_observer to catch possible metadata changes
    on depending database objects, then calls reset_lex_and_exec_core()
    to execute the instruction. If execution of the instruction fails, does
    re-parsing of the instruction and re-execute it.

    @param      thd           Thread context.
    @param[out] nextp         Pointer for storing a next instruction to execute
    @param      open_tables   Flag to specify if the function should check read
                              access to tables in LEX's table list and open and
                              lock them (used in instructions which need to
                              calculate some expression and don't execute
                              complete statement).
    @param      instr         instruction which we prepare context and run.

    @return 0 on success, 1 on error
  */
  int validate_lex_and_exec_core(THD *thd, uint *nextp, bool open_tables,
                                 sp_lex_instr* instr);

  int cursor_reset_lex_and_exec_core(THD *thd, uint *nextp, bool open_tables,
                                     sp_lex_instr *instr);

  /**
    (Re-)parse the query corresponding to this instruction and return a new
    LEX-object.

    @param thd  Thread context.
    @param sp   The stored program.

    @return new LEX-object or NULL in case of failure.
  */
  LEX *parse_expr(THD *thd, const sp_head *sp);

  inline uint sql_command() const
  {
    return (uint)m_lex->sql_command;
  }

  void disable_query_cache()
  {
    m_lex->safe_to_cache_query= 0;
  }

private:
  /**
    Clean up and destroy owned LEX object.
  */
  void free_lex(THD *thd);

  /**
    Set LEX object.

    @param lex           LEX-object
  */
  void set_lex(LEX *lex);

private:
  LEX *m_lex;

  /**
    Indicates whenever this sp_lex_keeper instance responsible
    for LEX deletion.
  */
  bool m_lex_resp;

  /*
    Support for being able to execute this statement in two modes:
    a) inside prelocked mode set by the calling procedure or its ancestor.
    b) outside of prelocked mode, when this statement enters/leaves
       prelocked mode itself.
  */

  /**
    List of additional tables this statement needs to lock when it
    enters/leaves prelocked mode on its own.
  */
  TABLE_LIST *prelocking_tables;

  /**
    The value m_lex->query_tables_own_last should be set to this when the
    statement enters/leaves prelocked mode on its own.
  */
  TABLE_LIST **lex_query_tables_own_last;

  bool m_first_execution;
};


/**
  The base class for any stored program instruction that need to get access
  to a LEX object on execution.
*/

class sp_lex_instr : public sp_instr
{
public:
  sp_lex_instr(uint ip, sp_pcontext *ctx, LEX *lex, bool is_lex_owner)
  : sp_instr(ip, ctx),
    m_lex_keeper(lex, is_lex_owner),
    m_mem_root_for_reparsing(nullptr)
  {}

  ~sp_lex_instr() override
  {
    if (m_mem_root_for_reparsing)
    {
      /*
        Free items owned by an instance of sp_lex_instr and call m_lex_keeper's
        destructor explicitly to avoid referencing a deallocated memory
        owned by the memory root m_mem_root_for_reparsing that else would take
        place in case their implicit invocations (in that case, m_lex_keeper's
        destructor and the method free_items() called by ~sp_instr are invoked
        after the memory owned by the memory root m_mem_root_for_reparsing
        be freed, that would result in abnormal server termination)
      */
      free_items();
      m_lex_keeper.~sp_lex_keeper();
      free_root(m_mem_root_for_reparsing, MYF(0));
      m_mem_root_for_reparsing= nullptr;
    }
  }

  virtual bool is_invalid() const = 0;

  virtual void invalidate() = 0;

  /**
    Return the query string, which can be passed to the parser,
    that is a valid SQL-statement.

    @param[out] sql_query SQL-statement query string.
  */
  virtual void get_query(String *sql_query) const;


  /**
    (Re-)parse the query corresponding to this instruction and return a new
    LEX-object.

    @param thd  Thread context.
    @param sp   The stored program.
    @param lex  SP instruction's lex

    @return new LEX-object or NULL in case of failure.
  */
  LEX *parse_expr(THD *thd, sp_head *sp, LEX *lex);

  SQL_I_List<Item_trigger_field>* get_instr_trig_field_list() override
  {
    return &m_cur_trigger_stmt_items;
  }

protected:
  /**
    @return the expression query string. This string can't be passed directly
    to the parser as it is most likely not a valid SQL-statement.
  */
  virtual LEX_CSTRING get_expr_query() const = 0;

  /**
    Some expressions may be re-parsed as SELECT statements.
    This method is overridden in derived classes for instructions
    those SQL command should be adjusted.
  */
  virtual void adjust_sql_command(LEX *)
  {}

  /**
    Callback method which is called after an expression string successfully
    parsed and the thread context has not been switched to the outer context.
    The thread context contains new LEX-object corresponding to the parsed
    expression string.

    @param thd  Thread context.

    @return Error flag.
  */
  virtual bool on_after_expr_parsing(THD *)
  {
    return false;
  }

  sp_lex_keeper m_lex_keeper;

private:
  /**
    List of Item_trigger_field objects created on parsing of a SQL statement
    corresponding to this SP-instruction.
  */
  SQL_I_List<Item_trigger_field> m_cur_trigger_stmt_items;

  /**
    MEM_ROOT used for allocation of memory on re-parsing of a statement
    caused failure of SP-instruction execution
  */
  MEM_ROOT *m_mem_root_for_reparsing;

  /**
    Clean up items previously created on behalf of the current instruction.

    @return a list of Item_param instances representing position parameters
            specified for the instruction that is a part of a prepared
            statement
  */
  List<Item_param> cleanup_before_parsing(enum_sp_type sp_type);


  /**
    Set up field object for every NEW/OLD item of the trigger and
    move the list of Item_trigger_field objects, created on parsing the current
    trigger's instruction, from sp_head to trigger's SP instruction object.

    @param thd  current thread
    @param sp   sp_head object of the trigger
    @param next_trig_items_list  pointer to the next list of Item_trigger_field
                                 objects that used as a link between lists
                                 to support list of lists structure.

    @return false on success, true on failure
  */

  bool setup_table_fields_for_trigger(
    THD *thd, sp_head *sp,
    SQL_I_List<Item_trigger_field> *next_trig_items_list);

  bool setup_memroot_for_reparsing(sp_head *sphead,
                                   bool *new_memroot_allocated);

  void put_back_item_params(THD *thd, LEX *lex,
                            const List<Item_param>& param_values);

};


/**
  The class sp_instr_stmt represents almost all conventional SQL-statements.
*/

class sp_instr_stmt : public sp_lex_instr
{
  sp_instr_stmt(const sp_instr_stmt &);	/**< Prevent use of these */
  void operator=(sp_instr_stmt &);

  /**
    Flag to tell whether a metadata this instruction depends on
    has been changed and a LEX object should be reinitialized.
  */
  bool m_valid;

  LEX_STRING m_query;		///< For thd->query

public:
  sp_instr_stmt(uint ip, sp_pcontext *ctx, LEX *lex, const LEX_STRING& query)
    : sp_lex_instr(ip, ctx, lex, true),
      m_valid(true),
      m_query(query)
  {}

  virtual ~sp_instr_stmt() = default;

  int execute(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  int exec_core(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  void print(String *str) override;

  bool is_invalid() const override
  {
    return !m_valid;
  }

  void invalidate() override
  {
    m_valid= false;
  }

  void get_query(String *sql_query) const override
  {
    sql_query->append(get_expr_query());
  }

protected:
  LEX_CSTRING get_expr_query() const override
  {
    return m_query;
  }

  bool on_after_expr_parsing(THD *) override
  {
    m_valid= true;
    return false;
  }

public:
  PSI_statement_info* get_psi_info() override { return & psi_info; }
  static PSI_statement_info psi_info;
}; // class sp_instr_stmt : public sp_lex_instr


class sp_instr_set : public sp_lex_instr,
                     public sp_rcontext_addr
{
  sp_instr_set(const sp_instr_set &);	/**< Prevent use of these */
  void operator=(sp_instr_set &);

public:
  sp_instr_set(uint ip, sp_pcontext *ctx,
               const Sp_rcontext_handler *rh,
	       uint offset, Item *val,
               LEX *lex, bool lex_resp,
	       const LEX_CSTRING &expr_str)
    : sp_lex_instr(ip, ctx, lex, lex_resp),
      sp_rcontext_addr(rh, offset),
      m_value(val),
      m_expr_str(expr_str)
  {}

  virtual ~sp_instr_set() = default;

  int execute(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  int exec_core(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  void print(String *str) override;

  bool is_invalid() const override
  {
    return m_value == nullptr;
  }

  void invalidate() override
  {
    m_value= nullptr;
  }

protected:
  LEX_CSTRING get_expr_query() const override
  {
    return m_expr_str;
  }

  void adjust_sql_command(LEX *lex) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(lex->sql_command == SQLCOM_SELECT);
    lex->sql_command= SQLCOM_SET_OPTION;
  }

  bool on_after_expr_parsing(THD *thd) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(thd->lex->current_select->item_list.elements == 1);

    m_value= thd->lex->current_select->item_list.head();
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_value != nullptr);

    // Return error in release version if m_value == nullptr
    return m_value == nullptr;
  }

  sp_rcontext *get_rcontext(THD *thd) const;
  Item *m_value;

private:
  LEX_CSTRING m_expr_str;

public:
  PSI_statement_info* get_psi_info() override { return & psi_info; }
  static PSI_statement_info psi_info;
}; // class sp_instr_set : public sp_lex_instr


/*
  This class handles assignments of a ROW fields:
    DECLARE rec ROW (a INT,b INT);
    SET rec.a= 10;
*/

class sp_instr_set_row_field : public sp_instr_set
{
  sp_instr_set_row_field(const sp_instr_set_row_field &); // Prevent use of this
  void operator=(sp_instr_set_row_field &);
  uint m_field_offset;

public:
  sp_instr_set_row_field(uint ip, sp_pcontext *ctx,
                         const Sp_rcontext_handler *rh,
                         uint offset, uint field_offset,
                         Item *val,
                         LEX *lex, bool lex_resp,
                         const LEX_CSTRING &value_query)
    : sp_instr_set(ip, ctx, rh, offset, val, lex, lex_resp, value_query),
      m_field_offset(field_offset)
  {}

  virtual ~sp_instr_set_row_field() = default;

  int exec_core(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  void print(String *str) override;
}; // class sp_instr_set_field : public sp_instr_set


/**
  This class handles assignment instructions like this:
  DECLARE
    CURSOR cur IS SELECT * FROM t1;
    rec cur%ROWTYPE;
  BEGIN
    rec.column1:= 10; -- This instruction
  END;

  The idea is that during sp_rcontext::create() we do not know the extact
  structure of "rec". It gets resolved at run time, during the corresponding
  sp_instr_cursor_copy_struct::exec_core().

  So sp_instr_set_row_field_by_name searches for ROW fields by name,
  while sp_instr_set_row_field (see above) searches for ROW fields by index.
*/

class sp_instr_set_row_field_by_name : public sp_instr_set
{
  // Prevent use of this
  sp_instr_set_row_field_by_name(const sp_instr_set_row_field &);
  void operator=(sp_instr_set_row_field_by_name &);
  const LEX_CSTRING m_field_name;

public:

  sp_instr_set_row_field_by_name(uint ip, sp_pcontext *ctx,
                                 const Sp_rcontext_handler *rh,
                                 uint offset, const LEX_CSTRING &field_name,
                                 Item *val,
                                 LEX *lex, bool lex_resp,
                                 const LEX_CSTRING &value_query)
    : sp_instr_set(ip, ctx, rh, offset, val, lex, lex_resp, value_query),
      m_field_name(field_name)
  {}

  virtual ~sp_instr_set_row_field_by_name() = default;

  int exec_core(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  void print(String *str) override;
}; // class sp_instr_set_field_by_name : public sp_instr_set


/**
  Set NEW/OLD row field value instruction. Used in triggers.
*/

class sp_instr_set_trigger_field : public sp_lex_instr
{
  sp_instr_set_trigger_field(const sp_instr_set_trigger_field &);
  void operator=(sp_instr_set_trigger_field &);

public:
  sp_instr_set_trigger_field(uint ip, sp_pcontext *ctx,
                             Item_trigger_field *trg_fld,
                             Item *val, LEX *lex,
                             const LEX_CSTRING &value_query)
    : sp_lex_instr(ip, ctx, lex, true),
      trigger_field(trg_fld),
      value(val),
      m_expr_str(value_query)
  {
    m_trigger_field_name=
      LEX_CSTRING{strdup_root(current_thd->mem_root, trg_fld->field_name.str),
                              trg_fld->field_name.length};
  }

  virtual ~sp_instr_set_trigger_field() = default;

  int execute(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  int exec_core(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  void print(String *str) override;

  bool is_invalid() const override
  {
    return value == nullptr;
  }

  void invalidate() override
  {
    value= nullptr;
  }

protected:
  LEX_CSTRING get_expr_query() const override
  {
    return m_expr_str;
  }

  bool on_after_expr_parsing(THD *thd) override;

private:
  Item_trigger_field *trigger_field;
  Item *value;
  /**
    SQL clause corresponding to the expression value.
  */
  LEX_CSTRING m_expr_str;

  LEX_CSTRING m_trigger_field_name;

public:
  PSI_statement_info* get_psi_info() override { return & psi_info; }
  static PSI_statement_info psi_info;
}; // class sp_instr_trigger_field : public sp_lex_instr


/**
  An abstract class for all instructions with destinations that
  needs to be updated by the optimizer.

  Even if not all subclasses will use both the normal destination and
  the continuation destination, we put them both here for simplicity.
*/

class sp_instr_opt_meta
{
public:
  uint m_dest;			///< Where we will go
  uint m_cont_dest;             ///< Where continue handlers will go

  explicit sp_instr_opt_meta(uint dest)
    : m_dest(dest),
      m_cont_dest(0),
      m_optdest(0),
      m_cont_optdest(0)
  {}

  virtual ~sp_instr_opt_meta() = default;

  virtual void set_destination(uint old_dest, uint new_dest) = 0;

protected:
  sp_instr *m_optdest;		///< Used during optimization
  sp_instr *m_cont_optdest;     ///< Used during optimization
}; // class sp_instr_opt_meta


class sp_instr_jump : public sp_instr, public sp_instr_opt_meta
{
  sp_instr_jump(const sp_instr_jump &);	/**< Prevent use of these */
  void operator=(sp_instr_jump &);

public:
  sp_instr_jump(uint ip, sp_pcontext *ctx)
    : sp_instr(ip, ctx),
      sp_instr_opt_meta(0)
  {}

  sp_instr_jump(uint ip, sp_pcontext *ctx, uint dest)
    : sp_instr(ip, ctx),
      sp_instr_opt_meta(dest)
  {}

  virtual ~sp_instr_jump() = default;

  int execute(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  void print(String *str) override;

  uint opt_mark(sp_head *sp, List<sp_instr> *leads) override;

  uint opt_shortcut_jump(sp_head *sp, sp_instr *start) override;

  void opt_move(uint dst, List<sp_instr_opt_meta> *ibp) override;

  void backpatch(uint dest, sp_pcontext *dst_ctx) override
  {
    /* Calling backpatch twice is a logic flaw in jump resolution. */
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_dest == 0);
    m_dest= dest;
  }

  uint get_cont_dest() const override
  {
    return m_cont_dest;
  }

  /**
    Update the destination; used by the optimizer.
  */
  void set_destination(uint old_dest, uint new_dest) override
  {
    if (m_dest == old_dest)
      m_dest= new_dest;
  }

public:
  PSI_statement_info* get_psi_info() override { return & psi_info; }
  static PSI_statement_info psi_info;
}; // class sp_instr_jump : public sp_instr, public sp_instr_opt_meta


class sp_instr_jump_if_not : public sp_lex_instr, public sp_instr_opt_meta
{
  /**< Prevent use of these */
  sp_instr_jump_if_not(const sp_instr_jump_if_not &);
  void operator=(sp_instr_jump_if_not &);

public:
  sp_instr_jump_if_not(uint ip, sp_pcontext *ctx, Item *i, LEX *lex,
                       const LEX_CSTRING &expr_query)
    : sp_lex_instr(ip, ctx, lex, true),
      sp_instr_opt_meta(0),
      m_expr(i),
      m_expr_str(expr_query)
  {}

  sp_instr_jump_if_not(uint ip, sp_pcontext *ctx, Item *i, uint dest, LEX *lex,
                       const LEX_CSTRING &expr_query)
    : sp_lex_instr(ip, ctx, lex, true),
      sp_instr_opt_meta(dest),
      m_expr(i),
      m_expr_str(expr_query)
  {}

  virtual ~sp_instr_jump_if_not() = default;

  int execute(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  int exec_core(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  void print(String *str) override;

  uint opt_mark(sp_head *sp, List<sp_instr> *leads) override;

  /** Override sp_instr_jump's shortcut; we stop here */
  uint opt_shortcut_jump(sp_head *sp, sp_instr *start) override
  {
    return m_ip;
  }

  void opt_move(uint dst, List<sp_instr_opt_meta> *ibp) override;

  uint get_cont_dest() const override
  {
    return m_cont_dest;
  }

  void set_destination(uint old_dest, uint new_dest) override
  {
    if (m_dest == old_dest)
      m_dest= new_dest;
    if (m_cont_dest == old_dest)
      m_cont_dest= new_dest;
  }

  void backpatch(uint dest, sp_pcontext *dst_ctx) override
  {
    /* Calling backpatch twice is a logic flaw in jump resolution. */
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_dest == 0);
    m_dest= dest;
  }

  bool is_invalid() const override
  {
    return m_expr == nullptr;
  }

  void invalidate() override
  {
    m_expr= nullptr;
  }

protected:
  LEX_CSTRING get_expr_query() const override
  {
    return m_expr_str;
  }

  void adjust_sql_command(LEX *lex) override
  {
    assert(lex->sql_command == SQLCOM_SELECT);
    lex->sql_command= SQLCOM_END;
  }

  bool on_after_expr_parsing(THD *thd) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(thd->lex->current_select->item_list.elements == 1);

    m_expr= thd->lex->current_select->item_list.head();
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_expr != nullptr);

    // Return error in release version if m_expr == nullptr
    return m_expr == nullptr;
  }

private:
  Item *m_expr;			///< The condition
  LEX_CSTRING m_expr_str;

public:
  PSI_statement_info* get_psi_info() override { return & psi_info; }
  static PSI_statement_info psi_info;
}; // class sp_instr_jump_if_not


class sp_instr_preturn : public sp_instr
{
  sp_instr_preturn(const sp_instr_preturn &);	/**< Prevent use of these */
  void operator=(sp_instr_preturn &);

public:
  sp_instr_preturn(uint ip, sp_pcontext *ctx)
    : sp_instr(ip, ctx)
  {}

  virtual ~sp_instr_preturn() = default;

  int execute(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  void print(String *str) override;

  uint opt_mark(sp_head *sp, List<sp_instr> *leads) override
  {
    marked= 1;
    return UINT_MAX;
  }

public:
  PSI_statement_info* get_psi_info() override { return & psi_info; }
  static PSI_statement_info psi_info;
}; // class sp_instr_preturn : public sp_instr


class sp_instr_freturn : public sp_lex_instr
{
  sp_instr_freturn(const sp_instr_freturn &);	/**< Prevent use of these */
  void operator=(sp_instr_freturn &);

public:
  sp_instr_freturn(uint ip, sp_pcontext *ctx,
		   Item *val, const Type_handler *handler, sp_expr_lex *lex)
    : sp_lex_instr(ip, ctx, lex, true),
      m_value(val),
      m_type_handler(handler),
      m_expr_str(lex->get_expr_str())
  {}

  virtual ~sp_instr_freturn() = default;

  int execute(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  int exec_core(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  void print(String *str) override;

  uint opt_mark(sp_head *sp, List<sp_instr> *leads) override
  {
    marked= 1;
    return UINT_MAX;
  }

  bool is_invalid() const override
  {
    return m_value == nullptr;
  }

  void invalidate() override
  {
    m_value= nullptr;
  }

protected:
  LEX_CSTRING get_expr_query() const override
  {
    return m_expr_str;
  }

  bool on_after_expr_parsing(THD *thd) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(thd->lex->current_select->item_list.elements == 1);
    m_value= thd->lex->current_select->item_list.head();
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_value != nullptr);

    // Return error in release version if m_value == nullptr
    return m_value == nullptr;
  }

  Item *m_value;
  const Type_handler *m_type_handler;

private:
  /**
    SQL-query corresponding to the RETURN-expression.
  */
  LEX_CSTRING m_expr_str;

public:
  PSI_statement_info* get_psi_info() override { return & psi_info; }
  static PSI_statement_info psi_info;
}; // class sp_instr_freturn : public sp_lex_instr


class sp_instr_hpush_jump : public sp_instr_jump
{
  sp_instr_hpush_jump(const sp_instr_hpush_jump &); /**< Prevent use of these */
  void operator=(sp_instr_hpush_jump &);

public:
  sp_instr_hpush_jump(uint ip,
                      sp_pcontext *ctx,
                      sp_handler *handler)
    : sp_instr_jump(ip, ctx),
      m_handler(handler),
      m_opt_hpop(0),
      m_frame(ctx->current_var_count())
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_handler->condition_values.elements == 0);
  }

  ~sp_instr_hpush_jump() override
  {
    m_handler->condition_values.empty();
    m_handler= nullptr;
  }

  int execute(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  void print(String *str) override;

  uint opt_mark(sp_head *sp, List<sp_instr> *leads) override;

  /** Override sp_instr_jump's shortcut; we stop here. */
  uint opt_shortcut_jump(sp_head *sp, sp_instr *start) override
  {
    return m_ip;
  }

  void backpatch(uint dest, sp_pcontext *dst_ctx) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!m_dest || !m_opt_hpop);
    if (!m_dest)
      m_dest= dest;
    else
      m_opt_hpop= dest;
  }

  void add_condition(sp_condition_value *condition_value)
  {
    m_handler->condition_values.push_back(condition_value);
  }

  sp_handler *get_handler()
  {
    return m_handler;
  }

private:
  /// Handler.
  sp_handler *m_handler;

  /// hpop marking end of handler scope.
  uint m_opt_hpop;

  // This attribute is needed for SHOW PROCEDURE CODE only (i.e. it's needed in
  // debug version only). It's used in print().
  uint m_frame;

public:
  PSI_statement_info* get_psi_info() override { return & psi_info; }
  static PSI_statement_info psi_info;
}; // class sp_instr_hpush_jump : public sp_instr_jump


class sp_instr_hpop : public sp_instr
{
  sp_instr_hpop(const sp_instr_hpop &);	/**< Prevent use of these */
  void operator=(sp_instr_hpop &);

public:
  sp_instr_hpop(uint ip, sp_pcontext *ctx, uint count)
    : sp_instr(ip, ctx),
      m_count(count)
  {}

  virtual ~sp_instr_hpop() = default;

  void update_count(uint count)
  {
    m_count= count;
  }

  int execute(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  void print(String *str) override;

private:
  uint m_count;

public:
  PSI_statement_info* get_psi_info() override { return & psi_info; }
  static PSI_statement_info psi_info;
}; // class sp_instr_hpop : public sp_instr


class sp_instr_hreturn : public sp_instr_jump
{
  sp_instr_hreturn(const sp_instr_hreturn &);	/**< Prevent use of these */
  void operator=(sp_instr_hreturn &);

public:
  sp_instr_hreturn(uint ip, sp_pcontext *ctx)
    : sp_instr_jump(ip, ctx),
      m_frame(ctx->current_var_count())
  {}

  virtual ~sp_instr_hreturn() = default;

  int execute(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  void print(String *str) override;

  /* This instruction will not be short cut optimized. */
  uint opt_shortcut_jump(sp_head *sp, sp_instr *start) override
  {
    return m_ip;
  }

  uint opt_mark(sp_head *sp, List<sp_instr> *leads) override;

private:
  uint m_frame;

public:
  PSI_statement_info* get_psi_info() override { return & psi_info; }
  static PSI_statement_info psi_info;
}; // class sp_instr_hreturn : public sp_instr_jump


/**
  Get a query text associated with the cursor.
*/

static inline LEX_CSTRING get_cursor_query(const LEX_CSTRING &cursor_stmt)
{
  /*
    Lexer on processing the clause CURSOR FOR / CURSOR IS doesn't
    move a pointer on cpp_buf after the token FOR/IS so skip it explicitly
    in order to get correct value of cursor's query string.
  */

  if (strncasecmp(cursor_stmt.str, "FOR", 3) == 0 &&
      my_isspace(current_thd->variables.character_set_client,
                 cursor_stmt.str[3]))
    return LEX_CSTRING{cursor_stmt.str + 4, cursor_stmt.length - 4};

  if (strncasecmp(cursor_stmt.str, "IS", 2) == 0 &&
      my_isspace(current_thd->variables.character_set_client,
                 cursor_stmt.str[2]))
    return LEX_CSTRING{cursor_stmt.str + 3, cursor_stmt.length - 3};

  return cursor_stmt;
}


/**
  This is DECLARE CURSOR
*/

class sp_instr_cpush : public sp_lex_instr, public sp_cursor
{
  sp_instr_cpush(const sp_instr_cpush &); /**< Prevent use of these */
  void operator=(sp_instr_cpush &);

public:
  sp_instr_cpush(uint ip, sp_pcontext *ctx, sp_lex_cursor *lex, uint offset)
    : sp_lex_instr(ip, ctx, lex, true),
      m_cursor(offset),
      m_metadata_changed(false),
      m_cursor_stmt(lex->get_expr_str())
  {}

  virtual ~sp_instr_cpush() = default;

  int execute(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  int exec_core(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  void print(String *str) override;

  /**
    This call is used to cleanup the instruction when a sensitive
    cursor is closed. For now stored procedures always use materialized
    cursors and the call is not used.
  */
  bool cleanup_stmt(bool /*restore_set_statement_vars*/) override
  {
    return false;
  }

  bool is_invalid() const override
  {
    return m_metadata_changed;
  }

  void invalidate() override
  {
    m_metadata_changed= true;
  }

  sp_lex_keeper *get_lex_keeper() override
  {
    return &m_lex_keeper;
  }

  void get_query(String *sql_query) const override
  {
    sql_query->append(get_expr_query());
  }

  sp_instr_cpush *get_push_instr() override { return this; }

protected:
  LEX_CSTRING get_expr_query() const override
  {
    return get_cursor_query(m_cursor_stmt);
  }

  bool on_after_expr_parsing(THD *) override
  {
    m_metadata_changed= false;
    return false;
  }

private:
  uint m_cursor;                /**< Frame offset (for debugging) */
  /**
    Flag if a statement's metadata has been changed in result of running DDL
    on depending database objects used in the statement.
  */
  bool m_metadata_changed;

  LEX_CSTRING m_cursor_stmt;

public:
  PSI_statement_info* get_psi_info() override { return & psi_info; }
  static PSI_statement_info psi_info;
}; // class sp_instr_cpush : public sp_instr


class sp_instr_cpop : public sp_instr
{
  sp_instr_cpop(const sp_instr_cpop &); /**< Prevent use of these */
  void operator=(sp_instr_cpop &);

public:
  sp_instr_cpop(uint ip, sp_pcontext *ctx, uint count)
    : sp_instr(ip, ctx),
      m_count(count)
  {}

  virtual ~sp_instr_cpop() = default;

  void update_count(uint count)
  {
    m_count= count;
  }

  int execute(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  void print(String *str) override;

private:
  uint m_count;

public:
  PSI_statement_info* get_psi_info() override { return & psi_info; }
  static PSI_statement_info psi_info;
}; // class sp_instr_cpop : public sp_instr


class sp_instr_copen : public sp_instr
{
  sp_instr_copen(const sp_instr_copen &); /**< Prevent use of these */
  void operator=(sp_instr_copen &);

public:
  sp_instr_copen(uint ip, sp_pcontext *ctx, uint c)
    : sp_instr(ip, ctx),
      m_cursor(c)
  {}

  virtual ~sp_instr_copen() = default;

  int execute(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  void print(String *str) override;

private:
  uint m_cursor;		///< Stack index

public:
  PSI_statement_info* get_psi_info() override { return & psi_info; }
  static PSI_statement_info psi_info;
}; // class sp_instr_copen : public sp_instr_stmt


/**
  Initialize the structure of a cursor%ROWTYPE variable
  from the LEX containing the cursor SELECT statement.
*/

class sp_instr_cursor_copy_struct: public sp_lex_instr
{
  /**< Prevent use of these */
  sp_instr_cursor_copy_struct(const sp_instr_cursor_copy_struct &);
  void operator=(sp_instr_cursor_copy_struct &);
  uint m_cursor;
  uint m_var;
  /**
    Flag to tell whether metadata has been changed and the LEX object should
    be reinitialized.
  */
  bool m_valid;
  LEX_CSTRING m_cursor_stmt;

public:
  sp_instr_cursor_copy_struct(uint ip, sp_pcontext *ctx, uint coffs,
                              sp_lex_cursor *lex, uint voffs)
    : sp_lex_instr(ip, ctx, lex, false),
      m_cursor(coffs),
      m_var(voffs),
      m_valid(true),
      m_cursor_stmt(lex->get_expr_str())
  {}
  virtual ~sp_instr_cursor_copy_struct() = default;
  int execute(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;
  int exec_core(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;
  void print(String *str) override;
  bool is_invalid() const override
  {
    return !m_valid;
  }

  void invalidate() override
  {
    m_valid= false;
  }

  void get_query(String *sql_query) const override
  {
    sql_query->append(get_expr_query());
  }

protected:
  LEX_CSTRING get_expr_query() const override
  {
    return get_cursor_query(m_cursor_stmt);
  }

  bool on_after_expr_parsing(THD *) override
  {
    m_valid= true;
    return false;
  }

public:
  PSI_statement_info* get_psi_info() override { return & psi_info; }
  static PSI_statement_info psi_info;
};


class sp_instr_cclose : public sp_instr
{
  sp_instr_cclose(const sp_instr_cclose &); /**< Prevent use of these */
  void operator=(sp_instr_cclose &);

public:
  sp_instr_cclose(uint ip, sp_pcontext *ctx, uint c)
    : sp_instr(ip, ctx),
      m_cursor(c)
  {}

  virtual ~sp_instr_cclose() = default;

  int execute(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  void print(String *str) override;

private:
  uint m_cursor;

public:
  PSI_statement_info* get_psi_info() override { return & psi_info; }
  static PSI_statement_info psi_info;
}; // class sp_instr_cclose : public sp_instr


class sp_instr_cfetch : public sp_instr
{
  sp_instr_cfetch(const sp_instr_cfetch &); /**< Prevent use of these */
  void operator=(sp_instr_cfetch &);

public:
  sp_instr_cfetch(uint ip, sp_pcontext *ctx, uint c, bool error_on_no_data)
    : sp_instr(ip, ctx),
      m_cursor(c),
      m_error_on_no_data(error_on_no_data)
  {
    m_fetch_target_list.empty();
  }

  virtual ~sp_instr_cfetch() = default;

  int execute(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  void print(String *str) override;

  bool add_to_fetch_target_list(sp_fetch_target *target)
  {
    return m_fetch_target_list.push_back(target);
  }

  void set_fetch_target_list(List<sp_fetch_target> *list)
  {
    m_fetch_target_list= *list;
  }

private:
  uint m_cursor;
  List<sp_fetch_target> m_fetch_target_list;
  bool m_error_on_no_data;

public:
  PSI_statement_info* get_psi_info() override { return & psi_info; }
  static PSI_statement_info psi_info;
}; // class sp_instr_cfetch : public sp_instr


/*
  This class is created for the special fetch instruction
  FETCH GROUP NEXT ROW, used in the user-defined aggregate
  functions
*/

class sp_instr_agg_cfetch : public sp_instr
{
  sp_instr_agg_cfetch(const sp_instr_cfetch &); /**< Prevent use of these */
  void operator=(sp_instr_cfetch &);

public:
  sp_instr_agg_cfetch(uint ip, sp_pcontext *ctx)
    : sp_instr(ip, ctx)
  {}

  virtual ~sp_instr_agg_cfetch() = default;

  int execute(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  void print(String *str) override;

public:
  PSI_statement_info* get_psi_info() override { return & psi_info; }
  static PSI_statement_info psi_info;
}; // class sp_instr_agg_cfetch : public sp_instr


class sp_instr_error : public sp_instr
{
  sp_instr_error(const sp_instr_error &); /**< Prevent use of these */
  void operator=(sp_instr_error &);

public:
  sp_instr_error(uint ip, sp_pcontext *ctx, int errcode)
    : sp_instr(ip, ctx),
      m_errcode(errcode)
  {}

  virtual ~sp_instr_error() = default;

  int execute(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  void print(String *str) override;

  uint opt_mark(sp_head *sp, List<sp_instr> *leads) override
  {
    marked= 1;
    return UINT_MAX;
  }

private:
  int m_errcode;

public:
  PSI_statement_info* get_psi_info() override { return & psi_info; }
  static PSI_statement_info psi_info;
}; // class sp_instr_error : public sp_instr


class sp_instr_set_case_expr : public sp_lex_instr, public sp_instr_opt_meta
{
public:
  sp_instr_set_case_expr(uint ip, sp_pcontext *ctx, uint case_expr_id,
                         Item *case_expr, LEX *lex,
                         const LEX_CSTRING &case_expr_query)
    : sp_lex_instr(ip, ctx, lex, true),
      sp_instr_opt_meta(0),
      m_case_expr_id(case_expr_id),
      m_case_expr(case_expr),
      m_expr_str(case_expr_query)
  {}

  virtual ~sp_instr_set_case_expr() = default;

  int execute(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  int exec_core(THD *thd, uint *nextp) override;

  void print(String *str) override;

  uint opt_mark(sp_head *sp, List<sp_instr> *leads) override;

  void opt_move(uint dst, List<sp_instr_opt_meta> *ibp) override;

  uint get_cont_dest() const override
  {
    return m_cont_dest;
  }

  void set_destination(uint old_dest, uint new_dest) override
  {
    if (m_cont_dest == old_dest)
      m_cont_dest= new_dest;
  }

  bool is_invalid() const override
  {
    return m_case_expr == nullptr;
  }

  void invalidate() override
  {
    m_case_expr= nullptr;
  }

protected:
  LEX_CSTRING get_expr_query() const override
  {
    return m_expr_str;
  }

  void adjust_sql_command(LEX *lex) override
  {
    assert(lex->sql_command == SQLCOM_SELECT);
    lex->sql_command= SQLCOM_END;
  }

  bool on_after_expr_parsing(THD *thd) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(thd->lex->current_select->item_list.elements == 1);

    m_case_expr= thd->lex->current_select->item_list.head();
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_case_expr != nullptr);

    // Return error in release version if m_case_expr == nullptr
    return m_case_expr == nullptr;
  }

private:
  uint m_case_expr_id;
  Item *m_case_expr;
  LEX_CSTRING m_expr_str;

public:
  PSI_statement_info* get_psi_info() override { return & psi_info; }
  static PSI_statement_info psi_info;
}; // class sp_instr_set_case_expr : public sp_lex_instr,

#endif
/*
   Copyright (c) 2000, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */


/* classes to use when handling where clause */

#ifndef _opt_range_h
#define _opt_range_h

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#include "records.h"                            /* READ_RECORD */
#include "queues.h"                             /* QUEUE */
#include "filesort.h"                           /* SORT_INFO */

/*
  It is necessary to include set_var.h instead of item.h because there
  are dependencies on include order for set_var.h and item.h. This
  will be resolved later.
*/
#include "sql_class.h"                          // set_var.h: THD
#include "set_var.h"                            /* Item */

class JOIN;
class Item_sum;

/*
  When processing an OR clause with more than MAX_OR_ELEMENTS_FOR_INDEX_MERGE
  disjuncts (i.e. OR-parts), do not construct index_merge plans from it.

  Some users have OR clauses with extremely large number of disjuncts, like:

      (key1=1 AND key2=10) OR
      (key1=2 AND key2=20) OR
      (key1=3 AND key2=30) OR
      ...

  When processing this, the optimizer would try to build a lot of potential
  index_merge plans. Hypothetically this could be useful as the cheapest plan
  could be to pick a specific index for each disjunct and build:

     index_merge(key1 IN (1,3,8,15...), key2 IN (20, 40, 50 ...))

  In practice this causes combinatorial amount of time to be spent in the range
  analyzer, and most variants will be discarded when the range optimizer tries
  to avoid this combinatorial explosion (which may or may not work depending on
  the form of the WHERE clause).
  In practice, very long ORs are served well enough by just considering range
  accesses on individual indexes.
*/
const int MAX_OR_ELEMENTS_FOR_INDEX_MERGE=100;

struct KEY_PART {
  uint16           key,part;
  /* See KEY_PART_INFO for meaning of the next two: */
  uint16           store_length, length;
  uint8            null_bit;
  /*
    Keypart flags (0 when this structure is used by partition pruning code
    for fake partitioning index description)
  */
  uint8 flag;
  Field            *field;
  Field::imagetype image_type;
};


/**
  A helper function to invert min flags to max flags for DESC key parts.
  It changes NEAR_MIN, NO_MIN_RANGE to NEAR_MAX, NO_MAX_RANGE appropriately
*/

inline uint invert_min_flag(uint min_flag)
{
  uint max_flag_out = min_flag & ~(NEAR_MIN | NO_MIN_RANGE);
  if (min_flag & NEAR_MIN) max_flag_out |= NEAR_MAX;
  if (min_flag & NO_MIN_RANGE) max_flag_out |= NO_MAX_RANGE;
  return max_flag_out;
}


/**
  A helper function to invert max flags to min flags for DESC key parts.
  It changes NEAR_MAX, NO_MAX_RANGE to NEAR_MIN, NO_MIN_RANGE appropriately
*/

inline uint invert_max_flag(uint max_flag)
{
  uint min_flag_out = max_flag & ~(NEAR_MAX | NO_MAX_RANGE);
  if (max_flag & NEAR_MAX) min_flag_out |= NEAR_MIN;
  if (max_flag & NO_MAX_RANGE) min_flag_out |= NO_MIN_RANGE;
  return min_flag_out;
}

class RANGE_OPT_PARAM;
/*
  A construction block of the SEL_ARG-graph.

  The following description only covers graphs of SEL_ARG objects with
  sel_arg->type==KEY_RANGE:

  One SEL_ARG object represents an "elementary interval" in form

      min_value <=?  table.keypartX  <=? max_value

  The interval is a non-empty interval of any kind: with[out] minimum/maximum
  bound, [half]open/closed, single-point interval, etc.

  1. SEL_ARG GRAPH STRUCTURE

  SEL_ARG objects are linked together in a graph. The meaning of the graph
  is better demostrated by an example:

     tree->keys[i]
      |
      |             $              $
      |    part=1   $     part=2   $    part=3
      |             $              $
      |  +-------+  $   +-------+  $   +--------+
      |  | kp1<1 |--$-->| kp2=5 |--$-->| kp3=10 |
      |  +-------+  $   +-------+  $   +--------+
      |      |      $              $       |
      |      |      $              $   +--------+
      |      |      $              $   | kp3=12 |
      |      |      $              $   +--------+
      |  +-------+  $              $
      \->| kp1=2 |--$--------------$-+
         +-------+  $              $ |   +--------+
             |      $              $  ==>| kp3=11 |
         +-------+  $              $ |   +--------+
         | kp1=3 |--$--------------$-+       |
         +-------+  $              $     +--------+
             |      $              $     | kp3=14 |
            ...     $              $     +--------+

  The entire graph is partitioned into "interval lists".

  An interval list is a sequence of ordered disjoint intervals over the same
  key part. SEL_ARG are linked via "next" and "prev" pointers. Additionally,
  all intervals in the list form an RB-tree, linked via left/right/parent
  pointers. The RB-tree root SEL_ARG object will be further called "root of the
  interval list".

    In the example pic, there are 4 interval lists:
    "kp<1 OR kp1=2 OR kp1=3", "kp2=5", "kp3=10 OR kp3=12", "kp3=11 OR kp3=13".
    The vertical lines represent SEL_ARG::next/prev pointers.

  In an interval list, each member X may have SEL_ARG::next_key_part pointer
  pointing to the root of another interval list Y. The pointed interval list
  must cover a key part with greater number (i.e. Y->part > X->part).

    In the example pic, the next_key_part pointers are represented by
    horisontal lines.

  2. SEL_ARG GRAPH SEMANTICS

  It represents a condition in a special form (we don't have a name for it ATM)
  The SEL_ARG::next/prev is "OR", and next_key_part is "AND".

  For example, the picture represents the condition in form:
   (kp1 < 1 AND kp2=5 AND (kp3=10 OR kp3=12)) OR
   (kp1=2 AND (kp3=11 OR kp3=14)) OR
   (kp1=3 AND (kp3=11 OR kp3=14))


  3. SEL_ARG GRAPH USE

  Use get_mm_tree() to construct SEL_ARG graph from WHERE condition.
  Then walk the SEL_ARG graph and get a list of dijsoint ordered key
  intervals (i.e. intervals in form

   (constA1, .., const1_K) < (keypart1,.., keypartK) < (constB1, .., constB_K)

  Those intervals can be used to access the index. The uses are in:
   - check_quick_select() - Walk the SEL_ARG graph and find an estimate of
                            how many table records are contained within all
                            intervals.
   - get_quick_select()   - Walk the SEL_ARG, materialize the key intervals,
                            and create QUICK_RANGE_SELECT object that will
                            read records within these intervals.

  4. SPACE COMPLEXITY NOTES

    SEL_ARG graph is a representation of an ordered disjoint sequence of
    intervals over the ordered set of index tuple values.

    For multi-part keys, one can construct a WHERE expression such that its
    list of intervals will be of combinatorial size. Here is an example:

      (keypart1 IN (1,2, ..., n1)) AND
      (keypart2 IN (1,2, ..., n2)) AND
      (keypart3 IN (1,2, ..., n3))

    For this WHERE clause the list of intervals will have n1*n2*n3 intervals
    of form

      (keypart1, keypart2, keypart3) = (k1, k2, k3), where 1 <= k{i} <= n{i}

    SEL_ARG graph structure aims to reduce the amount of required space by
    "sharing" the elementary intervals when possible (the pic at the
    beginning of this comment has examples of such sharing). The sharing may
    prevent combinatorial blowup:

      There are WHERE clauses that have combinatorial-size interval lists but
      will be represented by a compact SEL_ARG graph.
      Example:
        (keypartN IN (1,2, ..., n1)) AND
        ...
        (keypart2 IN (1,2, ..., n2)) AND
        (keypart1 IN (1,2, ..., n3))

    but not in all cases:

    - There are WHERE clauses that do have a compact SEL_ARG-graph
      representation but get_mm_tree() and its callees will construct a
      graph of combinatorial size.
      Example:
        (keypart1 IN (1,2, ..., n1)) AND
        (keypart2 IN (1,2, ..., n2)) AND
        ...
        (keypartN IN (1,2, ..., n3))

    - There are WHERE clauses for which the minimal possible SEL_ARG graph
      representation will have combinatorial size.
      Example:
        By induction: Let's take any interval on some keypart in the middle:

           kp15=c0

        Then let's AND it with this interval 'structure' from preceding and
        following keyparts:

          (kp14=c1 AND kp16=c3) OR keypart14=c2) (*)

        We will obtain this SEL_ARG graph:

             kp14     $      kp15      $      kp16
                      $                $
         +---------+  $   +---------+  $   +---------+
         | kp14=c1 |--$-->| kp15=c0 |--$-->| kp16=c3 |
         +---------+  $   +---------+  $   +---------+
              |       $                $
         +---------+  $   +---------+  $
         | kp14=c2 |--$-->| kp15=c0 |  $
         +---------+  $   +---------+  $
                      $                $

       Note that we had to duplicate "kp15=c0" and there was no way to avoid
       that.
       The induction step: AND the obtained expression with another "wrapping"
       expression like (*).
       When the process ends because of the limit on max. number of keyparts
       we'll have:

         WHERE clause length  is O(3*#max_keyparts)
         SEL_ARG graph size   is O(2^(#max_keyparts/2))

       (it is also possible to construct a case where instead of 2 in 2^n we
        have a bigger constant, e.g. 4, and get a graph with 4^(31/2)= 2^31
        nodes)

    We avoid consuming too much memory by setting a limit on the number of
    SEL_ARG object we can construct during one range analysis invocation.

  5. SEL_ARG GRAPH WEIGHT

    A SEL_ARG graph has a property we call weight, and we define it as follows:

    <definition>
    If the SEL_ARG graph does not have any node with multiple incoming
    next_key_part edges, then its weight is the number of SEL_ARG objects used.

    If there is a node with multiple incoming next_key_part edges, clone that
    node, (and the nodes connected to it via prev/next links) and redirect one
    of the incoming next_key_part edges to the clone.

    Continue with cloning until we get a graph that has no nodes with multiple
    incoming next_key_part edges. Then, the number of SEL_ARG objects in the
    graph is the weight of the original graph.
    </definition>

    Example:

            kp1     $     kp2      $       kp3
                    $              $
      |  +-------+  $              $
      \->| kp1=2 |--$--------------$-+
         +-------+  $              $ |   +--------+
             |      $              $  ==>| kp3=11 |
         +-------+  $              $ |   +--------+
         | kp1>3 |--$--------------$-+       |
         +-------+  $              $     +--------+
                    $              $     | kp3=14 |
                    $              $     +--------+
                    $              $         |
                    $              $     +--------+
                    $              $     | kp3=14 |
                    $              $     +--------+

    Here, the weight is 2 + 2*3=8.

    The rationale behind using this definition of weight is:
    - it has the same order-of-magnitude as the number of ranges that the
      SEL_ARG graph is describing,
    - it is a lot easier to compute than computing the number of ranges,
    - it can be updated incrementally when performing AND/OR operations on
      parts of the graph.

  6. For handling DESC keyparts, See HowRangeOptimizerHandlesDescKeyparts
*/

class SEL_ARG :public Sql_alloc
{
  static int sel_cmp(Field *field, uchar *a, uchar *b, uint8 a_flag,
                     uint8 b_flag);
  bool min_max_are_equal() const;
public:
  uint8 min_flag,max_flag,maybe_flag;
  uint8 part;					// Which key part
  uint8 maybe_null;
  /*
    The ordinal number the least significant component encountered in
    the ranges of the SEL_ARG tree (the first component has number 1)

    Note: this number is currently not precise, it is an upper bound.
    @seealso SEL_ARG::get_max_key_part()
  */
  uint16 max_part_no;
  /*
    Number of children of this element in the RB-tree, plus 1 for this
    element itself.
  */
  uint32 elements;
  /*
    Valid only for elements which are RB-tree roots: Number of times this
    RB-tree is referred to (it is referred by SEL_ARG::next_key_part or by
    SEL_TREE::keys[i] or by a temporary SEL_ARG* variable)
  */
  ulong use_count;

  Field *field;
  uchar *min_value,*max_value;			// Pointer to range

  /*
    eq_tree() requires that left == right == 0 if the type is MAYBE_KEY.
   */
  SEL_ARG *left,*right;   /* R-B tree children */
  SEL_ARG *next,*prev;    /* Links for bi-directional interval list */
  SEL_ARG *parent;        /* R-B tree parent */
  SEL_ARG *next_key_part;
  enum leaf_color { BLACK,RED } color;
  enum Type { IMPOSSIBLE, MAYBE, MAYBE_KEY, KEY_RANGE } type;

  /*
    For R-B root nodes only: the graph weight, as defined above in the
    SEL_ARG GRAPH WEIGHT section.
  */
  uint weight;
  enum { MAX_WEIGHT = 32000 };

#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  uint verify_weight();
#endif

  /* See RANGE_OPT_PARAM::alloced_sel_args */
  enum { DEFAULT_MAX_SEL_ARGS = 16000 };

  SEL_ARG() = default;
  SEL_ARG(SEL_ARG &);
  SEL_ARG(Field *, const uchar *, const uchar *);
  SEL_ARG(Field *field, uint8 part,
          uchar *min_value, uchar *max_value,
	  uint8 min_flag, uint8 max_flag, uint8 maybe_flag);

  /* This is used to construct degenerate SEL_ARGS like ALWAYS, IMPOSSIBLE, etc */
  SEL_ARG(enum Type type_arg)
    :min_flag(0),
     max_part_no(0) /* first key part means 1. 0 mean 'no parts'*/,
     elements(1),use_count(1),left(0),right(0),
     next_key_part(0), color(BLACK), type(type_arg), weight(1)
  {}
  /**
    returns true if a range predicate is equal. Use all_same()
    to check for equality of all the predicates on this keypart.
  */
  inline bool is_same(const SEL_ARG *arg) const
  {
    if (type != arg->type || part != arg->part)
      return false;
    if (type != KEY_RANGE)
      return true;
    return cmp_min_to_min(arg) == 0 && cmp_max_to_max(arg) == 0;
  }

  uint get_max_key_part() const;

  /**
    returns true if all the predicates in the keypart tree are equal
  */
  bool all_same(const SEL_ARG *arg) const
  {
    if (type != arg->type || part != arg->part)
      return false;
    if (type != KEY_RANGE)
      return true;
    if (arg == this)
      return true;
    const SEL_ARG *cmp_arg= arg->first();
    const SEL_ARG *cur_arg= first();
    for (; cur_arg && cmp_arg && cur_arg->is_same(cmp_arg);
         cur_arg= cur_arg->next, cmp_arg= cmp_arg->next) ;
    if (cur_arg || cmp_arg)
      return false;
    return true;
  }
  int number_of_eq_groups(uint group_key_parts) const;
  inline void merge_flags(SEL_ARG *arg) { maybe_flag|=arg->maybe_flag; }
  inline void maybe_smaller() { maybe_flag=1; }
  /* Return true iff it's a single-point null interval */
  inline bool is_null_interval() { return maybe_null && max_value[0] == 1; }
  inline int cmp_min_to_min(const SEL_ARG* arg) const
  {
    return sel_cmp(field,min_value, arg->min_value, min_flag, arg->min_flag);
  }
  inline int cmp_min_to_max(const SEL_ARG* arg) const
  {
    return sel_cmp(field,min_value, arg->max_value, min_flag, arg->max_flag);
  }
  inline int cmp_max_to_max(const SEL_ARG* arg) const
  {
    return sel_cmp(field,max_value, arg->max_value, max_flag, arg->max_flag);
  }
  inline int cmp_max_to_min(const SEL_ARG* arg) const
  {
    return sel_cmp(field,max_value, arg->min_value, max_flag, arg->min_flag);
  }
  SEL_ARG *clone_and(THD *thd, SEL_ARG* arg)
  {						// Get overlapping range
    uchar *new_min,*new_max;
    uint8 flag_min,flag_max;
    if (cmp_min_to_min(arg) >= 0)
    {
      new_min=min_value; flag_min=min_flag;
    }
    else
    {
      new_min=arg->min_value; flag_min=arg->min_flag; /* purecov: deadcode */
    }
    if (cmp_max_to_max(arg) <= 0)
    {
      new_max=max_value; flag_max=max_flag;
    }
    else
    {
      new_max=arg->max_value; flag_max=arg->max_flag;
    }
    return new (thd->mem_root) SEL_ARG(field, part,
                                       new_min, new_max, flag_min,
                                       flag_max,
                                       MY_TEST(maybe_flag && arg->maybe_flag));
  }
  SEL_ARG *clone_first(SEL_ARG *arg)
  {						// min <= X < arg->min
    return new SEL_ARG(field, part, min_value, arg->min_value,
		       min_flag, arg->min_flag & NEAR_MIN ? 0 : NEAR_MAX,
		       maybe_flag | arg->maybe_flag);
  }
  SEL_ARG *clone_last(SEL_ARG *arg)
  {						// min <= X <= key_max
    return new SEL_ARG(field, part, min_value, arg->max_value,
		       min_flag, arg->max_flag, maybe_flag | arg->maybe_flag);
  }
  SEL_ARG *clone(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, SEL_ARG *new_parent, SEL_ARG **next);

  bool copy_min(SEL_ARG* arg)
  {						// Get overlapping range
    if (cmp_min_to_min(arg) > 0)
    {
      min_value=arg->min_value; min_flag=arg->min_flag;
      if ((max_flag & (NO_MAX_RANGE | NO_MIN_RANGE)) ==
	  (NO_MAX_RANGE | NO_MIN_RANGE))
	return 1;				// Full range
    }
    maybe_flag|=arg->maybe_flag;
    return 0;
  }
  bool copy_max(SEL_ARG* arg)
  {						// Get overlapping range
    if (cmp_max_to_max(arg) <= 0)
    {
      max_value=arg->max_value; max_flag=arg->max_flag;
      if ((max_flag & (NO_MAX_RANGE | NO_MIN_RANGE)) ==
	  (NO_MAX_RANGE | NO_MIN_RANGE))
	return 1;				// Full range
    }
    maybe_flag|=arg->maybe_flag;
    return 0;
  }

  void copy_min_to_min(SEL_ARG *arg)
  {
    min_value=arg->min_value; min_flag=arg->min_flag;
  }
  void copy_min_to_max(SEL_ARG *arg)
  {
    max_value=arg->min_value;
    max_flag=arg->min_flag & NEAR_MIN ? 0 : NEAR_MAX;
  }
  void copy_max_to_min(SEL_ARG *arg)
  {
    min_value=arg->max_value;
    min_flag=arg->max_flag & NEAR_MAX ? 0 : NEAR_MIN;
  }
  /* returns a number of keypart values (0 or 1) appended to the key buffer */
  int store_min(uint length, uchar **min_key,uint min_key_flag)
  {
    /* "(kp1 > c1) AND (kp2 OP c2) AND ..." -> (kp1 > c1) */
    if ((min_flag & GEOM_FLAG) ||
        (!(min_flag & NO_MIN_RANGE) &&
	!(min_key_flag & (NO_MIN_RANGE | NEAR_MIN))))
    {
      if (maybe_null && *min_value)
      {
	**min_key=1;
	bzero(*min_key+1,length-1);
      }
      else
	memcpy(*min_key,min_value,length);
      (*min_key)+= length;
      return 1;
    }
    return 0;
  }
  /* returns a number of keypart values (0 or 1) appended to the key buffer */
  int store_max(uint length, uchar **max_key, uint max_key_flag)
  {
    if (!(max_flag & NO_MAX_RANGE) &&
	!(max_key_flag & (NO_MAX_RANGE | NEAR_MAX)))
    {
      if (maybe_null && *max_value)
      {
	**max_key=1;
	bzero(*max_key+1,length-1);
      }
      else
	memcpy(*max_key,max_value,length);
      (*max_key)+= length;
      return 1;
    }
    return 0;
  }

  /* Save minimum and maximum, taking index order into account  */
  void store_min_max(KEY_PART *kp,
                     uint length,
                     uchar **min_key, uint min_flag,
                     uchar **max_key, uint max_flag,
                     int *min_part, int *max_part)
  {
    if (kp[part].flag & HA_REVERSE_SORT) {
      *max_part += store_min(length, max_key, min_flag);
      *min_part += store_max(length, min_key, max_flag);
    } else {
      *min_part += store_min(length, min_key, min_flag);
      *max_part += store_max(length, max_key, max_flag);
    }
  }
  /*
    Get the flag for range's starting endpoint, taking index order into
    account.
  */
  uint get_min_flag(KEY_PART *kp)
  {
    return (kp[part].flag & HA_REVERSE_SORT)? invert_max_flag(max_flag) : min_flag;
  }
  /*
    Get the flag for range's starting endpoint, taking index order into
    account.
  */
  uint get_max_flag(KEY_PART *kp)
  {
    return (kp[part].flag & HA_REVERSE_SORT)? invert_min_flag(min_flag) : max_flag ;
  }
  /* Get the previous interval, taking index order into account */
  inline SEL_ARG* index_order_prev(KEY_PART *kp)
  {
    return (kp[part].flag & HA_REVERSE_SORT)? next : prev;
  }
  /* Get the next interval, taking index order into account */
  inline SEL_ARG* index_order_next(KEY_PART *kp)
  {
    return (kp[part].flag & HA_REVERSE_SORT)? prev : next;
  }

  /*
    Produce a single multi-part interval, taking key part ordering into
    account.
  */
  void store_next_min_max_keys(KEY_PART *key, uchar **cur_min_key,
                               uint *cur_min_flag, uchar **cur_max_key,
                               uint *cur_max_flag, int *min_part,
                               int *max_part);

  /*
    Returns a number of keypart values appended to the key buffer
    for min key and max key. This function is used by both Range
    Analysis and Partition pruning. For partition pruning we have
    to ensure that we don't store also subpartition fields. Thus
    we have to stop at the last partition part and not step into
    the subpartition fields. For Range Analysis we set last_part
    to MAX_KEY which we should never reach.
  */
  int store_min_key(KEY_PART *key,
                    uchar **range_key,
                    uint *range_key_flag,
                    uint last_part,
                    bool start_key)
  {
    SEL_ARG *key_tree= first();
    uint res= key_tree->store_min(key[key_tree->part].store_length,
                                  range_key, *range_key_flag);
    // add flags only if a key_part is written to the buffer
    if (!res)
      return 0;
    *range_key_flag|= key_tree->min_flag;
    SEL_ARG *nkp= key_tree->next_key_part;
    if (nkp && nkp->type == SEL_ARG::KEY_RANGE &&
        key_tree->part != last_part &&
	nkp->part == key_tree->part+1 &&
	!(*range_key_flag & (NO_MIN_RANGE | NEAR_MIN)))
    {
      const bool asc = !(key[key_tree->part].flag & HA_REVERSE_SORT);
      if (start_key == asc)
      {
        res+= nkp->store_min_key(key, range_key, range_key_flag, last_part,
                                 start_key);
      }
      else
      {
        uint tmp_flag = invert_min_flag(*range_key_flag);
        res += nkp->store_max_key(key, range_key, &tmp_flag, last_part,
                                  start_key);
        *range_key_flag = invert_max_flag(tmp_flag);
      }
    }
    return res;
  }

  /* returns a number of keypart values appended to the key buffer */
  int store_max_key(KEY_PART *key,
                    uchar **range_key,
                    uint *range_key_flag,
                    uint last_part,
                    bool start_key)
  {
    SEL_ARG *key_tree= last();
    uint res=key_tree->store_max(key[key_tree->part].store_length,
                                 range_key, *range_key_flag);
    if (!res)
      return 0;
    *range_key_flag|= key_tree->max_flag;
    SEL_ARG *nkp= key_tree->next_key_part;
    if (nkp && nkp->type == SEL_ARG::KEY_RANGE &&
        key_tree->part != last_part &&
	nkp->part == key_tree->part+1 &&
	!(*range_key_flag & (NO_MAX_RANGE | NEAR_MAX)))
    {
      const bool asc = !(key[key_tree->part].flag & HA_REVERSE_SORT);
      if ((!start_key && asc) || (start_key && !asc))
      {
        res += nkp->store_max_key(key, range_key, range_key_flag, last_part,
                                  start_key);
      }
      else
      {
        uint tmp_flag = invert_max_flag(*range_key_flag);
        res += nkp->store_min_key(key, range_key, &tmp_flag, last_part,
                                  start_key);
        *range_key_flag = invert_min_flag(tmp_flag);
      }
    }
    return res;
  }

  SEL_ARG *insert(SEL_ARG *key);
  SEL_ARG *tree_delete(SEL_ARG *key);
  SEL_ARG *find_range(SEL_ARG *key);
  SEL_ARG *rb_insert(SEL_ARG *leaf);
  friend SEL_ARG *rb_delete_fixup(SEL_ARG *root,SEL_ARG *key, SEL_ARG *par);
#ifdef EXTRA_DEBUG
  friend int test_rb_tree(SEL_ARG *element,SEL_ARG *parent);
  void test_use_count(SEL_ARG *root);
#endif
  SEL_ARG *first();
  const SEL_ARG *first() const;
  SEL_ARG *last();
  void make_root();
  inline bool simple_key()
  {
    return !next_key_part && elements == 1;
  }
  void increment_use_count(long count)
  {
    if (next_key_part)
    {
      next_key_part->use_count+=count;
      count*= (next_key_part->use_count-count);
      for (SEL_ARG *pos=next_key_part->first(); pos ; pos=pos->next)
	if (pos->next_key_part)
	  pos->increment_use_count(count);
    }
  }
  void incr_refs()
  {
    increment_use_count(1);
    use_count++;
  }
  void incr_refs_all()
  {
    for (SEL_ARG *pos=first(); pos ; pos=pos->next)
    {
      pos->increment_use_count(1);
    }
    use_count++;
  }
  void free_tree()
  {
    for (SEL_ARG *pos=first(); pos ; pos=pos->next)
      if (pos->next_key_part)
      {
	pos->next_key_part->use_count--;
	pos->next_key_part->free_tree();
      }
  }

  inline SEL_ARG **parent_ptr()
  {
    return parent->left == this ? &parent->left : &parent->right;
  }


  /*
    Check if this SEL_ARG object represents a single-point interval

    SYNOPSIS
      is_singlepoint()

    DESCRIPTION
      Check if this SEL_ARG object (not tree) represents a single-point
      interval, i.e. if it represents a "keypart = const" or
      "keypart IS NULL".

    RETURN
      TRUE   This SEL_ARG object represents a singlepoint interval
      FALSE  Otherwise
  */

  bool is_singlepoint() const
  {
    /*
      Check for NEAR_MIN ("strictly less") and NO_MIN_RANGE (-inf < field)
      flags, and the same for right edge.
    */
    if (min_flag || max_flag)
      return FALSE;
    uchar *min_val= min_value;
    uchar *max_val= max_value;

    if (maybe_null)
    {
      /* First byte is a NULL value indicator */
      if (*min_val != *max_val)
        return FALSE;

      if (*min_val)
        return TRUE; /* This "x IS NULL" */
      min_val++;
      max_val++;
    }
    return !field->key_cmp(min_val, max_val);
  }
  SEL_ARG *clone_tree(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param);
};

/*
  HowRangeOptimizerHandlesDescKeyparts
  ====================================

  Starting with MySQL-8.0 and MariaDB 10.8, index key parts may be descending,
  for example:

    INDEX idx1(col1, col2 DESC, col3, col4 DESC)

  Range Optimizer handles this as follows:

  Other than that, the SEL_ARG graph is built without any regard to DESC
  keyparts.

  For example, for an index

    INDEX idx2(kp1 DESC, kp2)

  and range

    kp1 BETWEEN 10 and 20       (RANGE-1)

  the SEL_ARG will have min_value=10, max_value=20

  The ordering of key parts is taken into account when SEL_ARG graph is
  linearized to ranges, in sel_arg_range_seq_next() and get_quick_keys().

  The storage engine expects the first bound to be the first in the index and
  the last bound to be the last, that is, for (RANGE-1) we will flip min and
  max and generate these key_range structures:

    start.key='20' , end.key='10'

  See SEL_ARG::store_min_max(). The flag values are flipped as well, see
  SEL_ARG::get_min_flag(), get_max_flag().

  == Handling multiple key parts ==

  For multi-part keys, the order of key parts has an effect on which ranges are
  generated. Consider

    kp1 >= 10 AND kp2 >'foo'

  for INDEX(kp1 ASC, kp2 ASC) the range will be

    (kp1, kp2) > (10, 'foo')

  while for INDEX(kp1 ASC, kp2 DESC) it will be just

    kp1 >= 10

  Another example:

    (kp1 BETWEEN 10 AND 20) AND (kp2 BETWEEN 'foo' AND 'quux')

  with INDEX (kp1 ASC, kp2 ASC) will generate

    (10, 'foo') <= (kp1, kp2) < (20, 'quux')

  while with index INDEX (kp1 ASC, kp2 DESC) it will generate

    (10, 'quux') <= (kp1, kp2) < (20, 'foo')

  This is again achieved by sel_arg_range_seq_next() and get_quick_keys()
  flipping SEL_ARG's min,max, their flags and next/prev as needed.
*/

extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT SEL_ARG null_element;

class SEL_ARG_IMPOSSIBLE: public SEL_ARG
{
public:
  SEL_ARG_IMPOSSIBLE(Field *field)
   :SEL_ARG(field, 0, 0)
  {
    type= SEL_ARG::IMPOSSIBLE;
  }
};


class RANGE_OPT_PARAM
{
public:
  THD	*thd;   /* Current thread handle */
  TABLE *table; /* Table being analyzed */
  table_map prev_tables;
  table_map read_tables;
  table_map current_table; /* Bit of the table being analyzed */

  /* Array of parts of all keys for which range analysis is performed */
  KEY_PART *key_parts;
  KEY_PART *key_parts_end;
  MEM_ROOT *mem_root; /* Memory that will be freed when range analysis completes */
  MEM_ROOT *old_root; /* Memory that will last until the query end */
  /*
    Number of indexes used in range analysis (In SEL_TREE::keys only first
    #keys elements are not empty)
  */
  uint keys;

  /*
    If true, the index descriptions describe real indexes (and it is ok to
    call field->optimize_range(real_keynr[...], ...).
    Otherwise index description describes fake indexes.
  */
  bool using_real_indexes;

  /*
    Aggressively remove "scans" that do not have conditions on first
    keyparts. Such scans are usable when doing partition pruning but not
    regular range optimization.
  */
  bool remove_jump_scans;

  /*
    TRUE <=> Range analyzer should remove parts of condition that are found
    to be always FALSE.
  */
  bool remove_false_where_parts;

  /* If TRUE, do not construct index_merge plans */
  bool disable_index_merge_plans;

  /*
    Which functions should give SQL notes for unusable keys.
  */
  Item_func::Bitmap note_unusable_keys;

  /*
    used_key_no -> table_key_no translation table. Only makes sense if
    using_real_indexes==TRUE
  */
  uint real_keynr[MAX_KEY];

  /*
    Used to store 'current key tuples', in both range analysis and
    partitioning (list) analysis
  */
  uchar *min_key;
  uchar *max_key;

  /* Number of SEL_ARG objects allocated by SEL_ARG::clone_tree operations */
  uint alloced_sel_args;

  bool force_default_mrr;
  KEY_PART *key[MAX_KEY]; /* First key parts of keys used in the query */

  bool statement_should_be_aborted() const
  {
    return
      thd->killed ||
      thd->is_error() ||
      alloced_sel_args > thd->variables.optimizer_max_sel_args;
  }
};


class Explain_quick_select;
/*
  A "MIN_TUPLE < tbl.key_tuple < MAX_TUPLE" interval. 
  
  One of endpoints may be absent. 'flags' member has flags which tell whether
  the endpoints are '<' or '<='.
*/
class QUICK_RANGE :public Sql_alloc {
 public:
  uchar *min_key,*max_key;
  uint16 min_length,max_length,flag;
  key_part_map min_keypart_map, // bitmap of used keyparts in min_key
               max_keypart_map; // bitmap of used keyparts in max_key
#ifdef HAVE_valgrind
  uint16 dummy;					/* Avoid warnings on 'flag' */
#endif
  QUICK_RANGE();				/* Full range */
  QUICK_RANGE(THD *thd, const uchar *min_key_arg, uint min_length_arg,
              key_part_map min_keypart_map_arg,
	      const uchar *max_key_arg, uint max_length_arg,
              key_part_map max_keypart_map_arg,
	      uint flag_arg)
    : min_key((uchar*) thd->memdup(min_key_arg, min_length_arg + 1)),
      max_key((uchar*) thd->memdup(max_key_arg, max_length_arg + 1)),
      min_length((uint16) min_length_arg),
      max_length((uint16) max_length_arg),
      flag((uint16) flag_arg),
      min_keypart_map(min_keypart_map_arg),
      max_keypart_map(max_keypart_map_arg)
    {
#ifdef HAVE_valgrind
      dummy=0;
#endif
    }

  /**
     Initializes a key_range object for communication with storage engine. 

     This function facilitates communication with the Storage Engine API by
     translating the minimum endpoint of the interval represented by this
     QUICK_RANGE into an index range endpoint specifier for the engine.

     @param Pointer to an uninitialized key_range C struct.

     @param prefix_length The length of the search key prefix to be used for
     lookup.
     
     @param keypart_map A set (bitmap) of keyparts to be used.
  */
  void make_min_endpoint(key_range *kr, uint prefix_length, 
                         key_part_map keypart_map) {
    make_min_endpoint(kr);
    kr->length= MY_MIN(kr->length, prefix_length);
    kr->keypart_map&= keypart_map;
  }
  
  /**
     Initializes a key_range object for communication with storage engine. 

     This function facilitates communication with the Storage Engine API by
     translating the minimum endpoint of the interval represented by this
     QUICK_RANGE into an index range endpoint specifier for the engine.

     @param Pointer to an uninitialized key_range C struct.
  */
  void make_min_endpoint(key_range *kr) {
    kr->key= (const uchar*)min_key;
    kr->length= min_length;
    kr->keypart_map= min_keypart_map;
    kr->flag= ((flag & NEAR_MIN) ? HA_READ_AFTER_KEY :
               (flag & EQ_RANGE) ? HA_READ_KEY_EXACT : HA_READ_KEY_OR_NEXT);
  }

  /**
     Initializes a key_range object for communication with storage engine. 

     This function facilitates communication with the Storage Engine API by
     translating the maximum endpoint of the interval represented by this
     QUICK_RANGE into an index range endpoint specifier for the engine.

     @param Pointer to an uninitialized key_range C struct.

     @param prefix_length The length of the search key prefix to be used for
     lookup.
     
     @param keypart_map A set (bitmap) of keyparts to be used.
  */
  void make_max_endpoint(key_range *kr, uint prefix_length, 
                         key_part_map keypart_map) {
    make_max_endpoint(kr);
    kr->length= MY_MIN(kr->length, prefix_length);
    kr->keypart_map&= keypart_map;
  }

  /**
     Initializes a key_range object for communication with storage engine. 

     This function facilitates communication with the Storage Engine API by
     translating the maximum endpoint of the interval represented by this
     QUICK_RANGE into an index range endpoint specifier for the engine.

     @param Pointer to an uninitialized key_range C struct.
  */
  void make_max_endpoint(key_range *kr) {
    kr->key= (const uchar*)max_key;
    kr->length= max_length;
    kr->keypart_map= max_keypart_map;
    /*
      We use READ_AFTER_KEY here because if we are reading on a key
      prefix we want to find all keys with this prefix
    */
    kr->flag= (flag & NEAR_MAX ? HA_READ_BEFORE_KEY : HA_READ_AFTER_KEY);
  }
};


/*
  Quick select interface.
  This class is a parent for all QUICK_*_SELECT and FT_SELECT classes.

  The usage scenario is as follows:
  1. Create quick select
    quick= new QUICK_XXX_SELECT(...);

  2. Perform lightweight initialization. This can be done in 2 ways:
  2.a: Regular initialization
    if (quick->init())
    {
      //the only valid action after failed init() call is delete
      delete quick;
    }
  2.b: Special initialization for quick selects merged by QUICK_ROR_*_SELECT
    if (quick->init_ror_merged_scan())
      delete quick;

  3. Perform zero, one, or more scans.
    while (...)
    {
      // initialize quick select for scan. This may allocate
      // buffers and/or prefetch rows.
      if (quick->reset())
      {
        //the only valid action after failed reset() call is delete
        delete quick;
        //abort query
      }

      // perform the scan
      do
      {
        res= quick->get_next();
      } while (res && ...)
    }

  4. Delete the select:
    delete quick;
  
  NOTE 
    quick select doesn't use Sql_alloc/MEM_ROOT allocation because "range
    checked for each record" functionality may create/destroy
    O(#records_in_some_table) quick selects during query execution.
*/

class QUICK_SELECT_I
{
public:
  ha_rows records;  /* estimate of # of records to be retrieved */
  double  read_time; /* time to perform this retrieval          */
  TABLE   *head;
  /*
    Index this quick select uses, or MAX_KEY for quick selects
    that use several indexes
  */
  uint index;

  /*
    Total length of first used_key_parts parts of the key.
    Applicable if index!= MAX_KEY.
  */
  uint max_used_key_length;

  /*
    Max. number of (first) key parts this quick select uses for retrieval.
    eg. for "(key1p1=c1 AND key1p2=c2) OR key1p1=c2" used_key_parts == 2.
    Applicable if index!= MAX_KEY.

    For QUICK_GROUP_MIN_MAX_SELECT it includes MIN/MAX argument keyparts.
  */
  uint used_key_parts;

  /*
    Set to 1 if we used group by optimization to calculate number of rows
    in the result, stored in table->opt_range_condition_rows.
    This is only used for asserts.
  */
  bool group_by_optimization_used;

  QUICK_SELECT_I();
  virtual ~QUICK_SELECT_I() = default;;

  /*
    Do post-constructor initialization.
    SYNOPSIS
      init()

    init() performs initializations that should have been in constructor if
    it was possible to return errors from constructors. The join optimizer may
    create and then delete quick selects without retrieving any rows so init()
    must not contain any IO or CPU intensive code.

    If init() call fails the only valid action is to delete this quick select,
    reset() and get_next() must not be called.

    RETURN
      0      OK
      other  Error code
  */
  virtual int  init() = 0;

  /*
    Initialize quick select for row retrieval.
    SYNOPSIS
      reset()

    reset() should be called when it is certain that row retrieval will be
    necessary. This call may do heavyweight initialization like buffering first
    N records etc. If reset() call fails get_next() must not be called.
    Note that reset() may be called several times if 
     * the quick select is executed in a subselect
     * a JOIN buffer is used
    
    RETURN
      0      OK
      other  Error code
  */
  virtual int  reset(void) = 0;

  virtual int  get_next() = 0;   /* get next record to retrieve */

  /* Range end should be called when we have looped over the whole index */
  virtual void range_end() {}

  virtual bool reverse_sorted() = 0;
  virtual bool unique_key_range() { return false; }

  /*
    Request that this quick select produces sorted output. Not all quick
    selects can do it, the caller is responsible for calling this function
    only for those quick selects that can.
  */
  virtual void need_sorted_output() = 0;
  enum {
    QS_TYPE_RANGE = 0,
    QS_TYPE_INDEX_INTERSECT = 1,
    QS_TYPE_INDEX_MERGE = 2,
    QS_TYPE_RANGE_DESC = 3,
    QS_TYPE_FULLTEXT   = 4,
    QS_TYPE_ROR_INTERSECT = 5,
    QS_TYPE_ROR_UNION = 6,
    QS_TYPE_GROUP_MIN_MAX = 7
  };

  /* Get type of this quick select - one of the QS_TYPE_* values */
  virtual int get_type() = 0;

  /*
    Initialize this quick select as a merged scan inside a ROR-union or a ROR-
    intersection scan. The caller must not additionally call init() if this
    function is called.
    SYNOPSIS
      init_ror_merged_scan()
        reuse_handler  If true, the quick select may use table->handler,
                       otherwise it must create and use a separate handler
                       object.
    RETURN
      0     Ok
      other Error
  */
  virtual int init_ror_merged_scan(bool reuse_handler, MEM_ROOT *alloc)
  { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return 1; }

  /*
    Save ROWID of last retrieved row in file->ref. This used in ROR-merging.
  */
  virtual void save_last_pos(){};
  
  void add_key_and_length(String *key_names,
                          String *used_lengths,
                          bool *first);

  /*
    Append comma-separated list of keys this quick select uses to key_names;
    append comma-separated list of corresponding used lengths to used_lengths.
    This is used by select_describe.
  */
  virtual void add_keys_and_lengths(String *key_names,
                                    String *used_lengths)=0;

  void add_key_name(String *str, bool *first);

  /* Save information about quick select's query plan */
  virtual Explain_quick_select* get_explain(MEM_ROOT *alloc)= 0;

  /*
    Return 1 if any index used by this quick select
    uses field which is marked in passed bitmap.
  */
  virtual bool is_keys_used(const MY_BITMAP *fields);

  /**
    Simple sanity check that the quick select has been set up
    correctly. Function is overridden by quick selects that merge
    indices.
   */
  virtual bool is_valid() { return index != MAX_KEY; };

  /*
    rowid of last row retrieved by this quick select. This is used only when
    doing ROR-index_merge selects
  */
  uchar    *last_rowid;

  /*
    Table record buffer used by this quick select.
  */
  uchar    *record;

  virtual void replace_handler(handler *new_file)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0); /* Only supported in QUICK_RANGE_SELECT */
  }

#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  /*
    Print quick select information to DBUG_FILE. Caller is responsible
    for locking DBUG_FILE before this call and unlocking it afterwards.
  */
  virtual void dbug_dump(int indent, bool verbose)= 0;
#endif

  /*
    Returns a QUICK_SELECT with reverse order of to the index.
  */
  virtual QUICK_SELECT_I *make_reverse(uint used_key_parts_arg) { return NULL; }

  /*
    Add the key columns used by the quick select into table's read set.

    This is used by an optimization in filesort.
  */
  virtual void add_used_key_part_to_set()=0;
};

inline bool is_index_merge(int qtype)
{
  return qtype == QUICK_SELECT_I::QS_TYPE_INDEX_INTERSECT ||
    qtype == QUICK_SELECT_I::QS_TYPE_INDEX_MERGE ||
    qtype == QUICK_SELECT_I::QS_TYPE_ROR_INTERSECT ||
    qtype == QUICK_SELECT_I::QS_TYPE_ROR_UNION;
}

struct st_qsel_param;
class PARAM;


/*
  MRR range sequence, array<QUICK_RANGE> implementation: sequence traversal
  context.
*/
typedef struct st_quick_range_seq_ctx
{
  QUICK_RANGE **first;
  QUICK_RANGE **cur;
  QUICK_RANGE **last;
} QUICK_RANGE_SEQ_CTX;

range_seq_t quick_range_seq_init(void *init_param, uint n_ranges, uint flags);
bool quick_range_seq_next(range_seq_t rseq, KEY_MULTI_RANGE *range);


/*
  Quick select that does a range scan on a single key. The records are
  returned in key order.
*/
class QUICK_RANGE_SELECT : public QUICK_SELECT_I
{
protected:
  THD *thd;
  bool no_alloc;
  MEM_ROOT *parent_alloc;

  /* true if we enabled key only reads */
  handler *file;

  /* Members to deal with case when this quick select is a ROR-merged scan */
  bool in_ror_merged_scan;
  MY_BITMAP column_bitmap;
  bool free_file;   /* TRUE <=> this->file is "owned" by this quick select */

  /* Range pointers to be used when not using MRR interface */
  /* Members needed to use the MRR interface */
  QUICK_RANGE_SEQ_CTX qr_traversal_ctx;
public:
  uint mrr_flags; /* Flags to be used with MRR interface */
protected:
  uint mrr_buf_size; /* copy from thd->variables.mrr_buff_size */  
  HANDLER_BUFFER *mrr_buf_desc; /* the handler buffer */

  /* Info about index we're scanning */
  
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY ranges;     /* ordered array of range ptrs */
  QUICK_RANGE **cur_range;  /* current element in ranges  */
  
  QUICK_RANGE *last_range;
  
  KEY_PART *key_parts;
  KEY_PART_INFO *key_part_info;
  
  bool dont_free; /* Used by QUICK_SELECT_DESC */

  int cmp_next(QUICK_RANGE *range);
  int cmp_prev(QUICK_RANGE *range);
  bool row_in_ranges();
public:
  MEM_ROOT alloc;

  QUICK_RANGE_SELECT(THD *thd, TABLE *table,uint index_arg,bool no_alloc,
                     MEM_ROOT *parent_alloc, bool *create_err);
  ~QUICK_RANGE_SELECT();
  virtual QUICK_RANGE_SELECT *clone(bool *create_error)
    { return new QUICK_RANGE_SELECT(thd, head, index, no_alloc, parent_alloc,
                                    create_error); }
  
  void need_sorted_output() override;
  int init() override;
  int reset(void) override;
  int get_next() override;
  void range_end() override;
  int get_next_prefix(uint prefix_length, uint group_key_parts, 
                      uchar *cur_prefix);
  bool reverse_sorted() override { return 0; }
  bool unique_key_range() override;
  int init_ror_merged_scan(bool reuse_handler, MEM_ROOT *alloc) override;
  void save_last_pos() override
  { file->position(record); }
  int get_type() override { return QS_TYPE_RANGE; }
  void add_keys_and_lengths(String *key_names, String *used_lengths) override;
  Explain_quick_select *get_explain(MEM_ROOT *alloc) override;
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  void dbug_dump(int indent, bool verbose) override;
#endif
  void replace_handler(handler *new_file) override { file= new_file; }
  QUICK_SELECT_I *make_reverse(uint used_key_parts_arg) override;

  void add_used_key_part_to_set() override;

private:
  /* Default copy ctor used by QUICK_SELECT_DESC */
  friend class TRP_ROR_INTERSECT;
  friend
  QUICK_RANGE_SELECT *get_quick_select_for_ref(THD *thd, TABLE *table,
                                               struct st_table_ref *ref,
                                               ha_rows records);
  friend bool get_quick_keys(PARAM *param, QUICK_RANGE_SELECT *quick, 
                             KEY_PART *key, SEL_ARG *key_tree, 
                             uchar *min_key, uint min_key_flag,
                             uchar *max_key, uint max_key_flag);
  friend QUICK_RANGE_SELECT *get_quick_select(PARAM*,uint idx,
                                              SEL_ARG *key_tree,
                                              uint mrr_flags,
                                              uint mrr_buf_size,
                                              MEM_ROOT *alloc);
  friend class QUICK_SELECT_DESC;
  friend class QUICK_INDEX_SORT_SELECT;
  friend class QUICK_INDEX_MERGE_SELECT;
  friend class QUICK_ROR_INTERSECT_SELECT;
  friend class QUICK_INDEX_INTERSECT_SELECT;
  friend class QUICK_GROUP_MIN_MAX_SELECT;
  friend bool quick_range_seq_next(range_seq_t rseq, KEY_MULTI_RANGE *range);
  friend range_seq_t quick_range_seq_init(void *init_param,
                                          uint n_ranges, uint flags);
  friend 
  int read_keys_and_merge_scans(THD *thd, TABLE *head,
                                List<QUICK_RANGE_SELECT> quick_selects,
                                QUICK_RANGE_SELECT *pk_quick_select,
                                READ_RECORD *read_record,
                                bool intersection,
                                key_map *filtered_scans,
                                Unique **unique_ptr);

};


class QUICK_RANGE_SELECT_GEOM: public QUICK_RANGE_SELECT
{
public:
  QUICK_RANGE_SELECT_GEOM(THD *thd, TABLE *table, uint index_arg,
                          bool no_alloc, MEM_ROOT *parent_alloc, 
                          bool *create_err)
    :QUICK_RANGE_SELECT(thd, table, index_arg, no_alloc, parent_alloc,
    create_err)
    {};
  QUICK_RANGE_SELECT *clone(bool *create_error) override
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(0);
      return new QUICK_RANGE_SELECT_GEOM(thd, head, index, no_alloc,
                                         parent_alloc, create_error);
    }
  int get_next() override;
};


/*
  QUICK_INDEX_SORT_SELECT is the base class for the common functionality of:
  - QUICK_INDEX_MERGE_SELECT, access based on multi-index merge/union 
  - QUICK_INDEX_INTERSECT_SELECT, access based on  multi-index intersection 
    

    QUICK_INDEX_SORT_SELECT uses
     * QUICK_RANGE_SELECTs to get rows
     * Unique class
       - to remove duplicate rows for QUICK_INDEX_MERGE_SELECT
       - to intersect rows for QUICK_INDEX_INTERSECT_SELECT

  INDEX MERGE OPTIMIZER
    Current implementation doesn't detect all cases where index merge could
    be used, in particular:

     * index_merge+'using index' is not supported

     * If WHERE part contains complex nested AND and OR conditions, some ways
       to retrieve rows using index merge will not be considered. The choice
       of read plan may depend on the order of conjuncts/disjuncts in WHERE
       part of the query, see comments near imerge_list_or_list and
       SEL_IMERGE::or_sel_tree_with_checks functions for details.

     * There is no "index_merge_ref" method (but index merge on non-first
       table in join is possible with 'range checked for each record').


  ROW RETRIEVAL ALGORITHM

    index merge/intersection uses Unique class for duplicates removal. 
    index merge/intersection takes advantage of Clustered Primary Key (CPK)
    if the table has one.
    The index merge/intersection algorithm consists of two phases:

    Phase 1 
    (implemented by a QUICK_INDEX_MERGE_SELECT::read_keys_and_merge call):

    prepare()
    {
      activate 'index only';
      while(retrieve next row for non-CPK scan)
      {
        if (there is a CPK scan and row will be retrieved by it)
          skip this row;
        else
          put its rowid into Unique;
      }
      deactivate 'index only';
    }

    Phase 2 
    (implemented as sequence of QUICK_INDEX_MERGE_SELECT::get_next calls):

    fetch()
    {
      retrieve all rows from row pointers stored in Unique
      (merging/intersecting them);
      free Unique;
      if (! intersection) 
        retrieve all rows for CPK scan;
    }
*/

class QUICK_INDEX_SORT_SELECT : public QUICK_SELECT_I
{
protected:
  Unique *unique;
public:
  QUICK_INDEX_SORT_SELECT(THD *thd, TABLE *table);
  ~QUICK_INDEX_SORT_SELECT();

  int  init() override;
  void need_sorted_output() override { DBUG_ASSERT(0); /* Can't do it */ }
  int  reset(void) override;
  bool reverse_sorted() override { return false; }
  bool unique_key_range() override { return false; }
  bool is_keys_used(const MY_BITMAP *fields) override;
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  void dbug_dump(int indent, bool verbose) override;
#endif
  Explain_quick_select *get_explain(MEM_ROOT *alloc) override;

  bool push_quick_back(QUICK_RANGE_SELECT *quick_sel_range);

  /* range quick selects this index merge/intersect consists of */
  List<QUICK_RANGE_SELECT> quick_selects;

  /* quick select that uses clustered primary key (NULL if none) */
  QUICK_RANGE_SELECT* pk_quick_select;

  MEM_ROOT alloc;
  THD *thd;
  bool is_valid() override
  {
    List_iterator_fast<QUICK_RANGE_SELECT> it(quick_selects);
    QUICK_RANGE_SELECT *quick;
    bool valid= true;
    while ((quick= it++))
    {
      if (!quick->is_valid())
      {
        valid= false;
        break;
      }
    }
    return valid;
  }
  virtual int read_keys_and_merge()= 0;
  /* used to get rows collected in Unique */
  READ_RECORD read_record;

  void add_used_key_part_to_set() override;
};



/* Index merge sort union */
class QUICK_INDEX_MERGE_SELECT : public QUICK_INDEX_SORT_SELECT
{
private:
  /* true if this select is currently doing a clustered PK scan */
  bool  doing_pk_scan;
protected:
  int read_keys_and_merge() override;

public:
  QUICK_INDEX_MERGE_SELECT(THD *thd_arg, TABLE *table)
    :QUICK_INDEX_SORT_SELECT(thd_arg, table) {}

  int get_next() override;
  int get_type() override { return QS_TYPE_INDEX_MERGE; }
  void add_keys_and_lengths(String *key_names, String *used_lengths) override;
};

/* Index merge sort intersection */
class QUICK_INDEX_INTERSECT_SELECT : public QUICK_INDEX_SORT_SELECT
{
protected:
  int read_keys_and_merge() override;

public:
  QUICK_INDEX_INTERSECT_SELECT(THD *thd_arg, TABLE *table)
    :QUICK_INDEX_SORT_SELECT(thd_arg, table) {}

  key_map filtered_scans;
  int get_next() override;
  int get_type() override { return QS_TYPE_INDEX_INTERSECT; }
  void add_keys_and_lengths(String *key_names, String *used_lengths) override;
  Explain_quick_select *get_explain(MEM_ROOT *alloc) override;
};


/*
  Index merge intersection

  Rowid-Ordered Retrieval (ROR) index intersection quick select.
  This quick select produces intersection of row sequences returned
  by several QUICK_RANGE_SELECTs it "merges".

  All merged QUICK_RANGE_SELECTs must return rowids in rowid order.
  QUICK_ROR_INTERSECT_SELECT will return rows in rowid order, too.

  All merged quick selects retrieve {rowid, covered_fields} tuples (not full
  table records).
  QUICK_ROR_INTERSECT_SELECT retrieves full records if it is not being used
  by QUICK_ROR_INTERSECT_SELECT and all merged quick selects together don't
  cover needed all fields.

  If one of the merged quick selects is a Clustered PK range scan, it is
  used only to filter rowid sequence produced by other merged quick selects.
*/

class QUICK_ROR_INTERSECT_SELECT : public QUICK_SELECT_I
{
public:
  QUICK_ROR_INTERSECT_SELECT(THD *thd, TABLE *table,
                             bool retrieve_full_rows,
                             MEM_ROOT *parent_alloc);
  ~QUICK_ROR_INTERSECT_SELECT();

  int  init() override;
  void need_sorted_output() override { DBUG_ASSERT(0); /* Can't do it */ }
  int  reset(void) override;
  int  get_next() override;
  bool reverse_sorted() override { return false; }
  bool unique_key_range() override { return false; }
  int get_type() override { return QS_TYPE_ROR_INTERSECT; }
  void add_keys_and_lengths(String *key_names, String *used_lengths) override;
  Explain_quick_select *get_explain(MEM_ROOT *alloc) override;
  bool is_keys_used(const MY_BITMAP *fields) override;
  void add_used_key_part_to_set() override;
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  void dbug_dump(int indent, bool verbose) override;
#endif
  int init_ror_merged_scan(bool reuse_handler, MEM_ROOT *alloc) override;
  bool push_quick_back(MEM_ROOT *alloc, QUICK_RANGE_SELECT *quick_sel_range);

  class QUICK_SELECT_WITH_RECORD : public Sql_alloc
  {
  public:
    QUICK_RANGE_SELECT *quick;
    uchar *key_tuple;
    ~QUICK_SELECT_WITH_RECORD() { delete quick; }
  };

  /*
    Range quick selects this intersection consists of, not including
    cpk_quick.
  */
  List<QUICK_SELECT_WITH_RECORD> quick_selects;

  bool is_valid() override
  {
    List_iterator_fast<QUICK_SELECT_WITH_RECORD> it(quick_selects);
    QUICK_SELECT_WITH_RECORD *quick;
    bool valid= true;
    while ((quick= it++))
    {
      if (!quick->quick->is_valid())
      {
        valid= false;
        break;
      }
    }
    return valid;
  }

  /*
    Merged quick select that uses Clustered PK, if there is one. This quick
    select is not used for row retrieval, it is used for row retrieval.
  */
  QUICK_RANGE_SELECT *cpk_quick;

  MEM_ROOT alloc; /* Memory pool for this and merged quick selects data. */
  THD *thd;       /* current thread */
  bool need_to_fetch_row; /* if true, do retrieve full table records. */
  /* in top-level quick select, true if merged scans where initialized */
  bool scans_inited; 
};


/*
  Index merge union

  Rowid-Ordered Retrieval index union select.
  This quick select produces union of row sequences returned by several
  quick select it "merges".

  All merged quick selects must return rowids in rowid order.
  QUICK_ROR_UNION_SELECT will return rows in rowid order, too.

  All merged quick selects are set not to retrieve full table records.
  ROR-union quick select always retrieves full records.

*/

class QUICK_ROR_UNION_SELECT : public QUICK_SELECT_I
{
public:
  QUICK_ROR_UNION_SELECT(THD *thd, TABLE *table);
  ~QUICK_ROR_UNION_SELECT();

  int  init() override;
  void need_sorted_output() override { DBUG_ASSERT(0); /* Can't do it */ }
  int  reset(void) override;
  int  get_next() override;
  bool reverse_sorted() override { return false; }
  bool unique_key_range() override { return false; }
  int get_type() override { return QS_TYPE_ROR_UNION; }
  void add_keys_and_lengths(String *key_names, String *used_lengths) override;
  Explain_quick_select *get_explain(MEM_ROOT *alloc) override;
  bool is_keys_used(const MY_BITMAP *fields) override;
  void add_used_key_part_to_set() override;
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  void dbug_dump(int indent, bool verbose) override;
#endif

  bool push_quick_back(QUICK_SELECT_I *quick_sel_range);

  List<QUICK_SELECT_I> quick_selects; /* Merged quick selects */

  bool is_valid() override
  {
    List_iterator_fast<QUICK_SELECT_I> it(quick_selects);
    QUICK_SELECT_I *quick;
    bool valid= true;
    while ((quick= it++))
    {
      if (!quick->is_valid())
      {
        valid= false;
        break;
      }
    }
    return valid;
  }

  QUEUE queue;    /* Priority queue for merge operation */
  MEM_ROOT alloc; /* Memory pool for this and merged quick selects data. */

  THD *thd;             /* current thread */
  uchar *cur_rowid;      /* buffer used in get_next() */
  uchar *prev_rowid;     /* rowid of last row returned by get_next() */
  bool have_prev_rowid; /* true if prev_rowid has valid data */
  uint rowid_length;    /* table rowid length */
private:
  bool scans_inited; 
};


/*
  Index scan for GROUP-BY queries with MIN/MAX aggregate functions.

  This class provides a specialized index access method for GROUP-BY queries
  of the forms:

       SELECT A_1,...,A_k, [B_1,...,B_m], [MIN(C)], [MAX(C)]
         FROM T
        WHERE [RNG(A_1,...,A_p ; where p <= k)]
         [AND EQ(B_1,...,B_m)]
         [AND PC(C)]
         [AND PA(A_i1,...,A_iq)]
       GROUP BY A_1,...,A_k;

    or

       SELECT DISTINCT A_i1,...,A_ik
         FROM T
        WHERE [RNG(A_1,...,A_p ; where p <= k)]
         [AND PA(A_i1,...,A_iq)];

  where all selected fields are parts of the same index.
  The class of queries that can be processed by this quick select is fully
  specified in the description of get_best_trp_group_min_max() in opt_range.cc.

  The get_next() method directly produces result tuples, thus obviating the
  need to call end_send_group() because all grouping is already done inside
  get_next().

  Since one of the requirements is that all select fields are part of the same
  index, this class produces only index keys, and not complete records.
*/

class QUICK_GROUP_MIN_MAX_SELECT : public QUICK_SELECT_I
{
private:
  handler * const file;   /* The handler used to get data. */
  JOIN *join;            /* Descriptor of the current query */
  KEY  *index_info;      /* The index chosen for data access */
  uchar *record;          /* Buffer where the next record is returned. */
  uchar *tmp_record;      /* Temporary storage for next_min(), next_max(). */
  uchar *group_prefix;    /* Key prefix consisting of the GROUP fields. */
  const uint group_prefix_len; /* Length of the group prefix. */
  uint group_key_parts;  /* A number of keyparts in the group prefix */
  bool have_min;         /* Specify whether we are computing */
  bool have_max;         /*   a MIN, a MAX, or both.         */
  bool have_agg_distinct;/*   aggregate_function(DISTINCT ...).  */
  bool seen_first_key;   /* Denotes whether the first key was retrieved.*/
  bool doing_key_read;   /* true if we enabled key only reads */

  KEY_PART_INFO *min_max_arg_part; /* The keypart of the only argument field */
                                   /* of all MIN/MAX functions.              */
  uint min_max_arg_len;  /* The length of the MIN/MAX argument field */
  uchar *key_infix;       /* Infix of constants from equality predicates. */
  uint key_infix_len;
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY min_max_ranges; /* Array of range ptrs for the MIN/MAX field. */
  uint real_prefix_len; /* Length of key prefix extended with key_infix. */
  uint real_key_parts;  /* A number of keyparts in the above value.      */
  List<Item_sum> *min_functions;
  List<Item_sum> *max_functions;
  List_iterator<Item_sum> *min_functions_it;
  List_iterator<Item_sum> *max_functions_it;
  /* 
    Use index scan to get the next different key instead of jumping into it 
    through index read 
  */
  bool is_index_scan; 
public:
  /*
    The following two members are public to allow easy access from
    TRP_GROUP_MIN_MAX::make_quick()
  */
  MEM_ROOT alloc; /* Memory pool for this and quick_prefix_select data. */
  QUICK_RANGE_SELECT *quick_prefix_select;/* For retrieval of group prefixes. */
private:
  int  next_prefix();
  int  next_min_in_range();
  int  next_max_in_range();
  int  next_min();
  int  next_max();
  void update_min_result();
  void update_max_result();
  int cmp_min_max_key(const uchar *key, uint16 length);
public:
  QUICK_GROUP_MIN_MAX_SELECT(TABLE *table, JOIN *join, bool have_min,
                             bool have_max, bool have_agg_distinct,
                             KEY_PART_INFO *min_max_arg_part,
                             uint group_prefix_len, uint group_key_parts,
                             uint used_key_parts, KEY *index_info, uint
                             use_index, double read_cost, ha_rows records, uint
                             key_infix_len, uchar *key_infix, MEM_ROOT
                             *parent_alloc, bool is_index_scan);
  ~QUICK_GROUP_MIN_MAX_SELECT();
  bool add_range(SEL_ARG *sel_range);
  void update_key_stat();
  void adjust_prefix_ranges();
  bool alloc_buffers();
  int init() override;
  void need_sorted_output() override { /* always do it */ }
  int reset() override;
  int get_next() override;
  bool reverse_sorted() override { return false; }
  bool unique_key_range() override { return false; }
  int get_type() override { return QS_TYPE_GROUP_MIN_MAX; }
  void add_keys_and_lengths(String *key_names, String *used_lengths) override;
  void add_used_key_part_to_set() override;
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  void dbug_dump(int indent, bool verbose) override;
#endif
  bool is_agg_distinct() { return have_agg_distinct; }
  bool loose_scan_is_scanning() { return is_index_scan; }
  Explain_quick_select *get_explain(MEM_ROOT *alloc) override;
};

bool using_with_ties_and_group_min_max(JOIN *join);

class QUICK_SELECT_DESC: public QUICK_RANGE_SELECT
{
public:
  QUICK_SELECT_DESC(QUICK_RANGE_SELECT *q, uint used_key_parts);
  QUICK_RANGE_SELECT *clone(bool *create_error) override
    { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return new QUICK_SELECT_DESC(this, used_key_parts); }
  int get_next() override;
  bool reverse_sorted() override { return 1; }
  int get_type() override { return QS_TYPE_RANGE_DESC; }
  QUICK_SELECT_I *make_reverse(uint used_key_parts_arg) override
  {
    return this; // is already reverse sorted
  }
private:
  bool range_reads_after_key(QUICK_RANGE *range);
  int reset(void) override { rev_it.rewind(); return QUICK_RANGE_SELECT::reset(); }
  List<QUICK_RANGE> rev_ranges;
  List_iterator<QUICK_RANGE> rev_it;
  uint used_key_parts;
};


class SQL_SELECT :public Sql_alloc {
 public:
  QUICK_SELECT_I *quick;	// If quick-select used
  COND		*cond;		// where condition

  /*
    When using Index Condition Pushdown: condition that we've had before
    extracting and pushing index condition.
    In other cases, NULL.
  */
  Item *pre_idx_push_select_cond;
  TABLE *head;
  IO_CACHE file;                // Positions to used records
  ha_rows records;              // Records in use if read from file
  ALL_READ_COST read_cost;      // Cost of reading rows
  double read_time;             // Time to read rows (from read_cost)
  key_map quick_keys;           // Possible quick keys
  key_map needed_reg;           // Possible quick keys after prev tables.
  table_map const_tables,read_tables;
  /* See PARAM::possible_keys */
  key_map possible_keys;
  bool	free_cond; /* Currently not used and always FALSE */

  SQL_SELECT();
  ~SQL_SELECT();
  void cleanup();
  void set_quick(QUICK_SELECT_I *new_quick) { delete quick; quick= new_quick; }

  /*
    @return
      true  - for ERROR and IMPOSSIBLE_RANGE
      false   - Ok
  */
  bool check_quick(THD *thd, bool force_quick_range, ha_rows limit,
                   Item_func::Bitmap note_unusable_keys)
  {
    key_map tmp;
    tmp.set_all();
    return test_quick_select(thd, tmp, 0, limit, force_quick_range,
                             FALSE, FALSE, FALSE,
                             note_unusable_keys) != OK;
  }

  /* 
    RETURN
      0   if record must be skipped <-> (cond && cond->val_bool() == false)
     -1   if error
      1   otherwise
  */   
  inline int skip_record(THD *thd)
  {
    int rc= MY_TEST(!cond || cond->val_bool());
    if (thd->is_error())
      rc= -1;
    return rc;
  }

  enum quick_select_return_type {
    IMPOSSIBLE_RANGE = -1,
    ERROR,
    OK
  };

  enum quick_select_return_type
  test_quick_select(THD *thd, key_map keys, table_map prev_tables,
                    ha_rows limit,
                    bool force_quick_range,
                    bool ordered_output,
                    bool remove_false_parts_of_where,
                    bool only_single_index_range_scan,
                    Item_func::Bitmap note_unusable_keys);
};

typedef enum SQL_SELECT::quick_select_return_type quick_select_return;


class SQL_SELECT_auto
{
  SQL_SELECT *select;
public:
  SQL_SELECT_auto(): select(NULL)
  {}
  ~SQL_SELECT_auto()
  {
    delete select;
  }
  SQL_SELECT_auto&
  operator= (SQL_SELECT *_select)
  {
    select= _select;
    return *this;
  }
  operator SQL_SELECT * () const
  {
    return select;
  }
  SQL_SELECT *
  operator-> () const
  {
    return select;
  }
  operator bool () const
  {
    return select;
  }
};


class FT_SELECT: public QUICK_RANGE_SELECT 
{
public:
  FT_SELECT(THD *thd, TABLE *table, uint key, bool *create_err) :
      QUICK_RANGE_SELECT (thd, table, key, 1, NULL, create_err) 
  { (void) init(); }
  ~FT_SELECT() { file->ft_end(); }
  QUICK_RANGE_SELECT *clone(bool *create_error) override
    { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return new FT_SELECT(thd, head, index, create_error); }
  int init() override { return file->ft_init(); }
  int reset() override { return 0; }
  int get_next() override { return file->ha_ft_read(record); }
  int get_type() override { return QS_TYPE_FULLTEXT; }
};

FT_SELECT *get_ft_select(THD *thd, TABLE *table, uint key);
QUICK_RANGE_SELECT *get_quick_select_for_ref(THD *thd, TABLE *table,
                                             struct st_table_ref *ref,
                                             ha_rows records);
SQL_SELECT *make_select(TABLE *head, table_map const_tables,
			table_map read_tables, COND *conds,
                        SORT_INFO* filesort,
                        bool allow_null_cond,  int *error);

bool calculate_cond_selectivity_for_table(THD *thd, TABLE *table, Item **cond);

bool eq_ranges_exceeds_limit(RANGE_SEQ_IF *seq, void *seq_init_param,
                             uint limit);

#ifdef WITH_PARTITION_STORAGE_ENGINE
bool prune_partitions(THD *thd, TABLE *table, Item *pprune_cond);
#endif
void store_key_image_to_rec(Field *field, uchar *ptr, uint len);

extern String null_string;

/* check this number of rows (default value) */
#define SELECTIVITY_SAMPLING_LIMIT 100
/* but no more then this part of table (10%) */
#define SELECTIVITY_SAMPLING_SHARE 0.10
/* do not check if we are going check less then this number of records */
#define SELECTIVITY_SAMPLING_THRESHOLD 10

#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   Copyright (C) 2011 Monty Program Ab.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */


#ifndef GCALC_TOOLS_INCLUDED
#define GCALC_TOOLS_INCLUDED

#include "gcalc_slicescan.h"
#include "sql_string.h"


/*
  The Gcalc_function class objects are used to check for a binary relation.
  The relation can be constructed with the prefix notation using predicates as
        op_not (as !A)
        op_union ( A || B || C... )
        op_intersection ( A && B && C ... )
        op_symdifference ( A+B+C+... == 1 )
        op_difference ( A && !(B||C||..))
  with the calls of the add_operation(operation, n_operands) method.
  The relation is calculated over a set of shapes, that in turn have
  to be added with the add_new_shape() method. All the 'shapes' can
  be set to 0 with clear_shapes() method and single value
  can be changed with the invert_state() method.
  Then the value of the relation can be calculated with the count() method.
  Frequently used method is find_function(Gcalc_scan_iterator it) that
  iterates through the 'it' until the relation becomes TRUE.
*/

class Gcalc_function
{
private:
  String shapes_buffer;
  String function_buffer;
  int *i_states;
  int *b_states;
  uint32 cur_object_id;
  uint n_shapes;
  int count_internal(const char *cur_func, uint set_type,
                     const char **end);
public:
  enum op_type
  {
    v_empty=          0x00000000,
    v_find_t=         0x01000000,
    v_find_f=         0x02000000,
    v_t_found=        0x03000000,
    v_f_found=        0x04000000,
    v_mask=           0x07000000,

    op_not=           0x80000000,
    op_shape=         0x00000000,
    op_union=         0x10000000,
    op_intersection=  0x20000000,
    op_symdifference= 0x30000000,
    op_difference=    0x40000000,
    op_repeat=        0x50000000,
    op_border=        0x60000000,
    op_internals=     0x70000000,
    op_false=         0x08000000,
    op_any=           0x78000000 /* The mask to get any of the operations */
  };
  enum shape_type
  {
    shape_point= 0,
    shape_line= 1,
    shape_polygon= 2,
    shape_hole= 3
  };
  enum count_result
  {
    result_false= 0,
    result_true= 1,
    result_unknown= 2
  };
  Gcalc_function() : n_shapes(0) {}
  gcalc_shape_info add_new_shape(uint32 shape_id, shape_type shape_kind);
  /*
    Adds the leaf operation that returns the shape value.
    Also adds the shape to the list of operands.
  */
  int single_shape_op(shape_type shape_kind, gcalc_shape_info *si);
  void add_operation(uint operation, uint32 n_operands);
  void add_not_operation(op_type operation, uint32 n_operands);
  uint32 get_next_expression_pos() { return function_buffer.length(); }
  void add_operands_to_op(uint32 operation_pos, uint32 n_operands);
  int repeat_expression(uint32 exp_pos);
  void set_cur_obj(uint32 cur_obj) { cur_object_id= cur_obj; }
  int reserve_shape_buffer(uint n_shapes);
  int reserve_op_buffer(uint n_ops);
  uint get_nshapes() const { return n_shapes; }
  shape_type get_shape_kind(gcalc_shape_info si) const
  {
    return (shape_type) uint4korr(shapes_buffer.ptr() + (si*4));
  }

  void set_states(int *shape_states) { i_states= shape_states; }
  int alloc_states();
  void invert_i_state(gcalc_shape_info shape) { i_states[shape]^= 1; }
  void set_i_state(gcalc_shape_info shape) { i_states[shape]= 1; }
  void clear_i_state(gcalc_shape_info shape) { i_states[shape]= 0; }
  void set_b_state(gcalc_shape_info shape) { b_states[shape]= 1; }
  void clear_b_state(gcalc_shape_info shape) { b_states[shape]= 0; }
  int get_state(gcalc_shape_info shape)
    { return i_states[shape] | b_states[shape]; }
  int get_i_state(gcalc_shape_info shape) { return i_states[shape]; }
  int get_b_state(gcalc_shape_info shape) { return b_states[shape]; }
  int count()
    { return count_internal(function_buffer.ptr(), 0, 0); }
  int count_last()
    { return count_internal(function_buffer.ptr(), 1, 0); }
  void clear_i_states();
  void clear_b_states();
  void reset();

  int check_function(Gcalc_scan_iterator &scan_it);
};


/*
  Gcalc_operation_transporter class extends the Gcalc_shape_transporter.
  In addition to the parent's functionality, it fills the Gcalc_function
  object so it has the function that determines the proper shape.
  For example Multipolyline will be represented as an union of polylines.
*/

class Gcalc_operation_transporter : public Gcalc_shape_transporter
{
protected:
  Gcalc_function *m_fn;
  gcalc_shape_info m_si;
public:
  Gcalc_operation_transporter(Gcalc_function *fn, Gcalc_heap *heap) :
    Gcalc_shape_transporter(heap), m_fn(fn) {}

  int single_point(double x, double y) override;
  int start_line() override;
  int complete_line() override;
  int start_poly() override;
  int complete_poly() override;
  int start_ring() override;
  int complete_ring() override;
  int add_point(double x, double y) override;
  int start_collection(int n_objects) override;
  int empty_shape() override;
};


/*
   When we calculate the result of an spatial operation like
   Union or Intersection, we receive vertexes of the result
   one-by-one, and probably need to treat them in variative ways.
   So, the Gcalc_result_receiver class designed to get these
   vertexes and construct shapes/objects out of them.
   and to store the result in an appropriate format
*/

class Gcalc_result_receiver
{
  String buffer;
  uint32 n_points;
  Gcalc_function::shape_type common_shapetype;
  bool collection_result;
  uint32 n_shapes;
  uint32 n_holes;

  Gcalc_function::shape_type cur_shape;
  uint32 shape_pos;
  double first_x, first_y, prev_x, prev_y;
  double shape_area;
public:
Gcalc_result_receiver() :
    n_points(0),
    common_shapetype(Gcalc_function::shape_point),
    collection_result(FALSE), n_shapes(0), n_holes(0),
    cur_shape(Gcalc_function::shape_point), shape_pos(0)
    {}
  int start_shape(Gcalc_function::shape_type shape);
  int add_point(double x, double y);
  int complete_shape();
  int single_point(double x, double y);
  int done();
  void reset();

  const char *result() { return buffer.ptr(); }
  uint length() { return buffer.length(); }
  int get_nshapes() { return n_shapes; }
  int get_nholes() { return n_holes; }
  int get_result_typeid();
  uint32 position() { return buffer.length(); }
  int move_hole(uint32 dest_position, uint32 source_position,
                uint32 *position_shift);
};


/*
  Gcalc_operation_reducer class incapsulates the spatial
  operation functionality. It analyses the slices generated by
  the slicescan and calculates the shape of the result defined
  by some Gcalc_function.
*/

class Gcalc_operation_reducer : public Gcalc_dyn_list
{
public:
  enum modes
  {
    /* Numeric values important here - careful with changing */
    default_mode= 0,
    prefer_big_with_holes= 1,
    polygon_selfintersections_allowed= 2,  /* allowed in the result */
    line_selfintersections_allowed= 4      /* allowed in the result */
  };

  Gcalc_operation_reducer(size_t blk_size=8192);
  Gcalc_operation_reducer(const Gcalc_operation_reducer &gor);
  void init(Gcalc_function *fn, modes mode= default_mode);
  Gcalc_operation_reducer(Gcalc_function *fn, modes mode= default_mode,
		       size_t blk_size=8192);
  GCALC_DECL_TERMINATED_STATE(killed)
  int count_slice(Gcalc_scan_iterator *si);
  int count_all(Gcalc_heap *hp);
  int get_result(Gcalc_result_receiver *storage);
  void reset();

#ifndef GCALC_DBUG_OFF
  int n_res_points;
#endif /*GCALC_DBUG_OFF*/
  class res_point : public Gcalc_dyn_list::Item
  {
  public:
    int intersection_point;
    union
    {
      const Gcalc_heap::Info *pi;
      res_point *first_poly_node;
    };
    union
    {
      res_point *outer_poly;
      uint32 poly_position;
    };
    res_point *up;
    res_point *down;
    res_point *glue;
    Gcalc_function::shape_type type;
    Gcalc_dyn_list::Item **prev_hook;
#ifndef GCALC_DBUG_OFF
    int point_n;
#endif /*GCALC_DBUG_OFF*/
    void set(const Gcalc_scan_iterator *si);
    res_point *get_next() { return (res_point *)next; }
  };

  class active_thread : public Gcalc_dyn_list::Item
  {
  public:
    res_point *rp;
    res_point *thread_start;

    const Gcalc_heap::Info *p1, *p2;
    res_point *enabled() { return rp; }
    active_thread *get_next() { return (active_thread *)next; }
  };

  class poly_instance : public Gcalc_dyn_list::Item
  {
  public:
    uint32 *after_poly_position;
    poly_instance *get_next() { return (poly_instance *)next; }
  };

  class line : public Gcalc_dyn_list::Item
  {
  public:
    active_thread *t;
    int incoming;
    const Gcalc_scan_iterator::point *p;
    line *get_next() { return (line *)next; }
  };

  class poly_border : public Gcalc_dyn_list::Item
  {
  public:
    active_thread *t;
    int incoming;
    int prev_state;
    const Gcalc_scan_iterator::point *p;
    poly_border *get_next() { return (poly_border *)next; }
  };

  line *m_lines;
  Gcalc_dyn_list::Item **m_lines_hook;
  poly_border *m_poly_borders;
  Gcalc_dyn_list::Item **m_poly_borders_hook;
  line *new_line() { return (line *) new_item(); }
  poly_border *new_poly_border() { return (poly_border *) new_item(); }
  int add_line(int incoming, active_thread *t,
               const Gcalc_scan_iterator::point *p);
  int add_poly_border(int incoming, active_thread *t, int prev_state,
                      const Gcalc_scan_iterator::point *p);

protected:
  Gcalc_function *m_fn;
  Gcalc_dyn_list::Item **m_res_hook;
  res_point *m_result;
  int m_mode;

  res_point *result_heap;
  active_thread *m_first_active_thread;

  res_point *add_res_point(Gcalc_function::shape_type type);
  active_thread *new_active_thread() { return (active_thread *)new_item(); }

  poly_instance *new_poly() { return (poly_instance *) new_item(); }

private:
  int start_line(active_thread *t, const Gcalc_scan_iterator::point *p,
                 const Gcalc_scan_iterator *si);
  int end_line(active_thread *t, const Gcalc_scan_iterator *si);
  int connect_threads(int incoming_a, int incoming_b,
                      active_thread *ta, active_thread *tb,
                      const Gcalc_scan_iterator::point *pa,
                      const Gcalc_scan_iterator::point *pb,
                      active_thread *prev_range,
                      const Gcalc_scan_iterator *si,
                      Gcalc_function::shape_type s_t);
  int add_single_point(const Gcalc_scan_iterator *si);
  poly_border *get_pair_border(poly_border *b1);
  int continue_range(active_thread *t, const Gcalc_heap::Info *p,
                     const Gcalc_heap::Info *p_next);
  int continue_i_range(active_thread *t,
                       const Gcalc_heap::Info *ii);
  int end_couple(active_thread *t0, active_thread *t1, const Gcalc_heap::Info *p);
  int get_single_result(res_point *res, Gcalc_result_receiver *storage);
  int get_result_thread(res_point *cur, Gcalc_result_receiver *storage,
			int move_upward, res_point *first_poly_node);
  int get_polygon_result(res_point *cur, Gcalc_result_receiver *storage,
                         res_point *first_poly_node);
  int get_line_result(res_point *cur, Gcalc_result_receiver *storage);

  void free_result(res_point *res);
};

#endif /*GCALC_TOOLS_INCLUDED*/

/* Copyright (C) 2015-2024 Codership Oy <info@codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
   51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */


#ifndef WSREP_SCHEMA_H
#define WSREP_SCHEMA_H

/* wsrep-lib */
#include "wsrep_types.h"

#include "mysqld.h"
#include "wsrep_mysqld.h"
/*
  Forward decls
*/
class THD;
class Relay_log_info;
struct TABLE;
struct TABLE_LIST;
struct st_mysql_lex_string;
typedef struct st_mysql_lex_string LEX_STRING;
class Gtid_log_event;

/** Name of the table in `wsrep_schema_str` used for storing streaming
replication data. In an InnoDB full format, e.g. "database/tablename". */
extern const char* wsrep_sr_table_name_full;

class Wsrep_schema
{
 public:

  Wsrep_schema();
  ~Wsrep_schema();

  /*
    Initialize wsrep schema. Storage engines must be running before
    calling this function.
  */
  int init();

  /*
    Store wsrep view info into wsrep schema.
  */
  int store_view(THD*, const Wsrep_view& view);

  /*
    Restore view info from stable storage.
  */
  Wsrep_view restore_view(THD* thd, const Wsrep_id& own_id) const;

  /**
    Append transaction fragment to fragment storage.
    Transaction must have been started for THD before this call.
    In order to make changes durable, transaction must be committed
    separately after this call.

    @param thd THD object
    @param server_id Wsrep server identifier
    @param transaction_id Transaction identifier
    @param flags Flags for the fragment
    @param data Fragment data buffer

    @return Zero in case of success, non-zero on failure.
  */
  int append_fragment(THD* thd,
                      const wsrep::id& server_id,
                      wsrep::transaction_id transaction_id,
                      wsrep::seqno seqno,
                      int flags,
                      const wsrep::const_buffer& data);
  /**
     Update existing fragment meta data. The fragment must have been
     inserted before using append_fragment().

     @param thd THD object
     @param ws_meta Wsrep meta data

     @return Zero in case of success, non-zero on failure.
   */
  int update_fragment_meta(THD* thd,
                           const wsrep::ws_meta& ws_meta);

  /**
     Remove fragments from storage. This method must be called
     inside active transaction. Fragment removal will be committed
     once the transaction commits.

     @param thd Pointer to THD object
     @param server_id Identifier of the running server
     @param transaction_id Identifier of the current transaction
     @param fragments Vector of fragment seqnos to be removed
  */
  int remove_fragments(THD*                             thd,
                       const wsrep::id&                 server_id,
                       wsrep::transaction_id            transaction_id,
                       const std::vector<wsrep::seqno>& fragments);

  /**
     Replay a transaction from stored fragments. The caller must have
     started a transaction for a thd.

     @param thd Pointer to THD object
     @param ws_meta Write set meta data for commit fragment.
     @param fragments Vector of fragments to be replayed

     @return Zero on success, non-zero on failure.
  */
  int replay_transaction(THD* thd,
                         Relay_log_info* rli,
                         const wsrep::ws_meta& ws_meta,
                         const std::vector<wsrep::seqno>& fragments);

  /**
     Recover streaming transactions from SR table.
     This method should be called after storage enignes are initialized.
     It will scan SR table and replay found streaming transactions.

     @param orig_thd The THD object of the calling thread.

     @return Zero on success, non-zero on failure.
  */
  int recover_sr_transactions(THD* orig_thd);

  /**
     Store GTID-event to mysql.gtid_slave_pos table.

     @param thd  The THD object of the calling thread.
     @param gtid GTID event from binlog.

     @return Zero on success, non-zero on failure.
  */
  int store_gtid_event(THD* thd, const Gtid_log_event *gtid);

  /**
     Delete all rows on bootstrap from `wsrep_allowlist` variable
  */
  void clear_allowlist();

  /**
     Store allowlist ip on bootstrap from `wsrep_allowlist` variable
  */
  void store_allowlist(std::vector<std::string>& ip_allowlist);

  /**
     Scan white list table against accepted connection. Allow if ip
     is found in table or if table is empty.

     @param key   Which allowlist column to compare
     @param value Value to be checked against allowlist
     
     @return True if found or empty table, false on not found 
  */
  bool allowlist_check(Wsrep_allowlist_key key, const std::string& val);

 private:
  /* Non-copyable */
  Wsrep_schema(const Wsrep_schema&);
  Wsrep_schema& operator=(const Wsrep_schema&);
};

extern Wsrep_schema* wsrep_schema;

extern LEX_CSTRING WSREP_LEX_SCHEMA;
extern LEX_CSTRING WSREP_LEX_STREAMING;
extern LEX_CSTRING WSREP_LEX_CLUSTER;
extern LEX_CSTRING WSREP_LEX_MEMBERS;
extern LEX_CSTRING WSREP_LEX_ALLOWLIST;

#endif /* !WSREP_SCHEMA_H */
#ifndef _EVENT_H_
#define _EVENT_H_
/* Copyright (c) 2004, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @defgroup Event_Scheduler Event Scheduler
  @ingroup Runtime_Environment
  @{

  @file events.h

  A public interface of Events_Scheduler module.
*/

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE
extern PSI_mutex_key key_event_scheduler_LOCK_scheduler_state;
extern PSI_cond_key key_event_scheduler_COND_state;
extern PSI_thread_key key_thread_event_scheduler, key_thread_event_worker;
#endif /* HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE */

extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_event_basic_root;

/* Always defined, for SHOW PROCESSLIST. */
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_on_empty_queue;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_next_activation;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_scheduler_to_stop;

#include "sql_string.h"                         /* LEX_CSTRING */
#include "my_time.h"                            /* interval_type */

class Event_db_repository;
class Event_parse_data;
class Event_queue;
class Event_scheduler;
struct TABLE_LIST;
class THD;
typedef class Item COND;

int
sortcmp_lex_string(const LEX_CSTRING *s, const LEX_CSTRING *t,
                   const CHARSET_INFO *cs);

/**
  @brief A facade to the functionality of the Event Scheduler.

  Every public operation against the scheduler has to be executed via the
  interface provided by a static method of this class. No instance of this
  class is ever created and it has no non-static data members.

  The life cycle of the Events module is the following:

  At server start up:
     init_mutexes() -> init()
  When the server is running:
     create_event(), drop_event(), start_or_stop_event_scheduler(), etc
  At shutdown:
     deinit(), destroy_mutexes().

  The peculiar initialization and shutdown cycle is an adaptation to the
  outside server startup/shutdown framework and mimics the rest of MySQL
  subsystems (ACL, time zone tables, etc).
*/

class Events
{
public:
  /*
    the following block is to support --event-scheduler command line option
    and the @@global.event_scheduler SQL variable.
    See sys_var.cc
  */
  enum enum_opt_event_scheduler { EVENTS_OFF, EVENTS_ON, EVENTS_DISABLED,
                                  EVENTS_ORIGINAL };
  /* Protected using LOCK_global_system_variables only. */
  static ulong opt_event_scheduler, startup_state;
  static ulong inited;
  static bool check_if_system_tables_error();
  static bool start(int *err_no);
  static bool stop();

public:
  /* A hack needed for Event_queue_element */
  static Event_db_repository *
  get_db_repository() { return db_repository; }

  static bool init(THD *thd, bool opt_noacl);

  static void
  deinit();

  static void
  init_mutexes();

  static void
  destroy_mutexes();

  static bool
  create_event(THD *thd, Event_parse_data *parse_data);

  static bool
  update_event(THD *thd, Event_parse_data *parse_data,
               LEX_CSTRING *new_dbname, LEX_CSTRING *new_name);

  static bool
  drop_event(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *dbname, const LEX_CSTRING *name,
             bool if_exists);

  static void
  drop_schema_events(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING &db);

  static bool
  show_create_event(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *dbname,
                    const LEX_CSTRING *name);

  /* Needed for both SHOW CREATE EVENT and INFORMATION_SCHEMA */
  static int
  reconstruct_interval_expression(String *buf, interval_type interval,
                                  longlong expression);

  static int
  fill_schema_events(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, COND * /* cond */);

  static void
  dump_internal_status();

  static void set_original_state(ulong startup_state_org)
  {
    startup_state= startup_state_org;
  }

private:

  static bool
  load_events_from_db(THD *thd);

private:
  static Event_queue         *event_queue;
  static Event_scheduler     *scheduler;
  static Event_db_repository *db_repository;

private:
  /* Prevent use of these */
  Events(const Events &);
  void operator=(Events &);
};

/**
  @} (end of group Event Scheduler)
*/

#endif /* _EVENT_H_ */
#ifndef JSON_TABLE_INCLUDED
#define JSON_TABLE_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2020, MariaDB Corporation. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */


#include <json_lib.h>

class Json_table_column;

/*
  The Json_table_nested_path represents the 'current nesting' level
  for a set of JSON_TABLE columns.
  Each column (Json_table_column instance) is linked with corresponding
  'nested path' object and gets its piece of JSON to parse during the computation
  phase.
  The root 'nested_path' is always present as a part of Table_function_json_table,
  then other 'nested_paths' can be created and linked into a tree structure when new
  'NESTED PATH' is met. The nested 'nested_paths' are linked with 'm_nested', the same-level
  'nested_paths' are linked with 'm_next_nested'.
  So for instance
    JSON_TABLE( '...', '$[*]'
       COLUMNS( a INT PATH '$.a' ,
          NESTED PATH '$.b[*]' COLUMNS (b INT PATH '$',
                                        NESTED PATH '$.c[*]' COLUMNS(x INT PATH '$')),
          NESTED PATH '$.n[*]' COLUMNS (z INT PATH '$'))
  results in 4 'nested_path' created:
                 root          nested_b       nested_c     nested_n
  m_path           '$[*]'         '$.b[*]'        '$.c[*]'     '$.n[*]
  m_nested          &nested_b     &nested_c       NULL         NULL
  n_next_nested     NULL          &nested_n       NULL         NULL

  and 4 columns created:
              a          b            x            z
  m_nest    &root      &nested_b    &nested_c    &nested_n
*/

class Json_table_nested_path : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  json_path_t m_path;  /* The JSON Path to get the rows from */
  bool m_null; // TRUE <=> producing a NULL-complemented row.

  /*** Construction interface ***/
  Json_table_nested_path():
    m_null(TRUE), m_nested(NULL), m_next_nested(NULL)
  {}

  int set_path(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING &path);

  /*** Methods for performing a scan ***/
  void scan_start(CHARSET_INFO *i_cs, const uchar *str, const uchar *end);
  int scan_next();
  bool check_error(const char *str);

  /*** Members for getting the values we've scanned to ***/
  const uchar *get_value() { return m_engine.value_begin; }
  const uchar *get_value_end() { return m_engine.s.str_end; }

  /* Counts the rows produced. Used by FOR ORDINALITY columns */
  longlong m_ordinality_counter;

  int print(THD *thd, Field ***f, String *str,
            List_iterator_fast<Json_table_column> &it,
            Json_table_column **last_column);
private:
  /* The head of the list of nested NESTED PATH statements. */
  Json_table_nested_path *m_nested;

  /* in the above list items are linked with the */
  Json_table_nested_path *m_next_nested;

  /*** Members describing NESTED PATH structure ***/
  /* Parent nested path. The "root" path has this NULL */
  Json_table_nested_path *m_parent;

  /*** Members describing current JSON Path scan state ***/
  /* The JSON Parser and JSON Path evaluator */
  json_engine_t m_engine;

  /* The path the parser is currently pointing to */
  json_path_t m_cur_path;

  /* The child NESTED PATH we're currently scanning */
  Json_table_nested_path *m_cur_nested;

  static bool column_in_this_or_nested(const Json_table_nested_path *p,
                                       const Json_table_column *jc);
  friend class Table_function_json_table;
};


/*
  @brief
    Describes the column definition in JSON_TABLE(...) syntax.

  @detail
    Has methods for printing/handling errors but otherwise it's a static
    object.
*/

class Json_table_column : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  enum enum_type
  {
    FOR_ORDINALITY,
    PATH,
    EXISTS_PATH
  };

  enum enum_on_type
  {
    ON_EMPTY,
    ON_ERROR
  };

  enum enum_on_response
  {
    RESPONSE_NOT_SPECIFIED,
    RESPONSE_ERROR,
    RESPONSE_NULL,
    RESPONSE_DEFAULT
  };

  struct On_response
  {
  public:
    Json_table_column::enum_on_response m_response;
    Item *m_default;
    int respond(Json_table_column *jc, Field *f, uint error_num);
    int print(const char *name, String *str) const;
    bool specified() const { return m_response != RESPONSE_NOT_SPECIFIED; }
  };

  enum_type m_column_type;
  bool m_format_json;
  json_path_t m_path;
  On_response m_on_error;
  On_response m_on_empty;
  Create_field *m_field;
  Json_table_nested_path *m_nest;
  CHARSET_INFO *m_explicit_cs;

  void set(enum_type ctype)
  {
    m_column_type= ctype;
  }
  int set(THD *thd, enum_type ctype, const LEX_CSTRING &path, CHARSET_INFO *cs);
  int set(THD *thd, enum_type ctype, const LEX_CSTRING &path,
          const Lex_column_charset_collation_attrs_st &cl);
  Json_table_column(Create_field *f, Json_table_nested_path *nest) :
    m_field(f), m_nest(nest), m_explicit_cs(NULL)
  {
    m_on_error.m_response= RESPONSE_NOT_SPECIFIED;
    m_on_empty.m_response= RESPONSE_NOT_SPECIFIED;
    m_format_json= false;
  }
  int print(THD *tnd, Field **f, String *str);
};


/*
  Class represents the table function, the function
  that returns the table as a result so supposed to appear
  in the FROM list of the SELECT statement.
  At the moment there is only one such function JSON_TABLE,
  so the class named after it, but should be refactored
  into the hierarchy root if we create more of that functions.

  As the parser finds the table function in the list it
  creates an instance of Table_function_json_table storing it
  into the TABLE_LIST::table_function.
  Then the ha_json_table instance is created based on it in
  the create_table_for_function().

  == Replication: whether JSON_TABLE is deterministic ==

  In sql_yacc.yy, we set BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_SYSTEM_FUNCTION whenever
  JSON_TABLE is used. The reasoning behind this is as follows:

  In the current MariaDB code, evaluation of JSON_TABLE is deterministic,
  that is, for a given input string JSON_TABLE will always produce the same
  set of rows in the same order.  However one can think of JSON documents
  that one can consider indentical which will produce different output.
  In order to be feature-proof and withstand changes like:
  - sorting JSON object members by name (like MySQL does)
  - changing the way duplicate object members are handled
  we mark the function as SBR-unsafe.
  (If there is ever an issue with this, marking the function as SBR-safe
   is a non-intrusive change we will always be able to make)
*/

class Table_function_json_table : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  /*** Basic properties of the original JSON_TABLE(...) ***/
  Item *m_json; /* The JSON value to be parsed. */

  /* The COLUMNS(...) part representation. */
  Json_table_nested_path m_nested_path;

  /* The list of table column definitions. */
  List<Json_table_column> m_columns;

  /*** Name resolution functions ***/
  bool setup(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *sql_table, SELECT_LEX *s_lex);

  int walk_items(Item_processor processor, bool walk_subquery,
                 void *argument);

  /*** Functions for interaction with the Query Optimizer ***/
  void fix_after_pullout(TABLE_LIST *sql_table,
                         st_select_lex *new_parent, bool merge);
  void update_used_tables() { m_json->update_used_tables(); }

  table_map used_tables() const { return m_json->used_tables(); }
  bool join_cache_allowed() const
  {
    /*
      Can use join cache when we have an outside reference.
      If there's dependency on any other table or randomness,
      cannot use it.
    */
    return !(used_tables() & ~OUTER_REF_TABLE_BIT);
  }
  void get_estimates(ha_rows *out_rows,
                     double *scan_time, double *startup_cost);

  int print(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *sql_table,
            String *str, enum_query_type query_type);

  /*** Construction interface to be used from the parser ***/
  Table_function_json_table(Item *json):
    m_json(json),
    m_context_setup_done(false)
  {
    cur_parent= &m_nested_path;
    last_sibling_hook= &m_nested_path.m_nested;
  }

  void start_nested_path(Json_table_nested_path *np);
  void end_nested_path();
  Json_table_nested_path *get_cur_nested_path() { return cur_parent; }
  void set_name_resolution_context(Name_resolution_context *arg)
  {
    m_context= arg;
  }

  /* SQL Parser: current column in JSON_TABLE (...) syntax */
  Json_table_column *m_cur_json_table_column;

private:
  /* Context to be used for resolving the first argument. */
  Name_resolution_context *m_context;

  bool m_context_setup_done;

  /* Current NESTED PATH level being parsed */
  Json_table_nested_path *cur_parent;

  /*
    Pointer to the list tail where we add the next NESTED PATH.
    It points to the cur_parnt->m_nested for the first nested
    and prev_nested->m_next_nested for the coesequent ones.
  */
  Json_table_nested_path **last_sibling_hook;
};

bool push_table_function_arg_context(LEX *lex, MEM_ROOT *alloc);

TABLE *create_table_for_function(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *sql_table);

table_map add_table_function_dependencies(List<TABLE_LIST> *join_list,
                                          table_map nest_tables, bool *error);

#endif /* JSON_TABLE_INCLUDED */

/*
   Copyright (c) 2015 Daniel Black. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA
*/


#ifndef MY_SERVICE_MANAGER_INCLUDED
#define MY_SERVICE_MANAGER_INCLUDED

#if defined(HAVE_SYSTEMD) && !defined(EMBEDDED_LIBRARY)
/*
  sd-daemon.h may include inttypes.h. Explicitly request format macros before
  the first inclusion of inttypes.h.
*/
#if !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS)
#define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS
#endif  // !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS)
#include <systemd/sd-daemon.h>
/** INTERVAL in seconds followed by printf style status */
#define service_manager_extend_timeout(INTERVAL, FMTSTR, ...) \
  sd_notifyf(0, "STATUS=" FMTSTR "\nEXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=%u\n", ##__VA_ARGS__, INTERVAL * 1000000)
/* sd_listen_fds_with_names added v227 however RHEL/Centos7 has v219, fallback to sd_listen_fds */
#ifndef HAVE_SYSTEMD_SD_LISTEN_FDS_WITH_NAMES
#define sd_listen_fds_with_names(FD, NAMES) sd_listen_fds(FD)
#endif

#else
#define sd_listen_fds(FD) (0)
#define sd_listen_fds_with_names(FD, NAMES) (0)
#define sd_is_socket_unix(FD, TYPE, LISTENING, PATH, SIZE) (0)
#define sd_is_socket_inet(FD, FAMILY, TYPE, LISTENING, PORT) (0)
#define SD_LISTEN_FDS_START (0)
#define sd_notify(X, Y)
#define sd_notifyf(E, F, ...)
#if defined (_WIN32) && !defined(EMBEDDED_LIBRARY)
  #define service_manager_extend_timeout(I, F, ...) \
    mysqld_win_extend_service_timeout(I)
#else
  #define service_manager_extend_timeout(I, FMTSTR, ...)
#endif
#endif

#endif /* MY_SERVICE_MANAGER_INCLUDED */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2016, 2020, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef ITEM_WINDOWFUNC_INCLUDED
#define ITEM_WINDOWFUNC_INCLUDED

#include "item.h"

class Window_spec;


int test_if_group_changed(List<Cached_item> &list);


/* A wrapper around test_if_group_changed */
class Group_bound_tracker
{
public:

  Group_bound_tracker(THD *thd, SQL_I_List<ORDER> *list)
  {
    for (ORDER *curr = list->first; curr; curr=curr->next)
    {
        Cached_item *tmp= new_Cached_item(thd, curr->item[0], TRUE);
        group_fields.push_back(tmp);
    }
  }

  void init()
  {
    first_check= true;
  }

  /*
    Check if the current row is in a different group than the previous row
    this function was called for.
    XXX: Side-effect: The new row's group becomes the current row's group.

    Returns true if there is a change between the current_group and the cached
    value, or if it is the first check after a call to init.
  */
  bool check_if_next_group()
  {
    if (test_if_group_changed(group_fields) > -1 || first_check)
    {
      first_check= false;
      return true;
    }
    return false;
  }

  /*
    Check if the current row is in a different group than the previous row
    check_if_next_group was called for.

    Compares the groups without the additional side effect of updating the
    current cached values.
  */
  int compare_with_cache()
  {
    List_iterator<Cached_item> li(group_fields);
    Cached_item *ptr;
    int res;
    while ((ptr= li++))
    {
      if ((res= ptr->cmp_read_only()))
        return res;
    }
    return 0;
  }
  ~Group_bound_tracker()
  {
    group_fields.delete_elements();
  }

private:
  List<Cached_item> group_fields;
  /*
    During the first check_if_next_group, the list of cached_items is not
    initialized. The compare function will return that the items match if
    the field's value is the same as the Cached_item's default value (0).
    This flag makes sure that we always return true during the first check.

    XXX This is better to be implemented within test_if_group_changed, but
    since it is used in other parts of the codebase, we keep it here for now.
  */
   bool first_check;
};

/*
  ROW_NUMBER() OVER (...)

  @detail
  - This is a Window function (not just an aggregate)
  - It can be computed by doing one pass over select output, provided 
    the output is sorted according to the window definition.
*/

class Item_sum_row_number: public Item_sum_int
{
  longlong count;

public:

  Item_sum_row_number(THD *thd)
    : Item_sum_int(thd),  count(0) {}

  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_slonglong; }

  void clear() override
  {
    count= 0;
  }

  bool add() override
  {
    count++;
    return false;
  }

  void reset_field() override { DBUG_ASSERT(0); }
  void update_field() override {}

  enum Sumfunctype sum_func() const override
  {
    return ROW_NUMBER_FUNC;
  }

  longlong val_int() override
  {
    return count;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("row_number") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_row_number>(thd, this); }
};


/*
  RANK() OVER (...) Windowing function

  @detail
  - This is a Window function (not just an aggregate)
  - It can be computed by doing one pass over select output, provided 
    the output is sorted according to the window definition.

  The function is defined as:

  "The rank of row R is defined as 1 (one) plus the number of rows that 
  precede R and are not peers of R"

  "This implies that if two or more rows are not distinct with respect to 
  the window ordering, then there will be one or more"
*/

class Item_sum_rank: public Item_sum_int
{
protected:
  longlong row_number; // just ROW_NUMBER()
  longlong cur_rank;   // current value

  Group_bound_tracker *peer_tracker;
public:

  Item_sum_rank(THD *thd) : Item_sum_int(thd), peer_tracker(NULL) {}

  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_slonglong; }

  void clear() override
  {
    /* This is called on partition start */
    cur_rank= 1;
    row_number= 0;
  }

  bool add() override;

  longlong val_int() override
  {
    return cur_rank;
  }

  void reset_field() override { DBUG_ASSERT(0); }
  void update_field() override {}

  enum Sumfunctype sum_func () const override
  {
    return RANK_FUNC;
  }

  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("rank") };
    return name;
  }

  void setup_window_func(THD *thd, Window_spec *window_spec) override;

  void cleanup() override
  {
    if (peer_tracker)
    {
      delete peer_tracker;
      peer_tracker= NULL;
    }
    Item_sum_int::cleanup();
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_rank>(thd, this); }
};


/*
  DENSE_RANK() OVER (...) Windowing function

  @detail
  - This is a Window function (not just an aggregate)
  - It can be computed by doing one pass over select output, provided 
    the output is sorted according to the window definition.

  The function is defined as:

  "If DENSE_RANK is specified, then the rank of row R is defined as the 
  number of rows preceding and including R that are distinct with respect 
  to the window ordering"

  "This implies that there are no gaps in the sequential rank numbering of
  rows in each window partition."
*/


class Item_sum_dense_rank: public Item_sum_int
{
  longlong dense_rank;
  bool first_add;
  Group_bound_tracker *peer_tracker;
 public:
  /*
     XXX(cvicentiu) This class could potentially be implemented in the rank
     class, with a switch for the DENSE case.
  */
  void clear() override
  {
    dense_rank= 0;
    first_add= true;
  }
  bool add() override;
  void reset_field() override { DBUG_ASSERT(0); }
  void update_field() override {}
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    return dense_rank;
  }

  Item_sum_dense_rank(THD *thd)
    : Item_sum_int(thd), dense_rank(0), first_add(true), peer_tracker(NULL) {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_slonglong; }
  enum Sumfunctype sum_func () const override
  {
    return DENSE_RANK_FUNC;
  }

  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("dense_rank") };
    return name;
  }

  void setup_window_func(THD *thd, Window_spec *window_spec) override;

  void cleanup() override
  {
    if (peer_tracker)
    {
      delete peer_tracker;
      peer_tracker= NULL;
    }
    Item_sum_int::cleanup();
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_dense_rank>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_sum_hybrid_simple : public Item_sum_hybrid
{
 public:
  Item_sum_hybrid_simple(THD *thd, Item *arg):
   Item_sum_hybrid(thd, arg),
   value(NULL)
  { }

  Item_sum_hybrid_simple(THD *thd, Item *arg1, Item *arg2):
   Item_sum_hybrid(thd, arg1, arg2),
   value(NULL)
  { }

  bool add() override;
  bool fix_fields(THD *, Item **) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  void setup_hybrid(THD *thd, Item *item);
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  void reset_field() override;
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return Type_handler_hybrid_field_type::type_handler(); }
  void update_field() override;
  Field *create_tmp_field(MEM_ROOT *root, bool group, TABLE *table) override;
  void clear() override
  {
    value->clear();
    null_value= 1;
  }

 private:
  Item_cache *value;
};

/*
   This item will remember the first value added to it. It will not update
   the value unless it is cleared.
*/
class Item_sum_first_value : public Item_sum_hybrid_simple
{
 public:
  Item_sum_first_value(THD* thd, Item* arg_expr) :
    Item_sum_hybrid_simple(thd, arg_expr) {}


  enum Sumfunctype sum_func () const override
  {
    return FIRST_VALUE_FUNC;
  }

  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("first_value") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_first_value>(thd, this); }
};

/*
   This item will remember the last value added to it.

   This item does not support removal, and can be cleared only by calling
   clear().
*/
class Item_sum_last_value : public Item_sum_hybrid_simple
{
 public:
  Item_sum_last_value(THD* thd, Item* arg_expr) :
    Item_sum_hybrid_simple(thd, arg_expr) {}

  enum Sumfunctype sum_func() const override
  {
    return LAST_VALUE_FUNC;
  }

  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("last_value") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_last_value>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_sum_nth_value : public Item_sum_hybrid_simple
{
 public:
  Item_sum_nth_value(THD *thd, Item *arg_expr, Item* offset_expr) :
    Item_sum_hybrid_simple(thd, arg_expr, offset_expr) {}

  enum Sumfunctype sum_func() const override
  {
    return NTH_VALUE_FUNC;
  }

  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("nth_value") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_nth_value>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_sum_lead : public Item_sum_hybrid_simple
{
 public:
  Item_sum_lead(THD *thd, Item *arg_expr, Item* offset_expr) :
    Item_sum_hybrid_simple(thd, arg_expr, offset_expr) {}

  enum Sumfunctype sum_func() const override
  {
    return LEAD_FUNC;
  }

  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("lead") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_lead>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_sum_lag : public Item_sum_hybrid_simple
{
 public:
  Item_sum_lag(THD *thd, Item *arg_expr, Item* offset_expr) :
    Item_sum_hybrid_simple(thd, arg_expr, offset_expr) {}

  enum Sumfunctype sum_func() const override
  {
    return LAG_FUNC;
  }

  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("lag") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_lag>(thd, this); }
};


class Partition_row_count
{
public:
  Partition_row_count() :partition_row_count_(0) { }
  void set_partition_row_count(ulonglong count)
  {
    partition_row_count_ = count;
  }
  double calc_val_real(bool *null_value,
                       ulonglong current_row_count)
  {
    if ((*null_value= (partition_row_count_ == 0)))
      return 0;
    return static_cast<double>(current_row_count) / partition_row_count_;
  }
protected:
  longlong get_row_count() { return partition_row_count_; }
  ulonglong partition_row_count_;
};


class Current_row_count
{
public:
  Current_row_count() :current_row_count_(0) { }
protected:
  ulonglong get_row_number() { return current_row_count_ ; }
  ulonglong current_row_count_;
};


/*
  @detail
  "The relative rank of a row R is defined as (RK-1)/(NR-1), where RK is 
  defined to be the RANK of R and NR is defined to be the number of rows in
  the window partition of R."

  Computation of this function requires two passes:
  - First pass to find #rows in the partition
    This is held within the row_count context.
  - Second pass to compute rank of current row and the value of the function
*/
class Item_sum_percent_rank: public Item_sum_double,
                             public Partition_row_count
{
 public:
  Item_sum_percent_rank(THD *thd)
    : Item_sum_double(thd), cur_rank(1), peer_tracker(NULL) {}

  longlong val_int() override
  {
   /*
      Percent rank is a real value so calling the integer value should never
      happen. It makes no sense as it gets truncated to either 0 or 1.
   */
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return 0;
  }

  double val_real() override
  {
   /*
     We can not get the real value without knowing the number of rows
     in the partition. Don't divide by 0.
   */
   ulonglong partition_rows = get_row_count();
   null_value= partition_rows > 0 ? false : true;

   return partition_rows > 1 ?
             static_cast<double>(cur_rank - 1) / (partition_rows - 1) : 0;
  }

  enum Sumfunctype sum_func () const override
  {
    return PERCENT_RANK_FUNC;
  }

  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("percent_rank") };
    return name;
  }

  void update_field() override {}

  void clear() override
  {
    cur_rank= 1;
    row_number= 0;
  }
  bool add() override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_double; }

  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals = 10;  // TODO-cvicentiu find out how many decimals the standard
                    // requires.
    return FALSE;
  }

  void setup_window_func(THD *thd, Window_spec *window_spec) override;

  void reset_field() override { DBUG_ASSERT(0); }

  void set_partition_row_count(ulonglong count) override
  {
    Partition_row_count::set_partition_row_count(count);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_percent_rank>(thd, this); }

 private:
  longlong cur_rank;   // Current rank of the current row.
  longlong row_number; // Value if this were ROW_NUMBER() function.

  Group_bound_tracker *peer_tracker;

  void cleanup() override
  {
    if (peer_tracker)
    {
      delete peer_tracker;
      peer_tracker= NULL;
    }
    Item_sum_num::cleanup();
  }
};




/*
  @detail
  "The relative rank of a row R is defined as NP/NR, where 
  - NP is defined to be the number of rows preceding or peer with R in the 
    window ordering of the window partition of R
  - NR is defined to be the number of rows in the window partition of R.

  Just like with Item_sum_percent_rank, computation of this function requires
  two passes.
*/

class Item_sum_cume_dist: public Item_sum_double,
                          public Partition_row_count,
                          public Current_row_count
{
 public:
  Item_sum_cume_dist(THD *thd) :Item_sum_double(thd) { }
  Item_sum_cume_dist(THD *thd, Item *arg) :Item_sum_double(thd, arg) { }

  double val_real() override
  {
    return calc_val_real(&null_value, current_row_count_);
  }

  bool add() override
  {
    current_row_count_++;
    return false;
  }

  enum Sumfunctype sum_func() const override
  {
    return CUME_DIST_FUNC;
  }

  void clear() override
  {
    current_row_count_= 0;
    partition_row_count_= 0;
  }

  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("cume_dist") };
    return name;
  }

  void update_field() override {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_double; }

  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals = 10;  // TODO-cvicentiu find out how many decimals the standard
                    // requires.
    return FALSE;
  }
  
  void reset_field() override { DBUG_ASSERT(0); }

  void set_partition_row_count(ulonglong count) override
  {
    Partition_row_count::set_partition_row_count(count);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_cume_dist>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_sum_ntile : public Item_sum_int,
                       public Partition_row_count,
                       public Current_row_count
{
 public:
  Item_sum_ntile(THD* thd, Item* num_quantiles_expr) :
    Item_sum_int(thd, num_quantiles_expr), n_old_val_(0)
  { }

  longlong val_int() override
  {
    if (get_row_count() == 0)
    {
      null_value= true;
      return 0;
    }

    longlong num_quantiles= get_num_quantiles();

    if (num_quantiles <= 0 || 
      (static_cast<ulonglong>(num_quantiles) != n_old_val_ && n_old_val_ > 0))
    {
      my_error(ER_INVALID_NTILE_ARGUMENT, MYF(0));
      return true;
    }
    n_old_val_= static_cast<ulonglong>(num_quantiles);
    null_value= false;
    ulonglong quantile_size = get_row_count() / num_quantiles;
    ulonglong extra_rows = get_row_count() - quantile_size * num_quantiles;

    if (current_row_count_ <= extra_rows * (quantile_size + 1))
      return (current_row_count_ - 1) / (quantile_size + 1) + 1;

    return (current_row_count_ - 1 - extra_rows) / quantile_size + 1;
  }

  bool add() override
  {
    current_row_count_++;
    return false;
  }

  enum Sumfunctype sum_func() const override
  {
    return NTILE_FUNC;
  }

  void clear() override
  {
    current_row_count_= 0;
    partition_row_count_= 0;
    n_old_val_= 0;
  }

  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("ntile") };
    return name;
  }

  void update_field() override {}

  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_slonglong; }

  void reset_field() override { DBUG_ASSERT(0); }

  void set_partition_row_count(ulonglong count) override
  {
    Partition_row_count::set_partition_row_count(count);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_ntile>(thd, this); }

 private:
  longlong get_num_quantiles() { return args[0]->val_int(); }
  ulonglong n_old_val_;
};

class Item_sum_percentile_disc : public Item_sum_num,
                                 public Type_handler_hybrid_field_type,
                                 public Partition_row_count,
                                 public Current_row_count
{
public:
  Item_sum_percentile_disc(THD *thd, Item* arg) : Item_sum_num(thd, arg),
                           Type_handler_hybrid_field_type(&type_handler_slonglong),
                           value(NULL), val_calculated(FALSE), first_call(TRUE),
                           prev_value(0), order_item(NULL){}

  double val_real() override
  {
    if (get_row_count() == 0 || get_arg(0)->is_null())
    {
      null_value= true;
      return 0;
    }
    null_value= false;
    return value->val_real();
  }

  longlong val_int() override
  {
    if (get_row_count() == 0 || get_arg(0)->is_null())
    {
      null_value= true;
      return 0;
    }
    null_value= false;
    return value->val_int();
  }

  my_decimal* val_decimal(my_decimal* dec) override
  {
    if (get_row_count() == 0 || get_arg(0)->is_null())
    {
      null_value= true;
      return 0;
    }
    null_value= false;
    return value->val_decimal(dec);
  }

  String* val_str(String *str) override
  {
    if (get_row_count() == 0 || get_arg(0)->is_null())
    {
      null_value= true;
      return 0;
    }
    null_value= false;
    return value->val_str(str);
  }

  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    if (get_row_count() == 0 || get_arg(0)->is_null())
    {
      null_value= true;
      return true;
    }
    null_value= false;
    return value->get_date(thd, ltime, fuzzydate);
  }

  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override
  {
    if (get_row_count() == 0 || get_arg(0)->is_null())
    {
      null_value= true;
      return true;
    }
    null_value= false;
    return value->val_native(thd, to);
  }

  bool add() override
  {
    Item *arg= get_arg(0);
    if (arg->is_null())
      return false;

    if (first_call)
    {
      prev_value= arg->val_real();
      if (prev_value > 1 || prev_value < 0)
      {
        my_error(ER_ARGUMENT_OUT_OF_RANGE, MYF(0), func_name());
        return true;
      }
      first_call= false;
    }

    double arg_val= arg->val_real();

    if (prev_value != arg_val)
    {
      my_error(ER_ARGUMENT_NOT_CONSTANT, MYF(0), func_name());
      return true;
    }

    if (val_calculated)
      return false;

    value->store(order_item);
    value->cache_value();
    if (value->null_value)
      return false;

    current_row_count_++;
    double val= calc_val_real(&null_value, current_row_count_);

    if (val >= prev_value && !val_calculated)
      val_calculated= true;
    return false;
  }

  enum Sumfunctype sum_func() const override
  {
    return PERCENTILE_DISC_FUNC;
  }

  void clear() override
  {
    val_calculated= false;
    first_call= true;
    value->clear();
    partition_row_count_= 0;
    current_row_count_= 0;
  }

  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("percentile_disc") };
    return name;
  }

  void update_field() override {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {return Type_handler_hybrid_field_type::type_handler();}

  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals = 10;  // TODO-cvicentiu find out how many decimals the standard
                    // requires.
    return FALSE;
  }

  void reset_field() override { DBUG_ASSERT(0); }

  void set_partition_row_count(ulonglong count) override
  {
    Partition_row_count::set_partition_row_count(count);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_percentile_disc>(thd, this); }

public:
  void setup_window_func(THD *thd, Window_spec *window_spec) override;
  void setup_hybrid(THD *thd, Item *item);
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;

private:
  Item_cache *value;
  bool val_calculated;
  bool first_call;
  double prev_value;
  Item *order_item;
};

class Item_sum_percentile_cont : public Item_sum_double,
                                 public Partition_row_count,
                                 public Current_row_count
{
public:
  Item_sum_percentile_cont(THD *thd, Item* arg) : Item_sum_double(thd, arg),
                           floor_value(NULL), ceil_value(NULL), first_call(TRUE),prev_value(0),
                           ceil_val_calculated(FALSE), floor_val_calculated(FALSE), order_item(NULL){}

  double val_real() override
  {
    if (get_row_count() == 0 || get_arg(0)->is_null())
    {
      null_value= true;
      return 0;
    }
    null_value= false;
    double val= 1 + prev_value * (get_row_count()-1);

    /*
      Applying the formula to get the value
      If (CRN = FRN = RN) then the result is (value of expression from row at RN)
      Otherwise the result is
      (CRN - RN) * (value of expression for row at FRN) +
      (RN - FRN) * (value of expression for row at CRN)
    */

    if(ceil(val) == floor(val))
      return floor_value->val_real();

    double ret_val=  ((val - floor(val)) * ceil_value->val_real()) +
                  ((ceil(val) - val) * floor_value->val_real());

    return ret_val;
  }

  bool add() override
  {
    Item *arg= get_arg(0);
    if (arg->is_null())
      return false;

    if (first_call)
    {
      first_call= false;
      prev_value= arg->val_real();
      if (prev_value > 1 || prev_value < 0)
      {
        my_error(ER_ARGUMENT_OUT_OF_RANGE, MYF(0), func_name());
        return true;
      }
    }

    double arg_val= arg->val_real();
    if (prev_value != arg_val)
    {
      my_error(ER_ARGUMENT_NOT_CONSTANT, MYF(0), func_name());
      return true;
    }

    if (!floor_val_calculated)
    {
      floor_value->store(order_item);
      floor_value->cache_value();
      if (floor_value->null_value)
        return false;
    }
    if (floor_val_calculated && !ceil_val_calculated)
    {
      ceil_value->store(order_item);
      ceil_value->cache_value();
      if (ceil_value->null_value)
        return false;
    }

    current_row_count_++;
    double val= 1 + prev_value * (get_row_count()-1);

    if (!floor_val_calculated && get_row_number() == floor(val))
      floor_val_calculated= true;

    if (!ceil_val_calculated && get_row_number() == ceil(val))
      ceil_val_calculated= true;
    return false;
  }

  enum Sumfunctype sum_func() const override
  {
    return PERCENTILE_CONT_FUNC;
  }

  void clear() override
  {
    first_call= true;
    floor_value->clear();
    ceil_value->clear();
    floor_val_calculated= false;
    ceil_val_calculated= false;
    partition_row_count_= 0;
    current_row_count_= 0;
  }

  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("percentile_cont") };
    return name;
  }
  void update_field() override {}

  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals = 10;  // TODO-cvicentiu find out how many decimals the standard
                    // requires.
    return FALSE;
  }

  void reset_field() override { DBUG_ASSERT(0); }

  void set_partition_row_count(ulonglong count) override
  {
    Partition_row_count::set_partition_row_count(count);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_sum_percentile_cont>(thd, this); }

public:
  void setup_window_func(THD *thd, Window_spec *window_spec) override;
  void setup_hybrid(THD *thd, Item *item);
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;

private:
  Item_cache *floor_value;
  Item_cache *ceil_value;
  bool first_call;
  double prev_value;
  bool ceil_val_calculated;
  bool floor_val_calculated;
  Item *order_item;
};




class Item_window_func : public Item_func_or_sum
{
  /* Window function parameters as we've got them from the parser */
public:
  LEX_CSTRING *window_name;
public:
  Window_spec *window_spec;
  
public:
  Item_window_func(THD *thd, Item_sum *win_func, LEX_CSTRING *win_name)
    : Item_func_or_sum(thd, (Item *) win_func),
      window_name(win_name), window_spec(NULL), 
      force_return_blank(true),
      read_value_from_result_field(false) {}

  Item_window_func(THD *thd, Item_sum *win_func, Window_spec *win_spec)
    : Item_func_or_sum(thd, (Item *) win_func), 
      window_name(NULL), window_spec(win_spec), 
      force_return_blank(true),
      read_value_from_result_field(false) {}

  Item_sum *window_func() const { return (Item_sum *) args[0]; }

  void update_used_tables() override;

  /*
    This is used by filesort to mark the columns it needs to read (because they
    participate in the sort criteria and/or row retrieval. Window functions can
    only be used in sort criteria).

    Sorting by window function value is only done after the window functions
    have been computed. In that case, window function will need to read its
    temp.table field. In order to allow that, mark that field in the read_set.
  */
  bool register_field_in_read_map(void *arg) override
  {
    TABLE *table= (TABLE*) arg;
    if (result_field && (result_field->table == table || !table))
    {
      bitmap_set_bit(result_field->table->read_set, result_field->field_index);
    }
    return 0;
  }

  bool is_frame_prohibited() const
  {
    switch (window_func()->sum_func()) {
    case Item_sum::ROW_NUMBER_FUNC:
    case Item_sum::RANK_FUNC:
    case Item_sum::DENSE_RANK_FUNC:
    case Item_sum::PERCENT_RANK_FUNC:
    case Item_sum::CUME_DIST_FUNC:
    case Item_sum::NTILE_FUNC:
    case Item_sum::PERCENTILE_CONT_FUNC:
    case Item_sum::PERCENTILE_DISC_FUNC:
      return true;
    default: 
      return false;
    }
  }

  bool requires_special_cursors() const
  {
    switch (window_func()->sum_func()) {
    case Item_sum::FIRST_VALUE_FUNC:
    case Item_sum::LAST_VALUE_FUNC:
    case Item_sum::NTH_VALUE_FUNC:
    case Item_sum::LAG_FUNC:
    case Item_sum::LEAD_FUNC:
      return true;
    default:
      return false;
    }
  }

  bool requires_partition_size() const
  {
    switch (window_func()->sum_func()) {
    case Item_sum::PERCENT_RANK_FUNC:
    case Item_sum::CUME_DIST_FUNC:
    case Item_sum::NTILE_FUNC:
    case Item_sum::PERCENTILE_CONT_FUNC:
    case Item_sum::PERCENTILE_DISC_FUNC:
      return true;
    default:
      return false;
    }
  }

  bool requires_peer_size() const
  {
    switch (window_func()->sum_func()) {
    case Item_sum::CUME_DIST_FUNC:
      return true;
    default:
      return false;
    }
  }

  bool is_order_list_mandatory() const
  {
    switch (window_func()->sum_func()) {
    case Item_sum::RANK_FUNC:
    case Item_sum::DENSE_RANK_FUNC:
    case Item_sum::PERCENT_RANK_FUNC:
    case Item_sum::CUME_DIST_FUNC:
    case Item_sum::LAG_FUNC:
    case Item_sum::LEAD_FUNC:
    case Item_sum::PERCENTILE_CONT_FUNC:
    case Item_sum::PERCENTILE_DISC_FUNC:
      return true;
    default: 
      return false;
    }
  }  

  bool only_single_element_order_list() const
  {
    switch (window_func()->sum_func()){
    case Item_sum::PERCENTILE_CONT_FUNC:
    case Item_sum::PERCENTILE_DISC_FUNC:
      return true;
    default:
      return false;
    }
  }

  bool check_result_type_of_order_item();



  /*
    Computation functions.
    TODO: consoder merging these with class Group_bound_tracker.
  */
  void setup_partition_border_check(THD *thd);

  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    return ((Item_sum *) args[0])->type_handler();
  }
  enum Item::Type type() const override { return Item::WINDOW_FUNC_ITEM; }

private:
  /* 
    Window functions are very special functions, so val_() methods have
    special meaning for them:

    - Phase#1, "Initial" we run the join and put its result into temporary 
      table. For window functions, we write the default value (NULL?) as 
      a placeholder.
      
    - Phase#2: "Computation": executor does the scan in {PARTITION, ORDER BY} 
      order of this window function. It calls appropriate methods to inform 
      the window function about rows entering/leaving the window. 
      It calls window_func()->val_int() so that current window function value
      can be saved and stored in the temp.table.

    - Phase#3: "Retrieval" the temporary table is read and passed to query 
      output. However, Item_window_func still remains in the select list,
      so item_windowfunc->val_int() will be called.
      During Phase#3, read_value_from_result_field= true.
  */
  bool force_return_blank;
  bool read_value_from_result_field;
  void print_for_percentile_functions(String *str, enum_query_type query_type);

public:
  void set_phase_to_initial()
  {
    force_return_blank= true;
    read_value_from_result_field= false;
  }
  void set_phase_to_computation()
  {
    force_return_blank= false;
    read_value_from_result_field= false;
  }
  void set_phase_to_retrieval()
  {
    force_return_blank= false;
    read_value_from_result_field= true;
  }

  bool is_null() override
  {
    if (force_return_blank)
      return true;

    if (read_value_from_result_field)
      return result_field->is_null();

    return window_func()->is_null();
  }

  double val_real() override 
  {
    double res;
    if (force_return_blank)
    {
      res= 0.0;
      null_value= true;
    }
    else if (read_value_from_result_field)
    {
      res= result_field->val_real();
      null_value= result_field->is_null();
    }
    else
    {
      res= window_func()->val_real();
      null_value= window_func()->null_value;
    }
    return res;
  }

  longlong val_int() override
  {
    longlong res;
    if (force_return_blank)
    {
      res= 0;
      null_value= true;
    }
    else if (read_value_from_result_field)
    {
      res= result_field->val_int();
      null_value= result_field->is_null();
    }
    else
    {
      res= window_func()->val_int();
      null_value= window_func()->null_value;
    }
    return res;
  }

  String* val_str(String* str) override
  {
    String *res;
    if (force_return_blank)
    {
      null_value= true;
      res= NULL;
    }
    else if (read_value_from_result_field)
    {
      if ((null_value= result_field->is_null()))
        res= NULL;
      else
        res= result_field->val_str(str);
    }
    else
    {
      res= window_func()->val_str(str);
      null_value= window_func()->null_value;
    }
    return res;
  }

  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override
  {
    if (force_return_blank)
      return null_value= true;
    if (read_value_from_result_field)
      return val_native_from_field(result_field, to);
    return val_native_from_item(thd, window_func(), to);
  }

  my_decimal* val_decimal(my_decimal* dec) override
  {
    my_decimal *res;
    if (force_return_blank)
    {
      null_value= true;
      res= NULL;
    }
    else if (read_value_from_result_field)
    {
      if ((null_value= result_field->is_null()))
        res= NULL;
      else
        res= result_field->val_decimal(dec);
    }
    else
    {
      res= window_func()->val_decimal(dec);
      null_value= window_func()->null_value;
    }
    return res;
  }

  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    bool res;
    if (force_return_blank)
    {
      null_value= true;
      res= true;
    }
    else if (read_value_from_result_field)
    {
      if ((null_value= result_field->is_null()))
        res= true;
      else
        res= result_field->get_date(ltime, fuzzydate);
    }
    else
    {
      res= window_func()->get_date(thd, ltime, fuzzydate);
      null_value= window_func()->null_value;
    }
    return res;
  }

  void split_sum_func(THD *thd, Ref_ptr_array ref_pointer_array,
                              List<Item> &fields, uint flags) override;

  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    Type_std_attributes::set(window_func());
    return FALSE;
  }

  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("WF") };
    return name;
  }

  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;

  bool resolve_window_name(THD *thd);
  
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override { return nullptr; }
};

#endif /* ITEM_WINDOWFUNC_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_REPL_INCLUDED
#define SQL_REPL_INCLUDED

#include "rpl_filter.h"

#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
#include "slave.h"

struct slave_connection_state;

extern my_bool opt_show_slave_auth_info;
extern char *master_host, *master_info_file;

extern int max_binlog_dump_events;
extern my_bool opt_sporadic_binlog_dump_fail;

int start_slave(THD* thd, Master_info* mi, bool net_report);
int stop_slave(THD* thd, Master_info* mi, bool net_report);
bool change_master(THD* thd, Master_info* mi, bool *master_info_added);
bool mysql_show_binlog_events(THD* thd);
int reset_slave(THD *thd, Master_info* mi);
int reset_master(THD* thd, rpl_gtid *init_state, uint32 init_state_len,
                 ulong next_log_number);
bool purge_master_logs(THD* thd, const char* to_log);
bool purge_master_logs_before_date(THD* thd, time_t purge_time);
int log_in_use(const char* log_name, uint min_connections);
void adjust_linfo_offsets(my_off_t purge_offset);
void show_binlogs_get_fields(THD *thd, List<Item> *field_list);
bool show_binlogs(THD* thd);
extern int init_master_info(Master_info* mi);
bool kill_zombie_dump_threads(THD *thd, uint32 slave_server_id);
int check_binlog_magic(IO_CACHE* log, const char** errmsg);
int compare_log_name(const char *log_1, const char *log_2);

struct LOAD_FILE_IO_CACHE : public IO_CACHE
{
  THD* thd;
  my_off_t last_pos_in_file;
  bool wrote_create_file, log_delayed;
  int (*real_read_function)(struct st_io_cache *,uchar *,size_t);
};

int log_loaded_block(IO_CACHE* file, uchar *Buffer, size_t Count);
int init_replication_sys_vars();
void mysql_binlog_send(THD* thd, char* log_ident, my_off_t pos, ushort flags);

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE
extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_slave_state, key_LOCK_binlog_state;
#endif
void rpl_init_gtid_slave_state();
void rpl_deinit_gtid_slave_state();
void rpl_init_gtid_waiting();
void rpl_deinit_gtid_waiting();
int gtid_state_from_binlog_pos(const char *name, uint32 pos, String *out_str);
int rpl_append_gtid_state(String *dest, bool use_binlog);
int rpl_load_gtid_state(slave_connection_state *state, bool use_binlog);
bool rpl_gtid_pos_check(THD *thd, char *str, size_t len);
bool rpl_gtid_pos_update(THD *thd, char *str, size_t len);
#else

struct LOAD_FILE_IO_CACHE : public IO_CACHE { };

#endif /* HAVE_REPLICATION */

#endif /* SQL_REPL_INCLUDED */
#ifndef LEX_IDENT_INCLUDED
#define LEX_IDENT_INCLUDED
/*
   Copyright (c) 2023, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
   as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of
   the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA
*/

#include "char_buffer.h"

extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT CHARSET_INFO *table_alias_charset;

/*
  Identifiers for the database objects stored on disk,
  e.g. databases, tables, triggers.
*/
class Lex_ident_fs: public LEX_CSTRING
{
public:
  Lex_ident_fs()
   :LEX_CSTRING({0,0})
  { }
  Lex_ident_fs(const char *str, size_t length)
   :LEX_CSTRING({str, length})
  { }
  explicit Lex_ident_fs(const LEX_CSTRING &str)
   :LEX_CSTRING(str)
  { }
  static bool check_body(const char *name, size_t length,
                         bool disallow_path_chars);
  bool check_db_name() const;
  bool check_db_name_with_error() const;
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  bool is_in_lower_case() const;
  bool ok_for_lower_case_names() const;
#endif
#if MYSQL_VERSION_ID<=110501
private:
  static bool is_valid_ident(const LEX_CSTRING &str)
  {
    // NULL identifier, or 0-terminated identifier
    return (str.str == NULL && str.length == 0) || str.str[str.length] == 0;
  }
public:
  static CHARSET_INFO *charset_info()
  {
    return table_alias_charset;
  }
  bool streq(const LEX_CSTRING &rhs) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_ident(*this));
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_valid_ident(rhs));
    return length == rhs.length &&
           my_strcasecmp(charset_info(), str, rhs.str) == 0;
  }
#else
/*
  Starting from 11.5.1 streq() is inherited from the base.
  The above implementations of
  charset_info(), streq() and is_valid_ident() should be removed.
*/
#error Remove streq() above.
#endif // MYSQL_VERSION_ID<=110501
};


/**
  A valid database name identifier,
  checked with check_db_name().
  It's not known if it was lower-cased or is
  in the user typed way.
*/
class Lex_ident_db: public Lex_ident_fs
{
  bool is_null() const
  {
    return length == 0 && str == NULL;
  }
  // {empty_c_string,0} is used by derived tables
  bool is_empty() const
  {
    return length == 0 && str != NULL;
  }
public:
  Lex_ident_db()
   :Lex_ident_fs(NULL, 0)
  { }
  explicit Lex_ident_db(const LEX_CSTRING &str)
   :Lex_ident_fs(str)
  {
    DBUG_SLOW_ASSERT(is_null() || is_empty() || !check_db_name());
  }
  Lex_ident_db(const char *str, size_t length)
   :Lex_ident_fs(str, length)
  {
    DBUG_SLOW_ASSERT(is_null() || is_empty() || !check_db_name());
  }
};


/**
  A normalized database name:
  - checked with check_db_name()
  - lower-cased if lower_case_table_names>0
*/
class Lex_ident_db_normalized: public Lex_ident_db
{
public:
  Lex_ident_db_normalized(const char *str, size_t length)
   :Lex_ident_db(str, length)
  {
    DBUG_SLOW_ASSERT(ok_for_lower_case_names());
  }
  explicit Lex_ident_db_normalized(const LEX_CSTRING &str)
   :Lex_ident_db(str.str, str.length)
  {
    DBUG_SLOW_ASSERT(ok_for_lower_case_names());
  }
};


class Lex_ident_table: public Lex_ident_fs
{
public:
  using Lex_ident_fs::Lex_ident_fs;
};


template<size_t buff_sz>
class IdentBuffer: public CharBuffer<buff_sz>
{
  constexpr static CHARSET_INFO *charset()
  {
    return &my_charset_utf8mb3_general_ci;
  }
public:
  IdentBuffer()
  { }
  IdentBuffer<buff_sz> & copy_casedn(const LEX_CSTRING &str)
  {
    CharBuffer<buff_sz>::copy_casedn(charset(), str);
    return *this;
  }
};


template<size_t buff_sz>
class IdentBufferCasedn: public IdentBuffer<buff_sz>
{
public:
  IdentBufferCasedn(const LEX_CSTRING &str)
  {
    IdentBuffer<buff_sz>::copy_casedn(str);
  }
};


/*
  A helper class to store temporary database names in a buffer.
  After constructing it's typically should be checked using
  Lex_ident_fs::check_db_name().

  Note, the database name passed to the constructor can originally
  come from the parser and can be of an atribtrary long length.
  Let's reserve additional buffer space for one extra character
  (SYSTEM_CHARSET_MBMAXLEN bytes), so check_db_name() can still
  detect too long names even if the constructor cuts the data.
*/
class DBNameBuffer: public CharBuffer<SAFE_NAME_LEN + MY_CS_MBMAXLEN>
{
public:
  DBNameBuffer()
  { }
  DBNameBuffer(const LEX_CSTRING &db, bool casedn)
  {
    copy_casedn(&my_charset_utf8mb3_general_ci, db, casedn);
  }
  Lex_ident_db to_lex_ident_db() const
  {
    const LEX_CSTRING tmp= to_lex_cstring();
    if (Lex_ident_fs(tmp).check_db_name())
      return Lex_ident_db();
    return Lex_ident_db(tmp.str, tmp.length);
  }
  Lex_ident_db to_lex_ident_db_with_error() const
  {
    const LEX_CSTRING tmp= to_lex_cstring();
    if (Lex_ident_fs(tmp).check_db_name_with_error())
      return Lex_ident_db();
    return Lex_ident_db(tmp.str, tmp.length);
  }
};


#endif // LEX_IDENT_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef RPL_REPORTING_H
#define RPL_REPORTING_H

#include <my_sys.h>                             /* loglevel */

/**
   Maximum size of an error message from a slave thread.
 */
#define MAX_SLAVE_ERRMSG      1024

/**
   Mix-in to handle the message logging and reporting for relay log
   info and master log info structures.

   By inheriting from this class, the class is imbued with
   capabilities to do slave reporting.
 */
class Slave_reporting_capability
{
public:
  /** lock used to synchronize m_last_error on 'SHOW SLAVE STATUS' **/
  mutable mysql_mutex_t err_lock;
  /**
     Constructor.

     @param thread_name Printable name of the slave thread that is reporting.
   */
  Slave_reporting_capability(char const *thread_name);
  mutable my_thread_id err_thread_id;

  /**
     Writes a message and, if it's an error message, to Last_Error
     (which will be displayed by SHOW SLAVE STATUS).

     @param level       The severity level
     @param err_code    The error code
     @param msg         The message (usually related to the error
                        code, but can contain more information), in
                        printf() format.
  */
  void report(loglevel level, int err_code, const char *extra_info,
              const char *msg, ...) const
    ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(printf, 5, 6);

  /**
     Clear errors. They will not show up under <code>SHOW SLAVE
     STATUS</code>.
   */
  void clear_error() {
    mysql_mutex_lock(&err_lock);
    m_last_error.clear();
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&err_lock);
  }

  /**
     Error information structure.
   */
  class Error {
    friend class Slave_reporting_capability;
  public:
    Error()
    {
      clear();
    }

    void clear()
    {
      number= 0;
      message[0]= '\0';
      timestamp[0]= '\0';
    }
    void update_timestamp()
    {
      struct tm tm_tmp;
      struct tm *start;

      skr= my_time(0);
      localtime_r(&skr, &tm_tmp);
      start=&tm_tmp;

      snprintf(timestamp, sizeof(timestamp), "%02d%02d%02d %02d:%02d:%02d",
               start->tm_year % 100,
               start->tm_mon+1,
               start->tm_mday,
               start->tm_hour,
               start->tm_min,
               start->tm_sec);
      timestamp[15]= '\0';
    }

    /** Error code */
    uint32 number;
    /** Error message */
    char message[MAX_SLAVE_ERRMSG];
    /** Error timestamp as string */
    char timestamp[64];
    /** Error timestamp as time_t variable. Used in performance_schema */
    time_t skr;
  };

  Error const& last_error() const { return m_last_error; }

  virtual ~Slave_reporting_capability()= 0;
private:
  /**
     Last error produced by the I/O or SQL thread respectively.
   */
  mutable Error m_last_error;

  char const *const m_thread_name;

  // not implemented
  Slave_reporting_capability(const Slave_reporting_capability& rhs);
  Slave_reporting_capability& operator=(const Slave_reporting_capability& rhs);
};

#endif // RPL_REPORTING_H

#ifndef SQL_PREPARE_H
#define SQL_PREPARE_H
/* Copyright (c) 1995-2008 MySQL AB, 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
   Use is subject to license terms.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#include "sql_error.h"


#define LAST_STMT_ID 0xFFFFFFFF
#define STMT_ID_MASK 0x7FFFFFFF

class THD;
struct LEX;

/**
  An interface that is used to take an action when
  the locking module notices that a table version has changed
  since the last execution. "Table" here may refer to any kind of
  table -- a base table, a temporary table, a view or an
  information schema table.

  When we open and lock tables for execution of a prepared
  statement, we must verify that they did not change
  since statement prepare. If some table did change, the statement
  parse tree *may* be no longer valid, e.g. in case it contains
  optimizations that depend on table metadata.

  This class provides an interface (a method) that is
  invoked when such a situation takes place.
  The implementation of the method simply reports an error, but
  the exact details depend on the nature of the SQL statement.

  At most 1 instance of this class is active at a time, in which
  case THD::m_reprepare_observer is not NULL.

  @sa check_and_update_table_version() for details of the
  version tracking algorithm 

  @sa Open_tables_state::m_reprepare_observer for the life cycle
  of metadata observers.
*/

class Reprepare_observer
{
public:
  /**
    Check if a change of metadata is OK. In future
    the signature of this method may be extended to accept the old
    and the new versions, but since currently the check is very
    simple, we only need the THD to report an error.
  */
  bool report_error(THD *thd);
  bool is_invalidated() const { return m_invalidated; }
  void reset_reprepare_observer() { m_invalidated= FALSE; }

  bool can_retry() const
  {
    // The method must be called only for a statement that is invalidated
    assert(is_invalidated());
    return m_attempt <= MAX_REPREPARE_ATTEMPTS;
  }

private:
  bool m_invalidated{false};
  int m_attempt{0};

  static const int MAX_REPREPARE_ATTEMPTS= 3;
};


void mysqld_stmt_prepare(THD *thd, const char *packet, uint packet_length);
void mysqld_stmt_execute(THD *thd, char *packet, uint packet_length);
void mysqld_stmt_execute_bulk(THD *thd, char *packet, uint packet_length);
void mysqld_stmt_bulk_execute(THD *thd, char *packet, uint packet_length);
void mysqld_stmt_close(THD *thd, char *packet);
void mysql_sql_stmt_prepare(THD *thd);
void mysql_sql_stmt_execute(THD *thd);
void mysql_sql_stmt_execute_immediate(THD *thd);
void mysql_sql_stmt_close(THD *thd);
void mysqld_stmt_fetch(THD *thd, char *packet, uint packet_length);
void mysqld_stmt_reset(THD *thd, char *packet);
void mysql_stmt_get_longdata(THD *thd, char *pos, ulong packet_length);
void reinit_stmt_before_use(THD *thd, LEX *lex);

my_bool bulk_parameters_iterations(THD *thd);
my_bool bulk_parameters_set(THD *thd);
/**
  Execute a fragment of server code in an isolated context, so that
  it doesn't leave any effect on THD. THD must have no open tables.
  The code must not leave any open tables around.
  The result of execution (if any) is stored in Ed_result.
*/

class Server_runnable
{
public:
  virtual bool execute_server_code(THD *thd)= 0;
  virtual ~Server_runnable();
};


/**
  Execute direct interface.

  @todo Implement support for prelocked mode.
*/

class Ed_row;

/**
  Ed_result_set -- a container with result set rows.
  @todo Implement support for result set metadata and
  automatic type conversion.
*/

class Ed_result_set
{
public:
  operator List<Ed_row>&() { return *m_rows; }
  unsigned int size() const { return m_rows->elements; }

  Ed_result_set(List<Ed_row> *rows_arg, size_t column_count,
                MEM_ROOT *mem_root_arg);

  /** We don't call member destructors, they all are POD types. */
  ~Ed_result_set() = default;

  size_t get_field_count() const { return m_column_count; }

  static void *operator new(size_t size, MEM_ROOT *mem_root)
  { return alloc_root(mem_root, size); }
  static void operator delete(void *ptr, size_t size) throw ();
  static void operator delete(void *, MEM_ROOT *){}
private:
  Ed_result_set(const Ed_result_set &);        /* not implemented */
  Ed_result_set &operator=(Ed_result_set &);   /* not implemented */
private:
  MEM_ROOT m_mem_root;
  size_t m_column_count;
  List<Ed_row> *m_rows;
  Ed_result_set *m_next_rset;
  friend class Ed_connection;
};


class Ed_connection
{
public:
  /**
    Construct a new "execute direct" connection.

    The connection can be used to execute SQL statements.
    If the connection failed to initialize, the error
    will be returned on the attempt to execute a statement.

    @pre thd  must have no open tables
              while the connection is used. However,
              Ed_connection works okay in LOCK TABLES mode.
              Other properties of THD, such as the current warning
              information, errors, etc. do not matter and are
              preserved by Ed_connection. One thread may have many
              Ed_connections created for it.
  */
  Ed_connection(THD *thd);

  /**
    Execute one SQL statement.

    Until this method is executed, no other methods of
    Ed_connection can be used. Life cycle of Ed_connection is:

    Initialized -> a statement has been executed ->
    look at result, move to next result ->
    look at result, move to next result ->
    ...
    moved beyond the last result == Initialized.

    This method can be called repeatedly. Once it's invoked,
    results of the previous execution are lost.

    A result of execute_direct() can be either:

    - success, no result set rows. In this case get_field_count()
    returns 0. This happens after execution of INSERT, UPDATE,
    DELETE, DROP and similar statements. Some other methods, such
    as get_affected_rows() can be used to retrieve additional
    result information.

    - success, there are some result set rows (maybe 0). E.g.
    happens after SELECT. In this case get_field_count() returns
    the number of columns in a result set and store_result()
    can be used to retrieve a result set..

    - an error, methods to retrieve error information can
    be used.

    @return execution status
    @retval FALSE  success, use get_field_count()
                   to determine what to do next.
    @retval TRUE   error, use get_last_error()
                   to see the error number.
  */
  bool execute_direct(Protocol *p, LEX_STRING sql_text);

  /**
    Same as the previous, but takes an instance of Server_runnable
    instead of SQL statement text.

    @return execution status
      
    @retval  FALSE  success, use get_field_count() 
                    if your code fragment is supposed to
                    return a result set
    @retval  TRUE   failure
  */
  bool execute_direct(Protocol *p, Server_runnable *server_runnable);

  /**
    Get the number of affected (deleted, updated)
    rows for the current statement. Can be
    used for statements with get_field_count() == 0.

    @sa Documentation for C API function
    mysql_affected_rows().
  */
  ulonglong get_affected_rows() const
  {
    return m_diagnostics_area.affected_rows();
  }

  /**
    Get the last insert id, if any.

    @sa Documentation for mysql_insert_id().
  */
  ulonglong get_last_insert_id() const
  {
    return m_diagnostics_area.last_insert_id();
  }

  /**
    Get the total number of warnings for the last executed
    statement. Note, that there is only one warning list even
    if a statement returns multiple results.

    @sa Documentation for C API function
    mysql_num_warnings().
  */
  ulong get_warn_count() const
  {
    return m_diagnostics_area.warn_count();
  }

  /**
    The following members are only valid if execute_direct()
    or move_to_next_result() returned an error.
    They never fail, but if they are called when there is no
    result, or no error, the result is not defined.
  */
  const char *get_last_error() const { return m_diagnostics_area.message(); }
  unsigned int get_last_errno() const { return m_diagnostics_area.sql_errno(); }
  const char *get_last_sqlstate() const { return m_diagnostics_area.get_sqlstate(); }

  /**
    Provided get_field_count() is not 0, this never fails. You don't
    need to free the result set, this is done automatically when
    you advance to the next result set or destroy the connection.
    Not returning const because of List iterator not accepting
    Should be used when you would like Ed_connection to manage
    result set memory for you.
  */
  Ed_result_set *use_result_set() { return m_current_rset; }
  /**
    Provided get_field_count() is not 0, this never fails. You
    must free the returned result set. This can be called only
    once after execute_direct().
    Should be used when you would like to get the results
    and destroy the connection.
  */
  Ed_result_set *store_result_set();

  /**
    If the query returns multiple results, this method
    can be checked if there is another result beyond the next
    one.
    Never fails.
  */
  bool has_next_result() const { return MY_TEST(m_current_rset->m_next_rset); }
  /**
    Only valid to call if has_next_result() returned true.
    Otherwise the result is undefined.
  */
  bool move_to_next_result()
  {
    m_current_rset= m_current_rset->m_next_rset;
    return MY_TEST(m_current_rset);
  }

  ~Ed_connection() { free_old_result(); }
private:
  Diagnostics_area m_diagnostics_area;
  /**
    Execute direct interface does not support multi-statements, only
    multi-results. So we never have a situation when we have
    a mix of result sets and OK or error packets. We either
    have a single result set, a single error, or a single OK,
    or we have a series of result sets, followed by an OK or error.
  */
  THD *m_thd;
  Ed_result_set *m_rsets;
  Ed_result_set *m_current_rset;
private:
  void free_old_result();
  void add_result_set(Ed_result_set *ed_result_set);
private:
  Ed_connection(const Ed_connection &);        /* not implemented */
  Ed_connection &operator=(Ed_connection &);   /* not implemented */
};


/** One result set column. */

struct Ed_column: public LEX_STRING
{
  /** Implementation note: destructor for this class is never called. */
};


/** One result set record. */

class Ed_row: public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  const Ed_column &operator[](const unsigned int column_index) const
  {
    return *get_column(column_index);
  }
  const Ed_column *get_column(const unsigned int column_index) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(column_index < size());
    return m_column_array + column_index;
  }
  size_t size() const { return m_column_count; }

  Ed_row(Ed_column *column_array_arg, size_t column_count_arg)
    :m_column_array(column_array_arg),
    m_column_count(column_count_arg)
  {}
private:
  Ed_column *m_column_array;
  size_t m_column_count; /* TODO: change to point to metadata */
};

extern Atomic_counter<uint32_t> local_connection_thread_count;

#endif // SQL_PREPARE_H
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef HOSTNAME_INCLUDED
#define HOSTNAME_INCLUDED

#include "my_net.h"
#include "hash_filo.h"

struct Host_errors
{
public:
  Host_errors();
  ~Host_errors();

  void reset();
  void aggregate(const Host_errors *errors);

  /** Number of connect errors. */
  ulong m_connect;

  /** Number of host blocked errors. */
  ulong m_host_blocked;
  /** Number of transient errors from getnameinfo(). */
  ulong m_nameinfo_transient;
  /** Number of permanent errors from getnameinfo(). */
  ulong m_nameinfo_permanent;
  /** Number of errors from is_hostname_valid(). */
  ulong m_format;
  /** Number of transient errors from getaddrinfo(). */
  ulong m_addrinfo_transient;
  /** Number of permanent errors from getaddrinfo(). */
  ulong m_addrinfo_permanent;
  /** Number of errors from Forward-Confirmed reverse DNS checks. */
  ulong m_FCrDNS;
  /** Number of errors from host grants. */
  ulong m_host_acl;
  /** Number of errors from missing auth plugin. */
  ulong m_no_auth_plugin;
  /** Number of errors from auth plugin. */
  ulong m_auth_plugin;
  /** Number of errors from authentication plugins. */
  ulong m_handshake;
  /** Number of errors from proxy user. */
  ulong m_proxy_user;
  /** Number of errors from proxy user acl. */
  ulong m_proxy_user_acl;
  /** Number of errors from authentication. */
  ulong m_authentication;
  /** Number of errors from ssl. */
  ulong m_ssl;
  /** Number of errors from max user connection. */
  ulong m_max_user_connection;
  /** Number of errors from max user connection per hour. */
  ulong m_max_user_connection_per_hour;
  /** Number of errors from the default database. */
  ulong m_default_database;
  /** Number of errors from init_connect. */
  ulong m_init_connect;
  /** Number of errors from the server itself. */
  ulong m_local;

  bool has_error() const
  {
    return ((m_host_blocked != 0)
      || (m_nameinfo_transient != 0)
      || (m_nameinfo_permanent != 0)
      || (m_format != 0)
      || (m_addrinfo_transient != 0)
      || (m_addrinfo_permanent != 0)
      || (m_FCrDNS != 0)
      || (m_host_acl != 0)
      || (m_no_auth_plugin != 0)
      || (m_auth_plugin != 0)
      || (m_handshake != 0)
      || (m_proxy_user != 0)
      || (m_proxy_user_acl != 0)
      || (m_authentication != 0)
      || (m_ssl != 0)
      || (m_max_user_connection != 0)
      || (m_max_user_connection_per_hour != 0)
      || (m_default_database != 0)
      || (m_init_connect != 0)
      || (m_local != 0));
  }

  void sum_connect_errors()
  {
    /* Current (historical) behavior: */
    m_connect= m_handshake;
  }

  void clear_connect_errors()
  {
    m_connect= 0;
  }
};

/** Size of IP address string in the hash cache. */
#define HOST_ENTRY_KEY_SIZE INET6_ADDRSTRLEN

/**
  An entry in the hostname hash table cache.

  Host name cache does two things:
    - caches host names to save DNS look ups;
    - counts errors from IP.

  Host name can be empty (that means DNS look up failed),
  but errors still are counted.
*/
class Host_entry : public hash_filo_element
{
public:
  Host_entry *next()
  { return (Host_entry*) hash_filo_element::next(); }

  /**
    Client IP address. This is the key used with the hash table.

    The client IP address is always expressed in IPv6, even when the
    network IPv6 stack is not present.

    This IP address is never used to connect to a socket.
  */
  char ip_key[HOST_ENTRY_KEY_SIZE];

  /**
    One of the host names for the IP address. May be a zero length string.
  */
  char m_hostname[HOSTNAME_LENGTH + 1];
  /** Length in bytes of @c m_hostname. */
  uint m_hostname_length;
  /** The hostname is validated and used for authorization. */
  bool m_host_validated;
  ulonglong m_first_seen;
  ulonglong m_last_seen;
  ulonglong m_first_error_seen;
  ulonglong m_last_error_seen;
  /** Error statistics. */
  Host_errors m_errors;

  void set_error_timestamps(ulonglong now)
  {
    if (m_first_error_seen == 0)
      m_first_error_seen= now;
    m_last_error_seen= now;
  }
};

/** The size of the host_cache. */
extern ulong host_cache_size;

#define RC_OK 0
#define RC_BLOCKED_HOST 1
int ip_to_hostname(struct sockaddr_storage *ip_storage,
                   const char *ip_string,
                   const char **hostname, uint *connect_errors);

void inc_host_errors(const char *ip_string, Host_errors *errors);
void reset_host_connect_errors(const char *ip_string);
bool hostname_cache_init();
void hostname_cache_free();
void hostname_cache_refresh(void);
uint hostname_cache_size();
void hostname_cache_resize(uint size);
void hostname_cache_lock();
void hostname_cache_unlock();
Host_entry *hostname_cache_first();

#endif /* HOSTNAME_INCLUDED */
/*
  Copyright (C) 2020 MariaDB Foundation

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
  Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA
*/


/**
  MariaDB thread cache for "one thread per connection" scheduler.

  Thread cache allows to re-use threads (as well as THD objects) for
  subsequent connections.
*/
class Thread_cache
{
  mutable mysql_cond_t COND_thread_cache;
  mutable mysql_cond_t COND_flush_thread_cache;
  mutable mysql_mutex_t LOCK_thread_cache;
  /** Queue of new connection requests. */
  I_List<CONNECT> list;
  /** Number of threads parked in the cache. */
  ulong cached_thread_count;
  /** Number of active flush requests. */
  uint32_t kill_cached_threads;
  /**
    PFS stuff, only used during initialization.
    Unfortunately needs to survive till destruction.
  */
  PSI_cond_key key_COND_thread_cache, key_COND_flush_thread_cache;
  PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_thread_cache;

public:
  void init()
  {
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE
    PSI_cond_info conds[]=
    {
      { &key_COND_thread_cache, "COND_thread_cache", PSI_FLAG_GLOBAL },
      { &key_COND_flush_thread_cache, "COND_flush_thread_cache",
        PSI_FLAG_GLOBAL }
    };
    PSI_mutex_info mutexes[]=
    {
      { &key_LOCK_thread_cache, "LOCK_thread_cache", PSI_FLAG_GLOBAL }
    };
    mysql_mutex_register("sql", mutexes, array_elements(mutexes));
    mysql_cond_register("sql", conds, array_elements(conds));
#endif
    mysql_mutex_init(key_LOCK_thread_cache, &LOCK_thread_cache,
                     MY_MUTEX_INIT_FAST);
    mysql_cond_init(key_COND_thread_cache, &COND_thread_cache, 0);
    mysql_cond_init(key_COND_flush_thread_cache, &COND_flush_thread_cache, 0);
    list.empty();
    kill_cached_threads= 0;
    cached_thread_count= 0;
  }


  void destroy()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(cached_thread_count == 0);
    DBUG_ASSERT(list.is_empty());
    mysql_cond_destroy(&COND_flush_thread_cache);
    mysql_cond_destroy(&COND_thread_cache);
    mysql_mutex_destroy(&LOCK_thread_cache);
  }


  /**
    Flushes thread cache.

    Awakes parked threads and requests them to shutdown.
    Waits until last parked thread leaves the cache.
  */
  void flush()
  {
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thread_cache);
    kill_cached_threads++;
    while (cached_thread_count)
    {
      mysql_cond_broadcast(&COND_thread_cache);
      mysql_cond_wait(&COND_flush_thread_cache, &LOCK_thread_cache);
    }
    kill_cached_threads--;
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thread_cache);
  }


  /**
    Flushes thread cache and forbids threads parking in the cache.

    This is a pre-shutdown hook.
  */
  void final_flush()
  {
    kill_cached_threads++;
    flush();
  }


  /**
    Requests parked thread to serve new connection.

    @return
      @retval true connection is enqueued and parked thread is about to serve it
      @retval false thread cache is empty
  */
  bool enqueue(CONNECT *connect)
  {
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thread_cache);
    if (cached_thread_count)
    {
      list.push_back(connect);
      cached_thread_count--;
      mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thread_cache);
      mysql_cond_signal(&COND_thread_cache);
      return true;
    }
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thread_cache);
    return false;
  }


  /**
    Parks thread in the cache.

    Thread execution is suspended until either of the following occurs:
    - thread is requested to serve new connection;
    - thread cache is flushed;
    - THREAD_CACHE_TIMEOUT elapsed.

    @return
      @retval pointer to CONNECT if requested to serve new connection
      @retval 0 if thread cache is flushed or on timeout
  */
  CONNECT *park()
  {
    struct timespec abstime;
    CONNECT *connect;
    bool flushed= false;
    DBUG_ENTER("Thread_cache::park");
    set_timespec(abstime, THREAD_CACHE_TIMEOUT);

    /*
      Delete the instrumentation for the job that just completed,
      before parking this pthread in the cache (blocked on COND_thread_cache).
    */
    PSI_CALL_delete_current_thread();

#ifndef DBUG_OFF
    while (_db_is_pushed_())
      _db_pop_();
#endif

    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thread_cache);
    if ((connect= list.get()))
      cached_thread_count++;
    else if (cached_thread_count < thread_cache_size && !kill_cached_threads)
    {
      /* Don't kill the thread, just put it in cache for reuse */
      DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Adding thread to cache"));
      cached_thread_count++;
      for (;;)
      {
        int error= mysql_cond_timedwait(&COND_thread_cache, &LOCK_thread_cache,
                                         &abstime);
        flushed= kill_cached_threads;
        if ((connect= list.get()))
          break;
        else if (flushed || error == ETIMEDOUT || error == ETIME)
        {
          /*
            If timeout, end thread.
            If a new thread is requested, we will handle the call, even if we
            got a timeout (as we are already awake and free)
          */
          cached_thread_count--;
          break;
        }
      }
    }
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thread_cache);
    if (flushed)
      mysql_cond_signal(&COND_flush_thread_cache);
    DBUG_RETURN(connect);
  }


  /** Returns the number of parked threads. */
  ulong size() const
  {
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thread_cache);
    ulong r= cached_thread_count;
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thread_cache);
    return r;
  }
};

extern Thread_cache thread_cache;
#ifndef JSON_SCHEMA_HELPER
#define JSON_SCHEMA_HELPER

/* Copyright (c) 2016, 2021, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#include "sql_type_json.h"
#include <m_string.h>
#include "json_schema.h"

bool json_key_equals(const char* key,  LEX_CSTRING val, int key_len);

bool json_assign_type(uint *curr_type, json_engine_t *je);
const uchar *get_key_name(const void *key_name, size_t *length, my_bool);
void json_get_normalized_string(json_engine_t *je, String *res,
                                int *error);
#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef TABLE_MAPPING_H
#define TABLE_MAPPING_H

/* Forward declarations */
#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT
struct TABLE;
#else
class Table_map_log_event;
typedef Table_map_log_event TABLE;
void free_table_map_log_event(TABLE *table);
#endif


/*
  CLASS table_mapping

  RESPONSIBILITIES
    The table mapping is used to map table id's to table pointers

  COLLABORATION
    RELAY_LOG    For mapping table id:s to tables when receiving events.
 */

/*
  Guilhem to Mats:
  in the table_mapping class, the memory is allocated and never freed (until
  destruction). So this is a good candidate for allocating inside a MEM_ROOT:
  it gives the efficient allocation in chunks (like in expand()). So I have
  introduced a MEM_ROOT.

  Note that inheriting from Sql_alloc had no effect: it has effects only when
  "ptr= new table_mapping" is called, and this is never called. And it would
  then allocate from thd->mem_root which is a highly volatile object (reset
  from example after executing each query, see dispatch_command(), it has a
  free_root() at end); as the table_mapping object is supposed to live longer
  than a query, it was dangerous.
  A dedicated MEM_ROOT needs to be used, see below.
*/

#include "hash.h"                               /* HASH */

class table_mapping {

private:
  MEM_ROOT m_mem_root;

public:

  enum enum_error {
      ERR_NO_ERROR = 0,
      ERR_LIMIT_EXCEEDED,
      ERR_MEMORY_ALLOCATION
  };

  table_mapping();
  ~table_mapping();

  TABLE* get_table(ulonglong table_id);

  int       set_table(ulonglong table_id, TABLE* table);
  int       remove_table(ulonglong table_id);
  void      clear_tables();
  ulong     count() const { return m_table_ids.records; }

private:
  /*
    This is a POD (Plain Old Data).  Keep it that way (we apply offsetof() to
    it, which only works for PODs)
  */
  struct entry { 
    ulonglong table_id;
    union {
      TABLE *table;
      entry *next;
    };
  };

  entry *find_entry(ulonglong table_id)
  {
    return (entry *) my_hash_search(&m_table_ids,
                                    (uchar*)&table_id,
                                    sizeof(table_id));
  }
  int expand();

  /*
    Head of the list of free entries; "free" in the sense that it's an
    allocated entry free for use, NOT in the sense that it's freed
    memory.
  */
  entry *m_free;

  /* Correspondance between an id (a number) and a TABLE object */
  HASH m_table_ids;
};

#endif
/* -*- C++ -*- */
/* Copyright (c) 2002, 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _SP_CACHE_H_
#define _SP_CACHE_H_

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

/*
  Stored procedures/functions cache. This is used as follows:
   * Each thread has its own cache.
   * Each sp_head object is put into its thread cache before it is used, and
     then remains in the cache until deleted.
*/

class sp_head;
class sp_cache;
class Database_qualified_name;

/*
  Cache usage scenarios:
  1. Application-wide init:
    sp_cache_init();

  2. SP execution in thread:
  2.1 While holding sp_head* pointers:
  
    // look up a routine in the cache (no checks if it is up to date or not)
    sp_cache_lookup(); 
    
    sp_cache_insert();
    sp_cache_invalidate();
  
  2.2 When not holding any sp_head* pointers:
    sp_cache_flush_obsolete();
  
  3. Before thread exit:
    sp_cache_clear();
*/

void sp_cache_init();
void sp_cache_end();
void sp_cache_clear(sp_cache **cp);
void sp_cache_insert(sp_cache **cp, sp_head *sp);
sp_head *sp_cache_lookup(sp_cache **cp, const Database_qualified_name *name);
void sp_cache_invalidate();
void sp_cache_remove(sp_cache **cp, sp_head **sp);
ulong sp_cache_version();
void sp_cache_enforce_limit(sp_cache *cp, ulong upper_limit_for_elements);

#endif /* _SP_CACHE_H_ */
/* Copyright (C) 2008 MySQL AB, 2008-2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef _waiting_threads_h
#define _waiting_threads_h

#include <my_sys.h>

#include <lf.h>

C_MODE_START

typedef struct st_wt_resource_id WT_RESOURCE_ID;
typedef struct st_wt_resource WT_RESOURCE;

typedef struct st_wt_resource_type {
  my_bool (*compare)(const void *a, const void *b);
  const void *(*make_key)(const WT_RESOURCE_ID *id, uint *len); /* not used */
} WT_RESOURCE_TYPE;

struct st_wt_resource_id {
  ulonglong value;
  const WT_RESOURCE_TYPE *type;
};
/* the below differs from sizeof(WT_RESOURCE_ID) by the amount of padding */
#define sizeof_WT_RESOURCE_ID (sizeof(ulonglong)+sizeof(void*))

#define WT_WAIT_STATS  24
#define WT_CYCLE_STATS 32
extern ulonglong wt_wait_table[WT_WAIT_STATS];
extern uint32    wt_wait_stats[WT_WAIT_STATS+1];
extern uint32    wt_cycle_stats[2][WT_CYCLE_STATS+1];
extern uint32    wt_success_stats;

typedef struct st_wt_thd {
  /*
    XXX
    there's no protection (mutex) against concurrent access of the
    dynarray below. it is assumed that a caller will have it anyway
    (not to protect this array but to protect its own - caller's -
    data structures), and we'll get it for free. A caller needs to
    ensure that a blocker won't release a resource before a blocked
    thread starts waiting, which is usually done with a mutex.
    
    If the above assumption is wrong, we'll need to add a mutex here.
  */
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY   my_resources;
  /*
    'waiting_for' is modified under waiting_for->lock, and only by thd itself
    'waiting_for' is read lock-free (using pinning protocol), but a thd object
    can read its own 'waiting_for' without any locks or tricks.
  */
  WT_RESOURCE    *waiting_for;
  LF_PINS        *pins;

  /* pointers to values */
  const ulong *timeout_short;
  const ulong *deadlock_search_depth_short;
  const ulong *timeout_long;
  const ulong *deadlock_search_depth_long;

  /*
    weight relates to the desirability of a transaction being killed if it's
    part of a deadlock. In a deadlock situation transactions with lower weights
    are killed first.

    Examples of using the weight to implement different selection strategies:

    1. Latest
        Keep all weights equal.
    2. Random
        Assign weights at random.
        (variant: modify a weight randomly before every lock request)
    3. Youngest
        Set weight to -NOW()
    4. Minimum locks
        count locks granted in your lock manager, store the value as a weight
    5. Minimum work
        depends on the definition of "work". For example, store the number
        of rows modifies in this transaction (or a length of REDO log for a
        transaction) as a weight.

    It is only statistically relevant and is not protected by any locks.
  */
  ulong volatile weight;
  /*
    'killed' is indirectly protected by waiting_for->lock because
    a killed thread needs to clear its 'waiting_for' and thus needs a lock.
    That is a thread needs an exclusive lock to read 'killed' reliably.
    But other threads may change 'killed' from 0 to 1, a shared
    lock is enough for that.
   */
  my_bool killed;
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  const char     *name;
#endif
} WT_THD;

#define WT_TIMEOUT              ETIMEDOUT
#define WT_OK                   0
#define WT_DEADLOCK             -1
#define WT_DEPTH_EXCEEDED       -2
#define WT_FREE_TO_GO           -3

void wt_init(void);
void wt_end(void);
void wt_thd_lazy_init(WT_THD *, const ulong *, const ulong *, const ulong *, const ulong *);
void wt_thd_destroy(WT_THD *);
int wt_thd_will_wait_for(WT_THD *, WT_THD *, const WT_RESOURCE_ID *);
int wt_thd_cond_timedwait(WT_THD *, mysql_mutex_t *);
void wt_thd_release(WT_THD *, const WT_RESOURCE_ID *);
#define wt_thd_release_all(THD) wt_thd_release((THD), 0)
my_bool wt_resource_id_memcmp(const void *, const void *);

C_MODE_END

#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_INSERT_INCLUDED
#define SQL_INSERT_INCLUDED

#include "sql_class.h"                          /* enum_duplicates */
#include "sql_list.h"

/* Instead of including sql_lex.h we add this typedef here */
typedef List<Item> List_item;
typedef struct st_copy_info COPY_INFO;


int mysql_prepare_insert(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list,
                         List<Item> &fields, List_item *values,
                         List<Item> &update_fields,
                         List<Item> &update_values, enum_duplicates duplic,
                         bool ignore,
                         COND **where, bool select_insert, bool * const cache_results);
bool mysql_insert(THD *thd,TABLE_LIST *table,List<Item> &fields,
                  List<List_item> &values, List<Item> &update_fields,
                  List<Item> &update_values, enum_duplicates flag,
                  bool ignore, select_result* result);
int check_that_all_fields_are_given_values(THD *thd, TABLE *entry,
                                           TABLE_LIST *table_list);
int vers_insert_history_row(TABLE *table);
int check_duplic_insert_without_overlaps(THD *thd, TABLE *table,
                                         enum_duplicates duplic);
void kill_delayed_threads(void);
bool binlog_create_table(THD *thd, TABLE *table, bool replace);
bool binlog_drop_table(THD *thd, TABLE *table);
int prepare_for_replace(TABLE *table, enum_duplicates handle_duplicates,
                        bool ignore);
int finalize_replace(TABLE *table, enum_duplicates handle_duplicates,
                     bool ignore);
static inline void restore_default_record_for_insert(TABLE *t)
{
  restore_record(t,s->default_values);
  if (t->triggers)
    t->triggers->default_extra_null_bitmap();
}


class Write_record
{
  THD *thd;
  TABLE *table;
  COPY_INFO *info;

  ulonglong prev_insert_id;
  ulonglong insert_id_for_cur_row= 0;
  uchar *key;
  ushort key_nr;

  ushort last_unique_key;
  bool use_triggers;
  bool versioned;
  bool can_optimize;
  bool ignored_error;

  int (*incomplete_records_cb)(void *arg1, void *arg2);
  void *arg1, *arg2;
  select_result *sink;

  ushort get_last_unique_key() const;
  // FINALIZATION
  void notify_non_trans_table_modified();
  int after_insert(ha_rows *inserted);
  int after_ins_trg();
  int send_data();

  int on_ha_error(int error);
  int restore_on_error();

  bool is_fatal_error(int error);
  int prepare_handle_duplicate(int error);
  int locate_dup_record();

  int replace_row(ha_rows *inserted, ha_rows *deleted);
  int insert_on_duplicate_update(ha_rows *inserted, ha_rows *updated);
  int single_insert(ha_rows *inserted);
public:

  /**
    @param thd  thread context
    @param info COPY_INFO structure describing handling of duplicates
            and which is used for counting number of records inserted
            and deleted.
    @param sink result sink for the RETURNING clause
    @param table
    @param versioned
    @param use_triggers
  */
  Write_record(THD *thd, TABLE *table, COPY_INFO *info,
               bool versioned, bool use_triggers, select_result *sink,
               int (*incomplete_records_cb)(void *, void *),
               void *arg1, void* arg2):
          thd(thd), table(table), info(info), insert_id_for_cur_row(0),
          key(NULL), last_unique_key(get_last_unique_key()),
          use_triggers(use_triggers), versioned(versioned),
          incomplete_records_cb(incomplete_records_cb), arg1(arg1), arg2(arg2),
          sink(sink)
  {
    if (info->handle_duplicates == DUP_REPLACE)
    {
      bool has_delete_triggers= use_triggers &&
                                table->triggers->has_delete_triggers();
      bool referenced_by_fk= table->file->referenced_by_foreign_key();
      can_optimize= !referenced_by_fk && !has_delete_triggers
                    && !versioned && !table->versioned();
    }
  }
  Write_record(THD *thd, TABLE *table, COPY_INFO *info,
               select_result *sink= NULL):
        Write_record(thd, table, info, table->versioned(VERS_TIMESTAMP),
                     table->triggers, sink, NULL, NULL, NULL)
  {}
  Write_record() = default; // dummy, to allow later (lazy) initializations

  /* Main entry point, see docs in sql_insert.cc */
  int write_record();

  int last_errno() { return info->last_errno; }
};
#ifdef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
inline void kill_delayed_threads(void) {}
#endif

#endif /* SQL_INSERT_INCLUDED */
#ifndef BACKUP_INCLUDED
#define BACKUP_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2018, MariaDB Corporation

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

enum backup_stages
{
  BACKUP_START, BACKUP_FLUSH, BACKUP_WAIT_FOR_FLUSH, BACKUP_LOCK_COMMIT,
  BACKUP_END, BACKUP_FINISHED
};

extern TYPELIB backup_stage_names;

struct backup_log_info {
  LEX_CSTRING  query;
  LEX_CUSTRING org_table_id;                         /* Unique id from frm */
  LEX_CSTRING  org_database, org_table;
  LEX_CSTRING  org_storage_engine_name;
  LEX_CSTRING  new_database, new_table;
  LEX_CSTRING  new_storage_engine_name;
  LEX_CUSTRING new_table_id;                         /* Unique id from frm */
  bool org_partitioned;
  bool new_partitioned;
};

void backup_init();
bool run_backup_stage(THD *thd, backup_stages stage);
bool backup_end(THD *thd);
void backup_set_alter_copy_lock(THD *thd, TABLE *altered_table);
bool backup_reset_alter_copy_lock(THD *thd);

bool backup_lock(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table);
void backup_unlock(THD *thd);
void backup_log_ddl(const backup_log_info *info);
#endif /* BACKUP_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2008, 2022, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/* Functions to create an item. Used by sql/sql_yacc.yy */

#ifndef ITEM_CREATE_H
#define ITEM_CREATE_H

#include "item_func.h" // Cast_target

typedef struct st_udf_func udf_func;

/**
  Public function builder interface.
  The parser (sql/sql_yacc.yy) uses a factory / builder pattern to
  construct an <code>Item</code> object for each function call.
  All the concrete function builders implements this interface,
  either directly or indirectly with some adapter helpers.
  Keeping the function creation separated from the bison grammar allows
  to simplify the parser, and avoid the need to introduce a new token
  for each function, which has undesirable side effects in the grammar.
*/

class Create_func
{
public:
  /**
    The builder create method.
    Given the function name and list or arguments, this method creates
    an <code>Item</code> that represents the function call.
    In case or errors, a NULL item is returned, and an error is reported.
    Note that the <code>thd</code> object may be modified by the builder.
    In particular, the following members/methods can be set/called,
    depending on the function called and the function possible side effects.
    <ul>
      <li><code>thd->lex->binlog_row_based_if_mixed</code></li>
      <li><code>thd->lex->current_context()</code></li>
      <li><code>thd->lex->safe_to_cache_query</code></li>
      <li><code>thd->lex->uncacheable(UNCACHEABLE_SIDEEFFECT)</code></li>
      <li><code>thd->lex->uncacheable(UNCACHEABLE_RAND)</code></li>
      <li><code>thd->lex->add_time_zone_tables_to_query_tables(thd)</code></li>
    </ul>
    @param thd The current thread
    @param name The function name
    @param item_list The list of arguments to the function, can be NULL
    @return An item representing the parsed function call, or NULL
  */
  virtual Item *create_func(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                            List<Item> *item_list) = 0;

protected:
  /** Constructor */
  Create_func() = default;
  /** Destructor */
  virtual ~Create_func() = default;
};


/**
  Adapter for functions that takes exactly zero arguments.
*/

class Create_func_arg0 : public Create_func
{
public:
  Item *create_func(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name, List<Item> *item_list)
    override;

  /**
    Builder method, with no arguments.
    @param thd The current thread
    @return An item representing the function call
  */
  virtual Item *create_builder(THD *thd) = 0;

protected:
  /** Constructor. */
  Create_func_arg0() = default;
  /** Destructor. */
  virtual ~Create_func_arg0() = default;
};


/**
  Adapter for functions that takes exactly one argument.
*/

class Create_func_arg1 : public Create_func
{
public:
  Item *create_func(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name, List<Item> *item_list)
    override;

  /**
    Builder method, with one argument.
    @param thd The current thread
    @param arg1 The first argument of the function
    @return An item representing the function call
  */
  virtual Item *create_1_arg(THD *thd, Item *arg1) = 0;

protected:
  /** Constructor. */
  Create_func_arg1() = default;
  /** Destructor. */
  virtual ~Create_func_arg1() = default;
};


/**
  Adapter for functions that takes exactly two arguments.
*/

class Create_func_arg2 : public Create_func
{
public:
  Item *create_func(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name, List<Item> *item_list)
    override;

  /**
    Builder method, with two arguments.
    @param thd The current thread
    @param arg1 The first argument of the function
    @param arg2 The second argument of the function
    @return An item representing the function call
  */
  virtual Item *create_2_arg(THD *thd, Item *arg1, Item *arg2) = 0;

protected:
  /** Constructor. */
  Create_func_arg2() = default;
  /** Destructor. */
  virtual ~Create_func_arg2() = default;
};


/**
  Adapter for functions that takes exactly three arguments.
*/

class Create_func_arg3 : public Create_func
{
public:
  Item *create_func(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name, List<Item> *item_list)
    override;

  /**
    Builder method, with three arguments.
    @param thd The current thread
    @param arg1 The first argument of the function
    @param arg2 The second argument of the function
    @param arg3 The third argument of the function
    @return An item representing the function call
  */
  virtual Item *create_3_arg(THD *thd, Item *arg1, Item *arg2, Item *arg3) = 0;

protected:
  /** Constructor. */
  Create_func_arg3() = default;
  /** Destructor. */
  virtual ~Create_func_arg3() = default;
};




/**
  Adapter for native functions with a variable number of arguments.
  The main use of this class is to discard the following calls:
  <code>foo(expr1 AS name1, expr2 AS name2, ...)</code>
  which are syntactically correct (the syntax can refer to a UDF),
  but semantically invalid for native functions.
*/

class Create_native_func : public Create_func
{
public:
  Item *create_func(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name, List<Item> *item_list)
    override;

  /**
    Builder method, with no arguments.
    @param thd The current thread
    @param name The native function name
    @param item_list The function parameters, none of which are named
    @return An item representing the function call
  */
  virtual Item *create_native(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                              List<Item> *item_list) = 0;

protected:
  /** Constructor. */
  Create_native_func() = default;
  /** Destructor. */
  virtual ~Create_native_func() = default;
};


/**
  Function builder for qualified functions.
  This builder is used with functions call using a qualified function name
  syntax, as in <code>db.func(expr, expr, ...)</code>.
*/

class Create_qfunc : public Create_func
{
public:
  /**
    The builder create method, for unqualified functions.
    This builder will use the current database for the database name.
    @param thd The current thread
    @param name The function name
    @param item_list The list of arguments to the function, can be NULL
    @return An item representing the parsed function call
  */
  Item *create_func(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name, List<Item> *item_list)
    override;

  /**
    The builder create method, for qualified functions.
    @param thd The current thread
    @param db The database name
    @param name The function name
    @param use_explicit_name Should the function be represented as 'db.name'?
    @param item_list The list of arguments to the function, can be NULL
    @return An item representing the parsed function call
  */
  virtual Item *create_with_db(THD *thd,
                               const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                               const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                               bool use_explicit_name,
                               List<Item> *item_list) = 0;

protected:
  /** Constructor. */
  Create_qfunc() = default;
  /** Destructor. */
  virtual ~Create_qfunc() = default;
};


/**
  Find the function builder for qualified functions.
  @param thd The current thread
  @return A function builder for qualified functions
*/
extern Create_qfunc * find_qualified_function_builder(THD *thd);


#ifdef HAVE_DLOPEN
/**
  Function builder for User Defined Functions.
*/

class Create_udf_func : public Create_func
{
public:
  Item *create_func(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name, List<Item> *item_list)
    override;

  /**
    The builder create method, for User Defined Functions.
    @param thd The current thread
    @param fct The User Defined Function metadata
    @param item_list The list of arguments to the function, can be NULL
    @return An item representing the parsed function call
  */
  Item *create(THD *thd, udf_func *fct, List<Item> *item_list);

  /** Singleton. */
  static Create_udf_func s_singleton;

protected:
  /** Constructor. */
  Create_udf_func() = default;
  /** Destructor. */
  virtual ~Create_udf_func() = default;
};
#endif


struct Native_func_registry
{
  LEX_CSTRING name;
  Create_func *builder;
};


class Native_functions_hash: public HASH
{
public:
  Native_functions_hash()
  {
    bzero((void*) this, sizeof(*this));
  }
  ~Native_functions_hash()
  {
    /*
      No automatic free because objects of this type
      are expected to be declared statically.
      The code in cleanup() calls my_hash_free() which may not work correctly
      at the very end of mariadbd shutdown.
      The the upper level code should call cleanup() explicitly.

      Unfortunatelly, it's not possible to use DBUG_ASSERT(!records) here,
      because the server terminates using exit() in some cases,
      e.g. in the test main.named_pipe with the "Create named pipe failed"
      error.
    */
  }
  bool init(size_t count);
  bool append(const Native_func_registry array[], size_t count);
  bool remove(const Native_func_registry array[], size_t count);
  bool replace(const Native_func_registry array[], size_t count)
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Native_functions_hash::replace");
    remove(array, count);
    DBUG_RETURN(append(array, count));
  }
  void cleanup();
  /**
    Find the native function builder associated with a given function name.
    @param thd The current thread
    @param name The native function name
    @return The native function builder associated with the name, or NULL
  */
  Create_func *find(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING &name) const;
};

extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Native_functions_hash native_functions_hash;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Native_functions_hash native_functions_hash_oracle;

extern const Native_func_registry func_array[];
extern const size_t func_array_length;

int item_create_init();
void item_create_cleanup();

Item *create_func_dyncol_create(THD *thd, List<DYNCALL_CREATE_DEF> &list);
Item *create_func_dyncol_add(THD *thd, Item *str,
                             List<DYNCALL_CREATE_DEF> &list);
Item *create_func_dyncol_delete(THD *thd, Item *str, List<Item> &nums);
Item *create_func_dyncol_get(THD *thd, Item *num, Item *str,
                             const Type_handler *handler,
                             const Lex_length_and_dec_st &length_and_dec,
                             CHARSET_INFO *cs);
Item *create_func_dyncol_json(THD *thd, Item *str);


class Native_func_registry_array
{
  const Native_func_registry *m_elements;
  size_t m_count;
public:
  Native_func_registry_array()
   :m_elements(NULL),
    m_count(0)
  { }
  Native_func_registry_array(const Native_func_registry *elements, size_t count)
   :m_elements(elements),
    m_count(count)
  { }
  const Native_func_registry& element(size_t i) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(i < m_count);
    return m_elements[i];
  }
  const Native_func_registry *elements() const { return m_elements; }
  size_t count() const { return m_count; }
};


#endif
/* Copyright 2019 MariaDB corporation AB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA
*/

#ifndef _my_stack_alloc_h
#define _my_stack_alloc_h

#ifdef _MSC_VER
#include <intrin.h> // For MSVC-specific intrinsics
#else
#include <sys/resource.h>
#endif


/*
  Get the address of the current stack.
  This will fallback to using an estimate for the stack pointer
  in the cases where either the compiler or the architecture is
  not supported.
*/

static inline void *my_get_stack_pointer(void *default_stack)
{
  void *stack_ptr= NULL;

#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) /* GCC and Clang compilers */
#if defined(__i386__) /* Intel x86 (32-bit) */
  __asm__ volatile ("movl %%esp, %0" : "=r" (stack_ptr));
#elif defined(__x86_64__) && defined (__ILP32__) /* Intel x86-64 (64-bit), X32 ABI */
  __asm__ volatile ("movl %%esp, %0" : "=r" (stack_ptr));
#elif defined(__x86_64__) /* Intel x86-64 (64-bit) */
  __asm__ volatile ("movq %%rsp, %0" : "=r" (stack_ptr));
#elif defined(__powerpc__) /* PowerPC (32-bit) */
  __asm__ volatile ("mr %0, 1" : "=r" (stack_ptr)); /* GPR1 is the stack pointer */
#elif defined(__ppc64__) /* PowerPC (64-bit) */
  __asm__ volatile ("mr %0, 1" : "=r" (stack_ptr));
#elif defined(__arm__) /* ARM 32-bit */
  __asm__ volatile ("mov %0, sp" : "=r" (stack_ptr));
#elif defined(__aarch64__) /* ARM 64-bit */
  __asm__ volatile ("mov %0, sp" : "=r" (stack_ptr));
#elif defined(__sparc__) /* SPARC 32-bit */
  __asm__ volatile ("mov %%sp, %0" : "=r" (stack_ptr));
#elif defined(__sparc64__) /* SPARC 64-bit */
  __asm__ volatile ("mov %%sp, %0" : "=r" (stack_ptr));
#elif defined(__s390x__)
  stack_ptr= __builtin_frame_address(0);
#else
  /* Generic fallback for unsupported architectures in GCC/Clang */
  stack_ptr= default_stack ? default_stack : (void*) &stack_ptr;
#endif
#elif defined(_MSC_VER) /* MSVC compiler (Intel only) */
#if defined(_M_IX86) /* Intel x86 (32-bit) */
  __asm { mov stack_ptr, esp }
#elif defined(_M_X64) /* Intel x86-64 (64-bit) */
  /* rsp can’t be accessed directly in MSVC x64 */
  stack_ptr= _AddressOfReturnAddress();
#else
  /* Generic fallback for unsupported architectures in MSVC */
  stack_ptr= default_stack ? default_stack : (void*) &stack_ptr;
#endif
#else
  /* Generic fallback for unsupported compilers */
  stack_ptr= default_stack ? default_stack : (void*) &stack_ptr;
#endif
  return stack_ptr;
}


/*
  Do allocation through alloca if there is enough stack available.
  If not, use my_malloc() instead.

  The idea is that to be able to alloc as much as possible through the
  stack.  To ensure this, we have two different limits, on for big
  blocks and one for small blocks.  This will enable us to continue to
  do allocation for small blocks even when there is less stack space
  available.
  This is for example used by Aria when traversing the b-tree and the code
  needs to allocate one b-tree page and a few keys for each recursion. Even
  if there is not space to allocate the b-tree pages on stack we can still
  continue to allocate the keys.
*/

/*
  Default suggested allocations
*/

/* Allocate big blocks as long as there is this much left */
#define STACK_ALLOC_BIG_BLOCK 1024*64

/* Allocate small blocks as long as there is this much left */
#define STACK_ALLOC_SMALL_BLOCK 1024*32

/* Allocate small blocks as long as the block size is not bigger than */
#define STACK_ALLOC_SMALL_BLOCK_SIZE 4096

/*
  Allocate a block on stack or through malloc.
  The 'must_be_freed' variable will be set to 1 if malloc was called.
  'must_be_freed' must be a variable on the stack!
*/

#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
#define alloc_on_stack(stack_end, res, must_be_freed, size)            \
do                                                                     \
{                                                                      \
  size_t alloc_size= (size);                                           \
  void *stack= my_get_stack_pointer(0);                                \
  size_t stack_left= available_stack_size(stack, (stack_end));         \
  if (stack_left > alloc_size + STACK_ALLOC_SMALL_BLOCK &&             \
      (stack_left > alloc_size + STACK_ALLOC_BIG_BLOCK ||              \
       (STACK_ALLOC_SMALL_BLOCK_SIZE >= alloc_size)))                  \
  {                                                                    \
    (must_be_freed)= 0;                                                \
    (res)= alloca(size);                                               \
  }                                                                    \
  else                                                                 \
  {                                                                    \
    (must_be_freed)= 1;                                                \
    (res)= my_malloc(PSI_INSTRUMENT_ME, size, MYF(MY_THREAD_SPECIFIC | MY_WME));          \
  }                                                                    \
} while(0)
#else
#define alloc_on_stack(stack_end, res, must_be_freed, size)            \
  do {                                                                 \
    (must_be_freed)= 1;                                                \
    (res)= my_malloc(PSI_INSTRUMENT_ME, size, MYF(MY_THREAD_SPECIFIC | MY_WME));          \
  } while(0)
#endif /* HAVE_ALLOCA */


/*
  Free memory allocated by stack_alloc
*/

static inline void stack_alloc_free(void *res, my_bool must_be_freed)
{
  if (must_be_freed)
    my_free(res);
}
#endif /* _my_stack_alloc_h */


/* Get start and end of stack */

/*
  This is used in the case when we not know the exact stack start
  and have to estimate stack start with get_stack_pointer()
*/
#define MY_STACK_SAFE_MARGIN 8192

extern void my_get_stack_bounds(void **stack_start, void **stack_end,
                                void *fallback_stack_start,
                                size_t fallback_stack_size);
/*
   Copyright (c) 2021, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#include "sql_statistics.h"

struct Histogram_bucket
{
  // The left endpoint in KeyTupleFormat. The endpoint is inclusive, this
  // value is in this bucket.
  std::string start_value;

  // Cumulative fraction: The fraction of table rows that fall into this
  //  and preceding buckets.
  double cum_fract;

  // Number of distinct values in the bucket.
  longlong ndv;
};

/*
  An equi-height histogram which stores real values for bucket bounds.

  Handles @@histogram_type=JSON_HB

  Histogram format in JSON:

  {
    // The next three are saved but not currently analyzed:
    "target_histogram_size": nnn,
    "collected_at": "(date and time)",
    "collected_by": "(server version)",

    "histogram_hb": [
      { "start": "value", "size":nnn.nn, "ndv": nnn },
      ...

      // Optionally, start and/or end can be replaced with _hex variant
      { "start_hex: "value", "size":nnn.nn, "ndv":nnn},

      ...
      { "start": "value", "size":nnn.nn, "ndv": nnn, "end": "value"},
    ]
  }

  Histogram is a JSON object. It has some global properties and "histogram_hb"
  member whose value is a JSON array of histogram buckets.

  Each bucket is an object with these members:
    "start" - the first value in the bucket.
    "size"  - fraction of table rows that is contained in the bucket.
    "ndv"   - Number of Distinct Values in the bucket.
    "end"   - Optionally, the last value in the bucket.

  A bucket is a single-point bucket if it has ndv=1.

  Most buckets have no "end" member: the bucket is assumed to contain all
  values up to the "start" of the next bucket.

  The exception is single-point buckets where last value is the same as the
  first value.

  start/end can be replaced with start_hex/end_hex. In _hex variant, the
  constant is encoded in hex. This encoding is used to handle so called 
  "unassigned characters": some non-UTF8 charsets have byte combinations that
  are not mapped to any UTF8 character.
*/

class Histogram_json_hb final : public Histogram_base
{
  size_t size; /* Number of elements in the histogram */

  /* Collection-time only: collected histogram in the JSON form. */
  std::string json_text;

  std::vector<Histogram_bucket> buckets;

  std::string last_bucket_end_endp;

public:
  static constexpr const char* JSON_NAME="histogram_hb";

  bool parse(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, const char *db_name, const char *table_name,
             Field *field, const char *hist_data,
             size_t hist_data_len) override;

  void serialize(Field *field) override;

  Histogram_builder *create_builder(Field *col, uint col_len,
                                    ha_rows rows) override;

  // returns number of buckets in the histogram
  uint get_width() override
  {
    return (uint)size;
  }

  Histogram_type get_type() override
  {
    return JSON_HB;
  }

  /*
    @brief
      This used to be the size of the histogram on disk, which was redundant
      (one can check the size directly). Return the number of buckets instead.
  */
  uint get_size() override
  {
    return (uint)size;
  }
  void init_for_collection(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, Histogram_type htype_arg,
                           ulonglong size) override;

  double point_selectivity(Field *field, key_range *endpoint,
                           double avg_sel) override;
  double range_selectivity(Field *field, key_range *min_endp,
                           key_range *max_endp, double avg_sel) override;

  const std::vector<Histogram_bucket>& get_json_histogram() const
  {
    return buckets;
  }

  const std::string& get_last_bucket_end_endp() const
  {
    return last_bucket_end_endp;
  }

  void set_json_text(ulonglong sz, const char *json_text_arg,
                     size_t json_text_len)
  {
    size= (size_t) sz;
    json_text.assign(json_text_arg, json_text_len);
  }

private:
  int parse_bucket(json_engine_t *je, Field *field, double *cumulative_size,
                   bool *assigned_last_end, const char **err);

  double get_left_fract(int idx);
  std::string& get_end_value(int idx);
  int find_bucket(const Field *field, const uchar *lookup_val, int *cmp);
};

#ifndef SESSION_TRACKER_INCLUDED
#define SESSION_TRACKER_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   Copyright (c) 2016, 2017, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#include "m_string.h"
#include "thr_lock.h"
#include "sql_hset.h"

#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
/* forward declarations */
class THD;
class set_var;
class String;
class user_var_entry;


enum enum_session_tracker
{
  SESSION_SYSVARS_TRACKER,                       /* Session system variables */
  CURRENT_SCHEMA_TRACKER,                        /* Current schema */
  SESSION_STATE_CHANGE_TRACKER,
  TRANSACTION_INFO_TRACKER,                      /* Transaction state */
#ifdef USER_VAR_TRACKING
  USER_VARIABLES_TRACKER,
#endif // USER_VAR_TRACKING
  SESSION_TRACKER_END                            /* must be the last */
};

/**
  State_tracker

  An abstract class that defines the interface for any of the server's
  'session state change tracker'. A tracker, however, is a sub- class of
  this class which takes care of tracking the change in value of a part-
  icular session state type and thus defines various methods listed in this
  interface. The change information is later serialized and transmitted to
  the client through protocol's OK packet.

  Tracker system variables :-
  A tracker is normally mapped to a system variable. So in order to enable,
  disable or modify the sub-entities of a tracker, the user needs to modify
  the respective system variable either through SET command or via command
  line option. As required in system variable handling, this interface also
  includes two functions to help in the verification of the supplied value
  (ON_UPDATE) of the tracker system variable, namely - update().
*/

class State_tracker
{
protected:
  /**
    Is tracking enabled for a particular session state type ?

    @note: it is a cache of the corresponding thd->variables.session_track_xxx
    variable
  */
  bool m_enabled;

  void set_changed(THD *thd);

private:
  /** Has the session state type changed ? */
  bool m_changed;

public:
  virtual ~State_tracker() = default;

  /** Getters */
  bool is_enabled() const
  { return m_enabled; }

  bool is_changed() const
  { return m_changed; }

  void reset_changed() { m_changed= false; }

  /**
    Called by THD::init() when new connection is being created

    We may inherit m_changed from previous connection served by this THD if
    connection was broken or client didn't have session tracking capability.
    Thus we have to reset it here.
  */
  virtual bool enable(THD *thd)
  {
    reset_changed();
    return update(thd, 0);
  }

  /** To be invoked when the tracker's system variable is updated (ON_UPDATE).*/
  virtual bool update(THD *thd, set_var *var)= 0;

  /** Store changed data into the given buffer. */
  virtual bool store(THD *thd, String *buf)= 0;

  /** Mark the entity as changed. */
  void mark_as_changed(THD *thd) { if (is_enabled()) set_changed(thd); }
};


/**
  Session_sysvars_tracker

  This is a tracker class that enables & manages the tracking of session
  system variables. It internally maintains a hash of user supplied variable
  references and a boolean field to store if the variable was changed by the
  last statement.
*/

class Session_sysvars_tracker: public State_tracker
{
  struct sysvar_node_st {
    sys_var *m_svar;
    bool *test_load;
    bool m_changed;
  };

  class vars_list
  {
    /**
      Registered system variables. (@@session_track_system_variables)
      A hash to store the name of all the system variables specified by the
      user.
    */
    HASH m_registered_sysvars;
    /**
      If TRUE then we want to check all session variable.
    */
    bool track_all;
    void init()
    {
      my_hash_init(PSI_INSTRUMENT_ME, &m_registered_sysvars, &my_charset_bin,
                   0, 0, 0, sysvars_get_key, my_free,
                   HASH_UNIQUE |
                       (mysqld_server_initialized ? HASH_THREAD_SPECIFIC : 0));
    }
    void free_hash()
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(my_hash_inited(&m_registered_sysvars));
      my_hash_free(&m_registered_sysvars);
    }

    sysvar_node_st *search(const sys_var *svar);
    sysvar_node_st *at(ulong i)
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(i < m_registered_sysvars.records);
      return reinterpret_cast<sysvar_node_st*>(
               my_hash_element(&m_registered_sysvars, i));
    }
  public:
    vars_list(): track_all(false) { init(); }
    ~vars_list() { if (my_hash_inited(&m_registered_sysvars)) free_hash(); }
    void deinit() { free_hash(); }

    sysvar_node_st *insert_or_search(const sys_var *svar)
    {
      sysvar_node_st *res= search(svar);
      if (!res)
      {
        if (track_all)
        {
          insert(svar);
          return search(svar);
        }
      }
      return res;
    }

    bool insert(const sys_var *svar);
    void reinit();
    void reset();
    inline bool is_enabled()
    {
      return track_all || m_registered_sysvars.records;
    }
    void copy(vars_list* from, THD *thd);
    bool parse_var_list(THD *thd, LEX_STRING var_list, bool throw_error,
                        CHARSET_INFO *char_set);
    bool construct_var_list(char *buf, size_t buf_len);
    bool store(THD *thd, String *buf);
  };
  /**
    Two objects of vars_list type are maintained to manage
    various operations.
  */
  vars_list orig_list;
  bool m_parsed;

public:
  void init(THD *thd);
  void deinit(THD *thd);
  bool enable(THD *thd) override;
  bool update(THD *thd, set_var *var) override;
  bool store(THD *thd, String *buf) override;
  void mark_as_changed(THD *thd, const sys_var *var);
  void deinit() { orig_list.deinit(); }
  /* callback */
  static const uchar *sysvars_get_key(const void *entry, size_t *length,
                                      my_bool);

  friend bool sysvartrack_global_update(THD *thd, char *str, size_t len);
};


bool sysvartrack_validate_value(THD *thd, const char *str, size_t len);
bool sysvartrack_global_update(THD *thd, char *str, size_t len);


/**
  Current_schema_tracker,

  This is a tracker class that enables & manages the tracking of current
  schema for a particular connection.
*/

class Current_schema_tracker: public State_tracker
{
public:
  bool update(THD *thd, set_var *var) override;
  bool store(THD *thd, String *buf) override;
};


/*
  Session_state_change_tracker

  This is a boolean tracker class that will monitor any change that contributes
  to a session state change.
  Attributes that contribute to session state change include:
     - Successful change to System variables
     - User defined variables assignments
     - temporary tables created, altered or deleted
     - prepared statements added or removed
     - change in current database
     - change of current role
*/

class Session_state_change_tracker: public State_tracker
{
public:
  bool update(THD *thd, set_var *var) override;
  bool store(THD *thd, String *buf) override;
};


/*
  Transaction_state_tracker
*/

/**
  Transaction state (no transaction, transaction active, work attached, etc.)
*/
enum enum_tx_state {
  TX_EMPTY        =   0,  ///< "none of the below"
  TX_EXPLICIT     =   1,  ///< an explicit transaction is active
  TX_IMPLICIT     =   2,  ///< an implicit transaction is active
  TX_READ_TRX     =   4,  ///<     transactional reads  were done
  TX_READ_UNSAFE  =   8,  ///< non-transaction   reads  were done
  TX_WRITE_TRX    =  16,  ///<     transactional writes were done
  TX_WRITE_UNSAFE =  32,  ///< non-transactional writes were done
  TX_STMT_UNSAFE  =  64,  ///< "unsafe" (non-deterministic like UUID()) stmts
  TX_RESULT_SET   = 128,  ///< result set was sent
  TX_WITH_SNAPSHOT= 256,  ///< WITH CONSISTENT SNAPSHOT was used
  TX_LOCKED_TABLES= 512   ///< LOCK TABLES is active
};


/**
  Transaction access mode
*/
enum enum_tx_read_flags {
  TX_READ_INHERIT =   0,  ///< not explicitly set, inherit session.transaction_read_only
  TX_READ_ONLY    =   1,  ///< START TRANSACTION READ ONLY,  or transaction_read_only=1
  TX_READ_WRITE   =   2,  ///< START TRANSACTION READ WRITE, or transaction_read_only=0
};


/**
  Transaction isolation level
*/
enum enum_tx_isol_level {
  TX_ISOL_INHERIT     = 0, ///< not explicitly set, inherit session.transaction_isolation
  TX_ISOL_UNCOMMITTED = 1,
  TX_ISOL_COMMITTED   = 2,
  TX_ISOL_REPEATABLE  = 3,
  TX_ISOL_SERIALIZABLE= 4
};


/**
  Transaction tracking level
*/
enum enum_session_track_transaction_info {
  TX_TRACK_NONE      = 0,  ///< do not send tracker items on transaction info
  TX_TRACK_STATE     = 1,  ///< track transaction status
  TX_TRACK_CHISTICS  = 2   ///< track status and characteristics
};


/**
  This is a tracker class that enables & manages the tracking of
  current transaction info for a particular connection.
*/

class Transaction_state_tracker : public State_tracker
{
  /** Helper function: turn table info into table access flag */
  enum_tx_state calc_trx_state(THD *thd, thr_lock_type l, bool has_trx);
public:

  bool enable(THD *thd) override
  {
    m_enabled= false;
    tx_changed= TX_CHG_NONE;
    tx_curr_state= TX_EMPTY;
    tx_reported_state= TX_EMPTY;
    tx_read_flags= TX_READ_INHERIT;
    tx_isol_level= TX_ISOL_INHERIT;
    return State_tracker::enable(thd);
  }

  bool update(THD *thd, set_var *var) override;
  bool store(THD *thd, String *buf) override;

  /** Change transaction characteristics */
  void set_read_flags(THD *thd, enum enum_tx_read_flags flags);
  void set_isol_level(THD *thd, enum enum_tx_isol_level level);

  /** Change transaction state */
  void clear_trx_state(THD *thd, uint clear);
  void add_trx_state(THD *thd, uint add);
  void inline add_trx_state(THD *thd, thr_lock_type l, bool has_trx)
  {
    add_trx_state(thd, calc_trx_state(thd, l, has_trx));
  }
  void add_trx_state_from_thd(THD *thd);
  void end_trx(THD *thd);


private:
  enum enum_tx_changed {
    TX_CHG_NONE     = 0,  ///< no changes from previous stmt
    TX_CHG_STATE    = 1,  ///< state has changed from previous stmt
    TX_CHG_CHISTICS = 2   ///< characteristics have changed from previous stmt
  };

  /** any trackable changes caused by this statement? */
  uint                     tx_changed;

  /** transaction state */
  uint                     tx_curr_state,  tx_reported_state;

  /** r/w or r/o set? session default? */
  enum enum_tx_read_flags  tx_read_flags;

  /**  isolation level */
  enum enum_tx_isol_level  tx_isol_level;

  inline void update_change_flags(THD *thd)
  {
    tx_changed &= uint(~TX_CHG_STATE);
    tx_changed |= (tx_curr_state != tx_reported_state) ? TX_CHG_STATE : 0;
    if (tx_changed != TX_CHG_NONE)
      set_changed(thd);
  }
};

#define TRANSACT_TRACKER(X) \
 do { if (thd->variables.session_track_transaction_info > TX_TRACK_NONE) \
        thd->session_tracker.transaction_info.X; } while(0)


/**
  User_variables_tracker

  This is a tracker class that enables & manages the tracking of user variables.
*/

#ifdef USER_VAR_TRACKING
class User_variables_tracker: public State_tracker
{
  Hash_set<const user_var_entry> m_changed_user_variables;
public:
  User_variables_tracker():
    m_changed_user_variables(PSI_INSTRUMENT_ME, &my_charset_bin, 0, 0,
                             sizeof(const user_var_entry*), 0, 0, HASH_UNIQUE |
                             mysqld_server_initialized ? HASH_THREAD_SPECIFIC : 0) {}
  bool update(THD *thd, set_var *var);
  bool store(THD *thd, String *buf);
  void mark_as_changed(THD *thd, const user_var_entry *var)
  {
    if (is_enabled())
    {
      m_changed_user_variables.insert(var);
      set_changed(thd);
    }
  }
  void deinit() { m_changed_user_variables.~Hash_set(); }
};
#endif // USER_VAR_TRACKING


/**
  Session_tracker

  This class holds an object each for all tracker classes and provides
  methods necessary for systematic detection and generation of session
  state change information.
*/

class Session_tracker
{
  State_tracker *m_trackers[SESSION_TRACKER_END];

  /* The following two functions are private to disable copying. */
  Session_tracker(Session_tracker const &other)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(FALSE);
  }
  Session_tracker& operator= (Session_tracker const &rhs)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(FALSE);
    return *this;
  }

public:
  Current_schema_tracker current_schema;
  Session_state_change_tracker state_change;
  Transaction_state_tracker transaction_info;
  Session_sysvars_tracker sysvars;
#ifdef USER_VAR_TRACKING
  User_variables_tracker user_variables;
#endif // USER_VAR_TRACKING

  Session_tracker()
  {
    m_trackers[SESSION_SYSVARS_TRACKER]= &sysvars;
    m_trackers[CURRENT_SCHEMA_TRACKER]= &current_schema;
    m_trackers[SESSION_STATE_CHANGE_TRACKER]= &state_change;
    m_trackers[TRANSACTION_INFO_TRACKER]= &transaction_info;
#ifdef USER_VAR_TRACKING
    m_trackers[USER_VARIABLES_TRACKER]= &user_variables;
#endif // USER_VAR_TRACKING
  }

  void enable(THD *thd)
  {
    for (int i= 0; i < SESSION_TRACKER_END; i++)
      m_trackers[i]->enable(thd);
  }

  void store(THD *thd, String *main_buf);
};


int session_tracker_init();
#else

#define TRANSACT_TRACKER(X) do{}while(0)

class Session_tracker
{
  class Dummy_tracker
  {
  public:
    void mark_as_changed(THD *thd) {}
    void mark_as_changed(THD *thd, const sys_var *var) {}
  };
public:
  Dummy_tracker current_schema;
  Dummy_tracker state_change;
  Dummy_tracker sysvars;
};

#endif //EMBEDDED_LIBRARY

#endif /* SESSION_TRACKER_INCLUDED */
#ifndef SQL_I_S_INCLUDED
#define SQL_I_S_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2017, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2019, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#include "sql_const.h"              // MAX_FIELD_VARCHARLENGTH
#include "sql_basic_types.h"        // enum_nullability
#include "sql_string.h"             // strlen, MY_CS_CHARACTER_SET_NAME_SIZE
#include "lex_string.h"             // LEX_CSTRING
#include "mysql_com.h"              // enum_field_types
#include "my_time.h"                // TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS
#include "sql_type.h"               // Type_handler_xxx

struct TABLE_LIST;
struct TABLE;
typedef class Item COND;

#ifdef MYSQL_CLIENT
#error MYSQL_CLIENT must not be defined
#endif // MYSQL_CLIENT


bool schema_table_store_record(THD *thd, TABLE *table);
COND *make_cond_for_info_schema(THD *thd, COND *cond, TABLE_LIST *table);


enum enum_show_open_table
{
  SKIP_OPEN_TABLE= 0U,              // do not open table
  OPEN_FRM_ONLY=   1U,              // open FRM file only
  OPEN_FULL_TABLE= 2U               // open FRM,MYD, MYI files
};


namespace Show {
class Type
{
  /**
     This denotes data type for the column. For the most part, there seems to
     be one entry in the enum for each SQL data type, although there seem to
     be a number of additional entries in the enum.
  */
  const Type_handler *m_type_handler;
  /**
     For string-type columns, this is the maximum number of
     characters. Otherwise, it is the 'display-length' for the column.
  */
  uint m_char_length;
  uint m_unsigned_flag;
  const Typelib *m_typelib;
public:
  Type(const Type_handler *th, uint length, uint unsigned_flag,
       const Typelib *typelib= NULL)
   :m_type_handler(th), m_char_length(length), m_unsigned_flag(unsigned_flag),
    m_typelib(typelib)
  { }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const { return m_type_handler; }
  uint char_length()      const { return m_char_length; }
  decimal_digits_t decimal_precision() const
  { return (decimal_digits_t) ((m_char_length / 100) % 100); }
  decimal_digits_t decimal_scale() const
  { return (decimal_digits_t) (m_char_length % 10); }
  uint fsp() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_char_length <= TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS);
    return m_char_length;
  }
  uint unsigned_flag()    const { return m_unsigned_flag; }
  const Typelib *typelib() const { return m_typelib; }
};
} // namespace Show



class ST_FIELD_INFO: public Show::Type
{
protected:
  LEX_CSTRING m_name;                 // I_S column name
  enum_nullability m_nullability;     // NULLABLE or NOT NULL
  LEX_CSTRING m_old_name;             // SHOW column name
  enum_show_open_table m_open_method;
public:
  ST_FIELD_INFO(const LEX_CSTRING &name, const Type &type,
                enum_nullability nullability,
                LEX_CSTRING &old_name,
                enum_show_open_table open_method)
   :Type(type), m_name(name),
    m_nullability(nullability),
    m_old_name(old_name),
    m_open_method(open_method)
  { }
  ST_FIELD_INFO(const char *name, const Type &type,
                enum_nullability nullability,
                const char *old_name,
                enum_show_open_table open_method)
   :Type(type),
    m_nullability(nullability),
    m_open_method(open_method)
  {
    m_name.str= name;
    m_name.length= safe_strlen(name);
    m_old_name.str= old_name;
    m_old_name.length= safe_strlen(old_name);
  }
  const LEX_CSTRING &name() const { return m_name; }
  bool nullable() const { return m_nullability == NULLABLE; }
  const LEX_CSTRING &old_name() const { return m_old_name; }
  enum_show_open_table open_method() const { return  m_open_method; }
  bool end_marker() const { return m_name.str == NULL; }
};


namespace Show
{


class Enum: public Type
{
public:
  Enum(const Typelib *typelib) :Type(&type_handler_enum, 0, false, typelib) { }
};


class Blob: public Type
{
public:
  Blob(uint length) :Type(&type_handler_blob, length, false) { }
};


class Varchar: public Type
{
public:
  Varchar(uint length) :Type(&type_handler_varchar, length, false)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(length * 3 <= MAX_FIELD_VARCHARLENGTH);
  }
};


class Longtext: public Type
{
public:
  Longtext(uint length) :Type(&type_handler_varchar, length, false) { }
};


class Yes_or_empty: public Varchar
{
public:
  Yes_or_empty(): Varchar(3) { }
  static LEX_CSTRING value(bool val)
  {
    return val ? Lex_cstring(STRING_WITH_LEN("Yes")) :
                 Lex_cstring();
  }
};


class Catalog: public Varchar
{
public:
  Catalog(): Varchar(FN_REFLEN) { }
};


class Name: public Varchar
{
public:
  Name(): Varchar(NAME_CHAR_LEN) { }
};


class Definer: public Varchar
{
public:
  Definer(): Varchar(DEFINER_CHAR_LENGTH) { }
};


class Userhost: public Varchar
{
public:
  Userhost(): Varchar(USERNAME_CHAR_LENGTH + HOSTNAME_LENGTH + 2) { }
};


class CSName: public Varchar
{
public:
  CSName(): Varchar(MY_CS_CHARACTER_SET_NAME_SIZE) { }
};


class CLName: public Varchar
{
public:
  CLName(): Varchar(MY_CS_COLLATION_NAME_SIZE) { }
};


class SQLMode: public Varchar
{
public:
  SQLMode(): Varchar(32*256) { }
};


class Datetime: public Type
{
public:
  Datetime(uint dec) :Type(&type_handler_datetime2, dec, false) { }
};


class Decimal: public Type
{
public:
  Decimal(uint length) :Type(&type_handler_newdecimal, length, false) { }
};


class ULonglong: public Type
{
public:
  ULonglong(uint length) :Type(&type_handler_ulonglong, length, true) { }
  ULonglong() :ULonglong(MY_INT64_NUM_DECIMAL_DIGITS) { }
};


class ULong: public Type
{
public:
  ULong(uint length) :Type(&type_handler_ulong, length, true) { }
  ULong() :ULong(MY_INT32_NUM_DECIMAL_DIGITS) { }
};


class SLonglong: public Type
{
public:
  SLonglong(uint length) :Type(&type_handler_slonglong, length, false) { }
  SLonglong() :SLonglong(MY_INT64_NUM_DECIMAL_DIGITS) { }
};


class SLong: public Type
{
public:
  SLong(uint length) :Type(&type_handler_slong, length, false) { }
  SLong() :SLong(MY_INT32_NUM_DECIMAL_DIGITS) { }
};


class SShort: public Type
{
public:
  SShort(uint length) :Type(&type_handler_sshort, length, false) { }
};


class STiny: public Type
{
public:
  STiny(uint length) :Type(&type_handler_stiny, length, false) { }
};


class Double: public Type
{
public:
  Double(uint length) :Type(&type_handler_double, length, false) { }
};


class Float: public Type
{
public:
  Float(uint length) :Type(&type_handler_float, length, false) { }
};



class Column: public ST_FIELD_INFO
{
public:
  Column(const char *name, const Type &type,
         enum_nullability nullability,
         const char *old_name,
         enum_show_open_table open_method= SKIP_OPEN_TABLE)
   :ST_FIELD_INFO(name, type, nullability,
                  old_name, open_method)
  { }
  Column(const char *name, const Type &type,
         enum_nullability nullability,
         enum_show_open_table open_method= SKIP_OPEN_TABLE)
   :ST_FIELD_INFO(name, type, nullability,
                  NullS, open_method)
  { }
};


// End marker
class CEnd: public Column
{
public:
  CEnd() :Column(NullS, Varchar(0), NOT_NULL, NullS, SKIP_OPEN_TABLE) { }
};


} // namespace Show


struct TABLE_LIST;
typedef class Item COND;

typedef struct st_schema_table
{
  const char *table_name;
  ST_FIELD_INFO *fields_info;
  /* for FLUSH table_name */
  int (*reset_table) ();
  /* Fill table with data */
  int (*fill_table) (THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, COND *cond);
  /* Handle fileds for old SHOW */
  int (*old_format) (THD *thd, struct st_schema_table *schema_table);
  int (*process_table) (THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, TABLE *table,
                        bool res, const LEX_CSTRING *db_name,
                        const LEX_CSTRING *table_name);
  int idx_field1, idx_field2; 
  bool hidden;
  uint i_s_requested_object;  /* the object we need to open(TABLE | VIEW) */
} ST_SCHEMA_TABLE;


#endif // SQL_I_S_INCLUDED
#ifndef ITEM_GEOFUNC_INCLUDED
#define ITEM_GEOFUNC_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2016 Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (C) 2011, 2021, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */


/* This file defines all spatial functions */

#ifdef HAVE_SPATIAL

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#include "sql_type_geom.h"
#include "item.h"
#include "gstream.h"
#include "spatial.h"
#include "gcalc_slicescan.h"
#include "gcalc_tools.h"

class Item_geometry_func: public Item_str_func
{
public:
  Item_geometry_func(THD *thd): Item_str_func(thd) {}
  Item_geometry_func(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_str_func(thd, a) {}
  Item_geometry_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_str_func(thd, a, b) {}
  Item_geometry_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_str_func(thd, a, b, c) {}
  Item_geometry_func(THD *thd, List<Item> &list): Item_str_func(thd, list) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_geometry; }
};


/*
  Functions returning REAL measurements of a single GEOMETRY argument
*/
class Item_real_func_args_geometry: public Item_real_func
{
protected:
  String value;
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(arg_count == 1);
    return Type_handler_geometry::check_type_geom_or_binary(func_name_cstring(),
                                                            args[0]);
  }
public:
  Item_real_func_args_geometry(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_real_func(thd, a) {}
};


/*
  Functions returning INT measurements of a single GEOMETRY argument
*/
class Item_long_func_args_geometry: public Item_long_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(arg_count == 1);
    return Type_handler_geometry::check_type_geom_or_binary(func_name_cstring(),
                                                            args[0]);
  }
protected:
  String value;
public:
  Item_long_func_args_geometry(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_long_func(thd, a) {}
};


/*
  Functions returning BOOL measurements of a single GEOMETRY argument
*/
class Item_bool_func_args_geometry: public Item_bool_func
{
protected:
  String value;
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(arg_count == 1);
    return Type_handler_geometry::check_type_geom_or_binary(func_name_cstring(),
                                                            args[0]);
  }
public:
  Item_bool_func_args_geometry(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_bool_func(thd, a) {}
};


/*
  Functions returning ASCII string measurements of a single GEOMETRY argument
*/
class Item_str_ascii_func_args_geometry: public Item_str_ascii_func
{
protected:
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(arg_count >= 1);
    return Type_handler_geometry::check_type_geom_or_binary(func_name_cstring(),
                                                            args[0]);
  }
public:
  Item_str_ascii_func_args_geometry(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_str_ascii_func(thd, a) {}
  Item_str_ascii_func_args_geometry(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_str_ascii_func(thd, a, b) {}
  Item_str_ascii_func_args_geometry(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c)
   :Item_str_ascii_func(thd, a, b, c) {}
};


/*
  Functions returning binary string measurements of a single GEOMETRY argument
*/
class Item_binary_func_args_geometry: public Item_str_func
{
protected:
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(arg_count >= 1);
    return Type_handler_geometry::check_type_geom_or_binary(func_name_cstring(),
                                                            args[0]);
  }
public:
  Item_binary_func_args_geometry(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_str_func(thd, a) {}
};


/*
  Functions returning GEOMETRY measurements of a single GEOEMETRY argument
*/
class Item_geometry_func_args_geometry: public Item_geometry_func
{
protected:
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(arg_count >= 1);
    return Type_handler_geometry::check_type_geom_or_binary(func_name_cstring(),
                                                            args[0]);
  }
public:
  Item_geometry_func_args_geometry(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_geometry_func(thd, a) {}
  Item_geometry_func_args_geometry(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_geometry_func(thd, a, b) {}
};


/*
  Functions returning REAL result relationships between two GEOMETRY arguments
*/
class Item_real_func_args_geometry_geometry: public Item_real_func
{
protected:
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(arg_count >= 2);
    return Type_handler_geometry::check_types_geom_or_binary(func_name_cstring(),
                                                             args, 0, 2);
  }
public:
  Item_real_func_args_geometry_geometry(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_real_func(thd, a, b) {}
};


/*
  Functions returning BOOL result relationships between two GEOMETRY arguments
*/
class Item_bool_func_args_geometry_geometry: public Item_bool_func
{
protected:
  String value;
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(arg_count >= 2);
    return Type_handler_geometry::check_types_geom_or_binary(func_name_cstring(),
                                                             args, 0, 2);
  }
public:
  Item_bool_func_args_geometry_geometry(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c)
   :Item_bool_func(thd, a, b, c) {}
};


class Item_func_geometry_from_text: public Item_geometry_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return args[0]->check_type_general_purpose_string(func_name_cstring()) ||
           check_argument_types_can_return_int(1, MY_MIN(2, arg_count));
  }
public:
  Item_func_geometry_from_text(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_geometry_func(thd, a) {}
  Item_func_geometry_from_text(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *srid):
    Item_geometry_func(thd, a, srid) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_geometryfromtext") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_geometry_from_text>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_geometry_from_wkb: public Item_geometry_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return
      Type_handler_geometry::check_type_geom_or_binary(func_name_cstring(), args[0]) ||
      check_argument_types_can_return_int(1, MY_MIN(2, arg_count));
  }
public:
  Item_func_geometry_from_wkb(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_geometry_func(thd, a) {}
  Item_func_geometry_from_wkb(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *srid):
    Item_geometry_func(thd, a, srid) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_geometryfromwkb") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_geometry_from_wkb>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_geometry_from_json: public Item_geometry_func
{
  String tmp_js;
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    // TODO: check with Alexey, for better args[1] and args[2] type control
    return args[0]->check_type_general_purpose_string(func_name_cstring()) ||
           check_argument_types_traditional_scalar(1, MY_MIN(3, arg_count));
  }
public:
  Item_func_geometry_from_json(THD *thd, Item *js): Item_geometry_func(thd, js) {}
  Item_func_geometry_from_json(THD *thd, Item *js, Item *opt):
    Item_geometry_func(thd, js, opt) {}
  Item_func_geometry_from_json(THD *thd, Item *js, Item *opt, Item *srid):
    Item_geometry_func(thd, js, opt, srid) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_geomfromgeojson") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_geometry_from_json>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_as_wkt: public Item_str_ascii_func_args_geometry
{
public:
  Item_func_as_wkt(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_str_ascii_func_args_geometry(thd, a) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_astext") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str_ascii(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_as_wkt>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_as_wkb: public Item_binary_func_args_geometry
{
public:
  Item_func_as_wkb(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_binary_func_args_geometry(thd, a) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_aswkb") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_long_blob; }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    collation.set(&my_charset_bin);
    decimals=0;
    max_length= (uint32) UINT_MAX32;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_as_wkb>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_as_geojson: public Item_str_ascii_func_args_geometry
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    // TODO: check with Alexey, for better args[1] and args[2] type control
    return Item_str_ascii_func_args_geometry::check_arguments() ||
           check_argument_types_traditional_scalar(1, MY_MIN(3, arg_count));
  }
public:
  Item_func_as_geojson(THD *thd, Item *js)
   :Item_str_ascii_func_args_geometry(thd, js) {}
  Item_func_as_geojson(THD *thd, Item *js, Item *max_dec_digits)
   :Item_str_ascii_func_args_geometry(thd, js, max_dec_digits) {}
  Item_func_as_geojson(THD *thd, Item *js, Item *max_dec_digits, Item *opt)
   :Item_str_ascii_func_args_geometry(thd, js, max_dec_digits, opt) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_asgeojson") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  String *val_str_ascii(String *) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_as_geojson>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_geometry_type: public Item_str_ascii_func_args_geometry
{
public:
  Item_func_geometry_type(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_str_ascii_func_args_geometry(thd, a) {}
  String *val_str_ascii(String *) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_geometrytype") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    // "GeometryCollection" is the longest
    fix_length_and_charset(20, default_charset());
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  };

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_geometry_type>(thd, this); }
};


// #define HEAVY_CONVEX_HULL
class Item_func_convexhull: public Item_geometry_func_args_geometry
{
  class ch_node: public Gcalc_dyn_list::Item
  {
  public:
    const Gcalc_heap::Info *pi;
    ch_node *prev;
    Gcalc_dyn_list::Item *next;
    ch_node *get_next() { return (ch_node *) next; }
  };

  Gcalc_heap collector;
  Gcalc_function func;
  Gcalc_dyn_list res_heap;

  Gcalc_result_receiver res_receiver;
  String tmp_value;
#ifdef HEAVY_CONVEX_HULL
  Gcalc_scan_iterator scan_it;
#endif /*HEAVY_CONVEX_HULL*/
  ch_node *new_ch_node() { return (ch_node *) res_heap.new_item(); }
  int add_node_to_line(ch_node **p_cur, int dir, const Gcalc_heap::Info *pi);
public:
  Item_func_convexhull(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_geometry_func_args_geometry(thd, a),
    res_heap(8192, sizeof(ch_node))
    {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_convexhull") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_convexhull>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_centroid: public Item_geometry_func_args_geometry
{
public:
  Item_func_centroid(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_geometry_func_args_geometry(thd, a) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_centroid") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    return &type_handler_point;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_centroid>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_envelope: public Item_geometry_func_args_geometry
{
public:
  Item_func_envelope(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_geometry_func_args_geometry(thd, a) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_envelope") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    return &type_handler_polygon;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_envelope>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_boundary: public Item_geometry_func_args_geometry
{
  class Transporter : public Gcalc_shape_transporter
  {
    Gcalc_result_receiver *m_receiver;
    uint n_points;
    Gcalc_function::shape_type current_type;
    double last_x, last_y;
  public:
    Transporter(Gcalc_result_receiver *receiver) :
      Gcalc_shape_transporter(NULL), m_receiver(receiver)
    {}
    int single_point(double x, double y) override;
    int start_line() override;
    int complete_line() override;
    int start_poly() override;
    int complete_poly() override;
    int start_ring() override;
    int complete_ring() override;
    int add_point(double x, double y) override;

    int start_collection(int n_objects) override;
  };
  Gcalc_result_receiver res_receiver;
public:
  Item_func_boundary(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_geometry_func_args_geometry(thd, a) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_boundary") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_boundary>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_point: public Item_geometry_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return check_argument_types_can_return_real(0, 2); }
public:
  Item_func_point(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_geometry_func(thd, a, b) {}
  Item_func_point(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *srid):
    Item_geometry_func(thd, a, b, srid) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("point") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    return &type_handler_point;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_point>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_spatial_decomp: public Item_geometry_func_args_geometry
{
  enum Functype decomp_func;
public:
  Item_func_spatial_decomp(THD *thd, Item *a, Item_func::Functype ft):
    Item_geometry_func_args_geometry(thd, a) { decomp_func = ft; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  { 
    static LEX_CSTRING startpoint= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_startpoint") };
    static LEX_CSTRING endpoint= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_endpoint") };
    static LEX_CSTRING exteriorring= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_exteriorring") };
    static LEX_CSTRING unknown= {STRING_WITH_LEN("spatial_decomp_unknown") };
    switch (decomp_func) {
      case SP_STARTPOINT:
        return startpoint;
      case SP_ENDPOINT:
        return endpoint;
      case SP_EXTERIORRING:
        return exteriorring;
      default:
	DBUG_ASSERT(0);  // Should never happened
        return unknown;
    }
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_spatial_decomp>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_spatial_decomp_n: public Item_geometry_func_args_geometry
{
  enum Functype decomp_func_n;
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return Item_geometry_func_args_geometry::check_arguments() ||
           args[1]->check_type_can_return_int(func_name_cstring());
  }
public:
  Item_func_spatial_decomp_n(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item_func::Functype ft)
   :Item_geometry_func_args_geometry(thd, a, b),
    decomp_func_n(ft)
  { }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  { 
    static LEX_CSTRING pointn= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_pointn") };
    static LEX_CSTRING geometryn= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_geometryn") };
    static LEX_CSTRING interiorringn= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_interiorringn") };
    static LEX_CSTRING unknown= {STRING_WITH_LEN("spatial_decomp_unknown") };

    switch (decomp_func_n) {
      case SP_POINTN:
        return pointn;
      case SP_GEOMETRYN:
        return geometryn;
      case SP_INTERIORRINGN:
        return interiorringn;
      default:
	DBUG_ASSERT(0);  // Should never happened
        return unknown;
    }
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_spatial_decomp_n>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_spatial_collection: public Item_geometry_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return Type_handler_geometry::check_types_geom_or_binary(func_name_cstring(), args,
                                                             0, arg_count);
  }
  enum Geometry::wkbType coll_type; 
  enum Geometry::wkbType item_type;
public:
  Item_func_spatial_collection(THD *thd,
     List<Item> &list, enum Geometry::wkbType ct, enum Geometry::wkbType it):
  Item_geometry_func(thd, list)
  {
    coll_type=ct;
    item_type=it;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    if (Item_geometry_func::fix_length_and_dec(thd))
      return TRUE;
    for (unsigned int i= 0; i < arg_count; ++i)
    {
      if (args[i]->fixed() && args[i]->field_type() != MYSQL_TYPE_GEOMETRY)
      {
        String str;
        args[i]->print(&str, QT_NO_DATA_EXPANSION);
        str.append('\0');
        my_error(ER_ILLEGAL_VALUE_FOR_TYPE, MYF(0), "non geometric",
                 str.ptr());
        return TRUE;
      }
    }
    return FALSE;
  }
};


class Item_func_geometrycollection: public Item_func_spatial_collection
{
public:
  Item_func_geometrycollection(THD *thd, List<Item> &list)
   :Item_func_spatial_collection(thd, list,
                                 Geometry::wkb_geometrycollection,
                                 Geometry::wkb_point)
  { }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    return &type_handler_geometrycollection;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("geometrycollection") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_geometrycollection>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_linestring: public Item_func_spatial_collection
{
public:
  Item_func_linestring(THD *thd, List<Item> &list)
   :Item_func_spatial_collection(thd, list,
                                 Geometry::wkb_linestring,
                                 Geometry::wkb_point)
  { }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_linestring; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("linestring") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_linestring>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_polygon: public Item_func_spatial_collection
{
public:
  Item_func_polygon(THD *thd, List<Item> &list)
   :Item_func_spatial_collection(thd, list,
                                 Geometry::wkb_polygon,
                                 Geometry::wkb_linestring)
  { }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_polygon; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("polygon") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_polygon>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_multilinestring: public Item_func_spatial_collection
{
public:
  Item_func_multilinestring(THD *thd, List<Item> &list)
   :Item_func_spatial_collection(thd, list,
                                 Geometry::wkb_multilinestring,
                                 Geometry::wkb_linestring)
  { }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    return &type_handler_multilinestring;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("multilinestring") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_multilinestring>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_multipoint: public Item_func_spatial_collection
{
public:
  Item_func_multipoint(THD *thd, List<Item> &list)
   :Item_func_spatial_collection(thd, list,
                                 Geometry::wkb_multipoint,
                                 Geometry::wkb_point)
  { }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    return &type_handler_multipoint;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("multipoint") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_multipoint>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_multipolygon: public Item_func_spatial_collection
{
public:
  Item_func_multipolygon(THD *thd, List<Item> &list)
   :Item_func_spatial_collection(thd, list,
                                 Geometry::wkb_multipolygon,
                                 Geometry::wkb_polygon)
  { }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    return &type_handler_multipolygon;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("multipolygon") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_multipolygon>(thd, this); }
};



/*
  Spatial relations
*/

class Item_func_spatial_rel: public Item_bool_func2_with_rev
{
protected:
  enum Functype spatial_rel;
  String tmp_value1, tmp_value2;
  SEL_ARG *get_mm_leaf(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, Field *field,
                       KEY_PART *key_part,
                       Item_func::Functype type, Item *value) override;
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(arg_count >= 2);
    return Type_handler_geometry::check_types_geom_or_binary(func_name_cstring(),
                                                             args, 0, 2);
  }
public:
  Item_func_spatial_rel(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, enum Functype sp_rel):
    Item_bool_func2_with_rev(thd, a, b), spatial_rel(sp_rel)
  {
    set_maybe_null();
  }
  enum Functype functype() const override { return spatial_rel; }
  enum Functype rev_functype() const override
  {
    switch (spatial_rel)
    {
      case SP_CONTAINS_FUNC:
        return SP_WITHIN_FUNC;
      case SP_WITHIN_FUNC:
        return SP_CONTAINS_FUNC;
      default:
        return spatial_rel;
    }
  }
  bool is_null() override { (void) val_int(); return null_value; }
  void add_key_fields(JOIN *join, KEY_FIELD **key_fields,
                      uint *and_level, table_map usable_tables,
                      SARGABLE_PARAM **sargables) override
  {
    return add_key_fields_optimize_op(join, key_fields, and_level,
                                      usable_tables, sargables, false);
  }
  bool need_parentheses_in_default() override { return false; }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override { return nullptr; }
};


class Item_func_spatial_mbr_rel: public Item_func_spatial_rel
{
public:
  Item_func_spatial_mbr_rel(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, enum Functype sp_rel):
    Item_func_spatial_rel(thd, a, b, sp_rel)
  { }
  bool val_bool() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_spatial_mbr_rel>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_spatial_precise_rel: public Item_func_spatial_rel
{
  Gcalc_heap collector;
  Gcalc_scan_iterator scan_it;
  Gcalc_function func;
public:
  Item_func_spatial_precise_rel(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, enum Functype sp_rel):
    Item_func_spatial_rel(thd, a, b, sp_rel), collector()
  { }
  bool val_bool() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_spatial_precise_rel>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_spatial_relate: public Item_bool_func_args_geometry_geometry
{
  Gcalc_heap collector;
  Gcalc_scan_iterator scan_it;
  Gcalc_function func;
  String tmp_value1, tmp_value2, tmp_matrix;
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return Item_bool_func_args_geometry_geometry::check_arguments() ||
           args[2]->check_type_general_purpose_string(func_name_cstring());
  }
public:
  Item_func_spatial_relate(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *matrix):
    Item_bool_func_args_geometry_geometry(thd, a, b, matrix)
  { }
  bool val_bool() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_relate") };
    return name;
  }
  bool need_parentheses_in_default() override { return false; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_spatial_relate>(thd, this); }
};


/*
  Spatial operations
*/

class Item_func_spatial_operation final: public Item_geometry_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(arg_count >= 2);
    return Type_handler_geometry::check_types_geom_or_binary(func_name_cstring(),
                                                             args, 0, 2);
  }
public:
  Gcalc_function::op_type spatial_op;
  Gcalc_heap collector;
  Gcalc_function func;

  Gcalc_result_receiver res_receiver;
  Gcalc_operation_reducer operation;
  String tmp_value1,tmp_value2;
public:
  Item_func_spatial_operation(THD *thd, Item *a,Item *b,
                              Gcalc_function::op_type sp_op):
    Item_geometry_func(thd, a, b), spatial_op(sp_op)
  {}
  virtual ~Item_func_spatial_operation();
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    Item_func::print(str, query_type);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_spatial_operation>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_buffer final : public Item_geometry_func_args_geometry
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return Item_geometry_func_args_geometry::check_arguments() ||
           args[1]->check_type_can_return_real(func_name_cstring());
  }
protected:
  class Transporter : public Gcalc_operation_transporter
  {
    int m_npoints;
    double m_d;
    double x1,y1,x2,y2;
    double x00,y00,x01,y01;
    int add_edge_buffer(double x3, double y3, bool round_p1, bool round_p2);
    int add_last_edge_buffer();
    int add_point_buffer(double x, double y);
    int complete();
    int m_nshapes;
    Gcalc_function::op_type buffer_op;
    int last_shape_pos;
    bool skip_line;

  public:
    Transporter(Gcalc_function *fn, Gcalc_heap *heap, double d) :
      Gcalc_operation_transporter(fn, heap), m_npoints(0), m_d(d),
      m_nshapes(0), buffer_op((d > 0.0) ? Gcalc_function::op_union :
                                          Gcalc_function::op_difference),
      skip_line(FALSE)
    {}
    int single_point(double x, double y) override;
    int start_line() override;
    int complete_line() override;
    int start_poly() override;
    int complete_poly() override;
    int start_ring() override;
    int complete_ring() override;
    int add_point(double x, double y) override;

    int start_collection(int n_objects) override;
  };
  Gcalc_heap collector;
  Gcalc_function func;

  Gcalc_result_receiver res_receiver;
  Gcalc_operation_reducer operation;

public:
  Item_func_buffer(THD *thd, Item *obj, Item *distance)
   :Item_geometry_func_args_geometry(thd, obj, distance) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_buffer") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_buffer>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_isempty: public Item_bool_func_args_geometry
{
public:
  Item_func_isempty(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_bool_func_args_geometry(thd, a) {}
  bool val_bool() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_isempty") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  { set_maybe_null(); return FALSE; }
  bool need_parentheses_in_default() override { return false; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_isempty>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_issimple: public Item_long_func_args_geometry
{
  Gcalc_heap collector;
  Gcalc_function func;
  Gcalc_scan_iterator scan_it;
  String tmp;
public:
  Item_func_issimple(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_long_func_args_geometry(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_issimple") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override { decimals=0; max_length=2; return FALSE; }
  decimal_digits_t decimal_precision() const override { return 1; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_issimple>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_isclosed: public Item_long_func_args_geometry
{
public:
  Item_func_isclosed(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_long_func_args_geometry(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_isclosed") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override { decimals=0; max_length=2; return FALSE; }
  decimal_digits_t decimal_precision() const override { return 1; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_isclosed>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_isring: public Item_func_issimple
{
public:
  Item_func_isring(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func_issimple(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_isring") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_isring>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_dimension: public Item_long_func_args_geometry
{
public:
  Item_func_dimension(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_long_func_args_geometry(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_dimension") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  { max_length= 10; set_maybe_null(); return FALSE; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_dimension>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_x: public Item_real_func_args_geometry
{
public:
  Item_func_x(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_real_func_args_geometry(thd, a) {}
  double val_real() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_x") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    if (Item_real_func::fix_length_and_dec(thd))
      return TRUE;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_x>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_y: public Item_real_func_args_geometry
{
public:
  Item_func_y(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_real_func_args_geometry(thd, a) {}
  double val_real() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_y") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    if (Item_real_func::fix_length_and_dec(thd))
      return TRUE;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_y>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_numgeometries: public Item_long_func_args_geometry
{
public:
  Item_func_numgeometries(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_long_func_args_geometry(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_numgeometries") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  { max_length= 10; set_maybe_null(); return FALSE; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_numgeometries>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_numinteriorring: public Item_long_func_args_geometry
{
public:
  Item_func_numinteriorring(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_long_func_args_geometry(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_numinteriorrings") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  { max_length= 10; set_maybe_null(); return FALSE; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_numinteriorring>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_numpoints: public Item_long_func_args_geometry
{
public:
  Item_func_numpoints(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_long_func_args_geometry(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_numpoints") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  { max_length= 10; set_maybe_null(); return FALSE; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_numpoints>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_area: public Item_real_func_args_geometry
{
public:
  Item_func_area(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_real_func_args_geometry(thd, a) {}
  double val_real() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_area") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    if (Item_real_func::fix_length_and_dec(thd))
      return TRUE;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_area>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_glength: public Item_real_func_args_geometry
{
  String value;
public:
  Item_func_glength(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_real_func_args_geometry(thd, a) {}
  double val_real() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_length") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    if (Item_real_func::fix_length_and_dec(thd))
      return TRUE;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_glength>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_srid: public Item_long_func_args_geometry
{
public:
  Item_func_srid(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_long_func_args_geometry(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("srid") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  { max_length= 10; set_maybe_null(); return FALSE; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_srid>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_distance: public Item_real_func_args_geometry_geometry
{
  String tmp_value1;
  String tmp_value2;
  Gcalc_heap collector;
  Gcalc_function func;
  Gcalc_scan_iterator scan_it;
public:
  Item_func_distance(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_real_func_args_geometry_geometry(thd, a, b) {}
  double val_real() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_distance") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_distance>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_sphere_distance: public Item_real_func
{
  double spherical_distance_points(Geometry *g1, Geometry *g2,
                                   const double sphere_r);
public:
  Item_func_sphere_distance(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_real_func(thd, list) {}
  double val_real() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_distance_sphere") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_sphere_distance>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_pointonsurface: public Item_geometry_func_args_geometry
{
  String tmp_value;
  Gcalc_heap collector;
  Gcalc_function func;
  Gcalc_scan_iterator scan_it;
public:
  Item_func_pointonsurface(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_geometry_func_args_geometry(thd, a) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_pointonsurface") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    return &type_handler_point;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_pointonsurface>(thd, this); }
};


#ifndef DBUG_OFF
class Item_func_gis_debug: public Item_long_func
{
  public:
    Item_func_gis_debug(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_long_func(thd, a)
    { null_value= false; }
    bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override { fix_char_length(10); return FALSE; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("st_gis_debug") };
    return name;
  }
    longlong val_int() override;
    bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
    {
      return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
    }

protected:
    Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
    { return get_item_copy<Item_func_gis_debug>(thd, this); }
};
#endif


#define GEOM_NEW(thd, obj_constructor) new (thd->mem_root) obj_constructor
#define GEOM_TYPE(x) (x)

#else /*HAVE_SPATIAL*/

#define GEOM_NEW(thd, obj_constructor) NULL
#define GEOM_TYPE(x) NULL

#endif /*HAVE_SPATIAL*/
#endif /* ITEM_GEOFUNC_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2016, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _tree_h
#define _tree_h
#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include "my_base.h"		/* get 'enum ha_rkey_function' */
#include "my_alloc.h"           /* MEM_ROOT */

/* Worst case tree is half full. This gives use 2^(MAX_TREE_HEIGHT/2) leafs */
#define MAX_TREE_HEIGHT	64

#define ELEMENT_KEY(tree,element)\
(tree->offset_to_key ? (void*)((uchar*) element+tree->offset_to_key) :\
			*((void**) (element+1)))

#define tree_set_pointer(element,ptr) *((uchar **) (element+1))=((uchar*) (ptr))

/*
  A tree with its flag set to TREE_ONLY_DUPS behaves differently on inserting 
  an element that is not in the tree:
  the element is not added at all, but instead tree_insert() returns a special
  address TREE_ELEMENT_UNIQUE as an indication that the function has not failed
  due to lack of memory. 
*/

#define TREE_ELEMENT_UNIQUE ((TREE_ELEMENT *) 1)
#define TREE_NO_DUPS 1
#define TREE_ONLY_DUPS 2

typedef enum { left_root_right, right_root_left } TREE_WALK;
typedef uint32 element_count;
typedef int (*tree_walk_action)(void *,element_count,void *);

typedef enum { free_init, free_free, free_end } TREE_FREE;
typedef int (*tree_element_free)(void*, TREE_FREE, void *);

typedef struct st_tree_element {
  struct st_tree_element *left,*right;
  uint32 count:31,
	 colour:1;			/* black is marked as 1 */
} TREE_ELEMENT;

#define ELEMENT_CHILD(element, offs) (*(TREE_ELEMENT**)((char*)element + offs))

typedef struct st_tree {
  TREE_ELEMENT *root;
  TREE_ELEMENT **parents[MAX_TREE_HEIGHT];
  uint offset_to_key,elements_in_tree,size_of_element;
  size_t memory_limit, allocated;
  qsort_cmp2 compare;
  void *custom_arg;
  MEM_ROOT mem_root;
  my_bool with_delete;
  tree_element_free free;
  myf my_flags;
  uint flag;
} TREE;

	/* Functions on whole tree */
void init_tree(TREE *tree, size_t default_alloc_size, size_t memory_limit,
               int size, qsort_cmp2 compare,
	       tree_element_free free_element, void *custom_arg,
               myf my_flags);
int delete_tree(TREE*, my_bool abort);
int reset_tree(TREE*);

  /* similar to delete tree, except we do not my_free() blocks in mem_root */
#define is_tree_inited(tree) ((tree)->root != 0)

	/* Functions on leafs */
TREE_ELEMENT *tree_insert(TREE *tree,void *key, uint key_size, 
                          void *custom_arg);
void *tree_search(TREE *tree, void *key, void *custom_arg);
int tree_walk(TREE *tree,tree_walk_action action,
	      void *argument, TREE_WALK visit);
int tree_delete(TREE *tree, void *key, uint key_size, void *custom_arg);
void *tree_search_key(TREE *tree, const void *key, 
                      TREE_ELEMENT **parents, TREE_ELEMENT ***last_pos,
                      enum ha_rkey_function flag, void *custom_arg);
void *tree_search_edge(TREE *tree, TREE_ELEMENT **parents, 
                        TREE_ELEMENT ***last_pos, int child_offs);
void *tree_search_next(TREE *tree, TREE_ELEMENT ***last_pos, int l_offs, 
                       int r_offs);
ha_rows tree_record_pos(TREE *tree, const void *key, 
                     enum ha_rkey_function search_flag, void *custom_arg);
#define reset_free_element(tree) (tree)->free= 0

#define TREE_ELEMENT_EXTRA_SIZE (sizeof(TREE_ELEMENT) + sizeof(void*))

#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
#ifndef SQL_MODE_H_INCLUDED
#define SQL_MODE_H_INCLUDED
/*
   Copyright (c) 2019, MariaDB.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#include "sql_basic_types.h"

/*
  class Sql_mode_dependency

  A combination of hard and soft dependency on sql_mode.
  Used to watch if a GENERATED ALWAYS AS expression guarantees consitent
  data written to its virtual column.

  A virtual column can appear in an index if:
  - the generation expression does not depend on any sql_mode flags, or
  - the generation expression has a soft dependency on an sql_mode flag,
    and the column knows how to handle this dependeny.

  A virtual column cannot appear in an index if:
  - its generation expression has a hard dependency
  - its generation expression has a soft dependency, but the column
    cannot handle it on store.
  An error is reported in such cases.

  How dependencies appear:
  - When a column return value depends on some sql_mode flag,
    its Item_field adds a corresponding bit to m_soft. For example,
    Item_field for a CHAR(N) column adds the PAD_CHAR_TO_FULL_LENGTH flag.
  - When an SQL function/operator return value depends on some sql_mode flag,
    it adds a corresponding bit to m_soft. For example, Item_func_minus
    adds the MODE_NO_UNSIGNED_SUBTRACTION in case of unsigned arguments.

  How dependency are processed (see examples below):
  - All SQL functions/operators bit-OR all hard dependencies from all arguments.
  - Some soft dependencies can be handled by the underlying Field on store,
    e.g. CHAR(N) can handle PAD_CHAR_TO_FULL_LENGTH.
  - Some soft dependencies can be handled by SQL functions and operators,
    e.g. RTRIM(expr) removes expr's soft dependency on PAD_CHAR_TO_FULL_LENGTH.
    If a function or operator handles a soft dependency on a certain sql_mode
    flag, it removes the corresponding bit from m_soft (see below).
    Note, m_hard is not touched in such cases.
  - When an expression with a soft dependency on a certain sql_mode flag
    goes as an argument to an SQL function/operator which cannot handle
    this flag, the dependency escalates from soft to hard
    (by moving the corresponding bit from m_soft to m_hard) and cannot be
    handled any more on the upper level, neither by a Field on store,
    nor by another SQL function/operator.

  There are four kinds of Items:
  1. Items that generate a soft or hard dependency, e.g.
     - Item_field for CHAR(N) - generates soft/PAD_CHAR_TO_FULL_LENGTH
     - Item_func_minus        - generates soft/NO_UNSIGNED_SUBTRACTION
  2. Items that convert a soft dependency to a hard dependency.
     This happens e.g. when an Item_func instance gets a soft dependency
     from its arguments, and it does not know how to handle this dependency.
     Most Item_func descendants do this.
  3. Items that remove soft dependencies, e.g.:
     - Item_func_rtrim - removes soft/PAD_CHAR_TO_FULL_LENGTH
                         that came from args[0] (under certain conditions)
     - Item_func_rpad  - removes soft/PAD_CJAR_TO_FULL_LENGTH
                         that came from args[0] (under certain conditions)
  4. Items that repeat soft dependency from its arguments to the caller.
     They are not implemented yet. But functions like Item_func_coalesce,
     Item_func_case, Item_func_case_abbreviation2 could do this.

  Examples:

  1. CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE t1 (a CHAR(5), v CHAR(20) AS(a), KEY(v));

     Here `v` has a soft dependency on `a`.
     The value of `a` depends on PAD_CHAR_TO_FULL_LENGTH, it can return:
     - 'a'                         - if PAD_CHAR_TO_FULL_LENGTH is disabled
     - 'a' followed by four spaces - if PAD_CHAR_TO_FULL_LENGTH is enabled
     But `v` will pad trailing spaces to the full length on store anyway.
     So Field_string handles this soft dependency on store.
     This combination of the virtial column data type and its generation
     expression is safe and provides consistent data in `v`, which is
     'a' followed by four spaces, no matter what PAD_CHAR_TO_FULL_LENGTH is.

  2. CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE t1 (a CHAR(5), v VARCHAR(20) AS(a), KEY(v));

     Here `v` has a soft dependency on `a`. But Field_varstring does
     not pad spaces on store, so it cannot handle this dependency.
     This combination of the virtual column data type and its generation
     expression is not safe. An error is returned.

  3. CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE t1 (a CHAR(5), v INT AS(LENGTH(a)), KEY(v));

     Here `v` has a hard dependency on `a`, because the value of `a`
     is wrapped to the function LENGTH().
     The value of `LENGTH(a)` depends on PAD_CHAR_TO_FULL_LENGTH, it can return:
     - 1  - if PAD_CHAR_TO_FULL_LENGTH is disabled
     - 4  - if PAD_CHAR_TO_FULL_LENGTH is enabled
     This combination cannot provide consistent data stored to `v`,
     therefore it's disallowed.
*/
class Sql_mode_dependency
{
  sql_mode_t m_hard;
  sql_mode_t m_soft;
public:
  Sql_mode_dependency()
   :m_hard(0), m_soft(0)
  { }
  Sql_mode_dependency(sql_mode_t hard, sql_mode_t soft)
   :m_hard(hard), m_soft(soft)
  { }
  sql_mode_t hard() const { return m_hard; }
  sql_mode_t soft() const { return m_soft; }
  operator bool () const
  {
    return m_hard > 0 || m_soft > 0;
  }
  Sql_mode_dependency operator|(const Sql_mode_dependency &other) const
  {
    return Sql_mode_dependency(m_hard | other.m_hard, m_soft | other.m_soft);
  }
  Sql_mode_dependency operator&(const Sql_mode_dependency &other) const
  {
    return Sql_mode_dependency(m_hard & other.m_hard, m_soft & other.m_soft);
  }
  Sql_mode_dependency &operator|=(const Sql_mode_dependency &other)
  {
    m_hard|= other.m_hard;
    m_soft|= other.m_soft;
    return *this;
  }
  Sql_mode_dependency &operator&=(const Sql_mode_dependency &other)
  {
    m_hard&= other.m_hard;
    m_soft&= other.m_soft;
    return *this;
  }
  Sql_mode_dependency &soft_to_hard()
  {
    m_hard|= m_soft;
    m_soft= 0;
    return *this;
  }
  void push_dependency_warnings(THD *thd) const;
};


#endif // SQL_MODE_H_INCLUDED
#ifndef OPTIMIZER_DEFAULTS_INCLUDED
#define OPTIMIZER_DEFAULTS_INCLUDED
/*
   Copyright (c) 2022, MariaDB AB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
   as published by the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of
   the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA
*/

/*
  This file contains costs constants used by the optimizer
  All costs should be based on milliseconds (1 cost = 1 ms)
*/

/* Cost for finding the first key in a key scan */
#define DEFAULT_KEY_LOOKUP_COST      ((double) 0.000435777)

/* Cost of finding a row based on row_ID */
#define DEFAULT_ROW_LOOKUP_COST      ((double) 0.000130839)

/*
  Cost of finding and copying key and row blocks from the storage
  engine index cache to an internal cache as part of an index
  scan. This includes all mutexes that needs to be taken to get
  exclusive access to a page.  The number is taken from accessing an
  existing blocks from Aria page cache.
  Used in handler::scan_time() and handler::keyread_time()
*/
#define DEFAULT_INDEX_BLOCK_COPY_COST  ((double) 3.56e-05)

/*
  Cost of copying a row to 'table->record'.
  Used by scan_time() and rnd_pos_time() methods.

  If this is too small, then table scans will be prefered over 'ref'
  as with table scans there are no key read (KEY_LOOKUP_COST), fewer
  disk reads but more record copying and row comparisions.  If it's
  too big then MariaDB will used key lookup even when table scan is
  better.
*/
#define DEFAULT_ROW_COPY_COST     ((double) 0.000060866)

/*
  Cost of copying the key to 'table->record'

  If this is too small, then, for small tables, index scans will be
  prefered over 'ref' as with index scans there are fewer disk reads.
*/
#define DEFAULT_KEY_COPY_COST     ((double) 0.000015685)

/*
  Cost of finding the next index entry and checking its rowid against filter
  This cost is very low as it's done inside the storage engine.
  Should be smaller than KEY_COPY_COST.
 */
#define DEFAULT_KEY_NEXT_FIND_COST     ((double) 0.000082347)

/* Cost of finding the next row when scanning a table */
#define DEFAULT_ROW_NEXT_FIND_COST     ((double) 0.000045916)

/**
  The cost of executing the WHERE clause as part of any row check.
  Increasing this would force the optimizer to use row combinations
  that reads fewer rows.
  The default cost comes from recording times from a simple where clause that
  compares two fields (date and a double) with constants.
*/
#define DEFAULT_WHERE_COST             ((double) 3.2e-05)

/* The cost of comparing a key when using range access or sorting */
#define DEFAULT_KEY_COMPARE_COST       0.000011361

/* Rowid compare is usually just a single memcmp of a short string */
#define DEFAULT_ROWID_COMPARE_COST     0.000002653
/* Rowid copy is usually just a single memcpy of a short string */
#define DEFAULT_ROWID_COPY_COST        0.000002653

/*
  Cost modifiers rowid_filter. These takes into account the overhead of
  using and calling Rowid_filter_sorted_array::check() from the engine
*/
#define ROWID_FILTER_PER_CHECK_MODIFIER 4       /* times key_copy_cost */
#define ROWID_FILTER_PER_ELEMENT_MODIFIER 1     /* times rowid_compare_cost */

/*
  Average disk seek time on a hard disk is 8-10 ms, which is also
  about the time to read a IO_SIZE (8192) block.

  A medium ssd is about 400MB/second, which gives us the time for
  reading an IO_SIZE block to IO_SIZE/400000000 = 0.0000204 sec= 0.02 ms.
*/
#define DEFAULT_DISK_READ_COST ((double) IO_SIZE / 400000000.0 * 1000)

/*
  The follwoing is an old comment for hard-disks, please ignore the
  following, except if you like history:

  For sequential hard disk seeks the cost formula is:
    DISK_SEEK_BASE_COST + DISK_SEEK_PROP_COST * #blocks_to_skip

  The cost of average seek
    DISK_SEEK_BASE_COST + DISK_SEEK_PROP_COST*BLOCKS_IN_AVG_SEEK = 10.
*/


/*
  The table/index cache_miss/total_cache_request ratio.
  1.0 means that a searched for key or row will never be in the cache while
  0.0 means it always in the cache (and we don't have to do any disk reads).

  According to folklore, one should not have to access disk for more
  than 20% of the cache request for MariaDB to run very well.
  However in practice when we read rows or keys in a query, we will often
  read the same row over and over again. Because of this we set
  DEFAULT_DISK_READ_RATIO to 0.20/10 = 0.02.

  Increasing DISK_READ_RATIO will make MariaDB prefer key lookup over
  table scans as the impact of ROW_COPY_COST and INDEX_COPY cost will
  have a larger impact when more rows are examined..

  We are not yet taking into account cache usage statistics as this
  could confuse users as the EXPLAIN and costs for a query would change
  between to query calls, which may confuse users (and also make the
  mtr tests very unpredictable).

  Note that the engine's avg_io_cost() (DEFAULT_DISK_READ_COST by default)
  is multiplied with this constant!
*/

#define DEFAULT_DISK_READ_RATIO 0.02

/*
  The following costs are mainly to ensure we don't do table and index
  scans for small tables, like the one we have in the mtr test suite.

  This is mostly to keep the mtr tests use indexes (as the optimizer would
  if the tables are large).  It will also ensure that EXPLAIN is showing
  more key user for users where they are testing queries with small tables
  at the start of projects.
  This is probably OK for most a the execution time difference between table
  scan and index scan compared to key lookups so small when using small
  tables. It also helps to fill the index cache which will help mitigate
  the speed difference.
*/

/*
  Extra cost for full table and index scan. Used to prefer key and range
  over index and table scans

  INDEX_SCAN_SETUP_COST (defined in optimizer_costs.h) is half of
  table_scan_setup_cost to get the optimizer to prefer index scans to table
  scans as key copy is faster than row copy and index blocks provides
  more information in the cache.

  This will also help MyISAM as with MyISAM the table scans has a cost
  very close to index scans (they are fast but require a read call
  that we want to avoid even if it's small).

  10 usec is about 10 MyISAM row lookups with optimizer_disk_read_ratio= 0.02
*/
#define DEFAULT_TABLE_SCAN_SETUP_COST 0.01          // 10 usec

/* Extra cost for doing a range scan. Used to prefer 'ref' over range */
#define MULTI_RANGE_READ_SETUP_COST KEY_LOOKUP_COST

/*
  Temporary file and temporary table related costs
  Used with subquery materialization, derived tables etc
*/

#define TMPFILE_CREATE_COST         0.5  // Cost of creating and deleting files
#define HEAP_TEMPTABLE_CREATE_COST  0.025 // ms
/* Cost taken from HEAP_LOOKUP_COST in ha_heap.cc */
#define HEAP_TEMPTABLE_LOOKUP_COST (0.00016097)
#define DISK_TEMPTABLE_LOOKUP_COST(thd) (tmp_table_optimizer_costs.key_lookup_cost + tmp_table_optimizer_costs.row_lookup_cost + tmp_table_optimizer_costs.row_copy_cost)
#define DISK_TEMPTABLE_CREATE_COST TMPFILE_CREATE_COST*2 // 2 tmp tables
#define DISK_TEMPTABLE_BLOCK_SIZE  IO_SIZE

#endif /* OPTIMIZER_DEFAULTS_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2004, 2006, 2007 MySQL AB
   Use is subject to license terms

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */


/* This struct includes all reserved words and functions */

#ifndef _lex_symbol_h
#define _lex_symbol_h

struct st_sym_group;

typedef struct st_symbol {
  const char *name;
  uint	tok;
  uint length;
  struct st_sym_group *group;
} SYMBOL;

typedef struct st_lex_symbol
{
  SYMBOL *symbol;
  char   *str;
  uint   length;
} LEX_SYMBOL;

typedef struct st_sym_group {
  const char *name;
  const char *needed_define;
} SYM_GROUP;

extern SYM_GROUP sym_group_common;
extern SYM_GROUP sym_group_geom;
extern SYM_GROUP sym_group_rtree;

#endif /* _lex_symbol_h */
#ifndef SQL_HSET_INCLUDED
#define SQL_HSET_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#include "my_global.h"
#include "hash.h"


/**
  A type-safe wrapper around mysys HASH.
*/

template <typename T>
class Hash_set
{
public:
  enum { START_SIZE= 8 };
  /**
    Constructs an empty unique hash.
  */
  Hash_set(PSI_memory_key psi_key,
           const uchar *(*K)(const void *, size_t *, my_bool),
           CHARSET_INFO *cs= &my_charset_bin)
  {
    my_hash_init(psi_key, &m_hash, cs, START_SIZE, 0, 0, K, 0, HASH_UNIQUE);
  }

  Hash_set(PSI_memory_key psi_key, CHARSET_INFO *charset, ulong default_array_elements,
           size_t key_offset, size_t key_length, my_hash_get_key get_key,
           void (*free_element)(void*), uint flags)
  {
    my_hash_init(psi_key, &m_hash, charset, default_array_elements, key_offset,
                 key_length, get_key, free_element, flags);
  }
  /**
    Destroy the hash by freeing the buckets table. Does
    not call destructors for the elements.
  */
  ~Hash_set()
  {
    my_hash_free(&m_hash);
  }
  /**
    Insert a single value into a hash. Does not tell whether
    the value was inserted -- if an identical value existed,
    it is not replaced.

    @retval TRUE  Out of memory.
    @retval FALSE OK. The value either was inserted or existed
                  in the hash.
  */
  bool insert(T *value)
  {
    return my_hash_insert(&m_hash, reinterpret_cast<const uchar*>(value));
  }
  bool remove(T *value)
  {
    return my_hash_delete(&m_hash, reinterpret_cast<uchar*>(value));
  }
  T *find(const void *key, size_t klen) const
  {
    return (T*)my_hash_search(&m_hash, reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(key), klen);
  }
  /** Is this hash set empty? */
  bool is_empty() const { return m_hash.records == 0; }
  /** Returns the number of unique elements. */
  size_t size() const { return static_cast<size_t>(m_hash.records); }
  /** Erases all elements from the container */
  void clear() { my_hash_reset(&m_hash); }
  const T* at(size_t i) const
  {
    return reinterpret_cast<T*>(my_hash_element(const_cast<HASH*>(&m_hash), i));
  }
  /** An iterator over hash elements. Is not insert-stable. */
  class Iterator
  {
  public:
    Iterator(Hash_set &hash_set)
      : m_hash(&hash_set.m_hash),
        m_idx(0)
    {}
    /**
      Return the current element and reposition the iterator to the next
      element.
    */
    inline T *operator++(int)
    {
      if (m_idx < m_hash->records)
        return reinterpret_cast<T*>(my_hash_element(m_hash, m_idx++));
      return NULL;
    }
    void rewind() { m_idx= 0; }
  private:
    HASH *m_hash;
    uint m_idx;
  };
private:
  HASH m_hash;
};

#endif // SQL_HSET_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
GNU General Public License for more details.

You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _my_check_opt_h
#define _my_check_opt_h

#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
  All given definitions needed for MyISAM storage engine:
  myisamchk.c or/and ha_myisam.cc or/and micheck.c
  Some definitions are needed by the MySQL parser.
*/

#define T_AUTO_INC		(1UL << 0)
#define T_AUTO_REPAIR		(1UL << 1)
#define T_BACKUP_DATA		(1UL << 2)
#define T_CALC_CHECKSUM		(1UL << 3)
#define T_CHECK			(1UL << 4)
#define T_CHECK_ONLY_CHANGED	(1UL << 5)
#define T_CREATE_MISSING_KEYS	(1UL << 6)
#define T_DESCRIPT		(1UL << 7)
#define T_DONT_CHECK_CHECKSUM	(1UL << 8)
#define T_EXTEND		(1UL << 9)
#define T_FAST			(1UL << 10)
#define T_FORCE_CREATE		(1UL << 11)
#define T_FORCE_UNIQUENESS	(1UL << 12)
#define T_INFO			(1UL << 13)
/** CHECK TABLE...MEDIUM (the default) */
#define T_MEDIUM		(1UL << 14)
/** CHECK TABLE...QUICK */
#define T_QUICK			(1UL << 15)
#define T_READONLY		(1UL << 16)
#define T_REP			(1UL << 17)
#define T_REP_BY_SORT		(1UL << 18)
#define T_REP_PARALLEL		(1UL << 19)
#define T_RETRY_WITHOUT_QUICK	(1UL << 20)
#define T_SAFE_REPAIR		(1UL << 21)
#define T_SILENT		(1UL << 22)
#define T_SORT_INDEX		(1UL << 23)
#define T_SORT_RECORDS		(1UL << 24)
#define T_STATISTICS		(1UL << 25)
#define T_UNPACK		(1UL << 26)
#define T_UPDATE_STATE		(1UL << 27)
#define T_VERBOSE		(1UL << 28)
#define T_VERY_SILENT		(1UL << 29)
#define T_WAIT_FOREVER		(1UL << 30)
#define T_WRITE_LOOP		(1UL << 31)
#define T_ZEROFILL              (1ULL << 32)
#define T_ZEROFILL_KEEP_LSN     (1ULL << 33)
/** If repair should not bump create_rename_lsn */
#define T_NO_CREATE_RENAME_LSN  (1ULL << 34)
/** If repair shouldn't do any locks */
#define T_NO_LOCKS		(1ULL << 35)
#define T_CREATE_UNIQUE_BY_SORT (1ULL << 36)
#define T_SUPPRESS_ERR_HANDLING (1ULL << 37)
#define T_FORCE_SORT_MEMORY     (1ULL << 38)

#define T_REP_ANY		(T_REP | T_REP_BY_SORT | T_REP_PARALLEL)

#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2006 MySQL AB, 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
   Use is subject to license terms.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA */


#ifndef SEMISYNC_SLAVE_H
#define SEMISYNC_SLAVE_H

#include "semisync.h"
#include "my_global.h"
#include "sql_priv.h"
#include "rpl_mi.h"
#include "mysql.h"
#include <sql_common.h>

class Master_info;

/**
   The extension class for the slave of semi-synchronous replication
*/
class Repl_semi_sync_slave
  :public Repl_semi_sync_base {
public:
  Repl_semi_sync_slave() :m_slave_enabled(false) {}
  ~Repl_semi_sync_slave() = default;

  void set_trace_level(unsigned long trace_level) {
    m_trace_level = trace_level;
  }

  /* Initialize this class after MySQL parameters are initialized. this
   * function should be called once at bootstrap time.
   */
  int init_object();

  inline bool get_slave_enabled() {
    return m_slave_enabled;
  }

  void set_slave_enabled(bool enabled) {
    m_slave_enabled = enabled;
  }

  inline bool is_delay_master(){
    return m_delay_master;
  }

  void set_delay_master(bool enabled) {
    m_delay_master = enabled;
  }

  void set_kill_conn_timeout(unsigned int timeout) {
    m_kill_conn_timeout = timeout;
  }

  /* A slave reads the semi-sync packet header and separate the metadata
   * from the payload data.
   *
   * Input:
   *  header      - (IN)  packet header pointer
   *  total_len   - (IN)  total packet length: metadata + payload
   *  semi_flags  - (IN)  store flags: SEMI_SYNC_SLAVE_DELAY_SYNC and
                          SEMI_SYNC_NEED_ACK
   *  payload     - (IN)  payload: the replication event
   *  payload_len - (IN)  payload length
   *
   * Return:
   *  0: success;  non-zero: error
   */
  int slave_read_sync_header(const uchar *header, unsigned long total_len,
                             int *semi_flags,
                             const uchar **payload, unsigned long *payload_len);

  /* A slave replies to the master indicating its replication process.  It
   * indicates that the slave has received all events before the specified
   * binlog position.
   */
  int slave_reply(Master_info* mi);
  void slave_start(Master_info *mi);
  void slave_stop(Master_info *mi);
  void slave_reconnect(Master_info *mi);
  int request_transmit(Master_info *mi);
  void kill_connection(Master_info *mi);

private:
  /* True when init_object has been called */
  bool m_init_done;
  bool m_slave_enabled;        /* semi-sync is enabled on the slave */
  bool m_delay_master;
  unsigned int m_kill_conn_timeout;
};


/* System and status variables for the slave component */
extern my_bool global_rpl_semi_sync_slave_enabled;
extern ulong rpl_semi_sync_slave_trace_level;
extern Repl_semi_sync_slave repl_semisync_slave;

extern char rpl_semi_sync_slave_delay_master;
extern unsigned int rpl_semi_sync_slave_kill_conn_timeout;
extern unsigned long long rpl_semi_sync_slave_send_ack;

extern int rpl_semi_sync_enabled(THD *thd, SHOW_VAR *var, void *buff,
                                 system_status_var *status_var,
                                 enum_var_type scope);
#endif /* SEMISYNC_SLAVE_H */
#ifndef PARTITION_INFO_INCLUDED
#define PARTITION_INFO_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#include "sql_class.h"
#include "partition_element.h"
#include "sql_partition.h"

class partition_info;
struct TABLE_LIST;
/* Some function typedefs */
typedef int (*get_part_id_func)(partition_info *part_info, uint32 *part_id,
                                 longlong *func_value);
typedef int (*get_subpart_id_func)(partition_info *part_info, uint32 *part_id);
typedef bool (*check_constants_func)(THD *thd, partition_info *part_info);
 
struct st_ddl_log_memory_entry;

#define MAX_PART_NAME_SIZE 8

struct Vers_part_info : public Sql_alloc
{
  Vers_part_info() :
    limit(0),
    auto_hist(false),
    now_part(NULL),
    hist_part(NULL)
  {
    interval.type= INTERVAL_LAST;
  }
  Vers_part_info(const Vers_part_info &src) :
    interval(src.interval),
    limit(src.limit),
    auto_hist(src.auto_hist),
    now_part(NULL),
    hist_part(NULL)
  {
  }
  Vers_part_info& operator= (const Vers_part_info &src)
  {
    interval= src.interval;
    limit= src.limit;
    auto_hist= src.auto_hist;
    now_part= src.now_part;
    hist_part= src.hist_part;
    return *this;
  }
  bool initialized()
  {
    if (now_part)
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(now_part->id != UINT_MAX32);
      DBUG_ASSERT(now_part->type == partition_element::CURRENT);
      if (hist_part)
      {
        DBUG_ASSERT(hist_part->id != UINT_MAX32);
        DBUG_ASSERT(hist_part->type == partition_element::HISTORY);
      }
      return true;
    }
    return false;
  }
  struct interval_t {
    my_time_t start;
    INTERVAL step;
    enum interval_type type;
    bool is_set() const { return type < INTERVAL_LAST; }
    bool operator==(const interval_t &rhs) const
    {
      /* TODO: equivalent intervals like 1 hour and 60 mins should be considered equal */
      return start == rhs.start && type == rhs.type && !memcmp(&step, &rhs.step, sizeof(INTERVAL));
    }
  } interval;
  ulonglong limit;
  bool auto_hist;
  partition_element *now_part;
  partition_element *hist_part;
};

/*
  See generate_partition_syntax() for details of how the data is used
  in partition expression.
*/
class partition_info : public DDL_LOG_STATE, public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  /*
   * Here comes a set of definitions needed for partitioned table handlers.
   */
  List<partition_element> partitions;
  List<partition_element> temp_partitions;

  /*
    These are mutually exclusive with part_expr/subpart_expr depending on
    what is specified in partitioning filter: expression or column list.
  */
  List<const char> part_field_list;
  List<const char> subpart_field_list;
  
  /* 
    If there is no subpartitioning, use only this func to get partition ids.
    If there is subpartitioning, use the this func to get partition id when
    you have both partition and subpartition fields.
  */
  get_part_id_func get_partition_id;

  /* Get partition id when we don't have subpartition fields */
  get_part_id_func get_part_partition_id;

  /* 
    Get subpartition id when we have don't have partition fields by we do
    have subpartition ids.
    Mikael said that for given constant tuple 
    {subpart_field1, ..., subpart_fieldN} the subpartition id will be the
    same in all subpartitions
  */
  get_subpart_id_func get_subpartition_id;

  /*
    When we have various string fields we might need some preparation
    before and clean-up after calling the get_part_id_func's. We need
    one such method for get_part_partition_id and one for
    get_subpartition_id.
  */
  get_part_id_func get_part_partition_id_charset;
  get_subpart_id_func get_subpartition_id_charset;

  check_constants_func check_constants;

  /* NULL-terminated array of fields used in partitioned expression */
  Field **part_field_array;
  Field **subpart_field_array;
  Field **part_charset_field_array;
  Field **subpart_charset_field_array;
  /* 
    Array of all fields used in partition and subpartition expression,
    without duplicates, NULL-terminated.
  */
  Field **full_part_field_array;
  /*
    Set of all fields used in partition and subpartition expression.
    Required for testing of partition fields in write_set when
    updating. We need to set all bits in read_set because the row may
    need to be inserted in a different [sub]partition.
  */
  MY_BITMAP full_part_field_set;

  /*
    When we have a field that requires transformation before calling the
    partition functions we must allocate field buffers for the field of
    the fields in the partition function.
  */
  uchar **part_field_buffers;
  uchar **subpart_field_buffers;
  uchar **restore_part_field_ptrs;
  uchar **restore_subpart_field_ptrs;

  Item *part_expr;
  Item *subpart_expr;

  Item *item_free_list;

  /* 
    Bitmaps of partitions used by the current query. 
    * read_partitions  - partitions to be used for reading.
    * lock_partitions  - partitions that must be locked (read or write).
    Usually read_partitions is the same set as lock_partitions, but
    in case of UPDATE the WHERE clause can limit the read_partitions set,
    but not neccesarily the lock_partitions set.
    Usage pattern:
    * Initialized in ha_partition::open().
    * read+lock_partitions is set  according to explicit PARTITION,
      WL#5217, in open_and_lock_tables().
    * Bits in read_partitions can be cleared in prune_partitions()
      in the optimizing step.
      (WL#4443 is about allowing prune_partitions() to affect lock_partitions
      and be done before locking too).
    * When the partition enabled handler get an external_lock call it locks
      all partitions in lock_partitions (and remembers which partitions it
      locked, so that it can unlock them later). In case of LOCK TABLES it will
      lock all partitions, and keep them locked while lock_partitions can
      change for each statement under LOCK TABLES.
    * Freed at the same time item_free_list is freed.
  */
  MY_BITMAP read_partitions;
  MY_BITMAP lock_partitions;
  bool bitmaps_are_initialized;

  union {
    longlong *range_int_array;
    LIST_PART_ENTRY *list_array;
    part_column_list_val *range_col_array;
    part_column_list_val *list_col_array;
  };

  Vers_part_info *vers_info;
  
  /********************************************
   * INTERVAL ANALYSIS
   ********************************************/
  /*
    Partitioning interval analysis function for partitioning, or NULL if 
    interval analysis is not supported for this kind of partitioning.
  */
  get_partitions_in_range_iter get_part_iter_for_interval;
  /*
    Partitioning interval analysis function for subpartitioning, or NULL if
    interval analysis is not supported for this kind of partitioning.
  */
  get_partitions_in_range_iter get_subpart_iter_for_interval;
  
  /********************************************
   * INTERVAL ANALYSIS ENDS 
   ********************************************/

  longlong err_value;
  char* part_info_string;

  partition_element *curr_part_elem;     // part or sub part
  partition_element *current_partition;  // partition
  part_elem_value *curr_list_val;
  uint curr_list_object;
  uint num_columns;

  TABLE *table;
  /*
    These key_map's are used for Partitioning to enable quick decisions
    on whether we can derive more information about which partition to
    scan just by looking at what index is used.
  */
  key_map all_fields_in_PF, all_fields_in_PPF, all_fields_in_SPF;
  key_map some_fields_in_PF;

  handlerton *default_engine_type;
  partition_type part_type;
  partition_type subpart_type;

  uint part_info_len;

  uint num_parts;
  uint num_subparts;
  uint count_curr_subparts;                  // used during parsing

  uint num_list_values;

  uint num_part_fields;
  uint num_subpart_fields;
  uint num_full_part_fields;

  uint has_null_part_id;
  uint32 default_partition_id;
  /*
    This variable is used to calculate the partition id when using
    LINEAR KEY/HASH. This functionality is kept in the MySQL Server
    but mainly of use to handlers supporting partitioning.
  */
  uint16 linear_hash_mask;
  /*
    PARTITION BY KEY ALGORITHM=N
    Which algorithm to use for hashing the fields.
    N = 1 - Use 5.1 hashing (numeric fields are hashed as binary)
    N = 2 - Use 5.5 hashing (numeric fields are hashed like latin1 bytes)
  */
  enum enum_key_algorithm
    {
      KEY_ALGORITHM_NONE= 0,
      KEY_ALGORITHM_51= 1,
      KEY_ALGORITHM_55= 2
    };
  enum_key_algorithm key_algorithm;

  /* Only the number of partitions defined (uses default names and options). */
  bool use_default_partitions;
  bool use_default_num_partitions;
  /* Only the number of subpartitions defined (uses default names etc.). */
  bool use_default_subpartitions;
  bool use_default_num_subpartitions;
  bool default_partitions_setup;
  bool defined_max_value;
  inline bool has_default_partititon()
  {
    return (part_type == LIST_PARTITION && defined_max_value);
  }
  bool list_of_part_fields;                  // KEY or COLUMNS PARTITIONING
  bool list_of_subpart_fields;               // KEY SUBPARTITIONING
  bool linear_hash_ind;                      // LINEAR HASH/KEY
  bool fixed;
  bool is_auto_partitioned;
  bool has_null_value;
  bool column_list;                          // COLUMNS PARTITIONING, 5.5+

  partition_info()
  : get_partition_id(NULL), get_part_partition_id(NULL),
    get_subpartition_id(NULL),
    part_field_array(NULL), subpart_field_array(NULL),
    part_charset_field_array(NULL),
    subpart_charset_field_array(NULL),
    full_part_field_array(NULL),
    part_field_buffers(NULL), subpart_field_buffers(NULL),
    restore_part_field_ptrs(NULL), restore_subpart_field_ptrs(NULL),
    part_expr(NULL), subpart_expr(NULL), item_free_list(NULL),
    bitmaps_are_initialized(FALSE),
    list_array(NULL), vers_info(NULL), err_value(0),
    part_info_string(NULL),
    curr_part_elem(NULL), current_partition(NULL),
    curr_list_object(0), num_columns(0), table(NULL),
    default_engine_type(NULL),
    part_type(NOT_A_PARTITION), subpart_type(NOT_A_PARTITION),
    part_info_len(0),
    num_parts(0), num_subparts(0),
    count_curr_subparts(0),
    num_list_values(0), num_part_fields(0), num_subpart_fields(0),
    num_full_part_fields(0), has_null_part_id(0), linear_hash_mask(0),
    key_algorithm(KEY_ALGORITHM_NONE),
    use_default_partitions(TRUE), use_default_num_partitions(TRUE),
    use_default_subpartitions(TRUE), use_default_num_subpartitions(TRUE),
    default_partitions_setup(FALSE), defined_max_value(FALSE),
    list_of_part_fields(FALSE), list_of_subpart_fields(FALSE),
    linear_hash_ind(FALSE), fixed(FALSE),
    is_auto_partitioned(FALSE),
    has_null_value(FALSE), column_list(FALSE)
  {
    bzero((DDL_LOG_STATE *) this, sizeof(DDL_LOG_STATE));
    all_fields_in_PF.clear_all();
    all_fields_in_PPF.clear_all();
    all_fields_in_SPF.clear_all();
    some_fields_in_PF.clear_all();
    partitions.empty();
    temp_partitions.empty();
    part_field_list.empty();
    subpart_field_list.empty();
  }
  ~partition_info() = default;

  partition_info *get_clone(THD *thd, bool empty_data_and_index_file= FALSE);
  bool set_named_partition_bitmap(const char *part_name, size_t length);
  bool set_partition_bitmaps(List<String> *partition_names);
  /* Answers the question if subpartitioning is used for a certain table */
  bool is_sub_partitioned()
  {
    return (subpart_type == NOT_A_PARTITION ?  FALSE : TRUE);
  }

  /* Returns the total number of partitions on the leaf level */
  uint get_tot_partitions()
  {
    return num_parts * (is_sub_partitioned() ? num_subparts : 1);
  }

  bool set_up_defaults_for_partitioning(THD *thd, handler *file,
                                        HA_CREATE_INFO *info,
                                        uint start_no);
  const char *find_duplicate_field();
  char *find_duplicate_name();
  bool check_engine_mix(handlerton *engine_type, bool default_engine);
  bool check_partition_info(THD *thd, handlerton **eng_type,
                            handler *file, HA_CREATE_INFO *info,
                            partition_info *add_or_reorg_part= NULL);
  void print_no_partition_found(TABLE *table, myf errflag);
  void print_debug(const char *str, uint*);
  Item* get_column_item(Item *item, Field *field);
  int fix_partition_values(THD *thd,
                           part_elem_value *val,
                           partition_element *part_elem);
  bool fix_column_value_functions(THD *thd,
                                  part_elem_value *val,
                                  uint part_id);
  bool fix_parser_data(THD *thd);
  int add_max_value(THD *thd);
  void init_col_val(part_column_list_val *col_val, Item *item);
  int reorganize_into_single_field_col_val(THD *thd);
  part_column_list_val *add_column_value(THD *thd);
  bool set_part_expr(THD *thd, Item *item_ptr, bool is_subpart);
  bool set_up_charset_field_preps(THD *thd);
  bool check_partition_field_length();
  bool init_column_part(THD *thd);
  bool add_column_list_value(THD *thd, Item *item);
  partition_element *get_part_elem(const char *partition_name, char *file_name,
                                   size_t file_name_size, uint32 *part_id);
  void report_part_expr_error(bool use_subpart_expr);
  bool has_same_partitioning(partition_info *new_part_info);
  bool error_if_requires_values() const;
private:
  bool set_up_default_partitions(THD *thd, handler *file, HA_CREATE_INFO *info,
                                 uint start_no);
  bool set_up_default_subpartitions(THD *thd, handler *file,
                                    HA_CREATE_INFO *info);
  char *create_default_partition_names(THD *thd, uint part_no, uint num_parts,
                                       uint start_no);
  char *create_default_subpartition_name(THD *thd, uint subpart_no,
                                         const char *part_name);
  bool prune_partition_bitmaps(List<String> *partition_names); // set_read_partitions() in 8.0
  bool add_named_partition(const char *part_name, size_t length);
public:
  bool has_unique_name(partition_element *element);
  bool field_in_partition_expr(Field *field) const;

  bool vers_init_info(THD *thd);
  bool vers_set_interval(THD *thd, Item *interval,
                         interval_type int_type, Item *starts,
                         bool auto_part, const char *table_name);
  bool vers_set_limit(ulonglong limit, bool auto_part, const char *table_name);
  bool vers_set_hist_part(THD* thd, uint *create_count);
  bool vers_require_hist_part(THD *thd) const
  {
    return part_type == VERSIONING_PARTITION &&
      thd->lex->vers_history_generating();
  }
  void vers_check_limit(THD *thd);
  bool vers_fix_field_list(THD *thd);
  void vers_update_el_ids();
  partition_element *get_partition(uint part_id)
  {
    List_iterator<partition_element> it(partitions);
    partition_element *el;
    while ((el= it++))
    {
      if (el->id == part_id)
        return el;
    }
    return NULL;
  }
  uint next_part_no(uint new_parts) const;

  int gen_part_type(THD *thd, String *str) const;
};

void part_type_error(THD *thd, partition_info *work_part_info,
                     const char *part_type, partition_info *tab_part_info);

uint32 get_next_partition_id_range(struct st_partition_iter* part_iter);
bool check_partition_dirs(partition_info *part_info);
bool vers_create_partitions(THD* thd, TABLE_LIST* tl, uint num_parts);

/* Initialize the iterator to return a single partition with given part_id */

static inline void init_single_partition_iterator(uint32 part_id,
                                           PARTITION_ITERATOR *part_iter)
{
  part_iter->part_nums.start= part_iter->part_nums.cur= part_id;
  part_iter->part_nums.end= part_id+1;
  part_iter->ret_null_part= part_iter->ret_null_part_orig= FALSE;
  part_iter->ret_default_part= part_iter->ret_default_part_orig= FALSE;
  part_iter->get_next= get_next_partition_id_range;
}

/* Initialize the iterator to enumerate all partitions */
static inline
void init_all_partitions_iterator(partition_info *part_info,
                                  PARTITION_ITERATOR *part_iter)
{
  part_iter->part_nums.start= part_iter->part_nums.cur= 0;
  part_iter->part_nums.end= part_info->num_parts;
  part_iter->ret_null_part= part_iter->ret_null_part_orig= FALSE;
  part_iter->ret_default_part= part_iter->ret_default_part_orig= FALSE;
  part_iter->get_next= get_next_partition_id_range;
}


/**
  @brief Update part_field_list by row_end field name

  @returns true on error; false on success
*/
inline
bool partition_info::vers_fix_field_list(THD * thd)
{
  if (!table->versioned())
  {
    // frm must be corrupted, normally CREATE/ALTER TABLE checks for that
    my_error(ER_FILE_CORRUPT, MYF(0), table->s->path.str);
    return true;
  }
  DBUG_ASSERT(part_type == VERSIONING_PARTITION);
  DBUG_ASSERT(table->versioned(VERS_TIMESTAMP));

  Field *row_end= table->vers_end_field();
  // needed in handle_list_of_fields()
  row_end->flags|= GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG;
  Name_resolution_context *context= &thd->lex->current_select->context;
  Item *row_end_item= new (thd->mem_root) Item_field(thd, context, row_end);
  Item *row_end_ts= new (thd->mem_root) Item_func_unix_timestamp(thd, row_end_item);
  set_part_expr(thd, row_end_ts, false);

  return false;
}


inline
void partition_info::vers_update_el_ids()
{
  DBUG_ASSERT(part_type == VERSIONING_PARTITION);
  DBUG_ASSERT(table->versioned(VERS_TIMESTAMP));

  List_iterator<partition_element> it(partitions);
  partition_element *el;
  for(uint32 id= 0; ((el= it++)); id++)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(el->type != partition_element::CONVENTIONAL);
    /* Newly added element is inserted before AS_OF_NOW. */
    if (el->id == UINT_MAX32 || el->type == partition_element::CURRENT)
    {
      el->id= id;
      if (el->type == partition_element::CURRENT)
        break;
    }
  }
}


inline
bool make_partition_name(char *move_ptr, uint i)
{
  int res= snprintf(move_ptr, MAX_PART_NAME_SIZE + 1, "p%u", i);
  return res < 0 || res > MAX_PART_NAME_SIZE;
}


#ifdef WITH_PARTITION_STORAGE_ENGINE
inline
uint partition_info::next_part_no(uint new_parts) const
{
  if (part_type != VERSIONING_PARTITION)
    return num_parts;
  DBUG_ASSERT(new_parts > 0);
  /* Choose first non-occupied name suffix */
  uint32 suffix= num_parts - 1;
  DBUG_ASSERT(suffix > 0);
  char part_name[MAX_PART_NAME_SIZE + 1];
  List_iterator_fast<partition_element> it(table->part_info->partitions);
  for (uint cur_part= 0; cur_part < new_parts; ++cur_part, ++suffix)
  {
    uint32 cur_suffix= suffix;
    if (make_partition_name(part_name, suffix))
      return 0;
    partition_element *el;
    it.rewind();
    while ((el= it++))
    {
      if (0 == my_strcasecmp(&my_charset_latin1, el->partition_name, part_name))
      {
        if (make_partition_name(part_name, ++suffix))
          return 0;
        it.rewind();
      }
    }
    if (cur_part > 0 && suffix > cur_suffix)
      cur_part= 0;
  }
  return suffix - new_parts;
}
#endif

#endif /* PARTITION_INFO_INCLUDED */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2011, 2012, Monty Program Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/*
  This file contains declarations for implementations
  of block based join algorithms
*/

#define JOIN_CACHE_INCREMENTAL_BIT           1
#define JOIN_CACHE_HASHED_BIT                2
#define JOIN_CACHE_BKA_BIT                   4

/* 
  Categories of data fields of variable length written into join cache buffers.
  The value of any of these fields is written into cache together with the
  prepended length of the value.     
*/
#define CACHE_BLOB      1        /* blob field  */
#define CACHE_STRIPPED  2        /* field stripped of trailing spaces */
#define CACHE_VARSTR1   3        /* short string value (length takes 1 byte) */ 
#define CACHE_VARSTR2   4        /* long string value (length takes 2 bytes) */
#define CACHE_ROWID     5        /* ROWID field */

/*
  The CACHE_FIELD structure used to describe fields of records that
  are written into a join cache buffer from record buffers and backward.
*/
typedef struct st_cache_field {
  uchar *str;   /**< buffer from/to where the field is to be copied */ 
  uint length;  /**< maximal number of bytes to be copied from/to str */
  /* 
    Field object for the moved field
    (0 - for a flag field, see JOIN_CACHE::create_flag_fields).
  */
  Field *field;
  uint type;    /**< category of the of the copied field (CACHE_BLOB et al.) */
  /* 
    The number of the record offset value for the field in the sequence
    of offsets placed after the last field of the record. These
    offset values are used to access fields referred to from other caches.
    If the value is 0 then no offset for the field is saved in the
    trailing sequence of offsets.
  */ 
  uint referenced_field_no; 
  /* The remaining structure fields are used as containers for temp values */
  uint blob_length; /**< length of the blob to be copied */
  uint offset;      /**< field offset to be saved in cache buffer */
} CACHE_FIELD;


class JOIN_TAB_SCAN;

class EXPLAIN_BKA_TYPE;

/*
  JOIN_CACHE is the base class to support the implementations of 
  - Block Nested Loop (BNL) Join Algorithm,
  - Block Nested Loop Hash (BNLH) Join Algorithm,
  - Batched Key Access (BKA) Join Algorithm.

  The first algorithm is supported by the derived class JOIN_CACHE_BNL,
  the second algorithm is supported by the derived class JOIN_CACHE_BNLH,
  while the third algorithm is implemented in two variant supported by
  the classes JOIN_CACHE_BKA and JOIN_CACHE_BKAH.
  These three algorithms have a lot in common. Each of them first accumulates
  the records of the left join operand in a join buffer and then searches for
  matching rows of the second operand for all accumulated records.
  For the first two algorithms this strategy saves on logical I/O operations:
  the entire set of records from the join buffer requires only one look-through
  of the records provided by the second operand. 
  For the third algorithm the accumulation of records allows to optimize
  fetching rows of the second operand from disk for some engines (MyISAM, 
  InnoDB), or to minimize the number of round-trips between the Server and
  the engine nodes.        
*/ 

class JOIN_CACHE :public Sql_alloc
{

private:

  /* Size of the offset of a record from the cache */   
  uint size_of_rec_ofs;    
  /* Size of the length of a record in the cache */
  uint size_of_rec_len;
  /* Size of the offset of a field within a record in the cache */   
  uint size_of_fld_ofs;

  /* This structure is used only for explain, not for execution */
  bool for_explain_only;

protected:
       
  /* 3 functions below actually do not use the hidden parameter 'this' */ 

  /* Calculate the number of bytes used to store an offset value */
  uint offset_size(size_t len)
  { return (len < 256 ? 1 : len < 256*256 ? 2 : 4); }

  /* Get the offset value that takes ofs_sz bytes at the position ptr */
  ulong get_offset(uint ofs_sz, uchar *ptr)
  {
    switch (ofs_sz) {
    case 1: return uint(*ptr);
    case 2: return uint2korr(ptr);
    case 4: return uint4korr(ptr);
    }
    return 0;
  }

  /* Set the offset value ofs that takes ofs_sz bytes at the position ptr */ 
  void store_offset(uint ofs_sz, uchar *ptr, ulong ofs)
  {
    switch (ofs_sz) {
    case 1: *ptr= (uchar) ofs; return;
    case 2: int2store(ptr, (uint16) ofs); return;
    case 4: int4store(ptr, (uint32) ofs); return;
    }
  }
  size_t calc_avg_record_length();
  
  /* 
    The maximum total length of the fields stored for a record in the cache.
    For blob fields only the sizes of the blob lengths are taken into account. 
  */
  uint length;

  /* 
    Representation of the executed multi-way join through which all needed
    context can be accessed.  
  */   
  JOIN *join;  

  /*
    JOIN_TAB of the first table that can have it's fields in the join cache. 
    That is, tables in the [start_tab, tab) range can have their fields in the
    join cache. 
    If a join tab in the range represents an SJM-nest, then all tables from the
    nest can have their fields in the join cache, too.
  */
  JOIN_TAB *start_tab;

  /* 
    The total number of flag and data fields that can appear in a record
    written into the cache. Fields with null values are always skipped 
    to save space. 
  */
  uint fields;

  /* 
    The total number of flag fields in a record put into the cache. They are
    used for table null bitmaps, table null row flags, and an optional match
    flag. Flag fields go before other fields in a cache record with the match
    flag field placed always at the very beginning of the record.
  */
  uint flag_fields;

  /* The total number of blob fields that are written into the cache */ 
  uint blobs;

  /* 
    The total number of fields referenced from field descriptors for other join
    caches. These fields are used to construct key values.
    When BKA join algorithm is employed the constructed key values serve to
    access matching rows with index lookups.
    The key values are put into a hash table when the BNLH join algorithm
    is employed and when BKAH is used for the join operation. 
  */   
  uint referenced_fields;
   
  /* 
    The current number of already created data field descriptors.
    This number can be useful for implementations of the init methods.  
  */
  uint data_field_count; 

  /* 
    The current number of already created pointers to the data field
    descriptors. This number can be useful for implementations of
    the init methods.  
  */
  uint data_field_ptr_count;
 
  /* 
    Array of the descriptors of fields containing 'fields' elements.
    These are all fields that are stored for a record in the cache. 
  */
  CACHE_FIELD *field_descr;

  /* 
    Array of pointers to the blob descriptors that contains 'blobs' elements.
  */
  CACHE_FIELD **blob_ptr;

  /* 
    This flag indicates that records written into the join buffer contain
    a match flag field.
    This is set to true for the first inner table of an outer join or a
    semi-join.
    The flag must be set by the init method.
    Currently any implementation of the virtial init method calls
    the function JOIN_CACHE::calc_record_fields() to set this flag.
  */
  bool with_match_flag;
  /*
    This flag indicates that any record is prepended with the length of the
    record which allows us to skip the record or part of it without reading.
  */
  bool with_length;

  /* 
    The maximal number of bytes used for a record representation in
    the cache excluding the space for blob data. 
    For future derived classes this representation may contains some
    redundant info such as a key value associated with the record.     
  */
  uint pack_length;
  /* 
    The value of pack_length incremented by the total size of all 
    pointers of a record in the cache to the blob data. 
  */
  uint pack_length_with_blob_ptrs;

  /* 
    The total size of the record base prefix. The base prefix of record may
    include the following components:
     - the length of the record
     - the link to a record in a previous buffer.
    Each record in the buffer are supplied with the same set of the components.
  */
  uint base_prefix_length;

  /*
    The expected length of a record in the join buffer together with     
    all prefixes and postfixes
  */
  size_t avg_record_length;

  /* The expected size of the space per record in the auxiliary buffer */
  size_t avg_aux_buffer_incr;

  /* Pointer to the beginning of the join buffer */
  uchar *buff;         
  /* 
    Size of the entire memory allocated for the join buffer.
    Part of this memory may be reserved for the auxiliary buffer.
  */ 
  size_t buff_size;
  /* The minimal join buffer size when join buffer still makes sense to use */
  size_t min_buff_size;
  /* The maximum expected size if the join buffer to be used */
  size_t max_buff_size;
  /* Size of the auxiliary buffer */ 
  size_t aux_buff_size;

  /* The number of records put into the join buffer */ 
  size_t records;
  /* 
    The number of records in the fully refilled join buffer of
    the minimal size equal to min_buff_size
  */
  size_t min_records;

  /* 
    Pointer to the current position in the join buffer.
    This member is used both when writing to buffer and
    when reading from it.
  */
  uchar *pos;
  /* 
    Pointer to the first free position in the join buffer,
    right after the last record into it.
  */
  uchar *end_pos; 

  /* 
    Pointer to the beginning of the first field of the current read/write
    record from the join buffer. The value is adjusted by the 
    get_record/put_record functions.
  */
  uchar *curr_rec_pos;
  /* 
    Pointer to the beginning of the first field of the last record
    from the join buffer.
  */
  uchar *last_rec_pos;

  /* 
    Flag is set if the blob data for the last record in the join buffer
    is in record buffers rather than in the join cache.
  */
  bool last_rec_blob_data_is_in_rec_buff;

  /* 
    Pointer to the position to the current record link. 
    Record links are used only with linked caches. Record links allow to set
    connections between parts of one join record that are stored in different
    join buffers.
    In the simplest case a record link is just a pointer to the beginning of
    the record stored in the buffer.
    In a more general case a link could be a reference to an array of pointers
    to records in the buffer.
  */
  uchar *curr_rec_link;

  /* 
    This flag is set to TRUE if join_tab is the first inner table of an outer
    join and  the latest record written to the join buffer is detected to be
    null complemented after checking on conditions over the outer tables for
    this outer join operation
  */ 
  bool last_written_is_null_compl;

  /*
    The number of fields put in the join buffer of the join cache that are
    used in building keys to access the table join_tab
  */
  uint local_key_arg_fields;
  /* 
    The total number of the fields in the previous caches that are used
    in building keys to access the table join_tab
  */
  uint external_key_arg_fields;

  /* 
    This flag indicates that the key values will be read directly from the join
    buffer. It will save us building key values in the key buffer.
  */
  bool use_emb_key;
  /* The length of an embedded key value */ 
  uint emb_key_length;

  /* This flag is used only when 'not exists' optimization can be applied */
  bool not_exists_opt_is_applicable;

  /*
    This object provides the methods to iterate over records of
    the joined table join_tab when looking for join matches between
    records from join buffer and records from join_tab.
    BNL and BNLH join algorithms retrieve all records from join_tab,
    while BKA/BKAH algorithm iterates only over those records from
    join_tab that can be accessed by look-ups with join keys built
    from records in join buffer.  
  */
  JOIN_TAB_SCAN *join_tab_scan;

  void calc_record_fields();     
  void collect_info_on_key_args();
  int alloc_fields();
  void create_flag_fields();
  void create_key_arg_fields();
  void create_remaining_fields();
  void set_constants();
  int alloc_buffer();

  /* Shall reallocate the join buffer */
  virtual int realloc_buffer();
  
  /* Check the possibility to read the access keys directly from join buffer */ 
  bool check_emb_key_usage();

  uint get_size_of_rec_offset() { return size_of_rec_ofs; }
  uint get_size_of_rec_length() { return size_of_rec_len; }
  uint get_size_of_fld_offset() { return size_of_fld_ofs; }

  uchar *get_rec_ref(uchar *ptr)
  {
    return buff+get_offset(size_of_rec_ofs, ptr-size_of_rec_ofs);
  }
  ulong get_rec_length(uchar *ptr)
  { 
    return (ulong) get_offset(size_of_rec_len, ptr);
  }
  ulong get_fld_offset(uchar *ptr)
  { 
    return (ulong) get_offset(size_of_fld_ofs, ptr);
  }

  void store_rec_ref(uchar *ptr, uchar* ref)
  {
    store_offset(size_of_rec_ofs, ptr-size_of_rec_ofs, (ulong) (ref-buff));
  }
  void store_rec_length(uchar *ptr, ulong len)
  {
    store_offset(size_of_rec_len, ptr, len);
  }
  void store_fld_offset(uchar *ptr, ulong ofs)
  {
    store_offset(size_of_fld_ofs, ptr, ofs);
  }

  /* Write record fields and their required offsets into the join buffer */ 
  uint write_record_data(uchar *link, bool *is_full);

  /* Get the total length of all prefixes of a record in the join buffer */ 
  virtual uint get_prefix_length() { return base_prefix_length; }
  /* Get maximum total length of all affixes of a record in the join buffer */
  virtual uint get_record_max_affix_length(); 

  /* 
    Shall get maximum size of the additional space per record used for
    record keys
  */
  virtual uint get_max_key_addon_space_per_record() { return 0; }

  /* 
    This method must determine for how much the auxiliary buffer should be
    incremented when a new record is added to the join buffer.
    If no auxiliary buffer is needed the function should return 0.
  */
  virtual uint aux_buffer_incr(size_t recno);

  /* Shall calculate how much space is remaining in the join buffer */ 
  virtual size_t rem_space() 
  { 
    return MY_MAX(buff_size-(end_pos-buff)-aux_buff_size,0);
  }

  /* 
    Shall calculate how much space is taken by allocation of the key
    for a record in the join buffer
  */
  virtual uint extra_key_length() { return 0; }

  /*  Read all flag and data fields of a record from the join buffer */
  uint read_all_record_fields();
  
  /* Read all flag fields of a record from the join buffer */
  uint read_flag_fields();

  /* Read a data record field from the join buffer */
  uint read_record_field(CACHE_FIELD *copy, bool last_record);

  /* Read a referenced field from the join buffer */
  bool read_referenced_field(CACHE_FIELD *copy, uchar *rec_ptr, uint *len);

  /* 
    Shall skip record from the join buffer if its match flag
    is set to MATCH_FOUND
 */
  virtual bool skip_if_matched();

  /* 
    Shall skip record from the join buffer if its match flag
    commands to do so
  */
  virtual bool skip_if_not_needed_match();

  /* 
    True if rec_ptr points to the record whose blob data stay in
    record buffers
  */
  bool blob_data_is_in_rec_buff(uchar *rec_ptr)
  {
    return rec_ptr == last_rec_pos && last_rec_blob_data_is_in_rec_buff;
  }

  /* Find matches from the next table for records from the join buffer */
  virtual enum_nested_loop_state join_matching_records(bool skip_last);

  /* Shall set an auxiliary buffer up (currently used only by BKA joins) */
  virtual int setup_aux_buffer(HANDLER_BUFFER &aux_buff) 
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return 0;
  }

  /*
    Shall get the number of ranges in the cache buffer passed
    to the MRR interface
  */  
  virtual uint get_number_of_ranges_for_mrr() { return 0; };

  /* 
    Shall prepare to look for records from the join cache buffer that would
    match the record of the joined table read into the record buffer
  */ 
  virtual bool prepare_look_for_matches(bool skip_last)= 0;
  /* 
    Shall return a pointer to the record from join buffer that is checked
    as the next candidate for a match with the current record from join_tab.
    Each implementation of this virtual function should bare in mind
    that the record position it returns shall be exactly the position
    passed as the parameter to the implementations of the virtual functions 
    skip_next_candidate_for_match and read_next_candidate_for_match.
  */   
  virtual uchar *get_next_candidate_for_match()= 0;
  /*
    Shall check whether the given record from the join buffer has its match
    flag settings commands to skip the record in the buffer.
  */
  virtual bool skip_next_candidate_for_match(uchar *rec_ptr)= 0;
  /*
    Shall read the given record from the join buffer into the
    the corresponding record buffer
  */
  virtual void read_next_candidate_for_match(uchar *rec_ptr)= 0;

  /* 
    Shall return the location of the association label returned by 
    the multi_read_range_next function for the current record loaded
    into join_tab's record buffer
  */
  virtual uchar **get_curr_association_ptr() { return 0; };

  /* Add null complements for unmatched outer records from the join buffer */
  virtual enum_nested_loop_state join_null_complements(bool skip_last);

  /* Restore the fields of the last record from the join buffer */
  virtual void restore_last_record();

  /* Set match flag for a record in join buffer if it has not been set yet */
  bool set_match_flag_if_none(JOIN_TAB *first_inner, uchar *rec_ptr);

  enum_nested_loop_state generate_full_extensions(uchar *rec_ptr);

  /* Check matching to a partial join record from the join buffer */
  bool check_match(uchar *rec_ptr);

  /* 
    This constructor creates an unlinked join cache. The cache is to be
    used to join table 'tab' to the result of joining the previous tables 
    specified by the 'j' parameter.
  */   
  JOIN_CACHE(JOIN *j, JOIN_TAB *tab)
  {
    join= j;
    join_tab= tab;
    prev_cache= next_cache= 0;
    buff= 0;
    min_buff_size= max_buff_size= 0;            // Caches
    not_exists_opt_is_applicable= false;
  }

  /* 
    This constructor creates a linked join cache. The cache is to be
    used to join table 'tab' to the result of joining the previous tables 
    specified by the 'j' parameter. The parameter 'prev' specifies the previous
    cache object to which this cache is linked.
  */   
  JOIN_CACHE(JOIN *j, JOIN_TAB *tab, JOIN_CACHE *prev)   
  {  
    join= j;
    join_tab= tab;
    next_cache= 0;
    prev_cache= prev;
    buff= 0;
    min_buff_size= max_buff_size= 0;            // Caches
    if (prev)
      prev->next_cache= this;
  }

public:
 
  /*
    The enumeration type Join_algorithm includes a mnemonic constant for
    each join algorithm that employs join buffers
  */

  enum Join_algorithm
  { 
    BNL_JOIN_ALG,     /* Block Nested Loop Join algorithm                  */
    BNLH_JOIN_ALG,    /* Block Nested Loop Hash Join algorithm             */
    BKA_JOIN_ALG,     /* Batched Key Access Join algorithm                 */
    BKAH_JOIN_ALG    /* Batched Key Access with Hash Table Join Algorithm */
  };

  /* 
    The enumeration type Match_flag describes possible states of the match flag
    field  stored for the records of the first inner tables of outer joins and
    semi-joins in the cases when the first match strategy is used for them.
    When a record with match flag field is written into the join buffer the
    state of the field usually is MATCH_NOT_FOUND unless this is a record of the
    first inner table of the outer join for which the on precondition (the
    condition from on expression over outer tables)  has turned out not to be 
    true. In the last case the state of the match flag is MATCH_IMPOSSIBLE.
    The state of the match flag field is changed to MATCH_FOUND as soon as
    the first full matching combination of inner tables of the outer join or
    the semi-join is discovered. 
  */
  enum Match_flag { MATCH_NOT_FOUND, MATCH_FOUND, MATCH_IMPOSSIBLE };

  /* Table to be joined with the partial join records from the cache */ 
  JOIN_TAB *join_tab;

  /* Pointer to the previous join cache if there is any */
  JOIN_CACHE *prev_cache;
  /* Pointer to the next join cache if there is any */
  JOIN_CACHE *next_cache;

  /* Shall initialize the join cache structure */ 
  virtual int init(bool for_explain);

  /* Get the current size of the cache join buffer */ 
  size_t get_join_buffer_size() { return buff_size; }
  /* Set the size of the cache join buffer to a new value */
  void set_join_buffer_size(size_t sz) { buff_size= sz; }

  /* Get the minimum possible size of the cache join buffer */
  size_t get_min_join_buffer_size();
  /* Get the maximum possible size of the cache join buffer */ 
  size_t get_max_join_buffer_size(bool optimize_buff_size,
                                  size_t min_buffer_size_arg);

  /* Shrink the size if the cache join buffer in a given ratio */
  bool shrink_join_buffer_in_ratio(ulonglong n, ulonglong d);

  /*  Shall return the type of the employed join algorithm */
  virtual enum Join_algorithm get_join_alg()= 0;

  /* 
    The function shall return TRUE only when there is a key access
    to the join table
  */
  virtual bool is_key_access()= 0;

  /* Shall reset the join buffer for reading/writing */
  virtual void reset(bool for_writing);

  /* 
    This function shall add a record into the join buffer and return TRUE
    if it has been decided that it should be the last record in the buffer.
  */ 
  virtual bool put_record();

  /* 
    This function shall read the next record into the join buffer and return
    TRUE if there is no more next records.
  */ 
  virtual bool get_record();

  /* 
    This function shall read the record at the position rec_ptr
    in the join buffer
  */ 
  virtual void get_record_by_pos(uchar *rec_ptr);

  /* Shall return the value of the match flag for the positioned record */
  virtual enum Match_flag get_match_flag_by_pos(uchar *rec_ptr);

  /*
    Shall return the value of the match flag for the positioned record
    from the join buffer attached to the specified table
  */
  virtual enum Match_flag
    get_match_flag_by_pos_from_join_buffer(uchar *rec_ptr, JOIN_TAB *tab);

  /* Shall return the position of the current record */
  virtual uchar *get_curr_rec() { return curr_rec_pos; }

  /* Shall set the current record link */
  virtual void set_curr_rec_link(uchar *link) { curr_rec_link= link; }

  /* Shall return the current record link */
  virtual uchar *get_curr_rec_link()
  { 
    return (curr_rec_link ? curr_rec_link : get_curr_rec());
  }
     
  /* Join records from the join buffer with records from the next join table */ 
  enum_nested_loop_state join_records(bool skip_last);

  /* Add a comment on the join algorithm employed by the join cache */
  virtual bool save_explain_data(EXPLAIN_BKA_TYPE *explain);

  THD *thd();

  virtual ~JOIN_CACHE() = default;
  void reset_join(JOIN *j) { join= j; }
  void free()
  { 
    my_free(buff);
    buff= 0;
  }   
  
  friend class JOIN_CACHE_HASHED;
  friend class JOIN_CACHE_BNL;
  friend class JOIN_CACHE_BKA;
  friend class JOIN_TAB_SCAN;
  friend class JOIN_TAB_SCAN_MRR;

};


/*
  The class JOIN_CACHE_HASHED is the base class for the classes
  JOIN_CACHE_HASHED_BNL and JOIN_CACHE_HASHED_BKA. The first of them supports
  an implementation of Block Nested Loop Hash (BNLH) Join Algorithm,
  while the second is used for a variant of the BKA Join algorithm that performs
  only one lookup for any records from join buffer with the same key value. 
  For a join cache of this class the records from the join buffer that have
  the same access key are linked into a chain attached to a key entry structure
  that either itself contains the key value, or, in the case when the keys are
  embedded, refers to its occurrence in one of the records from the chain.
  To build the chains with the same keys a hash table is employed. It is placed
  at the very end of the join buffer. The array of hash entries is allocated
  first at the very bottom of the join buffer, while key entries are placed
  before this array.
  A hash entry contains a header of the list of the key entries with the same
  hash value. 
  Each key entry is a structure of the following type:
    struct st_join_cache_key_entry {
      union { 
        uchar[] value;
        cache_ref *value_ref; // offset from the beginning of the buffer
      } hash_table_key;
      key_ref next_key; // offset backward from the beginning of hash table
      cache_ref *last_rec // offset from the beginning of the buffer
    }
  The references linking the records in a chain are always placed at the very
  beginning of the record info stored in the join buffer. The records are 
  linked in a circular list. A new record is always added to the end of this 
  list.

  The following picture represents a typical layout for the info stored in the
  join buffer of a join cache object of the JOIN_CACHE_HASHED class.
    
  buff
  V
  +----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
  |     |[*]record_1_1|                                                        |
  |     ^ |                                                                    |
  |     | +--------------------------------------------------+                 |
  |     |                           |[*]record_2_1|          |                 |
  |     |                           ^ |                      V                 |
  |     |                           | +------------------+   |[*]record_1_2|   |
  |     |                           +--------------------+-+   |               |
  |+--+ +---------------------+                          | |   +-------------+ |
  ||  |                       |                          V |                 | |
  |||[*]record_3_1|         |[*]record_1_3|              |[*]record_2_2|     | |
  ||^                       ^                            ^                   | |
  ||+----------+            |                            |                   | |
  ||^          |            |<---------------------------+-------------------+ |
  |++          | | ... mrr  |   buffer ...           ... |     |               |
  |            |            |                            |                     |
  |      +-----+--------+   |                      +-----|-------+             |
  |      V     |        |   |                      V     |       |             |
  ||key_3|[/]|[*]|      |   |                |key_2|[/]|[*]|     |             |
  |                   +-+---|-----------------------+            |             |
  |                   V |   |                       |            |             |
  |             |key_1|[*]|[*]|         |   | ... |[*]|   ...  |[*]|  ...  |   |
  +----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
                                        ^           ^            ^
                                        |           i-th entry   j-th entry
                                        hash table

  i-th hash entry:
    circular record chain for key_1:
      record_1_1
      record_1_2
      record_1_3 (points to record_1_1)
    circular record chain for key_3:
      record_3_1 (points to itself)

  j-th hash entry:
    circular record chain for key_2:
      record_2_1
      record_2_2 (points to record_2_1)

*/

class JOIN_CACHE_HASHED: public JOIN_CACHE
{

  typedef uint (JOIN_CACHE_HASHED::*Hash_func) (uchar *key, uint key_len);
  typedef bool (JOIN_CACHE_HASHED::*Hash_cmp_func) (uchar *key1, uchar *key2,
                                                    uint key_len);
  
private:

  /* Size of the offset of a key entry in the hash table */
  uint size_of_key_ofs;

  /* 
    Length of the key entry in the hash table.
    A key entry either contains the key value, or it contains a reference
    to the key value if use_emb_key flag is set for the cache.
  */ 
  uint key_entry_length;
 
  /* The beginning of the hash table in the join buffer */
  uchar *hash_table;
  /* Number of hash entries in the hash table */
  uint hash_entries;


  /* The position of the currently retrieved key entry in the hash table */
  uchar *curr_key_entry;

  /* The offset of the data fields from the beginning of the record fields */
  uint data_fields_offset;

  inline uint get_hash_idx_simple(uchar *key, uint key_len);
  inline uint get_hash_idx_complex(uchar *key, uint key_len);

  inline bool equal_keys_simple(uchar *key1, uchar *key2, uint key_len);
  inline bool equal_keys_complex(uchar *key1, uchar *key2, uint key_len);

  int init_hash_table();
  void cleanup_hash_table();
  
protected:

  /* 
    Index info on the TABLE_REF object used by the hash join
    to look for matching records
  */    
  KEY *ref_key_info;
  /* 
    Number of the key parts the TABLE_REF object used by the hash join
    to look for matching records
  */    
  uint ref_used_key_parts;

  /*
    The hash function used in the hash table,
    usually set by the init() method
  */ 
  Hash_func hash_func;
  /*
    The function to check whether two key entries in the hash table
    are equal or not, usually set by the init() method
  */ 
  Hash_cmp_func hash_cmp_func;

  /* 
    Length of a key value.
    It is assumed that all key values have the same length.
  */
  uint key_length;
  /* Buffer to store key values for probing */
  uchar *key_buff;

  /* Number of key entries in the hash table (number of distinct keys) */
  uint key_entries;

  /* The position of the last key entry in the hash table */
  uchar *last_key_entry;

  /* 
    The offset of the record fields from the beginning of the record
    representation. The record representation starts with a reference to
    the next record in the key record chain followed by the length of
    the trailing record data followed by a reference to the record segment
    in the previous cache, if any, followed by the record fields.
  */ 
  uint rec_fields_offset;

  uint get_size_of_key_offset() { return size_of_key_ofs; }

  /* 
    Get the position of the next_key_ptr field pointed to by 
    a linking reference stored at the position key_ref_ptr. 
    This reference is actually the offset backward from the
    beginning of hash table.
  */  
  uchar *get_next_key_ref(uchar *key_ref_ptr)
  {
    return hash_table-get_offset(size_of_key_ofs, key_ref_ptr);
  }

  /* 
    Store the linking reference to the next_key_ptr field at 
    the position key_ref_ptr. The position of the next_key_ptr
    field is pointed to by ref. The stored reference is actually
    the offset backward from the beginning of the hash table.
  */  
  void store_next_key_ref(uchar *key_ref_ptr, uchar *ref)
  {
    store_offset(size_of_key_ofs, key_ref_ptr, (ulong) (hash_table-ref));
  }     
  
  /* 
    Check whether the reference to the next_key_ptr field at the position
    key_ref_ptr contains  a nil value.
  */
  bool is_null_key_ref(uchar *key_ref_ptr)
  {
    ulong nil= 0;
    return memcmp(key_ref_ptr, &nil, size_of_key_ofs ) == 0;
  } 

  /* 
    Set the reference to the next_key_ptr field at the position
    key_ref_ptr equal to nil.
  */
  void store_null_key_ref(uchar *key_ref_ptr)
  {
    ulong nil= 0;
    store_offset(size_of_key_ofs, key_ref_ptr, nil);
  } 

  uchar *get_next_rec_ref(uchar *ref_ptr)
  {
    return buff+get_offset(get_size_of_rec_offset(), ref_ptr);
  }

  void store_next_rec_ref(uchar *ref_ptr, uchar *ref)
  {
    store_offset(get_size_of_rec_offset(), ref_ptr, (ulong) (ref-buff));
  } 

  /*
    Get the position of the embedded key value for the current
    record pointed to by get_curr_rec().
  */ 
  uchar *get_curr_emb_key()
  {
    return get_curr_rec()+data_fields_offset;
  }

  /*
    Get the position of the embedded key value pointed to by a reference
    stored at ref_ptr. The stored reference is actually the offset from
    the beginning of the join buffer.
  */  
  uchar *get_emb_key(uchar *ref_ptr)
  {
    return buff+get_offset(get_size_of_rec_offset(), ref_ptr);
  }

  /* 
    Store the reference to an embedded key at the position key_ref_ptr.
    The position of the embedded key is pointed to by ref. The stored
    reference is actually the offset from the beginning of the join buffer.
  */  
  void store_emb_key_ref(uchar *ref_ptr, uchar *ref)
  {
    store_offset(get_size_of_rec_offset(), ref_ptr, (ulong) (ref-buff));
  }
  
  /* Get the total length of all prefixes of a record in hashed join buffer */ 
  uint get_prefix_length() override 
  { 
    return base_prefix_length + get_size_of_rec_offset();
  }

  /* 
    Get maximum size of the additional space per record used for
    the hash table with record keys
  */
  uint get_max_key_addon_space_per_record() override;

  /* 
    Calculate how much space in the buffer would not be occupied by
    records, key entries and additional memory for the MMR buffer.
  */ 
  size_t rem_space() override 
  { 
    return MY_MAX(last_key_entry-end_pos-aux_buff_size,0);
  }

  /* 
    Calculate how much space is taken by allocation of the key
    entry for a record in the join buffer
  */
  uint extra_key_length() override { return key_entry_length; }

  /* 
    Skip record from a hashed join buffer if its match flag
    is set to MATCH_FOUND
  */
  bool skip_if_matched() override;

  /*
    Skip record from a hashed join buffer if its match flag setting 
    commands to do so
  */
  bool skip_if_not_needed_match() override;

  /* Search for a key in the hash table of the join buffer */
  bool key_search(uchar *key, uint key_len, uchar **key_ref_ptr);

  /* Reallocate the join buffer of a hashed join cache */
  int realloc_buffer() override;

  /* 
    This constructor creates an unlinked hashed join cache. The cache is to be
    used to join table 'tab' to the result of joining the previous tables 
    specified by the 'j' parameter.
  */   
  JOIN_CACHE_HASHED(JOIN *j, JOIN_TAB *tab) :JOIN_CACHE(j, tab) {}

  /* 
    This constructor creates a linked hashed join cache. The cache is to be
    used to join table 'tab' to the result of joining the previous tables 
    specified by the 'j' parameter. The parameter 'prev' specifies the previous
    cache object to which this cache is linked.
  */   
  JOIN_CACHE_HASHED(JOIN *j, JOIN_TAB *tab, JOIN_CACHE *prev) 
		    :JOIN_CACHE(j, tab, prev) {}

public:

  /* Initialize a hashed join cache */       
  int init(bool for_explain) override;

  /* Reset the buffer of a hashed join cache for reading/writing */
  void reset(bool for_writing) override;

  /* Add a record into the buffer of a hashed join cache */
  bool put_record() override;

  /* Read the next record from the buffer of a hashed join cache */
  bool get_record() override;

  /*
    Shall check whether all records in a key chain have 
    their match flags set on
  */   
  virtual bool check_all_match_flags_for_key(uchar *key_chain_ptr);

  uint get_next_key(uchar **key); 
  
  /* Get the head of the record chain attached to the current key entry */ 
  uchar *get_curr_key_chain()
  {
    return get_next_rec_ref(curr_key_entry+key_entry_length-
                            get_size_of_rec_offset());
  }
  
};


/*
  The class JOIN_TAB_SCAN is a companion class for the classes JOIN_CACHE_BNL
  and JOIN_CACHE_BNLH. Actually the class implements the iterator over the
  table joinded by BNL/BNLH join algorithm.
  The virtual functions open, next and close are called for any iteration over
  the table. The function open is called to initiate the process of the 
  iteration. The function next shall read the next record from the joined
  table. The record is read into the record buffer of the joined table.
  The record is to be matched with records from the join cache buffer. 
  The function close shall perform the finalizing actions for the iteration.
*/
   
class JOIN_TAB_SCAN: public Sql_alloc
{

private:
  /* TRUE if this is the first record from the joined table to iterate over */
  bool is_first_record;

protected:

  /* The joined table to be iterated over */
  JOIN_TAB *join_tab;
  /* The join cache used to join the table join_tab */ 
  JOIN_CACHE *cache;
  /* 
    Representation of the executed multi-way join through which
    all needed context can be accessed.  
  */   
  JOIN *join;

public:
  
  JOIN_TAB_SCAN(JOIN *j, JOIN_TAB *tab)
  {
    join= j;
    join_tab= tab;
    cache= join_tab->cache;
  }

  virtual ~JOIN_TAB_SCAN() = default;
 
  /* 
    Shall calculate the increment of the auxiliary buffer for a record
    write if such a buffer is used by the table scan object 
  */
  virtual uint aux_buffer_incr(size_t recno) { return 0; }

  /* Initiate the process of iteration over the joined table */
  virtual int open();
  /* 
    Shall read the next candidate for matches with records from 
    the join buffer.
  */
  virtual int next();
  /* 
    Perform the finalizing actions for the process of iteration
    over the joined_table.
  */ 
  virtual void close();

};

/*
  The class JOIN_CACHE_BNL is used when the BNL join algorithm is
  employed to perform a join operation   
*/

class JOIN_CACHE_BNL :public JOIN_CACHE
{
private:
  /* 
    The number of the records in the join buffer that have to be
    checked yet for a match with the current record of join_tab 
    read into the record buffer.
  */
  uint rem_records;

protected:

  bool prepare_look_for_matches(bool skip_last) override;

  uchar *get_next_candidate_for_match() override;

  bool skip_next_candidate_for_match(uchar *rec_ptr) override;

  void read_next_candidate_for_match(uchar *rec_ptr) override;

public:

  /* 
    This constructor creates an unlinked BNL join cache. The cache is to be
    used to join table 'tab' to the result of joining the previous tables 
    specified by the 'j' parameter.
  */   
  JOIN_CACHE_BNL(JOIN *j, JOIN_TAB *tab) :JOIN_CACHE(j, tab) {}

  /* 
    This constructor creates a linked BNL join cache. The cache is to be 
    used to join table 'tab' to the result of joining the previous tables 
    specified by the 'j' parameter. The parameter 'prev' specifies the previous
    cache object to which this cache is linked.
  */   
  JOIN_CACHE_BNL(JOIN *j, JOIN_TAB *tab, JOIN_CACHE *prev) 
    :JOIN_CACHE(j, tab, prev) {}

  /* Initialize the BNL cache */       
  int init(bool for_explain) override;

  enum Join_algorithm get_join_alg() override { return BNL_JOIN_ALG; }

  bool is_key_access() override { return FALSE; }

};


/*
  The class JOIN_CACHE_BNLH is used when the BNLH join algorithm is
  employed to perform a join operation   
*/

class JOIN_CACHE_BNLH :public JOIN_CACHE_HASHED
{

protected:

  /* 
    The pointer to the last record from the circular list of the records
    that  match the join key built out of the record in the join buffer for
    the join_tab table
  */
  uchar *last_matching_rec_ref_ptr;
  /*
    The pointer to the next current  record from the circular list of the
    records that match the join key built out of the record in the join buffer
    for the join_tab table. This pointer is used by the class method 
    get_next_candidate_for_match to iterate over records from the circular
    list.
  */
  uchar *next_matching_rec_ref_ptr;

  /*
    Get the chain of records from buffer matching the current candidate
    record for join
  */
  uchar *get_matching_chain_by_join_key();

  bool prepare_look_for_matches(bool skip_last) override;

  uchar *get_next_candidate_for_match() override;

  bool skip_next_candidate_for_match(uchar *rec_ptr) override;

  void read_next_candidate_for_match(uchar *rec_ptr) override;

public:

  /* 
    This constructor creates an unlinked BNLH join cache. The cache is to be
    used to join table 'tab' to the result of joining the previous tables 
    specified by the 'j' parameter.
  */   
  JOIN_CACHE_BNLH(JOIN *j, JOIN_TAB *tab) : JOIN_CACHE_HASHED(j, tab) {}

  /* 
    This constructor creates a linked BNLH join cache. The cache is to be 
    used to join table 'tab' to the result of joining the previous tables 
    specified by the 'j' parameter. The parameter 'prev' specifies the previous
    cache object to which this cache is linked.
  */   
  JOIN_CACHE_BNLH(JOIN *j, JOIN_TAB *tab, JOIN_CACHE *prev) 
    : JOIN_CACHE_HASHED(j, tab, prev) {}

  /* Initialize the BNLH cache */       
  int init(bool for_explain) override;

  enum Join_algorithm get_join_alg() override { return BNLH_JOIN_ALG; }

  bool is_key_access() override { return TRUE; }

};


/*
  The class JOIN_TAB_SCAN_MRR is a companion class for the classes
  JOIN_CACHE_BKA and JOIN_CACHE_BKAH. Actually the class implements the
  iterator over the records from join_tab selected by BKA/BKAH join
  algorithm as the candidates to be joined. 
  The virtual functions open, next and close are called for any iteration over
  join_tab record candidates. The function open is called to initiate the
  process of the iteration. The function next shall read the next record from
  the set of the record candidates. The record is read into the record buffer
  of the joined table. The function close shall perform the finalizing actions
  for the iteration.
*/
   
class JOIN_TAB_SCAN_MRR: public JOIN_TAB_SCAN
{
  /* Interface object to generate key ranges for MRR */
  RANGE_SEQ_IF range_seq_funcs;

  /* Number of ranges to be processed by the MRR interface */
  uint ranges;

  /* Flag to be passed to the MRR interface */
  uint mrr_mode;

  /* MRR buffer assotiated with this join cache */
  HANDLER_BUFFER mrr_buff;

  /* Shall initialize the MRR buffer */
  virtual void init_mrr_buff()
  {
    cache->setup_aux_buffer(mrr_buff);
  }

public:

  JOIN_TAB_SCAN_MRR(JOIN *j, JOIN_TAB *tab, uint flags, RANGE_SEQ_IF rs_funcs)
    :JOIN_TAB_SCAN(j, tab), range_seq_funcs(rs_funcs), mrr_mode(flags) {}

  uint aux_buffer_incr(size_t recno) override;

  int open() override;
 
  int next() override;

  friend class JOIN_CACHE_BKA; /* it needs to add an mrr_mode flag after JOIN_CACHE::init() call */
};

/*
  The class JOIN_CACHE_BKA is used when the BKA join algorithm is
  employed to perform a join operation   
*/

class JOIN_CACHE_BKA :public JOIN_CACHE
{
private:

  /* Flag to be passed to the companion JOIN_TAB_SCAN_MRR object */
  uint mrr_mode;

  /* 
    This value is set to 1 by the class prepare_look_for_matches method
    and back to 0 by the class get_next_candidate_for_match method
  */
  uint rem_records;

  /*
    This field contains the current association label set by a call of
    the multi_range_read_next handler function.
    See the function JOIN_CACHE_BKA::get_curr_key_association()
  */
  uchar *curr_association;

protected:

  /* 
    Get the number of ranges in the cache buffer passed to the MRR
    interface. For each record its own range is passed.
  */
  uint get_number_of_ranges_for_mrr() override { return (uint)records; }

 /*
   Setup the MRR buffer as the space between the last record put
   into the join buffer and the very end of the join buffer 
 */
  int setup_aux_buffer(HANDLER_BUFFER &aux_buff) override
  {
    aux_buff.buffer= end_pos;
    aux_buff.buffer_end= buff+buff_size;
    return 0;
  }

  bool prepare_look_for_matches(bool skip_last) override;

  uchar *get_next_candidate_for_match() override;

  bool skip_next_candidate_for_match(uchar *rec_ptr) override;

  void read_next_candidate_for_match(uchar *rec_ptr) override;

public:

  /* 
    This constructor creates an unlinked BKA join cache. The cache is to be
    used to join table 'tab' to the result of joining the previous tables 
    specified by the 'j' parameter.
    The MRR mode initially is set to 'flags'.
  */   
  JOIN_CACHE_BKA(JOIN *j, JOIN_TAB *tab, uint flags)
    :JOIN_CACHE(j, tab), mrr_mode(flags) {}
  /* 
    This constructor creates a linked BKA join cache. The cache is to be 
    used to join table 'tab' to the result of joining the previous tables 
    specified by the 'j' parameter. The parameter 'prev' specifies the previous
    cache object to which this cache is linked.
    The MRR mode initially is set to 'flags'.
  */   
  JOIN_CACHE_BKA(JOIN *j, JOIN_TAB *tab, uint flags, JOIN_CACHE *prev)
    :JOIN_CACHE(j, tab, prev), mrr_mode(flags) {}
  
  JOIN_CACHE_BKA(JOIN_CACHE_BKA *bka)
    :JOIN_CACHE(bka->join, bka->join_tab, bka->prev_cache),
      mrr_mode(bka->mrr_mode)  {}

  uchar **get_curr_association_ptr() override { return &curr_association; }

  /* Initialize the BKA cache */       
  int init(bool for_explain) override;

  enum Join_algorithm get_join_alg() override { return BKA_JOIN_ALG; }

  bool is_key_access() override { return TRUE; }

  /* Get the key built over the next record from the join buffer */
  uint get_next_key(uchar **key);

  /* Check index condition of the joined table for a record from BKA cache */
  bool skip_index_tuple(range_id_t range_info);

  bool save_explain_data(EXPLAIN_BKA_TYPE *explain) override;
};



/*
  The class JOIN_CACHE_BKAH is used when the BKAH join algorithm is
  employed to perform a join operation   
*/

class JOIN_CACHE_BKAH :public JOIN_CACHE_BNLH
{

private:
  /* Flag to be passed to the companion JOIN_TAB_SCAN_MRR object */
  uint mrr_mode;

  /* 
    This flag is set to TRUE if the implementation of the MRR interface cannot
    handle range association labels and does not return them to the caller of
    the multi_range_read_next handler function. E.g. the implementation of
    the MRR inteface for the Falcon engine could not return association
    labels to the caller of multi_range_read_next.
    The flag is set by JOIN_CACHE_BKA::init() and is not ever changed.
  */       
  bool no_association;

  /* 
    This field contains the association label returned by the 
    multi_range_read_next function.
    See the function JOIN_CACHE_BKAH::get_curr_key_association()
  */
  uchar *curr_matching_chain;

protected:

  uint get_number_of_ranges_for_mrr() override { return key_entries; }

  /* 
    Initialize the MRR buffer allocating some space within the join buffer.
    The entire space between the last record put into the join buffer and the
    last key entry added to the hash table is used for the MRR buffer.
  */
  int setup_aux_buffer(HANDLER_BUFFER &aux_buff) override
  {
    aux_buff.buffer= end_pos;
    aux_buff.buffer_end= last_key_entry;
    return 0;
  }

  bool prepare_look_for_matches(bool skip_last) override;

  /*
    The implementations of the methods
    - get_next_candidate_for_match
    - skip_recurrent_candidate_for_match
    - read_next_candidate_for_match
    are inherited from the JOIN_CACHE_BNLH class
  */

public:

  /* 
    This constructor creates an unlinked BKAH join cache. The cache is to be
    used to join table 'tab' to the result of joining the previous tables 
    specified by the 'j' parameter.
    The MRR mode initially is set to 'flags'.
  */   
  JOIN_CACHE_BKAH(JOIN *j, JOIN_TAB *tab, uint flags) 
    :JOIN_CACHE_BNLH(j, tab), mrr_mode(flags) {}

  /* 
    This constructor creates a linked BKAH join cache. The cache is to be 
    used to join table 'tab' to the result of joining the previous tables 
    specified by the 'j' parameter. The parameter 'prev' specifies the previous
    cache object to which this cache is linked.
    The MRR mode initially is set to 'flags'.
  */   
  JOIN_CACHE_BKAH(JOIN *j, JOIN_TAB *tab, uint flags, JOIN_CACHE *prev)
    :JOIN_CACHE_BNLH(j, tab, prev), mrr_mode(flags)  {}

  JOIN_CACHE_BKAH(JOIN_CACHE_BKAH *bkah)
    :JOIN_CACHE_BNLH(bkah->join, bkah->join_tab, bkah->prev_cache),
      mrr_mode(bkah->mrr_mode)  {}

  uchar **get_curr_association_ptr() override { return &curr_matching_chain; }

  /* Initialize the BKAH cache */       
  int init(bool for_explain) override;

  enum Join_algorithm get_join_alg() override { return BKAH_JOIN_ALG; }

  /* Check index condition of the joined table for a record from BKAH cache */
  bool skip_index_tuple(range_id_t range_info);

  bool save_explain_data(EXPLAIN_BKA_TYPE *explain) override;
};
#ifndef SQL_TYPE_FIXEDBIN_H
#define SQL_TYPE_FIXEDBIN_H
/* Copyright (c) 2019,2021 MariaDB Corporation

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/*
  This is a common code for plugin (?) types that are generally
  handled like strings, but have their own fixed size on-disk binary storage
  format and their own (variable size) canonical string representation.

  Examples are INET6 and UUID types.
*/

#define MYSQL_SERVER
#include "sql_class.h" // THD, SORT_FIELD_ATTR
#include "opt_range.h" // SEL_ARG, null_element
#include "sql_type_fixedbin_storage.h"

/***********************************************************************/


template<class FbtImpl> class Type_collection_fbt;

template<class FbtImpl, class TypeCollectionImpl = Type_collection_fbt<FbtImpl> >
class Type_handler_fbt: public Type_handler
{
  /* =[ internal helper classes ]=============================== */

public:
  class Fbt: public FbtImpl
  {
  protected:
    using FbtImpl::m_buffer;
    bool make_from_item(Item *item, bool warn)
    {
      if (item->type_handler() == singleton())
      {
        Native tmp(m_buffer, sizeof(m_buffer));
        bool rc= item->val_native(current_thd, &tmp);
        if (rc)
          return true;
        DBUG_ASSERT(tmp.length() == sizeof(m_buffer));
        if (tmp.ptr() != m_buffer)
          memcpy(m_buffer, tmp.ptr(), sizeof(m_buffer));
        return false;
      }
      StringBuffer<FbtImpl::max_char_length()+1> tmp;
      String *str= item->val_str(&tmp);
      return str ? make_from_character_or_binary_string(str, warn) : true;
    }

    bool character_string_to_fbt(const char *str, size_t str_length,
                                  CHARSET_INFO *cs)
    {
      if (cs->state & MY_CS_NONASCII)
      {
        char tmp[FbtImpl::max_char_length()+1];
        String_copier copier;
        uint length= copier.well_formed_copy(&my_charset_latin1, tmp, sizeof(tmp),
                                             cs, str, str_length);
        return FbtImpl::ascii_to_fbt(tmp, length);
      }
      return FbtImpl::ascii_to_fbt(str, str_length);
    }
    bool make_from_character_or_binary_string(const String *str, bool warn)
    {
      if (str->charset() != &my_charset_bin)
      {
        bool rc= character_string_to_fbt(str->ptr(), str->length(),
                                          str->charset());
        if (rc && warn)
          current_thd->push_warning_wrong_value(Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN,
                       singleton()->name().ptr(), ErrConvString(str).ptr());
        return rc;
      }
      if (str->length() != sizeof(m_buffer))
      {
        if (warn)
          current_thd->push_warning_wrong_value(Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN,
                       singleton()->name().ptr(), ErrConvString(str).ptr());
        return true;
      }
      DBUG_ASSERT(str->ptr() != m_buffer);
      memcpy(m_buffer, str->ptr(), sizeof(m_buffer));
      return false;
    }
    bool binary_to_fbt(const char *str, size_t length)
    {
      if (length != sizeof(m_buffer))
        return true;
      memcpy(m_buffer, str, length);
      return false;
    }

    Fbt() { }

  public:

     static Fbt zero()
     {
       Fbt fbt;
       fbt.set_zero();
       return fbt;
     }

     static Fbt record_to_memory(const char *ptr)
     {
       Fbt fbt;
       FbtImpl::record_to_memory(fbt.m_buffer, ptr);
       return fbt;
     }
    /*
      Check at Item's fix_fields() time if "item" can return a nullable value
      on conversion to Fbt, or conversion produces a NOT NULL Fbt value.
    */
    static bool fix_fields_maybe_null_on_conversion_to_fbt(Item *item)
    {
      if (item->maybe_null())
        return true;
      if (item->type_handler() == singleton())
        return false;
      if (!item->const_item() || item->is_expensive())
        return true;
      return Fbt_null(item, false).is_null();
    }

    /*
      Check at fix_fields() time if any of the items can return a nullable
      value on conversion to Fbt.
    */
    static bool fix_fields_maybe_null_on_conversion_to_fbt(Item **items,
                                                           uint count)
    {
      for (uint i= 0; i < count; i++)
      {
        if (Fbt::fix_fields_maybe_null_on_conversion_to_fbt(items[i]))
          return true;
      }
      return false;
    }

  public:

    Fbt(Item *item, bool *error, bool warn= true)
    {
      *error= make_from_item(item, warn);
    }
    void to_record(char *str, size_t str_size) const
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(str_size >= sizeof(m_buffer));
      FbtImpl::memory_to_record(str, m_buffer);
    }
    bool to_binary(String *to) const
    {
      return to->copy(m_buffer, sizeof(m_buffer), &my_charset_bin);
    }
    bool to_native(Native *to) const
    {
      return to->copy(m_buffer, sizeof(m_buffer));
    }
    bool to_string(String *to) const
    {
      to->set_charset(&my_charset_latin1);
      if (to->alloc(FbtImpl::max_char_length()+1))
        return true;
      to->length((uint32) FbtImpl::to_string(const_cast<char*>(to->ptr()),
                                             FbtImpl::max_char_length()+1));
      return false;
    }
    bool to_bool() const
    {
      return !this->only_zero_bytes(m_buffer, FbtImpl::binary_length());
    }
    int cmp(const Binary_string &other) const
    {
      return FbtImpl::cmp(FbtImpl::to_lex_cstring(), other.to_lex_cstring());
    }
    int cmp(const Fbt &other) const
    {
      return FbtImpl::cmp(FbtImpl::to_lex_cstring(), other.to_lex_cstring());
    }
  };

  class Fbt_null: public Fbt, public Null_flag
  {
  public:
    // Initialize from a text representation
    Fbt_null(const char *str, size_t length, CHARSET_INFO *cs)
     :Null_flag(Fbt::character_string_to_fbt(str, length, cs)) { }
    Fbt_null(const String &str)
     :Fbt_null(str.ptr(), str.length(), str.charset()) { }
    // Initialize from a binary representation
    Fbt_null(const char *str, size_t length)
     :Null_flag(Fbt::binary_to_fbt(str, length)) { }
    Fbt_null(const Binary_string &str)
     :Fbt_null(str.ptr(), str.length()) { }
    // Initialize from an Item
    Fbt_null(Item *item, bool warn= true)
     :Null_flag(Fbt::make_from_item(item, warn)) { }
  public:
    const Fbt& to_fbt() const
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(!is_null());
      return *this;
    }
    void to_record(char *str, size_t str_size) const
    {
      to_fbt().to_record(str, str_size);
    }
    bool to_binary(String *to) const
    {
      return to_fbt().to_binary(to);
    }
    bool to_string(String *to) const
    {
      return to_fbt().to_string(to);
    }
  };

  /* =[ API classes ]=========================================== */

  class Type_std_attributes_fbt: public Type_std_attributes
  {
  public:
    Type_std_attributes_fbt()
     :Type_std_attributes(
        Type_numeric_attributes(FbtImpl::max_char_length(), 0, true),
        DTCollation_numeric())
    { }
  };

  class Item_literal_fbt: public Item_literal
  {
    Fbt m_value;
  public:
    Item_literal_fbt(THD *thd)
     :Item_literal(thd),
      m_value(Fbt::zero())
    { }
    Item_literal_fbt(THD *thd, const Fbt &value)
     :Item_literal(thd),
      m_value(value)
    { }
    const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
    {
      return singleton();
    }
    bool val_bool() override
    {
      return m_value.to_bool();
    }
    longlong val_int() override
    {
      return 0;
    }
    double val_real() override
    {
      return 0;
    }
    String *val_str(String *to) override
    {
      return m_value.to_string(to) ? NULL : to;
    }
    my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *to) override
    {
      my_decimal_set_zero(to);
      return to;
    }
    bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
    {
      set_zero_time(ltime, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME);
      return false;
    }
    bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override
    {
      return m_value.to_native(to);
    }
    void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
    {
      StringBuffer<FbtImpl::max_char_length()+64> tmp;
      tmp.append(singleton()->name().lex_cstring());
      my_caseup_str(&my_charset_latin1, tmp.c_ptr());
      str->append(tmp);
      str->append('\'');
      m_value.to_string(&tmp);
      str->append(tmp);
      str->append('\'');
    }

    // Non-overriding methods
    void set_value(const Fbt &value)
    {
      m_value= value;
    }

  protected:
    Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
    { return get_item_copy<Item_literal_fbt>(thd, this); }
    Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
    { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
  };

  class Field_fbt: public Field
  {
    static void set_min_value(char *ptr)
    {
      memset(ptr, 0, FbtImpl::binary_length());
    }
    static void set_max_value(char *ptr)
    {
      memset(ptr, 0xFF, FbtImpl::binary_length());
    }
    void store_warning(const ErrConv &str,
                       Sql_condition::enum_warning_level level)
    {
      if (get_thd()->count_cuted_fields <= CHECK_FIELD_EXPRESSION)
        return;
      const TABLE_SHARE *s= table->s;
      static const Name type_name= singleton()->name();
      get_thd()->push_warning_truncated_value_for_field(level, type_name.ptr(),
        str.ptr(), s ? s->db.str : nullptr, s ? s->table_name.str : nullptr,
        field_name.str);
    }
    int set_null_with_warn(const ErrConv &str)
    {
      store_warning(str, Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN);
      set_null();
      return 1;
    }
    int set_min_value_with_warn(const ErrConv &str)
    {
      store_warning(str, Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN);
      set_min_value((char*) ptr);
      return 1;
    }
    int set_max_value_with_warn(const ErrConv &str)
    {
      store_warning(str, Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN);
      set_max_value((char*) ptr);
      return 1;
    }
    int store_fbt_null_with_warn(const Fbt_null &fbt,
                                   const ErrConvString &err)
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(marked_for_write_or_computed());
      if (fbt.is_null())
        return maybe_null() ? set_null_with_warn(err)
                            : set_min_value_with_warn(err);
      fbt.to_record((char *) ptr, FbtImpl::binary_length());
      return 0;
    }

  public:
    Field_fbt(const LEX_CSTRING *field_name_arg, const Record_addr &rec)
      :Field(rec.ptr(), FbtImpl::max_char_length(),
             rec.null_ptr(), rec.null_bit(), Field::NONE, field_name_arg)
    {
      flags|= BINARY_FLAG | UNSIGNED_FLAG;
    }
    const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
    {
      return singleton();
    }
    uint32 max_display_length() const override { return field_length; }
    bool str_needs_quotes() const override { return true; }
    const DTCollation &dtcollation() const override
    {
      static DTCollation_numeric c;
      return c;
    }
    CHARSET_INFO *charset(void) const override { return &my_charset_numeric; }
    const CHARSET_INFO *sort_charset(void) const override { return &my_charset_bin; }
    /**
      This makes client-server protocol convert the value according
      to @@character_set_client.
    */
    bool binary() const override { return false; }
    enum ha_base_keytype key_type() const override { return HA_KEYTYPE_BINARY; }

    bool is_equal(const Column_definition &new_field) const override
    {
      return new_field.type_handler() == type_handler();
    }
    bool eq_def(const Field *field) const override
    {
      return Field::eq_def(field);
    }
    double pos_in_interval(Field *min, Field *max) override
    {
      return pos_in_interval_val_str(min, max, 0);
    }
    int cmp(const uchar *a, const uchar *b) const override
    { return memcmp(a, b, pack_length()); }

    void sort_string(uchar *to, uint length) override
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(length == pack_length());
      memcpy(to, ptr, length);
    }
    uint32 pack_length() const override
    {
      return FbtImpl::binary_length();
    }
    uint pack_length_from_metadata(uint field_metadata) const override
    {
      return FbtImpl::binary_length();
    }

    void sql_type(String &str) const override
    {
      static Name name= singleton()->name();
      str.set_ascii(name.ptr(), name.length());
    }

    void make_send_field(Send_field *to) override
    {
      Field::make_send_field(to);
      to->set_data_type_name(singleton()->name().lex_cstring());
    }

    bool validate_value_in_record(THD *thd, const uchar *record) const override
    {
      return false;
    }

    bool val_native(Native *to) override
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(marked_for_read());
      if (to->alloc(FbtImpl::binary_length()))
        return true;
      to->length(FbtImpl::binary_length());
      FbtImpl::record_to_memory((char*) to->ptr(), (const char*) ptr);
      return false;
    }

    Fbt to_fbt() const
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(marked_for_read());
      return Fbt::record_to_memory((const char*) ptr);
    }

    String *val_str(String *val_buffer, String *) override
    {
      return to_fbt().to_string(val_buffer) ? NULL : val_buffer;
    }

    my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *to) override
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(marked_for_read());
      my_decimal_set_zero(to);
      return to;
    }

    longlong val_int() override
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(marked_for_read());
      return 0;
    }

    double val_real() override
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(marked_for_read());
      return 0;
    }

    bool get_date(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(marked_for_read());
      set_zero_time(ltime, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME);
      return false;
    }

    bool val_bool(void) override
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(marked_for_read());
      return !Fbt::only_zero_bytes((const char *) ptr, FbtImpl::binary_length());
    }

    int store_native(const Native &value) override
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(marked_for_write_or_computed());
      DBUG_ASSERT(value.length() == FbtImpl::binary_length());
      FbtImpl::memory_to_record((char*) ptr, value.ptr());
      return 0;
    }

    int store(const char *str, size_t length, CHARSET_INFO *cs) override
    {
      return cs == &my_charset_bin ? store_binary(str, length)
                                   : store_text(str, length, cs);
    }

    int store_text(const char *str, size_t length, CHARSET_INFO *cs) override
    {
      return store_fbt_null_with_warn(Fbt_null(str, length, cs),
                                        ErrConvString(str, length, cs));
    }

    int store_binary(const char *str, size_t length) override
    {
      return store_fbt_null_with_warn(Fbt_null(str, length),
                                        ErrConvString(str, length,
                                                      &my_charset_bin));
    }

    int store_hex_hybrid(const char *str, size_t length) override
    {
      return Field_fbt::store_binary(str, length);
    }

    int store_decimal(const my_decimal *num) override
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(marked_for_write_or_computed());
      return set_min_value_with_warn(ErrConvDecimal(num));
    }

    int store(longlong nr, bool unsigned_flag) override
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(marked_for_write_or_computed());
      return set_min_value_with_warn(
              ErrConvInteger(Longlong_hybrid(nr, unsigned_flag)));
    }

    int store(double nr) override
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(marked_for_write_or_computed());
      return set_min_value_with_warn(ErrConvDouble(nr));
    }

    int store_time_dec(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime, uint dec) override
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(marked_for_write_or_computed());
      return set_min_value_with_warn(ErrConvTime(ltime));
    }

    /*** Field conversion routines ***/
    int store_field(Field *from) override
    {
      // INSERT INTO t1 (fbt_field) SELECT different_field_type FROM t2;
      return from->save_in_field(this);
    }
    int save_in_field(Field *to) override
    {
      // INSERT INTO t2 (different_field_type) SELECT fbt_field FROM t1;
      if (to->charset() == &my_charset_bin &&
          dynamic_cast<const Type_handler_general_purpose_string*>
            (to->type_handler()))
      {
        NativeBuffer<FbtImpl::binary_length()+1> res;
        val_native(&res);
        return to->store(res.ptr(), res.length(), &my_charset_bin);
      }
      return save_in_field_str(to);
    }
    Copy_func *get_copy_func(const Field *from) const override
    {
      // ALTER to FBT from another field
      return do_field_string;
    }

    Copy_func *get_copy_func_to(const Field *to) const override
    {
      if (type_handler() == to->type_handler())
      {
        // ALTER from FBT to FBT
        DBUG_ASSERT(pack_length() == to->pack_length());
        DBUG_ASSERT(charset() == to->charset());
        DBUG_ASSERT(sort_charset() == to->sort_charset());
        return Field::do_field_eq;
      }
      // ALTER from FBT to another fbt type
      if (to->charset() == &my_charset_bin &&
          dynamic_cast<const Type_handler_general_purpose_string*>
            (to->type_handler()))
      {
        /*
          ALTER from FBT to a binary string type, e.g.:
            BINARY, TINYBLOB, BLOB, MEDIUMBLOB, LONGBLOB
        */
        return do_field_fbt_native_to_binary;
      }
      return do_field_string;
    }

    static void do_field_fbt_native_to_binary(const Copy_field *copy)
    {
      NativeBuffer<FbtImpl::binary_length()+1> res;
      copy->from_field->val_native(&res);
      copy->to_field->store(res.ptr(), res.length(), &my_charset_bin);
    }

    bool memcpy_field_possible(const Field *from) const override
    {
      // INSERT INTO t1 (fbt_field) SELECT field2 FROM t2;
      return type_handler() == from->type_handler();
    }
    enum_conv_type rpl_conv_type_from(const Conv_source &source,
                                      const Relay_log_info *rli,
                                      const Conv_param &param) const override
    {
      if (type_handler() == source.type_handler() ||
          (source.type_handler() == &type_handler_string &&
           source.type_handler()->max_display_length_for_field(source) ==
           FbtImpl::binary_length()))
        return rpl_conv_type_from_same_data_type(source.metadata(), rli, param);
      return CONV_TYPE_IMPOSSIBLE;
    }

    /*** Optimizer routines ***/
    bool test_if_equality_guarantees_uniqueness(const Item *const_item) const override
    {
      /*
        This condition:
          WHERE fbt_field=const
        should return a single distinct value only,
        as comparison is done according to FBT.
      */
      return true;
    }
    bool can_be_substituted_to_equal_item(const Context &ctx,
                                          const Item_equal *item_equal)
                                          override
    {
      switch (ctx.subst_constraint()) {
      case ANY_SUBST:
        return ctx.compare_type_handler() == item_equal->compare_type_handler();
      case IDENTITY_SUBST:
        return true;
      }
      return false;
    }
    Item *get_equal_const_item(THD *thd, const Context &ctx,
                               Item *const_item) override
    {
      Fbt_null tmp(const_item);
      if (tmp.is_null())
        return NULL;
      return new (thd->mem_root) Item_literal_fbt(thd, tmp);
    }
    Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_keypart_ref(const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                                     const Item *item)
                                                     const override
    {
      /*
        Mixing of two different non-traditional types is currently prevented.
        This may change in the future.
      */
      DBUG_ASSERT(item->type_handler()->type_handler_base_or_self()->
                  is_traditional_scalar_type() ||
                  item->type_handler()->type_collection() ==
                  type_handler()->type_collection());
      return Data_type_compatibility::OK;
    }
    /**
      Test if Field can use range optimizer for a standard comparison operation:
        <=, <, =, <=>, >, >=
      Note, this method does not cover spatial operations.
    */
    Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_range(const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                               const Item *item,
                                               bool is_eq_func) const override
    {
      // See the DBUG_ASSERT comment in can_optimize_keypart_ref()
      DBUG_ASSERT(item->type_handler()->type_handler_base_or_self()->
                  is_traditional_scalar_type() ||
                  item->type_handler()->type_collection() ==
                  type_handler()->type_collection());
      return Data_type_compatibility::OK;
    }
    void hash_not_null(Hasher *hasher) override
    {
      FbtImpl::hash_record(ptr, hasher);
    }
    SEL_ARG *get_mm_leaf(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *prm, KEY_PART *key_part,
                         const Item_bool_func *cond,
                         scalar_comparison_op op, Item *value) override
    {
      DBUG_ENTER("Field_fbt::get_mm_leaf");
      if (can_optimize_scalar_range(prm, key_part, cond, op, value) !=
          Data_type_compatibility::OK)
        DBUG_RETURN(0);
      int err= value->save_in_field_no_warnings(this, 1);
      if ((op != SCALAR_CMP_EQUAL && is_real_null()) || err < 0)
        DBUG_RETURN(&null_element);
      if (err > 0)
      {
        if (op == SCALAR_CMP_EQ || op == SCALAR_CMP_EQUAL)
          DBUG_RETURN(new (prm->mem_root) SEL_ARG_IMPOSSIBLE(this));
        DBUG_RETURN(NULL); /*  Cannot infer anything */
      }
      DBUG_RETURN(stored_field_make_mm_leaf(prm, key_part, op, value));
    }
    Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_hash_join(const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                                   const Item *item)
                                                   const override
    {
      return can_optimize_keypart_ref(cond, item);
    }
    Data_type_compatibility can_optimize_group_min_max(
                                    const Item_bool_func *cond,
                                    const Item *const_item) const override
    {
      return Data_type_compatibility::OK;
    }

    uint row_pack_length() const override { return pack_length(); }

    Binlog_type_info binlog_type_info() const override
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(type() == binlog_type());
      return Binlog_type_info_fixed_string(Field_fbt::binlog_type(),
                                           FbtImpl::binary_length(), &my_charset_bin);
    }

    uchar *pack(uchar *to, const uchar *from, uint max_length) override
    {
      DBUG_PRINT("debug", ("Packing field '%s'", field_name.str));
      return FbtImpl::pack(to, from, max_length);
    }

    const uchar *unpack(uchar *to, const uchar *from, const uchar *from_end,
                        uint param_data) override
    {
      return FbtImpl::unpack(to, from, from_end, param_data);
    }

    uint max_packed_col_length(uint max_length) override
    {
      return StringPack::max_packed_col_length(max_length);
    }

    uint packed_col_length(const uchar *fbt_ptr, uint length) override
    {
      return StringPack::packed_col_length(fbt_ptr, length);
    }

    uint size_of() const override { return sizeof(*this); }
  };


  class cmp_item_fbt: public cmp_item_scalar
  {
    Fbt m_native;
  public:
    cmp_item_fbt()
     :cmp_item_scalar(),
      m_native(Fbt::zero())
    { }
    void store_value(Item *item) override
    {
      m_native= Fbt(item, &m_null_value);
    }
    int cmp_not_null(const Value *val) override
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(!val->is_null());
      DBUG_ASSERT(val->is_string());
      Fbt_null tmp(val->m_string);
      DBUG_ASSERT(!tmp.is_null());
      return m_native.cmp(tmp);
    }
    int cmp(Item *arg) override
    {
      Fbt_null tmp(arg);
      return m_null_value || tmp.is_null() ? UNKNOWN : m_native.cmp(tmp) != 0;
    }
    int compare(const cmp_item *ci) const override
    {
      const cmp_item_fbt *tmp= static_cast<const cmp_item_fbt*>(ci);
      DBUG_ASSERT(!m_null_value);
      DBUG_ASSERT(!tmp->m_null_value);
      return m_native.cmp(tmp->m_native);
    }
    cmp_item *make_same(THD *thd) override
    {
      return new (thd->mem_root) cmp_item_fbt();
    }
  };

  class in_fbt :public in_vector
  {
    Fbt m_value;
    static int cmp_fbt(void *cmp_arg, const void *a, const void *b)
    {
      return static_cast<const Fbt*>(a)->cmp(*static_cast<const Fbt*>(b));
    }
  public:
    in_fbt(THD *thd, uint elements)
     :in_vector(thd, elements, sizeof(Fbt), cmp_fbt, 0),
      m_value(Fbt::zero())
    { }
    const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
    {
      return singleton();
    }
    bool set(uint pos, Item *item) override
    {
      Fbt *buff= &((Fbt *) base)[pos];
      Fbt_null value(item);
      if (value.is_null())
      {
        *buff= Fbt::zero();
        return true;
      }
      *buff= value;
      return false;
    }
    uchar *get_value(Item *item) override
    {
      Fbt_null value(item);
      if (value.is_null())
        return 0;
      m_value= value;
      return (uchar *) &m_value;
    }
    Item* create_item(THD *thd) override
    {
      return new (thd->mem_root) Item_literal_fbt(thd);
    }
    void value_to_item(uint pos, Item *item) override
    {
      const Fbt &buff= (((Fbt*) base)[pos]);
      static_cast<Item_literal_fbt*>(item)->set_value(buff);
    }
  };

  class Item_copy_fbt: public Item_copy
  {
    NativeBuffer<Fbt::binary_length()+1> m_value;
  public:
    Item_copy_fbt(THD *thd, Item *item_arg): Item_copy(thd, item_arg) {}

    bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override
    {
      if (null_value)
        return true;
      return to->copy(m_value.ptr(), m_value.length());
    }
    String *val_str(String *to) override
    {
      if (null_value)
        return NULL;
      Fbt_null tmp(m_value.ptr(), m_value.length());
      return tmp.is_null() || tmp.to_string(to) ? NULL : to;
    }
    my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *to) override
    {
      my_decimal_set_zero(to);
      return to;
    }
    double val_real() override
    {
      return 0;
    }
    longlong val_int() override
    {
      return 0;
    }
    bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
    {
      set_zero_time(ltime, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME);
      return null_value;
    }
    void copy() override
    {
      null_value= item->val_native(current_thd, &m_value);
      DBUG_ASSERT(null_value == item->null_value);
    }
    int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions) override
    {
      return Item::save_in_field(field, no_conversions);
    }

  protected:
    Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
    { return get_item_copy<Item_copy_fbt>(thd, this); }
    Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
    { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
  };

  class Item_char_typecast_func_handler_fbt_to_binary:
                                         public Item_handled_func::Handler_str
  {
  public:
    const Type_handler *return_type_handler(const Item_handled_func *item)
                                            const override
    {
      if (item->max_length > MAX_FIELD_VARCHARLENGTH)
        return Type_handler::blob_type_handler(item->max_length);
      if (item->max_length > 255)
        return &type_handler_varchar;
      return &type_handler_string;
    }
    bool fix_length_and_dec(Item_handled_func *xitem) const override
    {
      return false;
    }
    String *val_str(Item_handled_func *item, String *to) const override
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(dynamic_cast<const Item_char_typecast*>(item));
      return static_cast<Item_char_typecast*>(item)->
               val_str_binary_from_native(to);
    }
  };

  class Item_typecast_fbt: public Item_func
  {
  public:
    Item_typecast_fbt(THD *thd, Item *a) :Item_func(thd, a) {}

    const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
    { return singleton(); }

    enum Functype functype() const override { return CHAR_TYPECAST_FUNC; }
    bool eq(const Item *item, const Eq_config &config) const override
    {
      if (this == item)
        return true;
      if (item->type() != FUNC_ITEM ||
          functype() != ((Item_func*)item)->functype())
        return false;
      if (type_handler() != item->type_handler())
        return false;
      Item_typecast_fbt *cast= (Item_typecast_fbt*) item;
      return args[0]->eq(cast->args[0], config);
    }
    LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
    {
      static Name name= singleton()->name();
      size_t len= 9+name.length()+1;
      char *buf= (char*)current_thd->alloc(len);
      strmov(strmov(buf, "cast_as_"), name.ptr());
      return { buf, len };
    }
    void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
    {
      str->append(STRING_WITH_LEN("cast("));
      args[0]->print(str, query_type);
      str->append(STRING_WITH_LEN(" as "));
      str->append(singleton()->name().lex_cstring());
      str->append(')');
    }
    bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
    {
      Type_std_attributes::operator=(Type_std_attributes_fbt());
      if (Fbt::fix_fields_maybe_null_on_conversion_to_fbt(args[0]))
        set_maybe_null();
      return false;
    }
    String *val_str(String *to) override
    {
      Fbt_null tmp(args[0]);
      return (null_value= tmp.is_null() || tmp.to_string(to)) ? NULL : to;
    }
    longlong val_int() override
    {
      return 0;
    }
    double val_real() override
    {
      return 0;
    }
    my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *to) override
    {
      my_decimal_set_zero(to);
      return to;
    }
    bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
    {
      set_zero_time(ltime, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME);
      return false;
    }
    bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override
    {
      Fbt_null tmp(args[0]);
      return null_value= tmp.is_null() || tmp.to_native(to);
    }

  protected:
    Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
    { return get_item_copy<Item_typecast_fbt>(thd, this); }
  };

  class Item_cache_fbt: public Item_cache
  {
    NativeBuffer<FbtImpl::binary_length()+1> m_value;
  public:
    Item_cache_fbt(THD *thd)
     :Item_cache(thd, singleton()) { }
    bool cache_value() override
    {
      if (!example)
        return false;
      value_cached= true;
      null_value_inside= null_value=
        example->val_native_with_conversion_result(current_thd,
                                                   &m_value, type_handler());
      return true;
    }
    String* val_str(String *to) override
    {
      if (!has_value())
        return NULL;
      Fbt_null tmp(m_value.ptr(), m_value.length());
      return tmp.is_null() || tmp.to_string(to) ? NULL : to;
    }
    my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *to) override
    {
      if (!has_value())
        return NULL;
      my_decimal_set_zero(to);
      return to;
    }
    longlong val_int() override
    {
      if (!has_value())
        return 0;
      return 0;
    }
    double val_real() override
    {
      if (!has_value())
        return 0;
      return 0;
    }
    longlong val_datetime_packed(THD *) override
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(0);
      if (!has_value())
        return 0;
      return 0;
    }
    longlong val_time_packed(THD *) override
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(0);
      if (!has_value())
        return 0;
      return 0;
    }
    bool get_date(THD *, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t) override
    {
      if (!has_value())
        return true;
      set_zero_time(ltime, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME);
      return false;
    }
    bool val_native(THD *, Native *to) override
    {
      if (!has_value())
        return true;
      return to->copy(m_value.ptr(), m_value.length());
    }

  protected:
    Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
    { return get_item_copy<Item_cache_fbt>(thd, this); }
    Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
    { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
  };

  /* =[ methods ]=============================================== */
private:

  bool character_or_binary_string_to_native(THD *thd, const String *str,
                                            Native *to) const
  {
    if (str->charset() == &my_charset_bin)
    {
      // Convert from a binary string
      if (str->length() != FbtImpl::binary_length() ||
          to->copy(str->ptr(), str->length()))
      {
        thd->push_warning_wrong_value(Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN,
                                      name().ptr(), ErrConvString(str).ptr());
        return true;
      }
      return false;
    }
    // Convert from a character string
    Fbt_null tmp(*str);
    if (tmp.is_null())
      thd->push_warning_wrong_value(Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN,
                                    name().ptr(), ErrConvString(str).ptr());
    return tmp.is_null() || tmp.to_native(to);
  }

public:
  ~Type_handler_fbt() override {}

  const Type_collection *type_collection() const override
  {
    return TypeCollectionImpl::singleton();
  }

  const Name &default_value() const override
  {
    return FbtImpl::default_value();
  }
  ulong KEY_pack_flags(uint column_nr) const override
  {
    return FbtImpl::KEY_pack_flags(column_nr);
  }
  protocol_send_type_t protocol_send_type() const override
  {
    return PROTOCOL_SEND_STRING;
  }
  bool Item_append_extended_type_info(Send_field_extended_metadata *to,
                                      const Item *item) const override
  {
    return to->set_data_type_name(name().lex_cstring());
  }

  enum_field_types field_type() const override
  {
    return MYSQL_TYPE_STRING;
  }

  Item_result result_type() const override
  {
    return STRING_RESULT;
  }

  Item_result cmp_type() const override
  {
    return STRING_RESULT;
  }

  enum_dynamic_column_type dyncol_type(const Type_all_attributes *attr)
                                       const override
  {
    return DYN_COL_STRING;
  }

  uint32 max_display_length_for_field(const Conv_source &src) const override
  {
    return FbtImpl::max_char_length();
  }

  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_implicit_upgrade() const override
  {
    return TypeCollectionImpl::singleton()->
             type_handler_for_implicit_upgrade(this);
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_comparison() const override
  {
    return this;
  }

  int stored_field_cmp_to_item(THD *thd, Field *field, Item *item) const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(field->type_handler() == this);
    Fbt_null ni(item); // Convert Item to Fbt
    if (ni.is_null())
      return 0;
    NativeBuffer<FbtImpl::binary_length()+1> tmp;
    if (field->val_native(&tmp))
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(0);
      return 0;
    }
    return -ni.cmp(tmp);
  }
  CHARSET_INFO *charset_for_protocol(const Item *item) const override
  {
    return item->collation.collation;
  }

  bool is_scalar_type() const override { return true; }
  bool is_val_native_ready() const override { return true; }
  bool can_return_int() const override { return false; }
  bool can_return_decimal() const override { return false; }
  bool can_return_real() const override { return false; }
  bool can_return_str() const override { return true; }
  bool can_return_text() const override { return true; }
  bool can_return_date() const override { return false; }
  bool can_return_time() const override { return false; }
  bool convert_to_binary_using_val_native() const override { return true; }

  decimal_digits_t  Item_time_precision(THD *thd, Item *item) const override
  {
    return 0;
  }
  decimal_digits_t Item_datetime_precision(THD *thd, Item *item) const override
  {
    return 0;
  }
  decimal_digits_t Item_decimal_scale(const Item *item) const override
  {
    return 0;
  }
  decimal_digits_t  Item_decimal_precision(const Item *item) const override
  {
    /* This will be needed if we ever allow cast from Fbt to DECIMAL. */
    return (FbtImpl::binary_length()*8+7)/10*3; // = bytes to decimal digits
  }

  /*
    Returns how many digits a divisor adds into a division result.
    See Item::divisor_precision_increment() in item.h for more comments.
  */
  decimal_digits_t Item_divisor_precision_increment(const Item *) const override
  {
    return 0;
  }
  /**
    Makes a temporary table Field to handle numeric aggregate functions,
    e.g. SUM(DISTINCT expr), AVG(DISTINCT expr), etc.
  */
  Field *make_num_distinct_aggregator_field(MEM_ROOT *, const Item *) const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return 0;
  }
  Field *make_conversion_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table, uint metadata,
                                     const Field *target) const override
  {
    const Record_addr tmp(NULL, Bit_addr(true));
    return new (table->in_use->mem_root) Field_fbt(&empty_clex_str, tmp);
  }
  // Fix attributes after the parser
  bool Column_definition_fix_attributes(Column_definition *c) const override
  {
    c->length= FbtImpl::max_char_length();
    return false;
  }

  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage1(THD *, MEM_ROOT *,
                                        Column_definition *def,
                                        column_definition_type_t,
                                        const Column_derived_attributes *)
                                        const override
  {
    def->prepare_stage1_simple(&my_charset_numeric);
    return false;
  }

  bool Column_definition_redefine_stage1(Column_definition *def,
                                         const Column_definition *dup,
                                         const handler *file) const override
  {
    def->redefine_stage1_common(dup, file);
    def->set_compression_method(dup->compression_method());
    def->create_length_to_internal_length_string();
    return false;
  }

  bool Column_definition_prepare_stage2(Column_definition *def, handler *file,
                                        ulonglong table_flags) const override
  {
    def->pack_flag= FIELDFLAG_BINARY;
    return false;
  }

  bool partition_field_check(const LEX_CSTRING &field_name,
                             Item *item_expr) const override
  {
    if (item_expr->cmp_type() != STRING_RESULT)
    {
      my_error(ER_WRONG_TYPE_COLUMN_VALUE_ERROR, MYF(0));
      return true;
    }
    return false;
  }

  bool partition_field_append_value(String *to, Item *item_expr,
                                    CHARSET_INFO *field_cs,
                                    partition_value_print_mode_t mode)
                                    const override
  {
    StringBuffer<FbtImpl::max_char_length()+64> fbtstr;
    Fbt_null fbt(item_expr);
    if (fbt.is_null())
    {
      my_error(ER_PARTITION_FUNCTION_IS_NOT_ALLOWED, MYF(0));
      return true;
    }
    return fbt.to_string(&fbtstr) ||
           to->append('\'') ||
           to->append(fbtstr) ||
           to->append('\'');
  }

  Field *make_table_field(MEM_ROOT *root, const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                          const Record_addr &addr,
                          const Type_all_attributes &attr,
                          TABLE_SHARE *table) const override
  {
    return new (root) Field_fbt(name, addr);
  }

  Field * make_table_field_from_def(TABLE_SHARE *share, MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                            const LEX_CSTRING *name, const Record_addr &addr,
                            const Bit_addr &bit,
                            const Column_definition_attributes *attr,
                            uint32 flags) const override
  {
    return new (mem_root) Field_fbt(name, addr);
  }
  void Column_definition_attributes_frm_pack(const Column_definition_attributes *def,
                                        uchar *buff) const override
  {
    def->frm_pack_basic(buff);
    def->frm_pack_charset(buff);
  }
  bool Column_definition_attributes_frm_unpack(Column_definition_attributes *def,
                                          TABLE_SHARE *share, const uchar *buffer,
                                          LEX_CUSTRING *gis_options)
                                          const override
  {
    def->frm_unpack_basic(buffer);
    return def->frm_unpack_charset(share, buffer);
  }
  void make_sort_key_part(uchar *to, Item *item, const SORT_FIELD_ATTR *sort_field,
                          String *) const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(item->type_handler() == this);
    NativeBuffer<FbtImpl::binary_length()+1> tmp;
    item->val_native_result(current_thd, &tmp);
    if (item->maybe_null())
    {
      if (item->null_value)
      {
        memset(to, 0, FbtImpl::binary_length() + 1);
        return;
      }
      *to++= 1;
    }
    DBUG_ASSERT(!item->null_value);
    DBUG_ASSERT(FbtImpl::binary_length() == tmp.length());
    DBUG_ASSERT(FbtImpl::binary_length() == sort_field->length);
    FbtImpl::memory_to_record((char*) to, tmp.ptr());
  }
  uint make_packed_sort_key_part(uchar *to, Item *item,
                                 const SORT_FIELD_ATTR *sort_field,
                                 String *) const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(item->type_handler() == this);
    NativeBuffer<FbtImpl::binary_length()+1> tmp;
    item->val_native_result(current_thd, &tmp);
    if (item->maybe_null())
    {
      if (item->null_value)
      {
        *to++=0;
        return 0;
      }
      *to++= 1;
    }
    DBUG_ASSERT(!item->null_value);
    DBUG_ASSERT(FbtImpl::binary_length() == tmp.length());
    DBUG_ASSERT(FbtImpl::binary_length() == sort_field->length);
    FbtImpl::memory_to_record((char*) to, tmp.ptr());
    return tmp.length();
  }
  void sort_length(THD *thd, const Type_std_attributes *item,
                  SORT_FIELD_ATTR *attr) const override
  {
    attr->original_length= attr->length= FbtImpl::binary_length();
    attr->suffix_length= 0;
  }
  uint32 max_display_length(const Item *item) const override
  {
    return FbtImpl::max_char_length();
  }
  uint32 calc_pack_length(uint32 length) const override
  {
    return FbtImpl::binary_length();
  }
  void Item_update_null_value(Item *item) const override
  {
    NativeBuffer<FbtImpl::binary_length()+1> tmp;
    item->val_native(current_thd, &tmp);
  }
  bool Item_save_in_value(THD *thd, Item *item, st_value *value) const override
  {
    value->m_type= DYN_COL_STRING;
    String *str= item->val_str(&value->m_string);
    if (str != &value->m_string && !item->null_value)
    {
      // "item" returned a non-NULL value
      if (Fbt_null(*str).is_null())
      {
        /*
          The value was not-null, but conversion to FBT failed:
            SELECT a, DECODE_ORACLE(fbtcol, 'garbage', '<NULL>', '::01', '01')
            FROM t1;
        */
        thd->push_warning_wrong_value(Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN,
                                      name().ptr(), ErrConvString(str).ptr());
        value->m_type= DYN_COL_NULL;
        return true;
      }
      // "item" returned a non-NULL value, and it was a valid FBT
      value->m_string.set(str->ptr(), str->length(), str->charset());
    }
    return check_null(item, value);
  }
  void Item_param_setup_conversion(THD *thd, Item_param *param) const override
  {
    param->setup_conversion_string(thd, thd->variables.character_set_client);
  }
  void Item_param_set_param_func(Item_param *param,
                                 uchar **pos, ulong len) const override
  {
    param->set_param_str(pos, len);
  }
  bool Item_param_set_from_value(THD *thd, Item_param *param,
                                 const Type_all_attributes *attr,
                                 const st_value *val) const override
  {
    param->unsigned_flag= false;
    param->setup_conversion_string(thd, attr->collation.collation);
    /*
      Exact value of max_length is not known unless fbt is converted to
      charset of connection, so we have to set it later.
    */
    return param->set_str(val->m_string.ptr(), val->m_string.length(),
                          attr->collation.collation,
                          attr->collation.collation);
  }
  bool Item_param_val_native(THD *thd, Item_param *item, Native *to)
                             const override
  {
    StringBuffer<FbtImpl::max_char_length()+1> buffer;
    String *str= item->val_str(&buffer);
    if (!str)
      return true;
    Fbt_null tmp(*str);
    return tmp.is_null() || tmp.to_native(to);
  }
  bool Item_send(Item *item, Protocol *p, st_value *buf) const override
  {
    return Item_send_str(item, p, buf);
  }
  int Item_save_in_field(Item *item, Field *field, bool no_conversions)
                         const override
  {
    if (field->type_handler() == this)
    {
      NativeBuffer<MAX_FIELD_WIDTH> tmp;
      bool rc= item->val_native(current_thd, &tmp);
      if (rc || item->null_value)
        return set_field_to_null_with_conversions(field, no_conversions);
      field->set_notnull();
      return field->store_native(tmp);
    }
    return item->save_str_in_field(field, no_conversions);
  }

  String *print_item_value(THD *thd, Item *item, String *str) const override
  {
    StringBuffer<FbtImpl::max_char_length()+64> buf;
    String *result= item->val_str(&buf);
    /*
      TODO: This should eventually use one of these notations:
      1. CAST('xxx' AS Fbt)
         Problem: CAST is not supported as a NAME_CONST() argument.
      2. Fbt'xxx'
         Problem: This syntax is not supported by the parser yet.
    */
    return !result || str->realloc(result->length() + 2) ||
           str->append(STRING_WITH_LEN("'")) ||
           str->append(result->ptr(), result->length()) ||
           str->append(STRING_WITH_LEN("'")) ? nullptr : str;
  }

  /**
    Check if
      WHERE expr=value AND expr=const
    can be rewritten as:
      WHERE const=value AND expr=const

    "this" is the comparison handler that is used by "target".

    @param target       - the predicate expr=value,
                          whose "expr" argument will be replaced to "const".
    @param target_expr  - the target's "expr" which will be replaced to "const".
    @param target_value - the target's second argument, it will remain unchanged.
    @param source       - the equality predicate expr=const (or expr<=>const)
                          that can be used to rewrite the "target" part
                          (under certain conditions, see the code).
    @param source_expr  - the source's "expr". It should be exactly equal to
                          the target's "expr" to make condition rewrite possible.
    @param source_const - the source's "const" argument, it will be inserted
                          into "target" instead of "expr".
  */
  bool can_change_cond_ref_to_const(Item_bool_func2 *target, Item *target_expr,
                               Item *target_value, Item_bool_func2 *source,
                               Item *source_expr, Item *source_const)
                               const override
  {
    /*
      WHERE COALESCE(col)='xxx' AND COALESCE(col)=CONCAT(a);  -->
      WHERE COALESCE(col)='xxx' AND         'xxx'=CONCAT(a);
    */
    return target->compare_type_handler() == source->compare_type_handler();
  }
  bool subquery_type_allows_materialization(const Item *inner,
                                       const Item *outer, bool) const override
  {
    /*
      Example:
        SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a IN (SELECT col FROM t1 GROUP BY col);
      Allow materialization only if the outer column is also FBT.
      This can be changed for more relaxed rules in the future.
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(inner->type_handler() == this);
    return outer->type_handler() == this;
  }
  /**
    Make a simple constant replacement item for a constant "src",
    so the new item can futher be used for comparison with "cmp", e.g.:
      src = cmp   ->  replacement = cmp

    "this" is the type handler that is used to compare "src" and "cmp".

    @param thd - current thread, for mem_root
    @param src - The item that we want to replace. It's a const item,
                 but it can be complex enough to calculate on every row.
    @param cmp - The src's comparand.
    @retval    - a pointer to the created replacement Item
    @retval    - NULL, if could not create a replacement (e.g. on EOM).
                 NULL is also returned for ROWs, because instead of replacing
                 a Item_row to a new Item_row, Type_handler_row just replaces
                 its elements.
  */
  Item *make_const_item_for_comparison(THD *thd, Item *src,
                                       const Item *cmp) const override
  {
    Fbt_null tmp(src);
    if (tmp.is_null())
      return new (thd->mem_root) Item_null(thd, src->name.str);
    return new (thd->mem_root) Item_literal_fbt(thd, tmp);
  }
  Item_cache *Item_get_cache(THD *thd, const Item *item) const override
  {
    return new (thd->mem_root) Item_cache_fbt(thd);
  }

  Item *create_typecast_item(THD *thd, Item *item,
                             const Type_cast_attributes &attr) const override
  {
    return new (thd->mem_root) Item_typecast_fbt(thd, item);
  }
  Item_copy *create_item_copy(THD *thd, Item *item) const override
  {
    return new (thd->mem_root) Item_copy_fbt(thd, item);
  }
  int cmp_native(const Native &a, const Native &b) const override
  {
    return FbtImpl::cmp(a.to_lex_cstring(), b.to_lex_cstring());
  }
  bool set_comparator_func(THD *thd, Arg_comparator *cmp) const override
  {
    return cmp->set_cmp_func_native(thd);
  }
  bool Item_const_eq(const Item_const *a, const Item_const *b,
                             bool binary_cmp) const override
  {
    return false;
  }
  bool Item_eq_value(THD *thd, const Type_cmp_attributes *attr,
                     Item *a, Item *b) const override
  {
    Fbt_null na(a), nb(b);
    return !na.is_null() && !nb.is_null() && !na.cmp(nb);
  }
  bool Item_bool_rowready_func2_fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd,
                                 Item_bool_rowready_func2 *func) const override
  {
    if (Type_handler::Item_bool_rowready_func2_fix_length_and_dec(thd, func))
      return true;
    if (!func->maybe_null() &&
        Fbt::fix_fields_maybe_null_on_conversion_to_fbt(func->arguments(), 2))
      func->set_maybe_null();
    return false;
  }
  bool Item_hybrid_func_fix_attributes(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING &name,
                                       Type_handler_hybrid_field_type *h,
                                       Type_all_attributes *attr,
                                       Item **items, uint nitems) const override
  {
    attr->Type_std_attributes::operator=(Type_std_attributes_fbt());
    h->set_handler(this);
    /*
      If some of the arguments cannot be safely converted to "FBT NOT NULL",
      then mark the entire function nullability as NULL-able.
      Otherwise, keep the generic nullability calculated by earlier stages:
      - either by the most generic way in Item_func::fix_fields()
      - or by Item_func_xxx::fix_length_and_dec() before the call of
        Item_hybrid_func_fix_attributes()
      IFNULL and COALESCE are special-
      If the first non-null arg can be safely converted to result type,
      the result is guaranteed to be NOT NULL
    */
    bool not_null_on_conversion= false;
    if (dynamic_cast<Item_func_ifnull*>(attr) ||
        dynamic_cast<Item_func_coalesce*>(attr))
    {
      for (uint i= 0; i< nitems; i++)
      {
        if (!items[i]->maybe_null() &&
            !Fbt::fix_fields_maybe_null_on_conversion_to_fbt(items[i]))
        {
          not_null_on_conversion= true;
          break;
        }
      }
    }
    else
    {
      not_null_on_conversion= true;
      for (uint i= 0; i < nitems; i++)
      {
        if (Fbt::fix_fields_maybe_null_on_conversion_to_fbt(items[i]))
        {
          not_null_on_conversion= false;
          break;
        }
      }
    }
    if (not_null_on_conversion)
      attr->set_type_maybe_null(false);
    else
      attr->set_type_maybe_null(true);
    return false;
  }
  bool Item_func_min_max_fix_attributes(THD *thd, Item_func_min_max *func,
                                        Item **items, uint nitems) const override
  {
    return Item_hybrid_func_fix_attributes(thd, func->func_name_cstring(),
                                           func, func, items, nitems);

  }
  bool Item_sum_hybrid_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_hybrid *func) const override
  {
    func->Type_std_attributes::operator=(Type_std_attributes_fbt());
    func->set_handler(this);
    return false;
  }
  bool Item_sum_sum_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_sum *func) const override
  {
    return Item_func_or_sum_illegal_param(func);
  }
  bool Item_sum_avg_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_avg *func) const override
  {
    return Item_func_or_sum_illegal_param(func);
  }
  bool Item_sum_variance_fix_length_and_dec(Item_sum_variance *func) const override
  {
    return Item_func_or_sum_illegal_param(func);
  }

  bool Item_val_native_with_conversion(THD *thd, Item *item,
                                       Native *to) const override
  {
    if (item->type_handler() == this)
      return item->val_native(thd, to); // No conversion needed
    StringBuffer<FbtImpl::max_char_length()+1> buffer;
    String *str= item->val_str(&buffer);
    return str ? character_or_binary_string_to_native(thd, str, to) : true;
  }
  bool Item_val_native_with_conversion_result(THD *thd, Item *item,
                                              Native *to) const override
  {
    if (item->type_handler() == this)
      return item->val_native_result(thd, to); // No conversion needed
    StringBuffer<FbtImpl::max_char_length()+1> buffer;
    String *str= item->str_result(&buffer);
    return str ? character_or_binary_string_to_native(thd, str, to) : true;
  }

  bool Item_val_bool(Item *item) const override
  {
    NativeBuffer<FbtImpl::binary_length()+1> tmp;
    if (item->val_native(current_thd, &tmp))
      return false;
    return !Fbt::only_zero_bytes(tmp.ptr(), tmp.length());
  }
  void Item_get_date(THD *thd, Item *item, Temporal::Warn *buff,
                     MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) const override
  {
    set_zero_time(ltime, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME);
  }

  longlong Item_val_int_signed_typecast(Item *item) const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return 0;
  }

  longlong Item_val_int_unsigned_typecast(Item *item) const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return 0;
  }

  String *Item_func_hex_val_str_ascii(Item_func_hex *item, String *str)
                                      const override
  {
    NativeBuffer<FbtImpl::binary_length()+1> tmp;
    if ((item->null_value= item->arguments()[0]->val_native(current_thd, &tmp)))
      return nullptr;
    DBUG_ASSERT(tmp.length() == FbtImpl::binary_length());
    if (str->set_hex(tmp.ptr(), tmp.length()))
    {
      str->length(0);
      str->set_charset(item->collation.collation);
    }
    return str;
  }

  String *Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_str(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *item,
                                              String *str) const override
  {
    NativeBuffer<FbtImpl::binary_length()+1> native;
    if (item->val_native(current_thd, &native))
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(item->null_value);
      return nullptr;
    }
    DBUG_ASSERT(native.length() == FbtImpl::binary_length());
    Fbt_null tmp(native.ptr(), native.length());
    return tmp.is_null() || tmp.to_string(str) ? nullptr : str;
  }
  double Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_real(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *)
                                              const override
  {
    return 0;
  }
  longlong Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_int(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *)
                                               const override
  {
    return 0;
  }
  my_decimal *
  Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_decimal(Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                          my_decimal *to) const override
  {
    my_decimal_set_zero(to);
    return to;
  }
  void Item_func_hybrid_field_type_get_date(THD *,
                                            Item_func_hybrid_field_type *,
                                            Temporal::Warn *,
                                            MYSQL_TIME *to,
                                            date_mode_t fuzzydate)
                                            const override
  {
    set_zero_time(to, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME);
  }
  // WHERE is Item_func_min_max_val_native???
  String *Item_func_min_max_val_str(Item_func_min_max *func, String *str)
                                    const override
  {
    Fbt_null tmp(func);
    return tmp.is_null() || tmp.to_string(str) ? nullptr : str;
  }
  double Item_func_min_max_val_real(Item_func_min_max *) const override
  {
    return 0;
  }
  longlong Item_func_min_max_val_int(Item_func_min_max *) const override
  {
    return 0;
  }
  my_decimal *Item_func_min_max_val_decimal(Item_func_min_max *,
                                            my_decimal *to) const override
  {
    my_decimal_set_zero(to);
    return to;
  }
  bool Item_func_min_max_get_date(THD *thd, Item_func_min_max*, MYSQL_TIME *to,
                                  date_mode_t fuzzydate) const override
  {
    set_zero_time(to, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME);
    return false;
  }

  bool Item_func_between_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_between *func) const override
  {
    if (!func->maybe_null() &&
        Fbt::fix_fields_maybe_null_on_conversion_to_fbt(func->arguments(), 3))
      func->set_maybe_null();
    return false;
  }
  longlong Item_func_between_val_int(Item_func_between *func) const override
  {
    return func->val_int_cmp_native();
  }

  cmp_item *make_cmp_item(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *cs) const override
  {
    return new (thd->mem_root) cmp_item_fbt;
  }

  in_vector *make_in_vector(THD *thd, const Item_func_in *func,
                            uint nargs) const override
  {
    return new (thd->mem_root) in_fbt(thd, nargs);
  }

  bool Item_func_in_fix_comparator_compatible_types(THD *thd,
                                                    Item_func_in *func)
                                                    const override
  {
    if (!func->maybe_null() &&
        Fbt::fix_fields_maybe_null_on_conversion_to_fbt(func->arguments(),
                                                        func->argument_count()))
      func->set_maybe_null();
    if (func->compatible_types_scalar_bisection_possible())
    {
      return func->value_list_convert_const_to_int(thd) ||
             func->fix_for_scalar_comparison_using_bisection(thd);
    }
    return
      func->fix_for_scalar_comparison_using_cmp_items(thd,
                                                      1U << (uint) STRING_RESULT);
  }
  bool Item_func_round_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_round *func) const override
  {
    return Item_func_or_sum_illegal_param(func);
  }
  bool Item_func_int_val_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_int_val *func) const override
  {
    return Item_func_or_sum_illegal_param(func);
  }

  bool Item_func_abs_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_abs *func) const override
  {
    return Item_func_or_sum_illegal_param(func);
  }

  bool Item_func_neg_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_neg *func) const override
  {
    return Item_func_or_sum_illegal_param(func);
  }

  bool Item_func_signed_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_signed *item) const override
  {
    return Item_func_or_sum_illegal_param(item);
  }
  bool Item_func_unsigned_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_unsigned *item) const override
  {
    return Item_func_or_sum_illegal_param(item);
  }
  bool Item_double_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_double_typecast *item)
                                          const override
  {
    return Item_func_or_sum_illegal_param(item);
  }
  bool Item_float_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_float_typecast *item)
                                         const override
  {
    return Item_func_or_sum_illegal_param(item);
  }
  bool Item_decimal_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_decimal_typecast *item)
                                           const override
  {
    return Item_func_or_sum_illegal_param(item);
  }
  bool Item_char_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_char_typecast *item)
                                             const override
  {
    if (item->cast_charset() == &my_charset_bin)
    {
      static Item_char_typecast_func_handler_fbt_to_binary
               item_char_typecast_func_handler_fbt_to_binary;
      item->fix_length_and_dec_native_to_binary(FbtImpl::binary_length());
      item->set_func_handler(&item_char_typecast_func_handler_fbt_to_binary);
      return false;
    }
    item->fix_length_and_dec_str();
    return false;
  }

  bool Item_time_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_time_typecast *item) const override
  {
    return Item_func_or_sum_illegal_param(item);
  }
  bool Item_date_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_date_typecast *item) const override
  {
    return Item_func_or_sum_illegal_param(item);
  }
  bool Item_datetime_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(Item_datetime_typecast *item)
                                            const override
  {
    return Item_func_or_sum_illegal_param(item);
  }
  bool Item_func_plus_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_plus *item) const override
  {
    return Item_func_or_sum_illegal_param(item);
  }
  bool Item_func_minus_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_minus *item) const override
  {
    return Item_func_or_sum_illegal_param(item);
  }
  bool Item_func_mul_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_mul *item) const override
  {
    return Item_func_or_sum_illegal_param(item);
  }
  bool Item_func_div_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_div *item) const override
  {
    return Item_func_or_sum_illegal_param(item);
  }
  bool Item_func_mod_fix_length_and_dec(Item_func_mod *item) const override
  {
    return Item_func_or_sum_illegal_param(item);
  }

  static Type_handler_fbt *singleton()
  {
    static Type_handler_fbt th;
    return &th;
  }
};

template<class FbtImpl>
class Type_collection_fbt: public Type_collection
{
  const Type_handler *aggregate_common(const Type_handler *a,
                                       const Type_handler *b) const
  {
    if (a == b)
      return a;
    return NULL;
  }
  const Type_handler *aggregate_if_string(const Type_handler *a,
                                          const Type_handler *b) const
  {
    static const Type_aggregator::Pair agg[]=
    {
      {Type_handler_fbt<FbtImpl>::singleton(), &type_handler_null,        Type_handler_fbt<FbtImpl>::singleton()},
      {Type_handler_fbt<FbtImpl>::singleton(), &type_handler_varchar,     Type_handler_fbt<FbtImpl>::singleton()},
      {Type_handler_fbt<FbtImpl>::singleton(), &type_handler_string,      Type_handler_fbt<FbtImpl>::singleton()},
      {Type_handler_fbt<FbtImpl>::singleton(), &type_handler_tiny_blob,   Type_handler_fbt<FbtImpl>::singleton()},
      {Type_handler_fbt<FbtImpl>::singleton(), &type_handler_blob,        Type_handler_fbt<FbtImpl>::singleton()},
      {Type_handler_fbt<FbtImpl>::singleton(), &type_handler_medium_blob, Type_handler_fbt<FbtImpl>::singleton()},
      {Type_handler_fbt<FbtImpl>::singleton(), &type_handler_long_blob,   Type_handler_fbt<FbtImpl>::singleton()},
      {Type_handler_fbt<FbtImpl>::singleton(), &type_handler_hex_hybrid,  Type_handler_fbt<FbtImpl>::singleton()},
      {NULL,NULL,NULL}
    };
    return Type_aggregator::find_handler_in_array(agg, a, b, true);
  }
public:
  const Type_handler *aggregate_for_result(const Type_handler *a,
                                           const Type_handler *b)
                                           const override
  {
    const Type_handler *h;
    if ((h= aggregate_common(a, b)) || (h= aggregate_if_string(a, b)))
      return h;
    return NULL;
  }

  const Type_handler *aggregate_for_min_max(const Type_handler *a,
                                            const Type_handler *b)
                                            const override
  {
    return aggregate_for_result(a, b);
  }

  const Type_handler *aggregate_for_comparison(const Type_handler *a,
                                               const Type_handler *b)
                                               const override
  {
    if (const Type_handler *h= aggregate_common(a, b))
      return h;
    static const Type_aggregator::Pair agg[]=
    {
      {Type_handler_fbt<FbtImpl>::singleton(), &type_handler_null,      Type_handler_fbt<FbtImpl>::singleton()},
      {Type_handler_fbt<FbtImpl>::singleton(), &type_handler_long_blob, Type_handler_fbt<FbtImpl>::singleton()},
      {NULL,NULL,NULL}
    };
    return Type_aggregator::find_handler_in_array(agg, a, b, true);
  }

  const Type_handler *aggregate_for_num_op(const Type_handler *a,
                                           const Type_handler *b)
                                           const override
  {
    return NULL;
  }

  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_implicit_upgrade(
                                               const Type_handler *from) const
  {
    return from;
  }

  static Type_collection_fbt *singleton()
  {
    static Type_collection_fbt tc;
    return &tc;
  }
};

#endif /* SQL_TYPE_FIXEDBIN_H */
/* Copyright 2018 Codership Oy <info@codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef WSREP_HIGH_PRIORITY_SERVICE_H
#define WSREP_HIGH_PRIORITY_SERVICE_H

#include "wsrep/high_priority_service.hpp"
#include "my_global.h"
#include "sql_error.h" /* Diagnostics area */
#include "sql_class.h" /* rpl_group_info */

class THD;
class Relay_log_info;
class Wsrep_server_service;

class Wsrep_high_priority_service :
  public wsrep::high_priority_service,
  public wsrep::high_priority_context
{
public:
  Wsrep_high_priority_service(THD*);
  ~Wsrep_high_priority_service();
  int start_transaction(const wsrep::ws_handle&,
                        const wsrep::ws_meta&) override;
  int next_fragment(const wsrep::ws_meta&) override;
  const wsrep::transaction& transaction() const override;
  int adopt_transaction(const wsrep::transaction&) override;
  int apply_write_set(const wsrep::ws_meta&, const wsrep::const_buffer&,
                      wsrep::mutable_buffer&) override = 0;
  int append_fragment_and_commit(const wsrep::ws_handle&,
                                 const wsrep::ws_meta&,
                                 const wsrep::const_buffer&,
                                 const wsrep::xid&) override;
  int remove_fragments(const wsrep::ws_meta&) override;
  int commit(const wsrep::ws_handle&, const wsrep::ws_meta&) override;
  int rollback(const wsrep::ws_handle&, const wsrep::ws_meta&) override;
  int apply_toi(const wsrep::ws_meta&, const wsrep::const_buffer&,
                wsrep::mutable_buffer&) override;
  void store_globals() override;
  void reset_globals() override;
  void switch_execution_context(wsrep::high_priority_service&) override;
  int log_dummy_write_set(const wsrep::ws_handle&,
                          const wsrep::ws_meta&,
                          wsrep::mutable_buffer&) override;
  void adopt_apply_error(wsrep::mutable_buffer&) override;

  virtual bool check_exit_status() const = 0;
  void debug_crash(const char*) override;
protected:
  friend Wsrep_server_service;
  THD* m_thd;
  Relay_log_info*   m_rli;
  rpl_group_info*   m_rgi;
  struct shadow
  {
    ulonglong      option_bits;
    uint           server_status;
    struct st_vio* vio;
    ulong          tx_isolation;
    char*          db;
    size_t         db_length;
    //struct timeval user_time;
    my_hrtime_t user_time;
    longlong       row_count_func;
    bool           wsrep_applier;
  } m_shadow;
};

class Wsrep_applier_service : public Wsrep_high_priority_service
{
public:
  Wsrep_applier_service(THD*);
  ~Wsrep_applier_service();
  int apply_write_set(const wsrep::ws_meta&, const wsrep::const_buffer&,
                      wsrep::mutable_buffer&) override;
  int apply_nbo_begin(const wsrep::ws_meta&, const wsrep::const_buffer& data,
                      wsrep::mutable_buffer& err) override;
  void after_apply() override;
  bool is_replaying() const override { return false; }
  bool check_exit_status() const override;
};

class Wsrep_replayer_service : public Wsrep_high_priority_service
{
public:
  Wsrep_replayer_service(THD* replayer_thd, THD* orig_thd);
  ~Wsrep_replayer_service();
  int apply_write_set(const wsrep::ws_meta&, const wsrep::const_buffer&,
                      wsrep::mutable_buffer&) override;
  int apply_nbo_begin(const wsrep::ws_meta&, const wsrep::const_buffer& data,
                      wsrep::mutable_buffer& err) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0); /* DDL should never cause replaying */
    return 0;
  }
  void after_apply() override { }
  bool is_replaying() const override { return true; }
  void replay_status(enum wsrep::provider::status status)
  { m_replay_status = status; }
  enum wsrep::provider::status replay_status() const
  { return m_replay_status; }
  /* Replayer should never be forced to exit */
  bool check_exit_status() const override { return false; }
private:
  THD* m_orig_thd;
  struct da_shadow
  {
    enum Diagnostics_area::enum_diagnostics_status status;
    ulonglong affected_rows;
    ulonglong last_insert_id;
    char message[MYSQL_ERRMSG_SIZE];
    da_shadow()
      : status()
      , affected_rows()
      , last_insert_id()
      , message()
    { }
  } m_da_shadow;
  enum wsrep::provider::status m_replay_status;
};

#endif /* WSREP_HIGH_PRIORITY_SERVICE_H */
/* Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef LOCK_INCLUDED
#define LOCK_INCLUDED

#include "thr_lock.h"                           /* thr_lock_type */
#include "mdl.h"

// Forward declarations
struct TABLE;
struct TABLE_LIST;
class THD;
typedef struct st_mysql_lock MYSQL_LOCK;


MYSQL_LOCK *mysql_lock_tables(THD *thd, TABLE **table, uint count, uint flags);
bool mysql_lock_tables(THD *thd, MYSQL_LOCK *sql_lock, uint flags);
int mysql_unlock_tables(THD *thd, MYSQL_LOCK *sql_lock, bool free_lock);
int mysql_unlock_tables(THD *thd, MYSQL_LOCK *sql_lock);
int mysql_unlock_read_tables(THD *thd, MYSQL_LOCK *sql_lock);
int mysql_unlock_some_tables(THD *thd, TABLE **table,uint count, uint flag);
int mysql_lock_remove(THD *thd, MYSQL_LOCK *locked,TABLE *table);
bool mysql_lock_abort_for_thread(THD *thd, TABLE *table);
MYSQL_LOCK *mysql_lock_merge(MYSQL_LOCK *a, MYSQL_LOCK *b, THD *thd= NULL);
/* Lock based on name */
bool lock_schema_name(THD *thd, const Lex_ident_db_normalized &db);
/* Lock based on stored routine name */
bool lock_object_name(THD *thd, MDL_key::enum_mdl_namespace mdl_type,
                      const LEX_CSTRING &db, const LEX_CSTRING &name);

/* flags for get_lock_data */
#define GET_LOCK_UNLOCK         0
#define GET_LOCK_STORE_LOCKS    1
#define GET_LOCK_ACTION_MASK    1
#define GET_LOCK_ON_THD         (1 << 1)
#define GET_LOCK_SKIP_SEQUENCES (1 << 2)

MYSQL_LOCK *get_lock_data(THD *thd, TABLE **table_ptr, uint count, uint flags);
void reset_lock_data(MYSQL_LOCK *sql_lock, bool unlock);

#endif /* LOCK_INCLUDED */
#ifndef SQL_AUDIT_INCLUDED
#define SQL_AUDIT_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2007, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   Copyright (c) 2017, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */


#include <mysql/plugin_audit.h>
#include "sql_class.h"

extern unsigned long mysql_global_audit_mask[];


extern void mysql_audit_initialize();
extern void mysql_audit_finalize();


extern void mysql_audit_init_thd(THD *thd);
extern void mysql_audit_free_thd(THD *thd);
extern void mysql_audit_acquire_plugins(THD *thd, ulong *event_class_mask);


#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
extern void mysql_audit_notify(THD *thd, uint event_class, const void *event);

static inline bool mysql_audit_general_enabled()
{
  return mysql_global_audit_mask[0] & MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_CLASSMASK;
}

static inline bool mysql_audit_connection_enabled()
{
  return mysql_global_audit_mask[0] & MYSQL_AUDIT_CONNECTION_CLASSMASK;
}

static inline bool mysql_audit_table_enabled()
{
  return mysql_global_audit_mask[0] & MYSQL_AUDIT_TABLE_CLASSMASK;
}

#else
static inline void mysql_audit_notify(THD *thd, uint event_class,
                                      const void *event) {}
#define mysql_audit_general_enabled() 0
#define mysql_audit_connection_enabled() 0
#define mysql_audit_table_enabled() 0
#endif
extern my_bool mysql_audit_release_required(THD *thd);
extern void mysql_audit_release(THD *thd);

static inline unsigned int strlen_uint(const char *s)
{
  return (uint)strlen(s);
}

static inline unsigned int safe_strlen_uint(const char *s)
{
  return (uint)safe_strlen(s);
}

#define MAX_USER_HOST_SIZE 512
static inline uint make_user_name(THD *thd, char *buf)
{
  const Security_context *sctx= thd->security_ctx;
  char *end= strxnmov(buf, MAX_USER_HOST_SIZE,
                  sctx->priv_user[0] ? sctx->priv_user : "", "[",
                  sctx->user ? sctx->user : "", "] @ ",
                  sctx->host ? sctx->host : "", " [",
                  sctx->ip ? sctx->ip : "", "]", NullS);
  return (uint)(end-buf);
}

/**
  Call audit plugins of GENERAL audit class, MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_LOG subtype.
  
  @param[in] thd
  @param[in] time             time that event occurred
  @param[in] user             User name
  @param[in] userlen          User name length
  @param[in] cmd              Command name
  @param[in] cmdlen           Command name length
  @param[in] query            Query string
  @param[in] querylen         Query string length
*/
 
static inline
void mysql_audit_general_log(THD *thd, time_t time,
                             const char *user, uint userlen,
                             const char *cmd, uint cmdlen,
                             const char *query, uint querylen)
{
  if (mysql_audit_general_enabled())
  {
    mysql_event_general event;

    event.event_subclass= MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_LOG;
    event.general_error_code= 0;
    event.general_time= time;
    event.general_user= user;
    event.general_user_length= userlen;
    event.general_command= cmd;
    event.general_command_length= cmdlen;
    event.general_query= query;
    event.general_query_length= querylen;
    event.general_rows= 0;

    if (thd)
    {
      event.general_thread_id= (unsigned long)thd->thread_id;
      event.general_charset= thd->variables.character_set_client;
      event.database= thd->db;
      event.query_id= thd->query_id;
    }
    else
    {
      event.general_thread_id= 0;
      event.general_charset= global_system_variables.character_set_client;
      event.database= null_clex_str;
      event.query_id= 0;
    }

    mysql_audit_notify(thd, MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_CLASS, &event);
  }
}

/**
  Call audit plugins of GENERAL audit class.
  event_subtype should be set to one of:
    MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_ERROR
    MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_RESULT
    MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_STATUS
  
  @param[in] thd
  @param[in] event_subtype    Type of general audit event.
  @param[in] error_code       Error code
  @param[in] msg              Message
*/
static inline
void mysql_audit_general(THD *thd, uint event_subtype,
                         int error_code, const char *msg)
{
  DBUG_ENTER("mysql_audit_general");
  if (mysql_audit_general_enabled())
  {
    char user_buff[MAX_USER_HOST_SIZE+1];
    mysql_event_general event;

    event.event_subclass= event_subtype;
    event.general_error_code= error_code;
    event.general_time= my_time(0);
    event.general_command= msg;
    event.general_command_length= safe_strlen_uint(msg);

    if (thd)
    {
      event.general_user= user_buff;
      event.general_user_length= make_user_name(thd, user_buff);
      event.general_thread_id= (unsigned long)thd->thread_id;
      event.general_query= thd->query_string.str();
      event.general_query_length= (unsigned) thd->query_string.length();
      event.general_charset= thd->query_string.charset();
      event.general_rows= thd->get_stmt_da()->current_row_for_warning();
      event.database= thd->db;
      event.query_id= thd->query_id;
      DBUG_PRINT("info", ("mysql_audit_general: query_id=%lld, query=%.*s, subtype=%d, error_code=%d, msg=%s",
                        thd->query_id, thd->query_length(), thd->query(), event_subtype, error_code, msg));
    }
    else
    {
      event.general_user= NULL;
      event.general_user_length= 0;
      event.general_thread_id= 0;
      event.general_query= NULL;
      event.general_query_length= 0;
      event.general_charset= &my_charset_bin;
      event.general_rows= 0;
      event.database= null_clex_str;
      event.query_id= 0;
    }

    mysql_audit_notify(thd, MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_CLASS, &event);
  }
  DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
}

static inline
void mysql_audit_notify_connection_connect(THD *thd)
{
  if (mysql_audit_connection_enabled())
  {
    const Security_context *sctx= thd->security_ctx;
    mysql_event_connection event;

    event.event_subclass= MYSQL_AUDIT_CONNECTION_CONNECT;
    event.status= thd->get_stmt_da()->is_error() ?
                  thd->get_stmt_da()->sql_errno() : 0;
    event.thread_id= (unsigned long)thd->thread_id;
    event.user= sctx->user;
    event.user_length= safe_strlen_uint(sctx->user);
    event.priv_user= sctx->priv_user;
    event.priv_user_length= strlen_uint(sctx->priv_user);
    event.external_user= sctx->external_user;
    event.external_user_length= safe_strlen_uint(sctx->external_user);
    event.proxy_user= sctx->proxy_user;
    event.proxy_user_length= strlen_uint(sctx->proxy_user);
    event.host= sctx->host;
    event.host_length= safe_strlen_uint(sctx->host);
    event.ip= sctx->ip;
    event.ip_length= safe_strlen_uint(sctx->ip);
    event.database= thd->db;

    mysql_audit_notify(thd, MYSQL_AUDIT_CONNECTION_CLASS, &event);
  }
}

static inline
void mysql_audit_notify_connection_disconnect(THD *thd, int errcode)
{
  if (mysql_audit_connection_enabled())
  {
    const Security_context *sctx= thd->security_ctx;
    mysql_event_connection event;

    event.event_subclass= MYSQL_AUDIT_CONNECTION_DISCONNECT;
    event.status= errcode;
    event.thread_id= (unsigned long)thd->thread_id;
    event.user= sctx->user;
    event.user_length= safe_strlen_uint(sctx->user);
    event.priv_user= sctx->priv_user;
    event.priv_user_length= strlen_uint(sctx->priv_user);
    event.external_user= sctx->external_user;
    event.external_user_length= safe_strlen_uint(sctx->external_user);
    event.proxy_user= sctx->proxy_user;
    event.proxy_user_length= strlen_uint(sctx->proxy_user);
    event.host= sctx->host;
    event.host_length= safe_strlen_uint(sctx->host);
    event.ip= sctx->ip;
    event.ip_length= safe_strlen_uint(sctx->ip) ;
    event.database= thd->db;

    mysql_audit_notify(thd, MYSQL_AUDIT_CONNECTION_CLASS, &event);
  }
}

static inline
void mysql_audit_notify_connection_change_user(THD *thd,
                                               const Security_context *old_ctx)
{
  if (mysql_audit_connection_enabled())
  {
    mysql_event_connection event;

    event.event_subclass= MYSQL_AUDIT_CONNECTION_CHANGE_USER;
    event.status= thd->get_stmt_da()->is_error() ?
                  thd->get_stmt_da()->sql_errno() : 0;
    event.thread_id= (unsigned long)thd->thread_id;
    event.user= old_ctx->user;
    event.user_length= safe_strlen_uint(old_ctx->user);
    event.priv_user= old_ctx->priv_user;
    event.priv_user_length= strlen_uint(old_ctx->priv_user);
    event.external_user= old_ctx->external_user;
    event.external_user_length= safe_strlen_uint(old_ctx->external_user);
    event.proxy_user= old_ctx->proxy_user;
    event.proxy_user_length= strlen_uint(old_ctx->proxy_user);
    event.host= old_ctx->host;
    event.host_length= safe_strlen_uint(old_ctx->host);
    event.ip= old_ctx->ip;
    event.ip_length= safe_strlen_uint(old_ctx->ip);
    event.database= thd->db;

    mysql_audit_notify(thd, MYSQL_AUDIT_CONNECTION_CLASS, &event);
  }
}


static inline
void mysql_audit_external_lock_ex(THD *thd, my_thread_id thread_id,
    const char *user, const char *host, const char *ip, query_id_t query_id,
    TABLE_SHARE *share, int lock)
{
  if (lock != F_UNLCK && mysql_audit_table_enabled())
  {
    const Security_context *sctx= thd->security_ctx;
    mysql_event_table event;

    event.event_subclass= MYSQL_AUDIT_TABLE_LOCK;
    event.read_only= lock == F_RDLCK;
    event.thread_id= (unsigned long)thread_id;
    event.user= user;
    event.priv_user= sctx->priv_user;
    event.priv_host= sctx->priv_host;
    event.external_user= sctx->external_user;
    event.proxy_user= sctx->proxy_user;
    event.host= host;
    event.ip= ip;
    event.database= share->db;
    event.table= share->table_name;
    event.new_database= null_clex_str;
    event.new_table= null_clex_str;
    event.query_id= query_id;

    mysql_audit_notify(thd, MYSQL_AUDIT_TABLE_CLASS, &event);
  }
}

static inline
void mysql_audit_external_lock(THD *thd, TABLE_SHARE *share, int lock)
{
  mysql_audit_external_lock_ex(thd, thd->thread_id, thd->security_ctx->user,
      thd->security_ctx->host, thd->security_ctx->ip, thd->query_id,
      share, lock);
}

static inline
void mysql_audit_create_table(TABLE *table)
{
  if (mysql_audit_table_enabled())
  {
    THD *thd= table->in_use;
    const TABLE_SHARE *share= table->s;
    const Security_context *sctx= thd->security_ctx;
    mysql_event_table event;

    event.event_subclass= MYSQL_AUDIT_TABLE_CREATE;
    event.read_only= 0;
    event.thread_id= (unsigned long)thd->thread_id;
    event.user= sctx->user;
    event.priv_user= sctx->priv_user;
    event.priv_host= sctx->priv_host;
    event.external_user= sctx->external_user;
    event.proxy_user= sctx->proxy_user;
    event.host= sctx->host;
    event.ip= sctx->ip;
    event.database=     share->db;
    event.table=        share->table_name;
    event.new_database= null_clex_str;
    event.new_table=    null_clex_str;
    event.query_id=     thd->query_id;

    mysql_audit_notify(thd, MYSQL_AUDIT_TABLE_CLASS, &event);
  }
}

static inline
void mysql_audit_drop_table(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table)
{
  if (mysql_audit_table_enabled())
  {
    const Security_context *sctx= thd->security_ctx;
    mysql_event_table event;

    event.event_subclass= MYSQL_AUDIT_TABLE_DROP;
    event.read_only= 0;
    event.thread_id= (unsigned long)thd->thread_id;
    event.user= sctx->user;
    event.priv_user= sctx->priv_user;
    event.priv_host= sctx->priv_host;
    event.external_user= sctx->external_user;
    event.proxy_user= sctx->proxy_user;
    event.host= sctx->host;
    event.ip= sctx->ip;
    event.database=     table->db;
    event.table=        table->table_name;
    event.new_database= null_clex_str;
    event.new_table=    null_clex_str;
    event.query_id=     thd->query_id;

    mysql_audit_notify(thd, MYSQL_AUDIT_TABLE_CLASS, &event);
  }
}

static inline
void mysql_audit_rename_table(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *old_db,
                              const LEX_CSTRING *old_tb,
                              const LEX_CSTRING *new_db, const LEX_CSTRING *new_tb)
{
  if (mysql_audit_table_enabled())
  {
    const Security_context *sctx= thd->security_ctx;
    mysql_event_table event;

    event.event_subclass= MYSQL_AUDIT_TABLE_RENAME;
    event.read_only= 0;
    event.thread_id= (unsigned long)thd->thread_id;
    event.user= sctx->user;
    event.priv_user= sctx->priv_user;
    event.priv_host= sctx->priv_host;
    event.external_user= sctx->external_user;
    event.proxy_user= sctx->proxy_user;
    event.host= sctx->host;
    event.ip= sctx->ip;
    event.database=  *old_db;
    event.table=     *old_tb;
    event.new_database= *new_db;
    event.new_table= *new_tb;
    event.query_id= thd->query_id;

    mysql_audit_notify(thd, MYSQL_AUDIT_TABLE_CLASS, &event);
  }
}

static inline
void mysql_audit_alter_table(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table)
{
  if (mysql_audit_table_enabled())
  {
    const Security_context *sctx= thd->security_ctx;
    mysql_event_table event;

    event.event_subclass= MYSQL_AUDIT_TABLE_ALTER;
    event.read_only= 0;
    event.thread_id= (unsigned long)thd->thread_id;
    event.user= sctx->user;
    event.priv_user= sctx->priv_user;
    event.priv_host= sctx->priv_host;
    event.external_user= sctx->external_user;
    event.proxy_user= sctx->proxy_user;
    event.host= sctx->host;
    event.ip= sctx->ip;
    event.database= table->db;
    event.table= table->table_name;
    event.new_database= null_clex_str;
    event.new_table= null_clex_str;
    event.query_id= thd->query_id;

    mysql_audit_notify(thd, MYSQL_AUDIT_TABLE_CLASS, &event);
  }
}

#endif /* SQL_AUDIT_INCLUDED */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2023, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef CSET_NARROWING_H_INCLUDED
#define CSET_NARROWING_H_INCLUDED

/*
  A singleton class to provide "utf8mb3_from_mb4.charset()".

  This is a variant of utf8mb3_general_ci that one can use when they have data
  in MB4 and want to make index lookup keys in MB3.
*/
extern
class Charset_utf8narrow
{
  struct my_charset_handler_st cset_handler;
  struct charset_info_st cset;
public:
  Charset_utf8narrow() :
    cset_handler(*my_charset_utf8mb3_general_ci.cset),
    cset(my_charset_utf8mb3_general_ci) /* Copy the CHARSET_INFO structure */
  {
    /* Insert our function wc_mb */
    cset_handler.wc_mb= my_wc_mb_utf8mb4_bmp_only;
    cset.cset=&cset_handler;

    /* Charsets are compared by their name, so assign a different name */
    LEX_CSTRING tmp= {STRING_WITH_LEN("utf8_mb4_to_mb3")};
    cset.cs_name= tmp;
  }

  CHARSET_INFO *charset() { return &cset; }

} utf8mb3_from_mb4;


/*
  A class to temporary change a field that uses utf8mb3_general_ci to enable
  correct lookup key construction from string value in utf8mb4_general_ci

  Intended usage:

    // can do this in advance:
    bool do_narrowing= Utf8_narrow::should_do_narrowing(field, value_cset);
    ...

    // This sets the field to do narrowing if necessary:
    Utf8_narrow narrow(field, do_narrowing);

    // write to 'field' here
    // item->save_in_field(field) or something else

    // Stop doing narrowing
    narrow.stop();
*/

class Utf8_narrow
{
  Field *field;
  DTCollation save_collation;

public:
  static bool should_do_narrowing(const THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *field_cset,
                                  CHARSET_INFO *value_cset);

  static bool should_do_narrowing(const Field *field, CHARSET_INFO *value_cset)
  {
    CHARSET_INFO *field_cset= field->charset();
    THD *thd= field->table->in_use;
    return should_do_narrowing(thd, field_cset, value_cset);
  }

  Utf8_narrow(Field *field_arg, bool is_applicable)
  {
    field= NULL;
    if (is_applicable)
    {
      DTCollation mb3_from_mb4= utf8mb3_from_mb4.charset();
      field= field_arg;
      save_collation= field->dtcollation();
      field->change_charset(mb3_from_mb4);
    }
  }

  void stop()
  {
    if (field)
     field->change_charset(save_collation);
#ifndef NDEBUG
    field= NULL;
#endif
  }

  ~Utf8_narrow()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!field);
  }
};


/*
  @brief
  Check if two fields can participate in a multiple equality using charset
  narrowing.

  @detail
    Normally, check_simple_equality() checks this by calling:

      left_field->eq_def(right_field)

    This function does the same but takes into account we might use charset
    narrowing:
     - collations are not the same but rather an utf8mb{3,4}_general_ci pair
     - for field lengths, should compare # characters, not #bytes.
*/

inline
bool fields_equal_using_narrowing(const THD *thd, const Field *left, const Field *right)
{
  return
    dynamic_cast<const Field_longstr*>(left) &&
    dynamic_cast<const Field_longstr*>(right) &&
    left->real_type() == right->real_type() &&
    (Utf8_narrow::should_do_narrowing(left, right->charset()) ||
     Utf8_narrow::should_do_narrowing(right, left->charset())) &&
    left->char_length() == right->char_length();
};


#endif /* CSET_NARROWING_H_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (C) 2007 Google Inc.
   Copyright (C) 2008 MySQL AB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */


#ifndef SEMISYNC_H
#define SEMISYNC_H

#include "mysqld.h"
#include "log_event.h"
#include "replication.h"

/**
   This class is used to trace function calls and other process
   information
*/
class Trace {
public:
  static const unsigned long k_trace_function;
  static const unsigned long k_trace_general;
  static const unsigned long k_trace_detail;
  static const unsigned long k_trace_net_wait;

  unsigned long           m_trace_level;                      /* the level for tracing */

  Trace()
    :m_trace_level(0L)
  {}
  Trace(unsigned long trace_level)
    :m_trace_level(trace_level)
  {}
};

/**
   Base class for semi-sync master and slave classes
*/
class Repl_semi_sync_base
  :public Trace {
public:
  static const unsigned char  k_sync_header[2];     /* three byte packet header */

  /* Constants in network packet header. */
  static const unsigned char k_packet_magic_num;
  static const unsigned char k_packet_flag_sync;
};

/* The layout of a semisync slave reply packet:
   1 byte for the magic num
   8 bytes for the binlog positon
   n bytes for the binlog filename, terminated with a '\0'
*/
#define REPLY_MAGIC_NUM_LEN 1
#define REPLY_BINLOG_POS_LEN 8
#define REPLY_BINLOG_NAME_LEN (FN_REFLEN + 1)
#define REPLY_MAGIC_NUM_OFFSET 0
#define REPLY_BINLOG_POS_OFFSET (REPLY_MAGIC_NUM_OFFSET + REPLY_MAGIC_NUM_LEN)
#define REPLY_BINLOG_NAME_OFFSET (REPLY_BINLOG_POS_OFFSET + REPLY_BINLOG_POS_LEN)
#define REPLY_MESSAGE_MAX_LENGTH \
    (REPLY_MAGIC_NUM_LEN + REPLY_BINLOG_POS_LEN + REPLY_BINLOG_NAME_LEN)

#endif /* SEMISYNC_H */
#ifndef SQL_HANDLER_INCLUDED
#define SQL_HANDLER_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (C) 2010, 2015, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#include "sql_class.h"                 /* enum_ha_read_mode */
#include "my_base.h"                   /* ha_rkey_function, ha_rows */
#include "sql_list.h"                  /* List */

/* Open handlers are stored here */

class SQL_HANDLER {
public:
  TABLE *table;
  List<Item> fields;                            /* Fields, set on open */
  THD *thd;
  LEX_CSTRING handler_name;
  LEX_CSTRING db;
  LEX_CSTRING table_name;
  MEM_ROOT mem_root;
  MYSQL_LOCK *lock;
  MDL_request mdl_request;

  key_part_map keypart_map;
  int keyno;                                    /* Used key */
  uint key_len;
  enum enum_ha_read_modes mode;

  /* This is only used when deleting many handler objects */
  SQL_HANDLER *next;

  Query_arena arena;
  char *base_data;
  SQL_HANDLER(THD *thd_arg) :
    thd(thd_arg), arena(&mem_root, Query_arena::STMT_INITIALIZED)
  { init(); clear_alloc_root(&mem_root); base_data= 0; }
  void init()
  {
    keyno= -1;
    table= 0;
    lock= 0;
    mdl_request.ticket= 0;
  }
  void reset();

  ~SQL_HANDLER();
};

class THD;
struct TABLE_LIST;

bool mysql_ha_open(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, SQL_HANDLER *reopen);
bool mysql_ha_close(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables);
bool mysql_ha_read(THD *, TABLE_LIST *,enum enum_ha_read_modes, const char *,
                   List<Item> *,enum ha_rkey_function,Item *,ha_rows,ha_rows);
void mysql_ha_flush(THD *thd);
void mysql_ha_flush_tables(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *all_tables);
void mysql_ha_rm_tables(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables);
void mysql_ha_cleanup_no_free(THD *thd);
void mysql_ha_cleanup(THD *thd);
void mysql_ha_set_explicit_lock_duration(THD *thd);
void mysql_ha_rm_temporary_tables(THD *thd);

SQL_HANDLER *mysql_ha_read_prepare(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables,
                                   enum enum_ha_read_modes mode,
                                   const char *keyname,
                                   List<Item> *key_expr, enum ha_rkey_function ha_rkey_mode,
                                   Item *cond);
#endif
#ifndef MY_LIBWRAP_INCLUDED
#define MY_LIBWRAP_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2006 MySQL AB, 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
   Use is subject to license terms.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifdef HAVE_LIBWRAP
#include <tcpd.h>
#include <syslog.h>
#ifdef NEED_SYS_SYSLOG_H
#include <sys/syslog.h>
#endif /* NEED_SYS_SYSLOG_H */

extern void my_fromhost(struct request_info *req);
extern int my_hosts_access(struct request_info *req);
extern char *my_eval_client(struct request_info *req);

#endif /* HAVE_LIBWRAP */
#endif /* MY_LIBWRAP_INCLUDED */
#ifndef ATOMIC_MSC_INCLUDED
#define ATOMIC_MSC_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#include <windows.h>

static inline int my_atomic_cas32(int32 volatile *a, int32 *cmp, int32 set)
{
  int32 initial_cmp= *cmp;
  int32 initial_a= InterlockedCompareExchange((volatile LONG*)a,
                                              set, initial_cmp);
  int ret= (initial_a == initial_cmp);
  if (!ret)
    *cmp= initial_a;
  return ret;
}

static inline int my_atomic_cas64(int64 volatile *a, int64 *cmp, int64 set)
{
  int64 initial_cmp= *cmp;
  int64 initial_a= InterlockedCompareExchange64((volatile LONGLONG*)a,
                                                (LONGLONG)set,
                                                (LONGLONG)initial_cmp);
  int ret= (initial_a == initial_cmp);
  if (!ret)
    *cmp= initial_a;
  return ret;
}

static inline int my_atomic_casptr(void * volatile *a, void **cmp, void *set)
{
  void *initial_cmp= *cmp;
  void *initial_a= InterlockedCompareExchangePointer(a, set, initial_cmp);
  int ret= (initial_a == initial_cmp);
  if (!ret)
    *cmp= initial_a;
  return ret;
}

static inline int32 my_atomic_add32(int32 volatile *a, int32 v)
{
  return (int32)InterlockedExchangeAdd((volatile LONG*)a, v);
}

static inline int64 my_atomic_add64(int64 volatile *a, int64 v)
{
  return (int64)InterlockedExchangeAdd64((volatile LONGLONG*)a, (LONGLONG)v);
}


/*
  According to MSDN:

  Simple reads and writes to properly-aligned 32-bit variables are atomic
  operations.
  ...
  Simple reads and writes to properly aligned 64-bit variables are atomic on
  64-bit Windows. Reads and writes to 64-bit values are not guaranteed to be
  atomic on 32-bit Windows.

  https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/sync/interlocked-variable-access
*/

static inline int32 my_atomic_load32(int32 volatile *a)
{
  int32 value= *a;
  MemoryBarrier();
  return value;
}

static inline int64 my_atomic_load64(int64 volatile *a)
{
#if defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_ARM64)
  int64 value= *a;
  MemoryBarrier();
  return value;
#else
  return (int64) InterlockedCompareExchange64((volatile LONGLONG *) a, 0, 0);
#endif
}

static inline void* my_atomic_loadptr(void * volatile *a)
{
  void *value= *a;
  MemoryBarrier();
  return value;
}

static inline int32 my_atomic_fas32(int32 volatile *a, int32 v)
{
  return (int32)InterlockedExchange((volatile LONG*)a, v);
}

static inline int64 my_atomic_fas64(int64 volatile *a, int64 v)
{
  return (int64)InterlockedExchange64((volatile LONGLONG*)a, v);
}

static inline void * my_atomic_fasptr(void * volatile *a, void * v)
{
  return InterlockedExchangePointer(a, v);
}

static inline void my_atomic_store32(int32 volatile *a, int32 v)
{
  MemoryBarrier();
  *a= v;
}

static inline void my_atomic_store64(int64 volatile *a, int64 v)
{
#if defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_ARM64)
  MemoryBarrier();
  *a= v;
#else
  (void) InterlockedExchange64((volatile LONGLONG *) a, v);
#endif
}

static inline void my_atomic_storeptr(void * volatile *a, void *v)
{
  MemoryBarrier();
  *a= v;
}

#endif /* ATOMIC_MSC_INCLUDED */
#ifndef ATOMIC_SOLARIS_INCLUDED
#define ATOMIC_SOLARIS_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2008, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#include <atomic.h>

#if defined(__GNUC__)
#define atomic_typeof(T,V)      __typeof__(V)
#else
#define atomic_typeof(T,V)      T
#endif

static inline int my_atomic_cas32(int32 volatile *a, int32 *cmp, int32 set)
{
  int ret;
  atomic_typeof(uint32_t, *cmp) sav;
  sav= atomic_cas_32((volatile uint32_t *)a, (uint32_t)*cmp, (uint32_t)set);
  ret= (sav == *cmp);
  if (!ret)
    *cmp= sav;
  return ret;
}

static inline int my_atomic_cas64(int64 volatile *a, int64 *cmp, int64 set)
{
  int ret;
  atomic_typeof(uint64_t, *cmp) sav;
  sav= atomic_cas_64((volatile uint64_t *)a, (uint64_t)*cmp, (uint64_t)set);
  ret= (sav == *cmp);
  if (!ret)
    *cmp= sav;
  return ret;
}

static inline int my_atomic_casptr(void * volatile *a, void **cmp, void *set)
{
  int ret;
  atomic_typeof(void *, *cmp) sav;
  sav= atomic_cas_ptr((volatile void **)a, (void *)*cmp, (void *)set);
  ret= (sav == *cmp);
  if (!ret)
    *cmp= sav;
  return ret;
}

static inline int32 my_atomic_add32(int32 volatile *a, int32 v)
{
  int32 nv= atomic_add_32_nv((volatile uint32_t *)a, v);
  return nv - v;
}

static inline int64 my_atomic_add64(int64 volatile *a, int64 v)
{
  int64 nv= atomic_add_64_nv((volatile uint64_t *)a, v);
  return nv - v;
}

static inline int32 my_atomic_fas32(int32 volatile *a, int32 v)
{
  return atomic_swap_32((volatile uint32_t *)a, (uint32_t)v);
}

static inline int64 my_atomic_fas64(int64 volatile *a, int64 v)
{
  return atomic_swap_64((volatile uint64_t *)a, (uint64_t)v);
}

static inline void * my_atomic_fasptr(void * volatile *a, void * v)
{
  return atomic_swap_ptr(a, v);
}

static inline int32 my_atomic_load32(int32 volatile *a)
{
  return atomic_or_32_nv((volatile uint32_t *)a, 0);
}

static inline int64 my_atomic_load64(int64 volatile *a)
{
  return atomic_or_64_nv((volatile uint64_t *)a, 0);
}

static inline void* my_atomic_loadptr(void * volatile *a)
{
  return atomic_add_ptr_nv(a, 0);
}

static inline void my_atomic_store32(int32 volatile *a, int32 v)
{
  (void) atomic_swap_32((volatile uint32_t *)a, (uint32_t)v);
}

static inline void my_atomic_store64(int64 volatile *a, int64 v)
{
  (void) atomic_swap_64((volatile uint64_t *)a, (uint64_t)v);
}

static inline void my_atomic_storeptr(void * volatile *a, void *v)
{
  (void) atomic_swap_ptr((volatile void **)a, (void *)v);
}

#endif /* ATOMIC_SOLARIS_INCLUDED */
#ifndef ATOMIC_GCC_BUILTINS_INCLUDED
#define ATOMIC_GCC_BUILTINS_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2017 MariaDB Foundation

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */


#define MY_MEMORY_ORDER_RELAXED __ATOMIC_RELAXED
#define MY_MEMORY_ORDER_CONSUME __ATOMIC_CONSUME
#define MY_MEMORY_ORDER_ACQUIRE __ATOMIC_ACQUIRE
#define MY_MEMORY_ORDER_RELEASE __ATOMIC_RELEASE
#define MY_MEMORY_ORDER_ACQ_REL __ATOMIC_ACQ_REL
#define MY_MEMORY_ORDER_SEQ_CST __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST

#define my_atomic_store32_explicit(P, D, O) __atomic_store_n((P), (D), (O))
#define my_atomic_store64_explicit(P, D, O) __atomic_store_n((P), (D), (O))
#define my_atomic_storeptr_explicit(P, D, O) __atomic_store_n((P), (D), (O))

#define my_atomic_load32_explicit(P, O) __atomic_load_n((P), (O))
#define my_atomic_load64_explicit(P, O) __atomic_load_n((P), (O))
#define my_atomic_loadptr_explicit(P, O) __atomic_load_n((P), (O))

#define my_atomic_fas32_explicit(P, D, O) __atomic_exchange_n((P), (D), (O))
#define my_atomic_fas64_explicit(P, D, O) __atomic_exchange_n((P), (D), (O))
#define my_atomic_fasptr_explicit(P, D, O) __atomic_exchange_n((P), (D), (O))

#define my_atomic_add32_explicit(P, A, O) __atomic_fetch_add((P), (A), (O))
#define my_atomic_add64_explicit(P, A, O) __atomic_fetch_add((P), (A), (O))

#define my_atomic_cas32_weak_explicit(P, E, D, S, F) \
  __atomic_compare_exchange_n((P), (E), (D), 1, (S), (F))
#define my_atomic_cas64_weak_explicit(P, E, D, S, F) \
  __atomic_compare_exchange_n((P), (E), (D), 1, (S), (F))
#define my_atomic_casptr_weak_explicit(P, E, D, S, F) \
  __atomic_compare_exchange_n((P), (E), (D), 1, (S), (F))

#define my_atomic_cas32_strong_explicit(P, E, D, S, F) \
  __atomic_compare_exchange_n((P), (E), (D), 0, (S), (F))
#define my_atomic_cas64_strong_explicit(P, E, D, S, F) \
  __atomic_compare_exchange_n((P), (E), (D), 0, (S), (F))
#define my_atomic_casptr_strong_explicit(P, E, D, S, F) \
  __atomic_compare_exchange_n((P), (E), (D), 0, (S), (F))

#define my_atomic_store32(P, D) __atomic_store_n((P), (D), __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST)
#define my_atomic_store64(P, D) __atomic_store_n((P), (D), __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST)
#define my_atomic_storeptr(P, D) __atomic_store_n((P), (D), __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST)

#define my_atomic_load32(P) __atomic_load_n((P), __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST)
#define my_atomic_load64(P) __atomic_load_n((P), __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST)
#define my_atomic_loadptr(P) __atomic_load_n((P), __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST)

#define my_atomic_fas32(P, D) __atomic_exchange_n((P), (D), __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST)
#define my_atomic_fas64(P, D) __atomic_exchange_n((P), (D), __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST)
#define my_atomic_fasptr(P, D) __atomic_exchange_n((P), (D), __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST)

#define my_atomic_add32(P, A) __atomic_fetch_add((P), (A), __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST)
#define my_atomic_add64(P, A) __atomic_fetch_add((P), (A), __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST)

#define my_atomic_cas32(P, E, D) \
  __atomic_compare_exchange_n((P), (E), (D), 0, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST)
#define my_atomic_cas64(P, E, D) \
  __atomic_compare_exchange_n((P), (E), (D), 0, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST)
#define my_atomic_casptr(P, E, D) \
  __atomic_compare_exchange_n((P), (E), (D), 0, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST)

#endif /* ATOMIC_GCC_BUILTINS_INCLUDED */
/*****************************************************************************

Copyright (c) 2019, 2020 MariaDB Corporation.

This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
Foundation; version 2 of the License.

This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.

You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA

*****************************************************************************/

#pragma once

#include <cstddef>
#include <iterator>

namespace st_
{

namespace detail
{

template <class T> struct remove_cv
{
  typedef T type;
};
template <class T> struct remove_cv<const T>
{
  typedef T type;
};
template <class T> struct remove_cv<volatile T>
{
  typedef T type;
};
template <class T> struct remove_cv<const volatile T>
{
  typedef T type;
};

} // namespace detail

template <class ElementType> class span
{
public:
  typedef ElementType element_type;
  typedef typename detail::remove_cv<ElementType>::type value_type;
  typedef size_t size_type;
  typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type;
  typedef element_type *pointer;
  typedef const element_type *const_pointer;
  typedef element_type &reference;
  typedef const element_type &const_reference;
  typedef pointer iterator;
  typedef const_pointer const_iterator;
  typedef std::reverse_iterator<iterator> reverse_iterator;

  span() : data_(NULL), size_(0) {}

  span(pointer ptr, size_type count) : data_(ptr), size_(count) {}

  span(pointer first, pointer last) : data_(first), size_(last - first) {}

  template <size_t N> span(element_type (&arr)[N]) : data_(arr), size_(N) {}

  template <class Container>
  span(Container &cont) : data_(cont.data()), size_(cont.size())
  {
  }

  template <class Container>
  span(const Container &cont) : data_(cont.data()), size_(cont.size())
  {
  }

  span(const span &other) : data_(other.data_), size_(other.size_) {}

  ~span() = default;

  span &operator=(const span &other)
  {
    data_= other.data();
    size_= other.size();
    return *this;
  }

  template <size_t Count> span<element_type> first() const
  {
    assert(!empty());
    return span(data(), 1);
  }
  template <size_t Count> span<element_type> last() const
  {
    assert(!empty());
    return span(data() + size() - 1, 1);
  }

  span<element_type> first(size_type count) const
  {
    assert(!empty());
    return span(data(), 1);
  }
  span<element_type> last(size_type count) const
  {
    assert(!empty());
    return span(data() + size() - 1, 1);
  }
  span<element_type> subspan(size_type offset, size_type count) const
  {
    assert(!empty());
    assert(size() >= offset + count);
    return span(data() + offset, count);
  }

  size_type size() const { return size_; }
  size_type size_bytes() const { return size() * sizeof(ElementType); }
  bool empty() const __attribute__((warn_unused_result))
  {
    return size() == 0;
  }

  reference operator[](size_type idx) const
  {
    assert(size() > idx);
    return data()[idx];
  }
  reference front() const
  {
    assert(!empty());
    return data()[0];
  }
  reference back() const
  {
    assert(!empty());
    return data()[size() - 1];
  }
  pointer data() const { return data_; }

  iterator begin() const { return data_; }
  iterator end() const { return data_ + size_; }
  reverse_iterator rbegin() const
  {
    return std::reverse_iterator<iterator>(end());
  }
  reverse_iterator rend() const
  {
    return std::reverse_iterator<iterator>(begin());
  }

private:
  pointer data_;
  size_type size_;
};

} // namespace st_
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   
   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.
   
   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.
   
   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef RPL_FILTER_H
#define RPL_FILTER_H

#include "mysql.h"
#include "mysqld.h"
#include "sql_list.h"                           /* I_List */
#include "hash.h"                               /* HASH */

class String;
struct TABLE_LIST;
typedef struct st_dynamic_array DYNAMIC_ARRAY;

typedef struct st_table_rule_ent
{
  char* db;
  char* tbl_name;
  uint key_len;
} TABLE_RULE_ENT;

/*
  Rpl_filter

  Inclusion and exclusion rules of tables and databases.
  Also handles rewrites of db.
  Used for replication and binlogging.
 */
class Rpl_filter 
{
public:
  Rpl_filter();
  ~Rpl_filter();
  Rpl_filter(Rpl_filter const&);
  Rpl_filter& operator=(Rpl_filter const&);
 
  /* Checks - returns true if ok to replicate/log */

#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT
  bool tables_ok(const char* db, TABLE_LIST *tables);
#endif 
  bool db_ok(const char* db);
  bool db_ok_with_wild_table(const char *db);

  bool is_on();
  bool is_db_empty();

  /* Setters - add filtering rules */

  int add_do_table(const char* table_spec);
  int add_ignore_table(const char* table_spec);

  int set_do_table(const char* table_spec);
  int set_ignore_table(const char* table_spec);

  int add_wild_do_table(const char* table_spec);
  int add_wild_ignore_table(const char* table_spec);

  int set_wild_do_table(const char* table_spec);
  int set_wild_ignore_table(const char* table_spec);

  int add_rewrite_db(const char* table_spec);
  int add_do_db(const char* db_spec);
  int add_ignore_db(const char* db_spec);

  int set_rewrite_db(const char* db_spec);
  int set_do_db(const char* db_spec);
  int set_ignore_db(const char* db_spec);

  void set_parallel_mode(enum_slave_parallel_mode mode)
  {
    parallel_mode= mode;
  }
  /* Return given parallel mode or if one is not given, the default mode */
  enum_slave_parallel_mode get_parallel_mode()
  {
    return parallel_mode;
  }

  /* Getters - to get information about current rules */

  void get_do_table(String* str);
  void get_ignore_table(String* str);

  void get_wild_do_table(String* str);
  void get_wild_ignore_table(String* str);

  bool rewrite_db_is_empty();
  I_List<i_string_pair>* get_rewrite_db();
  void get_rewrite_db(String *str);
  const char* get_rewrite_db(const char* db, size_t *new_len);

  I_List<i_string>* get_do_db();
  I_List<i_string>* get_ignore_db();

  void get_do_db(String* str);
  void get_ignore_db(String* str);

private:

  void init_table_rule_hash(HASH* h, bool* h_inited);
  void init_table_rule_array(DYNAMIC_ARRAY* a, bool* a_inited);

  int add_table_rule(HASH* h, const char* table_spec);
  int add_wild_table_rule(DYNAMIC_ARRAY* a, const char* table_spec);

  typedef int (Rpl_filter::*Add_filter)(char const*);

  int parse_filter_rule(const char* spec, Add_filter func);

  void free_string_array(DYNAMIC_ARRAY *a);
  void free_string_list(I_List<i_string> *l);
  void free_string_pair_list(I_List<i_string_pair> *l);

  void table_rule_ent_hash_to_str(String* s, HASH* h, bool inited);
  void table_rule_ent_dynamic_array_to_str(String* s, DYNAMIC_ARRAY* a,
                                           bool inited);
  void db_rewrite_rule_ent_list_to_str(String*, I_List<i_string_pair>*);
  void db_rule_ent_list_to_str(String* s, I_List<i_string>* l);
  TABLE_RULE_ENT* find_wild(DYNAMIC_ARRAY *a, const char* key, int len);

  int add_string_list(I_List<i_string> *list, const char* spec);
  int add_string_pair_list(const char* my_spec);
  /*
    Those 4 structures below are uninitialized memory unless the
    corresponding *_inited variables are "true".
  */
  HASH do_table;
  HASH ignore_table;
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY wild_do_table;
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY wild_ignore_table;
  enum_slave_parallel_mode parallel_mode;

  bool table_rules_on;
  bool do_table_inited;
  bool ignore_table_inited;
  bool wild_do_table_inited;
  bool wild_ignore_table_inited;

  I_List<i_string> do_db;
  I_List<i_string> ignore_db;

  I_List<i_string_pair> rewrite_db;
};

extern Rpl_filter *global_rpl_filter;
extern Rpl_filter *binlog_filter;

#endif // RPL_FILTER_H
/* Copyright 2018 Codership Oy <info@codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef WSREP_STORAGE_SERVICE_H
#define WSREP_STORAGE_SERVICE_H

#include "wsrep/storage_service.hpp"
#include "wsrep/client_state.hpp"

class THD;
class Wsrep_server_service;
class Wsrep_storage_service :
  public wsrep::storage_service,
  public wsrep::high_priority_context
{
public:
  Wsrep_storage_service(THD*);
  ~Wsrep_storage_service();
  int start_transaction(const wsrep::ws_handle&) override;
  void adopt_transaction(const wsrep::transaction&) override;
  int append_fragment(const wsrep::id&,
                      wsrep::transaction_id,
                      int flags,
                      const wsrep::const_buffer&,
                      const wsrep::xid&) override;
  int update_fragment_meta(const wsrep::ws_meta&) override;
  int remove_fragments() override;
  int commit(const wsrep::ws_handle&, const wsrep::ws_meta&) override;
  int rollback(const wsrep::ws_handle&, const wsrep::ws_meta&) override;
  void store_globals() override;
  void reset_globals() override;
private:
  friend class Wsrep_server_service;
  THD* m_thd;
};

#endif /* WSREP_STORAGE_SERVICE_H */
/* Copyright (c) 2012, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  51 Franklin Street, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef PFS_MEMORY_PROVIDER_H
#define PFS_MEMORY_PROVIDER_H

/**
  @file include/pfs_memory_provider.h
  Performance schema instrumentation (declarations).
*/

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_MEMORY_INTERFACE
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
#ifndef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"

#define PSI_MEMORY_CALL(M) pfs_ ## M ## _v1

C_MODE_START

void pfs_register_memory_v1
    (const char *category, struct PSI_memory_info_v1 *info, int count);

PSI_memory_key
pfs_memory_alloc_v1
  (PSI_memory_key key, size_t size, PSI_thread **owner);

PSI_memory_key
pfs_memory_realloc_v1
  (PSI_memory_key key, size_t old_size, size_t new_size, PSI_thread **owner);

void pfs_memory_free_v1
  (PSI_memory_key key, size_t size, PSI_thread *owner);

C_MODE_END

#endif /* MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN */
#endif /* EMBEDDED_LIBRARY */
#endif /* MYSQL_SERVER */
#endif /* HAVE_PSI_MEMORY_INTERFACE */

#endif

/* Copyright (C) 2013-2015 Codership Oy <info@codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
   51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA. */

#ifndef WSREP_UTILS_H
#define WSREP_UTILS_H

#include "wsrep_priv.h"
#include "wsrep_mysqld.h"

unsigned int wsrep_check_ip (const char* const addr, bool *is_ipv6);
size_t wsrep_guess_ip (char* buf, size_t buf_len);
namespace wsp {
class node_status
{
public:
  node_status() : status(wsrep::server_state::s_disconnected) {}
  void set(enum wsrep::server_state::state new_status,
           const wsrep::view* view= 0)
  {
    if (status != new_status || 0 != view)
    {
      wsrep_notify_status(new_status, view);
      status= new_status;
    }
  }
  enum wsrep::server_state::state get() const { return status; }
private:
  enum wsrep::server_state::state status;
};
} /* namespace wsp */

extern wsp::node_status local_status;

/* returns the length of the host part of the address string */
size_t wsrep_host_len(const char* addr, size_t addr_len);

namespace wsp {

class Address {
public:
  Address()
    : m_address_len(0), m_family(UNSPEC), m_port(0), m_valid(false)
  {
    memset(m_address, 0, sizeof(m_address));
  }
  Address(const char *addr_in)
    : m_address_len(0), m_family(UNSPEC), m_port(0), m_valid(false)
  {
    memset(m_address, 0, sizeof(m_address));
    parse_addr(addr_in);
  }
  bool is_valid() { return m_valid; }
  bool is_ipv6() { return (m_family == INET6); }

  const char* get_address() { return m_address; }
  size_t get_address_len() { return m_address_len; }
  int get_port() { return m_port; }
  void set_port(int port) { m_port= port; }

private:
  enum family {
    UNSPEC= 0,
    INET,                                       /* IPv4 */
    INET6,                                      /* IPv6 */
  };

  char   m_address[256];
  size_t m_address_len;
  family m_family;
  int    m_port;
  bool   m_valid;

  void parse_addr(const char *addr_in) {
    const char *start;
    const char *end;
    const char *port;
    const char* open_bracket= strchr(const_cast<char *>(addr_in), '[');
    const char* close_bracket= strchr(const_cast<char *>(addr_in), ']');
    const char* colon= strchr(const_cast<char *>(addr_in), ':');
    const char* dot= strchr(const_cast<char *>(addr_in), '.');

    int cc= colon_count(addr_in);

    if (open_bracket != NULL ||
        dot == NULL ||
        (colon != NULL && (dot == NULL || colon < dot)))
    {
      // This could be an IPv6 address or a hostname
      if (open_bracket != NULL) {
        /* Sanity check: Address with '[' must include ']' */
        if (close_bracket == NULL &&
            open_bracket < close_bracket)       /* Error: malformed address */
        {
          m_valid= false;
          return;
        }

        start= open_bracket + 1;
        end= close_bracket;

        /* Check for port */
        port= strchr(close_bracket, ':');
        if ((port != NULL) && parse_port(port + 1))
        {
          return;                               /* Error: invalid port */
        }
        m_family= INET6;
      }
      else
      {
        switch (cc) {
        case 0:
          /* Hostname with no port */
          start= addr_in;
          end= addr_in + strlen(addr_in);
          break;
        case 1:
          /* Hostname with port (host:port) */
          start= addr_in;
          end= colon;
          if (parse_port(colon + 1))
            return;                             /* Error: invalid port */
          break;
        default:
          /* IPv6 address */
          start= addr_in;
          end= addr_in + strlen(addr_in);
          m_family= INET6;
          break;
        }
      }
    } else {                                    /* IPv4 address or hostname */
      start= addr_in;
      if (colon != NULL) {                      /* Port */
        end= colon;
        if (parse_port(colon + 1))
          return;                               /* Error: invalid port */
      } else {
        end= addr_in + strlen(addr_in);
      }
    }

    size_t len= end - start;

    /* Safety */
    if (len >= sizeof(m_address))
    {
      // The supplied address is too large to fit into the internal buffer.
      m_valid= false;
      return;
    }

    memcpy(m_address, start, len);
    m_address[len]= '\0';
    m_address_len= ++ len;
    m_valid= true;
    return;
  }

  int colon_count(const char *addr) {
    int count= 0, i= 0;

    while(addr[i] != '\0')
    {
      if (addr[i] == ':') ++count;
      ++ i;
    }
    return count;
  }

  bool parse_port(const char *port) {
    errno= 0;                                   /* Reset the errno */
    m_port= strtol(port, NULL, 10);
    if (errno == EINVAL || errno == ERANGE)
    {
      m_port= 0;                                /* Error: invalid port */
      m_valid= false;
      return true;
    }
    return false;
  }
};

class Config_state
{
public:
  Config_state() : view_(), status_(wsrep::server_state::s_disconnected)
  {}

  void set(const wsrep::view& view)
  {
    wsrep_notify_status(status_, &view);

    lock();
    view_= view;
    unlock();
  }

  void set(enum wsrep::server_state::state status)
  {
    if (status == wsrep::server_state::s_donor ||
	status == wsrep::server_state::s_synced)
      wsrep_notify_status(status, &view_);
    else
      wsrep_notify_status(status);

    lock();
    status_= status;
    unlock();
  }

  const wsrep::view& get_view_info() const
  {
    return view_;
  }

  enum wsrep::server_state::state get_status() const
  {
    return status_;
  }

  int lock()
  {
    return mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_wsrep_config_state);
  }

  int unlock()
  {
    return mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_wsrep_config_state);
  }

private:
  wsrep::view view_;
  enum wsrep::server_state::state status_;
};

} /* namespace wsp */

extern wsp::Config_state *wsrep_config_state;

namespace wsp {
/* a class to manage env vars array */
class env
{
private:
    size_t len_;
    char** env_;
    int    errno_;
    bool ctor_common(char** e);
    void dtor();
    env& operator =(env);
public:
    explicit env(char** env);
    explicit env(const env&);
    ~env();
    int append(const char* var); /* add a new env. var */
    int error() const { return errno_; }
    char** operator()() { return env_; }
};

/* A small class to run external programs. */
class process
{
private:
    const char* const str_;
    FILE*       io_;
    int         err_;
    pid_t       pid_;

public:
/*! @arg type is a pointer to a null-terminated string which  must  contain
         either  the  letter  'r'  for  reading  or the letter 'w' for writing.
    @arg env optional null-terminated vector of environment variables
 */
    process  (const char* cmd, const char* type, char** env);
    ~process ();

    FILE* pipe () { return io_;  }
    int   error() { return err_; }
    int   wait ();
    const char* cmd() { return str_; }
};

class thd
{
  class thd_init
  {
  public:
    thd_init()  { my_thread_init(); }
    ~thd_init() { my_thread_end();  }
  }
  init;

  thd (const thd&);
  thd& operator= (const thd&);

public:

  thd(my_bool wsrep_on, bool system_thread=false);
  ~thd();
  THD* const ptr;
};

class string
{
public:
    string() : string_(0) {}
    explicit string(size_t s) : string_(static_cast<char*>(malloc(s))) {}
    char* operator()() { return string_; }
    void set(char* str) { if (string_) free (string_); string_= str; }
    ~string() { set (0); }
private:
    char* string_;
};

/* scope level lock */
class auto_lock
{
public:
  auto_lock(mysql_mutex_t* m) : m_(m) { mysql_mutex_lock(m_); }
  ~auto_lock() { mysql_mutex_unlock(m_); }
private:
  mysql_mutex_t& operator =(mysql_mutex_t&);
  mysql_mutex_t* const m_;
};

#ifdef REMOVED
class lock
{
  pthread_mutex_t* const mtx_;

public:

  lock (pthread_mutex_t* mtx) : mtx_(mtx)
  {
    int err= pthread_mutex_lock (mtx_);

    if (err)
    {
      WSREP_ERROR("Mutex lock failed: %s", strerror(err));
      abort();
    }
  }

  virtual ~lock ()
  {
    int err= pthread_mutex_unlock (mtx_);

    if (err)
    {
      WSREP_ERROR("Mutex unlock failed: %s", strerror(err));
      abort();
    }
  }

  inline void wait (pthread_cond_t* cond)
  {
    pthread_cond_wait (cond, mtx_);
  }

private:

  lock (const lock&);
  lock& operator=(const lock&);

};

class monitor
{
  int             mutable refcnt;
  pthread_mutex_t mutable mtx;
  pthread_cond_t  mutable cond;

public:

  monitor() : refcnt(0)
  {
    pthread_mutex_init (&mtx, NULL);
    pthread_cond_init  (&cond, NULL);
  }

  ~monitor()
  {
    pthread_mutex_destroy (&mtx);
    pthread_cond_destroy  (&cond);
  }

  void enter() const
  {
    lock l(&mtx);

    while (refcnt)
    {
      l.wait(&cond);
    }
    refcnt++;
  }

  void leave() const
  {
    lock l(&mtx);

    refcnt--;
    if (refcnt == 0)
    {
      pthread_cond_signal (&cond);
    }
  }

private:

  monitor (const monitor&);
  monitor& operator= (const monitor&);
};

class critical
{
  const monitor& mon;

public:

  critical(const monitor& m) : mon(m) { mon.enter(); }

  ~critical() { mon.leave(); }

private:

  critical (const critical&);
  critical& operator= (const critical&);
};
#endif

} // namespace wsrep

#endif /* WSREP_UTILS_H */
/*

In the current release model, versions are released like the following
(the table shows the year/quarter of the planned GA release):

        Q1              Q2              Q3              Q4
2022    10.7            10.8            10.9            10.10
2023    10.11-LTS       11.0            11.1            11.2
2024    11.3            11.4            11.5            11.6
2025    11.7-LTS        12.0            12.1            12.2
2026    12.3            12.4            12.5            12.6
2027    12.7-LTS        13.0            13.1            13.2
2028    13.3            13.4            13.5            13.6
2029    13.7-LTS        14.0            14.1            14.2
...

A deprecated feature can be removed only when all releases when it's
not deprecated have reached EOL. For example, if something was
deprecated in 11.3, then 10.11 (where it wasn't deprecated) will reach
EOL in Q1 2028 (standard 5 years LTS life time). Meaning, the feature can
be removed in 13.4.

When the release model changes, the table above and templates below
have to be updated.
*/

template<uint V> static inline void check_deprecated_version(void)
{
  static_assert (
     V <= 1004 ? MYSQL_VERSION_ID < 110500 :   /* until 10.4  EOL */
     V <= 1005 ? MYSQL_VERSION_ID < 120100 :   /* until 10.5  EOL */
     V <= 1010 ? MYSQL_VERSION_ID < 120500 :   /* until 10.6  EOL */
     V <= 1106 ? MYSQL_VERSION_ID < 130400 :   /* until 10.11 EOL */
     V == 999999,    /* only for sys_var::do_deprecated_warning() */
     "check_deprecated_version failed"
  );
}

/*
  V is the 2-component 4-digit version where something was deprecated.
  For example, if deprecated in 11.2: warn_deprecated<1102>(thd, "something")
*/
template<uint V> static inline void warn_deprecated(THD *thd,
                                      const char *what, const char *to= NULL)
{
  check_deprecated_version<V>();
  push_warning_printf(thd, Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN,
                      ER_WARN_DEPRECATED_SYNTAX, ER_THD(thd, to && *to
                         ? ER_WARN_DEPRECATED_SYNTAX
                         : ER_WARN_DEPRECATED_SYNTAX_NO_REPLACEMENT),
                      what, to);
}

template<uint V> static inline void warn_deprecated(const char *what,
                                                    const char *to= NULL)
{
  check_deprecated_version<V>();
  sql_print_warning(to && *to
                    ? "'%s' is deprecated and will be removed in a future release. Please use %s instead"
                    : "'%s' is deprecated and will be removed in a future release",
                    what, to);
}

/* Prevent direct usage of the error that bypasses the template */
#undef ER_WARN_DEPRECATED_SYNTAX
#undef ER_WARN_DEPRECATED_SYNTAX_WITH_VER
#undef ER_WARN_DEPRECATED_SYNTAX_NO_REPLACEMENT
/* Copyright (c) 2010, 2017, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA */

/*
  Include file that should always be included first in all file in the sql
  directory. Used to ensure that some files, like my_global.h and my_config.h
  are always included first.
  It can also be used to speed up compilation by using precompiled headers.

  This file should include a minum set of header files used by all files
  and header files that are very seldom changed.
  It can also include some defines that all files should be aware of.
*/

#ifndef MARIADB_INCLUDED
#define MARIADB_INCLUDED
#include <my_global.h>
#endif /* MARIADB_INCLUDED */
/* -*- C++ -*- */
/* Copyright (c) 2004, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _PARSE_FILE_H_
#define _PARSE_FILE_H_

#include "sql_string.h"                         // LEX_STRING
#include "sql_alloc.h"                          // Sql_alloc

class THD;

typedef struct st_mem_root MEM_ROOT;

#define PARSE_FILE_TIMESTAMPLENGTH 19

enum file_opt_type {
  FILE_OPTIONS_STRING,		/**< String (LEX_STRING) */
  FILE_OPTIONS_ESTRING,		/**< Escaped string (LEX_STRING) */
  FILE_OPTIONS_ULONGLONG,	/**< ulonglong parameter (ulonglong) */
  FILE_OPTIONS_VIEW_ALGO,	/**< Similar to longlong, but needs conversion */
  FILE_OPTIONS_TIMESTAMP,	/**< timestamp (LEX_STRING have to be
				   allocated with length 20 (19+1) */
  FILE_OPTIONS_STRLIST,         /**< list of escaped strings
                                   (List<LEX_STRING>) */
  FILE_OPTIONS_ULLLIST          /**< list of ulonglong values
                                   (List<ulonglong>) */
};

struct File_option
{
  LEX_CSTRING name;             /**< Name of the option */
  my_ptrdiff_t offset;          /**< offset to base address of value */
  file_opt_type type;           /**< Option type */
};


/**
  This hook used to catch no longer supported keys and process them for
  backward compatibility.
*/

class Unknown_key_hook
{
public:
  Unknown_key_hook() = default;                       /* Remove gcc warning */
  virtual ~Unknown_key_hook() = default;              /* Remove gcc warning */
  virtual bool process_unknown_string(const char *&unknown_key, uchar* base,
                                      MEM_ROOT *mem_root, const char *end)= 0;
};


/** Dummy hook for parsers which do not need hook for unknown keys. */

class File_parser_dummy_hook: public Unknown_key_hook
{
public:
  File_parser_dummy_hook() = default;                 /* Remove gcc warning */
  bool process_unknown_string(const char *&unknown_key, uchar* base,
                              MEM_ROOT *mem_root, const char *end) override;
};

extern File_parser_dummy_hook file_parser_dummy_hook;

bool get_file_options_ulllist(const char *&ptr, const char *end,
                              const char *line, uchar* base,
                              File_option *parameter,
                              MEM_ROOT *mem_root);

const char *
parse_escaped_string(const char *ptr, const char *end, MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                     LEX_CSTRING *str);

class File_parser;
File_parser *sql_parse_prepare(const LEX_CSTRING *file_name,
			       MEM_ROOT *mem_root, bool bad_format_errors);

my_bool
sql_create_definition_file(const LEX_CSTRING *dir,
                           const LEX_CSTRING *file_name,
			   const LEX_CSTRING *type,
			   uchar* base, File_option *parameters);
my_bool rename_in_schema_file(THD *thd,
                              const char *schema, const char *old_name,
                              const char *new_db, const char *new_name);

int sql_backup_definition_file(const LEX_CSTRING *org_name,
                                   LEX_CSTRING *new_name);
int sql_restore_definition_file(const LEX_CSTRING *name);

class File_parser: public Sql_alloc
{
  char *start, *end;
  LEX_CSTRING file_type;
  bool content_ok;
public:
  File_parser() :start(0), end(0), content_ok(0)
    { file_type.str= 0; file_type.length= 0; }

  bool ok() { return content_ok; }
  const LEX_CSTRING *type() const { return &file_type; }
  my_bool parse(uchar* base, MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
		struct File_option *parameters, uint required,
                Unknown_key_hook *hook) const;

  friend File_parser *sql_parse_prepare(const LEX_CSTRING *file_name,
					MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
					bool bad_format_errors);
};
#endif /* _PARSE_FILE_H_ */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2010, 2011, Monty Program Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/**
  @defgroup Bi-directional LIFO buffers used by DS-MRR implementation
  @{
*/

class Forward_lifo_buffer;
class Backward_lifo_buffer;


/*
  A base class for in-memory buffer used by DS-MRR implementation. Common
  properties:
  - The buffer is last-in-first-out, i.e. elements that are written last are
    read first.
  - The buffer contains fixed-size elements. The elements are either atomic
    byte sequences or pairs of them.
  - The buffer resides in the memory provided by the user. It is possible to
     = dynamically (ie. between write operations) add ajacent memory space to
       the buffer
     = dynamically remove unused space from the buffer.
    The intent of this is to allow to have two buffers on adjacent memory
    space, one is being read from (and so its space shrinks), while the other 
    is being written to (and so it needs more and more space).

  There are two concrete classes, Forward_lifo_buffer and Backward_lifo_buffer.
*/

class Lifo_buffer 
{
protected:
  size_t size1;
  size_t size2;

public:
  /**
    write() will put into buffer size1 bytes pointed by write_ptr1. If
    size2!=0, then they will be accompanied by size2 bytes pointed by
    write_ptr2.
  */
  uchar *write_ptr1;
  uchar *write_ptr2;

  /**
    read() will do reading by storing pointers to read data into read_ptr1 or
    into (read_ptr1, read_ptr2), depending on whether the buffer was set to
    store single objects or pairs.
  */
  uchar *read_ptr1;
  uchar *read_ptr2;

protected:
  uchar *start; /**< points to start of buffer space */
  uchar *end;   /**< points to just beyond the end of buffer space */
public:

  enum enum_direction {
    BACKWARD=-1, /**< buffer is filled/read from bigger to smaller memory addresses */
    FORWARD=1  /**< buffer is filled/read from smaller to bigger memory addresses */
  };

  virtual enum_direction type() = 0;

  /* Buffer space control functions */

  /** Let the buffer store data in the given space. */
  void set_buffer_space(uchar *start_arg, uchar *end_arg) 
  {
    start= start_arg;
    end= end_arg;
    if (end != start)
      TRASH_ALLOC(start, size_t(end - start));
    reset();
  }
  
  /** 
    Specify where write() should get the source data from, as well as source
    data size.
  */
  void setup_writing(size_t len1, size_t len2)
  {
    size1= len1;
    size2= len2;
  }

  /** 
    Specify where read() should store pointers to read data, as well as read
    data size. The sizes must match those passed to setup_writing().
  */
  void setup_reading(size_t len1, size_t len2)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(len1 == size1);
    DBUG_ASSERT(len2 == size2);
  }
  
  bool can_write()
  {
    return have_space_for(size1 + size2);
  }
  virtual void write() = 0;

  bool is_empty() { return used_size() == 0; }
  virtual bool read() = 0;
  
  void sort(qsort_cmp2 cmp_func, void *cmp_func_arg)
  {
    size_t elem_size= size1 + size2;
    size_t n_elements= used_size() / elem_size;
    my_qsort2(used_area(), n_elements, elem_size, cmp_func, cmp_func_arg);
  }

  virtual void reset() = 0;
  virtual uchar *end_of_space() = 0;
protected:
  virtual size_t used_size() = 0;
  
  /* To be used only by iterator class: */
  virtual uchar *get_pos()= 0;
  virtual bool read(uchar **position, uchar **ptr1, uchar **ptr2)= 0;
  friend class Lifo_buffer_iterator;
public:
  virtual bool have_space_for(size_t bytes) = 0;

  virtual void remove_unused_space(uchar **unused_start, uchar **unused_end)=0;
  virtual uchar *used_area() = 0; 
  virtual ~Lifo_buffer() = default;
};


/**
  Forward LIFO buffer

  The buffer that is being written to from start to end and read in the
  reverse.  'pos' points to just beyond the end of used space.

  It is possible to grow/shink the buffer at the end bound

     used space      unused space  
   *==============*-----------------*
   ^              ^                 ^
   |              |                 +--- end
   |              +---- pos              
   +--- start           
*/

class Forward_lifo_buffer: public Lifo_buffer
{
  uchar *pos;
public:
  enum_direction type() override { return FORWARD; }
  size_t used_size() override
  {
    return (size_t)(pos - start);
  }
  void reset() override
  {
    pos= start;
  }
  uchar *end_of_space() override { return pos; }
  bool have_space_for(size_t bytes) override
  {
    return (pos + bytes < end);
  }

  void write() override
  {
    write_bytes(write_ptr1, size1);
    if (size2)
      write_bytes(write_ptr2, size2);
  }
  void write_bytes(const uchar *data, size_t bytes)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(have_space_for(bytes));
    memcpy(pos, data, bytes);
    pos += bytes;
  }
  bool have_data(uchar *position, size_t bytes)
  {
    return ((position - start) >= (ptrdiff_t)bytes);
  }
  uchar *read_bytes(uchar **position, size_t bytes)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(have_data(*position, bytes));
    *position= (*position) - bytes;
    return *position;
  }
  bool read() override { return read(&pos, &read_ptr1, &read_ptr2); }
  bool read(uchar **position, uchar **ptr1, uchar **ptr2) override
  {
    if (!have_data(*position, size1 + size2))
      return TRUE;
    if (size2)
      *ptr2= read_bytes(position, size2);
    *ptr1= read_bytes(position, size1);
    return FALSE;
  }
  void remove_unused_space(uchar **unused_start, uchar **unused_end) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0); /* Don't need this yet */
  }
  /**
    Add more space to the buffer. The caller is responsible that the space
    being added is adjacent to the end of the buffer.

    @param unused_start Start of space
    @param unused_end   End of space
  */
  void grow(uchar *unused_start, uchar *unused_end)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(unused_end >= unused_start);
    DBUG_ASSERT(end == unused_start);
    TRASH_ALLOC(unused_start, size_t(unused_end - unused_start));
    end= unused_end;
  }
  /* Return pointer to start of the memory area that is occupied by the data */
  uchar *used_area() override { return start; }
  friend class Lifo_buffer_iterator;
  uchar *get_pos() override { return pos; }
};



/**
  Backward LIFO buffer

  The buffer that is being written to from start to end and read in the
  reverse.  'pos' points to the start of used space.

  It is possible to grow/shink the buffer at the start.

     unused space      used space  
   *--------------*=================*
   ^              ^                 ^
   |              |                 +--- end
   |              +---- pos              
   +--- start           
*/
class Backward_lifo_buffer: public Lifo_buffer
{
  uchar *pos;
public:
  enum_direction type() override { return BACKWARD; }
 
  size_t used_size() override
  {
    return (size_t)(end - pos);
  }
  void reset() override
  {
    pos= end;
  }
  uchar *end_of_space() override { return end; }
  bool have_space_for(size_t bytes) override
  {
    return (pos - bytes >= start);
  }
  void write() override
  {
    if (write_ptr2)
      write_bytes(write_ptr2, size2);
    write_bytes(write_ptr1, size1);
  }
  void write_bytes(const uchar *data, size_t bytes)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(have_space_for(bytes));
    pos -= bytes;
    memcpy(pos, data, bytes);
  }
  bool read() override
  {
    return read(&pos, &read_ptr1, &read_ptr2);
  }
  bool read(uchar **position, uchar **ptr1, uchar **ptr2) override
  {
    if (!have_data(*position, size1 + size2))
      return TRUE;
    *ptr1= read_bytes(position, size1);
    if (size2)
      *ptr2= read_bytes(position, size2);
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool have_data(uchar *position, size_t bytes)
  {
    return ((end - position) >= (ptrdiff_t)bytes);
  }
  uchar *read_bytes(uchar **position, size_t bytes)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(have_data(*position, bytes));
    uchar *ret= *position;
    *position= *position + bytes;
    return ret;
  }
  /**
    Stop using/return the unused part of the space
    @param unused_start  OUT Start of the unused space
    @param unused_end    OUT End of the unused space
  */
  void remove_unused_space(uchar **unused_start, uchar **unused_end) override
  {
    *unused_start= start;
    *unused_end= pos;
    start= pos;
  }
  void grow(uchar *unused_start, uchar *unused_end)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0); /* Not used for backward buffers */
  }
  /* Return pointer to start of the memory area that is occupied by the data */
  uchar *used_area() override { return pos; }
  friend class Lifo_buffer_iterator;
  uchar *get_pos() override { return pos; }
};


/** Iterator to walk over contents of the buffer without reading from it */
class Lifo_buffer_iterator
{
  uchar *pos;
  Lifo_buffer *buf;
  
public:
  /* The data is read to here */
  uchar *read_ptr1;
  uchar *read_ptr2;

  void init(Lifo_buffer *buf_arg)
  {
    buf= buf_arg;
    pos= buf->get_pos();
  }
  /*
    Read the next value. The calling convention is the same as buf->read()
    has.

    @retval FALSE - ok
    @retval TRUE  - EOF, reached the end of the buffer
  */
  bool read() 
  {
    return buf->read(&pos, &read_ptr1, &read_ptr2);
  }
};


/*
   Copyright (c) 2011, 2012, Monty Program Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/*
  Extract properties of a windows service binary path
*/
#pragma once

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <windows.h>
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning(push)
#pragma warning(disable : 4995)
#endif
#include <winsvc.h>
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning(pop)
#endif

typedef struct mysqld_service_properties_st
{
  char mysqld_exe[MAX_PATH];
  char inifile[MAX_PATH];
  char datadir[MAX_PATH];
  int  version_major;
  int  version_minor;
  int  version_patch;
} mysqld_service_properties;

extern int get_mysql_service_properties(const wchar_t *bin_path,
  mysqld_service_properties *props);


#if !defined(UNICODE)
/*
  The following wrappers workaround Windows bugs
  with CreateService/OpenService with ANSI codepage UTF8.

  Apparently, these function in ANSI mode, for this codepage only
  do *not* behave as expected (as-if string parameters were
  converted to UTF16 and "wide" function were called)
*/
#include <malloc.h>
static inline wchar_t* awstrdup(const char *str)
{
  if (!str)
    return NULL;
  size_t len= strlen(str) + 1;
  wchar_t *wstr= (wchar_t *) malloc(sizeof(wchar_t)*len);
  if (MultiByteToWideChar(GetACP(), 0, str, (int)len, wstr, (int)len) == 0)
  {
    free(wstr);
    return NULL;
  }
  return wstr;
}

#define AWSTRDUP(dest, src)                                                   \
  dest= awstrdup(src);                                                        \
  if (src && !dest)                                                           \
  {                                                                           \
    ok= FALSE;                                                                \
    last_error = ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY;                                           \
    goto end;                                                                 \
  }

static inline SC_HANDLE my_OpenService(SC_HANDLE hSCManager, LPCSTR lpServiceName, DWORD dwDesiredAccess)
{
  wchar_t *w_ServiceName= NULL;
  BOOL ok=TRUE;
  DWORD last_error=0;
  SC_HANDLE sch=NULL;

  AWSTRDUP(w_ServiceName, lpServiceName);
  sch= OpenServiceW(hSCManager, w_ServiceName, dwDesiredAccess);
  if (!sch)
  {
    ok= FALSE;
    last_error= GetLastError();
  }

end:
  free(w_ServiceName);
  if (!ok)
    SetLastError(last_error);
  return sch;
}

static inline SC_HANDLE my_CreateService(SC_HANDLE hSCManager,
  LPCSTR lpServiceName, LPCSTR lpDisplayName,
  DWORD dwDesiredAccess,  DWORD dwServiceType,
  DWORD dwStartType, DWORD dwErrorControl,
  LPCSTR lpBinaryPathName, LPCSTR lpLoadOrderGroup,
  LPDWORD lpdwTagId, LPCSTR lpDependencies,
  LPCSTR lpServiceStartName, LPCSTR lpPassword)
{
  wchar_t *w_ServiceName= NULL;
  wchar_t *w_DisplayName= NULL;
  wchar_t *w_BinaryPathName= NULL;
  wchar_t *w_LoadOrderGroup= NULL;
  wchar_t *w_Dependencies= NULL;
  wchar_t *w_ServiceStartName= NULL;
  wchar_t *w_Password= NULL;
  SC_HANDLE sch = NULL;
  DWORD last_error=0;
  BOOL ok= TRUE;

  AWSTRDUP(w_ServiceName,lpServiceName);
  AWSTRDUP(w_DisplayName,lpDisplayName);
  AWSTRDUP(w_BinaryPathName, lpBinaryPathName);
  AWSTRDUP(w_LoadOrderGroup, lpLoadOrderGroup);
  AWSTRDUP(w_Dependencies, lpDependencies);
  AWSTRDUP(w_ServiceStartName, lpServiceStartName);
  AWSTRDUP(w_Password, lpPassword);

  sch= CreateServiceW(
      hSCManager, w_ServiceName, w_DisplayName, dwDesiredAccess, dwServiceType,
      dwStartType, dwErrorControl, w_BinaryPathName, w_LoadOrderGroup,
      lpdwTagId, w_Dependencies, w_ServiceStartName, w_Password);
  if(!sch)
  {
    ok= FALSE;
    last_error= GetLastError();
  }

end:
  free(w_ServiceName);
  free(w_DisplayName);
  free(w_BinaryPathName);
  free(w_LoadOrderGroup);
  free(w_Dependencies);
  free(w_ServiceStartName);
  free(w_Password);

  if (!ok)
    SetLastError(last_error);
  return sch;
}

static inline BOOL my_ChangeServiceConfig(SC_HANDLE hService, DWORD dwServiceType,
   DWORD dwStartType, DWORD dwErrorControl,
   LPCSTR lpBinaryPathName, LPCSTR lpLoadOrderGroup,
   LPDWORD lpdwTagId, LPCSTR lpDependencies,
   LPCSTR lpServiceStartName, LPCSTR lpPassword,
   LPCSTR lpDisplayName)
{
  wchar_t *w_DisplayName= NULL;
  wchar_t *w_BinaryPathName= NULL;
  wchar_t *w_LoadOrderGroup= NULL;
  wchar_t *w_Dependencies= NULL;
  wchar_t *w_ServiceStartName= NULL;
  wchar_t *w_Password= NULL;
  DWORD last_error=0;
  BOOL ok= TRUE;

  AWSTRDUP(w_DisplayName, lpDisplayName);
  AWSTRDUP(w_BinaryPathName, lpBinaryPathName);
  AWSTRDUP(w_LoadOrderGroup, lpLoadOrderGroup);
  AWSTRDUP(w_Dependencies, lpDependencies);
  AWSTRDUP(w_ServiceStartName, lpServiceStartName);
  AWSTRDUP(w_Password, lpPassword);

  ok= ChangeServiceConfigW(
      hService, dwServiceType, dwStartType, dwErrorControl, w_BinaryPathName,
      w_LoadOrderGroup, lpdwTagId, w_Dependencies, w_ServiceStartName,
      w_Password, w_DisplayName);
  if (!ok)
  {
    last_error= GetLastError();
  }

end:
  free(w_DisplayName);
  free(w_BinaryPathName);
  free(w_LoadOrderGroup);
  free(w_Dependencies);
  free(w_ServiceStartName);
  free(w_Password);

  if (last_error)
    SetLastError(last_error);
  return ok;
}
#undef AWSTRDUP

#undef OpenService
#define OpenService my_OpenService
#undef ChangeServiceConfig
#define ChangeServiceConfig my_ChangeServiceConfig
#undef CreateService
#define CreateService my_CreateService
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#ifndef TABLE_INCLUDED
#define TABLE_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2017, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2022, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#include "sql_plist.h"
#include "sql_list.h"                           /* Sql_alloc */
#include "mdl.h"
#include "datadict.h"
#include "sql_string.h"                         /* String */
#include "lex_string.h"
#include "lex_ident.h"

#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT

#include "my_cpu.h"                             /* LF_BACKOFF() */
#include "hash.h"                               /* HASH */
#include "handler.h"                /* row_type, ha_choice, handler */
#include "mysql_com.h"              /* enum_field_types */
#include "thr_lock.h"                  /* thr_lock_type */
#include "filesort_utils.h"
#include "parse_file.h"
#include "sql_i_s.h"
#include "sql_type.h"               /* vers_kind_t */
#include "privilege.h"              /* privilege_t */
#include "my_bit.h"

/*
  Buffer for unix timestamp in microseconds:
  9,223,372,036,854,775,807 (signed int64 maximal value)
  1 234 567 890 123 456 789

  Note: we can use unsigned for calculation, but practically they
  are the same by probability to overflow them (signed int64 in
  microseconds is enough for almost 3e5 years) and signed allow to
  avoid increasing the buffer (the old buffer for human readable
  date was 19+1).
*/
#define MICROSECOND_TIMESTAMP_BUFFER_SIZE (19 + 1)

/* Structs that defines the TABLE */

class Item;				/* Needed by ORDER */
typedef Item (*Item_ptr);
class Item_subselect;
class Item_field;
class Item_func_hash;
class GRANT_TABLE;
class st_select_lex_unit;
class st_select_lex;
class partition_info;
class COND_EQUAL;
class Security_context;
struct TABLE_LIST;
class ACL_internal_schema_access;
class ACL_internal_table_access;
class Field;
class Copy_field;
class Table_statistics;
class With_element;
struct TDC_element;
class Virtual_column_info;
class Table_triggers_list;
class TMP_TABLE_PARAM;
class SEQUENCE;
class Range_rowid_filter_cost_info;
class derived_handler;
class Pushdown_derived;
struct Name_resolution_context;
class Table_function_json_table;
class Open_table_context;
class MYSQL_LOG;

/*
  Used to identify NESTED_JOIN structures within a join (applicable only to
  structures that have not been simplified away and embed more the one
  element)
*/
typedef ulonglong nested_join_map;

#define VIEW_MD5_LEN 32


#define tmp_file_prefix "#sql"			/**< Prefix for tmp tables */
#define tmp_file_prefix_length 4
#define TMP_TABLE_KEY_EXTRA 8
#define ROCKSDB_DIRECTORY_NAME "#rocksdb"

/**
  Enumerate possible types of a table from re-execution
  standpoint.
  TABLE_LIST class has a member of this type.
  At prepared statement prepare, this member is assigned a value
  as of the current state of the database. Before (re-)execution
  of a prepared statement, we check that the value recorded at
  prepare matches the type of the object we obtained from the
  table definition cache.

  @sa check_and_update_table_version()
  @sa Execute_observer
  @sa Prepared_statement::reprepare()
*/

enum enum_table_ref_type
{
  /** Initial value set by the parser */
  TABLE_REF_NULL= 0,
  TABLE_REF_VIEW,
  TABLE_REF_BASE_TABLE,
  TABLE_REF_I_S_TABLE,
  TABLE_REF_TMP_TABLE
};


/*************************************************************************/

/**
 Object_creation_ctx -- interface for creation context of database objects
 (views, stored routines, events, triggers). Creation context -- is a set
 of attributes, that should be fixed at the creation time and then be used
 each time the object is parsed or executed.
*/

class Object_creation_ctx
{
public:
  Object_creation_ctx *set_n_backup(THD *thd);

  void restore_env(THD *thd, Object_creation_ctx *backup_ctx);

protected:
  Object_creation_ctx() = default;
  virtual Object_creation_ctx *create_backup_ctx(THD *thd) const = 0;

  virtual void change_env(THD *thd) const = 0;

public:
  virtual ~Object_creation_ctx() = default;
};

/*************************************************************************/

/**
 Default_object_creation_ctx -- default implementation of
 Object_creation_ctx.
*/

class Default_object_creation_ctx : public Object_creation_ctx
{
public:
  CHARSET_INFO *get_client_cs()
  {
    return m_client_cs;
  }

  CHARSET_INFO *get_connection_cl()
  {
    return m_connection_cl;
  }

protected:
  Default_object_creation_ctx(THD *thd);

  Default_object_creation_ctx(CHARSET_INFO *client_cs,
                              CHARSET_INFO *connection_cl);

protected:
  Object_creation_ctx *create_backup_ctx(THD *thd) const override;

  void change_env(THD *thd) const override;

protected:
  /**
    client_cs stores the value of character_set_client session variable.
    The only character set attribute is used.

    Client character set is included into query context, because we save
    query in the original character set, which is client character set. So,
    in order to parse the query properly we have to switch client character
    set on parsing.
  */
  CHARSET_INFO *m_client_cs;

  /**
    connection_cl stores the value of collation_connection session
    variable. Both character set and collation attributes are used.

    Connection collation is included into query context, becase it defines
    the character set and collation of text literals in internal
    representation of query (item-objects).
  */
  CHARSET_INFO *m_connection_cl;
};

class Query_arena;

/*************************************************************************/

/**
 View_creation_ctx -- creation context of view objects.
*/

class View_creation_ctx : public Default_object_creation_ctx,
                          public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  static View_creation_ctx *create(THD *thd);

  static View_creation_ctx *create(THD *thd,
                                   TABLE_LIST *view);

private:
  View_creation_ctx(THD *thd)
    : Default_object_creation_ctx(thd)
  { }
};

/*************************************************************************/

/* Order clause list element */

typedef int (*fast_field_copier)(Field *to, Field *from);


typedef struct st_order {
  struct st_order *next;
  Item	 **item;			/* Point at item in select fields */
  Item	 *item_ptr;			/* Storage for initial item */
  /*
    Reference to the function we are trying to optimize copy to
    a temporary table
  */
  fast_field_copier fast_field_copier_func;
  /* Field for which above optimizer function setup */
  Field  *fast_field_copier_setup;
  int    counter;                       /* position in SELECT list, correct
                                           only if counter_used is true*/
  enum enum_order {
    ORDER_NOT_RELEVANT,
    ORDER_ASC,
    ORDER_DESC
  };

  enum_order direction;                 /* Requested direction of ordering */
  bool	 in_field_list;			/* true if in select field list */
  bool   counter_used;                  /* parameter was counter of columns */
  Field  *field;			/* If tmp-table group */
  char	 *buff;				/* If tmp-table group */
  table_map used; /* NOTE: the below is only set to 0 but is still used by eq_ref_table */
  table_map depend_map;
} ORDER;

/**
  State information for internal tables grants.
  This structure is part of the TABLE_LIST, and is updated
  during the ACL check process.
  @sa GRANT_INFO
*/
struct st_grant_internal_info
{
  /** True if the internal lookup by schema name was done. */
  bool m_schema_lookup_done;
  /** Cached internal schema access. */
  const ACL_internal_schema_access *m_schema_access;
  /** True if the internal lookup by table name was done. */
  bool m_table_lookup_done;
  /** Cached internal table access. */
  const ACL_internal_table_access *m_table_access;
};
typedef struct st_grant_internal_info GRANT_INTERNAL_INFO;

/**
   @brief The current state of the privilege checking process for the current
   user, SQL statement and SQL object.

   @details The privilege checking process is divided into phases depending on
   the level of the privilege to be checked and the type of object to be
   accessed. Due to the mentioned scattering of privilege checking
   functionality, it is necessary to keep track of the state of the
   process. This information is stored in privilege, want_privilege, and
   orig_want_privilege.

   A GRANT_INFO also serves as a cache of the privilege hash tables. Relevant
   members are grant_table and version.
 */
typedef struct st_grant_info
{
  /**
     @brief A copy of the privilege information regarding the current host,
     database, object and user.

     @details The version of this copy is found in GRANT_INFO::version.
   */
  GRANT_TABLE *grant_table_user;
  GRANT_TABLE *grant_table_role;
  GRANT_TABLE *grant_public;
  /**
     @brief Used for cache invalidation when caching privilege information.

     @details The privilege information is stored on disk, with dedicated
     caches residing in memory: table-level and column-level privileges,
     respectively, have their own dedicated caches.

     The GRANT_INFO works as a level 1 cache with this member updated to the
     current value of the global variable @c grant_version (@c static variable
     in sql_acl.cc). It is updated Whenever the GRANT_INFO is refreshed from
     the level 2 cache. The level 2 cache is the @c column_priv_hash structure
     (@c static variable in sql_acl.cc)

     @see grant_version
   */
  uint version;
  /**
     @brief The set of privileges that the current user has fulfilled for a
     certain host, database, and object.
     
     @details This field is continually updated throughout the access checking
     process. In each step the "wanted privilege" is checked against the
     fulfilled privileges. When/if the intersection of these sets is empty,
     access is granted.

     The set is implemented as a bitmap, with the bits defined in sql_acl.h.
   */
  privilege_t privilege;
  /**
     @brief the set of privileges that the current user needs to fulfil in
     order to carry out the requested operation.
   */
  privilege_t want_privilege;
  /**
    Stores the requested access acl of top level tables list. Is used to
    check access rights to the underlying tables of a view.
  */
  privilege_t orig_want_privilege;
  /** The grant state for internal tables. */
  GRANT_INTERNAL_INFO m_internal;

  st_grant_info()
   :privilege(NO_ACL),
    want_privilege(NO_ACL),
    orig_want_privilege(NO_ACL)
  { }

  void read(const Security_context *sctx, const char *db,
            const char *table);

  inline void refresh(const Security_context *sctx, const char *db,
                     const char *table);
  inline privilege_t aggregate_privs();
  inline privilege_t aggregate_cols();

  /* OR table and all column privileges */
  privilege_t all_privilege();
} GRANT_INFO;

enum tmp_table_type
{
  NO_TMP_TABLE= 0, NON_TRANSACTIONAL_TMP_TABLE, TRANSACTIONAL_TMP_TABLE,
  INTERNAL_TMP_TABLE, SYSTEM_TMP_TABLE
};
enum release_type { RELEASE_NORMAL, RELEASE_WAIT_FOR_DROP };


enum vcol_init_mode
{
  VCOL_INIT_DEPENDENCY_FAILURE_IS_WARNING= 1,
  VCOL_INIT_DEPENDENCY_FAILURE_IS_ERROR= 2
  /*
    There may be new flags here.
    e.g. to automatically remove sql_mode dependency:
      GENERATED ALWAYS AS (char_col) ->
      GENERATED ALWAYS AS (RTRIM(char_col))
  */
};


enum enum_vcol_update_mode
{
  VCOL_UPDATE_FOR_READ= 0,
  VCOL_UPDATE_FOR_WRITE,
  VCOL_UPDATE_FOR_DELETE,
  VCOL_UPDATE_INDEXED,
  VCOL_UPDATE_INDEXED_FOR_UPDATE,
  VCOL_UPDATE_FOR_REPLACE
};

/* Field visibility enums */

enum __attribute__((packed)) field_visibility_t {
  VISIBLE= 0,
  INVISIBLE_USER,
  /* automatically added by the server. Can be queried explicitly
  in SELECT, otherwise invisible from anything" */
  INVISIBLE_SYSTEM,
  INVISIBLE_FULL
};

#define INVISIBLE_MAX_BITS              3
#define HA_HASH_FIELD_LENGTH            8
#define HA_HASH_KEY_LENGTH_WITHOUT_NULL 8
#define HA_HASH_KEY_LENGTH_WITH_NULL    9


int fields_in_hash_keyinfo(KEY *keyinfo);

void setup_keyinfo_hash(KEY *key_info);

void re_setup_keyinfo_hash(KEY *key_info);

/**
  Category of table found in the table share.
*/
enum enum_table_category
{
  /**
    Unknown value.
  */
  TABLE_UNKNOWN_CATEGORY=0,

  /**
    Temporary table.
    The table is visible only in the session.
    Therefore,
    - FLUSH TABLES WITH READ LOCK
    - SET GLOBAL READ_ONLY = ON
    do not apply to this table.
    Note that LOCK TABLE t FOR READ/WRITE
    can be used on temporary tables.
    Temporary tables are not part of the table cache.
  */
  TABLE_CATEGORY_TEMPORARY=1,

  /**
    User table.
    These tables do honor:
    - LOCK TABLE t FOR READ/WRITE
    - FLUSH TABLES WITH READ LOCK
    - SET GLOBAL READ_ONLY = ON
    User tables are cached in the table cache.
  */
  TABLE_CATEGORY_USER=2,

  /**
    System table, maintained by the server.
    These tables do honor:
    - LOCK TABLE t FOR READ/WRITE
    - FLUSH TABLES WITH READ LOCK
    - SET GLOBAL READ_ONLY = ON
    Typically, writes to system tables are performed by
    the server implementation, not explicitly be a user.
    System tables are cached in the table cache.
  */
  TABLE_CATEGORY_SYSTEM=3,

  /**
    Log tables.
    These tables are an interface provided by the system
    to inspect the system logs.
    These tables do *not* honor:
    - LOCK TABLE t FOR READ/WRITE
    - FLUSH TABLES WITH READ LOCK
    - SET GLOBAL READ_ONLY = ON
    as there is no point in locking explicitly
    a LOG table.
    An example of LOG tables are:
    - mysql.slow_log
    - mysql.general_log,
    which *are* updated even when there is either
    a GLOBAL READ LOCK or a GLOBAL READ_ONLY in effect.
    User queries do not write directly to these tables
    (there are exceptions for log tables).
    The server implementation perform writes.
    Log tables are cached in the table cache.
  */
  TABLE_CATEGORY_LOG=4,

  /*
    Types below are read only tables, not affected by FLUSH TABLES or
    MDL locks.
  */
  /**
    Information schema tables.
    These tables are an interface provided by the system
    to inspect the system metadata.
    These tables do *not* honor:
    - LOCK TABLE t FOR READ/WRITE
    - FLUSH TABLES WITH READ LOCK
    - SET GLOBAL READ_ONLY = ON
    as there is no point in locking explicitly
    an INFORMATION_SCHEMA table.
    Nothing is directly written to information schema tables.
    Note that this value is not used currently,
    since information schema tables are not shared,
    but implemented as session specific temporary tables.
  */
  /*
    TODO: Fixing the performance issues of I_S will lead
    to I_S tables in the table cache, which should use
    this table type.
  */
  TABLE_CATEGORY_INFORMATION=5,

  /**
    Performance schema tables.
    These tables are an interface provided by the system
    to inspect the system performance data.
    These tables do *not* honor:
    - LOCK TABLE t FOR READ/WRITE
    - FLUSH TABLES WITH READ LOCK
    - SET GLOBAL READ_ONLY = ON
    as there is no point in locking explicitly
    a PERFORMANCE_SCHEMA table.
    An example of PERFORMANCE_SCHEMA tables are:
    - performance_schema.*
    which *are* updated (but not using the handler interface)
    even when there is either
    a GLOBAL READ LOCK or a GLOBAL READ_ONLY in effect.
    User queries do not write directly to these tables
    (there are exceptions for SETUP_* tables).
    The server implementation perform writes.
    Performance tables are cached in the table cache.
  */
  TABLE_CATEGORY_PERFORMANCE=6
};

typedef enum enum_table_category TABLE_CATEGORY;

TABLE_CATEGORY get_table_category(const Lex_ident_db &db,
                                  const Lex_ident_table &name);


typedef struct st_table_field_type
{
  LEX_CSTRING name;
  LEX_CSTRING type;
  LEX_CSTRING cset;
} TABLE_FIELD_TYPE;


typedef struct st_table_field_def
{
  uint count;
  const TABLE_FIELD_TYPE *field;
  uint primary_key_parts;
  const uint *primary_key_columns;
} TABLE_FIELD_DEF;


class Table_check_intact
{
protected:
  bool has_keys;
  virtual void report_error(uint code, const char *fmt, ...)= 0;

public:
  Table_check_intact(bool keys= false) : has_keys(keys) {}
  virtual ~Table_check_intact() = default;

  /** Checks whether a table is intact. */
  bool check(TABLE *table, const TABLE_FIELD_DEF *table_def);
};


/*
  If the table isn't valid, report the error to the server log only.
*/
class Table_check_intact_log_error : public Table_check_intact
{
protected:
  void report_error(uint, const char *fmt, ...) override;
public:
  Table_check_intact_log_error() : Table_check_intact(true) {}
};


/**
  Class representing the fact that some thread waits for table
  share to be flushed. Is used to represent information about
  such waits in MDL deadlock detector.
*/

class Wait_for_flush : public MDL_wait_for_subgraph
{
  MDL_context *m_ctx;
  TABLE_SHARE *m_share;
  uint m_deadlock_weight;
public:
  Wait_for_flush(MDL_context *ctx_arg, TABLE_SHARE *share_arg,
               uint deadlock_weight_arg)
    : m_ctx(ctx_arg), m_share(share_arg),
      m_deadlock_weight(deadlock_weight_arg)
  {}

  MDL_context *get_ctx() const { return m_ctx; }

  bool accept_visitor(MDL_wait_for_graph_visitor *dvisitor) override;

  uint get_deadlock_weight() const override;

  /**
    Pointers for participating in the list of waiters for table share.
  */
  Wait_for_flush *next_in_share;
  Wait_for_flush **prev_in_share;
};


typedef I_P_List <Wait_for_flush,
                  I_P_List_adapter<Wait_for_flush,
                                   &Wait_for_flush::next_in_share,
                                   &Wait_for_flush::prev_in_share> >
                 Wait_for_flush_list;


enum open_frm_error {
  OPEN_FRM_OK = 0,
  OPEN_FRM_OPEN_ERROR,
  OPEN_FRM_READ_ERROR,
  OPEN_FRM_CORRUPTED,
  OPEN_FRM_DISCOVER,
  OPEN_FRM_ERROR_ALREADY_ISSUED,
  OPEN_FRM_NOT_A_VIEW,
  OPEN_FRM_NOT_A_TABLE,
  OPEN_FRM_NEEDS_REBUILD
};

/**
  Control block to access table statistics loaded 
  from persistent statistical tables
*/


#define TABLE_STAT_NO_STATS    0
#define TABLE_STAT_TABLE       1
#define TABLE_STAT_COLUMN      2
#define TABLE_STAT_INDEX       4
#define TABLE_STAT_HISTOGRAM   8

/*
  EITS statistics information for a table.

  This data is loaded from mysql.{table|index|column}_stats tables and
  then most of the time is owned by table's TABLE_SHARE object.

  Individual TABLE objects also have pointer to this object, and we do
  reference counting to know when to free it. See
  TABLE::update_engine_stats(), TABLE::free_engine_stats(),
  TABLE_SHARE::update_engine_stats(), TABLE_SHARE::destroy().
  These implement a "shared pointer"-like functionality.

  When new statistics is loaded, we create new TABLE_STATISTICS_CB and make
  the TABLE_SHARE point to it. Some TABLE object may still be using older
  TABLE_STATISTICS_CB objects.  Reference counting allows to free
  TABLE_STATISTICS_CB when it is no longer used.
*/

class TABLE_STATISTICS_CB
{
  uint usage_count;                             // Instances of this stat

public:
  TABLE_STATISTICS_CB();
  ~TABLE_STATISTICS_CB();
  MEM_ROOT  mem_root; /* MEM_ROOT to allocate statistical data for the table */
  Table_statistics *table_stats; /* Structure to access the statistical data */
  uint  stats_available;
  bool  histograms_exists_on_disk;

  bool histograms_exists() const
  {
    return histograms_exists_on_disk;
  }
  bool unused()
  {
    return usage_count == 0;
  }
  /* Copy (latest) state from TABLE_SHARE to TABLE */
  void update_stats_in_table(TABLE *table);
  friend struct TABLE;
  friend struct TABLE_SHARE;
};

/**
  This structure is shared between different table objects. There is one
  instance of table share per one table in the database.
*/

struct TABLE_SHARE
{
  TABLE_SHARE() = default;                    /* Remove gcc warning */

  /** Category of this table. */
  TABLE_CATEGORY table_category;

  /* hash of field names (contains pointers to elements of field array) */
  HASH	name_hash;			/* hash of field names */
  MEM_ROOT mem_root;
  TYPELIB keynames;			/* Pointers to keynames */
  TYPELIB fieldnames;			/* Pointer to fieldnames */
  TYPELIB *intervals;			/* pointer to interval info */
  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_ha_data;           /* To protect access to ha_data */
  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_share;             /* To protect TABLE_SHARE */
  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_statistics;        /* To protect against concurrent load */

  TDC_element *tdc;

  LEX_CUSTRING tabledef_version;

  engine_option_value *option_list;     /* text options for table */
  ha_table_option_struct *option_struct; /* structure with parsed options */

  /* The following is copied to each TABLE on OPEN */
  Field **field;
  Field **found_next_number_field;
  KEY  *key_info;			/* data of keys in database */
  Virtual_column_info **check_constraints;
  uint	*blob_field;			/* Index to blobs in Field arrray*/
  LEX_CUSTRING vcol_defs;              /* definitions of generated columns */

  /*
    EITS statistics data from the last time the table was opened or ANALYZE
    table was run.
    This is typically same as any related TABLE::stats_cb until ANALYZE
    table is run.
    This pointer is only to be de-referenced under LOCK_share as the
    pointer can change by another thread running ANALYZE TABLE.
    Without using a LOCK_share one can check if the statistics has been
    updated by checking if TABLE::stats_cb != TABLE_SHARE::stats_cb.
  */
  TABLE_STATISTICS_CB *stats_cb;

  uchar	*default_values;		/* row with default values */
  LEX_CSTRING comment;			/* Comment about table */
  CHARSET_INFO *table_charset;		/* Default charset of string fields */

  MY_BITMAP *check_set;                 /* Fields used by check constrant */
  MY_BITMAP all_set;
  /*
    Key which is used for looking-up table in table cache and in the list
    of thread's temporary tables. Has the form of:
      "database_name\0table_name\0" + optional part for temporary tables.

    Note that all three 'table_cache_key', 'db' and 'table_name' members
    must be set (and be non-zero) for tables in table cache. They also
    should correspond to each other.
    To ensure this one can use set_table_cache() methods.
  */
  LEX_CSTRING table_cache_key;
  LEX_CSTRING db;                        /* Pointer to db */
  LEX_CSTRING table_name;                /* Table name (for open) */
  LEX_CSTRING path;                	/* Path to .frm file (from datadir) */
  LEX_CSTRING normalized_path;		/* unpack_filename(path) */
  LEX_CSTRING connect_string;

  /* 
     Set of keys in use, implemented as a Bitmap.
     Excludes keys disabled by ALTER TABLE ... DISABLE KEYS.
  */
  key_map keys_in_use;

  /* The set of ignored indexes for a table. */
  key_map ignored_indexes;

  key_map keys_for_keyread;
  ha_rows min_rows, max_rows;		/* create information */
  ulong   avg_row_length;		/* create information */
  ulong   mysql_version;		/* 0 if .frm is created before 5.0 */
  ulong   reclength;			/* Recordlength */
  /* Stored record length. No generated-only virtual fields are included */
  ulong   stored_rec_length;            

  plugin_ref db_plugin;			/* storage engine plugin */
  inline handlerton *db_type() const	/* table_type for handler */
  { 
    return is_view   ? view_pseudo_hton :
           db_plugin ? plugin_hton(db_plugin) : NULL;
  }
  OPTIMIZER_COSTS optimizer_costs;      /* Copy of get_optimizer_costs() */
  enum row_type row_type;		/* How rows are stored */
  enum Table_type table_type;
  enum tmp_table_type tmp_table;

  /** Transactional or not. */
  enum ha_choice transactional;
  /** Per-page checksums or not. */
  enum ha_choice page_checksum;

  uint key_block_size;			/* create key_block_size, if used */
  uint stats_sample_pages;		/* number of pages to sample during
					stats estimation, if used, otherwise 0. */
  enum_stats_auto_recalc stats_auto_recalc; /* Automatic recalc of stats. */
  uint null_bytes, last_null_bit_pos;
  /*
    Same as null_bytes, except that if there is only a 'delete-marker' in
    the record then this value is 0.
  */
  uint null_bytes_for_compare;
  uint fields;                          /* number of fields */
  /* number of stored fields, purely virtual not included */
  uint stored_fields;
  uint virtual_fields;                  /* number of purely virtual fields */
  /* number of purely virtual not stored blobs */
  uint virtual_not_stored_blob_fields;
  uint null_fields;                     /* number of null fields */
  uint blob_fields;                     /* number of blob fields */
  uint varchar_fields;                  /* number of varchar fields */
  uint default_fields;                  /* number of default fields */
  uint visible_fields;                  /* number of visible fields */

  uint default_expressions;
  uint table_check_constraints, field_check_constraints;

  uint rec_buff_length;                 /* Size of table->record[] buffer */
  uint keys, key_parts;
  uint ext_key_parts;       /* Total number of key parts in extended keys */
  uint max_key_length, max_unique_length;

  /*
    Older versions had TABLE_SHARE::uniques but now it is replaced with
    per-index HA_UNIQUE_HASH flag
  */
  bool have_unique_constraint() const
  {
    for (uint i=0; i < keys; i++)
      if (key_info[i].flags & HA_UNIQUE_HASH)
        return true;
    return false;
  }
  uint db_create_options;		/* Create options from database */
  uint db_options_in_use;		/* Options in use */
  uint db_record_offset;		/* if HA_REC_IN_SEQ */
  uint rowid_field_offset;		/* Field_nr +1 to rowid field */
  /* Primary key index number, used in TABLE::key_info[] */
  uint primary_key;                     
  uint next_number_index;               /* autoincrement key number */
  uint next_number_key_offset;          /* autoinc keypart offset in a key */
  uint next_number_keypart;             /* autoinc keypart number in a key */
  enum open_frm_error error;            /* error from open_table_def() */
  uint open_errno;                      /* error from open_table_def() */
  uint column_bitmap_size;
  uchar frm_version;

  enum enum_v_keys { NOT_INITIALIZED=0, NO_V_KEYS, V_KEYS };
  enum_v_keys check_set_initialized;

  bool use_ext_keys;                    /* Extended keys can be used */
  bool null_field_first;
  bool system;                          /* Set if system table (one record) */
  bool not_usable_by_query_cache;
  bool online_backup;                   /* Set if on-line backup supported */
  /*
    This is used by log tables, for tables that have their own internal
    binary logging or for tables that doesn't support statement or row logging
   */
  bool no_replicate;
  bool crashed;
  bool is_view;
  bool can_cmp_whole_record;
  /* This is set for temporary tables where CREATE was binary logged */
  bool table_creation_was_logged;
  bool non_determinstic_insert;
  bool has_update_default_function;
  bool can_do_row_logging;              /* 1 if table supports RBR */
  bool long_unique_table;
  /* 1 if frm version cannot be updated as part of upgrade */
  bool keep_original_mysql_version;
  bool optimizer_costs_inited;

  ulonglong table_map_id;               /* for row-based replication */

  /*
    Things that are incompatible between the stored version and the
    current version. This is a set of HA_CREATE... bits that can be used
    to modify create_info->used_fields for ALTER TABLE.
  */
  ulong incompatible_version;

  /**
    For shares representing views File_parser object with view
    definition read from .FRM file.
  */
  const File_parser *view_def;

  /* For sequence tables, the current sequence state */
  SEQUENCE *sequence;

#ifdef WITH_PARTITION_STORAGE_ENGINE
  /* filled in when reading from frm */
  bool auto_partitioned;
  char *partition_info_str;
  uint  partition_info_str_len;
  uint  partition_info_buffer_size;
  plugin_ref default_part_plugin;
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  Cache_flip_event_log *online_alter_binlog;
#endif

  /**
    System versioning and application-time periods support.
  */
  struct period_info_t
  {
    field_index_t start_fieldno;
    field_index_t end_fieldno;
    Lex_ident name;
    Lex_ident constr_name;
    uint unique_keys;
    Field *start_field(TABLE_SHARE *s) const
    {
      return s->field[start_fieldno];
    }
    Field *end_field(TABLE_SHARE *s) const
    {
      return s->field[end_fieldno];
    }
  };

  vers_kind_t versioned;
  period_info_t vers;
  period_info_t period;
  /*
      Protect multiple threads from repeating partition auto-create over
      single share.

      TODO: remove it when partitioning metadata will be in TABLE_SHARE.
  */
  bool          vers_skip_auto_create;

  bool init_period_from_extra2(period_info_t *period, const uchar *data,
                               const uchar *end);

  Field *vers_start_field()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(versioned);
    return field[vers.start_fieldno];
  }

  Field *vers_end_field()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(versioned);
    return field[vers.end_fieldno];
  }

  Field *period_start_field() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(period.name);
    return field[period.start_fieldno];
  }

  Field *period_end_field() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(period.name);
    return field[period.end_fieldno];
  }

  /**
    Cache the checked structure of this table.

    The pointer data is used to describe the structure that
    a instance of the table must have. Each element of the
    array specifies a field that must exist on the table.

    The pointer is cached in order to perform the check only
    once -- when the table is loaded from the disk.
  */
  const TABLE_FIELD_DEF *table_field_def_cache;

  /** Main handler's share */
  Handler_share *ha_share;

  /** Instrumentation for this table share. */
  PSI_table_share *m_psi;

  inline void reset() { bzero((void*)this, sizeof(*this)); }

  /*
    Set share's table cache key and update its db and table name appropriately.

    SYNOPSIS
      set_table_cache_key()
        key_buff    Buffer with already built table cache key to be
                    referenced from share.
        key_length  Key length.

    NOTES
      Since 'key_buff' buffer will be referenced from share it should has same
      life-time as share itself.
      This method automatically ensures that TABLE_SHARE::table_name/db have
      appropriate values by using table cache key as their source.
  */

  void set_table_cache_key(char *key_buff, uint key_length)
  {
    table_cache_key.str= key_buff;
    table_cache_key.length= key_length;
    /*
      Let us use the fact that the key is "db/0/table_name/0" + optional
      part for temporary tables.
    */
    db.str=            table_cache_key.str;
    db.length=         strlen(db.str);
    table_name.str=    db.str + db.length + 1;
    table_name.length= strlen(table_name.str);
  }


  /*
    Set share's table cache key and update its db and table name appropriately.

    SYNOPSIS
      set_table_cache_key()
        key_buff    Buffer to be used as storage for table cache key
                    (should be at least key_length bytes).
        key         Value for table cache key.
        key_length  Key length.

    NOTE
      Since 'key_buff' buffer will be used as storage for table cache key
      it should has same life-time as share itself.
  */

  void set_table_cache_key(char *key_buff, const char *key, uint key_length)
  {
    memcpy(key_buff, key, key_length);
    set_table_cache_key(key_buff, key_length);
  }

  inline bool require_write_privileges()
  {
    return (table_category == TABLE_CATEGORY_LOG);
  }

  inline ulonglong get_table_def_version()
  {
    return table_map_id;
  }

  /**
    Convert unrelated members of TABLE_SHARE to one enum
    representing its type.

    @todo perhaps we need to have a member instead of a function.
  */
  enum enum_table_ref_type get_table_ref_type() const
  {
    if (is_view)
      return TABLE_REF_VIEW;
    switch (tmp_table) {
    case NO_TMP_TABLE:
      return TABLE_REF_BASE_TABLE;
    case SYSTEM_TMP_TABLE:
      return TABLE_REF_I_S_TABLE;
    default:
      return TABLE_REF_TMP_TABLE;
    }
  }
  /**
    Return a table metadata version.
     * for base tables and views, we return table_map_id.
       It is assigned from a global counter incremented for each
       new table loaded into the table definition cache (TDC).
     * for temporary tables it's table_map_id again. But for
       temporary tables table_map_id is assigned from
       thd->query_id. The latter is assigned from a thread local
       counter incremented for every new SQL statement. Since
       temporary tables are thread-local, each temporary table
       gets a unique id.
     * for everything else (e.g. information schema tables),
       the version id is zero.

   This choice of version id is a large compromise
   to have a working prepared statement validation in 5.1. In
   future version ids will be persistent, as described in WL#4180.

   Let's try to explain why and how this limited solution allows
   to validate prepared statements.

   Firstly, sets (in mathematical sense) of version numbers
   never intersect for different table types. Therefore,
   version id of a temporary table is never compared with
   a version id of a view, and vice versa.

   Secondly, for base tables and views, we know that each DDL flushes
   the respective share from the TDC. This ensures that whenever
   a table is altered or dropped and recreated, it gets a new
   version id.
   Unfortunately, since elements of the TDC are also flushed on
   LRU basis, this choice of version ids leads to false positives.
   E.g. when the TDC size is too small, we may have a SELECT
   * FROM INFORMATION_SCHEMA.TABLES flush all its elements, which
   in turn will lead to a validation error and a subsequent
   reprepare of all prepared statements.  This is
   considered acceptable, since as long as prepared statements are
   automatically reprepared, spurious invalidation is only
   a performance hit. Besides, no better simple solution exists.

   For temporary tables, using thd->query_id ensures that if
   a temporary table was altered or recreated, a new version id is
   assigned. This suits validation needs very well and will perhaps
   never change.

   Metadata of information schema tables never changes.
   Thus we can safely assume 0 for a good enough version id.

   Finally, by taking into account table type, we always
   track that a change has taken place when a view is replaced
   with a base table, a base table is replaced with a temporary
   table and so on.

   @sa TABLE_LIST::is_the_same_definition()
  */
  ulonglong get_table_ref_version() const
  {
    return (tmp_table == SYSTEM_TMP_TABLE) ? 0 : table_map_id;
  }

  bool is_optimizer_tmp_table()
  {
    return tmp_table == INTERNAL_TMP_TABLE && !db.length && table_name.length;
  }

  bool visit_subgraph(Wait_for_flush *waiting_ticket,
                      MDL_wait_for_graph_visitor *gvisitor);

  bool wait_for_old_version(THD *thd, struct timespec *abstime,
                            uint deadlock_weight);
  /** Release resources and free memory occupied by the table share. */
  void destroy();

  void set_use_ext_keys_flag(bool fl) 
  {
    use_ext_keys= fl;
  }
  
  uint actual_n_key_parts(THD *thd);

  LEX_CUSTRING *frm_image; ///< only during CREATE TABLE (@sa ha_create_table)

  /*
    populates TABLE_SHARE from the table description in the binary frm image.
    if 'write' is true, this frm image is also written into a corresponding
    frm file, that serves as a persistent metadata cache to avoid
    discovering the table over and over again
  */
  int init_from_binary_frm_image(THD *thd, bool write,
                                 const uchar *frm_image, size_t frm_length,
                                 const uchar *par_image=0,
                                 size_t par_length=0);

  /*
    populates TABLE_SHARE from the table description, specified as the
    complete CREATE TABLE sql statement.
    if 'write' is true, this frm image is also written into a corresponding
    frm file, that serves as a persistent metadata cache to avoid
    discovering the table over and over again
  */
  int init_from_sql_statement_string(THD *thd, bool write,
                                     const char *sql, size_t sql_length);
  /*
    writes the frm image to an frm file, corresponding to this table
  */
  bool write_frm_image(const uchar *frm_image, size_t frm_length);
  bool write_par_image(const uchar *par_image, size_t par_length);

  /* Only used by S3 */
  bool write_frm_image(void)
  { return frm_image ? write_frm_image(frm_image->str, frm_image->length) : 0; }

  /*
    returns an frm image for this table.
    the memory is allocated and must be freed later
  */
  bool read_frm_image(const uchar **frm_image, size_t *frm_length);

  /* frees the memory allocated in read_frm_image */
  void free_frm_image(const uchar *frm);

  void set_overlapped_keys();
  void set_ignored_indexes();
  key_map usable_indexes(THD *thd);
  bool old_long_hash_function() const
  {
    return mysql_version < 100428 ||
           (mysql_version >= 100500 && mysql_version < 100519) ||
           (mysql_version >= 100600 && mysql_version < 100612) ||
           (mysql_version >= 100700 && mysql_version < 100708) ||
           (mysql_version >= 100800 && mysql_version < 100807) ||
           (mysql_version >= 100900 && mysql_version < 100905) ||
           (mysql_version >= 101000 && mysql_version < 101003) ||
           (mysql_version >= 101100 && mysql_version < 101102);
  }
  Item_func_hash *make_long_hash_func(THD *thd,
                                      MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                                      List<Item> *field_list) const;
  void update_optimizer_costs(handlerton *hton);
  void update_engine_independent_stats(TABLE_STATISTICS_CB *stat);
  bool histograms_exists();
};

/* not NULL, but cannot be dereferenced */
#define UNUSABLE_TABLE_SHARE ((TABLE_SHARE*)1)

/**
   Class is used as a BLOB field value storage for
   intermediate GROUP_CONCAT results. Used only for
   GROUP_CONCAT with  DISTINCT or ORDER BY options.
 */

class Blob_mem_storage: public Sql_alloc
{
private:
  MEM_ROOT storage;
  /**
    Sign that some values were cut
    during saving into the storage.
  */
  bool truncated_value;
public:
  Blob_mem_storage() :truncated_value(false)
  {
    init_alloc_root(key_memory_blob_mem_storage,
                    &storage, MAX_FIELD_VARCHARLENGTH, 0, MYF(0));
  }
  ~ Blob_mem_storage()
  {
    free_root(&storage, MYF(0));
  }
  void reset()
  {
    free_root(&storage, MYF(MY_MARK_BLOCKS_FREE));
    truncated_value= false;
  }
  /**
     Fuction creates duplicate of 'from'
     string in 'storage' MEM_ROOT.

     @param from           string to copy
     @param length         string length

     @retval Pointer to the copied string.
     @retval 0 if an error occurred.
  */
  char *store(const char *from, size_t length)
  {
    return (char*) memdup_root(&storage, from, length);
  }
  void set_truncated_value(bool is_truncated_value)
  {
    truncated_value= is_truncated_value;
  }
  bool is_truncated_value() { return truncated_value; }
};


/* Information for one open table */
enum index_hint_type
{
  INDEX_HINT_IGNORE,
  INDEX_HINT_USE,
  INDEX_HINT_FORCE
};

struct st_cond_statistic;

#define      CHECK_ROW_FOR_NULLS_TO_REJECT   (1 << 0)
#define      REJECT_ROW_DUE_TO_NULL_FIELDS   (1 << 1)

class SplM_opt_info;

struct vers_select_conds_t;

struct TABLE
{
  TABLE() = default;                               /* Remove gcc warning */

  TABLE_SHARE	*s;
  handler	*file;
  TABLE *next, *prev;

private:
  /**
     Links for the list of all TABLE objects for this share.
     Declared as private to avoid direct manipulation with those objects.
     One should use methods of I_P_List template instead.
  */
  TABLE *share_all_next, **share_all_prev;
  TABLE *global_free_next, **global_free_prev;
  friend struct All_share_tables;
  friend struct Table_cache_instance;

public:

  THD	*in_use;                        /* Which thread uses this */

  uchar *record[3];			/* Pointer to records */
  uchar *write_row_record;		/* Used as optimisation in
					   THD::write_row */
  uchar *insert_values;                  /* used by INSERT ... UPDATE */
  /* 
    Map of keys that can be used to retrieve all data from this table 
    needed by the query without reading the row.
  */
  key_map covering_keys, intersect_keys;
  /*
    A set of keys that can be used in the query that references this
    table.

    All indexes disabled on the table's TABLE_SHARE (see TABLE::s) will be 
    subtracted from this set upon instantiation. Thus for any TABLE t it holds
    that t.keys_in_use_for_query is a subset of t.s.keys_in_use. Generally we 
    must not introduce any new keys here (see setup_tables).

    The set is implemented as a bitmap.
  */
  key_map keys_in_use_for_query;
  /* Map of keys that can be used to calculate GROUP BY without sorting */
  key_map keys_in_use_for_group_by;
  /* Map of keys that can be used to calculate ORDER BY without sorting */
  key_map keys_in_use_for_order_by;
  /* Map of keys dependent on some constraint */
  key_map constraint_dependent_keys;
  KEY  *key_info;			/* data of keys in database */

  Field **field;                        /* Pointer to fields */
  Field **vfield;                       /* Pointer to virtual fields*/
  Field **default_field;                /* Fields with non-constant DEFAULT */
  Field *next_number_field;		/* Set if next_number is activated */
  Field *found_next_number_field;	/* Set on open */
  Virtual_column_info **check_constraints;

  /* Table's triggers, 0 if there are no of them */
  Table_triggers_list *triggers;
  TABLE_LIST *pos_in_table_list;/* Element referring to this table */
  /* Position in thd->locked_table_list under LOCK TABLES */
  TABLE_LIST *pos_in_locked_tables;
  /* Tables used in DEFAULT and CHECK CONSTRAINT (normally sequence tables) */
  TABLE_LIST *internal_tables;

  /*
    Not-null for temporary tables only. Non-null values means this table is
    used to compute GROUP BY, it has a unique of GROUP BY columns.
    (set by create_tmp_table)
  */
  ORDER		*group;
  String	alias;            	  /* alias or table name */
  uchar		*null_flags;
  MY_BITMAP     def_read_set, def_write_set, tmp_set;
  MY_BITMAP     def_rpl_write_set;
  MY_BITMAP     eq_join_set;         /* used to mark equi-joined fields */
  MY_BITMAP     cond_set;   /* used to mark fields from sargable conditions*/
  /* Active column sets */
  MY_BITMAP     *read_set, *write_set, *rpl_write_set;
  /* On INSERT: fields that the user specified a value for */
  MY_BITMAP	has_value_set;

  /*
   The ID of the query that opened and is using this table. Has different
   meanings depending on the table type.

   Temporary tables:

   table->query_id is set to thd->query_id for the duration of a statement
   and is reset to 0 once it is closed by the same statement. A non-zero
   table->query_id means that a statement is using the table even if it's
   not the current statement (table is in use by some outer statement).

   Non-temporary tables:

   Under pre-locked or LOCK TABLES mode: query_id is set to thd->query_id
   for the duration of a statement and is reset to 0 once it is closed by
   the same statement. A non-zero query_id is used to control which tables
   in the list of pre-opened and locked tables are actually being used.
  */
  query_id_t	query_id;

  /*
    This structure is used for statistical data on the table that
    is collected by the function collect_statistics_for_table
  */
  Table_statistics *collected_stats;

  /* The estimate of the number of records in the table used by optimizer */ 
  ha_rows used_stat_records;

  key_map opt_range_keys;
  /* 
    The following structure is filled for each key that has
    opt_range_keys.is_set(key) == TRUE
  */
  struct OPT_RANGE
  {
    uint        key_parts;
    uint        ranges;
    ha_rows     rows, max_index_blocks, max_row_blocks;
    Cost_estimate cost;
    /* Selectivity, in case of filters */
    double      selectivity;
    bool        first_key_part_has_only_one_value;

    /*
      Cost of fetching keys with index only read and returning them to the
      sql level.
    */
    double index_only_fetch_cost(TABLE *table);
    void get_costs(ALL_READ_COST *cost);
  } *opt_range;
  /* 
     Bitmaps of key parts that =const for the duration of join execution. If
     we're in a subquery, then the constant may be different across subquery
     re-executions.
  */
  key_part_map *const_key_parts;

  /* 
    Estimate of number of records that satisfy SARGable part of the table
    condition, or table->file->records if no SARGable condition could be
    constructed.
    This value is used by join optimizer as an estimate of number of records
    that will pass the table condition (condition that depends on fields of 
    this table and constants)
  */
  ha_rows       opt_range_condition_rows;

  double cond_selectivity;
  List<st_cond_statistic> *cond_selectivity_sampling_explain;

  table_map	map;                    /* ID bit of table (1,2,4,8,16...) */

  uint          lock_position;          /* Position in MYSQL_LOCK.table */
  uint          lock_data_start;        /* Start pos. in MYSQL_LOCK.locks */
  uint          lock_count;             /* Number of locks */
  uint		tablenr,used_fields;
  uint          temp_pool_slot;		/* Used by intern temp tables */
  uint		status;                 /* What's in record[0] */
  uint		db_stat;		/* mode of file as in handler.h */
  /* number of select if it is derived table */
  uint          derived_select_number;
  /*
    Possible values:
     - 0 by default
     - JOIN_TYPE_{LEFT|RIGHT} if the table is inner w.r.t an outer join
       operation
     - 1 if the SELECT has mixed_implicit_grouping=1. example:
       select max(col1), col2 from t1. In this case, the query produces
       one row with all columns having NULL values.

    Interpetation: If maybe_null!=0, all fields of the table are considered
    NULLable (and have NULL values when null_row=true)
  */
  uint maybe_null;
  uint max_keys; /* Size of allocated key_info array. */
  int current_lock;           /* Type of lock on table */
  /* Number of cost info elements for possible range filters */
  uint range_rowid_filter_cost_info_elems;
  uint32 instance; /** Table cache instance this TABLE is belonging to */

  /* variables of type bool */
  bool copy_blobs;			/* copy_blobs when storing */
  /*
    Set if next_number_field is in the UPDATE fields of INSERT ... ON DUPLICATE
    KEY UPDATE.
  */
  bool next_number_field_updated;

  /*
    If true, the current table row is considered to have all columns set to 
    NULL, including columns declared as "not null" (see maybe_null).
  */
  bool null_row;
  /*
    No rows that contain null values can be placed into this table.
    Currently this flag can be set to true only for a temporary table
    that used to store the result of materialization of a subquery.
  */
  bool no_rows_with_nulls;
  /*
    This field can contain two bit flags: 
      CHECK_ROW_FOR_NULLS_TO_REJECT
      REJECT_ROW_DUE_TO_NULL_FIELDS
    The first flag is set for the dynamic contexts where it is prohibited
    to write any null into the table.
    The second flag is set only if the first flag is set on.
    The informs the outer scope that there was an attept to write null
    into a field of the table in the context where it is prohibited.
    This flag should be set off as soon as the first flag is set on.
    Currently these flags are used only the tables tno_rows_with_nulls set
    to true. 
  */       
  uint8 null_catch_flags;

  /*
    TODO: Each of the following flags take up 8 bits. They can just as easily
    be put into one single unsigned long and instead of taking up 18
    bytes, it would take up 4.
  */
  bool force_index;

  /* Flag set when the statement contains FORCE INDEX FOR JOIN */
  bool force_index_join;

  /**
    Flag set when the statement contains FORCE INDEX FOR ORDER BY
    See TABLE_LIST::process_index_hints().
  */
  bool force_index_order;

  /**
    Flag set when the statement contains FORCE INDEX FOR GROUP BY
    See TABLE_LIST::process_index_hints().
  */
  bool force_index_group;
  /*
    TRUE<=> this table was created with create_tmp_table(... distinct=TRUE..)
    call
  */
  bool distinct;
  bool const_table,no_rows, used_for_duplicate_elimination;
  /**
    Forces DYNAMIC Aria row format for internal temporary tables.
  */
  bool keep_row_order;

  bool no_keyread;
  /**
    If set, indicate that the table is not replicated by the server.
  */
  bool locked_by_logger;
  bool locked_by_name;
  bool fulltext_searched;
  bool no_cache;
  /* To signal that the table is associated with a HANDLER statement */
  bool open_by_handler;
  /*
    To indicate that a non-null value of the auto_increment field
    was provided by the user or retrieved from the current record.
    Used only in the MODE_NO_AUTO_VALUE_ON_ZERO mode.
  */
  bool auto_increment_field_not_null;
  /*
     NOTE: alias_name_used is only a hint! It works only in need_correct_ident()
     condition. On other cases it is FALSE even if table_name is alias.

     E.g. in update t1 as x set a = 1
  */
  bool alias_name_used;              /* true if table_name is alias */
  bool get_fields_in_item_tree;      /* Signal to fix_field */
private:
  bool m_needs_reopen;
  bool created;    /* For tmp tables. TRUE <=> tmp table was actually created.*/
public:
#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
  /* used in RBR Triggers */
  bool master_had_triggers;
#endif
  /* Temporary value used by binlog_write_table_maps(). Does not need init */
  bool restore_row_logging;
  bool stats_is_read;     /* Persistent statistics is read for the table */
  bool histograms_are_read;
#ifdef WITH_PARTITION_STORAGE_ENGINE
  /* If true, all partitions have been pruned away */
  bool all_partitions_pruned_away;
#endif
  bool vers_write;                      // For versioning

  List<Virtual_column_info> vcol_refix_list;
  REGINFO reginfo;			/* field connections */
  MEM_ROOT mem_root;
  /* this is for temporary tables created inside Item_func_group_concat */
  union {
    bool group_concat;                  /* used during create_tmp_table() */
    Blob_mem_storage *blob_storage;     /* used after create_tmp_table()  */
  };
  GRANT_INFO grant;
  /*
    The arena which the items for expressions from the table definition
    are associated with.  
    Currently only the items of the expressions for virtual columns are
    associated with this arena.
    TODO: To attach the partitioning expressions to this arena.  
  */
  Query_arena *expr_arena;
#ifdef WITH_PARTITION_STORAGE_ENGINE
  partition_info *part_info;            /* Partition related information */
#endif
  MDL_ticket *mdl_ticket;

  /*
    This is used only for potentially splittable materialized tables and it
    points to the info used by the optimizer to apply splitting optimization
  */
  SplM_opt_info *spl_opt_info;
  key_map keys_usable_for_splitting;

  /*
    Conjunction of the predicates of the form IS NOT NULL(f) where f refers to
    a column of this TABLE such that they can be inferred from the condition
    of the  WHERE clause or from some ON expression of the processed select
    and can be useful for range optimizer.
  */
  Item *notnull_cond;
  TABLE_STATISTICS_CB *stats_cb;

  online_alter_cache_data *online_alter_cache;

  inline void reset() { bzero((void*)this, sizeof(*this)); }
  void init(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tl);
  bool fill_item_list(List<Item> *item_list) const;
  void reset_item_list(List<Item> *item_list, uint skip) const;
  void clear_column_bitmaps(void);
  void prepare_for_position(void);
  MY_BITMAP *prepare_for_keyread(uint index, MY_BITMAP *map);
  MY_BITMAP *prepare_for_keyread(uint index)
  { return prepare_for_keyread(index, &tmp_set); }
  void mark_index_columns(uint index, MY_BITMAP *bitmap);
  void mark_index_columns_no_reset(uint index, MY_BITMAP *bitmap);
  void mark_index_columns_for_read(uint index);
  void restore_column_maps_after_keyread(MY_BITMAP *backup);
  void mark_auto_increment_column(bool insert_fl);
  void mark_columns_needed_for_update(void);
  void mark_columns_needed_for_delete(void);
  void mark_columns_needed_for_insert(void);
  void mark_columns_per_binlog_row_image(void);
  inline bool mark_column_with_deps(Field *field);
  inline bool mark_virtual_column_with_deps(Field *field);
  inline void mark_virtual_column_deps(Field *field);
  bool mark_virtual_columns_for_write(bool insert_fl);
  bool check_virtual_columns_marked_for_read();
  bool check_virtual_columns_marked_for_write();
  void mark_default_fields_for_write(bool insert_fl);
  void mark_columns_used_by_virtual_fields(void);
  void mark_check_constraint_columns_for_read(void);
  int verify_constraints(bool ignore_failure);
  void free_engine_stats();
  void update_engine_independent_stats();
  inline void column_bitmaps_set(MY_BITMAP *read_set_arg)
  {
    read_set= read_set_arg;
    if (file)
      file->column_bitmaps_signal();
  }
  inline void column_bitmaps_set(MY_BITMAP *read_set_arg,
                                 MY_BITMAP *write_set_arg)
  {
    read_set= read_set_arg;
    write_set= write_set_arg;
    if (file)
      file->column_bitmaps_signal();
  }
  inline void column_bitmaps_set_no_signal(MY_BITMAP *read_set_arg,
                                           MY_BITMAP *write_set_arg)
  {
    read_set= read_set_arg;
    write_set= write_set_arg;
  }
  inline void use_all_columns()
  {
    column_bitmaps_set(&s->all_set, &s->all_set);
  }
  inline void use_all_stored_columns();
  inline void default_column_bitmaps()
  {
    read_set= &def_read_set;
    write_set= &def_write_set;
    rpl_write_set= 0;
  }
  /** Should this instance of the table be reopened? */
  inline bool needs_reopen()
  { return !db_stat || m_needs_reopen; }
  /*
    Mark that all current connection instances of the table should be
    reopen at end of statement
  */
  void mark_table_for_reopen();
  /* Should only be called from Locked_tables_list::mark_table_for_reopen() */
  void internal_set_needs_reopen(bool value)
  {
    m_needs_reopen= value;
  }

  bool init_expr_arena(MEM_ROOT *mem_root);

  bool alloc_keys(uint key_count);
  bool check_tmp_key(uint key, uint key_parts,
                     uint (*next_field_no) (uchar *), uchar *arg);
  bool add_tmp_key(uint key, uint key_parts,
                   uint (*next_field_no) (uchar *), uchar *arg,
                   bool unique);
  void create_key_part_by_field(KEY_PART_INFO *key_part_info,
                                Field *field, uint fieldnr);
  void use_index(int key_to_save, key_map *map_to_update);
  void set_table_map(table_map map_arg, uint tablenr_arg)
  {
    map= map_arg;
    tablenr= tablenr_arg;
  }

  /// Return true if table is instantiated, and false otherwise.
  bool is_created() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!created || file != 0);
    return created;
  }

  /**
    Set the table as "created", and enable flags in storage engine
    that could not be enabled without an instantiated table.
  */
  void set_created()
  {
    if (created)
      return;
    if (file->keyread_enabled())
      file->extra(HA_EXTRA_KEYREAD);
    created= true;
  }

  void reset_created()
  {
    created= 0;
  }

  /*
    Returns TRUE if the table is filled at execution phase (and so, the
    optimizer must not do anything that depends on the contents of the table,
    like range analysis or constant table detection)
  */
  bool is_filled_at_execution();

  bool update_const_key_parts(COND *conds);
  void update_keypart_vcol_info();

  inline void initialize_opt_range_structures();

  my_ptrdiff_t default_values_offset() const
  { return (my_ptrdiff_t) (s->default_values - record[0]); }

  void move_fields(Field **ptr, const uchar *to, const uchar *from);
  void remember_blob_values(String *blob_storage);
  void restore_blob_values(String *blob_storage);

  uint actual_n_key_parts(KEY *keyinfo);
  ulong actual_key_flags(KEY *keyinfo);
  int update_virtual_field(Field *vf, bool ignore_warnings);

  size_t key_storage_length(uint index);
  /*
    @brief
      Estimate how index tuple takes in storage, based solely on table's DDL

    @detail
      This is a conservative number that assumes the value is stored in
      KeyTupleFormat (or table->record format for clustered PK), without
      endspace compression, etc.
      On the other hand, it doesn't account that the storage engine may need
      to store transactionIds, etc.
  */
  inline size_t key_storage_length_from_ddl(uint index)
  {
    if (is_clustering_key(index))
      return s->stored_rec_length;
    return key_info[index].key_length + file->ref_length;
  }
  int update_virtual_fields(handler *h, enum_vcol_update_mode update_mode);
  int update_default_fields(bool ignore_errors);
  void evaluate_update_default_function();
  void reset_default_fields();
  inline ha_rows stat_records() { return used_stat_records; }

  void prepare_triggers_for_insert_stmt_or_event();
  bool prepare_triggers_for_delete_stmt_or_event();
  bool prepare_triggers_for_update_stmt_or_event();

  Field **field_to_fill();
  bool validate_default_values_of_unset_fields(THD *thd) const;

  // Check if the value list is assignable to the explicit field list
  static bool check_assignability_explicit_fields(List<Item> fields,
                                                  List<Item> values,
                                                  bool ignore);
  // Check if the value list is assignable to all visible fields
  bool check_assignability_all_visible_fields(List<Item> &values,
                                              bool ignore) const;
  /*
    Check if the value list is assignable to:
    - The explicit field list if fields.elements > 0, e.g.
        INSERT INTO t1 (a,b) VALUES (1,2);
    - All visible fields, if fields.elements==0, e.g.
        INSERT INTO t1 VALUES (1,2);
  */
  bool check_assignability_opt_fields(List<Item> fields,
                                      List<Item> values,
                                      bool ignore) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(values.elements);
    return fields.elements ?
           check_assignability_explicit_fields(fields, values, ignore) :
           check_assignability_all_visible_fields(values, ignore);
  }

  bool insert_all_rows_into_tmp_table(THD *thd,
                                      TABLE *tmp_table,
                                      TMP_TABLE_PARAM *tmp_table_param,
                                      bool with_cleanup);
  bool check_sequence_privileges(THD *thd);
  bool vcol_fix_expr(THD *thd);
  bool vcol_cleanup_expr(THD *thd);
  Field *find_field_by_name(const LEX_CSTRING *str) const;
  bool export_structure(THD *thd, class Row_definition_list *defs);
  bool is_splittable() { return spl_opt_info != NULL; }
  void set_spl_opt_info(SplM_opt_info *spl_info);
  void deny_splitting();
  double get_materialization_cost(); // Now used only if is_splittable()==true
  void add_splitting_info_for_key_field(struct KEY_FIELD *key_field);

  key_map with_impossible_ranges;

  /* Pointer to the array of cost info elements for range filters */
  Range_rowid_filter_cost_info *range_rowid_filter_cost_info;
  /* The array of pointers to cost info elements for range filters */
  Range_rowid_filter_cost_info **range_rowid_filter_cost_info_ptr;

  void init_cost_info_for_usable_range_rowid_filters(THD *thd);
  void prune_range_rowid_filters();
  void trace_range_rowid_filters(THD *thd) const;
  Range_rowid_filter_cost_info *
  best_range_rowid_filter(uint access_key_no,
                          double records,
                          double fetch_cost,
                          double index_only_cost,
                          double prev_records,
                          double *records_out);
  /**
    System Versioning support
   */
  bool versioned() const
  {
    return s->versioned;
  }

  bool versioned(vers_kind_t type) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(type);
    return s->versioned == type;
  }

  bool versioned_write() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(versioned() || !vers_write);
    return versioned() ? vers_write : false;
  }

  bool versioned_write(vers_kind_t type) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(type);
    DBUG_ASSERT(versioned() || !vers_write);
    return versioned(type) ? vers_write : false;
  }

  Field *vers_start_field() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(s->versioned);
    return field[s->vers.start_fieldno];
  }

  Field *vers_end_field() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(s->versioned);
    return field[s->vers.end_fieldno];
  }

  Field *period_start_field() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(s->period.name);
    return field[s->period.start_fieldno];
  }

  Field *period_end_field() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(s->period.name);
    return field[s->period.end_fieldno];
  }
  inline void set_cond_selectivity(double selectivity)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(selectivity >= 0.0 && selectivity <= 1.0);
    cond_selectivity= selectivity;
    DBUG_PRINT("info", ("cond_selectivity: %g", cond_selectivity));
  }
  inline void multiply_cond_selectivity(double selectivity)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(selectivity >= 0.0 && selectivity <= 1.0);
    cond_selectivity*= selectivity;
    DBUG_PRINT("info", ("cond_selectivity: %g", cond_selectivity));
  }
  inline void set_opt_range_condition_rows(ha_rows rows)
  {
    if (opt_range_condition_rows > rows)
      opt_range_condition_rows= rows;
  }

  /* Return true if the key is a clustered key */
  inline bool is_clustering_key(uint index) const
  {
    return key_info[index].index_flags & HA_CLUSTERED_INDEX;
  }

  /*
    Return true if we can use rowid filter with this index
    rowid filter can be used if
    - filter pushdown is supported by the engine for the index. If this is set then
      file->ha_table_flags() should not contain HA_NON_COMPARABLE_ROWID!
    - The index is not a clustered primary index
  */

  inline bool can_use_rowid_filter(uint index) const
  {
    return ((key_info[index].index_flags &
             (HA_DO_RANGE_FILTER_PUSHDOWN | HA_CLUSTERED_INDEX)) ==
            HA_DO_RANGE_FILTER_PUSHDOWN);
  }

  ulonglong vers_start_id(const uchar *ptr) const;
  ulonglong vers_end_id(const uchar *ptr) const;
#ifdef WITH_PARTITION_STORAGE_ENGINE
  bool vers_switch_partition(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list,
                             Open_table_context *ot_ctx);
#endif

  int update_generated_fields();
  void period_prepare_autoinc();
  int period_make_insert(Item *src, Field *dst);
  int insert_portion_of_time(THD *thd, const vers_select_conds_t &period_conds,
                             ha_rows *rows_inserted);
  bool vers_check_update(List<Item> &items);
  static bool check_period_overlaps(const KEY &key, const uchar *lhs, const uchar *rhs);
  inline int delete_row(){ return delete_row<false>(versioned(VERS_TIMESTAMP)); }
  template <bool replace>
  int delete_row(bool versioned);
  /* Used in majority of DML (called from fill_record()) */
  bool vers_update_fields();
  /* Used in DELETE, DUP REPLACE and insert history row */
  void vers_update_end();
  void find_constraint_correlated_indexes();

/** Number of additional fields used in versioned tables */
#define VERSIONING_FIELDS 2
};


/**
   Helper class which specifies which members of TABLE are used for
   participation in the list of used/unused TABLE objects for the share.
*/

struct TABLE_share
{
  static inline TABLE **next_ptr(TABLE *l)
  {
    return &l->next;
  }
  static inline TABLE ***prev_ptr(TABLE *l)
  {
    return (TABLE ***) &l->prev;
  }
};

struct All_share_tables
{
  static inline TABLE **next_ptr(TABLE *l)
  {
    return &l->share_all_next;
  }
  static inline TABLE ***prev_ptr(TABLE *l)
  {
    return &l->share_all_prev;
  }
};

typedef I_P_List <TABLE, All_share_tables> All_share_tables_list;

enum enum_schema_table_state
{ 
  NOT_PROCESSED= 0,
  PROCESSED_BY_CREATE_SORT_INDEX,
  PROCESSED_BY_JOIN_EXEC
};

enum enum_fk_option { FK_OPTION_UNDEF, FK_OPTION_RESTRICT, FK_OPTION_NO_ACTION,
  FK_OPTION_CASCADE, FK_OPTION_SET_NULL, FK_OPTION_SET_DEFAULT };

typedef struct st_foreign_key_info
{
  LEX_CSTRING *foreign_id;
  LEX_CSTRING *foreign_db;
  LEX_CSTRING *foreign_table;
  LEX_CSTRING *referenced_db;
  LEX_CSTRING *referenced_table;
  enum_fk_option update_method;
  enum_fk_option delete_method;
  LEX_CSTRING *referenced_key_name;
  List<LEX_CSTRING> foreign_fields;
  List<LEX_CSTRING> referenced_fields;
private:
  unsigned char *fields_nullable= nullptr;

  /**
    Get the number of fields exist in foreign key relationship
  */
  unsigned get_n_fields() const noexcept
  {
    unsigned n_fields= foreign_fields.elements;
    if (n_fields == 0)
      n_fields= referenced_fields.elements;
    return n_fields;
  }

  /**
    Assign nullable field for referenced and foreign fields
    based on number of fields. This nullable fields
    should be allocated by engine for passing the
    foreign key information
    @param thd thread to allocate the memory
    @param num_fields number of fields
  */
  void assign_nullable(THD *thd, unsigned num_fields) noexcept
  {
    fields_nullable=
      (unsigned char *)thd_calloc(thd,
                                  my_bits_in_bytes(2 * num_fields));
  }

public:
  /**
    Set nullable bit for the field in the given field
    @param referenced set null bit for referenced column
    @param field field number
    @param n_fields number of fields
  */
  void set_nullable(THD *thd, bool referenced,
                    unsigned field, unsigned n_fields) noexcept
  {
    if (!fields_nullable)
      assign_nullable(thd, n_fields);
    DBUG_ASSERT(fields_nullable);
    DBUG_ASSERT(field < n_fields);
    size_t bit= size_t{field} + referenced * n_fields;
#if defined __GNUC__ && !defined __clang__ && __GNUC__ < 8
# pragma GCC diagnostic push
# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion"
#endif
    fields_nullable[bit / 8]|= static_cast<unsigned char>(1 << (bit % 8));
#if defined __GNUC__ && !defined __clang__ && __GNUC__ < 8
# pragma GCC diagnostic pop
#endif
  }

  /**
    Check whether the given field_no in foreign key field or
    referenced key field
    @param referenced check referenced field nullable value
    @param field  field number
    @return true if the field is nullable or false if it is not
  */
  bool is_nullable(bool referenced, unsigned field) const noexcept
  {
    if (!fields_nullable)
      return false;
    unsigned n_field= get_n_fields();
    DBUG_ASSERT(field < n_field);
    size_t bit= size_t{field} + referenced * n_field;
    return fields_nullable[bit / 8] & (1U << (bit % 8));
  }

} FOREIGN_KEY_INFO;

LEX_CSTRING *fk_option_name(enum_fk_option opt);
static inline bool fk_modifies_child(enum_fk_option opt)
{
  return opt >= FK_OPTION_CASCADE;
}


class IS_table_read_plan;

/*
  Types of derived tables. The ending part is a bitmap of phases that are
  applicable to a derived table of the type.
*/
#define DTYPE_ALGORITHM_UNDEFINED    0U
#define DTYPE_VIEW                   1U
#define DTYPE_TABLE                  2U
#define DTYPE_MERGE                  4U
#define DTYPE_MATERIALIZE            8U
#define DTYPE_MULTITABLE             16U
#define DTYPE_IN_PREDICATE           32U
#define DTYPE_MASK                   (DTYPE_VIEW|DTYPE_TABLE|DTYPE_MULTITABLE|DTYPE_IN_PREDICATE)

/*
  Phases of derived tables/views handling, see sql_derived.cc
  Values are used as parts of a bitmap attached to derived table types.
*/
#define DT_INIT             1U
#define DT_PREPARE          2U
#define DT_OPTIMIZE         4U
#define DT_MERGE            8U
#define DT_MERGE_FOR_INSERT 16U
#define DT_CREATE           32U
#define DT_FILL             64U
#define DT_REINIT           128U

#define DT_OPTIMIZE_STAGE2  256U

/* Number of bits used by all phases: */
#define DT_PHASES           9U
/* Phases that are applicable to all derived tables. */
#define DT_COMMON       (DT_INIT + DT_PREPARE + DT_REINIT + DT_OPTIMIZE + DT_OPTIMIZE_STAGE2)
/* Phases that are applicable only to materialized derived tables. */
#define DT_MATERIALIZE  (DT_CREATE + DT_FILL)

#define DT_PHASES_MERGE (DT_COMMON | DT_MERGE | DT_MERGE_FOR_INSERT)
#define DT_PHASES_MATERIALIZE (DT_COMMON | DT_MATERIALIZE)

#define VIEW_ALGORITHM_UNDEFINED 0
/* Special value for ALTER VIEW: inherit original algorithm. */
#define VIEW_ALGORITHM_INHERIT   DTYPE_VIEW
#define VIEW_ALGORITHM_MERGE    (DTYPE_VIEW | DTYPE_MERGE)
#define VIEW_ALGORITHM_TMPTABLE (DTYPE_VIEW | DTYPE_MATERIALIZE)

/*
  View algorithm values as stored in the FRM. Values differ from in-memory
  representation for backward compatibility.
*/

#define VIEW_ALGORITHM_UNDEFINED_FRM  0U
#define VIEW_ALGORITHM_MERGE_FRM      1U
#define VIEW_ALGORITHM_TMPTABLE_FRM   2U

#define JOIN_TYPE_LEFT	1U
#define JOIN_TYPE_RIGHT	2U
#define JOIN_TYPE_OUTER 4U	/* Marker that this is an outer join */

/* view WITH CHECK OPTION parameter options */
#define VIEW_CHECK_NONE       0
#define VIEW_CHECK_LOCAL      1
#define VIEW_CHECK_CASCADED   2

/* result of view WITH CHECK OPTION parameter check */
#define VIEW_CHECK_OK         0
#define VIEW_CHECK_ERROR      1
#define VIEW_CHECK_SKIP       2

/** The threshold size a blob field buffer before it is freed */
#define MAX_TDC_BLOB_SIZE 65536

/** number of bytes used by field positional indexes in frm */
constexpr uint frm_fieldno_size= 2;
/** number of bytes used by key position number in frm */
constexpr uint frm_keyno_size= 2;
static inline field_index_t read_frm_fieldno(const uchar *data)
{ return uint2korr(data); }
static inline void store_frm_fieldno(uchar *data, field_index_t fieldno)
{ int2store(data, fieldno); }
static inline uint16 read_frm_keyno(const uchar *data)
{ return uint2korr(data); }
static inline void store_frm_keyno(uchar *data, uint16 keyno)
{ int2store(data, keyno); }
static inline size_t extra2_str_size(size_t len)
{ return (len > 255 ? 3 : 1) + len; }

class select_unit;
class TMP_TABLE_PARAM;

Item *create_view_field(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *view, Item **field_ref,
                        LEX_CSTRING *name);

struct Field_translator
{
  Item *item;
  LEX_CSTRING name;
};


/*
  Column reference of a NATURAL/USING join. Since column references in
  joins can be both from views and stored tables, may point to either a
  Field (for tables), or a Field_translator (for views).
*/

class Natural_join_column: public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  Field_translator *view_field;  /* Column reference of merge view. */
  Item_field       *table_field; /* Column reference of table or temp view. */
  TABLE_LIST *table_ref; /* Original base table/view reference. */
  /*
    True if a common join column of two NATURAL/USING join operands. Notice
    that when we have a hierarchy of nested NATURAL/USING joins, a column can
    be common at some level of nesting but it may not be common at higher
    levels of nesting. Thus this flag may change depending on at which level
    we are looking at some column.
  */
  bool is_common;
public:
  Natural_join_column(Field_translator *field_param, TABLE_LIST *tab);
  Natural_join_column(Item_field *field_param, TABLE_LIST *tab);
  LEX_CSTRING *name();
  Item *create_item(THD *thd);
  Field *field();
  const char *safe_table_name();
  const char *safe_db_name();
  GRANT_INFO *grant();
};


/**
   Type of table which can be open for an element of table list.
*/

enum enum_open_type
{
  OT_TEMPORARY_OR_BASE= 0, OT_TEMPORARY_ONLY, OT_BASE_ONLY
};


class SJ_MATERIALIZATION_INFO;
class Index_hint;
class Item_in_subselect;

/* trivial class, for %union in sql_yacc.yy */
struct vers_history_point_t
{
  vers_kind_t unit;
  Item *item;
};

struct vers_select_conds_t;

class Vers_history_point : public vers_history_point_t
{
  void fix_item();

public:
  Vers_history_point() { empty(); }
  Vers_history_point(vers_kind_t unit_arg, Item *item_arg)
  {
    unit= unit_arg;
    item= item_arg;
    fix_item();
  }
  Vers_history_point(vers_history_point_t p)
  {
    unit= p.unit;
    item= p.item;
    fix_item();
  }
  void empty() { unit= VERS_TIMESTAMP; item= NULL; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type, const char *prefix, size_t plen) const;
  bool check_unit(THD *thd, vers_select_conds_t *vers_conds);
  bool has_param() const;
  bool eq(const vers_history_point_t &point) const;
};

struct vers_select_conds_t
{
  vers_system_time_t type;
  vers_system_time_t orig_type;
  bool used:1;
  bool delete_history:1;
  bool has_param:1;
  Vers_history_point start;
  Vers_history_point end;
  Lex_ident name;

  Item_field *field_start;
  Item_field *field_end;

  const TABLE_SHARE::period_info_t *period;

  void empty()
  {
    type= SYSTEM_TIME_UNSPECIFIED;
    orig_type= SYSTEM_TIME_UNSPECIFIED;
    used= false;
    delete_history= false;
    has_param= false;
    start.empty();
    end.empty();
  }

  void init(vers_system_time_t _type,
            Vers_history_point _start= Vers_history_point(),
            Vers_history_point _end= Vers_history_point(),
            Lex_ident          _name= { STRING_WITH_LEN("SYSTEM_TIME") })
  {
    type= _type;
    orig_type= _type;
    used= false;
    delete_history= (type == SYSTEM_TIME_HISTORY ||
      type == SYSTEM_TIME_BEFORE);
    has_param= false;
    start= _start;
    end= _end;
    name= _name;
  }

  void set_all()
  {
    type= SYSTEM_TIME_ALL;
    name= { STRING_WITH_LEN("SYSTEM_TIME") };
  }

  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) const;

  bool init_from_sysvar(THD *thd);

  bool is_set() const
  {
    return type != SYSTEM_TIME_UNSPECIFIED;
  }
  bool check_units(THD *thd);
  bool was_set() const
  {
    return orig_type != SYSTEM_TIME_UNSPECIFIED;
  }
  bool need_setup() const
  {
    return type != SYSTEM_TIME_UNSPECIFIED && type != SYSTEM_TIME_ALL;
  }
  bool eq(const vers_select_conds_t &conds) const;
};

/*
  Table reference in the FROM clause.

  These table references can be of several types that correspond to
  different SQL elements. Below we list all types of TABLE_LISTs with
  the necessary conditions to determine when a TABLE_LIST instance
  belongs to a certain type.

  1) table (TABLE_LIST::view == NULL)
     - base table
       (TABLE_LIST::derived == NULL)
     - FROM-clause subquery - TABLE_LIST::table is a temp table
       (TABLE_LIST::derived != NULL)
     - information schema table
       (TABLE_LIST::schema_table != NULL)
       NOTICE: for schema tables TABLE_LIST::field_translation may be != NULL
  2) view (TABLE_LIST::view != NULL)
     - merge    (TABLE_LIST::effective_algorithm == VIEW_ALGORITHM_MERGE)
           also (TABLE_LIST::field_translation != NULL)
     - tmptable (TABLE_LIST::effective_algorithm == VIEW_ALGORITHM_TMPTABLE)
           also (TABLE_LIST::field_translation == NULL)
  2.5) TODO: Add derived tables description here
  3) nested table reference (TABLE_LIST::nested_join != NULL)
     - table sequence - e.g. (t1, t2, t3)
       TODO: how to distinguish from a JOIN?
     - general JOIN
       TODO: how to distinguish from a table sequence?
     - NATURAL JOIN
       (TABLE_LIST::natural_join != NULL)
       - JOIN ... USING
         (TABLE_LIST::join_using_fields != NULL)
     - semi-join nest (sj_on_expr!= NULL && sj_subq_pred!=NULL)
  4) jtbm semi-join (jtbm_subselect != NULL)
*/

/** last_leaf_for_name_resolutioning support. */

struct LEX;
class Index_hint;

/*
  @struct TABLE_CHAIN
  @brief Subchain of global chain of table references

  The structure contains a pointer to the address of the next_global
  pointer to the first TABLE_LIST objectof the subchain and the address
  of the next_global pointer to the element right after the last
  TABLE_LIST object of the subchain.  For an empty subchain both pointers
  have the same value.
*/

struct TABLE_CHAIN
{
  TABLE_CHAIN() = default;

  TABLE_LIST **start_pos;
  TABLE_LIST ** end_pos;

  void set_start_pos(TABLE_LIST **pos) { start_pos= pos; }
  void set_end_pos(TABLE_LIST **pos) { end_pos= pos; }
};

class Table_ident;
struct TABLE_LIST
{
  TABLE_LIST(THD *thd,
             LEX_CSTRING db_str,
             bool fqtn,
             LEX_CSTRING alias_str,
             bool has_alias_ptr,
             Table_ident *table_ident,
             thr_lock_type lock_t,
             enum_mdl_type mdl_t,
             ulong table_opts,
             bool info_schema,
             st_select_lex *sel,
             List<Index_hint> *index_hints_ptr,
             LEX_STRING *option_ptr);

  TABLE_LIST() = default;                          /* Remove gcc warning */

  enum prelocking_types
  {
    PRELOCK_NONE, PRELOCK_ROUTINE, PRELOCK_FK
  };

  /**
    Prepare TABLE_LIST that consists of one table instance to use in
    open_and_lock_tables
  */
  inline void reset() { bzero((void*)this, sizeof(*this)); }
  inline void init_one_table(const LEX_CSTRING *db_arg,
                             const LEX_CSTRING *table_name_arg,
                             const LEX_CSTRING *alias_arg,
                             enum thr_lock_type lock_type_arg)
  {
    enum enum_mdl_type mdl_type;
    if (lock_type_arg >= TL_FIRST_WRITE)
      mdl_type= MDL_SHARED_WRITE;
    else if (lock_type_arg == TL_READ_NO_INSERT)
      mdl_type= MDL_SHARED_NO_WRITE;
    else
      mdl_type= MDL_SHARED_READ;

    reset();
    DBUG_ASSERT(!db_arg->str || strlen(db_arg->str) == db_arg->length);
    DBUG_ASSERT(!table_name_arg->str || strlen(table_name_arg->str) == table_name_arg->length);
    DBUG_ASSERT(!alias_arg || strlen(alias_arg->str) == alias_arg->length);
    db= *db_arg;
    table_name= *table_name_arg;
    alias= (alias_arg ? *alias_arg : *table_name_arg);
    lock_type= lock_type_arg;
    updating= lock_type >= TL_FIRST_WRITE;
    MDL_REQUEST_INIT(&mdl_request, MDL_key::TABLE, db.str, table_name.str,
                     mdl_type, MDL_TRANSACTION);
  }

  TABLE_LIST(const LEX_CSTRING *db_arg,
             const LEX_CSTRING *table_name_arg,
             const LEX_CSTRING *alias_arg,
             enum thr_lock_type lock_type_arg)
  {
    init_one_table(db_arg, table_name_arg, alias_arg, lock_type_arg);
  }

  TABLE_LIST(TABLE *table_arg, thr_lock_type lock_type)
    : TABLE_LIST(&table_arg->s->db, &table_arg->s->table_name, NULL, lock_type)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(table_arg->s);
    table= table_arg;
    vers_conditions.name= table->s->vers.name;
  }

  inline void init_one_table_for_prelocking(const LEX_CSTRING *db_arg,
          const LEX_CSTRING *table_name_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *alias_arg,
          enum thr_lock_type lock_type_arg, prelocking_types prelocking_type,
          TABLE_LIST *belong_to_view_arg, uint8 trg_event_map_arg,
          TABLE_LIST ***last_ptr, my_bool insert_data)
  {
    init_one_table(db_arg, table_name_arg, alias_arg, lock_type_arg);
    cacheable_table= 1;
    prelocking_placeholder= prelocking_type;
    open_type= (prelocking_type == PRELOCK_ROUTINE ?
                OT_TEMPORARY_OR_BASE :
                OT_BASE_ONLY);
    belong_to_view= belong_to_view_arg;
    trg_event_map= trg_event_map_arg;
    /* MDL is enough for read-only FK checks, we don't need the table */
    if (prelocking_type == PRELOCK_FK && lock_type < TL_FIRST_WRITE)
      open_strategy= OPEN_STUB;

    **last_ptr= this;
    prev_global= *last_ptr;
    *last_ptr= &next_global;
    for_insert_data= insert_data;
  }


  /*
    List of tables local to a subquery (used by SQL_I_List). Considers
    views as leaves (unlike 'next_leaf' below). Created at parse time
    in st_select_lex::add_table_to_list() -> table_list.link_in_list().
  */
  TABLE_LIST *next_local;
  /* link in a global list of all queries tables */
  TABLE_LIST *next_global, **prev_global;
  TABLE_LIST *linked_table;             // For sequence tables used in default
  LEX_CSTRING   db;
  LEX_CSTRING   table_name;
  LEX_CSTRING   schema_table_name;
  LEX_CSTRING   alias;
  const char    *option;                /* Used by cache index  */
  Item		*on_expr;		/* Used with outer join */
  Name_resolution_context *on_context;  /* For ON expressions */
  Table_function_json_table *table_function; /* If it's the table function. */

  Item          *sj_on_expr;
  /*
    (Valid only for semi-join nests) Bitmap of tables that are within the
    semi-join (this is different from bitmap of all nest's children because
    tables that were pulled out of the semi-join nest remain listed as
    nest's children).
  */
  table_map     sj_inner_tables;
  /* Number of IN-compared expressions */
  uint          sj_in_exprs;
  
  /* If this is a non-jtbm semi-join nest: corresponding subselect predicate */
  Item_in_subselect  *sj_subq_pred;

  table_map     original_subq_pred_used_tables;

  /* If this is a jtbm semi-join object: corresponding subselect predicate */
  Item_in_subselect  *jtbm_subselect;
  /* TODO: check if this can be joined with tablenr_exec */
  uint jtbm_table_no;

  SJ_MATERIALIZATION_INFO *sj_mat_info;

  /*
    The structure of ON expression presented in the member above
    can be changed during certain optimizations. This member
    contains a snapshot of AND-OR structure of the ON expression
    made after permanent transformations of the parse tree, and is
    used to restore ON clause before every reexecution of a prepared
    statement or stored procedure.
  */
  Item          *prep_on_expr;
  COND_EQUAL    *cond_equal;            /* Used with outer join */
  /*
    During parsing - left operand of NATURAL/USING join where 'this' is
    the right operand. After parsing (this->natural_join == this) iff
    'this' represents a NATURAL or USING join operation. Thus after
    parsing 'this' is a NATURAL/USING join iff (natural_join != NULL).
  */
  TABLE_LIST *natural_join;
  /*
    True if 'this' represents a nested join that is a NATURAL JOIN.
    For one of the operands of 'this', the member 'natural_join' points
    to the other operand of 'this'.
  */
  bool is_natural_join;
  /* Field names in a USING clause for JOIN ... USING. */
  List<String> *join_using_fields;
  /*
    Explicitly store the result columns of either a NATURAL/USING join or
    an operand of such a join.
  */
  List<Natural_join_column> *join_columns;
  /* TRUE if join_columns contains all columns of this table reference. */
  bool is_join_columns_complete;

  /*
    List of nodes in a nested join tree, that should be considered as
    leaves with respect to name resolution. The leaves are: views,
    top-most nodes representing NATURAL/USING joins, subqueries, and
    base tables. All of these TABLE_LIST instances contain a
    materialized list of columns. The list is local to a subquery.
  */
  TABLE_LIST *next_name_resolution_table;
  /* Index names in a "... JOIN ... USE/IGNORE INDEX ..." clause. */
  List<Index_hint> *index_hints;
  TABLE        *table;                          /* opened table */
  ulonglong         table_id; /* table id (from binlog) for opened table */
  /*
    select_result for derived table to pass it from table creation to table
    filling procedure
  */
  select_unit  *derived_result;
  /* Stub used for materialized derived tables. */
  bool delete_while_scanning;
  table_map	map;                    /* ID bit of table (1,2,4,8,16...) */
  table_map get_map()
  {
    return jtbm_subselect? table_map(1) << jtbm_table_no : table->map;
  }
  uint get_tablenr()
  {
    return jtbm_subselect? jtbm_table_no : table->tablenr;
  }
  void set_tablenr(uint new_tablenr)
  {
    if (jtbm_subselect)
    {
      jtbm_table_no= new_tablenr;
    }
    if (table)
    {
      table->tablenr= new_tablenr;
      table->map= table_map(1) << new_tablenr;
    }
  }
  /*
    Reference from aux_tables to local list entry of main select of
    multi-delete statement:
    delete t1 from t2,t1 where t1.a<'B' and t2.b=t1.b;
    here it will be reference of first occurrence of t1 to second (as you
    can see this lists can't be merged)
  */
  TABLE_LIST	*correspondent_table;
  /**
     @brief Normally, this field is non-null for anonymous derived tables only.

     @details This field is set to non-null for 
     
     - Anonymous derived tables, In this case it points to the SELECT_LEX_UNIT
     representing the derived table. E.g. for a query
     
     @verbatim SELECT * FROM (SELECT a FROM t1) b @endverbatim
     
     For the @c TABLE_LIST representing the derived table @c b, @c derived
     points to the SELECT_LEX_UNIT representing the result of the query within
     parenteses.
     
     - Views. This is set for views with @verbatim ALGORITHM = TEMPTABLE
     @endverbatim by mysql_make_view().
     
     @note Inside views, a subquery in the @c FROM clause is not allowed.
     @note Do not use this field to separate views/base tables/anonymous
     derived tables. Use TABLE_LIST::is_anonymous_derived_table().
  */
  st_select_lex_unit *derived;		/* SELECT_LEX_UNIT of derived table */
  With_element *with;          /* With element defining this table (if any) */
  /* Bitmap of the defining with element */
  table_map with_internal_reference_map;
  TABLE_LIST * next_with_rec_ref;
  bool is_derived_with_recursive_reference;
  bool block_handle_derived;
  /* The interface employed to materialize the table by a foreign engine */
  derived_handler *dt_handler;
  /*
    The object used to organize execution of the query that specifies
    the derived table by a foreign engine
  */
  Pushdown_derived *pushdown_derived;
  ST_SCHEMA_TABLE *schema_table;        /* Information_schema table */
  st_select_lex	*schema_select_lex;
  /*
    True when the view field translation table is used to convert
    schema table fields for backwards compatibility with SHOW command.
  */
  bool schema_table_reformed;
  TMP_TABLE_PARAM *schema_table_param;
  /* link to select_lex where this table was used */
  st_select_lex	*select_lex;
  LEX *view;                    /* link on VIEW lex for merging */
  Field_translator *field_translation;	/* array of VIEW fields */
  /* pointer to element after last one in translation table above */
  Field_translator *field_translation_end;
  bool field_translation_updated;
  /*
    List (based on next_local) of underlying tables of this view. I.e. it
    does not include the tables of subqueries used in the view. Is set only
    for merged views.
  */
  TABLE_LIST	*merge_underlying_list;
  /*
    - 0 for base tables
    - in case of the view it is the list of all (not only underlying
    tables but also used in subquery ones) tables of the view.
  */
  List<TABLE_LIST> *view_tables;
  /* most upper view this table belongs to */
  TABLE_LIST	*belong_to_view;
  /* A merged derived table this table belongs to */
  TABLE_LIST    *belong_to_derived;
  /*
    The view directly referencing this table
    (non-zero only for merged underlying tables of a view).
  */
  TABLE_LIST	*referencing_view;

  table_map view_used_tables;
  table_map     map_exec;
  /* TODO: check if this can be joined with jtbm_table_no */
  uint          tablenr_exec;
  uint          maybe_null_exec;

  /* Ptr to parent MERGE table list item. See top comment in ha_myisammrg.cc */
  TABLE_LIST    *parent_l;
  /*
    Security  context (non-zero only for tables which belong
    to view with SQL SECURITY DEFINER)
  */
  Security_context *security_ctx;
  uchar tabledef_version_buf[MY_UUID_SIZE >
                               MICROSECOND_TIMESTAMP_BUFFER_SIZE-1 ?
                             MY_UUID_SIZE + 1 :
                             MICROSECOND_TIMESTAMP_BUFFER_SIZE];
  LEX_CUSTRING tabledef_version;

  /*
    This view security context (non-zero only for views with
    SQL SECURITY DEFINER)
  */
  Security_context *view_sctx;
  bool allowed_show;
  Item          *where;                 /* VIEW WHERE clause condition */
  Item          *check_option;          /* WITH CHECK OPTION condition */
  LEX_STRING	select_stmt;		/* text of (CREATE/SELECT) statement */
  LEX_CSTRING	md5;			/* md5 of query text */
  LEX_CSTRING	source;			/* source of CREATE VIEW */
  LEX_CSTRING	view_db;		/* saved view database */
  LEX_CSTRING	view_name;		/* saved view name */
  LEX_STRING	hr_timestamp;           /* time stamp of last operation */
  LEX_USER      definer;                /* definer of view */
  ulonglong	file_version;		/* version of file's field set */
  ulonglong	mariadb_version;	/* version of server on creation */
  ulonglong     updatable_view;         /* VIEW can be updated */
  /** 
      @brief The declared algorithm, if this is a view.
      @details One of
      - VIEW_ALGORITHM_UNDEFINED
      - VIEW_ALGORITHM_TMPTABLE
      - VIEW_ALGORITHM_MERGE
      @to do Replace with an enum 
  */
  ulonglong	algorithm;
  ulonglong     view_suid;              /* view is suid (TRUE dy default) */
  ulonglong     with_check;             /* WITH CHECK OPTION */
  /*
    effective value of WITH CHECK OPTION (differ for temporary table
    algorithm)
  */
  uint8         effective_with_check;
  /** 
      @brief The view algorithm that is actually used, if this is a view.
      @details One of
      - VIEW_ALGORITHM_UNDEFINED
      - VIEW_ALGORITHM_TMPTABLE
      - VIEW_ALGORITHM_MERGE
      @to do Replace with an enum 
  */
  uint8         derived_type;
  GRANT_INFO	grant;
  /* data need by some engines in query cache*/
  ulonglong     engine_data;
  /* call back function for asking handler about caching in query cache */
  qc_engine_callback callback_func;
  thr_lock_type lock_type;

  /*
    Two fields below are set during parsing this table reference in the cases
    when the table reference can be potentially a reference to a CTE table.
    In this cases the fact that the reference is a reference to a CTE or not
    will be ascertained at the very end of parsing of the query when referencies
    to CTE are resolved. For references to CTE and to derived tables no mdl
    requests are needed while for other table references they are. If a request
    is possibly postponed the info that allows to issue this request must be
    saved in 'mdl_type' and 'table_options'.
  */
  enum_mdl_type mdl_type;
  ulong         table_options;

  uint		outer_join;		/* Which join type */
  uint		shared;			/* Used in multi-upd */
  bool          updatable;		/* VIEW/TABLE can be updated now */
  bool          straight;		/* optimize with prev table */
  bool          updating;               /* for replicate-do/ignore table */
  bool          ignore_leaves;          /* preload only non-leaf nodes */
  bool          crashed;                /* Table was found crashed */
  bool          skip_locked;            /* Skip locked in view defination */
  table_map     dep_tables;             /* tables the table depends on      */
  table_map     on_expr_dep_tables;     /* tables on expression depends on  */
  struct st_nested_join *nested_join;   /* if the element is a nested join  */
  TABLE_LIST *embedding;             /* nested join containing the table */
  List<TABLE_LIST> *join_list;/* join list the table belongs to   */
  bool          lifted;               /* set to true when the table is moved to
                                         the upper level at the parsing stage */
  bool		cacheable_table;	/* stop PS caching */
  /* used in multi-upd/views privilege check */
  bool		table_in_first_from_clause;
  /**
     Specifies which kind of table should be open for this element
     of table list.
  */
  enum enum_open_type open_type;
  /* TRUE if this merged view contain auto_increment field */
  bool          contain_auto_increment;
  bool          compact_view_format;    /* Use compact format for SHOW CREATE VIEW */
  /* view where processed */
  bool          where_processed;
  /* TRUE <=> VIEW CHECK OPTION expression has been processed */
  bool          check_option_processed;
  /* TABLE_TYPE_UNKNOWN if any type is acceptable */
  Table_type    required_type;
  handlerton	*db_type;		/* table_type for handler */
  char		timestamp_buffer[MICROSECOND_TIMESTAMP_BUFFER_SIZE];
  /*
    This TABLE_LIST object is just placeholder for prelocking, it will be
    used for implicit LOCK TABLES only and won't be used in real statement.
  */
  prelocking_types prelocking_placeholder;
  /**
     Indicates that if TABLE_LIST object corresponds to the table/view
     which requires special handling.
  */
  enum enum_open_strategy
  {
    /* Normal open. */
    OPEN_NORMAL= 0,
    /* Associate a table share only if the table exists. */
    OPEN_IF_EXISTS,
    /* Don't associate a table share. */
    OPEN_STUB
  } open_strategy;
  /** TRUE if an alias for this table was specified in the SQL. */
  bool          is_alias;
  /** TRUE if the table is referred to in the statement using a fully
      qualified name (<db_name>.<table_name>).
  */
  bool          is_fqtn;

  /* TRUE <=> derived table should be filled right after optimization. */
  bool          fill_me;
  /* TRUE <=> view/DT is merged. */
  /* TODO: replace with derived_type */
  bool          merged;
  bool          merged_for_insert;
  bool          sequence;  /* Part of NEXTVAL/CURVAL/LASTVAL */
  /*
      Protect single thread from repeating partition auto-create over
      multiple share instances (as the share is closed on backoff action).

      Skips auto-create only for one given query id.
  */
  query_id_t    vers_skip_create;

  /*
    Items created by create_view_field and collected to change them in case
    of materialization of the view/derived table
  */
  List<Item>    used_items;
  /* Sublist (tail) of persistent used_items */
  List<Item>    persistent_used_items;

  /* View creation context. */

  View_creation_ctx *view_creation_ctx;

  /*
    Attributes to save/load view creation context in/from frm-file.

    Ther are required only to be able to use existing parser to load
    view-definition file. As soon as the parser parsed the file, view
    creation context is initialized and the attributes become redundant.

    These attributes MUST NOT be used for any purposes but the parsing.
  */

  LEX_CSTRING view_client_cs_name;
  LEX_CSTRING view_connection_cl_name;

  /*
    View definition (SELECT-statement) in the UTF-form.
  */

  LEX_CSTRING view_body_utf8;

   /* End of view definition context. */

  /**
    Indicates what triggers we need to pre-load for this TABLE_LIST
    when opening an associated TABLE. This is filled after
    the parsed tree is created.

    slave_fk_event_map is filled on the slave side with bitmaps value
    representing row-based event operation to help find and prelock
    possible FK constrain-related child tables.
  */
  uint8 trg_event_map, slave_fk_event_map;
  /* TRUE <=> this table is a const one and was optimized away. */
  bool optimized_away;

  /**
    TRUE <=> already materialized. Valid only for materialized derived
    tables/views.
  */
  bool materialized;
  /* I_S: Flags to open_table (e.g. OPEN_TABLE_ONLY or OPEN_VIEW_ONLY) */
  uint i_s_requested_object;

  bool prohibit_cond_pushdown;

  /*
    I_S: how to read the tables (SKIP_OPEN_TABLE/OPEN_FRM_ONLY/OPEN_FULL_TABLE)
  */
  uint table_open_method;
  /*
    I_S: where the schema table was filled
    (this is a hack. The code should be able to figure out whether reading
    from I_S should be done by create_sort_index() or by JOIN::exec.)
  */
  enum enum_schema_table_state schema_table_state;

  /* Something like a "query plan" for reading INFORMATION_SCHEMA table */
  IS_table_read_plan *is_table_read_plan;

  MDL_request mdl_request;

#ifdef WITH_PARTITION_STORAGE_ENGINE
  /* List to carry partition names from PARTITION (...) clause in statement */
  List<String> *partition_names;
#endif /* WITH_PARTITION_STORAGE_ENGINE */

  void calc_md5(char *buffer);
  int view_check_option(THD *thd, bool ignore_failure);
  bool create_field_translation(THD *thd);
  bool setup_underlying(THD *thd);
  void cleanup_items();
  bool placeholder()
  {
    return derived || view || schema_table || !table || table_function;
  }
  void print(THD *thd, table_map eliminated_tables, String *str, 
             enum_query_type query_type);
  void print_leaf_tables(THD *thd, String *str,
                         enum_query_type query_type);
  bool check_single_table(TABLE_LIST **table, table_map map,
                          TABLE_LIST *view);
  bool set_insert_values(MEM_ROOT *mem_root);
  void replace_view_error_with_generic(THD *thd);
  TABLE_LIST *find_underlying_table(TABLE *table);
  TABLE_LIST *first_leaf_for_name_resolution();
  TABLE_LIST *last_leaf_for_name_resolution();

  /* System Versioning */
  vers_select_conds_t vers_conditions;
  vers_select_conds_t period_conditions;

  bool has_period() const
  {
    return period_conditions.is_set();
  }

  my_bool for_insert_data;

  /**
     @brief
       Find the bottom in the chain of embedded table VIEWs.

     @detail
       This is used for single-table UPDATE/DELETE when they are modifying a
       single-table VIEW.
  */
  TABLE_LIST *find_table_for_update()
  {
    TABLE_LIST *tbl= this;
    while(!tbl->is_multitable() && tbl->single_table_updatable() &&
        tbl->merge_underlying_list)
    {
      tbl= tbl->merge_underlying_list;
    }
    return tbl;
  }
  TABLE *get_real_join_table();
  bool is_leaf_for_name_resolution();
  inline TABLE_LIST *top_table()
    { return belong_to_view ? belong_to_view : this; }
  inline bool prepare_check_option(THD *thd)
  {
    bool res= FALSE;
    if (effective_with_check)
      res= prep_check_option(thd, effective_with_check);
    return res;
  }
  inline bool prepare_where(THD *thd, Item **conds,
                            bool no_where_clause)
  {
    if (!view || is_merged_derived())
      return prep_where(thd, conds, no_where_clause);
    return FALSE;
  }

  void register_want_access(privilege_t want_access);
  bool prepare_security(THD *thd);
#ifndef NO_EMBEDDED_ACCESS_CHECKS
  Security_context *find_view_security_context(THD *thd);
  bool prepare_view_security_context(THD *thd, bool upgrade_check);
#endif
  /*
    Cleanup for re-execution in a prepared statement or a stored
    procedure.
  */
  void reinit_before_use(THD *thd);
  Item_subselect *containing_subselect();

  /* 
    Compiles the tagged hints list and fills up TABLE::keys_in_use_for_query,
    TABLE::keys_in_use_for_group_by, TABLE::keys_in_use_for_order_by,
    TABLE::force_index and TABLE::covering_keys.
  */
  bool process_index_hints(TABLE *table);

  bool is_the_same_definition(THD *thd, TABLE_SHARE *s);
  /**
    Record the value of metadata version of the corresponding
    table definition cache element in this parse tree node.

    @sa check_and_update_table_version()
  */
  inline void set_table_ref_id(TABLE_SHARE *s)
  { set_table_ref_id(s->get_table_ref_type(), s->get_table_ref_version()); }

  inline void set_table_ref_id(enum_table_ref_type table_ref_type_arg,
                               ulonglong table_ref_version_arg)
  {
    m_table_ref_type= table_ref_type_arg;
    m_table_ref_version= table_ref_version_arg;
  }

  void set_table_id(TABLE_SHARE *s)
  {
    set_table_ref_id(s);
    set_tabledef_version(s);
  }

  void set_tabledef_version(TABLE_SHARE *s)
  {
    if (!tabledef_version.length && s->tabledef_version.length)
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(s->tabledef_version.length <
                  sizeof(tabledef_version_buf));
      tabledef_version.str= tabledef_version_buf;
      memcpy(tabledef_version_buf, s->tabledef_version.str,
             (tabledef_version.length= s->tabledef_version.length));
      // safety
      tabledef_version_buf[tabledef_version.length]= 0;
    }
  }

  /* Set of functions returning/setting state of a derived table/view. */
  bool is_non_derived() const { return (!derived_type); }
  bool is_view_or_derived() const { return derived_type; }
  bool is_view() const { return (derived_type & DTYPE_VIEW); }
  bool is_derived() const { return (derived_type & DTYPE_TABLE); }
  bool is_with_table();
  bool is_recursive_with_table();
  bool is_with_table_recursive_reference();
  void register_as_derived_with_rec_ref(With_element *rec_elem);
  bool is_nonrecursive_derived_with_rec_ref();
  bool fill_recursive(THD *thd);

  inline void set_view()
  {
    derived_type= DTYPE_VIEW;
  }
  inline void set_derived()
  {
    derived_type= DTYPE_TABLE;
  }
  bool is_merged_derived() const { return (derived_type & DTYPE_MERGE); }
  inline void set_merged_derived()
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("set_merged_derived");
    DBUG_PRINT("enter", ("Alias: '%s'  Unit: %p",
                        (alias.str ? alias.str : "<NULL>"),
                         get_unit()));
    derived_type= static_cast<uint8>((derived_type & DTYPE_MASK) | DTYPE_MERGE);
    set_check_merged();
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
  bool is_materialized_derived() const
  {
    return (derived_type & DTYPE_MATERIALIZE);
  }
  void set_materialized_derived()
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("set_materialized_derived");
    DBUG_PRINT("enter", ("Alias: '%s'  Unit: %p",
                        (alias.str ? alias.str : "<NULL>"),
                         get_unit()));
    derived_type= static_cast<uint8>((derived_type &
                                      (derived ? DTYPE_MASK : DTYPE_VIEW)) |
                                     DTYPE_MATERIALIZE);
    set_check_materialized();
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
  bool is_multitable() const { return (derived_type & DTYPE_MULTITABLE); }
  inline void set_multitable()
  {
    derived_type|= DTYPE_MULTITABLE;
  }
  bool set_as_with_table(THD *thd, With_element *with_elem);
  void reset_const_table();
  bool handle_derived(LEX *lex, uint phases);

  /**
     @brief True if this TABLE_LIST represents an anonymous derived table,
     i.e.  the result of a subquery.
  */
  bool is_anonymous_derived_table() const { return derived && !view; }

  /**
     @brief Returns the name of the database that the referenced table belongs
     to.
  */
  const LEX_CSTRING get_db_name() const
  {
    return view != NULL ? view_db : db;
  }

  /**
     @brief Returns the name of the table that this TABLE_LIST represents.

     @details The unqualified table name or view name for a table or view,
     respectively.
   */
  const LEX_CSTRING get_table_name() const
  {
    return view != NULL ? view_name : table_name;
  }
  bool is_active_sjm();
  bool is_sjm_scan_table();
  bool is_jtbm() { return MY_TEST(jtbm_subselect != NULL); }
  bool is_pure_alias() const;
  st_select_lex_unit *get_unit();
  st_select_lex *get_single_select();
  void wrap_into_nested_join(List<TABLE_LIST> &join_list);
  bool init_derived(THD *thd, bool init_view);
  int fetch_number_of_rows();
  bool change_refs_to_fields();

  bool single_table_updatable();

  bool is_inner_table_of_outer_join()
  {
    for (TABLE_LIST *tbl= this; tbl; tbl= tbl->embedding)
    {
      if (tbl->outer_join)
        return true;
    }
    return false;
  } 
  void set_lock_type(THD* thd, enum thr_lock_type lock);

  derived_handler *find_derived_handler(THD *thd);
  TABLE_LIST *get_first_table();

  void remove_join_columns()
  {
    if (join_columns)
    {
      join_columns->empty();
      join_columns= NULL;
      is_join_columns_complete= FALSE;
    }
  }

  inline void set_view_def_version(LEX_STRING *version)
  {
    m_table_ref_type= TABLE_REF_VIEW;
    tabledef_version.str= (const uchar *) version->str;
    tabledef_version.length= version->length;
  }
private:
  bool prep_check_option(THD *thd, uint8 check_opt_type);
  bool prep_where(THD *thd, Item **conds, bool no_where_clause);
  void set_check_materialized();
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  void set_check_merged();
#else
  inline void set_check_merged() {}
#endif
  /** See comments for set_table_ref_id() */
  enum enum_table_ref_type m_table_ref_type;
  /** See comments for set_table_ref_id() */
  ulonglong m_table_ref_version;
};

#define ERROR_TABLE  ((TABLE_LIST*) 0x1)

class Item;

/*
  Iterator over the fields of a generic table reference.
*/

class Field_iterator: public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  Field_iterator() = default;                         /* Remove gcc warning */
  virtual ~Field_iterator() = default;
  virtual void set(TABLE_LIST *)= 0;
  virtual void next()= 0;
  virtual bool end_of_fields()= 0;              /* Return 1 at end of list */
  virtual LEX_CSTRING *name()= 0;
  virtual Item *create_item(THD *)= 0;
  virtual Field *field()= 0;
};


/* 
  Iterator over the fields of a base table, view with temporary
  table, or subquery.
*/

class Field_iterator_table: public Field_iterator
{
  Field **ptr;
public:
  Field_iterator_table() :ptr(0) {}
  void set(TABLE_LIST *table) override { ptr= table->table->field; }
  void set_table(TABLE *table) { ptr= table->field; }
  void next() override { ptr++; }
  bool end_of_fields() override { return *ptr == 0; }
  LEX_CSTRING *name() override;
  Item *create_item(THD *thd) override;
  Field *field() override { return *ptr; }
};


/* Iterator over the fields of a merge view. */

class Field_iterator_view: public Field_iterator
{
  Field_translator *ptr, *array_end;
  TABLE_LIST *view;
public:
  Field_iterator_view() :ptr(0), array_end(0) {}
  void set(TABLE_LIST *table) override;
  void next() override { ptr++; }
  bool end_of_fields() override { return ptr == array_end; }
  LEX_CSTRING *name() override;
  Item *create_item(THD *thd) override;
  Item **item_ptr() {return &ptr->item; }
  Field *field() override { return 0; }
  inline Item *item() { return ptr->item; }
  Field_translator *field_translator() { return ptr; }
};


/*
  Field_iterator interface to the list of materialized fields of a
  NATURAL/USING join.
*/

class Field_iterator_natural_join: public Field_iterator
{
  List_iterator_fast<Natural_join_column> column_ref_it;
  Natural_join_column *cur_column_ref;
public:
  Field_iterator_natural_join() :cur_column_ref(NULL) {}
  ~Field_iterator_natural_join() = default;
  void set(TABLE_LIST *table) override;
  void next() override;
  bool end_of_fields() override { return !cur_column_ref; }
  LEX_CSTRING *name() override { return cur_column_ref->name(); }
  Item *create_item(THD *thd) override { return cur_column_ref->create_item(thd); }
  Field *field() override { return cur_column_ref->field(); }
  Natural_join_column *column_ref() { return cur_column_ref; }
};


/*
  Generic iterator over the fields of an arbitrary table reference.

  DESCRIPTION
    This class unifies the various ways of iterating over the columns
    of a table reference depending on the type of SQL entity it
    represents. If such an entity represents a nested table reference,
    this iterator encapsulates the iteration over the columns of the
    members of the table reference.

  IMPLEMENTATION
    The implementation assumes that all underlying NATURAL/USING table
    references already contain their result columns and are linked into
    the list TABLE_LIST::next_name_resolution_table.
*/

class Field_iterator_table_ref: public Field_iterator
{
  TABLE_LIST *table_ref, *first_leaf, *last_leaf;
  Field_iterator_table        table_field_it;
  Field_iterator_view         view_field_it;
  Field_iterator_natural_join natural_join_it;
  Field_iterator *field_it;
  void set_field_iterator();
public:
  Field_iterator_table_ref() :field_it(NULL) {}
  void set(TABLE_LIST *table) override;
  void next() override;
  bool end_of_fields() override
  { return (table_ref == last_leaf && field_it->end_of_fields()); }
  LEX_CSTRING *name() override { return field_it->name(); }
  const char *get_table_name();
  const char *get_db_name();
  GRANT_INFO *grant();
  Item *create_item(THD *thd) override { return field_it->create_item(thd); }
  Field *field() override { return field_it->field(); }
  Natural_join_column *get_or_create_column_ref(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *parent_table_ref);
  Natural_join_column *get_natural_column_ref();
};


#define JOIN_OP_NEST       1
#define REBALANCED_NEST    2

typedef struct st_nested_join
{
  List<TABLE_LIST>  join_list;       /* list of elements in the nested join */
  /*
    Currently the valid values for nest type are:
    JOIN_OP_NEST - for nest created for JOIN operation used as an operand in
    a join expression, contains 2 elements;
    JOIN_OP_NEST | REBALANCED_NEST -  nest created after tree re-balancing
    in st_select_lex::add_cross_joined_table(), contains 1 element;
    0 - for all other nests.
    Examples:
    1.  SELECT * FROM t1 JOIN t2 LEFT JOIN t3 ON t2.a=t3.a;
    Here the nest created for LEFT JOIN at first has nest_type==JOIN_OP_NEST.
    After re-balancing in st_select_lex::add_cross_joined_table() this nest
    has nest_type==JOIN_OP_NEST | REBALANCED_NEST. The nest for JOIN created
    in st_select_lex::add_cross_joined_table() has nest_type== JOIN_OP_NEST.
    2.  SELECT * FROM t1 JOIN (t2 LEFT JOIN t3 ON t2.a=t3.a)
    Here the nest created for LEFT JOIN has nest_type==0, because it's not
    an operand in a join expression. The nest created for JOIN has nest_type
    set to JOIN_OP_NEST.
  */
  uint nest_type;
  /* 
    Bitmap of tables within this nested join (including those embedded within
    its children), including tables removed by table elimination.
  */
  table_map         used_tables;
  table_map         not_null_tables; /* tables that rejects nulls           */
  /**
    Used for pointing out the first table in the plan being covered by this
    join nest. It is used exclusively within make_outerjoin_info().
   */
  struct st_join_table *first_nested;
  /* 
    Used to count tables in the nested join in 2 isolated places:
    1. In make_outerjoin_info(). 
    2. check_interleaving_with_nj/restore_prev_nj_state (these are called
       by the join optimizer. 
    Before each use the counters are zeroed by reset_nj_counters.
  */
  uint              counter;

  /*
    Number of elements in join_list that participate in the join plan choice:
    - Base tables that were not removed by table elimination
    - Join nests that were not removed by mark_join_nest_as_const
  */
  uint              n_tables;
  nested_join_map   nj_map;          /* Bit used to identify this nested join*/
  /*
    (Valid only for semi-join nests) Bitmap of tables outside the semi-join
    that are used within the semi-join's ON condition.
  */
  table_map         sj_depends_on;
  /* Outer non-trivially correlated tables */
  table_map         sj_corr_tables;
  table_map         direct_children_map;
  List<Item_ptr>    sj_outer_expr_list;
  /**
     True if this join nest node is completely covered by the query execution
     plan. This means two things.

     1. All tables on its @c join_list are covered by the plan.

     2. All child join nest nodes are fully covered.
   */
  bool is_fully_covered() const { return n_tables == counter; }
} NESTED_JOIN;


typedef struct st_changed_table_list
{
  struct	st_changed_table_list *next;
  char		*key;
  size_t  key_length;
} CHANGED_TABLE_LIST;


typedef struct st_open_table_list{
  struct st_open_table_list *next;
  char	*db,*table;
  uint32 in_use,locked;
} OPEN_TABLE_LIST;


static inline MY_BITMAP *tmp_use_all_columns(TABLE *table,
                                             MY_BITMAP **bitmap)
{
  MY_BITMAP *old= *bitmap;
  *bitmap= &table->s->all_set;
  return old;
}


static inline void tmp_restore_column_map(MY_BITMAP **bitmap,
                                          MY_BITMAP *old)
{
  *bitmap= old;
}

/* The following is only needed for debugging */

static inline MY_BITMAP *dbug_tmp_use_all_columns(TABLE *table,
                                                      MY_BITMAP **bitmap)
{
#ifdef DBUG_ASSERT_EXISTS
  return tmp_use_all_columns(table, bitmap);
#else
  return 0;
#endif
}

static inline void dbug_tmp_restore_column_map(MY_BITMAP **bitmap,
                                               MY_BITMAP *old)
{
#ifdef DBUG_ASSERT_EXISTS
  tmp_restore_column_map(bitmap, old);
#endif
}


/* 
  Variant of the above : handle both read and write sets.
  Provide for the possiblity of the read set being the same as the write set
*/
static inline void dbug_tmp_use_all_columns(TABLE *table,
                                            MY_BITMAP **save,
                                            MY_BITMAP **read_set,
                                            MY_BITMAP **write_set)
{
#ifdef DBUG_ASSERT_EXISTS
  save[0]= *read_set;
  save[1]= *write_set;
  (void) tmp_use_all_columns(table, read_set);
  (void) tmp_use_all_columns(table, write_set);
#endif
}


static inline void dbug_tmp_restore_column_maps(MY_BITMAP **read_set,
                                                MY_BITMAP **write_set,
                                                MY_BITMAP **old)
{
#ifdef DBUG_ASSERT_EXISTS
  tmp_restore_column_map(read_set, old[0]);
  tmp_restore_column_map(write_set, old[1]);
#endif
}


enum get_table_share_flags {
  GTS_TABLE                = 1,
  GTS_VIEW                 = 2,
  GTS_NOLOCK               = 4,
  GTS_USE_DISCOVERY        = 8,
  GTS_FORCE_DISCOVERY      = 16
};

size_t max_row_length(TABLE *table, MY_BITMAP const *cols, const uchar *data);

void init_mdl_requests(TABLE_LIST *table_list);

enum open_frm_error open_table_from_share(THD *thd, TABLE_SHARE *share,
                       const LEX_CSTRING *alias, uint db_stat, uint prgflag,
                       uint ha_open_flags, TABLE *outparam,
                       bool is_create_table,
                       List<String> *partitions_to_open= NULL);
bool copy_keys_from_share(TABLE *outparam, MEM_ROOT *root);
bool parse_vcol_defs(THD *thd, MEM_ROOT *mem_root, TABLE *table,
                     bool *error_reported, vcol_init_mode expr);
TABLE_SHARE *alloc_table_share(const char *db, const char *table_name,
                               const char *key, uint key_length);
void init_tmp_table_share(THD *thd, TABLE_SHARE *share, const char *key,
                          uint key_length,
                          const char *table_name, const char *path);
void free_table_share(TABLE_SHARE *share);
enum open_frm_error open_table_def(THD *thd, TABLE_SHARE *share,
                                   uint flags = GTS_TABLE);

void open_table_error(TABLE_SHARE *share, enum open_frm_error error,
                      int db_errno);
void update_create_info_from_table(HA_CREATE_INFO *info, TABLE *form);
bool check_column_name(const Lex_ident &name);
bool check_table_name(const char *name, size_t length, bool check_for_path_chars);
int rename_file_ext(const char * from,const char * to,const char * ext);
char *get_field(MEM_ROOT *mem, Field *field);

bool validate_comment_length(THD *thd, LEX_CSTRING *comment, size_t max_len,
                             uint err_code, const char *name);

int closefrm(TABLE *table);
void free_blobs(TABLE *table);
void free_field_buffers_larger_than(TABLE *table, uint32 size);
ulong get_form_pos(File file, uchar *head, TYPELIB *save_names);
void append_unescaped(String *res, const char *pos, size_t length);
void prepare_frm_header(THD *thd, uint reclength, uchar *fileinfo,
                        HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info, uint keys, KEY *key_info);
const char *fn_frm_ext(const char *name);

/* Check that the integer is in the internal */
static inline int set_zone(int nr,int min_zone,int max_zone)
{
  if (nr <= min_zone)
    return min_zone;
  if (nr >= max_zone)
    return max_zone;
  return nr;
}

/* performance schema */
extern Lex_ident_db PERFORMANCE_SCHEMA_DB_NAME;

extern Lex_ident_table GENERAL_LOG_NAME;
extern Lex_ident_table SLOW_LOG_NAME;
extern Lex_ident_table TRANSACTION_REG_NAME;

/* information schema */
extern Lex_ident_db INFORMATION_SCHEMA_NAME;
extern Lex_ident_db MYSQL_SCHEMA_NAME;

/* table names */
extern Lex_ident_table MYSQL_PROC_NAME;

inline bool is_infoschema_db(const LEX_CSTRING *name)
{
  return lex_string_eq(&INFORMATION_SCHEMA_NAME, name);
}

inline bool is_perfschema_db(const LEX_CSTRING *name)
{
  return lex_string_eq(&PERFORMANCE_SCHEMA_DB_NAME, name);
}

inline void mark_as_null_row(TABLE *table)
{
  table->null_row=1;
  table->status|=STATUS_NULL_ROW;
  if (table->s->null_bytes)
    bfill(table->null_flags,table->s->null_bytes,255);
}

/*
  Restore table to state before mark_as_null_row() call.
  This assumes that the caller has restored table->null_flags,
  as is done in unclear_tables().
*/

inline void unmark_as_null_row(TABLE *table)
{
  table->null_row= 0;
  table->status&= ~STATUS_NULL_ROW;
}

bool is_simple_order(ORDER *order);

class Open_tables_backup;

/** Transaction Registry Table (TRT)

    This table holds transaction IDs, their corresponding times and other
    transaction-related data which is used for transaction order resolution.
    When versioned table marks its records lifetime with transaction IDs,
    TRT is used to get their actual timestamps. */

class TR_table: public TABLE_LIST
{
  THD *thd;
  Open_tables_backup *open_tables_backup;

public:
  enum field_id_t {
    FLD_TRX_ID= 0,
    FLD_COMMIT_ID,
    FLD_BEGIN_TS,
    FLD_COMMIT_TS,
    FLD_ISO_LEVEL,
    FIELD_COUNT
  };

  enum enabled {NO, MAYBE, YES};
  static enum enabled use_transaction_registry;

  /**
     @param[in,out] Thread handle
     @param[in] Current transaction is read-write.
   */
  TR_table(THD *_thd, bool rw= false);
  /**
     Opens a transaction_registry table.

     @retval true on error, false otherwise.
   */
  bool open();
  ~TR_table();
  /**
     @retval current thd
  */
  THD *get_thd() const { return thd; }
  /**
     Stores value to internal transaction_registry TABLE object.

     @param[in] field number in a TABLE
     @param[in] value to store
   */
  void store(uint field_id, ulonglong val);
  /**
     Stores value to internal transaction_registry TABLE object.

     @param[in] field number in a TABLE
     @param[in] value to store
   */
  void store(uint field_id, timeval ts);
  /**
    Update the transaction_registry right before commit.
    @param start_id    transaction identifier at start
    @param end_id      transaction identifier at commit

    @retval false      on success
    @retval true       on error (the transaction must be rolled back)
  */
  bool update(ulonglong start_id, ulonglong end_id);
  // return true if found; false if not found or error
  bool query(ulonglong trx_id);
  /**
     Gets a row from transaction_registry with the closest commit_timestamp to
     first argument. We can search for a value which a lesser or greater than
     first argument. Also loads a row into an internal TABLE object.

     @param[in] timestamp
     @param[in] true if we search for a lesser timestamp, false if greater
     @retval true if exists, false it not exists or an error occurred
   */
  bool query(MYSQL_TIME &commit_time, bool backwards);
  /**
     Checks whether transaction1 sees transaction0.

     @param[out] true if transaction1 sees transaction0, undefined on error and
       when transaction1=transaction0 and false otherwise
     @param[in] transaction_id of transaction1
     @param[in] transaction_id of transaction0
     @param[in] commit time of transaction1 or 0 if we want it to be queried
     @param[in] isolation level (from handler.h) of transaction1
     @param[in] commit time of transaction0 or 0 if we want it to be queried
     @retval true on error, false otherwise
   */
  bool query_sees(bool &result, ulonglong trx_id1, ulonglong trx_id0,
                  ulonglong commit_id1= 0,
                  enum_tx_isolation iso_level1= ISO_READ_UNCOMMITTED,
                  ulonglong commit_id0= 0);

  /**
     @retval transaction isolation level of a row from internal TABLE object.
   */
  enum_tx_isolation iso_level() const;
  /**
     Stores transactioin isolation level to internal TABLE object.
   */
  void store_iso_level(enum_tx_isolation iso_level)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(iso_level <= ISO_SERIALIZABLE);
    store(FLD_ISO_LEVEL, iso_level + 1);
  }

  /**
     Writes a message to MariaDB log about incorrect transaction_registry schema.

     @param[in] a message explained what's incorrect in schema
   */
  void warn_schema_incorrect(const char *reason);
  /**
     Checks whether transaction_registry table has a correct schema.

     @retval true if schema is incorrect and false otherwise
   */
  bool check(bool error);

  TABLE * operator-> () const
  {
    return table;
  }
  Field * operator[] (uint field_id) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(field_id < FIELD_COUNT);
    return table->field[field_id];
  }
  operator bool () const
  {
    return table;
  }
  bool operator== (const TABLE_LIST &subj) const
  {
    return (!cmp(&db, &subj.db) && !cmp(&table_name, &subj.table_name));
  }
  bool operator!= (const TABLE_LIST &subj) const
  {
    return !(*this == subj);
  }
};

#endif /* MYSQL_CLIENT */

#endif /* TABLE_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_DERIVED_INCLUDED
#define SQL_DERIVED_INCLUDED

struct TABLE_LIST;
class THD;
struct LEX;

bool mysql_handle_derived(LEX *lex, uint phases);
bool mysql_handle_single_derived(LEX *lex, TABLE_LIST *derived, uint phases);

Item *transform_condition_or_part(THD *thd,
                                  Item *cond,
                                  Item_transformer transformer,
                                  uchar *arg);

bool pushdown_cond_for_derived(THD *thd, Item *cond, TABLE_LIST *derived);

#endif /* SQL_DERIVED_INCLUDED */
#ifndef MY_MD5_INCLUDED
#define MY_MD5_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2013 Monty Program Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#include "m_string.h"

#define MD5_HASH_SIZE 16 /* Hash size in bytes */

/*
  Wrapper function for MD5 implementation.
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define compute_md5_hash(A,B,C) my_md5(A,B,C)

/*
  Convert an array of bytes to a hexadecimal representation.

  Used to generate a hexadecimal representation of a message digest.
*/
static inline void array_to_hex(char *to, const unsigned char *str, uint len)
{
  const unsigned char *str_end= str + len;
  for (; str != str_end; ++str)
  {
    *to++= _dig_vec_lower[((uchar) *str) >> 4];
    *to++= _dig_vec_lower[((uchar) *str) & 0x0F];
  }
}

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* MY_MD5_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2001, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _my_bitmap_h_
#define _my_bitmap_h_

#define MY_BIT_NONE (~(uint) 0)

#include <m_string.h>
#include <my_pthread.h>

typedef ulonglong my_bitmap_map;

typedef struct st_bitmap
{
  my_bitmap_map *bitmap;
  my_bitmap_map *last_word_ptr;
  my_bitmap_map last_bit_mask;
  uint32	n_bits; /* number of bits occupied by the above */
  my_bool       bitmap_allocated;
} MY_BITMAP;

#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Reset memory. Faster then doing a full bzero */
#define my_bitmap_clear(A) ((A)->bitmap= 0)

extern void create_last_bit_mask(MY_BITMAP *map);
extern my_bool my_bitmap_init(MY_BITMAP *map, my_bitmap_map *buf, uint n_bits);
extern my_bool bitmap_is_clear_all(const MY_BITMAP *map);
extern my_bool bitmap_is_prefix(const MY_BITMAP *map, uint prefix_size);
extern my_bool bitmap_is_set_all(const MY_BITMAP *map);
extern my_bool bitmap_is_subset(const MY_BITMAP *map1, const MY_BITMAP *map2);
extern my_bool bitmap_is_overlapping(const MY_BITMAP *map1,
                                     const MY_BITMAP *map2);
extern my_bool bitmap_test_and_set(MY_BITMAP *map, uint bitmap_bit);
extern my_bool bitmap_test_and_clear(MY_BITMAP *map, uint bitmap_bit);
extern my_bool bitmap_fast_test_and_set(MY_BITMAP *map, uint bitmap_bit);
extern my_bool bitmap_fast_test_and_clear(MY_BITMAP *map, uint bitmap_bit);
extern my_bool bitmap_union_is_set_all(const MY_BITMAP *map1,
                                       const MY_BITMAP *map2);
extern my_bool bitmap_exists_intersection(MY_BITMAP **bitmap_array,
                                          uint bitmap_count,
                                          uint start_bit, uint end_bit);

extern uint bitmap_set_next(MY_BITMAP *map);
extern uint bitmap_get_first_clear(const MY_BITMAP *map);
extern uint bitmap_get_first_set(const MY_BITMAP *map);
extern uint bitmap_bits_set(const MY_BITMAP *map);
extern uint bitmap_get_next_set(const MY_BITMAP *map, uint bitmap_bit);
extern void my_bitmap_free(MY_BITMAP *map);
extern void bitmap_set_above(MY_BITMAP *map, uint from_byte, uint use_bit);
extern void bitmap_set_prefix(MY_BITMAP *map, uint prefix_size);
extern void bitmap_intersect(MY_BITMAP *map, const MY_BITMAP *map2);
extern void bitmap_subtract(MY_BITMAP *map, const MY_BITMAP *map2);
extern void bitmap_union(MY_BITMAP *map, const MY_BITMAP *map2);
extern void bitmap_xor(MY_BITMAP *map, const MY_BITMAP *map2);
extern void bitmap_invert(MY_BITMAP *map);
extern void bitmap_copy(MY_BITMAP *map, const MY_BITMAP *map2);
/* Functions to export/import bitmaps to an architecture independent format */
extern void bitmap_export(uchar *to, MY_BITMAP *map);
extern void bitmap_import(MY_BITMAP *map, uchar *from);

#define my_bitmap_map_bytes sizeof(my_bitmap_map)
#define my_bitmap_map_bits  (my_bitmap_map_bytes*8)
/* Size in bytes to store 'bits' number of bits */
#define bitmap_buffer_size(bits) (MY_ALIGN((bits), my_bitmap_map_bits)/8)
#define my_bitmap_buffer_size(map) bitmap_buffer_size((map)->n_bits)
#define no_bytes_in_export_map(map) (((map)->n_bits + 7)/8)
#define no_words_in_map(map) (((map)->n_bits + (my_bitmap_map_bits-1))/my_bitmap_map_bits)

/* Fast, not thread safe, bitmap functions */
/* The following functions must be compatible with create_last_bit_mask()! */
static inline void
bitmap_set_bit(MY_BITMAP *map,uint bit)
{
  DBUG_ASSERT(bit < map->n_bits);
  map->bitmap[bit/my_bitmap_map_bits]|=
    (1ULL << (bit & (my_bitmap_map_bits-1)));
}
static inline void
bitmap_flip_bit(MY_BITMAP *map,uint bit)
{
  DBUG_ASSERT(bit < map->n_bits);
  map->bitmap[bit/my_bitmap_map_bits]^=
    (1ULL << (bit & (my_bitmap_map_bits-1)));
}
static inline void
bitmap_clear_bit(MY_BITMAP *map,uint bit)
{
  DBUG_ASSERT(bit < map->n_bits);
  map->bitmap[bit/my_bitmap_map_bits]&=
    ~(1ULL << (bit & (my_bitmap_map_bits-1)));
}
static inline uint
bitmap_is_set(const MY_BITMAP *map,uint bit)
{
  DBUG_ASSERT(bit < map->n_bits);
  return (!!(map->bitmap[bit/my_bitmap_map_bits] &
             (1ULL << (bit & (my_bitmap_map_bits-1)))));
}

/* Return true if bitmaps are equal */
static inline my_bool bitmap_cmp(const MY_BITMAP *map1, const MY_BITMAP *map2)
{
  DBUG_ASSERT(map1->n_bits == map2->n_bits);
  return (memcmp(map1->bitmap, map2->bitmap,
                 my_bitmap_buffer_size(map1)) == 0);
}

#define bitmap_clear_all(MAP) \
  { memset((MAP)->bitmap, 0, my_bitmap_buffer_size(MAP)); }

static inline void
bitmap_set_all(const MY_BITMAP *map)
{
  if (map->n_bits)
  {
    memset(map->bitmap, 0xFF, my_bitmap_map_bytes * (no_words_in_map(map)-1));
    DBUG_ASSERT(map->bitmap + no_words_in_map(map)-1 == map->last_word_ptr);
    *map->last_word_ptr= ~map->last_bit_mask;
  }
}

#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* _my_bitmap_h_ */
/* Copyright (C) 2010, 2021, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/**
  @file

  Engine defined options of tables/fields/keys in CREATE/ALTER TABLE.
*/

#ifndef SQL_CREATE_OPTIONS_INCLUDED
#define SQL_CREATE_OPTIONS_INCLUDED

#include "sql_class.h"

enum { ENGINE_OPTION_MAX_LENGTH=32767 };

class engine_option_value: public Sql_alloc
{
 public:
  LEX_CSTRING name;
  LEX_CSTRING value;
  engine_option_value *next;    ///< parser puts them in a FIFO linked list
  bool parsed;                  ///< to detect unrecognized options
  bool quoted_value;            ///< option=VAL vs. option='VAL'

  engine_option_value(engine_option_value *src) :
    name(src->name), value(src->value),
    next(NULL), parsed(src->parsed), quoted_value(src->quoted_value)
  {
  }
  engine_option_value(LEX_CSTRING &name_arg, LEX_CSTRING &value_arg,
                      bool quoted) :
    name(name_arg), value(value_arg),
    next(NULL), parsed(false), quoted_value(quoted)
  {
  }
  engine_option_value(LEX_CSTRING &name_arg):
    name(name_arg), value(null_clex_str),
    next(NULL), parsed(false), quoted_value(false)
  {
  }
  engine_option_value(LEX_CSTRING &name_arg, ulonglong value_arg,
                      MEM_ROOT *root) :
    name(name_arg), next(NULL), parsed(false), quoted_value(false)
  {
    char *str;
    if (likely((value.str= str= (char *)alloc_root(root, 22))))
    {
      value.length= longlong10_to_str(value_arg, str, 10) - str;
    }
  }
  static uchar *frm_read(const uchar *buff, const uchar *buff_end,
                         engine_option_value **start,
                         engine_option_value **end, MEM_ROOT *root);
  void link(engine_option_value **start, engine_option_value **end);
  uint frm_length();
  uchar *frm_image(uchar *buff);
};

typedef struct st_key KEY;
class Create_field;

bool resolve_sysvar_table_options(handlerton *hton);
void free_sysvar_table_options(handlerton *hton);
bool parse_engine_table_options(THD *thd, handlerton *ht, TABLE_SHARE *share);
#ifdef WITH_PARTITION_STORAGE_ENGINE
bool parse_engine_part_options(THD *thd, TABLE *table);
#endif
bool parse_option_list(THD* thd, void *option_struct,
                       engine_option_value **option_list,
                       ha_create_table_option *rules,
                       bool suppress_warning, MEM_ROOT *root);
bool extend_option_list(THD* thd, handlerton *hton, bool create,
                        engine_option_value **option_list,
                        ha_create_table_option *rules);

bool engine_table_options_frm_read(const uchar *buff, size_t length,
                                   TABLE_SHARE *share);
bool merge_engine_options(engine_option_value *source,
                          engine_option_value *changes,
                          engine_option_value **out, MEM_ROOT *root);

uint engine_table_options_frm_length(engine_option_value *table_option_list,
                                     List<Create_field> &create_fields,
                                     uint keys, KEY *key_info);
uchar *engine_table_options_frm_image(uchar *buff,
                                      engine_option_value *table_option_list,
                                      List<Create_field> &create_fields,
                                      uint keys, KEY *key_info);

bool engine_options_differ(void *old_struct, void *new_struct,
                           ha_create_table_option *rules);
bool is_engine_option_known(engine_option_value *opt,
                            ha_create_table_option *rules);
#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef FILESORT_INCLUDED
#define FILESORT_INCLUDED

#include "my_base.h"                            /* ha_rows */
#include "sql_alloc.h"
#include "filesort_utils.h"

class SQL_SELECT;
class THD;
struct TABLE;
class Filesort_tracker;
struct SORT_FIELD;
struct SORT_FIELD_ATTR;
typedef struct st_order ORDER;
class JOIN;
class Addon_fields;
class Sort_keys;


/**
  Sorting related info.
  To be extended by another WL to include complete filesort implementation.
*/
class Filesort: public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  /** List of expressions to order the table by */
  ORDER *order;
  /** Number of records to return */
  ha_rows limit;
  /** ORDER BY list with some precalculated info for filesort */
  SORT_FIELD *sortorder;
  /* Used with ROWNUM. Contains the number of rows filesort has found so far */
  ha_rows *accepted_rows;
  /** select to use for getting records */
  SQL_SELECT *select;

  /** TRUE <=> free select on destruction */
  bool own_select;
  /** TRUE means we are using Priority Queue for order by with limit. */
  bool using_pq;
  /* 
    TRUE means sort operation must produce table rowids. 
    FALSE means that it also has an option of producing {sort_key, addon_fields}
          pairs.

    Usually initialized with value of join_tab->keep_current_rowid to allow for
    a call to table->file->position() using these table rowids.
  */
  bool sort_positions;
  /*
    TRUE means all the fields of table of whose bitmap read_set is set
         need to be read while reading records in the sort buffer.
    FALSE otherwise
  */
  bool set_all_read_bits;

  Filesort_tracker *tracker;
  Sort_keys *sort_keys;

  /* Unpack temp table columns to base table columns*/
  void (*unpack)(TABLE *);

  Filesort(ORDER *order_arg, ha_rows limit_arg, bool sort_positions_arg,
           SQL_SELECT *select_arg):
    order(order_arg),
    limit(limit_arg),
    sortorder(NULL),
    accepted_rows(0),
    select(select_arg),
    own_select(false), 
    using_pq(false),
    sort_positions(sort_positions_arg),
    set_all_read_bits(false),
    sort_keys(NULL),
    unpack(NULL)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(order);
  };

  ~Filesort() { cleanup(); }
  /* Prepare ORDER BY list for sorting. */
  Sort_keys* make_sortorder(THD *thd, JOIN *join, table_map first_table_bit);

private:
  void cleanup();
};


class SORT_INFO
{
  /// Buffer for sorting keys.
  Filesort_buffer filesort_buffer;

public:
  SORT_INFO()
    :addon_fields(NULL), record_pointers(0),
     sort_keys(NULL),
     sorted_result_in_fsbuf(FALSE)
  {
    buffpek.str= 0;
    my_b_clear(&io_cache);
  }

  ~SORT_INFO();

  void free_data()
  {
    close_cached_file(&io_cache);
    free_addon_buff();
    my_free(record_pointers);
    my_free(buffpek.str);
    my_free(addon_fields);
    free_sort_buffer();
  }

  void reset()
  {
    free_data();
    record_pointers= 0;
    buffpek.str= 0;
    addon_fields= 0;
    sorted_result_in_fsbuf= false;
  }

  void free_addon_buff();

  IO_CACHE  io_cache;           /* If sorted through filesort */
  LEX_STRING buffpek;           /* Buffer for buffpek structures */
  Addon_fields *addon_fields;   /* Addon field descriptors */
  uchar     *record_pointers;    /* If sorted in memory */
  Sort_keys *sort_keys;         /* Sort key descriptors*/

  /**
    If the entire result of filesort fits in memory, we skip the merge phase.
    We may leave the result in filesort_buffer
    (indicated by sorted_result_in_fsbuf), or we may strip away
    the sort keys, and copy the sorted result into a new buffer.
    @see save_index()
   */
  bool      sorted_result_in_fsbuf;

  /*
    How many rows in final result.
    Also how many rows in record_pointers, if used
  */
  ha_rows   return_rows;
  ha_rows   m_examined_rows;    /* How many rows read. Already in thd */
  ha_rows   found_rows;         /* How many rows was accepted */

  /** Sort filesort_buffer */
  void sort_buffer(Sort_param *param, uint count)
  { filesort_buffer.sort_buffer(param, count); }

  uchar **get_sort_keys()
  { return filesort_buffer.get_sort_keys(); }

  uchar *get_sorted_record(uint ix)
  { return filesort_buffer.get_sorted_record(ix); }

  uchar *alloc_sort_buffer(uint num_records, uint record_length)
  { return filesort_buffer.alloc_sort_buffer(num_records, record_length); }

  void free_sort_buffer()
  { filesort_buffer.free_sort_buffer(); }

  bool isfull() const
  { return filesort_buffer.isfull(); }
  void init_record_pointers()
  { filesort_buffer.init_record_pointers(); }
  void init_next_record_pointer()
  { filesort_buffer.init_next_record_pointer(); }
  uchar *get_next_record_pointer()
  { return filesort_buffer.get_next_record_pointer(); }
  void adjust_next_record_pointer(uint val)
  { filesort_buffer.adjust_next_record_pointer(val); }

  Bounds_checked_array<uchar> get_raw_buf()
  { return filesort_buffer.get_raw_buf(); }

  size_t sort_buffer_size() const
  { return filesort_buffer.sort_buffer_size(); }

  bool is_allocated() const
  { return filesort_buffer.is_allocated(); }
  void set_sort_length(uint val)
  { filesort_buffer.set_sort_length(val); }
  uint get_sort_length() const
  { return filesort_buffer.get_sort_length(); }

  bool has_filesort_result_in_memory() const
  {
    return record_pointers || sorted_result_in_fsbuf;
  }

  /// Are we using "addon fields"?
  bool using_addon_fields() const
  {
    return addon_fields != NULL;
  }

  /// Are we using "packed addon fields"?
  bool using_packed_addons();

  /**
    Copies (unpacks) values appended to sorted fields from a buffer back to
    their regular positions specified by the Field::ptr pointers.
    @param buff            Buffer which to unpack the value from
  */
  template<bool Packed_addon_fields>
  inline void unpack_addon_fields(uchar *buff);

  bool using_packed_sortkeys();

  friend SORT_INFO *filesort(THD *thd, TABLE *table, Filesort *filesort,
                             Filesort_tracker* tracker, JOIN *join,
                             table_map first_table_bit);
};

SORT_INFO *filesort(THD *thd, TABLE *table, Filesort *filesort,
                    Filesort_tracker* tracker, JOIN *join=NULL,
                    table_map first_table_bit=0);

bool filesort_use_addons(TABLE *table, uint sortlength,
                         uint *length, uint *fields, uint *null_fields,
                         uint *m_packable_length);

void change_double_for_sort(double nr,uchar *to);
void store_length(uchar *to, uint length, uint pack_length);
void
reverse_key(uchar *to, const SORT_FIELD_ATTR *sort_field);

#endif /* FILESORT_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2001, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _SQL_CACHE_H
#define _SQL_CACHE_H

#include "hash.h"
#include "my_base.h"                            /* ha_rows */

class MY_LOCALE;
struct TABLE_LIST;
class Time_zone;
struct LEX;
struct TABLE;
typedef struct st_changed_table_list CHANGED_TABLE_LIST;

/* Query cache */

/*
   Can't create new free memory block if unused memory in block less
   then QUERY_CACHE_MIN_ALLOCATION_UNIT.
   if QUERY_CACHE_MIN_ALLOCATION_UNIT == 0 then
   QUERY_CACHE_MIN_ALLOCATION_UNIT choosed automatically
*/
#define QUERY_CACHE_MIN_ALLOCATION_UNIT		512

/* inittial size of hashes */
#define QUERY_CACHE_DEF_QUERY_HASH_SIZE		1024
#define QUERY_CACHE_DEF_TABLE_HASH_SIZE		1024

/* minimal result data size when data allocated */
#define QUERY_CACHE_MIN_RESULT_DATA_SIZE	(1024*4)

/* 
   start estimation of first result block size only when number of queries
   bigger then: 
*/
#define QUERY_CACHE_MIN_ESTIMATED_QUERIES_NUMBER 3



/* memory bins size spacing (see at Query_cache::init_cache (sql_cache.cc)) */
#define QUERY_CACHE_MEM_BIN_FIRST_STEP_PWR2	4
#define QUERY_CACHE_MEM_BIN_STEP_PWR2		2
#define QUERY_CACHE_MEM_BIN_PARTS_INC		1
#define QUERY_CACHE_MEM_BIN_PARTS_MUL		1.2
#define QUERY_CACHE_MEM_BIN_SPC_LIM_PWR2	3

/* how many free blocks check when finding most suitable before other 'end'
   of list of free blocks */
#define QUERY_CACHE_MEM_BIN_TRY                 5

/* packing parameters */
#define QUERY_CACHE_PACK_ITERATION		2
#define QUERY_CACHE_PACK_LIMIT			(512*1024L)

#define TABLE_COUNTER_TYPE uint

struct Query_cache_block;
struct Query_cache_block_table;
struct Query_cache_table;
struct Query_cache_query;
struct Query_cache_result;
class Query_cache;
struct Query_cache_tls;
struct LEX;
class THD;

typedef my_bool (*qc_engine_callback)(THD *thd, const char *table_key,
                                      uint key_length,
                                      ulonglong *engine_data);

/**
  This class represents a node in the linked chain of queries
  belonging to one table.

  @note The root of this linked list is not a query-type block, but the table-
        type block which all queries has in common.
*/
struct Query_cache_block_table
{
  Query_cache_block_table() = default;                /* Remove gcc warning */

  /**
    This node holds a position in a static table list belonging
    to the associated query (base 0).
  */
  TABLE_COUNTER_TYPE n;

  /**
    Pointers to the next and previous node, linking all queries with 
    a common table.
  */
  Query_cache_block_table *next, *prev;

  /**
    A pointer to the table-type block which all
    linked queries has in common.
  */
  Query_cache_table *parent;

  /**
    A method to calculate the address of the query cache block
    owning this node. The purpose of this calculation is to 
    make it easier to move the query cache block without having
    to modify all the pointer addresses.
  */
  inline Query_cache_block *block();
};

struct Query_cache_block
{
  Query_cache_block() = default;                      /* Remove gcc warning */
  enum block_type {FREE, QUERY, RESULT, RES_CONT, RES_BEG,
		   RES_INCOMPLETE, TABLE, INCOMPLETE};

  size_t length;					// length of all block
  size_t used;					// length of data
  /*
    Not used **pprev, **prev because really needed access to pervious block:
    *pprev to join free blocks
    *prev to access to opposite side of list in cyclic sorted list
  */
  Query_cache_block *pnext,*pprev,		// physical next/previous block
		    *next,*prev;		// logical next/previous block
  block_type type;
  TABLE_COUNTER_TYPE n_tables;			// number of tables in query

  inline bool is_free(void) { return type == FREE; }
  void init(size_t length);
  void destroy();
  uint headers_len() const;
  uchar* data(void) const;
  Query_cache_query *query();
  Query_cache_table *table();
  Query_cache_result *result();
  Query_cache_block_table *table(TABLE_COUNTER_TYPE n);
};

struct Query_cache_query
{
  ulonglong limit_found_rows;
  mysql_rwlock_t lock;
  Query_cache_block *res;
  Query_cache_tls *wri;
  size_t len;
  unsigned int last_pkt_nr;
  uint8 tbls_type;
  uint8 ready;
  ulonglong hit_count;

  Query_cache_query() = default;                      /* Remove gcc warning */
  inline void init_n_lock();
  void unlock_n_destroy();
  inline ulonglong found_rows()		   { return limit_found_rows; }
  inline void found_rows(ulonglong rows)   { limit_found_rows= rows; }
  inline Query_cache_block *result()	   { return res; }
  inline void result(Query_cache_block *p) { res= p; }
  inline Query_cache_tls *writer()	   { return wri; }
  inline void writer(Query_cache_tls *p)   { wri= p; }
  inline uint8 tables_type()               { return tbls_type; }
  inline void tables_type(uint8 type)      { tbls_type= type; }
  inline size_t length()			   { return len; }
  inline size_t add(size_t packet_len)	   { return(len+= packet_len); }
  inline void length(size_t length_arg)	   { len= length_arg; }
  inline uchar* query()
  {
    return (((uchar*)this) + ALIGN_SIZE(sizeof(Query_cache_query)));
  }
  /**
    following used to check if result ready in plugin without
    locking rw_lock of the query.
  */
  inline void set_results_ready()          { ready= 1; }
  inline bool is_results_ready()           { return ready; }
  inline void increment_hits() { hit_count++; }
  inline ulonglong hits() { return hit_count; }
  void lock_writing();
  void lock_reading();
  bool try_lock_writing();
  void unlock_writing();
  void unlock_reading();
};


struct Query_cache_table
{
  Query_cache_table() = default;                      /* Remove gcc warning */
  char *tbl;
  uint32 key_len;
  uint8 suffix_len;                          /* For partitioned tables */
  uint8 table_type;
  /* unique for every engine reference */
  qc_engine_callback callback_func;
  /* data need by some engines */
  ulonglong engine_data_buff;

  /**
    The number of queries depending of this table.
  */
  int32 m_cached_query_count;
  /**
    If table included in the table hash to be found by other queries
  */
  my_bool hashed;

  inline char *db()			     { return (char *) data(); }
  inline char *table()			     { return tbl; }
  inline void table(char *table_arg)	     { tbl= table_arg; }
  inline uint32 key_length()                 { return key_len; }
  inline void key_length(uint32 len)         { key_len= len; }
  inline uint8 suffix_length()               { return suffix_len; }
  inline void suffix_length(uint8 len)       { suffix_len= len; }
  inline uint8 type()                        { return table_type; }
  inline void type(uint8 t)                  { table_type= t; }
  inline qc_engine_callback callback()       { return callback_func; }
  inline void callback(qc_engine_callback fn){ callback_func= fn; }
  inline ulonglong engine_data()             { return engine_data_buff; }
  inline void engine_data(ulonglong data_arg){ engine_data_buff= data_arg; }
  inline my_bool is_hashed()                 { return hashed; }
  inline void set_hashed(my_bool hash)       { hashed= hash; }
  inline uchar* data()
  {
    return (uchar*)(((uchar*)this)+
		  ALIGN_SIZE(sizeof(Query_cache_table)));
  }
};

struct Query_cache_result
{
  Query_cache_result() = default;                     /* Remove gcc warning */
  Query_cache_block *query;

  inline uchar* data()
  {
    return (uchar*)(((uchar*) this)+
		  ALIGN_SIZE(sizeof(Query_cache_result)));
  }
  /* data_continue (if not whole packet contained by this block) */
  inline Query_cache_block *parent()		  { return query; }
  inline void parent (Query_cache_block *p)	  { query=p; }
};


extern "C"
{
  const uchar *query_cache_query_get_key(const void *record, size_t *length,
                                         my_bool);
  const uchar *query_cache_table_get_key(const void *record, size_t *length,
                                         my_bool);
}
extern "C" void query_cache_invalidate_by_MyISAM_filename(const char* filename);


struct Query_cache_memory_bin
{
  Query_cache_memory_bin() = default;                 /* Remove gcc warning */
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  size_t size;
#endif
  uint number;
  Query_cache_block *free_blocks;

  inline void init(size_t size_arg)
  {
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
    size = size_arg;
#endif
    number = 0;
    free_blocks = 0;
  }
};

struct Query_cache_memory_bin_step
{
  Query_cache_memory_bin_step() = default;            /* Remove gcc warning */
  size_t size;
  size_t increment;
  size_t idx;
  inline void init(size_t size_arg, size_t idx_arg, size_t increment_arg)
  {
    size = size_arg;
    idx = idx_arg;
    increment = increment_arg;
  }
};

class Query_cache
{
public:
  /* Info */
  size_t query_cache_size, query_cache_limit;
  /* statistics */
  size_t free_memory, queries_in_cache, hits, inserts, refused,
    free_memory_blocks, total_blocks, lowmem_prunes;


private:
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  my_thread_id m_cache_lock_thread_id;
#endif
  mysql_cond_t COND_cache_status_changed;
  uint m_requests_in_progress;
  enum Cache_lock_status { UNLOCKED, LOCKED_NO_WAIT, LOCKED };
  Cache_lock_status m_cache_lock_status;
  enum Cache_staus {OK, DISABLE_REQUEST, DISABLED};
  Cache_staus m_cache_status;

  void free_query_internal(Query_cache_block *point);
  void invalidate_table_internal(uchar *key, size_t key_length);

protected:
  /*
    The following mutex is locked when searching or changing global
    query, tables lists or hashes. When we are operating inside the
    query structure we locked an internal query block mutex.
    LOCK SEQUENCE (to prevent deadlocks):
      1. structure_guard_mutex
      2. query block (for operation inside query (query block/results))

    Thread doing cache flush releases the mutex once it sets
    m_cache_lock_status flag, so other threads may bypass the cache as
    if it is disabled, not waiting for reset to finish.  The exception
    is other threads that were going to do cache flush---they'll wait
    till the end of a flush operation.
  */
  mysql_mutex_t structure_guard_mutex;
  size_t additional_data_size;
  uchar *cache;					// cache memory
  Query_cache_block *first_block;		// physical location block list
  Query_cache_block *queries_blocks;		// query list (LIFO)
  Query_cache_block *tables_blocks;

  Query_cache_memory_bin *bins;			// free block lists
  Query_cache_memory_bin_step *steps;		// bins spacing info
  HASH queries, tables;
  /* options */
  size_t min_allocation_unit, min_result_data_size;
  uint def_query_hash_size, def_table_hash_size;
  
  size_t mem_bin_num, mem_bin_steps;		// See at init_cache & find_bin

  bool initialized;

  /* Exclude/include from cyclic double linked list */
  static void double_linked_list_exclude(Query_cache_block *point,
					 Query_cache_block **list_pointer);
  static void double_linked_list_simple_include(Query_cache_block *point,
						Query_cache_block **
						list_pointer);
  static void double_linked_list_join(Query_cache_block *head_tail,
				      Query_cache_block *tail_head);

  /* The following functions require that structure_guard_mutex is locked */
  void flush_cache();
  my_bool free_old_query();
  void free_query(Query_cache_block *point);
  my_bool allocate_data_chain(Query_cache_block **result_block,
			      size_t data_len,
			      Query_cache_block *query_block,
			      my_bool first_block);
  void invalidate_table(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table);
  void invalidate_table(THD *thd, TABLE *table);
  void invalidate_table(THD *thd, uchar *key, size_t  key_length);
  void invalidate_table(THD *thd, Query_cache_block *table_block);
  void invalidate_query_block_list(Query_cache_block_table *list_root);

  TABLE_COUNTER_TYPE
    register_tables_from_list(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables_used,
                              TABLE_COUNTER_TYPE counter,
                              Query_cache_block_table **block_table);
  my_bool register_all_tables(THD *thd, Query_cache_block *block,
			      TABLE_LIST *tables_used,
			      TABLE_COUNTER_TYPE tables);
  void unlink_table(Query_cache_block_table *node);
  Query_cache_block *get_free_block (size_t len, my_bool not_less,
				      size_t min);
  void free_memory_block(Query_cache_block *point);
  void split_block(Query_cache_block *block, size_t len);
  Query_cache_block *join_free_blocks(Query_cache_block *first_block,
				       Query_cache_block *block_in_list);
  my_bool append_next_free_block(Query_cache_block *block,
				 size_t add_size);
  void exclude_from_free_memory_list(Query_cache_block *free_block);
  void insert_into_free_memory_list(Query_cache_block *new_block);
  my_bool move_by_type(uchar **border, Query_cache_block **before,
		       size_t *gap, Query_cache_block *i);
  uint find_bin(size_t size);
  void move_to_query_list_end(Query_cache_block *block);
  void insert_into_free_memory_sorted_list(Query_cache_block *new_block,
					   Query_cache_block **list);
  void pack_cache();
  void relink(Query_cache_block *oblock,
	      Query_cache_block *nblock,
	      Query_cache_block *next,
	      Query_cache_block *prev,
	      Query_cache_block *pnext,
	      Query_cache_block *pprev);
  my_bool join_results(size_t join_limit);

  /*
    Following function control structure_guard_mutex
    by themself or don't need structure_guard_mutex
  */
  size_t init_cache();
  void make_disabled();
  void free_cache();
  Query_cache_block *write_block_data(size_t data_len, uchar* data,
				       size_t header_len,
				       Query_cache_block::block_type type,
				       TABLE_COUNTER_TYPE ntab = 0);
  my_bool append_result_data(Query_cache_block **result,
			     size_t data_len, uchar* data,
			     Query_cache_block *parent);
  my_bool write_result_data(Query_cache_block **result,
			    size_t data_len, uchar* data,
			    Query_cache_block *parent,
			    Query_cache_block::block_type
			    type=Query_cache_block::RESULT);
  inline size_t get_min_first_result_data_size();
  inline size_t get_min_append_result_data_size();
  Query_cache_block *allocate_block(size_t len, my_bool not_less,
				     size_t min);
  /*
    If query is cacheable return number tables in query
    (query without tables not cached)
  */
  TABLE_COUNTER_TYPE is_cacheable(THD *thd,
                                  LEX *lex, TABLE_LIST *tables_used,
                                  uint8 *tables_type);
  TABLE_COUNTER_TYPE process_and_count_tables(THD *thd,
                                              TABLE_LIST *tables_used,
                                              uint8 *tables_type);

  static my_bool ask_handler_allowance(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables_used);
 public:

  Query_cache(size_t query_cache_limit = ULONG_MAX,
	      size_t min_allocation_unit = QUERY_CACHE_MIN_ALLOCATION_UNIT,
	      size_t min_result_data_size = QUERY_CACHE_MIN_RESULT_DATA_SIZE,
	      uint def_query_hash_size = QUERY_CACHE_DEF_QUERY_HASH_SIZE,
	      uint def_table_hash_size = QUERY_CACHE_DEF_TABLE_HASH_SIZE);

  inline bool is_disabled(void) { return m_cache_status != OK; }
  inline bool is_disable_in_progress(void)
  { return m_cache_status == DISABLE_REQUEST; }

  /* initialize cache (mutex) */
  void init();
  /* resize query cache (return real query size, 0 if disabled) */
  size_t resize(size_t query_cache_size);
  /* set limit on result size */
  inline void result_size_limit(size_t limit){query_cache_limit=limit;}
  /* set minimal result data allocation unit size */
  size_t set_min_res_unit(size_t size);

  /* register query in cache */
  void store_query(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *used_tables);

  /*
    Check if the query is in the cache and if this is true send the
    data to client.
  */
  int send_result_to_client(THD *thd, char *query, uint query_length);

  /* Remove all queries that uses any of the listed following tables */
  void invalidate(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables_used,
		  my_bool using_transactions);
  void invalidate(THD *thd, CHANGED_TABLE_LIST *tables_used);
  void invalidate_locked_for_write(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables_used);
  void invalidate(THD *thd, TABLE *table, my_bool using_transactions);
  void invalidate(THD *thd, const char *key, size_t key_length,
		  my_bool using_transactions);

  /* Remove all queries that uses any of the tables in following database */
  void invalidate(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING &db);

  /* Remove all queries that uses any of the listed following table */
  void invalidate_by_MyISAM_filename(const char *filename);

  void flush();
  void pack(THD *thd,
            size_t join_limit = QUERY_CACHE_PACK_LIMIT,
	    uint iteration_limit = QUERY_CACHE_PACK_ITERATION);

  void destroy();

  void insert(THD *thd, Query_cache_tls *query_cache_tls,
              const char *packet,
              size_t length,
              unsigned pkt_nr);
  my_bool insert_table(THD *thd, size_t key_len, const char *key,
		       Query_cache_block_table *node,
		       size_t db_length, uint8 suffix_length_arg,
                       uint8 cache_type,
		       qc_engine_callback callback,
		       ulonglong engine_data,
                       my_bool hash);

  void end_of_result(THD *thd);
  void abort(THD *thd, Query_cache_tls *query_cache_tls);

  /*
    The following functions are only used when debugging
    We don't protect these with ifndef DBUG_OFF to not have to recompile
    everything if we want to add checks of the cache at some places.
  */
  void wreck(uint line, const char *message);
  void bins_dump();
  void cache_dump();
  void queries_dump();
  void tables_dump();
  my_bool check_integrity(bool not_locked);
  my_bool in_list(Query_cache_block * root, Query_cache_block * point,
		  const char *name);
  my_bool in_table_list(Query_cache_block_table * root,
			Query_cache_block_table * point,
			const char *name);
  my_bool in_blocks(Query_cache_block * point);

  /* Table key generation */
  static uint filename_2_table_key (char *key, const char *filename,
				    uint32 *db_langth);

  enum Cache_try_lock_mode {WAIT, TIMEOUT, TRY};
  bool try_lock(THD *thd, Cache_try_lock_mode mode= WAIT);
  void lock(THD *thd);
  void lock_and_suspend(void);
  void unlock(void);

  void disable_query_cache(THD *thd);
};

#ifdef HAVE_QUERY_CACHE
struct Query_cache_query_flags
{
  unsigned int client_long_flag:1;
  unsigned int client_protocol_41:1;
  unsigned int client_extended_metadata:1;
  unsigned int client_depr_eof:1;
  unsigned int protocol_type:2;
  unsigned int more_results_exists:1;
  unsigned int in_trans:1;
  unsigned int autocommit:1;
  unsigned int pkt_nr;
  uint character_set_client_num;
  uint character_set_results_num;
  uint collation_connection_num;
  uint group_concat_max_len;
  ha_rows limit;
  Time_zone *time_zone;
  sql_mode_t sql_mode;
  ulonglong max_sort_length;
  size_t default_week_format;
  size_t div_precision_increment;
  MY_LOCALE *lc_time_names;
};
#define QUERY_CACHE_FLAGS_SIZE sizeof(Query_cache_query_flags)
#define QUERY_CACHE_DB_LENGTH_SIZE 2
#include "sql_cache.h"
#define query_cache_abort(A,B) query_cache.abort(A,B)
#define query_cache_end_of_result(A) query_cache.end_of_result(A)
#define query_cache_store_query(A, B) query_cache.store_query(A, B)
#define query_cache_destroy() query_cache.destroy()
#define query_cache_result_size_limit(A) query_cache.result_size_limit(A)
#define query_cache_init() query_cache.init()
#define query_cache_resize(A) query_cache.resize(A)
#define query_cache_set_min_res_unit(A) query_cache.set_min_res_unit(A)
#define query_cache_invalidate3(A, B, C) query_cache.invalidate(A, B, C)
#define query_cache_invalidate1(A, B) query_cache.invalidate(A, B)
#define query_cache_send_result_to_client(A, B, C) \
  query_cache.send_result_to_client(A, B, C)
#define query_cache_invalidate_by_MyISAM_filename_ref \
  &query_cache_invalidate_by_MyISAM_filename
#define query_cache_invalidate_locked_for_write(A, B) \
  query_cache.invalidate_locked_for_write(A, B)
/* note the "maybe": it's a read without mutex */
#define query_cache_maybe_disabled(T)                                 \
  (T->variables.query_cache_type == 0 || query_cache.query_cache_size == 0)
#define query_cache_is_cacheable_query(L) \
  (((L)->sql_command == SQLCOM_SELECT) && (L)->safe_to_cache_query)
#else
#define QUERY_CACHE_FLAGS_SIZE 0
#define query_cache_store_query(A, B)     do { } while(0)
#define query_cache_destroy()             do { } while(0)
#define query_cache_result_size_limit(A)  do { } while(0)
#define query_cache_init()                do { } while(0)
#define query_cache_resize(A)             do { } while(0)
#define query_cache_set_min_res_unit(A)   do { } while(0)
#define query_cache_invalidate3(A, B, C)  do { } while(0)
#define query_cache_invalidate1(A,B)      do { } while(0)
#define query_cache_send_result_to_client(A, B, C) 0
#define query_cache_invalidate_by_MyISAM_filename_ref NULL
#define query_cache_invalidate_locked_for_write(A, B) do { } while(0)

#define query_cache_abort(A,B)            do { } while(0)
#define query_cache_end_of_result(A)      do { } while(0)
#define query_cache_maybe_disabled(T) 1
#define query_cache_is_cacheable_query(L) 0
#endif /*HAVE_QUERY_CACHE*/

extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Query_cache query_cache;
#endif
#ifndef SQL_RELOAD_INCLUDED
#define SQL_RELOAD_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

class THD;
struct TABLE_LIST;

bool reload_acl_and_cache(THD *thd, unsigned long long options,
                          TABLE_LIST *tables, int *write_to_binlog);

bool flush_tables_with_read_lock(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *all_tables);

#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2005, 2016, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef LOG_H
#define LOG_H

#include "handler.h"                            /* my_xid */
#include "rpl_constants.h"

class Relay_log_info;
class Gtid_index_writer;

class Format_description_log_event;
class Gtid_log_event;

bool reopen_fstreams(const char *filename, FILE *outstream, FILE *errstream);
void setup_log_handling();
bool trans_has_updated_trans_table(const THD* thd);
bool stmt_has_updated_trans_table(const THD *thd);
bool use_trans_cache(const THD* thd, bool is_transactional);
bool ending_trans(THD* thd, const bool all);
bool ending_single_stmt_trans(THD* thd, const bool all);
bool trans_has_updated_non_trans_table(const THD* thd);
bool stmt_has_updated_non_trans_table(const THD* thd);

/*
  Transaction Coordinator log - a base abstract class
  for two different implementations
*/
class TC_LOG
{
  public:
  int using_heuristic_recover();
  TC_LOG() = default;
  virtual ~TC_LOG() = default;

  virtual int open(const char *opt_name)=0;
  virtual void close()=0;
  /*
    Transaction coordinator 2-phase commit.

    Must invoke the run_prepare_ordered and run_commit_ordered methods, as
    described below for these methods.

    In addition, must invoke THD::wait_for_prior_commit(), or equivalent
    wait, to ensure that one commit waits for another if registered to do so.
  */
  virtual int log_and_order(THD *thd, my_xid xid, bool all,
                            bool need_prepare_ordered,
                            bool need_commit_ordered) = 0;
  virtual int unlog(ulong cookie, my_xid xid)=0;
  virtual int unlog_xa_prepare(THD *thd, bool all)= 0;
  virtual void commit_checkpoint_notify(void *cookie)= 0;

protected:
  /*
    These methods are meant to be invoked from log_and_order() implementations
    to run any prepare_ordered() respectively commit_ordered() methods in
    participating handlers.

    They must be called using suitable thread syncronisation to ensure that
    they are each called in the correct commit order among all
    transactions. However, it is only necessary to call them if the
    corresponding flag passed to log_and_order is set (it is safe, but not
    required, to call them when the flag is false).

    The caller must be holding LOCK_prepare_ordered respectively
    LOCK_commit_ordered when calling these methods.
  */
  void run_prepare_ordered(THD *thd, bool all);
  void run_commit_ordered(THD *thd, bool all);
};

/*
  Locks used to ensure serialised execution of TC_LOG::run_prepare_ordered()
  and TC_LOG::run_commit_ordered(), or any other code that calls handler
  prepare_ordered() or commit_ordered() methods.
*/
extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_prepare_ordered;
extern mysql_cond_t COND_prepare_ordered;
extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_after_binlog_sync;
extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_commit_ordered;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE
extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_prepare_ordered, key_LOCK_commit_ordered;
extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_after_binlog_sync;
extern PSI_cond_key key_COND_prepare_ordered;
#endif

class TC_LOG_DUMMY: public TC_LOG // use it to disable the logging
{
public:
  TC_LOG_DUMMY() = default;
  int open(const char *opt_name) override        { return 0; }
  void close() override                          { }
  /*
    TC_LOG_DUMMY is only used when there are <= 1 XA-capable engines, and we
    only use internal XA during commit when >= 2 XA-capable engines
    participate.
  */
  int log_and_order(THD *thd, my_xid xid, bool all,
                    bool need_prepare_ordered, bool need_commit_ordered) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return 1;
  }
  int unlog(ulong cookie, my_xid xid) override  { return 0; }
  int unlog_xa_prepare(THD *thd, bool all) override
  {
    return 0;
  }
  void commit_checkpoint_notify(void *cookie) override { DBUG_ASSERT(0); };
};

#define TC_LOG_PAGE_SIZE   8192

#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
class TC_LOG_MMAP: public TC_LOG
{
  public:                // only to keep Sun Forte on sol9x86 happy
  typedef enum {
    PS_POOL,                 // page is in pool
    PS_ERROR,                // last sync failed
    PS_DIRTY                 // new xids added since last sync
  } PAGE_STATE;

  struct pending_cookies {
    uint count;
    uint pending_count;
    ulong cookies[1];
  };

  private:
  typedef struct st_page {
    struct st_page *next; // page a linked in a fifo queue
    my_xid *start, *end;  // usable area of a page
    my_xid *ptr;          // next xid will be written here
    int size, free;       // max and current number of free xid slots on the page
    int waiters;          // number of waiters on condition
    PAGE_STATE state;     // see above
    mysql_mutex_t lock; // to access page data or control structure
    mysql_cond_t  cond; // to wait for a sync
  } PAGE;

  /* List of THDs for which to invoke commit_ordered(), in order. */
  struct commit_entry
  {
    struct commit_entry *next;
    THD *thd;
  };

  char logname[FN_REFLEN];
  File fd;
  my_off_t file_length;
  uint npages, inited;
  uchar *data;
  struct st_page *pages, *syncing, *active, *pool, **pool_last_ptr;
  /*
    note that, e.g. LOCK_active is only used to protect
    'active' pointer, to protect the content of the active page
    one has to use active->lock.
    Same for LOCK_pool and LOCK_sync
  */
  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_active, LOCK_pool, LOCK_sync, LOCK_pending_checkpoint;
  mysql_cond_t COND_pool, COND_active;
  /*
    Queue of threads that need to call commit_ordered().
    Access to this queue must be protected by LOCK_prepare_ordered.
  */
  commit_entry *commit_ordered_queue;
  /*
    This flag and condition is used to reserve the queue while threads in it
    each run the commit_ordered() methods one after the other. Only once the
    last commit_ordered() in the queue is done can we start on a new queue
    run.

    Since we start this process in the first thread in the queue and finish in
    the last (and possibly different) thread, we need a condition variable for
    this (we cannot unlock a mutex in a different thread than the one who
    locked it).

    The condition is used together with the LOCK_prepare_ordered mutex.
  */
  mysql_cond_t COND_queue_busy;
  my_bool commit_ordered_queue_busy;
  pending_cookies* pending_checkpoint;

  public:
  TC_LOG_MMAP(): inited(0), pending_checkpoint(0) {}
  int open(const char *opt_name) override;
  void close() override;
  int log_and_order(THD *thd, my_xid xid, bool all,
                    bool need_prepare_ordered, bool need_commit_ordered) override;
  int unlog(ulong cookie, my_xid xid) override;
  int unlog_xa_prepare(THD *thd, bool all) override
  {
    return 0;
  }
  void commit_checkpoint_notify(void *cookie) override;
  int recover();

  private:
  int log_one_transaction(my_xid xid);
  void get_active_from_pool();
  int sync();
  int overflow();
  int delete_entry(ulong cookie);
};
#else
#define TC_LOG_MMAP TC_LOG_DUMMY
#endif

extern TC_LOG *tc_log;
extern TC_LOG_MMAP tc_log_mmap;
extern TC_LOG_DUMMY tc_log_dummy;

/* log info errors */
#define LOG_INFO_EOF -1
#define LOG_INFO_IO  -2
#define LOG_INFO_INVALID -3
#define LOG_INFO_SEEK -4
#define LOG_INFO_MEM -6
#define LOG_INFO_FATAL -7
#define LOG_INFO_IN_USE -8
#define LOG_INFO_EMFILE -9


/* bitmap to SQL_LOG::close() */
#define LOG_CLOSE_INDEX		1
#define LOG_CLOSE_TO_BE_OPENED	2
#define LOG_CLOSE_STOP_EVENT	4
#define LOG_CLOSE_DELAYED_CLOSE 8
#define LOG_CLOSE_SYNC_GTID_INDEX 16

/* 
  Maximum unique log filename extension.
  Note: setting to 0x7FFFFFFF due to atol windows 
        overflow/truncate.
 */
#define MAX_LOG_UNIQUE_FN_EXT 0x7FFFFFFF

/* 
   Number of warnings that will be printed to error log
   before extension number is exhausted.
*/
#define LOG_WARN_UNIQUE_FN_EXT_LEFT 1000

class Relay_log_info;

/*
  Note that we destroy the lock mutex in the desctructor here.
  This means that object instances cannot be destroyed/go out of scope,
  until we have reset thd->current_linfo to NULL;
 */
typedef struct st_log_info
{
  char log_file_name[FN_REFLEN];
  my_off_t index_file_offset, index_file_start_offset;
  my_off_t pos;
  bool fatal; // if the purge happens to give us a negative offset
  st_log_info() : index_file_offset(0), index_file_start_offset(0),
      pos(0), fatal(0)
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("LOG_INFO");
    log_file_name[0] = '\0';
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
} LOG_INFO;

/*
  Currently we have only 3 kinds of logging functions: old-fashioned
  logs, stdout and csv logging routines.
*/
#define MAX_LOG_HANDLERS_NUM 3

/* log event handler flags */
#define LOG_NONE       1U
#define LOG_FILE       2U
#define LOG_TABLE      4U

class Log_event;
class Rows_log_event;

enum enum_log_type { LOG_UNKNOWN, LOG_NORMAL, LOG_BIN };
enum enum_log_state { LOG_OPENED, LOG_CLOSED, LOG_TO_BE_OPENED };

/*
  Use larger buffers when reading from and to binary log
  We make it one step smaller than 64K to account for malloc overhead.
*/
#define LOG_BIN_IO_SIZE MY_ALIGN_DOWN(65536-1, IO_SIZE)

/*
  TODO use mmap instead of IO_CACHE for binlog
  (mmap+fsync is two times faster than write+fsync)
*/

class MYSQL_LOG
{
public:
  MYSQL_LOG();
  virtual ~MYSQL_LOG() = default;
  void init_pthread_objects();
  void cleanup();
  bool open(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE
            PSI_file_key log_file_key,
#endif
            const char *log_name,
            enum_log_type log_type,
            const char *new_name, ulong next_file_number,
            enum cache_type io_cache_type_arg);
  void close(uint exiting);
  inline bool is_open() { return log_state != LOG_CLOSED; }
  const char *generate_name(const char *log_name,
                            const char *suffix,
                            bool strip_ext, char *buff);
  virtual int generate_new_name(char *new_name, const char *log_name,
                                ulong next_log_number);
  inline mysql_mutex_t* get_log_lock() { return &LOCK_log; }
 protected:
  /* LOCK_log is inited by init_pthread_objects() */
  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_log;
  char *name;
  char log_file_name[FN_REFLEN];
  char time_buff[20], db[NAME_LEN + 1];
  bool write_error, inited;
  IO_CACHE log_file;
  enum_log_type log_type;
  volatile enum_log_state log_state;
  enum cache_type io_cache_type;
  friend class Log_event;
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE
  /** Instrumentation key to use for file io in @c log_file */
  PSI_file_key m_log_file_key;
#endif

  bool init_and_set_log_file_name(const char *log_name,
                                  const char *new_name,
                                  ulong next_log_number,
                                  enum_log_type log_type_arg,
                                  enum cache_type io_cache_type_arg);
};

/**
  @struct Rows_event_factory

  Holds an event type code and a callback function to create it.
  Should be created by Rows_event_factory::get.
*/
struct Rows_event_factory
{
  int type_code;

  Rows_log_event *(*create)(THD*, TABLE*, ulonglong, bool is_transactional);

  template<class RowsEventT>
  static Rows_event_factory get()
  {
    return { RowsEventT::TYPE_CODE,
             [](THD* thd, TABLE* table, ulonglong flags, bool is_transactional)
                     -> Rows_log_event*
             {
               return new RowsEventT(thd, table, flags, is_transactional);
             }
    };
  }
};

class Event_log: public MYSQL_LOG
{
protected:
  /* binlog encryption data */
  struct Binlog_crypt_data crypto;

  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_binlog_end_pos;

  /** The instrumentation key to use for LOCK_binlog_end_pos. */
  PSI_mutex_key m_key_LOCK_binlog_end_pos;
  /** The instrumentation key to use for opening the log file. */
  PSI_file_key m_key_file_log, m_key_file_log_cache;
public:
#if !defined(MYSQL_CLIENT)
  Rows_log_event*
  prepare_pending_rows_event(THD *thd, TABLE* table,
                             binlog_cache_data *cache_data,
                             uint32 serv_id, size_t needed,
                             bool is_transactional,
                             Rows_event_factory event_factory);
#endif
  int flush_and_set_pending_rows_event(THD *thd, Rows_log_event* event,
                                       binlog_cache_data *cache_data,
                                       bool is_transactional);
  void set_write_error(THD *thd, bool is_transactional);
  static bool check_write_error(THD *thd);
  static bool check_cache_error(THD *thd, binlog_cache_data *cache_data);
  int write_cache(THD *thd, binlog_cache_data *cache_data);
  int write_cache_raw(THD *thd, IO_CACHE *cache);
  char* get_name() { return name; }
  void cleanup()
  {
    if (inited)
      mysql_mutex_destroy(&LOCK_binlog_end_pos);

    MYSQL_LOG::cleanup();
  }
  void init_pthread_objects()
  {
    MYSQL_LOG::init_pthread_objects();

    mysql_mutex_init(m_key_LOCK_binlog_end_pos, &LOCK_binlog_end_pos,
                     MY_MUTEX_INIT_SLOW);
  }

  bool open(enum cache_type io_cache_type_arg);
  virtual IO_CACHE *get_log_file() { return &log_file; }

  longlong write_description_event(enum_binlog_checksum_alg checksum_alg,
                                   bool encrypt, bool dont_set_created,
                                   bool is_relay_log);

  bool write_event(Log_event *ev, binlog_cache_data *data, IO_CACHE *file);
  bool write_event(Log_event *ev, enum enum_binlog_checksum_alg checksum_alg,
                   binlog_cache_data *data, IO_CACHE *file);
};

/**
  A single-reader, single-writer non-blocking layer for Event_log.
  Provides IO_CACHE for writing and IO_CACHE for reading.

  Writers use an overrided get_log_file version for their writes, while readers
  should use flip() to initiate reading.
  flip() swaps pointers to allow non-blocking reads.

  Writers can block other writers and a reader with a mutex, but a reader only
  swaps two pointers under a lock, so it won't block writers.

  TODO should be unnecessary after MDEV-24676 is done
 */
class Cache_flip_event_log: public Event_log {
  IO_CACHE alt_buf;
  IO_CACHE *current, *alt;
  std::atomic<uint> ref_count;
public:
  Cache_flip_event_log() : Event_log(),
                           current(&log_file), alt(&alt_buf), ref_count(1)
  { bzero(&alt_buf, sizeof(alt_buf)); }

  bool open(enum cache_type io_cache_type_arg)
  {
    log_file.dir= mysql_tmpdir;
    alt_buf.dir= log_file.dir;
    bool res= Event_log::open(io_cache_type_arg);
    if (res)
      return res;

    name= my_strdup(key_memory_MYSQL_LOG_name, "online-alter-binlog",
                    MYF(MY_WME));
    if (!name)
      return false;

    res= init_io_cache(&alt_buf, -1, LOG_BIN_IO_SIZE, io_cache_type_arg, 0, 0,
                       MYF(MY_WME | MY_NABP | MY_WAIT_IF_FULL)) != 0;
    return res;
  }

  /**
    Swaps current and alt_log. Can be called only from the reader thread.
    @return a new IO_CACHE pointer to read from.
   */
  IO_CACHE *flip()
  {
    IO_CACHE *tmp= current;
    reinit_io_cache(alt, WRITE_CACHE, 0, 0, 0);
    mysql_mutex_lock(get_log_lock());
    reinit_io_cache(current, READ_CACHE, 0, 0, 0);
    current= alt;
    mysql_mutex_unlock(get_log_lock());
    alt= tmp;

    return alt;
  }

  IO_CACHE *get_log_file() override
  {
    mysql_mutex_assert_owner(get_log_lock());
    return current;
  }

  void acquire()
  {
    IF_DBUG(auto prev= ,)
    ref_count.fetch_add(1);
    DBUG_ASSERT(prev != 0);
  }

  void release()
  {
    auto prev= ref_count.fetch_add(-1);

    if (prev == 1)
    {
      cleanup();
      delete this;
    }
  }

private:
  void cleanup()
  {
    close_cached_file(&log_file);
    close_cached_file(&alt_buf);
    Event_log::cleanup();
  }
};

/* Tell the io thread if we can delay the master info sync. */
#define SEMI_SYNC_SLAVE_DELAY_SYNC 1
/* Tell the io thread if the current event needs a ack. */
#define SEMI_SYNC_NEED_ACK  2

class MYSQL_QUERY_LOG: public MYSQL_LOG
{
public:
  MYSQL_QUERY_LOG() : last_time(0) {}
  void reopen_file();
  bool write(time_t event_time, const char *user_host, size_t user_host_len, my_thread_id thread_id,
             const char *command_type, size_t command_type_len,
             const char *sql_text, size_t sql_text_len);
  bool write(THD *thd, time_t current_time,
             const char *user_host, size_t user_host_len,
             ulonglong query_utime, ulonglong lock_utime, bool is_command,
             const char *sql_text, size_t sql_text_len);
  bool open_slow_log(const char *log_name)
  {
    char buf[FN_REFLEN];
    return open(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE
                key_file_slow_log,
#endif
                generate_name(log_name, "-slow.log", 0, buf),
                LOG_NORMAL, 0, 0, WRITE_CACHE);
  }
  bool open_query_log(const char *log_name)
  {
    char buf[FN_REFLEN];
    return open(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE
                key_file_query_log,
#endif
                generate_name(log_name, ".log", 0, buf),
                LOG_NORMAL, 0, 0, WRITE_CACHE);
  }

private:
  time_t last_time;
};

/*
  We assign each binlog file an internal ID, used to identify them for unlog().
  The IDs start from 0 and increment for each new binlog created.

  In unlog() we need to know the ID of the binlog file that the corresponding
  transaction was written into. We also need a special value for a corner
  case where there is no corresponding binlog id (since nothing was logged).
  And we need an error flag to mark that unlog() must return failure.

  We use the following macros to pack all of this information into the single
  ulong available with log_and_order() / unlog().

  Note that we cannot use the value 0 for cookie, as that is reserved as error
  return value from log_and_order().
  */
#define BINLOG_COOKIE_ERROR_RETURN 0
#define BINLOG_COOKIE_DUMMY_ID 1
#define BINLOG_COOKIE_BASE 2
#define BINLOG_COOKIE_DUMMY(error_flag) \
  ( (BINLOG_COOKIE_DUMMY_ID<<1) | ((error_flag)&1) )
#define BINLOG_COOKIE_MAKE(id, error_flag) \
  ( (((id)+BINLOG_COOKIE_BASE)<<1) | ((error_flag)&1) )
#define BINLOG_COOKIE_GET_ERROR_FLAG(c) ((c) & 1)
#define BINLOG_COOKIE_GET_ID(c) ( ((ulong)(c)>>1) - BINLOG_COOKIE_BASE )
#define BINLOG_COOKIE_IS_DUMMY(c) \
  ( ((ulong)(c)>>1) == BINLOG_COOKIE_DUMMY_ID )


class binlog_cache_mngr;
class binlog_cache_data;
struct rpl_gtid;
struct wait_for_commit;

class MYSQL_BIN_LOG: public TC_LOG, public Event_log
{
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE
  /** The instrumentation key to use for @ LOCK_index. */
  PSI_mutex_key m_key_LOCK_index;
  /** The instrumentation key to use for @ COND_relay_log_updated */
  PSI_cond_key m_key_relay_log_update;
  /** The instrumentation key to use for @ COND_bin_log_updated */
  PSI_cond_key m_key_bin_log_update;
  /** The instrumentation key to use for opening the log index file. */
  PSI_file_key m_key_file_log_index, m_key_file_log_index_cache;

  PSI_cond_key m_key_COND_queue_busy;
#else
  static constexpr PSI_mutex_key m_key_LOCK_index= 0;
  static constexpr PSI_cond_key m_key_relay_log_update= 0;
  static constexpr PSI_cond_key m_key_bin_log_update= 0;
  static constexpr PSI_file_key m_key_file_log= 0, m_key_file_log_cache= 0;
  static constexpr PSI_file_key m_key_file_log_index= 0;
  static constexpr PSI_file_key m_key_file_log_index_cache= 0;
  static constexpr PSI_cond_key m_key_COND_queue_busy= 0;
  static constexpr PSI_mutex_key m_key_LOCK_binlog_end_pos= 0;
#endif

  struct group_commit_entry
  {
    struct group_commit_entry *next;
    THD *thd;
    binlog_cache_mngr *cache_mngr;
    bool using_stmt_cache;
    bool using_trx_cache;
    /*
      Extra events (COMMIT/ROLLBACK/XID, and possibly INCIDENT) to be
      written during group commit. The incident_event is only valid if
      trx_data->has_incident() is true.
    */
    Log_event *end_event;
    Log_event *incident_event;
    /* Set during group commit to record any per-thread error. */
    int error;
    int commit_errno;
    IO_CACHE *error_cache;
    /* This is the `all' parameter for ha_commit_ordered(). */
    bool all;
    /*
      True if we need to increment xid_count in trx_group_commit_leader() and
      decrement in unlog() (this is needed if there is a participating engine
      that does not implement the commit_checkpoint_request() handlerton
      method).
    */
    bool need_unlog;
    /*
      Fields used to pass the necessary information to the last thread in a
      group commit, only used when opt_optimize_thread_scheduling is not set.
    */
    bool check_purge;
    /* Flag used to optimise around wait_for_prior_commit. */
    bool queued_by_other;
    ulong binlog_id;
    bool ro_1pc;  // passes the binlog_cache_mngr::ro_1pc value to Gtid ctor
  };

  /*
    When this is set, a RESET MASTER is in progress.

    Then we should not write any binlog checkpoints into the binlog (that
    could result in deadlock on LOCK_log, and we will delete all binlog files
    anyway). Instead we should signal COND_xid_list whenever a new binlog
    checkpoint arrives - when all have arrived, RESET MASTER will complete.
  */
  uint reset_master_pending;
  ulong mark_xid_done_waiting;

  /* LOCK_log and LOCK_index are inited by init_pthread_objects() */
  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_index;
  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_xid_list;
  mysql_cond_t  COND_xid_list;
  mysql_cond_t  COND_relay_log_updated, COND_bin_log_updated;
  ulonglong bytes_written;
  ulonglong binlog_space_total;
  IO_CACHE index_file;
  char index_file_name[FN_REFLEN];
  /*
    purge_file is a temp file used in purge_logs so that the index file
    can be updated before deleting files from disk, yielding better crash
    recovery. It is created on demand the first time purge_logs is called
    and then reused for subsequent calls. It is cleaned up in cleanup().
  */
  IO_CACHE purge_index_file;
  char purge_index_file_name[FN_REFLEN];
  /*
     The max size before rotation (usable only if log_type == LOG_BIN: binary
     logs and relay logs).
     For a binlog, max_size should be max_binlog_size.
     max_size is set in init(), and dynamically changed (when one does SET
     GLOBAL MAX_BINLOG_SIZE|MAX_RELAY_LOG_SIZE) from sys_vars.cc
  */
  ulong max_size;
  /*
    Number generated by last call of find_uniq_filename(). Corresponds
    closely with current_binlog_id
  */
  ulong last_used_log_number;
  // current file sequence number for load data infile binary logging
  uint file_id;
  uint open_count;				// For replication
  int readers_count;
  /* Queue of transactions queued up to participate in group commit. */
  group_commit_entry *group_commit_queue;
  /*
    Condition variable to mark that the group commit queue is busy.
    Used when each thread does it's own commit_ordered() (when
    binlog_optimize_thread_scheduling=1).
    Used with the LOCK_commit_ordered mutex.
  */
  my_bool group_commit_queue_busy;
  mysql_cond_t COND_queue_busy;
  /* Total number of committed transactions. */
  ulonglong num_commits;
  /* Number of group commits done. */
  ulonglong num_group_commits;
  /* The reason why the group commit was grouped */
  ulonglong group_commit_trigger_count, group_commit_trigger_timeout;
  ulonglong group_commit_trigger_lock_wait;

  /* Binlog GTID index. */
  Gtid_index_writer *gtid_index;

  /* pointer to the sync period variable, for binlog this will be
     sync_binlog_period, for relay log this will be
     sync_relay_log_period
  */
  uint *sync_period_ptr;
  uint sync_counter;
  bool state_file_deleted;
  bool binlog_state_recover_done;

  Gtid_index_writer *recover_gtid_index_start(const char *base_name,
                                              my_off_t offset);
  void recover_gtid_index_process(Gtid_index_writer *gi, my_off_t offset,
                                  const rpl_gtid *gtid);
  void recover_gtid_index_end(Gtid_index_writer *gi);
  void recover_gtid_index_abort(Gtid_index_writer *gi);

  inline uint get_sync_period()
  {
    return *sync_period_ptr;
  }

  int write_to_file(IO_CACHE *cache);
  /*
    This is used to start writing to a new log file. The difference from
    new_file() is locking. new_file_without_locking() does not acquire
    LOCK_log.
  */
  int new_file_impl();
  void do_checkpoint_request(ulong binlog_id);
  int write_transaction_or_stmt(group_commit_entry *entry, uint64 commit_id);
  int queue_for_group_commit(group_commit_entry *entry);
  bool write_transaction_to_binlog_events(group_commit_entry *entry);
  void trx_group_commit_leader(group_commit_entry *leader);
  bool is_xidlist_idle_nolock();
  void update_gtid_index(uint32 offset, rpl_gtid gtid);

public:
  void purge(bool all);
  int new_file_without_locking();
  /*
    A list of struct xid_count_per_binlog is used to keep track of how many
    XIDs are in prepared, but not committed, state in each binlog. And how
    many commit_checkpoint_request()'s are pending.

    When count drops to zero in a binlog after rotation, it means that there
    are no more XIDs in prepared state, so that binlog is no longer needed
    for XA crash recovery, and we can log a new binlog checkpoint event.

    The list is protected against simultaneous access from multiple
    threads by LOCK_xid_list.
  */
  struct xid_count_per_binlog : public ilink {
    char *binlog_name;
    uint binlog_name_len;
    ulong binlog_id;
    /* Total prepared XIDs and pending checkpoint requests in this binlog. */
    long xid_count;
    xid_count_per_binlog(char *log_file_name, uint log_file_name_len)
      :binlog_id(0), xid_count(0)
    {
      binlog_name_len= log_file_name_len;
      binlog_name= (char *) my_malloc(PSI_INSTRUMENT_ME, binlog_name_len, MYF(MY_ZEROFILL));
      if (binlog_name)
        memcpy(binlog_name, log_file_name, binlog_name_len);
    }
    ~xid_count_per_binlog()
    {
      my_free(binlog_name);
    }
  };
  I_List<xid_count_per_binlog> binlog_xid_count_list;
  mysql_mutex_t LOCK_binlog_background_thread;
  mysql_cond_t COND_binlog_background_thread;
  mysql_cond_t COND_binlog_background_thread_end;

  void stop_background_thread();

  using MYSQL_LOG::generate_name;
  using MYSQL_LOG::is_open;

  /* This is relay log */
  bool is_relay_log;
  ulong relay_signal_cnt;  // update of the counter is checked by heartbeat
  enum enum_binlog_checksum_alg checksum_alg_reset; // to contain a new value when binlog is rotated
  /*
    Holds the last seen in Relay-Log FD's checksum alg value.
    The initial value comes from the slave's local FD that heads
    the very first Relay-Log file. In the following the value may change
    with each received master's FD_m.
    Besides to be used in verification events that IO thread receives
    (except the 1st fake Rotate, see @c Master_info:: checksum_alg_before_fd), 
    the value specifies if/how to compute checksum for slave's local events
    and the first fake Rotate (R_f^1) coming from the master.
    R_f^1 needs logging checksum-compatibly with the RL's heading FD_s.

    Legends for the checksum related comments:

    FD     - Format-Description event,
    R      - Rotate event
    R_f    - the fake Rotate event
    E      - an arbirary event

    The underscore indexes for any event
    `_s'   indicates the event is generated by Slave
    `_m'   - by Master

    Two special underscore indexes of FD:
    FD_q   - Format Description event for queuing   (relay-logging)
    FD_e   - Format Description event for executing (relay-logging)

    Upper indexes:
    E^n    - n:th event is a sequence

    RL     - Relay Log
    (A)    - checksum algorithm descriptor value
    FD.(A) - the value of (A) in FD
  */
  enum enum_binlog_checksum_alg relay_log_checksum_alg;
  /*
    These describe the log's format. This is used only for relay logs.
    _for_exec is used by the SQL thread, _for_queue by the I/O thread. It's
    necessary to have 2 distinct objects, because the I/O thread may be reading
    events in a different format from what the SQL thread is reading (consider
    the case of a master which has been upgraded from 5.0 to 5.1 without doing
    RESET MASTER, or from 4.x to 5.0).
  */
  Format_description_log_event *description_event_for_exec,
    *description_event_for_queue;
  /*
    Binlog position of last commit (or non-transactional write) to the binlog.
    Access to this is protected by LOCK_commit_ordered.
  */
  char last_commit_pos_file[FN_REFLEN];
  my_off_t last_commit_pos_offset;
  ulong current_binlog_id;

  /*
    Tracks the number of times that the master has been reset
  */
  Atomic_counter<uint64> reset_master_count;

  MYSQL_BIN_LOG(uint *sync_period);
  /*
    note that there's no destructor ~MYSQL_BIN_LOG() !
    The reason is that we don't want it to be automatically called
    on exit() - but only during the correct shutdown process
  */

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE
  void set_psi_keys(PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_index,
                    PSI_cond_key key_relay_log_update,
                    PSI_cond_key key_bin_log_update,
                    PSI_file_key key_file_log,
                    PSI_file_key key_file_log_cache,
                    PSI_file_key key_file_log_index,
                    PSI_file_key key_file_log_index_cache,
                    PSI_cond_key key_COND_queue_busy,
                    PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_binlog_end_pos)
  {
    m_key_LOCK_index= key_LOCK_index;
    m_key_relay_log_update=  key_relay_log_update;
    m_key_bin_log_update=    key_bin_log_update;
    m_key_file_log= key_file_log;
    m_key_file_log_cache= key_file_log_cache;
    m_key_file_log_index= key_file_log_index;
    m_key_file_log_index_cache= key_file_log_index_cache;
    m_key_COND_queue_busy= key_COND_queue_busy;
    m_key_LOCK_binlog_end_pos= key_LOCK_binlog_end_pos;
  }
#endif

  Event_log *as_event_log()
  {
    return this;
  }

  int open(const char *opt_name) override;
  void close() override;
  int generate_new_name(char *new_name, const char *log_name,
                        ulong next_log_number) override;
  int log_and_order(THD *thd, my_xid xid, bool all,
                    bool need_prepare_ordered, bool need_commit_ordered) override;
  int unlog(ulong cookie, my_xid xid) override;
  int unlog_xa_prepare(THD *thd, bool all) override;
  void commit_checkpoint_notify(void *cookie) override;
  int recover(LOG_INFO *linfo, const char *last_log_name, IO_CACHE *first_log,
              Format_description_log_event *fdle, bool do_xa);
  int do_binlog_recovery(const char *opt_name, bool do_xa_recovery);
#if !defined(MYSQL_CLIENT)
  static int remove_pending_rows_event(THD *thd, binlog_cache_data *cache_data);

#endif /* !defined(MYSQL_CLIENT) */
  void reset_bytes_written()
  {
    bytes_written = 0;
  }
  void harvest_bytes_written(Atomic_counter<uint64> *counter)
  {
#ifdef DBUG_TRACE
    char buf1[22],buf2[22];
#endif
    DBUG_ENTER("harvest_bytes_written");
    (*counter)+=bytes_written;
    DBUG_PRINT("info",("counter: %s  bytes_written: %s", llstr(*counter,buf1),
		       llstr(bytes_written,buf2)));
    bytes_written=0;
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
  void set_max_size(ulong max_size_arg);

  /* Handle signaling that relay has been updated */
  void signal_relay_log_update()
  {
    mysql_mutex_assert_owner(&LOCK_log);
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_relay_log);
    DBUG_ENTER("MYSQL_BIN_LOG::signal_relay_log_update");
    relay_signal_cnt++;
    mysql_cond_broadcast(&COND_relay_log_updated);
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
  void signal_bin_log_update()
  {
    mysql_mutex_assert_owner(&LOCK_binlog_end_pos);
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_relay_log);
    DBUG_ENTER("MYSQL_BIN_LOG::signal_bin_log_update");
    mysql_cond_broadcast(&COND_bin_log_updated);
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
  void update_binlog_end_pos()
  {
    if (is_relay_log)
      signal_relay_log_update();
    else
    {
      lock_binlog_end_pos();
      binlog_end_pos= my_b_safe_tell(&log_file);
      signal_bin_log_update();
      unlock_binlog_end_pos();
    }
  }
  void update_binlog_end_pos(my_off_t pos)
  {
    mysql_mutex_assert_owner(&LOCK_log);
    mysql_mutex_assert_not_owner(&LOCK_binlog_end_pos);
    lock_binlog_end_pos();
    /*
      Note: it would make more sense to assert(pos > binlog_end_pos)
      but there are two places triggered by mtr that has pos == binlog_end_pos
      i didn't investigate but accepted as it should do no harm
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(pos >= binlog_end_pos);
    binlog_end_pos= pos;
    signal_bin_log_update();
    unlock_binlog_end_pos();
  }

  void wait_for_sufficient_commits();
  void binlog_trigger_immediate_group_commit();
  void wait_for_update_relay_log(THD* thd);
  void init(ulong max_size);
  void init_pthread_objects();
  void cleanup();
  bool open(const char *log_name,
            const char *new_name,
            ulong next_log_number,
	    enum cache_type io_cache_type_arg,
	    ulong max_size,
            bool null_created,
            bool need_mutex);
  bool open_index_file(const char *index_file_name_arg,
                       const char *log_name, bool need_mutex);
  /* Use this to start writing a new log file */
  int new_file();

  bool write(Log_event* event_info,
             my_bool *with_annotate= 0); // binary log write
  bool write_transaction_to_binlog(THD *thd, binlog_cache_mngr *cache_mngr,
                                   Log_event *end_ev, bool all,
                                   bool using_stmt_cache, bool using_trx_cache,
                                   bool is_ro_1pc);

  bool write_incident_already_locked(THD *thd);
  bool write_incident(THD *thd);
  void write_binlog_checkpoint_event_already_locked(const char *name, uint len);
  bool write_table_map(THD *thd, TABLE *table);

  void start_union_events(THD *thd, query_id_t query_id_param);
  void stop_union_events(THD *thd);
  bool is_query_in_union(THD *thd, query_id_t query_id_param);

  using Event_log::write_event;

  bool write_event(Log_event *ev, enum enum_binlog_checksum_alg checksum_alg)
  {
    return write_event(ev, checksum_alg, 0, &log_file);
  }
  bool write_event(Log_event *ev);

  bool write_event_buffer(uchar* buf,uint len);
  bool append(Log_event* ev, enum enum_binlog_checksum_alg checksum_alg);
  bool append_no_lock(Log_event* ev, enum enum_binlog_checksum_alg checksum_alg);

  void mark_xids_active(ulong cookie, uint xid_count);
  void mark_xid_done(ulong cookie, bool write_checkpoint);
  void make_log_name(char* buf, const char* log_ident);
  bool is_active(const char* log_file_name);
  bool can_purge_log(const char *log_file_name, bool interactive);
  int update_log_index(LOG_INFO* linfo, bool need_update_threads);
  int rotate(bool force_rotate, bool* check_purge);
  void checkpoint_and_purge(ulong binlog_id);
  int rotate_and_purge(bool force_rotate, DYNAMIC_ARRAY* drop_gtid_domain= NULL);
  /**
     Flush binlog cache and synchronize to disk.

     This function flushes events in binlog cache to binary log file,
     it will do synchronizing according to the setting of system
     variable 'sync_binlog'. If file is synchronized, @c synced will
     be set to 1, otherwise 0.

     @param[out] synced if not NULL, set to 1 if file is synchronized, otherwise 0

     @retval 0 Success
     @retval other Failure
  */
  bool flush_and_sync(bool *synced);
  int purge_logs(THD *thd, const char *to_log, bool included,
                 bool need_mutex, bool need_update_threads, bool interactive,
                 ulonglong *decrease_log_space);
  int purge_logs_before_date(THD *thd, time_t purge_time, bool interactive);
  int purge_first_log(Relay_log_info* rli, bool included);
  int count_binlog_space();
  void count_binlog_space_with_mutex()
  {
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_index);
    count_binlog_space();
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_index);
  }
  ulonglong get_binlog_space_total();
  int real_purge_logs_by_size(ulonglong binlog_pos);
  inline int purge_logs_by_size(ulonglong binlog_pos)
  {
    if (is_relay_log || ! binlog_space_limit ||
        binlog_space_total + binlog_pos <= binlog_space_limit)
      return 0;
    return real_purge_logs_by_size(binlog_pos);
  }
  int set_purge_index_file_name(const char *base_file_name);
  int open_purge_index_file(bool destroy);
  bool truncate_and_remove_binlogs(const char *truncate_file,
                                   my_off_t truncate_pos,
                                   rpl_gtid *gtid);
  bool is_inited_purge_index_file();
  int close_purge_index_file();
  int clean_purge_index_file();
  int sync_purge_index_file();
  int register_purge_index_entry(const char* entry);
  int register_create_index_entry(const char* entry);
  int purge_index_entry(THD *thd, ulonglong *decrease_log_space,
                        bool need_mutex);
  bool reset_logs(THD* thd, bool create_new_log,
                  rpl_gtid *init_state, uint32 init_state_len,
                  ulong next_log_number);
  void wait_for_last_checkpoint_event();
  void close(uint exiting);
  void clear_inuse_flag_when_closing(File file);

  // iterating through the log index file
  int find_log_pos(LOG_INFO* linfo, const char* log_name,
		   bool need_mutex);
  int find_next_log(LOG_INFO* linfo, bool need_mutex);
  int get_current_log(LOG_INFO* linfo);
  int raw_get_current_log(LOG_INFO* linfo);
  uint next_file_id();
  inline char* get_index_fname() { return index_file_name;}
  inline char* get_log_fname() { return log_file_name; }
  using MYSQL_LOG::get_log_lock;
  inline mysql_cond_t* get_bin_log_cond() { return &COND_bin_log_updated; }
  inline IO_CACHE* get_log_file() override { return &log_file; }
  inline uint64 get_reset_master_count() { return reset_master_count; }

  inline void lock_index() { mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_index);}
  inline void unlock_index() { mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_index);}
  inline IO_CACHE *get_index_file() { return &index_file;}
  inline uint32 get_open_count() { return open_count; }
  void set_status_variables(THD *thd);
  bool is_xidlist_idle();
  bool write_gtid_event(THD *thd, bool standalone, bool is_transactional,
                        uint64 commit_id,
                        bool has_xid= false, bool ro_1pc= false);
  int read_state_from_file();
  int write_state_to_file();
  int get_most_recent_gtid_list(rpl_gtid **list, uint32 *size);
  bool append_state_pos(String *str);
  bool append_state(String *str);
  bool is_empty_state();
  bool find_in_binlog_state(uint32 domain_id, uint32 server_id,
                            rpl_gtid *out_gtid);
  bool lookup_domain_in_binlog_state(uint32 domain_id, rpl_gtid *out_gtid);
  int bump_seq_no_counter_if_needed(uint32 domain_id, uint64 seq_no);
  bool check_strict_gtid_sequence(uint32 domain_id, uint32 server_id,
                                  uint64 seq_no, bool no_error= false);

  /**
   * used when opening new file, and binlog_end_pos moves backwards
   */
  void reset_binlog_end_pos(const char file_name[FN_REFLEN], my_off_t pos)
  {
    mysql_mutex_assert_owner(&LOCK_log);
    mysql_mutex_assert_not_owner(&LOCK_binlog_end_pos);
    lock_binlog_end_pos();
    binlog_end_pos= pos;
    safe_strcpy(binlog_end_pos_file, sizeof(binlog_end_pos_file), file_name);
    signal_bin_log_update();
    unlock_binlog_end_pos();
  }

  /*
    It is called by the threads(e.g. dump thread) which want to read
    log without LOCK_log protection.
  */
  my_off_t get_binlog_end_pos(char file_name_buf[FN_REFLEN]) const
  {
    mysql_mutex_assert_not_owner(&LOCK_log);
    mysql_mutex_assert_owner(&LOCK_binlog_end_pos);
    safe_strcpy(file_name_buf, FN_REFLEN, binlog_end_pos_file);
    return binlog_end_pos;
  }
  void lock_binlog_end_pos() { mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_binlog_end_pos); }
  void unlock_binlog_end_pos() { mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_binlog_end_pos); }
  mysql_mutex_t* get_binlog_end_pos_lock() { return &LOCK_binlog_end_pos; }

  /*
    Ensures the log's state is either LOG_OPEN or LOG_CLOSED. If something
    failed along the desired path and left the log in invalid state, i.e.
    LOG_TO_BE_OPENED, forces the state to be LOG_CLOSED.
  */
  void try_fix_log_state()
  {
    mysql_mutex_lock(get_log_lock());
    /* Only change the log state if it is LOG_TO_BE_OPENED */
    if (log_state == LOG_TO_BE_OPENED)
      log_state= LOG_CLOSED;
    mysql_mutex_unlock(get_log_lock());
  }

  int wait_for_update_binlog_end_pos(THD* thd, struct timespec * timeout);

  /*
    Binlog position of end of the binlog.
    Access to this is protected by LOCK_binlog_end_pos

    The difference between this and last_commit_pos_{file,offset} is that
    the commit position is updated later. If semi-sync wait point is set
    to WAIT_AFTER_SYNC, the commit pos is update after semi-sync-ack has
    been received and the end point is updated after the write as it's needed
    for the dump threads to be able to semi-sync the event.
  */
  my_off_t binlog_end_pos;
  char binlog_end_pos_file[FN_REFLEN];
};

class Log_event_handler
{
public:
  Log_event_handler() = default;
  virtual bool init()= 0;
  virtual void cleanup()= 0;

  virtual bool log_slow(THD *thd, my_hrtime_t current_time,
                        const char *user_host, size_t user_host_len, ulonglong query_utime,
                        ulonglong lock_utime, bool is_command,
                        const char *sql_text, size_t sql_text_len)= 0;
  virtual bool log_error(enum loglevel level, const char *format,
                         va_list args)= 0;
  virtual bool log_general(THD *thd, my_hrtime_t event_time, const char *user_host, size_t user_host_len, my_thread_id thread_id,
                           const char *command_type, size_t command_type_len,
                           const char *sql_text, size_t sql_text_len,
                           CHARSET_INFO *client_cs)= 0;
  virtual ~Log_event_handler() = default;
};


int check_if_log_table(const TABLE_LIST *table);
int check_if_log_table(const TABLE_LIST *table, bool check_if_opened,
                       const char *errmsg);

class Log_to_csv_event_handler: public Log_event_handler
{
  friend class LOGGER;

public:
  Log_to_csv_event_handler();
  ~Log_to_csv_event_handler();
  bool init() override;
  void cleanup() override;

  bool log_slow(THD *thd, my_hrtime_t current_time,
                        const char *user_host, size_t user_host_len, ulonglong query_utime,
                        ulonglong lock_utime, bool is_command,
                        const char *sql_text, size_t sql_text_len) override;
  bool log_error(enum loglevel level, const char *format,
                         va_list args) override;
  bool log_general(THD *thd, my_hrtime_t event_time, const char *user_host, size_t user_host_len, my_thread_id thread_id,
                           const char *command_type, size_t command_type_len,
                           const char *sql_text, size_t sql_text_len,
                           CHARSET_INFO *client_cs) override;

  int activate_log(THD *thd, uint log_type);
};


/* type of the log table */
#define QUERY_LOG_SLOW 1
#define QUERY_LOG_GENERAL 2

class Log_to_file_event_handler: public Log_event_handler
{
  MYSQL_QUERY_LOG mysql_log;
  MYSQL_QUERY_LOG mysql_slow_log;
  bool is_initialized;
public:
  Log_to_file_event_handler(): is_initialized(FALSE)
  {}
  bool init() override;
  void cleanup() override;

  bool log_slow(THD *thd, my_hrtime_t current_time,
                        const char *user_host, size_t user_host_len, ulonglong query_utime,
                        ulonglong lock_utime, bool is_command,
                        const char *sql_text, size_t sql_text_len) override;
  bool log_error(enum loglevel level, const char *format,
                         va_list args) override;
  bool log_general(THD *thd, my_hrtime_t event_time, const char *user_host, size_t user_host_len, my_thread_id thread_id,
                           const char *command_type, size_t command_type_len,
                           const char *sql_text, size_t sql_text_len,
                           CHARSET_INFO *client_cs) override;
  void flush();
  void init_pthread_objects();
  MYSQL_QUERY_LOG *get_mysql_slow_log() { return &mysql_slow_log; }
  MYSQL_QUERY_LOG *get_mysql_log() { return &mysql_log; }
};


/* Class which manages slow, general and error log event handlers */
class LOGGER
{
  mysql_rwlock_t LOCK_logger;
  /* flag to check whether logger mutex is initialized */
  uint inited;

  /* available log handlers */
  Log_to_csv_event_handler *table_log_handler;
  Log_to_file_event_handler *file_log_handler;

  /* NULL-terminated arrays of log handlers */
  Log_event_handler *error_log_handler_list[MAX_LOG_HANDLERS_NUM + 1];
  Log_event_handler *slow_log_handler_list[MAX_LOG_HANDLERS_NUM + 1];
  Log_event_handler *general_log_handler_list[MAX_LOG_HANDLERS_NUM + 1];

public:

  bool is_log_tables_initialized;

  LOGGER() : inited(0), table_log_handler(NULL),
             file_log_handler(NULL), is_log_tables_initialized(FALSE)
  {}
  void lock_shared() { mysql_rwlock_rdlock(&LOCK_logger); }
  void lock_exclusive() { mysql_rwlock_wrlock(&LOCK_logger); }
  void unlock() { mysql_rwlock_unlock(&LOCK_logger); }
  bool is_log_table_enabled(uint log_table_type);
  bool log_command(THD *thd, enum enum_server_command command);

  /*
    We want to initialize all log mutexes as soon as possible,
    but we cannot do it in constructor, as safe_mutex relies on
    initialization, performed by MY_INIT(). This why this is done in
    this function.
  */
  void init_base();
  void init_log_tables();
  bool flush_slow_log();
  bool flush_general_log();
  /* Perform basic logger cleanup. this will leave e.g. error log open. */
  void cleanup_base();
  /* Free memory. Nothing could be logged after this function is called */
  void cleanup_end();
  bool error_log_print(enum loglevel level, const char *format,
                      va_list args);
  bool slow_log_print(THD *thd, const char *query, size_t query_length,
                      ulonglong current_utime);
  bool general_log_print(THD *thd,enum enum_server_command command,
                         const char *format, va_list args);
  bool general_log_write(THD *thd, enum enum_server_command command,
                         const char *query, size_t query_length);

  /* we use this function to setup all enabled log event handlers */
  int set_handlers(ulonglong slow_log_printer,
                   ulonglong general_log_printer);
  void init_error_log(ulonglong error_log_printer);
  void init_slow_log(ulonglong slow_log_printer);
  void init_general_log(ulonglong general_log_printer);
  void deactivate_log_handler(THD* thd, uint log_type);
  bool activate_log_handler(THD* thd, uint log_type);
  MYSQL_QUERY_LOG *get_slow_log_file_handler() const
  { 
    if (file_log_handler)
      return file_log_handler->get_mysql_slow_log();
    return NULL;
  }
  MYSQL_QUERY_LOG *get_log_file_handler() const
  { 
    if (file_log_handler)
      return file_log_handler->get_mysql_log();
    return NULL;
  }
};

enum enum_binlog_format {
  BINLOG_FORMAT_MIXED= 0, ///< statement if safe, otherwise row - autodetected
  BINLOG_FORMAT_STMT=  1, ///< statement-based
  BINLOG_FORMAT_ROW=   2, ///< row-based
  BINLOG_FORMAT_UNSPEC=3  ///< thd_binlog_format() returns it when binlog is closed
};

int query_error_code(THD *thd, bool not_killed);
uint purge_log_get_error_code(int res);

int vprint_msg_to_log(enum loglevel level, const char *format, va_list args);
void sql_print_error(const char *format, ...);
void sql_print_warning(const char *format, ...);
void sql_print_information(const char *format, ...);
void sql_print_information_v(const char *format, va_list ap);
typedef void (*sql_print_message_func)(const char *format, ...);
extern sql_print_message_func sql_print_message_handlers[];

int error_log_print(enum loglevel level, const char *format,
                    va_list args);

bool slow_log_print(THD *thd, const char *query, uint query_length,
                    ulonglong current_utime);

bool general_log_print(THD *thd, enum enum_server_command command,
                       const char *format,...);

bool general_log_write(THD *thd, enum enum_server_command command,
                       const char *query, size_t query_length);

void binlog_report_wait_for(THD *thd, THD *other_thd);
void sql_perror(const char *message);
bool flush_error_log();

File open_binlog(IO_CACHE *log, const char *log_file_name,
                 const char **errmsg);

void make_default_log_name(char **out, const char* log_ext, bool once);
void binlog_reset_cache(THD *thd);
void binlog_clear_incident(THD *thd);
bool write_annotated_row(THD *thd);
int binlog_flush_pending_rows_event(THD *thd, bool stmt_end,
                                    bool is_transactional,
                                    Event_log *bin_log,
                                    binlog_cache_data *cache_data);
Rows_log_event* binlog_get_pending_rows_event(binlog_cache_mngr *cache_mngr,
                                              bool use_trans_cache);
int online_alter_log_row(TABLE* table, const uchar *before_record,
                         const uchar *after_record, Log_func *log_func);
binlog_cache_data* binlog_get_cache_data(binlog_cache_mngr *cache_mngr,
                                         bool use_trans_cache);

extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT MYSQL_BIN_LOG mysql_bin_log;
extern handlerton *binlog_hton;
extern LOGGER logger;

extern const char *log_bin_index;
extern const char *log_bin_basename;

/**
  Turns a relative log binary log path into a full path, based on the
  opt_bin_logname or opt_relay_logname.

  @param from         The log name we want to make into an absolute path.
  @param to           The buffer where to put the results of the 
                      normalization.
  @param is_relay_log Switch that makes is used inside to choose which
                      option (opt_bin_logname or opt_relay_logname) to
                      use when calculating the base path.

  @returns true if a problem occurs, false otherwise.
 */

inline bool normalize_binlog_name(char *to, const char *from, bool is_relay_log)
{
  DBUG_ENTER("normalize_binlog_name");
  bool error= false;
  char buff[FN_REFLEN];
  char *ptr= (char*) from;
  char *opt_name= is_relay_log ? opt_relay_logname : opt_bin_logname;

  DBUG_ASSERT(from);

  /* opt_name is not null and not empty and from is a relative path */
  if (opt_name && opt_name[0] && from && !test_if_hard_path(from))
  {
    // take the path from "opt_name"
    // take the filename from "from"
    char log_dirpart[FN_REFLEN], log_dirname[FN_REFLEN];
    size_t log_dirpart_len, log_dirname_len;
    dirname_part(log_dirpart, opt_name, &log_dirpart_len);
    dirname_part(log_dirname, from, &log_dirname_len);

    /* log may be empty => relay-log or log-bin did not 
        hold paths, just filename pattern */
    if (log_dirpart_len > 0)
    {
      /* create the new path name */
      if(fn_format(buff, from+log_dirname_len, log_dirpart, "",
                   MYF(MY_UNPACK_FILENAME | MY_SAFE_PATH)) == NULL)
      {
        error= true;
        goto end;
      }

      ptr= buff;
    }
  }

  DBUG_ASSERT(ptr);

  if (ptr)
    strmake(to, ptr, strlen(ptr));

end:
  DBUG_RETURN(error);
}

static inline TC_LOG *get_tc_log_implementation()
{
  if (total_ha_2pc <= 1)
    return &tc_log_dummy;
  if (opt_bin_log)
    return &mysql_bin_log;
  return &tc_log_mmap;
}

#ifdef WITH_WSREP
IO_CACHE* wsrep_get_cache(THD *, bool);
bool wsrep_is_binlog_cache_empty(THD *);
void wsrep_thd_binlog_trx_reset(THD * thd);
void wsrep_thd_binlog_stmt_rollback(THD * thd);
#endif /* WITH_WSREP */

class Gtid_list_log_event;
const char *
get_gtid_list_event(IO_CACHE *cache, Gtid_list_log_event **out_gtid_list);

int binlog_commit(THD *thd, bool all, bool is_ro_1pc= false);
int binlog_rollback(handlerton *hton, THD *thd, bool all);
int binlog_commit_by_xid(handlerton *hton, XID *xid);
int binlog_rollback_by_xid(handlerton *hton, XID *xid);
bool write_bin_log_start_alter(THD *thd, bool& partial_alter,
                               uint64 start_alter_id, bool log_if_exists);
#endif /* LOG_H */
/* Copyright (c) 2008, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef TRANSACTION_H
#define TRANSACTION_H

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface                      /* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#include <m_string.h>

class THD;

void trans_track_end_trx(THD *thd);

bool trans_begin(THD *thd, uint flags= 0);
bool trans_commit(THD *thd);
bool trans_commit_implicit(THD *thd);
bool trans_rollback(THD *thd);
bool trans_rollback_implicit(THD *thd);

bool trans_commit_stmt(THD *thd);
bool trans_rollback_stmt(THD *thd);

bool trans_savepoint(THD *thd, LEX_CSTRING name);
bool trans_rollback_to_savepoint(THD *thd, LEX_CSTRING name);
bool trans_release_savepoint(THD *thd, LEX_CSTRING name);

void trans_reset_one_shot_chistics(THD *thd);

#endif /* TRANSACTION_H */
/* Copyright (C) 2013 Codership Oy <info@codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
   51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA. */

#ifndef WSREP_BINLOG_H
#define WSREP_BINLOG_H

#include "my_global.h"
#include "sql_class.h" // THD, IO_CACHE

#define HEAP_PAGE_SIZE 65536 /* 64K */
#define WSREP_MAX_WS_SIZE 2147483647 /* 2GB */

/*
  Write the contents of a cache to a memory buffer.

  This function quite the same as MYSQL_BIN_LOG::write_cache(),
  with the exception that here we write in buffer instead of log file.
 */
int wsrep_write_cache_buf(IO_CACHE *cache, uchar **buf, size_t *buf_len);

/*
  Write the contents of a cache to wsrep provider.

  This function quite the same as MYSQL_BIN_LOG::write_cache(),
  with the exception that here we write in buffer instead of log file.

  @param log_position position to start writing the cache from
  @param len  total amount of data written
  @return     wsrep error status
 */
int  wsrep_write_cache(THD*      thd,
                       IO_CACHE* cache,
                       size_t    log_position,
                       size_t*   len);

/* Dump replication buffer to disk */
void wsrep_dump_rbr_buf(THD *thd, const void* rbr_buf, size_t buf_len);

/* Dump replication buffer along with header to a file */
void wsrep_dump_rbr_buf_with_header(THD *thd, const void *rbr_buf,
                                    size_t buf_len);

/**
   Write a skip event into binlog.

   @param thd Thread object pointer
   @return Zero in case of success, non-zero on failure.
*/
int wsrep_write_skip_event(THD* thd);

/*
  Write dummy event into binlog in place of unused GTID.
  The binlog write is done in thd context.
*/
int wsrep_write_dummy_event_low(THD *thd, const char *msg);
/*
  Write dummy event to binlog in place of unused GTID and
  commit. The binlog write and commit are done in temporary
  thd context, the original thd state is not altered.
*/
int wsrep_write_dummy_event(THD* thd, const char *msg);

void wsrep_register_binlog_handler(THD *thd, bool trx);

/**
   Return true if committing THD will write to binlog during commit.
   This is the case for:
   - Local THD, binlog is open
   - Replaying THD, binlog is open
   - Applier THD, log-slave-updates is enabled
*/
bool wsrep_commit_will_write_binlog(THD *thd);

/**
   Register THD for group commit. The wsrep_trx must be in committing state,
   i.e. the call must be done after wsrep_before_commit() but before
   commit order is released.

   This call will release commit order critical section if it is
   determined that the commit will go through binlog group commit.
 */
void wsrep_register_for_group_commit(THD *thd);

/**
   Deregister THD from group commit. The wsrep_trx must be in committing state,
   as for wsrep_register_for_group_commit() above.

   This call must be used only for THDs which will not go through
   binlog group commit.
*/
void wsrep_unregister_from_group_commit(THD *thd);

#endif /* WSREP_BINLOG_H */
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2016, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2010, 2021, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef MYSQLD_INCLUDED
#define MYSQLD_INCLUDED

#include "sql_basic_types.h"			/* query_id_t */
#include "sql_mode.h"                           /* Sql_mode_dependency */
#include "sql_plugin.h"
#include "sql_bitmap.h"                         /* Bitmap */
#include "my_decimal.h"                         /* my_decimal */
#include "mysql_com.h"                     /* SERVER_VERSION_LENGTH */
#include "my_counter.h"
#include "mysql/psi/mysql_file.h"          /* MYSQL_FILE */
#include "mysql/psi/mysql_socket.h"        /* MYSQL_SOCKET */
#include "sql_list.h"                      /* I_List */
#include "sql_cmd.h"
#include <my_rnd.h>
#include "my_pthread.h"
#include "my_rdtsc.h"

class THD;
class CONNECT;
struct handlerton;
class Time_zone;

struct scheduler_functions;

typedef struct st_mysql_show_var SHOW_VAR;

/* Bits from testflag */
#define TEST_PRINT_CACHED_TABLES 1U
#define TEST_NO_KEY_GROUP	 2U
#define TEST_MIT_THREAD		4U
#define TEST_BLOCKING		8U
#define TEST_KEEP_TMP_TABLES	16U
#define TEST_READCHECK		64U	/**< Force use of readcheck */
#define TEST_NO_EXTRA		128U
#define TEST_CORE_ON_SIGNAL	256U	/**< Give core if signal */
#define TEST_SIGINT		1024U	/**< Allow sigint on threads */
#define TEST_SYNCHRONIZATION    2048U   /**< get server to do sleep in
                                           some places */

/* Keep things compatible */
#define OPT_DEFAULT SHOW_OPT_DEFAULT
#define OPT_SESSION SHOW_OPT_SESSION
#define OPT_GLOBAL SHOW_OPT_GLOBAL

extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT MY_TIMER_INFO sys_timer_info;

/*
  Values for --slave-parallel-mode
  Must match order in slave_parallel_mode_typelib in sys_vars.cc.
*/
enum enum_slave_parallel_mode {
  SLAVE_PARALLEL_NONE,
  SLAVE_PARALLEL_MINIMAL,
  SLAVE_PARALLEL_CONSERVATIVE,
  SLAVE_PARALLEL_OPTIMISTIC,
  SLAVE_PARALLEL_AGGRESSIVE
};

/* Function prototypes */
void kill_mysql(THD *thd);
void close_connection(THD *thd, uint sql_errno= 0);
void handle_connection_in_main_thread(CONNECT *thd);
void create_thread_to_handle_connection(CONNECT *connect);
void unlink_thd(THD *thd);
void refresh_status(THD *thd);
bool is_secure_file_path(char *path);
extern void init_net_server_extension(THD *thd);
extern void handle_accepted_socket(MYSQL_SOCKET new_sock, MYSQL_SOCKET sock);
extern void create_new_thread(CONNECT *connect);

extern void ssl_acceptor_stats_update(int sslaccept_ret);
extern int reinit_ssl();

extern "C" MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT CHARSET_INFO *system_charset_info;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT CHARSET_INFO *files_charset_info ;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT CHARSET_INFO *national_charset_info;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT CHARSET_INFO *table_alias_charset;

/**
  Character set of the buildin error messages loaded from errmsg.sys.
*/
extern CHARSET_INFO *error_message_charset_info;

extern CHARSET_INFO *character_set_filesystem;

void temp_pool_clear_bit(uint bit);
uint temp_pool_set_next();

extern bool opt_large_files;
extern bool opt_update_log, opt_bin_log, opt_error_log, opt_bin_log_compress; 
extern uint opt_bin_log_compress_min_len;
extern my_bool opt_log, opt_bootstrap;
extern my_bool opt_backup_history_log;
extern my_bool opt_backup_progress_log;
extern my_bool opt_support_flashback;
extern ulonglong log_output_options;
extern ulong log_backup_output_options;
extern bool opt_disable_networking, opt_skip_show_db;
extern bool opt_skip_name_resolve;
extern bool opt_ignore_builtin_innodb;
extern my_bool opt_character_set_client_handshake;
extern my_bool debug_assert_on_not_freed_memory;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT bool volatile abort_loop;
extern my_bool opt_safe_user_create;
extern my_bool opt_safe_show_db, opt_local_infile, opt_myisam_use_mmap;
extern my_bool opt_slave_compressed_protocol, use_temp_pool;
extern ulong slave_exec_mode_options, slave_ddl_exec_mode_options;
extern ulong slave_retried_transactions;
extern ulong transactions_multi_engine;
extern ulong rpl_transactions_multi_engine;
extern ulong transactions_gtid_foreign_engine;
extern ulong slave_run_triggers_for_rbr;
extern ulonglong slave_type_conversions_options;
extern my_bool read_only, opt_readonly;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT my_bool lower_case_file_system;
extern my_bool opt_enable_named_pipe, opt_sync_frm, opt_allow_suspicious_udfs;
extern my_bool opt_secure_auth;
extern my_bool opt_require_secure_transport;
extern const char *current_dbug_option;
extern char* opt_secure_file_priv;
extern char* opt_secure_backup_file_priv;
extern size_t opt_secure_backup_file_priv_len;
extern my_bool sp_automatic_privileges, opt_noacl;
extern ulong use_stat_tables;
extern my_bool opt_old_style_user_limits, trust_function_creators;
extern uint opt_crash_binlog_innodb;
extern const char *shared_memory_base_name;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT char *mysqld_unix_port;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT bool metadata_lock_info_plugin_loaded;
extern my_bool opt_enable_shared_memory;
extern ulong opt_replicate_events_marked_for_skip;
extern char *default_tz_name;
extern Time_zone *default_tz;
extern char *my_bind_addr_str;
extern char *default_storage_engine, *default_tmp_storage_engine;
extern char *enforced_storage_engine;
extern char *gtid_pos_auto_engines;
extern plugin_ref *opt_gtid_pos_auto_plugins;
extern bool opt_endinfo, using_udf_functions;
extern my_bool locked_in_memory;
extern bool opt_using_transactions;
extern ulong current_pid;
extern double expire_logs_days;
extern ulong binlog_expire_logs_seconds;
extern ulonglong binlog_space_limit;
extern my_bool relay_log_recovery;

#include <governor-mysql/lve-patch/main.h>

extern uint sync_binlog_period, sync_relaylog_period, 
            sync_relayloginfo_period, sync_masterinfo_period;
extern ulong opt_tc_log_size, tc_log_max_pages_used, tc_log_page_size;
extern ulong tc_log_page_waits;
extern my_bool relay_log_purge, opt_innodb_safe_binlog, opt_innodb;
extern my_bool relay_log_recovery;
extern uint select_errors,ha_open_options;
extern ulonglong test_flags;
extern uint protocol_version, dropping_tables;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT uint mysqld_port;
extern ulong delay_key_write_options;
extern char *opt_logname, *opt_slow_logname, *opt_bin_logname, 
            *opt_relay_logname;
extern char *opt_binlog_index_name;
extern my_bool opt_binlog_legacy_event_pos;
extern char *opt_backup_history_logname, *opt_backup_progress_logname,
            *opt_backup_settings_name;
extern const char *log_output_str;
extern const char *log_backup_output_str;

/* System Versioning begin */
enum vers_system_time_t
{
  SYSTEM_TIME_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
  SYSTEM_TIME_AS_OF,
  SYSTEM_TIME_FROM_TO,
  SYSTEM_TIME_BETWEEN,
  SYSTEM_TIME_BEFORE,  // used for DELETE HISTORY ... BEFORE
  SYSTEM_TIME_HISTORY, // used for DELETE HISTORY
  SYSTEM_TIME_ALL
};

struct vers_asof_timestamp_t
{
  ulong type;
  my_time_t unix_time;
  ulong second_part;
};

enum vers_alter_history_enum
{
  VERS_ALTER_HISTORY_ERROR= 0,
  VERS_ALTER_HISTORY_KEEP
};
/* System Versioning end */

extern char *mysql_home_ptr, *pidfile_name_ptr;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT char glob_hostname[FN_REFLEN];
extern char mysql_home[FN_REFLEN];
extern char pidfile_name[FN_REFLEN], system_time_zone[30], *opt_init_file;
extern char default_logfile_name[FN_REFLEN];
extern char log_error_file[FN_REFLEN], *opt_tc_log_file, *opt_ddl_recovery_file;
extern const double log_10[309];
extern ulonglong keybuff_size;
extern ulonglong thd_startup_options;
extern my_thread_id global_thread_id;
extern ulong binlog_cache_use, binlog_cache_disk_use;
extern ulong binlog_stmt_cache_use, binlog_stmt_cache_disk_use;
extern ulong binlog_gtid_index_hit, binlog_gtid_index_miss;
extern ulong aborted_threads, aborted_connects, aborted_connects_preauth;
extern ulong delayed_insert_timeout;
extern ulong delayed_insert_limit, delayed_queue_size;
extern ulong delayed_insert_threads, delayed_insert_writes;
extern ulong delayed_rows_in_use,delayed_insert_errors;
extern Atomic_counter<uint32_t> slave_open_temp_tables;
extern Atomic_counter<ulonglong> sending_new_binlog_file;
extern uint slave_connections_needed_for_purge;
extern ulonglong query_cache_size;
extern ulong query_cache_limit;
extern ulong query_cache_min_res_unit;
extern ulong slow_launch_threads, slow_launch_time;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT ulong max_connections;
extern uint max_digest_length;
extern ulong max_connect_errors, connect_timeout;
extern uint max_password_errors;
extern my_bool slave_allow_batching;
extern my_bool allow_slave_start;
extern LEX_CSTRING reason_slave_blocked;
extern ulong slave_trans_retries;
extern ulong slave_trans_retry_interval;
extern uint  slave_net_timeout;
extern int max_user_connections;
extern ulong what_to_log,flush_time;
extern uint max_prepared_stmt_count, prepared_stmt_count;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT ulong open_files_limit;
extern ulonglong binlog_cache_size, binlog_stmt_cache_size, binlog_file_cache_size;
extern ulonglong max_binlog_cache_size, max_binlog_stmt_cache_size;
extern ulonglong internal_binlog_space_limit;
extern uint internal_slave_connections_needed_for_purge;
extern ulong max_binlog_size;
extern ulong slave_max_allowed_packet;
extern ulonglong slave_max_statement_time;
extern double slave_max_statement_time_double;
extern ulong opt_binlog_rows_event_max_size;
extern ulong binlog_row_metadata;
extern my_bool opt_binlog_gtid_index;
extern uint opt_binlog_gtid_index_page_size;
extern uint opt_binlog_gtid_index_span_min;
extern ulong thread_cache_size;
extern ulong stored_program_cache_size;
extern ulong opt_slave_parallel_threads;
extern ulong opt_slave_domain_parallel_threads;
extern ulong opt_slave_parallel_max_queued;
extern ulong opt_slave_parallel_mode;
extern ulong opt_binlog_commit_wait_count;
extern ulong opt_binlog_commit_wait_usec;
extern my_bool opt_gtid_ignore_duplicates;
extern uint opt_gtid_cleanup_batch_size;
extern ulong back_log;
extern ulong executed_events;
extern char language[FN_REFLEN];
extern "C" MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT ulong server_id;
extern ulong concurrency;
extern time_t server_start_time, flush_status_time;
extern char *opt_mysql_tmpdir, mysql_charsets_dir[];
extern size_t mysql_unpacked_real_data_home_len;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT MY_TMPDIR mysql_tmpdir_list;
extern const char *first_keyword, *delayed_user, *slave_user, *wsrep_user;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT const char  *my_localhost;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT const char **errmesg;			/* Error messages */
extern const char *myisam_recover_options_str;
extern const LEX_CSTRING in_left_expr_name, in_additional_cond, in_having_cond;
extern const LEX_CSTRING NULL_clex_str;
extern const LEX_CSTRING error_clex_str;
extern SHOW_VAR status_vars[];
extern struct system_variables max_system_variables;
extern struct system_status_var global_status_var;
extern struct my_rnd_struct sql_rand;
extern const char *opt_date_time_formats[];
extern handlerton *partition_hton;
extern handlerton *myisam_hton;
extern handlerton *heap_hton;
extern const char *load_default_groups[];
extern struct my_option my_long_options[];
int handle_early_options();
extern int MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT mysqld_server_started;
extern int mysqld_server_initialized;
extern "C" MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT int orig_argc;
extern "C" MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT char **orig_argv;
extern pthread_attr_t connection_attrib;
extern my_bool old_mode;
extern LEX_STRING opt_init_connect, opt_init_slave;
extern char err_shared_dir[];
extern ulong connection_errors_select;
extern ulong connection_errors_accept;
extern ulong connection_errors_tcpwrap;
extern ulong connection_errors_internal;
extern ulong connection_errors_max_connection;
extern ulong connection_errors_peer_addr;
extern ulong log_warnings;
extern my_bool encrypt_binlog;
extern my_bool encrypt_tmp_disk_tables, encrypt_tmp_files;
extern ulong encryption_algorithm;
extern const char *encryption_algorithm_names[];
extern long opt_secure_timestamp;
extern uint default_password_lifetime;
extern my_bool disconnect_on_expired_password;

enum secure_timestamp { SECTIME_NO, SECTIME_SUPER, SECTIME_REPL, SECTIME_YES };
bool is_set_timestamp_forbidden(THD *thd);

#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
extern PSI_mutex_key key_PAGE_lock, key_LOCK_sync, key_LOCK_active,
       key_LOCK_pool, key_LOCK_pending_checkpoint;
#endif /* HAVE_MMAP */

extern PSI_mutex_key key_BINLOG_LOCK_index, key_BINLOG_LOCK_xid_list,
  key_BINLOG_LOCK_binlog_background_thread,
  key_LOCK_binlog_end_pos,
  key_delayed_insert_mutex, key_hash_filo_lock, key_LOCK_active_mi,
  key_LOCK_crypt, key_LOCK_delayed_create,
  key_LOCK_delayed_insert, key_LOCK_delayed_status, key_LOCK_error_log,
  key_LOCK_gdl, key_LOCK_global_system_variables,
  key_LOCK_logger, key_LOCK_manager,
  key_LOCK_prepared_stmt_count,
  key_LOCK_rpl_status, key_LOCK_server_started,
  key_LOCK_status, key_LOCK_optimizer_costs,
  key_LOCK_thd_data, key_LOCK_thd_kill,
  key_LOCK_user_conn, key_LOG_LOCK_log, key_gtid_index_lock,
  key_master_info_data_lock, key_master_info_run_lock,
  key_master_info_sleep_lock, key_master_info_start_stop_lock,
  key_master_info_start_alter_lock,
  key_master_info_start_alter_list_lock,
  key_mutex_slave_reporting_capability_err_lock, key_relay_log_info_data_lock,
  key_relay_log_info_log_space_lock, key_relay_log_info_run_lock,
  key_rpl_group_info_sleep_lock,
  key_structure_guard_mutex, key_TABLE_SHARE_LOCK_ha_data,
  key_TABLE_SHARE_LOCK_statistics,
  key_LOCK_start_thread,
  key_LOCK_error_messages,
  key_PARTITION_LOCK_auto_inc;
extern PSI_mutex_key key_RELAYLOG_LOCK_index;
extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_relaylog_end_pos;
extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_slave_state, key_LOCK_binlog_state,
  key_LOCK_rpl_thread, key_LOCK_rpl_thread_pool, key_LOCK_parallel_entry;

extern PSI_mutex_key key_TABLE_SHARE_LOCK_share, key_LOCK_stats,
  key_LOCK_global_user_client_stats, key_LOCK_global_table_stats,
  key_LOCK_global_index_stats, key_LOCK_wakeup_ready, key_LOCK_wait_commit,
  key_TABLE_SHARE_LOCK_rotation;
extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_gtid_waiting;

extern PSI_rwlock_key key_rwlock_LOCK_grant, key_rwlock_LOCK_logger,
  key_rwlock_LOCK_sys_init_connect, key_rwlock_LOCK_sys_init_slave,
  key_rwlock_LOCK_system_variables_hash, key_rwlock_query_cache_query_lock,
  key_LOCK_SEQUENCE,
  key_rwlock_LOCK_vers_stats, key_rwlock_LOCK_stat_serial,
  key_rwlock_THD_list;

#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
extern PSI_cond_key key_PAGE_cond, key_COND_active, key_COND_pool;
#endif /* HAVE_MMAP */

extern PSI_cond_key key_BINLOG_COND_xid_list, key_BINLOG_update_cond,
  key_BINLOG_COND_binlog_background_thread,
  key_BINLOG_COND_binlog_background_thread_end,
  key_COND_cache_status_changed, key_COND_manager,
  key_COND_rpl_status, key_COND_server_started,
  key_delayed_insert_cond, key_delayed_insert_cond_client,
  key_item_func_sleep_cond, key_master_info_data_cond,
  key_master_info_start_cond, key_master_info_stop_cond,
  key_master_info_sleep_cond,
  key_relay_log_info_data_cond, key_relay_log_info_log_space_cond,
  key_relay_log_info_start_cond, key_relay_log_info_stop_cond,
  key_rpl_group_info_sleep_cond,
  key_TABLE_SHARE_cond, key_user_level_lock_cond,
  key_COND_start_thread;
extern PSI_cond_key key_RELAYLOG_COND_relay_log_updated,
  key_RELAYLOG_COND_bin_log_updated, key_COND_wakeup_ready,
  key_COND_wait_commit;
extern PSI_cond_key key_RELAYLOG_COND_queue_busy;
extern PSI_cond_key key_TC_LOG_MMAP_COND_queue_busy;
extern PSI_cond_key key_COND_rpl_thread, key_COND_rpl_thread_queue,
  key_COND_rpl_thread_stop, key_COND_rpl_thread_pool,
  key_COND_parallel_entry, key_COND_group_commit_orderer;
extern PSI_cond_key key_COND_wait_gtid, key_COND_gtid_ignore_duplicates;
extern PSI_cond_key key_TABLE_SHARE_COND_rotation;

extern PSI_thread_key key_thread_delayed_insert,
  key_thread_handle_manager, key_thread_kill_server, key_thread_main,
  key_thread_one_connection, key_thread_signal_hand,
  key_thread_slave_background, key_rpl_parallel_thread;

extern PSI_file_key key_file_binlog, key_file_binlog_cache,
       key_file_binlog_index, key_file_binlog_index_cache, key_file_casetest,
  key_file_dbopt, key_file_ERRMSG, key_select_to_file,
  key_file_fileparser, key_file_frm, key_file_global_ddl_log, key_file_load,
  key_file_loadfile, key_file_log_event_data, key_file_log_event_info,
  key_file_master_info, key_file_misc, key_file_partition_ddl_log,
  key_file_pid, key_file_relay_log_info, key_file_send_file, key_file_tclog,
  key_file_trg, key_file_trn, key_file_init, key_file_log_ddl;
extern PSI_file_key key_file_query_log, key_file_slow_log;
extern PSI_file_key key_file_relaylog, key_file_relaylog_index,
                    key_file_relaylog_cache, key_file_relaylog_index_cache;
extern PSI_socket_key key_socket_tcpip, key_socket_unix,
  key_socket_client_connection;
extern PSI_file_key key_file_binlog_state, key_file_gtid_index;

#ifdef HAVE_des
extern char* des_key_file;
extern PSI_file_key key_file_des_key_file;
extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_des_key_file;
extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_des_key_file;
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE
void init_server_psi_keys();
#endif /* HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE */

extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_locked_table_list;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_locked_thread_list;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_thd_transactions;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_delegate;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_acl_mem;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_acl_memex;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_acl_cache;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_thd_main_mem_root;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_help;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_frm;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_table_share;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_gdl;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_table_triggers_list;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_prepared_statement_map;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_prepared_statement_main_mem_root;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_protocol_rset_root;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_warning_info_warn_root;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_sp_cache;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_sp_head_main_root;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_sp_head_execute_root;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_sp_head_call_root;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_table_mapping_root;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_quick_range_select_root;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_quick_index_merge_root;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_quick_ror_intersect_select_root;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_quick_ror_union_select_root;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_quick_group_min_max_select_root;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_test_quick_select_exec;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_prune_partitions_exec;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_binlog_recover_exec;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_blob_mem_storage;

extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_Sys_var_charptr_value;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_THD_db;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_user_var_entry;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_user_var_entry_value;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_Slave_job_group_group_relay_log_name;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_Relay_log_info_group_relay_log_name;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_binlog_cache_mngr;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_binlog_gtid_index;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_Row_data_memory_memory;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_errmsgs;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_Event_queue_element_for_exec_names;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_Event_scheduler_scheduler_param;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_Gis_read_stream_err_msg;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_Geometry_objects_data;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_host_cache_hostname;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_User_level_lock;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_Filesort_info_record_pointers;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_Sort_param_tmp_buffer;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_Filesort_info_merge;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_Filesort_buffer_sort_keys;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_handler_errmsgs;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_handlerton;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_XID;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_MYSQL_LOCK;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_MYSQL_LOG_name;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_TC_LOG_MMAP_pages;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_my_str_malloc;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_MYSQL_BIN_LOG_basename;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_MYSQL_BIN_LOG_index;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_MYSQL_RELAY_LOG_basename;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_MYSQL_RELAY_LOG_index;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_rpl_filter;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_Security_context;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_NET_buff;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_NET_compress_packet;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_my_bitmap_map;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_QUICK_RANGE_SELECT_mrr_buf_desc;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_TABLE_RULE_ENT;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_Mutex_cond_array_Mutex_cond;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_Owned_gtids_sidno_to_hash;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_Sid_map_Node;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_bison_stack;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_TABLE_sort_io_cache;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_DATE_TIME_FORMAT;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_ST_SCHEMA_TABLE;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_ignored_db;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_SLAVE_INFO;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_log_event_old;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_HASH_ROW_ENTRY;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_table_def_memory;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_MPVIO_EXT_auth_info;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_LOG_POS_COORD;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_XID_STATE;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_Rpl_info_file_buffer;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_Rpl_info_table;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_binlog_pos;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_db_worker_hash_entry;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_rpl_slave_command_buffer;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_binlog_ver_1_event;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_rpl_slave_check_temp_dir;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_TABLE;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_binlog_statement_buffer;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_user_conn;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_dboptions_hash;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_dbnames_cache;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_hash_index_key_buffer;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_THD_handler_tables_hash;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_JOIN_CACHE;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_READ_INFO;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_partition_syntax_buffer;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_global_system_variables;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_THD_variables;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_PROFILE;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_LOG_name;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_string_iterator;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_frm_extra_segment_buff;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_frm_form_pos;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_frm_string;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_Unique_sort_buffer;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_Unique_merge_buffer;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_shared_memory_name;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_opt_bin_logname;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_Query_cache;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_READ_RECORD_cache;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_Quick_ranges;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_File_query_log_name;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_Table_trigger_dispatcher;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_show_slave_status_io_gtid_set;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_write_set_extraction;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_thd_timer;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_THD_Session_tracker;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_THD_Session_sysvar_resource_manager;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_get_all_tables;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_fill_schema_schemata;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_native_functions;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_JSON;
extern PSI_memory_key key_memory_WSREP;

/*
  MAINTAINER: Please keep this list in order, to limit merge collisions.
  Hint: grep PSI_stage_info | sort -u
*/
extern PSI_stage_info stage_apply_event;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_after_create;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_after_opening_tables;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_after_table_lock;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_allocating_local_table;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_alter_inplace_prepare;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_alter_inplace;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_alter_inplace_commit;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_after_apply_event;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_changing_master;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_checking_master_version;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_checking_permissions;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_checking_privileges_on_cached_query;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_checking_query_cache_for_query;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_cleaning_up;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_closing_tables;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_connecting_to_master;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_converting_heap_to_myisam;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_copying_to_group_table;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_copying_to_tmp_table;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_copy_to_tmp_table;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_creating_delayed_handler;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_creating_sort_index;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_creating_table;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_creating_tmp_table;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_deleting_from_main_table;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_deleting_from_reference_tables;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_discard_or_import_tablespace;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_end;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_ending_io_thread;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_enabling_keys;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_executing;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_execution_of_init_command;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_explaining;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_finding_key_cache;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_finished_reading_one_binlog_switching_to_next_binlog;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_flushing_relay_log_and_master_info_repository;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_flushing_relay_log_info_file;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_freeing_items;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_fulltext_initialization;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_got_handler_lock;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_got_old_table;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_init;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_init_update;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_insert;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_invalidating_query_cache_entries_table;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_invalidating_query_cache_entries_table_list;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_killing_slave;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_logging_slow_query;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_making_temp_file_append_before_load_data;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_making_temp_file_create_before_load_data;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_manage_keys;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_master_has_sent_all_binlog_to_slave;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_opening_tables;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_optimizing;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_preparing;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_purging_old_relay_logs;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_query_end;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_starting_cleanup;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_slave_sql_cleanup;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_rollback;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_rollback_implicit;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_commit;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_commit_implicit;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_queueing_master_event_to_the_relay_log;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_reading_event_from_the_relay_log;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_recreating_table;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_registering_slave_on_master;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_removing_duplicates;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_removing_tmp_table;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_rename;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_rename_result_table;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_requesting_binlog_dump;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_reschedule;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_searching_rows_for_update;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_sending_binlog_event_to_slave;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_sending_cached_result_to_client;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_sending_data;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_setup;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_slave_has_read_all_relay_log;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_show_explain;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_sorting;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_sorting_for_group;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_sorting_for_order;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_sorting_result;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_sql_thd_waiting_until_delay;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_statistics;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_storing_result_in_query_cache;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_storing_row_into_queue;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_system_lock;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_unlocking_tables;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_table_lock;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_filling_schema_table;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_update;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_updating;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_updating_main_table;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_updating_reference_tables;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_upgrading_lock;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_user_lock;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_user_sleep;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_verifying_table;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_ddl;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_delay_list;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_disk_space;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_flush;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_gtid_to_be_written_to_binary_log;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_handler_insert;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_handler_lock;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_handler_open;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_insert;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_master_to_send_event;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_master_update;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_relay_log_space;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_slave_mutex_on_exit;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_slave_thread_to_start;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_query_cache_lock;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_table_flush;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_the_next_event_in_relay_log;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_the_slave_thread_to_advance_position;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_to_finalize_termination;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_binlog_waiting_background_tasks;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_binlog_write;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_binlog_processing_checkpoint_notify;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_binlog_stopping_background_thread;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_work_from_sql_thread;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_prior_transaction_to_commit;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_prior_transaction_to_start_commit;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_room_in_worker_thread;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_workers_idle;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_ftwrl;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_ftwrl_threads_to_pause;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_rpl_thread_pool;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_master_gtid_wait_primary;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_master_gtid_wait;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_gtid_wait_other_connection;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_slave_background_process_request;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_slave_background_wait_request;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_for_deadlock_kill;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_starting;
#ifdef WITH_WSREP
// Aditional Galera thread states
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_isolation;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_certification;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_ddl;
extern PSI_stage_info stage_waiting_flow;
#endif /* WITH_WSREP */

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_INTERFACE
/**
  Statement instrumentation keys (sql).
  The last entry, at [SQLCOM_END], is for parsing errors.
*/
extern PSI_statement_info sql_statement_info[(uint) SQLCOM_END + 1];

/**
  Statement instrumentation keys (com).
  The last entry, at [COM_END], is for packet errors.
*/
extern PSI_statement_info com_statement_info[(uint) COM_END + 1];

/**
  Statement instrumentation key for replication.
*/
extern PSI_statement_info stmt_info_rpl;

void init_sql_statement_info();
void init_com_statement_info();
#endif /* HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_INTERFACE */

#ifndef _WIN32
extern pthread_t signal_thread;
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_OPENSSL
extern struct st_VioSSLFd * ssl_acceptor_fd;
extern LEX_CUSTRING ssl_acceptor_fingerprint();
#endif /* HAVE_OPENSSL */

/*
  The following variables were under INNODB_COMPABILITY_HOOKS
 */
extern my_bool opt_large_pages;
extern uint opt_large_page_size;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT char lc_messages_dir[FN_REFLEN];
extern char *lc_messages_dir_ptr, *log_error_file_ptr;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT char reg_ext[FN_EXTLEN];
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT uint reg_ext_length;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT uint lower_case_table_names;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT bool mysqld_embedded;
extern ulong specialflag;
extern uint mysql_data_home_len;
extern uint mysql_real_data_home_len;
extern const char *mysql_real_data_home_ptr;
extern ulong thread_handling;
extern "C" MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT char server_version[SERVER_VERSION_LENGTH];
extern char *server_version_ptr;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT char mysql_real_data_home[];
extern char mysql_unpacked_real_data_home[];
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT struct system_variables global_system_variables;
extern char default_logfile_name[FN_REFLEN];
extern char *my_proxy_protocol_networks;

#define mysql_tmpdir (my_tmpdir(&mysql_tmpdir_list))

extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT const key_map key_map_empty;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT key_map key_map_full;          /* Should be threaded as const */

/*
  Server mutex locks and condition variables.
 */
extern mysql_mutex_t
       LOCK_item_func_sleep, LOCK_status,
       LOCK_error_log, LOCK_delayed_insert, LOCK_short_uuid_generator,
       LOCK_delayed_status, LOCK_delayed_create, LOCK_crypt, LOCK_timezone,
       LOCK_active_mi, LOCK_manager, LOCK_user_conn,
       LOCK_prepared_stmt_count, LOCK_error_messages,  LOCK_backup_log,
       LOCK_optimizer_costs;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT mysql_mutex_t LOCK_global_system_variables;
extern mysql_rwlock_t LOCK_all_status_vars;
extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_start_thread;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT mysql_mutex_t LOCK_server_started;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT mysql_cond_t COND_server_started;
extern mysql_rwlock_t LOCK_grant, LOCK_sys_init_connect, LOCK_sys_init_slave;
extern mysql_rwlock_t LOCK_ssl_refresh;
extern mysql_prlock_t LOCK_system_variables_hash;
extern mysql_cond_t COND_start_thread;
extern mysql_cond_t COND_manager;

extern my_bool opt_use_ssl;
extern char *opt_ssl_ca, *opt_ssl_capath, *opt_ssl_cert, *opt_ssl_cipher,
  *opt_ssl_key, *opt_ssl_crl, *opt_ssl_crlpath;
extern ulonglong tls_version;

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER

/**
  only options that need special treatment in get_one_option() deserve
  to be listed below
*/
enum options_mysqld
{
  OPT_to_set_the_start_number=256,
  OPT_BINLOG_DO_DB,
  OPT_BINLOG_FORMAT,
  OPT_BINLOG_IGNORE_DB,
  OPT_BIN_LOG,
  OPT_BOOTSTRAP,
  OPT_COSTS_DISK_READ_COST,
  OPT_COSTS_INDEX_BLOCK_COPY_COST,
  OPT_COSTS_KEY_CMP_COST,
  OPT_COSTS_KEY_COPY_COST,
  OPT_COSTS_KEY_LOOKUP_COST,
  OPT_COSTS_KEY_NEXT_FIND_COST,
  OPT_COSTS_DISK_READ_RATIO,
  OPT_COSTS_ROW_COPY_COST,
  OPT_COSTS_ROW_LOOKUP_COST,
  OPT_COSTS_ROW_NEXT_FIND_COST,
  OPT_COSTS_ROWID_CMP_COST,
  OPT_COSTS_ROWID_COPY_COST,
  OPT_EXPIRE_LOGS_DAYS,
  OPT_BINLOG_EXPIRE_LOGS_SECONDS,
  OPT_CONSOLE,
  OPT_DEBUG_SYNC_TIMEOUT,
  OPT_REMOVED_OPTION,
  OPT_IGNORE_DB_DIRECTORY,
  OPT_ISAM_LOG,
  OPT_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE,
  OPT_KEY_CACHE_AGE_THRESHOLD,
  OPT_KEY_CACHE_BLOCK_SIZE,
  OPT_KEY_CACHE_DIVISION_LIMIT,
  OPT_KEY_CACHE_PARTITIONS,
  OPT_KEY_CACHE_CHANGED_BLOCKS_HASH_SIZE,
  OPT_LOG_BASENAME,
  OPT_LOG_ERROR,
  OPT_LOG_SLOW_FILTER,
  OPT_LOWER_CASE_TABLE_NAMES,
  OPT_PLUGIN_LOAD,
  OPT_PLUGIN_LOAD_ADD,
  OPT_PFS_INSTRUMENT,
  OPT_REPLICATE_DO_DB,
  OPT_REPLICATE_DO_TABLE,
  OPT_REPLICATE_IGNORE_DB,
  OPT_REPLICATE_IGNORE_TABLE,
  OPT_REPLICATE_REWRITE_DB,
  OPT_REPLICATE_WILD_DO_TABLE,
  OPT_REPLICATE_WILD_IGNORE_TABLE,
  OPT_SAFE,
  OPT_SERVER_ID,
  OPT_SILENT,
  OPT_SKIP_HOST_CACHE,
  OPT_SLAVE_PARALLEL_MODE,
  OPT_SSL_CA,
  OPT_SSL_CAPATH,
  OPT_SSL_CERT,
  OPT_SSL_CIPHER,
  OPT_SSL_CRL,
  OPT_SSL_CRLPATH,
  OPT_SSL_KEY,
  OPT_WANT_CORE,
  OPT_MYSQL_COMPATIBILITY,
  OPT_TLS_VERSION, OPT_SECURE_AUTH,
  OPT_MYSQL_TO_BE_IMPLEMENTED,
  OPT_SEQURE_FILE_PRIV,
  OPT_which_is_always_the_last
};
#endif

/**
   Query type constants (usable as bitmap flags).
*/
enum enum_query_type
{
  /// Nothing specific, ordinary SQL query.
  QT_ORDINARY= 0,
  /// In utf8.
  QT_TO_SYSTEM_CHARSET= (1 << 0),
  /// Without character set introducers.
  QT_WITHOUT_INTRODUCERS= (1 << 1),
  /// view internal representation (like QT_ORDINARY except ORDER BY clause)
  QT_VIEW_INTERNAL= (1 << 2),
  /// If identifiers should not include database names, where unambiguous
  QT_ITEM_IDENT_SKIP_DB_NAMES= (1 << 3),
  /// If identifiers should not include table names, where unambiguous
  QT_ITEM_IDENT_SKIP_TABLE_NAMES= (1 << 4),
  /// If Item_cache_wrapper should not print <expr_cache>
  QT_ITEM_CACHE_WRAPPER_SKIP_DETAILS= (1 << 5),
  /// If Item_subselect should print as just "(subquery#1)"
  /// rather than display the subquery body
  QT_ITEM_SUBSELECT_ID_ONLY= (1 << 6),
  /// If NULLIF(a,b) should print itself as
  /// CASE WHEN a_for_comparison=b THEN NULL ELSE a_for_return_value END
  /// when "a" was replaced to two different items
  /// (e.g. by equal fields propagation in optimize_cond())
  /// or always as NULLIF(a, b).
  /// The default behaviour is to use CASE syntax when
  /// a_for_return_value is not the same as a_for_comparison.
  /// SHOW CREATE {VIEW|PROCEDURE|FUNCTION} and other cases where the
  /// original representation is required, should set this flag.
  QT_ITEM_ORIGINAL_FUNC_NULLIF= (1 << 7),
  /// good for parsing
  QT_PARSABLE= (1 << 8),

  // If an expression is constant, print the expression, not the value
  // it evaluates to. Should be used for error messages, so that they
  // don't reveal values.
  QT_NO_DATA_EXPANSION= (1 << 9),

  /// This value means focus on readability, not on ability to parse back, etc.
  QT_EXPLAIN=           QT_TO_SYSTEM_CHARSET |
                        QT_ITEM_IDENT_SKIP_DB_NAMES |
                        QT_ITEM_CACHE_WRAPPER_SKIP_DETAILS |
                        QT_ITEM_SUBSELECT_ID_ONLY,

  QT_SHOW_SELECT_NUMBER= (1<<10),

  /// Do not print database name or table name in the identifiers (even if
  /// this means the printout will be ambigous). It is assumed that the caller
  ///  passing this flag knows what they are doing.
  QT_ITEM_IDENT_DISABLE_DB_TABLE_NAMES= (1 <<11),

  /// This is used for EXPLAIN EXTENDED extra warnings / Be more detailed
  /// Be more detailed than QT_EXPLAIN.
  /// Perhaps we should eventually include QT_ITEM_IDENT_SKIP_CURRENT_DATABASE
  /// here, as it would give better readable results
  QT_EXPLAIN_EXTENDED=  QT_TO_SYSTEM_CHARSET|
                        QT_SHOW_SELECT_NUMBER,

  // Remove wrappers added for TVC when creating or showing view
  QT_NO_WRAPPERS_FOR_TVC_IN_VIEW= (1 << 12),

  /// Print for FRM file. Focus on parse-back.
  /// e.g. VIEW expressions and virtual column expressions
  QT_FOR_FRM= (1 << 13),

  // Print only the SELECT part, even for INSERT...SELECT
  QT_SELECT_ONLY = (1 << 14)
};


/* query_id */
extern Atomic_counter<query_id_t> global_query_id;

/* increment query_id and return it.  */
inline __attribute__((warn_unused_result)) query_id_t next_query_id()
{
  return global_query_id++;
}

inline query_id_t get_query_id()
{
  return global_query_id;
}

/* increment global_thread_id and return it.  */
extern __attribute__((warn_unused_result)) my_thread_id next_thread_id(void);

/*
  TODO: Replace this with an inline function.
 */
#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
extern "C" void unireg_abort(int exit_code) __attribute__((noreturn));
#else
extern "C" void unireg_clear(int exit_code);
#define unireg_abort(exit_code) do { unireg_clear(exit_code); DBUG_RETURN(exit_code); } while(0)
#endif

inline void table_case_convert(char * name, uint length)
{
  if (lower_case_table_names)
    files_charset_info->casedn(name, length, name, length);
}

extern char *set_server_version(char *buf, size_t size);

#define current_thd _current_thd()
void set_current_thd(THD *thd);

/*
  @todo remove, make it static in ha_maria.cc
  currently it's needed for sql_select.cc
*/
extern handlerton *maria_hton;

extern uint64 global_gtid_counter;
extern my_bool opt_gtid_strict_mode;
extern my_bool opt_userstat_running, debug_assert_if_crashed_table;
extern uint mysqld_extra_port;
extern ulong opt_progress_report_time;
extern ulong extra_max_connections;
extern ulonglong denied_connections;
extern ulong thread_created;
extern scheduler_functions *thread_scheduler, *extra_thread_scheduler;
extern char *opt_log_basename;
extern my_bool opt_master_verify_checksum;
extern my_bool opt_stack_trace, disable_log_notes;
extern my_bool opt_expect_abort;
extern my_bool opt_slave_sql_verify_checksum;
extern my_bool opt_mysql56_temporal_format, strict_password_validation;
extern ulong binlog_checksum_options;
extern bool max_user_connections_checking;
extern ulong opt_binlog_dbug_fsync_sleep;
static const int SERVER_UID_SIZE= 29;
extern char server_uid[SERVER_UID_SIZE+1];

extern uint volatile global_disable_checkpoint;
extern my_bool opt_help;

extern int mysqld_main(int argc, char **argv);

#ifdef _WIN32
extern HANDLE hEventShutdown;
extern void mysqld_win_initiate_shutdown();
extern void mysqld_win_set_startup_complete();
extern void mysqld_win_extend_service_timeout(DWORD sec);
extern void mysqld_set_service_status_callback(void (*)(DWORD, DWORD, DWORD));
extern void mysqld_win_set_service_name(const char *name);
#endif

#endif /* MYSQLD_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2012, 2016, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_SHOW_H
#define SQL_SHOW_H

#include "sql_list.h"                           /* List */
#include "handler.h"                            /* enum_schema_tables */
#include "table.h"                              /* enum_schema_table_state */
#include "my_apc.h"

/* Forward declarations */
class JOIN;
class String;
class THD;
class sp_name;
struct TABLE_LIST;
typedef class st_select_lex SELECT_LEX;
struct LEX;
typedef struct st_mysql_show_var SHOW_VAR;
typedef struct st_schema_table ST_SCHEMA_TABLE;
struct TABLE;
typedef struct system_status_var STATUS_VAR;

/* Used by handlers to store things in schema tables */
#define IS_FILES_FILE_ID              0
#define IS_FILES_FILE_NAME            1
#define IS_FILES_FILE_TYPE            2
#define IS_FILES_TABLESPACE_NAME      3
#define IS_FILES_TABLE_CATALOG        4
#define IS_FILES_TABLE_SCHEMA         5
#define IS_FILES_TABLE_NAME           6
#define IS_FILES_LOGFILE_GROUP_NAME   7
#define IS_FILES_LOGFILE_GROUP_NUMBER 8
#define IS_FILES_ENGINE               9
#define IS_FILES_FULLTEXT_KEYS       10
#define IS_FILES_DELETED_ROWS        11
#define IS_FILES_UPDATE_COUNT        12
#define IS_FILES_FREE_EXTENTS        13
#define IS_FILES_TOTAL_EXTENTS       14
#define IS_FILES_EXTENT_SIZE         15
#define IS_FILES_INITIAL_SIZE        16
#define IS_FILES_MAXIMUM_SIZE        17
#define IS_FILES_AUTOEXTEND_SIZE     18
#define IS_FILES_CREATION_TIME       19
#define IS_FILES_LAST_UPDATE_TIME    20
#define IS_FILES_LAST_ACCESS_TIME    21
#define IS_FILES_RECOVER_TIME        22
#define IS_FILES_TRANSACTION_COUNTER 23
#define IS_FILES_VERSION             24
#define IS_FILES_ROW_FORMAT          25
#define IS_FILES_TABLE_ROWS          26
#define IS_FILES_AVG_ROW_LENGTH      27
#define IS_FILES_DATA_LENGTH         28
#define IS_FILES_MAX_DATA_LENGTH     29
#define IS_FILES_INDEX_LENGTH        30
#define IS_FILES_DATA_FREE           31
#define IS_FILES_CREATE_TIME         32
#define IS_FILES_UPDATE_TIME         33
#define IS_FILES_CHECK_TIME          34
#define IS_FILES_CHECKSUM            35
#define IS_FILES_STATUS              36
#define IS_FILES_EXTRA               37

typedef enum { WITHOUT_DB_NAME, WITH_DB_NAME } enum_with_db_name;

int get_all_tables(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, COND *cond);

int show_create_table(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list, String *packet,
                      Table_specification_st *create_info_arg,
                      enum_with_db_name with_db_name);

int show_create_table_ex(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list,
                         const char * forced_db, const char *forced_name,
                         String *packet,
                         Table_specification_st *create_info_arg,
                         enum_with_db_name with_db_name);

int copy_event_to_schema_table(THD *thd, TABLE *sch_table, TABLE *event_table);

bool append_identifier(THD *thd, String *packet, const char *name, size_t length);
static inline bool append_identifier(THD *thd, String *packet, const LEX_CSTRING *name)
{
  return append_identifier(thd, packet, name->str, name->length);
}

bool append_identifier_opt_casedn(THD *thd, String *to,
                                  const LEX_CSTRING &ident, bool casedn);

void mysqld_list_fields(THD *thd,TABLE_LIST *table, const char *wild);
int mysqld_dump_create_info(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list, int fd);
bool mysqld_show_create_get_fields(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list,
                                   List<Item> *field_list, String *buffer);
bool mysqld_show_create(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list);
void mysqld_show_create_db_get_fields(THD *thd, List<Item> *field_list);
bool mysqld_show_create_db(THD *thd, LEX_CSTRING *db_name,
                           LEX_CSTRING *orig_db_name,
                           const DDL_options_st &options);

void mysqld_list_processes(THD *thd,const char *user,bool verbose);
int mysqld_show_status(THD *thd);
int mysqld_show_variables(THD *thd,const char *wild);
bool mysqld_show_storage_engines(THD *thd);
bool mysqld_show_authors(THD *thd);
bool mysqld_show_contributors(THD *thd);
bool mysqld_show_privileges(THD *thd);
char *make_backup_log_name(char *buff, const char *name, const char* log_ext);
uint calc_sum_of_all_status(STATUS_VAR *to);
bool append_definer(THD *thd, String *buffer, const LEX_CSTRING *definer_user,
                    const LEX_CSTRING *definer_host);
int add_status_vars(SHOW_VAR *list);
void remove_status_vars(SHOW_VAR *list);
ulonglong get_status_vars_version(void);
void init_status_vars();
void free_status_vars();
void reset_status_vars();
bool show_create_trigger(THD *thd, const sp_name *trg_name);
void view_store_options(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table, String *buff);

void init_fill_schema_files_row(TABLE* table);
void initialize_information_schema_acl();

ST_SCHEMA_TABLE *find_schema_table(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *table_name,
                                   bool *in_plugin);
static inline ST_SCHEMA_TABLE *find_schema_table(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *table_name)
{ bool unused; return find_schema_table(thd, table_name, &unused); }

ST_SCHEMA_TABLE *get_schema_table(enum enum_schema_tables schema_table_idx);
int make_schema_select(THD *thd,  SELECT_LEX *sel,
                       ST_SCHEMA_TABLE *schema_table);
int mysql_schema_table(THD *thd, LEX *lex, TABLE_LIST *table_list);
bool get_schema_tables_result(JOIN *join,
                              enum enum_schema_table_state executed_place);
enum enum_schema_tables get_schema_table_idx(ST_SCHEMA_TABLE *schema_table);
TABLE *create_schema_table(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list);

const char* get_one_variable(THD *thd, const SHOW_VAR *variable,
                             enum_var_type value_type, SHOW_TYPE show_type,
                             system_status_var *status_var,
                             const CHARSET_INFO **charset, char *buff,
                             size_t *length);

/* These functions were under INNODB_COMPATIBILITY_HOOKS */
int get_quote_char_for_identifier(THD *thd, const char *name, size_t length);
THD *find_thread_by_id(longlong id, bool query_id= false);

class select_result_explain_buffer;
/*
  SHOW EXPLAIN/SHOW ANALYZE request object.
*/

class Show_explain_request : public Apc_target::Apc_call
{
public:
  THD *target_thd;  /* thd that we're running SHOW EXPLAIN/ANALYZE for */
  THD *request_thd; /* thd that run SHOW EXPLAIN/ANALYZE command */
 
  /*
    Set to TRUE if you need the result in JSON format,
    FALSE - in traditional tabular
  */
  bool is_json_format= false;

  /* FALSE for SHOW EXPLAIN, TRUE - for SHOW ANALYZE*/
  bool is_analyze;

  /* If true, there was some error when producing EXPLAIN output. */
  bool failed_to_produce;
   
  /* SHOW EXPLAIN/ANALYZE will be stored here */
  select_result_explain_buffer *explain_buf;
  
  /* Query that we've got SHOW EXPLAIN/ANALYZE for */
  String query_str;
  
  void call_in_target_thread() override;
};


/**
  Condition pushdown used for INFORMATION_SCHEMA / SHOW queries.
  This structure is to implement an optimization when
  accessing data dictionary data in the INFORMATION_SCHEMA
  or SHOW commands.
  When the query contain a TABLE_SCHEMA or TABLE_NAME clause,
  narrow the search for data based on the constraints given.
*/
typedef struct st_lookup_field_values
{
  /**
    Value of a TABLE_SCHEMA clause.
    Note that this value length may exceed @c NAME_LEN.
    @sa wild_db_value
  */
  LEX_CSTRING db_value;
  /**
    Value of a TABLE_NAME clause.
    Note that this value length may exceed @c NAME_LEN.
    @sa wild_table_value
  */
  LEX_CSTRING table_value;
  /**
    True when @c db_value is a LIKE clause,
    false when @c db_value is an '=' clause.
  */
  bool wild_db_value;
  /**
    True when @c table_value is a LIKE clause,
    false when @c table_value is an '=' clause.
  */
  bool wild_table_value;
} LOOKUP_FIELD_VALUES;  

/*
  INFORMATION_SCHEMA: Execution plan for get_all_tables() call
*/

class IS_table_read_plan : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  IS_table_read_plan() : no_rows(false), trivial_show_command(FALSE) {}

  bool no_rows;
  /*
    For EXPLAIN only: For SHOW KEYS and SHOW COLUMNS, we know which
    db_name.table_name will be read, however for some reason we don't
    set the fields in this->lookup_field_vals.
    In order to not have JOIN::save_explain_data() walking over uninitialized
    data, we set trivial_show_command=true.
  */
  bool trivial_show_command;

  LOOKUP_FIELD_VALUES lookup_field_vals;
  Item *partial_cond;

  bool has_db_lookup_value()
  {
    return (lookup_field_vals.db_value.length &&
           !lookup_field_vals.wild_db_value);
  }
  bool has_table_lookup_value()
  {
    return (lookup_field_vals.table_value.length &&
            !lookup_field_vals.wild_table_value);
  }
};

bool optimize_schema_tables_reads(JOIN *join);
bool optimize_schema_tables_memory_usage(List<TABLE_LIST> &tables);

/* Handle the ignored database directories list for SHOW/I_S. */
bool ignore_db_dirs_init();
void ignore_db_dirs_free();
void ignore_db_dirs_reset();
bool ignore_db_dirs_process_additions();
bool push_ignored_db_dir(const char *path);
extern char *opt_ignore_db_dirs;

#endif /* SQL_SHOW_H */
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_DELETE_INCLUDED
#define SQL_DELETE_INCLUDED

#include "my_base.h"                            /* ha_rows */
#include "sql_class.h"                          /* enum_duplicates */
#include "sql_cmd.h"                            // Sql_cmd_dml
#include "sql_base.h"

class THD;
struct TABLE_LIST;
class Item;
class select_result;

typedef class Item COND;
template <typename T> class SQL_I_List;

/**
   @class Sql_cmd_delete - class used for any DELETE statements

   This class is derived from Sql_cmd_dml and contains implementations
   for abstract virtual function of the latter such as precheck() and
   prepare_inner(). It also overrides the implementation of execute_inner()
   providing a special handling for single-table delete statements that
   are not converted to multi-table delete.
   The class provides an object of the DML_prelocking_strategy class
   for the virtual function get_dml_prelocking_strategy().
*/
class Sql_cmd_delete final : public Sql_cmd_dml
{
public:
  ha_rows deleted{0};
  Sql_cmd_delete(bool multitable_arg)
    : orig_multitable(multitable_arg), multitable(multitable_arg),
      save_protocol(NULL)
  {}

  enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const override
  {
    return orig_multitable ? SQLCOM_DELETE_MULTI : SQLCOM_DELETE;
  }

  DML_prelocking_strategy *get_dml_prelocking_strategy() override
  {
    return &dml_prelocking_strategy;
  }

  bool processing_as_multitable_delete_prohibited(THD *thd);

  bool is_multitable() const { return multitable; }

  void set_as_multitable() { multitable= true; }

  void remove_order_by_without_limit(THD *thd);

  void get_dml_stat (ha_rows &found, ha_rows &changed) override
  {
     found= 0;
     changed= deleted;
  }

protected:
  /**
    @brief Perform precheck of table privileges for delete statements
  */
  bool precheck(THD *thd) override;

  /**
    @brief Perform context analysis for delete statements
  */
  bool prepare_inner(THD *thd) override;

  /**
    @brief Perform optimization and execution actions needed for deletes
  */
  bool execute_inner(THD *thd) override;

 private:
  /**
    @biefSpecial handling of single-table deletes after prepare phase
  */
  bool delete_from_single_table(THD *thd);

  /* Original value of the 'multitable' flag set by constructor */
  const bool orig_multitable;

  /*
    True if the statement is a multitable delete or converted to such.
    For a single-table delete this flag is set to true if the statement
    is supposed to be converted to multi-table delete.
  */
  bool multitable;

  /* The prelocking strategy used when opening the used tables */
  DML_prelocking_strategy dml_prelocking_strategy;

  List<Item> empty_list;   /**< auxiliary empty list used by prepare_inner() */
  Protocol *save_protocol; /**< needed for ANALYZE .. DELETE .. RETURNING */
};
#endif /* SQL_DELETE_INCLUDED */
#ifndef ITEM_CMPFUNC_INCLUDED
#define ITEM_CMPFUNC_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2022, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */


/* compare and test functions */

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#include "item_func.h"             /* Item_int_func, Item_bool_func */
#include "item.h"
#include "opt_rewrite_date_cmp.h"

extern Item_result item_cmp_type(Item_result a,Item_result b);
inline Item_result item_cmp_type(const Item *a, const Item *b)
{
  return item_cmp_type(a->cmp_type(), b->cmp_type());
}
inline Item_result item_cmp_type(Item_result a, const Item *b)
{
  return item_cmp_type(a, b->cmp_type());
}
class Item_bool_func2;
class Arg_comparator;

typedef int (Arg_comparator::*arg_cmp_func)();

typedef int (*Item_field_cmpfunc)(Item *f1, Item *f2, void *arg); 

class Arg_comparator: public Sql_alloc
{
  Item **a, **b;
  const Type_handler *m_compare_handler;
  CHARSET_INFO *m_compare_collation;
  arg_cmp_func func;
  Item_func_or_sum *owner;
  bool set_null;                   // TRUE <=> set owner->null_value
  Arg_comparator *comparators;   // used only for compare_row()
  double precision;
  /* Fields used in DATE/DATETIME comparison. */
  Item *a_cache, *b_cache;         // Cached values of a and b items
                                   //   when one of arguments is NULL.

  int set_cmp_func(THD *thd, Item_func_or_sum *owner_arg,
                   const Type_handler *compare_handler,
                   Item **a1, Item **a2);

  int compare_not_null_values(longlong val1, longlong val2)
  {
    if (set_null)
      owner->null_value= false;
    if (val1 < val2) return -1;
    if (val1 == val2) return 0;
    return 1;
  }
  NativeBuffer<STRING_BUFFER_USUAL_SIZE> m_native1, m_native2;
public:
  /* Allow owner function to use string buffers. */
  String value1, value2;

  Arg_comparator():
    m_compare_handler(&type_handler_null),
    m_compare_collation(&my_charset_bin),
    set_null(TRUE), comparators(0),
    a_cache(0), b_cache(0) {};
  Arg_comparator(Item **a1, Item **a2): a(a1), b(a2),
    m_compare_handler(&type_handler_null),
    m_compare_collation(&my_charset_bin),
    set_null(TRUE), comparators(0),
    a_cache(0), b_cache(0) {};

public:
  bool set_cmp_func_for_row_arguments(THD *thd);
  bool set_cmp_func_row(THD *thd);
  bool set_cmp_func_string(THD *thd);
  bool set_cmp_func_time(THD *thd);
  bool set_cmp_func_datetime(THD *thd);
  bool set_cmp_func_native(THD *thd);
  bool set_cmp_func_int(THD *thd);
  bool set_cmp_func_real(THD *thd);
  bool set_cmp_func_decimal(THD *thd);

  inline int set_cmp_func(THD *thd, Item_func_or_sum *owner_arg,
                          const Type_handler *compare_handler,
                          Item **a1, Item **a2, bool set_null_arg)
  {
    set_null= set_null_arg;
    return set_cmp_func(thd, owner_arg, compare_handler, a1, a2);
  }
  int set_cmp_func(THD *thd, Item_func_or_sum *owner_arg,
                   Item **a1, Item **a2, bool set_null_arg)
  {
    Item *tmp_args[2]= { *a1, *a2 };
    Type_handler_hybrid_field_type tmp;
    if (tmp.aggregate_for_comparison(owner_arg->func_name_cstring(),
                                     tmp_args, 2, false))
      return 1;
    return set_cmp_func(thd, owner_arg, tmp.type_handler(),
                        a1, a2, set_null_arg);
  }

  inline int compare() { return (this->*func)(); }

  int compare_string();		 // compare args[0] & args[1]
  int compare_real();            // compare args[0] & args[1]
  int compare_decimal();         // compare args[0] & args[1]
  int compare_int_signed();      // compare args[0] & args[1]
  int compare_int_signed_unsigned();
  int compare_int_unsigned_signed();
  int compare_int_unsigned();
  int compare_row();             // compare args[0] & args[1]
  int compare_e_string();	 // compare args[0] & args[1]
  int compare_e_real();          // compare args[0] & args[1]
  int compare_e_decimal();       // compare args[0] & args[1]
  int compare_e_int();           // compare args[0] & args[1]
  int compare_e_int_diff_signedness();
  int compare_e_row();           // compare args[0] & args[1]
  int compare_real_fixed();
  int compare_e_real_fixed();
  int compare_datetime();
  int compare_e_datetime();
  int compare_time();
  int compare_e_time();
  int compare_native();
  int compare_e_native();
  int compare_json_str_basic(Item *j, Item *s);
  int compare_json_str();
  int compare_str_json();
  int compare_e_json_str_basic(Item *j, Item *s);
  int compare_e_json_str();
  int compare_e_str_json();

  void min_max_update_field_native(THD *thd, Field *field, Item *item,
                                   int cmp_sign);

  Item** cache_converted_constant(THD *thd, Item **value, Item **cache,
                                  const Type_handler *type);
  inline bool is_owner_equal_func()
  {
    return (owner->type() == Item::FUNC_ITEM &&
           ((Item_func*)owner)->functype() == Item_func::EQUAL_FUNC);
  }
  const Type_handler *compare_type_handler() const { return m_compare_handler; }
  Item_result compare_type() const { return m_compare_handler->cmp_type(); }
  CHARSET_INFO *compare_collation() const { return m_compare_collation; }
  Arg_comparator *subcomparators() const { return comparators; }
  void cleanup()
  {
    delete [] comparators;
    comparators= 0;
  }
  friend class Item_func;
  friend class Item_bool_rowready_func2;
};


class SEL_ARG;
struct KEY_PART;

class Item_bool_func :public Item_int_func,
                      public Type_cmp_attributes
{
protected:
  /*
    Build a SEL_TREE for a simple predicate
    @param  param       PARAM from SQL_SELECT::test_quick_select
    @param  field       field in the predicate
    @param  value       constant in the predicate
    @return Pointer to the tree built tree
  */
  virtual SEL_TREE *get_func_mm_tree(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param,
                                     Field *field, Item *value)
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Item_bool_func::get_func_mm_tree");
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    DBUG_RETURN(0);
  }
  /*
    Return the full select tree for "field_item" and "value":
    - a single SEL_TREE if the field is not in a multiple equality, or
    - a conjunction of all SEL_TREEs for all fields from
      the same multiple equality with "field_item".
  */
  SEL_TREE *get_full_func_mm_tree(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param,
                                  Item_field *field_item, Item *value);
  /**
    Test if "item" and "value" are suitable for the range optimization
    and get their full select tree.

    "Suitable" means:
    - "item" is a field or a field reference
    - "value" is NULL                (e.g. WHERE field IS NULL), or
      "value" is an unexpensive item (e.g. WHERE field OP value)

    @param item  - the argument that is checked to be a field
    @param value - the other argument
    @returns - NULL if the arguments are not suitable for the range optimizer.
    @returns - the full select tree if the arguments are suitable.
  */
  SEL_TREE *get_full_func_mm_tree_for_args(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param,
                                           Item *item, Item *value)
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Item_bool_func::get_full_func_mm_tree_for_args");
    Item *field= item->real_item();
    if (field->type() == Item::FIELD_ITEM && !field->const_item() &&
        (!value || !value->is_expensive()))
      DBUG_RETURN(get_full_func_mm_tree(param, (Item_field *) field, value));
    DBUG_RETURN(NULL);
  }
  SEL_TREE *get_mm_parts(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, Field *field,
                         Item_func::Functype type, Item *value);
  SEL_TREE *get_ne_mm_tree(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param,
                           Field *field, Item *lt_value, Item *gt_value);
  virtual SEL_ARG *get_mm_leaf(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, Field *field,
                               KEY_PART *key_part,
                               Item_func::Functype type, Item *value);
  void raise_note_if_key_become_unused(THD *thd, const Item_args &old_args);
public:
  Item_bool_func(THD *thd): Item_int_func(thd) {}
  Item_bool_func(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_int_func(thd, a) {}
  Item_bool_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_int_func(thd, a, b) {}
  Item_bool_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c): Item_int_func(thd, a, b, c) {}
  Item_bool_func(THD *thd, List<Item> &list): Item_int_func(thd, list) { }
  Item_bool_func(THD *thd, Item_bool_func *item) :Item_int_func(thd, item) {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_bool; }
  const Type_handler *fixed_type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_bool; }
  CHARSET_INFO *compare_collation() const override { return NULL; }
  longlong val_int() override final
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_cond());
    return val_bool();
  }
  bool val_bool() override= 0;
  String *val_str(String *str) override final
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    bool res= val_bool();
    if (null_value)
      return 0;

    str->set_int(res, false, collation.collation);
    return str;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override { decimals=0; max_length=1; return FALSE; }
  decimal_digits_t decimal_precision() const override { return 1; }
  bool need_parentheses_in_default() override { return true; }
};


/**
  Abstract Item class, to represent <code>X IS [NOT] (TRUE | FALSE)</code>
  boolean predicates.
*/

class Item_func_truth : public Item_bool_func
{
public:
  bool val_bool() override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return CMP_PRECEDENCE; }
  table_map not_null_tables() const override
  { return is_top_level_item() ? not_null_tables_cache : 0; }

protected:
  Item_func_truth(THD *thd, Item *a, bool a_value, bool a_affirmative):
    Item_bool_func(thd, a), value(a_value), affirmative(a_affirmative)
  {}

  ~Item_func_truth() = default;
private:
  /**
    True for <code>X IS [NOT] TRUE</code>,
    false for <code>X IS [NOT] FALSE</code> predicates.
  */
  const bool value;
  /**
    True for <code>X IS Y</code>, false for <code>X IS NOT Y</code> predicates.
  */
  const bool affirmative;
};


/**
  This Item represents a <code>X IS TRUE</code> boolean predicate.
*/

class Item_func_istrue : public Item_func_truth
{
public:
  Item_func_istrue(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func_truth(thd, a, true, true) {}
  ~Item_func_istrue() = default;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("istrue") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_istrue>(thd, this); }
};


/**
  This Item represents a <code>X IS NOT TRUE</code> boolean predicate.
*/

class Item_func_isnottrue : public Item_func_truth
{
public:
  Item_func_isnottrue(THD *thd, Item *a):
    Item_func_truth(thd, a, true, false) {}
  ~Item_func_isnottrue() = default;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("isnottrue") };
    return name;
  }
  bool find_not_null_fields(table_map allowed) override { return false; }
  bool eval_not_null_tables(void *) override
  { not_null_tables_cache= 0; return false; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_isnottrue>(thd, this); }
};


/**
  This Item represents a <code>X IS FALSE</code> boolean predicate.
*/

class Item_func_isfalse : public Item_func_truth
{
public:
  Item_func_isfalse(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func_truth(thd, a, false, true) {}
  ~Item_func_isfalse() = default;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("isfalse") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_isfalse>(thd, this); }
};


/**
  This Item represents a <code>X IS NOT FALSE</code> boolean predicate.
*/

class Item_func_isnotfalse : public Item_func_truth
{
public:
  Item_func_isnotfalse(THD *thd, Item *a):
    Item_func_truth(thd, a, false, false) {}
  ~Item_func_isnotfalse() = default;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("isnotfalse") };
    return name;
  }
  bool find_not_null_fields(table_map allowed) override { return false; }
  bool eval_not_null_tables(void *) override
  { not_null_tables_cache= 0; return false; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_isnotfalse>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_cache;
#define UNKNOWN (-1)


/*
  Item_in_optimizer(left_expr, Item_in_subselect(...))

  Item_in_optimizer is used to wrap an instance of Item_in_subselect. This
  class does the following:
   - Evaluate the left expression and store it in Item_cache_* object (to
     avoid re-evaluating it many times during subquery execution)
   - Shortcut the evaluation of "NULL IN (...)" to NULL in the cases where we
     don't care if the result is NULL or FALSE.

  NOTE
    It is not quite clear why the above listed functionality should be
    placed into a separate class called 'Item_in_optimizer'.
*/

class Item_in_optimizer: public Item_bool_func
{
protected:
  Item_cache *cache;
  Item *expr_cache;
  /*
    Stores the value of "NULL IN (SELECT ...)" for uncorrelated subqueries:
      UNKNOWN - "NULL in (SELECT ...)" has not yet been evaluated
      FALSE   - result is FALSE
      TRUE    - result is NULL
  */
  int result_for_null_param;
public:
  Item_in_optimizer(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_bool_func(thd, a, b), cache(0), expr_cache(0),
    result_for_null_param(UNKNOWN)
  {
    with_flags|= item_with_t::SUBQUERY;
  }
  bool fix_fields(THD *, Item **) override;
  bool fix_left(THD *thd);
  table_map not_null_tables() const override { return 0; }
  bool is_null() override;
  bool val_bool() override;
  void cleanup() override;
  enum Functype functype() const override { return IN_OPTIMIZER_FUNC; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("<in_optimizer>") };
    return name;
  }
  Item_cache **get_cache() { return &cache; }
  Item *transform(THD *thd, Item_transformer transformer, uchar *arg) override;
  Item *expr_cache_insert_transformer(THD *thd, uchar *unused) override;
  bool is_expensive_processor(void *arg) override;
  bool is_expensive() override;
  void set_join_tab_idx(uint8 join_tab_idx_arg) override
  { args[1]->set_join_tab_idx(join_tab_idx_arg); }
  void get_cache_parameters(List<Item> &parameters) override;
  bool eval_not_null_tables(void *opt_arg) override;
  bool find_not_null_fields(table_map allowed) override;
  void fix_after_pullout(st_select_lex *new_parent, Item **ref,
                         bool merge) override;
  bool invisible_mode();
  bool walk(Item_processor processor, bool walk_subquery, void *arg) override;
  void reset_cache() { cache= NULL; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  void restore_first_argument();
  Item* get_wrapped_in_subselect_item()
  { return args[1]; }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return args[1]->precedence(); }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_in_optimizer>(thd, this); }
};


/*
  Functions and operators with two arguments that can use range optimizer.
*/
class Item_bool_func2 :public Item_bool_func
{                                              /* Bool with 2 string args */
protected:
  void add_key_fields_optimize_op(JOIN *join, KEY_FIELD **key_fields,
                                  uint *and_level, table_map usable_tables,
                                  SARGABLE_PARAM **sargables, bool equal_func);
public:
  Item_bool_func2(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_bool_func(thd, a, b) { }

  bool is_null() override { return MY_TEST(args[0]->is_null() || args[1]->is_null()); }
  COND *remove_eq_conds(THD *thd, Item::cond_result *cond_value,
                        bool top_level) override;
  bool count_sargable_conds(void *arg) override;
  /*
    Specifies which result type the function uses to compare its arguments.
    This method is used in equal field propagation.
  */
  virtual const Type_handler *compare_type_handler() const
  {
    /*
      Have STRING_RESULT by default, which means the function compares
      val_str() results of the arguments. This is suitable for Item_func_like
      and for Item_func_spatial_rel.
      Note, Item_bool_rowready_func2 overrides this default behaviour.
    */
    return &type_handler_varchar;
  }
  SEL_TREE *get_mm_tree(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, Item **cond_ptr) override
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Item_bool_func2::get_mm_tree");
    DBUG_ASSERT(arg_count == 2);
    SEL_TREE *ftree= get_full_func_mm_tree_for_args(param, args[0], args[1]);
    if (!ftree)
      ftree= Item_func::get_mm_tree(param, cond_ptr);
    DBUG_RETURN(ftree);
  }
};


/**
  A class for functions and operators that can use the range optimizer and
  have a reverse function/operator that can also use the range optimizer,
  so this condition:
    WHERE value OP field
  can be optimized as equivalent to:
    WHERE field REV_OP value

  This class covers:
  - scalar comparison predicates:  <, <=, =, <=>, >=, >
  - MBR and precise spatial relation predicates (e.g. SP_TOUCHES(x,y))

  For example:
    WHERE 10 > field
  can be optimized as:
    WHERE field < 10
*/
class Item_bool_func2_with_rev :public Item_bool_func2
{
protected:
  SEL_TREE *get_func_mm_tree(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param,
                             Field *field, Item *value) override
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Item_bool_func2_with_rev::get_func_mm_tree");
    Item_func::Functype func_type=
      (value != arguments()[0]) ? functype() : rev_functype();
    DBUG_RETURN(get_mm_parts(param, field, func_type, value));
  }
public:
  Item_bool_func2_with_rev(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_bool_func2(thd, a, b) { }
  virtual enum Functype rev_functype() const= 0;
  SEL_TREE *get_mm_tree(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, Item **cond_ptr) override
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Item_bool_func2_with_rev::get_mm_tree");
    DBUG_ASSERT(arg_count == 2);
    SEL_TREE *ftree;
    /*
      Even if get_full_func_mm_tree_for_args(param, args[0], args[1]) will not
      return a range predicate it may still be possible to create one
      by reversing the order of the operands. Note that this only
      applies to predicates where both operands are fields. Example: A
      query of the form

         WHERE t1.a OP t2.b

      In this case, args[0] == t1.a and args[1] == t2.b.
      When creating range predicates for t2,
      get_full_func_mm_tree_for_args(param, args[0], args[1])
      will return NULL because 'field' belongs to t1 and only
      predicates that applies to t2 are of interest. In this case a
      call to get_full_func_mm_tree_for_args() with reversed operands
      may succeed.
    */
    if (!(ftree= get_full_func_mm_tree_for_args(param, args[0], args[1])) &&
        !(ftree= get_full_func_mm_tree_for_args(param, args[1], args[0])))
      ftree= Item_func::get_mm_tree(param, cond_ptr);
    DBUG_RETURN(ftree);
  }
};


class Item_bool_rowready_func2 :public Item_bool_func2_with_rev
{
protected:
  Arg_comparator cmp;
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return check_argument_types_like_args0();
  }
public:
  Item_bool_rowready_func2(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_bool_func2_with_rev(thd, a, b), cmp(tmp_arg, tmp_arg + 1)
  { }
  Sql_mode_dependency value_depends_on_sql_mode() const override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    Item_func::print_op(str, query_type);
  }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return CMP_PRECEDENCE; }
  Item *neg_transformer(THD *thd) override;
  virtual Item *negated_item(THD *thd);
  Item *propagate_equal_fields(THD *thd, const Context &ctx, COND_EQUAL *cond)
    override
  {
    Item_args::propagate_equal_fields(thd,
                                      Context(ANY_SUBST,
                                              cmp.compare_type_handler(),
                                              compare_collation()),
                                      cond);
    return this;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec_generic(THD *thd,
                                  const Type_handler *compare_handler)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(args == tmp_arg);
    return cmp.set_cmp_func(thd, this, compare_handler,
                            tmp_arg, tmp_arg + 1, true/*set_null*/);
  }
  int set_cmp_func(THD *thd)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(args == tmp_arg);
    return cmp.set_cmp_func(thd, this, tmp_arg, tmp_arg + 1, true/*set_null*/);
  }
  CHARSET_INFO *compare_collation() const override
  { return cmp.compare_collation(); }
  const Type_handler *compare_type_handler() const override
  {
    return cmp.compare_type_handler();
  }
  Arg_comparator *get_comparator() { return &cmp; }
  void cleanup() override
  {
    Item_bool_func2::cleanup();
    cmp.cleanup();
  }
  void add_key_fields(JOIN *join, KEY_FIELD **key_fields,
                      uint *and_level, table_map usable_tables,
                      SARGABLE_PARAM **sargables) override
  {
    return add_key_fields_optimize_op(join, key_fields, and_level,
                                      usable_tables, sargables, false);
  }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  {
    Item_bool_rowready_func2 *clone=
      (Item_bool_rowready_func2 *) Item_func::deep_copy(thd);
    if (clone)
    {
      clone->cmp.comparators= 0;
    }
    return clone;
  }
};

/**
  XOR inherits from Item_bool_func because it is not optimized yet.
  Later, when XOR is optimized, it needs to inherit from
  Item_cond instead. See WL#5800.
*/
class Item_func_xor :public Item_bool_func
{
public:
  Item_func_xor(THD *thd, Item *i1, Item *i2): Item_bool_func(thd, i1, i2) {}
  enum Functype functype() const override { return XOR_FUNC; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("xor") };
    return name;
  }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return XOR_PRECEDENCE; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  { Item_func::print_op(str, query_type); }
  bool val_bool() override;
  bool find_not_null_fields(table_map allowed) override { return false; }
  Item *neg_transformer(THD *thd) override;
  Item* propagate_equal_fields(THD *thd, const Context &ctx, COND_EQUAL *cond) override
  {
    Item_args::propagate_equal_fields(thd, Context_boolean(), cond);
    return this;
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_xor>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_not :public Item_bool_func
{
public:
  Item_func_not(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_bool_func(thd, a) {}
  bool val_bool() override;
  enum Functype functype() const override { return NOT_FUNC; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("not") };
    return name;
  }
  bool find_not_null_fields(table_map allowed) override { return false; }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return NEG_PRECEDENCE; }
  Item *neg_transformer(THD *thd) override;
  bool fix_fields(THD *, Item **) override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_not>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_maxmin_subselect;

/*
  trigcond<param>(arg) ::= param? arg : TRUE

  The class Item_func_trig_cond is used for guarded predicates 
  which are employed only for internal purposes.
  A guarded predicate is an object consisting of an a regular or
  a guarded predicate P and a pointer to a boolean guard variable g. 
  A guarded predicate P/g is evaluated to true if the value of the
  guard g is false, otherwise it is evaluated to the same value that
  the predicate P: val(P/g)= g ? val(P):true.
  Guarded predicates allow us to include predicates into a conjunction
  conditionally. Currently they are utilized for pushed down predicates
  in queries with outer join operations.

  In the future, probably, it makes sense to extend this class to
  the objects consisting of three elements: a predicate P, a pointer
  to a variable g and a firing value s with following evaluation
  rule: val(P/g,s)= g==s? val(P) : true. It will allow us to build only
  one item for the objects of the form P/g1/g2... 

  Objects of this class are built only for query execution after
  the execution plan has been already selected. That's why this
  class needs only val_int out of generic methods. 
 
  Current uses of Item_func_trig_cond objects:
   - To wrap selection conditions when executing outer joins
   - To wrap condition that is pushed down into subquery
*/

class Item_func_trig_cond: public Item_bool_func
{
  bool *trig_var;
public:
  Item_func_trig_cond(THD *thd, Item *a, bool *f): Item_bool_func(thd, a)
  { trig_var= f; }
  bool val_bool() override { return *trig_var ? args[0]->val_bool() : true; }
  enum Functype functype() const override { return TRIG_COND_FUNC; };
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("trigcond") };
    return name;
  }
  bool const_item() const override { return FALSE; }
  bool *get_trig_var() { return trig_var; }
  void add_key_fields(JOIN *join, KEY_FIELD **key_fields,
                      uint *and_level, table_map usable_tables,
                      SARGABLE_PARAM **sargables) override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_trig_cond>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_not_all :public Item_func_not
{
  /* allow to check presence of values in max/min optimization */
  Item_sum_min_max *test_sum_item;
  Item_maxmin_subselect *test_sub_item;

public:
  bool show;

  Item_func_not_all(THD *thd, Item *a):
    Item_func_not(thd, a), test_sum_item(0), test_sub_item(0), show(0)
    {}
  table_map not_null_tables() const override { return 0; }
  bool val_bool() override;
  enum Functype functype() const override { return NOT_ALL_FUNC; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("<not>") };
    return name;
  }
  enum precedence precedence() const override
  { return show ? Item_func::precedence() : args[0]->precedence(); }
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override
  { return Item_func::fix_fields(thd, ref);}
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  void set_sum_test(Item_sum_min_max *item) { test_sum_item= item; test_sub_item= 0; };
  void set_sub_test(Item_maxmin_subselect *item) { test_sub_item= item; test_sum_item= 0;};
  bool empty_underlying_subquery();
  Item *neg_transformer(THD *thd) override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_not_all>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_nop_all :public Item_func_not_all
{
public:

  Item_func_nop_all(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func_not_all(thd, a) {}
  bool val_bool() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("<nop>") };
    return name;
  }
  Item *neg_transformer(THD *thd) override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_nop_all>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_eq :public Item_bool_rowready_func2
{
public:
  Item_func_eq(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_bool_rowready_func2(thd, a, b),
      in_equality_no(UINT_MAX)
  {}
  bool val_bool() override;
  enum Functype functype() const override { return EQ_FUNC; }
  enum Functype rev_functype() const override { return EQ_FUNC; }
  cond_result eq_cmp_result() const override { return COND_TRUE; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("=") };
    return name;
  }
  Item *negated_item(THD *thd) override;
  COND *build_equal_items(THD *thd, COND_EQUAL *inherited,
                          bool link_item_fields,
                          COND_EQUAL **cond_equal_ref) override;
  void add_key_fields(JOIN *join, KEY_FIELD **key_fields,
                      uint *and_level, table_map usable_tables,
                      SARGABLE_PARAM **sargables) override
  {
    return add_key_fields_optimize_op(join, key_fields, and_level,
                                      usable_tables, sargables, true);
  }
  bool check_equality(THD *thd, COND_EQUAL *cond, List<Item> *eq_list) override;
  /* 
    - If this equality is created from the subquery's IN-equality:
      number of the item it was created from, e.g. for
       (a,b) IN (SELECT c,d ...)  a=c will have in_equality_no=0, 
       and b=d will have in_equality_no=1.
    - Otherwise, UINT_MAX
  */
  uint in_equality_no;
  uint exists2in_reserved_items() override { return 1; };
  friend class  Arg_comparator;
  Item* date_conds_transformer(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override
  { return do_date_conds_transformation(thd, this); }
  Item* varchar_upper_cmp_transformer(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override;
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_eq>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_equal final :public Item_bool_rowready_func2
{
public:
  Item_func_equal(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_bool_rowready_func2(thd, a, b) {}
  bool val_bool() override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  table_map not_null_tables() const override { return 0; }
  bool find_not_null_fields(table_map allowed) override { return false; }
  enum Functype functype() const override { return EQUAL_FUNC; }
  enum Functype rev_functype() const override { return EQUAL_FUNC; }
  cond_result eq_cmp_result() const override { return COND_TRUE; }
  bool is_null() override { return false; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("<=>") };
    return name;
  }
  Item *neg_transformer(THD *thd) override { return 0; }
  void add_key_fields(JOIN *join, KEY_FIELD **key_fields,
                      uint *and_level, table_map usable_tables,
                      SARGABLE_PARAM **sargables) override
  {
    return add_key_fields_optimize_op(join, key_fields, and_level,
                                      usable_tables, sargables, true);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_equal>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_ge :public Item_bool_rowready_func2
{
public:
  Item_func_ge(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_bool_rowready_func2(thd, a, b) {};
  bool val_bool() override;
  enum Functype functype() const override { return GE_FUNC; }
  enum Functype rev_functype() const override { return LE_FUNC; }
  cond_result eq_cmp_result() const override { return COND_TRUE; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN(">=") };
    return name;
  }
  Item *negated_item(THD *thd) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_ge>(thd, this); }
  Item* date_conds_transformer(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override
  { return do_date_conds_transformation(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_gt :public Item_bool_rowready_func2
{
public:
  Item_func_gt(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_bool_rowready_func2(thd, a, b) {};
  bool val_bool() override;
  enum Functype functype() const override { return GT_FUNC; }
  enum Functype rev_functype() const override { return LT_FUNC; }
  cond_result eq_cmp_result() const override { return COND_FALSE; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN(">") };
    return name;
  }
  Item *negated_item(THD *thd) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_gt>(thd, this); }
  Item* date_conds_transformer(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override
  { return do_date_conds_transformation(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_le :public Item_bool_rowready_func2
{
public:
  Item_func_le(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_bool_rowready_func2(thd, a, b) {};
  bool val_bool() override;
  enum Functype functype() const override { return LE_FUNC; }
  enum Functype rev_functype() const override { return GE_FUNC; }
  cond_result eq_cmp_result() const override { return COND_TRUE; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("<=") };
    return name;
  }
  Item *negated_item(THD *thd) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_le>(thd, this); }
  Item* date_conds_transformer(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override
  { return do_date_conds_transformation(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_lt :public Item_bool_rowready_func2
{
public:
  Item_func_lt(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_bool_rowready_func2(thd, a, b) {}
  bool val_bool() override;
  enum Functype functype() const override { return LT_FUNC; }
  enum Functype rev_functype() const override { return GT_FUNC; }
  cond_result eq_cmp_result() const override { return COND_FALSE; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("<") };
    return name;
  }
  Item *negated_item(THD *thd) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_lt>(thd, this); }
  Item* date_conds_transformer(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override
  { return do_date_conds_transformation(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_ne :public Item_bool_rowready_func2
{
protected:
  SEL_TREE *get_func_mm_tree(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param,
                             Field *field, Item *value) override;
public:
  Item_func_ne(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_bool_rowready_func2(thd, a, b) {}
  bool val_bool() override;
  enum Functype functype() const override { return NE_FUNC; }
  enum Functype rev_functype() const override { return NE_FUNC; }
  cond_result eq_cmp_result() const override { return COND_FALSE; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("<>") };
    return name;
  }
  Item *negated_item(THD *thd) override;
  void add_key_fields(JOIN *join, KEY_FIELD **key_fields, uint *and_level,
                      table_map usable_tables, SARGABLE_PARAM **sargables) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_ne>(thd, this); }
};


/*
  The class Item_func_opt_neg is defined to factor out the functionality
  common for the classes Item_func_between and Item_func_in. The objects
  of these classes can express predicates or there negations.
  The alternative approach would be to create pairs Item_func_between,
  Item_func_notbetween and Item_func_in, Item_func_notin.

*/

class Item_func_opt_neg :public Item_bool_func
{
protected:
  /*
    The data type handler that will be used for comparison.
    Data type handlers of all arguments are mixed to here.
  */
  Type_handler_hybrid_field_type m_comparator;
  /*
    The collation that will be used for comparison in case
    when m_compare_type is STRING_RESULT.
  */
  DTCollation cmp_collation;
public:
  bool negated;     /* <=> the item represents NOT <func> */
public:
  Item_func_opt_neg(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_bool_func(thd, a, b, c), negated(0) {}
  Item_func_opt_neg(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_bool_func(thd, list), negated(0) {}
public:
  Item *neg_transformer(THD *thd) override
  {
    negated= !negated;
    return this;
  }
  bool eq(const Item *item, const Eq_config &config) const override;
  CHARSET_INFO *compare_collation() const override
  {
    return cmp_collation.collation;
  }
  Item *propagate_equal_fields(THD *, const Context &,
                               COND_EQUAL *) override= 0;
};

class Item_func_between :public Item_func_opt_neg
{
  /*
    If the types of the arguments to BETWEEN permit, then:

    WHERE const1 BETWEEN expr2 AND field1
      can be optimized as if it was just:
    WHERE const1 <= field1

    as expr2 could be an arbitrary expression.  More generally,
    this optimization is permitted if aggregation for comparison
    for three expressions (const1,const2,field1) and for two
    expressions (const1,field1) return the same type handler.

    @param [IN] field_item - This is a field from the right side
                             of the BETWEEN operator.
   */
  bool can_optimize_range_const(Item_field *field_item) const;

protected:
  SEL_TREE *get_func_mm_tree(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param,
                             Field *field, Item *value) override;
  bool val_int_cmp_int_finalize(longlong value, longlong a, longlong b);
public:
  String value0,value1,value2;
  Item_func_between(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_func_opt_neg(thd, a, b, c) { }
  bool val_bool() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    return m_comparator.type_handler()->Item_func_between_val_int(this);
  }
  enum Functype functype() const override { return BETWEEN; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("between") };
    return name;
  }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return BETWEEN_PRECEDENCE; }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec_string(THD *)
  {
    return agg_arg_charsets_for_comparison(cmp_collation, args, 3);
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec_temporal(THD *);
  bool fix_length_and_dec_numeric(THD *);
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  bool eval_not_null_tables(void *opt_arg) override;
  bool find_not_null_fields(table_map allowed) override;
  void fix_after_pullout(st_select_lex *new_parent, Item **ref, bool merge)
    override;
  bool count_sargable_conds(void *arg) override;
  void add_key_fields(JOIN *join, KEY_FIELD **key_fields,
                      uint *and_level, table_map usable_tables,
                      SARGABLE_PARAM **sargables) override;
  SEL_TREE *get_mm_tree(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, Item **cond_ptr) override;
  Item* propagate_equal_fields(THD *thd, const Context &ctx, COND_EQUAL *cond)
    override
  {
    Item_args::propagate_equal_fields(thd,
                                      Context(ANY_SUBST,
                                              m_comparator.type_handler(),
                                              compare_collation()),
                                      cond);
    return this;
  }
  longlong val_int_cmp_string();
  longlong val_int_cmp_datetime();
  longlong val_int_cmp_time();
  longlong val_int_cmp_native();
  longlong val_int_cmp_int();
  longlong val_int_cmp_real();
  longlong val_int_cmp_decimal();

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_between>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_strcmp :public Item_long_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return check_argument_types_can_return_str(0, 2); }
  String value1, value2;
  DTCollation cmp_collation;
public:
  Item_func_strcmp(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_long_func(thd, a, b) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  decimal_digits_t decimal_precision() const override { return 1; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("strcmp") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    if (agg_arg_charsets_for_comparison(cmp_collation, args, 2))
      return TRUE;
    fix_char_length(2); // returns "1" or "0" or "-1"
    return FALSE;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_strcmp>(thd, this); }
};


struct interval_range
{
  Item_result type;
  double dbl;
  my_decimal dec;
};

class Item_func_interval :public Item_long_func
{
  Item_row *row;
  bool use_decimal_comparison;
  interval_range *intervals;
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return check_argument_types_like_args0();
  }
public:
  Item_func_interval(THD *thd, Item_row *a):
    Item_long_func(thd, a), row(a), intervals(0)
  { }
  longlong val_int() override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("interval") };
    return name;
  }
  decimal_digits_t decimal_precision() const override { return 2; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    str->append(func_name_cstring());
    print_args(str, 0, query_type);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_interval>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_coalesce :public Item_func_case_expression
{
public:
  Item_func_coalesce(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_func_case_expression(thd, a, b) {}
  Item_func_coalesce(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_func_case_expression(thd, list) {}
  double real_op() override;
  longlong int_op() override;
  String *str_op(String *) override;
  my_decimal *decimal_op(my_decimal *) override;
  bool date_op(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  bool time_op(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime) override;
  bool native_op(THD *thd, Native *to) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    update_nullability_post_fix_fields();
    if (aggregate_for_result(func_name_cstring(), args, arg_count, true))
      return TRUE;
    fix_attributes(args, arg_count);
    return FALSE;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("coalesce") };
    return name;
  }
  table_map not_null_tables() const override { return 0; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_coalesce>(thd, this); }
};


/*
  Case abbreviations that aggregate its result field type by two arguments:
    IFNULL(arg1, arg2)
    IF(switch, arg1, arg2)
    NVL2(switch, arg1, arg2)
*/
class Item_func_case_abbreviation2 :public Item_func_case_expression
{
protected:
  bool fix_length_and_dec2(Item **items)
  {
    if (aggregate_for_result(func_name_cstring(), items, 2, true))
      return TRUE;
    fix_attributes(items, 2);
    return FALSE;
  }

  void cache_type_info(const Item *source, bool maybe_null_arg)
  {
    Type_std_attributes::set(source);
    set_handler(source->type_handler());
    set_maybe_null(maybe_null_arg);
  }

  bool fix_length_and_dec2_eliminate_null(Item **items)
  {
    // Let IF(cond, expr, NULL) and IF(cond, NULL, expr) inherit type from expr.
    if (items[0]->type() == NULL_ITEM)
    {
      cache_type_info(items[1], true);
      // If both arguments are NULL, make resulting type BINARY(0).
      if (items[1]->type() == NULL_ITEM)
        set_handler(&type_handler_string);
    }
    else if (items[1]->type() == NULL_ITEM)
    {
      cache_type_info(items[0], true);
    }
    else
    {
      if (fix_length_and_dec2(items))
        return TRUE;
    }
    return FALSE;
  }

public:
  Item_func_case_abbreviation2(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_func_case_expression(thd, a, b) { }
  Item_func_case_abbreviation2(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_func_case_expression(thd, a, b, c) { }
};


class Item_func_ifnull :public Item_func_case_abbreviation2
{
public:
  Item_func_ifnull(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_func_case_abbreviation2(thd, a, b) {}
  double real_op() override;
  longlong int_op() override;
  String *str_op(String *str) override;
  my_decimal *decimal_op(my_decimal *) override;
  bool date_op(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  bool time_op(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime) override;
  bool native_op(THD *thd, Native *to) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    update_nullability_post_fix_fields();
    if (Item_func_case_abbreviation2::fix_length_and_dec2(args))
      return TRUE;
    return FALSE;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("ifnull") };
    return name;
  }

  table_map not_null_tables() const override { return 0; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_ifnull>(thd, this); }
};


/**
  Case abbreviations that have a switch argument and
  two return arguments to choose from. Returns the value
  of either of the two return arguments depending on the switch argument value.

  IF(switch, arg1, arg2)
  NVL(switch, arg1, arg2)
*/
class Item_func_case_abbreviation2_switch: public Item_func_case_abbreviation2
{
protected:
  virtual Item *find_item() const= 0;

public:
  Item_func_case_abbreviation2_switch(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c)
    :Item_func_case_abbreviation2(thd, a, b, c)
  { }

  bool date_op(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    Datetime_truncation_not_needed dt(thd, find_item(), fuzzydate);
    return (null_value= dt.copy_to_mysql_time(ltime, mysql_timestamp_type()));
  }
  bool time_op(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime) override
  {
    return (null_value= Time(find_item()).copy_to_mysql_time(ltime));
  }
  longlong int_op() override
  {
    return val_int_from_item(find_item());
  }
  double real_op() override
  {
    return val_real_from_item(find_item());
  }
  my_decimal *decimal_op(my_decimal *decimal_value) override
  {
    return val_decimal_from_item(find_item(), decimal_value);
  }
  String *str_op(String *str) override
  {
    return val_str_from_item(find_item(), str);
  }
  bool native_op(THD *thd, Native *to) override
  {
    return val_native_with_conversion_from_item(thd, find_item(), to,
                                                type_handler());
  }
};


class Item_func_if :public Item_func_case_abbreviation2_switch
{
protected:
  Item *find_item() const override
  { return args[0]->val_bool() ? args[1] : args[2]; }

public:
  Item_func_if(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_func_case_abbreviation2_switch(thd, a, b, c)
  {}
  bool fix_fields(THD *, Item **) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    return fix_length_and_dec2_eliminate_null(args + 1);
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("if") };
    return name;
  }
  bool eval_not_null_tables(void *opt_arg) override;
  void fix_after_pullout(st_select_lex *new_parent, Item **ref, bool merge)
    override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_if>(thd, this); }

private:
  void cache_type_info(Item *source);
};


class Item_func_nvl2 :public Item_func_case_abbreviation2_switch
{
protected:
  Item *find_item() const override
  { return args[0]->is_null() ? args[2] : args[1]; }

public:
  Item_func_nvl2(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_func_case_abbreviation2_switch(thd, a, b, c)
  {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("nvl2") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    return fix_length_and_dec2_eliminate_null(args + 1);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_nvl2>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_nullif :public Item_func_case_expression
{
  Arg_comparator cmp;
  /*
    NULLIF(a,b) is a short for:
      CASE WHEN a=b THEN NULL ELSE a END

    The left "a" is for comparison purposes.
    The right "a" is for return value purposes.
    These are two different "a" and they can be replaced to different items.

    The left "a" is in a comparison and can be replaced by:
    - Item_func::convert_const_compared_to_int_field()
    - agg_item_set_converter() in set_cmp_func()
    - cache_converted_constant() in set_cmp_func()

    Both "a"s are subject to equal fields propagation and can be replaced by:
    - Item_field::propagate_equal_fields(ANY_SUBST) for the left "a"
    - Item_field::propagate_equal_fields(IDENTITY_SUBST) for the right "a"
  */
  Item_cache *m_cache;
  int compare();
  void reset_first_arg_if_needed()
  { 
    if (arg_count == 3 && args[0] != args[2])
      args[0]= args[2];
  }
  Item *m_arg0;
public:
  /*
    Here we pass three arguments to the parent constructor, as NULLIF
    is a three-argument function, it needs two copies of the first argument
    (see above). But fix_fields() will be confused if we try to prepare the
    same Item twice (if args[0]==args[2]), so we hide the third argument
    (decrementing arg_count) and copy args[2]=args[0] again after fix_fields().
    See also Item_func_nullif::fix_length_and_dec().
  */
  Item_func_nullif(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_func_case_expression(thd, a, b, a),
    m_cache(NULL),
    m_arg0(NULL)
  { arg_count--; }
  void cleanup() override
  {
    Item_func_hybrid_field_type::cleanup();
    arg_count= 2; // See the comment to the constructor
  }
  bool date_op(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  bool time_op(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime) override;
  double real_op() override;
  longlong int_op() override;
  String *str_op(String *str) override;
  my_decimal *decimal_op(my_decimal *) override;
  bool native_op(THD *thd, Native *to) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  bool walk(Item_processor processor, bool walk_subquery, void *arg) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("nullif") };
    return name;
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  void split_sum_func(THD *thd, Ref_ptr_array ref_pointer_array, 
                      List<Item> &fields, uint flags) override;
  void update_used_tables() override;
  table_map not_null_tables() const override { return 0; }
  bool is_null() override;
  Item* propagate_equal_fields(THD *thd, const Context &ctx, COND_EQUAL *cond)
    override
  {
    Context cmpctx(ANY_SUBST, cmp.compare_type_handler(),
                              cmp.compare_collation());
    const Item *old0= args[0];
    args[0]->propagate_equal_fields_and_change_item_tree(thd, cmpctx,
                                                         cond, &args[0]);
    args[1]->propagate_equal_fields_and_change_item_tree(thd, cmpctx,
                                                         cond, &args[1]);
    /*
      MDEV-9712 Performance degradation of nested NULLIF
      ANY_SUBST is more relaxed than IDENTITY_SUBST.
      If ANY_SUBST did not change args[0],
      then we can skip propagation for args[2].
    */
    if (old0 != args[0])
      args[2]->propagate_equal_fields_and_change_item_tree(thd,
                                                           Context_identity(),
                                                           cond, &args[2]);
    return this;
  }
  Item *derived_field_transformer_for_having(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override
  { reset_first_arg_if_needed(); return this; }
  Item *derived_field_transformer_for_where(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override
  { reset_first_arg_if_needed(); return this; }
  Item *grouping_field_transformer_for_where(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override
  { reset_first_arg_if_needed(); return this; }
  Item *in_subq_field_transformer_for_where(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override
  { reset_first_arg_if_needed(); return this; }
  Item *in_subq_field_transformer_for_having(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override
  { reset_first_arg_if_needed(); return this; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_nullif>(thd, this); }
};


/* Functions to handle the optimized IN */


/* A vector of values of some type  */

class in_vector :public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  char *base;
  uint size;
  qsort_cmp2 compare;
  CHARSET_INFO *collation;
  uint count;
  uint used_count;
  in_vector() = default;
  in_vector(THD *thd, uint elements, uint element_length, qsort_cmp2 cmp_func,
  	    CHARSET_INFO *cmp_coll)
    :base((char*) thd_calloc(thd, elements * element_length)),
     size(element_length), compare(cmp_func), collation(cmp_coll),
     count(elements), used_count(elements) {}
  virtual ~in_vector() = default;
  /*
    Store an Item value at the given position.
    @returns false - the Item was not NULL, and the conversion from the
                     Item data type to the cmp_item data type went without
                     errors
    @returns true  - the Item was NULL, or data type conversion returned NULL
  */
  virtual bool set(uint pos, Item *item)=0;
  virtual uchar *get_value(Item *item)=0;
  void sort()
  {
    my_qsort2(base,used_count,size,compare,(void*)collation);
  }
  bool find(Item *item);
  
  /* 
    Create an instance of Item_{type} (e.g. Item_decimal) constant object
    which type allows it to hold an element of this vector without any
    conversions.
    The purpose of this function is to be able to get elements of this
    vector in form of Item_xxx constants without creating Item_xxx object
    for every array element you get (i.e. this implements "FlyWeight" pattern)
  */
  virtual Item* create_item(THD *thd) { return NULL; }
  
  /*
    Store the value at position #pos into provided item object
    SYNOPSIS
      value_to_item()
        pos   Index of value to store
        item  Constant item to store value into. The item must be of the same
              type that create_item() returns.
  */
  virtual void value_to_item(uint pos, Item *item) { }
  
  /* Compare values number pos1 and pos2 for equality */
  bool compare_elems(uint pos1, uint pos2)
  {
    return MY_TEST(compare(const_cast<charset_info_st *>(collation),
                           base + pos1 * size, base + pos2 * size));
  }
  virtual const Type_handler *type_handler() const= 0;
};

class in_string :public in_vector
{
  char buff[STRING_BUFFER_USUAL_SIZE];
  String tmp;
  class Item_string_for_in_vector: public Item_string
  {
  public:
    Item_string_for_in_vector(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *cs):
      Item_string(thd, cs)
    { }
    void set_value(const String *str)
    {
      str_value= *str;
      collation.set(str->charset());
    }
  };
public:
  in_string(THD *thd, uint elements, qsort_cmp2 cmp_func, CHARSET_INFO *cs);
  ~in_string();
  bool set(uint pos, Item *item) override;
  uchar *get_value(Item *item) override;
  Item* create_item(THD *thd) override;
  void value_to_item(uint pos, Item *item) override
  {    
    String *str=((String*) base)+pos;
    Item_string_for_in_vector *to= (Item_string_for_in_vector*) item;
    to->set_value(str);
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_varchar; }
};

class in_longlong :public in_vector
{
protected:
  /*
    Here we declare a temporary variable (tmp) of the same type as the
    elements of this vector. tmp is used in finding if a given value is in 
    the list. 
  */
  struct packed_longlong 
  {
    longlong val;
    longlong unsigned_flag;  // Use longlong, not bool, to preserve alignment
  } tmp;
public:
  in_longlong(THD *thd, uint elements);
  bool set(uint pos, Item *item) override;
  uchar *get_value(Item *item) override;
  Item* create_item(THD *thd) override;
  void value_to_item(uint pos, Item *item) override
  {
    ((Item_int*) item)->value= ((packed_longlong*) base)[pos].val;
    ((Item_int*) item)->unsigned_flag= (bool)
      ((packed_longlong*) base)[pos].unsigned_flag;
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_slonglong; }

  friend int cmp_longlong(void *cmp_arg, const void *a, const void *b);
};


class in_timestamp :public in_vector
{
  Timestamp_or_zero_datetime tmp;
public:
  in_timestamp(THD *thd, uint elements);
  bool set(uint pos, Item *item) override;
  uchar *get_value(Item *item) override;
  Item* create_item(THD *thd) override;
  void value_to_item(uint pos, Item *item) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const  override
  { return &type_handler_timestamp2; }
};


/*
  Class to represent a vector of constant DATE/DATETIME values.
*/
class in_temporal :public in_longlong
{
public:
  /* Cache for the left item. */

  in_temporal(THD *thd, uint elements)
    :in_longlong(thd, elements) {};
  Item *create_item(THD *thd) override;
  void value_to_item(uint pos, Item *item) override
  {
    packed_longlong *val= reinterpret_cast<packed_longlong*>(base)+pos;
    Item_datetime *dt= static_cast<Item_datetime*>(item);
    dt->set_from_packed(val->val, type_handler()->mysql_timestamp_type());
  }
  friend int cmp_longlong(void *cmp_arg, const void *a, const void *b);
};


class in_datetime :public in_temporal
{
public:
  in_datetime(THD *thd, uint elements)
   :in_temporal(thd, elements)
  {}
  bool set(uint pos, Item *item) override;
  uchar *get_value(Item *item) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_datetime2; }
};


class in_time :public in_temporal
{
public:
  in_time(THD *thd, uint elements)
   :in_temporal(thd, elements)
  {}
  bool set(uint pos, Item *item) override;
  uchar *get_value(Item *item) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_time2; }
};


class in_double :public in_vector
{
  double tmp;
public:
  in_double(THD *thd, uint elements);
  bool set(uint pos, Item *item) override;
  uchar *get_value(Item *item) override;
  Item *create_item(THD *thd) override;
  void value_to_item(uint pos, Item *item) override
  {
    ((Item_float*)item)->value= ((double*) base)[pos];
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_double; }
};


class in_decimal :public in_vector
{
  my_decimal val;
public:
  in_decimal(THD *thd, uint elements);
  bool set(uint pos, Item *item) override;
  uchar *get_value(Item *item) override;
  Item *create_item(THD *thd) override;
  void value_to_item(uint pos, Item *item) override
  {
    my_decimal *dec= ((my_decimal *)base) + pos;
    Item_decimal *item_dec= (Item_decimal*)item;
    item_dec->set_decimal_value(dec);
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_newdecimal; }
};


/*
** Classes for easy comparing of non const items
*/

class cmp_item :public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  CHARSET_INFO *cmp_charset;
  cmp_item() { cmp_charset= &my_charset_bin; }
  virtual ~cmp_item() = default;
  virtual void store_value(Item *item)= 0;
  /**
     @returns result (TRUE, FALSE or UNKNOWN) of
     "stored argument's value <> item's value"
  */
  virtual int cmp(Item *item)= 0;
  virtual int cmp_not_null(const Value *value)= 0;
  // for optimized IN with row
  virtual int compare(const cmp_item *item) const= 0;
  virtual cmp_item *make_same(THD *thd)= 0;
  /*
    Store a scalar or a ROW value into "this".
    @returns false - the value (or every component in case of ROW) was
                     not NULL and the data type conversion went without errors.
    @returns true  - the value (or some of its components) was NULL, or the
                     data type conversion of a not-NULL value returned NULL.
  */
  virtual bool store_value_by_template(THD *thd, cmp_item *tmpl, Item *item)=0;
};

/// cmp_item which stores a scalar (i.e. non-ROW).
class cmp_item_scalar : public cmp_item
{
protected:
  bool m_null_value;                            ///< If stored value is NULL
  bool store_value_by_template(THD *thd, cmp_item *tmpl, Item *item) override
  {
    store_value(item);
    return m_null_value;
  }
};

class cmp_item_string : public cmp_item_scalar
{
protected:
  String *value_res;
public:
  cmp_item_string () = default;
  cmp_item_string (CHARSET_INFO *cs) { cmp_charset= cs; }
  void set_charset(CHARSET_INFO *cs) { cmp_charset= cs; }
  friend class cmp_item_sort_string;
  friend class cmp_item_sort_string_in_static;
};

class cmp_item_sort_string :public cmp_item_string
{
protected:
  char value_buff[STRING_BUFFER_USUAL_SIZE];
  String value;
public:
  cmp_item_sort_string():
    cmp_item_string() {}
  cmp_item_sort_string(CHARSET_INFO *cs):
    cmp_item_string(cs),
    value(value_buff, sizeof(value_buff), cs) {}
  void store_value(Item *item) override
  {
    value_res= item->val_str(&value);
    m_null_value= item->null_value;
    // Make sure to cache the result String inside "value"
    if (value_res && value_res != &value)
    {
      if (value.copy(*value_res))
        value.set("", 0, item->collation.collation);
      value_res= &value;
    }
  }
  int cmp_not_null(const Value *val) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!val->is_null());
    DBUG_ASSERT(val->is_string());
    return sortcmp(value_res, &val->m_string, cmp_charset) != 0;
  }
  int cmp(Item *arg) override
  {
    char buff[STRING_BUFFER_USUAL_SIZE];
    String tmp(buff, sizeof(buff), cmp_charset), *res= arg->val_str(&tmp);
    if (m_null_value || arg->null_value)
      return UNKNOWN;
    if (value_res && res)
      return sortcmp(value_res, res, cmp_charset) != 0;
    else if (!value_res && !res)
      return FALSE;
    else
      return TRUE;
  }
  int compare(const cmp_item *ci) const override
  {
    cmp_item_string *l_cmp= (cmp_item_string *) ci;
    return sortcmp(value_res, l_cmp->value_res, cmp_charset);
  }
  cmp_item *make_same(THD *thd) override;
  void set_charset(CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    cmp_charset= cs;
    value.set_buffer_if_not_allocated(value_buff, sizeof(value_buff), cs);
  }
};

class cmp_item_int : public cmp_item_scalar
{
  longlong value;
public:
  cmp_item_int() = default;                           /* Remove gcc warning */
  void store_value(Item *item) override
  {
    value= item->val_int();
    m_null_value= item->null_value;
  }
  int cmp_not_null(const Value *val) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!val->is_null());
    DBUG_ASSERT(val->is_longlong());
    return value != val->value.m_longlong;
  }
  int cmp(Item *arg) override
  {
    const bool rc= value != arg->val_int();
    return (m_null_value || arg->null_value) ? UNKNOWN : rc;
  }
  int compare(const cmp_item *ci) const override
  {
    cmp_item_int *l_cmp= (cmp_item_int *)ci;
    return (value < l_cmp->value) ? -1 : ((value == l_cmp->value) ? 0 : 1);
  }
  cmp_item *make_same(THD *thd) override;
};

/*
  Compare items in the DATETIME context.
*/
class cmp_item_temporal: public cmp_item_scalar
{
protected:
  longlong value;
public:
  cmp_item_temporal() = default;
  int compare(const cmp_item *ci) const override;
};


class cmp_item_datetime: public cmp_item_temporal
{
public:
  cmp_item_datetime()
   :cmp_item_temporal()
  { }
  void store_value(Item *item) override
  {
    value= item->val_datetime_packed(current_thd);
    m_null_value= item->null_value;
  }
  int cmp_not_null(const Value *val) override;
  int cmp(Item *arg) override;
  cmp_item *make_same(THD *thd) override;
};


class cmp_item_time: public cmp_item_temporal
{
public:
  cmp_item_time()
   :cmp_item_temporal()
  { }
  void store_value(Item *item) override
  {
    value= item->val_time_packed(current_thd);
    m_null_value= item->null_value;
  }
  int cmp_not_null(const Value *val) override;
  int cmp(Item *arg) override;
  cmp_item *make_same(THD *thd) override;
};


class cmp_item_timestamp: public cmp_item_scalar
{
  Timestamp_or_zero_datetime_native m_native;
public:
  cmp_item_timestamp() :cmp_item_scalar() { }
  void store_value(Item *item) override;
  int cmp_not_null(const Value *val) override;
  int cmp(Item *arg) override;
  int compare(const cmp_item *ci) const override;
  cmp_item *make_same(THD *thd) override;
};


class cmp_item_real : public cmp_item_scalar
{
  double value;
public:
  cmp_item_real() = default;                          /* Remove gcc warning */
  void store_value(Item *item) override
  {
    value= item->val_real();
    m_null_value= item->null_value;
  }
  int cmp_not_null(const Value *val) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!val->is_null());
    DBUG_ASSERT(val->is_double());
    return value != val->value.m_double;
  }
  int cmp(Item *arg) override
  {
    const bool rc= value != arg->val_real();
    return (m_null_value || arg->null_value) ? UNKNOWN : rc;
  }
  int compare(const cmp_item *ci) const override
  {
    cmp_item_real *l_cmp= (cmp_item_real *) ci;
    return (value < l_cmp->value)? -1 : ((value == l_cmp->value) ? 0 : 1);
  }
  cmp_item *make_same(THD *thd) override;
};


class cmp_item_decimal : public cmp_item_scalar
{
  my_decimal value;
public:
  cmp_item_decimal() = default;                       /* Remove gcc warning */
  void store_value(Item *item) override;
  int cmp(Item *arg) override;
  int cmp_not_null(const Value *val) override;
  int compare(const cmp_item *c) const override;
  cmp_item *make_same(THD *thd) override;
};


/* 
   cmp_item for optimized IN with row (right part string, which never
   be changed)
*/

class cmp_item_sort_string_in_static :public cmp_item_string
{
 protected:
  String value;
public:
  cmp_item_sort_string_in_static(CHARSET_INFO *cs):
    cmp_item_string(cs) {}
  void store_value(Item *item) override
  {
    value_res= item->val_str(&value);
    m_null_value= item->null_value;
  }
  int cmp_not_null(const Value *val) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(false);
    return TRUE;
  }
  int cmp(Item *item) override
  {
    // Should never be called
    DBUG_ASSERT(false);
    return TRUE;
  }
  int compare(const cmp_item *ci) const override
  {
    cmp_item_string *l_cmp= (cmp_item_string *) ci;
    return sortcmp(value_res, l_cmp->value_res, cmp_charset);
  }
  cmp_item *make_same(THD *) override
  {
    return new cmp_item_sort_string_in_static(cmp_charset);
  }
};


/**
  A helper class to handle situations when some item "pred" (the predicant)
  is consequently compared to a list of other items value0..valueN (the values).
  Currently used to handle:
  - <in predicate>
    pred IN (value0, value1, value2)
  - <simple case>
    CASE pred WHEN value0 .. WHEN value1 .. WHEN value2 .. END

  Every pair {pred,valueN} can be compared by its own Type_handler.
  Some pairs can use the same Type_handler.
  In cases when all pairs use exactly the same Type_handler,
  we say "all types are compatible".

  For example, for an expression
    1 IN (1, 1e0, 1.0, 2)
  - pred   is 1
  - value0 is 1
  - value1 is 1e0
  - value2 is 1.1
  - value3 is 2

  Pairs (pred,valueN) are compared as follows:
    N   expr1  Type
    -   -----  ----
    0       1   INT
    1     1e0   DOUBLE
    2     1.0   DECIMAL
    3       2   INT

  Types are not compatible in this example.

  During add_value() calls, each pair {pred,valueN} is analysed:
  - If valueN is an explicit NULL, it can be ignored in the caller asks to do so
  - If valueN is not an explicit NULL (or if the caller didn't ask to skip
    NULLs), then the value add an element in the array m_comparators[].

  Every element m_comparators[] stores the following information:
  1. m_arg_index - the position of the value expression in the original
     argument array, e.g. in Item_func_in::args[] or Item_func_case::args[].

  2. m_handler - the pointer to the data type handler that the owner
     will use to compare the pair {args[m_predicate_index],args[m_arg_index]}.

  3. m_handler_index - the index of an m_comparators[] element corresponding
     to the leftmost pair that uses exactly the same Type_handler for
     comparison. m_handler_index helps to maintain unique data type handlers.
   - m_comparators[i].m_handler_index==i means that this is the
     leftmost pair that uses the Type_handler m_handler for comparision.
   - If m_comparators[i].m_handlex_index!=i, it means that some earlier
     element m_comparators[j<i] is already using this Type_handler
     pointed by m_handler.

  4. m_cmp_item - the pointer to a cmp_item instance to handle comparison
     for this pair. Only unique type handlers have m_cmp_item!=NULL.
     Non-unique type handlers share the same cmp_item instance.
     For all m_comparators[] elements the following assersion it true:
       (m_handler_index==i) == (m_cmp_item!=NULL)
*/
class Predicant_to_list_comparator
{
  // Allocate memory on thd memory root for "nvalues" values.
  bool alloc_comparators(THD *thd, uint nvalues);

  /**
    Look up m_comparators[] for a comparator using the given data type handler.
    @param [OUT] idx     - the index of the found comparator is returned here
    @param [IN]  handler - the data type handler to find
    @param [IN]  count   - search in the range [0,count) only
    @retval true         - this type handler was not found
                           (*idx is not defined in this case).
    @retval false        - this type handler was found (the position of the
                           found handler is returned in idx).
  */
  bool find_handler(uint *idx, const Type_handler *handler, uint count)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(count < m_comparator_count);
    for (uint i= 0 ; i < count; i++)
    {
      if (m_comparators[i].m_handler == handler)
      {
        *idx= i;
        return false;
      }
    }
    return true;
  }

  /**
    Populate m_comparators[i].m_handler_index for all elements in
    m_comparators using the information in m_comparators[i].m_handlers,
    which was previously populated by a add_predicant() call and a number
    of add_value() calls.
    @param [OUT] compatible - If all comparator types are compatible,
                              their data type handler is returned here.
    @param [OUT] unuque_cnt - The number of unique data type handlers found.
                              If the value returned in *unique_cnt is 0,
                              it means all values were explicit NULLs:
                                expr0 IN (NULL,NULL,..,NULL)
    @param [OUT] found_type - The bit mask for all found cmp_type()'s.
  */
  void detect_unique_handlers(Type_handler_hybrid_field_type *compatible,
                              uint *unique_cnt, uint *found_types);
  /**
    Creates a cmp_item instances for all unique handlers and stores
    them into m_comparators[i].m_cmp_item, using the information previously
    populated by add_predicant(), add_value(), detect_unque_handlers().
  */

  /*
    Compare the predicant to the value pointed by m_comparators[i].
    @param  args    - the same argument array which was previously used
                      with add_predicant() and add_value().
    @param  i       - which pair to check.
    @retval true    - the predicant is not equal to the value.
    @retval false   - the predicant is equal to the value.
    @retval UNKNOWN - the result is uncertain yet because the predicant
                      and/or the value returned NULL,
                      more pairs {pred,valueN} should be checked.
  */
  int cmp_arg(Item_args *args, uint i)
  {
    Predicant_to_value_comparator *cmp=
      &m_comparators[m_comparators[i].m_handler_index];
    cmp_item *in_item= cmp->m_cmp_item;
    DBUG_ASSERT(in_item);
    /*
      If this is the leftmost pair that uses the data type handler
      pointed by m_comparators[i].m_handler, then we need to cache
      the predicant value representation used by this handler.
    */
    if (m_comparators[i].m_handler_index == i)
      in_item->store_value(args->arguments()[m_predicant_index]);
    /*
      If the predicant item has null_value==true then:
      - In case of scalar expression we can returns UNKNOWN immediately.
        No needs to check the result of the value item.
      - In case of ROW, null_value==true means that *some* row elements
        returned NULL, but *some* elements can still be non-NULL!
        We need to get the result of the value item and test
        if non-NULL elements in the predicant and the value produce
        TRUE (not equal), or UNKNOWN.
    */
    if (args->arguments()[m_predicant_index]->null_value &&
        m_comparators[i].m_handler != &type_handler_row)
      return UNKNOWN;
    return in_item->cmp(args->arguments()[m_comparators[i].m_arg_index]);
  }
  int cmp_args_nulls_equal(THD *thd, Item_args *args, uint i)
  {
    Predicant_to_value_comparator *cmp=
      &m_comparators[m_comparators[i].m_handler_index];
    cmp_item *in_item= cmp->m_cmp_item;
    DBUG_ASSERT(in_item);
    Item *predicant= args->arguments()[m_predicant_index];
    Item *arg= args->arguments()[m_comparators[i].m_arg_index];
    ValueBuffer<MAX_FIELD_WIDTH> val;
    if (m_comparators[i].m_handler_index == i)
      in_item->store_value(predicant);
    m_comparators[i].m_handler->Item_save_in_value(thd, arg, &val);
    if (predicant->null_value && val.is_null())
      return FALSE; // Two nulls are equal
    if (predicant->null_value || val.is_null())
      return UNKNOWN;
    return in_item->cmp_not_null(&val);
  }
  /**
    Predicant_to_value_comparator - a comparator for one pair (pred,valueN).
    See comments above.
  */
  struct Predicant_to_value_comparator
  {
    const Type_handler *m_handler;
    cmp_item *m_cmp_item;
    uint m_arg_index;
    uint m_handler_index;
    void cleanup()
    {
      if (m_cmp_item)
        delete m_cmp_item;
      memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
    }
  };

  Predicant_to_value_comparator *m_comparators; // The comparator array
  uint m_comparator_count;// The number of elements in m_comparators[]
  uint m_predicant_index; // The position of the predicant in its argument list,
                          // e.g. for Item_func_in m_predicant_index is 0,
                          // as predicant is stored in Item_func_in::args[0].
                          // For Item_func_case m_predicant_index is
                          // set to Item_func_case::first_expr_num.

public:
  Predicant_to_list_comparator(THD *thd, uint nvalues)
   :m_comparator_count(0),
    m_predicant_index(0)
  {
    alloc_comparators(thd, nvalues);
  }

  uint comparator_count() const { return m_comparator_count; }
  const Type_handler *get_comparator_type_handler(uint i) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(i < m_comparator_count);
    return m_comparators[i].m_handler;
  }
  uint get_comparator_arg_index(uint i) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(i < m_comparator_count);
    return m_comparators[i].m_arg_index;
  }
  cmp_item *get_comparator_cmp_item(uint i) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(i < m_comparator_count);
    return m_comparators[i].m_cmp_item;
  }

#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  void debug_print(THD *thd)
  {
    for (uint i= 0; i < m_comparator_count; i++)
    {
      DBUG_EXECUTE_IF("Predicant_to_list_comparator",
                      push_warning_printf(thd, Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_NOTE,
                      ER_UNKNOWN_ERROR, "DBUG: [%d] arg=%d handler=%d (%s)", i,
                      m_comparators[i].m_arg_index,
                      m_comparators[i].m_handler_index,
                      m_comparators[m_comparators[i].m_handler_index].
                                    m_handler->name().ptr()););
    }
  }
#endif

  void add_predicant(Item_args *args, uint predicant_index)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_comparator_count == 0); // Set in constructor
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_predicant_index == 0);  // Set in constructor
    DBUG_ASSERT(predicant_index < args->argument_count());
    m_predicant_index= predicant_index;
  }
  /**
    Add a new element into m_comparators[], using a {pred,valueN} pair.

    @param funcname        - the name of the operation, for error reporting
    @param args            - the owner function's argument list
    @param value_index     - the value position in args
    @retval true           - could not add an element because of non-comparable
                             arguments (e.g. ROWs with size)
    @retval false          - a new element was successfully added.
  */
  bool add_value(const LEX_CSTRING &funcname, Item_args *args,
                 uint value_index);

  /**
    Add a new element into m_comparators[], ignoring explicit NULL values.
    If the value appeared to be an explicit NULL, nulls_found[0] is set to true.
  */
  bool add_value_skip_null(const LEX_CSTRING &funcname,
                           Item_args *args, uint value_index,
                           bool *nulls_found);

  /**
    Signal "this" that there will be no new add_value*() calls,
    so it can prepare its internal structures for comparison.

    @param [OUT] compatible - If all comparators are compatible,
                              their data type handler is returned here.
    @param [OUT] unuque_cnt - The number of unique data type handlers found.
                              If the value returned in *unique_cnt is 0,
                              it means all values were explicit NULLs:
                                expr0 IN (NULL,NULL,..,NULL)
    @param [OUT] found_type - The bit mask for all found cmp_type()'s.
  */
  void all_values_added(Type_handler_hybrid_field_type *compatible,
                        uint *unique_cnt, uint *found_types)
  {
    detect_unique_handlers(compatible, unique_cnt, found_types);
  }
  /**
    Creates cmp_item instances for all unique handlers and stores
    them into m_comparators[].m_cmp_item, using the information previously
    populated by add_predicant(), add_value() and detect_unque_handlers().
  */
  bool make_unique_cmp_items(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *cs);
  void cleanup()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_comparators);
    for (uint i= 0; i < m_comparator_count; i++)
      m_comparators[i].cleanup();
    memset(m_comparators, 0, sizeof(m_comparators[0]) * m_comparator_count);
    m_comparator_count= 0;
    m_predicant_index= 0;
  }
  bool init_clone(THD *thd, uint nvalues)
  {
    m_comparator_count= 0;
    m_predicant_index= 0;
    return alloc_comparators(thd, nvalues);
  }
  /**
    @param [IN] args  - The argument list that was previously used with
                        add_predicant() and add_value().
    @param [OUT] idx  - In case if a value that is equal to the predicant
                        was found, the index of the matching value is returned
                        here. Otherwise, *idx is not changed.
    @param [OUT] found_unknown_values - set to true if the result of at least
                        one comparison was UNKNOWN

    @retval     false - Found a value that is equal to the predicant
    @retval     true  - Didn't find an equal value
  */
  bool cmp(Item_args *args, uint *idx, bool *found_unknown_values)
  {
    for (uint i= 0 ; i < m_comparator_count ; i++)
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(m_comparators[i].m_handler != NULL);
      const int rc= cmp_arg(args, i);
      if (rc == FALSE)
      {
        *idx= m_comparators[i].m_arg_index;
        return false; // Found a matching value
      }
      if (rc == UNKNOWN)
        *found_unknown_values= true;
    }
    return true; // Not found
  }
  /*
    Same as above, but treats two NULLs as equal, e.g. as in DECODE_ORACLE().
  */
  bool cmp_nulls_equal(THD *thd, Item_args *args, uint *idx)
  {
    for (uint i= 0 ; i < m_comparator_count ; i++)
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(m_comparators[i].m_handler != NULL);
      if (cmp_args_nulls_equal(thd, args, i) == FALSE)
      {
        *idx= m_comparators[i].m_arg_index;
        return false; // Found a matching value
      }
    }
    return true; // Not found
  }
};


/*
  The class Item_func_case is the CASE ... WHEN ... THEN ... END function
  implementation.
*/

class Item_func_case :public Item_func_case_expression
{
protected:
  String tmp_value;
  DTCollation cmp_collation;
  bool aggregate_then_and_else_arguments(THD *thd, uint count);
  virtual Item **else_expr_addr() const= 0;
  virtual Item *find_item()= 0;
  inline void print_when_then_arguments(String *str,
                                        enum_query_type query_type,
                                        Item **items, uint count);
  inline void print_else_argument(String *str, enum_query_type query_type,
                                  Item *item);
  void reorder_args(uint start);
public:
  Item_func_case(THD *thd, List<Item> &list)
   :Item_func_case_expression(thd, list)
  { }
  double real_op() override;
  longlong int_op() override;
  String *str_op(String *) override;
  my_decimal *decimal_op(my_decimal *) override;
  bool date_op(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  bool time_op(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime) override;
  bool native_op(THD *thd, Native *to) override;
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  table_map not_null_tables() const override { return 0; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("case") };
    return name;
  }
  CHARSET_INFO *compare_collation() const { return cmp_collation.collation; }
  bool need_parentheses_in_default() override { return true; }
};


/*
  CASE WHEN cond THEN res [WHEN cond THEN res...] [ELSE res] END

  Searched CASE checks all WHEN expressions one after another.
  When some WHEN expression evaluated to TRUE then the
  value of the corresponding THEN expression is returned.
*/
class Item_func_case_searched: public Item_func_case
{
  uint when_count() const { return arg_count / 2; }
  bool with_else() const { return arg_count % 2; }
  Item **else_expr_addr() const override
  { return with_else() ? &args[arg_count - 1] : 0; }
public:
  Item_func_case_searched(THD *thd, List<Item> &list)
   :Item_func_case(thd, list)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(arg_count >= 2);
    reorder_args(0);
  }
  enum Functype functype() const override { return CASE_SEARCHED_FUNC; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  Item *propagate_equal_fields(THD *thd, const Context &ctx, COND_EQUAL *cond)
    override
  {
    // None of the arguments are in a comparison context
    Item_args::propagate_equal_fields(thd, Context_identity(), cond);
    return this;
  }
  Item *find_item() override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_case_searched>(thd, this); }
};


/*
  CASE pred WHEN value THEN res [WHEN value THEN res...] [ELSE res] END

  When the predicant expression is specified then it is compared to each WHEN
  expression individually. When an equal WHEN expression is found
  the corresponding THEN expression is returned.
  In order to do correct comparisons several comparators are used. One for
  each result type. Different result types that are used in particular
  CASE ... END expression are collected in the fix_length_and_dec() member
  function and only comparators for there result types are used.
*/
class Item_func_case_simple: public Item_func_case,
                             public Predicant_to_list_comparator
{
protected:
  uint m_found_types;
  uint when_count() const { return (arg_count - 1) / 2; }
  bool with_else() const { return arg_count % 2 == 0; }
  Item **else_expr_addr() const override
  { return with_else() ? &args[arg_count - 1] : 0; }
  bool aggregate_switch_and_when_arguments(THD *thd, bool nulls_equal);
  bool prepare_predicant_and_values(THD *thd, uint *found_types,
                                              bool nulls_equal);
public:
  Item_func_case_simple(THD *thd, List<Item> &list)
   :Item_func_case(thd, list),
    Predicant_to_list_comparator(thd, arg_count),
    m_found_types(0)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(arg_count >= 3);
    reorder_args(1);
  }
  void cleanup() override
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Item_func_case_simple::cleanup");
    Item_func::cleanup();
    Predicant_to_list_comparator::cleanup();
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
  enum Functype functype() const override { return CASE_SIMPLE_FUNC; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  Item *propagate_equal_fields(THD *thd, const Context &ctx, COND_EQUAL *cond)
    override;
  Item *find_item() override;
protected:
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  {
    Item_func_case_simple *clone= (Item_func_case_simple *)
                                  Item_func_case::deep_copy(thd);
    uint ncases= when_count();
    if (clone && clone->Predicant_to_list_comparator::init_clone(thd, ncases))
      return NULL;
    return clone;
  }

  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_case_simple>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_decode_oracle: public Item_func_case_simple
{
public:
  Item_func_decode_oracle(THD *thd, List<Item> &list)
   :Item_func_case_simple(thd, list)
  { }
  const Schema *schema() const override { return &oracle_schema_ref; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("decode") };
    return name;
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  Item *find_item() override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_decode_oracle>(thd, this); }
};


/*
  The Item_func_in class implements
  in_expr IN (<in value list>)
  and
  in_expr NOT IN (<in value list>)

  The current implementation distinguishes 2 cases:
  1) all items in <in value list> are constants and have the same
    result type. This case is handled by in_vector class,
    implementing fast bisection search.
  2) otherwise Item_func_in employs several cmp_item objects to perform
    comparisons of in_expr and an item from <in value list>. One cmp_item
    object for each result type. Different result types are collected in the
    fix_length_and_dec() member function by means of collect_cmp_types()
    function.

  Bisection is possible when:
  1. All types are similar
  2. All expressions in <in value list> are const
  In the presence of NULLs, the correct result of evaluating this item
  must be UNKNOWN or FALSE. To achieve that:
  - If type is scalar, we can use bisection and the "have_null" boolean.
  - If type is ROW, we will need to scan all of <in value list> when
    searching, so bisection is impossible. Unless:
  3. UNKNOWN and FALSE are equivalent results
  4. Neither left expression nor <in value list> contain any NULL value
*/
class Item_func_in :public Item_func_opt_neg,
                    public Predicant_to_list_comparator
{
  /**
     Usable if <in value list> is made only of constants. Returns true if one
     of these constants contains a NULL. Example:
     IN ( (-5, (12,NULL)), ... ).
  */
  bool list_contains_null();
  bool all_items_are_consts(Item **items, uint nitems) const
  {
    for (uint i= 0; i < nitems; i++)
    {
      if (!items[i]->can_eval_in_optimize())
        return false;
    }
    return true;
  }
  bool prepare_predicant_and_values(THD *thd, uint *found_types);
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return check_argument_types_like_args0();
  }
protected:
  SEL_TREE *get_func_mm_tree(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param,
                             Field *field, Item *value) override;
  bool transform_into_subq;
  bool transform_into_subq_checked;
public:
  /// An array of values, created when the bisection lookup method is used
  in_vector *array;
  /**
    If there is some NULL among <in value list>, during a val_int() call; for
    example
    IN ( (1,(3,'col')), ... ), where 'col' is a column which evaluates to
    NULL.
  */
  bool have_null;
  /**
    true when all arguments of the IN list are of compatible types
    and can be used safely as comparisons for key conditions
  */
  bool arg_types_compatible;

  TABLE_LIST *emb_on_expr_nest;

  Item_func_in(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_func_opt_neg(thd, list),
    Predicant_to_list_comparator(thd, arg_count - 1),
    transform_into_subq(false),
    transform_into_subq_checked(false),
    array(0), have_null(0),
    arg_types_compatible(FALSE), emb_on_expr_nest(0)
  { }
  bool val_bool() override;
  bool fix_fields(THD *, Item **) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  bool compatible_types_scalar_bisection_possible()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_comparator.cmp_type() != ROW_RESULT);
    return all_items_are_consts(args + 1, arg_count - 1);     // Bisection #2
  }
  bool compatible_types_row_bisection_possible()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_comparator.cmp_type() == ROW_RESULT);
    return all_items_are_consts(args + 1, arg_count - 1) &&   // Bisection #2
           ((is_top_level_item() && !negated) ||              // Bisection #3
            (!list_contains_null() && !args[0]->maybe_null())); // Bisection #4
  }
  bool agg_all_arg_charsets_for_comparison()
  {
    return agg_arg_charsets_for_comparison(cmp_collation, args, arg_count);
  }
  void fix_in_vector();
  bool value_list_convert_const_to_int(THD *thd);
  bool fix_for_scalar_comparison_using_bisection(THD *thd)
  {
    array= m_comparator.type_handler()->make_in_vector(thd, this, arg_count - 1);
    if (!array)      // OOM
      return true;
    fix_in_vector();
    return false;
  }
  bool fix_for_scalar_comparison_using_cmp_items(THD *thd, uint found_types);

  bool fix_for_row_comparison_using_cmp_items(THD *thd);
  bool fix_for_row_comparison_using_bisection(THD *thd);

  void cleanup() override
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Item_func_in::cleanup");
    Item_int_func::cleanup();
    delete array;
    array= 0;
    Predicant_to_list_comparator::cleanup();
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
  void add_key_fields(JOIN *join, KEY_FIELD **key_fields, uint *and_level,
                      table_map usable_tables, SARGABLE_PARAM **sargables)
    override;
  SEL_TREE *get_mm_tree(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, Item **cond_ptr) override;
  SEL_TREE *get_func_row_mm_tree(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, Item_row *key_row); 
  Item* propagate_equal_fields(THD *thd, const Context &ctx, COND_EQUAL *cond)
    override
  {
    /*
      Note, we pass ANY_SUBST, this makes sure that non of the args
      will be replaced to a zero-filled Item_string.
      Such a change would require rebuilding of cmp_items.
    */
    if (arg_types_compatible)
    {
      Context cmpctx(ANY_SUBST, m_comparator.type_handler(),
                     Item_func_in::compare_collation());
      args[0]->propagate_equal_fields_and_change_item_tree(thd, cmpctx,
                                                           cond, &args[0]);
    }
    for (uint i= 0; i < comparator_count(); i++)
    {
      Context cmpctx(ANY_SUBST, get_comparator_type_handler(i),
                     Item_func_in::compare_collation());
      uint idx= get_comparator_arg_index(i);
      args[idx]->propagate_equal_fields_and_change_item_tree(thd, cmpctx,
                                                             cond, &args[idx]);
    }
    return this;
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  enum Functype functype() const override { return IN_FUNC; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("in") };
    return name;
  }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return IN_PRECEDENCE; }
  bool eval_not_null_tables(void *opt_arg) override;
  bool find_not_null_fields(table_map allowed) override;
  void fix_after_pullout(st_select_lex *new_parent, Item **ref, bool merge)
    override;
  bool count_sargable_conds(void *arg) override;
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  {
    Item_func_in *clone= (Item_func_in *) Item_func::deep_copy(thd);
    if (clone)
    {
      clone->array= 0;
      if (clone->Predicant_to_list_comparator::init_clone(thd, arg_count - 1))
        return NULL;
    }
    return clone;
  }
  void mark_as_condition_AND_part(TABLE_LIST *embedding) override;
  bool to_be_transformed_into_in_subq(THD *thd);
  bool create_value_list_for_tvc(THD *thd, List< List<Item> > *values);
  Item *in_predicate_to_in_subs_transformer(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override;
  Item *in_predicate_to_equality_transformer(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override;
  uint32 max_length_of_left_expr();
  Item* varchar_upper_cmp_transformer(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_in>(thd, this); }
};

class cmp_item_row :public cmp_item
{
  cmp_item **comparators;
  uint n;
  bool alloc_comparators(THD *thd, uint n);
  bool aggregate_row_elements_for_comparison(THD *thd,
                                             Type_handler_hybrid_field_type *cmp,
                                             Item_args *tmp,
                                             const LEX_CSTRING &funcname,
                                             uint col,
                                             uint level);
public:
  cmp_item_row(): comparators(0), n(0) {}
  ~cmp_item_row();
  void store_value(Item *item) override;
  bool prepare_comparators(THD *, const LEX_CSTRING &funcname,
                           const Item_args *args, uint level);
  int cmp(Item *arg) override;
  int cmp_not_null(const Value *) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(false);
    return TRUE;
  }
  int compare(const cmp_item *arg) const override;
  cmp_item *make_same(THD *thd) override;
  bool store_value_by_template(THD *thd, cmp_item *tmpl, Item *) override;
  friend class Item_func_in;
  cmp_item *get_comparator(uint i) { return comparators[i]; }
};


class in_row :public in_vector
{
  cmp_item_row tmp;
public:
  in_row(THD *thd, uint elements, Item *);
  ~in_row();
  bool set(uint pos, Item *item) override;
  uchar *get_value(Item *item) override;
  friend class Item_func_in;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override { return &type_handler_row; }
  cmp_item *get_cmp_item() { return &tmp; }
};

/* Functions used by where clause */
class Item_func_null_predicate :public Item_bool_func
{
protected:
  SEL_TREE *get_func_mm_tree(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param,
                             Field *field, Item *value) override
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Item_func_null_predicate::get_func_mm_tree");
    DBUG_RETURN(get_mm_parts(param, field, functype(), value));
  }
  SEL_ARG *get_mm_leaf(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, Field *field,
                       KEY_PART *key_part,
                       Item_func::Functype type, Item *value) override;
public:
  Item_func_null_predicate(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_bool_func(thd, a) { }
  void add_key_fields(JOIN *join, KEY_FIELD **key_fields, uint *and_level,
                      table_map usable_tables, SARGABLE_PARAM **sargables)
    override;
  SEL_TREE *get_mm_tree(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, Item **cond_ptr) override
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Item_func_null_predicate::get_mm_tree");
    SEL_TREE *ftree= get_full_func_mm_tree_for_args(param, args[0], NULL);
    if (!ftree)
      ftree= Item_func::get_mm_tree(param, cond_ptr);
    DBUG_RETURN(ftree);
  }
  CHARSET_INFO *compare_collation() const override
  { return args[0]->collation.collation; }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals=0;
    max_length=1;
    base_flags&= ~item_base_t::MAYBE_NULL;
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool count_sargable_conds(void *arg) override;
};


class Item_func_isnull :public Item_func_null_predicate
{
public:
  Item_func_isnull(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func_null_predicate(thd, a) {}
  bool val_bool() override;
  enum Functype functype() const override { return ISNULL_FUNC; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("isnull") };
    return name;
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return CMP_PRECEDENCE; }

  bool arg_is_datetime_notnull_field()
  {
    Item **args= arguments();
    if (args[0]->real_item()->type() == Item::FIELD_ITEM)
    {
      Field *field=((Item_field*) args[0]->real_item())->field;

      if ((field->flags & NOT_NULL_FLAG) &&
          field->type_handler()->cond_notnull_field_isnull_to_field_eq_zero())
        return true;
    }
    return false;
  }

  /* Optimize case of not_null_column IS NULL */
  void update_used_tables() override
  {
    if (!args[0]->maybe_null() && !arg_is_datetime_notnull_field())
    {
      used_tables_cache= 0;			/* is always false */
      const_item_cache= 1;
    }
    else
    {
      args[0]->update_used_tables();
      used_tables_cache= args[0]->used_tables();
      const_item_cache= args[0]->const_item();
    }
  }
  COND *remove_eq_conds(THD *thd, Item::cond_result *cond_value,
                        bool top_level) override;
  table_map not_null_tables() const override { return 0; }
  bool find_not_null_fields(table_map allowed) override;
  Item *neg_transformer(THD *thd) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_isnull>(thd, this); }
};

/* Functions used by HAVING for rewriting IN subquery */

class Item_in_subselect;

/* 
  This is like IS NOT NULL but it also remembers if it ever has
  encountered a NULL.
*/
class Item_is_not_null_test :public Item_func_isnull
{
  Item_in_subselect* owner;
public:
  Item_is_not_null_test(THD *thd, Item_in_subselect* ow, Item *a):
    Item_func_isnull(thd, a), owner(ow)
  {}
  enum Functype functype() const override { return ISNOTNULLTEST_FUNC; }
  bool val_bool() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("<is_not_null_test>") };
    return name;
  }
  void update_used_tables() override;
  /*
    we add RAND_TABLE_BIT to prevent moving this item from HAVING to WHERE
  */
  table_map used_tables() const override
    { return used_tables_cache | RAND_TABLE_BIT; }
  bool const_item() const override { return FALSE; }
};


class Item_func_isnotnull :public Item_func_null_predicate
{
public:
  Item_func_isnotnull(THD *thd, Item *a):
  Item_func_null_predicate(thd, a) {}
  bool val_bool() override;
  enum Functype functype() const override { return ISNOTNULL_FUNC; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("isnotnull") };
    return name;
  }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return CMP_PRECEDENCE; }
  table_map not_null_tables() const override
  { return is_top_level_item() ? not_null_tables_cache : 0; }
  Item *neg_transformer(THD *thd) override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_isnotnull>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_like :public Item_bool_func2
{
  // Turbo Boyer-Moore data
  bool        canDoTurboBM;	// pattern is '%abcd%' case
  const char* pattern;
  int         pattern_len;

  // TurboBM buffers, *this is owner
  int* bmGs; //   good suffix shift table, size is pattern_len + 1
  int* bmBc; // bad character shift table, size is alphabet_size

  void turboBM_compute_suffixes(int* suff);
  void turboBM_compute_good_suffix_shifts(int* suff);
  void turboBM_compute_bad_character_shifts();
  bool turboBM_matches(const char* text, int text_len) const;
  enum { alphabet_size = 256 };

  Item *escape_item;

  bool escape_used_in_parsing;
  bool use_sampling;

  DTCollation cmp_collation;
  String cmp_value1, cmp_value2;
  bool with_sargable_pattern() const;
protected:
  SEL_TREE *get_func_mm_tree(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param,
                             Field *field, Item *value) override
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Item_func_like::get_func_mm_tree");
    DBUG_RETURN(get_mm_parts(param, field, LIKE_FUNC, value));
  }
  SEL_ARG *get_mm_leaf(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, Field *field,
                       KEY_PART *key_part,
                       Item_func::Functype type, Item *value) override;
public:
  int escape;
  bool negated;

  Item_func_like(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *escape_arg, bool escape_used):
    Item_bool_func2(thd, a, b), canDoTurboBM(FALSE), pattern(0), pattern_len(0),
    bmGs(0), bmBc(0), escape_item(escape_arg),
    escape_used_in_parsing(escape_used), use_sampling(0), negated(0) {}

  bool get_negated() const { return negated; } // Used by ColumnStore

  Sql_mode_dependency value_depends_on_sql_mode() const override;
  bool val_bool() override;
  enum Functype functype() const override { return LIKE_FUNC; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  CHARSET_INFO *compare_collation() const override
  { return cmp_collation.collation; }
  cond_result eq_cmp_result() const override
  {
    /**
      We cannot always rewrite conditions as follows:
        from:  WHERE expr1=const AND expr1 LIKE expr2
        to:    WHERE expr1=const AND const LIKE expr2
      or
        from:  WHERE expr1=const AND expr2 LIKE expr1
        to:    WHERE expr1=const AND expr2 LIKE const

      because LIKE works differently comparing to the regular "=" operator:

      1. LIKE performs a stricter one-character-to-one-character comparison
         and does not recognize contractions and expansions.
         Replacing "expr1" to "const in LIKE would make the condition
         stricter in case of a complex collation.

      2. LIKE does not ignore trailing spaces and thus works differently
         from the "=" operator in case of "PAD SPACE" collations
         (which are the majority in MariaDB). So, for "PAD SPACE" collations:

         - expr1=const       - ignores trailing spaces
         - const LIKE expr2  - does not ignore trailing spaces
         - expr2 LIKE const  - does not ignore trailing spaces

      Allow only "binary" for now.
      It neither ignores trailing spaces nor has contractions/expansions.

      TODO:
      We could still replace "expr1" to "const" in "expr1 LIKE expr2"
      in case of a "PAD SPACE" collation, but only if "expr2" has '%'
      at the end.
    */
    if (compare_collation() == &my_charset_bin)
    {
      /*
        'foo' NOT LIKE 'foo' is false,
        'foo' LIKE 'foo' is true.
      */
      return negated? COND_FALSE : COND_TRUE;
    }

    return COND_OK;
  }
  void add_key_fields(JOIN *join, KEY_FIELD **key_fields, uint *and_level,
                      table_map usable_tables, SARGABLE_PARAM **sargables)
    override;
  SEL_TREE *get_mm_tree(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, Item **cond_ptr) override;
  Item* propagate_equal_fields(THD *thd, const Context &ctx, COND_EQUAL *cond)
    override
  {
    /*
      LIKE differs from the regular comparison operator ('=') in the following:
      - LIKE never ignores trailing spaces (even for PAD SPACE collations)
        Propagation of equal fields with a PAD SPACE collation into LIKE
        is not safe.
        Example:
          WHERE a='a ' AND a LIKE 'a'     - returns true for 'a'
        cannot be rewritten to:
          WHERE a='a ' AND 'a ' LIKE 'a'  - returns false for 'a'
        Note, binary collations in MySQL/MariaDB, e.g. latin1_bin,
        still have the PAD SPACE attribute and ignore trailing spaces!
      - LIKE does not take into account contractions, expansions,
        and ignorable characters.
        Propagation of equal fields with contractions/expansions/ignorables
        is also not safe.

      It's safe to propagate my_charset_bin (BINARY/VARBINARY/BLOB) values,
      because they do not ignore trailing spaces and have one-to-one mapping
      between a string and its weights.
      The below condition should be true only for my_charset_bin
      (as of version 10.1.7).
    */
    uint flags= Item_func_like::compare_collation()->state;
    if ((flags & MY_CS_NOPAD) && !(flags & MY_CS_NON1TO1))
      Item_args::propagate_equal_fields(thd,
                                        Context(ANY_SUBST,
                                                &type_handler_long_blob,
                                                compare_collation()),
                                        cond);
    return this;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("like") };
    return name;
  }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return IN_PRECEDENCE; }
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    max_length= 1;
    Item_args old_predicant(args[0]);
    if (agg_arg_charsets_for_comparison(cmp_collation, args, 2))
      return true;
    raise_note_if_key_become_unused(current_thd, old_predicant);
    return false;
  }
  void cleanup() override;

  Item *neg_transformer(THD *thd) override
  {
    negated= !negated;
    return this;
  }

  bool walk(Item_processor processor, bool walk_subquery, void *arg) override
  {
    return (walk_args(processor, walk_subquery, arg) ||
            escape_item->walk(processor, walk_subquery, arg) ||
            (this->*processor)(arg));
  }

  bool find_selective_predicates_list_processor(void *arg) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_like>(thd, this); }
};

typedef struct pcre2_real_code_8 pcre2_code;
typedef struct pcre2_real_match_data_8 pcre2_match_data;
#define PCRE2_SIZE size_t

class Regexp_processor_pcre
{
  pcre2_code *m_pcre;
  pcre2_match_data *m_pcre_match_data;
  bool m_conversion_is_needed;
  bool m_is_const;
  int m_library_flags;
  CHARSET_INFO *m_library_charset;
  String m_prev_pattern;
  int m_pcre_exec_rc;
  PCRE2_SIZE *m_SubStrVec;
  void pcre_exec_warn(int rc) const;
  int pcre_exec_with_warn(const pcre2_code *code,
                          pcre2_match_data *data,
                          const char *subject, int length, int startoffset,
                          int options);
public:
  String *convert_if_needed(String *src, String *converter);
  String subject_converter;
  String pattern_converter;
  String replace_converter;
  Regexp_processor_pcre() :
    m_pcre(NULL), m_pcre_match_data(NULL),
    m_conversion_is_needed(true), m_is_const(0),
    m_library_flags(0),
    m_library_charset(&my_charset_utf8mb4_general_ci)
  {}
  int default_regex_flags();
  void init(CHARSET_INFO *data_charset, int extra_flags);
  bool fix_owner(Item_func *owner, Item *subject_arg, Item *pattern_arg);
  bool compile(String *pattern, bool send_error);
  bool compile(Item *item, bool send_error);
  bool recompile(Item *item)
  {
    return !m_is_const && compile(item, false);
  }
  bool exec(const char *str, size_t length, size_t offset);
  bool exec(String *str, int offset, uint n_result_offsets_to_convert);
  bool exec(Item *item, int offset, uint n_result_offsets_to_convert);
  bool match() const { return m_pcre_exec_rc < 0 ? 0 : 1; }
  int nsubpatterns() const { return m_pcre_exec_rc <= 0 ? 0 : m_pcre_exec_rc; }
  size_t subpattern_start(int n) const
  {
    return m_pcre_exec_rc <= 0 ? 0 : m_SubStrVec[n * 2];
  }
  size_t subpattern_end(int n) const
  {
    return m_pcre_exec_rc <= 0 ? 0 : m_SubStrVec[n * 2 + 1];
  }
  size_t subpattern_length(int n) const
  {
    return subpattern_end(n) - subpattern_start(n);
  }
  void reset()
  {
    m_pcre= NULL;
    m_pcre_match_data= NULL;
    m_prev_pattern.length(0);
  }
  void cleanup();
  bool is_compiled() const { return m_pcre != NULL; }
  bool is_const() const { return m_is_const; }
  void set_const(bool arg) { m_is_const= arg; }
  CHARSET_INFO * library_charset() const { return m_library_charset; }
  void unset_flag(int flag) { m_library_flags&= ~flag; }
};


class Item_func_regex :public Item_bool_func
{
  Regexp_processor_pcre re;
  DTCollation cmp_collation;
public:
  Item_func_regex(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_bool_func(thd, a, b)
  {}
  void cleanup() override
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Item_func_regex::cleanup");
    Item_bool_func::cleanup();
    re.cleanup();
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
  bool val_bool() override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("regexp") };
    return name;
  }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return IN_PRECEDENCE; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    print_op(str, query_type);
  }

  CHARSET_INFO *compare_collation() const override
  { return cmp_collation.collation; }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override { return nullptr; }
};


/*
  In the corner case REGEXP_INSTR could return (2^32 + 1),
  which would not fit into Item_long_func range.
  But string lengths are limited with max_allowed_packet,
  which cannot be bigger than 1024*1024*1024.
*/
class Item_func_regexp_instr :public Item_long_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return (args[0]->check_type_can_return_str(func_name_cstring()) ||
            args[1]->check_type_can_return_text(func_name_cstring()));
  }
  Regexp_processor_pcre re;
  DTCollation cmp_collation;
public:
  Item_func_regexp_instr(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_long_func(thd, a, b)
  {}
  void cleanup() override
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Item_func_regexp_instr::cleanup");
    Item_int_func::cleanup();
    re.cleanup();
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
  longlong val_int() override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("regexp_instr") };
    return name;
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override { return nullptr; }
};


typedef class Item COND;

class Item_cond :public Item_bool_func
{
protected:
  List<Item> list;
  table_map and_tables_cache;

public:
  Item_cond(THD *thd): Item_bool_func(thd)
  {
    /* Item_cond() is only used to create top level items */
    top_level_item();
    const_item_cache=0;
  }
  Item_cond(THD *thd, Item *i1, Item *i2);
  Item_cond(THD *thd, Item_cond *item);
  Item_cond(THD *thd, List<Item> &nlist):
    Item_bool_func(thd), list(nlist) {}
  bool add(Item *item, MEM_ROOT *root)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(item);
    return list.push_back(item, root);
  }
  bool add_at_head(Item *item, MEM_ROOT *root)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(item);
    return list.push_front(item, root);
  }
  void add_at_head(List<Item> *nlist)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(nlist->elements);
    list.prepend(nlist);
  }
  void add_at_end(List<Item> *nlist)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(nlist->elements);
    list.append(nlist);
  }
  bool fix_fields(THD *, Item **ref) override;
  void fix_after_pullout(st_select_lex *new_parent, Item **ref, bool merge)
    override;

  enum Type type() const override { return COND_ITEM; }
  List<Item>* argument_list() { return &list; }
  table_map used_tables() const override;
  void update_used_tables() override
  {
    used_tables_and_const_cache_init();
    used_tables_and_const_cache_update_and_join(list);
  }
  COND *build_equal_items(THD *thd, COND_EQUAL *inherited,
                          bool link_item_fields,
                          COND_EQUAL **cond_equal_ref) override;
  COND *remove_eq_conds(THD *thd, Item::cond_result *cond_value,
                        bool top_level) override;
  void add_key_fields(JOIN *join, KEY_FIELD **key_fields,
                      uint *and_level, table_map usable_tables,
                      SARGABLE_PARAM **sargables) override;
  SEL_TREE *get_mm_tree(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, Item **cond_ptr) override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  void split_sum_func(THD *thd, Ref_ptr_array ref_pointer_array,
                      List<Item> &fields, uint flags) override;
  friend int setup_conds(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, TABLE_LIST *leaves,
                         COND **conds);
  void copy_andor_arguments(THD *thd, Item_cond *item);
  bool walk(Item_processor processor, bool walk_subquery, void *arg) override;
  Item *do_transform(THD *thd, Item_transformer transformer, uchar *arg,
                     bool toplevel);
  Item *transform(THD *thd, Item_transformer transformer, uchar *arg) override
  {
    return do_transform(thd, transformer, arg, 0);
  }
  Item *top_level_transform(THD *thd, Item_transformer transformer, uchar *arg)
    override
  {
    return do_transform(thd, transformer, arg, 1);
  }
  void traverse_cond(Cond_traverser, void *arg, traverse_order order) override;
  void neg_arguments(THD *thd);
  Item* propagate_equal_fields(THD *, const Context &, COND_EQUAL *) override;
  Item *do_compile(THD *thd, Item_analyzer analyzer, uchar **arg_p,
                   Item_transformer transformer, uchar *arg_t, bool toplevel);
  Item *compile(THD *thd, Item_analyzer analyzer, uchar **arg_p,
                Item_transformer transformer, uchar *arg_t) override
  {
    return do_compile(thd, analyzer, arg_p, transformer, arg_t, 0);
  }
  Item* top_level_compile(THD *thd, Item_analyzer analyzer, uchar **arg_p,
                          Item_transformer transformer, uchar *arg_t) override
  {
    return do_compile(thd, analyzer, arg_p, transformer, arg_t, 1);
  }
  bool eval_not_null_tables(void *opt_arg) override;
  bool find_not_null_fields(table_map allowed) override;
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override;
  bool excl_dep_on_table(table_map tab_map) override;
  bool excl_dep_on_grouping_fields(st_select_lex *sel) override;

private:
  void merge_sub_condition(List_iterator<Item>& li);
};

template <template<class> class LI, class T> class Item_equal_iterator;

/*
  The class Item_equal is used to represent conjunctions of equality
  predicates of the form field1 = field2, and field=const in where
  conditions and on expressions.

  All equality predicates of the form field1=field2 contained in a
  conjunction are substituted for a sequence of items of this class.
  An item of this class Item_equal(f1,f2,...fk) represents a
  multiple equality f1=f2=...=fk.l

  If a conjunction contains predicates f1=f2 and f2=f3, a new item of
  this class is created Item_equal(f1,f2,f3) representing the multiple
  equality f1=f2=f3 that substitutes the above equality predicates in
  the conjunction.
  A conjunction of the predicates f2=f1 and f3=f1 and f3=f2 will be
  substituted for the item representing the same multiple equality
  f1=f2=f3.
  An item Item_equal(f1,f2) can appear instead of a conjunction of 
  f2=f1 and f1=f2, or instead of just the predicate f1=f2.

  An item of the class Item_equal inherits equalities from outer 
  conjunctive levels.

  Suppose we have a where condition of the following form:
  WHERE f1=f2 AND f3=f4 AND f3=f5 AND ... AND (...OR (f1=f3 AND ...)).
  In this case:
    f1=f2 will be substituted for Item_equal(f1,f2);
    f3=f4 and f3=f5  will be substituted for Item_equal(f3,f4,f5);
    f1=f3 will be substituted for Item_equal(f1,f2,f3,f4,f5);

  An object of the class Item_equal can contain an optional constant
  item c. Then it represents a multiple equality of the form 
  c=f1=...=fk.

  Objects of the class Item_equal are used for the following:

  1. An object Item_equal(t1.f1,...,tk.fk) allows us to consider any
  pair of tables ti and tj as joined by an equi-condition.
  Thus it provide us with additional access paths from table to table.

  2. An object Item_equal(t1.f1,...,tk.fk) is applied to deduce new
  SARGable predicates:
    f1=...=fk AND P(fi) => f1=...=fk AND P(fi) AND P(fj).
  It also can give us additional index scans and can allow us to
  improve selectivity estimates.

  3. An object Item_equal(t1.f1,...,tk.fk) is used to optimize the 
  selected execution plan for the query: if table ti is accessed 
  before the table tj then in any predicate P in the where condition
  the occurrence of tj.fj is substituted for ti.fi. This can allow
  an evaluation of the predicate at an earlier step.

  When feature 1 is supported they say that join transitive closure 
  is employed.
  When feature 2 is supported they say that search argument transitive
  closure is employed.
  Both features are usually supported by preprocessing original query and
  adding additional predicates.
  We do not just add predicates, we rather dynamically replace some
  predicates that can not be used to access tables in the investigated
  plan for those, obtained by substitution of some fields for equal fields,
  that can be used.     

  Prepared Statements/Stored Procedures note: instances of class
  Item_equal are created only at the time a PS/SP is executed and
  are deleted in the end of execution. All changes made to these
  objects need not be registered in the list of changes of the parse
  tree and do not harm PS/SP re-execution.

  Item equal objects are employed only at the optimize phase. Usually they are
  not supposed to be evaluated.  Yet in some cases we call the method val_int()
  for them. We have to take care of restricting the predicate such an
  object represents f1=f2= ...=fn to the projection of known fields fi1=...=fik.
*/

class Item_equal: public Item_bool_func
{
  /*
    The list of equal items. Currently the list can contain:
     - Item_fields items for references to table columns
     - Item_direct_view_ref items for references to view columns
     - one const item

    If the list contains a constant item this item is always first in the list.
    The list contains at least two elements.
    Currently all Item_fields/Item_direct_view_ref items in the list should
    refer to table columns with equavalent type definitions. In particular
    if these are string columns they should have the same charset/collation.

    Use objects of the companion class Item_equal_fields_iterator to iterate
    over all items from the list of the Item_field/Item_direct_view_ref classes.
  */ 
  List<Item> equal_items; 
  /* 
     TRUE <-> one of the items is a const item.
     Such item is always first in the equal_items list
  */
  bool with_const;        
  /* 
    The field eval_item is used when this item is evaluated
    with the method val_int()
  */  
  cmp_item *eval_item;
  /*
    This initially is set to FALSE. It becomes TRUE when this item is evaluated
    as being always false. If the flag is TRUE the contents of the list 
    the equal_items should be ignored.
  */
  bool cond_false;
  /*
    This initially is set to FALSE. It becomes TRUE when this item is evaluated
    as being always true. If the flag is TRUE the contents of the list 
    the equal_items should be ignored.
  */
  bool cond_true;
  /*
    For Item_equal objects inside an OR clause: one of the fields that were
    used in the original equality.
  */
  Item_field *context_field;

  bool link_equal_fields;

  const Type_handler *m_compare_handler;
  CHARSET_INFO *m_compare_collation;
public:

  COND_EQUAL *upper_levels;       /* multiple equalities of upper and levels */

  Item_equal(THD *thd, const Type_handler *handler,
             Item *f1, Item *f2, bool with_const_item);
  Item_equal(THD *thd, Item_equal *item_equal);
  /* Currently the const item is always the first in the list of equal items */
  inline Item* get_const() { return with_const ? equal_items.head() : NULL; }
  void add_const(THD *thd, Item *c);
  /** Add a non-constant item to the multiple equality */
  void add(Item *f, MEM_ROOT *root) { equal_items.push_back(f, root); }
  bool contains(Field *field);
  Item* get_first(struct st_join_table *context, Item *field);
  /** Get number of field items / references to field items in this object */   
  uint n_field_items() { return equal_items.elements - MY_TEST(with_const); }
  void merge(THD *thd, Item_equal *item);
  bool merge_with_check(THD *thd, Item_equal *equal_item, bool save_merged);
  void merge_into_list(THD *thd, List<Item_equal> *list, bool save_merged,
                      bool only_intersected);
  void update_const(THD *thd);
  enum Functype functype() const override { return MULT_EQUAL_FUNC; }
  bool val_bool() override; 
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("multiple equal") };
    return name;
  }
  void sort(Item_field_cmpfunc compare, void *arg);
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  void cleanup() override
  {
    delete eval_item;
    eval_item= NULL;
  }
  void update_used_tables() override;
  bool find_not_null_fields(table_map allowed) override;
  COND *build_equal_items(THD *thd, COND_EQUAL *inherited,
                          bool link_item_fields,
                          COND_EQUAL **cond_equal_ref) override;
  void add_key_fields(JOIN *join, KEY_FIELD **key_fields,
                      uint *and_level, table_map usable_tables,
                      SARGABLE_PARAM **sargables) override;
  SEL_TREE *get_mm_tree(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, Item **cond_ptr) override;
  bool walk(Item_processor processor, bool walk_subquery, void *arg) override;
  Item *transform(THD *thd, Item_transformer transformer, uchar *arg) override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  const Type_handler *compare_type_handler() const { return m_compare_handler; }
  CHARSET_INFO *compare_collation() const override
  { return m_compare_collation; }

  void set_context_field(Item_field *ctx_field) { context_field= ctx_field; }
  void set_link_equal_fields(bool flag) { link_equal_fields= flag; }
protected:
  Item* shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override { return 0; }
public:
  /*
    This does not comply with the specification of the virtual method,
    but Item_equal items are processed distinguishly anyway
  */
  bool excl_dep_on_table(table_map tab_map) override
  {
    return used_tables() & tab_map;
  }
  bool excl_dep_on_in_subq_left_part(Item_in_subselect *subq_pred) override;
  bool excl_dep_on_grouping_fields(st_select_lex *sel) override;
  bool create_pushable_equalities(THD *thd, List<Item> *equalities,
                                  Pushdown_checker checker, uchar *arg,
                                  bool clone_const);
  /* Return the number of elements in this multiple equality */
  uint elements_count() { return equal_items.elements; }
  friend class Item_equal_fields_iterator;
  bool count_sargable_conds(void *arg) override;
  Item *multiple_equality_transformer(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override;
  friend class Item_equal_iterator<List_iterator_fast,Item>;
  friend class Item_equal_iterator<List_iterator,Item>;
  friend Item *eliminate_item_equal(THD *thd, COND *cond,
                                    COND_EQUAL *upper_levels,
                                    Item_equal *item_equal);
  friend bool setup_sj_materialization_part1(struct st_join_table *tab);
  friend bool setup_sj_materialization_part2(struct st_join_table *tab);
}; 

class COND_EQUAL: public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  uint max_members;               /* max number of members the current level
                                     list and all lower level lists */ 
  COND_EQUAL *upper_levels;       /* multiple equalities of upper and levels */
  List<Item_equal> current_level; /* list of multiple equalities of 
                                     the current and level           */
  COND_EQUAL()
  { 
    upper_levels= 0;
  }
  COND_EQUAL(Item_equal *item, MEM_ROOT *mem_root)
   :upper_levels(0)
  {
    current_level.push_back(item, mem_root);
  }
  void copy(COND_EQUAL &cond_equal)
  {
    max_members= cond_equal.max_members;
    upper_levels= cond_equal.upper_levels;
    if (cond_equal.current_level.is_empty())
      current_level.empty();
    else
      current_level= cond_equal.current_level;
  }
  bool is_empty()
  {
    return (current_level.elements == 0);
  }
};


/* 
  The template Item_equal_iterator is used to define classes
  Item_equal_fields_iterator and Item_equal_fields_iterator_slow.
  These are helper classes for the class Item equal
  Both classes are used to iterate over references to table/view columns
  from the list of equal items that included in an Item_equal object. 
  The second class supports the operation of removal of the current member
  from the list when performing an iteration.
*/ 

template <template<class> class LI, typename T> class Item_equal_iterator
  : public LI<T>
{
protected:
  Item_equal *item_equal;
  Item *curr_item= nullptr;
public:
  Item_equal_iterator(Item_equal &item_eq)
    :LI<T> (item_eq.equal_items), item_equal(&item_eq)
  {
    if (item_eq.with_const)
    {
      LI<T> *list_it= this;
      curr_item=  (*list_it)++;
    }
  }
  Item* operator++(int)
  { 
    LI<T> *list_it= this;
    curr_item= (*list_it)++;
    return curr_item;
  }
  void rewind(void) 
  { 
    LI<T> *list_it= this;
    list_it->rewind();
    if (item_equal->with_const)
      curr_item= (*list_it)++;
  }  
  Field *get_curr_field()
  {
    Item_field *item= (Item_field *) (curr_item->real_item());
     return item->field;
  }  
};

typedef  Item_equal_iterator<List_iterator_fast,Item >  Item_equal_iterator_fast;

class Item_equal_fields_iterator
  :public Item_equal_iterator_fast
{
public:
  Item_equal_fields_iterator(Item_equal &item_eq) 
    :Item_equal_iterator_fast(item_eq)
  { }
  Item ** ref()
  {
    return List_iterator_fast<Item>::ref();
  }
};

typedef Item_equal_iterator<List_iterator,Item > Item_equal_iterator_iterator_slow;

class Item_equal_fields_iterator_slow
  :public Item_equal_iterator_iterator_slow
{
public:
  Item_equal_fields_iterator_slow(Item_equal &item_eq) 
    :Item_equal_iterator_iterator_slow(item_eq)
  { }
  void remove()
  {
    List_iterator<Item>::remove();
  }
};


class Item_cond_and final :public Item_cond
{
public:
  COND_EQUAL m_cond_equal;  /* contains list of Item_equal objects for 
                               the current and level and reference
                               to multiple equalities of upper and levels */  
  Item_cond_and(THD *thd): Item_cond(thd) {}
  Item_cond_and(THD *thd, Item *i1,Item *i2): Item_cond(thd, i1, i2) {}
  Item_cond_and(THD *thd, Item_cond_and *item): Item_cond(thd, item) {}
  Item_cond_and(THD *thd, List<Item> &list_arg): Item_cond(thd, list_arg) {}
  enum Functype functype() const override { return COND_AND_FUNC; }
  bool val_bool() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("and") };
    return name;
  }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return AND_PRECEDENCE; }
  table_map not_null_tables() const override
  { return is_top_level_item() ? not_null_tables_cache: and_tables_cache; }
  Item *copy_andor_structure(THD *thd) override;
  Item *neg_transformer(THD *thd) override;
  void mark_as_condition_AND_part(TABLE_LIST *embedding) override;
  uint exists2in_reserved_items() override { return list.elements; };
  COND *build_equal_items(THD *thd, COND_EQUAL *inherited,
                          bool link_item_fields,
                          COND_EQUAL **cond_equal_ref) override;
  bool set_format_by_check_constraint(Send_field_extended_metadata *to) const
    override;
  void add_key_fields(JOIN *join, KEY_FIELD **key_fields, uint *and_level,
                      table_map usable_tables, SARGABLE_PARAM **sargables)
    override;
  SEL_TREE *get_mm_tree(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, Item **cond_ptr) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_cond_and>(thd, this); }
};

inline bool is_cond_and(Item *item)
{
  Item_func *func_item= item->get_item_func();
  return func_item && func_item->functype() == Item_func::COND_AND_FUNC;
}

class Item_cond_or final :public Item_cond
{
public:
  Item_cond_or(THD *thd): Item_cond(thd) {}
  Item_cond_or(THD *thd, Item *i1,Item *i2): Item_cond(thd, i1, i2) {}
  Item_cond_or(THD *thd, Item_cond_or *item): Item_cond(thd, item) {}
  Item_cond_or(THD *thd, List<Item> &list_arg): Item_cond(thd, list_arg) {}
  enum Functype functype() const override { return COND_OR_FUNC; }
  bool val_bool() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("or") };
    return name;
  }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return OR_PRECEDENCE; }
  table_map not_null_tables() const override { return and_tables_cache; }
  Item *copy_andor_structure(THD *thd) override;
  Item *neg_transformer(THD *thd) override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_cond_or>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_dyncol_check :public Item_bool_func
{
public:
  Item_func_dyncol_check(THD *thd, Item *str): Item_bool_func(thd, str) {}
  bool val_bool() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("column_check") };
    return name;
  }
  bool need_parentheses_in_default() override { return false; }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_dyncol_check>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_dyncol_exists :public Item_bool_func
{
public:
  Item_func_dyncol_exists(THD *thd, Item *str, Item *num):
    Item_bool_func(thd, str, num) {}
  bool val_bool() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("column_exists") };
    return name;
  }
  bool need_parentheses_in_default() override { return false; }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_dyncol_exists>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_cursor_bool_attr: public Item_bool_func, public Cursor_ref
{
public:
  Item_func_cursor_bool_attr(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name, uint offset)
   :Item_bool_func(thd), Cursor_ref(name, offset)
  { }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), arg, VCOL_SESSION_FUNC);
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    Cursor_ref::print_func(str, func_name_cstring());
  }
};


class Item_func_cursor_isopen: public Item_func_cursor_bool_attr
{
public:
  Item_func_cursor_isopen(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name, uint offset)
   :Item_func_cursor_bool_attr(thd, name, offset) { }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("%ISOPEN") };
    return name;
  }
  bool val_bool() override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_cursor_isopen>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_cursor_found: public Item_func_cursor_bool_attr
{
public:
  Item_func_cursor_found(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name, uint offset)
   :Item_func_cursor_bool_attr(thd, name, offset)
  {
    set_maybe_null();
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("%FOUND") };
    return name;
  }
  bool val_bool() override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_cursor_found>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_cursor_notfound: public Item_func_cursor_bool_attr
{
public:
  Item_func_cursor_notfound(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name, uint offset)
   :Item_func_cursor_bool_attr(thd, name, offset)
  {
    set_maybe_null();
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("%NOTFOUND") };
    return name;
  }
  bool val_bool() override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_cursor_notfound>(thd, this); }
};



inline bool is_cond_or(Item *item)
{
  Item_func *func_item= item->get_item_func();
  return func_item && func_item->functype() == Item_func::COND_OR_FUNC;
}

Item *and_expressions(Item *a, Item *b, Item **org_item);

class Comp_creator
{
public:
  Comp_creator() = default;                           /* Remove gcc warning */
  virtual ~Comp_creator() = default;                  /* Remove gcc warning */
  /**
    Create operation with given arguments.
  */
  virtual Item_bool_rowready_func2* create(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
                                           const = 0;
  /**
    Create operation with given arguments in swap order.
  */
  virtual Item_bool_rowready_func2* create_swap(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
                                                const = 0;
  virtual const char* symbol(bool invert) const = 0;
  virtual bool eqne_op() const = 0;
  virtual bool l_op() const = 0;
};

class Eq_creator :public Comp_creator
{
public:
  Eq_creator() = default;                             /* Remove gcc warning */
  virtual ~Eq_creator() = default;                    /* Remove gcc warning */
  Item_bool_rowready_func2* create(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b) const override;
  Item_bool_rowready_func2* create_swap(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b) const override;
  const char* symbol(bool invert) const override { return invert? "<>" : "="; }
  bool eqne_op() const override { return 1; }
  bool l_op() const override { return 0; }
};

class Ne_creator :public Comp_creator
{
public:
  Ne_creator() = default;                             /* Remove gcc warning */
  virtual ~Ne_creator() = default;                    /* Remove gcc warning */
  Item_bool_rowready_func2* create(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b) const override;
  Item_bool_rowready_func2* create_swap(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b) const override;
  const char* symbol(bool invert) const override { return invert? "=" : "<>"; }
  bool eqne_op() const override { return 1; }
  bool l_op() const override { return 0; }
};

class Gt_creator :public Comp_creator
{
public:
  Gt_creator() = default;                             /* Remove gcc warning */
  virtual ~Gt_creator() = default;                    /* Remove gcc warning */
  Item_bool_rowready_func2* create(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b) const override;
  Item_bool_rowready_func2* create_swap(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b) const override;
  const char* symbol(bool invert) const override { return invert? "<=" : ">"; }
  bool eqne_op() const override { return 0; }
  bool l_op() const override { return 0; }
};

class Lt_creator :public Comp_creator
{
public:
  Lt_creator() = default;                             /* Remove gcc warning */
  virtual ~Lt_creator() = default;                    /* Remove gcc warning */
  Item_bool_rowready_func2* create(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b) const override;
  Item_bool_rowready_func2* create_swap(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b) const override;
  const char* symbol(bool invert) const override { return invert? ">=" : "<"; }
  bool eqne_op() const override { return 0; }
  bool l_op() const override { return 1; }
};

class Ge_creator :public Comp_creator
{
public:
  Ge_creator() = default;                             /* Remove gcc warning */
  virtual ~Ge_creator() = default;                    /* Remove gcc warning */
  Item_bool_rowready_func2* create(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b) const override;
  Item_bool_rowready_func2* create_swap(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b) const override;
  const char* symbol(bool invert) const override { return invert? "<" : ">="; }
  bool eqne_op() const override { return 0; }
  bool l_op() const override { return 0; }
};

class Le_creator :public Comp_creator
{
public:
  Le_creator() = default;                             /* Remove gcc warning */
  virtual ~Le_creator() = default;                    /* Remove gcc warning */
  Item_bool_rowready_func2* create(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b) const override;
  Item_bool_rowready_func2* create_swap(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b) const override;
  const char* symbol(bool invert) const override { return invert? ">" : "<="; }
  bool eqne_op() const override { return 0; }
  bool l_op() const override { return 1; }
};

/*
  These need definitions from this file but the variables are defined
  in mysqld.h. The variables really belong in this component, but for
  the time being we leave them in mysqld.cc to avoid merge problems.
*/
extern Eq_creator eq_creator;
extern Ne_creator ne_creator;
extern Gt_creator gt_creator;
extern Lt_creator lt_creator;
extern Ge_creator ge_creator;
extern Le_creator le_creator;

#endif /* ITEM_CMPFUNC_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (C) 2015-2025 Codership Oy <info@codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
   51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA. */

#ifndef WSREP_XID_H
#define WSREP_XID_H

#include <my_config.h>

#ifdef WITH_WSREP

#include "wsrep_mysqld.h"
#include "wsrep/gtid.hpp"
#include "handler.h" // XID typedef

void wsrep_xid_init(xid_t*, const wsrep::gtid&, const wsrep_server_gtid_t&);
const wsrep::id& wsrep_xid_uuid(const XID&);
wsrep::seqno wsrep_xid_seqno(const XID&);

template<typename T> T wsrep_get_SE_checkpoint();
bool wsrep_set_SE_checkpoint(const wsrep::gtid& gtid, const wsrep_server_gtid_t&);
//void wsrep_get_SE_checkpoint(XID&);             /* uncomment if needed */
//void wsrep_set_SE_checkpoint(XID&);             /* uncomment if needed */

void wsrep_sort_xid_array(XID *array, int len);
std::string wsrep_xid_print(const XID *xid);
bool wsrep_is_xid_gtid_undefined(const XID *xid);

#endif /* WITH_WSREP */
#endif /* WSREP_UTILS_H */
/* Copyright 2021 Codership Oy <info@codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef WSREP_STATUS_H
#define WSREP_STATUS_H

/* wsrep-lib */
#include "wsrep/reporter.hpp"

/* implementation */
#include "wsrep_mutex.h"

class Wsrep_status
{
public:
  static void init_once(const std::string& file_name);
  static void destroy();

  static void report_state(enum wsrep::server_state::state const state)
  {
    if (!Wsrep_status::m_instance) return;

    Wsrep_status::m_instance->report_state(state);
  }

  static void report_progress(const std::string& progress)
  {
    if (!Wsrep_status::m_instance) return;

    Wsrep_status::m_instance->report_progress(progress);
  }

  static void report_event(const std::string& event)
  {
    if (!Wsrep_status::m_instance) return;

    Wsrep_status::m_instance->report_event(event);
  }

  static void report_log_msg(wsrep::reporter::log_level level,
                             const char* tag, size_t tag_len,
                             const char* buf, size_t buf_len,
                             double const tstamp = wsrep::reporter::undefined);

  static bool is_instance_initialized()
  {
      return m_instance;
  }

private:
  Wsrep_status(const std::string& file_name);

  static Wsrep_mutex*     m_mutex;
  static wsrep::reporter* m_instance;
};

#endif /* WSREP_STATUS_H */
#ifndef RIJNDAEL_INCLUDED
#define RIJNDAEL_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2002, 2006 MySQL AB, 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
   Use is subject to license terms.

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 GNU General Public License for more details.

 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */


/*
  rijndael-alg-fst.h

  @version 3.0 (December 2000)
  Optimised ANSI C code for the Rijndael cipher (now AES)
  @author Vincent Rijmen <vincent.rijmen@esat.kuleuven.ac.be>
  @author Antoon Bosselaers <antoon.bosselaers@esat.kuleuven.ac.be>
  @author Paulo Barreto <paulo.barreto@terra.com.br>

  This code is hereby placed in the public domain.
  Modified by Peter Zaitsev to fit MySQL coding style.
 */

#define AES_MAXKC	(256/32)
#define AES_MAXKB	(256/8)
#define AES_MAXNR	14

int rijndaelKeySetupEnc(uint32 rk[/*4*(Nr + 1)*/], const uint8 cipherKey[],
			int keyBits);
int rijndaelKeySetupDec(uint32 rk[/*4*(Nr + 1)*/], const uint8 cipherKey[],
			int keyBits);
void rijndaelEncrypt(const uint32 rk[/*4*(Nr + 1)*/], int Nr,
		     const uint8 pt[16], uint8 ct[16]);
void rijndaelDecrypt(const uint32 rk[/*4*(Nr + 1)*/], int Nr,
		     const uint8 ct[16], uint8 pt[16]);

#endif /* RIJNDAEL_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_LOAD_INCLUDED
#define SQL_LOAD_INCLUDED

#include "sql_list.h"                           /* List */

class Item;

#include "sql_class.h"                          /* enum_duplicates */

class sql_exchange;

int mysql_load(THD *thd, const sql_exchange *ex, TABLE_LIST *table_list,
	        List<Item> &fields_vars, List<Item> &set_fields,
                List<Item> &set_values_list,
                enum enum_duplicates handle_duplicates, bool ignore,
                bool local_file);


#endif /* SQL_LOAD_INCLUDED */
#ifndef SQL_ARRAY_INCLUDED
#define SQL_ARRAY_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2003, 2005-2007 MySQL AB, 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
   Use is subject to license terms.
   Copyright (c) 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#include <my_sys.h>

/**
   A wrapper class which provides array bounds checking.
   We do *not* own the array, we simply have a pointer to the first element,
   and a length.

   @remark
   We want the compiler-generated versions of:
   - the copy CTOR (memberwise initialization)
   - the assignment operator (memberwise assignment)

   @param Element_type The type of the elements of the container.
 */
template <typename Element_type> class Bounds_checked_array
{
public:
  Bounds_checked_array()= default;

  Bounds_checked_array(Element_type *el, size_t size_arg)
    : m_array(el), m_size(size_arg)
  {}

  void reset() { m_array= NULL; m_size= 0; }
 
  void reset(Element_type *array_arg, size_t size_arg)
  {
    m_array= array_arg;
    m_size= size_arg;
  }

  /**
    Set a new bound on the array. Does not resize the underlying
    array, so the new size must be smaller than or equal to the
    current size.
   */
  void resize(size_t new_size)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(new_size <= m_size);
    m_size= new_size;
  }

  Element_type &operator[](size_t n)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(n < m_size);
    return m_array[n];
  }

  const Element_type &operator[](size_t n) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(n < m_size);
    return m_array[n];
  }

  size_t element_size() const { return sizeof(Element_type); }
  size_t size() const         { return m_size; }

  bool is_null() const { return m_array == NULL; }

  void pop_front()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_size > 0);
    m_array+= 1;
    m_size-= 1;
  }

  Element_type *array() const { return m_array; }

  Element_type *begin() const { return array(); }
  Element_type *end() const { return array() + m_size; }


  bool operator==(const Bounds_checked_array<Element_type>&rhs) const
  {
    return m_array == rhs.m_array && m_size == rhs.m_size;
  }
  bool operator!=(const Bounds_checked_array<Element_type>&rhs) const
  {
    return m_array != rhs.m_array || m_size != rhs.m_size;
  }

private:
  Element_type *m_array= nullptr;
  size_t        m_size= 0;
};

/*
  A typesafe wrapper around DYNAMIC_ARRAY

  TODO: Change creator to take a THREAD_SPECIFIC option.
*/

template <class Elem> class Dynamic_array
{
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY array;
public:
  Dynamic_array(PSI_memory_key psi_key, size_t prealloc=16, size_t increment=16)
  {
    init(psi_key, prealloc, increment);
  }

  Dynamic_array(MEM_ROOT *root, size_t prealloc=16, size_t increment=16)
  {
    void *init_buffer= alloc_root(root, sizeof(Elem) * prealloc);
    init_dynamic_array2(root->psi_key, &array, sizeof(Elem), init_buffer,
                        prealloc, increment, MYF(0));
  }

  void init(PSI_memory_key psi_key, size_t prealloc=16, size_t increment=16)
  {
    init_dynamic_array2(psi_key, &array, sizeof(Elem), 0, prealloc, increment, MYF(0));
  }

  /**
     @note Though formally this could be declared "const" it would be
     misleading at it returns a non-const pointer to array's data.
  */
  Elem& at(size_t idx)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(idx < array.elements);
    return *(((Elem*)array.buffer) + idx);
  }

  /// Const variant of at(), which cannot change data
  const Elem& at(size_t idx) const
  {
    return *(((Elem*)array.buffer) + idx);
  }

  Elem& operator[](size_t idx)
  {
    return at(idx);
  }

  /// Const variant of operator[]
  const Elem& operator[](size_t idx) const
  {
    return at(idx);
  }

  /// @returns pointer to first element
  Elem *front()
  {
    return (Elem*)array.buffer;
  }

  /// @returns pointer to first element
  const Elem *front() const
  {
    return (const Elem*)array.buffer;
  }

  /// @returns pointer to last element
  Elem *back()
  {
    return ((Elem*)array.buffer) + array.elements - 1;
  }

  /// @returns pointer to last element
  const Elem *back() const
  {
    return ((const Elem*)array.buffer) + array.elements - 1;
  }

  static const size_t NOT_FOUND= (size_t)-1;

  /// @returns index of the first element equal to el, or NOT_FOUND
  size_t find_first(const Elem &el) const
  {
    for (size_t i=0; i < size() ; i++)
    {
      if (el == at(i))
        return i;
    }
    return NOT_FOUND;
  }

  size_t size() const { return array.elements; }

  const Elem *end() const
  {
    return back() + 1;
  }

  /// @returns pointer to n-th element
  Elem *get_pos(size_t idx)
  {
    return ((Elem*)array.buffer) + idx;
  }

  /// @returns pointer to n-th element
  const Elem *get_pos(size_t idx) const
  {
    return ((const Elem*)array.buffer) + idx;
  }

  /**
     @retval false ok
     @retval true  OOM, @c my_error() has been called.
  */
  bool append(const Elem &el)
  {
    return insert_dynamic(&array, &el);
  }

  bool append_val(Elem el)
  {
    return (insert_dynamic(&array, (uchar*)&el));
  }

  bool push(Elem &el)
  {
    return append(el);
  }

  /// Pops the last element. Does nothing if array is empty.
  Elem& pop()
  {
    return *((Elem*)pop_dynamic(&array));
  }

  void del(size_t idx)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(idx <= array.max_element);
    delete_dynamic_element(&array, idx);
  }

  size_t elements() const
  {
    return array.elements;
  }

  void elements(size_t num_elements)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(num_elements <= array.max_element);
    array.elements= num_elements;
  }

  void clear()
  {
    elements(0);
  }

  void set(size_t idx, const Elem &el)
  {
    set_dynamic(&array, &el, idx);
  }

  void freeze()
  {
    freeze_size(&array);
  }

  bool reserve(size_t new_size)
  {
    return allocate_dynamic(&array, new_size);
  }


  bool resize(size_t new_size, Elem default_val)
  {
    size_t old_size= elements();
    if (reserve(new_size))
      return true;
    
    if (new_size > old_size)
    {
      set_dynamic(&array, (uchar*)&default_val, new_size - 1);
      /*for (size_t i= old_size; i != new_size; i++)
      {
        at(i)= default_val;
      }*/
    }
    return false;
  }

  ~Dynamic_array()
  {
    delete_dynamic(&array);
  }

  void free_memory()
  {
    delete_dynamic(&array);
  }

  void sort(int (*cmp_func)(const void *, const void *))
  {
    my_qsort(array.buffer, array.elements, sizeof(Elem), cmp_func);
  }

  void sort(qsort_cmp2 cmp_func, void *data)
  {
    my_qsort2(array.buffer, array.elements, sizeof(Elem), cmp_func, data);
  }
};

typedef Bounds_checked_array<Item*> Ref_ptr_array;

#endif /* SQL_ARRAY_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2023, MariaDB Plc

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifdef _WIN32
C_MODE_START
  int create_socketpair(SOCKET socks[2]);
  void close_socketpair(SOCKET socks[2]);
C_MODE_END
#endif /* _WIN32 */
#ifndef SQL_ITEM_INCLUDED
#define SQL_ITEM_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2017, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2022, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */


#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#include "sql_priv.h"                /* STRING_BUFFER_USUAL_SIZE */
#include "unireg.h"
#include "sql_const.h"                 /* RAND_TABLE_BIT, MAX_FIELD_NAME */
#include "field.h"                              /* Derivation */
#include "sql_type.h"
#include "sql_time.h"
#include "sql_schema.h"
#include "mem_root_array.h"
#include <typeinfo>

#include "cset_narrowing.h"

C_MODE_START
#include <ma_dyncol.h>

/*
  A prototype for a C-compatible structure to store a value of any data type.
  Currently it has to stay in /sql, as it depends on String and my_decimal.
  We'll do the following changes:
  1. add pure C "struct st_string" and "struct st_my_decimal"
  2. change type of m_string to struct st_string and move inside the union
  3. change type of m_decmal to struct st_my_decimal and move inside the union
  4. move the definition to some file in /include
*/
class st_value
{
public:
  st_value() {}
  st_value(char *buffer, size_t buffer_size) :
  m_string(buffer, buffer_size, &my_charset_bin)
  {}
  enum enum_dynamic_column_type m_type;
  union
  {
    longlong m_longlong;
    double m_double;
    MYSQL_TIME m_time;
  } value;
  String m_string;
  my_decimal m_decimal;
};

C_MODE_END


class Value: public st_value
{
public:
  Value(char *buffer, size_t buffer_size) : st_value(buffer, buffer_size)
  {}
  Value()
  {}
  bool is_null() const { return m_type == DYN_COL_NULL; }
  bool is_longlong() const
  {
    return m_type == DYN_COL_UINT || m_type == DYN_COL_INT;
  }
  bool is_double() const { return m_type == DYN_COL_DOUBLE; }
  bool is_temporal() const { return m_type == DYN_COL_DATETIME; }
  bool is_string() const { return m_type == DYN_COL_STRING; }
  bool is_decimal() const { return m_type == DYN_COL_DECIMAL; }
};


template<size_t buffer_size>
class ValueBuffer: public Value
{
  char buffer[buffer_size];
public:
  ValueBuffer(): Value(buffer, buffer_size)
  {}
  void reset_buffer()
  {
    m_string.set_buffer_if_not_allocated(buffer, buffer_size, &my_charset_bin);
  }
};


#ifdef DBUG_OFF
static inline const char *dbug_print_item(Item *item) { return NULL; }
#else
const char *dbug_print_item(Item *item);
#endif

class Virtual_tmp_table;
class sp_head;
class Protocol;
struct TABLE_LIST;
void item_init(void);			/* Init item functions */
class Item_basic_value;
class Item_result_field;
class Item_field;
class Item_ref;
class Item_param;
class user_var_entry;
class JOIN;
struct KEY_FIELD;
struct SARGABLE_PARAM;
class RANGE_OPT_PARAM;
class SEL_TREE;

enum precedence {
  LOWEST_PRECEDENCE,
  ASSIGN_PRECEDENCE,    // :=
  OR_PRECEDENCE,        // OR, || (unless PIPES_AS_CONCAT)
  XOR_PRECEDENCE,       // XOR
  AND_PRECEDENCE,       // AND, &&
  NOT_PRECEDENCE,       // NOT (unless HIGH_NOT_PRECEDENCE)
  CMP_PRECEDENCE,       // =, <=>, >=, >, <=, <, <>, !=, IS
  BETWEEN_PRECEDENCE,   // BETWEEN
  IN_PRECEDENCE,        // IN, LIKE, REGEXP
  BITOR_PRECEDENCE,     // |
  BITAND_PRECEDENCE,    // &
  SHIFT_PRECEDENCE,     // <<, >>
  INTERVAL_PRECEDENCE,  // first argument in +INTERVAL
  ADD_PRECEDENCE,       // +, -
  MUL_PRECEDENCE,       // *, /, DIV, %, MOD
  BITXOR_PRECEDENCE,    // ^
  PIPES_PRECEDENCE,     // || (if PIPES_AS_CONCAT)
  NEG_PRECEDENCE,       // unary -, ~, !, NOT (if HIGH_NOT_PRECEDENCE)
  COLLATE_PRECEDENCE,   // BINARY, COLLATE
  DEFAULT_PRECEDENCE,
  HIGHEST_PRECEDENCE
};

bool mark_unsupported_function(const char *where, void *store, uint result);

/* convenience helper for mark_unsupported_function() above */
bool mark_unsupported_function(const char *w1, const char *w2,
                               void *store, uint result);

/* Bits for the split_sum_func() function */
#define SPLIT_SUM_SKIP_REGISTERED 1     /* Skip registered funcs */
#define SPLIT_SUM_SELECT 2		/* SELECT item; Split all parts */

/*
  Values for item->marker for cond items in the WHERE clause as used
  by the optimizer.

  Note that for Item_fields, the marker contains
  'select->cur_pos_in_select_list
*/
/* Used to check GROUP BY list in the MODE_ONLY_FULL_GROUP_BY mode */
#define MARKER_UNDEF_POS      -1
#define MARKER_UNUSED         0
#define MARKER_CHANGE_COND    1
#define MARKER_PROCESSED      2
#define MARKER_CHECK_ON_READ  3
#define MARKER_NULL_KEY       4
#define MARKER_FOUND_IN_ORDER 6

/* Used as bits in marker by Item::check_pushable_cond() */
#define MARKER_NO_EXTRACTION              (1 << 6)
#define MARKER_FULL_EXTRACTION            (1 << 7)
#define MARKER_DELETION                   (1 << 8)
#define MARKER_IMMUTABLE                  (1 << 9)
#define MARKER_SUBSTITUTION               (1 << 10)

/* Used as bits in marker by window functions */
#define MARKER_SORTORDER_CHANGE           (1 << 11)
#define MARKER_PARTITION_CHANGE           (1 << 12)
#define MARKER_FRAME_CHANGE               (1 << 13)
#define MARKER_EXTRACTION_MASK                                         \
  (MARKER_NO_EXTRACTION | MARKER_FULL_EXTRACTION | MARKER_DELETION |   \
   MARKER_IMMUTABLE)

extern const char *item_empty_name;

void dummy_error_processor(THD *thd, void *data);

void view_error_processor(THD *thd, void *data);

typedef List<TABLE_LIST>* ignored_tables_list_t;
bool ignored_list_includes_table(ignored_tables_list_t list, TABLE_LIST *tbl);

/*
  Instances of Name_resolution_context store the information necessary for
  name resolution of Items and other context analysis of a query made in
  fix_fields().

  This structure is a part of SELECT_LEX, a pointer to this structure is
  assigned when an item is created (which happens mostly during  parsing
  (sql_yacc.yy)), but the structure itself will be initialized after parsing
  is complete

  TODO: move subquery of INSERT ... SELECT and CREATE ... SELECT to
  separate SELECT_LEX which allow to remove tricks of changing this
  structure before and after INSERT/CREATE and its SELECT to make correct
  field name resolution.
*/
struct Name_resolution_context: Sql_alloc
{
  /*
    The name resolution context to search in when an Item cannot be
    resolved in this context (the context of an outer select)
  */
  Name_resolution_context *outer_context= nullptr;

  /*
    List of tables used to resolve the items of this context.  Usually these
    are tables from the FROM clause of SELECT statement.  The exceptions are
    INSERT ... SELECT and CREATE ... SELECT statements, where SELECT
    subquery is not moved to a separate SELECT_LEX.  For these types of
    statements we have to change this member dynamically to ensure correct
    name resolution of different parts of the statement.
  */
  TABLE_LIST *table_list= nullptr;
  /*
    In most cases the two table references below replace 'table_list' above
    for the purpose of name resolution. The first and last name resolution
    table references allow us to search only in a sub-tree of the nested
    join tree in a FROM clause. This is needed for NATURAL JOIN, JOIN ... USING
    and JOIN ... ON. 
  */
  TABLE_LIST *first_name_resolution_table= nullptr;
  /*
    Last table to search in the list of leaf table references that begins
    with first_name_resolution_table.
  */
  TABLE_LIST *last_name_resolution_table= nullptr;

  /* Cache first_name_resolution_table in setup_natural_join_row_types */
  TABLE_LIST *natural_join_first_table= nullptr;
  /*
    SELECT_LEX item belong to, in case of merged VIEW it can differ from
    SELECT_LEX where item was created, so we can't use table_list/field_list
    from there
  */
  st_select_lex *select_lex= nullptr;

  /*
    Processor of errors caused during Item name resolving, now used only to
    hide underlying tables in errors about views (i.e. it substitute some
    errors for views)
  */
  void (*error_processor)(THD *, void *)= &dummy_error_processor;
  void *error_processor_data= nullptr;

  /*
    When TRUE items are resolved in this context both against the
    SELECT list and this->table_list. If FALSE, items are resolved
    only against this->table_list.
  */
  bool resolve_in_select_list= false;

  /*
    Bitmap of tables that should be ignored when doing name resolution.
    Normally it is {0}. Non-zero values are used by table functions.
  */
  ignored_tables_list_t ignored_tables= nullptr;

  /*
    Security context of this name resolution context. It's used for views
    and is non-zero only if the view is defined with SQL SECURITY DEFINER.
  */
  Security_context *security_ctx= nullptr;

  Name_resolution_context() = default;

  /**
    Name resolution context with resolution in only one table
  */
  Name_resolution_context(TABLE_LIST *table) :
    first_name_resolution_table(table), last_name_resolution_table(table)
  {}

  void init()
  {
    resolve_in_select_list= FALSE;
    error_processor= &dummy_error_processor;
    ignored_tables= nullptr;
    first_name_resolution_table= nullptr;
    last_name_resolution_table= nullptr;
  }

  void resolve_in_table_list_only(TABLE_LIST *tables)
  {
    table_list= first_name_resolution_table= tables;
    resolve_in_select_list= FALSE;
  }

  void process_error(THD *thd)
  {
    (*error_processor)(thd, error_processor_data);
  }
  st_select_lex *outer_select()
  {
    return (outer_context ?
            outer_context->select_lex :
            NULL);
  }
};


/*
  Store and restore the current state of a name resolution context.
*/

class Name_resolution_context_state
{
private:
  TABLE_LIST *save_table_list;
  TABLE_LIST *save_first_name_resolution_table;
  TABLE_LIST *save_next_name_resolution_table;
  bool        save_resolve_in_select_list;
  TABLE_LIST *save_next_local;

public:
  Name_resolution_context_state() = default;          /* Remove gcc warning */

public:
  /* Save the state of a name resolution context. */
  void save_state(Name_resolution_context *context, TABLE_LIST *table_list)
  {
    save_table_list=                  context->table_list;
    save_first_name_resolution_table= context->first_name_resolution_table;
    save_resolve_in_select_list=      context->resolve_in_select_list;
    save_next_local=                  table_list->next_local;
    save_next_name_resolution_table=  table_list->next_name_resolution_table;
  }

  /* Restore a name resolution context from saved state. */
  void restore_state(Name_resolution_context *context, TABLE_LIST *table_list)
  {
    table_list->next_local=                save_next_local;
    table_list->next_name_resolution_table= save_next_name_resolution_table;
    context->table_list=                   save_table_list;
    context->first_name_resolution_table=  save_first_name_resolution_table;
    context->resolve_in_select_list=       save_resolve_in_select_list;
  }

  TABLE_LIST *get_first_name_resolution_table()
  {
    return save_first_name_resolution_table;
  }
};

class Name_resolution_context_backup
{
  Name_resolution_context &ctx;
  TABLE_LIST &table_list;
  table_map save_map;
  Name_resolution_context_state ctx_state;

public:
  Name_resolution_context_backup(Name_resolution_context &_ctx, TABLE_LIST &_table_list)
    : ctx(_ctx), table_list(_table_list), save_map(_table_list.map)
  {
    ctx_state.save_state(&ctx, &table_list);
    ctx.table_list= &table_list;
    ctx.first_name_resolution_table= &table_list;
  }
  ~Name_resolution_context_backup()
  {
    ctx_state.restore_state(&ctx, &table_list);
    table_list.map= save_map;
  }
};


/*
  This enum is used to report information about monotonicity of function
  represented by Item* tree.
  Monotonicity is defined only for Item* trees that represent table
  partitioning expressions (i.e. have no subselects/user vars/PS parameters
  etc etc). An Item* tree is assumed to have the same monotonicity properties
  as its corresponding function F:

  [signed] longlong F(field1, field2, ...) {
    put values of field_i into table record buffer;
    return item->val_int(); 
  }

  NOTE
  At the moment function monotonicity is not well defined (and so may be
  incorrect) for Item trees with parameters/return types that are different
  from INT_RESULT, may be NULL, or are unsigned.
  It will be possible to address this issue once the related partitioning bugs
  (BUG#16002, BUG#15447, BUG#13436) are fixed.

  The NOT_NULL enums are used in TO_DAYS, since TO_DAYS('2001-00-00') returns
  NULL which puts those rows into the NULL partition, but
  '2000-12-31' < '2001-00-00' < '2001-01-01'. So special handling is needed
  for this (see Bug#20577).
*/

typedef enum monotonicity_info 
{
   NON_MONOTONIC,              /* none of the below holds */
   MONOTONIC_INCREASING,       /* F() is unary and (x < y) => (F(x) <= F(y)) */
   MONOTONIC_INCREASING_NOT_NULL,  /* But only for valid/real x and y */
   MONOTONIC_STRICT_INCREASING,/* F() is unary and (x < y) => (F(x) <  F(y)) */
   MONOTONIC_STRICT_INCREASING_NOT_NULL  /* But only for valid/real x and y */
} enum_monotonicity_info;

/*************************************************************************/

class sp_rcontext;

/**
  A helper class to collect different behavior of various kinds of SP variables:
  - local SP variables and SP parameters
  - PACKAGE BODY routine variables
  - (there will be more kinds in the future)
*/

class Sp_rcontext_handler
{
public:
  virtual ~Sp_rcontext_handler() = default;
  /**
    A prefix used for SP variable names in queries:
    - EXPLAIN EXTENDED
    - SHOW PROCEDURE CODE
    Local variables and SP parameters have empty prefixes.
    Package body variables are marked with a special prefix.
    This improves readability of the output of these queries,
    especially when a local variable or a parameter has the same
    name with a package body variable.
  */
  virtual const LEX_CSTRING *get_name_prefix() const= 0;
  /**
    At execution time THD->spcont points to the run-time context (sp_rcontext)
    of the currently executed routine.
    Local variables store their data in the sp_rcontext pointed by thd->spcont.
    Package body variables store data in separate sp_rcontext that belongs
    to the package.
    This method provides access to the proper sp_rcontext structure,
    depending on the SP variable kind.
  */
  virtual sp_rcontext *get_rcontext(sp_rcontext *ctx) const= 0;
};


class Sp_rcontext_handler_local: public Sp_rcontext_handler
{
public:
  const LEX_CSTRING *get_name_prefix() const override;
  sp_rcontext *get_rcontext(sp_rcontext *ctx) const override;
};


class Sp_rcontext_handler_package_body: public Sp_rcontext_handler
{
public:
  const LEX_CSTRING *get_name_prefix() const override;
  sp_rcontext *get_rcontext(sp_rcontext *ctx) const override;
};


extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT
  Sp_rcontext_handler_local sp_rcontext_handler_local;


extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT
  Sp_rcontext_handler_package_body sp_rcontext_handler_package_body;



class Item_equal;

struct st_join_table* const NO_PARTICULAR_TAB= (struct st_join_table*)0x1;

typedef struct replace_equal_field_arg 
{
  Item_equal *item_equal;
  struct st_join_table *context_tab;
} REPLACE_EQUAL_FIELD_ARG;

class Settable_routine_parameter
{
public:
  /*
    Set required privileges for accessing the parameter.

    SYNOPSIS
      set_required_privilege()
        rw        if 'rw' is true then we are going to read and set the
                  parameter, so SELECT and UPDATE privileges might be
                  required, otherwise we only reading it and SELECT
                  privilege might be required.
  */
  Settable_routine_parameter() = default;
  virtual ~Settable_routine_parameter() = default;
  virtual void set_required_privilege(bool rw) {};

  /*
    Set parameter value.

    SYNOPSIS
      set_value()
        thd       thread handle
        ctx       context to which parameter belongs (if it is local
                  variable).
        it        item which represents new value

    RETURN
      FALSE if parameter value has been set,
      TRUE if error has occurred.
  */
  virtual bool set_value(THD *thd, sp_rcontext *ctx, Item **it)= 0;

  virtual void set_out_param_info(Send_field *info) {}

  virtual const Send_field *get_out_param_info() const
  { return NULL; }

  virtual Item_param *get_item_param() { return 0; }
};


/*
  A helper class to calculate offset and length of a query fragment
  - outside of SP
  - inside an SP
  - inside a compound block
*/
class Query_fragment
{
  uint m_pos;
  uint m_length;
  void set(size_t pos, size_t length)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(pos < UINT_MAX32);
    DBUG_ASSERT(length < UINT_MAX32);
    m_pos= (uint) pos;
    m_length= (uint) length;
  }
public:
  Query_fragment(THD *thd, sp_head *sphead, const char *start, const char *end);
  uint pos() const { return m_pos; }
  uint length() const { return m_length; }
};


/**
  This is used for items in the query that needs to be rewritten
  before binlogging

  At the moment this applies to Item_param and Item_splocal
*/
class Rewritable_query_parameter
{
  public:
  /*
    Offset inside the query text.
    Value of 0 means that this object doesn't have to be replaced
    (for example SP variables in control statements)
  */
  my_ptrdiff_t pos_in_query;

  /*
    Byte length of parameter name in the statement.  This is not
    Item::name.length because name.length contains byte length of UTF8-encoded
    name, but the query string is in the client charset.
  */
  uint len_in_query;

  bool limit_clause_param;

  Rewritable_query_parameter(uint pos_in_q= 0, uint len_in_q= 0)
    : pos_in_query(pos_in_q), len_in_query(len_in_q),
      limit_clause_param(false)
  { }

  virtual ~Rewritable_query_parameter() = default;

  virtual bool append_for_log(THD *thd, String *str) = 0;
};

class Copy_query_with_rewrite
{
  THD *thd;
  const char *src;
  size_t src_len, from;
  String *dst;

  bool copy_up_to(size_t bytes)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(bytes >= from);
    return dst->append(src + from, uint32(bytes - from));
  }

public:

  Copy_query_with_rewrite(THD *t, const char *s, size_t l, String *d)
    :thd(t), src(s), src_len(l), from(0), dst(d) { }

  bool append(Rewritable_query_parameter *p)
  {
    if (copy_up_to(p->pos_in_query) || p->append_for_log(thd, dst))
      return true;
    from= p->pos_in_query + p->len_in_query;
    return false;
  }

  bool finalize()
  { return copy_up_to(src_len); }
};

struct st_dyncall_create_def
{
  Item  *key, *value;
  CHARSET_INFO *cs;
  uint len, frac;
  DYNAMIC_COLUMN_TYPE type;
};

typedef struct st_dyncall_create_def DYNCALL_CREATE_DEF;


typedef bool (Item::*Item_processor) (void *arg);
/*
  Analyzer function
    SYNOPSIS
      argp   in/out IN:  Analysis parameter
                    OUT: Parameter to be passed to the transformer

    RETURN 
      TRUE   Invoke the transformer
      FALSE  Don't do it

*/
typedef bool (Item::*Item_analyzer) (uchar **argp);
typedef Item* (Item::*Item_transformer) (THD *thd, uchar *arg);
typedef void (*Cond_traverser) (const Item *item, void *arg);
typedef bool (Item::*Pushdown_checker) (uchar *arg);

struct st_cond_statistic;

struct find_selective_predicates_list_processor_data
{
  TABLE *table;
  List<st_cond_statistic> list;
};

class MY_LOCALE;

class Item_equal;
class COND_EQUAL;

class st_select_lex_unit;

class Item_func_not;
class Item_splocal;

/**
  String_copier that sends Item specific warnings.
*/
class String_copier_for_item: public String_copier
{
  THD *m_thd;
public:
  bool copy_with_warn(CHARSET_INFO *dstcs, String *dst,
                      CHARSET_INFO *srccs, const char *src,
                      uint32 src_length, uint32 nchars);
  String_copier_for_item(THD *thd): m_thd(thd) { }
};


/**
  A helper class describing what kind of Item created a temporary field.
  - If m_field is set, then the temporary field was created from Field
    (e.g. when the Item was Item_field, or Item_ref pointing to Item_field)
  - If m_default_field is set, then there is a usable DEFAULT value.
    (e.g. when the Item is Item_field)
  - If m_item_result_field is set, then the temporary field was created
    from certain sub-types of Item_result_field (e.g. Item_func)
  See create_tmp_field() in sql_select.cc for details.
*/

class Tmp_field_src
{
  Field *m_field;
  Field *m_default_field;
  Item_result_field *m_item_result_field;
public:
  Tmp_field_src()
   :m_field(0),
    m_default_field(0),
    m_item_result_field(0)
  { }
  Field *field() const { return m_field; }
  Field *default_field() const { return m_default_field; }
  Item_result_field *item_result_field() const { return m_item_result_field; }
  void set_field(Field *field) { m_field= field; }
  void set_default_field(Field *field) { m_default_field= field; }
  void set_item_result_field(Item_result_field *item)
  { m_item_result_field= item; }
};


/**
  Parameters for create_tmp_field_ex().
  See create_tmp_field() in sql_select.cc for details.
*/

class Tmp_field_param
{
  bool m_group;
  bool m_modify_item;
  bool m_table_cant_handle_bit_fields;
  bool m_make_copy_field;
public:
  Tmp_field_param(bool group,
                  bool modify_item,
                  bool table_cant_handle_bit_fields,
                  bool make_copy_field)
   :m_group(group),
    m_modify_item(modify_item),
    m_table_cant_handle_bit_fields(table_cant_handle_bit_fields),
    m_make_copy_field(make_copy_field)
  { }
  bool group() const { return m_group; }
  bool modify_item() const { return m_modify_item; }
  bool table_cant_handle_bit_fields() const
  { return m_table_cant_handle_bit_fields; }
  bool make_copy_field() const { return m_make_copy_field; }
  void set_modify_item(bool to) { m_modify_item= to; }
};


class Item_const
{
public:
  virtual ~Item_const() = default;
  virtual const Type_all_attributes *get_type_all_attributes_from_const() const= 0;
  virtual bool const_is_null() const { return false; }
  virtual const longlong *const_ptr_longlong() const { return NULL; }
  virtual const double *const_ptr_double() const { return NULL; }
  virtual const my_decimal *const_ptr_my_decimal() const { return NULL; }
  virtual const MYSQL_TIME *const_ptr_mysql_time() const { return NULL; }
  virtual const String *const_ptr_string() const { return NULL; }
};

struct subselect_table_finder_param
{
  THD *thd;
  /*
    We're searching for different TABLE_LIST objects referring to the same
    table as this one
  */
  const TABLE_LIST *find;
  /* NUL - not found, ERROR_TABLE - search error, or the found table reference */
  TABLE_LIST *dup;
};

/****************************************************************************/

#define STOP_PTR ((void *) 1)

/* Base flags (including IN) for an item */

typedef uint8 item_flags_t;

enum class item_base_t : item_flags_t
{
  NONE=                  0,
#define ITEM_FLAGS_MAYBE_NULL_SHIFT 0 // Must match MAYBE_NULL
  MAYBE_NULL=            (1<<0),   // May be NULL.
  IN_ROLLUP=             (1<<1),   // Appears in GROUP BY list
                                   // of a query with ROLLUP.
  FIXED=                 (1<<2),   // Was fixed with fix_fields().
  IS_EXPLICIT_NAME=      (1<<3),   // The name of this Item was set by the user
                                   // (or was auto generated otherwise)
  IS_IN_WITH_CYCLE=      (1<<4),   // This item is in CYCLE clause of WITH.
  IS_COND=               (1<<5),   // The item is used as <search condition>.
                                   // Must be evaluated using val_bool().
                                   // Note, not all items used as a search
                                   // condition set this flag yet.
  AT_TOP_LEVEL=          (1<<6)    // At top (AND) level of item tree
};


/* Flags that tells us what kind of items the item contains */

enum class item_with_t : item_flags_t
{
  NONE=             0,
  SP_VAR=      (1<<0), // If Item contains a stored procedure variable
  WINDOW_FUNC= (1<<1), // If item contains a window func
  FIELD=       (1<<2), // If any item except Item_sum contains a field.
  SUM_FUNC=    (1<<3), // If item contains a sum func
  SUBQUERY=    (1<<4), // If item containts a sub query
  ROWNUM_FUNC= (1<<5), // If ROWNUM function was used
  PARAM=       (1<<6)  // If user parameter was used
};


/* Make operations in item_base_t and item_with_t work like 'int' */
static inline item_base_t operator&(const item_base_t a, const item_base_t b)
{
  return (item_base_t) (((item_flags_t) a) & ((item_flags_t) b));
}

static inline item_base_t & operator&=(item_base_t &a, item_base_t b)
{
  a= (item_base_t) (((item_flags_t) a) & (item_flags_t) b);
  return a;
}

static inline item_base_t operator|(const item_base_t a, const item_base_t b)
{
  return (item_base_t) (((item_flags_t) a) | ((item_flags_t) b));
}

static inline item_base_t & operator|=(item_base_t &a, item_base_t b)
{
  a= (item_base_t) (((item_flags_t) a) | (item_flags_t) b);
  return a;
}

static inline item_base_t operator~(const item_base_t a)
{
  return (item_base_t) ~(item_flags_t) a;
}

static inline item_with_t operator&(const item_with_t a, const item_with_t b)
{
  return (item_with_t) (((item_flags_t) a) & ((item_flags_t) b));
}

static inline item_with_t & operator&=(item_with_t &a, item_with_t b)
{
  a= (item_with_t) (((item_flags_t) a) & (item_flags_t) b);
  return a;
}

static inline item_with_t operator|(const item_with_t a, const item_with_t b)
{
  return (item_with_t) (((item_flags_t) a) | ((item_flags_t) b));
}

static inline item_with_t & operator|=(item_with_t &a, item_with_t b)
{
  a= (item_with_t) (((item_flags_t) a) | (item_flags_t) b);
  return a;
}

static inline item_with_t operator~(const item_with_t a)
{
  return (item_with_t) ~(item_flags_t) a;
}


class Item :public Value_source,
            public Type_all_attributes
{
  static void *operator new(size_t size);

public:
  static void *operator new(size_t size, MEM_ROOT *mem_root) throw ()
  { return alloc_root(mem_root, size); }
  static void operator delete(void *ptr,size_t size) { TRASH_FREE(ptr, size); }
  static void operator delete(void *ptr, MEM_ROOT *mem_root) {}

  enum Type {FIELD_ITEM= 0, FUNC_ITEM, SUM_FUNC_ITEM,
             WINDOW_FUNC_ITEM,
             /*
               NOT NULL literal-alike constants, which do not change their
               value during an SQL statement execution, but can optionally
               change their value between statements:
               - Item_literal               - real NOT NULL constants
               - Item_param                 - can change between statements
               - Item_splocal               - can change between statements
               - Item_user_var_as_out_param - hack
               Note, Item_user_var_as_out_param actually abuses the type code.
               It should be moved out of the Item tree eventually.
             */
             CONST_ITEM,
             NULL_ITEM,     // Item_null or Item_param bound to NULL
             COPY_STR_ITEM, FIELD_AVG_ITEM, DEFAULT_VALUE_ITEM,
             CONTEXTUALLY_TYPED_VALUE_ITEM,
             PROC_ITEM,COND_ITEM, REF_ITEM, FIELD_STD_ITEM,
             FIELD_VARIANCE_ITEM, INSERT_VALUE_ITEM,
             SUBSELECT_ITEM, ROW_ITEM, CACHE_ITEM, TYPE_HOLDER,
             PARAM_ITEM, TRIGGER_FIELD_ITEM,
             EXPR_CACHE_ITEM};

  enum cond_result { COND_UNDEF,COND_OK,COND_TRUE,COND_FALSE };
  enum traverse_order { POSTFIX, PREFIX };

protected:
  SEL_TREE *get_mm_tree_for_const(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param);

  /**
    Create a field based on the exact data type handler.
  */
  Field *create_table_field_from_handler(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table)
  {
    const Type_handler *h= type_handler();
    return h->make_and_init_table_field(root, &name,
                                        Record_addr(maybe_null()),
                                        *this, table);
  }
  /**
    Create a field based on field_type of argument.
    This is used to create a field for
    - IFNULL(x,something)
    - time functions
    - prepared statement placeholders
    - SP variables with data type references: DECLARE a TYPE OF t1.a;
    @retval  NULL  error
    @retval  !NULL on success
  */
  Field *tmp_table_field_from_field_type(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    const Type_handler *h= type_handler()->type_handler_for_tmp_table(this);
    return h->make_and_init_table_field(root, &name,
                                        Record_addr(maybe_null()),
                                        *this, table);
  }
  /**
    Create a temporary field for a simple Item, which does not
    need any special action after the field creation:
    - is not an Item_field descendant (and not a reference to Item_field)
    - is not an Item_result_field descendant
    - does not need to copy any DEFAULT value to the result Field
    - does not need to set Field::is_created_from_null_item for the result
    See create_tmp_field_ex() for details on parameters and return values.
  */
  Field *create_tmp_field_ex_simple(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                    TABLE *table,
                                    Tmp_field_src *src,
                                    const Tmp_field_param *param)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!param->make_copy_field());
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_result_field());
    DBUG_ASSERT(type() != NULL_ITEM);
    return tmp_table_field_from_field_type(root, table);
  }
  Field *create_tmp_field_int(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table,
                              uint convert_int_length);
  Field *tmp_table_field_from_field_type_maybe_null(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                            TABLE *table,
                                            Tmp_field_src *src,
                                            const Tmp_field_param *param,
                                            bool is_explicit_null);

  virtual void raise_error_not_evaluable();
  void push_note_converted_to_negative_complement(THD *thd);
  void push_note_converted_to_positive_complement(THD *thd);

  /* Helper methods, to get an Item value from another Item */
  double val_real_from_item(Item *item)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    double value= item->val_real();
    null_value= item->null_value;
    return value;
  }
  longlong val_int_from_item(Item *item)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    longlong value= item->val_int();
    null_value= item->null_value;
    return value;
  }
  String *val_str_from_item(Item *item, String *str)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    String *res= item->val_str(str);
    if (res)
      res->set_charset(collation.collation);
    if ((null_value= item->null_value))
      res= NULL;
    return res;
  }
  bool val_native_from_item(THD *thd, Item *item, Native *to)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    null_value= item->val_native(thd, to);
    DBUG_ASSERT(null_value == item->null_value);
    return null_value;
  }
  bool val_native_from_field(Field *field, Native *to)
  {
    if ((null_value= field->is_null()))
      return true;
    return (null_value= field->val_native(to));
  }
  bool val_native_with_conversion_from_item(THD *thd, Item *item, Native *to,
                                            const Type_handler *handler)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    return (null_value= item->val_native_with_conversion(thd, to, handler));
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal_from_item(Item *item, my_decimal *decimal_value)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    my_decimal *value= item->val_decimal(decimal_value);
    if ((null_value= item->null_value))
      value= NULL;
    return value;
  }
  bool get_date_from_item(THD *thd, Item *item,
                          MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate)
  {
    bool rc= item->get_date(thd, ltime, fuzzydate);
    null_value= MY_TEST(rc || item->null_value);
    return rc;
  }
public:

  /*
    Cache val_str() into the own buffer, e.g. to evaluate constant
    expressions with subqueries in the ORDER/GROUP clauses.
  */
  String *val_str() { return val_str(&str_value); }
  String *val_str_null_to_empty(String *to)
  {
    String *res= val_str(to);
    if (res)
      return res;
    to->set_charset(collation.collation);
    to->length(0);
    return to;
  }
  String *val_str_null_to_empty(String *to, bool null_to_empty)
  {
    return null_to_empty ? val_str_null_to_empty(to) : val_str(to);
  }
  virtual Item_func *get_item_func() { return NULL; }

  const MY_LOCALE *locale_from_val_str();

  /* All variables for the Item class */

  /**
     Intrusive list pointer for free list. If not null, points to the next
     Item on some Query_arena's free list. For instance, stored procedures
     have their own Query_arena's.

     @see Query_arena::free_list
   */
  Item *next;

  /*
    str_values's main purpose is to be used to cache the value in
    save_in_field. Calling full_name() for Item_field will also use str_value.
  */
  String str_value;

  LEX_CSTRING name;			/* Name of item */
  /* Original item name (if it was renamed)*/
  LEX_CSTRING orig_name;

  /* All common bool variables for an Item is stored here */
  item_base_t base_flags;
  item_with_t with_flags;

   /* Marker is used in some functions to temporary mark an item */
  int16 marker;

  /*
    Tells is the val() value of the item is/was null.
    This should not be part of the bit flags as it's changed a lot and also
    we use pointers to it
  */
  bool null_value;
  /* Cache of the result of is_expensive(). */
  int8 is_expensive_cache;
  /**
    The index in the JOIN::join_tab array of the JOIN_TAB this Item
    is attached to. Items are attached (or 'pushed') to JOIN_TABs
    during optimization by the make_cond_for_table procedure. During
    query execution, this item is evaluated when the join loop reaches
    the corresponding JOIN_TAB.

    If the value of join_tab_idx >= MAX_TABLES, this means that there is no
    corresponding JOIN_TAB.
  */
  uint8 join_tab_idx;

  inline bool maybe_null() const
  { return (bool) (base_flags & item_base_t::MAYBE_NULL); }
  inline bool in_rollup() const
  { return (bool) (base_flags & item_base_t::IN_ROLLUP); }
  inline bool fixed() const
  { return (bool) (base_flags & item_base_t::FIXED); }
  inline bool is_explicit_name() const
  { return (bool) (base_flags & item_base_t::IS_EXPLICIT_NAME); }
  inline bool is_in_with_cycle() const
  { return (bool) (base_flags & item_base_t::IS_IN_WITH_CYCLE); }
  inline bool is_cond() const
  { return (bool) (base_flags & item_base_t::IS_COND); }

  inline bool with_sp_var() const
  { return (bool) (with_flags & item_with_t::SP_VAR); }
  inline bool with_window_func() const
  { return (bool) (with_flags & item_with_t::WINDOW_FUNC); }
  inline bool with_field() const
  { return (bool) (with_flags & item_with_t::FIELD); }
  inline bool with_sum_func() const
  { return (bool) (with_flags & item_with_t::SUM_FUNC); }
  inline bool with_subquery() const
  { return (bool) (with_flags & item_with_t::SUBQUERY); }
  inline bool with_rownum_func() const
  { return (bool) (with_flags & item_with_t::ROWNUM_FUNC); }
  inline bool with_param() const
  { return (bool) (with_flags & item_with_t::PARAM); }
  inline void copy_flags(const Item *org, item_base_t mask)
  {
    base_flags= (item_base_t) (((item_flags_t) base_flags &
                                ~(item_flags_t) mask) |
                               ((item_flags_t) org->base_flags &
                                (item_flags_t) mask));
  }
  inline void copy_flags(const Item *org, item_with_t mask)
  {
    with_flags= (item_with_t) (((item_flags_t) with_flags &
                                ~(item_flags_t) mask) |
                               ((item_flags_t) org->with_flags &
                                (item_flags_t) mask));
  }

  // alloc & destruct is done as start of select on THD::mem_root
  Item(THD *thd);
  /*
     Constructor used by Item_field, Item_ref & aggregate (sum) functions.
     Used for duplicating lists in processing queries with temporary
     tables
     Also it used for Item_cond_and/Item_cond_or for creating
     top AND/OR structure of WHERE clause to protect it of
     optimisation changes in prepared statements
  */
  Item(THD *thd, Item *item);
  Item();                                        /* For const item */
  virtual ~Item()
  {
#ifdef EXTRA_DEBUG
    name.str= 0;
    name.length= 0;
#endif
  }		/*lint -e1509 */
  void set_name(THD *thd, const char *str, size_t length, CHARSET_INFO *cs);
  void set_name(THD *thd, String *str)
  {
    set_name(thd, str->ptr(), str->length(), str->charset());
  }
  void set_name(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING &str,
                CHARSET_INFO *cs= system_charset_info)
  {
    set_name(thd, str.str, str.length, cs);
  }
  void set_name_no_truncate(THD *thd, const char *str, uint length,
                            CHARSET_INFO *cs);
  void init_make_send_field(Send_field *tmp_field, const Type_handler *h);
  void share_name_with(const Item *item)
  {
    name= item->name;
    copy_flags(item, item_base_t::IS_EXPLICIT_NAME);
  }
  virtual void cleanup();
  virtual void make_send_field(THD *thd, Send_field *field);

  bool fix_fields_if_needed(THD *thd, Item **ref)
  {
    return fixed() ? false : fix_fields(thd, ref);
  }

  /*
   fix_fields_if_needed_for_scalar() is used where we need to filter items
   that can't be scalars and want to return error for it.
  */
  bool fix_fields_if_needed_for_scalar(THD *thd, Item **ref)
  {
    return fix_fields_if_needed(thd, ref) || check_cols(1);
  }
  bool fix_fields_if_needed_for_bool(THD *thd, Item **ref)
  {
    return fix_fields_if_needed_for_scalar(thd, ref);
  }
  bool fix_fields_if_needed_for_order_by(THD *thd, Item **ref)
  {
    return fix_fields_if_needed_for_scalar(thd, ref);
  }
  /*
    By default we assume that an Item is fixed by the constructor
  */
  virtual bool fix_fields(THD *, Item **)
  {
    /*
      This should not normally be called, because usually before
      fix_fields() we check fixed() to be false.
      But historically we allow fix_fields() to be called for Items
      who return basic_const_item()==true.
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    DBUG_ASSERT(basic_const_item());
    return false;
  }
  virtual void unfix_fields()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
  }

  /*
    Fix after some tables has been pulled out. Basically re-calculate all
    attributes that are dependent on the tables.
  */
  virtual void fix_after_pullout(st_select_lex *new_parent, Item **ref,
                                 bool merge)
    {};

  /*
    This is for items that require a fixup after the JOIN::prepare()
    is done.
  */
  virtual void fix_after_optimize(THD *thd)
  {}
  /*
    This method should be used in case where we are sure that we do not need
    complete fix_fields() procedure.
    Usually this method is used by the optimizer when it has to create a new
    item out of other already fixed items. For example, if the optimizer has
    to create a new Item_func for an inferred equality whose left and right
    parts are already fixed items. In some cases the optimizer cannot use
    directly fixed items as the arguments of the created functional item, 
    but rather uses intermediate type conversion items. Then the method is
    supposed to be applied recursively.  
  */
  virtual void quick_fix_field()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
  }

  bool save_in_value(THD *thd, st_value *value)
  {
    return type_handler()->Item_save_in_value(thd, this, value);
  }

  /* Function returns 1 on overflow and -1 on fatal errors */
  int save_in_field_no_warnings(Field *field, bool no_conversions);
  virtual int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions);
  virtual bool save_in_param(THD *thd, Item_param *param);
  virtual void save_org_in_field(Field *field,
                                 fast_field_copier data
                                 __attribute__ ((__unused__)))
  { (void) save_in_field(field, 1); }
  virtual fast_field_copier setup_fast_field_copier(Field *field)
  { return NULL; }
  virtual int save_safe_in_field(Field *field)
  { return save_in_field(field, 1); }
  virtual bool send(Protocol *protocol, st_value *buffer)
  {
    return type_handler()->Item_send(this, protocol, buffer);
  }
  struct Eq_config
  {
    bool binary_cmp;        /**< Make binary comparison */
    bool omit_table_names;  /**< Skip table and db names comparison */
    Eq_config(bool binary_cmp, bool omit_table_names= false)
      : binary_cmp(binary_cmp), omit_table_names(omit_table_names) {}
  };
  virtual bool eq(const Item *, const Eq_config &config) const;
  enum_field_types field_type() const
  {
    return type_handler()->field_type();
  }
  virtual const Type_handler *type_handler() const= 0;
  /**
    Detects if an Item has a fixed data type which is known
    even before fix_fields().
    Currently it's important only to find Items with a fixed boolean
    data type. More item types can be marked in the future as having
    a fixed data type (e.g. all literals, all fixed type functions, etc).

    @retval  NULL if the Item type is not known before fix_fields()
    @retval  the pointer to the data type handler, if the data type
             is known before fix_fields().
  */
  virtual const Type_handler *fixed_type_handler() const
  {
    return NULL;
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler_for_comparison() const
  {
    return type_handler()->type_handler_for_comparison();
  }
  virtual const Type_handler *real_type_handler() const
  {
    return type_handler();
  }
  const Type_handler *cast_to_int_type_handler() const
  {
    return real_type_handler()->cast_to_int_type_handler();
  }
  /* result_type() of an item specifies how the value should be returned */
  Item_result result_type() const
  {
    return type_handler()->result_type();
  }
  /* ... while cmp_type() specifies how it should be compared */
  Item_result cmp_type() const
  {
    return type_handler()->cmp_type();
  }
  const Type_handler *string_type_handler() const
  {
    return Type_handler::string_type_handler(max_length);
  }
  /*
    Calculate the maximum length of an expression.
    This method is used in data type aggregation for UNION, e.g.:
      SELECT 'b' UNION SELECT COALESCE(double_10_3_field) FROM t1;

    The result is usually equal to max_length, except for some numeric types.
    In case of the INT, FLOAT, DOUBLE data types Item::max_length and
    Item::decimals are ignored, so the returned value depends only on the
    data type itself. E.g. for an expression of the DOUBLE(10,3) data type,
    the result is always 53 (length 10 and precision 3 do not matter).

    max_length is ignored for these numeric data types because the length limit
    means only "expected maximum length", it is not a hard limit, so it does
    not impose any data truncation. E.g. a column of the type INT(4) can
    normally store big values up to 2147483647 without truncation. When we're
    aggregating such column for UNION it's important to create a long enough
    result column, not to lose any data.

    For detailed behaviour of various data types see implementations of
    the corresponding Type_handler_xxx::max_display_length().

    Note, Item_field::max_display_length() overrides this to get
    max_display_length() from the underlying field.
  */
  virtual uint32 max_display_length() const
  {
    return type_handler()->max_display_length(this);
  }
  const TYPELIB *get_typelib() const override { return NULL; }
  /* optimized setting of maybe_null without jumps. Minimizes code size */
  inline void set_maybe_null(bool maybe_null_arg)
  {
    base_flags= ((item_base_t) ((base_flags & ~item_base_t::MAYBE_NULL)) |
                 (item_base_t) (maybe_null_arg <<
                                ITEM_FLAGS_MAYBE_NULL_SHIFT));
  }
  /* This is used a lot, so make it simpler to use */
  void set_maybe_null()
  {
    base_flags|= item_base_t::MAYBE_NULL;
  }
  /* This is used when calling Type_all_attributes::set_type_maybe_null() */
  void set_type_maybe_null(bool maybe_null_arg) override
  {
    set_maybe_null(maybe_null_arg);
  }
  /*
    Mark the item that it is a top level item, or part of a top level AND item,
    for WHERE and ON clauses:
    Example:   ... WHERE a=5 AND b=6;   Both a=5 and b=6 are top level items

    This is used to indicate that there is no distinction between if the
    value of the item is FALSE or NULL..
    This enables Item_cond_and and subquery related items to do special
    "top level" optimizations.
  */
  virtual void top_level_item()
  {
    base_flags|= item_base_t::AT_TOP_LEVEL;
  }
  /*
    Return TRUE if this item of top WHERE level (AND/OR)
  */
  bool is_top_level_item() const
  { return (bool) (base_flags & item_base_t::AT_TOP_LEVEL); }

  void set_typelib(const TYPELIB *typelib) override
  {
    // Non-field Items (e.g. hybrid functions) never have ENUM/SET types yet.
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
  }
  Item_cache* get_cache(THD *thd) const
  {
    return type_handler()->Item_get_cache(thd, this);
  }
  virtual enum Type type() const =0;
  bool is_of_type(Type t, Item_result cmp) const
  {
    return type() == t && cmp_type() == cmp;
  }
  /*
    real_type() is the type of base item.  This is same as type() for
    most items, except Item_ref() and Item_cache_wrapper() where it
    shows the type for the underlying item.
  */
  virtual enum Type real_type() const { return type(); }
  
  /*
    Return information about function monotonicity. See comment for
    enum_monotonicity_info for details. This function can only be called
    after fix_fields() call.
  */
  virtual enum_monotonicity_info get_monotonicity_info() const
  { return NON_MONOTONIC; }

  /*
    Convert "func_arg $CMP$ const" half-interval into
            "FUNC(func_arg) $CMP2$ const2"

    SYNOPSIS
      val_int_endpoint()
        left_endp  FALSE  <=> The interval is "x < const" or "x <= const"
                   TRUE   <=> The interval is "x > const" or "x >= const"

        incl_endp  IN   FALSE <=> the comparison is '<' or '>'
                        TRUE  <=> the comparison is '<=' or '>='
                   OUT  The same but for the "F(x) $CMP$ F(const)" comparison

    DESCRIPTION
      This function is defined only for unary monotonic functions. The caller
      supplies the source half-interval

         x $CMP$ const

      The value of const is supplied implicitly as the value this item's
      argument, the form of $CMP$ comparison is specified through the
      function's arguments. The calle returns the result interval
         
         F(x) $CMP2$ F(const)
      
      passing back F(const) as the return value, and the form of $CMP2$ 
      through the out parameter. NULL values are assumed to be comparable and
      be less than any non-NULL values.

    RETURN
      The output range bound, which equal to the value of val_int()
        - If the value of the function is NULL then the bound is the 
          smallest possible value of LONGLONG_MIN 
  */
  virtual longlong val_int_endpoint(bool left_endp, bool *incl_endp)
  { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return 0; }


  /* valXXX methods must return NULL or 0 or 0.0 if null_value is set. */
  /*
    Return double precision floating point representation of item.

    SYNOPSIS
      val_real()

    RETURN
      In case of NULL value return 0.0 and set null_value flag to TRUE.
      If value is not null null_value flag will be reset to FALSE.
  */
  virtual double val_real()=0;
  Double_null to_double_null()
  {
    // val_real() must be caleed on a separate line. See to_longlong_null()
    double nr= val_real();
    return Double_null(nr, null_value);
  }
  /*
    Return integer representation of item.

    SYNOPSIS
      val_int()

    RETURN
      In case of NULL value return 0 and set null_value flag to TRUE.
      If value is not null null_value flag will be reset to FALSE.
  */
  virtual longlong val_int()=0;
  Longlong_hybrid to_longlong_hybrid()
  {
    return Longlong_hybrid(val_int(), unsigned_flag);
  }
  Longlong_null to_longlong_null()
  {
    longlong nr= val_int();
    /*
      C++ does not guarantee the order of parameter evaluation,
      so to make sure "null_value" is passed to the constructor
      after the val_int() call, val_int() is caled on a separate line.
    */
    return Longlong_null(nr, null_value);
  }
  Longlong_hybrid_null to_longlong_hybrid_null()
  {
    return Longlong_hybrid_null(to_longlong_null(), unsigned_flag);
  }
  /**
    Get a value for CAST(x AS SIGNED).
    Too large positive unsigned integer values are converted
    to negative complements.
    Values of non-integer data types are adjusted to the SIGNED range.
  */
  virtual longlong val_int_signed_typecast()
  {
    return cast_to_int_type_handler()->Item_val_int_signed_typecast(this);
  }
  longlong val_int_signed_typecast_from_str();
  /**
    Get a value for CAST(x AS UNSIGNED).
    Negative signed integer values are converted
    to positive complements.
    Values of non-integer data types are adjusted to the UNSIGNED range.
  */
  virtual longlong val_int_unsigned_typecast()
  {
    return cast_to_int_type_handler()->Item_val_int_unsigned_typecast(this);
  }
  longlong val_int_unsigned_typecast_from_int();
  longlong val_int_unsigned_typecast_from_str();
  longlong val_int_unsigned_typecast_from_real();

  /**
    Get a value for CAST(x AS UNSIGNED).
    Huge positive unsigned values are converted to negative complements.
  */
  longlong val_int_signed_typecast_from_int();
  longlong val_int_signed_typecast_from_real();

  /*
    This is just a shortcut to avoid the cast. You should still use
    unsigned_flag to check the sign of the item.
  */
  inline ulonglong val_uint() { return (ulonglong) val_int(); }

  virtual bool hash_not_null(Hasher *hasher)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return true;
  }

  /*
    Return string representation of this item object.

    SYNOPSIS
      val_str()
      str   an allocated buffer this or any nested Item object can use to
            store return value of this method.

    NOTE
      The caller can modify the returned String, if it's not marked
      "const" (with the String::mark_as_const() method). That means that
      if the item returns its own internal buffer (e.g. tmp_value), it
      *must* be marked "const" [1]. So normally it's preferable to
      return the result value in the String, that was passed as an
      argument. But, for example, SUBSTR() returns a String that simply
      points into the buffer of SUBSTR()'s args[0]->val_str(). Such a
      String is always "const", so it's ok to use tmp_value for that and
      avoid reallocating/copying of the argument String.

      [1] consider SELECT CONCAT(f, ":", f) FROM (SELECT func() AS f);
      here the return value of f() is used twice in the top-level
      select, and if they share the same tmp_value buffer, modifying the
      first one will implicitly modify the second too.

    RETURN
      In case of NULL value return 0 (NULL pointer) and set null_value flag
      to TRUE.
      If value is not null null_value flag will be reset to FALSE.
  */
  virtual String *val_str(String *str)=0;


  bool val_native_with_conversion(THD *thd, Native *to, const Type_handler *th)
  {
    return th->Item_val_native_with_conversion(thd, this, to);
  }
  bool val_native_with_conversion_result(THD *thd, Native *to,
                                         const Type_handler *th)
  {
    return th->Item_val_native_with_conversion_result(thd, this, to);
  }

  virtual bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to)
  {
   /*
     The default implementation for the Items that do not need native format:
     - Item_basic_value (default implementation)
     - Item_copy
     - Item_exists_subselect
     - Item_sum_field
     - Item_sum_or_func (default implementation)
     - Item_proc
     - Item_type_holder (as val_xxx() are never called for it);

     These hybrid Item types override val_native():
     - Item_field
     - Item_param
     - Item_sp_variable
     - Item_ref
     - Item_cache_wrapper
     - Item_direct_ref
     - Item_direct_view_ref
     - Item_ref_null_helper
     - Item_name_const
     - Item_time_literal
     - Item_sum_or_func
         Note, these hybrid type Item_sum_or_func descendants
         override the default implementation:
         * Item_sum_hybrid
         * Item_func_hybrid_field_type
         * Item_func_min_max
         * Item_func_sp
         * Item_func_last_value
         * Item_func_rollup_const
   */
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return (null_value= 1);
  }
  virtual bool val_native_result(THD *thd, Native *to)
  {
    return val_native(thd, to);
  }

  /*
    Returns string representation of this item in ASCII format.

    SYNOPSIS
      val_str_ascii()
      str - similar to val_str();

    NOTE
      This method is introduced for performance optimization purposes.

      1. val_str() result of some Items in string context
      depends on @@character_set_results.
      @@character_set_results can be set to a "real multibyte" character
      set like UCS2, UTF16, UTF32. (We'll use only UTF32 in the examples
      below for convenience.)

      So the default string result of such functions
      in these circumstances is real multi-byte character set, like UTF32.

      For example, all numbers in string context
      return result in @@character_set_results:

      SELECT CONCAT(20010101); -> UTF32

      We do sprintf() first (to get ASCII representation)
      and then convert to UTF32;
      
      So these kind "data sources" can use ASCII representation
      internally, but return multi-byte data only because
      @@character_set_results wants so.
      Therefore, conversion from ASCII to UTF32 is applied internally.


      2. Some other functions need in fact ASCII input.

      For example,
        inet_aton(), GeometryFromText(), Convert_TZ(), GET_FORMAT().

      Similar, fields of certain type, like DATE, TIME,
      when you insert string data into them, expect in fact ASCII input.
      If they get non-ASCII input, for example UTF32, they
      convert input from UTF32 to ASCII, and then use ASCII
      representation to do further processing.


      3. Now imagine we pass result of a data source of the first type
         to a data destination of the second type.

      What happens:
        a. data source converts data from ASCII to UTF32, because
           @@character_set_results wants so and passes the result to
           data destination.
        b. data destination gets UTF32 string.
        c. data destination converts UTF32 string to ASCII,
           because it needs ASCII representation to be able to handle data
           correctly.

      As a result we get two steps of unnecessary conversion:
      From ASCII to UTF32, then from UTF32 to ASCII.

      A better way to handle these situations is to pass ASCII
      representation directly from the source to the destination.

      This is why val_str_ascii() introduced.

    RETURN
      Similar to val_str()
  */
  virtual String *val_str_ascii(String *str);

  /*
    Returns the result of val_str_ascii(), translating NULLs back
    to empty strings (if MODE_EMPTY_STRING_IS_NULL is set).
  */
  String *val_str_ascii_revert_empty_string_is_null(THD *thd, String *str);

  /*
    Returns the val_str() value converted to the given character set.
  */
  String *val_str(String *str, String *converter, CHARSET_INFO *to);

  virtual String *val_json(String *str) { return val_str(str); }
  /*
    Return decimal representation of item with fixed point.

    SYNOPSIS
      val_decimal()
      decimal_buffer  buffer which can be used by Item for returning value
                      (but can be not)

    NOTE
      Returned value should not be changed if it is not the same which was
      passed via argument.

    RETURN
      Return pointer on my_decimal (it can be other then passed via argument)
        if value is not NULL (null_value flag will be reset to FALSE).
      In case of NULL value it return 0 pointer and set null_value flag
        to TRUE.
  */
  virtual my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *decimal_buffer)= 0;
  /*
    Return boolean value of item.

    RETURN
      FALSE value is false or NULL
      TRUE value is true (not equal to 0)
  */
  virtual bool val_bool()
  {
    return type_handler()->Item_val_bool(this);
  }

  bool eval_const_cond()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(const_item());
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_expensive());
    return val_bool();
  }
  bool can_eval_in_optimize()
  {
    return const_item() && !is_expensive();
  }

  /*
    save_val() is method of val_* family which stores value in the given
    field.
  */
  virtual void save_val(Field *to) { save_org_in_field(to, NULL); }
  /*
    save_result() is method of val*result() family which stores value in
    the given field.
  */
  virtual void save_result(Field *to) { save_val(to); }
  /* Helper functions, see item_sum.cc */
  String *val_string_from_real(String *str);
  String *val_string_from_int(String *str);
  my_decimal *val_decimal_from_real(my_decimal *decimal_value);
  my_decimal *val_decimal_from_int(my_decimal *decimal_value);
  my_decimal *val_decimal_from_string(my_decimal *decimal_value);
  longlong val_int_from_real()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    return Converter_double_to_longlong_with_warn(val_real(), false).result();
  }
  longlong val_int_from_str(int *error);

  /*
    Returns true if this item can be calculated during
    value_depends_on_sql_mode()
  */
  bool value_depends_on_sql_mode_const_item()
  {
    /*
      Currently we use value_depends_on_sql_mode() only for virtual
      column expressions. They should not contain any expensive items.
      If we ever get a crash on the assert below, it means
      check_vcol_func_processor() is badly implemented for this item.
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_expensive());
    /*
      It should return const_item() actually.
      But for some reasons Item_field::const_item() returns true
      at value_depends_on_sql_mode() call time.
      This should be checked and fixed.
    */
    return basic_const_item();
  }
  virtual Sql_mode_dependency value_depends_on_sql_mode() const
  {
    return Sql_mode_dependency();
  }

  int save_time_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions);
  int save_date_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions);
  int save_str_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions);
  int save_real_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions);
  int save_int_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions);
  int save_bool_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions);
  int save_decimal_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions);

  int save_str_value_in_field(Field *field, String *result);

  virtual Field *get_tmp_table_field() { return 0; }
  virtual Field *create_field_for_create_select(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table);
  inline const char *full_name() const { return full_name_cstring().str; }
  virtual LEX_CSTRING full_name_cstring() const
  {
    if (name.str)
      return name;
    return { STRING_WITH_LEN("???") };
  }
  const char *field_name_or_null()
  { return real_item()->type() == Item::FIELD_ITEM ? name.str : NULL; }
  const TABLE_SHARE *field_table_or_null();

  /*
    *result* family of methods is analog of *val* family (see above) but
    return value of result_field of item if it is present. If Item have not
    result field, it return val(). This methods set null_value flag in same
    way as *val* methods do it.
  */
  virtual double  val_result() { return val_real(); }
  virtual longlong val_int_result() { return val_int(); }
  virtual String *str_result(String* tmp) { return val_str(tmp); }
  virtual my_decimal *val_decimal_result(my_decimal *val)
  { return val_decimal(val); }
  virtual bool val_bool_result() { return val_bool(); }
  virtual bool is_null_result() { return is_null(); }
  /*
    Returns 1 if result type and collation for val_str() can change between
    calls
  */
  virtual bool dynamic_result() { return 0; }
  /* 
    Bitmap of tables used by item
    (note: if you need to check dependencies on individual columns, check out
     class Field_enumerator)
  */
  virtual table_map used_tables() const { return (table_map) 0L; }
  virtual table_map all_used_tables() const { return used_tables(); }
  /*
    Return table map of tables that can't be NULL tables (tables that are
    used in a context where if they would contain a NULL row generated
    by a LEFT or RIGHT join, the item would not be true).
    This expression is used on WHERE item to determinate if a LEFT JOIN can be
    converted to a normal join.
    Generally this function should return used_tables() if the function
    would return null if any of the arguments are null
    As this is only used in the beginning of optimization, the value don't
    have to be updated in update_used_tables()
  */
  virtual table_map not_null_tables() const { return used_tables(); }
  /*
    Returns true if this is a simple constant item like an integer, not
    a constant expression. Used in the optimizer to propagate basic constants.
  */
  virtual bool basic_const_item() const { return 0; }
  /**
    Determines if the expression is allowed as
    a virtual column assignment source:
      INSERT INTO t1 (vcol) VALUES (10)    -> error
      INSERT INTO t1 (vcol) VALUES (NULL)  -> ok
  */
  virtual bool vcol_assignment_allowed_value() const { return false; }
  /**
    Test if "this" is an ORDER position (rather than an expression).
    Notes:
    - can be called before fix_fields().
    - local SP variables (even of integer types) are always expressions, not
      positions. (And they can't be used before fix_fields is called for them).
  */
  virtual bool is_order_clause_position() const { return false; }
  /*
    Determines if the Item is an evaluable expression, that is
    it can return a value, so we can call methods val_xxx(), get_date(), etc.
    Most items are evaluable expressions.
    Examples of non-evaluable expressions:
    - Item_contextually_typed_value_specification (handling DEFAULT and IGNORE)
    - Item_type_param bound to DEFAULT and IGNORE
    We cannot call the mentioned methods for these Items,
    their method implementations typically have DBUG_ASSERT(0).
  */
  virtual bool is_evaluable_expression() const { return true; }

  virtual bool check_assignability_to(const Field *to, bool ignore) const
  {
    /*
      "this" must be neither DEFAULT/IGNORE,
      nor Item_param bound to DEFAULT/IGNORE.
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_evaluable_expression());
    return to->check_assignability_from(type_handler(), ignore);
  }

  /**
   * Check whether the item is a parameter  ('?') of stored routine.
   * Default implementation returns false. Method is overridden in the class
   * Item_param where it returns true.
   */
  virtual bool is_stored_routine_parameter() const { return false; }

  bool check_is_evaluable_expression_or_error()
  {
    if (is_evaluable_expression())
      return false; // Ok
    raise_error_not_evaluable();
    return true;    // Error
  }

  /*
    Create a shallow copy of the item (usually invoking copy constructor).
    For deep copying see deep_copy_with_checks().

    Return value:
    - pointer to a copy of the Item
    - nullptr if the item is not copyable
  */
  Item *shallow_copy_with_checks(THD *thd) const
  {
    Item *copy= shallow_copy(thd);
    if (copy)
    {
      // Make sure the copy is of same type as this item
      DBUG_ASSERT(typeid(*copy) == typeid(*this));
    }
    return copy;
  }

  /*
    Creates a clone of the item by deep copying.

    Return value:
    - pointer to a clone of the Item
    - nullptr if the item is not clonable
  */
  Item* deep_copy_with_checks(THD *thd) const
  {
    Item *clone= deep_copy(thd);
    if (clone)
    {
      // Make sure the clone is of same type as this item
      DBUG_ASSERT(typeid(*clone) == typeid(*this));
    }
    return clone;
  }

  /*
    Clones the constant item (not necessary returning the same item type)

    Return value:
    - pointer to a clone of the Item
    - nullptr if the item is not clonable

    Note: the clone may have item type different from this
    (i.e., instance of another basic constant class may be returned).
    For real clones look at deep_copy_with_checks()/shallow_copy_with_checks()
    methods
  */
  virtual Item *clone_constant(THD *thd) const { return nullptr; }

  /*
    @detail
    The meaning of this function seems to be:
      Check what the item would return if it was provided with two identical
      non-NULL arguments.
    It is not clear why it is defined for generic class Item or what its other
    uses are.

    @return
       COND_TRUE   Would return true
       COND_FALSE  Would return false
       COND_OK     May return either, depending on the argument type.
  */
  virtual cond_result eq_cmp_result() const { return COND_OK; }
  inline uint float_length(uint decimals_par) const
  { return decimals < FLOATING_POINT_DECIMALS ? (DBL_DIG+2+decimals_par) : DBL_DIG+8;}
  /* Returns total number of decimal digits */
  decimal_digits_t decimal_precision() const override
  {
    return type_handler()->Item_decimal_precision(this);
  }
  /* Returns the number of integer part digits only */
  inline decimal_digits_t decimal_int_part() const
  { return (decimal_digits_t) my_decimal_int_part(decimal_precision(), decimals); }
  /*
    Returns the number of fractional digits only.
    NOT_FIXED_DEC is replaced to the maximum possible number
    of fractional digits, taking into account the data type.
  */
  decimal_digits_t decimal_scale() const
  {
    return type_handler()->Item_decimal_scale(this);
  }
  /*
    Returns how many digits a divisor adds into a division result.
    This is important when the integer part of the divisor can be 0.
    In this  example:
      SELECT 1 / 0.000001; -> 1000000.0000
    the divisor adds 5 digits into the result precision.

    Currently this method only replaces NOT_FIXED_DEC to
    TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS for temporal data types.
    This method can be made virtual, to create more efficient (smaller)
    data types for division results.
    For example, in
      SELECT 1/1.000001;
    the divisor could provide no additional precision into the result,
    so could any other items that are know to return a result
    with non-zero integer part.
  */
  uint divisor_precision_increment() const
  {
    return type_handler()->Item_divisor_precision_increment(this);
  }
  /**
    TIME or DATETIME precision of the item: 0..6
  */
  decimal_digits_t time_precision(THD *thd)
  {
    return const_item() ? type_handler()->Item_time_precision(thd, this) :
                          MY_MIN(decimals, TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS);
  }
  decimal_digits_t datetime_precision(THD *thd)
  {
    return const_item() ? type_handler()->Item_datetime_precision(thd, this) :
                          MY_MIN(decimals, TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS);
  }
  virtual longlong val_int_min() const
  {
    return LONGLONG_MIN;
  }
  /* 
    Returns true if this is constant (during query execution, i.e. its value
    will not change until next fix_fields) and its value is known.
  */
  virtual bool const_item() const { return used_tables() == 0; }
  /* 
    Returns true if this is constant but its value may be not known yet.
    (Can be used for parameters of prep. stmts or of stored procedures.)
  */
  virtual bool const_during_execution() const 
  { return (used_tables() & ~PARAM_TABLE_BIT) == 0; }

  /**
    This method is used for to:
      - to generate a view definition query (SELECT-statement);
      - to generate a SQL-query for EXPLAIN EXTENDED;
      - to generate a SQL-query to be shown in INFORMATION_SCHEMA;
      - debug.

    For more information about view definition query, INFORMATION_SCHEMA
    query and why they should be generated from the Item-tree, @see
    mysql_register_view().
  */
  virtual enum precedence precedence() const { return DEFAULT_PRECEDENCE; }
  enum precedence higher_precedence() const
  { return (enum precedence)(precedence() + 1); }
  void print_parenthesised(String *str, enum_query_type query_type,
                           enum precedence parent_prec);
  /**
    This helper is used to print expressions as a part of a table definition,
    in particular for
      - generated columns
      - check constraints
      - default value expressions
      - partitioning expressions
  */
  void print_for_table_def(String *str)
  {
    print_parenthesised(str,
                     (enum_query_type)(QT_ITEM_ORIGINAL_FUNC_NULLIF |
                                       QT_ITEM_IDENT_SKIP_DB_NAMES |
                                       QT_ITEM_IDENT_SKIP_TABLE_NAMES |
                                       QT_NO_DATA_EXPANSION |
                                       QT_TO_SYSTEM_CHARSET |
                                       QT_FOR_FRM),
                     LOWEST_PRECEDENCE);
  }
  virtual void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type);
  class Print: public String
  {
  public:
    Print(Item *item, enum_query_type type)
    {
      item->print(this, type);
    }
  };

  void print_item_w_name(String *str, enum_query_type query_type);
  void print_value(String *str);

  virtual void update_used_tables() {}
  virtual COND *build_equal_items(THD *thd, COND_EQUAL *inheited,
                                  bool link_item_fields,
                                  COND_EQUAL **cond_equal_ref)
  {
    update_used_tables();
    DBUG_ASSERT(!cond_equal_ref || !cond_equal_ref[0]);
    return this;
  }
  virtual COND *remove_eq_conds(THD *thd, Item::cond_result *cond_value,
                                bool top_level);
  virtual void add_key_fields(JOIN *join, KEY_FIELD **key_fields,
                              uint *and_level,
                              table_map usable_tables,
                              SARGABLE_PARAM **sargables)
  {
    return;
  }
   /*
     Make a select tree for all keys in a condition or a condition part
     @param param         Context
     @param cond_ptr[OUT] Store a replacement item here if the condition
                          can be simplified, e.g.:
                            WHERE part1 OR part2 OR part3
                          with one of the partN evaluating to SEL_TREE::ALWAYS.
   */
   virtual SEL_TREE *get_mm_tree(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, Item **cond_ptr);
  /*
    Checks whether the item is:
    - a simple equality (field=field_item or field=constant_item), or
    - a row equality
    and form multiple equality predicates.
  */
  virtual bool check_equality(THD *thd, COND_EQUAL *cond, List<Item> *eq_list)
  {
    return false;
  }
  virtual void split_sum_func(THD *thd, Ref_ptr_array ref_pointer_array,
                              List<Item> &fields, uint flags) {}
  /* Called for items that really have to be split */
  void split_sum_func2(THD *thd, Ref_ptr_array ref_pointer_array,
                       List<Item> &fields,
                       Item **ref, uint flags);
  virtual bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate)= 0;
  bool get_date_from_int(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate);
  bool get_date_from_real(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate);
  bool get_date_from_string(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate);
  bool get_time(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime)
  { return get_date(thd, ltime, Time::Options(thd)); }
  // Get a DATE or DATETIME value in numeric packed format for comparison
  virtual longlong val_datetime_packed(THD *thd)
  {
    return Datetime(thd, this, Datetime::Options_cmp(thd)).to_packed();
  }
  // Get a TIME value in numeric packed format for comparison
  virtual longlong val_time_packed(THD *thd)
  {
    return Time(thd, this, Time::Options_cmp(thd)).to_packed();
  }
  longlong val_datetime_packed_result(THD *thd);
  longlong val_time_packed_result(THD *thd);

  virtual bool get_date_result(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate)
  { return get_date(thd, ltime,fuzzydate); }

  /*
    The method allows to determine nullness of a complex expression 
    without fully evaluating it, instead of calling val/result*() then 
    checking null_value. Used in Item_func_isnull/Item_func_isnotnull
    and Item_sum_count.
    Any new item which can be NULL must implement this method.
  */
  virtual bool is_null() { return 0; }

  /*
   Make sure the null_value member has a correct value.
  */
  virtual void update_null_value ()
  {
    return type_handler()->Item_update_null_value(this);
  }
  /*
    return IN/ALL/ANY subquery or NULL
  */
  virtual Item_in_subselect* get_IN_subquery()
  { return NULL; /* in is not IN/ALL/ANY */ }
  /*
    set field of temporary table for Item which can be switched on temporary
    table during query processing (grouping and so on)
  */
  virtual bool is_result_field() { return 0; }
  virtual bool is_bool_literal() const { return false; }
  /* This is to handle printing of default values */
  virtual bool need_parentheses_in_default() { return false; }
  virtual void save_in_result_field(bool no_conversions) {}
  /*
    Data type format implied by the CHECK CONSTRAINT,
    to be sent to the client in the result set metadata.
  */
  virtual bool set_format_by_check_constraint(Send_field_extended_metadata *)
                                                                        const
  {
    return false;
  }
  /*
    set value of aggregate function in case of no rows for grouping were found
  */
  virtual void no_rows_in_result() {}
  virtual void restore_to_before_no_rows_in_result() {}
  virtual Item *copy_or_same(THD *thd) { return this; }
  virtual Item *copy_andor_structure(THD *thd) { return this; }
  virtual Item *real_item() { return this; }
  const Item *real_item() const { return const_cast<Item*>(this)->real_item(); }
  virtual Item *get_tmp_table_item(THD *thd) { return copy_or_same(thd); }
  virtual Item *make_odbc_literal(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *typestr)
  {
    return this;
  }

  static CHARSET_INFO *default_charset();

  CHARSET_INFO *charset_for_protocol(void) const
  {
    return type_handler()->charset_for_protocol(this);
  };

  virtual bool walk(Item_processor processor, bool walk_subquery, void *arg)
  {
    return (this->*processor)(arg);
  }

  virtual Item* transform(THD *thd, Item_transformer transformer, uchar *arg);
  virtual Item* top_level_transform(THD *thd, Item_transformer transformer,
                                    uchar *arg)
  {
    return transform(thd, transformer, arg);
  }

  /*
    This function performs a generic "compilation" of the Item tree.
    The process of compilation is assumed to go as follows: 
    
    compile()
    {
      if (this->*some_analyzer(...))
      {
        compile children if any;
        this->*some_transformer(...);
      }
    }

    i.e. analysis is performed top-down while transformation is done
    bottom-up.      
  */
  virtual Item* compile(THD *thd, Item_analyzer analyzer, uchar **arg_p,
                        Item_transformer transformer, uchar *arg_t)
  {
    if ((this->*analyzer) (arg_p))
      return ((this->*transformer) (thd, arg_t));
    return 0;
  }
  virtual Item* top_level_compile(THD *thd, Item_analyzer analyzer, uchar **arg_p,
                                  Item_transformer transformer, uchar *arg_t)
  {
    return compile(thd, analyzer, arg_p, transformer, arg_t);
  }

   virtual void traverse_cond(Cond_traverser traverser,
                              void *arg, traverse_order order)
   {
     (*traverser)(this, arg);
   }

  /*========= Item processors, to be used with Item::walk() ========*/
  virtual bool remove_dependence_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool cleanup_processor(void *arg);
  virtual bool cleanup_excluding_fields_processor (void *arg)
  { return cleanup_processor(arg); }
  bool cleanup_excluding_immutables_processor (void *arg);
  virtual bool cleanup_excluding_const_fields_processor (void *arg)
  { return cleanup_processor(arg); }
  virtual bool collect_item_field_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool unknown_splocal_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool collect_outer_ref_processor(void *arg) {return 0; }
  virtual bool check_inner_refs_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool find_item_in_field_list_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool find_item_processor(void *arg);
  virtual bool change_context_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool reset_query_id_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool is_expensive_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  bool remove_immutable_flag_processor (void *arg);

  // FIXME reduce the number of "add field to bitmap" processors
  virtual bool add_field_to_set_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool register_field_in_read_map(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool register_field_in_write_map(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool register_field_in_bitmap(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool update_table_bitmaps_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }

  virtual bool enumerate_field_refs_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool mark_as_eliminated_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool eliminate_subselect_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool view_used_tables_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool eval_not_null_tables(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool is_subquery_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool count_sargable_conds(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool limit_index_condition_pushdown_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool exists2in_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool find_selective_predicates_list_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool cleanup_is_expensive_cache_processor(void *arg)
  {
    is_expensive_cache= (int8)(-1);
    return 0;
  }

  virtual bool set_extraction_flag_processor(void *arg)
  {
    set_extraction_flag(*(int16*)arg);
    return 0;
  }
  virtual bool subselect_table_finder_processor(void *arg) { return 0; };

  /* 
    TRUE if the expression depends only on the table indicated by tab_map
    or can be converted to such an exression using equalities.
    Not to be used for AND/OR formulas.
  */
  virtual bool excl_dep_on_table(table_map tab_map) { return false; }
  /*
    TRUE if the expression depends only on grouping fields of sel
    or can be converted to such an expression using equalities.
    It also checks if the expression doesn't contain stored procedures,
    subqueries or randomly generated elements.
    Not to be used for AND/OR formulas.
  */
  virtual bool excl_dep_on_grouping_fields(st_select_lex *sel)
  { return false; }
  /*
    TRUE if the expression depends only on fields from the left part of
    IN subquery or can be converted to such an expression using equalities.
    Not to be used for AND/OR formulas.
  */
  virtual bool excl_dep_on_in_subq_left_part(Item_in_subselect *subq_pred)
  { return false; }

  virtual bool switch_to_nullable_fields_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool find_function_processor (void *arg) { return 0; }
  /*
    Check if a partition function is allowed
    SYNOPSIS
      check_partition_func_processor()
      int_arg                        Ignored
    RETURN VALUE
      TRUE                           Partition function not accepted
      FALSE                          Partition function accepted

    DESCRIPTION
    check_partition_func_processor is used to check if a partition function
    uses an allowed function. An allowed function will always ensure that
    X=Y guarantees that also part_function(X)=part_function(Y) where X is
    a set of partition fields and so is Y. The problems comes mainly from
    character sets where two equal strings can be quite unequal. E.g. the
    german character for double s is equal to 2 s.

    The default is that an item is not allowed
    in a partition function. Allowed functions
    can never depend on server version, they cannot depend on anything
    related to the environment. They can also only depend on a set of
    fields in the table itself. They cannot depend on other tables and
    cannot contain any queries and cannot contain udf's or similar.
    If a new Item class is defined and it inherits from a class that is
    allowed in a partition function then it is very important to consider
    whether this should be inherited to the new class. If not the function
    below should be defined in the new Item class.

    The general behaviour is that most integer functions are allowed.
    If the partition function contains any multi-byte collations then
    the function check_part_func_fields will report an error on the
    partition function independent of what functions are used. So the
    only character sets allowed are single character collation and
    even for those only a limited set of functions are allowed. The
    problem with multi-byte collations is that almost every string
    function has the ability to change things such that two strings
    that are equal will not be equal after manipulated by a string
    function. E.g. two strings one contains a double s, there is a
    special german character that is equal to two s. Now assume a
    string function removes one character at this place, then in
    one the double s will be removed and in the other there will
    still be one s remaining and the strings are no longer equal
    and thus the partition function will not sort equal strings into
    the same partitions.

    So the check if a partition function is valid is two steps. First
    check that the field types are valid, next check that the partition
    function is valid. The current set of partition functions valid
    assumes that there are no multi-byte collations amongst the partition
    fields.
  */
  virtual bool check_partition_func_processor(void *arg) { return true; }
  virtual bool post_fix_fields_part_expr_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool rename_fields_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  /*
    TRUE if the function is knowingly TRUE or FALSE.
    Not to be used for AND/OR formulas.
  */
  virtual bool is_simplified_cond_processor(void *arg) { return false; }

  /** Processor used to check acceptability of an item in the defining
      expression for a virtual column 

    @param arg     always ignored

    @retval 0    the item is accepted in the definition of a virtual column
    @retval 1    otherwise
  */
  struct vcol_func_processor_result
  {
    uint errors;                                /* Bits of possible errors */
    const char *name;                           /* Not supported function */
    Alter_info *alter_info;
    vcol_func_processor_result() :
      errors(0), name(NULL), alter_info(NULL) {}
  };
  struct func_processor_rename
  {
    LEX_CSTRING db_name;
    LEX_CSTRING table_name;
    List<Create_field> fields;
  };
  virtual bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg)
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(full_name(), arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
  virtual bool check_handler_func_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool check_field_expression_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool check_func_default_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool update_func_default_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  /*
    Check if an expression value has allowed arguments, like DATE/DATETIME
    for date functions. Also used by partitioning code to reject
    timezone-dependent expressions in a (sub)partitioning function.
  */
  virtual bool check_valid_arguments_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool update_vcol_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool set_fields_as_dependent_processor(void *arg) { return 0; }
  /*
    Find if some of the key parts of table keys (the reference on table is
    passed as an argument) participate in the expression.
    If there is some, sets a bit for this key in the proper key map.
  */
  virtual bool check_index_dependence(void *arg) { return 0; }
  virtual bool check_sequence_privileges(void *arg) { return 0; }
  /*============== End of Item processor list ======================*/

  /*
    Given a condition P from the WHERE clause or from an ON expression of
    the processed SELECT S and a set of join tables from S marked in the
    parameter 'allowed'={T} a call of P->find_not_null_fields({T}) has to
    find the set fields {F} of the tables from 'allowed' such that:
    - each field from {F} is declared as nullable
    - each record of table t from {T} that contains NULL as the value for at
      at least one field from {F} can be ignored when building the result set
      for S
    It is assumed here that the condition P is conjunctive and all its column
    references belong to T.

    Examples:
      CREATE TABLE t1 (a int, b int);
      CREATE TABLE t2 (a int, b int);

      SELECT * FROM t1,t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.a and t1.b > 5;
      A call of find_not_null_fields() for the whole WHERE condition and {t1,t2}
      should find {t1.a,t1.b,t2.a}

      SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN ON (t1.a=t2.a and t2.a > t2.b);
      A call of find_not_null_fields() for the ON expression and {t2}
      should find {t2.a,t2.b}

    The function returns TRUE if it succeeds to prove that all records of
    a table from {T} can be ignored. Otherwise it always returns FALSE.

    Example:
      SELECT * FROM t1,t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.a AND t2.a IS NULL;
    A call of find_not_null_fields() for the WHERE condition and {t1,t2}
    will return TRUE.

    It is assumed that the implementation of this virtual function saves
    the info on the found set of fields in the structures associates with
    tables from {T}.
  */
  virtual bool find_not_null_fields(table_map allowed) { return false; }

  bool cache_const_expr_analyzer(uchar **arg);
  Item* cache_const_expr_transformer(THD *thd, uchar *arg);

  virtual Item* propagate_equal_fields(THD*, const Context &, COND_EQUAL *)
  {
    return this;
  };

  Item* propagate_equal_fields_and_change_item_tree(THD *thd,
                                                    const Context &ctx,
                                                    COND_EQUAL *cond,
                                                    Item **place);

  /* arg points to REPLACE_EQUAL_FIELD_ARG object */
  virtual Item *replace_equal_field(THD *thd, uchar *arg) { return this; }

  struct Collect_deps_prm
  {
    List<Item> *parameters;
    /* unit from which we count nest_level */
    st_select_lex_unit *nest_level_base;
    uint count;
    int nest_level;
    bool collect;
  };

  /*
    For SP local variable returns pointer to Item representing its
    current value and pointer to current Item otherwise.
  */
  virtual Item *this_item() { return this; }
  virtual const Item *this_item() const { return this; }

  /*
    For SP local variable returns address of pointer to Item representing its
    current value and pointer passed via parameter otherwise.
  */
  virtual Item **this_item_addr(THD *thd, Item **addr_arg) { return addr_arg; }

  // Row emulation
  virtual uint cols() const { return 1; }
  virtual Item* element_index(uint i) { return this; }
  virtual Item** addr(uint i) { return 0; }
  virtual bool check_cols(uint c);
  bool check_type_traditional_scalar(const LEX_CSTRING &opname) const;
  bool check_type_scalar(const LEX_CSTRING &opname) const;
  bool check_type_or_binary(const LEX_CSTRING &opname,
                            const Type_handler *handler) const;
  bool check_type_general_purpose_string(const LEX_CSTRING &opname) const;
  bool check_type_can_return_int(const LEX_CSTRING &opname) const;
  bool check_type_can_return_decimal(const LEX_CSTRING &opname) const;
  bool check_type_can_return_real(const LEX_CSTRING &opname) const;
  bool check_type_can_return_str(const LEX_CSTRING &opname) const;
  bool check_type_can_return_text(const LEX_CSTRING &opname) const;
  bool check_type_can_return_date(const LEX_CSTRING &opname) const;
  bool check_type_can_return_time(const LEX_CSTRING &opname) const;
  // It is not row => null inside is impossible
  virtual bool null_inside() { return 0; }
  // used in row subselects to get value of elements
  virtual void bring_value() {}

  const Type_handler *type_handler_long_or_longlong() const
  {
    return Type_handler::type_handler_long_or_longlong(max_char_length(),
                                                       unsigned_flag);
  }

  /**
    Create field for temporary table.
    @param table          Temporary table
    @param [OUT] src      Who created the fields
    @param param          Create parameters
    @retval               NULL (on error)
    @retval               a pointer to a newly create Field (on success)
  */
  virtual Field *create_tmp_field_ex(MEM_ROOT *root,
                                     TABLE *table,
                                     Tmp_field_src *src,
                                     const Tmp_field_param *param)= 0;
  virtual Item_field *field_for_view_update() { return 0; }

  virtual Item *neg_transformer(THD *thd) { return NULL; }
  virtual Item *update_value_transformer(THD *thd, uchar *select_arg)
  { return this; }
  virtual Item *expr_cache_insert_transformer(THD *thd, uchar *unused)
  { return this; }
  virtual Item *derived_field_transformer_for_having(THD *thd, uchar *arg)
  { return this; }
  virtual Item *derived_field_transformer_for_where(THD *thd, uchar *arg)
  { return this; }
  virtual Item *grouping_field_transformer_for_where(THD *thd, uchar *arg)
  { return this; }
  /* Now is not used. */
  virtual Item *in_subq_field_transformer_for_where(THD *thd, uchar *arg)
  { return this; }
  virtual Item *in_subq_field_transformer_for_having(THD *thd, uchar *arg)
  { return this; }
  virtual Item *in_predicate_to_in_subs_transformer(THD *thd, uchar *arg)
  { return this; }
  virtual Item *in_predicate_to_equality_transformer(THD *thd, uchar *arg)
  { return this; }
  virtual Item *field_transformer_for_having_pushdown(THD *thd, uchar *arg)
  { return this; }
  virtual Item *multiple_equality_transformer(THD *thd, uchar *arg);
  virtual Item* varchar_upper_cmp_transformer(THD *thd, uchar *arg)
  { return this; }
  virtual Item* date_conds_transformer(THD *thd, uchar *arg)
  { return this; }
  virtual bool expr_cache_is_needed(THD *) { return FALSE; }
  virtual Item *safe_charset_converter(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *tocs);
  bool needs_charset_converter(uint32 length, CHARSET_INFO *tocs) const
  {
    /*
      This will return "true" if conversion happens:
      - between two non-binary different character sets
      - from "binary" to "unsafe" character set
        (those that can have non-well-formed string)
      - from "binary" to UCS2-alike character set with mbminlen>1,
        when prefix left-padding is needed for an incomplete character:
        binary 0xFF -> ucs2 0x00FF)
    */
    if (!String::needs_conversion_on_storage(length,
                                             collation.collation, tocs))
      return false;
    /*
      No needs to add converter if an "arg" is NUMERIC or DATETIME
      value (which is pure ASCII) and at the same time target DTCollation
      is ASCII-compatible. For example, no needs to rewrite:
        SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE datetime_field = '2010-01-01';
      to
        SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE CONVERT(datetime_field USING cs) = '2010-01-01';

      TODO: avoid conversion of any values with
      repertoire ASCII and 7bit-ASCII-compatible,
      not only numeric/datetime origin.
    */
    if (collation.derivation == DERIVATION_NUMERIC &&
        collation.repertoire == MY_REPERTOIRE_ASCII &&
        !(collation.collation->state & MY_CS_NONASCII) &&
        !(tocs->state & MY_CS_NONASCII))
      return false;
    return true;
  }
  bool needs_charset_converter(CHARSET_INFO *tocs)
  {
    // Pass 1 as length to force conversion if tocs->mbminlen>1.
    return needs_charset_converter(1, tocs);
  }
  Item *const_charset_converter(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *tocs, bool lossless,
                                const char *func_name);
  Item *const_charset_converter(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *tocs, bool lossless)
  { return const_charset_converter(thd, tocs, lossless, NULL); }
  void delete_self()
  {
    cleanup();
    delete this;
  }

  virtual const Item_const *get_item_const() const { return NULL; }
  virtual Item_splocal *get_item_splocal() { return 0; }
  virtual Rewritable_query_parameter *get_rewritable_query_parameter()
  { return 0; }

  /*
    Return Settable_routine_parameter interface of the Item.  Return 0
    if this Item is not Settable_routine_parameter.
  */
  virtual Settable_routine_parameter *get_settable_routine_parameter()
  {
    return 0;
  }

  virtual Load_data_outvar *get_load_data_outvar()
  {
    return 0;
  }
  Load_data_outvar *get_load_data_outvar_or_error()
  {
    Load_data_outvar *dst= get_load_data_outvar();
    if (dst)
      return dst;
    my_error(ER_NONUPDATEABLE_COLUMN, MYF(0), name.str);
    return NULL;
  }

  /**
    Test whether an expression is expensive to compute. Used during
    optimization to avoid computing expensive expressions during this
    phase. Also used to force temp tables when sorting on expensive
    functions.
    @todo
    Normally we should have a method:
      cost Item::execution_cost(),
    where 'cost' is either 'double' or some structure of various cost
    parameters.

    @note
      This function is now used to prevent evaluation of expensive subquery
      predicates during the optimization phase. It also prevents evaluation
      of predicates that are not computable at this moment.
  */
  virtual bool is_expensive()
  {
    if (is_expensive_cache < 0)
      is_expensive_cache= walk(&Item::is_expensive_processor, 0, NULL);
    return MY_TEST(is_expensive_cache);
  }
  String *check_well_formed_result(String *str, bool send_error= 0);
  bool eq_by_collation(Item *item, bool binary_cmp, CHARSET_INFO *cs); 
  bool too_big_for_varchar() const
  { return max_char_length() > CONVERT_IF_BIGGER_TO_BLOB; }
  void fix_length_and_charset(uint32 max_char_length_arg, CHARSET_INFO *cs)
  {
    max_length= char_to_byte_length_safe(max_char_length_arg, cs->mbmaxlen);
    collation.collation= cs;
  }
  void fix_char_length(size_t max_char_length_arg)
  {
    max_length= char_to_byte_length_safe(max_char_length_arg,
                                         collation.collation->mbmaxlen);
  }
  /*
    Return TRUE if the item points to a column of an outer-joined table.
  */
  virtual bool is_outer_field() const { DBUG_ASSERT(fixed()); return FALSE; }

  Item* set_expr_cache(THD *thd);

  virtual Item_equal *get_item_equal() { return NULL; }
  virtual void set_item_equal(Item_equal *item_eq) {};
  virtual Item_equal *find_item_equal(COND_EQUAL *cond_equal) { return NULL; }
  /**
    Set the join tab index to the minimal (left-most) JOIN_TAB to which this
    Item is attached. The number is an index is depth_first_tab() traversal
    order.
  */
  virtual void set_join_tab_idx(uint8 join_tab_idx_arg)
  {
    if (join_tab_idx_arg < join_tab_idx)
      join_tab_idx= join_tab_idx_arg;
  }
  uint get_join_tab_idx() const { return join_tab_idx; }

  table_map view_used_tables(TABLE_LIST *view)
  {
    view->view_used_tables= 0;
    walk(&Item::view_used_tables_processor, 0, view);
    return view->view_used_tables;
  }

  /**
    Collect and add to the list cache parameters for this Item.

    @note Now implemented only for subqueries and in_optimizer,
    if we need it for general function then this method should
    be defined for Item_func.
  */
  virtual void get_cache_parameters(List<Item> &parameters) { };

  virtual void mark_as_condition_AND_part(TABLE_LIST *embedding) {};

  /* how much position should be reserved for Exists2In transformation */
  virtual uint exists2in_reserved_items() { return 0; };

  virtual Item *neg(THD *thd);

  /**
    Inform the item that it is located under a NOT, which is a top-level item.
  */
  virtual void under_not(Item_func_not * upper
                         __attribute__((unused))) {};

  void register_in(THD *thd);	 
  
  bool depends_only_on(table_map view_map) 
  { return get_extraction_flag() & MARKER_FULL_EXTRACTION; }
   int get_extraction_flag() const
  {
    if (basic_const_item())
      return MARKER_FULL_EXTRACTION;
    else
      return marker & MARKER_EXTRACTION_MASK;
  }
  void set_extraction_flag(int16 flags)
  {
    if (!basic_const_item())
    {
      marker= marker & ~MARKER_EXTRACTION_MASK;
      marker|= flags;
    }
  }
  void clear_extraction_flag()
  {
    if (!basic_const_item())
      marker= marker & ~MARKER_EXTRACTION_MASK;
   }
  void check_pushable_cond(Pushdown_checker excl_dep_func, uchar *arg);
  bool pushable_cond_checker_for_derived(uchar *arg)
  {
    return excl_dep_on_table(*((table_map *)arg));
  }
  bool pushable_cond_checker_for_subquery(uchar *arg)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(((Item*) arg)->get_IN_subquery());
    return excl_dep_on_in_subq_left_part(((Item*)arg)->get_IN_subquery());
  }
  Item *build_pushable_cond(THD *thd,
                            Pushdown_checker checker,
                            uchar *arg);
  /*
    Checks if this item depends only on the arg table
  */
  bool pushable_equality_checker_for_derived(uchar *arg)
  {
    return (used_tables() == *((table_map *)arg));
  }
  /*
    Checks if this item consists in the left part of arg IN subquery predicate
  */
  bool pushable_equality_checker_for_subquery(uchar *arg);

  /**
    This method is to set relationship between a positional parameter
    represented by the '?' and an actual argument value passed to the
    call of PS/SP by the USING clause. The method is overridden in classes
    Item_param and Item_default_value.
  */
  virtual bool associate_with_target_field(THD *, Item_field *)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    return false;
  }

protected:
  /*
    Service function for public method shallow_copy_with_checks().
    See comments for shallow_copy_with_checks() above. Override this method
    in derived classes to create shallow copies of the item
  */
  virtual Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const = 0;

  /*
    Service function for public method deep_copy_with_checks(). See comments
    for deep_copy_with_checks() above. Override this method in derived classes
    to create deep copies (clones) of the item where possible
  */
  virtual Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const = 0;
};

MEM_ROOT *get_thd_memroot(THD *thd);

template <class T>
inline Item* get_item_copy (THD *thd, const T* item)
{
  Item *copy= new (get_thd_memroot(thd)) T(*item);
  if (likely(copy))
    copy->register_in(thd);
  return copy;
}	


#ifndef DBUG_OFF
/**
  A helper class to print the data type and the value for an Item
  in debug builds.
*/
class DbugStringItemTypeValue: public StringBuffer<128>
{
public:
  DbugStringItemTypeValue(THD *thd, const Item *item)
  {
    append('(');
    Name Item_name= item->type_handler()->name();
    append(Item_name.ptr(), Item_name.length());
    append(')');
    const_cast<Item*>(item)->print(this, QT_EXPLAIN);
    /* Append end \0 to allow usage of c_ptr() */
    append('\0');
    str_length--;
  }
};
#endif /* DBUG_OFF */


/**
  Compare two Items for List<Item>::add_unique()
*/

bool cmp_items(Item *a, Item *b);


/**
  Array of items, e.g. function or aggerate function arguments.
*/
class Item_args
{
protected:
  Item **args, *tmp_arg[2];
  uint arg_count;
  void set_arguments(THD *thd, List<Item> &list);
  bool walk_args(Item_processor processor, bool walk_subquery, void *arg)
  {
    for (uint i= 0; i < arg_count; i++)
    {
      if (args[i]->walk(processor, walk_subquery, arg))
        return true;
    }
    return false;
  }
  bool transform_args(THD *thd, Item_transformer transformer, uchar *arg);
  void propagate_equal_fields(THD *, const Item::Context &, COND_EQUAL *);
  bool excl_dep_on_table(table_map tab_map)
  {
    for (uint i= 0; i < arg_count; i++)
    {
      if (args[i]->const_item())
        continue;
      if (!args[i]->excl_dep_on_table(tab_map))
        return false;
    }
    return true;
  }
  bool excl_dep_on_grouping_fields(st_select_lex *sel);
  bool eq(const Item_args *other, const Item::Eq_config &config) const
  {
    for (uint i= 0; i < arg_count ; i++)
    {
      if (!args[i]->eq(other->args[i], config))
        return false;
    }
    return true;
  }
  bool excl_dep_on_in_subq_left_part(Item_in_subselect *subq_pred)
  {
    for (uint i= 0; i < arg_count; i++)
    {
      if (args[i]->const_item())
        continue;
      if (!args[i]->excl_dep_on_in_subq_left_part(subq_pred))
        return false;
    }
    return true;
  }
public:
  Item_args(void)
    :args(NULL), arg_count(0)
  { }
  Item_args(Item *a)
    :args(tmp_arg), arg_count(1)
  {
    args[0]= a;
  }
  Item_args(Item *a, Item *b)
    :args(tmp_arg), arg_count(2)
  {
    args[0]= a; args[1]= b;
  }
  Item_args(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c)
  {
    arg_count= 0;
    if (likely((args= (Item**) thd_alloc(thd, sizeof(Item*) * 3))))
    {
      arg_count= 3;
      args[0]= a; args[1]= b; args[2]= c;
    }
  }
  Item_args(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c, Item *d)
  {
    arg_count= 0;
    if (likely((args= (Item**) thd_alloc(thd, sizeof(Item*) * 4))))
    {
      arg_count= 4;
      args[0]= a; args[1]= b; args[2]= c; args[3]= d;
    }
  }
  Item_args(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c, Item *d, Item* e)
  {
    arg_count= 5;
    if (likely((args= (Item**) thd_alloc(thd, sizeof(Item*) * 5))))
    {
      arg_count= 5;
      args[0]= a; args[1]= b; args[2]= c; args[3]= d; args[4]= e;
    }
  }
  Item_args(THD *thd, List<Item> &list)
  {
    set_arguments(thd, list);
  }
  Item_args(THD *thd, const Item_args *other);
  bool alloc_arguments(THD *thd, uint count);
  void add_argument(Item *item)
  {
    args[arg_count++]= item;
  }
  /**
    Extract row elements from the given position.
    For example, for this input:  (1,2),(3,4),(5,6)
      pos=0 will extract  (1,3,5)
      pos=1 will extract  (2,4,6)
    @param  thd  - current thread, to allocate memory on its mem_root
    @param  rows - an array of compatible ROW-type items
    @param  pos  - the element position to extract
  */
  bool alloc_and_extract_row_elements(THD *thd, const Item_args *rows, uint pos)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(rows->argument_count() > 0);
    DBUG_ASSERT(rows->arguments()[0]->cols() > pos);
    if (alloc_arguments(thd, rows->argument_count()))
      return true;
    for (uint i= 0; i < rows->argument_count(); i++)
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(rows->arguments()[0]->cols() == rows->arguments()[i]->cols());
      Item *arg= rows->arguments()[i]->element_index(pos);
      add_argument(arg);
    }
    DBUG_ASSERT(argument_count() == rows->argument_count());
    return false;
  }
  inline Item **arguments() const { return args; }
  inline uint argument_count() const { return arg_count; }
  inline void remove_arguments() { arg_count=0; }
  Sql_mode_dependency value_depends_on_sql_mode_bit_or() const;
};


/*
  Class to be used to enumerate all field references in an item tree. This
  includes references to outside but not fields of the tables within a
  subquery.
  Suggested usage:

    class My_enumerator : public Field_enumerator 
    {
      virtual void visit_field() { ... your actions ...} 
    }

    My_enumerator enumerator;
    item->walk(Item::enumerate_field_refs_processor, ...,&enumerator);

  This is similar to Visitor pattern.
*/

class Field_enumerator
{
public:
  virtual void visit_field(Item_field *field)= 0;
  virtual ~Field_enumerator() = default;;             /* purecov: inspected */
  Field_enumerator() = default;                       /* Remove gcc warning */
};

class Item_string;


class Item_fixed_hybrid: public Item
{
public:
  Item_fixed_hybrid(THD *thd): Item(thd)
  {
    base_flags&= ~item_base_t::FIXED;
  }
  Item_fixed_hybrid(THD *thd, Item_fixed_hybrid *item)
   :Item(thd, item)
  {
    base_flags|= (item->base_flags & item_base_t::FIXED);
  }
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!fixed());
    base_flags|= item_base_t::FIXED;
    return false;
  }
  void cleanup() override
  {
    Item::cleanup();
    base_flags&= ~item_base_t::FIXED;
  }
  void quick_fix_field() override
  { base_flags|= item_base_t::FIXED; }
  void unfix_fields() override
  { base_flags&= ~item_base_t::FIXED; }
};


/**
  A common class for Item_basic_constant and Item_param
*/
class Item_basic_value :public Item,
                        public Item_const
{
protected:
  // Value metadata, e.g. to make string processing easier
  class Metadata: private MY_STRING_METADATA
  {
  public:
    Metadata(const String *str)
    {
      my_string_metadata_get(this, str->charset(), str->ptr(), str->length());
    }
    Metadata(const String *str, my_repertoire_t repertoire_arg)
    {
      MY_STRING_METADATA::repertoire= repertoire_arg;
      MY_STRING_METADATA::char_length= str->numchars();
    }
    my_repertoire_t repertoire() const
    {
      return MY_STRING_METADATA::repertoire;
    }
    size_t char_length() const { return MY_STRING_METADATA::char_length; }
  };
  void fix_charset_and_length(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                              Derivation dv, Metadata metadata)
  {
    /*
      We have to have a different max_length than 'length' here to
      ensure that we get the right length if we do use the item
      to create a new table. In this case max_length must be the maximum
      number of chars for a string of this type because we in Create_field::
      divide the max_length with mbmaxlen).
    */
    collation.set(cs, dv, metadata.repertoire());
    fix_char_length(metadata.char_length());
    decimals= NOT_FIXED_DEC;
  }
  void fix_charset_and_length_from_str_value(const String &str, Derivation dv)
  {
    fix_charset_and_length(str.charset(), dv, Metadata(&str));
  }
  Item_basic_value(THD *thd): Item(thd) {}
  Item_basic_value(): Item() {}
public:
  Field *create_tmp_field_ex(MEM_ROOT *root,
                             TABLE *table, Tmp_field_src *src,
                             const Tmp_field_param *param) override
  {

    /*
      create_tmp_field_ex() for this type of Items is called for:
      - CREATE TABLE ... SELECT
      - In ORDER BY: SELECT max(a) FROM t1 GROUP BY a ORDER BY 'const';
      - In CURSORS:
          DECLARE c CURSOR FOR SELECT 'test';
          OPEN c;
    */
    return tmp_table_field_from_field_type_maybe_null(root,
                                            table, src, param,
                                            type() == Item::NULL_ITEM);
  }
  bool eq(const Item *item, const Eq_config &config) const override;
  const Type_all_attributes *get_type_all_attributes_from_const() const
    override
  { return this; }
};


class Item_basic_constant :public Item_basic_value
{
public:
  Item_basic_constant(THD *thd): Item_basic_value(thd) {};
  Item_basic_constant(): Item_basic_value() {};
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *) override { return false; }
  const Item_const *get_item_const() const override { return this; }
  virtual Item_basic_constant *make_string_literal_concat(THD *thd,
                                                          const LEX_CSTRING *)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return this;
  }
  bool val_bool() override = 0;
};


/*****************************************************************************
  The class is a base class for representation of stored routine variables in
  the Item-hierarchy. There are the following kinds of SP-vars:
    - local variables (Item_splocal);
    - CASE expression (Item_case_expr);
*****************************************************************************/

class Item_sp_variable :public Item_fixed_hybrid
{
protected:
  /*
    THD, which is stored in fix_fields() and is used in this_item() to avoid
    current_thd use.
  */
  THD *m_thd;

  bool fix_fields_from_item(THD *thd, Item **, const Item *);
public:
  LEX_CSTRING m_name;

public:
#ifdef DBUG_ASSERT_EXISTS
  /*
    Routine to which this Item_splocal belongs. Used for checking if correct
    runtime context is used for variable handling.
  */
  const sp_head *m_sp;
#endif

public:
  Item_sp_variable(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *sp_var_name);

public:
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **) override= 0;
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String *sp) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *decimal_value) override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override;
  bool is_null() override;

public:
  void make_send_field(THD *thd, Send_field *field) override;
  bool const_item() const override { return true; }
  Field *create_tmp_field_ex(MEM_ROOT *root,
                             TABLE *table, Tmp_field_src *src,
                             const Tmp_field_param *param) override
  {
    return create_tmp_field_ex_simple(root, table, src, param);
  }
  inline int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions) override;
  inline bool send(Protocol *protocol, st_value *buffer) override;
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(m_name.str, arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
};

/*****************************************************************************
  Item_sp_variable inline implementation.
*****************************************************************************/

inline int Item_sp_variable::save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions)
{
  return this_item()->save_in_field(field, no_conversions);
}

inline bool Item_sp_variable::send(Protocol *protocol, st_value *buffer)
{
  return this_item()->send(protocol, buffer);
}


/*****************************************************************************
  A reference to local SP variable (incl. reference to SP parameter), used in
  runtime.
*****************************************************************************/

class Item_splocal :public Item_sp_variable,
                    private Settable_routine_parameter,
                    public Rewritable_query_parameter,
                    public Type_handler_hybrid_field_type
{
protected:
  const Sp_rcontext_handler *m_rcontext_handler;

  uint m_var_idx;

  Type m_type;

  bool append_value_for_log(THD *thd, String *str);

  sp_rcontext *get_rcontext(sp_rcontext *local_ctx) const;
  Item_field *get_variable(sp_rcontext *ctx) const;

public:
  Item_splocal(THD *thd, const Sp_rcontext_handler *rh,
               const LEX_CSTRING *sp_var_name, uint sp_var_idx,
               const Type_handler *handler,
               uint pos_in_q= 0, uint len_in_q= 0);

  bool fix_fields(THD *, Item **) override;
  Item *this_item() override;
  const Item *this_item() const override;
  Item **this_item_addr(THD *thd, Item **) override;

  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;

public:
  inline const LEX_CSTRING *my_name() const;

  inline uint get_var_idx() const;

  Type type() const override { return m_type; }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return Type_handler_hybrid_field_type::type_handler(); }
  uint cols() const override { return this_item()->cols(); }
  Item* element_index(uint i) override
  { return this_item()->element_index(i); }
  Item** addr(uint i) override { return this_item()->addr(i); }
  bool check_cols(uint c) override;

private:
  bool set_value(THD *thd, sp_rcontext *ctx, Item **it) override;

public:
  Item_splocal *get_item_splocal() override { return this; }

  Rewritable_query_parameter *get_rewritable_query_parameter() override
  { return this; }

  Settable_routine_parameter *get_settable_routine_parameter() override
  { return this; }

  bool append_for_log(THD *thd, String *str) override;

  /*
    Override the inherited create_field_for_create_select(),
    because we want to preserve the exact data type for:
      DECLARE a1 INT;
      DECLARE a2 TYPE OF t1.a2;
      CREATE TABLE t1 AS SELECT a1, a2;
    The inherited implementation would create a column
    based on result_type(), which is less exact.
  */
  Field *create_field_for_create_select(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table) override
  { return create_table_field_from_handler(root, table); }

  bool is_valid_limit_clause_variable_with_error() const
  {
    /*
      In case if the variable has an anchored data type, e.g.:
        DECLARE a TYPE OF t1.a;
      type_handler() is set to &type_handler_null and this
      function detects such variable as not valid in LIMIT.
    */
    if (type_handler()->is_limit_clause_valid_type())
      return true;
    my_error(ER_WRONG_SPVAR_TYPE_IN_LIMIT, MYF(0));
    return false;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_splocal>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


/**
  An Item_splocal variant whose data type becomes known only at
  sp_rcontext creation time, e.g. "DECLARE var1 t1.col1%TYPE".
*/
class Item_splocal_with_delayed_data_type: public Item_splocal
{
public:
  Item_splocal_with_delayed_data_type(THD *thd,
                                      const Sp_rcontext_handler *rh,
                                      const LEX_CSTRING *sp_var_name,
                                      uint sp_var_idx,
                                      uint pos_in_q, uint len_in_q)
   :Item_splocal(thd, rh, sp_var_name, sp_var_idx, &type_handler_null,
                 pos_in_q, len_in_q)
  { }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *) const override { return nullptr; }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override { return nullptr; }
};


/**
  SP variables that are fields of a ROW.
  DELCARE r ROW(a INT,b INT);
  SELECT r.a; -- This is handled by Item_splocal_row_field
*/
class Item_splocal_row_field :public Item_splocal
{
protected:
  LEX_CSTRING m_field_name;
  uint m_field_idx;
  bool set_value(THD *thd, sp_rcontext *ctx, Item **it) override;
public:
  Item_splocal_row_field(THD *thd,
                         const Sp_rcontext_handler *rh,
                         const LEX_CSTRING *sp_var_name,
                         const LEX_CSTRING *sp_field_name,
                         uint sp_var_idx, uint sp_field_idx,
                         const Type_handler *handler,
                         uint pos_in_q= 0, uint len_in_q= 0)
   :Item_splocal(thd, rh, sp_var_name, sp_var_idx, handler, pos_in_q, len_in_q),
    m_field_name(*sp_field_name),
    m_field_idx(sp_field_idx)
  { }
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **) override;
  Item *this_item() override;
  const Item *this_item() const override;
  Item **this_item_addr(THD *thd, Item **) override;
  bool append_for_log(THD *thd, String *str) override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *) const override { return nullptr; }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override { return nullptr; }
};


class Item_splocal_row_field_by_name :public Item_splocal_row_field
{
  bool set_value(THD *thd, sp_rcontext *ctx, Item **it) override;
public:
  Item_splocal_row_field_by_name(THD *thd,
                                 const Sp_rcontext_handler *rh,
                                 const LEX_CSTRING *sp_var_name,
                                 const LEX_CSTRING *sp_field_name,
                                 uint sp_var_idx,
                                 const Type_handler *handler,
                                 uint pos_in_q= 0, uint len_in_q= 0)
   :Item_splocal_row_field(thd, rh, sp_var_name, sp_field_name,
                           sp_var_idx, 0 /* field index will be set later */,
                           handler, pos_in_q, len_in_q)
  { }
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **it) override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *) const override { return nullptr; }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override { return nullptr; }
};


/*****************************************************************************
  Item_splocal inline implementation.
*****************************************************************************/

inline const LEX_CSTRING *Item_splocal::my_name() const
{
  return &m_name;
}

inline uint Item_splocal::get_var_idx() const
{
  return m_var_idx;
}

/*****************************************************************************
  A reference to case expression in SP, used in runtime.
*****************************************************************************/

class Item_case_expr :public Item_sp_variable
{
public:
  Item_case_expr(THD *thd, uint case_expr_id);

public:
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **) override;
  Item *this_item() override;
  const Item *this_item() const override;
  Item **this_item_addr(THD *thd, Item **) override;

  Type type() const override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return this_item()->type_handler(); }

public:
  /*
    NOTE: print() is intended to be used from views and for debug.
    Item_case_expr can not occur in views, so here it is only for debug
    purposes.
  */
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;

private:
  uint m_case_expr_id;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *) const override { return nullptr; }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override { return nullptr; }
};

/*****************************************************************************
  Item_case_expr inline implementation.
*****************************************************************************/

inline enum Item::Type Item_case_expr::type() const
{
  return this_item()->type();
}

/*
  NAME_CONST(given_name, const_value). 
  This 'function' has all properties of the supplied const_value (which is 
  assumed to be a literal constant), and the name given_name. 

  This is used to replace references to SP variables when we write PROCEDURE
  statements into the binary log.

  TODO
    Together with Item_splocal and Item::this_item() we can actually extract
    common a base of this class and Item_splocal. Maybe it is possible to
    extract a common base with class Item_ref, too.
*/

class Item_name_const : public Item_fixed_hybrid
{
  Item *value_item;
  Item *name_item;
public:
  Item_name_const(THD *thd, Item *name_arg, Item *val);

  bool fix_fields(THD *, Item **) override;

  Type type() const override;
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String *sp) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override;
  bool is_null() override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;

  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    return value_item->type_handler();
  }

  bool const_item() const override { return true; }

  Field *create_tmp_field_ex(MEM_ROOT *root,
                             TABLE *table, Tmp_field_src *src,
                             const Tmp_field_param *param) override
  {
    /*
      We can get to here when using a CURSOR for a query with NAME_CONST():
        DECLARE c CURSOR FOR SELECT NAME_CONST('x','y') FROM t1;
        OPEN c;
    */
    return tmp_table_field_from_field_type_maybe_null(root, table, src, param,
                                              type() == Item::NULL_ITEM);
  }
  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions) override
  {
    return value_item->save_in_field(field, no_conversions);
  }

  bool send(Protocol *protocol, st_value *buffer) override
  {
    return value_item->send(protocol, buffer);
  }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function("name_const()", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_name_const>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


class Item_literal: public Item_basic_constant
{
public:
  Item_literal(THD *thd): Item_basic_constant(thd)
  { }
  Item_literal(): Item_basic_constant()
  {}
  Type type() const override { return CONST_ITEM; }
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override { return false;}
  bool const_item() const override { return true; }
  bool basic_const_item() const override { return true; }
  bool is_expensive() override { return false; }
  bool cleanup_is_expensive_cache_processor(void *arg) override { return 0; }
};


class Item_num: public Item_literal
{
public:
  Item_num(THD *thd): Item_literal(thd) { collation= DTCollation_numeric(); }
  Item_num(): Item_literal() { collation= DTCollation_numeric(); }
  Item *safe_charset_converter(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *tocs) override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    return type_handler()->Item_get_date_with_warn(thd, this, ltime, fuzzydate);
  }
};

#define NO_CACHED_FIELD_INDEX ((field_index_t) ~0U)

class st_select_lex;


class Item_result_field :public Item_fixed_hybrid /* Item with result field */
{
protected:
  Field *create_tmp_field_ex_from_handler(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table,
                                          Tmp_field_src *src,
                                          const Tmp_field_param *param,
                                          const Type_handler *h);
public:
  Field *result_field;				/* Save result here */
  Item_result_field(THD *thd): Item_fixed_hybrid(thd), result_field(0) {}
  // Constructor used for Item_sum/Item_cond_and/or (see Item comment)
  Item_result_field(THD *thd, Item_result_field *item):
    Item_fixed_hybrid(thd, item), result_field(item->result_field)
  {}
  ~Item_result_field() = default;
  Field *get_tmp_table_field() override { return result_field; }
  Field *create_tmp_field_ex(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table, Tmp_field_src *src,
                             const Tmp_field_param *param) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    const Type_handler *h= type_handler()->type_handler_for_tmp_table(this);
    return create_tmp_field_ex_from_handler(root, table, src, param, h);
  }
  void get_tmp_field_src(Tmp_field_src *src, const Tmp_field_param *param);
  /*
    This implementation of used_tables() used by Item_avg_field and
    Item_variance_field which work when only temporary table left, so theu
    return table map of the temporary table.
  */
  table_map used_tables() const override { return 1; }
  bool is_result_field() override { return true; }
  void save_in_result_field(bool no_conversions) override
  {
    save_in_field(result_field, no_conversions);
  }
  void cleanup() override;
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *) override { return false; }
};


class Item_ident :public Item_result_field
{
protected:
  /* 
    We have to store initial values of db_name, table_name and field_name
    to be able to restore them during cleanup() because they can be 
    updated during fix_fields() to values from Field object and life-time 
    of those is shorter than life-time of Item_field.
  */
  Lex_table_name orig_db_name;
  Lex_table_name orig_table_name;
  Lex_ident      orig_field_name;

  void undeclared_spvar_error() const;

public:
  Name_resolution_context *context;
  Lex_table_name db_name;
  Lex_table_name table_name;
  Lex_ident      field_name;
  /*
    Cached pointer to table which contains this field, used for the same reason
    by prep. stmt. too in case then we have not-fully qualified field.
    0 - means no cached value.
  */
  TABLE_LIST *cached_table;
  st_select_lex *depended_from;
  /*
    Cached value of index for this field in table->field array, used by prepared
    stmts for speeding up their re-execution. Holds NO_CACHED_FIELD_INDEX
    if index value is not known.
  */
  field_index_t cached_field_index;
  /*
    Some Items resolved in another select should not be marked as dependency
    of the subquery where they are. During normal name resolution, we check
    this. Stored procedures and prepared statements first try to resolve an
    ident item using a cached table reference and field position from the
    previous query execution (cached_table/cached_field_index). If the
    tables were not changed, the ident matches the table/field, and we have
    faster resolution of the ident without looking through all tables and
    fields in the query. But in this case, we can not check all conditions
    about this ident item dependency, so we should cache the condition in
    this variable.
  */
  bool can_be_depended;
  /*
     NOTE: came from TABLE::alias_name_used and this is only a hint!
     See comment for TABLE::alias_name_used.
  */
  bool alias_name_used; /* true if item was resolved against alias */

  Item_ident(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg,
             const LEX_CSTRING &db_name_arg, const LEX_CSTRING &table_name_arg,
             const LEX_CSTRING &field_name_arg);
  Item_ident(THD *thd, Item_ident *item);
  Item_ident(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *view_arg, const LEX_CSTRING &field_name_arg);
  LEX_CSTRING full_name_cstring() const override;
  void cleanup() override;
  st_select_lex *get_depended_from() const;
  bool remove_dependence_processor(void * arg) override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  bool change_context_processor(void *cntx) override
    { context= (Name_resolution_context *)cntx; return FALSE; }
  /**
    Collect outer references
  */
  bool collect_outer_ref_processor(void *arg) override;
  friend bool insert_fields(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context,
                            const LEX_CSTRING &db_name,
                            const LEX_CSTRING &table_name,
                            List_iterator<Item> *it,
                            bool any_privileges, bool returning_field);
};


class Item_field :public Item_ident,
                  public Load_data_outvar
{
protected:
  void set_field(Field *field);
public:
  Field *field;
  Item_equal *item_equal;
  /*
    if any_privileges set to TRUE then here real effective privileges will
    be stored
  */
  privilege_t have_privileges;
  /* field need any privileges (for VIEW creation) */
  bool any_privileges;

private:
  /*
    Indicates whether this Item_field refers to a regular or some kind of
    temporary table.
    This is needed for print() to work: it may be called even after the table
    referred by the Item_field has been dropped.

    See ExplainDataStructureLifetime in sql_explain.h for details.
  */
  enum {
    NO_TEMP_TABLE= 0,
    REFERS_TO_DERIVED_TMP= 1,
    REFERS_TO_OTHER_TMP=2
  } refers_to_temp_table = NO_TEMP_TABLE;

public:
  Item_field(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg,
             const LEX_CSTRING &db_arg, const LEX_CSTRING &table_name_arg,
	     const LEX_CSTRING &field_name_arg);
  Item_field(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg,
             const LEX_CSTRING &field_name_arg)
   :Item_field(thd, context_arg, null_clex_str, null_clex_str, field_name_arg)
  { }
  Item_field(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg)
   :Item_field(thd, context_arg, null_clex_str, null_clex_str, null_clex_str)
  { }
  /*
    Constructor needed to process subselect with temporary tables (see Item)
  */
  Item_field(THD *thd, Item_field *item);
  /*
    Constructor used inside setup_wild(), ensures that field, table,
    and database names will live as long as Item_field (this is important
    in prepared statements).
  */
  Item_field(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg, Field *field);
  /*
    If this constructor is used, fix_fields() won't work, because
    db_name, table_name and column_name are unknown. It's necessary to call
    reset_field() before fix_fields() for all fields created this way.
  */
  Item_field(THD *thd, Field *field);
  Type type() const override { return FIELD_ITEM; }
  bool eq(const Item *item, const Eq_config &config) const override;
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  String *val_str(String*) override;
  void save_result(Field *to) override;
  double val_result() override;
  longlong val_int_result() override;
  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override;
  bool val_native_result(THD *thd, Native *to) override;
  String *str_result(String* tmp) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal_result(my_decimal *) override;
  bool val_bool_result() override;
  bool is_null_result() override;
  bool send(Protocol *protocol, st_value *buffer) override;
  Load_data_outvar *get_load_data_outvar() override { return this; }
  bool load_data_set_null(THD *thd, const Load_data_param *param) override
  {
    return field->load_data_set_null(thd);
  }
  bool load_data_set_value(THD *thd, const char *pos, uint length,
                           const Load_data_param *param) override
  {
    field->load_data_set_value(pos, length, param->charset());
    return false;
  }
  bool load_data_set_no_data(THD *thd, const Load_data_param *param) override;
  void load_data_print_for_log_event(THD *thd, String *to) const override;
  bool load_data_add_outvar(THD *thd, Load_data_param *param) const override
  {
    return param->add_outvar_field(thd, field);
  }
  uint load_data_fixed_length() const override
  {
    return field->field_length;
  }
  void reset_field(Field *f);
  bool fix_fields(THD *, Item **) override;
  void fix_after_pullout(st_select_lex *new_parent, Item **ref, bool merge)
    override;
  void make_send_field(THD *thd, Send_field *tmp_field) override;
  int save_in_field(Field *field,bool no_conversions) override;
  void save_org_in_field(Field *field, fast_field_copier optimizer_data)
    override;
  fast_field_copier setup_fast_field_copier(Field *field) override;
  table_map used_tables() const override;
  table_map all_used_tables() const override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    const Type_handler *handler= field->type_handler();
    return handler->type_handler_for_item_field();
  }
  const Type_handler *real_type_handler() const override
  {
    if (field->is_created_from_null_item)
      return &type_handler_null;
    return field->type_handler();
  }
  uint32 character_octet_length() const override
  {
    return field->character_octet_length();
  }
  Field *create_tmp_field_from_item_field(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *new_table,
                                          Item_ref *orig_item,
                                          const Tmp_field_param *param);
  Field *create_tmp_field_ex(MEM_ROOT *root,
                             TABLE *table, Tmp_field_src *src,
                             const Tmp_field_param *param) override;
  const TYPELIB *get_typelib() const override { return field->get_typelib(); }
  enum_monotonicity_info get_monotonicity_info() const override
  {
    return MONOTONIC_STRICT_INCREASING;
  }
  Sql_mode_dependency value_depends_on_sql_mode() const override
  {
    return Sql_mode_dependency(0, field->value_depends_on_sql_mode());
  }
  bool hash_not_null(Hasher *hasher) override
  {
    if (field->is_null())
      return true;
    field->hash_not_null(hasher);
    return false;
  }
  longlong val_int_endpoint(bool left_endp, bool *incl_endp) override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  bool get_date_result(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime,date_mode_t fuzzydate)
    override;
  longlong val_datetime_packed(THD *thd) override;
  longlong val_time_packed(THD *thd) override;
  bool is_null() override { return field->is_null(); }
  void update_null_value() override;
  void update_table_bitmaps()
  {
    if (field && field->table)
    {
      TABLE *tab= field->table;
      tab->covering_keys.intersect(field->part_of_key);
      if (tab->read_set)
        tab->mark_column_with_deps(field);
    }
  }
  void update_used_tables() override
  {
    update_table_bitmaps();
  }
  COND *build_equal_items(THD *thd, COND_EQUAL *inherited,
                          bool link_item_fields,
                          COND_EQUAL **cond_equal_ref) override
  {
    /*
      normilize_cond() replaced all conditions of type
         WHERE/HAVING field
      to:
        WHERE/HAVING field<>0
      By the time of a build_equal_items() call, all such conditions should
      already be replaced. No Item_field are possible.
      Note, some Item_field derivants are still possible.
      Item_insert_value:
        SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE VALUES(a);
      Item_default_value:
        SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE DEFAULT(a);
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(type() != FIELD_ITEM);
    return Item_ident::build_equal_items(thd, inherited, link_item_fields,
                                         cond_equal_ref);
  }
  bool is_result_field() override { return false; }
  void save_in_result_field(bool no_conversions) override;
  Item *get_tmp_table_item(THD *thd) override;
  bool find_not_null_fields(table_map allowed) override;
  bool collect_item_field_processor(void * arg) override;
  bool unknown_splocal_processor(void *arg) override;
  bool add_field_to_set_processor(void * arg) override;
  bool find_item_in_field_list_processor(void *arg) override;
  bool register_field_in_read_map(void *arg) override;
  bool register_field_in_write_map(void *arg) override;
  bool register_field_in_bitmap(void *arg) override;
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *) override {return false;}
  bool post_fix_fields_part_expr_processor(void *bool_arg) override;
  bool check_valid_arguments_processor(void *bool_arg) override;
  bool check_field_expression_processor(void *arg) override;
  bool enumerate_field_refs_processor(void *arg) override;
  bool update_table_bitmaps_processor(void *arg) override;
  bool switch_to_nullable_fields_processor(void *arg) override;
  bool update_vcol_processor(void *arg) override;
  bool rename_fields_processor(void *arg) override;
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override;
  bool set_fields_as_dependent_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    if (!(used_tables() & OUTER_REF_TABLE_BIT))
    {
      depended_from= (st_select_lex *) arg;
      item_equal= NULL;
    }
    return 0;
  }
  void cleanup() override;
  Item_equal *get_item_equal() override { return item_equal; }
  void set_item_equal(Item_equal *item_eq) override { item_equal= item_eq; }
  Item_equal *find_item_equal(COND_EQUAL *cond_equal) override;
  bool contains(Field *field);
  Item* propagate_equal_fields(THD *, const Context &, COND_EQUAL *) override;
  Item *replace_equal_field(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override;
  uint32 max_display_length() const override
  { return field->max_display_length(); }
  Item_field *field_for_view_update() override { return this; }
  int fix_outer_field(THD *thd, Field **field, Item **reference);
  Item *update_value_transformer(THD *thd, uchar *select_arg) override;
  Item *derived_field_transformer_for_having(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override;
  Item *derived_field_transformer_for_where(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override;
  Item *grouping_field_transformer_for_where(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override;
  Item *in_subq_field_transformer_for_where(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override;
  Item *in_subq_field_transformer_for_having(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  bool excl_dep_on_table(table_map tab_map) override;
  bool excl_dep_on_grouping_fields(st_select_lex *sel) override;
  bool excl_dep_on_in_subq_left_part(Item_in_subselect *subq_pred) override;
  bool cleanup_excluding_fields_processor(void *arg) override
  { return field ? 0 : cleanup_processor(arg); }
  bool cleanup_excluding_const_fields_processor(void *arg) override
  { return field && const_item() ? 0 : cleanup_processor(arg); }

  bool is_outer_field() const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    return field->table->pos_in_table_list->outer_join;
  }
  bool check_index_dependence(void *arg) override;
  void set_refers_to_temp_table();
  friend class Item_default_value;
  friend class Item_insert_value;
  friend class st_select_lex_unit;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_field>(thd, this); }
  Item* deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


/**
  Item_field for the ROW data type
*/
class Item_field_row: public Item_field,
                      public Item_args
{
public:
  Item_field_row(THD *thd, Field *field)
   :Item_field(thd, field),
    Item_args()
  { }

  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_row; }
  uint cols() const override { return arg_count; }
  Item* element_index(uint i) override { return arg_count ? args[i] : this; }
  Item** addr(uint i) override { return arg_count ? args + i : NULL; }
  bool check_cols(uint c) override
  {
    if (cols() != c)
    {
      my_error(ER_OPERAND_COLUMNS, MYF(0), c);
      return true;
    }
    return false;
  }
  bool row_create_items(THD *thd, List<Spvar_definition> *list);

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_field_row>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_null :public Item_basic_constant
{
public:
  Item_null(THD *thd, const char *name_par=0, CHARSET_INFO *cs= &my_charset_bin):
    Item_basic_constant(thd)
  {
    set_maybe_null();
    null_value= TRUE;
    max_length= 0;
    name.str= name_par ? name_par : "NULL";
    name.length= strlen(name.str);
    collation.set(cs, DERIVATION_IGNORABLE, MY_REPERTOIRE_ASCII);
  }
  Type type() const override { return NULL_ITEM; }
  bool vcol_assignment_allowed_value() const override { return true; }
  bool val_bool() override;
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String *str) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  longlong val_datetime_packed(THD *) override;
  longlong val_time_packed(THD *) override;
  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions) override;
  int save_safe_in_field(Field *field) override;
  bool send(Protocol *protocol, st_value *buffer) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_null; }
  bool basic_const_item() const override { return true; }
  Item *clone_constant(THD *thd) const override;
  bool const_is_null() const override { return true; }
  bool is_null() override { return true; }

  void print(String *str, enum_query_type) override
  {
    str->append(NULL_clex_str);
  }

  Item *safe_charset_converter(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *tocs) override;
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *) override { return false; }
  Item_basic_constant *make_string_literal_concat(THD *thd,
                                                  const LEX_CSTRING *)
    override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_null>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};

class Item_null_result :public Item_null
{
public:
  Field *result_field;
  Item_null_result(THD *thd): Item_null(thd), result_field(0) {}
  bool is_result_field() override { return result_field != 0; }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    if (result_field)
      return result_field->type_handler();
    return &type_handler_null;
  }
  Field *create_tmp_field_ex(MEM_ROOT *, TABLE *, Tmp_field_src *,
                             const Tmp_field_param *) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return NULL;
  }
  void save_in_result_field(bool no_conversions) override
  {
    save_in_field(result_field, no_conversions);
  }
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override { return true; }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(full_name(), arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
};

/*
  Item represents one placeholder ('?') of prepared statement

  Notes:
  Item_param::field_type() is used when this item is in a temporary table.
  This is NOT placeholder metadata sent to client, as this value
  is assigned after sending metadata (in setup_one_conversion_function).
  For example in case of 'SELECT ?' you'll get MYSQL_TYPE_STRING both
  in result set and placeholders metadata, no matter what type you will
  supply for this placeholder in mysql_stmt_execute.

  Item_param has two Type_handler pointers,
  which can point to different handlers:

  1. In the Type_handler_hybrid_field_type member
     It's initialized in:
     - Item_param::setup_conversion(), for client-server PS protocol,
       according to the bind type.
     - Item_param::set_from_item(), for EXECUTE and EXECUTE IMMEDIATE,
       according to the actual parameter data type.

  2. In the "value" member.
     It's initialized in:
     - Item_param::set_param_func(), for client-server PS protocol.
     - Item_param::set_from_item(), for EXECUTE and EXECUTE IMMEDIATE.
*/

class Item_param :public Item_basic_value,
                  private Settable_routine_parameter,
                  public Rewritable_query_parameter,
                  private Type_handler_hybrid_field_type
{
  /*
    NO_VALUE is a special value meaning that the parameter has not been
    assigned yet. Item_param::state is assigned to NO_VALUE in constructor
    and is used at prepare time.

    1. At prepare time
      Item_param::fix_fields() sets "fixed" to true,
      but as Item_param::state is still NO_VALUE,
      Item_param::basic_const_item() returns false. This prevents various
      optimizations to happen at prepare time fix_fields().
      For example, in this query:
        PREPARE stmt FROM 'SELECT FORMAT(10000,2,?)';
      Item_param::basic_const_item() is tested from
      Item_func_format::fix_length_and_dec().

    2. At execute time:
      When Item_param gets a value
      (or a pseudo-value like DEFAULT_VALUE or IGNORE_VALUE):
      - Item_param::state changes from NO_VALUE to something else
      - Item_param::fixed is changed to true
      All Item_param::set_xxx() make sure to do so.
      In the state with an assigned value:
      - Item_param::basic_const_item() returns true
      - Item::type() returns NULL_ITEM or CONST_ITEM,
        depending on the value assigned.
      So in this state Item_param behaves in many cases like a literal.

      When Item_param::cleanup() is called:
      - Item_param::state does not change
      - Item_param::fixed changes to false
      Note, this puts Item_param into an inconsistent state:
      - Item_param::basic_const_item() still returns "true"
      - Item_param::type() still pretends to be a basic constant Item
      Both are not expected in combination with fixed==false.
      However, these methods are not really called in this state,
      see asserts in Item_param::basic_const_item() and Item_param::type().

      When Item_param::reset() is called:
      - Item_param::state changes to NO_VALUE
      - Item_param::fixed changes to false
  */
  enum enum_item_param_state
  {
    NO_VALUE, NULL_VALUE, SHORT_DATA_VALUE, LONG_DATA_VALUE,
    DEFAULT_VALUE, IGNORE_VALUE
  } state;

  void fix_temporal(uint32 max_length_arg, uint decimals_arg);

  struct CONVERSION_INFO
  {
    /*
      Character sets conversion info for string values.
      Character sets of client and connection defined at bind time are used
      for all conversions, even if one of them is later changed (i.e.
      between subsequent calls to mysql_stmt_execute).
    */
    CHARSET_INFO *character_set_client;
    CHARSET_INFO *character_set_of_placeholder;
    /*
      This points at character set of connection if conversion
      to it is required (i. e. if placeholder typecode is not BLOB).
      Otherwise it's equal to character_set_client (to simplify
      check in convert_str_value()).
    */
    CHARSET_INFO *final_character_set_of_str_value;
  private:
    bool needs_conversion() const
    {
      return final_character_set_of_str_value !=
             character_set_of_placeholder;
    }
    bool convert(THD *thd, String *str);
  public:
    void set(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *cs);
    bool convert_if_needed(THD *thd, String *str)
    {
      /*
        Check is so simple because all charsets were set up properly
        in setup_one_conversion_function, where typecode of
        placeholder was also taken into account: the variables are different
        here only if conversion is really necessary.
      */
      if (needs_conversion())
        return convert(thd, str);
      str->set_charset(final_character_set_of_str_value);
      return false;
    }
  };

  bool m_empty_string_is_null;

  class PValue_simple
  {
  public:
    union
    {
      longlong integer;
      double   real;
      CONVERSION_INFO cs_info;
      MYSQL_TIME     time;
    };
    void swap(PValue_simple &other)
    {
      swap_variables(PValue_simple, *this, other);
    }
  };

  class PValue: public Type_handler_hybrid_field_type,
                public PValue_simple,
                public Value_source
  {
  public:
    PValue(): Type_handler_hybrid_field_type(&type_handler_null) {}
    my_decimal m_decimal;
    String m_string;
    /*
      A buffer for string and long data values. Historically all allocated
      values returned from val_str() were treated as eligible to
      modification. I. e. in some cases Item_func_concat can append it's
      second argument to return value of the first one. Because of that we
      can't return the original buffer holding string data from val_str(),
      and have to have one buffer for data and another just pointing to
      the data. This is the latter one and it's returned from val_str().
      Can not be declared inside the union as it's not a POD type.
    */
    String m_string_ptr;

    void swap(PValue &other)
    {
      Type_handler_hybrid_field_type::swap(other);
      PValue_simple::swap(other);
      m_decimal.swap(other.m_decimal);
      m_string.swap(other.m_string);
      m_string_ptr.swap(other.m_string_ptr);
    }
    double val_real(const Type_std_attributes *attr) const;
    longlong val_int(const Type_std_attributes *attr) const;
    my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *dec, const Type_std_attributes *attr);
    String *val_str(String *str, const Type_std_attributes *attr);
  };

  PValue value;

  const String *value_query_val_str(THD *thd, String* str) const;
  Item *value_clone_item(THD *thd) const;
  bool is_evaluable_expression() const override;
  bool check_assignability_to(const Field *field, bool ignore) const override;
  bool can_return_value() const;

public:
  /*
    Used for bulk protocol only.
  */
  enum enum_indicator_type indicator;

  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return Type_handler_hybrid_field_type::type_handler(); }

  bool vcol_assignment_allowed_value() const override
  {
    switch (state) {
    case NULL_VALUE:
    case DEFAULT_VALUE:
    case IGNORE_VALUE:
      return true;
    case NO_VALUE:
    case SHORT_DATA_VALUE:
    case LONG_DATA_VALUE:
      break;
    }
    return false;
  }

  Item_param(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name_arg,
             uint pos_in_query_arg, uint len_in_query_arg);

  void cleanup() override
  {
    m_default_field= NULL;
    Item::cleanup();
  }

  Type type() const override
  {
    // Don't pretend to be a constant unless value for this item is set.
    switch (state) {
    case NO_VALUE:         return PARAM_ITEM;
    case NULL_VALUE:       return NULL_ITEM;
    case SHORT_DATA_VALUE: return CONST_ITEM;
    case LONG_DATA_VALUE:  return CONST_ITEM;
    case DEFAULT_VALUE:    return PARAM_ITEM;
    case IGNORE_VALUE:     return PARAM_ITEM;
    }
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return PARAM_ITEM;
  }

  bool is_order_clause_position() const override
  {
    return state == SHORT_DATA_VALUE &&
           type_handler()->is_order_clause_position_type();
  }

  const Item_const *get_item_const() const override
  {
    switch (state) {
    case SHORT_DATA_VALUE:
    case LONG_DATA_VALUE:
    case NULL_VALUE:
      return this;
    case IGNORE_VALUE:
    case DEFAULT_VALUE:
    case NO_VALUE:
      break;
    }
    return NULL;
  }

  bool const_is_null() const override { return state == NULL_VALUE; }
  bool can_return_const_value(Item_result type) const
  {
    return can_return_value() &&
           value.type_handler()->cmp_type() == type &&
           type_handler()->cmp_type() == type;
  }
  const longlong *const_ptr_longlong() const override
  { return can_return_const_value(INT_RESULT) ? &value.integer : NULL; }
  const double *const_ptr_double() const override
  { return can_return_const_value(REAL_RESULT) ? &value.real : NULL; }
  const my_decimal *const_ptr_my_decimal() const override
  { return can_return_const_value(DECIMAL_RESULT) ? &value.m_decimal : NULL; }
  const MYSQL_TIME *const_ptr_mysql_time() const override
  { return can_return_const_value(TIME_RESULT) ? &value.time : NULL; }
  const String *const_ptr_string() const override
  { return can_return_const_value(STRING_RESULT) ? &value.m_string : NULL; }

  double val_real() override
  {
    return can_return_value() ? value.val_real(this) : 0e0;
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    return can_return_value() ? value.val_int(this) : 0;
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *dec) override
  {
    return can_return_value() ? value.val_decimal(dec, this) : NULL;
  }
  String *val_str(String *str) override
  {
    return can_return_value() ? value.val_str(str, this) : NULL;
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *tm, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override
  {
    return Item_param::type_handler()->Item_param_val_native(thd, this, to);
  }

  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions) override;

  void set_default(bool set_type_handler_null);
  void set_ignore(bool set_type_handler_null);
  void set_null(const DTCollation &c);
  void set_null_string(const DTCollation &c)
  {
    /*
      We need to distinguish explicit NULL (marked by DERIVATION_IGNORABLE)
      from other item types:

      - These statements should give an error, because
        the character set of the bound parameter is not known:
          EXECUTE IMMEDIATE "SELECT ? COLLATE utf8mb4_bin" USING NULL;
          EXECUTE IMMEDIATE "SELECT ? COLLATE utf8mb4_bin" USING CONCAT(NULL);

      - These statements should return a good result, because
        the character set of the bound parameter is known:
          EXECUTE IMMEDIATE "SELECT ? COLLATE utf8mb4_bin"
                      USING CONVERT(NULL USING utf8mb4);
          EXECUTE IMMEDIATE "SELECT ? COLLATE utf8mb4_bin"
                      USING CAST(NULL AS CHAR CHARACTER SET utf8mb4);
    */
    set_null(DTCollation(c.collation, MY_MAX(c.derivation,
                                             DERIVATION_COERCIBLE)));
  }
  void set_null()
  {
    set_null(DTCollation(&my_charset_bin, DERIVATION_IGNORABLE));
  }
  void set_int(longlong i, uint32 max_length_arg);
  void set_double(double i);
  void set_decimal(const char *str, ulong length);
  void set_decimal(const my_decimal *dv, bool unsigned_arg);
  bool set_str(const char *str, ulong length,
               CHARSET_INFO *fromcs, CHARSET_INFO *tocs);
  bool set_longdata(const char *str, ulong length);
  void set_time(MYSQL_TIME *tm, timestamp_type type, uint32 max_length_arg);
  void set_time(const MYSQL_TIME *tm, uint32 max_length_arg, uint decimals_arg);
  bool set_from_item(THD *thd, Item *item);
  void reset();

  void set_param_tiny(uchar **pos, ulong len);
  void set_param_short(uchar **pos, ulong len);
  void set_param_int32(uchar **pos, ulong len);
  void set_param_int64(uchar **pos, ulong len);
  void set_param_float(uchar **pos, ulong len);
  void set_param_double(uchar **pos, ulong len);
  void set_param_decimal(uchar **pos, ulong len);
  void set_param_time(uchar **pos, ulong len);
  void set_param_datetime(uchar **pos, ulong len);
  void set_param_date(uchar **pos, ulong len);
  void set_param_str(uchar **pos, ulong len);

  void setup_conversion(THD *thd, uchar param_type);
  void setup_conversion_blob(THD *thd);
  void setup_conversion_string(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *fromcs);

  /*
    Assign placeholder value from bind data.
    Note, that 'len' has different semantics in embedded library (as we
    don't need to check that packet is not broken there). See
    sql_prepare.cc for details.
  */
  void set_param_func(uchar **pos, ulong len)
  {
    /*
      To avoid Item_param::set_xxx() asserting on data type mismatch,
      we set the value type handler here:
      - It can not be initialized yet after Item_param::setup_conversion().
      - Also, for LIMIT clause parameters, the value type handler might have
        changed from the real type handler to type_handler_longlong.
        So here we'll restore it.
    */
    const Type_handler *h= Item_param::type_handler();
    value.set_handler(h);
    h->Item_param_set_param_func(this, pos, len);
  }

  bool set_value(THD *thd, const Type_all_attributes *attr,
                 const st_value *val, const Type_handler *h)
  {
    value.set_handler(h); // See comments in set_param_func()
    return h->Item_param_set_from_value(thd, this, attr, val);
  }

  bool set_limit_clause_param(longlong nr)
  {
    value.set_handler(&type_handler_slonglong);
    set_int(nr, MY_INT64_NUM_DECIMAL_DIGITS);
    return !unsigned_flag && value.integer < 0;
  }
  const String *query_val_str(THD *thd, String *str) const;

  bool convert_str_value(THD *thd);

  /*
    If value for parameter was not set we treat it as non-const
    so no one will use parameters value in fix_fields still
    parameter is constant during execution.
  */
  bool const_item() const override
  {
    return state != NO_VALUE;
  }
  table_map used_tables() const override
  {
    return state != NO_VALUE ? (table_map)0 : PARAM_TABLE_BIT;
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  bool is_null() override
  { DBUG_ASSERT(state != NO_VALUE); return state == NULL_VALUE; }
  bool basic_const_item() const override;
  bool has_no_value() const
  {
    return state == NO_VALUE;
  }
  bool has_long_data_value() const
  {
    return state == LONG_DATA_VALUE;
  }
  bool has_int_value() const
  {
    return state == SHORT_DATA_VALUE &&
           value.type_handler()->cmp_type() == INT_RESULT;
  }
  bool is_stored_routine_parameter() const override { return true; }
  /*
    This method is used to make a copy of a basic constant item when
    propagating constants in the optimizer. The reason to create a new
    item and not use the existing one is not precisely known (2005/04/16).
    Probably we are trying to preserve tree structure of items, in other
    words, avoid pointing at one item from two different nodes of the tree.
    Return a new basic constant item if parameter value is a basic
    constant, assert otherwise. This method is called only if
    basic_const_item returned TRUE.
  */
  Item *safe_charset_converter(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *tocs) override;
  Item *clone_constant(THD *thd) const override;
  void set_param_type_and_swap_value(Item_param *from);

  Rewritable_query_parameter *get_rewritable_query_parameter() override
  { return this; }
  Settable_routine_parameter *get_settable_routine_parameter() override
  { return m_is_settable_routine_parameter ? this : nullptr; }

  bool append_for_log(THD *thd, String *str) override;
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *) override { return false; }

  bool add_as_clone(THD *thd);
  void sync_clones();
  bool register_clone(Item_param *i) { return m_clones.push_back(i); }

  void raise_error_not_evaluable() override
  {
    invalid_default_param();
  }

private:
  void invalid_default_param() const;
  bool set_value(THD *thd, sp_rcontext *ctx, Item **it) override;
  void set_out_param_info(Send_field *info) override;

public:
  const Send_field *get_out_param_info() const override;
  Item_param *get_item_param() override { return this; }
  void make_send_field(THD *thd, Send_field *field) override;

  /**
    See comments on @see Item::associate_with_target_field for method
    description
  */
  bool associate_with_target_field(THD *, Item_field *field) override
  {
    m_associated_field= field;
    return false;
  }
  bool assign_default(Field *field);

private:
  Send_field *m_out_param_info;
  bool m_is_settable_routine_parameter;
  /*
    Array of all references of this parameter marker used in a CTE to its clones
    created for copies of this marker used the CTE's copies. It's used to
    synchronize the actual value of the parameter with the values of the clones.
  */
  Mem_root_array<Item_param *, true> m_clones;
  Item_field *m_associated_field;
  Field *m_default_field;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override { return nullptr; }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override { return nullptr; }
};


class Item_int :public Item_num
{
public:
  longlong value;
  Item_int(THD *thd, int32 i,size_t length= MY_INT32_NUM_DECIMAL_DIGITS):
    Item_num(thd), value((longlong) i)
    { max_length=(uint32)length; }
  Item_int(THD *thd, longlong i,size_t length= MY_INT64_NUM_DECIMAL_DIGITS):
    Item_num(thd), value(i)
    { max_length=(uint32)length; }
  Item_int(THD *thd, ulonglong i, size_t length= MY_INT64_NUM_DECIMAL_DIGITS):
    Item_num(thd), value((longlong)i)
    { max_length=(uint32)length; unsigned_flag= 1; }
  Item_int(THD *thd, const char *str_arg,longlong i,size_t length):
    Item_num(thd), value(i)
    {
      max_length=(uint32)length;
      name.str= str_arg; name.length= safe_strlen(name.str);
    }
  Item_int(THD *thd, const char *str_arg,longlong i,size_t length, bool flag):
    Item_num(thd), value(i)
    {
      max_length=(uint32)length;
      name.str= str_arg; name.length= safe_strlen(name.str);
      unsigned_flag= flag;
    }
  Item_int(const char *str_arg,longlong i,size_t length):
    Item_num(), value(i)
    {
      max_length=(uint32)length;
      name.str= str_arg; name.length= safe_strlen(name.str);
      unsigned_flag= 1;
    }
  Item_int(THD *thd, const char *str_arg, size_t length=64);
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return type_handler_long_or_longlong(); }
  Field *create_field_for_create_select(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table) override
  { return tmp_table_field_from_field_type(root, table); }
  const longlong *const_ptr_longlong() const override { return &value; }
  bool val_bool() override { return value != 0; }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_cond());
    return value;
  }
  longlong val_int_min() const override { return value; }
  double val_real() override { return (double) value; }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  String *val_str(String*) override;
  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions) override;
  bool is_order_clause_position() const override { return true; }
  Item *clone_constant(THD *thd) const override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  Item *neg(THD *thd) override;
  decimal_digits_t decimal_precision() const override
  { return (decimal_digits_t) (max_length - MY_TEST(value < 0)); }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_int>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


/*
  We sometimes need to distinguish a number from a boolean:
  a[1] and a[true] are different things in XPath.
  Also in JSON boolean values should be treated differently.
*/
class Item_bool :public Item_int
{
public:
  Item_bool(THD *thd, const char *str_arg, longlong i):
    Item_int(thd, str_arg, i, 1) {}
  Item_bool(THD *thd, bool i) :Item_int(thd, (longlong) i, 1) { }
  Item_bool(const char *str_arg, longlong i):
    Item_int(str_arg, i, 1) {}
  bool is_bool_literal() const override { return true; }
  Item *neg_transformer(THD *thd) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_bool; }
  const Type_handler *fixed_type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_bool; }
  void quick_fix_field() override
  {
    /*
      We can get here when Item_bool is created instead of a constant
      predicate at various condition optimization stages in sql_select.
    */
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_bool>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


class Item_bool_static :public Item_bool
{
public:
  Item_bool_static(const char *str_arg, longlong i):
    Item_bool(str_arg, i) {};

  /* Don't mark static items as top level item */
  virtual void top_level_item() override {}
  void set_join_tab_idx(uint8 join_tab_idx_arg) override
  { DBUG_ASSERT(0); }

  void cleanup() override {}

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_bool_static>(thd, this); }
};

/* The following variablese are stored in a read only segment */
extern Item_bool_static *Item_false, *Item_true;

class Item_uint :public Item_int
{
public:
  Item_uint(THD *thd, const char *str_arg, size_t length);
  Item_uint(THD *thd, ulonglong i): Item_int(thd, i, 10) {}
  Item_uint(THD *thd, const char *str_arg, longlong i, uint length);
  double val_real() override { return ulonglong2double((ulonglong)value); }
  Item *clone_constant(THD *thd) const override;
  Item *neg(THD *thd) override;
  decimal_digits_t decimal_precision() const override
  { return decimal_digits_t(max_length); }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_uint>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_datetime :public Item_int
{
protected:
  MYSQL_TIME ltime;
public:
  Item_datetime(THD *thd): Item_int(thd, 0) { unsigned_flag=0; }
  Item_datetime(THD *thd, const Datetime &dt, decimal_digits_t dec)
   :Item_int(thd, 0),
    ltime(*dt.get_mysql_time())
  {
    unsigned_flag= 0;
    decimals= dec;
  }
  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions) override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  double val_real() override { return (double)val_int(); }
  void set(const MYSQL_TIME *datetime) { ltime= *datetime; }
  void set_from_packed(longlong packed, enum_mysql_timestamp_type ts_type);
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *to, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    *to= ltime;
    return false;
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
};


/* decimal (fixed point) constant */
class Item_decimal :public Item_num
{
protected:
  my_decimal decimal_value;
public:
  Item_decimal(THD *thd, const char *str_arg, size_t length,
               CHARSET_INFO *charset);
  Item_decimal(THD *thd, const char *str, const my_decimal *val_arg,
               uint decimal_par, uint length);
  Item_decimal(THD *thd, const my_decimal *value_par);
  Item_decimal(THD *thd, longlong val, bool unsig);
  Item_decimal(THD *thd, double val, int precision, int scale);
  Item_decimal(THD *thd, const uchar *bin, int precision, int scale);

  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_newdecimal; }
  bool val_bool() override
  { return decimal_value.to_bool(); }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_cond());
    return decimal_value.to_longlong(unsigned_flag);
  }
  double val_real() override
  { return decimal_value.to_double(); }
  String *val_str(String *to) override
  { return decimal_value.to_string(to); }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *val) override
  { return &decimal_value; }
  const my_decimal *const_ptr_my_decimal() const override
  { return &decimal_value; }
  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions) override;
  Item *clone_constant(THD *thd) const override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    decimal_value.to_string(&str_value);
    str->append(str_value);
  }
  Item *neg(THD *thd) override;
  decimal_digits_t decimal_precision() const override
  { return decimal_value.precision(); }
  void set_decimal_value(my_decimal *value_par);

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_decimal>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


class Item_float :public Item_num
{
  const char *presentation;
public:
  double value;
  Item_float(THD *thd, const char *str_arg, size_t length);
  Item_float(THD *thd, const char *str, double val_arg, uint decimal_par,
             uint length): Item_num(thd), value(val_arg)
  {
    presentation= name.str= str;
    name.length= safe_strlen(str);
    decimals=(uint8) decimal_par;
    max_length= length;
  }
  Item_float(THD *thd, double value_par, uint decimal_par):
    Item_num(thd), presentation(0), value(value_par)
  {
    decimals= (uint8) decimal_par;
  }
  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_double; }
  const double *const_ptr_double() const override { return &value; }
  bool val_bool() override { return value != 0.0; }
  double val_real() override { return value; }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_cond());
    if (value <= (double) LONGLONG_MIN)
    {
       return LONGLONG_MIN;
    }
    else if (value >= (double) (ulonglong) LONGLONG_MAX)
    {
      return LONGLONG_MAX;
    }
    return (longlong) rint(value);
  }
  String *val_str(String*) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  Item *clone_constant(THD *thd) const override;
  Item *neg(THD *thd) override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_float>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


class Item_static_float_func :public Item_float
{
  const char *func_name;
public:
  Item_static_float_func(THD *thd, const char *str, double val_arg,
                         uint decimal_par, uint length):
    Item_float(thd, NullS, val_arg, decimal_par, length), func_name(str)
  {}
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type) override
  {
    str->append(func_name, strlen(func_name));
  }
  Item *safe_charset_converter(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *tocs) override
  {
    return const_charset_converter(thd, tocs, true, func_name);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_static_float_func>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_string :public Item_literal
{
protected:
  void fix_from_value(Derivation dv, const Metadata metadata)
  {
    fix_charset_and_length(str_value.charset(), dv, metadata);
  }
  void fix_and_set_name_from_value(THD *thd, Derivation dv,
                                   const Metadata metadata)
  {
    fix_from_value(dv, metadata);
    set_name(thd, &str_value);
  }
protected:
  /* Just create an item and do not fill string representation */
  Item_string(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *cs, Derivation dv= DERIVATION_COERCIBLE):
    Item_literal(thd)
  {
    collation.set(cs, dv);
    max_length= 0;
    set_name(thd, NULL, 0, system_charset_info);
    decimals= NOT_FIXED_DEC;
  }
public:
  Item_string(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *csi, const char *str_arg, uint length_arg)
   :Item_literal(thd)
  {
    collation.set(csi, DERIVATION_COERCIBLE);
    set_name(thd, NULL, 0, system_charset_info);
    decimals= NOT_FIXED_DEC;
    str_value.copy(str_arg, length_arg, csi);
    max_length= str_value.numchars() * csi->mbmaxlen;
  }
  // Constructors with the item name set from its value
  Item_string(THD *thd, const char *str, uint length, CHARSET_INFO *cs,
              Derivation dv, my_repertoire_t repertoire)
   :Item_literal(thd)
  {
    str_value.set_or_copy_aligned(str, length, cs);
    fix_and_set_name_from_value(thd, dv, Metadata(&str_value, repertoire));
  }
  Item_string(THD *thd, const char *str, size_t length,
              CHARSET_INFO *cs, Derivation dv= DERIVATION_COERCIBLE)
   :Item_literal(thd)
  {
    str_value.set_or_copy_aligned(str, length, cs);
    fix_and_set_name_from_value(thd, dv, Metadata(&str_value));
  }
  Item_string(THD *thd, const String *str, CHARSET_INFO *tocs, uint *conv_errors,
              Derivation dv, my_repertoire_t repertoire)
   :Item_literal(thd)
  {
    if (str_value.copy(str, tocs, conv_errors))
      str_value.set("", 0, tocs); // EOM ?
    str_value.mark_as_const();
    fix_and_set_name_from_value(thd, dv, Metadata(&str_value, repertoire));
  }
  // Constructors with an externally provided item name
  Item_string(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING &name_par, const LEX_CSTRING &str,
              CHARSET_INFO *cs, Derivation dv= DERIVATION_COERCIBLE)
   :Item_literal(thd)
  {
    str_value.set_or_copy_aligned(str.str, str.length, cs);
    fix_from_value(dv, Metadata(&str_value));
    set_name(thd, name_par);
  }
  Item_string(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING &name_par, const LEX_CSTRING &str,
              CHARSET_INFO *cs, Derivation dv, my_repertoire_t repertoire)
   :Item_literal(thd)
  {
    str_value.set_or_copy_aligned(str.str, str.length, cs);
    fix_from_value(dv, Metadata(&str_value, repertoire));
    set_name(thd, name_par);
  }
  void print_value(String *to) const
  {
    str_value.print(to);
  }
  bool val_bool() override { return val_real() != 0.0; }
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  const String *const_ptr_string() const override { return &str_value; }
  String *val_str(String*) override
  {
    return (String*) &str_value;
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    return get_date_from_string(thd, ltime, fuzzydate);
  }
  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return  Type_handler::string_type_handler(max_length); }
  Item *clone_constant(THD *thd) const override;
  Item *safe_charset_converter(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *tocs) override
  {
    return const_charset_converter(thd, tocs, true);
  }
  inline void append(const char *str, uint length)
  {
    str_value.append(str, length);
    max_length= str_value.numchars() * collation.collation->mbmaxlen;
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;

  /**
    Return TRUE if character-set-introducer was explicitly specified in the
    original query for this item (text literal).

    This operation is to be called from Item_string::print(). The idea is
    that when a query is generated (re-constructed) from the Item-tree,
    character-set-introducers should appear only for those literals, where
    they were explicitly specified by the user. Otherwise, that may lead to
    loss collation information (character set introducers implies default
    collation for the literal).

    Basically, that makes sense only for views and hopefully will be gone
    one day when we start using original query as a view definition.

    @return This operation returns the value of m_cs_specified attribute.
      @retval TRUE if character set introducer was explicitly specified in
      the original query.
      @retval FALSE otherwise.
  */
  virtual bool is_cs_specified() const
  {
    return false;
  }

  String *check_well_formed_result(bool send_error)
  { return Item::check_well_formed_result(&str_value, send_error); }

  Item_basic_constant *make_string_literal_concat(THD *thd,
                                                  const LEX_CSTRING *) override;
  Item *make_odbc_literal(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *typestr) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_string>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


class Item_string_with_introducer :public Item_string
{
public:
  Item_string_with_introducer(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING &str,
                              CHARSET_INFO *cs):
    Item_string(thd, str.str, str.length, cs)
  { }
  Item_string_with_introducer(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING &name_arg,
                              const LEX_CSTRING &str, CHARSET_INFO *tocs):
    Item_string(thd, name_arg, str, tocs)
  { }
  bool is_cs_specified() const override
  {
    return true;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_string_with_introducer>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_string_sys :public Item_string
{
public:
  Item_string_sys(THD *thd, const char *str, uint length):
    Item_string(thd, str, length, system_charset_info)
  { }
  Item_string_sys(THD *thd, const char *str):
    Item_string(thd, str, (uint) strlen(str), system_charset_info)
  { }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_string_sys>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_string_ascii :public Item_string
{
public:
  Item_string_ascii(THD *thd, const char *str, uint length):
    Item_string(thd, str, length, &my_charset_latin1,
                DERIVATION_COERCIBLE, MY_REPERTOIRE_ASCII)
  { }
  Item_string_ascii(THD *thd, const char *str):
    Item_string(thd, str, (uint) strlen(str), &my_charset_latin1,
                DERIVATION_COERCIBLE, MY_REPERTOIRE_ASCII)
  { }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_string_ascii>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_static_string_func :public Item_string
{
  const LEX_CSTRING func_name;
public:
  Item_static_string_func(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING &name_par,
                          const LEX_CSTRING &str, CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                          Derivation dv= DERIVATION_COERCIBLE):
    Item_string(thd, LEX_CSTRING({NullS,0}), str, cs, dv), func_name(name_par)
  {}
  Item_static_string_func(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING &name_par,
                          const String *str,
                          CHARSET_INFO *tocs, uint *conv_errors,
                          Derivation dv, my_repertoire_t repertoire):
    Item_string(thd, str, tocs, conv_errors, dv, repertoire),
    func_name(name_par)
  {}
  Item *safe_charset_converter(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *tocs) override
  {
    return const_charset_converter(thd, tocs, true, func_name.str);
  }

  void print(String *str, enum_query_type) override
  {
    str->append(func_name);
  }

  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *) override { return true; }

  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  { // VCOL_TIME_FUNC because the value is not constant, but does not
    // require fix_fields() to be re-run for every statement.
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name.str, arg, VCOL_TIME_FUNC);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_static_string_func>(thd, this); }
};


/* for show tables */
class Item_partition_func_safe_string: public Item_string
{
public:
  Item_partition_func_safe_string(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING &name_arg,
                                  uint length, CHARSET_INFO *cs):
    Item_string(thd, name_arg, LEX_CSTRING({0,0}), cs)
  {
    max_length= length;
  }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override 
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function("safe_string", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_partition_func_safe_string>(thd, this); }
};


/**
  Item_empty_string -- is a utility class to put an item into List<Item>
  which is then used in protocol.send_result_set_metadata() when sending SHOW output to
  the client.
*/

class Item_empty_string :public Item_partition_func_safe_string
{
public:
  Item_empty_string(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING &header, uint length,
                    CHARSET_INFO *cs= &my_charset_utf8mb3_general_ci)
   :Item_partition_func_safe_string(thd, header, length * cs->mbmaxlen, cs)
  { }
  Item_empty_string(THD *thd, const char *header, uint length,
                    CHARSET_INFO *cs= &my_charset_utf8mb3_general_ci)
   :Item_partition_func_safe_string(thd, LEX_CSTRING({header, strlen(header)}),
                                    length * cs->mbmaxlen, cs)
  { }
  void make_send_field(THD *thd, Send_field *field) override;
};


class Item_return_int :public Item_int
{
  enum_field_types int_field_type;
public:
  Item_return_int(THD *thd, const char *name_arg, uint length,
		  enum_field_types field_type_arg, longlong value_arg= 0):
    Item_int(thd, name_arg, value_arg, length), int_field_type(field_type_arg)
  {
    unsigned_flag=1;
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    const Type_handler *h=
      Type_handler::get_handler_by_field_type(int_field_type);
    return unsigned_flag ? h->type_handler_unsigned() : h;
  }
};


/**
  Item_hex_constant -- a common class for hex literals: X'HHHH' and 0xHHHH
*/
class Item_hex_constant: public Item_literal
{
private:
  void hex_string_init(THD *thd, const char *str, size_t str_length);
public:
  Item_hex_constant(THD *thd): Item_literal(thd)
  {
    hex_string_init(thd, "", 0);
  }
  Item_hex_constant(THD *thd, const char *str, size_t str_length):
    Item_literal(thd)
  {
    hex_string_init(thd, str, str_length);
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_varchar; }
  Item *safe_charset_converter(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *tocs) override
  {
    return const_charset_converter(thd, tocs, true);
  }
  const String *const_ptr_string() const override { return &str_value; }
  String *val_str(String*) override { return &str_value; }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    return type_handler()->Item_get_date_with_warn(thd, this, ltime, fuzzydate);
  }
};


/**
  Item_hex_hybrid -- is a class implementing 0xHHHH literals, e.g.:
    SELECT 0x3132;
  They can behave as numbers and as strings depending on context.
*/
class Item_hex_hybrid: public Item_hex_constant
{
public:
  Item_hex_hybrid(THD *thd): Item_hex_constant(thd) {}
  Item_hex_hybrid(THD *thd, const char *str, size_t str_length):
    Item_hex_constant(thd, str, str_length) {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_hex_hybrid; }
  decimal_digits_t decimal_precision() const override;
  bool val_bool() override
  {
    return longlong_from_hex_hybrid(str_value.ptr(), str_value.length()) != 0;
  }
  double val_real() override
  {
    return (double) (ulonglong) Item_hex_hybrid::val_int();
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_cond());
    return longlong_from_hex_hybrid(str_value.ptr(), str_value.length());
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *decimal_value) override
  {
    longlong value= Item_hex_hybrid::val_int();
    int2my_decimal(E_DEC_FATAL_ERROR, value, TRUE, decimal_value);
    return decimal_value;
  }
  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool) override
  {
    field->set_notnull();
    return field->store_hex_hybrid(str_value.ptr(), str_value.length());
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_hex_hybrid>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


/**
  Item_hex_string -- is a class implementing X'HHHH' literals, e.g.:
    SELECT X'3132';
  Unlike Item_hex_hybrid, X'HHHH' literals behave as strings in all contexts.
  X'HHHH' are also used in replication of string constants in case of
  "dangerous" charsets (sjis, cp932, big5, gbk) who can have backslash (0x5C)
  as the second byte of a multi-byte character, so using '\' escaping for
  these charsets is not desirable.
*/
class Item_hex_string: public Item_hex_constant
{
public:
  Item_hex_string(THD *thd): Item_hex_constant(thd) {}
  Item_hex_string(THD *thd, const char *str, size_t str_length):
    Item_hex_constant(thd, str, str_length) {}
  bool val_bool() override
  {
    return double_from_string_with_check(&str_value) != 0.0;
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_cond());
    return longlong_from_string_with_check(&str_value);
  }
  double val_real() override
  {
    return double_from_string_with_check(&str_value);
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *decimal_value) override
  {
    return val_decimal_from_string(decimal_value);
  }
  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool) override
  {
    field->set_notnull();
    return field->store(str_value.ptr(), str_value.length(), 
                        collation.collation);
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_hex_string>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


class Item_bin_string: public Item_hex_hybrid
{
public:
  Item_bin_string(THD *thd, const char *str, size_t str_length);
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_bin_string>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_timestamp_literal: public Item_literal
{
  Timestamp_or_zero_datetime m_value;
public:
  Item_timestamp_literal(THD *thd)
   :Item_literal(thd)
  {
    collation= DTCollation_numeric();
  }
  Item_timestamp_literal(THD *thd,
                         const Timestamp_or_zero_datetime &value,
                         decimal_digits_t dec)
   :Item_literal(thd),
    m_value(value)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(value.is_zero_datetime() ||
                !value.to_timestamp().fraction_remainder(dec));
    collation= DTCollation_numeric();
    decimals= dec;
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_timestamp2; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool) override
  {
    Timestamp_or_zero_datetime_native native(m_value, decimals);
    return native.save_in_field(field, decimals);
  }
  bool val_bool() override
  {
    return m_value.to_bool();
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_cond());
    return m_value.to_datetime(current_thd).to_longlong();
  }
  double val_real() override
  {
    return m_value.to_datetime(current_thd).to_double();
  }
  String *val_str(String *to) override
  {
    return m_value.to_datetime(current_thd).to_string(to, decimals);
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *to) override
  {
    return m_value.to_datetime(current_thd).to_decimal(to);
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    bool res= m_value.to_TIME(thd, ltime, fuzzydate);
    DBUG_ASSERT(!res);
    return res;
  }
  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override
  {
    return m_value.to_native(to, decimals);
  }
  const Timestamp_or_zero_datetime &value() const
  {
    return m_value;
  }
  void set_value(const Timestamp_or_zero_datetime &value)
  {
    m_value= value;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_timestamp_literal>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


class Item_temporal_literal :public Item_literal
{
public:
  Item_temporal_literal(THD *thd)
   :Item_literal(thd)
  {
    collation= DTCollation_numeric();
    decimals= 0;
  }
  Item_temporal_literal(THD *thd, decimal_digits_t dec_arg):
    Item_literal(thd)
  {
    collation= DTCollation_numeric();
    decimals= dec_arg;
  }

  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions) override
  { return save_date_in_field(field, no_conversions); }
};


/**
  DATE'2010-01-01'
*/
class Item_date_literal: public Item_temporal_literal
{
protected:
  Date cached_time;
  bool update_null()
  {
    return (maybe_null() &&
            (null_value= cached_time.check_date_with_warn(current_thd)));
  }
public:
  Item_date_literal(THD *thd, const Date *ltime)
    :Item_temporal_literal(thd),
     cached_time(*ltime)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(cached_time.is_valid_date());
    max_length= MAX_DATE_WIDTH;
    /*
      If date has zero month or day, it can return NULL in case of
      NO_ZERO_DATE or NO_ZERO_IN_DATE.
      If date is `February 30`, it can return NULL in case if
      no ALLOW_INVALID_DATES is set.
      We can't set null_value using the current sql_mode here in constructor,
      because sql_mode can change in case of prepared statements
      between PREPARE and EXECUTE.
      Here we only set maybe_null to true if the value has such anomalies.
      Later (during execution time), if maybe_null is true, then the value
      will be checked per row, according to the execution time sql_mode.
      The check_date() below call should cover all cases mentioned.
    */
    set_maybe_null(cached_time.check_date(TIME_NO_ZERO_DATE |
                                          TIME_NO_ZERO_IN_DATE));
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_newdate; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  const MYSQL_TIME *const_ptr_mysql_time() const override
  {
    return cached_time.get_mysql_time();
  }
  Item *clone_constant(THD *thd) const override;
  bool val_bool() override
  {
    return update_null() ? false : cached_time.to_bool();
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_cond());
    return update_null() ? 0 : cached_time.to_longlong();
  }
  double val_real() override
  {
    return update_null() ? 0 : cached_time.to_double();
  }
  String *val_str(String *to) override
  {
    return update_null() ? 0 : cached_time.to_string(to);
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *to) override
  {
    return update_null() ? 0 : cached_time.to_decimal(to);
  }
  longlong val_datetime_packed(THD *thd) override
  {
    return update_null() ? 0 : cached_time.valid_date_to_packed();
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *res, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_date_literal>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


/**
  TIME'10:10:10'
*/
class Item_time_literal final: public Item_temporal_literal
{
protected:
  Time cached_time;
public:
  Item_time_literal(THD *thd, const Time *ltime, decimal_digits_t dec_arg):
    Item_temporal_literal(thd, dec_arg),
    cached_time(*ltime)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(cached_time.is_valid_time());
    max_length= MIN_TIME_WIDTH + (decimals ? decimals + 1 : 0);
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_time2; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  const MYSQL_TIME *const_ptr_mysql_time() const override
  {
    return cached_time.get_mysql_time();
  }
  Item *clone_constant(THD *thd) const override;
  bool val_bool() override
  {
    return cached_time.to_bool();
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_cond());
    return cached_time.to_longlong();
  }
  double val_real() override { return cached_time.to_double(); }
  String *val_str(String *to) override
  { return cached_time.to_string(to, decimals); }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *to) override
  { return cached_time.to_decimal(to); }
  longlong val_time_packed(THD *thd) override
  {
    return cached_time.valid_time_to_packed();
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *res, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override
  {
    return Time(thd, this).to_native(to, decimals);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_time_literal>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


/**
  TIMESTAMP'2001-01-01 10:20:30'
*/

class Item_datetime_literal: public Item_temporal_literal
{
protected:
  Datetime cached_time;
  bool update_null()
  {
    return (maybe_null() &&
            (null_value= cached_time.check_date_with_warn(current_thd)));
  }
public:
  Item_datetime_literal(THD *thd, const Datetime *ltime,
                        decimal_digits_t dec_arg):
    Item_temporal_literal(thd, dec_arg),
    cached_time(*ltime)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(cached_time.is_valid_datetime());
    max_length= MAX_DATETIME_WIDTH + (decimals ? decimals + 1 : 0);
    // See the comment on maybe_null in Item_date_literal
    set_maybe_null(cached_time.check_date(TIME_NO_ZERO_DATE |
                                          TIME_NO_ZERO_IN_DATE));
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_datetime2; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  const MYSQL_TIME *const_ptr_mysql_time() const override
  {
    return cached_time.get_mysql_time();
  }
  Item *clone_constant(THD *thd) const override;
  bool val_bool() override
  {
    return update_null() ? false : cached_time.to_bool();
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_cond());
    return update_null() ? 0 : cached_time.to_longlong();
  }
  double val_real() override
  {
    return update_null() ? 0 : cached_time.to_double();
  }
  String *val_str(String *to) override
  {
    return update_null() ? NULL : cached_time.to_string(to, decimals);
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *to) override
  {
    return update_null() ? NULL : cached_time.to_decimal(to);
  }
  longlong val_datetime_packed(THD *thd) override
  {
    return update_null() ? 0 : cached_time.valid_datetime_to_packed();
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *res, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_datetime_literal>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


/**
  An error-safe counterpart for Item_date_literal
*/
class Item_date_literal_for_invalid_dates: public Item_date_literal
{
  /**
    During equal field propagation we can replace non-temporal constants
    found in equalities to their native temporal equivalents:
      WHERE date_column='2001-01-01'      ... ->
      WHERE date_column=DATE'2001-01-01'  ...

    This is done to make the equal field propagation code handle mixtures of
    different temporal types in the same expressions easier (MDEV-8706), e.g.
      WHERE LENGTH(date_column)=10 AND date_column=TIME'00:00:00'

    Item_date_literal_for_invalid_dates::get_date()
    (unlike the regular Item_date_literal::get_date())
    does not check the result for NO_ZERO_IN_DATE and NO_ZERO_DATE,
    always returns success (false), and does not produce error/warning messages.

    We need these _for_invalid_dates classes to be able to rewrite:
      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE date_column='0000-00-00' ...
    to:
      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE date_column=DATE'0000-00-00' ...

    to avoid returning NULL value instead of '0000-00-00' even
    in sql_mode=TRADITIONAL.
  */
public:
  Item_date_literal_for_invalid_dates(THD *thd, const Date *ltime)
   :Item_date_literal(thd, ltime)
  {
    base_flags&= ~item_base_t::MAYBE_NULL;
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    cached_time.copy_to_mysql_time(ltime);
    return (null_value= false);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_date_literal_for_invalid_dates>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


/**
  An error-safe counterpart for Item_datetime_literal
  (see Item_date_literal_for_invalid_dates for comments)
*/
class Item_datetime_literal_for_invalid_dates final: public Item_datetime_literal
{
public:
  Item_datetime_literal_for_invalid_dates(THD *thd,
                                          const Datetime *ltime,
                                          decimal_digits_t dec_arg)
   :Item_datetime_literal(thd, ltime, dec_arg)
  {
    base_flags&= ~item_base_t::MAYBE_NULL;
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    cached_time.copy_to_mysql_time(ltime);
    return (null_value= false);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_datetime_literal_for_invalid_dates>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


class Used_tables_and_const_cache
{
public:
  /*
    In some cases used_tables_cache is not what used_tables() return
    so the method should be used where one need used tables bit map
    (even internally in Item_func_* code).
  */
  table_map used_tables_cache;
  bool const_item_cache;

  Used_tables_and_const_cache()
   :used_tables_cache(0),
    const_item_cache(true)
  { }
  Used_tables_and_const_cache(const Used_tables_and_const_cache *other)
   :used_tables_cache(other->used_tables_cache),
    const_item_cache(other->const_item_cache)
  { }
  inline void used_tables_and_const_cache_init()
  {
    used_tables_cache= 0;
    const_item_cache= true;
  }
  inline void used_tables_and_const_cache_join(const Item *item)
  {
    used_tables_cache|= item->used_tables();
    const_item_cache&= item->const_item();
  }
  inline void used_tables_and_const_cache_update_and_join(Item *item)
  {
    item->update_used_tables();
    used_tables_and_const_cache_join(item);
  }
  /*
    Call update_used_tables() for all "argc" items in the array "argv"
    and join with the current cache.
    "this" must be initialized with a constructor or
    re-initialized with used_tables_and_const_cache_init().
  */
  void used_tables_and_const_cache_update_and_join(uint argc, Item **argv)
  {
    for (uint i=0 ; i < argc ; i++)
      used_tables_and_const_cache_update_and_join(argv[i]);
  }
  /*
    Call update_used_tables() for all items in the list
    and join with the current cache.
    "this" must be initialized with a constructor or
    re-initialized with used_tables_and_const_cache_init().
  */
  void used_tables_and_const_cache_update_and_join(List<Item> &list)
  {
    List_iterator_fast<Item> li(list);
    Item *item;
    while ((item=li++))
      used_tables_and_const_cache_update_and_join(item);
  }
};


/**
  An abstract class representing common features of
  regular functions and aggregate functions.
*/
class Item_func_or_sum: public Item_result_field,
                        public Item_args,
                        public Used_tables_and_const_cache
{
protected:
  bool agg_arg_charsets(DTCollation &c, Item **items, uint nitems,
                        uint flags, int item_sep)
  {
    return Type_std_attributes::agg_arg_charsets(c, func_name_cstring(),
                                                 items, nitems,
                                                 flags, item_sep);
  }
  bool agg_arg_charsets_for_string_result(DTCollation &c,
                                          Item **items, uint nitems,
                                          int item_sep= 1)
  {
    return Type_std_attributes::
      agg_arg_charsets_for_string_result(c, func_name_cstring(),
                                         items, nitems, item_sep);
  }
  bool agg_arg_charsets_for_string_result_with_comparison(DTCollation &c,
                                                          Item **items,
                                                          uint nitems,
                                                          int item_sep= 1)
  {
    return Type_std_attributes::
      agg_arg_charsets_for_string_result_with_comparison(c, func_name_cstring(),
                                                         items, nitems,
                                                         item_sep);
  }

  /*
    Aggregate arguments for comparison, e.g: a=b, a LIKE b, a RLIKE b
    - don't convert to @@character_set_connection if all arguments are numbers
    - don't allow DERIVATION_NONE
  */
  bool agg_arg_charsets_for_comparison(DTCollation &c,
                                       Item **items, uint nitems,
                                       int item_sep= 1)
  {
    return Type_std_attributes::
      agg_arg_charsets_for_comparison(c, func_name_cstring(), items, nitems, item_sep);
  }

public:
  // This method is used by Arg_comparator
  bool agg_arg_charsets_for_comparison(CHARSET_INFO **cs, Item **a, Item **b,
                                       bool allow_narrowing)
  {
    THD *thd= current_thd;
    DTCollation tmp;
    if (tmp.set((*a)->collation, (*b)->collation, MY_COLL_CMP_CONV) ||
        tmp.derivation == DERIVATION_NONE)
    {
      my_error(ER_CANT_AGGREGATE_2COLLATIONS,MYF(0),
               (*a)->collation.collation->coll_name.str,
               (*a)->collation.derivation_name(),
               (*b)->collation.collation->coll_name.str,
               (*b)->collation.derivation_name(),
               func_name());
      return true;
    }

    if (allow_narrowing &&
        (*a)->collation.derivation == (*b)->collation.derivation)
    {
      // allow_narrowing==true only for = and <=> comparisons.
      if (Utf8_narrow::should_do_narrowing(thd, (*a)->collation.collation,
                                                (*b)->collation.collation))
      {
        // a is a subset, b is a superset (e.g. utf8mb3 vs utf8mb4)
        *cs= (*b)->collation.collation; // Compare using the wider cset
        return false;
      }
      else
      if (Utf8_narrow::should_do_narrowing(thd, (*b)->collation.collation,
                                                (*a)->collation.collation))
      {
        // a is a superset, b is a subset (e.g. utf8mb4 vs utf8mb3)
        *cs= (*a)->collation.collation; // Compare using the wider cset
        return false;
      }
    }
    /*
      If necessary, convert both *a and *b to the collation in tmp:
    */
    Single_coll_err error_for_a= {(*b)->collation, true};
    Single_coll_err error_for_b= {(*a)->collation, false};

    if (agg_item_set_converter(tmp, func_name_cstring(),
                               a, 1, MY_COLL_CMP_CONV, 1,
                               /*just for error message*/ &error_for_a) ||
        agg_item_set_converter(tmp, func_name_cstring(),
                               b, 1, MY_COLL_CMP_CONV, 1,
                               /*just for error message*/ &error_for_b))
        return true;
    *cs= tmp.collation;
    return false;
  }

public:
  Item_func_or_sum(THD *thd): Item_result_field(thd), Item_args() {}
  Item_func_or_sum(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_result_field(thd), Item_args(a) { }
  Item_func_or_sum(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_result_field(thd), Item_args(a, b) { }
  Item_func_or_sum(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_result_field(thd), Item_args(thd, a, b, c) { }
  Item_func_or_sum(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c, Item *d):
    Item_result_field(thd), Item_args(thd, a, b, c, d) { }
  Item_func_or_sum(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c, Item *d, Item *e):
    Item_result_field(thd), Item_args(thd, a, b, c, d, e) { }
  Item_func_or_sum(THD *thd, Item_func_or_sum *item):
    Item_result_field(thd, item), Item_args(thd, item),
    Used_tables_and_const_cache(item) { }
  Item_func_or_sum(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_result_field(thd), Item_args(thd, list) { }
  bool walk(Item_processor processor, bool walk_subquery, void *arg) override
  {
    if (walk_args(processor, walk_subquery, arg))
      return true;
    return (this->*processor)(arg);
  }
  /*
    Built-in schema, e.g. mariadb_schema, oracle_schema, maxdb_schema
  */
  virtual const Schema *schema() const
  {
    // A function does not belong to a built-in schema by default
    return NULL;
  }
  /*
    This method is used for debug purposes to print the name of an
    item to the debug log. The second use of this method is as
    a helper function of print() and error messages, where it is
    applicable. To suit both goals it should return a meaningful,
    distinguishable and sintactically correct string. This method
    should not be used for runtime type identification, use enum
    {Sum}Functype and Item_func::functype()/Item_sum::sum_func()
    instead.
    Added here, to the parent class of both Item_func and Item_sum.

    NOTE: for Items inherited from Item_sum, func_name() and
    func_name_cstring() returns part of function name till first
    argument (including '(') to make difference in names for functions
    with 'distinct' clause and without 'distinct' and also to make
    printing of items inherited from Item_sum uniform.
  */
  inline const char *func_name() const
  { return (char*) func_name_cstring().str; }
  virtual LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const= 0;
  virtual bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd)= 0;
  bool const_item() const override { return const_item_cache; }
  table_map used_tables() const override { return used_tables_cache; }
  Item* deep_copy(THD *thd) const override;
  Sql_mode_dependency value_depends_on_sql_mode() const override
  {
    return Item_args::value_depends_on_sql_mode_bit_or().soft_to_hard();
  }
};

class sp_head;
class sp_name;
struct st_sp_security_context;

class Item_sp
{
protected:
  // Can be NULL in some non-SELECT queries
  Name_resolution_context *context;
public:
  sp_name *m_name;
  sp_head *m_sp;
  TABLE *dummy_table;
  uchar result_buf[64];
  sp_rcontext *func_ctx;
  MEM_ROOT sp_mem_root;
  Query_arena *sp_query_arena;

  /*
     The result field of the stored function.
  */
  Field *sp_result_field;
  Item_sp(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg, sp_name *name_arg);
  Item_sp(THD *thd, Item_sp *item);
  virtual ~Item_sp()
  {
    delete sp_result_field;
    sp_result_field= NULL;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring(THD *thd, bool is_package_function) const;
  void cleanup();
  bool sp_check_access(THD *thd);
  bool execute(THD *thd, bool *null_value, Item **args, uint arg_count);
  bool execute_impl(THD *thd, Item **args, uint arg_count);
  bool init_result_field(THD *thd, uint max_length, uint maybe_null,
                         bool *null_value, LEX_CSTRING *name);
  void process_error(THD *thd)
  {
    if (context)
      context->process_error(thd);
  }
};

class Item_ref :public Item_ident
{
protected:
  void set_properties();
  bool set_properties_only; // the item doesn't need full fix_fields
public:
  enum Ref_Type { REF, DIRECT_REF, VIEW_REF, OUTER_REF, AGGREGATE_REF };
  Item **ref;
  bool reference_trough_name;
  Item_ref(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg,
           const LEX_CSTRING &db_arg, const LEX_CSTRING &table_name_arg,
           const LEX_CSTRING &field_name_arg):
    Item_ident(thd, context_arg, db_arg, table_name_arg, field_name_arg),
    set_properties_only(0), ref(0), reference_trough_name(1) {}
  Item_ref(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg,
           const LEX_CSTRING &field_name_arg)
   :Item_ref(thd, context_arg, null_clex_str, null_clex_str, field_name_arg)
  { }
  /*
    This constructor is used in two scenarios:
    A) *item = NULL
      No initialization is performed, fix_fields() call will be necessary.
      
    B) *item points to an Item this Item_ref will refer to. This is 
      used for GROUP BY. fix_fields() will not be called in this case,
      so we call set_properties to make this item "fixed". set_properties
      performs a subset of action Item_ref::fix_fields does, and this subset
      is enough for Item_ref's used in GROUP BY.
    
    TODO we probably fix a superset of problems like in BUG#6658. Check this 
         with Bar, and if we have a more broader set of problems like this.
  */
  Item_ref(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg, Item **item,
           const LEX_CSTRING &table_name_arg, const LEX_CSTRING &field_name_arg,
           bool alias_name_used_arg= FALSE);
  Item_ref(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *view_arg, Item **item,
           const LEX_CSTRING &field_name_arg, bool alias_name_used_arg= FALSE);

  /* Constructor need to process subselect with temporary tables (see Item) */
  Item_ref(THD *thd, Item_ref *item)
    :Item_ident(thd, item), set_properties_only(0), ref(item->ref) {}
  enum Type type() const override	{ return REF_ITEM; }
  enum Type real_type() const override
  { return ref ? (*ref)->type() : REF_ITEM; }
  bool eq(const Item *item, const Eq_config &config) const override
  {
    const Item *it= item->real_item();
    return ref && (*ref)->eq(it, config);
  }
  void save_val(Field *to) override;
  void save_result(Field *to) override;
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool val_bool() override;
  String *val_str(String* tmp) override;
  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override;
  bool is_null() override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  longlong val_datetime_packed(THD *) override;
  longlong val_time_packed(THD *) override;
  double val_result() override;
  longlong val_int_result() override;
  String *str_result(String* tmp) override;
  bool val_native_result(THD *thd, Native *to) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal_result(my_decimal *) override;
  bool val_bool_result() override;
  bool is_null_result() override;
  bool send(Protocol *prot, st_value *buffer) override;
  void make_send_field(THD *thd, Send_field *field) override;
  bool fix_fields(THD *, Item **) override;
  void fix_after_pullout(st_select_lex *new_parent, Item **ref, bool merge)
    override;
  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions) override;
  void save_org_in_field(Field *field, fast_field_copier optimizer_data)
    override;
  fast_field_copier setup_fast_field_copier(Field *field) override
  { return (*ref)->setup_fast_field_copier(field); }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return (*ref)->type_handler(); }
  const Type_handler *real_type_handler() const override
  { return (*ref)->real_type_handler(); }
  uint32 character_octet_length() const override
  {
    return Item_ref::real_item()->character_octet_length();
  }
  Field *get_tmp_table_field() override
  { return result_field ? result_field : (*ref)->get_tmp_table_field(); }
  Item *get_tmp_table_item(THD *thd) override;
  Field *create_tmp_field_ex(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table, Tmp_field_src *src,
                             const Tmp_field_param *param) override;
  Item* propagate_equal_fields(THD *, const Context &, COND_EQUAL *) override;
  table_map used_tables() const override;
  void update_used_tables() override;
  COND *build_equal_items(THD *thd, COND_EQUAL *inherited,
                          bool link_item_fields,
                          COND_EQUAL **cond_equal_ref) override
  {
    /*
      normilize_cond() replaced all conditions of type
         WHERE/HAVING field
      to:
        WHERE/HAVING field<>0
      By the time of a build_equal_items() call, all such conditions should
      already be replaced. No Item_ref referencing to Item_field are possible.
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(real_type() != FIELD_ITEM);
    return Item_ident::build_equal_items(thd, inherited, link_item_fields,
                                         cond_equal_ref);
  }
  bool const_item() const override
  {
    return (*ref)->const_item();
  }
  table_map not_null_tables() const override
  {
    return depended_from ? 0 : (*ref)->not_null_tables();
  }
  bool find_not_null_fields(table_map allowed) override
  {
    return depended_from ? false : (*ref)->find_not_null_fields(allowed);
  }
  void save_in_result_field(bool no_conversions) override
  {
    (*ref)->save_in_field(result_field, no_conversions);
  }
  Item *real_item() override { return ref ? (*ref)->real_item() : this; }
  const Item *real_item() const
  {
    return const_cast<Item_ref*>(this)->Item_ref::real_item();
  }
  const TYPELIB *get_typelib() const override
  {
    return ref ? (*ref)->get_typelib() : NULL;
  }

  bool walk(Item_processor processor, bool walk_subquery, void *arg) override
  {
    if (ref && *ref)
      return (*ref)->walk(processor, walk_subquery, arg) ||
             (this->*processor)(arg); 
    else
      return FALSE;
  }
  Item* transform(THD *thd, Item_transformer, uchar *arg) override;
  Item* compile(THD *thd, Item_analyzer analyzer, uchar **arg_p,
                Item_transformer transformer, uchar *arg_t) override;
  bool enumerate_field_refs_processor(void *arg) override
  { return (*ref)->enumerate_field_refs_processor(arg); }
  void no_rows_in_result() override
  {
    (*ref)->no_rows_in_result();
  }
  void restore_to_before_no_rows_in_result() override
  {
    (*ref)->restore_to_before_no_rows_in_result();
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  enum precedence precedence() const override
  {
    return ref ? (*ref)->precedence() : DEFAULT_PRECEDENCE;
  }
  void cleanup() override;
  Item_field *field_for_view_update() override
  { return (*ref)->field_for_view_update(); }
  Load_data_outvar *get_load_data_outvar() override
  {
    return (*ref)->get_load_data_outvar();
  }
  virtual Ref_Type ref_type() { return REF; }

  // Row emulation: forwarding of ROW-related calls to ref
  uint cols() const override
  {
    return ref && result_type() == ROW_RESULT ? (*ref)->cols() : 1;
  }
  Item* element_index(uint i) override
  {
    return ref && result_type() == ROW_RESULT ? (*ref)->element_index(i) : this;
  }
  Item** addr(uint i) override
  {
    return ref && result_type() == ROW_RESULT ? (*ref)->addr(i) : 0;
  }
  bool check_cols(uint c) override
  {
    return ref && result_type() == ROW_RESULT ? (*ref)->check_cols(c) 
                                              : Item::check_cols(c);
  }
  bool null_inside() override
  {
    return ref && result_type() == ROW_RESULT ? (*ref)->null_inside() : 0;
  }
  void bring_value() override
  {
    if (ref && result_type() == ROW_RESULT)
      (*ref)->bring_value();
  }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function("ref", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
  bool basic_const_item() const override
  { return ref && (*ref)->basic_const_item(); }
  bool is_outer_field() const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    DBUG_ASSERT(ref);
    return (*ref)->is_outer_field();
  }
  bool excl_dep_on_table(table_map tab_map) override
  {
    table_map used= used_tables();
    if (used & OUTER_REF_TABLE_BIT)
      return false;
    return (used == tab_map) || (*ref)->excl_dep_on_table(tab_map);
  }
  bool excl_dep_on_grouping_fields(st_select_lex *sel) override
  { return (*ref)->excl_dep_on_grouping_fields(sel); }
  bool excl_dep_on_in_subq_left_part(Item_in_subselect *subq_pred) override
  { return (*ref)->excl_dep_on_in_subq_left_part(subq_pred); }
  bool cleanup_excluding_fields_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    Item *item= real_item();
    if (item && item->type() == FIELD_ITEM &&
        ((Item_field *)item)->field)
      return 0;
    return cleanup_processor(arg);
  }
  bool cleanup_excluding_const_fields_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    Item *item= real_item();
    if (item && item->type() == FIELD_ITEM &&
        ((Item_field *) item)->field && item->const_item())
      return 0;
    return cleanup_processor(arg);
  }
  Item *field_transformer_for_having_pushdown(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override
  { return (*ref)->field_transformer_for_having_pushdown(thd, arg); }

protected:
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override;
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_ref>(thd, this); }
};


/*
  The same as Item_ref, but get value from val_* family of method to get
  value of item on which it referred instead of result* family.
*/
class Item_direct_ref :public Item_ref
{
public:
  Item_direct_ref(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg, Item **item,
                  const LEX_CSTRING &table_name_arg,
                  const LEX_CSTRING &field_name_arg,
                  bool alias_name_used_arg= FALSE):
    Item_ref(thd, context_arg, item, table_name_arg,
             field_name_arg, alias_name_used_arg)
  {}
  /* Constructor need to process subselect with temporary tables (see Item) */
  Item_direct_ref(THD *thd, Item_direct_ref *item) : Item_ref(thd, item) {}
  Item_direct_ref(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *view_arg, Item **item,
                  const LEX_CSTRING &field_name_arg,
                  bool alias_name_used_arg= FALSE):
    Item_ref(thd, view_arg, item, field_name_arg,
             alias_name_used_arg)
  {}

  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **it) override
  {
    if ((*ref)->fix_fields_if_needed_for_scalar(thd, ref))
      return TRUE;
    return Item_ref::fix_fields(thd, it);
  }
  void save_val(Field *to) override;
  /* Below we should have all val() methods as in Item_ref */
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool val_bool() override;
  String *val_str(String* tmp) override;
  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override;
  bool is_null() override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  longlong val_datetime_packed(THD *) override;
  longlong val_time_packed(THD *) override;
  Ref_Type ref_type() override { return DIRECT_REF; }

  /* Should be called if ref is changed */
  inline void ref_changed()
  {
    set_properties();
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_direct_ref>(thd, this); }
};


/**
  This class is the same as Item_direct_ref but created to wrap Item_ident
  before fix_fields() call
*/

class Item_direct_ref_to_ident :public Item_direct_ref
{
  Item_ident *ident;
public:
  Item_direct_ref_to_ident(THD *thd, Item_ident *item):
    Item_direct_ref(thd, item->context, (Item**)&item, item->table_name,
                    item->field_name, FALSE)
  {
    ident= item;
    ref= (Item**)&ident;
  }

  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **it) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(ident->type() == FIELD_ITEM || ident->type() == REF_ITEM);
    if (ident->fix_fields_if_needed_for_scalar(thd, ref))
      return TRUE;
    set_properties();
    return FALSE;
  }

  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  { ident->print(str, query_type); }
};


class Item_cache;
class Expression_cache;
class Expression_cache_tracker;

/**
  The objects of this class can store its values in an expression cache.
*/

class Item_cache_wrapper :public Item_result_field
{
private:
  /* Pointer on the cached expression */
  Item *orig_item;
  Expression_cache *expr_cache;
  /*
    In order to put the expression into the expression cache and return
    value of val_*() method, we will need to get the expression value twice
    (probably in different types).  In order to avoid making two
    (potentially costly) orig_item->val_*() calls, we store expression value
    in this Item_cache object.
  */
  Item_cache *expr_value;

  List<Item> parameters;

  Item *check_cache();
  void cache();
  void init_on_demand();

public:
  Item_cache_wrapper(THD *thd, Item *item_arg);
  ~Item_cache_wrapper();

  Type type() const override { return EXPR_CACHE_ITEM; }
  Type real_type() const override { return orig_item->type(); }
  bool set_cache(THD *thd);
  Expression_cache_tracker* init_tracker(MEM_ROOT *mem_root);
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **it) override;
  void cleanup() override;
  Item *get_orig_item() const { return orig_item; }

  /* Methods of getting value which should be cached in the cache */
  void save_val(Field *to) override;
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String* tmp) override;
  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool val_bool() override;
  bool is_null() override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  bool send(Protocol *protocol, st_value *buffer) override;
  void save_org_in_field(Field *field, fast_field_copier) override
  {
    save_val(field);
  }
  void save_in_result_field(bool) override { save_val(result_field); }
  Item* get_tmp_table_item(THD *thd_arg) override;

  /* Following methods make this item transparent as much as possible */

  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  LEX_CSTRING full_name_cstring() const override
  { return orig_item->full_name_cstring(); }
  void make_send_field(THD *thd, Send_field *field) override
  { orig_item->make_send_field(thd, field); }
  bool eq(const Item *item, const Eq_config &config) const override
  {
    const Item *it= item->real_item();
    return orig_item->eq(it, config);
  }
  void fix_after_pullout(st_select_lex *new_parent, Item **refptr, bool merge)
    override
  {
    orig_item->fix_after_pullout(new_parent, &orig_item, merge);
  }
  int save_in_field(Field *to, bool no_conversions) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return orig_item->type_handler(); }
  table_map used_tables() const override
  { return orig_item->used_tables(); }
  void update_used_tables() override
  {
    orig_item->update_used_tables();
  }
  bool const_item() const override { return orig_item->const_item(); }
  table_map not_null_tables() const override
  { return orig_item->not_null_tables(); }
  bool walk(Item_processor processor, bool walk_subquery, void *arg) override
  {
    return orig_item->walk(processor, walk_subquery, arg) ||
      (this->*processor)(arg);
  }
  bool enumerate_field_refs_processor(void *arg) override
  { return orig_item->enumerate_field_refs_processor(arg); }
  Item_field *field_for_view_update() override
  { return orig_item->field_for_view_update(); }

  /* Row emulation: forwarding of ROW-related calls to orig_item */
  uint cols() const override
  { return result_type() == ROW_RESULT ? orig_item->cols() : 1; }
  Item* element_index(uint i) override
  { return result_type() == ROW_RESULT ? orig_item->element_index(i) : this; }
  Item** addr(uint i) override
  { return result_type() == ROW_RESULT ? orig_item->addr(i) : 0; }
  bool check_cols(uint c) override
  {
    return (result_type() == ROW_RESULT ?
            orig_item->check_cols(c) :
            Item::check_cols(c));
  }
  bool null_inside() override
  { return result_type() == ROW_RESULT ? orig_item->null_inside() : 0; }
  void bring_value() override
  {
    if (result_type() == ROW_RESULT)
      orig_item->bring_value();
  }
  bool is_expensive() override { return orig_item->is_expensive(); }
  bool is_expensive_processor(void *arg) override
  { return orig_item->is_expensive_processor(arg); }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function("cache", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_cache_wrapper>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *) const override { return nullptr; }
};


/*
  Class for view fields, the same as Item_direct_ref, but call fix_fields
  of reference if it is not called yet
*/
class Item_direct_view_ref :public Item_direct_ref
{
  Item_equal *item_equal;
  TABLE_LIST *view;
  TABLE *null_ref_table;

#define NO_NULL_TABLE (reinterpret_cast<TABLE *>(0x1))

  void set_null_ref_table()
  {
    if (!view->is_inner_table_of_outer_join() ||
        !(null_ref_table= view->get_real_join_table()))
      null_ref_table= NO_NULL_TABLE;
    if (null_ref_table && null_ref_table != NO_NULL_TABLE)
      set_maybe_null();
  }

  bool check_null_ref()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(null_ref_table);
    if (null_ref_table != NO_NULL_TABLE && null_ref_table->null_row)
    {
      null_value= 1;
      return TRUE;
    }
    return FALSE;
  }

public:
  Item_direct_view_ref(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg,
                       Item **item,
                       LEX_CSTRING &table_name_arg,
                       LEX_CSTRING &field_name_arg,
                       TABLE_LIST *view_arg):
    Item_direct_ref(thd, context_arg, item, table_name_arg, field_name_arg),
    item_equal(0), view(view_arg),
    null_ref_table(NULL)
  {
    if (fixed())
      set_null_ref_table();
  }

  bool fix_fields(THD *, Item **) override;
  bool eq(const Item *item, const Eq_config &config) const override;
  Item *get_tmp_table_item(THD *thd) override
  {
    if (const_item())
      return copy_or_same(thd);
    Item *item= Item_ref::get_tmp_table_item(thd);
    item->name= name;
    return item;
  }
  Ref_Type ref_type() override { return VIEW_REF; }
  Item_equal *get_item_equal() override { return item_equal; }
  void set_item_equal(Item_equal *item_eq) override { item_equal= item_eq; }
  Item_equal *find_item_equal(COND_EQUAL *cond_equal) override;
  Item* propagate_equal_fields(THD *, const Context &, COND_EQUAL *) override;
  Item *replace_equal_field(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override;
  table_map used_tables() const override;
  void update_used_tables() override;
  table_map not_null_tables() const override;
  bool const_item() const override
  {
    return (*ref)->const_item() && (null_ref_table == NO_NULL_TABLE);
  }
  TABLE *get_null_ref_table() const { return null_ref_table; }
  bool walk(Item_processor processor, bool walk_subquery, void *arg) override
  {
    return (*ref)->walk(processor, walk_subquery, arg) ||
           (this->*processor)(arg);
  }
  bool view_used_tables_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    TABLE_LIST *view_arg= (TABLE_LIST *) arg;
    if (view_arg == view)
      view_arg->view_used_tables|= (*ref)->used_tables();
    return 0;
  }
  bool excl_dep_on_table(table_map tab_map) override;
  bool excl_dep_on_grouping_fields(st_select_lex *sel) override;
  bool excl_dep_on_in_subq_left_part(Item_in_subselect *subq_pred) override;
  Item *derived_field_transformer_for_having(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override;
  Item *derived_field_transformer_for_where(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override;
  Item *grouping_field_transformer_for_where(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override;
  Item *in_subq_field_transformer_for_where(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override;
  Item *in_subq_field_transformer_for_having(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override;

  void save_val(Field *to) override
  {
    if (check_null_ref())
      to->set_null();
    else
      Item_direct_ref::save_val(to);
  }
  double val_real() override
  {
    if (check_null_ref())
      return 0;
    else
      return Item_direct_ref::val_real();
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    if (check_null_ref())
      return 0;
    else
      return Item_direct_ref::val_int();
  }
  String *val_str(String* tmp) override
  {
    if (check_null_ref())
      return NULL;
    else
      return Item_direct_ref::val_str(tmp);
  }
  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override
  {
    if (check_null_ref())
      return true;
    return Item_direct_ref::val_native(thd, to);
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *tmp) override
  {
    if (check_null_ref())
      return NULL;
    else
      return Item_direct_ref::val_decimal(tmp);
  }
  bool val_bool() override
  {
    if (check_null_ref())
      return 0;
    else
      return Item_direct_ref::val_bool();
  }
  bool is_null() override
  {
    if (check_null_ref())
      return 1;
    else
      return Item_direct_ref::is_null();
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    if (check_null_ref())
    {
      bzero((char*) ltime,sizeof(*ltime));
      return 1;
    }
    return Item_direct_ref::get_date(thd, ltime, fuzzydate);
  }
  longlong val_time_packed(THD *thd) override
  {
    if (check_null_ref())
      return 0;
    else
      return Item_direct_ref::val_time_packed(thd);
  }
  longlong val_datetime_packed(THD *thd) override
  {
    if (check_null_ref())
      return 0;
    else
      return Item_direct_ref::val_datetime_packed(thd);
  }
  bool send(Protocol *protocol, st_value *buffer) override;
  void save_org_in_field(Field *field, fast_field_copier) override
  {
    if (check_null_ref())
      field->set_null();
    else
      Item_direct_ref::save_val(field);
  }
  void save_in_result_field(bool no_conversions) override
  {
    if (check_null_ref())
      result_field->set_null();
    else
      Item_direct_ref::save_in_result_field(no_conversions);
  }

  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions) override
  {
    if (check_null_ref())
      return set_field_to_null_with_conversions(field, no_conversions);

    return Item_direct_ref::save_in_field(field, no_conversions);
  }

  void cleanup() override
  {
    null_ref_table= NULL;
    item_equal= NULL;
    Item_direct_ref::cleanup();
  }
  /*
    TODO move these val_*_result function to Item_direct_ref (maybe)
  */
  double val_result() override;
  longlong val_int_result() override;
  String *str_result(String* tmp) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal_result(my_decimal *val) override;
  bool val_bool_result() override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_direct_view_ref>(thd, this); }
public:
  Item *field_transformer_for_having_pushdown(THD *, uchar *) override
  { return this; }
  /*
    Do the same thing as Item_field: if we were referring to a local view,
    now we refer to somewhere outside of our SELECT.
  */
  bool set_fields_as_dependent_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    if (!(used_tables() & OUTER_REF_TABLE_BIT))
    {
      depended_from= (st_select_lex *) arg;
      item_equal= NULL;
    }
    return 0;
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
};


/*
  Class for outer fields.
  An object of this class is created when the select where the outer field was
  resolved is a grouping one. After it has been fixed the ref field will point
  to either an Item_ref or an Item_direct_ref object which will be used to
  access the field.
  See also comments for the fix_inner_refs() and the
  Item_field::fix_outer_field() functions.
*/

class Item_sum;
class Item_outer_ref :public Item_direct_ref
{
public:
  Item *outer_ref;
  /* The aggregate function under which this outer ref is used, if any. */
  Item_sum *in_sum_func;
  /*
    TRUE <=> that the outer_ref is already present in the select list
    of the outer select.
  */
  bool found_in_select_list;
  bool found_in_group_by;
  Item_outer_ref(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg,
                 Item_field *outer_field_arg):
    Item_direct_ref(thd, context_arg, 0, outer_field_arg->table_name,
                    outer_field_arg->field_name),
    outer_ref(outer_field_arg), in_sum_func(0),
    found_in_select_list(0), found_in_group_by(0)
  {
    ref= &outer_ref;
    set_properties();
    /* reset flag set in set_properties() */
    base_flags&= ~item_base_t::FIXED;
  }
  Item_outer_ref(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg, Item **item,
                 const LEX_CSTRING &table_name_arg, LEX_CSTRING &field_name_arg,
                 bool alias_name_used_arg):
    Item_direct_ref(thd, context_arg, item, table_name_arg, field_name_arg,
                    alias_name_used_arg),
    outer_ref(0), in_sum_func(0), found_in_select_list(1), found_in_group_by(0)
  {}
  void save_in_result_field(bool no_conversions) override
  {
    outer_ref->save_org_in_field(result_field, NULL);
  }
  bool fix_fields(THD *, Item **) override;
  void fix_after_pullout(st_select_lex *new_parent, Item **ref, bool merge)
    override;
  table_map used_tables() const override
  {
    return (*ref)->const_item() ? 0 : OUTER_REF_TABLE_BIT;
  }
  table_map not_null_tables() const override { return 0; }
  Ref_Type ref_type() override { return OUTER_REF; }
  bool check_inner_refs_processor(void * arg) override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_outer_ref>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


class Item_in_subselect;


/*
  An object of this class:
   - Converts val_XXX() calls to ref->val_XXX_result() calls, like Item_ref.
   - Sets owner->was_null=TRUE if it has returned a NULL value from any
     val_XXX() function. This allows to inject an Item_ref_null_helper
     object into subquery and then check if the subquery has produced a row
     with NULL value.
*/

class Item_ref_null_helper: public Item_ref
{
protected:
  Item_in_subselect* owner;
public:
  Item_ref_null_helper(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg,
                       Item_in_subselect* master, Item **item,
		       const LEX_CSTRING &table_name_arg,
                       const LEX_CSTRING &field_name_arg):
    Item_ref(thd, context_arg, item, table_name_arg, field_name_arg),
    owner(master) {}
  void save_val(Field *to) override;
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String* val_str(String* s) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool val_bool() override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  table_map used_tables() const override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_ref_null_helper>(thd, this); }
};

/*
  The following class is used to optimize comparing of date and bigint columns
  We need to save the original item ('ref') to be able to call
  ref->save_in_field(). This is used to create index search keys.
  
  An instance of Item_int_with_ref may have signed or unsigned integer value.
  
*/

class Item_int_with_ref :public Item_int
{
  Item *ref;
public:
  Item_int_with_ref(THD *thd, longlong i, Item *ref_arg, bool unsigned_arg):
    Item_int(thd, i), ref(ref_arg)
  {
    unsigned_flag= unsigned_arg;
  }
  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions) override
  {
    return ref->save_in_field(field, no_conversions);
  }
  Item *clone_constant(THD *thd) const override;
  Item *real_item() override { return ref; }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_int_with_ref>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
#include "item_sum.h"
#include "item_func.h"
#include "item_row.h"
#include "item_cmpfunc.h"
#include "item_strfunc.h"
#include "item_timefunc.h"
#include "item_subselect.h"
#include "item_xmlfunc.h"
#include "item_jsonfunc.h"
#include "item_create.h"
#include "item_vers.h"
#endif

/**
  Base class to implement typed value caching Item classes

  Item_copy_ classes are very similar to the corresponding Item_
  classes (e.g. Item_copy_string is similar to Item_string) but they add
  the following additional functionality to Item_ :
    1. Nullability
    2. Possibility to store the value not only on instantiation time,
       but also later.
  Item_copy_ classes are a functionality subset of Item_cache_ 
  classes, as e.g. they don't support comparisons with the original Item
  as Item_cache_ classes do.
  Item_copy_ classes are used in GROUP BY calculation.
  TODO: Item_copy should be made an abstract interface and Item_copy_
  classes should inherit both the respective Item_ class and the interface.
  Ideally we should drop Item_copy_ classes altogether and merge 
  their functionality to Item_cache_ (and these should be made to inherit
  from Item_).
*/

class Item_copy :public Item,
                 public Type_handler_hybrid_field_type
{
protected:  

  /**
    Type_handler_hybrid_field_type is used to
    store the type of the resulting field that would be used to store the data
    in the cache. This is to avoid calls to the original item.
  */

  /** The original item that is copied */
  Item *item;

  /**
    Constructor of the Item_copy class

    stores metadata information about the original class as well as a 
    pointer to it.
  */
  Item_copy(THD *thd, Item *org): Item(thd)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(org->fixed());
    item= org;
    null_value= item->maybe_null();
    copy_flags(item, item_base_t::MAYBE_NULL);
    Type_std_attributes::set(item);
    name= item->name;
    set_handler(item->type_handler());
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
    copied_in= 0;
#endif
  }

#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  bool copied_in;
#endif

public:

  /** 
    Update the cache with the value of the original item
   
    This is the method that updates the cached value.
    It must be explicitly called by the user of this class to store the value 
    of the original item in the cache.
  */
  virtual void copy() = 0;

  Item *get_item() { return item; }
  /** All of the subclasses should have the same type tag */
  Type type() const override { return COPY_STR_ITEM; }

  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return Type_handler_hybrid_field_type::type_handler(); }

  Field *create_tmp_field_ex(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table, Tmp_field_src *src,
                             const Tmp_field_param *param) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return NULL;
  }
  void make_send_field(THD *thd, Send_field *field) override
  { item->make_send_field(thd, field); }
  table_map used_tables() const override { return (table_map) 1L; }
  bool const_item() const override { return false; }
  bool is_null() override { return null_value; }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function("copy", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }

  /*
    Override the methods below as pure virtual to make sure all the
    sub-classes implement them.
  */
  String *val_str(String*) override = 0;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override = 0;
  double val_real() override = 0;
  longlong val_int() override = 0;
  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions) override = 0;
  bool walk(Item_processor processor, bool walk_subquery, void *args) override
  {
    return (item->walk(processor, walk_subquery, args)) ||
      (this->*processor)(args);
  }
};

/**
 Implementation of a string cache.
 
 Uses Item::str_value for storage
*/ 
class Item_copy_string : public Item_copy
{
public:
  Item_copy_string(THD *thd, Item *item_arg): Item_copy(thd, item_arg) {}

  String *val_str(String*) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(copied_in);
    return get_date_from_string(thd, ltime, fuzzydate);
  }
  void copy() override;
  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions) override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_copy_string>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


/**
  We need a separate class Item_copy_timestamp because
  TIMESTAMP->string->TIMESTAMP conversion is not round trip safe
  near the DST change, e.g. '2010-10-31 02:25:26' can mean:
   - my_time_t(1288477526) - summer time in Moscow
   - my_time_t(1288481126) - winter time in Moscow, one hour later
*/
class Item_copy_timestamp: public Item_copy
{
  Timestamp_or_zero_datetime m_value;
  bool sane() const { return !null_value || m_value.is_zero_datetime(); }
public:
  Item_copy_timestamp(THD *thd, Item *arg): Item_copy(thd, arg) { }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_timestamp2; }
  void copy() override
  {
    Timestamp_or_zero_datetime_native_null tmp(current_thd, item, false);
    null_value= tmp.is_null();
    m_value= tmp.is_null() ? Timestamp_or_zero_datetime() :
                             Timestamp_or_zero_datetime(tmp);
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
    copied_in=1;
#endif
  }
  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(copied_in);
    DBUG_ASSERT(sane());
    if (null_value)
      return set_field_to_null(field);
    Timestamp_or_zero_datetime_native native(m_value, decimals);
    return native.save_in_field(field, decimals);
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(copied_in);
    DBUG_ASSERT(sane());
    return null_value ? 0 :
           m_value.to_datetime(current_thd).to_longlong();
  }
  double val_real() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(copied_in);
    DBUG_ASSERT(sane());
    return null_value ? 0e0 :
           m_value.to_datetime(current_thd).to_double();
  }
  String *val_str(String *to) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(copied_in);
    DBUG_ASSERT(sane());
    return null_value ? NULL :
           m_value.to_datetime(current_thd).to_string(to, decimals);
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *to) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(copied_in);
    DBUG_ASSERT(sane());
    return null_value ? NULL :
           m_value.to_datetime(current_thd).to_decimal(to);
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(copied_in);
    DBUG_ASSERT(sane());
    bool res= m_value.to_TIME(thd, ltime, fuzzydate);
    DBUG_ASSERT(!res);
    return null_value || res;
  }
  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(copied_in);
    DBUG_ASSERT(sane());
    return null_value || m_value.to_native(to, decimals);
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_copy_timestamp>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


/*
  Cached_item_XXX objects are not exactly caches. They do the following:

  Each Cached_item_XXX object has
   - its source item
   - saved value of the source item
   - cmp() method that compares the saved value with the current value of the
     source item, and if they were not equal saves item's value into the saved
     value.

  TODO: add here:
   - a way to save the new value w/o comparison
   - a way to do less/equal/greater comparison
*/

class Cached_item :public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  bool null_value;
  Cached_item() :null_value(0) {}
  /*
    Compare the cached value with the source value. If not equal, copy
    the source value to the cache.
    @return
      true  - Not equal
      false - Equal
  */
  virtual bool cmp(void)=0;

  /* Compare the cached value with the source value, without copying */
  virtual int  cmp_read_only()=0;

  virtual ~Cached_item(); /*line -e1509 */
};

class Cached_item_item : public Cached_item
{
protected:
  Item *item;

  Cached_item_item(Item *arg) : item(arg) {}
public:
  void fetch_value_from(Item *new_item)
  {
    Item *save= item;
    item= new_item;
    cmp();
    item= save;
  }
};

class Cached_item_str :public Cached_item_item
{
  uint32 value_max_length;
  String value,tmp_value;
public:
  Cached_item_str(THD *thd, Item *arg);
  bool cmp() override;
  int cmp_read_only() override;
  ~Cached_item_str();                           // Deallocate String:s
};


class Cached_item_real :public Cached_item_item
{
  double value;
public:
  Cached_item_real(Item *item_par) :Cached_item_item(item_par),value(0.0) {}
  bool cmp() override;
  int cmp_read_only() override;
};

class Cached_item_int :public Cached_item_item
{
  longlong value;
public:
  Cached_item_int(Item *item_par) :Cached_item_item(item_par),value(0) {}
  bool cmp() override;
  int cmp_read_only() override;
};


class Cached_item_decimal :public Cached_item_item
{
  my_decimal value;
public:
  Cached_item_decimal(Item *item_par);
  bool cmp() override;
  int cmp_read_only() override;
};

class Cached_item_field :public Cached_item
{
  uchar *buff;
  Field *field;
  uint length;

public:
  Cached_item_field(THD *thd, Field *arg_field): field(arg_field)
  {
    field= arg_field;
    /* TODO: take the memory allocation below out of the constructor. */
    buff= (uchar*) thd_calloc(thd, length= field->pack_length());
  }
  bool cmp() override;
  int cmp_read_only() override;
};

class Item_default_value : public Item_field
{
  bool vcol_assignment_ok:1;
  bool m_associated:1;
  bool m_share_field:1;

  void calculate();
public:
  Item *arg= nullptr;
  Item_default_value(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg, Item *a,
                     bool vcol_assignment_arg)
    : Item_field(thd, context_arg),
      vcol_assignment_ok(vcol_assignment_arg), arg(a)
  {
    m_associated= false;
    m_share_field= false;
  }
  Type type() const override { return DEFAULT_VALUE_ITEM; }
  bool eq(const Item *item, const Eq_config &config) const override;
  bool fix_fields(THD *, Item **) override;
  void cleanup() override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  String *val_str(String *str) override;
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *decimal_value) override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime,date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override;
  bool val_native_result(THD *thd, Native *to) override;
  longlong val_datetime_packed(THD *thd) override
  { return Item::val_datetime_packed(thd); }
  longlong val_time_packed(THD *thd) override
  { return Item::val_time_packed(thd); }

  /* Result variants */
  double val_result() override;
  longlong val_int_result() override;
  String *str_result(String* tmp) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal_result(my_decimal *val) override;
  bool val_bool_result() override;
  bool is_null_result() override;
  bool get_date_result(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate)
    override;

  bool send(Protocol *protocol, st_value *buffer) override;
  int save_in_field(Field *field_arg, bool no_conversions) override;
  void save_in_result_field(bool no_conversions) override;
  bool save_in_param(THD *, Item_param *param) override
  {
    // It should not be possible to have "EXECUTE .. USING DEFAULT(a)"
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    param->set_default(true);
    return false;
  }
  table_map used_tables() const override;
  void update_used_tables() override
  {
    if (field && field->default_value)
      field->default_value->expr->update_used_tables();
  }
  bool vcol_assignment_allowed_value() const override
  { return vcol_assignment_ok; }
  Item *get_tmp_table_item(THD *) override { return this; }
  Item_field *field_for_view_update() override { return nullptr; }
  bool update_vcol_processor(void *) override { return false; }
  bool check_field_expression_processor(void *arg) override;
  bool check_func_default_processor(void *) override { return true; }
  bool update_func_default_processor(void *arg) override;
  bool register_field_in_read_map(void *arg) override;
  bool walk(Item_processor processor, bool walk_subquery, void *args) override
  {
    return (arg && arg->walk(processor, walk_subquery, args)) ||
      (this->*processor)(args);
  }
  Item *transform(THD *thd, Item_transformer transformer, uchar *args)
    override;
  Item *derived_field_transformer_for_having(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override
  { return NULL; }
  Item *derived_field_transformer_for_where(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override
  { return NULL; }
  Field *create_tmp_field_ex(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table, Tmp_field_src *src,
                             const Tmp_field_param *param) override;

  /**
    See comments on @see Item::associate_with_target_field for method
    description
  */
  bool associate_with_target_field(THD *thd, Item_field *field) override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  {
    Item_default_value *new_item=
      (Item_default_value *) get_item_copy<Item_default_value>(thd, this);
    // This is a copy so do not manage the field and should not delete it
    new_item->m_share_field= 1;
    return new_item;
  }
  Item* deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  {
    Item_default_value *copy=
      (Item_default_value *) shallow_copy_with_checks(thd);
    if (!copy || (arg && !(copy->arg= arg->deep_copy_with_checks(thd))))
      return NULL;
    return copy;
  }
private:
  bool tie_field(THD *thd);
};


class Item_contextually_typed_value_specification: public Item
{
public:
  Item_contextually_typed_value_specification(THD *thd) :Item(thd)
  { }
  Type type() const override { return CONTEXTUALLY_TYPED_VALUE_ITEM; }
  bool vcol_assignment_allowed_value() const override { return true; }
  bool eq(const Item *item, const Eq_config &config) const override { return false; }
  bool is_evaluable_expression() const override { return false; }
  Field *create_tmp_field_ex(MEM_ROOT *,
                             TABLE *, Tmp_field_src *,
                             const Tmp_field_param *) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return NULL;
  }
  String *val_str(String *str) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0); // never should be called
    null_value= true;
    return 0;
  }
  double val_real() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0); // never should be called
    null_value= true;
    return 0.0;
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0); // never should be called
    null_value= true;
    return 0;
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0); // never should be called
    null_value= true;
    return 0;
  }
  bool get_date(THD *, MYSQL_TIME *, date_mode_t) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0); // never should be called
    return (null_value= true);
  }
  bool send(Protocol *, st_value *) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return true;
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return &type_handler_null;
  }
};


/*
  <default specification> ::= DEFAULT
*/
class Item_default_specification:
        public Item_contextually_typed_value_specification
{
public:
  Item_default_specification(THD *thd)
   :Item_contextually_typed_value_specification(thd)
  { }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type) override
  {
    str->append(STRING_WITH_LEN("default"));
  }
  bool check_assignability_to(const Field *to, bool ignore) const override
  {
    return false;
  }
  int save_in_field(Field *field_arg, bool) override
  {
    return field_arg->save_in_field_default_value(false);
  }
  bool save_in_param(THD *, Item_param *param) override
  {
    param->set_default(true);
    return false;
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_default_specification>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


/**
  This class is used as bulk parameter INGNORE representation.

  It just do nothing when assigned to a field

  This is a non-standard MariaDB extension.
*/

class Item_ignore_specification:
        public Item_contextually_typed_value_specification
{
public:
  Item_ignore_specification(THD *thd)
   :Item_contextually_typed_value_specification(thd)
  { }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type) override
  {
    str->append(STRING_WITH_LEN("ignore"));
  }
  bool check_assignability_to(const Field *to, bool ignore) const override
  {
    return false;
  }
  int save_in_field(Field *field_arg, bool) override
  {
    return field_arg->save_in_field_ignore_value(false);
  }
  bool save_in_param(THD *, Item_param *param) override
  {
    param->set_ignore(true);
    return false;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_ignore_specification>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


/*
  Item_insert_value -- an implementation of VALUES() function.
  You can use the VALUES(col_name) function in the UPDATE clause
  to refer to column values from the INSERT portion of the INSERT
  ... UPDATE statement. In other words, VALUES(col_name) in the
  UPDATE clause refers to the value of col_name that would be
  inserted, had no duplicate-key conflict occurred.
  In all other places this function returns NULL.
*/

class Item_insert_value : public Item_field
{
public:
  Item *arg;
  Item_insert_value(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg, Item *a)
    :Item_field(thd, context_arg),
     arg(a) {}
  bool eq(const Item *item, const Eq_config &config) const override;
  bool fix_fields(THD *, Item **) override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  int save_in_field(Field *field_arg, bool no_conversions) override
  {
    return Item_field::save_in_field(field_arg, no_conversions);
  }
  Type type() const override { return INSERT_VALUE_ITEM; }
  /*
   We use RAND_TABLE_BIT to prevent Item_insert_value from
   being treated as a constant and precalculated before execution
  */
  table_map used_tables() const override { return RAND_TABLE_BIT; }

  Item_field *field_for_view_update() override { return nullptr; }

  bool walk(Item_processor processor, bool walk_subquery, void *args) override
  {
    return arg->walk(processor, walk_subquery, args) ||
	    (this->*processor)(args);
  }
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *) override { return true; }
  bool update_vcol_processor(void *) override { return false; }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function("value()", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_insert_value>(thd, this); }
};


class Table_triggers_list;

/*
  Represents NEW/OLD version of field of row which is
  changed/read in trigger.

  Note: For this item main part of actual binding to Field object happens
        not during fix_fields() call (like for Item_field) but right after
        parsing of trigger definition, when table is opened, with special
        setup_field() call. On fix_fields() stage we simply choose one of
        two Field instances representing either OLD or NEW version of this
        field.
*/
class Item_trigger_field : public Item_field,
                           private Settable_routine_parameter
{
private:
  GRANT_INFO *table_grants;
public:
  /* Next in list of all Item_trigger_field's in trigger */
  Item_trigger_field *next_trg_field;

  /**
    Pointer to the next list of Item_trigger_field objects. This pointer
    is used to organize an intrusive list of lists of Item_trigger_field
    objects managed by sp_head.
  */
  SQL_I_List<Item_trigger_field> *next_trig_field_list;

  /* Pointer to Table_trigger_list object for table of this trigger */
  Table_triggers_list *triggers;
  /* Is this item represents row from NEW or OLD row ? */
  enum __attribute__((packed)) row_version_type {OLD_ROW, NEW_ROW};
  row_version_type row_version;
  /* Index of the field in the TABLE::field array */
  field_index_t field_idx;

private:
  /*
    Trigger field is read-only unless it belongs to the NEW row in a
    BEFORE INSERT of BEFORE UPDATE trigger.
  */
  bool read_only;

  /*
    'want_privilege' holds privileges required to perform operation on
    this trigger field (SELECT_ACL if we are going to read it and
    UPDATE_ACL if we are going to update it).  It is initialized at
    parse time but can be updated later if this trigger field is used
    as OUT or INOUT parameter of stored routine (in this case
    set_required_privilege() is called to appropriately update
    want_privilege and cleanup() is responsible for restoring of
    original want_privilege once parameter's value is updated).
  */
  privilege_t original_privilege;
  privilege_t want_privilege;
public:

Item_trigger_field(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg,
                     row_version_type row_ver_arg,
                     const LEX_CSTRING &field_name_arg,
                     privilege_t priv, const bool ro)
    :Item_field(thd, context_arg, field_name_arg),
    table_grants(nullptr),  next_trg_field(nullptr),
    next_trig_field_list(nullptr), triggers(nullptr),
    row_version(row_ver_arg), field_idx(NO_CACHED_FIELD_INDEX),
    read_only (ro),  original_privilege(priv), want_privilege(priv)
  {
  }
  void setup_field(THD *thd, TABLE *table, GRANT_INFO *table_grant_info);
  Type type() const override { return TRIGGER_FIELD_ITEM; }
  bool eq(const Item *item, const Eq_config &config) const override;
  bool fix_fields(THD *, Item **) override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  table_map used_tables() const override { return (table_map)0L; }
  Field *get_tmp_table_field() override { return nullptr; }
  Item *copy_or_same(THD *) override { return this; }
  Item *get_tmp_table_item(THD *thd) override { return copy_or_same(thd); }
  void cleanup() override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_trigger_field>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }

private:
  void set_required_privilege(bool rw) override;
  bool set_value(THD *thd, sp_rcontext *ctx, Item **it) override;

public:
  Settable_routine_parameter *get_settable_routine_parameter() override
  {
    return read_only ? nullptr : this;
  }

  bool set_value(THD *thd, Item **it)
  {
    return set_value(thd, NULL, it);
  }

public:
  bool unknown_splocal_processor(void *) override { return false; }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override;
};


/**
  @todo
  Implement the is_null() method for this class. Currently calling is_null()
  on any Item_cache object resolves to Item::is_null(), which returns FALSE
  for any value.
*/

class Item_cache: public Item_fixed_hybrid,
                  public Type_handler_hybrid_field_type
{
protected:
  Item *example;
  /**
    Field that this object will get value from. This is used by 
    index-based subquery engines to detect and remove the equality injected 
    by IN->EXISTS transformation.
  */  
  Field *cached_field;
  /*
    TRUE <=> cache holds value of the last stored item (i.e actual value).
    store() stores item to be cached and sets this flag to FALSE.
    On the first call of val_xxx function if this flag is set to FALSE the 
    cache_value() will be called to actually cache value of saved item.
    cache_value() will set this flag to TRUE.
  */
  bool value_cached;

  table_map used_table_map;
public:
  /*
    This is set if at least one of the values of a sub query is NULL
    Item_cache_row returns this with null_inside().
    For not row items, it's set to the value of null_value
    It is set after cache_value() is called.
  */
  bool null_value_inside;

  Item_cache(THD *thd):
    Item_fixed_hybrid(thd),
    Type_handler_hybrid_field_type(&type_handler_string),
    example(0), cached_field(0),
    value_cached(0),
    used_table_map(0)
  {
    set_maybe_null();
    null_value= 1;
    null_value_inside= true;
    quick_fix_field();
  }
protected:
  Item_cache(THD *thd, const Type_handler *handler):
    Item_fixed_hybrid(thd),
    Type_handler_hybrid_field_type(handler),
    example(0), cached_field(0),
    value_cached(0),
    used_table_map(0)
  {
    set_maybe_null();
    null_value= 1;
    null_value_inside= true;
    quick_fix_field();
  }

public:
  virtual bool allocate(THD *thd, uint i) { return 0; }
  virtual bool setup(THD *thd, Item *item)
  {
    example= item;
    Type_std_attributes::set(item);
    base_flags|= item->base_flags & item_base_t::IS_COND;
    if (item->type() == FIELD_ITEM)
      cached_field= ((Item_field *)item)->field;
    return 0;
  };

  void set_used_tables(table_map map) { used_table_map= map; }
  table_map used_tables() const override { return used_table_map; }
  Type type() const override { return CACHE_ITEM; }

  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return Type_handler_hybrid_field_type::type_handler(); }
  Field *create_tmp_field_ex(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table, Tmp_field_src *src,
                             const Tmp_field_param *param) override
  {
    return create_tmp_field_ex_simple(root, table, src, param);
  }

  virtual void keep_array() {}
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  bool is_array_kept() { return TRUE; }
#endif
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  bool eq_def(const Field *field) 
  {
    return cached_field ? cached_field->eq_def (field) : FALSE;
  }
  bool eq(const Item *item, const Eq_config &config) const override
  {
    return this == item;
  }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    if (example)
    {
      Item::vcol_func_processor_result *res=
        (Item::vcol_func_processor_result*) arg;
      example->check_vcol_func_processor(arg);
      /*
        Item_cache of a non-deterministic function requires re-fixing
        even if the function itself doesn't (e.g. CURRENT_TIMESTAMP)
      */
      if (res->errors & VCOL_NOT_STRICTLY_DETERMINISTIC)
        res->errors|= VCOL_SESSION_FUNC;
      return false;
    }
    return mark_unsupported_function("cache", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override
  {
    quick_fix_field();
    if (example && !example->fixed())
      return example->fix_fields(thd, ref);
    return 0;
  }
  void cleanup() override
  {
    clear();
    Item_fixed_hybrid::cleanup();
  }
  /**
     Check if saved item has a non-NULL value.
     Will cache value of saved item if not already done. 
     @return TRUE if cached value is non-NULL.
   */
  bool has_value()
  {
    return (value_cached || cache_value()) && !null_value;
  }

  virtual void store(Item *item);
  virtual Item *get_item() { return example; }
  virtual bool cache_value()= 0;
  bool basic_const_item() const override
  { return example && example->basic_const_item(); }
  virtual void clear() { null_value= TRUE; value_cached= FALSE; }
  bool is_null() override { return !has_value(); }
  bool is_expensive() override
  {
    if (value_cached)
      return false;
    return example->is_expensive();
  }
  bool is_expensive_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(example);
    if (value_cached)
      return false;
    return example->is_expensive_processor(arg);
  }
  virtual void set_null();
  bool walk(Item_processor processor, bool walk_subquery, void *arg) override
  {
    if (arg == STOP_PTR)
      return FALSE;
    if (example && example->walk(processor, walk_subquery, arg))
      return TRUE;
    return (this->*processor)(arg);
  }
  Item *safe_charset_converter(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *tocs) override;
  void split_sum_func2_example(THD *thd,  Ref_ptr_array ref_pointer_array,
                               List<Item> &fields, uint flags)
  {
    example->split_sum_func2(thd, ref_pointer_array, fields, &example, flags);
  }
  Item *get_example() const { return example; }

  virtual Item *convert_to_basic_const_item(THD *thd) { return 0; };
  Item *derived_field_transformer_for_having(THD *thd, uchar *) override
  { return convert_to_basic_const_item(thd); }
  Item *derived_field_transformer_for_where(THD *thd, uchar *) override
  { return convert_to_basic_const_item(thd); }
  Item *grouping_field_transformer_for_where(THD *thd, uchar *) override
  { return convert_to_basic_const_item(thd); }
  Item *in_subq_field_transformer_for_where(THD *thd, uchar *) override
  { return convert_to_basic_const_item(thd); }
  Item *in_subq_field_transformer_for_having(THD *thd, uchar *) override
  { return convert_to_basic_const_item(thd); }
};


class Item_cache_int: public Item_cache
{
protected:
  longlong value;
public:
  Item_cache_int(THD *thd, const Type_handler *handler):
    Item_cache(thd, handler), value(0) {}

  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String* val_str(String *str) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  { return get_date_from_int(thd, ltime, fuzzydate); }
  bool cache_value() override;
  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions) override;
  Item *convert_to_basic_const_item(THD *thd) override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_cache_int>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


class Item_cache_bool: public Item_cache_int
{
public:
  Item_cache_bool(THD *thd)
   :Item_cache_int(thd, &type_handler_bool)
  { }
  bool cache_value() override;
  bool val_bool() override
  {
    return !has_value() ? false : (bool) value;
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_cond());
    return Item_cache_bool::val_bool();
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_cache_bool>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_cache_year: public Item_cache_int
{
public:
  Item_cache_year(THD *thd, const Type_handler *handler)
   :Item_cache_int(thd, handler) { }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *to, date_mode_t mode) override
  {
    return type_handler_year.Item_get_date_with_warn(thd, this, to, mode);
  }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


class Item_cache_temporal: public Item_cache_int
{
protected:
  Item_cache_temporal(THD *thd, const Type_handler *handler);
public:
  bool cache_value() override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions) override;
  bool setup(THD *thd, Item *item) override
  {
    if (Item_cache_int::setup(thd, item))
      return true;
    set_if_smaller(decimals, TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS);
    return false;
  }
  void store_packed(longlong val_arg, Item *example);
  /*
    Having a clone_constant method tells optimizer that this object
    is a constant and need not be optimized further.
    Important when storing packed datetime values.
  */
  Item *clone_constant(THD *thd) const override;
  Item *convert_to_basic_const_item(THD *thd) override;
  virtual Item *make_literal(THD *) =0;
};


class Item_cache_time: public Item_cache_temporal
{
public:
  Item_cache_time(THD *thd)
   :Item_cache_temporal(thd, &type_handler_time2) { }
  bool cache_value() override;
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_cache_time>(thd, this); }
  Item *make_literal(THD *) override;
  longlong val_datetime_packed(THD *thd) override
  {
    Datetime::Options_cmp opt(thd);
    return has_value() ? Datetime(thd, this, opt).to_packed() : 0;
  }
  longlong val_time_packed(THD *) override
  {
    return has_value() ? value : 0;
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    return has_value() ? Time(this).to_longlong() : 0;
  }
  double val_real() override
  {
    return has_value() ? Time(this).to_double() : 0;
  }
  String *val_str(String *to) override
  {
    return has_value() ? Time(this).to_string(to, decimals) : NULL;
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *to) override
  {
    return has_value() ? Time(this).to_decimal(to) : NULL;
  }
  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override
  {
    return has_value() ? Time(thd, this).to_native(to, decimals) : true;
  }
};


class Item_cache_datetime: public Item_cache_temporal
{
public:
  Item_cache_datetime(THD *thd)
   :Item_cache_temporal(thd, &type_handler_datetime2) { }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_cache_datetime>(thd, this); }
public:
  Item *make_literal(THD *) override;
  longlong val_datetime_packed(THD *) override
  {
    return has_value() ? value : 0;
  }
  longlong val_time_packed(THD *thd) override
  {
    return Time(thd, this, Time::Options_cmp(thd)).to_packed();
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    return has_value() ? Datetime(this).to_longlong() : 0;
  }
  double val_real() override
  {
    return has_value() ? Datetime(this).to_double() : 0;
  }
  String *val_str(String *to) override
  {
    return has_value() ? Datetime(this).to_string(to, decimals) : NULL;
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *to) override
  {
    return has_value() ? Datetime(this).to_decimal(to) : NULL;
  }
};


class Item_cache_date: public Item_cache_temporal
{
public:
  Item_cache_date(THD *thd)
   :Item_cache_temporal(thd, &type_handler_newdate) { }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_cache_date>(thd, this); }
public:
  Item *make_literal(THD *) override;
  longlong val_datetime_packed(THD *) override
  {
    return has_value() ? value : 0;
  }
  longlong val_time_packed(THD *thd) override
  {
    return Time(thd, this, Time::Options_cmp(thd)).to_packed();
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  { return has_value() ? Date(this).to_longlong() : 0; }
  double val_real() override
  { return has_value() ? Date(this).to_double() : 0; }
  String *val_str(String *to) override
  {
    return has_value() ? Date(this).to_string(to) : NULL;
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *to) override
  {
    return has_value() ? Date(this).to_decimal(to) : NULL;
  }
};


class Item_cache_timestamp: public Item_cache
{
  Timestamp_or_zero_datetime_native m_native;
  Datetime to_datetime(THD *thd);
public:
  Item_cache_timestamp(THD *thd)
   :Item_cache(thd, &type_handler_timestamp2) { }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_cache_timestamp>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
public:
  bool cache_value() override;
  String* val_str(String *to) override
  {
    return to_datetime(current_thd).to_string(to, decimals);
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *to) override
  {
    return to_datetime(current_thd).to_decimal(to);
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    return to_datetime(current_thd).to_longlong();
  }
  double val_real() override
  {
    return to_datetime(current_thd).to_double();
  }
  longlong val_datetime_packed(THD *thd) override
  {
    return to_datetime(thd).to_packed();
  }
  longlong val_time_packed(THD *) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return 0;
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions) override;
  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override;
};


class Item_cache_real: public Item_cache
{
protected:
  double value;
public:
  Item_cache_real(THD *thd, const Type_handler *h)
   :Item_cache(thd, h),
    value(0)
  {}
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  { return get_date_from_real(thd, ltime, fuzzydate); }
  bool cache_value() override;
  Item *convert_to_basic_const_item(THD *thd) override;
};


class Item_cache_double: public Item_cache_real
{
public:
  Item_cache_double(THD *thd)
   :Item_cache_real(thd, &type_handler_double)
  { }
  String *val_str(String *str) override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_cache_double>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


class Item_cache_float: public Item_cache_real
{
public:
  Item_cache_float(THD *thd)
   :Item_cache_real(thd, &type_handler_float)
  { }
  String *val_str(String *str) override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_cache_float>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


class Item_cache_decimal: public Item_cache
{
protected:
  my_decimal decimal_value;
public:
  Item_cache_decimal(THD *thd): Item_cache(thd, &type_handler_newdecimal) {}

  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String* val_str(String *str) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *to, date_mode_t mode) override
  {
    return decimal_to_datetime_with_warn(thd, VDec(this).ptr(), to, mode,
                                         NULL, NULL);
  }
  bool cache_value() override;
  Item *convert_to_basic_const_item(THD *thd) override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_cache_decimal>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


class Item_cache_str: public Item_cache
{
  char buffer[STRING_BUFFER_USUAL_SIZE];
  String *value, value_buff;
  bool is_varbinary;
  
public:
  Item_cache_str(THD *thd, const Item *item):
    Item_cache(thd, item->type_handler()), value(0),
    is_varbinary(item->type() == FIELD_ITEM &&
                 Item_cache_str::field_type() == MYSQL_TYPE_VARCHAR &&
                 !((const Item_field *) item)->field->has_charset())
  {
    collation.set(const_cast<DTCollation&>(item->collation));
  }
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String* val_str(String *) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  { return get_date_from_string(thd, ltime, fuzzydate); }
  CHARSET_INFO *charset() const { return value->charset(); };
  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions) override;
  bool cache_value() override;
  Item *convert_to_basic_const_item(THD *thd) override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_cache_str>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


class Item_cache_str_for_nullif: public Item_cache_str
{
public:
  Item_cache_str_for_nullif(THD *thd, const Item *item)
   :Item_cache_str(thd, item)
  { }
  Item *safe_charset_converter(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *tocs) override
  {
    /**
      Item_cache_str::safe_charset_converter() returns a new Item_cache
      with Item_func_conv_charset installed on "example". The original
      Item_cache is not referenced (neither directly nor recursively)
      from the result of Item_cache_str::safe_charset_converter().

      For NULLIF() purposes we need a different behavior:
      we need a new instance of Item_func_conv_charset,
      with the original Item_cache referenced in args[0]. See MDEV-9181.
    */
    return Item::safe_charset_converter(thd, tocs);
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_cache_str_for_nullif>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  {
    return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd);
  }
};


class Item_cache_row: public Item_cache
{
  Item_cache  **values;
  uint item_count;
  bool save_array;
public:
  Item_cache_row(THD *thd):
    Item_cache(thd, &type_handler_row), values(0), item_count(2),
    save_array(0) {}

  /*
    'allocate' used only in row transformer, to preallocate space for row
    cache.
  */
  bool allocate(THD *thd, uint num) override;
  /*
    'setup' is needed only by row => it not called by simple row subselect
    (only by IN subselect (in subselect optimizer))
  */
  bool setup(THD *thd, Item *item) override;
  void store(Item *item) override;
  void illegal_method_call(const char *);
  void make_send_field(THD *, Send_field *) override
  {
    illegal_method_call("make_send_field");
  };
  double val_real() override
  {
    illegal_method_call("val");
    return 0;
  };
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    illegal_method_call("val_int");
    return 0;
  };
  String *val_str(String *) override
  {
    illegal_method_call("val_str");
    return nullptr;
  };
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override
  {
    illegal_method_call("val_decimal");
    return nullptr;
  };
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    illegal_method_call("val_decimal");
    return true;
  }

  uint cols() const override { return item_count; }
  Item *element_index(uint i) override { return values[i]; }
  Item **addr(uint i) override { return (Item **) (values + i); }
  bool check_cols(uint c) override;
  bool null_inside() override;
  void bring_value() override;
  void keep_array() override { save_array= 1; }
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  bool is_array_kept() { return save_array; }
#endif
  void cleanup() override
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Item_cache_row::cleanup");
    Item_cache::cleanup();
    if (!save_array)
      values= 0;
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
  bool cache_value() override;
  void set_null() override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_cache_row>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  {
    return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd);
  }
};


/*
  Item_type_holder used to store type. name, length of Item for UNIONS &
  derived tables.

  Item_type_holder do not need cleanup() because its time of live limited by
  single SP/PS execution.
*/
class Item_type_holder: public Item, public Type_handler_hybrid_field_type
{
protected:
  const TYPELIB *enum_set_typelib;
public:
  Item_type_holder(THD *thd, Item *item, const Type_handler *handler,
                   const Type_all_attributes *attr, bool maybe_null_arg)
   :Item(thd), Type_handler_hybrid_field_type(handler),
    enum_set_typelib(attr->get_typelib())
  {
    name= item->name;
    Type_std_attributes::set(*attr);
    set_maybe_null(maybe_null_arg);
    copy_flags(item, item_base_t::IS_EXPLICIT_NAME |
                     item_base_t::IS_IN_WITH_CYCLE);
  }

  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    return Type_handler_hybrid_field_type::type_handler()->
             type_handler_for_item_field();
  }
  const Type_handler *real_type_handler() const override
  {
    return Type_handler_hybrid_field_type::type_handler();
  }

  Type type() const override { return TYPE_HOLDER; }
  const TYPELIB *get_typelib() const override { return enum_set_typelib; }
  /*
    When handling a query like this:
      VALUES ('') UNION VALUES( _utf16 0x0020 COLLATE utf16_bin);
    Item_type_holder can be passed to
      Type_handler_xxx::Item_hybrid_func_fix_attributes()
    We don't want the latter to perform character set conversion of a
    Item_type_holder by calling its val_str(), which calls DBUG_ASSERT(0).
    Let's override const_item() and is_expensive() to avoid this.
    Note, Item_hybrid_func_fix_attributes() could probably
    have a new argument to distinguish what we need:
    - (a) aggregate data type attributes only
    - (b) install converters after attribute aggregation
    So st_select_lex_unit::join_union_type_attributes() could
    ask it to do (a) only, without (b).
  */
  bool const_item() const override { return false; }
  bool is_expensive() override { return true; }
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  String *val_str(String*) override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  Field *create_tmp_field_ex(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table, Tmp_field_src *src,
                             const Tmp_field_param *param) override
  {
    return Item_type_holder::real_type_handler()->
      make_and_init_table_field(root, &name, Record_addr(maybe_null()),
                                *this, table);
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *) const override { return nullptr; }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *) const override { return nullptr; }
};


class st_select_lex;
void mark_select_range_as_dependent(THD *thd,
                                    st_select_lex *last_select,
                                    st_select_lex *current_sel,
                                    Field *found_field, Item *found_item,
                                    Item_ident *resolved_item,
                                    bool suppress_warning_output);

extern Cached_item *new_Cached_item(THD *thd, Item *item,
                                    bool pass_through_ref);
extern Item_result item_cmp_type(Item_result a,Item_result b);
extern void resolve_const_item(THD *thd, Item **ref, Item *cmp_item);
extern int stored_field_cmp_to_item(THD *thd, Field *field, Item *item);

extern const String my_null_string;

/**
  Interface for Item iterator
*/

class Item_iterator
{
public:
  /**
    Shall set this iterator to the position before the first item

    @note
    This method also may perform some other initialization actions like
    allocation of certain resources.
  */
  virtual void open()= 0;
  /**
    Shall return the next Item (or NULL if there is no next item) and
    move pointer to position after it.
  */
  virtual Item *next()= 0;
  /**
    Shall force iterator to free resources (if it holds them)

    @note
    One should not use the iterator without open() call after close()
  */
  virtual void close()= 0;

  virtual ~Item_iterator() = default;
};


/**
  Item iterator over List_iterator_fast for Item references
*/

class Item_iterator_ref_list: public Item_iterator
{
  List_iterator<Item*> list;
public:
  Item_iterator_ref_list(List_iterator<Item*> &arg_list):
    list(arg_list) {}
  void open() override { list.rewind(); }
  Item *next() override { return *(list++); }
  void close() override {}
};


/**
  Item iterator over List_iterator_fast for Items
*/

class Item_iterator_list: public Item_iterator
{
  List_iterator<Item> list;
public:
  Item_iterator_list(List_iterator<Item> &arg_list):
    list(arg_list) {}
  void open() override { list.rewind(); }
  Item *next() override { return (list++); }
  void close() override {}
};


/**
  Item iterator over Item interface for rows
*/

class Item_iterator_row: public Item_iterator
{
  Item *base_item;
  uint current;
public:
  Item_iterator_row(Item *base) : base_item(base), current(0) {}
  void open() override { current= 0; }
  Item *next() override
  {
    if (current >= base_item->cols())
      return NULL;
    return base_item->element_index(current++);
  }
  void close() override {}
};


/*
  fix_escape_item() sets the out "escape" parameter to:
  - native code in case of an 8bit character set
  - Unicode code point in case of a multi-byte character set

  The value meaning a not-initialized ESCAPE character must not be equal to
  any valid value, so must be outside of these ranges:
  - -128..+127, not to conflict with a valid 8bit charcter
  - 0..0x10FFFF, not to conflict with a valid Unicode code point
  The exact value does not matter.
*/
#define ESCAPE_NOT_INITIALIZED -1000

/*
  It's used in ::fix_fields() methods of LIKE and JSON_SEARCH
  functions to handle the ESCAPE parameter.
  This parameter is quite non-standard so the specific function.
*/
bool fix_escape_item(THD *thd, Item *escape_item, String *tmp_str,
                     bool escape_used_in_parsing, CHARSET_INFO *cmp_cs,
                     int *escape);

inline bool Virtual_column_info::is_equal(const Virtual_column_info* vcol,
                                          bool omit_table_names) const
{
  return type_handler()  == vcol->type_handler()
      && is_stored() == vcol->is_stored()
      && expr->eq(vcol->expr, {true, omit_table_names});
}

inline void Virtual_column_info::print(String* str)
{
  expr->print_for_table_def(str);
}

class Item_direct_ref_to_item : public Item_direct_ref
{
  Item *m_item;
public:
  Item_direct_ref_to_item(THD *thd, Item *item);

  void change_item(THD *thd, Item *);

  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **it) override;

  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;

  Item *safe_charset_converter(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *tocs) override;
  Item *get_tmp_table_item(THD *thd) override
  { return m_item->get_tmp_table_item(thd); }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_direct_ref_to_item>(thd, this); }
public:
  COND *build_equal_items(THD *thd, COND_EQUAL *inherited,
                          bool link_item_fields,
                          COND_EQUAL **cond_equal_ref) override
  {
    return m_item->build_equal_items(thd, inherited, link_item_fields,
                                     cond_equal_ref);
  }
  LEX_CSTRING full_name_cstring() const override
  { return m_item->full_name_cstring(); }
  void make_send_field(THD *thd, Send_field *field) override
  { m_item->make_send_field(thd, field); }
  bool eq(const Item *item, const Eq_config &config) const override
  {
    const Item *it= item->real_item();
    return m_item->eq(it, config);
  }
  void fix_after_pullout(st_select_lex *new_parent, Item **refptr, bool merge) override
  { m_item->fix_after_pullout(new_parent, &m_item, merge); }
  void save_val(Field *to) override
  { return m_item->save_val(to); }
  void save_result(Field *to) override
  { return m_item->save_result(to); }
  int save_in_field(Field *to, bool no_conversions) override
  { return m_item->save_in_field(to, no_conversions); }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override { return m_item->type_handler(); }
  table_map used_tables() const override { return m_item->used_tables(); }
  void update_used_tables() override
  { m_item->update_used_tables(); }
  bool const_item() const override { return m_item->const_item(); }
  table_map not_null_tables() const override { return m_item->not_null_tables(); }
  bool walk(Item_processor processor, bool walk_subquery, void *arg) override
  {
    return m_item->walk(processor, walk_subquery, arg) ||
      (this->*processor)(arg);
  }
  bool enumerate_field_refs_processor(void *arg) override
  { return m_item->enumerate_field_refs_processor(arg); }
  Item_field *field_for_view_update() override
  { return m_item->field_for_view_update(); }

  /* Row emulation: forwarding of ROW-related calls to orig_item */
  uint cols() const override
  { return m_item->cols(); }
  Item* element_index(uint i) override
  { return this; }
  Item** addr(uint i) override
  { return  &m_item; }
  bool check_cols(uint c) override
  { return Item::check_cols(c); }
  bool null_inside() override
  { return m_item->null_inside(); }
  void bring_value() override
  {}

  Item_equal *get_item_equal() override { return m_item->get_item_equal(); }
  void set_item_equal(Item_equal *item_eq) override { m_item->set_item_equal(item_eq); }
  Item_equal *find_item_equal(COND_EQUAL *cond_equal) override
  { return m_item->find_item_equal(cond_equal); }
  Item *propagate_equal_fields(THD *thd, const Context &ctx, COND_EQUAL *cond) override
  { return m_item->propagate_equal_fields(thd, ctx, cond); }
  Item *replace_equal_field(THD *thd, uchar *arg) override
  { return m_item->replace_equal_field(thd, arg); }

  bool excl_dep_on_table(table_map tab_map) override
  { return m_item->excl_dep_on_table(tab_map); }
  bool excl_dep_on_grouping_fields(st_select_lex *sel) override
  { return m_item->excl_dep_on_grouping_fields(sel); }
  bool is_expensive() override { return m_item->is_expensive(); }
  void set_item(Item *item) { m_item= item; }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  {
    Item *clone_item= m_item->deep_copy_with_checks(thd);
    if (clone_item)
    {
      Item_direct_ref_to_item *copy=
       (Item_direct_ref_to_item *) shallow_copy_with_checks(thd);
      if (!copy)
        return 0;
      copy->set_item(clone_item);
      return copy;
    }
    return 0;
  }

  void split_sum_func(THD *thd, Ref_ptr_array ref_pointer_array,
                      List<Item> &fields, uint flags) override
  {
    m_item->split_sum_func(thd, ref_pointer_array, fields, flags);
  }
  /*
    This processor states that this is safe for virtual columns
    (because this Item transparency)
  */
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override { return FALSE;}
};

inline bool TABLE::mark_column_with_deps(Field *field)
{
  bool res;
  if (!(res= bitmap_fast_test_and_set(read_set, field->field_index)))
  {
    if (field->vcol_info)
      mark_virtual_column_deps(field);
  }
  return res;
}

inline bool TABLE::mark_virtual_column_with_deps(Field *field)
{
  bool res;
  DBUG_ASSERT(field->vcol_info);
  if (!(res= bitmap_fast_test_and_set(read_set, field->field_index)))
    mark_virtual_column_deps(field);
  return res;
}

inline void TABLE::mark_virtual_column_deps(Field *field)
{
  DBUG_ASSERT(field->vcol_info);
  DBUG_ASSERT(field->vcol_info->expr);
  field->vcol_info->expr->walk(&Item::register_field_in_read_map, 1, 0);
}

inline void TABLE::use_all_stored_columns()
{
  bitmap_set_all(read_set);
  if (Field **vf= vfield)
    for (; *vf; vf++)
      bitmap_clear_bit(read_set, (*vf)->field_index);
}

#endif /* SQL_ITEM_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2000-2005, 2007 MySQL AB, 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
   Use is subject to license terms.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/* Written by Sergei A. Golubchik, who has a shared copyright to this code */

/* some definitions for full-text indices */

/* #include "myisam.h" */

#ifndef _ft_global_h
#define _ft_global_h
#ifdef  __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <my_compare.h>

#define HA_FT_MAXBYTELEN 254
#define HA_FT_MAXCHARLEN (HA_FT_MAXBYTELEN/3)

#define DEFAULT_FTB_SYNTAX "+ -><()~*:\"\"&|"

typedef struct st_ft_info FT_INFO;
struct _ft_vft
{
  int       (*read_next)(FT_INFO *, char *);
  float     (*find_relevance)(FT_INFO *, uchar *, uint);
  void      (*close_search)(FT_INFO *);
  float     (*get_relevance)(FT_INFO *);
  void      (*reinit_search)(FT_INFO *);
};

typedef struct st_ft_info_ext FT_INFO_EXT;
struct _ft_vft_ext
{
  uint      (*get_version)();        // Extended API version
  ulonglong (*get_flags)();
  ulonglong (*get_docid)(FT_INFO_EXT *);
  ulonglong (*count_matches)(FT_INFO_EXT *);
};

/* Flags for extended FT API */
#define FTS_ORDERED_RESULT                (1LL << 1)
#define FTS_DOCID_IN_RESULT               (1LL << 2)

#define FTS_DOC_ID_COL_NAME "FTS_DOC_ID"

#ifndef FT_CORE
struct st_ft_info
{
  struct _ft_vft *please; /* INTERCAL style :-) */
};

struct st_ft_info_ext
{
  struct _ft_vft     *please; /* INTERCAL style :-) */
  struct _ft_vft_ext *could_you;
};
#endif

extern const char *ft_stopword_file;
extern const char *ft_precompiled_stopwords[];

extern ulong ft_min_word_len;
extern ulong ft_max_word_len;
extern ulong ft_query_expansion_limit;
extern const char *ft_boolean_syntax;
extern struct st_mysql_ftparser ft_default_parser;

int ft_init_stopwords(void);
void ft_free_stopwords(void);

#define FT_NL     0
#define FT_BOOL   1
#define FT_SORTED 2
#define FT_EXPAND 4   /* query expansion */

FT_INFO *ft_init_search(uint,void *, uint, uchar *, size_t,
                        CHARSET_INFO *, uchar *);
my_bool ft_boolean_check_syntax_string(const uchar *, size_t length,
                                       CHARSET_INFO *cs);

/* Internal symbols for fulltext between maria and MyISAM */

#define HA_FT_WTYPE  HA_KEYTYPE_FLOAT
#define HA_FT_WLEN   4
#define FT_SEGS      2

#define ft_sintXkorr(A)    mi_sint4korr(A)
#define ft_intXstore(T,A)  mi_int4store(T,A)

extern const HA_KEYSEG ft_keysegs[FT_SEGS];

typedef union {int32 i; float f;} FT_WEIGTH;

#ifdef  __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. 

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef BOUNDED_QUEUE_INCLUDED
#define BOUNDED_QUEUE_INCLUDED

#include "my_base.h"
#include <my_sys.h>
#include "queues.h"
#include <string.h>

class Sort_param;

/**
  A priority queue with a fixed, limited size.

  This is a wrapper on top of QUEUE and the queue_xxx() functions.
  It keeps the top-N elements which are inserted.

  Elements of type Element_type are pushed into the queue.
  For each element, we call a user-supplied keymaker_function,
  to generate a key of type Key_type for the element.
  Instances of Key_type are compared with the user-supplied compare_function.

  The underlying QUEUE implementation needs one extra element for replacing
  the lowest/highest element when pushing into a full queue.
 */
template<typename Element_type, typename Key_type>
class Bounded_queue
{
public:
  Bounded_queue()
  {
    memset(&m_queue, 0, sizeof(m_queue));
  }

  ~Bounded_queue()
  {
    delete_queue(&m_queue);
  }

  /**
     Function for making sort-key from input data.
     @param param Sort parameters.
     @param to    Where to put the key.
     @param from  The input data.
  */
  typedef uint (*keymaker_function)(Sort_param *param,
                                    Key_type *to,
                                    Element_type *from,
                                    bool packing_keys);

  /**
    Initialize the queue.

    @param max_elements   The size of the queue.
    @param max_at_top     Set to true if you want biggest element on top.
           false: We keep the n largest elements.
                  pop() will return the smallest key in the result set.
           true:  We keep the n smallest elements.
                  pop() will return the largest key in the result set.
    @param compare_length Length of the data (i.e. the keys) used for sorting.
    @param keymaker       Function which generates keys for elements.
    @param sort_param     Sort parameters.
    @param sort_keys      Array of pointers to keys to sort.

    @retval 0 OK, 1 Could not allocate memory.

    We do *not* take ownership of any of the input pointer arguments.
   */
  int init(ha_rows max_elements, bool max_at_top,
           size_t compare_length,
           keymaker_function keymaker, Sort_param *sort_param,
           Key_type **sort_keys);

  /**
    Pushes an element on the queue.
    If the queue is already full, we discard one element.
    Calls keymaker_function to generate a key for the element.

    @param element        The element to be pushed.
   */
  void push(Element_type *element);

  /**
    Removes the top element from the queue.

    @retval Pointer to the (key of the) removed element.

    @note This function is for unit testing, where we push elements into to the
          queue, and test that the appropriate keys are retained.
          Interleaving of push() and pop() operations has not been tested.
   */
  Key_type **pop()
  {
    // Don't return the extra element to the client code.
    if (queue_is_full((&m_queue)))
      queue_remove(&m_queue, 0);
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_queue.elements > 0);
    if (m_queue.elements == 0)
      return NULL;
    return reinterpret_cast<Key_type**>(queue_remove(&m_queue, 0));
  }

  /**
    The number of elements in the queue.
   */
  uint num_elements() const { return m_queue.elements; }

  /**
    Is the queue initialized?
   */
  bool is_initialized() const { return m_queue.max_elements > 0; }

private:
  Key_type         **m_sort_keys;
  size_t             m_compare_length;
  keymaker_function  m_keymaker;
  Sort_param        *m_sort_param;
  st_queue           m_queue;
};


template<typename Element_type, typename Key_type>
int Bounded_queue<Element_type, Key_type>::init(ha_rows max_elements,
                                                bool max_at_top,
                                                size_t compare_length,
                                                keymaker_function keymaker,
                                                Sort_param *sort_param,
                                                Key_type **sort_keys)
{
  DBUG_ASSERT(sort_keys != NULL);

  m_sort_keys=      sort_keys;
  m_compare_length= compare_length;
  m_keymaker=       keymaker;
  m_sort_param=     sort_param;
  // init_queue() takes an uint, and also does (max_elements + 1)
  if (max_elements >= (UINT_MAX - 1))
    return 1;
  // We allocate space for one extra element, for replace when queue is full.
  return init_queue(&m_queue, (uint) max_elements + 1,
                    0, max_at_top,
                    get_ptr_compare(compare_length),
                    &m_compare_length, 0, 0);
}


template<typename Element_type, typename Key_type>
void Bounded_queue<Element_type, Key_type>::push(Element_type *element)
{
  DBUG_ASSERT(is_initialized());
  if (queue_is_full((&m_queue)))
  {
    // Replace top element with new key, and re-order the queue.
    Key_type **pq_top= reinterpret_cast<Key_type **>(queue_top(&m_queue));
    (void)(*m_keymaker)(m_sort_param, *pq_top, element, false);
    queue_replace_top(&m_queue);
  } else {
    // Insert new key into the queue.
    (*m_keymaker)(m_sort_param, m_sort_keys[m_queue.elements],
                  element, false);
    queue_insert(&m_queue,
                 reinterpret_cast<uchar*>(&m_sort_keys[m_queue.elements]));
  }
}

#endif  // BOUNDED_QUEUE_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2013, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  51 Franklin Street, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef PFS_TRANSACTION_PROVIDER_H
#define PFS_TRANSACTION_PROVIDER_H

/**
  @file include/pfs_transaction_provider.h
  Performance schema instrumentation (declarations).
*/

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_TRANSACTION_INTERFACE
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
#ifndef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"

#define PSI_TRANSACTION_CALL(M) pfs_ ## M ## _v1

C_MODE_START

PSI_transaction_locker*
pfs_get_thread_transaction_locker_v1(PSI_transaction_locker_state *state,
                                     const void *xid,
                                     ulonglong trxid,
                                     int isolation_level,
                                     my_bool read_only,
                                     my_bool autocommit);

void pfs_start_transaction_v1(PSI_transaction_locker *locker,
                              const char *src_file, uint src_line);

void pfs_set_transaction_xid_v1(PSI_transaction_locker *locker,
                                const void *xid,
                                int xa_state);

void pfs_set_transaction_xa_state_v1(PSI_transaction_locker *locker,
                                     int xa_state);

void pfs_set_transaction_gtid_v1(PSI_transaction_locker *locker,
                                 const void *sid,
                                 const void *gtid_spec);

void pfs_set_transaction_trxid_v1(PSI_transaction_locker *locker,
                                  const ulonglong *trxid);

void pfs_inc_transaction_savepoints_v1(PSI_transaction_locker *locker,
                                       ulong count);

void pfs_inc_transaction_rollback_to_savepoint_v1(PSI_transaction_locker *locker,
                                                  ulong count);

void pfs_inc_transaction_release_savepoint_v1(PSI_transaction_locker *locker,
                                              ulong count);

void pfs_end_transaction_v1(PSI_transaction_locker *locker, my_bool commit);

C_MODE_END

#endif /* MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN */
#endif /* EMBEDDED_LIBRARY */
#endif /* MYSQL_SERVER */
#endif /* HAVE_PSI_TRANSACTION_INTERFACE */

#endif

/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_MANAGER_INCLUDED
#define SQL_MANAGER_INCLUDED

void start_handle_manager();
void stop_handle_manager();
bool mysql_manager_submit(void (*action)(void *), void *data);

#endif /* SQL_MANAGER_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2003, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   
   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.
   
   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.
   
   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */


#ifndef CLIENT_SETTINGS_INCLUDED
#define CLIENT_SETTINGS_INCLUDED
#else
#error You have already included an client_settings.h and it should not be included twice
#endif /* CLIENT_SETTINGS_INCLUDED */

#include <sql_common.h>

/*
 Note: CLIENT_CAPABILITIES is also defined in libmysql/client_settings.h.
 When adding capabilities here, consider if they should be also added to
 the libmysql version.
*/
#define CLIENT_CAPABILITIES (CLIENT_MYSQL | \
                             CLIENT_LONG_FLAG |     \
                             CLIENT_TRANSACTIONS |  \
                             CLIENT_PROTOCOL_41 |   \
                             CLIENT_SECURE_CONNECTION | \
                             CLIENT_PLUGIN_AUTH | \
                             CLIENT_PLUGIN_AUTH_LENENC_CLIENT_DATA | \
                             CLIENT_CONNECT_ATTRS)

#define read_user_name(A) A[0]= 0
#undef _CUSTOMCONFIG_

#define mysql_server_init(a,b,c) mysql_client_plugin_init()
#define mysql_server_end()       mysql_client_plugin_deinit()

#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION
C_MODE_START
void slave_io_thread_detach_vio();
C_MODE_END
#else
#define slave_io_thread_detach_vio()
#endif

#ifndef ITEM_STRFUNC_INCLUDED
#define ITEM_STRFUNC_INCLUDED

/*
   Copyright (c) 2000, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2022, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */


/* This file defines all string functions */

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

extern size_t username_char_length;

class Item_str_func :public Item_func
{
protected:
  /**
     Sets the result value of the function an empty string, using the current
     character set. No memory is allocated.
     @retval A pointer to the str_value member.
   */
  virtual String *make_empty_result(String *str)
  {
    /*
      Reset string length to an empty string. We don't use str_value.set() as
      we don't want to free and potentially have to reallocate the buffer
      for each call.
    */
    if (!str->is_alloced())
      str->set("", 0, collation.collation); /* Avoid null ptrs */
    else
    {
      str->length(0);                      /* Reuse allocated area */
      str->set_charset(collation.collation);
    }
    return str;
  }
public:
  Item_str_func(THD *thd): Item_func(thd) { decimals=NOT_FIXED_DEC; }
  Item_str_func(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func(thd, a) {decimals=NOT_FIXED_DEC; }
  Item_str_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_func(thd, a, b) { decimals=NOT_FIXED_DEC; }
  Item_str_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_func(thd, a, b, c) { decimals=NOT_FIXED_DEC; }
  Item_str_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c, Item *d):
    Item_func(thd, a, b, c, d) { decimals=NOT_FIXED_DEC; }
  Item_str_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c, Item *d, Item* e):
    Item_func(thd, a, b, c, d, e) { decimals=NOT_FIXED_DEC; }
  Item_str_func(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_func(thd, list) { decimals=NOT_FIXED_DEC; }
  longlong val_int() override;
  double val_real() override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  { return get_date_from_string(thd, ltime, fuzzydate); }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return string_type_handler(); }
  void left_right_max_length();
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
};



/*
  Functions that return values with ASCII repertoire
*/
class Item_str_ascii_func :public Item_str_func
{
  String ascii_buf;
public:
  Item_str_ascii_func(THD *thd): Item_str_func(thd) {}
  Item_str_ascii_func(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_str_func(thd, a) {}
  Item_str_ascii_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_str_func(thd, a, b) {}
  Item_str_ascii_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_str_func(thd, a, b, c) {}
  String *val_str(String *str) override
  {
    return val_str_from_val_str_ascii(str, &ascii_buf);
  }
  String *val_str_ascii(String *) override= 0;
};


/**
  Functions that return a checksum or a hash of the argument,
  or somehow else encode or decode the argument,
  returning an ASCII-repertoire string.
*/
class Item_str_ascii_checksum_func: public Item_str_ascii_func
{
public:
  Item_str_ascii_checksum_func(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_str_ascii_func(thd, a) { }
  Item_str_ascii_checksum_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_str_ascii_func(thd, a, b) { }
  bool eq(const Item *item, const Eq_config &config) const override
  {
    // Always use binary argument comparison: MD5('x') != MD5('X')
    Eq_config new_config= config;
    new_config.binary_cmp= true;
    return Item_func::eq(item, new_config);
  }
};


/**
  Functions that return a checksum or a hash of the argument,
  or somehow else encode or decode the argument,
  returning a binary string.
*/
class Item_str_binary_checksum_func: public Item_str_func
{
public:
  Item_str_binary_checksum_func(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_str_func(thd, a) { }
  Item_str_binary_checksum_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_str_func(thd, a, b) { }
  Item_str_binary_checksum_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c)
   :Item_str_func(thd, a, b, c) { }
  Item_str_binary_checksum_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c, Item *d)
   :Item_str_func(thd, a, b, c, d) { }
  Item_str_binary_checksum_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c, Item *d, Item *e)
   :Item_str_func(thd, a, b, c, d, e) { }
  bool eq(const Item *item, const Eq_config &config) const override
  {
    /*
      Always use binary argument comparison:
        FROM_BASE64('test') != FROM_BASE64('TEST')
    */
    Eq_config new_config= config;
    new_config.binary_cmp= true;
    return Item_func::eq(item, new_config);
  }
};


class Item_func_md5 :public Item_str_ascii_checksum_func
{
public:
  Item_func_md5(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_str_ascii_checksum_func(thd, a) {}
  String *val_str_ascii(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    fix_length_and_charset(32, default_charset());
    return FALSE;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("md5") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_md5>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_sha :public Item_str_ascii_checksum_func
{
public:
  Item_func_sha(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_str_ascii_checksum_func(thd, a) {}
  String *val_str_ascii(String *) override;    
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("sha") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_sha>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_sha2 :public Item_str_ascii_checksum_func
{
public:
  Item_func_sha2(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_str_ascii_checksum_func(thd, a, b) {}
  String *val_str_ascii(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("sha2") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_sha2>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_to_base64 :public Item_str_ascii_checksum_func
{
  String tmp_value;
public:
  Item_func_to_base64(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_str_ascii_checksum_func(thd, a) {}
  String *val_str_ascii(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("to_base64") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_to_base64>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_from_base64 :public Item_str_binary_checksum_func
{
  String tmp_value;
public:
  Item_func_from_base64(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_str_binary_checksum_func(thd, a) { }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("from_base64") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_from_base64>(thd, this); }
};

#include <my_crypt.h>

class Item_aes_crypt :public Item_str_binary_checksum_func
{
  void create_key(String *user_key, uchar* key);
  int parse_mode();
  String tmp_value;
  const int what;
  uint aes_key_length;
  enum my_aes_mode aes_mode;

public:
  Item_aes_crypt(THD *thd, int what, Item *a, Item *b)
   : Item_str_binary_checksum_func(thd, a, b), what(what) {}
  Item_aes_crypt(THD *thd, int what, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c)
   : Item_str_binary_checksum_func(thd, a, b, c), what(what) {}
  Item_aes_crypt(THD *thd, int what, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c, Item *d)
   : Item_str_binary_checksum_func(thd, a, b, c, d), what(what) {}
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    if (arg_count > 3)
      return FALSE;
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_SESSION_FUNC);
  }
};

class Item_func_aes_encrypt :public Item_aes_crypt
{
public:
  Item_func_aes_encrypt(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_aes_crypt(thd, ENCRYPTION_FLAG_ENCRYPT, a, b) {}
  Item_func_aes_encrypt(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c)
   :Item_aes_crypt(thd, ENCRYPTION_FLAG_ENCRYPT, a, b, c) {}
  Item_func_aes_encrypt(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c, Item *d)
   :Item_aes_crypt(thd, ENCRYPTION_FLAG_ENCRYPT, a, b, c, d) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("aes_encrypt") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_aes_encrypt>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_aes_decrypt :public Item_aes_crypt
{
public:
  Item_func_aes_decrypt(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_aes_crypt(thd, ENCRYPTION_FLAG_DECRYPT, a, b) {}
  Item_func_aes_decrypt(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_aes_crypt(thd, ENCRYPTION_FLAG_DECRYPT, a, b, c) {}
  Item_func_aes_decrypt(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c, Item *d):
    Item_aes_crypt(thd, ENCRYPTION_FLAG_DECRYPT, a, b, c, d) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("aes_decrypt") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_aes_decrypt>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_kdf :public Item_str_binary_checksum_func
{
  uint key_length;
public:
  Item_func_kdf(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   : Item_str_binary_checksum_func(thd, a, b) {}
  Item_func_kdf(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c)
   : Item_str_binary_checksum_func(thd, a, b, c) {}
  Item_func_kdf(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c, Item *d)
   : Item_str_binary_checksum_func(thd, a, b, c, d) {}
  Item_func_kdf(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c, Item *d, Item *e)
   : Item_str_binary_checksum_func(thd, a, b, c, d, e) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    if (arg_count > 4)
      return FALSE;
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_SESSION_FUNC);
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("kdf") };
    return name;
  }
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_kdf>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_natural_sort_key : public Item_str_func
{
public:
  Item_func_natural_sort_key(THD *thd, Item *a)
      : Item_str_func(thd, a){};
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("natural_sort_key")};
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  {
    return get_item_copy<Item_func_natural_sort_key>(thd, this);
  }

  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override;
};

class Item_func_concat :public Item_str_func
{
protected:
  String tmp_value;
  /*
    Append a non-NULL value to the result.
    @param [IN]     thd          - The current thread.
    @param [IN/OUT] res          - The current val_str() return value.
    @param [IN]     app          - The value to be appended.
    @retval                      - false on success, true on error
  */
  bool append_value(THD *thd, String *res, const String *app);
  bool realloc_result(String *str, uint length) const;
public:
  Item_func_concat(THD *thd, List<Item> &list): Item_str_func(thd, list) {}
  Item_func_concat(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_str_func(thd, a, b) {}
  const Schema *schema() const override { return &mariadb_schema; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    print_sql_mode_qualified_name(str, query_type);
    print_args_parenthesized(str, query_type);
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("concat") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_concat>(thd, this); }
};


/*
  This class handles the || operator in sql_mode=ORACLE.
  Unlike the traditional MariaDB concat(), it treats NULL arguments as ''.
*/
class Item_func_concat_operator_oracle :public Item_func_concat
{
public:
  Item_func_concat_operator_oracle(THD *thd, List<Item> &list)
   :Item_func_concat(thd, list)
  { }
  Item_func_concat_operator_oracle(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_func_concat(thd, a, b)
  { }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  const Schema *schema() const override { return &oracle_schema_ref; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    if (query_type & QT_FOR_FRM)
    {
      // 10.3 downgrade compatibility for FRM
      str->append(STRING_WITH_LEN("concat_operator_oracle"));
    }
    else
      print_sql_mode_qualified_name(str, query_type);
    print_args_parenthesized(str, query_type);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_concat_operator_oracle>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_decode_histogram :public Item_str_func
{
public:
  Item_func_decode_histogram(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_str_func(thd, a, b) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    collation.set(system_charset_info);
    max_length= MAX_BLOB_WIDTH;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("decode_histogram") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_decode_histogram>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_concat_ws :public Item_str_func
{
  String tmp_value;
public:
  Item_func_concat_ws(THD *thd, List<Item> &list): Item_str_func(thd, list) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("concat_ws") };
    return name;
  }
  table_map not_null_tables() const override { return 0; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_concat_ws>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_random_bytes : public Item_str_func
{
public:
  Item_func_random_bytes(THD *thd, Item *arg1) : Item_str_func(thd, arg1) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  void update_used_tables() override;
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("random_bytes")};
    return name;
  }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_NON_DETERMINISTIC);
  }
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  {
    return get_item_copy<Item_func_random_bytes>(thd, this);
  }
  static const int MAX_RANDOM_BYTES= 1024;
};


class Item_func_reverse :public Item_str_func
{
  String tmp_value;
public:
  Item_func_reverse(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_str_func(thd, a) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("reverse") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_reverse>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_replace :public Item_str_func
{
  String tmp_value,tmp_value2;
protected:
  String *val_str_internal(String *str, bool null_to_empty);
public:
  Item_func_replace(THD *thd, Item *org, Item *find, Item *replace):
    Item_str_func(thd, org, find, replace) {}
  String *val_str(String *to) override { return val_str_internal(to, false); };
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  const Schema *schema() const override { return &mariadb_schema; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    print_sql_mode_qualified_name(str, query_type);
    print_args_parenthesized(str, query_type);
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("replace") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_replace>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_replace_oracle :public Item_func_replace
{
  String tmp_emtpystr;
public:
  Item_func_replace_oracle(THD *thd, Item *org, Item *find, Item *replace):
    Item_func_replace(thd, org, find, replace) {}
  String *val_str(String *to) override
  { return val_str_internal(to, true); };
  const Schema *schema() const override { return &oracle_schema_ref; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    if (query_type & QT_FOR_FRM)
    {
      // 10.3 downgrade compatibility for FRM
      str->append(STRING_WITH_LEN("replace_oracle"));
    }
    else
      print_sql_mode_qualified_name(str, query_type);
    print_args_parenthesized(str, query_type);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_replace_oracle>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_regexp_replace :public Item_str_func
{
  Regexp_processor_pcre re;
  bool append_replacement(String *str,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *source,
                          const LEX_CSTRING *replace);
protected:
  String *val_str_internal(String *str, bool null_to_empty);
public:
  Item_func_regexp_replace(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_str_func(thd, a, b, c)
    {}
  const Schema *schema() const override { return &mariadb_schema; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    print_sql_mode_qualified_name(str, query_type);
    print_args_parenthesized(str, query_type);
  }
  void cleanup() override
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Item_func_regexp_replace::cleanup");
    Item_str_func::cleanup();
    re.cleanup();
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
  String *val_str(String *str) override
  {
    return val_str_internal(str, false);
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("regexp_replace") };
    return name;
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override { return nullptr; }
};


class Item_func_regexp_replace_oracle: public Item_func_regexp_replace
{
public:
  Item_func_regexp_replace_oracle(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c)
   :Item_func_regexp_replace(thd, a, b, c)
  {}
  const Schema *schema() const override { return &oracle_schema_ref; }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    bool rc= Item_func_regexp_replace::fix_length_and_dec(thd);
    set_maybe_null(); // Empty result is converted to NULL
    return rc;
  }
  String *val_str(String *str) override
  {
    return val_str_internal(str, true);
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override { return nullptr; }
};


class Item_func_regexp_substr :public Item_str_func
{
  Regexp_processor_pcre re;
public:
  Item_func_regexp_substr(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_str_func(thd, a, b)
    {}
  void cleanup() override
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Item_func_regexp_substr::cleanup");
    Item_str_func::cleanup();
    re.cleanup();
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
  String *val_str(String *str) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("regexp_substr") };
    return name;
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override { return nullptr; }
};


class Item_func_insert :public Item_str_func
{
  String tmp_value;
public:
  Item_func_insert(THD *thd, Item *org, Item *start, Item *length,
                   Item *new_str):
    Item_str_func(thd, org, start, length, new_str) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("insert") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_insert>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_str_conv :public Item_str_func
{
protected:
  uint multiply;
  my_charset_conv_case converter;
  String tmp_value;
public:
  Item_str_conv(THD *thd, Item *item): Item_str_func(thd, item) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
};


class Item_func_lcase :public Item_str_conv
{
public:
  Item_func_lcase(THD *thd, Item *item): Item_str_conv(thd, item) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("lcase") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_lcase>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_ucase :public Item_str_conv
{
public:
  Item_func_ucase(THD *thd, Item *item): Item_str_conv(thd, item) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("ucase") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_ucase>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_left :public Item_str_func
{
  String tmp_value;
public:
  Item_func_left(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_str_func(thd, a, b) {}
  bool hash_not_null(Hasher *hasher) override;
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("left") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_left>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_right :public Item_str_func
{
  String tmp_value;
public:
  Item_func_right(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_str_func(thd, a, b) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("right") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_right>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_substr :public Item_str_func
{
  String tmp_value;
protected:
  virtual longlong get_position() { return args[1]->val_int(); }
public:
  Item_func_substr(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_str_func(thd, a, b) {}
  Item_func_substr(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_str_func(thd, a, b, c) {}
  Item_func_substr(THD *thd, List<Item> &list)
    :Item_str_func(thd, list) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  const Schema *schema() const override { return &mariadb_schema; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    print_sql_mode_qualified_name(str, query_type);
    print_args_parenthesized(str, query_type);
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("substr") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_substr>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_sformat :public Item_str_func
{
  String *val_arg;
public:
  Item_func_sformat(THD *thd, List<Item> &list);
  ~Item_func_sformat() { delete [] val_arg; }
  String *val_str(String*) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("sformat") };
    return name;
  }
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_sformat>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_substr_oracle :public Item_func_substr
{
protected:
  longlong get_position() override
  { longlong pos= args[1]->val_int(); return pos == 0 ? 1 : pos; }
  String *make_empty_result(String *str) override
  { null_value= 1; return NULL; }
public:
  Item_func_substr_oracle(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_func_substr(thd, a, b) {}
  Item_func_substr_oracle(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_func_substr(thd, a, b, c) {}
  Item_func_substr_oracle(THD *thd, List<Item> &list)
    :Item_func_substr(thd, list) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    bool res= Item_func_substr::fix_length_and_dec(thd);
    set_maybe_null();
    return res;
  }
  const Schema *schema() const override { return &oracle_schema_ref; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    if (query_type & QT_FOR_FRM)
    {
      // 10.3 downgrade compatibility for FRM
      str->append(STRING_WITH_LEN("substr_oracle"));
    }
    else
      print_sql_mode_qualified_name(str, query_type);
    print_args_parenthesized(str, query_type);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_substr_oracle>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_substr_index :public Item_str_func
{
  String tmp_value;
public:
  Item_func_substr_index(THD *thd, Item *a,Item *b,Item *c):
    Item_str_func(thd, a, b, c) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("substring_index") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_substr_index>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_trim :public Item_str_func
{
protected:
  String tmp_value;
  String remove;
  String *trimmed_value(String *res, uint32 offset, uint32 length)
  {
    if (length == 0)
      return make_empty_result(&tmp_value);

    tmp_value.set(*res, offset, length);
    /*
      Make sure to return correct charset and collation:
      TRIM(0x000000 FROM _ucs2 0x0061)
      should set charset to "binary" rather than to "ucs2".
    */
    tmp_value.set_charset(collation.collation);
    return &tmp_value;
  }
  String *non_trimmed_value(String *res)
  {
    return trimmed_value(res, 0, res->length());
  }
public:
  Item_func_trim(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_str_func(thd, a, b) {}
  Item_func_trim(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_str_func(thd, a) {}
  Sql_mode_dependency value_depends_on_sql_mode() const override;
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  const Schema *schema() const override { return &mariadb_schema; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("trim") };
    return name;
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  virtual LEX_CSTRING mode_name() const { return { "both", 4}; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_trim>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_trim_oracle :public Item_func_trim
{
protected:
  String *make_empty_result(String *str) override
  { null_value= 1; return NULL; }
public:
  Item_func_trim_oracle(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_func_trim(thd, a, b) {}
  Item_func_trim_oracle(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func_trim(thd, a) {}
  const Schema *schema() const override { return &oracle_schema_ref; }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    bool res= Item_func_trim::fix_length_and_dec(thd);
    set_maybe_null();
    return res;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_trim_oracle>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_ltrim :public Item_func_trim
{
public:
  Item_func_ltrim(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_func_trim(thd, a, b) {}
  Item_func_ltrim(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func_trim(thd, a) {}
  Sql_mode_dependency value_depends_on_sql_mode() const override
  {
    return Item_func::value_depends_on_sql_mode();
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  const Schema *schema() const override { return &mariadb_schema; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("ltrim") };
    return name;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING mode_name() const override
  { return { STRING_WITH_LEN("leading") }; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_ltrim>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_ltrim_oracle :public Item_func_ltrim
{
protected:
  String *make_empty_result(String *str) override
  { null_value= 1; return NULL; }
public:
  Item_func_ltrim_oracle(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_func_ltrim(thd, a, b) {}
  Item_func_ltrim_oracle(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func_ltrim(thd, a) {}
  const Schema *schema() const override { return &oracle_schema_ref; }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    bool res= Item_func_ltrim::fix_length_and_dec(thd);
    set_maybe_null();
    return res;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_ltrim_oracle>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_rtrim :public Item_func_trim
{
public:
  Item_func_rtrim(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_func_trim(thd, a, b) {}
  Item_func_rtrim(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func_trim(thd, a) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  const Schema *schema() const override { return &mariadb_schema; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("rtrim") };
    return name;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING mode_name() const override
  { return { STRING_WITH_LEN("trailing") }; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_rtrim>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_rtrim_oracle :public Item_func_rtrim
{
protected:
  String *make_empty_result(String *str) override
  { null_value= 1; return NULL; }
public:
  Item_func_rtrim_oracle(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_func_rtrim(thd, a, b) {}
  Item_func_rtrim_oracle(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func_rtrim(thd, a) {}
  const Schema *schema() const override { return &oracle_schema_ref; }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    bool res= Item_func_rtrim::fix_length_and_dec(thd);
    set_maybe_null();
    return res;
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_rtrim_oracle>(thd, this); }
};

/*
  Item_func_password -- new (4.1.1) PASSWORD() function implementation.
  Returns strcat('*', octet2hex(sha1(sha1(password)))). '*' stands for new
  password format, sha1(sha1(password) is so-called hash_stage2 value.
  Length of returned string is always 41 byte. To find out how entire
  authentication procedure works, see comments in password.c.
*/

class Item_func_password :public Item_str_ascii_checksum_func
{
public:
  enum PW_Alg {OLD, NEW};
private:
  char tmp_value[SCRAMBLED_PASSWORD_CHAR_LENGTH+1]; 
  enum PW_Alg alg;
  bool deflt;
public:
  Item_func_password(THD *thd, Item *a):
    Item_str_ascii_checksum_func(thd, a), alg(NEW), deflt(1) {}
  Item_func_password(THD *thd, Item *a, PW_Alg al):
    Item_str_ascii_checksum_func(thd, a), alg(al), deflt(0) {}
  String *val_str_ascii(String *str) override;
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    fix_length_and_charset((alg == 1 ?
                            SCRAMBLED_PASSWORD_CHAR_LENGTH :
                            SCRAMBLED_PASSWORD_CHAR_LENGTH_323),
                           default_charset());
    return FALSE;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING password_normal= {STRING_WITH_LEN("password") };
    static LEX_CSTRING password_old= {STRING_WITH_LEN("old_password") };
    return (deflt || alg == 1) ? password_normal : password_old;
  }
  static char *alloc(THD *thd, const char *password, size_t pass_len,
                     enum PW_Alg al);

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_password>(thd, this); }
};



class Item_func_des_encrypt :public Item_str_binary_checksum_func
{
  String tmp_value,tmp_arg;
public:
  Item_func_des_encrypt(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_str_binary_checksum_func(thd, a) {}
  Item_func_des_encrypt(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_str_binary_checksum_func(thd, a, b) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("des_encrypt") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_des_encrypt>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_des_decrypt :public Item_str_binary_checksum_func
{
  String tmp_value;
public:
  Item_func_des_decrypt(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_str_binary_checksum_func(thd, a) {}
  Item_func_des_decrypt(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_str_binary_checksum_func(thd, a, b) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("des_decrypt") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_des_decrypt>(thd, this); }
};


/**
  QQ: Item_func_encrypt should derive from Item_str_ascii_checksum_func.
  However, it should be fixed to handle UCS2, UTF16, UTF32 properly first,
  as the underlying crypt() call expects a null-terminated input string.
*/
class Item_func_encrypt :public Item_str_binary_checksum_func
{
  String tmp_value;

  /* Encapsulate common constructor actions */
  void constructor_helper()
  {
    collation.set(&my_charset_bin);
  }
public:
  Item_func_encrypt(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_str_binary_checksum_func(thd, a)
  {
    constructor_helper();
  }
  Item_func_encrypt(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_str_binary_checksum_func(thd, a, b)
  {
    constructor_helper();
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    set_maybe_null();
    max_length = 13;
    return FALSE;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("encrypt") };
    return name;
  }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return FALSE;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_encrypt>(thd, this); }
};

#include "sql_crypt.h"


class Item_func_encode :public Item_str_binary_checksum_func
{
private:
  /** Whether the PRNG has already been seeded. */
  bool seeded;
protected:
  SQL_CRYPT sql_crypt;
public:
  Item_func_encode(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *seed_arg):
    Item_str_binary_checksum_func(thd, a, seed_arg) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("encode") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_encode>(thd, this); }
  virtual void crypto_transform(String *);
private:
  /** Provide a seed for the PRNG sequence. */
  bool seed();
};


class Item_func_decode :public Item_func_encode
{
public:
  Item_func_decode(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *seed_arg): Item_func_encode(thd, a, seed_arg) {}
  const Schema *schema() const override { return &mariadb_schema; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    print_sql_mode_qualified_name(str, query_type);
    print_args_parenthesized(str, query_type);
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("decode") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_decode>(thd, this); }
  void crypto_transform(String *) override;
};


class Item_func_sysconst :public Item_str_func
{
public:
  Item_func_sysconst(THD *thd): Item_str_func(thd)
  { collation.set(system_charset_info,DERIVATION_SYSCONST); }
  Item *safe_charset_converter(THD *thd, CHARSET_INFO *tocs) override;
  /*
    Used to create correct Item name in new converted item in
    safe_charset_converter, return string representation of this function
    call
  */
  virtual const char *fully_qualified_func_name() const = 0;
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(fully_qualified_func_name(), arg,
                                     VCOL_SESSION_FUNC);
  }
  bool const_item() const override;
};


class Item_func_database :public Item_func_sysconst
{
public:
  Item_func_database(THD *thd): Item_func_sysconst(thd) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    max_length= NAME_CHAR_LEN * system_charset_info->mbmaxlen;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("database") };
    return name;
  }
  const char *fully_qualified_func_name() const override
  { return "database()"; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_database>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_sqlerrm :public Item_func_sysconst
{
public:
  Item_func_sqlerrm(THD *thd): Item_func_sysconst(thd) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("SQLERRM") };
    return name;
  }
  const char *fully_qualified_func_name() const override
  { return "SQLERRM"; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    str->append(func_name_cstring());
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    max_length= 512 * system_charset_info->mbmaxlen;
    null_value= false;
    base_flags&= ~item_base_t::MAYBE_NULL;
    return FALSE;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_sqlerrm>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_user :public Item_func_sysconst
{
protected:
  bool init (const char *user, const char *host);

public:
  Item_func_user(THD *thd): Item_func_sysconst(thd)
  {
    str_value.set("", 0, system_charset_info);
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    return (null_value ? 0 : &str_value);
  }
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    max_length= (uint32) (username_char_length +
                 HOSTNAME_LENGTH + 1) * SYSTEM_CHARSET_MBMAXLEN;
    return FALSE;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("user") };
    return name;
  }
  const char *fully_qualified_func_name() const override
  { return "user()"; }
  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions) override
  {
    return save_str_value_in_field(field, &str_value);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_user>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_current_user :public Item_func_user
{
  Name_resolution_context *context;

public:
  Item_func_current_user(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg):
    Item_func_user(thd), context(context_arg) {}
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("current_user") };
    return name;
  }
  const char *fully_qualified_func_name() const override
  { return "current_user()"; }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    context= 0;
    return mark_unsupported_function(fully_qualified_func_name(), arg,
                                     VCOL_SESSION_FUNC);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_current_user>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_current_role :public Item_func_sysconst
{
  Name_resolution_context *context;

public:
  Item_func_current_role(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg):
    Item_func_sysconst(thd), context(context_arg) {}
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    max_length= (uint32) username_char_length * SYSTEM_CHARSET_MBMAXLEN;
    return FALSE;
  }
  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions) override
  { return save_str_value_in_field(field, &str_value); }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("current_role") };
    return name;
  }
  const char *fully_qualified_func_name() const override
  { return "current_role()"; }
  String *val_str(String *) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    return null_value ? NULL : &str_value;
  }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    context= 0;
    return mark_unsupported_function(fully_qualified_func_name(), arg,
                                     VCOL_SESSION_FUNC);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_current_role>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_soundex :public Item_str_func
{
  String tmp_value;
public:
  Item_func_soundex(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_str_func(thd, a) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("soundex") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_soundex>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_elt :public Item_str_func
{
public:
  Item_func_elt(THD *thd, List<Item> &list): Item_str_func(thd, list) {}
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String *str) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("elt") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_elt>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_make_set :public Item_str_func
{
  String tmp_str;

public:
  Item_func_make_set(THD *thd, List<Item> &list): Item_str_func(thd, list) {}
  String *val_str(String *str) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("make_set") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_make_set>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_format :public Item_str_ascii_func
{
  const MY_LOCALE *locale;
public:
  Item_func_format(THD *thd, Item *org, Item *dec):
    Item_str_ascii_func(thd, org, dec) {}
  Item_func_format(THD *thd, Item *org, Item *dec, Item *lang):
    Item_str_ascii_func(thd, org, dec, lang) {}

  String *val_str_ascii(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("format") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_format>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_char :public Item_str_func
{
public:
  Item_func_char(THD *thd, List<Item> &list): Item_str_func(thd, list)
  { collation.set(&my_charset_bin); }
  Item_func_char(THD *thd, List<Item> &list, CHARSET_INFO *cs):
    Item_str_func(thd, list)
  { collation.set(cs); }
  Item_func_char(THD *thd, Item *arg1, CHARSET_INFO *cs):
    Item_str_func(thd, arg1)
  { collation.set(cs); }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  void append_char(String * str, int32 num);
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    max_length= arg_count * 4;
    return FALSE;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("char") };
    return name;
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_char>(thd, this); }
} ;


class Item_func_chr :public Item_func_char
{
public:
  Item_func_chr(THD *thd, Item *arg1, CHARSET_INFO *cs):
    Item_func_char(thd, arg1, cs) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    max_length= 4;
    return FALSE;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("chr") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_chr>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_repeat :public Item_str_func
{
  String tmp_value;
public:
  Item_func_repeat(THD *thd, Item *arg1, Item *arg2):
    Item_str_func(thd, arg1, arg2) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("repeat") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_repeat>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_space :public Item_str_func
{
public:
  Item_func_space(THD *thd, Item *arg1): Item_str_func(thd, arg1) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("space") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_space>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_binlog_gtid_pos :public Item_str_func
{
public:
  Item_func_binlog_gtid_pos(THD *thd, Item *arg1, Item *arg2):
    Item_str_func(thd, arg1, arg2) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("binlog_gtid_pos") };
    return name;
  }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_binlog_gtid_pos>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_pad: public Item_str_func
{
protected:
  String tmp_value, pad_str;
public:
  Item_func_pad(THD *thd, Item *arg1, Item *arg2, Item *arg3):
    Item_str_func(thd, arg1, arg2, arg3) {}
  Item_func_pad(THD *thd, Item *arg1, Item *arg2):
    Item_str_func(thd, arg1, arg2) {}
  Item_func_pad(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_str_func(thd,list) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
};


class Item_func_rpad :public Item_func_pad
{
public:
  Item_func_rpad(THD *thd, Item *arg1, Item *arg2, Item *arg3):
    Item_func_pad(thd, arg1, arg2, arg3) {}
  Item_func_rpad(THD *thd, Item *arg1, Item *arg2):
    Item_func_pad(thd, arg1, arg2) {}
  Item_func_rpad(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_func_pad(thd,list) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  const Schema *schema() const override { return &mariadb_schema; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    print_sql_mode_qualified_name(str, query_type);
    print_args_parenthesized(str, query_type);
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("rpad") };
    return name;
  }
  Sql_mode_dependency value_depends_on_sql_mode() const override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_rpad>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_rpad_oracle :public Item_func_rpad
{
  String *make_empty_result(String *str) override
  { null_value= 1; return NULL; }
public:
  Item_func_rpad_oracle(THD *thd, Item *arg1, Item *arg2, Item *arg3):
    Item_func_rpad(thd, arg1, arg2, arg3) {}
  Item_func_rpad_oracle(THD *thd, Item *arg1, Item *arg2):
    Item_func_rpad(thd, arg1, arg2) {}
  Item_func_rpad_oracle(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_func_rpad(thd,list) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    bool res= Item_func_rpad::fix_length_and_dec(thd);
    set_maybe_null();
    return res;
  }
  const Schema *schema() const override { return &oracle_schema_ref; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    if (query_type & QT_FOR_FRM)
    {
      // 10.3 downgrade compatibility for FRM
      str->append(STRING_WITH_LEN("rpad_oracle"));
    }
    else
      print_sql_mode_qualified_name(str, query_type);
    print_args_parenthesized(str, query_type);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_rpad_oracle>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_lpad :public Item_func_pad
{
public:
  Item_func_lpad(THD *thd, Item *arg1, Item *arg2, Item *arg3):
    Item_func_pad(thd, arg1, arg2, arg3) {}
  Item_func_lpad(THD *thd, Item *arg1, Item *arg2):
    Item_func_pad(thd, arg1, arg2) {}
  Item_func_lpad(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_func_pad(thd,list) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  const Schema *schema() const override { return &mariadb_schema; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    print_sql_mode_qualified_name(str, query_type);
    print_args_parenthesized(str, query_type);
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("lpad") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_lpad>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_lpad_oracle :public Item_func_lpad
{
  String *make_empty_result(String *str) override
  { null_value= 1; return NULL; }
public:
  Item_func_lpad_oracle(THD *thd, Item *arg1, Item *arg2, Item *arg3):
    Item_func_lpad(thd, arg1, arg2, arg3) {}
  Item_func_lpad_oracle(THD *thd, Item *arg1, Item *arg2):
    Item_func_lpad(thd, arg1, arg2) {}
  Item_func_lpad_oracle(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_func_lpad(thd,list) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    bool res= Item_func_lpad::fix_length_and_dec(thd);
    set_maybe_null();
    return res;
  }
  const Schema *schema() const override { return &oracle_schema_ref; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    if (query_type & QT_FOR_FRM)
    {
      // 10.3 downgrade compatibility for FRM
      str->append(STRING_WITH_LEN("lpad_oracle"));
    }
    else
      print_sql_mode_qualified_name(str, query_type);
    print_args_parenthesized(str, query_type);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_lpad_oracle>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_conv :public Item_str_func
{
public:
  Item_func_conv(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_str_func(thd, a, b, c) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("conv") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    collation.set(default_charset());
    fix_char_length(65);
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_conv>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_hex :public Item_str_ascii_checksum_func
{
protected:
  String tmp_value;
  /*
    Calling arg[0]->type_handler() can be expensive on every row.
    It's a virtual method, and in case if args[0] is a complex Item,
    its type_handler() can call more virtual methods.
    So let's cache it during fix_length_and_dec().
  */
  const Type_handler *m_arg0_type_handler;
public:
  Item_func_hex(THD *thd, Item *a):
    Item_str_ascii_checksum_func(thd, a), m_arg0_type_handler(NULL) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("hex") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str_ascii_from_val_int(String *str);
  String *val_str_ascii_from_val_real(String *str);
  String *val_str_ascii_from_val_str(String *str);
  String *val_str_ascii(String *str) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    return m_arg0_type_handler->Item_func_hex_val_str_ascii(this, str);
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    m_arg0_type_handler= args[0]->type_handler();
    collation.set(default_charset(), DERIVATION_COERCIBLE, MY_REPERTOIRE_ASCII);
    decimals=0;
    /*
      Reserve space for 16 characters for signed numeric data types:
        hex(-1) -> 'FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF'.
      For unsigned numeric types, HEX() can create too large columns.
      This should be eventually fixed to create minimum possible columns.
    */
    const Type_handler_numeric *tn=
      dynamic_cast<const Type_handler_numeric*>(m_arg0_type_handler);
    size_t char_length= (tn && !(tn->flags() & UNSIGNED_FLAG)) ?
                        (size_t) 16 : (size_t) args[0]->max_length * 2;
    fix_char_length(char_length);
    return FALSE;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_hex>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_unhex :public Item_str_func
{
  String tmp_value;
public:
  Item_func_unhex(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_str_func(thd, a)
  {
    /* there can be bad hex strings */
    set_maybe_null();
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("unhex") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    collation.set(&my_charset_bin);
    decimals=0;
    max_length=(1+args[0]->max_length)/2;
    return FALSE;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_unhex>(thd, this); }
};


#ifndef DBUG_OFF
class Item_func_like_range :public Item_str_func
{
protected:
  String min_str;
  String max_str;
  const bool is_min;
public:
  Item_func_like_range(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, bool is_min_arg):
    Item_str_func(thd, a, b), is_min(is_min_arg)
  {
    set_maybe_null();
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    collation.set(args[0]->collation);
    decimals=0;
    max_length= MAX_BLOB_WIDTH;
    return FALSE;
  }
};


class Item_func_like_range_min :public Item_func_like_range
{
public:
  Item_func_like_range_min(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_func_like_range(thd, a, b, true) { }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("like_range_min") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_like_range_min>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_like_range_max :public Item_func_like_range
{
public:
  Item_func_like_range_max(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_func_like_range(thd, a, b, false) { }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("like_range_max") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_like_range_max>(thd, this); }
};
#endif


class Item_func_binary :public Item_str_func
{
public:
  Item_func_binary(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_str_func(thd, a) {}
  String *val_str(String *a) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    String *tmp=args[0]->val_str(a);
    null_value=args[0]->null_value;
    if (tmp)
      tmp->set_charset(&my_charset_bin);
    return tmp;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    collation.set(&my_charset_bin);
    max_length=args[0]->max_length;
    return FALSE;
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("cast_as_binary") };
    return name;
  }
  bool need_parentheses_in_default() override { return true; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_binary>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_load_file :public Item_str_func
{
  String tmp_value;
public:
  Item_load_file(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_str_func(thd, a) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("load_file") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    collation.set(&my_charset_bin, DERIVATION_COERCIBLE);
    set_maybe_null();
    max_length=MAX_BLOB_WIDTH;
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_load_file>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_export_set: public Item_str_func
{
 public:
  Item_func_export_set(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item* c):
    Item_str_func(thd, a, b, c) {}
  Item_func_export_set(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item* c, Item* d):
    Item_str_func(thd, a, b, c, d) {}
  Item_func_export_set(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item* c, Item* d, Item* e):
    Item_str_func(thd, a, b, c, d, e) {}
  String  *val_str(String *str) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("export_set") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_export_set>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_quote :public Item_str_func
{
  String tmp_value;
public:
  Item_func_quote(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_str_func(thd, a) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("quote") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    collation.set(args[0]->collation);
    ulonglong max_result_length= (ulonglong) args[0]->max_length * 2 +
                                  2 * collation.collation->mbmaxlen;
    // NULL argument is returned as a string "NULL" without quotes
    if (args[0]->maybe_null())
      set_if_bigger(max_result_length, 4 * collation.collation->mbmaxlen);
    max_length= (uint32) MY_MIN(max_result_length, MAX_BLOB_WIDTH);
    return FALSE;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_quote>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_conv_charset :public Item_str_func
{
  bool use_cached_value;
  String tmp_value;
public:
  bool safe;
  Item_func_conv_charset(THD *thd, Item *a, CHARSET_INFO *cs):
    Item_str_func(thd, a)
  {
    collation.set(cs, DERIVATION_IMPLICIT);
    use_cached_value= 0; safe= 0;
  }
  Item_func_conv_charset(THD *thd, Item *a, CHARSET_INFO *cs, bool cache_if_const):
    Item_str_func(thd, a)
  {
    collation.set(cs, DERIVATION_IMPLICIT);
    if (cache_if_const && args[0]->can_eval_in_optimize())
    {
      uint errors= 0;
      String tmp, *str= args[0]->val_str(&tmp);
      if (!str || str_value.copy(str->ptr(), str->length(),
                                 str->charset(), cs, &errors))
        null_value= 1;
      use_cached_value= 1;
      str_value.mark_as_const();
      safe= (errors == 0);
    }
    else
    {
      use_cached_value= 0;
      /*
        Conversion from and to "binary" is safe.
        Conversion to Unicode is safe.
        Conversion from an expression with the ASCII repertoire
        to any character set that can store characters U+0000..U+007F
        is safe:
        - All supported multibyte character sets can store U+0000..U+007F
        - All supported 7bit character sets can store U+0000..U+007F
          except those marked with MY_CS_NONASCII (e.g. swe7).
        Other kind of conversions are potentially lossy.
      */
      safe= (args[0]->collation.collation == &my_charset_bin ||
             cs == &my_charset_bin ||
             (cs->state & MY_CS_UNICODE) ||
             (args[0]->collation.repertoire == MY_REPERTOIRE_ASCII &&
              (cs->mbmaxlen > 1 || !(cs->state & MY_CS_NONASCII))));
    }
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    if (args[0]->result_type() == STRING_RESULT)
      return Item_str_func::val_int();
    longlong res= args[0]->val_int();
    if ((null_value= args[0]->null_value))
      return 0;
    return res;
  }
  double val_real() override
  {
    if (args[0]->result_type() == STRING_RESULT)
      return Item_str_func::val_real();
    double res= args[0]->val_real();
    if ((null_value= args[0]->null_value))
      return 0;
    return res;
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *d) override
  {
    if (args[0]->result_type() == STRING_RESULT)
      return Item_str_func::val_decimal(d);
    my_decimal *res= args[0]->val_decimal(d);
    if ((null_value= args[0]->null_value))
      return NULL;
    return res;
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    if (args[0]->result_type() == STRING_RESULT)
      return Item_str_func::get_date(thd, ltime, fuzzydate);
    bool res= args[0]->get_date(thd, ltime, fuzzydate);
    if ((null_value= args[0]->null_value))
      return 1;
    return res;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("convert") };
    return name;
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  int save_in_field(Field*, bool) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_conv_charset>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_set_collation :public Item_str_func
{
  Lex_extended_collation_st m_set_collation;
public:
  Item_func_set_collation(THD *thd, Item *a,
                          const Lex_extended_collation_st &set_collation):
    Item_str_func(thd, a), m_set_collation(set_collation) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  bool eq(const Item *item, const Eq_config &config) const override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("collate") };
    return name;
  }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return COLLATE_PRECEDENCE; }
  enum Functype functype() const override { return COLLATE_FUNC; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  Item_field *field_for_view_update() override
  {
    /* this function is transparent for view updating */
    return args[0]->field_for_view_update();
  }
  bool need_parentheses_in_default() override { return true; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_set_collation>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_expr_str_metadata :public Item_str_func
{
public:
  Item_func_expr_str_metadata(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_str_func(thd, a) { }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
     collation.set(system_charset_info);
     max_length= 64 * collation.collation->mbmaxlen; // should be enough
     base_flags&= ~item_base_t::MAYBE_NULL;
     return FALSE;
  };
  table_map not_null_tables() const override { return 0; }
  Item* propagate_equal_fields(THD *thd, const Context &ctx, COND_EQUAL *cond)
    override
  { return this; }
  bool const_item() const override { return true; }
};


class Item_func_charset :public Item_func_expr_str_metadata
{
  LEX_CSTRING m_cached_charset_info;

public:
  Item_func_charset(THD *thd, Item *a)
    :Item_func_expr_str_metadata(thd, a) { }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("charset") };
    return name;
  }
  table_map used_tables() const override { return 0; }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD* thd) override
  {
    if (Item_func_expr_str_metadata::fix_length_and_dec(thd))
      return true;
    /*
      Since this is a const item which doesn't use tables (see used_tables()),
      we don't want to access the function arguments during execution.
      That's why we store the charset here during the preparation phase
      and only return it later at the execution phase
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(args[0]->fixed());
    m_cached_charset_info.str= args[0]->charset_for_protocol()->cs_name.str;
    m_cached_charset_info.length=
        args[0]->charset_for_protocol()->cs_name.length;
    return false;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_charset>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_collation :public Item_func_expr_str_metadata
{
public:
  Item_func_collation(THD *thd, Item *a)
    :Item_func_expr_str_metadata(thd, a) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("collation") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_collation>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_weight_string :public Item_str_func
{
  String tmp_value;
  uint weigth_flags;
  uint nweights;
  uint result_length;
public:
  Item_func_weight_string(THD *thd, Item *a, uint result_length_arg,
                          uint nweights_arg, uint flags_arg):
    Item_str_func(thd, a)
  {
    nweights= nweights_arg;
    weigth_flags= flags_arg;
    result_length= result_length_arg;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("weight_string") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  bool eq(const Item *item, const Eq_config &config) const override
  {
    if (!Item_str_func::eq(item, config))
      return false;
    Item_func_weight_string *that= (Item_func_weight_string *)item;
    return this->weigth_flags == that->weigth_flags &&
           this->nweights == that->nweights &&
           this->result_length == that->result_length;
  }
  Item* propagate_equal_fields(THD *thd, const Context &ctx, COND_EQUAL *cond)
    override
  { return this; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_weight_string>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_crc32 :public Item_long_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return args[0]->check_type_can_return_str(func_name_cstring()) &&
      (arg_count == 1 ||
       args[1]->check_type_can_return_int(func_name_cstring()));
  }
  String value;
  uint32 (*const crc_func)(uint32, const void*, size_t);
public:
  Item_func_crc32(THD *thd, bool Castagnoli, Item *a) :
    Item_long_func(thd, a),
    crc_func(Castagnoli ? my_crc32c : my_checksum)
  { unsigned_flag= 1; }
  Item_func_crc32(THD *thd, bool Castagnoli, Item *a, Item *b) :
    Item_long_func(thd, a, b),
    crc_func(Castagnoli ? my_crc32c : my_checksum)
  { unsigned_flag= 1; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING crc32_name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("crc32") };
    static LEX_CSTRING crc32c_name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("crc32c") };
    return crc_func == my_crc32c ? crc32c_name : crc32_name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override { max_length=10; return FALSE; }
  longlong val_int() override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_crc32>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_uncompressed_length : public Item_long_func_length
{
  String value;
public:
  Item_func_uncompressed_length(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_long_func_length(thd, a) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("uncompressed_length") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    max_length=10;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE; }
  longlong val_int() override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_uncompressed_length>(thd, this); }
};

#ifdef HAVE_COMPRESS
#define ZLIB_DEPENDED_FUNCTION ;
#else
#define ZLIB_DEPENDED_FUNCTION { null_value=1; return 0; }
#endif

class Item_func_compress: public Item_str_binary_checksum_func
{
  String tmp_value;
public:
  Item_func_compress(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_str_binary_checksum_func(thd, a) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    max_length= (args[0]->max_length * 120) / 100 + 12;
    return FALSE;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("compress") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override ZLIB_DEPENDED_FUNCTION

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_compress>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_uncompress: public Item_str_binary_checksum_func
{
  String tmp_value;
public:
  Item_func_uncompress(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_str_binary_checksum_func(thd, a) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    set_maybe_null();
    max_length= MAX_BLOB_WIDTH;
    return FALSE;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("uncompress") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override ZLIB_DEPENDED_FUNCTION

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_uncompress>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_dyncol_create: public Item_str_func
{
protected:
  DYNCALL_CREATE_DEF *defs;
  DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *vals;
  uint *keys_num;
  LEX_STRING *keys_str;
  bool names, force_names;
  bool prepare_arguments(THD *thd, bool force_names);
  void print_arguments(String *str, enum_query_type query_type);
public:
  Item_func_dyncol_create(THD *thd, List<Item> &args, DYNCALL_CREATE_DEF *dfs);
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("column_create") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  enum Functype functype() const override { return DYNCOL_FUNC; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_dyncol_create>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_dyncol_add: public Item_func_dyncol_create
{
public:
  Item_func_dyncol_add(THD *thd, List<Item> &args_arg, DYNCALL_CREATE_DEF *dfs):
    Item_func_dyncol_create(thd, args_arg, dfs)
  {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("column_add") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_dyncol_add>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_dyncol_json: public Item_str_func
{
public:
  Item_func_dyncol_json(THD *thd, Item *str): Item_str_func(thd, str)
    {collation.set(DYNCOL_UTF);}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("column_json") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    max_length= MAX_BLOB_WIDTH;
    set_maybe_null();
    decimals= 0;
    return FALSE;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_dyncol_json>(thd, this); }
};

/*
  The following functions is always called from an Item_cast function
*/

class Item_dyncol_get: public Item_str_func
{
public:
  Item_dyncol_get(THD *thd, Item *str, Item *num): Item_str_func(thd, str, num)
  {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    set_maybe_null();
    max_length= MAX_BLOB_WIDTH;
    return FALSE;
  }
  /* Mark that collation can change between calls */
  bool dynamic_result() override { return 1; }

  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("column_get") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  longlong val_int_signed_typecast() override
  {
    unsigned_flag= false;   // Mark that we want to have a signed value
    longlong value= val_int(); // val_int() can change unsigned_flag
    if (!null_value && unsigned_flag && value < 0)
      push_note_converted_to_negative_complement(current_thd);
    return value;
  }
  longlong val_int_unsigned_typecast() override
  {
    unsigned_flag= true; // Mark that we want to have an unsigned value
    longlong value= val_int(); // val_int() can change unsigned_flag
    if (!null_value && unsigned_flag == 0 && value < 0)
      push_note_converted_to_positive_complement(current_thd);
    return value;
  }
  double val_real() override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool get_dyn_value(THD *thd, DYNAMIC_COLUMN_VALUE *val, String *tmp);
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_dyncol_get>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_dyncol_list: public Item_str_func
{
public:
  Item_func_dyncol_list(THD *thd, Item *str): Item_str_func(thd, str)
    {collation.set(DYNCOL_UTF);}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    set_maybe_null();
    max_length= MAX_BLOB_WIDTH;
    return FALSE;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("column_list") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_dyncol_list>(thd, this); }
};

/*
  this is used by JOIN_TAB::keep_current_rowid
  and stores handler::position().
  It has nothing to do with _rowid pseudo-column, that the parser supports.
*/
class Item_temptable_rowid :public Item_str_func
{
public:
  TABLE *table;
  Item_temptable_rowid(TABLE *table_arg);
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_string; }
  Field *create_tmp_field(MEM_ROOT *root, bool group, TABLE *table)
  { return create_table_field_from_handler(root, table); }
  String *val_str(String *str) override;
  enum Functype functype() const override { return  TEMPTABLE_ROWID; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("<rowid>") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_temptable_rowid>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_format_pico_time : public Item_str_ascii_func
{
  /* Format is 'AAAA.BB UUU' = 11 characters or 'AAA ps' = 6 characters. */
  char m_value_buffer[12];
  String m_value;

public:
  Item_func_format_pico_time(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_str_ascii_func(thd, a) {}
  String *val_str_ascii(String *) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("format_pico_time")};
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    m_value.set(m_value_buffer, sizeof(m_value_buffer), default_charset());
    fix_length_and_charset(sizeof(m_value_buffer), default_charset());
    return false;
  }
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  {
    return get_item_copy<Item_func_format_pico_time>(thd, this);
  }
};

#ifdef WITH_WSREP

#include "wsrep_api.h"

class Item_func_wsrep_last_written_gtid: public Item_str_ascii_func
{
  String gtid_str;
public:
  Item_func_wsrep_last_written_gtid(THD *thd): Item_str_ascii_func(thd) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("wsrep_last_written_gtid") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str_ascii(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    max_length= WSREP_GTID_STR_LEN;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_wsrep_last_written_gtid>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_wsrep_last_seen_gtid: public Item_str_ascii_func
{
  String gtid_str;
public:
  Item_func_wsrep_last_seen_gtid(THD *thd): Item_str_ascii_func(thd) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("wsrep_last_seen_gtid") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str_ascii(String *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    max_length= WSREP_GTID_STR_LEN;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_wsrep_last_seen_gtid>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_wsrep_sync_wait_upto: public Item_int_func
{
  String value;
public:
 Item_func_wsrep_sync_wait_upto(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_int_func(thd, a) {}
 Item_func_wsrep_sync_wait_upto(THD *thd, Item *a, Item* b): Item_int_func(thd, a, b) {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_string; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("wsrep_sync_wait_upto_gtid") };
    return name;
  }
  longlong val_int() override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_wsrep_sync_wait_upto>(thd, this); }
};
#endif /* WITH_WSREP */

#endif /* ITEM_STRFUNC_INCLUDED */
#ifndef SQL_VIEW_INCLUDED
#define SQL_VIEW_INCLUDED

/* -*- C++ -*- */
/* Copyright (c) 2004, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2015, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA
*/

#include "sql_class.h"     /* Required by sql_lex.h */
#include "sql_lex.h"       /* enum_view_create_mode, enum_drop_mode */

/* Forward declarations */

class File_parser;


/* Function declarations */

bool create_view_precheck(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, TABLE_LIST *view,
                          enum_view_create_mode mode);

bool mysql_create_view(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *view,
                       enum_view_create_mode mode);

bool mysql_make_view(THD *thd, TABLE_SHARE *share, TABLE_LIST *table,
                     bool open_view_no_parse);


bool mysql_drop_view(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *view, enum_drop_mode drop_mode);

bool check_key_in_view(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST * view);

bool insert_view_fields(THD *thd, List<Item> *list, TABLE_LIST *view);

int view_checksum(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *view);
int view_check(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *view, HA_CHECK_OPT *check_opt);
int view_repair(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *view, HA_CHECK_OPT *check_opt);

extern TYPELIB updatable_views_with_limit_typelib;

bool check_duplicate_names(THD *thd, List<Item>& item_list,
                           bool gen_unique_view_names);
bool mysql_rename_view(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *new_db,
                       const LEX_CSTRING *new_name,
                       const LEX_CSTRING *old_db,
                       const LEX_CSTRING *old_name);

void make_valid_column_names(THD *thd, List<Item> &item_list);

#define VIEW_ANY_ACL (SELECT_ACL | UPDATE_ACL | INSERT_ACL | DELETE_ACL)

extern const LEX_CSTRING view_type;

void make_valid_column_names(List<Item> &item_list);

bool mariadb_view_version_get(TABLE_SHARE *share);

#endif /* SQL_VIEW_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef PASSWORD_INCLUDED
#define PASSWORD_INCLUDED

C_MODE_START

void my_make_scrambled_password_323(char *to, const char *password,
                                    size_t pass_len);
void my_make_scrambled_password(char *to, const char *password,
                                size_t pass_len);

void hash_password(ulong *result, const char *password, uint password_len);

C_MODE_END

#endif /* PASSWORD_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2012, 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
   51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/*
 * Vio Lite.
 * Purpose: include file for Vio that will work with C and C++
 */

#ifndef vio_violite_h_
#define	vio_violite_h_

#include "my_net.h"   /* needed because of struct in_addr */
#include <mysql/psi/mysql_socket.h>

/* Simple vio interface in C;  The functions are implemented in violite.c */

#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif /* __cplusplus */

#ifdef __cplusplus
typedef struct st_vio Vio;
#endif /* __cplusplus */

enum enum_vio_type
{
  VIO_CLOSED, VIO_TYPE_TCPIP, VIO_TYPE_SOCKET, VIO_TYPE_NAMEDPIPE,
  VIO_TYPE_SSL
  /* see also vio_type_names[] */
};

enum enum_vio_state
{
  VIO_STATE_NOT_INITIALIZED, VIO_STATE_ACTIVE, VIO_STATE_SHUTDOWN,
  VIO_STATE_CLOSED
};

#define FIRST_VIO_TYPE VIO_CLOSED
#define LAST_VIO_TYPE VIO_TYPE_SSL

/**
  VIO I/O events.
*/
enum enum_vio_io_event
{
  VIO_IO_EVENT_READ,
  VIO_IO_EVENT_WRITE,
  VIO_IO_EVENT_CONNECT
};

struct vio_keepalive_opts
{
  int interval;
  int idle;
  int probes;
};


#define VIO_TLSv1_0   1
#define VIO_TLSv1_1   2
#define VIO_TLSv1_2   4
#define VIO_TLSv1_3   8

#define VIO_LOCALHOST 1U                        /* a localhost connection */
#define VIO_BUFFERED_READ 2U                    /* use buffered read */
#define VIO_READ_BUFFER_SIZE 16384U             /* size of read buffer */
#define VIO_DESCRIPTION_SIZE 30                 /* size of description */

Vio* vio_new(my_socket sd, enum enum_vio_type type, uint flags);
Vio*  mysql_socket_vio_new(MYSQL_SOCKET mysql_socket, enum enum_vio_type type, uint flags);
#ifdef _WIN32
Vio* vio_new_win32pipe(HANDLE hPipe);
#else
#define HANDLE void *
#endif /* _WIN32 */

void	vio_delete(Vio* vio);
int	vio_close(Vio* vio);
my_bool vio_reset(Vio* vio, enum enum_vio_type type,
                  my_socket sd, void *ssl, uint flags);
size_t	vio_read(Vio *vio, uchar *	buf, size_t size);
size_t  vio_read_buff(Vio *vio, uchar * buf, size_t size);
size_t	vio_write(Vio *vio, const uchar * buf, size_t size);
int	vio_blocking(Vio *vio, my_bool onoff, my_bool *old_mode);
my_bool	vio_is_blocking(Vio *vio);
/* setsockopt TCP_NODELAY at IPPROTO_TCP level, when possible */
int vio_nodelay(Vio *vio, my_bool on);
int	vio_fastsend(Vio *vio);
/* setsockopt SO_KEEPALIVE at SOL_SOCKET level, when possible */
int	vio_keepalive(Vio *vio, my_bool	onoff);
int	vio_set_keepalive_options(Vio * vio, const struct vio_keepalive_opts *opts);
/* Whenever we should retry the last read/write operation. */
my_bool	vio_should_retry(Vio *vio);
/* Check that operation was timed out */
my_bool vio_was_timeout(Vio *vio);
/* Short text description of the socket for those, who are curious.. */
const char* vio_description(Vio *vio);
/* Return the type of the connection */
enum enum_vio_type vio_type(Vio* vio);
/* Return last error number */
int	vio_errno(Vio*vio);
/* Get socket number */
my_socket vio_fd(Vio*vio);
/* Remote peer's address and name in text form */
my_bool vio_peer_addr(Vio *vio, char *buf, uint16 *port, size_t buflen);
/* Wait for an I/O event notification. */
int vio_io_wait(Vio *vio, enum enum_vio_io_event event, int timeout);
my_bool vio_is_connected(Vio *vio);
ssize_t vio_pending(Vio *vio);
/* Set timeout for a network operation. */
extern int vio_timeout(Vio *vio, uint which, int timeout_sec);
extern void vio_set_wait_callback(void (*before_wait)(void),
                                void (*after_wait)(void));
/* Connect to a peer. */
my_bool vio_socket_connect(Vio *vio, struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t len,
                           int timeout);

void vio_get_normalized_ip(const struct sockaddr *src, size_t src_length, struct sockaddr *dst);

my_bool vio_get_normalized_ip_string(const struct sockaddr *addr, size_t addr_length,
                                     char *ip_string, size_t ip_string_size);

my_bool vio_is_no_name_error(int err_code);

int vio_getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa,
                    char *hostname, size_t hostname_size,
                    char *port, size_t port_size,
                    int flags);

#ifdef HAVE_OPENSSL
/* apple deprecated openssl in MacOSX Lion */
#ifdef __APPLE__
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
#endif

#define HEADER_DES_LOCL_H dummy_something
#define YASSL_MYSQL_COMPATIBLE
#ifndef YASSL_PREFIX
#define YASSL_PREFIX
#endif
/* Set yaSSL to use same type as MySQL do for socket handles */
typedef my_socket YASSL_SOCKET_T;
#define YASSL_SOCKET_T_DEFINED
#define template _template /* bug in WolfSSL 4.4.0, see also my_crypt.cc */
#include <openssl/ssl.h>
#undef template
#include <openssl/err.h>
#ifdef DEPRECATED
#undef DEPRECATED
#endif

enum enum_ssl_init_error
{
  SSL_INITERR_NOERROR= 0, SSL_INITERR_CERT, SSL_INITERR_KEY,
  SSL_INITERR_NOMATCH, SSL_INITERR_BAD_PATHS, SSL_INITERR_CIPHERS,
  SSL_INITERR_MEMFAIL, SSL_INITERR_DH, SSL_INITERR_PROTOCOL,
  SSL_INITERR_LASTERR
};
const char* sslGetErrString(enum enum_ssl_init_error err);

struct st_VioSSLFd
{
  SSL_CTX *ssl_context;
};

int sslaccept(struct st_VioSSLFd*, Vio *, long timeout, unsigned long *errptr);
int sslconnect(struct st_VioSSLFd*, Vio *, long timeout, unsigned long *errptr);

void vio_check_ssl_init();

struct st_VioSSLFd
*new_VioSSLConnectorFd(const char *key_file, const char *cert_file,
		       const char *ca_file,  const char *ca_path,
		       const char *cipher, enum enum_ssl_init_error *error,
                       const char *crl_file, const char *crl_path);
struct st_VioSSLFd
*new_VioSSLAcceptorFd(const char *key_file, const char *cert_file,
		      const char *ca_file,const char *ca_path,
		      const char *cipher, enum enum_ssl_init_error *error,
		      const char *crl_file, const char *crl_path,
		      ulonglong tls_version);
void free_vio_ssl_acceptor_fd(struct st_VioSSLFd *fd);
#endif /* HAVE_OPENSSL */

void vio_end(void);

const char *vio_type_name(enum enum_vio_type vio_type, size_t *len);

#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif

#if !defined(DONT_MAP_VIO)
#define vio_delete(vio) 			(vio)->viodelete(vio)
#define vio_errno(vio)	 			(vio)->vioerrno(vio)
#define vio_read(vio, buf, size)                ((vio)->read)(vio,buf,size)
#define vio_write(vio, buf, size)               ((vio)->write)(vio, buf, size)
#define vio_blocking(vio, set_blocking_mode, old_mode)\
 	(vio)->vioblocking(vio, set_blocking_mode, old_mode)
#define vio_is_blocking(vio) 			(vio)->is_blocking(vio)
#define vio_fastsend(vio)			(vio)->fastsend(vio)
#define vio_keepalive(vio, set_keep_alive)	(vio)->viokeepalive(vio, set_keep_alive)
#define vio_should_retry(vio) 			(vio)->should_retry(vio)
#define vio_was_timeout(vio)                    (vio)->was_timeout(vio)
#define vio_close(vio)				((vio)->vioclose)(vio)
#define vio_shutdown(vio,how)			((vio)->shutdown)(vio,how)
#define vio_peer_addr(vio, buf, prt, buflen)	(vio)->peer_addr(vio, buf, prt, buflen)
#define vio_io_wait(vio, event, timeout)        (vio)->io_wait(vio, event, timeout)
#define vio_is_connected(vio)                   (vio)->is_connected(vio)
#endif /* !defined(DONT_MAP_VIO) */

#ifdef _WIN32

/* shutdown(2) flags */
#ifndef SHUT_RD
#define SHUT_RD SD_RECEIVE
#endif

#endif

/* This enumerator is used in parser - should be always visible */
enum SSL_type
{
  SSL_TYPE_NOT_SPECIFIED= -1,
  SSL_TYPE_NONE,
  SSL_TYPE_ANY,
  SSL_TYPE_X509,
  SSL_TYPE_SPECIFIED
};

/* HFTODO - hide this if we don't want client in embedded server */
/* This structure is for every connection on both sides */
struct st_vio
{
  MYSQL_SOCKET  mysql_socket;     /* Instrumented socket */
  my_bool		localhost;	/* Are we from localhost? */
  int			fcntl_mode;	/* Buffered fcntl(sd,F_GETFL) */
  struct sockaddr_storage local;	/* Local internet address */
  struct sockaddr_storage remote;	/* Remote internet address */
  enum enum_vio_type	type;		/* Type of connection */
  enum enum_vio_state	state;		/* State of the connection */
  const char		*desc;		/* String description */
  char                  *read_buffer;   /* buffer for vio_read_buff */
  char                  *read_pos;      /* start of unfetched data in the
                                           read buffer */
  char                  *read_end;      /* end of unfetched data */
  int                   read_timeout;   /* Timeout value (ms) for read ops. */
  int                   write_timeout;  /* Timeout value (ms) for write ops. */
  /* function pointers. They are similar for socket/SSL/whatever */
  void    (*viodelete)(Vio*);
  int     (*vioerrno)(Vio*);
  size_t  (*read)(Vio*, uchar *, size_t);
  size_t  (*write)(Vio*, const uchar *, size_t);
  int     (*timeout)(Vio*, uint, my_bool);
  int     (*vioblocking)(Vio*, my_bool, my_bool *);
  my_bool (*is_blocking)(Vio*);
  int     (*viokeepalive)(Vio*, my_bool);
  int     (*fastsend)(Vio*);
  my_bool (*peer_addr)(Vio*, char *, uint16*, size_t);
  void    (*in_addr)(Vio*, struct sockaddr_storage*);
  my_bool (*should_retry)(Vio*);
  my_bool (*was_timeout)(Vio*);
  int     (*vioclose)(Vio*);
  my_bool (*is_connected)(Vio*);
  int (*shutdown)(Vio *, int);
  my_bool (*has_data) (Vio*);
  int (*io_wait)(Vio*, enum enum_vio_io_event, int);
  my_bool (*connect)(Vio*, struct sockaddr *, socklen_t, int);
#ifdef HAVE_OPENSSL
  void	  *ssl_arg;
#endif
#ifdef _WIN32
  HANDLE hPipe;
  OVERLAPPED overlapped;
  int shutdown_flag;
  void *tp_ctx; /* threadpool context */
#endif
};
#endif /* vio_violite_h_ */
/* -*- C++ -*- */
/* Copyright (c) 2002, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _SP_H_
#define _SP_H_

#include "my_global.h"                          /* NO_EMBEDDED_ACCESS_CHECKS */
#include "sql_string.h"                         // LEX_STRING
#include "sql_cmd.h"
#include "mdl.h"

class Field;
class Open_tables_backup;
class Open_tables_state;
class Query_arena;
class Query_tables_list;
class Sroutine_hash_entry;
class THD;
class sp_cache;
class sp_head;
class sp_package;
class sp_pcontext;
class sp_name;
class sp_expr_lex;
class Database_qualified_name;
struct st_sp_chistics;
class Stored_program_creation_ctx;
struct LEX;
struct TABLE;
struct TABLE_LIST;
typedef struct st_hash HASH;
template <typename T> class SQL_I_List;

/*
  Values for the type enum. This reflects the order of the enum declaration
  in the CREATE TABLE command.
  See also storage/perfschema/my_thread.h
*/
enum enum_sp_type
{
  SP_TYPE_FUNCTION=1,
  SP_TYPE_PROCEDURE=2,
  SP_TYPE_PACKAGE=3,
  SP_TYPE_PACKAGE_BODY=4,
  SP_TYPE_TRIGGER=5,
  SP_TYPE_EVENT=6,
};

class Sp_handler
{
  bool sp_resolve_package_routine_explicit(THD *thd,
                                           sp_head *caller,
                                           sp_name *name,
                                           const Sp_handler **pkg_routine_hndlr,
                                           Database_qualified_name *pkgname)
                                           const;
  bool sp_resolve_package_routine_implicit(THD *thd,
                                           sp_head *caller,
                                           sp_name *name,
                                           const Sp_handler **pkg_routine_hndlr,
                                           Database_qualified_name *pkgname)
                                           const;
protected:
  int db_find_routine_aux(THD *thd, const Database_qualified_name *name,
                          TABLE *table) const;
  int db_find_routine(THD *thd, const Database_qualified_name *name,
                      sp_head **sphp) const;
  int db_find_and_cache_routine(THD *thd,
                                const Database_qualified_name *name,
                                sp_head **sp) const;
  int db_load_routine(THD *thd, const Database_qualified_name *name,
                      sp_head **sphp,
                      sql_mode_t sql_mode,
                      const LEX_CSTRING &params,
                      const LEX_CSTRING &returns,
                      const LEX_CSTRING &body,
                      const st_sp_chistics &chistics,
                      const AUTHID &definer,
                      longlong created, longlong modified,
                      sp_package *parent,
                      Stored_program_creation_ctx *creation_ctx) const;
  int sp_drop_routine_internal(THD *thd,
                               const Database_qualified_name *name,
                               TABLE *table) const;

  sp_head *sp_clone_and_link_routine(THD *thd,
                                     const Database_qualified_name *name,
                                     sp_head *sp) const;
  int sp_cache_package_routine(THD *thd,
                               const LEX_CSTRING &pkgname_cstr,
                               const Database_qualified_name *name,
                               sp_head **sp) const;
  int sp_cache_package_routine(THD *thd,
                               const Database_qualified_name *name,
                               sp_head **sp) const;
  sp_head *sp_find_package_routine(THD *thd,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING pkgname_str,
                                   const Database_qualified_name *name,
                                   bool cache_only) const;
  sp_head *sp_find_package_routine(THD *thd,
                                   const Database_qualified_name *name,
                                   bool cache_only) const;
public: // TODO: make it private or protected
  virtual int sp_find_and_drop_routine(THD *thd, TABLE *table,
                                       const Database_qualified_name *name)
                                       const;

public:
  virtual ~Sp_handler() = default;
  static const Sp_handler *handler(enum enum_sql_command cmd);
  static const Sp_handler *handler(enum_sp_type type);
  static const Sp_handler *handler(MDL_key::enum_mdl_namespace ns);
  /*
    Return a handler only those SP objects that store
    definitions in the mysql.proc system table
  */
  static const Sp_handler *handler_mysql_proc(enum_sp_type type)
  {
    const Sp_handler *sph= handler(type);
    return sph ? sph->sp_handler_mysql_proc() : NULL;
  }

  static bool eq_routine_name(const LEX_CSTRING &name1,
                              const LEX_CSTRING &name2)
  {
    return system_charset_info->strnncoll(name1.str, name1.length,
                                          name2.str, name2.length) == 0;
  }
  const char *type_str() const { return type_lex_cstring().str; }
  virtual const char *show_create_routine_col1_caption() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return "";
  }
  virtual const char *show_create_routine_col3_caption() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return "";
  }
  virtual const Sp_handler *package_routine_handler() const
  {
    return this;
  }
  virtual enum_sp_type type() const= 0;
  virtual LEX_CSTRING type_lex_cstring() const= 0;
  virtual enum_sql_command sqlcom_create() const= 0;
  virtual enum_sql_command sqlcom_drop() const= 0;
  virtual LEX_CSTRING empty_body_lex_cstring(sql_mode_t mode) const
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING m_empty_body= {STRING_WITH_LEN("???")};
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return m_empty_body;
  }
  virtual MDL_key::enum_mdl_namespace get_mdl_type() const= 0;
  virtual const Sp_handler *sp_handler_mysql_proc() const { return this; }
  virtual sp_cache **get_cache(THD *) const { return NULL; }
#ifndef NO_EMBEDDED_ACCESS_CHECKS
  virtual HASH *get_priv_hash() const { return NULL; }
#endif
  virtual ulong recursion_depth(THD *thd) const { return 0; }
  /**
    Return appropriate error about recursion limit reaching

    @param thd  Thread handle
    @param sp   SP routine

    @remark For functions and triggers we return error about
            prohibited recursion. For stored procedures we
            return about reaching recursion limit.
  */
  virtual void recursion_level_error(THD *thd, const sp_head *sp) const
  {
    my_error(ER_SP_NO_RECURSION, MYF(0));
  }
  virtual bool add_instr_freturn(THD *thd, sp_head *sp,
                                 sp_pcontext *spcont,
                                 Item *item, sp_expr_lex *lex) const;
  virtual bool add_instr_preturn(THD *thd, sp_head *sp,
                                 sp_pcontext *spcont) const;

  void add_used_routine(Query_tables_list *prelocking_ctx,
                        Query_arena *arena,
                        const Database_qualified_name *name) const;

  bool sp_resolve_package_routine(THD *thd,
                                  sp_head *caller,
                                  sp_name *name,
                                  const Sp_handler **pkg_routine_handler,
                                  Database_qualified_name *pkgname) const;
  virtual sp_head *sp_find_routine(THD *thd,
                                   const Database_qualified_name *name,
                                   bool cache_only) const;
  virtual int sp_cache_routine(THD *thd, const Database_qualified_name *name,
                               sp_head **sp) const;

  int sp_cache_routine_reentrant(THD *thd,
                                 const Database_qualified_name *nm,
                                 sp_head **sp) const;

  bool sp_exist_routines(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *procs) const;
  bool sp_show_create_routine(THD *thd,
                              const Database_qualified_name *name) const;

  bool sp_create_routine(THD *thd, const sp_head *sp) const;

  int sp_update_routine(THD *thd, const Database_qualified_name *name,
                        const st_sp_chistics *chistics) const;

  int sp_drop_routine(THD *thd, const Database_qualified_name *name) const;

  sp_head *sp_load_for_information_schema(THD *thd, TABLE *proc_table,
                                          const LEX_CSTRING &db,
                                          const LEX_CSTRING &name,
                                          const LEX_CSTRING &params,
                                          const LEX_CSTRING &returns,
                                          sql_mode_t sql_mode,
                                          bool *free_sp_head) const;

  /*
    Make a SHOW CREATE statement.
      @retval   true on error
      @retval   false on success
  */
  virtual bool show_create_sp(THD *thd, String *buf,
                              const LEX_CSTRING &db,
                              const LEX_CSTRING &name,
                              const LEX_CSTRING &params,
                              const LEX_CSTRING &returns,
                              const LEX_CSTRING &body,
                              const st_sp_chistics &chistics,
                              const AUTHID &definer,
                              const DDL_options_st ddl_options,
                              sql_mode_t sql_mode) const;

};


class Sp_handler_procedure: public Sp_handler
{
public:
  enum_sp_type type() const override { return SP_TYPE_PROCEDURE; }
  LEX_CSTRING type_lex_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING m_type_str= { STRING_WITH_LEN("PROCEDURE")};
    return m_type_str;
  }
  enum_sql_command sqlcom_create() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_CREATE_PROCEDURE;
  }
  enum_sql_command sqlcom_drop() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_DROP_PROCEDURE;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING empty_body_lex_cstring(sql_mode_t mode) const override;
  const char *show_create_routine_col1_caption() const override
  {
    return "Procedure";
  }
  const char *show_create_routine_col3_caption() const override
  {
    return "Create Procedure";
  }
  MDL_key::enum_mdl_namespace get_mdl_type() const override
  {
    return MDL_key::PROCEDURE;
  }
  const Sp_handler *package_routine_handler() const override;
  sp_cache **get_cache(THD *) const override;
#ifndef NO_EMBEDDED_ACCESS_CHECKS
  HASH *get_priv_hash() const override;
#endif
  ulong recursion_depth(THD *thd) const override;
  void recursion_level_error(THD *thd, const sp_head *sp) const override;
  bool add_instr_preturn(THD *thd, sp_head *sp, sp_pcontext *spcont) const override;
};


class Sp_handler_package_procedure: public Sp_handler_procedure
{
public:
  int sp_cache_routine(THD *thd, const Database_qualified_name *name,
                       sp_head **sp) const override
  {
    return sp_cache_package_routine(thd, name, sp);
  }
  sp_head *sp_find_routine(THD *thd,
                           const Database_qualified_name *name,
                           bool cache_only) const override
  {
    return sp_find_package_routine(thd, name, cache_only);
  }
};


class Sp_handler_function: public Sp_handler
{
public:
  enum_sp_type type() const override { return SP_TYPE_FUNCTION; }
  LEX_CSTRING type_lex_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING m_type_str= { STRING_WITH_LEN("FUNCTION")};
    return m_type_str;
  }
  enum_sql_command sqlcom_create() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_CREATE_FUNCTION;
  }
  enum_sql_command sqlcom_drop() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_DROP_FUNCTION;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING empty_body_lex_cstring(sql_mode_t mode) const override;
  const char *show_create_routine_col1_caption() const override
  {
    return "Function";
  }
  const char *show_create_routine_col3_caption() const override
  {
    return "Create Function";
  }
  MDL_key::enum_mdl_namespace get_mdl_type() const override
  {
    return MDL_key::FUNCTION;
  }
  const Sp_handler *package_routine_handler() const override;
  sp_cache **get_cache(THD *) const override;
#ifndef NO_EMBEDDED_ACCESS_CHECKS
  HASH *get_priv_hash() const override;
#endif
  bool add_instr_freturn(THD *thd, sp_head *sp, sp_pcontext *spcont,
                         Item *item, sp_expr_lex *lex) const override;
};


class Sp_handler_package_function: public Sp_handler_function
{
public:
  int sp_cache_routine(THD *thd, const Database_qualified_name *name,
                       sp_head **sp) const override
  {
    return sp_cache_package_routine(thd, name, sp);
  }
  sp_head *sp_find_routine(THD *thd,
                           const Database_qualified_name *name,
                           bool cache_only) const override
  {
    return sp_find_package_routine(thd, name, cache_only);
  }
};


class Sp_handler_package: public Sp_handler
{
public:
  bool show_create_sp(THD *thd, String *buf,
                      const LEX_CSTRING &db,
                      const LEX_CSTRING &name,
                      const LEX_CSTRING &params,
                      const LEX_CSTRING &returns,
                      const LEX_CSTRING &body,
                      const st_sp_chistics &chistics,
                      const AUTHID &definer,
                      const DDL_options_st ddl_options,
                      sql_mode_t sql_mode) const override;
};


class Sp_handler_package_spec: public Sp_handler_package
{
public: // TODO: make it private or protected
  int sp_find_and_drop_routine(THD *thd, TABLE *table,
                               const Database_qualified_name *name)
                               const override;
public:
  enum_sp_type type() const override { return SP_TYPE_PACKAGE; }
  LEX_CSTRING type_lex_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING m_type_str= {STRING_WITH_LEN("PACKAGE")};
    return m_type_str;
  }
  enum_sql_command sqlcom_create() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_CREATE_PACKAGE;
  }
  enum_sql_command sqlcom_drop() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_DROP_PACKAGE;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING empty_body_lex_cstring(sql_mode_t mode) const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING m_empty_body= {STRING_WITH_LEN("BEGIN END")};
    return m_empty_body;
  }
  const char *show_create_routine_col1_caption() const override
  {
    return "Package";
  }
  const char *show_create_routine_col3_caption() const override
  {
    return "Create Package";
  }
  MDL_key::enum_mdl_namespace get_mdl_type() const override
  {
    return MDL_key::PACKAGE_BODY;
  }
  sp_cache **get_cache(THD *) const override;
#ifndef NO_EMBEDDED_ACCESS_CHECKS
  HASH *get_priv_hash() const override;
#endif
};


class Sp_handler_package_body: public Sp_handler_package
{
public:
  enum_sp_type type() const override { return SP_TYPE_PACKAGE_BODY; }
  LEX_CSTRING type_lex_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING m_type_str= {STRING_WITH_LEN("PACKAGE BODY")};
    return m_type_str;
  }
  enum_sql_command sqlcom_create() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_CREATE_PACKAGE_BODY;
  }
  enum_sql_command sqlcom_drop() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_DROP_PACKAGE_BODY;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING empty_body_lex_cstring(sql_mode_t mode) const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING m_empty_body= {STRING_WITH_LEN("BEGIN END")};
    return m_empty_body;
  }
  const char *show_create_routine_col1_caption() const override
  {
    return "Package body";
  }
  const char *show_create_routine_col3_caption() const override
  {
    return "Create Package Body";
  }
  MDL_key::enum_mdl_namespace get_mdl_type() const override
  {
    return MDL_key::PACKAGE_BODY;
  }
  sp_cache **get_cache(THD *) const override;
#ifndef NO_EMBEDDED_ACCESS_CHECKS
  HASH *get_priv_hash() const override;
#endif
};


class Sp_handler_trigger: public Sp_handler
{
public:
  enum_sp_type type() const override { return SP_TYPE_TRIGGER; }
  LEX_CSTRING type_lex_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING m_type_str= { STRING_WITH_LEN("TRIGGER")};
    return m_type_str;
  }
  enum_sql_command sqlcom_create() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_CREATE_TRIGGER;
  }
  enum_sql_command sqlcom_drop() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_DROP_TRIGGER;
  }
  MDL_key::enum_mdl_namespace get_mdl_type() const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return MDL_key::TRIGGER;
  }
  const Sp_handler *sp_handler_mysql_proc() const override { return NULL; }
};


extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Sp_handler_function sp_handler_function;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Sp_handler_procedure sp_handler_procedure;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Sp_handler_package_spec sp_handler_package_spec;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Sp_handler_package_body sp_handler_package_body;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Sp_handler_package_function sp_handler_package_function;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Sp_handler_package_procedure sp_handler_package_procedure;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT Sp_handler_trigger sp_handler_trigger;


inline const Sp_handler *Sp_handler::handler(enum_sql_command cmd)
{
  switch (cmd) {
  case SQLCOM_CREATE_PROCEDURE:
  case SQLCOM_ALTER_PROCEDURE:
  case SQLCOM_DROP_PROCEDURE:
  case SQLCOM_SHOW_PROC_CODE:
  case SQLCOM_SHOW_CREATE_PROC:
  case SQLCOM_SHOW_STATUS_PROC:
    return &sp_handler_procedure;
  case SQLCOM_CREATE_SPFUNCTION:
  case SQLCOM_ALTER_FUNCTION:
  case SQLCOM_DROP_FUNCTION:
  case SQLCOM_SHOW_FUNC_CODE:
  case SQLCOM_SHOW_CREATE_FUNC:
  case SQLCOM_SHOW_STATUS_FUNC:
    return &sp_handler_function;
  case SQLCOM_CREATE_PACKAGE:
  case SQLCOM_DROP_PACKAGE:
  case SQLCOM_SHOW_CREATE_PACKAGE:
  case SQLCOM_SHOW_STATUS_PACKAGE:
    return &sp_handler_package_spec;
  case SQLCOM_CREATE_PACKAGE_BODY:
  case SQLCOM_DROP_PACKAGE_BODY:
  case SQLCOM_SHOW_CREATE_PACKAGE_BODY:
  case SQLCOM_SHOW_STATUS_PACKAGE_BODY:
  case SQLCOM_SHOW_PACKAGE_BODY_CODE:
    return &sp_handler_package_body;
  default:
    break;
  }
  return NULL;
}


inline const Sp_handler *Sp_handler::handler(enum_sp_type type)
{
  switch (type) {
  case SP_TYPE_PROCEDURE:
    return &sp_handler_procedure;
  case SP_TYPE_FUNCTION:
    return &sp_handler_function;
  case SP_TYPE_PACKAGE:
    return &sp_handler_package_spec;
  case SP_TYPE_PACKAGE_BODY:
    return &sp_handler_package_body;
  case SP_TYPE_TRIGGER:
    return &sp_handler_trigger;
  case SP_TYPE_EVENT:
    break;
  }
  return NULL;
}


inline const Sp_handler *Sp_handler::handler(MDL_key::enum_mdl_namespace type)
{
  switch (type) {
  case MDL_key::FUNCTION:
    return &sp_handler_function;
  case MDL_key::PROCEDURE:
    return &sp_handler_procedure;
  case MDL_key::PACKAGE_BODY:
    return &sp_handler_package_body;
  case MDL_key::BACKUP:
  case MDL_key::SCHEMA:
  case MDL_key::TABLE:
  case MDL_key::TRIGGER:
  case MDL_key::EVENT:
  case MDL_key::USER_LOCK:
  case MDL_key::NAMESPACE_END:
    break;
  }
  return NULL;
}


/* Tells what SP_DEFAULT_ACCESS should be mapped to */
#define SP_DEFAULT_ACCESS_MAPPING SP_CONTAINS_SQL

// Return codes from sp_create_*, sp_drop_*, and sp_show_*:
#define SP_OK                 0
#define SP_KEY_NOT_FOUND     -1
#define SP_OPEN_TABLE_FAILED -2
#define SP_WRITE_ROW_FAILED  -3
#define SP_DELETE_ROW_FAILED -4
#define SP_GET_FIELD_FAILED  -5
#define SP_PARSE_ERROR       -6
#define SP_INTERNAL_ERROR    -7
#define SP_NO_DB_ERROR       -8
#define SP_BAD_IDENTIFIER    -9
#define SP_BODY_TOO_LONG    -10
#define SP_FLD_STORE_FAILED -11

/* DB storage of Stored PROCEDUREs and FUNCTIONs */
enum
{
  MYSQL_PROC_FIELD_DB = 0,
  MYSQL_PROC_FIELD_NAME,
  MYSQL_PROC_MYSQL_TYPE,
  MYSQL_PROC_FIELD_SPECIFIC_NAME,
  MYSQL_PROC_FIELD_LANGUAGE,
  MYSQL_PROC_FIELD_ACCESS,
  MYSQL_PROC_FIELD_DETERMINISTIC,
  MYSQL_PROC_FIELD_SECURITY_TYPE,
  MYSQL_PROC_FIELD_PARAM_LIST,
  MYSQL_PROC_FIELD_RETURNS,
  MYSQL_PROC_FIELD_BODY,
  MYSQL_PROC_FIELD_DEFINER,
  MYSQL_PROC_FIELD_CREATED,
  MYSQL_PROC_FIELD_MODIFIED,
  MYSQL_PROC_FIELD_SQL_MODE,
  MYSQL_PROC_FIELD_COMMENT,
  MYSQL_PROC_FIELD_CHARACTER_SET_CLIENT,
  MYSQL_PROC_FIELD_COLLATION_CONNECTION,
  MYSQL_PROC_FIELD_DB_COLLATION,
  MYSQL_PROC_FIELD_BODY_UTF8,
  MYSQL_PROC_FIELD_AGGREGATE,
  MYSQL_PROC_FIELD_COUNT
};

/* Drop all routines in database 'db' */
int
sp_drop_db_routines(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING &db);

/**
   Acquires exclusive metadata lock on all stored routines in the
   given database.

   @param  thd  Thread handler
   @param  db   Database name

   @retval  false  Success
   @retval  true   Failure
 */
bool lock_db_routines(THD *thd, const Lex_ident_db_normalized &db);

/**
  Structure that represents element in the set of stored routines
  used by statement or routine.
*/

class Sroutine_hash_entry
{
public:
  /**
    Metadata lock request for routine.
    MDL_key in this request is also used as a key for set.
  */
  MDL_request mdl_request;
  /**
    Next element in list linking all routines in set. See also comments
    for LEX::sroutine/sroutine_list and sp_head::m_sroutines.
  */
  Sroutine_hash_entry *next;
  /**
    Uppermost view which directly or indirectly uses this routine.
    0 if routine is not used in view. Note that it also can be 0 if
    statement uses routine both via view and directly.
  */
  TABLE_LIST *belong_to_view;
  /**
    This is for prepared statement validation purposes.
    A statement looks up and pre-loads all its stored functions
    at prepare. Later on, if a function is gone from the cache,
    execute may fail.
    Remember the version of sp_head at prepare to be able to
    invalidate the prepared statement at execute if it
    changes.
  */
  ulong m_sp_cache_version;

  const Sp_handler *m_handler;

  int sp_cache_routine(THD *thd, sp_head **sp) const;
};


bool sp_add_used_routine(Query_tables_list *prelocking_ctx, Query_arena *arena,
                         const MDL_key *key,
                         const Sp_handler *handler,
                         TABLE_LIST *belong_to_view);
void sp_remove_not_own_routines(Query_tables_list *prelocking_ctx);
bool sp_update_sp_used_routines(HASH *dst, HASH *src);
void sp_update_stmt_used_routines(THD *thd, Query_tables_list *prelocking_ctx,
                                  HASH *src, TABLE_LIST *belong_to_view);
void sp_update_stmt_used_routines(THD *thd, Query_tables_list *prelocking_ctx,
                                  SQL_I_List<Sroutine_hash_entry> *src,
                                  TABLE_LIST *belong_to_view);

extern "C" const uchar *sp_sroutine_key(const void *ptr, size_t *plen,
                                        my_bool);

/*
  Routines which allow open/lock and close mysql.proc table even when
  we already have some tables open and locked.
*/
TABLE *open_proc_table_for_read(THD *thd);

bool load_charset(THD *thd,
                  MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                  Field *field,
                  CHARSET_INFO *dflt_cs,
                  CHARSET_INFO **cs);

bool load_collation(THD *thd,MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
                    Field *field,
                    CHARSET_INFO *dflt_cl,
                    CHARSET_INFO **cl);

void sp_returns_type(THD *thd,
                     String &result,
                     const sp_head *sp);

#endif /* _SP_H_ */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2010, 2019, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/*
  Semi-join subquery optimization code definitions
*/

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

int check_and_do_in_subquery_rewrites(JOIN *join);
bool convert_join_subqueries_to_semijoins(JOIN *join);
int pull_out_semijoin_tables(JOIN *join);
bool optimize_semijoin_nests(JOIN *join, table_map all_table_map);
bool setup_degenerate_jtbm_semi_joins(JOIN *join,
                                      List<TABLE_LIST> *join_list,
                                      List<Item> &eq_list);
bool setup_jtbm_semi_joins(JOIN *join, List<TABLE_LIST> *join_list,
                           List<Item> &eq_list);
void cleanup_empty_jtbm_semi_joins(JOIN *join, List<TABLE_LIST> *join_list);

// used by Loose_scan_opt
ulonglong get_bound_sj_equalities(TABLE_LIST *sj_nest, 
                                  table_map remaining_tables);

/*
  This is a class for considering possible loose index scan optimizations.
  It's usage pattern is as follows:
    best_access_path()
    {
       Loose_scan_opt opt;

       opt.init()
       for each index we can do ref access with
       {
         opt.next_ref_key();
         for each keyuse 
           opt.add_keyuse();
         opt.check_ref_access();
       }

       if (some criteria for range scans)
         opt.check_range_access();
       
       opt.get_best_option();
    }
*/

class Loose_scan_opt
{
  /* All methods must check this before doing anything else */
  bool try_loosescan;

  /*
    If we consider (oe1, .. oeN) IN (SELECT ie1, .. ieN) then ieK=oeK is
    called sj-equality. If oeK depends only on preceding tables then such
    equality is called 'bound'.
  */
  ulonglong bound_sj_equalities;
 
  /* Accumulated properties of ref access we're now considering: */
  ulonglong handled_sj_equalities;
  key_part_map loose_scan_keyparts;
  uint max_loose_keypart;
  bool part1_conds_met;

  /*
    Use of quick select is a special case. Some of its properties:
  */
  uint quick_uses_applicable_index;
  uint quick_max_loose_keypart;
  
  /* Best loose scan method so far */
  uint   best_loose_scan_key;
  double best_loose_scan_cost;
  double best_loose_scan_records;
  KEYUSE *best_loose_scan_start_key;

  uint best_max_loose_keypart;
  table_map best_ref_depend_map;

public:
  Loose_scan_opt():
    try_loosescan(false),
    bound_sj_equalities(0),
    quick_uses_applicable_index(0),
    quick_max_loose_keypart(0),
    best_loose_scan_key(0),
    best_loose_scan_cost(0),
    best_loose_scan_records(0),
    best_loose_scan_start_key(NULL),
    best_max_loose_keypart(0),
    best_ref_depend_map(0)
  {
  }

  void init(JOIN *join, JOIN_TAB *s, table_map remaining_tables)
  {
    /*
      Discover the bound equalities. We need to do this if
        1. The next table is an SJ-inner table, and
        2. It is the first table from that semijoin, and
        3. We're not within a semi-join range (i.e. all semi-joins either have
           all or none of their tables in join_table_map), except
           s->emb_sj_nest (which we've just entered, see #2).
        4. All non-IN-equality correlation references from this sj-nest are 
           bound
        5. But some of the IN-equalities aren't (so this can't be handled by 
           FirstMatch strategy)
    */
    best_loose_scan_cost= DBL_MAX;
    if (!join->emb_sjm_nest && s->emb_sj_nest &&                        // (1)
        s->emb_sj_nest->sj_in_exprs < 64 && 
        ((remaining_tables & s->emb_sj_nest->sj_inner_tables) ==        // (2)
         s->emb_sj_nest->sj_inner_tables) &&                            // (2)
        join->cur_sj_inner_tables == 0 &&                               // (3)
        !(remaining_tables & 
          s->emb_sj_nest->nested_join->sj_corr_tables) &&               // (4)
        remaining_tables & s->emb_sj_nest->nested_join->sj_depends_on &&// (5)
        optimizer_flag(join->thd, OPTIMIZER_SWITCH_LOOSE_SCAN))
    {
      /* This table is an LooseScan scan candidate */
      bound_sj_equalities= get_bound_sj_equalities(s->emb_sj_nest, 
                                                   remaining_tables);
      try_loosescan= TRUE;
      DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Will try LooseScan scan, bound_map=%llx",
                          (longlong)bound_sj_equalities));
    }
  }

  void next_ref_key()
  {
    handled_sj_equalities=0;
    loose_scan_keyparts= 0;
    max_loose_keypart= 0;
    part1_conds_met= FALSE;
  }
  
  void add_keyuse(table_map remaining_tables, KEYUSE *keyuse)
  {
    if (try_loosescan && keyuse->sj_pred_no != UINT_MAX &&
        (keyuse->table->file->index_flags(keyuse->key, 0, 1 ) & HA_READ_ORDER))

    {
      if (!(remaining_tables & keyuse->used_tables))
      {
        /* 
          This allows to use equality propagation to infer that some 
          sj-equalities are bound.
        */
        bound_sj_equalities |= 1ULL << keyuse->sj_pred_no;
      }
      else
      {
        handled_sj_equalities |= 1ULL << keyuse->sj_pred_no;
        loose_scan_keyparts |= ((key_part_map)1) << keyuse->keypart;
        set_if_bigger(max_loose_keypart, keyuse->keypart);
      }
    }
  }

  bool have_a_case() { return MY_TEST(handled_sj_equalities); }

  void check_ref_access_part1(JOIN_TAB *s, uint key, KEYUSE *start_key, 
                              table_map found_part)
  {
    /*
      Check if we can use LooseScan semi-join strategy. We can if
      1. This is the right table at right location
      2. All IN-equalities are either
         - "bound", ie. the outer_expr part refers to the preceding tables
         - "handled", ie. covered by the index we're considering
      3. Index order allows to enumerate subquery's duplicate groups in
         order. This happens when the index definition matches this
         pattern:

           (handled_col|bound_col)* (other_col|bound_col)

    */
    if (try_loosescan &&                                       // (1)
        (handled_sj_equalities | bound_sj_equalities) ==       // (2)
        PREV_BITS(ulonglong, s->emb_sj_nest->sj_in_exprs) &&   // (2)
        (PREV_BITS(key_part_map, max_loose_keypart+1) &        // (3)
         (found_part | loose_scan_keyparts)) ==                // (3)
        PREV_BITS(key_part_map, max_loose_keypart+1) &&        // (3)
        !key_uses_partial_cols(s->table->s, key))
    {
      if (s->quick && s->quick->index == key && 
          s->quick->get_type() == QUICK_SELECT_I::QS_TYPE_RANGE)
      {
        quick_uses_applicable_index= TRUE;
        quick_max_loose_keypart= max_loose_keypart;
      }
      DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Can use LooseScan scan"));

      if (found_part & 1)
      {
        /* Can use LooseScan on ref access if the first key part is bound */
        part1_conds_met= TRUE;
      }

      /* 
        Check if this is a special case where there are no usable bound
        IN-equalities, i.e. we have

          outer_expr IN (SELECT innertbl.key FROM ...) 
        
        and outer_expr cannot be evaluated yet, so it's actually full
        index scan and not a ref access.
        We can do full index scan if it uses index-only.
      */
      if (!(found_part & 1 ) && /* no usable ref access for 1st key part */
          s->table->covering_keys.is_set(key))
      {
        double records, read_time;
        part1_conds_met= TRUE;
        handler *file= s->table->file;
        DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Can use full index scan for LooseScan"));
        
        /* Calculate the cost of complete loose index scan.  */
        records= rows2double(file->stats.records);

        /* The cost is entire index scan cost (divided by 2) */
        read_time= file->cost(file->ha_keyread_and_copy_time(key, 1,
                                                             (ha_rows) records,
                                                             0));

        /*
          Now find out how many different keys we will get (for now we
          ignore the fact that we have "keypart_i=const" restriction for
          some key components, that may make us think that loose
          scan will produce more distinct records than it actually will)
        */
        ulong rpc;
        if ((rpc= s->table->key_info[key].rec_per_key[max_loose_keypart]))
          records= records / rpc;

        // TODO: previous version also did /2
        if (read_time < best_loose_scan_cost)
        {
          best_loose_scan_key= key;
          best_loose_scan_cost= read_time;
          best_loose_scan_records= records;
          best_max_loose_keypart= max_loose_keypart;
          best_loose_scan_start_key= start_key;
          best_ref_depend_map= 0;
        }
      }
    }
  }
  
  void check_ref_access_part2(uint key, KEYUSE *start_key, double records, 
                              double read_time, table_map ref_depend_map_arg)
  {
    if (part1_conds_met && read_time < best_loose_scan_cost)
    {
      /* TODO use rec-per-key-based fanout calculations */
      best_loose_scan_key= key;
      best_loose_scan_cost= read_time;
      best_loose_scan_records= records;
      best_max_loose_keypart= max_loose_keypart;
      best_loose_scan_start_key= start_key;
      best_ref_depend_map= ref_depend_map_arg;
    }
  }

  void check_range_access(JOIN *join, uint idx, QUICK_SELECT_I *quick)
  {
    /* TODO: this the right part restriction: */
    if (quick_uses_applicable_index && idx == join->const_tables && 
        quick->read_time < best_loose_scan_cost)
    {
      best_loose_scan_key= quick->index;
      best_loose_scan_cost= quick->read_time;
      /* this is ok because idx == join->const_tables */
      best_loose_scan_records= rows2double(quick->records);
      best_max_loose_keypart= quick_max_loose_keypart;
      best_loose_scan_start_key= NULL;
      best_ref_depend_map= 0;
    }
  }

  void save_to_position(JOIN_TAB *tab, double record_count,
                        double records_out,
                        POSITION *pos)
  {
    pos->read_time=       best_loose_scan_cost;
    if (best_loose_scan_cost != DBL_MAX)
    {
      /*
        Make sure LooseScan plan doesn't produce more rows than
        the records_out of other table access method.
      */
      set_if_smaller(best_loose_scan_records, records_out);

      pos->loops= record_count;
      pos->records_read=    best_loose_scan_records;
      pos->records_init=    pos->records_read;
      pos->records_out=     best_loose_scan_records;
      pos->key=             best_loose_scan_start_key;
      pos->cond_selectivity= 1.0;
      pos->loosescan_picker.loosescan_key=   best_loose_scan_key;
      pos->loosescan_picker.loosescan_parts= best_max_loose_keypart + 1;
      pos->use_join_buffer= FALSE;
      pos->firstmatch_with_join_buf= FALSE;
      pos->table=           tab;
      pos->range_rowid_filter_info= tab->range_rowid_filter_info;
      pos->ref_depend_map=  best_ref_depend_map;
      DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Produced a LooseScan plan, key %s, %s",
                          tab->table->key_info[best_loose_scan_key].name.str,
                          best_loose_scan_start_key? "(ref access)":
                                                     "(range/index access)"));
    }
  }
};


void optimize_semi_joins(JOIN *join, table_map remaining_tables, uint idx,
                         double *current_record_count,
                         double *current_read_time, POSITION *loose_scan_pos);
void update_sj_state(JOIN *join, const JOIN_TAB *new_tab,
                     uint idx, table_map remaining_tables);
void restore_prev_sj_state(const table_map remaining_tables, 
                           const JOIN_TAB *tab, uint idx);

void fix_semijoin_strategies_for_picked_join_order(JOIN *join);

bool setup_sj_materialization_part1(JOIN_TAB *sjm_tab);
bool setup_sj_materialization_part2(JOIN_TAB *sjm_tab);
uint get_number_of_tables_at_top_level(JOIN *join);


/*
  Temporary table used by semi-join DuplicateElimination strategy

  This consists of the temptable itself and data needed to put records
  into it. The table's DDL is as follows:

    CREATE TABLE tmptable (col VARCHAR(n) BINARY, PRIMARY KEY(col));

  where the primary key can be replaced with unique constraint if n exceeds
  the limit (as it is always done for query execution-time temptables).

  The record value is a concatenation of rowids of tables from the join we're
  executing. If a join table is on the inner side of the outer join, we
  assume that its rowid can be NULL and provide means to store this rowid in
  the tuple.
*/

class SJ_TMP_TABLE : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  /*
    Array of pointers to tables whose rowids compose the temporary table
    record.
  */
  class TAB
  {
  public:
    JOIN_TAB *join_tab;
    uint rowid_offset;
    ushort null_byte;
    uchar null_bit;
  };
  TAB *tabs;
  TAB *tabs_end;
  
  /* 
    is_degenerate==TRUE means this is a special case where the temptable record
    has zero length (and presence of a unique key means that the temptable can
    have either 0 or 1 records). 
    In this case we don't create the physical temptable but instead record
    its state in SJ_TMP_TABLE::have_degenerate_row.
  */
  bool is_degenerate;

  /* 
    When is_degenerate==TRUE: the contents of the table (whether it has the
    record or not).
  */
  bool have_degenerate_row;
  
  /* table record parameters */
  uint null_bits;
  uint null_bytes;
  uint rowid_len;

  /* The temporary table itself (NULL means not created yet) */
  TABLE *tmp_table;
  
  /*
    These are the members we got from temptable creation code. We'll need
    them if we'll need to convert table from HEAP to MyISAM/Maria.
  */
  TMP_ENGINE_COLUMNDEF *start_recinfo;
  TMP_ENGINE_COLUMNDEF *recinfo;

  SJ_TMP_TABLE *next_flush_table; 

  int sj_weedout_delete_rows();
  int sj_weedout_check_row(THD *thd);
  bool create_sj_weedout_tmp_table(THD *thd);
};

int setup_semijoin_loosescan(JOIN *join);
int setup_semijoin_dups_elimination(JOIN *join, ulonglong options, 
                                    uint no_jbuf_after);
void destroy_sj_tmp_tables(JOIN *join);
int clear_sj_tmp_tables(JOIN *join);
int rewrite_to_index_subquery_engine(JOIN *join);


void get_delayed_table_estimates(TABLE *table,
                                 ha_rows *out_rows, 
                                 double *scan_time,
                                 double *startup_cost);

enum_nested_loop_state join_tab_execution_startup(JOIN_TAB *tab);

#ifndef SQL_ACL_INCLUDED
#define SQL_ACL_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   Copyright (c) 2017, 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#include "violite.h"                            /* SSL_type */
#include "sql_class.h"                          /* LEX_COLUMN */
#include "grant.h"
#include "sql_cmd.h"                            /* Sql_cmd */


enum mysql_db_table_field
{
  MYSQL_DB_FIELD_HOST = 0,
  MYSQL_DB_FIELD_DB,
  MYSQL_DB_FIELD_USER,
  MYSQL_DB_FIELD_SELECT_PRIV,
  MYSQL_DB_FIELD_INSERT_PRIV,
  MYSQL_DB_FIELD_UPDATE_PRIV,
  MYSQL_DB_FIELD_DELETE_PRIV,
  MYSQL_DB_FIELD_CREATE_PRIV,
  MYSQL_DB_FIELD_DROP_PRIV,
  MYSQL_DB_FIELD_GRANT_PRIV,
  MYSQL_DB_FIELD_REFERENCES_PRIV,
  MYSQL_DB_FIELD_INDEX_PRIV,
  MYSQL_DB_FIELD_ALTER_PRIV,
  MYSQL_DB_FIELD_CREATE_TMP_TABLE_PRIV,
  MYSQL_DB_FIELD_LOCK_TABLES_PRIV,
  MYSQL_DB_FIELD_CREATE_VIEW_PRIV,
  MYSQL_DB_FIELD_SHOW_VIEW_PRIV,
  MYSQL_DB_FIELD_CREATE_ROUTINE_PRIV,
  MYSQL_DB_FIELD_ALTER_ROUTINE_PRIV,
  MYSQL_DB_FIELD_EXECUTE_PRIV,
  MYSQL_DB_FIELD_EVENT_PRIV,
  MYSQL_DB_FIELD_TRIGGER_PRIV,
  MYSQL_DB_FIELD_DELETE_VERSIONING_ROWS_PRIV,
  MYSQL_DB_FIELD_COUNT
};

extern const TABLE_FIELD_DEF mysql_db_table_def;
extern bool mysql_user_table_is_in_short_password_format;

extern LEX_CSTRING host_not_specified;
extern LEX_CSTRING current_user;
extern LEX_CSTRING current_role;
extern LEX_CSTRING current_user_and_current_role;
extern LEX_CSTRING none;
extern LEX_CSTRING public_name;


static inline int access_denied_error_code(int passwd_used)
{
#ifdef mysqld_error_find_printf_error_used
  return 0;
#else
  return passwd_used == 2 ? ER_ACCESS_DENIED_NO_PASSWORD_ERROR
                          : ER_ACCESS_DENIED_ERROR;
#endif
}

/* prototypes */

bool hostname_requires_resolving(const char *hostname);
bool  acl_init(bool dont_read_acl_tables);
bool acl_reload(THD *thd);
void acl_free(bool end=0);
privilege_t acl_get_all3(Security_context *sctx, const char *db,
                         bool db_is_patern);
bool acl_authenticate(THD *thd, uint com_change_user_pkt_len);
bool acl_getroot(Security_context *sctx, const char *user, const char *host,
                 const char *ip, const char *db);
bool acl_check_host(const char *host, const char *ip);
bool check_change_password(THD *thd, LEX_USER *user);
bool change_password(THD *thd, LEX_USER *user);

bool mysql_grant_role(THD *thd, List<LEX_USER> &user_list, bool revoke);
int mysql_table_grant(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table, List <LEX_USER> &user_list,
                       List <LEX_COLUMN> &column_list, privilege_t rights,
                       bool revoke);
bool mysql_routine_grant(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table, const Sp_handler *sph,
                         List <LEX_USER> &user_list, privilege_t rights,
                         bool revoke, bool write_to_binlog);
bool grant_init();
void grant_free(void);
bool grant_reload(THD *thd);
bool check_grant(THD *thd, privilege_t want_access, TABLE_LIST *tables,
                 bool any_combination_will_do, uint number, bool no_errors);
bool check_grant_column (THD *thd, GRANT_INFO *grant,
                         const char *db_name, const char *table_name,
                         const char *name, size_t length, Security_context *sctx);
bool check_column_grant_in_table_ref(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST * table_ref,
                                     const char *name, size_t length, Field *fld);
bool check_grant_all_columns(THD *thd, privilege_t want_access,
                             Field_iterator_table_ref *fields);
bool check_grant_routine(THD *thd, privilege_t want_access,
                         TABLE_LIST *procs, const Sp_handler *sph,
                         bool no_error);
bool check_grant_db(THD *thd,const char *db);
bool check_global_access(THD *thd, const privilege_t want_access, bool no_errors= false);
bool check_access(THD *thd, privilege_t want_access,
                  const char *db, privilege_t *save_priv,
                  GRANT_INTERNAL_INFO *grant_internal_info,
                  bool dont_check_global_grants, bool no_errors);
privilege_t get_table_grant(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table);
privilege_t get_column_grant(THD *thd, GRANT_INFO *grant,
                             const char *db_name, const char *table_name,
                             const char *field_name);
bool get_show_user(THD *thd, LEX_USER *lex_user, const char **username,
                   const char **hostname, const char **rolename);
void mysql_show_grants_get_fields(THD *thd, List<Item> *fields,
                                  const char *name, size_t length);
bool mysql_show_grants(THD *thd, LEX_USER *user);
bool mysql_show_create_user(THD *thd, LEX_USER *user);
int fill_schema_enabled_roles(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, COND *cond);
int fill_schema_applicable_roles(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, COND *cond);
void get_privilege_desc(char *to, uint max_length, privilege_t access);
void get_mqh(const char *user, const char *host, USER_CONN *uc);
bool mysql_create_user(THD *thd, List <LEX_USER> &list, bool handle_as_role);
bool mysql_drop_user(THD *thd, List <LEX_USER> &list, bool handle_as_role);
bool mysql_rename_user(THD *thd, List <LEX_USER> &list);
int mysql_alter_user(THD *thd, List <LEX_USER> &list);
bool mysql_revoke_all(THD *thd, List <LEX_USER> &list);
void fill_effective_table_privileges(THD *thd, GRANT_INFO *grant,
                                     const char *db, const char *table);
bool sp_revoke_privileges(THD *thd, const char *sp_db, const char *sp_name,
                          const Sp_handler *sph);
bool sp_grant_privileges(THD *thd, const char *sp_db, const char *sp_name,
                         const Sp_handler *sph);
bool check_routine_level_acl(THD *thd, privilege_t acl,
                             const char *db, const char *name,
                             const Sp_handler *sph);
bool is_acl_user(const char *host, const char *user);
int fill_schema_user_privileges(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, COND *cond);
int fill_schema_schema_privileges(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, COND *cond);
int fill_schema_table_privileges(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, COND *cond);
int fill_schema_column_privileges(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, COND *cond);
int wild_case_compare(CHARSET_INFO *cs, const char *str,const char *wildstr);

/**
  Result of an access check for an internal schema or table.
  Internal ACL checks are always performed *before* using
  the grant tables.
  This mechanism enforces that the server implementation has full
  control on its internal tables.
  Depending on the internal check result, the server implementation
  can choose to:
  - always allow access,
  - always deny access,
  - delegate the decision to the database administrator,
  by using the grant tables.
*/
enum ACL_internal_access_result
{
  /**
    Access granted for all the requested privileges,
    do not use the grant tables.
  */
  ACL_INTERNAL_ACCESS_GRANTED,
  /** Access denied, do not use the grant tables. */
  ACL_INTERNAL_ACCESS_DENIED,
  /** No decision yet, use the grant tables. */
  ACL_INTERNAL_ACCESS_CHECK_GRANT
};

/**
  Per internal table ACL access rules.
  This class is an interface.
  Per table(s) specific access rule should be implemented in a subclass.
  @sa ACL_internal_schema_access
*/
class ACL_internal_table_access
{
public:
  ACL_internal_table_access() = default;

  virtual ~ACL_internal_table_access() = default;

  /**
    Check access to an internal table.
    When a privilege is granted, this method add the requested privilege
    to save_priv.
    @param want_access the privileges requested
    @param [in, out] save_priv the privileges granted
    @return
      @retval ACL_INTERNAL_ACCESS_GRANTED All the requested privileges
      are granted, and saved in save_priv.
      @retval ACL_INTERNAL_ACCESS_DENIED At least one of the requested
      privileges was denied.
      @retval ACL_INTERNAL_ACCESS_CHECK_GRANT No requested privilege
      was denied, and grant should be checked for at least one
      privilege. Requested privileges that are granted, if any, are saved
      in save_priv.
  */
  virtual ACL_internal_access_result check(privilege_t want_access,
            privilege_t *save_priv, bool any_combination_will_do) const= 0;
};

/**
  Per internal schema ACL access rules.
  This class is an interface.
  Each per schema specific access rule should be implemented
  in a different subclass, and registered.
  Per schema access rules can control:
  - every schema privileges on schema.*
  - every table privileges on schema.table
  @sa ACL_internal_schema_registry
*/
class ACL_internal_schema_access
{
public:
  ACL_internal_schema_access() = default;

  virtual ~ACL_internal_schema_access() = default;

  /**
    Check access to an internal schema.
    @param want_access the privileges requested
    @param [in, out] save_priv the privileges granted
    @return
      @retval ACL_INTERNAL_ACCESS_GRANTED All the requested privileges
      are granted, and saved in save_priv.
      @retval ACL_INTERNAL_ACCESS_DENIED At least one of the requested
      privileges was denied.
      @retval ACL_INTERNAL_ACCESS_CHECK_GRANT No requested privilege
      was denied, and grant should be checked for at least one
      privilege. Requested privileges that are granted, if any, are saved
      in save_priv.
  */
  virtual ACL_internal_access_result check(privilege_t want_access,
                                           privilege_t *save_priv) const= 0;

  /**
    Search for per table ACL access rules by table name.
    @param name the table name
    @return per table access rules, or NULL
  */
  virtual const ACL_internal_table_access *lookup(const char *name) const= 0;
};

/**
  A registry for per internal schema ACL.
  An 'internal schema' is a database schema maintained by the
  server implementation, such as 'performance_schema' and 'INFORMATION_SCHEMA'.
*/
class ACL_internal_schema_registry
{
public:
  static void register_schema(const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                              const ACL_internal_schema_access *access);
  static const ACL_internal_schema_access *lookup(const char *name);
};

const ACL_internal_schema_access *
get_cached_schema_access(GRANT_INTERNAL_INFO *grant_internal_info,
                         const char *schema_name);

const ACL_internal_table_access *
get_cached_table_access(GRANT_INTERNAL_INFO *grant_internal_info,
                        const char *schema_name,
                        const char *table_name);

bool acl_check_proxy_grant_access (THD *thd, const char *host, const char *user,
                                   bool with_grant);
int acl_setrole(THD *thd, const char *rolename, privilege_t access);
int acl_check_setrole(THD *thd, const char *rolename, privilege_t *access);
int acl_check_set_default_role(THD *thd, const char *host, const char *user,
                               const char *role);
int acl_set_default_role(THD *thd, const char *host, const char *user,
                         const char *rolename);

extern SHOW_VAR acl_statistics[];

/* Check if a role is granted to a user/role.

   If hostname == NULL, search for a role as the starting grantee.
*/
bool check_role_is_granted(const char *username,
                           const char *hostname,
                           const char *rolename);

#ifndef DBUG_OFF
extern ulong role_global_merges, role_db_merges, role_table_merges,
             role_column_merges, role_routine_merges;
#endif


class Sql_cmd_grant: public Sql_cmd
{
protected:
  enum_sql_command m_command;
#ifndef NO_EMBEDDED_ACCESS_CHECKS
  void warn_hostname_requires_resolving(THD *thd, List<LEX_USER> &list);
  bool user_list_reset_mqh(THD *thd, List<LEX_USER> &list);
  void grant_stage0(THD *thd);
#endif
public:
  Sql_cmd_grant(enum_sql_command command)
   :m_command(command)
  { }
  bool is_revoke() const { return m_command == SQLCOM_REVOKE; }
  enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const override { return m_command; }
};


class Sql_cmd_grant_proxy: public Sql_cmd_grant
{
  privilege_t m_grant_option;
#ifndef NO_EMBEDDED_ACCESS_CHECKS
  bool check_access_proxy(THD *thd, List<LEX_USER> &list);
#endif
public:
  Sql_cmd_grant_proxy(enum_sql_command command, privilege_t grant_option)
   :Sql_cmd_grant(command), m_grant_option(grant_option)
  { }
  bool execute(THD *thd) override;
};


class Sql_cmd_grant_object: public Sql_cmd_grant, public Grant_privilege
{
protected:
#ifndef NO_EMBEDDED_ACCESS_CHECKS
  bool grant_stage0_exact_object(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table);
#endif
public:
  Sql_cmd_grant_object(enum_sql_command command, const Grant_privilege &grant)
   :Sql_cmd_grant(command), Grant_privilege(grant)
  { }
};


class Sql_cmd_grant_table: public Sql_cmd_grant_object
{
#ifndef NO_EMBEDDED_ACCESS_CHECKS
  bool execute_table_mask(THD *thd);
  bool execute_exact_table(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table);
#endif
public:
  Sql_cmd_grant_table(enum_sql_command command, const Grant_privilege &grant)
   :Sql_cmd_grant_object(command, grant)
  { }
  bool execute(THD *thd) override;
};



class Sql_cmd_grant_sp: public Sql_cmd_grant_object
{
  const Sp_handler &m_sph;
public:
  Sql_cmd_grant_sp(enum_sql_command command, const Grant_privilege &grant,
                   const Sp_handler &sph)
   :Sql_cmd_grant_object(command, grant),
    m_sph(sph)
  { }
  bool execute(THD *thd) override;
};

#endif /* SQL_ACL_INCLUDED */
/* Generated by the Systemtap dtrace wrapper */


#define _SDT_HAS_SEMAPHORES 1


#define STAP_HAS_SEMAPHORES 1 /* deprecated */


#include <sys/sdt.h>

/* MYSQL_CONNECTION_START ( unsigned long conn_id, char * user, char * host ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_CONNECTION_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (connection__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_connection__start_semaphore connection__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_CONNECTION_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_connection__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_connection__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_CONNECTION_START(arg1, arg2, arg3) \
DTRACE_PROBE3 (mysql, connection__start, arg1, arg2, arg3)

/* MYSQL_CONNECTION_DONE ( int status, unsigned long conn_id ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_CONNECTION_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (connection__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_connection__done_semaphore connection__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_CONNECTION_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_connection__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_connection__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_CONNECTION_DONE(arg1, arg2) \
DTRACE_PROBE2 (mysql, connection__done, arg1, arg2)

/* MYSQL_COMMAND_START ( unsigned long conn_id, int command, char * user, char * host ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_COMMAND_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (command__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_command__start_semaphore command__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_COMMAND_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_command__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_command__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_COMMAND_START(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4) \
DTRACE_PROBE4 (mysql, command__start, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4)

/* MYSQL_COMMAND_DONE ( int status ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_COMMAND_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (command__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_command__done_semaphore command__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_COMMAND_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_command__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_command__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_COMMAND_DONE(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, command__done, arg1)

/* MYSQL_QUERY_START ( char * query, unsigned long conn_id, char * db_name, char * user, char * host ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_QUERY_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (query__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_query__start_semaphore query__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_QUERY_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_query__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_query__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_QUERY_START(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5) \
DTRACE_PROBE5 (mysql, query__start, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5)

/* MYSQL_QUERY_DONE ( int status ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_QUERY_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (query__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_query__done_semaphore query__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_QUERY_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_query__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_query__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_QUERY_DONE(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, query__done, arg1)

/* MYSQL_QUERY_PARSE_START ( char * query ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_QUERY_PARSE_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (query__parse__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_query__parse__start_semaphore query__parse__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_QUERY_PARSE_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_query__parse__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_query__parse__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_QUERY_PARSE_START(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, query__parse__start, arg1)

/* MYSQL_QUERY_PARSE_DONE ( int status ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_QUERY_PARSE_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (query__parse__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_query__parse__done_semaphore query__parse__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_QUERY_PARSE_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_query__parse__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_query__parse__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_QUERY_PARSE_DONE(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, query__parse__done, arg1)

/* MYSQL_QUERY_CACHE_HIT ( char * query, unsigned long rows ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_QUERY_CACHE_HIT_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (query__cache__hit_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_query__cache__hit_semaphore query__cache__hit_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_QUERY_CACHE_HIT_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_query__cache__hit_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_query__cache__hit_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_QUERY_CACHE_HIT(arg1, arg2) \
DTRACE_PROBE2 (mysql, query__cache__hit, arg1, arg2)

/* MYSQL_QUERY_CACHE_MISS ( char * query ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_QUERY_CACHE_MISS_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (query__cache__miss_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_query__cache__miss_semaphore query__cache__miss_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_QUERY_CACHE_MISS_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_query__cache__miss_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_query__cache__miss_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_QUERY_CACHE_MISS(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, query__cache__miss, arg1)

/* MYSQL_QUERY_EXEC_START ( char * query, unsigned long connid, char * db_name, char * user, char * host, int exec_type ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_QUERY_EXEC_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (query__exec__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_query__exec__start_semaphore query__exec__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_QUERY_EXEC_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_query__exec__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_query__exec__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_QUERY_EXEC_START(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5, arg6) \
DTRACE_PROBE6 (mysql, query__exec__start, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5, arg6)

/* MYSQL_QUERY_EXEC_DONE ( int status ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_QUERY_EXEC_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (query__exec__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_query__exec__done_semaphore query__exec__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_QUERY_EXEC_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_query__exec__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_query__exec__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_QUERY_EXEC_DONE(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, query__exec__done, arg1)

/* MYSQL_INSERT_ROW_START ( char * db, char * table ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_INSERT_ROW_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (insert__row__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_insert__row__start_semaphore insert__row__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_INSERT_ROW_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_insert__row__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_insert__row__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_INSERT_ROW_START(arg1, arg2) \
DTRACE_PROBE2 (mysql, insert__row__start, arg1, arg2)

/* MYSQL_INSERT_ROW_DONE ( int status ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_INSERT_ROW_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (insert__row__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_insert__row__done_semaphore insert__row__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_INSERT_ROW_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_insert__row__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_insert__row__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_INSERT_ROW_DONE(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, insert__row__done, arg1)

/* MYSQL_UPDATE_ROW_START ( char * db, char * table ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_UPDATE_ROW_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (update__row__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_update__row__start_semaphore update__row__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_UPDATE_ROW_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_update__row__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_update__row__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_UPDATE_ROW_START(arg1, arg2) \
DTRACE_PROBE2 (mysql, update__row__start, arg1, arg2)

/* MYSQL_UPDATE_ROW_DONE ( int status ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_UPDATE_ROW_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (update__row__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_update__row__done_semaphore update__row__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_UPDATE_ROW_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_update__row__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_update__row__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_UPDATE_ROW_DONE(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, update__row__done, arg1)

/* MYSQL_DELETE_ROW_START ( char * db, char * table ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_DELETE_ROW_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (delete__row__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_delete__row__start_semaphore delete__row__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_DELETE_ROW_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_delete__row__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_delete__row__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_DELETE_ROW_START(arg1, arg2) \
DTRACE_PROBE2 (mysql, delete__row__start, arg1, arg2)

/* MYSQL_DELETE_ROW_DONE ( int status ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_DELETE_ROW_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (delete__row__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_delete__row__done_semaphore delete__row__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_DELETE_ROW_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_delete__row__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_delete__row__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_DELETE_ROW_DONE(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, delete__row__done, arg1)

/* MYSQL_READ_ROW_START ( char * db, char * table, int scan_flag ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_READ_ROW_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (read__row__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_read__row__start_semaphore read__row__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_READ_ROW_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_read__row__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_read__row__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_READ_ROW_START(arg1, arg2, arg3) \
DTRACE_PROBE3 (mysql, read__row__start, arg1, arg2, arg3)

/* MYSQL_READ_ROW_DONE ( int status ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_READ_ROW_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (read__row__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_read__row__done_semaphore read__row__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_READ_ROW_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_read__row__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_read__row__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_READ_ROW_DONE(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, read__row__done, arg1)

/* MYSQL_INDEX_READ_ROW_START ( char * db, char * table ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_INDEX_READ_ROW_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (index__read__row__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_index__read__row__start_semaphore index__read__row__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_INDEX_READ_ROW_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_index__read__row__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_index__read__row__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_INDEX_READ_ROW_START(arg1, arg2) \
DTRACE_PROBE2 (mysql, index__read__row__start, arg1, arg2)

/* MYSQL_INDEX_READ_ROW_DONE ( int status ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_INDEX_READ_ROW_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (index__read__row__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_index__read__row__done_semaphore index__read__row__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_INDEX_READ_ROW_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_index__read__row__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_index__read__row__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_INDEX_READ_ROW_DONE(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, index__read__row__done, arg1)

/* MYSQL_HANDLER_RDLOCK_START ( char * db, char * table ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_HANDLER_RDLOCK_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (handler__rdlock__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_handler__rdlock__start_semaphore handler__rdlock__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_HANDLER_RDLOCK_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_handler__rdlock__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_handler__rdlock__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_HANDLER_RDLOCK_START(arg1, arg2) \
DTRACE_PROBE2 (mysql, handler__rdlock__start, arg1, arg2)

/* MYSQL_HANDLER_WRLOCK_START ( char * db, char * table ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_HANDLER_WRLOCK_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (handler__wrlock__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_handler__wrlock__start_semaphore handler__wrlock__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_HANDLER_WRLOCK_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_handler__wrlock__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_handler__wrlock__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_HANDLER_WRLOCK_START(arg1, arg2) \
DTRACE_PROBE2 (mysql, handler__wrlock__start, arg1, arg2)

/* MYSQL_HANDLER_UNLOCK_START ( char * db, char * table ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_HANDLER_UNLOCK_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (handler__unlock__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_handler__unlock__start_semaphore handler__unlock__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_HANDLER_UNLOCK_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_handler__unlock__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_handler__unlock__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_HANDLER_UNLOCK_START(arg1, arg2) \
DTRACE_PROBE2 (mysql, handler__unlock__start, arg1, arg2)

/* MYSQL_HANDLER_RDLOCK_DONE ( int status ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_HANDLER_RDLOCK_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (handler__rdlock__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_handler__rdlock__done_semaphore handler__rdlock__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_HANDLER_RDLOCK_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_handler__rdlock__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_handler__rdlock__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_HANDLER_RDLOCK_DONE(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, handler__rdlock__done, arg1)

/* MYSQL_HANDLER_WRLOCK_DONE ( int status ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_HANDLER_WRLOCK_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (handler__wrlock__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_handler__wrlock__done_semaphore handler__wrlock__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_HANDLER_WRLOCK_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_handler__wrlock__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_handler__wrlock__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_HANDLER_WRLOCK_DONE(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, handler__wrlock__done, arg1)

/* MYSQL_HANDLER_UNLOCK_DONE ( int status ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_HANDLER_UNLOCK_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (handler__unlock__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_handler__unlock__done_semaphore handler__unlock__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_HANDLER_UNLOCK_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_handler__unlock__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_handler__unlock__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_HANDLER_UNLOCK_DONE(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, handler__unlock__done, arg1)

/* MYSQL_FILESORT_START ( char * db, char * table ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_FILESORT_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (filesort__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_filesort__start_semaphore filesort__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_FILESORT_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_filesort__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_filesort__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_FILESORT_START(arg1, arg2) \
DTRACE_PROBE2 (mysql, filesort__start, arg1, arg2)

/* MYSQL_FILESORT_DONE ( int status, unsigned long rows ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_FILESORT_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (filesort__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_filesort__done_semaphore filesort__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_FILESORT_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_filesort__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_filesort__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_FILESORT_DONE(arg1, arg2) \
DTRACE_PROBE2 (mysql, filesort__done, arg1, arg2)

/* MYSQL_SELECT_START ( char * query ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_SELECT_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (select__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_select__start_semaphore select__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_SELECT_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_select__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_select__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_SELECT_START(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, select__start, arg1)

/* MYSQL_SELECT_DONE ( int status, unsigned long rows ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_SELECT_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (select__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_select__done_semaphore select__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_SELECT_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_select__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_select__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_SELECT_DONE(arg1, arg2) \
DTRACE_PROBE2 (mysql, select__done, arg1, arg2)

/* MYSQL_INSERT_START ( char * query ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_INSERT_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (insert__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_insert__start_semaphore insert__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_INSERT_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_insert__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_insert__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_INSERT_START(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, insert__start, arg1)

/* MYSQL_INSERT_DONE ( int status, unsigned long rows ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_INSERT_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (insert__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_insert__done_semaphore insert__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_INSERT_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_insert__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_insert__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_INSERT_DONE(arg1, arg2) \
DTRACE_PROBE2 (mysql, insert__done, arg1, arg2)

/* MYSQL_INSERT_SELECT_START ( char * query ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_INSERT_SELECT_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (insert__select__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_insert__select__start_semaphore insert__select__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_INSERT_SELECT_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_insert__select__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_insert__select__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_INSERT_SELECT_START(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, insert__select__start, arg1)

/* MYSQL_INSERT_SELECT_DONE ( int status, unsigned long rows ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_INSERT_SELECT_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (insert__select__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_insert__select__done_semaphore insert__select__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_INSERT_SELECT_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_insert__select__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_insert__select__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_INSERT_SELECT_DONE(arg1, arg2) \
DTRACE_PROBE2 (mysql, insert__select__done, arg1, arg2)

/* MYSQL_UPDATE_START ( char * query ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_UPDATE_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (update__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_update__start_semaphore update__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_UPDATE_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_update__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_update__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_UPDATE_START(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, update__start, arg1)

/* MYSQL_UPDATE_DONE ( int status, unsigned long rowsmatches, unsigned long rowschanged ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_UPDATE_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (update__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_update__done_semaphore update__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_UPDATE_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_update__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_update__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_UPDATE_DONE(arg1, arg2, arg3) \
DTRACE_PROBE3 (mysql, update__done, arg1, arg2, arg3)

/* MYSQL_MULTI_UPDATE_START ( char * query ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_MULTI_UPDATE_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (multi__update__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_multi__update__start_semaphore multi__update__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_MULTI_UPDATE_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_multi__update__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_multi__update__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_MULTI_UPDATE_START(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, multi__update__start, arg1)

/* MYSQL_MULTI_UPDATE_DONE ( int status, unsigned long rowsmatches, unsigned long rowschanged ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_MULTI_UPDATE_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (multi__update__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_multi__update__done_semaphore multi__update__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_MULTI_UPDATE_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_multi__update__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_multi__update__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_MULTI_UPDATE_DONE(arg1, arg2, arg3) \
DTRACE_PROBE3 (mysql, multi__update__done, arg1, arg2, arg3)

/* MYSQL_DELETE_START ( char * query ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_DELETE_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (delete__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_delete__start_semaphore delete__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_DELETE_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_delete__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_delete__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_DELETE_START(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, delete__start, arg1)

/* MYSQL_DELETE_DONE ( int status, unsigned long rows ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_DELETE_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (delete__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_delete__done_semaphore delete__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_DELETE_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_delete__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_delete__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_DELETE_DONE(arg1, arg2) \
DTRACE_PROBE2 (mysql, delete__done, arg1, arg2)

/* MYSQL_MULTI_DELETE_START ( char * query ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_MULTI_DELETE_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (multi__delete__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_multi__delete__start_semaphore multi__delete__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_MULTI_DELETE_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_multi__delete__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_multi__delete__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_MULTI_DELETE_START(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, multi__delete__start, arg1)

/* MYSQL_MULTI_DELETE_DONE ( int status, unsigned long rows ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_MULTI_DELETE_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (multi__delete__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_multi__delete__done_semaphore multi__delete__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_MULTI_DELETE_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_multi__delete__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_multi__delete__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_MULTI_DELETE_DONE(arg1, arg2) \
DTRACE_PROBE2 (mysql, multi__delete__done, arg1, arg2)

/* MYSQL_NET_READ_START ( ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_NET_READ_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (net__read__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_net__read__start_semaphore net__read__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_NET_READ_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_net__read__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_net__read__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_NET_READ_START() \
DTRACE_PROBE (mysql, net__read__start)

/* MYSQL_NET_READ_DONE ( int status, unsigned long bytes ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_NET_READ_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (net__read__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_net__read__done_semaphore net__read__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_NET_READ_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_net__read__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_net__read__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_NET_READ_DONE(arg1, arg2) \
DTRACE_PROBE2 (mysql, net__read__done, arg1, arg2)

/* MYSQL_NET_WRITE_START ( unsigned long bytes ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_NET_WRITE_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (net__write__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_net__write__start_semaphore net__write__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_NET_WRITE_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_net__write__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_net__write__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_NET_WRITE_START(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, net__write__start, arg1)

/* MYSQL_NET_WRITE_DONE ( int status ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_NET_WRITE_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (net__write__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_net__write__done_semaphore net__write__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_NET_WRITE_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_net__write__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_net__write__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_NET_WRITE_DONE(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, net__write__done, arg1)

/* MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_START ( char * filepath, unsigned long bytes, unsigned long mem_used, unsigned long mem_free ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (keycache__read__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_keycache__read__start_semaphore keycache__read__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_keycache__read__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_keycache__read__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_START(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4) \
DTRACE_PROBE4 (mysql, keycache__read__start, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4)

/* MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_BLOCK ( unsigned long bytes ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_BLOCK_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (keycache__read__block_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_keycache__read__block_semaphore keycache__read__block_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_BLOCK_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_keycache__read__block_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_keycache__read__block_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_BLOCK(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, keycache__read__block, arg1)

/* MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_HIT ( ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_HIT_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (keycache__read__hit_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_keycache__read__hit_semaphore keycache__read__hit_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_HIT_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_keycache__read__hit_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_keycache__read__hit_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_HIT() \
DTRACE_PROBE (mysql, keycache__read__hit)

/* MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_MISS ( ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_MISS_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (keycache__read__miss_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_keycache__read__miss_semaphore keycache__read__miss_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_MISS_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_keycache__read__miss_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_keycache__read__miss_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_MISS() \
DTRACE_PROBE (mysql, keycache__read__miss)

/* MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_DONE ( unsigned long mem_used, unsigned long mem_free ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (keycache__read__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_keycache__read__done_semaphore keycache__read__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_keycache__read__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_keycache__read__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_KEYCACHE_READ_DONE(arg1, arg2) \
DTRACE_PROBE2 (mysql, keycache__read__done, arg1, arg2)

/* MYSQL_KEYCACHE_WRITE_START ( char * filepath, unsigned long bytes, unsigned long mem_used, unsigned long mem_free ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_KEYCACHE_WRITE_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (keycache__write__start_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_keycache__write__start_semaphore keycache__write__start_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_KEYCACHE_WRITE_START_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_keycache__write__start_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_keycache__write__start_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_KEYCACHE_WRITE_START(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4) \
DTRACE_PROBE4 (mysql, keycache__write__start, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4)

/* MYSQL_KEYCACHE_WRITE_BLOCK ( unsigned long bytes ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_KEYCACHE_WRITE_BLOCK_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (keycache__write__block_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_keycache__write__block_semaphore keycache__write__block_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_KEYCACHE_WRITE_BLOCK_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_keycache__write__block_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_keycache__write__block_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_KEYCACHE_WRITE_BLOCK(arg1) \
DTRACE_PROBE1 (mysql, keycache__write__block, arg1)

/* MYSQL_KEYCACHE_WRITE_DONE ( unsigned long mem_used, unsigned long mem_free ) */
#if defined STAP_SDT_V1
#define MYSQL_KEYCACHE_WRITE_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (keycache__write__done_semaphore, 0)
#define mysql_keycache__write__done_semaphore keycache__write__done_semaphore
#else
#define MYSQL_KEYCACHE_WRITE_DONE_ENABLED() __builtin_expect (mysql_keycache__write__done_semaphore, 0)
#endif
__extension__ extern unsigned short mysql_keycache__write__done_semaphore __attribute__ ((unused)) __attribute__ ((section (".probes")));
#define MYSQL_KEYCACHE_WRITE_DONE(arg1, arg2) \
DTRACE_PROBE2 (mysql, keycache__write__done, arg1, arg2)

/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2016, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2016, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SLAVE_H
#define SLAVE_H

/**
  MASTER_DELAY can be at most (1 << 31) - 1.
*/
#define MASTER_DELAY_MAX (0x7FFFFFFF)
#if INT_MAX < 0x7FFFFFFF
#error "don't support platforms where INT_MAX < 0x7FFFFFFF"
#endif

/**
  @defgroup Replication Replication
  @{

  @file
*/

/** 
   Some of defines are need in parser even though replication is not 
   compiled in (embedded).
*/

/**
   The maximum is defined as (ULONG_MAX/1000) with 4 bytes ulong
*/
#define SLAVE_MAX_HEARTBEAT_PERIOD 4294967

#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION

#include "log.h"
#include "my_list.h"
#include "rpl_filter.h"
#include "rpl_tblmap.h"
#include "rpl_gtid.h"
#include "log_event.h"

#define SLAVE_NET_TIMEOUT  60

#define MAX_SLAVE_ERROR    ER_ERROR_LAST+1

#define MAX_REPLICATION_THREAD 64

// Forward declarations
class Relay_log_info;
class Master_info;
class Master_info_index;
struct rpl_group_info;
struct rpl_parallel_thread;

int init_intvar_from_file(int* var, IO_CACHE* f, int default_val);
int init_strvar_from_file(char *var, int max_size, IO_CACHE *f,
                          const char *default_val);
int init_floatvar_from_file(float* var, IO_CACHE* f, float default_val);
int init_dynarray_intvar_from_file(DYNAMIC_ARRAY* arr, IO_CACHE* f);

/*****************************************************************************

  MySQL Replication

  Replication is implemented via two types of threads:

    I/O Thread - One of these threads is started for each master server.
                 They maintain a connection to their master server, read log
                 events from the master as they arrive, and queues them into
                 a single, shared relay log file.  A Master_info 
                 represents each of these threads.

    SQL Thread - One of these threads is started and reads from the relay log
                 file, executing each event.  A Relay_log_info 
                 represents this thread.

  Buffering in the relay log file makes it unnecessary to reread events from
  a master server across a slave restart.  It also decouples the slave from
  the master where long-running updates and event logging are concerned--ie
  it can continue to log new events while a slow query executes on the slave.

*****************************************************************************/

/*
  MUTEXES in replication:

  LOCK_active_mi: [note: this was originally meant for multimaster, to switch
  from a master to another, to protect active_mi] It is used to SERIALIZE ALL
  administrative commands of replication: START SLAVE, STOP SLAVE, CHANGE
  MASTER, RESET SLAVE, end_slave() (when mysqld stops) [init_slave() does not
  need it it's called early]. Any of these commands holds the mutex from the
  start till the end. This thus protects us against a handful of deadlocks
  (consider start_slave_thread() which, when starting the I/O thread, releases
  mi->run_lock, keeps rli->run_lock, and tries to re-acquire mi->run_lock).

  Currently active_mi never moves (it's created at startup and deleted at
  shutdown, and not changed: it always points to the same Master_info struct),
  because we don't have multimaster. So for the moment, mi does not move, and
  mi->rli does not either.

  In Master_info: run_lock, data_lock
  run_lock protects all information about the run state: slave_running, thd
  and the existence of the I/O thread (to stop/start it, you need this mutex).
  data_lock protects some moving members of the struct: counters (log name,
  position) and relay log (MYSQL_BIN_LOG object).

  In Relay_log_info: run_lock, data_lock
  see Master_info
  However, note that run_lock does not protect
  Relay_log_info.run_state; that is protected by data_lock.
  
  Order of acquisition: if you want to have LOCK_active_mi and a run_lock, you
  must acquire LOCK_active_mi first.

  In MYSQL_BIN_LOG: LOCK_log, LOCK_index of the binlog and the relay log
  LOCK_log: when you write to it. LOCK_index: when you create/delete a binlog
  (so that you have to update the .index file).
*/

extern ulong master_retry_count;
extern MY_BITMAP slave_error_mask;
extern char slave_skip_error_names[];
extern bool use_slave_mask;
extern char slave_transaction_retry_error_names[];
extern uint *slave_transaction_retry_errors;
extern uint slave_transaction_retry_error_length;
extern char *slave_load_tmpdir;
extern char *master_info_file;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT char *relay_log_info_file;
extern char *opt_relay_logname, *opt_relaylog_index_name;
extern my_bool opt_skip_slave_start, opt_reckless_slave;
extern my_bool opt_log_slave_updates;
extern char *opt_slave_skip_errors;
extern char *opt_slave_transaction_retry_errors;
extern my_bool opt_replicate_annotate_row_events;
extern ulonglong relay_log_space_limit;
extern ulonglong opt_read_binlog_speed_limit;
extern ulonglong slave_skipped_errors;
extern const char *relay_log_index;
extern const char *relay_log_basename;

/*
  4 possible values for Master_info::slave_running and
  Relay_log_info::slave_running.
  The values 0,1,2,3 are very important: to keep the diff small, I didn't
  substitute places where we use 0/1 with the newly defined symbols.
  So don't change these values.
  The same way, code is assuming that in Relay_log_info we use only values
  0/1.
  I started with using an enum, but
  enum_variable=1; is not legal so would have required many line changes.
*/
#define MYSQL_SLAVE_NOT_RUN         0
#define MYSQL_SLAVE_RUN_NOT_CONNECT 1
#define MYSQL_SLAVE_RUN_CONNECT     2
#define MYSQL_SLAVE_RUN_READING     3

#define RPL_LOG_NAME (rli->group_master_log_name[0] ? rli->group_master_log_name :\
 "FIRST")
#define IO_RPL_LOG_NAME (mi->master_log_name[0] ? mi->master_log_name :\
 "FIRST")

/*
  If the following is set, if first gives an error, second will be
  tried. Otherwise, if first fails, we fail.
*/
#define SLAVE_FORCE_ALL 4

/*
  Values for the option --replicate-events-marked-for-skip.
  Must match the names in replicate_events_marked_for_skip_names in sys_vars.cc
*/
#define RPL_SKIP_REPLICATE 0
#define RPL_SKIP_FILTER_ON_SLAVE 1
#define RPL_SKIP_FILTER_ON_MASTER 2


int init_slave();
int init_recovery(Master_info* mi, const char** errmsg);
bool init_slave_skip_errors(const char* arg);
bool init_slave_transaction_retry_errors(const char* arg);
int register_slave_on_master(MYSQL* mysql);
int terminate_slave_threads(Master_info* mi, int thread_mask,
			     bool skip_lock = 0);
int start_slave_threads(THD *thd,
                        bool need_slave_mutex, bool wait_for_start,
			Master_info* mi, const char* master_info_fname,
			const char* slave_info_fname, int thread_mask);
/*
  cond_lock is usually same as start_lock. It is needed for the case when
  start_lock is 0 which happens if start_slave_thread() is called already
  inside the start_lock section, but at the same time we want a
  mysql_cond_wait() on start_cond, start_lock
*/
int start_slave_thread(
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE
                       PSI_thread_key thread_key,
#endif
                       pthread_handler h_func,
                       mysql_mutex_t *start_lock,
                       mysql_mutex_t *cond_lock,
                       mysql_cond_t *start_cond,
                       volatile uint *slave_running,
                       volatile ulong *slave_run_id,
                       Master_info *mi);

/* If fd is -1, dump to NET */
int mysql_table_dump(THD* thd, const char* db,
		     const char* tbl_name, int fd = -1);

/* retrieve table from master and copy to slave*/
int fetch_master_table(THD* thd, const char* db_name, const char* table_name,
		       Master_info* mi, MYSQL* mysql, bool overwrite);

void show_master_info_get_fields(THD *thd, List<Item> *field_list,
                                     bool full, size_t gtid_pos_length);
bool show_master_info(THD* thd, Master_info* mi, bool full);
bool show_all_master_info(THD* thd);
void show_binlog_info_get_fields(THD *thd, List<Item> *field_list);
bool show_binlog_info(THD* thd);
bool rpl_master_has_bug(const Relay_log_info *rli, uint bug_id, bool report,
                        bool (*pred)(const void *), const void *param,
                        bool maria_master= false);
bool rpl_master_erroneous_autoinc(THD* thd);

const char *print_slave_db_safe(const char *db);
void skip_load_data_infile(NET* net);

void slave_prepare_for_shutdown();
void end_slave(); /* release slave threads */
void close_active_mi(); /* clean up slave threads data */
void clear_until_condition(Relay_log_info* rli);
void clear_slave_error(Relay_log_info* rli);
void end_relay_log_info(Relay_log_info* rli);
void init_thread_mask(int* mask,Master_info* mi,bool inverse);
Format_description_log_event *
read_relay_log_description_event(IO_CACHE *cur_log, ulonglong start_pos,
                                 const char **errmsg);

int init_relay_log_pos(Relay_log_info* rli,const char* log,ulonglong pos,
		       bool need_data_lock, const char** errmsg,
                       bool look_for_description_event);

int purge_relay_logs(Relay_log_info* rli, THD *thd, bool just_reset,
		     const char** errmsg);
void set_slave_thread_options(THD* thd);
void set_slave_thread_default_charset(THD *thd, rpl_group_info *rgi);
int rotate_relay_log(Master_info* mi);
int has_temporary_error(THD *thd);
int sql_delay_event(Log_event *ev, THD *thd, rpl_group_info *rgi);
int apply_event_and_update_pos(Log_event* ev, THD* thd,
                               struct rpl_group_info *rgi);
int apply_event_and_update_pos_for_parallel(Log_event* ev, THD* thd,
                                            struct rpl_group_info *rgi);

int init_intvar_from_file(int* var, IO_CACHE* f, int default_val);
int init_floatvar_from_file(float* var, IO_CACHE* f, float default_val);
int init_strvar_from_file(char *var, int max_size, IO_CACHE *f,
                          const char *default_val);
int init_dynarray_intvar_from_file(DYNAMIC_ARRAY* arr, IO_CACHE* f);

pthread_handler_t handle_slave_io(void *arg);
void slave_output_error_info(rpl_group_info *rgi, THD *thd);
pthread_handler_t handle_slave_sql(void *arg);
bool net_request_file(NET* net, const char* fname);
void slave_background_kill_request(THD *to_kill);
void slave_background_gtid_pos_create_request
        (rpl_slave_state::gtid_pos_table *table_entry);
void slave_background_gtid_pending_delete_request(void);

extern Master_info *active_mi; /* active_mi for multi-master */
extern Master_info *default_master_info; /* To replace active_mi */
extern Master_info_index *master_info_index;
extern LEX_CSTRING default_master_connection_name;
extern my_bool replicate_same_server_id;

extern int disconnect_slave_event_count, abort_slave_event_count ;

/* the master variables are defaults read from my.cnf or command line */
extern uint report_port;
extern char *master_info_file, *report_user;
extern char *report_host, *report_password;

extern I_List<THD> threads;

/*
  Check that a binlog event (read from the relay log) is valid to update
  last_master_timestamp. That is, a valid event is one with a consistent
  timestamp which originated from a primary server.
*/
static inline bool event_can_update_last_master_timestamp(Log_event *ev)
{
  return ev && !(ev->is_artificial_event() || ev->is_relay_log_event() ||
                 (ev->when == 0));
}

#else
#define close_active_mi() /* no-op */
#endif /* HAVE_REPLICATION */

/* masks for start/stop operations on io and sql slave threads */
#define SLAVE_IO  1
#define SLAVE_SQL 2

/**
  @} (end of group Replication)
*/

#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file Representation of an SQL command.
*/

#ifndef SQL_CMD_INCLUDED
#define SQL_CMD_INCLUDED

#include <my_base.h>

#include "sql_command.h"

class Storage_engine_name
{
protected:
  LEX_CSTRING m_storage_engine_name;
public:
  Storage_engine_name()
  {
    m_storage_engine_name.str= NULL;
    m_storage_engine_name.length= 0;
  }
  Storage_engine_name(const LEX_CSTRING &name)
   :m_storage_engine_name(name)
  { }
  bool resolve_storage_engine_with_error(THD *thd,
                                         handlerton **ha,
                                         bool tmp_table);
  bool is_set() { return m_storage_engine_name.str != NULL; }
  const LEX_CSTRING *name() const { return &m_storage_engine_name; }
};


class Prepared_statement;

/**
  @class Sql_cmd - Representation of an SQL command.

  This class is an interface between the parser and the runtime.
  The parser builds the appropriate derived classes of Sql_cmd
  to represent a SQL statement in the parsed tree.
  The execute() method in the derived classes of Sql_cmd contain the runtime
  implementation.
  Note that this interface is used for SQL statements recently implemented,
  the code for older statements tend to load the LEX structure with more
  attributes instead.
  Implement new statements by sub-classing Sql_cmd, as this improves
  code modularity (see the 'big switch' in dispatch_command()), and decreases
  the total size of the LEX structure (therefore saving memory in stored
  programs).
  The recommended name of a derived class of Sql_cmd is Sql_cmd_<derived>.

  Notice that the Sql_cmd class should not be confused with the
  Statement class.  Statement is a class that is used to manage an SQL
  command or a set of SQL commands. When the SQL statement text is
  analyzed, the parser will create one or more Sql_cmd objects to
  represent the actual SQL commands.
*/
class Sql_cmd : public Sql_alloc
{
private:
  Sql_cmd(const Sql_cmd &);         // No copy constructor wanted
  void operator=(Sql_cmd &);        // No assignment operator wanted

public:
  /**
    @brief Return the command code for this statement
  */
  virtual enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const = 0;

  /**
    @brief Check whether the statement has been prepared
    @returns true if this statement is prepared, false otherwise
  */
  bool is_prepared() const { return m_prepared; }

  /**
    @brief Prepare this SQL statement
    @param thd global context the processed statement
    @returns false if success, true if error
  */
  virtual bool prepare(THD *thd)
  {
    /* Default behavior for a statement is to have no preparation code. */
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_prepared());
    set_prepared();
    return false;
  }

  /**
    @brief Execute this SQL statement
    @param thd global context the processed statement
    @returns false if success, true if error
  */
  virtual bool execute(THD *thd) = 0;

  virtual Storage_engine_name *option_storage_engine_name()
  {
    return NULL;
  }

  /**
    @brief Set the owning prepared statement
  */
  void set_owner(Prepared_statement *stmt) { m_owner = stmt; }

  /**
    @breaf Get the owning prepared statement
  */
  Prepared_statement *get_owner() { return m_owner; }

  /**
    @brief Check whether this command is a DML statement
    @return true if SQL command is a DML statement, false otherwise
  */
  virtual bool is_dml() const { return false; }

  virtual void get_dml_stat (ha_rows &found, ha_rows &changed)
  {
    found= changed= 0;
  }

  /**
    @brief Unprepare prepared statement for the command
    @param thd global context of the processed statement

    @notes
    Temporary function used to "unprepare" a prepared statement after
    preparation, so that a subsequent execute statement will reprepare it.
    This is done because UNIT::cleanup() will un-resolve all resolved QBs.
  */
  virtual void unprepare(THD *thd)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_prepared());
    m_prepared = false;
  }

protected:
 Sql_cmd() :  m_prepared(false), m_owner(nullptr)
  {}

  virtual ~Sql_cmd()
  {
    /*
      Sql_cmd objects are allocated in thd->mem_root.
      In MySQL, the C++ destructor is never called, the underlying MEM_ROOT is
      simply destroyed instead.
      Do not rely on the destructor for any cleanup.
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(false);
  }

  /**
    @brief Set this statement as prepared
  */
  void set_prepared() { m_prepared = true; }

 private:
  /* True when statement has been prepared */
  bool m_prepared;
  /* Owning prepared statement, nullptr if not prepared */
  Prepared_statement *m_owner;

};

struct LEX;
class select_result;
class Prelocking_strategy;
class DML_prelocking_strategy;
class Protocol;

/**
  @class Sql_cmd_dml - derivative abstract class used for DML statements

  This class is a class derived from Sql_cmd used when processing such
  data manipulation commands as SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE and others
  that operate over some tables.
  After the parser phase all these commands are supposed to be processed
  by the same schema:
    - precheck of the access rights is performed for the used tables
    - the used tables are opened
    - context analysis phase is performed for the statement
    - the used tables are locked
    - the statement is optimized and executed
    - clean-up is performed for the statement.
  This schema is reflected in the function Sql_cmd_dml::execute() that
  uses Sql_cmd_dml::prepare is the statement has not been prepared yet.
  Precheck of the access right, context analysis are specific for statements
  of a certain type. That's why the methods implementing this operations are
  declared as abstract in this class.

  @note
  Currently this class is used only for UPDATE and DELETE commands.
*/
class Sql_cmd_dml : public Sql_cmd
{
public:

  /**
    @brief Check whether the statement changes the contents of used tables
    @return true if this is data change statement, false otherwise
  */
  virtual bool is_data_change_stmt() const { return true; }

  /**
    @brief Perform context analysis of the statement
    @param thd  global context the processed statement
    @returns false on success, true on error
  */
  bool prepare(THD *thd) override;

  /**
    Execute the processed statement once
    @param thd  global context the processed statement
    @returns false on success, true on error
  */
  bool execute(THD *thd) override;

  bool is_dml() const override { return true; }

  select_result *get_result() { return result; }

protected:
  Sql_cmd_dml()
      : Sql_cmd(), lex(nullptr), result(nullptr),
        m_empty_query(false)
  {}

  /**
    @brief Check whether query is guaranteed to return no data
    @return true if query is guaranteed to return no data, false otherwise

    @todo Also check this for the following cases:
          - Empty source for multi-table UPDATE and DELETE.
          - Check empty query expression for INSERT
  */
  bool is_empty_query() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(is_prepared());
    return m_empty_query;
  }

  /**
    @brief Set statement as returning no data
  */
  void set_empty_query() { m_empty_query = true; }

  /**
    @brief Perform precheck of table privileges for the specific command
    @param thd  global context the processed statement
    @returns false if success, true if false

    @details
    Check that user has some relevant privileges for all tables involved in
    the statement, e.g. SELECT privileges for tables selected from, INSERT
    privileges for tables inserted into, etc. This function will also populate
    TABLE_LIST::grant with all privileges the user has for each table, which
    is later used during checking of column privileges.
    Note that at preparation time, views are not expanded yet. Privilege
    checking is thus rudimentary and must be complemented with later calls to
    SELECT_LEX::check_view_privileges().
    The reason to call this function at such an early stage is to be able to
    quickly reject statements for which the user obviously has insufficient
    privileges.
  */
  virtual bool precheck(THD *thd) = 0;

  /**
    @brief Perform the command-specific actions of the context analysis
    @param thd  global context the processed statement
    @returns false if success, true if error

    @note
    This function is called from prepare()
  */
  virtual bool prepare_inner(THD *thd) = 0;

  /**
    @brief Perform the command-specific actions of optimization and excution
    @param thd  global context the processed statement
    @returns false on success, true on error
  */
  virtual bool execute_inner(THD *thd);

  virtual DML_prelocking_strategy *get_dml_prelocking_strategy() = 0;

  uint table_count;

 protected:
  LEX *lex;              /**< Pointer to LEX for this statement */
  select_result *result; /**< Pointer to object for handling of the result */
  bool m_empty_query;    /**< True if query will produce no rows */
};


class Sql_cmd_show_slave_status: public Sql_cmd
{
protected:
  bool show_all_slaves_status;
public:
  Sql_cmd_show_slave_status()
    :show_all_slaves_status(false)
  {}

  Sql_cmd_show_slave_status(bool status_all)
    :show_all_slaves_status(status_all)
  {}

  enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const override { return SQLCOM_SHOW_SLAVE_STAT; }

  bool execute(THD *thd) override;
  bool is_show_all_slaves_stat() { return show_all_slaves_status; }
};


class Sql_cmd_create_table_like: public Sql_cmd,
                                 public Storage_engine_name
{
public:
  Storage_engine_name *option_storage_engine_name() override { return this; }
  bool execute(THD *thd) override;
};

class Sql_cmd_create_table: public Sql_cmd_create_table_like
{
public:
  enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const override { return SQLCOM_CREATE_TABLE; }
};

class Sql_cmd_create_sequence: public Sql_cmd_create_table_like
{
public:
  enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const override { return SQLCOM_CREATE_SEQUENCE; }
};


/**
  Sql_cmd_call represents the CALL statement.
*/
class Sql_cmd_call : public Sql_cmd
{
public:
  class sp_name *m_name;
  const class Sp_handler *m_handler;
  Sql_cmd_call(class sp_name *name, const class Sp_handler *handler)
   :m_name(name),
    m_handler(handler)
  {}

  virtual ~Sql_cmd_call() = default;

  /**
    Execute a CALL statement at runtime.
    @param thd the current thread.
    @return false on success.
  */
  bool execute(THD *thd) override;

  enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_CALL;
  }
};


#ifndef DBUG_OFF
/**
  Sql_cmd_call represents the SHOW CODE statement:
  - SHOW PROCEDURE CODE
  - SHOW FUNCTION CODE
  - SHOW PACKAGE BODY CODE
*/
class Sql_cmd_show_routine_code : public Sql_cmd
{
public:
  class sp_name *m_name;
  const class Sp_handler *m_handler;
  enum_sql_command m_sql_command;
  Sql_cmd_show_routine_code(class sp_name *name,
                            const class Sp_handler *handler,
                            enum_sql_command sql_command)
   :m_name(name),
    m_handler(handler),
    m_sql_command(sql_command)
  {}

  virtual ~Sql_cmd_show_routine_code() = default;

  bool execute(THD *thd) override;

  enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const override
  {
    return m_sql_command;
  }
};
#endif // DBUG_OFF


#endif // SQL_CMD_INCLUDED
#ifndef DEBUG_INCLUDED
#define DEBUG_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2021, MariaDB Corporation

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file

  Declarations for debug_crash_here and other future mariadb server debug
  functionality.
*/

/* debug_crash_here() functionallity.
 See mysql_test/suite/atomic/create_table.test for an example of how it
 can be used
*/

#ifndef DBUG_OFF
void debug_crash_here(const char *keyword);
bool debug_simulate_error(const char *keyword, uint error);
bool debug_decrement_counter(const LEX_CSTRING *name);
#else
#define debug_crash_here(A) do { } while(0)
#define debug_simulate_error(A, B) 0
#endif

#endif /* DEBUG_INCLUDED */
#ifndef ITEM_TIMEFUNC_INCLUDED
#define ITEM_TIMEFUNC_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009-2011, Monty Program Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */


/* Function items used by mysql */

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

class MY_LOCALE;


bool get_interval_value(THD *thd, Item *args,
                        interval_type int_type, INTERVAL *interval);


class Item_long_func_date_field: public Item_long_ge0_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return args[0]->check_type_can_return_date(func_name_cstring()); }
public:
  Item_long_func_date_field(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_long_ge0_func(thd, a) { }
};


class Item_long_func_time_field: public Item_long_ge0_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return args[0]->check_type_can_return_time(func_name_cstring()); }
public:
  Item_long_func_time_field(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_long_ge0_func(thd, a) { }
};


class Item_func_period_add :public Item_long_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return check_argument_types_can_return_int(0, 2); }
public:
  Item_func_period_add(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_long_func(thd, a, b) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("period_add") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    max_length=6*MY_CHARSET_BIN_MB_MAXLEN;
    return FALSE;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_period_add>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_period_diff :public Item_long_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return check_argument_types_can_return_int(0, 2); }
public:
  Item_func_period_diff(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_long_func(thd, a, b) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("period_diff") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals=0;
    max_length=6*MY_CHARSET_BIN_MB_MAXLEN;
    return FALSE;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_period_diff>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_to_days :public Item_long_func_date_field
{
public:
  Item_func_to_days(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_long_func_date_field(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("to_days") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals=0; 
    max_length=6*MY_CHARSET_BIN_MB_MAXLEN;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
  enum_monotonicity_info get_monotonicity_info() const override;
  longlong val_int_endpoint(bool left_endp, bool *incl_endp) override;
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override {return FALSE;}
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override { return FALSE;}
  bool check_valid_arguments_processor(void *int_arg) override
  {
    return !has_date_args();
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_to_days>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_to_seconds :public Item_longlong_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return check_argument_types_can_return_date(0, arg_count); }
public:
  Item_func_to_seconds(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_longlong_func(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("to_seconds") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals=0; 
    fix_char_length(12);
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
  enum_monotonicity_info get_monotonicity_info() const override;
  longlong val_int_endpoint(bool left_endp, bool *incl_endp) override;
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *bool_arg) override { return FALSE;}

  /* Only meaningful with date part and optional time part */
  bool check_valid_arguments_processor(void *int_arg) override
  {
    return !has_date_args();
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_to_seconds>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_dayofmonth :public Item_long_func_date_field
{
public:
  Item_func_dayofmonth(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_long_func_date_field(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("dayofmonth") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals=0; 
    max_length=2*MY_CHARSET_BIN_MB_MAXLEN;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override {return FALSE;}
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override { return FALSE;}
  bool check_valid_arguments_processor(void *int_arg) override
  {
    return !has_date_args();
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_dayofmonth>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_month :public Item_long_ge0_func
{
public:
  Item_func_month(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_long_ge0_func(thd, a)
  { }
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("month") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals= 0;
    fix_char_length(2);
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override {return FALSE;}
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override { return FALSE;}
  bool check_valid_arguments_processor(void *int_arg) override
  {
    return !has_date_args();
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_month>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_monthname :public Item_str_func
{
  MY_LOCALE *locale;
public:
  Item_func_monthname(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_str_func(thd, a) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("monthname") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *str) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override {return TRUE;}
  bool check_valid_arguments_processor(void *int_arg) override
  {
    return !has_date_args();
  }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_SESSION_FUNC);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_monthname>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_dayofyear :public Item_long_func_date_field
{
public:
  Item_func_dayofyear(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_long_func_date_field(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("dayofyear") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals= 0;
    fix_char_length(3);
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override {return FALSE;}
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override { return FALSE;}
  bool check_valid_arguments_processor(void *int_arg) override
  {
    return !has_date_args();
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_dayofyear>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_hour :public Item_long_func_time_field
{
public:
  Item_func_hour(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_long_func_time_field(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("hour") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals=0;
    max_length=2*MY_CHARSET_BIN_MB_MAXLEN;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override {return FALSE;}
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override { return FALSE;}
  bool check_valid_arguments_processor(void *int_arg) override
  {
    return !has_time_args();
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_hour>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_minute :public Item_long_func_time_field
{
public:
  Item_func_minute(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_long_func_time_field(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("minute") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals=0;
    max_length=2*MY_CHARSET_BIN_MB_MAXLEN;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override {return FALSE;}
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override { return FALSE;}
  bool check_valid_arguments_processor(void *int_arg) override
  {
    return !has_time_args();
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_minute>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_quarter :public Item_long_func_date_field
{
public:
  Item_func_quarter(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_long_func_date_field(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("quarter") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
     decimals=0;
     max_length=1*MY_CHARSET_BIN_MB_MAXLEN;
     set_maybe_null();
     return FALSE;
  }
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override {return FALSE;}
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override { return FALSE;}
  bool check_valid_arguments_processor(void *int_arg) override
  {
    return !has_date_args();
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_quarter>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_second :public Item_long_func_time_field
{
public:
  Item_func_second(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_long_func_time_field(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("second") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals=0;
    max_length=2*MY_CHARSET_BIN_MB_MAXLEN;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override {return FALSE;}
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override { return FALSE;}
  bool check_valid_arguments_processor(void *int_arg) override
  {
    return !has_time_args();
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_second>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_week :public Item_long_ge0_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return args[0]->check_type_can_return_date(func_name_cstring()) ||
           (arg_count > 1 && args[1]->check_type_can_return_int(func_name_cstring()));
  }
public:
  Item_func_week(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_long_ge0_func(thd, a) {}
  Item_func_week(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_long_ge0_func(thd, a, b) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("week") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals=0;
    max_length=2*MY_CHARSET_BIN_MB_MAXLEN;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    if (arg_count == 2)
      return FALSE;
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_SESSION_FUNC);
  }
  bool check_valid_arguments_processor(void *int_arg) override
  {
    return arg_count == 2;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_week>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_yearweek :public Item_long_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return args[0]->check_type_can_return_date(func_name_cstring()) ||
           args[1]->check_type_can_return_int(func_name_cstring());
  }
public:
  Item_func_yearweek(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_long_func(thd, a, b) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("yearweek") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals=0;
    max_length=6*MY_CHARSET_BIN_MB_MAXLEN;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override {return FALSE;}
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override { return FALSE;}
  bool check_valid_arguments_processor(void *int_arg) override
  {
    return !has_date_args();
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_yearweek>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_year :public Item_long_func_date_field
{
public:
  Item_func_year(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_long_func_date_field(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("year") };
    return name;
  }
  enum Functype functype() const override { return YEAR_FUNC; }
  enum_monotonicity_info get_monotonicity_info() const override;
  longlong val_int_endpoint(bool left_endp, bool *incl_endp) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals=0;
    max_length=4*MY_CHARSET_BIN_MB_MAXLEN;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override {return FALSE;}
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override { return FALSE;}
  bool check_valid_arguments_processor(void *int_arg) override
  {
    return !has_date_args();
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_year>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_weekday :public Item_long_func
{
  bool odbc_type;
public:
  Item_func_weekday(THD *thd, Item *a, bool type_arg):
    Item_long_func(thd, a), odbc_type(type_arg) { }
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING dayofweek= {STRING_WITH_LEN("dayofweek") };
    static LEX_CSTRING weekday= {STRING_WITH_LEN("weekday") };
    return (odbc_type ? dayofweek : weekday);
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    return type_handler()->Item_get_date_with_warn(thd, this, ltime, fuzzydate);
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals= 0;
    fix_char_length(1);
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override {return FALSE;}
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override { return FALSE;}
  bool check_valid_arguments_processor(void *int_arg) override
  {
    return !has_date_args();
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_weekday>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_dayname :public Item_str_func
{
  MY_LOCALE *locale;
 public:
  Item_func_dayname(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_str_func(thd, a) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("dayname") };
    return name;
  }
  String *val_str(String *str) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_varchar; }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override {return TRUE;}
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_SESSION_FUNC);
  }
  bool check_valid_arguments_processor(void *int_arg) override
  {
    return !has_date_args();
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_dayname>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_seconds_hybrid: public Item_func_numhybrid
{
public:
  Item_func_seconds_hybrid(THD *thd): Item_func_numhybrid(thd) {}
  Item_func_seconds_hybrid(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func_numhybrid(thd, a) {}
  void fix_length_and_dec_generic(decimal_digits_t dec)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(dec <= TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS);
    decimals= dec;
    max_length=17 + (decimals ? decimals + 1 : 0);
    set_maybe_null();
    if (decimals)
      set_handler(&type_handler_newdecimal);
    else
      set_handler(type_handler_long_or_longlong());
  }
  double real_op() override { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return 0; }
  String *str_op(String *str) override { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return 0; }
  bool date_op(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return true;
  }
};


class Item_func_unix_timestamp :public Item_func_seconds_hybrid
{
  bool get_timestamp_value(my_time_t *seconds, ulong *second_part);
public:
  Item_func_unix_timestamp(THD *thd): Item_func_seconds_hybrid(thd) {}
  Item_func_unix_timestamp(THD *thd, Item *a):
    Item_func_seconds_hybrid(thd, a) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("unix_timestamp") };
    return name;
  }
  enum_monotonicity_info get_monotonicity_info() const override;
  longlong val_int_endpoint(bool left_endp, bool *incl_endp) override;
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override {return FALSE;}
  /*
    UNIX_TIMESTAMP() depends on the current timezone
    (and thus may not be used as a partitioning function)
    when its argument is NOT of the TIMESTAMP type.
  */
  bool check_valid_arguments_processor(void *int_arg) override
  {
    return !has_timestamp_args();
  }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    if (arg_count)
      return FALSE;
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_TIME_FUNC);
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    fix_length_and_dec_generic(arg_count ?
                               args[0]->datetime_precision(thd) : 0);
    return FALSE;
  }
  longlong int_op() override;
  my_decimal *decimal_op(my_decimal* buf) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_unix_timestamp>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_time_to_sec :public Item_func_seconds_hybrid
{
public:
  Item_func_time_to_sec(THD *thd, Item *item):
    Item_func_seconds_hybrid(thd, item) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("time_to_sec") };
    return name;
  }
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override {return FALSE;}
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override { return FALSE;}
  bool check_valid_arguments_processor(void *int_arg) override
  {
    return !has_time_args();
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    fix_length_and_dec_generic(args[0]->time_precision(thd));
    return FALSE;
  }
  longlong int_op() override;
  my_decimal *decimal_op(my_decimal* buf) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_time_to_sec>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_datefunc :public Item_func
{
public:
  Item_datefunc(THD *thd): Item_func(thd) { }
  Item_datefunc(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func(thd, a) { }
  Item_datefunc(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_func(thd, a, b) { }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_newdate; }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_cond());
    return Date(this).to_longlong();
  }
  double val_real() override
  { return Date(this).to_double(); }
  String *val_str(String *to) override
  { return Date(this).to_string(to); }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *to) override
  { return Date(this).to_decimal(to); }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    fix_attributes_date();
    set_maybe_null(arg_count > 0);
    return FALSE;
  }
};


class Item_timefunc :public Item_func
{
public:
  Item_timefunc(THD *thd): Item_func(thd) {}
  Item_timefunc(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func(thd, a) {}
  Item_timefunc(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_func(thd, a, b) {}
  Item_timefunc(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c): Item_func(thd, a, b ,c) {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_time2; }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_cond());
    return Time(this).to_longlong();
  }
  double val_real() override
  { return Time(this).to_double(); }
  String *val_str(String *to) override
  { return Time(this).to_string(to, decimals); }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *to) override
  { return Time(this).to_decimal(to); }
  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override
  { return Time(thd, this).to_native(to, decimals); }
};


class Item_datetimefunc :public Item_func
{
public:
  Item_datetimefunc(THD *thd): Item_func(thd) {}
  Item_datetimefunc(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func(thd, a) {}
  Item_datetimefunc(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_func(thd, a, b) {}
  Item_datetimefunc(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_func(thd, a, b ,c) {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_datetime2; }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_cond());
    return Datetime(this).to_longlong();
  }
  double val_real() override { return Datetime(this).to_double(); }
  String *val_str(String *to) override
  { return Datetime(this).to_string(to, decimals); }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *to) override
  { return Datetime(this).to_decimal(to); }
};


/* Abstract CURTIME function. Children should define what time zone is used */

class Item_func_curtime :public Item_timefunc
{
  MYSQL_TIME ltime;
  query_id_t last_query_id;
public:
  Item_func_curtime(THD *thd, decimal_digits_t dec):
    Item_timefunc(thd), last_query_id(0)
  { decimals= dec; }
  bool fix_fields(THD *, Item **) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  { fix_attributes_time(decimals); return FALSE; }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *res, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  /* 
    Abstract method that defines which time zone is used for conversion.
    Converts time current time in my_time_t representation to broken-down
    MYSQL_TIME representation using UTC-SYSTEM or per-thread time zone.
  */
  virtual void store_now_in_TIME(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *now_time)=0;
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_TIME_FUNC);
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
};


class Item_func_curtime_local :public Item_func_curtime
{
public:
  Item_func_curtime_local(THD *thd, decimal_digits_t dec):
    Item_func_curtime(thd, dec) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("curtime") };
    return name;
  }
  void store_now_in_TIME(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *now_time) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_curtime_local>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_curtime_utc :public Item_func_curtime
{
public:
  Item_func_curtime_utc(THD *thd, decimal_digits_t dec):
    Item_func_curtime(thd, dec) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("utc_time") };
    return name;
  }
  void store_now_in_TIME(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *now_time) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_curtime_utc>(thd, this); }
};


/* Abstract CURDATE function. See also Item_func_curtime. */

class Item_func_curdate :public Item_datefunc
{
  query_id_t last_query_id;
  MYSQL_TIME ltime;
public:
  Item_func_curdate(THD *thd): Item_datefunc(thd), last_query_id(0) {}
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *res, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  virtual void store_now_in_TIME(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *now_time)=0;
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_TIME_FUNC);
  }
};


class Item_func_curdate_local :public Item_func_curdate
{
public:
  Item_func_curdate_local(THD *thd): Item_func_curdate(thd) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("curdate") };
    return name;
  }
  void store_now_in_TIME(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *now_time) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_curdate_local>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_curdate_utc :public Item_func_curdate
{
public:
  Item_func_curdate_utc(THD *thd): Item_func_curdate(thd) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("utc_date") };
    return name;
  }
  void store_now_in_TIME(THD* thd, MYSQL_TIME *now_time) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_curdate_utc>(thd, this); }
};


/* Abstract CURRENT_TIMESTAMP function. See also Item_func_curtime */

class Item_func_now :public Item_datetimefunc
{
  MYSQL_TIME ltime;
  query_id_t last_query_id;
public:
  Item_func_now(THD *thd, decimal_digits_t dec):
    Item_datetimefunc(thd), last_query_id(0)
  { decimals= dec; }
  bool fix_fields(THD *, Item **) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  { fix_attributes_datetime(decimals); return FALSE;}
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *res, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  virtual void store_now_in_TIME(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *now_time)=0;
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    /*
      NOW is safe for replication as slaves will run with same time as
      master
    */
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_TIME_FUNC);
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
};


class Item_func_now_local :public Item_func_now
{
public:
  Item_func_now_local(THD *thd, decimal_digits_t dec):
    Item_func_now(thd, dec) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("current_timestamp") };
    return name;
  }
  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions) override;
  void store_now_in_TIME(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *now_time) override;
  enum Functype functype() const override { return NOW_FUNC; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_now_local>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_now_utc :public Item_func_now
{
public:
  Item_func_now_utc(THD *thd, decimal_digits_t dec): Item_func_now(thd, dec) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("utc_timestamp") };
    return name;
  }
  void store_now_in_TIME(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *now_time) override;
  enum Functype functype() const override { return NOW_UTC_FUNC; }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg,
                                     VCOL_TIME_FUNC | VCOL_NON_DETERMINISTIC);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_now_utc>(thd, this); }
};


/*
  This is like NOW(), but always uses the real current time, not the
  query_start(). This matches the Oracle behavior.
*/
class Item_func_sysdate_local :public Item_func_now
{
public:
  Item_func_sysdate_local(THD *thd, decimal_digits_t dec):
    Item_func_now(thd, dec) {}
  bool const_item() const override { return 0; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("sysdate") };
    return name;
  }
  void store_now_in_TIME(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *now_time) override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *res, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  table_map used_tables() const override { return RAND_TABLE_BIT; }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg,
                                     VCOL_TIME_FUNC | VCOL_NON_DETERMINISTIC);
  }
  enum Functype functype() const override { return SYSDATE_FUNC; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_sysdate_local>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_from_days :public Item_datefunc
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return args[0]->check_type_can_return_int(func_name_cstring()); }
public:
  Item_func_from_days(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_datefunc(thd, a) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("from_days") };
    return name;
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *res, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override {return FALSE;}
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override { return FALSE;}
  bool check_valid_arguments_processor(void *int_arg) override
  {
    return has_date_args() || has_time_args();
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_from_days>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_date_format :public Item_str_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return args[0]->check_type_can_return_date(func_name_cstring()) ||
           check_argument_types_can_return_text(1, arg_count);
  }
  const MY_LOCALE *locale;
  int fixed_length;
  String value;
protected:
  bool is_time_format;
public:
  Item_func_date_format(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_str_func(thd, a, b), locale(0), is_time_format(false) {}
  Item_func_date_format(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_str_func(thd, a, b, c), locale(0), is_time_format(false) {}
  String *val_str(String *str) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("date_format") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  uint format_length(const String *format);
  bool eq(const Item *item, const Eq_config &config) const override;
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    if (arg_count > 2)
      return false;
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_SESSION_FUNC);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_date_format>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_time_format: public Item_func_date_format
{
public:
  Item_func_time_format(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_func_date_format(thd, a, b) { is_time_format= true; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("time_format") };
    return name;
  }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override { return false; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_time_format>(thd, this); }
};


/* the max length of datetime format models string in Oracle is 144 */
#define MAX_DATETIME_FORMAT_MODEL_LEN 144

class Item_func_tochar :public Item_str_func
{
  const MY_LOCALE *locale;
  THD *thd;
  String warning_message;
  bool fixed_length;

  /*
    When datetime format models is parsed, use uint16 integers to
    represent the format models and store in fmt_array.
  */
  uint16 fmt_array[MAX_DATETIME_FORMAT_MODEL_LEN+1];

  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return
      (args[0]->check_type_can_return_date(func_name_cstring()) &&
       args[0]->check_type_can_return_time(func_name_cstring())) ||
      check_argument_types_can_return_text(1, arg_count);
  }

public:
  Item_func_tochar(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_str_func(thd, a, b), locale(0)
  {
    /* NOTE: max length of warning message is 64 */
    warning_message.alloc(64);
    warning_message.length(0);
  }
  ~Item_func_tochar() { warning_message.free(); }
  String *val_str(String *str) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("to_char") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  bool parse_format_string(const String *format, uint *fmt_len);

  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    if (arg_count > 2)
      return false;
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_SESSION_FUNC);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_tochar>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_from_unixtime :public Item_datetimefunc
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return args[0]->check_type_can_return_decimal(func_name_cstring()); }
  Time_zone *tz;
 public:
  Item_func_from_unixtime(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_datetimefunc(thd, a) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("from_unixtime") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *res, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_SESSION_FUNC);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_from_unixtime>(thd, this); }
};


/* 
  We need Time_zone class declaration for storing pointers in
  Item_func_convert_tz.
*/
class Time_zone;

/*
  This class represents CONVERT_TZ() function.
  The important fact about this function that it is handled in special way.
  When such function is met in expression time_zone system tables are added
  to global list of tables to open, so later those already opened and locked
  tables can be used during this function calculation for loading time zone
  descriptions.
*/
class Item_func_convert_tz :public Item_datetimefunc
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return args[0]->check_type_can_return_date(func_name_cstring()) ||
           check_argument_types_can_return_text(1, arg_count);
  }
  /*
    If time zone parameters are constants we are caching objects that
    represent them (we use separate from_tz_cached/to_tz_cached members
    to indicate this fact, since NULL is legal value for from_tz/to_tz
    members.
  */
  bool from_tz_cached, to_tz_cached;
  Time_zone *from_tz, *to_tz;
 public:
  Item_func_convert_tz(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_datetimefunc(thd, a, b, c), from_tz_cached(0), to_tz_cached(0) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("convert_tz") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    fix_attributes_datetime(args[0]->datetime_precision(thd));
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *res, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  void cleanup() override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_convert_tz>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_sec_to_time :public Item_timefunc
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return args[0]->check_type_can_return_decimal(func_name_cstring()); }
public:
  Item_func_sec_to_time(THD *thd, Item *item): Item_timefunc(thd, item) {}
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *res, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    fix_attributes_time(args[0]->decimals);
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("sec_to_time") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_sec_to_time>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_date_add_interval :public Item_handled_func
{
public:
  const interval_type int_type; // keep it public
  const bool date_sub_interval; // keep it public
  Item_date_add_interval(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, interval_type type_arg,
                         bool neg_arg):
    Item_handled_func(thd, a, b), int_type(type_arg),
    date_sub_interval(neg_arg) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("date_add_interval") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  bool eq(const Item *item, const Eq_config &config) const override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return INTERVAL_PRECEDENCE; }
  bool need_parentheses_in_default() override { return true; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_date_add_interval>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_extract :public Item_int_func,
                    public Type_handler_hybrid_field_type
{
  date_mode_t m_date_mode;
  const Type_handler_int_result *handler_by_length(uint32 length,
                                                   uint32 threashold)
  {
    if (length >= threashold)
      return &type_handler_slonglong;
    return &type_handler_slong;
  }
  void set_date_length(uint32 length)
  {
    /*
      DATE components (e.g. YEAR, YEAR_MONTH, QUARTER, MONTH, WEEK)
      return non-negative values but historically EXTRACT for date
      components always returned the signed int data type.
      So do equivalent functions YEAR(), QUARTER(), MONTH(), WEEK().
      Let's set the data type to "signed int, but not negative",
      so "this" produces better data types in VARCHAR and DECIMAL context
      by using the fact that all of the max_length characters are spent
      for digits (non of them are spent for the sign).
    */
    set_handler(&type_handler_slong_ge0);
    fix_char_length(length);
    m_date_mode= date_mode_t(0);
  }
  void set_day_length(uint32 length)
  {
    /*
      Units starting with DAY can be negative:
        EXTRACT(DAY FROM '-24:00:00') -> -1
    */
    set_handler(handler_by_length(max_length= length + 1/*sign*/, 11));
    m_date_mode= Temporal::Options(TIME_INTERVAL_DAY, current_thd);
  }
  void set_time_length(uint32 length)
  {
    set_handler(handler_by_length(max_length= length + 1/*sign*/, 11));
    m_date_mode= Temporal::Options(TIME_INTERVAL_hhmmssff, current_thd);
  }
 public:
  const interval_type int_type; // keep it public
  Item_extract(THD *thd, interval_type type_arg, Item *a):
    Item_int_func(thd, a),
    Type_handler_hybrid_field_type(&type_handler_slonglong),
    m_date_mode(date_mode_t(0)),
    int_type(type_arg)
  { }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    return Type_handler_hybrid_field_type::type_handler();
  }
  longlong val_int() override;
  enum Functype functype() const override { return EXTRACT_FUNC; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("extract") };
    return name;
  }
  bool check_arguments() const override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  bool eq(const Item *item, const Eq_config &config) const override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override {return FALSE;}
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    if (int_type != INTERVAL_WEEK)
      return FALSE;
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_SESSION_FUNC);
  }
  bool check_valid_arguments_processor(void *int_arg) override
  {
    switch (int_type) {
    case INTERVAL_YEAR:
    case INTERVAL_YEAR_MONTH:
    case INTERVAL_QUARTER:
    case INTERVAL_MONTH:
    /* case INTERVAL_WEEK: Not allowed as partitioning function, bug#57071 */
    case INTERVAL_DAY:
      return !has_date_args();
    case INTERVAL_DAY_HOUR:
    case INTERVAL_DAY_MINUTE:
    case INTERVAL_DAY_SECOND:
    case INTERVAL_DAY_MICROSECOND:
      return !has_datetime_args();
    case INTERVAL_HOUR:
    case INTERVAL_HOUR_MINUTE:
    case INTERVAL_HOUR_SECOND:
    case INTERVAL_MINUTE:
    case INTERVAL_MINUTE_SECOND:
    case INTERVAL_SECOND:
    case INTERVAL_MICROSECOND:
    case INTERVAL_HOUR_MICROSECOND:
    case INTERVAL_MINUTE_MICROSECOND:
    case INTERVAL_SECOND_MICROSECOND:
      return !has_time_args();
    default:
      /*
        INTERVAL_LAST is only an end marker,
        INTERVAL_WEEK depends on default_week_format which is a session
        variable and cannot be used for partitioning. See bug#57071.
      */
      break;
    }
    return true;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_extract>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_char_typecast :public Item_handled_func
{
  uint cast_length;
  CHARSET_INFO *cast_cs, *from_cs;
  bool charset_conversion;
  String tmp_value;
  bool m_suppress_warning_to_error_escalation;
public:
  bool has_explicit_length() const { return cast_length != ~0U; }
private:
  String *reuse(String *src, size_t length);
  String *copy(String *src, CHARSET_INFO *cs);
  uint adjusted_length_with_warn(uint length);
  void check_truncation_with_warn(String *src, size_t dstlen);
  void fix_length_and_dec_internal(CHARSET_INFO *fromcs);
public:
  // Methods used by ColumnStore
  uint get_cast_length() const { return cast_length; }
public:
  Item_char_typecast(THD *thd, Item *a, uint length_arg, CHARSET_INFO *cs_arg):
    Item_handled_func(thd, a), cast_length(length_arg), cast_cs(cs_arg),
    m_suppress_warning_to_error_escalation(false) {}
  enum Functype functype() const override { return CHAR_TYPECAST_FUNC; }
  bool eq(const Item *item, const Eq_config &config) const override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("cast_as_char") };
    return name;
  }
  CHARSET_INFO *cast_charset() const { return cast_cs; }
  String *val_str_generic(String *a);
  String *val_str_binary_from_native(String *a);
  void fix_length_and_dec_generic();
  void fix_length_and_dec_numeric();
  void fix_length_and_dec_str();
  void fix_length_and_dec_native_to_binary(uint32 octet_length);
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    return args[0]->type_handler()->Item_char_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(this);
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  bool need_parentheses_in_default() override { return true; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_char_typecast>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_interval_DDhhmmssff_typecast :public Item_char_typecast
{
  uint m_fsp;
public:
  Item_interval_DDhhmmssff_typecast(THD *thd, Item *a, uint fsp)
   :Item_char_typecast(thd, a,Interval_DDhhmmssff::max_char_length(fsp),
                       &my_charset_latin1),
    m_fsp(fsp)
  { }
  String *val_str(String *to) override
  {
    Interval_DDhhmmssff it(current_thd, args[0], m_fsp);
    null_value= !it.is_valid_interval_DDhhmmssff();
    return it.to_string(to, m_fsp);
  }
};


class Item_date_typecast :public Item_datefunc
{
public:
  Item_date_typecast(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_datefunc(thd, a) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("cast_as_date") };
    return name;
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    print_cast_temporal(str, query_type);
  }
  enum Functype functype() const override { return DATE_FUNC; }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    return args[0]->type_handler()->Item_date_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(this);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_date_typecast>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_time_typecast :public Item_timefunc
{
public:
  Item_time_typecast(THD *thd, Item *a, decimal_digits_t dec_arg):
    Item_timefunc(thd, a) { decimals= dec_arg; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("cast_as_time") };
    return name;
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    print_cast_temporal(str, query_type);
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    return args[0]->type_handler()->
           Item_time_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(this);
  }
  Sql_mode_dependency value_depends_on_sql_mode() const override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_time_typecast>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_datetime_typecast :public Item_datetimefunc
{
public:
  Item_datetime_typecast(THD *thd, Item *a, decimal_digits_t dec_arg):
    Item_datetimefunc(thd, a) { decimals= dec_arg; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("cast_as_datetime") };
    return name;
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    print_cast_temporal(str, query_type);
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    return args[0]->type_handler()->
           Item_datetime_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(this);
  }
  Sql_mode_dependency value_depends_on_sql_mode() const override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_datetime_typecast>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_makedate :public Item_datefunc
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return check_argument_types_can_return_int(0, arg_count); }
public:
  Item_func_makedate(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_datefunc(thd, a, b) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("makedate") };
    return name;
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_makedate>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_timestamp :public Item_datetimefunc
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return args[0]->check_type_can_return_date(func_name_cstring()) ||
           args[1]->check_type_can_return_time(func_name_cstring());
  }
public:
  Item_func_timestamp(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_datetimefunc(thd, a, b)
  { }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("timestamp") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimal_digits_t dec0= args[0]->datetime_precision(thd);
    decimal_digits_t dec1= Interval_DDhhmmssff::fsp(thd, args[1]);
    fix_attributes_datetime(MY_MAX(dec0, dec1));
    set_maybe_null();
    return false;
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    Datetime dt(thd, args[0], Datetime::Options(TIME_CONV_NONE, thd));
    if (!dt.is_valid_datetime())
      return (null_value= 1);

    Interval_DDhhmmssff it(thd, args[1]);
    if (!it.is_valid_interval_DDhhmmssff())
      return (null_value= true);
    return (null_value= Sec6_add(dt.get_mysql_time(), it.get_mysql_time(), 1).
                           to_datetime(ltime));
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_timestamp>(thd, this); }
};


/**
  ADDTIME(t,a) and SUBTIME(t,a) are time functions that calculate a
  time/datetime value

  t: time_or_datetime_expression
  a: time_expression

  Result: Time value or datetime value
*/

class Item_func_add_time :public Item_handled_func
{
  int sign;
public:
  // Methods used by ColumnStore
  int get_sign() const { return sign; }
public:
  Item_func_add_time(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, bool neg_arg)
   :Item_handled_func(thd, a, b), sign(neg_arg ? -1 : 1)
  { }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING addtime= { STRING_WITH_LEN("addtime") };
    static LEX_CSTRING subtime= { STRING_WITH_LEN("subtime") };
    return sign > 0 ? addtime : subtime;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_add_time>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_timediff :public Item_timefunc
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return check_argument_types_can_return_time(0, arg_count); }
public:
  Item_func_timediff(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_timefunc(thd, a, b) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("timediff") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimal_digits_t dec= MY_MAX(args[0]->time_precision(thd),
                                 args[1]->time_precision(thd));
    fix_attributes_time(dec);
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_timediff>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_maketime :public Item_timefunc
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return check_argument_types_can_return_int(0, 2) ||
           args[2]->check_type_can_return_decimal(func_name_cstring());
  }
public:
  Item_func_maketime(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_timefunc(thd, a, b, c)
  {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    fix_attributes_time(args[2]->decimals);
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("maketime") };
    return name;
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_maketime>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_microsecond :public Item_long_func_time_field
{
public:
  Item_func_microsecond(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_long_func_time_field(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("microsecond") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals=0;
    set_maybe_null();
    fix_char_length(6);
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override {return FALSE;}
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override { return FALSE;}
  bool check_valid_arguments_processor(void *int_arg) override
  {
    return !has_time_args();
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_microsecond>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_timestamp_diff :public Item_longlong_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return check_argument_types_can_return_date(0, arg_count); }
  const interval_type int_type;
public:
  // Methods used by ColumnStore
  interval_type get_int_type() const { return int_type; };
public:
  Item_func_timestamp_diff(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, interval_type type_arg):
    Item_longlong_func(thd, a, b), int_type(type_arg) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("timestampdiff") };
    return name;
  }
  longlong val_int() override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals=0;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_timestamp_diff>(thd, this); }
};


enum date_time_format
{
  USA_FORMAT, JIS_FORMAT, ISO_FORMAT, EUR_FORMAT, INTERNAL_FORMAT
};

class Item_func_get_format :public Item_str_ascii_func
{
public:
  const timestamp_type type; // keep it public
  Item_func_get_format(THD *thd, timestamp_type type_arg, Item *a):
    Item_str_ascii_func(thd, a), type(type_arg)
  {}
  String *val_str_ascii(String *str) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("get_format") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    set_maybe_null();
    decimals=0;
    fix_length_and_charset(17, default_charset());
    return FALSE;
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_get_format>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_str_to_date :public Item_handled_func
{
  bool const_item;
  String subject_converter;
  String format_converter;
  CHARSET_INFO *internal_charset;
public:
  Item_func_str_to_date(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_handled_func(thd, a, b), const_item(false),
    internal_charset(NULL)
  {}
  bool get_date_common(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate,
                       timestamp_type);
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("str_to_date") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_str_to_date>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_last_day :public Item_datefunc
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return args[0]->check_type_can_return_date(func_name_cstring()); }
public:
  Item_func_last_day(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_datefunc(thd, a) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("last_day") };
    return name;
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *res, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_last_day>(thd, this); }
};


/*****************************************************************************/

class Func_handler_date_add_interval
{
protected:
  static decimal_digits_t interval_dec(const Item *item,
                                       interval_type int_type)
  {
    if (int_type == INTERVAL_MICROSECOND ||
        (int_type >= INTERVAL_DAY_MICROSECOND &&
         int_type <= INTERVAL_SECOND_MICROSECOND))
      return TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS;
    if (int_type == INTERVAL_SECOND && item->decimals > 0)
      return MY_MIN(item->decimals, TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS);
    return 0;
  }
  interval_type int_type(const Item_handled_func *item) const
  {
    return static_cast<const Item_date_add_interval*>(item)->int_type;
  }
  bool sub(const Item_handled_func *item) const
  {
    return static_cast<const Item_date_add_interval*>(item)->date_sub_interval;
  }
  bool add(THD *thd, Item *item, interval_type type, bool sub, MYSQL_TIME *to) const
  {
    INTERVAL interval;
    if (get_interval_value(thd, item, type, &interval))
      return true;
    if (sub)
      interval.neg = !interval.neg;
    return date_add_interval(thd, to, type, interval);
  }
};


class Func_handler_date_add_interval_datetime:
        public Item_handled_func::Handler_datetime,
        public Func_handler_date_add_interval
{
public:
  bool fix_length_and_dec(Item_handled_func *item) const override
  {
    decimal_digits_t dec=
      MY_MAX(item->arguments()[0]->datetime_precision(current_thd),
             interval_dec(item->arguments()[1], int_type(item)));
    item->fix_attributes_datetime(dec);
    return false;
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, Item_handled_func *item,
                MYSQL_TIME *to, date_mode_t fuzzy) const override
  {
    Datetime::Options opt(TIME_CONV_NONE, thd);
    Datetime dt(thd, item->arguments()[0], opt);
    if (!dt.is_valid_datetime() ||
         dt.check_date_with_warn(thd, TIME_NO_ZERO_DATE | TIME_NO_ZERO_IN_DATE))
      return (item->null_value= true);
    dt.copy_to_mysql_time(to);
    return (item->null_value= add(thd, item->arguments()[1],
                                  int_type(item), sub(item), to));
  }
};


class Func_handler_date_add_interval_datetime_arg0_time:
        public Func_handler_date_add_interval_datetime
{
public:
  bool get_date(THD *thd, Item_handled_func *item,
                MYSQL_TIME *to, date_mode_t fuzzy) const override;
};


class Func_handler_date_add_interval_date:
        public Item_handled_func::Handler_date,
        public Func_handler_date_add_interval
{
public:
  bool get_date(THD *thd, Item_handled_func *item,
                MYSQL_TIME *to, date_mode_t fuzzy) const override
  {
    /*
      The first argument is known to be of the DATE data type (not DATETIME).
      We don't need rounding here.
    */
    Date d(thd, item->arguments()[0], TIME_CONV_NONE);
    if (!d.is_valid_date() ||
         d.check_date_with_warn(thd, TIME_NO_ZERO_DATE | TIME_NO_ZERO_IN_DATE))
      return (item->null_value= true);
    d.copy_to_mysql_time(to);
    return (item->null_value= add(thd, item->arguments()[1],
                                  int_type(item), sub(item), to));
  }
};


class Func_handler_date_add_interval_time:
        public Item_handled_func::Handler_time,
        public Func_handler_date_add_interval
{
public:
  bool fix_length_and_dec(Item_handled_func *item) const override
  {
    decimal_digits_t dec=
      MY_MAX(item->arguments()[0]->time_precision(current_thd),
             interval_dec(item->arguments()[1], int_type(item)));
    item->fix_attributes_time(dec);
    return false;
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, Item_handled_func *item,
                MYSQL_TIME *to, date_mode_t fuzzy) const override
  {
    Time t(thd, item->arguments()[0]);
    if (!t.is_valid_time())
      return (item->null_value= true);
    t.copy_to_mysql_time(to);
    return (item->null_value= add(thd, item->arguments()[1],
                                  int_type(item), sub(item), to));
  }
};


class Func_handler_date_add_interval_string:
        public Item_handled_func::Handler_temporal_string,
        public Func_handler_date_add_interval
{
public:
  bool fix_length_and_dec(Item_handled_func *item) const override
  {
    decimal_digits_t dec=
      MY_MAX(item->arguments()[0]->datetime_precision(current_thd),
             interval_dec(item->arguments()[1], int_type(item)));
    item->Type_std_attributes::set(
      Type_temporal_attributes_not_fixed_dec(MAX_DATETIME_WIDTH, dec, false),
      DTCollation(item->default_charset(),
                  DERIVATION_COERCIBLE, MY_REPERTOIRE_ASCII));
    item->fix_char_length(item->max_length);
    return false;
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, Item_handled_func *item,
                MYSQL_TIME *to, date_mode_t fuzzy) const override
  {
    if (item->arguments()[0]->
          get_date(thd, to, Datetime::Options(TIME_CONV_NONE, thd)) ||
        (to->time_type != MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME &&
         check_date_with_warn(thd, to, TIME_NO_ZEROS, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_ERROR)))
      return (item->null_value= true);
    return (item->null_value= add(thd, item->arguments()[1],
                                  int_type(item), sub(item), to));
  }
};


class Func_handler_sign
{
protected:
  int m_sign;
  Func_handler_sign(int sign) :m_sign(sign) { }
};


class Func_handler_add_time_datetime:
        public Item_handled_func::Handler_datetime,
        public Func_handler_sign
{
public:
  Func_handler_add_time_datetime(int sign)
   :Func_handler_sign(sign)
  { }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(Item_handled_func *item) const override
  {
    THD *thd= current_thd;
    decimal_digits_t dec0= item->arguments()[0]->datetime_precision(thd);
    decimal_digits_t dec1= Interval_DDhhmmssff::fsp(thd, item->arguments()[1]);
    item->fix_attributes_datetime(MY_MAX(dec0, dec1));
    return false;
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, Item_handled_func *item,
                MYSQL_TIME *to, date_mode_t fuzzy) const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(item->fixed());
    Datetime::Options opt(TIME_CONV_NONE, thd);
    Datetime dt(thd, item->arguments()[0], opt);
    if (!dt.is_valid_datetime())
      return (item->null_value= true);
    Interval_DDhhmmssff it(thd, item->arguments()[1]);
    if (!it.is_valid_interval_DDhhmmssff())
      return (item->null_value= true);
    return (item->null_value= (Sec6_add(dt.get_mysql_time(),
                                        it.get_mysql_time(), m_sign).
                               to_datetime(to)));
  }
};


class Func_handler_add_time_time:
        public Item_handled_func::Handler_time,
        public Func_handler_sign
{
public:
  Func_handler_add_time_time(int sign)
   :Func_handler_sign(sign)
  { }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(Item_handled_func *item) const override
  {
    THD *thd= current_thd;
    decimal_digits_t dec0= item->arguments()[0]->time_precision(thd);
    decimal_digits_t dec1= Interval_DDhhmmssff::fsp(thd, item->arguments()[1]);
    item->fix_attributes_time(MY_MAX(dec0, dec1));
    return false;
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, Item_handled_func *item,
                MYSQL_TIME *to, date_mode_t fuzzy) const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(item->fixed());
    Time t(thd, item->arguments()[0]);
    if (!t.is_valid_time())
      return (item->null_value= true);
    Interval_DDhhmmssff i(thd, item->arguments()[1]);
    if (!i.is_valid_interval_DDhhmmssff())
      return (item->null_value= true);
    return (item->null_value= (Sec6_add(t.get_mysql_time(),
                                        i.get_mysql_time(), m_sign).
                                 to_time(thd, to, item->decimals)));
  }
};


class Func_handler_add_time_string:
        public Item_handled_func::Handler_temporal_string,
        public Func_handler_sign
{
public:
  Func_handler_add_time_string(int sign)
   :Func_handler_sign(sign)
  { }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(Item_handled_func *item) const override
  {
    decimal_digits_t dec0= item->arguments()[0]->decimals;
    decimal_digits_t dec1=
      Interval_DDhhmmssff::fsp(current_thd, item->arguments()[1]);
    decimal_digits_t dec= MY_MAX(dec0, dec1);
    item->Type_std_attributes::set(
      Type_temporal_attributes_not_fixed_dec(MAX_DATETIME_WIDTH, dec, false),
      DTCollation(item->default_charset(),
                  DERIVATION_COERCIBLE, MY_REPERTOIRE_ASCII));
    item->fix_char_length(item->max_length);
    return false;
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, Item_handled_func *item,
                MYSQL_TIME *to, date_mode_t fuzzy) const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(item->fixed());
    // Detect a proper timestamp type based on the argument values
    Temporal_hybrid l_time1(thd, item->arguments()[0],
                            Temporal::Options(TIME_TIME_ONLY, thd));
    if (!l_time1.is_valid_temporal())
      return (item->null_value= true);
    Interval_DDhhmmssff l_time2(thd, item->arguments()[1]);
    if (!l_time2.is_valid_interval_DDhhmmssff())
      return (item->null_value= true);
    Sec6_add add(l_time1.get_mysql_time(), l_time2.get_mysql_time(), m_sign);
    return (item->null_value= (l_time1.get_mysql_time()->time_type ==
                                 MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME ?
                               add.to_time(thd, to, item->decimals) :
                               add.to_datetime(to)));
  }
};


class Func_handler_str_to_date_datetime_sec:
        public Item_handled_func::Handler_datetime
{
public:
  bool fix_length_and_dec(Item_handled_func *item) const override
  {
    item->fix_attributes_datetime(0);
    return false;
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, Item_handled_func *item,
                MYSQL_TIME *to, date_mode_t fuzzy) const override
  {
    return static_cast<Item_func_str_to_date*>(item)->
             get_date_common(thd, to, fuzzy, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATETIME);
  }
};


class Func_handler_str_to_date_datetime_usec:
        public Item_handled_func::Handler_datetime
{
public:
  bool fix_length_and_dec(Item_handled_func *item) const override
  {
    item->fix_attributes_datetime(TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS);
    return false;
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, Item_handled_func *item,
                MYSQL_TIME *to, date_mode_t fuzzy) const override
  {
    return static_cast<Item_func_str_to_date*>(item)->
             get_date_common(thd, to, fuzzy, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATETIME);
  }
};


class Func_handler_str_to_date_date: public Item_handled_func::Handler_date
{
public:
  bool get_date(THD *thd, Item_handled_func *item,
                MYSQL_TIME *to, date_mode_t fuzzy) const override
  {
    return static_cast<Item_func_str_to_date*>(item)->
             get_date_common(thd, to, fuzzy, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATE);
  }
};


class Func_handler_str_to_date_time: public Item_handled_func::Handler_time
{
public:
  bool get_date(THD *thd, Item_handled_func *item,
                MYSQL_TIME *to, date_mode_t fuzzy) const override
  {
    if (static_cast<Item_func_str_to_date*>(item)->
         get_date_common(thd, to, fuzzy, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME))
      return true;
    if (to->day)
    {
      /*
        Day part for time type can be nonzero value and so
        we should add hours from day part to hour part to
        keep valid time value.
      */
      to->hour+= to->day * 24;
      to->day= 0;
    }
    return false;
  }
};


class Func_handler_str_to_date_time_sec: public Func_handler_str_to_date_time
{
public:
  bool fix_length_and_dec(Item_handled_func *item) const override
  {
    item->fix_attributes_time(0);
    return false;
  }
};


class Func_handler_str_to_date_time_usec: public Func_handler_str_to_date_time
{
public:
  bool fix_length_and_dec(Item_handled_func *item) const override
  {
    item->fix_attributes_time(TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS);
    return false;
  }
};
#endif /* ITEM_TIMEFUNC_INCLUDED */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef RPL_UTILITY_H
#define RPL_UTILITY_H

#ifndef __cplusplus
#error "Don't include this C++ header file from a non-C++ file!"
#endif

#include "sql_priv.h"
#include "m_string.h"                           /* bzero, memcpy */
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
#include "table.h"                              /* TABLE_LIST */
#endif
#include "mysql_com.h"

class Relay_log_info;
class Log_event;
struct rpl_group_info;

/**
  A table definition from the master.

  The responsibilities of this class is:
  - Extract and decode table definition data from the table map event
  - Check if table definition in table map is compatible with table
    definition on slave
 */

class table_def
{
  table_def(const table_def&) = default;
public:
  /**
    Constructor.

    @param types Array of types, each stored as a byte
    @param size  Number of elements in array 'types'
    @param field_metadata Array of extra information about fields
    @param metadata_size Size of the field_metadata array
    @param null_bitmap The bitmap of fields that can be null
   */
  table_def(unsigned char *types, ulong size, uchar *field_metadata,
            int metadata_size, uchar *null_bitmap, uint16 flags);


  /**
    Move constructor
    Since it deallocates a memory during destruction, we can't safely copy it.
    We should instead move it to zero m_memory in an old object
   */
  table_def(table_def &&tabledef)
  : table_def(tabledef)
  {
    tabledef.m_memory= NULL;
  }

  ~table_def();

  /**
    Return the number of fields there is type data for.

    @return The number of fields that there is type data for.
   */
  uint size() const { return m_size; }


  /**
    Returns internal binlog type code for one field,
    without translation to real types.
  */
  enum_field_types binlog_type(ulong index) const
  {
    return static_cast<enum_field_types>(m_type[index]);
  }
  /*
    Return a representation of the type data for one field.

    @param index Field index to return data for

    @return Will return a representation of the type data for field
    <code>index</code>. Currently, only the type identifier is
    returned.
   */
  enum_field_types type(ulong index) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(index < m_size);
    /*
      If the source type is MYSQL_TYPE_STRING, it can in reality be
      either MYSQL_TYPE_STRING, MYSQL_TYPE_ENUM, or MYSQL_TYPE_SET, so
      we might need to modify the type to get the real type.
    */
    enum_field_types source_type= binlog_type(index);
    uint16 source_metadata= m_field_metadata[index];
    switch (source_type)
    {
    case MYSQL_TYPE_STRING:
    {
      int real_type= source_metadata >> 8;
      if (real_type == MYSQL_TYPE_ENUM || real_type == MYSQL_TYPE_SET)
        source_type= static_cast<enum_field_types>(real_type);
      break;
    }

    /*
      This type has not been used since before row-based replication,
      so we can safely assume that it really is MYSQL_TYPE_NEWDATE.
    */
    case MYSQL_TYPE_DATE:
      source_type= MYSQL_TYPE_NEWDATE;
      break;

    default:
      /* Do nothing */
      break;
    }

    return source_type;
  }
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
  const Type_handler *field_type_handler(uint index) const;
#endif

  /*
    This function allows callers to get the extra field data from the
    table map for a given field. If there is no metadata for that field
    or there is no extra metadata at all, the function returns 0.

    The function returns the value for the field metadata for column at 
    position indicated by index. As mentioned, if the field was a type 
    that stores field metadata, that value is returned else zero (0) is 
    returned. This method is used in the unpack() methods of the 
    corresponding fields to properly extract the data from the binary log 
    in the event that the master's field is smaller than the slave.
  */
  uint16 field_metadata(uint index) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(index < m_size);
    if (m_field_metadata_size)
      return m_field_metadata[index];
    else
      return 0;
  }

  /*
    This function returns whether the field on the master can be null.
    This value is derived from field->maybe_null().
  */
  my_bool maybe_null(uint index) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(index < m_size);
    return ((m_null_bits[(index / 8)] & 
            (1 << (index % 8))) == (1 << (index %8)));
  }

  /*
    This function returns the field size in raw bytes based on the type
    and the encoded field data from the master's raw data. This method can 
    be used for situations where the slave needs to skip a column (e.g., 
    WL#3915) or needs to advance the pointer for the fields in the raw 
    data from the master to a specific column.
  */
  uint32 calc_field_size(uint col, uchar *master_data) const;

  /**
    Decide if the table definition is compatible with a table.

    Compare the definition with a table to see if it is compatible
    with it.

    A table definition is compatible with a table if:
      - The columns types of the table definition is a (not
        necessarily proper) prefix of the column type of the table.

      - The other way around.

      - Each column on the master that also exists on the slave can be
        converted according to the current settings of @c
        SLAVE_TYPE_CONVERSIONS.

    @param thd
    @param rli   Pointer to relay log info
    @param table Pointer to table to compare with.

    @param[out] tmp_table_var Pointer to temporary table for holding
    conversion table.

    @retval 1  if the table definition is not compatible with @c table
    @retval 0  if the table definition is compatible with @c table
  */
#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT
  bool compatible_with(THD *thd, rpl_group_info *rgi, TABLE *table,
                      TABLE **conv_table_var) const;

  /**
   Create a virtual in-memory temporary table structure.

   The table structure has records and field array so that a row can
   be unpacked into the record for further processing.

   In the virtual table, each field that requires conversion will
   have a non-NULL value, while fields that do not require
   conversion will have a NULL value.

   Some information that is missing in the events, such as the
   character set for string types, are taken from the table that the
   field is going to be pushed into, so the target table that the data
   eventually need to be pushed into need to be supplied.

   @param thd Thread to allocate memory from.
   @param rli Relay log info structure, for error reporting.
   @param target_table Target table for fields.

   @return A pointer to a temporary table with memory allocated in the
   thread's memroot, NULL if the table could not be created
   */
  TABLE *create_conversion_table(THD *thd, rpl_group_info *rgi,
                                 TABLE *target_table) const;
#endif


private:
  unsigned char *m_type;  // Array of type descriptors
  uint m_size;           // Number of elements in the types array
  uint m_field_metadata_size;
  uint16 *m_field_metadata;
  uint16 m_flags;         // Table flags
  uchar *m_null_bits;
  uchar *m_memory;
};


#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT
/**
   Extend the normal table list with a few new fields needed by the
   slave thread, but nowhere else.
 */
struct RPL_TABLE_LIST : public TABLE_LIST
{
  table_def m_tabledef;
  TABLE *m_conv_table;
  const Copy_field *m_online_alter_copy_fields;
  const Copy_field *m_online_alter_copy_fields_end;
  uint cached_key_nr;                  // [0..MAX_KEY] if set, ~0U if unset
  uint cached_usable_key_parts;
  bool m_tabledef_valid;
  bool master_had_triggers;

  RPL_TABLE_LIST(const LEX_CSTRING *db_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *table_name_arg,
                 thr_lock_type thr_lock_type,
                 table_def &&tabledef, bool master_had_trigers)
    : TABLE_LIST(db_arg, table_name_arg, NULL, thr_lock_type),
      m_tabledef(std::move(tabledef)), m_conv_table(NULL),
      m_online_alter_copy_fields(NULL), m_online_alter_copy_fields_end(NULL),
      cached_key_nr(~0U), m_tabledef_valid(true),
      master_had_triggers(master_had_trigers)
  {}

  RPL_TABLE_LIST(TABLE *table, thr_lock_type lock_type, TABLE *conv_table,
                 table_def &&tabledef,
                 const Copy_field online_alter_copy_fields[],
                 const Copy_field *online_alter_copy_fields_end)
    : TABLE_LIST(table, lock_type),
      m_tabledef(std::move(tabledef)), m_conv_table(conv_table),
      m_online_alter_copy_fields(online_alter_copy_fields),
      m_online_alter_copy_fields_end(online_alter_copy_fields_end),
      cached_key_nr(~0U), m_tabledef_valid(true), master_had_triggers(false)
  {}
};


/* Anonymous namespace for template functions/classes */
CPP_UNNAMED_NS_START

  /*
    Smart pointer that will automatically call my_afree (a macro) when
    the pointer goes out of scope.  This is used so that I do not have
    to remember to call my_afree() before each return.  There is no
    overhead associated with this, since all functions are inline.

    I (Matz) would prefer to use the free function as a template
    parameter, but that is not possible when the "function" is a
    macro.
  */
  template <class Obj>
  class auto_afree_ptr
  {
    Obj* m_ptr;
  public:
    auto_afree_ptr(Obj* ptr) : m_ptr(ptr) { }
    ~auto_afree_ptr() { if (m_ptr) my_afree(m_ptr); }
    void assign(Obj* ptr) {
      /* Only to be called if it hasn't been given a value before. */
      DBUG_ASSERT(m_ptr == NULL);
      m_ptr= ptr;
    }
    Obj* get() { return m_ptr; }
  };

CPP_UNNAMED_NS_END

class Deferred_log_events
{
private:
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY array;
  Log_event *last_added;

public:
  Deferred_log_events(Relay_log_info *rli);
  ~Deferred_log_events();
  /* queue for exection at Query-log-event time prior the Query */
  int add(Log_event *ev);
  bool is_empty();
  bool execute(struct rpl_group_info *rgi);
  void rewind();
  bool is_last(Log_event *ev) { return ev == last_added; };
};

#endif

// NB. number of printed bit values is limited to sizeof(buf) - 1
#define DBUG_PRINT_BITSET(N,FRM,BS)                \
  do {                                             \
    char buf[256];                                 \
    uint i;                                        \
    for (i = 0 ; i < MY_MIN(sizeof(buf) - 1, (BS)->n_bits) ; i++) \
      buf[i] = bitmap_is_set((BS), i) ? '1' : '0'; \
    buf[i] = '\0';                                 \
    DBUG_PRINT((N), ((FRM), buf));                 \
  } while (0)

#endif /* RPL_UTILITY_H */
/* Copyright (c) 2005, 2017, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2017, MariaDB Corporation

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef RPL_RLI_H
#define RPL_RLI_H

#include "rpl_tblmap.h"
#include "rpl_reporting.h"
#include "rpl_utility.h"
#include "log.h"                         /* LOG_INFO, MYSQL_BIN_LOG */
#include "sql_class.h"                   /* THD */
#include "log_event.h"
#include "rpl_parallel.h"

struct RPL_TABLE_LIST;
class Master_info;
class Rpl_filter;


/****************************************************************************

  Replication SQL Thread

  Relay_log_info contains:
    - the current relay log
    - the current relay log offset
    - master log name
    - master log sequence corresponding to the last update
    - misc information specific to the SQL thread

  Relay_log_info is initialized from the slave.info file if such
  exists.  Otherwise, data members are intialized with defaults. The
  initialization is done with Relay_log_info::init() call.

  The format of slave.info file:

  relay_log_name
  relay_log_pos
  master_log_name
  master_log_pos

  To clean up, call end_relay_log_info()

*****************************************************************************/

struct rpl_group_info;
struct inuse_relaylog;

class Relay_log_info : public Slave_reporting_capability
{
public:
  /**
     Flags for the state of reading the relay log. Note that these are
     bit masks.
  */
  enum enum_state_flag {
    /** We are inside a group of events forming a statement */
    IN_STMT=1,
    /** We have inside a transaction */
    IN_TRANSACTION=2
  };

  /*
    The SQL thread owns one Relay_log_info, and each client that has
    executed a BINLOG statement owns one Relay_log_info. This function
    returns zero for the Relay_log_info object that belongs to the SQL
    thread and nonzero for Relay_log_info objects that belong to
    clients.
  */
  inline bool belongs_to_client()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(sql_driver_thd);
    return !sql_driver_thd->slave_thread;
  }

  /*
    If true, events with the same server id should be replicated. This
    field is set on creation of a relay log info structure by copying
    the value of ::replicate_same_server_id and can be overridden if
    necessary. For example of when this is done, check sql_binlog.cc,
    where the BINLOG statement can be used to execute "raw" events.
   */
  bool replicate_same_server_id;

  /*** The following variables can only be read when protect by data lock ****/

  /*
    info_fd - file descriptor of the info file. set only during
    initialization or clean up - safe to read anytime
    cur_log_fd - file descriptor of the current read  relay log
  */
  File info_fd,cur_log_fd;

  /*
    Protected with internal locks.
    Must get data_lock when resetting the logs.
  */
  MYSQL_BIN_LOG relay_log;
  LOG_INFO linfo;

  /*
   cur_log
     Pointer that either points at relay_log.get_log_file() or
     &rli->cache_buf, depending on whether the log is hot or there was
     the need to open a cold relay_log.

   cache_buf 
     IO_CACHE used when opening cold relay logs.
   */
  IO_CACHE cache_buf,*cur_log;

  /*
    Keeps track of the number of transactions that commits
    before fsyncing. The option --sync-relay-log-info determines 
    how many transactions should commit before fsyncing.
  */ 
  uint sync_counter;

  /*
    Identifies when the recovery process is going on.
    See sql/slave.cc:init_recovery for further details.
  */ 
  bool is_relay_log_recovery;

  /* The following variables are safe to read any time */

  /* IO_CACHE of the info file - set only during init or end */
  IO_CACHE info_file;

  /*
    List of temporary tables used by this connection.
    This is updated when a temporary table is created or dropped by
    a replication thread.

    Not reset when replication ends, to allow one to access the tables
    when replication restarts.

    Protected by data_lock.
  */
  All_tmp_tables_list *save_temporary_tables;

  /*
    standard lock acquisition order to avoid deadlocks:
    run_lock, data_lock, relay_log.LOCK_log, relay_log.LOCK_index
  */
  mysql_mutex_t data_lock, run_lock;
  /*
    start_cond is broadcast when SQL thread is started
    stop_cond - when stopped
    data_cond - when data protected by data_lock changes
  */
  mysql_cond_t start_cond, stop_cond, data_cond;
  /* parent Master_info structure */
  Master_info *mi;

  /*
    List of active relay log files.
    (This can be more than one in case of parallel replication).
  */
  inuse_relaylog *inuse_relaylog_list;
  inuse_relaylog *last_inuse_relaylog;

  /*
    Needed to deal properly with cur_log getting closed and re-opened with
    a different log under our feet
  */
  uint32 cur_log_old_open_count;

  /*
    If on init_info() call error_on_rli_init_info is true that means
    that previous call to init_info() terminated with an error, RESET
    SLAVE must be executed and the problem fixed manually.
   */
  bool error_on_rli_init_info;

  /*
    Let's call a group (of events) :
      - a transaction
      or
      - an autocommiting query + its associated events (INSERT_ID,
    TIMESTAMP...)
    We need these rli coordinates :
    - relay log name and position of the beginning of the group we currently
    are executing. Needed to know where we have to restart when replication has
    stopped in the middle of a group (which has been rolled back by the slave).
    - relay log name and position just after the event we have just
    executed. This event is part of the current group.
    Formerly we only had the immediately above coordinates, plus a 'pending'
    variable, but this dealt wrong with the case of a transaction starting on a
    relay log and finishing (commiting) on another relay log. Case which can
    happen when, for example, the relay log gets rotated because of
    max_binlog_size.

    Note: group_relay_log_name, group_relay_log_pos must only be
    written from the thread owning the Relay_log_info (SQL thread if
    !belongs_to_client(); client thread executing BINLOG statement if
    belongs_to_client()).
  */
  char group_relay_log_name[FN_REFLEN];
  ulonglong group_relay_log_pos;
  char event_relay_log_name[FN_REFLEN];
  ulonglong event_relay_log_pos;
  ulonglong future_event_relay_log_pos;
  /*
    The master log name for current event. Only used in parallel replication.
  */
  char future_event_master_log_name[FN_REFLEN];

  /*
     Original log name and position of the group we're currently executing
     (whose coordinates are group_relay_log_name/pos in the relay log)
     in the master's binlog. These concern the *group*, because in the master's
     binlog the log_pos that comes with each event is the position of the
     beginning of the group.

    Note: group_master_log_name, group_master_log_pos must only be
    written from the thread owning the Relay_log_info (SQL thread if
    !belongs_to_client(); client thread executing BINLOG statement if
    belongs_to_client()).
  */
  char group_master_log_name[FN_REFLEN];
  volatile my_off_t group_master_log_pos;

  /*
    Handling of the relay_log_space_limit optional constraint.
    ignore_log_space_limit is used to resolve a deadlock between I/O and SQL
    threads, the SQL thread sets it to unblock the I/O thread and make it
    temporarily forget about the constraint.
  */
  ulonglong log_space_limit;
  Atomic_counter<uint64> log_space_total;
  bool ignore_log_space_limit;

  /*
    Used by the SQL thread to instructs the IO thread to rotate 
    the logs when the SQL thread needs to purge to release some
    disk space.
   */
  bool sql_force_rotate_relay;

  time_t last_master_timestamp;
  /*
    The SQL driver thread sets this true while it is waiting at the end of the
    relay log for more events to arrive. SHOW SLAVE STATUS uses this to report
    Seconds_Behind_Master as zero while the SQL thread is so waiting.
  */
  bool sql_thread_caught_up;
  /**
    Simple setter for @ref worker_threads_caught_up;
    sets it `false` to indicate new user events in queue
    @pre @ref data_lock held to prevent race with is_threads_caught_up()
  */
  inline void unset_worker_threads_caught_up()
  {
    mysql_mutex_assert_owner(&data_lock);
    worker_threads_caught_up= false;
  }
  /**
    @return
      `true` if both @ref sql_thread_caught_up and (refresh according to
      @ref last_inuse_relaylog as needed) @ref worker_threads_caught_up
    @pre Only meaningful if `mi->using_parallel()`
    @pre @ref data_lock held to prevent race condition
    @note
      Parallel replication requires the idleness of the main SQL thread as well,
      because after the thread sets its state to "busy" with `data_lock` held,
      it enqueues events *without this lock*. Not to mention any event the main
      thread processes itself without distribution, e.g., ignored ones.
  */
  bool are_sql_threads_caught_up();

  void clear_until_condition();
  /**
    Reset the delay.
    This is used by RESET SLAVE to clear the delay.
  */
  void clear_sql_delay()
  {
    sql_delay= 0;
  }


  /*
    Needed for problems when slave stops and we want to restart it
    skipping one or more events in the master log that have caused
    errors, and have been manually applied by DBA already.
    Must be ulong as it's referred to from set_var.cc
  */
  volatile ulonglong slave_skip_counter;
  ulonglong max_relay_log_size;

  volatile ulong abort_pos_wait;	/* Incremented on change master */
  volatile ulong slave_run_id;		/* Incremented on slave start */
  mysql_mutex_t log_space_lock;
  mysql_cond_t log_space_cond;
  /*
    THD for the main sql thread, the one that starts threads to process
    slave requests. If there is only one thread, then this THD is also
    used for SQL processing.
    A kill sent to this THD will kill the replication.
  */
  THD *sql_driver_thd;
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  int events_till_abort;
#endif  

  enum_gtid_skip_type gtid_skip_flag;

  /*
    inited changes its value within LOCK_active_mi-guarded critical
    sections  at times of start_slave_threads() (0->1) and end_slave() (1->0).
    Readers may not acquire the mutex while they realize potential concurrency
    issue.
    If not set, the value of other members of the structure are undefined.
  */
  volatile bool inited;
  volatile bool abort_slave;
  volatile bool stop_for_until;
  volatile uint slave_running;

  /* 
     Condition and its parameters from START SLAVE UNTIL clause.
     
     UNTIL condition is tested with is_until_satisfied() method that is 
     called by exec_relay_log_event(). is_until_satisfied() caches the result
     of the comparison of log names because log names don't change very often;
     this cache is invalidated by parts of code which change log names with
     notify_*_log_name_updated() methods. (They need to be called only if SQL
     thread is running).
   */
  
  enum {
    UNTIL_NONE= 0, UNTIL_MASTER_POS, UNTIL_RELAY_POS, UNTIL_GTID
  } until_condition;
  char until_log_name[FN_REFLEN];
  ulonglong until_log_pos;
  /* extension extracted from log_name and converted to int */
  ulong until_log_name_extension;   
  /* 
     Cached result of comparison of until_log_name and current log name
     -2 means unitialised, -1,0,1 are comarison results 
  */
  enum 
  { 
    UNTIL_LOG_NAMES_CMP_UNKNOWN= -2, UNTIL_LOG_NAMES_CMP_LESS= -1,
    UNTIL_LOG_NAMES_CMP_EQUAL= 0, UNTIL_LOG_NAMES_CMP_GREATER= 1
  } until_log_names_cmp_result;
  /* Condition for UNTIL master_gtid_pos. */
  slave_connection_state until_gtid_pos;

  bool is_until_before_gtids;

  /*
    retried_trans is a cumulative counter: how many times the slave
    has retried a transaction (any) since slave started.
    Protected by data_lock.
  */
  ulong retried_trans;
  /*
    Number of executed events for SLAVE STATUS.
    Protected by slave_executed_entries_lock
  */
  Atomic_counter<uint32_t> executed_entries;

  /*
    If the end of the hot relay log is made of master's events ignored by the
    slave I/O thread, these two keep track of the coords (in the master's
    binlog) of the last of these events seen by the slave I/O thread. If not,
    ign_master_log_name_end[0] == 0.
    As they are like a Rotate event read/written from/to the relay log, they
    are both protected by rli->relay_log.LOCK_log.
  */
  char ign_master_log_name_end[FN_REFLEN];
  ulonglong ign_master_log_pos_end;
  /* Similar for ignored GTID events. */
  slave_connection_state ign_gtids;

  /* 
    Indentifies where the SQL Thread should create temporary files for the
    LOAD DATA INFILE. This is used for security reasons.
   */ 
  char slave_patternload_file[FN_REFLEN]; 
  size_t slave_patternload_file_size;  

  rpl_parallel parallel;
  /*
    The relay_log_state keeps track of the current binlog state of the
    execution of the relay log. This is used to know where to resume
    current GTID position if the slave thread is stopped and
    restarted.  It is only accessed from the SQL thread, so it does
    not need any locking.
  */
  rpl_binlog_state relay_log_state;
  /*
    The restart_gtid_state is used when the SQL thread restarts on a relay log
    in GTID mode. In multi-domain parallel replication, each domain may have a
    separat position, so some events in more progressed domains may need to be
    skipped. This keeps track of the domains that have not yet reached their
    starting event.
  */
  slave_connection_state restart_gtid_pos;

  Relay_log_info(bool is_slave_recovery, const char* thread_name= "SQL");
  ~Relay_log_info();

  /*
    Invalidate cached until_log_name and group_relay_log_name comparison
    result. Should be called after any update of group_realy_log_name if
    there chances that sql_thread is running.
  */
  inline void notify_group_relay_log_name_update()
  {
    if (until_condition==UNTIL_RELAY_POS)
      until_log_names_cmp_result= UNTIL_LOG_NAMES_CMP_UNKNOWN;
  }

  /*
    The same as previous but for group_master_log_name. 
  */
  inline void notify_group_master_log_name_update()
  {
    if (until_condition==UNTIL_MASTER_POS)
      until_log_names_cmp_result= UNTIL_LOG_NAMES_CMP_UNKNOWN;
  }

  void inc_group_relay_log_pos(ulonglong log_pos,
			       rpl_group_info *rgi,
			       bool skip_lock=0);

  int wait_for_pos(THD* thd, String* log_name, longlong log_pos, 
		   longlong timeout);
  void close_temporary_tables();

  /* Check if UNTIL condition is satisfied. See slave.cc for more. */
  bool is_until_satisfied(Log_event *ev);
  inline ulonglong until_pos()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(until_condition == UNTIL_MASTER_POS ||
                until_condition == UNTIL_RELAY_POS);
    return ((until_condition == UNTIL_MASTER_POS) ? group_master_log_pos :
	    group_relay_log_pos);
  }
  inline char *until_name()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(until_condition == UNTIL_MASTER_POS ||
                until_condition == UNTIL_RELAY_POS);
    return ((until_condition == UNTIL_MASTER_POS) ? group_master_log_name :
	    group_relay_log_name);
  }
  /**
    Helper function to do after statement completion.

    This function is called from an event to complete the group by
    either stepping the group position, if the "statement" is not
    inside a transaction; or increase the event position, if the
    "statement" is inside a transaction.

    @param event_log_pos
    Master log position of the event. The position is recorded in the
    relay log info and used to produce information for <code>SHOW
    SLAVE STATUS</code>.
  */
  bool stmt_done(my_off_t event_log_pos, THD *thd, rpl_group_info *rgi);
  int alloc_inuse_relaylog(const char *name);
  void free_inuse_relaylog(inuse_relaylog *ir);
  void reset_inuse_relaylog();
  int update_relay_log_state(rpl_gtid *gtid_list, uint32 count);

  /**
     Is the replication inside a group?

     The reader of the relay log is inside a group if either:
     - The IN_TRANSACTION flag is set, meaning we're inside a transaction
     - The IN_STMT flag is set, meaning we have read at least one row from
       a multi-event entry.

     This flag reflects the state of the log 'just now', ie after the last
     read event would be executed.
     This allow us to test if we can stop replication before reading
     the next entry.

     @retval true Replication thread is currently inside a group
     @retval false Replication thread is currently not inside a group
   */
  bool is_in_group() const {
    return (m_flags & (IN_STMT | IN_TRANSACTION));
  }

  /**
     Set the value of a replication state flag.

     @param flag Flag to set
   */
  void set_flag(enum_state_flag flag)
  {
    m_flags|= flag;
  }

  /**
     Get the value of a replication state flag.

     @param flag Flag to get value of

     @return @c true if the flag was set, @c false otherwise.
   */
  bool get_flag(enum_state_flag flag)
  {
    return m_flags & flag;
  }

  /**
     Clear the value of a replication state flag.

     @param flag Flag to clear
   */
  void clear_flag(enum_state_flag flag)
  {
    m_flags&= ~flag;
  }

  bool flush();

  /**
    Reads the relay_log.info file.
  */
  int init(const char* info_filename);

  /**
    Indicate that a delay starts.

    This does not actually sleep; it only sets the state of this
    Relay_log_info object to delaying so that the correct state can be
    reported by SHOW SLAVE STATUS and SHOW PROCESSLIST.

    Requires rli->data_lock.

    @param delay_end The time when the delay shall end.
  */
  void start_sql_delay(time_t delay_end)
  {
    mysql_mutex_assert_owner(&data_lock);
    sql_delay_end= delay_end;
    THD_STAGE_INFO(sql_driver_thd, stage_sql_thd_waiting_until_delay);
  }

  int32 get_sql_delay() { return sql_delay; }
  void set_sql_delay(int32 _sql_delay) { sql_delay= _sql_delay; }
  time_t get_sql_delay_end() { return sql_delay_end; }
  rpl_gtid last_seen_gtid;
  ulong last_trans_retry_count;
private:


  /**
    Delay slave SQL thread by this amount, compared to master (in
    seconds). This is set with CHANGE MASTER TO MASTER_DELAY=X.

    Guarded by data_lock.  Initialized by the client thread executing
    START SLAVE.  Written by client threads executing CHANGE MASTER TO
    MASTER_DELAY=X.  Read by SQL thread and by client threads
    executing SHOW SLAVE STATUS.  Note: must not be written while the
    slave SQL thread is running, since the SQL thread reads it without
    a lock when executing Relay_log_info::flush().
  */
  int sql_delay;

  /**
    During a delay, specifies the point in time when the delay ends.

    This is used for the SQL_Remaining_Delay column in SHOW SLAVE STATUS.

    Guarded by data_lock. Written by the sql thread.  Read by client
    threads executing SHOW SLAVE STATUS.

    This is calculated as:
    clock_time_for_event_on_master + clock_difference_between_master_and_slave +
    SQL_DELAY.
  */
  time_t sql_delay_end;

  /*
    Before the MASTER_DELAY parameter was added (WL#344),
    relay_log.info had 4 lines. Now it has 5 lines.
  */
  static const int LINES_IN_RELAY_LOG_INFO_WITH_DELAY= 5;
  /*
    Hint for when to stop event distribution by sql driver thread.
    The flag is set ON by a non-group event when this event is in the middle
    of a group (e.g a transaction group) so it's too early
    to refresh the current-relay-log vs until-log cached comparison result.
    And it is checked and to decide whether it's a right time to do so
    when the being processed group has been fully scheduled.
  */
  bool until_relay_log_names_defer;

  /*
    Holds the state of the data in the relay log.
    We need this to ensure that we are not in the middle of a
    statement or inside BEGIN ... COMMIT when should rotate the
    relay log.
  */
  uint32 m_flags;

  /**
    When `true`, this worker threads' copy of @ref sql_thread_caught_up
    represents that __every__ worker thread is waiting for new events.
    * The SQL driver thread sets this to `false` through
      unset_worker_threads_caught_up() as it prepares an event
      (either to enqueue a worker or, e.g., ignored events, process itself)
    * For the main driver or any worker thread to refresh this state immediately
      when it finishes, the procedure would have to be a critical section.
      To avoid depending on a mutex, this state instead only returns to `true`
      as part of its reader, are_worker_threads_caught_up().
      `Seconds_Behind_Master` of SHOW SLAVE STATUS uses this method (which also
      reads `sql_thread_caught_up`) to know when all SQL threads are waiting.
    @pre Only meaningful if `mi->using_parallel()`
  */
  bool worker_threads_caught_up= true;
};


/*
  In parallel replication, if we need to re-try a transaction due to a
  deadlock or other temporary error, we may need to go back and re-read events
  out of an earlier relay log.

  This structure keeps track of the relaylogs that are potentially in use.
  Each rpl_group_info has a pointer to one of those, corresponding to the
  first GTID event.

  A pair of reference count keeps track of how long a relay log is potentially
  in use. When the `completed' flag is set, all events have been read out of
  the relay log, but the log might still be needed for retry in worker
  threads.  As worker threads complete an event group, they increment
  atomically the `dequeued_count' with number of events queued. Thus, when
  completed is set and dequeued_count equals queued_count, the relay log file
  is finally done with and can be purged.

  By separating the queued and dequeued count, only the dequeued_count needs
  multi-thread synchronisation; the completed flag and queued_count fields
  are only accessed by the SQL driver thread and need no synchronisation.
*/
struct inuse_relaylog {
  inuse_relaylog *next;
  Relay_log_info *rli;
  /*
    relay_log_state holds the binlog state corresponding to the start of this
    relay log file. It is an array with relay_log_state_count elements.
  */
  rpl_gtid *relay_log_state;
  uint32 relay_log_state_count;
  /* Number of events in this relay log queued for worker threads. */
  Atomic_counter<int64> queued_count;
  /* Number of events completed by worker threads. */
  Atomic_counter<int64> dequeued_count;
  /* Set when all events have been read from a relaylog. */
  bool completed;
  char name[FN_REFLEN];

  inuse_relaylog(Relay_log_info *rli_arg, rpl_gtid *relay_log_state_arg,
                 uint32 relay_log_state_count_arg,
                 const char *name_arg):
    next(0), rli(rli_arg), relay_log_state(relay_log_state_arg),
    relay_log_state_count(relay_log_state_count_arg), queued_count(0),
    dequeued_count(0), completed(false)
  {
    strmake_buf(name, name_arg);
  }
};

enum start_alter_state
{
  INVALID= 0,
  REGISTERED,           // Start Alter exist, Default state
  COMMIT_ALTER,         // COMMIT the alter
  ROLLBACK_ALTER,       // Rollback the alter
  COMPLETED             // COMMIT/ROLLBACK Alter written in binlog
};

struct start_alter_info
{
  /*
    ALTER id is defined as a pair of GTID's seq_no and domain_id.
  */
  decltype(rpl_gtid::seq_no) sa_seq_no; // key for searching (SA's id)
  uint32 domain_id;
  bool   direct_commit_alter; // when true CA thread executes the whole query
  /*
    0 prepared and not error from commit and rollback
    >0 error expected in commit/rollback
    Rollback can be logged with 0 error if master is killed
  */
  uint error;
  enum start_alter_state state;
  /* We are not using mysql_cond_t because we do not need PSI */
  mysql_cond_t start_alter_cond;
};

struct Rpl_table_data
{
  const table_def *tabledef;
  TABLE *conv_table;
  const Copy_field *copy_fields;
  const Copy_field *copy_fields_end;
  Rpl_table_data(const RPL_TABLE_LIST &rpl_table_list)
  {
    tabledef= &rpl_table_list.m_tabledef;
    conv_table= rpl_table_list.m_conv_table;
    copy_fields= rpl_table_list.m_online_alter_copy_fields;
    copy_fields_end= rpl_table_list.m_online_alter_copy_fields_end;
  }
  bool is_online_alter() const { return copy_fields != NULL; }
};

/*
  This is data for various state needed to be kept for the processing of
  one event group (transaction) during replication.

  In single-threaded replication, there will be one global rpl_group_info and
  one global Relay_log_info per master connection. They will be linked
  together.

  In parallel replication, there will be one rpl_group_info object for
  each running sql thread, each having their own thd.

  All rpl_group_info will share the same Relay_log_info.
*/

struct rpl_group_info
{
  rpl_group_info *next;             /* For free list in rpl_parallel_thread */
  Relay_log_info *rli;
  THD *thd;
  /*
    Current GTID being processed.
    The sub_id gives the binlog order within one domain_id. A zero sub_id
    means that there is no active GTID.
  */
  uint64 gtid_sub_id;
  rpl_gtid current_gtid;
  /* Currently applied event or NULL */
  Log_event *current_event;
  uint64 commit_id;
  /*
    This is used to keep transaction commit order.
    We will signal this when we commit, and can register it to wait for the
    commit_orderer of the previous commit to signal us.
  */
  wait_for_commit commit_orderer;
  /*
    If non-zero, the sub_id of a prior event group whose commit we have to wait
    for before committing ourselves. Then wait_commit_group_info points to the
    event group to wait for.

    Before using this, rpl_parallel_entry::last_committed_sub_id should be
    compared against wait_commit_sub_id. Only if last_committed_sub_id is
    smaller than wait_commit_sub_id must the wait be done (otherwise the
    waited-for transaction is already committed, so we would otherwise wait
    for the wrong commit).
  */
  uint64 wait_commit_sub_id;
  rpl_group_info *wait_commit_group_info;
  /*
    This holds a pointer to a struct that keeps track of the need to wait
    for the previous batch of event groups to reach the commit stage, before
    this batch can start to execute.

    (When we execute in parallel the transactions that group committed
    together on the master, we still need to wait for any prior transactions
    to have reached the commit stage).

    The pointed-to gco is only valid for as long as
    gtid_sub_id < parallel_entry->last_committed_sub_id. After that, it can
    be freed by another thread.
  */
  group_commit_orderer *gco;

  struct rpl_parallel_entry *parallel_entry;

  /*
    A container to hold on Intvar-, Rand-, Uservar- log-events in case
    the slave is configured with table filtering rules.
    The withhold events are executed when their parent Query destiny is
    determined for execution as well.
  */
  Deferred_log_events *deferred_events;

  /*
    State of the container: true stands for IRU events gathering, 
    false does for execution, either deferred or direct.
  */
  bool deferred_events_collecting;

  Annotate_rows_log_event *m_annotate_event;

  RPL_TABLE_LIST *tables_to_lock;           /* RBR: Tables to lock  */
  uint tables_to_lock_count;        /* RBR: Count of tables to lock */
  table_mapping m_table_map;      /* RBR: Mapping table-id to table */
  mysql_mutex_t sleep_lock;
  mysql_cond_t sleep_cond;

  /*
    trans_retries varies between 0 to slave_transaction_retries and counts how
    many times the slave has retried the present transaction; gets reset to 0
    when the transaction finally succeeds.
  */
  ulong trans_retries;

  /*
    Used to defer stopping the SQL thread to give it a chance
    to finish up the current group of events.
    The timestamp is set and reset in @c sql_slave_killed().
  */
  time_t last_event_start_time;

  char *event_relay_log_name;
  char event_relay_log_name_buf[FN_REFLEN];
  ulonglong event_relay_log_pos;
  ulonglong future_event_relay_log_pos;
  /*
    The master log name for current event. Only used in parallel replication.
  */
  char future_event_master_log_name[FN_REFLEN];
  bool is_parallel_exec;
  /* When gtid_pending is true, we have not yet done record_gtid(). */
  bool gtid_pending;
  int worker_error;
  /*
    Set true when we signalled that we reach the commit phase. Used to avoid
    counting one event group twice.
  */
  bool did_mark_start_commit;
  /* Copy of flags2 from GTID event. */
  uchar gtid_ev_flags2;
  /* Copy of flags3 from GTID event. */
  uint16 gtid_ev_flags_extra;
  uint64 gtid_ev_sa_seq_no;
  enum {
    GTID_DUPLICATE_NULL=0,
    GTID_DUPLICATE_IGNORE=1,
    GTID_DUPLICATE_OWNER=2
  };
  /*
    When --gtid-ignore-duplicates, this is set to one of the above three
    values:
    GTID_DUPLICATE_NULL    - Not using --gtid-ignore-duplicates.
    GTID_DUPLICATE_IGNORE  - This gtid already applied, skip the event group.
    GTID_DUPLICATE_OWNER   - We are the current owner of the domain, and must
                             apply the event group and then release the domain.
  */
  uint8 gtid_ignore_duplicate_state;

  /*
    Runtime state for printing a note when slave is taking
    too long while processing a row event.
   */
  longlong row_stmt_start_timestamp;
  bool long_find_row_note_printed;
  /* Needs room for "Gtid D-S-N\x00". */
  mutable char gtid_info_buf[5+10+1+10+1+20+1];

  /*
    The timestamp, from the master, of the commit event.
    Used to do delayed update of rli->last_master_timestamp, for getting
    reasonable values out of Seconds_Behind_Master in SHOW SLAVE STATUS.
  */
  time_t last_master_timestamp;

  /*
    Information to be able to re-try an event group in case of a deadlock or
    other temporary error.
  */
  inuse_relaylog *relay_log;
  uint64 retry_start_offset;
  uint64 retry_event_count;
  /*
    If `speculation' is != SPECULATE_NO, then we are optimistically running
    this transaction in parallel, even though it might not be safe (there may
    be a conflict with a prior event group).

    In this case, a conflict can cause other errors than deadlocks (like
    duplicate key for example). So in case of _any_ error, we need to roll
    back and retry the event group.
  */
  enum enum_speculation {
    /*
      This transaction was group-committed together on the master with the
      other transactions with which it is replicated in parallel.
    */
    SPECULATE_NO,
    /*
      We will optimistically try to run this transaction in parallel with
      other transactions, even though it is not known to be conflict free.
      If we get a conflict, we will detect it as a deadlock, roll back and
      retry.
    */
    SPECULATE_OPTIMISTIC,
    /*
      This transaction got a conflict during speculative parallel apply, or
      it was marked on the master as likely to cause a conflict or unsafe to
      speculate. So it will wait for the prior transaction to commit before
      starting to replicate.
    */
    SPECULATE_WAIT
  } speculation;
  enum enum_retry_killed {
    RETRY_KILL_NONE = 0,
    RETRY_KILL_PENDING,
    RETRY_KILL_KILLED
  };
  uchar killed_for_retry;
  bool reserved_start_alter_thread;
  bool finish_event_group_called;
  /*
    Used for two phase alter table
  */
  rpl_parallel_thread *rpt;
  Query_log_event *start_alter_ev;
  bool direct_commit_alter;
  start_alter_info *sa_info;

  rpl_group_info(Relay_log_info *rli_);
  ~rpl_group_info();
  void reinit(Relay_log_info *rli);

  /* 
     Returns true if the argument event resides in the containter;
     more specifically, the checking is done against the last added event.
  */
  bool is_deferred_event(Log_event * ev)
  {
    return deferred_events_collecting ? deferred_events->is_last(ev) : false;
  };
  /* The general cleanup that slave applier may need at the end of query. */
  inline void cleanup_after_query()
  {
    if (deferred_events)
      deferred_events->rewind();
  };
  /* The general cleanup that slave applier may need at the end of session. */
  void cleanup_after_session()
  {
    if (deferred_events)
    {
      delete deferred_events;
      deferred_events= NULL;
    }
  };

  /**
    Save pointer to Annotate_rows event and switch on the
    binlog_annotate_row_events for this sql thread.
    To be called when sql thread receives an Annotate_rows event.
  */
  inline void set_annotate_event(Annotate_rows_log_event *event)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_annotate_event == NULL);
    m_annotate_event= event;
    this->thd->variables.binlog_annotate_row_events= 1;
  }

  /**
    Returns pointer to the saved Annotate_rows event or NULL if there is
    no saved event.
  */
  inline Annotate_rows_log_event* get_annotate_event()
  {
    return m_annotate_event;
  }

  /**
    Delete saved Annotate_rows event (if any) and switch off the
    binlog_annotate_row_events for this sql thread.
    To be called when sql thread has applied the last (i.e. with
    STMT_END_F flag) rbr event.
  */
  inline void free_annotate_event()
  {
    if (m_annotate_event)
    {
      this->thd->variables.binlog_annotate_row_events= 0;
      delete m_annotate_event;
      m_annotate_event= 0;
    }
  }

  void clear_tables_to_lock();
  void cleanup_context(THD *, bool, bool keep_domain_owner= false);
  void slave_close_thread_tables(THD *);
  void mark_start_commit_no_lock();
  void mark_start_commit();
  char *gtid_info() const;
  void unmark_start_commit();

  longlong get_row_stmt_start_timestamp()
  {
    return row_stmt_start_timestamp;
  }

  void set_row_stmt_start_timestamp()
  {
    if (row_stmt_start_timestamp == 0)
      row_stmt_start_timestamp= microsecond_interval_timer();
  }

  void reset_row_stmt_start_timestamp()
  {
    row_stmt_start_timestamp= 0;
  }

  void set_long_find_row_note_printed()
  {
    long_find_row_note_printed= true;
  }

  void unset_long_find_row_note_printed()
  {
    long_find_row_note_printed= false;
  }

  bool is_long_find_row_note_printed()
  {
    return long_find_row_note_printed;
  }

  inline void inc_event_relay_log_pos()
  {
    if (!is_parallel_exec)
      rli->event_relay_log_pos= future_event_relay_log_pos;
  }

  void finish_start_alter_event_group();

  bool get_finish_event_group_called()
  {
    return finish_event_group_called;
  }

  void set_finish_event_group_called(bool value)
  {
    finish_event_group_called= value;
  }

};


/*
  The class rpl_sql_thread_info is the THD::system_thread_info for an SQL
  thread; this is either the driver SQL thread or a worker thread for parallel
  replication.
*/
class rpl_sql_thread_info
{
public:
  char cached_charset[6];
  Rpl_filter* rpl_filter;

  rpl_sql_thread_info(Rpl_filter *filter);

  /*
    Last charset (6 bytes) seen by slave SQL thread is cached here; it helps
    the thread save 3 get_charset() per Query_log_event if the charset is not
    changing from event to event (common situation).
    When the 6 bytes are equal to 0 is used to mean "cache is invalidated".
  */
  void cached_charset_invalidate();
  bool cached_charset_compare(char *charset) const;
};


extern struct rpl_slave_state *rpl_global_gtid_slave_state;
extern gtid_waiting rpl_global_gtid_waiting;

int rpl_load_gtid_slave_state(THD *thd);
int find_gtid_slave_pos_tables(THD *thd);
int event_group_new_gtid(rpl_group_info *rgi, Gtid_log_event *gev);
void delete_or_keep_event_post_apply(rpl_group_info *rgi,
                                     Log_event_type typ, Log_event *ev);

#endif /* RPL_RLI_H */
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2006 MySQL AB
   Use is subject to license terms

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef __MYSQL_CUSTOM_BUILD_CONFIG__
#define __MYSQL_CUSTOM_BUILD_CONFIG__

#define MYSQL_PORT		5002
#ifdef _WIN32
#define MYSQL_NAMEDPIPE		"SwSqlServer"
#define MYSQL_SERVICENAME	"SwSqlServer"
#define KEY_SERVICE_PARAMETERS
"SYSTEM\\CurrentControlSet\\Services\\SwSqlServer\\Parameters"
#endif

#endif /* __MYSQL_CUSTOM_BUILD_CONFIG__ */
/* Copyright (C) 2013 Sergei Golubchik and Monty Program Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/* old plugin api structures, used for backward compatibility */

#define upgrade_var(X) latest->X= X
#define upgrade_str(X) strmake_buf(latest->X, X)
#define downgrade_var(X) X= latest->X
#define downgrade_str(X) strmake_buf(X, latest->X)

/**************************************************************/
/* Authentication API, version 0x0100 *************************/
#define MIN_AUTHENTICATION_INTERFACE_VERSION 0x0100

struct MYSQL_SERVER_AUTH_INFO_0x0100 {
  const char *user_name;
  unsigned int user_name_length;
  const char *auth_string;
  unsigned long auth_string_length;
  char authenticated_as[49]; 
  char external_user[512];
  int  password_used;
  const char *host_or_ip;
  unsigned int host_or_ip_length;

  void upgrade(MYSQL_SERVER_AUTH_INFO *latest)
  {
    upgrade_var(user_name);
    upgrade_var(user_name_length);
    upgrade_var(auth_string);
    upgrade_var(auth_string_length);
    upgrade_str(authenticated_as);
    upgrade_str(external_user);
    upgrade_var(password_used);
    upgrade_var(host_or_ip);
    upgrade_var(host_or_ip_length);
  }
  void downgrade(MYSQL_SERVER_AUTH_INFO *latest)
  {
    downgrade_var(user_name);
    downgrade_var(user_name_length);
    downgrade_var(auth_string);
    downgrade_var(auth_string_length);
    downgrade_str(authenticated_as);
    downgrade_str(external_user);
    downgrade_var(password_used);
    downgrade_var(host_or_ip);
    downgrade_var(host_or_ip_length);
  }
};

/**************************************************************/

/* Copyright (C) 2018,2020 MariaDB Corporation Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02111-1301 USA */

/* Interfaces for doing backups of Aria tables */

#ifndef ARIA_BACKUP_INCLUDED

C_MODE_START

typedef struct st_aria_table_capabilities
{
  my_off_t header_size;
  MARIA_CRYPT_DATA *crypt_data;
  uint crypt_page_header_space;
  ulong bitmap_pages_covered;
  uint block_size;
  uint keypage_header;
  enum data_file_type data_file_type;
  my_bool checksum;
  my_bool transactional;
  my_bool encrypted;
  /* This is true if the table can be copied without any locks */
  my_bool online_backup_safe;
  /* s3 capabilities */
  ulong s3_block_size;
  uint8 compression;
  char filename[FN_REFLEN];
} ARIA_TABLE_CAPABILITIES;

int aria_get_capabilities(File kfile, const char *table_name, ARIA_TABLE_CAPABILITIES *cap);
void aria_free_capabilities(ARIA_TABLE_CAPABILITIES *cap);
int aria_read_index(File kfile, ARIA_TABLE_CAPABILITIES *cap, ulonglong block,
                    uchar *buffer);
int aria_read_data(File dfile, ARIA_TABLE_CAPABILITIES *cap, ulonglong block,
                   uchar *buffer, size_t *bytes_read);
C_MODE_END

#endif /* ARIA_BACKUP_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (C) 2000 MySQL AB
   Use is subject to license terms

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

/*
  Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 by Pruet Boonma, all rights reserved.
  Copyright (C) 1998 by Theppitak Karoonboonyanan, all rights reserved.
  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute and sell this software
   and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,
   provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies.
   Smaphan Raruenrom and Pruet Boonma makes no representations about 
   the suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided
    "as is" without express or implied warranty.
*/

/* LC_COLLATE category + Level information */

#ifndef _t_ctype_h
#define _t_ctype_h

#define TOT_LEVELS 5
#define LAST_LEVEL 4  /* TOT_LEVELS - 1 */

#define IGNORE 0


/* level 1 symbols & order */
enum l1_symbols {
    L1_08 = TOT_LEVELS,
    L1_18,
    L1_28,
    L1_38,
    L1_48,
    L1_58,
    L1_68,
    L1_78,
    L1_88,
    L1_98,
    L1_A8,
    L1_B8,
    L1_C8,
    L1_D8,
    L1_E8,
    L1_F8,
    L1_G8,
    L1_H8,
    L1_I8,
    L1_J8,
    L1_K8,
    L1_L8,
    L1_M8,
    L1_N8,
    L1_O8,
    L1_P8,
    L1_Q8,
    L1_R8,
    L1_S8,
    L1_T8,
    L1_U8,
    L1_V8,
    L1_W8,
    L1_X8,
    L1_Y8,
    L1_Z8,
    L1_KO_KAI,
    L1_KHO_KHAI,
    L1_KHO_KHUAT,
    L1_KHO_KHWAI,
    L1_KHO_KHON,
    L1_KHO_RAKHANG,
    L1_NGO_NGU,
    L1_CHO_CHAN,
    L1_CHO_CHING,
    L1_CHO_CHANG,
    L1_SO_SO,
    L1_CHO_CHOE,
    L1_YO_YING,
    L1_DO_CHADA,
    L1_TO_PATAK,
    L1_THO_THAN,
    L1_THO_NANGMONTHO,
    L1_THO_PHUTHAO,
    L1_NO_NEN,
    L1_DO_DEK,
    L1_TO_TAO,
    L1_THO_THUNG,
    L1_THO_THAHAN,
    L1_THO_THONG,
    L1_NO_NU,
    L1_BO_BAIMAI,
    L1_PO_PLA,
    L1_PHO_PHUNG,
    L1_FO_FA,
    L1_PHO_PHAN,
    L1_FO_FAN,
    L1_PHO_SAMPHAO,
    L1_MO_MA,
    L1_YO_YAK,
    L1_RO_RUA,
    L1_RU,
    L1_LO_LING,
    L1_LU,
    L1_WO_WAEN,
    L1_SO_SALA,
    L1_SO_RUSI,
    L1_SO_SUA,
    L1_HO_HIP,
    L1_LO_CHULA,
    L1_O_ANG,
    L1_HO_NOKHUK,
    L1_NKHIT,
    L1_SARA_A,
    L1_MAI_HAN_AKAT,
    L1_SARA_AA,
    L1_SARA_AM,
    L1_SARA_I,
    L1_SARA_II,
    L1_SARA_UE,
    L1_SARA_UEE,
    L1_SARA_U,
    L1_SARA_UU,
    L1_SARA_E,
    L1_SARA_AE,
    L1_SARA_O,
    L1_SARA_AI_MAIMUAN,
    L1_SARA_AI_MAIMALAI
};

/* level 2 symbols & order */
enum l2_symbols {
    L2_BLANK = TOT_LEVELS,
    L2_THAII,
    L2_YAMAK,
    L2_PINTHU,
    L2_GARAN,
    L2_TYKHU,
    L2_TONE1,
    L2_TONE2,
    L2_TONE3,
    L2_TONE4
};

/* level 3 symbols & order */
enum l3_symbols {
	L3_BLANK = TOT_LEVELS,
    L3_SPACE,
    L3_NB_SACE,
    L3_LOW_LINE,
    L3_HYPHEN,
    L3_COMMA,
    L3_SEMICOLON,
    L3_COLON,
    L3_EXCLAMATION,
    L3_QUESTION,
    L3_SOLIDUS,
    L3_FULL_STOP,
    L3_PAIYAN_NOI,
    L3_MAI_YAMOK,
    L3_GRAVE,
    L3_CIRCUMFLEX,
    L3_TILDE,
    L3_APOSTROPHE,
    L3_QUOTATION,
    L3_L_PARANTHESIS,
    L3_L_BRACKET,
    L3_L_BRACE,
    L3_R_BRACE,
    L3_R_BRACKET,
    L3_R_PARENTHESIS,
    L3_AT,
    L3_BAHT,
    L3_DOLLAR,
    L3_FONGMAN,
    L3_ANGKHANKHU,
    L3_KHOMUT,
    L3_ASTERISK,
    L3_BK_SOLIDUS,
    L3_AMPERSAND,
    L3_NUMBER,
    L3_PERCENT,
    L3_PLUS,
    L3_LESS_THAN,
    L3_EQUAL,
    L3_GREATER_THAN,
    L3_V_LINE
};

/* level 4 symbols & order */
enum l4_symbols {
    L4_BLANK = TOT_LEVELS,
    L4_MIN,
    L4_CAP,
    L4_EXT
};

enum level_symbols {
    L_UPRUPR = TOT_LEVELS,
    L_UPPER,
    L_MIDDLE,
    L_LOWER
};

#define	_is(c)			(t_ctype[(c)][LAST_LEVEL])
#define _level			8
#define _consnt			16
#define _ldvowel		32
#define _fllwvowel		64
#define _uprvowel		128
#define _lwrvowel		256
#define _tone			512
#define _diacrt1		1024
#define _diacrt2		2048
#define _combine		4096
#define _stone			8192
#define _tdig			16384
#define _rearvowel		(_fllwvowel | _uprvowel | _lwrvowel)
#define _diacrt			(_diacrt1 | _diacrt2)
#define levelof(c)		( _is(c) & _level )
#define isthai(c)		( (c) >= 128 )
#define istalpha(c)		( _is(c) & (_consnt|_ldvowel|_rearvowel|\
                         _tone|_diacrt1|_diacrt2) )
#define isconsnt(c)		( _is(c) & _consnt )
#define isldvowel(c)	( _is(c) & _ldvowel )
#define isfllwvowel(c)	( _is(c) & _fllwvowel )
#define ismidvowel(c)	( _is(c) & (_ldvowel|_fllwvowel) )
#define isuprvowel(c)	( _is(c) & _uprvowel )
#define islwrvowel(c)	( _is(c) & _lwrvowel )
#define isuprlwrvowel(c) ( _is(c) & (_lwrvowel | _uprvowel))
#define isrearvowel(c)	( _is(c) & _rearvowel )
#define isvowel(c)      ( _is(c) & (_ldvowel|_rearvowel) )
#define istone(c)       ( _is(c) & _tone )
#define isunldable(c)   ( _is(c) & (_rearvowel|_tone|_diacrt1|_diacrt2) )
#define iscombinable(c) ( _is(c) & _combine )
#define istdigit(c)     ( _is(c) & _tdig )
#define isstone(c)      ( _is(c) & _stone )
#define isdiacrt1(c)	( _is(c) & _diacrt1)
#define isdiacrt2(c)	( _is(c) & _diacrt2)
#define isdiacrt(c)		( _is(c) & _diacrt) 

/* Function prototype called by sql/field.cc */
void ThNormalize(uchar* ptr, uint field_length, const uchar* from, uint length);

#endif  
/* Copyright (c) 2021, MariaDB Corporation

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#include <windows.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

BOOL my_create_minidump(DWORD pid, BOOL verbose);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#ifndef ITEM_SUBSELECT_INCLUDED
#define ITEM_SUBSELECT_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2002, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/* subselect Item */

#include "item.h"
#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#include <queues.h>

class st_select_lex;
class st_select_lex_unit;
class JOIN;
class select_result_interceptor;
class subselect_engine;
class subselect_hash_sj_engine;
class Item_bool_func2;
class Comp_creator;
class With_element;
class Field_pair;

typedef class st_select_lex SELECT_LEX;

/**
  Convenience typedef used in this file, and further used by any files
  including this file.
*/
typedef Comp_creator* (*chooser_compare_func_creator)(bool invert);
class Cached_item;
class Subq_materialization_tracker;
class Explain_subq_materialization;

/* base class for subselects */

class Item_subselect :public Item_result_field,
                      protected Used_tables_and_const_cache
{
  /*
    Set to TRUE if the value is assigned for the subselect
    FALSE: subquery not executed or the subquery returns an empty result
  */
  bool value_assigned;
  bool own_engine;  /* the engine was not taken from other Item_subselect */
protected:
  /* thread handler, will be assigned in fix_fields only */
  THD *thd;
  /* old engine if engine was changed */
  subselect_engine *old_engine;
  /* allowed number of columns (1 for single value subqueries) */
  uint max_columns;
  /* where subquery is placed */
  enum_parsing_place parsing_place;
  /* work with 'substitution' */
  bool have_to_be_excluded;
  
  bool inside_first_fix_fields;
  bool done_first_fix_fields;
  Item *expr_cache;
  /*
    Set to TRUE if at optimization or execution time we determine that this
    item's value is a constant. We need this member because it is not possible
    to substitute 'this' with a constant item.
  */
  bool forced_const;
  /* Set to the result of the last call of is_expensive()  */
  bool expensive_fl;
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  /* Count the number of times this subquery predicate has been executed. */
  uint exec_counter;
#endif
public:
  /* 
    Used inside Item_subselect::fix_fields() according to this scenario:
      > Item_subselect::fix_fields
        > engine->prepare
          > child_join->prepare
            (Here we realize we need to do the rewrite and set
             substitution= some new Item, eg. Item_in_optimizer )
          < child_join->prepare
        < engine->prepare
        *ref= substitution;
        substitution= NULL;
      < Item_subselect::fix_fields
  */
  /* TODO make this protected member again. */
  Item *substitution;
  /* engine that perform execution of subselect (single select or union) */
  /* TODO make this protected member again. */
  subselect_engine *engine;
  /* unit of subquery */
  st_select_lex_unit *unit;
  /* Cached buffers used when calling filesort in sub queries */
  Filesort_buffer filesort_buffer;
  LEX_STRING sortbuffer;
  /* A reference from inside subquery predicate to somewhere outside of it */
  class Ref_to_outside : public Sql_alloc
  {
  public:
    st_select_lex *select; /* Select where the reference is pointing to */
    /* 
      What is being referred. This may be NULL when we're referring to an
      aggregate function.
    */ 
    Item *item; 
  };
  /*
    References from within this subquery to somewhere outside of it (i.e. to
    parent select, grandparent select, etc)
  */
  List<Ref_to_outside> upper_refs;
  st_select_lex *parent_select;

  /*
   TRUE<=>Table Elimination has made it redundant to evaluate this select
          (and so it is not part of QEP, etc)
  */
  bool eliminated;
  
  /* subquery is transformed */
  bool changed;

  /* TRUE <=> The underlying SELECT is correlated w.r.t some ancestor select */
  bool is_correlated;

  /* 
    TRUE <=> the subquery contains a recursive reference in the FROM list
    of one of its selects. In this case some of subquery optimization
    strategies cannot be applied for the subquery;
  */
  bool with_recursive_reference; 

  /* To link Item_subselects containing references to the same recursive CTE */ 
  Item_subselect *next_with_rec_ref;

  enum subs_type {UNKNOWN_SUBS, SINGLEROW_SUBS,
		  EXISTS_SUBS, IN_SUBS, ALL_SUBS, ANY_SUBS};

  Item_subselect(THD *thd);

  virtual subs_type substype() { return UNKNOWN_SUBS; }
  bool is_exists_predicate()
  {
    return substype() == Item_subselect::EXISTS_SUBS;
  }
  bool is_in_predicate()
  {
    return get_IN_subquery() != NULL;
  }

  /*
    We need this method, because some compilers do not allow 'this'
    pointer in constructor initialization list, but we need to pass a pointer
    to subselect Item class to select_result_interceptor's constructor.
  */
  virtual void init (st_select_lex *select_lex,
		     select_result_interceptor *result);

  ~Item_subselect();
  void cleanup() override;
  virtual void reset()
  {
    eliminated= FALSE;
    null_value= 1;
  }
  /**
    Set the subquery result to a default value consistent with the semantics of
    the result row produced for queries with implicit grouping.
  */
  void no_rows_in_result() override= 0;
  virtual bool select_transformer(JOIN *join);
  bool assigned() { return value_assigned; }
  void assigned(bool a) { value_assigned= a; }
  enum Type type() const override;
  bool is_null() override
  {
    update_null_value();
    return null_value;
  }
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  bool mark_as_dependent(THD *thd, st_select_lex *select, Item *item);
  void fix_after_pullout(st_select_lex *new_parent, Item **ref,
                         bool merge) override;
  void recalc_used_tables(st_select_lex *new_parent, bool after_pullout);
  virtual bool exec();
  /*
    If subquery optimization or execution determines that the subquery has
    an empty result, mark the subquery predicate as a constant value.
  */
  void make_const()
  { 
    used_tables_cache= 0;
    const_item_cache= 0;
    forced_const= TRUE; 
  }
  virtual bool fix_length_and_dec();
  table_map used_tables() const override;
  table_map not_null_tables() const override { return 0; }
  bool const_item() const override;
  inline table_map get_used_tables_cache() { return used_tables_cache; }
  Item *get_tmp_table_item(THD *thd) override;
  void update_used_tables() override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  virtual bool have_guarded_conds() { return FALSE; }
  bool change_engine(subselect_engine *eng)
  {
    old_engine= engine;
    engine= eng;
    return eng == 0;
  }
  bool engine_changed(subselect_engine *eng) { return engine != eng; }
  /*
    True if this subquery has been already evaluated. Implemented only for
    single select and union subqueries only.
  */
  bool is_evaluated() const;
  bool is_uncacheable() const;
  bool is_expensive() override;

  /*
    Used by max/min subquery to initialize value presence registration
    mechanism. Engine call this method before rexecution query.
  */
  virtual void reset_value_registration() {}
  enum_parsing_place place() { return parsing_place; }
  bool walk(Item_processor processor, bool walk_subquery, void *arg) override;
  bool unknown_splocal_processor(void *arg) override;
  bool mark_as_eliminated_processor(void *arg) override;
  bool eliminate_subselect_processor(void *arg) override;
  bool enumerate_field_refs_processor(void *arg) override;
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function("select ...", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
  /**
    Callback to test if an IN predicate is expensive.

    @notes
    The return value affects the behavior of make_cond_for_table().

    @retval TRUE  if the predicate is expensive
    @retval FALSE otherwise
  */
  bool is_expensive_processor(void *arg) override { return is_expensive(); }
  bool update_table_bitmaps_processor(void *arg) override;

  /**
    Get the SELECT_LEX structure associated with this Item.
    @return the SELECT_LEX structure associated with this Item
  */
  st_select_lex* get_select_lex();
  bool expr_cache_is_needed(THD *) override;
  void get_cache_parameters(List<Item> &parameters) override;
  bool is_subquery_processor (void *opt_arg) override { return 1; }
  bool exists2in_processor(void *opt_arg) override { return 0; }
  bool limit_index_condition_pushdown_processor(void *opt_arg) override
  {
    return TRUE;
  }
  bool subselect_table_finder_processor(void *arg) override;

  void register_as_with_rec_ref(With_element *with_elem);
  void init_expr_cache_tracker(THD *thd);

  st_select_lex *wrap_tvc_into_select(THD *thd, st_select_lex *tvc_sl);

protected:
  Item* deep_copy(THD *thd) const override { return nullptr; }
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override { return nullptr; }

  friend class select_result_interceptor;
  friend class Item_in_optimizer;
  friend bool Item_field::fix_fields(THD *, Item **);
  friend int  Item_field::fix_outer_field(THD *, Field **, Item **);
  friend bool Item_ref::fix_fields(THD *, Item **);
  friend void mark_select_range_as_dependent(THD*,
                                             st_select_lex*, st_select_lex*,
                                             Field*, Item*, Item_ident*,
                                             bool);
  friend bool convert_join_subqueries_to_semijoins(JOIN *join);
};

/* single value subselect */

class Item_cache;
class Item_singlerow_subselect :public Item_subselect
{
protected:
  Item_cache *value, **row;
public:
  Item_singlerow_subselect(THD *thd_arg, st_select_lex *select_lex);
  Item_singlerow_subselect(THD *thd_arg): Item_subselect(thd_arg), value(0), row (0)
  {}

  void cleanup() override;
  subs_type substype() override { return SINGLEROW_SUBS; }

  void reset() override;
  void no_rows_in_result() override;
  bool select_transformer(JOIN *join) override;
  void store(uint i, Item* item);
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool val_bool() override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec() override;

  uint cols() const override;
  Item* element_index(uint i) override
  { return reinterpret_cast<Item*>(row[i]); }
  Item** addr(uint i) override { return (Item**)row + i; }
  bool check_cols(uint c) override;
  bool null_inside() override;
  void bring_value() override;

  /**
    This method is used to implement a special case of semantic tree
    rewriting, mandated by a SQL:2003 exception in the specification.
    The only caller of this method is handle_sql2003_note184_exception(),
    see the code there for more details.
    Note that this method breaks the object internal integrity, by
    removing it's association with the corresponding SELECT_LEX,
    making this object orphan from the parse tree.
    No other method, beside the destructor, should be called on this
    object, as it is now invalid.
    @return the SELECT_LEX structure that was given in the constructor.
  */
  st_select_lex* invalidate_and_restore_select_lex();

  Item* expr_cache_insert_transformer(THD *thd, uchar *unused) override;

  friend class select_singlerow_subselect;
};

/* used in static ALL/ANY optimization */
class select_max_min_finder_subselect;
class Item_maxmin_subselect :public Item_singlerow_subselect
{
protected:
  bool max;
  bool was_values;  // Set if we have found at least one row
public:
  Item_maxmin_subselect(THD *thd, Item_subselect *parent,
			st_select_lex *select_lex, bool max);
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  void cleanup() override;
  bool any_value() { return was_values; }
  void register_value() { was_values= TRUE; }
  void reset_value_registration() override { was_values= FALSE; }
  void no_rows_in_result() override;
};

/* exists subselect */

class Item_exists_subselect :public Item_subselect
{
protected:
  Item_func_not *upper_not;
  bool value; /* value of this item (boolean: exists/not-exists) */

  void init_length_and_dec();
  bool select_prepare_to_be_in();

public:
  /*
    Used by subquery optimizations to keep track about in which clause this
    subquery predicate is located: 
      NO_JOIN_NEST      - the predicate is an AND-part of the WHERE
      join nest pointer - the predicate is an AND-part of ON expression
                          of a join nest   
      NULL              - for all other locations
  */
  TABLE_LIST *emb_on_expr_nest;
  /**
    Reference on the Item_in_optimizer wrapper of this subquery
  */
  Item_in_optimizer *optimizer;
  /* true if we got this from EXISTS or to IN */
  bool exists_transformed;

  Item_exists_subselect(THD *thd_arg, st_select_lex *select_lex);
  Item_exists_subselect(THD *thd_arg):
  Item_subselect(thd_arg), upper_not(NULL),
    emb_on_expr_nest(NULL), optimizer(0), exists_transformed(0)
  {}

  subs_type substype() override { return EXISTS_SUBS; }
  void reset() override
  {
    eliminated= FALSE;
    value= 0;
  }
  void no_rows_in_result() override;

  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    return &type_handler_bool;
  }
  longlong val_int() override;
  double val_real() override;
  String *val_str(String*) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool val_bool() override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  { return get_date_from_int(thd, ltime, fuzzydate); }
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec() override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  bool select_transformer(JOIN *join) override;
  bool exists2in_processor(void *opt_arg) override;

  Item* expr_cache_insert_transformer(THD *thd, uchar *unused) override;

  void mark_as_condition_AND_part(TABLE_LIST *embedding) override
  {
    emb_on_expr_nest= embedding;
  }
  void under_not(Item_func_not *upper) override { upper_not= upper; };

  void set_exists_transformed() { exists_transformed= TRUE; }

  friend class select_exists_subselect;
  friend class subselect_uniquesubquery_engine;
  friend class subselect_indexsubquery_engine;
};


TABLE_LIST * const NO_JOIN_NEST=(TABLE_LIST*)0x1;

/*
  Possible methods to execute an IN predicate. These are set by the optimizer
  based on user-set optimizer switches, semantic analysis and cost comparison.
*/
#define SUBS_NOT_TRANSFORMED 0 /* No execution method was chosen for this IN. */
/* The Final decision about the strategy is made. */
#define SUBS_STRATEGY_CHOSEN 1
#define SUBS_SEMI_JOIN 2       /* IN was converted to semi-join. */
#define SUBS_IN_TO_EXISTS 4    /* IN was converted to correlated EXISTS. */
#define SUBS_MATERIALIZATION 8 /* Execute IN via subquery materialization. */
/* Partial matching substrategies of MATERIALIZATION. */
#define SUBS_PARTIAL_MATCH_ROWID_MERGE 16
#define SUBS_PARTIAL_MATCH_TABLE_SCAN 32
/* ALL/ANY will be transformed with max/min optimization */
/*   The subquery has not aggregates, transform it into a MAX/MIN query. */
#define SUBS_MAXMIN_INJECTED 64
/*   The subquery has aggregates, use a special max/min subselect engine. */
#define SUBS_MAXMIN_ENGINE 128


/**
  Representation of IN subquery predicates of the form
  "left_expr IN (SELECT ...)".

  @details
  This class has: 
   - A "subquery execution engine" (as a subclass of Item_subselect) that allows
     it to evaluate subqueries. (and this class participates in execution by
     having was_null variable where part of execution result is stored.
   - Transformation methods (todo: more on this).

  This class is not used directly, it is "wrapped" into Item_in_optimizer
  which provides some small bits of subquery evaluation.
*/

class Item_in_subselect :public Item_exists_subselect
{
protected:
  /*
    Cache of the left operand of the subquery predicate. Allocated in the
    runtime memory root, for each execution, thus need not be freed.
  */
  List<Cached_item> *left_expr_cache;
  bool first_execution;

  /*
    expr & optimizer used in subselect rewriting to store Item for
    all JOIN in UNION
  */
  Item *expr;
  bool was_null;
  /* A bitmap of possible execution strategies for an IN predicate. */
  uchar in_strategy;
  /* Tracker collecting execution parameters of a materialized subquery */
  Subq_materialization_tracker *materialization_tracker;
protected:
  /* Used to trigger on/off conditions that were pushed down to subselect */
  bool *pushed_cond_guards;
  Comp_creator *func;

protected:
  bool init_cond_guards();
  bool select_in_like_transformer(JOIN *join);
  bool single_value_transformer(JOIN *join);
  bool row_value_transformer(JOIN * join);
  bool fix_having(Item *having, st_select_lex *select_lex);
  bool create_single_in_to_exists_cond(JOIN * join,
                                       Item **where_item,
                                       Item **having_item);
  bool create_row_in_to_exists_cond(JOIN * join,
                                    Item **where_item,
                                    Item **having_item);
  Item *left_expr;
  /*
    Important for PS/SP: left_expr_orig is the item that left_expr originally
    pointed at. That item is allocated on the statement arena, while
    left_expr could later be changed to something on the execution arena.
  */
  Item *left_expr_orig;

public:
  /* Priority of this predicate in the convert-to-semi-join-nest process. */
  int sj_convert_priority;
  /* May be TRUE only for the candidates to semi-join conversion */
  bool do_not_convert_to_sj; 
  /*
    Types of left_expr and subquery's select list allow to perform subquery
    materialization. Currently, we set this to FALSE when it as well could
    be TRUE. This is to be properly addressed with fix for BUG#36752.
  */
  bool types_allow_materialization;

  /* 
    Same as above, but they also allow to scan the materialized table. 
  */
  bool sjm_scan_allowed;

  /* 
    JoinTaB Materialization (JTBM) members
  */
  
  /* 
    TRUE <=> This subselect has been converted into non-mergeable semi-join
    table.
  */
  bool is_jtbm_merged;
  
  /* (Applicable if is_jtbm_merged==TRUE) Time required to run the materialized join */
  double jtbm_read_time;

  /* (Applicable if is_jtbm_merged==TRUE) Number of output rows in materialized join */
  double jtbm_record_count;   
  
  /*
    (Applicable if is_jtbm_merged==TRUE) TRUE <=> The materialized subselect is
    a degenerate subselect which produces 0 or 1 rows, which we know at
    optimization phase.
    Examples:
    1. subquery has "Impossible WHERE": 

      SELECT * FROM ot WHERE ot.column IN (SELECT it.col FROM it WHERE 2 > 3)
    
    2. Subquery produces one row which opt_sum.cc is able to get with one lookup:

      SELECT * FROM ot WHERE ot.column IN (SELECT MAX(it.key_col) FROM it)
  */
  bool is_jtbm_const_tab;
  
  /* 
    (Applicable if is_jtbm_const_tab==TRUE) Whether the subquery has produced 
     the row (or not)
  */
  bool jtbm_const_row_found;
  
  /*
    TRUE<=>this is a flattenable semi-join, false otherwise.
  */
  bool is_flattenable_semijoin;

  /*
    TRUE<=>registered in the list of semijoins in outer select
  */
  bool is_registered_semijoin;
  
  List<Field_pair> corresponding_fields;

  /*
    Used to determine how this subselect item is represented in the item tree,
    in case there is a need to locate it there and replace with something else.
    Two options are possible:
      1. This item is there 'as-is'.
      1. This item is wrapped within Item_in_optimizer.
  */
  Item *original_item()
  {
    return (is_flattenable_semijoin && !exists_transformed ?
            (Item*)this :
            (Item*)optimizer);
  }
  
  bool *get_cond_guard(int i)
  {
    return pushed_cond_guards ? pushed_cond_guards + i : NULL;
  }
  void set_cond_guard_var(int i, bool v) 
  { 
    if ( pushed_cond_guards)
      pushed_cond_guards[i]= v;
  }
  bool have_guarded_conds() override { return MY_TEST(pushed_cond_guards); }

  Item_func_not_all *upper_item; // point on NOT/NOP before ALL/SOME subquery

  /*
    SET to TRUE if IN subquery is converted from an IN predicate
  */
  bool converted_from_in_predicate;

  Item_in_subselect(THD *thd_arg, Item * left_expr, st_select_lex *select_lex);
  Item_in_subselect(THD *thd_arg):
    Item_exists_subselect(thd_arg), left_expr_cache(0), first_execution(TRUE),
    in_strategy(SUBS_NOT_TRANSFORMED), materialization_tracker(NULL),
    pushed_cond_guards(NULL), func(NULL), do_not_convert_to_sj(FALSE),
    is_jtbm_merged(FALSE), is_jtbm_const_tab(FALSE), upper_item(0),
    converted_from_in_predicate(FALSE) {}
  void cleanup() override;
  subs_type substype() override { return IN_SUBS; }
  void reset() override
  {
    eliminated= FALSE;
    value= 0;
    null_value= 0;
    was_null= 0;
    is_jtbm_const_tab= 0;
  }
  bool select_transformer(JOIN *join) override;
  bool create_in_to_exists_cond(JOIN *join_arg);
  bool inject_in_to_exists_cond(JOIN *join_arg);

  bool exec() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  double val_real() override;
  String *val_str(String*) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool val_bool() override;
  bool test_limit(st_select_lex_unit *unit);
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return IN_PRECEDENCE; }
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec() override;
  void fix_after_pullout(st_select_lex *new_parent, Item **ref,
                         bool merge) override;
  bool const_item() const override
  {
    return Item_subselect::const_item() && left_expr->const_item();
  }
  void update_used_tables() override;
  bool setup_mat_engine();
  bool init_left_expr_cache();
  /* Inform 'this' that it was computed, and contains a valid result. */
  void set_first_execution() { if (first_execution) first_execution= FALSE; }
  bool expr_cache_is_needed(THD *thd) override;
  inline bool left_expr_has_null();

  void disable_cond_guard_for_const_null_left_expr(int i)
  {
    if (left_expr->can_eval_in_optimize())
    {
      if (left_expr->element_index(i)->is_null())
        set_cond_guard_var(i,FALSE);
    }
  }

  int optimize(double *out_rows, double *cost);
  /*
    Return the identifier that we could use to identify the subquery for the
    user.
  */
  int get_identifier();

  void block_conversion_to_sj () { do_not_convert_to_sj= TRUE; }

  bool test_strategy(uchar strategy)
  { return MY_TEST(in_strategy & strategy); }

  /**
    Test that the IN strategy was chosen for execution. This is so
    when the CHOSEN flag is ON, and there is no other strategy.
  */
  bool test_set_strategy(uchar strategy)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(strategy == SUBS_SEMI_JOIN ||
                strategy == SUBS_IN_TO_EXISTS ||
                strategy == SUBS_MATERIALIZATION ||
                strategy == SUBS_PARTIAL_MATCH_ROWID_MERGE ||
                strategy == SUBS_PARTIAL_MATCH_TABLE_SCAN ||
                strategy == SUBS_MAXMIN_INJECTED ||
                strategy == SUBS_MAXMIN_ENGINE);
    return ((in_strategy & SUBS_STRATEGY_CHOSEN) &&
            (in_strategy & ~SUBS_STRATEGY_CHOSEN) == strategy);
  }

  bool is_set_strategy()
  { return MY_TEST(in_strategy & SUBS_STRATEGY_CHOSEN); }

  bool has_strategy()
  { return in_strategy != SUBS_NOT_TRANSFORMED; }

  void add_strategy (uchar strategy)
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Item_in_subselect::add_strategy");
    DBUG_PRINT("enter", ("current: %u  add: %u",
                         (uint) in_strategy, (uint) strategy));
    DBUG_ASSERT(strategy != SUBS_NOT_TRANSFORMED);
    DBUG_ASSERT(!(strategy & SUBS_STRATEGY_CHOSEN));
    /*
      TODO: PS re-execution breaks this condition, because
      check_and_do_in_subquery_rewrites() is called for each reexecution
      and re-adds the same strategies.
      DBUG_ASSERT(!(in_strategy & SUBS_STRATEGY_CHOSEN));
    */
    in_strategy|= strategy;
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }

  void reset_strategy(uchar strategy)
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Item_in_subselect::reset_strategy");
    DBUG_PRINT("enter", ("current: %u  new: %u",
                         (uint) in_strategy, (uint) strategy));
    DBUG_ASSERT(strategy != SUBS_NOT_TRANSFORMED);
    in_strategy= strategy;
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }

  void set_strategy(uchar strategy)
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Item_in_subselect::set_strategy");
    DBUG_PRINT("enter", ("current: %u  set: %u",
                         (uint) in_strategy,
                         (uint) (SUBS_STRATEGY_CHOSEN | strategy)));
    /* Check that only one strategy is set for execution. */
    DBUG_ASSERT(strategy == SUBS_SEMI_JOIN ||
                strategy == SUBS_IN_TO_EXISTS ||
                strategy == SUBS_MATERIALIZATION ||
                strategy == SUBS_PARTIAL_MATCH_ROWID_MERGE ||
                strategy == SUBS_PARTIAL_MATCH_TABLE_SCAN ||
                strategy == SUBS_MAXMIN_INJECTED ||
                strategy == SUBS_MAXMIN_ENGINE);
    in_strategy= (SUBS_STRATEGY_CHOSEN | strategy);
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }

  bool walk(Item_processor processor, bool walk_subquery, void *arg) override
  {
    return left_expr->walk(processor, walk_subquery, arg) ||
           Item_subselect::walk(processor, walk_subquery, arg);
  }

  bool exists2in_processor(void *opt_arg __attribute__((unused))) override
  {
    return 0;
  };

  bool pushdown_cond_for_in_subquery(THD *thd, Item *cond);

  Item_in_subselect *get_IN_subquery() override
  { return this; }
  inline Item** left_exp_ptr()
  { return &left_expr; }
  inline Item* left_exp() const
  { return left_expr; }
  inline Item* left_exp_orig() const
  { return left_expr_orig; }
  void init_subq_materialization_tracker(THD *thd);
  Subq_materialization_tracker *get_materialization_tracker() const
  { return materialization_tracker; }

  friend class Item_ref_null_helper;
  friend class Item_is_not_null_test;
  friend class Item_in_optimizer;
  friend class subselect_indexsubquery_engine;
  friend class subselect_hash_sj_engine;
  friend class subselect_partial_match_engine;
  friend class Item_exists_subselect;
};


/* ALL/ANY/SOME subselect */
class Item_allany_subselect :public Item_in_subselect
{
public:
  chooser_compare_func_creator func_creator;
  bool all;

  Item_allany_subselect(THD *thd_arg, Item * left_expr,
                        chooser_compare_func_creator fc,
                        st_select_lex *select_lex, bool all);

  void cleanup() override;
  // only ALL subquery has upper not
  subs_type substype() override { return all?ALL_SUBS:ANY_SUBS; }
  bool select_transformer(JOIN *join) override;
  void create_comp_func(bool invert) { func= func_creator(invert); }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return CMP_PRECEDENCE; }
  bool is_maxmin_applicable(JOIN *join);
  bool transform_into_max_min(JOIN *join);
  void no_rows_in_result() override;
};


class subselect_engine: public Sql_alloc,
                        public Type_handler_hybrid_field_type
{
protected:
  select_result_interceptor *result; /* results storage class */
  THD *thd; /* pointer to current THD */
  Item_subselect *item; /* item, that use this engine */
  bool maybe_null; /* may be null (first item in select) */
public:

  enum enum_engine_type {ABSTRACT_ENGINE, SINGLE_SELECT_ENGINE,
                         UNION_ENGINE, UNIQUESUBQUERY_ENGINE,
                         INDEXSUBQUERY_ENGINE, HASH_SJ_ENGINE,
                         ROWID_MERGE_ENGINE, TABLE_SCAN_ENGINE,
                         SINGLE_COLUMN_ENGINE};

  subselect_engine(Item_subselect *si,
                   select_result_interceptor *res):
    Type_handler_hybrid_field_type(&type_handler_varchar),
    thd(NULL)
  {
    result= res;
    item= si;
    maybe_null= 0;
  }
  virtual ~subselect_engine() = default;; // to satisfy compiler
  virtual void cleanup()= 0;

  /*
    Also sets "thd" for subselect_engine::result.
    Should be called before prepare().
  */
  void set_thd(THD *thd_arg);
  THD * get_thd() { return thd ? thd : current_thd; }
  virtual int prepare(THD *)= 0;
  virtual bool fix_length_and_dec(Item_cache** row)= 0;
  /*
    Execute the engine

    SYNOPSIS
      exec()

    DESCRIPTION
      Execute the engine. The result of execution is subquery value that is
      either captured by previously set up select_result-based 'sink' or
      stored somewhere by the exec() method itself.

      A required side effect: If at least one pushed-down predicate is
      disabled, subselect_engine->no_rows() must return correct result after 
      the exec() call.

    RETURN
      0 - OK
      1 - Either an execution error, or the engine was "changed", and the
          caller should call exec() again for the new engine.
  */
  virtual int exec()= 0;
  virtual uint cols() const= 0; /* return number of columns in select */
  virtual uint8 uncacheable()= 0; /* query is uncacheable */
  virtual void exclude()= 0;
  virtual bool may_be_null() { return maybe_null; };
  virtual table_map upper_select_const_tables()= 0;
  static table_map calc_const_tables(TABLE_LIST *);
  static table_map calc_const_tables(List<TABLE_LIST> &list);
  virtual void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type)= 0;
  virtual bool change_result(Item_subselect *si,
                             select_result_interceptor *result,
                             bool temp= FALSE)= 0;
  virtual bool no_tables() const = 0;
  /*
    Return true we can guarantee that the subquery will always return one row.
  */
  virtual bool always_returns_one_row() const { return false; }
  virtual bool is_executed() const { return FALSE; }
  /* Check if subquery produced any rows during last query execution */
  virtual bool no_rows() = 0;
  virtual enum_engine_type engine_type() { return ABSTRACT_ENGINE; }
  virtual int get_identifier() { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return 0; }
  virtual void force_reexecution() {}
protected:
  bool set_row(List<Item> &item_list, Item_cache **row);
};

class subselect_single_select_engine: public subselect_engine
{
  bool prepared;       /* simple subselect is prepared */
  bool executed;       /* simple subselect is executed */
  st_select_lex *select_lex; /* corresponding select_lex */
  JOIN * join; /* corresponding JOIN structure */
public:
  subselect_single_select_engine(st_select_lex *select,
				 select_result_interceptor *result,
				 Item_subselect *item);
  void cleanup() override;
  int prepare(THD *thd) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(Item_cache** row) override;
  int exec() override;
  uint cols() const override;
  uint8 uncacheable() override;
  void exclude() override;
  table_map upper_select_const_tables() override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  bool change_result(Item_subselect *si,
                     select_result_interceptor *result,
                     bool temp) override;
  bool no_tables() const override;
  bool always_returns_one_row() const override;
  bool may_be_null() override;
  bool is_executed() const override { return executed; }
  bool no_rows() override;
  enum_engine_type engine_type() override { return SINGLE_SELECT_ENGINE; }
  int get_identifier() override;
  void force_reexecution() override;
  void change_select(st_select_lex *new_select) { select_lex= new_select; }

  friend class subselect_hash_sj_engine;
  friend class Item_in_subselect;
  friend bool execute_degenerate_jtbm_semi_join(THD *thd,
                                                TABLE_LIST *tbl,
                                                Item_in_subselect *subq_pred,
                                                List<Item> &eq_list);
};


class subselect_union_engine: public subselect_engine
{
  st_select_lex_unit *unit;  /* corresponding unit structure */
public:
  subselect_union_engine(st_select_lex_unit *u,
			 select_result_interceptor *result,
			 Item_subselect *item);
  void cleanup() override;
  int prepare(THD *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(Item_cache** row) override;
  int exec() override;
  uint cols() const override;
  uint8 uncacheable() override;
  void exclude() override;
  table_map upper_select_const_tables() override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  bool change_result(Item_subselect *si,
                     select_result_interceptor *result,
                     bool temp= FALSE) override;
  bool no_tables() const override;
  bool is_executed() const override;
  void force_reexecution() override;
  bool no_rows() override;
  enum_engine_type engine_type() override { return UNION_ENGINE; }
};


struct st_join_table;


/*
  A subquery execution engine that evaluates the subquery by doing one index
  lookup in a unique index.

  This engine is used to resolve subqueries in forms
  
    outer_expr IN (SELECT tbl.unique_key FROM tbl WHERE subq_where) 
    
  or, tuple-based:
  
    (oe1, .. oeN) IN (SELECT uniq_key_part1, ... uniq_key_partK
                      FROM tbl WHERE subqwhere) 
  
  i.e. the subquery is a single table SELECT without GROUP BY, aggregate
  functions, etc.
*/

class subselect_uniquesubquery_engine: public subselect_engine
{
protected:
  st_join_table *tab;
  Item *cond; /* The WHERE condition of subselect */
  /* 
    TRUE<=> last execution produced empty set. Valid only when left
    expression is NULL.
  */
  bool empty_result_set;
public:

  // constructor can assign THD because it will be called after JOIN::prepare
  subselect_uniquesubquery_engine(THD *thd_arg, st_join_table *tab_arg,
				  Item_in_subselect *subs, Item *where)
    :subselect_engine(subs, 0), tab(tab_arg), cond(where)
  {
    thd= thd_arg;
    DBUG_ASSERT(subs);
  }
  ~subselect_uniquesubquery_engine();
  void cleanup() override;
  int prepare(THD *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(Item_cache** row) override;
  int exec() override;
  uint cols() const override { return 1; }
  uint8 uncacheable() override { return UNCACHEABLE_DEPENDENT_INJECTED; }
  void exclude() override;
  table_map upper_select_const_tables() override { return 0; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  bool change_result(Item_subselect *si,
                     select_result_interceptor *result,
                     bool temp= FALSE) override;
  bool no_tables() const override;
  int index_lookup(); /* TIMOUR: this method needs refactoring. */
  int scan_table();
  bool copy_ref_key(bool skip_constants);
  bool no_rows() override { return empty_result_set; }
  enum_engine_type engine_type() override { return UNIQUESUBQUERY_ENGINE; }
};


class subselect_indexsubquery_engine: public subselect_uniquesubquery_engine
{
  /* FALSE for 'ref', TRUE for 'ref-or-null'. */
  bool check_null;
  /* 
    The "having" clause. This clause (further referred to as "artificial
    having") was inserted by subquery transformation code. It contains 
    Item(s) that have a side-effect: they record whether the subquery has 
    produced a row with NULL certain components. We need to use it for cases
    like
      (oe1, oe2) IN (SELECT t.key, t.no_key FROM t1)
    where we do index lookup on t.key=oe1 but need also to check if there
    was a row such that t.no_key IS NULL.
    
    NOTE: This is currently here and not in the uniquesubquery_engine. Ideally
    it should have been in uniquesubquery_engine in order to allow execution of
    subqueries like
    
      (oe1, oe2) IN (SELECT primary_key, non_key_maybe_null_field FROM tbl)

    We could use uniquesubquery_engine for the first component and let
    Item_is_not_null_test( non_key_maybe_null_field) to handle the second.

    However, subqueries like the above are currently not handled by index
    lookup-based subquery engines, the engine applicability check misses
    them: it doesn't switch the engine for case of artificial having and
    [eq_]ref access (only for artificial having + ref_or_null or no having).
    The above example subquery is handled as a full-blown SELECT with eq_ref
    access to one table.

    Due to this limitation, the "artificial having" currently needs to be 
    checked by only in indexsubquery_engine.
  */
  Item *having;
public:

  // constructor can assign THD because it will be called after JOIN::prepare
  subselect_indexsubquery_engine(THD *thd_arg, st_join_table *tab_arg,
				 Item_in_subselect *subs, Item *where,
                                 Item *having_arg, bool chk_null)
    :subselect_uniquesubquery_engine(thd_arg, tab_arg, subs, where),
     check_null(chk_null),
     having(having_arg)
  { DBUG_ASSERT(subs); }
  int exec() override;
  void print (String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  enum_engine_type engine_type() override { return INDEXSUBQUERY_ENGINE; }
};

/*
  This function is actually defined in sql_parse.cc, but it depends on
  chooser_compare_func_creator defined in this file.
 */
Item * all_any_subquery_creator(THD *thd, Item *left_expr,
                                chooser_compare_func_creator cmp,
                                bool all,
                                SELECT_LEX *select_lex);


inline bool Item_subselect::is_evaluated() const
{
  return engine->is_executed();
}


inline bool Item_subselect::is_uncacheable() const
{
  return engine->uncacheable();
}

/**
  Compute an IN predicate via a hash semi-join. This class is responsible for
  the materialization of the subquery, and the selection of the correct and
  optimal execution method (e.g. direct index lookup, or partial matching) for
  the IN predicate.
*/

class subselect_hash_sj_engine : public subselect_engine
{
public:
  /* The table into which the subquery is materialized. */
  TABLE *tmp_table;
  /* TRUE if the subquery was materialized into a temp table. */
  bool is_materialized;
  /*
    The old engine already chosen at parse time and stored in permanent memory.
    Through this member we can re-create and re-prepare materialize_join for
    each execution of a prepared statement. We also reuse the functionality
    of subselect_single_select_engine::[prepare | cols].
  */
  subselect_single_select_engine *materialize_engine;
  /*
    QEP to execute the subquery and materialize its result into a
    temporary table. Created during the first call to exec().
  */
  JOIN *materialize_join;
  /*
    A conjunction of all the equality conditions between all pairs of expressions
    that are arguments of an IN predicate. We need these to post-filter some
    IN results because index lookups sometimes match values that are actually
    not equal to the search key in SQL terms.
  */
  Item_cond_and *semi_join_conds;
  Name_resolution_context *semi_join_conds_context;


  subselect_hash_sj_engine(THD *thd_arg, Item_in_subselect *in_predicate,
                           subselect_single_select_engine *old_engine)
    : subselect_engine(in_predicate, NULL),
      tmp_table(NULL), is_materialized(FALSE), materialize_engine(old_engine),
      materialize_join(NULL),  semi_join_conds(NULL), lookup_engine(NULL),
      count_partial_match_columns(0), count_null_only_columns(0),
      count_columns_with_nulls(0), strategy(UNDEFINED)
  { DBUG_ASSERT(in_predicate); }
  ~subselect_hash_sj_engine();

  bool init(List<Item> *tmp_columns, uint subquery_id);
  void cleanup() override;
  int prepare(THD *) override;
  int exec() override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  uint cols() const override { return materialize_engine->cols(); }
  uint8 uncacheable() override { return materialize_engine->uncacheable(); }
  table_map upper_select_const_tables() override { return 0; }
  bool no_rows() override { return !tmp_table->file->stats.records; }
  enum_engine_type engine_type() override { return HASH_SJ_ENGINE; }
  /*
    TODO: factor out all these methods in a base subselect_index_engine class
    because all of them have dummy implementations and should never be called.
  */
  bool fix_length_and_dec(Item_cache** row) override;//=>base class
  void exclude() override; //=>base class
  //=>base class
  bool change_result(Item_subselect *si,
                     select_result_interceptor *result,
                     bool temp= FALSE) override;
  bool no_tables() const override;//=>base class
  /* Possible execution strategies that can be used to compute hash semi-join.*/
  enum exec_strategy {
    UNDEFINED= 0,
    COMPLETE_MATCH, /* Use regular index lookups. */
    PARTIAL_MATCH,  /* Use some partial matching strategy. */
    PARTIAL_MATCH_MERGE, /* Use partial matching through index merging. */
    PARTIAL_MATCH_SCAN,  /* Use partial matching through table scan. */
    SINGLE_COLUMN_MATCH, /* Use simplified matching when there is only
                            one field involved. */
    CONST_RETURN_NULL, /* The result of IN predicate is constant NULL */
    IMPOSSIBLE      /* Subquery materialization is not applicable. */
  };

protected:
  /* The engine used to compute the IN predicate. */
  subselect_engine *lookup_engine;
  /* Keyparts of the only non-NULL composite index in a rowid merge. */
  MY_BITMAP non_null_key_parts;
  /* Keyparts of the single column indexes with NULL, one keypart per index. */
  MY_BITMAP partial_match_key_parts;
  uint count_partial_match_columns;
  uint count_null_only_columns;
  uint count_columns_with_nulls;
  /* The chosen execution strategy. Computed after materialization. */
  exec_strategy strategy;
  exec_strategy get_strategy_using_schema();
  exec_strategy get_strategy_using_data();
  ulonglong rowid_merge_buff_size(bool has_non_null_key,
                                  bool has_covering_null_row,
                                  MY_BITMAP *partial_match_key_parts);
  void choose_partial_match_strategy(uint field_count,
                                     bool has_non_null_key,
                                     bool has_covering_null_row,
                                     MY_BITMAP *partial_match_key_parts);
  bool make_semi_join_conds();
  subselect_uniquesubquery_engine* make_unique_engine();

};


/*
  Distinguish the type of (0-based) row numbers from the type of the index into
  an array of row numbers.
*/
typedef ha_rows rownum_t;


/*
  An Ordered_key is an in-memory table index that allows O(log(N)) time
  lookups of a multi-part key.

  If the index is over a single column, then this column may contain NULLs, and
  the NULLs are stored and tested separately for NULL in O(1) via is_null().
  Multi-part indexes assume that the indexed columns do not contain NULLs.

  TODO:
  = Due to the unnatural assymetry between single and multi-part indexes, it
    makes sense to somehow refactor or extend the class.

  = This class can be refactored into a base abstract interface, and two
    subclasses:
    - one to represent single-column indexes, and
    - another to represent multi-column indexes.
    Such separation would allow slightly more efficient implementation of
    the single-column indexes.
  = The current design requires such indexes to be fully recreated for each
    PS (re)execution, however most of the comprising objects can be reused.
*/

class Ordered_key : public Sql_alloc
{
protected:
  /*
    Index of the key in an array of keys. This index allows to
    construct (sub)sets of keys represented by bitmaps.
  */
  uint keyid;
  /* The table being indexed. */
  TABLE *tbl;
  /* The columns being indexed. */
  Item_field **key_columns;
  /* Number of elements in 'key_columns' (number of key parts). */
  uint key_column_count;
  /*
    An expression, or sequence of expressions that forms the search key.
    The search key is a sequence when it is Item_row. Each element of the
    sequence is accessible via Item::element_index(int i).
  */
  Item *search_key;

/* Value index related members. */
  /*
    The actual value index, consists of a sorted sequence of row numbers.
  */
  rownum_t *key_buff;
  /* Number of elements in key_buff. */
  ha_rows key_buff_elements;
  /* Current element in 'key_buff'. */
  ha_rows cur_key_idx;
  /*
    Mapping from row numbers to row ids. The element row_num_to_rowid[i]
    contains a buffer with the rowid for the row numbered 'i'.
    The memory for this member is not maintanined by this class because
    all Ordered_key indexes of the same table share the same mapping.
  */
  uchar *row_num_to_rowid;
  /*
    A sequence of predicates to compare the search key with the corresponding
    columns of a table row from the index.
  */
  Item_func_lt **compare_pred;

/* Null index related members. */
  MY_BITMAP null_key;
  /* Count of NULLs per column. */
  ha_rows null_count;
  /* The row number that contains the first NULL in a column. */
  rownum_t min_null_row;
  /* The row number that contains the last NULL in a column. */
  rownum_t max_null_row;

protected:
  bool alloc_keys_buffers();
  /*
    Quick sort comparison function that compares two rows of the same table
    indentfied with their row numbers.
  */
  int cmp_keys_by_row_data(const rownum_t a, const rownum_t b) const;
  static int cmp_keys_by_row_data_and_rownum(void *key, const void *a,
                                             const void *b);

  int cmp_key_with_search_key(rownum_t row_num);

public:
  Ordered_key(uint keyid_arg, TABLE *tbl_arg,
              Item *search_key_arg, ha_rows null_count_arg,
              ha_rows min_null_row_arg, ha_rows max_null_row_arg,
              uchar *row_num_to_rowid_arg);
  ~Ordered_key();
  void cleanup();
  /* Initialize a multi-column index. */
  bool init(MY_BITMAP *columns_to_index);
  /* Initialize a single-column index. */
  bool init(int col_idx);

  uint get_column_count() const { return key_column_count; }
  uint get_keyid() const { return keyid; }
  Field *get_field(uint i) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(i < key_column_count);
    return key_columns[i]->field;
  }
  rownum_t get_min_null_row() const { return min_null_row; }
  rownum_t get_max_null_row() const { return max_null_row; }
  MY_BITMAP * get_null_key() { return &null_key; }
  ha_rows get_null_count() const { return null_count; }
  ha_rows get_key_buff_elements() const { return key_buff_elements; }
  /*
    Get the search key element that corresponds to the i-th key part of this
    index.
  */
  Item *get_search_key(uint i) const
  {
    return search_key->element_index(key_columns[i]->field->field_index);
  }
  void add_key(rownum_t row_num)
  {
    /* The caller must know how many elements to add. */
    DBUG_ASSERT(key_buff_elements && cur_key_idx < key_buff_elements);
    key_buff[cur_key_idx]= row_num;
    ++cur_key_idx;
  }

  bool sort_keys();
  inline double null_selectivity() const;

  /*
    Position the current element at the first row that matches the key.
    The key itself is propagated by evaluating the current value(s) of
    this->search_key.
  */
  bool lookup();
  /* Move the current index cursor to the first key. */
  void first()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(key_buff_elements);
    cur_key_idx= 0;
  }
  /* TODO */
  bool next_same();
  /* Move the current index cursor to the next key. */
  bool next()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(key_buff_elements);
    if (cur_key_idx < key_buff_elements - 1)
    {
      ++cur_key_idx;
      return TRUE;
    }
    return FALSE;
  };
  /* Return the current index element. */
  rownum_t current() const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(key_buff_elements && cur_key_idx < key_buff_elements);
    return key_buff[cur_key_idx];
  }

  void set_null(rownum_t row_num)
  {
    bitmap_set_bit(&null_key, (uint)row_num);
  }
  bool is_null(rownum_t row_num) const
  {
    /*
      Indexes consisting of only NULLs do not have a bitmap buffer at all.
      Their only initialized member is 'n_bits', which is equal to the number
      of temp table rows.
    */
    if (null_count == tbl->file->stats.records)
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(tbl->file->stats.records == null_key.n_bits);
      return TRUE;
    }
    if (row_num > max_null_row || row_num < min_null_row)
      return FALSE;
    return bitmap_is_set(&null_key, (uint)row_num);
  }
  void print(String *str) const;
};


class subselect_partial_match_engine : public subselect_engine
{
protected:
  /* The temporary table that contains a materialized subquery. */
  TABLE *tmp_table;
  /*
    The engine used to check whether an IN predicate is TRUE or not. If not
    TRUE, then subselect_rowid_merge_engine further distinguishes between
    FALSE and UNKNOWN.
  */
  subselect_uniquesubquery_engine *lookup_engine;
  /* A list of equalities between each pair of IN operands. */
  List<Item> *equi_join_conds;
  /*
    True if there is an all NULL row in tmp_table. If so, then if there is
    no complete match, there is a guaranteed partial match.
  */
  bool has_covering_null_row;

  /*
    True if all nullable columns of tmp_table consist of only NULL values.
    If so, then if there is a match in the non-null columns, there is a
    guaranteed partial match.
  */
  bool has_covering_null_columns;
  uint count_columns_with_nulls;

protected:
  virtual bool partial_match()= 0;
public:
  subselect_partial_match_engine(THD *thd,
                                 subselect_uniquesubquery_engine *engine_arg,
                                 TABLE *tmp_table_arg, Item_subselect *item_arg,
                                 select_result_interceptor *result_arg,
                                 List<Item> *equi_join_conds_arg,
                                 bool has_covering_null_row_arg,
                                 bool has_covering_null_columns_arg,
                                 uint count_columns_with_nulls_arg);
  int prepare(THD *thd_arg) override { set_thd(thd_arg); return 0; }
  int exec() override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(Item_cache**) override { return FALSE; }
  uint cols() const override
  { /* TODO: what is the correct value? */ return 1; }
  uint8 uncacheable() override { return UNCACHEABLE_DEPENDENT; }
  void exclude() override {}
  table_map upper_select_const_tables() override { return 0; }
  bool change_result(Item_subselect*,
                     select_result_interceptor*,
                     bool temp= FALSE) override
  { DBUG_ASSERT(FALSE); return false; }
  bool no_tables() const override { return false; }
  bool no_rows() override
  {
    /*
      TODO: It is completely unclear what is the semantics of this
      method. The current result is computed so that the call to no_rows()
      from Item_in_optimizer::val_int() sets Item_in_optimizer::null_value
      correctly.
    */
    return !(item->get_IN_subquery()->null_value);
  }
  void print(String*, enum_query_type) override;

  friend void subselect_hash_sj_engine::cleanup();
};


class subselect_rowid_merge_engine: public subselect_partial_match_engine
{
protected:
  /*
    Mapping from row numbers to row ids. The rowids are stored sequentially
    in the array - rowid[i] is located in row_num_to_rowid + i * rowid_length.
  */
  uchar *row_num_to_rowid;
  /*
    A subset of all the keys for which there is a match for the same row.
    Used during execution. Computed for each outer reference
  */
  MY_BITMAP matching_keys;
  /*
    The columns of the outer reference that are NULL. Computed for each
    outer reference.
  */
  MY_BITMAP matching_outer_cols;
  /*
    Indexes of row numbers, sorted by <column_value, row_number>. If an
    index may contain NULLs, the NULLs are stored efficiently in a bitmap.

    The indexes are sorted by the selectivity of their NULL sub-indexes, the
    one with the fewer NULLs is first. Thus, if there is any index on
    non-NULL columns, it is contained in keys[0].
  */
  Ordered_key **merge_keys;
  /* The number of elements in merge_keys. */
  uint merge_keys_count;
  /* The NULL bitmaps of merge keys.*/
  MY_BITMAP   **null_bitmaps;
  /*
    An index on all non-NULL columns of 'tmp_table'. The index has the
    logical form: <[v_i1 | ... | v_ik], rownum>. It allows to find the row
    number where the columns c_i1,...,c1_k contain the values v_i1,...,v_ik.
    If such an index exists, it is always the first element of 'merge_keys'.
  */
  Ordered_key *non_null_key;
  /*
    Priority queue of Ordered_key indexes, one per NULLable column.
    This queue is used by the partial match algorithm in method exec().
  */
  QUEUE pq;
protected:
  /*
    Comparison function to compare keys in order of decreasing bitmap
    selectivity.
  */
  static int cmp_keys_by_null_selectivity(const void *k1, const void *k2);
  /*
    Comparison function used by the priority queue pq, the 'smaller' key
    is the one with the smaller current row number.
  */
  static int cmp_keys_by_cur_rownum(void *, const void *k1, const void *k2);

  bool test_null_row(rownum_t row_num);
  bool exists_complementing_null_row(MY_BITMAP *keys_to_complement);
  bool partial_match() override;
public:
  subselect_rowid_merge_engine(THD *thd,
                               subselect_uniquesubquery_engine *engine_arg,
                               TABLE *tmp_table_arg, uint merge_keys_count_arg,
                               bool has_covering_null_row_arg,
                               bool has_covering_null_columns_arg,
                               uint count_columns_with_nulls_arg,
                               Item_subselect *item_arg,
                               select_result_interceptor *result_arg,
                               List<Item> *equi_join_conds_arg)
    :subselect_partial_match_engine(thd, engine_arg, tmp_table_arg,
                                    item_arg, result_arg, equi_join_conds_arg,
                                    has_covering_null_row_arg,
                                    has_covering_null_columns_arg,
                                    count_columns_with_nulls_arg),
    merge_keys_count(merge_keys_count_arg), non_null_key(NULL)
  {}
  ~subselect_rowid_merge_engine();
  bool init(MY_BITMAP *non_null_key_parts, MY_BITMAP *partial_match_key_parts);
  void cleanup() override;
  enum_engine_type engine_type() override { return ROWID_MERGE_ENGINE; }
};


class subselect_table_scan_engine: public subselect_partial_match_engine
{
protected:
  bool partial_match() override;
public:
  subselect_table_scan_engine(THD *thd,
                              subselect_uniquesubquery_engine *engine_arg,
                              TABLE *tmp_table_arg, Item_subselect *item_arg,
                              select_result_interceptor *result_arg,
                              List<Item> *equi_join_conds_arg,
                              bool has_covering_null_row_arg,
                              bool has_covering_null_columns_arg,
                              uint count_columns_with_nulls_arg);
  void cleanup() override;
  enum_engine_type engine_type() override { return TABLE_SCAN_ENGINE; }
};


/*
  An engine to handle NULL-aware Materialization for subqueries
  that compare one column:

    col1 IN (SELECT t2.col2 FROM t2 ...)

  When only one column is used, we need to handle NULL values of
  col1 and col2 but don't need to perform "partial" matches when only
  a subset of compared columns is NULL.
  This allows to save on some data structures.
*/

class subselect_single_column_match_engine:
    public subselect_partial_match_engine
{
protected:
  bool partial_match() override;
public:
  subselect_single_column_match_engine(THD *thd,
                              subselect_uniquesubquery_engine *engine_arg,
                              TABLE *tmp_table_arg, Item_subselect *item_arg,
                              select_result_interceptor *result_arg,
                              List<Item> *equi_join_conds_arg,
                              bool has_covering_null_row_arg,
                              bool has_covering_null_columns_arg,
                              uint count_columns_with_nulls_arg);
  void cleanup() override {}
  enum_engine_type engine_type() override { return SINGLE_COLUMN_ENGINE; }
};

/**
  @brief Subquery materialization tracker

  @details
  Used to track various parameters of the materialized subquery execution,
  such as the execution strategy, sizes of buffers employed, etc
*/
class Subq_materialization_tracker
{
public:
  using Strategy = subselect_hash_sj_engine::exec_strategy;

  Subq_materialization_tracker(MEM_ROOT *mem_root)
    : exec_strategy(Strategy::UNDEFINED),
      partial_match_buffer_size(0),
      partial_match_array_sizes(mem_root),
      loops_count(0),
      index_lookups_count(0),
      partial_matches_count(0)
  {}

  void report_partial_merge_keys(Ordered_key **merge_keys,
                                 uint merge_keys_count);

  void report_exec_strategy(Strategy es)
  {
    exec_strategy= es;
  }

  void report_partial_match_buffer_size(longlong sz)
  {
    partial_match_buffer_size= sz;
  }

  void increment_loops_count()
  {
    loops_count++;
  }

  void increment_index_lookups()
  {
    index_lookups_count++;
  }

  void increment_partial_matches()
  {
    partial_matches_count++;
  }

  void print_json_members(Json_writer *writer) const;
private:
  Strategy exec_strategy;
  ulonglong partial_match_buffer_size;
  Dynamic_array<ha_rows> partial_match_array_sizes;

  /* Number of times subquery predicate was evaluated */
  ulonglong loops_count;

  /*
    Number of times we made a lookup in the materialized temptable
    (we do this when all parts of left_expr are not NULLs)
  */
  ulonglong index_lookups_count;

  /*
    Number of times we had to check for a partial match (either by
    scanning the materialized subquery or by doing a merge)
  */
  ulonglong partial_matches_count;

  const char *get_exec_strategy() const
  {
    switch (exec_strategy)
    {
      case Strategy::UNDEFINED:
        return "undefined";
      case Strategy::COMPLETE_MATCH:
        return "index_lookup";
      case Strategy::PARTIAL_MATCH_MERGE:
        return "index_lookup;array merge for partial match";
      case Strategy::PARTIAL_MATCH_SCAN:
        return "index_lookup;full scan for partial match";
      case Strategy::SINGLE_COLUMN_MATCH:
        return "null-aware index_lookup";
      case Strategy::CONST_RETURN_NULL:
        return "return NULL";
      default:
        return "unsupported";
    }
  }
};

#endif /* ITEM_SUBSELECT_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright 2018 Codership Oy <info@codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef WSREP_MUTEX_H
#define WSREP_MUTEX_H

/* wsrep-lib */
#include "wsrep/mutex.hpp"

/* implementation */
#include "my_global.h"
#include "my_pthread.h"

class Wsrep_mutex : public wsrep::mutex
{
public:
  Wsrep_mutex(mysql_mutex_t* mutex)
    : m_mutex(mutex)
  { }

  void lock() override
  {
    mysql_mutex_lock(m_mutex);
  }

  void unlock() override
  {
    mysql_mutex_unlock(m_mutex);
  }

  void* native() override
  {
    return m_mutex;
  }
private:
  mysql_mutex_t* m_mutex;
};

#endif /* WSREP_MUTEX_H */
/* Copyright (c) 2005, 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2017, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _sql_plugin_h
#define _sql_plugin_h

/*
  the following #define adds server-only members to enum_mysql_show_type,
  that is defined in plugin.h
*/
#define SHOW_always_last SHOW_KEY_CACHE_LONG, \
            SHOW_HAVE, SHOW_MY_BOOL, SHOW_HA_ROWS, SHOW_SYS, \
            SHOW_LONG_NOFLUSH, SHOW_LEX_STRING, SHOW_ATOMIC_COUNTER_UINT32_T, \
      /* SHOW_*_STATUS must be at the end, SHOW_LONG_STATUS being first */ \
            SHOW_LONG_STATUS, SHOW_DOUBLE_STATUS, SHOW_LONGLONG_STATUS, \
            SHOW_UINT32_STATUS, SHOW_MICROSECOND_STATUS,
#include "mariadb.h"
#undef SHOW_always_last

#include "m_string.h"                       /* LEX_STRING */
#include "my_alloc.h"                       /* MEM_ROOT */

class sys_var;
enum SHOW_COMP_OPTION { SHOW_OPTION_YES, SHOW_OPTION_NO, SHOW_OPTION_DISABLED};
enum enum_plugin_load_option { PLUGIN_OFF, PLUGIN_ON, PLUGIN_FORCE,
  PLUGIN_FORCE_PLUS_PERMANENT };
extern const char *global_plugin_typelib_names[];

extern volatile int global_plugin_version;
extern ulong dlopen_count;

#include <my_sys.h>
#include "sql_list.h"

#ifdef DBUG_OFF
#define plugin_ref_to_int(A) A
#define plugin_int_to_ref(A) A
#else
#define plugin_ref_to_int(A) (A ? A[0] : NULL)
#define plugin_int_to_ref(A) &(A)
#endif

/*
  the following flags are valid for plugin_init()
*/
#define PLUGIN_INIT_SKIP_PLUGIN_TABLE    1U
#define PLUGIN_INIT_SKIP_INITIALIZATION  2U

#define INITIAL_LEX_PLUGIN_LIST_SIZE    16

typedef enum enum_mysql_show_type SHOW_TYPE;
typedef struct st_mysql_show_var SHOW_VAR;

#define MYSQL_ANY_PLUGIN         -1

/*
  different values of st_plugin_int::state
  though they look like a bitmap, plugin may only
  be in one of those eigenstates, not in a superposition of them :)
  It's a bitmap, because it makes it easier to test
  "whether the state is one of those..."
*/
#define PLUGIN_IS_FREED         1U
#define PLUGIN_IS_DELETED       2U
#define PLUGIN_IS_UNINITIALIZED 4U
#define PLUGIN_IS_READY         8U
#define PLUGIN_IS_DYING         16U
#define PLUGIN_IS_DISABLED      32U

struct st_ptr_backup {
  void **ptr;
  void *value;
  void save(void **p) { ptr= p; value= *p; }
  void save(const char **p) { save((void**)p); }
  void restore() { *ptr= value; }
};

/* A handle for the dynamic library containing a plugin or plugins. */

struct st_plugin_dl
{
  LEX_CSTRING dl;
  void *handle;
  struct st_maria_plugin *plugins;
  st_ptr_backup *ptr_backup;
  uint nbackups;
  uint ref_count;            /* number of plugins loaded from the library */
  int mysqlversion;
  int mariaversion;
  bool   allocated;
};

/* A handle of a plugin */

struct st_plugin_int
{
  LEX_CSTRING name;
  struct st_maria_plugin *plugin;
  struct st_plugin_dl *plugin_dl;
  st_ptr_backup *ptr_backup;
  uint nbackups;
  uint state;
  uint ref_count;               /* number of threads using the plugin */
  uint locks_total;             /* how many times the plugin was locked */
  void *data;                   /* plugin type specific, e.g. handlerton */
  MEM_ROOT mem_root;            /* memory for dynamic plugin structures */
  sys_var *system_vars;         /* server variables for this plugin */
  enum enum_plugin_load_option load_option; /* OFF, ON, FORCE, F+PERMANENT */
};


extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_plugin;

/*
  See intern_plugin_lock() for the explanation for the
  conditionally defined plugin_ref type
*/
#ifdef DBUG_OFF
typedef struct st_plugin_int *plugin_ref;
#define plugin_ref_to_int(A) A
#define plugin_int_to_ref(A) A
#define plugin_decl(pi) ((pi)->plugin)
#define plugin_dlib(pi) ((pi)->plugin_dl)
#define plugin_data(pi,cast) ((cast)((pi)->data))
#define plugin_name(pi) (&((pi)->name))
#define plugin_state(pi) ((pi)->state)
#define plugin_load_option(pi) ((pi)->load_option)
#define plugin_equals(p1,p2) ((p1) == (p2))
#else
typedef struct st_plugin_int **plugin_ref;
#define plugin_ref_to_int(A) (A ? A[0] : NULL)
#define plugin_int_to_ref(A) &(A)
#define plugin_decl(pi) ((pi)[0]->plugin)
#define plugin_dlib(pi) ((pi)[0]->plugin_dl)
#define plugin_data(pi,cast) ((cast)((pi)[0]->data))
#define plugin_name(pi) (&((pi)[0]->name))
#define plugin_state(pi) ((pi)[0]->state)
#define plugin_load_option(pi) ((pi)[0]->load_option)
#define plugin_equals(p1,p2) ((p1) && (p2) && (p1)[0] == (p2)[0])
#endif

typedef int (*plugin_type_init)(void *);

extern I_List<i_string> *opt_plugin_load_list_ptr;
extern char *opt_plugin_dir_ptr;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT char opt_plugin_dir[FN_REFLEN];
extern const LEX_CSTRING plugin_type_names[];
extern ulong plugin_maturity;
extern TYPELIB plugin_maturity_values;
extern const char *plugin_maturity_names[];

extern int plugin_init(int *argc, char **argv, int init_flags);
extern void plugin_shutdown(void);
void add_plugin_options(DYNAMIC_ARRAY *options, MEM_ROOT *mem_root);
extern bool plugin_is_ready(const LEX_CSTRING *name, int type);
#define my_plugin_lock_by_name(A,B,C) plugin_lock_by_name(A,B,C)
#define my_plugin_lock(A,B) plugin_lock(A,B)
extern plugin_ref plugin_lock(THD *thd, plugin_ref ptr);
extern plugin_ref plugin_lock_by_name(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                      int type);
extern void plugin_unlock(THD *thd, plugin_ref plugin);
extern void plugin_unlock_list(THD *thd, plugin_ref *list, size_t count);
extern bool mysql_install_plugin(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                 const LEX_CSTRING *dl);
extern bool mysql_uninstall_plugin(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING *dl);
extern bool plugin_register_builtin(struct st_mysql_plugin *plugin);
extern void plugin_thdvar_init(THD *thd);
extern void plugin_thdvar_cleanup(THD *thd);
sys_var *find_plugin_sysvar(st_plugin_int *plugin, st_mysql_sys_var *var);
void plugin_opt_set_limits(struct my_option *, const struct st_mysql_sys_var *);
extern SHOW_COMP_OPTION plugin_status(const char *name, size_t len, int type);
extern bool check_valid_path(const char *path, size_t length);
extern void plugin_mutex_init();

typedef my_bool (plugin_foreach_func)(THD *thd,
                                      plugin_ref plugin,
                                      void *arg);
#define plugin_foreach(A,B,C,D) plugin_foreach_with_mask(A,B,C,PLUGIN_IS_READY,D)
extern bool plugin_foreach_with_mask(THD *thd, plugin_foreach_func *func,
                                     int type, uint state_mask, void *arg);
extern void sync_dynamic_session_variables(THD* thd, bool global_lock);

extern bool plugin_dl_foreach(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *dl,
                              plugin_foreach_func *func, void *arg);

extern void sync_dynamic_session_variables(THD* thd, bool global_lock);
#endif

#ifdef WITH_WSREP
extern void wsrep_plugins_pre_init();
extern void wsrep_plugins_post_init();
#endif /* WITH_WSREP */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#pragma once

#include <cassert>
#include <cstring>

#ifdef _MSC_VER
template <std::size_t Alignment, class T>
static inline T my_assume_aligned(T ptr)
{
  assert(reinterpret_cast<size_t>(ptr) % Alignment == 0);
  __assume(reinterpret_cast<size_t>(ptr) % Alignment == 0);
  return ptr;
}
#else
template <std::size_t Alignment, class T>
static inline T my_assume_aligned(T ptr)
{
  assert(reinterpret_cast<size_t>(ptr) % Alignment == 0);
  return static_cast<T>(__builtin_assume_aligned(ptr, Alignment));
}
#endif

template <std::size_t Alignment>
inline void *memcpy_aligned(void *dest, const void *src, size_t n)
{
  static_assert(Alignment && !(Alignment & (Alignment - 1)), "power of 2");

  return std::memcpy(my_assume_aligned<Alignment>(dest),
                     my_assume_aligned<Alignment>(src), n);
}
template <std::size_t Alignment>
inline void *memmove_aligned(void *dest, const void *src, size_t n)
{
  static_assert(Alignment && !(Alignment & (Alignment - 1)), "power of 2");

  return std::memmove(my_assume_aligned<Alignment>(dest),
                      my_assume_aligned<Alignment>(src), n);
}
template <std::size_t Alignment>
inline int memcmp_aligned(const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n)
{
  static_assert(Alignment && !(Alignment & (Alignment - 1)), "power of 2");

  return std::memcmp(my_assume_aligned<Alignment>(s1),
                     my_assume_aligned<Alignment>(s2), n);
}
template <std::size_t Alignment>
inline void *memset_aligned(void *s, int c, size_t n)
{
  static_assert(Alignment && !(Alignment & (Alignment - 1)), "power of 2");

  return std::memset(my_assume_aligned<Alignment>(s), c, n);
}
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2011, 2013, Monty Program Ab.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/* Dynamic hashing of record with different key-length */

#ifndef _hash_h
#define _hash_h

#include "my_sys.h"                             /* DYNAMIC_ARRAY */

/*
  This forward declaration is used from C files where the real
  definition is included before.  Since C does not allow repeated
  typedef declarations, even when identical, the definition may not be
  repeated.
*/
#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
  Overhead to store an element in hash
  Can be used to approximate memory consumption for a hash
 */
#define HASH_OVERHEAD (sizeof(char*)*2)

/* flags for hash_init */
#define HASH_UNIQUE     1       /* hash_insert fails on duplicate key */
#define HASH_THREAD_SPECIFIC 2  /* Mark allocated memory THREAD_SPECIFIC */

typedef uint32 my_hash_value_type;
typedef const uchar *(*my_hash_get_key)(const void *, size_t *, my_bool);
typedef my_hash_value_type (*my_hash_function)(CHARSET_INFO *,
                                               const uchar *, size_t);
typedef void (*my_hash_free_key)(void *);
typedef my_bool (*my_hash_walk_action)(void *,void *);

typedef struct st_hash {
  size_t key_offset,key_length;		/* Length of key if const length */
  size_t blength;
  ulong records;
  uint flags;
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY array;				/* Place for hash_keys */
  my_hash_get_key get_key;
  my_hash_function hash_function;
  void (*free)(void *);
  CHARSET_INFO *charset;
} HASH;

/* A search iterator state */
typedef uint HASH_SEARCH_STATE;

#define my_hash_init(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I) my_hash_init2(A,B,0,C,D,E,F,G,0,H,I)
my_bool my_hash_init2(PSI_memory_key psi_key, HASH *hash, size_t growth_size,
                      CHARSET_INFO *charset, size_t default_array_elements,
                      size_t key_offset, size_t key_length,
                      my_hash_get_key get_key, my_hash_function hash_function,
                      void (*free_element)(void*), uint flags);
void my_hash_free(HASH *tree);
void my_hash_reset(HASH *hash);
uchar *my_hash_element(HASH *hash, size_t idx);
uchar *my_hash_search(const HASH *info, const uchar *key, size_t length);
uchar *my_hash_search_using_hash_value(const HASH *info,
                                       my_hash_value_type hash_value,
                                       const uchar *key, size_t length);
my_hash_value_type my_hash_sort(CHARSET_INFO *cs,
                                const uchar *key, size_t length);
#define my_calc_hash(A, B, C) my_hash_sort((A)->charset, B, C)
uchar *my_hash_first(const HASH *info, const uchar *key, size_t length,
                     HASH_SEARCH_STATE *state);
uchar *my_hash_first_from_hash_value(const HASH *info,
                                     my_hash_value_type hash_value,
                                     const uchar *key,
                                     size_t length,
                                     HASH_SEARCH_STATE *state);
uchar *my_hash_next(const HASH *info, const uchar *key, size_t length,
                    HASH_SEARCH_STATE *state);
my_bool my_hash_insert(HASH *info, const uchar *data);
my_bool my_hash_delete(HASH *hash, uchar *record);
my_bool my_hash_update(HASH *hash, uchar *record, uchar *old_key,
                       size_t old_key_length);
void my_hash_replace(HASH *hash, HASH_SEARCH_STATE *state, uchar *new_row);
my_bool my_hash_check(HASH *hash); /* Only in debug library */
my_bool my_hash_iterate(HASH *hash, my_hash_walk_action action, void *argument);

#define my_hash_clear(H) bzero((char*) (H), sizeof(*(H)))
#define my_hash_inited(H) ((H)->blength != 0)
#define my_hash_init_opt(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I) \
          (!my_hash_inited(B) && my_hash_init(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I))

#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
#ifndef REPL_FAILSAFE_INCLUDED
#define REPL_FAILSAFE_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2001, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifdef HAVE_REPLICATION

#include "mysql.h"
#include <my_sys.h>
#include "slave.h"

extern Atomic_counter<uint32_t> binlog_dump_thread_count;
typedef enum {RPL_AUTH_MASTER=0,RPL_IDLE_SLAVE,RPL_ACTIVE_SLAVE,
	      RPL_LOST_SOLDIER,RPL_TROOP_SOLDIER,
	      RPL_RECOVERY_CAPTAIN,RPL_NULL /* inactive */,
	      RPL_ANY /* wild card used by change_rpl_status */ } RPL_STATUS;
extern ulong rpl_status;

extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_rpl_status;
extern mysql_cond_t COND_rpl_status;
extern TYPELIB rpl_role_typelib;
extern const char* rpl_role_type[], *rpl_status_type[];

void change_rpl_status(ulong from_status, ulong to_status);
int find_recovery_captain(THD* thd, MYSQL* mysql);

bool show_slave_hosts(THD* thd);

#endif /* HAVE_REPLICATION */
#endif /* REPL_FAILSAFE_INCLUDED */
/*  Copyright (c) 2019, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */


#ifndef INCLUDES_MARIADB_SQL_LIMIT_H
#define INCLUDES_MARIADB_SQL_LIMIT_H
/**
  LIMIT/OFFSET parameters for execution.
*/

class Select_limit_counters
{
  ha_rows select_limit_cnt, offset_limit_cnt;
  bool with_ties;

  public:
    Select_limit_counters():
       select_limit_cnt(0), offset_limit_cnt(0), with_ties(false)
       {};
    Select_limit_counters(const Select_limit_counters &orig):
       select_limit_cnt(orig.select_limit_cnt),
       offset_limit_cnt(orig.offset_limit_cnt),
       with_ties(orig.with_ties)
       {};

   void set_limit(ha_rows limit, ha_rows offset, bool with_ties_arg)
   {
      if (limit == 0)
        offset= 0;
      offset_limit_cnt= offset;
      select_limit_cnt= limit;
      with_ties= with_ties_arg;
      /*
        Guard against an overflow condition, where limit + offset exceede
        ha_rows value range. This case covers unreasonably large parameter
        values that do not have any practical use so assuming in this case
        that the query does not have a limit is fine.
      */
      if (select_limit_cnt + offset_limit_cnt >= select_limit_cnt)
        select_limit_cnt+= offset_limit_cnt;
      else
        select_limit_cnt= HA_POS_ERROR;
   }

   void set_single_row()
   {
     offset_limit_cnt= 0;
     select_limit_cnt= 1;
     with_ties= false;
   }

   /* Send the first row, still honoring offset_limit_cnt */
   void send_first_row()
   {
     /* Guard against overflow */
     if ((select_limit_cnt= offset_limit_cnt +1 ) == 0)
       select_limit_cnt= offset_limit_cnt;
     // with_ties= false;   Remove // on merge to 10.6
   }

   bool is_unlimited() const
   { return select_limit_cnt == HA_POS_ERROR; }
   /*
      Set the limit to allow returning an unlimited number of rows. Useful
      for cases when we want to continue execution indefinitely after the limit
      is reached (for example for SQL_CALC_ROWS extension).
   */
   void set_unlimited()
   { select_limit_cnt= HA_POS_ERROR; }

   /* Reset the limit entirely. */
   void clear()
   { select_limit_cnt= HA_POS_ERROR; offset_limit_cnt= 0; with_ties= false;}

   bool check_offset(ha_rows sent) const
   {
     return sent < offset_limit_cnt;
   }
   void remove_offset() { offset_limit_cnt= 0; }

   ha_rows get_select_limit() const
   { return select_limit_cnt; }
   ha_rows get_offset_limit() const
   { return offset_limit_cnt; }
   bool is_with_ties() const
   { return with_ties; }
};

#endif // INCLUDES_MARIADB_SQL_LIMIT_H
#ifndef HA_SEQUENCE_INCLUDED
#define HA_SEQUENCE_INCLUDED
/*
   Copyright (c) 2017 Aliyun and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2017 MariaDB corporation

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA
*/

#include "sql_sequence.h"
#include "table.h"
#include "handler.h"

extern handlerton *sql_sequence_hton;

/*
  Sequence engine handler.

  The sequence engine is a logic engine. It doesn't store any data.
  All the sequence data stored into the base table which must support
  non rollback writes (HA_CAN_TABLES_WITHOUT_ROLLBACK)

  The sequence data (SEQUENCE class) is stored in TABLE_SHARE->sequence

  TABLE RULES:
      1. When table is created, one row is automaticlly inserted into
         the table. The table will always have one and only one row.
      2. Any inserts or updates to the table will be validated.
      3. Inserts will overwrite the original row.
      4. DELETE and TRUNCATE will not affect the table.
         Instead a warning will be given.
      5. Cache will be reset for any updates.

  CACHE RULES:
    SEQUENCE class is used to cache values that sequence defined.
      1. If hit cache, we can query back the sequence nextval directly
         instead of reading the underlying table.

      2. When run out of values, the sequence engine will reserve new values
         in update the base table.

      3. The cache is invalidated if any update on based table.
*/

class ha_sequence :public handler
{
private:
  handler *file;
  SEQUENCE *sequence;                     /* From table_share->sequence */

public:
  /* Set when handler is write locked */
  bool write_locked;

  ha_sequence(handlerton *hton, TABLE_SHARE *share);
  ~ha_sequence();
  virtual handlerton *storage_ht() const override
  { return file->ht; }

  /* virtual function that are re-implemented for sequence */
  int open(const char *name, int mode, uint test_if_locked) override;
  int create(const char *name, TABLE *form,
             HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info) override;
  handler *clone(const char *name, MEM_ROOT *mem_root) override;
  int write_row(const uchar *buf) override;
  Table_flags table_flags() const override;
  /* One can't update or delete from sequence engine */
  int update_row(const uchar *old_data, const uchar *new_data) override
  { return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND; }
  int delete_row(const uchar *buf) override
  { return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND; }
  /* One can't delete from sequence engine */
  int truncate() override
  { return HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND; }
  /* Can't use query cache */
  uint8 table_cache_type() override
  { return HA_CACHE_TBL_NOCACHE; }
  void print_error(int error, myf errflag) override;
  int info(uint) override;
  LEX_CSTRING *engine_name() override { return hton_name(file->ht); }
  int external_lock(THD *thd, int lock_type) override;
  int extra(enum ha_extra_function operation) override;
  /* For ALTER ONLINE TABLE */
  bool check_if_incompatible_data(HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,
                                  uint table_changes) override;
  enum_alter_inplace_result
  check_if_supported_inplace_alter(TABLE *altered_table,
                                   Alter_inplace_info *ai) override;
  void write_lock() { write_locked= 1;}
  void unlock() { write_locked= 0; }
  bool is_locked() { return write_locked; }

  /* Functions that are directly mapped to the underlying handler */
  int rnd_init(bool scan) override
  { return file->rnd_init(scan); }
  /*
    We need to have a lock here to protect engines like MyISAM from
    simultaneous read and write. For sequence's this is not critical
    as this function is used extremely seldom.
  */
  int rnd_next(uchar *buf) override
  {
    int error;
    table->s->sequence->read_lock(table);
    error= file->rnd_next(buf);
    table->s->sequence->read_unlock(table);
    return error;
  }
  int rnd_end() override
  { return file->rnd_end(); }
  int rnd_pos(uchar *buf, uchar *pos) override
  {
    int error;
    table->s->sequence->read_lock(table);
    error= file->rnd_pos(buf, pos);
    table->s->sequence->read_unlock(table);
    return error;
  }
  void position(const uchar *record) override
  { return file->position(record); }
  const char *table_type() const override
  { return file->table_type(); }
  ulong index_flags(uint inx, uint part, bool all_parts) const override
  { return file->index_flags(inx, part, all_parts); }
  THR_LOCK_DATA **store_lock(THD *thd, THR_LOCK_DATA **to,
                             enum thr_lock_type lock_type) override
  { return file->store_lock(thd, to, lock_type); }
  int close(void) override
  { return file->close(); }
  const char **bas_ext() const
  { return file->bas_ext(); }
  int delete_table(const char*name) override
  { return file->delete_table(name); }
  int rename_table(const char *from, const char *to) override
  { return file->rename_table(from, to); }
  void unbind_psi() override
  { file->unbind_psi(); }
  void rebind_psi() override
  { file->rebind_psi(); }
  int discard_or_import_tablespace(my_bool discard) override;
  bool auto_repair(int error) const override
  { return file->auto_repair(error); }
  int repair(THD* thd, HA_CHECK_OPT* check_opt) override
  { return file->repair(thd, check_opt); }
  bool check_and_repair(THD *thd) override
  { return file->check_and_repair(thd); }
  bool is_crashed() const override
  { return file->is_crashed(); }
  void column_bitmaps_signal() override
  { return file->column_bitmaps_signal(); }

  /* New methods */
  void register_original_handler(handler *file_arg)
  {
    file= file_arg;
    init();                                     /* Update cached_table_flags */
  }
};
#endif
/*
   Copyright (c) 2004, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2017, Monty Program Ab.

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 GNU General Public License for more details.

 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/*
  This is a private header of sql-common library, containing
  declarations for my_time.c
*/

#ifndef _my_time_h_
#define _my_time_h_
#include "mysql_time.h"
#include "my_decimal_limits.h"

C_MODE_START

extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT ulonglong log_10_int[20];
extern uchar days_in_month[];

#define MY_TIME_T_MAX LONG_MAX
#define MY_TIME_T_MIN LONG_MIN

/* Time handling defaults */
#define TIMESTAMP_MAX_YEAR 2038
#define TIMESTAMP_MIN_YEAR (1900 + YY_PART_YEAR - 1)
#define TIMESTAMP_MAX_VALUE INT_MAX32
#define TIMESTAMP_MIN_VALUE 0

/* two-digit years < this are 20..; >= this are 19.. */
#define YY_PART_YEAR	   70

/*
  check for valid times only if the range of time_t is greater than
  the range of my_time_t
*/
#if SIZEOF_TIME_T > 4 || defined(TIME_T_UNSIGNED)
# define IS_TIME_T_VALID_FOR_TIMESTAMP(x) \
    ((x) <= TIMESTAMP_MAX_VALUE && \
     (x) >= TIMESTAMP_MIN_VALUE)
#else
# define IS_TIME_T_VALID_FOR_TIMESTAMP(x) \
    ((x) >= TIMESTAMP_MIN_VALUE)
#endif

/* Flags to str_to_datetime */

#define C_TIME_NO_ZERO_IN_DATE  (1UL << 23) /* == MODE_NO_ZERO_IN_DATE */
#define C_TIME_NO_ZERO_DATE     (1UL << 24) /* == MODE_NO_ZERO_DATE    */
#define C_TIME_INVALID_DATES    (1UL << 25) /* == MODE_INVALID_DATES   */

#define MYSQL_TIME_WARN_TRUNCATED    1U
#define MYSQL_TIME_WARN_OUT_OF_RANGE 2U
#define MYSQL_TIME_WARN_EDOM         4U
#define MYSQL_TIME_WARN_ZERO_DATE    8U
#define MYSQL_TIME_NOTE_TRUNCATED    16U

#define MYSQL_TIME_WARN_WARNINGS (MYSQL_TIME_WARN_TRUNCATED|\
                                  MYSQL_TIME_WARN_OUT_OF_RANGE|\
                                  MYSQL_TIME_WARN_EDOM|\
                                  MYSQL_TIME_WARN_ZERO_DATE)
#define MYSQL_TIME_WARN_NOTES    (MYSQL_TIME_NOTE_TRUNCATED)

#define MYSQL_TIME_WARN_HAVE_WARNINGS(x) MY_TEST((x) & MYSQL_TIME_WARN_WARNINGS)
#define MYSQL_TIME_WARN_HAVE_NOTES(x) MY_TEST((x) & MYSQL_TIME_WARN_NOTES)

/* Useful constants */
#define SECONDS_IN_24H 86400L

/* Limits for the INTERVAL data type */

 /* Number of hours between '0001-01-01 00h' and '9999-12-31 23h' */
#define TIME_MAX_INTERVAL_HOUR             87649415
#define TIME_MAX_INTERVAL_HOUR_CHAR_LENGTH 8

/* Number of full days between '0001-01-01' and '9999-12-31'*/
#define TIME_MAX_INTERVAL_DAY              3652058 /*87649415/24*/
#define TIME_MAX_INTERVAL_DAY_CHAR_LENGTH  7

/* Limits for the TIME data type */
#define TIME_MAX_HOUR 838
#define TIME_MAX_MINUTE 59
#define TIME_MAX_SECOND 59
#define TIME_MAX_SECOND_PART 999999
#define TIME_SECOND_PART_FACTOR (TIME_MAX_SECOND_PART+1)
#define TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS 6
#define TIME_MAX_VALUE (TIME_MAX_HOUR*10000 + TIME_MAX_MINUTE*100 + TIME_MAX_SECOND)
#define TIME_MAX_VALUE_SECONDS (TIME_MAX_HOUR * 3600L + \
                                TIME_MAX_MINUTE * 60L + TIME_MAX_SECOND)

/*
  Structure to return status from
    str_to_datetime(), str_to_time().
*/
typedef struct st_mysql_time_status
{
  int warnings;
  uint precision;
  uint nanoseconds;
} MYSQL_TIME_STATUS;

static inline void my_time_status_init(MYSQL_TIME_STATUS *status)
{
  status->warnings= 0;
  status->precision= 0;
  status->nanoseconds= 0;
}

my_bool check_date(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime, my_bool not_zero_date,
                   ulonglong flags, int *was_cut);
my_bool str_to_DDhhmmssff(const char *str, size_t length, MYSQL_TIME *l_time,
                          ulong max_hour, MYSQL_TIME_STATUS *status);
my_bool str_to_datetime_or_date_or_time(const char *str, size_t length,
                                        MYSQL_TIME *to, ulonglong flag,
                                        MYSQL_TIME_STATUS *status,
                                        ulong time_max_hour,
                                        ulong time_err_hour);
my_bool
str_to_datetime_or_date_or_interval_hhmmssff(const char *str, size_t length,
                                             MYSQL_TIME *to, ulonglong flag,
                                             MYSQL_TIME_STATUS *status,
                                             ulong time_max_hour,
                                             ulong time_err_hour);
my_bool
str_to_datetime_or_date_or_interval_day(const char *str, size_t length,
                                        MYSQL_TIME *to, ulonglong flag,
                                        MYSQL_TIME_STATUS *status,
                                        ulong time_max_hour,
                                        ulong time_err_hour);
my_bool str_to_datetime_or_date(const char *str, size_t length, MYSQL_TIME *to,
                                ulonglong flags, MYSQL_TIME_STATUS *status);

longlong number_to_datetime_or_date(longlong nr, ulong sec_part,
                                    MYSQL_TIME *time_res,
                                    ulonglong flags, int *was_cut);
int number_to_time_only(my_bool neg, ulonglong nr, ulong sec_part,
                        ulong max_hour, MYSQL_TIME *to, int *was_cut);

ulonglong TIME_to_ulonglong_datetime(const MYSQL_TIME *);
ulonglong TIME_to_ulonglong_date(const MYSQL_TIME *);
ulonglong TIME_to_ulonglong_time(const MYSQL_TIME *);
ulonglong TIME_to_ulonglong(const MYSQL_TIME *);
double TIME_to_double(const MYSQL_TIME *my_time);

int check_time_range(struct st_mysql_time *my_time, uint dec, int *warning);
my_bool check_datetime_range(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime);


long calc_daynr(uint year,uint month,uint day);
uint calc_days_in_year(uint year);
uint year_2000_handling(uint year);

void my_init_time(void);


/*
  Function to check sanity of a TIMESTAMP value

  DESCRIPTION
    Check if a given MYSQL_TIME value fits in TIMESTAMP range.
    This function doesn't make precise check, but rather a rough
    estimate.

  RETURN VALUES
    TRUE   The value seems sane
    FALSE  The MYSQL_TIME value is definitely out of range
*/

static inline my_bool validate_timestamp_range(const MYSQL_TIME *t)
{
  if ((t->year > TIMESTAMP_MAX_YEAR || t->year < TIMESTAMP_MIN_YEAR) ||
      (t->year == TIMESTAMP_MAX_YEAR && (t->month > 1 || t->day > 19)) ||
      (t->year == TIMESTAMP_MIN_YEAR && (t->month < 12 || t->day < 31)))
    return FALSE;

  return TRUE;
}

/* Can't include mysqld_error.h, it needs mysys to build, thus hardcode 2 error values here. */
#ifndef ER_WARN_DATA_OUT_OF_RANGE
#define ER_WARN_DATA_OUT_OF_RANGE 1264
#define ER_WARN_INVALID_TIMESTAMP 1299
#endif

my_time_t 
my_system_gmt_sec(const MYSQL_TIME *t, long *my_timezone, uint *error_code);

void set_zero_time(MYSQL_TIME *tm, enum enum_mysql_timestamp_type time_type);

/*
  Required buffer length for my_time_to_str, my_date_to_str,
  my_datetime_to_str and TIME_to_string functions. Note, that the
  caller is still responsible to check that given TIME structure
  has values in valid ranges, otherwise size of the buffer could
  be not enough. We also rely on the fact that even wrong values
  sent using binary protocol fit in this buffer.
*/
#define MAX_DATE_STRING_REP_LENGTH 30
#define AUTO_SEC_PART_DIGITS DECIMAL_NOT_SPECIFIED

int my_interval_DDhhmmssff_to_str(const MYSQL_TIME *, char *to, uint digits);
int my_time_to_str(const MYSQL_TIME *l_time, char *to, uint digits);
int my_date_to_str(const MYSQL_TIME *l_time, char *to);
int my_datetime_to_str(const MYSQL_TIME *l_time, char *to, uint digits);
int my_TIME_to_str(const MYSQL_TIME *l_time, char *to, uint digits);

int my_timeval_to_str(const struct timeval *tm, char *to, uint dec);

static inline longlong sec_part_shift(longlong second_part, uint digits)
{
  return second_part / (longlong)log_10_int[TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS - digits];
}
static inline longlong sec_part_unshift(longlong second_part, uint digits)
{
  return second_part * (longlong)log_10_int[TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS - digits];
}

/* Date/time rounding and truncation functions */
static inline long my_time_fraction_remainder(long nr, uint decimals)
{
  return nr % (long) log_10_int[TIME_SECOND_PART_DIGITS - decimals];
}
static inline void my_datetime_trunc(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, uint decimals)
{
  ltime->second_part-= my_time_fraction_remainder(ltime->second_part, decimals);
}
static inline void my_time_trunc(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, uint decimals)
{
  ltime->second_part-= my_time_fraction_remainder(ltime->second_part, decimals);
  if (!ltime->second_part && ltime->neg &&
      !ltime->hour && !ltime->minute && !ltime->second)
    ltime->neg= FALSE;
}
#ifdef _WIN32
#define suseconds_t long
#endif
static inline void my_timeval_trunc(struct timeval *tv, uint decimals)
{
  tv->tv_usec-= (suseconds_t) my_time_fraction_remainder(tv->tv_usec, decimals);
}


#define hrtime_to_my_time(X) ((my_time_t)hrtime_to_time(X))

/* 
  Available interval types used in any statement.

  'interval_type' must be sorted so that simple intervals comes first,
  ie year, quarter, month, week, day, hour, etc. The order based on
  interval size is also important and the intervals should be kept in a
  large to smaller order. (get_interval_value() depends on this)
 
  Note: If you change the order of elements in this enum you should fix 
  order of elements in 'interval_type_to_name' and 'interval_names' 
  arrays 
  
  See also interval_type_to_name, get_interval_value, interval_names, append_interval
*/

enum interval_type
{
  INTERVAL_YEAR, INTERVAL_QUARTER, INTERVAL_MONTH, INTERVAL_WEEK, INTERVAL_DAY,
  INTERVAL_HOUR, INTERVAL_MINUTE, INTERVAL_SECOND, INTERVAL_MICROSECOND,
  INTERVAL_YEAR_MONTH, INTERVAL_DAY_HOUR, INTERVAL_DAY_MINUTE,
  INTERVAL_DAY_SECOND, INTERVAL_HOUR_MINUTE, INTERVAL_HOUR_SECOND,
  INTERVAL_MINUTE_SECOND, INTERVAL_DAY_MICROSECOND, INTERVAL_HOUR_MICROSECOND,
  INTERVAL_MINUTE_MICROSECOND, INTERVAL_SECOND_MICROSECOND, INTERVAL_LAST
};

C_MODE_END

#endif /* _my_time_h_ */
/* Copyright 2008-2025 Codership Oy <http://www.codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef WSREP_MYSQLD_H
#define WSREP_MYSQLD_H

#include <wsrep.h>

#ifdef WITH_WSREP

#include <mysql/plugin.h>
#include "mysql/service_wsrep.h"

#include <my_global.h>
#include <my_pthread.h>
#include "log.h"
#include "mysqld.h"

typedef struct st_mysql_show_var SHOW_VAR;
#include <sql_priv.h>
#include "mdl.h"
#include "sql_table.h"
#include "wsrep_mysqld_c.h"

#include "wsrep/provider.hpp"
#include "wsrep/streaming_context.hpp"
#include "wsrep_api.h"
#include <map>

#define WSREP_UNDEFINED_TRX_ID ULONGLONG_MAX

class THD;

// Global wsrep parameters

// MySQL wsrep options
extern const char* wsrep_provider;
extern const char* wsrep_provider_options;
extern const char* wsrep_cluster_name;
extern const char* wsrep_cluster_address;
extern const char* wsrep_node_name;
extern const char* wsrep_node_address;
extern const char* wsrep_node_incoming_address;
extern const char* wsrep_data_home_dir;
extern const char* wsrep_dbug_option;
extern long        wsrep_slave_threads;
extern int         wsrep_slave_count_change;
extern ulong       wsrep_debug;
extern my_bool     wsrep_convert_LOCK_to_trx;
extern ulong       wsrep_retry_autocommit;
extern my_bool     wsrep_auto_increment_control;
extern my_bool     wsrep_drupal_282555_workaround;
extern my_bool     wsrep_incremental_data_collection;
extern const char* wsrep_start_position;
extern ulong       wsrep_max_ws_size;
extern ulong       wsrep_max_ws_rows;
extern const char* wsrep_notify_cmd;
extern const char* wsrep_status_file;
extern const char* wsrep_allowlist;
extern my_bool     wsrep_certify_nonPK;
extern long int    wsrep_protocol_version;
extern my_bool     wsrep_desync;
extern ulong       wsrep_reject_queries;
extern my_bool     wsrep_recovery;
extern my_bool     wsrep_log_conflicts;
extern ulong       wsrep_mysql_replication_bundle;
extern my_bool     wsrep_load_data_splitting;
extern my_bool     wsrep_restart_slave;
extern my_bool     wsrep_restart_slave_activated;
extern my_bool     wsrep_slave_FK_checks;
extern my_bool     wsrep_slave_UK_checks;
extern ulong       wsrep_trx_fragment_unit;
extern ulong       wsrep_SR_store_type;
extern uint        wsrep_ignore_apply_errors;
extern ulong       wsrep_running_threads;
extern ulong       wsrep_running_applier_threads;
extern ulong       wsrep_running_rollbacker_threads;
extern bool        wsrep_new_cluster;
extern bool        wsrep_gtid_mode;
extern uint32      wsrep_gtid_domain_id;
extern std::atomic <bool > wsrep_thread_create_failed;
extern ulonglong   wsrep_mode;

enum enum_wsrep_reject_types {
  WSREP_REJECT_NONE,    /* nothing rejected */
  WSREP_REJECT_ALL,     /* reject all queries, with UNKNOWN_COMMAND error */
  WSREP_REJECT_ALL_KILL /* kill existing connections and reject all queries*/
};

enum enum_wsrep_OSU_method {
    WSREP_OSU_TOI,
    WSREP_OSU_RSU,
    WSREP_OSU_NONE,
};

enum enum_wsrep_sync_wait {
    WSREP_SYNC_WAIT_NONE= 0x0,
    // select, begin
    WSREP_SYNC_WAIT_BEFORE_READ= 0x1,
    WSREP_SYNC_WAIT_BEFORE_UPDATE_DELETE= 0x2,
    WSREP_SYNC_WAIT_BEFORE_INSERT_REPLACE= 0x4,
    WSREP_SYNC_WAIT_BEFORE_SHOW= 0x8,
    WSREP_SYNC_WAIT_MAX= 0xF
};

enum enum_wsrep_ignore_apply_error {
    WSREP_IGNORE_ERRORS_NONE= 0x0,
    WSREP_IGNORE_ERRORS_ON_RECONCILING_DDL= 0x1,
    WSREP_IGNORE_ERRORS_ON_RECONCILING_DML= 0x2,
    WSREP_IGNORE_ERRORS_ON_DDL= 0x4,
    WSREP_IGNORE_ERRORS_MAX= 0x7
};

/* wsrep_mode features */
enum enum_wsrep_mode {
  WSREP_MODE_STRICT_REPLICATION= (1ULL << 0),
  WSREP_MODE_BINLOG_ROW_FORMAT_ONLY= (1ULL << 1),
  WSREP_MODE_REQUIRED_PRIMARY_KEY= (1ULL << 2),
  WSREP_MODE_REPLICATE_MYISAM= (1ULL << 3),
  WSREP_MODE_REPLICATE_ARIA= (1ULL << 4),
  WSREP_MODE_DISALLOW_LOCAL_GTID= (1ULL << 5),
  WSREP_MODE_BF_MARIABACKUP= (1ULL << 6)
};

// Streaming Replication
#define WSREP_FRAG_BYTES      0
#define WSREP_FRAG_ROWS       1
#define WSREP_FRAG_STATEMENTS 2

#define WSREP_SR_STORE_NONE   0
#define WSREP_SR_STORE_TABLE  1

extern const char *wsrep_fragment_units[];
extern const char *wsrep_SR_store_types[];

// MySQL status variables
extern my_bool     wsrep_connected;
extern const char* wsrep_cluster_state_uuid;
extern long long   wsrep_cluster_conf_id;
extern const char* wsrep_cluster_status;
extern long        wsrep_cluster_size;
extern long        wsrep_local_index;
extern long long   wsrep_local_bf_aborts;
extern const char* wsrep_provider_name;
extern const char* wsrep_provider_version;
extern const char* wsrep_provider_vendor;
extern char*       wsrep_provider_capabilities;
extern char*       wsrep_cluster_capabilities;

int  wsrep_show_status(THD *thd, SHOW_VAR *var, void *buff,
                       system_status_var *status_var, enum_var_type scope);
int  wsrep_show_ready(THD *thd, SHOW_VAR *var, void *buff,
                      system_status_var *, enum_var_type);
void wsrep_free_status(THD *thd);
void wsrep_update_cluster_state_uuid(const char* str);

/* Filters out --wsrep-new-cluster oprtion from argv[]
 * should be called in the very beginning of main() */
void wsrep_filter_new_cluster (int* argc, char* argv[]);

int  wsrep_init();
void wsrep_deinit(bool free_options);

/* Initialize wsrep thread LOCKs and CONDs */
void wsrep_thr_init();
/* Destroy wsrep thread LOCKs and CONDs */
void wsrep_thr_deinit();

void wsrep_recover();
bool wsrep_before_SE(); // initialize wsrep before storage
                        // engines (true) or after (false)
/* wsrep initialization sequence at startup
 * @param before wsrep_before_SE() value */
void wsrep_init_startup(bool before);

/* Recover streaming transactions from fragment storage */
void wsrep_recover_sr_from_storage(THD *);

// Other wsrep global variables
extern my_bool     wsrep_inited; // whether wsrep is initialized ?
extern bool        wsrep_service_started;

extern "C" void wsrep_fire_rollbacker(THD *thd);
extern "C" uint32 wsrep_thd_wsrep_rand(THD *thd);
extern "C" time_t wsrep_thd_query_start(THD *thd);
extern void wsrep_close_client_connections(my_bool wait_to_end,
                                           THD *except_caller_thd= NULL);
extern "C" query_id_t wsrep_thd_wsrep_last_query_id(THD *thd);
extern "C" void wsrep_thd_set_wsrep_last_query_id(THD *thd, query_id_t id);

extern int  wsrep_wait_committing_connections_close(int wait_time);
extern void wsrep_close_applier(THD *thd);
extern void wsrep_wait_appliers_close(THD *thd);
extern void wsrep_close_applier_threads(int count);


/* new defines */
extern void wsrep_stop_replication(THD *thd);
extern bool wsrep_start_replication(const char *wsrep_cluster_address);
extern void wsrep_shutdown_replication();
extern bool wsrep_check_mode (enum_wsrep_mode mask);
extern bool wsrep_check_mode_after_open_table (THD *thd, const handlerton *hton,
                                               TABLE_LIST *tables);
extern bool wsrep_check_mode_before_cmd_execute (THD *thd);
extern bool wsrep_must_sync_wait (THD* thd, uint mask= WSREP_SYNC_WAIT_BEFORE_READ);
extern bool wsrep_sync_wait (THD* thd, uint mask= WSREP_SYNC_WAIT_BEFORE_READ);
extern bool wsrep_sync_wait (THD* thd, enum enum_sql_command command);
extern enum wsrep::provider::status
wsrep_sync_wait_upto (THD* thd, wsrep_gtid_t* upto, int timeout);
extern int  wsrep_check_opts();
extern void wsrep_prepend_PATH (const char* path);
extern bool wsrep_append_fk_parent_table(THD* thd, TABLE_LIST* table, wsrep::key_array* keys);
extern bool wsrep_reload_ssl();
extern bool wsrep_split_allowlist(std::vector<std::string>& allowlist);

/* Other global variables */
extern wsrep_seqno_t wsrep_locked_seqno;

/* A wrapper function for MySQL log functions. The call will prefix
   the log message with WSREP and forward the result buffer to fun. */
void WSREP_LOG(void (*fun)(const char* fmt, ...), const char* fmt, ...);

#define WSREP_SYNC_WAIT(thd_, before_)                                  \
    { if (WSREP_CLIENT(thd_) &&                                         \
          wsrep_sync_wait(thd_, before_)) goto wsrep_error_label; }

#define WSREP_MYSQL_DB (char *)"mysql"

#define WSREP_TO_ISOLATION_BEGIN(db_, table_, table_list_)              \
  if (WSREP_ON && WSREP(thd) && wsrep_to_isolation_begin(thd, db_, table_, table_list_)) \
    goto wsrep_error_label;

#define WSREP_TO_ISOLATION_BEGIN_CREATE(db_, table_, table_list_, create_info_)	\
  if (WSREP_ON && WSREP(thd) &&                                         \
      wsrep_to_isolation_begin(thd, db_, table_,                        \
                               table_list_, nullptr, nullptr, create_info_))\
    goto wsrep_error_label;

#define WSREP_TO_ISOLATION_BEGIN_ALTER(db_, table_, table_list_, alter_info_, fk_tables_, create_info_) \
  if (WSREP(thd) && wsrep_thd_is_local(thd) &&                          \
      wsrep_to_isolation_begin(thd, db_, table_,                        \
                               table_list_, alter_info_, fk_tables_, create_info_))

#define WSREP_TO_ISOLATION_END                                          \
  if ((WSREP(thd) && wsrep_thd_is_local_toi(thd)) ||                    \
      wsrep_thd_is_in_rsu(thd))                                         \
    wsrep_to_isolation_end(thd);

/*
  Checks if lex->no_write_to_binlog is set for statements that use LOCAL or
  NO_WRITE_TO_BINLOG.
*/
#define WSREP_TO_ISOLATION_BEGIN_WRTCHK(db_, table_, table_list_)       \
  if (WSREP(thd) && !thd->lex->no_write_to_binlog                       \
      && wsrep_to_isolation_begin(thd, db_, table_, table_list_))       \
    goto wsrep_error_label;


#define WSREP_PROVIDER_EXISTS (WSREP_PROVIDER_EXISTS_)

static inline bool wsrep_cluster_address_exists()
{
  if (mysqld_server_started)
    mysql_mutex_assert_owner(&LOCK_global_system_variables);
  return wsrep_cluster_address && wsrep_cluster_address[0];
}

extern my_bool wsrep_ready_get();
extern void wsrep_ready_wait();

extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_wsrep_ready;
extern mysql_cond_t  COND_wsrep_ready;
extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_wsrep_sst;
extern mysql_cond_t  COND_wsrep_sst;
extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_wsrep_sst_init;
extern mysql_cond_t  COND_wsrep_sst_init;
extern int wsrep_replaying;
extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_wsrep_replaying;
extern mysql_cond_t  COND_wsrep_replaying;
extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_wsrep_slave_threads;
extern mysql_cond_t  COND_wsrep_slave_threads;
extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_wsrep_gtid_wait_upto;
extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_wsrep_cluster_config;
extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_wsrep_desync;
extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_wsrep_SR_pool;
extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_wsrep_SR_store;
extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_wsrep_config_state;
extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_wsrep_group_commit;
extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_wsrep_joiner_monitor;
extern mysql_mutex_t LOCK_wsrep_donor_monitor;
extern mysql_cond_t  COND_wsrep_joiner_monitor;
extern mysql_cond_t  COND_wsrep_donor_monitor;

extern int           wsrep_to_isolation;
#ifdef GTID_SUPPORT
extern rpl_sidno     wsrep_sidno;
#endif /* GTID_SUPPORT */
extern my_bool       wsrep_preordered_opt;

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE

extern PSI_cond_key  key_COND_wsrep_thd;

extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_wsrep_ready;
extern PSI_mutex_key key_COND_wsrep_ready;
extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_wsrep_sst;
extern PSI_cond_key  key_COND_wsrep_sst;
extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_wsrep_sst_init;
extern PSI_cond_key  key_COND_wsrep_sst_init;
extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_wsrep_sst_thread;
extern PSI_cond_key  key_COND_wsrep_sst_thread;
extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_wsrep_replaying;
extern PSI_cond_key  key_COND_wsrep_replaying;
extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_wsrep_slave_threads;
extern PSI_cond_key  key_COND_wsrep_slave_threads;
extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_wsrep_gtid_wait_upto;
extern PSI_cond_key  key_COND_wsrep_gtid_wait_upto;
extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_wsrep_cluster_config;
extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_wsrep_desync;
extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_wsrep_SR_pool;
extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_wsrep_SR_store;
extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_wsrep_global_seqno;
extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_wsrep_thd_queue;
extern PSI_cond_key  key_COND_wsrep_thd_queue;
extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_wsrep_joiner_monitor;
extern PSI_mutex_key key_LOCK_wsrep_donor_monitor;

extern PSI_file_key key_file_wsrep_gra_log;

extern PSI_thread_key key_wsrep_sst_joiner;
extern PSI_thread_key key_wsrep_sst_donor;
extern PSI_thread_key key_wsrep_rollbacker;
extern PSI_thread_key key_wsrep_applier;
extern PSI_thread_key key_wsrep_sst_joiner_monitor;
extern PSI_thread_key key_wsrep_sst_donor_monitor;
#endif /* HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE */


struct TABLE_LIST;
class Alter_info;
int wsrep_to_isolation_begin(THD *thd, const char *db_, const char *table_,
                             const TABLE_LIST* table_list,
                             const Alter_info* alter_info= nullptr,
                             const wsrep::key_array *fk_tables= nullptr,
                             const HA_CREATE_INFO* create_info= nullptr);

bool wsrep_should_replicate_ddl(THD* thd, const handlerton *hton);
bool wsrep_should_replicate_ddl_iterate(THD* thd, const TABLE_LIST* table_list);

void wsrep_to_isolation_end(THD *thd);

bool wsrep_append_SR_keys(THD *thd);
int wsrep_to_buf_helper(
  THD* thd, const char *query, uint query_len, uchar** buf, size_t* buf_len);
int wsrep_create_trigger_query(THD *thd, uchar** buf, size_t* buf_len);
int wsrep_create_event_query(THD *thd, uchar** buf, size_t* buf_len);

void wsrep_init_sidno(const wsrep_uuid_t&);
bool wsrep_node_is_donor();
bool wsrep_node_is_synced();

void wsrep_init_SR();
void wsrep_verify_SE_checkpoint(const wsrep_uuid_t& uuid, wsrep_seqno_t seqno);
int wsrep_replay_from_SR_store(THD*, const wsrep_trx_meta_t&);

class Log_event;
int wsrep_ignored_error_code(Log_event* ev, int error);
int wsrep_must_ignore_error(THD* thd);

struct wsrep_server_gtid_t
{
  uint32 domain_id;
  uint32 server_id;
  uint64 seqno;
};
class Wsrep_gtid_server
{
public:
  uint32 domain_id;
  uint32 server_id;
  Wsrep_gtid_server()
    : m_force_signal(false)
    , m_seqno(0)
    , m_committed_seqno(0)
  { }
  void gtid(const wsrep_server_gtid_t& gtid)
  {
    domain_id=  gtid.domain_id;
    server_id=  gtid.server_id;
    m_seqno=    gtid.seqno;
  }
  wsrep_server_gtid_t gtid()
  {
    wsrep_server_gtid_t gtid;
    gtid.domain_id= domain_id;
    gtid.server_id= server_id;
    gtid.seqno=     m_seqno;
    return gtid;
  }
  void seqno(const uint64 seqno) { m_seqno= seqno; }
  uint64 seqno() const { return m_seqno; }
  uint64 seqno_committed() const { return m_committed_seqno; }
  uint64 seqno_inc()
  {
    m_seqno++;
    return m_seqno;
  }
  const wsrep_server_gtid_t& undefined()
  {
    return m_undefined;
  }
  int wait_gtid_upto(const uint64_t seqno, uint timeout)
  {
    int wait_result= 0;
    struct timespec wait_time;
    int ret= 0;
    mysql_cond_t wait_cond;
    mysql_cond_init(key_COND_wsrep_gtid_wait_upto, &wait_cond, NULL);
    set_timespec(wait_time, timeout);
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_wsrep_gtid_wait_upto);
    std::multimap<uint64, mysql_cond_t*>::iterator it;
    if (seqno > m_seqno)
    {
      try
      {
        it= m_wait_map.insert(std::make_pair(seqno, &wait_cond));
      } 
      catch (std::bad_alloc& e)
      {
         ret= ENOMEM;
      }
      while (!ret && (m_committed_seqno < seqno) && !m_force_signal)
      {
        wait_result= mysql_cond_timedwait(&wait_cond,
                                          &LOCK_wsrep_gtid_wait_upto,
                                          &wait_time);
        if (wait_result == ETIMEDOUT || wait_result == ETIME)
        {
          ret= wait_result;
          break;
        }
      }
      if (ret != ENOMEM)
      {
        m_wait_map.erase(it);
      }
    }
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_wsrep_gtid_wait_upto);
    mysql_cond_destroy(&wait_cond);
    return ret;
  }
  void signal_waiters(uint64 seqno, bool signal_all)
  {
    mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_wsrep_gtid_wait_upto);
    if (!signal_all && (m_committed_seqno >= seqno))
    {
      mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_wsrep_gtid_wait_upto);
      return;
    }
    m_force_signal= true;
    std::multimap<uint64, mysql_cond_t*>::iterator it_end;
    std::multimap<uint64, mysql_cond_t*>::iterator it_begin;
    if (signal_all)
    {
      it_end= m_wait_map.end();
    }
    else
    {
      it_end= m_wait_map.upper_bound(seqno);
    }
    if (m_committed_seqno < seqno)
    {
      m_committed_seqno= seqno;
    }
    for (it_begin = m_wait_map.begin(); it_begin != it_end; ++it_begin)
    {
      mysql_cond_signal(it_begin->second);
    }
    m_force_signal= false;
    mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_wsrep_gtid_wait_upto);
  }
private:
  const wsrep_server_gtid_t m_undefined= {0,0,0};
  std::multimap<uint64, mysql_cond_t*> m_wait_map;
  bool m_force_signal;
  Atomic_counter<uint64_t> m_seqno;
  Atomic_counter<uint64_t> m_committed_seqno;
};
extern Wsrep_gtid_server wsrep_gtid_server;
void wsrep_init_gtid();
bool wsrep_check_gtid_seqno(const uint32&, const uint32&, uint64&);
bool wsrep_get_binlog_gtid_seqno(wsrep_server_gtid_t&);

int wsrep_append_table_keys(THD* thd,
                            TABLE_LIST* first_table,
                            TABLE_LIST* table_list,
                            Wsrep_service_key_type key_type);

extern void
wsrep_handle_mdl_conflict(MDL_context *requestor_ctx,
                          const MDL_ticket *ticket,
                          const MDL_key *key);

enum wsrep_thread_type {
  WSREP_APPLIER_THREAD=1,
  WSREP_ROLLBACKER_THREAD=2
};

typedef void (*wsrep_thd_processor_fun)(THD*, void *);
class Wsrep_thd_args
{
 public:
 Wsrep_thd_args(wsrep_thd_processor_fun fun,
                wsrep_thread_type thread_type,
                pthread_t thread_id)
   :
  fun_ (fun),
  thread_type_ (thread_type),
  thread_id_ (thread_id)
  { }

  wsrep_thd_processor_fun fun() { return fun_; }
  pthread_t* thread_id() {return &thread_id_; }
  enum wsrep_thread_type thread_type() {return thread_type_;}

 private:

  Wsrep_thd_args(const Wsrep_thd_args&);
  Wsrep_thd_args& operator=(const Wsrep_thd_args&);

  wsrep_thd_processor_fun fun_;
  enum wsrep_thread_type  thread_type_;
  pthread_t thread_id_;
};

void* start_wsrep_THD(void*);

void wsrep_close_threads(THD *thd);
bool wsrep_is_show_query(enum enum_sql_command command);
void wsrep_replay_transaction(THD *thd);
bool wsrep_create_like_table(THD* thd, TABLE_LIST* table,
                             TABLE_LIST* src_table,
                             HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info);
bool wsrep_node_is_donor();
bool wsrep_node_is_synced();

/**
 * Check if the wsrep provider (ie the Galera library) is capable of
 * doing streaming replication.
 * @return true if SR capable
 */
bool wsrep_provider_is_SR_capable();

/**
 * Initialize WSREP server instance.
 *
 * @return Zero on success, non-zero on error.
 */
int wsrep_init_server();

/**
 * Initialize WSREP globals. This should be done after server initialization
 * is complete and the server has joined to the cluster.
 *
 */
void wsrep_init_globals();

/**
 * Deinit and release WSREP resources.
 */
void wsrep_deinit_server();

/**
 * Convert streaming fragment unit (WSREP_FRAG_BYTES, WSREP_FRAG_ROWS...)
 * to corresponding wsrep-lib fragment_unit
 */
enum wsrep::streaming_context::fragment_unit wsrep_fragment_unit(ulong unit);

wsrep::key wsrep_prepare_key_for_toi(const char* db, const char* table,
                                     enum wsrep::key::type type);

void wsrep_wait_ready(THD *thd);
void wsrep_ready_set(bool ready_value);

/**
 * Returns true if the given list of tables contains at least one
 * non-temporary table.
 */
bool wsrep_table_list_has_non_temp_tables(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables);

/**
 * Append foreign key to wsrep.
 *
 * @param thd           Thread object
 * @param fk            Foreign Key Info
 *
 * @return true if error, otherwise false.
 */
bool wsrep_foreign_key_append(THD *thd, FOREIGN_KEY_INFO *fk);

void wsrep_report_query_interrupted(const THD *thd, const char* file, const int line);

#else /* !WITH_WSREP */

/* These macros are needed to compile MariaDB without WSREP support
 * (e.g. embedded) */

#define WSREP_PROVIDER_EXISTS (0)
#define wsrep_emulate_bin_log (0)
#define wsrep_to_isolation (0)
#define wsrep_before_SE() (0)
#define wsrep_init_startup(X)
#define wsrep_check_opts() (0)
#define wsrep_thr_init() do {} while(0)
#define wsrep_thr_deinit() do {} while(0)
#define wsrep_init_globals() do {} while(0)
#define wsrep_create_appliers(X) do {} while(0)
#define wsrep_cluster_address_exists() (false)
#define WSREP_MYSQL_DB (0)
#define WSREP_TO_ISOLATION_BEGIN(db_, table_, table_list_) do { } while(0)
#define WSREP_TO_ISOLATION_BEGIN_ALTER(db_, table_, table_list_, alter_info_, fk_tables_)
#define WSREP_TO_ISOLATION_END
#define WSREP_TO_ISOLATION_BEGIN_WRTCHK(db_, table_, table_list_)
#define WSREP_SYNC_WAIT(thd_, before_)

#endif /* WITH_WSREP */

#endif /* WSREP_MYSQLD_H */
/* Copyright (c) 2005-2007 MySQL AB
   Use is subject to license terms

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 GNU General Public License for more details.

 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

/*
  This is a header for libraries containing functions used in both server and
  only some of clients (but not in libmysql)...
*/

#ifndef _my_user_h_
#define _my_user_h_

C_MODE_START

int parse_user(const char *user_id_str, size_t user_id_len,
               char *user_name_str, size_t *user_name_len,
               char *host_name_str, size_t *host_name_len);

C_MODE_END

#endif /* _my_user_h_ */
/* Copyright (c) 2005, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2011, 2014, SkySQL Ab.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file

  It is interface module to fixed precision decimals library.

  Most functions use 'uint mask' as parameter, if during operation error
  which fit in this mask is detected then it will be processed automatically
  here. (errors are E_DEC_* constants, see include/decimal.h)

  Most function are just inline wrappers around library calls
*/

#ifndef my_decimal_h
#define my_decimal_h

#include "sql_basic_types.h"

#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) || defined(EMBEDDED_LIBRARY)
#include "sql_string.h"                         /* String */
#endif

C_MODE_START
#include <decimal.h>
#include <my_decimal_limits.h>
C_MODE_END

class String;
class Field;
typedef struct st_mysql_time MYSQL_TIME;

/**
  maximum size of packet length.
*/
#define DECIMAL_MAX_FIELD_SIZE DECIMAL_MAX_PRECISION


inline uint my_decimal_size(decimal_digits_t precision,
                            decimal_digits_t scale)
{
  /*
    Always allocate more space to allow library to put decimal point
    where it want
  */
  return decimal_size(precision, scale) + 1;
}


inline decimal_digits_t my_decimal_int_part(decimal_digits_t precision,
                                            decimal_digits_t decimals)
{
  return (decimal_digits_t) (precision -
                             ((decimals == DECIMAL_NOT_SPECIFIED) ? 0 :
                              decimals));
}


#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT
int decimal_operation_results(int result, const char *value, const char *type);
#else
inline int decimal_operation_results(int result, const char *value,
                                     const char *type)
{
  return result;
}
#endif /*MYSQL_CLIENT*/


inline int check_result(uint mask, int result)
{
  if (result & mask)
    decimal_operation_results(result, "", "DECIMAL");
  return result;
}


/**
  my_decimal class limits 'decimal_t' type to what we need in MySQL.

  It contains internally all necessary space needed by the instance so
  no extra memory is needed. One should call fix_buffer_pointer() function
  when he moves my_decimal objects in memory.
*/

class my_decimal :public decimal_t
{
  /*
    Several of the routines in strings/decimal.c have had buffer
    overrun/underrun problems. These are *not* caught by valgrind.
    To catch them, we allocate dummy fields around the buffer,
    and test that their values do not change.
   */
#if !defined(DBUG_OFF)
  int foo1;
#endif

  decimal_digit_t buffer[DECIMAL_BUFF_LENGTH];

#if !defined(DBUG_OFF)
  int foo2;
  static const int test_value= 123;
#endif

public:

  my_decimal(const my_decimal &rhs) : decimal_t(rhs)
  {
    init();
    for (uint i= 0; i < DECIMAL_BUFF_LENGTH; i++)
      buffer[i]= rhs.buffer[i];
  }

  my_decimal& operator=(const my_decimal &rhs)
  {
    if (this == &rhs)
      return *this;
    decimal_t::operator=(rhs);
    for (uint i= 0; i < DECIMAL_BUFF_LENGTH; i++)
      buffer[i]= rhs.buffer[i];
    fix_buffer_pointer();
    return *this;
  }

  void init()
  {
#if !defined(DBUG_OFF)
    foo1= test_value;
    foo2= test_value;
#endif
    len= DECIMAL_BUFF_LENGTH;
    buf= buffer;
    TRASH_ALLOC(buffer, sizeof(buffer));
  }

  my_decimal()
  {
    init();
  }
  my_decimal(const uchar *bin, decimal_digits_t prec, decimal_digits_t scale)
  {
    init();
    check_result(E_DEC_FATAL_ERROR, bin2decimal(bin, this, prec, scale));
  }
  my_decimal(Field *field);
  ~my_decimal()
  {
    sanity_check();
  }

  void sanity_check()
  {
    DBUG_SLOW_ASSERT(foo1 == test_value);
    DBUG_SLOW_ASSERT(foo2 == test_value);
  }

  void fix_buffer_pointer() { buf= buffer; }

  bool sign() const { return decimal_t::sign; }
  void sign(bool s) { decimal_t::sign= s; }
  decimal_digits_t precision() const { return (decimal_digits_t) (intg + frac); }
  void set_zero()
  {
    /*
      We need the up-cast here, since my_decimal has sign() member functions,
      which conflicts with decimal_t::sign
      (and decimal_make_zero is a macro, rather than a funcion).
    */
    decimal_make_zero(static_cast<decimal_t*>(this));
  }
  int cmp(const my_decimal *other) const
  {
    return decimal_cmp(this, other);
  }

#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT
  bool to_bool() const
  {
    return !decimal_is_zero(this);
  }
  double to_double() const
  {
    double res;
    decimal2double(this, &res);
    return res;
  }
  longlong to_longlong(bool unsigned_flag) const;
  /*
    Return the value as a signed or unsigned longlong, depending on the sign.
    - Positive values are returned as unsigned.
    - Negative values are returned as signed.
    This is used by bit SQL operators: | & ^ ~
    as well as by the SQL function BIT_COUNT().
  */
  longlong to_xlonglong() const
  { return to_longlong(!sign()); }

  // Convert to string returning decimal2string() error code
  int to_string_native(String *to, uint prec, uint dec, char filler,
                       uint mask= E_DEC_FATAL_ERROR) const;
  // Convert to string returning the String pointer
  String *to_string(String *to, uint prec, uint dec, char filler) const
  {
    return to_string_native(to, prec, dec, filler) ? NULL : to;
  }
  String *to_string(String *to) const
  {
    return to_string(to, 0, 0, 0);
  }
  String *to_string_round(String *to, decimal_digits_t scale,
                          my_decimal *round_buff) const
  {
    (void) round_to(round_buff, scale, HALF_UP); // QQ: check result?
    return round_buff->to_string(to);
  }
  /* Scale can be negative here when called from truncate() */
  int round_to(my_decimal *to, int scale, decimal_round_mode mode,
               int mask= E_DEC_FATAL_ERROR) const
  {
    return check_result(mask, decimal_round(this, to, scale, mode));
  }
  int to_binary(uchar *bin, int prec, decimal_digits_t scale,
                uint mask= E_DEC_FATAL_ERROR) const;
#endif
  /** Swap two my_decimal values */
  void swap(my_decimal &rhs)
  {
    swap_variables(my_decimal, *this, rhs);
  }
};


#ifndef DBUG_OFF
void print_decimal(const my_decimal *dec);
void print_decimal_buff(const my_decimal *dec, const uchar* ptr, int length);
const char *dbug_decimal_as_string(char *buff, const my_decimal *val);
#else
#define dbug_decimal_as_string(A) NULL
#endif

bool str_set_decimal(uint mask, const my_decimal *val, uint fixed_prec,
                     uint fixed_dec, char filler, String *str,
                     CHARSET_INFO *cs);

extern my_decimal decimal_zero;

inline
void max_my_decimal(my_decimal *to, decimal_digits_t precision,
                    decimal_digits_t frac)
{
  DBUG_ASSERT((precision <= DECIMAL_MAX_PRECISION)&&
              (frac <= DECIMAL_MAX_SCALE));
  max_decimal(precision, frac, to);
}

inline void max_internal_decimal(my_decimal *to)
{
  max_my_decimal(to, DECIMAL_MAX_PRECISION, 0);
}

inline int check_result_and_overflow(uint mask, int result, my_decimal *val)
{
  if (check_result(mask, result) & E_DEC_OVERFLOW)
  {
    bool sign= val->sign();
    val->fix_buffer_pointer();
    max_internal_decimal(val);
    val->sign(sign);
  }
  return result;
}

inline decimal_digits_t my_decimal_length_to_precision(decimal_digits_t length,
                                                       decimal_digits_t scale,
                                                       bool unsigned_flag)
{
  /* Precision can't be negative thus ignore unsigned_flag when length is 0. */
  DBUG_ASSERT(length || !scale);
  return (decimal_digits_t) (length - (scale>0 ? 1:0) -
                             (unsigned_flag || !length ? 0:1));
}

inline decimal_digits_t
my_decimal_precision_to_length_no_truncation(decimal_digits_t precision,
                                             decimal_digits_t scale,
                                             bool unsigned_flag)
{
  /*
    When precision is 0 it means that original length was also 0. Thus
    unsigned_flag is ignored in this case.
  */
  DBUG_ASSERT(precision || !scale);
  return (decimal_digits_t)(precision + (scale > 0 ? 1 : 0) +
                            (unsigned_flag || !precision ? 0 : 1));
}

inline decimal_digits_t
my_decimal_precision_to_length(decimal_digits_t precision,
                               decimal_digits_t scale,
                               bool unsigned_flag)
{
  /*
    When precision is 0 it means that original length was also 0. Thus
    unsigned_flag is ignored in this case.
  */
  DBUG_ASSERT(precision || !scale);
  set_if_smaller(precision, DECIMAL_MAX_PRECISION);
  return my_decimal_precision_to_length_no_truncation(precision, scale,
                                                      unsigned_flag);
}

inline
uint my_decimal_string_length(const my_decimal *d)
{
  /* length of string representation including terminating '\0' */
  return decimal_string_size(d);
}


inline
uint my_decimal_max_length(const my_decimal *d)
{
  /* -1 because we do not count \0 */
  return decimal_string_size(d) - 1;
}


inline
uint my_decimal_get_binary_size(decimal_digits_t precision,
                                decimal_digits_t scale)
{
  return decimal_bin_size(precision, scale);
}


inline
void my_decimal2decimal(const my_decimal *from, my_decimal *to)
{
  *to= *from;
}


inline
int binary2my_decimal(uint mask, const uchar *bin, my_decimal *d,
                      decimal_digits_t prec, decimal_digits_t scale)
{
  return check_result(mask, bin2decimal(bin, d, prec, scale));
}


inline
int my_decimal_set_zero(my_decimal *d)
{
  d->set_zero();
  return 0;
}


inline
bool my_decimal_is_zero(const my_decimal *decimal_value)
{
  return decimal_is_zero(decimal_value);
}


inline bool str_set_decimal(const my_decimal *val, String *str,
                            CHARSET_INFO *cs)
{
  return str_set_decimal(E_DEC_FATAL_ERROR, val, 0, 0, 0, str, cs);
}


bool my_decimal2seconds(const my_decimal *d, ulonglong *sec,
                        ulong *microsec, ulong *nanosec);

my_decimal *seconds2my_decimal(bool sign, ulonglong sec, ulong microsec,
                               my_decimal *d);

#define TIME_to_my_decimal(TIME, DECIMAL)                       \
     seconds2my_decimal((TIME)->neg, TIME_to_ulonglong(TIME),   \
                        (TIME)->second_part, (DECIMAL))

int my_decimal2int(uint mask, const decimal_t *d, bool unsigned_flag,
		   longlong *l, decimal_round_mode round_type= HALF_UP);

inline
int my_decimal2double(uint, const decimal_t *d, double *result)
{
  /* No need to call check_result as this will always succeed */
  return decimal2double(d, result);
}


inline
int str2my_decimal(uint mask, const char *str, my_decimal *d, char **end)
{
  return check_result_and_overflow(mask, string2decimal(str, d, end), d);
}


int str2my_decimal(uint mask, const char *from, size_t length,
                   CHARSET_INFO *charset, my_decimal *decimal_value,
                   const char **end);

inline int str2my_decimal(uint mask, const char *from, size_t length,
                          CHARSET_INFO *charset, my_decimal *decimal_value)
{
  const char *end;
  return str2my_decimal(mask, from, length, charset, decimal_value, &end);
}

#if defined(MYSQL_SERVER) || defined(EMBEDDED_LIBRARY)
inline
int string2my_decimal(uint mask, const String *str, my_decimal *d)
{
  const char *end;
  return str2my_decimal(mask, str->ptr(), str->length(), str->charset(),
                        d, &end);
}


my_decimal *date2my_decimal(const MYSQL_TIME *ltime, my_decimal *dec);


#endif /*defined(MYSQL_SERVER) || defined(EMBEDDED_LIBRARY) */

inline
int double2my_decimal(uint mask, double val, my_decimal *d)
{
  return check_result_and_overflow(mask, double2decimal(val, d), d);
}


inline
int int2my_decimal(uint mask, longlong i, my_bool unsigned_flag, my_decimal *d)
{
  return check_result(mask, (unsigned_flag ?
			     ulonglong2decimal((ulonglong)i, d) :
			     longlong2decimal(i, d)));
}

inline
void decimal2my_decimal(decimal_t *from, my_decimal *to)
{
  DBUG_ASSERT(to->len >= from->len);
  to->intg= from->intg;
  to->frac= from->frac;
  to->sign(from->sign);
  memcpy(to->buf, from->buf, to->len*sizeof(decimal_digit_t));
}


inline
void my_decimal_neg(decimal_t *arg)
{
  if (decimal_is_zero(arg))
  {
    arg->sign= 0;
    return;
  }
  decimal_neg(arg);
}


inline
int my_decimal_add(uint mask, my_decimal *res, const my_decimal *a,
		   const my_decimal *b)
{
  return check_result_and_overflow(mask,
                                   decimal_add(a, b, res),
                                   res);
}


inline
int my_decimal_sub(uint mask, my_decimal *res, const my_decimal *a,
		   const my_decimal *b)
{
  return check_result_and_overflow(mask,
                                   decimal_sub(a, b, res),
                                   res);
}


inline
int my_decimal_mul(uint mask, my_decimal *res, const my_decimal *a,
		   const my_decimal *b)
{
  return check_result_and_overflow(mask,
                                   decimal_mul(a, b, res),
                                   res);
}


inline
int my_decimal_div(uint mask, my_decimal *res, const my_decimal *a,
		   const my_decimal *b, int div_scale_inc)
{
  return check_result_and_overflow(mask,
                                   decimal_div(a, b, res, div_scale_inc),
                                   res);
}


inline
int my_decimal_mod(uint mask, my_decimal *res, const my_decimal *a,
		   const my_decimal *b)
{
  return check_result_and_overflow(mask,
                                   decimal_mod(a, b, res),
                                   res);
}

/**
  @return
    -1 if a<b, 1 if a>b and 0 if a==b
*/
inline
int my_decimal_cmp(const my_decimal *a, const my_decimal *b)
{
  return decimal_cmp(a, b);
}


inline
int my_decimal_intg(const my_decimal *a)
{
  return decimal_intg(a);
}


void my_decimal_trim(ulonglong *precision, decimal_digits_t *scale);


#endif /*my_decimal_h*/

#ifndef SET_VAR_INCLUDED
#define SET_VAR_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2002, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2020, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file
  "public" interface to sys_var - server configuration variables.
*/

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface                       /* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#include <my_getopt.h>
#include <my_attribute.h>

class sys_var;
class set_var;
class sys_var_pluginvar;
class PolyLock;
class Item_func_set_user_var;

// This include needs to be here since item.h requires enum_var_type :-P
#include "item.h"                          /* Item */
#include "sql_class.h"                     /* THD  */

extern TYPELIB bool_typelib;

struct sys_var_chain
{
  sys_var *first;
  sys_var *last;
};

int mysql_add_sys_var_chain(sys_var *chain);
int mysql_del_sys_var_chain(sys_var *chain);


/**
  A class representing one system variable - that is something
  that can be accessed as @@global.variable_name or @@session.variable_name,
  visible in SHOW xxx VARIABLES and in INFORMATION_SCHEMA.xxx_VARIABLES,
  optionally it can be assigned to, optionally it can have a command-line
  counterpart with the same name.
*/
class sys_var: protected Value_source // for double_from_string_with_check
{
public:
  sys_var *next;
  LEX_CSTRING name;
  bool *test_load;
  enum flag_enum { GLOBAL, SESSION, ONLY_SESSION, SCOPE_MASK=1023,
                   READONLY=1024, ALLOCATED=2048, PARSE_EARLY=4096,
                   NO_SET_STATEMENT=8192, AUTO_SET=16384};
  enum { NO_GETOPT=-1, GETOPT_ONLY_HELP=-2 };
  enum where { CONFIG, COMMAND_LINE, AUTO, SQL, COMPILE_TIME, ENV };

  /**
    Enumeration type to indicate for a system variable whether
    it will be written to the binlog or not.
  */    
  enum binlog_status_enum { VARIABLE_NOT_IN_BINLOG,
                            SESSION_VARIABLE_IN_BINLOG } binlog_status;

  my_option option;     ///< min, max, default values are stored here
  enum where value_origin;
  const char *origin_filename;

protected:
  typedef bool (*on_check_function)(sys_var *self, THD *thd, set_var *var);
  typedef bool (*on_update_function)(sys_var *self, THD *thd, enum_var_type type);

  int flags;            ///< or'ed flag_enum values
  SHOW_TYPE show_val_type; ///< what value_ptr() returns for sql_show.cc
  PolyLock *guard;      ///< *second* lock that protects the variable
  ptrdiff_t offset;     ///< offset to the value from global_system_variables
  on_check_function on_check;
  on_update_function on_update;
  const char *const deprecation_substitute;

public:
  sys_var(sys_var_chain *chain, const char *name_arg, const char *comment,
          int flag_args, ptrdiff_t off, int getopt_id,
          enum get_opt_arg_type getopt_arg_type, SHOW_TYPE show_val_type_arg,
          longlong def_val, PolyLock *lock, enum binlog_status_enum binlog_status_arg,
          on_check_function on_check_func, on_update_function on_update_func,
          const char *substitute);

  virtual ~sys_var() = default;

  /**
    All the cleanup procedures should be performed here
  */
  virtual void cleanup() {}
  /**
    downcast for sys_var_pluginvar. Returns this if it's an instance
    of sys_var_pluginvar, and 0 otherwise.
  */
  virtual sys_var_pluginvar *cast_pluginvar() { return 0; }

  bool check(THD *thd, set_var *var);
  const uchar *value_ptr(THD *thd, enum_var_type type, const LEX_CSTRING *base) const;

  /**
     Update the system variable with the default value from either
     session or global scope.  The default value is stored in the
     'var' argument. Return false when successful.
  */
  bool set_default(THD *thd, set_var *var);
  bool update(THD *thd, set_var *var);

  String *val_str_nolock(String *str, THD *thd, const uchar *value);
  longlong val_int(bool *is_null, THD *thd, enum_var_type type, const LEX_CSTRING *base);
  String *val_str(String *str, THD *thd, enum_var_type type, const LEX_CSTRING *base);
  double val_real(bool *is_null, THD *thd, enum_var_type type, const LEX_CSTRING *base);

  SHOW_TYPE show_type() const { return show_val_type; }
  int scope() const { return flags & SCOPE_MASK; }
  virtual CHARSET_INFO *charset(THD *thd) const
  {
    return system_charset_info;
  }
  bool is_readonly() const { return flags & READONLY; }
  void update_flags(int new_flags) { flags = new_flags; }
  int get_flags() const { return flags; }
  /**
    the following is only true for keycache variables,
    that support the syntax @@keycache_name.variable_name
  */
  bool is_struct() { return option.var_type & GET_ASK_ADDR; }
  bool is_set_stmt_ok() const { return !(flags & NO_SET_STATEMENT); }
  bool is_written_to_binlog(enum_var_type type)
  { return type != OPT_GLOBAL && binlog_status == SESSION_VARIABLE_IN_BINLOG; }
  bool check_update_type(const Item *item)
  {
    Item_result type= item->result_type();
    switch (option.var_type & GET_TYPE_MASK) {
    case GET_INT:
    case GET_UINT:
    case GET_LONG:
    case GET_ULONG:
    case GET_LL:
    case GET_ULL:
      return type != INT_RESULT &&
             (type != DECIMAL_RESULT || item->decimals != 0);
    case GET_STR:
    case GET_STR_ALLOC:
      return type != STRING_RESULT;
    case GET_ENUM:
    case GET_BOOL:
    case GET_SET:
    case GET_FLAGSET:
    case GET_BIT:
      return type != STRING_RESULT && type != INT_RESULT;
    case GET_DOUBLE:
      return type != INT_RESULT && type != REAL_RESULT && type != DECIMAL_RESULT;
    default:
      return true;
    }
  }

  bool check_type(enum_var_type type)
  {
    switch (scope())
    {
    case GLOBAL:       return type != OPT_GLOBAL;
    case SESSION:      return false; // always ok
    case ONLY_SESSION: return type == OPT_GLOBAL;
    }
    return true; // keep gcc happy
  }
  bool register_option(DYNAMIC_ARRAY *array, int parse_flags)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(parse_flags == GETOPT_ONLY_HELP ||
                parse_flags == PARSE_EARLY || parse_flags == 0);
    if (option.id == NO_GETOPT)
      return 0;
    if (parse_flags == GETOPT_ONLY_HELP)
    {
      if (option.id != GETOPT_ONLY_HELP)
        return 0;
    }
    else
    {
      if (option.id == GETOPT_ONLY_HELP)
        return 0;
      if ((flags & PARSE_EARLY) != parse_flags)
        return 0;
    }
    return insert_dynamic(array, (uchar*)&option);
  }
  void do_deprecated_warning(THD *thd);
  /**
    whether session value of a sysvar is a default one.

    in this simple implementation we don't distinguish between default
    and non-default values. for most variables it's ok, they don't treat
    default values specially. this method is overwritten in descendant
    classes as necessary.
  */
  virtual bool session_is_default(THD *thd) { return false; }

  virtual const uchar *default_value_ptr(THD *thd) const
  { return (uchar*)&option.def_value; }

  virtual bool on_check_access_global(THD *thd) const;
  virtual bool on_check_access_session(THD *thd) const
  {
    return false;
  }

private:
  virtual bool do_check(THD *thd, set_var *var) = 0;
  /**
    save the session default value of the variable in var
  */
  virtual void session_save_default(THD *thd, set_var *var) = 0;
  /**
    save the global default value of the variable in var
  */
  virtual void global_save_default(THD *thd, set_var *var) = 0;
  virtual bool session_update(THD *thd, set_var *var) = 0;
  virtual bool global_update(THD *thd, set_var *var) = 0;

protected:
  /**
    A pointer to a value of the variable for SHOW.
    It must be of show_val_type type (my_bool for SHOW_MY_BOOL,
    int for SHOW_INT, longlong for SHOW_LONGLONG, etc).
  */
  virtual const uchar *session_value_ptr(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *base) const;
  virtual const uchar *global_value_ptr(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *base) const;

  /**
    A pointer to a storage area of the variable, to the raw data.
    Typically it's the same as session_value_ptr(), but it's different,
    for example, for ENUM, that is printed as a string, but stored as a number.
  */
  ATTRIBUTE_NO_UBSAN
  uchar *session_var_ptr(THD *thd) const
  { return ((uchar*)&(thd->variables)) + offset; }

  ATTRIBUTE_NO_UBSAN
  uchar *global_var_ptr() const
  { return ((uchar*)&global_system_variables) + offset; }

  void *max_var_ptr()
  {
    return scope() == SESSION ? (((uchar*)&max_system_variables) + offset) :
                                0;
  }

  friend class Session_sysvars_tracker;
  friend class Session_tracker;
};

#include "sql_plugin.h"                    /* SHOW_HA_ROWS, SHOW_MY_BOOL */


/****************************************************************************
  Classes for parsing of the SET command
****************************************************************************/

/**
  A base class for everything that can be set with SET command.
  It's similar to Items, an instance of this is created by the parser
  for every assigmnent in SET (or elsewhere, e.g. in SELECT).
*/
class set_var_base :public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  set_var_base() = default;
  virtual ~set_var_base() = default;
  virtual int check(THD *thd)=0;           /* To check privileges etc. */
  virtual int update(THD *thd)=0;                  /* To set the value */
  virtual int light_check(THD *thd) { return check(thd); }   /* for PS */
  virtual bool is_system() { return FALSE; }
  /**
    @returns whether this variable is @@@@optimizer_trace.
  */
  virtual bool is_var_optimizer_trace() const { return false; }
};


/**
  Structure for holding unix timestamp and high precision second part.
 */
typedef struct my_time_t_hires
{
  my_time_t unix_time;
  ulong second_part;
} my_time_t_hires;


/**
  set_var_base descendant for assignments to the system variables.
*/
class set_var :public set_var_base
{
public:
  sys_var *var; ///< system variable to be updated
  Item *value;  ///< the expression that provides the new value of the variable
  enum_var_type type;
  union ///< temp storage to hold a value between sys_var::check and ::update
  {
    ulonglong ulonglong_value;          ///< for unsigned integer, set, enum sysvars
    longlong longlong_value;            ///< for signed integer
    double double_value;                ///< for Sys_var_double
    plugin_ref plugin;                  ///< for Sys_var_plugin
    plugin_ref *plugins;                ///< for Sys_var_pluginlist
    Time_zone *time_zone;               ///< for Sys_var_tz
    LEX_STRING string_value;            ///< for Sys_var_charptr and others
    my_time_t_hires timestamp;          ///< for Sys_var_vers_asof
    const void *ptr;                    ///< for Sys_var_struct
  } save_result;
  LEX_CSTRING base; /**< for structured variables, like keycache_name.variable_name */

  set_var(THD *thd, enum_var_type type_arg, sys_var *var_arg,
          const LEX_CSTRING *base_name_arg, Item *value_arg);
  bool is_system() override { return 1; }
  int check(THD *thd) override;
  int update(THD *thd) override;
  int light_check(THD *thd) override;
  bool is_var_optimizer_trace() const override
  {
    extern sys_var *Sys_optimizer_trace_ptr;
    return var == Sys_optimizer_trace_ptr;
  }
};


/* User variables like @my_own_variable */
class set_var_user: public set_var_base
{
  Item_func_set_user_var *user_var_item;
public:
  set_var_user(Item_func_set_user_var *item)
    :user_var_item(item)
  {}
  int check(THD *thd) override;
  int update(THD *thd) override;
  int light_check(THD *thd) override;
};

/* For SET PASSWORD */

class set_var_password: public set_var_base
{
  LEX_USER *user;
public:
  set_var_password(LEX_USER *user_arg) :user(user_arg)
  {}
  int check(THD *thd) override;
  int update(THD *thd) override;
};

/* For SET ROLE */

class set_var_role: public set_var_base
{
  LEX_CSTRING role;
  privilege_t access;
public:
  set_var_role(LEX_CSTRING role_arg) : role(role_arg), access(NO_ACL) {}
  int check(THD *thd) override;
  int update(THD *thd) override;
};

/* For SET DEFAULT ROLE */

class set_var_default_role: public set_var_base
{
  LEX_USER *user, *real_user;
  LEX_CSTRING role;
  const char *real_role;
public:
  set_var_default_role(LEX_USER *user_arg, LEX_CSTRING role_arg) :
    user(user_arg), role(role_arg) {}
  int check(THD *thd) override;
  int update(THD *thd) override;
};

/* For SET NAMES and SET CHARACTER SET */

class set_var_collation_client: public set_var_base
{
  CHARSET_INFO *character_set_client;
  CHARSET_INFO *character_set_results;
  CHARSET_INFO *collation_connection;
public:
  set_var_collation_client(CHARSET_INFO *client_coll_arg,
                           CHARSET_INFO *connection_coll_arg,
                           CHARSET_INFO *result_coll_arg)
    :character_set_client(client_coll_arg),
     character_set_results(result_coll_arg),
     collation_connection(connection_coll_arg)
  {}
  int check(THD *thd) override;
  int update(THD *thd) override;
};


/* optional things, have_* variables */
extern SHOW_COMP_OPTION have_csv, have_innodb;
extern SHOW_COMP_OPTION have_ndbcluster, have_partitioning;
extern SHOW_COMP_OPTION have_profiling;

extern SHOW_COMP_OPTION have_ssl, have_symlink, have_dlopen;
extern SHOW_COMP_OPTION have_query_cache;
extern SHOW_COMP_OPTION have_geometry, have_rtree_keys;
extern SHOW_COMP_OPTION have_crypt;
extern SHOW_COMP_OPTION have_compress;
extern SHOW_COMP_OPTION have_openssl;

/*
  Prototypes for helper functions
*/
ulong get_system_variable_hash_records(void);
ulonglong get_system_variable_hash_version(void);

SHOW_VAR* enumerate_sys_vars(THD *thd, bool sorted, enum enum_var_type type);
int fill_sysvars(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, COND *cond);

sys_var *find_sys_var(THD *thd, const char *str, size_t length= 0,
                      bool throw_error= false);
int sql_set_variables(THD *thd, List<set_var_base> *var_list, bool free);

#define SYSVAR_AUTOSIZE(VAR,VAL)                        \
  do {                                                  \
    VAR= (VAL);                                         \
    set_sys_var_value_origin(&VAR, sys_var::AUTO);      \
  } while(0)

#define SYSVAR_AUTOSIZE_IF_CHANGED(VAR,VAL,TYPE)        \
  do {                                                  \
    TYPE tmp= (VAL);                                    \
    if (VAR != tmp)                                     \
    {                                                   \
      VAR= (VAL);                                       \
      set_sys_var_value_origin(&VAR, sys_var::AUTO);    \
    }                                                   \
  } while(0)

void set_sys_var_value_origin(void *ptr, enum sys_var::where here,
                              const char *filename= NULL);

enum sys_var::where get_sys_var_value_origin(void *ptr);
inline bool IS_SYSVAR_AUTOSIZE(void *ptr)
{
  enum sys_var::where res= get_sys_var_value_origin(ptr);
  return (res == sys_var::AUTO || res == sys_var::COMPILE_TIME);
}

bool fix_delay_key_write(sys_var *self, THD *thd, enum_var_type type);

sql_mode_t expand_sql_mode(sql_mode_t sql_mode);
#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
bool validate_redirect_url(char *str, size_t len);
#endif
const char *sql_mode_string_representation(uint bit_number);
bool sql_mode_string_representation(THD *thd, sql_mode_t sql_mode,
                                    LEX_CSTRING *ls);
int default_regex_flags_pcre(THD *thd);

extern sys_var *Sys_autocommit_ptr, *Sys_last_gtid_ptr,
  *Sys_character_set_client_ptr, *Sys_character_set_connection_ptr,
  *Sys_character_set_results_ptr;

CHARSET_INFO *get_old_charset_by_name(const char *old_name);

int sys_var_init();
uint sys_var_elements();
int sys_var_add_options(DYNAMIC_ARRAY *long_options, int parse_flags);
void sys_var_end(void);
bool check_has_super(sys_var *self, THD *thd, set_var *var);
plugin_ref *resolve_engine_list(THD *thd, const char *str_arg, size_t str_arg_len,
                                bool error_on_unknown_engine, bool temp_copy);
void free_engine_list(plugin_ref *list);
plugin_ref *copy_engine_list(plugin_ref *list);
plugin_ref *temp_copy_engine_list(THD *thd, plugin_ref *list);
char *pretty_print_engine_list(THD *thd, plugin_ref *list);
void check_new_mode_value(THD *thd, ulonglong *v);

#endif
/*
   Copyright (c) 2022, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#if defined __linux__
# include <malloc.h>
#endif

inline void *aligned_malloc(size_t size, size_t alignment)
{
#ifdef _WIN32
  return _aligned_malloc(size, alignment);
#elif defined __linux__
  return memalign(alignment, size);
#else
  void *result;
  if (posix_memalign(&result, alignment, size))
    result= NULL;
  return result;
#endif
}

inline void aligned_free(void *ptr)
{
  IF_WIN(_aligned_free,free)(ptr);
}
/* Copyright (C) 2013-2025 Codership Oy <info@codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
   51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA. */

#ifndef WSREP_VAR_H
#define WSREP_VAR_H

#include <my_config.h>

#ifdef WITH_WSREP

#define WSREP_CLUSTER_NAME              "my_wsrep_cluster"
#define WSREP_NODE_INCOMING_AUTO        "AUTO"
#define WSREP_START_POSITION_ZERO       "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000:-1"
#define WSREP_START_POSITION_ZERO_GTID  "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000:-1,0-0-0"

// MySQL variables funcs

#include "sql_priv.h"
#include <sql_plugin.h>
#include <mysql/plugin.h>

class sys_var;
class set_var;
class THD;

int wsrep_init_vars();
void wsrep_set_wsrep_on(THD *thd);
void wsrep_free_status_vars();
bool wsrep_refresh_provider_options();

#define CHECK_ARGS   (sys_var *self, THD* thd, set_var *var)
#define UPDATE_ARGS  (sys_var *self, THD* thd, enum_var_type type)
#define DEFAULT_ARGS (THD* thd, enum_var_type var_type)
#define INIT_ARGS    (const char* opt)

extern bool wsrep_on_check                   CHECK_ARGS;
extern bool wsrep_on_update                  UPDATE_ARGS;
extern bool wsrep_start_position_check       CHECK_ARGS;
extern bool wsrep_start_position_update      UPDATE_ARGS;
extern bool wsrep_start_position_init        INIT_ARGS;

extern bool wsrep_provider_check             CHECK_ARGS;
extern bool wsrep_provider_update            UPDATE_ARGS;
extern void wsrep_provider_init              INIT_ARGS;

extern bool wsrep_provider_options_check     CHECK_ARGS;
extern bool wsrep_provider_options_update    UPDATE_ARGS;
extern void wsrep_provider_options_init      INIT_ARGS;

extern bool wsrep_cluster_address_check      CHECK_ARGS;
extern bool wsrep_cluster_address_update     UPDATE_ARGS;
extern void wsrep_cluster_address_init       INIT_ARGS;

extern bool wsrep_cluster_name_check         CHECK_ARGS;
extern bool wsrep_cluster_name_update        UPDATE_ARGS;

extern bool wsrep_node_name_check            CHECK_ARGS;
extern bool wsrep_node_name_update           UPDATE_ARGS;

extern bool wsrep_node_address_check         CHECK_ARGS;
extern bool wsrep_node_address_update        UPDATE_ARGS;
extern void wsrep_node_address_init          INIT_ARGS;

extern bool wsrep_sst_method_check           CHECK_ARGS;
extern bool wsrep_sst_method_update          UPDATE_ARGS;
extern void wsrep_sst_method_init            INIT_ARGS;

extern bool wsrep_sst_receive_address_check  CHECK_ARGS;
extern bool wsrep_sst_receive_address_update UPDATE_ARGS;

extern bool wsrep_sst_auth_check             CHECK_ARGS;
extern bool wsrep_sst_auth_update            UPDATE_ARGS;

extern bool wsrep_sst_donor_check            CHECK_ARGS;
extern bool wsrep_sst_donor_update           UPDATE_ARGS;

extern bool wsrep_slave_threads_check        CHECK_ARGS;
extern bool wsrep_slave_threads_update       UPDATE_ARGS;

extern bool wsrep_desync_check               CHECK_ARGS;
extern bool wsrep_desync_update              UPDATE_ARGS;

extern bool wsrep_trx_fragment_size_check    CHECK_ARGS;
extern bool wsrep_trx_fragment_size_update   UPDATE_ARGS;

extern bool wsrep_trx_fragment_unit_check    CHECK_ARGS;
extern bool wsrep_trx_fragment_unit_update   UPDATE_ARGS;

extern bool wsrep_max_ws_size_check          CHECK_ARGS;
extern bool wsrep_max_ws_size_update         UPDATE_ARGS;

extern bool wsrep_reject_queries_update      UPDATE_ARGS;

extern bool wsrep_debug_update               UPDATE_ARGS;

extern bool wsrep_gtid_seq_no_check          CHECK_ARGS;

extern bool wsrep_gtid_domain_id_update      UPDATE_ARGS;

extern bool wsrep_mode_check                 CHECK_ARGS;
extern bool wsrep_forced_binlog_format_check CHECK_ARGS;
#else  /* WITH_WSREP */

#define wsrep_provider_init(X)
#define wsrep_init_vars() (0)
#define wsrep_start_position_init(X)

#endif /* WITH_WSREP */
#endif /* WSREP_VAR_H */
#ifndef MYSYS_MY_HANDLER_ERRORS_INCLUDED
#define MYSYS_MY_HANDLER_ERRORS_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2008, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2011, 2013, SkySQL Ab.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/*
  Errors a handler can give you
*/

static const char *handler_error_messages[]=
{
  /* 120 */
  "Didn't find the key on read or update",
  "Duplicate key on write or update",
  "Internal (unspecified) error in handler",
  "Someone has changed the row since it was read (even though the table was locked to prevent it)",
  "Wrong index given to a function",
  "Undefined handler error 125",
  "Index is corrupted",
  "Table file is corrupted",
  "Out of memory in engine",
  "Undefined handler error 129",
  /* 130 */
  "Incorrect file format",
  "Command not supported by the engine",
  "Old database file",
  "No record read before update",
  "Record was already deleted (or record file crashed)",
  "No more room in record file",
  "No more room in index file",
  "No more records (read after end of file)",
  "Unsupported extension used for table",
  "Too big row",
  /* 140 */
  "Wrong create options",
  "Duplicate unique key on write or update",
  "Unknown character set used in table",
  "Conflicting table definitions in sub-tables of MERGE table",
  "Table is crashed and last repair failed",
  "Table was marked as crashed and should be repaired",
  "Lock timed out; Retry transaction",
  "Lock table is full;  Restart program with a larger lock table",
  "Updates are not allowed under a read only transactions",
  "Lock deadlock; Retry transaction",
  /* 150 */
  "Foreign key constraint is incorrectly formed",
  "Cannot add a child row",
  "Cannot delete a parent row",
  "No savepoint with that name",
  "Non unique key block size",
  "The table does not exist in the storage engine",
  "The table already existed in the storage engine",
  "Could not connect to the storage engine",
  "Unexpected null pointer found when using spatial index",
  "The table changed in the storage engine",
  /* 160 */
  "There's no partition in the table for the given value",
  "Row-based binary logging of row failed",
  "Index needed in foreign key constraint",
  "Upholding foreign key constraints would lead to a duplicate key error in some other table",
  "Table needs to be upgraded before it can be used",
  "Table is read only",
  "Failed to get next auto increment value",
  "Failed to set row auto increment value",
  "Unknown (generic) error from engine",
  "Record was not updated. New values were the same as original values",
  /* 170 */
  "It is not possible to log this statement",
  "The event was corrupt, leading to illegal data being read",
  "The table is of a new format not supported by this version",
  "The event could not be processed. No other handler error happened",
  "Fatal error during initialization of handler",
  "File too short; Expected more data in file",
  "Read page with wrong checksum",
  "Too many active concurrent transactions",
  "Record not matching the given partition set",
  "Index column length exceeds limit",
  /* 180 */
  "Index corrupted",
  "Undo record too big",
  "Invalid InnoDB FTS Doc ID",
  "Table is being used in foreign key check",
  "Tablespace already exists",
  "Too many columns",
  "Row in wrong partition",
  "Row is not visible by the current transaction",
  "Operation was interrupted by end user (probably kill command?)",
  "Disk full",
  /* 190 */
  "Incompatible key or row definition between the MariaDB .frm file and the information in the storage engine. You may have retry or dump and restore the table to fix this",
  "Too many words in a FTS phrase or proximity search",
  "Table encrypted but decryption failed. This could be because correct encryption management plugin is not loaded, used encryption key is not available or encryption method does not match.",
  "Foreign key cascade delete/update exceeds max depth",
  "Tablespace is missing for a table",
  "Sequence has been run out",
  "Sequence values are conflicting",
  "Error during commit",
  "Cannot select partitions",
  "Cannot initialize encryption. Check that all encryption parameters have been set",
  "Transaction was aborted",
};

#endif /* MYSYS_MY_HANDLER_ERRORS_INCLUDED */
#ifndef ITEM_VERS_INCLUDED
#define ITEM_VERS_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2017, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA */


/* System Versioning items */

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

class Item_func_history: public Item_bool_func
{
public:
  /*
     @param    a  Item_field for row_end system field
  */
  Item_func_history(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_bool_func(thd, a)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(a->type() == Item::FIELD_ITEM);
  }

  bool val_bool() override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    set_maybe_null();
    null_value= 0;
    decimals= 0;
    max_length= 1;
    return FALSE;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("is_history") };
    return name;
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_history>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_trt_ts: public Item_datetimefunc
{
  TR_table::field_id_t trt_field;
public:
  Item_func_trt_ts(THD *thd, Item* a, TR_table::field_id_t _trt_field);
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING begin_name=  {STRING_WITH_LEN("trt_begin_ts") };
    static LEX_CSTRING commit_name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("trt_commit_ts") };
    return (trt_field == TR_table::FLD_BEGIN_TS) ? begin_name : commit_name;
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *res, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  { fix_attributes_datetime(decimals); return FALSE; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_trt_ts>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_trt_id : public Item_longlong_func
{
  TR_table::field_id_t trt_field;
  bool backwards;

  longlong get_by_trx_id(ulonglong trx_id);
  longlong get_by_commit_ts(MYSQL_TIME &commit_ts, bool backwards);

public:
  Item_func_trt_id(THD *thd, Item* a, TR_table::field_id_t _trt_field, bool _backwards= false);
  Item_func_trt_id(THD *thd, Item* a, Item* b, TR_table::field_id_t _trt_field);

  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING trx_name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("trt_trx_id") };
    static LEX_CSTRING commit_name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("trt_commit_id") };
    static LEX_CSTRING iso_name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("trt_iso_level") };

    switch (trt_field) {
    case TR_table::FLD_TRX_ID:
      return trx_name;
    case TR_table::FLD_COMMIT_ID:
      return commit_name;
    case TR_table::FLD_ISO_LEVEL:
      return iso_name;
    default:
      DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    }
    return NULL_clex_str;
  }

  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    bool res= Item_int_func::fix_length_and_dec(thd);
    max_length= 20;
    return res;
  }

  longlong val_int() override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_trt_id>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_trt_trx_sees : public Item_bool_func
{
protected:
  bool accept_eq;

public:
  Item_func_trt_trx_sees(THD *thd, Item* a, Item* b);
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("trt_trx_sees") };
    return name;
  }
  bool val_bool() override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_trt_trx_sees>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_trt_trx_sees_eq :
  public Item_func_trt_trx_sees
{
public:
  Item_func_trt_trx_sees_eq(THD *thd, Item* a, Item* b) :
    Item_func_trt_trx_sees(thd, a, b)
  {
    accept_eq= true;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("trt_trx_sees_eq") };
    return name;
  }
};

#endif /* ITEM_VERS_INCLUDED */
#ifndef OPT_TRACE_INCLUDED
#define OPT_TRACE_INCLUDED
/* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#include "opt_trace_context.h"  // Opt_trace_context
#include "sql_lex.h"
#include "my_json_writer.h"
#include "sql_select.h"
class Item;
class THD;
struct TABLE_LIST;

/*
   User-visible information about a trace.
*/

struct Opt_trace_info
{
  /**
     String containing trace.
     If trace has been end()ed, this is 0-terminated, which is only to aid
     debugging or unit testing; this property is not relied upon in normal
     server usage.
     If trace has not been ended, this is not 0-terminated. That rare case can
     happen when a substatement reads OPTIMIZER_TRACE (at that stage, the top
     statement is still executing so its trace is not ended yet, but may still
     be read by the sub-statement).
  */
  const char *trace_ptr;
  size_t trace_length;
  //// String containing original query.
  const char *query_ptr;
  size_t query_length;
  const CHARSET_INFO *query_charset;  ///< charset of query string
  /**
    How many bytes this trace is missing (for traces which were truncated
    because of @@@@optimizer-trace-max-mem-size).
    The trace is not extended beyond trace-max-mem-size.
  */
  size_t missing_bytes;
  /*
    Whether user lacks privilege to see this trace.
    If this is set to TRUE, then we return an empty trace
  */
  bool missing_priv;
};

/**
  Instantiate this class to start tracing a THD's actions (generally at a
  statement's start), and to set the "original" query (not transformed, as
  sent by client) for the new trace. Destructor will end the trace.

  @param  thd          the THD
  @param  tbl          list of tables read/written by the statement.
  @param  sql_command  SQL command being prepared or executed
  @param  set_vars     what variables are set by this command (only used if
                       sql_command is SQLCOM_SET_OPTION)
  @param  query        query
  @param  length       query's length
  @param  charset      charset which was used to encode this query
*/


class Opt_trace_start
{
 public:
  Opt_trace_start(THD *thd_arg): ctx(&thd_arg->opt_trace), traceable(false) {}

  void init(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tbl,
            enum enum_sql_command sql_command,
            List<set_var_base> *set_vars,
            const char *query,
            size_t query_length,
            const CHARSET_INFO *query_charset);

  ~Opt_trace_start();

 private:
  Opt_trace_context *const ctx;
  /*
    True: the query will be traced
    False: otherwise
  */
  bool traceable;
};

/**
   Prints SELECT query to optimizer trace. It is not the original query (as in
   @c Opt_trace_context::set_query()) but a printout of the parse tree
   (Item-s).
   @param  thd         the THD
   @param  select_lex  query's parse tree
   @param  trace_object  Json_writer object to which the query will be added
*/
void opt_trace_print_expanded_query(THD *thd, SELECT_LEX *select_lex,
                                    Json_writer_object *trace_object);

void add_table_scan_values_to_trace(THD *thd, JOIN_TAB *tab);
void trace_plan_prefix(Json_writer_object *jsobj, JOIN *join, uint idx,
                       table_map join_tables);
void print_final_join_order(JOIN *join);
void print_best_access_for_table(THD *thd, POSITION *pos);

void trace_condition(THD * thd, const char *name, const char *transform_type,
                    Item *item, const char *table_name= nullptr);


/*
  Security related (need to add a proper comment here)
*/

/**
   If the security context is not that of the connected user, inform the trace
   system that a privilege is missing. With one exception: see below.

   @param thd

   This serves to eliminate the following issue.
   Any information readable by a SELECT may theoretically end up in
   the trace. And a SELECT may read information from other places than tables:
   - from views (reading their bodies)
   - from stored routines (reading their bodies)
   - from files (reading their content), with LOAD_FILE()
   - from the list of connections (reading their queries...), with
   I_S.PROCESSLIST.
   If the connected user has EXECUTE privilege on a routine which does a
   security context change, the routine can retrieve information internally
   (if allowed by the SUID context's privileges), and present only a portion
   of it to the connected user. But with tracing on, all information is
   possibly in the trace. So the connected user receives more information than
   the routine's definer intended to provide.  Fixing this issue would require
   adding, near many privilege checks in the server, a new
   optimizer-trace-specific check done against the connected user's context,
   to verify that the connected user has the right to see the retrieved
   information.

   Instead, our chosen simpler solution is that if we see a security context
   change where SUID user is not the connected user, we disable tracing. With
   only one safe exception: if the connected user has all global privileges
   (because then she/he can find any information anyway). By "all global
   privileges" we mean everything but WITH GRANT OPTION (that latter one isn't
   related to information gathering).

   Read access to I_S.OPTIMIZER_TRACE by another user than the connected user
   is restricted: @see fill_optimizer_trace_info().
*/
void opt_trace_disable_if_no_security_context_access(THD *thd);

void opt_trace_disable_if_no_tables_access(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tbl);

/**
   If tracing is on, checks additional privileges for a view, to make sure
   that the user has the right to do SHOW CREATE VIEW. For that:
   - this function checks SHOW VIEW
   - SELECT is tested in opt_trace_disable_if_no_tables_access()
   - SELECT + SHOW VIEW is sufficient for SHOW CREATE VIEW.
   We also check underlying tables.
   If a privilege is missing, notifies the trace system.
   This function should be called when the view's underlying tables have not
   yet been merged.

   @param thd               THD context
   @param view              view to check
   @param underlying_tables underlying tables/views of 'view'
 */

void opt_trace_disable_if_no_view_access(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *view,
                                         TABLE_LIST *underlying_tables);

/**
  If tracing is on, checks additional privileges on a stored routine, to make
  sure that the user has the right to do SHOW CREATE PROCEDURE/FUNCTION. For
  that, we use the same checks as in those SHOW commands.
  If a privilege is missing, notifies the trace system.

  This function is not redundant with
  opt_trace_disable_if_no_security_context_access().
  Indeed, for a SQL SECURITY INVOKER routine, there is no context change, but
  we must still verify that the invoker can do SHOW CREATE.

  For triggers, see note in sp_head::execute_trigger().

  @param thd
  @param sp  routine to check
 */
void opt_trace_disable_if_no_stored_proc_func_access(THD *thd, sp_head *sp);

/**
   Fills information_schema.OPTIMIZER_TRACE with rows (one per trace)
   @retval 0 ok
   @retval 1 error
*/
int fill_optimizer_trace_info(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, Item *);

#define OPT_TRACE_TRANSFORM(thd, object_level0, object_level1, \
                            select_number, from, to)             \
  Json_writer_object object_level0(thd);                         \
  Json_writer_object object_level1(thd, "transformation");       \
  object_level1.add_select_number(select_number).add("from", from).add("to", to);

#define OPT_TRACE_VIEWS_TRANSFORM(thd, object_level0, object_level1, \
                                  derived, name, select_number, algorithm) \
    Json_writer_object trace_wrapper(thd);              \
    Json_writer_object trace_derived(thd, derived);     \
    trace_derived.add("table", name).add_select_number(select_number)  \
                 .add("algorithm", algorithm);
#endif
#ifndef CREATE_TMP_TABLE_INCLUDED
#define CREATE_TMP_TABLE_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2021, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */


/*
  Class for creating internal tempory tables in sql_select.cc
*/

class Create_tmp_table: public Data_type_statistics
{
protected:
  // The following members are initialized only in start()
  Field **m_from_field, **m_default_field;
  KEY_PART_INFO *m_key_part_info;
  uchar	*m_group_buff, *m_bitmaps;
  // The following members are initialized in ctor
  uint  m_alloced_field_count;
  bool  m_using_unique_constraint;
  uint m_temp_pool_slot;
  ORDER *m_group;
  bool m_distinct;
  bool m_save_sum_fields;
  bool m_with_cycle;
  ulonglong m_select_options;
  ha_rows m_rows_limit;
  uint m_group_null_items;

  // counter for distinct/other fields
  uint m_field_count[2];
  // counter for distinct/other fields which can be NULL
  uint m_null_count[2];
  // counter for distinct/other  blob fields
  uint m_blobs_count[2];
  // counter for "tails" of bit fields which do not fit in a byte
  uint m_uneven_bit[2];

public:
  enum counter {distinct, other};
  /*
    shows which field we are processing: distinct/other (set in processing
    cycles)
  */
  counter current_counter;
  Create_tmp_table(ORDER *group, bool distinct, bool save_sum_fields,
                   ulonglong select_options, ha_rows rows_limit);
  virtual ~Create_tmp_table() {}
  virtual bool choose_engine(THD *thd, TABLE *table, TMP_TABLE_PARAM *param);
  void add_field(TABLE *table, Field *field, uint fieldnr,
                 bool force_not_null_cols);
  TABLE *start(THD *thd,
               TMP_TABLE_PARAM *param,
               const LEX_CSTRING *table_alias);
  bool add_fields(THD *thd, TABLE *table,
                  TMP_TABLE_PARAM *param, List<Item> &fields);

  bool add_schema_fields(THD *thd, TABLE *table,
                         TMP_TABLE_PARAM *param,
                         const ST_SCHEMA_TABLE &schema_table);

  bool finalize(THD *thd, TABLE *table, TMP_TABLE_PARAM *param,
                bool do_not_open, bool keep_row_order);
  void cleanup_on_failure(THD *thd, TABLE *table);
};

#endif /* CREATE_TMP_TABLE_INCLUDED */
#ifndef XA_INCLUDED
#define XA_INCLUDED
/*
   Copyright (c) 2000, 2016, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2019, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA
*/

class XID_cache_element;
enum xa_states
{
  XA_ACTIVE= 0,
  XA_IDLE,
  XA_PREPARED,
  XA_ROLLBACK_ONLY,
  XA_NO_STATE
};

struct XID_STATE {
  XID_cache_element *xid_cache_element;

  bool check_has_uncommitted_xa() const;
  bool is_explicit_XA() const { return xid_cache_element != 0; }
  void set_error(uint error);
  void set_online_alter_cache(Online_alter_cache_list *);
  void set_rollback_only();
  void er_xaer_rmfail() const;
  XID *get_xid() const;
  enum xa_states get_state_code() const;
};

void xid_cache_init(void);
void xid_cache_free(void);
bool xid_cache_insert(XID *xid);
bool xid_cache_insert(THD *thd, XID_STATE *xid_state, XID *xid);
void xid_cache_delete(THD *thd, XID_STATE *xid_state);

bool trans_xa_start(THD *thd);
bool trans_xa_end(THD *thd);
bool trans_xa_prepare(THD *thd);
bool trans_xa_commit(THD *thd);
bool trans_xa_rollback(THD *thd);
bool trans_xa_detach(THD *thd);
bool mysql_xa_recover(THD *thd);

void xa_recover_get_fields(THD *thd, List<Item> *field_list,
                           my_hash_walk_action *action);

#endif /* XA_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_TABLE_MAINTENANCE_H
#define SQL_TABLE_MAINTENANCE_H

/* Must be able to hold ALTER TABLE t PARTITION BY ... KEY ALGORITHM = 1 ... */
#define SQL_ADMIN_MSG_TEXT_SIZE (128 * 1024)

bool mysql_assign_to_keycache(THD* thd, TABLE_LIST* table_list,
                              const LEX_CSTRING *key_cache_name);
bool mysql_preload_keys(THD* thd, TABLE_LIST* table_list);
int reassign_keycache_tables(THD* thd, KEY_CACHE *src_cache,
                             KEY_CACHE *dst_cache);
void fill_check_table_metadata_fields(THD *thd, List<Item>* fields);
/**
  Sql_cmd_analyze_table represents the ANALYZE TABLE statement.
*/
class Sql_cmd_analyze_table : public Sql_cmd
{
public:
  /**
    Constructor, used to represent a ANALYZE TABLE statement.
  */
  Sql_cmd_analyze_table() = default;

  ~Sql_cmd_analyze_table() = default;

  bool execute(THD *thd) override;

  enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_ANALYZE;
  }
};



/**
  Sql_cmd_check_table represents the CHECK TABLE statement.
*/
class Sql_cmd_check_table : public Sql_cmd
{
public:
  /**
    Constructor, used to represent a CHECK TABLE statement.
  */
  Sql_cmd_check_table() = default;

  ~Sql_cmd_check_table() = default;

  bool execute(THD *thd) override;

  enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_CHECK;
  }
};


/**
  Sql_cmd_optimize_table represents the OPTIMIZE TABLE statement.
*/
class Sql_cmd_optimize_table : public Sql_cmd
{
public:
  /**
    Constructor, used to represent a OPTIMIZE TABLE statement.
  */
  Sql_cmd_optimize_table() = default;

  ~Sql_cmd_optimize_table() = default;

  bool execute(THD *thd) override;

  enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_OPTIMIZE;
  }
};



/**
  Sql_cmd_repair_table represents the REPAIR TABLE statement.
*/
class Sql_cmd_repair_table : public Sql_cmd
{
public:
  /**
    Constructor, used to represent a REPAIR TABLE statement.
  */
  Sql_cmd_repair_table() = default;

  ~Sql_cmd_repair_table() = default;

  bool execute(THD *thd) override;

  enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_REPAIR;
  }
};

#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2024, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef LOG_EVENT_DATA_TYPE_H
#define LOG_EVENT_DATA_TYPE_H

class Log_event_data_type
{
public:

  enum {
    CHUNK_SIGNED= 0,
    CHUNK_UNSIGNED= 1,
    CHUNK_DATA_TYPE_NAME= 2
  };

protected:
  LEX_CSTRING m_data_type_name;
  Item_result m_type;
  uint m_charset_number;
  bool m_is_unsigned;

public:

  Log_event_data_type()
   :m_data_type_name({NULL,0}),
    m_type(STRING_RESULT),
    m_charset_number(my_charset_bin.number),
    m_is_unsigned(false)
  { }

  Log_event_data_type(const LEX_CSTRING &data_type_name_arg,
                      Item_result type_arg,
                      uint charset_number_arg,
                      bool is_unsigned_arg)
   :m_data_type_name(data_type_name_arg),
    m_type(type_arg),
    m_charset_number(charset_number_arg),
    m_is_unsigned(is_unsigned_arg)
  { }

  const LEX_CSTRING & data_type_name() const
  {
    return m_data_type_name;
  }
  Item_result type() const
  {
    return m_type;
  }
  uint charset_number() const
  {
    return m_charset_number;
  }
  bool is_unsigned() const
  {
    return m_is_unsigned;
  }

  bool unpack_optional_attributes(const char *str, const char *end);
};

#endif // LOG_EVENT_DATA_TYPE_H
/* Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/*
  When a command is added here, be sure it's also added in mysqld.cc
  in "struct show_var_st status_vars[]= {" ...

  If the command returns a result set or is not allowed in stored
  functions or triggers, please also make sure that
  sp_get_flags_for_command (sp_head.cc) returns proper flags for the
  added SQLCOM_.
*/

enum enum_sql_command {
  SQLCOM_SELECT, SQLCOM_CREATE_TABLE, SQLCOM_CREATE_INDEX, SQLCOM_ALTER_TABLE,
  SQLCOM_UPDATE, SQLCOM_INSERT, SQLCOM_INSERT_SELECT,
  SQLCOM_DELETE, SQLCOM_TRUNCATE, SQLCOM_DROP_TABLE, SQLCOM_DROP_INDEX,

  SQLCOM_SHOW_DATABASES, SQLCOM_SHOW_TABLES, SQLCOM_SHOW_FIELDS,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_KEYS, SQLCOM_SHOW_VARIABLES, SQLCOM_SHOW_STATUS,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_ENGINE_LOGS, SQLCOM_SHOW_ENGINE_STATUS, SQLCOM_SHOW_ENGINE_MUTEX,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_PROCESSLIST, SQLCOM_SHOW_BINLOG_STAT, SQLCOM_SHOW_SLAVE_STAT,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_GRANTS, SQLCOM_SHOW_CREATE, SQLCOM_SHOW_CHARSETS,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_COLLATIONS, SQLCOM_SHOW_CREATE_DB, SQLCOM_SHOW_TABLE_STATUS,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_TRIGGERS,

  SQLCOM_LOAD,SQLCOM_SET_OPTION,SQLCOM_LOCK_TABLES,SQLCOM_UNLOCK_TABLES,
  SQLCOM_GRANT,
  SQLCOM_CHANGE_DB, SQLCOM_CREATE_DB, SQLCOM_DROP_DB, SQLCOM_ALTER_DB,
  SQLCOM_REPAIR, SQLCOM_REPLACE, SQLCOM_REPLACE_SELECT,
  SQLCOM_CREATE_FUNCTION, SQLCOM_DROP_FUNCTION,
  SQLCOM_REVOKE,SQLCOM_OPTIMIZE, SQLCOM_CHECK,
  SQLCOM_ASSIGN_TO_KEYCACHE, SQLCOM_PRELOAD_KEYS,
  SQLCOM_FLUSH, SQLCOM_KILL, SQLCOM_ANALYZE,
  SQLCOM_ROLLBACK, SQLCOM_ROLLBACK_TO_SAVEPOINT,
  SQLCOM_COMMIT, SQLCOM_SAVEPOINT, SQLCOM_RELEASE_SAVEPOINT,
  SQLCOM_SLAVE_START, SQLCOM_SLAVE_STOP,
  SQLCOM_BEGIN, SQLCOM_CHANGE_MASTER,
  SQLCOM_RENAME_TABLE,  
  SQLCOM_RESET, SQLCOM_PURGE, SQLCOM_PURGE_BEFORE, SQLCOM_SHOW_BINLOGS,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_OPEN_TABLES,
  SQLCOM_HA_OPEN, SQLCOM_HA_CLOSE, SQLCOM_HA_READ,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_SLAVE_HOSTS, SQLCOM_DELETE_MULTI, SQLCOM_UPDATE_MULTI,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_BINLOG_EVENTS, SQLCOM_DO,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_WARNS, SQLCOM_EMPTY_QUERY, SQLCOM_SHOW_ERRORS,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_STORAGE_ENGINES, SQLCOM_SHOW_PRIVILEGES,
  SQLCOM_HELP, SQLCOM_CREATE_USER, SQLCOM_DROP_USER, SQLCOM_RENAME_USER,
  SQLCOM_REVOKE_ALL, SQLCOM_CHECKSUM,
  SQLCOM_CREATE_PROCEDURE, SQLCOM_CREATE_SPFUNCTION, SQLCOM_CALL,
  SQLCOM_DROP_PROCEDURE, SQLCOM_ALTER_PROCEDURE,SQLCOM_ALTER_FUNCTION,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_CREATE_PROC, SQLCOM_SHOW_CREATE_FUNC,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_STATUS_PROC, SQLCOM_SHOW_STATUS_FUNC,
  SQLCOM_PREPARE, SQLCOM_EXECUTE, SQLCOM_DEALLOCATE_PREPARE,
  SQLCOM_CREATE_VIEW, SQLCOM_DROP_VIEW,
  SQLCOM_CREATE_TRIGGER, SQLCOM_DROP_TRIGGER,
  SQLCOM_XA_START, SQLCOM_XA_END, SQLCOM_XA_PREPARE,
  SQLCOM_XA_COMMIT, SQLCOM_XA_ROLLBACK, SQLCOM_XA_RECOVER,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_PROC_CODE, SQLCOM_SHOW_FUNC_CODE,
  SQLCOM_INSTALL_PLUGIN, SQLCOM_UNINSTALL_PLUGIN,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_AUTHORS, SQLCOM_BINLOG_BASE64_EVENT,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_PLUGINS, SQLCOM_SHOW_CONTRIBUTORS,
  SQLCOM_CREATE_SERVER, SQLCOM_DROP_SERVER, SQLCOM_ALTER_SERVER,
  SQLCOM_CREATE_EVENT, SQLCOM_ALTER_EVENT, SQLCOM_DROP_EVENT,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_CREATE_EVENT, SQLCOM_SHOW_EVENTS,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_CREATE_TRIGGER,
  SQLCOM_ALTER_DB_UPGRADE,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_PROFILE, SQLCOM_SHOW_PROFILES,
  SQLCOM_SIGNAL, SQLCOM_RESIGNAL,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_RELAYLOG_EVENTS,
  SQLCOM_GET_DIAGNOSTICS,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_CLIENT_STATS, SQLCOM_SHOW_THREAD_STATS, SQLCOM_ENABLE_GOVERNOR, SQLCOM_ENABLE_RECONN_GOVERNOR,
  SQLCOM_ENABLE_GOVERNOR_LVE, SQLCOM_ENABLE_RECONN_GOVERNOR_LVE,
  SQLCOM_SLAVE_ALL_START, SQLCOM_SLAVE_ALL_STOP,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_EXPLAIN,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_ANALYZE, SQLCOM_SHUTDOWN,
  SQLCOM_CREATE_ROLE, SQLCOM_DROP_ROLE, SQLCOM_GRANT_ROLE, SQLCOM_REVOKE_ROLE,
  SQLCOM_COMPOUND,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_GENERIC,
  SQLCOM_ALTER_USER,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_CREATE_USER,
  SQLCOM_EXECUTE_IMMEDIATE,
  SQLCOM_CREATE_SEQUENCE,
  SQLCOM_DROP_SEQUENCE,
  SQLCOM_ALTER_SEQUENCE,
  SQLCOM_CREATE_PACKAGE,
  SQLCOM_DROP_PACKAGE,
  SQLCOM_CREATE_PACKAGE_BODY,
  SQLCOM_DROP_PACKAGE_BODY,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_CREATE_PACKAGE,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_CREATE_PACKAGE_BODY,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_STATUS_PACKAGE,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_STATUS_PACKAGE_BODY,
  SQLCOM_SHOW_PACKAGE_BODY_CODE,
  SQLCOM_BACKUP, SQLCOM_BACKUP_LOCK,

  /*
    When a command is added here, be sure it's also added in mysqld.cc
    in "struct show_var_st com_status_vars[]= {" ...
  */
  /* This should be the last !!! */
  SQLCOM_END
};
/* Copyright 2018 Codership Oy <info@codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef WSREP_SERVER_SERVICE_H
#define WSREP_SERVER_SERVICE_H

/* wsrep-lib */
#include "wsrep/server_service.hpp"
#include "wsrep/exception.hpp" // not_impemented_error(), remove when finished
#include "wsrep/storage_service.hpp"

class Wsrep_server_state;


/* wsrep::server_service interface implementation */
class Wsrep_server_service : public wsrep::server_service
{
public:
  Wsrep_server_service(Wsrep_server_state& server_state)
    : m_server_state(server_state)
  { }

  wsrep::storage_service* storage_service(wsrep::client_service&) override;

  wsrep::storage_service* storage_service(wsrep::high_priority_service&) override;

  void release_storage_service(wsrep::storage_service*) override;

  wsrep::high_priority_service*
  streaming_applier_service(wsrep::client_service&) override;

  wsrep::high_priority_service*
  streaming_applier_service(wsrep::high_priority_service&) override;

  void release_high_priority_service(wsrep::high_priority_service*) override;

  void background_rollback(wsrep::unique_lock<wsrep::mutex> &,
                           wsrep::client_state &) override;

  void bootstrap() override;
  void log_message(enum wsrep::log::level, const char*) override;

  void log_dummy_write_set(wsrep::client_state&, const wsrep::ws_meta&) override
  { throw wsrep::not_implemented_error(); }

  void log_view(wsrep::high_priority_service*, const wsrep::view&) override;

  void recover_streaming_appliers(wsrep::client_service&) override;
  void recover_streaming_appliers(wsrep::high_priority_service&) override;
  wsrep::view get_view(wsrep::client_service&, const wsrep::id& own_id) override;

  wsrep::gtid get_position(wsrep::client_service&) override;
  void set_position(wsrep::client_service&, const wsrep::gtid&) override;

  void log_state_change(enum wsrep::server_state::state,
                        enum wsrep::server_state::state) override;

  bool sst_before_init() const override;

  std::string sst_request() override;
  int start_sst(const std::string&, const wsrep::gtid&, bool) override;

  int wait_committing_transactions(int) override;

  void debug_sync(const char*) override;
private:
  Wsrep_server_state& m_server_state;
};

/**
   Helper method to create new streaming applier.

   @param orig_thd Original thd context to copy operation context from.
   @param ctx Context string for debug logging.
 */
class Wsrep_applier_service;
Wsrep_applier_service*
wsrep_create_streaming_applier(THD *orig_thd, const char *ctx);

/**
   Helper method to create new storage service.

   @param orig_thd Original thd context to copy operation context from.
   @param ctx Context string for debug logging.
*/
class Wsrep_storage_service;
Wsrep_storage_service*
wsrep_create_storage_service(THD *orig_thd, const char *ctx);

/**
   Suppress all error logging from wsrep/Galera library.
 */
void wsrep_suppress_error_logging();
#endif /* WSREP_SERVER_SERVICE */
#define SOURCE_REVISION "054a893f1645b77e52a329a7fc8cf614eebd1fad"
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_DB_INCLUDED
#define SQL_DB_INCLUDED

#include "hash.h"                               /* HASH */

class THD;

int mysql_create_db(THD *thd, const Lex_ident_db &db, DDL_options_st options,
                    const Schema_specification_st *create);
bool mysql_alter_db(THD *thd, const Lex_ident_db &db,
                    const Schema_specification_st *create);
bool mysql_rm_db(THD *thd, const Lex_ident_db &db, bool if_exists);
bool mysql_upgrade_db(THD *thd, const Lex_ident_db &old_db);
uint mysql_change_db(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *new_db_name,
                     bool force_switch);

bool mysql_opt_change_db(THD *thd,
                         const LEX_CSTRING *new_db_name,
                         LEX_STRING *saved_db_name,
                         bool force_switch,
                         bool *cur_db_changed);
bool my_dboptions_cache_init(void);
void my_dboptions_cache_free(void);
bool check_db_dir_existence(const char *db_name);
int load_db_opt(THD *thd, const char *path, Schema_specification_st *create);
int load_db_opt_by_name(THD *thd, const char *db_name,
                         Schema_specification_st *db_create_info);
CHARSET_INFO *get_default_db_collation(THD *thd, const char *db_name);
bool my_dbopt_init(void);
void my_dbopt_cleanup(void);

void drop_database_objects(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *path,
                           const LEX_CSTRING *db,
                           bool rm_mysql_schema);
my_bool rm_dir_w_symlink(const char *org_path, my_bool send_error);
#define MY_DB_OPT_FILE "db.opt"

#endif /* SQL_DB_INCLUDED */
#ifndef _EVENT_DB_REPOSITORY_H_
#define _EVENT_DB_REPOSITORY_H_
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA
*/

/**
  @addtogroup Event_Scheduler
  @{

  @file event_db_repository.h

  Data Dictionary related operations of Event Scheduler.

  This is a private header file of Events module. Please do not include it
  directly. All public declarations of Events module should be stored in
  events.h and event_data_objects.h.
*/

enum enum_events_table_field
{
  ET_FIELD_DB = 0, 
  ET_FIELD_NAME,
  ET_FIELD_BODY,
  ET_FIELD_DEFINER,
  ET_FIELD_EXECUTE_AT,
  ET_FIELD_INTERVAL_EXPR,
  ET_FIELD_TRANSIENT_INTERVAL,
  ET_FIELD_CREATED,
  ET_FIELD_MODIFIED,
  ET_FIELD_LAST_EXECUTED,
  ET_FIELD_STARTS,
  ET_FIELD_ENDS,
  ET_FIELD_STATUS,
  ET_FIELD_ON_COMPLETION,
  ET_FIELD_SQL_MODE,
  ET_FIELD_COMMENT,
  ET_FIELD_ORIGINATOR,
  ET_FIELD_TIME_ZONE,
  ET_FIELD_CHARACTER_SET_CLIENT,
  ET_FIELD_COLLATION_CONNECTION,
  ET_FIELD_DB_COLLATION,
  ET_FIELD_BODY_UTF8,
  ET_FIELD_COUNT /* a cool trick to count the number of fields :) */
};


int
events_table_index_read_for_db(THD *thd, TABLE *schema_table,
                               TABLE *event_table);

int
events_table_scan_all(THD *thd, TABLE *schema_table, TABLE *event_table);


class Event_basic;
class Event_parse_data;

class Event_db_repository
{
public:
  Event_db_repository() = default;

  bool
  create_event(THD *thd, Event_parse_data *parse_data,
               bool *event_already_exists);
  bool
  update_event(THD *thd, Event_parse_data *parse_data, LEX_CSTRING *new_dbname,
               LEX_CSTRING *new_name);

  bool
  drop_event(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *db, const LEX_CSTRING *name,
             bool drop_if_exists);

  void
  drop_schema_events(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *schema);

  bool
  find_named_event(const LEX_CSTRING *db, const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                   TABLE *table);

  bool
  load_named_event(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *dbname,
                   const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                   Event_basic *et);

  static bool
  open_event_table(THD *thd, enum thr_lock_type lock_type, TABLE **table);

  bool
  fill_schema_events(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, const char *db);

  bool
  update_timing_fields_for_event(THD *thd,
                                 const LEX_CSTRING *event_db_name,
                                 const LEX_CSTRING *event_name,
                                 my_time_t last_executed,
                                 ulonglong status);
public:
  static bool
  check_system_tables(THD *thd);
private:
  bool
  index_read_for_db_for_i_s(THD *thd, TABLE *schema_table, TABLE *event_table,
                            const char *db);

  bool
  table_scan_all_for_i_s(THD *thd, TABLE *schema_table, TABLE *event_table);

private:
  /* Prevent use of these */
  Event_db_repository(const Event_db_repository &);
  void operator=(Event_db_repository &);
};

/**
  @} (End of group Event_Scheduler)
*/
#endif /* _EVENT_DB_REPOSITORY_H_ */
#ifndef _EVENT_DATA_OBJECTS_H_
#define _EVENT_DATA_OBJECTS_H_
/* Copyright (c) 2004, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @addtogroup Event_Scheduler
  @{

  @file event_data_objects.h
*/

#include "event_parse_data.h"
#include "thr_lock.h"                           /* thr_lock_type */

class Field;
class THD;
class Time_zone;
struct TABLE;

void init_scheduler_psi_keys(void);

class Event_queue_element_for_exec
{
public:
  Event_queue_element_for_exec() : dbname{nullptr, 0}, name{nullptr, 0} {}
  ~Event_queue_element_for_exec();

  bool
  init(const LEX_CSTRING &dbname, const LEX_CSTRING &name);

  LEX_CSTRING dbname;
  LEX_CSTRING name;
  bool dropped;
  THD *thd;

private:
  /* Prevent use of these */
  Event_queue_element_for_exec(const Event_queue_element_for_exec &);
  void operator=(Event_queue_element_for_exec &);
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE
public:
  PSI_statement_info* get_psi_info()
  {
    return & psi_info;
  }

  static PSI_statement_info psi_info;
#endif
};


class Event_basic
{
protected:
  MEM_ROOT mem_root;

public:

  LEX_CSTRING dbname;
  LEX_CSTRING name;
  LEX_CSTRING definer;// combination of user and host

  Time_zone *time_zone;

  Event_basic();
  virtual ~Event_basic();

  virtual bool
  load_from_row(THD *thd, TABLE *table) = 0;

protected:
  bool
  load_string_fields(Field **fields, ...);

  bool
  load_time_zone(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *tz_name);
};



class Event_queue_element : public Event_basic
{
public:
  int on_completion;
  int status;
  uint32 originator;

  my_time_t last_executed;
  my_time_t execute_at;
  my_time_t starts;
  my_time_t ends;
  bool starts_null;
  bool ends_null;
  bool execute_at_null;

  longlong expression;
  interval_type interval;

  bool dropped;

  uint execution_count;

  Event_queue_element();
  virtual ~Event_queue_element();

  virtual bool
  load_from_row(THD *thd, TABLE *table) override;

  bool
  compute_next_execution_time();

  void
  mark_last_executed(THD *thd);
};


class Event_timed : public Event_queue_element
{
  Event_timed(const Event_timed &);	/* Prevent use of these */
  void operator=(Event_timed &);

public:
  LEX_CSTRING body;

  LEX_CSTRING definer_user;
  LEX_CSTRING definer_host;

  LEX_CSTRING comment;

  ulonglong created;
  ulonglong modified;

  sql_mode_t sql_mode;

  class Stored_program_creation_ctx *creation_ctx;
  LEX_CSTRING body_utf8;

  Event_timed();
  virtual ~Event_timed();

  void
  init();

  virtual bool
  load_from_row(THD *thd, TABLE *table) override;

  int
  get_create_event(THD *thd, String *buf);
};


class Event_job_data : public Event_basic
{
public:
  LEX_CSTRING body;
  LEX_CSTRING definer_user;
  LEX_CSTRING definer_host;

  sql_mode_t sql_mode;

  class Stored_program_creation_ctx *creation_ctx;

  Event_job_data();

  virtual bool
  load_from_row(THD *thd, TABLE *table) override;

  bool
  execute(THD *thd, bool drop);
private:
  bool
  construct_sp_sql(THD *thd, String *sp_sql);
  bool
  construct_drop_event_sql(THD *thd, String *sp_sql);

  Event_job_data(const Event_job_data &);       /* Prevent use of these */
  void operator=(Event_job_data &);
};


/* Compares only the schema part of the identifier */
bool
event_basic_db_equal(const LEX_CSTRING *db, Event_basic *et);

/* Compares the whole identifier*/
bool
event_basic_identifier_equal(const LEX_CSTRING *db, const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                             Event_basic *b);

/**
  @} (End of group Event_Scheduler)
*/

#endif /* _EVENT_DATA_OBJECTS_H_ */
/* Copyright 2022 Codership Oy <http://www.codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02111-1301 USA */

#ifndef WSREP_ON_H
#define WSREP_ON_H

#ifdef WITH_WSREP

extern bool WSREP_ON_;
extern bool WSREP_PROVIDER_EXISTS_;
extern my_bool wsrep_emulate_bin_log;
extern ulong wsrep_forced_binlog_format;

#define WSREP_ON unlikely(WSREP_ON_)

/* use xxxxxx_NNULL macros when thd pointer is guaranteed to be non-null to
 * avoid compiler warnings (GCC 6 and later) */

#define WSREP_NNULL(thd) \
  (WSREP_PROVIDER_EXISTS_ && thd->variables.wsrep_on)

#define WSREP(thd) \
  (thd && WSREP_NNULL(thd))

#define WSREP_CLIENT_NNULL(thd) \
  (WSREP_NNULL(thd) && thd->wsrep_client_thread)

#define WSREP_CLIENT(thd) \
    (WSREP(thd) && thd->wsrep_client_thread)

#define WSREP_EMULATE_BINLOG_NNULL(thd) \
  (WSREP_NNULL(thd) && wsrep_emulate_bin_log)

#define WSREP_EMULATE_BINLOG(thd) \
  (WSREP(thd) && wsrep_emulate_bin_log)

#else

#define WSREP_ON false
#define WSREP(T)  (0)
#define WSREP_NNULL(T) (0)
#define WSREP_EMULATE_BINLOG(thd) (0)
#define WSREP_EMULATE_BINLOG_NNULL(thd) (0)

#endif
#endif
#ifndef DATADICT_INCLUDED
#define DATADICT_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2017 MariaDB corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#include "handler.h"

/*
  Data dictionary API.
*/

enum Table_type
{
  TABLE_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
  TABLE_TYPE_NORMAL,                            /* Normal table */
  TABLE_TYPE_SEQUENCE,
  TABLE_TYPE_VIEW
};

/*
  Take extra care when using dd_frm_type() - it only checks the .frm file,
  and it won't work for any engine that supports discovery.

  Prefer to use ha_table_exists() instead.
  To check whether it's an frm of a view, use dd_frm_is_view().
*/

enum Table_type dd_frm_type(THD *thd, char *path, LEX_CSTRING *engine_name,
                            LEX_CSTRING *partition_engine_name,
                            LEX_CUSTRING *table_version);

static inline bool dd_frm_is_view(THD *thd, char *path)
{
  return dd_frm_type(thd, path, NULL, NULL, NULL) == TABLE_TYPE_VIEW;
}

bool dd_recreate_table(THD *thd, const char *db, const char *table_name);

#endif // DATADICT_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2018 MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA */

/**
  Handles incoming socket and pipe connections, on Windows.
  Creates new (THD) connections..
*/
extern void handle_connections_win();
extern void network_init_win();
#ifndef SQL_SELECT_INCLUDED
#define SQL_SELECT_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2008, 2022, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file

  @brief
  classes to use when handling where clause
*/

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#include "procedure.h"
#include "sql_array.h"                        /* Array */
#include "records.h"                          /* READ_RECORD */
#include "opt_range.h"                /* SQL_SELECT, QUICK_SELECT_I */
#include "filesort.h"

#include "cset_narrowing.h"

typedef struct st_join_table JOIN_TAB;
/* Values in optimize */
#define KEY_OPTIMIZE_EXISTS		1U
#define KEY_OPTIMIZE_REF_OR_NULL	2U
#define KEY_OPTIMIZE_EQ	                4U

inline uint get_hash_join_key_no() { return MAX_KEY; }

inline bool is_hash_join_key_no(uint key) { return key == MAX_KEY; }

typedef struct keyuse_t {
  TABLE *table;
  Item	*val;				/**< or value if no field */
  table_map used_tables;
  uint	key, keypart, optimize;
  key_part_map keypart_map;
  ha_rows      ref_table_rows;
  /**
    If true, the comparison this value was created from will not be
    satisfied if val has NULL 'value'.
  */
  bool null_rejecting;
  /*
    !NULL - This KEYUSE was created from an equality that was wrapped into
            an Item_func_trig_cond. This means the equality (and validity of 
            this KEYUSE element) can be turned on and off. The on/off state 
            is indicted by the pointed value:
              *cond_guard == TRUE <=> equality condition is on
              *cond_guard == FALSE <=> equality condition is off

    NULL  - Otherwise (the source equality can't be turned off)
  */
  bool *cond_guard;
  /*
     0..64    <=> This was created from semi-join IN-equality # sj_pred_no.
     MAX_UINT  Otherwise
  */
  uint         sj_pred_no;

  /*
    If this is NULL than KEYUSE is always enabled.
    Otherwise it points to the enabling flag for this keyuse (true <=> enabled)
  */
  bool *validity_ref;

  bool is_for_hash_join() { return is_hash_join_key_no(key); }
} KEYUSE;


struct KEYUSE_EXT: public KEYUSE
{
  /*
    This keyuse can be used only when the partial join being extended
    contains the tables from this table map
  */
  table_map needed_in_prefix;
  /* The enabling flag for keyuses usable for splitting */
  bool validity_var;
};

/// Used when finding key fields
struct KEY_FIELD {
  Field		*field;
  Item_bool_func *cond;
  Item		*val;			///< May be empty if diff constant
  uint		level;
  uint		optimize;
  bool		eq_func;
  /**
    If true, the condition this struct represents will not be satisfied
    when val IS NULL.
  */
  bool          null_rejecting;
  bool         *cond_guard; /* See KEYUSE::cond_guard */
  uint          sj_pred_no; /* See KEYUSE::sj_pred_no */
};


#define NO_KEYPART ((uint)(-1))

class store_key;

const int NO_REF_PART= uint(-1);

typedef struct st_table_ref
{
  bool		key_err;
  /** True if something was read into buffer in join_read_key.  */
  bool          has_record;
  uint          key_parts;                ///< num of ...
  uint          key_length;               ///< length of key_buff
  int           key;                      ///< key no
  uchar         *key_buff;                ///< value to look for with key
  uchar         *key_buff2;               ///< key_buff+key_length
  store_key     **key_copy;               //

  /*
    Bitmap of key parts which refer to constants. key_copy only has copiers for
    non-const key parts.
  */
  key_part_map  const_ref_part_map;

  Item          **items;                  ///< val()'s for each keypart
  /*  
    Array of pointers to trigger variables. Some/all of the pointers may be
    NULL.  The ref access can be used iff
    
      for each used key part i, (!cond_guards[i] || *cond_guards[i]) 

    This array is used by subquery code. The subquery code may inject
    triggered conditions, i.e. conditions that can be 'switched off'. A ref 
    access created from such condition is not valid when at least one of the 
    underlying conditions is switched off (see subquery code for more details)
  */
  bool          **cond_guards;
  /**
    (null_rejecting & (1<<i)) means the condition is '=' and no matching
    rows will be produced if items[i] IS NULL (see add_not_null_conds())
  */
  key_part_map  null_rejecting;
  table_map	depend_map;		  ///< Table depends on these tables.

  /* null byte position in the key_buf. Used for REF_OR_NULL optimization */
  uchar          *null_ref_key;
  /* 
    ref_or_null optimization: number of key part that alternates between
    the lookup value or NULL (there's only one such part). 
    If we're not using ref_or_null, the value is NO_REF_PART
  */
  uint           null_ref_part;

  /*
    The number of times the record associated with this key was used
    in the join.
  */
  ha_rows       use_count;

  /*
    TRUE <=> disable the "cache" as doing lookup with the same key value may
    produce different results (because of Index Condition Pushdown)

  */
  bool          disable_cache;

  /*
    If true, this ref access was constructed from equalities generated by
    LATERAL DERIVED (aka GROUP BY splitting) optimization
  */
  bool          uses_splitting;

  bool tmp_table_index_lookup_init(THD *thd, KEY *tmp_key, Item_iterator &it,
                                   bool value, uint skip= 0);
  bool is_access_triggered();
} TABLE_REF;


/*
  The structs which holds the join connections and join states
*/
enum join_type { JT_UNKNOWN,JT_SYSTEM,JT_CONST,JT_EQ_REF,JT_REF,JT_MAYBE_REF,
		 JT_ALL, JT_RANGE, JT_NEXT, JT_FT, JT_REF_OR_NULL,
		 JT_UNIQUE_SUBQUERY, JT_INDEX_SUBQUERY, JT_INDEX_MERGE,
                 JT_HASH, JT_HASH_RANGE, JT_HASH_NEXT, JT_HASH_INDEX_MERGE};

class JOIN;

enum enum_nested_loop_state
{
  NESTED_LOOP_KILLED= -2, NESTED_LOOP_ERROR= -1,
  NESTED_LOOP_OK= 0, NESTED_LOOP_NO_MORE_ROWS= 1,
  NESTED_LOOP_QUERY_LIMIT= 3, NESTED_LOOP_CURSOR_LIMIT= 4
};


/* Possible sj_strategy values */
enum sj_strategy_enum
{
  SJ_OPT_NONE=0,
  SJ_OPT_DUPS_WEEDOUT=1,
  SJ_OPT_LOOSE_SCAN  =2,
  SJ_OPT_FIRST_MATCH =3,
  SJ_OPT_MATERIALIZE =4,
  SJ_OPT_MATERIALIZE_SCAN=5
};

/* Values for JOIN_TAB::packed_info */
#define TAB_INFO_HAVE_VALUE 1U
#define TAB_INFO_USING_INDEX 2U
#define TAB_INFO_USING_WHERE 4U
#define TAB_INFO_FULL_SCAN_ON_NULL 8U

typedef enum_nested_loop_state
(*Next_select_func)(JOIN *, struct st_join_table *, bool);
Next_select_func setup_end_select_func(JOIN *join);
int rr_sequential(READ_RECORD *info);
int read_record_func_for_rr_and_unpack(READ_RECORD *info);
Item *remove_pushed_top_conjuncts(THD *thd, Item *cond);
Item *and_new_conditions_to_optimized_cond(THD *thd, Item *cond,
                                           COND_EQUAL **cond_eq,
                                           List<Item> &new_conds,
                                           Item::cond_result *cond_value);

#include "sql_explain.h"

/**************************************************************************************
 * New EXPLAIN structures END
 *************************************************************************************/

class JOIN_CACHE;
class SJ_TMP_TABLE;
class JOIN_TAB_RANGE;
class AGGR_OP;
class Filesort;
struct SplM_plan_info;
class SplM_opt_info;

typedef struct st_join_table {
  TABLE		*table;
  TABLE_LIST    *tab_list;
  KEYUSE	*keyuse;       /**< pointer to first used key */
  KEY           *hj_key;       /**< descriptor of the used best hash join key
                                    not supported by any index               */
  SQL_SELECT	*select;
  COND		*select_cond;
  COND          *on_precond;    /**< part of on condition to check before
                                     accessing the first inner table         */
  QUICK_SELECT_I *quick;
  /* 
    The value of select_cond before we've attempted to do Index Condition
    Pushdown. We may need to restore everything back if we first choose one
    index but then reconsider (see test_if_skip_sort_order() for such
    scenarios).
    NULL means no index condition pushdown was performed.
  */
  Item          *pre_idx_push_select_cond;
  /*
    Pointer to the associated ON expression. on_expr_ref=!NULL except for
    degenerate joins. 

    Optimization phase: *on_expr_ref!=NULL for tables that are the single
      tables on the inner side of the outer join (t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON...)

    Execution phase: *on_expr_ref!=NULL for tables that are first inner tables
      within an outer join (which may have multiple tables)
  */
  Item	       **on_expr_ref;
  COND_EQUAL    *cond_equal;    /**< multiple equalities for the on expression */
  st_join_table *first_inner;   /**< first inner table for including outerjoin */
  bool           found;         /**< true after all matches or null complement */
  bool           not_null_compl;/**< true before null complement is added      */
  st_join_table *last_inner;    /**< last table for embedding outer join */
  st_join_table *first_upper;  /**< first inner table for embedding outer join */
  st_join_table *first_unmatched; /**< used for optimization purposes only     */

  /*
    For join tabs that are inside an SJM bush: root of the bush
  */
  st_join_table *bush_root_tab;

  /* TRUE <=> This join_tab is inside an SJM bush and is the last leaf tab here */
  bool          last_leaf_in_bush;
  
  /*
    ptr  - this is a bush, and ptr points to description of child join_tab
           range
    NULL - this join tab has no bush children
  */
  JOIN_TAB_RANGE *bush_children;
  
  /* Special content for EXPLAIN 'Extra' column or NULL if none */
  enum explain_extra_tag info;
  
  Table_access_tracker *tracker;

  Table_access_tracker *jbuf_tracker;
  Time_and_counter_tracker *jbuf_unpack_tracker;
  Counter_tracker  *jbuf_loops_tracker;

  //  READ_RECORD::Setup_func materialize_table;
  READ_RECORD::Setup_func read_first_record;
  Next_select_func next_select;
  READ_RECORD	read_record;
  /* 
    Currently the following two fields are used only for a [NOT] IN subquery
    if it is executed by an alternative full table scan when the left operand of
    the subquery predicate is evaluated to NULL.
  */  
  READ_RECORD::Setup_func save_read_first_record;/* to save read_first_record */
  READ_RECORD::Read_func save_read_record;/* to save read_record.read_record */
  key_map	const_keys;			/**< Keys with constant part */
  key_map	checked_keys;			/**< Keys checked in find_best */
  key_map	needed_reg;
  key_map       keys;                           /**< all keys with can be used */

  /* Either #rows in the table or 1 for const table.  */
  ha_rows	records;
  /*
    Number of records that will be scanned (yes scanned, not returned) by the
    best 'independent' access method, i.e. table scan or QUICK_*_SELECT)
  */
  ha_rows       found_records;
  /*
    Cost of accessing the table using "ALL" or range/index_merge access
    method (but not 'index' for some reason), i.e. this matches method which
    E(#records) is in found_records.
  */
  double        read_time;
  
  /* Copy of POSITION::records_init, set by get_best_combination() */
  double        records_init;

  /* Copy of POSITION::records_read, set by get_best_combination() */
  double        records_read;

  /* Copy of POSITION::records_out, set by get_best_combination() */
  double        records_out;

  /*
    Copy of POSITION::read_time, set by get_best_combination(). The cost of
    accessing the table in course of the join execution.
  */
  double        join_read_time;
  double        join_loops;

  /* The selectivity of the conditions that can be pushed to the table */ 
  double        cond_selectivity;  
  
  /* Startup cost for execution */
  double        startup_cost;
    
  double        partial_join_cardinality;

  /* set by estimate_scan_time() */
  double        cached_scan_and_compare_time;
  ALL_READ_COST cached_scan_and_compare_cost;

  /* Used with force_index_join */
  ALL_READ_COST cached_forced_index_cost;
  /*
    dependent is the table that must be read before the current one
    Used for example with STRAIGHT_JOIN or outer joins
  */
  table_map	dependent;
  /*
    key_dependent is dependent but add those tables that are used to compare
    with a key field in a simple expression. See add_key_field().
    It is only used to prune searches in best_extension_by_limited_search()
  */
  table_map     key_dependent;
   /*
    Tables that have expression in their attached condition clause that depends
    on this table.
  */
  table_map     related_tables;

  /*
    Bitmap of TAB_INFO_* bits that encodes special line for EXPLAIN 'Extra'
    column, or 0 if there is no info.
  */
  uint          packed_info;
  /*
    This is set for embedded sub queries.  It contains the table map of
    the outer expression, like 'A' in the following expression:
    WHERE A in (SELECT ....)
  */
  table_map     embedded_dependent;

  /*
     1 - use quick select
     2 - use "Range checked for each record"
  */
  uint		use_quick;
  /*
    Index to use. Note: this is valid only for 'index' access, but not range or
    ref access.
  */
  uint          index;
  uint		status;				///< Save status for cache
  uint		used_fields;
  uint          cached_covering_key;            // Set by estimate_scan_time()
  ulong         used_fieldlength;
  ulong         max_used_fieldlength;
  uint          used_blobs;
  uint          used_null_fields;
  uint          used_uneven_bit_fields;
  uint          cached_forced_index;
  enum join_type type, cached_forced_index_type;
  /* If first key part is used for any key in 'key_dependent' */
  bool          key_start_dependent;
  bool          cached_eq_ref_table,eq_ref_table;
  bool          shortcut_for_distinct;
  bool          sorted;
  bool          cached_pfs_batch_update;

  /* 
    If it's not 0 the number stored this field indicates that the index
    scan has been chosen to access the table data and we expect to scan 
    this number of rows for the table.
  */ 
  ha_rows       limit; 
  TABLE_REF	ref;
  /* TRUE <=> condition pushdown supports other tables presence */
  bool          icp_other_tables_ok;
  /* 
    TRUE <=> condition pushed to the index has to be factored out of
    the condition pushed to the table
  */
  bool          idx_cond_fact_out;
  bool          use_join_cache;
  /* TRUE <=> it is prohibited to join this table using join buffer */
  bool          no_forced_join_cache;
  uint          used_join_cache_level;
  JOIN_CACHE	*cache;
  /*
    Index condition for BKA access join
  */
  Item          *cache_idx_cond;
  SQL_SELECT    *cache_select;
  AGGR_OP       *aggr;
  JOIN		*join;
  /*
    Embedding SJ-nest (may be not the direct parent), or NULL if none.
    This variable holds the result of table pullout.
  */
  TABLE_LIST    *emb_sj_nest;

  /* FirstMatch variables (final QEP) */
  struct st_join_table *first_sj_inner_tab;
  struct st_join_table *last_sj_inner_tab;

  /* Variables for semi-join duplicate elimination */
  SJ_TMP_TABLE  *flush_weedout_table;
  SJ_TMP_TABLE  *check_weed_out_table;
  /* for EXPLAIN only: */
  SJ_TMP_TABLE  *first_weedout_table;

  /**
    reference to saved plan and execution statistics
  */
  Explain_table_access *explain_plan;

  /*
    If set, means we should stop join enumeration after we've got the first
    match and return to the specified join tab. May point to
    join->join_tab[-1] which means stop join execution after the first
    match.
  */
  struct st_join_table  *do_firstmatch;
 
  /* 
     ptr  - We're doing a LooseScan, this join tab is the first (i.e. 
            "driving") join tab), and ptr points to the last join tab
            handled by the strategy. loosescan_match_tab->found_match
            should be checked to see if the current value group had a match.
     NULL - Not doing a loose scan on this join tab.
  */
  struct st_join_table *loosescan_match_tab;
  
  /* TRUE <=> we are inside LooseScan range */
  bool inside_loosescan_range;

  /* Buffer to save index tuple to be able to skip duplicates */
  uchar *loosescan_buf;
  
  /* 
    Index used by LooseScan (we store it here separately because ref access
    stores it in tab->ref.key, while range scan stores it in tab->index, etc)
  */
  uint loosescan_key;

  /* Length of key tuple (depends on #keyparts used) to store in the above */
  uint loosescan_key_len;

  /* Used by LooseScan. TRUE<=> there has been a matching record combination */
  bool found_match;
  
  /*
    Used by DuplicateElimination. tab->table->ref must have the rowid
    whenever we have a current record.
  */
  int  keep_current_rowid;

  /* NestedOuterJoins: Bitmap of nested joins this table is part of */
  nested_join_map embedding_map;

  /* Tmp table info */
  TMP_TABLE_PARAM *tmp_table_param;

  /* Sorting related info */
  Filesort *filesort;
  SORT_INFO *filesort_result;
  
  /*
    Non-NULL value means this join_tab must do window function computation
    before reading.
  */
  Window_funcs_computation* window_funcs_step;

  /**
    List of topmost expressions in the select list. The *next* JOIN_TAB
    in the plan should use it to obtain correct values. Same applicable to
    all_fields. These lists are needed because after tmp tables functions
    will be turned to fields. These variables are pointing to
    tmp_fields_list[123]. Valid only for tmp tables and the last non-tmp
    table in the query plan.
    @see JOIN::make_aggr_tables_info()
  */
  List<Item> *fields;
  /** List of all expressions in the select list */
  List<Item> *all_fields;
  /*
    Pointer to the ref array slice which to switch to before sending
    records. Valid only for tmp tables.
  */
  Ref_ptr_array *ref_array;

  /** Number of records saved in tmp table */
  ha_rows send_records;

  /** HAVING condition for checking prior saving a record into tmp table*/
  Item *having;

  /** TRUE <=> remove duplicates on this table. */
  bool distinct;

  /*
    Semi-join strategy to be used for this join table. This is a copy of
    POSITION::sj_strategy field. This field is set up by the
    fix_semijoin_strategies_for_picked_join_order.
  */
  enum sj_strategy_enum sj_strategy;

  uint n_sj_tables;

  bool preread_init_done;

  /* true <=> split optimization has been applied to this materialized table */
  bool is_split_derived;

  /*
    Bitmap of split materialized derived tables that can be filled just before
    this join table is to be joined. All parameters of the split derived tables
    belong to tables preceding this join table.
  */
  table_map split_derived_to_update;

  /*
    Cost info to the range filter used when joining this join table
    (Defined when the best join order has been already chosen)
  */
  Range_rowid_filter_cost_info *range_rowid_filter_info;
  /* Rowid filter to be used when joining this join table */
  Rowid_filter *rowid_filter;
  /* True if the plan requires a rowid filter and it's not built yet */
  bool need_to_build_rowid_filter;

  bool build_range_rowid_filter();
  void clear_range_rowid_filter();

  void cleanup();
  inline bool is_using_loose_index_scan()
  {
    const SQL_SELECT *sel= get_sql_select();
    return (sel && sel->quick &&
            (sel->quick->get_type() == QUICK_SELECT_I::QS_TYPE_GROUP_MIN_MAX));
  }
  bool is_using_agg_loose_index_scan ()
  {
    const SQL_SELECT *sel= get_sql_select();
    return (is_using_loose_index_scan() &&
            ((QUICK_GROUP_MIN_MAX_SELECT *)sel->quick)->is_agg_distinct());
  }
  const SQL_SELECT *get_sql_select()
  {
    return filesort ? filesort->select : select;
  }
  bool is_inner_table_of_semi_join_with_first_match()
  {
    return first_sj_inner_tab != NULL;
  }
  bool is_inner_table_of_semijoin()
  {
    return emb_sj_nest != NULL;
  }
  bool is_inner_table_of_outer_join()
  {
    return first_inner != NULL;
  }
  bool is_single_inner_of_semi_join_with_first_match()
  {
    return first_sj_inner_tab == this && last_sj_inner_tab == this;            
  }
  bool is_single_inner_of_outer_join()
  {
    return first_inner == this && first_inner->last_inner == this;
  }
  bool is_first_inner_for_outer_join()
  {
    return first_inner == this;
  }
  bool use_match_flag()
  {
    return is_first_inner_for_outer_join() || first_sj_inner_tab == this ; 
  }
  bool check_only_first_match()
  {
    return is_inner_table_of_semi_join_with_first_match() ||
           (is_inner_table_of_outer_join() &&
            table->reginfo.not_exists_optimize);
  }
  bool is_last_inner_table()
  {
    return (first_inner && first_inner->last_inner == this) ||
           last_sj_inner_tab == this;
  }
  /*
    Check whether the table belongs to a nest of inner tables of an
    outer join or to a nest of inner tables of a semi-join
  */
  bool is_nested_inner()
  {
    if (first_inner && 
        (first_inner != first_inner->last_inner || first_inner->first_upper))
      return TRUE;
    if (first_sj_inner_tab && first_sj_inner_tab != last_sj_inner_tab)
      return TRUE;
    return FALSE;
  }
  struct st_join_table *get_first_inner_table()
  {
    if (first_inner)
      return first_inner;
    return first_sj_inner_tab; 
  }
  void set_select_cond(COND *to, uint line)
  {
    DBUG_PRINT("info", ("select_cond changes %p -> %p at line %u tab %p",
                        select_cond, to, line, this));
    select_cond= to;
  }
  COND *set_cond(COND *new_cond)
  {
    COND *tmp_select_cond= select_cond;
    set_select_cond(new_cond, __LINE__);
    if (select)
      select->cond= new_cond;
    return tmp_select_cond;
  }
  void calc_used_field_length(bool max_fl);
  ulong get_used_fieldlength()
  {
    if (!used_fieldlength)
      calc_used_field_length(FALSE);
    return used_fieldlength;
  }
  ulong get_max_used_fieldlength()
  {
    if (!max_used_fieldlength)
      calc_used_field_length(TRUE);
    return max_used_fieldlength;
  }
  double get_partial_join_cardinality() { return partial_join_cardinality; }
  bool hash_join_is_possible();
  int make_scan_filter();
  bool is_ref_for_hash_join() { return is_hash_join_key_no(ref.key); }
  KEY *get_keyinfo_by_key_no(uint key) 
  {
    return (is_hash_join_key_no(key) ? hj_key : table->key_info+key);
  }
  void estimate_scan_time();
  double get_examined_rows();
  bool preread_init();

  bool pfs_batch_update();

  bool is_sjm_nest() { return MY_TEST(bush_children); }
  
  /*
    If this join_tab reads a non-merged semi-join (also called jtbm), return
    the select's number.  Otherwise, return 0.
  */
  int get_non_merged_semijoin_select() const
  {
    Item_in_subselect *subq;
    if (table->pos_in_table_list && 
        (subq= table->pos_in_table_list->jtbm_subselect))
    {
      return subq->unit->first_select()->select_number;
    }
    return 0; /* Not a merged semi-join */
  }

  bool access_from_tables_is_allowed(table_map used_tables,
                                     table_map sjm_lookup_tables)
  {
    table_map used_sjm_lookup_tables= used_tables & sjm_lookup_tables;
    return !used_sjm_lookup_tables ||
           (emb_sj_nest && 
            !(used_sjm_lookup_tables & ~emb_sj_nest->sj_inner_tables));
  }

  bool keyuse_is_valid_for_access_in_chosen_plan(JOIN *join, KEYUSE *keyuse);

  void remove_redundant_bnl_scan_conds();

  bool save_explain_data(Explain_table_access *eta, table_map prefix_tables,
                         bool distinct, struct st_join_table *first_top_tab);

  bool use_order() const; ///< Use ordering provided by chosen index?
  bool sort_table();
  bool remove_duplicates();

  void partial_cleanup();
  void add_keyuses_for_splitting();
  SplM_plan_info *choose_best_splitting(uint idx,
                                        table_map remaining_tables,
                                        const POSITION *join_positions,
                                        table_map *spl_pd_boundary);
  bool fix_splitting(SplM_plan_info *spl_plan, table_map excluded_tables,
                     bool is_const_table);
} JOIN_TAB;


#include "sql_join_cache.h"

enum_nested_loop_state
sub_select_cache(JOIN *join, JOIN_TAB *join_tab, bool end_of_records);
enum_nested_loop_state 
sub_select(JOIN *join, JOIN_TAB *join_tab, bool end_of_records);
enum_nested_loop_state
sub_select_postjoin_aggr(JOIN *join, JOIN_TAB *join_tab, bool end_of_records);

enum_nested_loop_state
end_send_group(JOIN *join, JOIN_TAB *join_tab __attribute__((unused)),
	       bool end_of_records);
enum_nested_loop_state
end_write_group(JOIN *join, JOIN_TAB *join_tab __attribute__((unused)),
		bool end_of_records);


class Semi_join_strategy_picker
{
public:
  /* Called when starting to build a new join prefix */
  virtual void set_empty() = 0;

  /* 
    Update internal state after another table has been added to the join
    prefix
  */
  virtual void set_from_prev(POSITION *prev) = 0;
  
  virtual bool check_qep(JOIN *join,
                         uint idx,
                         table_map remaining_tables, 
                         const JOIN_TAB *new_join_tab,
                         double *record_count,
                         double *read_time,
                         table_map *handled_fanout,
                         sj_strategy_enum *strategy,
                         POSITION *loose_scan_pos) = 0;

  virtual void mark_used() = 0;

  virtual ~Semi_join_strategy_picker() = default;
};


/*
  Duplicate Weedout strategy optimization state
*/

class Duplicate_weedout_picker : public Semi_join_strategy_picker
{
  /* The first table that the strategy will need to handle */
  uint  first_dupsweedout_table;

  /*
    Tables that we will need to have in the prefix to do the weedout step
    (all inner and all outer that the involved semi-joins are correlated with)
  */
  table_map dupsweedout_tables;
  
  bool is_used;
public:
  void set_empty() override
  {
    dupsweedout_tables= 0;
    first_dupsweedout_table= MAX_TABLES;
    is_used= FALSE;
  }
  void set_from_prev(POSITION *prev) override;
  
  bool check_qep(JOIN *join,
                 uint idx,
                 table_map remaining_tables, 
                 const JOIN_TAB *new_join_tab,
                 double *record_count,
                 double *read_time,
                 table_map *handled_fanout,
                 sj_strategy_enum *stratey,
                 POSITION *loose_scan_pos) override;

  void mark_used() override { is_used= TRUE; }
  friend void fix_semijoin_strategies_for_picked_join_order(JOIN *join);
};


class Firstmatch_picker : public Semi_join_strategy_picker
{
  /*
    Index of the first inner table that we intend to handle with this
    strategy
  */
  uint first_firstmatch_table;
  /*
    Tables that were not in the join prefix when we've started considering 
    FirstMatch strategy.
  */
  table_map first_firstmatch_rtbl;
  /* 
    Tables that need to be in the prefix before we can calculate the cost
    of using FirstMatch strategy.
   */
  table_map firstmatch_need_tables;

  bool is_used;

  bool in_firstmatch_prefix() { return (first_firstmatch_table != MAX_TABLES); }
  void invalidate_firstmatch_prefix() { first_firstmatch_table= MAX_TABLES; }
public:
  void set_empty() override
  {
    invalidate_firstmatch_prefix();
    is_used= FALSE;
  }

  void set_from_prev(POSITION *prev) override;
  bool check_qep(JOIN *join,
                 uint idx,
                 table_map remaining_tables, 
                 const JOIN_TAB *new_join_tab,
                 double *record_count,
                 double *read_time,
                 table_map *handled_fanout,
                 sj_strategy_enum *strategy,
                 POSITION *loose_scan_pos) override;

  void mark_used() override { is_used= TRUE; }
  friend void fix_semijoin_strategies_for_picked_join_order(JOIN *join);
};


class LooseScan_picker : public Semi_join_strategy_picker
{
public:
  /* The first (i.e. driving) table we're doing loose scan for */
  uint        first_loosescan_table;
  /* 
     Tables that need to be in the prefix before we can calculate the cost
     of using LooseScan strategy.
  */
  table_map   loosescan_need_tables;

  /*
    keyno  -  Planning to do LooseScan on this key. If keyuse is NULL then 
              this is a full index scan, otherwise this is a ref+loosescan
              scan (and keyno matches the KEUSE's)
    MAX_KEY - Not doing a LooseScan
  */
  uint loosescan_key;  // final (one for strategy instance )
  uint loosescan_parts; /* Number of keyparts to be kept distinct */
  
  bool is_used;
  void set_empty() override
  {
    first_loosescan_table= MAX_TABLES; 
    is_used= FALSE;
  }

  void set_from_prev(POSITION *prev) override;
  bool check_qep(JOIN *join,
                 uint idx,
                 table_map remaining_tables, 
                 const JOIN_TAB *new_join_tab,
                 double *record_count,
                 double *read_time,
                 table_map *handled_fanout,
                 sj_strategy_enum *strategy,
                 POSITION *loose_scan_pos) override;
  void mark_used() override { is_used= TRUE; }

  friend class Loose_scan_opt;
  friend void best_access_path(JOIN      *join,
                               JOIN_TAB  *s,
                               table_map remaining_tables,
                               const POSITION *join_positions,
                               uint      idx,
                               bool      disable_jbuf,
                               double    record_count,
                               POSITION *pos,
                               POSITION *loose_scan_pos);
  friend bool get_best_combination(JOIN *join);
  friend int setup_semijoin_loosescan(JOIN *join);
  friend void fix_semijoin_strategies_for_picked_join_order(JOIN *join);
};


class Sj_materialization_picker : public Semi_join_strategy_picker
{
  bool is_used;

  /* The last inner table (valid once we're after it) */
  uint      sjm_scan_last_inner;
  /*
    Tables that we need to have in the prefix to calculate the correct cost.
    Basically, we need all inner tables and outer tables mentioned in the
    semi-join's ON expression so we can correctly account for fanout.
  */
  table_map sjm_scan_need_tables;

public:
  void set_empty() override
  {
    sjm_scan_need_tables= 0;
    sjm_scan_last_inner= 0;
    is_used= FALSE;
  }
  void set_from_prev(POSITION *prev) override;
  bool check_qep(JOIN *join,
                 uint idx,
                 table_map remaining_tables, 
                 const JOIN_TAB *new_join_tab,
                 double *record_count,
                 double *read_time,
                 table_map *handled_fanout,
                 sj_strategy_enum *strategy,
                 POSITION *loose_scan_pos) override;
  void mark_used() override { is_used= TRUE; }

  friend void fix_semijoin_strategies_for_picked_join_order(JOIN *join);
};


class Range_rowid_filter_cost_info;
class Rowid_filter;


/**
  Information about a position of table within a join order. Used in join
  optimization.
*/
class POSITION
{
public:
  /* The table that's put into join order */
  JOIN_TAB *table;

  /* number of rows that will be read from the table */
  double records_init;

  /*
    Number of rows left after filtering, calculated in best_access_path()
    In case of use_cond_selectivity > 1 it contains rows after the used
    rowid filter (if such one exists).
    If use_cond_selectivity <= 1 it contains the minimum rows of any
    rowid filtering or records_init if no filter exists.
   */
  double records_after_filter;

  /*
    Number of expected rows before applying the full WHERE clause. This
    includes rowid filter and table->cond_selectivity if
    use_cond_selectivity > 1. See matching_candidates_in_table().
    Should normally not be used.
  */
  double records_read;

  /*
    The number of rows after applying the WHERE clause.

    Same as the "fanout": number of output rows that will be produced (after
    pushed down selection condition is applied) per each row combination of
    previous tables.

    In best_access_path() it is set to the minum number of accepted rows
    for any possible access method or filter:

    records_out takes into account table->cond_selectivity, the WHERE clause
    related to this table calculated in calculate_cond_selectivity_for_table(),
    and the used rowid filter.

    After best_access_path() records_out it does not yet take into
    account the part of the WHERE clause involving preceding tables.
    records_out is updated in best_extension_by_limited_search() to take these
    tables into account by calling table_after_join_selectivity().
  */
  double records_out;

  /* Values from prev_record_reads call for EQ_REF table*/
  double        prev_record_reads, identical_keys;

  /* The selectivity of the pushed down conditions */
  double cond_selectivity;

  /* 
    Cost accessing the table in course of the entire complete join execution,
    i.e. cost of one access method use (e.g. 'range' or 'ref' scan ) times 
    number the access method will be invoked and checking the WHERE clause.
  */
  double read_time;

  /* record combinations before this table */
  double loops;

  double    prefix_record_count;

  /* Cost for the join prefix */
  double prefix_cost;

  /*
    NULL  -  'index' or 'range' or 'index_merge' or 'ALL' access is used.
    Other - [eq_]ref[_or_null] access is used. Pointer to {t.keypart1 = expr}
  */
  KEYUSE *key;

  /* Cardinality of current partial join ending with this position */
  double partial_join_cardinality;

  /* Info on splitting plan used at this position */
  SplM_plan_info *spl_plan;

  /*
    If spl_plan is NULL the value of spl_pd_boundary is 0. Otherwise
    spl_pd_boundary contains the bitmap of the table from the current
    partial join ending at this position that starts the sub-sequence of
    tables S from which no conditions are allowed to be used in the plan
    spl_plan for the split table joined at this position.
  */
  table_map spl_pd_boundary;

  /* Cost info for the range filter used at this position */
  Range_rowid_filter_cost_info *range_rowid_filter_info;

  /* If ref-based access is used: bitmap of tables this table depends on  */
  table_map ref_depend_map;

  /* tables that may help best_access_path() to find a better key */
  table_map key_dependent;
  /*
    Bitmap of semi-join inner tables that are in the join prefix and for
    which there's no provision for how to eliminate semi-join duplicates
    they produce.
  */
  table_map dups_producing_tables;

  table_map inner_tables_handled_with_other_sjs;

  Duplicate_weedout_picker  dups_weedout_picker;
  Firstmatch_picker         firstmatch_picker;
  LooseScan_picker          loosescan_picker;
  Sj_materialization_picker sjmat_picker;

  ulonglong refills;
  /*
    Current optimization state: Semi-join strategy to be used for this
    and preceding join tables.

    Join optimizer sets this for the *last* join_tab in the
    duplicate-generating range. That is, in order to interpret this field,
    one needs to traverse join->[best_]positions array from right to left.
    When you see a join table with sj_strategy!= SJ_OPT_NONE, some other
    field (depending on the strategy) tells how many preceding positions
    this applies to. The values of covered_preceding_positions->sj_strategy
    must be ignored.
  */
  enum sj_strategy_enum sj_strategy;

  /* Type of join (EQ_REF, REF etc) */
  enum join_type type;

  /*
    Valid only after fix_semijoin_strategies_for_picked_join_order() call:
    if sj_strategy!=SJ_OPT_NONE, this is the number of subsequent tables that
    are covered by the specified semi-join strategy
  */
  uint n_sj_tables;
  uint forced_index;                    // If force_index() is used
  /*
    TRUE <=> join buffering will be used. At the moment this is based on
    *very* imprecise guesses made in best_access_path().
  */
  bool use_join_buffer;
  /* True if we can use join_buffer togethere with firstmatch */
  bool firstmatch_with_join_buf;
  POSITION();
};

typedef Bounds_checked_array<Item_null_result*> Item_null_array;

typedef struct st_rollup
{
  enum State { STATE_NONE, STATE_INITED, STATE_READY };
  State state;
  Item_null_array null_items;
  Ref_ptr_array *ref_pointer_arrays;
  List<Item> *fields;
} ROLLUP;


class JOIN_TAB_RANGE: public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  JOIN_TAB *start;
  JOIN_TAB *end;
};

class Pushdown_query;

/**
  @brief
    Class to perform postjoin aggregation operations

  @details
    The result records are obtained on the put_record() call.
    The aggrgation process is determined by the write_func, it could be:
      end_write          Simply store all records in tmp table.
      end_write_group    Perform grouping using join->group_fields,
                         records are expected to be sorted.
      end_update         Perform grouping using the key generated on tmp
                         table. Input records aren't expected to be sorted.
                         Tmp table uses the heap engine
      end_update_unique  Same as above, but the engine is myisam.

    Lazy table initialization is used - the table will be instantiated and
    rnd/index scan started on the first put_record() call.

*/

class AGGR_OP :public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  JOIN_TAB *join_tab;

  AGGR_OP(JOIN_TAB *tab) : join_tab(tab), write_func(NULL)
  {};

  enum_nested_loop_state put_record() { return put_record(false); };
  /*
    Send the result of operation further (to a next operation/client)
    This function is called after all records were put into tmp table.

    @return return one of enum_nested_loop_state values.
  */
  enum_nested_loop_state end_send();
  /** write_func setter */
  void set_write_func(Next_select_func new_write_func)
  {
    write_func= new_write_func;
  }

private:
  /** Write function that would be used for saving records in tmp table. */
  Next_select_func write_func;
  enum_nested_loop_state put_record(bool end_of_records);
  bool prepare_tmp_table();
};


class JOIN :public Sql_alloc
{
private:
  JOIN(const JOIN &rhs);                        /**< not implemented */
  JOIN& operator=(const JOIN &rhs);             /**< not implemented */

protected:

  /**
    The subset of the state of a JOIN that represents an optimized query
    execution plan. Allows saving/restoring different JOIN plans for the same
    query.
  */
  class Join_plan_state {
  public:
    DYNAMIC_ARRAY keyuse;        /* Copy of the JOIN::keyuse array. */
    POSITION *best_positions;    /* Copy of JOIN::best_positions */
    /* Copies of the JOIN_TAB::keyuse pointers for each JOIN_TAB. */
    KEYUSE **join_tab_keyuse;
    /* Copies of JOIN_TAB::checked_keys for each JOIN_TAB. */
    key_map *join_tab_checked_keys;
    SJ_MATERIALIZATION_INFO **sj_mat_info;
    my_bool error;
  public:
    Join_plan_state(uint tables) : error(0)
    {   
      keyuse.elements= 0;
      keyuse.buffer= NULL;
      keyuse.malloc_flags= 0;
      best_positions= 0;                        /* To detect errors */
      error= my_multi_malloc(PSI_INSTRUMENT_ME, MYF(MY_WME),
                             &best_positions,
                             sizeof(*best_positions) * (tables + 1),
                             &join_tab_keyuse,
                             sizeof(*join_tab_keyuse) * tables,
                             &join_tab_checked_keys,
                             sizeof(*join_tab_checked_keys) * tables,
                             &sj_mat_info,
                             sizeof(sj_mat_info) * tables,
                             NullS) == 0;
    }
    Join_plan_state(JOIN *join);
    ~Join_plan_state()
    {
      delete_dynamic(&keyuse);
      my_free(best_positions);
    }
  };

  /* Results of reoptimizing a JOIN via JOIN::reoptimize(). */
  enum enum_reopt_result {
    REOPT_NEW_PLAN, /* there is a new reoptimized plan */
    REOPT_OLD_PLAN, /* no new improved plan can be found, use the old one */
    REOPT_ERROR,    /* an irrecovarable error occurred during reoptimization */
    REOPT_NONE      /* not yet reoptimized */
  };

  /* Support for plan reoptimization with rewritten conditions. */
  enum_reopt_result reoptimize(Item *added_where, table_map join_tables,
                               Join_plan_state *save_to);
  /* Choose a subquery plan for a table-less subquery. */
  bool choose_tableless_subquery_plan();
  void handle_implicit_grouping_with_window_funcs();

public:
  void save_query_plan(Join_plan_state *save_to);
  void reset_query_plan();
  void restore_query_plan(Join_plan_state *restore_from);

public:
  JOIN_TAB *join_tab, **best_ref;

  /* List of fields that aren't under an aggregate function */
  List<Item_field> non_agg_fields;

  JOIN_TAB **map2table;    ///< mapping between table indexes and JOIN_TABs
  List<JOIN_TAB_RANGE> join_tab_ranges;
  
  /*
    Base tables participating in the join. After join optimization is done, the
    tables are stored in the join order (but the only really important part is 
    that const tables are first).
  */
  TABLE    **table;
  /**
    The table which has an index that allows to produce the requried ordering.
    A special value of 0x1 means that the ordering will be produced by
    passing 1st non-const table to filesort(). NULL means no such table exists.
  */
  TABLE    *sort_by_table;

  /*
    If true, there is ORDER BY x LIMIT n clause and for certain join orders, it
    is possible to short-cut the join execution, i.e. stop it as soon as n
    output rows were produced. See join_limit_shortcut_is_applicable().
  */
  bool    limit_shortcut_applicable;

  /*
    Used during join optimization: if true, we're building a join order that
    will short-cut join execution as soon as #LIMIT rows are produced.
  */
  bool    limit_optimization_mode;

  /* 
    Number of tables in the join. 
    (In MySQL, it is named 'tables' and is also the number of elements in 
     join->join_tab array. In MariaDB, the latter is not true, so we've renamed
     the variable)
  */
  uint	   table_count;
  uint     outer_tables;  /**< Number of tables that are not inside semijoin */
  uint     const_tables;
  /* 
    Number of tables in the top join_tab array. Normally this matches
    (join_tab_ranges.head()->end - join_tab_ranges.head()->start). 
    
    We keep it here so that it is saved/restored with JOIN::restore_tmp.
  */
  uint     top_join_tab_count;
  uint     aggr_tables;     ///< Number of post-join tmp tables 
  uint	   send_group_parts;
  /*
    This represents the number of items in ORDER BY *after* removing
    all const items. This is computed before other optimizations take place,
    such as removal of ORDER BY when it is a prefix of GROUP BY, for example:
    GROUP BY a, b ORDER BY a

    This is used when deciding to send rows, by examining the correct number
    of items in the group_fields list when ORDER BY was previously eliminated.
  */
  uint with_ties_order_count;
  /*
    True if the query has GROUP BY.
    (that is, if group_by != NULL. when DISTINCT is converted into GROUP BY, it
     will set this, too. It is not clear why we need a separate var from 
     group_list)
  */
  bool	   group;
  bool     need_distinct;

  /**
    Indicates that grouping will be performed on the result set during
    query execution. This field belongs to query execution.

    If 'sort_and_group' is set, then the optimizer is going to use on of
    the following algorithms to resolve GROUP BY.

    - If one table, sort the table and then calculate groups on the fly.
    - If more than one table, create a temporary table to hold the join,
      sort it and then resolve group by on the fly.

    The 'on the fly' calculation is done in end_send_group()

    @see make_group_fields, alloc_group_fields, JOIN::exec,
         setup_end_select_func
  */
  bool     sort_and_group; 
  bool     first_record,full_join, no_field_update;
  bool     hash_join;
  bool	   do_send_rows;
  table_map const_table_map;

  /*
    Tables one is allowed to use in choose_plan(). Either all or
    set to a mapt of the tables in the materialized semi-join nest
  */
  table_map allowed_tables;

  /** 
    Bitmap of semijoin tables that the current partial plan decided
    to materialize and access by lookups
  */
  table_map sjm_lookup_tables;
  /** 
    Bitmap of semijoin tables that the chosen plan decided
    to materialize to scan the results of materialization
  */
  table_map sjm_scan_tables;
  /*
    Constant tables for which we have found a row (as opposed to those for
    which we didn't).
  */
  table_map found_const_table_map;
  
  /* Tables removed by table elimination. Set to 0 before the elimination. */
  table_map eliminated_tables;
  /*
     Bitmap of all inner tables from outer joins (set at start of
     make_join_statistics)
  */
  table_map outer_join;
  /* Bitmap of tables used in the select list items */
  table_map select_list_used_tables;
  /* Tables that has HA_NON_COMPARABLE_ROWID (does not support rowid) set */
  table_map not_usable_rowid_map;
  /* Tables that have a possiblity to use EQ_ref */
  table_map eq_ref_tables;

  table_map allowed_top_level_tables;
  ha_rows  send_records,found_records, accepted_rows;

  /*
    LIMIT for the JOIN operation. When not using aggregation or DISITNCT, this 
    is the same as select's LIMIT clause specifies.
    Note that this doesn't take sql_calc_found_rows into account.
  */
  ha_rows row_limit;

  /*
    How many output rows should be produced after GROUP BY.
    (if sql_calc_found_rows is used, LIMIT is ignored)
  */
  ha_rows select_limit;
  /*
    Number of duplicate rows found in UNION.
  */
  ha_rows duplicate_rows;
  /**
    Used to fetch no more than given amount of rows per one
    fetch operation of server side cursor.
    The value is checked in end_send and end_send_group in fashion, similar
    to offset_limit_cnt:
      - fetch_limit= HA_POS_ERROR if there is no cursor.
      - when we open a cursor, we set fetch_limit to 0,
      - on each fetch iteration we add num_rows to fetch to fetch_limit
    NOTE: currently always HA_POS_ERROR.
  */
  ha_rows  fetch_limit;

  /* Finally picked QEP. This is result of join optimization */
  POSITION *best_positions;
  POSITION *sort_positions;    /* Temporary space used by greedy_search */
  POSITION *next_sort_position; /* Next free space in sort_positions */

  Pushdown_query *pushdown_query;
  JOIN_TAB *original_join_tab;
  uint	   original_table_count;
  uint	   sort_space;

/******* Join optimization state members start *******/
  /*
    pointer - we're doing optimization for a semi-join materialization nest.
    NULL    - otherwise
  */
  TABLE_LIST *emb_sjm_nest;
  
  /* Current join optimization state */
  POSITION *positions;
  
  /*
    Bitmap of nested joins embedding the position at the end of the current 
    partial join (valid only during join optimizer run).
  */
  nested_join_map cur_embedding_map;
  
  /*
    Bitmap of inner tables of semi-join nests that have a proper subset of
    their tables in the current join prefix. That is, of those semi-join
    nests that have their tables both in and outside of the join prefix.
    (Note: tables that are constants but have not been pulled out of semi-join
    nests are not considered part of semi-join nests)
  */
  table_map cur_sj_inner_tables;

  /* A copy of thd->variables.optimizer_prune_level */
  uint prune_level;
  /*
    If true, do extra heuristic pruning (enabled based on
    optimizer_extra_pruning_depth)
  */
  bool extra_heuristic_pruning;
#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  void dbug_verify_sj_inner_tables(uint n_positions) const;
  int dbug_join_tab_array_size;
#endif

  /*
    We also maintain a stack of join optimization states in join->positions[]
  */
/******* Join optimization state members end *******/

  /*
    Tables within complex firstmatch ranges (i.e. those where inner tables are
    interleaved with outer tables). Join buffering cannot be used for these.
  */
  table_map complex_firstmatch_tables;

  Next_select_func first_select;
  /*
    The cost of best complete join plan found so far during optimization,
    after optimization phase - cost of picked join order (not taking into
    account the changes made by test_if_skip_sort_order()).
  */
  double   best_read;
  /*
    Estimated result rows (fanout) of the join operation. If this is a subquery
    that is reexecuted multiple times, this value includes the estiamted # of
    reexecutions. This value is equal to the multiplication of all
    join->positions[i].records_read of a JOIN.
  */
  double   join_record_count;
  List<Item> *fields;

  /* Used only for FETCH ... WITH TIES to identify peers. */
  List<Cached_item> order_fields;
  /* Used during GROUP BY operations to identify when a group has changed. */
  List<Cached_item> group_fields, group_fields_cache;
  THD	   *thd;
  Item_sum  **sum_funcs, ***sum_funcs_end;
  /** second copy of sumfuncs (for queries with 2 temporary tables */
  Item_sum  **sum_funcs2, ***sum_funcs_end2;
  Procedure *procedure;
  Item	    *having;
  Item      *tmp_having; ///< To store having when processed temporary table
  Item      *having_history; ///< Store having for explain
  ORDER     *group_list_for_estimates;
  bool      having_is_correlated;
  ulonglong  select_options;
  /* 
    Bitmap of allowed types of the join caches that
    can be used for join operations
  */
  uint allowed_join_cache_types;
  bool allowed_semijoin_with_cache;
  bool allowed_outer_join_with_cache;
  /* Maximum level of the join caches that can be used for join operations */ 
  uint max_allowed_join_cache_level;
  select_result *result;
  TMP_TABLE_PARAM tmp_table_param;
  MYSQL_LOCK *lock;
  /// unit structure (with global parameters) for this select
  SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit;
  /// select that processed
  SELECT_LEX *select_lex;
  /** 
    TRUE <=> optimizer must not mark any table as a constant table.
    This is needed for subqueries in form "a IN (SELECT .. UNION SELECT ..):
    when we optimize the select that reads the results of the union from a
    temporary table, we must not mark the temp. table as constant because
    the number of rows in it may vary from one subquery execution to another.
  */
  bool no_const_tables; 
  /*
    This flag is set if we call no_rows_in_result() as par of end_group().
    This is used as a simple speed optimization to avoiding calling
    restore_no_rows_in_result() in ::reinit()
  */
  bool no_rows_in_result_called;

  /**
    This is set if SQL_CALC_ROWS was calculated by filesort()
    and should be taken from the appropriate JOIN_TAB
  */
  bool filesort_found_rows;

  bool subq_exit_fl;
  
  ROLLUP rollup;				///< Used with rollup
  
  bool mixed_implicit_grouping;
  bool select_distinct;				///< Set if SELECT DISTINCT
  /**
    If we have the GROUP BY statement in the query,
    but the group_list was emptied by optimizer, this
    flag is TRUE.
    It happens when fields in the GROUP BY are from
    constant table
  */
  bool group_optimized_away;

  /*
    simple_xxxxx is set if ORDER/GROUP BY doesn't include any references
    to other tables than the first non-constant table in the JOIN.
    It's also set if ORDER/GROUP BY is empty.
    Used for deciding for or against using a temporary table to compute 
    GROUP/ORDER BY.
  */
  bool simple_order, simple_group;

  /*
    ordered_index_usage is set if an ordered index access
    should be used instead of a filesort when computing 
    ORDER/GROUP BY.
  */
  enum
  {
    ordered_index_void,       // No ordered index avail.
    ordered_index_group_by,   // Use index for GROUP BY
    ordered_index_order_by    // Use index for ORDER BY
  } ordered_index_usage;

  /**
    Is set only in case if we have a GROUP BY clause
    and no ORDER BY after constant elimination of 'order'.
  */
  bool no_order;
  /** Is set if we have a GROUP BY and we have ORDER BY on a constant. */
  bool          skip_sort_order;

  bool need_tmp; 
  bool hidden_group_fields;
  /* TRUE if there was full cleunap of the JOIN */
  bool cleaned;
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY keyuse;
  Item::cond_result cond_value, having_value;
  /**
    Impossible where after reading const tables 
    (set in make_join_statistics())
  */
  bool impossible_where; 

  bool prepared;

  /*
    All fields used in the query processing.

    Initially this is a list of fields from the query's SQL text.

    Then, ORDER/GROUP BY and Window Function code add columns that need to
    be saved to be available in the post-group-by context. These extra columns
    are added to the front, because this->fields_list points to the suffix of
    this list.
  */
  List<Item> all_fields;
  ///Above list changed to use temporary table
  List<Item> tmp_all_fields1, tmp_all_fields2, tmp_all_fields3;
  ///Part, shared with list above, emulate following list
  List<Item> tmp_fields_list1, tmp_fields_list2, tmp_fields_list3;

  /*
    The original field list as it was passed to mysql_select(). This refers
    to select_lex->item_list.
    CAUTION: this list is a suffix of this->all_fields list, that is, it shares
    elements with that list!
  */
  List<Item> &fields_list;
  List<Item> procedure_fields_list;
  int error;

  ORDER *order, *group_list, *proc_param; //hold parameters of mysql_select
  COND *conds;                            // ---"---
  Item *conds_history;                    // store WHERE for explain
  COND *outer_ref_cond;       ///<part of conds containing only outer references
  COND *pseudo_bits_cond;     // part of conds containing special bita
  TABLE_LIST *tables_list;           ///<hold 'tables' parameter of mysql_select
  List<TABLE_LIST> *join_list;       ///< list of joined tables in reverse order
  COND_EQUAL *cond_equal;
  COND_EQUAL *having_equal;
  /*
    Constant codition computed during optimization, but evaluated during
    join execution. Typically expensive conditions that should not be
    evaluated at optimization time.
  */
  Item *exec_const_cond;
  /*
    Constant ORDER and/or GROUP expressions that contain subqueries. Such
    expressions need to evaluated to verify that the subquery indeed
    returns a single row. The evaluation of such expressions is delayed
    until query execution.
  */
  List<Item> exec_const_order_group_cond;
  SQL_SELECT *select;                ///<created in optimisation phase
  JOIN_TAB *return_tab;              ///<used only for outer joins

  /*
    Used pointer reference for this select.
    select_lex->ref_pointer_array contains five "slices" of the same length:
    |========|========|========|========|========|
     ref_ptrs items0   items1   items2   items3
   */
  Ref_ptr_array ref_ptrs;
  // Copy of the initial slice above, to be used with different lists
  Ref_ptr_array items0, items1, items2, items3;
  // Used by rollup, to restore ref_ptrs after overwriting it.
  Ref_ptr_array current_ref_ptrs;

  const char *zero_result_cause; ///< not 0 if exec must return zero result
  
  bool union_part; ///< this subselect is part of union 

  enum join_optimization_state { NOT_OPTIMIZED=0,
                                 OPTIMIZATION_IN_PROGRESS=1,
                                 OPTIMIZATION_PHASE_1_DONE=2,
                                 OPTIMIZATION_DONE=3};
  // state of JOIN optimization
  enum join_optimization_state optimization_state;
  bool initialized; ///< flag to avoid double init_execution calls

  Explain_select *explain;
  
  enum { QEP_NOT_PRESENT_YET, QEP_AVAILABLE, QEP_DELETED} have_query_plan;

  // if keep_current_rowid=true, whether they should be saved in temporary table
  bool tmp_table_keep_current_rowid;

  /*
    Additional WHERE and HAVING predicates to be considered for IN=>EXISTS
    subquery transformation of a JOIN object.
  */
  Item *in_to_exists_where;
  Item *in_to_exists_having;
  
  /* Temporary tables used to weed-out semi-join duplicates */
  List<TABLE> sj_tmp_tables;
  /* SJM nests that are executed with SJ-Materialization strategy */
  List<SJ_MATERIALIZATION_INFO> sjm_info_list;

  /** Exec time only: TRUE <=> current group has been sent */
  bool group_sent;
  /**
    TRUE if the query contains an aggregate function but has no GROUP
    BY clause. 
  */
  bool implicit_grouping; 

  bool with_two_phase_optimization;

  /* Saved execution plan for this join */
  Join_plan_state *save_qep;
  /* Info on splittability of the table materialized by this plan*/
  SplM_opt_info *spl_opt_info;
  /* Contains info on keyuses usable for splitting */
  Dynamic_array<KEYUSE_EXT> *ext_keyuses_for_splitting;

  JOIN_TAB *sort_and_group_aggr_tab;
  /*
    Flag is set to true if select_lex was found to be degenerated before
    the optimize_cond() call in JOIN::optimize_inner() method.
  */
  bool is_orig_degenerated;

  JOIN(THD *thd_arg, List<Item> &fields_arg, ulonglong select_options_arg,
       select_result *result_arg)
    :fields_list(fields_arg)
  {
    init(thd_arg, fields_arg, select_options_arg, result_arg);
  }

  void init(THD *thd_arg, List<Item> &fields_arg, ulonglong select_options_arg,
            select_result *result_arg);

  /* True if the plan guarantees that it will be returned zero or one row */
  bool only_const_tables()  { return const_tables == table_count; }
  /* Number of tables actually joined at the top level */
  uint exec_join_tab_cnt() { return tables_list ? top_join_tab_count : 0; }

  /*
    Number of tables in the join which also includes the temporary tables
    created for GROUP BY, DISTINCT , WINDOW FUNCTION etc.
  */
  uint total_join_tab_cnt()
  {
    return exec_join_tab_cnt() + aggr_tables - 1;
  }

  int prepare(TABLE_LIST *tables, COND *conds, uint og_num, ORDER *order,
              bool skip_order_by, ORDER *group, Item *having,
              ORDER *proc_param, SELECT_LEX *select, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit);
  bool prepare_stage2();
  int optimize();
  int optimize_inner();
  int optimize_stage2();
  int optimize_stage2_and_finish();
  bool build_explain();
  int reinit();
  int init_execution();
  int exec() __attribute__((warn_unused_result));
  int exec_inner();
  bool prepare_result(List<Item> **columns_list);
  int destroy();
  void restore_tmp();
  bool alloc_func_list();
  bool flatten_subqueries();
  bool optimize_unflattened_subqueries();
  bool make_range_rowid_filters();
  bool init_range_rowid_filters();
  bool make_sum_func_list(List<Item> &all_fields, List<Item> &send_fields,
			  bool before_group_by);

  /// Initialzes a slice, see comments for ref_ptrs above.
  Ref_ptr_array ref_ptr_array_slice(size_t slice_num)
  {
    size_t slice_sz= select_lex->ref_pointer_array.size() / 5U;
    DBUG_ASSERT(select_lex->ref_pointer_array.size() % 5 == 0);
    DBUG_ASSERT(slice_num < 5U);
    return Ref_ptr_array(&select_lex->ref_pointer_array[slice_num * slice_sz],
                         slice_sz);
  }

  /**
     Overwrites one slice with the contents of another slice.
     In the normal case, dst and src have the same size().
     However: the rollup slices may have smaller size than slice_sz.
   */
  void copy_ref_ptr_array(Ref_ptr_array dst_arr, Ref_ptr_array src_arr)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(dst_arr.size() >= src_arr.size());
    if (src_arr.size() == 0)
      return;

    void *dest= dst_arr.array();
    const void *src= src_arr.array();
    memcpy(dest, src, src_arr.size() * src_arr.element_size());
  }

  /// Overwrites 'ref_ptrs' and remembers the source as 'current'.
  void set_items_ref_array(Ref_ptr_array src_arr)
  {
    copy_ref_ptr_array(ref_ptrs, src_arr);
    current_ref_ptrs= src_arr;
  }

  /// Initializes 'items0' and remembers that it is 'current'.
  void init_items_ref_array()
  {
    items0= ref_ptr_array_slice(1);
    copy_ref_ptr_array(items0, ref_ptrs);
    current_ref_ptrs= items0;
  }

  bool rollup_init();
  bool rollup_process_const_fields();
  bool rollup_make_fields(List<Item> &all_fields, List<Item> &fields,
			  Item_sum ***func);
  int rollup_send_data(uint idx);
  int rollup_write_data(uint idx, TMP_TABLE_PARAM *tmp_table_param, TABLE *table);
  void join_free();
  /** Cleanup this JOIN, possibly for reuse */
  void cleanup(bool full);
  void clear(table_map *cleared_tables);
  void inline clear_sum_funcs();
  bool send_row_on_empty_set()
  {
    return (do_send_rows && implicit_grouping && !group_optimized_away &&
            having_value != Item::COND_FALSE);
  }
  bool empty_result() { return (zero_result_cause && !implicit_grouping); }
  bool change_result(select_result *new_result, select_result *old_result);
  bool is_top_level_join() const
  {
    return (unit == &thd->lex->unit && (unit->fake_select_lex == 0 ||
                                        select_lex == unit->fake_select_lex));
  }
  void cache_const_exprs();
  inline table_map all_tables_map()
  {
    return (table_map(1) << table_count) - 1;
  }
  void drop_unused_derived_keys();
  bool get_best_combination();
  bool add_sorting_to_table(JOIN_TAB *tab, ORDER *order);
  inline void eval_select_list_used_tables();
  /* 
    Return the table for which an index scan can be used to satisfy 
    the sort order needed by the ORDER BY/(implicit) GROUP BY clause 
  */
  JOIN_TAB *get_sort_by_join_tab()
  {
    return (need_tmp || !sort_by_table || skip_sort_order ||
            ((group || tmp_table_param.sum_func_count) && !group_list)) ?
              NULL : join_tab+const_tables;
  }
  bool setup_subquery_caches();
  bool shrink_join_buffers(JOIN_TAB *jt, 
                           ulonglong curr_space,
                           ulonglong needed_space);
  void set_allowed_join_cache_types();
  bool is_allowed_hash_join_access()
  { 
    return MY_TEST(allowed_join_cache_types & JOIN_CACHE_HASHED_BIT) &&
           max_allowed_join_cache_level > JOIN_CACHE_HASHED_BIT;
  }
  /*
    Check if we need to create a temporary table.
    This has to be done if all tables are not already read (const tables)
    and one of the following conditions holds:
    - We are using DISTINCT (simple distinct's are already optimized away)
    - We are using an ORDER BY or GROUP BY on fields not in the first table
    - We are using different ORDER BY and GROUP BY orders
    - The user wants us to buffer the result.
    - We are using WINDOW functions.
    When the WITH ROLLUP modifier is present, we cannot skip temporary table
    creation for the DISTINCT clause just because there are only const tables.
  */
  bool test_if_need_tmp_table()
  {
    return ((const_tables != table_count &&
	    ((select_distinct || !simple_order || !simple_group) ||
	     (group_list && order) ||
             MY_TEST(select_options & OPTION_BUFFER_RESULT))) ||
            (rollup.state != ROLLUP::STATE_NONE && select_distinct) ||
            select_lex->have_window_funcs());
  }
  bool choose_subquery_plan(table_map join_tables);
  void get_partial_cost_and_fanout(int end_tab_idx,
                                   table_map filter_map,
                                   double *read_time_arg, 
                                   double *record_count_arg);
  void get_prefix_cost_and_fanout(uint n_tables, 
                                  double *read_time_arg,
                                  double *record_count_arg);
  double get_examined_rows();
  /* defined in opt_subselect.cc */
  bool transform_max_min_subquery();
  /* True if this JOIN is a subquery under an IN predicate. */
  bool is_in_subquery()
  {
    return (unit->item && unit->item->is_in_predicate());
  }
  bool save_explain_data(Explain_query *output, bool can_overwrite,
                         bool need_tmp_table, bool need_order, bool distinct);
  int save_explain_data_intern(Explain_query *output, bool need_tmp_table,
                               bool need_order, bool distinct,
                               const char *message);
  JOIN_TAB *first_breadth_first_tab() { return join_tab; }
  bool check_two_phase_optimization(THD *thd);
  bool inject_cond_into_where(Item *injected_cond);
  bool check_for_splittable_materialized();
  void add_keyuses_for_splitting();
  bool inject_best_splitting_cond(table_map remaining_tables);
  bool fix_all_splittings_in_plan();
  bool inject_splitting_cond_for_all_tables_with_split_opt();
  void make_notnull_conds_for_range_scans();

  bool transform_in_predicates_into_in_subq(THD *thd);

  bool optimize_upper_rownum_func();
  void calc_allowed_top_level_tables(SELECT_LEX *lex);
  table_map get_allowed_nj_tables(uint idx);

private:
  /**
    Create a temporary table to be used for processing DISTINCT/ORDER
    BY/GROUP BY.

    @note Will modify JOIN object wrt sort/group attributes

    @param tab              the JOIN_TAB object to attach created table to
    @param tmp_table_fields List of items that will be used to define
                            column types of the table.
    @param tmp_table_group  Group key to use for temporary table, NULL if none.
    @param save_sum_fields  If true, do not replace Item_sum items in 
                            @c tmp_fields list with Item_field items referring 
                            to fields in temporary table.

    @returns false on success, true on failure
  */
  bool create_postjoin_aggr_table(JOIN_TAB *tab, List<Item> *tmp_table_fields,
                                  ORDER *tmp_table_group,
                                  bool save_sum_fields,
                                  bool distinct,
                                  bool keep_row_ordermake);
  /**
    Optimize distinct when used on a subset of the tables.

    E.g.,: SELECT DISTINCT t1.a FROM t1,t2 WHERE t1.b=t2.b
    In this case we can stop scanning t2 when we have found one t1.a
  */
  void optimize_distinct();

  void cleanup_item_list(List<Item> &items) const;
  bool add_having_as_table_cond(JOIN_TAB *tab);
  bool make_aggr_tables_info();
  bool add_fields_for_current_rowid(JOIN_TAB *cur, List<Item> *fields);
  void free_pushdown_handlers(List<TABLE_LIST>& join_list);
  void init_join_cache_and_keyread();
  bool prepare_sum_aggregators(THD *thd,Item_sum **func_ptr,
                               bool need_distinct);
  bool transform_in_predicates_into_equalities(THD *thd);
  bool transform_date_conds_into_sargable();
  bool transform_all_conds_and_on_exprs(THD *thd,
                                        Item_transformer transformer);
  bool transform_all_conds_and_on_exprs_in_join_list(THD *thd,
                                                 List<TABLE_LIST> *join_list,
                                                 Item_transformer transformer);
};

enum enum_with_bush_roots { WITH_BUSH_ROOTS, WITHOUT_BUSH_ROOTS};
enum enum_with_const_tables { WITH_CONST_TABLES, WITHOUT_CONST_TABLES};

JOIN_TAB *first_linear_tab(JOIN *join,
                           enum enum_with_bush_roots include_bush_roots,
                           enum enum_with_const_tables const_tbls);
JOIN_TAB *next_linear_tab(JOIN* join, JOIN_TAB* tab, 
                          enum enum_with_bush_roots include_bush_roots);

JOIN_TAB *first_top_level_tab(JOIN *join, enum enum_with_const_tables with_const);
JOIN_TAB *next_top_level_tab(JOIN *join, JOIN_TAB *tab);

typedef struct st_select_check {
  uint const_ref,reg_ref;
} SELECT_CHECK;

extern const char *join_type_str[];

/* Extern functions in sql_select.cc */
void count_field_types(SELECT_LEX *select_lex, TMP_TABLE_PARAM *param, 
                       List<Item> &fields, bool reset_with_sum_func);
bool setup_copy_fields(THD *thd, TMP_TABLE_PARAM *param,
		       Ref_ptr_array ref_pointer_array,
		       List<Item> &new_list1, List<Item> &new_list2,
		       uint elements, List<Item> &fields);
void copy_fields(TMP_TABLE_PARAM *param);
bool copy_funcs(Item **func_ptr, const THD *thd);
uint find_shortest_key(TABLE *table, const key_map *usable_keys);
bool is_indexed_agg_distinct(JOIN *join, List<Item_field> *out_args);

/* functions from opt_sum.cc */
bool simple_pred(Item_func *func_item, Item **args, bool *inv_order);
int opt_sum_query(THD* thd,
                  List<TABLE_LIST> &tables, List<Item> &all_fields, COND *conds);

/* from sql_delete.cc, used by opt_range.cc */
extern "C" int refpos_order_cmp(void *arg, const void *a,const void *b);

/** class to copying an field/item to a key struct */

class store_key :public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  bool null_key; /* TRUE <=> the value of the key has a null part */
  enum store_key_result { STORE_KEY_OK, STORE_KEY_FATAL, STORE_KEY_CONV };
  enum Type { FIELD_STORE_KEY, ITEM_STORE_KEY, CONST_ITEM_STORE_KEY };
  store_key(THD *thd, Field *field_arg, uchar *ptr, uchar *null, uint length)
    :null_key(0), null_ptr(null), err(0)
  {
    to_field=field_arg->new_key_field(thd->mem_root, field_arg->table,
                                      ptr, length, null, 1);
  }
  store_key(store_key &arg)
    :Sql_alloc(), null_key(arg.null_key), to_field(arg.to_field),
             null_ptr(arg.null_ptr), err(arg.err)

  {}
  virtual ~store_key() = default;			/** Not actually needed */
  virtual enum Type type() const=0;
  virtual const char *name() const=0;
  virtual bool store_key_is_const() { return false; }

  /**
    @brief sets ignore truncation warnings mode and calls the real copy method

    @details this function makes sure truncation warnings when preparing the
    key buffers don't end up as errors (because of an enclosing INSERT/UPDATE).
  */
  enum store_key_result copy(THD *thd)
  {
    enum_check_fields org_count_cuted_fields= thd->count_cuted_fields;
    Use_relaxed_field_copy urfc(to_field->table->in_use);

    /* If needed, perform CharsetNarrowing for making ref access lookup keys. */
    Utf8_narrow do_narrow(to_field, do_cset_narrowing);

    store_key_result result= copy_inner();

    do_narrow.stop();

    thd->count_cuted_fields= org_count_cuted_fields;
    return result;
  }

 protected:
  Field *to_field;				// Store data here
  uchar *null_ptr;
  uchar err;

  /*
    This is set to true if we need to do Charset Narrowing when making a lookup
    key.
  */
  bool do_cset_narrowing= false;

  virtual enum store_key_result copy_inner()=0;
};


class store_key_field: public store_key
{
  Copy_field copy_field;
  const char *field_name;
 public:
  store_key_field(THD *thd, Field *to_field_arg, uchar *ptr,
                  uchar *null_ptr_arg,
		  uint length, Field *from_field, const char *name_arg)
    :store_key(thd, to_field_arg,ptr,
	       null_ptr_arg ? null_ptr_arg : from_field->maybe_null() ? &err
	       : (uchar*) 0, length), field_name(name_arg)
  {
    if (to_field)
    {
      copy_field.set(to_field,from_field,0);
      setup_charset_narrowing();
    }
  }  

  enum Type type() const override { return FIELD_STORE_KEY; }
  const char *name() const override { return field_name; }

  void change_source_field(Item_field *fld_item)
  {
    copy_field.set(to_field, fld_item->field, 0);
    field_name= fld_item->full_name();
    setup_charset_narrowing();
  }

  /* Setup CharsetNarrowing if necessary */
  void setup_charset_narrowing()
  {
    do_cset_narrowing=
      Utf8_narrow::should_do_narrowing(copy_field.to_field,
                                            copy_field.from_field->charset());
  }

 protected: 
  enum store_key_result copy_inner() override
  {
    TABLE *table= copy_field.to_field->table;
    MY_BITMAP *old_map= dbug_tmp_use_all_columns(table,
                                                 &table->write_set);

    /* 
      It looks like the next statement is needed only for a simplified
      hash function over key values used now in BNLH join.
      When the implementation of this function will be replaced for a proper
      full version this statement probably should be removed.
    */  
    bzero(copy_field.to_ptr,copy_field.to_length);

    copy_field.do_copy(&copy_field);
    dbug_tmp_restore_column_map(&table->write_set, old_map);
    null_key= to_field->is_null();
    return err != 0 ? STORE_KEY_FATAL : STORE_KEY_OK;
  }
};


class store_key_item :public store_key
{
 protected:
  Item *item;
  /*
    Flag that forces usage of save_val() method which save value of the
    item instead of save_in_field() method which saves result.
  */
  bool use_value;
public:
  store_key_item(THD *thd, Field *to_field_arg, uchar *ptr,
                 uchar *null_ptr_arg, uint length, Item *item_arg, bool val)
    :store_key(thd, to_field_arg, ptr,
	       null_ptr_arg ? null_ptr_arg : item_arg->maybe_null() ?
	       &err : (uchar*) 0, length), item(item_arg), use_value(val)
  {
    /* Setup CharsetNarrowing to be done if necessary */
    do_cset_narrowing=
      Utf8_narrow::should_do_narrowing(to_field,
                                       item->collation.collation);
  }
  store_key_item(store_key &arg, Item *new_item, bool val)
    :store_key(arg), item(new_item), use_value(val)
  {}


  enum Type type() const override { return ITEM_STORE_KEY; }
  const char *name() const override { return "func"; }

 protected:  
  enum store_key_result copy_inner() override
  {
    TABLE *table= to_field->table;
    MY_BITMAP *old_map= dbug_tmp_use_all_columns(table,
                                                 &table->write_set);
    int res= FALSE;

    /* 
      It looks like the next statement is needed only for a simplified
      hash function over key values used now in BNLH join.
      When the implementation of this function will be replaced for a proper
      full version this statement probably should be removed.
    */  
    to_field->reset();

    if (use_value)
      item->save_val(to_field);
    else
      res= item->save_in_field(to_field, 1);
    /*
     Item::save_in_field() may call Item::val_xxx(). And if this is a subquery
     we need to check for errors executing it and react accordingly
    */
    if (!res && table->in_use->is_error())
      res= 1; /* STORE_KEY_FATAL */
    dbug_tmp_restore_column_map(&table->write_set, old_map);
    null_key= to_field->is_null() || item->null_value;
    return ((err != 0 || res < 0 || res > 2) ? STORE_KEY_FATAL : 
            (store_key_result) res);
  }
};


class store_key_const_item :public store_key_item
{
  bool inited;
public:
  store_key_const_item(THD *thd, Field *to_field_arg, uchar *ptr,
		       uchar *null_ptr_arg, uint length,
		       Item *item_arg)
    :store_key_item(thd, to_field_arg, ptr,
		    null_ptr_arg ? null_ptr_arg : item_arg->maybe_null() ?
		    &err : (uchar*) 0, length, item_arg, FALSE), inited(0)
  {
  }
  store_key_const_item(store_key &arg, Item *new_item)
    :store_key_item(arg, new_item, FALSE), inited(0)
  {}

  enum Type type() const override { return CONST_ITEM_STORE_KEY; }
  const char *name() const override { return "const"; }
  bool store_key_is_const() override { return true; }

protected:  
  enum store_key_result copy_inner() override
  {
    int res;
    if (!inited)
    {
      inited=1;
      TABLE *table= to_field->table;
      MY_BITMAP *old_map= dbug_tmp_use_all_columns(table,
                                                   &table->write_set);
      if ((res= item->save_in_field(to_field, 1)))
      {       
        if (!err)
          err= res < 0 ? 1 : res; /* 1=STORE_KEY_FATAL */
      }
      /*
        Item::save_in_field() may call Item::val_xxx(). And if this is a subquery
        we need to check for errors executing it and react accordingly
        */
      if (!err && to_field->table->in_use->is_error())
        err= 1; /* STORE_KEY_FATAL */
      dbug_tmp_restore_column_map(&table->write_set, old_map);
    }
    null_key= to_field->is_null() || item->null_value;
    return (err > 2 ? STORE_KEY_FATAL : (store_key_result) err);
  }
};

void best_access_path(JOIN *join, JOIN_TAB *s,
                      table_map remaining_tables,
                      const POSITION *join_positions, uint idx,
                      bool disable_jbuf, double record_count,
                      POSITION *pos, POSITION *loose_scan_pos);
bool cp_buffer_from_ref(THD *thd, TABLE *table, TABLE_REF *ref);
bool error_if_full_join(JOIN *join);
int report_error(TABLE *table, int error);
int safe_index_read(JOIN_TAB *tab);
int get_quick_record(SQL_SELECT *select);
int setup_order(THD *thd, Ref_ptr_array ref_pointer_array, TABLE_LIST *tables,
                List<Item> &fields, List <Item> &all_fields, ORDER *order,
                bool from_window_spec= false);
int setup_group(THD *thd,  Ref_ptr_array ref_pointer_array, TABLE_LIST *tables,
		List<Item> &fields, List<Item> &all_fields, ORDER *order,
		bool *hidden_group_fields, bool from_window_spec= false);
bool fix_inner_refs(THD *thd, List<Item> &all_fields, SELECT_LEX *select,
                    Ref_ptr_array ref_pointer_array);
int join_read_key2(THD *thd, struct st_join_table *tab, TABLE *table,
                   struct st_table_ref *table_ref);

bool handle_select(THD *thd, LEX *lex, select_result *result,
                   ulonglong setup_tables_done_option);
bool mysql_select(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tables, List<Item> &list,
                  COND *conds, uint og_num, ORDER *order, ORDER *group,
                  Item *having, ORDER *proc_param, ulonglong select_type, 
                  select_result *result, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit, 
                  SELECT_LEX *select_lex);
void free_underlaid_joins(THD *thd, SELECT_LEX *select);
bool mysql_explain_union(THD *thd, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit,
                         select_result *result);

/*
  General routine to change field->ptr of a NULL-terminated array of Field
  objects. Useful when needed to call val_int, val_str or similar and the
  field data is not in table->record[0] but in some other structure.
  set_key_field_ptr changes all fields of an index using a key_info object.
  All methods presume that there is at least one field to change.
*/


class Virtual_tmp_table: public TABLE
{
  /**
    Destruct collected fields. This method can be called on errors,
    when we could not make the virtual temporary table completely,
    e.g. when some of the fields could not be created or added.

    This is needed to avoid memory leaks, as some fields can be BLOB
    variants and thus can have String onboard. Strings must be destructed
    as they store data on the heap (not on MEM_ROOT).
  */
  void destruct_fields()
  {
    for (uint i= 0; i < s->fields; i++)
    {
      field[i]->free();
      delete field[i];  // to invoke the field destructor
    }
    s->fields= 0;       // safety
  }

protected:
  /**
     The number of the fields that are going to be in the table.
     We remember the number of the fields at init() time, and
     at open() we check that all of the fields were really added.
  */
  uint m_alloced_field_count;

  /**
    Setup field pointers and null-bit pointers.
  */
  void setup_field_pointers();

public:
  /**
    Create a new empty virtual temporary table on the thread mem_root.
    After creation, the caller must:
    - call init()
    - populate the table with new fields using add().
    - call open().
    @param thd         - Current thread.
  */
  static void *operator new(size_t size, THD *thd) throw();
  static void operator delete(void *ptr, size_t size) { TRASH_FREE(ptr, size); }
  static void operator delete(void *, THD *) throw(){}

  Virtual_tmp_table(THD *thd) : m_alloced_field_count(0)
  {
    reset();
    temp_pool_slot= MY_BIT_NONE;
    in_use= thd;
    copy_blobs= true;
    alias.set("", 0, &my_charset_bin);
  }

  ~Virtual_tmp_table()
  {
    if (s)
      destruct_fields();
  }

  /**
    Allocate components for the given number of fields.
     - fields[]
     - s->blob_fields[],
     - bitmaps: def_read_set, def_write_set, tmp_set, eq_join_set, cond_set.
    @param field_count - The number of fields we plan to add to the table.
    @returns false     - on success.
    @returns true      - on error.
  */
  bool init(uint field_count);

  /**
    Add one Field to the end of the field array, update members:
    s->reclength, s->fields, s->blob_fields, s->null_fuelds.
  */
  bool add(Field *new_field)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(s->fields < m_alloced_field_count);
    new_field->init(this);
    field[s->fields]= new_field;
    s->reclength+= new_field->pack_length();
    if (!(new_field->flags & NOT_NULL_FLAG))
      s->null_fields++;
    if (new_field->flags & BLOB_FLAG)
    {
      // Note, s->blob_fields was incremented in Field_blob::Field_blob
      DBUG_ASSERT(s->blob_fields);
      DBUG_ASSERT(s->blob_fields <= m_alloced_field_count);
      s->blob_field[s->blob_fields - 1]= s->fields;
    }
    new_field->field_index= s->fields++;
    return false;
  }

  /**
    Add fields from a Spvar_definition list
    @returns false - on success.
    @returns true  - on error.
  */
  bool add(List<Spvar_definition> &field_list);

  /**
    Open a virtual table for read/write:
    - Setup end markers in TABLE::field and TABLE_SHARE::blob_fields,
    - Allocate a buffer in TABLE::record[0].
    - Set field pointers (Field::ptr, Field::null_pos, Field::null_bit) to
      the allocated record.
    This method is called when all of the fields have been added to the table.
    After calling this method the table is ready for read and write operations.
    @return false - on success
    @return true  - on error (e.g. could not allocate the record buffer).
  */
  bool open();

  void set_all_fields_to_null()
  {
    for (uint i= 0; i < s->fields; i++)
      field[i]->set_null();
  }
  /**
    Set all fields from a compatible item list.
    The number of fields in "this" must be equal to the number
    of elements in "value".
  */
  bool sp_set_all_fields_from_item_list(THD *thd, List<Item> &items);

  /**
    Set all fields from a compatible item.
    The number of fields in "this" must be the same with the number
    of elements in "value".
  */
  bool sp_set_all_fields_from_item(THD *thd, Item *value);

  /**
    Find a ROW element index by its name
    Assumes that "this" is used as a storage for a ROW-type SP variable.
    @param [OUT] idx        - the index of the found field is returned here
    @param [IN]  field_name - find a field with this name
    @return      true       - on error (the field was not found)
    @return      false      - on success (idx[0] was set to the field index)
  */
  bool sp_find_field_by_name(uint *idx, const LEX_CSTRING &name) const;

  /**
    Find a ROW element index by its name.
    If the element is not found, and error is issued.
    @param [OUT] idx        - the index of the found field is returned here
    @param [IN]  var_name   - the name of the ROW variable (for error reporting)
    @param [IN]  field_name - find a field with this name
    @return      true       - on error (the field was not found)
    @return      false      - on success (idx[0] was set to the field index)
  */
  bool sp_find_field_by_name_or_error(uint *idx,
                                      const LEX_CSTRING &var_name,
                                      const LEX_CSTRING &field_name) const;
};


/**
  Create a reduced TABLE object with properly set up Field list from a
  list of field definitions.

    The created table doesn't have a table handler associated with
    it, has no keys, no group/distinct, no copy_funcs array.
    The sole purpose of this TABLE object is to use the power of Field
    class to read/write data to/from table->record[0]. Then one can store
    the record in any container (RB tree, hash, etc).
    The table is created in THD mem_root, so are the table's fields.
    Consequently, if you don't BLOB fields, you don't need to free it.

  @param thd         connection handle
  @param field_list  list of column definitions

  @return
    0 if out of memory, or a
    TABLE object ready for read and write in case of success
*/

inline Virtual_tmp_table *
create_virtual_tmp_table(THD *thd, List<Spvar_definition> &field_list)
{
  Virtual_tmp_table *table;
  if (!(table= new(thd) Virtual_tmp_table(thd)))
    return NULL;

  /*
    If "simulate_create_virtual_tmp_table_out_of_memory" debug option
    is enabled, we now enable "simulate_out_of_memory". This effectively
    makes table->init() fail on OOM inside multi_alloc_root().
    This is done to test that ~Virtual_tmp_table() called from the "delete"
    below correcly handles OOM.
  */
  DBUG_EXECUTE_IF("simulate_create_virtual_tmp_table_out_of_memory",
                  DBUG_SET("+d,simulate_out_of_memory"););

  if (table->init(field_list.elements) ||
      table->add(field_list) ||
      table->open())
  {
    delete table;
    return NULL;
  }
  return table;
}


/**
  Create a new virtual temporary table consisting of a single field.
  SUM(DISTINCT expr) and similar numeric aggregate functions use this.
  @param thd    - Current thread
  @param field  - The field that will be added into the table.
  @return NULL  - On error.
  @return !NULL - A pointer to the created table that is ready
                  for read and write.
*/
inline TABLE *
create_virtual_tmp_table(THD *thd, Field *field)
{
  Virtual_tmp_table *table;
  DBUG_ASSERT(field);
  if (!(table= new(thd) Virtual_tmp_table(thd)))
    return NULL;
  if (table->init(1) ||
      table->add(field) ||
      table->open())
  {
    delete table;
    return NULL;
  }
  return table;
}


int test_if_item_cache_changed(List<Cached_item> &list);
int join_init_read_record(JOIN_TAB *tab);
void set_position(JOIN *join,uint idx,JOIN_TAB *table,KEYUSE *key);
inline Item * and_items(THD *thd, Item* cond, Item *item)
{
  return (cond ? (new (thd->mem_root) Item_cond_and(thd, cond, item)) : item);
}
inline Item * or_items(THD *thd, Item* cond, Item *item)
{
  return (cond ? (new (thd->mem_root) Item_cond_or(thd, cond, item)) : item);
}
bool choose_plan(JOIN *join, table_map join_tables, TABLE_LIST *emb_sjm_nest);
void optimize_wo_join_buffering(JOIN *join, uint first_tab, uint last_tab, 
                                table_map last_remaining_tables, 
                                bool first_alt, uint no_jbuf_before,
                                double *outer_rec_count, double *reopt_cost);
Item_equal *find_item_equal(COND_EQUAL *cond_equal, Field *field,
                            bool *inherited_fl);
extern bool test_if_ref(Item *, 
                 Item_field *left_item,Item *right_item);

inline bool optimizer_flag(const THD *thd, ulonglong flag)
{ 
  return (thd->variables.optimizer_switch & flag);
}

/*
int print_fake_select_lex_join(select_result_sink *result, bool on_the_fly,
                               SELECT_LEX *select_lex, uint8 select_options);
*/

uint get_index_for_order(ORDER *order, TABLE *table, SQL_SELECT *select,
                         ha_rows limit, ha_rows *scanned_limit, 
                         bool *need_sort, bool *reverse);
ORDER *simple_remove_const(ORDER *order, COND *where);
bool const_expression_in_where(COND *cond, Item *comp_item,
                               Field *comp_field= NULL,
                               Item **const_item= NULL);
bool cond_is_datetime_is_null(Item *cond);
bool cond_has_datetime_is_null(Item *cond);

/* Table elimination entry point function */
void eliminate_tables(JOIN *join);

/* Index Condition Pushdown entry point function */
void push_index_cond(JOIN_TAB *tab, uint keyno);

#define OPT_LINK_EQUAL_FIELDS    1

/* EXPLAIN-related utility functions */
int print_explain_message_line(select_result_sink *result, 
                               uint8 options, bool is_analyze,
                               uint select_number,
                               const char *select_type,
                               ha_rows *rows,
                               const char *message);
void explain_append_mrr_info(QUICK_RANGE_SELECT *quick, String *res);
int append_possible_keys(MEM_ROOT *alloc, String_list &list, TABLE *table, 
                         key_map possible_keys);
void unpack_to_base_table_fields(TABLE *table);

/****************************************************************************
  Temporary table support for SQL Runtime
 ***************************************************************************/

#define STRING_TOTAL_LENGTH_TO_PACK_ROWS 128
#define AVG_STRING_LENGTH_TO_PACK_ROWS   64
#define RATIO_TO_PACK_ROWS	       2
#define MIN_STRING_LENGTH_TO_PACK_ROWS   10

void calc_group_buffer(TMP_TABLE_PARAM *param, ORDER *group);
TABLE *create_tmp_table(THD *thd,TMP_TABLE_PARAM *param,List<Item> &fields,
			ORDER *group, bool distinct, bool save_sum_fields,
			ulonglong select_options, ha_rows rows_limit,
                        const LEX_CSTRING *alias, bool do_not_open=FALSE,
                        bool keep_row_order= FALSE);
TABLE *create_tmp_table_for_schema(THD *thd, TMP_TABLE_PARAM *param,
                                   const ST_SCHEMA_TABLE &schema_table,
                                   longlong select_options,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING &alias,
                                   bool do_not_open, bool keep_row_order);

void free_tmp_table(THD *thd, TABLE *entry);
bool create_internal_tmp_table_from_heap(THD *thd, TABLE *table,
                                         TMP_ENGINE_COLUMNDEF *start_recinfo,
                                         TMP_ENGINE_COLUMNDEF **recinfo, 
                                         int error, bool ignore_last_dupp_key_error,
                                         bool *is_duplicate);
bool create_internal_tmp_table(TABLE *table, KEY *keyinfo, 
                               TMP_ENGINE_COLUMNDEF *start_recinfo,
                               TMP_ENGINE_COLUMNDEF **recinfo, 
                               ulonglong options);
bool instantiate_tmp_table(TABLE *table, KEY *keyinfo, 
                           TMP_ENGINE_COLUMNDEF *start_recinfo,
                           TMP_ENGINE_COLUMNDEF **recinfo,
                           ulonglong options);
bool open_tmp_table(TABLE *table);
void fix_list_after_tbl_changes(SELECT_LEX *new_parent, List<TABLE_LIST> *tlist);
void optimize_keyuse(JOIN *join, DYNAMIC_ARRAY *keyuse_array);
bool sort_and_filter_keyuse(JOIN *join, DYNAMIC_ARRAY *keyuse,
                            bool skip_unprefixed_keyparts);

struct TMPTABLE_COSTS
{
  double create;
  double lookup;
  double write;
  double avg_io_cost;
  double cache_hit_ratio;
  double block_size;
};

TMPTABLE_COSTS get_tmp_table_costs(THD *thd, double row_count, uint row_size,
                                   bool blobs_used, bool add_row_copy_cost);

struct st_cond_statistic
{
  Item *cond;
  Field *field_arg;
  ulong positive;
};
typedef struct st_cond_statistic COND_STATISTIC;

ulong check_selectivity(THD *thd,
                        ulong rows_to_read,
                        TABLE *table,
                        List<COND_STATISTIC> *conds);

class Pushdown_query: public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  SELECT_LEX *select_lex;
  bool store_data_in_temp_table;
  group_by_handler *handler;
  Item *having;

  Pushdown_query(SELECT_LEX *select_lex_arg, group_by_handler *handler_arg)
    : select_lex(select_lex_arg), store_data_in_temp_table(0),
    handler(handler_arg), having(0) {}

  ~Pushdown_query() { delete handler; }

  /* Function that calls the above scan functions */
  int execute(JOIN *);
};

class derived_handler;

class Pushdown_derived: public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  TABLE_LIST *derived;
  derived_handler *handler;

  Pushdown_derived(TABLE_LIST *tbl, derived_handler *h);

  int execute(); 
};


class select_handler;


bool test_if_order_compatible(SQL_I_List<ORDER> &a, SQL_I_List<ORDER> &b);
int test_if_group_changed(List<Cached_item> &list);
int create_sort_index(THD *thd, JOIN *join, JOIN_TAB *tab, Filesort *fsort);

JOIN_TAB *first_explain_order_tab(JOIN* join);
JOIN_TAB *next_explain_order_tab(JOIN* join, JOIN_TAB* tab);

bool is_eliminated_table(table_map eliminated_tables, TABLE_LIST *tbl);

bool check_simple_equality(THD *thd, const Item::Context &ctx,
                           Item *left_item, Item *right_item,
                           COND_EQUAL *cond_equal);

void propagate_new_equalities(THD *thd, Item *cond,
                              List<Item_equal> *new_equalities,
                              COND_EQUAL *inherited,
                              bool *is_simplifiable_cond);

#define PREV_BITS(type, N_BITS) ((type)my_set_bits(N_BITS))

double estimate_post_group_cardinality(JOIN *join, double join_output_card);

bool dbug_user_var_equals_str(THD *thd, const char *name, const char *value);

#endif /* SQL_SELECT_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2017, MariaDB corporation

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
*/

#ifndef SQL_SEQUENCE_INCLUDED
#define SQL_SEQUENCE_INCLUDED

#define seq_field_used_min_value 1
#define seq_field_used_max_value 2
#define seq_field_used_start     4
#define seq_field_used_increment 8
#define seq_field_used_cache     16
#define seq_field_used_cycle     32
#define seq_field_used_restart   64
#define seq_field_used_restart_value 128

/* Field position in sequence table for some fields we refer to directly */
#define NEXT_FIELD_NO 0
#define MIN_VALUE_FIELD_NO 1
#define ROUND_FIELD_NO 7

/**
   sequence_definition is used when defining a sequence as part of create
*/

class sequence_definition :public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  sequence_definition():
    min_value(1), max_value(LONGLONG_MAX-1), start(1), increment(1),
      cache(1000), round(0), restart(0), cycle(0), used_fields(0)
  {}
  longlong reserved_until;
  longlong min_value;
  longlong max_value;
  longlong start;
  longlong increment;
  longlong cache;
  ulonglong round;
  longlong restart;              // alter sequence restart value
  bool     cycle;
  uint used_fields;              // Which fields where used in CREATE

  bool check_and_adjust(bool set_reserved_until);
  void store_fields(TABLE *table);
  void read_fields(TABLE *table);
  int write_initial_sequence(TABLE *table);
  int write(TABLE *table, bool all_fields);
  /* This must be called after sequence data has been updated */
  void adjust_values(longlong next_value);
  inline void print_dbug()
  {
    DBUG_PRINT("sequence", ("reserved: %lld  start: %lld  increment: %lld  min_value: %lld  max_value: %lld  cache: %lld  round: %lld",
                      reserved_until, start, increment, min_value,
                        max_value, cache, round));
  }
protected:
  /*
    The following values are the values from sequence_definition
    merged with global auto_increment_offset and auto_increment_increment
  */
  longlong real_increment;
  longlong next_free_value;
};

/**
  SEQUENCE is in charge of managing the sequence values.
  It's also responsible to generate new values and updating the sequence
  table (engine=SQL_SEQUENCE) trough it's specialized handler interface.

  If increment is 0 then the sequence will be using
  auto_increment_increment and auto_increment_offset variables, just like
  AUTO_INCREMENT is using.
*/

class SEQUENCE :public sequence_definition
{
public:
  enum seq_init { SEQ_UNINTIALIZED, SEQ_IN_PREPARE, SEQ_IN_ALTER,
                  SEQ_READY_TO_USE };
  SEQUENCE();
  ~SEQUENCE();
  int  read_initial_values(TABLE *table);
  int  read_stored_values(TABLE *table);
  void write_lock(TABLE *table);
  void write_unlock(TABLE *table);
  void read_lock(TABLE *table);
  void read_unlock(TABLE *table);
  void copy(sequence_definition *seq)
  {
    sequence_definition::operator= (*seq);
    adjust_values(reserved_until);
    all_values_used= 0;
  }
  longlong next_value(TABLE *table, bool second_round, int *error);
  int set_value(TABLE *table, longlong next_value, ulonglong round_arg,
                bool is_used);
  longlong increment_value(longlong value)
  {
    if (real_increment > 0)
    {
      if (value > max_value - real_increment ||
          value + real_increment > max_value)
        value= max_value + 1;
      else
        value+= real_increment;
    }
    else
    {
      if (value + real_increment < min_value ||
          value < min_value - real_increment)
        value= min_value - 1;
      else
        value+= real_increment;
    }
    return value;
  }

  bool all_values_used;
  seq_init initialized;

private:
  mysql_rwlock_t mutex;
};


/**
  Class to cache last value of NEXT VALUE from the sequence
*/

class SEQUENCE_LAST_VALUE
{
public:
  SEQUENCE_LAST_VALUE(uchar *key_arg, uint length_arg)
    :key(key_arg), length(length_arg)
  {}
  ~SEQUENCE_LAST_VALUE()
  { my_free((void*) key); }
  /* Returns 1 if table hasn't been dropped or re-created */
  bool check_version(TABLE *table);
  void set_version(TABLE *table);

  const uchar *key;
  uint length;
  bool null_value;
  longlong value;
  uchar table_version[MY_UUID_SIZE];
};


class Create_field;
extern bool prepare_sequence_fields(THD *thd, List<Create_field> *fields);
extern bool check_sequence_fields(LEX *lex, List<Create_field> *fields,
                                  const LEX_CSTRING db,
                                  const LEX_CSTRING table_name);
extern bool sequence_insert(THD *thd, LEX *lex, TABLE_LIST *table_list);
#endif /* SQL_SEQUENCE_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_PARTITION_ADMIN_H
#define SQL_PARTITION_ADMIN_H

#ifndef WITH_PARTITION_STORAGE_ENGINE

/**
  Stub class that returns a error if the partition storage engine is
  not supported.
*/
class Sql_cmd_partition_unsupported : public Sql_cmd
{
public:
  Sql_cmd_partition_unsupported()
  {}

  ~Sql_cmd_partition_unsupported()
  {}

  /* Override SQLCOM_*, since it is an ALTER command */
  virtual enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_ALTER_TABLE;
  }

  bool execute(THD *thd) override;
};


class Sql_cmd_alter_table_exchange_partition :
  public Sql_cmd_partition_unsupported
{
public:
  Sql_cmd_alter_table_exchange_partition()
  {}

  ~Sql_cmd_alter_table_exchange_partition()
  {}
};


class  Sql_cmd_alter_table_analyze_partition :
  public Sql_cmd_partition_unsupported
{
public:
  Sql_cmd_alter_table_analyze_partition()
  {}

  ~Sql_cmd_alter_table_analyze_partition()
  {}
};


class Sql_cmd_alter_table_check_partition :
  public Sql_cmd_partition_unsupported
{
public:
  Sql_cmd_alter_table_check_partition()
  {}

  ~Sql_cmd_alter_table_check_partition()
  {}
};


class Sql_cmd_alter_table_optimize_partition :
  public Sql_cmd_partition_unsupported
{
public:
  Sql_cmd_alter_table_optimize_partition()
  {}

  ~Sql_cmd_alter_table_optimize_partition()
  {}
};


class Sql_cmd_alter_table_repair_partition :
  public Sql_cmd_partition_unsupported
{
public:
  Sql_cmd_alter_table_repair_partition()
  {}

  ~Sql_cmd_alter_table_repair_partition()
  {}
};


class Sql_cmd_alter_table_truncate_partition :
  public Sql_cmd_partition_unsupported
{
public:
  Sql_cmd_alter_table_truncate_partition()
  {}

  ~Sql_cmd_alter_table_truncate_partition()
  {}
};

#else

/**
  Class that represents the ALTER TABLE t1 ANALYZE PARTITION p statement.
*/
class Sql_cmd_alter_table_exchange_partition : public Sql_cmd_common_alter_table
{
public:
  /**
    Constructor, used to represent a ALTER TABLE EXCHANGE PARTITION statement.
  */
  Sql_cmd_alter_table_exchange_partition()
    : Sql_cmd_common_alter_table()
  {}

  ~Sql_cmd_alter_table_exchange_partition() = default;

  bool execute(THD *thd) override;

private:
  bool exchange_partition(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *, Alter_info *);
};


/**
  Class that represents the ALTER TABLE t1 ANALYZE PARTITION p statement.
*/
class Sql_cmd_alter_table_analyze_partition : public Sql_cmd_analyze_table
{
public:
  /**
    Constructor, used to represent a ALTER TABLE ANALYZE PARTITION statement.
  */
  Sql_cmd_alter_table_analyze_partition()
    : Sql_cmd_analyze_table()
  {}

  ~Sql_cmd_alter_table_analyze_partition() = default;

  bool execute(THD *thd) override;

  /* Override SQLCOM_ANALYZE, since it is an ALTER command */
  enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_ALTER_TABLE;
  }
};


/**
  Class that represents the ALTER TABLE t1 CHECK PARTITION p statement.
*/
class Sql_cmd_alter_table_check_partition : public Sql_cmd_check_table
{
public:
  /**
    Constructor, used to represent a ALTER TABLE CHECK PARTITION statement.
  */
  Sql_cmd_alter_table_check_partition()
    : Sql_cmd_check_table()
  {}

  ~Sql_cmd_alter_table_check_partition() = default;

  bool execute(THD *thd) override;

  /* Override SQLCOM_CHECK, since it is an ALTER command */
  enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_ALTER_TABLE;
  }
};


/**
  Class that represents the ALTER TABLE t1 OPTIMIZE PARTITION p statement.
*/
class Sql_cmd_alter_table_optimize_partition : public Sql_cmd_optimize_table
{
public:
  /**
    Constructor, used to represent a ALTER TABLE OPTIMIZE PARTITION statement.
  */
  Sql_cmd_alter_table_optimize_partition()
    : Sql_cmd_optimize_table()
  {}

  ~Sql_cmd_alter_table_optimize_partition() = default;

  bool execute(THD *thd) override;

  /* Override SQLCOM_OPTIMIZE, since it is an ALTER command */
  enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_ALTER_TABLE;
  }
};


/**
  Class that represents the ALTER TABLE t1 REPAIR PARTITION p statement.
*/
class Sql_cmd_alter_table_repair_partition : public Sql_cmd_repair_table
{
public:
  /**
    Constructor, used to represent a ALTER TABLE REPAIR PARTITION statement.
  */
  Sql_cmd_alter_table_repair_partition()
    : Sql_cmd_repair_table()
  {}

  ~Sql_cmd_alter_table_repair_partition() = default;

  bool execute(THD *thd) override;

  /* Override SQLCOM_REPAIR, since it is an ALTER command */
  enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_ALTER_TABLE;
  }
};


/**
  Class that represents the ALTER TABLE t1 TRUNCATE PARTITION p statement.
*/
class Sql_cmd_alter_table_truncate_partition : public Sql_cmd_truncate_table
{
public:
  /**
    Constructor, used to represent a ALTER TABLE TRUNCATE PARTITION statement.
  */
  Sql_cmd_alter_table_truncate_partition() = default;

  virtual ~Sql_cmd_alter_table_truncate_partition() = default;

  bool execute(THD *thd) override;

  /* Override SQLCOM_TRUNCATE, since it is an ALTER command */
  enum_sql_command sql_command_code() const override
  {
    return SQLCOM_ALTER_TABLE;
  }
};

#endif /* WITH_PARTITION_STORAGE_ENGINE */
#endif /* SQL_PARTITION_ADMIN_H */
/* Copyright (c) 2011, 2017, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2011, 2017, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _welcome_copyright_notice_h_
#define _welcome_copyright_notice_h_

#define COPYRIGHT_NOTICE_CURRENT_YEAR "2018"

/*
  This define specifies copyright notice which is displayed by every MySQL
  program on start, or on help screen.
*/
#define ORACLE_WELCOME_COPYRIGHT_NOTICE(first_year) \
  "Copyright (c) " first_year ", " COPYRIGHT_NOTICE_CURRENT_YEAR \
   ", Oracle, MariaDB Corporation Ab and others.\n"

#ifdef VER
static inline void print_version()
{
  /* NOTE mysql.cc is not using this function! */
  printf("%s from %s, client %s for %s (%s)\n",
         my_progname, MYSQL_SERVER_VERSION, VER, SYSTEM_TYPE, MACHINE_TYPE);
}
#endif
#endif /* _welcome_copyright_notice_h_ */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2008, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _EVENT_PARSE_DATA_H_
#define _EVENT_PARSE_DATA_H_

#include "sql_alloc.h"

class Item;
class THD;
class sp_name;

#define EVEX_GET_FIELD_FAILED   -2
#define EVEX_BAD_PARAMS         -5
#define EVEX_MICROSECOND_UNSUP  -6
#define EVEX_MAX_INTERVAL_VALUE 1000000000L

class Event_parse_data : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  /*
    ENABLED = feature can function normally (is turned on)
    SLAVESIDE_DISABLED = feature is turned off on slave
    DISABLED = feature is turned off
  */
  enum enum_status
  {
    ENABLED = 1,
    DISABLED,
    SLAVESIDE_DISABLED  
  };

  enum enum_on_completion
  {
    /*
      On CREATE EVENT, DROP is the DEFAULT as per the docs.
      On ALTER  EVENT, "no change" is the DEFAULT.
    */
    ON_COMPLETION_DEFAULT = 0,
    ON_COMPLETION_DROP,
    ON_COMPLETION_PRESERVE
  };

  int on_completion;
  int status;
  bool status_changed;
  uint32 originator;
  /*
    do_not_create will be set if STARTS time is in the past and
    on_completion == ON_COMPLETION_DROP.
  */
  bool do_not_create;

  bool body_changed;

  LEX_CSTRING dbname;
  LEX_CSTRING name;
  LEX_CSTRING definer;// combination of user and host
  LEX_CSTRING comment;

  Item* item_starts;
  Item* item_ends;
  Item* item_execute_at;

  my_time_t starts;
  my_time_t ends;
  my_time_t execute_at;
  bool starts_null;
  bool ends_null;
  bool execute_at_null;

  sp_name *identifier;
  Item* item_expression;
  longlong expression;
  interval_type interval;

  static Event_parse_data *
  new_instance(THD *thd);

  bool
  check_parse_data(THD *thd);

  bool
  check_dates(THD *thd, int previous_on_completion);

private:

  void
  init_definer(THD *thd);

  void
  init_name(THD *thd, sp_name *spn);

  int
  init_execute_at(THD *thd);

  int
  init_interval(THD *thd);

  int
  init_starts(THD *thd);

  int
  init_ends(THD *thd);

  Event_parse_data();
  ~Event_parse_data();

  void
  report_bad_value(const char *item_name, Item *bad_item);

  void
  check_if_in_the_past(THD *thd, my_time_t ltime_utc);

  Event_parse_data(const Event_parse_data &);	/* Prevent use of these */
  void check_originator_id(THD *thd);
  void operator=(Event_parse_data &);
};
#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_LOCALE_INCLUDED
#define SQL_LOCALE_INCLUDED

typedef struct my_locale_errmsgs
{
  const char *language;
  const char ***errmsgs;
} MY_LOCALE_ERRMSGS;


typedef struct st_typelib TYPELIB;

class MY_LOCALE
{
public:
  uint  number;
  const char *name;
  const char *description;
  const bool is_ascii;
  TYPELIB *month_names;
  TYPELIB *ab_month_names;
  TYPELIB *day_names;
  TYPELIB *ab_day_names;
  uint max_month_name_length;
  uint max_day_name_length;
  uint decimal_point;
  uint thousand_sep;
  const char *grouping;
  MY_LOCALE_ERRMSGS *errmsgs;
  MY_LOCALE(uint number_par,
            const char *name_par, const char *descr_par, bool is_ascii_par,
            TYPELIB *month_names_par, TYPELIB *ab_month_names_par,
            TYPELIB *day_names_par, TYPELIB *ab_day_names_par,
            uint max_month_name_length_par, uint max_day_name_length_par,
            uint decimal_point_par, uint thousand_sep_par,
            const char *grouping_par, MY_LOCALE_ERRMSGS *errmsgs_par) :
    number(number_par),
    name(name_par), description(descr_par), is_ascii(is_ascii_par),
    month_names(month_names_par), ab_month_names(ab_month_names_par),
    day_names(day_names_par), ab_day_names(ab_day_names_par),
    max_month_name_length(max_month_name_length_par),
    max_day_name_length(max_day_name_length_par),
    decimal_point(decimal_point_par),
    thousand_sep(thousand_sep_par),
    grouping(grouping_par),
    errmsgs(errmsgs_par)
  {}
  my_repertoire_t repertoire() const
  { return is_ascii ? MY_REPERTOIRE_ASCII : MY_REPERTOIRE_EXTENDED; }
  /*
    Get a non-abbreviated month name by index
    @param month - the month index 0..11
  */
  LEX_CSTRING month_name(uint month) const
  {
    if (month > 11)
      return Lex_cstring("##", 2);
    return Lex_cstring_strlen(month_names->type_names[month]);
  }
  /*
    Get a non-abbreviated weekday name by index
    @param weekday - the weekday index 0..6
  */
  LEX_CSTRING day_name(uint weekday) const
  {
    if (weekday > 6)
      return Lex_cstring("##", 2);
    return Lex_cstring_strlen(day_names->type_names[weekday]);
  }
};
/* Exported variables */

extern MY_LOCALE my_locale_en_US;
extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT MY_LOCALE *my_locales[];
extern MY_LOCALE *my_default_lc_messages;
extern MY_LOCALE *my_default_lc_time_names;

/* Exported functions */

MY_LOCALE *my_locale_by_name(const char *name);
MY_LOCALE *my_locale_by_number(uint number);
void cleanup_errmsgs(void);

#endif /* SQL_LOCALE_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright 2022 Codership Oy <info@codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef WSREP_PLUGIN_H
#define WSREP_PLUGIN_H

class option;
struct st_mysql_sys_var;

/* Returns true if provider plugin was initialized and is active */
bool wsrep_provider_plugin_enabled();

/* Set the given sysvars array for provider plugin.
   Must be called before the plugin is initialized. */
void wsrep_provider_plugin_set_sysvars(st_mysql_sys_var **);

/* Construct a sysvar corresponding to the given provider option */
struct st_mysql_sys_var *
wsrep_make_sysvar_for_option(wsrep::provider_options::option *);

/* Destroy a sysvar created by make_sysvar_for_option */
void wsrep_destroy_sysvar(struct st_mysql_sys_var *);

#endif /* WSREP_PLUGIN_H */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2000, 2016, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2016, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

/* File that includes common types used globally in MariaDB */

#ifndef SQL_TYPES_INCLUDED
#define SQL_TYPES_INCLUDED

typedef ulonglong sql_mode_t;
typedef int64 query_id_t;

enum enum_nullability { NOT_NULL, NULLABLE };


/*
  "fuzzydate" with strict data type control.
  Represents a mixture of *only* data type conversion flags, without rounding.
  Please keep "explicit" in constructors and conversion methods.
*/
class date_conv_mode_t
{
public:
  enum value_t
  {
    CONV_NONE=          0U,
    /*
      FUZZY_DATES is used for the result will only be used for comparison
      purposes. Conversion is as relaxed as possible.
    */
    FUZZY_DATES=        1U,
    TIME_ONLY=          4U,
    INTERVAL_hhmmssff=  8U,
    INTERVAL_DAY=      16U,
    RANGE0_LAST=       INTERVAL_DAY,
    NO_ZERO_IN_DATE=   (1UL << 23),  // MODE_NO_ZERO_IN_DATE
    NO_ZERO_DATE=      (1UL << 24),  // MODE_NO_ZERO_DATE
    INVALID_DATES=     (1UL << 25)   // MODE_INVALID_DATES
  };

  /*
    BIT-OR for all known values. Let's have a separate enum for it.
    - We don't put this value "value_t", to avoid handling it in switch().
    - We don't put this value as a static const inside the class,
      because "gdb" would display it every time when we do "print"
      for a time_round_mode_t value.
    - We can't put into a function returning this value, because
      it's not allowed to use functions in static_assert.
  */
  enum known_values_t
  {
    KNOWN_MODES= FUZZY_DATES |
                       TIME_ONLY | INTERVAL_hhmmssff | INTERVAL_DAY |
                       NO_ZERO_IN_DATE | NO_ZERO_DATE | INVALID_DATES
  };
private:
  value_t m_mode;
public:

  // Constructors
  explicit date_conv_mode_t(ulonglong fuzzydate)
   :m_mode((value_t) fuzzydate)
  { }

  // Conversion operators
  explicit operator ulonglong() const
  {
    return m_mode;
  }
  explicit operator bool() const
  {
    return m_mode != 0;
  }

  // Unary operators
  ulonglong operator~() const
  {
    return ~m_mode;
  }

  // Dyadic bitwise operators
  date_conv_mode_t operator&(const date_conv_mode_t &other) const
  {
    return date_conv_mode_t(m_mode & other.m_mode);
  }
  date_conv_mode_t operator&(const ulonglong other) const
  {
    return date_conv_mode_t(m_mode & other);
  }

  date_conv_mode_t operator|(const date_conv_mode_t &other) const
  {
    return date_conv_mode_t(m_mode | other.m_mode);
  }

  // Dyadic bitwise assignment operators
  date_conv_mode_t &operator&=(const date_conv_mode_t &other)
  {
    m_mode= value_t(m_mode & other.m_mode);
    return *this;
  }

  date_conv_mode_t &operator|=(const date_conv_mode_t &other)
  {
    m_mode= value_t(m_mode | other.m_mode);
    return *this;
  }
};


/*
  Fractional rounding mode for temporal data types.
*/
class time_round_mode_t
{
public:
  enum value_t
  {
    /*
      Use FRAC_NONE when the value needs no rounding nor truncation,
      because it is already known not to haveany fractional digits outside
      of the requested precision.
    */
    FRAC_NONE= 0,
    FRAC_TRUNCATE= date_conv_mode_t::RANGE0_LAST << 1,  // 32
    FRAC_ROUND=    date_conv_mode_t::RANGE0_LAST << 2   // 64
  };
  // BIT-OR for all known values. See comments in time_conv_mode_t.
  enum known_values_t
  {
    KNOWN_MODES= FRAC_TRUNCATE | FRAC_ROUND
  };
private:
  value_t m_mode;
public:
  // Constructors
  explicit time_round_mode_t(ulonglong mode)
   :m_mode((value_t) mode)
  {
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
    DBUG_ASSERT(mode == FRAC_NONE ||
                mode == FRAC_TRUNCATE ||
                mode == FRAC_ROUND);
#endif
  }
  // Conversion operators
  explicit operator ulonglong() const
  {
    return m_mode;
  }
  value_t mode() const
  {
    return m_mode;
  }
  // Comparison operators
  bool operator==(const time_round_mode_t &other)
  {
    return m_mode == other.m_mode;
  }
};


/*
  "fuzzydate" with strict data type control.
  Used as a parameter to get_date() and represents a mixture of:
  - data type conversion flags
  - fractional second rounding flags
  Please keep "explicit" in constructors and conversion methods.
*/
class date_mode_t
{
public:
  enum value_t
  {
    CONV_NONE=         date_conv_mode_t::CONV_NONE,         // 0
    FUZZY_DATES=       date_conv_mode_t::FUZZY_DATES,       // 1
    TIME_ONLY=         date_conv_mode_t::TIME_ONLY,         // 4
    INTERVAL_hhmmssff= date_conv_mode_t::INTERVAL_hhmmssff, // 8
    INTERVAL_DAY=      date_conv_mode_t::INTERVAL_DAY,      // 16
    FRAC_TRUNCATE=     time_round_mode_t::FRAC_TRUNCATE,    // 32
    FRAC_ROUND=        time_round_mode_t::FRAC_ROUND,       // 64
    NO_ZERO_IN_DATE=   date_conv_mode_t::NO_ZERO_IN_DATE,   // (1UL << 23)
    NO_ZERO_DATE=      date_conv_mode_t::NO_ZERO_DATE,      // (1UL << 24)
    INVALID_DATES=     date_conv_mode_t::INVALID_DATES,     // (1UL << 25)
  };
protected:
  value_t m_mode;
public:

  // Constructors
  explicit date_mode_t(ulonglong fuzzydate)
   :m_mode((value_t) fuzzydate)
  { }

  // Conversion operators
  explicit operator ulonglong() const
  {
    return m_mode;
  }
  explicit operator bool() const
  {
    return m_mode != 0;
  }
  explicit operator date_conv_mode_t() const
  {
    return date_conv_mode_t(ulonglong(m_mode) & date_conv_mode_t::KNOWN_MODES);
  }
  explicit operator time_round_mode_t() const
  {
    return time_round_mode_t(ulonglong(m_mode) & time_round_mode_t::KNOWN_MODES);
  }
  // Unary operators
  ulonglong operator~() const
  {
    return ~m_mode;
  }
  bool operator!() const
  {
    return !m_mode;
  }

  // Dyadic bitwise operators
  date_mode_t operator&(const date_mode_t &other) const
  {
    return date_mode_t(m_mode & other.m_mode);
  }
  date_mode_t operator&(ulonglong other) const
  {
    return date_mode_t(m_mode & other);
  }

  date_mode_t operator|(const date_mode_t &other) const
  {
    return date_mode_t(m_mode | other.m_mode);
  }

  // Dyadic bitwise assignment operators
  date_mode_t &operator&=(const date_mode_t &other)
  {
    m_mode= value_t(m_mode & other.m_mode);
    return *this;
  }

  date_mode_t &operator|=(const date_mode_t &other)
  {
    m_mode= value_t(m_mode | other.m_mode);
    return *this;
  }

  date_mode_t &operator|=(const date_conv_mode_t &other)
  {
    m_mode= value_t(m_mode | ulonglong(other));
    return *this;
  }
};


// Bitwise OR out-of-class operators for data type mixtures
static inline date_mode_t operator|(const date_mode_t &a,
                                    const date_conv_mode_t &b)
{
  return date_mode_t(ulonglong(a) | ulonglong(b));
}

static inline date_mode_t operator|(const date_conv_mode_t &a,
                                    const time_round_mode_t &b)
{
  return date_mode_t(ulonglong(a) | ulonglong(b));
}


static inline date_mode_t operator|(const date_conv_mode_t &a,
                                    const date_mode_t &b)
{
  return date_mode_t(ulonglong(a) | ulonglong(b));
}


// Bitwise AND out-of-class operators for data type mixtures
static inline date_conv_mode_t operator&(const date_mode_t &a,
                                         const date_conv_mode_t &b)
{
  return date_conv_mode_t(ulonglong(a) & ulonglong(b));
}

static inline date_conv_mode_t operator&(const date_conv_mode_t &a,
                                         const date_mode_t &b)
{
  return date_conv_mode_t(ulonglong(a) & ulonglong(b));
}

static inline date_conv_mode_t operator&(sql_mode_t &a,
                                         const date_conv_mode_t &b)
{
  return date_conv_mode_t(a & ulonglong(b));
}


static const date_conv_mode_t
  TIME_CONV_NONE              (date_conv_mode_t::CONV_NONE),
  TIME_FUZZY_DATES            (date_conv_mode_t::FUZZY_DATES),
  TIME_TIME_ONLY              (date_conv_mode_t::TIME_ONLY),
  TIME_INTERVAL_hhmmssff      (date_conv_mode_t::INTERVAL_hhmmssff),
  TIME_INTERVAL_DAY           (date_conv_mode_t::INTERVAL_DAY),
  TIME_NO_ZERO_IN_DATE        (date_conv_mode_t::NO_ZERO_IN_DATE),
  TIME_NO_ZERO_DATE           (date_conv_mode_t::NO_ZERO_DATE),
  TIME_INVALID_DATES          (date_conv_mode_t::INVALID_DATES);

// An often used combination
static const date_conv_mode_t
  TIME_NO_ZEROS               (date_conv_mode_t::NO_ZERO_DATE|
                               date_conv_mode_t::NO_ZERO_IN_DATE);

// Flags understood by str_to_xxx, number_to_xxx, check_date
static const date_conv_mode_t
  TIME_MODE_FOR_XXX_TO_DATE   (date_mode_t::NO_ZERO_IN_DATE |
                               date_mode_t::NO_ZERO_DATE    |
                               date_mode_t::INVALID_DATES);

static const time_round_mode_t
  TIME_FRAC_NONE              (time_round_mode_t::FRAC_NONE),
  TIME_FRAC_TRUNCATE          (time_round_mode_t::FRAC_TRUNCATE),
  TIME_FRAC_ROUND             (time_round_mode_t::FRAC_ROUND);


#endif
/*
   Copyright (c) 2007, 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc,
   Copyright (c) 2011, 2012, Monty Program Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef WQUEUE_INCLUDED
#define WQUEUE_INCLUDED

#include <my_pthread.h>

/* info about requests in a waiting queue */
typedef struct st_pagecache_wqueue
{
  struct st_my_thread_var *last_thread;         /* circular list of waiting
                                                   threads */
} WQUEUE;

void wqueue_link_into_queue(WQUEUE *wqueue, struct st_my_thread_var *thread);
void wqueue_unlink_from_queue(WQUEUE *wqueue, struct st_my_thread_var *thread);
void wqueue_add_to_queue(WQUEUE *wqueue, struct st_my_thread_var *thread);
void wqueue_add_and_wait(WQUEUE *wqueue,
                         struct st_my_thread_var *thread,
                         mysql_mutex_t *lock);
void wqueue_release_queue(WQUEUE *wqueue);
void wqueue_release_one_locktype_from_queue(WQUEUE *wqueue);

#endif
/* -*- C++ -*- */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2002, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2020, 2022, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef _SP_HEAD_H_
#define _SP_HEAD_H_

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

/*
  It is necessary to include set_var.h instead of item.h because there
  are dependencies on include order for set_var.h and item.h. This
  will be resolved later.
*/
#include "sql_class.h"                          // THD, set_var.h: THD
#include "set_var.h"                            // Item
#include "sp_pcontext.h"                        // sp_pcontext
#include <stddef.h>
#include "sp.h"

/**
  @defgroup Stored_Routines Stored Routines
  @ingroup Runtime_Environment
  @{
*/

uint
sp_get_flags_for_command(LEX *lex);

class sp_instr;
class sp_instr_opt_meta;
class sp_instr_jump_if_not;

/**
  Number of PSI_statement_info instruments
  for internal stored programs statements.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE
void init_sp_psi_keys(void);
#endif

/*************************************************************************/

/**
  Stored_program_creation_ctx -- base class for creation context of stored
  programs (stored routines, triggers, events).
*/

class Stored_program_creation_ctx :public Default_object_creation_ctx
{
public:
  CHARSET_INFO *get_db_cl()
  {
    return m_db_cl;
  }

public:
  virtual Stored_program_creation_ctx *clone(MEM_ROOT *mem_root) = 0;

protected:
  Stored_program_creation_ctx(THD *thd)
    : Default_object_creation_ctx(thd),
      m_db_cl(thd->variables.collation_database)
  { }

  Stored_program_creation_ctx(CHARSET_INFO *client_cs,
                              CHARSET_INFO *connection_cl,
                              CHARSET_INFO *db_cl)
    : Default_object_creation_ctx(client_cs, connection_cl),
      m_db_cl(db_cl)
  { }

protected:
  void change_env(THD *thd) const override
  {
    thd->variables.collation_database= m_db_cl;

    Default_object_creation_ctx::change_env(thd);
  }

protected:
  /**
    db_cl stores the value of the database collation. Both character set
    and collation attributes are used.

    Database collation is included into the context because it defines the
    default collation for stored-program variables.
  */
  CHARSET_INFO *m_db_cl;
};

/*************************************************************************/

class sp_name : public Sql_alloc,
                public Database_qualified_name
{
public:
  bool       m_explicit_name;                   /**< Prepend the db name? */

  sp_name(const LEX_CSTRING *db, const LEX_CSTRING *name,
          bool use_explicit_name)
    : Database_qualified_name(db, name), m_explicit_name(use_explicit_name)
  {
    if (lower_case_table_names && m_db.length)
      m_db.length= my_casedn_str(files_charset_info, (char*) m_db.str);
  }

  /** Create temporary sp_name object from MDL key. Store in qname_buff */
  sp_name(const MDL_key *key, char *qname_buff);

  ~sp_name() = default;
};


bool
check_routine_name(const LEX_CSTRING *ident);

class sp_head :private Query_arena,
               public Database_qualified_name,
               public Sql_alloc
{
  sp_head(const sp_head &)= delete;
  void operator=(sp_head &)= delete;

protected:
  MEM_ROOT main_mem_root;
#ifdef PROTECT_STATEMENT_MEMROOT
  /*
    The following data member is wholly for debugging purpose.
    It can be used for possible crash analysis to determine how many times
    the stored routine was executed before the mem_root marked read_only
    was requested for a memory chunk. Additionally, a value of this data
    member is output to the log with DBUG_PRINT.
  */
  ulong executed_counter;
#endif
public:
  /** Possible values of m_flags */
  enum {
    HAS_RETURN= 1,              // For FUNCTIONs only: is set if has RETURN
    MULTI_RESULTS= 8,           // Is set if a procedure with SELECT(s)
    CONTAINS_DYNAMIC_SQL= 16,   // Is set if a procedure with PREPARE/EXECUTE
    IS_INVOKED= 32,             // Is set if this sp_head is being used
    HAS_SET_AUTOCOMMIT_STMT= 64,// Is set if a procedure with 'set autocommit'
    /* Is set if a procedure with COMMIT (implicit or explicit) | ROLLBACK */
    HAS_COMMIT_OR_ROLLBACK= 128,
    LOG_SLOW_STATEMENTS= 256,   // Used by events
    LOG_GENERAL_LOG= 512,        // Used by events
    HAS_SQLCOM_RESET= 1024,
    HAS_SQLCOM_FLUSH= 2048,

    /**
      Marks routines that directly (i.e. not by calling other routines)
      change tables. Note that this flag is set automatically based on
      type of statements used in the stored routine and is different
      from routine characteristic provided by user in a form of CONTAINS
      SQL, READS SQL DATA, MODIFIES SQL DATA clauses. The latter are
      accepted by parser but pretty much ignored after that.
      We don't rely on them:
      a) for compatibility reasons.
      b) because in CONTAINS SQL case they don't provide enough
      information anyway.
     */
    MODIFIES_DATA= 4096,
    /*
      Marks routines that have column type references: DECLARE a t1.a%TYPE;
    */
    HAS_COLUMN_TYPE_REFS= 8192,
    /* Set if has FETCH GROUP NEXT ROW instr. Used to ensure that only
       functions with AGGREGATE keyword use the instr. */
    HAS_AGGREGATE_INSTR= 16384
  };

  sp_package *m_parent;
  const Sp_handler *m_handler;
  uint m_flags;                 // Boolean attributes of a stored routine

  /**
    Instrumentation interface for SP.
  */
  PSI_sp_share *m_sp_share;

  Column_definition m_return_field_def; /**< This is used for FUNCTIONs only. */

  const char *m_tmp_query;	///< Temporary pointer to sub query string
private:
  /*
    Private to guarantee that m_chistics.comment is properly set to:
    - a string which is alloced on this->mem_root
    - or (NULL,0)
    set_chistics() makes sure this.
  */
  Sp_chistics m_chistics;
  void set_chistics(const st_sp_chistics &chistics);
  inline void set_chistics_agg_type(enum enum_sp_aggregate_type type)
  {
    m_chistics.agg_type= type;
  }
public:
  sql_mode_t m_sql_mode;		///< For SHOW CREATE and execution
  bool       m_explicit_name;                   /**< Prepend the db name? */
  LEX_CSTRING m_qname;		///< db.name
  LEX_CSTRING m_params;
  LEX_CSTRING m_body;
  LEX_CSTRING m_body_utf8;
  LEX_CSTRING m_defstr;
  AUTHID      m_definer;

  const st_sp_chistics &chistics() const { return m_chistics; }
  const LEX_CSTRING &comment() const { return m_chistics.comment; }
  void set_suid(enum_sp_suid_behaviour suid) { m_chistics.suid= suid; }
  enum_sp_suid_behaviour suid() const { return m_chistics.suid; }
  bool detistic() const { return m_chistics.detistic; }
  enum_sp_data_access daccess() const { return m_chistics.daccess; }
  enum_sp_aggregate_type agg_type() const { return m_chistics.agg_type; }
  /**
    Is this routine being executed?
  */
  virtual bool is_invoked() const { return m_flags & IS_INVOKED; }

  /**
    Get the value of the SP cache version, as remembered
    when the routine was inserted into the cache.
  */
  ulong sp_cache_version() const;

  /** Set the value of the SP cache version.  */
  void set_sp_cache_version(ulong version_arg) const
  {
    m_sp_cache_version= version_arg;
  }

  sp_rcontext *rcontext_create(THD *thd, Field *retval, List<Item> *args);
  sp_rcontext *rcontext_create(THD *thd, Field *retval,
                               Item **args, uint arg_count);
  sp_rcontext *rcontext_create(THD *thd, Field *retval,
                               Row_definition_list *list,
                               bool switch_security_ctx);
  bool eq_routine_spec(const sp_head *) const;
private:
  /**
    Version of the stored routine cache at the moment when the
    routine was added to it. Is used only for functions and
    procedures, not used for triggers or events.  When sp_head is
    created, its version is 0. When it's added to the cache, the
    version is assigned the global value 'Cversion'.
    If later on Cversion is incremented, we know that the routine
    is obsolete and should not be used --
    sp_cache_flush_obsolete() will purge it.
  */
  mutable ulong m_sp_cache_version;
  Stored_program_creation_ctx *m_creation_ctx;
  /**
    Boolean combination of (1<<flag), where flag is a member of
    LEX::enum_binlog_stmt_unsafe.
  */
  uint32 unsafe_flags;

  bool new_query_arena_is_set;
public:
  inline Stored_program_creation_ctx *get_creation_ctx()
  {
    return m_creation_ctx;
  }

  inline void set_creation_ctx(Stored_program_creation_ctx *creation_ctx)
  {
    m_creation_ctx= creation_ctx->clone(mem_root);
  }

  longlong m_created;
  longlong m_modified;
  /** Recursion level of the current SP instance. The levels are numbered from 0 */
  ulong m_recursion_level;
  /**
    A list of diferent recursion level instances for the same procedure.
    For every recursion level we have a sp_head instance. This instances
    connected in the list. The list ordered by increasing recursion level
    (m_recursion_level).
  */
  sp_head *m_next_cached_sp;
  /**
    Pointer to the first element of the above list
  */
  sp_head *m_first_instance;
  /**
    Pointer to the first free (non-INVOKED) routine in the list of
    cached instances for this SP. This pointer is set only for the first
    SP in the list of instences (see above m_first_cached_sp pointer).
    The pointer equal to 0 if we have no free instances.
    For non-first instance value of this pointer meanless (point to itself);
  */
  sp_head *m_first_free_instance;
  /**
    Pointer to the last element in the list of instances of the SP.
    For non-first instance value of this pointer meanless (point to itself);
  */
  sp_head *m_last_cached_sp;
  /**
    Set containing names of stored routines used by this routine.
    Note that unlike elements of similar set for statement elements of this
    set are not linked in one list. Because of this we are able save memory
    by using for this set same objects that are used in 'sroutines' sets
    for statements of which this stored routine consists.
  */
  HASH m_sroutines;
  // Pointers set during parsing
  const char *m_param_begin;
  const char *m_param_end;

private:
  /*
    A pointer to the body start inside the cpp buffer.
    Used only during parsing. Should be removed eventually.
    The affected functions/methods should be fixed to get the cpp body start
    as a parameter, rather than through this member.
  */
  const char *m_cpp_body_begin;

public:
  /*
    Security context for stored routine which should be run under
    definer privileges.
  */
  Security_context m_security_ctx;

protected:
  sp_head(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, sp_package *parent, const Sp_handler *handler,
          enum_sp_aggregate_type agg_type);
  virtual ~sp_head();
public:
  static void destroy(sp_head *sp);
  static sp_head *create(sp_package *parent, const Sp_handler *handler,
                         enum_sp_aggregate_type agg_type,
                         MEM_ROOT *sp_mem_root);

  /// Initialize after we have reset mem_root
  void
  init(LEX *lex);

  /** Copy sp name from parser. */
  bool
  init_sp_name(const sp_name *spname);

  /** Set the body-definition start position. */
  void
  set_body_start(THD *thd, const char *cpp_body_start);

  /** Set the statement-definition (body-definition) end position. */
  void
  set_stmt_end(THD *thd, const char *cpp_body_end);

  bool
  execute_trigger(THD *thd,
                  const LEX_CSTRING *db_name,
                  const LEX_CSTRING *table_name,
                  GRANT_INFO *grant_info);

  bool
  execute_function(THD *thd, Item **args, uint argcount, Field *return_fld,
                   sp_rcontext **nctx, Query_arena *call_arena);

  bool
  execute_procedure(THD *thd, List<Item> *args);

  static void
  show_create_routine_get_fields(THD *thd, const Sp_handler *sph,
                                 List<Item> *fields);

  bool
  show_create_routine(THD *thd, const Sp_handler *sph);

  MEM_ROOT *get_main_mem_root() { return &main_mem_root; }

  int
  add_instr(sp_instr *instr);

  bool
  add_instr_jump(THD *thd, sp_pcontext *spcont);

  bool
  add_instr_jump(THD *thd, sp_pcontext *spcont, uint dest);

  bool
  add_instr_jump_forward_with_backpatch(THD *thd, sp_pcontext *spcont,
                                        sp_label *lab);
  bool
  add_instr_jump_forward_with_backpatch(THD *thd, sp_pcontext *spcont)
  {
    return add_instr_jump_forward_with_backpatch(thd, spcont,
                                                 spcont->last_label());
  }

  bool
  add_instr_freturn(THD *thd, sp_pcontext *spcont, Item *item,
                    sp_expr_lex *lex);

  bool
  add_instr_preturn(THD *thd, sp_pcontext *spcont);

  Item *adjust_assignment_source(THD *thd, Item *val, Item *val2);
  /**
    @param thd                     - the current thd
    @param spcont                  - the current parse context
    @param spv                     - the SP variable
    @param val                     - the value to be assigned to the variable
    @param lex                     - the LEX that was used to create "val"
    @param responsible_to_free_lex - if the generated sp_instr_set should
                                     free "lex".
    @retval true                   - on error
    @retval false                  - on success
  */
  bool set_local_variable(THD *thd, sp_pcontext *spcont,
                          const Sp_rcontext_handler *rh,
                          sp_variable *spv, Item *val, LEX *lex,
                          bool responsible_to_free_lex,
                          const LEX_CSTRING &value_query);
  bool set_local_variable_row_field(THD *thd, sp_pcontext *spcont,
                                    const Sp_rcontext_handler *rh,
                                    sp_variable *spv, uint field_idx,
                                    Item *val, LEX *lex,
                                    const LEX_CSTRING &value_query);
  bool set_local_variable_row_field_by_name(THD *thd, sp_pcontext *spcont,
                                            const Sp_rcontext_handler *rh,
                                            sp_variable *spv,
                                            const LEX_CSTRING *field_name,
                                            Item *val, LEX *lex,
                                            const LEX_CSTRING &value_query);
  bool check_package_routine_end_name(const LEX_CSTRING &end_name) const;
  bool check_standalone_routine_end_name(const sp_name *end_name) const;
  bool check_group_aggregate_instructions_function() const;
  bool check_group_aggregate_instructions_forbid() const;
  bool check_group_aggregate_instructions_require() const;
private:
  /**
    Generate a code to set a single cursor parameter variable.
    @param thd          - current thd, for mem_root allocations.
    @param param_spcont - the context of the parameter block
    @param idx          - the index of the parameter
    @param prm          - the actual parameter (contains information about
                          the assignment source expression Item,
                          its free list, and its LEX)
  */
  bool add_set_cursor_param_variable(THD *thd,
                                     sp_pcontext *param_spcont, uint idx,
                                     sp_assignment_lex *prm)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(idx < param_spcont->context_var_count());
    sp_variable *spvar= param_spcont->get_context_variable(idx);
    /*
      add_instr() gets free_list from m_thd->free_list.
      Initialize it before the set_local_variable() call.
    */
    DBUG_ASSERT(m_thd->free_list == NULL);
    m_thd->free_list= prm->get_free_list();
    if (set_local_variable(thd, param_spcont,
                           &sp_rcontext_handler_local,
                           spvar, prm->get_item(), prm, true,
                           prm->get_expr_str()))
      return true;
    /*
      Safety:
      The item and its free_list are now fully owned by the sp_instr_set
      instance, created by set_local_variable(). The sp_instr_set instance
      is now responsible for freeing the item and the free_list.
      Reset the "item" and the "free_list" members of "prm",
      to avoid double pointers to the same objects from "prm" and
      from the sp_instr_set instance.
    */
    prm->set_item_and_free_list(NULL, NULL);
    return false;
  }

  /**
    Generate a code to set all cursor parameter variables.
    This method is called only when parameters exists,
    and the number of formal parameters matches the number of actual
    parameters. See also comments to add_open_cursor().
  */
  bool add_set_cursor_param_variables(THD *thd, sp_pcontext *param_spcont,
                                      List<sp_assignment_lex> *parameters)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(param_spcont->context_var_count() == parameters->elements);
    sp_assignment_lex *prm;
    List_iterator<sp_assignment_lex> li(*parameters);
    for (uint idx= 0; (prm= li++); idx++)
    {
      if (add_set_cursor_param_variable(thd, param_spcont, idx, prm))
        return true;
    }
    return false;
  }

  /**
    Generate a code to set all cursor parameter variables for a FOR LOOP, e.g.:
      FOR index IN cursor(1,2,3)
    @param
  */
  bool add_set_for_loop_cursor_param_variables(THD *thd,
                                               sp_pcontext *param_spcont,
                                               sp_assignment_lex *param_lex,
                                               Item_args *parameters);

  bool bind_input_param(THD *thd,
                        Item *arg_item,
                        uint arg_no,
                        sp_rcontext *nctx,
                        bool is_function);

  bool bind_output_param(THD *thd,
                         Item *arg_item,
                         uint arg_no,
                         sp_rcontext *octx,
                         sp_rcontext *nctx);

public:
  /**
    Generate a code for an "OPEN cursor" statement.
    @param thd          - current thd, for mem_root allocations
    @param spcont       - the context of the cursor
    @param offset       - the offset of the cursor
    @param param_spcont - the context of the cursor parameter block
    @param parameters   - the list of the OPEN actual parameters

    The caller must make sure that the number of local variables
    in "param_spcont" (formal parameters) matches the number of list elements
    in "parameters" (actual parameters).
    NULL in either of them means 0 parameters.
  */
  bool add_open_cursor(THD *thd, sp_pcontext *spcont,
                       uint offset,
                       sp_pcontext *param_spcont,
                       List<sp_assignment_lex> *parameters);

  /**
    Generate an initiation code for a CURSOR FOR LOOP, e.g.:
      FOR index IN cursor         -- cursor without parameters
      FOR index IN cursor(1,2,3)  -- cursor with parameters

    The code generated by this method does the following during SP run-time:
    - Sets all cursor parameter vartiables from "parameters"
    - Initializes the index ROW-type variable from the cursor
      (the structure is copied from the cursor to the index variable)
    - The cursor gets opened
    - The first records is fetched from the cursor to the variable "index".

    @param thd        - the current thread (for mem_root and error reporting)
    @param spcont     - the current parse context
    @param index      - the loop "index" ROW-type variable
    @param pcursor    - the cursor
    @param coffset    - the cursor offset
    @param param_lex  - the LEX that owns Items in "parameters"
    @param parameters - the cursor parameters Item array
    @retval true      - on error (EOM)
    @retval false     - on success
  */
  bool add_for_loop_open_cursor(THD *thd, sp_pcontext *spcont,
                                sp_variable *index,
                                const sp_pcursor *pcursor, uint coffset,
                                sp_assignment_lex *param_lex,
                                Item_args *parameters);
  /**
    Returns true if any substatement in the routine directly
    (not through another routine) modifies data/changes table.

    @sa Comment for MODIFIES_DATA flag.
  */
  bool modifies_data() const
  { return m_flags & MODIFIES_DATA; }

  inline uint instructions()
  { return (uint)m_instr.elements; }

  inline sp_instr *
  last_instruction()
  {
    sp_instr *i;

    get_dynamic(&m_instr, (uchar*)&i, m_instr.elements-1);
    return i;
  }

  bool replace_instr_to_nop(THD *thd, uint ip);

  /*
    Resets lex in 'thd' and keeps a copy of the old one.

    @todo Conflicting comment in sp_head.cc
  */
  bool
  reset_lex(THD *thd);

  bool
  reset_lex(THD *thd, sp_lex_local *sublex);

  /**
    Merge two LEX instances.
    @param oldlex - the upper level LEX we're going to restore to.
    @param sublex - the local lex that have just parsed some substatement.
    @returns      - false on success, true on error (e.g. failed to
                    merge the routine list or the table list).
    This method is shared by:
    - restore_lex(), when the old LEX is popped by sp_head::m_lex.pop()
    - THD::restore_from_local_lex_to_old_lex(), when the old LEX
      is stored in the caller's local variable.
  */
  bool
  merge_lex(THD *thd, LEX *oldlex, LEX *sublex);

  /**
    Restores lex in 'thd' from our copy, but keeps some status from the
    one in 'thd', like ptr, tables, fields, etc.

    @todo Conflicting comment in sp_head.cc
  */
  bool
  restore_lex(THD *thd)
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("sp_head::restore_lex");
    /*
      There is no a need to free the current thd->lex here.
      - In the majority of the cases restore_lex() is called
        on success and thd->lex does not need to be deleted.
      - In cases when restore_lex() is called on error,
        e.g. from sp_create_assignment_instr(), thd->lex is
        already linked to some sp_instr_xxx (using sp_lex_keeper).

      Note, we don't get to here in case of a syntax error
      when the current thd->lex is not yet completely
      initialized and linked. It gets automatically deleted
      by the Bison %destructor in sql_yacc.yy.
    */
    LEX *oldlex= (LEX *) m_lex.pop();
    if (!oldlex)
      DBUG_RETURN(false); // Nothing to restore
    // This restores thd->lex and thd->stmt_lex
    DBUG_RETURN(thd->restore_from_local_lex_to_old_lex(oldlex));
  }


  /**
    Delete all auxiliary LEX objects created on parsing a statement and
    restore a value of the data member THD::lex to point on the LEX object
    that was actual before parsing started.
  */

  void unwind_aux_lexes_and_restore_original_lex();


  /**
    Iterate through the LEX stack from the top (the newest) to the bottom
    (the oldest) and find the one that contains a non-zero spname.
    @returns - the address of spname, or NULL of no spname found.
  */
  const sp_name *find_spname_recursive()
  {
    uint count= m_lex.elements;
    for (uint i= 0; i < count; i++)
    {
      const LEX *tmp= m_lex.elem(count - i - 1);
      if (tmp->spname)
        return tmp->spname;
    }
    return NULL;
  }

  /// Put the instruction on the backpatch list, associated with the label.
  int
  push_backpatch(THD *thd, sp_instr *, sp_label *);
  int
  push_backpatch_goto(THD *thd, sp_pcontext *ctx, sp_label *lab);

  /// Update all instruction with this label in the backpatch list to
  /// the current position.
  void
  backpatch(sp_label *);
  void
  backpatch_goto(THD *thd, sp_label *, sp_label *);

  /// Check for unresolved goto label
  bool
  check_unresolved_goto();

  /// Start a new cont. backpatch level. If 'i' is NULL, the level is just incr.
  int
  new_cont_backpatch(sp_instr_opt_meta *i);

  /// Add an instruction to the current level
  int
  add_cont_backpatch(sp_instr_opt_meta *i);

  /// Backpatch (and pop) the current level to the current position.
  void
  do_cont_backpatch();

  /// Add cpush instructions for all cursors declared in the current frame
  bool sp_add_instr_cpush_for_cursors(THD *thd, sp_pcontext *pcontext);

  const LEX_CSTRING *name() const
  { return &m_name; }

  char *create_string(THD *thd, ulong *lenp);

  Field *create_result_field(uint field_max_length, const LEX_CSTRING *field_name,
                             TABLE *table) const;


  /**
    Check and prepare an instance of Column_definition for field creation
    (fill all necessary attributes), for variables, parameters and
    function return values.

    @param[in]  thd          Thread handle
    @param[in]  lex          Yacc parsing context
    @param[out] field_def    An instance of create_field to be filled

    @retval false on success
    @retval true  on error
  */
  bool fill_field_definition(THD *thd, Column_definition *field_def)
  {
    const Type_handler *h= field_def->type_handler();
    return h->Column_definition_fix_attributes(field_def) ||
           field_def->sp_prepare_create_field(thd, mem_root);
  }
  bool row_fill_field_definitions(THD *thd, Row_definition_list *row)
  {
    /*
      Prepare all row fields. This will (among other things)
      - convert VARCHAR lengths from character length to octet length
      - calculate interval lengths for SET and ENUM
    */
    List_iterator<Spvar_definition> it(*row);
    for (Spvar_definition *def= it++; def; def= it++)
    {
      if (fill_spvar_definition(thd, def))
        return true;
    }
    return false;
  }
  /**
    Check and prepare a Column_definition for a variable or a parameter.
  */
  bool fill_spvar_definition(THD *thd, Column_definition *def)
  {
    if (fill_field_definition(thd, def))
      return true;
    def->pack_flag|= FIELDFLAG_MAYBE_NULL;
    return false;
  }
  bool fill_spvar_definition(THD *thd, Column_definition *def,
                             LEX_CSTRING *name)
  {
    def->field_name= *name;
    return fill_spvar_definition(thd, def);
  }

private:
  /**
    Set a column type reference for a parameter definition
  */
  void fill_spvar_using_type_reference(sp_variable *spvar,
                                       Qualified_column_ident *ref)
  {
    spvar->field_def.set_column_type_ref(ref);
    spvar->field_def.field_name= spvar->name;
    m_flags|= sp_head::HAS_COLUMN_TYPE_REFS;
  }

  void fill_spvar_using_table_rowtype_reference(THD *thd,
                                                sp_variable *spvar,
                                                Table_ident *ref)
  {
    spvar->field_def.set_table_rowtype_ref(ref);
    spvar->field_def.field_name= spvar->name;
    fill_spvar_definition(thd, &spvar->field_def);
    m_flags|= sp_head::HAS_COLUMN_TYPE_REFS;
  }

public:
  bool spvar_fill_row(THD *thd, sp_variable *spvar, Row_definition_list *def);
  bool spvar_fill_type_reference(THD *thd, sp_variable *spvar,
                                 const LEX_CSTRING &table,
                                 const LEX_CSTRING &column);
  bool spvar_fill_type_reference(THD *thd, sp_variable *spvar,
                                 const LEX_CSTRING &db,
                                 const LEX_CSTRING &table,
                                 const LEX_CSTRING &column);
  bool spvar_fill_table_rowtype_reference(THD *thd, sp_variable *spvar,
                                          const LEX_CSTRING &table);
  bool spvar_fill_table_rowtype_reference(THD *thd, sp_variable *spvar,
                                          const LEX_CSTRING &db,
                                          const LEX_CSTRING &table);

  void set_c_chistics(const st_sp_chistics &chistics);
  void set_info(longlong created, longlong modified,
		const st_sp_chistics &chistics, sql_mode_t sql_mode);

  void set_definer(const char *definer, size_t definerlen)
  {
    AUTHID tmp;
    tmp.parse(definer, definerlen);
    m_definer.copy(mem_root, &tmp.user, &tmp.host);
  }
  void set_definer(const LEX_CSTRING *user_name, const LEX_CSTRING *host_name)
  {
    m_definer.copy(mem_root, user_name, host_name);
  }

  void set_definition_string(LEX_STRING &defstr)
  {
    m_definition_string= defstr;
  }
  void reset_thd_mem_root(THD *thd);

  void restore_thd_mem_root(THD *thd);

  /**
    Optimize the code.
  */
  void optimize();

  /**
    Helper used during flow analysis during code optimization.
    See the implementation of <code>opt_mark()</code>.
    @param ip the instruction to add to the leads list
    @param leads the list of remaining paths to explore in the graph that
    represents the code, during flow analysis.
  */
  void add_mark_lead(uint ip, List<sp_instr> *leads);

  inline sp_instr *
  get_instr(uint i)
  {
    sp_instr *ip;

    if (i < m_instr.elements)
      get_dynamic(&m_instr, (uchar*)&ip, i);
    else
      ip= NULL;
    return ip;
  }

#ifdef PROTECT_STATEMENT_MEMROOT
  int has_all_instrs_executed();
  void reset_instrs_executed_counter();
#endif

  /* Add tables used by routine to the table list. */
  bool add_used_tables_to_table_list(THD *thd,
                                     TABLE_LIST ***query_tables_last_ptr,
                                     TABLE_LIST *belong_to_view);

  /**
    Check if this stored routine contains statements disallowed
    in a stored function or trigger, and set an appropriate error message
    if this is the case.
  */
  bool is_not_allowed_in_function(const char *where)
  {
    if (m_flags & CONTAINS_DYNAMIC_SQL)
      my_error(ER_STMT_NOT_ALLOWED_IN_SF_OR_TRG, MYF(0), "Dynamic SQL");
    else if (m_flags & MULTI_RESULTS)
      my_error(ER_SP_NO_RETSET, MYF(0), where);
    else if (m_flags & HAS_SET_AUTOCOMMIT_STMT)
      my_error(ER_SP_CANT_SET_AUTOCOMMIT, MYF(0));
    else if (m_flags & HAS_COMMIT_OR_ROLLBACK)
      my_error(ER_COMMIT_NOT_ALLOWED_IN_SF_OR_TRG, MYF(0));
    else if (m_flags & HAS_SQLCOM_RESET)
      my_error(ER_STMT_NOT_ALLOWED_IN_SF_OR_TRG, MYF(0), "RESET");
    else if (m_flags & HAS_SQLCOM_FLUSH)
      my_error(ER_STMT_NOT_ALLOWED_IN_SF_OR_TRG, MYF(0), "FLUSH");

    return MY_TEST(m_flags &
                  (CONTAINS_DYNAMIC_SQL | MULTI_RESULTS |
                   HAS_SET_AUTOCOMMIT_STMT | HAS_COMMIT_OR_ROLLBACK |
                   HAS_SQLCOM_RESET | HAS_SQLCOM_FLUSH));
  }

#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  int show_routine_code(THD *thd);
#endif

  /*
    This method is intended for attributes of a routine which need
    to propagate upwards to the Query_tables_list of the caller (when
    a property of a sp_head needs to "taint" the calling statement).
  */
  void propagate_attributes(Query_tables_list *prelocking_ctx)
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("sp_head::propagate_attributes");
    /*
      If this routine needs row-based binary logging, the entire top statement
      too (we cannot switch from statement-based to row-based only for this
      routine, as in statement-based the top-statement may be binlogged and
      the substatements not).
    */
    DBUG_PRINT("info", ("lex->get_stmt_unsafe_flags(): 0x%x",
                        prelocking_ctx->get_stmt_unsafe_flags()));
    DBUG_PRINT("info", ("sp_head(%p=%s)->unsafe_flags: 0x%x",
                        this, name()->str, unsafe_flags));
    prelocking_ctx->set_stmt_unsafe_flags(unsafe_flags);
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }

  sp_pcontext *get_parse_context() { return m_pcont; }

  /*
    Check EXECUTE access:
    - in case of a standalone rotuine, for the routine itself
    - in case of a package routine, for the owner package body
  */
  bool check_execute_access(THD *thd) const;

  virtual sp_package *get_package()
  {
    return NULL;
  }

  virtual void init_psi_share();

protected:

  MEM_ROOT *m_thd_root;		///< Temp. store for thd's mem_root
  THD *m_thd;			///< Set if we have reset mem_root

  sp_pcontext *m_pcont;		///< Parse context
  List<LEX> m_lex;		///< Temp. store for the other lex
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY m_instr;	///< The "instructions"

  enum backpatch_instr_type { GOTO, CPOP, HPOP };
  typedef struct
  {
    sp_label *lab;
    sp_instr *instr;
    backpatch_instr_type instr_type;
  } bp_t;
  List<bp_t> m_backpatch;	///< Instructions needing backpatching
  List<bp_t> m_backpatch_goto; // Instructions needing backpatching (for goto)

  /**
    We need a special list for backpatching of instructions with a continue
    destination (in the case of a continue handler catching an error in
    the test), since it would otherwise interfere with the normal backpatch
    mechanism - e.g. jump_if_not instructions have two different destinations
    which are to be patched differently.
    Since these occur in a more restricted way (always the same "level" in
    the code), we don't need the label.
  */
  List<sp_instr_opt_meta> m_cont_backpatch;
  uint m_cont_level;            // The current cont. backpatch level

  /**
    Multi-set representing optimized list of tables to be locked by this
    routine. Does not include tables which are used by invoked routines.

    @note
    For prelocking-free SPs this multiset is constructed too.
    We do so because the same instance of sp_head may be called both
    in prelocked mode and in non-prelocked mode.
  */
  HASH m_sptabs;

  /**
    Text of the query CREATE PROCEDURE/FUNCTION/TRIGGER/EVENT ...
    used for DDL parsing.
  */
  LEX_STRING m_definition_string;

  bool
  execute(THD *thd, bool merge_da_on_success);

  /**
    Perform a forward flow analysis in the generated code.
    Mark reachable instructions, for the optimizer.
  */
  void opt_mark();

  /**
    Merge the list of tables used by query into the multi-set of tables used
    by routine.
  */
  bool merge_table_list(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table, LEX *lex_for_tmp_check);

  /// Put the instruction on the a backpatch list, associated with the label.
  int
  push_backpatch(THD *thd, sp_instr *, sp_label *, List<bp_t> *list,
                 backpatch_instr_type itype);

public:
  /*
    List of lists of Item_trigger_field objects representing all fields in
    old/new version of row in trigger. We use this list of lists for checking
    whenever all such fields are valid at trigger creation time and for binding
    these fields to TABLE object at table open (although for latter pointer
    to table being opened is probably enough).
  */
  SQL_I_List<SQL_I_List<Item_trigger_field> > m_trg_table_fields;

  /**
    The object of the Trigger class corresponding to this sp_head object.
    This data member is set on table's triggers loading at the function
    check_n_load and is used at the method sp_lex_instr::parse_expr
    for accessing to the trigger's table after re-parsing of failed
    trigger's instruction.
  */
  Trigger *m_trg= nullptr;

  /*
    List of Item_trigger_field objects created on parsing
    a current instruction of trigger's body
  */
  SQL_I_List<Item_trigger_field> m_cur_instr_trig_field_items;
}; // class sp_head : public Sql_alloc


class sp_package: public sp_head
{
  bool validate_public_routines(THD *thd, sp_package *spec);
  bool validate_private_routines(THD *thd);
public:
  class LexList: public List<LEX>
  {
  public:
    LexList() { elements= 0; }
    // Find a package routine by a non qualified name
    LEX *find(const LEX_CSTRING &name, enum_sp_type type);
    // Find a package routine by a package-qualified name, e.g. 'pkg.proc'
    LEX *find_qualified(const LEX_CSTRING &name, enum_sp_type type);
    // Check if a routine with the given qualified name already exists
    bool check_dup_qualified(const LEX_CSTRING &name, const Sp_handler *sph)
    {
      if (!find_qualified(name, sph->type()))
        return false;
      my_error(ER_SP_ALREADY_EXISTS, MYF(0), sph->type_str(), name.str);
      return true;
    }
    bool check_dup_qualified(const sp_head *sp)
    {
      return check_dup_qualified(sp->m_name, sp->m_handler);
    }
    void cleanup();
  };
  /*
    The LEX for a new package subroutine is initially assigned to
    m_current_routine. After scanning parameters, return type and chistics,
    the parser detects if we have a declaration or a definition, e.g.:
         PROCEDURE p1(a INT);
      vs
         PROCEDURE p1(a INT) AS BEGIN NULL; END;
    (i.e. either semicolon or the "AS" keyword)
    m_current_routine is then added either to m_routine_implementations,
    or m_routine_declarations, and then m_current_routine is set to NULL.
  */
  LEX *m_current_routine;
  LexList m_routine_implementations;
  LexList m_routine_declarations;

  LEX *m_top_level_lex;
  sp_rcontext *m_rcontext;
  uint m_invoked_subroutine_count;
  bool m_is_instantiated;
  bool m_is_cloning_routine;

private:
  sp_package(MEM_ROOT *mem_root,
             LEX *top_level_lex,
             const sp_name *name,
             const Sp_handler *sph);
  ~sp_package();
public:
  static sp_package *create(LEX *top_level_lex, const sp_name *name,
                            const Sp_handler *sph, MEM_ROOT *sp_mem_root);

  bool add_routine_declaration(LEX *lex)
  {
    return m_routine_declarations.check_dup_qualified(lex->sphead) ||
           m_routine_declarations.push_back(lex, &main_mem_root);
  }
  bool add_routine_implementation(LEX *lex)
  {
    return m_routine_implementations.check_dup_qualified(lex->sphead) ||
           m_routine_implementations.push_back(lex, &main_mem_root);
  }
  sp_package *get_package() override { return this; }
  void init_psi_share() override;
  bool is_invoked() const override
  {
    /*
      Cannot flush a package out of the SP cache when:
      - its initialization block is running
      - one of its subroutine is running
    */
    return sp_head::is_invoked() || m_invoked_subroutine_count > 0;
  }
  sp_variable *find_package_variable(const LEX_CSTRING *name) const
  {
    /*
      sp_head::m_pcont is a special level for routine parameters.
      Variables declared inside CREATE PACKAGE BODY reside in m_children.at(0).
    */
    sp_pcontext *ctx= m_pcont->child_context(0);
    return ctx ? ctx->find_variable(name, true) : NULL;
  }
  bool validate_after_parser(THD *thd);
  bool instantiate_if_needed(THD *thd);
};


bool check_show_routine_access(THD *thd, sp_head *sp, bool *full_access);
bool check_db_routine_access(THD *thd, privilege_t privilege,
                             const char *db, const char *name,
                             const Sp_handler *sph,
                             bool no_errors);

#ifndef NO_EMBEDDED_ACCESS_CHECKS
bool
sp_change_security_context(THD *thd, sp_head *sp,
                           Security_context **backup);
void
sp_restore_security_context(THD *thd, Security_context *backup);

bool
set_routine_security_ctx(THD *thd, sp_head *sp, Security_context **save_ctx);
#endif /* NO_EMBEDDED_ACCESS_CHECKS */

TABLE_LIST *
sp_add_to_query_tables(THD *thd, LEX *lex,
		       const LEX_CSTRING *db, const LEX_CSTRING *name,
                       thr_lock_type locktype,
                       enum_mdl_type mdl_type);

/**
  @} (end of group Stored_Routines)
*/

#endif /* _SP_HEAD_H_ */
/* Copyright (C) 2013 Monty Program Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 or later of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef _my_rnd_h
#define _my_rnd_h

C_MODE_START

struct my_rnd_struct {
  unsigned long seed1,seed2,max_value;
  double max_value_dbl;
};

void my_rnd_init(struct my_rnd_struct *rand_st, ulong seed1, ulong seed2);
double my_rnd(struct my_rnd_struct *rand_st);

C_MODE_END

#endif /* _my_rnd_h */
/* Copyright 2018 Codership Oy <info@codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA */

/*
  Wsrep typedefs to better conform to coding style.
 */
#ifndef WSREP_TYPES_H
#define WSREP_TYPES_H

#include "wsrep/seqno.hpp"
#include "wsrep/view.hpp"
#include "wsrep/allowlist_service.hpp"

typedef wsrep::id Wsrep_id;
typedef wsrep::seqno Wsrep_seqno;
typedef wsrep::view Wsrep_view;
typedef enum wsrep::allowlist_service::allowlist_key Wsrep_allowlist_key;

#endif /* WSREP_TYPES_H */
#ifndef MY_COUNTER_H_INCLUDED
#define MY_COUNTER_H_INCLUDED
/*
   Copyright (C) 2018 MariaDB Foundation

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA
*/

#include <atomic>


template <typename Type> class Atomic_counter
{
  std::atomic<Type> m_counter;

  Type add(Type i) { return m_counter.fetch_add(i, std::memory_order_relaxed); }
  Type sub(Type i) { return m_counter.fetch_sub(i, std::memory_order_relaxed); }

public:
  Atomic_counter(const Atomic_counter<Type> &rhs)
  { m_counter.store(rhs, std::memory_order_relaxed); }
  Atomic_counter(Type val): m_counter(val) {}
  Atomic_counter() = default;

  Type operator++(int) { return add(1); }
  Type operator--(int) { return sub(1); }

  Type operator++() { return add(1) + 1; }
  Type operator--() { return sub(1) - 1; }

  Type operator+=(const Type i) { return add(i) + i; }
  Type operator-=(const Type i) { return sub(i) - i; }

  operator Type() const { return m_counter.load(std::memory_order_relaxed); }
  Type operator=(const Type val)
  { m_counter.store(val, std::memory_order_relaxed); return val; }
};
#endif /* MY_COUNTER_H_INCLUDED */
#ifndef MY_ATOMIC_INCLUDED
#define MY_ATOMIC_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   Copyright (c) 2018, 2022, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/*
  This header defines five atomic operations:

  my_atomic_add#(&var, what)
  my_atomic_add#_explicit(&var, what, memory_order)
    'Fetch and Add'
    add 'what' to *var, and return the old value of *var
    All memory orders are valid.

  my_atomic_fas#(&var, what)
  my_atomic_fas#_explicit(&var, what, memory_order)
    'Fetch And Store'
    store 'what' in *var, and return the old value of *var
    All memory orders are valid.

  my_atomic_cas#(&var, &old, new)
  my_atomic_cas#_weak_explicit(&var, &old, new, succ, fail)
  my_atomic_cas#_strong_explicit(&var, &old, new, succ, fail)
    'Compare And Swap'
    if *var is equal to *old, then store 'new' in *var, and return TRUE
    otherwise store *var in *old, and return FALSE
    succ - the memory synchronization ordering for the read-modify-write
    operation if the comparison succeeds. All memory orders are valid.
    fail - the memory synchronization ordering for the load operation if the
    comparison fails. Cannot be MY_MEMORY_ORDER_RELEASE or
    MY_MEMORY_ORDER_ACQ_REL and cannot specify stronger ordering than succ.

    The weak form is allowed to fail spuriously, that is, act as if *var != *old
    even if they are equal. When a compare-and-exchange is in a loop, the weak
    version will yield better performance on some platforms. When a weak
    compare-and-exchange would require a loop and a strong one would not, the
    strong one is preferable.

  my_atomic_load#(&var)
  my_atomic_load#_explicit(&var, memory_order)
    return *var
    Order must be one of MY_MEMORY_ORDER_RELAXED, MY_MEMORY_ORDER_CONSUME,
    MY_MEMORY_ORDER_ACQUIRE, MY_MEMORY_ORDER_SEQ_CST.

  my_atomic_store#(&var, what)
  my_atomic_store#_explicit(&var, what, memory_order)
    store 'what' in *var
    Order must be one of MY_MEMORY_ORDER_RELAXED, MY_MEMORY_ORDER_RELEASE,
    MY_MEMORY_ORDER_SEQ_CST.

  '#' is substituted by a size suffix - 8, 16, 32, 64, or ptr
  (e.g. my_atomic_add8, my_atomic_fas32, my_atomic_casptr).

  The first version orders memory accesses according to MY_MEMORY_ORDER_SEQ_CST,
  the second version (with _explicit suffix) orders memory accesses according to
  given memory order.

  memory_order specifies how non-atomic memory accesses are to be ordered around
  an atomic operation:

  MY_MEMORY_ORDER_RELAXED - there are no constraints on reordering of memory
                            accesses around the atomic variable.
  MY_MEMORY_ORDER_CONSUME - no reads in the current thread dependent on the
                            value currently loaded can be reordered before this
                            load. This ensures that writes to dependent
                            variables in other threads that release the same
                            atomic variable are visible in the current thread.
                            On most platforms, this affects compiler
                            optimization only.
  MY_MEMORY_ORDER_ACQUIRE - no reads in the current thread can be reordered
                            before this load. This ensures that all writes in
                            other threads that release the same atomic variable
                            are visible in the current thread.
  MY_MEMORY_ORDER_RELEASE - no writes in the current thread can be reordered
                            after this store. This ensures that all writes in
                            the current thread are visible in other threads that
                            acquire the same atomic variable.
  MY_MEMORY_ORDER_ACQ_REL - no reads in the current thread can be reordered
                            before this load as well as no writes in the current
                            thread can be reordered after this store. The
                            operation is read-modify-write operation. It is
                            ensured that all writes in another threads that
                            release the same atomic variable are visible before
                            the modification and the modification is visible in
                            other threads that acquire the same atomic variable.
  MY_MEMORY_ORDER_SEQ_CST - The operation has the same semantics as
                            acquire-release operation, and additionally has
                            sequentially-consistent operation ordering.

  We choose implementation as follows: on Windows using Visual C++ the native
  implementation should be preferable. When using gcc we prefer the Solaris
  implementation before the gcc because of stability preference, we choose gcc
  builtins if available.
*/

#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#include "atomic/generic-msvc.h"
#elif defined(HAVE_SOLARIS_ATOMIC)
#include "atomic/solaris.h"
#elif defined(HAVE_GCC_C11_ATOMICS)
#include "atomic/gcc_builtins.h"
#endif

#ifndef MY_MEMORY_ORDER_SEQ_CST
#define MY_MEMORY_ORDER_RELAXED
#define MY_MEMORY_ORDER_CONSUME
#define MY_MEMORY_ORDER_ACQUIRE
#define MY_MEMORY_ORDER_RELEASE
#define MY_MEMORY_ORDER_ACQ_REL
#define MY_MEMORY_ORDER_SEQ_CST

#define my_atomic_store32_explicit(P, D, O) my_atomic_store32((P), (D))
#define my_atomic_store64_explicit(P, D, O) my_atomic_store64((P), (D))
#define my_atomic_storeptr_explicit(P, D, O) my_atomic_storeptr((P), (D))

#define my_atomic_load32_explicit(P, O) my_atomic_load32((P))
#define my_atomic_load64_explicit(P, O) my_atomic_load64((P))
#define my_atomic_loadptr_explicit(P, O) my_atomic_loadptr((P))

#define my_atomic_fas32_explicit(P, D, O) my_atomic_fas32((P), (D))
#define my_atomic_fas64_explicit(P, D, O) my_atomic_fas64((P), (D))
#define my_atomic_fasptr_explicit(P, D, O) my_atomic_fasptr((P), (D))

#define my_atomic_add32_explicit(P, A, O) my_atomic_add32((P), (A))
#define my_atomic_add64_explicit(P, A, O) my_atomic_add64((P), (A))
#define my_atomic_addptr_explicit(P, A, O) my_atomic_addptr((P), (A))

#define my_atomic_cas32_weak_explicit(P, E, D, S, F) \
  my_atomic_cas32((P), (E), (D))
#define my_atomic_cas64_weak_explicit(P, E, D, S, F) \
  my_atomic_cas64((P), (E), (D))
#define my_atomic_casptr_weak_explicit(P, E, D, S, F) \
  my_atomic_casptr((P), (E), (D))

#define my_atomic_cas32_strong_explicit(P, E, D, S, F) \
  my_atomic_cas32((P), (E), (D))
#define my_atomic_cas64_strong_explicit(P, E, D, S, F) \
  my_atomic_cas64((P), (E), (D))
#define my_atomic_casptr_strong_explicit(P, E, D, S, F) \
  my_atomic_casptr((P), (E), (D))
#endif
#endif /* MY_ATOMIC_INCLUDED */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2023 Kristian Nielsen <knielsen@knielsen-hq.org>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA
*/

#ifndef GTID_INDEX_H
#define GTID_INDEX_H

#include "my_global.h"
#include "mysqld.h"
#include "mariadb.h"
#include "rpl_gtid.h"

/*
  This implements an on-disk index for each binlog file to speed up access to
  the binlog at a specific offset or GTID position. This is primarily used when
  a slave connects to the master, but also by user calling BINLOG_GTID_POS().

  A connecting slave first scans the binlog files to find the last one with an
  initial GTID_LIST event that lies before the starting GTID position. Then a
  sequential scan of the binlog file is done until the requested GTID position
  is found.

  The binlog index conceptually extends this using index records corresponding
  to different offset within one binlog file. Each record functions as if it
  was the initial GTID_LIST event of a new binlog file, allowing the
  sequential scan to start from the corresponding position. By having
  sufficiently many index records, the scan will be fast.

  The code that adds one record to the index is in two parts, a "sync" path
  and an "async" path. The "sync" path in process_gtid_check_batch() does the
  minimum amount of work which needs to run as part of transaction commit. The
  actual writing of the index, in async_update(), can then be done as a
  background task, minimizing the performance impact on transaction processing.
  The "sync" and "async" paths each run single threaded, but can execute in
  parallel with each other.

  The index file is written incrementally together with the binlog file.
  However there is no fsync()'s of the index file needed while writing. A
  partially written index left by a crashing server will be re-written during
  binlog recovery. A reader is allowed to use the index as it is begin written
  (for the "hot" binlog file); such access is protected by mutex.

  In case of lost or corrupt index, fallback to full sequential scan is done
  (so performance will be affected but not correct functionality).

  The index file is structured like a B+-tree. The index is append-only, so
  also resembles a log-structured merge-tree, but with no merging of levels
  needed as it covers a single fixed-size binlog file. This makes the building
  of the tree relatively simple.

  Keys in the tree consist of a GTID state (corresponding to a GTID_LIST
  event) and the associated binlog file offset. All keys (except the first key
  in each level of the tree) are delta-compressed to save space, holding only
  the (domain_id, server_id) pairs that differ from the previous record.

  The file is page-based. The first page contains the leftmost leaf node, and
  the root node is at the end of the file. An incompletely written index file
  can be detected by the last page in the file not being a root node page.
  Nodes in the B+-tree usually fit in one page, but a node can be split across
  multiple pages if GTID states are very large.

  Page format:

  The first page contains an extra file header:

    Offset  Size  Description
       0      4   MAGIC header identifying the file as a binlog index
       4      1   Major version number. A new major version of the file format
                  is not readable by older server versions.
       5      1   Minor version number. Formats differing only in minor version
                  are backwards compatible and can be read by older servers.
       6      2   Padding/unused.
       8      4   Page size.

  Each page additionally contains this header:

    Offset  Size  Description
       0      1   Flags
       1      3   Padding/unused

  The last 4 bytes of each page is a 32-bit CRC.

  An interior node is a sequence of
    <child ptr> <key> <child ptr> <key> ... <key> <child ptr>
  while a leaf node has only keys.

  A child pointer is stored as 4 byte integer. The first page is 1, so that
  0 can be used to denote "not present".

  Format of a key:

    Offset  Size  Description
      0       4   Number of GTIDs in the key, plus 1. Or 0 for EOF.
      4       4   Binlog file offset
      8       4   Domain_id of first GTID
     12       4   Server_id of first GTID
     16       8   Seq_no of first GTID
     ...          and so on for each GTID in the key.

  A node typically fits in one page. But if the GTID state is very big (or
  the page size very small), multiple pages may be used. When a node is split,
  it can be split after a child pointer or before or after a GTID, but not
  elsewhere.

Here is an example GTID index with page_size=64 containing 3 records:
  Offset  GTID state
  0x11d   [empty]
  0x20e   [0-1-1]
  0x2ad   [0-1-2]
The example contains 3 nodes, each stored in a single page. Two leaf nodes and
one interior root node.

Page 1 (leaf node page with file header):
  fe fe 0c 01              "magic" identifying the file as a binlog GTID index
  01 00                    Major version 1, minor version 0
  00 00                    Padding / currently unused
  40 00 00 00              Page size (64 bytes in this example)
  05                       Flag PAGE_FLAG_IS_LEAF | PAGE_FLAG_LAST (single-page leaf node)
  00 00 00                 Padding / current unused
Key 1:
  01 00 00 00              <GTID_count + 1> = 1 (entry has zero GTIDs in it)
  1d 01 00 00              Binlog file offset = 0x11d
                           [Empty GTID state at the very start of the binlog]
Key 2:
  02 00 00 00              GTID_count = 1
  0e 02 00 00              Binlog file offset = 0x20e
  00 00 00 00 01 00 00 00
  01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00  GTID 0-1-1

  00 00 00 00 00           Zero denotes end-of-node
  00 00 00 00 00 00 00     (Unused space in the page)
  0e 4f ac 43              Checksum / CRC

Page 2 (leaf node):
  05                       Flag PAGE_FLAG_IS_LEAF | PAGE_FLAG_LAST (single-page leaf node)
  00 00 00                 Unused
Key 1:
  02 00 00 00              GTID_count = 1
  ad 02 00 00              Binlog file offset = 0x2ad
  00 00 00 00 01 00 00 00
  02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00  GTID 0-1-2

  00 00 00 00              End-of-node
  00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
  00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
  00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
  00 00 00 00              (Unused space in the page)
  0c 4e c2 b9              CRC

Page 3 (root node):
  0c                       PAGE_FLAG_ROOT | PAGE_FLAG_LAST (interior root node)
  00 00 00                 Unused
Child pointer:
  01 00 00 00              Pointer to page 1
Key for next child page:
  02 00 00 00              GTID_count = 1
  ad 02 00 00              Binlog offset = 0x2ad
  00 00 00 00 01 00 00 00
  02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00  GTID 0-1-2
Child pointer:
  02 00 00 00              Pointer to page 2

  00 00 0 000              Zero denotes end-of-node
  00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
  00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
  00 00 00 00              (Unused)
  8155 a3c7                CRC

  Below is an example of the logical B-Tree structure of a larger GTID index
  with a total of 12 keys.

  We use S0, S1, ..., S11 to denote a key, which consists of a GTID state (as
  seen in @@binlog_gtid_state and GTID_LIST_EVENT) and the associated binlog
  file offset. D1, D2, ..., D11 denote the same keys, but delta-compressed, so
  that D1 stores only those GTIDs that are not the same as in S0.

  Pages are denoted by P1, P2, ..., P8. In the example, P1, P2, P3, P5, and P6
  are leaf pages, the rest are interior node pages. P8 is the root node (the
  root is always the last page in the index).

  The contents of each page is listed in square brackets [...]. So P1[S0 D1 D2]
  is a leaf page with 3 keys, and P7[P5 <D10+D11> P6] is an interior node page
  with one key <D10+D11> and two child-page pointers to P5 and P6. The
  notation <D10+D11> denotes the delta-compression of key S11 relative to S9;
  all GTIDs in S11 that are not present in S9. In the code, this is computed
  by combining D10 and D11, hence the use of the notation "D10+D11" instead of
  the equivalent "S11-S9".

  Here is the example B-Tree. It has 3 levels, with the leaf nodes at the top:

    P1[S0 D1 D2]   P2[D3 D4 D5]   P3[D6 D7 D8]   P5[D9 D10]   P6[D11]
          P4[P1 <S3> P2 <D4+D5+D6> P3]            P7[P5 <D10+D11> P6]
                                     P8[P4 <S9> P7]

  To find eg. S4, we start from the root P8. S4<S9, so we follow the left child
  pointer to P4. S4>S3 and S4<S6 (S6=(S3+D4+D5+D6)), so we follow the child
  pointer to leaf page P2.

  The index is written completely append-only; this is possible since keys are
  always inserted in-order, at the end of the index. One page is kept in-memory
  at each level of the B-Tree; when a new key no longer fits the page, it is
  written out to disk and a new in-memory page is allocated for it.

  Here are the operations that occur while writing the index file from the
  above example. The left column is each key added to the index as the
  corresponding GTID is written into the binlog file (<EOF> is when the index
  is closed at binlog rotation). The right column are the operations performed,
  as follows:
    alloc(p)      Allocate page p
    add_key(p,k)  Insert the key k into the page p
    add_ptr(p,q)  Insert a pointer to child page q in parent page p
    write(p)      Write out page p to disk at the end of the index file.

  GTID STATE   OPERATIONS
    S0       alloc(P1) add_key(P1,S0)
    D1         add_key(P1,D1)
    D2         add_key(P1,D2)
    D3       write(P1) alloc(P4) add_ptr(P4,P1)
             alloc(P2) add_key(P2,D3) add_key(P4,S3)
    D4         add_key(P2,D4)
    D5         add_key(P2,D5)
    D6       write(P2) add_ptr(P4,P2)
             alloc(P3) add_key(P3,D6) add_key(P4,D4+D5+D6)
    D7         add_key(P3,D7)
    D8         add_key(P3,D8)
    D9       write(P3) add_ptr(P4,P3)
             alloc(P5) add_key(P5,D9)
             write(P4) alloc(P8) add_ptr(P8,P4) alloc(P7) add_key(P8,S9)
    D10        add_key(P5,D10)
    D11      write(P5) add_ptr(P7,P5)
             alloc(P6) add_key(P6,D11) add_key(P7,D10+D11)
    <EOF>    write(P6) add_ptr(P7,P6)
             write(P7) add_ptr(P8,P7)
             write(P8)

  After adding each record to the index, there is exactly one partial page
  allocated in-memory for each level present in the B-Tree; new pages being
  allocated as old pages fill up and are written to disk.
*/


class Gtid_index_base
{
public:
  /* +4 for ".idx" prefix. */
  static constexpr size_t GTID_INDEX_FILENAME_MAX_SIZE= FN_REFLEN+4;

protected:
  enum enum_page_flags {
    /* Set for a leaf node page, cleared for an interior node page. */
    PAGE_FLAG_IS_LEAF= 1,
    /* This is a continuation page. */
    PAGE_FLAG_IS_CONT= 2,
    /* No continuation page follows (the last page in a group). */
    PAGE_FLAG_LAST= 4,
    /*
      Flag set to mark the root node. (The root node is normally the last page
      in the index file, but having an explicit flag allows us to detect a
      partially written index file with the root node missing.
    */
    PAGE_FLAG_ROOT= 8,
  };

  /*
    Minor version increment represents a backwards-compatible format (can be
    read by any server version that knows the format of the major version).
    Major version increment means a server should not attempt to read from the
    index.
  */
  static constexpr uchar GTID_INDEX_VERSION_MAJOR= 1;
  static constexpr uchar GTID_INDEX_VERSION_MINOR= 0;
  static constexpr size_t GTID_INDEX_FILE_HEADER_SIZE= 12;
  static constexpr size_t GTID_INDEX_PAGE_HEADER_SIZE= 4;
  static constexpr size_t CHECKSUM_LEN= 4;

#ifdef _MSC_VER
/*
  Flexible array member is part of C99, but it is not standard in C++.
  All the compilers and platforms we support do support it, though.
  Just we need to disable on Windows a warning about using a non-standard
  C++ extension.
*/
#pragma warning(disable : 4200)
#endif
  struct Node_page
  {
    Node_page *next;
    /* Pointer to allow to update the "flags" byte at page writeout. */
    uchar *flag_ptr;
    /* Flexible array member; will be allocated to opt_gtid_index_page_size. */
    uchar page[];
  };

  struct Index_node_base
  {
    Node_page *first_page;
    Node_page *current_page;
    /* The current_ptr is only valid if current_page != 0. */
    uchar *current_ptr;

    Index_node_base();
    ~Index_node_base();
    void free_pages();
    void reset();
  };

public:
  static void make_gtid_index_file_name(char *out_name, size_t bufsize,
                                        const char *base_filename);

protected:
  int update_gtid_state(rpl_binlog_state_base *state,
                        const rpl_gtid *gtid_list, uint32 gtid_count);
  Node_page *alloc_page();
  rpl_gtid *gtid_list_buffer(uint32 count);
  void build_index_filename(const char *filename);
  virtual int give_error(const char *msg) = 0;

  /*
    A buffer to hold a gtid_list temporarily.
    Increased as needed to hold largest needed list.
  */
  rpl_gtid *gtid_buffer;
  uint32 gtid_buffer_alloc;
  size_t page_size;
public:
  char index_file_name[GTID_INDEX_FILENAME_MAX_SIZE];

protected:
  Gtid_index_base();
  virtual ~Gtid_index_base();
};


class Gtid_index_writer : public Gtid_index_base
{
private:
  const my_off_t offset_min_threshold;

  struct Index_node : public Index_node_base
  {
    rpl_binlog_state_base state;
    uint32 num_records;
    uint32 level;
    bool force_spill_page;

    Index_node(uint32 level_);
    ~Index_node();
    void reset();
  };

public:
  static void gtid_index_init();
  static void gtid_index_cleanup();
protected:
  friend class Gtid_index_reader_hot;
  static void lock_gtid_index() { mysql_mutex_lock(&gtid_index_mutex); }
  static void unlock_gtid_index() { mysql_mutex_unlock(&gtid_index_mutex); }
  static const Gtid_index_writer *find_hot_index(const char *file_name);

public:
  Gtid_index_writer(const char *filename, uint32 offset,
                    rpl_binlog_state_base *binlog_state,
                    uint32 opt_page_size, my_off_t opt_span_min);
  virtual ~Gtid_index_writer();
  void process_gtid(uint32 offset, const rpl_gtid *gtid);
  int process_gtid_check_batch(uint32 offset, const rpl_gtid *gtid,
                               rpl_gtid **out_gtid_list,
                               uint32 *out_gtid_count);
  int async_update(uint32 event_offset, rpl_gtid *gtid_list, uint32 gtid_count);
  void close();

private:
  void insert_in_hot_index();
  void remove_from_hot_index();
  uint32 write_current_node(uint32 level, bool is_root);
  int reserve_space(Index_node *n, size_t bytes);
  int do_write_record(uint32 level, uint32 event_offset,
                      const rpl_gtid *gtid_list, uint32 gtid_count);
  int add_child_ptr(uint32 level, my_off_t node_offset);
  int write_record(uint32 event_offset, const rpl_gtid *gtid_list,
                   uint32 gtid_count);
  bool check_room(uint32 level, uint32 gtid_count);
  int alloc_level_if_missing(uint32 level);
  uchar *init_header(Node_page *page, bool is_leaf, bool is_first);
  int give_error(const char *msg) override;

  static mysql_mutex_t gtid_index_mutex;
  static Gtid_index_writer *hot_index_list;

  rpl_binlog_state_base pending_state;
  /* Next pointer for the hot_index_list linked list. */
  Gtid_index_writer *next_hot_index;
  /* The currently being built index nodes, from leaf[0] to root[max_level]. */
  Index_node **nodes;
  my_off_t previous_offset;
  uint32 max_level;

  File index_file;

  /*
    This is set if we encounter an error (such as out-of-memory or I/O error).
    Then we will no longer do any updates to the index, to prevent leaving a
    corrupt index. This is not fatal; the partial index will work up to where
    it got the error, and the code can fall-back to sequential scan of the
    binlog.
  */
  bool error_state;
  /* Flag to help put the file header at the start of the very first page. */
  bool file_header_written;
  /* Flag set while this object is visible in the "hot index" list. */
  bool in_hot_index_list;
};


class Gtid_index_reader : public Gtid_index_base
{
public:
  Gtid_index_reader();
  virtual ~Gtid_index_reader();

  int open_index_file(const char *binlog_filename);
  void close_index_file();
  /*
    The search functions take either a binlog offset or GTID position to search
    for. They return:
      0   for "not found" (searched position is earlier than start of index).
      1   for "found"
     -1   for error.
    When found, the returned position is the last position in the index that
    lies at or before the searched position. The offset of the returned
    position is written to *out_offset. The number of GTIDs in the returned
    GTID state is written to *out_gtid_count; the list of found GTIDs can be
    accessed with search_gtid_list() and is valid only until next search or
    freeing of the Gtid_index_reader object.
  */
  int search_offset(uint32 in_offset, uint32 *out_offset,
                    uint32 *out_gtid_count);
  int search_gtid_pos(slave_connection_state *in_gtid_pos, uint32 *out_offset,
                      uint32 *out_gtid_count);
  rpl_gtid *search_gtid_list();

protected:
  int search_cmp_offset(uint32 offset, rpl_binlog_state_base *state);
  int search_cmp_gtid_pos(uint32 offset, rpl_binlog_state_base *state);
  virtual int do_index_search(uint32 *out_offset, uint32 *out_gtid_count);
  int do_index_search_root(uint32 *out_offset, uint32 *out_gtid_count);
  int do_index_search_leaf(bool current_state_updated,
                           uint32 *out_offset, uint32 *out_gtid_count);
  int next_page();
  int find_bytes(uint32 num_bytes);
  virtual int get_child_ptr(uint32 *out_child_ptr);
  int get_offset_count(uint32 *out_offset, uint32 *out_gtid_count);
  int get_gtid_list(rpl_gtid *out_gtid_list, uint32 count);
  virtual int read_file_header();
  int verify_checksum(Node_page *page);
  Node_page *alloc_and_read_page();
  virtual int read_root_node();
  virtual int read_node(uint32 page_ptr);
  int read_node_cold(uint32 page_ptr);
  int give_error(const char *msg) override;

  rpl_binlog_state_base current_state;
  rpl_binlog_state_base compare_state;
  Index_node_base cold_node;
  /* n points to either cold node or hot node in writer. */
  Index_node_base *n;
  int (Gtid_index_reader::* search_cmp_function)(uint32, rpl_binlog_state_base *);
  slave_connection_state *in_search_gtid_pos;
  Node_page *read_page;
  uchar *read_ptr;
  File index_file;
  uint32 current_offset;
  uint32 in_search_offset;
  bool file_open;
  bool index_valid;
  bool has_root_node;
  uchar version_major;
  uchar version_minor;
};


/*
   Sub-class of Gtid_index_reader that can additionally access in-memory "hot"
   pages of the index, which are partially filled pages of the current binlog
   file, not yet written to disk.
*/
class Gtid_index_reader_hot : public Gtid_index_reader
{
public:
  Gtid_index_reader_hot();
  virtual ~Gtid_index_reader_hot() { }

private:
  int do_index_search(uint32 *out_offset, uint32 *out_gtid_count) override;
  int get_child_ptr(uint32 *out_child_ptr) override;
  int read_file_header() override;
  int read_root_node() override;
  int read_node(uint32 page_ptr) override;
  int read_node_hot();

  /* Pointer to the writer object, if we're reading a hot index. */
  const Gtid_index_writer *hot_writer;
  /* The level we are currently reading in the hot writer .*/
  uint32 hot_level;
};

#endif  /* GTID_INDEX_H */
#ifndef SQL_TYPE_FIXEDBIN_STORAGE
#define SQL_TYPE_FIXEDBIN_STORAGE
/* Copyright (c) 2019,2021 MariaDB Corporation

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/*
  This is a common code for plugin (?) types that are generally
  handled like strings, but have their own fixed size on-disk binary storage
  format and their own (variable size) canonical string representation.

  Examples are INET6 and UUID types.

  The MariaDB server uses three binary representations of a data type:

  1. In-memory binary representation (user visible)
    This representation:
    - can be used in INSERT..VALUES (X'AABBCC')
    - can be used in WHERE conditions: WHERE c1=X'AABBCC'
    - is returned by CAST(x AS BINARY(N))
    - is returned by Field::val_native() and Item::val_native()

  2. In-record binary representation (user invisible)
    This representation:
    - is used in records (is pointed by Field::ptr)
    - must be comparable by memcmp()

  3. Binlog binary (row) representation
    Usually, for string data types the binlog representation
    is based on the in-record representation with trailing byte compression:
    - trailing space compression for text string data types
    - trailing zero compression for binary string data types

  We have to have separate in-memory and in-record representations
  because we use HA_KEYTYPE_BINARY for indexing. The engine API
  does not have a way to pass a comparison function as a parameter.

  The default implementation below assumes that:
  - the in-memory and in-record representations are equal
  - the binlog representation is compatible with BINARY(N)
  This is OK for simple data types, like INET6.

  Data type implementations that need different representations
  can override the default implementation (like e.g. UUID does).
*/

/***********************************************************************/

template<size_t NATIVE_LEN, size_t MAX_CHAR_LEN>
class FixedBinTypeStorage
{
protected:
  // The buffer that stores the in-memory binary representation
  char m_buffer[NATIVE_LEN];

  FixedBinTypeStorage() = default;

  FixedBinTypeStorage & set_zero()
  {
    bzero(&m_buffer, sizeof(m_buffer));
    return *this;
  }
public:

  // Initialize from the in-memory binary representation
  FixedBinTypeStorage(const char *str, size_t length)
  {
    if (length != binary_length())
      set_zero();
    else
      memcpy(&m_buffer, str, sizeof(m_buffer));
  }

  // Return the buffer with the in-memory representation
  Lex_cstring to_lex_cstring() const
  {
    return Lex_cstring(m_buffer, sizeof(m_buffer));
  }

  static constexpr uint binary_length() { return NATIVE_LEN; }
  static constexpr uint max_char_length() { return MAX_CHAR_LEN; }

  // Compare the in-memory binary representations of two values
  static int cmp(const LEX_CSTRING &a, const LEX_CSTRING &b)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(a.length == binary_length());
    DBUG_ASSERT(b.length == binary_length());
    return memcmp(a.str, b.str, b.length);
  }

  /*
    Convert from the in-memory to the in-record representation.
    Used in Field::store_native().
  */
  static void memory_to_record(char *to, const char *from)
  {
    memcpy(to, from, NATIVE_LEN);
  }
  /*
    Convert from the in-record to the in-memory representation
    Used in Field::val_native().
  */
  static void record_to_memory(char *to, const char *from)
  {
    memcpy(to, from, NATIVE_LEN);
  }

  /*
    Hash the in-record representation
    Used in Field::hash().
  */
  static void hash_record(uchar *ptr, Hasher *hasher)
  {
    hasher->add(&my_charset_bin, ptr, binary_length());
  }

  static bool only_zero_bytes(const char *ptr, size_t length)
  {
    for (uint i= 0 ; i < length; i++)
    {
      if (ptr[i] != 0)
        return false;
    }
    return true;
  }

  static ulong KEY_pack_flags(uint column_nr)
  {
    /*
      Return zero by default. A particular data type can override
      this method return some flags, e.g. HA_PACK_KEY to enable
      key prefix compression.
    */
    return 0;
  }

  /*
    Convert from the in-record to the binlog representation.
    Used in Field::pack(), and in filesort to store the addon fields.
    By default, do what BINARY(N) does.
  */
  static uchar *pack(uchar *to, const uchar *from, uint max_length)
  {
    return StringPack(&my_charset_bin, binary_length()).pack(to, from, max_length);
  }

  /*
    Convert from the in-binary-log to the in-record representation.
    Used in Field::unpack().
    By default, do what BINARY(N) does.
  */
  static const uchar *unpack(uchar *to, const uchar *from, const uchar *from_end,
                             uint param_data)
  {
    return StringPack(&my_charset_bin, binary_length()).unpack(to, from, from_end,
                                                               param_data);
  }

};
#endif /* SQL_TYPE_FIXEDBIN_STORAGE */
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA
*/

/* This file should be included when using heap_database_functions */
/* Author: Michael Widenius */

#ifndef _heap_h
#define _heap_h
#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef _my_base_h
#include <my_base.h>
#endif

#include <my_pthread.h>
#include <thr_lock.h>

#include "my_compare.h"
#include "my_tree.h"

	/* defines used by heap-functions */

#define HP_MAX_LEVELS	4		/* 128^5 records is enough */
#define HP_PTRS_IN_NOD	128

	/* struct used with heap_functions */

typedef struct st_heapinfo		/* Struct from heap_info */
{
  ulong records;			/* Records in database */
  ulong deleted;			/* Deleted records in database */
  ulong max_records;
  ulonglong data_length;
  ulonglong index_length;
  uint reclength;			/* Length of one record */
  int errkey;
  ulonglong auto_increment;
  time_t create_time;
} HEAPINFO;


	/* Structs used by heap-database-handler */

typedef struct st_heap_ptrs
{
  uchar *blocks[HP_PTRS_IN_NOD];		/* pointers to HP_PTRS or records */
} HP_PTRS;

struct st_level_info
{
  /* Number of unused slots in *last_blocks HP_PTRS block (0 for 0th level) */
  uint free_ptrs_in_block;
  
  /*
    Maximum number of records that can be 'contained' inside of each element
    of last_blocks array. For level 0 - 1, for level 1 - HP_PTRS_IN_NOD, for 
    level 2 - HP_PTRS_IN_NOD^2 and so forth.
  */
  ulong records_under_level;

  /*
    Ptr to last allocated HP_PTRS (or records buffer for level 0) on this 
    level.
  */
  HP_PTRS *last_blocks;			
};


/*
  Heap table records and hash index entries are stored in HP_BLOCKs.
  HP_BLOCK is used as a 'growable array' of fixed-size records. Size of record
  is recbuffer bytes.
  The internal representation is as follows:
  HP_BLOCK is a hierarchical structure of 'blocks'.
  A block at level 0 is an array records_in_block records. 
  A block at higher level is an HP_PTRS structure with pointers to blocks at 
  lower levels.
  At the highest level there is one top block. It is stored in HP_BLOCK::root.

  See hp_find_block for a description of how record pointer is obtained from 
  its index.
  See hp_get_new_block 
*/

typedef struct st_heap_block
{
  HP_PTRS *root;                        /* Top-level block */ 
  struct st_level_info level_info[HP_MAX_LEVELS+1];
  uint levels;                          /* number of used levels */
  uint recbuffer;			/* Length of one saved record */
  ulong records_in_block;		/* Records in one heap-block */
  ulong last_allocated; /* number of records there is allocated space for */
  size_t alloc_size;			/* Allocate blocks of this size */
} HP_BLOCK;

struct st_heap_info;			/* For reference */

typedef struct st_hp_keydef		/* Key definition with open */
{
  uint flag;				/* HA_NOSAME | HA_NULL_PART_KEY */
  uint keysegs;				/* Number of key-segment */
  uint length;				/* Length of key (automatic) */
  uint8 algorithm;			/* HASH / BTREE */
  HA_KEYSEG *seg;
  HP_BLOCK block;			/* Where keys are saved */
  /*
    Number of buckets used in hash table. Used only to provide
    #records estimates for heap key scans.
  */
  ha_rows hash_buckets; 
  TREE rb_tree;
  int (*write_key)(struct st_heap_info *info, struct st_hp_keydef *keyinfo,
		   const uchar *record, uchar *recpos);
  int (*delete_key)(struct st_heap_info *info, struct st_hp_keydef *keyinfo,
		   const uchar *record, uchar *recpos, int flag);
  uint (*get_key_length)(struct st_hp_keydef *keydef, const uchar *key);
} HP_KEYDEF;

typedef struct st_heap_share
{
  HP_BLOCK block;
  HP_KEYDEF  *keydef;
  ulonglong data_length,index_length,max_table_size;
  ulonglong auto_increment;
  ulong min_records,max_records;	/* Params to open */
  ulong records;			/* records */
  ulong blength;			/* records rounded up to 2^n */
  ulong deleted;			/* Deleted records in database */
  uint key_stat_version;                /* version to indicate insert/delete */
  uint key_version;                     /* Updated on key change */
  uint file_version;                    /* Update on clear */
  uint reclength;			/* Length of one record */
  uint visible;                         /* Offset to the visible/deleted mark */
  uint changed;
  uint keys,max_key_length;
  uint currently_disabled_keys;    /* saved value from "keys" when disabled */
  uint open_count;
  uchar *del_link;			/* Link to next block with del. rec */
  char * name;			/* Name of "memory-file" */
  time_t create_time;
  THR_LOCK lock;
  my_bool delete_on_close;
  my_bool internal;                     /* Internal temporary table */
  LIST open_list;
  uint auto_key;
  uint auto_key_type;			/* real type of the auto key segment */
} HP_SHARE;

struct st_hp_hash_info;

typedef struct st_heap_info
{
  HP_SHARE *s;
  uchar *current_ptr;
  struct st_hp_hash_info *current_hash_ptr;
  ulong current_record,next_block;
  int lastinx,errkey;
  int  mode;				/* Mode of file (READONLY..) */
  uint opt_flag,update;
  uchar *lastkey;			/* Last used key with rkey */
  uchar *recbuf;                         /* Record buffer for rb-tree keys */
  enum ha_rkey_function last_find_flag;
  TREE_ELEMENT *parents[MAX_TREE_HEIGHT+1];
  TREE_ELEMENT **last_pos;
  uint key_version;                     /* Version at last read */
  uint file_version;                    /* Version at scan */
  uint lastkey_len;
  my_bool implicit_emptied;
  THR_LOCK_DATA lock;
  LIST open_list;
} HP_INFO;


typedef struct st_heap_create_info
{
  HP_KEYDEF *keydef;
  uint auto_key;                        /* keynr [1 - maxkey] for auto key */
  uint auto_key_type;
  uint keys;
  uint reclength;
  ulong max_records;
  ulong min_records;
  ulonglong max_table_size;
  ulonglong auto_increment;
  my_bool with_auto_increment;
  my_bool internal_table;
  /*
    TRUE if heap_create should 'pin' the created share by setting
    open_count to 1. Is only looked at if not internal_table.
  */
  my_bool pin_share;
} HP_CREATE_INFO;

	/* Prototypes for heap-functions */

extern HP_INFO *heap_open(const char *name, int mode);
extern HP_INFO *heap_open_from_share(HP_SHARE *share, int mode);
extern HP_INFO *heap_open_from_share_and_register(HP_SHARE *share, int mode);
extern void heap_release_share(HP_SHARE *share, my_bool internal_table);
extern int heap_close(HP_INFO *info);
extern int heap_write(HP_INFO *info,const uchar *buff);
extern int heap_update(HP_INFO *info,const uchar *old,const uchar *newdata);
extern int heap_rrnd(HP_INFO *info,uchar *buf,uchar *pos);
extern int heap_scan_init(HP_INFO *info);
extern int heap_scan(HP_INFO *info, uchar *record);
extern int heap_delete(HP_INFO *info,const uchar *buff);
extern int heap_info(HP_INFO *info,HEAPINFO *x,int flag);
extern int heap_create(const char *name,
                       HP_CREATE_INFO *create_info, HP_SHARE **share,
                       my_bool *created_new_share);
extern int heap_delete_table(const char *name);
extern void heap_drop_table(HP_INFO *info);
extern int heap_extra(HP_INFO *info,enum ha_extra_function function);
extern int heap_reset(HP_INFO *info);
extern int heap_rename(const char *old_name,const char *new_name);
extern int heap_panic(enum ha_panic_function flag);
extern int heap_rsame(HP_INFO *info,uchar *record,int inx);
extern int heap_rnext(HP_INFO *info,uchar *record);
extern int heap_rprev(HP_INFO *info,uchar *record);
extern int heap_rfirst(HP_INFO *info,uchar *record,int inx);
extern int heap_rlast(HP_INFO *info,uchar *record,int inx);
extern void heap_clear(HP_INFO *info);
extern void heap_clear_keys(HP_INFO *info);
extern int heap_disable_indexes(HP_INFO *info);
extern int heap_enable_indexes(HP_INFO *info);
extern int heap_indexes_are_disabled(HP_INFO *info);
extern void heap_update_auto_increment(HP_INFO *info, const uchar *record);
ha_rows hp_rb_records_in_range(HP_INFO *info, int inx,
                               const key_range *min_key,
                               const key_range *max_key);
int hp_panic(enum ha_panic_function flag);
int heap_rkey(HP_INFO *info, uchar *record, int inx, const uchar *key,
              key_part_map keypart_map, enum ha_rkey_function find_flag);
extern uchar * heap_find(HP_INFO *info,int inx,const uchar *key);
extern int heap_check_heap(const HP_INFO *info, my_bool print_status);
extern uchar *heap_position(HP_INFO *info);

/* The following is for programs that uses the old HEAP interface where
   pointer to rows where a long instead of a (uchar*).
*/

#if defined(WANT_OLD_HEAP_VERSION) || defined(OLD_HEAP_VERSION)
extern int heap_rrnd_old(HP_INFO *info,uchar *buf,ulong pos);
extern ulong heap_position_old(HP_INFO *info);
#endif
#ifdef OLD_HEAP_VERSION
typedef ulong HEAP_PTR;
#define heap_position(A) heap_position_old(A)
#define heap_rrnd(A,B,C) heap_rrnd_old(A,B,C)
#else
typedef uchar *HEAP_PTR;
#endif

#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
/* Copyright (C) 2012, 2020, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#pragma once
#ifdef HAVE_POOL_OF_THREADS
#define MAX_THREAD_GROUPS 100000

/* Threadpool parameters */
extern uint threadpool_min_threads;  /* Minimum threads in pool */
extern uint threadpool_idle_timeout; /* Shutdown idle worker threads  after this timeout */
extern uint threadpool_size; /* Number of parallel executing threads */
extern uint threadpool_max_size;
extern uint threadpool_stall_limit;  /* time interval in milliseconds for stall checks*/
extern uint threadpool_max_threads;  /* Maximum threads in pool */
extern uint threadpool_oversubscribe;  /* Maximum active threads in group */
extern uint threadpool_prio_kickup_timer;  /* Time before low prio item gets prio boost */
extern my_bool threadpool_exact_stats; /* Better queueing time stats for information_schema, at small performance cost */
extern my_bool threadpool_dedicated_listener; /* Listener thread does not pick up work items. */
#ifdef _WIN32
extern uint threadpool_mode; /* Thread pool implementation , windows or generic */
#define TP_MODE_WINDOWS 0
#define TP_MODE_GENERIC 1
#endif

#define DEFAULT_THREADPOOL_STALL_LIMIT 500U

struct TP_connection;
struct st_vio;

extern void tp_callback(TP_connection *c);
extern void tp_timeout_handler(TP_connection *c);



/*
  Threadpool statistics
*/
struct TP_STATISTICS
{
  /* Current number of worker thread. */
  Atomic_counter<uint32_t> num_worker_threads;
};

extern TP_STATISTICS tp_stats;


/* Functions to set threadpool parameters */
extern void tp_set_min_threads(uint val);
extern void tp_set_max_threads(uint val);
extern void tp_set_threadpool_size(uint val);
extern void tp_set_threadpool_stall_limit(uint val);
extern int tp_get_idle_thread_count();
extern int tp_get_thread_count();


enum  TP_PRIORITY {
  TP_PRIORITY_HIGH,
  TP_PRIORITY_LOW,
  TP_PRIORITY_AUTO
};


enum TP_STATE
{
  TP_STATE_IDLE,
  TP_STATE_RUNNING,
  TP_STATE_PENDING
};

/*
  Connection structure, encapsulates THD + structures for asynchronous
  IO and pool.

  Platform specific parts are specified in subclasses called connection_t,
  inside threadpool_win.cc and threadpool_unix.cc
*/

class CONNECT;

struct TP_connection
{
  THD*        thd;
  CONNECT*    connect;
  TP_STATE    state;
  TP_PRIORITY priority;
  TP_connection(CONNECT *c) :
    thd(0),
    connect(c),
    state(TP_STATE_IDLE),
    priority(TP_PRIORITY_HIGH)
  {}

  virtual ~TP_connection() = default;

  /* Initialize io structures windows threadpool, epoll etc */
  virtual int init() = 0;

  virtual void set_io_timeout(int sec) = 0;

  /* Read for the next client command (async) with specified timeout */
  virtual int start_io() = 0;

  virtual void wait_begin(int type)= 0;
  virtual void wait_end() = 0;
  IF_WIN(virtual,) void init_vio(st_vio *){};
};


struct TP_pool
{
  virtual ~TP_pool() = default;
  virtual int init()= 0;
  virtual TP_connection *new_connection(CONNECT *)= 0;
  virtual void add(TP_connection *c)= 0;
  virtual int set_max_threads(uint){ return 0; }
  virtual int set_min_threads(uint){ return 0; }
  virtual int set_pool_size(uint){ return 0; }
  virtual int set_idle_timeout(uint){ return 0; }
  virtual int set_oversubscribe(uint){ return 0; }
  virtual int set_stall_limit(uint){ return 0; }
  virtual int get_thread_count() { return tp_stats.num_worker_threads; }
  virtual int get_idle_thread_count(){ return 0; }
  virtual void resume(TP_connection* c)=0;
};

#ifdef _WIN32

struct TP_pool_win:TP_pool
{
  TP_pool_win();
  int init() override;
  ~TP_pool_win() override;
  TP_connection *new_connection(CONNECT *c) override;
  void add(TP_connection *) override;
  int set_max_threads(uint) override;
  int set_min_threads(uint) override;
  void resume(TP_connection *c) override;
};
#endif

struct TP_pool_generic :TP_pool
{
  TP_pool_generic();
  ~TP_pool_generic();
  int init() override;
  TP_connection *new_connection(CONNECT *c) override;
  void add(TP_connection *) override;
  int set_pool_size(uint) override;
  int set_stall_limit(uint) override;
  int get_idle_thread_count() override;
  void resume(TP_connection* c) override;
};

#endif /* HAVE_POOL_OF_THREADS */
#include "my_net.h"

struct proxy_peer_info
{
  struct sockaddr_storage peer_addr;
  int port;
  bool is_local_command;
};

extern bool has_proxy_protocol_header(NET *net);
extern int parse_proxy_protocol_header(NET *net, proxy_peer_info *peer_info);
extern bool is_proxy_protocol_allowed(const sockaddr *remote_addr);

extern int init_proxy_protocol_networks(const char *spec);
extern void destroy_proxy_protocol_networks();

extern int  set_proxy_protocol_networks(const char *spec);
extern bool proxy_protocol_networks_valid(const char *spec);

/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef SQL_TEST_INCLUDED
#define SQL_TEST_INCLUDED

#include "mysqld.h"
#include "opt_trace_context.h"

class JOIN;
struct TABLE_LIST;
typedef class Item COND;
typedef class st_select_lex SELECT_LEX;
struct SORT_FIELD;

#ifndef DBUG_OFF
void print_where(COND *cond,const char *info, enum_query_type query_type);
void TEST_filesort(SORT_FIELD *sortorder,uint s_length);
void TEST_join(JOIN *join);
void print_plan(JOIN* join,uint idx, double record_count, double read_time,
                double current_read_time, const char *info);
void print_keyuse_array(DYNAMIC_ARRAY *keyuse_array);
void print_sjm(SJ_MATERIALIZATION_INFO *sjm);
void dump_TABLE_LIST_graph(SELECT_LEX *select_lex, TABLE_LIST* tl);
#endif
void print_keyuse_array_for_trace(THD *thd, DYNAMIC_ARRAY *keyuse_array);
void mysql_print_status();

#endif /* SQL_TEST_INCLUDED */
#ifndef OPT_TRACE_CONTEXT_INCLUDED
#define OPT_TRACE_CONTEXT_INCLUDED

#include "sql_array.h"

class Opt_trace_context;
struct Opt_trace_info;
class Json_writer;

class Opt_trace_stmt {
 public:
  /**
     Constructor, starts a trace for information_schema and dbug.
     @param  ctx_arg          context
  */
  Opt_trace_stmt(Opt_trace_context *ctx_arg);
  ~Opt_trace_stmt();
  void set_query(const char *query_ptr, size_t length, const CHARSET_INFO *charset);
  void open_struct(const char *key, char opening_bracket);
  void close_struct(const char *saved_key, char closing_bracket);
  void fill_info(Opt_trace_info* info);
  void add(const char *key, char *opening_bracket, size_t val_length);
  Json_writer* get_current_json() {return current_json;}
  void missing_privilege();
  void disable_tracing_for_children();
  void enable_tracing_for_children();
  bool is_enabled()
  {
   return I_S_disabled == 0;
  }
  void set_allowed_mem_size(size_t mem_size);
  size_t get_length();
  size_t get_truncated_bytes();
  bool get_missing_priv() { return missing_priv; }

private:
  Opt_trace_context *ctx;
  String query;  // store the query sent by the user
  Json_writer *current_json; // stores the trace
  bool missing_priv;  ///< whether user lacks privilege to see this trace
  /*
    0 <=> this trace should be in information_schema.
  !=0 tracing is disabled, this currently happens when we want to trace a
      sub-statement. For now traces are only collect for the top statement
      not for the sub-statments.
  */
  uint I_S_disabled;
};


class Opt_trace_context
{
public:
   Opt_trace_context();
  ~Opt_trace_context();

  void start(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *tbl,
             enum enum_sql_command sql_command,
             const char *query,
             size_t query_length,
             const CHARSET_INFO *query_charset,
             ulong max_mem_size_arg);
  void end();
  void set_query(const char *query, size_t length, const CHARSET_INFO *charset);
  void delete_traces();
  void set_allowed_mem_size(size_t mem_size);
  size_t remaining_mem_size();

private:
  Opt_trace_stmt* top_trace()
  {
    return *(traces.front());
  }

public:

  /*
    This returns the top trace from the list of traces. This function
    is used when we want to see the contents of the INFORMATION_SCHEMA.OPTIMIZER_TRACE
  table.
  */

  Opt_trace_stmt* get_top_trace()
  {
    if (!traces.elements())
      return NULL;
    return top_trace();
  }

  /*
    This returns the current trace, to which we are still writing and has not been finished
  */

  Json_writer* get_current_json()
  {
    if (!is_started())
      return NULL;
    return current_trace->get_current_json();
  }

  bool empty()
  {
    return static_cast<uint>(traces.elements()) == 0;
  }

  bool is_started()
  {
    return current_trace && current_trace->is_enabled();
  }

  bool disable_tracing_if_required();

  bool enable_tracing_if_required();

  bool is_enabled();

  void missing_privilege();

  static const char *flag_names[];
  enum
  {
    FLAG_DEFAULT = 0,
    FLAG_ENABLED = 1 << 0
  };

private:
  /*
    List of traces (currently it stores only 1 trace)
  */
  Dynamic_array<Opt_trace_stmt*> traces;
  Opt_trace_stmt *current_trace;
  size_t max_mem_size;
};

#endif /* OPT_TRACE_CONTEXT_INCLUDED */
#ifndef CONTRIBUTORS_INCLUDED
#define CONTRIBUTORS_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2006 MySQL AB, 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
   Use is subject to license terms.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

/* Structure of the name list */

struct show_table_contributors_st {
  const char *name;
  const char *location;
  const char *comment;
};

/*
  Output from "SHOW CONTRIBUTORS"

  Get permission before editing.

  Names should be encoded using UTF-8.

  See also https://mariadb.com/kb/en/log-of-mariadb-contributions/
*/

struct show_table_contributors_st show_table_contributors[]= {
  /* MariaDB Foundation sponsors, alphabetical by tier */
  {"Amazon", "https://www.amazon.com/", "Diamond Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Acronis", "https://www.acronis.com/", "Platinum Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Alibaba Cloud", "https://www.alibabacloud.com/", "Platinum Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"C<onstructor", "https://www.constructor.org/", "Platinum Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Development Bank of Singapore", "https://www.dbs.com/", "Platinum Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Intel", "https://www.intel.com/", "Platinum Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"MariaDB plc", "https://mariadb.com/", "Founding member, Platinum Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"ServiceNow", "https://servicenow.com/", "Platinum Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"WebPros", "https://webpros.com/", "Platinum Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"IBM", "https://www.ibm.com/", "Gold Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"IONOS", "https://www.ionos.com/", "Gold Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Automattic", "https://automattic.com/", "Silver Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"SkySQL", "https://skysql.com/", "Silver Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"team.blue", "https://team.blue/", "Silver Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Tencent Cloud", "https://cloud.tencent.com/", "Silver Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Wikimedia Foundation", "https://www.wikimediafoundation.org/", "Silver Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Cyber Leo", "https://cyberleo.com/", "Bronze Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Hetzner", "https://www.hetzner.com/", "Bronze Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Rumahweb", "https://rumahweb.com/", "Bronze Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Tasjeel.ae", "https://tasjeel.ae/", "Bronze Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Galera Cluster", "https://galeracluster.com/", "Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Percona", "https://www.percona.com/", "Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Vettabase", "https://vettabase.com/", "Technology partner of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Booking.com", "", "Previous Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Jelastic.com", "", "Previous Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Microsoft", "", "Previous Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Nexedi", "", "Previous Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Open Query", "", "Previous Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Planeetta Web Hosting", "", "Previous Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"SpringbokSQL", "", "Previous Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Tencent Games", "", "Previous Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Tencent Game DBA", "", "Previous Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Tencent TDSQL", "", "Previous Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Verkkokauppa", "", "Previous Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Virtuozzo", "", "Previous Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Visma", "", "Previous Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},
  {"Webyog", "", "Previous Sponsor of the MariaDB Foundation"},

  /* Sponsors of important features */
  {"Google", "USA", "Sponsoring encryption, parallel replication and GTID"},
  {"Facebook", "USA", "Sponsoring non-blocking API, LIMIT ROWS EXAMINED etc"},

  /* Individual contributors, names in historical order, newer first */
  {"Ronald Bradford", "Brisbane, Australia", "EFF contribution for UC2006 Auction"},
  {"Sheeri Kritzer", "Boston, Mass. USA", "EFF contribution for UC2006 Auction"},
  {"Mark Shuttleworth", "London, UK.", "EFF contribution for UC2006 Auction"},
  {NULL, NULL, NULL}
};

#endif /* CONTRIBUTORS_INCLUDED */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2011, Monty Program Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/**
  @defgroup DS-MRR declarations
  @{
*/

/**
  A Disk-Sweep implementation of MRR Interface (DS-MRR for short)

  This is a "plugin"(*) for storage engines that allows to
    1. When doing index scans, read table rows in rowid order;
    2. when making many index lookups, do them in key order and don't
       lookup the same key value multiple times;
    3. Do both #1 and #2, when applicable.
  These changes are expected to speed up query execution for disk-based 
  storage engines running io-bound loads and "big" queries (ie. queries that
  do joins and enumerate lots of records).

  (*) - only conceptually. No dynamic loading or binary compatibility of any
        kind.

  General scheme of things:
   
      SQL Layer code
       |   |   |
       v   v   v 
      -|---|---|---- handler->multi_range_read_XXX() function calls
       |   |   |
      _____________________________________
     / DS-MRR module                       \
     | (order/de-duplicate lookup keys,    |
     | scan indexes in key order,          |
     | order/de-duplicate rowids,          |
     | retrieve full record reads in rowid |
     | order)                              |
     \_____________________________________/
       |   |   |
      -|---|---|----- handler->read_range_first()/read_range_next(), 
       |   |   |      handler->index_read(), handler->rnd_pos() calls.
       |   |   |
       v   v   v
      Storage engine internals


  Currently DS-MRR is used by MyISAM, InnoDB and Maria storage engines.
  Potentially it can be used with any table handler that has disk-based data
  storage and has better performance when reading data in rowid order.
*/

#include "sql_lifo_buffer.h"

class DsMrr_impl;
class Mrr_ordered_index_reader;


/* A structure with key parameters that's shared among several classes */
class Key_parameters
{
public:
  uint         key_tuple_length; /* Length of index lookup tuple, in bytes */
  key_part_map key_tuple_map;    /* keyparts used in index lookup tuples */

  /*
    This is 
      = key_tuple_length   if we copy keys to buffer
      = sizeof(void*)      if we're using pointers to materialized keys.
  */
  uint key_size_in_keybuf;

  /* TRUE <=> don't copy key values, use pointers to them instead.  */
  bool use_key_pointers;

  /* TRUE <=> We can get at most one index tuple for a lookup key */
  bool index_ranges_unique;
};


/**
  A class to enumerate (record, range_id) pairs that match given key value.
  
  @note

  The idea is that we have a Lifo_buffer which holds (key, range_id) pairs
  ordered by key value. From the front of the buffer we see

    (key_val1, range_id1), (key_val1, range_id2) ... (key_val2, range_idN)

  we take the first elements that have the same key value (key_val1 in the
  example above), and make lookup into the table.  The table will have 
  multiple matches for key_val1:
 
                  == Table Index ==
                   ...
     key_val1 ->  key_val1, index_tuple1
                  key_val1, index_tuple2
                   ...
                  key_val1, index_tupleN
                   ...
  
  Our goal is to produce all possible combinations, i.e. we need:
  
    {(key_val1, index_tuple1), range_id1}
    {(key_val1, index_tuple1), range_id2}
       ...           ...               |
    {(key_val1, index_tuple1), range_idN},
                  
    {(key_val1, index_tuple2), range_id1}
    {(key_val1, index_tuple2), range_id2}
        ...          ...               |
    {(key_val1, index_tuple2), range_idN},

        ...          ...          ...                          

    {(key_val1, index_tupleK), range_idN}
*/

class Key_value_records_iterator
{
  /* Use this to get table handler, key buffer and other parameters */
  Mrr_ordered_index_reader *owner;

  /* Iterator to get (key, range_id) pairs from */
  Lifo_buffer_iterator identical_key_it;
  
  /* 
    Last of the identical key values (when we get this pointer from
    identical_key_it, it will be time to stop).
  */
  uchar *last_identical_key_ptr;

  /*
    FALSE <=> we're right after the init() call, the record has been already
    read with owner->file->index_read_map() call
  */
  bool get_next_row;
  
public:
  int init(Mrr_ordered_index_reader *owner_arg);
  int get_next(range_id_t *range_info);
  void move_to_next_key_value();
};


/*
  Buffer manager interface. Mrr_reader objects use it to inqure DsMrr_impl
  to manage buffer space for them.
*/
typedef struct st_buffer_manager
{
public:
  /* Opaque value to be passed as the first argument to all member functions */
  void *arg;
  
  /*
    This is called when we've freed more space from the rowid buffer. The
    callee will get the unused space from the rowid buffer and give it to the
    key buffer.
  */
  void (*redistribute_buffer_space)(void *arg);

  /* 
    This is called when both key and rowid buffers are empty, and so it's time 
    to reset them to their original size (They've lost their original size,
    because we were dynamically growing rowid buffer and shrinking key buffer).
  */
  void (*reset_buffer_sizes)(void *arg);

} Buffer_manager;


/* 
  Mrr_reader - DS-MRR execution strategy abstraction

  A reader produces ([index]_record, range_info) pairs, and requires periodic
  refill operations.

  - one starts using the reader by calling reader->get_next(),
  - when a get_next() call returns HA_ERR_END_OF_FILE, one must call 
    refill_buffer() before they can make more get_next() calls.
  - when refill_buffer() returns HA_ERR_END_OF_FILE, this means the real
    end of stream and get_next() should not be called anymore.

  Both functions can return other error codes, these mean unrecoverable errors
  after which one cannot continue.
*/

class Mrr_reader 
{
public:
  virtual int get_next(range_id_t *range_info) = 0;
  virtual int refill_buffer(bool initial) = 0;
  virtual ~Mrr_reader() = default; /* just to remove compiler warning */
};


/* 
  A common base for readers that do index scans and produce index tuples 
*/

class Mrr_index_reader : public Mrr_reader
{
protected:
  handler *file; /* Handler object to use */
public:
  virtual int init(handler *h_arg, RANGE_SEQ_IF *seq_funcs, 
                   void *seq_init_param, uint n_ranges,
                   uint mode, Key_parameters *key_par, 
                   Lifo_buffer *key_buffer, 
                   Buffer_manager *buf_manager_arg) = 0;

  /* Get pointer to place where every get_next() call will put rowid */
  virtual uchar *get_rowid_ptr() = 0;
  /* Get the rowid (call this after get_next() call) */
  virtual void position();
  virtual bool skip_record(range_id_t range_id, uchar *rowid) = 0;

  virtual void interrupt_read() {}
  virtual void resume_read() {}
};


/*
  A "bypass" index reader that just does and index scan. The index scan is done 
  by calling default MRR implementation (i.e.  handler::multi_range_read_XXX())
  functions.
*/

class Mrr_simple_index_reader : public Mrr_index_reader
{
public:
  int init(handler *h_arg, RANGE_SEQ_IF *seq_funcs,
           void *seq_init_param, uint n_ranges,
           uint mode, Key_parameters *key_par,
           Lifo_buffer *key_buffer,
           Buffer_manager *buf_manager_arg) override;
  int get_next(range_id_t *range_info) override;
  int refill_buffer(bool initial) override { return initial? 0: HA_ERR_END_OF_FILE; }
  uchar *get_rowid_ptr() override { return file->ref; }
  bool skip_record(range_id_t range_id, uchar *rowid) override
  {
    return (file->mrr_funcs.skip_record &&
            file->mrr_funcs.skip_record(file->mrr_iter, range_id, rowid));
  }
};


/* 
  A reader that sorts the key values before it makes the index lookups.
*/

class Mrr_ordered_index_reader : public Mrr_index_reader
{
public:
  int init(handler *h_arg, RANGE_SEQ_IF *seq_funcs, 
           void *seq_init_param, uint n_ranges,
           uint mode, Key_parameters *key_par,
           Lifo_buffer *key_buffer,
           Buffer_manager *buf_manager_arg) override;
  int get_next(range_id_t *range_info) override;
  int refill_buffer(bool initial) override;
  uchar *get_rowid_ptr() override { return file->ref; }
  
  bool skip_record(range_id_t range_info, uchar *rowid) override
  {
    return (mrr_funcs.skip_record &&
            mrr_funcs.skip_record(mrr_iter, range_info, rowid));
  }

  bool skip_index_tuple(range_id_t range_info)
  {
    return (mrr_funcs.skip_index_tuple &&
            mrr_funcs.skip_index_tuple(mrr_iter, range_info));
  }
  
  bool set_interruption_temp_buffer(uint rowid_length, uint key_len, 
                                    uint saved_pk_len,
                                    uchar **space_start, uchar *space_end);
  void set_no_interruption_temp_buffer();

  void interrupt_read() override;
  void resume_read() override;
  void position() override;
private:
  Key_value_records_iterator kv_it;

  bool scanning_key_val_iter;
  
  /* Buffer to store (key, range_id) pairs */
  Lifo_buffer *key_buffer;
  
  /* This manages key buffer allocation and sizing for us */
  Buffer_manager *buf_manager;

  Key_parameters  keypar; /* index scan and lookup tuple parameters */

  /* TRUE <=> need range association, buffers hold {rowid, range_id} pairs */
  bool is_mrr_assoc;
  
  /* Range sequence iteration members */
  RANGE_SEQ_IF mrr_funcs;
  range_seq_t mrr_iter;
  
  /* TRUE == reached eof when enumerating ranges */
  bool source_exhausted;
   
  /* 
    Following members are for interrupt_read()/resume_read(). The idea is that 
    in some cases index scan that is done by this object is interrupted by
    rnd_pos() calls made by Mrr_ordered_rndpos_reader. The problem is that
    we're sharing handler->record[0] with that object, and it destroys its
    contents.
    We need to save/restore our current
    - index tuple (for pushed index condition checks)
    - clustered primary key values (again, for pushed index condition checks)
    - rowid of the last record we've retrieved (in case this rowid matches
      multiple ranges and we'll need to return it again)
  */ 
  bool support_scan_interruptions;
  /* Space where we save the rowid of the last record we've returned */
  uchar *saved_rowid;
  
  /* TRUE <=> saved_rowid has the last saved rowid */
  bool have_saved_rowid;
  
  uchar *saved_key_tuple; /* Saved current key tuple */
  uchar *saved_primary_key; /* Saved current primary key tuple */
  
  /*
    TRUE<=> saved_key_tuple (and saved_primary_key when applicable) have
    valid values.
  */
  bool read_was_interrupted;

  static int compare_keys(void *arg, const void *key1, const void *key2);
  static int compare_keys_reverse(void *arg, const void *key1,
                                  const void *key2);

  friend class Key_value_records_iterator; 
  friend class DsMrr_impl;
  friend class Mrr_ordered_rndpos_reader;
};


/* 
  A reader that gets rowids from an Mrr_index_reader, and then sorts them 
  before getting full records with handler->rndpos() calls.
*/

class Mrr_ordered_rndpos_reader : public Mrr_reader 
{
public:
  int init(handler *file, Mrr_index_reader *index_reader, uint mode,
           Lifo_buffer *buf, Rowid_filter *filter);
  int get_next(range_id_t *range_info) override;
  int refill_buffer(bool initial) override;
private:
  handler *file; /* Handler to use */
  
  /* This what we get (rowid, range_info) pairs from */
  Mrr_index_reader *index_reader;

  /* index_reader->get_next() puts rowid here */
  uchar *index_rowid;
  
  /* TRUE <=> index_reader->refill_buffer() call has returned EOF */
  bool index_reader_exhausted;
  
  /* 
    TRUE <=> We should call index_reader->refill_buffer(). This happens if
    1. we've made index_reader->get_next() call which returned EOF
    2. we haven't made any index_reader calls (and our first call should 
       be index_reader->refill_buffer(initial=TRUE)
  */
  bool index_reader_needs_refill;

  /* TRUE <=> need range association, buffers hold {rowid, range_id} pairs */
  bool is_mrr_assoc;
  
  /* 
    When reading from ordered rowid buffer: the rowid element of the last
    buffer element that has rowid identical to this one.
  */
  uchar *last_identical_rowid;

  /* Buffer to store (rowid, range_id) pairs */
  Lifo_buffer *rowid_buffer;
  
  /* Rowid filter to be checked against (if any) */
  Rowid_filter *rowid_filter;

  int refill_from_index_reader();
};


/*
  A primitive "factory" of various Mrr_*_reader classes (the point is to 
  get various kinds of readers without having to allocate them on the heap)
*/

class Mrr_reader_factory
{
public:
  Mrr_ordered_rndpos_reader ordered_rndpos_reader;
  Mrr_ordered_index_reader  ordered_index_reader;
  Mrr_simple_index_reader   simple_index_reader;
};


#define DSMRR_IMPL_SORT_KEYS   HA_MRR_IMPLEMENTATION_FLAG1
#define DSMRR_IMPL_SORT_ROWIDS HA_MRR_IMPLEMENTATION_FLAG2

/*
  DS-MRR implementation for one table. Create/use one object of this class for
  each ha_{myisam/innobase/etc} object. That object will be further referred to
  as "the handler"

  DsMrr_impl supports has the following execution strategies:

  - Bypass DS-MRR, pass all calls to default MRR implementation, which is 
    an MRR-to-non-MRR call converter.
  - Key-Ordered Retrieval
  - Rowid-Ordered Retrieval

  DsMrr_impl will use one of the above strategies, or a combination of them, 
  according to the following diagram:

         (mrr function calls)
                |
                +----------------->-----------------+
                |                                   |
     ___________v______________      _______________v________________
    / default: use lookup keys \    / KEY-ORDERED RETRIEVAL:         \
    | (or ranges) in whatever  |    | sort lookup keys and then make | 
    | order they are supplied  |    | index lookups in index order   |
    \__________________________/    \________________________________/
              | |  |                           |    |
      +---<---+ |  +--------------->-----------|----+
      |         |                              |    |
      |         |              +---------------+    |
      |   ______v___ ______    |     _______________v_______________
      |  / default: read   \   |    / ROWID-ORDERED RETRIEVAL:      \
      |  | table records   |   |    | Before reading table records, |
      v  | in random order |   v    | sort their rowids and then    |
      |  \_________________/   |    | read them in rowid order      |
      |         |              |    \_______________________________/
      |         |              |                    |
      |         |              |                    |
      +-->---+  |  +----<------+-----------<--------+
             |  |  |                                
             v  v  v
      (table records and range_ids)

  The choice of strategy depends on MRR scan properties, table properties
  (whether we're scanning clustered primary key), and @@optimizer_switch
  settings.
  
  Key-Ordered Retrieval
  ---------------------
  The idea is: if MRR scan is essentially a series of lookups on 
   
    tbl.key=value1 OR tbl.key=value2 OR ... OR tbl.key=valueN
  
  then it makes sense to collect and order the set of lookup values, i.e.
   
     sort(value1, value2, .. valueN)

  and then do index lookups in index order. This results in fewer index page
  fetch operations, and we also can avoid making multiple index lookups for the
  same value. That is, if value1=valueN we can easily discover that after
  sorting and make one index lookup for them instead of two.

  Rowid-Ordered Retrieval
  -----------------------
  If we do a regular index scan or a series of index lookups, we'll be hitting
  table records at random. For disk-based engines, this is much slower than 
  reading the same records in disk order. We assume that disk ordering of
  rows is the same as ordering of their rowids (which is provided by 
  handler::cmp_ref())
  In order to retrieve records in different order, we must separate index
  scanning and record fetching, that is, MRR scan uses the following steps:

    1. Scan the index (and only index, that is, with HA_EXTRA_KEYREAD on) and 
        fill a buffer with {rowid, range_id} pairs
    2. Sort the buffer by rowid value
    3. for each {rowid, range_id} pair in the buffer
         get record by rowid and return the {record, range_id} pair
    4. Repeat the above steps until we've exhausted the list of ranges we're
       scanning.

  Buffer space management considerations
  --------------------------------------
  With regards to buffer/memory management, MRR interface specifies that 
   - SQL layer provides multi_range_read_init() with buffer of certain size.
   - MRR implementation may use (i.e. have at its disposal till the end of 
     the MRR scan) all of the buffer, or return the unused end of the buffer 
     to SQL layer.

  DS-MRR needs buffer in order to accumulate and sort rowids and/or keys. When
  we need to accumulate/sort only keys (or only rowids), it is fairly trivial.

  When we need to accumulate/sort both keys and rowids, efficient buffer use
  gets complicated. We need to:
   - First, accumulate keys and sort them
   - Then use the keys (smaller values go first) to obtain rowids. A key is not
     needed after we've got matching rowids for it.
   - Make sure that rowids are accumulated at the front of the buffer, so that we
     can return the end part of the buffer to SQL layer, should there be too
     few rowid values to occupy the buffer.

  All of these goals are achieved by using the following scheme:

     |                    |   We get an empty buffer from SQL layer.   

     |                  *-|    
     |               *----|   First, we fill the buffer with keys. Key_buffer
     |            *-------|   part grows from end of the buffer space to start
     |         *----------|   (In this picture, the buffer is big enough to
     |      *-------------|    accomodate all keys and even have some space left)

     |      *=============|   We want to do key-ordered index scan, so we sort
                              the keys

     |-x      *===========|   Then we use the keys get rowids. Rowids are 
     |----x      *========|   stored from start of buffer space towards the end.
     |--------x     *=====|   The part of the buffer occupied with keys
     |------------x   *===|   gradually frees up space for rowids. In this
     |--------------x   *=|   picture we run out of keys before we've ran out
     |----------------x   |   of buffer space (it can be other way as well).

     |================x   |   Then we sort the rowids.
                     
     |                |~~~|   The unused part of the buffer is at the end, so
                              we can return it to the SQL layer.

     |================*       Sorted rowids are then used to read table records 
                              in disk order

*/

class DsMrr_impl
{
public:
  typedef void (handler::*range_check_toggle_func_t)(bool on);

  void init(handler *h_arg, TABLE *table_arg)
  {
    primary_file= h_arg; 
    table= table_arg;
  }
  int dsmrr_init(handler *h_arg, RANGE_SEQ_IF *seq_funcs, 
                 void *seq_init_param, uint n_ranges, uint mode, 
                 HANDLER_BUFFER *buf);
  void dsmrr_close();
  int dsmrr_next(range_id_t *range_info);

  ha_rows dsmrr_info(uint keyno, uint n_ranges, uint keys, uint key_parts, 
                     uint *bufsz, uint *flags, Cost_estimate *cost);

  ha_rows dsmrr_info_const(uint keyno, RANGE_SEQ_IF *seq, 
                            void *seq_init_param, uint n_ranges, uint *bufsz,
                           uint *flags, ha_rows limit, Cost_estimate *cost);

  int dsmrr_explain_info(uint mrr_mode, char *str, size_t size);
private:
  /* Buffer to store (key, range_id) pairs */
  Lifo_buffer *key_buffer= nullptr;

  /*
    The "owner" handler object (the one that is expected to "own" this object
    and call its functions).
  */
  handler *primary_file;
  TABLE *table; /* Always equal to primary_file->table */

  /*
    Secondary handler object. (created when needed, we need it when we need 
    to run both index scan and rnd_pos() scan at the same time)
  */
  handler *secondary_file= nullptr;

  /*
    The rowid filter that DS-MRR has "unpushed" from the storage engine.
    If it's present, DS-MRR will use it.
  */
  Rowid_filter *rowid_filter= nullptr;

  uint keyno; /* index we're running the scan on */
  /* TRUE <=> need range association, buffers hold {rowid, range_id} pairs */
  bool is_mrr_assoc;

  Mrr_reader_factory reader_factory;

  Mrr_reader *strategy;
  bool strategy_exhausted;

  Mrr_index_reader *index_strategy;

  /* The whole buffer space that we're using */
  uchar *full_buf;
  uchar *full_buf_end;
  
  /* 
    When using both rowid and key buffers: the boundary between key and rowid
    parts of the buffer. This is the "original" value, actual memory ranges 
    used by key and rowid parts may be different because of dynamic space 
    reallocation between them.
  */
  uchar *rowid_buffer_end;
 
  /*
    One of the following two is used for key buffer: forward is used when 
    we only need key buffer, backward is used when we need both key and rowid
    buffers.
  */
  Forward_lifo_buffer forward_key_buf;
  Backward_lifo_buffer backward_key_buf;

  /*
    Buffer to store (rowid, range_id) pairs, or just rowids if 
    is_mrr_assoc==FALSE
  */
  Forward_lifo_buffer rowid_buffer;
  
  bool choose_mrr_impl(uint keyno, ha_rows rows, uint *flags, uint *bufsz, 
                       Cost_estimate *cost);
  bool get_disk_sweep_mrr_cost(uint keynr, ha_rows rows, uint flags,
                               uint *buffer_size, uint extra_mem_overhead,
                               Cost_estimate *cost);
  bool check_cpk_scan(THD *thd, TABLE_SHARE *share, uint keyno, uint mrr_flags);

  bool setup_buffer_sharing(uint key_size_in_keybuf, key_part_map key_tuple_map);

  /* Buffer_manager and its member functions */
  Buffer_manager buf_manager;
  static void redistribute_buffer_space(void *dsmrr_arg);
  static void reset_buffer_sizes(void *dsmrr_arg);
  static void do_nothing(void *dsmrr_arg);

  Lifo_buffer* get_key_buffer() { return key_buffer; }

  friend class Key_value_records_iterator;
  friend class Mrr_ordered_index_reader;
  friend class Mrr_ordered_rndpos_reader;

  int  setup_two_handlers();
  void close_second_handler();
};

/**
  @} (end of group DS-MRR declarations)
*/

#ifndef PROCEDURE_INCLUDED
#define PROCEDURE_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/* When using sql procedures */

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface				/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

/*
  It is necessary to include set_var.h instead of item.h because there
  are dependencies on include order for set_var.h and item.h. This
  will be resolved later.
*/
#include "sql_class.h"                          /* select_result, set_var.h: THD */
#include "set_var.h"                            /* Item */

#define PROC_NO_SORT 1				/**< Bits in flags */
#define PROC_GROUP   2				/**< proc must have group */

/* Procedure items used by procedures to store values for send_result_set_metadata */

class Item_proc :public Item
{
public:
  Item_proc(THD *thd, const char *name_par): Item(thd)
  {
     this->name.str=    name_par;
     this->name.length= strlen(name_par);
  }
  enum Type type() const override { return Item::PROC_ITEM; }
  Field *create_tmp_field_ex(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table, Tmp_field_src *src,
                             const Tmp_field_param *param) override
  {
    /*
      We can get to here when using a CURSOR for a query with PROCEDURE:
        DECLARE c CURSOR FOR SELECT * FROM t1 PROCEDURE analyse();
        OPEN c;
    */
    return create_tmp_field_ex_simple(root, table, src, param);
  }
  virtual void set(double nr)=0;
  virtual void set(const char *str,uint length,CHARSET_INFO *cs)=0;
  virtual void set(longlong nr)=0;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override=0;
  void set(const char *str) { set(str,(uint) strlen(str), default_charset()); }
  unsigned int size_of() { return sizeof(*this);}
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0); // impossible
    return mark_unsupported_function("proc", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    return type_handler()->Item_get_date_with_warn(thd, this, ltime, fuzzydate);
  }

protected:
  Item* shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override { return nullptr; }
};

class Item_proc_real :public Item_proc
{
  double value;
public:
  Item_proc_real(THD *thd, const char *name_par, uint dec):
    Item_proc(thd, name_par)
  {
     decimals=dec; max_length=float_length(dec);
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_double; }
  void set(double nr) override { value=nr; }
  void set(longlong nr) override { value=(double) nr; }
  void set(const char *str,uint length,CHARSET_INFO *cs) override
  {
    int err_not_used;
    char *end_not_used;
    value= cs->strntod((char*) str,length, &end_not_used, &err_not_used);
  }
  double val_real() override { return value; }
  longlong val_int() override { return (longlong) value; }
  String *val_str(String *s) override
  {
    s->set_real(value,decimals,default_charset());
    return s;
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  unsigned int size_of() { return sizeof(*this);}
};

class Item_proc_int :public Item_proc
{
  longlong value;
public:
  Item_proc_int(THD *thd, const char *name_par): Item_proc(thd, name_par)
  { max_length=11; }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    if (unsigned_flag)
      return &type_handler_ulonglong;
    return &type_handler_slonglong;
  }
  void set(double nr) override { value=(longlong) nr; }
  void set(longlong nr) override { value=nr; }
  void set(const char *str,uint length, CHARSET_INFO *cs) override
  { int err; value= cs->strntoll(str,length,10,NULL,&err); }
  double val_real() override { return (double) value; }
  longlong val_int() override { return value; }
  String *val_str(String *s) override
  { s->set(value, default_charset()); return s; }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  unsigned int size_of() { return sizeof(*this);}

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override { return nullptr; }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override { return nullptr; }
};


class Item_proc_string :public Item_proc
{
  String value;
public:
  Item_proc_string(THD *thd, const char *name_par, uint length):
    Item_proc(thd, name_par)
  {
    this->max_length=length;
    value.set_thread_specific();
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_varchar; }
  void set(double nr) override { value.set_real(nr, 2, default_charset()); }
  void set(longlong nr) override { value.set(nr, default_charset()); }
  void set(const char *str, uint length, CHARSET_INFO *cs) override
  { value.copy(str,length,cs); }
  double val_real() override
  {
    int err_not_used;
    char *end_not_used;
    CHARSET_INFO *cs= value.charset();
    return cs->strntod((char*) value.ptr(), value.length(),
		       &end_not_used, &err_not_used);
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  { 
    int err;
    CHARSET_INFO *cs=value.charset();
    return cs->strntoll(value.ptr(), value.length(), 10, NULL, &err);
  }
  String *val_str(String*) override
  {
    return null_value ? (String*) 0 : &value;
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  void cleanup() override { value.free(); }
  unsigned int size_of() { return sizeof(*this);}  

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override { return nullptr; }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override { return nullptr; }
};

/* The procedure class definitions */

class Procedure {
protected:
  List<Item> *fields;
  select_result *result;
public:
  const uint flags;
  ORDER *group,*param_fields;
  Procedure(select_result *res,uint flags_par) :result(res),flags(flags_par),
    group(0),param_fields(0) {}
  virtual ~Procedure() {group=param_fields=0; fields=0; }
  virtual void add(void)=0;
  virtual void end_group(void)=0;
  virtual int send_row(List<Item> &fields)=0;
  virtual bool change_columns(THD *thd, List<Item> &fields)= 0;
  virtual void update_refs(void) {}
  virtual int end_of_records() { return 0; }
};

Procedure *setup_procedure(THD *thd,ORDER *proc_param,select_result *result,
			   List<Item> &field_list,int *error);

#endif /* PROCEDURE_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright(C) 2019, 2020, MariaDB
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute itand /or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02111 - 1301 USA*/

#if defined (HAVE_POOL_OF_THREADS)
#include <my_global.h>
#include <sql_plist.h>
#include <my_pthread.h>
#include <mysqld.h>
#include <threadpool.h>
#include <violite.h>

#ifdef _WIN32
#include <windows.h>
#include "threadpool_winsockets.h"
/* AIX may define this, too ?*/
#define HAVE_IOCP
#endif


#ifdef _WIN32
typedef HANDLE TP_file_handle;
#else
typedef int TP_file_handle;
#define  INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE -1
#endif

#ifdef __linux__
#include <sys/epoll.h>
typedef struct epoll_event native_event;
#elif defined(HAVE_KQUEUE)
#include <sys/event.h>
typedef struct kevent native_event;
#elif defined (__sun)
#include <port.h>
typedef port_event_t native_event;
#elif defined (HAVE_IOCP)
typedef OVERLAPPED_ENTRY native_event;
#else
#error threadpool is not available on this platform
#endif

struct thread_group_t;

/* Per-thread structure for workers */
struct worker_thread_t
{
  ulonglong  event_count; /* number of request handled by this thread */
  thread_group_t* thread_group;
  worker_thread_t* next_in_list;
  worker_thread_t** prev_in_list;
  mysql_cond_t  cond;
  bool          woken;
};

typedef I_P_List<worker_thread_t, I_P_List_adapter<worker_thread_t,
  & worker_thread_t::next_in_list,
  & worker_thread_t::prev_in_list>,
  I_P_List_counter
>
worker_list_t;

struct TP_connection_generic :public TP_connection
{
  TP_connection_generic(CONNECT* c);
  ~TP_connection_generic();

  int init() override { return 0; }
  void set_io_timeout(int sec) override;
  int  start_io() override;
  void wait_begin(int type) override;
  void wait_end() override;

  thread_group_t* thread_group;
  TP_connection_generic* next_in_queue;
  TP_connection_generic** prev_in_queue;
  ulonglong abs_wait_timeout;
  ulonglong enqueue_time;
  TP_file_handle fd;
  bool bound_to_poll_descriptor;
  int waiting;
  bool fix_group;
#ifdef _WIN32
  win_aiosocket win_sock{};
  void init_vio(st_vio *vio) override
  { win_sock.init(vio);}
#endif

};


typedef I_P_List<TP_connection_generic,
  I_P_List_adapter<TP_connection_generic,
  & TP_connection_generic::next_in_queue,
  & TP_connection_generic::prev_in_queue>,
  I_P_List_counter,
  I_P_List_fast_push_back<TP_connection_generic> >
  connection_queue_t;

const int NQUEUES = 2; /* We have high and low priority queues*/

enum class operation_origin
{
  WORKER,
  LISTENER
};

struct thread_group_counters_t
{
  ulonglong thread_creations;
  ulonglong thread_creations_due_to_stall;
  ulonglong wakes;
  ulonglong wakes_due_to_stall;
  ulonglong throttles;
  ulonglong stalls;
  ulonglong dequeues[2];
  ulonglong polls[2];
};

struct thread_group_t
{
  mysql_mutex_t mutex;
  connection_queue_t queues[NQUEUES];
  worker_list_t waiting_threads;
  worker_thread_t* listener;
  pthread_attr_t* pthread_attr;
  TP_file_handle  pollfd;
  int  thread_count;
  int  active_thread_count;
  int  connection_count;
  /* Stats for the deadlock detection timer routine.*/
  int io_event_count;
  int queue_event_count;
  ulonglong last_thread_creation_time;
  int  shutdown_pipe[2];
  bool shutdown;
  bool stalled;
  thread_group_counters_t counters;
  char pad[CPU_LEVEL1_DCACHE_LINESIZE];
};

#define TP_INCREMENT_GROUP_COUNTER(group,var) do {group->counters.var++;}while(0)

extern thread_group_t* all_groups;
#endif

/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef DISCOVER_INCLUDED
#define DISCOVER_INCLUDED

int extension_based_table_discovery(MY_DIR *dirp, const char *ext,
                                    handlerton::discovered_list *tl);

#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
int readfrm(const char *name, const uchar **data, size_t *length);
int writefile(const char *path, const char *db, const char *table,
              bool tmp_table, const uchar *frmdata, size_t len);

/* a helper to delete an frm file, given a path w/o .frm extension */
inline void deletefrm(const char *path)
{
  char frm_name[FN_REFLEN];
  strxnmov(frm_name, sizeof(frm_name)-1, path, reg_ext, NullS);
  mysql_file_delete(key_file_frm, frm_name, MYF(0));
}

int ext_table_discovery_simple(MY_DIR *dirp,
                               handlerton::discovered_list *result);
#endif

#endif /* DISCOVER_INCLUDED */
#ifndef SQL_RECORDS_H
#define SQL_RECORDS_H 
/* Copyright (c) 2008, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface                      /* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#include "table.h"

struct st_join_table;
class handler;
class THD;
class SQL_SELECT;
class Copy_field;
class SORT_INFO;

struct READ_RECORD;

void end_read_record(READ_RECORD *info);
void free_cache(READ_RECORD *info);

/**
  A context for reading through a single table using a chosen access method:
  index read, scan, etc, use of cache, etc.

  Use by:
  READ_RECORD read_record;
  init_read_record(&read_record, ...);
  while (read_record.read_record())
  {
    ...
  }
  end_read_record();
*/

struct READ_RECORD
{
  typedef int (*Read_func)(READ_RECORD*);
  typedef void (*Unlock_row_func)(st_join_table *);
  typedef int (*Setup_func)(struct st_join_table*);

  TABLE *table;                                 /* Head-form */
  Unlock_row_func unlock_row;
  Read_func read_record_func;
  Read_func read_record_func_and_unpack_calls;
  THD *thd;
  SQL_SELECT *select;
  uint ref_length, reclength, rec_cache_size, error_offset;

  /**
    Counting records when reading result from filesort().
    Used when filesort leaves the result in the filesort buffer.
   */
  ha_rows unpack_counter;

  uchar *ref_pos;				/* pointer to form->refpos */
  uchar *rec_buf;                /* to read field values  after filesort */
  uchar	*cache,*cache_pos,*cache_end,*read_positions;

  /*
    Structure storing information about sorting
  */
  SORT_INFO *sort_info;
  struct st_io_cache *io_cache;
  bool print_error;

  int read_record() { return read_record_func(this); }
  uchar *record() const { return table->record[0]; }

  /* 
    SJ-Materialization runtime may need to read fields from the materialized
    table and unpack them into original table fields:
  */
  Copy_field *copy_field;
  Copy_field *copy_field_end;
public:
  READ_RECORD() : table(NULL), cache(NULL) {}
  ~READ_RECORD() { end_read_record(this); }
};

bool init_read_record(READ_RECORD *info, THD *thd, TABLE *reg_form,
		      SQL_SELECT *select, SORT_INFO *sort,
                      int use_record_cache,
                      bool print_errors, bool disable_rr_cache);
bool init_read_record_idx(READ_RECORD *info, THD *thd, TABLE *table,
                          bool print_error, uint idx, bool reverse);

void rr_unlock_row(st_join_table *tab);

#endif /* SQL_RECORDS_H */
#ifndef SQL_MY_APC_INCLUDED
#define SQL_MY_APC_INCLUDED
/*
   Copyright (c) 2011, 2013 Monty Program Ab.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/*
  Interface
  ~~~~~~~~~
   (
    - This is an APC request queue
    - We assume there is a particular owner thread which periodically calls
      process_apc_requests() to serve the call requests.
    - Other threads can post call requests, and block until they are exectued.
  )

  Implementation
  ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
  - The target has a mutex-guarded request queue.

  - After the request has been put into queue, the requestor waits for request
    to be satisfied. The worker satisifes the request and signals the
    requestor.
*/

class THD;

/*
  Target for asynchronous procedure calls (APCs). 
   - A target is running in some particular thread, 
   - One can make calls to it from other threads.
*/
class Apc_target
{
  mysql_mutex_t *LOCK_thd_kill_ptr;
public:
  Apc_target() : enabled(0), apc_calls(NULL) {} 
  ~Apc_target() { DBUG_ASSERT(!enabled && !apc_calls);}

  void init(mysql_mutex_t *target_mutex);

  /* Destroy the target. The target must be disabled when this call is made. */
  void destroy() { DBUG_ASSERT(!enabled); }

  /* Enter ther state where the target is available for serving APC requests */
  void enable() { enabled++; }

  /*
    Make the target unavailable for serving APC requests.

    @note
      This call will serve all requests that were already enqueued
  */
  void disable()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(enabled);
    mysql_mutex_lock(LOCK_thd_kill_ptr);
    bool process= !--enabled && have_apc_requests();
    mysql_mutex_unlock(LOCK_thd_kill_ptr);
    if (unlikely(process))
      process_apc_requests(true);
  }

  void process_apc_requests(bool force);
  /* 
    A lightweight function, intended to be used in frequent checks like this:

      if (apc_target.have_requests()) apc_target.process_apc_requests()
  */
  inline bool have_apc_requests()
  {
    return MY_TEST(apc_calls);
  }

  inline bool is_enabled() { return enabled; }
  
  /* Functor class for calls you can schedule */
  class Apc_call
  {
  public:
    /* This function will be called in the target thread */
    virtual void call_in_target_thread()= 0;
    virtual ~Apc_call() = default;
  };
  
  /* Make a call in the target thread (see function definition for details) */
  bool make_apc_call(THD *caller_thd, Apc_call *call, int timeout_sec, bool *timed_out);

#ifndef DBUG_OFF
  int n_calls_processed; /* Number of calls served by this target */
#endif
private:
  class Call_request;

  /* 
    Non-zero value means we're enabled. It's an int, not bool, because one can
    call enable() N times (and then needs to call disable() N times before the 
    target is really disabled)
  */
  int enabled;

  /* 
    Circular, double-linked list of all enqueued call requests. 
    We use this structure, because we 
     - process requests sequentially: requests are added at the end of the 
       list and removed from the front. With circular list, we can keep one
       pointer, and access both front an back of the list with it.
     - a thread that has posted a request may time out (or be KILLed) and 
       cancel the request, which means we need a fast request-removal
       operation.
  */
  Call_request *apc_calls;
 
  class Call_request
  {
  public:
    Apc_call *call; /* Functor to be called */

    /* The caller will actually wait for "processed==TRUE" */
    bool processed;

    /* Condition that will be signalled when the request has been served */
    mysql_cond_t COND_request;
    
    /* Double linked-list linkage */
    Call_request *next;
    Call_request *prev;
    
    const char *what; /* (debug) state of the request */
  };

  void enqueue_request(Call_request *qe);
  void dequeue_request(Call_request *qe);

  /* return the first call request in queue, or NULL if there are none enqueued */
  Call_request *get_first_in_queue()
  {
    return apc_calls;
  }
};

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_INTERFACE
void init_show_explain_psi_keys(void);
#else
#define init_show_explain_psi_keys() /* no-op */
#endif

#endif //SQL_MY_APC_INCLUDED

/* Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */


#ifndef SQL_BOOTSTRAP_H
#define SQL_BOOTSTRAP_H

/**
  The maximum size of a bootstrap query.
  Increase this size if parsing a longer query during bootstrap is necessary.
  The longest query in use depends on the documentation content,
  see the file fill_help_tables.sql
*/
#define MAX_BOOTSTRAP_QUERY_SIZE 60000
/**
  The maximum size of a bootstrap query, expressed in a single line.
  Do not increase this size, use the multiline syntax instead.
*/
#define MAX_BOOTSTRAP_LINE_SIZE 20000
#define MAX_BOOTSTRAP_ERROR_LEN 256

#define READ_BOOTSTRAP_SUCCESS     0
#define READ_BOOTSTRAP_EOF         1
#define READ_BOOTSTRAP_ERROR       2
#define READ_BOOTSTRAP_QUERY_SIZE  3

typedef void *fgets_input_t;
typedef char * (*fgets_fn_t)(char *, size_t, fgets_input_t, int *error);

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
int read_bootstrap_query(char *query, int *query_length, fgets_input_t input,
                           fgets_fn_t fgets_fn,
                           int preserve_delimiter,
                           int *error);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif


/* Copyright (c) 2012, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  GNU General Public License for more details.

  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  51 Franklin Street, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef PFS_STAGE_PROVIDER_H
#define PFS_STAGE_PROVIDER_H

/**
  @file include/pfs_stage_provider.h
  Performance schema instrumentation (declarations).
*/

#ifdef HAVE_PSI_STAGE_INTERFACE
#ifdef MYSQL_SERVER
#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
#ifndef MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN

#include "mysql/psi/psi.h"

#define PSI_STAGE_CALL(M) pfs_ ## M ## _v1

C_MODE_START

void pfs_register_stage_v1(const char *category,
                           PSI_stage_info_v1 **info_array,
                           int count);

PSI_stage_progress* pfs_start_stage_v1(PSI_stage_key key, const char *src_file, int src_line);
PSI_stage_progress* pfs_get_current_stage_progress_v1();

void pfs_end_stage_v1();

C_MODE_END

#endif /* MYSQL_DYNAMIC_PLUGIN */
#endif /* EMBEDDED_LIBRARY */
#endif /* MYSQL_SERVER */
#endif /* HAVE_PSI_STAGE_INTERFACE */

#endif

#ifndef ITEM_FUNC_INCLUDED
#define ITEM_FUNC_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2016, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2021, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */


/* Function items used by mysql */

#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_INTERFACE
#pragma interface			/* gcc class implementation */
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_IEEEFP_H
extern "C"				/* Bug in BSDI include file */
{
#include <ieeefp.h>
}
#endif

#include "sql_udf.h"    // udf_handler
#include "my_decimal.h" // string2my_decimal
#include <cmath>


extern bool st_append_json(String *s,
              CHARSET_INFO *json_cs, const uchar *js, uint js_len);
class Item_func :public Item_func_or_sum
{
  void sync_with_sum_func_and_with_field(List<Item> &list);
protected:
  virtual bool check_arguments() const
  {
    return check_argument_types_scalar(0, arg_count);
  }
  bool check_argument_types_like_args0() const;
  bool check_argument_types_scalar(uint start, uint end) const;
  bool check_argument_types_traditional_scalar(uint start, uint end) const;
  bool check_argument_types_or_binary(const Type_handler *handler,
                                      uint start, uint end) const;
  bool check_argument_types_can_return_int(uint start, uint end) const;
  bool check_argument_types_can_return_real(uint start, uint end) const;
  bool check_argument_types_can_return_str(uint start, uint end) const;
  bool check_argument_types_can_return_text(uint start, uint end) const;
  bool check_argument_types_can_return_date(uint start, uint end) const;
  bool check_argument_types_can_return_time(uint start, uint end) const;
  void print_cast_temporal(String *str, enum_query_type query_type);

  void print_schema_qualified_name(String *to,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING &schema_name,
                                   const LEX_CSTRING &function_name) const
  {
    // e.g. oracle_schema.func()
    to->append(schema_name);
    to->append('.');
    to->append(function_name);
  }

  void print_sql_mode_qualified_name(String *to,
                                     enum_query_type query_type,
                                     const LEX_CSTRING &function_name) const
  {
    const Schema *func_schema= schema();
    if (!func_schema || func_schema == Schema::find_implied(current_thd))
      to->append(function_name);
    else
      print_schema_qualified_name(to, func_schema->name(), function_name);
  }

  void print_sql_mode_qualified_name(String *to, enum_query_type query_type)
                                                                       const
  {
    return print_sql_mode_qualified_name(to, query_type, func_name_cstring());
  }

  void update_nullability_post_fix_fields();

  bool aggregate_args2_for_comparison_with_conversion(THD *thd,
                                           Type_handler_hybrid_field_type *th);
public:

  // Print an error message for a builtin-schema qualified function call
  static void wrong_param_count_error(const LEX_CSTRING &schema_name,
                                      const LEX_CSTRING &func_name);

  table_map not_null_tables_cache= 0;

  enum Functype { UNKNOWN_FUNC,EQ_FUNC,EQUAL_FUNC,NE_FUNC,LT_FUNC,LE_FUNC,
		  GE_FUNC,GT_FUNC,FT_FUNC,
		  LIKE_FUNC,ISNULL_FUNC,ISNOTNULL_FUNC,
		  COND_AND_FUNC, COND_OR_FUNC, XOR_FUNC,
                  BETWEEN, IN_FUNC, MULT_EQUAL_FUNC,
		  INTERVAL_FUNC, ISNOTNULLTEST_FUNC,
		  SP_EQUALS_FUNC, SP_DISJOINT_FUNC,SP_INTERSECTS_FUNC,
		  SP_TOUCHES_FUNC,SP_CROSSES_FUNC,SP_WITHIN_FUNC,
		  SP_CONTAINS_FUNC,SP_OVERLAPS_FUNC,
		  SP_STARTPOINT,SP_ENDPOINT,SP_EXTERIORRING,
		  SP_POINTN,SP_GEOMETRYN,SP_INTERIORRINGN, SP_RELATE_FUNC,
                  NOT_FUNC, NOT_ALL_FUNC, TEMPTABLE_ROWID,
                  NOW_FUNC, NOW_UTC_FUNC, SYSDATE_FUNC, TRIG_COND_FUNC,
                  SUSERVAR_FUNC, GUSERVAR_FUNC, COLLATE_FUNC,
                  EXTRACT_FUNC, CHAR_TYPECAST_FUNC, FUNC_SP, UDF_FUNC,
                  NEG_FUNC, GSYSVAR_FUNC, IN_OPTIMIZER_FUNC, DYNCOL_FUNC,
                  JSON_EXTRACT_FUNC, JSON_VALID_FUNC, ROWNUM_FUNC,
                  CASE_SEARCHED_FUNC, // Used by ColumnStore/Spider
                  CASE_SIMPLE_FUNC,   // Used by ColumnStore/spider,
                  DATE_FUNC, YEAR_FUNC
                };

  /*
    A function bitmap. Useful when some operation needs to be applied only
    to certain functions. For now we only need to distinguish some
    comparison predicates.
  */
  enum Bitmap : ulonglong
  {
    BITMAP_NONE= 0,
    BITMAP_EQ=         1ULL << EQ_FUNC,
    BITMAP_EQUAL=      1ULL << EQUAL_FUNC,
    BITMAP_NE=         1ULL << NE_FUNC,
    BITMAP_LT=         1ULL << LT_FUNC,
    BITMAP_LE=         1ULL << LE_FUNC,
    BITMAP_GE=         1ULL << GE_FUNC,
    BITMAP_GT=         1ULL << GT_FUNC,
    BITMAP_LIKE=       1ULL << LIKE_FUNC,
    BITMAP_BETWEEN=    1ULL << BETWEEN,
    BITMAP_IN=         1ULL << IN_FUNC,
    BITMAP_MULT_EQUAL= 1ULL << MULT_EQUAL_FUNC,
    BITMAP_OTHER=      1ULL << 63,
    BITMAP_ALL=        0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL,
    BITMAP_ANY_EQUALITY= BITMAP_EQ | BITMAP_EQUAL | BITMAP_MULT_EQUAL,
    BITMAP_EXCEPT_ANY_EQUALITY= BITMAP_ALL & ~BITMAP_ANY_EQUALITY,
  };

  ulonglong bitmap_bit() const
  {
    Functype type= functype();
    return 1ULL << (type > 63 ? 63 : type);
  }

  static scalar_comparison_op functype_to_scalar_comparison_op(Functype type)
  {
    switch (type) {
    case EQ_FUNC:    return SCALAR_CMP_EQ;
    case EQUAL_FUNC: return SCALAR_CMP_EQUAL;
    case LT_FUNC:    return SCALAR_CMP_LT;
    case LE_FUNC:    return SCALAR_CMP_LE;
    case GE_FUNC:    return SCALAR_CMP_GE;
    case GT_FUNC:    return SCALAR_CMP_GT;
    default: break;
    }
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return SCALAR_CMP_EQ;
  }
  enum Type type() const override { return FUNC_ITEM; }
  virtual enum Functype functype() const   { return UNKNOWN_FUNC; }
  Item_func(THD *thd): Item_func_or_sum(thd)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(with_flags == item_with_t::NONE);
    with_flags= item_with_t::NONE;
  }
  Item_func(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func_or_sum(thd, a)
  {
    with_flags= a->with_flags;
  }
  Item_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_func_or_sum(thd, a, b)
  {
    with_flags= a->with_flags | b->with_flags;
  }
  Item_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_func_or_sum(thd, a, b, c)
  {
    with_flags|= a->with_flags | b->with_flags | c->with_flags;
  }
  Item_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c, Item *d):
    Item_func_or_sum(thd, a, b, c, d)
  {
    with_flags= a->with_flags | b->with_flags | c->with_flags | d->with_flags;
  }
  Item_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c, Item *d, Item* e):
    Item_func_or_sum(thd, a, b, c, d, e)
  {
    with_flags= (a->with_flags | b->with_flags | c->with_flags | d->with_flags |
                 e->with_flags);
  }
  Item_func(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_func_or_sum(thd, list)
  {
    set_arguments(thd, list);
  }
  // Constructor used for Item_cond_and/or (see Item comment)
  Item_func(THD *thd, Item_func *item):
    Item_func_or_sum(thd, item),
    not_null_tables_cache(item->not_null_tables_cache)
  { }
  bool fix_fields(THD *, Item **ref) override;
  void cleanup() override
  {
    Item_func_or_sum::cleanup();
    used_tables_and_const_cache_init();
  }
  void fix_after_pullout(st_select_lex *new_parent, Item **ref, bool merge)
    override;
  void quick_fix_field() override;
  table_map not_null_tables() const override;
  void update_used_tables() override
  {
    used_tables_and_const_cache_init();
    used_tables_and_const_cache_update_and_join(arg_count, args);
  }
  COND *build_equal_items(THD *thd, COND_EQUAL *inherited,
                          bool link_item_fields,
                          COND_EQUAL **cond_equal_ref) override;
  SEL_TREE *get_mm_tree(RANGE_OPT_PARAM *param, Item **cond_ptr) override
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Item_func::get_mm_tree");
    DBUG_RETURN(const_item() ? get_mm_tree_for_const(param) : NULL);
  }
  bool eq(const Item *item, const Eq_config &config) const override;
  virtual Item *key_item() const { return args[0]; }
  void set_arguments(THD *thd, List<Item> &list)
  {
    Item_args::set_arguments(thd, list);
    sync_with_sum_func_and_with_field(list);
    list.empty();                                     // Fields are used
  }
  void split_sum_func(THD *thd, Ref_ptr_array ref_pointer_array,
                      List<Item> &fields, uint flags) override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  void print_op(String *str, enum_query_type query_type);
  void print_args(String *str, uint from, enum_query_type query_type) const;
  void print_args_parenthesized(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) const
  {
    str->append('(');
    print_args(str, 0, query_type);
    str->append(')');
  }
  bool is_null() override
  {
    update_null_value();
    return null_value;
  }
  String *val_str_from_val_str_ascii(String *str, String *str2);

  void signal_divide_by_null();
  friend class udf_handler;
  Field *create_field_for_create_select(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table) override
  { return tmp_table_field_from_field_type(root, table); }
  Item *get_tmp_table_item(THD *thd) override;

  void fix_char_length_ulonglong(ulonglong max_char_length_arg)
  {
    ulonglong max_result_length= max_char_length_arg *
                                 collation.collation->mbmaxlen;
    if (max_result_length >= MAX_BLOB_WIDTH)
    {
      max_length= MAX_BLOB_WIDTH;
      set_maybe_null();
    }
    else
      max_length= (uint32) max_result_length;
  }
  Item *transform(THD *thd, Item_transformer transformer, uchar *arg) override;
  Item* compile(THD *thd, Item_analyzer analyzer, uchar **arg_p,
                Item_transformer transformer, uchar *arg_t) override;
  void traverse_cond(Cond_traverser traverser,
                     void * arg, traverse_order order) override;
  bool eval_not_null_tables(void *opt_arg) override;
  bool find_not_null_fields(table_map allowed) override;
 // bool is_expensive_processor(void *arg);
 // virtual bool is_expensive() { return 0; }
  inline void raise_numeric_overflow(const char *type_name)
  {
    char buf[256];
    String str(buf, sizeof(buf), system_charset_info);
    str.length(0);
    print(&str, QT_NO_DATA_EXPANSION);
    my_error(ER_DATA_OUT_OF_RANGE, MYF(0), type_name, str.c_ptr_safe());
  }
  inline double raise_float_overflow()
  {
    raise_numeric_overflow("DOUBLE");
    return 0.0;
  }
  inline longlong raise_integer_overflow()
  {
    raise_numeric_overflow(unsigned_flag ? "BIGINT UNSIGNED": "BIGINT");
    return 0;
  }
  inline int raise_decimal_overflow()
  {
    raise_numeric_overflow("DECIMAL");
    return E_DEC_OVERFLOW;
  }
  /**
     Throw an error if the input double number is not finite, i.e. is either
     +/-INF or NAN.
  */
  inline double check_float_overflow(double value)
  {
    return std::isfinite(value) ? value : raise_float_overflow();
  }
  /**
    Throw an error if the input BIGINT value represented by the
    (longlong value, bool unsigned flag) pair cannot be returned by the
    function, i.e. is not compatible with this Item's unsigned_flag.
  */
  inline longlong check_integer_overflow(longlong value, bool val_unsigned)
  {
    return check_integer_overflow(Longlong_hybrid(value, val_unsigned));
  }

  // Check if the value is compatible with Item::unsigned_flag.
  inline longlong check_integer_overflow(const Longlong_hybrid &sval)
  {
    Longlong_null res= sval.val_int(unsigned_flag);
    return res.is_null() ? raise_integer_overflow() : res.value();
  }

  // Check if the value is compatible with Item::unsigned_flag.
  longlong check_integer_overflow(const ULonglong_hybrid &uval)
  {
    Longlong_null res= uval.val_int(unsigned_flag);
    return res.is_null() ? raise_integer_overflow() : res.value();
  }

  /**
     Throw an error if the error code of a DECIMAL operation is E_DEC_OVERFLOW.
  */
  inline int check_decimal_overflow(int error)
  {
    return (error == E_DEC_OVERFLOW) ? raise_decimal_overflow() : error;
  }

  bool has_timestamp_args()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    for (uint i= 0; i < arg_count; i++)
    {
      if (args[i]->type() == Item::FIELD_ITEM &&
          args[i]->field_type() == MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP)
        return TRUE;
    }
    return FALSE;
  }

  bool has_date_args()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    for (uint i= 0; i < arg_count; i++)
    {
      if (args[i]->type() == Item::FIELD_ITEM &&
          (args[i]->field_type() == MYSQL_TYPE_DATE ||
           args[i]->field_type() == MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME))
        return TRUE;
    }
    return FALSE;
  }

  bool has_time_args()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    for (uint i= 0; i < arg_count; i++)
    {
      if (args[i]->type() == Item::FIELD_ITEM &&
          (args[i]->field_type() == MYSQL_TYPE_TIME ||
           args[i]->field_type() == MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME))
        return TRUE;
    }
    return FALSE;
  }

  bool has_datetime_args()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    for (uint i= 0; i < arg_count; i++)
    {
      if (args[i]->type() == Item::FIELD_ITEM &&
          args[i]->field_type() == MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME)
        return TRUE;
    }
    return FALSE;
  }

  Item* propagate_equal_fields(THD *thd, const Context &ctx, COND_EQUAL *cond)
    override
  {
    /*
      By default only substitution for a field whose two different values
      are never equal is allowed in the arguments of a function.
      This is overruled for the direct arguments of comparison functions.
    */
    Item_args::propagate_equal_fields(thd, Context_identity(), cond);
    return this;
  }

  bool has_rand_bit()
  {
    return used_tables() & RAND_TABLE_BIT;
  }

  bool excl_dep_on_table(table_map tab_map) override
  {
    if (used_tables() & (OUTER_REF_TABLE_BIT | RAND_TABLE_BIT))
      return false; 
    return !(used_tables() & ~tab_map) || 
           Item_args::excl_dep_on_table(tab_map);
  }

  bool excl_dep_on_grouping_fields(st_select_lex *sel) override
  {
    if (has_rand_bit() || with_subquery())
      return false;
    return Item_args::excl_dep_on_grouping_fields(sel);
  }

  bool excl_dep_on_in_subq_left_part(Item_in_subselect *subq_pred) override
  {
    return Item_args::excl_dep_on_in_subq_left_part(subq_pred);
  }

  /*
    We assume the result of any function that has a TIMESTAMP argument to be
    timezone-dependent, since a TIMESTAMP value in both numeric and string
    contexts is interpreted according to the current timezone.
    The only exception is UNIX_TIMESTAMP() which returns the internal
    representation of a TIMESTAMP argument verbatim, and thus does not depend on
    the timezone.
   */
  bool check_valid_arguments_processor(void *bool_arg) override
  {
    return has_timestamp_args();
  }

  bool find_function_processor (void *arg) override
  {
    return functype() == *(Functype *) arg;
  }

  void no_rows_in_result() override
  {
    for (uint i= 0; i < arg_count; i++)
    {
      args[i]->no_rows_in_result();
    }
  }
  void restore_to_before_no_rows_in_result() override
  {
    for (uint i= 0; i < arg_count; i++)
    {
      args[i]->restore_to_before_no_rows_in_result();
    }
  }
  void convert_const_compared_to_int_field(THD *thd);
  Item_func *get_item_func() override { return this; }
  bool is_simplified_cond_processor(void *) override
  { return const_item() && !val_bool(); }
};


class Item_real_func :public Item_func
{
public:
  Item_real_func(THD *thd): Item_func(thd) { collation= DTCollation_numeric(); }
  Item_real_func(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func(thd, a)
  { collation= DTCollation_numeric(); }
  Item_real_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_func(thd, a, b)
  { collation= DTCollation_numeric(); }
  Item_real_func(THD *thd, List<Item> &list): Item_func(thd, list)
  { collation= DTCollation_numeric(); }
  String *val_str(String*str) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *decimal_value) override;
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    return Converter_double_to_longlong(val_real(), unsigned_flag).result();
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  { return get_date_from_real(thd, ltime, fuzzydate); }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_double; }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals= NOT_FIXED_DEC;
    max_length= float_length(decimals);
    return FALSE;
  }
};


/**
  Functions whose returned field type is determined at fix_fields() time.
*/
class Item_hybrid_func: public Item_func,
                        public Type_handler_hybrid_field_type
{
protected:
  bool fix_attributes(Item **item, uint nitems);
public:
  Item_hybrid_func(THD *thd): Item_func(thd) { }
  Item_hybrid_func(THD *thd, Item *a):  Item_func(thd, a) { }
  Item_hybrid_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_func(thd, a, b) { }
  Item_hybrid_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_func(thd, a, b, c) { }
  Item_hybrid_func(THD *thd, List<Item> &list): Item_func(thd, list) { }
  Item_hybrid_func(THD *thd, Item_hybrid_func *item)
    :Item_func(thd, item), Type_handler_hybrid_field_type(item) { }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return Type_handler_hybrid_field_type::type_handler(); }
  void fix_length_and_dec_long_or_longlong(uint char_length, bool unsigned_arg)
  {
    collation= DTCollation_numeric();
    unsigned_flag= unsigned_arg;
    max_length= char_length;
    set_handler(Type_handler::type_handler_long_or_longlong(char_length,
                                                            unsigned_arg));
  }
  void fix_length_and_dec_ulong_or_ulonglong_by_nbits(uint nbits)
  {
    uint digits= Type_handler_bit::Bit_decimal_notation_int_digits_by_nbits(nbits);
    collation= DTCollation_numeric();
    unsigned_flag= true;
    max_length= digits;
    if (nbits > 32)
      set_handler(&type_handler_ulonglong);
    else
      set_handler(&type_handler_ulong);
  }
};


class Item_handled_func: public Item_func
{
public:
  class Handler
  {
  public:
    virtual ~Handler() = default;
    virtual String *val_str(Item_handled_func *, String *) const= 0;
    virtual String *val_str_ascii(Item_handled_func *, String *) const= 0;
    virtual double val_real(Item_handled_func *) const= 0;
    virtual longlong val_int(Item_handled_func *) const= 0;
    virtual my_decimal *val_decimal(Item_handled_func *, my_decimal *) const= 0;
    virtual bool get_date(THD *thd, Item_handled_func *, MYSQL_TIME *, date_mode_t fuzzydate) const= 0;
    virtual bool val_native(THD *thd, Item_handled_func *, Native *to) const
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(0);
      to->length(0);
      return true;
    }
    virtual const Type_handler *
      return_type_handler(const Item_handled_func *item) const= 0;
    virtual const Type_handler *
      type_handler_for_create_select(const Item_handled_func *item) const
    {
      return return_type_handler(item);
    }
    virtual bool fix_length_and_dec(Item_handled_func *) const= 0;
  };

  class Handler_str: public Handler
  {
  public:
    String *val_str_ascii(Item_handled_func *item, String *str) const override
    {
      return item->Item::val_str_ascii(str);
    }
    double val_real(Item_handled_func *item) const override
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(item->fixed());
      StringBuffer<64> tmp;
      String *res= item->val_str(&tmp);
      return res ? item->double_from_string_with_check(res) : 0.0;
    }
    longlong val_int(Item_handled_func *item) const override
    {
      DBUG_ASSERT(item->fixed());
      StringBuffer<22> tmp;
      String *res= item->val_str(&tmp);
      return res ? item->longlong_from_string_with_check(res) : 0;
    }
    my_decimal *val_decimal(Item_handled_func *item, my_decimal *to) const override
    {
      return item->val_decimal_from_string(to);
    }
    bool get_date(THD *thd, Item_handled_func *item, MYSQL_TIME *to,
                  date_mode_t fuzzydate) const override
    {
      return item->get_date_from_string(thd, to, fuzzydate);
    }
  };

  /**
    Abstract class for functions returning TIME, DATE, DATETIME or string values,
    whose data type depends on parameters and is set at fix_fields time.
  */
  class Handler_temporal: public Handler
  {
  public:
    String *val_str(Item_handled_func *item, String *to) const override
    {
      StringBuffer<MAX_FIELD_WIDTH> ascii_buf;
      return item->val_str_from_val_str_ascii(to, &ascii_buf);
    }
  };

  /**
    Abstract class for functions returning strings,
    which are generated from get_date() results,
    when get_date() can return different MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_XXX per row.
  */
  class Handler_temporal_string: public Handler_temporal
  {
  public:
    const Type_handler *return_type_handler(const Item_handled_func *) const override
    {
      return &type_handler_string;
    }
    const Type_handler *
      type_handler_for_create_select(const Item_handled_func *item) const override
    {
      return return_type_handler(item)->type_handler_for_tmp_table(item);
    }
    double val_real(Item_handled_func *item) const override
    {
      return Temporal_hybrid(item).to_double();
    }
    longlong val_int(Item_handled_func *item) const override
    {
      return Temporal_hybrid(item).to_longlong();
    }
    my_decimal *val_decimal(Item_handled_func *item, my_decimal *to) const override
    {
      return Temporal_hybrid(item).to_decimal(to);
    }
    String *val_str_ascii(Item_handled_func *item, String *to) const override
    {
      return Temporal_hybrid(item).to_string(to, item->decimals);
    }
  };


  class Handler_date: public Handler_temporal
  {
  public:
    const Type_handler *return_type_handler(const Item_handled_func *) const override
    {
      return &type_handler_newdate;
    }
    bool fix_length_and_dec(Item_handled_func *item) const override
    {
      item->fix_attributes_date();
      return false;
    }
    double val_real(Item_handled_func *item) const override
    {
      return Date(item).to_double();
    }
    longlong val_int(Item_handled_func *item) const override
    {
      return Date(item).to_longlong();
    }
    my_decimal *val_decimal(Item_handled_func *item, my_decimal *to) const override
    {
      return Date(item).to_decimal(to);
    }
    String *val_str_ascii(Item_handled_func *item, String *to) const override
    {
      return Date(item).to_string(to);
    }
  };


  class Handler_time: public Handler_temporal
  {
  public:
    const Type_handler *return_type_handler(const Item_handled_func *) const override
    {
      return &type_handler_time2;
    }
    double val_real(Item_handled_func *item) const override
    {
      return Time(item).to_double();
    }
    longlong val_int(Item_handled_func *item) const override
    {
      return Time(item).to_longlong();
    }
    my_decimal *val_decimal(Item_handled_func *item, my_decimal *to) const override
    {
      return Time(item).to_decimal(to);
    }
    String *val_str_ascii(Item_handled_func *item, String *to) const override
    {
      return Time(item).to_string(to, item->decimals);
    }
    bool val_native(THD *thd, Item_handled_func *item, Native *to) const override
    {
      return Time(thd, item).to_native(to, item->decimals);
    }
  };


  class Handler_datetime: public Handler_temporal
  {
  public:
    const Type_handler *return_type_handler(const Item_handled_func *) const override
    {
      return &type_handler_datetime2;
    }
    double val_real(Item_handled_func *item) const override
    {
      return Datetime(item).to_double();
    }
    longlong val_int(Item_handled_func *item) const override
    {
      return Datetime(item).to_longlong();
    }
    my_decimal *val_decimal(Item_handled_func *item, my_decimal *to) const override
    {
      return Datetime(item).to_decimal(to);
    }
    String *val_str_ascii(Item_handled_func *item, String *to) const override
    {
      return Datetime(item).to_string(to, item->decimals);
    }
  };


  class Handler_int: public Handler
  {
  public:
    String *val_str(Item_handled_func *item, String *to) const override
    {
      longlong nr= val_int(item);
      if (item->null_value)
        return 0;
      to->set_int(nr, item->unsigned_flag, item->collation.collation);
      return to;
    }
    String *val_str_ascii(Item_handled_func *item, String *to) const override
    {
      return item->Item::val_str_ascii(to);
    }
    double val_real(Item_handled_func *item) const override
    {
      return item->unsigned_flag ? (double) ((ulonglong) val_int(item)) :
                                   (double) val_int(item);
    }
    my_decimal *val_decimal(Item_handled_func *item, my_decimal *to) const override
    {
      return item->val_decimal_from_int(to);
    }
    bool get_date(THD *thd, Item_handled_func *item,
                  MYSQL_TIME *to, date_mode_t fuzzydate) const override
    {
      return item->get_date_from_int(thd, to, fuzzydate);
    }
    longlong val_int(Item_handled_func *item) const override
    {
      Longlong_null tmp= to_longlong_null(item);
      item->null_value= tmp.is_null();
      return tmp.value();
    }
    virtual Longlong_null to_longlong_null(Item_handled_func *item) const= 0;
  };

  class Handler_slong: public Handler_int
  {
  public:
    const Type_handler *return_type_handler(const Item_handled_func *item) const override
    {
      return &type_handler_slong;
    }
    bool fix_length_and_dec(Item_handled_func *item) const override
    {
      item->unsigned_flag= false;
      item->collation= DTCollation_numeric();
      item->fix_char_length(11);
      return false;
    }
  };

  class Handler_slong2: public Handler_slong
  {
  public:
    bool fix_length_and_dec(Item_handled_func *func) const override
    {
      bool rc= Handler_slong::fix_length_and_dec(func);
      func->max_length= 2;
      return rc;
    }
  };

  class Handler_ulonglong: public Handler_int
  {
  public:
    const Type_handler *return_type_handler(const Item_handled_func *item) const override
    {
      return &type_handler_ulonglong;
    }
    bool fix_length_and_dec(Item_handled_func *item) const override
    {
      item->unsigned_flag= true;
      item->collation= DTCollation_numeric();
      item->fix_char_length(21);
      return false;
    }
  };

protected:
  const Handler *m_func_handler;
public:
  Item_handled_func(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_func(thd, a), m_func_handler(NULL) { }
  Item_handled_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_func(thd, a, b), m_func_handler(NULL) { }
  void set_func_handler(const Handler *handler)
  {
    m_func_handler= handler;
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    return m_func_handler->return_type_handler(this);
  }
  Field *create_field_for_create_select(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    const Type_handler *h= m_func_handler->type_handler_for_create_select(this);
    return h->make_and_init_table_field(root, &name,
                                        Record_addr(maybe_null()),
                                        *this, table);
  }
  String *val_str(String *to) override
  {
    return m_func_handler->val_str(this, to);
  }
  String *val_str_ascii(String *to) override
  {
    return m_func_handler->val_str_ascii(this, to);
  }
  double val_real() override
  {
    return m_func_handler->val_real(this);
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    return m_func_handler->val_int(this);
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *to) override
  {
    return m_func_handler->val_decimal(this, to);
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *to, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    return m_func_handler->get_date(thd, this, to, fuzzydate);
  }
  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override
  {
    return m_func_handler->val_native(thd, this, to);
  }
};


/**
  Functions that at fix_fields() time determine the returned field type,
  trying to preserve the exact data type of the arguments.

  The descendants have to implement "native" value methods,
  i.e. str_op(), date_op(), int_op(), real_op(), decimal_op().
  fix_fields() chooses which of the above value methods will be
  used during execution time, according to the returned field type.

  For example, if fix_fields() determines that the returned value type
  is MYSQL_TYPE_LONG, then:
  - int_op() is chosen as the execution time native method.
  - val_int() returns the result of int_op() as is.
  - all other methods, i.e. val_real(), val_decimal(), val_str(), get_date(),
    call int_op() first, then convert the result to the requested data type.
*/
class Item_func_hybrid_field_type: public Item_hybrid_func
{
  /*
    Helper methods to make sure that the result of
    decimal_op(), str_op() and date_op() is properly synched with null_value.
  */
  bool date_op_with_null_check(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime)
  {
     bool rc= date_op(thd, ltime, date_mode_t(0));
     DBUG_ASSERT(!rc ^ null_value);
     return rc;
  }
  bool time_op_with_null_check(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime)
  {
     bool rc= time_op(thd, ltime);
     DBUG_ASSERT(!rc ^ null_value);
     DBUG_ASSERT(rc || ltime->time_type == MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME);
     return rc;
  }
  String *str_op_with_null_check(String *str)
  {
    String *res= str_op(str);
    DBUG_ASSERT((res != NULL) ^ null_value);
    return res;
  }

public:
  // Value methods that involve no conversion
  String *val_str_from_str_op(String *str)
  {
    return str_op_with_null_check(&str_value);
  }
  longlong val_int_from_int_op()
  {
    return int_op();
  }
  double val_real_from_real_op()
  {
    return real_op();
  }

  // Value methods that involve conversion
  String *val_str_from_real_op(String *str);
  String *val_str_from_int_op(String *str);
  String *val_str_from_date_op(String *str);
  String *val_str_from_time_op(String *str);

  my_decimal *val_decimal_from_str_op(my_decimal *dec);
  my_decimal *val_decimal_from_real_op(my_decimal *dec);
  my_decimal *val_decimal_from_int_op(my_decimal *dec);
  my_decimal *val_decimal_from_date_op(my_decimal *dec);
  my_decimal *val_decimal_from_time_op(my_decimal *dec);

  longlong val_int_from_str_op();
  longlong val_int_from_real_op();
  longlong val_int_from_date_op();
  longlong val_int_from_time_op();

  double val_real_from_str_op();
  double val_real_from_date_op();
  double val_real_from_time_op();
  double val_real_from_int_op();

public:
  Item_func_hybrid_field_type(THD *thd):
    Item_hybrid_func(thd)
  { collation= DTCollation_numeric(); }
  Item_func_hybrid_field_type(THD *thd, Item *a):
    Item_hybrid_func(thd, a)
  { collation= DTCollation_numeric(); }
  Item_func_hybrid_field_type(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_hybrid_func(thd, a, b)
  { collation= DTCollation_numeric(); }
  Item_func_hybrid_field_type(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_hybrid_func(thd, a, b, c)
  { collation= DTCollation_numeric(); }
  Item_func_hybrid_field_type(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_hybrid_func(thd, list)
  { collation= DTCollation_numeric(); }

  double val_real() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    return Item_func_hybrid_field_type::type_handler()->
           Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_real(this);
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!is_cond());
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    return Item_func_hybrid_field_type::type_handler()->
           Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_int(this);
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *dec) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    return Item_func_hybrid_field_type::type_handler()->
           Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_decimal(this, dec);
  }
  String *val_str(String*str) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    String *res= Item_func_hybrid_field_type::type_handler()->
                 Item_func_hybrid_field_type_val_str(this, str);
    DBUG_ASSERT(null_value == (res == NULL));
    return res;
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *to, date_mode_t mode) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    return Item_func_hybrid_field_type::type_handler()->
           Item_func_hybrid_field_type_get_date_with_warn(thd, this, to, mode);
  }

  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    return native_op(thd, to);
  }

  /**
     @brief Performs the operation that this functions implements when the
     result type is INT.

     @return The result of the operation.
  */
  virtual longlong int_op()= 0;
  Longlong_null to_longlong_null_op()
  {
    longlong nr= int_op();
    /*
      C++ does not guarantee the order of parameter evaluation,
      so to make sure "null_value" is passed to the constructor
      after the int_op() call, int_op() is caled on a separate line.
    */
    return Longlong_null(nr, null_value);
  }
  Longlong_hybrid_null to_longlong_hybrid_null_op()
  {
    return Longlong_hybrid_null(to_longlong_null_op(), unsigned_flag);
  }

  /**
     @brief Performs the operation that this functions implements when the
     result type is REAL.

     @return The result of the operation.
  */
  virtual double real_op()= 0;
  Double_null to_double_null_op()
  {
    // val_real() must be caleed on a separate line. See to_longlong_null()
    double nr= real_op();
    return Double_null(nr, null_value);
  }

  /**
     @brief Performs the operation that this functions implements when the
     result type is DECIMAL.

     @param A pointer where the DECIMAL value will be allocated.
     @return 
       - 0 If the result is NULL
       - The same pointer it was given, with the area initialized to the
         result of the operation.
  */
  virtual my_decimal *decimal_op(my_decimal *)= 0;

  /**
     @brief Performs the operation that this functions implements when the
     result type is a string type.

     @return The result of the operation.
  */
  virtual String *str_op(String *)= 0;

  /**
     @brief Performs the operation that this functions implements when
     field type is DATETIME or DATE.
     @return The result of the operation.
  */
  virtual bool date_op(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *res, date_mode_t fuzzydate)= 0;

  /**
     @brief Performs the operation that this functions implements when
     field type is TIME.
     @return The result of the operation.
  */
  virtual bool time_op(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *res)= 0;

  virtual bool native_op(THD *thd, Native *native)= 0;
};


/*
  This class resembles SQL standard CASE-alike expressions:
  CASE and its abbreviations COALESCE, NULLIF, IFNULL, IF.

  <case expression> ::=   <case abbreviation>
                        | <case specification>
*/
class Item_func_case_expression: public Item_func_hybrid_field_type
{
public:
  Item_func_case_expression(THD *thd)
   :Item_func_hybrid_field_type(thd)
  { }
  Item_func_case_expression(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_func_hybrid_field_type(thd, a)
  { }
  Item_func_case_expression(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_func_hybrid_field_type(thd, a, b)
  { }
  Item_func_case_expression(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c)
   :Item_func_hybrid_field_type(thd, a, b, c)
  { }
  Item_func_case_expression(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_func_hybrid_field_type(thd, list)
  { }
  bool find_not_null_fields(table_map allowed) override { return false; }
};


class Item_func_numhybrid: public Item_func_hybrid_field_type
{
protected:

  inline void fix_decimals()
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(result_type() == DECIMAL_RESULT);
    if (decimals == NOT_FIXED_DEC && decimals >= max_length)
      decimals= decimal_digits_t(max_length - 1);
  }

public:
  Item_func_numhybrid(THD *thd): Item_func_hybrid_field_type(thd)
  { }
  Item_func_numhybrid(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func_hybrid_field_type(thd, a)
  { }
  Item_func_numhybrid(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_func_hybrid_field_type(thd, a, b)
  { }
  Item_func_numhybrid(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_func_hybrid_field_type(thd, a, b, c)
  { }
  Item_func_numhybrid(THD *thd, List<Item> &list):
    Item_func_hybrid_field_type(thd, list)
  { }
  String *str_op(String *str) override { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return 0; }
  bool date_op(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return true;
  }
  bool time_op(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return true;
  }
  bool native_op(THD *thd, Native *to) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return true;
  }
};


/* function where type of result detected by first argument */
class Item_func_num1: public Item_func_numhybrid
{
public:
  Item_func_num1(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func_numhybrid(thd, a) {}
  Item_func_num1(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_func_numhybrid(thd, a, b) {}
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override { return FALSE; }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override { return FALSE; }
};


/* Base class for operations like '+', '-', '*' */
class Item_num_op :public Item_func_numhybrid
{
protected:
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return false; // Checked by aggregate_for_num_op()
  }
public:
  Item_num_op(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_func_numhybrid(thd, a, b) {}
  virtual void result_precision()= 0;

  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    print_op(str, query_type);
  }
  bool fix_type_handler(const Type_aggregator *aggregator);
  void fix_length_and_dec_double()
  {
    aggregate_numeric_attributes_real(args, arg_count);
    max_length= float_length(decimals);
  }
  void fix_length_and_dec_decimal()
  {
    unsigned_flag= args[0]->unsigned_flag & args[1]->unsigned_flag;
    result_precision();
    fix_decimals();
  }
  void fix_length_and_dec_int()
  {
    unsigned_flag= args[0]->unsigned_flag | args[1]->unsigned_flag;
    result_precision();
    decimals= 0;
    set_handler(type_handler_long_or_longlong());
  }
  void fix_length_and_dec_temporal(bool downcast_decimal_to_int)
  {
    set_handler(&type_handler_newdecimal);
    fix_length_and_dec_decimal();
    if (decimals == 0 && downcast_decimal_to_int)
      set_handler(type_handler_long_or_longlong());
  }
  bool need_parentheses_in_default() override { return true; }
};


class Item_int_func :public Item_func
{
public:
  /*
    QQ: shouldn't 20 characters be enough:
    Max unsigned =  18,446,744,073,709,551,615 = 20 digits, 20 characters
    Max signed   =   9,223,372,036,854,775,807 = 19 digits, 19 characters
    Min signed   =  -9,223,372,036,854,775,808 = 19 digits, 20 characters
  */
  Item_int_func(THD *thd): Item_func(thd)
  { collation= DTCollation_numeric(); fix_char_length(21); }
  Item_int_func(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func(thd, a)
  { collation= DTCollation_numeric(); fix_char_length(21); }
  Item_int_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_func(thd, a, b)
  { collation= DTCollation_numeric(); fix_char_length(21); }
  Item_int_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c): Item_func(thd, a, b, c)
  { collation= DTCollation_numeric(); fix_char_length(21); }
  Item_int_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c, Item *d):
    Item_func(thd, a, b, c, d)
  { collation= DTCollation_numeric(); fix_char_length(21); }
  Item_int_func(THD *thd, List<Item> &list): Item_func(thd, list)
  { collation= DTCollation_numeric(); fix_char_length(21); }
  Item_int_func(THD *thd, Item_int_func *item) :Item_func(thd, item)
  { collation= DTCollation_numeric(); }
  double val_real() override;
  String *val_str(String*str) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *decimal_value) override
  {
    return val_decimal_from_int(decimal_value);
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  { return get_date_from_int(thd, ltime, fuzzydate); }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override= 0;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override { return FALSE; }
};


class Item_long_func: public Item_int_func
{
public:
  Item_long_func(THD *thd): Item_int_func(thd) { }
  Item_long_func(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_int_func(thd, a) {}
  Item_long_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_int_func(thd, a, b) {}
  Item_long_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c): Item_int_func(thd, a, b, c) {}
  Item_long_func(THD *thd, List<Item> &list): Item_int_func(thd, list) { }
  Item_long_func(THD *thd, Item_long_func *item) :Item_int_func(thd, item) {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    if (unsigned_flag)
      return &type_handler_ulong;
    return &type_handler_slong;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override { max_length= 11; return FALSE; }
};


class Item_long_ge0_func: public Item_int_func
{
public:
  Item_long_ge0_func(THD *thd): Item_int_func(thd) { }
  Item_long_ge0_func(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_int_func(thd, a) {}
  Item_long_ge0_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_int_func(thd, a, b) {}
  Item_long_ge0_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c): Item_int_func(thd, a, b, c) {}
  Item_long_ge0_func(THD *thd, List<Item> &list): Item_int_func(thd, list) { }
  Item_long_ge0_func(THD *thd, Item_long_ge0_func *item) :Item_int_func(thd, item) {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(!unsigned_flag);
    return &type_handler_slong_ge0;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *) override { max_length= 10; return FALSE; }
};


class Item_func_hash: public Item_int_func
{
public:
  Item_func_hash(THD *thd, List<Item> &item): Item_int_func(thd, item)
  {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_slong; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("<hash>") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_hash>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_hash_mariadb_100403: public Item_func_hash
{
public:
  Item_func_hash_mariadb_100403(THD *thd, List<Item> &item)
   :Item_func_hash(thd, item)
  {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("<hash_mariadb_100403>") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_hash_mariadb_100403>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_longlong_func: public Item_int_func
{
public:
  Item_longlong_func(THD *thd): Item_int_func(thd) { }
  Item_longlong_func(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_int_func(thd, a) {}
  Item_longlong_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_int_func(thd, a, b) {}
  Item_longlong_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c): Item_int_func(thd, a, b, c) {}
  Item_longlong_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c, Item *d):
    Item_int_func(thd, a, b, c, d) {}
  Item_longlong_func(THD *thd, List<Item> &list): Item_int_func(thd, list) { }
  Item_longlong_func(THD *thd, Item_longlong_func *item) :Item_int_func(thd, item) {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    if (unsigned_flag)
      return &type_handler_ulonglong;
    return &type_handler_slonglong;
  }
};


class Cursor_ref
{
protected:
  LEX_CSTRING m_cursor_name;
  uint m_cursor_offset;
  class sp_cursor *get_open_cursor_or_error();
  Cursor_ref(const LEX_CSTRING *name, uint offset)
   :m_cursor_name(*name), m_cursor_offset(offset)
  { }
  void print_func(String *str, const LEX_CSTRING &func_name);
};



class Item_func_cursor_rowcount: public Item_longlong_func,
                                 public Cursor_ref
{
public:
  Item_func_cursor_rowcount(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *name, uint offset)
   :Item_longlong_func(thd), Cursor_ref(name, offset)
  {
    set_maybe_null();
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("%ROWCOUNT") };
    return name;
  }
  longlong val_int() override;
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), arg, VCOL_SESSION_FUNC);
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    return Cursor_ref::print_func(str, func_name_cstring());
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_cursor_rowcount>(thd, this); }
};



class Item_func_connection_id :public Item_long_func
{
  longlong value;

public:
  Item_func_connection_id(THD *thd): Item_long_func(thd) { unsigned_flag=1; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("connection_id") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  longlong val_int() override { DBUG_ASSERT(fixed()); return value; }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg,
                                     VCOL_SESSION_FUNC);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_connection_id>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_signed :public Item_int_func
{
public:
  Item_func_signed(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_int_func(thd, a)
  {
    unsigned_flag= 0;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("cast_as_signed") };
    return name;
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    return Type_handler::type_handler_long_or_longlong(max_char_length(),
                                                       false);
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    longlong value= args[0]->val_int_signed_typecast();
    null_value= args[0]->null_value;
    return value;
  }
  void fix_length_and_dec_double()
  {
    fix_char_length(MAX_BIGINT_WIDTH);
  }
  void fix_length_and_dec_sint_ge0()
  {
    uint32 digits= args[0]->decimal_precision();
    DBUG_ASSERT(digits > 0);
    DBUG_ASSERT(digits <= MY_INT64_NUM_DECIMAL_DIGITS);
    fix_char_length(digits + (unsigned_flag ? 0 : 1/*sign*/));
  }
  void fix_length_and_dec_generic()
  {
    uint32 char_length= MY_MIN(args[0]->max_char_length(),
                               MY_INT64_NUM_DECIMAL_DIGITS);
    /*
      args[0]->max_char_length() can return 0.
      Reserve max_length to fit at least one character for one digit,
      plus one character for the sign (if signed).
    */
    set_if_bigger(char_length, 1U + (unsigned_flag ? 0 : 1));
    fix_char_length(char_length);
  }
  void fix_length_and_dec_string()
  {
    /*
      For strings, use decimal_int_part() instead of max_char_length().
      This is important for Item_hex_hybrid:
        SELECT CAST(0x1FFFFFFFF AS SIGNED);
      Length is 5, decimal_int_part() is 13.
    */
    uint32 char_length= MY_MIN(args[0]->decimal_int_part(),
                               MY_INT64_NUM_DECIMAL_DIGITS);
    set_if_bigger(char_length, 1U + (unsigned_flag ? 0 : 1));
    fix_char_length(char_length);
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    return args[0]->type_handler()->Item_func_signed_fix_length_and_dec(this);
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  decimal_digits_t decimal_precision() const override
  { return args[0]->decimal_precision(); }
  bool need_parentheses_in_default() override { return true; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_signed>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_unsigned :public Item_func_signed
{
public:
  Item_func_unsigned(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func_signed(thd, a)
  {
    unsigned_flag= 1;
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("cast_as_unsigned") };
    return name;
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    if (max_char_length() <= MY_INT32_NUM_DECIMAL_DIGITS - 1)
      return &type_handler_ulong;
    return &type_handler_ulonglong;
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    longlong value= args[0]->val_int_unsigned_typecast();
    null_value= args[0]->null_value;
    return value;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    return args[0]->type_handler()->Item_func_unsigned_fix_length_and_dec(this);
  }
  decimal_digits_t decimal_precision() const override
  { return decimal_digits_t(max_length); }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_unsigned>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_decimal_typecast :public Item_func
{
  my_decimal decimal_value;
public:
  Item_decimal_typecast(THD *thd, Item *a,
                        decimal_digits_t len, decimal_digits_t dec)
   :Item_func(thd, a)
  {
    decimals= dec;
    collation= DTCollation_numeric();
    fix_char_length(my_decimal_precision_to_length_no_truncation(len, dec,
                                                                 unsigned_flag));
  }
  String *val_str(String *str) override { return VDec(this).to_string(str); }
  double val_real() override { return VDec(this).to_double(); }
  longlong val_int() override { return VDec(this).to_longlong(unsigned_flag); }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal*) override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *to, date_mode_t mode) override
  {
    return decimal_to_datetime_with_warn(thd, VDec(this).ptr(), to, mode,
                                         NULL, NULL);
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_newdecimal; }
  void fix_length_and_dec_generic() {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    return
      args[0]->type_handler()->Item_decimal_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(this);
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("decimal_typecast") };
    return name;
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  bool need_parentheses_in_default() override { return true; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_decimal_typecast>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_real_typecast: public Item_real_func
{
protected:
  double val_real_with_truncate(double max_value);
public:
  Item_real_typecast(THD *thd, Item *a, uint len, uint dec)
   :Item_real_func(thd, a)
  {
    decimals=   (uint8)  dec;
    max_length= (uint32) len;
  }
  bool need_parentheses_in_default() override { return true; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  void fix_length_and_dec_generic()
  {
    set_maybe_null();
  }
};


class Item_float_typecast :public Item_real_typecast
{
public:
  Item_float_typecast(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_real_typecast(thd, a, MAX_FLOAT_STR_LENGTH, NOT_FIXED_DEC)
  { }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_float; }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    return
      args[0]->type_handler()->Item_float_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(this);
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("float_typecast") };
    return name;
  }
  double val_real() override
  {
    return (double) (float) val_real_with_truncate(FLT_MAX);
  }
  String *val_str(String*str) override
  {
    Float nr(Item_float_typecast::val_real());
    if (null_value)
      return 0;
    nr.to_string(str, decimals);
    return str;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_float_typecast>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_double_typecast :public Item_real_typecast
{
public:
  Item_double_typecast(THD *thd, Item *a, uint len, uint dec):
    Item_real_typecast(thd, a, len, dec)
  { }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    return
      args[0]->type_handler()->Item_double_typecast_fix_length_and_dec(this);
  }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("double_typecast") };
    return name;
  }
  double val_real() override { return val_real_with_truncate(DBL_MAX); }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_double_typecast>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_additive_op :public Item_num_op
{
public:
  Item_func_additive_op(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_num_op(thd, a, b) {}
  void result_precision() override;
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override {return FALSE;}
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override { return FALSE;}
};


class Item_func_plus :public Item_func_additive_op
{
public:
  Item_func_plus(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_func_additive_op(thd, a, b) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("+") };
    return name;
  }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return ADD_PRECEDENCE; }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  longlong int_op() override;
  double real_op() override;
  my_decimal *decimal_op(my_decimal *) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_plus>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_minus :public Item_func_additive_op
{
  bool m_depends_on_sql_mode_no_unsigned_subtraction;
public:
  Item_func_minus(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_func_additive_op(thd, a, b),
    m_depends_on_sql_mode_no_unsigned_subtraction(false)
  { }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("-") };
    return name;
  }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return ADD_PRECEDENCE; }
  Sql_mode_dependency value_depends_on_sql_mode() const override;
  longlong int_op() override;
  double real_op() override;
  my_decimal *decimal_op(my_decimal *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  void fix_unsigned_flag();
  void fix_length_and_dec_double()
  {
    Item_func_additive_op::fix_length_and_dec_double();
    fix_unsigned_flag();
  }
  void fix_length_and_dec_decimal()
  {
    Item_func_additive_op::fix_length_and_dec_decimal();
    fix_unsigned_flag();
  }
  void fix_length_and_dec_int()
  {
    Item_func_additive_op::fix_length_and_dec_int();
    fix_unsigned_flag();
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_minus>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_mul :public Item_num_op
{
public:
  Item_func_mul(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_num_op(thd, a, b) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("*") };
    return name;
  }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return MUL_PRECEDENCE; }
  longlong int_op() override;
  double real_op() override;
  my_decimal *decimal_op(my_decimal *) override;
  void result_precision() override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override {return FALSE;}
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override { return FALSE;}

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_mul>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_div :public Item_num_op
{
public:
  uint prec_increment;
  Item_func_div(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_num_op(thd, a, b) {}
  longlong int_op() override { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return 0; }
  double real_op() override;
  my_decimal *decimal_op(my_decimal *) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("/") };
    return name;
  }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return MUL_PRECEDENCE; }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  void fix_length_and_dec_double();
  void fix_length_and_dec_int();
  void result_precision() override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_div>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_int_div :public Item_int_func
{
public:
  Item_func_int_div(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_int_func(thd, a, b)
  {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("DIV") };
    return name;
  }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return MUL_PRECEDENCE; }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return type_handler_long_or_longlong(); }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    print_op(str, query_type);
  }

  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override {return FALSE;}
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override { return FALSE;}
  bool need_parentheses_in_default() override { return true; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_int_div>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_mod :public Item_num_op
{
public:
  Item_func_mod(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_num_op(thd, a, b) {}
  longlong int_op() override;
  double real_op() override;
  my_decimal *decimal_op(my_decimal *) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("MOD") };
    return name;
  }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return MUL_PRECEDENCE; }
  void result_precision() override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  void fix_length_and_dec_double()
  {
    Item_num_op::fix_length_and_dec_double();
    unsigned_flag= args[0]->unsigned_flag;
  }
  void fix_length_and_dec_decimal()
  {
    result_precision();
    fix_decimals();
  }
  void fix_length_and_dec_int()
  {
    result_precision();
    DBUG_ASSERT(decimals == 0);
    set_handler(type_handler_long_or_longlong());
  }
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override {return FALSE;}
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override { return FALSE;}

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_mod>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_neg :public Item_func_num1
{
public:
  Item_func_neg(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func_num1(thd, a) {}
  double real_op() override;
  longlong int_op() override;
  my_decimal *decimal_op(my_decimal *) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("-") };
    return name;
  }
  enum Functype functype() const override { return NEG_FUNC; }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return NEG_PRECEDENCE; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    str->append(func_name_cstring());
    args[0]->print_parenthesised(str, query_type, precedence());
  }
  void fix_length_and_dec_int();
  void fix_length_and_dec_double();
  void fix_length_and_dec_decimal();
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  decimal_digits_t decimal_precision() const  override
  { return args[0]->decimal_precision(); }
  bool need_parentheses_in_default() override { return true; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_neg>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_abs :public Item_func_num1
{
public:
  Item_func_abs(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func_num1(thd, a) {}
  double real_op() override;
  longlong int_op() override;
  my_decimal *decimal_op(my_decimal *) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("abs") };
    return name;
  }
  void fix_length_and_dec_int();
  void fix_length_and_dec_sint_ge0();
  void fix_length_and_dec_double();
  void fix_length_and_dec_decimal();
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_abs>(thd, this); }
};

// A class to handle logarithmic and trigonometric functions

class Item_dec_func :public Item_real_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return check_argument_types_can_return_real(0, arg_count); }
 public:
  Item_dec_func(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_real_func(thd, a) {}
  Item_dec_func(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_real_func(thd, a, b) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals= NOT_FIXED_DEC;
    max_length= float_length(decimals);
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
};

class Item_func_exp :public Item_dec_func
{
public:
  Item_func_exp(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_dec_func(thd, a) {}
  double val_real() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("exp") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_exp>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_ln :public Item_dec_func
{
public:
  Item_func_ln(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_dec_func(thd, a) {}
  double val_real() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("ln") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_ln>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_log :public Item_dec_func
{
public:
  Item_func_log(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_dec_func(thd, a) {}
  Item_func_log(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_dec_func(thd, a, b) {}
  double val_real() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("log") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_log>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_log2 :public Item_dec_func
{
public:
  Item_func_log2(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_dec_func(thd, a) {}
  double val_real() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("log2") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_log2>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_log10 :public Item_dec_func
{
public:
  Item_func_log10(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_dec_func(thd, a) {}
  double val_real() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("log10") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_log10>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_sqrt :public Item_dec_func
{
public:
  Item_func_sqrt(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_dec_func(thd, a) {}
  double val_real() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("sqrt") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_sqrt>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_pow :public Item_dec_func
{
public:
  Item_func_pow(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_dec_func(thd, a, b) {}
  double val_real() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("pow") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_pow>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_acos :public Item_dec_func
{
public:
  Item_func_acos(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_dec_func(thd, a) {}
  double val_real() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("acos") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_acos>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_asin :public Item_dec_func
{
public:
  Item_func_asin(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_dec_func(thd, a) {}
  double val_real() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("asin") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_asin>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_atan :public Item_dec_func
{
public:
  Item_func_atan(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_dec_func(thd, a) {}
  Item_func_atan(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_dec_func(thd, a, b) {}
  double val_real() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("atan") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_atan>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_cos :public Item_dec_func
{
public:
  Item_func_cos(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_dec_func(thd, a) {}
  double val_real() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("cos") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_cos>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_sin :public Item_dec_func
{
public:
  Item_func_sin(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_dec_func(thd, a) {}
  double val_real() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("sin") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_sin>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_tan :public Item_dec_func
{
public:
  Item_func_tan(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_dec_func(thd, a) {}
  double val_real() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("tan") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_tan>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_cot :public Item_dec_func
{
public:
  Item_func_cot(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_dec_func(thd, a) {}
  double val_real() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("cot") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_cot>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_int_val :public Item_func_hybrid_field_type
{
public:
  Item_func_int_val(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func_hybrid_field_type(thd, a) {}
  bool check_partition_func_processor(void *int_arg) override { return FALSE; }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override { return FALSE; }
  virtual decimal_round_mode round_mode() const= 0;
  void fix_length_and_dec_double();
  void fix_length_and_dec_int_or_decimal();
  void fix_length_and_dec_time()
  {
    fix_attributes_time(0);
    set_handler(&type_handler_time2);
  }
  void fix_length_and_dec_datetime()
  {
    fix_attributes_datetime(0);
    set_handler(&type_handler_datetime2);
    // Thinks like CEILING(TIMESTAMP'0000-01-01 23:59:59.9') returns NULL
    set_maybe_null();
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  String *str_op(String *str) override { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return 0; }
  bool native_op(THD *thd, Native *to) override;
};


class Item_func_ceiling :public Item_func_int_val
{
public:
  Item_func_ceiling(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func_int_val(thd, a) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("ceiling") };
    return name;
  }
  decimal_round_mode round_mode() const override { return CEILING; }
  longlong int_op() override;
  double real_op() override;
  my_decimal *decimal_op(my_decimal *) override;
  bool date_op(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  bool time_op(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_ceiling>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_floor :public Item_func_int_val
{
public:
  Item_func_floor(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func_int_val(thd, a) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("floor") };
    return name;
  }
  decimal_round_mode round_mode() const override { return FLOOR; }
  longlong int_op() override;
  double real_op() override;
  my_decimal *decimal_op(my_decimal *) override;
  bool date_op(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  bool time_op(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_floor>(thd, this); }
};

/* This handles round and truncate */

class Item_func_round :public Item_func_hybrid_field_type
{
  bool truncate;
  void fix_length_and_dec_decimal(uint decimals_to_set);
  void fix_length_and_dec_double(uint decimals_to_set);
  bool test_if_length_can_increase();
public:
  Item_func_round(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, bool trunc_arg)
    :Item_func_hybrid_field_type(thd, a, b), truncate(trunc_arg) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING truncate_name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("truncate") };
    static LEX_CSTRING round_name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("round") };
    return truncate ? truncate_name : round_name;
  }
  double real_op() override;
  longlong int_op() override;
  my_decimal *decimal_op(my_decimal *) override;
  bool date_op(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  bool time_op(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime) override;
  bool native_op(THD *thd, Native *to) override;
  String *str_op(String *str) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return NULL;
  }
  void fix_arg_decimal();
  void fix_arg_int(const Type_handler *preferred,
                   const Type_std_attributes *preferred_attributes,
                   bool use_decimal_on_length_increase);
  void fix_arg_slong_ge0();
  void fix_arg_hex_hybrid();
  void fix_arg_double();
  void fix_arg_time();
  void fix_arg_datetime();
  void fix_arg_temporal(const Type_handler *h, uint int_part_length);
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    /*
      We don't want to translate ENUM/SET to CHAR here.
      So let's real_type_handler(), not type_handler().
    */
    return args[0]->real_type_handler()->Item_func_round_fix_length_and_dec(this);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_round>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_rand :public Item_real_func
{
  struct my_rnd_struct *rand;
  bool first_eval; // TRUE if val_real() is called 1st time
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return check_argument_types_can_return_int(0, arg_count); }
  void seed_random (Item * val);
public:
  Item_func_rand(THD *thd, Item *a):
    Item_real_func(thd, a), rand(0), first_eval(TRUE) {}
  Item_func_rand(THD *thd): Item_real_func(thd) {}
  double val_real() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("rand") };
    return name;
  }
  bool const_item() const override { return 0; }
  void update_used_tables() override;
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  void cleanup() override { first_eval= TRUE; Item_real_func::cleanup(); }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_SESSION_FUNC);
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_rand>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_rownum final :public Item_longlong_func
{
  /*
    This points to a variable that contains the number of rows
    accpted so far in the result set
  */
  ha_rows *accepted_rows;
  SELECT_LEX *select;
public:
  Item_func_rownum(THD *thd);
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("rownum") };
    return name;
  }
  enum Functype functype() const override { return ROWNUM_FUNC; }
  void update_used_tables() override {}
  bool const_item() const override { return 0; }
  void fix_after_optimize(THD *thd) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    unsigned_flag= 1;
    used_tables_cache= RAND_TABLE_BIT;
    const_item_cache=0;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
  void cleanup() override
  {
    Item_longlong_func::cleanup();
    /* Ensure we don't point to freed memory */
    accepted_rows= 0;
  }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg,
                                     VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
  bool check_handler_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg,
                                     VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
  /* This function is used in insert, update and delete */
  void store_pointer_to_row_counter(ha_rows *row_counter)
  {
    accepted_rows= row_counter;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override { return 0; }
};

void fix_rownum_pointers(THD *thd, SELECT_LEX *select_lex, ha_rows *ptr);


class Item_func_sign :public Item_long_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return args[0]->check_type_can_return_real(func_name_cstring()); }
public:
  Item_func_sign(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_long_func(thd, a) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("sign") };
    return name;
  }
  decimal_digits_t decimal_precision() const override { return 1; }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override { fix_char_length(2); return FALSE; }
  longlong val_int() override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_sign>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_units :public Item_real_func
{
  LEX_CSTRING name;
  double mul,add;
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return check_argument_types_can_return_real(0, arg_count); }
public:
  Item_func_units(THD *thd, char *name_arg, Item *a, double mul_arg,
                  double add_arg):
    Item_real_func(thd, a), mul(mul_arg), add(add_arg)
  {
    name.str= name_arg;
    name.length= strlen(name_arg);
  }
  double val_real() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override { return name; }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals= NOT_FIXED_DEC;
    max_length= float_length(decimals);
    return FALSE;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_units>(thd, this); }
};


/**
  Item_func_min_max does not derive from Item_func_hybrid_field_type
  because the way how its methods val_xxx() and get_date() work depend
  not only by its arguments, but also on the context in which
  LEAST() and GREATEST() appear.
  For example, using Item_func_min_max in a CAST like this:
    CAST(LEAST('11','2') AS SIGNED)
  forces Item_func_min_max to compare the arguments as numbers rather
  than strings.
  Perhaps this should be changed eventually (see MDEV-5893).
*/
class Item_func_min_max :public Item_hybrid_func
{
  String tmp_value;
  int cmp_sign;
protected:
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return false; // Checked by aggregate_for_min_max()
  }
  bool fix_attributes(Item **item, uint nitems);
public:
  Item_func_min_max(THD *thd, List<Item> &list, int cmp_sign_arg):
    Item_hybrid_func(thd, list), cmp_sign(cmp_sign_arg)
  {}
  String *val_str_native(String *str);
  double val_real_native();
  longlong val_int_native();
  longlong val_uint_native();
  my_decimal *val_decimal_native(my_decimal *);
  bool get_date_native(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *res, date_mode_t fuzzydate);
  bool get_time_native(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *res);

  double val_real() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    return Item_func_min_max::type_handler()->
             Item_func_min_max_val_real(this);
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    return Item_func_min_max::type_handler()->
             Item_func_min_max_val_int(this);
  }
  String *val_str(String *str) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    return Item_func_min_max::type_handler()->
             Item_func_min_max_val_str(this, str);
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *dec) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    return Item_func_min_max::type_handler()->
             Item_func_min_max_val_decimal(this, dec);
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *res, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    return Item_func_min_max::type_handler()->
             Item_func_min_max_get_date(thd, this, res, fuzzydate);
  }
  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override;
  void aggregate_attributes_real(Item **items, uint nitems)
  {
    /*
      Aggregating attributes for the double data type for LEAST/GREATEST
      is almost the same with aggregating for CASE-alike hybrid functions,
      (CASE..THEN, COALESCE, IF, etc).
      There is one notable difference though, when a numeric argument is mixed
      with a string argument:
      - CASE-alike functions return a string data type in such cases
        COALESCE(10,'x') -> VARCHAR(2) = '10'
      - LEAST/GREATEST returns double:
        GREATEST(10,'10e4') -> DOUBLE = 100000
      As the string argument can represent a number in the scientific notation,
      like in the example above, max_length of the result can be longer than
      max_length of the arguments. To handle this properly, max_length is
      additionally assigned to the result of float_length(decimals).
    */
    Item_func::aggregate_attributes_real(items, nitems);
    max_length= float_length(decimals);
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    if (aggregate_for_min_max(func_name_cstring(), args, arg_count))
      return true;
    fix_attributes(args, arg_count);
    return false;
  }
};

class Item_func_min :public Item_func_min_max
{
public:
  Item_func_min(THD *thd, List<Item> &list): Item_func_min_max(thd, list, 1) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("least") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_min>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_max :public Item_func_min_max
{
public:
  Item_func_max(THD *thd, List<Item> &list): Item_func_min_max(thd, list, -1) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("greatest") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_max>(thd, this); }
};


/* 
  Objects of this class are used for ROLLUP queries to wrap up 
  each constant item referred to in GROUP BY list. 
*/

class Item_func_rollup_const :public Item_func
{
public:
  Item_func_rollup_const(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func(thd, a)
  {
    name= a->name;
  }
  double val_real() override { return val_real_from_item(args[0]); }
  longlong val_int() override { return val_int_from_item(args[0]); }
  String *val_str(String *str) override
  { return val_str_from_item(args[0], str); }
  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override
  { return val_native_from_item(thd, args[0], to); }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *dec) override
    { return val_decimal_from_item(args[0], dec); }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
    { return get_date_from_item(thd, args[0], ltime, fuzzydate); }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("rollup_const") };
    return name;
  }
  bool const_item() const override { return 0; }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return args[0]->type_handler(); }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    Type_std_attributes::set(*args[0]);
    return FALSE;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_rollup_const>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_long_func_length: public Item_long_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return args[0]->check_type_can_return_str(func_name_cstring()); }
public:
  Item_long_func_length(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_long_func(thd, a) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override { max_length=10; return FALSE; }
};


class Item_func_octet_length :public Item_long_func_length
{
  String value;
public:
  Item_func_octet_length(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_long_func_length(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("octet_length") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_octet_length>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_bit_length :public Item_longlong_func
{
  String value;
public:
  Item_func_bit_length(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_longlong_func(thd, a) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    max_length= 11; // 0x100000000*8 = 34,359,738,368
    return FALSE;
  }
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("bit_length") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_bit_length>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_char_length :public Item_long_func_length
{
  String value;
public:
  Item_func_char_length(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_long_func_length(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("char_length") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_char_length>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_coercibility :public Item_long_func
{
  longlong m_cached_collation_derivation;

  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return args[0]->check_type_can_return_str(func_name_cstring()); }
public:
  Item_func_coercibility(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_long_func(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("coercibility") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  bool eval_not_null_tables(void *) override
  {
    not_null_tables_cache= 0;
    return false;
  }
  bool find_not_null_fields(table_map allowed) override
  {
    return false;
  }
  Item* propagate_equal_fields(THD *thd, const Context &ctx, COND_EQUAL *cond)
    override
  { return this; }
  bool const_item() const override { return true; }
  table_map used_tables() const override { return 0; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_coercibility>(thd, this); }
};


/*
  In the corner case LOCATE could return (4,294,967,296 + 1),
  which would not fit into Item_long_func range.
  But string lengths are limited with max_allowed_packet,
  which cannot be bigger than 1024*1024*1024.
*/
class Item_func_locate :public Item_long_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return check_argument_types_can_return_str(0, 2) ||
           (arg_count > 2 && args[2]->check_type_can_return_int(func_name_cstring()));
  }
  String value1,value2;
  DTCollation cmp_collation;
public:
  Item_func_locate(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_long_func(thd, a, b) {}
  Item_func_locate(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c)
   :Item_long_func(thd, a, b, c) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("locate") };
    return name;
  }
  longlong val_int() override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    max_length= MY_INT32_NUM_DECIMAL_DIGITS;
    return agg_arg_charsets_for_comparison(cmp_collation, args, 2);
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_locate>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_field :public Item_long_func
{
  String value,tmp;
  Item_result cmp_type;
  DTCollation cmp_collation;
public:
  Item_func_field(THD *thd, List<Item> &list): Item_long_func(thd, list) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("field") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_field>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_ascii :public Item_long_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return check_argument_types_can_return_str(0, arg_count); }
  String value;
public:
  Item_func_ascii(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_long_func(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("ascii") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override { max_length=3; return FALSE; }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_ascii>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_ord :public Item_long_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return args[0]->check_type_can_return_str(func_name_cstring()); }
  String value;
public:
  Item_func_ord(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_long_func(thd, a) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override { fix_char_length(7); return FALSE; }
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("ord") };
    return name;
  }

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_ord>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_find_in_set :public Item_long_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return check_argument_types_can_return_str(0, 2); }
  String value,value2;
  uint enum_value;
  ulonglong enum_bit;
  DTCollation cmp_collation;
public:
  Item_func_find_in_set(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b):
    Item_long_func(thd, a, b), enum_value(0) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("find_in_set") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;

protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_find_in_set>(thd, this); }
};

/* Base class for all bit functions: '~', '|', '^', '&', '>>', '<<' */

class Item_func_bit_operator: public Item_handled_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return check_argument_types_can_return_int(0, arg_count); }
protected:
  bool fix_length_and_dec_op1_std(const Handler *ha_int, const Handler *ha_dec)
  {
    set_func_handler(args[0]->cmp_type() == INT_RESULT ? ha_int : ha_dec);
    return m_func_handler->fix_length_and_dec(this);
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec_op2_std(const Handler *ha_int, const Handler *ha_dec)
  {
    set_func_handler(args[0]->cmp_type() == INT_RESULT &&
                     args[1]->cmp_type() == INT_RESULT ? ha_int : ha_dec);
    return m_func_handler->fix_length_and_dec(this);
  }
public:
  Item_func_bit_operator(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_handled_func(thd, a) {}
  Item_func_bit_operator(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_handled_func(thd, a, b) {}
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    print_op(str, query_type);
  }
  bool need_parentheses_in_default() override { return true; }
};

class Item_func_bit_or :public Item_func_bit_operator
{
public:
  Item_func_bit_or(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_func_bit_operator(thd, a, b) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("|") };
    return name;
  }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return BITOR_PRECEDENCE; }
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_bit_or>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_bit_and :public Item_func_bit_operator
{
public:
  Item_func_bit_and(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_func_bit_operator(thd, a, b) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("&") };
    return name;
  }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return BITAND_PRECEDENCE; }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_bit_and>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_bit_count :public Item_handled_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return args[0]->check_type_can_return_int(func_name_cstring()); }
public:
  Item_func_bit_count(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_handled_func(thd, a) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("bit_count") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_bit_count>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_shift_left :public Item_func_bit_operator
{
public:
  Item_func_shift_left(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_func_bit_operator(thd, a, b) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("<<") };
    return name;
  }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return SHIFT_PRECEDENCE; }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_shift_left>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_shift_right :public Item_func_bit_operator
{
public:
  Item_func_shift_right(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_func_bit_operator(thd, a, b) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN(">>") };
    return name;
  }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return SHIFT_PRECEDENCE; }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_shift_right>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_bit_neg :public Item_func_bit_operator
{
public:
  Item_func_bit_neg(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func_bit_operator(thd, a) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("~") };
    return name;
  }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return NEG_PRECEDENCE; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    str->append(func_name_cstring());
    args[0]->print_parenthesised(str, query_type, precedence());
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_bit_neg>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_last_insert_id :public Item_longlong_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return check_argument_types_can_return_int(0, arg_count); }
public:
  Item_func_last_insert_id(THD *thd): Item_longlong_func(thd) {}
  Item_func_last_insert_id(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_longlong_func(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("last_insert_id") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    unsigned_flag= true;
    if (arg_count)
      max_length= args[0]->max_length;
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_last_insert_id>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_benchmark :public Item_long_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return args[0]->check_type_can_return_int(func_name_cstring()) ||
           args[1]->check_type_scalar(func_name_cstring());
  }
public:
  Item_func_benchmark(THD *thd, Item *count_expr, Item *expr):
    Item_long_func(thd, count_expr, expr)
  {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("benchmark") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    max_length=1;
    base_flags&= ~item_base_t::MAYBE_NULL;
    return FALSE;
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_benchmark>(thd, this); }
};


void item_func_sleep_init(void);
void item_func_sleep_free(void);

class Item_func_sleep :public Item_long_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return args[0]->check_type_can_return_real(func_name_cstring()); }
public:
  Item_func_sleep(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_long_func(thd, a) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override { fix_char_length(1); return FALSE; }
  bool const_item() const override { return 0; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("sleep") };
    return name;
  }
  table_map used_tables() const override
  {
    return used_tables_cache | RAND_TABLE_BIT;
  }
  bool is_expensive() override { return 1; }
  longlong val_int() override;
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_sleep>(thd, this); }
};



#ifdef HAVE_DLOPEN

class Item_udf_func :public Item_func
{
  /**
    Mark "this" as non-deterministic if it uses no tables
    and is not a constant at the same time.
  */
  void set_non_deterministic_if_needed()
  {
    if (!const_item_cache && !used_tables_cache)
      used_tables_cache= RAND_TABLE_BIT;
  }
protected:
  udf_handler udf;
  bool is_expensive_processor(void *arg) override { return TRUE; }

  class VDec_udf: public Dec_ptr_and_buffer
  {
  public:
    VDec_udf(Item_udf_func *func, udf_handler *udf)
    {
      my_bool tmp_null_value;
      m_ptr= udf->val_decimal(&tmp_null_value, &m_buffer);
      DBUG_ASSERT(is_null() == (tmp_null_value != 0));
      func->null_value= is_null();
    }
  };

public:
  Item_udf_func(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg):
    Item_func(thd), udf(udf_arg) {}
  Item_udf_func(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg, List<Item> &list):
    Item_func(thd, list), udf(udf_arg) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    const char *tmp= udf.name();
    return { tmp, strlen(tmp) };
  }
  enum Functype functype() const override { return UDF_FUNC; }
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed() == 0);
    bool res= udf.fix_fields(thd, this, arg_count, args);
    set_non_deterministic_if_needed();
    base_flags|= item_base_t::FIXED;
    return res;
  }
  void fix_num_length_and_dec();
  void update_used_tables() override
  {
    /*
      TODO: Make a member in UDF_INIT and return if a UDF is deterministic or
      not.
      Currently UDF_INIT has a member (const_item) that is an in/out 
      parameter to the init() call.
      The code in udf_handler::fix_fields also duplicates the arguments 
      handling code in Item_func::fix_fields().
      
      The lack of information if a UDF is deterministic makes writing
      a correct update_used_tables() for UDFs impossible.
      One solution to this would be :
       - Add a is_deterministic member of UDF_INIT
       - (optionally) deprecate the const_item member of UDF_INIT
       - Take away the duplicate code from udf_handler::fix_fields() and
         make Item_udf_func call Item_func::fix_fields() to process its 
         arguments as for any other function.
       - Store the deterministic flag returned by <udf>_init into the 
       udf_handler. 
       - Don't implement Item_udf_func::fix_fields, implement
       Item_udf_func::fix_length_and_dec() instead (similar to non-UDF
       functions).
       - Override Item_func::update_used_tables to call 
       Item_func::update_used_tables() and add a RAND_TABLE_BIT to the 
       result of Item_func::update_used_tables() if the UDF is 
       non-deterministic.
       - (optionally) rename RAND_TABLE_BIT to NONDETERMINISTIC_BIT to
       better describe its usage.
       
      The above would require a change of the UDF API.
      Until that change is done here's how the current code works:
      We call Item_func::update_used_tables() only when we know that
      the function depends on real non-const tables and is deterministic.
      This can be done only because we know that the optimizer will
      call update_used_tables() only when there's possibly a new const
      table. So update_used_tables() can only make a Item_func more
      constant than it is currently.
      That's why we don't need to do anything if a function is guaranteed
      to return non-constant (it's non-deterministic) or is already a
      const.
    */  
    if ((used_tables_cache & ~PSEUDO_TABLE_BITS) && 
        !(used_tables_cache & RAND_TABLE_BIT))
    {
      Item_func::update_used_tables();
      set_non_deterministic_if_needed();
    }
  }
  void cleanup() override;
  bool eval_not_null_tables(void *opt_arg) override
  {
    not_null_tables_cache= 0;
    return 0;
  }
  bool find_not_null_fields(table_map allowed) override
  {
    return false;
  }
  bool is_expensive() override { return 1; }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg,
                                     VCOL_NON_DETERMINISTIC);
  }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    return type_handler()->Item_get_date_with_warn(thd, this, ltime, fuzzydate);
  }
  bool excl_dep_on_grouping_fields(st_select_lex *sel) override
  { return false; }
};


class Item_func_udf_float :public Item_udf_func
{
 public:
  Item_func_udf_float(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg):
    Item_udf_func(thd, udf_arg) {}
  Item_func_udf_float(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg,
                      List<Item> &list):
    Item_udf_func(thd, udf_arg, list) {}
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    return Converter_double_to_longlong(Item_func_udf_float::val_real(),
                                        unsigned_flag).result();
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *dec_buf) override
  {
    double res=val_real();
    if (null_value)
      return NULL;
    double2my_decimal(E_DEC_FATAL_ERROR, res, dec_buf);
    return dec_buf;
  }
  double val_real() override;
  String *val_str(String *str) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_double; }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override { fix_num_length_and_dec(); return FALSE; }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_udf_float>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_udf_int :public Item_udf_func
{
public:
  Item_func_udf_int(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg):
    Item_udf_func(thd, udf_arg) {}
  Item_func_udf_int(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg,
                    List<Item> &list):
    Item_udf_func(thd, udf_arg, list) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  double val_real() override { return (double) Item_func_udf_int::val_int(); }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *decimal_value) override
  {
    return val_decimal_from_int(decimal_value);
  }
  String *val_str(String *str) override;
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  {
    if (unsigned_flag)
      return &type_handler_ulonglong;
    return &type_handler_slonglong;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override { decimals= 0; max_length= 21; return FALSE; }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_udf_int>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_udf_decimal :public Item_udf_func
{
public:
  Item_func_udf_decimal(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg):
    Item_udf_func(thd, udf_arg) {}
  Item_func_udf_decimal(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg, List<Item> &list):
    Item_udf_func(thd, udf_arg, list) {}
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    return VDec_udf(this, &udf).to_longlong(unsigned_flag);
  }
  double val_real() override
  {
    return VDec_udf(this, &udf).to_double();
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  String *val_str(String *str) override
  {
    return VDec_udf(this, &udf).to_string_round(str, decimals);
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_newdecimal; }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override { fix_num_length_and_dec(); return FALSE; }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_udf_decimal>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_udf_str :public Item_udf_func
{
public:
  Item_func_udf_str(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg):
    Item_udf_func(thd, udf_arg) {}
  Item_func_udf_str(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg, List<Item> &list):
    Item_udf_func(thd, udf_arg, list) {}
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  double val_real() override
  {
    int err_not_used;
    char *end_not_used;
    String *res;
    res= val_str(&str_value);
    return res ? res->charset()->strntod((char*) res->ptr(), res->length(),
                                         &end_not_used, &err_not_used) : 0.0;
  }
  longlong val_int() override
  {
    int err_not_used;
    String *res;  res=val_str(&str_value);
    return res ? res->charset()->strntoll(res->ptr(),res->length(),10,
                                          (char**) 0, &err_not_used) : (longlong) 0;
  }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *dec_buf) override
  {
    String *res=val_str(&str_value);
    if (!res)
      return NULL;
    string2my_decimal(E_DEC_FATAL_ERROR, res, dec_buf);
    return dec_buf;
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return string_type_handler(); }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_udf_str>(thd, this); }
};

#else /* Dummy functions to get yy_*.cc files compiled */

class Item_func_udf_float :public Item_real_func
{
 public:
  Item_func_udf_float(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg):
    Item_real_func(thd) {}
  Item_func_udf_float(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg, List<Item> &list):
    Item_real_func(thd, list) {}
  double val_real() { DBUG_ASSERT(fixed()); return 0.0; }
};


class Item_func_udf_int :public Item_int_func
{
public:
  Item_func_udf_int(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg):
    Item_int_func(thd) {}
  Item_func_udf_int(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg, List<Item> &list):
    Item_int_func(thd, list) {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_slonglong; }
  longlong val_int() { DBUG_ASSERT(fixed()); return 0; }
};


class Item_func_udf_decimal :public Item_int_func
{
public:
  Item_func_udf_decimal(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg):
    Item_int_func(thd) {}
  Item_func_udf_decimal(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg, List<Item> &list):
    Item_int_func(thd, list) {}
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_slonglong; }
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) { DBUG_ASSERT(fixed()); return 0; }
};


class Item_func_udf_str :public Item_func
{
public:
  Item_func_udf_str(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg):
    Item_func(thd) {}
  Item_func_udf_str(THD *thd, udf_func *udf_arg, List<Item> &list):
    Item_func(thd, list) {}
  String *val_str(String *)
    { DBUG_ASSERT(fixed()); null_value=1; return 0; }
  double val_real() { DBUG_ASSERT(fixed()); null_value= 1; return 0.0; }
  longlong val_int() { DBUG_ASSERT(fixed()); null_value=1; return 0; }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  { base_flags|= item_base_t::MAYBE_NULL; max_length=0; return FALSE; }
};

#endif /* HAVE_DLOPEN */

void mysql_ull_cleanup(THD *thd);
void mysql_ull_set_explicit_lock_duration(THD *thd);


class Item_func_lock :public Item_long_func
{
 public:
  Item_func_lock(THD *thd): Item_long_func(thd) { }
  Item_func_lock(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_long_func(thd, a) {}
  Item_func_lock(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b): Item_long_func(thd, a, b) {}
  table_map used_tables() const override
  {
    return used_tables_cache | RAND_TABLE_BIT;
  }
  bool const_item() const override { return 0; }
  bool is_expensive() override { return 1; }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
};


class Item_func_get_lock final :public Item_func_lock
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return args[0]->check_type_general_purpose_string(func_name_cstring()) ||
           args[1]->check_type_can_return_real(func_name_cstring());
  }
  String value;
 public:
  Item_func_get_lock(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b) :Item_func_lock(thd, a, b) {}
  longlong val_int() override final;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override final
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("get_lock") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    max_length= 1;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override final
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_get_lock>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_release_all_locks final :public Item_func_lock
{
public:
  Item_func_release_all_locks(THD *thd): Item_func_lock(thd)
  { unsigned_flag= 1; }
  longlong val_int() override final;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("release_all_locks") };
    return name;
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override final
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_release_all_locks>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_release_lock final :public Item_func_lock
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return args[0]->check_type_general_purpose_string(func_name_cstring()); }
  String value;
public:
  Item_func_release_lock(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_func_lock(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override final;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("release_lock") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    max_length= 1;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override final
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_release_lock>(thd, this); }
};


/* replication functions */

class Item_master_pos_wait :public Item_longlong_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return
      args[0]->check_type_general_purpose_string(func_name_cstring()) ||
      args[1]->check_type_can_return_int(func_name_cstring()) ||
      (arg_count > 2 && args[2]->check_type_can_return_int(func_name_cstring())) ||
      (arg_count > 3 && args[3]->check_type_general_purpose_string(func_name_cstring()));
  }
  String value;
public:
  Item_master_pos_wait(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_longlong_func(thd, a, b) {}
  Item_master_pos_wait(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c):
    Item_longlong_func(thd, a, b, c) {}
  Item_master_pos_wait(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b, Item *c, Item *d):
    Item_longlong_func(thd, a, b, c, d) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("master_pos_wait") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    max_length=21;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_master_pos_wait>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_master_gtid_wait :public Item_long_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    return args[0]->check_type_general_purpose_string(func_name_cstring()) ||
      (arg_count > 1 && args[1]->check_type_can_return_real(func_name_cstring()));
  }
  String value;
public:
  Item_master_gtid_wait(THD *thd, Item *a)
   :Item_long_func(thd, a) {}
  Item_master_gtid_wait(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_long_func(thd, a, b) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("master_gtid_wait") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override { max_length=2; return FALSE; }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_master_gtid_wait>(thd, this); }
};


/* Handling of user definable variables */

class user_var_entry;


/**
  A class to set and get user variables
*/
class Item_func_user_var :public Item_hybrid_func
{
protected:
  user_var_entry *m_var_entry;
public:
  LEX_CSTRING name; // keep it public
  Item_func_user_var(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *a)
    :Item_hybrid_func(thd), m_var_entry(NULL), name(*a) { }
  Item_func_user_var(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *a, Item *b)
    :Item_hybrid_func(thd, b), m_var_entry(NULL), name(*a) { }
  Item_func_user_var(THD *thd, Item_func_user_var *item)
    :Item_hybrid_func(thd, item),
    m_var_entry(item->m_var_entry), name(item->name) { }
  Field *create_tmp_field_ex(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table, Tmp_field_src *src,
                             const Tmp_field_param *param) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(fixed());
    return create_tmp_field_ex_from_handler(root, table, src, param,
                                            type_handler());
  }
  Field *create_field_for_create_select(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table) override
  { return create_table_field_from_handler(root, table); }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    return type_handler()->Item_get_date_with_warn(thd, this, ltime, fuzzydate);
  }
};


class Item_func_set_user_var :public Item_func_user_var
{
  /*
    The entry_thread_id variable is used:
    1) to skip unnecessary updates of the entry field (see above);
    2) to reset the entry field that was initialized in the other thread
       (for example, an item tree of a trigger that updates user variables
       may be shared between several connections, and the entry_thread_id field
       prevents updates of one connection user variables from a concurrent
       connection calling the same trigger that initially updated some
       user variable it the first connection context).
  */
  my_thread_id entry_thread_id;
  String value;
  my_decimal decimal_buff;
  bool null_item;
  union
  {
    longlong vint;
    double vreal;
    String *vstr;
    my_decimal *vdec;
  } save_result;

public:
  Item_func_set_user_var(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *a, Item *b):
    Item_func_user_var(thd, a, b),
    entry_thread_id(0)
  {}
  Item_func_set_user_var(THD *thd, Item_func_set_user_var *item)
    :Item_func_user_var(thd, item),
    entry_thread_id(item->entry_thread_id),
    value(item->value), decimal_buff(item->decimal_buff),
    null_item(item->null_item), save_result(item->save_result)
  {}

  enum Functype functype() const override { return SUSERVAR_FUNC; }
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String *str) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  double val_result() override;
  longlong val_int_result() override;
  bool val_bool_result() override;
  String *str_result(String *str) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal_result(my_decimal *) override;
  bool is_null_result() override;
  bool update_hash(void *ptr, size_t length, const Type_handler *th,
                   CHARSET_INFO *cs);
  bool send(Protocol *protocol, st_value *buffer) override;
  void make_send_field(THD *thd, Send_field *tmp_field) override;
  bool check(bool use_result_field);
  void save_item_result(Item *item);
  bool update();
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return ASSIGN_PRECEDENCE; }
  void print_as_stmt(String *str, enum_query_type query_type);
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("set_user_var") };
    return name;
  }
  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions,
                    bool can_use_result_field);
  int save_in_field(Field *field, bool no_conversions) override
  {
    return save_in_field(field, no_conversions, 1);
  }
  void save_org_in_field(Field *field,
                         fast_field_copier data __attribute__ ((__unused__)))
    override
  { (void) save_in_field(field, 1, 0); }
  bool register_field_in_read_map(void *arg) override;
  bool register_field_in_bitmap(void *arg) override;
  bool set_entry(THD *thd, bool create_if_not_exists);
  void cleanup() override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_set_user_var>(thd, this); }
public:
  bool excl_dep_on_table(table_map tab_map) override { return false; }
};


class Item_func_get_user_var :public Item_func_user_var,
                              private Settable_routine_parameter
{
public:
  Item_func_get_user_var(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *a):
    Item_func_user_var(thd, a) {}
  enum Functype functype() const override { return GUSERVAR_FUNC; }
  LEX_CSTRING get_name() { return name; }
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal*) override;
  String *val_str(String* str) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  /*
    We must always return variables as strings to guard against selects of type
    select @t1:=1,@t1,@t:="hello",@t from foo where (@t1:= t2.b)
  */
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("get_user_var") };
    return name;
  }
  bool const_item() const override;
  table_map used_tables() const override
  { return const_item() ? 0 : RAND_TABLE_BIT; }
  bool eq(const Item *item, const Eq_config &config) const override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_get_user_var>(thd, this); }
private:
  bool set_value(THD *thd, sp_rcontext *ctx, Item **it) override;

public:
  Settable_routine_parameter *get_settable_routine_parameter() override
  {
    return this;
  }
};


/*
  This item represents user variable used as out parameter (e.g in LOAD DATA),
  and it is supposed to be used only for this purprose. So it is simplified
  a lot. Actually you should never obtain its value.

  The only two reasons for this thing being an Item is possibility to store it
  in List<Item> and desire to place this code somewhere near other functions
  working with user variables.
*/
class Item_user_var_as_out_param :public Item_fixed_hybrid,
                                  public Load_data_outvar
{
  LEX_CSTRING org_name;
  user_var_entry *entry;
public:
  Item_user_var_as_out_param(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *a)
  :Item_fixed_hybrid(thd)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(a->length < UINT_MAX32);
    org_name= *a;
    set_name(thd, a->str, a->length, system_charset_info);
  }
  Load_data_outvar *get_load_data_outvar() override
  {
    return this;
  }
  bool load_data_set_null(THD *thd, const Load_data_param *param) override
  {
    set_null_value(param->charset());
    return false;
  }
  bool load_data_set_no_data(THD *thd, const Load_data_param *param) override
  {
    set_null_value(param->charset());
    return false;
  }
  bool load_data_set_value(THD *thd, const char *pos, uint length,
                           const Load_data_param *param) override
  {
    set_value(pos, length, param->charset());
    return false;
  }
  void load_data_print_for_log_event(THD *thd, String *to) const override;
  bool load_data_add_outvar(THD *thd, Load_data_param *param) const override
  {
    return param->add_outvar_user_var(thd);
  }
  uint load_data_fixed_length() const override
  {
    return 0;
  }
  Field *create_tmp_field_ex(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table, Tmp_field_src *src,
                             const Tmp_field_param *param) override
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(0);
    return NULL;
  }
  /* We should return something different from FIELD_ITEM here */
  enum Type type() const override { return CONST_ITEM;}
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String *str) override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *decimal_buffer) override;
  /* fix_fields() binds variable name with its entry structure */
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  void set_null_value(CHARSET_INFO* cs);
  void set_value(const char *str, uint length, CHARSET_INFO* cs);
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return &type_handler_double; }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_user_var_as_out_param>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return shallow_copy_with_checks(thd); }
};


/* A system variable */

#define GET_SYS_VAR_CACHE_LONG     1
#define GET_SYS_VAR_CACHE_DOUBLE   2
#define GET_SYS_VAR_CACHE_STRING   4

class Item_func_get_system_var :public Item_func
{
  sys_var *var;
  enum_var_type var_type, orig_var_type;
  LEX_CSTRING component;
  longlong cached_llval;
  double cached_dval;
  String cached_strval;
  bool cached_null_value;
  query_id_t used_query_id;
  uchar cache_present;

public:
  Item_func_get_system_var(THD *thd, sys_var *var_arg,
                           enum_var_type var_type_arg,
                           LEX_CSTRING *component_arg, const char *name_arg,
                           size_t name_len_arg);
  enum Functype functype() const override { return GSYSVAR_FUNC; }
  void update_null_value() override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  bool const_item() const override { return true; }
  table_map used_tables() const override { return 0; }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override;
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String* val_str(String*) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *dec_buf) override
  { return val_decimal_from_real(dec_buf); }
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    return type_handler()->Item_get_date_with_warn(thd, this, ltime, fuzzydate);
  }
  /* TODO: fix to support views */
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("get_system_var") };
    return name;
  }
  /**
    Indicates whether this system variable is written to the binlog or not.

    Variables are written to the binlog as part of "status_vars" in
    Query_log_event, as an Intvar_log_event, or a Rand_log_event.

    @return true if the variable is written to the binlog, false otherwise.
  */
  bool is_written_to_binlog();
  bool eq(const Item *item, const Eq_config &config) const override;

  void cleanup() override;
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_get_system_var>(thd, this); }
};


/* for fulltext search */

class Item_func_match :public Item_real_func
{
public:
  uint key, match_flags;
  bool join_key;
  DTCollation cmp_collation;
  FT_INFO *ft_handler;
  TABLE *table;
  Item_func_match *master;   // for master-slave optimization
  Item *concat_ws;           // Item_func_concat_ws
  String value;              // value of concat_ws
  String search_value;       // key_item()'s value converted to cmp_collation

  Item_func_match(THD *thd, List<Item> &a, uint b):
    Item_real_func(thd, a), key(0), match_flags(b), join_key(0), ft_handler(0),
    table(0), master(0), concat_ws(0) { }
  void cleanup() override
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("Item_func_match::cleanup");
    Item_real_func::cleanup();
    if (!master && ft_handler)
      ft_handler->please->close_search(ft_handler);
    ft_handler= 0;
    concat_ws= 0;
    table= 0;           // required by Item_func_match::eq()
    DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
  }
  bool is_expensive_processor(void *arg) override { return TRUE; }
  enum Functype functype() const override { return FT_FUNC; }
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("match") };
    return name;
  }
  bool eval_not_null_tables(void *opt_arg) override
  {
    not_null_tables_cache= 0;
    return 0;
  }
  bool find_not_null_fields(table_map allowed) override
  {
    return false;
  }
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  bool eq(const Item *, const Eq_config &config) const override;
  /* The following should be safe, even if we compare doubles */
  longlong val_int() override { DBUG_ASSERT(fixed()); return val_real() != 0.0; }
  double val_real() override;
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;

  bool fix_index();
  bool init_search(THD *thd, bool no_order);
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function("match ... against()", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_match>(thd, this); }
  Item *deep_copy(THD *thd) const override { return nullptr; }
private:
  /**
     Check whether storage engine for given table, 
     allows FTS Boolean search on non-indexed columns.

     @todo A flag should be added to the extended fulltext API so that 
           it may be checked whether search on non-indexed columns are 
           supported. Currently, it is not possible to check for such a 
           flag since @c this->ft_handler is not yet set when this function is 
           called.  The current hack is to assume that search on non-indexed
           columns are supported for engines that does not support the extended
           fulltext API (e.g., MyISAM), while it is not supported for other 
           engines (e.g., InnoDB)

     @param table_arg Table for which storage engine to check

     @retval true if BOOLEAN search on non-indexed columns is supported
     @retval false otherwise
   */
  bool allows_search_on_non_indexed_columns(TABLE* table_arg)
  {
    // Only Boolean search may support non_indexed columns
    if (!(match_flags & FT_BOOL))
      return false;

    DBUG_ASSERT(table_arg && table_arg->file);

    // Assume that if extended fulltext API is not supported,
    // non-indexed columns are allowed.  This will be true for MyISAM.
    if ((table_arg->file->ha_table_flags() & HA_CAN_FULLTEXT_EXT) == 0)
      return true;

    return false;
  }
};


class Item_func_bit_xor : public Item_func_bit_operator
{
public:
  Item_func_bit_xor(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b)
   :Item_func_bit_operator(thd, a, b) {}
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("^") };
    return name;
  }
  enum precedence precedence() const override { return BITXOR_PRECEDENCE; }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_bit_xor>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_is_free_lock :public Item_long_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return args[0]->check_type_general_purpose_string(func_name_cstring()); }
  String value;
public:
  Item_func_is_free_lock(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_long_func(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("is_free_lock") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals=0;
    max_length=1;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_is_free_lock>(thd, this); }
};

class Item_func_is_used_lock :public Item_long_func
{
  bool check_arguments() const override
  { return args[0]->check_type_general_purpose_string(func_name_cstring()); }
  String value;
public:
  Item_func_is_used_lock(THD *thd, Item *a): Item_long_func(thd, a) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("is_used_lock") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals=0; max_length=10;
    set_maybe_null();
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_is_used_lock>(thd, this); }
};


struct Lex_cast_type_st: public Lex_length_and_dec_st
{
private:
  const Type_handler *m_type_handler;
  CHARSET_INFO *m_charset;
public:
  void set(const Type_handler *handler,
           Lex_length_and_dec_st length_and_dec,
           CHARSET_INFO *cs= NULL)
  {
    m_type_handler= handler;
    m_charset= cs;
    Lex_length_and_dec_st::operator=(length_and_dec);
  }
  bool set(const Type_handler *handler,
           const Lex_length_and_dec_st & length_and_dec,
           Sql_used *used,
           const Charset_collation_map_st &map,
           const Lex_column_charset_collation_attrs_st &cscl,
           CHARSET_INFO *defcs)
  {
    CHARSET_INFO *tmp= cscl.resolved_to_character_set(used, map, defcs);
    if (!tmp)
      return true;
    set(handler, length_and_dec, tmp);
    return false;
  }
  void set(const Type_handler *handler)
  {
    m_type_handler= handler;
    m_charset= NULL;
    Lex_length_and_dec_st::reset();
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const { return m_type_handler; }
  CHARSET_INFO *charset() const { return m_charset; }
  Item *create_typecast_item(THD *thd, Item *item) const
  {
    return m_type_handler->
      create_typecast_item(thd, item, Type_cast_attributes(*this, m_charset));
  }
  Item *create_typecast_item_or_error(THD *thd, Item *item) const;
};


class Item_func_row_count :public Item_longlong_func
{
public:
  Item_func_row_count(THD *thd): Item_longlong_func(thd) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("row_count") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals= 0;
    base_flags&= ~item_base_t::MAYBE_NULL;
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_row_count>(thd, this); }
};


/*
 *
 * Stored FUNCTIONs
 *
 */

class Item_func_sp :public Item_func,
                    public Item_sp
{
private:
  const Sp_handler *m_handler;

  bool execute();

protected:
  bool is_expensive_processor(void *arg) override
  { return is_expensive(); }

  bool check_arguments() const override
  {
    // sp_prepare_func_item() checks that the number of columns is correct
    return false;
  } 
public:

  Item_func_sp(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg,
               sp_name *name, const Sp_handler *sph);

  Item_func_sp(THD *thd, Name_resolution_context *context_arg,
               sp_name *name, const Sp_handler *sph, List<Item> &list);

  virtual ~Item_func_sp() = default;

  void update_used_tables() override;

  void cleanup() override;

  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override;

  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override;

  Field *create_tmp_field_ex(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table, Tmp_field_src *src,
                             const Tmp_field_param *param) override;
  Field *create_field_for_create_select(MEM_ROOT *root, TABLE *table) override
  {
    return result_type() != STRING_RESULT ?
           sp_result_field :
           create_table_field_from_handler(root, table);
  }
  void make_send_field(THD *thd, Send_field *tmp_field) override;

  longlong val_int() override
  {
    if (execute())
      return (longlong) 0;
    return sp_result_field->val_int();
  }

  double val_real() override
  {
    if (execute())
      return 0.0;
    return sp_result_field->val_real();
  }

  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *dec_buf) override
  {
    if (execute())
      return NULL;
    return sp_result_field->val_decimal(dec_buf);
  }

  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override
  {
    if (execute())
      return true;
    return sp_result_field->get_date(ltime, fuzzydate);
  }

  String *val_str(String *str) override
  {
    String buf;
    char buff[20];
    buf.set(buff, 20, str->charset());
    buf.length(0);
    if (execute())
      return NULL;
    /*
      result_field will set buf pointing to internal buffer
      of the resul_field. Due to this it will change any time
      when SP is executed. In order to prevent occasional
      corruption of returned value, we make here a copy.
    */
    sp_result_field->val_str(&buf);
    str->copy(buf);
    return str;
  }

  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *to) override
  {
    if (execute())
      return true;
    return (null_value= sp_result_field->val_native(to));
  }

  void update_null_value() override
  { 
    execute();
  }

  bool change_context_processor(void *cntx) override
  { context= (Name_resolution_context *)cntx; return FALSE; }

  enum Functype functype() const override { return FUNC_SP; }

  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  bool is_expensive() override;

  inline Field *get_sp_result_field()
  {
    return sp_result_field;
  }
  const sp_name *get_sp_name() const
  {
    return m_name;
  }

  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override;
  bool limit_index_condition_pushdown_processor(void *opt_arg) override
  {
    return TRUE;
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override { return 0; }
public:
  bool eval_not_null_tables(void *opt_arg) override
  {
    not_null_tables_cache= 0;
    return 0;
  }
  bool excl_dep_on_grouping_fields(st_select_lex *sel) override
  { return false; }
  bool find_not_null_fields(table_map allowed) override
  {
    return false;
  }
};


class Item_func_found_rows :public Item_longlong_func
{
public:
  Item_func_found_rows(THD *thd): Item_longlong_func(thd) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("found_rows") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    decimals= 0;
    base_flags&= ~item_base_t::MAYBE_NULL;
    return FALSE;
  }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_found_rows>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_oracle_sql_rowcount :public Item_longlong_func
{
public:
  Item_func_oracle_sql_rowcount(THD *thd): Item_longlong_func(thd) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("SQL%ROWCOUNT") };
    return name;
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    str->append(func_name_cstring());
  }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_oracle_sql_rowcount>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_sqlcode: public Item_long_func
{
public:
  Item_func_sqlcode(THD *thd): Item_long_func(thd) { }
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("SQLCODE") };
    return name;
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override
  {
    str->append(func_name_cstring());
  }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_IMPOSSIBLE);
  }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    base_flags&= ~item_base_t::MAYBE_NULL;
    null_value= false;
    max_length= 11;
    return FALSE;
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_sqlcode>(thd, this); }
};


void uuid_short_init();
ulonglong server_uuid_value();

class Item_func_uuid_short :public Item_longlong_func
{
public:
  Item_func_uuid_short(THD *thd): Item_longlong_func(thd) {}
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("uuid_short") };
    return name;
  }
  longlong val_int() override;
  bool const_item() const override { return false; }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  { max_length= 21; unsigned_flag=1; return FALSE; }
  table_map used_tables() const override { return RAND_TABLE_BIT; }
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg,
                                     VCOL_NON_DETERMINISTIC);
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_uuid_short>(thd, this); }
};


class Item_func_last_value :public Item_func
{
protected:
  Item *last_value;
public:
  Item_func_last_value(THD *thd, List<Item> &list): Item_func(thd, list) {}
  double val_real() override;
  longlong val_int() override;
  String *val_str(String *) override;
  my_decimal *val_decimal(my_decimal *) override;
  bool get_date(THD *thd, MYSQL_TIME *ltime, date_mode_t fuzzydate) override;
  bool val_native(THD *thd, Native *) override;
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("last_value") };
    return name;
  }
  const Type_handler *type_handler() const override
  { return last_value->type_handler(); }
  bool eval_not_null_tables(void *) override
  {
    not_null_tables_cache= 0;
    return 0;
  }
  bool find_not_null_fields(table_map allowed) override
  {
    return false;
  }
  bool const_item() const override { return 0; }
  void evaluate_sideeffects();
  void update_used_tables() override
  {
    Item_func::update_used_tables();
    copy_flags(last_value, item_base_t::MAYBE_NULL);
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_last_value>(thd, this); }
};


/* Implementation for sequences: NEXT VALUE FOR sequence and NEXTVAL() */

class Item_func_nextval :public Item_longlong_func
{
protected:
  TABLE_LIST *table_list;
  TABLE *table;
  bool print_table_list_identifier(THD *thd, String *to) const;
  bool check_access(THD *, privilege_t);
public:
  Item_func_nextval(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list_arg):
  Item_longlong_func(thd), table_list(table_list_arg), table(0) {}
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("nextval") };
    return name;
  }
  bool fix_fields(THD *thd, Item **ref) override
  {
    /* Don't check privileges, if it's parse_vcol_defs() */
    return (table_list->table && check_sequence_privileges(thd)) ||
           Item_longlong_func::fix_fields(thd, ref);
  }
  bool check_sequence_privileges(void *thd) override
  { return check_access((THD*)thd, INSERT_ACL | SELECT_ACL); }
  bool fix_length_and_dec(THD *thd) override
  {
    unsigned_flag= 0;
    max_length= MAX_BIGINT_WIDTH;
    set_maybe_null();             /* In case of errors */
    return FALSE;
  }
  /*
    update_table() function must be called during the value function
    as in case of DEFAULT the sequence table may not yet be open
    while fix_fields() are called
  */
  void update_table()
  {
    table= table_list->table;
    DBUG_ASSERT(table);
  }
  bool const_item() const override { return 0; }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_nextval>(thd, this); }
public:
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  bool check_vcol_func_processor(void *arg) override
  {
    return mark_unsupported_function(func_name(), "()", arg, VCOL_NEXTVAL);
  }
};


/* Implementation for sequences: LASTVAL(sequence), PostgreSQL style */

class Item_func_lastval :public Item_func_nextval
{
public:
  Item_func_lastval(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list_arg):
  Item_func_nextval(thd, table_list_arg) {}
  bool check_sequence_privileges(void *thd) override
  { return check_access((THD*)thd, SELECT_ACL); }
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("lastval") };
    return name;
  }
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_lastval>(thd, this); }
};


/* Implementation for sequences: SETVAL(sequence), PostgreSQL style */

class Item_func_setval :public Item_func_nextval
{
  longlong nextval;
  ulonglong round;
  bool is_used;
public:
  Item_func_setval(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list_arg, longlong nextval_arg,
                   ulonglong round_arg, bool is_used_arg)
    : Item_func_nextval(thd, table_list_arg),
    nextval(nextval_arg), round(round_arg), is_used(is_used_arg)
  {}
  bool check_sequence_privileges(void *thd) override
  { return check_access((THD*)thd, INSERT_ACL); }
  longlong val_int() override;
  LEX_CSTRING func_name_cstring() const override
  {
    static LEX_CSTRING name= {STRING_WITH_LEN("setval") };
    return name;
  }
  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
protected:
  Item *shallow_copy(THD *thd) const override
  { return get_item_copy<Item_func_setval>(thd, this); }
};

class Interruptible_wait;

Item *get_system_var(THD *thd, enum_var_type var_type,
                     const LEX_CSTRING *name, const LEX_CSTRING *component);
extern bool check_reserved_words(const LEX_CSTRING *name);
double my_double_round(double value, longlong dec, bool dec_unsigned,
                       bool truncate);

extern bool volatile  mqh_used;

bool update_hash(user_var_entry *entry, bool set_null, void *ptr, size_t length,
                 const Type_handler *th, CHARSET_INFO *cs);

#endif /* ITEM_FUNC_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2007, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef INCLUDE_LF_INCLUDED
#define INCLUDE_LF_INCLUDED

#include <my_atomic.h>

C_MODE_START

/*
  wait-free dynamic array, see lf_dynarray.c

  4 levels of 256 elements each mean 4311810304 elements in an array - it
  should be enough for a while
*/
#define LF_DYNARRAY_LEVEL_LENGTH 256
#define LF_DYNARRAY_LEVELS       4

typedef struct {
  void * volatile level[LF_DYNARRAY_LEVELS];
  uint size_of_element;
} LF_DYNARRAY;

typedef int (*lf_dynarray_func)(void *, void *);

void lf_dynarray_init(LF_DYNARRAY *array, uint element_size);
void lf_dynarray_destroy(LF_DYNARRAY *array);

void *lf_dynarray_value(LF_DYNARRAY *array, uint idx);
void *lf_dynarray_lvalue(LF_DYNARRAY *array, uint idx);
int lf_dynarray_iterate(LF_DYNARRAY *array, lf_dynarray_func func, void *arg);

/*
  pin manager for memory allocator, lf_alloc-pin.c
*/

#define LF_PINBOX_PINS 4
#define LF_PURGATORY_SIZE 100

typedef void lf_pinbox_free_func(void *, void *, void*);

typedef struct {
  LF_DYNARRAY pinarray;
  lf_pinbox_free_func *free_func;
  void *free_func_arg;
  uint free_ptr_offset;
  uint32 volatile pinstack_top_ver;         /* this is a versioned pointer */
  uint32 volatile pins_in_array;            /* number of elements in array */
} LF_PINBOX;

typedef struct {
  void * volatile pin[LF_PINBOX_PINS];
  LF_PINBOX *pinbox;
  void  *purgatory;
  uint32 purgatory_count;
  uint32 volatile link;
  /* avoid false sharing */
  char pad[CPU_LEVEL1_DCACHE_LINESIZE];
} LF_PINS;

/* compile-time assert to make sure we have enough pins.  */
#define lf_pin(PINS, PIN, ADDR)                                \
  do {                                                          \
    compile_time_assert(PIN < LF_PINBOX_PINS);                  \
    my_atomic_storeptr(&(PINS)->pin[PIN], (ADDR));              \
  } while(0)

#define lf_unpin(PINS, PIN)        lf_pin(PINS, PIN, NULL)
#define lf_assert_pin(PINS, PIN)   assert((PINS)->pin[PIN] != 0)
#define lf_assert_unpin(PINS, PIN) assert((PINS)->pin[PIN] == 0)

void lf_pinbox_init(LF_PINBOX *pinbox, uint free_ptr_offset,
                    lf_pinbox_free_func *free_func, void * free_func_arg);
void lf_pinbox_destroy(LF_PINBOX *pinbox);

LF_PINS *lf_pinbox_get_pins(LF_PINBOX *pinbox);
void lf_pinbox_put_pins(LF_PINS *pins);
void lf_pinbox_free(LF_PINS *pins, void *addr);

/*
  memory allocator, lf_alloc-pin.c
*/

typedef struct st_lf_allocator {
  LF_PINBOX pinbox;
  uchar * volatile top;
  uint element_size;
  uint32 volatile mallocs;
  void (*constructor)(uchar *); /* called, when an object is malloc()'ed */
  void (*destructor)(uchar *);  /* called, when an object is free()'d    */
} LF_ALLOCATOR;

void lf_alloc_init(LF_ALLOCATOR *allocator, uint size, uint free_ptr_offset);
void lf_alloc_destroy(LF_ALLOCATOR *allocator);
uint lf_alloc_pool_count(LF_ALLOCATOR *allocator);
/*
  shortcut macros to access underlying pinbox functions from an LF_ALLOCATOR
  see lf_pinbox_get_pins() and lf_pinbox_put_pins()
*/
#define lf_alloc_free(PINS, PTR)       lf_pinbox_free((PINS), (PTR))
#define lf_alloc_get_pins(A)           lf_pinbox_get_pins(&(A)->pinbox)
#define lf_alloc_put_pins(PINS)        lf_pinbox_put_pins(PINS)
#define lf_alloc_direct_free(ALLOC, ADDR) \
  do {                                    \
    if ((ALLOC)->destructor)              \
      (ALLOC)->destructor((uchar*) ADDR); \
    my_free(ADDR);                        \
  } while(0)

void *lf_alloc_new(LF_PINS *pins);

C_MODE_END

/*
  extendible hash, lf_hash.cc
*/
#include <hash.h>

C_MODE_START

typedef struct st_lf_hash LF_HASH;
typedef void (*lf_hash_initializer)(LF_HASH *hash, void *dst, const void *src);

#define LF_HASH_UNIQUE 1

/* lf_hash overhead per element (that is, sizeof(LF_SLIST) */
extern const int LF_HASH_OVERHEAD;

struct st_lf_hash {
  LF_DYNARRAY array;                    /* hash itself */
  LF_ALLOCATOR alloc;                   /* allocator for elements */
  my_hash_get_key get_key;              /* see HASH */
  lf_hash_initializer initializer;      /* called when an element is inserted */
  my_hash_function hash_function;       /* see HASH */
  CHARSET_INFO *charset;                /* see HASH */
  uint key_offset, key_length;          /* see HASH */
  uint element_size;                    /* size of memcpy'ed area on insert */
  uint flags;                           /* LF_HASH_UNIQUE, etc */
  int32 volatile size;                  /* size of array */
  int32 volatile count;                 /* number of elements in the hash */
};

void lf_hash_init(LF_HASH *hash, uint element_size, uint flags,
                  uint key_offset, uint key_length, my_hash_get_key get_key,
                  CHARSET_INFO *charset);
void lf_hash_destroy(LF_HASH *hash);
int lf_hash_insert(LF_HASH *hash, LF_PINS *pins, const void *data);
void *lf_hash_search(LF_HASH *hash, LF_PINS *pins, const void *key, uint keylen);
void *lf_hash_search_using_hash_value(LF_HASH *hash, LF_PINS *pins,
                                      my_hash_value_type hash_value,
                                      const void *key, uint keylen);
int lf_hash_delete(LF_HASH *hash, LF_PINS *pins, const void *key, uint keylen);
int lf_hash_iterate(LF_HASH *hash, LF_PINS *pins,
                    my_hash_walk_action action, void *argument);
#define lf_hash_size(hash) \
  my_atomic_load32_explicit(&(hash)->count, MY_MEMORY_ORDER_RELAXED)
/*
  shortcut macros to access underlying pinbox functions from an LF_HASH
  see lf_pinbox_get_pins() and lf_pinbox_put_pins()
*/
#define lf_hash_get_pins(HASH)       lf_alloc_get_pins(&(HASH)->alloc)
#define lf_hash_put_pins(PINS)       lf_pinbox_put_pins(PINS)
#define lf_hash_search_unpin(PINS)   lf_unpin((PINS), 2)
/*
  cleanup
*/

C_MODE_END

#endif

/* Copyright (C) 2013-2025 Codership Oy <info@codership.com>

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
   51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA. */

#ifndef WSREP_THD_H
#define WSREP_THD_H

#include <my_config.h>

#include "mysql/service_wsrep.h"
#include "wsrep/client_state.hpp"
#include "sql_class.h"
#include "wsrep_utils.h"
#include <deque>
class Wsrep_thd_queue
{
public:
  Wsrep_thd_queue(THD* t) : thd(t)
  {
    mysql_mutex_init(key_LOCK_wsrep_thd_queue,
                     &LOCK_wsrep_thd_queue,
                     MY_MUTEX_INIT_FAST);
    mysql_cond_init(key_COND_wsrep_thd_queue, &COND_wsrep_thd_queue, NULL);
  }
  ~Wsrep_thd_queue()
  {
    mysql_mutex_destroy(&LOCK_wsrep_thd_queue);
    mysql_cond_destroy(&COND_wsrep_thd_queue);
  }
  bool push_back(THD* thd)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(thd);
    wsp::auto_lock lock(&LOCK_wsrep_thd_queue);
    std::deque<THD*>::iterator it = queue.begin();
    while (it != queue.end())
    {
      if (*it == thd)
      {
        return true;
      }
      it++;
    }
    queue.push_back(thd);
    mysql_cond_signal(&COND_wsrep_thd_queue);
    return false;
  }
  THD* pop_front()
  {
    wsp::auto_lock lock(&LOCK_wsrep_thd_queue);
    while (queue.empty())
    {
      if (thd->killed != NOT_KILLED)
        return NULL;

      thd->mysys_var->current_mutex= &LOCK_wsrep_thd_queue;
      thd->mysys_var->current_cond=  &COND_wsrep_thd_queue;

      mysql_cond_wait(&COND_wsrep_thd_queue, &LOCK_wsrep_thd_queue);

      thd->mysys_var->current_mutex= 0;
      thd->mysys_var->current_cond=  0;
    }
    THD* ret= queue.front();
    queue.pop_front();
    return ret;
  }
private:
  THD*             thd;
  std::deque<THD*> queue;
  mysql_mutex_t    LOCK_wsrep_thd_queue;
  mysql_cond_t     COND_wsrep_thd_queue;
};

int wsrep_show_bf_aborts (THD *thd, SHOW_VAR *var, void *, system_status_var *,
                          enum enum_var_type scope);
bool wsrep_create_appliers(long threads, bool mutex_protected=false);
void wsrep_create_rollbacker();

bool wsrep_bf_abort(THD* bf_thd, THD* victim_thd);
/*
  Abort transaction for victim_thd. This function is called from
  MDL BF abort codepath.
*/
void wsrep_abort_thd(THD *bf_thd,
                     THD *victim_thd,
                     my_bool signal) __attribute__((nonnull(1,2)));

/**
  Kill wsrep connection with kill_signal. Object thd is not
  guaranteed to exist anymore when this function returns.

  Asserts that the caller holds victim_thd->LOCK_thd_kill,
  victim_thd->LOCK_thd_data.

  @param thd THD object for connection that executes the KILL.
  @param victim_thd THD object for connection to be killed.
  @param kill_signal Kill signal.

  @return Zero if the kill was successful, otherwise non-zero error code.
 */
uint wsrep_kill_thd(THD *thd, THD *victim_thd, killed_state kill_signal);

/*
  Backup kill status for commit.
 */
void wsrep_backup_kill_for_commit(THD *);

/*
  Restore KILL status after commit.
 */
void wsrep_restore_kill_after_commit(THD *);

/*
  Helper methods to deal with thread local storage.
  The purpose of these methods is to hide the details of thread
  local storage handling when operating with wsrep storage access
  and streaming applier THDs

  With one-thread-per-connection thread handling thread specific
  variables are allocated when the thread is started and deallocated
  before thread exits (my_thread_init(), my_thread_end()). However,
  with pool-of-threads thread handling new thread specific variables
  are allocated for each THD separately (see threadpool_add_connection()),
  and the variables in thread local storage are assigned from
  currently active thread (see thread_attach()). This must be taken into
  account when storing/resetting thread local storage and when creating
  streaming applier THDs.
*/

/**
   Create new variables for thread local storage. With
   one-thread-per-connection thread handling this is a no op,
   with pool-of-threads new variables are created via my_thread_init().
   It is assumed that the caller has called wsrep_reset_threadvars() to clear
   the thread local storage before this call.

   @return Zero in case of success, non-zero otherwise.
*/
int wsrep_create_threadvars();

/**
   Delete variables which were created by wsrep_create_threadvars().
   The caller must store variables into thread local storage before
   this call via wsrep_store_threadvars().
*/
void wsrep_delete_threadvars();

/**
   Assign variables from current thread local storage into THD.
   This should be called for THDs whose lifetime is limited to single
   thread execution or which may share the operation context with some
   parent THD (e.g. storage access) and thus don't require separately
   allocated globals.

   With one-thread-per-connection thread handling this is a no-op,
   with pool-of-threads the variables which are currently stored into
   thread local storage are assigned to THD.
*/
void wsrep_assign_from_threadvars(THD *);

/**
   Helper struct to save variables from thread local storage.
 */
struct Wsrep_threadvars
{
  THD* cur_thd;
  st_my_thread_var* mysys_var;
};

/**
   Save variables from thread local storage into Wsrep_threadvars struct.
 */
Wsrep_threadvars wsrep_save_threadvars();

/**
   Restore variables into thread local storage from Wsrep_threadvars struct.
*/
void wsrep_restore_threadvars(const Wsrep_threadvars&);

/**
   Store variables into thread local storage.
*/
void wsrep_store_threadvars(THD *);

/**
   Reset thread local storage.
*/
void wsrep_reset_threadvars(THD *);

static inline enum wsrep::client_error wsrep_current_error(const THD* thd)
{
  return thd->wsrep_cs().current_error();
}
 
static inline enum wsrep::provider::status
  wsrep_current_error_status(const THD* thd)
{
  return thd->wsrep_cs().current_error_status();
}


/**
   Helper functions to override error status

   In many contexts it is desirable to mask the original error status
   set for THD or it is necessary to change OK status to error.
   This function implements the common logic for the most
   of the cases.

   Rules:
   * If the diagnostics are has OK or EOF status, override it unconditionally
   * If the error is either ER_ERROR_DURING_COMMIT or ER_LOCK_DEADLOCK
     it is usually the correct error status to be returned to client,
     so don't override those by default
 */

static inline void wsrep_override_error(THD *thd, uint error, const char *format= 0, ...)
{
  Diagnostics_area *da= thd->get_stmt_da();
  if (da->is_ok() ||
      da->is_eof() ||
      !da->is_set() ||
      (da->is_error() &&
       da->sql_errno() != error &&
       da->sql_errno() != ER_ERROR_DURING_COMMIT &&
       da->sql_errno() != ER_LOCK_DEADLOCK))
  {
    da->reset_diagnostics_area();
    va_list args;
    va_start(args, format);
    if (!format) format= ER_THD(thd, error);
    my_printv_error(error, format, MYF(0), args);
    va_end(args);
  }
}

static inline void wsrep_override_error(THD* thd,
                                        wsrep::client_error ce,
                                        enum wsrep::provider::status status)
{
  DBUG_ASSERT(ce != wsrep::e_success);
  switch (ce)
  {
  case wsrep::e_error_during_commit:
    if (status == wsrep::provider::error_size_exceeded)
      wsrep_override_error(thd, ER_UNKNOWN_ERROR, "Maximum writeset size exceeded");
    else
      /* TODO: Figure out better error number */
      if (status)
        wsrep_override_error(thd, ER_ERROR_DURING_COMMIT,
                             "Error while appending streaming replication fragment"
                             "(provider status: %s)",
                             wsrep::provider::to_string(status).c_str());
      else
        wsrep_override_error(thd, ER_ERROR_DURING_COMMIT,
                             "Error while appending streaming replication fragment");
    break;
  case wsrep::e_deadlock_error:
    switch (thd->lex->sql_command)
    {
    case SQLCOM_XA_END:
    case SQLCOM_XA_PREPARE:
      wsrep_override_error(thd, ER_XA_RBDEADLOCK);
      break;
    default:
      wsrep_override_error(thd, ER_LOCK_DEADLOCK);
      break;
    }
    break;
  case wsrep::e_interrupted_error:
    wsrep_report_query_interrupted(thd, __FILE__, __LINE__);
    wsrep_override_error(thd, ER_QUERY_INTERRUPTED);
    break;
  case wsrep::e_size_exceeded_error:
    wsrep_override_error(thd, ER_UNKNOWN_ERROR, "Maximum writeset size exceeded");
    break;
  case wsrep::e_append_fragment_error:
    /* TODO: Figure out better error number */
    if (status)
      wsrep_override_error(thd, ER_ERROR_DURING_COMMIT,
                           "Error while appending streaming replication fragment"
                           "(provider status: %s)",
                           wsrep::provider::to_string(status).c_str());
    else
      wsrep_override_error(thd, ER_ERROR_DURING_COMMIT,
                           "Error while appending streaming replication fragment");
    break;
  case wsrep::e_not_supported_error:
    wsrep_override_error(thd, ER_NOT_SUPPORTED_YET);
    break;
  case wsrep::e_timeout_error:
    wsrep_override_error(thd, ER_LOCK_WAIT_TIMEOUT);
    break;
  default:
    wsrep_override_error(thd, ER_UNKNOWN_ERROR);
  }
}

/**
   Helper function to log THD wsrep context.

   @param thd Pointer to THD
   @param message Optional message
   @param function Function where the call was made from
 */
static inline void wsrep_log_thd(const THD *thd,
                                 const char *message,
                                 const char *function)
{
  WSREP_DEBUG("%s %s\n"
              "    thd: %llu thd_ptr: %p client_mode: %s client_state: %s trx_state: %s\n"
              "    next_trx_id: %lld trx_id: %lld seqno: %lld\n"
              "    is_streaming: %d fragments: %zu\n"
              "    sql_errno: %u message: %s\n"
#define WSREP_THD_LOG_QUERIES
#ifdef WSREP_THD_LOG_QUERIES
              "    command: %d query: %.72s"
#endif /* WSREP_OBSERVER_LOG_QUERIES */
              ,
              function,
              message ? message : "",
              thd->thread_id,
              thd,
              wsrep_thd_client_mode_str(thd),
              wsrep_thd_client_state_str(thd),
              wsrep_thd_transaction_state_str(thd),
              (long long)thd->wsrep_next_trx_id(),
              (long long)thd->wsrep_trx_id(),
              (long long)wsrep_thd_trx_seqno(thd),
              thd->wsrep_trx().is_streaming(),
              thd->wsrep_sr().fragments().size(),
              (thd->get_stmt_da()->is_error() ? thd->get_stmt_da()->sql_errno() : 0),
              (thd->get_stmt_da()->is_error() ? thd->get_stmt_da()->message() : "")
#ifdef WSREP_THD_LOG_QUERIES
              , thd->lex->sql_command,
              wsrep_thd_query(thd)
#endif /* WSREP_OBSERVER_LOG_QUERIES */
              );
}

#define WSREP_LOG_THD(thd_, message_) wsrep_log_thd(thd_, message_, __FUNCTION__)

#endif /* WSREP_THD_H */
/* Copyright (c) 2006, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

/**
  @file
  File containing constants that can be used throughout the server.

  @note This file shall not contain or include any declarations of any kinds.
*/

#ifndef SQL_CONST_INCLUDED
#define SQL_CONST_INCLUDED

#include <mysql_version.h>

#define LIBLEN FN_REFLEN-FN_LEN			/* Max l{ngd p} dev */
/* extra 4+4 bytes for slave tmp tables */
#define MAX_DBKEY_LENGTH (NAME_LEN*2+1+1+4+4)
#define MAX_ALIAS_NAME 256
#define MAX_FIELD_NAME (NAME_LEN+1)             /* Max colum name length +1 */
#define MAX_SYS_VAR_LENGTH 32
#define MAX_KEY MAX_INDEXES                     /* Max used keys */
#define MAX_REF_PARTS 32			/* Max parts used as ref */

/*
  Maximum length of the data part of an index lookup key.

  The "data part" is defined as the value itself, not including the
  NULL-indicator bytes or varchar length bytes ("the Extras"). We need this
  value because there was a bug where length of the Extras were not counted.

  You probably need MAX_KEY_LENGTH, not this constant.
*/
#define MAX_DATA_LENGTH_FOR_KEY 3072
#if SIZEOF_OFF_T > 4
#define MAX_REFLENGTH 8				/* Max length for record ref */
#else
#define MAX_REFLENGTH 4				/* Max length for record ref */
#endif
#define MAX_HOSTNAME  (HOSTNAME_LENGTH + 1)	/* len+1 in mysql.user */
#define MAX_CONNECTION_NAME NAME_LEN

#define MAX_MBWIDTH		3		/* Max multibyte sequence */
#define MAX_FILENAME_MBWIDTH    5
#define MAX_FIELD_CHARLENGTH	255
/*
  In MAX_FIELD_VARCHARLENGTH we reserve extra bytes for the overhead:
  - 2 bytes for the length
  - 1 byte for NULL bits
  to avoid the "Row size too large" error for these three corner definitions:
    CREATE TABLE t1 (c VARBINARY(65533));
    CREATE TABLE t1 (c VARBINARY(65534));
    CREATE TABLE t1 (c VARBINARY(65535));
  Like VARCHAR(65536), they will be converted to BLOB automatically
  in non-strict mode.
*/
#define MAX_FIELD_VARCHARLENGTH	(65535-2-1)
#define MAX_FIELD_BLOBLENGTH UINT_MAX32         /* cf field_blob::get_length() */
#define CONVERT_IF_BIGGER_TO_BLOB 512           /* Threshold *in characters*   */

/* Max column width +1 */
#define MAX_FIELD_WIDTH		(MAX_FIELD_CHARLENGTH*MAX_MBWIDTH+1)

#define MAX_BIT_FIELD_LENGTH    64      /* Max length in bits for bit fields */

#define MAX_DATE_WIDTH		10	/* YYYY-MM-DD */
#define MIN_TIME_WIDTH          10      /* -HHH:MM:SS */
#define MAX_TIME_WIDTH          16      /* -DDDDDD HH:MM:SS */
#define MAX_TIME_FULL_WIDTH     23      /* -DDDDDD HH:MM:SS.###### */
#define MAX_DATETIME_FULL_WIDTH 26	/* YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.###### */
#define MAX_DATETIME_WIDTH	19	/* YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS */
#define MAX_DATETIME_COMPRESSED_WIDTH 14  /* YYYYMMDDHHMMSS */
#define MAX_DATETIME_PRECISION  6

#define MAX_TABLES	(sizeof(table_map)*8-3)	/* Max tables in join */
#define PARAM_TABLE_BIT	(((table_map) 1) << (sizeof(table_map)*8-3))
#define OUTER_REF_TABLE_BIT	(((table_map) 1) << (sizeof(table_map)*8-2))
#define RAND_TABLE_BIT	(((table_map) 1) << (sizeof(table_map)*8-1))
#define PSEUDO_TABLE_BITS (PARAM_TABLE_BIT | OUTER_REF_TABLE_BIT | \
                           RAND_TABLE_BIT)
#define CONNECT_STRING_MAXLEN   65535           /* stored in 2 bytes in .frm */
#define MAX_FIELDS	4096			/* Limit in the .frm file */
#define MAX_PARTITIONS  8192

#define MAX_SELECT_NESTING (SELECT_NESTING_MAP_SIZE - 1)

#define MAX_SORT_MEMORY 2048*1024
#define MIN_SORT_MEMORY 1024

/* Some portable defines */

#define STRING_BUFFER_USUAL_SIZE 80

/* Memory allocated when parsing a statement / saving a statement */
#define MEM_ROOT_BLOCK_SIZE       8192
#define MEM_ROOT_PREALLOC         8192
#define TRANS_MEM_ROOT_BLOCK_SIZE 4096
#define TRANS_MEM_ROOT_PREALLOC   4096

#define DEFAULT_ERROR_COUNT	64
#define EXTRA_RECORDS	10			/* Extra records in sort */
#define SCROLL_EXTRA	5			/* Extra scroll-rows. */
#define FIELD_NAME_USED ((uint) 32768)		/* Bit set if fieldname used */
#define FORM_NAME_USED	((uint) 16384)		/* Bit set if formname used */
#define FIELD_NR_MASK	16383			/* To get fieldnumber */
#define FERR		-1			/* Error from my_functions */
#define CREATE_MODE	0			/* Default mode on new files */
#define NAMES_SEP_CHAR	255			/* Char to sep. names */

/*
   This is used when reading large blocks, sequential read.
   We assume that reading this much will be roughly the same cost as 1
   seek / fetching one row from the storage engine.
   Cost of one read of DISK_CHUNK_SIZE is DISK_SEEK_BASE_COST (ms).
*/
#define DISK_CHUNK_SIZE	(uint) (65536) /* Size of diskbuffer for tmpfiles */

#define FRM_VER_TRUE_VARCHAR (FRM_VER+4) /* 10 */
#define FRM_VER_EXPRESSSIONS (FRM_VER+5) /* 11 */
#define FRM_VER_CURRENT  FRM_VER_EXPRESSSIONS

/***************************************************************************
  Configuration parameters
****************************************************************************/

#define ACL_CACHE_SIZE		256
#define MAX_PASSWORD_LENGTH	32
#define HOST_CACHE_SIZE		128
#define MAX_ACCEPT_RETRY	10	// Test accept this many times
#define MAX_FIELDS_BEFORE_HASH	32
#define USER_VARS_HASH_SIZE     16
#define SEQUENCES_HASH_SIZE     16
#define TABLE_OPEN_CACHE_MIN    200
#define TABLE_OPEN_CACHE_DEFAULT 2000
#define TABLE_DEF_CACHE_DEFAULT 400
/**
  We must have room for at least 400 table definitions in the table
  cache, since otherwise there is no chance prepared
  statements that use these many tables can work.
  Prepared statements use table definition cache ids (table_map_id)
  as table version identifiers. If the table definition
  cache size is less than the number of tables used in a statement,
  the contents of the table definition cache is guaranteed to rotate
  between a prepare and execute. This leads to stable validation
  errors. In future we shall use more stable version identifiers,
  for now the only solution is to ensure that the table definition
  cache can contain at least all tables of a given statement.
*/
#define TABLE_DEF_CACHE_MIN     400

/**
 Maximum number of connections default value.
 151 is larger than Apache's default max children,
 to avoid "too many connections" error in a common setup.
*/
#define MAX_CONNECTIONS_DEFAULT 151

/*
  Stack reservation.
  Feel free to raise this by the smallest amount you can to get the
  "execution_constants" test to pass.
*/
#ifndef __has_feature
#define __has_feature(x) 0
#endif
#if defined(__clang__) && __has_feature(memory_sanitizer) && !defined(DBUG_OFF)
#define STACK_MIN_SIZE          44000
#else
#define STACK_MIN_SIZE          16000   // Abort if less stack during eval.
#endif

#define STACK_MIN_SIZE_FOR_OPEN (1024*80)
#define STACK_BUFF_ALLOC        352     ///< For stack overrun checks
#ifndef MYSQLD_NET_RETRY_COUNT
#define MYSQLD_NET_RETRY_COUNT  10	///< Abort read after this many int.
#endif

/*
  Allocations with MEM_ROOT. We should try to keep these as powers of 2
  and not higher than 32768 to get full benefit of allocators like
  tcmalloc that will for these use a local heap without locks.
*/

#define QUERY_ALLOC_BLOCK_SIZE		32768
#define QUERY_ALLOC_PREALLOC_SIZE   	32768 /* 65536 could be better */
#define TRANS_ALLOC_BLOCK_SIZE		8192
#define TRANS_ALLOC_PREALLOC_SIZE	4096
#define RANGE_ALLOC_BLOCK_SIZE		4096
#define ACL_ALLOC_BLOCK_SIZE		1024
#define UDF_ALLOC_BLOCK_SIZE		1024
#define TABLE_PREALLOC_BLOCK_SIZE	8192
#define TABLE_ALLOC_BLOCK_SIZE		4096
#define WARN_ALLOC_BLOCK_SIZE		2048
#define WARN_ALLOC_PREALLOC_SIZE	1024
#define TMP_TABLE_BLOCK_SIZE            16384
#define TMP_TABLE_PREALLOC_SIZE         32768
#define SHOW_ALLOC_BLOCK_SIZE           32768

/*
  The following parameters is to decide when to use an extra cache to
  optimise seeks when reading a big table in sorted order
*/
#define MIN_FILE_LENGTH_TO_USE_ROW_CACHE (10L*1024*1024)
#define MIN_ROWS_TO_USE_TABLE_CACHE	 100
#define MIN_ROWS_TO_USE_BULK_INSERT	 100

/*
  The lower bound of accepted rows when using filter.
  This is used to ensure that filters are not too agressive.
*/
#define MIN_ROWS_AFTER_FILTERING 1.0

/**
  Number of rows in a reference table when refered through a not unique key.
  This value is only used when we don't know anything about the key
  distribution.
*/
#define MATCHING_ROWS_IN_OTHER_TABLE 10

#define MY_CHARSET_BIN_MB_MAXLEN 1

/** Don't pack string keys shorter than this (if PACK_KEYS=1 isn't used). */
#define KEY_DEFAULT_PACK_LENGTH 8

/** Characters shown for the command in 'show processlist'. */
#define PROCESS_LIST_WIDTH 100
/* Characters shown for the command in 'information_schema.processlist' */
#define PROCESS_LIST_INFO_WIDTH 65535

#define PRECISION_FOR_DOUBLE 53
#define PRECISION_FOR_FLOAT  24

/* -[digits].E+## */
#define MAX_FLOAT_STR_LENGTH (FLT_DIG + 6)
/* -[digits].E+### */
#define MAX_DOUBLE_STR_LENGTH (DBL_DIG + 7)

/*
  Default time to wait before aborting a new client connection
  that does not respond to "initial server greeting" timely
*/
#define CONNECT_TIMEOUT		10
 /* Wait 5 minutes before removing thread from thread cache */
#define THREAD_CACHE_TIMEOUT	5*60

/* The following can also be changed from the command line */
#define DEFAULT_CONCURRENCY	10
#define DELAYED_LIMIT		100		/**< pause after xxx inserts */
#define DELAYED_QUEUE_SIZE	1000
#define DELAYED_WAIT_TIMEOUT	(5*60)		/**< Wait for delayed insert */
#define MAX_CONNECT_ERRORS	100		///< errors before disabling host

#define LONG_TIMEOUT ((ulong) 3600L*24L*365L)

/**
  Maximum length of time zone name that we support (Time zone name is
  char(64) in db). mysqlbinlog needs it.
*/
#define MAX_TIME_ZONE_NAME_LENGTH       (NAME_LEN + 1)

#define SP_PSI_STATEMENT_INFO_COUNT 19

#endif /* SQL_CONST_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2016 MariaDB corporation

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA */

#ifndef UNIQUE_INCLUDED
#define UNIQUE_INCLUDED

#include "filesort.h"

/*
   Unique -- class for unique (removing of duplicates).
   Puts all values to the TREE. If the tree becomes too big,
   it's dumped to the file. User can request sorted values, or
   just iterate through them. In the last case tree merging is performed in
   memory simultaneously with iteration, so it should be ~2-3x faster.
 */

class Unique :public Sql_alloc
{
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY file_ptrs;
  ulong max_elements;   /* Total number of elements that will be stored in-memory */
  size_t max_in_memory_size;
  IO_CACHE file;
  TREE tree;
 /* Number of elements filtered out due to min_dupl_count when storing results
    to table. See Unique::get */
  ulong filtered_out_elems;
  uint size;

  uint full_size;   /* Size of element + space needed to store the number of
                       duplicates found for the element. */
  uint min_dupl_count;   /* Minimum number of occurences of element required for
                            it to be written to record_pointers.
                            always 0 for unions, > 0 for intersections */
  bool with_counters;

  bool merge(TABLE *table, uchar *buff, size_t size, bool without_last_merge);
  bool flush();

public:
  ulong elements;
  SORT_INFO sort;
  Unique(qsort_cmp2 comp_func, void *comp_func_fixed_arg,
	 uint size_arg, size_t max_in_memory_size_arg,
         uint min_dupl_count_arg= 0);
  ~Unique();
  ulong elements_in_tree() { return tree.elements_in_tree; }
  inline bool unique_add(void *ptr)
  {
    DBUG_ENTER("unique_add");
    DBUG_PRINT("info", ("tree %u - %lu", tree.elements_in_tree, max_elements));
    if (!(tree.flag & TREE_ONLY_DUPS) && 
        tree.elements_in_tree >= max_elements && flush())
      DBUG_RETURN(1);
    DBUG_RETURN(!tree_insert(&tree, ptr, 0, tree.custom_arg));
  }

  bool is_in_memory() { return (my_b_tell(&file) == 0); }
  void close_for_expansion() { tree.flag= TREE_ONLY_DUPS; }

  bool get(TABLE *table);
  
  /* Cost of searching for an element in the tree */
  inline static double get_search_cost(ulonglong tree_elems,
                                       double compare_factor)
  {
    return log((double) tree_elems) * compare_factor / M_LN2;
  }  

  static double get_use_cost(THD *thd, uint *buffer, size_t nkeys, uint key_size,
                             size_t max_in_memory_size, double compare_factor,
                             bool intersect_fl, bool *in_memory);
  inline static int get_cost_calc_buff_size(size_t nkeys, uint key_size,
                                            size_t max_in_memory_size)
  {
    size_t max_elems_in_tree=
      max_in_memory_size / ALIGN_SIZE(sizeof(TREE_ELEMENT)+key_size);

    if (max_elems_in_tree == 0)
      max_elems_in_tree= 1;
    return (int) (sizeof(uint)*(1 + nkeys/max_elems_in_tree));
  }

  void reset();
  bool walk(TABLE *table, tree_walk_action action, void *walk_action_arg);

  uint get_size() const { return size; }
  size_t get_max_in_memory_size() const { return max_in_memory_size; }

  friend int unique_write_to_file(void* key, element_count count, void *unique);
  friend int unique_write_to_ptrs(void* key, element_count count, void *unique);

  friend int unique_write_to_file_with_count(void *key, element_count count,
                                             void *unique);
  friend int unique_intersect_write_to_ptrs(void *key, element_count count,
                                            void *unique);
};

#endif /* UNIQUE_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2008, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef REPLICATION_H
#define REPLICATION_H

/***************************************************************************
  NOTE: plugin locking.

  The plugin is locked on Binlog_transmit_observer::transmit_start and is
  unlocked after Binlog_transmit_observer::transmit_stop.  All other
  master observable events happen between these two and don't lock the
  plugin at all.

  Also a plugin is locked on Binlog_relay_IO_observer::thread_start
  and unlocked after Binlog_relay_IO_observer::thread_stop.
***************************************************************************/

#include <mysql.h>

typedef struct st_mysql MYSQL;

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
   Transaction observer flags.
*/
enum Trans_flags {
  /** Transaction is a real transaction */
  TRANS_IS_REAL_TRANS = 1
};

/**
   Transaction observer parameter
*/
typedef struct Trans_param {
  uint32 server_id;
  uint32 flags;

  /*
    The latest binary log file name and position written by current
    transaction, if binary log is disabled or no log event has been
    written into binary log file by current transaction (events
    written into transaction log cache are not counted), these two
    member will be zero.
  */
  const char *log_file;
  my_off_t log_pos;
} Trans_param;

/**
   Observes and extends transaction execution
*/
typedef struct Trans_observer {
  uint32 len;

  /**
     This callback is called after transaction commit
     
     This callback is called right after commit to storage engines for
     transactional tables.

     For non-transactional tables, this is called at the end of the
     statement, before sending statement status, if the statement
     succeeded.

     @note The return value is currently ignored by the server.
     @note This hook is called wo/ any global mutex held

     @param param The parameter for transaction observers

     @retval 0 Success
     @retval 1 Failure
  */
  int (*after_commit)(Trans_param *param);

  /**
     This callback is called after transaction rollback

     This callback is called right after rollback to storage engines
     for transactional tables.

     For non-transactional tables, this is called at the end of the
     statement, before sending statement status, if the statement
     failed.

     @note The return value is currently ignored by the server.

     @param param The parameter for transaction observers

     @note This hook is called wo/ any global mutex held

     @retval 0 Success
     @retval 1 Failure
  */
  int (*after_rollback)(Trans_param *param);
} Trans_observer;

/**
   Binlog storage flags
*/
enum Binlog_storage_flags {
  /** Binary log was sync:ed */
  BINLOG_STORAGE_IS_SYNCED = 1,

  /** First(or alone) in a group commit */
  BINLOG_GROUP_COMMIT_LEADER = 2,

  /** Last(or alone) in a group commit */
  BINLOG_GROUP_COMMIT_TRAILER = 4
};

/**
   Binlog storage observer parameters
 */
typedef struct Binlog_storage_param {
  uint32 server_id;
} Binlog_storage_param;

/**
   Observe binlog logging storage
*/
typedef struct Binlog_storage_observer {
  uint32 len;

  /**
     This callback is called after binlog has been flushed

     This callback is called after cached events have been flushed to
     binary log file. Whether the binary log file is synchronized to
     disk is indicated by the bit BINLOG_STORAGE_IS_SYNCED in @a flags.

     @note: this hook is called with LOCK_log mutex held

     @param param Observer common parameter
     @param log_file Binlog file name been updated
     @param log_pos Binlog position after update
     @param flags flags for binlog storage

     @retval 0 Success
     @retval 1 Failure
  */
  int (*after_flush)(Binlog_storage_param *param,
                     const char *log_file, my_off_t log_pos,
                     uint32 flags);

  /**
     This callback is called after binlog has been synced

     This callback is called after events flushed to disk has been sync:ed
     ("group committed").

     @note: this hook is called with LOCK_after_binlog_sync mutex held

     @param param Observer common parameter
     @param log_file Binlog file name been updated
     @param log_pos Binlog position after update
     @param flags flags for binlog storage

     @retval 0 Success
     @retval 1 Failure
  */
  int (*after_sync)(Binlog_storage_param *param,
                    const char *log_file, my_off_t log_pos,
                    uint32 flags);
} Binlog_storage_observer;

/**
   Replication binlog transmitter (binlog dump) observer parameter.
*/
typedef struct Binlog_transmit_param {
  uint32 server_id;
  uint32 flags;
} Binlog_transmit_param;

/**
   Observe and extends the binlog dumping thread.
*/
typedef struct Binlog_transmit_observer {
  uint32 len;
  
  /**
     This callback is called when binlog dumping starts


     @param param Observer common parameter
     @param log_file Binlog file name to transmit from
     @param log_pos Binlog position to transmit from

     @retval 0 Success
     @retval 1 Failure
  */
  int (*transmit_start)(Binlog_transmit_param *param,
                        const char *log_file, my_off_t log_pos);

  /**
     This callback is called when binlog dumping stops

     @param param Observer common parameter
     
     @retval 0 Success
     @retval 1 Failure
  */
  int (*transmit_stop)(Binlog_transmit_param *param);

  /**
     This callback is called to reserve bytes in packet header for event transmission

     This callback is called when resetting transmit packet header to
     reserve bytes for this observer in packet header.

     The @a header buffer is allocated by the server code, and @a size
     is the size of the header buffer. Each observer can only reserve
     a maximum size of @a size in the header.

     @param param Observer common parameter
     @param header Pointer of the header buffer
     @param size Size of the header buffer
     @param len Header length reserved by this observer

     @retval 0 Success
     @retval 1 Failure
  */
  int (*reserve_header)(Binlog_transmit_param *param,
                        unsigned char *header,
                        unsigned long size,
                        unsigned long *len);

  /**
     This callback is called before sending an event packet to slave

     @param param Observer common parameter
     @param packet Binlog event packet to send
     @param len Length of the event packet
     @param log_file Binlog file name of the event packet to send
     @param log_pos Binlog position of the event packet to send

     @retval 0 Success
     @retval 1 Failure
  */
  int (*before_send_event)(Binlog_transmit_param *param,
                           unsigned char *packet, unsigned long len,
                           const char *log_file, my_off_t log_pos );

  /**
     This callback is called after sending an event packet to slave

     @param param Observer common parameter
     @param event_buf Binlog event packet buffer sent
     @param len length of the event packet buffer

     @retval 0 Success
     @retval 1 Failure
   */
  int (*after_send_event)(Binlog_transmit_param *param,
                          const char *event_buf, unsigned long len);

  /**
     This callback is called after resetting master status

     This is called when executing the command RESET MASTER, and is
     used to reset status variables added by observers.

     @param param Observer common parameter

     @retval 0 Success
     @retval 1 Failure
  */
  int (*after_reset_master)(Binlog_transmit_param *param);
} Binlog_transmit_observer;

/**
   Binlog relay IO flags
*/
enum Binlog_relay_IO_flags {
  /** Binary relay log was sync:ed */
  BINLOG_RELAY_IS_SYNCED = 1
};


/**
  Replication binlog relay IO observer parameter
*/
typedef struct Binlog_relay_IO_param {
  uint32 server_id;

  /* Master host, user and port */
  char *host;
  char *user;
  unsigned int port;

  char *master_log_name;
  my_off_t master_log_pos;

  MYSQL *mysql;                        /* the connection to master */
} Binlog_relay_IO_param;

/**
   Observes and extends the service of slave IO thread.
*/
typedef struct Binlog_relay_IO_observer {
  uint32 len;

  /**
     This callback is called when slave IO thread starts

     @param param Observer common parameter

     @retval 0 Success
     @retval 1 Failure
  */
  int (*thread_start)(Binlog_relay_IO_param *param);

  /**
     This callback is called when slave IO thread stops

     @param param Observer common parameter

     @retval 0 Success
     @retval 1 Failure
  */
  int (*thread_stop)(Binlog_relay_IO_param *param);

  /**
     This callback is called before slave requesting binlog transmission from master

     This is called before slave issuing BINLOG_DUMP command to master
     to request binlog.

     @param param Observer common parameter
     @param flags binlog dump flags

     @retval 0 Success
     @retval 1 Failure
  */
  int (*before_request_transmit)(Binlog_relay_IO_param *param, uint32 flags);

  /**
     This callback is called after read an event packet from master

     @param param Observer common parameter
     @param packet The event packet read from master
     @param len Length of the event packet read from master
     @param event_buf The event packet return after process
     @param event_len The length of event packet return after process

     @retval 0 Success
     @retval 1 Failure
  */
  int (*after_read_event)(Binlog_relay_IO_param *param,
                          const char *packet, unsigned long len,
                          const char **event_buf, unsigned long *event_len);

  /**
     This callback is called after written an event packet to relay log

     @param param Observer common parameter
     @param event_buf Event packet written to relay log
     @param event_len Length of the event packet written to relay log
     @param flags flags for relay log

     @retval 0 Success
     @retval 1 Failure
  */
  int (*after_queue_event)(Binlog_relay_IO_param *param,
                           const char *event_buf, unsigned long event_len,
                           uint32 flags);

  /**
     This callback is called after reset slave relay log IO status
     
     @param param Observer common parameter

     @retval 0 Success
     @retval 1 Failure
  */
  int (*after_reset_slave)(Binlog_relay_IO_param *param);
} Binlog_relay_IO_observer;


/**
   Register a transaction observer

   @param observer The transaction observer to register
   @param p pointer to the internal plugin structure

   @retval 0 Success
   @retval 1 Observer already exists
*/
int register_trans_observer(Trans_observer *observer, void *p);

/**
   Unregister a transaction observer

   @param observer The transaction observer to unregister
   @param p pointer to the internal plugin structure

   @retval 0 Success
   @retval 1 Observer not exists
*/
int unregister_trans_observer(Trans_observer *observer, void *p);

/**
   Register a binlog storage observer

   @param observer The binlog storage observer to register
   @param p pointer to the internal plugin structure

   @retval 0 Success
   @retval 1 Observer already exists
*/
int register_binlog_storage_observer(Binlog_storage_observer *observer, void *p);

/**
   Unregister a binlog storage observer

   @param observer The binlog storage observer to unregister
   @param p pointer to the internal plugin structure

   @retval 0 Success
   @retval 1 Observer not exists
*/
int unregister_binlog_storage_observer(Binlog_storage_observer *observer, void *p);

/**
   Register a binlog transmit observer

   @param observer The binlog transmit observer to register
   @param p pointer to the internal plugin structure

   @retval 0 Success
   @retval 1 Observer already exists
*/
int register_binlog_transmit_observer(Binlog_transmit_observer *observer, void *p);

/**
   Unregister a binlog transmit observer

   @param observer The binlog transmit observer to unregister
   @param p pointer to the internal plugin structure

   @retval 0 Success
   @retval 1 Observer not exists
*/
int unregister_binlog_transmit_observer(Binlog_transmit_observer *observer, void *p);

/**
   Register a binlog relay IO (slave IO thread) observer

   @param observer The binlog relay IO observer to register
   @param p pointer to the internal plugin structure

   @retval 0 Success
   @retval 1 Observer already exists
*/
int register_binlog_relay_io_observer(Binlog_relay_IO_observer *observer, void *p);

/**
   Unregister a binlog relay IO (slave IO thread) observer

   @param observer The binlog relay IO observer to unregister
   @param p pointer to the internal plugin structure

   @retval 0 Success
   @retval 1 Observer not exists
*/
int unregister_binlog_relay_io_observer(Binlog_relay_IO_observer *observer, void *p);


/**
   Get the value of user variable as an integer.

   This function will return the value of variable @a name as an
   integer. If the original value of the variable is not an integer,
   the value will be converted into an integer.

   @param name     user variable name
   @param value    pointer to return the value
   @param null_value if not NULL, the function will set it to true if
   the value of variable is null, set to false if not

   @retval 0 Success
   @retval 1 Variable not found
*/
int get_user_var_int(const char *name,
                     long long int *value, int *null_value);

/**
   Get the value of user variable as a double precision float number.

   This function will return the value of variable @a name as real
   number. If the original value of the variable is not a real number,
   the value will be converted into a real number.

   @param name     user variable name
   @param value    pointer to return the value
   @param null_value if not NULL, the function will set it to true if
   the value of variable is null, set to false if not

   @retval 0 Success
   @retval 1 Variable not found
*/
int get_user_var_real(const char *name, double *value, int *null_value);

/**
   Get the value of user variable as a string.

   This function will return the value of variable @a name as
   string. If the original value of the variable is not a string,
   the value will be converted into a string.

   @param name     user variable name
   @param value    pointer to the value buffer
   @param len      length of the value buffer
   @param precision precision of the value if it is a float number
   @param null_value if not NULL, the function will set it to true if
   the value of variable is null, set to false if not

   @retval 0 Success
   @retval 1 Variable not found
*/
int get_user_var_str(const char *name,
                     char *value, unsigned long len,
                     unsigned int precision, int *null_value);

  

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* REPLICATION_H */
/* Copyright (c) 2001, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/* Prototypes for the embedded version of MySQL */

#include <sql_common.h>

C_MODE_START
void lib_connection_phase(NET *net, int phase);
void init_embedded_mysql(MYSQL *mysql, ulong client_flag);
void *create_embedded_thd(ulong client_flag);
int check_embedded_connection(MYSQL *mysql, const char *db);
void free_old_query(MYSQL *mysql);
THD *embedded_get_current_thd();
void embedded_set_current_thd(THD *thd);
extern MYSQL_METHODS embedded_methods;

/* This one is used by embedded library to gather returning data */
typedef struct embedded_query_result
{
  MYSQL_ROWS **prev_ptr;
  unsigned int warning_count, server_status;
  struct st_mysql_data *next;
  my_ulonglong affected_rows, insert_id;
  char info[MYSQL_ERRMSG_SIZE];
  MYSQL_FIELD *fields_list;
  unsigned int last_errno;
  char sqlstate[SQLSTATE_LENGTH+1];
} EQR;


typedef struct st_mariadb_field_extension
{
  MARIADB_CONST_STRING metadata[MARIADB_FIELD_ATTR_LAST+1]; /* 10.5 */
} MARIADB_FIELD_EXTENSION;


C_MODE_END
/*
   Copyright (c) 2015, 2020, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/*

== ANALYZE-stmt classes ==

This file contains classes for supporting "ANALYZE statement" feature. These are 
a set of data structures that can be used to store the data about how the 
statement executed.

There are two kinds of data collection:

1. Various counters. We assume that incrementing counters has very low
overhead. Because of that, execution code increments counters unconditionally
(even when not running "ANALYZE $statement" commands. You run regular SELECT/
UPDATE/DELETE/etc and the counters are incremented).

As a free bonus, this lets us print detailed information into the slow query
log, should the query be slow.

2. Timing data. Measuring the time it took to run parts of query has noticeable
overhead. Because of that, we measure the time only when running "ANALYZE
$stmt").
*/

/* fake microseconds as cycles if cycles isn't available */

static inline double timer_tracker_frequency()
{
#if (MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_CYCLES)
  return static_cast<double>(sys_timer_info.cycles.frequency);
#else
  return static_cast<double>(sys_timer_info.microseconds.frequency);
#endif
}


class Gap_time_tracker;
void attach_gap_time_tracker(THD *thd, Gap_time_tracker *gap_tracker, ulonglong timeval);
void process_gap_time_tracker(THD *thd, ulonglong timeval);

/*
  A class for tracking time it takes to do a certain action
*/
class Exec_time_tracker
{
protected:
  ulonglong count;
  ulonglong cycles;
  ulonglong last_start;

  ulonglong measure() const
  {
#if (MY_TIMER_ROUTINE_CYCLES)
    return my_timer_cycles();
#else
    return my_timer_microseconds();
#endif
  }

  void cycles_stop_tracking(THD *thd)
  {
    ulonglong end= measure();
    cycles += end - last_start;

    process_gap_time_tracker(thd, end);
    if (my_gap_tracker)
      attach_gap_time_tracker(thd, my_gap_tracker, end);
  }

  /*
    The time spent after stop_tracking() call on this object and any
    subsequent time tracking call will be billed to this tracker.
  */
  Gap_time_tracker *my_gap_tracker;
public:
  Exec_time_tracker() : count(0), cycles(0), my_gap_tracker(NULL) {}

  void set_gap_tracker(Gap_time_tracker *gap_tracker)
  {
    my_gap_tracker= gap_tracker;
  }

  // interface for collecting time
  void start_tracking(THD *thd)
  {
    last_start= measure();
    process_gap_time_tracker(thd, last_start);
  }

  void stop_tracking(THD *thd)
  {
    count++;
    cycles_stop_tracking(thd);
  }

  // interface for getting the time
  ulonglong get_loops() const { return count; }

  inline double cycles_to_ms(ulonglong cycles_arg) const
  {
    // convert 'cycles' to milliseconds.
    return 1000.0 * static_cast<double>(cycles_arg) /
      timer_tracker_frequency();
  }

  double get_time_ms() const
  {
    return cycles_to_ms(cycles);
  }
  ulonglong get_cycles() const
  {
    return cycles;
  }

  bool has_timed_statistics() const { return cycles > 0; }
};


/*
  Tracker for time spent between the calls to Exec_time_tracker's {start|
  stop}_tracking().

  @seealso Gap_time_tracker_data in sql_class.h
*/
class Gap_time_tracker
{
  ulonglong cycles;
public:
  Gap_time_tracker() : cycles(0) {}

  void log_time(ulonglong start, ulonglong end) {
    cycles += end - start;
  }

  double get_time_ms() const
  {
    // convert 'cycles' to milliseconds.
    return 1000.0 * static_cast<double>(cycles) / timer_tracker_frequency();
  }
};


/*
  A class for counting certain actions (in all queries), and optionally
  collecting the timings (in ANALYZE queries).
*/

class Time_and_counter_tracker: public Exec_time_tracker
{
public: 
  const bool timed;
  
  Time_and_counter_tracker(bool timed_arg) : timed(timed_arg)
  {}
   
  /* Loops are counted in both ANALYZE and regular queries, as this is cheap */
  void incr_loops() { count++; }
  
  /*
    Unlike Exec_time_tracker::stop_tracking, we don't increase loops.
  */
  void stop_tracking(THD *thd)
  {
    cycles_stop_tracking(thd);
  }
};

#define ANALYZE_START_TRACKING(thd, tracker) \
  { \
    (tracker)->incr_loops(); \
    if (unlikely((tracker)->timed)) \
    { (tracker)->start_tracking(thd); } \
  }

#define ANALYZE_STOP_TRACKING(thd, tracker) \
  if (unlikely((tracker)->timed)) \
  { (tracker)->stop_tracking(thd); }


/*
  Just a counter to increment one value. Wrapped in a class to be uniform
  with other counters used by ANALYZE.
*/

class Counter_tracker
{
public:
  Counter_tracker() : r_scans(0) {}
  ha_rows r_scans;

  inline void on_scan_init() { r_scans++; }

  bool has_scans() const { return (r_scans != 0); }
  ha_rows get_loops() const { return r_scans; }
};


/*
  A class for collecting read statistics.
  
  The idea is that we run several scans. Each scans gets rows, and then filters
  some of them out.  We count scans, rows, and rows left after filtering.

  (note: at the moment, the class is not actually tied to a physical table. 
   It can be used to track reading from files, buffers, etc).
*/

class Table_access_tracker
{
public:
  Table_access_tracker() : r_scans(0), r_rows(0), r_rows_after_where(0)
  {}

  ha_rows r_scans; /* how many scans were ran on this join_tab */
  ha_rows r_rows; /* How many rows we've got after that */
  ha_rows r_rows_after_where; /* Rows after applying attached part of WHERE */

  double get_avg_rows() const
  {
    return r_scans
      ? static_cast<double>(r_rows) / static_cast<double>(r_scans)
      : 0;
  }

  double get_filtered_after_where() const
  {
    return r_rows > 0
      ? static_cast<double>(r_rows_after_where) /
        static_cast<double>(r_rows)
      : 1.0;
  }

  inline void on_scan_init() { r_scans++; }
  inline void on_record_read() { r_rows++; }
  inline void on_record_after_where() { r_rows_after_where++; }

  bool has_scans() const { return (r_scans != 0); }
  ha_rows get_loops() const { return r_scans; }
};


class Json_writer;

/*
  This stores the data about how filesort executed.

  A few things from here (e.g. r_used_pq, r_limit) belong to the query plan,
  however, these parameters are calculated right during the execution so we 
  can't easily put them into the query plan.

  The class is designed to handle multiple invocations of filesort().
*/

class Filesort_tracker : public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  Filesort_tracker(bool do_timing) :
    time_tracker(do_timing), r_limit(0), r_used_pq(0),
    r_examined_rows(0), r_sorted_rows(0), r_output_rows(0),
    sort_passes(0),
    sort_buffer_size(0),
    r_using_addons(false),
    r_packed_addon_fields(false),
    r_sort_keys_packed(false)
  {}
  
  /* Functions that filesort uses to report various things about its execution */

  inline void report_use(THD *thd, ha_rows r_limit_arg)
  {
    if (!time_tracker.get_loops())
      r_limit= r_limit_arg;
    else
      r_limit= (r_limit != r_limit_arg)? 0: r_limit_arg;

    ANALYZE_START_TRACKING(thd, &time_tracker);
  }
  inline void incr_pq_used() { r_used_pq++; }

  inline void report_row_numbers(ha_rows examined_rows, 
                                 ha_rows sorted_rows,
                                 ha_rows returned_rows) 
  { 
    r_examined_rows += examined_rows;
    r_sorted_rows   += sorted_rows;
    r_output_rows   += returned_rows;
  }

  inline void report_merge_passes_at_start(ulong passes)
  {
    sort_passes -= passes;
  }
  inline void report_merge_passes_at_end(THD *thd, ulong passes)
  {
    ANALYZE_STOP_TRACKING(thd, &time_tracker);
    sort_passes += passes;
  }

  inline void report_sort_buffer_size(size_t bufsize)
  {
    if (sort_buffer_size)
      sort_buffer_size= ulonglong(-1); // multiple buffers of different sizes
    else
      sort_buffer_size= bufsize;
  }

  inline void report_addon_fields_format(bool addons_packed)
  {
    r_using_addons= true;
    r_packed_addon_fields= addons_packed;
  }
  inline void report_sort_keys_format(bool sort_keys_packed)
  {
    r_sort_keys_packed= sort_keys_packed;
  }

  void get_data_format(String *str);

  /* Functions to get the statistics */
  void print_json_members(Json_writer *writer);

  ulonglong get_r_loops() const { return time_tracker.get_loops(); }
  double get_avg_examined_rows() const
  {
    return static_cast<double>(r_examined_rows) /
      static_cast<double>(get_r_loops());
  }
  double get_avg_returned_rows() const
  {
    return static_cast<double>(r_output_rows) /
      static_cast<double>(get_r_loops());
  }
  double get_r_filtered() const
  {
    return r_examined_rows > 0
      ? static_cast<double>(r_sorted_rows) /
        static_cast<double>(r_examined_rows)
      : 1.0;
  }
private:
  Time_and_counter_tracker time_tracker;

  //ulonglong r_loops; /* How many times filesort was invoked */
  /*
    LIMIT is typically a constant. There is never "LIMIT 0".
      HA_POS_ERROR means we never had a limit
      0            means different values of LIMIT were used in 
                   different filesort invocations
      other value  means the same LIMIT value was used every time.
  */
  ulonglong r_limit;
  ulonglong r_used_pq; /* How many times PQ was used */

  /* How many rows were examined (before checking the select->cond) */
  ulonglong r_examined_rows;
  
  /* 
    How many rows were put into sorting (this is examined_rows minus rows that
    didn't pass the WHERE condition)
  */
  ulonglong r_sorted_rows;

  /*
    How many rows were returned. This is equal to r_sorted_rows, unless there
    was a LIMIT N clause in which case filesort would not have returned more
    than N rows.
  */
  ulonglong r_output_rows;

  /* How many sorts in total (divide by r_count to get the average) */
  ulonglong sort_passes;
  
  /* 
    0              - means not used (or not known 
    (ulonglong)-1  - multiple
    other          - value
  */
  ulonglong sort_buffer_size;
  bool r_using_addons;
  bool r_packed_addon_fields;
  bool r_sort_keys_packed;
};


/**
  A class to collect data about how rowid filter is executed.

  It stores information about how rowid filter container is filled,
  containers size and observed selectivity.

  The observed selectivity is calculated in this way.
  Some elements elem_set are checked if they belong to container.
  Observed selectivity is calculated as the count of elem_set
  elements that belong to container devided by all elem_set elements.
*/

class Rowid_filter_tracker : public Sql_alloc
{
private:
  /* A member to track the time to fill the rowid filter */
  Time_and_counter_tracker time_tracker;

  /* Size of the rowid filter container buffer */
  size_t container_buff_size;

  /* Count of elements that were used to fill the rowid filter container */
  uint container_elements;

  /* Elements counts used for observed selectivity calculation */
  uint n_checks;
  uint n_positive_checks;
public:
  Rowid_filter_tracker(bool do_timing) :
    time_tracker(do_timing), container_buff_size(0),
    container_elements(0), n_checks(0), n_positive_checks(0)
  {}

  inline void start_tracking(THD *thd)
  {
    ANALYZE_START_TRACKING(thd, &time_tracker);
  }

  inline void stop_tracking(THD *thd)
  {
    ANALYZE_STOP_TRACKING(thd, &time_tracker);
  }

  /* Save container buffer size in bytes */
  inline void report_container_buff_size(uint elem_size)
  {
   container_buff_size= container_elements * elem_size / 8;
  }

  Time_and_counter_tracker *get_time_tracker()
  {
    return &time_tracker;
  }

  double get_time_fill_container_ms() const
  {
    return time_tracker.get_time_ms();
  }

  void increment_checked_elements_count(bool was_checked)
  {
    n_checks++;
    if (was_checked)
     n_positive_checks++;
  }

  inline void set_container_elements_count(uint elements)
  { container_elements= elements; }

  uint get_container_elements() const { return container_elements; }

  uint get_container_lookups() { return n_checks; }

  double get_r_selectivity_pct() const
  {
    return n_checks ? static_cast<double>(n_positive_checks) /
                      static_cast<double>(n_checks) : 0;
  }

  size_t get_container_buff_size() const { return container_buff_size; }
};
/*
   Copyright (c) 2010, 2011, Monty Program Ab

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef SQL_EXPRESSION_CACHE_INCLUDED
#define SQL_EXPRESSION_CACHE_INCLUDED

#include "sql_select.h"


/**
  Interface for expression cache

  @note
  Parameters of an expression cache interface are set on the creation of the
  cache. They are passed when a cache object of the implementation class is
  constructed. That's why they are not visible in this interface.
*/

extern ulong subquery_cache_miss, subquery_cache_hit;

class Expression_cache :public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  enum result {ERROR, HIT, MISS};

  Expression_cache()= default;
  virtual ~Expression_cache() = default;
  /**
    Shall check the presence of expression value in the cache for a given
    set of values of the expression parameters.  Return the result of the
    expression if it's found in the cache.
  */
  virtual result check_value(Item **value)= 0;
  /**
    Shall put the value of an expression for given set of its parameters
    into the expression cache
  */
  virtual my_bool put_value(Item *value)= 0;

  /**
    Print cache parameters
  */
  virtual void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type)= 0;

  /**
    Is this cache initialized
  */
  virtual bool is_inited()= 0;
  /**
    Initialize this cache
  */
  virtual void init()= 0;

  /**
    Save this object's statistics into Expression_cache_tracker object
  */
  virtual void update_tracker()= 0;
};

struct st_table_ref;
struct st_join_table;
class Item_field;


class Expression_cache_tracker :public Sql_alloc
{
public:
  enum expr_cache_state {UNINITED, STOPPED, OK};
  Expression_cache_tracker(Expression_cache *c) :
    cache(c), hit(0), miss(0), state(UNINITED)
  {}

private:
  // This can be NULL if the cache is already deleted
  Expression_cache *cache;

public:
  ulong hit, miss;
  enum expr_cache_state state;

  static const char* state_str[3];
  void set(ulong h, ulong m, enum expr_cache_state s)
  {hit= h; miss= m; state= s;}

  void detach_from_cache() { cache= NULL; }
  void fetch_current_stats()
  {
    if (cache)
      cache->update_tracker();
  }
};


/**
  Implementation of expression cache over a temporary table
*/

class Expression_cache_tmptable :public Expression_cache
{
public:
  Expression_cache_tmptable(THD *thd, List<Item> &dependants, Item *value);
  virtual ~Expression_cache_tmptable();
  result check_value(Item **value) override;
  my_bool put_value(Item *value) override;

  void print(String *str, enum_query_type query_type) override;
  bool is_inited() override { return inited; };
  void init() override;

  void set_tracker(Expression_cache_tracker *st)
  {
    tracker= st;
    update_tracker();
  }
  void update_tracker() override
  {
    if (tracker)
    {
      tracker->set(hit, miss, (inited ? (cache_table ?
                                         Expression_cache_tracker::OK :
                                         Expression_cache_tracker::STOPPED) :
                               Expression_cache_tracker::UNINITED));
    }
  }

private:
  void disable_cache();

  /* tmp table parameters */
  TMP_TABLE_PARAM cache_table_param;
  /* temporary table to store this cache */
  TABLE *cache_table;
  /* Thread handle for the temporary table */
  THD *table_thd;
  /* EXPALIN/ANALYZE statistics */
  Expression_cache_tracker *tracker;
  /* TABLE_REF for index lookup */
  struct st_table_ref ref;
  /* Cached result */
  Item_field *cached_result;
  /* List of parameter items */
  List<Item> &items;
  /* Value Item example */
  Item *val;
  /* hit/miss counters */
  ulong hit, miss;
  /* Set on if the object has been successfully initialized with init() */
  bool inited;
};

#endif /* SQL_EXPRESSION_CACHE_INCLUDED */
/* Copyright (c) 2000, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/*
  Header to remove use of my_functions in functions where we need speed and
  where calls to posix functions should work
*/
#ifndef _my_nosys_h
#define _my_nosys_h
#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef __MY_NOSYS__
#define __MY_NOSYS__

#ifndef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <malloc.h>
#endif

#undef my_read
#undef my_write
#undef my_seek
#define my_read(a,b,c,d) my_quick_read(a,b,c,d)
#define my_write(a,b,c,d) my_quick_write(a,b,c)
extern size_t my_quick_read(File Filedes,uchar *Buffer,size_t Count,
                            myf myFlags);
extern size_t my_quick_write(File Filedes,const uchar *Buffer,size_t Count);

#endif /* __MY_NOSYS__ */

#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
/*
   Copyright (c) 2014, 2015 SkySQL Ab & MariaDB Foundation

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

#ifndef GROUP_BY_HANDLER_INCLUDED
#define GROUP_BY_HANDLER_INCLUDED

class Select_limit_counters;
/*
  This file implements the group_by_handler interface. This interface
  can be used by storage handlers that can intercept summary or GROUP
  BY queries from MariaDB and itself return the result to the user or
  upper level. It is part of the Storage Engine API

  Both main and sub queries are supported. Here are some examples of what the
  storage engine could intersept:

  SELECT count(*) FROM t1;
  SELECT a,count(*) FROM t1 group by a;
  SELECT a,count(*) as sum FROM t1 where b > 10 group by a, order by sum;
  SELECT a,count(*) FROM t1,t2;
  SELECT a, (select sum(*) from t2 where t1.a=t2.a) from t2;
*/

/**
  The structure describing various parts of the query

  The engine is supposed to take out parts that it can do internally.
  For example, if the engine can return results sorted according to
  the specified order_by clause, it sets Query::order_by=NULL before
  returning.

  At the moment the engine must take group_by (or return an error), and
  optionally can take distinct, where, order_by, and having.

  The engine should not modify the select list. It is the extended SELECT
  clause (extended, because it has more items than the original
  user-specified SELECT clause) and it contains all aggregate functions,
  used in the query.
*/
struct Query
{
  List<Item> *select;
  /* Number of auxiliary fields. */
  int        n_aux;
  bool        distinct;
  TABLE_LIST *from;
  Item       *where;
  ORDER      *group_by;
  ORDER      *order_by;
  Item       *having;
  // LIMIT
  Select_limit_counters *limit;
};

class group_by_handler
{
public:
  THD *thd;
  handlerton *ht;

  /*
    Temporary table where all results should be stored in record[0]
    The table has a field for every item from the Query::select list,
    except for const items and some other exceptions, see
    Create_tmp_table::add_fields() for which items are included and
    which are skipped.
  */
  TABLE *table;

  group_by_handler(THD *thd_arg, handlerton *ht_arg)
    : thd(thd_arg), ht(ht_arg), table(0) {}
  virtual ~group_by_handler() = default;

  /*
    Functions to scan data. All these returns 0 if ok, error code in case
    of error
  */

  /*
    Initialize group_by scan, prepare for next_row().
    If this is a sub query with group by, this can be called many times for
    a query.
  */
  virtual int init_scan()= 0;

  /*
    Return next group by result in table->record[0].
    Return 0 if row found, HA_ERR_END_OF_FILE if last row and other error
    number in case of fatal error.
   */
  virtual int next_row()= 0;

  /* End scanning */
  virtual int end_scan()=0;

  /* Report errors */
  virtual void print_error(int error, myf errflag);
};

#endif //GROUP_BY_HANDLER_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (C) 2009, 2017, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 or later of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335 USA */

/* Defining what to log to slow log */

#ifndef LOG_SLOW_INCLUDED
#define LOG_SLOW_INCLUDED

#define LOG_SLOW_VERBOSITY_INIT           0
#define LOG_SLOW_VERBOSITY_INNODB         (1U << 0) /* Old option */
#define LOG_SLOW_VERBOSITY_QUERY_PLAN     (1U << 1)
#define LOG_SLOW_VERBOSITY_EXPLAIN        (1U << 2)
#define LOG_SLOW_VERBOSITY_STORAGE_ENGINE (1U << 3) /* Replaces InnoDB */
#define LOG_SLOW_VERBOSITY_WARNINGS       (1U << 4)
#define LOG_SLOW_VERBOSITY_FULL           (1U << 5)

#define LOG_SLOW_VERBOSITY_ENGINE         (LOG_SLOW_VERBOSITY_FULL | \
                                           LOG_SLOW_VERBOSITY_INNODB | \
                                           LOG_SLOW_VERBOSITY_STORAGE_ENGINE)

#define QPLAN_INIT            QPLAN_QC_NO

#define QPLAN_ADMIN           (1U << 0)
#define QPLAN_FILESORT        (1U << 1)
#define QPLAN_FILESORT_DISK   (1U << 2)
#define QPLAN_FILESORT_PRIORITY_QUEUE       (1U << 3)
#define QPLAN_FULL_JOIN       (1U << 4)
#define QPLAN_FULL_SCAN       (1U << 5)
#define QPLAN_NOT_USING_INDEX (1U << 6)
#define QPLAN_QC              (1U << 7)
#define QPLAN_QC_NO           (1U << 8)
#define QPLAN_TMP_TABLE       (1U << 9)
#define QPLAN_TMP_DISK        (1U << 10)

/* ... */
#define QPLAN_STATUS          (1UL << 31) /* not in the slow_log_filter */
#define QPLAN_MAX             (1UL << 31) /* reserved as placeholder */

/* Bits for log_slow_disabled_statements */
#define LOG_SLOW_DISABLE_ADMIN (1 << 0)
#define LOG_SLOW_DISABLE_CALL  (1 << 1)
#define LOG_SLOW_DISABLE_SLAVE (1 << 2)
#define LOG_SLOW_DISABLE_SP    (1 << 3)

/* Bits for log_disabled_statements */
#define LOG_DISABLE_SLAVE (1 << 0)
#define LOG_DISABLE_SP    (1 << 1)

#endif /* LOG_SLOW_INCLUDED */
/*
   Copyright (c) 2000, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2009, 2013, Monty Program Ab.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

/* This file should be included when using myisam_functions */

#ifndef _myisam_h
#define _myisam_h
#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <my_base.h>
#include <m_ctype.h>
#include "keycache.h"
#include "my_compare.h"
#include <myisamchk.h>
#include <mysql/plugin.h>
#include <my_check_opt.h>
/*
  Limit max keys according to HA_MAX_POSSIBLE_KEY; See myisamchk.h for details
*/

#if MAX_INDEXES > HA_MAX_POSSIBLE_KEY
#define MI_MAX_KEY                  HA_MAX_POSSIBLE_KEY /* Max allowed keys */
#else
#define MI_MAX_KEY                  MAX_INDEXES         /* Max allowed keys */
#endif

#define MI_MAX_POSSIBLE_KEY_BUFF    HA_MAX_POSSIBLE_KEY_BUFF
/*
  The following defines can be increased if necessary.
  But beware the dependency of MI_MAX_POSSIBLE_KEY_BUFF and MI_MAX_KEY_LENGTH.
*/
#define MI_MAX_KEY_LENGTH           1000            /* Max length in bytes */
#define MI_MAX_KEY_SEG              16              /* Max segments for key */

#define MI_NAME_IEXT	".MYI"
#define MI_NAME_DEXT	".MYD"

/* Possible values for myisam_block_size (must be power of 2) */
#define MI_KEY_BLOCK_LENGTH	1024	/* default key block length */
#define MI_MIN_KEY_BLOCK_LENGTH	1024	/* Min key block length */
#define MI_MAX_KEY_BLOCK_LENGTH	16384

/*
  In the following macros '_keyno_' is 0 .. keys-1.
  If there can be more keys than bits in the key_map, the highest bit
  is for all upper keys. They cannot be switched individually.
  This means that clearing of high keys is ignored, setting one high key
  sets all high keys.
*/
#define MI_KEYMAP_BITS      (8 * SIZEOF_LONG_LONG)
#define MI_KEYMAP_HIGH_MASK (1ULL << (MI_KEYMAP_BITS - 1))
#define mi_get_mask_all_keys_active(_keys_) \
                            (((_keys_) < MI_KEYMAP_BITS) ? \
                             ((1ULL << (_keys_)) - 1ULL) : \
                             (~ 0ULL))

#if MI_MAX_KEY > MI_KEYMAP_BITS

#define mi_is_key_active(_keymap_,_keyno_) \
                            (((_keyno_) < MI_KEYMAP_BITS) ? \
                             MY_TEST((_keymap_) & (1ULL << (_keyno_))) : \
                             MY_TEST((_keymap_) & MI_KEYMAP_HIGH_MASK))
#define mi_set_key_active(_keymap_,_keyno_) \
                            (_keymap_)|= (((_keyno_) < MI_KEYMAP_BITS) ? \
                                          (1ULL << (_keyno_)) : \
                                          MI_KEYMAP_HIGH_MASK)
#define mi_clear_key_active(_keymap_,_keyno_) \
                            (_keymap_)&= (((_keyno_) < MI_KEYMAP_BITS) ? \
                                          (~ (1ULL << (_keyno_))) : \
                                          (~ (0ULL)) /*ignore*/ )

#else

#define mi_is_key_active(_keymap_,_keyno_) \
                            MY_TEST((_keymap_) & (1ULL << (_keyno_)))
#define mi_set_key_active(_keymap_,_keyno_) \
                            (_keymap_)|= (1ULL << (_keyno_))
#define mi_clear_key_active(_keymap_,_keyno_) \
                            (_keymap_)&= (~ (1ULL << (_keyno_)))

#endif

#define mi_is_any_key_active(_keymap_) \
                            MY_TEST((_keymap_))
#define mi_is_all_keys_active(_keymap_,_keys_) \
                            ((_keymap_) == mi_get_mask_all_keys_active(_keys_))
#define mi_set_all_keys_active(_keymap_,_keys_) \
                            (_keymap_)= mi_get_mask_all_keys_active(_keys_)
#define mi_clear_all_keys_active(_keymap_) \
                            (_keymap_)= 0
#define mi_intersect_keys_active(_to_,_from_) \
                            (_to_)&= (_from_)
#define mi_is_any_intersect_keys_active(_keymap1_,_keys_,_keymap2_) \
                            ((_keymap1_) & (_keymap2_) & \
                             mi_get_mask_all_keys_active(_keys_))
#define mi_copy_keys_active(_to_,_maxkeys_,_from_) \
                            (_to_)= (mi_get_mask_all_keys_active(_maxkeys_) & \
                                     (_from_))

	/* Param to/from mi_info */

typedef struct st_mi_isaminfo		/* Struct from h_info */
{
  ha_rows records;			/* Records in database */
  ha_rows deleted;			/* Deleted records in database */
  my_off_t recpos;			/* Pos for last used record */
  my_off_t newrecpos;			/* Pos if we write new record */
  my_off_t dupp_key_pos;		/* Position to record with dupp key */
  my_off_t data_file_length,		/* Length of data file */
           max_data_file_length,
           index_file_length,
           max_index_file_length,
           delete_length;
  ulong reclength;			/* Recordlength */
  ulong mean_reclength;			/* Mean recordlength (if packed) */
  ulonglong auto_increment;
  ulonglong key_map;			/* Which keys are used */
  char  *data_file_name, *index_file_name;
  uint  keys;				/* Number of keys in use */
  uint	options;			/* HA_OPTION_... used */
  int	errkey,				/* With key was dupplicated on err */
	sortkey;			/* clustered by this key */
  File	filenr;				/* (uniq) filenr for datafile */
  time_t create_time;			/* When table was created */
  time_t check_time;
  time_t update_time;
  uint  reflength;
  ulong record_offset;
  ulong *rec_per_key;			/* for sql optimizing */
} MI_ISAMINFO;


typedef struct st_mi_create_info
{
  const char *index_file_name, *data_file_name;	/* If using symlinks */
  ha_rows max_rows;
  ha_rows reloc_rows;
  ulonglong auto_increment;
  ulonglong data_file_length;
  ulonglong key_file_length;
  uint old_options;
  uint16 language;
  my_bool with_auto_increment;
} MI_CREATE_INFO;

struct st_myisam_info;			/* For reference */
struct st_mi_isam_share;
typedef struct st_myisam_info MI_INFO;
struct st_mi_s_param;

typedef struct st_mi_keydef		/* Key definition with open & info */
{
  struct st_mi_isam_share *share;       /* Pointer to base (set in mi_open) */
  uint16 keysegs;			/* Number of key-segment */
  uint16 flag;				/* NOSAME, PACK_USED */

  uint8  key_alg;			/* BTREE, RTREE */
  uint16 block_length;			/* Length of keyblock (auto) */
  uint16 underflow_block_length;	/* When to execute underflow */
  uint16 keylength;			/* Tot length of keyparts (auto) */
  uint16 minlength;			/* min length of (packed) key (auto) */
  uint16 maxlength;			/* max length of (packed) key (auto) */
  uint16 block_size_index;		/* block_size (auto) */
  uint32 version;			/* For concurrent read/write */
  uint32 ftkey_nr;                      /* full-text index number */

  HA_KEYSEG *seg,*end;
  struct st_mysql_ftparser *parser;     /* Fulltext [pre]parser */
  int (*bin_search)(struct st_myisam_info *info,struct st_mi_keydef *keyinfo,
		    uchar *page,uchar *key,
		    uint key_len,uint comp_flag,uchar * *ret_pos,
		    uchar *buff, my_bool *was_last_key);
  uint (*get_key)(struct st_mi_keydef *keyinfo,uint nod_flag,uchar * *page,
		  uchar *key);
  int (*pack_key)(struct st_mi_keydef *keyinfo,uint nod_flag,uchar *next_key,
		  uchar *org_key, uchar *prev_key, uchar *key,
		  struct st_mi_s_param *s_temp);
  void (*store_key)(struct st_mi_keydef *keyinfo, uchar *key_pos,
		    struct st_mi_s_param *s_temp);
  int (*ck_insert)(struct st_myisam_info *inf, uint k_nr, uchar *k, uint klen);
  int (*ck_delete)(struct st_myisam_info *inf, uint k_nr, uchar *k, uint klen);
} MI_KEYDEF;


#define MI_UNIQUE_HASH_LENGTH	4

typedef struct st_unique_def		/* Segment definition of unique */
{
  uint16 keysegs;			/* Number of key-segment */
  uchar key;				/* Mapped to which key */
  uint8 null_are_equal;
  HA_KEYSEG *seg,*end;
} MI_UNIQUEDEF;

typedef struct st_mi_decode_tree	/* Decode huff-table */
{
  uint16 *table;
  uint	 quick_table_bits;
  uchar	 *intervalls;
} MI_DECODE_TREE;


struct st_mi_bit_buff;

/*
  Note that null markers should always be first in a row !
  When creating a column, one should only specify:
  type, length, null_bit and null_pos
*/

typedef struct st_columndef		/* column information */
{
  enum en_fieldtype type;
  uint16 length;			/* length of field */
  uint32 offset;			/* Offset to position in row */
  uint8  null_bit;			/* If column may be 0 */
  uint16 null_pos;			/* position for null marker */

#ifndef NOT_PACKED_DATABASES
  void (*unpack)(struct st_columndef *rec,struct st_mi_bit_buff *buff,
		 uchar *start,uchar *end);
  enum en_fieldtype base_type;
  uint space_length_bits,pack_type;
  MI_DECODE_TREE *huff_tree;
#endif
} MI_COLUMNDEF;

extern char * myisam_log_filename;		/* Name of logfile */
extern ulong myisam_block_size;
extern ulong myisam_concurrent_insert;
extern my_bool myisam_flush,myisam_delay_key_write,myisam_single_user;
extern my_off_t myisam_max_temp_length;
extern ulong myisam_data_pointer_size;

/* usually used to check if a symlink points into the mysql data home */
/* which is normally forbidden                                        */
extern int (*myisam_test_invalid_symlink)(const char *filename);
extern ulonglong myisam_mmap_size, myisam_mmap_used;
extern mysql_mutex_t THR_LOCK_myisam_mmap;

	/* Prototypes for myisam-functions */

extern int mi_close(struct st_myisam_info *file);
extern int mi_delete(struct st_myisam_info *file,const uchar *buff);
extern struct st_myisam_info *mi_open(const char *name,int mode,
				      uint wait_if_locked);
extern int mi_panic(enum ha_panic_function function);
extern int mi_rfirst(struct st_myisam_info *file,uchar *buf,int inx);
extern int mi_rkey(MI_INFO *info, uchar *buf, int inx, const uchar *key,
                   key_part_map keypart_map, enum ha_rkey_function search_flag);
extern int mi_rlast(struct st_myisam_info *file,uchar *buf,int inx);
extern int mi_rnext(struct st_myisam_info *file,uchar *buf,int inx);
extern int mi_rnext_same(struct st_myisam_info *info, uchar *buf);
extern int mi_rprev(struct st_myisam_info *file,uchar *buf,int inx);
extern int mi_rrnd(struct st_myisam_info *file,uchar *buf, my_off_t pos);
extern int mi_scan_init(struct st_myisam_info *file);
extern int mi_scan(struct st_myisam_info *file,uchar *buf);
extern int mi_rsame(struct st_myisam_info *file,uchar *record,int inx);
extern int mi_rsame_with_pos(struct st_myisam_info *file,uchar *record,
			     int inx, my_off_t pos);
extern int mi_update(struct st_myisam_info *file,const uchar *old,
		     const uchar *new_record);
extern int mi_write(struct st_myisam_info *file,const uchar *buff);
extern my_off_t mi_position(struct st_myisam_info *file);
extern int mi_status(struct st_myisam_info *info, MI_ISAMINFO *x, uint flag);
extern int mi_lock_database(struct st_myisam_info *file,int lock_type);
extern int mi_create(const char *name,uint keys,MI_KEYDEF *keydef,
		     uint columns, MI_COLUMNDEF *columndef,
		     uint uniques, MI_UNIQUEDEF *uniquedef,
		     MI_CREATE_INFO *create_info, uint flags);
extern int mi_delete_table(const char *name);
extern int mi_rename(const char *from, const char *to);
extern int mi_extra(struct st_myisam_info *file,
		    enum ha_extra_function function,
		    void *extra_arg);
extern int mi_reset(struct st_myisam_info *file);
extern ha_rows mi_records_in_range(MI_INFO *info,int inx,
                                   const key_range *min_key,
                                   const key_range *max_key,
                                   page_range *pages);
extern int mi_log(int activate_log);
extern int mi_is_changed(struct st_myisam_info *info);
extern int mi_delete_all_rows(struct st_myisam_info *info);
extern ulong _mi_calc_blob_length(uint length , const uchar *pos);
extern uint mi_get_pointer_length(ulonglong file_length, uint def);
extern int mi_make_backup_of_index(struct st_myisam_info *info,
                                   time_t backup_time, myf flags);
#define myisam_max_key_length() HA_MAX_KEY_LENGTH
#define myisam_max_key_segments() HA_MAX_KEY_SEG

#define MEMMAP_EXTRA_MARGIN     7       /* Write this as a suffix for mmap file */
/* this is used to pass to mysql_myisamchk_table */

#define   MYISAMCHK_REPAIR 1  /* equivalent to myisamchk -r */
#define   MYISAMCHK_VERIFY 2  /* Verify, run repair if failure */

typedef uint mi_bit_type;
typedef struct st_sort_key_blocks SORT_KEY_BLOCKS;
typedef struct st_sort_ftbuf SORT_FT_BUF;

typedef struct st_mi_bit_buff
{                                       /* Used for packing of record */
  mi_bit_type current_byte;
  uint bits;
  uchar *pos, *end, *blob_pos, *blob_end;
  uint error;
} MI_BIT_BUFF;

typedef struct st_sort_info
{
  /* sync things */
  mysql_mutex_t mutex;
  mysql_cond_t  cond;
  MI_INFO *info;
  HA_CHECK *param;
  uchar *buff;
  SORT_KEY_BLOCKS *key_block, *key_block_end;
  SORT_FT_BUF *ft_buf;
  my_off_t filelength, dupp, buff_length;
  ha_rows max_records;
  uint current_key, total_keys;
  volatile uint got_error;
  uint threads_running;
  myf myf_rw;
  enum data_file_type new_data_file_type;
} MI_SORT_INFO;

typedef struct st_mi_sort_param
{
  pthread_t thr;
  IO_CACHE read_cache, tempfile, tempfile_for_exceptions;
  DYNAMIC_ARRAY buffpek;
  MI_BIT_BUFF   bit_buff;               /* For parallel repair of packrec. */

  MI_KEYDEF *keyinfo;
  MI_SORT_INFO *sort_info;
  HA_KEYSEG *seg;
  uchar **sort_keys;
  uchar *rec_buff;
  void *wordlist, *wordptr;
  MEM_ROOT wordroot;
  uchar *record;
  MY_TMPDIR *tmpdir;

  /*
    The next two are used to collect statistics, see update_key_parts for
    description.
  */
  ulonglong unique[HA_MAX_KEY_SEG+1];
  ulonglong notnull[HA_MAX_KEY_SEG+1];

  my_off_t pos,max_pos,filepos,start_recpos;
  uint key, key_length,real_key_length;
  uint maxbuffers, find_length;
  ulonglong sortbuff_size;
  ha_rows keys;
  my_bool fix_datafile, master;
  my_bool calc_checksum;                /* calculate table checksum */

  int (*key_cmp)(void *, const void *, const void *);
  int (*key_read)(struct st_mi_sort_param *,void *);
  int (*key_write)(struct st_mi_sort_param *, const void *);
  void (*lock_in_memory)(HA_CHECK *);
  int (*write_keys)(struct st_mi_sort_param *, uchar **,
                    ulonglong , struct st_buffpek *, IO_CACHE *);
  my_off_t (*read_to_buffer)(IO_CACHE *,struct st_buffpek *, uint);
  int (*write_key)(struct st_mi_sort_param *, IO_CACHE *,uchar *,
                   uint, ulonglong);
} MI_SORT_PARAM;

/* functions in mi_check */
void myisamchk_init(HA_CHECK *param);
int chk_status(HA_CHECK *param, MI_INFO *info);
int chk_del(HA_CHECK *param, MI_INFO *info, ulonglong test_flag);
int chk_size(HA_CHECK *param, MI_INFO *info);
int chk_key(HA_CHECK *param, MI_INFO *info);
int chk_data_link(HA_CHECK *param, MI_INFO *info, my_bool extend);
int mi_repair(HA_CHECK *param, MI_INFO *info, char * name, int rep_quick);
int mi_sort_index(HA_CHECK *param, MI_INFO *info, char * name);
int mi_repair_by_sort(HA_CHECK *param, MI_INFO *info,
		      const char * name, int rep_quick);
int mi_repair_parallel(HA_CHECK *param, MI_INFO *info,
		      const char * name, int rep_quick);
int change_to_newfile(const char * filename, const char * old_ext,
                      const char * new_ext, time_t backup_time, myf myflags);
int lock_file(HA_CHECK *param, File file, my_off_t start, int lock_type,
	      const char *filetype, const char *filename);
void lock_memory(HA_CHECK *param);
void update_auto_increment_key(HA_CHECK *param, MI_INFO *info,
			       my_bool repair);
int update_state_info(HA_CHECK *param, MI_INFO *info,uint update);
void update_key_parts(MI_KEYDEF *keyinfo, ulong *rec_per_key_part,
                      ulonglong *unique, ulonglong *notnull,
                      ulonglong records);
int filecopy(HA_CHECK *param, File to,File from,my_off_t start,
	     my_off_t length, const char *type);
int movepoint(MI_INFO *info,uchar *record,my_off_t oldpos,
	      my_off_t newpos, uint prot_key);
int write_data_suffix(MI_SORT_INFO *sort_info, my_bool fix_datafile);
int test_if_almost_full(MI_INFO *info);
int recreate_table(HA_CHECK *param, MI_INFO **org_info, char *filename);
void mi_disable_non_unique_index(MI_INFO *info, ha_rows rows);
my_bool mi_test_if_sort_rep(MI_INFO *info, ha_rows rows, ulonglong key_map,
			    my_bool force);

int mi_init_bulk_insert(MI_INFO *info, size_t cache_size, ha_rows rows);
void mi_flush_bulk_insert(MI_INFO *info, uint inx);
int mi_end_bulk_insert(MI_INFO *info, my_bool abort);
int mi_assign_to_key_cache(MI_INFO *info, ulonglong key_map,
			   KEY_CACHE *key_cache);
void mi_change_key_cache(KEY_CACHE *old_key_cache,
			 KEY_CACHE *new_key_cache);
int mi_preload(MI_INFO *info, ulonglong key_map, my_bool ignore_leaves);

int write_data_suffix(MI_SORT_INFO *sort_info, my_bool fix_datafile);
int flush_pending_blocks(MI_SORT_PARAM *param);
int sort_ft_buf_flush(MI_SORT_PARAM *sort_param);
int thr_write_keys(MI_SORT_PARAM *sort_param);
int sort_write_record(MI_SORT_PARAM *sort_param);
int _create_index_by_sort(MI_SORT_PARAM *info,my_bool no_messages, ulonglong);
my_bool mi_too_big_key_for_sort(MI_KEYDEF *key, ha_rows rows);
struct OPTIMIZER_COSTS;
void myisam_update_optimizer_costs(struct OPTIMIZER_COSTS *costs);

#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
/* Copyright (c) 2009, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.
 
 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 GNU General Public License for more details.
 
 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef MY_CONFIG_H
#define MY_CONFIG_H
#define DOT_FRM_VERSION 6
/* Headers we may want to use. */
#define STDC_HEADERS 1
#define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1
#define HAVE_ARPA_INET_H 1
#define HAVE_ASM_TERMBITS_H 1
#define HAVE_CRYPT_H 1
#define HAVE_CURSES_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_BFD_H */
/* #undef HAVE_NDIR_H */
#define HAVE_DIRENT_H 1
#define HAVE_DLFCN_H 1
#define HAVE_EXECINFO_H 1
#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
#define HAVE_FENV_H 1
#define HAVE_FLOAT_H 1
#define HAVE_FNMATCH_H 1
#define HAVE_FPU_CONTROL_H 1
#define HAVE_GETMNTENT 1
/* #undef HAVE_GETMNTENT_IN_SYS_MNTAB */
/* #undef HAVE_GETMNTINFO */
/* #undef HAVE_GETMNTINFO64 */
/* #undef HAVE_GETMNTINFO_TAKES_statvfs */
#define HAVE_GRP_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_IA64INTRIN_H */
/* #undef HAVE_IEEEFP_H */
#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_KQUEUE */
#define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
#define HAVE_LINK_H 1
#define HAVE_LINUX_UNISTD_H 1
#define HAVE_LINUX_MMAN_H 1
#define HAVE_LOCALE_H 1
#define HAVE_MALLOC_H 1
#define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1
#define HAVE_NETINET_IN_H 1
#define HAVE_PATHS_H 1
#define HAVE_POLL_H 1
#define HAVE_PWD_H 1
#define HAVE_SCHED_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_SELECT_H */
/* #undef HAVE_SOLARIS_LARGE_PAGES */
#define HAVE_STDDEF_H 1
#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1
#define HAVE_STDARG_H 1
#define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1
#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_SYNCH_H */
/* #undef HAVE_SYSENT_H */
#define HAVE_SYS_DIR_H 1
#define HAVE_SYS_FILE_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_FPU_H */
#define HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_MALLOC_H */
#define HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_MNTENT_H */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_PTE_H */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_PTEM_H */
#define HAVE_SYS_PRCTL_H 1
#define HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H 1
#define HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H 1
#define HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_SOCKIO_H */
#define HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H 1
#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_STREAM_H */
#define HAVE_SYS_SYSCALL_H 1
#define HAVE_SYS_TIMEB_H 1
#define HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H 1
#define HAVE_SYS_TIME_H 1
#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
#define HAVE_SYS_UN_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_VADVISE_H */
#define HAVE_SYS_STATVFS_H 1
#define HAVE_UCONTEXT_H 1
#define HAVE_TERM_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_TERMBITS_H */
#define HAVE_TERMIOS_H 1
#define HAVE_TERMIO_H 1
#define HAVE_TERMCAP_H 1
#define HAVE_TIME_H 1
#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
#define HAVE_UTIME_H 1
/* #undef HAVE_VARARGS_H */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_UTIME_H */
#define HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H 1
#define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1

/* Libraries */
/* #undef HAVE_LIBWRAP */
#define HAVE_SYSTEMD 1
#define HAVE_SYSTEMD_SD_LISTEN_FDS_WITH_NAMES 1

/* Does "struct timespec" have a "sec" and "nsec" field? */
/* #undef HAVE_TIMESPEC_TS_SEC */

/* Readline */
/* #undef HAVE_HIST_ENTRY */
/* #undef USE_LIBEDIT_INTERFACE */
#define USE_NEW_READLINE_INTERFACE 1

#define FIONREAD_IN_SYS_IOCTL 1
#define GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL 1
/* #undef TIOCSTAT_IN_SYS_IOCTL */
/* #undef FIONREAD_IN_SYS_FILIO */

/* Functions we may want to use. */
#define HAVE_ACCEPT4 1
#define HAVE_ACCESS 1
#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
/* #undef HAVE_BFILL */
#define HAVE_INDEX 1
#define HAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME 1
#define HAVE_CRYPT 1
#define HAVE_CUSERID 1
#define HAVE_DLADDR 1
#define HAVE_DLERROR 1
#define HAVE_DLOPEN 1
#define HAVE_FCHMOD 1
#define HAVE_FCNTL 1
#define HAVE_FDATASYNC 1
#define HAVE_DECL_FDATASYNC 1
#define HAVE_FEDISABLEEXCEPT 1
#define HAVE_FESETROUND 1
/* #undef HAVE_FP_EXCEPT */
#define HAVE_FSEEKO 1
#define HAVE_FSYNC 1
#define HAVE_FTIME 1
#define HAVE_GETIFADDRS 1
#define HAVE_GETCWD 1
#define HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R 1
/* #undef HAVE_GETHRTIME */
/* #undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZES */
#define HAVE_GETPASS 1
/* #undef HAVE_GETPASSPHRASE */
#define HAVE_GETPWNAM 1
#define HAVE_GETPWUID 1
#define HAVE_GETRLIMIT 1
#define HAVE_GETRUSAGE 1
#define HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY 1
#define HAVE_GETWD 1
#define HAVE_GMTIME_R 1
/* #undef gmtime_r */
#define HAVE_IN_ADDR_T 1
#define HAVE_INITGROUPS 1
#define HAVE_LDIV 1
#define HAVE_LRAND48 1
#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_R 1
#define HAVE_LSTAT 1
/* #define HAVE_MLOCK 1 see Bug#54662 */
#define HAVE_NL_LANGINFO 1
#define HAVE_MADVISE 1
#define HAVE_DECL_MADVISE 1
/* #undef HAVE_DECL_MHA_MAPSIZE_VA */
#define HAVE_MALLINFO 1
/* #undef HAVE_MALLINFO2 */
/* #undef HAVE_MALLOC_ZONE */
#define HAVE_MEMCPY 1
#define HAVE_MEMMOVE 1
#define HAVE_MKSTEMP 1
#define HAVE_MKOSTEMP 1
#define HAVE_MLOCKALL 1
#define HAVE_MMAP 1
#define HAVE_MMAP64 1
#define HAVE_MPROTECT 1
#define HAVE_PERROR 1
#define HAVE_POLL 1
#define HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE 1
#define HAVE_FALLOC_PUNCH_HOLE_AND_KEEP_SIZE 1
#define HAVE_PREAD 1
/* #undef HAVE_READ_REAL_TIME */
/* #undef HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_CREATE */
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETGUARDSIZE 1
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETSTACKSIZE 1
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE 1
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE 1
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_GETATTR_NP 1
/* #undef HAVE_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_CREATE */
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_GETAFFINITY_NP 1
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_KEY_DELETE 1
/* #undef HAVE_PTHREAD_KILL */
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_RDLOCK 1
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK 1
/* #undef HAVE_PTHREAD_YIELD_NP */
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_YIELD_ZERO_ARG 1
#define PTHREAD_ONCE_INITIALIZER PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT
#define HAVE_PUTENV 1
/* #undef HAVE_READDIR_R */
#define HAVE_READLINK 1
#define HAVE_REALPATH 1
#define HAVE_RENAME 1
/* #undef HAVE_RWLOCK_INIT */
#define HAVE_SCHED_YIELD 1
#define HAVE_SELECT 1
#define HAVE_SETENV 1
#define HAVE_SETLOCALE 1
#define HAVE_SETMNTENT 1
#define HAVE_SETUPTERM 1
#define HAVE_SIGSET 1
#define HAVE_SIGACTION 1
/* #undef HAVE_SIGTHREADMASK */
#define HAVE_SIGWAIT 1
#define HAVE_SIGWAITINFO 1
#define HAVE_SLEEP 1
#define HAVE_STPCPY 1
#define HAVE_STRERROR 1
#define HAVE_STRCOLL 1
#define HAVE_STRNLEN 1
#define HAVE_STRPBRK 1
#define HAVE_STRTOK_R 1
#define HAVE_STRTOLL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOUL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOULL 1
/* #undef HAVE_TELL */
/* #undef HAVE_THR_YIELD */
#define HAVE_TIME 1
#define HAVE_TIMES 1
#define HAVE_VIDATTR 1
#define HAVE_VIO_READ_BUFF 1
#define HAVE_VASPRINTF 1
#define HAVE_VSNPRINTF 1
#define HAVE_FTRUNCATE 1
#define HAVE_TZNAME 1
/* Symbols we may use */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST */
/* used by stacktrace functions */
#define HAVE_BACKTRACE 1
#define HAVE_BACKTRACE_SYMBOLS 1
#define HAVE_BACKTRACE_SYMBOLS_FD 1
/* #undef HAVE_PRINTSTACK */
#define HAVE_IPV6 1
/* #undef ss_family */
/* #undef HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN_SIN_LEN */
/* #undef HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN6_SIN6_LEN */
#define STRUCT_TIMESPEC_HAS_TV_SEC 1
#define STRUCT_TIMESPEC_HAS_TV_NSEC 1
#define STRUCT_TM_HAS_TM_GMTOFF 1

/* this means that valgrind headers and macros are available */
/* #undef HAVE_VALGRIND_MEMCHECK_H */

/* this means WITH_VALGRIND - we change some code paths for valgrind */
/* #undef HAVE_valgrind */

/* Types we may use */
#ifdef __APPLE__
  /*
    Special handling required for OSX to support universal binaries that 
    mix 32 and 64 bit architectures.
  */
  #if(__LP64__)
    #define SIZEOF_LONG 8
  #else
    #define SIZEOF_LONG 4
  #endif
  #define SIZEOF_VOIDP   SIZEOF_LONG
  #define SIZEOF_CHARP   SIZEOF_LONG
  #define SIZEOF_SIZE_T  SIZEOF_LONG
#else
/* No indentation, to fetch the lines from verification scripts */
#define SIZEOF_LONG   8
#define SIZEOF_VOIDP  8
#define SIZEOF_CHARP  8
#define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 8
#endif

#define HAVE_LONG 1
#define HAVE_CHARP 1
#define SIZEOF_INT 4
#define HAVE_INT 1
#define SIZEOF_LONG_LONG 8
#define HAVE_LONG_LONG 1
#define SIZEOF_OFF_T 8
#define HAVE_OFF_T 1
/* #undef SIZEOF_UCHAR */
/* #undef HAVE_UCHAR */
#define SIZEOF_UINT 4
#define HAVE_UINT 1
#define SIZEOF_ULONG 8
#define HAVE_ULONG 1
/* #undef SIZEOF_INT8 */
/* #undef HAVE_INT8 */
/* #undef SIZEOF_UINT8 */
/* #undef HAVE_UINT8 */
/* #undef SIZEOF_INT16 */
/* #undef HAVE_INT16 */
/* #undef SIZEOF_UINT16 */
/* #undef HAVE_UINT16 */
/* #undef SIZEOF_INT32 */
/* #undef HAVE_INT32 */
/* #undef SIZEOF_UINT32 */
/* #undef HAVE_UINT32 */
/* #undef SIZEOF_INT64 */
/* #undef HAVE_INT64 */
/* #undef SIZEOF_UINT64 */
/* #undef HAVE_UINT64 */

#define SOCKET_SIZE_TYPE socklen_t

#define HAVE_MBSTATE_T 1

#define MAX_INDEXES 64

#define QSORT_TYPE_IS_VOID 1
#define RETQSORTTYPE void

#define RETSIGTYPE void
#define VOID_SIGHANDLER 1
#define HAVE_SIGHANDLER_T 1
#define STRUCT_RLIMIT struct rlimit

#ifdef __APPLE__
  #if __BIG_ENDIAN
    #define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
  #endif
#else
/* #undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN */
#endif

/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler calls
   it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name.  */
#define C_HAS_inline 1
#if !(C_HAS_inline)
#ifndef __cplusplus
# define inline 
#endif
#endif


#define TARGET_OS_LINUX 1

#define HAVE_WCTYPE_H 1
#define HAVE_WCHAR_H 1
#define HAVE_LANGINFO_H 1
#define HAVE_MBRLEN 1
#define HAVE_MBSRTOWCS 1
#define HAVE_MBRTOWC 1
#define HAVE_WCWIDTH 1
#define HAVE_ISWLOWER 1
#define HAVE_ISWUPPER 1
#define HAVE_TOWLOWER 1
#define HAVE_TOWUPPER 1
#define HAVE_ISWCTYPE 1
#define HAVE_WCHAR_T 1


#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
#define HAVE_TCGETATTR 1

#define HAVE_WEAK_SYMBOL 1
#define HAVE_ABI_CXA_DEMANGLE 1
#define HAVE_ATTRIBUTE_CLEANUP 1

#define HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS 1
/* #undef HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS */

/* #undef HAVE_SVR3_SIGNALS */
/* #undef HAVE_V7_SIGNALS */
#define HAVE_ERR_remove_thread_state 1
/* #undef HAVE_X509_check_host */

/* #undef HAVE_SOLARIS_STYLE_GETHOST */

#define HAVE_GCC_C11_ATOMICS 1
/* #undef HAVE_SOLARIS_ATOMIC */
/* #undef NO_FCNTL_NONBLOCK */

/* #undef _LARGE_FILES */
#define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
/* #undef _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE */

#define TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME 1

#define STACK_DIRECTION -1

#define SYSTEM_TYPE "Linux"
#define MACHINE_TYPE "x86_64"
#define DEFAULT_MACHINE "x86_64"
#define HAVE_DTRACE 1

#define SIGNAL_WITH_VIO_CLOSE 1

/* Windows stuff, mostly functions, that have Posix analogs but named differently */
#ifdef _WIN32
#define S_IROTH _S_IREAD
#define S_IFIFO _S_IFIFO
#define SIGQUIT SIGTERM
#define SIGPIPE SIGINT
#define sigset_t int
#define mode_t int
#define popen _popen
#define pclose _pclose
#define ssize_t SSIZE_T
#define strcasecmp _stricmp
#define strncasecmp _strnicmp
#define strtok_r strtok_s
#define tzname _tzname
#define P_tmpdir "C:\\TEMP"
#define setenv(a,b,c) _putenv_s(a,b)

#define HAVE_SETENV
#define NOMINMAX 1
#define PSAPI_VERSION 2     /* for GetProcessMemoryInfo() */
#endif /* _WIN32 */

/*
  MySQL features
*/
#define LOCAL_INFILE_MODE_OFF  0
#define LOCAL_INFILE_MODE_ON   1
#define LOCAL_INFILE_MODE_AUTO 2
#define ENABLED_LOCAL_INFILE LOCAL_INFILE_MODE_AUTO

#define ENABLED_PROFILING 1
/* #undef EXTRA_DEBUG */
/* #undef USE_SYMDIR */

/* Character sets and collations */
#define MYSQL_DEFAULT_CHARSET_NAME "latin1"
#define MYSQL_DEFAULT_COLLATION_NAME "latin1_swedish_ci"

#define USE_MB
#define USE_MB_IDENT

/* This should mean case insensitive file system */
/* #undef FN_NO_CASE_SENSE */

/* Whether an anonymous private mapping is unaccessible after
madvise(MADV_DONTNEED) or madvise(MADV_FREE) or similar has been invoked;
this is the case with Microsoft Windows VirtualFree(MEM_DECOMMIT) */
/* #undef HAVE_UNACCESSIBLE_AFTER_MEM_DECOMMIT */

#define HAVE_CHARSET_armscii8 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_ascii 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_big5 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_cp1250 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_cp1251 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_cp1256 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_cp1257 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_cp850 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_cp852 1 
#define HAVE_CHARSET_cp866 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_cp932 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_dec8 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_eucjpms 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_euckr 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_gb2312 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_gbk 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_geostd8 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_greek 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_hebrew 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_hp8 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_keybcs2 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_koi8r 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_koi8u 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_latin1 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_latin2 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_latin5 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_latin7 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_macce 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_macroman 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_sjis 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_swe7 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_tis620 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_ucs2 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_ujis 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_utf8mb4 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_utf8mb3 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_utf16 1
#define HAVE_CHARSET_utf32 1
#define HAVE_UCA_COLLATIONS 1
#define HAVE_COMPRESS 1
#define HAVE_EncryptAes128Ctr 1
#define HAVE_EncryptAes128Gcm 1
#define HAVE_des 1
#define HAVE_hkdf 1

/*
  Stuff that always need to be defined (compile breaks without it)
*/
#define HAVE_SPATIAL 1
#define HAVE_RTREE_KEYS 1
#define HAVE_QUERY_CACHE 1
#define BIG_TABLES 1

/*
  Important storage engines (those that really need define 
  WITH_<ENGINE>_STORAGE_ENGINE for the whole server)
*/
#define WITH_INNOBASE_STORAGE_ENGINE 1
#define WITH_PARTITION_STORAGE_ENGINE 1
#define WITH_PERFSCHEMA_STORAGE_ENGINE 1
#define WITH_ARIA_STORAGE_ENGINE 1
#define USE_ARIA_FOR_TMP_TABLES 1

#define DEFAULT_MYSQL_HOME "/usr"
#define SHAREDIR "/usr/share/mariadb"
#define DEFAULT_BASEDIR "/usr"
#define MYSQL_DATADIR "/var/lib/mysql"
#define DEFAULT_CHARSET_HOME "/usr"
#define PLUGINDIR "/usr/lib64/mysql/plugin"
#define DEFAULT_SYSCONFDIR "/etc"
#define DEFAULT_TMPDIR P_tmpdir

/* #undef SO_EXT */

#define MYSQL_VERSION_MAJOR 11
#define MYSQL_VERSION_MINOR 4
#define MYSQL_VERSION_PATCH 10
#define MYSQL_VERSION_EXTRA ""

#define PACKAGE "mysql"
#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT ""
#define PACKAGE_NAME "MySQL Server"
#define PACKAGE_STRING "MySQL Server 11.4.10"
#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "mysql"
#define PACKAGE_VERSION "11.4.10"
#define VERSION "11.4.10"
#define PROTOCOL_VERSION 10
#define PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH 8

#define MALLOC_LIBRARY "system"

/* time_t related defines */

#define SIZEOF_TIME_T 8
/* #undef TIME_T_UNSIGNED */

#ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY
/* #undef WSREP_INTERFACE_VERSION */
#define WITH_WSREP 1
#endif

#if !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS)
#define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS
#endif  // !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS)

#endif

#define HAVE_VFORK 1
/* Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
   Copyright (c) 2012, 2021, MariaDB

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifdef _WIN32
#define SERVICE_VERSION __declspec(dllexport) void *
#else
#define SERVICE_VERSION void *
#endif

#define VERSION_debug_sync              0x1000
#define VERSION_kill_statement          0x1000

#define VERSION_base64                  0x0100
#define VERSION_encryption              0x0300
#define VERSION_encryption_scheme       0x0100
#define VERSION_logger                  0x0100
#define VERSION_my_crypt                0x0100
#define VERSION_my_md5                  0x0100
#define VERSION_my_print_error          0x0100
#define VERSION_my_sha1                 0x0101
#define VERSION_my_sha2                 0x0100
#define VERSION_my_snprintf             0x0100
#define VERSION_progress_report         0x0100
#define VERSION_thd_alloc               0x0200
#define VERSION_thd_autoinc             0x0100
#define VERSION_thd_error_context       0x0200
#define VERSION_thd_rnd                 0x0100
#define VERSION_thd_specifics           0x0100
#define VERSION_thd_timezone            0x0100
#define VERSION_thd_wait                0x0100
#define VERSION_wsrep                   0x0500
#define VERSION_json                    0x0100
#define VERSION_sql_service             0x0102
#define VERSION_thd_mdl                 0x0100
#define VERSION_print_check_msg         0x0100

#define VERSION_provider_bzip2          0x0100
#define VERSION_provider_lz4            0x0100
#define VERSION_provider_lzma           0x0100
#define VERSION_provider_lzo            0x0100
#define VERSION_provider_snappy         0x0100
/* Copyright (c) 2023, MariaDB Corporation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1335  USA */

#ifndef LEX_CHARSET_COLLATIONS_INCLUDED
#define LEX_CHARSET_COLLATIONS_INCLUDED

#include "sql_used.h"

struct Charset_collation_map_st
{
public:

  struct Elem_st
  {
  protected:
    CHARSET_INFO *m_from; // From a character set
    CHARSET_INFO *m_to;   // To a collation
    static size_t print_lex_string(char *dst, const LEX_CSTRING &str)
    {
      memcpy(dst, str.str, str.length);
      return str.length;
    }
  public:
    /*
      Size in text format: 'utf8mb4=utf8mb4_unicode_ai_ci'
    */
    static constexpr size_t text_size_max()
    {
       return MY_CS_CHARACTER_SET_NAME_SIZE + 1 +
              MY_CS_COLLATION_NAME_SIZE;
    }
    CHARSET_INFO *from() const
    {
      return m_from;
    }
    CHARSET_INFO *to() const
    {
      return m_to;
    }
    void set_to(CHARSET_INFO *cl)
    {
      m_to= cl;
    }
    size_t print(char *dst) const
    {
      const char *dst0= dst;
      dst+= print_lex_string(dst, m_from->cs_name);
      *dst++= '=';
      dst+= print_lex_string(dst, m_to->coll_name);
      return (size_t) (dst - dst0);
    }
    int cmp_by_charset_id(const Elem_st &rhs) const
    {
      return m_from->number < rhs.m_from->number ? -1 :
             m_from->number > rhs.m_from->number ? +1 : 0;
    }
  };
  class Elem: public Elem_st
  {
  public:
    Elem(CHARSET_INFO *from, CHARSET_INFO *to)
    {
      m_from= from;
      m_to= to;
    }
  };
protected:
  Elem_st m_element[8]; // Should be enough for now
  uint m_count;
  uint m_version;

  static int cmp_by_charset_id(const void *a, const void *b)
  {
    return static_cast<const Elem_st*>(a)->
             cmp_by_charset_id(*static_cast<const Elem_st*>(b));
  }

  void sort()
  {
    qsort(m_element, m_count, sizeof(Elem_st), cmp_by_charset_id);
  }

  const Elem_st *find_elem_by_charset_id(uint id) const
  {
    if (!m_count)
      return NULL;
    int first= 0, last= ((int) m_count) - 1;
    for ( ; first <= last; )
    {
      const int middle= (first + last) / 2;
      DBUG_ASSERT(middle >= 0);
      DBUG_ASSERT(middle < (int) m_count);
      const uint middle_id= m_element[middle].from()->number;
      if (middle_id == id)
        return &m_element[middle];
      if (middle_id < id)
        first= middle + 1;
      else
        last= middle - 1;
    }
    return NULL;
  }

  bool insert(const Elem_st &elem)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(elem.from()->state & MY_CS_PRIMARY);
    if (m_count >= array_elements(m_element))
      return true;
    m_element[m_count]= elem;
    m_count++;
    sort();
    return false;
  }

  bool insert_or_replace(const Elem_st &elem)
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(elem.from()->state & MY_CS_PRIMARY);
    const Elem_st *found= find_elem_by_charset_id(elem.from()->number);
    if (found)
    {
      const_cast<Elem_st*>(found)->set_to(elem.to());
      return false;
    }
    return insert(elem);
  }

public:
  void init()
  {
    m_count= 0;
    m_version= 0;
  }
  uint count() const
  {
    return m_count;
  }
  uint version() const
  {
    return m_version;
  }
  void set(const Charset_collation_map_st &rhs, uint version_increment)
  {
    uint version= m_version;
    *this= rhs;
    m_version= version + version_increment;
  }
  const Elem_st & operator[](uint pos) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(pos < m_count);
    return m_element[pos];
  }
  bool insert_or_replace(const class Lex_exact_charset &cs,
                         const class Lex_extended_collation &cl,
                         bool error_on_conflicting_duplicate);
  bool insert_or_replace(const LEX_CSTRING &cs,
                         const LEX_CSTRING &cl,
                         bool error_on_conflicting_duplicate,
                         myf utf8_flag);
  CHARSET_INFO *get_collation_for_charset(Sql_used *used,
                                          CHARSET_INFO *cs) const
  {
    DBUG_ASSERT(cs->state & MY_CS_PRIMARY);
    const Elem_st *elem= find_elem_by_charset_id(cs->number);
    used->used|= Sql_used::CHARACTER_SET_COLLATIONS_USED;
    if (elem)
      return elem->to();
    return cs;
  }
  size_t text_format_nbytes_needed() const
  {
    return (Elem_st::text_size_max() + 1/* for ',' */) * m_count;
  }
  size_t print(char *dst, size_t nbytes_available) const
  {
    const char *dst0= dst;
    const char *end= dst + nbytes_available;
    for (uint i= 0; i < m_count; i++)
    {
      if (Elem_st::text_size_max() + 1/* for ',' */ > (size_t) (end - dst))
        break;
      if (i > 0)
        *dst++= ',';
      dst+= m_element[i].print(dst);
    }
    return dst - dst0;
  }
  static constexpr size_t binary_size_max()
  {
    return 1/*count*/ + 4 * array_elements(m_element);
  }
  size_t to_binary(char *dst) const
  {
    const char *dst0= dst;
    *dst++= (char) (uchar) m_count;
    for (uint i= 0; i < m_count; i++)
    {
      int2store(dst, (uint16) m_element[i].from()->number);
      dst+= 2;
      int2store(dst, (uint16) m_element[i].to()->number);
      dst+= 2;
    }
    return (size_t) (dst - dst0);
  }
  size_t from_binary(const char *src, size_t srclen)
  {
    const char *src0= src;
    init();
    if (!srclen)
      return 0; // Empty
    uint count= (uchar) *src++;
    if (srclen < 1 + 4 * count)
      return 0;
    for (uint i= 0; i < count; i++, src+= 4)
    {
      CHARSET_INFO *cs, *cl;
      if (!(cs= get_charset(uint2korr(src), MYF(0))) ||
          !(cl= get_charset(uint2korr(src + 2), MYF(0))))
      {
        /*
          Unpacking from binary format happens on the slave side.
          If for some reasons the slave does not know about a
          character set or a collation, just skip the pair here.
          This pair might not even be needed.
        */
        continue;
      }
      insert_or_replace(Elem(cs, cl));
    }
    return src - src0;
  }
  bool from_text(const LEX_CSTRING &str, myf utf8_flag);
};


#endif // LEX_CHARSET_COLLATIONS_INCLUDED
/* Copyright (C) 2000 MySQL AB & MySQL Finland AB & TCX DataKonsult AB
                 2012 by MontyProgram AB

   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
   
   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Library General Public License for more details.
   
   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
   License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
   Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston,
   MA 02111-1301, USA */

/* defines for the libmariadb library */

#ifndef _mysql_h
#define _mysql_h

#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef LIBMARIADB
#define LIBMARIADB
#endif
#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT
#define MYSQL_CLIENT
#endif

#include <stdarg.h>
#include <time.h>

#if !defined (_global_h) && !defined (MY_GLOBAL_INCLUDED) /* If not standard header */
#include <sys/types.h>
typedef char my_bool;
typedef unsigned long long my_ulonglong;

#if !defined(_WIN32)
#define STDCALL
#else
#define STDCALL __stdcall
#endif

#ifndef my_socket_defined
#define my_socket_defined
#if defined(_WIN64)
#define my_socket unsigned long long
#elif defined(_WIN32)
#define my_socket unsigned int
#else
typedef int my_socket;
#endif
#endif
#endif
#include "mariadb_com.h"
#include "mariadb_version.h"
#include "ma_list.h"
#include "mariadb_ctype.h"


typedef struct st_ma_const_string
{
  const char *str;
  size_t length;
} MARIADB_CONST_STRING;

typedef struct st_ma_const_data
{
  const unsigned char *data;
  size_t length;
} MARIADB_CONST_DATA;


#ifndef ST_MA_USED_MEM_DEFINED
#define ST_MA_USED_MEM_DEFINED
  typedef struct st_ma_used_mem {   /* struct for once_alloc */
    struct st_ma_used_mem *next;    /* Next block in use */
    size_t left;                 /* memory left in block  */
    size_t size;                 /* Size of block */
  } MA_USED_MEM;

  typedef struct st_ma_mem_root {
    MA_USED_MEM *free;
    MA_USED_MEM *used;
    MA_USED_MEM *pre_alloc;
    size_t min_malloc;
    size_t block_size;
    unsigned int block_num;
    unsigned int first_block_usage;
    void (*error_handler)(void);
  } MA_MEM_ROOT;
#endif

extern unsigned int mysql_port;
extern char *mysql_unix_port;
extern unsigned int mariadb_deinitialize_ssl;

#define IS_PRI_KEY(n)	((n) & PRI_KEY_FLAG)
#define IS_NOT_NULL(n)	((n) & NOT_NULL_FLAG)
#define IS_BLOB(n)	((n) & BLOB_FLAG)
#define IS_NUM(t)	(((t) <= MYSQL_TYPE_INT24 && (t) != MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP) || (t) == MYSQL_TYPE_YEAR || (t) == MYSQL_TYPE_NEWDECIMAL)
#define IS_NUM_FIELD(f)	 ((f)->flags & NUM_FLAG)
#define INTERNAL_NUM_FIELD(f) (((f)->type <= MYSQL_TYPE_INT24 && ((f)->type != MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP || (f)->length == 14 || (f)->length == 8)) || (f)->type == MYSQL_TYPE_YEAR || (f)->type == MYSQL_TYPE_NEWDECIMAL || (f)->type == MYSQL_TYPE_DECIMAL)

  typedef struct st_mysql_field {
    char *name;			/* Name of column */
    char *org_name;		/* Name of original column (added after 3.23.58) */
    char *table;			/* Table of column if column was a field */
    char *org_table;		/* Name of original table (added after 3.23.58 */
    char *db;                     /* table schema (added after 3.23.58) */
    char *catalog;                /* table catalog (added after 3.23.58) */
    char *def;			/* Default value (set by mysql_list_fields) */
    unsigned long length;		/* Width of column */
    unsigned long max_length;	/* Max width of selected set */
  /* added after 3.23.58 */
    unsigned int name_length;
    unsigned int org_name_length;
    unsigned int table_length;
    unsigned int org_table_length;
    unsigned int db_length;
    unsigned int catalog_length;
    unsigned int def_length;
  /***********************/
    unsigned int flags;		/* Div flags */
    unsigned int decimals;	/* Number of decimals in field */
    unsigned int charsetnr;       /* char set number (added in 4.1) */
    enum enum_field_types type;	/* Type of field. Se mysql_com.h for types */
    void *extension;              /* added in 4.1 */
  } MYSQL_FIELD;

  typedef char **MYSQL_ROW;		/* return data as array of strings */
  typedef unsigned int MYSQL_FIELD_OFFSET; /* offset to current field */

#define SET_CLIENT_ERROR(a, b, c, d) \
  do { \
    (a)->net.last_errno= (b);\
    strncpy((a)->net.sqlstate, (c), SQLSTATE_LENGTH);\
    (a)->net.sqlstate[SQLSTATE_LENGTH]= 0;\
    strncpy((a)->net.last_error, (d) ? (d) : ER((b)), MYSQL_ERRMSG_SIZE - 1);\
    (a)->net.last_error[MYSQL_ERRMSG_SIZE - 1]= 0;\
  } while(0)

/* For mysql_async.c */
#define set_mariadb_error(A,B,C) SET_CLIENT_ERROR((A),(B),(C),0)
extern const char *SQLSTATE_UNKNOWN;
#define unknown_sqlstate SQLSTATE_UNKNOWN

#define CLEAR_CLIENT_ERROR(a) \
  do { \
    (a)->net.last_errno= 0;\
    strcpy((a)->net.sqlstate, "00000");\
    (a)->net.last_error[0]= '\0';\
    if ((a)->net.extension)\
      (a)->net.extension->extended_errno= 0;\
  } while (0)

#define MYSQL_COUNT_ERROR (~(unsigned long long) 0)


  typedef struct st_mysql_rows {
    struct st_mysql_rows *next;		/* list of rows */
    MYSQL_ROW data;
    unsigned long length;
  } MYSQL_ROWS;

  typedef MYSQL_ROWS *MYSQL_ROW_OFFSET;	/* offset to current row */

  typedef struct st_mysql_data {
    MYSQL_ROWS *data;
    void *embedded_info;
    MA_MEM_ROOT alloc;
    unsigned long long rows;
    unsigned int fields;
    void *extension;
  } MYSQL_DATA;

  enum mysql_option 
  {
    MYSQL_OPT_CONNECT_TIMEOUT, 
    MYSQL_OPT_COMPRESS,
    MYSQL_OPT_NAMED_PIPE,
    MYSQL_INIT_COMMAND,
    MYSQL_READ_DEFAULT_FILE,
    MYSQL_READ_DEFAULT_GROUP,
    MYSQL_SET_CHARSET_DIR,
    MYSQL_SET_CHARSET_NAME,
    MYSQL_OPT_LOCAL_INFILE,
    MYSQL_OPT_PROTOCOL,
    MYSQL_SHARED_MEMORY_BASE_NAME,
    MYSQL_OPT_READ_TIMEOUT,
    MYSQL_OPT_WRITE_TIMEOUT,
    MYSQL_OPT_USE_RESULT,
    MYSQL_OPT_USE_REMOTE_CONNECTION,
    MYSQL_OPT_USE_EMBEDDED_CONNECTION,
    MYSQL_OPT_GUESS_CONNECTION,
    MYSQL_SET_CLIENT_IP,
    MYSQL_SECURE_AUTH,
    MYSQL_REPORT_DATA_TRUNCATION,
    MYSQL_OPT_RECONNECT,
    MYSQL_OPT_SSL_VERIFY_SERVER_CERT,
    MYSQL_PLUGIN_DIR,
    MYSQL_DEFAULT_AUTH,
    MYSQL_OPT_BIND,
    MYSQL_OPT_SSL_KEY,
    MYSQL_OPT_SSL_CERT,
    MYSQL_OPT_SSL_CA,
    MYSQL_OPT_SSL_CAPATH,
    MYSQL_OPT_SSL_CIPHER,
    MYSQL_OPT_SSL_CRL,
    MYSQL_OPT_SSL_CRLPATH,
    /* Connection attribute options */
    MYSQL_OPT_CONNECT_ATTR_RESET,
    MYSQL_OPT_CONNECT_ATTR_ADD,
    MYSQL_OPT_CONNECT_ATTR_DELETE,
    MYSQL_SERVER_PUBLIC_KEY,
    MYSQL_ENABLE_CLEARTEXT_PLUGIN,
    MYSQL_OPT_CAN_HANDLE_EXPIRED_PASSWORDS,
    MYSQL_OPT_SSL_ENFORCE,
    MYSQL_OPT_MAX_ALLOWED_PACKET,
    MYSQL_OPT_NET_BUFFER_LENGTH,
    MYSQL_OPT_TLS_VERSION,
    MYSQL_OPT_ZSTD_COMPRESSION_LEVEL,

    /* MariaDB-specific */
    MYSQL_PROGRESS_CALLBACK=5999,
    MYSQL_OPT_NONBLOCK,
    /* MariaDB Connector/C specific */
    MYSQL_DATABASE_DRIVER=7000,
    MARIADB_OPT_SSL_FP,             /* deprecated, use MARIADB_OPT_TLS_PEER_FP instead */
    MARIADB_OPT_SSL_FP_LIST,        /* deprecated, use MARIADB_OPT_TLS_PEER_FP_LIST instead */
    MARIADB_OPT_TLS_PASSPHRASE,     /* passphrase for encrypted certificates */
    MARIADB_OPT_TLS_CIPHER_STRENGTH,
    MARIADB_OPT_TLS_VERSION,
    MARIADB_OPT_TLS_PEER_FP,            /* single finger print for server certificate verification */
    MARIADB_OPT_TLS_PEER_FP_LIST,       /* finger print white list for server certificate verification */
    MARIADB_OPT_CONNECTION_READ_ONLY,
    MYSQL_OPT_CONNECT_ATTRS,        /* for mysql_get_optionv */
    MARIADB_OPT_USERDATA,
    MARIADB_OPT_CONNECTION_HANDLER,
    MARIADB_OPT_PORT,
    MARIADB_OPT_UNIXSOCKET,
    MARIADB_OPT_PASSWORD,
    MARIADB_OPT_HOST,
    MARIADB_OPT_USER,
    MARIADB_OPT_SCHEMA,
    MARIADB_OPT_DEBUG,
    MARIADB_OPT_FOUND_ROWS,
    MARIADB_OPT_MULTI_RESULTS,
    MARIADB_OPT_MULTI_STATEMENTS,
    MARIADB_OPT_INTERACTIVE,
    MARIADB_OPT_PROXY_HEADER,
    MARIADB_OPT_IO_WAIT,
    MARIADB_OPT_SKIP_READ_RESPONSE,
    MARIADB_OPT_RESTRICTED_AUTH,
    MARIADB_OPT_RPL_REGISTER_REPLICA,
    MARIADB_OPT_STATUS_CALLBACK,
    MARIADB_OPT_SERVER_PLUGINS,
    MARIADB_OPT_BULK_UNIT_RESULTS,
    MARIADB_OPT_TLS_VERIFICATION_CALLBACK
  };

  enum mariadb_value {
    MARIADB_CHARSET_ID,
    MARIADB_CHARSET_NAME,
    MARIADB_CLIENT_ERRORS,
    MARIADB_CLIENT_VERSION,
    MARIADB_CLIENT_VERSION_ID,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_ASYNC_TIMEOUT,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_ASYNC_TIMEOUT_MS,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_MARIADB_CHARSET_INFO,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_ERROR,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_ERROR_ID,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_HOST,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_INFO,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_PORT,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_PROTOCOL_VERSION_ID,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_PVIO_TYPE,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_SCHEMA,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_SERVER_TYPE,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_SERVER_VERSION,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_SERVER_VERSION_ID,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_SOCKET,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_SQLSTATE,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_SSL_CIPHER,
    MARIADB_TLS_LIBRARY,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_TLS_VERSION,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_TLS_VERSION_ID,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_TYPE,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_UNIX_SOCKET,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_USER,
    MARIADB_MAX_ALLOWED_PACKET,
    MARIADB_NET_BUFFER_LENGTH,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_SERVER_STATUS,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_SERVER_CAPABILITIES,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_EXTENDED_SERVER_CAPABILITIES,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_CLIENT_CAPABILITIES,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_BYTES_READ,
    MARIADB_CONNECTION_BYTES_SENT,
    MARIADB_TLS_PEER_CERT_INFO,
    MARIADB_TLS_VERIFY_STATUS
  };

  enum mysql_status { MYSQL_STATUS_READY,
                      MYSQL_STATUS_GET_RESULT,
                      MYSQL_STATUS_USE_RESULT,
                      MYSQL_STATUS_QUERY_SENT,
                      MYSQL_STATUS_SENDING_LOAD_DATA,
                      MYSQL_STATUS_FETCHING_DATA,
                      MYSQL_STATUS_NEXT_RESULT_PENDING,
                      MYSQL_STATUS_QUIT_SENT, /* object is "destroyed" at this stage */
                      MYSQL_STATUS_STMT_RESULT
  };

  enum mysql_protocol_type
  {
    MYSQL_PROTOCOL_DEFAULT, MYSQL_PROTOCOL_TCP, MYSQL_PROTOCOL_SOCKET,
    MYSQL_PROTOCOL_PIPE, MYSQL_PROTOCOL_MEMORY
  };

struct st_mysql_options {
    unsigned int connect_timeout, read_timeout, write_timeout;
    unsigned int port, protocol;
    unsigned long client_flag;
    char *host,*user,*password,*unix_socket,*db;
    struct st_dynamic_array *init_command;
    char *my_cnf_file,*my_cnf_group, *charset_dir, *charset_name;
    char *ssl_key;				/* PEM key file */
    char *ssl_cert;				/* PEM cert file */
    char *ssl_ca;					/* PEM CA file */
    char *ssl_capath;				/* PEM directory of CA-s? */
    char *ssl_cipher;
    char *shared_memory_base_name;
    unsigned long max_allowed_packet;
    my_bool use_ssl;				/* if to use SSL or not */
    my_bool compress,named_pipe;
    my_bool reconnect, unused_1, unused_2, unused_3;
    enum mysql_option methods_to_use;
    char *bind_address;
    my_bool secure_auth;
    my_bool report_data_truncation;
    /* function pointers for local infile support */
    int (*local_infile_init)(void **, const char *, void *);
    int (*local_infile_read)(void *, char *, unsigned int);
    void (*local_infile_end)(void *);
    int (*local_infile_error)(void *, char *, unsigned int);
    void *local_infile_userdata;
    struct st_mysql_options_extension *extension;
};

  typedef struct st_mysql {
    NET		net;			/* Communication parameters */
    void  *unused_0;
    char *host,*user,*passwd,*unix_socket,*server_version,*host_info;
    char *info,*db;
    const struct ma_charset_info_st *charset;      /* character set */
    MYSQL_FIELD *fields;
    MA_MEM_ROOT field_alloc;
    unsigned long long affected_rows;
    unsigned long long insert_id;		/* id if insert on table with NEXTNR */
    unsigned long long extra_info;		/* Used by mysqlshow */
    unsigned long thread_id;		/* Id for connection in server */
    unsigned long packet_length;
    unsigned int port;
    unsigned long client_flag;
    unsigned long server_capabilities;
    unsigned int protocol_version;
    unsigned int field_count;
    unsigned int server_status;
    unsigned int server_language;
    unsigned int warning_count;          /* warning count, added in 4.1 protocol */
    struct st_mysql_options options;
    enum mysql_status status;
    my_bool	free_me;		/* If free in mysql_close */
    my_bool	unused_1;
    char	        scramble_buff[20+ 1];
    /* madded after 3.23.58 */
    my_bool       unused_2;
    void          *unused_3, *unused_4, *unused_5, *unused_6;
    LIST          *stmts;
    const struct  st_mariadb_methods *methods;
    void          *thd;
    my_bool       *unbuffered_fetch_owner;
    char          *info_buffer;
    struct st_mariadb_extension *extension;
} MYSQL;

typedef struct st_mysql_res {
  unsigned long long  row_count;
  unsigned int	field_count, current_field;
  MYSQL_FIELD	*fields;
  MYSQL_DATA	*data;
  MYSQL_ROWS	*data_cursor;
  MA_MEM_ROOT	field_alloc;
  MYSQL_ROW	row;			/* If unbuffered read */
  MYSQL_ROW	current_row;		/* buffer to current row */
  unsigned long *lengths;		/* column lengths of current row */
  MYSQL		*handle;		/* for unbuffered reads */
  my_bool	eof;			/* Used my mysql_fetch_row */
  my_bool       is_ps;
} MYSQL_RES;

typedef struct
{
  unsigned long *p_max_allowed_packet;
  unsigned long *p_net_buffer_length;
  void *extension;
} MYSQL_PARAMETERS;


enum mariadb_field_attr_t
{
  MARIADB_FIELD_ATTR_DATA_TYPE_NAME= 0,
  MARIADB_FIELD_ATTR_FORMAT_NAME= 1
};

#define MARIADB_FIELD_ATTR_LAST MARIADB_FIELD_ATTR_FORMAT_NAME


int STDCALL mariadb_field_attr(MARIADB_CONST_STRING *attr,
                               const MYSQL_FIELD *field,
                               enum mariadb_field_attr_t type);

#ifndef _mysql_time_h_
enum enum_mysql_timestamp_type
{
  MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_NONE= -2, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_ERROR= -1,
  MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATE= 0, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_DATETIME= 1, MYSQL_TIMESTAMP_TIME= 2
};

typedef struct st_mysql_time
{
  unsigned int  year, month, day, hour, minute, second;
  unsigned long second_part;
  my_bool       neg;
  enum enum_mysql_timestamp_type time_type;
} MYSQL_TIME;
#define AUTO_SEC_PART_DIGITS 39
#endif

#define SEC_PART_DIGITS 6
#define MARIADB_INVALID_SOCKET -1

/* Asynchronous API constants */
#define MYSQL_WAIT_READ      1
#define MYSQL_WAIT_WRITE     2
#define MYSQL_WAIT_EXCEPT    4
#define MYSQL_WAIT_TIMEOUT   8

#define MARIADB_TLS_VERIFY_OK                  0
#define MARIADB_TLS_VERIFY_TRUST               1
#define MARIADB_TLS_VERIFY_HOST                2
#define MARIADB_TLS_VERIFY_FINGERPRINT         4
#define MARIADB_TLS_VERIFY_PERIOD              8
#define MARIADB_TLS_VERIFY_REVOKED            16
#define MARIADB_TLS_VERIFY_UNKNOWN            32
#define MARIADB_TLS_VERIFY_ERROR             128  /* last */


typedef struct character_set
{
  unsigned int      number;     /* character set number              */
  unsigned int      state;      /* character set state               */
  const char        *csname;    /* character set name                */
  const char        *name;      /* collation name                    */
  const char        *comment;   /* comment                           */
  const char        *dir;       /* character set directory           */
  unsigned int      mbminlen;   /* min. length for multibyte strings */
  unsigned int      mbmaxlen;   /* max. length for multibyte strings */
} MY_CHARSET_INFO;

/* Local infile support functions */
#define LOCAL_INFILE_ERROR_LEN 512

#include "mariadb_stmt.h"

#ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT_PLUGIN_HEADER
#define MYSQL_CLIENT_PLUGIN_HEADER                      \
  int type;                                             \
  unsigned int interface_version;                       \
  const char *name;                                     \
  const char *author;                                   \
  const char *desc;                                     \
  unsigned int version[3];                              \
  const char *license;                                  \
  void *mysql_api;                                      \
  int (*init)(char *, size_t, int, va_list);            \
  int (*deinit)(void);                                  \
  int (*options)(const char *option, const void *);
struct st_mysql_client_plugin
{
  MYSQL_CLIENT_PLUGIN_HEADER
};

enum mariadb_tls_verification {
  MARIADB_VERIFY_NONE = 0,
  MARIADB_VERIFY_PIPE,
  MARIADB_VERIFY_UNIXSOCKET,
  MARIADB_VERIFY_LOCALHOST,
  MARIADB_VERIFY_FINGERPRINT,
  MARIADB_VERIFY_PEER_CERT
};

typedef struct
{
  int version;
  char *issuer;
  char *subject;
  char fingerprint[129];
  struct tm not_before;
  struct tm not_after;
} MARIADB_X509_INFO;


struct st_mysql_client_plugin *
mysql_load_plugin(struct st_mysql *mysql, const char *name, int type,
                  int argc, ...);
struct st_mysql_client_plugin * STDCALL
mysql_load_plugin_v(struct st_mysql *mysql, const char *name, int type,
                    int argc, va_list args);
struct st_mysql_client_plugin * STDCALL
mysql_client_find_plugin(struct st_mysql *mysql, const char *name, int type);
struct st_mysql_client_plugin * STDCALL
mysql_client_register_plugin(struct st_mysql *mysql,
                             struct st_mysql_client_plugin *plugin);
#endif


void STDCALL mysql_set_local_infile_handler(MYSQL *mysql,
        int (*local_infile_init)(void **, const char *, void *),
        int (*local_infile_read)(void *, char *, unsigned int),
        void (*local_infile_end)(void *),
        int (*local_infile_error)(void *, char*, unsigned int),
        void *);

void mysql_set_local_infile_default(MYSQL *mysql);

void my_set_error(MYSQL *mysql, unsigned int error_nr, 
                  const char *sqlstate, const char *format, ...);
/* Functions to get information from the MYSQL and MYSQL_RES structures */
/* Should definitely be used if one uses shared libraries */

my_ulonglong STDCALL mysql_num_rows(MYSQL_RES *res);
unsigned int STDCALL mysql_num_fields(MYSQL_RES *res);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_eof(MYSQL_RES *res);
MYSQL_FIELD *STDCALL mysql_fetch_field_direct(MYSQL_RES *res,
					      unsigned int fieldnr);
MYSQL_FIELD * STDCALL mysql_fetch_fields(MYSQL_RES *res);
MYSQL_ROWS * STDCALL mysql_row_tell(MYSQL_RES *res);
unsigned int STDCALL mysql_field_tell(MYSQL_RES *res);

unsigned int STDCALL mysql_field_count(MYSQL *mysql);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_more_results(MYSQL *mysql);
int STDCALL mysql_next_result(MYSQL *mysql);
my_ulonglong STDCALL mysql_affected_rows(MYSQL *mysql);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_autocommit(MYSQL *mysql, my_bool mode);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_commit(MYSQL *mysql);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_rollback(MYSQL *mysql);
my_ulonglong STDCALL mysql_insert_id(MYSQL *mysql);
unsigned int STDCALL mysql_errno(MYSQL *mysql);
const char * STDCALL mysql_error(MYSQL *mysql);
const char * STDCALL mysql_info(MYSQL *mysql);
unsigned long STDCALL mysql_thread_id(MYSQL *mysql);
const char * STDCALL mysql_character_set_name(MYSQL *mysql);
void STDCALL mysql_get_character_set_info(MYSQL *mysql, MY_CHARSET_INFO *cs);
int STDCALL mysql_set_character_set(MYSQL *mysql, const char *csname);

my_bool mariadb_get_infov(MYSQL *mysql, enum mariadb_value value, void *arg, ...);
my_bool STDCALL mariadb_get_info(MYSQL *mysql, enum mariadb_value value, void *arg);
MYSQL *		STDCALL mysql_init(MYSQL *mysql);
int		STDCALL mysql_ssl_set(MYSQL *mysql, const char *key,
				      const char *cert, const char *ca,
				      const char *capath, const char *cipher);
const char *	STDCALL mysql_get_ssl_cipher(MYSQL *mysql);
my_bool		STDCALL mysql_change_user(MYSQL *mysql, const char *user, 
					  const char *passwd, const char *db);
MYSQL *		STDCALL mysql_real_connect(MYSQL *mysql, const char *host,
					   const char *user,
					   const char *passwd,
					   const char *db,
					   unsigned int port,
					   const char *unix_socket,
					   unsigned long clientflag);
void		STDCALL mysql_close(MYSQL *sock);
int		STDCALL mysql_select_db(MYSQL *mysql, const char *db);
int		STDCALL mysql_query(MYSQL *mysql, const char *q);
int		STDCALL mysql_send_query(MYSQL *mysql, const char *q,
					 unsigned long length);
my_bool	STDCALL mysql_read_query_result(MYSQL *mysql);
int		STDCALL mysql_real_query(MYSQL *mysql, const char *q,
					 unsigned long length);
int		STDCALL mysql_shutdown(MYSQL *mysql, enum mysql_enum_shutdown_level shutdown_level);
int		STDCALL mysql_dump_debug_info(MYSQL *mysql);
int		STDCALL mysql_refresh(MYSQL *mysql,
				     unsigned int refresh_options);
int		STDCALL mysql_kill(MYSQL *mysql,unsigned long pid);
int		STDCALL mysql_ping(MYSQL *mysql);
char *		STDCALL mysql_stat(MYSQL *mysql);
char *		STDCALL mysql_get_server_info(MYSQL *mysql);
unsigned long   STDCALL mysql_get_server_version(MYSQL *mysql);
char *		STDCALL mysql_get_host_info(MYSQL *mysql);
unsigned int	STDCALL mysql_get_proto_info(MYSQL *mysql);
MYSQL_RES *	STDCALL mysql_list_dbs(MYSQL *mysql,const char *wild);
MYSQL_RES *	STDCALL mysql_list_tables(MYSQL *mysql,const char *wild);
MYSQL_RES *	STDCALL mysql_list_fields(MYSQL *mysql, const char *table,
					 const char *wild);
MYSQL_RES *	STDCALL mysql_list_processes(MYSQL *mysql);
MYSQL_RES *	STDCALL mysql_store_result(MYSQL *mysql);
MYSQL_RES *	STDCALL mysql_use_result(MYSQL *mysql);
int		STDCALL mysql_options(MYSQL *mysql,enum mysql_option option,
				      const void *arg);
int		STDCALL mysql_options4(MYSQL *mysql,enum mysql_option option,
				      const void *arg1, const void *arg2);
void		STDCALL mysql_free_result(MYSQL_RES *result);
void		STDCALL mysql_data_seek(MYSQL_RES *result,
					unsigned long long offset);
MYSQL_ROW_OFFSET STDCALL mysql_row_seek(MYSQL_RES *result, MYSQL_ROW_OFFSET);
MYSQL_FIELD_OFFSET STDCALL mysql_field_seek(MYSQL_RES *result,
					   MYSQL_FIELD_OFFSET offset);
MYSQL_ROW	STDCALL mysql_fetch_row(MYSQL_RES *result);
unsigned long * STDCALL mysql_fetch_lengths(MYSQL_RES *result);
MYSQL_FIELD *	STDCALL mysql_fetch_field(MYSQL_RES *result);
unsigned long	STDCALL mysql_escape_string(char *to,const char *from,
					    unsigned long from_length);
unsigned long STDCALL mysql_real_escape_string(MYSQL *mysql,
					       char *to,const char *from,
					       unsigned long length);
unsigned int	STDCALL mysql_thread_safe(void);
unsigned int STDCALL mysql_warning_count(MYSQL *mysql);
const char * STDCALL mysql_sqlstate(MYSQL *mysql);
int STDCALL mysql_server_init(int argc, char **argv, char **groups);
void STDCALL mysql_server_end(void);
void STDCALL mysql_thread_end(void);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_thread_init(void);
int STDCALL mysql_set_server_option(MYSQL *mysql, 
                                    enum enum_mysql_set_option option);
const char * STDCALL mysql_get_client_info(void);
unsigned long STDCALL mysql_get_client_version(void);
my_bool STDCALL mariadb_connection(MYSQL *mysql);
const char * STDCALL mysql_get_server_name(MYSQL *mysql);
MARIADB_CHARSET_INFO * STDCALL mariadb_get_charset_by_name(const char *csname);
MARIADB_CHARSET_INFO * STDCALL mariadb_get_charset_by_nr(unsigned int csnr);
size_t STDCALL mariadb_convert_string(const char *from, size_t *from_len, MARIADB_CHARSET_INFO *from_cs,
                                      char *to, size_t *to_len, MARIADB_CHARSET_INFO *to_cs, int *errorcode);
int mysql_optionsv(MYSQL *mysql,enum mysql_option option, ...);
int mysql_get_optionv(MYSQL *mysql, enum mysql_option option, void *arg, ...);
int STDCALL mysql_get_option(MYSQL *mysql, enum mysql_option option, void *arg);
unsigned long STDCALL mysql_hex_string(char *to, const char *from, unsigned long len);
my_socket STDCALL mysql_get_socket(MYSQL *mysql);
unsigned int STDCALL mysql_get_timeout_value(const MYSQL *mysql);
unsigned int STDCALL mysql_get_timeout_value_ms(const MYSQL *mysql);
my_bool STDCALL mariadb_reconnect(MYSQL *mysql);
int STDCALL mariadb_cancel(MYSQL *mysql);
void STDCALL mysql_debug(const char *debug);
unsigned long STDCALL mysql_net_read_packet(MYSQL *mysql);
unsigned long STDCALL mysql_net_field_length(unsigned char **packet);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_embedded(void);
MYSQL_PARAMETERS *STDCALL mysql_get_parameters(void);

/* Async API */
int STDCALL mysql_close_start(MYSQL *sock);
int STDCALL mysql_close_cont(MYSQL *sock, int status);
int STDCALL mysql_commit_start(my_bool *ret, MYSQL * mysql);
int STDCALL mysql_commit_cont(my_bool *ret, MYSQL * mysql, int status);
int STDCALL mysql_dump_debug_info_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql, int ready_status);
int STDCALL mysql_dump_debug_info_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql);
int STDCALL mysql_rollback_start(my_bool *ret, MYSQL * mysql);
int STDCALL mysql_rollback_cont(my_bool *ret, MYSQL * mysql, int status);
int STDCALL mysql_autocommit_start(my_bool *ret, MYSQL * mysql,
                                   my_bool auto_mode);
int STDCALL mysql_list_fields_cont(MYSQL_RES **ret, MYSQL *mysql, int ready_status);
int STDCALL mysql_list_fields_start(MYSQL_RES **ret, MYSQL *mysql, const char *table,
                        const char *wild);
int STDCALL mysql_autocommit_cont(my_bool *ret, MYSQL * mysql, int status);
int STDCALL mysql_next_result_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql);
int STDCALL mysql_next_result_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql, int status);
int STDCALL mysql_select_db_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql, const char *db);
int STDCALL mysql_select_db_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql, int ready_status);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_warning_count(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_next_result_start(int *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_next_result_cont(int *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt, int status);

int STDCALL mysql_set_character_set_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                                   const char *csname);
int STDCALL mysql_set_character_set_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                                  int status);
int STDCALL mysql_change_user_start(my_bool *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                                const char *user,
                                                const char *passwd,
                                                const char *db);
int STDCALL mysql_change_user_cont(my_bool *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                               int status);
int         STDCALL mysql_real_connect_start(MYSQL **ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                                 const char *host,
                                                 const char *user,
                                                 const char *passwd,
                                                 const char *db,
                                                 unsigned int port,
                                                 const char *unix_socket,
                                                 unsigned long clientflag);
int         STDCALL mysql_real_connect_cont(MYSQL **ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                                int status);
int             STDCALL mysql_query_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                          const char *q);
int             STDCALL mysql_query_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                         int status);
int             STDCALL mysql_send_query_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                               const char *q,
                                               unsigned long length);
int             STDCALL mysql_send_query_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql, int status);
int             STDCALL mysql_real_query_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                               const char *q,
                                               unsigned long length);
int             STDCALL mysql_real_query_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                              int status);
int             STDCALL mysql_store_result_start(MYSQL_RES **ret, MYSQL *mysql);
int             STDCALL mysql_store_result_cont(MYSQL_RES **ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                                int status);
int             STDCALL mysql_shutdown_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                             enum mysql_enum_shutdown_level
                                             shutdown_level);
int             STDCALL mysql_shutdown_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                            int status);
int             STDCALL mysql_refresh_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                            unsigned int refresh_options);
int             STDCALL mysql_refresh_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql, int status);
int             STDCALL mysql_kill_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                         unsigned long pid);
int             STDCALL mysql_kill_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql, int status);
int             STDCALL mysql_set_server_option_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                                      enum enum_mysql_set_option
                                                      option);
int             STDCALL mysql_set_server_option_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                                     int status);
int             STDCALL mysql_ping_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql);
int             STDCALL mysql_ping_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql, int status);
int             STDCALL mysql_stat_start(const char **ret, MYSQL *mysql);
int             STDCALL mysql_stat_cont(const char **ret, MYSQL *mysql,
                                        int status);
int             STDCALL mysql_free_result_start(MYSQL_RES *result);
int             STDCALL mysql_free_result_cont(MYSQL_RES *result, int status);
int             STDCALL mysql_fetch_row_start(MYSQL_ROW *ret,
                                              MYSQL_RES *result);
int             STDCALL mysql_fetch_row_cont(MYSQL_ROW *ret, MYSQL_RES *result,
                                             int status);
int             STDCALL mysql_read_query_result_start(my_bool *ret,
                                                      MYSQL *mysql);
int             STDCALL mysql_read_query_result_cont(my_bool *ret,
                                                     MYSQL *mysql, int status);
int             STDCALL mysql_reset_connection_start(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql);
int             STDCALL mysql_reset_connection_cont(int *ret, MYSQL *mysql, int status);
int STDCALL mysql_session_track_get_next(MYSQL *mysql, enum enum_session_state_type type, const char **data, size_t *length);
int STDCALL mysql_session_track_get_first(MYSQL *mysql, enum enum_session_state_type type, const char **data, size_t *length);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_prepare_start(int *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt,const char *query, unsigned long length);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_prepare_cont(int *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt, int status);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_execute_start(int *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_execute_cont(int *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt, int status);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_fetch_start(int *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_fetch_cont(int *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt, int status);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_store_result_start(int *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_store_result_cont(int *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt,int status);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_close_start(my_bool *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_close_cont(my_bool *ret, MYSQL_STMT * stmt, int status);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_reset_start(my_bool *ret, MYSQL_STMT * stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_reset_cont(my_bool *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt, int status);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_free_result_start(my_bool *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_free_result_cont(my_bool *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt,
                                        int status);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_send_long_data_start(my_bool *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt,
                                            unsigned int param_number,
                                            const char *data,
                                            unsigned long len);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_send_long_data_cont(my_bool *ret, MYSQL_STMT *stmt,
                                           int status);
int STDCALL mysql_reset_connection(MYSQL *mysql);

/* API function calls (used by dynamic plugins) */
struct st_mariadb_api {
  unsigned long long (STDCALL *mysql_num_rows)(MYSQL_RES *res);
  unsigned int (STDCALL *mysql_num_fields)(MYSQL_RES *res);
  my_bool (STDCALL *mysql_eof)(MYSQL_RES *res);
  MYSQL_FIELD *(STDCALL *mysql_fetch_field_direct)(MYSQL_RES *res, unsigned int fieldnr);
  MYSQL_FIELD * (STDCALL *mysql_fetch_fields)(MYSQL_RES *res);
  MYSQL_ROWS * (STDCALL *mysql_row_tell)(MYSQL_RES *res);
  unsigned int (STDCALL *mysql_field_tell)(MYSQL_RES *res);
  unsigned int (STDCALL *mysql_field_count)(MYSQL *mysql);
  my_bool (STDCALL *mysql_more_results)(MYSQL *mysql);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_next_result)(MYSQL *mysql);
  unsigned long long (STDCALL *mysql_affected_rows)(MYSQL *mysql);
  my_bool (STDCALL *mysql_autocommit)(MYSQL *mysql, my_bool mode);
  my_bool (STDCALL *mysql_commit)(MYSQL *mysql);
  my_bool (STDCALL *mysql_rollback)(MYSQL *mysql);
  unsigned long long (STDCALL *mysql_insert_id)(MYSQL *mysql);
  unsigned int (STDCALL *mysql_errno)(MYSQL *mysql);
  const char * (STDCALL *mysql_error)(MYSQL *mysql);
  const char * (STDCALL *mysql_info)(MYSQL *mysql);
  unsigned long (STDCALL *mysql_thread_id)(MYSQL *mysql);
  const char * (STDCALL *mysql_character_set_name)(MYSQL *mysql);
  void (STDCALL *mysql_get_character_set_info)(MYSQL *mysql, MY_CHARSET_INFO *cs);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_set_character_set)(MYSQL *mysql, const char *csname);
  my_bool (*mariadb_get_infov)(MYSQL *mysql, enum mariadb_value value, void *arg, ...);
  my_bool (STDCALL *mariadb_get_info)(MYSQL *mysql, enum mariadb_value value, void *arg);
  MYSQL * (STDCALL *mysql_init)(MYSQL *mysql);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_ssl_set)(MYSQL *mysql, const char *key, const char *cert, const char *ca, const char *capath, const char *cipher);
  const char * (STDCALL *mysql_get_ssl_cipher)(MYSQL *mysql);
  my_bool (STDCALL *mysql_change_user)(MYSQL *mysql, const char *user, const char *passwd, const char *db);
  MYSQL * (STDCALL *mysql_real_connect)(MYSQL *mysql, const char *host, const char *user, const char *passwd, const char *db, unsigned int port, const char *unix_socket, unsigned long clientflag);
  void (STDCALL *mysql_close)(MYSQL *sock);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_select_db)(MYSQL *mysql, const char *db);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_query)(MYSQL *mysql, const char *q);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_send_query)(MYSQL *mysql, const char *q, unsigned long length);
  my_bool (STDCALL *mysql_read_query_result)(MYSQL *mysql);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_real_query)(MYSQL *mysql, const char *q, unsigned long length);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_shutdown)(MYSQL *mysql, enum mysql_enum_shutdown_level shutdown_level);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_dump_debug_info)(MYSQL *mysql);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_refresh)(MYSQL *mysql, unsigned int refresh_options);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_kill)(MYSQL *mysql,unsigned long pid);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_ping)(MYSQL *mysql);
  char * (STDCALL *mysql_stat)(MYSQL *mysql);
  char * (STDCALL *mysql_get_server_info)(MYSQL *mysql);
  unsigned long (STDCALL *mysql_get_server_version)(MYSQL *mysql);
  char * (STDCALL *mysql_get_host_info)(MYSQL *mysql);
  unsigned int (STDCALL *mysql_get_proto_info)(MYSQL *mysql);
  MYSQL_RES * (STDCALL *mysql_list_dbs)(MYSQL *mysql,const char *wild);
  MYSQL_RES * (STDCALL *mysql_list_tables)(MYSQL *mysql,const char *wild);
  MYSQL_RES * (STDCALL *mysql_list_fields)(MYSQL *mysql, const char *table, const char *wild);
  MYSQL_RES * (STDCALL *mysql_list_processes)(MYSQL *mysql);
  MYSQL_RES * (STDCALL *mysql_store_result)(MYSQL *mysql);
  MYSQL_RES * (STDCALL *mysql_use_result)(MYSQL *mysql);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_options)(MYSQL *mysql,enum mysql_option option, const void *arg);
  void (STDCALL *mysql_free_result)(MYSQL_RES *result);
  void (STDCALL *mysql_data_seek)(MYSQL_RES *result, unsigned long long offset);
  MYSQL_ROW_OFFSET (STDCALL *mysql_row_seek)(MYSQL_RES *result, MYSQL_ROW_OFFSET);
  MYSQL_FIELD_OFFSET (STDCALL *mysql_field_seek)(MYSQL_RES *result, MYSQL_FIELD_OFFSET offset);
  MYSQL_ROW (STDCALL *mysql_fetch_row)(MYSQL_RES *result);
  unsigned long * (STDCALL *mysql_fetch_lengths)(MYSQL_RES *result);
  MYSQL_FIELD * (STDCALL *mysql_fetch_field)(MYSQL_RES *result);
  unsigned long (STDCALL *mysql_escape_string)(char *to,const char *from, unsigned long from_length);
  unsigned long (STDCALL *mysql_real_escape_string)(MYSQL *mysql, char *to,const char *from, unsigned long length);
  unsigned int (STDCALL *mysql_thread_safe)(void);
  unsigned int (STDCALL *mysql_warning_count)(MYSQL *mysql);
  const char * (STDCALL *mysql_sqlstate)(MYSQL *mysql);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_server_init)(int argc, char **argv, char **groups);
  void (STDCALL *mysql_server_end)(void);
  void (STDCALL *mysql_thread_end)(void);
  my_bool (STDCALL *mysql_thread_init)(void);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_set_server_option)(MYSQL *mysql, enum enum_mysql_set_option option);
  const char * (STDCALL *mysql_get_client_info)(void);
  unsigned long (STDCALL *mysql_get_client_version)(void);
  my_bool (STDCALL *mariadb_connection)(MYSQL *mysql);
  const char * (STDCALL *mysql_get_server_name)(MYSQL *mysql);
  MARIADB_CHARSET_INFO * (STDCALL *mariadb_get_charset_by_name)(const char *csname);
  MARIADB_CHARSET_INFO * (STDCALL *mariadb_get_charset_by_nr)(unsigned int csnr);
  size_t (STDCALL *mariadb_convert_string)(const char *from, size_t *from_len, MARIADB_CHARSET_INFO *from_cs, char *to, size_t *to_len, MARIADB_CHARSET_INFO *to_cs, int *errorcode);
  int (*mysql_optionsv)(MYSQL *mysql,enum mysql_option option, ...);
  int (*mysql_get_optionv)(MYSQL *mysql, enum mysql_option option, void *arg, ...);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_get_option)(MYSQL *mysql, enum mysql_option option, void *arg);
  unsigned long (STDCALL *mysql_hex_string)(char *to, const char *from, unsigned long len);
  my_socket (STDCALL *mysql_get_socket)(MYSQL *mysql);
  unsigned int (STDCALL *mysql_get_timeout_value)(const MYSQL *mysql);
  unsigned int (STDCALL *mysql_get_timeout_value_ms)(const MYSQL *mysql);
  my_bool (STDCALL *mariadb_reconnect)(MYSQL *mysql);
  MYSQL_STMT * (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_init)(MYSQL *mysql);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_prepare)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, const char *query, unsigned long length);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_execute)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_fetch)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_fetch_column)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, MYSQL_BIND *bind_arg, unsigned int column, unsigned long offset);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_store_result)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
  unsigned long (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_param_count)(MYSQL_STMT * stmt);
  my_bool (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_attr_set)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, enum enum_stmt_attr_type attr_type, const void *attr);
  my_bool (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_attr_get)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, enum enum_stmt_attr_type attr_type, void *attr);
  my_bool (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_bind_param)(MYSQL_STMT * stmt, MYSQL_BIND * bnd);
  my_bool (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_bind_result)(MYSQL_STMT * stmt, MYSQL_BIND * bnd);
  my_bool (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_close)(MYSQL_STMT * stmt);
  my_bool (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_reset)(MYSQL_STMT * stmt);
  my_bool (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_free_result)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
  my_bool (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_send_long_data)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, unsigned int param_number, const char *data, unsigned long length);
  MYSQL_RES *(STDCALL *mysql_stmt_result_metadata)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
  MYSQL_RES *(STDCALL *mysql_stmt_param_metadata)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
  unsigned int (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_errno)(MYSQL_STMT * stmt);
  const char *(STDCALL *mysql_stmt_error)(MYSQL_STMT * stmt);
  const char *(STDCALL *mysql_stmt_sqlstate)(MYSQL_STMT * stmt);
  MYSQL_ROW_OFFSET (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_row_seek)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, MYSQL_ROW_OFFSET offset);
  MYSQL_ROW_OFFSET (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_row_tell)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
  void (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_data_seek)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, unsigned long long offset);
  unsigned long long (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_num_rows)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
  unsigned long long (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_affected_rows)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
  unsigned long long (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_insert_id)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
  unsigned int (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_field_count)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_next_result)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
  my_bool (STDCALL *mysql_stmt_more_results)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
  int (STDCALL *mariadb_stmt_execute_direct)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, const char *stmtstr, size_t length);
  int (STDCALL *mysql_reset_connection)(MYSQL *mysql);
};
  
/* these methods can be overwritten by db plugins */
struct st_mariadb_methods {
  MYSQL *(*db_connect)(MYSQL *mysql, const char *host, const char *user, const char *passwd,
					   const char *db, unsigned int port, const char *unix_socket, unsigned long clientflag);
  void (*db_close)(MYSQL *mysql);
  int (*db_command)(MYSQL *mysql,enum enum_server_command command, const char *arg,
                    size_t length, my_bool skip_check, void *opt_arg);
  void (*db_skip_result)(MYSQL *mysql);
  int (*db_read_query_result)(MYSQL *mysql);
  MYSQL_DATA *(*db_read_rows)(MYSQL *mysql,MYSQL_FIELD *fields, unsigned int field_count);
  int (*db_read_one_row)(MYSQL *mysql,unsigned int fields,MYSQL_ROW row, unsigned long *lengths);
  /* prepared statements */
  my_bool (*db_supported_buffer_type)(enum enum_field_types type);
  my_bool (*db_read_prepare_response)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
  int (*db_read_stmt_result)(MYSQL *mysql);
  my_bool (*db_stmt_get_result_metadata)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
  my_bool (*db_stmt_get_param_metadata)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
  int (*db_stmt_read_all_rows)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
  int (*db_stmt_fetch)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, unsigned char **row);
  int (*db_stmt_fetch_to_bind)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, unsigned char *row);
  void (*db_stmt_flush_unbuffered)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
  void (*set_error)(MYSQL *mysql, unsigned int error_nr, const char *sqlstate, const char *format, ...);
  void (*invalidate_stmts)(MYSQL *mysql, const char *function_name);
  struct st_mariadb_api *api;
  int (*db_read_execute_response)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
  unsigned char* (*db_execute_generate_request)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, size_t *request_len, my_bool internal);
};

/* synonyms/aliases functions */
#define mysql_reload(mysql) mysql_refresh((mysql),REFRESH_GRANT)
#define mysql_library_init mysql_server_init
#define mysql_library_end mysql_server_end
#define mariadb_connect(hdl, conn_str) mysql_real_connect((hdl),(conn_str), NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL, 0)

/* new api functions */

#define HAVE_MYSQL_REAL_CONNECT


#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/* Do not edit this file directly, it was auto-generated by cmake */

#warning This file should not be included by clients, include only <mysql.h>

/* Autogenerated file, please don't edit */

#ifndef ER_ERROR_FIRST
#define ER_ERROR_FIRST 1000
#define ER_HASHCHK 1000
#define ER_NISAMCHK 1001
#define ER_NO 1002
#define ER_YES 1003
#define ER_CANT_CREATE_FILE 1004
#define ER_CANT_CREATE_TABLE 1005
#define ER_CANT_CREATE_DB 1006
#define ER_DB_CREATE_EXISTS 1007
#define ER_DB_DROP_EXISTS 1008
#define ER_DB_DROP_DELETE 1009
#define ER_DB_DROP_RMDIR 1010
#define ER_CANT_DELETE_FILE 1011
#define ER_CANT_FIND_SYSTEM_REC 1012
#define ER_CANT_GET_STAT 1013
#define ER_CANT_GET_WD 1014
#define ER_CANT_LOCK 1015
#define ER_CANT_OPEN_FILE 1016
#define ER_FILE_NOT_FOUND 1017
#define ER_CANT_READ_DIR 1018
#define ER_CANT_SET_WD 1019
#define ER_CHECKREAD 1020
#define ER_DISK_FULL 1021
#define ER_DUP_KEY 1022
#define ER_ERROR_ON_CLOSE 1023
#define ER_ERROR_ON_READ 1024
#define ER_ERROR_ON_RENAME 1025
#define ER_ERROR_ON_WRITE 1026
#define ER_FILE_USED 1027
#define ER_FILSORT_ABORT 1028
#define ER_FORM_NOT_FOUND 1029
#define ER_GET_ERRNO 1030
#define ER_ILLEGAL_HA 1031
#define ER_KEY_NOT_FOUND 1032
#define ER_NOT_FORM_FILE 1033
#define ER_NOT_KEYFILE 1034
#define ER_OLD_KEYFILE 1035
#define ER_OPEN_AS_READONLY 1036
#define ER_OUTOFMEMORY 1037
#define ER_OUT_OF_SORTMEMORY 1038
#define ER_UNEXPECTED_EOF 1039
#define ER_CON_COUNT_ERROR 1040
#define ER_OUT_OF_RESOURCES 1041
#define ER_BAD_HOST_ERROR 1042
#define ER_HANDSHAKE_ERROR 1043
#define ER_DBACCESS_DENIED_ERROR 1044
#define ER_ACCESS_DENIED_ERROR 1045
#define ER_NO_DB_ERROR 1046
#define ER_UNKNOWN_COM_ERROR 1047
#define ER_BAD_NULL_ERROR 1048
#define ER_BAD_DB_ERROR 1049
#define ER_TABLE_EXISTS_ERROR 1050
#define ER_BAD_TABLE_ERROR 1051
#define ER_NON_UNIQ_ERROR 1052
#define ER_SERVER_SHUTDOWN 1053
#define ER_BAD_FIELD_ERROR 1054
#define ER_WRONG_FIELD_WITH_GROUP 1055
#define ER_WRONG_GROUP_FIELD 1056
#define ER_WRONG_SUM_SELECT 1057
#define ER_WRONG_VALUE_COUNT 1058
#define ER_TOO_LONG_IDENT 1059
#define ER_DUP_FIELDNAME 1060
#define ER_DUP_KEYNAME 1061
#define ER_DUP_ENTRY 1062
#define ER_WRONG_FIELD_SPEC 1063
#define ER_PARSE_ERROR 1064
#define ER_EMPTY_QUERY 1065
#define ER_NONUNIQ_TABLE 1066
#define ER_INVALID_DEFAULT 1067
#define ER_MULTIPLE_PRI_KEY 1068
#define ER_TOO_MANY_KEYS 1069
#define ER_TOO_MANY_KEY_PARTS 1070
#define ER_TOO_LONG_KEY 1071
#define ER_KEY_COLUMN_DOES_NOT_EXIST 1072
#define ER_BLOB_USED_AS_KEY 1073
#define ER_TOO_BIG_FIELDLENGTH 1074
#define ER_WRONG_AUTO_KEY 1075
#define ER_BINLOG_CANT_DELETE_GTID_DOMAIN 1076
#define ER_NORMAL_SHUTDOWN 1077
#define ER_GOT_SIGNAL 1078
#define ER_SHUTDOWN_COMPLETE 1079
#define ER_FORCING_CLOSE 1080
#define ER_IPSOCK_ERROR 1081
#define ER_NO_SUCH_INDEX 1082
#define ER_WRONG_FIELD_TERMINATORS 1083
#define ER_BLOBS_AND_NO_TERMINATED 1084
#define ER_TEXTFILE_NOT_READABLE 1085
#define ER_FILE_EXISTS_ERROR 1086
#define ER_LOAD_INFO 1087
#define ER_ALTER_INFO 1088
#define ER_WRONG_SUB_KEY 1089
#define ER_CANT_REMOVE_ALL_FIELDS 1090
#define ER_CANT_DROP_FIELD_OR_KEY 1091
#define ER_INSERT_INFO 1092
#define ER_UPDATE_TABLE_USED 1093
#define ER_NO_SUCH_THREAD 1094
#define ER_KILL_DENIED_ERROR 1095
#define ER_NO_TABLES_USED 1096
#define ER_TOO_BIG_SET 1097
#define ER_NO_UNIQUE_LOGFILE 1098
#define ER_TABLE_NOT_LOCKED_FOR_WRITE 1099
#define ER_TABLE_NOT_LOCKED 1100
#define ER_UNUSED_17 1101
#define ER_WRONG_DB_NAME 1102
#define ER_WRONG_TABLE_NAME 1103
#define ER_TOO_BIG_SELECT 1104
#define ER_UNKNOWN_ERROR 1105
#define ER_UNKNOWN_PROCEDURE 1106
#define ER_WRONG_PARAMCOUNT_TO_PROCEDURE 1107
#define ER_WRONG_PARAMETERS_TO_PROCEDURE 1108
#define ER_UNKNOWN_TABLE 1109
#define ER_FIELD_SPECIFIED_TWICE 1110
#define ER_INVALID_GROUP_FUNC_USE 1111
#define ER_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION 1112
#define ER_TABLE_MUST_HAVE_COLUMNS 1113
#define ER_RECORD_FILE_FULL 1114
#define ER_UNKNOWN_CHARACTER_SET 1115
#define ER_TOO_MANY_TABLES 1116
#define ER_TOO_MANY_FIELDS 1117
#define ER_TOO_BIG_ROWSIZE 1118
#define ER_STACK_OVERRUN 1119
#define ER_WRONG_OUTER_JOIN 1120
#define ER_NULL_COLUMN_IN_INDEX 1121
#define ER_CANT_FIND_UDF 1122
#define ER_CANT_INITIALIZE_UDF 1123
#define ER_UDF_NO_PATHS 1124
#define ER_UDF_EXISTS 1125
#define ER_CANT_OPEN_LIBRARY 1126
#define ER_CANT_FIND_DL_ENTRY 1127
#define ER_FUNCTION_NOT_DEFINED 1128
#define ER_HOST_IS_BLOCKED 1129
#define ER_HOST_NOT_PRIVILEGED 1130
#define ER_PASSWORD_ANONYMOUS_USER 1131
#define ER_PASSWORD_NOT_ALLOWED 1132
#define ER_PASSWORD_NO_MATCH 1133
#define ER_UPDATE_INFO 1134
#define ER_CANT_CREATE_THREAD 1135
#define ER_WRONG_VALUE_COUNT_ON_ROW 1136
#define ER_CANT_REOPEN_TABLE 1137
#define ER_INVALID_USE_OF_NULL 1138
#define ER_REGEXP_ERROR 1139
#define ER_MIX_OF_GROUP_FUNC_AND_FIELDS 1140
#define ER_NONEXISTING_GRANT 1141
#define ER_TABLEACCESS_DENIED_ERROR 1142
#define ER_COLUMNACCESS_DENIED_ERROR 1143
#define ER_ILLEGAL_GRANT_FOR_TABLE 1144
#define ER_GRANT_WRONG_HOST_OR_USER 1145
#define ER_NO_SUCH_TABLE 1146
#define ER_NONEXISTING_TABLE_GRANT 1147
#define ER_NOT_ALLOWED_COMMAND 1148
#define ER_SYNTAX_ERROR 1149
#define ER_DELAYED_CANT_CHANGE_LOCK 1150
#define ER_TOO_MANY_DELAYED_THREADS 1151
#define ER_ABORTING_CONNECTION 1152
#define ER_NET_PACKET_TOO_LARGE 1153
#define ER_NET_READ_ERROR_FROM_PIPE 1154
#define ER_NET_FCNTL_ERROR 1155
#define ER_NET_PACKETS_OUT_OF_ORDER 1156
#define ER_NET_UNCOMPRESS_ERROR 1157
#define ER_NET_READ_ERROR 1158
#define ER_NET_READ_INTERRUPTED 1159
#define ER_NET_ERROR_ON_WRITE 1160
#define ER_NET_WRITE_INTERRUPTED 1161
#define ER_TOO_LONG_STRING 1162
#define ER_TABLE_CANT_HANDLE_BLOB 1163
#define ER_TABLE_CANT_HANDLE_AUTO_INCREMENT 1164
#define ER_DELAYED_INSERT_TABLE_LOCKED 1165
#define ER_WRONG_COLUMN_NAME 1166
#define ER_WRONG_KEY_COLUMN 1167
#define ER_WRONG_MRG_TABLE 1168
#define ER_DUP_UNIQUE 1169
#define ER_BLOB_KEY_WITHOUT_LENGTH 1170
#define ER_PRIMARY_CANT_HAVE_NULL 1171
#define ER_TOO_MANY_ROWS 1172
#define ER_REQUIRES_PRIMARY_KEY 1173
#define ER_NO_RAID_COMPILED 1174
#define ER_UPDATE_WITHOUT_KEY_IN_SAFE_MODE 1175
#define ER_KEY_DOES_NOT_EXISTS 1176
#define ER_CHECK_NO_SUCH_TABLE 1177
#define ER_CHECK_NOT_IMPLEMENTED 1178
#define ER_CANT_DO_THIS_DURING_AN_TRANSACTION 1179
#define ER_ERROR_DURING_COMMIT 1180
#define ER_ERROR_DURING_ROLLBACK 1181
#define ER_ERROR_DURING_FLUSH_LOGS 1182
#define ER_ERROR_DURING_CHECKPOINT 1183
#define ER_NEW_ABORTING_CONNECTION 1184
#define ER_UNUSED_10 1185
#define ER_FLUSH_MASTER_BINLOG_CLOSED 1186
#define ER_INDEX_REBUILD 1187
#define ER_MASTER 1188
#define ER_MASTER_NET_READ 1189
#define ER_MASTER_NET_WRITE 1190
#define ER_FT_MATCHING_KEY_NOT_FOUND 1191
#define ER_LOCK_OR_ACTIVE_TRANSACTION 1192
#define ER_UNKNOWN_SYSTEM_VARIABLE 1193
#define ER_CRASHED_ON_USAGE 1194
#define ER_CRASHED_ON_REPAIR 1195
#define ER_WARNING_NOT_COMPLETE_ROLLBACK 1196
#define ER_TRANS_CACHE_FULL 1197
#define ER_SLAVE_MUST_STOP 1198
#define ER_SLAVE_NOT_RUNNING 1199
#define ER_BAD_SLAVE 1200
#define ER_MASTER_INFO 1201
#define ER_SLAVE_THREAD 1202
#define ER_TOO_MANY_USER_CONNECTIONS 1203
#define ER_SET_CONSTANTS_ONLY 1204
#define ER_LOCK_WAIT_TIMEOUT 1205
#define ER_LOCK_TABLE_FULL 1206
#define ER_READ_ONLY_TRANSACTION 1207
#define ER_DROP_DB_WITH_READ_LOCK 1208
#define ER_CREATE_DB_WITH_READ_LOCK 1209
#define ER_WRONG_ARGUMENTS 1210
#define ER_NO_PERMISSION_TO_CREATE_USER 1211
#define ER_UNION_TABLES_IN_DIFFERENT_DIR 1212
#define ER_LOCK_DEADLOCK 1213
#define ER_TABLE_CANT_HANDLE_FT 1214
#define ER_CANNOT_ADD_FOREIGN 1215
#define ER_NO_REFERENCED_ROW 1216
#define ER_ROW_IS_REFERENCED 1217
#define ER_CONNECT_TO_MASTER 1218
#define ER_QUERY_ON_MASTER 1219
#define ER_ERROR_WHEN_EXECUTING_COMMAND 1220
#define ER_WRONG_USAGE 1221
#define ER_WRONG_NUMBER_OF_COLUMNS_IN_SELECT 1222
#define ER_CANT_UPDATE_WITH_READLOCK 1223
#define ER_MIXING_NOT_ALLOWED 1224
#define ER_DUP_ARGUMENT 1225
#define ER_USER_LIMIT_REACHED 1226
#define ER_SPECIFIC_ACCESS_DENIED_ERROR 1227
#define ER_LOCAL_VARIABLE 1228
#define ER_GLOBAL_VARIABLE 1229
#define ER_NO_DEFAULT 1230
#define ER_WRONG_VALUE_FOR_VAR 1231
#define ER_WRONG_TYPE_FOR_VAR 1232
#define ER_VAR_CANT_BE_READ 1233
#define ER_CANT_USE_OPTION_HERE 1234
#define ER_NOT_SUPPORTED_YET 1235
#define ER_MASTER_FATAL_ERROR_READING_BINLOG 1236
#define ER_SLAVE_IGNORED_TABLE 1237
#define ER_INCORRECT_GLOBAL_LOCAL_VAR 1238
#define ER_WRONG_FK_DEF 1239
#define ER_KEY_REF_DO_NOT_MATCH_TABLE_REF 1240
#define ER_OPERAND_COLUMNS 1241
#define ER_SUBQUERY_NO_1_ROW 1242
#define ER_UNKNOWN_STMT_HANDLER 1243
#define ER_CORRUPT_HELP_DB 1244
#define ER_CYCLIC_REFERENCE 1245
#define ER_AUTO_CONVERT 1246
#define ER_ILLEGAL_REFERENCE 1247
#define ER_DERIVED_MUST_HAVE_ALIAS 1248
#define ER_SELECT_REDUCED 1249
#define ER_TABLENAME_NOT_ALLOWED_HERE 1250
#define ER_NOT_SUPPORTED_AUTH_MODE 1251
#define ER_SPATIAL_CANT_HAVE_NULL 1252
#define ER_COLLATION_CHARSET_MISMATCH 1253
#define ER_SLAVE_WAS_RUNNING 1254
#define ER_SLAVE_WAS_NOT_RUNNING 1255
#define ER_TOO_BIG_FOR_UNCOMPRESS 1256
#define ER_ZLIB_Z_MEM_ERROR 1257
#define ER_ZLIB_Z_BUF_ERROR 1258
#define ER_ZLIB_Z_DATA_ERROR 1259
#define ER_CUT_VALUE_GROUP_CONCAT 1260
#define ER_WARN_TOO_FEW_RECORDS 1261
#define ER_WARN_TOO_MANY_RECORDS 1262
#define ER_WARN_NULL_TO_NOTNULL 1263
#define ER_WARN_DATA_OUT_OF_RANGE 1264
#define WARN_DATA_TRUNCATED 1265
#define ER_WARN_USING_OTHER_HANDLER 1266
#define ER_CANT_AGGREGATE_2COLLATIONS 1267
#define ER_DROP_USER 1268
#define ER_REVOKE_GRANTS 1269
#define ER_CANT_AGGREGATE_3COLLATIONS 1270
#define ER_CANT_AGGREGATE_NCOLLATIONS 1271
#define ER_VARIABLE_IS_NOT_STRUCT 1272
#define ER_UNKNOWN_COLLATION 1273
#define ER_SLAVE_IGNORED_SSL_PARAMS 1274
#define ER_SERVER_IS_IN_SECURE_AUTH_MODE 1275
#define ER_WARN_FIELD_RESOLVED 1276
#define ER_BAD_SLAVE_UNTIL_COND 1277
#define ER_MISSING_SKIP_SLAVE 1278
#define ER_UNTIL_COND_IGNORED 1279
#define ER_WRONG_NAME_FOR_INDEX 1280
#define ER_WRONG_NAME_FOR_CATALOG 1281
#define ER_WARN_QC_RESIZE 1282
#define ER_BAD_FT_COLUMN 1283
#define ER_UNKNOWN_KEY_CACHE 1284
#define ER_WARN_HOSTNAME_WONT_WORK 1285
#define ER_UNKNOWN_STORAGE_ENGINE 1286
#define ER_WARN_DEPRECATED_SYNTAX 1287
#define ER_NON_UPDATABLE_TABLE 1288
#define ER_FEATURE_DISABLED 1289
#define ER_OPTION_PREVENTS_STATEMENT 1290
#define ER_DUPLICATED_VALUE_IN_TYPE 1291
#define ER_TRUNCATED_WRONG_VALUE 1292
#define ER_TOO_MUCH_AUTO_TIMESTAMP_COLS 1293
#define ER_INVALID_ON_UPDATE 1294
#define ER_UNSUPPORTED_PS 1295
#define ER_GET_ERRMSG 1296
#define ER_GET_TEMPORARY_ERRMSG 1297
#define ER_UNKNOWN_TIME_ZONE 1298
#define ER_WARN_INVALID_TIMESTAMP 1299
#define ER_INVALID_CHARACTER_STRING 1300
#define ER_WARN_ALLOWED_PACKET_OVERFLOWED 1301
#define ER_CONFLICTING_DECLARATIONS 1302
#define ER_SP_NO_RECURSIVE_CREATE 1303
#define ER_SP_ALREADY_EXISTS 1304
#define ER_SP_DOES_NOT_EXIST 1305
#define ER_SP_DROP_FAILED 1306
#define ER_SP_STORE_FAILED 1307
#define ER_SP_LILABEL_MISMATCH 1308
#define ER_SP_LABEL_REDEFINE 1309
#define ER_SP_LABEL_MISMATCH 1310
#define ER_SP_UNINIT_VAR 1311
#define ER_SP_BADSELECT 1312
#define ER_SP_BADRETURN 1313
#define ER_SP_BADSTATEMENT 1314
#define ER_UPDATE_LOG_DEPRECATED_IGNORED 1315
#define ER_UPDATE_LOG_DEPRECATED_TRANSLATED 1316
#define ER_QUERY_INTERRUPTED 1317
#define ER_SP_WRONG_NO_OF_ARGS 1318
#define ER_SP_COND_MISMATCH 1319
#define ER_SP_NORETURN 1320
#define ER_SP_NORETURNEND 1321
#define ER_SP_BAD_CURSOR_QUERY 1322
#define ER_SP_BAD_CURSOR_SELECT 1323
#define ER_SP_CURSOR_MISMATCH 1324
#define ER_SP_CURSOR_ALREADY_OPEN 1325
#define ER_SP_CURSOR_NOT_OPEN 1326
#define ER_SP_UNDECLARED_VAR 1327
#define ER_SP_WRONG_NO_OF_FETCH_ARGS 1328
#define ER_SP_FETCH_NO_DATA 1329
#define ER_SP_DUP_PARAM 1330
#define ER_SP_DUP_VAR 1331
#define ER_SP_DUP_COND 1332
#define ER_SP_DUP_CURS 1333
#define ER_SP_CANT_ALTER 1334
#define ER_SP_SUBSELECT_NYI 1335
#define ER_STMT_NOT_ALLOWED_IN_SF_OR_TRG 1336
#define ER_SP_VARCOND_AFTER_CURSHNDLR 1337
#define ER_SP_CURSOR_AFTER_HANDLER 1338
#define ER_SP_CASE_NOT_FOUND 1339
#define ER_FPARSER_TOO_BIG_FILE 1340
#define ER_FPARSER_BAD_HEADER 1341
#define ER_FPARSER_EOF_IN_COMMENT 1342
#define ER_FPARSER_ERROR_IN_PARAMETER 1343
#define ER_FPARSER_EOF_IN_UNKNOWN_PARAMETER 1344
#define ER_VIEW_NO_EXPLAIN 1345
#define ER_FRM_UNKNOWN_TYPE 1346
#define ER_WRONG_OBJECT 1347
#define ER_NONUPDATEABLE_COLUMN 1348
#define ER_VIEW_SELECT_DERIVED 1349
#define ER_VIEW_SELECT_CLAUSE 1350
#define ER_VIEW_SELECT_VARIABLE 1351
#define ER_VIEW_SELECT_TMPTABLE 1352
#define ER_VIEW_WRONG_LIST 1353
#define ER_WARN_VIEW_MERGE 1354
#define ER_WARN_VIEW_WITHOUT_KEY 1355
#define ER_VIEW_INVALID 1356
#define ER_SP_NO_DROP_SP 1357
#define ER_SP_GOTO_IN_HNDLR 1358
#define ER_TRG_ALREADY_EXISTS 1359
#define ER_TRG_DOES_NOT_EXIST 1360
#define ER_TRG_ON_VIEW_OR_TEMP_TABLE 1361
#define ER_TRG_CANT_CHANGE_ROW 1362
#define ER_TRG_NO_SUCH_ROW_IN_TRG 1363
#define ER_NO_DEFAULT_FOR_FIELD 1364
#define ER_DIVISION_BY_ZERO 1365
#define ER_TRUNCATED_WRONG_VALUE_FOR_FIELD 1366
#define ER_ILLEGAL_VALUE_FOR_TYPE 1367
#define ER_VIEW_NONUPD_CHECK 1368
#define ER_VIEW_CHECK_FAILED 1369
#define ER_PROCACCESS_DENIED_ERROR 1370
#define ER_RELAY_LOG_FAIL 1371
#define ER_PASSWD_LENGTH 1372
#define ER_UNKNOWN_TARGET_BINLOG 1373
#define ER_IO_ERR_LOG_INDEX_READ 1374
#define ER_BINLOG_PURGE_PROHIBITED 1375
#define ER_FSEEK_FAIL 1376
#define ER_BINLOG_PURGE_FATAL_ERR 1377
#define ER_LOG_IN_USE 1378
#define ER_LOG_PURGE_UNKNOWN_ERR 1379
#define ER_RELAY_LOG_INIT 1380
#define ER_NO_BINARY_LOGGING 1381
#define ER_RESERVED_SYNTAX 1382
#define ER_WSAS_FAILED 1383
#define ER_DIFF_GROUPS_PROC 1384
#define ER_NO_GROUP_FOR_PROC 1385
#define ER_ORDER_WITH_PROC 1386
#define ER_LOGGING_PROHIBIT_CHANGING_OF 1387
#define ER_NO_FILE_MAPPING 1388
#define ER_WRONG_MAGIC 1389
#define ER_PS_MANY_PARAM 1390
#define ER_KEY_PART_0 1391
#define ER_VIEW_CHECKSUM 1392
#define ER_VIEW_MULTIUPDATE 1393
#define ER_VIEW_NO_INSERT_FIELD_LIST 1394
#define ER_VIEW_DELETE_MERGE_VIEW 1395
#define ER_CANNOT_USER 1396
#define ER_XAER_NOTA 1397
#define ER_XAER_INVAL 1398
#define ER_XAER_RMFAIL 1399
#define ER_XAER_OUTSIDE 1400
#define ER_XAER_RMERR 1401
#define ER_XA_RBROLLBACK 1402
#define ER_NONEXISTING_PROC_GRANT 1403
#define ER_PROC_AUTO_GRANT_FAIL 1404
#define ER_PROC_AUTO_REVOKE_FAIL 1405
#define ER_DATA_TOO_LONG 1406
#define ER_SP_BAD_SQLSTATE 1407
#define ER_STARTUP 1408
#define ER_LOAD_FROM_FIXED_SIZE_ROWS_TO_VAR 1409
#define ER_CANT_CREATE_USER_WITH_GRANT 1410
#define ER_WRONG_VALUE_FOR_TYPE 1411
#define ER_TABLE_DEF_CHANGED 1412
#define ER_SP_DUP_HANDLER 1413
#define ER_SP_NOT_VAR_ARG 1414
#define ER_SP_NO_RETSET 1415
#define ER_CANT_CREATE_GEOMETRY_OBJECT 1416
#define ER_FAILED_ROUTINE_BREAK_BINLOG 1417
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_ROUTINE 1418
#define ER_BINLOG_CREATE_ROUTINE_NEED_SUPER 1419
#define ER_EXEC_STMT_WITH_OPEN_CURSOR 1420
#define ER_STMT_HAS_NO_OPEN_CURSOR 1421
#define ER_COMMIT_NOT_ALLOWED_IN_SF_OR_TRG 1422
#define ER_NO_DEFAULT_FOR_VIEW_FIELD 1423
#define ER_SP_NO_RECURSION 1424
#define ER_TOO_BIG_SCALE 1425
#define ER_TOO_BIG_PRECISION 1426
#define ER_M_BIGGER_THAN_D 1427
#define ER_WRONG_LOCK_OF_SYSTEM_TABLE 1428
#define ER_CONNECT_TO_FOREIGN_DATA_SOURCE 1429
#define ER_QUERY_ON_FOREIGN_DATA_SOURCE 1430
#define ER_FOREIGN_DATA_SOURCE_DOESNT_EXIST 1431
#define ER_FOREIGN_DATA_STRING_INVALID_CANT_CREATE 1432
#define ER_FOREIGN_DATA_STRING_INVALID 1433
#define ER_CANT_CREATE_FEDERATED_TABLE 1434
#define ER_TRG_IN_WRONG_SCHEMA 1435
#define ER_STACK_OVERRUN_NEED_MORE 1436
#define ER_TOO_LONG_BODY 1437
#define ER_WARN_CANT_DROP_DEFAULT_KEYCACHE 1438
#define ER_TOO_BIG_DISPLAYWIDTH 1439
#define ER_XAER_DUPID 1440
#define ER_DATETIME_FUNCTION_OVERFLOW 1441
#define ER_CANT_UPDATE_USED_TABLE_IN_SF_OR_TRG 1442
#define ER_VIEW_PREVENT_UPDATE 1443
#define ER_PS_NO_RECURSION 1444
#define ER_SP_CANT_SET_AUTOCOMMIT 1445
#define ER_MALFORMED_DEFINER 1446
#define ER_VIEW_FRM_NO_USER 1447
#define ER_UNUSED_30 1448
#define ER_NO_SUCH_USER 1449
#define ER_FORBID_SCHEMA_CHANGE 1450
#define ER_ROW_IS_REFERENCED_2 1451
#define ER_NO_REFERENCED_ROW_2 1452
#define ER_SP_BAD_VAR_SHADOW 1453
#define ER_TRG_NO_DEFINER 1454
#define ER_OLD_FILE_FORMAT 1455
#define ER_SP_RECURSION_LIMIT 1456
#define ER_SP_PROC_TABLE_CORRUPT 1457
#define ER_SP_WRONG_NAME 1458
#define ER_TABLE_NEEDS_UPGRADE 1459
#define ER_SP_NO_AGGREGATE 1460
#define ER_MAX_PREPARED_STMT_COUNT_REACHED 1461
#define ER_VIEW_RECURSIVE 1462
#define ER_NON_GROUPING_FIELD_USED 1463
#define ER_TABLE_CANT_HANDLE_SPKEYS 1464
#define ER_NO_TRIGGERS_ON_SYSTEM_SCHEMA 1465
#define ER_REMOVED_SPACES 1466
#define ER_AUTOINC_READ_FAILED 1467
#define ER_USERNAME 1468
#define ER_HOSTNAME 1469
#define ER_WRONG_STRING_LENGTH 1470
#define ER_NON_INSERTABLE_TABLE 1471
#define ER_ADMIN_WRONG_MRG_TABLE 1472
#define ER_TOO_HIGH_LEVEL_OF_NESTING_FOR_SELECT 1473
#define ER_NAME_BECOMES_EMPTY 1474
#define ER_AMBIGUOUS_FIELD_TERM 1475
#define ER_FOREIGN_SERVER_EXISTS 1476
#define ER_FOREIGN_SERVER_DOESNT_EXIST 1477
#define ER_ILLEGAL_HA_CREATE_OPTION 1478
#define ER_PARTITION_REQUIRES_VALUES_ERROR 1479
#define ER_PARTITION_WRONG_VALUES_ERROR 1480
#define ER_PARTITION_MAXVALUE_ERROR 1481
#define ER_PARTITION_SUBPARTITION_ERROR 1482
#define ER_PARTITION_SUBPART_MIX_ERROR 1483
#define ER_PARTITION_WRONG_NO_PART_ERROR 1484
#define ER_PARTITION_WRONG_NO_SUBPART_ERROR 1485
#define ER_WRONG_EXPR_IN_PARTITION_FUNC_ERROR 1486
#define ER_NOT_CONSTANT_EXPRESSION 1487
#define ER_FIELD_NOT_FOUND_PART_ERROR 1488
#define ER_LIST_OF_FIELDS_ONLY_IN_HASH_ERROR 1489
#define ER_INCONSISTENT_PARTITION_INFO_ERROR 1490
#define ER_PARTITION_FUNC_NOT_ALLOWED_ERROR 1491
#define ER_PARTITIONS_MUST_BE_DEFINED_ERROR 1492
#define ER_RANGE_NOT_INCREASING_ERROR 1493
#define ER_INCONSISTENT_TYPE_OF_FUNCTIONS_ERROR 1494
#define ER_MULTIPLE_DEF_CONST_IN_LIST_PART_ERROR 1495
#define ER_PARTITION_ENTRY_ERROR 1496
#define ER_MIX_HANDLER_ERROR 1497
#define ER_PARTITION_NOT_DEFINED_ERROR 1498
#define ER_TOO_MANY_PARTITIONS_ERROR 1499
#define ER_SUBPARTITION_ERROR 1500
#define ER_CANT_CREATE_HANDLER_FILE 1501
#define ER_BLOB_FIELD_IN_PART_FUNC_ERROR 1502
#define ER_UNIQUE_KEY_NEED_ALL_FIELDS_IN_PF 1503
#define ER_NO_PARTS_ERROR 1504
#define ER_PARTITION_MGMT_ON_NONPARTITIONED 1505
#define ER_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED_WITH_PARTITIONING 1506
#define ER_PARTITION_DOES_NOT_EXIST 1507
#define ER_DROP_LAST_PARTITION 1508
#define ER_COALESCE_ONLY_ON_HASH_PARTITION 1509
#define ER_REORG_HASH_ONLY_ON_SAME_NO 1510
#define ER_REORG_NO_PARAM_ERROR 1511
#define ER_ONLY_ON_RANGE_LIST_PARTITION 1512
#define ER_ADD_PARTITION_SUBPART_ERROR 1513
#define ER_ADD_PARTITION_NO_NEW_PARTITION 1514
#define ER_COALESCE_PARTITION_NO_PARTITION 1515
#define ER_REORG_PARTITION_NOT_EXIST 1516
#define ER_SAME_NAME_PARTITION 1517
#define ER_NO_BINLOG_ERROR 1518
#define ER_CONSECUTIVE_REORG_PARTITIONS 1519
#define ER_REORG_OUTSIDE_RANGE 1520
#define ER_PARTITION_FUNCTION_FAILURE 1521
#define ER_PART_STATE_ERROR 1522
#define ER_LIMITED_PART_RANGE 1523
#define ER_PLUGIN_IS_NOT_LOADED 1524
#define ER_WRONG_VALUE 1525
#define ER_NO_PARTITION_FOR_GIVEN_VALUE 1526
#define ER_FILEGROUP_OPTION_ONLY_ONCE 1527
#define ER_CREATE_FILEGROUP_FAILED 1528
#define ER_DROP_FILEGROUP_FAILED 1529
#define ER_TABLESPACE_AUTO_EXTEND_ERROR 1530
#define ER_WRONG_SIZE_NUMBER 1531
#define ER_SIZE_OVERFLOW_ERROR 1532
#define ER_ALTER_FILEGROUP_FAILED 1533
#define ER_BINLOG_ROW_LOGGING_FAILED 1534
#define ER_BINLOG_ROW_WRONG_TABLE_DEF 1535
#define ER_BINLOG_ROW_RBR_TO_SBR 1536
#define ER_EVENT_ALREADY_EXISTS 1537
#define ER_EVENT_STORE_FAILED 1538
#define ER_EVENT_DOES_NOT_EXIST 1539
#define ER_EVENT_CANT_ALTER 1540
#define ER_EVENT_DROP_FAILED 1541
#define ER_EVENT_INTERVAL_NOT_POSITIVE_OR_TOO_BIG 1542
#define ER_EVENT_ENDS_BEFORE_STARTS 1543
#define ER_EVENT_EXEC_TIME_IN_THE_PAST 1544
#define ER_EVENT_OPEN_TABLE_FAILED 1545
#define ER_EVENT_NEITHER_M_EXPR_NOR_M_AT 1546
#define ER_UNUSED_2 1547
#define ER_UNUSED_3 1548
#define ER_EVENT_CANNOT_DELETE 1549
#define ER_EVENT_COMPILE_ERROR 1550
#define ER_EVENT_SAME_NAME 1551
#define ER_EVENT_DATA_TOO_LONG 1552
#define ER_DROP_INDEX_FK 1553
#define ER_WARN_DEPRECATED_SYNTAX_WITH_VER 1554
#define ER_CANT_WRITE_LOCK_LOG_TABLE 1555
#define ER_CANT_LOCK_LOG_TABLE 1556
#define ER_UNUSED_4 1557
#define ER_COL_COUNT_DOESNT_MATCH_PLEASE_UPDATE 1558
#define ER_TEMP_TABLE_PREVENTS_SWITCH_OUT_OF_RBR 1559
#define ER_STORED_FUNCTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_BINLOG_FORMAT 1560
#define ER_UNUSED_13 1561
#define ER_PARTITION_NO_TEMPORARY 1562
#define ER_PARTITION_CONST_DOMAIN_ERROR 1563
#define ER_PARTITION_FUNCTION_IS_NOT_ALLOWED 1564
#define ER_DDL_LOG_ERROR 1565
#define ER_NULL_IN_VALUES_LESS_THAN 1566
#define ER_WRONG_PARTITION_NAME 1567
#define ER_CANT_CHANGE_TX_CHARACTERISTICS 1568
#define ER_DUP_ENTRY_AUTOINCREMENT_CASE 1569
#define ER_EVENT_MODIFY_QUEUE_ERROR 1570
#define ER_EVENT_SET_VAR_ERROR 1571
#define ER_PARTITION_MERGE_ERROR 1572
#define ER_CANT_ACTIVATE_LOG 1573
#define ER_RBR_NOT_AVAILABLE 1574
#define ER_BASE64_DECODE_ERROR 1575
#define ER_EVENT_RECURSION_FORBIDDEN 1576
#define ER_EVENTS_DB_ERROR 1577
#define ER_ONLY_INTEGERS_ALLOWED 1578
#define ER_UNSUPORTED_LOG_ENGINE 1579
#define ER_BAD_LOG_STATEMENT 1580
#define ER_CANT_RENAME_LOG_TABLE 1581
#define ER_WRONG_PARAMCOUNT_TO_NATIVE_FCT 1582
#define ER_WRONG_PARAMETERS_TO_NATIVE_FCT 1583
#define ER_WRONG_PARAMETERS_TO_STORED_FCT 1584
#define ER_NATIVE_FCT_NAME_COLLISION 1585
#define ER_DUP_ENTRY_WITH_KEY_NAME 1586
#define ER_BINLOG_PURGE_EMFILE 1587
#define ER_EVENT_CANNOT_CREATE_IN_THE_PAST 1588
#define ER_EVENT_CANNOT_ALTER_IN_THE_PAST 1589
#define ER_SLAVE_INCIDENT 1590
#define ER_NO_PARTITION_FOR_GIVEN_VALUE_SILENT 1591
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_STATEMENT 1592
#define ER_SLAVE_FATAL_ERROR 1593
#define ER_SLAVE_RELAY_LOG_READ_FAILURE 1594
#define ER_SLAVE_RELAY_LOG_WRITE_FAILURE 1595
#define ER_SLAVE_CREATE_EVENT_FAILURE 1596
#define ER_SLAVE_MASTER_COM_FAILURE 1597
#define ER_BINLOG_LOGGING_IMPOSSIBLE 1598
#define ER_VIEW_NO_CREATION_CTX 1599
#define ER_VIEW_INVALID_CREATION_CTX 1600
#define ER_SR_INVALID_CREATION_CTX 1601
#define ER_TRG_CORRUPTED_FILE 1602
#define ER_TRG_NO_CREATION_CTX 1603
#define ER_TRG_INVALID_CREATION_CTX 1604
#define ER_EVENT_INVALID_CREATION_CTX 1605
#define ER_TRG_CANT_OPEN_TABLE 1606
#define ER_CANT_CREATE_SROUTINE 1607
#define ER_UNUSED_11 1608
#define ER_NO_FORMAT_DESCRIPTION_EVENT_BEFORE_BINLOG_STATEMENT 1609
#define ER_SLAVE_CORRUPT_EVENT 1610
#define ER_LOAD_DATA_INVALID_COLUMN 1611
#define ER_LOG_PURGE_NO_FILE 1612
#define ER_XA_RBTIMEOUT 1613
#define ER_XA_RBDEADLOCK 1614
#define ER_NEED_REPREPARE 1615
#define ER_DELAYED_NOT_SUPPORTED 1616
#define WARN_NO_MASTER_INFO 1617
#define WARN_OPTION_IGNORED 1618
#define ER_PLUGIN_DELETE_BUILTIN 1619
#define WARN_PLUGIN_BUSY 1620
#define ER_VARIABLE_IS_READONLY 1621
#define ER_WARN_ENGINE_TRANSACTION_ROLLBACK 1622
#define ER_SLAVE_HEARTBEAT_FAILURE 1623
#define ER_SLAVE_HEARTBEAT_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE 1624
#define ER_UNUSED_14 1625
#define ER_CONFLICT_FN_PARSE_ERROR 1626
#define ER_EXCEPTIONS_WRITE_ERROR 1627
#define ER_TOO_LONG_TABLE_COMMENT 1628
#define ER_TOO_LONG_FIELD_COMMENT 1629
#define ER_FUNC_INEXISTENT_NAME_COLLISION 1630
#define ER_DATABASE_NAME 1631
#define ER_TABLE_NAME 1632
#define ER_PARTITION_NAME 1633
#define ER_SUBPARTITION_NAME 1634
#define ER_TEMPORARY_NAME 1635
#define ER_RENAMED_NAME 1636
#define ER_TOO_MANY_CONCURRENT_TRXS 1637
#define WARN_NON_ASCII_SEPARATOR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED 1638
#define ER_DEBUG_SYNC_TIMEOUT 1639
#define ER_DEBUG_SYNC_HIT_LIMIT 1640
#define ER_DUP_SIGNAL_SET 1641
#define ER_SIGNAL_WARN 1642
#define ER_SIGNAL_NOT_FOUND 1643
#define ER_SIGNAL_EXCEPTION 1644
#define ER_RESIGNAL_WITHOUT_ACTIVE_HANDLER 1645
#define ER_SIGNAL_BAD_CONDITION_TYPE 1646
#define WARN_COND_ITEM_TRUNCATED 1647
#define ER_COND_ITEM_TOO_LONG 1648
#define ER_UNKNOWN_LOCALE 1649
#define ER_SLAVE_IGNORE_SERVER_IDS 1650
#define ER_QUERY_CACHE_DISABLED 1651
#define ER_SAME_NAME_PARTITION_FIELD 1652
#define ER_PARTITION_COLUMN_LIST_ERROR 1653
#define ER_WRONG_TYPE_COLUMN_VALUE_ERROR 1654
#define ER_TOO_MANY_PARTITION_FUNC_FIELDS_ERROR 1655
#define ER_MAXVALUE_IN_VALUES_IN 1656
#define ER_TOO_MANY_VALUES_ERROR 1657
#define ER_ROW_SINGLE_PARTITION_FIELD_ERROR 1658
#define ER_FIELD_TYPE_NOT_ALLOWED_AS_PARTITION_FIELD 1659
#define ER_PARTITION_FIELDS_TOO_LONG 1660
#define ER_BINLOG_ROW_ENGINE_AND_STMT_ENGINE 1661
#define ER_BINLOG_ROW_MODE_AND_STMT_ENGINE 1662
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_AND_STMT_ENGINE 1663
#define ER_BINLOG_ROW_INJECTION_AND_STMT_ENGINE 1664
#define ER_BINLOG_STMT_MODE_AND_ROW_ENGINE 1665
#define ER_BINLOG_ROW_INJECTION_AND_STMT_MODE 1666
#define ER_BINLOG_MULTIPLE_ENGINES_AND_SELF_LOGGING_ENGINE 1667
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_LIMIT 1668
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_INSERT_DELAYED 1669
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_SYSTEM_TABLE 1670
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_AUTOINC_COLUMNS 1671
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_UDF 1672
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_SYSTEM_VARIABLE 1673
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_SYSTEM_FUNCTION 1674
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_NONTRANS_AFTER_TRANS 1675
#define ER_MESSAGE_AND_STATEMENT 1676
#define ER_SLAVE_CONVERSION_FAILED 1677
#define ER_SLAVE_CANT_CREATE_CONVERSION 1678
#define ER_INSIDE_TRANSACTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_BINLOG_FORMAT 1679
#define ER_PATH_LENGTH 1680
#define ER_WARN_DEPRECATED_SYNTAX_NO_REPLACEMENT 1681
#define ER_WRONG_NATIVE_TABLE_STRUCTURE 1682
#define ER_WRONG_PERFSCHEMA_USAGE 1683
#define ER_WARN_I_S_SKIPPED_TABLE 1684
#define ER_INSIDE_TRANSACTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_BINLOG_DIRECT 1685
#define ER_STORED_FUNCTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_BINLOG_DIRECT 1686
#define ER_SPATIAL_MUST_HAVE_GEOM_COL 1687
#define ER_TOO_LONG_INDEX_COMMENT 1688
#define ER_LOCK_ABORTED 1689
#define ER_DATA_OUT_OF_RANGE 1690
#define ER_WRONG_SPVAR_TYPE_IN_LIMIT 1691
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_MULTIPLE_ENGINES_AND_SELF_LOGGING_ENGINE 1692
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_MIXED_STATEMENT 1693
#define ER_INSIDE_TRANSACTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_SQL_LOG_BIN 1694
#define ER_STORED_FUNCTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_SQL_LOG_BIN 1695
#define ER_FAILED_READ_FROM_PAR_FILE 1696
#define ER_VALUES_IS_NOT_INT_TYPE_ERROR 1697
#define ER_ACCESS_DENIED_NO_PASSWORD_ERROR 1698
#define ER_SET_PASSWORD_AUTH_PLUGIN 1699
#define ER_GRANT_PLUGIN_USER_EXISTS 1700
#define ER_TRUNCATE_ILLEGAL_FK 1701
#define ER_PLUGIN_IS_PERMANENT 1702
#define ER_SLAVE_HEARTBEAT_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE_MIN 1703
#define ER_SLAVE_HEARTBEAT_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE_MAX 1704
#define ER_STMT_CACHE_FULL 1705
#define ER_MULTI_UPDATE_KEY_CONFLICT 1706
#define ER_TABLE_NEEDS_REBUILD 1707
#define WARN_OPTION_BELOW_LIMIT 1708
#define ER_INDEX_COLUMN_TOO_LONG 1709
#define ER_ERROR_IN_TRIGGER_BODY 1710
#define ER_ERROR_IN_UNKNOWN_TRIGGER_BODY 1711
#define ER_INDEX_CORRUPT 1712
#define ER_UNDO_RECORD_TOO_BIG 1713
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_INSERT_IGNORE_SELECT 1714
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_INSERT_SELECT_UPDATE 1715
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_REPLACE_SELECT 1716
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_CREATE_IGNORE_SELECT 1717
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_CREATE_REPLACE_SELECT 1718
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_UPDATE_IGNORE 1719
#define ER_UNUSED_15 1720
#define ER_UNUSED_16 1721
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_WRITE_AUTOINC_SELECT 1722
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_CREATE_SELECT_AUTOINC 1723
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_INSERT_TWO_KEYS 1724
#define ER_UNUSED_28 1725
#define ER_VERS_NOT_ALLOWED 1726
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_AUTOINC_NOT_FIRST 1727
#define ER_CANNOT_LOAD_FROM_TABLE_V2 1728
#define ER_MASTER_DELAY_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE 1729
#define ER_ONLY_FD_AND_RBR_EVENTS_ALLOWED_IN_BINLOG_STATEMENT 1730
#define ER_PARTITION_EXCHANGE_DIFFERENT_OPTION 1731
#define ER_PARTITION_EXCHANGE_PART_TABLE 1732
#define ER_PARTITION_EXCHANGE_TEMP_TABLE 1733
#define ER_PARTITION_INSTEAD_OF_SUBPARTITION 1734
#define ER_UNKNOWN_PARTITION 1735
#define ER_TABLES_DIFFERENT_METADATA 1736
#define ER_ROW_DOES_NOT_MATCH_PARTITION 1737
#define ER_BINLOG_CACHE_SIZE_GREATER_THAN_MAX 1738
#define ER_WARN_INDEX_NOT_APPLICABLE 1739
#define ER_PARTITION_EXCHANGE_FOREIGN_KEY 1740
#define ER_NO_SUCH_KEY_VALUE 1741
#define ER_VALUE_TOO_LONG 1742
#define ER_NETWORK_READ_EVENT_CHECKSUM_FAILURE 1743
#define ER_BINLOG_READ_EVENT_CHECKSUM_FAILURE 1744
#define ER_BINLOG_STMT_CACHE_SIZE_GREATER_THAN_MAX 1745
#define ER_CANT_UPDATE_TABLE_IN_CREATE_TABLE_SELECT 1746
#define ER_PARTITION_CLAUSE_ON_NONPARTITIONED 1747
#define ER_ROW_DOES_NOT_MATCH_GIVEN_PARTITION_SET 1748
#define ER_UNUSED_5 1749
#define ER_CHANGE_RPL_INFO_REPOSITORY_FAILURE 1750
#define ER_WARNING_NOT_COMPLETE_ROLLBACK_WITH_CREATED_TEMP_TABLE 1751
#define ER_WARNING_NOT_COMPLETE_ROLLBACK_WITH_DROPPED_TEMP_TABLE 1752
#define ER_MTS_FEATURE_IS_NOT_SUPPORTED 1753
#define ER_MTS_UPDATED_DBS_GREATER_MAX 1754
#define ER_MTS_CANT_PARALLEL 1755
#define ER_MTS_INCONSISTENT_DATA 1756
#define ER_FULLTEXT_NOT_SUPPORTED_WITH_PARTITIONING 1757
#define ER_DA_INVALID_CONDITION_NUMBER 1758
#define ER_INSECURE_PLAIN_TEXT 1759
#define ER_INSECURE_CHANGE_MASTER 1760
#define ER_FOREIGN_DUPLICATE_KEY_WITH_CHILD_INFO 1761
#define ER_FOREIGN_DUPLICATE_KEY_WITHOUT_CHILD_INFO 1762
#define ER_SQLTHREAD_WITH_SECURE_SLAVE 1763
#define ER_TABLE_HAS_NO_FT 1764
#define ER_VARIABLE_NOT_SETTABLE_IN_SF_OR_TRIGGER 1765
#define ER_VARIABLE_NOT_SETTABLE_IN_TRANSACTION 1766
#define ER_GTID_NEXT_IS_NOT_IN_GTID_NEXT_LIST 1767
#define ER_CANT_CHANGE_GTID_NEXT_IN_TRANSACTION_WHEN_GTID_NEXT_LIST_IS_NULL 1768
#define ER_SET_STATEMENT_CANNOT_INVOKE_FUNCTION 1769
#define ER_GTID_NEXT_CANT_BE_AUTOMATIC_IF_GTID_NEXT_LIST_IS_NON_NULL 1770
#define ER_SKIPPING_LOGGED_TRANSACTION 1771
#define ER_MALFORMED_GTID_SET_SPECIFICATION 1772
#define ER_MALFORMED_GTID_SET_ENCODING 1773
#define ER_MALFORMED_GTID_SPECIFICATION 1774
#define ER_GNO_EXHAUSTED 1775
#define ER_BAD_SLAVE_AUTO_POSITION 1776
#define ER_AUTO_POSITION_REQUIRES_GTID_MODE_ON 1777
#define ER_CANT_DO_IMPLICIT_COMMIT_IN_TRX_WHEN_GTID_NEXT_IS_SET 1778
#define ER_GTID_MODE_2_OR_3_REQUIRES_ENFORCE_GTID_CONSISTENCY_ON 1779
#define ER_GTID_MODE_REQUIRES_BINLOG 1780
#define ER_CANT_SET_GTID_NEXT_TO_GTID_WHEN_GTID_MODE_IS_OFF 1781
#define ER_CANT_SET_GTID_NEXT_TO_ANONYMOUS_WHEN_GTID_MODE_IS_ON 1782
#define ER_CANT_SET_GTID_NEXT_LIST_TO_NON_NULL_WHEN_GTID_MODE_IS_OFF 1783
#define ER_FOUND_GTID_EVENT_WHEN_GTID_MODE_IS_OFF 1784
#define ER_GTID_UNSAFE_NON_TRANSACTIONAL_TABLE 1785
#define ER_GTID_UNSAFE_CREATE_SELECT 1786
#define ER_GTID_UNSAFE_CREATE_DROP_TEMPORARY_TABLE_IN_TRANSACTION 1787
#define ER_GTID_MODE_CAN_ONLY_CHANGE_ONE_STEP_AT_A_TIME 1788
#define ER_MASTER_HAS_PURGED_REQUIRED_GTIDS 1789
#define ER_CANT_SET_GTID_NEXT_WHEN_OWNING_GTID 1790
#define ER_UNKNOWN_EXPLAIN_FORMAT 1791
#define ER_CANT_EXECUTE_IN_READ_ONLY_TRANSACTION 1792
#define ER_TOO_LONG_TABLE_PARTITION_COMMENT 1793
#define ER_SLAVE_CONFIGURATION 1794
#define ER_INNODB_FT_LIMIT 1795
#define ER_INNODB_NO_FT_TEMP_TABLE 1796
#define ER_INNODB_FT_WRONG_DOCID_COLUMN 1797
#define ER_INNODB_FT_WRONG_DOCID_INDEX 1798
#define ER_INNODB_ONLINE_LOG_TOO_BIG 1799
#define ER_UNKNOWN_ALTER_ALGORITHM 1800
#define ER_UNKNOWN_ALTER_LOCK 1801
#define ER_MTS_CHANGE_MASTER_CANT_RUN_WITH_GAPS 1802
#define ER_MTS_RECOVERY_FAILURE 1803
#define ER_MTS_RESET_WORKERS 1804
#define ER_COL_COUNT_DOESNT_MATCH_CORRUPTED_V2 1805
#define ER_SLAVE_SILENT_RETRY_TRANSACTION 1806
#define ER_UNUSED_22 1807
#define ER_TABLE_SCHEMA_MISMATCH 1808
#define ER_TABLE_IN_SYSTEM_TABLESPACE 1809
#define ER_IO_READ_ERROR 1810
#define ER_IO_WRITE_ERROR 1811
#define ER_TABLESPACE_MISSING 1812
#define ER_TABLESPACE_EXISTS 1813
#define ER_TABLESPACE_DISCARDED 1814
#define ER_INTERNAL_ERROR 1815
#define ER_INNODB_IMPORT_ERROR 1816
#define ER_INNODB_INDEX_CORRUPT 1817
#define ER_INVALID_YEAR_COLUMN_LENGTH 1818
#define ER_NOT_VALID_PASSWORD 1819
#define ER_MUST_CHANGE_PASSWORD 1820
#define ER_FK_NO_INDEX_CHILD 1821
#define ER_FK_NO_INDEX_PARENT 1822
#define ER_FK_FAIL_ADD_SYSTEM 1823
#define ER_FK_CANNOT_OPEN_PARENT 1824
#define ER_FK_INCORRECT_OPTION 1825
#define ER_DUP_CONSTRAINT_NAME 1826
#define ER_PASSWORD_FORMAT 1827
#define ER_FK_COLUMN_CANNOT_DROP 1828
#define ER_FK_COLUMN_CANNOT_DROP_CHILD 1829
#define ER_FK_COLUMN_NOT_NULL 1830
#define ER_DUP_INDEX 1831
#define ER_FK_COLUMN_CANNOT_CHANGE 1832
#define ER_FK_COLUMN_CANNOT_CHANGE_CHILD 1833
#define ER_FK_CANNOT_DELETE_PARENT 1834
#define ER_MALFORMED_PACKET 1835
#define ER_READ_ONLY_MODE 1836
#define ER_GTID_NEXT_TYPE_UNDEFINED_GROUP 1837
#define ER_VARIABLE_NOT_SETTABLE_IN_SP 1838
#define ER_CANT_SET_GTID_PURGED_WHEN_GTID_MODE_IS_OFF 1839
#define ER_CANT_SET_GTID_PURGED_WHEN_GTID_EXECUTED_IS_NOT_EMPTY 1840
#define ER_CANT_SET_GTID_PURGED_WHEN_OWNED_GTIDS_IS_NOT_EMPTY 1841
#define ER_GTID_PURGED_WAS_CHANGED 1842
#define ER_GTID_EXECUTED_WAS_CHANGED 1843
#define ER_BINLOG_STMT_MODE_AND_NO_REPL_TABLES 1844
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED 1845
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON 1846
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_COPY 1847
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_PARTITION 1848
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_FK_RENAME 1849
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_COLUMN_TYPE 1850
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_FK_CHECK 1851
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_IGNORE 1852
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_NOPK 1853
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_AUTOINC 1854
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_HIDDEN_FTS 1855
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_CHANGE_FTS 1856
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_FTS 1857
#define ER_SQL_SLAVE_SKIP_COUNTER_NOT_SETTABLE_IN_GTID_MODE 1858
#define ER_DUP_UNKNOWN_IN_INDEX 1859
#define ER_IDENT_CAUSES_TOO_LONG_PATH 1860
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_NOT_NULL 1861
#define ER_MUST_CHANGE_PASSWORD_LOGIN 1862
#define ER_ROW_IN_WRONG_PARTITION 1863
#define ER_MTS_EVENT_BIGGER_PENDING_JOBS_SIZE_MAX 1864
#define ER_INNODB_NO_FT_USES_PARSER 1865
#define ER_BINLOG_LOGICAL_CORRUPTION 1866
#define ER_WARN_PURGE_LOG_IN_USE 1867
#define ER_WARN_PURGE_LOG_IS_ACTIVE 1868
#define ER_AUTO_INCREMENT_CONFLICT 1869
#define WARN_ON_BLOCKHOLE_IN_RBR 1870
#define ER_SLAVE_MI_INIT_REPOSITORY 1871
#define ER_SLAVE_RLI_INIT_REPOSITORY 1872
#define ER_ACCESS_DENIED_CHANGE_USER_ERROR 1873
#define ER_INNODB_READ_ONLY 1874
#define ER_STOP_SLAVE_SQL_THREAD_TIMEOUT 1875
#define ER_STOP_SLAVE_IO_THREAD_TIMEOUT 1876
#define ER_TABLE_CORRUPT 1877
#define ER_TEMP_FILE_WRITE_FAILURE 1878
#define ER_INNODB_FT_AUX_NOT_HEX_ID 1879
#define ER_LAST_MYSQL_ERROR_MESSAGE 1880
#define ER_ERROR_LAST_SECTION_1 1880

/* New section */

#define ER_ERROR_FIRST_SECTION_2 1900
#define ER_UNUSED_18 1900
#define ER_GENERATED_COLUMN_FUNCTION_IS_NOT_ALLOWED 1901
#define ER_UNUSED_19 1902
#define ER_PRIMARY_KEY_BASED_ON_GENERATED_COLUMN 1903
#define ER_KEY_BASED_ON_GENERATED_VIRTUAL_COLUMN 1904
#define ER_WRONG_FK_OPTION_FOR_GENERATED_COLUMN 1905
#define ER_WARNING_NON_DEFAULT_VALUE_FOR_GENERATED_COLUMN 1906
#define ER_UNSUPPORTED_ACTION_ON_GENERATED_COLUMN 1907
#define ER_UNUSED_20 1908
#define ER_UNUSED_21 1909
#define ER_UNSUPPORTED_ENGINE_FOR_GENERATED_COLUMNS 1910
#define ER_UNKNOWN_OPTION 1911
#define ER_BAD_OPTION_VALUE 1912
#define ER_UNUSED_6 1913
#define ER_UNUSED_7 1914
#define ER_UNUSED_8 1915
#define ER_DATA_OVERFLOW 1916
#define ER_DATA_TRUNCATED 1917
#define ER_BAD_DATA 1918
#define ER_DYN_COL_WRONG_FORMAT 1919
#define ER_DYN_COL_IMPLEMENTATION_LIMIT 1920
#define ER_DYN_COL_DATA 1921
#define ER_DYN_COL_WRONG_CHARSET 1922
#define ER_ILLEGAL_SUBQUERY_OPTIMIZER_SWITCHES 1923
#define ER_QUERY_CACHE_IS_DISABLED 1924
#define ER_QUERY_CACHE_IS_GLOBALY_DISABLED 1925
#define ER_VIEW_ORDERBY_IGNORED 1926
#define ER_CONNECTION_KILLED 1927
#define ER_UNUSED_12 1928
#define ER_INSIDE_TRANSACTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_SKIP_REPLICATION 1929
#define ER_STORED_FUNCTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_SKIP_REPLICATION 1930
#define ER_QUERY_RESULT_INCOMPLETE 1931
#define ER_NO_SUCH_TABLE_IN_ENGINE 1932
#define ER_TARGET_NOT_EXPLAINABLE 1933
#define ER_CONNECTION_ALREADY_EXISTS 1934
#define ER_MASTER_LOG_PREFIX 1935
#define ER_CANT_START_STOP_SLAVE 1936
#define ER_SLAVE_STARTED 1937
#define ER_SLAVE_STOPPED 1938
#define ER_SQL_DISCOVER_ERROR 1939
#define ER_FAILED_GTID_STATE_INIT 1940
#define ER_INCORRECT_GTID_STATE 1941
#define ER_CANNOT_UPDATE_GTID_STATE 1942
#define ER_DUPLICATE_GTID_DOMAIN 1943
#define ER_GTID_OPEN_TABLE_FAILED 1944
#define ER_GTID_POSITION_NOT_FOUND_IN_BINLOG 1945
#define ER_CANNOT_LOAD_SLAVE_GTID_STATE 1946
#define ER_MASTER_GTID_POS_CONFLICTS_WITH_BINLOG 1947
#define ER_MASTER_GTID_POS_MISSING_DOMAIN 1948
#define ER_UNTIL_REQUIRES_USING_GTID 1949
#define ER_GTID_STRICT_OUT_OF_ORDER 1950
#define ER_GTID_START_FROM_BINLOG_HOLE 1951
#define ER_SLAVE_UNEXPECTED_MASTER_SWITCH 1952
#define ER_INSIDE_TRANSACTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_GTID_DOMAIN_ID_SEQ_NO 1953
#define ER_STORED_FUNCTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_GTID_DOMAIN_ID_SEQ_NO 1954
#define ER_GTID_POSITION_NOT_FOUND_IN_BINLOG2 1955
#define ER_BINLOG_MUST_BE_EMPTY 1956
#define ER_NO_SUCH_QUERY 1957
#define ER_BAD_BASE64_DATA 1958
#define ER_INVALID_ROLE 1959
#define ER_INVALID_CURRENT_USER 1960
#define ER_CANNOT_GRANT_ROLE 1961
#define ER_CANNOT_REVOKE_ROLE 1962
#define ER_CHANGE_SLAVE_PARALLEL_THREADS_ACTIVE 1963
#define ER_PRIOR_COMMIT_FAILED 1964
#define ER_IT_IS_A_VIEW 1965
#define ER_SLAVE_SKIP_NOT_IN_GTID 1966
#define ER_TABLE_DEFINITION_TOO_BIG 1967
#define ER_PLUGIN_INSTALLED 1968
#define ER_STATEMENT_TIMEOUT 1969
#define ER_SUBQUERIES_NOT_SUPPORTED 1970
#define ER_SET_STATEMENT_NOT_SUPPORTED 1971
#define ER_UNUSED_9 1972
#define ER_USER_CREATE_EXISTS 1973
#define ER_USER_DROP_EXISTS 1974
#define ER_ROLE_CREATE_EXISTS 1975
#define ER_ROLE_DROP_EXISTS 1976
#define ER_CANNOT_CONVERT_CHARACTER 1977
#define ER_INVALID_DEFAULT_VALUE_FOR_FIELD 1978
#define ER_KILL_QUERY_DENIED_ERROR 1979
#define ER_NO_EIS_FOR_FIELD 1980
#define ER_WARN_AGGFUNC_DEPENDENCE 1981
#define WARN_INNODB_PARTITION_OPTION_IGNORED 1982
#define ER_ERROR_LAST_SECTION_2 1982

/* New section */

#define ER_ERROR_FIRST_SECTION_3 2000
#define ER_ERROR_LAST_SECTION_3 2000

/* New section */

#define ER_ERROR_FIRST_SECTION_4 3000
#define ER_FILE_CORRUPT 3000
#define ER_ERROR_ON_MASTER 3001
#define ER_INCONSISTENT_ERROR 3002
#define ER_STORAGE_ENGINE_NOT_LOADED 3003
#define ER_GET_STACKED_DA_WITHOUT_ACTIVE_HANDLER 3004
#define ER_WARN_LEGACY_SYNTAX_CONVERTED 3005
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_FULLTEXT_PLUGIN 3006
#define ER_CANNOT_DISCARD_TEMPORARY_TABLE 3007
#define ER_FK_DEPTH_EXCEEDED 3008
#define ER_COL_COUNT_DOESNT_MATCH_PLEASE_UPDATE_V2 3009
#define ER_WARN_TRIGGER_DOESNT_HAVE_CREATED 3010
#define ER_REFERENCED_TRG_DOES_NOT_EXIST_MYSQL 3011
#define ER_EXPLAIN_NOT_SUPPORTED 3012
#define ER_INVALID_FIELD_SIZE 3013
#define ER_MISSING_HA_CREATE_OPTION 3014
#define ER_ENGINE_OUT_OF_MEMORY 3015
#define ER_PASSWORD_EXPIRE_ANONYMOUS_USER 3016
#define ER_SLAVE_SQL_THREAD_MUST_STOP 3017
#define ER_NO_FT_MATERIALIZED_SUBQUERY 3018
#define ER_INNODB_UNDO_LOG_FULL 3019
#define ER_INVALID_ARGUMENT_FOR_LOGARITHM 3020
#define ER_SLAVE_CHANNEL_IO_THREAD_MUST_STOP 3021
#define ER_WARN_OPEN_TEMP_TABLES_MUST_BE_ZERO 3022
#define ER_WARN_ONLY_MASTER_LOG_FILE_NO_POS 3023
#define ER_UNUSED_1 3024
#define ER_NON_RO_SELECT_DISABLE_TIMER 3025
#define ER_DUP_LIST_ENTRY 3026
#define ER_SQL_MODE_NO_EFFECT 3027
#define ER_AGGREGATE_ORDER_FOR_UNION 3028
#define ER_AGGREGATE_ORDER_NON_AGG_QUERY 3029
#define ER_SLAVE_WORKER_STOPPED_PREVIOUS_THD_ERROR 3030
#define ER_DONT_SUPPORT_SLAVE_PRESERVE_COMMIT_ORDER 3031
#define ER_SERVER_OFFLINE_MODE 3032
#define ER_GIS_DIFFERENT_SRIDS 3033
#define ER_GIS_UNSUPPORTED_ARGUMENT 3034
#define ER_GIS_UNKNOWN_ERROR 3035
#define ER_GIS_UNKNOWN_EXCEPTION 3036
#define ER_GIS_INVALID_DATA 3037
#define ER_BOOST_GEOMETRY_EMPTY_INPUT_EXCEPTION 3038
#define ER_BOOST_GEOMETRY_CENTROID_EXCEPTION 3039
#define ER_BOOST_GEOMETRY_OVERLAY_INVALID_INPUT_EXCEPTION 3040
#define ER_BOOST_GEOMETRY_TURN_INFO_EXCEPTION 3041
#define ER_BOOST_GEOMETRY_SELF_INTERSECTION_POINT_EXCEPTION 3042
#define ER_BOOST_GEOMETRY_UNKNOWN_EXCEPTION 3043
#define ER_STD_BAD_ALLOC_ERROR 3044
#define ER_STD_DOMAIN_ERROR 3045
#define ER_STD_LENGTH_ERROR 3046
#define ER_STD_INVALID_ARGUMENT 3047
#define ER_STD_OUT_OF_RANGE_ERROR 3048
#define ER_STD_OVERFLOW_ERROR 3049
#define ER_STD_RANGE_ERROR 3050
#define ER_STD_UNDERFLOW_ERROR 3051
#define ER_STD_LOGIC_ERROR 3052
#define ER_STD_RUNTIME_ERROR 3053
#define ER_STD_UNKNOWN_EXCEPTION 3054
#define ER_GIS_DATA_WRONG_ENDIANESS 3055
#define ER_CHANGE_MASTER_PASSWORD_LENGTH 3056
#define ER_USER_LOCK_WRONG_NAME 3057
#define ER_USER_LOCK_DEADLOCK 3058
#define ER_REPLACE_INACCESSIBLE_ROWS 3059
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_REASON_GIS 3060
#define ER_MYSQL_3061 3061
#define ER_MYSQL_3062 3062
#define ER_MYSQL_3063 3063
#define ER_MYSQL_3064 3064
#define ER_MYSQL_3065 3065
#define ER_MYSQL_3066 3066
#define ER_MYSQL_3067 3067
#define ER_MYSQL_3068 3068
#define ER_MYSQL_3069 3069
#define ER_MYSQL_3070 3070
#define ER_MYSQL_3071 3071
#define ER_MYSQL_3072 3072
#define ER_MYSQL_3073 3073
#define ER_MYSQL_3074 3074
#define ER_MYSQL_3075 3075
#define ER_MYSQL_3076 3076
#define ER_MYSQL_3077 3077
#define ER_MYSQL_3078 3078
#define ER_MYSQL_3079 3079
#define ER_MYSQL_3080 3080
#define ER_MYSQL_3081 3081
#define ER_MYSQL_3082 3082
#define ER_MYSQL_3083 3083
#define ER_MYSQL_3084 3084
#define ER_MYSQL_3085 3085
#define ER_MYSQL_3086 3086
#define ER_MYSQL_3087 3087
#define ER_MYSQL_3088 3088
#define ER_MYSQL_3089 3089
#define ER_MYSQL_3090 3090
#define ER_MYSQL_3091 3091
#define ER_MYSQL_3092 3092
#define ER_MYSQL_3093 3093
#define ER_MYSQL_3094 3094
#define ER_MYSQL_3095 3095
#define ER_MYSQL_3096 3096
#define ER_MYSQL_3097 3097
#define ER_MYSQL_3098 3098
#define ER_MYSQL_3099 3099
#define ER_MYSQL_3100 3100
#define ER_MYSQL_3101 3101
#define ER_MYSQL_3102 3102
#define ER_MYSQL_3103 3103
#define ER_MYSQL_3104 3104
#define ER_MYSQL_3105 3105
#define ER_MYSQL_3106 3106
#define ER_MYSQL_3107 3107
#define ER_MYSQL_3108 3108
#define ER_MYSQL_3109 3109
#define ER_MYSQL_3110 3110
#define ER_MYSQL_3111 3111
#define ER_MYSQL_3112 3112
#define ER_MYSQL_3113 3113
#define ER_MYSQL_3114 3114
#define ER_MYSQL_3115 3115
#define ER_MYSQL_3116 3116
#define ER_MYSQL_3117 3117
#define ER_MYSQL_3118 3118
#define ER_MYSQL_3119 3119
#define ER_MYSQL_3120 3120
#define ER_MYSQL_3121 3121
#define ER_MYSQL_3122 3122
#define ER_MYSQL_3123 3123
#define ER_MYSQL_3124 3124
#define ER_MYSQL_3125 3125
#define ER_MYSQL_3126 3126
#define ER_MYSQL_3127 3127
#define ER_MYSQL_3128 3128
#define ER_MYSQL_3129 3129
#define ER_MYSQL_3130 3130
#define ER_MYSQL_3131 3131
#define ER_MYSQL_3132 3132
#define ER_MYSQL_3133 3133
#define ER_MYSQL_3134 3134
#define ER_MYSQL_3135 3135
#define ER_MYSQL_3136 3136
#define ER_MYSQL_3137 3137
#define ER_MYSQL_3138 3138
#define ER_MYSQL_3139 3139
#define ER_MYSQL_3140 3140
#define ER_MYSQL_3141 3141
#define ER_MYSQL_3142 3142
#define ER_MYSQL_3143 3143
#define ER_MYSQL_3144 3144
#define ER_MYSQL_3145 3145
#define ER_MYSQL_3146 3146
#define ER_MYSQL_3147 3147
#define ER_MYSQL_3148 3148
#define ER_MYSQL_3149 3149
#define ER_MYSQL_3150 3150
#define ER_MYSQL_3151 3151
#define ER_MYSQL_3152 3152
#define ER_MYSQL_3153 3153
#define ER_MYSQL_3154 3154
#define ER_MYSQL_3155 3155
#define ER_MYSQL_3156 3156
#define ER_MYSQL_3157 3157
#define ER_MYSQL_3158 3158
#define ER_SECURE_TRANSPORT_REQUIRED 3159
#define ER_ERROR_LAST_SECTION_4 3159

/* New section */

#define ER_ERROR_FIRST_SECTION_5 4000
#define ER_UNUSED_26 4000
#define ER_UNUSED_27 4001
#define ER_WITH_COL_WRONG_LIST 4002
#define ER_TOO_MANY_DEFINITIONS_IN_WITH_CLAUSE 4003
#define ER_DUP_QUERY_NAME 4004
#define ER_RECURSIVE_WITHOUT_ANCHORS 4005
#define ER_UNACCEPTABLE_MUTUAL_RECURSION 4006
#define ER_REF_TO_RECURSIVE_WITH_TABLE_IN_DERIVED 4007
#define ER_NOT_STANDARD_COMPLIANT_RECURSIVE 4008
#define ER_WRONG_WINDOW_SPEC_NAME 4009
#define ER_DUP_WINDOW_NAME 4010
#define ER_PARTITION_LIST_IN_REFERENCING_WINDOW_SPEC 4011
#define ER_ORDER_LIST_IN_REFERENCING_WINDOW_SPEC 4012
#define ER_WINDOW_FRAME_IN_REFERENCED_WINDOW_SPEC 4013
#define ER_BAD_COMBINATION_OF_WINDOW_FRAME_BOUND_SPECS 4014
#define ER_WRONG_PLACEMENT_OF_WINDOW_FUNCTION 4015
#define ER_WINDOW_FUNCTION_IN_WINDOW_SPEC 4016
#define ER_NOT_ALLOWED_WINDOW_FRAME 4017
#define ER_NO_ORDER_LIST_IN_WINDOW_SPEC 4018
#define ER_RANGE_FRAME_NEEDS_SIMPLE_ORDERBY 4019
#define ER_WRONG_TYPE_FOR_ROWS_FRAME 4020
#define ER_WRONG_TYPE_FOR_RANGE_FRAME 4021
#define ER_FRAME_EXCLUSION_NOT_SUPPORTED 4022
#define ER_WINDOW_FUNCTION_DONT_HAVE_FRAME 4023
#define ER_INVALID_NTILE_ARGUMENT 4024
#define ER_CONSTRAINT_FAILED 4025
#define ER_EXPRESSION_IS_TOO_BIG 4026
#define ER_ERROR_EVALUATING_EXPRESSION 4027
#define ER_CALCULATING_DEFAULT_VALUE 4028
#define ER_EXPRESSION_REFERS_TO_UNINIT_FIELD 4029
#define ER_PARTITION_DEFAULT_ERROR 4030
#define ER_REFERENCED_TRG_DOES_NOT_EXIST 4031
#define ER_INVALID_DEFAULT_PARAM 4032
#define ER_BINLOG_NON_SUPPORTED_BULK 4033
#define ER_BINLOG_UNCOMPRESS_ERROR 4034
#define ER_JSON_BAD_CHR 4035
#define ER_JSON_NOT_JSON_CHR 4036
#define ER_JSON_EOS 4037
#define ER_JSON_SYNTAX 4038
#define ER_JSON_ESCAPING 4039
#define ER_JSON_DEPTH 4040
#define ER_JSON_PATH_EOS 4041
#define ER_JSON_PATH_SYNTAX 4042
#define ER_JSON_PATH_DEPTH 4043
#define ER_JSON_PATH_NO_WILDCARD 4044
#define ER_JSON_PATH_ARRAY 4045
#define ER_JSON_ONE_OR_ALL 4046
#define ER_UNSUPPORTED_COMPRESSED_TABLE 4047
#define ER_GEOJSON_INCORRECT 4048
#define ER_GEOJSON_TOO_FEW_POINTS 4049
#define ER_GEOJSON_NOT_CLOSED 4050
#define ER_JSON_PATH_EMPTY 4051
#define ER_SLAVE_SAME_ID 4052
#define ER_FLASHBACK_NOT_SUPPORTED 4053
#define ER_KEYS_OUT_OF_ORDER 4054
#define ER_OVERLAPPING_KEYS 4055
#define ER_REQUIRE_ROW_BINLOG_FORMAT 4056
#define ER_ISOLATION_MODE_NOT_SUPPORTED 4057
#define ER_ON_DUPLICATE_DISABLED 4058
#define ER_UPDATES_WITH_CONSISTENT_SNAPSHOT 4059
#define ER_ROLLBACK_ONLY 4060
#define ER_ROLLBACK_TO_SAVEPOINT 4061
#define ER_ISOLATION_LEVEL_WITH_CONSISTENT_SNAPSHOT 4062
#define ER_UNSUPPORTED_COLLATION 4063
#define ER_METADATA_INCONSISTENCY 4064
#define ER_CF_DIFFERENT 4065
#define ER_RDB_TTL_DURATION_FORMAT 4066
#define ER_RDB_STATUS_GENERAL 4067
#define ER_RDB_STATUS_MSG 4068
#define ER_RDB_TTL_UNSUPPORTED 4069
#define ER_RDB_TTL_COL_FORMAT 4070
#define ER_PER_INDEX_CF_DEPRECATED 4071
#define ER_KEY_CREATE_DURING_ALTER 4072
#define ER_SK_POPULATE_DURING_ALTER 4073
#define ER_SUM_FUNC_WITH_WINDOW_FUNC_AS_ARG 4074
#define ER_NET_OK_PACKET_TOO_LARGE 4075
#define ER_GEOJSON_EMPTY_COORDINATES 4076
#define ER_MYROCKS_CANT_NOPAD_COLLATION 4077
#define ER_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER_DATA_TYPES2_FOR_OPERATION 4078
#define ER_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER_DATA_TYPE_FOR_OPERATION 4079
#define ER_WRONG_PARAMCOUNT_TO_CURSOR 4080
#define ER_UNKNOWN_STRUCTURED_VARIABLE 4081
#define ER_ROW_VARIABLE_DOES_NOT_HAVE_FIELD 4082
#define ER_END_IDENTIFIER_DOES_NOT_MATCH 4083
#define ER_SEQUENCE_RUN_OUT 4084
#define ER_SEQUENCE_INVALID_DATA 4085
#define ER_SEQUENCE_INVALID_TABLE_STRUCTURE 4086
#define ER_SEQUENCE_ACCESS_ERROR 4087
#define ER_SEQUENCE_BINLOG_FORMAT 4088
#define ER_NOT_SEQUENCE 4089
#define ER_NOT_SEQUENCE2 4090
#define ER_UNKNOWN_SEQUENCES 4091
#define ER_UNKNOWN_VIEW 4092
#define ER_WRONG_INSERT_INTO_SEQUENCE 4093
#define ER_SP_STACK_TRACE 4094
#define ER_PACKAGE_ROUTINE_IN_SPEC_NOT_DEFINED_IN_BODY 4095
#define ER_PACKAGE_ROUTINE_FORWARD_DECLARATION_NOT_DEFINED 4096
#define ER_COMPRESSED_COLUMN_USED_AS_KEY 4097
#define ER_UNKNOWN_COMPRESSION_METHOD 4098
#define ER_WRONG_NUMBER_OF_VALUES_IN_TVC 4099
#define ER_FIELD_REFERENCE_IN_TVC 4100
#define ER_WRONG_TYPE_FOR_PERCENTILE_FUNC 4101
#define ER_ARGUMENT_NOT_CONSTANT 4102
#define ER_ARGUMENT_OUT_OF_RANGE 4103
#define ER_WRONG_TYPE_OF_ARGUMENT 4104
#define ER_NOT_AGGREGATE_FUNCTION 4105
#define ER_INVALID_AGGREGATE_FUNCTION 4106
#define ER_INVALID_VALUE_TO_LIMIT 4107
#define ER_INVISIBLE_NOT_NULL_WITHOUT_DEFAULT 4108
#define ER_UPDATE_INFO_WITH_SYSTEM_VERSIONING 4109
#define ER_VERS_FIELD_WRONG_TYPE 4110
#define ER_VERS_ENGINE_UNSUPPORTED 4111
#define ER_WRONG_VERSIONING_RANGE 4112
#define ER_PARTITION_WRONG_TYPE 4113
#define WARN_VERS_PART_FULL 4114
#define WARN_VERS_PARAMETERS 4115
#define ER_VERS_DROP_PARTITION_INTERVAL 4116
#define ER_UNUSED_25 4117
#define WARN_VERS_PART_NON_HISTORICAL 4118
#define ER_VERS_ALTER_NOT_ALLOWED 4119
#define ER_VERS_ALTER_ENGINE_PROHIBITED 4120
#define ER_VERS_RANGE_PROHIBITED 4121
#define ER_CONFLICTING_FOR_SYSTEM_TIME 4122
#define ER_VERS_TABLE_MUST_HAVE_COLUMNS 4123
#define ER_VERS_NOT_VERSIONED 4124
#define ER_MISSING 4125
#define ER_VERS_PERIOD_COLUMNS 4126
#define ER_PART_WRONG_VALUE 4127
#define ER_VERS_WRONG_PARTS 4128
#define ER_VERS_NO_TRX_ID 4129
#define ER_VERS_ALTER_SYSTEM_FIELD 4130
#define ER_DROP_VERSIONING_SYSTEM_TIME_PARTITION 4131
#define ER_VERS_DB_NOT_SUPPORTED 4132
#define ER_VERS_TRT_IS_DISABLED 4133
#define ER_VERS_DUPLICATE_ROW_START_END 4134
#define ER_VERS_ALREADY_VERSIONED 4135
#define ER_UNUSED_24 4136
#define ER_VERS_NOT_SUPPORTED 4137
#define ER_VERS_TRX_PART_HISTORIC_ROW_NOT_SUPPORTED 4138
#define ER_INDEX_FILE_FULL 4139
#define ER_UPDATED_COLUMN_ONLY_ONCE 4140
#define ER_EMPTY_ROW_IN_TVC 4141
#define ER_VERS_QUERY_IN_PARTITION 4142
#define ER_KEY_DOESNT_SUPPORT 4143
#define ER_ALTER_OPERATION_TABLE_OPTIONS_NEED_REBUILD 4144
#define ER_BACKUP_LOCK_IS_ACTIVE 4145
#define ER_BACKUP_NOT_RUNNING 4146
#define ER_BACKUP_WRONG_STAGE 4147
#define ER_BACKUP_STAGE_FAILED 4148
#define ER_BACKUP_UNKNOWN_STAGE 4149
#define ER_USER_IS_BLOCKED 4150
#define ER_ACCOUNT_HAS_BEEN_LOCKED 4151
#define ER_PERIOD_TEMPORARY_NOT_ALLOWED 4152
#define ER_PERIOD_TYPES_MISMATCH 4153
#define ER_MORE_THAN_ONE_PERIOD 4154
#define ER_PERIOD_FIELD_WRONG_ATTRIBUTES 4155
#define ER_PERIOD_NOT_FOUND 4156
#define ER_PERIOD_COLUMNS_UPDATED 4157
#define ER_PERIOD_CONSTRAINT_DROP 4158
#define ER_TOO_LONG_KEYPART 4159
#define ER_TOO_LONG_DATABASE_COMMENT 4160
#define ER_UNKNOWN_DATA_TYPE 4161
#define ER_UNKNOWN_OPERATOR 4162
#define ER_UNUSED_29 4163
#define ER_PART_STARTS_BEYOND_INTERVAL 4164
#define ER_GALERA_REPLICATION_NOT_SUPPORTED 4165
#define ER_LOAD_INFILE_CAPABILITY_DISABLED 4166
#define ER_NO_SECURE_TRANSPORTS_CONFIGURED 4167
#define ER_SLAVE_IGNORED_SHARED_TABLE 4168
#define ER_NO_AUTOINCREMENT_WITH_UNIQUE 4169
#define ER_KEY_CONTAINS_PERIOD_FIELDS 4170
#define ER_KEY_CANT_HAVE_WITHOUT_OVERLAPS 4171
#define ER_NOT_ALLOWED_IN_THIS_CONTEXT 4172
#define ER_DATA_WAS_COMMITED_UNDER_ROLLBACK 4173
#define ER_PK_INDEX_CANT_BE_IGNORED 4174
#define ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_SKIP_LOCKED 4175
#define ER_JSON_TABLE_ERROR_ON_FIELD 4176
#define ER_JSON_TABLE_ALIAS_REQUIRED 4177
#define ER_JSON_TABLE_SCALAR_EXPECTED 4178
#define ER_JSON_TABLE_MULTIPLE_MATCHES 4179
#define ER_WITH_TIES_NEEDS_ORDER 4180
#define ER_REMOVED_ORPHAN_TRIGGER 4181
#define ER_STORAGE_ENGINE_DISABLED 4182
#define WARN_SFORMAT_ERROR 4183
#define ER_PARTITION_CONVERT_SUBPARTITIONED 4184
#define ER_PROVIDER_NOT_LOADED 4185
#define ER_JSON_HISTOGRAM_PARSE_FAILED 4186
#define ER_SF_OUT_INOUT_ARG_NOT_ALLOWED 4187
#define ER_INCONSISTENT_SLAVE_TEMP_TABLE 4188
#define ER_VERS_HIST_PART_FAILED 4189
#define WARN_OPTION_CHANGING 4190
#define ER_CM_OPTION_MISSING_REQUIREMENT 4191
#define ER_SLAVE_STATEMENT_TIMEOUT 4192
#define ER_JSON_INVALID_VALUE_FOR_KEYWORD 4193
#define ER_JSON_SCHEMA_KEYWORD_UNSUPPORTED 4194
#define ER_JSON_NO_VARIABLE_SCHEMA 4195
#define ER_SEQUENCE_TABLE_HAS_WRONG_NUMBER_OF_COLUMNS 4196
#define ER_SEQUENCE_TABLE_CANNOT_HAVE_ANY_KEYS 4197
#define ER_SEQUENCE_TABLE_CANNOT_HAVE_ANY_CONSTRAINTS 4198
#define ER_SEQUENCE_TABLE_ORDER_BY 4199
#define ER_VARIABLE_IGNORED 4200
#define ER_INCORRECT_COLUMN_NAME_COUNT 4201
#define WARN_SORTING_ON_TRUNCATED_LENGTH 4202
#define ER_VECTOR_BINARY_FORMAT_INVALID 4203
#define ER_VECTOR_FORMAT_INVALID 4204
#define ER_PSEUDO_THREAD_ID_OVERWRITE 4205
#define ER_ERROR_LAST 4205
#endif /* ER_ERROR_FIRST */
/* Do not edit this file directly, it was auto-generated by cmake */

#warning This file should not be included by clients, include only <mysql.h>

#include <mariadb_version.h>
#define LIBMYSQL_VERSION MARIADB_CLIENT_VERSION_STR

/* Do not edit this file directly, it was auto-generated by cmake */

#warning This file should not be included by clients, include only <mysql.h>

#ifndef _ma_tls_h_
#define _ma_tls_h_

#include <ma_hash.h>

enum enum_pvio_tls_type {
  SSL_TYPE_DEFAULT=0,
#ifdef _WIN32
  SSL_TYPE_SCHANNEL,
#endif
  SSL_TYPE_OPENSSL,
  SSL_TYPE_GNUTLS
};

#define PROTOCOL_SSLV3    0
#define PROTOCOL_TLS_1_0  1
#define PROTOCOL_TLS_1_1  2
#define PROTOCOL_TLS_1_2  3
#define PROTOCOL_TLS_1_3  4
#define PROTOCOL_UNKNOWN  5
#define PROTOCOL_MAX PROTOCOL_TLS_1_3

#define TLS_VERSION_LENGTH 64

#define have_fingerprint(m) \
((m)->options.extension) && \
(((m)->options.extension->tls_fp && (m)->options.extension->tls_fp[0]) ||\
((m)->options.extension->tls_fp_list && (m)->options.extension->tls_fp_list[0]))

extern char tls_library_version[TLS_VERSION_LENGTH];
extern my_bool ma_is_ip_address(const char *s);

typedef struct st_ma_pvio_tls {
  void *data;
  MARIADB_PVIO *pvio;
  void *ssl;
  MARIADB_X509_INFO cert_info;
} MARIADB_TLS;

/* Function prototypes */

/* ma_tls_start
   initializes the ssl library
   Parameter:
     errmsg      pointer to error message buffer
     errmsg_len  length of error message buffer
   Returns:
     0           success
     1           if an error occurred
   Notes:
     On success the global variable ma_tls_initialized will be set to 1
*/
int ma_tls_start(char *errmsg, size_t errmsg_len);

/* ma_tls_end
   unloads/deinitializes ssl library and unsets global variable
   ma_tls_initialized
*/
void ma_tls_end(void);

/* ma_tls_init
   creates a new SSL structure for a SSL connection and loads
   client certificates

   Parameters:
     MYSQL        a mysql structure
   Returns:
     void *       a pointer to internal SSL structure
*/
void * ma_tls_init(MYSQL *mysql);

/* ma_tls_connect
   performs SSL handshake
   Parameters:
     MARIADB_TLS   MariaDB SSL container
   Returns:
     0             success
     1             error
*/
my_bool ma_tls_connect(MARIADB_TLS *ctls);

/* ma_tls_read
   reads up to length bytes from socket
   Parameters:
     ctls         MariaDB SSL container
     buffer       read buffer
     length       buffer length
   Returns:
     0-n          bytes read
     -1           if an error occurred
*/
ssize_t ma_tls_read(MARIADB_TLS *ctls, const uchar* buffer, size_t length);

/* ma_tls_write
   write buffer to socket
   Parameters:
     ctls         MariaDB SSL container
     buffer       write buffer
     length       buffer length
   Returns:
     0-n          bytes written
     -1           if an error occurred
*/
ssize_t ma_tls_write(MARIADB_TLS *ctls, const uchar* buffer, size_t length);

/* ma_tls_close
   closes SSL connection and frees SSL structure which was previously
   created by ma_tls_init call
   Parameters:
     MARIADB_TLS  MariaDB SSL container
   Returns:
     0            success
     1            error
*/
my_bool ma_tls_close(MARIADB_TLS *ctls);

/* ma_tls_verify_server_cert
   validation check of server certificate
   Parameter:
     MARIADB_TLS  MariaDB SSL container
     flags        verification flags
   Returns:
     0            success
     1            error
*/
int ma_tls_verify_server_cert(MARIADB_TLS *ctls, unsigned int flags);

/* ma_tls_get_cipher
   returns cipher for current ssl connection
   Parameter:
     MARIADB_TLS  MariaDB SSL container
   Returns: 
     cipher in use or
     NULL on error
*/
const char *ma_tls_get_cipher(MARIADB_TLS *ssl);

/* ma_tls_get_finger_print
   returns SHA1 finger print of server certificate
   Parameter:
     MARIADB_TLS  MariaDB SSL container
     hash_type    hash_type as defined in ma_hash.h
     fp           buffer for fingerprint
     fp_len       buffer length

   Returns:
     actual size of finger print
*/
unsigned int ma_tls_get_finger_print(MARIADB_TLS *ctls, uint hash_type, char *fp, unsigned int fp_len);

/* ma_tls_get_protocol_version 
   returns protocol version number in use
   Parameter:
     MARIADB_TLS    MariaDB SSL container
   Returns:
     protocol number
*/
int ma_tls_get_protocol_version(MARIADB_TLS *ctls);
const char *ma_pvio_tls_get_protocol_version(MARIADB_TLS *ctls);
int ma_pvio_tls_get_protocol_version_id(MARIADB_TLS *ctls);
unsigned int ma_tls_get_peer_cert_info(MARIADB_TLS *ctls, unsigned int size);
void ma_tls_set_connection(MYSQL *mysql);

/* Function prototypes */
MARIADB_TLS *ma_pvio_tls_init(MYSQL *mysql);
my_bool ma_pvio_tls_connect(MARIADB_TLS *ctls);
ssize_t ma_pvio_tls_read(MARIADB_TLS *ctls, const uchar *buffer, size_t length);
ssize_t ma_pvio_tls_write(MARIADB_TLS *ctls, const uchar *buffer, size_t length);
my_bool ma_pvio_tls_close(MARIADB_TLS *ctls);
int ma_pvio_tls_verify_server_cert(MARIADB_TLS *ctls, unsigned int flags);
const char *ma_pvio_tls_cipher(MARIADB_TLS *ctls);
my_bool ma_pvio_tls_check_fp(MARIADB_TLS *ctls, const char *fp, const char *fp_list);
my_bool ma_pvio_start_ssl(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio);
void ma_pvio_tls_set_connection(MYSQL *mysql);
void ma_pvio_tls_end();
unsigned int ma_pvio_tls_get_peer_cert_info(MARIADB_TLS *ctls, unsigned int size);

#endif /* _ma_tls_h_ */
/* Copyright Abandoned 1996, 1999, 2001 MySQL AB
   This file is public domain and comes with NO WARRANTY of any kind */

/* Version numbers for protocol & mysqld */

#ifndef _mariadb_version_h_
#define _mariadb_version_h_

#ifdef _CUSTOMCONFIG_
#include <custom_conf.h>
#else
#define PROTOCOL_VERSION		10
#define MARIADB_CLIENT_VERSION_STR	"11.4.10"
#define MARIADB_BASE_VERSION		"mariadb-11.4"
#define MARIADB_VERSION_ID		110410
#define MARIADB_PORT	        	3306
#define MARIADB_UNIX_ADDR               "/var/lib/mysql/mysql.sock"
#ifndef MYSQL_UNIX_ADDR
#define MYSQL_UNIX_ADDR MARIADB_UNIX_ADDR
#endif
#ifndef MYSQL_PORT
#define MYSQL_PORT MARIADB_PORT
#endif

#define MYSQL_CONFIG_NAME               "my"
#define MYSQL_VERSION_ID                110410
#define MYSQL_SERVER_VERSION            "11.4.10-MariaDB"

#define MARIADB_PACKAGE_VERSION "3.4.9"
#define MARIADB_PACKAGE_VERSION_ID 30409
#define MARIADB_SYSTEM_TYPE "Linux"
#define MARIADB_MACHINE_TYPE "x86_64"
#define MARIADB_PLUGINDIR "/usr/lib64/mysql/plugin"

/* mysqld compile time options */
#ifndef MYSQL_CHARSET
#define MYSQL_CHARSET			""
#endif
#endif

/* Source information */
#define CC_SOURCE_REVISION ""

#endif /* _mariadb_version_h_ */
/* Copyright (C) 2018-2022 MariaDB Corporation AB

   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Library General Public License for more details.
 
   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
   License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
   Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston,
   MA 02111-1301, USA */
#ifndef _mariadb_rpl_h_
#define _mariadb_rpl_h_

#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <stdint.h>
#include <mariadb/ma_io.h>

#define MARIADB_RPL_VERSION 0x0002
#define MARIADB_RPL_REQUIRED_VERSION 0x0002

#define RPL_BINLOG_MAGIC (const uchar*) "\xFE\x62\x69\x6E"
#define RPL_BINLOG_MAGIC_SIZE 4

/* Protocol flags */
#define MARIADB_RPL_BINLOG_DUMP_NON_BLOCK 1
#define MARIADB_RPL_BINLOG_SEND_ANNOTATE_ROWS 2
#define MARIADB_RPL_IGNORE_HEARTBEAT (1 << 17)

#define EVENT_HEADER_OFS 20

#define FL_STMT_END 1

/* GTID flags */ 

/* FL_STANDALONE is set in case there is no terminating COMMIT event. */
#define FL_STANDALONE            0x01

/* FL_GROUP_COMMIT_ID is set when event group is part of a group commit */
#define FL_GROUP_COMMIT_ID       0x02

/* FL_TRANSACTIONAL is set for an event group that can be safely rolled back
    (no MyISAM, eg.).
  */
#define FL_TRANSACTIONAL         0x04
  /*
    FL_ALLOW_PARALLEL reflects the (negation of the) value of
    @@SESSION.skip_parallel_replication at the time of commit.
  */
#define FL_ALLOW_PARALLEL        0x08;
  /*
    FL_WAITED is set if a row lock wait (or other wait) is detected during the
    execution of the transaction.
  */
#define FL_WAITED                0x10
  /* FL_DDL is set for event group containing DDL. */
#define FL_DDL                   0x20
  /* FL_PREPARED_XA is set for XA transaction. */
#define FL_PREPARED_XA           0x40
  /* FL_"COMMITTED or ROLLED-BACK"_XA is set for XA transaction. */
#define FL_COMPLETED_XA          0x80


/* SEMI SYNCHRONOUS REPLICATION */
#define SEMI_SYNC_INDICATOR 0xEF
#define SEMI_SYNC_ACK_REQ   0x01

/* Options */
enum mariadb_rpl_option {
  MARIADB_RPL_FILENAME,       /* Filename and length */
  MARIADB_RPL_START,          /* Start position */
  MARIADB_RPL_SERVER_ID,      /* Server ID */
  MARIADB_RPL_FLAGS,          /* Protocol flags */
  MARIADB_RPL_GTID_CALLBACK,  /* GTID callback function */
  MARIADB_RPL_GTID_DATA,      /* GTID data */
  MARIADB_RPL_BUFFER,
  MARIADB_RPL_VERIFY_CHECKSUM,
  MARIADB_RPL_UNCOMPRESS,
  MARIADB_RPL_HOST,
  MARIADB_RPL_PORT,
  MARIADB_RPL_EXTRACT_VALUES,
  MARIADB_RPL_SEMI_SYNC,
};

/* Event types: From MariaDB Server sql/log_event.h */
enum mariadb_rpl_event {
  UNKNOWN_EVENT= 0,
  START_EVENT_V3= 1,
  QUERY_EVENT= 2,
  STOP_EVENT= 3,
  ROTATE_EVENT= 4,
  INTVAR_EVENT= 5,
  LOAD_EVENT= 6,
  SLAVE_EVENT= 7,
  CREATE_FILE_EVENT= 8,
  APPEND_BLOCK_EVENT= 9,
  EXEC_LOAD_EVENT= 10,
  DELETE_FILE_EVENT= 11,
  NEW_LOAD_EVENT= 12,
  RAND_EVENT= 13,
  USER_VAR_EVENT= 14,
  FORMAT_DESCRIPTION_EVENT= 15,
  XID_EVENT= 16,
  BEGIN_LOAD_QUERY_EVENT= 17,
  EXECUTE_LOAD_QUERY_EVENT= 18,
  TABLE_MAP_EVENT = 19,

  PRE_GA_WRITE_ROWS_EVENT = 20, /* deprecated */
  PRE_GA_UPDATE_ROWS_EVENT = 21, /* deprecated */
  PRE_GA_DELETE_ROWS_EVENT = 22, /* deprecated */

  WRITE_ROWS_EVENT_V1 = 23,
  UPDATE_ROWS_EVENT_V1 = 24,
  DELETE_ROWS_EVENT_V1 = 25,
  INCIDENT_EVENT= 26,
  HEARTBEAT_LOG_EVENT= 27,
  IGNORABLE_LOG_EVENT= 28,
  ROWS_QUERY_LOG_EVENT= 29,
  WRITE_ROWS_EVENT = 30,
  UPDATE_ROWS_EVENT = 31,
  DELETE_ROWS_EVENT = 32,
  GTID_LOG_EVENT= 33,
  ANONYMOUS_GTID_LOG_EVENT= 34,
  PREVIOUS_GTIDS_LOG_EVENT= 35,
  TRANSACTION_CONTEXT_EVENT= 36,
  VIEW_CHANGE_EVENT= 37,
  XA_PREPARE_LOG_EVENT= 38,
  PARTIAL_UPDATE_ROWS_EVENT = 39,

  /*
    Add new events here - right above this comment!
    Existing events (except ENUM_END_EVENT) should never change their numbers
  */

  /* New MySQL events are to be added right above this comment */
  MYSQL_EVENTS_END,

  MARIA_EVENTS_BEGIN= 160,
  ANNOTATE_ROWS_EVENT= 160,
  BINLOG_CHECKPOINT_EVENT= 161,
  GTID_EVENT= 162,
  GTID_LIST_EVENT= 163,
  START_ENCRYPTION_EVENT= 164,
  QUERY_COMPRESSED_EVENT = 165,
  WRITE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT_V1 = 166,
  UPDATE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT_V1 = 167,
  DELETE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT_V1 = 168,
  WRITE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT = 169,
  UPDATE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT = 170,
  DELETE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT = 171,

  /* Add new MariaDB events here - right above this comment!  */

  ENUM_END_EVENT /* end marker */
};

/* ROWS_EVENT flags */

#define STMT_END_F                    0x01
#define NO_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS_F       0x02
#define RELAXED_UNIQUE_KEY_CHECKS_F   0x04
#define COMPLETE_ROWS_F               0x08
#define NO_CHECK_CONSTRAINT_CHECKS_F  0x80


enum mariadb_rpl_status_code {
  Q_FLAGS2_CODE= 0x00,
  Q_SQL_MODE_CODE= 0x01,
  Q_CATALOG_CODE= 0x02,
  Q_AUTO_INCREMENT_CODE= 0x03,
  Q_CHARSET_CODE= 0x04,
  Q_TIMEZONE_CODE= 0x05,
  Q_CATALOG_NZ_CODE= 0x06,
  Q_LC_TIME_NAMES_CODE= 0x07,
  Q_CHARSET_DATABASE_CODE= 0x08,
  Q_TABLE_MAP_FOR_UPDATE_CODE= 0x09,
  Q_MASTER_DATA_WRITTEN_CODE= 0x0A,
  Q_INVOKERS_CODE= 0x0B,
  Q_UPDATED_DB_NAMES_CODE= 0x0C,
  Q_MICROSECONDS_CODE= 0x0D,
  Q_COMMIT_TS_CODE= 0x0E,  /* unused */
  Q_COMMIT_TS2_CODE= 0x0F, /* unused */
  Q_EXPLICIT_DEFAULTS_FOR_TIMESTAMP_CODE= 0x10,
  Q_DDL_LOGGED_WITH_XID_CODE= 0x11,
  Q_DEFAULT_COLLATION_FOR_UTF8_CODE= 0x12,
  Q_SQL_REQUIRE_PRIMARY_KEY_CODE= 0x13,
  Q_DEFAULT_TABLE_ENCRYPTION_CODE= 0x14,
  Q_HRNOW= 128,  /* second part: 3 bytes */
  Q_XID= 129    /* xid: 8 bytes */
};

#ifdef DEFAULT_CHARSET
#undef DEFAULT_CHARSET
#endif

enum opt_metadata_field_type
{
  SIGNEDNESS = 1,
  DEFAULT_CHARSET,
  COLUMN_CHARSET,
  COLUMN_NAME,
  SET_STR_VALUE,
  ENUM_STR_VALUE,
  GEOMETRY_TYPE, 
  SIMPLE_PRIMARY_KEY,
  PRIMARY_KEY_WITH_PREFIX,
  ENUM_AND_SET_DEFAULT_CHARSET,
  ENUM_AND_SET_COLUMN_CHARSET
};

/* QFLAGS2 codes */
#define OPTION_AUTO_IS_NULL                   0x00040000
#define OPTION_NOT_AUTOCOMMIT                 0x00080000
#define OPTION_NO_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS          0x04000000
#define OPTION_RELAXED_UNIQUE_CHECKS          0x08000000

/* SQL modes */
#define MODE_REAL_AS_FLOAT                    0x00000001
#define MODE_PIPES_AS_CONCAT                  0x00000002
#define MODE_ANSI_QUOTES                      0x00000004
#define MODE_IGNORE_SPACE                     0x00000008
#define MODE_NOT_USED                         0x00000010
#define MODE_ONLY_FULL_GROUP_BY               0x00000020
#define MODE_NO_UNSIGNED_SUBTRACTION          0x00000040
#define MODE_NO_DIR_IN_CREATE                 0x00000080
#define MODE_POSTGRESQL                       0x00000100
#define MODE_ORACLE                           0x00000200
#define MODE_MSSQL                            0x00000400
#define MODE_DB2                              0x00000800
#define MODE_MAXDB                            0x00001000
#define MODE_NO_KEY_OPTIONS                   0x00002000
#define MODE_NO_TABLE_OPTIONS                 0x00004000
#define MODE_NO_FIELD_OPTIONS                 0x00008000
#define MODE_MYSQL323                         0x00010000
#define MODE_MYSQL40                          0x00020000
#define MODE_ANSI                             0x00040000
#define MODE_NO_AUTO_VALUE_ON_ZERO            0x00080000
#define MODE_NO_BACKSLASH_ESCAPES             0x00100000
#define MODE_STRICT_TRANS_TABLES              0x00200000
#define MODE_STRICT_ALL_TABLES                0x00400000
#define MODE_NO_ZERO_IN_DATE                  0x00800000
#define MODE_NO_ZERO_DATE                     0x01000000
#define MODE_INVALID_DATES                    0x02000000
#define MODE_ERROR_FOR_DIVISION_BY_ZERO       0x04000000
#define MODE_TRADITIONAL                      0x08000000
#define MODE_NO_AUTO_CREATE_USER              0x10000000
#define MODE_HIGH_NOT_PRECEDENCE              0x20000000
#define MODE_NO_ENGINE_SUBSTITUTION           0x40000000
#define MODE_PAD_CHAR_TO_FULL_LENGTH          0x80000000

/* Log Event flags */

/* used in FOMRAT_DESCRIPTION_EVENT. Indicates if it
   is the active binary log.
   Note: When reading data via COM_BINLOG_DUMP this
         flag is never set.
*/ 
#define LOG_EVENT_BINLOG_IN_USE_F           0x0001

/* Looks like this flag is no longer in use */
#define LOG_EVENT_FORCED_ROTATE_F           0x0002

/* Log entry depends on thread, e.g. when using user variables
   or temporary tables */
#define LOG_EVENT_THREAD_SPECIFIC_F         0x0004

/* Indicates that the USE command can be suppressed before
   executing a statement: e.g. DRIP SCHEMA  */
#define LOG_EVENT_SUPPRESS_USE_F            0x0008

/* ??? */
#define LOG_EVENT_UPDATE_TABLE_MAP_F        0x0010

/* Artifical event */
#define LOG_EVENT_ARTIFICIAL_F              0x0020

/* ??? */
#define LOG_EVENT_RELAY_LOG_F               0x0040

/* If an event is not supported, and LOG_EVENT_IGNORABLE_F was not
   set, an error will be reported. */
#define LOG_EVENT_IGNORABLE_F               0x0080

/* ??? */
#define LOG_EVENT_NO_FILTER_F               0x0100

/* ?? */
#define LOG_EVENT_MTS_ISOLATE_F             0x0200

/* if session variable @@skip_repliation was set, this flag will be
   reported for events which should be skipped. */
#define LOG_EVENT_SKIP_REPLICATION_F        0x8000

typedef struct {
  char *str;
  size_t length;
} MARIADB_STRING;

enum mariadb_row_event_type {
  WRITE_ROWS= 0,
  UPDATE_ROWS= 1,
  DELETE_ROWS= 2
};

/* Global transaction id */
typedef struct st_mariadb_gtid {
  unsigned int domain_id;
  unsigned int server_id;
  unsigned long long sequence_nr;
} MARIADB_GTID;


/* Generic replication handle */
typedef struct st_mariadb_rpl {
  unsigned int version;
  MYSQL *mysql;
  char *filename;
  uint32_t filename_length;
  uint32_t server_id;
  unsigned long start_position;
  uint16_t flags;
  uint8_t fd_header_len; /* header len from last format description event */
  uint8_t use_checksum;
  uint8_t artificial_checksum;
  uint8_t verify_checksum;
  uint8_t post_header_len[ENUM_END_EVENT];
  MA_FILE *fp;
  uint32_t error_no;
  char error_msg[MYSQL_ERRMSG_SIZE];
  uint8_t uncompress;
  char *host;
  uint32_t port;
  uint8_t extract_values;
  char nonce[12];
  uint8_t encrypted;
  uint8_t is_semi_sync;
}MARIADB_RPL;

typedef struct st_mariadb_rpl_value {
  enum enum_field_types field_type;
  uint8_t is_null;
  uint8_t is_signed;
  union {
    int64_t ll;
    uint64_t ull;
    float f;
    double d;
    MYSQL_TIME tm;
    MARIADB_STRING str;
  } val;
} MARIADB_RPL_VALUE;

typedef struct st_rpl_mariadb_row {
  uint32_t column_count;
  MARIADB_RPL_VALUE *columns;
  struct st_rpl_mariadb_row *next;
} MARIADB_RPL_ROW;

/* Event header */
struct st_mariadb_rpl_rotate_event {
  unsigned long long position;
  MARIADB_STRING filename;
};

struct st_mariadb_rpl_query_event {
  uint32_t thread_id;
  uint32_t seconds;
  MARIADB_STRING database;
  uint32_t errornr;
  MARIADB_STRING status;
  MARIADB_STRING statement;
};

struct st_mariadb_rpl_previous_gtid_event {
  MARIADB_CONST_DATA content;
};

struct st_mariadb_rpl_gtid_list_event {
  uint32_t gtid_cnt;
  MARIADB_GTID *gtid;
};

struct st_mariadb_rpl_format_description_event
{
  uint16_t format;
  char *server_version;
  uint32_t timestamp;
  uint8_t header_len;
  MARIADB_STRING post_header_lengths;
};

struct st_mariadb_rpl_checkpoint_event {
  MARIADB_STRING filename;
};

struct st_mariadb_rpl_xid_event {
  uint64_t transaction_nr;
};

struct st_mariadb_rpl_gtid_event {
  uint64_t sequence_nr;
  uint32_t domain_id;
  uint8_t flags;
  uint64_t commit_id;
  uint32_t format_id;
  uint8_t gtrid_len;
  uint8_t bqual_len;
  MARIADB_STRING xid;
};

struct st_mariadb_rpl_annotate_rows_event {
  MARIADB_STRING statement;
};

struct st_mariadb_rpl_table_map_event {
  unsigned long long table_id;
  MARIADB_STRING database;
  MARIADB_STRING table;
  uint32_t column_count;
  MARIADB_STRING column_types;
  MARIADB_STRING metadata;
  unsigned char *null_indicator;
  unsigned char *signed_indicator;
  MARIADB_CONST_DATA column_names;
  MARIADB_CONST_DATA geometry_types;
  uint32_t default_charset;
  MARIADB_CONST_DATA column_charsets;
  MARIADB_CONST_DATA simple_primary_keys;
  MARIADB_CONST_DATA prefixed_primary_keys;
  MARIADB_CONST_DATA set_values;
  MARIADB_CONST_DATA enum_values;
  uint8_t enum_set_default_charset;
  MARIADB_CONST_DATA enum_set_column_charsets;
};

struct st_mariadb_rpl_rand_event {
  unsigned long long first_seed;
  unsigned long long second_seed;
};

struct st_mariadb_rpl_intvar_event {
  unsigned long long value;
  uint8_t type;
};

struct st_mariadb_begin_load_query_event {
  uint32_t file_id;
  unsigned char *data;
};

struct st_mariadb_start_encryption_event {
  uint8_t scheme;
  uint32_t key_version;
  char nonce[12];
};

struct st_mariadb_execute_load_query_event {
  uint32_t thread_id;
  uint32_t execution_time;
  MARIADB_STRING schema;
  uint16_t error_code;
  uint32_t file_id;
  uint32_t ofs1;
  uint32_t ofs2;
  uint8_t duplicate_flag;
  MARIADB_STRING status_vars;
  MARIADB_STRING statement;
};

struct st_mariadb_rpl_uservar_event {
  MARIADB_STRING name;
  uint8_t is_null;
  uint8_t type;
  uint32_t charset_nr;
  MARIADB_STRING value;
  uint8_t flags;
};

struct st_mariadb_rpl_rows_event {
  enum mariadb_row_event_type type;
  uint64_t table_id;
  uint16_t flags;
  uint32_t column_count;
  unsigned char *column_bitmap;
  unsigned char *column_update_bitmap;
  unsigned char *null_bitmap;
  size_t row_data_size;
  void *row_data;
  size_t extra_data_size;
  void *extra_data;
  uint8_t compressed;
  uint32_t row_count;
};

struct st_mariadb_rpl_heartbeat_event {
  MARIADB_STRING filename;
};

struct st_mariadb_rpl_xa_prepare_log_event {
  uint8_t one_phase;
  uint32_t format_id;
  uint32_t gtrid_len;
  uint32_t bqual_len;
  MARIADB_STRING xid;
};

struct st_mariadb_gtid_log_event {
  uint8_t commit_flag;
  char    source_id[16];
  uint64_t sequence_nr;
};

typedef struct st_mariadb_rpl_event
{
  /* common header */
  MA_MEM_ROOT memroot;
  unsigned char *raw_data;
  size_t raw_data_size;
  size_t raw_data_ofs;
  unsigned int checksum;
  char ok;
  enum mariadb_rpl_event event_type;
  unsigned int timestamp;
  unsigned int server_id;
  unsigned int event_length;
  unsigned int next_event_pos;
  unsigned short flags;
  /****************/
  union {
    struct st_mariadb_rpl_rotate_event rotate;
    struct st_mariadb_rpl_query_event query;
    struct st_mariadb_rpl_format_description_event format_description;
    struct st_mariadb_rpl_gtid_list_event gtid_list;
    struct st_mariadb_rpl_checkpoint_event checkpoint;
    struct st_mariadb_rpl_xid_event xid;
    struct st_mariadb_rpl_gtid_event gtid;
    struct st_mariadb_rpl_annotate_rows_event annotate_rows;
    struct st_mariadb_rpl_table_map_event table_map;
    struct st_mariadb_rpl_rand_event rand;
    struct st_mariadb_rpl_intvar_event intvar;
    struct st_mariadb_rpl_uservar_event uservar;
    struct st_mariadb_rpl_rows_event rows;
    struct st_mariadb_rpl_heartbeat_event heartbeat;
    struct st_mariadb_rpl_xa_prepare_log_event xa_prepare_log;
    struct st_mariadb_begin_load_query_event begin_load_query;
    struct st_mariadb_execute_load_query_event execute_load_query;
    struct st_mariadb_gtid_log_event gtid_log;
    struct st_mariadb_start_encryption_event start_encryption;
    struct st_mariadb_rpl_previous_gtid_event previous_gtid;
  } event;
  /* Added in C/C 3.3.0 */
  uint8_t is_semi_sync;
  uint8_t semi_sync_flags;
  /* Added in C/C 3.3.5 */
  MARIADB_RPL *rpl;
} MARIADB_RPL_EVENT;

/* compression uses myisampack format */
#define myisam_uint1korr(B) ((uint8_t)(*B))
#define myisam_sint1korr(B) ((int8_t)(*B))
#define myisam_uint2korr(B)\
((uint16_t)(((uint16_t)(((const uchar*)(B))[1])) | ((uint16_t) (((const uchar*) (B))[0]) << 8)))
#define myisam_sint2korr(B)\
((int16_t)(((int16_t)(((const uchar*)(B))[1])) | ((int16_t) (((const uchar*) (B))[0]) << 8)))
#define myisam_uint3korr(B)\
((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)(((const uchar*)(B))[2])) |\
(((uint32_t)(((const uchar*)(B))[1])) << 8) |\
(((uint32_t)(((const uchar*)(B))[0])) << 16)))
#define myisam_sint3korr(B)\
((int32_t)(((int32_t)(((const uchar*)(B))[2])) |\
(((int32_t)(((const uchar*)(B))[1])) << 8) |\
(((int32_t)(((const uchar*)(B))[0])) << 16)))
#define myisam_uint4korr(B)\
((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)(((const uchar*)(B))[3])) |\
(((uint32_t)(((const uchar*)(B))[2])) << 8) |\
(((uint32_t)(((const uchar*) (B))[1])) << 16) |\
(((uint32_t)(((const uchar*) (B))[0])) << 24)))
#define myisam_sint4korr(B)\
((int32_t)(((int32_t)(((const uchar*)(B))[3])) |\
(((int32_t)(((const uchar*)(B))[2])) << 8) |\
(((int32_t)(((const uchar*) (B))[1])) << 16) |\
(((int32_t)(((const uchar*) (B))[0])) << 24)))
#define mi_uint5korr(B)\
((uint64_t)(((uint32_t) (((const uchar*) (B))[4])) |\
(((uint32_t) (((const uchar*) (B))[3])) << 8) |\
(((uint32_t) (((const uchar*) (B))[2])) << 16) |\
(((uint32_t) (((const uchar*) (B))[1])) << 24)) |\
(((uint64_t) (((const uchar*) (B))[0])) << 32))

#define RPL_SAFEGUARD(rpl, event, condition) \
if (!(condition))\
{\
  my_set_error((rpl)->mysql, CR_BINLOG_ERROR, SQLSTATE_UNKNOWN, 0,\
                (rpl)->filename_length, (rpl)->filename,\
                (rpl)->start_position,\
                "Packet corrupted");\
  mariadb_free_rpl_event((event));\
  return 0;\
}

#define mariadb_rpl_init(a) mariadb_rpl_init_ex((a), MARIADB_RPL_VERSION)
#define rpl_clear_error(rpl)\
(rpl)->error_no= (rpl)->error_msg[0]= 0

#define IS_ROW_VERSION2(a)\
  ((a) == WRITE_ROWS_EVENT  || (a) == UPDATE_ROWS_EVENT || \
   (a) == DELETE_ROWS_EVENT || (a) == WRITE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT ||\
   (a) == UPDATE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT || (a) == DELETE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT)

#define IS_ROW_EVENT(a)\
((a)->event_type == WRITE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT_V1 ||\
(a)->event_type == UPDATE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT_V1 ||\
(a)->event_type == DELETE_ROWS_COMPRESSED_EVENT_V1 ||\
(a)->event_type == WRITE_ROWS_EVENT_V1 ||\
(a)->event_type == UPDATE_ROWS_EVENT_V1 ||\
(a)->event_type == DELETE_ROWS_EVENT_V1 ||\
(a)->event_type == WRITE_ROWS_EVENT ||\
(a)->event_type == UPDATE_ROWS_EVENT ||\
(a)->event_type == DELETE_ROWS_EVENT)

/* Function prototypes */
MARIADB_RPL * STDCALL mariadb_rpl_init_ex(MYSQL *mysql, unsigned int version);
const char * STDCALL mariadb_rpl_error(MARIADB_RPL *rpl);
uint32_t STDCALL mariadb_rpl_errno(MARIADB_RPL *rpl);

int STDCALL mariadb_rpl_optionsv(MARIADB_RPL *rpl, enum mariadb_rpl_option, ...);
int STDCALL mariadb_rpl_get_optionsv(MARIADB_RPL *rpl, enum mariadb_rpl_option, ...);

int STDCALL mariadb_rpl_open(MARIADB_RPL *rpl);
void STDCALL mariadb_rpl_close(MARIADB_RPL *rpl);
MARIADB_RPL_EVENT * STDCALL mariadb_rpl_fetch(MARIADB_RPL *rpl, MARIADB_RPL_EVENT *event);
void STDCALL mariadb_free_rpl_event(MARIADB_RPL_EVENT *event);

MARIADB_RPL_ROW * STDCALL
mariadb_rpl_extract_rows(MARIADB_RPL *rpl,
                         MARIADB_RPL_EVENT *tm_event,
                         MARIADB_RPL_EVENT *row_event);

#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
/* Copyright (C) 2015 MariaDB Corporation AB

   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Library General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
   License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
   Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston,
   MA 02111-1301, USA */

#ifndef _ma_io_h_
#define _ma_io_h_


#ifdef HAVE_REMOTEIO
#include <curl/curl.h>
#endif

enum enum_file_type {
  MA_FILE_NONE=0,
  MA_FILE_LOCAL=1,
  MA_FILE_REMOTE=2
};

typedef struct
{
  enum enum_file_type type;
  void *ptr;
} MA_FILE;

#ifdef HAVE_REMOTEIO
struct st_rio_methods {
  MA_FILE *(*mopen)(const char *url, const char *mode);
  int (*mclose)(MA_FILE *ptr);
  int (*mfeof)(MA_FILE *file);
  size_t (*mread)(void *ptr, size_t size, size_t nmemb, MA_FILE *file);
  char * (*mgets)(char *ptr, size_t size, MA_FILE *file);
};
#endif

/* function prototypes */
MA_FILE *ma_open(const char *location, const char *mode, MYSQL *mysql);
int ma_close(MA_FILE *file);
int ma_feof(MA_FILE *file);
size_t ma_read(void *ptr, size_t size, size_t nmemb, MA_FILE *file);
char *ma_gets(char *ptr, size_t size, MA_FILE *file);

#endif
/************************************************************************
  
   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
   
   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Library General Public License for more details.
   
   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
   License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
   Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston,
   MA 02111-1301, USA 

   Part of this code includes code from PHP's mysqlnd extension
   (written by Andrey Hristov, Georg Richter and Ulf Wendel), freely
   available from http://www.php.net/software

*************************************************************************/

#define MYSQL_NO_DATA 100
#define MYSQL_DATA_TRUNCATED 101
#define MYSQL_DEFAULT_PREFETCH_ROWS (unsigned long) 1

/* Bind flags */
#define MADB_BIND_DUMMY 1

#define MARIADB_STMT_BULK_SUPPORTED(stmt)\
  ((stmt)->mysql && \
  (!((stmt)->mysql->server_capabilities & CLIENT_MYSQL) &&\
    ((stmt)->mysql->extension->mariadb_server_capabilities & \
    (MARIADB_CLIENT_STMT_BULK_OPERATIONS >> 32))))

#define MARIADB_STMT_BULK_UNIT_RESULTS_SUPPORTED(stmt)\
  ((stmt)->mysql && \
  (!((stmt)->mysql->server_capabilities & CLIENT_MYSQL) &&\
    ((stmt)->mysql->extension->mariadb_client_flag & \
    (MARIADB_CLIENT_BULK_UNIT_RESULTS >> 32))))

#define CLEAR_CLIENT_STMT_ERROR(a) \
do { \
  (a)->last_errno= 0;\
  strcpy((a)->sqlstate, "00000");\
  (a)->last_error[0]= 0;\
} while (0)

#define MYSQL_PS_SKIP_RESULT_W_LEN  -1
#define MYSQL_PS_SKIP_RESULT_STR    -2
#define STMT_ID_LENGTH 4


typedef struct st_mysql_stmt MYSQL_STMT;

typedef MYSQL_RES* (*mysql_stmt_use_or_store_func)(MYSQL_STMT *);

enum enum_stmt_attr_type
{
  STMT_ATTR_UPDATE_MAX_LENGTH,
  STMT_ATTR_CURSOR_TYPE,
  STMT_ATTR_PREFETCH_ROWS,

  /* MariaDB only */
  STMT_ATTR_PREBIND_PARAMS=200,
  STMT_ATTR_ARRAY_SIZE,
  STMT_ATTR_ROW_SIZE,
  STMT_ATTR_STATE,
  STMT_ATTR_CB_USER_DATA,
  STMT_ATTR_CB_PARAM,
  STMT_ATTR_CB_RESULT,
  STMT_ATTR_SQL_STATEMENT
};

enum enum_cursor_type
{
  CURSOR_TYPE_NO_CURSOR= 0,
  CURSOR_TYPE_READ_ONLY= 1,
  CURSOR_TYPE_FOR_UPDATE= 2,
  CURSOR_TYPE_SCROLLABLE= 4
};

enum enum_indicator_type
{
  STMT_INDICATOR_NTS=-1,
  STMT_INDICATOR_NONE=0,
  STMT_INDICATOR_NULL=1,
  STMT_INDICATOR_DEFAULT=2,
  STMT_INDICATOR_IGNORE=3,
  STMT_INDICATOR_IGNORE_ROW=4
};

/*
  bulk PS flags
*/
#define STMT_BULK_FLAG_CLIENT_SEND_TYPES 128
#define STMT_BULK_FLAG_SEND_UNIT_RESULTS 64

typedef enum mysql_stmt_state
{
  MYSQL_STMT_INITTED = 0,
  MYSQL_STMT_PREPARED,
  MYSQL_STMT_EXECUTED,
  MYSQL_STMT_WAITING_USE_OR_STORE,
  MYSQL_STMT_USE_OR_STORE_CALLED,
  MYSQL_STMT_USER_FETCHING, /* fetch_row_buff or fetch_row_unbuf */
  MYSQL_STMT_FETCH_DONE
} enum_mysqlnd_stmt_state;

typedef struct st_mysql_bind
{
  unsigned long  *length;          /* output length pointer */
  my_bool        *is_null;         /* Pointer to null indicator */
  void           *buffer;          /* buffer to get/put data */
  /* set this if you want to track data truncations happened during fetch */
  my_bool        *error;
  union {
    unsigned char *row_ptr;        /* for the current data position */
    char *indicator;               /* indicator variable */
  } u;
  void (*store_param_func)(NET *net, struct st_mysql_bind *param);
  void (*fetch_result)(struct st_mysql_bind *, MYSQL_FIELD *,
                       unsigned char **row);
  void (*skip_result)(struct st_mysql_bind *, MYSQL_FIELD *,
          unsigned char **row);
  /* output buffer length, must be set when fetching str/binary */
  unsigned long  buffer_length;
  unsigned long  offset;           /* offset position for char/binary fetch */
  unsigned long  length_value;     /* Used if length is 0 */
  unsigned int   flags;            /* special flags, e.g. for dummy bind  */
  unsigned int   pack_length;      /* Internal length for packed data */
  enum enum_field_types buffer_type;  /* buffer type */
  my_bool        error_value;      /* used if error is 0 */
  my_bool        is_unsigned;      /* set if integer type is unsigned */
  my_bool        long_data_used;   /* If used with mysql_send_long_data */
  my_bool        is_null_value;    /* Used if is_null is 0 */
  void           *extension;
} MYSQL_BIND;

typedef struct st_mysqlnd_upsert_result
{
  unsigned int  warning_count;
  unsigned int  server_status;
  unsigned long long affected_rows;
  unsigned long long last_insert_id;
} mysql_upsert_status;

typedef struct st_mysql_cmd_buffer
{
  unsigned char   *buffer;
  size_t     length;
} MYSQL_CMD_BUFFER;

typedef struct st_mysql_error_info
{
  unsigned int error_no;
  char error[MYSQL_ERRMSG_SIZE+1];
  char sqlstate[SQLSTATE_LENGTH + 1];
} mysql_error_info;

typedef int  (*mysql_stmt_fetch_row_func)(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, unsigned char **row);
typedef void (*ps_result_callback)(void *data, unsigned int column, unsigned char **row);
typedef my_bool (*ps_param_callback)(void *data, MYSQL_BIND *bind, unsigned int row_nr);

struct st_mysql_stmt
{
  MA_MEM_ROOT              mem_root;
  MYSQL                    *mysql;
  unsigned long            stmt_id;
  unsigned long            flags;/* cursor is set here */
  enum_mysqlnd_stmt_state  state;
  MYSQL_FIELD              *fields;
  unsigned int             field_count;
  unsigned int             param_count;
  unsigned char            send_types_to_server;
  MYSQL_BIND               *params;
  MYSQL_BIND               *bind;
  MYSQL_DATA               result;  /* we don't use mysqlnd's result set logic */
  MYSQL_ROWS               *result_cursor;
  my_bool                  bind_result_done;
  my_bool                  bind_param_done;

  mysql_upsert_status      upsert_status;

  unsigned int last_errno;
  char last_error[MYSQL_ERRMSG_SIZE+1];
  char sqlstate[SQLSTATE_LENGTH + 1];

  my_bool                  update_max_length;
  unsigned long            prefetch_rows;
  LIST                     list;

  my_bool                  cursor_exists;

  void                     *extension;
  mysql_stmt_fetch_row_func fetch_row_func;
  unsigned int             execute_count;/* count how many times the stmt was executed */
  mysql_stmt_use_or_store_func default_rset_handler;
  unsigned char            *request_buffer;
  unsigned int             array_size;
  size_t row_size;
  unsigned int prebind_params;
  void *user_data;
  ps_result_callback result_callback;
  ps_param_callback param_callback;
  size_t request_length;
  MARIADB_CONST_STRING sql;
};

typedef void (*ps_field_fetch_func)(MYSQL_BIND *r_param, const MYSQL_FIELD * field, unsigned char **row);
typedef struct st_mysql_perm_bind {
  ps_field_fetch_func func;
  /* should be signed int */
  int pack_len;
  unsigned long max_len;
} MYSQL_PS_CONVERSION;

extern MYSQL_PS_CONVERSION mysql_ps_fetch_functions[MYSQL_TYPE_GEOMETRY + 1];
unsigned long ma_net_safe_read(MYSQL *mysql);
void mysql_init_ps_subsystem(void);
unsigned long net_field_length(unsigned char **packet);
int ma_simple_command(MYSQL *mysql,enum enum_server_command command, const char *arg,
          	       size_t length, my_bool skipp_check, void *opt_arg);
void stmt_set_error(MYSQL_STMT *stmt,
                  unsigned int error_nr,
                  const char *sqlstate,
                  const char *format,
                  ...);
/*
 *  function prototypes
 */
MYSQL_STMT * STDCALL mysql_stmt_init(MYSQL *mysql);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_prepare(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, const char *query, unsigned long length);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_execute(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_fetch(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_fetch_column(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, MYSQL_BIND *bind_arg, unsigned int column, unsigned long offset);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_store_result(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
unsigned long STDCALL mysql_stmt_param_count(MYSQL_STMT * stmt);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_stmt_attr_set(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, enum enum_stmt_attr_type attr_type, const void *attr);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_stmt_attr_get(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, enum enum_stmt_attr_type attr_type, void *attr);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_stmt_bind_param(MYSQL_STMT * stmt, MYSQL_BIND * bnd);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_stmt_bind_result(MYSQL_STMT * stmt, MYSQL_BIND * bnd);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_stmt_close(MYSQL_STMT * stmt);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_stmt_reset(MYSQL_STMT * stmt);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_stmt_free_result(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_stmt_send_long_data(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, unsigned int param_number, const char *data, unsigned long length);
MYSQL_RES *STDCALL mysql_stmt_result_metadata(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
MYSQL_RES *STDCALL mysql_stmt_param_metadata(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
unsigned int STDCALL mysql_stmt_errno(MYSQL_STMT * stmt);
const char *STDCALL mysql_stmt_error(MYSQL_STMT * stmt);
const char *STDCALL mysql_stmt_sqlstate(MYSQL_STMT * stmt);
MYSQL_ROW_OFFSET STDCALL mysql_stmt_row_seek(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, MYSQL_ROW_OFFSET offset);
MYSQL_ROW_OFFSET STDCALL mysql_stmt_row_tell(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
void STDCALL mysql_stmt_data_seek(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, unsigned long long offset);
unsigned long long STDCALL mysql_stmt_num_rows(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
unsigned long long STDCALL mysql_stmt_affected_rows(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
unsigned long long STDCALL mysql_stmt_insert_id(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
unsigned int STDCALL mysql_stmt_field_count(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
int STDCALL mysql_stmt_next_result(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
my_bool STDCALL mysql_stmt_more_results(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
int STDCALL mariadb_stmt_execute_direct(MYSQL_STMT *stmt, const char *stmt_str, size_t length);
MYSQL_FIELD * STDCALL mariadb_stmt_fetch_fields(MYSQL_STMT *stmt);
/************************************************************************************
    Copyright (C) 2000, 2012 MySQL AB & MySQL Finland AB & TCX DataKonsult AB,
                 Monty Program AB
   
   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
   
   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Library General Public License for more details.
   
   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
   License along with this library; if not see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses>
   or write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 
   51 Franklin St., Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110, USA

   Part of this code includes code from the PHP project which
   is freely available from http://www.php.net
*************************************************************************************/

/*
** Common definition between mysql server & client
*/

#ifndef _mysql_com_h
#define _mysql_com_h


#define NAME_CHAR_LEN   64
#define NAME_LEN	256		/* Field/table name length */
#define HOSTNAME_LENGTH 255
#define SYSTEM_MB_MAX_CHAR_LENGTH 4
#define USERNAME_CHAR_LENGTH 128
#define USERNAME_LENGTH (USERNAME_CHAR_LENGTH * SYSTEM_MB_MAX_CHAR_LENGTH)
#define SERVER_VERSION_LENGTH 60
#define SQLSTATE_LENGTH 5
#define SCRAMBLE_LENGTH 20
#define SCRAMBLE_LENGTH_323 8

#define LOCAL_HOST	"localhost"
#define LOCAL_HOST_NAMEDPIPE "."

#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined( _CUSTOMCONFIG_)
#define MARIADB_NAMEDPIPE "MySQL"
#define MYSQL_SERVICENAME "MySql"
#endif /* _WIN32 */

/* for use in mysql client tools only */
#define MYSQL_AUTODETECT_CHARSET_NAME "auto"
#define BINCMP_FLAG       131072

enum Item_result {STRING_RESULT,REAL_RESULT,INT_RESULT,ROW_RESULT,DECIMAL_RESULT};

enum mysql_enum_shutdown_level
{
  SHUTDOWN_DEFAULT = 0,
  KILL_QUERY= 254,
  KILL_CONNECTION= 255
};

enum enum_server_command
{
  COM_SLEEP = 0,
  COM_QUIT,
  COM_INIT_DB,
  COM_QUERY,
  COM_FIELD_LIST,
  COM_CREATE_DB,
  COM_DROP_DB,
  COM_REFRESH,
  COM_SHUTDOWN,
  COM_STATISTICS,
  COM_PROCESS_INFO,
  COM_CONNECT,
  COM_PROCESS_KILL,
  COM_DEBUG,
  COM_PING,
  COM_TIME = 15,
  COM_DELAYED_INSERT,
  COM_CHANGE_USER,
  COM_BINLOG_DUMP,
  COM_TABLE_DUMP,
  COM_CONNECT_OUT = 20,
  COM_REGISTER_SLAVE,
  COM_STMT_PREPARE = 22,
  COM_STMT_EXECUTE = 23,
  COM_STMT_SEND_LONG_DATA = 24,
  COM_STMT_CLOSE = 25,
  COM_STMT_RESET = 26,
  COM_SET_OPTION = 27,
  COM_STMT_FETCH = 28,
  COM_DAEMON= 29,
  COM_UNSUPPORTED= 30,
  COM_RESET_CONNECTION = 31,
  COM_STMT_BULK_EXECUTE = 250,
  COM_RESERVED_1 = 254, /* former COM_MULTI, now removed */
  COM_END
};


#define NOT_NULL_FLAG	1		/* Field can't be NULL */
#define PRI_KEY_FLAG	2		/* Field is part of a primary key */
#define UNIQUE_KEY_FLAG 4		/* Field is part of a unique key */
#define MULTIPLE_KEY_FLAG 8		/* Field is part of a key */
#define BLOB_FLAG	16		/* Field is a blob */
#define UNSIGNED_FLAG	32		/* Field is unsigned */
#define ZEROFILL_FLAG	64		/* Field is zerofill */
#define BINARY_FLAG	128
/* The following are only sent to new clients */
#define ENUM_FLAG	256		/* field is an enum */
#define AUTO_INCREMENT_FLAG 512		/* field is a autoincrement field */
#define TIMESTAMP_FLAG	1024		/* Field is a timestamp */
#define SET_FLAG	2048		/* field is a set */
/* new since 3.23.58 */
#define NO_DEFAULT_VALUE_FLAG 4096	/* Field doesn't have default value */
#define ON_UPDATE_NOW_FLAG 8192         /* Field is set to NOW on UPDATE */
/* end new */
#define NUM_FLAG	32768		/* Field is num (for clients) */
#define PART_KEY_FLAG	16384		/* Intern; Part of some key */
#define GROUP_FLAG	32768		/* Intern: Group field */
#define UNIQUE_FLAG	65536		/* Intern: Used by sql_yacc */

#define REFRESH_GRANT		1	/* Refresh grant tables */
#define REFRESH_LOG		2	/* Start on new log file */
#define REFRESH_TABLES		4	/* close all tables */
#define REFRESH_HOSTS		8	/* Flush host cache */
#define REFRESH_STATUS		16	/* Flush status variables */
#define REFRESH_THREADS		32	/* Flush thread cache */
#define REFRESH_SLAVE           64      /* Reset master info and restart slave
					   thread */
#define REFRESH_MASTER          128     /* Remove all bin logs in the index
					   and truncate the index */

/* The following can't be set with mysql_refresh() */
#define REFRESH_READ_LOCK	16384	/* Lock tables for read */
#define REFRESH_FAST		32768	/* Intern flag */

#define CLIENT_MYSQL          1
#define CLIENT_FOUND_ROWS	    2	/* Found instead of affected rows */
#define CLIENT_LONG_FLAG	    4	/* Get all column flags */
#define CLIENT_CONNECT_WITH_DB	    8	/* One can specify db on connect */
#define CLIENT_NO_SCHEMA	   16	/* Don't allow database.table.column */
#define CLIENT_COMPRESS		   32	/* Can use compression protocol */
#define CLIENT_ODBC		   64	/* Odbc client */
#define CLIENT_LOCAL_FILES	  128	/* Can use LOAD DATA LOCAL */
#define CLIENT_IGNORE_SPACE	  256	/* Ignore spaces before '(' */
#define CLIENT_INTERACTIVE	  1024	/* This is an interactive client */
#define CLIENT_SSL                2048     /* Switch to SSL after handshake */
#define CLIENT_IGNORE_SIGPIPE     4096     /* IGNORE sigpipes */
#define CLIENT_TRANSACTIONS	  8192	/* Client knows about transactions */
/* added in 4.x */
#define CLIENT_PROTOCOL_41         512
#define CLIENT_RESERVED          16384
#define CLIENT_SECURE_CONNECTION 32768  
#define CLIENT_MULTI_STATEMENTS  (1UL << 16)
#define CLIENT_MULTI_RESULTS     (1UL << 17)
#define CLIENT_PS_MULTI_RESULTS  (1UL << 18)
#define CLIENT_PLUGIN_AUTH       (1UL << 19)
#define CLIENT_CONNECT_ATTRS     (1UL << 20)
#define CLIENT_PLUGIN_AUTH_LENENC_CLIENT_DATA (1UL << 21)
#define CLIENT_CAN_HANDLE_EXPIRED_PASSWORDS (1UL << 22)
#define CLIENT_SESSION_TRACKING  (1UL << 23)
#define CLIENT_ZSTD_COMPRESSION  (1UL << 26)
#define CLIENT_PROGRESS          (1UL << 29) /* client supports progress indicator */
#define CLIENT_PROGRESS_OBSOLETE  CLIENT_PROGRESS 
#define CLIENT_SSL_VERIFY_SERVER_CERT (1UL << 30)
#define CLIENT_SSL_VERIFY_SERVER_CERT_OBSOLETE CLIENT_SSL_VERIFY_SERVER_CERT
#define CLIENT_REMEMBER_OPTIONS  (1UL << 31)

/* MariaDB-specific capabilities */
#define MARIADB_CLIENT_FLAGS 0xFFFFFFFF00000000ULL
#define MARIADB_CLIENT_PROGRESS (1ULL << 32)
#define MARIADB_CLIENT_RESERVED_1 (1ULL << 33) /* Former COM_MULTI, don't use */
#define MARIADB_CLIENT_STMT_BULK_OPERATIONS (1ULL << 34)
/* support of extended data type/format information, since 10.5.0 */
#define MARIADB_CLIENT_EXTENDED_METADATA (1ULL << 35)
/* Do not resend metadata for prepared statements, since 10.6*/
#define MARIADB_CLIENT_CACHE_METADATA (1ULL << 36)
/* permit sending unit result-set for BULK commands */
#define MARIADB_CLIENT_BULK_UNIT_RESULTS (1ULL << 37)

#define IS_MARIADB_EXTENDED_SERVER(mysql)\
        (!(mysql->server_capabilities & CLIENT_MYSQL))

#define MARIADB_CLIENT_SUPPORTED_FLAGS (MARIADB_CLIENT_PROGRESS |\
                                       MARIADB_CLIENT_STMT_BULK_OPERATIONS|\
                                       MARIADB_CLIENT_EXTENDED_METADATA|\
                                       MARIADB_CLIENT_CACHE_METADATA|\
                                       MARIADB_CLIENT_BULK_UNIT_RESULTS)

#define CLIENT_SUPPORTED_FLAGS  (CLIENT_MYSQL |\
                                 CLIENT_FOUND_ROWS |\
                                 CLIENT_LONG_FLAG |\
                                 CLIENT_CONNECT_WITH_DB |\
                                 CLIENT_NO_SCHEMA |\
                                 CLIENT_COMPRESS |\
                                 CLIENT_ODBC |\
                                 CLIENT_LOCAL_FILES |\
                                 CLIENT_IGNORE_SPACE |\
                                 CLIENT_INTERACTIVE |\
                                 CLIENT_SSL |\
                                 CLIENT_IGNORE_SIGPIPE |\
                                 CLIENT_TRANSACTIONS |\
                                 CLIENT_PROTOCOL_41 |\
                                 CLIENT_RESERVED |\
                                 CLIENT_SECURE_CONNECTION |\
                                 CLIENT_MULTI_STATEMENTS |\
                                 CLIENT_MULTI_RESULTS |\
                                 CLIENT_PROGRESS |\
                                 CLIENT_SSL_VERIFY_SERVER_CERT |\
                                 CLIENT_REMEMBER_OPTIONS |\
                                 CLIENT_PLUGIN_AUTH |\
                                 CLIENT_SESSION_TRACKING |\
                                 CLIENT_CONNECT_ATTRS)
#define CLIENT_ALLOWED_FLAGS     (CLIENT_SUPPORTED_FLAGS |\
                                 CLIENT_PLUGIN_AUTH_LENENC_CLIENT_DATA |\
                                 CLIENT_CAN_HANDLE_EXPIRED_PASSWORDS |\
                                 CLIENT_ZSTD_COMPRESSION |\
                                 CLIENT_PS_MULTI_RESULTS |\
                                 CLIENT_REMEMBER_OPTIONS)
#define CLIENT_CAPABILITIES	    (CLIENT_MYSQL | \
                                 CLIENT_LONG_FLAG |\
                                 CLIENT_TRANSACTIONS |\
                                 CLIENT_SECURE_CONNECTION |\
                                 CLIENT_MULTI_RESULTS | \
                                 CLIENT_PS_MULTI_RESULTS |\
                                 CLIENT_PROTOCOL_41 |\
                                 CLIENT_PLUGIN_AUTH |\
                                 CLIENT_PLUGIN_AUTH_LENENC_CLIENT_DATA | \
                                 CLIENT_SESSION_TRACKING |\
                                 CLIENT_CONNECT_ATTRS)

#define CLIENT_DEFAULT_FLAGS ((CLIENT_SUPPORTED_FLAGS & ~CLIENT_COMPRESS)\
                                                      & ~CLIENT_SSL)

#define CLIENT_DEFAULT_EXTENDED_FLAGS (MARIADB_CLIENT_SUPPORTED_FLAGS &\
                                 ~MARIADB_CLIENT_BULK_UNIT_RESULTS)

#define SERVER_STATUS_IN_TRANS               1	/* Transaction has started */
#define SERVER_STATUS_AUTOCOMMIT             2	/* Server in auto_commit mode */
#define SERVER_MORE_RESULTS_EXIST            8
#define SERVER_QUERY_NO_GOOD_INDEX_USED     16
#define SERVER_QUERY_NO_INDEX_USED          32
#define SERVER_STATUS_CURSOR_EXISTS         64
#define SERVER_STATUS_LAST_ROW_SENT        128
#define SERVER_STATUS_DB_DROPPED           256 
#define SERVER_STATUS_NO_BACKSLASH_ESCAPES 512
#define SERVER_STATUS_METADATA_CHANGED    1024
#define SERVER_QUERY_WAS_SLOW             2048
#define SERVER_PS_OUT_PARAMS              4096
#define SERVER_STATUS_IN_TRANS_READONLY   8192
#define SERVER_SESSION_STATE_CHANGED     16384
#define SERVER_STATUS_ANSI_QUOTES        32768

#define MYSQL_ERRMSG_SIZE	512
#define NET_READ_TIMEOUT	30		/* Timeout on read */
#define NET_WRITE_TIMEOUT	60		/* Timeout on write */
#define NET_WAIT_TIMEOUT	(8*60*60)	/* Wait for new query */

/* for server integration (mysqlbinlog) */
#define LIST_PROCESS_HOST_LEN 64
#define MYSQL50_TABLE_NAME_PREFIX         "#mysql50#"
#define MYSQL50_TABLE_NAME_PREFIX_LENGTH  (sizeof(MYSQL50_TABLE_NAME_PREFIX)-1)
#define SAFE_NAME_LEN (NAME_LEN + MYSQL50_TABLE_NAME_PREFIX_LENGTH)

struct st_ma_pvio;
typedef struct st_ma_pvio MARIADB_PVIO;

#define MAX_CHAR_WIDTH		255	/* Max length for a CHAR column */
#define MAX_BLOB_WIDTH		8192	/* Default width for blob */

/* the following defines were added for PHP's mysqli and pdo extensions: 
   see: CONC-56
*/
#define MAX_TINYINT_WIDTH     3
#define MAX_SMALLINT_WIDTH    5
#define MAX_MEDIUMINT_WIDTH   8
#define MAX_INT_WIDTH        10
#define MAX_BIGINT_WIDTH     20

struct st_ma_connection_plugin;


typedef struct st_net {
  MARIADB_PVIO *pvio;
  unsigned char *buff;
  unsigned char *buff_end,*write_pos,*read_pos;
  my_socket fd;					/* For Perl DBI/dbd */
  unsigned long remain_in_buf,length;
  unsigned long buf_length, where_b;
  unsigned long max_packet, max_packet_size;
  unsigned int pkt_nr, compress_pkt_nr;
  unsigned int write_timeout, read_timeout, retry_count;
  int fcntl;
  unsigned int *return_status;
  unsigned char reading_or_writing;
  char save_char;
  char unused_1;
  unsigned char tls_verify_status;
  my_bool compress;
  my_bool unused_2;
  char *unused_3;
  unsigned int last_errno;
  unsigned char error;
  my_bool unused_5;
  my_bool unused_6;
  char last_error[MYSQL_ERRMSG_SIZE];
  char sqlstate[SQLSTATE_LENGTH+1];
  struct st_mariadb_net_extension *extension;
} NET;

#define packet_error ((unsigned int) -1)

/* used by mysql_set_server_option */
enum enum_mysql_set_option
{
  MYSQL_OPTION_MULTI_STATEMENTS_ON,
  MYSQL_OPTION_MULTI_STATEMENTS_OFF
};

/* for status callback function */
enum enum_mariadb_status_info
{
  STATUS_TYPE= 0,
  SESSION_TRACK_TYPE
};

enum enum_session_state_type
{
  SESSION_TRACK_SYSTEM_VARIABLES= 0,
  SESSION_TRACK_SCHEMA,
  SESSION_TRACK_STATE_CHANGE,
  /* currently not supported by MariaDB Server */
  SESSION_TRACK_GTIDS,
  SESSION_TRACK_TRANSACTION_CHARACTERISTICS,
  SESSION_TRACK_TRANSACTION_STATE /* make sure that SESSION_TRACK_END always points
                                    to last element of enum !! */
};

#define SESSION_TRACK_BEGIN 0
#define SESSION_TRACK_END SESSION_TRACK_TRANSACTION_STATE
#define SESSION_TRACK_TYPES (SESSION_TRACK_END + 1)

/* SESSION_TRACK_TRANSACTION_TYPE was renamed to SESSION_TRACK_TRANSACTION_STATE
   in 3e699a1738cdfb0a2c5b8eabfa8301b8d11cf711.
   This is a workaround to prevent breaking of travis and buildbot tests.
   TODO: Remove this after server fixes */
#define SESSION_TRACK_TRANSACTION_TYPE SESSION_TRACK_TRANSACTION_STATE

enum enum_field_types { MYSQL_TYPE_DECIMAL, MYSQL_TYPE_TINY,
                        MYSQL_TYPE_SHORT,  MYSQL_TYPE_LONG,
                        MYSQL_TYPE_FLOAT,  MYSQL_TYPE_DOUBLE,
                        MYSQL_TYPE_NULL,   MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP,
                        MYSQL_TYPE_LONGLONG,MYSQL_TYPE_INT24,
                        MYSQL_TYPE_DATE,   MYSQL_TYPE_TIME,
                        MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME, MYSQL_TYPE_YEAR,
                        MYSQL_TYPE_NEWDATE, MYSQL_TYPE_VARCHAR,
                        MYSQL_TYPE_BIT,
                        /*
                          the following types are not used by client,
                          only for mysqlbinlog!!
                        */
                        MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP2,
                        MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME2,
                        MYSQL_TYPE_TIME2,
                        /* --------------------------------------------- */
                        MYSQL_TYPE_JSON=245,
                        MYSQL_TYPE_NEWDECIMAL=246,
                        MYSQL_TYPE_ENUM=247,
                        MYSQL_TYPE_SET=248,
                        MYSQL_TYPE_TINY_BLOB=249,
                        MYSQL_TYPE_MEDIUM_BLOB=250,
                        MYSQL_TYPE_LONG_BLOB=251,
                        MYSQL_TYPE_BLOB=252,
                        MYSQL_TYPE_VAR_STRING=253,
                        MYSQL_TYPE_STRING=254,
                        MYSQL_TYPE_GEOMETRY=255,
                        MAX_NO_FIELD_TYPES };

#define FIELD_TYPE_CHAR FIELD_TYPE_TINY		/* For compatibility */
#define FIELD_TYPE_INTERVAL FIELD_TYPE_ENUM	/* For compatibility */
#define FIELD_TYPE_DECIMAL MYSQL_TYPE_DECIMAL
#define FIELD_TYPE_NEWDECIMAL MYSQL_TYPE_NEWDECIMAL
#define FIELD_TYPE_TINY MYSQL_TYPE_TINY
#define FIELD_TYPE_SHORT MYSQL_TYPE_SHORT
#define FIELD_TYPE_LONG MYSQL_TYPE_LONG
#define FIELD_TYPE_FLOAT MYSQL_TYPE_FLOAT
#define FIELD_TYPE_DOUBLE MYSQL_TYPE_DOUBLE
#define FIELD_TYPE_NULL MYSQL_TYPE_NULL
#define FIELD_TYPE_TIMESTAMP MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP
#define FIELD_TYPE_LONGLONG MYSQL_TYPE_LONGLONG
#define FIELD_TYPE_INT24 MYSQL_TYPE_INT24
#define FIELD_TYPE_DATE MYSQL_TYPE_DATE
#define FIELD_TYPE_TIME MYSQL_TYPE_TIME
#define FIELD_TYPE_DATETIME MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME
#define FIELD_TYPE_YEAR MYSQL_TYPE_YEAR
#define FIELD_TYPE_NEWDATE MYSQL_TYPE_NEWDATE
#define FIELD_TYPE_ENUM MYSQL_TYPE_ENUM
#define FIELD_TYPE_SET MYSQL_TYPE_SET
#define FIELD_TYPE_TINY_BLOB MYSQL_TYPE_TINY_BLOB
#define FIELD_TYPE_MEDIUM_BLOB MYSQL_TYPE_MEDIUM_BLOB
#define FIELD_TYPE_LONG_BLOB MYSQL_TYPE_LONG_BLOB
#define FIELD_TYPE_BLOB MYSQL_TYPE_BLOB
#define FIELD_TYPE_VAR_STRING MYSQL_TYPE_VAR_STRING
#define FIELD_TYPE_STRING MYSQL_TYPE_STRING
#define FIELD_TYPE_GEOMETRY MYSQL_TYPE_GEOMETRY
#define FIELD_TYPE_BIT MYSQL_TYPE_BIT

extern unsigned long max_allowed_packet;
extern unsigned long net_buffer_length;

#define net_new_transaction(net) ((net)->pkt_nr=0)

int	ma_net_init(NET *net, MARIADB_PVIO *pvio);
void	ma_net_end(NET *net);
void	ma_net_clear(NET *net);
int	ma_net_flush(NET *net);
int	ma_net_write(NET *net,const unsigned char *packet, size_t len);
int ma_net_write_buff(NET *net, const char *packet, size_t len);
int	ma_net_write_command(NET *net,unsigned char command,const char *packet,
			  size_t len, my_bool disable_flush);
int	ma_net_real_write(NET *net,const char *packet, size_t len);
extern unsigned long ma_net_read(NET *net);

struct rand_struct {
  unsigned long seed1,seed2,max_value;
  double max_value_dbl;
};

  /* The following is for user defined functions */

typedef struct st_udf_args
{
  unsigned int arg_count;		/* Number of arguments */
  enum Item_result *arg_type;		/* Pointer to item_results */
  char **args;				/* Pointer to argument */
  unsigned long *lengths;		/* Length of string arguments */
  char *maybe_null;			/* Set to 1 for all maybe_null args */
} UDF_ARGS;

  /* This holds information about the result */

typedef struct st_udf_init
{
  my_bool maybe_null;			/* 1 if function can return NULL */
  unsigned int decimals;		/* for real functions */
  unsigned int max_length;		/* For string functions */
  char	  *ptr;				/* free pointer for function data */
  my_bool const_item;			/* 0 if result is independent of arguments */
} UDF_INIT;

/* Connection types */
#define MARIADB_CONNECTION_UNIXSOCKET   0
#define MARIADB_CONNECTION_TCP          1
#define MARIADB_CONNECTION_NAMEDPIPE    2
#define MARIADB_CONNECTION_SHAREDMEM    3

  /* Constants when using compression */
#define NET_HEADER_SIZE 4		/* standard header size */
#define COMP_HEADER_SIZE 3		/* compression header extra size */

  /* Prototypes to password functions */
#define native_password_plugin_name "mysql_native_password"
#define old_password_plugin_name    "mysql_old_password"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
  
char *ma_scramble_323(char *to,const char *message,const char *password);
void ma_scramble_41(const unsigned char *buffer, const char *scramble, const char *password);
void ma_hash_password(unsigned long *result, const char *password, size_t len);
void ma_make_scrambled_password(char *to,const char *password);

/* Some other useful functions */

void mariadb_load_defaults(const char *conf_file, const char **groups,
		   int *argc, char ***argv);
my_bool ma_thread_init(void);
void ma_thread_end(void);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#define NULL_LENGTH ((unsigned long) ~0) /* For net_store_length */

#endif
/* Copyright (C) 2000 MySQL AB & MySQL Finland AB & TCX DataKonsult AB
                 2012-2016 SkySQL AB, MariaDB Corporation AB
   
   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
   
   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Library General Public License for more details.
   
   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
   License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
   Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston,
   MA 02111-1301, USA */

/* Error messages for mysql clients */
/* error messages for the demon is in share/language/errmsg.sys */
#ifndef _errmsg_h_
#define _errmsg_h_

#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
void	init_client_errs(void);
extern const char *client_errors[];	/* Error messages */
extern const char *mariadb_client_errors[];	/* Error messages */
#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif

#define CR_MIN_ERROR		2000	/* For easier client code */
#define CR_MAX_ERROR		2999
#define CER_MIN_ERROR           5000
#define CER_MAX_ERROR           5999
#define CLIENT_ERRMAP		2	/* Errormap used by ma_error() */

#define ER_UNKNOWN_ERROR_CODE "Unknown or undefined error code (%d)"

#define CR_UNKNOWN_ERROR	2000
#define CR_SOCKET_CREATE_ERROR	2001
#define CR_CONNECTION_ERROR	2002
#define CR_CONN_HOST_ERROR	2003 /* never sent to a client, message only */
#define CR_IPSOCK_ERROR		2004
#define CR_UNKNOWN_HOST		2005
#define CR_SERVER_GONE_ERROR	2006 /* disappeared _between_ queries */
#define CR_VERSION_ERROR	2007
#define CR_OUT_OF_MEMORY	2008
#define CR_WRONG_HOST_INFO	2009
#define CR_LOCALHOST_CONNECTION 2010
#define CR_TCP_CONNECTION	2011
#define CR_SERVER_HANDSHAKE_ERR 2012
#define CR_SERVER_LOST		2013 /* disappeared _during_ a query */
#define CR_COMMANDS_OUT_OF_SYNC 2014
#define CR_NAMEDPIPE_CONNECTION 2015
#define CR_NAMEDPIPEWAIT_ERROR 2016
#define CR_NAMEDPIPEOPEN_ERROR 2017
#define CR_NAMEDPIPESETSTATE_ERROR 2018
#define CR_CANT_READ_CHARSET	2019
#define CR_NET_PACKET_TOO_LARGE 2020
#define CR_SSL_CONNECTION_ERROR 2026
#define CR_MALFORMED_PACKET     2027
#define CR_NO_PREPARE_STMT      2030
#define CR_PARAMS_NOT_BOUND     2031
#define CR_INVALID_PARAMETER_NO  2034
#define CR_INVALID_BUFFER_USE    2035
#define CR_UNSUPPORTED_PARAM_TYPE 2036

#define CR_SHARED_MEMORY_CONNECTION 2037
#define CR_SHARED_MEMORY_CONNECT_ERROR 2038

#define CR_CONN_UNKNOWN_PROTOCOL 2047
#define CR_SECURE_AUTH          2049
#define CR_NO_DATA              2051
#define CR_NO_STMT_METADATA     2052
#define CR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED      2054
#define CR_SERVER_LOST_EXTENDED 2055 /* never sent to a client, message only */
#define CR_STMT_CLOSED          2056
#define CR_NEW_STMT_METADATA    2057
#define CR_ALREADY_CONNECTED    2058
#define CR_AUTH_PLUGIN_CANNOT_LOAD 2059
#define CR_DUPLICATE_CONNECTION_ATTR 2060
#define CR_AUTH_PLUGIN_ERR 2061
/* Always last, if you add new error codes please update the
   value for CR_MYSQL_LAST_ERROR */
#define CR_MYSQL_LAST_ERROR CR_AUTH_PLUGIN_ERR

/* 
 * MariaDB Connector/C errors: 
 */
#define CR_EVENT_CREATE_FAILED 5000
#define CR_BIND_ADDR_FAILED    5001
#define CR_ASYNC_NOT_SUPPORTED 5002
#define CR_FUNCTION_NOT_SUPPORTED 5003
#define CR_FILE_NOT_FOUND 5004
#define CR_FILE_READ 5005
#define CR_BULK_WITHOUT_PARAMETERS 5006
#define CR_INVALID_STMT 5007
#define CR_VERSION_MISMATCH 5008
#define CR_INVALID_PARAMETER 5009
#define CR_PLUGIN_NOT_ALLOWED 5010
#define CR_CONNSTR_PARSE_ERROR 5011
#define CR_ERR_LOAD_PLUGIN 5012
#define CR_ERR_NET_READ 5013
#define CR_ERR_NET_WRITE 5014
#define CR_ERR_NET_UNCOMPRESS 5015
#define CR_ERR_STMT_PARAM_CALLBACK 5016
#define CR_ERR_BINLOG_UNCOMPRESS 5017
#define CR_ERR_CHECKSUM_VERIFICATION_ERROR 5018
#define CR_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_BINLOG_FORMAT 5019
#define CR_UNKNOWN_BINLOG_EVENT 5020
#define CR_BINLOG_ERROR 5021
#define CR_BINLOG_INVALID_FILE 5022
#define CR_BINLOG_SEMI_SYNC_ERROR 5023
#define CR_INVALID_CLIENT_FLAG 5024
#define CR_STMT_NO_RESULT 5025
#define CR_ERR_MISSING_ERROR_INFO 5026

/* Always last, if you add new error codes please update the
   value for CR_MARIADB_LAST_ERROR */
#define CR_MARIADB_LAST_ERROR CR_ERR_MISSING_ERROR_INFO

#endif

#define IS_MYSQL_ERROR(code) ((code) > CR_MIN_ERROR && (code) <= CR_MYSQL_LAST_ERROR)
#define IS_MARIADB_ERROR(code) ((code) > CER_MIN_ERROR && (code) <= CR_MARIADB_LAST_ERROR)

#define ER(code) IS_MYSQL_ERROR((code)) ? client_errors[(code) - CR_MIN_ERROR] : \
                 IS_MARIADB_ERROR((code)) ?  mariadb_client_errors[(code) - CER_MIN_ERROR] : \
                 "Unknown or undefined error code"
#define CER(code) ER((code))

#ifndef _ma_pvio_h_
#define _ma_pvio_h_
#define cio_defined

#ifdef HAVE_TLS
#include <ma_tls.h>
#else
#define MARIADB_TLS void
#endif

/* CONC-492: Allow to build plugins outside of MariaDB Connector/C
   source tree when ma_global.h was not included. */
#if !defined(_global_h) && !defined(MY_GLOBAL_INCLUDED)
typedef unsigned char uchar;
#endif

#define PVIO_SET_ERROR if (pvio->set_error) \
                        pvio->set_error

#define PVIO_READ_AHEAD_CACHE_SIZE 16384
#define PVIO_READ_AHEAD_CACHE_MIN_SIZE 2048
#define PVIO_EINTR_TRIES 2

struct st_ma_pvio_methods;
typedef struct st_ma_pvio_methods PVIO_METHODS;

#define IS_PVIO_ASYNC(a) \
  ((a)->mysql && (a)->mysql->options.extension && (a)->mysql->options.extension->async_context)

#define IS_PVIO_ASYNC_ACTIVE(a) \
  (IS_PVIO_ASYNC(a)&& (a)->mysql->options.extension->async_context->active)

#define IS_MYSQL_ASYNC(a) \
  ((a)->options.extension && (a)->options.extension->async_context)

#define IS_MYSQL_ASYNC_ACTIVE(a) \
  (IS_MYSQL_ASYNC(a)&& (a)->options.extension->async_context->active)

enum enum_pvio_timeout {
  PVIO_CONNECT_TIMEOUT= 0,
  PVIO_READ_TIMEOUT,
  PVIO_WRITE_TIMEOUT 
};

enum enum_pvio_io_event
{
  VIO_IO_EVENT_READ,
  VIO_IO_EVENT_WRITE,
  VIO_IO_EVENT_CONNECT
};

enum enum_pvio_type {
  PVIO_TYPE_UNIXSOCKET= 0,
  PVIO_TYPE_SOCKET,
  PVIO_TYPE_NAMEDPIPE,
  PVIO_TYPE_SHAREDMEM,
};

enum enum_pvio_operation {
  PVIO_READ= 0,
  PVIO_WRITE=1
};

#define SHM_DEFAULT_NAME "MYSQL"

struct st_pvio_callback;

typedef struct st_pvio_callback {
  void (*callback)(MYSQL *mysql, uchar *buffer, size_t size);
  struct st_pvio_callback *next;
} PVIO_CALLBACK;

struct st_ma_pvio {
  void *data;
  /* read ahead cache */
  uchar *cache;
  uchar *cache_pos;
  size_t cache_size;
  enum enum_pvio_type type;
  int timeout[3];
  int ssl_type;  /* todo: change to enum (ssl plugins) */
  MARIADB_TLS *ctls;
  MYSQL *mysql;
  PVIO_METHODS *methods;
  void (*set_error)(MYSQL *mysql, unsigned int error_nr, const char *sqlstate, const char *format, ...);
  void (*callback)(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio, my_bool is_read, const uchar *buffer, size_t length);
  size_t bytes_read;
  size_t bytes_sent;
};

typedef struct st_ma_pvio_cinfo
{
  const char *host;
  const char *unix_socket;
  int port;
  enum enum_pvio_type type;
  MYSQL *mysql;
} MA_PVIO_CINFO;

struct st_ma_pvio_methods
{
  my_bool (*set_timeout)(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio, enum enum_pvio_timeout type, int timeout);
  int (*get_timeout)(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio, enum enum_pvio_timeout type);
  ssize_t (*read)(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio, uchar *buffer, size_t length);
  ssize_t (*async_read)(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio, uchar *buffer, size_t length);
  ssize_t (*write)(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio, const uchar *buffer, size_t length);
  ssize_t (*async_write)(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio, const uchar *buffer, size_t length);
  int (*wait_io_or_timeout)(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio, my_bool is_read, int timeout);
  int (*blocking)(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio, my_bool value, my_bool *old_value);
  my_bool (*connect)(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio, MA_PVIO_CINFO *cinfo);
  my_bool (*close)(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio);
  int (*fast_send)(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio);
  int (*keepalive)(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio);
  my_bool (*get_handle)(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio, void *handle);
  my_bool (*is_blocking)(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio);
  my_bool (*is_alive)(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio);
  my_bool (*has_data)(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio, ssize_t *data_len);
  int(*shutdown)(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio);
};

/* Function prototypes */
MARIADB_PVIO *ma_pvio_init(MA_PVIO_CINFO *cinfo);
void ma_pvio_close(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio);
ssize_t ma_pvio_cache_read(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio, uchar *buffer, size_t length);
ssize_t ma_pvio_read(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio, uchar *buffer, size_t length);
ssize_t ma_pvio_write(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio, const uchar *buffer, size_t length);
int ma_pvio_get_timeout(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio, enum enum_pvio_timeout type);
my_bool ma_pvio_set_timeout(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio, enum enum_pvio_timeout type, int timeout);
int ma_pvio_fast_send(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio);
int ma_pvio_keepalive(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio);
my_socket ma_pvio_get_socket(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio);
my_bool ma_pvio_is_blocking(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio);
my_bool ma_pvio_blocking(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio, my_bool block, my_bool *previous_mode);
my_bool ma_pvio_is_blocking(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio);
int ma_pvio_wait_io_or_timeout(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio, my_bool is_read, int timeout);
my_bool ma_pvio_connect(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio, MA_PVIO_CINFO *cinfo);
my_bool ma_pvio_is_alive(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio);
my_bool ma_pvio_get_handle(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio, void *handle);
my_bool ma_pvio_has_data(MARIADB_PVIO *pvio, ssize_t *length);

#endif /* _ma_pvio_h_ */
/* Copyright (C) 2000 MySQL AB & MySQL Finland AB & TCX DataKonsult AB
   
   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
   
   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Library General Public License for more details.
   
   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
   License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
   Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston,
   MA 02111-1301, USA */

#ifndef _list_h_
#define _list_h_

#ifdef	__cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct st_list {
  struct st_list *prev,*next;
  void *data;
} LIST;

typedef int (*list_walk_action)(void *,void *);

extern LIST *list_add(LIST *root,LIST *element);
extern LIST *list_delete(LIST *root,LIST *element);
extern LIST *list_cons(void *data,LIST *root);
extern LIST *list_reverse(LIST *root);
extern void list_free(LIST *root,unsigned int free_data);
extern unsigned int list_length(LIST *list);
extern int list_walk(LIST *list,list_walk_action action,char * argument);

#define list_rest(a) ((a)->next)
#define list_push(a,b) (a)=list_cons((b),(a))
#define list_pop(A) do {LIST *old=(A); (A)=list_delete(old,old) ; ma_free((char *) old,MYF(MY_FAE)); } while(0)

#ifdef	__cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 *	POSIX Standard: 9.2.2 User Database Access	<pwd.h>
 */

#ifndef	_PWD_H
#define	_PWD_H	1

#include <features.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

#include <bits/types.h>

#define __need_size_t
#include <stddef.h>

#if defined __USE_XOPEN || defined __USE_XOPEN2K
/* The Single Unix specification says that some more types are
   available here.  */
# ifndef __gid_t_defined
typedef __gid_t gid_t;
#  define __gid_t_defined
# endif

# ifndef __uid_t_defined
typedef __uid_t uid_t;
#  define __uid_t_defined
# endif
#endif

/* A record in the user database.  */
struct passwd
{
  char *pw_name;		/* Username.  */
  char *pw_passwd;		/* Hashed passphrase, if shadow database
                                   not in use (see shadow.h).  */
  __uid_t pw_uid;		/* User ID.  */
  __gid_t pw_gid;		/* Group ID.  */
  char *pw_gecos;		/* Real name.  */
  char *pw_dir;			/* Home directory.  */
  char *pw_shell;		/* Shell program.  */
};


#ifdef __USE_MISC
# include <bits/types/FILE.h>
#endif


#if defined __USE_MISC || defined __USE_XOPEN_EXTENDED
/* Rewind the user database stream.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern void setpwent (void);

/* Close the user database stream.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern void endpwent (void);

/* Read an entry from the user database stream, opening it if necessary.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern struct passwd *getpwent (void);
#endif

#ifdef	__USE_MISC
/* Read a user database entry from STREAM.

   This function is not part of POSIX and therefore no official
   cancellation point.  But due to similarity with an POSIX interface
   or due to the implementation it is a cancellation point and
   therefore not marked with __THROW.  */
extern struct passwd *fgetpwent (FILE *__stream) __nonnull ((1));

/* Write a given user database entry onto the given stream.

   This function is not part of POSIX and therefore no official
   cancellation point.  But due to similarity with an POSIX interface
   or due to the implementation it is a cancellation point and
   therefore not marked with __THROW.  */
extern int putpwent (const struct passwd *__restrict __p,
		     FILE *__restrict __f);
#endif

/* Retrieve the user database entry for the given user ID.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern struct passwd *getpwuid (__uid_t __uid);

/* Retrieve the user database entry for the given username.

   This function is a possible cancellation point and therefore not
   marked with __THROW.  */
extern struct passwd *getpwnam (const char *__name) __nonnull ((1));

#ifdef __USE_POSIX

# ifdef __USE_MISC
/* Reasonable value for the buffer sized used in the reentrant
   functions below.  But better use `sysconf'.  */
#  define NSS_BUFLEN_PASSWD	1024
# endif

/* Reentrant versions of some of the functions above.

   PLEASE NOTE: the `getpwent_r' function is not (yet) standardized.
   The interface may change in later versions of this library.  But
   the interface is designed following the principals used for the
   other reentrant functions so the chances are good this is what the
   POSIX people would choose.  */

# ifdef __USE_MISC
/* This function is not part of POSIX and therefore no official
   cancellation point.  But due to similarity with an POSIX interface
   or due to the implementation it is a cancellation point and
   therefore not marked with __THROW.  */
extern int getpwent_r (struct passwd *__restrict __resultbuf,
		       char *__restrict __buffer, size_t __buflen,
		       struct passwd **__restrict __result)
		       __nonnull ((1, 2, 4));
# endif

extern int getpwuid_r (__uid_t __uid,
		       struct passwd *__restrict __resultbuf,
		       char *__restrict __buffer, size_t __buflen,
		       struct passwd **__restrict __result)
		       __nonnull ((2, 3, 5));

extern int getpwnam_r (const char *__restrict __name,
		       struct passwd *__restrict __resultbuf,
		       char *__restrict __buffer, size_t __buflen,
		       struct passwd **__restrict __result)
		       __nonnull ((1, 2, 3, 5));


# ifdef	__USE_MISC
/* Read a user database entry from STREAM.  This function is not
   standardized and probably never will.

   This function is not part of POSIX and therefore no official
   cancellation point.  But due to similarity with an POSIX interface
   or due to the implementation it is a cancellation point and
   therefore not marked with __THROW.  */
extern int fgetpwent_r (FILE *__restrict __stream,
			struct passwd *__restrict __resultbuf,
			char *__restrict __buffer, size_t __buflen,
			struct passwd **__restrict __result)
			__nonnull ((1, 2, 3, 5));
# endif

#endif	/* POSIX or reentrant */

#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Write a traditional /etc/passwd line, based on the user database
   entry for the given UID, to BUFFER; space for BUFFER must be
   allocated by the caller.

   This function is not part of POSIX and therefore no official
   cancellation point.  But due to similarity with an POSIX interface
   or due to the implementation it is a cancellation point and
   therefore not marked with __THROW.  */
extern int getpw (__uid_t __uid, char *__buffer);
#endif

__END_DECLS

#endif /* pwd.h  */
/* Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _ULIMIT_H
#define _ULIMIT_H	1

#include <features.h>

/* Constants used as the first parameter for `ulimit'.  They denote limits
   which can be set or retrieved using this function.  */
enum
{
  UL_GETFSIZE = 1,			/* Return limit on the size of a file,
					   in units of 512 bytes.  */
#define UL_GETFSIZE	UL_GETFSIZE
  UL_SETFSIZE,				/* Set limit on the size of a file to
					   second argument.  */
#define UL_SETFSIZE	UL_SETFSIZE
  __UL_GETMAXBRK,			/* Return the maximum possible address
					   of the data segment.  */
  __UL_GETOPENMAX			/* Return the maximum number of files
					   that the calling process can open.*/
};


__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Control process limits according to CMD.  */
extern long int ulimit (int __cmd, ...) __THROW;

__END_DECLS

#endif /* ulimit.h */
/* Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 *	ISO C99 Standard: 7.25
 *	Wide character classification and mapping utilities  <wctype.h>
 */

#ifndef _WCTYPE_H
#define _WCTYPE_H 1

#include <features.h>
#include <bits/types.h>
#include <bits/types/wint_t.h>

/* Constant expression of type `wint_t' whose value does not correspond
   to any member of the extended character set.  */
#ifndef WEOF
# define WEOF (0xffffffffu)
#endif

/* Some definitions from this header also appear in <wchar.h> in
   Unix98 mode.  */
#include <bits/wctype-wchar.h>

/*
 * Extensible wide-character mapping functions: 7.15.3.2.
 */

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* Scalar type that can hold values which represent locale-specific
   character mappings.  */
typedef const __int32_t *wctrans_t;

/* Construct value that describes a mapping between wide characters
   identified by the string argument PROPERTY.  */
extern wctrans_t wctrans (const char *__property) __THROW;

/* Map the wide character WC using the mapping described by DESC.  */
extern wint_t towctrans (wint_t __wc, wctrans_t __desc) __THROW;

# ifdef __USE_XOPEN2K8
/* POSIX.1-2008 extended locale interface (see locale.h).  */
#  include <bits/types/locale_t.h>

/* Test for any wide character for which `iswalpha' or `iswdigit' is
   true.  */
extern int iswalnum_l (wint_t __wc, locale_t __locale) __THROW;

/* Test for any wide character for which `iswupper' or 'iswlower' is
   true, or any wide character that is one of a locale-specific set of
   wide-characters for which none of `iswcntrl', `iswdigit',
   `iswpunct', or `iswspace' is true.  */
extern int iswalpha_l (wint_t __wc, locale_t __locale) __THROW;

/* Test for any control wide character.  */
extern int iswcntrl_l (wint_t __wc, locale_t __locale) __THROW;

/* Test for any wide character that corresponds to a decimal-digit
   character.  */
extern int iswdigit_l (wint_t __wc, locale_t __locale) __THROW;

/* Test for any wide character for which `iswprint' is true and
   `iswspace' is false.  */
extern int iswgraph_l (wint_t __wc, locale_t __locale) __THROW;

/* Test for any wide character that corresponds to a lowercase letter
   or is one of a locale-specific set of wide characters for which
   none of `iswcntrl', `iswdigit', `iswpunct', or `iswspace' is true.  */
extern int iswlower_l (wint_t __wc, locale_t __locale) __THROW;

/* Test for any printing wide character.  */
extern int iswprint_l (wint_t __wc, locale_t __locale) __THROW;

/* Test for any printing wide character that is one of a
   locale-specific et of wide characters for which neither `iswspace'
   nor `iswalnum' is true.  */
extern int iswpunct_l (wint_t __wc, locale_t __locale) __THROW;

/* Test for any wide character that corresponds to a locale-specific
   set of wide characters for which none of `iswalnum', `iswgraph', or
   `iswpunct' is true.  */
extern int iswspace_l (wint_t __wc, locale_t __locale) __THROW;

/* Test for any wide character that corresponds to an uppercase letter
   or is one of a locale-specific set of wide character for which none
   of `iswcntrl', `iswdigit', `iswpunct', or `iswspace' is true.  */
extern int iswupper_l (wint_t __wc, locale_t __locale) __THROW;

/* Test for any wide character that corresponds to a hexadecimal-digit
   character equivalent to that performed be the functions described
   in the previous subclause.  */
extern int iswxdigit_l (wint_t __wc, locale_t __locale) __THROW;

/* Test for any wide character that corresponds to a standard blank
   wide character or a locale-specific set of wide characters for
   which `iswalnum' is false.  */
extern int iswblank_l (wint_t __wc, locale_t __locale) __THROW;

/* Construct value that describes a class of wide characters identified
   by the string argument PROPERTY.  */
extern wctype_t wctype_l (const char *__property, locale_t __locale)
     __THROW;

/* Determine whether the wide-character WC has the property described by
   DESC.  */
extern int iswctype_l (wint_t __wc, wctype_t __desc, locale_t __locale)
     __THROW;

/*
 * Wide-character case-mapping functions.
 */

/* Converts an uppercase letter to the corresponding lowercase letter.  */
extern wint_t towlower_l (wint_t __wc, locale_t __locale) __THROW;

/* Converts an lowercase letter to the corresponding uppercase letter.  */
extern wint_t towupper_l (wint_t __wc, locale_t __locale) __THROW;

/* Construct value that describes a mapping between wide characters
   identified by the string argument PROPERTY.  */
extern wctrans_t wctrans_l (const char *__property, locale_t __locale)
     __THROW;

/* Map the wide character WC using the mapping described by DESC.  */
extern wint_t towctrans_l (wint_t __wc, wctrans_t __desc,
			   locale_t __locale) __THROW;

# endif /* Use POSIX 2008.  */

__END_DECLS

#endif /* wctype.h  */
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
   Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

/*
 *	ISO C99 Standard: 7.2 Diagnostics	<assert.h>
 */

#ifdef	_ASSERT_H

# undef	_ASSERT_H
# undef	assert
# undef __ASSERT_VOID_CAST

# ifdef	__USE_GNU
#  undef assert_perror
# endif

#endif /* assert.h	*/

#define	_ASSERT_H	1
#include <features.h>

#if defined __cplusplus && __GNUC_PREREQ (2,95)
# define __ASSERT_VOID_CAST static_cast<void>
#else
# define __ASSERT_VOID_CAST (void)
#endif

/* void assert (int expression);

   If NDEBUG is defined, do nothing.
   If not, and EXPRESSION is zero, print an error message and abort.  */

#ifdef	NDEBUG

# define assert(expr)		(__ASSERT_VOID_CAST (0))

/* void assert_perror (int errnum);

   If NDEBUG is defined, do nothing.  If not, and ERRNUM is not zero, print an
   error message with the error text for ERRNUM and abort.
   (This is a GNU extension.) */

# ifdef	__USE_GNU
#  define assert_perror(errnum)	(__ASSERT_VOID_CAST (0))
# endif

#else /* Not NDEBUG.  */

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* This prints an "Assertion failed" message and aborts.  */
extern void __assert_fail (const char *__assertion, const char *__file,
			   unsigned int __line, const char *__function)
     __THROW __attribute__ ((__noreturn__));

/* Likewise, but prints the error text for ERRNUM.  */
extern void __assert_perror_fail (int __errnum, const char *__file,
				  unsigned int __line, const char *__function)
     __THROW __attribute__ ((__noreturn__));


/* The following is not at all used here but needed for standard
   compliance.  */
extern void __assert (const char *__assertion, const char *__file, int __line)
     __THROW __attribute__ ((__noreturn__));


__END_DECLS

/* When possible, define assert so that it does not add extra
   parentheses around EXPR.  Otherwise, those added parentheses would
   suppress warnings we'd expect to be detected by gcc's -Wparentheses.  */
# if defined __cplusplus
#  define assert(expr)							\
     (static_cast <bool> (expr)						\
      ? void (0)							\
      : __assert_fail (#expr, __FILE__, __LINE__, __ASSERT_FUNCTION))
# elif !defined __GNUC__ || defined __STRICT_ANSI__
#  define assert(expr)							\
    ((expr)								\
     ? __ASSERT_VOID_CAST (0)						\
     : __assert_fail (#expr, __FILE__, __LINE__, __ASSERT_FUNCTION))
# else
/* The first occurrence of EXPR is not evaluated due to the sizeof,
   but will trigger any pedantic warnings masked by the __extension__
   for the second occurrence.  The ternary operator is required to
   support function pointers and bit fields in this context, and to
   suppress the evaluation of variable length arrays.  */
#  define assert(expr)							\
  ((void) sizeof ((expr) ? 1 : 0), __extension__ ({			\
      if (expr)								\
        ; /* empty */							\
      else								\
        __assert_fail (#expr, __FILE__, __LINE__, __ASSERT_FUNCTION);	\
    }))
# endif

# ifdef	__USE_GNU
#  define assert_perror(errnum)						\
  (!(errnum)								\
   ? __ASSERT_VOID_CAST (0)						\
   : __assert_perror_fail ((errnum), __FILE__, __LINE__, __ASSERT_FUNCTION))
# endif

/* Version 2.4 and later of GCC define a magical variable `__PRETTY_FUNCTION__'
   which contains the name of the function currently being defined.
   This is broken in G++ before version 2.6.
   C9x has a similar variable called __func__, but prefer the GCC one since
   it demangles C++ function names.  */
# if defined __cplusplus ? __GNUC_PREREQ (2, 6) : __GNUC_PREREQ (2, 4)
#   define __ASSERT_FUNCTION	__extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__
# else
#  if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
#   define __ASSERT_FUNCTION	__func__
#  else
#   define __ASSERT_FUNCTION	((const char *) 0)
#  endif
# endif

#endif /* NDEBUG.  */


#if defined __USE_ISOC11 && !defined __cplusplus
# undef static_assert
# define static_assert _Static_assert
#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_GENERIC_IOCTL_H
#define _ASM_GENERIC_IOCTL_H

/* ioctl command encoding: 32 bits total, command in lower 16 bits,
 * size of the parameter structure in the lower 14 bits of the
 * upper 16 bits.
 * Encoding the size of the parameter structure in the ioctl request
 * is useful for catching programs compiled with old versions
 * and to avoid overwriting user space outside the user buffer area.
 * The highest 2 bits are reserved for indicating the ``access mode''.
 * NOTE: This limits the max parameter size to 16kB -1 !
 */

/*
 * The following is for compatibility across the various Linux
 * platforms.  The generic ioctl numbering scheme doesn't really enforce
 * a type field.  De facto, however, the top 8 bits of the lower 16
 * bits are indeed used as a type field, so we might just as well make
 * this explicit here.  Please be sure to use the decoding macros
 * below from now on.
 */
#define _IOC_NRBITS	8
#define _IOC_TYPEBITS	8

/*
 * Let any architecture override either of the following before
 * including this file.
 */

#ifndef _IOC_SIZEBITS
# define _IOC_SIZEBITS	14
#endif

#ifndef _IOC_DIRBITS
# define _IOC_DIRBITS	2
#endif

#define _IOC_NRMASK	((1 << _IOC_NRBITS)-1)
#define _IOC_TYPEMASK	((1 << _IOC_TYPEBITS)-1)
#define _IOC_SIZEMASK	((1 << _IOC_SIZEBITS)-1)
#define _IOC_DIRMASK	((1 << _IOC_DIRBITS)-1)

#define _IOC_NRSHIFT	0
#define _IOC_TYPESHIFT	(_IOC_NRSHIFT+_IOC_NRBITS)
#define _IOC_SIZESHIFT	(_IOC_TYPESHIFT+_IOC_TYPEBITS)
#define _IOC_DIRSHIFT	(_IOC_SIZESHIFT+_IOC_SIZEBITS)

/*
 * Direction bits, which any architecture can choose to override
 * before including this file.
 *
 * NOTE: _IOC_WRITE means userland is writing and kernel is
 * reading. _IOC_READ means userland is reading and kernel is writing.
 */

#ifndef _IOC_NONE
# define _IOC_NONE	0U
#endif

#ifndef _IOC_WRITE
# define _IOC_WRITE	1U
#endif

#ifndef _IOC_READ
# define _IOC_READ	2U
#endif

#define _IOC(dir,type,nr,size) \
	(((dir)  << _IOC_DIRSHIFT) | \
	 ((type) << _IOC_TYPESHIFT) | \
	 ((nr)   << _IOC_NRSHIFT) | \
	 ((size) << _IOC_SIZESHIFT))

#define _IOC_TYPECHECK(t) (sizeof(t))

/*
 * Used to create numbers.
 *
 * NOTE: _IOW means userland is writing and kernel is reading. _IOR
 * means userland is reading and kernel is writing.
 */
#define _IO(type,nr)		_IOC(_IOC_NONE,(type),(nr),0)
#define _IOR(type,nr,size)	_IOC(_IOC_READ,(type),(nr),(_IOC_TYPECHECK(size)))
#define _IOW(type,nr,size)	_IOC(_IOC_WRITE,(type),(nr),(_IOC_TYPECHECK(size)))
#define _IOWR(type,nr,size)	_IOC(_IOC_READ|_IOC_WRITE,(type),(nr),(_IOC_TYPECHECK(size)))
#define _IOR_BAD(type,nr,size)	_IOC(_IOC_READ,(type),(nr),sizeof(size))
#define _IOW_BAD(type,nr,size)	_IOC(_IOC_WRITE,(type),(nr),sizeof(size))
#define _IOWR_BAD(type,nr,size)	_IOC(_IOC_READ|_IOC_WRITE,(type),(nr),sizeof(size))

/* used to decode ioctl numbers.. */
#define _IOC_DIR(nr)		(((nr) >> _IOC_DIRSHIFT) & _IOC_DIRMASK)
#define _IOC_TYPE(nr)		(((nr) >> _IOC_TYPESHIFT) & _IOC_TYPEMASK)
#define _IOC_NR(nr)		(((nr) >> _IOC_NRSHIFT) & _IOC_NRMASK)
#define _IOC_SIZE(nr)		(((nr) >> _IOC_SIZESHIFT) & _IOC_SIZEMASK)

/* ...and for the drivers/sound files... */

#define IOC_IN		(_IOC_WRITE << _IOC_DIRSHIFT)
#define IOC_OUT		(_IOC_READ << _IOC_DIRSHIFT)
#define IOC_INOUT	((_IOC_WRITE|_IOC_READ) << _IOC_DIRSHIFT)
#define IOCSIZE_MASK	(_IOC_SIZEMASK << _IOC_SIZESHIFT)
#define IOCSIZE_SHIFT	(_IOC_SIZESHIFT)

#endif /* _ASM_GENERIC_IOCTL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __ASM_GENERIC_SOCKET_H
#define __ASM_GENERIC_SOCKET_H

#include <asm/sockios.h>

/* For setsockopt(2) */
#define SOL_SOCKET	1

#define SO_DEBUG	1
#define SO_REUSEADDR	2
#define SO_TYPE		3
#define SO_ERROR	4
#define SO_DONTROUTE	5
#define SO_BROADCAST	6
#define SO_SNDBUF	7
#define SO_RCVBUF	8
#define SO_SNDBUFFORCE	32
#define SO_RCVBUFFORCE	33
#define SO_KEEPALIVE	9
#define SO_OOBINLINE	10
#define SO_NO_CHECK	11
#define SO_PRIORITY	12
#define SO_LINGER	13
#define SO_BSDCOMPAT	14
#define SO_REUSEPORT	15
#ifndef SO_PASSCRED /* powerpc only differs in these */
#define SO_PASSCRED	16
#define SO_PEERCRED	17
#define SO_RCVLOWAT	18
#define SO_SNDLOWAT	19
#define SO_RCVTIMEO	20
#define SO_SNDTIMEO	21
#endif

/* Security levels - as per NRL IPv6 - don't actually do anything */
#define SO_SECURITY_AUTHENTICATION		22
#define SO_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_TRANSPORT	23
#define SO_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_NETWORK		24

#define SO_BINDTODEVICE	25

/* Socket filtering */
#define SO_ATTACH_FILTER	26
#define SO_DETACH_FILTER	27
#define SO_GET_FILTER		SO_ATTACH_FILTER

#define SO_PEERNAME		28
#define SO_TIMESTAMP		29
#define SCM_TIMESTAMP		SO_TIMESTAMP

#define SO_ACCEPTCONN		30

#define SO_PEERSEC		31
#define SO_PASSSEC		34
#define SO_TIMESTAMPNS		35
#define SCM_TIMESTAMPNS		SO_TIMESTAMPNS

#define SO_MARK			36

#define SO_TIMESTAMPING		37
#define SCM_TIMESTAMPING	SO_TIMESTAMPING

#define SO_PROTOCOL		38
#define SO_DOMAIN		39

#define SO_RXQ_OVFL             40

#define SO_WIFI_STATUS		41
#define SCM_WIFI_STATUS	SO_WIFI_STATUS
#define SO_PEEK_OFF		42

/* Instruct lower device to use last 4-bytes of skb data as FCS */
#define SO_NOFCS		43

#define SO_LOCK_FILTER		44

#define SO_SELECT_ERR_QUEUE	45

#define SO_BUSY_POLL		46

#define SO_MAX_PACING_RATE	47

#define SO_BPF_EXTENSIONS	48

#define SO_INCOMING_CPU		49

#define SO_ATTACH_BPF		50
#define SO_DETACH_BPF		SO_DETACH_FILTER

#define SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_CBPF	51
#define SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_EBPF	52

#define SO_CNX_ADVICE		53

#define SCM_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_STATS	54

#define SO_MEMINFO		55

#define SO_INCOMING_NAPI_ID	56

#define SO_COOKIE		57

#define SCM_TIMESTAMPING_PKTINFO	58

#define SO_PEERGROUPS		59

#define SO_ZEROCOPY		60

#define SO_TXTIME		61
#define SCM_TXTIME		SO_TXTIME

#define SO_BINDTOIFINDEX	62

#define SO_DETACH_REUSEPORT_BPF 68

#define SO_PREFER_BUSY_POLL	69
#define SO_BUSY_POLL_BUDGET	70

#endif /* __ASM_GENERIC_SOCKET_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#include <asm/bitsperlong.h>

/*
 * This file contains the system call numbers, based on the
 * layout of the x86-64 architecture, which embeds the
 * pointer to the syscall in the table.
 *
 * As a basic principle, no duplication of functionality
 * should be added, e.g. we don't use lseek when llseek
 * is present. New architectures should use this file
 * and implement the less feature-full calls in user space.
 */

#ifndef __SYSCALL
#define __SYSCALL(x, y)
#endif

#if __BITS_PER_LONG == 32 || defined(__SYSCALL_COMPAT)
#define __SC_3264(_nr, _32, _64) __SYSCALL(_nr, _32)
#else
#define __SC_3264(_nr, _32, _64) __SYSCALL(_nr, _64)
#endif

#ifdef __SYSCALL_COMPAT
#define __SC_COMP(_nr, _sys, _comp) __SYSCALL(_nr, _comp)
#define __SC_COMP_3264(_nr, _32, _64, _comp) __SYSCALL(_nr, _comp)
#else
#define __SC_COMP(_nr, _sys, _comp) __SYSCALL(_nr, _sys)
#define __SC_COMP_3264(_nr, _32, _64, _comp) __SC_3264(_nr, _32, _64)
#endif

#define __NR_io_setup 0
__SC_COMP(__NR_io_setup, sys_io_setup, compat_sys_io_setup)
#define __NR_io_destroy 1
__SYSCALL(__NR_io_destroy, sys_io_destroy)
#define __NR_io_submit 2
__SC_COMP(__NR_io_submit, sys_io_submit, compat_sys_io_submit)
#define __NR_io_cancel 3
__SYSCALL(__NR_io_cancel, sys_io_cancel)
#define __NR_io_getevents 4
__SC_COMP(__NR_io_getevents, sys_io_getevents, compat_sys_io_getevents)

/* fs/xattr.c */
#define __NR_setxattr 5
__SYSCALL(__NR_setxattr, sys_setxattr)
#define __NR_lsetxattr 6
__SYSCALL(__NR_lsetxattr, sys_lsetxattr)
#define __NR_fsetxattr 7
__SYSCALL(__NR_fsetxattr, sys_fsetxattr)
#define __NR_getxattr 8
__SYSCALL(__NR_getxattr, sys_getxattr)
#define __NR_lgetxattr 9
__SYSCALL(__NR_lgetxattr, sys_lgetxattr)
#define __NR_fgetxattr 10
__SYSCALL(__NR_fgetxattr, sys_fgetxattr)
#define __NR_listxattr 11
__SYSCALL(__NR_listxattr, sys_listxattr)
#define __NR_llistxattr 12
__SYSCALL(__NR_llistxattr, sys_llistxattr)
#define __NR_flistxattr 13
__SYSCALL(__NR_flistxattr, sys_flistxattr)
#define __NR_removexattr 14
__SYSCALL(__NR_removexattr, sys_removexattr)
#define __NR_lremovexattr 15
__SYSCALL(__NR_lremovexattr, sys_lremovexattr)
#define __NR_fremovexattr 16
__SYSCALL(__NR_fremovexattr, sys_fremovexattr)

/* fs/dcache.c */
#define __NR_getcwd 17
__SYSCALL(__NR_getcwd, sys_getcwd)

/* fs/cookies.c */
#define __NR_lookup_dcookie 18
__SC_COMP(__NR_lookup_dcookie, sys_lookup_dcookie, compat_sys_lookup_dcookie)

/* fs/eventfd.c */
#define __NR_eventfd2 19
__SYSCALL(__NR_eventfd2, sys_eventfd2)

/* fs/eventpoll.c */
#define __NR_epoll_create1 20
__SYSCALL(__NR_epoll_create1, sys_epoll_create1)
#define __NR_epoll_ctl 21
__SYSCALL(__NR_epoll_ctl, sys_epoll_ctl)
#define __NR_epoll_pwait 22
__SC_COMP(__NR_epoll_pwait, sys_epoll_pwait, compat_sys_epoll_pwait)

/* fs/fcntl.c */
#define __NR_dup 23
__SYSCALL(__NR_dup, sys_dup)
#define __NR_dup3 24
__SYSCALL(__NR_dup3, sys_dup3)
#define __NR3264_fcntl 25
__SC_COMP_3264(__NR3264_fcntl, sys_fcntl64, sys_fcntl, compat_sys_fcntl64)

/* fs/inotify_user.c */
#define __NR_inotify_init1 26
__SYSCALL(__NR_inotify_init1, sys_inotify_init1)
#define __NR_inotify_add_watch 27
__SYSCALL(__NR_inotify_add_watch, sys_inotify_add_watch)
#define __NR_inotify_rm_watch 28
__SYSCALL(__NR_inotify_rm_watch, sys_inotify_rm_watch)

/* fs/ioctl.c */
#define __NR_ioctl 29
__SC_COMP(__NR_ioctl, sys_ioctl, compat_sys_ioctl)

/* fs/ioprio.c */
#define __NR_ioprio_set 30
__SYSCALL(__NR_ioprio_set, sys_ioprio_set)
#define __NR_ioprio_get 31
__SYSCALL(__NR_ioprio_get, sys_ioprio_get)

/* fs/locks.c */
#define __NR_flock 32
__SYSCALL(__NR_flock, sys_flock)

/* fs/namei.c */
#define __NR_mknodat 33
__SYSCALL(__NR_mknodat, sys_mknodat)
#define __NR_mkdirat 34
__SYSCALL(__NR_mkdirat, sys_mkdirat)
#define __NR_unlinkat 35
__SYSCALL(__NR_unlinkat, sys_unlinkat)
#define __NR_symlinkat 36
__SYSCALL(__NR_symlinkat, sys_symlinkat)
#define __NR_linkat 37
__SYSCALL(__NR_linkat, sys_linkat)
#ifdef __ARCH_WANT_RENAMEAT
/* renameat is superseded with flags by renameat2 */
#define __NR_renameat 38
__SYSCALL(__NR_renameat, sys_renameat)
#endif /* __ARCH_WANT_RENAMEAT */

/* fs/namespace.c */
#define __NR_umount2 39
__SYSCALL(__NR_umount2, sys_umount)
#define __NR_mount 40
__SC_COMP(__NR_mount, sys_mount, compat_sys_mount)
#define __NR_pivot_root 41
__SYSCALL(__NR_pivot_root, sys_pivot_root)

/* fs/nfsctl.c */
#define __NR_nfsservctl 42
__SYSCALL(__NR_nfsservctl, sys_ni_syscall)

/* fs/open.c */
#define __NR3264_statfs 43
__SC_COMP_3264(__NR3264_statfs, sys_statfs64, sys_statfs, \
	       compat_sys_statfs64)
#define __NR3264_fstatfs 44
__SC_COMP_3264(__NR3264_fstatfs, sys_fstatfs64, sys_fstatfs, \
	       compat_sys_fstatfs64)
#define __NR3264_truncate 45
__SC_COMP_3264(__NR3264_truncate, sys_truncate64, sys_truncate, \
	       compat_sys_truncate64)
#define __NR3264_ftruncate 46
__SC_COMP_3264(__NR3264_ftruncate, sys_ftruncate64, sys_ftruncate, \
	       compat_sys_ftruncate64)

#define __NR_fallocate 47
__SC_COMP(__NR_fallocate, sys_fallocate, compat_sys_fallocate)
#define __NR_faccessat 48
__SYSCALL(__NR_faccessat, sys_faccessat)
#define __NR_chdir 49
__SYSCALL(__NR_chdir, sys_chdir)
#define __NR_fchdir 50
__SYSCALL(__NR_fchdir, sys_fchdir)
#define __NR_chroot 51
__SYSCALL(__NR_chroot, sys_chroot)
#define __NR_fchmod 52
__SYSCALL(__NR_fchmod, sys_fchmod)
#define __NR_fchmodat 53
__SYSCALL(__NR_fchmodat, sys_fchmodat)
#define __NR_fchownat 54
__SYSCALL(__NR_fchownat, sys_fchownat)
#define __NR_fchown 55
__SYSCALL(__NR_fchown, sys_fchown)
#define __NR_openat 56
__SC_COMP(__NR_openat, sys_openat, compat_sys_openat)
#define __NR_close 57
__SYSCALL(__NR_close, sys_close)
#define __NR_vhangup 58
__SYSCALL(__NR_vhangup, sys_vhangup)

/* fs/pipe.c */
#define __NR_pipe2 59
__SYSCALL(__NR_pipe2, sys_pipe2)

/* fs/quota.c */
#define __NR_quotactl 60
__SYSCALL(__NR_quotactl, sys_quotactl)

/* fs/readdir.c */
#define __NR_getdents64 61
__SYSCALL(__NR_getdents64, sys_getdents64)

/* fs/read_write.c */
#define __NR3264_lseek 62
__SC_3264(__NR3264_lseek, sys_llseek, sys_lseek)
#define __NR_read 63
__SYSCALL(__NR_read, sys_read)
#define __NR_write 64
__SYSCALL(__NR_write, sys_write)
#define __NR_readv 65
__SC_COMP(__NR_readv, sys_readv, compat_sys_readv)
#define __NR_writev 66
__SC_COMP(__NR_writev, sys_writev, compat_sys_writev)
#define __NR_pread64 67
__SC_COMP(__NR_pread64, sys_pread64, compat_sys_pread64)
#define __NR_pwrite64 68
__SC_COMP(__NR_pwrite64, sys_pwrite64, compat_sys_pwrite64)
#define __NR_preadv 69
__SC_COMP(__NR_preadv, sys_preadv, compat_sys_preadv)
#define __NR_pwritev 70
__SC_COMP(__NR_pwritev, sys_pwritev, compat_sys_pwritev)

/* fs/sendfile.c */
#define __NR3264_sendfile 71
__SYSCALL(__NR3264_sendfile, sys_sendfile64)

/* fs/select.c */
#define __NR_pselect6 72
__SC_COMP(__NR_pselect6, sys_pselect6, compat_sys_pselect6)
#define __NR_ppoll 73
__SC_COMP(__NR_ppoll, sys_ppoll, compat_sys_ppoll)

/* fs/signalfd.c */
#define __NR_signalfd4 74
__SC_COMP(__NR_signalfd4, sys_signalfd4, compat_sys_signalfd4)

/* fs/splice.c */
#define __NR_vmsplice 75
__SC_COMP(__NR_vmsplice, sys_vmsplice, compat_sys_vmsplice)
#define __NR_splice 76
__SYSCALL(__NR_splice, sys_splice)
#define __NR_tee 77
__SYSCALL(__NR_tee, sys_tee)

/* fs/stat.c */
#define __NR_readlinkat 78
__SYSCALL(__NR_readlinkat, sys_readlinkat)
#define __NR3264_fstatat 79
__SC_3264(__NR3264_fstatat, sys_fstatat64, sys_newfstatat)
#define __NR3264_fstat 80
__SC_3264(__NR3264_fstat, sys_fstat64, sys_newfstat)

/* fs/sync.c */
#define __NR_sync 81
__SYSCALL(__NR_sync, sys_sync)
#define __NR_fsync 82
__SYSCALL(__NR_fsync, sys_fsync)
#define __NR_fdatasync 83
__SYSCALL(__NR_fdatasync, sys_fdatasync)
#ifdef __ARCH_WANT_SYNC_FILE_RANGE2
#define __NR_sync_file_range2 84
__SC_COMP(__NR_sync_file_range2, sys_sync_file_range2, \
	  compat_sys_sync_file_range2)
#else
#define __NR_sync_file_range 84
__SC_COMP(__NR_sync_file_range, sys_sync_file_range, \
	  compat_sys_sync_file_range)
#endif

/* fs/timerfd.c */
#define __NR_timerfd_create 85
__SYSCALL(__NR_timerfd_create, sys_timerfd_create)
#define __NR_timerfd_settime 86
__SC_COMP(__NR_timerfd_settime, sys_timerfd_settime, \
	  compat_sys_timerfd_settime)
#define __NR_timerfd_gettime 87
__SC_COMP(__NR_timerfd_gettime, sys_timerfd_gettime, \
	  compat_sys_timerfd_gettime)

/* fs/utimes.c */
#define __NR_utimensat 88
__SC_COMP(__NR_utimensat, sys_utimensat, compat_sys_utimensat)

/* kernel/acct.c */
#define __NR_acct 89
__SYSCALL(__NR_acct, sys_acct)

/* kernel/capability.c */
#define __NR_capget 90
__SYSCALL(__NR_capget, sys_capget)
#define __NR_capset 91
__SYSCALL(__NR_capset, sys_capset)

/* kernel/exec_domain.c */
#define __NR_personality 92
__SYSCALL(__NR_personality, sys_personality)

/* kernel/exit.c */
#define __NR_exit 93
__SYSCALL(__NR_exit, sys_exit)
#define __NR_exit_group 94
__SYSCALL(__NR_exit_group, sys_exit_group)
#define __NR_waitid 95
__SC_COMP(__NR_waitid, sys_waitid, compat_sys_waitid)

/* kernel/fork.c */
#define __NR_set_tid_address 96
__SYSCALL(__NR_set_tid_address, sys_set_tid_address)
#define __NR_unshare 97
__SYSCALL(__NR_unshare, sys_unshare)

/* kernel/futex.c */
#define __NR_futex 98
__SC_COMP(__NR_futex, sys_futex, compat_sys_futex)
#define __NR_set_robust_list 99
__SC_COMP(__NR_set_robust_list, sys_set_robust_list, \
	  compat_sys_set_robust_list)
#define __NR_get_robust_list 100
__SC_COMP(__NR_get_robust_list, sys_get_robust_list, \
	  compat_sys_get_robust_list)

/* kernel/hrtimer.c */
#define __NR_nanosleep 101
__SC_COMP(__NR_nanosleep, sys_nanosleep, compat_sys_nanosleep)

/* kernel/itimer.c */
#define __NR_getitimer 102
__SC_COMP(__NR_getitimer, sys_getitimer, compat_sys_getitimer)
#define __NR_setitimer 103
__SC_COMP(__NR_setitimer, sys_setitimer, compat_sys_setitimer)

/* kernel/kexec.c */
#define __NR_kexec_load 104
__SC_COMP(__NR_kexec_load, sys_kexec_load, compat_sys_kexec_load)

/* kernel/module.c */
#define __NR_init_module 105
__SYSCALL(__NR_init_module, sys_init_module)
#define __NR_delete_module 106
__SYSCALL(__NR_delete_module, sys_delete_module)

/* kernel/posix-timers.c */
#define __NR_timer_create 107
__SC_COMP(__NR_timer_create, sys_timer_create, compat_sys_timer_create)
#define __NR_timer_gettime 108
__SC_COMP(__NR_timer_gettime, sys_timer_gettime, compat_sys_timer_gettime)
#define __NR_timer_getoverrun 109
__SYSCALL(__NR_timer_getoverrun, sys_timer_getoverrun)
#define __NR_timer_settime 110
__SC_COMP(__NR_timer_settime, sys_timer_settime, compat_sys_timer_settime)
#define __NR_timer_delete 111
__SYSCALL(__NR_timer_delete, sys_timer_delete)
#define __NR_clock_settime 112
__SC_COMP(__NR_clock_settime, sys_clock_settime, compat_sys_clock_settime)
#define __NR_clock_gettime 113
__SC_COMP(__NR_clock_gettime, sys_clock_gettime, compat_sys_clock_gettime)
#define __NR_clock_getres 114
__SC_COMP(__NR_clock_getres, sys_clock_getres, compat_sys_clock_getres)
#define __NR_clock_nanosleep 115
__SC_COMP(__NR_clock_nanosleep, sys_clock_nanosleep, \
	  compat_sys_clock_nanosleep)

/* kernel/printk.c */
#define __NR_syslog 116
__SYSCALL(__NR_syslog, sys_syslog)

/* kernel/ptrace.c */
#define __NR_ptrace 117
__SYSCALL(__NR_ptrace, sys_ptrace)

/* kernel/sched/core.c */
#define __NR_sched_setparam 118
__SYSCALL(__NR_sched_setparam, sys_sched_setparam)
#define __NR_sched_setscheduler 119
__SYSCALL(__NR_sched_setscheduler, sys_sched_setscheduler)
#define __NR_sched_getscheduler 120
__SYSCALL(__NR_sched_getscheduler, sys_sched_getscheduler)
#define __NR_sched_getparam 121
__SYSCALL(__NR_sched_getparam, sys_sched_getparam)
#define __NR_sched_setaffinity 122
__SC_COMP(__NR_sched_setaffinity, sys_sched_setaffinity, \
	  compat_sys_sched_setaffinity)
#define __NR_sched_getaffinity 123
__SC_COMP(__NR_sched_getaffinity, sys_sched_getaffinity, \
	  compat_sys_sched_getaffinity)
#define __NR_sched_yield 124
__SYSCALL(__NR_sched_yield, sys_sched_yield)
#define __NR_sched_get_priority_max 125
__SYSCALL(__NR_sched_get_priority_max, sys_sched_get_priority_max)
#define __NR_sched_get_priority_min 126
__SYSCALL(__NR_sched_get_priority_min, sys_sched_get_priority_min)
#define __NR_sched_rr_get_interval 127
__SC_COMP(__NR_sched_rr_get_interval, sys_sched_rr_get_interval, \
	  compat_sys_sched_rr_get_interval)

/* kernel/signal.c */
#define __NR_restart_syscall 128
__SYSCALL(__NR_restart_syscall, sys_restart_syscall)
#define __NR_kill 129
__SYSCALL(__NR_kill, sys_kill)
#define __NR_tkill 130
__SYSCALL(__NR_tkill, sys_tkill)
#define __NR_tgkill 131
__SYSCALL(__NR_tgkill, sys_tgkill)
#define __NR_sigaltstack 132
__SC_COMP(__NR_sigaltstack, sys_sigaltstack, compat_sys_sigaltstack)
#define __NR_rt_sigsuspend 133
__SC_COMP(__NR_rt_sigsuspend, sys_rt_sigsuspend, compat_sys_rt_sigsuspend)
#define __NR_rt_sigaction 134
__SC_COMP(__NR_rt_sigaction, sys_rt_sigaction, compat_sys_rt_sigaction)
#define __NR_rt_sigprocmask 135
__SC_COMP(__NR_rt_sigprocmask, sys_rt_sigprocmask, compat_sys_rt_sigprocmask)
#define __NR_rt_sigpending 136
__SC_COMP(__NR_rt_sigpending, sys_rt_sigpending, compat_sys_rt_sigpending)
#define __NR_rt_sigtimedwait 137
__SC_COMP(__NR_rt_sigtimedwait, sys_rt_sigtimedwait, \
	  compat_sys_rt_sigtimedwait)
#define __NR_rt_sigqueueinfo 138
__SC_COMP(__NR_rt_sigqueueinfo, sys_rt_sigqueueinfo, \
	  compat_sys_rt_sigqueueinfo)
#define __NR_rt_sigreturn 139
__SC_COMP(__NR_rt_sigreturn, sys_rt_sigreturn, compat_sys_rt_sigreturn)

/* kernel/sys.c */
#define __NR_setpriority 140
__SYSCALL(__NR_setpriority, sys_setpriority)
#define __NR_getpriority 141
__SYSCALL(__NR_getpriority, sys_getpriority)
#define __NR_reboot 142
__SYSCALL(__NR_reboot, sys_reboot)
#define __NR_setregid 143
__SYSCALL(__NR_setregid, sys_setregid)
#define __NR_setgid 144
__SYSCALL(__NR_setgid, sys_setgid)
#define __NR_setreuid 145
__SYSCALL(__NR_setreuid, sys_setreuid)
#define __NR_setuid 146
__SYSCALL(__NR_setuid, sys_setuid)
#define __NR_setresuid 147
__SYSCALL(__NR_setresuid, sys_setresuid)
#define __NR_getresuid 148
__SYSCALL(__NR_getresuid, sys_getresuid)
#define __NR_setresgid 149
__SYSCALL(__NR_setresgid, sys_setresgid)
#define __NR_getresgid 150
__SYSCALL(__NR_getresgid, sys_getresgid)
#define __NR_setfsuid 151
__SYSCALL(__NR_setfsuid, sys_setfsuid)
#define __NR_setfsgid 152
__SYSCALL(__NR_setfsgid, sys_setfsgid)
#define __NR_times 153
__SC_COMP(__NR_times, sys_times, compat_sys_times)
#define __NR_setpgid 154
__SYSCALL(__NR_setpgid, sys_setpgid)
#define __NR_getpgid 155
__SYSCALL(__NR_getpgid, sys_getpgid)
#define __NR_getsid 156
__SYSCALL(__NR_getsid, sys_getsid)
#define __NR_setsid 157
__SYSCALL(__NR_setsid, sys_setsid)
#define __NR_getgroups 158
__SYSCALL(__NR_getgroups, sys_getgroups)
#define __NR_setgroups 159
__SYSCALL(__NR_setgroups, sys_setgroups)
#define __NR_uname 160
__SYSCALL(__NR_uname, sys_newuname)
#define __NR_sethostname 161
__SYSCALL(__NR_sethostname, sys_sethostname)
#define __NR_setdomainname 162
__SYSCALL(__NR_setdomainname, sys_setdomainname)
#define __NR_getrlimit 163
__SC_COMP(__NR_getrlimit, sys_getrlimit, compat_sys_getrlimit)
#define __NR_setrlimit 164
__SC_COMP(__NR_setrlimit, sys_setrlimit, compat_sys_setrlimit)
#define __NR_getrusage 165
__SC_COMP(__NR_getrusage, sys_getrusage, compat_sys_getrusage)
#define __NR_umask 166
__SYSCALL(__NR_umask, sys_umask)
#define __NR_prctl 167
__SYSCALL(__NR_prctl, sys_prctl)
#define __NR_getcpu 168
__SYSCALL(__NR_getcpu, sys_getcpu)

/* kernel/time.c */
#define __NR_gettimeofday 169
__SC_COMP(__NR_gettimeofday, sys_gettimeofday, compat_sys_gettimeofday)
#define __NR_settimeofday 170
__SC_COMP(__NR_settimeofday, sys_settimeofday, compat_sys_settimeofday)
#define __NR_adjtimex 171
__SC_COMP(__NR_adjtimex, sys_adjtimex, compat_sys_adjtimex)

/* kernel/timer.c */
#define __NR_getpid 172
__SYSCALL(__NR_getpid, sys_getpid)
#define __NR_getppid 173
__SYSCALL(__NR_getppid, sys_getppid)
#define __NR_getuid 174
__SYSCALL(__NR_getuid, sys_getuid)
#define __NR_geteuid 175
__SYSCALL(__NR_geteuid, sys_geteuid)
#define __NR_getgid 176
__SYSCALL(__NR_getgid, sys_getgid)
#define __NR_getegid 177
__SYSCALL(__NR_getegid, sys_getegid)
#define __NR_gettid 178
__SYSCALL(__NR_gettid, sys_gettid)
#define __NR_sysinfo 179
__SC_COMP(__NR_sysinfo, sys_sysinfo, compat_sys_sysinfo)

/* ipc/mqueue.c */
#define __NR_mq_open 180
__SC_COMP(__NR_mq_open, sys_mq_open, compat_sys_mq_open)
#define __NR_mq_unlink 181
__SYSCALL(__NR_mq_unlink, sys_mq_unlink)
#define __NR_mq_timedsend 182
__SC_COMP(__NR_mq_timedsend, sys_mq_timedsend, compat_sys_mq_timedsend)
#define __NR_mq_timedreceive 183
__SC_COMP(__NR_mq_timedreceive, sys_mq_timedreceive, \
	  compat_sys_mq_timedreceive)
#define __NR_mq_notify 184
__SC_COMP(__NR_mq_notify, sys_mq_notify, compat_sys_mq_notify)
#define __NR_mq_getsetattr 185
__SC_COMP(__NR_mq_getsetattr, sys_mq_getsetattr, compat_sys_mq_getsetattr)

/* ipc/msg.c */
#define __NR_msgget 186
__SYSCALL(__NR_msgget, sys_msgget)
#define __NR_msgctl 187
__SC_COMP(__NR_msgctl, sys_msgctl, compat_sys_msgctl)
#define __NR_msgrcv 188
__SC_COMP(__NR_msgrcv, sys_msgrcv, compat_sys_msgrcv)
#define __NR_msgsnd 189
__SC_COMP(__NR_msgsnd, sys_msgsnd, compat_sys_msgsnd)

/* ipc/sem.c */
#define __NR_semget 190
__SYSCALL(__NR_semget, sys_semget)
#define __NR_semctl 191
__SC_COMP(__NR_semctl, sys_semctl, compat_sys_semctl)
#define __NR_semtimedop 192
__SC_COMP(__NR_semtimedop, sys_semtimedop, compat_sys_semtimedop)
#define __NR_semop 193
__SYSCALL(__NR_semop, sys_semop)

/* ipc/shm.c */
#define __NR_shmget 194
__SYSCALL(__NR_shmget, sys_shmget)
#define __NR_shmctl 195
__SC_COMP(__NR_shmctl, sys_shmctl, compat_sys_shmctl)
#define __NR_shmat 196
__SC_COMP(__NR_shmat, sys_shmat, compat_sys_shmat)
#define __NR_shmdt 197
__SYSCALL(__NR_shmdt, sys_shmdt)

/* net/socket.c */
#define __NR_socket 198
__SYSCALL(__NR_socket, sys_socket)
#define __NR_socketpair 199
__SYSCALL(__NR_socketpair, sys_socketpair)
#define __NR_bind 200
__SYSCALL(__NR_bind, sys_bind)
#define __NR_listen 201
__SYSCALL(__NR_listen, sys_listen)
#define __NR_accept 202
__SYSCALL(__NR_accept, sys_accept)
#define __NR_connect 203
__SYSCALL(__NR_connect, sys_connect)
#define __NR_getsockname 204
__SYSCALL(__NR_getsockname, sys_getsockname)
#define __NR_getpeername 205
__SYSCALL(__NR_getpeername, sys_getpeername)
#define __NR_sendto 206
__SYSCALL(__NR_sendto, sys_sendto)
#define __NR_recvfrom 207
__SC_COMP(__NR_recvfrom, sys_recvfrom, compat_sys_recvfrom)
#define __NR_setsockopt 208
__SC_COMP(__NR_setsockopt, sys_setsockopt, compat_sys_setsockopt)
#define __NR_getsockopt 209
__SC_COMP(__NR_getsockopt, sys_getsockopt, compat_sys_getsockopt)
#define __NR_shutdown 210
__SYSCALL(__NR_shutdown, sys_shutdown)
#define __NR_sendmsg 211
__SC_COMP(__NR_sendmsg, sys_sendmsg, compat_sys_sendmsg)
#define __NR_recvmsg 212
__SC_COMP(__NR_recvmsg, sys_recvmsg, compat_sys_recvmsg)

/* mm/filemap.c */
#define __NR_readahead 213
__SC_COMP(__NR_readahead, sys_readahead, compat_sys_readahead)

/* mm/nommu.c, also with MMU */
#define __NR_brk 214
__SYSCALL(__NR_brk, sys_brk)
#define __NR_munmap 215
__SYSCALL(__NR_munmap, sys_munmap)
#define __NR_mremap 216
__SYSCALL(__NR_mremap, sys_mremap)

/* security/keys/keyctl.c */
#define __NR_add_key 217
__SYSCALL(__NR_add_key, sys_add_key)
#define __NR_request_key 218
__SYSCALL(__NR_request_key, sys_request_key)
#define __NR_keyctl 219
__SC_COMP(__NR_keyctl, sys_keyctl, compat_sys_keyctl)

/* arch/example/kernel/sys_example.c */
#define __NR_clone 220
__SYSCALL(__NR_clone, sys_clone)
#define __NR_execve 221
__SC_COMP(__NR_execve, sys_execve, compat_sys_execve)

#define __NR3264_mmap 222
__SC_3264(__NR3264_mmap, sys_mmap2, sys_mmap)
/* mm/fadvise.c */
#define __NR3264_fadvise64 223
__SC_COMP(__NR3264_fadvise64, sys_fadvise64_64, compat_sys_fadvise64_64)

/* mm/, CONFIG_MMU only */
#ifndef __ARCH_NOMMU
#define __NR_swapon 224
__SYSCALL(__NR_swapon, sys_swapon)
#define __NR_swapoff 225
__SYSCALL(__NR_swapoff, sys_swapoff)
#define __NR_mprotect 226
__SYSCALL(__NR_mprotect, sys_mprotect)
#define __NR_msync 227
__SYSCALL(__NR_msync, sys_msync)
#define __NR_mlock 228
__SYSCALL(__NR_mlock, sys_mlock)
#define __NR_munlock 229
__SYSCALL(__NR_munlock, sys_munlock)
#define __NR_mlockall 230
__SYSCALL(__NR_mlockall, sys_mlockall)
#define __NR_munlockall 231
__SYSCALL(__NR_munlockall, sys_munlockall)
#define __NR_mincore 232
__SYSCALL(__NR_mincore, sys_mincore)
#define __NR_madvise 233
__SYSCALL(__NR_madvise, sys_madvise)
#define __NR_remap_file_pages 234
__SYSCALL(__NR_remap_file_pages, sys_remap_file_pages)
#define __NR_mbind 235
__SC_COMP(__NR_mbind, sys_mbind, compat_sys_mbind)
#define __NR_get_mempolicy 236
__SC_COMP(__NR_get_mempolicy, sys_get_mempolicy, compat_sys_get_mempolicy)
#define __NR_set_mempolicy 237
__SC_COMP(__NR_set_mempolicy, sys_set_mempolicy, compat_sys_set_mempolicy)
#define __NR_migrate_pages 238
__SC_COMP(__NR_migrate_pages, sys_migrate_pages, compat_sys_migrate_pages)
#define __NR_move_pages 239
__SC_COMP(__NR_move_pages, sys_move_pages, compat_sys_move_pages)
#endif

#define __NR_rt_tgsigqueueinfo 240
__SC_COMP(__NR_rt_tgsigqueueinfo, sys_rt_tgsigqueueinfo, \
	  compat_sys_rt_tgsigqueueinfo)
#define __NR_perf_event_open 241
__SYSCALL(__NR_perf_event_open, sys_perf_event_open)
#define __NR_accept4 242
__SYSCALL(__NR_accept4, sys_accept4)
#define __NR_recvmmsg 243
__SC_COMP(__NR_recvmmsg, sys_recvmmsg, compat_sys_recvmmsg)

/*
 * Architectures may provide up to 16 syscalls of their own
 * starting with this value.
 */
#define __NR_arch_specific_syscall 244

#define __NR_wait4 260
__SC_COMP(__NR_wait4, sys_wait4, compat_sys_wait4)
#define __NR_prlimit64 261
__SYSCALL(__NR_prlimit64, sys_prlimit64)
#define __NR_fanotify_init 262
__SYSCALL(__NR_fanotify_init, sys_fanotify_init)
#define __NR_fanotify_mark 263
__SYSCALL(__NR_fanotify_mark, sys_fanotify_mark)
#define __NR_name_to_handle_at         264
__SYSCALL(__NR_name_to_handle_at, sys_name_to_handle_at)
#define __NR_open_by_handle_at         265
__SC_COMP(__NR_open_by_handle_at, sys_open_by_handle_at, \
	  compat_sys_open_by_handle_at)
#define __NR_clock_adjtime 266
__SC_COMP(__NR_clock_adjtime, sys_clock_adjtime, compat_sys_clock_adjtime)
#define __NR_syncfs 267
__SYSCALL(__NR_syncfs, sys_syncfs)
#define __NR_setns 268
__SYSCALL(__NR_setns, sys_setns)
#define __NR_sendmmsg 269
__SC_COMP(__NR_sendmmsg, sys_sendmmsg, compat_sys_sendmmsg)
#define __NR_process_vm_readv 270
__SC_COMP(__NR_process_vm_readv, sys_process_vm_readv, \
          compat_sys_process_vm_readv)
#define __NR_process_vm_writev 271
__SC_COMP(__NR_process_vm_writev, sys_process_vm_writev, \
          compat_sys_process_vm_writev)
#define __NR_kcmp 272
__SYSCALL(__NR_kcmp, sys_kcmp)
#define __NR_finit_module 273
__SYSCALL(__NR_finit_module, sys_finit_module)
#define __NR_sched_setattr 274
__SYSCALL(__NR_sched_setattr, sys_sched_setattr)
#define __NR_sched_getattr 275
__SYSCALL(__NR_sched_getattr, sys_sched_getattr)
#define __NR_renameat2 276
__SYSCALL(__NR_renameat2, sys_renameat2)
#define __NR_seccomp 277
__SYSCALL(__NR_seccomp, sys_seccomp)
#define __NR_getrandom 278
__SYSCALL(__NR_getrandom, sys_getrandom)
#define __NR_memfd_create 279
__SYSCALL(__NR_memfd_create, sys_memfd_create)
#define __NR_bpf 280
__SYSCALL(__NR_bpf, sys_bpf)
#define __NR_execveat 281
__SC_COMP(__NR_execveat, sys_execveat, compat_sys_execveat)
#define __NR_userfaultfd 282
__SYSCALL(__NR_userfaultfd, sys_userfaultfd)
#define __NR_membarrier 283
__SYSCALL(__NR_membarrier, sys_membarrier)
#define __NR_mlock2 284
__SYSCALL(__NR_mlock2, sys_mlock2)
#define __NR_copy_file_range 285
__SYSCALL(__NR_copy_file_range, sys_copy_file_range)
#define __NR_preadv2 286
__SC_COMP(__NR_preadv2, sys_preadv2, compat_sys_preadv2)
#define __NR_pwritev2 287
__SC_COMP(__NR_pwritev2, sys_pwritev2, compat_sys_pwritev2)
#define __NR_pkey_mprotect 288
__SYSCALL(__NR_pkey_mprotect, sys_pkey_mprotect)
#define __NR_pkey_alloc 289
__SYSCALL(__NR_pkey_alloc,    sys_pkey_alloc)
#define __NR_pkey_free 290
__SYSCALL(__NR_pkey_free,     sys_pkey_free)
#define __NR_statx 291
__SYSCALL(__NR_statx,     sys_statx)
#define __NR_io_pgetevents 292
__SC_COMP(__NR_io_pgetevents, sys_io_pgetevents, compat_sys_io_pgetevents)
#define __NR_rseq 293
__SYSCALL(__NR_rseq, sys_rseq)
#define __NR_kexec_file_load 294
__SYSCALL(__NR_kexec_file_load,     sys_kexec_file_load)
#if __BITS_PER_LONG == 32
#define __NR_clock_gettime64 403
__SYSCALL(__NR_clock_gettime64, sys_clock_gettime)
#define __NR_clock_settime64 404
__SYSCALL(__NR_clock_settime64, sys_clock_settime)
#define __NR_clock_adjtime64 405
__SYSCALL(__NR_clock_adjtime64, sys_clock_adjtime)
#define __NR_clock_getres_time64 406
__SYSCALL(__NR_clock_getres_time64, sys_clock_getres)
#define __NR_clock_nanosleep_time64 407
__SYSCALL(__NR_clock_nanosleep_time64, sys_clock_nanosleep)
#define __NR_timer_gettime64 408
__SYSCALL(__NR_timer_gettime64, sys_timer_gettime)
#define __NR_timer_settime64 409
__SYSCALL(__NR_timer_settime64, sys_timer_settime)
#define __NR_timerfd_gettime64 410
__SYSCALL(__NR_timerfd_gettime64, sys_timerfd_gettime)
#define __NR_timerfd_settime64 411
__SYSCALL(__NR_timerfd_settime64, sys_timerfd_settime)
#define __NR_utimensat_time64 412
__SYSCALL(__NR_utimensat_time64, sys_utimensat)
#define __NR_io_pgetevents_time64 416
__SYSCALL(__NR_io_pgetevents_time64, sys_io_pgetevents)
#define __NR_mq_timedsend_time64 418
__SYSCALL(__NR_mq_timedsend_time64, sys_mq_timedsend)
#define __NR_mq_timedreceive_time64 419
__SYSCALL(__NR_mq_timedreceive_time64, sys_mq_timedreceive)
#define __NR_semtimedop_time64 420
__SYSCALL(__NR_semtimedop_time64, sys_semtimedop)
#define __NR_futex_time64 422
__SYSCALL(__NR_futex_time64, sys_futex)
#define __NR_sched_rr_get_interval_time64 423
__SYSCALL(__NR_sched_rr_get_interval_time64, sys_sched_rr_get_interval)
#endif
#define __NR_pidfd_send_signal 424
__SYSCALL(__NR_pidfd_send_signal, sys_pidfd_send_signal)
#define __NR_io_uring_setup 425
__SYSCALL(__NR_io_uring_setup, sys_io_uring_setup)
#define __NR_io_uring_enter 426
__SYSCALL(__NR_io_uring_enter, sys_io_uring_enter)
#define __NR_io_uring_register 427
__SYSCALL(__NR_io_uring_register, sys_io_uring_register)
#define __NR_open_tree 428
__SYSCALL(__NR_open_tree, sys_open_tree)
#define __NR_move_mount 429
__SYSCALL(__NR_move_mount, sys_move_mount)
#define __NR_fsopen 430
__SYSCALL(__NR_fsopen, sys_fsopen)
#define __NR_fsconfig 431
__SYSCALL(__NR_fsconfig, sys_fsconfig)
#define __NR_fsmount 432
__SYSCALL(__NR_fsmount, sys_fsmount)
#define __NR_fspick 433
__SYSCALL(__NR_fspick, sys_fspick)
#define __NR_close_range 436
__SYSCALL(__NR_close_range, sys_close_range)
#define __NR_faccessat2 439
__SYSCALL(__NR_faccessat2, sys_faccessat2)

#define __NR_openat2 437
__SYSCALL(__NR_openat2, sys_openat2)

#undef __NR_syscalls
#define __NR_syscalls 441

/*
 * 32 bit systems traditionally used different
 * syscalls for off_t and loff_t arguments, while
 * 64 bit systems only need the off_t version.
 * For new 32 bit platforms, there is no need to
 * implement the old 32 bit off_t syscalls, so
 * they take different names.
 * Here we map the numbers so that both versions
 * use the same syscall table layout.
 */
#if __BITS_PER_LONG == 64 && !defined(__SYSCALL_COMPAT)
#define __NR_fcntl __NR3264_fcntl
#define __NR_statfs __NR3264_statfs
#define __NR_fstatfs __NR3264_fstatfs
#define __NR_truncate __NR3264_truncate
#define __NR_ftruncate __NR3264_ftruncate
#define __NR_lseek __NR3264_lseek
#define __NR_sendfile __NR3264_sendfile
#define __NR_newfstatat __NR3264_fstatat
#define __NR_fstat __NR3264_fstat
#define __NR_mmap __NR3264_mmap
#define __NR_fadvise64 __NR3264_fadvise64
#ifdef __NR3264_stat
#define __NR_stat __NR3264_stat
#define __NR_lstat __NR3264_lstat
#endif
#else
#define __NR_fcntl64 __NR3264_fcntl
#define __NR_statfs64 __NR3264_statfs
#define __NR_fstatfs64 __NR3264_fstatfs
#define __NR_truncate64 __NR3264_truncate
#define __NR_ftruncate64 __NR3264_ftruncate
#define __NR_llseek __NR3264_lseek
#define __NR_sendfile64 __NR3264_sendfile
#define __NR_fstatat64 __NR3264_fstatat
#define __NR_fstat64 __NR3264_fstat
#define __NR_mmap2 __NR3264_mmap
#define __NR_fadvise64_64 __NR3264_fadvise64
#ifdef __NR3264_stat
#define __NR_stat64 __NR3264_stat
#define __NR_lstat64 __NR3264_lstat
#endif
#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __ASM_GENERIC_PARAM_H
#define __ASM_GENERIC_PARAM_H

#ifndef HZ
#define HZ 100
#endif

#ifndef EXEC_PAGESIZE
#define EXEC_PAGESIZE	4096
#endif

#ifndef NOGROUP
#define NOGROUP		(-1)
#endif

#define MAXHOSTNAMELEN	64	/* max length of hostname */


#endif /* __ASM_GENERIC_PARAM_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * asm-generic/int-l64.h
 *
 * Integer declarations for architectures which use "long"
 * for 64-bit types.
 */

#ifndef _ASM_GENERIC_INT_L64_H
#define _ASM_GENERIC_INT_L64_H

#include <asm/bitsperlong.h>

#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__
/*
 * __xx is ok: it doesn't pollute the POSIX namespace. Use these in the
 * header files exported to user space
 */

typedef __signed__ char __s8;
typedef unsigned char __u8;

typedef __signed__ short __s16;
typedef unsigned short __u16;

typedef __signed__ int __s32;
typedef unsigned int __u32;

typedef __signed__ long __s64;
typedef unsigned long __u64;

#endif /* __ASSEMBLY__ */


#endif /* _ASM_GENERIC_INT_L64_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_GENERIC_TYPES_H
#define _ASM_GENERIC_TYPES_H
/*
 * int-ll64 is used everywhere now.
 */
#include <asm-generic/int-ll64.h>

#endif /* _ASM_GENERIC_TYPES_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_GENERIC_RESOURCE_H
#define _ASM_GENERIC_RESOURCE_H

/*
 * Resource limit IDs
 *
 * ( Compatibility detail: there are architectures that have
 *   a different rlimit ID order in the 5-9 range and want
 *   to keep that order for binary compatibility. The reasons
 *   are historic and all new rlimits are identical across all
 *   arches. If an arch has such special order for some rlimits
 *   then it defines them prior including asm-generic/resource.h. )
 */

#define RLIMIT_CPU		0	/* CPU time in sec */
#define RLIMIT_FSIZE		1	/* Maximum filesize */
#define RLIMIT_DATA		2	/* max data size */
#define RLIMIT_STACK		3	/* max stack size */
#define RLIMIT_CORE		4	/* max core file size */

#ifndef RLIMIT_RSS
# define RLIMIT_RSS		5	/* max resident set size */
#endif

#ifndef RLIMIT_NPROC
# define RLIMIT_NPROC		6	/* max number of processes */
#endif

#ifndef RLIMIT_NOFILE
# define RLIMIT_NOFILE		7	/* max number of open files */
#endif

#ifndef RLIMIT_MEMLOCK
# define RLIMIT_MEMLOCK		8	/* max locked-in-memory address space */
#endif

#ifndef RLIMIT_AS
# define RLIMIT_AS		9	/* address space limit */
#endif

#define RLIMIT_LOCKS		10	/* maximum file locks held */
#define RLIMIT_SIGPENDING	11	/* max number of pending signals */
#define RLIMIT_MSGQUEUE		12	/* maximum bytes in POSIX mqueues */
#define RLIMIT_NICE		13	/* max nice prio allowed to raise to
					   0-39 for nice level 19 .. -20 */
#define RLIMIT_RTPRIO		14	/* maximum realtime priority */
#define RLIMIT_RTTIME		15	/* timeout for RT tasks in us */
#define RLIM_NLIMITS		16

/*
 * SuS says limits have to be unsigned.
 * Which makes a ton more sense anyway.
 *
 * Some architectures override this (for compatibility reasons):
 */
#ifndef RLIM_INFINITY
# define RLIM_INFINITY		(~0UL)
#endif


#endif /* _ASM_GENERIC_RESOURCE_H */
#ifndef __ASM_GENERIC_BPF_PERF_EVENT_H__
#define __ASM_GENERIC_BPF_PERF_EVENT_H__

#include <linux/ptrace.h>

/* Export kernel pt_regs structure */
typedef struct pt_regs bpf_user_pt_regs_t;

#endif /* __ASM_GENERIC_BPF_PERF_EVENT_H__ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __ASM_GENERIC_MSGBUF_H
#define __ASM_GENERIC_MSGBUF_H

#include <asm/bitsperlong.h>
/*
 * generic msqid64_ds structure.
 *
 * Note extra padding because this structure is passed back and forth
 * between kernel and user space.
 *
 * msqid64_ds was originally meant to be architecture specific, but
 * everyone just ended up making identical copies without specific
 * optimizations, so we may just as well all use the same one.
 *
 * 64 bit architectures typically define a 64 bit __kernel_time_t,
 * so they do not need the first three padding words.
 * On big-endian systems, the padding is in the wrong place.
 *
 * Pad space is left for:
 * - 2 miscellaneous 32-bit values
 */

struct msqid64_ds {
	struct ipc64_perm msg_perm;
#if __BITS_PER_LONG == 64
	__kernel_time_t msg_stime;	/* last msgsnd time */
	__kernel_time_t msg_rtime;	/* last msgrcv time */
	__kernel_time_t msg_ctime;	/* last change time */
#else
	unsigned long	msg_stime;	/* last msgsnd time */
	unsigned long	msg_stime_high;
	unsigned long	msg_rtime;	/* last msgrcv time */
	unsigned long	msg_rtime_high;
	unsigned long	msg_ctime;	/* last change time */
	unsigned long	msg_ctime_high;
#endif
	unsigned long	msg_cbytes;	/* current number of bytes on queue */
	unsigned long	msg_qnum;	/* number of messages in queue */
	unsigned long	 msg_qbytes;	/* max number of bytes on queue */
	__kernel_pid_t msg_lspid;	/* pid of last msgsnd */
	__kernel_pid_t msg_lrpid;	/* last receive pid */
	unsigned long	 __unused4;
	unsigned long	 __unused5;
};

#endif /* __ASM_GENERIC_MSGBUF_H */
/*
 * There isn't anything here, but the file must not be empty or patch
 * will delete it.
 */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_GENERIC_ERRNO_BASE_H
#define _ASM_GENERIC_ERRNO_BASE_H

#define	EPERM		 1	/* Operation not permitted */
#define	ENOENT		 2	/* No such file or directory */
#define	ESRCH		 3	/* No such process */
#define	EINTR		 4	/* Interrupted system call */
#define	EIO		 5	/* I/O error */
#define	ENXIO		 6	/* No such device or address */
#define	E2BIG		 7	/* Argument list too long */
#define	ENOEXEC		 8	/* Exec format error */
#define	EBADF		 9	/* Bad file number */
#define	ECHILD		10	/* No child processes */
#define	EAGAIN		11	/* Try again */
#define	ENOMEM		12	/* Out of memory */
#define	EACCES		13	/* Permission denied */
#define	EFAULT		14	/* Bad address */
#define	ENOTBLK		15	/* Block device required */
#define	EBUSY		16	/* Device or resource busy */
#define	EEXIST		17	/* File exists */
#define	EXDEV		18	/* Cross-device link */
#define	ENODEV		19	/* No such device */
#define	ENOTDIR		20	/* Not a directory */
#define	EISDIR		21	/* Is a directory */
#define	EINVAL		22	/* Invalid argument */
#define	ENFILE		23	/* File table overflow */
#define	EMFILE		24	/* Too many open files */
#define	ENOTTY		25	/* Not a typewriter */
#define	ETXTBSY		26	/* Text file busy */
#define	EFBIG		27	/* File too large */
#define	ENOSPC		28	/* No space left on device */
#define	ESPIPE		29	/* Illegal seek */
#define	EROFS		30	/* Read-only file system */
#define	EMLINK		31	/* Too many links */
#define	EPIPE		32	/* Broken pipe */
#define	EDOM		33	/* Math argument out of domain of func */
#define	ERANGE		34	/* Math result not representable */

#endif
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __ASM_GENERIC_SOCKIOS_H
#define __ASM_GENERIC_SOCKIOS_H

/* Socket-level I/O control calls. */
#define FIOSETOWN	0x8901
#define SIOCSPGRP	0x8902
#define FIOGETOWN	0x8903
#define SIOCGPGRP	0x8904
#define SIOCATMARK	0x8905
#define SIOCGSTAMP	0x8906		/* Get stamp (timeval) */
#define SIOCGSTAMPNS	0x8907		/* Get stamp (timespec) */

#endif /* __ASM_GENERIC_SOCKIOS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __ASM_GENERIC_SEMBUF_H
#define __ASM_GENERIC_SEMBUF_H

#include <asm/bitsperlong.h>

/*
 * The semid64_ds structure for x86 architecture.
 * Note extra padding because this structure is passed back and forth
 * between kernel and user space.
 *
 * semid64_ds was originally meant to be architecture specific, but
 * everyone just ended up making identical copies without specific
 * optimizations, so we may just as well all use the same one.
 *
 * 64 bit architectures use a 64-bit __kernel_time_t here, while
 * 32 bit architectures have a pair of unsigned long values.
 * so they do not need the first two padding words.
 *
 * On big-endian systems, the padding is in the wrong place for
 * historic reasons, so user space has to reconstruct a time_t
 * value using
 *
 * user_semid_ds.sem_otime = kernel_semid64_ds.sem_otime +
 *		((long long)kernel_semid64_ds.sem_otime_high << 32)
 *
 * Pad space is left for 2 miscellaneous 32-bit values
 */
struct semid64_ds {
	struct ipc64_perm sem_perm;	/* permissions .. see ipc.h */
#if __BITS_PER_LONG == 64
	__kernel_time_t	sem_otime;	/* last semop time */
	__kernel_time_t	sem_ctime;	/* last change time */
#else
	unsigned long	sem_otime;	/* last semop time */
	unsigned long	sem_otime_high;
	unsigned long	sem_ctime;	/* last change time */
	unsigned long	sem_ctime_high;
#endif
	unsigned long	sem_nsems;	/* no. of semaphores in array */
	unsigned long	__unused3;
	unsigned long	__unused4;
};

#endif /* __ASM_GENERIC_SEMBUF_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __ASM_GENERIC_MMAN_H
#define __ASM_GENERIC_MMAN_H

#include <asm-generic/mman-common.h>

#define MAP_GROWSDOWN	0x0100		/* stack-like segment */
#define MAP_DENYWRITE	0x0800		/* ETXTBSY */
#define MAP_EXECUTABLE	0x1000		/* mark it as an executable */
#define MAP_LOCKED	0x2000		/* pages are locked */
#define MAP_NORESERVE	0x4000		/* don't check for reservations */

/*
 * Bits [26:31] are reserved, see asm-generic/hugetlb_encode.h
 * for MAP_HUGETLB usage
 */

#define MCL_CURRENT	1		/* lock all current mappings */
#define MCL_FUTURE	2		/* lock all future mappings */
#define MCL_ONFAULT	4		/* lock all pages that are faulted in */

#endif /* __ASM_GENERIC_MMAN_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __ASM_GENERIC_SIGNAL_H
#define __ASM_GENERIC_SIGNAL_H

#include <linux/types.h>

#define _NSIG		64
#define _NSIG_BPW	__BITS_PER_LONG
#define _NSIG_WORDS	(_NSIG / _NSIG_BPW)

#define SIGHUP		 1
#define SIGINT		 2
#define SIGQUIT		 3
#define SIGILL		 4
#define SIGTRAP		 5
#define SIGABRT		 6
#define SIGIOT		 6
#define SIGBUS		 7
#define SIGFPE		 8
#define SIGKILL		 9
#define SIGUSR1		10
#define SIGSEGV		11
#define SIGUSR2		12
#define SIGPIPE		13
#define SIGALRM		14
#define SIGTERM		15
#define SIGSTKFLT	16
#define SIGCHLD		17
#define SIGCONT		18
#define SIGSTOP		19
#define SIGTSTP		20
#define SIGTTIN		21
#define SIGTTOU		22
#define SIGURG		23
#define SIGXCPU		24
#define SIGXFSZ		25
#define SIGVTALRM	26
#define SIGPROF		27
#define SIGWINCH	28
#define SIGIO		29
#define SIGPOLL		SIGIO
/*
#define SIGLOST		29
*/
#define SIGPWR		30
#define SIGSYS		31
#define	SIGUNUSED	31

/* These should not be considered constants from userland.  */
#define SIGRTMIN	32
#ifndef SIGRTMAX
#define SIGRTMAX	_NSIG
#endif

/*
 * SA_FLAGS values:
 *
 * SA_ONSTACK indicates that a registered stack_t will be used.
 * SA_RESTART flag to get restarting signals (which were the default long ago)
 * SA_NOCLDSTOP flag to turn off SIGCHLD when children stop.
 * SA_RESETHAND clears the handler when the signal is delivered.
 * SA_NOCLDWAIT flag on SIGCHLD to inhibit zombies.
 * SA_NODEFER prevents the current signal from being masked in the handler.
 *
 * SA_ONESHOT and SA_NOMASK are the historical Linux names for the Single
 * Unix names RESETHAND and NODEFER respectively.
 */
#define SA_NOCLDSTOP	0x00000001
#define SA_NOCLDWAIT	0x00000002
#define SA_SIGINFO	0x00000004
#define SA_ONSTACK	0x08000000
#define SA_RESTART	0x10000000
#define SA_NODEFER	0x40000000
#define SA_RESETHAND	0x80000000

#define SA_NOMASK	SA_NODEFER
#define SA_ONESHOT	SA_RESETHAND

/*
 * New architectures should not define the obsolete
 *	SA_RESTORER	0x04000000
 */

#if !defined MINSIGSTKSZ || !defined SIGSTKSZ
#define MINSIGSTKSZ	2048
#define SIGSTKSZ	8192
#endif

#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__
typedef struct {
	unsigned long sig[_NSIG_WORDS];
} sigset_t;

/* not actually used, but required for linux/syscalls.h */
typedef unsigned long old_sigset_t;

#include <asm-generic/signal-defs.h>

#ifdef SA_RESTORER
#define __ARCH_HAS_SA_RESTORER
#endif

struct sigaction {
	__sighandler_t sa_handler;
	unsigned long sa_flags;
#ifdef SA_RESTORER
	__sigrestore_t sa_restorer;
#endif
	sigset_t sa_mask;		/* mask last for extensibility */
};

typedef struct sigaltstack {
	void *ss_sp;
	int ss_flags;
	size_t ss_size;
} stack_t;

#endif /* __ASSEMBLY__ */

#endif /* __ASM_GENERIC_SIGNAL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_GENERIC_ERRNO_H
#define _ASM_GENERIC_ERRNO_H

#include <asm-generic/errno-base.h>

#define	EDEADLK		35	/* Resource deadlock would occur */
#define	ENAMETOOLONG	36	/* File name too long */
#define	ENOLCK		37	/* No record locks available */

/*
 * This error code is special: arch syscall entry code will return
 * -ENOSYS if users try to call a syscall that doesn't exist.  To keep
 * failures of syscalls that really do exist distinguishable from
 * failures due to attempts to use a nonexistent syscall, syscall
 * implementations should refrain from returning -ENOSYS.
 */
#define	ENOSYS		38	/* Invalid system call number */

#define	ENOTEMPTY	39	/* Directory not empty */
#define	ELOOP		40	/* Too many symbolic links encountered */
#define	EWOULDBLOCK	EAGAIN	/* Operation would block */
#define	ENOMSG		42	/* No message of desired type */
#define	EIDRM		43	/* Identifier removed */
#define	ECHRNG		44	/* Channel number out of range */
#define	EL2NSYNC	45	/* Level 2 not synchronized */
#define	EL3HLT		46	/* Level 3 halted */
#define	EL3RST		47	/* Level 3 reset */
#define	ELNRNG		48	/* Link number out of range */
#define	EUNATCH		49	/* Protocol driver not attached */
#define	ENOCSI		50	/* No CSI structure available */
#define	EL2HLT		51	/* Level 2 halted */
#define	EBADE		52	/* Invalid exchange */
#define	EBADR		53	/* Invalid request descriptor */
#define	EXFULL		54	/* Exchange full */
#define	ENOANO		55	/* No anode */
#define	EBADRQC		56	/* Invalid request code */
#define	EBADSLT		57	/* Invalid slot */

#define	EDEADLOCK	EDEADLK

#define	EBFONT		59	/* Bad font file format */
#define	ENOSTR		60	/* Device not a stream */
#define	ENODATA		61	/* No data available */
#define	ETIME		62	/* Timer expired */
#define	ENOSR		63	/* Out of streams resources */
#define	ENONET		64	/* Machine is not on the network */
#define	ENOPKG		65	/* Package not installed */
#define	EREMOTE		66	/* Object is remote */
#define	ENOLINK		67	/* Link has been severed */
#define	EADV		68	/* Advertise error */
#define	ESRMNT		69	/* Srmount error */
#define	ECOMM		70	/* Communication error on send */
#define	EPROTO		71	/* Protocol error */
#define	EMULTIHOP	72	/* Multihop attempted */
#define	EDOTDOT		73	/* RFS specific error */
#define	EBADMSG		74	/* Not a data message */
#define	EOVERFLOW	75	/* Value too large for defined data type */
#define	ENOTUNIQ	76	/* Name not unique on network */
#define	EBADFD		77	/* File descriptor in bad state */
#define	EREMCHG		78	/* Remote address changed */
#define	ELIBACC		79	/* Can not access a needed shared library */
#define	ELIBBAD		80	/* Accessing a corrupted shared library */
#define	ELIBSCN		81	/* .lib section in a.out corrupted */
#define	ELIBMAX		82	/* Attempting to link in too many shared libraries */
#define	ELIBEXEC	83	/* Cannot exec a shared library directly */
#define	EILSEQ		84	/* Illegal byte sequence */
#define	ERESTART	85	/* Interrupted system call should be restarted */
#define	ESTRPIPE	86	/* Streams pipe error */
#define	EUSERS		87	/* Too many users */
#define	ENOTSOCK	88	/* Socket operation on non-socket */
#define	EDESTADDRREQ	89	/* Destination address required */
#define	EMSGSIZE	90	/* Message too long */
#define	EPROTOTYPE	91	/* Protocol wrong type for socket */
#define	ENOPROTOOPT	92	/* Protocol not available */
#define	EPROTONOSUPPORT	93	/* Protocol not supported */
#define	ESOCKTNOSUPPORT	94	/* Socket type not supported */
#define	EOPNOTSUPP	95	/* Operation not supported on transport endpoint */
#define	EPFNOSUPPORT	96	/* Protocol family not supported */
#define	EAFNOSUPPORT	97	/* Address family not supported by protocol */
#define	EADDRINUSE	98	/* Address already in use */
#define	EADDRNOTAVAIL	99	/* Cannot assign requested address */
#define	ENETDOWN	100	/* Network is down */
#define	ENETUNREACH	101	/* Network is unreachable */
#define	ENETRESET	102	/* Network dropped connection because of reset */
#define	ECONNABORTED	103	/* Software caused connection abort */
#define	ECONNRESET	104	/* Connection reset by peer */
#define	ENOBUFS		105	/* No buffer space available */
#define	EISCONN		106	/* Transport endpoint is already connected */
#define	ENOTCONN	107	/* Transport endpoint is not connected */
#define	ESHUTDOWN	108	/* Cannot send after transport endpoint shutdown */
#define	ETOOMANYREFS	109	/* Too many references: cannot splice */
#define	ETIMEDOUT	110	/* Connection timed out */
#define	ECONNREFUSED	111	/* Connection refused */
#define	EHOSTDOWN	112	/* Host is down */
#define	EHOSTUNREACH	113	/* No route to host */
#define	EALREADY	114	/* Operation already in progress */
#define	EINPROGRESS	115	/* Operation now in progress */
#define	ESTALE		116	/* Stale file handle */
#define	EUCLEAN		117	/* Structure needs cleaning */
#define	ENOTNAM		118	/* Not a XENIX named type file */
#define	ENAVAIL		119	/* No XENIX semaphores available */
#define	EISNAM		120	/* Is a named type file */
#define	EREMOTEIO	121	/* Remote I/O error */
#define	EDQUOT		122	/* Quota exceeded */

#define	ENOMEDIUM	123	/* No medium found */
#define	EMEDIUMTYPE	124	/* Wrong medium type */
#define	ECANCELED	125	/* Operation Canceled */
#define	ENOKEY		126	/* Required key not available */
#define	EKEYEXPIRED	127	/* Key has expired */
#define	EKEYREVOKED	128	/* Key has been revoked */
#define	EKEYREJECTED	129	/* Key was rejected by service */

/* for robust mutexes */
#define	EOWNERDEAD	130	/* Owner died */
#define	ENOTRECOVERABLE	131	/* State not recoverable */

#define ERFKILL		132	/* Operation not possible due to RF-kill */

#define EHWPOISON	133	/* Memory page has hardware error */

#endif
#ifndef __ASM_GENERIC_AUXVEC_H
#define __ASM_GENERIC_AUXVEC_H
/*
 * Not all architectures need their own auxvec.h, the most
 * common definitions are already in linux/auxvec.h.
 */

#endif /* __ASM_GENERIC_AUXVEC_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __ASM_GENERIC_IPCBUF_H
#define __ASM_GENERIC_IPCBUF_H

/*
 * The generic ipc64_perm structure:
 * Note extra padding because this structure is passed back and forth
 * between kernel and user space.
 *
 * ipc64_perm was originally meant to be architecture specific, but
 * everyone just ended up making identical copies without specific
 * optimizations, so we may just as well all use the same one.
 *
 * Pad space is left for:
 * - 32-bit mode_t on architectures that only had 16 bit
 * - 32-bit seq
 * - 2 miscellaneous 32-bit values
 */

struct ipc64_perm {
	__kernel_key_t		key;
	__kernel_uid32_t	uid;
	__kernel_gid32_t	gid;
	__kernel_uid32_t	cuid;
	__kernel_gid32_t	cgid;
	__kernel_mode_t		mode;
				/* pad if mode_t is u16: */
	unsigned char		__pad1[4 - sizeof(__kernel_mode_t)];
	unsigned short		seq;
	unsigned short		__pad2;
	__kernel_ulong_t	__unused1;
	__kernel_ulong_t	__unused2;
};

#endif /* __ASM_GENERIC_IPCBUF_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_GENERIC_SIGINFO_H
#define _ASM_GENERIC_SIGINFO_H


#include <linux/types.h>

typedef union sigval {
	int sival_int;
	void *sival_ptr;
} sigval_t;

#define SI_MAX_SIZE	128

/*
 * The default "si_band" type is "long", as specified by POSIX.
 * However, some architectures want to override this to "int"
 * for historical compatibility reasons, so we allow that.
 */
#ifndef __ARCH_SI_BAND_T
#define __ARCH_SI_BAND_T long
#endif

#ifndef __ARCH_SI_CLOCK_T
#define __ARCH_SI_CLOCK_T __kernel_clock_t
#endif

#ifndef __ARCH_SI_ATTRIBUTES
#define __ARCH_SI_ATTRIBUTES
#endif

/*
 * RHEL8: The old and new siginfo structures have the same offsets for
 * their fields. They are just constructed in different ways.
 */
#ifdef __GENKSYMS__
#define __ARCH_SI_PREAMBLE_SIZE	(4 * sizeof(int))
#define SI_PAD_SIZE	((SI_MAX_SIZE - __ARCH_SI_PREAMBLE_SIZE) / sizeof(int))

typedef struct siginfo {
	int si_signo;
#ifndef __ARCH_HAS_SWAPPED_SIGINFO
	int si_errno;
	int si_code;
#else
	int si_code;
	int si_errno;
#endif

	union {
		int _pad[SI_PAD_SIZE];

		/* kill() */
		struct {
			__kernel_pid_t _pid;	/* sender's pid */
			__kernel_uid32_t _uid;	/* sender's uid */
		} _kill;

		/* POSIX.1b timers */
		struct {
			__kernel_timer_t _tid;	/* timer id */
			int _overrun;		/* overrun count */
			sigval_t _sigval;	/* same as below */
			int _sys_private;       /* not to be passed to user */
		} _timer;

		/* POSIX.1b signals */
		struct {
			__kernel_pid_t _pid;	/* sender's pid */
			__kernel_uid32_t _uid;	/* sender's uid */
			sigval_t _sigval;
		} _rt;

		/* SIGCHLD */
		struct {
			__kernel_pid_t _pid;	/* which child */
			__kernel_uid32_t _uid;	/* sender's uid */
			int _status;		/* exit code */
			__ARCH_SI_CLOCK_T _utime;
			__ARCH_SI_CLOCK_T _stime;
		} _sigchld;

		/* SIGILL, SIGFPE, SIGSEGV, SIGBUS, SIGTRAP, SIGEMT */
		struct {
			void *_addr; /* faulting insn/memory ref. */
#ifdef __ARCH_SI_TRAPNO
			int _trapno;	/* TRAP # which caused the signal */
#endif
#ifdef __ia64__
			int _imm;		/* immediate value for "break" */
			unsigned int _flags;	/* see ia64 si_flags */
			unsigned long _isr;	/* isr */
#endif

#define __ADDR_BND_PKEY_PAD  (__alignof__(void *) < sizeof(short) ? \
			      sizeof(short) : __alignof__(void *))
			union {
				/*
				 * used when si_code=BUS_MCEERR_AR or
				 * used when si_code=BUS_MCEERR_AO
				 */
				short _addr_lsb; /* LSB of the reported address */
				/* used when si_code=SEGV_BNDERR */
				struct {
					char _dummy_bnd[__ADDR_BND_PKEY_PAD];
					void *_lower;
					void *_upper;
				} _addr_bnd;
				/* used when si_code=SEGV_PKUERR */
				struct {
					char _dummy_pkey[__ADDR_BND_PKEY_PAD];
					__u32 _pkey;
				} _addr_pkey;
			};
		} _sigfault;

		/* SIGPOLL */
		struct {
			__ARCH_SI_BAND_T _band;	/* POLL_IN, POLL_OUT, POLL_MSG */
			int _fd;
		} _sigpoll;

		/* SIGSYS */
		struct {
			void *_call_addr; /* calling user insn */
			int _syscall;	/* triggering system call number */
			unsigned int _arch;	/* AUDIT_ARCH_* of syscall */
		} _sigsys;
	} _sifields;
} __ARCH_SI_ATTRIBUTES siginfo_t;

#else /* __GENKSYMS__ */

union __sifields {
	/* kill() */
	struct {
		__kernel_pid_t _pid;	/* sender's pid */
		__kernel_uid32_t _uid;	/* sender's uid */
	} _kill;

	/* POSIX.1b timers */
	struct {
		__kernel_timer_t _tid;	/* timer id */
		int _overrun;		/* overrun count */
		sigval_t _sigval;	/* same as below */
		int _sys_private;       /* not to be passed to user */
	} _timer;

	/* POSIX.1b signals */
	struct {
		__kernel_pid_t _pid;	/* sender's pid */
		__kernel_uid32_t _uid;	/* sender's uid */
		sigval_t _sigval;
	} _rt;

	/* SIGCHLD */
	struct {
		__kernel_pid_t _pid;	/* which child */
		__kernel_uid32_t _uid;	/* sender's uid */
		int _status;		/* exit code */
		__ARCH_SI_CLOCK_T _utime;
		__ARCH_SI_CLOCK_T _stime;
	} _sigchld;

	/* SIGILL, SIGFPE, SIGSEGV, SIGBUS, SIGTRAP, SIGEMT */
	struct {
		void *_addr; /* faulting insn/memory ref. */
#ifdef __ARCH_SI_TRAPNO
		int _trapno;	/* TRAP # which caused the signal */
#endif
#ifdef __ia64__
		int _imm;		/* immediate value for "break" */
		unsigned int _flags;	/* see ia64 si_flags */
		unsigned long _isr;	/* isr */
#endif

#define __ADDR_BND_PKEY_PAD  (__alignof__(void *) < sizeof(short) ? \
			      sizeof(short) : __alignof__(void *))
		union {
			/*
			 * used when si_code=BUS_MCEERR_AR or
			 * used when si_code=BUS_MCEERR_AO
			 */
			short _addr_lsb; /* LSB of the reported address */
			/* used when si_code=SEGV_BNDERR */
			struct {
				char _dummy_bnd[__ADDR_BND_PKEY_PAD];
				void *_lower;
				void *_upper;
			} _addr_bnd;
			/* used when si_code=SEGV_PKUERR */
			struct {
				char _dummy_pkey[__ADDR_BND_PKEY_PAD];
				__u32 _pkey;
			} _addr_pkey;
		};
	} _sigfault;

	/* SIGPOLL */
	struct {
		__ARCH_SI_BAND_T _band;	/* POLL_IN, POLL_OUT, POLL_MSG */
		int _fd;
	} _sigpoll;

	/* SIGSYS */
	struct {
		void *_call_addr; /* calling user insn */
		int _syscall;	/* triggering system call number */
		unsigned int _arch;	/* AUDIT_ARCH_* of syscall */
	} _sigsys;
};

#ifndef __ARCH_HAS_SWAPPED_SIGINFO
#define __SIGINFO 			\
struct {				\
	int si_signo;			\
	int si_errno;			\
	int si_code;			\
	union __sifields _sifields;	\
}
#else
#define __SIGINFO 			\
struct {				\
	int si_signo;			\
	int si_code;			\
	int si_errno;			\
	union __sifields _sifields;	\
}
#endif /* __ARCH_HAS_SWAPPED_SIGINFO */

typedef struct siginfo {
	union {
		__SIGINFO;
		int _si_pad[SI_MAX_SIZE/sizeof(int)];
	};
} __ARCH_SI_ATTRIBUTES siginfo_t;
#endif /* __GENKSYMS__ */

/*
 * How these fields are to be accessed.
 */
#define si_pid		_sifields._kill._pid
#define si_uid		_sifields._kill._uid
#define si_tid		_sifields._timer._tid
#define si_overrun	_sifields._timer._overrun
#define si_sys_private  _sifields._timer._sys_private
#define si_status	_sifields._sigchld._status
#define si_utime	_sifields._sigchld._utime
#define si_stime	_sifields._sigchld._stime
#define si_value	_sifields._rt._sigval
#define si_int		_sifields._rt._sigval.sival_int
#define si_ptr		_sifields._rt._sigval.sival_ptr
#define si_addr		_sifields._sigfault._addr
#ifdef __ARCH_SI_TRAPNO
#define si_trapno	_sifields._sigfault._trapno
#endif
#define si_addr_lsb	_sifields._sigfault._addr_lsb
#define si_lower	_sifields._sigfault._addr_bnd._lower
#define si_upper	_sifields._sigfault._addr_bnd._upper
#define si_pkey		_sifields._sigfault._addr_pkey._pkey
#define si_band		_sifields._sigpoll._band
#define si_fd		_sifields._sigpoll._fd
#define si_call_addr	_sifields._sigsys._call_addr
#define si_syscall	_sifields._sigsys._syscall
#define si_arch		_sifields._sigsys._arch

/*
 * si_code values
 * Digital reserves positive values for kernel-generated signals.
 */
#define SI_USER		0		/* sent by kill, sigsend, raise */
#define SI_KERNEL	0x80		/* sent by the kernel from somewhere */
#define SI_QUEUE	-1		/* sent by sigqueue */
#define SI_TIMER	-2		/* sent by timer expiration */
#define SI_MESGQ	-3		/* sent by real time mesq state change */
#define SI_ASYNCIO	-4		/* sent by AIO completion */
#define SI_SIGIO	-5		/* sent by queued SIGIO */
#define SI_TKILL	-6		/* sent by tkill system call */
#define SI_DETHREAD	-7		/* sent by execve() killing subsidiary threads */
#define SI_ASYNCNL	-60		/* sent by glibc async name lookup completion */

#define SI_FROMUSER(siptr)	((siptr)->si_code <= 0)
#define SI_FROMKERNEL(siptr)	((siptr)->si_code > 0)

/*
 * SIGILL si_codes
 */
#define ILL_ILLOPC	1	/* illegal opcode */
#define ILL_ILLOPN	2	/* illegal operand */
#define ILL_ILLADR	3	/* illegal addressing mode */
#define ILL_ILLTRP	4	/* illegal trap */
#define ILL_PRVOPC	5	/* privileged opcode */
#define ILL_PRVREG	6	/* privileged register */
#define ILL_COPROC	7	/* coprocessor error */
#define ILL_BADSTK	8	/* internal stack error */
#define ILL_BADIADDR	9	/* unimplemented instruction address */
#define __ILL_BREAK	10	/* illegal break */
#define __ILL_BNDMOD	11	/* bundle-update (modification) in progress */
#define NSIGILL		11

/*
 * SIGFPE si_codes
 */
#define FPE_INTDIV	1	/* integer divide by zero */
#define FPE_INTOVF	2	/* integer overflow */
#define FPE_FLTDIV	3	/* floating point divide by zero */
#define FPE_FLTOVF	4	/* floating point overflow */
#define FPE_FLTUND	5	/* floating point underflow */
#define FPE_FLTRES	6	/* floating point inexact result */
#define FPE_FLTINV	7	/* floating point invalid operation */
#define FPE_FLTSUB	8	/* subscript out of range */
#define __FPE_DECOVF	9	/* decimal overflow */
#define __FPE_DECDIV	10	/* decimal division by zero */
#define __FPE_DECERR	11	/* packed decimal error */
#define __FPE_INVASC	12	/* invalid ASCII digit */
#define __FPE_INVDEC	13	/* invalid decimal digit */
#define FPE_FLTUNK	14	/* undiagnosed floating-point exception */
#define FPE_CONDTRAP	15	/* trap on condition */
#define NSIGFPE		15

/*
 * SIGSEGV si_codes
 */
#define SEGV_MAPERR	1	/* address not mapped to object */
#define SEGV_ACCERR	2	/* invalid permissions for mapped object */
#define SEGV_BNDERR	3	/* failed address bound checks */
#ifdef __ia64__
# define __SEGV_PSTKOVF	4	/* paragraph stack overflow */
#else
# define SEGV_PKUERR	4	/* failed protection key checks */
#endif
#define SEGV_ACCADI	5	/* ADI not enabled for mapped object */
#define SEGV_ADIDERR	6	/* Disrupting MCD error */
#define SEGV_ADIPERR	7	/* Precise MCD exception */
#define NSIGSEGV	7

/*
 * SIGBUS si_codes
 */
#define BUS_ADRALN	1	/* invalid address alignment */
#define BUS_ADRERR	2	/* non-existent physical address */
#define BUS_OBJERR	3	/* object specific hardware error */
/* hardware memory error consumed on a machine check: action required */
#define BUS_MCEERR_AR	4
/* hardware memory error detected in process but not consumed: action optional*/
#define BUS_MCEERR_AO	5
#define NSIGBUS		5

/*
 * SIGTRAP si_codes
 */
#define TRAP_BRKPT	1	/* process breakpoint */
#define TRAP_TRACE	2	/* process trace trap */
#define TRAP_BRANCH     3	/* process taken branch trap */
#define TRAP_HWBKPT     4	/* hardware breakpoint/watchpoint */
#define TRAP_UNK	5	/* undiagnosed trap */
#define NSIGTRAP	5

/*
 * There is an additional set of SIGTRAP si_codes used by ptrace
 * that are of the form: ((PTRACE_EVENT_XXX << 8) | SIGTRAP)
 */

/*
 * SIGCHLD si_codes
 */
#define CLD_EXITED	1	/* child has exited */
#define CLD_KILLED	2	/* child was killed */
#define CLD_DUMPED	3	/* child terminated abnormally */
#define CLD_TRAPPED	4	/* traced child has trapped */
#define CLD_STOPPED	5	/* child has stopped */
#define CLD_CONTINUED	6	/* stopped child has continued */
#define NSIGCHLD	6

/*
 * SIGPOLL (or any other signal without signal specific si_codes) si_codes
 */
#define POLL_IN		1	/* data input available */
#define POLL_OUT	2	/* output buffers available */
#define POLL_MSG	3	/* input message available */
#define POLL_ERR	4	/* i/o error */
#define POLL_PRI	5	/* high priority input available */
#define POLL_HUP	6	/* device disconnected */
#define NSIGPOLL	6

/*
 * SIGSYS si_codes
 */
#define SYS_SECCOMP	1	/* seccomp triggered */
#define NSIGSYS		1

/*
 * SIGEMT si_codes
 */
#define EMT_TAGOVF	1	/* tag overflow */
#define NSIGEMT		1

/*
 * sigevent definitions
 * 
 * It seems likely that SIGEV_THREAD will have to be handled from 
 * userspace, libpthread transmuting it to SIGEV_SIGNAL, which the
 * thread manager then catches and does the appropriate nonsense.
 * However, everything is written out here so as to not get lost.
 */
#define SIGEV_SIGNAL	0	/* notify via signal */
#define SIGEV_NONE	1	/* other notification: meaningless */
#define SIGEV_THREAD	2	/* deliver via thread creation */
#define SIGEV_THREAD_ID 4	/* deliver to thread */

/*
 * This works because the alignment is ok on all current architectures
 * but we leave open this being overridden in the future
 */
#ifndef __ARCH_SIGEV_PREAMBLE_SIZE
#define __ARCH_SIGEV_PREAMBLE_SIZE	(sizeof(int) * 2 + sizeof(sigval_t))
#endif

#define SIGEV_MAX_SIZE	64
#define SIGEV_PAD_SIZE	((SIGEV_MAX_SIZE - __ARCH_SIGEV_PREAMBLE_SIZE) \
		/ sizeof(int))

typedef struct sigevent {
	sigval_t sigev_value;
	int sigev_signo;
	int sigev_notify;
	union {
		int _pad[SIGEV_PAD_SIZE];
		 int _tid;

		struct {
			void (*_function)(sigval_t);
			void *_attribute;	/* really pthread_attr_t */
		} _sigev_thread;
	} _sigev_un;
} sigevent_t;

#define sigev_notify_function	_sigev_un._sigev_thread._function
#define sigev_notify_attributes	_sigev_un._sigev_thread._attribute
#define sigev_notify_thread_id	 _sigev_un._tid


#endif /* _ASM_GENERIC_SIGINFO_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __ASM_GENERIC_SIGNAL_DEFS_H
#define __ASM_GENERIC_SIGNAL_DEFS_H



#ifndef SIG_BLOCK
#define SIG_BLOCK          0	/* for blocking signals */
#endif
#ifndef SIG_UNBLOCK
#define SIG_UNBLOCK        1	/* for unblocking signals */
#endif
#ifndef SIG_SETMASK
#define SIG_SETMASK        2	/* for setting the signal mask */
#endif

#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__
typedef void __signalfn_t(int);
typedef __signalfn_t *__sighandler_t;

typedef void __restorefn_t(void);
typedef __restorefn_t *__sigrestore_t;

#define SIG_DFL	((__sighandler_t)0)	/* default signal handling */
#define SIG_IGN	((__sighandler_t)1)	/* ignore signal */
#define SIG_ERR	((__sighandler_t)-1)	/* error return from signal */
#endif

#endif /* __ASM_GENERIC_SIGNAL_DEFS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_GENERIC_SWAB_H
#define _ASM_GENERIC_SWAB_H

#include <asm/bitsperlong.h>

/*
 * 32 bit architectures typically (but not always) want to
 * set __SWAB_64_THRU_32__. In user space, this is only
 * valid if the compiler supports 64 bit data types.
 */

#if __BITS_PER_LONG == 32
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) || defined(__KERNEL__)
#define __SWAB_64_THRU_32__
#endif
#endif

#endif /* _ASM_GENERIC_SWAB_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __ASM_GENERIC_MMAN_COMMON_H
#define __ASM_GENERIC_MMAN_COMMON_H

/*
 Author: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@mellanox.co.il>, Mellanox Technologies Ltd.
 Based on: asm-xxx/mman.h
*/

#define PROT_READ	0x1		/* page can be read */
#define PROT_WRITE	0x2		/* page can be written */
#define PROT_EXEC	0x4		/* page can be executed */
#define PROT_SEM	0x8		/* page may be used for atomic ops */
#define PROT_NONE	0x0		/* page can not be accessed */
#define PROT_GROWSDOWN	0x01000000	/* mprotect flag: extend change to start of growsdown vma */
#define PROT_GROWSUP	0x02000000	/* mprotect flag: extend change to end of growsup vma */

#define MAP_SHARED	0x01		/* Share changes */
#define MAP_PRIVATE	0x02		/* Changes are private */
#define MAP_SHARED_VALIDATE 0x03	/* share + validate extension flags */
#define MAP_TYPE	0x0f		/* Mask for type of mapping */
#define MAP_FIXED	0x10		/* Interpret addr exactly */
#define MAP_ANONYMOUS	0x20		/* don't use a file */

/* 0x0100 - 0x4000 flags are defined in asm-generic/mman.h */
#define MAP_POPULATE		0x008000	/* populate (prefault) pagetables */
#define MAP_NONBLOCK		0x010000	/* do not block on IO */
#define MAP_STACK		0x020000	/* give out an address that is best suited for process/thread stacks */
#define MAP_HUGETLB		0x040000	/* create a huge page mapping */
#define MAP_SYNC		0x080000 /* perform synchronous page faults for the mapping */
#define MAP_FIXED_NOREPLACE	0x100000	/* MAP_FIXED which doesn't unmap underlying mapping */

#define MAP_UNINITIALIZED 0x4000000	/* For anonymous mmap, memory could be
					 * uninitialized */

/*
 * Flags for mlock
 */
#define MLOCK_ONFAULT	0x01		/* Lock pages in range after they are faulted in, do not prefault */

#define MS_ASYNC	1		/* sync memory asynchronously */
#define MS_INVALIDATE	2		/* invalidate the caches */
#define MS_SYNC		4		/* synchronous memory sync */

#define MADV_NORMAL	0		/* no further special treatment */
#define MADV_RANDOM	1		/* expect random page references */
#define MADV_SEQUENTIAL	2		/* expect sequential page references */
#define MADV_WILLNEED	3		/* will need these pages */
#define MADV_DONTNEED	4		/* don't need these pages */

/* common parameters: try to keep these consistent across architectures */
#define MADV_FREE	8		/* free pages only if memory pressure */
#define MADV_REMOVE	9		/* remove these pages & resources */
#define MADV_DONTFORK	10		/* don't inherit across fork */
#define MADV_DOFORK	11		/* do inherit across fork */
#define MADV_HWPOISON	100		/* poison a page for testing */
#define MADV_SOFT_OFFLINE 101		/* soft offline page for testing */

#define MADV_MERGEABLE   12		/* KSM may merge identical pages */
#define MADV_UNMERGEABLE 13		/* KSM may not merge identical pages */

#define MADV_HUGEPAGE	14		/* Worth backing with hugepages */
#define MADV_NOHUGEPAGE	15		/* Not worth backing with hugepages */

#define MADV_DONTDUMP   16		/* Explicity exclude from the core dump,
					   overrides the coredump filter bits */
#define MADV_DODUMP	17		/* Clear the MADV_DONTDUMP flag */

#define MADV_WIPEONFORK 18		/* Zero memory on fork, child only */
#define MADV_KEEPONFORK 19		/* Undo MADV_WIPEONFORK */

#define MADV_COLD	20		/* deactivate these pages */
#define MADV_PAGEOUT	21		/* reclaim these pages */

/* compatibility flags */
#define MAP_FILE	0

#define PKEY_DISABLE_ACCESS	0x1
#define PKEY_DISABLE_WRITE	0x2
#define PKEY_ACCESS_MASK	(PKEY_DISABLE_ACCESS |\
				 PKEY_DISABLE_WRITE)

#endif /* __ASM_GENERIC_MMAN_COMMON_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __ASM_GENERIC_SHMPARAM_H
#define __ASM_GENERIC_SHMPARAM_H

#define SHMLBA PAGE_SIZE	 /* attach addr a multiple of this */

#endif /* _ASM_GENERIC_SHMPARAM_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __ASM_GENERIC_IOCTLS_H
#define __ASM_GENERIC_IOCTLS_H

#include <linux/ioctl.h>

/*
 * These are the most common definitions for tty ioctl numbers.
 * Most of them do not use the recommended _IOC(), but there is
 * probably some source code out there hardcoding the number,
 * so we might as well use them for all new platforms.
 *
 * The architectures that use different values here typically
 * try to be compatible with some Unix variants for the same
 * architecture.
 */

/* 0x54 is just a magic number to make these relatively unique ('T') */

#define TCGETS		0x5401
#define TCSETS		0x5402
#define TCSETSW		0x5403
#define TCSETSF		0x5404
#define TCGETA		0x5405
#define TCSETA		0x5406
#define TCSETAW		0x5407
#define TCSETAF		0x5408
#define TCSBRK		0x5409
#define TCXONC		0x540A
#define TCFLSH		0x540B
#define TIOCEXCL	0x540C
#define TIOCNXCL	0x540D
#define TIOCSCTTY	0x540E
#define TIOCGPGRP	0x540F
#define TIOCSPGRP	0x5410
#define TIOCOUTQ	0x5411
#define TIOCSTI		0x5412
#define TIOCGWINSZ	0x5413
#define TIOCSWINSZ	0x5414
#define TIOCMGET	0x5415
#define TIOCMBIS	0x5416
#define TIOCMBIC	0x5417
#define TIOCMSET	0x5418
#define TIOCGSOFTCAR	0x5419
#define TIOCSSOFTCAR	0x541A
#define FIONREAD	0x541B
#define TIOCINQ		FIONREAD
#define TIOCLINUX	0x541C
#define TIOCCONS	0x541D
#define TIOCGSERIAL	0x541E
#define TIOCSSERIAL	0x541F
#define TIOCPKT		0x5420
#define FIONBIO		0x5421
#define TIOCNOTTY	0x5422
#define TIOCSETD	0x5423
#define TIOCGETD	0x5424
#define TCSBRKP		0x5425	/* Needed for POSIX tcsendbreak() */
#define TIOCSBRK	0x5427  /* BSD compatibility */
#define TIOCCBRK	0x5428  /* BSD compatibility */
#define TIOCGSID	0x5429  /* Return the session ID of FD */
#define TCGETS2		_IOR('T', 0x2A, struct termios2)
#define TCSETS2		_IOW('T', 0x2B, struct termios2)
#define TCSETSW2	_IOW('T', 0x2C, struct termios2)
#define TCSETSF2	_IOW('T', 0x2D, struct termios2)
#define TIOCGRS485	0x542E
#ifndef TIOCSRS485
#define TIOCSRS485	0x542F
#endif
#define TIOCGPTN	_IOR('T', 0x30, unsigned int) /* Get Pty Number (of pty-mux device) */
#define TIOCSPTLCK	_IOW('T', 0x31, int)  /* Lock/unlock Pty */
#define TIOCGDEV	_IOR('T', 0x32, unsigned int) /* Get primary device node of /dev/console */
#define TCGETX		0x5432 /* SYS5 TCGETX compatibility */
#define TCSETX		0x5433
#define TCSETXF		0x5434
#define TCSETXW		0x5435
#define TIOCSIG		_IOW('T', 0x36, int)  /* pty: generate signal */
#define TIOCVHANGUP	0x5437
#define TIOCGPKT	_IOR('T', 0x38, int) /* Get packet mode state */
#define TIOCGPTLCK	_IOR('T', 0x39, int) /* Get Pty lock state */
#define TIOCGEXCL	_IOR('T', 0x40, int) /* Get exclusive mode state */
#define TIOCGPTPEER	_IO('T', 0x41) /* Safely open the slave */
#define TIOCGISO7816	_IOR('T', 0x42, struct serial_iso7816)
#define TIOCSISO7816	_IOWR('T', 0x43, struct serial_iso7816)

#define FIONCLEX	0x5450
#define FIOCLEX		0x5451
#define FIOASYNC	0x5452
#define TIOCSERCONFIG	0x5453
#define TIOCSERGWILD	0x5454
#define TIOCSERSWILD	0x5455
#define TIOCGLCKTRMIOS	0x5456
#define TIOCSLCKTRMIOS	0x5457
#define TIOCSERGSTRUCT	0x5458 /* For debugging only */
#define TIOCSERGETLSR   0x5459 /* Get line status register */
#define TIOCSERGETMULTI 0x545A /* Get multiport config  */
#define TIOCSERSETMULTI 0x545B /* Set multiport config */

#define TIOCMIWAIT	0x545C	/* wait for a change on serial input line(s) */
#define TIOCGICOUNT	0x545D	/* read serial port __inline__ interrupt counts */

/*
 * Some arches already define FIOQSIZE due to a historical
 * conflict with a Hayes modem-specific ioctl value.
 */
#ifndef FIOQSIZE
# define FIOQSIZE	0x5460
#endif

/* Used for packet mode */
#define TIOCPKT_DATA		 0
#define TIOCPKT_FLUSHREAD	 1
#define TIOCPKT_FLUSHWRITE	 2
#define TIOCPKT_STOP		 4
#define TIOCPKT_START		 8
#define TIOCPKT_NOSTOP		16
#define TIOCPKT_DOSTOP		32
#define TIOCPKT_IOCTL		64

#define TIOCSER_TEMT	0x01	/* Transmitter physically empty */

#endif /* __ASM_GENERIC_IOCTLS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
/*
 * asm-generic/int-ll64.h
 *
 * Integer declarations for architectures which use "long long"
 * for 64-bit types.
 */

#ifndef _ASM_GENERIC_INT_LL64_H
#define _ASM_GENERIC_INT_LL64_H

#include <asm/bitsperlong.h>

#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__
/*
 * __xx is ok: it doesn't pollute the POSIX namespace. Use these in the
 * header files exported to user space
 */

typedef __signed__ char __s8;
typedef unsigned char __u8;

typedef __signed__ short __s16;
typedef unsigned short __u16;

typedef __signed__ int __s32;
typedef unsigned int __u32;

#ifdef __GNUC__
__extension__ typedef __signed__ long long __s64;
__extension__ typedef unsigned long long __u64;
#else
typedef __signed__ long long __s64;
typedef unsigned long long __u64;
#endif

#endif /* __ASSEMBLY__ */


#endif /* _ASM_GENERIC_INT_LL64_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __ASM_GENERIC_STAT_H
#define __ASM_GENERIC_STAT_H

/*
 * Everybody gets this wrong and has to stick with it for all
 * eternity. Hopefully, this version gets used by new architectures
 * so they don't fall into the same traps.
 *
 * stat64 is copied from powerpc64, with explicit padding added.
 * stat is the same structure layout on 64-bit, without the 'long long'
 * types.
 *
 * By convention, 64 bit architectures use the stat interface, while
 * 32 bit architectures use the stat64 interface. Note that we don't
 * provide an __old_kernel_stat here, which new architecture should
 * not have to start with.
 */

#include <asm/bitsperlong.h>

#define STAT_HAVE_NSEC 1

struct stat {
	unsigned long	st_dev;		/* Device.  */
	unsigned long	st_ino;		/* File serial number.  */
	unsigned int	st_mode;	/* File mode.  */
	unsigned int	st_nlink;	/* Link count.  */
	unsigned int	st_uid;		/* User ID of the file's owner.  */
	unsigned int	st_gid;		/* Group ID of the file's group. */
	unsigned long	st_rdev;	/* Device number, if device.  */
	unsigned long	__pad1;
	long		st_size;	/* Size of file, in bytes.  */
	int		st_blksize;	/* Optimal block size for I/O.  */
	int		__pad2;
	long		st_blocks;	/* Number 512-byte blocks allocated. */
	long		st_atime;	/* Time of last access.  */
	unsigned long	st_atime_nsec;
	long		st_mtime;	/* Time of last modification.  */
	unsigned long	st_mtime_nsec;
	long		st_ctime;	/* Time of last status change.  */
	unsigned long	st_ctime_nsec;
	unsigned int	__unused4;
	unsigned int	__unused5;
};

/* This matches struct stat64 in glibc2.1. Only used for 32 bit. */
#if __BITS_PER_LONG != 64 || defined(__ARCH_WANT_STAT64)
struct stat64 {
	unsigned long long st_dev;	/* Device.  */
	unsigned long long st_ino;	/* File serial number.  */
	unsigned int	st_mode;	/* File mode.  */
	unsigned int	st_nlink;	/* Link count.  */
	unsigned int	st_uid;		/* User ID of the file's owner.  */
	unsigned int	st_gid;		/* Group ID of the file's group. */
	unsigned long long st_rdev;	/* Device number, if device.  */
	unsigned long long __pad1;
	long long	st_size;	/* Size of file, in bytes.  */
	int		st_blksize;	/* Optimal block size for I/O.  */
	int		__pad2;
	long long	st_blocks;	/* Number 512-byte blocks allocated. */
	int		st_atime;	/* Time of last access.  */
	unsigned int	st_atime_nsec;
	int		st_mtime;	/* Time of last modification.  */
	unsigned int	st_mtime_nsec;
	int		st_ctime;	/* Time of last status change.  */
	unsigned int	st_ctime_nsec;
	unsigned int	__unused4;
	unsigned int	__unused5;
};
#endif

#endif /* __ASM_GENERIC_STAT_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __ASM_GENERIC_POLL_H
#define __ASM_GENERIC_POLL_H

/* These are specified by iBCS2 */
#define POLLIN		0x0001
#define POLLPRI		0x0002
#define POLLOUT		0x0004
#define POLLERR		0x0008
#define POLLHUP		0x0010
#define POLLNVAL	0x0020

/* The rest seem to be more-or-less nonstandard. Check them! */
#define POLLRDNORM	0x0040
#define POLLRDBAND	0x0080
#ifndef POLLWRNORM
#define POLLWRNORM	0x0100
#endif
#ifndef POLLWRBAND
#define POLLWRBAND	0x0200
#endif
#ifndef POLLMSG
#define POLLMSG		0x0400
#endif
#ifndef POLLREMOVE
#define POLLREMOVE	0x1000
#endif
#ifndef POLLRDHUP
#define POLLRDHUP       0x2000
#endif

#define POLLFREE	(__poll_t)0x4000	/* currently only for epoll */

#define POLL_BUSY_LOOP	(__poll_t)0x8000

struct pollfd {
	int fd;
	short events;
	short revents;
};

#endif	/* __ASM_GENERIC_POLL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __ASM_GENERIC_SETUP_H
#define __ASM_GENERIC_SETUP_H

#define COMMAND_LINE_SIZE	512

#endif	/* __ASM_GENERIC_SETUP_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __ASM_GENERIC_POSIX_TYPES_H
#define __ASM_GENERIC_POSIX_TYPES_H

#include <asm/bitsperlong.h>
/*
 * This file is generally used by user-level software, so you need to
 * be a little careful about namespace pollution etc.
 *
 * First the types that are often defined in different ways across
 * architectures, so that you can override them.
 */

#ifndef __kernel_long_t
typedef long		__kernel_long_t;
typedef unsigned long	__kernel_ulong_t;
#endif

#ifndef __kernel_ino_t
typedef __kernel_ulong_t __kernel_ino_t;
#endif

#ifndef __kernel_mode_t
typedef unsigned int	__kernel_mode_t;
#endif

#ifndef __kernel_pid_t
typedef int		__kernel_pid_t;
#endif

#ifndef __kernel_ipc_pid_t
typedef int		__kernel_ipc_pid_t;
#endif

#ifndef __kernel_uid_t
typedef unsigned int	__kernel_uid_t;
typedef unsigned int	__kernel_gid_t;
#endif

#ifndef __kernel_suseconds_t
typedef __kernel_long_t		__kernel_suseconds_t;
#endif

#ifndef __kernel_daddr_t
typedef int		__kernel_daddr_t;
#endif

#ifndef __kernel_uid32_t
typedef unsigned int	__kernel_uid32_t;
typedef unsigned int	__kernel_gid32_t;
#endif

#ifndef __kernel_old_uid_t
typedef __kernel_uid_t	__kernel_old_uid_t;
typedef __kernel_gid_t	__kernel_old_gid_t;
#endif

#ifndef __kernel_old_dev_t
typedef unsigned int	__kernel_old_dev_t;
#endif

/*
 * Most 32 bit architectures use "unsigned int" size_t,
 * and all 64 bit architectures use "unsigned long" size_t.
 */
#ifndef __kernel_size_t
#if __BITS_PER_LONG != 64
typedef unsigned int	__kernel_size_t;
typedef int		__kernel_ssize_t;
typedef int		__kernel_ptrdiff_t;
#else
typedef __kernel_ulong_t __kernel_size_t;
typedef __kernel_long_t	__kernel_ssize_t;
typedef __kernel_long_t	__kernel_ptrdiff_t;
#endif
#endif

#ifndef __kernel_fsid_t
typedef struct {
	int	val[2];
} __kernel_fsid_t;
#endif

/*
 * anything below here should be completely generic
 */
typedef __kernel_long_t	__kernel_off_t;
typedef long long	__kernel_loff_t;
typedef __kernel_long_t	__kernel_old_time_t;
typedef __kernel_long_t	__kernel_time_t;
typedef long long __kernel_time64_t;
typedef __kernel_long_t	__kernel_clock_t;
typedef int		__kernel_timer_t;
typedef int		__kernel_clockid_t;
typedef char *		__kernel_caddr_t;
typedef unsigned short	__kernel_uid16_t;
typedef unsigned short	__kernel_gid16_t;

#endif /* __ASM_GENERIC_POSIX_TYPES_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __ASM_GENERIC_TERMBITS_H
#define __ASM_GENERIC_TERMBITS_H

#include <linux/posix_types.h>

typedef unsigned char	cc_t;
typedef unsigned int	speed_t;
typedef unsigned int	tcflag_t;

#define NCCS 19
struct termios {
	tcflag_t c_iflag;		/* input mode flags */
	tcflag_t c_oflag;		/* output mode flags */
	tcflag_t c_cflag;		/* control mode flags */
	tcflag_t c_lflag;		/* local mode flags */
	cc_t c_line;			/* line discipline */
	cc_t c_cc[NCCS];		/* control characters */
};

struct termios2 {
	tcflag_t c_iflag;		/* input mode flags */
	tcflag_t c_oflag;		/* output mode flags */
	tcflag_t c_cflag;		/* control mode flags */
	tcflag_t c_lflag;		/* local mode flags */
	cc_t c_line;			/* line discipline */
	cc_t c_cc[NCCS];		/* control characters */
	speed_t c_ispeed;		/* input speed */
	speed_t c_ospeed;		/* output speed */
};

struct ktermios {
	tcflag_t c_iflag;		/* input mode flags */
	tcflag_t c_oflag;		/* output mode flags */
	tcflag_t c_cflag;		/* control mode flags */
	tcflag_t c_lflag;		/* local mode flags */
	cc_t c_line;			/* line discipline */
	cc_t c_cc[NCCS];		/* control characters */
	speed_t c_ispeed;		/* input speed */
	speed_t c_ospeed;		/* output speed */
};

/* c_cc characters */
#define VINTR 0
#define VQUIT 1
#define VERASE 2
#define VKILL 3
#define VEOF 4
#define VTIME 5
#define VMIN 6
#define VSWTC 7
#define VSTART 8
#define VSTOP 9
#define VSUSP 10
#define VEOL 11
#define VREPRINT 12
#define VDISCARD 13
#define VWERASE 14
#define VLNEXT 15
#define VEOL2 16

/* c_iflag bits */
#define IGNBRK	0000001
#define BRKINT	0000002
#define IGNPAR	0000004
#define PARMRK	0000010
#define INPCK	0000020
#define ISTRIP	0000040
#define INLCR	0000100
#define IGNCR	0000200
#define ICRNL	0000400
#define IUCLC	0001000
#define IXON	0002000
#define IXANY	0004000
#define IXOFF	0010000
#define IMAXBEL	0020000
#define IUTF8	0040000

/* c_oflag bits */
#define OPOST	0000001
#define OLCUC	0000002
#define ONLCR	0000004
#define OCRNL	0000010
#define ONOCR	0000020
#define ONLRET	0000040
#define OFILL	0000100
#define OFDEL	0000200
#define NLDLY	0000400
#define   NL0	0000000
#define   NL1	0000400
#define CRDLY	0003000
#define   CR0	0000000
#define   CR1	0001000
#define   CR2	0002000
#define   CR3	0003000
#define TABDLY	0014000
#define   TAB0	0000000
#define   TAB1	0004000
#define   TAB2	0010000
#define   TAB3	0014000
#define   XTABS	0014000
#define BSDLY	0020000
#define   BS0	0000000
#define   BS1	0020000
#define VTDLY	0040000
#define   VT0	0000000
#define   VT1	0040000
#define FFDLY	0100000
#define   FF0	0000000
#define   FF1	0100000

/* c_cflag bit meaning */
#define CBAUD	0010017
#define  B0	0000000		/* hang up */
#define  B50	0000001
#define  B75	0000002
#define  B110	0000003
#define  B134	0000004
#define  B150	0000005
#define  B200	0000006
#define  B300	0000007
#define  B600	0000010
#define  B1200	0000011
#define  B1800	0000012
#define  B2400	0000013
#define  B4800	0000014
#define  B9600	0000015
#define  B19200	0000016
#define  B38400	0000017
#define EXTA B19200
#define EXTB B38400
#define CSIZE	0000060
#define   CS5	0000000
#define   CS6	0000020
#define   CS7	0000040
#define   CS8	0000060
#define CSTOPB	0000100
#define CREAD	0000200
#define PARENB	0000400
#define PARODD	0001000
#define HUPCL	0002000
#define CLOCAL	0004000
#define CBAUDEX 0010000
#define    BOTHER 0010000
#define    B57600 0010001
#define   B115200 0010002
#define   B230400 0010003
#define   B460800 0010004
#define   B500000 0010005
#define   B576000 0010006
#define   B921600 0010007
#define  B1000000 0010010
#define  B1152000 0010011
#define  B1500000 0010012
#define  B2000000 0010013
#define  B2500000 0010014
#define  B3000000 0010015
#define  B3500000 0010016
#define  B4000000 0010017
#define CIBAUD	  002003600000	/* input baud rate */
#define CMSPAR	  010000000000	/* mark or space (stick) parity */
#define CRTSCTS	  020000000000	/* flow control */

#define IBSHIFT	  16		/* Shift from CBAUD to CIBAUD */

/* c_lflag bits */
#define ISIG	0000001
#define ICANON	0000002
#define XCASE	0000004
#define ECHO	0000010
#define ECHOE	0000020
#define ECHOK	0000040
#define ECHONL	0000100
#define NOFLSH	0000200
#define TOSTOP	0000400
#define ECHOCTL	0001000
#define ECHOPRT	0002000
#define ECHOKE	0004000
#define FLUSHO	0010000
#define PENDIN	0040000
#define IEXTEN	0100000
#define EXTPROC	0200000

/* tcflow() and TCXONC use these */
#define	TCOOFF		0
#define	TCOON		1
#define	TCIOFF		2
#define	TCION		3

/* tcflush() and TCFLSH use these */
#define	TCIFLUSH	0
#define	TCOFLUSH	1
#define	TCIOFLUSH	2

/* tcsetattr uses these */
#define	TCSANOW		0
#define	TCSADRAIN	1
#define	TCSAFLUSH	2

#endif /* __ASM_GENERIC_TERMBITS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _GENERIC_STATFS_H
#define _GENERIC_STATFS_H

#include <linux/types.h>


/*
 * Most 64-bit platforms use 'long', while most 32-bit platforms use '__u32'.
 * Yes, they differ in signedness as well as size.
 * Special cases can override it for themselves -- except for S390x, which
 * is just a little too special for us. And MIPS, which I'm not touching
 * with a 10' pole.
 */
#ifndef __statfs_word
#if __BITS_PER_LONG == 64
#define __statfs_word __kernel_long_t
#else
#define __statfs_word __u32
#endif
#endif

struct statfs {
	__statfs_word f_type;
	__statfs_word f_bsize;
	__statfs_word f_blocks;
	__statfs_word f_bfree;
	__statfs_word f_bavail;
	__statfs_word f_files;
	__statfs_word f_ffree;
	__kernel_fsid_t f_fsid;
	__statfs_word f_namelen;
	__statfs_word f_frsize;
	__statfs_word f_flags;
	__statfs_word f_spare[4];
};

/*
 * ARM needs to avoid the 32-bit padding at the end, for consistency
 * between EABI and OABI 
 */
#ifndef ARCH_PACK_STATFS64
#define ARCH_PACK_STATFS64
#endif

struct statfs64 {
	__statfs_word f_type;
	__statfs_word f_bsize;
	__u64 f_blocks;
	__u64 f_bfree;
	__u64 f_bavail;
	__u64 f_files;
	__u64 f_ffree;
	__kernel_fsid_t f_fsid;
	__statfs_word f_namelen;
	__statfs_word f_frsize;
	__statfs_word f_flags;
	__statfs_word f_spare[4];
} ARCH_PACK_STATFS64;

/* 
 * IA64 and x86_64 need to avoid the 32-bit padding at the end,
 * to be compatible with the i386 ABI
 */
#ifndef ARCH_PACK_COMPAT_STATFS64
#define ARCH_PACK_COMPAT_STATFS64
#endif

struct compat_statfs64 {
	__u32 f_type;
	__u32 f_bsize;
	__u64 f_blocks;
	__u64 f_bfree;
	__u64 f_bavail;
	__u64 f_files;
	__u64 f_ffree;
	__kernel_fsid_t f_fsid;
	__u32 f_namelen;
	__u32 f_frsize;
	__u32 f_flags;
	__u32 f_spare[4];
} ARCH_PACK_COMPAT_STATFS64;

#endif /* _GENERIC_STATFS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __ASM_GENERIC_BITS_PER_LONG
#define __ASM_GENERIC_BITS_PER_LONG

/*
 * There seems to be no way of detecting this automatically from user
 * space, so 64 bit architectures should override this in their
 * bitsperlong.h. In particular, an architecture that supports
 * both 32 and 64 bit user space must not rely on CONFIG_64BIT
 * to decide it, but rather check a compiler provided macro.
 */
#ifndef __BITS_PER_LONG
#define __BITS_PER_LONG 32
#endif

#endif /* __ASM_GENERIC_BITS_PER_LONG */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __ASM_GENERIC_UCONTEXT_H
#define __ASM_GENERIC_UCONTEXT_H

struct ucontext {
	unsigned long	  uc_flags;
	struct ucontext  *uc_link;
	stack_t		  uc_stack;
	struct sigcontext uc_mcontext;
	sigset_t	  uc_sigmask;	/* mask last for extensibility */
};

#endif /* __ASM_GENERIC_UCONTEXT_H */
#ifndef _ASM_GENERIC_HUGETLB_ENCODE_H_
#define _ASM_GENERIC_HUGETLB_ENCODE_H_

/*
 * Several system calls take a flag to request "hugetlb" huge pages.
 * Without further specification, these system calls will use the
 * system's default huge page size.  If a system supports multiple
 * huge page sizes, the desired huge page size can be specified in
 * bits [26:31] of the flag arguments.  The value in these 6 bits
 * will encode the log2 of the huge page size.
 *
 * The following definitions are associated with this huge page size
 * encoding in flag arguments.  System call specific header files
 * that use this encoding should include this file.  They can then
 * provide definitions based on these with their own specific prefix.
 * for example:
 * #define MAP_HUGE_SHIFT HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_SHIFT
 */

#define HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_SHIFT	26
#define HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_MASK	0x3f

#define HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_16KB	(14 << HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_SHIFT)
#define HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_64KB	(16 << HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_SHIFT)
#define HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_512KB	(19 << HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_SHIFT)
#define HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_1MB		(20 << HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_SHIFT)
#define HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_2MB		(21 << HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_SHIFT)
#define HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_8MB		(23 << HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_SHIFT)
#define HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_16MB	(24 << HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_SHIFT)
#define HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_32MB	(25 << HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_SHIFT)
#define HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_256MB	(28 << HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_SHIFT)
#define HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_512MB	(29 << HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_SHIFT)
#define HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_1GB		(30 << HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_SHIFT)
#define HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_2GB		(31 << HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_SHIFT)
#define HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_16GB	(34 << HUGETLB_FLAG_ENCODE_SHIFT)

#endif /* _ASM_GENERIC_HUGETLB_ENCODE_H_ */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_GENERIC_FCNTL_H
#define _ASM_GENERIC_FCNTL_H

#include <linux/types.h>

/*
 * FMODE_EXEC is 0x20
 * FMODE_NONOTIFY is 0x4000000
 * These cannot be used by userspace O_* until internal and external open
 * flags are split.
 * -Eric Paris
 */

/*
 * When introducing new O_* bits, please check its uniqueness in fcntl_init().
 */

#define O_ACCMODE	00000003
#define O_RDONLY	00000000
#define O_WRONLY	00000001
#define O_RDWR		00000002
#ifndef O_CREAT
#define O_CREAT		00000100	/* not fcntl */
#endif
#ifndef O_EXCL
#define O_EXCL		00000200	/* not fcntl */
#endif
#ifndef O_NOCTTY
#define O_NOCTTY	00000400	/* not fcntl */
#endif
#ifndef O_TRUNC
#define O_TRUNC		00001000	/* not fcntl */
#endif
#ifndef O_APPEND
#define O_APPEND	00002000
#endif
#ifndef O_NONBLOCK
#define O_NONBLOCK	00004000
#endif
#ifndef O_DSYNC
#define O_DSYNC		00010000	/* used to be O_SYNC, see below */
#endif
#ifndef FASYNC
#define FASYNC		00020000	/* fcntl, for BSD compatibility */
#endif
#ifndef O_DIRECT
#define O_DIRECT	00040000	/* direct disk access hint */
#endif
#ifndef O_LARGEFILE
#define O_LARGEFILE	00100000
#endif
#ifndef O_DIRECTORY
#define O_DIRECTORY	00200000	/* must be a directory */
#endif
#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
#define O_NOFOLLOW	00400000	/* don't follow links */
#endif
#ifndef O_NOATIME
#define O_NOATIME	01000000
#endif
#ifndef O_CLOEXEC
#define O_CLOEXEC	02000000	/* set close_on_exec */
#endif

/*
 * Before Linux 2.6.33 only O_DSYNC semantics were implemented, but using
 * the O_SYNC flag.  We continue to use the existing numerical value
 * for O_DSYNC semantics now, but using the correct symbolic name for it.
 * This new value is used to request true Posix O_SYNC semantics.  It is
 * defined in this strange way to make sure applications compiled against
 * new headers get at least O_DSYNC semantics on older kernels.
 *
 * This has the nice side-effect that we can simply test for O_DSYNC
 * wherever we do not care if O_DSYNC or O_SYNC is used.
 *
 * Note: __O_SYNC must never be used directly.
 */
#ifndef O_SYNC
#define __O_SYNC	04000000
#define O_SYNC		(__O_SYNC|O_DSYNC)
#endif

#ifndef O_PATH
#define O_PATH		010000000
#endif

#ifndef __O_TMPFILE
#define __O_TMPFILE	020000000
#endif

/* a horrid kludge trying to make sure that this will fail on old kernels */
#define O_TMPFILE (__O_TMPFILE | O_DIRECTORY)
#define O_TMPFILE_MASK (__O_TMPFILE | O_DIRECTORY | O_CREAT)      

#ifndef O_NDELAY
#define O_NDELAY	O_NONBLOCK
#endif

#define F_DUPFD		0	/* dup */
#define F_GETFD		1	/* get close_on_exec */
#define F_SETFD		2	/* set/clear close_on_exec */
#define F_GETFL		3	/* get file->f_flags */
#define F_SETFL		4	/* set file->f_flags */
#ifndef F_GETLK
#define F_GETLK		5
#define F_SETLK		6
#define F_SETLKW	7
#endif
#ifndef F_SETOWN
#define F_SETOWN	8	/* for sockets. */
#define F_GETOWN	9	/* for sockets. */
#endif
#ifndef F_SETSIG
#define F_SETSIG	10	/* for sockets. */
#define F_GETSIG	11	/* for sockets. */
#endif

#ifndef CONFIG_64BIT
#ifndef F_GETLK64
#define F_GETLK64	12	/*  using 'struct flock64' */
#define F_SETLK64	13
#define F_SETLKW64	14
#endif
#endif

#ifndef F_SETOWN_EX
#define F_SETOWN_EX	15
#define F_GETOWN_EX	16
#endif

#ifndef F_GETOWNER_UIDS
#define F_GETOWNER_UIDS	17
#endif

/*
 * Open File Description Locks
 *
 * Usually record locks held by a process are released on *any* close and are
 * not inherited across a fork().
 *
 * These cmd values will set locks that conflict with process-associated
 * record  locks, but are "owned" by the open file description, not the
 * process. This means that they are inherited across fork() like BSD (flock)
 * locks, and they are only released automatically when the last reference to
 * the the open file against which they were acquired is put.
 */
#define F_OFD_GETLK	36
#define F_OFD_SETLK	37
#define F_OFD_SETLKW	38

#define F_OWNER_TID	0
#define F_OWNER_PID	1
#define F_OWNER_PGRP	2

struct f_owner_ex {
	int	type;
	__kernel_pid_t	pid;
};

/* for F_[GET|SET]FL */
#define FD_CLOEXEC	1	/* actually anything with low bit set goes */

/* for posix fcntl() and lockf() */
#ifndef F_RDLCK
#define F_RDLCK		0
#define F_WRLCK		1
#define F_UNLCK		2
#endif

/* for old implementation of bsd flock () */
#ifndef F_EXLCK
#define F_EXLCK		4	/* or 3 */
#define F_SHLCK		8	/* or 4 */
#endif

/* operations for bsd flock(), also used by the kernel implementation */
#define LOCK_SH		1	/* shared lock */
#define LOCK_EX		2	/* exclusive lock */
#define LOCK_NB		4	/* or'd with one of the above to prevent
				   blocking */
#define LOCK_UN		8	/* remove lock */

#define LOCK_MAND	32	/* This is a mandatory flock ... */
#define LOCK_READ	64	/* which allows concurrent read operations */
#define LOCK_WRITE	128	/* which allows concurrent write operations */
#define LOCK_RW		192	/* which allows concurrent read & write ops */

#define F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE	1024

#ifndef HAVE_ARCH_STRUCT_FLOCK
#ifndef __ARCH_FLOCK_PAD
#define __ARCH_FLOCK_PAD
#endif

struct flock {
	short	l_type;
	short	l_whence;
	__kernel_off_t	l_start;
	__kernel_off_t	l_len;
	__kernel_pid_t	l_pid;
	__ARCH_FLOCK_PAD
};
#endif

#ifndef HAVE_ARCH_STRUCT_FLOCK64
#ifndef __ARCH_FLOCK64_PAD
#define __ARCH_FLOCK64_PAD
#endif

struct flock64 {
	short  l_type;
	short  l_whence;
	__kernel_loff_t l_start;
	__kernel_loff_t l_len;
	__kernel_pid_t  l_pid;
	__ARCH_FLOCK64_PAD
};
#endif

#endif /* _ASM_GENERIC_FCNTL_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef _ASM_GENERIC_TERMIOS_H
#define _ASM_GENERIC_TERMIOS_H
/*
 * Most architectures have straight copies of the x86 code, with
 * varying levels of bug fixes on top. Usually it's a good idea
 * to use this generic version instead, but be careful to avoid
 * ABI changes.
 * New architectures should not provide their own version.
 */

#include <asm/termbits.h>
#include <asm/ioctls.h>

struct winsize {
	unsigned short ws_row;
	unsigned short ws_col;
	unsigned short ws_xpixel;
	unsigned short ws_ypixel;
};

#define NCC 8
struct termio {
	unsigned short c_iflag;		/* input mode flags */
	unsigned short c_oflag;		/* output mode flags */
	unsigned short c_cflag;		/* control mode flags */
	unsigned short c_lflag;		/* local mode flags */
	unsigned char c_line;		/* line discipline */
	unsigned char c_cc[NCC];	/* control characters */
};

/* modem lines */
#define TIOCM_LE	0x001
#define TIOCM_DTR	0x002
#define TIOCM_RTS	0x004
#define TIOCM_ST	0x008
#define TIOCM_SR	0x010
#define TIOCM_CTS	0x020
#define TIOCM_CAR	0x040
#define TIOCM_RNG	0x080
#define TIOCM_DSR	0x100
#define TIOCM_CD	TIOCM_CAR
#define TIOCM_RI	TIOCM_RNG
#define TIOCM_OUT1	0x2000
#define TIOCM_OUT2	0x4000
#define TIOCM_LOOP	0x8000

/* ioctl (fd, TIOCSERGETLSR, &result) where result may be as below */


#endif /* _ASM_GENERIC_TERMIOS_H */
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note */
#ifndef __ASM_GENERIC_SHMBUF_H
#define __ASM_GENERIC_SHMBUF_H

#include <asm/bitsperlong.h>

/*
 * The shmid64_ds structure for x86 architecture.
 * Note extra padding because this structure is passed back and forth
 * between kernel and user space.
 *
 * shmid64_ds was originally meant to be architecture specific, but
 * everyone just ended up making identical copies without specific
 * optimizations, so we may just as well all use the same one.
 *
 * 64 bit architectures typically define a 64 bit __kernel_time_t,
 * so they do not need the first two padding words.
 * On big-endian systems, the padding is in the wrong place.
 *
 *
 * Pad space is left for:
 * - 2 miscellaneous 32-bit values
 */

struct shmid64_ds {
	struct ipc64_perm	shm_perm;	/* operation perms */
	size_t			shm_segsz;	/* size of segment (bytes) */
#if __BITS_PER_LONG == 64
	__kernel_time_t		shm_atime;	/* last attach time */
	__kernel_time_t		shm_dtime;	/* last detach time */
	__kernel_time_t		shm_ctime;	/* last change time */
#else
	unsigned long		shm_atime;	/* last attach time */
	unsigned long		shm_atime_high;
	unsigned long		shm_dtime;	/* last detach time */
	unsigned long		shm_dtime_high;
	unsigned long		shm_ctime;	/* last change time */
	unsigned long		shm_ctime_high;
#endif
	__kernel_pid_t		shm_cpid;	/* pid of creator */
	__kernel_pid_t		shm_lpid;	/* pid of last operator */
	unsigned long		shm_nattch;	/* no. of current attaches */
	unsigned long		__unused4;
	unsigned long		__unused5;
};

struct shminfo64 {
	unsigned long		shmmax;
	unsigned long		shmmin;
	unsigned long		shmmni;
	unsigned long		shmseg;
	unsigned long		shmall;
	unsigned long		__unused1;
	unsigned long		__unused2;
	unsigned long		__unused3;
	unsigned long		__unused4;
};

#endif /* __ASM_GENERIC_SHMBUF_H */
/*
 * Header file for common error description library.
 *
 * Copyright 1988, Student Information Processing Board of the
 * Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
 *
 * For copyright and distribution info, see the documentation supplied
 * with this package.
 */

#if !defined(__COM_ERR_H) && !defined(__COM_ERR_H__)

#ifdef __GNUC__
#define COM_ERR_ATTR(x) __attribute__(x)
#else
#define COM_ERR_ATTR(x)
#endif

#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdarg.h>

typedef long errcode_t;

struct error_table {
	char const * const * msgs;
	long base;
	int n_msgs;
};
struct et_list;

extern void com_err (const char *, long, const char *, ...)
	COM_ERR_ATTR((format(printf, 3, 4)));

extern void com_err_va (const char *whoami, errcode_t code, const char *fmt,
		 va_list args)
	COM_ERR_ATTR((format(printf, 3, 0)));

extern char const *error_message (long);
extern void (*com_err_hook) (const char *, long, const char *, va_list);
extern void (*set_com_err_hook (void (*) (const char *, long,
					  const char *, va_list)))
	(const char *, long, const char *, va_list);
extern void (*reset_com_err_hook (void)) (const char *, long,
					  const char *, va_list);
extern int init_error_table(const char * const *msgs, long base, int count);
extern char *(*set_com_err_gettext (char *(*) (const char *)))
	(const char *);

extern errcode_t add_error_table(const struct error_table * et);
extern errcode_t remove_error_table(const struct error_table * et);
extern void add_to_error_table(struct et_list *new_table);

/* Provided for Heimdall compatibility */
extern const char *com_right(struct et_list *list, long code);
extern const char *com_right_r(struct et_list *list, long code, char *str, size_t len);
extern void initialize_error_table_r(struct et_list **list,
				     const char **messages,
				     int num_errors,
				     long base);
extern void free_error_table(struct et_list *et);

/* Provided for compatibility with other com_err libraries */
extern int et_list_lock(void);
extern int et_list_unlock(void);

#define __COM_ERR_H
#define __COM_ERR_H__
#endif /* !defined(__COM_ERR_H) && !defined(__COM_ERR_H__)*/
/* gdbm.h  -  The include file for dbm users.  -*- c -*- */

/*  This file is part of GDBM, the GNU data base manager, by Philip A. Nelson.
    Copyright (C) 1990-1991, 1993, 2011, 2016-2018 Free Software
    Foundation, Inc.

    GDBM is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
    any later version.

    GDBM is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.

    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with GDBM. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  

    You may contact the author by:
       e-mail:  phil@cs.wwu.edu
      us-mail:  Philip A. Nelson
                Computer Science Department
                Western Washington University
                Bellingham, WA 98226
       
*************************************************************************/

/* Protection for multiple includes. */
#ifndef _GDBM_H_
# define _GDBM_H_

# include <stdio.h>

/* GDBM C++ support */
# if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
extern "C" {
# endif

/* Parameters to gdbm_open for READERS, WRITERS, and WRITERS who
   can create the database. */
# define GDBM_READER	0	/* A reader. */
# define GDBM_WRITER	1	/* A writer. */
# define GDBM_WRCREAT	2	/* A writer.  Create the db if needed. */
# define GDBM_NEWDB	3	/* A writer.  Always create a new db. */
# define GDBM_OPENMASK	7	/* Mask for the above. */

# define GDBM_FAST	0x010	/* Write fast! => No fsyncs.  OBSOLETE. */
# define GDBM_SYNC	0x020	/* Sync operations to the disk. */
# define GDBM_NOLOCK	0x040	/* Don't do file locking operations. */
# define GDBM_NOMMAP	0x080	/* Don't use mmap(). */
# define GDBM_CLOEXEC   0x100   /* Close the underlying fd on exec(3) */
# define GDBM_BSEXACT   0x200   /* Don't adjust block_size. Bail out with
				   GDBM_BLOCK_SIZE_ERROR error if unable to
				   set it. */  
# define GDBM_CLOERROR  0x400   /* Only for gdbm_fd_open: close fd on error. */
  
/* Parameters to gdbm_store for simple insertion or replacement in the
   case that the key is already in the database. */
# define GDBM_INSERT	0	/* Never replace old data with new. */
# define GDBM_REPLACE	1	/* Always replace old data with new. */

/* Parameters to gdbm_setopt, specifing the type of operation to perform. */
# define GDBM_SETCACHESIZE    1  /* Set the cache size. */
# define GDBM_FASTMODE	      2	/* Toggle fast mode.  OBSOLETE. */
# define GDBM_SETSYNCMODE     3  /* Turn on or off sync operations. */
# define GDBM_SETCENTFREE     4  /* Keep all free blocks in the header. */
# define GDBM_SETCOALESCEBLKS 5  /* Attempt to coalesce free blocks. */
# define GDBM_SETMAXMAPSIZE   6  /* Set maximum mapped memory size */
# define GDBM_SETMMAP         7  /* Toggle mmap mode */

/* Compatibility defines: */
# define GDBM_CACHESIZE	     GDBM_SETCACHESIZE
# define GDBM_SYNCMODE	     GDBM_SETSYNCMODE
# define GDBM_CENTFREE       GDBM_SETCENTFREE
# define GDBM_COALESCEBLKS   GDBM_SETCOALESCEBLKS

# define GDBM_GETFLAGS        8  /* Get gdbm_open flags */
# define GDBM_GETMMAP         9  /* Get mmap status */
# define GDBM_GETCACHESIZE    10 /* Get current cache side */
# define GDBM_GETSYNCMODE     11 /* Get synch mode */
# define GDBM_GETCENTFREE     12 /* Get "centfree" status */
# define GDBM_GETCOALESCEBLKS 13 /* Get free block coalesce status */
# define GDBM_GETMAXMAPSIZE   14 /* Get maximum mapped memory size */
# define GDBM_GETDBNAME       15 /* Return database file name */
# define GDBM_GETBLOCKSIZE    16 /* Return block size */

typedef unsigned long long int gdbm_count_t;
  
/* The data and key structure. */
typedef struct
{
  char *dptr;
  int   dsize;
} datum;


/* A pointer to the GDBM file. */
typedef struct gdbm_file_info *GDBM_FILE;

/* External variable, the gdbm build release string. */
extern const char *gdbm_version;	

# define GDBM_VERSION_MAJOR 1
# define GDBM_VERSION_MINOR 18
# define GDBM_VERSION_PATCH 0

extern int const gdbm_version_number[3];

/* GDBM external functions. */

extern GDBM_FILE gdbm_fd_open (int fd, const char *file_name, int block_size,
			       int flags, void (*fatal_func) (const char *));
extern GDBM_FILE gdbm_open (const char *, int, int, int,
			    void (*)(const char *));
extern int gdbm_close (GDBM_FILE);
extern int gdbm_store (GDBM_FILE, datum, datum, int);
extern datum gdbm_fetch (GDBM_FILE, datum);
extern int gdbm_delete (GDBM_FILE, datum);
extern datum gdbm_firstkey (GDBM_FILE);
extern datum gdbm_nextkey (GDBM_FILE, datum);
extern int gdbm_reorganize (GDBM_FILE);
  
extern int gdbm_sync (GDBM_FILE);
extern int gdbm_exists (GDBM_FILE, datum);
extern int gdbm_setopt (GDBM_FILE, int, void *, int);
extern int gdbm_fdesc (GDBM_FILE);
  
extern int gdbm_export (GDBM_FILE, const char *, int, int);
extern int gdbm_export_to_file (GDBM_FILE dbf, FILE *fp);
  
extern int gdbm_import (GDBM_FILE, const char *, int);
extern int gdbm_import_from_file (GDBM_FILE dbf, FILE *fp, int flag);

extern int gdbm_count (GDBM_FILE dbf, gdbm_count_t *pcount);

typedef struct gdbm_recovery_s
{
  /* Input members.
     These are initialized before call to gdbm_recover.  The flags argument
     specifies which of them are initialized. */
  void (*errfun) (void *data, char const *fmt, ...);
  void *data;

  size_t max_failed_keys;
  size_t max_failed_buckets;
  size_t max_failures;

  /* Output members.
     The gdbm_recover function fills these before returning. */
  size_t recovered_keys;
  size_t recovered_buckets;
  size_t failed_keys;
  size_t failed_buckets;
  size_t duplicate_keys;
  char *backup_name;
} gdbm_recovery;

#define GDBM_RCVR_DEFAULT              0x00  /* Default settings */
#define GDBM_RCVR_ERRFUN               0x01  /* errfun is initialized */
#define GDBM_RCVR_MAX_FAILED_KEYS      0x02  /* max_failed_keys is initialized */
#define GDBM_RCVR_MAX_FAILED_BUCKETS   0x04  /* max_failed_buckets is initialized */
#define GDBM_RCVR_MAX_FAILURES         0x08  /* max_failures is initialized */
#define GDBM_RCVR_BACKUP               0x10  /* Keep backup copy of the
						original database on success */
#define GDBM_RCVR_FORCE                0x20  /* Force recovery by skipping the
						check pass */
					       
extern int gdbm_recover (GDBM_FILE dbf, gdbm_recovery *rcvr, int flags);
  
  
#define GDBM_DUMP_FMT_BINARY 0
#define GDBM_DUMP_FMT_ASCII  1

#define GDBM_META_MASK_MODE    0x01
#define GDBM_META_MASK_OWNER   0x02
  
extern int gdbm_dump (GDBM_FILE, const char *, int fmt, int open_flags,
		      int mode);
extern int gdbm_dump_to_file (GDBM_FILE, FILE *, int fmt);

extern int gdbm_load (GDBM_FILE *, const char *, int replace,
		      int meta_flags,
		      unsigned long *line);
extern int gdbm_load_from_file (GDBM_FILE *, FILE *, int replace,
				int meta_flags,
				unsigned long *line);

extern int gdbm_copy_meta (GDBM_FILE dst, GDBM_FILE src);

# define GDBM_NO_ERROR		         0
# define GDBM_MALLOC_ERROR	         1
# define GDBM_BLOCK_SIZE_ERROR	         2
# define GDBM_FILE_OPEN_ERROR	         3
# define GDBM_FILE_WRITE_ERROR	         4
# define GDBM_FILE_SEEK_ERROR	         5
# define GDBM_FILE_READ_ERROR	         6
# define GDBM_BAD_MAGIC_NUMBER	         7
# define GDBM_EMPTY_DATABASE	         8
# define GDBM_CANT_BE_READER	         9
# define GDBM_CANT_BE_WRITER	        10
# define GDBM_READER_CANT_DELETE	11
# define GDBM_READER_CANT_STORE	        12
# define GDBM_READER_CANT_REORGANIZE	13
# define GDBM_UNKNOWN_ERROR	        14
# define GDBM_ITEM_NOT_FOUND	        15
# define GDBM_REORGANIZE_FAILED	        16
# define GDBM_CANNOT_REPLACE	        17
# define GDBM_ILLEGAL_DATA	        18
# define GDBM_OPT_ALREADY_SET	        19
# define GDBM_OPT_ILLEGAL           	20
# define GDBM_BYTE_SWAPPED	        21
# define GDBM_BAD_FILE_OFFSET	        22
# define GDBM_BAD_OPEN_FLAGS	        23
# define GDBM_FILE_STAT_ERROR           24
# define GDBM_FILE_EOF                  25
# define GDBM_NO_DBNAME                 26
# define GDBM_ERR_FILE_OWNER            27
# define GDBM_ERR_FILE_MODE             28
# define GDBM_NEED_RECOVERY             29
# define GDBM_BACKUP_FAILED             30
# define GDBM_DIR_OVERFLOW              31
# define GDBM_BAD_BUCKET                32
# define GDBM_BAD_HEADER                33
# define GDBM_BAD_AVAIL                 34
# define GDBM_BAD_HASH_TABLE            35
# define GDBM_BAD_DIR_ENTRY             36
# define GDBM_FILE_CLOSE_ERROR          37  
# define GDBM_FILE_SYNC_ERROR           38
# define GDBM_FILE_TRUNCATE_ERROR       39
  
# define _GDBM_MIN_ERRNO	0
# define _GDBM_MAX_ERRNO	GDBM_FILE_TRUNCATE_ERROR

/* This one was never used and will be removed in the future */
# define GDBM_UNKNOWN_UPDATE GDBM_UNKNOWN_ERROR
  
typedef int gdbm_error;
extern int *gdbm_errno_location (void);
#define gdbm_errno (*gdbm_errno_location ())
extern const char * const gdbm_errlist[];
extern int const gdbm_syserr[];
  
extern gdbm_error gdbm_last_errno (GDBM_FILE dbf);
extern int gdbm_last_syserr (GDBM_FILE dbf);
extern void gdbm_set_errno (GDBM_FILE dbf, gdbm_error ec, int fatal);
extern void gdbm_clear_error (GDBM_FILE dbf);
extern int gdbm_needs_recovery (GDBM_FILE dbf);
extern int gdbm_check_syserr (gdbm_error n);

/* extra prototypes */

extern const char *gdbm_strerror (gdbm_error);
extern const char *gdbm_db_strerror (GDBM_FILE dbf);
  
extern int gdbm_version_cmp (int const a[], int const b[]);

#if 0
# define GDBM_DEBUG_ENABLE 1

typedef void (*gdbm_debug_printer_t) (char const *, ...);
extern gdbm_debug_printer_t gdbm_debug_printer;
extern int gdbm_debug_flags;

# define GDBM_DEBUG_ERR    0x00000001
# define GDBM_DEBUG_OPEN   0x00000002
# define GDBM_DEBUG_READ   0x00000004
# define GDBM_DEBUG_STORE  0x00000008
# define GDBM_DEBUG_LOOKUP 0x00000010
  
# define GDBM_DEBUG_ALL    0xffffffff

extern int gdbm_debug_token (char const *tok);
extern void gdbm_debug_parse_state (int (*f) (void *, int, char const *),
				    void *d);
  
extern void gdbm_debug_datum (datum dat, char const *pfx);
  
#endif
  
# if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
}
# endif

#endif
/****************************************************************************
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 *                                                                          *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
 * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
 * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
 * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
 *                                                                          *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
 *                                                                          *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
 * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
 * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
 * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
 * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
 *                                                                          *
 * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
 * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
 * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
 * authorization.                                                           *
 ****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
 *  Author: Zeyd M. Ben-Halim <zmbenhal@netcom.com> 1995                    *
 *     and: Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>                         *
 *     and: Juergen Pfeifer                         1996-1999,2008          *
 ****************************************************************************/

/* $Id: panel.h,v 1.12 2017/02/11 16:50:28 tom Exp $ */

/* panel.h -- interface file for panels library */

#ifndef NCURSES_PANEL_H_incl
#define NCURSES_PANEL_H_incl 1

#include <curses.h>

typedef struct panel
#if !NCURSES_OPAQUE_PANEL
{
  WINDOW *win;
  struct panel *below;
  struct panel *above;
  NCURSES_CONST void *user;
}
#endif /* !NCURSES_OPAQUE_PANEL */
PANEL;

#if	defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(WINDOW*) panel_window (const PANEL *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void)    update_panels (void);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     hide_panel (PANEL *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     show_panel (PANEL *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     del_panel (PANEL *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     top_panel (PANEL *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     bottom_panel (PANEL *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(PANEL*)  new_panel (WINDOW *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(PANEL*)  panel_above (const PANEL *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(PANEL*)  panel_below (const PANEL *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     set_panel_userptr (PANEL *, NCURSES_CONST void *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(NCURSES_CONST void*) panel_userptr (const PANEL *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     move_panel (PANEL *, int, int);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     replace_panel (PANEL *,WINDOW *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int)     panel_hidden (const PANEL *);

#if NCURSES_SP_FUNCS
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(PANEL *) ground_panel(SCREEN *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(PANEL *) ceiling_panel(SCREEN *);

extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void)    NCURSES_SP_NAME(update_panels) (SCREEN*);
#endif

#if	defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif

#endif /* NCURSES_PANEL_H_incl */

/* end of panel.h */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2000-2007 Niels Provos <provos@citi.umich.edu>
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT2_HTTP_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_HTTP_H_INCLUDED_

/* For int types. */
#include <event2/util.h>
#include <event2/visibility.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* In case we haven't included the right headers yet. */
struct evbuffer;
struct event_base;
struct bufferevent;
struct evhttp_connection;

/** @file event2/http.h
 *
 * Basic support for HTTP serving.
 *
 * As Libevent is a library for dealing with event notification and most
 * interesting applications are networked today, I have often found the
 * need to write HTTP code.  The following prototypes and definitions provide
 * an application with a minimal interface for making HTTP requests and for
 * creating a very simple HTTP server.
 */

/* Response codes */
#define HTTP_OK			200	/**< request completed ok */
#define HTTP_NOCONTENT		204	/**< request does not have content */
#define HTTP_MOVEPERM		301	/**< the uri moved permanently */
#define HTTP_MOVETEMP		302	/**< the uri moved temporarily */
#define HTTP_NOTMODIFIED	304	/**< page was not modified from last */
#define HTTP_BADREQUEST		400	/**< invalid http request was made */
#define HTTP_NOTFOUND		404	/**< could not find content for uri */
#define HTTP_BADMETHOD		405 	/**< method not allowed for this uri */
#define HTTP_ENTITYTOOLARGE	413	/**<  */
#define HTTP_EXPECTATIONFAILED	417	/**< we can't handle this expectation */
#define HTTP_INTERNAL           500     /**< internal error */
#define HTTP_NOTIMPLEMENTED     501     /**< not implemented */
#define HTTP_SERVUNAVAIL	503	/**< the server is not available */

struct evhttp;
struct evhttp_request;
struct evkeyvalq;
struct evhttp_bound_socket;
struct evconnlistener;
struct evdns_base;

/**
 * Create a new HTTP server.
 *
 * @param base (optional) the event base to receive the HTTP events
 * @return a pointer to a newly initialized evhttp server structure
 * @see evhttp_free()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evhttp *evhttp_new(struct event_base *base);

/**
 * Binds an HTTP server on the specified address and port.
 *
 * Can be called multiple times to bind the same http server
 * to multiple different ports.
 *
 * @param http a pointer to an evhttp object
 * @param address a string containing the IP address to listen(2) on
 * @param port the port number to listen on
 * @return 0 on success, -1 on failure.
 * @see evhttp_accept_socket()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_bind_socket(struct evhttp *http, const char *address, ev_uint16_t port);

/**
 * Like evhttp_bind_socket(), but returns a handle for referencing the socket.
 *
 * The returned pointer is not valid after \a http is freed.
 *
 * @param http a pointer to an evhttp object
 * @param address a string containing the IP address to listen(2) on
 * @param port the port number to listen on
 * @return Handle for the socket on success, NULL on failure.
 * @see evhttp_bind_socket(), evhttp_del_accept_socket()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evhttp_bound_socket *evhttp_bind_socket_with_handle(struct evhttp *http, const char *address, ev_uint16_t port);

/**
 * Makes an HTTP server accept connections on the specified socket.
 *
 * This may be useful to create a socket and then fork multiple instances
 * of an http server, or when a socket has been communicated via file
 * descriptor passing in situations where an http servers does not have
 * permissions to bind to a low-numbered port.
 *
 * Can be called multiple times to have the http server listen to
 * multiple different sockets.
 *
 * @param http a pointer to an evhttp object
 * @param fd a socket fd that is ready for accepting connections
 * @return 0 on success, -1 on failure.
 * @see evhttp_bind_socket()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_accept_socket(struct evhttp *http, evutil_socket_t fd);

/**
 * Like evhttp_accept_socket(), but returns a handle for referencing the socket.
 *
 * The returned pointer is not valid after \a http is freed.
 *
 * @param http a pointer to an evhttp object
 * @param fd a socket fd that is ready for accepting connections
 * @return Handle for the socket on success, NULL on failure.
 * @see evhttp_accept_socket(), evhttp_del_accept_socket()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evhttp_bound_socket *evhttp_accept_socket_with_handle(struct evhttp *http, evutil_socket_t fd);

/**
 * The most low-level evhttp_bind/accept method: takes an evconnlistener, and
 * returns an evhttp_bound_socket.  The listener will be freed when the bound
 * socket is freed.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evhttp_bound_socket *evhttp_bind_listener(struct evhttp *http, struct evconnlistener *listener);

/**
 * Return the listener used to implement a bound socket.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evconnlistener *evhttp_bound_socket_get_listener(struct evhttp_bound_socket *bound);

typedef void evhttp_bound_socket_foreach_fn(struct evhttp_bound_socket *, void *);
/**
 * Applies the function specified in the first argument to all
 * evhttp_bound_sockets associated with "http". The user must not
 * attempt to free or remove any connections, sockets or listeners
 * in the callback "function".
 *
 * @param http pointer to an evhttp object
 * @param function function to apply to every bound socket
 * @param argument pointer value passed to function for every socket iterated
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_foreach_bound_socket(struct evhttp *http, evhttp_bound_socket_foreach_fn *function, void *argument);

/**
 * Makes an HTTP server stop accepting connections on the specified socket
 *
 * This may be useful when a socket has been sent via file descriptor passing
 * and is no longer needed by the current process.
 *
 * If you created this bound socket with evhttp_bind_socket_with_handle or
 * evhttp_accept_socket_with_handle, this function closes the fd you provided.
 * If you created this bound socket with evhttp_bind_listener, this function
 * frees the listener you provided.
 *
 * \a bound_socket is an invalid pointer after this call returns.
 *
 * @param http a pointer to an evhttp object
 * @param bound_socket a handle returned by evhttp_{bind,accept}_socket_with_handle
 * @see evhttp_bind_socket_with_handle(), evhttp_accept_socket_with_handle()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_del_accept_socket(struct evhttp *http, struct evhttp_bound_socket *bound_socket);

/**
 * Get the raw file descriptor referenced by an evhttp_bound_socket.
 *
 * @param bound_socket a handle returned by evhttp_{bind,accept}_socket_with_handle
 * @return the file descriptor used by the bound socket
 * @see evhttp_bind_socket_with_handle(), evhttp_accept_socket_with_handle()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
evutil_socket_t evhttp_bound_socket_get_fd(struct evhttp_bound_socket *bound_socket);

/**
 * Free the previously created HTTP server.
 *
 * Works only if no requests are currently being served.
 *
 * @param http the evhttp server object to be freed
 * @see evhttp_start()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_free(struct evhttp* http);

/** XXX Document. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_set_max_headers_size(struct evhttp* http, ev_ssize_t max_headers_size);
/** XXX Document. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_set_max_body_size(struct evhttp* http, ev_ssize_t max_body_size);

/**
  Set the value to use for the Content-Type header when none was provided. If
  the content type string is NULL, the Content-Type header will not be
  automatically added.

  @param http the http server on which to set the default content type
  @param content_type the value for the Content-Type header
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_set_default_content_type(struct evhttp *http,
	const char *content_type);

/**
  Sets the what HTTP methods are supported in requests accepted by this
  server, and passed to user callbacks.

  If not supported they will generate a "405 Method not allowed" response.

  By default this includes the following methods: GET, POST, HEAD, PUT, DELETE

  @param http the http server on which to set the methods
  @param methods bit mask constructed from evhttp_cmd_type values
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_set_allowed_methods(struct evhttp* http, ev_uint16_t methods);

/**
   Set a callback for a specified URI

   @param http the http sever on which to set the callback
   @param path the path for which to invoke the callback
   @param cb the callback function that gets invoked on requesting path
   @param cb_arg an additional context argument for the callback
   @return 0 on success, -1 if the callback existed already, -2 on failure
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_set_cb(struct evhttp *http, const char *path,
    void (*cb)(struct evhttp_request *, void *), void *cb_arg);

/** Removes the callback for a specified URI */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_del_cb(struct evhttp *, const char *);

/**
    Set a callback for all requests that are not caught by specific callbacks

    Invokes the specified callback for all requests that do not match any of
    the previously specified request paths.  This is catchall for requests not
    specifically configured with evhttp_set_cb().

    @param http the evhttp server object for which to set the callback
    @param cb the callback to invoke for any unmatched requests
    @param arg an context argument for the callback
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_set_gencb(struct evhttp *http,
    void (*cb)(struct evhttp_request *, void *), void *arg);

/**
   Set a callback used to create new bufferevents for connections
   to a given evhttp object.

   You can use this to override the default bufferevent type -- for example,
   to make this evhttp object use SSL bufferevents rather than unencrypted
   ones.

   New bufferevents must be allocated with no fd set on them.

   @param http the evhttp server object for which to set the callback
   @param cb the callback to invoke for incoming connections
   @param arg an context argument for the callback
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_set_bevcb(struct evhttp *http,
    struct bufferevent *(*cb)(struct event_base *, void *), void *arg);

/**
   Adds a virtual host to the http server.

   A virtual host is a newly initialized evhttp object that has request
   callbacks set on it via evhttp_set_cb() or evhttp_set_gencb().  It
   most not have any listing sockets associated with it.

   If the virtual host has not been removed by the time that evhttp_free()
   is called on the main http server, it will be automatically freed, too.

   It is possible to have hierarchical vhosts.  For example: A vhost
   with the pattern *.example.com may have other vhosts with patterns
   foo.example.com and bar.example.com associated with it.

   @param http the evhttp object to which to add a virtual host
   @param pattern the glob pattern against which the hostname is matched.
     The match is case insensitive and follows otherwise regular shell
     matching.
   @param vhost the virtual host to add the regular http server.
   @return 0 on success, -1 on failure
   @see evhttp_remove_virtual_host()
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_add_virtual_host(struct evhttp* http, const char *pattern,
    struct evhttp* vhost);

/**
   Removes a virtual host from the http server.

   @param http the evhttp object from which to remove the virtual host
   @param vhost the virtual host to remove from the regular http server.
   @return 0 on success, -1 on failure
   @see evhttp_add_virtual_host()
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_remove_virtual_host(struct evhttp* http, struct evhttp* vhost);

/**
   Add a server alias to an http object. The http object can be a virtual
   host or the main server.

   @param http the evhttp object
   @param alias the alias to add
   @see evhttp_add_remove_alias()
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_add_server_alias(struct evhttp *http, const char *alias);

/**
   Remove a server alias from an http object.

   @param http the evhttp object
   @param alias the alias to remove
   @see evhttp_add_server_alias()
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_remove_server_alias(struct evhttp *http, const char *alias);

/**
 * Set the timeout for an HTTP request.
 *
 * @param http an evhttp object
 * @param timeout_in_secs the timeout, in seconds
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_set_timeout(struct evhttp *http, int timeout_in_secs);

/**
 * Set the timeout for an HTTP request.
 *
 * @param http an evhttp object
 * @param tv the timeout, or NULL
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_set_timeout_tv(struct evhttp *http, const struct timeval* tv);

/* Read all the clients body, and only after this respond with an error if the
 * clients body exceed max_body_size */
#define EVHTTP_SERVER_LINGERING_CLOSE	0x0001
/**
 * Set connection flags for HTTP server.
 *
 * @see EVHTTP_SERVER_*
 * @return 0 on success, otherwise non zero (for example if flag doesn't
 * supported).
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_set_flags(struct evhttp *http, int flags);

/* Request/Response functionality */

/**
 * Send an HTML error message to the client.
 *
 * @param req a request object
 * @param error the HTTP error code
 * @param reason a brief explanation of the error.  If this is NULL, we'll
 *    just use the standard meaning of the error code.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_send_error(struct evhttp_request *req, int error,
    const char *reason);

/**
 * Send an HTML reply to the client.
 *
 * The body of the reply consists of the data in databuf.  After calling
 * evhttp_send_reply() databuf will be empty, but the buffer is still
 * owned by the caller and needs to be deallocated by the caller if
 * necessary.
 *
 * @param req a request object
 * @param code the HTTP response code to send
 * @param reason a brief message to send with the response code
 * @param databuf the body of the response
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_send_reply(struct evhttp_request *req, int code,
    const char *reason, struct evbuffer *databuf);

/* Low-level response interface, for streaming/chunked replies */

/**
   Initiate a reply that uses Transfer-Encoding chunked.

   This allows the caller to stream the reply back to the client and is
   useful when either not all of the reply data is immediately available
   or when sending very large replies.

   The caller needs to supply data chunks with evhttp_send_reply_chunk()
   and complete the reply by calling evhttp_send_reply_end().

   @param req a request object
   @param code the HTTP response code to send
   @param reason a brief message to send with the response code
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_send_reply_start(struct evhttp_request *req, int code,
    const char *reason);

/**
   Send another data chunk as part of an ongoing chunked reply.

   The reply chunk consists of the data in databuf.  After calling
   evhttp_send_reply_chunk() databuf will be empty, but the buffer is
   still owned by the caller and needs to be deallocated by the caller
   if necessary.

   @param req a request object
   @param databuf the data chunk to send as part of the reply.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_send_reply_chunk(struct evhttp_request *req,
    struct evbuffer *databuf);

/**
   Send another data chunk as part of an ongoing chunked reply.

   The reply chunk consists of the data in databuf.  After calling
   evhttp_send_reply_chunk() databuf will be empty, but the buffer is
   still owned by the caller and needs to be deallocated by the caller
   if necessary.

   @param req a request object
   @param databuf the data chunk to send as part of the reply.
   @param cb callback funcion
   @param call back's argument.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_send_reply_chunk_with_cb(struct evhttp_request *, struct evbuffer *,
    void (*cb)(struct evhttp_connection *, void *), void *arg);

/**
   Complete a chunked reply, freeing the request as appropriate.

   @param req a request object
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_send_reply_end(struct evhttp_request *req);

/*
 * Interfaces for making requests
 */

/** The different request types supported by evhttp.  These are as specified
 * in RFC2616, except for PATCH which is specified by RFC5789.
 *
 * By default, only some of these methods are accepted and passed to user
 * callbacks; use evhttp_set_allowed_methods() to change which methods
 * are allowed.
 */
enum evhttp_cmd_type {
	EVHTTP_REQ_GET     = 1 << 0,
	EVHTTP_REQ_POST    = 1 << 1,
	EVHTTP_REQ_HEAD    = 1 << 2,
	EVHTTP_REQ_PUT     = 1 << 3,
	EVHTTP_REQ_DELETE  = 1 << 4,
	EVHTTP_REQ_OPTIONS = 1 << 5,
	EVHTTP_REQ_TRACE   = 1 << 6,
	EVHTTP_REQ_CONNECT = 1 << 7,
	EVHTTP_REQ_PATCH   = 1 << 8
};

/** a request object can represent either a request or a reply */
enum evhttp_request_kind { EVHTTP_REQUEST, EVHTTP_RESPONSE };

/**
 * Create and return a connection object that can be used to for making HTTP
 * requests.  The connection object tries to resolve address and establish the
 * connection when it is given an http request object.
 *
 * @param base the event_base to use for handling the connection
 * @param dnsbase the dns_base to use for resolving host names; if not
 *     specified host name resolution will block.
 * @param bev a bufferevent to use for connecting to the server; if NULL, a
 *     socket-based bufferevent will be created.  This buffrevent will be freed
 *     when the connection closes.  It must have no fd set on it.
 * @param address the address to which to connect
 * @param port the port to connect to
 * @return an evhttp_connection object that can be used for making requests
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evhttp_connection *evhttp_connection_base_bufferevent_new(
	struct event_base *base, struct evdns_base *dnsbase, struct bufferevent* bev, const char *address, ev_uint16_t port);

/**
 * Return the bufferevent that an evhttp_connection is using.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct bufferevent* evhttp_connection_get_bufferevent(struct evhttp_connection *evcon);

/**
 * Return the HTTP server associated with this connection, or NULL.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evhttp *evhttp_connection_get_server(struct evhttp_connection *evcon);

/**
 * Creates a new request object that needs to be filled in with the request
 * parameters.  The callback is executed when the request completed or an
 * error occurred.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evhttp_request *evhttp_request_new(
	void (*cb)(struct evhttp_request *, void *), void *arg);

/**
 * Enable delivery of chunks to requestor.
 * @param cb will be called after every read of data with the same argument
 *           as the completion callback. Will never be called on an empty
 *           response. May drain the input buffer; it will be drained
 *           automatically on return.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_request_set_chunked_cb(struct evhttp_request *,
    void (*cb)(struct evhttp_request *, void *));

/**
 * Register callback for additional parsing of request headers.
 * @param cb will be called after receiving and parsing the full header.
 * It allows analyzing the header and possibly closing the connection
 * by returning a value < 0.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_request_set_header_cb(struct evhttp_request *,
    int (*cb)(struct evhttp_request *, void *));

/**
 * The different error types supported by evhttp
 *
 * @see evhttp_request_set_error_cb()
 */
enum evhttp_request_error {
  /**
   * Timeout reached, also @see evhttp_connection_set_timeout()
   */
  EVREQ_HTTP_TIMEOUT,
  /**
   * EOF reached
   */
  EVREQ_HTTP_EOF,
  /**
   * Error while reading header, or invalid header
   */
  EVREQ_HTTP_INVALID_HEADER,
  /**
   * Error encountered while reading or writing
   */
  EVREQ_HTTP_BUFFER_ERROR,
  /**
   * The evhttp_cancel_request() called on this request.
   */
  EVREQ_HTTP_REQUEST_CANCEL,
  /**
   * Body is greater then evhttp_connection_set_max_body_size()
   */
  EVREQ_HTTP_DATA_TOO_LONG
};
/**
 * Set a callback for errors
 * @see evhttp_request_error for error types.
 *
 * On error, both the error callback and the regular callback will be called,
 * error callback is called before the regular callback.
 **/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_request_set_error_cb(struct evhttp_request *,
    void (*)(enum evhttp_request_error, void *));

/**
 * Set a callback to be called on request completion of evhttp_send_* function.
 *
 * The callback function will be called on the completion of the request after
 * the output data has been written and before the evhttp_request object
 * is destroyed. This can be useful for tracking resources associated with a
 * request (ex: timing metrics).
 *
 * @param req a request object
 * @param cb callback function that will be called on request completion
 * @param cb_arg an additional context argument for the callback
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_request_set_on_complete_cb(struct evhttp_request *req,
    void (*cb)(struct evhttp_request *, void *), void *cb_arg);

/** Frees the request object and removes associated events. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_request_free(struct evhttp_request *req);

/**
 * Create and return a connection object that can be used to for making HTTP
 * requests.  The connection object tries to resolve address and establish the
 * connection when it is given an http request object.
 *
 * @param base the event_base to use for handling the connection
 * @param dnsbase the dns_base to use for resolving host names; if not
 *     specified host name resolution will block.
 * @param address the address to which to connect
 * @param port the port to connect to
 * @return an evhttp_connection object that can be used for making requests
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evhttp_connection *evhttp_connection_base_new(
	struct event_base *base, struct evdns_base *dnsbase,
	const char *address, ev_uint16_t port);

/**
 * Set family hint for DNS requests.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_connection_set_family(struct evhttp_connection *evcon,
	int family);

/* reuse connection address on retry */
#define EVHTTP_CON_REUSE_CONNECTED_ADDR	0x0008
/* Try to read error, since server may already send and close
 * connection, but if at that time we have some data to send then we
 * can send get EPIPE and fail, while we can read that HTTP error. */
#define EVHTTP_CON_READ_ON_WRITE_ERROR	0x0010
/* @see EVHTTP_SERVER_LINGERING_CLOSE */
#define EVHTTP_CON_LINGERING_CLOSE	0x0020
/* Padding for public flags, @see EVHTTP_CON_* in http-internal.h */
#define EVHTTP_CON_PUBLIC_FLAGS_END	0x100000
/**
 * Set connection flags.
 *
 * @see EVHTTP_CON_*
 * @return 0 on success, otherwise non zero (for example if flag doesn't
 * supported).
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_connection_set_flags(struct evhttp_connection *evcon,
	int flags);

/** Takes ownership of the request object
 *
 * Can be used in a request callback to keep onto the request until
 * evhttp_request_free() is explicitly called by the user.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_request_own(struct evhttp_request *req);

/** Returns 1 if the request is owned by the user */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_request_is_owned(struct evhttp_request *req);

/**
 * Returns the connection object associated with the request or NULL
 *
 * The user needs to either free the request explicitly or call
 * evhttp_send_reply_end().
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evhttp_connection *evhttp_request_get_connection(struct evhttp_request *req);

/**
 * Returns the underlying event_base for this connection
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct event_base *evhttp_connection_get_base(struct evhttp_connection *req);

EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_connection_set_max_headers_size(struct evhttp_connection *evcon,
    ev_ssize_t new_max_headers_size);

EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_connection_set_max_body_size(struct evhttp_connection* evcon,
    ev_ssize_t new_max_body_size);

/** Frees an http connection */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_connection_free(struct evhttp_connection *evcon);

/** Disowns a given connection object
 *
 * Can be used to tell libevent to free the connection object after
 * the last request has completed or failed.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_connection_free_on_completion(struct evhttp_connection *evcon);

/** sets the ip address from which http connections are made */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_connection_set_local_address(struct evhttp_connection *evcon,
    const char *address);

/** sets the local port from which http connections are made */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_connection_set_local_port(struct evhttp_connection *evcon,
    ev_uint16_t port);

/** Sets the timeout in seconds for events related to this connection */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_connection_set_timeout(struct evhttp_connection *evcon,
    int timeout_in_secs);

/** Sets the timeout for events related to this connection.  Takes a struct
 * timeval. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_connection_set_timeout_tv(struct evhttp_connection *evcon,
    const struct timeval *tv);

/** Sets the delay before retrying requests on this connection. This is only
 * used if evhttp_connection_set_retries is used to make the number of retries
 * at least one. Each retry after the first is twice as long as the one before
 * it. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_connection_set_initial_retry_tv(struct evhttp_connection *evcon,
    const struct timeval *tv);

/** Sets the retry limit for this connection - -1 repeats indefinitely */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_connection_set_retries(struct evhttp_connection *evcon,
    int retry_max);

/** Set a callback for connection close. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_connection_set_closecb(struct evhttp_connection *evcon,
    void (*)(struct evhttp_connection *, void *), void *);

/** Get the remote address and port associated with this connection. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_connection_get_peer(struct evhttp_connection *evcon,
    char **address, ev_uint16_t *port);

/** Get the remote address associated with this connection.
 * extracted from getpeername() OR from nameserver.
 *
 * @return NULL if getpeername() return non success,
 * or connection is not connected,
 * otherwise it return pointer to struct sockaddr_storage */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
const struct sockaddr*
evhttp_connection_get_addr(struct evhttp_connection *evcon);

/**
    Make an HTTP request over the specified connection.

    The connection gets ownership of the request.  On failure, the
    request object is no longer valid as it has been freed.

    @param evcon the evhttp_connection object over which to send the request
    @param req the previously created and configured request object
    @param type the request type EVHTTP_REQ_GET, EVHTTP_REQ_POST, etc.
    @param uri the URI associated with the request
    @return 0 on success, -1 on failure
    @see evhttp_cancel_request()
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_make_request(struct evhttp_connection *evcon,
    struct evhttp_request *req,
    enum evhttp_cmd_type type, const char *uri);

/**
   Cancels a pending HTTP request.

   Cancels an ongoing HTTP request.  The callback associated with this request
   is not executed and the request object is freed.  If the request is
   currently being processed, e.g. it is ongoing, the corresponding
   evhttp_connection object is going to get reset.

   A request cannot be canceled if its callback has executed already. A request
   may be canceled reentrantly from its chunked callback.

   @param req the evhttp_request to cancel; req becomes invalid after this call.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_cancel_request(struct evhttp_request *req);

/**
 * A structure to hold a parsed URI or Relative-Ref conforming to RFC3986.
 */
struct evhttp_uri;

/** Returns the request URI */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
const char *evhttp_request_get_uri(const struct evhttp_request *req);
/** Returns the request URI (parsed) */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
const struct evhttp_uri *evhttp_request_get_evhttp_uri(const struct evhttp_request *req);
/** Returns the request command */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
enum evhttp_cmd_type evhttp_request_get_command(const struct evhttp_request *req);

EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_request_get_response_code(const struct evhttp_request *req);
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
const char * evhttp_request_get_response_code_line(const struct evhttp_request *req);

/** Returns the input headers */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evkeyvalq *evhttp_request_get_input_headers(struct evhttp_request *req);
/** Returns the output headers */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evkeyvalq *evhttp_request_get_output_headers(struct evhttp_request *req);
/** Returns the input buffer */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evbuffer *evhttp_request_get_input_buffer(struct evhttp_request *req);
/** Returns the output buffer */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evbuffer *evhttp_request_get_output_buffer(struct evhttp_request *req);
/** Returns the host associated with the request. If a client sends an absolute
    URI, the host part of that is preferred. Otherwise, the input headers are
    searched for a Host: header. NULL is returned if no absolute URI or Host:
    header is provided. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
const char *evhttp_request_get_host(struct evhttp_request *req);

/* Interfaces for dealing with HTTP headers */

/**
   Finds the value belonging to a header.

   @param headers the evkeyvalq object in which to find the header
   @param key the name of the header to find
   @returns a pointer to the value for the header or NULL if the header
     could not be found.
   @see evhttp_add_header(), evhttp_remove_header()
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
const char *evhttp_find_header(const struct evkeyvalq *headers,
    const char *key);

/**
   Removes a header from a list of existing headers.

   @param headers the evkeyvalq object from which to remove a header
   @param key the name of the header to remove
   @returns 0 if the header was removed, -1  otherwise.
   @see evhttp_find_header(), evhttp_add_header()
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_remove_header(struct evkeyvalq *headers, const char *key);

/**
   Adds a header to a list of existing headers.

   @param headers the evkeyvalq object to which to add a header
   @param key the name of the header
   @param value the value belonging to the header
   @returns 0 on success, -1  otherwise.
   @see evhttp_find_header(), evhttp_clear_headers()
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_add_header(struct evkeyvalq *headers, const char *key, const char *value);

/**
   Removes all headers from the header list.

   @param headers the evkeyvalq object from which to remove all headers
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_clear_headers(struct evkeyvalq *headers);

/* Miscellaneous utility functions */


/**
   Helper function to encode a string for inclusion in a URI.  All
   characters are replaced by their hex-escaped (%22) equivalents,
   except for characters explicitly unreserved by RFC3986 -- that is,
   ASCII alphanumeric characters, hyphen, dot, underscore, and tilde.

   The returned string must be freed by the caller.

   @param str an unencoded string
   @return a newly allocated URI-encoded string or NULL on failure
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
char *evhttp_encode_uri(const char *str);

/**
   As evhttp_encode_uri, but if 'size' is nonnegative, treat the string
   as being 'size' bytes long.  This allows you to encode strings that
   may contain 0-valued bytes.

   The returned string must be freed by the caller.

   @param str an unencoded string
   @param size the length of the string to encode, or -1 if the string
      is NUL-terminated
   @param space_to_plus if true, space characters in 'str' are encoded
      as +, not %20.
   @return a newly allocate URI-encoded string, or NULL on failure.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
char *evhttp_uriencode(const char *str, ev_ssize_t size, int space_to_plus);

/**
  Helper function to sort of decode a URI-encoded string.  Unlike
  evhttp_get_decoded_uri, it decodes all plus characters that appear
  _after_ the first question mark character, but no plusses that occur
  before.  This is not a good way to decode URIs in whole or in part.

  The returned string must be freed by the caller

  @deprecated  This function is deprecated; you probably want to use
     evhttp_get_decoded_uri instead.

  @param uri an encoded URI
  @return a newly allocated unencoded URI or NULL on failure
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
char *evhttp_decode_uri(const char *uri);

/**
  Helper function to decode a URI-escaped string or HTTP parameter.

  If 'decode_plus' is 1, then we decode the string as an HTTP parameter
  value, and convert all plus ('+') characters to spaces.  If
  'decode_plus' is 0, we leave all plus characters unchanged.

  The returned string must be freed by the caller.

  @param uri a URI-encode encoded URI
  @param decode_plus determines whether we convert '+' to space.
  @param size_out if size_out is not NULL, *size_out is set to the size of the
     returned string
  @return a newly allocated unencoded URI or NULL on failure
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
char *evhttp_uridecode(const char *uri, int decode_plus,
    size_t *size_out);

/**
   Helper function to parse out arguments in a query.

   Parsing a URI like

      http://foo.com/?q=test&s=some+thing

   will result in two entries in the key value queue.

   The first entry is: key="q", value="test"
   The second entry is: key="s", value="some thing"

   @deprecated This function is deprecated as of Libevent 2.0.9.  Use
     evhttp_uri_parse and evhttp_parse_query_str instead.

   @param uri the request URI
   @param headers the head of the evkeyval queue
   @return 0 on success, -1 on failure
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_parse_query(const char *uri, struct evkeyvalq *headers);

/**
   Helper function to parse out arguments from the query portion of an
   HTTP URI.

   Parsing a query string like

     q=test&s=some+thing

   will result in two entries in the key value queue.

   The first entry is: key="q", value="test"
   The second entry is: key="s", value="some thing"

   @param query_parse the query portion of the URI
   @param headers the head of the evkeyval queue
   @return 0 on success, -1 on failure
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_parse_query_str(const char *uri, struct evkeyvalq *headers);

/**
 * Escape HTML character entities in a string.
 *
 * Replaces <, >, ", ' and & with &lt;, &gt;, &quot;,
 * &#039; and &amp; correspondingly.
 *
 * The returned string needs to be freed by the caller.
 *
 * @param html an unescaped HTML string
 * @return an escaped HTML string or NULL on error
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
char *evhttp_htmlescape(const char *html);

/**
 * Return a new empty evhttp_uri with no fields set.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evhttp_uri *evhttp_uri_new(void);

/**
 * Changes the flags set on a given URI.  See EVHTTP_URI_* for
 * a list of flags.
 **/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_uri_set_flags(struct evhttp_uri *uri, unsigned flags);

/** Return the scheme of an evhttp_uri, or NULL if there is no scheme has
 * been set and the evhttp_uri contains a Relative-Ref. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
const char *evhttp_uri_get_scheme(const struct evhttp_uri *uri);
/**
 * Return the userinfo part of an evhttp_uri, or NULL if it has no userinfo
 * set.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
const char *evhttp_uri_get_userinfo(const struct evhttp_uri *uri);
/**
 * Return the host part of an evhttp_uri, or NULL if it has no host set.
 * The host may either be a regular hostname (conforming to the RFC 3986
 * "regname" production), or an IPv4 address, or the empty string, or a
 * bracketed IPv6 address, or a bracketed 'IP-Future' address.
 *
 * Note that having a NULL host means that the URI has no authority
 * section, but having an empty-string host means that the URI has an
 * authority section with no host part.  For example,
 * "mailto:user@example.com" has a host of NULL, but "file:///etc/motd"
 * has a host of "".
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
const char *evhttp_uri_get_host(const struct evhttp_uri *uri);
/** Return the port part of an evhttp_uri, or -1 if there is no port set. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_uri_get_port(const struct evhttp_uri *uri);
/** Return the path part of an evhttp_uri, or NULL if it has no path set */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
const char *evhttp_uri_get_path(const struct evhttp_uri *uri);
/** Return the query part of an evhttp_uri (excluding the leading "?"), or
 * NULL if it has no query set */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
const char *evhttp_uri_get_query(const struct evhttp_uri *uri);
/** Return the fragment part of an evhttp_uri (excluding the leading "#"),
 * or NULL if it has no fragment set */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
const char *evhttp_uri_get_fragment(const struct evhttp_uri *uri);

/** Set the scheme of an evhttp_uri, or clear the scheme if scheme==NULL.
 * Returns 0 on success, -1 if scheme is not well-formed. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_uri_set_scheme(struct evhttp_uri *uri, const char *scheme);
/** Set the userinfo of an evhttp_uri, or clear the userinfo if userinfo==NULL.
 * Returns 0 on success, -1 if userinfo is not well-formed. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_uri_set_userinfo(struct evhttp_uri *uri, const char *userinfo);
/** Set the host of an evhttp_uri, or clear the host if host==NULL.
 * Returns 0 on success, -1 if host is not well-formed. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_uri_set_host(struct evhttp_uri *uri, const char *host);
/** Set the port of an evhttp_uri, or clear the port if port==-1.
 * Returns 0 on success, -1 if port is not well-formed. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_uri_set_port(struct evhttp_uri *uri, int port);
/** Set the path of an evhttp_uri, or clear the path if path==NULL.
 * Returns 0 on success, -1 if path is not well-formed. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_uri_set_path(struct evhttp_uri *uri, const char *path);
/** Set the query of an evhttp_uri, or clear the query if query==NULL.
 * The query should not include a leading "?".
 * Returns 0 on success, -1 if query is not well-formed. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_uri_set_query(struct evhttp_uri *uri, const char *query);
/** Set the fragment of an evhttp_uri, or clear the fragment if fragment==NULL.
 * The fragment should not include a leading "#".
 * Returns 0 on success, -1 if fragment is not well-formed. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evhttp_uri_set_fragment(struct evhttp_uri *uri, const char *fragment);

/**
 * Helper function to parse a URI-Reference as specified by RFC3986.
 *
 * This function matches the URI-Reference production from RFC3986,
 * which includes both URIs like
 *
 *    scheme://[[userinfo]@]foo.com[:port]]/[path][?query][#fragment]
 *
 *  and relative-refs like
 *
 *    [path][?query][#fragment]
 *
 * Any optional elements portions not present in the original URI are
 * left set to NULL in the resulting evhttp_uri.  If no port is
 * specified, the port is set to -1.
 *
 * Note that no decoding is performed on percent-escaped characters in
 * the string; if you want to parse them, use evhttp_uridecode or
 * evhttp_parse_query_str as appropriate.
 *
 * Note also that most URI schemes will have additional constraints that
 * this function does not know about, and cannot check.  For example,
 * mailto://www.example.com/cgi-bin/fortune.pl is not a reasonable
 * mailto url, http://www.example.com:99999/ is not a reasonable HTTP
 * URL, and ftp:username@example.com is not a reasonable FTP URL.
 * Nevertheless, all of these URLs conform to RFC3986, and this function
 * accepts all of them as valid.
 *
 * @param source_uri the request URI
 * @param flags Zero or more EVHTTP_URI_* flags to affect the behavior
 *              of the parser.
 * @return uri container to hold parsed data, or NULL if there is error
 * @see evhttp_uri_free()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evhttp_uri *evhttp_uri_parse_with_flags(const char *source_uri,
    unsigned flags);

/** Tolerate URIs that do not conform to RFC3986.
 *
 * Unfortunately, some HTTP clients generate URIs that, according to RFC3986,
 * are not conformant URIs.  If you need to support these URIs, you can
 * do so by passing this flag to evhttp_uri_parse_with_flags.
 *
 * Currently, these changes are:
 * <ul>
 *   <li> Nonconformant URIs are allowed to contain otherwise unreasonable
 *        characters in their path, query, and fragment components.
 * </ul>
 */
#define EVHTTP_URI_NONCONFORMANT 0x01

/** Alias for evhttp_uri_parse_with_flags(source_uri, 0) */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evhttp_uri *evhttp_uri_parse(const char *source_uri);

/**
 * Free all memory allocated for a parsed uri.  Only use this for URIs
 * generated by evhttp_uri_parse.
 *
 * @param uri container with parsed data
 * @see evhttp_uri_parse()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evhttp_uri_free(struct evhttp_uri *uri);

/**
 * Join together the uri parts from parsed data to form a URI-Reference.
 *
 * Note that no escaping of reserved characters is done on the members
 * of the evhttp_uri, so the generated string might not be a valid URI
 * unless the members of evhttp_uri are themselves valid.
 *
 * @param uri container with parsed data
 * @param buf destination buffer
 * @param limit destination buffer size
 * @return an joined uri as string or NULL on error
 * @see evhttp_uri_parse()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
char *evhttp_uri_join(struct evhttp_uri *uri, char *buf, size_t limit);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* EVENT2_HTTP_H_INCLUDED_ */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Niels Provos <provos@citi.umich.edu>
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

/*
 * The original DNS code is due to Adam Langley with heavy
 * modifications by Nick Mathewson.  Adam put his DNS software in the
 * public domain.  You can find his original copyright below.  Please,
 * aware that the code as part of Libevent is governed by the 3-clause
 * BSD license above.
 *
 * This software is Public Domain. To view a copy of the public domain dedication,
 * visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/publicdomain/ or send a letter to
 * Creative Commons, 559 Nathan Abbott Way, Stanford, California 94305, USA.
 *
 * I ask and expect, but do not require, that all derivative works contain an
 * attribution similar to:
 *     Parts developed by Adam Langley <agl@imperialviolet.org>
 *
 * You may wish to replace the word "Parts" with something else depending on
 * the amount of original code.
 *
 * (Derivative works does not include programs which link against, run or include
 * the source verbatim in their source distributions)
 */

/** @file event2/dns.h
 *
 * Welcome, gentle reader
 *
 * Async DNS lookups are really a whole lot harder than they should be,
 * mostly stemming from the fact that the libc resolver has never been
 * very good at them. Before you use this library you should see if libc
 * can do the job for you with the modern async call getaddrinfo_a
 * (see http://www.imperialviolet.org/page25.html#e498). Otherwise,
 * please continue.
 *
 * The library keeps track of the state of nameservers and will avoid
 * them when they go down. Otherwise it will round robin between them.
 *
 * Quick start guide:
 *   #include "evdns.h"
 *   void callback(int result, char type, int count, int ttl,
 *		 void *addresses, void *arg);
 *   evdns_resolv_conf_parse(DNS_OPTIONS_ALL, "/etc/resolv.conf");
 *   evdns_resolve("www.hostname.com", 0, callback, NULL);
 *
 * When the lookup is complete the callback function is called. The
 * first argument will be one of the DNS_ERR_* defines in evdns.h.
 * Hopefully it will be DNS_ERR_NONE, in which case type will be
 * DNS_IPv4_A, count will be the number of IP addresses, ttl is the time
 * which the data can be cached for (in seconds), addresses will point
 * to an array of uint32_t's and arg will be whatever you passed to
 * evdns_resolve.
 *
 * Searching:
 *
 * In order for this library to be a good replacement for glibc's resolver it
 * supports searching. This involves setting a list of default domains, in
 * which names will be queried for. The number of dots in the query name
 * determines the order in which this list is used.
 *
 * Searching appears to be a single lookup from the point of view of the API,
 * although many DNS queries may be generated from a single call to
 * evdns_resolve. Searching can also drastically slow down the resolution
 * of names.
 *
 * To disable searching:
 *   1. Never set it up. If you never call evdns_resolv_conf_parse or
 *   evdns_search_add then no searching will occur.
 *
 *   2. If you do call evdns_resolv_conf_parse then don't pass
 *   DNS_OPTION_SEARCH (or DNS_OPTIONS_ALL, which implies it).
 *
 *   3. When calling evdns_resolve, pass the DNS_QUERY_NO_SEARCH flag.
 *
 * The order of searches depends on the number of dots in the name. If the
 * number is greater than the ndots setting then the names is first tried
 * globally. Otherwise each search domain is appended in turn.
 *
 * The ndots setting can either be set from a resolv.conf, or by calling
 * evdns_search_ndots_set.
 *
 * For example, with ndots set to 1 (the default) and a search domain list of
 * ["myhome.net"]:
 *  Query: www
 *  Order: www.myhome.net, www.
 *
 *  Query: www.abc
 *  Order: www.abc., www.abc.myhome.net
 *
 * Internals:
 *
 * Requests are kept in two queues. The first is the inflight queue. In
 * this queue requests have an allocated transaction id and nameserver.
 * They will soon be transmitted if they haven't already been.
 *
 * The second is the waiting queue. The size of the inflight ring is
 * limited and all other requests wait in waiting queue for space. This
 * bounds the number of concurrent requests so that we don't flood the
 * nameserver. Several algorithms require a full walk of the inflight
 * queue and so bounding its size keeps thing going nicely under huge
 * (many thousands of requests) loads.
 *
 * If a nameserver loses too many requests it is considered down and we
 * try not to use it. After a while we send a probe to that nameserver
 * (a lookup for google.com) and, if it replies, we consider it working
 * again. If the nameserver fails a probe we wait longer to try again
 * with the next probe.
 */

#ifndef EVENT2_DNS_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_DNS_H_INCLUDED_

#include <event2/visibility.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* For integer types. */
#include <event2/util.h>

/** Error codes 0-5 are as described in RFC 1035. */
#define DNS_ERR_NONE 0
/** The name server was unable to interpret the query */
#define DNS_ERR_FORMAT 1
/** The name server was unable to process this query due to a problem with the
 * name server */
#define DNS_ERR_SERVERFAILED 2
/** The domain name does not exist */
#define DNS_ERR_NOTEXIST 3
/** The name server does not support the requested kind of query */
#define DNS_ERR_NOTIMPL 4
/** The name server refuses to reform the specified operation for policy
 * reasons */
#define DNS_ERR_REFUSED 5
/** The reply was truncated or ill-formatted */
#define DNS_ERR_TRUNCATED 65
/** An unknown error occurred */
#define DNS_ERR_UNKNOWN 66
/** Communication with the server timed out */
#define DNS_ERR_TIMEOUT 67
/** The request was canceled because the DNS subsystem was shut down. */
#define DNS_ERR_SHUTDOWN 68
/** The request was canceled via a call to evdns_cancel_request */
#define DNS_ERR_CANCEL 69
/** There were no answers and no error condition in the DNS packet.
 * This can happen when you ask for an address that exists, but a record
 * type that doesn't. */
#define DNS_ERR_NODATA 70

#define DNS_IPv4_A 1
#define DNS_PTR 2
#define DNS_IPv6_AAAA 3

#define DNS_QUERY_NO_SEARCH 1

#define DNS_OPTION_SEARCH 1
#define DNS_OPTION_NAMESERVERS 2
#define DNS_OPTION_MISC 4
#define DNS_OPTION_HOSTSFILE 8
#define DNS_OPTIONS_ALL 15

/* Obsolete name for DNS_QUERY_NO_SEARCH */
#define DNS_NO_SEARCH DNS_QUERY_NO_SEARCH

/**
 * The callback that contains the results from a lookup.
 * - result is one of the DNS_ERR_* values (DNS_ERR_NONE for success)
 * - type is either DNS_IPv4_A or DNS_PTR or DNS_IPv6_AAAA
 * - count contains the number of addresses of form type
 * - ttl is the number of seconds the resolution may be cached for.
 * - addresses needs to be cast according to type.  It will be an array of
 *   4-byte sequences for ipv4, or an array of 16-byte sequences for ipv6,
 *   or a nul-terminated string for PTR.
 */
typedef void (*evdns_callback_type) (int result, char type, int count, int ttl, void *addresses, void *arg);

struct evdns_base;
struct event_base;

/** Flag for evdns_base_new: process resolv.conf.  */
#define EVDNS_BASE_INITIALIZE_NAMESERVERS 1
/** Flag for evdns_base_new: Do not prevent the libevent event loop from
 * exiting when we have no active dns requests. */
#define EVDNS_BASE_DISABLE_WHEN_INACTIVE 0x8000

/**
  Initialize the asynchronous DNS library.

  This function initializes support for non-blocking name resolution by
  calling evdns_resolv_conf_parse() on UNIX and
  evdns_config_windows_nameservers() on Windows.

  @param event_base the event base to associate the dns client with
  @param flags any of EVDNS_BASE_INITIALIZE_NAMESERVERS|
    EVDNS_BASE_DISABLE_WHEN_INACTIVE
  @return evdns_base object if successful, or NULL if an error occurred.
  @see evdns_base_free()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evdns_base * evdns_base_new(struct event_base *event_base, int initialize_nameservers);


/**
  Shut down the asynchronous DNS resolver and terminate all active requests.

  If the 'fail_requests' option is enabled, all active requests will return
  an empty result with the error flag set to DNS_ERR_SHUTDOWN. Otherwise,
  the requests will be silently discarded.

  @param evdns_base the evdns base to free
  @param fail_requests if zero, active requests will be aborted; if non-zero,
		active requests will return DNS_ERR_SHUTDOWN.
  @see evdns_base_new()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evdns_base_free(struct evdns_base *base, int fail_requests);

/**
   Remove all hosts entries that have been loaded into the event_base via
   evdns_base_load_hosts or via event_base_resolv_conf_parse.

   @param evdns_base the evdns base to remove outdated host addresses from
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evdns_base_clear_host_addresses(struct evdns_base *base);

/**
  Convert a DNS error code to a string.

  @param err the DNS error code
  @return a string containing an explanation of the error code
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
const char *evdns_err_to_string(int err);


/**
  Add a nameserver.

  The address should be an IPv4 address in network byte order.
  The type of address is chosen so that it matches in_addr.s_addr.

  @param base the evdns_base to which to add the name server
  @param address an IP address in network byte order
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see evdns_base_nameserver_ip_add()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evdns_base_nameserver_add(struct evdns_base *base,
    unsigned long int address);

/**
  Get the number of configured nameservers.

  This returns the number of configured nameservers (not necessarily the
  number of running nameservers).  This is useful for double-checking
  whether our calls to the various nameserver configuration functions
  have been successful.

  @param base the evdns_base to which to apply this operation
  @return the number of configured nameservers
  @see evdns_base_nameserver_add()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evdns_base_count_nameservers(struct evdns_base *base);

/**
  Remove all configured nameservers, and suspend all pending resolves.

  Resolves will not necessarily be re-attempted until evdns_base_resume() is called.

  @param base the evdns_base to which to apply this operation
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see evdns_base_resume()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evdns_base_clear_nameservers_and_suspend(struct evdns_base *base);


/**
  Resume normal operation and continue any suspended resolve requests.

  Re-attempt resolves left in limbo after an earlier call to
  evdns_base_clear_nameservers_and_suspend().

  @param base the evdns_base to which to apply this operation
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see evdns_base_clear_nameservers_and_suspend()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evdns_base_resume(struct evdns_base *base);

/**
  Add a nameserver by string address.

  This function parses a n IPv4 or IPv6 address from a string and adds it as a
  nameserver.  It supports the following formats:
  - [IPv6Address]:port
  - [IPv6Address]
  - IPv6Address
  - IPv4Address:port
  - IPv4Address

  If no port is specified, it defaults to 53.

  @param base the evdns_base to which to apply this operation
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see evdns_base_nameserver_add()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evdns_base_nameserver_ip_add(struct evdns_base *base,
    const char *ip_as_string);

/**
   Add a nameserver by sockaddr.
 **/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int
evdns_base_nameserver_sockaddr_add(struct evdns_base *base,
    const struct sockaddr *sa, ev_socklen_t len, unsigned flags);

struct evdns_request;

/**
  Lookup an A record for a given name.

  @param base the evdns_base to which to apply this operation
  @param name a DNS hostname
  @param flags either 0, or DNS_QUERY_NO_SEARCH to disable searching for this query.
  @param callback a callback function to invoke when the request is completed
  @param ptr an argument to pass to the callback function
  @return an evdns_request object if successful, or NULL if an error occurred.
  @see evdns_resolve_ipv6(), evdns_resolve_reverse(), evdns_resolve_reverse_ipv6(), evdns_cancel_request()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evdns_request *evdns_base_resolve_ipv4(struct evdns_base *base, const char *name, int flags, evdns_callback_type callback, void *ptr);

/**
  Lookup an AAAA record for a given name.

  @param base the evdns_base to which to apply this operation
  @param name a DNS hostname
  @param flags either 0, or DNS_QUERY_NO_SEARCH to disable searching for this query.
  @param callback a callback function to invoke when the request is completed
  @param ptr an argument to pass to the callback function
  @return an evdns_request object if successful, or NULL if an error occurred.
  @see evdns_resolve_ipv4(), evdns_resolve_reverse(), evdns_resolve_reverse_ipv6(), evdns_cancel_request()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evdns_request *evdns_base_resolve_ipv6(struct evdns_base *base, const char *name, int flags, evdns_callback_type callback, void *ptr);

struct in_addr;
struct in6_addr;

/**
  Lookup a PTR record for a given IP address.

  @param base the evdns_base to which to apply this operation
  @param in an IPv4 address
  @param flags either 0, or DNS_QUERY_NO_SEARCH to disable searching for this query.
  @param callback a callback function to invoke when the request is completed
  @param ptr an argument to pass to the callback function
  @return an evdns_request object if successful, or NULL if an error occurred.
  @see evdns_resolve_reverse_ipv6(), evdns_cancel_request()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evdns_request *evdns_base_resolve_reverse(struct evdns_base *base, const struct in_addr *in, int flags, evdns_callback_type callback, void *ptr);


/**
  Lookup a PTR record for a given IPv6 address.

  @param base the evdns_base to which to apply this operation
  @param in an IPv6 address
  @param flags either 0, or DNS_QUERY_NO_SEARCH to disable searching for this query.
  @param callback a callback function to invoke when the request is completed
  @param ptr an argument to pass to the callback function
  @return an evdns_request object if successful, or NULL if an error occurred.
  @see evdns_resolve_reverse_ipv6(), evdns_cancel_request()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evdns_request *evdns_base_resolve_reverse_ipv6(struct evdns_base *base, const struct in6_addr *in, int flags, evdns_callback_type callback, void *ptr);

/**
  Cancels a pending DNS resolution request.

  @param base the evdns_base that was used to make the request
  @param req the evdns_request that was returned by calling a resolve function
  @see evdns_base_resolve_ipv4(), evdns_base_resolve_ipv6, evdns_base_resolve_reverse
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evdns_cancel_request(struct evdns_base *base, struct evdns_request *req);

/**
  Set the value of a configuration option.

  The currently available configuration options are:

    ndots, timeout, max-timeouts, max-inflight, attempts, randomize-case,
    bind-to, initial-probe-timeout, getaddrinfo-allow-skew.

  In versions before Libevent 2.0.3-alpha, the option name needed to end with
  a colon.

  @param base the evdns_base to which to apply this operation
  @param option the name of the configuration option to be modified
  @param val the value to be set
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evdns_base_set_option(struct evdns_base *base, const char *option, const char *val);


/**
  Parse a resolv.conf file.

  The 'flags' parameter determines what information is parsed from the
  resolv.conf file. See the man page for resolv.conf for the format of this
  file.

  The following directives are not parsed from the file: sortlist, rotate,
  no-check-names, inet6, debug.

  If this function encounters an error, the possible return values are: 1 =
  failed to open file, 2 = failed to stat file, 3 = file too large, 4 = out of
  memory, 5 = short read from file, 6 = no nameservers listed in the file

  @param base the evdns_base to which to apply this operation
  @param flags any of DNS_OPTION_NAMESERVERS|DNS_OPTION_SEARCH|DNS_OPTION_MISC|
    DNS_OPTION_HOSTSFILE|DNS_OPTIONS_ALL
  @param filename the path to the resolv.conf file
  @return 0 if successful, or various positive error codes if an error
    occurred (see above)
  @see resolv.conf(3), evdns_config_windows_nameservers()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evdns_base_resolv_conf_parse(struct evdns_base *base, int flags, const char *const filename);

/**
   Load an /etc/hosts-style file from 'hosts_fname' into 'base'.

   If hosts_fname is NULL, add minimal entries for localhost, and nothing
   else.

   Note that only evdns_getaddrinfo uses the /etc/hosts entries.

   This function does not replace previously loaded hosts entries; to do that,
   call evdns_base_clear_host_addresses first.

   Return 0 on success, negative on failure.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evdns_base_load_hosts(struct evdns_base *base, const char *hosts_fname);

/**
  Obtain nameserver information using the Windows API.

  Attempt to configure a set of nameservers based on platform settings on
  a win32 host.  Preferentially tries to use GetNetworkParams; if that fails,
  looks in the registry.

  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see evdns_resolv_conf_parse()
 */
#ifdef _WIN32
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evdns_base_config_windows_nameservers(struct evdns_base *);
#define EVDNS_BASE_CONFIG_WINDOWS_NAMESERVERS_IMPLEMENTED
#endif


/**
  Clear the list of search domains.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evdns_base_search_clear(struct evdns_base *base);


/**
  Add a domain to the list of search domains

  @param domain the domain to be added to the search list
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evdns_base_search_add(struct evdns_base *base, const char *domain);


/**
  Set the 'ndots' parameter for searches.

  Sets the number of dots which, when found in a name, causes
  the first query to be without any search domain.

  @param ndots the new ndots parameter
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evdns_base_search_ndots_set(struct evdns_base *base, const int ndots);

/**
  A callback that is invoked when a log message is generated

  @param is_warning indicates if the log message is a 'warning'
  @param msg the content of the log message
 */
typedef void (*evdns_debug_log_fn_type)(int is_warning, const char *msg);


/**
  Set the callback function to handle DNS log messages.  If this
  callback is not set, evdns log messages are handled with the regular
  Libevent logging system.

  @param fn the callback to be invoked when a log message is generated
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evdns_set_log_fn(evdns_debug_log_fn_type fn);

/**
   Set a callback that will be invoked to generate transaction IDs.  By
   default, we pick transaction IDs based on the current clock time, which
   is bad for security.

   @param fn the new callback, or NULL to use the default.

   NOTE: This function has no effect in Libevent 2.0.4-alpha and later,
   since Libevent now provides its own secure RNG.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evdns_set_transaction_id_fn(ev_uint16_t (*fn)(void));

/**
   Set a callback used to generate random bytes.  By default, we use
   the same function as passed to evdns_set_transaction_id_fn to generate
   bytes two at a time.  If a function is provided here, it's also used
   to generate transaction IDs.

   NOTE: This function has no effect in Libevent 2.0.4-alpha and later,
   since Libevent now provides its own secure RNG.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evdns_set_random_bytes_fn(void (*fn)(char *, size_t));

/*
 * Functions used to implement a DNS server.
 */

struct evdns_server_request;
struct evdns_server_question;

/**
   A callback to implement a DNS server.  The callback function receives a DNS
   request.  It should then optionally add a number of answers to the reply
   using the evdns_server_request_add_*_reply functions, before calling either
   evdns_server_request_respond to send the reply back, or
   evdns_server_request_drop to decline to answer the request.

   @param req A newly received request
   @param user_data A pointer that was passed to
      evdns_add_server_port_with_base().
 */
typedef void (*evdns_request_callback_fn_type)(struct evdns_server_request *, void *);
#define EVDNS_ANSWER_SECTION 0
#define EVDNS_AUTHORITY_SECTION 1
#define EVDNS_ADDITIONAL_SECTION 2

#define EVDNS_TYPE_A	   1
#define EVDNS_TYPE_NS	   2
#define EVDNS_TYPE_CNAME   5
#define EVDNS_TYPE_SOA	   6
#define EVDNS_TYPE_PTR	  12
#define EVDNS_TYPE_MX	  15
#define EVDNS_TYPE_TXT	  16
#define EVDNS_TYPE_AAAA	  28

#define EVDNS_QTYPE_AXFR 252
#define EVDNS_QTYPE_ALL	 255

#define EVDNS_CLASS_INET   1

/* flags that can be set in answers; as part of the err parameter */
#define EVDNS_FLAGS_AA	0x400
#define EVDNS_FLAGS_RD	0x080

/** Create a new DNS server port.

    @param base The event base to handle events for the server port.
    @param socket A UDP socket to accept DNS requests.
    @param flags Always 0 for now.
    @param callback A function to invoke whenever we get a DNS request
      on the socket.
    @param user_data Data to pass to the callback.
    @return an evdns_server_port structure for this server port.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evdns_server_port *evdns_add_server_port_with_base(struct event_base *base, evutil_socket_t socket, int flags, evdns_request_callback_fn_type callback, void *user_data);
/** Close down a DNS server port, and free associated structures. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evdns_close_server_port(struct evdns_server_port *port);

/** Sets some flags in a reply we're building.
    Allows setting of the AA or RD flags
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evdns_server_request_set_flags(struct evdns_server_request *req, int flags);

/* Functions to add an answer to an in-progress DNS reply.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evdns_server_request_add_reply(struct evdns_server_request *req, int section, const char *name, int type, int dns_class, int ttl, int datalen, int is_name, const char *data);
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evdns_server_request_add_a_reply(struct evdns_server_request *req, const char *name, int n, const void *addrs, int ttl);
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evdns_server_request_add_aaaa_reply(struct evdns_server_request *req, const char *name, int n, const void *addrs, int ttl);
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evdns_server_request_add_ptr_reply(struct evdns_server_request *req, struct in_addr *in, const char *inaddr_name, const char *hostname, int ttl);
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evdns_server_request_add_cname_reply(struct evdns_server_request *req, const char *name, const char *cname, int ttl);

/**
   Send back a response to a DNS request, and free the request structure.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evdns_server_request_respond(struct evdns_server_request *req, int err);
/**
   Free a DNS request without sending back a reply.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evdns_server_request_drop(struct evdns_server_request *req);
struct sockaddr;
/**
    Get the address that made a DNS request.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evdns_server_request_get_requesting_addr(struct evdns_server_request *req, struct sockaddr *sa, int addr_len);

/** Callback for evdns_getaddrinfo. */
typedef void (*evdns_getaddrinfo_cb)(int result, struct evutil_addrinfo *res, void *arg);

struct evdns_base;
struct evdns_getaddrinfo_request;
/** Make a non-blocking getaddrinfo request using the dns_base in 'dns_base'.
 *
 * If we can answer the request immediately (with an error or not!), then we
 * invoke cb immediately and return NULL.  Otherwise we return
 * an evdns_getaddrinfo_request and invoke cb later.
 *
 * When the callback is invoked, we pass as its first argument the error code
 * that getaddrinfo would return (or 0 for no error).  As its second argument,
 * we pass the evutil_addrinfo structures we found (or NULL on error).  We
 * pass 'arg' as the third argument.
 *
 * Limitations:
 *
 * - The AI_V4MAPPED and AI_ALL flags are not currently implemented.
 * - For ai_socktype, we only handle SOCKTYPE_STREAM, SOCKTYPE_UDP, and 0.
 * - For ai_protocol, we only handle IPPROTO_TCP, IPPROTO_UDP, and 0.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evdns_getaddrinfo_request *evdns_getaddrinfo(
    struct evdns_base *dns_base,
    const char *nodename, const char *servname,
    const struct evutil_addrinfo *hints_in,
    evdns_getaddrinfo_cb cb, void *arg);

/* Cancel an in-progress evdns_getaddrinfo.  This MUST NOT be called after the
 * getaddrinfo's callback has been invoked.  The resolves will be canceled,
 * and the callback will be invoked with the error EVUTIL_EAI_CANCEL. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evdns_getaddrinfo_cancel(struct evdns_getaddrinfo_request *req);

/**
   Retrieve the address of the 'idx'th configured nameserver.

   @param base The evdns_base to examine.
   @param idx The index of the nameserver to get the address of.
   @param sa A location to receive the server's address.
   @param len The number of bytes available at sa.

   @return the number of bytes written into sa on success.  On failure, returns
     -1 if idx is greater than the number of configured nameservers, or a
     value greater than 'len' if len was not high enough.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evdns_base_get_nameserver_addr(struct evdns_base *base, int idx,
    struct sockaddr *sa, ev_socklen_t len);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif  /* !EVENT2_DNS_H_INCLUDED_ */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2008-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT2_THREAD_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_THREAD_H_INCLUDED_

/** @file event2/thread.h

  Functions for multi-threaded applications using Libevent.

  When using a multi-threaded application in which multiple threads
  add and delete events from a single event base, Libevent needs to
  lock its data structures.

  Like the memory-management function hooks, all of the threading functions
  _must_ be set up before an event_base is created if you want the base to
  use them.

  Most programs will either be using Windows threads or Posix threads.  You
  can configure Libevent to use one of these event_use_windows_threads() or
  event_use_pthreads() respectively.  If you're using another threading
  library, you'll need to configure threading functions manually using
  evthread_set_lock_callbacks() and evthread_set_condition_callbacks().

 */

#include <event2/visibility.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <event2/event-config.h>

/**
   @name Flags passed to lock functions

   @{
*/
/** A flag passed to a locking callback when the lock was allocated as a
 * read-write lock, and we want to acquire or release the lock for writing. */
#define EVTHREAD_WRITE	0x04
/** A flag passed to a locking callback when the lock was allocated as a
 * read-write lock, and we want to acquire or release the lock for reading. */
#define EVTHREAD_READ	0x08
/** A flag passed to a locking callback when we don't want to block waiting
 * for the lock; if we can't get the lock immediately, we will instead
 * return nonzero from the locking callback. */
#define EVTHREAD_TRY    0x10
/**@}*/

#if !defined(EVENT__DISABLE_THREAD_SUPPORT) || defined(EVENT_IN_DOXYGEN_)

#define EVTHREAD_LOCK_API_VERSION 1

/**
   @name Types of locks

   @{*/
/** A recursive lock is one that can be acquired multiple times at once by the
 * same thread.  No other process can allocate the lock until the thread that
 * has been holding it has unlocked it as many times as it locked it. */
#define EVTHREAD_LOCKTYPE_RECURSIVE 1
/* A read-write lock is one that allows multiple simultaneous readers, but
 * where any one writer excludes all other writers and readers. */
#define EVTHREAD_LOCKTYPE_READWRITE 2
/**@}*/

/** This structure describes the interface a threading library uses for
 * locking.   It's used to tell evthread_set_lock_callbacks() how to use
 * locking on this platform.
 */
struct evthread_lock_callbacks {
	/** The current version of the locking API.  Set this to
	 * EVTHREAD_LOCK_API_VERSION */
	int lock_api_version;
	/** Which kinds of locks does this version of the locking API
	 * support?  A bitfield of EVTHREAD_LOCKTYPE_RECURSIVE and
	 * EVTHREAD_LOCKTYPE_READWRITE.
	 *
	 * (Note that RECURSIVE locks are currently mandatory, and
	 * READWRITE locks are not currently used.)
	 **/
	unsigned supported_locktypes;
	/** Function to allocate and initialize new lock of type 'locktype'.
	 * Returns NULL on failure. */
	void *(*alloc)(unsigned locktype);
	/** Funtion to release all storage held in 'lock', which was created
	 * with type 'locktype'. */
	void (*free)(void *lock, unsigned locktype);
	/** Acquire an already-allocated lock at 'lock' with mode 'mode'.
	 * Returns 0 on success, and nonzero on failure. */
	int (*lock)(unsigned mode, void *lock);
	/** Release a lock at 'lock' using mode 'mode'.  Returns 0 on success,
	 * and nonzero on failure. */
	int (*unlock)(unsigned mode, void *lock);
};

/** Sets a group of functions that Libevent should use for locking.
 * For full information on the required callback API, see the
 * documentation for the individual members of evthread_lock_callbacks.
 *
 * Note that if you're using Windows or the Pthreads threading library, you
 * probably shouldn't call this function; instead, use
 * evthread_use_windows_threads() or evthread_use_posix_threads() if you can.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evthread_set_lock_callbacks(const struct evthread_lock_callbacks *);

#define EVTHREAD_CONDITION_API_VERSION 1

struct timeval;

/** This structure describes the interface a threading library uses for
 * condition variables.  It's used to tell evthread_set_condition_callbacks
 * how to use locking on this platform.
 */
struct evthread_condition_callbacks {
	/** The current version of the conditions API.  Set this to
	 * EVTHREAD_CONDITION_API_VERSION */
	int condition_api_version;
	/** Function to allocate and initialize a new condition variable.
	 * Returns the condition variable on success, and NULL on failure.
	 * The 'condtype' argument will be 0 with this API version.
	 */
	void *(*alloc_condition)(unsigned condtype);
	/** Function to free a condition variable. */
	void (*free_condition)(void *cond);
	/** Function to signal a condition variable.  If 'broadcast' is 1, all
	 * threads waiting on 'cond' should be woken; otherwise, only on one
	 * thread is worken.  Should return 0 on success, -1 on failure.
	 * This function will only be called while holding the associated
	 * lock for the condition.
	 */
	int (*signal_condition)(void *cond, int broadcast);
	/** Function to wait for a condition variable.  The lock 'lock'
	 * will be held when this function is called; should be released
	 * while waiting for the condition to be come signalled, and
	 * should be held again when this function returns.
	 * If timeout is provided, it is interval of seconds to wait for
	 * the event to become signalled; if it is NULL, the function
	 * should wait indefinitely.
	 *
	 * The function should return -1 on error; 0 if the condition
	 * was signalled, or 1 on a timeout. */
	int (*wait_condition)(void *cond, void *lock,
	    const struct timeval *timeout);
};

/** Sets a group of functions that Libevent should use for condition variables.
 * For full information on the required callback API, see the
 * documentation for the individual members of evthread_condition_callbacks.
 *
 * Note that if you're using Windows or the Pthreads threading library, you
 * probably shouldn't call this function; instead, use
 * evthread_use_windows_threads() or evthread_use_pthreads() if you can.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evthread_set_condition_callbacks(
	const struct evthread_condition_callbacks *);

/**
   Sets the function for determining the thread id.

   @param base the event base for which to set the id function
   @param id_fn the identify function Libevent should invoke to
     determine the identity of a thread.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evthread_set_id_callback(
    unsigned long (*id_fn)(void));

#if (defined(_WIN32) && !defined(EVENT__DISABLE_THREAD_SUPPORT)) || defined(EVENT_IN_DOXYGEN_)
/** Sets up Libevent for use with Windows builtin locking and thread ID
    functions.  Unavailable if Libevent is not built for Windows.

    @return 0 on success, -1 on failure. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evthread_use_windows_threads(void);
/**
   Defined if Libevent was built with support for evthread_use_windows_threads()
*/
#define EVTHREAD_USE_WINDOWS_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED 1
#endif

#if defined(EVENT__HAVE_PTHREADS) || defined(EVENT_IN_DOXYGEN_)
/** Sets up Libevent for use with Pthreads locking and thread ID functions.
    Unavailable if Libevent is not build for use with pthreads.  Requires
    libraries to link against Libevent_pthreads as well as Libevent.

    @return 0 on success, -1 on failure. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evthread_use_pthreads(void);
/** Defined if Libevent was built with support for evthread_use_pthreads() */
#define EVTHREAD_USE_PTHREADS_IMPLEMENTED 1

#endif

/** Enable debugging wrappers around the current lock callbacks.  If Libevent
 * makes one of several common locking errors, exit with an assertion failure.
 *
 * If you're going to call this function, you must do so before any locks are
 * allocated.
 **/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evthread_enable_lock_debugging(void);

/* Old (misspelled) version: This is deprecated; use
 * evthread_enable_log_debugging instead. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evthread_enable_lock_debuging(void);

#endif /* EVENT__DISABLE_THREAD_SUPPORT */

struct event_base;
/** Make sure it's safe to tell an event base to wake up from another thread
    or a signal handler.

    You shouldn't need to call this by hand; configuring the base with thread
    support should be necessary and sufficient.

    @return 0 on success, -1 on failure.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evthread_make_base_notifiable(struct event_base *base);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* EVENT2_THREAD_H_INCLUDED_ */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2000-2007 Niels Provos <provos@citi.umich.edu>
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT2_TAG_COMPAT_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_TAG_COMPAT_H_INCLUDED_

/** @file event2/tag_compat.h

    Obsolete/deprecated functions from tag.h; provided only for backwards
    compatibility.
 */

/**
   @name Misnamed functions

   @deprecated These macros are deprecated because their names don't follow
     Libevent's naming conventions.  Use evtag_encode_int and
     evtag_encode_int64 instead.

   @{
*/
#define encode_int(evbuf, number) evtag_encode_int((evbuf), (number))
#define encode_int64(evbuf, number) evtag_encode_int64((evbuf), (number))
/**@}*/

#endif /* EVENT2_TAG_H_INCLUDED_ */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2000-2007 Niels Provos <provos@citi.umich.edu>
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT2_KEYVALQ_STRUCT_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_KEYVALQ_STRUCT_H_INCLUDED_

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Fix so that people don't have to run with <sys/queue.h> */
/* XXXX This code is duplicated with event_struct.h */
#ifndef TAILQ_ENTRY
#define EVENT_DEFINED_TQENTRY_
#define TAILQ_ENTRY(type)						\
struct {								\
	struct type *tqe_next;	/* next element */			\
	struct type **tqe_prev;	/* address of previous next element */	\
}
#endif /* !TAILQ_ENTRY */

#ifndef TAILQ_HEAD
#define EVENT_DEFINED_TQHEAD_
#define TAILQ_HEAD(name, type)			\
struct name {					\
	struct type *tqh_first;			\
	struct type **tqh_last;			\
}
#endif

/*
 * Key-Value pairs.  Can be used for HTTP headers but also for
 * query argument parsing.
 */
struct evkeyval {
	TAILQ_ENTRY(evkeyval) next;

	char *key;
	char *value;
};

TAILQ_HEAD (evkeyvalq, evkeyval);

/* XXXX This code is duplicated with event_struct.h */
#ifdef EVENT_DEFINED_TQENTRY_
#undef TAILQ_ENTRY
#endif

#ifdef EVENT_DEFINED_TQHEAD_
#undef TAILQ_HEAD
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2009-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT2_BUFFEREVENT_SSL_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_BUFFEREVENT_SSL_H_INCLUDED_

/** @file event2/bufferevent_ssl.h

    OpenSSL support for bufferevents.
 */
#include <event2/visibility.h>
#include <event2/event-config.h>
#include <event2/bufferevent.h>
#include <event2/util.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* This is what openssl's SSL objects are underneath. */
struct ssl_st;

/**
   The state of an SSL object to be used when creating a new
   SSL bufferevent.
 */
enum bufferevent_ssl_state {
	BUFFEREVENT_SSL_OPEN = 0,
	BUFFEREVENT_SSL_CONNECTING = 1,
	BUFFEREVENT_SSL_ACCEPTING = 2
};

#if defined(EVENT__HAVE_OPENSSL) || defined(EVENT_IN_DOXYGEN_)
/**
   Create a new SSL bufferevent to send its data over another bufferevent.

   @param base An event_base to use to detect reading and writing.  It
      must also be the base for the underlying bufferevent.
   @param underlying A socket to use for this SSL
   @param ssl A SSL* object from openssl.
   @param state The current state of the SSL connection
   @param options One or more bufferevent_options
   @return A new bufferevent on success, or NULL on failure
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct bufferevent *
bufferevent_openssl_filter_new(struct event_base *base,
    struct bufferevent *underlying,
    struct ssl_st *ssl,
    enum bufferevent_ssl_state state,
    int options);

/**
   Create a new SSL bufferevent to send its data over an SSL * on a socket.

   @param base An event_base to use to detect reading and writing
   @param fd A socket to use for this SSL
   @param ssl A SSL* object from openssl.
   @param state The current state of the SSL connection
   @param options One or more bufferevent_options
   @return A new bufferevent on success, or NULL on failure.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct bufferevent *
bufferevent_openssl_socket_new(struct event_base *base,
    evutil_socket_t fd,
    struct ssl_st *ssl,
    enum bufferevent_ssl_state state,
    int options);

/** Control how to report dirty SSL shutdowns.

    If the peer (or the network, or an attacker) closes the TCP
    connection before closing the SSL channel, and the protocol is SSL >= v3,
    this is a "dirty" shutdown.  If allow_dirty_shutdown is 0 (default),
    this is reported as BEV_EVENT_ERROR.

    If instead allow_dirty_shutdown=1, a dirty shutdown is reported as
    BEV_EVENT_EOF.

    (Note that if the protocol is < SSLv3, you will always receive
    BEV_EVENT_EOF, since SSL 2 and earlier cannot distinguish a secure
    connection close from a dirty one.  This is one reason (among many)
    not to use SSL 2.)
*/

EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_openssl_get_allow_dirty_shutdown(struct bufferevent *bev);
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void bufferevent_openssl_set_allow_dirty_shutdown(struct bufferevent *bev,
    int allow_dirty_shutdown);

/** Return the underlying openssl SSL * object for an SSL bufferevent. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct ssl_st *
bufferevent_openssl_get_ssl(struct bufferevent *bufev);

/** Tells a bufferevent to begin SSL renegotiation. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_ssl_renegotiate(struct bufferevent *bev);

/** Return the most recent OpenSSL error reported on an SSL bufferevent. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
unsigned long bufferevent_get_openssl_error(struct bufferevent *bev);

#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* EVENT2_BUFFEREVENT_SSL_H_INCLUDED_ */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2000-2007 Niels Provos <provos@citi.umich.edu>
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT2_EVENT_STRUCT_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_EVENT_STRUCT_H_INCLUDED_

/** @file event2/event_struct.h

  Structures used by event.h.  Using these structures directly WILL harm
  forward compatibility: be careful.

  No field declared in this file should be used directly in user code.  Except
  for historical reasons, these fields would not be exposed at all.
 */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <event2/event-config.h>
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
#include <sys/time.h>
#endif

/* For int types. */
#include <event2/util.h>

/* For evkeyvalq */
#include <event2/keyvalq_struct.h>

#define EVLIST_TIMEOUT	    0x01
#define EVLIST_INSERTED	    0x02
#define EVLIST_SIGNAL	    0x04
#define EVLIST_ACTIVE	    0x08
#define EVLIST_INTERNAL	    0x10
#define EVLIST_ACTIVE_LATER 0x20
#define EVLIST_FINALIZING   0x40
#define EVLIST_INIT	    0x80

#define EVLIST_ALL          0xff

/* Fix so that people don't have to run with <sys/queue.h> */
#ifndef TAILQ_ENTRY
#define EVENT_DEFINED_TQENTRY_
#define TAILQ_ENTRY(type)						\
struct {								\
	struct type *tqe_next;	/* next element */			\
	struct type **tqe_prev;	/* address of previous next element */	\
}
#endif /* !TAILQ_ENTRY */

#ifndef TAILQ_HEAD
#define EVENT_DEFINED_TQHEAD_
#define TAILQ_HEAD(name, type)			\
struct name {					\
	struct type *tqh_first;			\
	struct type **tqh_last;			\
}
#endif

/* Fix so that people don't have to run with <sys/queue.h> */
#ifndef LIST_ENTRY
#define EVENT_DEFINED_LISTENTRY_
#define LIST_ENTRY(type)						\
struct {								\
	struct type *le_next;	/* next element */			\
	struct type **le_prev;	/* address of previous next element */	\
}
#endif /* !LIST_ENTRY */

#ifndef LIST_HEAD
#define EVENT_DEFINED_LISTHEAD_
#define LIST_HEAD(name, type)						\
struct name {								\
	struct type *lh_first;  /* first element */			\
	}
#endif /* !LIST_HEAD */

struct event;

struct event_callback {
	TAILQ_ENTRY(event_callback) evcb_active_next;
	short evcb_flags;
	ev_uint8_t evcb_pri;	/* smaller numbers are higher priority */
	ev_uint8_t evcb_closure;
	/* allows us to adopt for different types of events */
        union {
		void (*evcb_callback)(evutil_socket_t, short, void *);
		void (*evcb_selfcb)(struct event_callback *, void *);
		void (*evcb_evfinalize)(struct event *, void *);
		void (*evcb_cbfinalize)(struct event_callback *, void *);
	} evcb_cb_union;
	void *evcb_arg;
};

struct event_base;
struct event {
	struct event_callback ev_evcallback;

	/* for managing timeouts */
	union {
		TAILQ_ENTRY(event) ev_next_with_common_timeout;
		int min_heap_idx;
	} ev_timeout_pos;
	evutil_socket_t ev_fd;

	struct event_base *ev_base;

	union {
		/* used for io events */
		struct {
			LIST_ENTRY (event) ev_io_next;
			struct timeval ev_timeout;
		} ev_io;

		/* used by signal events */
		struct {
			LIST_ENTRY (event) ev_signal_next;
			short ev_ncalls;
			/* Allows deletes in callback */
			short *ev_pncalls;
		} ev_signal;
	} ev_;

	short ev_events;
	short ev_res;		/* result passed to event callback */
	struct timeval ev_timeout;
};

TAILQ_HEAD (event_list, event);

#ifdef EVENT_DEFINED_TQENTRY_
#undef TAILQ_ENTRY
#endif

#ifdef EVENT_DEFINED_TQHEAD_
#undef TAILQ_HEAD
#endif

LIST_HEAD (event_dlist, event); 

#ifdef EVENT_DEFINED_LISTENTRY_
#undef LIST_ENTRY
#endif

#ifdef EVENT_DEFINED_LISTHEAD_
#undef LIST_HEAD
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* EVENT2_EVENT_STRUCT_H_INCLUDED_ */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Niels Provos <provos@citi.umich.edu>
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT2_DNS_COMPAT_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_DNS_COMPAT_H_INCLUDED_

/** @file event2/dns_compat.h

  Potentially non-threadsafe versions of the functions in dns.h: provided
  only for backwards compatibility.


 */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <event2/event-config.h>
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
#include <sys/time.h>
#endif

/* For int types. */
#include <event2/util.h>

/**
  Initialize the asynchronous DNS library.

  This function initializes support for non-blocking name resolution by
  calling evdns_resolv_conf_parse() on UNIX and
  evdns_config_windows_nameservers() on Windows.

  @deprecated This function is deprecated because it always uses the current
    event base, and is easily confused by multiple calls to event_init(), and
    so is not safe for multithreaded use.  Additionally, it allocates a global
    structure that only one thread can use. The replacement is
    evdns_base_new().

  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see evdns_shutdown()
 */
int evdns_init(void);

struct evdns_base;
/**
   Return the global evdns_base created by event_init() and used by the other
   deprecated functions.

   @deprecated This function is deprecated because use of the global
     evdns_base is error-prone.
 */
struct evdns_base *evdns_get_global_base(void);

/**
  Shut down the asynchronous DNS resolver and terminate all active requests.

  If the 'fail_requests' option is enabled, all active requests will return
  an empty result with the error flag set to DNS_ERR_SHUTDOWN. Otherwise,
  the requests will be silently discarded.

  @deprecated This function is deprecated because it does not allow the
    caller to specify which evdns_base it applies to.  The recommended
    function is evdns_base_shutdown().

  @param fail_requests if zero, active requests will be aborted; if non-zero,
		active requests will return DNS_ERR_SHUTDOWN.
  @see evdns_init()
 */
void evdns_shutdown(int fail_requests);

/**
  Add a nameserver.

  The address should be an IPv4 address in network byte order.
  The type of address is chosen so that it matches in_addr.s_addr.

  @deprecated This function is deprecated because it does not allow the
    caller to specify which evdns_base it applies to.  The recommended
    function is evdns_base_nameserver_add().

  @param address an IP address in network byte order
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see evdns_nameserver_ip_add()
 */
int evdns_nameserver_add(unsigned long int address);

/**
  Get the number of configured nameservers.

  This returns the number of configured nameservers (not necessarily the
  number of running nameservers).  This is useful for double-checking
  whether our calls to the various nameserver configuration functions
  have been successful.

  @deprecated This function is deprecated because it does not allow the
    caller to specify which evdns_base it applies to.  The recommended
    function is evdns_base_count_nameservers().

  @return the number of configured nameservers
  @see evdns_nameserver_add()
 */
int evdns_count_nameservers(void);

/**
  Remove all configured nameservers, and suspend all pending resolves.

  Resolves will not necessarily be re-attempted until evdns_resume() is called.

  @deprecated This function is deprecated because it does not allow the
    caller to specify which evdns_base it applies to.  The recommended
    function is evdns_base_clear_nameservers_and_suspend().

  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see evdns_resume()
 */
int evdns_clear_nameservers_and_suspend(void);

/**
  Resume normal operation and continue any suspended resolve requests.

  Re-attempt resolves left in limbo after an earlier call to
  evdns_clear_nameservers_and_suspend().

  @deprecated This function is deprecated because it does not allow the
    caller to specify which evdns_base it applies to.  The recommended
    function is evdns_base_resume().

  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see evdns_clear_nameservers_and_suspend()
 */
int evdns_resume(void);

/**
  Add a nameserver.

  This wraps the evdns_nameserver_add() function by parsing a string as an IP
  address and adds it as a nameserver.

  @deprecated This function is deprecated because it does not allow the
    caller to specify which evdns_base it applies to.  The recommended
    function is evdns_base_nameserver_ip_add().

  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see evdns_nameserver_add()
 */
int evdns_nameserver_ip_add(const char *ip_as_string);

/**
  Lookup an A record for a given name.

  @deprecated This function is deprecated because it does not allow the
    caller to specify which evdns_base it applies to.  The recommended
    function is evdns_base_resolve_ipv4().

  @param name a DNS hostname
  @param flags either 0, or DNS_QUERY_NO_SEARCH to disable searching for this query.
  @param callback a callback function to invoke when the request is completed
  @param ptr an argument to pass to the callback function
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see evdns_resolve_ipv6(), evdns_resolve_reverse(), evdns_resolve_reverse_ipv6()
 */
int evdns_resolve_ipv4(const char *name, int flags, evdns_callback_type callback, void *ptr);

/**
  Lookup an AAAA record for a given name.

  @param name a DNS hostname
  @param flags either 0, or DNS_QUERY_NO_SEARCH to disable searching for this query.
  @param callback a callback function to invoke when the request is completed
  @param ptr an argument to pass to the callback function
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see evdns_resolve_ipv4(), evdns_resolve_reverse(), evdns_resolve_reverse_ipv6()
 */
int evdns_resolve_ipv6(const char *name, int flags, evdns_callback_type callback, void *ptr);

struct in_addr;
struct in6_addr;

/**
  Lookup a PTR record for a given IP address.

  @deprecated This function is deprecated because it does not allow the
    caller to specify which evdns_base it applies to.  The recommended
    function is evdns_base_resolve_reverse().

  @param in an IPv4 address
  @param flags either 0, or DNS_QUERY_NO_SEARCH to disable searching for this query.
  @param callback a callback function to invoke when the request is completed
  @param ptr an argument to pass to the callback function
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see evdns_resolve_reverse_ipv6()
 */
int evdns_resolve_reverse(const struct in_addr *in, int flags, evdns_callback_type callback, void *ptr);

/**
  Lookup a PTR record for a given IPv6 address.

  @deprecated This function is deprecated because it does not allow the
    caller to specify which evdns_base it applies to.  The recommended
    function is evdns_base_resolve_reverse_ipv6().

  @param in an IPv6 address
  @param flags either 0, or DNS_QUERY_NO_SEARCH to disable searching for this query.
  @param callback a callback function to invoke when the request is completed
  @param ptr an argument to pass to the callback function
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see evdns_resolve_reverse_ipv6()
 */
int evdns_resolve_reverse_ipv6(const struct in6_addr *in, int flags, evdns_callback_type callback, void *ptr);

/**
  Set the value of a configuration option.

  The currently available configuration options are:

    ndots, timeout, max-timeouts, max-inflight, and attempts

  @deprecated This function is deprecated because it does not allow the
    caller to specify which evdns_base it applies to.  The recommended
    function is evdns_base_set_option().

  @param option the name of the configuration option to be modified
  @param val the value to be set
  @param flags Ignored.
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
 */
int evdns_set_option(const char *option, const char *val, int flags);

/**
  Parse a resolv.conf file.

  The 'flags' parameter determines what information is parsed from the
  resolv.conf file. See the man page for resolv.conf for the format of this
  file.

  The following directives are not parsed from the file: sortlist, rotate,
  no-check-names, inet6, debug.

  If this function encounters an error, the possible return values are: 1 =
  failed to open file, 2 = failed to stat file, 3 = file too large, 4 = out of
  memory, 5 = short read from file, 6 = no nameservers listed in the file

  @deprecated This function is deprecated because it does not allow the
    caller to specify which evdns_base it applies to.  The recommended
    function is evdns_base_resolv_conf_parse().

  @param flags any of DNS_OPTION_NAMESERVERS|DNS_OPTION_SEARCH|DNS_OPTION_MISC|
    DNS_OPTIONS_ALL
  @param filename the path to the resolv.conf file
  @return 0 if successful, or various positive error codes if an error
    occurred (see above)
  @see resolv.conf(3), evdns_config_windows_nameservers()
 */
int evdns_resolv_conf_parse(int flags, const char *const filename);

/**
  Clear the list of search domains.

  @deprecated This function is deprecated because it does not allow the
    caller to specify which evdns_base it applies to.  The recommended
    function is evdns_base_search_clear().
 */
void evdns_search_clear(void);

/**
  Add a domain to the list of search domains

  @deprecated This function is deprecated because it does not allow the
    caller to specify which evdns_base it applies to.  The recommended
    function is evdns_base_search_add().

  @param domain the domain to be added to the search list
 */
void evdns_search_add(const char *domain);

/**
  Set the 'ndots' parameter for searches.

  Sets the number of dots which, when found in a name, causes
  the first query to be without any search domain.

  @deprecated This function is deprecated because it does not allow the
    caller to specify which evdns_base it applies to.  The recommended
    function is evdns_base_search_ndots_set().

  @param ndots the new ndots parameter
 */
void evdns_search_ndots_set(const int ndots);

/**
   As evdns_server_new_with_base.

  @deprecated This function is deprecated because it does not allow the
    caller to specify which even_base it uses.  The recommended
    function is evdns_add_server_port_with_base().

*/
struct evdns_server_port *evdns_add_server_port(evutil_socket_t socket, int flags, evdns_request_callback_fn_type callback, void *user_data);

#ifdef _WIN32
int evdns_config_windows_nameservers(void);
#define EVDNS_CONFIG_WINDOWS_NAMESERVERS_IMPLEMENTED
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* EVENT2_EVENT_COMPAT_H_INCLUDED_ */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2000-2007 Niels Provos <provos@citi.umich.edu>
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT2_HTTP_STRUCT_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_HTTP_STRUCT_H_INCLUDED_

/** @file event2/http_struct.h

  Data structures for http.  Using these structures may hurt forward
  compatibility with later versions of Libevent: be careful!

 */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <event2/event-config.h>
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
#include <sys/time.h>
#endif

/* For int types. */
#include <event2/util.h>

/**
 * the request structure that a server receives.
 * WARNING: expect this structure to change.  I will try to provide
 * reasonable accessors.
 */
struct evhttp_request {
#if defined(TAILQ_ENTRY)
	TAILQ_ENTRY(evhttp_request) next;
#else
struct {
	struct evhttp_request *tqe_next;
	struct evhttp_request **tqe_prev;
}       next;
#endif

	/* the connection object that this request belongs to */
	struct evhttp_connection *evcon;
	int flags;
/** The request obj owns the evhttp connection and needs to free it */
#define EVHTTP_REQ_OWN_CONNECTION	0x0001
/** Request was made via a proxy */
#define EVHTTP_PROXY_REQUEST		0x0002
/** The request object is owned by the user; the user must free it */
#define EVHTTP_USER_OWNED		0x0004
/** The request will be used again upstack; freeing must be deferred */
#define EVHTTP_REQ_DEFER_FREE		0x0008
/** The request should be freed upstack */
#define EVHTTP_REQ_NEEDS_FREE		0x0010

	struct evkeyvalq *input_headers;
	struct evkeyvalq *output_headers;

	/* address of the remote host and the port connection came from */
	char *remote_host;
	ev_uint16_t remote_port;

	/* cache of the hostname for evhttp_request_get_host */
	char *host_cache;

	enum evhttp_request_kind kind;
	enum evhttp_cmd_type type;

	size_t headers_size;
	size_t body_size;

	char *uri;			/* uri after HTTP request was parsed */
	struct evhttp_uri *uri_elems;	/* uri elements */

	char major;			/* HTTP Major number */
	char minor;			/* HTTP Minor number */

	int response_code;		/* HTTP Response code */
	char *response_code_line;	/* Readable response */

	struct evbuffer *input_buffer;	/* read data */
	ev_int64_t ntoread;
	unsigned chunked:1,		/* a chunked request */
	    userdone:1;			/* the user has sent all data */

	struct evbuffer *output_buffer;	/* outgoing post or data */

	/* Callback */
	void (*cb)(struct evhttp_request *, void *);
	void *cb_arg;

	/*
	 * Chunked data callback - call for each completed chunk if
	 * specified.  If not specified, all the data is delivered via
	 * the regular callback.
	 */
	void (*chunk_cb)(struct evhttp_request *, void *);

	/*
	 * Callback added for forked-daapd so they can collect ICY
	 * (shoutcast) metadata from the http header. If return
	 * int is negative the connection will be closed.
	 */
	int (*header_cb)(struct evhttp_request *, void *);

	/*
	 * Error callback - called when error is occured.
	 * @see evhttp_request_error for error types.
	 *
	 * @see evhttp_request_set_error_cb()
	 */
	void (*error_cb)(enum evhttp_request_error, void *);

	/*
	 * Send complete callback - called when the request is actually
	 * sent and completed.
	 */
	void (*on_complete_cb)(struct evhttp_request *, void *);
	void *on_complete_cb_arg;
};

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* EVENT2_HTTP_STRUCT_H_INCLUDED_ */

/*
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos, Nick Mathewson
 * Copyright (c) 2000-2007 Niels Provos <provos@citi.umich.edu>
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT2_BUFFEREVENT_COMPAT_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_BUFFEREVENT_COMPAT_H_INCLUDED_

#define evbuffercb bufferevent_data_cb
#define everrorcb bufferevent_event_cb

/**
  Create a new bufferevent for an fd.

  This function is deprecated.  Use bufferevent_socket_new and
  bufferevent_set_callbacks instead.

  Libevent provides an abstraction on top of the regular event callbacks.
  This abstraction is called a buffered event.  A buffered event provides
  input and output buffers that get filled and drained automatically.  The
  user of a buffered event no longer deals directly with the I/O, but
  instead is reading from input and writing to output buffers.

  Once initialized, the bufferevent structure can be used repeatedly with
  bufferevent_enable() and bufferevent_disable().

  When read enabled the bufferevent will try to read from the file descriptor
  and call the read callback.  The write callback is executed whenever the
  output buffer is drained below the write low watermark, which is 0 by
  default.

  If multiple bases are in use, bufferevent_base_set() must be called before
  enabling the bufferevent for the first time.

  @deprecated This function is deprecated because it uses the current
    event base, and as such can be error prone for multithreaded programs.
    Use bufferevent_socket_new() instead.

  @param fd the file descriptor from which data is read and written to.
	 This file descriptor is not allowed to be a pipe(2).
  @param readcb callback to invoke when there is data to be read, or NULL if
	 no callback is desired
  @param writecb callback to invoke when the file descriptor is ready for
	 writing, or NULL if no callback is desired
  @param errorcb callback to invoke when there is an error on the file
	 descriptor
  @param cbarg an argument that will be supplied to each of the callbacks
	 (readcb, writecb, and errorcb)
  @return a pointer to a newly allocated bufferevent struct, or NULL if an
	  error occurred
  @see bufferevent_base_set(), bufferevent_free()
  */
struct bufferevent *bufferevent_new(evutil_socket_t fd,
    evbuffercb readcb, evbuffercb writecb, everrorcb errorcb, void *cbarg);


/**
  Set the read and write timeout for a buffered event.

  @param bufev the bufferevent to be modified
  @param timeout_read the read timeout
  @param timeout_write the write timeout
 */
void bufferevent_settimeout(struct bufferevent *bufev,
    int timeout_read, int timeout_write);

#define EVBUFFER_READ		BEV_EVENT_READING
#define EVBUFFER_WRITE		BEV_EVENT_WRITING
#define EVBUFFER_EOF		BEV_EVENT_EOF
#define EVBUFFER_ERROR		BEV_EVENT_ERROR
#define EVBUFFER_TIMEOUT	BEV_EVENT_TIMEOUT

/** macro for getting access to the input buffer of a bufferevent */
#define EVBUFFER_INPUT(x)	bufferevent_get_input(x)
/** macro for getting access to the output buffer of a bufferevent */
#define EVBUFFER_OUTPUT(x)	bufferevent_get_output(x)

#endif
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

#ifndef EVENT2_BUFFER_COMPAT_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_BUFFER_COMPAT_H_INCLUDED_

#include <event2/visibility.h>

/** @file event2/buffer_compat.h

	Obsolete and deprecated versions of the functions in buffer.h: provided
	only for backward compatibility.
 */


/**
   Obsolete alias for evbuffer_readln(buffer, NULL, EVBUFFER_EOL_ANY).

   @deprecated This function is deprecated because its behavior is not correct
      for almost any protocol, and also because it's wholly subsumed by
      evbuffer_readln().

   @param buffer the evbuffer to read from
   @return pointer to a single line, or NULL if an error occurred

*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
char *evbuffer_readline(struct evbuffer *buffer);

/** Type definition for a callback that is invoked whenever data is added or
    removed from an evbuffer.

    An evbuffer may have one or more callbacks set at a time.  The order
    in which they are executed is undefined.

    A callback function may add more callbacks, or remove itself from the
    list of callbacks, or add or remove data from the buffer.  It may not
    remove another callback from the list.

    If a callback adds or removes data from the buffer or from another
    buffer, this can cause a recursive invocation of your callback or
    other callbacks.  If you ask for an infinite loop, you might just get
    one: watch out!

    @param buffer the buffer whose size has changed
    @param old_len the previous length of the buffer
    @param new_len the current length of the buffer
    @param arg a pointer to user data
*/
typedef void (*evbuffer_cb)(struct evbuffer *buffer, size_t old_len, size_t new_len, void *arg);

/**
  Replace all callbacks on an evbuffer with a single new callback, or
  remove them.

  Subsequent calls to evbuffer_setcb() replace callbacks set by previous
  calls.  Setting the callback to NULL removes any previously set callback.

  @deprecated This function is deprecated because it clears all previous
     callbacks set on the evbuffer, which can cause confusing behavior if
     multiple parts of the code all want to add their own callbacks on a
     buffer.  Instead, use evbuffer_add(), evbuffer_del(), and
     evbuffer_setflags() to manage your own evbuffer callbacks without
     interfering with callbacks set by others.

  @param buffer the evbuffer to be monitored
  @param cb the callback function to invoke when the evbuffer is modified,
	 or NULL to remove all callbacks.
  @param cbarg an argument to be provided to the callback function
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evbuffer_setcb(struct evbuffer *buffer, evbuffer_cb cb, void *cbarg);


/**
  Find a string within an evbuffer.

  @param buffer the evbuffer to be searched
  @param what the string to be searched for
  @param len the length of the search string
  @return a pointer to the beginning of the search string, or NULL if the search failed.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
unsigned char *evbuffer_find(struct evbuffer *buffer, const unsigned char *what, size_t len);

/** deprecated in favor of calling the functions directly */
#define EVBUFFER_LENGTH(x)	evbuffer_get_length(x)
/** deprecated in favor of calling the functions directly */
#define EVBUFFER_DATA(x)	evbuffer_pullup((x), -1)

#endif

/*
 * Copyright (c) 2000-2007 Niels Provos <provos@citi.umich.edu>
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT2_LISTENER_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_LISTENER_H_INCLUDED_

#include <event2/visibility.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <event2/event.h>

struct sockaddr;
struct evconnlistener;

/**
   A callback that we invoke when a listener has a new connection.

   @param listener The evconnlistener
   @param fd The new file descriptor
   @param addr The source address of the connection
   @param socklen The length of addr
   @param user_arg the pointer passed to evconnlistener_new()
 */
typedef void (*evconnlistener_cb)(struct evconnlistener *, evutil_socket_t, struct sockaddr *, int socklen, void *);

/**
   A callback that we invoke when a listener encounters a non-retriable error.

   @param listener The evconnlistener
   @param user_arg the pointer passed to evconnlistener_new()
 */
typedef void (*evconnlistener_errorcb)(struct evconnlistener *, void *);

/** Flag: Indicates that we should not make incoming sockets nonblocking
 * before passing them to the callback. */
#define LEV_OPT_LEAVE_SOCKETS_BLOCKING	(1u<<0)
/** Flag: Indicates that freeing the listener should close the underlying
 * socket. */
#define LEV_OPT_CLOSE_ON_FREE		(1u<<1)
/** Flag: Indicates that we should set the close-on-exec flag, if possible */
#define LEV_OPT_CLOSE_ON_EXEC		(1u<<2)
/** Flag: Indicates that we should disable the timeout (if any) between when
 * this socket is closed and when we can listen again on the same port. */
#define LEV_OPT_REUSEABLE		(1u<<3)
/** Flag: Indicates that the listener should be locked so it's safe to use
 * from multiple threadcs at once. */
#define LEV_OPT_THREADSAFE		(1u<<4)
/** Flag: Indicates that the listener should be created in disabled
 * state. Use evconnlistener_enable() to enable it later. */
#define LEV_OPT_DISABLED		(1u<<5)
/** Flag: Indicates that the listener should defer accept() until data is
 * available, if possible.  Ignored on platforms that do not support this.
 *
 * This option can help performance for protocols where the client transmits
 * immediately after connecting.  Do not use this option if your protocol
 * _doesn't_ start out with the client transmitting data, since in that case
 * this option will sometimes cause the kernel to never tell you about the
 * connection.
 *
 * This option is only supported by evconnlistener_new_bind(): it can't
 * work with evconnlistener_new_fd(), since the listener needs to be told
 * to use the option before it is actually bound.
 */
#define LEV_OPT_DEFERRED_ACCEPT		(1u<<6)
/** Flag: Indicates that we ask to allow multiple servers (processes or
 * threads) to bind to the same port if they each set the option. 
 * 
 * SO_REUSEPORT is what most people would expect SO_REUSEADDR to be, however
 * SO_REUSEPORT does not imply SO_REUSEADDR.
 *
 * This is only available on Linux and kernel 3.9+
 */
#define LEV_OPT_REUSEABLE_PORT		(1u<<7)

/**
   Allocate a new evconnlistener object to listen for incoming TCP connections
   on a given file descriptor.

   @param base The event base to associate the listener with.
   @param cb A callback to be invoked when a new connection arrives.  If the
      callback is NULL, the listener will be treated as disabled until the
      callback is set.
   @param ptr A user-supplied pointer to give to the callback.
   @param flags Any number of LEV_OPT_* flags
   @param backlog Passed to the listen() call to determine the length of the
      acceptable connection backlog.  Set to -1 for a reasonable default.
      Set to 0 if the socket is already listening.
   @param fd The file descriptor to listen on.  It must be a nonblocking
      file descriptor, and it should already be bound to an appropriate
      port and address.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evconnlistener *evconnlistener_new(struct event_base *base,
    evconnlistener_cb cb, void *ptr, unsigned flags, int backlog,
    evutil_socket_t fd);
/**
   Allocate a new evconnlistener object to listen for incoming TCP connections
   on a given address.

   @param base The event base to associate the listener with.
   @param cb A callback to be invoked when a new connection arrives. If the
      callback is NULL, the listener will be treated as disabled until the
      callback is set.
   @param ptr A user-supplied pointer to give to the callback.
   @param flags Any number of LEV_OPT_* flags
   @param backlog Passed to the listen() call to determine the length of the
      acceptable connection backlog.  Set to -1 for a reasonable default.
   @param addr The address to listen for connections on.
   @param socklen The length of the address.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evconnlistener *evconnlistener_new_bind(struct event_base *base,
    evconnlistener_cb cb, void *ptr, unsigned flags, int backlog,
    const struct sockaddr *sa, int socklen);
/**
   Disable and deallocate an evconnlistener.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evconnlistener_free(struct evconnlistener *lev);
/**
   Re-enable an evconnlistener that has been disabled.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evconnlistener_enable(struct evconnlistener *lev);
/**
   Stop listening for connections on an evconnlistener.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evconnlistener_disable(struct evconnlistener *lev);

/** Return an evconnlistener's associated event_base. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct event_base *evconnlistener_get_base(struct evconnlistener *lev);

/** Return the socket that an evconnlistner is listening on. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
evutil_socket_t evconnlistener_get_fd(struct evconnlistener *lev);

/** Change the callback on the listener to cb and its user_data to arg.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evconnlistener_set_cb(struct evconnlistener *lev,
    evconnlistener_cb cb, void *arg);

/** Set an evconnlistener's error callback. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evconnlistener_set_error_cb(struct evconnlistener *lev,
    evconnlistener_errorcb errorcb);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*- */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT2_VISIBILITY_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_VISIBILITY_H_INCLUDED_

#include <event2/event-config.h>

#if defined(event_EXPORTS) || defined(event_extra_EXPORTS) || defined(event_core_EXPORTS)
# if defined (__SUNPRO_C) && (__SUNPRO_C >= 0x550)
#  define EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL __global
# elif defined __GNUC__
#  define EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL __attribute__ ((visibility("default")))
# elif defined(_MSC_VER)
#  define EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL extern __declspec(dllexport)
# else
#  define EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL /* unknown compiler */
# endif
#else
# if defined(EVENT__NEED_DLLIMPORT) && defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(EVENT_BUILDING_REGRESS_TEST)
#  define EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL extern __declspec(dllimport)
# else
#  define EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
# endif
#endif

#endif /* EVENT2_VISIBILITY_H_INCLUDED_ */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT2_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED_

/** @file event2/buffer.h

  Functions for buffering data for network sending or receiving.

  An evbuffer can be used for preparing data before sending it to
  the network or conversely for reading data from the network.
  Evbuffers try to avoid memory copies as much as possible.  As a
  result, evbuffers can be used to pass data around without actually
  incurring the overhead of copying the data.

  A new evbuffer can be allocated with evbuffer_new(), and can be
  freed with evbuffer_free().  Most users will be using evbuffers via
  the bufferevent interface.  To access a bufferevent's evbuffers, use
  bufferevent_get_input() and bufferevent_get_output().

  There are several guidelines for using evbuffers.

  - if you already know how much data you are going to add as a result
    of calling evbuffer_add() multiple times, it makes sense to use
    evbuffer_expand() first to make sure that enough memory is allocated
    before hand.

  - evbuffer_add_buffer() adds the contents of one buffer to the other
    without incurring any unnecessary memory copies.

  - evbuffer_add() and evbuffer_add_buffer() do not mix very well:
    if you use them, you will wind up with fragmented memory in your
	buffer.

  - For high-performance code, you may want to avoid copying data into and out
    of buffers.  You can skip the copy step by using
    evbuffer_reserve_space()/evbuffer_commit_space() when writing into a
    buffer, and evbuffer_peek() when reading.

  In Libevent 2.0 and later, evbuffers are represented using a linked
  list of memory chunks, with pointers to the first and last chunk in
  the chain.

  As the contents of an evbuffer can be stored in multiple different
  memory blocks, it cannot be accessed directly.  Instead, evbuffer_pullup()
  can be used to force a specified number of bytes to be contiguous. This
  will cause memory reallocation and memory copies if the data is split
  across multiple blocks.  It is more efficient, however, to use
  evbuffer_peek() if you don't require that the memory to be contiguous.
 */

#include <event2/visibility.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <event2/event-config.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_UIO_H
#include <sys/uio.h>
#endif
#include <event2/util.h>

/**
   An evbuffer is an opaque data type for efficiently buffering data to be
   sent or received on the network.

   @see event2/event.h for more information
*/
struct evbuffer
#ifdef EVENT_IN_DOXYGEN_
{}
#endif
;

/**
    Pointer to a position within an evbuffer.

    Used when repeatedly searching through a buffer.  Calling any function
    that modifies or re-packs the buffer contents may invalidate all
    evbuffer_ptrs for that buffer.  Do not modify or contruct these values
    except with evbuffer_ptr_set.

    An evbuffer_ptr can represent any position from the start of a buffer up
    to a position immediately after the end of a buffer.

    @see evbuffer_ptr_set()
 */
struct evbuffer_ptr {
	ev_ssize_t pos;

	/* Do not alter or rely on the values of fields: they are for internal
	 * use */
	struct {
		void *chain;
		size_t pos_in_chain;
	} internal_;
};

/** Describes a single extent of memory inside an evbuffer.  Used for
    direct-access functions.

    @see evbuffer_reserve_space, evbuffer_commit_space, evbuffer_peek
 */
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_UIO_H
#define evbuffer_iovec iovec
/* Internal use -- defined only if we are using the native struct iovec */
#define EVBUFFER_IOVEC_IS_NATIVE_
#else
struct evbuffer_iovec {
	/** The start of the extent of memory. */
	void *iov_base;
	/** The length of the extent of memory. */
	size_t iov_len;
};
#endif

/**
  Allocate storage for a new evbuffer.

  @return a pointer to a newly allocated evbuffer struct, or NULL if an error
	occurred
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evbuffer *evbuffer_new(void);
/**
  Deallocate storage for an evbuffer.

  @param buf pointer to the evbuffer to be freed
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evbuffer_free(struct evbuffer *buf);

/**
   Enable locking on an evbuffer so that it can safely be used by multiple
   threads at the same time.

   NOTE: when locking is enabled, the lock will be held when callbacks are
   invoked.  This could result in deadlock if you aren't careful.  Plan
   accordingly!

   @param buf An evbuffer to make lockable.
   @param lock A lock object, or NULL if we should allocate our own.
   @return 0 on success, -1 on failure.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_enable_locking(struct evbuffer *buf, void *lock);

/**
   Acquire the lock on an evbuffer.  Has no effect if locking was not enabled
   with evbuffer_enable_locking.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evbuffer_lock(struct evbuffer *buf);

/**
   Release the lock on an evbuffer.  Has no effect if locking was not enabled
   with evbuffer_enable_locking.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evbuffer_unlock(struct evbuffer *buf);


/** If this flag is set, then we will not use evbuffer_peek(),
 * evbuffer_remove(), evbuffer_remove_buffer(), and so on to read bytes
 * from this buffer: we'll only take bytes out of this buffer by
 * writing them to the network (as with evbuffer_write_atmost), by
 * removing them without observing them (as with evbuffer_drain),
 * or by copying them all out at once (as with evbuffer_add_buffer).
 *
 * Using this option allows the implementation to use sendfile-based
 * operations for evbuffer_add_file(); see that function for more
 * information.
 *
 * This flag is on by default for bufferevents that can take advantage
 * of it; you should never actually need to set it on a bufferevent's
 * output buffer.
 */
#define EVBUFFER_FLAG_DRAINS_TO_FD 1

/** Change the flags that are set for an evbuffer by adding more.
 *
 * @param buffer the evbuffer that the callback is watching.
 * @param cb the callback whose status we want to change.
 * @param flags One or more EVBUFFER_FLAG_* options
 * @return 0 on success, -1 on failure.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_set_flags(struct evbuffer *buf, ev_uint64_t flags);
/** Change the flags that are set for an evbuffer by removing some.
 *
 * @param buffer the evbuffer that the callback is watching.
 * @param cb the callback whose status we want to change.
 * @param flags One or more EVBUFFER_FLAG_* options
 * @return 0 on success, -1 on failure.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_clear_flags(struct evbuffer *buf, ev_uint64_t flags);

/**
  Returns the total number of bytes stored in the evbuffer

  @param buf pointer to the evbuffer
  @return the number of bytes stored in the evbuffer
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
size_t evbuffer_get_length(const struct evbuffer *buf);

/**
   Returns the number of contiguous available bytes in the first buffer chain.

   This is useful when processing data that might be split into multiple
   chains, or that might all be in the first chain.  Calls to
   evbuffer_pullup() that cause reallocation and copying of data can thus be
   avoided.

   @param buf pointer to the evbuffer
   @return 0 if no data is available, otherwise the number of available bytes
     in the first buffer chain.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
size_t evbuffer_get_contiguous_space(const struct evbuffer *buf);

/**
  Expands the available space in an evbuffer.

  Expands the available space in the evbuffer to at least datlen, so that
  appending datlen additional bytes will not require any new allocations.

  @param buf the evbuffer to be expanded
  @param datlen the new minimum length requirement
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_expand(struct evbuffer *buf, size_t datlen);

/**
   Reserves space in the last chain or chains of an evbuffer.

   Makes space available in the last chain or chains of an evbuffer that can
   be arbitrarily written to by a user.  The space does not become
   available for reading until it has been committed with
   evbuffer_commit_space().

   The space is made available as one or more extents, represented by
   an initial pointer and a length.  You can force the memory to be
   available as only one extent.  Allowing more extents, however, makes the
   function more efficient.

   Multiple subsequent calls to this function will make the same space
   available until evbuffer_commit_space() has been called.

   It is an error to do anything that moves around the buffer's internal
   memory structures before committing the space.

   NOTE: The code currently does not ever use more than two extents.
   This may change in future versions.

   @param buf the evbuffer in which to reserve space.
   @param size how much space to make available, at minimum.  The
      total length of the extents may be greater than the requested
      length.
   @param vec an array of one or more evbuffer_iovec structures to
      hold pointers to the reserved extents of memory.
   @param n_vec The length of the vec array.  Must be at least 1;
       2 is more efficient.
   @return the number of provided extents, or -1 on error.
   @see evbuffer_commit_space()
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int
evbuffer_reserve_space(struct evbuffer *buf, ev_ssize_t size,
    struct evbuffer_iovec *vec, int n_vec);

/**
   Commits previously reserved space.

   Commits some of the space previously reserved with
   evbuffer_reserve_space().  It then becomes available for reading.

   This function may return an error if the pointer in the extents do
   not match those returned from evbuffer_reserve_space, or if data
   has been added to the buffer since the space was reserved.

   If you want to commit less data than you got reserved space for,
   modify the iov_len pointer of the appropriate extent to a smaller
   value.  Note that you may have received more space than you
   requested if it was available!

   @param buf the evbuffer in which to reserve space.
   @param vec one or two extents returned by evbuffer_reserve_space.
   @param n_vecs the number of extents.
   @return 0 on success, -1 on error
   @see evbuffer_reserve_space()
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_commit_space(struct evbuffer *buf,
    struct evbuffer_iovec *vec, int n_vecs);

/**
  Append data to the end of an evbuffer.

  @param buf the evbuffer to be appended to
  @param data pointer to the beginning of the data buffer
  @param datlen the number of bytes to be copied from the data buffer
  @return 0 on success, -1 on failure.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_add(struct evbuffer *buf, const void *data, size_t datlen);


/**
  Read data from an evbuffer and drain the bytes read.

  If more bytes are requested than are available in the evbuffer, we
  only extract as many bytes as were available.

  @param buf the evbuffer to be read from
  @param data the destination buffer to store the result
  @param datlen the maximum size of the destination buffer
  @return the number of bytes read, or -1 if we can't drain the buffer.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_remove(struct evbuffer *buf, void *data, size_t datlen);

/**
  Read data from an evbuffer, and leave the buffer unchanged.

  If more bytes are requested than are available in the evbuffer, we
  only extract as many bytes as were available.

  @param buf the evbuffer to be read from
  @param data_out the destination buffer to store the result
  @param datlen the maximum size of the destination buffer
  @return the number of bytes read, or -1 if we can't drain the buffer.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
ev_ssize_t evbuffer_copyout(struct evbuffer *buf, void *data_out, size_t datlen);

/**
  Read data from the middle of an evbuffer, and leave the buffer unchanged.

  If more bytes are requested than are available in the evbuffer, we
  only extract as many bytes as were available.

  @param buf the evbuffer to be read from
  @param pos the position to start reading from
  @param data_out the destination buffer to store the result
  @param datlen the maximum size of the destination buffer
  @return the number of bytes read, or -1 if we can't drain the buffer.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
ev_ssize_t evbuffer_copyout_from(struct evbuffer *buf, const struct evbuffer_ptr *pos, void *data_out, size_t datlen);

/**
  Read data from an evbuffer into another evbuffer, draining
  the bytes from the source buffer.  This function avoids copy
  operations to the extent possible.

  If more bytes are requested than are available in src, the src
  buffer is drained completely.

  @param src the evbuffer to be read from
  @param dst the destination evbuffer to store the result into
  @param datlen the maximum numbers of bytes to transfer
  @return the number of bytes read
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_remove_buffer(struct evbuffer *src, struct evbuffer *dst,
    size_t datlen);

/** Used to tell evbuffer_readln what kind of line-ending to look for.
 */
enum evbuffer_eol_style {
	/** Any sequence of CR and LF characters is acceptable as an
	 * EOL.
	 *
	 * Note that this style can produce ambiguous results: the
	 * sequence "CRLF" will be treated as a single EOL if it is
	 * all in the buffer at once, but if you first read a CR from
	 * the network and later read an LF from the network, it will
	 * be treated as two EOLs.
	 */
	EVBUFFER_EOL_ANY,
	/** An EOL is an LF, optionally preceded by a CR.  This style is
	 * most useful for implementing text-based internet protocols. */
	EVBUFFER_EOL_CRLF,
	/** An EOL is a CR followed by an LF. */
	EVBUFFER_EOL_CRLF_STRICT,
	/** An EOL is a LF. */
	EVBUFFER_EOL_LF,
	/** An EOL is a NUL character (that is, a single byte with value 0) */
	EVBUFFER_EOL_NUL
};

/**
 * Read a single line from an evbuffer.
 *
 * Reads a line terminated by an EOL as determined by the evbuffer_eol_style
 * argument.  Returns a newly allocated nul-terminated string; the caller must
 * free the returned value.  The EOL is not included in the returned string.
 *
 * @param buffer the evbuffer to read from
 * @param n_read_out if non-NULL, points to a size_t that is set to the
 *       number of characters in the returned string.  This is useful for
 *       strings that can contain NUL characters.
 * @param eol_style the style of line-ending to use.
 * @return pointer to a single line, or NULL if an error occurred
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
char *evbuffer_readln(struct evbuffer *buffer, size_t *n_read_out,
    enum evbuffer_eol_style eol_style);

/**
  Move all data from one evbuffer into another evbuffer.

  This is a destructive add.  The data from one buffer moves into
  the other buffer.  However, no unnecessary memory copies occur.

  @param outbuf the output buffer
  @param inbuf the input buffer
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred

  @see evbuffer_remove_buffer()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_add_buffer(struct evbuffer *outbuf, struct evbuffer *inbuf);

/**
  Copy data from one evbuffer into another evbuffer.

  This is a non-destructive add.  The data from one buffer is copied
  into the other buffer.  However, no unnecessary memory copies occur.

  Note that buffers already containing buffer references can't be added
  to other buffers.

  @param outbuf the output buffer
  @param inbuf the input buffer
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_add_buffer_reference(struct evbuffer *outbuf,
    struct evbuffer *inbuf);

/**
   A cleanup function for a piece of memory added to an evbuffer by
   reference.

   @see evbuffer_add_reference()
 */
typedef void (*evbuffer_ref_cleanup_cb)(const void *data,
    size_t datalen, void *extra);

/**
  Reference memory into an evbuffer without copying.

  The memory needs to remain valid until all the added data has been
  read.  This function keeps just a reference to the memory without
  actually incurring the overhead of a copy.

  @param outbuf the output buffer
  @param data the memory to reference
  @param datlen how memory to reference
  @param cleanupfn callback to be invoked when the memory is no longer
	referenced by this evbuffer.
  @param cleanupfn_arg optional argument to the cleanup callback
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_add_reference(struct evbuffer *outbuf,
    const void *data, size_t datlen,
    evbuffer_ref_cleanup_cb cleanupfn, void *cleanupfn_arg);

/**
  Copy data from a file into the evbuffer for writing to a socket.

  This function avoids unnecessary data copies between userland and
  kernel.  If sendfile is available and the EVBUFFER_FLAG_DRAINS_TO_FD
  flag is set, it uses those functions.  Otherwise, it tries to use
  mmap (or CreateFileMapping on Windows).

  The function owns the resulting file descriptor and will close it
  when finished transferring data.

  The results of using evbuffer_remove() or evbuffer_pullup() on
  evbuffers whose data was added using this function are undefined.

  For more fine-grained control, use evbuffer_add_file_segment.

  @param outbuf the output buffer
  @param fd the file descriptor
  @param offset the offset from which to read data
  @param length how much data to read, or -1 to read as much as possible.
    (-1 requires that 'fd' support fstat.)
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
*/

EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_add_file(struct evbuffer *outbuf, int fd, ev_off_t offset,
    ev_off_t length);

/**
  An evbuffer_file_segment holds a reference to a range of a file --
  possibly the whole file! -- for use in writing from an evbuffer to a
  socket.  It could be implemented with mmap, sendfile, splice, or (if all
  else fails) by just pulling all the data into RAM.  A single
  evbuffer_file_segment can be added more than once, and to more than one
  evbuffer.
 */
struct evbuffer_file_segment;

/**
    Flag for creating evbuffer_file_segment: If this flag is set, then when
    the evbuffer_file_segment is freed and no longer in use by any
    evbuffer, the underlying fd is closed.
 */
#define EVBUF_FS_CLOSE_ON_FREE    0x01
/**
   Flag for creating evbuffer_file_segment: Disable memory-map based
   implementations.
 */
#define EVBUF_FS_DISABLE_MMAP     0x02
/**
   Flag for creating evbuffer_file_segment: Disable direct fd-to-fd
   implementations (including sendfile and splice).

   You might want to use this option if data needs to be taken from the
   evbuffer by any means other than writing it to the network: the sendfile
   backend is fast, but it only works for sending files directly to the
   network.
 */
#define EVBUF_FS_DISABLE_SENDFILE 0x04
/**
   Flag for creating evbuffer_file_segment: Do not allocate a lock for this
   segment.  If this option is set, then neither the segment nor any
   evbuffer it is added to may ever be accessed from more than one thread
   at a time.
 */
#define EVBUF_FS_DISABLE_LOCKING  0x08

/**
   A cleanup function for a evbuffer_file_segment added to an evbuffer
   for reference.
 */
typedef void (*evbuffer_file_segment_cleanup_cb)(
    struct evbuffer_file_segment const* seg, int flags, void* arg);

/**
   Create and return a new evbuffer_file_segment for reading data from a
   file and sending it out via an evbuffer.

   This function avoids unnecessary data copies between userland and
   kernel.  Where available, it uses sendfile or splice.

   The file descriptor must not be closed so long as any evbuffer is using
   this segment.

   The results of using evbuffer_remove() or evbuffer_pullup() or any other
   function that reads bytes from an evbuffer on any evbuffer containing
   the newly returned segment are undefined, unless you pass the
   EVBUF_FS_DISABLE_SENDFILE flag to this function.

   @param fd an open file to read from.
   @param offset an index within the file at which to start reading
   @param length how much data to read, or -1 to read as much as possible.
      (-1 requires that 'fd' support fstat.)
   @param flags any number of the EVBUF_FS_* flags
   @return a new evbuffer_file_segment, or NULL on failure.
 **/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evbuffer_file_segment *evbuffer_file_segment_new(
	int fd, ev_off_t offset, ev_off_t length, unsigned flags);

/**
   Free an evbuffer_file_segment

   It is safe to call this function even if the segment has been added to
   one or more evbuffers.  The evbuffer_file_segment will not be freed
   until no more references to it exist.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evbuffer_file_segment_free(struct evbuffer_file_segment *seg);

/**
   Add cleanup callback and argument for the callback to an
   evbuffer_file_segment.

   The cleanup callback will be invoked when no more references to the
   evbuffer_file_segment exist.
 **/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evbuffer_file_segment_add_cleanup_cb(struct evbuffer_file_segment *seg,
	evbuffer_file_segment_cleanup_cb cb, void* arg);

/**
   Insert some or all of an evbuffer_file_segment at the end of an evbuffer

   Note that the offset and length parameters of this function have a
   different meaning from those provided to evbuffer_file_segment_new: When
   you create the segment, the offset is the offset _within the file_, and
   the length is the length _of the segment_, whereas when you add a
   segment to an evbuffer, the offset is _within the segment_ and the
   length is the length of the _part of the segment you want to use.

   In other words, if you have a 10 KiB file, and you create an
   evbuffer_file_segment for it with offset 20 and length 1000, it will
   refer to bytes 20..1019 inclusive.  If you then pass this segment to
   evbuffer_add_file_segment and specify an offset of 20 and a length of
   50, you will be adding bytes 40..99 inclusive.

   @param buf the evbuffer to append to
   @param seg the segment to add
   @param offset the offset within the segment to start from
   @param length the amount of data to add, or -1 to add it all.
   @return 0 on success, -1 on failure.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_add_file_segment(struct evbuffer *buf,
    struct evbuffer_file_segment *seg, ev_off_t offset, ev_off_t length);

/**
  Append a formatted string to the end of an evbuffer.

  The string is formated as printf.

  @param buf the evbuffer that will be appended to
  @param fmt a format string
  @param ... arguments that will be passed to printf(3)
  @return The number of bytes added if successful, or -1 if an error occurred.

  @see evutil_printf(), evbuffer_add_vprintf()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_add_printf(struct evbuffer *buf, const char *fmt, ...)
#ifdef __GNUC__
  __attribute__((format(printf, 2, 3)))
#endif
;

/**
  Append a va_list formatted string to the end of an evbuffer.

  @param buf the evbuffer that will be appended to
  @param fmt a format string
  @param ap a varargs va_list argument array that will be passed to vprintf(3)
  @return The number of bytes added if successful, or -1 if an error occurred.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_add_vprintf(struct evbuffer *buf, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
#ifdef __GNUC__
	__attribute__((format(printf, 2, 0)))
#endif
;


/**
  Remove a specified number of bytes data from the beginning of an evbuffer.

  @param buf the evbuffer to be drained
  @param len the number of bytes to drain from the beginning of the buffer
  @return 0 on success, -1 on failure.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_drain(struct evbuffer *buf, size_t len);


/**
  Write the contents of an evbuffer to a file descriptor.

  The evbuffer will be drained after the bytes have been successfully written.

  @param buffer the evbuffer to be written and drained
  @param fd the file descriptor to be written to
  @return the number of bytes written, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see evbuffer_read()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_write(struct evbuffer *buffer, evutil_socket_t fd);

/**
  Write some of the contents of an evbuffer to a file descriptor.

  The evbuffer will be drained after the bytes have been successfully written.

  @param buffer the evbuffer to be written and drained
  @param fd the file descriptor to be written to
  @param howmuch the largest allowable number of bytes to write, or -1
	to write as many bytes as we can.
  @return the number of bytes written, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see evbuffer_read()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_write_atmost(struct evbuffer *buffer, evutil_socket_t fd,
						  ev_ssize_t howmuch);

/**
  Read from a file descriptor and store the result in an evbuffer.

  @param buffer the evbuffer to store the result
  @param fd the file descriptor to read from
  @param howmuch the number of bytes to be read
  @return the number of bytes read, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see evbuffer_write()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_read(struct evbuffer *buffer, evutil_socket_t fd, int howmuch);

/**
   Search for a string within an evbuffer.

   @param buffer the evbuffer to be searched
   @param what the string to be searched for
   @param len the length of the search string
   @param start NULL or a pointer to a valid struct evbuffer_ptr.
   @return a struct evbuffer_ptr whose 'pos' field has the offset of the
     first occurrence of the string in the buffer after 'start'.  The 'pos'
     field of the result is -1 if the string was not found.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evbuffer_ptr evbuffer_search(struct evbuffer *buffer, const char *what, size_t len, const struct evbuffer_ptr *start);

/**
   Search for a string within part of an evbuffer.

   @param buffer the evbuffer to be searched
   @param what the string to be searched for
   @param len the length of the search string
   @param start NULL or a pointer to a valid struct evbuffer_ptr that
     indicates where we should start searching.
   @param end NULL or a pointer to a valid struct evbuffer_ptr that
     indicates where we should stop searching.
   @return a struct evbuffer_ptr whose 'pos' field has the offset of the
     first occurrence of the string in the buffer after 'start'.  The 'pos'
     field of the result is -1 if the string was not found.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evbuffer_ptr evbuffer_search_range(struct evbuffer *buffer, const char *what, size_t len, const struct evbuffer_ptr *start, const struct evbuffer_ptr *end);

/**
   Defines how to adjust an evbuffer_ptr by evbuffer_ptr_set()

   @see evbuffer_ptr_set() */
enum evbuffer_ptr_how {
	/** Sets the pointer to the position; can be called on with an
	    uninitialized evbuffer_ptr. */
	EVBUFFER_PTR_SET,
	/** Advances the pointer by adding to the current position. */
	EVBUFFER_PTR_ADD
};

/**
   Sets the search pointer in the buffer to position.

   There are two ways to use this function: you can call
      evbuffer_ptr_set(buf, &pos, N, EVBUFFER_PTR_SET)
   to move 'pos' to a position 'N' bytes after the start of the buffer, or
      evbuffer_ptr_set(buf, &pos, N, EVBUFFER_PTR_ADD)
   to move 'pos' forward by 'N' bytes.

   If evbuffer_ptr is not initialized, this function can only be called
   with EVBUFFER_PTR_SET.

   An evbuffer_ptr can represent any position from the start of the buffer to
   a position immediately after the end of the buffer.

   @param buffer the evbuffer to be search
   @param ptr a pointer to a struct evbuffer_ptr
   @param position the position at which to start the next search
   @param how determines how the pointer should be manipulated.
   @returns 0 on success or -1 otherwise
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int
evbuffer_ptr_set(struct evbuffer *buffer, struct evbuffer_ptr *ptr,
    size_t position, enum evbuffer_ptr_how how);

/**
   Search for an end-of-line string within an evbuffer.

   @param buffer the evbuffer to be searched
   @param start NULL or a pointer to a valid struct evbuffer_ptr to start
      searching at.
   @param eol_len_out If non-NULL, the pointed-to value will be set to
      the length of the end-of-line string.
   @param eol_style The kind of EOL to look for; see evbuffer_readln() for
      more information
   @return a struct evbuffer_ptr whose 'pos' field has the offset of the
     first occurrence EOL in the buffer after 'start'.  The 'pos'
     field of the result is -1 if the string was not found.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evbuffer_ptr evbuffer_search_eol(struct evbuffer *buffer,
    struct evbuffer_ptr *start, size_t *eol_len_out,
    enum evbuffer_eol_style eol_style);

/** Function to peek at data inside an evbuffer without removing it or
    copying it out.

    Pointers to the data are returned by filling the 'vec_out' array
    with pointers to one or more extents of data inside the buffer.

    The total data in the extents that you get back may be more than
    you requested (if there is more data last extent than you asked
    for), or less (if you do not provide enough evbuffer_iovecs, or if
    the buffer does not have as much data as you asked to see).

    @param buffer the evbuffer to peek into,
    @param len the number of bytes to try to peek.  If len is negative, we
       will try to fill as much of vec_out as we can.  If len is negative
       and vec_out is not provided, we return the number of evbuffer_iovecs
       that would be needed to get all the data in the buffer.
    @param start_at an evbuffer_ptr indicating the point at which we
       should start looking for data.  NULL means, "At the start of the
       buffer."
    @param vec_out an array of evbuffer_iovec
    @param n_vec the length of vec_out.  If 0, we only count how many
       extents would be necessary to point to the requested amount of
       data.
    @return The number of extents needed.  This may be less than n_vec
       if we didn't need all the evbuffer_iovecs we were given, or more
       than n_vec if we would need more to return all the data that was
       requested.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_peek(struct evbuffer *buffer, ev_ssize_t len,
    struct evbuffer_ptr *start_at,
    struct evbuffer_iovec *vec_out, int n_vec);


/** Structure passed to an evbuffer_cb_func evbuffer callback

    @see evbuffer_cb_func, evbuffer_add_cb()
 */
struct evbuffer_cb_info {
	/** The number of bytes in this evbuffer when callbacks were last
	 * invoked. */
	size_t orig_size;
	/** The number of bytes added since callbacks were last invoked. */
	size_t n_added;
	/** The number of bytes removed since callbacks were last invoked. */
	size_t n_deleted;
};

/** Type definition for a callback that is invoked whenever data is added or
    removed from an evbuffer.

    An evbuffer may have one or more callbacks set at a time.  The order
    in which they are executed is undefined.

    A callback function may add more callbacks, or remove itself from the
    list of callbacks, or add or remove data from the buffer.  It may not
    remove another callback from the list.

    If a callback adds or removes data from the buffer or from another
    buffer, this can cause a recursive invocation of your callback or
    other callbacks.  If you ask for an infinite loop, you might just get
    one: watch out!

    @param buffer the buffer whose size has changed
    @param info a structure describing how the buffer changed.
    @param arg a pointer to user data
*/
typedef void (*evbuffer_cb_func)(struct evbuffer *buffer, const struct evbuffer_cb_info *info, void *arg);

struct evbuffer_cb_entry;
/** Add a new callback to an evbuffer.

  Subsequent calls to evbuffer_add_cb() add new callbacks.  To remove this
  callback, call evbuffer_remove_cb or evbuffer_remove_cb_entry.

  @param buffer the evbuffer to be monitored
  @param cb the callback function to invoke when the evbuffer is modified,
	or NULL to remove all callbacks.
  @param cbarg an argument to be provided to the callback function
  @return a handle to the callback on success, or NULL on failure.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evbuffer_cb_entry *evbuffer_add_cb(struct evbuffer *buffer, evbuffer_cb_func cb, void *cbarg);

/** Remove a callback from an evbuffer, given a handle returned from
    evbuffer_add_cb.

    Calling this function invalidates the handle.

    @return 0 if a callback was removed, or -1 if no matching callback was
    found.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_remove_cb_entry(struct evbuffer *buffer,
			     struct evbuffer_cb_entry *ent);

/** Remove a callback from an evbuffer, given the function and argument
    used to add it.

    @return 0 if a callback was removed, or -1 if no matching callback was
    found.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_remove_cb(struct evbuffer *buffer, evbuffer_cb_func cb, void *cbarg);

/** If this flag is not set, then a callback is temporarily disabled, and
 * should not be invoked.
 *
 * @see evbuffer_cb_set_flags(), evbuffer_cb_clear_flags()
 */
#define EVBUFFER_CB_ENABLED 1

/** Change the flags that are set for a callback on a buffer by adding more.

    @param buffer the evbuffer that the callback is watching.
    @param cb the callback whose status we want to change.
    @param flags EVBUFFER_CB_ENABLED to re-enable the callback.
    @return 0 on success, -1 on failure.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_cb_set_flags(struct evbuffer *buffer,
			  struct evbuffer_cb_entry *cb, ev_uint32_t flags);

/** Change the flags that are set for a callback on a buffer by removing some

    @param buffer the evbuffer that the callback is watching.
    @param cb the callback whose status we want to change.
    @param flags EVBUFFER_CB_ENABLED to disable the callback.
    @return 0 on success, -1 on failure.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_cb_clear_flags(struct evbuffer *buffer,
			  struct evbuffer_cb_entry *cb, ev_uint32_t flags);

#if 0
/** Postpone calling a given callback until unsuspend is called later.

    This is different from disabling the callback, since the callback will get
	invoked later if the buffer size changes between now and when we unsuspend
	it.

	@param the buffer that the callback is watching.
	@param cb the callback we want to suspend.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evbuffer_cb_suspend(struct evbuffer *buffer, struct evbuffer_cb_entry *cb);
/** Stop postponing a callback that we postponed with evbuffer_cb_suspend.

	If data was added to or removed from the buffer while the callback was
	suspended, the callback will get called once now.

	@param the buffer that the callback is watching.
	@param cb the callback we want to stop suspending.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evbuffer_cb_unsuspend(struct evbuffer *buffer, struct evbuffer_cb_entry *cb);
#endif

/**
  Makes the data at the beginning of an evbuffer contiguous.

  @param buf the evbuffer to make contiguous
  @param size the number of bytes to make contiguous, or -1 to make the
	entire buffer contiguous.
  @return a pointer to the contiguous memory array, or NULL if param size
	requested more data than is present in the buffer.
*/

EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
unsigned char *evbuffer_pullup(struct evbuffer *buf, ev_ssize_t size);

/**
  Prepends data to the beginning of the evbuffer

  @param buf the evbuffer to which to prepend data
  @param data a pointer to the memory to prepend
  @param size the number of bytes to prepend
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 otherwise
*/

EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_prepend(struct evbuffer *buf, const void *data, size_t size);

/**
  Prepends all data from the src evbuffer to the beginning of the dst
  evbuffer.

  @param dst the evbuffer to which to prepend data
  @param src the evbuffer to prepend; it will be emptied as a result
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 otherwise
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_prepend_buffer(struct evbuffer *dst, struct evbuffer* src);

/**
   Prevent calls that modify an evbuffer from succeeding. A buffer may
   frozen at the front, at the back, or at both the front and the back.

   If the front of a buffer is frozen, operations that drain data from
   the front of the buffer, or that prepend data to the buffer, will
   fail until it is unfrozen.   If the back a buffer is frozen, operations
   that append data from the buffer will fail until it is unfrozen.

   @param buf The buffer to freeze
   @param at_front If true, we freeze the front of the buffer.  If false,
      we freeze the back.
   @return 0 on success, -1 on failure.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_freeze(struct evbuffer *buf, int at_front);
/**
   Re-enable calls that modify an evbuffer.

   @param buf The buffer to un-freeze
   @param at_front If true, we unfreeze the front of the buffer.  If false,
      we unfreeze the back.
   @return 0 on success, -1 on failure.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_unfreeze(struct evbuffer *buf, int at_front);

struct event_base;
/**
   Force all the callbacks on an evbuffer to be run, not immediately after
   the evbuffer is altered, but instead from inside the event loop.

   This can be used to serialize all the callbacks to a single thread
   of execution.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evbuffer_defer_callbacks(struct evbuffer *buffer, struct event_base *base);

/**
  Append data from 1 or more iovec's to an evbuffer

  Calculates the number of bytes needed for an iovec structure and guarantees
  all data will fit into a single chain. Can be used in lieu of functionality
  which calls evbuffer_add() constantly before being used to increase
  performance.

  @param buffer the destination buffer
  @param vec the source iovec
  @param n_vec the number of iovec structures.
  @return the number of bytes successfully written to the output buffer.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
size_t evbuffer_add_iovec(struct evbuffer * buffer, struct evbuffer_iovec * vec, int n_vec);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* EVENT2_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED_ */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2000-2007 Niels Provos <provos@citi.umich.edu>
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT2_HTTP_COMPAT_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_HTTP_COMPAT_H_INCLUDED_

/** @file event2/http_compat.h

  Potentially non-threadsafe versions of the functions in http.h: provided
  only for backwards compatibility.

 */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <event2/event-config.h>
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
#include <sys/time.h>
#endif

/* For int types. */
#include <event2/util.h>

/**
 * Start an HTTP server on the specified address and port
 *
 * @deprecated It does not allow an event base to be specified
 *
 * @param address the address to which the HTTP server should be bound
 * @param port the port number on which the HTTP server should listen
 * @return an struct evhttp object
 */
struct evhttp *evhttp_start(const char *address, ev_uint16_t port);

/**
 * A connection object that can be used to for making HTTP requests.  The
 * connection object tries to establish the connection when it is given an
 * http request object.
 *
 * @deprecated It does not allow an event base to be specified
 */
struct evhttp_connection *evhttp_connection_new(
	const char *address, ev_uint16_t port);

/**
 * Associates an event base with the connection - can only be called
 * on a freshly created connection object that has not been used yet.
 *
 * @deprecated XXXX Why?
 */
void evhttp_connection_set_base(struct evhttp_connection *evcon,
    struct event_base *base);


/** Returns the request URI */
#define evhttp_request_uri evhttp_request_get_uri

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* EVENT2_EVENT_COMPAT_H_INCLUDED_ */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Niels Provos <provos@citi.umich.edu>
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT2_RPC_STRUCT_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_RPC_STRUCT_H_INCLUDED_

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/** @file event2/rpc_struct.h

  Structures used by rpc.h.  Using these structures directly may harm
  forward compatibility: be careful!

 */

/**
 * provides information about the completed RPC request.
 */
struct evrpc_status {
#define EVRPC_STATUS_ERR_NONE		0
#define EVRPC_STATUS_ERR_TIMEOUT	1
#define EVRPC_STATUS_ERR_BADPAYLOAD	2
#define EVRPC_STATUS_ERR_UNSTARTED	3
#define EVRPC_STATUS_ERR_HOOKABORTED	4
	int error;

	/* for looking at headers or other information */
	struct evhttp_request *http_req;
};

/* the structure below needs to be synchronized with evrpc_req_generic */

/* Encapsulates a request */
struct evrpc {
	TAILQ_ENTRY(evrpc) next;

	/* the URI at which the request handler lives */
	const char* uri;

	/* creates a new request structure */
	void *(*request_new)(void *);
	void *request_new_arg;

	/* frees the request structure */
	void (*request_free)(void *);

	/* unmarshals the buffer into the proper request structure */
	int (*request_unmarshal)(void *, struct evbuffer *);

	/* creates a new reply structure */
	void *(*reply_new)(void *);
	void *reply_new_arg;

	/* frees the reply structure */
	void (*reply_free)(void *);

	/* verifies that the reply is valid */
	int (*reply_complete)(void *);

	/* marshals the reply into a buffer */
	void (*reply_marshal)(struct evbuffer*, void *);

	/* the callback invoked for each received rpc */
	void (*cb)(struct evrpc_req_generic *, void *);
	void *cb_arg;

	/* reference for further configuration */
	struct evrpc_base *base;
};

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* EVENT2_RPC_STRUCT_H_INCLUDED_ */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Niels Provos <provos@citi.umich.edu>
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT2_RPC_COMPAT_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_RPC_COMPAT_H_INCLUDED_

/** @file event2/rpc_compat.h

  Deprecated versions of the functions in rpc.h: provided only for
  backwards compatibility.

 */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/** backwards compatible accessors that work only with gcc */
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__)

#undef EVTAG_ASSIGN
#undef EVTAG_GET
#undef EVTAG_ADD

#define EVTAG_ASSIGN(msg, member, args...) \
	(*(msg)->base->member##_assign)(msg, ## args)
#define EVTAG_GET(msg, member, args...) \
	(*(msg)->base->member##_get)(msg, ## args)
#define EVTAG_ADD(msg, member, args...) \
	(*(msg)->base->member##_add)(msg, ## args)
#endif
#define EVTAG_LEN(msg, member) ((msg)->member##_length)

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* EVENT2_EVENT_COMPAT_H_INCLUDED_ */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2000-2007 Niels Provos <provos@citi.umich.edu>
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT2_DNS_STRUCT_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_DNS_STRUCT_H_INCLUDED_

/** @file event2/dns_struct.h

  Data structures for dns.  Using these structures may hurt forward
  compatibility with later versions of Libevent: be careful!

 */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <event2/event-config.h>
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
#include <sys/time.h>
#endif

/* For int types. */
#include <event2/util.h>

/*
 * Structures used to implement a DNS server.
 */

struct evdns_server_request {
	int flags;
	int nquestions;
	struct evdns_server_question **questions;
};
struct evdns_server_question {
	int type;
#ifdef __cplusplus
	int dns_question_class;
#else
	/* You should refer to this field as "dns_question_class".  The
	 * name "class" works in C for backward compatibility, and will be
	 * removed in a future version. (1.5 or later). */
	int class;
#define dns_question_class class
#endif
	char name[1];
};

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* EVENT2_DNS_STRUCT_H_INCLUDED_ */

/* event2/event-config.h
 *
 * This file was generated by autoconf when libevent was built, and post-
 * processed by Libevent so that its macros would have a uniform prefix.
 *
 * DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE.
 *
 * Do not rely on macros in this file existing in later versions.
 */

#ifndef EVENT2_EVENT_CONFIG_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_EVENT_CONFIG_H_INCLUDED_

/* config.h.  Generated from config.h.in by configure.  */
/* config.h.in.  Generated from configure.ac by autoheader.  */

/* Define if libevent should build without support for a debug mode */
/* #undef EVENT__DISABLE_DEBUG_MODE */

/* Define if libevent should not allow replacing the mm functions */
/* #undef EVENT__DISABLE_MM_REPLACEMENT */

/* Define if libevent should not be compiled with thread support */
/* #undef EVENT__DISABLE_THREAD_SUPPORT */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `accept4' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_ACCEPT4 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `arc4random' function. */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_ARC4RANDOM */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `arc4random_buf' function. */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_ARC4RANDOM_BUF */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <arpa/inet.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_ARPA_INET_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `clock_gettime' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `CTL_KERN', and to 0 if you
   don't. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_DECL_CTL_KERN 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `KERN_ARND', and to 0 if you
   don't. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_DECL_KERN_ARND 0

/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `KERN_RANDOM', and to 0 if you
   don't. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_DECL_KERN_RANDOM 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `RANDOM_UUID', and to 0 if you
   don't. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_DECL_RANDOM_UUID 1

/* Define if /dev/poll is available */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_DEVPOLL */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_DLFCN_H 1

/* Define if your system supports the epoll system calls */
#define EVENT__HAVE_EPOLL 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `epoll_create1' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_EPOLL_CREATE1 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `epoll_ctl' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_EPOLL_CTL 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <errno.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_ERRNO_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have ERR_remove_thread_stat(). */
#define EVENT__HAVE_ERR_REMOVE_THREAD_STATE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `eventfd' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_EVENTFD 1

/* Define if your system supports event ports */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_EVENT_PORTS */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `fcntl' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_FCNTL 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_FCNTL_H 1

/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `fd_mask'. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_FD_MASK 1

/* Do we have getaddrinfo()? */
#define EVENT__HAVE_GETADDRINFO 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getegid' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_GETEGID 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `geteuid' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_GETEUID 1

/* Define this if you have any gethostbyname_r() */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R */

/* Define this if gethostbyname_r takes 3 arguments */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_3_ARG */

/* Define this if gethostbyname_r takes 5 arguments */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_5_ARG */

/* Define this if gethostbyname_r takes 6 arguments */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_6_ARG */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getifaddrs' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_GETIFADDRS 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getnameinfo' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_GETNAMEINFO 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getprotobynumber' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_GETPROTOBYNUMBER 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getservbyname' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_GETSERVBYNAME 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `gettimeofday' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <ifaddrs.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_IFADDRS_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `inet_ntop' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_INET_NTOP 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `inet_pton' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_INET_PTON 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `issetugid' function. */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_ISSETUGID */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `kqueue' function. */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_KQUEUE */

/* Define if the system has zlib */
#define EVENT__HAVE_LIBZ 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `mach_absolute_time' function. */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_MACH_ABSOLUTE_TIME */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <mach/mach_time.h> header file. */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_MACH_MACH_TIME_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_MEMORY_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `mmap' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_MMAP 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `nanosleep' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_NANOSLEEP 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <netdb.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_NETDB_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/in6.h> header file. */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_NETINET_IN6_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/in.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_NETINET_IN_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/tcp.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_NETINET_TCP_H 1

/* Define if the system has openssl */
#define EVENT__HAVE_OPENSSL 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `pipe' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_PIPE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `pipe2' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_PIPE2 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `poll' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_POLL 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <poll.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_POLL_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `port_create' function. */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_PORT_CREATE */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <port.h> header file. */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_PORT_H */

/* Define if you have POSIX threads libraries and header files. */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_PTHREAD */

/* Define if we have pthreads on this system */
#define EVENT__HAVE_PTHREADS 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `putenv' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_PUTENV 1

/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `sa_family_t'. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SA_FAMILY_T 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `select' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SELECT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sendfile' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SENDFILE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `setenv' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SETENV 1

/* Define if F_SETFD is defined in <fcntl.h> */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SETFD 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `setrlimit' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SETRLIMIT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigaction' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SIGACTION 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `signal' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SIGNAL 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `splice' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SPLICE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdarg.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_STDARG_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <stddef.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_STDDEF_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_STDINT_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_STDLIB_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_STRINGS_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_STRING_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `strlcpy' function. */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_STRLCPY */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `strsep' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_STRSEP 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtok_r' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_STRTOK_R 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoll' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_STRTOLL 1

/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct addrinfo'. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO 1

/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct in6_addr'. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_STRUCT_IN6_ADDR 1

/* Define to 1 if `s6_addr16' is a member of `struct in6_addr'. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_STRUCT_IN6_ADDR_S6_ADDR16 1

/* Define to 1 if `s6_addr32' is a member of `struct in6_addr'. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_STRUCT_IN6_ADDR_S6_ADDR32 1

/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct sockaddr_in6'. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6 1

/* Define to 1 if `sin6_len' is a member of `struct sockaddr_in6'. */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6_SIN6_LEN */

/* Define to 1 if `sin_len' is a member of `struct sockaddr_in'. */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN_SIN_LEN */

/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct sockaddr_storage'. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE 1

/* Define to 1 if `ss_family' is a member of `struct sockaddr_storage'. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE_SS_FAMILY 1

/* Define to 1 if `__ss_family' is a member of `struct sockaddr_storage'. */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE___SS_FAMILY */

/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct so_linger'. */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_STRUCT_SO_LINGER */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `sysctl' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SYSCTL 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/devpoll.h> header file. */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_DEVPOLL_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/epoll.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SYS_EPOLL_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/eventfd.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SYS_EVENTFD_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/event.h> header file. */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_EVENT_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ioctl.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/mman.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/queue.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SYS_QUEUE_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/resource.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/select.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/sendfile.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SYS_SENDFILE_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/socket.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/sysctl.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SYS_SYSCTL_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/timerfd.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TIMERFD_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TIME_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/uio.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SYS_UIO_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/wait.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H 1

/* Define if TAILQ_FOREACH is defined in <sys/queue.h> */
#define EVENT__HAVE_TAILQFOREACH 1

/* Define if timeradd is defined in <sys/time.h> */
#define EVENT__HAVE_TIMERADD 1

/* Define if timerclear is defined in <sys/time.h> */
#define EVENT__HAVE_TIMERCLEAR 1

/* Define if timercmp is defined in <sys/time.h> */
#define EVENT__HAVE_TIMERCMP 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `timerfd_create' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_TIMERFD_CREATE 1

/* Define if timerisset is defined in <sys/time.h> */
#define EVENT__HAVE_TIMERISSET 1

/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uint16_t'. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_UINT16_T 1

/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uint32_t'. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_UINT32_T 1

/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uint64_t'. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_UINT64_T 1

/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uint8_t'. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_UINT8_T 1

/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uintptr_t'. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_UINTPTR_T 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `umask' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_UMASK 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_UNISTD_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `unsetenv' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_UNSETENV 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `usleep' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_USLEEP 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `vasprintf' function. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_VASPRINTF 1

/* Define if waitpid() supports WNOWAIT */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_WAITPID_WITH_WNOWAIT */

/* Define if kqueue works correctly with pipes */
/* #undef EVENT__HAVE_WORKING_KQUEUE */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <zlib.h> header file. */
#define EVENT__HAVE_ZLIB_H 1

/* Define to the sub-directory where libtool stores uninstalled libraries. */
#define EVENT__LT_OBJDIR ".libs/"

/* Numeric representation of the version */
#define EVENT__NUMERIC_VERSION 0x02010800

/* Name of package */
#define EVENT__PACKAGE "libevent"

/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
#define EVENT__PACKAGE_BUGREPORT ""

/* Define to the full name of this package. */
#define EVENT__PACKAGE_NAME "libevent"

/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
#define EVENT__PACKAGE_STRING "libevent 2.1.8-stable"

/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
#define EVENT__PACKAGE_TARNAME "libevent"

/* Define to the home page for this package. */
#define EVENT__PACKAGE_URL ""

/* Define to the version of this package. */
#define EVENT__PACKAGE_VERSION "2.1.8-stable"

/* Define to necessary symbol if this constant uses a non-standard name on
   your system. */
/* #undef EVENT__PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE */

/* The size of `int', as computed by sizeof. */
#define EVENT__SIZEOF_INT 4

/* The size of `long', as computed by sizeof. */
#define EVENT__SIZEOF_LONG 8

/* The size of `long long', as computed by sizeof. */
#define EVENT__SIZEOF_LONG_LONG 8

/* The size of `off_t', as computed by sizeof. */
#define EVENT__SIZEOF_OFF_T 8

/* The size of `pthread_t', as computed by sizeof. */
#define EVENT__SIZEOF_PTHREAD_T 8

/* The size of `short', as computed by sizeof. */
#define EVENT__SIZEOF_SHORT 2

/* The size of `size_t', as computed by sizeof. */
#define EVENT__SIZEOF_SIZE_T 8

/* The size of `void *', as computed by sizeof. */
#define EVENT__SIZEOF_VOID_P 8

/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
#define EVENT__STDC_HEADERS 1

/* Define to 1 if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */
#define EVENT__TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME 1

/* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix.  */
#ifndef EVENT___ALL_SOURCE
# define EVENT___ALL_SOURCE 1
#endif
/* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them.  */
#ifndef EVENT___GNU_SOURCE
# define EVENT___GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
/* Enable threading extensions on Solaris.  */
#ifndef EVENT___POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
# define EVENT___POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1
#endif
/* Enable extensions on HP NonStop.  */
#ifndef EVENT___TANDEM_SOURCE
# define EVENT___TANDEM_SOURCE 1
#endif
/* Enable general extensions on Solaris.  */
#ifndef EVENT____EXTENSIONS__
# define EVENT____EXTENSIONS__ 1
#endif


/* Version number of package */
#define EVENT__VERSION "2.1.8-stable"

/* Enable large inode numbers on Mac OS X 10.5.  */
#ifndef EVENT___DARWIN_USE_64_BIT_INODE
# define EVENT___DARWIN_USE_64_BIT_INODE 1
#endif

/* Number of bits in a file offset, on hosts where this is settable. */
/* #undef EVENT___FILE_OFFSET_BITS */

/* Define for large files, on AIX-style hosts. */
/* #undef EVENT___LARGE_FILES */

/* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */
/* #undef EVENT___MINIX */

/* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with
   this defined. */
/* #undef EVENT___POSIX_1_SOURCE */

/* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */
/* #undef EVENT___POSIX_SOURCE */

/* Define to appropriate substitue if compiler doesnt have __func__ */
/* #undef EVENT____func__ */

/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
/* #undef EVENT__const */

/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler
   calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name.  */
#ifndef EVENT____cplusplus
/* #undef EVENT__inline */
#endif

/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
/* #undef EVENT__pid_t */

/* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
/* #undef EVENT__size_t */

/* Define to unsigned int if you dont have it */
/* #undef EVENT__socklen_t */

/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
/* #undef EVENT__ssize_t */

#endif /* event2/event-config.h */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2000-2007 Niels Provos <provos@citi.umich.edu>
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT2_BUFFEREVENT_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_BUFFEREVENT_H_INCLUDED_

/**
   @file event2/bufferevent.h

  Functions for buffering data for network sending or receiving.  Bufferevents
  are higher level than evbuffers: each has an underlying evbuffer for reading
  and one for writing, and callbacks that are invoked under certain
  circumstances.

  A bufferevent provides input and output buffers that get filled and
  drained automatically.  The user of a bufferevent no longer deals
  directly with the I/O, but instead is reading from input and writing
  to output buffers.

  Once initialized, the bufferevent structure can be used repeatedly
  with bufferevent_enable() and bufferevent_disable().

  When reading is enabled, the bufferevent will try to read from the
  file descriptor onto its input buffer, and call the read callback.
  When writing is enabled, the bufferevent will try to write data onto its
  file descriptor when the output buffer has enough data, and call the write
  callback when the output buffer is sufficiently drained.

  Bufferevents come in several flavors, including:

  <dl>
    <dt>Socket-based bufferevents</dt>
      <dd>A bufferevent that reads and writes data onto a network
          socket. Created with bufferevent_socket_new().</dd>

    <dt>Paired bufferevents</dt>
      <dd>A pair of bufferevents that send and receive data to one
          another without touching the network.  Created with
          bufferevent_pair_new().</dd>

    <dt>Filtering bufferevents</dt>
       <dd>A bufferevent that transforms data, and sends or receives it
          over another underlying bufferevent.  Created with
          bufferevent_filter_new().</dd>

    <dt>SSL-backed bufferevents</dt>
      <dd>A bufferevent that uses the openssl library to send and
          receive data over an encrypted connection. Created with
	  bufferevent_openssl_socket_new() or
	  bufferevent_openssl_filter_new().</dd>
  </dl>
 */

#include <event2/visibility.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <event2/event-config.h>
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
#include <sys/time.h>
#endif

/* For int types. */
#include <event2/util.h>

/** @name Bufferevent event codes

    These flags are passed as arguments to a bufferevent's event callback.

    @{
*/
#define BEV_EVENT_READING	0x01	/**< error encountered while reading */
#define BEV_EVENT_WRITING	0x02	/**< error encountered while writing */
#define BEV_EVENT_EOF		0x10	/**< eof file reached */
#define BEV_EVENT_ERROR		0x20	/**< unrecoverable error encountered */
#define BEV_EVENT_TIMEOUT	0x40	/**< user-specified timeout reached */
#define BEV_EVENT_CONNECTED	0x80	/**< connect operation finished. */
/**@}*/

/**
   An opaque type for handling buffered IO

   @see event2/bufferevent.h
 */
struct bufferevent
#ifdef EVENT_IN_DOXYGEN_
{}
#endif
;
struct event_base;
struct evbuffer;
struct sockaddr;

/**
   A read or write callback for a bufferevent.

   The read callback is triggered when new data arrives in the input
   buffer and the amount of readable data exceed the low watermark
   which is 0 by default.

   The write callback is triggered if the write buffer has been
   exhausted or fell below its low watermark.

   @param bev the bufferevent that triggered the callback
   @param ctx the user-specified context for this bufferevent
 */
typedef void (*bufferevent_data_cb)(struct bufferevent *bev, void *ctx);

/**
   An event/error callback for a bufferevent.

   The event callback is triggered if either an EOF condition or another
   unrecoverable error was encountered.

   For bufferevents with deferred callbacks, this is a bitwise OR of all errors
   that have happened on the bufferevent since the last callback invocation.

   @param bev the bufferevent for which the error condition was reached
   @param what a conjunction of flags: BEV_EVENT_READING or BEV_EVENT_WRITING
	  to indicate if the error was encountered on the read or write path,
	  and one of the following flags: BEV_EVENT_EOF, BEV_EVENT_ERROR,
	  BEV_EVENT_TIMEOUT, BEV_EVENT_CONNECTED.

   @param ctx the user-specified context for this bufferevent
*/
typedef void (*bufferevent_event_cb)(struct bufferevent *bev, short what, void *ctx);

/** Options that can be specified when creating a bufferevent */
enum bufferevent_options {
	/** If set, we close the underlying file
	 * descriptor/bufferevent/whatever when this bufferevent is freed. */
	BEV_OPT_CLOSE_ON_FREE = (1<<0),

	/** If set, and threading is enabled, operations on this bufferevent
	 * are protected by a lock */
	BEV_OPT_THREADSAFE = (1<<1),

	/** If set, callbacks are run deferred in the event loop. */
	BEV_OPT_DEFER_CALLBACKS = (1<<2),

	/** If set, callbacks are executed without locks being held on the
	* bufferevent.  This option currently requires that
	* BEV_OPT_DEFER_CALLBACKS also be set; a future version of Libevent
	* might remove the requirement.*/
	BEV_OPT_UNLOCK_CALLBACKS = (1<<3)
};

/**
  Create a new socket bufferevent over an existing socket.

  @param base the event base to associate with the new bufferevent.
  @param fd the file descriptor from which data is read and written to.
	    This file descriptor is not allowed to be a pipe(2).
	    It is safe to set the fd to -1, so long as you later
	    set it with bufferevent_setfd or bufferevent_socket_connect().
  @param options Zero or more BEV_OPT_* flags
  @return a pointer to a newly allocated bufferevent struct, or NULL if an
	  error occurred
  @see bufferevent_free()
  */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct bufferevent *bufferevent_socket_new(struct event_base *base, evutil_socket_t fd, int options);

/**
   Launch a connect() attempt with a socket-based bufferevent.

   When the connect succeeds, the eventcb will be invoked with
   BEV_EVENT_CONNECTED set.

   If the bufferevent does not already have a socket set, we allocate a new
   socket here and make it nonblocking before we begin.

   If no address is provided, we assume that the socket is already connecting,
   and configure the bufferevent so that a BEV_EVENT_CONNECTED event will be
   yielded when it is done connecting.

   @param bufev an existing bufferevent allocated with
       bufferevent_socket_new().
   @param addr the address we should connect to
   @param socklen The length of the address
   @return 0 on success, -1 on failure.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_socket_connect(struct bufferevent *, const struct sockaddr *, int);

struct evdns_base;
/**
   Resolve the hostname 'hostname' and connect to it as with
   bufferevent_socket_connect().

   @param bufev An existing bufferevent allocated with bufferevent_socket_new()
   @param evdns_base Optionally, an evdns_base to use for resolving hostnames
      asynchronously. May be set to NULL for a blocking resolve.
   @param family A preferred address family to resolve addresses to, or
      AF_UNSPEC for no preference.  Only AF_INET, AF_INET6, and AF_UNSPEC are
      supported.
   @param hostname The hostname to resolve; see below for notes on recognized
      formats
   @param port The port to connect to on the resolved address.
   @return 0 if successful, -1 on failure.

   Recognized hostname formats are:

       www.example.com	(hostname)
       1.2.3.4		(ipv4address)
       ::1		(ipv6address)
       [::1]		([ipv6address])

   Performance note: If you do not provide an evdns_base, this function
   may block while it waits for a DNS response.	 This is probably not
   what you want.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_socket_connect_hostname(struct bufferevent *,
    struct evdns_base *, int, const char *, int);

/**
   Return the error code for the last failed DNS lookup attempt made by
   bufferevent_socket_connect_hostname().

   @param bev The bufferevent object.
   @return DNS error code.
   @see evutil_gai_strerror()
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_socket_get_dns_error(struct bufferevent *bev);

/**
  Assign a bufferevent to a specific event_base.

  NOTE that only socket bufferevents support this function.

  @param base an event_base returned by event_init()
  @param bufev a bufferevent struct returned by bufferevent_new()
     or bufferevent_socket_new()
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see bufferevent_new()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_base_set(struct event_base *base, struct bufferevent *bufev);

/**
   Return the event_base used by a bufferevent
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct event_base *bufferevent_get_base(struct bufferevent *bev);

/**
  Assign a priority to a bufferevent.

  Only supported for socket bufferevents.

  @param bufev a bufferevent struct
  @param pri the priority to be assigned
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_priority_set(struct bufferevent *bufev, int pri);

/**
   Return the priority of a bufferevent.

   Only supported for socket bufferevents
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_get_priority(const struct bufferevent *bufev);

/**
  Deallocate the storage associated with a bufferevent structure.

  If there is pending data to write on the bufferevent, it probably won't be
  flushed before the bufferevent is freed.

  @param bufev the bufferevent structure to be freed.
  */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void bufferevent_free(struct bufferevent *bufev);


/**
  Changes the callbacks for a bufferevent.

  @param bufev the bufferevent object for which to change callbacks
  @param readcb callback to invoke when there is data to be read, or NULL if
	 no callback is desired
  @param writecb callback to invoke when the file descriptor is ready for
	 writing, or NULL if no callback is desired
  @param eventcb callback to invoke when there is an event on the file
	 descriptor
  @param cbarg an argument that will be supplied to each of the callbacks
	 (readcb, writecb, and errorcb)
  @see bufferevent_new()
  */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void bufferevent_setcb(struct bufferevent *bufev,
    bufferevent_data_cb readcb, bufferevent_data_cb writecb,
    bufferevent_event_cb eventcb, void *cbarg);

/**
 Retrieves the callbacks for a bufferevent.

 @param bufev the bufferevent to examine.
 @param readcb_ptr if readcb_ptr is nonnull, *readcb_ptr is set to the current
    read callback for the bufferevent.
 @param writecb_ptr if writecb_ptr is nonnull, *writecb_ptr is set to the
    current write callback for the bufferevent.
 @param eventcb_ptr if eventcb_ptr is nonnull, *eventcb_ptr is set to the
    current event callback for the bufferevent.
 @param cbarg_ptr if cbarg_ptr is nonnull, *cbarg_ptr is set to the current
    callback argument for the bufferevent.
 @see buffervent_setcb()
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void bufferevent_getcb(struct bufferevent *bufev,
    bufferevent_data_cb *readcb_ptr,
    bufferevent_data_cb *writecb_ptr,
    bufferevent_event_cb *eventcb_ptr,
    void **cbarg_ptr);

/**
  Changes the file descriptor on which the bufferevent operates.
  Not supported for all bufferevent types.

  @param bufev the bufferevent object for which to change the file descriptor
  @param fd the file descriptor to operate on
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_setfd(struct bufferevent *bufev, evutil_socket_t fd);

/**
   Returns the file descriptor associated with a bufferevent, or -1 if
   no file descriptor is associated with the bufferevent.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
evutil_socket_t bufferevent_getfd(struct bufferevent *bufev);

/**
   Returns the underlying bufferevent associated with a bufferevent (if
   the bufferevent is a wrapper), or NULL if there is no underlying bufferevent.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct bufferevent *bufferevent_get_underlying(struct bufferevent *bufev);

/**
  Write data to a bufferevent buffer.

  The bufferevent_write() function can be used to write data to the file
  descriptor.  The data is appended to the output buffer and written to the
  descriptor automatically as it becomes available for writing.

  @param bufev the bufferevent to be written to
  @param data a pointer to the data to be written
  @param size the length of the data, in bytes
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see bufferevent_write_buffer()
  */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_write(struct bufferevent *bufev,
    const void *data, size_t size);


/**
  Write data from an evbuffer to a bufferevent buffer.	The evbuffer is
  being drained as a result.

  @param bufev the bufferevent to be written to
  @param buf the evbuffer to be written
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see bufferevent_write()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_write_buffer(struct bufferevent *bufev, struct evbuffer *buf);


/**
  Read data from a bufferevent buffer.

  The bufferevent_read() function is used to read data from the input buffer.

  @param bufev the bufferevent to be read from
  @param data pointer to a buffer that will store the data
  @param size the size of the data buffer, in bytes
  @return the amount of data read, in bytes.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
size_t bufferevent_read(struct bufferevent *bufev, void *data, size_t size);

/**
  Read data from a bufferevent buffer into an evbuffer.	 This avoids
  memory copies.

  @param bufev the bufferevent to be read from
  @param buf the evbuffer to which to add data
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_read_buffer(struct bufferevent *bufev, struct evbuffer *buf);

/**
   Returns the input buffer.

   The user MUST NOT set the callback on this buffer.

   @param bufev the bufferevent from which to get the evbuffer
   @return the evbuffer object for the input buffer
 */

EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evbuffer *bufferevent_get_input(struct bufferevent *bufev);

/**
   Returns the output buffer.

   The user MUST NOT set the callback on this buffer.

   When filters are being used, the filters need to be manually
   triggered if the output buffer was manipulated.

   @param bufev the bufferevent from which to get the evbuffer
   @return the evbuffer object for the output buffer
 */

EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evbuffer *bufferevent_get_output(struct bufferevent *bufev);

/**
  Enable a bufferevent.

  @param bufev the bufferevent to be enabled
  @param event any combination of EV_READ | EV_WRITE.
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see bufferevent_disable()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_enable(struct bufferevent *bufev, short event);

/**
  Disable a bufferevent.

  @param bufev the bufferevent to be disabled
  @param event any combination of EV_READ | EV_WRITE.
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see bufferevent_enable()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_disable(struct bufferevent *bufev, short event);

/**
   Return the events that are enabled on a given bufferevent.

   @param bufev the bufferevent to inspect
   @return A combination of EV_READ | EV_WRITE
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
short bufferevent_get_enabled(struct bufferevent *bufev);

/**
  Set the read and write timeout for a bufferevent.

  A bufferevent's timeout will fire the first time that the indicated
  amount of time has elapsed since a successful read or write operation,
  during which the bufferevent was trying to read or write.

  (In other words, if reading or writing is disabled, or if the
  bufferevent's read or write operation has been suspended because
  there's no data to write, or not enough banwidth, or so on, the
  timeout isn't active.  The timeout only becomes active when we we're
  willing to actually read or write.)

  Calling bufferevent_enable or setting a timeout for a bufferevent
  whose timeout is already pending resets its timeout.

  If the timeout elapses, the corresponding operation (EV_READ or
  EV_WRITE) becomes disabled until you re-enable it again.  The
  bufferevent's event callback is called with the
  BEV_EVENT_TIMEOUT|BEV_EVENT_READING or
  BEV_EVENT_TIMEOUT|BEV_EVENT_WRITING.

  @param bufev the bufferevent to be modified
  @param timeout_read the read timeout, or NULL
  @param timeout_write the write timeout, or NULL
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_set_timeouts(struct bufferevent *bufev,
    const struct timeval *timeout_read, const struct timeval *timeout_write);

/**
  Sets the watermarks for read and write events.

  On input, a bufferevent does not invoke the user read callback unless
  there is at least low watermark data in the buffer.	If the read buffer
  is beyond the high watermark, the bufferevent stops reading from the network.

  On output, the user write callback is invoked whenever the buffered data
  falls below the low watermark.  Filters that write to this bufev will try
  not to write more bytes to this buffer than the high watermark would allow,
  except when flushing.

  @param bufev the bufferevent to be modified
  @param events EV_READ, EV_WRITE or both
  @param lowmark the lower watermark to set
  @param highmark the high watermark to set
*/

EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void bufferevent_setwatermark(struct bufferevent *bufev, short events,
    size_t lowmark, size_t highmark);

/**
  Retrieves the watermarks for read or write events.
  Returns non-zero if events contains not only EV_READ or EV_WRITE.
  Returns zero if events equal EV_READ or EV_WRITE

  @param bufev the bufferevent to be examined
  @param events EV_READ or EV_WRITE
  @param lowmark receives the lower watermark if not NULL
  @param highmark receives the high watermark if not NULL
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_getwatermark(struct bufferevent *bufev, short events,
    size_t *lowmark, size_t *highmark);

/**
   Acquire the lock on a bufferevent.  Has no effect if locking was not
   enabled with BEV_OPT_THREADSAFE.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void bufferevent_lock(struct bufferevent *bufev);

/**
   Release the lock on a bufferevent.  Has no effect if locking was not
   enabled with BEV_OPT_THREADSAFE.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void bufferevent_unlock(struct bufferevent *bufev);


/**
 * Public interface to manually increase the reference count of a bufferevent
 * this is useful in situations where a user may reference the bufferevent
 * somewhere eles (unknown to libevent)
 *
 * @param bufev the bufferevent to increase the refcount on
 *
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void bufferevent_incref(struct bufferevent *bufev);

/**
 * Public interface to manually decrement the reference count of a bufferevent
 *
 * Warning: make sure you know what you're doing. This is mainly used in
 * conjunction with bufferevent_incref(). This will free up all data associated
 * with a bufferevent if the reference count hits 0.
 *
 * @param bufev the bufferevent to decrement the refcount on
 *
 * @return 1 if the bufferevent was freed, otherwise 0 (still referenced)
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_decref(struct bufferevent *bufev);

/**
   Flags that can be passed into filters to let them know how to
   deal with the incoming data.
*/
enum bufferevent_flush_mode {
	/** usually set when processing data */
	BEV_NORMAL = 0,

	/** want to checkpoint all data sent. */
	BEV_FLUSH = 1,

	/** encountered EOF on read or done sending data */
	BEV_FINISHED = 2
};

/**
   Triggers the bufferevent to produce more data if possible.

   @param bufev the bufferevent object
   @param iotype either EV_READ or EV_WRITE or both.
   @param mode either BEV_NORMAL or BEV_FLUSH or BEV_FINISHED
   @return -1 on failure, 0 if no data was produces, 1 if data was produced
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_flush(struct bufferevent *bufev,
    short iotype,
    enum bufferevent_flush_mode mode);

/**
   Flags for bufferevent_trigger(_event) that modify when and how to trigger
   the callback.
*/
enum bufferevent_trigger_options {
	/** trigger the callback regardless of the watermarks */
	BEV_TRIG_IGNORE_WATERMARKS = (1<<16),

	/** defer even if the callbacks are not */
	BEV_TRIG_DEFER_CALLBACKS = BEV_OPT_DEFER_CALLBACKS

	/* (Note: for internal reasons, these need to be disjoint from
	 * bufferevent_options, except when they mean the same thing. */
};

/**
   Triggers bufferevent data callbacks.

   The function will honor watermarks unless options contain
   BEV_TRIG_IGNORE_WATERMARKS. If the options contain BEV_OPT_DEFER_CALLBACKS,
   the callbacks are deferred.

   @param bufev the bufferevent object
   @param iotype either EV_READ or EV_WRITE or both.
   @param options
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void bufferevent_trigger(struct bufferevent *bufev, short iotype,
    int options);

/**
   Triggers the bufferevent event callback.

   If the options contain BEV_OPT_DEFER_CALLBACKS, the callbacks are deferred.

   @param bufev the bufferevent object
   @param what the flags to pass onto the event callback
   @param options
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void bufferevent_trigger_event(struct bufferevent *bufev, short what,
    int options);

/**
   @name Filtering support

   @{
*/
/**
   Values that filters can return.
 */
enum bufferevent_filter_result {
	/** everything is okay */
	BEV_OK = 0,

	/** the filter needs to read more data before output */
	BEV_NEED_MORE = 1,

	/** the filter encountered a critical error, no further data
	    can be processed. */
	BEV_ERROR = 2
};

/** A callback function to implement a filter for a bufferevent.

    @param src An evbuffer to drain data from.
    @param dst An evbuffer to add data to.
    @param limit A suggested upper bound of bytes to write to dst.
       The filter may ignore this value, but doing so means that
       it will overflow the high-water mark associated with dst.
       -1 means "no limit".
    @param mode Whether we should write data as may be convenient
       (BEV_NORMAL), or flush as much data as we can (BEV_FLUSH),
       or flush as much as we can, possibly including an end-of-stream
       marker (BEV_FINISH).
    @param ctx A user-supplied pointer.

    @return BEV_OK if we wrote some data; BEV_NEED_MORE if we can't
       produce any more output until we get some input; and BEV_ERROR
       on an error.
 */
typedef enum bufferevent_filter_result (*bufferevent_filter_cb)(
    struct evbuffer *src, struct evbuffer *dst, ev_ssize_t dst_limit,
    enum bufferevent_flush_mode mode, void *ctx);

/**
   Allocate a new filtering bufferevent on top of an existing bufferevent.

   @param underlying the underlying bufferevent.
   @param input_filter The filter to apply to data we read from the underlying
     bufferevent
   @param output_filter The filer to apply to data we write to the underlying
     bufferevent
   @param options A bitfield of bufferevent options.
   @param free_context A function to use to free the filter context when
     this bufferevent is freed.
   @param ctx A context pointer to pass to the filter functions.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct bufferevent *
bufferevent_filter_new(struct bufferevent *underlying,
		       bufferevent_filter_cb input_filter,
		       bufferevent_filter_cb output_filter,
		       int options,
		       void (*free_context)(void *),
		       void *ctx);
/**@}*/

/**
   Allocate a pair of linked bufferevents.  The bufferevents behave as would
   two bufferevent_sock instances connected to opposite ends of a
   socketpair(), except that no internal socketpair is allocated.

   @param base The event base to associate with the socketpair.
   @param options A set of options for this bufferevent
   @param pair A pointer to an array to hold the two new bufferevent objects.
   @return 0 on success, -1 on failure.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_pair_new(struct event_base *base, int options,
    struct bufferevent *pair[2]);

/**
   Given one bufferevent returned by bufferevent_pair_new(), returns the
   other one if it still exists.  Otherwise returns NULL.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct bufferevent *bufferevent_pair_get_partner(struct bufferevent *bev);

/**
   Abstract type used to configure rate-limiting on a bufferevent or a group
   of bufferevents.
 */
struct ev_token_bucket_cfg;

/**
   A group of bufferevents which are configured to respect the same rate
   limit.
*/
struct bufferevent_rate_limit_group;

/** Maximum configurable rate- or burst-limit. */
#define EV_RATE_LIMIT_MAX EV_SSIZE_MAX

/**
   Initialize and return a new object to configure the rate-limiting behavior
   of bufferevents.

   @param read_rate The maximum number of bytes to read per tick on
     average.
   @param read_burst The maximum number of bytes to read in any single tick.
   @param write_rate The maximum number of bytes to write per tick on
     average.
   @param write_burst The maximum number of bytes to write in any single tick.
   @param tick_len The length of a single tick.	 Defaults to one second.
     Any fractions of a millisecond are ignored.

   Note that all rate-limits hare are currently best-effort: future versions
   of Libevent may implement them more tightly.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct ev_token_bucket_cfg *ev_token_bucket_cfg_new(
	size_t read_rate, size_t read_burst,
	size_t write_rate, size_t write_burst,
	const struct timeval *tick_len);

/** Free all storage held in 'cfg'.

    Note: 'cfg' is not currently reference-counted; it is not safe to free it
    until no bufferevent is using it.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void ev_token_bucket_cfg_free(struct ev_token_bucket_cfg *cfg);

/**
   Set the rate-limit of a the bufferevent 'bev' to the one specified in
   'cfg'.  If 'cfg' is NULL, disable any per-bufferevent rate-limiting on
   'bev'.

   Note that only some bufferevent types currently respect rate-limiting.
   They are: socket-based bufferevents (normal and IOCP-based), and SSL-based
   bufferevents.

   Return 0 on sucess, -1 on failure.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_set_rate_limit(struct bufferevent *bev,
    struct ev_token_bucket_cfg *cfg);

/**
   Create a new rate-limit group for bufferevents.  A rate-limit group
   constrains the maximum number of bytes sent and received, in toto,
   by all of its bufferevents.

   @param base An event_base to run any necessary timeouts for the group.
      Note that all bufferevents in the group do not necessarily need to share
      this event_base.
   @param cfg The rate-limit for this group.

   Note that all rate-limits hare are currently best-effort: future versions
   of Libevent may implement them more tightly.

   Note also that only some bufferevent types currently respect rate-limiting.
   They are: socket-based bufferevents (normal and IOCP-based), and SSL-based
   bufferevents.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct bufferevent_rate_limit_group *bufferevent_rate_limit_group_new(
	struct event_base *base,
	const struct ev_token_bucket_cfg *cfg);
/**
   Change the rate-limiting settings for a given rate-limiting group.

   Return 0 on success, -1 on failure.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_rate_limit_group_set_cfg(
	struct bufferevent_rate_limit_group *,
	const struct ev_token_bucket_cfg *);

/**
   Change the smallest quantum we're willing to allocate to any single
   bufferevent in a group for reading or writing at a time.

   The rationale is that, because of TCP/IP protocol overheads and kernel
   behavior, if a rate-limiting group is so tight on bandwidth that you're
   only willing to send 1 byte per tick per bufferevent, you might instead
   want to batch up the reads and writes so that you send N bytes per
   1/N of the bufferevents (chosen at random) each tick, so you still wind
   up send 1 byte per tick per bufferevent on average, but you don't send
   so many tiny packets.

   The default min-share is currently 64 bytes.

   Returns 0 on success, -1 on faulre.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_rate_limit_group_set_min_share(
	struct bufferevent_rate_limit_group *, size_t);

/**
   Free a rate-limiting group.  The group must have no members when
   this function is called.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void bufferevent_rate_limit_group_free(struct bufferevent_rate_limit_group *);

/**
   Add 'bev' to the list of bufferevents whose aggregate reading and writing
   is restricted by 'g'.  If 'g' is NULL, remove 'bev' from its current group.

   A bufferevent may belong to no more than one rate-limit group at a time.
   If 'bev' is already a member of a group, it will be removed from its old
   group before being added to 'g'.

   Return 0 on success and -1 on failure.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_add_to_rate_limit_group(struct bufferevent *bev,
    struct bufferevent_rate_limit_group *g);

/** Remove 'bev' from its current rate-limit group (if any). */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_remove_from_rate_limit_group(struct bufferevent *bev);

/**
   Set the size limit for single read operation.

   Set to 0 for a reasonable default.

   Return 0 on success and -1 on failure.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_set_max_single_read(struct bufferevent *bev, size_t size);

/**
   Set the size limit for single write operation.

   Set to 0 for a reasonable default.

   Return 0 on success and -1 on failure.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_set_max_single_write(struct bufferevent *bev, size_t size);

/** Get the current size limit for single read operation. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
ev_ssize_t bufferevent_get_max_single_read(struct bufferevent *bev);

/** Get the current size limit for single write operation. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
ev_ssize_t bufferevent_get_max_single_write(struct bufferevent *bev);

/**
   @name Rate limit inspection

   Return the current read or write bucket size for a bufferevent.
   If it is not configured with a per-bufferevent ratelimit, return
   EV_SSIZE_MAX.  This function does not inspect the group limit, if any.
   Note that it can return a negative value if the bufferevent has been
   made to read or write more than its limit.

   @{
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
ev_ssize_t bufferevent_get_read_limit(struct bufferevent *bev);
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
ev_ssize_t bufferevent_get_write_limit(struct bufferevent *bev);
/*@}*/

EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
ev_ssize_t bufferevent_get_max_to_read(struct bufferevent *bev);
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
ev_ssize_t bufferevent_get_max_to_write(struct bufferevent *bev);

EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
const struct ev_token_bucket_cfg *bufferevent_get_token_bucket_cfg(const struct bufferevent * bev);

/**
   @name Group Rate limit inspection

   Return the read or write bucket size for a bufferevent rate limit
   group.  Note that it can return a negative value if bufferevents in
   the group have been made to read or write more than their limits.

   @{
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
ev_ssize_t bufferevent_rate_limit_group_get_read_limit(
	struct bufferevent_rate_limit_group *);
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
ev_ssize_t bufferevent_rate_limit_group_get_write_limit(
	struct bufferevent_rate_limit_group *);
/*@}*/

/**
   @name Rate limit manipulation

   Subtract a number of bytes from a bufferevent's read or write bucket.
   The decrement value can be negative, if you want to manually refill
   the bucket.	If the change puts the bucket above or below zero, the
   bufferevent will resume or suspend reading writing as appropriate.
   These functions make no change in the buckets for the bufferevent's
   group, if any.

   Returns 0 on success, -1 on internal error.

   @{
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_decrement_read_limit(struct bufferevent *bev, ev_ssize_t decr);
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_decrement_write_limit(struct bufferevent *bev, ev_ssize_t decr);
/*@}*/

/**
   @name Group rate limit manipulation

   Subtract a number of bytes from a bufferevent rate-limiting group's
   read or write bucket.  The decrement value can be negative, if you
   want to manually refill the bucket.	If the change puts the bucket
   above or below zero, the bufferevents in the group will resume or
   suspend reading writing as appropriate.

   Returns 0 on success, -1 on internal error.

   @{
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_rate_limit_group_decrement_read(
	struct bufferevent_rate_limit_group *, ev_ssize_t);
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int bufferevent_rate_limit_group_decrement_write(
	struct bufferevent_rate_limit_group *, ev_ssize_t);
/*@}*/


/**
 * Inspect the total bytes read/written on a group.
 *
 * Set the variable pointed to by total_read_out to the total number of bytes
 * ever read on grp, and the variable pointed to by total_written_out to the
 * total number of bytes ever written on grp. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void bufferevent_rate_limit_group_get_totals(
    struct bufferevent_rate_limit_group *grp,
    ev_uint64_t *total_read_out, ev_uint64_t *total_written_out);

/**
 * Reset the total bytes read/written on a group.
 *
 * Reset the number of bytes read or written on grp as given by
 * bufferevent_rate_limit_group_reset_totals(). */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void
bufferevent_rate_limit_group_reset_totals(
	struct bufferevent_rate_limit_group *grp);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* EVENT2_BUFFEREVENT_H_INCLUDED_ */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT2_UTIL_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_UTIL_H_INCLUDED_

/** @file event2/util.h

  Common convenience functions for cross-platform portability and
  related socket manipulations.

 */
#include <event2/visibility.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <event2/event-config.h>
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
#include <sys/time.h>
#endif
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_STDINT_H
#include <stdint.h>
#elif defined(EVENT__HAVE_INTTYPES_H)
#include <inttypes.h>
#endif
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_STDDEF_H
#include <stddef.h>
#endif
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#include <BaseTsd.h>
#endif
#include <stdarg.h>
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_NETDB_H
#if !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#endif
#include <netdb.h>
#endif

#ifdef _WIN32
#include <winsock2.h>
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_GETADDRINFO
/* for EAI_* definitions. */
#include <ws2tcpip.h>
#endif
#else
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_ERRNO_H
#include <errno.h>
#endif
#include <sys/socket.h>
#endif

#include <time.h>

/* Some openbsd autoconf versions get the name of this macro wrong. */
#if defined(EVENT__SIZEOF_VOID__) && !defined(EVENT__SIZEOF_VOID_P)
#define EVENT__SIZEOF_VOID_P EVENT__SIZEOF_VOID__
#endif

/**
 * @name Standard integer types.
 *
 * Integer type definitions for types that are supposed to be defined in the
 * C99-specified stdint.h.  Shamefully, some platforms do not include
 * stdint.h, so we need to replace it.  (If you are on a platform like this,
 * your C headers are now over 10 years out of date.  You should bug them to
 * do something about this.)
 *
 * We define:
 *
 * <dl>
 *   <dt>ev_uint64_t, ev_uint32_t, ev_uint16_t, ev_uint8_t</dt>
 *      <dd>unsigned integer types of exactly 64, 32, 16, and 8 bits
 *          respectively.</dd>
 *    <dt>ev_int64_t, ev_int32_t, ev_int16_t, ev_int8_t</dt>
 *      <dd>signed integer types of exactly 64, 32, 16, and 8 bits
 *          respectively.</dd>
 *    <dt>ev_uintptr_t, ev_intptr_t</dt>
 *      <dd>unsigned/signed integers large enough
 *      to hold a pointer without loss of bits.</dd>
 *    <dt>ev_ssize_t</dt>
 *      <dd>A signed type of the same size as size_t</dd>
 *    <dt>ev_off_t</dt>
 *      <dd>A signed type typically used to represent offsets within a
 *      (potentially large) file</dd>
 *
 * @{
 */
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_UINT64_T
#define ev_uint64_t uint64_t
#define ev_int64_t int64_t
#elif defined(_WIN32)
#define ev_uint64_t unsigned __int64
#define ev_int64_t signed __int64
#elif EVENT__SIZEOF_LONG_LONG == 8
#define ev_uint64_t unsigned long long
#define ev_int64_t long long
#elif EVENT__SIZEOF_LONG == 8
#define ev_uint64_t unsigned long
#define ev_int64_t long
#elif defined(EVENT_IN_DOXYGEN_)
#define ev_uint64_t ...
#define ev_int64_t ...
#else
#error "No way to define ev_uint64_t"
#endif

#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_UINT32_T
#define ev_uint32_t uint32_t
#define ev_int32_t int32_t
#elif defined(_WIN32)
#define ev_uint32_t unsigned int
#define ev_int32_t signed int
#elif EVENT__SIZEOF_LONG == 4
#define ev_uint32_t unsigned long
#define ev_int32_t signed long
#elif EVENT__SIZEOF_INT == 4
#define ev_uint32_t unsigned int
#define ev_int32_t signed int
#elif defined(EVENT_IN_DOXYGEN_)
#define ev_uint32_t ...
#define ev_int32_t ...
#else
#error "No way to define ev_uint32_t"
#endif

#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_UINT16_T
#define ev_uint16_t uint16_t
#define ev_int16_t  int16_t
#elif defined(_WIN32)
#define ev_uint16_t unsigned short
#define ev_int16_t  signed short
#elif EVENT__SIZEOF_INT == 2
#define ev_uint16_t unsigned int
#define ev_int16_t  signed int
#elif EVENT__SIZEOF_SHORT == 2
#define ev_uint16_t unsigned short
#define ev_int16_t  signed short
#elif defined(EVENT_IN_DOXYGEN_)
#define ev_uint16_t ...
#define ev_int16_t ...
#else
#error "No way to define ev_uint16_t"
#endif

#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_UINT8_T
#define ev_uint8_t uint8_t
#define ev_int8_t int8_t
#elif defined(EVENT_IN_DOXYGEN_)
#define ev_uint8_t ...
#define ev_int8_t ...
#else
#define ev_uint8_t unsigned char
#define ev_int8_t signed char
#endif

#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_UINTPTR_T
#define ev_uintptr_t uintptr_t
#define ev_intptr_t intptr_t
#elif EVENT__SIZEOF_VOID_P <= 4
#define ev_uintptr_t ev_uint32_t
#define ev_intptr_t ev_int32_t
#elif EVENT__SIZEOF_VOID_P <= 8
#define ev_uintptr_t ev_uint64_t
#define ev_intptr_t ev_int64_t
#elif defined(EVENT_IN_DOXYGEN_)
#define ev_uintptr_t ...
#define ev_intptr_t ...
#else
#error "No way to define ev_uintptr_t"
#endif

#ifdef EVENT__ssize_t
#define ev_ssize_t EVENT__ssize_t
#else
#define ev_ssize_t ssize_t
#endif

/* Note that we define ev_off_t based on the compile-time size of off_t that
 * we used to build Libevent, and not based on the current size of off_t.
 * (For example, we don't define ev_off_t to off_t.).  We do this because
 * some systems let you build your software with different off_t sizes
 * at runtime, and so putting in any dependency on off_t would risk API
 * mismatch.
 */
#ifdef _WIN32
#define ev_off_t ev_int64_t
#elif EVENT__SIZEOF_OFF_T == 8
#define ev_off_t ev_int64_t
#elif EVENT__SIZEOF_OFF_T == 4
#define ev_off_t ev_int32_t
#elif defined(EVENT_IN_DOXYGEN_)
#define ev_off_t ...
#else
#define ev_off_t off_t
#endif
/**@}*/

/* Limits for integer types.

   We're making two assumptions here:
     - The compiler does constant folding properly.
     - The platform does signed arithmetic in two's complement.
*/

/**
   @name Limits for integer types

   These macros hold the largest or smallest values possible for the
   ev_[u]int*_t types.

   @{
*/
#ifndef EVENT__HAVE_STDINT_H
#define EV_UINT64_MAX ((((ev_uint64_t)0xffffffffUL) << 32) | 0xffffffffUL)
#define EV_INT64_MAX  ((((ev_int64_t) 0x7fffffffL) << 32) | 0xffffffffL)
#define EV_INT64_MIN  ((-EV_INT64_MAX) - 1)
#define EV_UINT32_MAX ((ev_uint32_t)0xffffffffUL)
#define EV_INT32_MAX  ((ev_int32_t) 0x7fffffffL)
#define EV_INT32_MIN  ((-EV_INT32_MAX) - 1)
#define EV_UINT16_MAX ((ev_uint16_t)0xffffUL)
#define EV_INT16_MAX  ((ev_int16_t) 0x7fffL)
#define EV_INT16_MIN  ((-EV_INT16_MAX) - 1)
#define EV_UINT8_MAX  255
#define EV_INT8_MAX   127
#define EV_INT8_MIN   ((-EV_INT8_MAX) - 1)
#else
#define EV_UINT64_MAX UINT64_MAX
#define EV_INT64_MAX  INT64_MAX
#define EV_INT64_MIN  INT64_MIN
#define EV_UINT32_MAX UINT32_MAX
#define EV_INT32_MAX  INT32_MAX
#define EV_INT32_MIN  INT32_MIN
#define EV_UINT16_MAX UINT16_MAX
#define EV_INT16_MAX  INT16_MAX
#define EV_UINT8_MAX  UINT8_MAX
#define EV_INT8_MAX   INT8_MAX
#define EV_INT8_MIN   INT8_MIN
/** @} */
#endif


/**
   @name Limits for SIZE_T and SSIZE_T

   @{
*/
#if EVENT__SIZEOF_SIZE_T == 8
#define EV_SIZE_MAX EV_UINT64_MAX
#define EV_SSIZE_MAX EV_INT64_MAX
#elif EVENT__SIZEOF_SIZE_T == 4
#define EV_SIZE_MAX EV_UINT32_MAX
#define EV_SSIZE_MAX EV_INT32_MAX
#elif defined(EVENT_IN_DOXYGEN_)
#define EV_SIZE_MAX ...
#define EV_SSIZE_MAX ...
#else
#error "No way to define SIZE_MAX"
#endif

#define EV_SSIZE_MIN ((-EV_SSIZE_MAX) - 1)
/**@}*/

#ifdef _WIN32
#define ev_socklen_t int
#elif defined(EVENT__socklen_t)
#define ev_socklen_t EVENT__socklen_t
#else
#define ev_socklen_t socklen_t
#endif

#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE___SS_FAMILY
#if !defined(EVENT__HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE_SS_FAMILY) \
 && !defined(ss_family)
#define ss_family __ss_family
#endif
#endif

/**
 * A type wide enough to hold the output of "socket()" or "accept()".  On
 * Windows, this is an intptr_t; elsewhere, it is an int. */
#ifdef _WIN32
#define evutil_socket_t intptr_t
#else
#define evutil_socket_t int
#endif

/**
 * Structure to hold information about a monotonic timer
 *
 * Use this with evutil_configure_monotonic_time() and
 * evutil_gettime_monotonic().
 *
 * This is an opaque structure; you can allocate one using
 * evutil_monotonic_timer_new().
 *
 * @see evutil_monotonic_timer_new(), evutil_monotonic_timer_free(),
 * evutil_configure_monotonic_time(), evutil_gettime_monotonic()
 */
struct evutil_monotonic_timer
#ifdef EVENT_IN_DOXYGEN_
{/*Empty body so that doxygen will generate documentation here.*/}
#endif
;

#define EV_MONOT_PRECISE  1
#define EV_MONOT_FALLBACK 2

/** Format a date string using RFC 1123 format (used in HTTP).
 * If `tm` is NULL, current system's time will be used.
 * The number of characters written will be returned.
 * One should check if the return value is smaller than `datelen` to check if
 * the result is truncated or not.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL int
evutil_date_rfc1123(char *date, const size_t datelen, const struct tm *tm);

/** Allocate a new struct evutil_monotonic_timer for use with the
 * evutil_configure_monotonic_time() and evutil_gettime_monotonic()
 * functions.  You must configure the timer with
 * evutil_configure_monotonic_time() before using it.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct evutil_monotonic_timer * evutil_monotonic_timer_new(void);

/** Free a struct evutil_monotonic_timer that was allocated using
 * evutil_monotonic_timer_new().
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evutil_monotonic_timer_free(struct evutil_monotonic_timer *timer);

/** Set up a struct evutil_monotonic_timer; flags can include
 * EV_MONOT_PRECISE and EV_MONOT_FALLBACK.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evutil_configure_monotonic_time(struct evutil_monotonic_timer *timer,
                                    int flags);

/** Query the current monotonic time from a struct evutil_monotonic_timer
 * previously configured with evutil_configure_monotonic_time().  Monotonic
 * time is guaranteed never to run in reverse, but is not necessarily epoch-
 * based, or relative to any other definite point.  Use it to make reliable
 * measurements of elapsed time between events even when the system time
 * may be changed.
 *
 * It is not safe to use this funtion on the same timer from multiple
 * threads.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evutil_gettime_monotonic(struct evutil_monotonic_timer *timer,
                             struct timeval *tp);

/** Create two new sockets that are connected to each other.

    On Unix, this simply calls socketpair().  On Windows, it uses the
    loopback network interface on 127.0.0.1, and only
    AF_INET,SOCK_STREAM are supported.

    (This may fail on some Windows hosts where firewall software has cleverly
    decided to keep 127.0.0.1 from talking to itself.)

    Parameters and return values are as for socketpair()
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evutil_socketpair(int d, int type, int protocol, evutil_socket_t sv[2]);
/** Do platform-specific operations as needed to make a socket nonblocking.

    @param sock The socket to make nonblocking
    @return 0 on success, -1 on failure
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evutil_make_socket_nonblocking(evutil_socket_t sock);

/** Do platform-specific operations to make a listener socket reusable.

    Specifically, we want to make sure that another program will be able
    to bind this address right after we've closed the listener.

    This differs from Windows's interpretation of "reusable", which
    allows multiple listeners to bind the same address at the same time.

    @param sock The socket to make reusable
    @return 0 on success, -1 on failure
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evutil_make_listen_socket_reuseable(evutil_socket_t sock);

/** Do platform-specific operations to make a listener port reusable.

    Specifically, we want to make sure that multiple programs which also
    set the same socket option will be able to bind, listen at the same time.

    This is a feature available only to Linux 3.9+

    @param sock The socket to make reusable
    @return 0 on success, -1 on failure
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evutil_make_listen_socket_reuseable_port(evutil_socket_t sock);

/** Do platform-specific operations as needed to close a socket upon a
    successful execution of one of the exec*() functions.

    @param sock The socket to be closed
    @return 0 on success, -1 on failure
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evutil_make_socket_closeonexec(evutil_socket_t sock);

/** Do the platform-specific call needed to close a socket returned from
    socket() or accept().

    @param sock The socket to be closed
    @return 0 on success, -1 on failure
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evutil_closesocket(evutil_socket_t sock);
#define EVUTIL_CLOSESOCKET(s) evutil_closesocket(s)

/** Do platform-specific operations, if possible, to make a tcp listener
 *  socket defer accept()s until there is data to read.
 *  
 *  Not all platforms support this.  You don't want to do this for every
 *  listener socket: only the ones that implement a protocol where the
 *  client transmits before the server needs to respond.
 *
 *  @param sock The listening socket to to make deferred
 *  @return 0 on success (whether the operation is supported or not),
 *       -1 on failure
*/ 
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evutil_make_tcp_listen_socket_deferred(evutil_socket_t sock);

#ifdef _WIN32
/** Return the most recent socket error.  Not idempotent on all platforms. */
#define EVUTIL_SOCKET_ERROR() WSAGetLastError()
/** Replace the most recent socket error with errcode */
#define EVUTIL_SET_SOCKET_ERROR(errcode)		\
	do { WSASetLastError(errcode); } while (0)
/** Return the most recent socket error to occur on sock. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evutil_socket_geterror(evutil_socket_t sock);
/** Convert a socket error to a string. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
const char *evutil_socket_error_to_string(int errcode);
#elif defined(EVENT_IN_DOXYGEN_)
/**
   @name Socket error functions

   These functions are needed for making programs compatible between
   Windows and Unix-like platforms.

   You see, Winsock handles socket errors differently from the rest of
   the world.  Elsewhere, a socket error is like any other error and is
   stored in errno.  But winsock functions require you to retrieve the
   error with a special function, and don't let you use strerror for
   the error codes.  And handling EWOULDBLOCK is ... different.

   @{
*/
/** Return the most recent socket error.  Not idempotent on all platforms. */
#define EVUTIL_SOCKET_ERROR() ...
/** Replace the most recent socket error with errcode */
#define EVUTIL_SET_SOCKET_ERROR(errcode) ...
/** Return the most recent socket error to occur on sock. */
#define evutil_socket_geterror(sock) ...
/** Convert a socket error to a string. */
#define evutil_socket_error_to_string(errcode) ...
/**@}*/
#else
#define EVUTIL_SOCKET_ERROR() (errno)
#define EVUTIL_SET_SOCKET_ERROR(errcode)		\
		do { errno = (errcode); } while (0)
#define evutil_socket_geterror(sock) (errno)
#define evutil_socket_error_to_string(errcode) (strerror(errcode))
#endif


/**
 * @name Manipulation macros for struct timeval.
 *
 * We define replacements
 * for timeradd, timersub, timerclear, timercmp, and timerisset.
 *
 * @{
 */
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_TIMERADD
#define evutil_timeradd(tvp, uvp, vvp) timeradd((tvp), (uvp), (vvp))
#define evutil_timersub(tvp, uvp, vvp) timersub((tvp), (uvp), (vvp))
#else
#define evutil_timeradd(tvp, uvp, vvp)					\
	do {								\
		(vvp)->tv_sec = (tvp)->tv_sec + (uvp)->tv_sec;		\
		(vvp)->tv_usec = (tvp)->tv_usec + (uvp)->tv_usec;       \
		if ((vvp)->tv_usec >= 1000000) {			\
			(vvp)->tv_sec++;				\
			(vvp)->tv_usec -= 1000000;			\
		}							\
	} while (0)
#define	evutil_timersub(tvp, uvp, vvp)					\
	do {								\
		(vvp)->tv_sec = (tvp)->tv_sec - (uvp)->tv_sec;		\
		(vvp)->tv_usec = (tvp)->tv_usec - (uvp)->tv_usec;	\
		if ((vvp)->tv_usec < 0) {				\
			(vvp)->tv_sec--;				\
			(vvp)->tv_usec += 1000000;			\
		}							\
	} while (0)
#endif /* !EVENT__HAVE_TIMERADD */

#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_TIMERCLEAR
#define evutil_timerclear(tvp) timerclear(tvp)
#else
#define	evutil_timerclear(tvp)	(tvp)->tv_sec = (tvp)->tv_usec = 0
#endif
/**@}*/

/** Return true iff the tvp is related to uvp according to the relational
 * operator cmp.  Recognized values for cmp are ==, <=, <, >=, and >. */
#define	evutil_timercmp(tvp, uvp, cmp)					\
	(((tvp)->tv_sec == (uvp)->tv_sec) ?				\
	 ((tvp)->tv_usec cmp (uvp)->tv_usec) :				\
	 ((tvp)->tv_sec cmp (uvp)->tv_sec))

#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_TIMERISSET
#define evutil_timerisset(tvp) timerisset(tvp)
#else
#define	evutil_timerisset(tvp)	((tvp)->tv_sec || (tvp)->tv_usec)
#endif

/** Replacement for offsetof on platforms that don't define it. */
#ifdef offsetof
#define evutil_offsetof(type, field) offsetof(type, field)
#else
#define evutil_offsetof(type, field) ((off_t)(&((type *)0)->field))
#endif

/* big-int related functions */
/** Parse a 64-bit value from a string.  Arguments are as for strtol. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
ev_int64_t evutil_strtoll(const char *s, char **endptr, int base);

/** Replacement for gettimeofday on platforms that lack it. */
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
#define evutil_gettimeofday(tv, tz) gettimeofday((tv), (tz))
#else
struct timezone;
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evutil_gettimeofday(struct timeval *tv, struct timezone *tz);
#endif

/** Replacement for snprintf to get consistent behavior on platforms for
    which the return value of snprintf does not conform to C99.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evutil_snprintf(char *buf, size_t buflen, const char *format, ...)
#ifdef __GNUC__
	__attribute__((format(printf, 3, 4)))
#endif
;
/** Replacement for vsnprintf to get consistent behavior on platforms for
    which the return value of snprintf does not conform to C99.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evutil_vsnprintf(char *buf, size_t buflen, const char *format, va_list ap)
#ifdef __GNUC__
	__attribute__((format(printf, 3, 0)))
#endif
;

/** Replacement for inet_ntop for platforms which lack it. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
const char *evutil_inet_ntop(int af, const void *src, char *dst, size_t len);
/** Replacement for inet_pton for platforms which lack it. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evutil_inet_pton(int af, const char *src, void *dst);
struct sockaddr;

/** Parse an IPv4 or IPv6 address, with optional port, from a string.

    Recognized formats are:
    - [IPv6Address]:port
    - [IPv6Address]
    - IPv6Address
    - IPv4Address:port
    - IPv4Address

    If no port is specified, the port in the output is set to 0.

    @param str The string to parse.
    @param out A struct sockaddr to hold the result.  This should probably be
       a struct sockaddr_storage.
    @param outlen A pointer to the number of bytes that that 'out' can safely
       hold.  Set to the number of bytes used in 'out' on success.
    @return -1 if the address is not well-formed, if the port is out of range,
       or if out is not large enough to hold the result.  Otherwise returns
       0 on success.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evutil_parse_sockaddr_port(const char *str, struct sockaddr *out, int *outlen);

/** Compare two sockaddrs; return 0 if they are equal, or less than 0 if sa1
 * preceeds sa2, or greater than 0 if sa1 follows sa2.  If include_port is
 * true, consider the port as well as the address.  Only implemented for
 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 addresses. The ordering is not guaranteed to remain
 * the same between Libevent versions. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evutil_sockaddr_cmp(const struct sockaddr *sa1, const struct sockaddr *sa2,
    int include_port);

/** As strcasecmp, but always compares the characters in locale-independent
    ASCII.  That's useful if you're handling data in ASCII-based protocols.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evutil_ascii_strcasecmp(const char *str1, const char *str2);
/** As strncasecmp, but always compares the characters in locale-independent
    ASCII.  That's useful if you're handling data in ASCII-based protocols.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evutil_ascii_strncasecmp(const char *str1, const char *str2, size_t n);

/* Here we define evutil_addrinfo to the native addrinfo type, or redefine it
 * if this system has no getaddrinfo(). */
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO
#define evutil_addrinfo addrinfo
#else
/** A definition of struct addrinfo for systems that lack it.

    (This is just an alias for struct addrinfo if the system defines
    struct addrinfo.)
*/
struct evutil_addrinfo {
	int     ai_flags;     /* AI_PASSIVE, AI_CANONNAME, AI_NUMERICHOST */
	int     ai_family;    /* PF_xxx */
	int     ai_socktype;  /* SOCK_xxx */
	int     ai_protocol;  /* 0 or IPPROTO_xxx for IPv4 and IPv6 */
	size_t  ai_addrlen;   /* length of ai_addr */
	char   *ai_canonname; /* canonical name for nodename */
	struct sockaddr  *ai_addr; /* binary address */
	struct evutil_addrinfo  *ai_next; /* next structure in linked list */
};
#endif
/** @name evutil_getaddrinfo() error codes

    These values are possible error codes for evutil_getaddrinfo() and
    related functions.

    @{
*/
#if defined(EAI_ADDRFAMILY) && defined(EVENT__HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
#define EVUTIL_EAI_ADDRFAMILY EAI_ADDRFAMILY
#else
#define EVUTIL_EAI_ADDRFAMILY -901
#endif
#if defined(EAI_AGAIN) && defined(EVENT__HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
#define EVUTIL_EAI_AGAIN EAI_AGAIN
#else
#define EVUTIL_EAI_AGAIN -902
#endif
#if defined(EAI_BADFLAGS) && defined(EVENT__HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
#define EVUTIL_EAI_BADFLAGS EAI_BADFLAGS
#else
#define EVUTIL_EAI_BADFLAGS -903
#endif
#if defined(EAI_FAIL) && defined(EVENT__HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
#define EVUTIL_EAI_FAIL EAI_FAIL
#else
#define EVUTIL_EAI_FAIL -904
#endif
#if defined(EAI_FAMILY) && defined(EVENT__HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
#define EVUTIL_EAI_FAMILY EAI_FAMILY
#else
#define EVUTIL_EAI_FAMILY -905
#endif
#if defined(EAI_MEMORY) && defined(EVENT__HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
#define EVUTIL_EAI_MEMORY EAI_MEMORY
#else
#define EVUTIL_EAI_MEMORY -906
#endif
/* This test is a bit complicated, since some MS SDKs decide to
 * remove NODATA or redefine it to be the same as NONAME, in a
 * fun interpretation of RFC 2553 and RFC 3493. */
#if defined(EAI_NODATA) && defined(EVENT__HAVE_GETADDRINFO) && (!defined(EAI_NONAME) || EAI_NODATA != EAI_NONAME)
#define EVUTIL_EAI_NODATA EAI_NODATA
#else
#define EVUTIL_EAI_NODATA -907
#endif
#if defined(EAI_NONAME) && defined(EVENT__HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
#define EVUTIL_EAI_NONAME EAI_NONAME
#else
#define EVUTIL_EAI_NONAME -908
#endif
#if defined(EAI_SERVICE) && defined(EVENT__HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
#define EVUTIL_EAI_SERVICE EAI_SERVICE
#else
#define EVUTIL_EAI_SERVICE -909
#endif
#if defined(EAI_SOCKTYPE) && defined(EVENT__HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
#define EVUTIL_EAI_SOCKTYPE EAI_SOCKTYPE
#else
#define EVUTIL_EAI_SOCKTYPE -910
#endif
#if defined(EAI_SYSTEM) && defined(EVENT__HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
#define EVUTIL_EAI_SYSTEM EAI_SYSTEM
#else
#define EVUTIL_EAI_SYSTEM -911
#endif

#define EVUTIL_EAI_CANCEL -90001

#if defined(AI_PASSIVE) && defined(EVENT__HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
#define EVUTIL_AI_PASSIVE AI_PASSIVE
#else
#define EVUTIL_AI_PASSIVE 0x1000
#endif
#if defined(AI_CANONNAME) && defined(EVENT__HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
#define EVUTIL_AI_CANONNAME AI_CANONNAME
#else
#define EVUTIL_AI_CANONNAME 0x2000
#endif
#if defined(AI_NUMERICHOST) && defined(EVENT__HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
#define EVUTIL_AI_NUMERICHOST AI_NUMERICHOST
#else
#define EVUTIL_AI_NUMERICHOST 0x4000
#endif
#if defined(AI_NUMERICSERV) && defined(EVENT__HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
#define EVUTIL_AI_NUMERICSERV AI_NUMERICSERV
#else
#define EVUTIL_AI_NUMERICSERV 0x8000
#endif
#if defined(AI_V4MAPPED) && defined(EVENT__HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
#define EVUTIL_AI_V4MAPPED AI_V4MAPPED
#else
#define EVUTIL_AI_V4MAPPED 0x10000
#endif
#if defined(AI_ALL) && defined(EVENT__HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
#define EVUTIL_AI_ALL AI_ALL
#else
#define EVUTIL_AI_ALL 0x20000
#endif
#if defined(AI_ADDRCONFIG) && defined(EVENT__HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
#define EVUTIL_AI_ADDRCONFIG AI_ADDRCONFIG
#else
#define EVUTIL_AI_ADDRCONFIG 0x40000
#endif
/**@}*/

struct evutil_addrinfo;
/**
 * This function clones getaddrinfo for systems that don't have it.  For full
 * details, see RFC 3493, section 6.1.
 *
 * Limitations:
 * - When the system has no getaddrinfo, we fall back to gethostbyname_r or
 *   gethostbyname, with their attendant issues.
 * - The AI_V4MAPPED and AI_ALL flags are not currently implemented.
 *
 * For a nonblocking variant, see evdns_getaddrinfo.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evutil_getaddrinfo(const char *nodename, const char *servname,
    const struct evutil_addrinfo *hints_in, struct evutil_addrinfo **res);

/** Release storage allocated by evutil_getaddrinfo or evdns_getaddrinfo. */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evutil_freeaddrinfo(struct evutil_addrinfo *ai);

EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
const char *evutil_gai_strerror(int err);

/** Generate n bytes of secure pseudorandom data, and store them in buf.
 *
 * Current versions of Libevent use an ARC4-based random number generator,
 * seeded using the platform's entropy source (/dev/urandom on Unix-like
 * systems; CryptGenRandom on Windows).  This is not actually as secure as it
 * should be: ARC4 is a pretty lousy cipher, and the current implementation
 * provides only rudimentary prediction- and backtracking-resistance.  Don't
 * use this for serious cryptographic applications.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evutil_secure_rng_get_bytes(void *buf, size_t n);

/**
 * Seed the secure random number generator if needed, and return 0 on
 * success or -1 on failure.
 *
 * It is okay to call this function more than once; it will still return
 * 0 if the RNG has been successfully seeded and -1 if it can't be
 * seeded.
 *
 * Ordinarily you don't need to call this function from your own code;
 * Libevent will seed the RNG itself the first time it needs good random
 * numbers.  You only need to call it if (a) you want to double-check
 * that one of the seeding methods did succeed, or (b) you plan to drop
 * the capability to seed (by chrooting, or dropping capabilities, or
 * whatever), and you want to make sure that seeding happens before your
 * program loses the ability to do it.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evutil_secure_rng_init(void);

/**
 * Set a filename to use in place of /dev/urandom for seeding the secure
 * PRNG. Return 0 on success, -1 on failure.
 *
 * Call this function BEFORE calling any other initialization or RNG
 * functions.
 *
 * (This string will _NOT_ be copied internally. Do not free it while any
 * user of the secure RNG might be running. Don't pass anything other than a
 * real /dev/...random device file here, or you might lose security.)
 *
 * This API is unstable, and might change in a future libevent version.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evutil_secure_rng_set_urandom_device_file(char *fname);

/** Seed the random number generator with extra random bytes.

    You should almost never need to call this function; it should be
    sufficient to invoke evutil_secure_rng_init(), or let Libevent take
    care of calling evutil_secure_rng_init() on its own.

    If you call this function as a _replacement_ for the regular
    entropy sources, then you need to be sure that your input
    contains a fairly large amount of strong entropy.  Doing so is
    notoriously hard: most people who try get it wrong.  Watch out!

    @param dat a buffer full of a strong source of random numbers
    @param datlen the number of bytes to read from datlen
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evutil_secure_rng_add_bytes(const char *dat, size_t datlen);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* EVENT1_EVUTIL_H_INCLUDED_ */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2000-2007 Niels Provos <provos@citi.umich.edu>
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT2_BUFFEREVENT_STRUCT_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_BUFFEREVENT_STRUCT_H_INCLUDED_

/** @file event2/bufferevent_struct.h

  Data structures for bufferevents.  Using these structures may hurt forward
  compatibility with later versions of Libevent: be careful!

  @deprecated Use of bufferevent_struct.h is completely deprecated; these
    structures are only exposed for backward compatibility with programs
    written before Libevent 2.0 that used them.
 */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <event2/event-config.h>
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
#include <sys/time.h>
#endif

/* For int types. */
#include <event2/util.h>
/* For struct event */
#include <event2/event_struct.h>

struct event_watermark {
	size_t low;
	size_t high;
};

/**
  Shared implementation of a bufferevent.

  This type is exposed only because it was exposed in previous versions,
  and some people's code may rely on manipulating it.  Otherwise, you
  should really not rely on the layout, size, or contents of this structure:
  it is fairly volatile, and WILL change in future versions of the code.
**/
struct bufferevent {
	/** Event base for which this bufferevent was created. */
	struct event_base *ev_base;
	/** Pointer to a table of function pointers to set up how this
	    bufferevent behaves. */
	const struct bufferevent_ops *be_ops;

	/** A read event that triggers when a timeout has happened or a socket
	    is ready to read data.  Only used by some subtypes of
	    bufferevent. */
	struct event ev_read;
	/** A write event that triggers when a timeout has happened or a socket
	    is ready to write data.  Only used by some subtypes of
	    bufferevent. */
	struct event ev_write;

	/** An input buffer. Only the bufferevent is allowed to add data to
	    this buffer, though the user is allowed to drain it. */
	struct evbuffer *input;

	/** An input buffer. Only the bufferevent is allowed to drain data
	    from this buffer, though the user is allowed to add it. */
	struct evbuffer *output;

	struct event_watermark wm_read;
	struct event_watermark wm_write;

	bufferevent_data_cb readcb;
	bufferevent_data_cb writecb;
	/* This should be called 'eventcb', but renaming it would break
	 * backward compatibility */
	bufferevent_event_cb errorcb;
	void *cbarg;

	struct timeval timeout_read;
	struct timeval timeout_write;

	/** Events that are currently enabled: currently EV_READ and EV_WRITE
	    are supported. */
	short enabled;
};

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* EVENT2_BUFFEREVENT_STRUCT_H_INCLUDED_ */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Niels Provos <provos@citi.umich.edu>
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT2_RPC_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_RPC_H_INCLUDED_

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/** @file rpc.h
 *
 * This header files provides basic support for an RPC server and client.
 *
 * To support RPCs in a server, every supported RPC command needs to be
 * defined and registered.
 *
 * EVRPC_HEADER(SendCommand, Request, Reply);
 *
 *  SendCommand is the name of the RPC command.
 *  Request is the name of a structure generated by event_rpcgen.py.
 *    It contains all parameters relating to the SendCommand RPC.  The
 *    server needs to fill in the Reply structure.
 *  Reply is the name of a structure generated by event_rpcgen.py.  It
 *    contains the answer to the RPC.
 *
 * To register an RPC with an HTTP server, you need to first create an RPC
 * base with:
 *
 *   struct evrpc_base *base = evrpc_init(http);
 *
 * A specific RPC can then be registered with
 *
 * EVRPC_REGISTER(base, SendCommand, Request, Reply,  FunctionCB, arg);
 *
 * when the server receives an appropriately formatted RPC, the user callback
 * is invoked.   The callback needs to fill in the reply structure.
 *
 * void FunctionCB(EVRPC_STRUCT(SendCommand)* rpc, void *arg);
 *
 * To send the reply, call EVRPC_REQUEST_DONE(rpc);
 *
 * See the regression test for an example.
 */

/**
   Determines if the member has been set in the message

   @param msg the message to inspect
   @param member the member variable to test for presences
   @return 1 if it's present or 0 otherwise.
*/
#define EVTAG_HAS(msg, member) \
	((msg)->member##_set == 1)

#ifndef EVENT2_RPC_COMPAT_H_INCLUDED_

/**
   Assigns a value to the member in the message.

   @param msg the message to which to assign a value
   @param member the name of the member variable
   @param value the value to assign
*/
#define EVTAG_ASSIGN(msg, member, value) \
	(*(msg)->base->member##_assign)((msg), (value))
/**
   Assigns a value to the member in the message.

   @param msg the message to which to assign a value
   @param member the name of the member variable
   @param value the value to assign
   @param len the length of the value
*/
#define EVTAG_ASSIGN_WITH_LEN(msg, member, value, len)	\
	(*(msg)->base->member##_assign)((msg), (value), (len))
/**
   Returns the value for a member.

   @param msg the message from which to get the value
   @param member the name of the member variable
   @param pvalue a pointer to the variable to hold the value
   @return 0 on success, -1 otherwise.
*/
#define EVTAG_GET(msg, member, pvalue) \
	(*(msg)->base->member##_get)((msg), (pvalue))
/**
   Returns the value for a member.

   @param msg the message from which to get the value
   @param member the name of the member variable
   @param pvalue a pointer to the variable to hold the value
   @param plen a pointer to the length of the value
   @return 0 on success, -1 otherwise.
*/
#define EVTAG_GET_WITH_LEN(msg, member, pvalue, plen)	\
	(*(msg)->base->member##_get)((msg), (pvalue), (plen))

#endif  /* EVENT2_RPC_COMPAT_H_INCLUDED_ */

/**
   Adds a value to an array.
*/
#define EVTAG_ARRAY_ADD_VALUE(msg, member, value) \
	(*(msg)->base->member##_add)((msg), (value))
/**
   Allocates a new entry in the array and returns it.
*/
#define EVTAG_ARRAY_ADD(msg, member) \
	(*(msg)->base->member##_add)(msg)
/**
   Gets a variable at the specified offset from the array.
*/
#define EVTAG_ARRAY_GET(msg, member, offset, pvalue)	\
	(*(msg)->base->member##_get)((msg), (offset), (pvalue))
/**
   Returns the number of entries in the array.
*/
#define EVTAG_ARRAY_LEN(msg, member) ((msg)->member##_length)


struct evbuffer;
struct event_base;
struct evrpc_req_generic;
struct evrpc_request_wrapper;
struct evrpc;

/** The type of a specific RPC Message
 *
 * @param rpcname the name of the RPC message
 */
#define EVRPC_STRUCT(rpcname) struct evrpc_req__##rpcname

struct evhttp_request;
struct evrpc_status;
struct evrpc_hook_meta;

/** Creates the definitions and prototypes for an RPC
 *
 * You need to use EVRPC_HEADER to create structures and function prototypes
 * needed by the server and client implementation.  The structures have to be
 * defined in an .rpc file and converted to source code via event_rpcgen.py
 *
 * @param rpcname the name of the RPC
 * @param reqstruct the name of the RPC request structure
 * @param replystruct the name of the RPC reply structure
 * @see EVRPC_GENERATE()
 */
#define EVRPC_HEADER(rpcname, reqstruct, rplystruct) \
EVRPC_STRUCT(rpcname) {	\
	struct evrpc_hook_meta *hook_meta; \
	struct reqstruct* request; \
	struct rplystruct* reply; \
	struct evrpc* rpc; \
	struct evhttp_request* http_req; \
	struct evbuffer* rpc_data; \
};								     \
int evrpc_send_request_##rpcname(struct evrpc_pool *, \
    struct reqstruct *, struct rplystruct *, \
    void (*)(struct evrpc_status *, \
	struct reqstruct *, struct rplystruct *, void *cbarg),	\
    void *);

struct evrpc_pool;

/** use EVRPC_GENERATE instead */
struct evrpc_request_wrapper *evrpc_make_request_ctx(
	struct evrpc_pool *pool, void *request, void *reply,
	const char *rpcname,
	void (*req_marshal)(struct evbuffer*, void *),
	void (*rpl_clear)(void *),
	int (*rpl_unmarshal)(void *, struct evbuffer *),
	void (*cb)(struct evrpc_status *, void *, void *, void *),
	void *cbarg);

/** Creates a context structure that contains rpc specific information.
 *
 * EVRPC_MAKE_CTX is used to populate a RPC specific context that
 * contains information about marshaling the RPC data types.
 *
 * @param rpcname the name of the RPC
 * @param reqstruct the name of the RPC request structure
 * @param replystruct the name of the RPC reply structure
 * @param pool the evrpc_pool over which to make the request
 * @param request a pointer to the RPC request structure object
 * @param reply a pointer to the RPC reply structure object
 * @param cb the callback function to call when the RPC has completed
 * @param cbarg the argument to supply to the callback
 */
#define EVRPC_MAKE_CTX(rpcname, reqstruct, rplystruct, \
    pool, request, reply, cb, cbarg)					\
	evrpc_make_request_ctx(pool, request, reply,			\
	    #rpcname,							\
	    (void (*)(struct evbuffer *, void *))reqstruct##_marshal,	\
	    (void (*)(void *))rplystruct##_clear,			\
	    (int (*)(void *, struct evbuffer *))rplystruct##_unmarshal, \
	    (void (*)(struct evrpc_status *, void *, void *, void *))cb, \
	    cbarg)

/** Generates the code for receiving and sending an RPC message
 *
 * EVRPC_GENERATE is used to create the code corresponding to sending
 * and receiving a particular RPC message
 *
 * @param rpcname the name of the RPC
 * @param reqstruct the name of the RPC request structure
 * @param replystruct the name of the RPC reply structure
 * @see EVRPC_HEADER()
 */
#define EVRPC_GENERATE(rpcname, reqstruct, rplystruct)			\
	int evrpc_send_request_##rpcname(struct evrpc_pool *pool,	\
	    struct reqstruct *request, struct rplystruct *reply,	\
	    void (*cb)(struct evrpc_status *,				\
		struct reqstruct *, struct rplystruct *, void *cbarg),	\
	    void *cbarg) {						\
	return evrpc_send_request_generic(pool, request, reply,	\
	    (void (*)(struct evrpc_status *, void *, void *, void *))cb, \
	    cbarg,							\
	    #rpcname,							\
	    (void (*)(struct evbuffer *, void *))reqstruct##_marshal,	\
	    (void (*)(void *))rplystruct##_clear,			\
	    (int (*)(void *, struct evbuffer *))rplystruct##_unmarshal); \
}

/** Provides access to the HTTP request object underlying an RPC
 *
 * Access to the underlying http object; can be used to look at headers or
 * for getting the remote ip address
 *
 * @param rpc_req the rpc request structure provided to the server callback
 * @return an struct evhttp_request object that can be inspected for
 * HTTP headers or sender information.
 */
#define EVRPC_REQUEST_HTTP(rpc_req) (rpc_req)->http_req

/** completes the server response to an rpc request */
void evrpc_request_done(struct evrpc_req_generic *req);

/** accessors for request and reply */
void *evrpc_get_request(struct evrpc_req_generic *req);
void *evrpc_get_reply(struct evrpc_req_generic *req);

/** Creates the reply to an RPC request
 *
 * EVRPC_REQUEST_DONE is used to answer a request; the reply is expected
 * to have been filled in.  The request and reply pointers become invalid
 * after this call has finished.
 *
 * @param rpc_req the rpc request structure provided to the server callback
 */
#define EVRPC_REQUEST_DONE(rpc_req) do { \
  struct evrpc_req_generic *req_ = (struct evrpc_req_generic *)(rpc_req); \
  evrpc_request_done(req_);					\
} while (0)


struct evrpc_base;
struct evhttp;

/* functions to start up the rpc system */

/** Creates a new rpc base from which RPC requests can be received
 *
 * @param server a pointer to an existing HTTP server
 * @return a newly allocated evrpc_base struct
 * @see evrpc_free()
 */
struct evrpc_base *evrpc_init(struct evhttp *server);

/**
 * Frees the evrpc base
 *
 * For now, you are responsible for making sure that no rpcs are ongoing.
 *
 * @param base the evrpc_base object to be freed
 * @see evrpc_init
 */
void evrpc_free(struct evrpc_base *base);

/** register RPCs with the HTTP Server
 *
 * registers a new RPC with the HTTP server, each RPC needs to have
 * a unique name under which it can be identified.
 *
 * @param base the evrpc_base structure in which the RPC should be
 *   registered.
 * @param name the name of the RPC
 * @param request the name of the RPC request structure
 * @param reply the name of the RPC reply structure
 * @param callback the callback that should be invoked when the RPC
 * is received.  The callback has the following prototype
 *   void (*callback)(EVRPC_STRUCT(Message)* rpc, void *arg)
 * @param cbarg an additional parameter that can be passed to the callback.
 *   The parameter can be used to carry around state.
 */
#define EVRPC_REGISTER(base, name, request, reply, callback, cbarg)	\
	evrpc_register_generic(base, #name,				\
	    (void (*)(struct evrpc_req_generic *, void *))callback, cbarg, \
	    (void *(*)(void *))request##_new, NULL,			\
	    (void (*)(void *))request##_free,				\
	    (int (*)(void *, struct evbuffer *))request##_unmarshal,	\
	    (void *(*)(void *))reply##_new, NULL,			\
	    (void (*)(void *))reply##_free, \
	    (int (*)(void *))reply##_complete, \
	    (void (*)(struct evbuffer *, void *))reply##_marshal)

/**
   Low level function for registering an RPC with a server.

   Use EVRPC_REGISTER() instead.

   @see EVRPC_REGISTER()
*/
int evrpc_register_rpc(struct evrpc_base *, struct evrpc *,
    void (*)(struct evrpc_req_generic*, void *), void *);

/**
 * Unregisters an already registered RPC
 *
 * @param base the evrpc_base object from which to unregister an RPC
 * @param name the name of the rpc to unregister
 * @return -1 on error or 0 when successful.
 * @see EVRPC_REGISTER()
 */
#define EVRPC_UNREGISTER(base, name) evrpc_unregister_rpc((base), #name)

int evrpc_unregister_rpc(struct evrpc_base *base, const char *name);

/*
 * Client-side RPC support
 */

struct evhttp_connection;
struct evrpc_status;

/** launches an RPC and sends it to the server
 *
 * EVRPC_MAKE_REQUEST() is used by the client to send an RPC to the server.
 *
 * @param name the name of the RPC
 * @param pool the evrpc_pool that contains the connection objects over which
 *   the request should be sent.
 * @param request a pointer to the RPC request structure - it contains the
 *   data to be sent to the server.
 * @param reply a pointer to the RPC reply structure.  It is going to be filled
 *   if the request was answered successfully
 * @param cb the callback to invoke when the RPC request has been answered
 * @param cbarg an additional argument to be passed to the client
 * @return 0 on success, -1 on failure
 */
#define EVRPC_MAKE_REQUEST(name, pool, request, reply, cb, cbarg)	\
	evrpc_send_request_##name((pool), (request), (reply), (cb), (cbarg))

/**
   Makes an RPC request based on the provided context.

   This is a low-level function and should not be used directly
   unless a custom context object is provided.  Use EVRPC_MAKE_REQUEST()
   instead.

   @param ctx a context from EVRPC_MAKE_CTX()
   @returns 0 on success, -1 otherwise.
   @see EVRPC_MAKE_REQUEST(), EVRPC_MAKE_CTX()
*/
int evrpc_make_request(struct evrpc_request_wrapper *ctx);

/** creates an rpc connection pool
 *
 * a pool has a number of connections associated with it.
 * rpc requests are always made via a pool.
 *
 * @param base a pointer to an struct event_based object; can be left NULL
 *   in singled-threaded applications
 * @return a newly allocated struct evrpc_pool object
 * @see evrpc_pool_free()
 */
struct evrpc_pool *evrpc_pool_new(struct event_base *base);
/** frees an rpc connection pool
 *
 * @param pool a pointer to an evrpc_pool allocated via evrpc_pool_new()
 * @see evrpc_pool_new()
 */
void evrpc_pool_free(struct evrpc_pool *pool);

/**
 * Adds a connection over which rpc can be dispatched to the pool.
 *
 * The connection object must have been newly created.
 *
 * @param pool the pool to which to add the connection
 * @param evcon the connection to add to the pool.
 */
void evrpc_pool_add_connection(struct evrpc_pool *pool,
    struct evhttp_connection *evcon);

/**
 * Removes a connection from the pool.
 *
 * The connection object must have been newly created.
 *
 * @param pool the pool from which to remove the connection
 * @param evcon the connection to remove from the pool.
 */
void evrpc_pool_remove_connection(struct evrpc_pool *pool,
    struct evhttp_connection *evcon);

/**
 * Sets the timeout in secs after which a request has to complete.  The
 * RPC is completely aborted if it does not complete by then.  Setting
 * the timeout to 0 means that it never timeouts and can be used to
 * implement callback type RPCs.
 *
 * Any connection already in the pool will be updated with the new
 * timeout.  Connections added to the pool after set_timeout has be
 * called receive the pool timeout only if no timeout has been set
 * for the connection itself.
 *
 * @param pool a pointer to a struct evrpc_pool object
 * @param timeout_in_secs the number of seconds after which a request should
 *   timeout and a failure be returned to the callback.
 */
void evrpc_pool_set_timeout(struct evrpc_pool *pool, int timeout_in_secs);

/**
 * Hooks for changing the input and output of RPCs; this can be used to
 * implement compression, authentication, encryption, ...
 */

enum EVRPC_HOOK_TYPE {
	EVRPC_INPUT,		/**< apply the function to an input hook */
	EVRPC_OUTPUT		/**< apply the function to an output hook */
};

#ifndef _WIN32
/** Deprecated alias for EVRPC_INPUT.  Not available on windows, where it
 * conflicts with platform headers. */
#define INPUT EVRPC_INPUT
/** Deprecated alias for EVRPC_OUTPUT.  Not available on windows, where it
 * conflicts with platform headers. */
#define OUTPUT EVRPC_OUTPUT
#endif

/**
 * Return value from hook processing functions
 */

enum EVRPC_HOOK_RESULT {
	EVRPC_TERMINATE = -1,	/**< indicates the rpc should be terminated */
	EVRPC_CONTINUE = 0,	/**< continue processing the rpc */
	EVRPC_PAUSE = 1		/**< pause processing request until resumed */
};

/** adds a processing hook to either an rpc base or rpc pool
 *
 * If a hook returns TERMINATE, the processing is aborted. On CONTINUE,
 * the request is immediately processed after the hook returns.  If the
 * hook returns PAUSE, request processing stops until evrpc_resume_request()
 * has been called.
 *
 * The add functions return handles that can be used for removing hooks.
 *
 * @param vbase a pointer to either struct evrpc_base or struct evrpc_pool
 * @param hook_type either INPUT or OUTPUT
 * @param cb the callback to call when the hook is activated
 * @param cb_arg an additional argument for the callback
 * @return a handle to the hook so it can be removed later
 * @see evrpc_remove_hook()
 */
void *evrpc_add_hook(void *vbase,
    enum EVRPC_HOOK_TYPE hook_type,
    int (*cb)(void *, struct evhttp_request *, struct evbuffer *, void *),
    void *cb_arg);

/** removes a previously added hook
 *
 * @param vbase a pointer to either struct evrpc_base or struct evrpc_pool
 * @param hook_type either INPUT or OUTPUT
 * @param handle a handle returned by evrpc_add_hook()
 * @return 1 on success or 0 on failure
 * @see evrpc_add_hook()
 */
int evrpc_remove_hook(void *vbase,
    enum EVRPC_HOOK_TYPE hook_type,
    void *handle);

/** resume a paused request
 *
 * @param vbase a pointer to either struct evrpc_base or struct evrpc_pool
 * @param ctx the context pointer provided to the original hook call
 */
int
evrpc_resume_request(void *vbase, void *ctx, enum EVRPC_HOOK_RESULT res);

/** adds meta data to request
 *
 * evrpc_hook_add_meta() allows hooks to add meta data to a request. for
 * a client request, the meta data can be inserted by an outgoing request hook
 * and retrieved by the incoming request hook.
 *
 * @param ctx the context provided to the hook call
 * @param key a NUL-terminated c-string
 * @param data the data to be associated with the key
 * @param data_size the size of the data
 */
void evrpc_hook_add_meta(void *ctx, const char *key,
    const void *data, size_t data_size);

/** retrieves meta data previously associated
 *
 * evrpc_hook_find_meta() can be used to retrieve meta data associated to a
 * request by a previous hook.
 * @param ctx the context provided to the hook call
 * @param key a NUL-terminated c-string
 * @param data pointer to a data pointer that will contain the retrieved data
 * @param data_size pointer to the size of the data
 * @return 0 on success or -1 on failure
 */
int evrpc_hook_find_meta(void *ctx, const char *key,
    void **data, size_t *data_size);

/**
 * returns the connection object associated with the request
 *
 * @param ctx the context provided to the hook call
 * @return a pointer to the evhttp_connection object
 */
struct evhttp_connection *evrpc_hook_get_connection(void *ctx);

/**
   Function for sending a generic RPC request.

   Do not call this function directly, use EVRPC_MAKE_REQUEST() instead.

   @see EVRPC_MAKE_REQUEST()
 */
int evrpc_send_request_generic(struct evrpc_pool *pool,
    void *request, void *reply,
    void (*cb)(struct evrpc_status *, void *, void *, void *),
    void *cb_arg,
    const char *rpcname,
    void (*req_marshal)(struct evbuffer *, void *),
    void (*rpl_clear)(void *),
    int (*rpl_unmarshal)(void *, struct evbuffer *));

/**
   Function for registering a generic RPC with the RPC base.

   Do not call this function directly, use EVRPC_REGISTER() instead.

   @see EVRPC_REGISTER()
 */
int
evrpc_register_generic(struct evrpc_base *base, const char *name,
    void (*callback)(struct evrpc_req_generic *, void *), void *cbarg,
    void *(*req_new)(void *), void *req_new_arg, void (*req_free)(void *),
    int (*req_unmarshal)(void *, struct evbuffer *),
    void *(*rpl_new)(void *), void *rpl_new_arg, void (*rpl_free)(void *),
    int (*rpl_complete)(void *),
    void (*rpl_marshal)(struct evbuffer *, void *));

/** accessors for obscure and undocumented functionality */
struct evrpc_pool* evrpc_request_get_pool(struct evrpc_request_wrapper *ctx);
void evrpc_request_set_pool(struct evrpc_request_wrapper *ctx,
    struct evrpc_pool *pool);
void evrpc_request_set_cb(struct evrpc_request_wrapper *ctx,
    void (*cb)(struct evrpc_status*, void *request, void *reply, void *arg),
    void *cb_arg);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* EVENT2_RPC_H_INCLUDED_ */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2000-2007 Niels Provos <provos@citi.umich.edu>
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT2_EVENT_COMPAT_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_EVENT_COMPAT_H_INCLUDED_

/** @file event2/event_compat.h

  Potentially non-threadsafe versions of the functions in event.h: provided
  only for backwards compatibility.

  In the oldest versions of Libevent, event_base was not a first-class
  structure.  Instead, there was a single event base that every function
  manipulated.  Later, when separate event bases were added, the old functions
  that didn't take an event_base argument needed to work by manipulating the
  "current" event base.  This could lead to thread-safety issues, and obscure,
  hard-to-diagnose bugs.

  @deprecated All functions in this file are by definition deprecated.
 */
#include <event2/visibility.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <event2/event-config.h>
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
#include <sys/time.h>
#endif

/* For int types. */
#include <event2/util.h>

/**
  Initialize the event API.

  The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() before it can be
  used.  Sets the global current base that gets used for events that have no
  base associated with them.

  @deprecated This function is deprecated because it replaces the "current"
    event_base, and is totally unsafe for multithreaded use.  The replacement
    is event_base_new().

  @see event_base_set(), event_base_new()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct event_base *event_init(void);

/**
  Loop to process events.

  Like event_base_dispatch(), but uses the "current" base.

  @deprecated This function is deprecated because it is easily confused by
    multiple calls to event_init(), and because it is not safe for
    multithreaded use.  The replacement is event_base_dispatch().

  @see event_base_dispatch(), event_init()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_dispatch(void);

/**
  Handle events.

  This function behaves like event_base_loop(), but uses the "current" base

  @deprecated This function is deprecated because it uses the event base from
    the last call to event_init, and is therefore not safe for multithreaded
    use.  The replacement is event_base_loop().

  @see event_base_loop(), event_init()
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_loop(int);


/**
  Exit the event loop after the specified time.

  This function behaves like event_base_loopexit(), except that it uses the
  "current" base.

  @deprecated This function is deprecated because it uses the event base from
    the last call to event_init, and is therefore not safe for multithreaded
    use.  The replacement is event_base_loopexit().

  @see event_init, event_base_loopexit()
  */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_loopexit(const struct timeval *);


/**
  Abort the active event_loop() immediately.

  This function behaves like event_base_loopbreakt(), except that it uses the
  "current" base.

  @deprecated This function is deprecated because it uses the event base from
    the last call to event_init, and is therefore not safe for multithreaded
    use.  The replacement is event_base_loopbreak().

  @see event_base_loopbreak(), event_init()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_loopbreak(void);

/**
  Schedule a one-time event to occur.

  @deprecated This function is obsolete, and has been replaced by
    event_base_once(). Its use is deprecated because it relies on the
    "current" base configured by event_init().

  @see event_base_once()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_once(evutil_socket_t , short,
    void (*)(evutil_socket_t, short, void *), void *, const struct timeval *);


/**
  Get the kernel event notification mechanism used by Libevent.

  @deprecated This function is obsolete, and has been replaced by
    event_base_get_method(). Its use is deprecated because it relies on the
    "current" base configured by event_init().

  @see event_base_get_method()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
const char *event_get_method(void);


/**
  Set the number of different event priorities.

  @deprecated This function is deprecated because it is easily confused by
    multiple calls to event_init(), and because it is not safe for
    multithreaded use.  The replacement is event_base_priority_init().

  @see event_base_priority_init()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int	event_priority_init(int);

/**
  Prepare an event structure to be added.

  @deprecated event_set() is not recommended for new code, because it requires
     a subsequent call to event_base_set() to be safe under most circumstances.
     Use event_assign() or event_new() instead.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void event_set(struct event *, evutil_socket_t, short, void (*)(evutil_socket_t, short, void *), void *);

#define evtimer_set(ev, cb, arg)	event_set((ev), -1, 0, (cb), (arg))
#define evsignal_set(ev, x, cb, arg)	\
	event_set((ev), (x), EV_SIGNAL|EV_PERSIST, (cb), (arg))


/**
   @name timeout_* macros

   @deprecated These macros are deprecated because their naming is inconsistent
     with the rest of Libevent.  Use the evtimer_* macros instead.
   @{
 */
#define timeout_add(ev, tv)		event_add((ev), (tv))
#define timeout_set(ev, cb, arg)	event_set((ev), -1, 0, (cb), (arg))
#define timeout_del(ev)			event_del(ev)
#define timeout_pending(ev, tv)		event_pending((ev), EV_TIMEOUT, (tv))
#define timeout_initialized(ev)		event_initialized(ev)
/**@}*/

/**
   @name signal_* macros

   @deprecated These macros are deprecated because their naming is inconsistent
     with the rest of Libevent.  Use the evsignal_* macros instead.
   @{
 */
#define signal_add(ev, tv)		event_add((ev), (tv))
#define signal_set(ev, x, cb, arg)				\
	event_set((ev), (x), EV_SIGNAL|EV_PERSIST, (cb), (arg))
#define signal_del(ev)			event_del(ev)
#define signal_pending(ev, tv)		event_pending((ev), EV_SIGNAL, (tv))
#define signal_initialized(ev)		event_initialized(ev)
/**@}*/

#ifndef EVENT_FD
/* These macros are obsolete; use event_get_fd and event_get_signal instead. */
#define EVENT_FD(ev)		((int)event_get_fd(ev))
#define EVENT_SIGNAL(ev)	event_get_signal(ev)
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* EVENT2_EVENT_COMPAT_H_INCLUDED_ */
#include <bits/wordsize.h>

#if __WORDSIZE == 32
#include <event2/event-config-32.h>
#elif __WORDSIZE == 64
#include <event2/event-config-64.h>
#else
#error "Unknown word size"
#endif
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2000-2007 Niels Provos <provos@citi.umich.edu>
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT2_EVENT_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_EVENT_H_INCLUDED_

/**
   @mainpage

  @section intro Introduction

  Libevent is an event notification library for developing scalable network
  servers.  The Libevent API provides a mechanism to execute a callback
  function when a specific event occurs on a file descriptor or after a
  timeout has been reached. Furthermore, Libevent also support callbacks due
  to signals or regular timeouts.

  Libevent is meant to replace the event loop found in event driven network
  servers. An application just needs to call event_base_dispatch() and then add or
  remove events dynamically without having to change the event loop.


  Currently, Libevent supports /dev/poll, kqueue(2), select(2), poll(2),
  epoll(4), and evports. The internal event mechanism is completely
  independent of the exposed event API, and a simple update of Libevent can
  provide new functionality without having to redesign the applications. As a
  result, Libevent allows for portable application development and provides
  the most scalable event notification mechanism available on an operating
  system.  Libevent can also be used for multithreaded programs.  Libevent
  should compile on Linux, *BSD, Mac OS X, Solaris and, Windows.

  @section usage Standard usage

  Every program that uses Libevent must include the <event2/event.h>
  header, and pass the -levent flag to the linker.  (You can instead link
  -levent_core if you only want the main event and buffered IO-based code,
  and don't want to link any protocol code.)

  @section setup Library setup

  Before you call any other Libevent functions, you need to set up the
  library.  If you're going to use Libevent from multiple threads in a
  multithreaded application, you need to initialize thread support --
  typically by using evthread_use_pthreads() or
  evthread_use_windows_threads().  See <event2/thread.h> for more
  information.

  This is also the point where you can replace Libevent's memory
  management functions with event_set_mem_functions, and enable debug mode
  with event_enable_debug_mode().

  @section base Creating an event base

  Next, you need to create an event_base structure, using event_base_new()
  or event_base_new_with_config().  The event_base is responsible for
  keeping track of which events are "pending" (that is to say, being
  watched to see if they become active) and which events are "active".
  Every event is associated with a single event_base.

  @section event Event notification

  For each file descriptor that you wish to monitor, you must create an
  event structure with event_new().  (You may also declare an event
  structure and call event_assign() to initialize the members of the
  structure.)  To enable notification, you add the structure to the list
  of monitored events by calling event_add().  The event structure must
  remain allocated as long as it is active, so it should generally be
  allocated on the heap.

  @section loop Dispatching events.

  Finally, you call event_base_dispatch() to loop and dispatch events.
  You can also use event_base_loop() for more fine-grained control.

  Currently, only one thread can be dispatching a given event_base at a
  time.  If you want to run events in multiple threads at once, you can
  either have a single event_base whose events add work to a work queue,
  or you can create multiple event_base objects.

  @section bufferevent I/O Buffers

  Libevent provides a buffered I/O abstraction on top of the regular event
  callbacks. This abstraction is called a bufferevent. A bufferevent
  provides input and output buffers that get filled and drained
  automatically. The user of a buffered event no longer deals directly
  with the I/O, but instead is reading from input and writing to output
  buffers.

  Once initialized via bufferevent_socket_new(), the bufferevent structure
  can be used repeatedly with bufferevent_enable() and
  bufferevent_disable().  Instead of reading and writing directly to a
  socket, you would call bufferevent_read() and bufferevent_write().

  When read enabled the bufferevent will try to read from the file descriptor
  and call the read callback. The write callback is executed whenever the
  output buffer is drained below the write low watermark, which is 0 by
  default.

  See <event2/bufferevent*.h> for more information.

  @section timers Timers

  Libevent can also be used to create timers that invoke a callback after a
  certain amount of time has expired. The evtimer_new() macro returns
  an event struct to use as a timer. To activate the timer, call
  evtimer_add(). Timers can be deactivated by calling evtimer_del().
  (These macros are thin wrappers around event_new(), event_add(),
  and event_del(); you can also use those instead.)

  @section evdns Asynchronous DNS resolution

  Libevent provides an asynchronous DNS resolver that should be used instead
  of the standard DNS resolver functions.  See the <event2/dns.h>
  functions for more detail.

  @section evhttp Event-driven HTTP servers

  Libevent provides a very simple event-driven HTTP server that can be
  embedded in your program and used to service HTTP requests.

  To use this capability, you need to include the <event2/http.h> header in your
  program.  See that header for more information.

  @section evrpc A framework for RPC servers and clients

  Libevent provides a framework for creating RPC servers and clients.  It
  takes care of marshaling and unmarshaling all data structures.

  @section api API Reference

  To browse the complete documentation of the libevent API, click on any of
  the following links.

  event2/event.h
  The primary libevent header

  event2/thread.h
  Functions for use by multithreaded programs

  event2/buffer.h and event2/bufferevent.h
  Buffer management for network reading and writing

  event2/util.h
  Utility functions for portable nonblocking network code

  event2/dns.h
  Asynchronous DNS resolution

  event2/http.h
  An embedded libevent-based HTTP server

  event2/rpc.h
  A framework for creating RPC servers and clients

 */

/** @file event2/event.h

  Core functions for waiting for and receiving events, and using event bases.
*/

#include <event2/visibility.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <event2/event-config.h>
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
#include <sys/time.h>
#endif

#include <stdio.h>

/* For int types. */
#include <event2/util.h>

/**
 * Structure to hold information and state for a Libevent dispatch loop.
 *
 * The event_base lies at the center of Libevent; every application will
 * have one.  It keeps track of all pending and active events, and
 * notifies your application of the active ones.
 *
 * This is an opaque structure; you can allocate one using
 * event_base_new() or event_base_new_with_config().
 *
 * @see event_base_new(), event_base_free(), event_base_loop(),
 *    event_base_new_with_config()
 */
struct event_base
#ifdef EVENT_IN_DOXYGEN_
{/*Empty body so that doxygen will generate documentation here.*/}
#endif
;

/**
 * @struct event
 *
 * Structure to represent a single event.
 *
 * An event can have some underlying condition it represents: a socket
 * becoming readable or writeable (or both), or a signal becoming raised.
 * (An event that represents no underlying condition is still useful: you
 * can use one to implement a timer, or to communicate between threads.)
 *
 * Generally, you can create events with event_new(), then make them
 * pending with event_add().  As your event_base runs, it will run the
 * callbacks of an events whose conditions are triggered.  When you
 * longer want the event, free it with event_free().
 *
 * In more depth:
 *
 * An event may be "pending" (one whose condition we are watching),
 * "active" (one whose condition has triggered and whose callback is about
 * to run), neither, or both.  Events come into existence via
 * event_assign() or event_new(), and are then neither active nor pending.
 *
 * To make an event pending, pass it to event_add().  When doing so, you
 * can also set a timeout for the event.
 *
 * Events become active during an event_base_loop() call when either their
 * condition has triggered, or when their timeout has elapsed.  You can
 * also activate an event manually using event_active().  The even_base
 * loop will run the callbacks of active events; after it has done so, it
 * marks them as no longer active.
 *
 * You can make an event non-pending by passing it to event_del().  This
 * also makes the event non-active.
 *
 * Events can be "persistent" or "non-persistent".  A non-persistent event
 * becomes non-pending as soon as it is triggered: thus, it only runs at
 * most once per call to event_add().  A persistent event remains pending
 * even when it becomes active: you'll need to event_del() it manually in
 * order to make it non-pending.  When a persistent event with a timeout
 * becomes active, its timeout is reset: this means you can use persistent
 * events to implement periodic timeouts.
 *
 * This should be treated as an opaque structure; you should never read or
 * write any of its fields directly.  For backward compatibility with old
 * code, it is defined in the event2/event_struct.h header; including this
 * header may make your code incompatible with other versions of Libevent.
 *
 * @see event_new(), event_free(), event_assign(), event_get_assignment(),
 *    event_add(), event_del(), event_active(), event_pending(),
 *    event_get_fd(), event_get_base(), event_get_events(),
 *    event_get_callback(), event_get_callback_arg(),
 *    event_priority_set()
 */
struct event
#ifdef EVENT_IN_DOXYGEN_
{/*Empty body so that doxygen will generate documentation here.*/}
#endif
;

/**
 * Configuration for an event_base.
 *
 * There are many options that can be used to alter the behavior and
 * implementation of an event_base.  To avoid having to pass them all in a
 * complex many-argument constructor, we provide an abstract data type
 * wrhere you set up configation information before passing it to
 * event_base_new_with_config().
 *
 * @see event_config_new(), event_config_free(), event_base_new_with_config(),
 *   event_config_avoid_method(), event_config_require_features(),
 *   event_config_set_flag(), event_config_set_num_cpus_hint()
 */
struct event_config
#ifdef EVENT_IN_DOXYGEN_
{/*Empty body so that doxygen will generate documentation here.*/}
#endif
;

/**
 * Enable some relatively expensive debugging checks in Libevent that
 * would normally be turned off.  Generally, these checks cause code that
 * would otherwise crash mysteriously to fail earlier with an assertion
 * failure.  Note that this method MUST be called before any events or
 * event_bases have been created.
 *
 * Debug mode can currently catch the following errors:
 *    An event is re-assigned while it is added
 *    Any function is called on a non-assigned event
 *
 * Note that debugging mode uses memory to track every event that has been
 * initialized (via event_assign, event_set, or event_new) but not yet
 * released (via event_free or event_debug_unassign).  If you want to use
 * debug mode, and you find yourself running out of memory, you will need
 * to use event_debug_unassign to explicitly stop tracking events that
 * are no longer considered set-up.
 *
 * @see event_debug_unassign()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void event_enable_debug_mode(void);

/**
 * When debugging mode is enabled, informs Libevent that an event should no
 * longer be considered as assigned. When debugging mode is not enabled, does
 * nothing.
 *
 * This function must only be called on a non-added event.
 *
 * @see event_enable_debug_mode()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void event_debug_unassign(struct event *);

/**
 * Create and return a new event_base to use with the rest of Libevent.
 *
 * @return a new event_base on success, or NULL on failure.
 *
 * @see event_base_free(), event_base_new_with_config()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct event_base *event_base_new(void);

/**
  Reinitialize the event base after a fork

  Some event mechanisms do not survive across fork.   The event base needs
  to be reinitialized with the event_reinit() function.

  @param base the event base that needs to be re-initialized
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if some events could not be re-added.
  @see event_base_new()
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_reinit(struct event_base *base);

/**
   Event dispatching loop

  This loop will run the event base until either there are no more pending or
  active, or until something calls event_base_loopbreak() or
  event_base_loopexit().

  @param base the event_base structure returned by event_base_new() or
     event_base_new_with_config()
  @return 0 if successful, -1 if an error occurred, or 1 if we exited because
     no events were pending or active.
  @see event_base_loop()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_base_dispatch(struct event_base *);

/**
 Get the kernel event notification mechanism used by Libevent.

 @param eb the event_base structure returned by event_base_new()
 @return a string identifying the kernel event mechanism (kqueue, epoll, etc.)
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
const char *event_base_get_method(const struct event_base *);

/**
   Gets all event notification mechanisms supported by Libevent.

   This functions returns the event mechanism in order preferred by
   Libevent.  Note that this list will include all backends that
   Libevent has compiled-in support for, and will not necessarily check
   your OS to see whether it has the required resources.

   @return an array with pointers to the names of support methods.
     The end of the array is indicated by a NULL pointer.  If an
     error is encountered NULL is returned.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
const char **event_get_supported_methods(void);

/** Query the current monotonic time from a the timer for a struct
 * event_base.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_gettime_monotonic(struct event_base *base, struct timeval *tp);

/**
   @name event type flag

   Flags to pass to event_base_get_num_events() to specify the kinds of events
   we want to aggregate counts for
*/
/**@{*/
/** count the number of active events, which have been triggered.*/
#define EVENT_BASE_COUNT_ACTIVE                1U
/** count the number of virtual events, which is used to represent an internal
 * condition, other than a pending event, that keeps the loop from exiting. */
#define EVENT_BASE_COUNT_VIRTUAL       2U
/** count the number of events which have been added to event base, including
 * internal events. */
#define EVENT_BASE_COUNT_ADDED         4U
/**@}*/

/**
   Gets the number of events in event_base, as specified in the flags.

   Since event base has some internal events added to make some of its
   functionalities work, EVENT_BASE_COUNT_ADDED may return more than the
   number of events you added using event_add().

   If you pass EVENT_BASE_COUNT_ACTIVE and EVENT_BASE_COUNT_ADDED together, an
   active event will be counted twice. However, this might not be the case in
   future libevent versions.  The return value is an indication of the work
   load, but the user shouldn't rely on the exact value as this may change in
   the future.

   @param eb the event_base structure returned by event_base_new()
   @param flags a bitwise combination of the kinds of events to aggregate
       counts for
   @return the number of events specified in the flags
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_base_get_num_events(struct event_base *, unsigned int);

/**
  Get the maximum number of events in a given event_base as specified in the
  flags.

  @param eb the event_base structure returned by event_base_new()
  @param flags a bitwise combination of the kinds of events to aggregate
         counts for
  @param clear option used to reset the maximum count.
  @return the number of events specified in the flags
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_base_get_max_events(struct event_base *, unsigned int, int);

/**
   Allocates a new event configuration object.

   The event configuration object can be used to change the behavior of
   an event base.

   @return an event_config object that can be used to store configuration, or
     NULL if an error is encountered.
   @see event_base_new_with_config(), event_config_free(), event_config
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct event_config *event_config_new(void);

/**
   Deallocates all memory associated with an event configuration object

   @param cfg the event configuration object to be freed.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void event_config_free(struct event_config *cfg);

/**
   Enters an event method that should be avoided into the configuration.

   This can be used to avoid event mechanisms that do not support certain
   file descriptor types, or for debugging to avoid certain event
   mechanisms.  An application can make use of multiple event bases to
   accommodate incompatible file descriptor types.

   @param cfg the event configuration object
   @param method the name of the event method to avoid
   @return 0 on success, -1 on failure.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_config_avoid_method(struct event_config *cfg, const char *method);

/**
   A flag used to describe which features an event_base (must) provide.

   Because of OS limitations, not every Libevent backend supports every
   possible feature.  You can use this type with
   event_config_require_features() to tell Libevent to only proceed if your
   event_base implements a given feature, and you can receive this type from
   event_base_get_features() to see which features are available.
*/
enum event_method_feature {
    /** Require an event method that allows edge-triggered events with EV_ET. */
    EV_FEATURE_ET = 0x01,
    /** Require an event method where having one event triggered among
     * many is [approximately] an O(1) operation. This excludes (for
     * example) select and poll, which are approximately O(N) for N
     * equal to the total number of possible events. */
    EV_FEATURE_O1 = 0x02,
    /** Require an event method that allows file descriptors as well as
     * sockets. */
    EV_FEATURE_FDS = 0x04,
    /** Require an event method that allows you to use EV_CLOSED to detect
     * connection close without the necessity of reading all the pending data.
     *
     * Methods that do support EV_CLOSED may not be able to provide support on
     * all kernel versions.
     **/
    EV_FEATURE_EARLY_CLOSE = 0x08
};

/**
   A flag passed to event_config_set_flag().

    These flags change the behavior of an allocated event_base.

    @see event_config_set_flag(), event_base_new_with_config(),
       event_method_feature
 */
enum event_base_config_flag {
	/** Do not allocate a lock for the event base, even if we have
	    locking set up.

	    Setting this option will make it unsafe and nonfunctional to call
	    functions on the base concurrently from multiple threads.
	*/
	EVENT_BASE_FLAG_NOLOCK = 0x01,
	/** Do not check the EVENT_* environment variables when configuring
	    an event_base  */
	EVENT_BASE_FLAG_IGNORE_ENV = 0x02,
	/** Windows only: enable the IOCP dispatcher at startup

	    If this flag is set then bufferevent_socket_new() and
	    evconn_listener_new() will use IOCP-backed implementations
	    instead of the usual select-based one on Windows.
	 */
	EVENT_BASE_FLAG_STARTUP_IOCP = 0x04,
	/** Instead of checking the current time every time the event loop is
	    ready to run timeout callbacks, check after each timeout callback.
	 */
	EVENT_BASE_FLAG_NO_CACHE_TIME = 0x08,

	/** If we are using the epoll backend, this flag says that it is
	    safe to use Libevent's internal change-list code to batch up
	    adds and deletes in order to try to do as few syscalls as
	    possible.  Setting this flag can make your code run faster, but
	    it may trigger a Linux bug: it is not safe to use this flag
	    if you have any fds cloned by dup() or its variants.  Doing so
	    will produce strange and hard-to-diagnose bugs.

	    This flag can also be activated by setting the
	    EVENT_EPOLL_USE_CHANGELIST environment variable.

	    This flag has no effect if you wind up using a backend other than
	    epoll.
	 */
	EVENT_BASE_FLAG_EPOLL_USE_CHANGELIST = 0x10,

	/** Ordinarily, Libevent implements its time and timeout code using
	    the fastest monotonic timer that we have.  If this flag is set,
	    however, we use less efficient more precise timer, assuming one is
	    present.
	 */
	EVENT_BASE_FLAG_PRECISE_TIMER = 0x20
};

/**
   Return a bitmask of the features implemented by an event base.  This
   will be a bitwise OR of one or more of the values of
   event_method_feature

   @see event_method_feature
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_base_get_features(const struct event_base *base);

/**
   Enters a required event method feature that the application demands.

   Note that not every feature or combination of features is supported
   on every platform.  Code that requests features should be prepared
   to handle the case where event_base_new_with_config() returns NULL, as in:
   <pre>
     event_config_require_features(cfg, EV_FEATURE_ET);
     base = event_base_new_with_config(cfg);
     if (base == NULL) {
       // We can't get edge-triggered behavior here.
       event_config_require_features(cfg, 0);
       base = event_base_new_with_config(cfg);
     }
   </pre>

   @param cfg the event configuration object
   @param feature a bitfield of one or more event_method_feature values.
          Replaces values from previous calls to this function.
   @return 0 on success, -1 on failure.
   @see event_method_feature, event_base_new_with_config()
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_config_require_features(struct event_config *cfg, int feature);

/**
 * Sets one or more flags to configure what parts of the eventual event_base
 * will be initialized, and how they'll work.
 *
 * @see event_base_config_flags, event_base_new_with_config()
 **/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_config_set_flag(struct event_config *cfg, int flag);

/**
 * Records a hint for the number of CPUs in the system. This is used for
 * tuning thread pools, etc, for optimal performance.  In Libevent 2.0,
 * it is only on Windows, and only when IOCP is in use.
 *
 * @param cfg the event configuration object
 * @param cpus the number of cpus
 * @return 0 on success, -1 on failure.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_config_set_num_cpus_hint(struct event_config *cfg, int cpus);

/**
 * Record an interval and/or a number of callbacks after which the event base
 * should check for new events.  By default, the event base will run as many
 * events are as activated at the higest activated priority before checking
 * for new events.  If you configure it by setting max_interval, it will check
 * the time after each callback, and not allow more than max_interval to
 * elapse before checking for new events.  If you configure it by setting
 * max_callbacks to a value >= 0, it will run no more than max_callbacks
 * callbacks before checking for new events.
 *
 * This option can decrease the latency of high-priority events, and
 * avoid priority inversions where multiple low-priority events keep us from
 * polling for high-priority events, but at the expense of slightly decreasing
 * the throughput.  Use it with caution!
 *
 * @param cfg The event_base configuration object.
 * @param max_interval An interval after which Libevent should stop running
 *     callbacks and check for more events, or NULL if there should be
 *     no such interval.
 * @param max_callbacks A number of callbacks after which Libevent should
 *     stop running callbacks and check for more events, or -1 if there
 *     should be no such limit.
 * @param min_priority A priority below which max_interval and max_callbacks
 *     should not be enforced.  If this is set to 0, they are enforced
 *     for events of every priority; if it's set to 1, they're enforced
 *     for events of priority 1 and above, and so on.
 * @return 0 on success, -1 on failure.
 **/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_config_set_max_dispatch_interval(struct event_config *cfg,
    const struct timeval *max_interval, int max_callbacks,
    int min_priority);

/**
  Initialize the event API.

  Use event_base_new_with_config() to initialize a new event base, taking
  the specified configuration under consideration.  The configuration object
  can currently be used to avoid certain event notification mechanisms.

  @param cfg the event configuration object
  @return an initialized event_base that can be used to registering events,
     or NULL if no event base can be created with the requested event_config.
  @see event_base_new(), event_base_free(), event_init(), event_assign()
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct event_base *event_base_new_with_config(const struct event_config *);

/**
  Deallocate all memory associated with an event_base, and free the base.

  Note that this function will not close any fds or free any memory passed
  to event_new as the argument to callback.

  If there are any pending finalizer callbacks, this function will invoke
  them.

  @param eb an event_base to be freed
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void event_base_free(struct event_base *);

/**
   As event_free, but do not run finalizers.

   THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API. IT MIGHT CHANGE BEFORE THE LIBEVENT 2.1 SERIES
   BECOMES STABLE.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void event_base_free_nofinalize(struct event_base *);

/** @name Log severities
 */
/**@{*/
#define EVENT_LOG_DEBUG 0
#define EVENT_LOG_MSG   1
#define EVENT_LOG_WARN  2
#define EVENT_LOG_ERR   3
/**@}*/

/* Obsolete names: these are deprecated, but older programs might use them.
 * They violate the reserved-identifier namespace. */
#define _EVENT_LOG_DEBUG EVENT_LOG_DEBUG
#define _EVENT_LOG_MSG EVENT_LOG_MSG
#define _EVENT_LOG_WARN EVENT_LOG_WARN
#define _EVENT_LOG_ERR EVENT_LOG_ERR

/**
  A callback function used to intercept Libevent's log messages.

  @see event_set_log_callback
 */
typedef void (*event_log_cb)(int severity, const char *msg);
/**
  Redirect Libevent's log messages.

  @param cb a function taking two arguments: an integer severity between
     EVENT_LOG_DEBUG and EVENT_LOG_ERR, and a string.  If cb is NULL,
	 then the default log is used.

  NOTE: The function you provide *must not* call any other libevent
  functionality.  Doing so can produce undefined behavior.
  */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void event_set_log_callback(event_log_cb cb);

/**
   A function to be called if Libevent encounters a fatal internal error.

   @see event_set_fatal_callback
 */
typedef void (*event_fatal_cb)(int err);

/**
 Override Libevent's behavior in the event of a fatal internal error.

 By default, Libevent will call exit(1) if a programming error makes it
 impossible to continue correct operation.  This function allows you to supply
 another callback instead.  Note that if the function is ever invoked,
 something is wrong with your program, or with Libevent: any subsequent calls
 to Libevent may result in undefined behavior.

 Libevent will (almost) always log an EVENT_LOG_ERR message before calling
 this function; look at the last log message to see why Libevent has died.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void event_set_fatal_callback(event_fatal_cb cb);

#define EVENT_DBG_ALL 0xffffffffu
#define EVENT_DBG_NONE 0

/**
 Turn on debugging logs and have them sent to the default log handler.

 This is a global setting; if you are going to call it, you must call this
 before any calls that create an event-base.  You must call it before any
 multithreaded use of Libevent.

 Debug logs are verbose.

 @param which Controls which debug messages are turned on.  This option is
   unused for now; for forward compatibility, you must pass in the constant
   "EVENT_DBG_ALL" to turn debugging logs on, or "EVENT_DBG_NONE" to turn
   debugging logs off.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void event_enable_debug_logging(ev_uint32_t which);

/**
  Associate a different event base with an event.

  The event to be associated must not be currently active or pending.

  @param eb the event base
  @param ev the event
  @return 0 on success, -1 on failure.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_base_set(struct event_base *, struct event *);

/** @name Loop flags

    These flags control the behavior of event_base_loop().
 */
/**@{*/
/** Block until we have an active event, then exit once all active events
 * have had their callbacks run. */
#define EVLOOP_ONCE	0x01
/** Do not block: see which events are ready now, run the callbacks
 * of the highest-priority ones, then exit. */
#define EVLOOP_NONBLOCK	0x02
/** Do not exit the loop because we have no pending events.  Instead, keep
 * running until event_base_loopexit() or event_base_loopbreak() makes us
 * stop.
 */
#define EVLOOP_NO_EXIT_ON_EMPTY 0x04
/**@}*/

/**
  Wait for events to become active, and run their callbacks.

  This is a more flexible version of event_base_dispatch().

  By default, this loop will run the event base until either there are no more
  pending or active events, or until something calls event_base_loopbreak() or
  event_base_loopexit().  You can override this behavior with the 'flags'
  argument.

  @param eb the event_base structure returned by event_base_new() or
     event_base_new_with_config()
  @param flags any combination of EVLOOP_ONCE | EVLOOP_NONBLOCK
  @return 0 if successful, -1 if an error occurred, or 1 if we exited because
     no events were pending or active.
  @see event_base_loopexit(), event_base_dispatch(), EVLOOP_ONCE,
     EVLOOP_NONBLOCK
  */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_base_loop(struct event_base *, int);

/**
  Exit the event loop after the specified time

  The next event_base_loop() iteration after the given timer expires will
  complete normally (handling all queued events) then exit without
  blocking for events again.

  Subsequent invocations of event_base_loop() will proceed normally.

  @param eb the event_base structure returned by event_init()
  @param tv the amount of time after which the loop should terminate,
    or NULL to exit after running all currently active events.
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see event_base_loopbreak()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_base_loopexit(struct event_base *, const struct timeval *);

/**
  Abort the active event_base_loop() immediately.

  event_base_loop() will abort the loop after the next event is completed;
  event_base_loopbreak() is typically invoked from this event's callback.
  This behavior is analogous to the "break;" statement.

  Subsequent invocations of event_base_loop() will proceed normally.

  @param eb the event_base structure returned by event_init()
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see event_base_loopexit()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_base_loopbreak(struct event_base *);

/**
  Tell the active event_base_loop() to scan for new events immediately.

  Calling this function makes the currently active event_base_loop()
  start the loop over again (scanning for new events) after the current
  event callback finishes.  If the event loop is not running, this
  function has no effect.

  event_base_loopbreak() is typically invoked from this event's callback.
  This behavior is analogous to the "continue;" statement.

  Subsequent invocations of event loop will proceed normally.

  @param eb the event_base structure returned by event_init()
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see event_base_loopbreak()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_base_loopcontinue(struct event_base *);

/**
  Checks if the event loop was told to exit by event_base_loopexit().

  This function will return true for an event_base at every point after
  event_loopexit() is called, until the event loop is next entered.

  @param eb the event_base structure returned by event_init()
  @return true if event_base_loopexit() was called on this event base,
    or 0 otherwise
  @see event_base_loopexit()
  @see event_base_got_break()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_base_got_exit(struct event_base *);

/**
  Checks if the event loop was told to abort immediately by event_base_loopbreak().

  This function will return true for an event_base at every point after
  event_base_loopbreak() is called, until the event loop is next entered.

  @param eb the event_base structure returned by event_init()
  @return true if event_base_loopbreak() was called on this event base,
    or 0 otherwise
  @see event_base_loopbreak()
  @see event_base_got_exit()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_base_got_break(struct event_base *);

/**
 * @name event flags
 *
 * Flags to pass to event_new(), event_assign(), event_pending(), and
 * anything else with an argument of the form "short events"
 */
/**@{*/
/** Indicates that a timeout has occurred.  It's not necessary to pass
 * this flag to event_for new()/event_assign() to get a timeout. */
#define EV_TIMEOUT	0x01
/** Wait for a socket or FD to become readable */
#define EV_READ		0x02
/** Wait for a socket or FD to become writeable */
#define EV_WRITE	0x04
/** Wait for a POSIX signal to be raised*/
#define EV_SIGNAL	0x08
/**
 * Persistent event: won't get removed automatically when activated.
 *
 * When a persistent event with a timeout becomes activated, its timeout
 * is reset to 0.
 */
#define EV_PERSIST	0x10
/** Select edge-triggered behavior, if supported by the backend. */
#define EV_ET		0x20
/**
 * If this option is provided, then event_del() will not block in one thread
 * while waiting for the event callback to complete in another thread.
 *
 * To use this option safely, you may need to use event_finalize() or
 * event_free_finalize() in order to safely tear down an event in a
 * multithreaded application.  See those functions for more information.
 *
 * THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API. IT MIGHT CHANGE BEFORE THE LIBEVENT 2.1 SERIES
 * BECOMES STABLE.
 **/
#define EV_FINALIZE     0x40
/**
 * Detects connection close events.  You can use this to detect when a
 * connection has been closed, without having to read all the pending data
 * from a connection.
 *
 * Not all backends support EV_CLOSED.  To detect or require it, use the
 * feature flag EV_FEATURE_EARLY_CLOSE.
 **/
#define EV_CLOSED	0x80
/**@}*/

/**
   @name evtimer_* macros

    Aliases for working with one-shot timer events */
/**@{*/
#define evtimer_assign(ev, b, cb, arg) \
	event_assign((ev), (b), -1, 0, (cb), (arg))
#define evtimer_new(b, cb, arg)	       event_new((b), -1, 0, (cb), (arg))
#define evtimer_add(ev, tv)		event_add((ev), (tv))
#define evtimer_del(ev)			event_del(ev)
#define evtimer_pending(ev, tv)		event_pending((ev), EV_TIMEOUT, (tv))
#define evtimer_initialized(ev)		event_initialized(ev)
/**@}*/

/**
   @name evsignal_* macros

   Aliases for working with signal events
 */
/**@{*/
#define evsignal_add(ev, tv)		event_add((ev), (tv))
#define evsignal_assign(ev, b, x, cb, arg)			\
	event_assign((ev), (b), (x), EV_SIGNAL|EV_PERSIST, cb, (arg))
#define evsignal_new(b, x, cb, arg)				\
	event_new((b), (x), EV_SIGNAL|EV_PERSIST, (cb), (arg))
#define evsignal_del(ev)		event_del(ev)
#define evsignal_pending(ev, tv)	event_pending((ev), EV_SIGNAL, (tv))
#define evsignal_initialized(ev)	event_initialized(ev)
/**@}*/

/**
   A callback function for an event.

   It receives three arguments:

   @param fd An fd or signal
   @param events One or more EV_* flags
   @param arg A user-supplied argument.

   @see event_new()
 */
typedef void (*event_callback_fn)(evutil_socket_t, short, void *);

/**
  Return a value used to specify that the event itself must be used as the callback argument.

  The function event_new() takes a callback argument which is passed
  to the event's callback function. To specify that the argument to be
  passed to the callback function is the event that event_new() returns,
  pass in the return value of event_self_cbarg() as the callback argument
  for event_new().

  For example:
  <pre>
      struct event *ev = event_new(base, sock, events, callback, %event_self_cbarg());
  </pre>

  For consistency with event_new(), it is possible to pass the return value
  of this function as the callback argument for event_assign() &ndash; this
  achieves the same result as passing the event in directly.

  @return a value to be passed as the callback argument to event_new() or
  event_assign().
  @see event_new(), event_assign()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void *event_self_cbarg(void);

/**
  Allocate and asssign a new event structure, ready to be added.

  The function event_new() returns a new event that can be used in
  future calls to event_add() and event_del().  The fd and events
  arguments determine which conditions will trigger the event; the
  callback and callback_arg arguments tell Libevent what to do when the
  event becomes active.

  If events contains one of EV_READ, EV_WRITE, or EV_READ|EV_WRITE, then
  fd is a file descriptor or socket that should get monitored for
  readiness to read, readiness to write, or readiness for either operation
  (respectively).  If events contains EV_SIGNAL, then fd is a signal
  number to wait for.  If events contains none of those flags, then the
  event can be triggered only by a timeout or by manual activation with
  event_active(): In this case, fd must be -1.

  The EV_PERSIST flag can also be passed in the events argument: it makes
  event_add() persistent until event_del() is called.

  The EV_ET flag is compatible with EV_READ and EV_WRITE, and supported
  only by certain backends.  It tells Libevent to use edge-triggered
  events.

  The EV_TIMEOUT flag has no effect here.

  It is okay to have multiple events all listening on the same fds; but
  they must either all be edge-triggered, or all not be edge triggerd.

  When the event becomes active, the event loop will run the provided
  callbuck function, with three arguments.  The first will be the provided
  fd value.  The second will be a bitfield of the events that triggered:
  EV_READ, EV_WRITE, or EV_SIGNAL.  Here the EV_TIMEOUT flag indicates
  that a timeout occurred, and EV_ET indicates that an edge-triggered
  event occurred.  The third event will be the callback_arg pointer that
  you provide.

  @param base the event base to which the event should be attached.
  @param fd the file descriptor or signal to be monitored, or -1.
  @param events desired events to monitor: bitfield of EV_READ, EV_WRITE,
      EV_SIGNAL, EV_PERSIST, EV_ET.
  @param callback callback function to be invoked when the event occurs
  @param callback_arg an argument to be passed to the callback function

  @return a newly allocated struct event that must later be freed with
    event_free().
  @see event_free(), event_add(), event_del(), event_assign()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct event *event_new(struct event_base *, evutil_socket_t, short, event_callback_fn, void *);


/**
  Prepare a new, already-allocated event structure to be added.

  The function event_assign() prepares the event structure ev to be used
  in future calls to event_add() and event_del().  Unlike event_new(), it
  doesn't allocate memory itself: it requires that you have already
  allocated a struct event, probably on the heap.  Doing this will
  typically make your code depend on the size of the event structure, and
  thereby create incompatibility with future versions of Libevent.

  The easiest way to avoid this problem is just to use event_new() and
  event_free() instead.

  A slightly harder way to future-proof your code is to use
  event_get_struct_event_size() to determine the required size of an event
  at runtime.

  Note that it is NOT safe to call this function on an event that is
  active or pending.  Doing so WILL corrupt internal data structures in
  Libevent, and lead to strange, hard-to-diagnose bugs.  You _can_ use
  event_assign to change an existing event, but only if it is not active
  or pending!

  The arguments for this function, and the behavior of the events that it
  makes, are as for event_new().

  @param ev an event struct to be modified
  @param base the event base to which ev should be attached.
  @param fd the file descriptor to be monitored
  @param events desired events to monitor; can be EV_READ and/or EV_WRITE
  @param callback callback function to be invoked when the event occurs
  @param callback_arg an argument to be passed to the callback function

  @return 0 if success, or -1 on invalid arguments.

  @see event_new(), event_add(), event_del(), event_base_once(),
    event_get_struct_event_size()
  */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_assign(struct event *, struct event_base *, evutil_socket_t, short, event_callback_fn, void *);

/**
   Deallocate a struct event * returned by event_new().

   If the event is pending or active, first make it non-pending and
   non-active.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void event_free(struct event *);

/**
 * Callback type for event_finalize and event_free_finalize().
 *
 * THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API. IT MIGHT CHANGE BEFORE THE LIBEVENT 2.1 SERIES
 * BECOMES STABLE.
 *
 **/
typedef void (*event_finalize_callback_fn)(struct event *, void *);
/**
   @name Finalization functions

   These functions are used to safely tear down an event in a multithreaded
   application.  If you construct your events with EV_FINALIZE to avoid
   deadlocks, you will need a way to remove an event in the certainty that
   it will definitely not be running its callback when you deallocate it
   and its callback argument.

   To do this, call one of event_finalize() or event_free_finalize with
   0 for its first argument, the event to tear down as its second argument,
   and a callback function as its third argument.  The callback will be
   invoked as part of the event loop, with the event's priority.

   After you call a finalizer function, event_add() and event_active() will
   no longer work on the event, and event_del() will produce a no-op. You
   must not try to change the event's fields with event_assign() or
   event_set() while the finalize callback is in progress.  Once the
   callback has been invoked, you should treat the event structure as
   containing uninitialized memory.

   The event_free_finalize() function frees the event after it's finalized;
   event_finalize() does not.

   A finalizer callback must not make events pending or active.  It must not
   add events, activate events, or attempt to "resucitate" the event being
   finalized in any way.

   THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API. IT MIGHT CHANGE BEFORE THE LIBEVENT 2.1 SERIES
   BECOMES STABLE.

   @return 0 on succes, -1 on failure.
 */
/**@{*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_finalize(unsigned, struct event *, event_finalize_callback_fn);
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_free_finalize(unsigned, struct event *, event_finalize_callback_fn);
/**@}*/

/**
  Schedule a one-time event

  The function event_base_once() is similar to event_new().  However, it
  schedules a callback to be called exactly once, and does not require the
  caller to prepare an event structure.

  Note that in Libevent 2.0 and earlier, if the event is never triggered, the
  internal memory used to hold it will never be freed.  In Libevent 2.1,
  the internal memory will get freed by event_base_free() if the event
  is never triggered.  The 'arg' value, however, will not get freed in either
  case--you'll need to free that on your own if you want it to go away.

  @param base an event_base
  @param fd a file descriptor to monitor, or -1 for no fd.
  @param events event(s) to monitor; can be any of EV_READ |
         EV_WRITE, or EV_TIMEOUT
  @param callback callback function to be invoked when the event occurs
  @param arg an argument to be passed to the callback function
  @param timeout the maximum amount of time to wait for the event. NULL
         makes an EV_READ/EV_WRITE event make forever; NULL makes an
        EV_TIMEOUT event succees immediately.
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_base_once(struct event_base *, evutil_socket_t, short, event_callback_fn, void *, const struct timeval *);

/**
  Add an event to the set of pending events.

  The function event_add() schedules the execution of the event 'ev' when the
  condition specified by event_assign() or event_new() occurs, or when the time
  specified in timeout has elapesed.  If atimeout is NULL, no timeout
  occurs and the function will only be
  called if a matching event occurs.  The event in the
  ev argument must be already initialized by event_assign() or event_new()
  and may not be used
  in calls to event_assign() until it is no longer pending.

  If the event in the ev argument already has a scheduled timeout, calling
  event_add() replaces the old timeout with the new one if tv is non-NULL.

  @param ev an event struct initialized via event_assign() or event_new()
  @param timeout the maximum amount of time to wait for the event, or NULL
         to wait forever
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see event_del(), event_assign(), event_new()
  */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_add(struct event *ev, const struct timeval *timeout);

/**
   Remove a timer from a pending event without removing the event itself.

   If the event has a scheduled timeout, this function unschedules it but
   leaves the event otherwise pending.

   @param ev an event struct initialized via event_assign() or event_new()
   @return 0 on success, or -1 if  an error occurrect.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_remove_timer(struct event *ev);

/**
  Remove an event from the set of monitored events.

  The function event_del() will cancel the event in the argument ev.  If the
  event has already executed or has never been added the call will have no
  effect.

  @param ev an event struct to be removed from the working set
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see event_add()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_del(struct event *);

/**
   As event_del(), but never blocks while the event's callback is running
   in another thread, even if the event was constructed without the
   EV_FINALIZE flag.

   THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API. IT MIGHT CHANGE BEFORE THE LIBEVENT 2.1 SERIES
   BECOMES STABLE.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_del_noblock(struct event *ev);
/**
   As event_del(), but always blocks while the event's callback is running
   in another thread, even if the event was constructed with the
   EV_FINALIZE flag.

   THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API. IT MIGHT CHANGE BEFORE THE LIBEVENT 2.1 SERIES
   BECOMES STABLE.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_del_block(struct event *ev);

/**
  Make an event active.

  You can use this function on a pending or a non-pending event to make it
  active, so that its callback will be run by event_base_dispatch() or
  event_base_loop().

  One common use in multithreaded programs is to wake the thread running
  event_base_loop() from another thread.

  @param ev an event to make active.
  @param res a set of flags to pass to the event's callback.
  @param ncalls an obsolete argument: this is ignored.
 **/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void event_active(struct event *ev, int res, short ncalls);

/**
  Checks if a specific event is pending or scheduled.

  @param ev an event struct previously passed to event_add()
  @param events the requested event type; any of EV_TIMEOUT|EV_READ|
         EV_WRITE|EV_SIGNAL
  @param tv if this field is not NULL, and the event has a timeout,
         this field is set to hold the time at which the timeout will
	 expire.

  @return true if the event is pending on any of the events in 'what', (that
  is to say, it has been added), or 0 if the event is not added.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_pending(const struct event *ev, short events, struct timeval *tv);

/**
   If called from within the callback for an event, returns that event.

   The behavior of this function is not defined when called from outside the
   callback function for an event.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct event *event_base_get_running_event(struct event_base *base);

/**
  Test if an event structure might be initialized.

  The event_initialized() function can be used to check if an event has been
  initialized.

  Warning: This function is only useful for distinguishing a a zeroed-out
    piece of memory from an initialized event, it can easily be confused by
    uninitialized memory.  Thus, it should ONLY be used to distinguish an
    initialized event from zero.

  @param ev an event structure to be tested
  @return 1 if the structure might be initialized, or 0 if it has not been
          initialized
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_initialized(const struct event *ev);

/**
   Get the signal number assigned to a signal event
*/
#define event_get_signal(ev) ((int)event_get_fd(ev))

/**
   Get the socket or signal assigned to an event, or -1 if the event has
   no socket.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
evutil_socket_t event_get_fd(const struct event *ev);

/**
   Get the event_base associated with an event.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
struct event_base *event_get_base(const struct event *ev);

/**
   Return the events (EV_READ, EV_WRITE, etc) assigned to an event.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
short event_get_events(const struct event *ev);

/**
   Return the callback assigned to an event.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
event_callback_fn event_get_callback(const struct event *ev);

/**
   Return the callback argument assigned to an event.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void *event_get_callback_arg(const struct event *ev);

/**
   Return the priority of an event.
   @see event_priority_init(), event_get_priority()
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_get_priority(const struct event *ev);

/**
   Extract _all_ of arguments given to construct a given event.  The
   event_base is copied into *base_out, the fd is copied into *fd_out, and so
   on.

   If any of the "_out" arguments is NULL, it will be ignored.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void event_get_assignment(const struct event *event,
    struct event_base **base_out, evutil_socket_t *fd_out, short *events_out,
    event_callback_fn *callback_out, void **arg_out);

/**
   Return the size of struct event that the Libevent library was compiled
   with.

   This will be NO GREATER than sizeof(struct event) if you're running with
   the same version of Libevent that your application was built with, but
   otherwise might not.

   Note that it might be SMALLER than sizeof(struct event) if some future
   version of Libevent adds extra padding to the end of struct event.
   We might do this to help ensure ABI-compatibility between different
   versions of Libevent.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
size_t event_get_struct_event_size(void);

/**
   Get the Libevent version.

   Note that this will give you the version of the library that you're
   currently linked against, not the version of the headers that you've
   compiled against.

   @return a string containing the version number of Libevent
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
const char *event_get_version(void);

/**
   Return a numeric representation of Libevent's version.

   Note that this will give you the version of the library that you're
   currently linked against, not the version of the headers you've used to
   compile.

   The format uses one byte each for the major, minor, and patchlevel parts of
   the version number.  The low-order byte is unused.  For example, version
   2.0.1-alpha has a numeric representation of 0x02000100
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
ev_uint32_t event_get_version_number(void);

/** As event_get_version, but gives the version of Libevent's headers. */
#define LIBEVENT_VERSION EVENT__VERSION
/** As event_get_version_number, but gives the version number of Libevent's
 * headers. */
#define LIBEVENT_VERSION_NUMBER EVENT__NUMERIC_VERSION

/** Largest number of priorities that Libevent can support. */
#define EVENT_MAX_PRIORITIES 256
/**
  Set the number of different event priorities

  By default Libevent schedules all active events with the same priority.
  However, some time it is desirable to process some events with a higher
  priority than others.  For that reason, Libevent supports strict priority
  queues.  Active events with a lower priority are always processed before
  events with a higher priority.

  The number of different priorities can be set initially with the
  event_base_priority_init() function.  This function should be called
  before the first call to event_base_dispatch().  The
  event_priority_set() function can be used to assign a priority to an
  event.  By default, Libevent assigns the middle priority to all events
  unless their priority is explicitly set.

  Note that urgent-priority events can starve less-urgent events: after
  running all urgent-priority callbacks, Libevent checks for more urgent
  events again, before running less-urgent events.  Less-urgent events
  will not have their callbacks run until there are no events more urgent
  than them that want to be active.

  @param eb the event_base structure returned by event_base_new()
  @param npriorities the maximum number of priorities
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see event_priority_set()
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int	event_base_priority_init(struct event_base *, int);

/**
  Get the number of different event priorities.

  @param eb the event_base structure returned by event_base_new()
  @return Number of different event priorities
  @see event_base_priority_init()
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int	event_base_get_npriorities(struct event_base *eb);

/**
  Assign a priority to an event.

  @param ev an event struct
  @param priority the new priority to be assigned
  @return 0 if successful, or -1 if an error occurred
  @see event_priority_init(), event_get_priority()
  */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int	event_priority_set(struct event *, int);

/**
   Prepare an event_base to use a large number of timeouts with the same
   duration.

   Libevent's default scheduling algorithm is optimized for having a large
   number of timeouts with their durations more or less randomly
   distributed.  But if you have a large number of timeouts that all have
   the same duration (for example, if you have a large number of
   connections that all have a 10-second timeout), then you can improve
   Libevent's performance by telling Libevent about it.

   To do this, call this function with the common duration.  It will return a
   pointer to a different, opaque timeout value.  (Don't depend on its actual
   contents!)  When you use this timeout value in event_add(), Libevent will
   schedule the event more efficiently.

   (This optimization probably will not be worthwhile until you have thousands
   or tens of thousands of events with the same timeout.)
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
const struct timeval *event_base_init_common_timeout(struct event_base *base,
    const struct timeval *duration);

#if !defined(EVENT__DISABLE_MM_REPLACEMENT) || defined(EVENT_IN_DOXYGEN_)
/**
 Override the functions that Libevent uses for memory management.

 Usually, Libevent uses the standard libc functions malloc, realloc, and
 free to allocate memory.  Passing replacements for those functions to
 event_set_mem_functions() overrides this behavior.

 Note that all memory returned from Libevent will be allocated by the
 replacement functions rather than by malloc() and realloc().  Thus, if you
 have replaced those functions, it will not be appropriate to free() memory
 that you get from Libevent.  Instead, you must use the free_fn replacement
 that you provided.

 Note also that if you are going to call this function, you should do so
 before any call to any Libevent function that does allocation.
 Otherwise, those funtions will allocate their memory using malloc(), but
 then later free it using your provided free_fn.

 @param malloc_fn A replacement for malloc.
 @param realloc_fn A replacement for realloc
 @param free_fn A replacement for free.
 **/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void event_set_mem_functions(
	void *(*malloc_fn)(size_t sz),
	void *(*realloc_fn)(void *ptr, size_t sz),
	void (*free_fn)(void *ptr));
/** This definition is present if Libevent was built with support for
    event_set_mem_functions() */
#define EVENT_SET_MEM_FUNCTIONS_IMPLEMENTED
#endif

/**
   Writes a human-readable description of all inserted and/or active
   events to a provided stdio stream.

   This is intended for debugging; its format is not guaranteed to be the same
   between libevent versions.

   @param base An event_base on which to scan the events.
   @param output A stdio file to write on.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void event_base_dump_events(struct event_base *, FILE *);


/**
   Activates all pending events for the given fd and event mask.

   This function activates pending events only.  Events which have not been
   added will not become active.

   @param base the event_base on which to activate the events.
   @param fd An fd to active events on.
   @param events One or more of EV_{READ,WRITE}.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void event_base_active_by_fd(struct event_base *base, evutil_socket_t fd, short events);

/**
   Activates all pending signals with a given signal number

   This function activates pending events only.  Events which have not been
   added will not become active.

   @param base the event_base on which to activate the events.
   @param fd The signal to active events on.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void event_base_active_by_signal(struct event_base *base, int sig);

/**
 * Callback for iterating events in an event base via event_base_foreach_event
 */
typedef int (*event_base_foreach_event_cb)(const struct event_base *, const struct event *, void *);

/**
   Iterate over all added or active events events in an event loop, and invoke
   a given callback on each one.

   The callback must not call any function that modifies the event base, that
   modifies any event in the event base, or that adds or removes any event to
   the event base.  Doing so is unsupported and will lead to undefined
   behavior -- likely, to crashes.

   event_base_foreach_event() holds a lock on the event_base() for the whole
   time it's running: slow callbacks are not advisable.

   Note that Libevent adds some events of its own to make pieces of its
   functionality work.  You must not assume that the only events you'll
   encounter will be the ones you added yourself.

   The callback function must return 0 to continue iteration, or some other
   integer to stop iterating.

   @param base An event_base on which to scan the events.
   @param fn   A callback function to receive the events.
   @param arg  An argument passed to the callback function.
   @return 0 if we iterated over every event, or the value returned by the
      callback function if the loop exited early.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_base_foreach_event(struct event_base *base, event_base_foreach_event_cb fn, void *arg);


/** Sets 'tv' to the current time (as returned by gettimeofday()),
    looking at the cached value in 'base' if possible, and calling
    gettimeofday() or clock_gettime() as appropriate if there is no
    cached time.

    Generally, this value will only be cached while actually
    processing event callbacks, and may be very inaccuate if your
    callbacks take a long time to execute.

    Returns 0 on success, negative on failure.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_base_gettimeofday_cached(struct event_base *base,
    struct timeval *tv);

/** Update cached_tv in the 'base' to the current time
 *
 * You can use this function is useful for selectively increasing
 * the accuracy of the cached time value in 'base' during callbacks
 * that take a long time to execute.
 *
 * This function has no effect if the base is currently not in its
 * event loop, or if timeval caching is disabled via
 * EVENT_BASE_FLAG_NO_CACHE_TIME.
 *
 * @return 0 on success, -1 on failure
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int event_base_update_cache_time(struct event_base *base);

/** Release up all globally-allocated resources allocated by Libevent.

    This function does not free developer-controlled resources like
    event_bases, events, bufferevents, listeners, and so on.  It only releases
    resources like global locks that there is no other way to free.

    It is not actually necessary to call this function before exit: every
    resource that it frees would be released anyway on exit.  It mainly exists
    so that resource-leak debugging tools don't see Libevent as holding
    resources at exit.

    You should only call this function when no other Libevent functions will
    be invoked -- e.g., when cleanly exiting a program.
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void libevent_global_shutdown(void);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* EVENT2_EVENT_H_INCLUDED_ */
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2000-2007 Niels Provos <provos@citi.umich.edu>
 * Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 * are met:
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
 *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
 * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
 * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
 * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
 * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
 * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
#ifndef EVENT2_TAG_H_INCLUDED_
#define EVENT2_TAG_H_INCLUDED_

/** @file event2/tag.h

  Helper functions for reading and writing tagged data onto buffers.

 */

#include <event2/visibility.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <event2/event-config.h>
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#ifdef EVENT__HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
#include <sys/time.h>
#endif

/* For int types. */
#include <event2/util.h>

struct evbuffer;

/*
 * Marshaling tagged data - We assume that all tags are inserted in their
 * numeric order - so that unknown tags will always be higher than the
 * known ones - and we can just ignore the end of an event buffer.
 */

EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evtag_init(void);

/**
   Unmarshals the header and returns the length of the payload

   @param evbuf the buffer from which to unmarshal data
   @param ptag a pointer in which the tag id is being stored
   @returns -1 on failure or the number of bytes in the remaining payload.
*/
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evtag_unmarshal_header(struct evbuffer *evbuf, ev_uint32_t *ptag);

EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evtag_marshal(struct evbuffer *evbuf, ev_uint32_t tag, const void *data,
    ev_uint32_t len);
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evtag_marshal_buffer(struct evbuffer *evbuf, ev_uint32_t tag,
    struct evbuffer *data);

/**
  Encode an integer and store it in an evbuffer.

  We encode integers by nybbles; the first nibble contains the number
  of significant nibbles - 1;  this allows us to encode up to 64-bit
  integers.  This function is byte-order independent.

  @param evbuf evbuffer to store the encoded number
  @param number a 32-bit integer
 */
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evtag_encode_int(struct evbuffer *evbuf, ev_uint32_t number);
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evtag_encode_int64(struct evbuffer *evbuf, ev_uint64_t number);

EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evtag_marshal_int(struct evbuffer *evbuf, ev_uint32_t tag,
    ev_uint32_t integer);
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evtag_marshal_int64(struct evbuffer *evbuf, ev_uint32_t tag,
    ev_uint64_t integer);

EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evtag_marshal_string(struct evbuffer *buf, ev_uint32_t tag,
    const char *string);

EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
void evtag_marshal_timeval(struct evbuffer *evbuf, ev_uint32_t tag,
    struct timeval *tv);

EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evtag_unmarshal(struct evbuffer *src, ev_uint32_t *ptag,
    struct evbuffer *dst);
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evtag_peek(struct evbuffer *evbuf, ev_uint32_t *ptag);
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evtag_peek_length(struct evbuffer *evbuf, ev_uint32_t *plength);
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evtag_payload_length(struct evbuffer *evbuf, ev_uint32_t *plength);
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evtag_consume(struct evbuffer *evbuf);

EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evtag_unmarshal_int(struct evbuffer *evbuf, ev_uint32_t need_tag,
    ev_uint32_t *pinteger);
EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evtag_unmarshal_int64(struct evbuffer *evbuf, ev_uint32_t need_tag,
    ev_uint64_t *pinteger);

EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evtag_unmarshal_fixed(struct evbuffer *src, ev_uint32_t need_tag,
    void *data, size_t len);

EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evtag_unmarshal_string(struct evbuffer *evbuf, ev_uint32_t need_tag,
    char **pstring);

EVENT2_EXPORT_SYMBOL
int evtag_unmarshal_timeval(struct evbuffer *evbuf, ev_uint32_t need_tag,
    struct timeval *ptv);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* EVENT2_TAG_H_INCLUDED_ */
/* include/ldap_features.h.  Generated from ldap_features.hin by configure.  */
/* $OpenLDAP$ */
/* This work is part of OpenLDAP Software <http://www.openldap.org/>.
 *
 * Copyright 1998-2018 The OpenLDAP Foundation.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted only as authorized by the OpenLDAP
 * Public License.
 *
 * A copy of this license is available in file LICENSE in the
 * top-level directory of the distribution or, alternatively, at
 * <http://www.OpenLDAP.org/license.html>.
 */

/* 
 * LDAP Features
 */

#ifndef _LDAP_FEATURES_H
#define _LDAP_FEATURES_H 1

/* OpenLDAP API version macros */
#define LDAP_VENDOR_VERSION 20446
#define LDAP_VENDOR_VERSION_MAJOR 2
#define LDAP_VENDOR_VERSION_MINOR 4
#define LDAP_VENDOR_VERSION_PATCH 46

/*
** WORK IN PROGRESS!
**
** OpenLDAP reentrancy/thread-safeness should be dynamically
** checked using ldap_get_option().
**
** The -lldap implementation is not thread-safe.
**
** The -lldap_r implementation is:
**		LDAP_API_FEATURE_THREAD_SAFE (basic thread safety)
** but also be:
**		LDAP_API_FEATURE_SESSION_THREAD_SAFE
**		LDAP_API_FEATURE_OPERATION_THREAD_SAFE
**
** The preprocessor flag LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_OPENLDAP_THREAD_SAFE
** can be used to determine if -lldap_r is available at compile
** time.  You must define LDAP_THREAD_SAFE if and only if you
** link with -lldap_r.
**
** If you fail to define LDAP_THREAD_SAFE when linking with
** -lldap_r or define LDAP_THREAD_SAFE when linking with -lldap,
** provided header definations and declarations may be incorrect.
**
*/

/* is -lldap_r available or not */
#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_OPENLDAP_THREAD_SAFE 1

/* LDAP v2 Referrals */
/* #undef LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_OPENLDAP_V2_REFERRALS */

#endif /* LDAP_FEATURES */
/* High-level libcrypt interfaces.

   Copyright (C) 1991-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of
   the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
   License along with this library; if not, see
   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#ifndef _CRYPT_H
#define _CRYPT_H 1

#include <sys/cdefs.h>

__BEGIN_DECLS

/* The strings returned by crypt, crypt_r, crypt_rn, and crypt_ra will
   be no longer than this, counting the terminating NUL.  (Existing
   algorithms all produce much shorter strings, but we have reserved
   generous space for future expansion.)  This is NOT the appropriate
   size to use in allocating the buffer supplied to crypt_rn; use
   sizeof (struct crypt_data) instead.  */
#define CRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE 384

/* Passphrases longer than this (counting the terminating NUL) are not
   supported.  Note that some hash algorithms have lower limits.  */
#define CRYPT_MAX_PASSPHRASE_SIZE 512

/* The strings returned by crypt_gensalt, crypt_gensalt_rn, and
   crypt_gensalt_ra will be no longer than this.  This IS the
   appropriate size to use when allocating the buffer supplied to
   crypt_gensalt_rn.  (Again, existing algorithms all produce
   much shorter strings, but we have reserved generous space for
   future expansion.)  */
#define CRYPT_GENSALT_OUTPUT_SIZE 192

/* One-way hash the passphrase PHRASE as specified by SETTING, and
   return a string suitable for storage in a Unix-style "passwd" file.

   If SETTING is a previously hashed passphrase, the string returned
   will be equal to SETTING if and only if PHRASE is the same as the
   passphrase that was previously hashed.  See the documentation for
   other ways to use this function.

   The string returned by this function is stored in a statically-
   allocated buffer, and will be overwritten if the function is called
   again.  It is not safe to call this function from multiple threads
   concurrently.

   If an error occurs (such as SETTING being nonsense or unsupported)
   the string returned will begin with '*', and will not be equal to
   SETTING nor to any valid hashed passphrase.  Otherwise, the string
   will not begin with '*'.  */
extern char *crypt (const char *__phrase, const char *__setting)
__THROW __nonnull ((1, 2));

/* These sizes are chosen to make sizeof (struct crypt_data) add up to
   exactly 32768 bytes.  */
#define CRYPT_DATA_RESERVED_SIZE 767
#define CRYPT_DATA_INTERNAL_SIZE 30720

/* Memory area used by crypt_r.  */
struct crypt_data
{
  /* crypt_r writes the hashed password to this field of its 'data'
     argument.  crypt_rn and crypt_ra do the same, treating the
     untyped data area they are supplied with as this struct.  */
  char output[CRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE];

  /* Applications are encouraged, but not required, to use this field
     to store the "setting" string that must be passed to crypt_*.
     Future extensions to the API may make this more ergonomic.

     A valid "setting" is either previously hashed password or the
     string produced by one of the crypt_gensalt functions; see the
     crypt_gensalt documentation for further details.  */
  char setting[CRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE];

  /* Applications are encouraged, but not required, to use this field
     to store the unhashed passphrase they will pass to crypt_*.
     Future extensions to the API may make this more ergonomic.  */
  char input[CRYPT_MAX_PASSPHRASE_SIZE];

  /* Reserved for future application-visible fields.  For maximum
     forward compatibility, applications should set this field to all
     bytes zero before calling crypt_r, crypt_rn, or crypt_ra for the
     first time with a just-allocated 'struct crypt_data'.  Future
     extensions to the API may make this more ergonomic.  */
  char reserved[CRYPT_DATA_RESERVED_SIZE];

  /* This field should be set to 0 before calling crypt_r, crypt_rn,
     or crypt_ra for the first time with a just-allocated
     'struct crypt_data'.  This is not required if crypt_ra is allowed
     to do the allocation itself (i.e. if the *DATA argument is a null
     pointer).  Future extensions to the API may make this more ergonomic.  */
  char initialized;

  /* Scratch space used internally.  Applications should not read or
     write this field.  All data written to this area is erased before
     returning from the library.  */
  char internal[CRYPT_DATA_INTERNAL_SIZE];
};

/* Thread-safe version of crypt.  Instead of writing to a static
   storage area, the string returned by this function will be within
   DATA->output.  Otherwise, behaves exactly the same as crypt.  */
extern char *crypt_r (const char *__phrase, const char *__setting,
                      struct crypt_data *__restrict __data)
__THROW __nonnull ((1, 2, 3));

/* Another thread-safe version of crypt.  Instead of writing to a
   static storage area, the string returned by this function will be
   somewhere within the space provided at DATA, which is of length SIZE
   bytes.  SIZE must be at least sizeof (struct crypt_data).

   Also, if an error occurs, this function returns a null pointer,
   not a special string.  (However, the string returned on success
   still will never begin with '*'.)  */
extern char *crypt_rn (const char *__phrase, const char *__setting,
                       void *__data, int __size)
__THROW __nonnull ((1, 2, 3));

/* Yet a third thread-safe version of crypt; this one works like
   getline(3).  *DATA must be either 0 or a pointer to memory
   allocated by malloc, and *SIZE must be the size of the allocation.
   This space will be allocated or reallocated as necessary and the
   values updated.  The string returned by this function will be
   somewhere within the space at *DATA.  It is safe to deallocate
   this space with free when it is no longer needed.

   Like crypt_rn, this function returns a null pointer on failure, not
   a special string.  */
extern char *crypt_ra (const char *__phrase, const char *__setting,
                       void **__data, int *__size)
__THROW __nonnull ((1, 2, 3, 4));


/* Generate a string suitable for use as the setting when hashing a
   new passphrase.  PREFIX controls which hash function will be used,
   COUNT controls the computational cost of the hash (for functions
   where this is tunable), and RBYTES should point to NRBYTES bytes of
   random data.  If PREFIX is a null pointer, the current best default
   is used; if RBYTES is a null pointer, random data will be retrieved
   from the operating system if possible.  (Caution: setting PREFIX to
   an *empty string* selects the use of the oldest and least secure
   hash in the library.  Don't do that.)

   The string returned is stored in a statically-allocated buffer, and
   will be overwritten if the function is called again.  It is not
   safe to call this function from multiple threads concurrently.
   However, within a single thread, it is safe to pass the string as
   the SETTING argument to crypt without copying it first; the two
   functions use separate buffers.

   If an error occurs (e.g. a prefix that does not correspond to a
   supported hash function, or an inadequate amount of random data),
   this function returns a null pointer.  */
extern char *crypt_gensalt (const char *__prefix, unsigned long __count,
                            const char *__rbytes, int __nrbytes)
__THROW;

/* Thread-safe version of crypt_gensalt; instead of a
   statically-allocated buffer, the generated setting string is
   written to OUTPUT, which is OUTPUT_SIZE bytes long.  OUTPUT_SIZE
   must be at least CRYPT_GENSALT_OUTPUT_SIZE (see above).

   If an error occurs, this function returns a null pointer and writes
   a string that does not correspond to any valid setting into OUTPUT.  */
extern char *crypt_gensalt_rn (const char *__prefix, unsigned long __count,
                               const char *__rbytes, int __nrbytes,
                               char *__output, int __output_size)
__THROW __nonnull ((5));

/* Another thread-safe version of crypt_gensalt; the generated setting
   string is in storage allocated by malloc, and should be deallocated
   with free when it is no longer needed.  */
extern char *crypt_gensalt_ra (const char *__prefix, unsigned long __count,
                               const char *__rbytes, int __nrbytes)
__THROW;

/* These macros could be checked by portable users of crypt_gensalt*
   functions to find out whether null pointers could be specified
   as PREFIX and RBYTES arguments.  */
#define CRYPT_GENSALT_IMPLEMENTS_DEFAULT_PREFIX 1
#define CRYPT_GENSALT_IMPLEMENTS_AUTO_ENTROPY 1

__END_DECLS

#endif /* crypt.h */
/* $OpenLDAP$ */
/* This work is part of OpenLDAP Software <http://www.openldap.org/>.
 * 
 * Copyright 1998-2018 The OpenLDAP Foundation.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 * modification, are permitted only as authorized by the OpenLDAP
 * Public License.
 *
 * A copy of this license is available in file LICENSE in the
 * top-level directory of the distribution or, alternatively, at
 * <http://www.OpenLDAP.org/license.html>.
 */
/* LDAP C Defines */

#ifndef _LDAP_CDEFS_H
#define _LDAP_CDEFS_H

#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
#	define LDAP_BEGIN_DECL	extern "C" {
#	define LDAP_END_DECL	}
#else
#	define LDAP_BEGIN_DECL	/* begin declarations */
#	define LDAP_END_DECL	/* end declarations */
#endif

#if !defined(LDAP_NO_PROTOTYPES) && ( defined(LDAP_NEEDS_PROTOTYPES) || \
	defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus) )

	/* ANSI C or C++ */
#	define LDAP_P(protos)	protos
#	define LDAP_CONCAT1(x,y)	x ## y
#	define LDAP_CONCAT(x,y)	LDAP_CONCAT1(x,y)
#	define LDAP_STRING(x)	#x /* stringify without expanding x */
#	define LDAP_XSTRING(x)	LDAP_STRING(x) /* expand x, then stringify */

#ifndef LDAP_CONST
#	define LDAP_CONST	const
#endif

#else /* no prototypes */

	/* traditional C */
#	define LDAP_P(protos)	()
#	define LDAP_CONCAT(x,y)	x/**/y
#	define LDAP_STRING(x)	"x"

#ifndef LDAP_CONST
#	define LDAP_CONST	/* no const */
#endif

#endif /* no prototypes */

#if (__GNUC__) * 1000 + (__GNUC_MINOR__) >= 2006
#	define LDAP_GCCATTR(attrs)	__attribute__(attrs)
#else
#	define LDAP_GCCATTR(attrs)
#endif

/*
 * Support for Windows DLLs.
 *
 * When external source code includes header files for dynamic libraries,
 * the external source code is "importing" DLL symbols into its resulting
 * object code. On Windows, symbols imported from DLLs must be explicitly
 * indicated in header files with the __declspec(dllimport) directive.
 * This is not totally necessary for functions because the compiler
 * (gcc or MSVC) will generate stubs when this directive is absent.
 * However, this is required for imported variables.
 *
 * The LDAP libraries, i.e. liblber and libldap, can be built as
 * static or shared, based on configuration. Just about all other source
 * code in OpenLDAP use these libraries. If the LDAP libraries
 * are configured as shared, 'configure' defines the LDAP_LIBS_DYNAMIC
 * macro. When other source files include LDAP library headers, the
 * LDAP library symbols will automatically be marked as imported. When
 * the actual LDAP libraries are being built, the symbols will not
 * be marked as imported because the LBER_LIBRARY or LDAP_LIBRARY macros
 * will be respectively defined.
 *
 * Any project outside of OpenLDAP with source code wanting to use
 * LDAP dynamic libraries should explicitly define LDAP_LIBS_DYNAMIC.
 * This will ensure that external source code appropriately marks symbols
 * that will be imported.
 *
 * The slapd executable, itself, can be used as a dynamic library.
 * For example, if a backend module is compiled as shared, it will
 * import symbols from slapd. When this happens, the slapd symbols
 * must be marked as imported in header files that the backend module
 * includes. Remember that slapd links with various static libraries.
 * If the LDAP libraries were configured as static, their object
 * code is also part of the monolithic slapd executable. Thus, when
 * a backend module imports symbols from slapd, it imports symbols from
 * all of the static libraries in slapd as well. Thus, the SLAP_IMPORT
 * macro, when defined, will appropriately mark symbols as imported.
 * This macro should be used by shared backend modules as well as any
 * other external source code that imports symbols from the slapd
 * executable as if it were a DLL.
 *
 * Note that we don't actually have to worry about using the
 * __declspec(dllexport) directive anywhere. This is because both
 * MSVC and Mingw provide alternate (more effective) methods for exporting
 * symbols out of binaries, i.e. the use of a DEF file.
 *
 * NOTE ABOUT BACKENDS: Backends can be configured as static or dynamic.
 * When a backend is configured as dynamic, slapd will load the backend
 * explicitly and populate function pointer structures by calling
 * the backend's well-known initialization function. Because of this
 * procedure, slapd never implicitly imports symbols from dynamic backends.
 * This makes it unnecessary to tag various backend functions with the
 * __declspec(dllimport) directive. This is because neither slapd nor
 * any other external binary should ever be implicitly loading a backend
 * dynamic module.
 *
 * Backends are supposed to be self-contained. However, it appears that
 * back-meta DOES implicitly import symbols from back-ldap. This means
 * that the __declspec(dllimport) directive should be marked on back-ldap
 * functions (in its header files) if and only if we're compiling for
 * windows AND back-ldap has been configured as dynamic AND back-meta
 * is the client of back-ldap. When client is slapd, there is no effect
 * since slapd does not implicitly import symbols.
 *
 * TODO(?): Currently, back-meta nor back-ldap is supported for Mingw32.
 * Thus, there's no need to worry about this right now. This is something that
 * may or may not have to be addressed in the future.
 */

/* LBER library */
#if defined(_WIN32) && \
    ((defined(LDAP_LIBS_DYNAMIC) && !defined(LBER_LIBRARY)) || \
     (!defined(LDAP_LIBS_DYNAMIC) && defined(SLAPD_IMPORT)))
#	define LBER_F(type)		extern __declspec(dllimport) type
#	define LBER_V(type)		extern __declspec(dllimport) type
#else
#	define LBER_F(type)		extern type
#	define LBER_V(type)		extern type
#endif

/* LDAP library */
#if defined(_WIN32) && \
    ((defined(LDAP_LIBS_DYNAMIC) && !defined(LDAP_LIBRARY)) || \
     (!defined(LDAP_LIBS_DYNAMIC) && defined(SLAPD_IMPORT)))
#	define LDAP_F(type)		extern __declspec(dllimport) type
#	define LDAP_V(type)		extern __declspec(dllimport) type
#else
#	define LDAP_F(type)		extern type
#	define LDAP_V(type)		extern type
#endif

/* AVL library */
#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(SLAPD_IMPORT)
#	define LDAP_AVL_F(type)		extern __declspec(dllimport) type
#	define LDAP_AVL_V(type)		extern __declspec(dllimport) type
#else
#	define LDAP_AVL_F(type)		extern type
#	define LDAP_AVL_V(type)		extern type
#endif

/* LDIF library */
#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(SLAPD_IMPORT)
#	define LDAP_LDIF_F(type)	extern __declspec(dllimport) type
#	define LDAP_LDIF_V(type)	extern __declspec(dllimport) type
#else
#	define LDAP_LDIF_F(type)	extern type
#	define LDAP_LDIF_V(type)	extern type
#endif

/* LUNICODE library */
#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(SLAPD_IMPORT)
#	define LDAP_LUNICODE_F(type)	extern __declspec(dllimport) type
#	define LDAP_LUNICODE_V(type)	extern __declspec(dllimport) type
#else
#	define LDAP_LUNICODE_F(type)	extern type
#	define LDAP_LUNICODE_V(type)	extern type
#endif

/* LUTIL library */
#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(SLAPD_IMPORT)
#	define LDAP_LUTIL_F(type)	extern __declspec(dllimport) type
#	define LDAP_LUTIL_V(type)	extern __declspec(dllimport) type
#else
#	define LDAP_LUTIL_F(type)	extern type
#	define LDAP_LUTIL_V(type)	extern type
#endif

/* REWRITE library */
#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(SLAPD_IMPORT)
#	define LDAP_REWRITE_F(type)	extern __declspec(dllimport) type
#	define LDAP_REWRITE_V(type)	extern __declspec(dllimport) type
#else
#	define LDAP_REWRITE_F(type)	extern type
#	define LDAP_REWRITE_V(type)	extern type
#endif

/* SLAPD (as a dynamic library exporting symbols) */
#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(SLAPD_IMPORT)
#	define LDAP_SLAPD_F(type)	extern __declspec(dllimport) type
#	define LDAP_SLAPD_V(type)	extern __declspec(dllimport) type
#else
#	define LDAP_SLAPD_F(type)	extern type
#	define LDAP_SLAPD_V(type)	extern type
#endif

/* SLAPD (as a dynamic library exporting symbols) */
#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(SLAPD_IMPORT)
#	define LDAP_SLAPI_F(type)	extern __declspec(dllimport) type
#	define LDAP_SLAPI_V(type)	extern __declspec(dllimport) type
#else
#	define LDAP_SLAPI_F(type)	extern type
#	define LDAP_SLAPI_V(type)	extern type
#endif

/* SLAPD (as a dynamic library exporting symbols) */
#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(SLAPD_IMPORT)
#	define SLAPI_F(type)		extern __declspec(dllimport) type
#	define SLAPI_V(type)		extern __declspec(dllimport) type
#else
#	define SLAPI_F(type)		extern type
#	define SLAPI_V(type)		extern type
#endif

/*
 * C library. Mingw32 links with the dynamic C run-time library by default,
 * so the explicit definition of CSTATIC will keep dllimport from
 * being defined, if desired.
 *
 * MSVC defines the _DLL macro when the compiler is invoked with /MD or /MDd,
 * which means the resulting object code will be linked with the dynamic
 * C run-time library.
 *
 * Technically, it shouldn't be necessary to redefine any functions that
 * the headers for the C library should already contain. Nevertheless, this
 * is here as a safe-guard.
 *
 * TODO: Determine if these macros ever get expanded for Windows. If not,
 * the declspec expansion can probably be removed.
 */
#if (defined(__MINGW32__) && !defined(CSTATIC)) || \
    (defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_DLL))
#	define LDAP_LIBC_F(type)	extern __declspec(dllimport) type
#	define LDAP_LIBC_V(type)	extern __declspec(dllimport) type
#else
#	define LDAP_LIBC_F(type)	extern type
#	define LDAP_LIBC_V(type)	extern type
#endif

#endif /* _LDAP_CDEFS_H */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file util_filter.h
 * @brief Apache filter library
 */

#ifndef AP_FILTER_H
#define AP_FILTER_H

#include "apr.h"
#include "apr_buckets.h"

#include "httpd.h"

#if APR_HAVE_STDARG_H
#include <stdarg.h>
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * @brief input filtering modes
 */
typedef enum {
    /** The filter should return at most readbytes data. */
    AP_MODE_READBYTES,
    /** The filter should return at most one line of CRLF data.
     *  (If a potential line is too long or no CRLF is found, the
     *   filter may return partial data).
     */
    AP_MODE_GETLINE,
    /** The filter should implicitly eat any CRLF pairs that it sees. */
    AP_MODE_EATCRLF,
    /** The filter read should be treated as speculative and any returned
     *  data should be stored for later retrieval in another mode. */
    AP_MODE_SPECULATIVE,
    /** The filter read should be exhaustive and read until it can not
     *  read any more.
     *  Use this mode with extreme caution.
     */
    AP_MODE_EXHAUSTIVE,
    /** The filter should initialize the connection if needed,
     *  NNTP or FTP over SSL for example.
     */
    AP_MODE_INIT
} ap_input_mode_t;

/**
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_FILTER Filter Chain
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 *
 * Filters operate using a "chaining" mechanism. The filters are chained
 * together into a sequence. When output is generated, it is passed through
 * each of the filters on this chain, until it reaches the end (or "bottom")
 * and is placed onto the network.
 *
 * The top of the chain, the code generating the output, is typically called
 * a "content generator." The content generator's output is fed into the
 * filter chain using the standard Apache output mechanisms: ap_rputs(),
 * ap_rprintf(), ap_rwrite(), etc.
 *
 * Each filter is defined by a callback. This callback takes the output from
 * the previous filter (or the content generator if there is no previous
 * filter), operates on it, and passes the result to the next filter in the
 * chain. This pass-off is performed using the ap_fc_* functions, such as
 * ap_fc_puts(), ap_fc_printf(), ap_fc_write(), etc.
 *
 * When content generation is complete, the system will pass an "end of
 * stream" marker into the filter chain. The filters will use this to flush
 * out any internal state and to detect incomplete syntax (for example, an
 * unterminated SSI directive).
 *
 * @{
 */

/* forward declare the filter type */
typedef struct ap_filter_t ap_filter_t;

/**
 * @name Filter callbacks
 *
 * This function type is used for filter callbacks. It will be passed a
 * pointer to "this" filter, and a "bucket brigade" containing the content
 * to be filtered.
 *
 * In filter->ctx, the callback will find its context. This context is
 * provided here, so that a filter may be installed multiple times, each
 * receiving its own per-install context pointer.
 *
 * Callbacks are associated with a filter definition, which is specified
 * by name. See ap_register_input_filter() and ap_register_output_filter()
 * for setting the association between a name for a filter and its
 * associated callback (and other information).
 *
 * If the initialization function argument passed to the registration
 * functions is non-NULL, it will be called iff the filter is in the input
 * or output filter chains and before any data is generated to allow the
 * filter to prepare for processing.
 *
 * The bucket brigade always belongs to the caller, but the filter
 * is free to use the buckets within it as it sees fit. Normally,
 * the brigade will be returned empty. Buckets *may not* be retained
 * between successive calls to the filter unless they have been
 * "set aside" with a call apr_bucket_setaside. Typically this will
 * be done with ap_save_brigade(). Buckets removed from the brigade
 * become the responsibility of the filter, which must arrange for
 * them to be deleted, either by doing so directly or by inserting
 * them in a brigade which will subsequently be destroyed.
 *
 * For the input and output filters, the return value of a filter should be
 * an APR status value.  For the init function, the return value should
 * be an HTTP error code or OK if it was successful.
 *
 * @ingroup filter
 * @{
 */
typedef apr_status_t (*ap_out_filter_func)(ap_filter_t *f,
                                           apr_bucket_brigade *b);
typedef apr_status_t (*ap_in_filter_func)(ap_filter_t *f,
                                          apr_bucket_brigade *b,
                                          ap_input_mode_t mode,
                                          apr_read_type_e block,
                                          apr_off_t readbytes);
typedef int (*ap_init_filter_func)(ap_filter_t *f);

typedef union ap_filter_func {
    ap_out_filter_func out_func;
    ap_in_filter_func in_func;
} ap_filter_func;

/** @} */

/**
 * Filters have different types/classifications. These are used to group
 * and sort the filters to properly sequence their operation.
 *
 * The types have a particular sort order, which allows us to insert them
 * into the filter chain in a determistic order. Within a particular grouping,
 * the ordering is equivalent to the order of calls to ap_add_*_filter().
 */
typedef enum {
    /** These filters are used to alter the content that is passed through
     *  them. Examples are SSI or PHP. */
    AP_FTYPE_RESOURCE     = 10,
    /** These filters are used to alter the content as a whole, but after all
     *  AP_FTYPE_RESOURCE filters are executed.  These filters should not
     *  change the content-type.  An example is deflate.  */
    AP_FTYPE_CONTENT_SET  = 20,
    /** These filters are used to handle the protocol between server and
     *  client.  Examples are HTTP and POP. */
    AP_FTYPE_PROTOCOL     = 30,
    /** These filters implement transport encodings (e.g., chunking). */
    AP_FTYPE_TRANSCODE    = 40,
    /** These filters will alter the content, but in ways that are
     *  more strongly associated with the connection.  Examples are
     *  splitting an HTTP connection into multiple requests and
     *  buffering HTTP responses across multiple requests.
     *
     *  It is important to note that these types of filters are not
     *  allowed in a sub-request. A sub-request's output can certainly
     *  be filtered by ::AP_FTYPE_RESOURCE filters, but all of the "final
     *  processing" is determined by the main request. */
    AP_FTYPE_CONNECTION  = 50,
    /** These filters don't alter the content.  They are responsible for
     *  sending/receiving data to/from the client. */
    AP_FTYPE_NETWORK     = 60
} ap_filter_type;

/**
 * This is the request-time context structure for an installed filter (in
 * the output filter chain). It provides the callback to use for filtering,
 * the request this filter is associated with (which is important when
 * an output chain also includes sub-request filters), the context for this
 * installed filter, and the filter ordering/chaining fields.
 *
 * Filter callbacks are free to use ->ctx as they please, to store context
 * during the filter process. Generally, this is superior over associating
 * the state directly with the request. A callback should not change any of
 * the other fields.
 */

typedef struct ap_filter_rec_t ap_filter_rec_t;
typedef struct ap_filter_provider_t ap_filter_provider_t;

/**
 * @brief This structure is used for recording information about the
 * registered filters. It associates a name with the filter's callback
 * and filter type.
 *
 * At the moment, these are simply linked in a chain, so a ->next pointer
 * is available.
 *
 * It is used for any filter that can be inserted in the filter chain.
 * This may be either a httpd-2.0 filter or a mod_filter harness.
 * In the latter case it contains dispatch, provider and protocol information.
 * In the former case, the new fields (from dispatch) are ignored.
 */
struct ap_filter_rec_t {
    /** The registered name for this filter */
    const char *name;

    /** The function to call when this filter is invoked. */
    ap_filter_func filter_func;

    /** The function to call directly before the handlers are invoked
     * for a request.  The init function is called once directly
     * before running the handlers for a request or subrequest.  The
     * init function is never called for a connection filter (with
     * ftype >= AP_FTYPE_CONNECTION).  Any use of this function for
     * filters for protocols other than HTTP is specified by the
     * module supported that protocol.
     */
    ap_init_filter_func filter_init_func;

    /** The next filter_rec in the list */
    struct ap_filter_rec_t *next;

    /** Providers for this filter */
    ap_filter_provider_t *providers;

    /** The type of filter, either AP_FTYPE_CONTENT or AP_FTYPE_CONNECTION.
     * An AP_FTYPE_CONTENT filter modifies the data based on information
     * found in the content.  An AP_FTYPE_CONNECTION filter modifies the
     * data based on the type of connection.
     */
    ap_filter_type ftype;

    /** Trace level for this filter */
    int debug;

    /** Protocol flags for this filter */
    unsigned int proto_flags;
};

/**
 * @brief The representation of a filter chain.
 *
 * Each request has a list
 * of these structures which are called in turn to filter the data.  Sub
 * requests get an exact copy of the main requests filter chain.
 */
struct ap_filter_t {
    /** The internal representation of this filter.  This includes
     *  the filter's name, type, and the actual function pointer.
     */
    ap_filter_rec_t *frec;

    /** A place to store any data associated with the current filter */
    void *ctx;

    /** The next filter in the chain */
    ap_filter_t *next;

    /** The request_rec associated with the current filter.  If a sub-request
     *  adds filters, then the sub-request is the request associated with the
     *  filter.
     */
    request_rec *r;

    /** The conn_rec associated with the current filter.  This is analogous
     *  to the request_rec, except that it is used for connection filters.
     */
    conn_rec *c;
};

/**
 * Get the current bucket brigade from the next filter on the filter
 * stack.  The filter returns an apr_status_t value.  If the bottom-most
 * filter doesn't read from the network, then ::AP_NOBODY_READ is returned.
 * The bucket brigade will be empty when there is nothing left to get.
 * @param filter The next filter in the chain
 * @param bucket The current bucket brigade.  The original brigade passed
 *               to ap_get_brigade() must be empty.
 * @param mode   The way in which the data should be read
 * @param block  How the operations should be performed
 *               ::APR_BLOCK_READ, ::APR_NONBLOCK_READ
 * @param readbytes How many bytes to read from the next filter.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_get_brigade(ap_filter_t *filter,
                                        apr_bucket_brigade *bucket,
                                        ap_input_mode_t mode,
                                        apr_read_type_e block,
                                        apr_off_t readbytes);

/**
 * Pass the current bucket brigade down to the next filter on the filter
 * stack.  The filter returns an apr_status_t value.  If the bottom-most
 * filter doesn't write to the network, then ::AP_NOBODY_WROTE is returned.
 * @param filter The next filter in the chain
 * @param bucket The current bucket brigade
 *
 * @remark Ownership of the brigade is retained by the caller. On return,
 *         the contents of the brigade are UNDEFINED, and the caller must
 *         either call apr_brigade_cleanup or apr_brigade_destroy on
 *         the brigade.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_pass_brigade(ap_filter_t *filter,
                                         apr_bucket_brigade *bucket);

/**
 * Pass the current bucket brigade down to the next filter on the filter
 * stack checking for filter errors.  The filter returns an apr_status_t value.
 * Returns ::OK if the brigade is successfully passed
 *         ::AP_FILTER_ERROR on a filter error
 *         ::HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR on all other errors
 * @param r      The request rec
 * @param bucket The current bucket brigade
 * @param fmt The format string. If NULL defaults to "ap_pass_brigade returned"
 * @param ... The arguments to use to fill out the format string
 * @remark Ownership of the brigade is retained by the caller. On return,
 *         the contents of the brigade are UNDEFINED, and the caller must
 *         either call apr_brigade_cleanup or apr_brigade_destroy on
 *         the brigade.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_pass_brigade_fchk(request_rec *r,
                                              apr_bucket_brigade *bucket,
                                              const char *fmt,
                                              ...)
                                              __attribute__((format(printf,3,4)));

/**
 * This function is used to register an input filter with the system.
 * After this registration is performed, then a filter may be added
 * into the filter chain by using ap_add_input_filter() and simply
 * specifying the name.
 *
 * @param name The name to attach to the filter function
 * @param filter_func The filter function to name
 * @param filter_init The function to call before the filter handlers
                      are invoked
 * @param ftype The type of filter function, either ::AP_FTYPE_CONTENT_SET or
 *              ::AP_FTYPE_CONNECTION
 * @see add_input_filter()
 */
AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_rec_t *) ap_register_input_filter(const char *name,
                                          ap_in_filter_func filter_func,
                                          ap_init_filter_func filter_init,
                                          ap_filter_type ftype);

/** @deprecated @see ap_register_output_filter_protocol */
AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_rec_t *) ap_register_output_filter(const char *name,
                                            ap_out_filter_func filter_func,
                                            ap_init_filter_func filter_init,
                                            ap_filter_type ftype);

/* For httpd-?.? I suggest replacing the above with
#define ap_register_output_filter(name,ffunc,init,ftype) \
             ap_register_output_filter_protocol(name,ffunc,init,ftype,0)
*/

/**
 * This function is used to register an output filter with the system.
 * After this registration is performed, then a filter may be added
 * directly to the filter chain by using ap_add_output_filter() and
 * simply specifying the name, or as a provider under mod_filter.
 *
 * @param name The name to attach to the filter function
 * @param filter_func The filter function to name
 * @param filter_init The function to call before the filter handlers
 *                    are invoked
 * @param ftype The type of filter function, either ::AP_FTYPE_CONTENT_SET or
 *              ::AP_FTYPE_CONNECTION
 * @param proto_flags Protocol flags: logical OR of AP_FILTER_PROTO_* bits
 * @return the filter rec
 * @see ap_add_output_filter()
 */
AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_rec_t *) ap_register_output_filter_protocol(
                                            const char *name,
                                            ap_out_filter_func filter_func,
                                            ap_init_filter_func filter_init,
                                            ap_filter_type ftype,
                                            unsigned int proto_flags);

/**
 * Adds a named filter into the filter chain on the specified request record.
 * The filter will be installed with the specified context pointer.
 *
 * Filters added in this way will always be placed at the end of the filters
 * that have the same type (thus, the filters have the same order as the
 * calls to ap_add_filter). If the current filter chain contains filters
 * from another request, then this filter will be added before those other
 * filters.
 *
 * To re-iterate that last comment.  This function is building a FIFO
 * list of filters.  Take note of that when adding your filter to the chain.
 *
 * @param name The name of the filter to add
 * @param ctx Context data to provide to the filter
 * @param r The request to add this filter for (or NULL if it isn't associated with a request)
 * @param c The connection to add the fillter for
 */
AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_t *) ap_add_input_filter(const char *name, void *ctx,
                                              request_rec *r, conn_rec *c);

/**
 * Variant of ap_add_input_filter() that accepts a registered filter handle
 * (as returned by ap_register_input_filter()) rather than a filter name
 *
 * @param f The filter handle to add
 * @param ctx Context data to provide to the filter
 * @param r The request to add this filter for (or NULL if it isn't associated with a request)
 * @param c The connection to add the fillter for
 */
AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_t *) ap_add_input_filter_handle(ap_filter_rec_t *f,
                                                     void *ctx,
                                                     request_rec *r,
                                                     conn_rec *c);

/**
 * Returns the filter handle for use with ap_add_input_filter_handle.
 *
 * @param name The filter name to look up
 */
AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_rec_t *) ap_get_input_filter_handle(const char *name);

/**
 * Add a filter to the current request.  Filters are added in a FIFO manner.
 * The first filter added will be the first filter called.
 * @param name The name of the filter to add
 * @param ctx Context data to set in the filter
 * @param r The request to add this filter for (or NULL if it isn't associated with a request)
 * @param c The connection to add this filter for
 * @note If adding a connection-level output filter (i.e. where the type
 * is >= AP_FTYPE_CONNECTION) during processing of a request, the request
 * object r must be passed in to ensure the filter chains are modified
 * correctly.  f->r will still be initialized as NULL in the new filter.
 */
AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_t *) ap_add_output_filter(const char *name, void *ctx,
                                               request_rec *r, conn_rec *c);

/**
 * Variant of ap_add_output_filter() that accepts a registered filter handle
 * (as returned by ap_register_output_filter()) rather than a filter name
 *
 * @param f The filter handle to add
 * @param ctx Context data to set in the filter
 * @param r The request to add this filter for (or NULL if it isn't associated with a request)
 * @param c The connection to add the filter for
 * @note If adding a connection-level output filter (i.e. where the type
 * is >= AP_FTYPE_CONNECTION) during processing of a request, the request
 * object r must be passed in to ensure the filter chains are modified
 * correctly.  f->r will still be initialized as NULL in the new filter.
 */
AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_t *) ap_add_output_filter_handle(ap_filter_rec_t *f,
                                                      void *ctx,
                                                      request_rec *r,
                                                      conn_rec *c);

/**
 * Returns the filter handle for use with ap_add_output_filter_handle.
 *
 * @param name The filter name to look up
 */
AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_rec_t *) ap_get_output_filter_handle(const char *name);

/**
 * Remove an input filter from either the request or connection stack
 * it is associated with.
 * @param f The filter to remove
 */

AP_DECLARE(void) ap_remove_input_filter(ap_filter_t *f);

/**
 * Remove an output filter from either the request or connection stack
 * it is associated with.
 * @param f The filter to remove
 */

AP_DECLARE(void) ap_remove_output_filter(ap_filter_t *f);

/**
 * Remove an input filter from either the request or connection stack
 * it is associated with.
 * @param next   The filter stack to search
 * @param handle The filter handle (name) to remove
 * @return APR_SUCCESS on removal or error
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_remove_input_filter_byhandle(ap_filter_t *next,
                                                         const char *handle);
/**
 * Remove an output filter from either the request or connection stack
 * it is associated with.
 * @param next   The filter stack to search
 * @param handle The filter handle (name) to remove
 * @return APR_SUCCESS on removal or error
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_remove_output_filter_byhandle(ap_filter_t *next,
                                                          const char *handle);

/* The next two filters are for abstraction purposes only.  They could be
 * done away with, but that would require that we break modules if we ever
 * want to change our filter registration method.  The basic idea, is that
 * all filters have a place to store data, the ctx pointer.  These functions
 * fill out that pointer with a bucket brigade, and retrieve that data on
 * the next call.  The nice thing about these functions, is that they
 * automatically concatenate the bucket brigades together for you.  This means
 * that if you have already stored a brigade in the filters ctx pointer, then
 * when you add more it will be tacked onto the end of that brigade.  When
 * you retrieve data, if you pass in a bucket brigade to the get function,
 * it will append the current brigade onto the one that you are retrieving.
 */

/**
 * prepare a bucket brigade to be setaside.  If a different brigade was
 * set-aside earlier, then the two brigades are concatenated together.
 * @param f The current filter
 * @param save_to The brigade that was previously set-aside.  Regardless, the
 *             new bucket brigade is returned in this location.
 * @param b The bucket brigade to save aside.  This brigade is always empty
 *          on return
 * @param p Ensure that all data in the brigade lives as long as this pool
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_save_brigade(ap_filter_t *f,
                                         apr_bucket_brigade **save_to,
                                         apr_bucket_brigade **b, apr_pool_t *p);

/**
 * Flush function for apr_brigade_* calls.  This calls ap_pass_brigade
 * to flush the brigade if the brigade buffer overflows.
 * @param bb The brigade to flush
 * @param ctx The filter to pass the brigade to
 * @note this function has nothing to do with FLUSH buckets. It is simply
 * a way to flush content out of a brigade and down a filter stack.
 */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_filter_flush(apr_bucket_brigade *bb,
                                                void *ctx);

/**
 * Flush the current brigade down the filter stack.
 * @param f The filter we are passing to
 * @param bb The brigade to flush
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_fflush(ap_filter_t *f, apr_bucket_brigade *bb);

/**
 * Write a buffer for the current filter, buffering if possible.
 * @param f the filter we are writing to
 * @param bb The brigade to buffer into
 * @param data The data to write
 * @param nbyte The number of bytes in the data
 */
#define ap_fwrite(f, bb, data, nbyte) \
        apr_brigade_write(bb, ap_filter_flush, f, data, nbyte)

/**
 * Write a buffer for the current filter, buffering if possible.
 * @param f the filter we are writing to
 * @param bb The brigade to buffer into
 * @param str The string to write
 */
#define ap_fputs(f, bb, str) \
        apr_brigade_write(bb, ap_filter_flush, f, str, strlen(str))

/**
 * Write a character for the current filter, buffering if possible.
 * @param f the filter we are writing to
 * @param bb The brigade to buffer into
 * @param c The character to write
 */
#define ap_fputc(f, bb, c) \
        apr_brigade_putc(bb, ap_filter_flush, f, c)

/**
 * Write an unspecified number of strings to the current filter
 * @param f the filter we are writing to
 * @param bb The brigade to buffer into
 * @param ... The strings to write
 */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_fputstrs(ap_filter_t *f,
                                            apr_bucket_brigade *bb,
                                            ...)
                                AP_FN_ATTR_SENTINEL;

/**
 * Output data to the filter in printf format
 * @param f the filter we are writing to
 * @param bb The brigade to buffer into
 * @param fmt The format string
 * @param ... The arguments to use to fill out the format string
 */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_fprintf(ap_filter_t *f,
                                           apr_bucket_brigade *bb,
                                           const char *fmt,
                                           ...)
        __attribute__((format(printf,3,4)));

/**
 * set protocol requirements for an output content filter
 * (only works with AP_FTYPE_RESOURCE and AP_FTYPE_CONTENT_SET)
 * @param f the filter in question
 * @param proto_flags Logical OR of AP_FILTER_PROTO_* bits
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_filter_protocol(ap_filter_t* f, unsigned int proto_flags);

/** Filter changes contents (so invalidating checksums/etc) */
#define AP_FILTER_PROTO_CHANGE 0x1

/** Filter changes length of contents (so invalidating content-length/etc) */
#define AP_FILTER_PROTO_CHANGE_LENGTH 0x2

/** Filter requires complete input and can't work on byteranges */
#define AP_FILTER_PROTO_NO_BYTERANGE 0x4

/** Filter should not run in a proxy */
#define AP_FILTER_PROTO_NO_PROXY 0x8

/** Filter makes output non-cacheable */
#define AP_FILTER_PROTO_NO_CACHE 0x10

/** Filter is incompatible with "Cache-Control: no-transform" */
#define AP_FILTER_PROTO_TRANSFORM 0x20

/**
 * @}
 */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif  /* !AP_FILTER_H */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  util_mutex.h
 * @brief Apache Mutex support library
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_MUTEX Mutex Library
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 * @{
 */

#ifndef UTIL_MUTEX_H
#define UTIL_MUTEX_H

#include "httpd.h"
#include "http_config.h"
#include "apr_global_mutex.h"

#if APR_HAS_FLOCK_SERIALIZE
# define AP_LIST_FLOCK_SERIALIZE ", 'flock:/path/to/file'"
#else
# define AP_LIST_FLOCK_SERIALIZE
#endif
#if APR_HAS_FCNTL_SERIALIZE
# define AP_LIST_FCNTL_SERIALIZE ", 'fcntl:/path/to/file'"
#else
# define AP_LIST_FCNTL_SERIALIZE
#endif
#if APR_HAS_SYSVSEM_SERIALIZE
# define AP_LIST_SYSVSEM_SERIALIZE ", 'sysvsem'"
#else
# define AP_LIST_SYSVSEM_SERIALIZE
#endif
#if APR_HAS_POSIXSEM_SERIALIZE
# define AP_LIST_POSIXSEM_SERIALIZE ", 'posixsem'"
#else
# define AP_LIST_POSIXSEM_SERIALIZE
#endif
#if APR_HAS_PROC_PTHREAD_SERIALIZE
# define AP_LIST_PTHREAD_SERIALIZE ", 'pthread'"
#else
# define AP_LIST_PTHREAD_SERIALIZE
#endif
#if APR_HAS_FLOCK_SERIALIZE || APR_HAS_FCNTL_SERIALIZE
# define AP_LIST_FILE_SERIALIZE ", 'file:/path/to/file'"
#else
# define AP_LIST_FILE_SERIALIZE
#endif
#if APR_HAS_SYSVSEM_SERIALIZE || APR_HAS_POSIXSEM_SERIALIZE
# define AP_LIST_SEM_SERIALIZE ", 'sem'"
#else
# define AP_LIST_SEM_SERIALIZE
#endif

#define AP_ALL_AVAILABLE_MUTEXES_STRING                  \
    "Mutex mechanisms are: 'none', 'default'"            \
    AP_LIST_FLOCK_SERIALIZE   AP_LIST_FCNTL_SERIALIZE    \
    AP_LIST_FILE_SERIALIZE    AP_LIST_PTHREAD_SERIALIZE  \
    AP_LIST_SYSVSEM_SERIALIZE AP_LIST_POSIXSEM_SERIALIZE \
    AP_LIST_SEM_SERIALIZE

#define AP_AVAILABLE_MUTEXES_STRING                      \
    "Mutex mechanisms are: 'default'"                    \
    AP_LIST_FLOCK_SERIALIZE   AP_LIST_FCNTL_SERIALIZE    \
    AP_LIST_FILE_SERIALIZE    AP_LIST_PTHREAD_SERIALIZE  \
    AP_LIST_SYSVSEM_SERIALIZE AP_LIST_POSIXSEM_SERIALIZE \
    AP_LIST_SEM_SERIALIZE

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * Get Mutex config data and parse it
 * @param arg The mutex config string
 * @param pool The allocation pool
 * @param mutexmech The APR mutex locking mechanism
 * @param mutexfile The lockfile to use as required
 * @return APR status code
 * @fn apr_status_t ap_parse_mutex(const char *arg, apr_pool_t *pool,
                                        apr_lockmech_e *mutexmech,
                                        const char **mutexfile)
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_parse_mutex(const char *arg, apr_pool_t *pool,
                                        apr_lockmech_e *mutexmech,
                                        const char **mutexfile);

/* private function to process the Mutex directive */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_mutex(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
                                             const char *arg);

/* private function to initialize Mutex infrastructure */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) ap_mutex_init(apr_pool_t *p);

/**
 * option flags for ap_mutex_register(), ap_global_mutex_create(), and
 * ap_proc_mutex_create()
 */
#define AP_MUTEX_ALLOW_NONE    1 /* allow "none" as mutex implementation;
                                  * respected only on ap_mutex_register()
                                  */
#define AP_MUTEX_DEFAULT_NONE  2 /* default to "none" for this mutex;
                                  * respected only on ap_mutex_register()
                                  */

/**
 * Register a module's mutex type with core to allow configuration
 * with the Mutex directive.  This must be called in the pre_config
 * hook; otherwise, configuration directives referencing this mutex
 * type will be rejected.
 *
 * The default_dir and default_mech parameters allow a module to set
 * defaults for the lock file directory and mechanism.  These could
 * be based on compile-time settings.  These aren't required except
 * in special circumstances.
 *
 * The order of precedence for the choice of mechanism and lock file
 * directory is:
 *
 *   1. Mutex directive specifically for this mutex
 *      e.g., Mutex mpm-default flock:/tmp/mpmlocks
 *   2. Mutex directive for global default
 *      e.g., Mutex default flock:/tmp/httpdlocks
 *   3. Defaults for this mutex provided on the ap_mutex_register()
 *   4. Built-in defaults for all mutexes, which are
 *      APR_LOCK_DEFAULT and DEFAULT_REL_RUNTIMEDIR.
 *
 * @param pconf The pconf pool
 * @param type The type name of the mutex, used as the basename of the
 * file associated with the mutex, if any.  This must be unique among
 * all mutex types (mutex creation accommodates multi-instance mutex
 * types); mod_foo might have mutex  types "foo-pipe" and "foo-shm"
 * @param default_dir Default dir for any lock file required for this
 * lock, to override built-in defaults; should be NULL for most
 * modules, to respect built-in defaults
 * @param default_mech Default mechanism for this lock, to override
 * built-in defaults; should be APR_LOCK_DEFAULT for most modules, to
 * respect built-in defaults
 * or NULL if there are no defaults for this mutex.
 * @param options combination of AP_MUTEX_* constants, or 0 for defaults
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mutex_register(apr_pool_t *pconf,
                                           const char *type,
                                           const char *default_dir,
                                           apr_lockmech_e default_mech,
                                           apr_int32_t options);

/**
 * Create an APR global mutex that has been registered previously with
 * ap_mutex_register().  Mutex files, permissions, and error logging will
 * be handled internally.
 * @param mutex The memory address where the newly created mutex will be
 * stored.  If this mutex is disabled, mutex will be set to NULL on
 * output.  (That is allowed only if the AP_MUTEX_ALLOW_NONE flag is
 * passed to ap_mutex_register().)
 * @param name The generated filename of the created mutex, or NULL if
 * no file was created.  Pass NULL if this result is not needed.
 * @param type The type name of the mutex, matching the type name passed
 * to ap_mutex_register().
 * @param instance_id A unique string to be used in the lock filename IFF
 * this mutex type is multi-instance, NULL otherwise.
 * @param server server_rec of main server
 * @param pool pool lifetime of the mutex
 * @param options combination of AP_MUTEX_* constants, or 0 for defaults
 * (currently none are defined for this function)
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_global_mutex_create(apr_global_mutex_t **mutex,
                                                const char **name,
                                                const char *type,
                                                const char *instance_id,
                                                server_rec *server,
                                                apr_pool_t *pool,
                                                apr_int32_t options);

/**
 * Create an APR proc mutex that has been registered previously with
 * ap_mutex_register().  Mutex files, permissions, and error logging will
 * be handled internally.
 * @param mutex The memory address where the newly created mutex will be
 * stored.  If this mutex is disabled, mutex will be set to NULL on
 * output.  (That is allowed only if the AP_MUTEX_ALLOW_NONE flag is
 * passed to ap_mutex_register().)
 * @param name The generated filename of the created mutex, or NULL if
 * no file was created.  Pass NULL if this result is not needed.
 * @param type The type name of the mutex, matching the type name passed
 * to ap_mutex_register().
 * @param instance_id A unique string to be used in the lock filename IFF
 * this mutex type is multi-instance, NULL otherwise.
 * @param server server_rec of main server
 * @param pool pool lifetime of the mutex
 * @param options combination of AP_MUTEX_* constants, or 0 for defaults
 * (currently none are defined for this function)
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proc_mutex_create(apr_proc_mutex_t **mutex,
                                              const char **name,
                                              const char *type,
                                              const char *instance_id,
                                              server_rec *server,
                                              apr_pool_t *pool,
                                              apr_int32_t options);

AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_dump_mutexes(apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *s, apr_file_t *out);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* UTIL_MUTEX_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file ap_regkey.h
 * @brief APR-style Win32 Registry Manipulation
 */

#ifndef AP_REGKEY_H
#define AP_REGKEY_H

#if defined(WIN32) || defined(DOXYGEN)

#include "apr.h"
#include "apr_pools.h"
#include "ap_config.h"      /* Just for AP_DECLARE */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct ap_regkey_t ap_regkey_t;

/* Used to recover AP_REGKEY_* constants
 */
AP_DECLARE(const ap_regkey_t *) ap_regkey_const(int i);

/**
 * Win32 Only: Constants for ap_regkey_open()
 */
#define AP_REGKEY_CLASSES_ROOT         ap_regkey_const(0)
#define AP_REGKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG       ap_regkey_const(1)
#define AP_REGKEY_CURRENT_USER         ap_regkey_const(2)
#define AP_REGKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE        ap_regkey_const(3)
#define AP_REGKEY_USERS                ap_regkey_const(4)
#define AP_REGKEY_PERFORMANCE_DATA     ap_regkey_const(5)
#define AP_REGKEY_DYN_DATA             ap_regkey_const(6)

/**
 * Win32 Only: Flags for ap_regkey_value_set()
 */
#define AP_REGKEY_EXPAND               0x0001

/**
 * Win32 Only: Open the specified registry key.
 * @param newkey The opened registry key
 * @param parentkey The open registry key of the parent, or one of
 * <PRE>
 *           AP_REGKEY_CLASSES_ROOT
 *           AP_REGKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG
 *           AP_REGKEY_CURRENT_USER
 *           AP_REGKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
 *           AP_REGKEY_USERS
 *           AP_REGKEY_PERFORMANCE_DATA
 *           AP_REGKEY_DYN_DATA
 * </PRE>
 * @param keyname The path of the key relative to the parent key
 * @param flags Or'ed value of:
 * <PRE>
 *           APR_READ             open key for reading
 *           APR_WRITE            open key for writing
 *           APR_CREATE           create the key if it doesn't exist
 *           APR_EXCL             return error if APR_CREATE and key exists
 * </PRE>
 * @param pool The pool in which newkey is allocated
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_open(ap_regkey_t **newkey,
                                        const ap_regkey_t *parentkey,
                                        const char *keyname,
                                        apr_int32_t flags,
                                        apr_pool_t *pool);

/**
 * Win32 Only: Close the registry key opened or created by ap_regkey_open().
 * @param key The registry key to close
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_close(ap_regkey_t *key);

/**
 * Win32 Only: Remove the given registry key.
 * @param parent The open registry key of the parent, or one of
 * <PRE>
 *           AP_REGKEY_CLASSES_ROOT
 *           AP_REGKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG
 *           AP_REGKEY_CURRENT_USER
 *           AP_REGKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
 *           AP_REGKEY_USERS
 *           AP_REGKEY_PERFORMANCE_DATA
 *           AP_REGKEY_DYN_DATA
 * </PRE>
 * @param keyname The path of the key relative to the parent key
 * @param pool The pool used for temp allocations
 * @remark ap_regkey_remove() is not recursive, although it removes
 * all values within the given keyname, it will not remove a key
 * containing subkeys.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_remove(const ap_regkey_t *parent,
                                          const char *keyname,
                                          apr_pool_t *pool);

/**
 * Win32 Only: Retrieve a registry value string from an open key.
 * @param result The string value retrieved
 * @param key The registry key to retrieve the value from
 * @param valuename The named value to retrieve (pass "" for the default)
 * @param pool The pool used to store the result
 * @remark There is no toggle to prevent environment variable expansion
 * if the registry value is set with AP_REG_EXPAND (REG_EXPAND_SZ), such
 * expansions are always performed.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_value_get(char **result,
                                             ap_regkey_t *key,
                                             const char *valuename,
                                             apr_pool_t *pool);

/**
 * Win32 Only: Store a registry value string into an open key.
 * @param key The registry key to store the value into
 * @param valuename The named value to store (pass "" for the default)
 * @param value The string to store for the named value
 * @param flags The option AP_REGKEY_EXPAND or 0, where AP_REGKEY_EXPAND
 * values will find all %foo% variables expanded from the environment.
 * @param pool The pool used for temp allocations
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_value_set(ap_regkey_t *key,
                                             const char *valuename,
                                             const char *value,
                                             apr_int32_t flags,
                                             apr_pool_t *pool);

/**
 * Win32 Only: Retrieve a raw byte value from an open key.
 * @param result The raw bytes value retrieved
 * @param resultsize Pointer to a variable to store the number raw bytes retrieved
 * @param resulttype Pointer to a variable to store the registry type of the value retrieved
 * @param key The registry key to retrieve the value from
 * @param valuename The named value to retrieve (pass "" for the default)
 * @param pool The pool used to store the result
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_value_raw_get(void **result,
                                                 apr_size_t *resultsize,
                                                 apr_int32_t *resulttype,
                                                 ap_regkey_t *key,
                                                 const char *valuename,
                                                 apr_pool_t *pool);

/**
 * Win32 Only: Store a raw bytes value into an open key.
 * @param key The registry key to store the value into
 * @param valuename The named value to store (pass "" for the default)
 * @param value The bytes to store for the named value
 * @param valuesize The number of bytes for value
 * @param valuetype The
 * values will find all %foo% variables expanded from the environment.
 * @param pool The pool used for temp allocations
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_value_raw_set(ap_regkey_t *key,
                                                 const char *valuename,
                                                 const void *value,
                                                 apr_size_t  valuesize,
                                                 apr_int32_t valuetype,
                                                 apr_pool_t *pool);

/**
 * Win32 Only: Retrieve a registry value string from an open key.
 * @param result The string elements retrieved from a REG_MULTI_SZ string array
 * @param key The registry key to retrieve the value from
 * @param valuename The named value to retrieve (pass "" for the default)
 * @param pool The pool used to store the result
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_value_array_get(apr_array_header_t **result,
                                                   ap_regkey_t *key,
                                                   const char *valuename,
                                                   apr_pool_t *pool);

/**
 * Win32 Only: Store a registry value string array into an open key.
 * @param key The registry key to store the value into
 * @param valuename The named value to store (pass "" for the default)
 * @param nelts The string elements to store in a REG_MULTI_SZ string array
 * @param elts The number of elements in the elts string array
 * @param pool The pool used for temp allocations
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_value_array_set(ap_regkey_t *key,
                                                   const char *valuename,
                                                   int nelts,
                                                   const char * const * elts,
                                                   apr_pool_t *pool);

/**
 * Win32 Only: Remove a registry value from an open key.
 * @param key The registry key to remove the value from
 * @param valuename The named value to remove (pass "" for the default)
 * @param pool The pool used for temp allocations
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_value_remove(const ap_regkey_t *key,
                                                const char *valuename,
                                                apr_pool_t *pool);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* def WIN32 || def DOXYGEN */

#endif /* AP_REGKEY_H */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  ap_compat.h
 * @brief Redefine Apache 1.3 symbols
 */

#ifndef AP_COMPAT_H
#define AP_COMPAT_H

/* redefine 1.3.x symbols to the new symbol names */

#define MODULE_VAR_EXPORT    AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA
#define ap_send_http_header(r) ;

#endif /* AP_COMPAT_H */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  unixd.h
 * @brief common stuff that unix MPMs will want
 *
 * @addtogroup APACHE_OS_UNIX
 * @{
 */

#ifndef UNIXD_H
#define UNIXD_H

#include "httpd.h"
#include "http_config.h"
#include "scoreboard.h"
#include "ap_listen.h"
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
#include <sys/time.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
#include <sys/resource.h>
#endif
#include "apr_hooks.h"
#include "apr_thread_proc.h"
#include "apr_proc_mutex.h"
#include "apr_global_mutex.h"

#include <pwd.h>
#include <grp.h>
#if APR_HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_IPC_H
#include <sys/ipc.h>
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct {
    uid_t uid;
    gid_t gid;
    int userdir;
} ap_unix_identity_t;

AP_DECLARE_HOOK(ap_unix_identity_t *, get_suexec_identity,(const request_rec *r))


/* Default user name and group name. These may be specified as numbers by
 * placing a # before a number */

#ifndef DEFAULT_USER
#define DEFAULT_USER "#-1"
#endif
#ifndef DEFAULT_GROUP
#define DEFAULT_GROUP "#-1"
#endif

typedef struct {
    const char *user_name;
    const char *group_name;
    uid_t user_id;
    gid_t group_id;
    int suexec_enabled;
    const char *chroot_dir;
    const char *suexec_disabled_reason; /* suitable msg if !suexec_enabled */
} unixd_config_rec;
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern unixd_config_rec ap_unixd_config;

#if defined(RLIMIT_CPU) || defined(RLIMIT_DATA) || defined(RLIMIT_VMEM) || defined(RLIMIT_NPROC) || defined(RLIMIT_AS)
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_unixd_set_rlimit(cmd_parms *cmd, struct rlimit **plimit,
                                     const char *arg,
                                     const char * arg2, int type);
#endif

/**
 * One of the functions to set mutex permissions should be called in
 * the parent process on platforms that switch identity when the
 * server is started as root.
 * If the child init logic is performed before switching identity
 * (e.g., MPM setup for an accept mutex), it should only be called
 * for SysV semaphores.  Otherwise, it is safe to call it for all
 * mutex types.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_unixd_set_proc_mutex_perms(apr_proc_mutex_t *pmutex);
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_unixd_set_global_mutex_perms(apr_global_mutex_t *gmutex);
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_unixd_accept(void **accepted, ap_listen_rec *lr, apr_pool_t *ptrans);

#ifdef HAVE_KILLPG
#define ap_unixd_killpg(x, y)   (killpg ((x), (y)))
#define ap_os_killpg(x, y)      (killpg ((x), (y)))
#else /* HAVE_KILLPG */
#define ap_unixd_killpg(x, y)   (kill (-(x), (y)))
#define ap_os_killpg(x, y)      (kill (-(x), (y)))
#endif /* HAVE_KILLPG */

typedef struct {
    void            *baton;  /* MPM's */

    /* volatile because they're updated from signals' handlers */
    int volatile    mpm_state;
    int volatile    shutdown_pending;
    int volatile    restart_pending;
    int volatile    is_ungraceful;

    ap_generation_t my_generation;
    int             module_loads;
    int             was_graceful;

    /*
     * Current number of listeners buckets and maximum reached across
     * restarts (to size retained data according to dynamic num_buckets,
     * eg. idle_spawn_rate).
     */
    int num_buckets, max_buckets;
} ap_unixd_mpm_retained_data;

AP_DECLARE(ap_unixd_mpm_retained_data *) ap_unixd_mpm_get_retained_data(void);
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_unixd_mpm_set_signals(apr_pool_t *pconf, int once_process);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  ap_mmn.h
 * @brief Module Magic Number
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_MMN Module Magic Number
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 * @{
 */

#ifndef APACHE_AP_MMN_H
#define APACHE_AP_MMN_H

/*
 * MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR
 * Major API changes that could cause compatibility problems for older modules
 * such as structure size changes.  No binary compatibility is possible across
 * a change in the major version.
 *
 * MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MINOR
 * Minor API changes that do not cause binary compatibility problems.
 * Should be reset to 0 when upgrading MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR.
 *
 * See the AP_MODULE_MAGIC_AT_LEAST macro below for an example.
 */

/*
 * 20010224   (2.0.13-dev) MODULE_MAGIC_COOKIE reset to "AP20"
 * 20010523   (2.0.19-dev) bump for scoreboard structure reordering
 * 20010627   (2.0.19-dev) more API changes than I can count
 * 20010726   (2.0.22-dev) more big API changes
 * 20010808   (2.0.23-dev) dir d_is_absolute bit introduced, bucket changes, etc
 * 20010825   (2.0.25-dev) removed d_is_absolute, introduced map_to_storage hook
 * 20011002   (2.0.26-dev) removed 1.3-deprecated request_rec.content_language
 * 20011127   (2.0.29-dev) bump for postconfig hook change, and removal of
 *                         socket from connection record
 * 20011212   (2.0.30-dev) bump for new used_path_info member of request_rec
 * 20011218   (2.0.30-dev) bump for new sbh member of conn_rec, different
 *                         declarations for scoreboard, new parameter to
 *                         create_connection hook
 * 20020102   (2.0.30-dev) bump for changed type of limit_req_body in
 *                         core_dir_config
 * 20020109   (2.0.31-dev) bump for changed shm and scoreboard declarations
 * 20020111   (2.0.31-dev) bump for ETag fields added at end of cor_dir_config
 * 20020114   (2.0.31-dev) mod_dav changed how it asks its provider to fulfill
 *                         a GET request
 * 20020118   (2.0.31-dev) Input filtering split of blocking and mode
 * 20020127   (2.0.31-dev) bump for pre_mpm hook change
 * 20020128   (2.0.31-dev) bump for pre_config hook change
 * 20020218   (2.0.33-dev) bump for AddOutputFilterByType directive
 * 20020220   (2.0.33-dev) bump for scoreboard.h structure change
 * 20020302   (2.0.33-dev) bump for protocol_filter additions.
 * 20020306   (2.0.34-dev) bump for filter type renames.
 * 20020318   (2.0.34-dev) mod_dav's API for REPORT generation changed
 * 20020319   (2.0.34-dev) M_INVALID changed, plus new M_* methods for RFC 3253
 * 20020327   (2.0.35-dev) Add parameter to quick_handler hook
 * 20020329   (2.0.35-dev) bump for addition of freelists to bucket API
 * 20020329.1 (2.0.36)     minor bump for new arg to opt fn ap_cgi_build_command
 * 20020506   (2.0.37-dev) Removed r->boundary in request_rec.
 * 20020529   (2.0.37-dev) Standardized the names of some apr_pool_*_set funcs
 * 20020602   (2.0.37-dev) Bucket API change (metadata buckets)
 * 20020612   (2.0.38-dev) Changed server_rec->[keep_alive_]timeout to apr time
 * 20020625   (2.0.40-dev) Changed conn_rec->keepalive to an enumeration
 * 20020628   (2.0.40-dev) Added filter_init to filter registration functions
 * 20020903   (2.0.41-dev) APR's error constants changed
 * 20020903.1 (2.1.0-dev)  allow_encoded_slashes added to core_dir_config
 * 20020903.2 (2.0.46-dev) add ap_escape_logitem
 * 20030213.1 (2.1.0-dev)  changed log_writer optional fn's to return previous
 *                         handler
 * 20030821   (2.1.0-dev)  bumped mod_include's entire API
 * 20030821.1 (2.1.0-dev)  added XHTML doctypes
 * 20030821.2 (2.1.0-dev)  added ap_escape_errorlog_item
 * 20030821.3 (2.1.0-dev)  added ap_get_server_revision / ap_version_t
 * 20040425   (2.1.0-dev)  removed ap_add_named_module API
 *                         changed ap_add_module, ap_add_loaded_module,
 *                         ap_setup_prelinked_modules,
 *                         ap_process_resource_config
 * 20040425.1 (2.1.0-dev)  Added ap_module_symbol_t and
 *                         ap_prelinked_module_symbols
 * 20050101.0 (2.1.2-dev)  Axed misnamed http_method for http_scheme
 *                         (which it was!)
 * 20050127.0 (2.1.3-dev)  renamed regex_t->ap_regex_t,
 *                         regmatch_t->ap_regmatch_t, REG_*->AP_REG_*,
 *                         removed reg* in place of ap_reg*; added ap_regex.h
 * 20050217.0 (2.1.3-dev)  Axed find_child_by_pid, mpm_*_completion_context
 *                         (winnt mpm) symbols from the public sector, and
 *                         decorated real_exit_code with ap_ in the win32/os.h.
 * 20050305.0 (2.1.4-dev)  added pid and generation fields to worker_score
 * 20050305.1 (2.1.5-dev)  added ap_vhost_iterate_given_conn.
 * 20050305.2 (2.1.5-dev)  added AP_INIT_TAKE_ARGV.
 * 20050305.3 (2.1.5-dev)  added Protocol Framework.
 * 20050701.0 (2.1.7-dev)  Bump MODULE_MAGIC_COOKIE to "AP21"!
 * 20050701.1 (2.1.7-dev)  trace_enable member added to core server_config
 * 20050708.0 (2.1.7-dev)  Bump MODULE_MAGIC_COOKIE to "AP22"!
 * 20050708.1 (2.1.7-dev)  add proxy request_status hook (minor)
 * 20050919.0 (2.1.8-dev)  mod_ssl ssl_ext_list optional function added
 * 20051005.0 (2.1.8-dev)  NET_TIME filter eliminated
 * 20051005.0 (2.3.0-dev)  Bump MODULE_MAGIC_COOKIE to "AP24"!
 * 20051115.0 (2.3.0-dev)  Added use_canonical_phys_port to core_dir_config
 * 20060110.0 (2.3.0-dev)  Conversion of Authz to be provider based
 *                         addition of <SatisfyAll><SatisfyOne>
 *                         removal of Satisfy, Allow, Deny, Order
 * 20060110.1 (2.3.0-dev)  minex and minex_set members added to
 *                         cache_server_conf (minor)
 * 20060110.2 (2.3.0-dev)  flush_packets and flush_wait members added to
 *                         proxy_server (minor)
 * 20060110.3 (2.3.0-dev)  added inreslist member to proxy_conn_rec (minor)
 * 20060110.4 (2.3.0-dev)  Added server_scheme member to server_rec (minor)
 * 20060905.0 (2.3.0-dev)  Replaced ap_get_server_version() with
 *                         ap_get_server_banner() and ap_get_server_description()
 * 20060905.1 (2.3.0-dev)  Enable retry=0 for the worker (minor)
 * 20060905.2 (2.3.0-dev)  Added ap_all_available_mutexes_string,
 *                         ap_available_mutexes_string and
 *                         ap_parse_mutex()
 * 20060905.3 (2.3.0-dev)  Added conn_rec::clogging_input_filters.
 * 20060905.4 (2.3.0-dev)  Added proxy_balancer::sticky_path.
 * 20060905.5 (2.3.0-dev)  Added ap_mpm_safe_kill()
 * 20070823.0 (2.3.0-dev)  Removed ap_all_available_mutexes_string,
 *                         ap_available_mutexes_string for macros
 * 20070823.1 (2.3.0-dev)  add ap_send_interim_response()
 * 20071023.0 (2.3.0-dev)  add ap_get_scoreboard(sbh) split from the less
 *                         conventional ap_get_scoreboard(proc, thread)
 * 20071023.1 (2.3.0-dev)  Add flags field to struct proxy_alias
 * 20071023.2 (2.3.0-dev)  Add ap_mod_status_reqtail
 * 20071023.3 (2.3.0-dev)  Declare ap_time_process_request() as part of the
 *                         public scoreboard API.
 * 20071108.1 (2.3.0-dev)  Add the optional kept_body brigade to request_rec
 * 20071108.2 (2.3.0-dev)  Add st and keep fields to struct util_ldap_connection_t
 * 20071108.3 (2.3.0-dev)  Add API guarantee for adding connection filters
 *                         with non-NULL request_rec pointer (ap_add_*_filter*)
 * 20071108.4 (2.3.0-dev)  Add ap_proxy_ssl_connection_cleanup
 * 20071108.5 (2.3.0-dev)  Add *scpool to proxy_conn_rec structure
 * 20071108.6 (2.3.0-dev)  Add *r and need_flush to proxy_conn_rec structure
 * 20071108.7 (2.3.0-dev)  Add *ftp_directory_charset to proxy_dir_conf
 * 20071108.8 (2.3.0-dev)  Add optional function ap_logio_add_bytes_in() to mog_logio
 * 20071108.9 (2.3.0-dev)  Add chroot support to unixd_config
 * 20071108.10(2.3.0-dev)  Introduce new ap_expr API
 * 20071108.11(2.3.0-dev)  Revise/Expand new ap_expr API
 * 20071108.12(2.3.0-dev)  Remove ap_expr_clone from the API (same day it was added)
 * 20080403.0 (2.3.0-dev)  Add condition field to core dir config
 * 20080403.1 (2.3.0-dev)  Add authn/z hook and provider registration wrappers.
 * 20080403.2 (2.3.0-dev)  Add ap_escape_path_segment_buffer() and ap_unescape_all().
 * 20080407.0 (2.3.0-dev)  Remove ap_graceful_stop_signalled.
 * 20080407.1              Deprecate ap_cache_cacheable_hdrs_out and add two
 *                         generalized ap_cache_cacheable_headers_(in|out).
 * 20080528.0 (2.3.0-dev)  Switch order of ftp_directory_charset and
 *                         interpolate_env in proxy_dir_conf.
 *                         Rationale: see r661069.
 * 20080528.1 (2.3.0-dev)  add has_realm_hash() to authn_provider struct
 * 20080722.0 (2.3.0-dev)  remove has_realm_hash() from authn_provider struct
 * 20080722.1 (2.3.0-dev)  Add conn_timeout and conn_timeout_set to
 *                         proxy_worker struct.
 * 20080722.2 (2.3.0-dev)  Add scolonsep to proxy_balancer
 * 20080829.0 (2.3.0-dev)  Add cookie attributes when removing cookies
 * 20080830.0 (2.3.0-dev)  Cookies can be set on headers_out and err_headers_out
 * 20080920.0 (2.3.0-dev)  Add ap_mpm_register_timed_callback.
 * 20080920.1 (2.3.0-dev)  Export mod_rewrite.h in the public API.
 * 20080920.2 (2.3.0-dev)  Added ap_timeout_parameter_parse to util.c / httpd.h
 * 20081101.0 (2.3.0-dev)  Remove unused AUTHZ_GROUP_NOTE define.
 * 20081102.0 (2.3.0-dev)  Remove authz_provider_list, authz_request_state,
 *                         and AUTHZ_ACCESS_PASSED_NOTE.
 * 20081104.0 (2.3.0-dev)  Remove r and need_flush fields from proxy_conn_rec
 *                         as they are no longer used and add
 *                         ap_proxy_buckets_lifetime_transform to mod_proxy.h
 * 20081129.0 (2.3.0-dev)  Move AP_FILTER_ERROR and AP_NOBODY_READ|WROTE
 *                         from util_filter.h to httpd.h and change their
 *                         numeric values so they do not overlap with other
 *                         potential status codes
 * 20081201.0 (2.3.0-dev)  Rename several APIs to include ap_ prefix.
 * 20081201.1 (2.3.0-dev)  Added ap_args_to_table and ap_body_to_table.
 * 20081212.0 (2.3.0-dev)  Remove sb_type from process_score in scoreboard.h.
 * 20081231.0 (2.3.0-dev)  Switch ap_escape_html API: add ap_escape_html2,
 *                         and make ap_escape_html a macro for it.
 * 20090130.0 (2.3.2-dev)  Add ap_ prefix to unixd_setup_child().
 * 20090131.0 (2.3.2-dev)  Remove ap_default_type(), disable DefaultType
 * 20090208.0 (2.3.2-dev)  Add conn_rec::current_thread.
 * 20090208.1 (2.3.3-dev)  Add ap_retained_data_create()/ap_retained_data_get()
 * 20090401.0 (2.3.3-dev)  Remove ap_threads_per_child, ap_max_daemons_limit,
 *                         ap_my_generation, etc.  ap_mpm_query() can't be called
 *                         until after the register-hooks phase.
 * 20090401.1 (2.3.3-dev)  Protected log.c internals, http_log.h changes
 * 20090401.2 (2.3.3-dev)  Added tmp_flush_bb to core_output_filter_ctx_t
 * 20090401.3 (2.3.3-dev)  Added DAV options provider to mod_dav.h
 * 20090925.0 (2.3.3-dev)  Added server_rec::context and added *server_rec
 *                         param to ap_wait_or_timeout()
 * 20090925.1 (2.3.3-dev)  Add optional function ap_logio_get_last_bytes() to
 *                         mod_logio
 * 20091011.0 (2.3.3-dev)  Move preserve_host{,_set} from proxy_server_conf to
 *                         proxy_dir_conf
 * 20091011.1 (2.3.3-dev)  add debug_level to util_ldap_state_t
 * 20091031.0 (2.3.3-dev)  remove public LDAP referral-related macros
 * 20091119.0 (2.3.4-dev)  dav_error interface uses apr_status_t parm, not errno
 * 20091119.1 (2.3.4-dev)  ap_mutex_register(), ap_{proc,global}_mutex_create()
 * 20091229.0 (2.3.5-dev)  Move allowed_connect_ports from proxy_server_conf
 *                         to mod_proxy_connect
 * 20091230.0 (2.3.5-dev)  Move ftp_directory_charset from proxy_dir_conf
 *                         to proxy_ftp_dir_conf(mod_proxy_ftp)
 * 20091230.1 (2.3.5-dev)  add util_ldap_state_t.opTimeout
 * 20091230.2 (2.3.5-dev)  add ap_get_server_name_for_url()
 * 20091230.3 (2.3.6-dev)  add ap_parse_log_level()
 * 20091230.4 (2.3.6-dev)  export ap_process_request_after_handler() for mod_serf
 * 20100208.0 (2.3.6-dev)  ap_socache_provider_t API changes to store and iterate
 * 20100208.1 (2.3.6-dev)  Added forward member to proxy_conn_rec
 * 20100208.2 (2.3.6-dev)  Added ap_log_command_line().
 * 20100223.0 (2.3.6-dev)  LDAP client_certs per-server moved to per-dir
 * 20100223.1 (2.3.6-dev)  Added ap_process_fnmatch_configs().
 * 20100504.0 (2.3.6-dev)  Added name arg to ap_{proc,global}_mutex_create().
 * 20100604.0 (2.3.6-dev)  Remove unused core_dir_config::loglevel
 * 20100606.0 (2.3.6-dev)  Make ap_log_*error macro wrappers around
 *                         ap_log_*error_ to save argument preparation and
 *                         function call overhead.
 *                         Introduce per-module loglevels, including new APIs
 *                         APLOG_USE_MODULE() and AP_DECLARE_MODULE().
 * 20100606.1 (2.3.6-dev)  Added extended timestamp formatting via
 *                         ap_recent_ctime_ex().
 * 20100609.0 (2.3.6-dev)  Dropped ap_body_to_table due to missing constraints.
 * 20100609.1 (2.3.7-dev)  Introduce ap_log_cserror()
 * 20100609.2 (2.3.7-dev)  Add deferred write pool to core_output_filter_ctx
 * 20100625.0 (2.3.7-dev)  Add 'userctx' to socache iterator callback prototype
 * 20100630.0 (2.3.7-dev)  make module_levels vector of char instead of int
 * 20100701.0 (2.3.7-dev)  re-order struct members to improve alignment
 * 20100701.1 (2.3.7-dev)  add note_auth_failure hook
 * 20100701.2 (2.3.7-dev)  add ap_proxy_*_wid() functions
 * 20100714.0 (2.3.7-dev)  add access_checker_ex hook, add AUTHZ_DENIED_NO_USER
 *                         to authz_status, call authz providers twice to allow
 *                         authz without authenticated user
 * 20100719.0 (2.3.7-dev)  Add symbol name parameter to ap_add_module and
 *                         ap_add_loaded_module. Add ap_find_module_short_name
 * 20100723.0 (2.3.7-dev)  Remove ct_output_filters from core rec
 * 20100723.1 (2.3.7-dev)  Added ap_proxy_hashfunc() and hash elements to
 *                         proxy worker structs
 * 20100723.2 (2.3.7-dev)  Add ap_request_has_body()
 * 20100723.3 (2.3.8-dev)  Add ap_check_mpm()
 * 20100905.0 (2.3.9-dev)  Add log_id to conn and req recs. Add error log
 *                         format handlers. Support AP_CTIME_OPTION_COMPACT in
 *                         ap_recent_ctime_ex().
 * 20100905.1 (2.3.9-dev)  Add ap_cache_check_allowed()
 * 20100912.0 (2.3.9-dev)  Add an additional "out" brigade parameter to the
 *                         mod_cache store_body() provider function.
 * 20100916.0 (2.3.9-dev)  Add commit_entity() to the mod_cache provider
 *                         interface.
 * 20100918.0 (2.3.9-dev)  Move the request_rec within mod_include to be
 *                         exposed within include_ctx_t.
 * 20100919.0 (2.3.9-dev)  Authz providers: Add parsed_require_line parameter
 *                         to check_authorization() function. Add
 *                         parse_require_line() function.
 * 20100919.1 (2.3.9-dev)  Introduce ap_rxplus util/API
 * 20100921.0 (2.3.9-dev)  Add an apr_bucket_brigade to the create_entity
 *                         provider interface for mod_cache.h.
 * 20100922.0 (2.3.9-dev)  Move cache_* functions from mod_cache.h to a
 *                         private header file.
 * 20100923.0 (2.3.9-dev)  Remove MOD_CACHE_REQUEST_REC, remove deprecated
 *                         ap_cache_cacheable_hdrs_out, trim cache_object_t,
 *                         make ap_cache_accept_headers, ap_cache_accept_headers
 *                         ap_cache_try_lock, ap_cache_check_freshness,
 *                         cache_server_conf, cache_enable, cache_disable,
 *                         cache_request_rec and cache_provider_list private.
 * 20100923.1 (2.3.9-dev)  Add cache_status hook.
 * 20100923.2 (2.3.9-dev)  Add generate_log_id hook.
 *                         Make root parameter of ap_expr_eval() const.
 * 20100923.3 (2.3.9-dev)  Add "last" member to ap_directive_t
 * 20101012.0 (2.3.9-dev)  Add header to cache_status hook.
 * 20101016.0 (2.3.9-dev)  Remove ap_cache_check_allowed().
 * 20101017.0 (2.3.9-dev)  Make ap_cache_control() public, add cache_control_t
 *                         to mod_disk_cache format.
 * 20101106.0 (2.3.9-dev)  Replace the ap_expr parser derived from
 *                         mod_include's parser with one derived from
 *                         mod_ssl's parser. Clean up ap_expr's public
 *                         interface.
 * 20101106.1 (2.3.9-dev)  Add ap_pool_cleanup_set_null() generic cleanup
 * 20101106.2 (2.3.9-dev)  Add suexec_disabled_reason field to ap_unixd_config
 * 20101113.0 (2.3.9-dev)  Add source address to mod_proxy.h
 * 20101113.1 (2.3.9-dev)  Add ap_set_flag_slot_char()
 * 20101113.2 (2.3.9-dev)  Add ap_expr_exec_re()
 * 20101204.0 (2.3.10-dev) Add _t to ap_expr's typedef names
 * 20101223.0 (2.3.11-dev) Remove cleaned from proxy_conn_rec.
 * 20101223.1 (2.3.11-dev) Rework mod_proxy, et.al. Remove proxy_worker_stat
 *                         and replace w/ proxy_worker_shared; remove worker
 *                         info from scoreboard and use slotmem; Allow
 *                         dynamic growth of balancer members; Remove
 *                         BalancerNonce in favor of 'nonce' parameter.
 * 20110117.0 (2.3.11-dev) Merge <If> sections in separate step (ap_if_walk).
 *                         Add core_dir_config->sec_if. Add ap_add_if_conf().
 *                         Add pool argument to ap_add_file_conf().
 * 20110117.1 (2.3.11-dev) Add ap_pstr2_alnum() and ap_str2_alnum()
 * 20110203.0 (2.3.11-dev) Raise DYNAMIC_MODULE_LIMIT to 256
 * 20110203.1 (2.3.11-dev) Add ap_state_query()
 * 20110203.2 (2.3.11-dev) Add ap_run_pre_read_request() hook and
 *                         ap_parse_form_data() util
 * 20110312.0 (2.3.12-dev) remove uldap_connection_cleanup and add
                           util_ldap_state_t.connectionPoolTTL,
                           util_ldap_connection_t.freed, and
                           util_ldap_connection_t.rebind_pool.
 * 20110312.1 (2.3.12-dev) Add core_dir_config.decode_encoded_slashes.
 * 20110328.0 (2.3.12-dev) change type and name of connectionPoolTTL in util_ldap_state_t
                           connectionPoolTTL (connection_pool_ttl, int->apr_interval_t)
 * 20110329.0 (2.3.12-dev) Change single-bit signed fields to unsigned in
 *                         proxy and cache interfaces.
 *                         Change ap_configfile_t/ap_cfg_getline()/
 *                         ap_cfg_getc() API, add ap_pcfg_strerror()
 *                         Axe mpm_note_child_killed hook, change
 *                         ap_reclaim_child_process and ap_recover_child_process
 *                         interfaces.
 * 20110329.1 (2.3.12-dev) Add ap_reserve_module_slots()/ap_reserve_module_slots_directive()
 *                         change AP_CORE_DECLARE to AP_DECLARE: ap_create_request_config()
 *                         change AP_DECLARE to AP_CORE_DECLARE: ap_register_log_hooks()
 * 20110329.2 (2.3.12-dev) Add child_status and end_generation hooks.
 * 20110329.3 (2.3.12-dev) Add format field to ap_errorlog_info.
 * 20110329.4 (2.3.13-dev) bgrowth and max_balancers to proxy_server_conf.
 * 20110329.5 (2.3.13-dev) Add ap_regexec_len()
 * 20110329.6 (2.3.13-dev) Add AP_EXPR_FLAGS_RESTRICTED, ap_expr_eval_ctx_t->data,
 *                         ap_expr_exec_ctx()
 * 20110604.0 (2.3.13-dev) Make ap_rputs() inline
 * 20110605.0 (2.3.13-dev) add core_dir_config->condition_ifelse, change return
 *                         type of ap_add_if_conf().
 *                         Add members of core_request_config: document_root,
 *                         context_document_root, context_prefix.
 *                         Add ap_context_*(), ap_set_context_info(), ap_set_document_root()
 * 20110605.1 (2.3.13-dev) add ap_(get|set)_core_module_config()
 * 20110605.2 (2.3.13-dev) add ap_get_conn_socket()
 * 20110619.0 (2.3.13-dev) add async connection infos to process_score in scoreboard,
 *                         add ap_start_lingering_close(),
 *                         add conn_state_e:CONN_STATE_LINGER_NORMAL and CONN_STATE_LINGER_SHORT
 * 20110619.1 (2.3.13-dev) add ap_str_toupper()
 * 20110702.0 (2.3.14-dev) make ap_expr_parse_cmd() macro wrapper for new
 *                         ap_expr_parse_cmd_mi() function, add ap_expr_str_*() functions,
 *                         rename AP_EXPR_FLAGS_* -> AP_EXPR_FLAG_*
 * 20110702.1 (2.3.14-dev) Add ap_scan_script_header_err*_ex functions
 * 20110723.0 (2.3.14-dev) Revert addition of ap_ldap*
 * 20110724.0 (2.3.14-dev) Add override_list as parameter to ap_parse_htaccess
 *                         Add member override_list to cmd_parms_struct,
 *                         core_dir_config and htaccess_result
 * 20110724.1 (2.3.15-dev) add NOT_IN_HTACCESS
 * 20110724.2 (2.3.15-dev) retries and retry_delay in util_ldap_state_t
 * 20110724.3 (2.3.15-dev) add util_varbuf.h / ap_varbuf API
 * 20110724.4 (2.3.15-dev) add max_ranges to core_dir_config
 * 20110724.5 (2.3.15-dev) add ap_set_accept_ranges()
 * 20110724.6 (2.3.15-dev) add max_overlaps and max_reversals to core_dir_config
 * 20110724.7 (2.3.15-dev) add ap_random_insecure_bytes(), ap_random_pick()
 * 20110724.8 (2.3.15-dev) add ap_abort_on_oom(), ap_malloc(), ap_calloc(),
 *                         ap_realloc()
 * 20110724.9 (2.3.15-dev) add ap_varbuf_pdup() and ap_varbuf_regsub()
 * 20110724.10(2.3.15-dev) Export ap_max_mem_free
 * 20111009.0 (2.3.15-dev) Remove ap_proxy_removestr(),
 *                         add ap_unixd_config.group_name
 * 20111014.0 (2.3.15-dev) Remove cookie_path_str and cookie_domain_str from
 *                         proxy_dir_conf
 * 20111025.0 (2.3.15-dev) Add return value and maxlen to ap_varbuf_regsub(),
 *                         add ap_pregsub_ex()
 * 20111025.1 (2.3.15-dev) Add ap_escape_urlencoded(), ap_escape_urlencoded_buffer()
 *                         and ap_unescape_urlencoded().
 * 20111025.2 (2.3.15-dev) Add ap_lua_ssl_val to mod_lua
 * 20111025.3 (2.4.0-dev)  Add reclvl to ap_expr_eval_ctx_t
 * 20111122.0 (2.4.0-dev)  Remove parts of conn_state_t that are private to the MPM
 * 20111123.0 (2.4.0-dev)  Pass ap_errorlog_info struct to error_log hook,
 *                         add pool to ap_errorlog_info.
 * 20111130.0 (2.4.0-dev)  c->remote_ip becomes c->peer_ip and r->client_ip,
 *                         c->remote_addr becomes c->peer_addr and r->client_addr
 * 20111201.0 (2.4.0-dev)  Add invalidate_entity() to the cache provider.
 * 20111202.0 (2.4.0-dev)  Use apr_status_t across mod_session API.
 * 20111202.1 (2.4.0-dev)  add APLOGNO()
 * 20111203.0 (2.4.0-dev)  Optional ap_proxy_retry_worker(), remove
 *                         ap_proxy_string_read(), ap_cache_liststr(),
 *                         ap_proxy_buckets_lifetime_transform(),
 *                         ap_proxy_date_canon(), ap_proxy_is_ipaddr(),
 *                         ap_proxy_is_domainname(), ap_proxy_is_hostname(),
 *                         ap_proxy_is_word(), ap_proxy_hex2sec(),
 *                         ap_proxy_sec2hex(), ap_proxy_make_fake_req(),
 *                         ap_proxy_strmatch_path, ap_proxy_strmatch_domain,
 *                         ap_proxy_table_unmerge(), proxy_lb_workers.
 * 20120109.0 (2.4.1-dev)  Changes sizeof(overrides_t) in core config.
 * 20120109.1 (2.4.1-dev)  remove sb_type in global_score.
 * 20120109.2 (2.4.1-dev)  Make core_output_filter_ctx_t and core_ctx_t
 *                         private;
 *                         move core_net rec definition to http_core.h;
 *                         add insert_network_bucket hook, AP_DECLINED
 * 20120211.0 (2.4.1-dev)  Change re_nsub in ap_regex_t from apr_size_t to int.
 * 20120211.1 (2.4.2-dev)  Add AP_HAVE_C99
 * 20120211.2 (2.4.2-dev)  Add ap_runtime_dir_relative
 * 20120211.3 (2.4.2-dev)  Add forcerecovery to proxy_balancer_shared struct
 * 20120211.4 (2.4.3-dev)  Add ap_list_provider_groups()
 * 20120211.5 (2.4.3-dev)  Add missing HTTP status codes registered with IANA.
 * 20120211.6 (2.4.3-dev)  Add ap_proxy_checkproxyblock2.
 * 20120211.7 (2.4.3-dev)  Add ap_get_loadavg()
 * 20120211.8 (2.4.3-dev)  Add sticky_separator to proxy_balancer_shared struct.
 * 20120211.9 (2.4.4-dev)  Add fgrab() to ap_slotmem_provider_t.
 * 20120211.10 (2.4.4-dev) Add in bal_persist field to proxy_server_conf
 * 20120211.11 (2.4.4-dev) Add ap_bin2hex()
 * 20120211.12 (2.4.5-dev) Add ap_remove_input|output_filter_byhandle()
 * 20120211.13 (2.4.5-dev) Add ap_get_exec_line
 * 20120211.14 (2.4.5-dev) Add ppinherit and inherit to proxy_server_conf
 * 20120211.15 (2.4.5-dev) Add dav_join_error()
 * 20120211.16 (2.4.5-dev) Add cache_control_t.invalidated
 * 20120211.17 (2.4.5-dev) Add ap_find_etag_weak(), ap_find_etag_strong()
 * 20120211.18 (2.4.5-dev) Add ap_condition_e, ap_condition_if_match(),
 *                         ap_condition_if_unmodified_since(),
 *                         ap_condition_if_none_match(),
 *                         ap_condition_if_modified_since(),
 *                         ap_condition_if_range()
 * 20120211.19 (2.4.5-dev) Add post_perdir_config hook.
 * 20120211.20 (2.4.5-dev) Add dirwalk_stat hook.
 * 20120211.21 (2.4.5-dev) Add in ap_proxy_create_hdrbrgd() and
 *                         ap_proxy_pass_brigade()
 * 20120211.22 (2.4.5-dev) No longer prevent usage of strtoul()
 * 20120211.23 (2.4.5-dev) Add ap_proxy_clear_connection()
 * 20120211.24 (2.4.7-dev) add open_htaccess hook.
 * 20120211.25 (2.4.7-dev) Add conn_sense_e
 * 20120211.26 (2.4.7-dev) Add util_fcgi.h, FastCGI protocol support
 * 20120211.27 (2.4.7-dev) Add ap_podx_restart_t and ap_mpm_podx_*
 * 20120211.28 (2.4.7-dev) Add ap_regname
 * 20120211.29 (2.4.7-dev) Add uds_path to proxy_conn_rec and proxy_worker_shared.
 *                         The change to proxy_worker_shared is an
 *                         unintended API break, especially for balancer
 *                         lbmethod modules.
 * 20120211.30 (2.4.7-dev) REWRITE_REDIRECT_HANDLER_NAME in mod_rewrite.h
 * 20120211.31 (2.4.7-dev) Add ap_proxy_port_of_scheme()
 * 20120211.32 (2.4.10-dev) Add SSL reusable SNI to mod_proxy.h's proxy_conn_rec
 * 20120211.33 (2.4.10-dev) Add suspend_connection and resume_connection hooks
 * 20120211.34 (2.4.10-dev) AP_DEFAULT_HANDLER_NAME/AP_IS_DEFAULT_HANDLER_NAME
 * 20120211.35 (2.4.10-dev) Add "r", "must_rebind", and last_backend_conn
                            to util_ldap_connection_t
 * 20120211.36 (2.4.10-dev) Add ap_copy_scoreboard_worker()
 * 20120211.37 (2.4.11-dev) Add r->trailers_{in,out}
 * 20120211.38 (2.4.11-dev) Added ap_shutdown_conn().
 * 20120211.39 (2.4.11-dev) Add ap_proxy_connect_uds().
 * 20120211.40 (2.4.11-dev) Add ap_log_data(), ap_log_rdata(), etc.
 * 20120211.41 (2.4.11-dev) Add ap_proxy_de_socketfy to mod_proxy.h
 * 20120211.42 (2.4.13-dev) Add response_code_exprs to http_core.h
 * 20120211.43 (2.4.13-dev) Add keep_alive_timeout_set to server_rec
 * 20120211.44 (2.4.13-dev) Add cgi_pass_auth and AP_CGI_PASS_AUTH_* to
 *                          core_dir_config
 * 20120211.45 (2.4.13-dev) Add ap_proxy_connection_reusable()
 * 20120211.46 (2.4.13-dev) Add ap_map_http_request_error()
 * 20120211.47 (2.4.13-dev) Add ap_some_authn_required, ap_force_authn hook.
 *                          Deprecate broken ap_some_auth_required.
 * 20120211.48 (2.4.17-dev) Added ap_log_mpm_common().
 * 20120211.49 (2.4.17-dev) Add listener bucket in scoreboard.h's process_score.
 * 20120211.50 (2.4.17-dev) Add ap_set_listencbratio(), ap_close_listeners_ex(),
 *                          ap_duplicate_listeners(), ap_num_listen_buckets and
 *                          ap_have_so_reuseport to ap_listen.h.
 * 20120211.51 (2.4.17-dev) Add protocols and protocols_honor_order to
 *                          core_server_config. Add hooks protocol_propose
 *                          protocol_switch and protocol_get. Add
 *                          ap_select_protocol(), ap_switch_protocol(),
 *                          ap_get_protocol(). Add HTTP_MISDIRECTED_REQUEST.
 *                          Added ap_parse_token_list_strict() to httpd.h
 * 20120211.52 (2.4.17-dev) Add master conn_rec* member in conn_rec.
 * 20120211.53 (2.4.19-dev) Add expr_handler to core_dir_config.
 * 20120211.54 (2.4.19-dev) Add ap_proxy_buckets_lifetime_transform and
 *                          ap_proxy_transfer_between_connections to
 *                          mod_proxy.h
 * 20120211.55 (2.4.19-dev) Add new ap_update_child_status...() methods,
 *                          add protocol to worker_score in scoreboard.h,
 *                          Add pre_close connection hook and
 *                          ap_prep_lingering_close().
 * 20120211.56 (2.4.19-dev) Split useragent_host from the conn_rec into
 *                          the request_rec, with ap_get_useragent_host()
 * 20120211.57 (2.4.19-dev) Add mod_ssl_openssl.h and OpenSSL-specific hooks
 * 20120211.58 (2.4.21-dev) Add cgi_var_rules to core_dir_config.
 * 20120211.59 (2.4.21-dev) Add ap_getword_conf2[_nc](),
 *                          ap_proxy_is_socket_connected() and
 *                          extended proxy_worker_shared.
 * 20120211.60 (2.4.21-dev) Add dav_get_provider_name.
 * 20120211.61 (2.4.21-dev) Add ap_cstr_casecmp[n]() - placeholder of apr_ fns
 * 20120211.62 (2.4.24-dev) Add childtags to dav_error.
 * 20120211.63 (2.4.24-dev) Add dav_begin_multistatus, dav_send_one_response,
 *                          dav_finish_multistatus, dav_send_multistatus,
 *                          dav_handle_err, dav_failed_proppatch,
 *                          dav_success_proppatch.
 * 20120211.64 (2.4.24-dev) Add ap_proxy_check_backend(), and tmp_bb to struct
 *                          proxy_conn_rec.
 * 20120211.65 (2.4.24-dev) Add ap_check_pipeline().
 * 20120211.66 (2.4.24-dev) Rename ap_proxy_check_backend() to
 *                          ap_proxy_check_connection().
 * 20120211.67 (2.4.24-dev) Add http09_enable, http_conformance, and
 *                          http_methods to core_server_config
 *                          Add ap_scan_http_field_token(),
 *                          ap_scan_http_field_content(),
 *                          and ap_scan_vchar_obstext()
 *                          Replaced fold boolean with with multiple bit flags
 *                          to ap_[r]getline()
 * 20120211.68 (2.4.26-dev) Add ap_get_basic_auth_components() and deprecate
 *                          ap_get_basic_auth_pw()
 * 20120211.69 (2.4.30-dev) Add ap_update_sb_handle()
 * 20120211.70 (2.4.30-dev) Add flags field to module_struct and function
 *                          ap_get_module_flags()
 * 20120211.71 (2.4.30-dev) Add optional proxy_{hook,run}_section_post_config(),
 *                          ap_proxy_connection_create_ex() and section_config
 *                          to struct proxy_{worker,balancer} in mod_proxy.h,
 *                          and optional ssl_engine_set() to mod_ssl.h.
 * 20120211.72 (2.4.30-dev) Add NOT_IN_DIR_CONTEXT replacing NOT_IN_DIR_LOC_FILE
 *                          semantics
 * 20120211.73 (2.4.30-dev) Add failontimeout_set, growth_set and lbmethod_set
 *                          to proxy_balancer struct
 * 20120211.74 (2.4.30-dev) Add AP_REG_DOLLAR_ENDONLY, ap_regcomp_get_default_cflags
 *                          ap_regcomp_set_default_cflags and
 *                          ap_regcomp_default_cflag_by_name
 * 20120211.75 (2.4.30-dev) Add hostname_ex to proxy_worker_shared
 * 20120211.76 (2.4.30-dev) Add CONN_STATE_NUM to enum conn_state_e
 * 20120211.77 (2.4.34-dev) Add ap_exists_directive()
 * 20120211.78 (2.4.34-dev) Add response_field_size to proxy_worker_shared 
 * 20120211.79 (2.4.34-dev) Add AP_GETLINE_NOSPC_EOL flag to http_protocol.h
 * 20120211.80 (2.4.35-dev) Add new ap_update_global_status() method and
 *                          times field in the global_score structure in
 *                          scoreboard.h.
 * 20120211.81 (2.4.35-dev) Add new duration field to worker_score struct in
 *                          scoreboard.h
 * 20120211.82 (2.4.35-dev) Add optional function declaration for
 *                          ap_proxy_balancer_get_best_worker to mod_proxy.h.
 * 20120211.83 (2.4.35-dev) Add client64 field to worker_score struct
 * 20120211.84 (2.4.35-dev) Add ap_no2slash_ex() and merge_slashes to 
 *                          core_server_conf.
 * 20120211.85 (2.4.40-dev) add ap_set_conn_count().
 * 20120211.86 (2.4.40-dev) Add forward_100_continue{,_set} to proxy_dir_conf
 * 20120211.87 (2.4.40-dev) Add dav_popen_propdb
 * 20120211.88 (2.4.40-dev) Add ap_dir_nofnmatch() and ap_dir_fnmatch().
 * 20120211.89 (2.4.42-dev) Add add dns_pool to proxy_conn_pool and define
 *                          AP_VOLATILIZE_T.
 * 20120211.90 (2.4.42-dev) AP_REG_DEFAULT macro in ap_regex.h
 * 20120211.91 (2.4.42-dev) Add ap_is_chunked() in httpd.h
 * 20120211.92 (2.4.42-dev) AP_REG_NO_DEFAULT macro in ap_regex.h
 * 20120211.93 (2.4.44-dev) Add ap_parse_strict_length()
 * 20120211.94 (2.4.47-dev) Add ap_proxy_define_match_worker()
 * 20120211.95 (2.4.47-dev) Add proxy check_trans hook
 * 20120211.96 (2.4.47-dev) Add ap_get_status_line_ex()
 * 20120211.97 (2.4.47-dev) Add read_buf_size member to core_dir_config,
 *                          flush_max_threshold and flush_max_pipelined to
 *                          core_server_config, and ap_get_read_buf_size().
 * 20120211.98 (2.4.47-dev) Add ap_proxy_should_override to mod_proxy.h
 * 20120211.99 (2.4.47-dev) Add proxy_tunnel_rec, ap_proxy_tunnel_create()
 *                          and ap_proxy_tunnel_run() to proxy_util.
 * 20120211.99 (2.4.47-dev) Add ap_proxy_worker_can_upgrade()
 * 20120211.100 (2.4.47-dev) Add ap_proxy_prefetch_input(),
 *                           ap_proxy_spool_input() and
 *                           ap_proxy_read_input().
 * 20120211.101 (2.4.47-dev) ETAG_DIGEST in http_core.h. struct etag_rec,
 *                           ap_make_etag_ex() and ap_set_etag_fd() in
 *                           http_protocol.h. ap_request_bnotes_t,
 *                           AP_REQUEST_STRONG_ETAG, AP_REQUEST_GET_BNOTE,
 *                           AP_REQUEST_SET_BNOTE and AP_REQUEST_IS_STRONG_ETAG
 *                           in httpd.h.
 * 20120211.102 (2.4.47-dev) Add ap_ssl_conn_is_ssl()/ap_ssl_var_lookup() and hooks
 * 20120211.103 (2.4.47-dev) Add ap_ssl_add_cert_files, ap_ssl_add_fallback_cert_files
 *                           and ap_ssl_answer_challenge and hooks.
 * 20120211.104 (2.4.47-dev) Move ap_ssl_* into new http_ssl.h header file
 * 20120211.105 (2.4.47-dev) Add ap_ssl_ocsp* hooks and functions to http_ssl.h.
 * 20120211.106 (2.4.49-dev) Add ap_create_request().
 * 20120211.107 (2.4.49-dev) Add ap_parse_request_line() and
 *                           ap_check_request_header()
 * 20120211.108 (2.4.49-dev) Add ajp_handle_cping_cpong
 * 20120211.109 (2.4.49-dev) Add ap_normalize_path(),
 *                           pre_translate_name hook and
 *                           Add map_encoded_one and map_encoded_all bits to
 *                           proxy_server_conf.
 * 20120211.110 (2.4.49-dev) Add hook child_stopping to get informed that a child
 *                           is being shut down.
 * 20120211.111 (2.4.49-dev) Add dav_get_provider(), dav_open_lockdb(),
 *                           dav_close_lockdb() and dav_get_resource() to
 *                           mod_dav.h.
 * 20120211.112 (2.4.49-dev) Add deliver_report and gather_reports hooks.
 * 20120211.113 (2.4.49-dev) Add method_precondition hook.
 * 20120211.114 (2.4.49-dev) Add optional balancer_manage function.
 * 20120211.115 (2.4.49-dev) Add ap_proxy_get_worker_ex() and
 *                           ap_proxy_define_worker_ex() to mod_proxy.h
 * 20120211.116 (2.4.49-dev) add conn_rec->outgoing and ap_ssl_bind_outgoing()
 * 20120211.117 (2.4.50-dev) Add ap_pre_connection
 * 20120211.118 (2.4.51-dev) Add ap_unescape_url_ex() and deprecate
 *                           AP_NORMALIZE_DROP_PARAMETERS
 * 20120211.119 (2.4.51-dev) Add dav_validate_root_ns(), dav_find_child_ns(),
 *                           dav_find_next_ns(), dav_find_attr_ns() and
 *                           dav_find_attr().
 * 20120211.120 (2.4.51-dev) Add dav_liveprop_elem structure and
 *                           dav_get_liveprop_element().
 * 20120211.121 (2.4.51-dev) Add ap_post_read_request()
 * 20120211.122 (2.4.51-dev) Add ap_thread_create(), ap_thread_main_create()
 *                           and ap_thread_current()
 * 20120211.123 (2.4.51-dev) Added ap_pcre_version_string(), AP_REG_PCRE_COMPILED
 *                           and AP_REG_PCRE_LOADED to ap_regex.h.
 * 20120211.124 (2.4.51-dev) Add name_ex to struct proxy_worker_shared
 * 20120211.125 (2.4.55-dev) Export mod_http2.h as public header
 * 20120211.126 (2.4.55-dev) Add additional hcmethod_t enums and PROXY_WORKER_IS_ERROR
 * 20120211.127 (2.4.56-dev) Add ap_proxy_canonenc_ex
 * 20120211.128 (2.4.55-dev) Add AP_CTIME_OPTION_GMTOFF to util_time.h
 * 20120211.129 (2.4.58-dev) Add ap_get_pollfd_from_conn()
 * 20120211.130 (2.4.59-dev) Add ap_proxy_determine_address()
 * 20120211.131 (2.4.59-dev) Add DAV_WALKTYPE_TOLERANT
 * 20120211.132 (2.4.60-dev) Add ap_set_content_type_ex(), ap_filepath_merge(),
 *                           and AP_REQUEST_TRUSTED_CT BNOTE.
 * 20120211.133 (2.4.60-dev) Add ap_proxy_fixup_uds_filename()
 * 20120211.134 (2.4.60-dev) AP_SLASHES and AP_IS_SLASH
 * 20120211.135 (2.4.63-dev) Add CONN_STATE_ASYNC_WAITIO, CONN_STATE_KEEPALIVE
 *                           and CONN_STATE_PROCESSING
 * 20120211.136 (2.4.63-dev) Add wait_io field to struct process_score
 * 20120211.137 (2.4.63-dev) Add AP_MPMQ_CAN_WAITIO
 * 20120211.138 (2.4.63-dev) Add is_host_matchable to proxy_worker_shared
 * 20120211.139 (2.4.63-dev) Add dav_get_base_path() to mod_dav
 * 20120211.140 (2.4.64-dev) Add ap_set_time_process_request() to scoreboard.h
 * 20120211.141 (2.4.64-dev) add ap_stat_check() to httpd.h
 */

#define MODULE_MAGIC_COOKIE 0x41503234UL /* "AP24" */

#ifndef MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR
#define MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR 20120211
#endif
#define MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MINOR 141                 /* 0...n */

/**
 * Determine if the server's current MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER is at least a
 * specified value.
 *
 * Useful for testing for features.
 * For example, suppose you wish to use the apr_table_overlap
 *    function.  You can do this:
 *
 * \code
 * #if AP_MODULE_MAGIC_AT_LEAST(19980812,2)
 *     ... use apr_table_overlap()
 * #else
 *     ... alternative code which doesn't use apr_table_overlap()
 * #endif
 * \endcode
 *
 * @param major The major module magic number
 * @param minor The minor module magic number
 * @def AP_MODULE_MAGIC_AT_LEAST(int major, int minor)
 */
#define AP_MODULE_MAGIC_AT_LEAST(major,minor)           \
    ((major) < MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR                \
     || ((major) == MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR           \
         && (minor) <= MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MINOR))

/** @deprecated present for backwards compatibility */
#define MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR
#define MODULE_MAGIC_AT_LEAST old_broken_macro_we_hope_you_are_not_using

#endif /* !APACHE_AP_MMN_H */
/** @} */
20120211x8664
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  ap_provider.h
 * @brief Apache Provider API
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_PROVIDER Provider API
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 * @{
 */

#ifndef AP_PROVIDER_H
#define AP_PROVIDER_H

#include "ap_config.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct {
    const char *provider_name;
} ap_list_provider_names_t;

typedef struct {
    const char *provider_group;
    const char *provider_version;
} ap_list_provider_groups_t;

/**
 * This function is used to register a provider with the global
 * provider pool.
 * @param pool The pool to create any storage from
 * @param provider_group The group to store the provider in
 * @param provider_name The name for this provider
 * @param provider_version The version for this provider
 * @param provider Opaque structure for this provider
 * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_register_provider(apr_pool_t *pool,
                                              const char *provider_group,
                                              const char *provider_name,
                                              const char *provider_version,
                                              const void *provider);

/**
 * This function is used to retrieve a provider from the global
 * provider pool.
 * @param provider_group The group to look for this provider in
 * @param provider_name The name for the provider
 * @param provider_version The version for the provider
 * @return provider pointer to provider if found, NULL otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(void *) ap_lookup_provider(const char *provider_group,
                                      const char *provider_name,
                                      const char *provider_version);

/**
 * This function is used to retrieve a list (array) of provider
 * names from the specified group with the specified version.
 * @param pool The pool to create any storage from
 * @param provider_group The group to look for this provider in
 * @param provider_version The version for the provider
 * @return pointer to array of ap_list_provider_names_t of provider names (could be empty)
 */

AP_DECLARE(apr_array_header_t *) ap_list_provider_names(apr_pool_t *pool,
                                              const char *provider_group,
                                              const char *provider_version);

/**
 * This function is used to retrieve a list (array) of provider groups and versions
 * @param pool The pool to create any storage from
 * @return pointer to array of ap_list_provider_groups_t of provider groups
 *         and versions (could be empty)
 */

AP_DECLARE(apr_array_header_t *) ap_list_provider_groups(apr_pool_t *pool);


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  mod_status.h
 * @brief Status Report Extension Module to Apache
 *
 * @defgroup MOD_STATUS mod_status
 * @ingroup  APACHE_MODS
 * @{
 */

#ifndef MOD_STATUS_H
#define MOD_STATUS_H

#include "ap_config.h"
#include "httpd.h"

#define AP_STATUS_SHORT    (0x1)  /* short, non-HTML report requested */
#define AP_STATUS_NOTABLE  (0x2)  /* HTML report without tables */
#define AP_STATUS_EXTENDED (0x4)  /* detailed report */

#if !defined(WIN32)
#define STATUS_DECLARE(type)            type
#define STATUS_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     type
#define STATUS_DECLARE_DATA
#elif defined(STATUS_DECLARE_STATIC)
#define STATUS_DECLARE(type)            type __stdcall
#define STATUS_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     type
#define STATUS_DECLARE_DATA
#elif defined(STATUS_DECLARE_EXPORT)
#define STATUS_DECLARE(type)            __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
#define STATUS_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     __declspec(dllexport) type
#define STATUS_DECLARE_DATA             __declspec(dllexport)
#else
#define STATUS_DECLARE(type)            __declspec(dllimport) type __stdcall
#define STATUS_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     __declspec(dllimport) type
#define STATUS_DECLARE_DATA             __declspec(dllimport)
#endif

/* Optional hooks which can insert extra content into the mod_status
 * output.  FLAGS will be set to the bitwise OR of any of the
 * AP_STATUS_* flags.
 *
 * Implementations of this hook should generate content using
 * functions in the ap_rputs/ap_rprintf family; each hook should
 * return OK or DECLINED. */
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ap, STATUS, int, status_hook,
                          (request_rec *r, int flags))
#endif
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  http_core.h
 * @brief CORE HTTP Daemon
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_HTTPD Core HTTP Daemon
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 * @{
 */

#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_CORE_H
#define APACHE_HTTP_CORE_H

#include "apr.h"
#include "apr_hash.h"
#include "apr_optional.h"
#include "util_filter.h"
#include "ap_expr.h"
#include "apr_poll.h"
#include "apr_tables.h"

#include "http_config.h"

#if APR_HAVE_STRUCT_RLIMIT
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <sys/resource.h>
#endif


#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* ****************************************************************
 *
 * The most basic server code is encapsulated in a single module
 * known as the core, which is just *barely* functional enough to
 * serve documents, though not terribly well.
 *
 * Largely for NCSA back-compatibility reasons, the core needs to
 * make pieces of its config structures available to other modules.
 * The accessors are declared here, along with the interpretation
 * of one of them (allow_options).
 */

/**
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_HTTPD_ACESSORS Acessors
 *
 * @brief File/Directory Accessor directives
 *
 * @{
 */

/** No directives */
#define OPT_NONE 0
/** Indexes directive */
#define OPT_INDEXES 1
/** SSI is enabled without exec= permission  */
#define OPT_INCLUDES 2
/**  FollowSymLinks directive */
#define OPT_SYM_LINKS 4
/**  ExecCGI directive */
#define OPT_EXECCGI 8
/**  directive unset */
#define OPT_UNSET 16
/**  SSI exec= permission is permitted, iff OPT_INCLUDES is also set */
#define OPT_INC_WITH_EXEC 32
/** SymLinksIfOwnerMatch directive */
#define OPT_SYM_OWNER 64
/** MultiViews directive */
#define OPT_MULTI 128
/**  All directives */
#define OPT_ALL (OPT_INDEXES|OPT_INCLUDES|OPT_INC_WITH_EXEC|OPT_SYM_LINKS|OPT_EXECCGI)
/** @} */

/**
 * @defgroup get_remote_host Remote Host Resolution
 * @ingroup APACHE_CORE_HTTPD
 * @{
 */
/** REMOTE_HOST returns the hostname, or NULL if the hostname
 * lookup fails.  It will force a DNS lookup according to the
 * HostnameLookups setting.
 */
#define REMOTE_HOST (0)

/** REMOTE_NAME returns the hostname, or the dotted quad if the
 * hostname lookup fails.  It will force a DNS lookup according
 * to the HostnameLookups setting.
 */
#define REMOTE_NAME (1)

/** REMOTE_NOLOOKUP is like REMOTE_NAME except that a DNS lookup is
 * never forced.
 */
#define REMOTE_NOLOOKUP (2)

/** REMOTE_DOUBLE_REV will always force a DNS lookup, and also force
 * a double reverse lookup, regardless of the HostnameLookups
 * setting.  The result is the (double reverse checked) hostname,
 * or NULL if any of the lookups fail.
 */
#define REMOTE_DOUBLE_REV (3)

/** @} // get_remote_host */

/** all of the requirements must be met */
#define SATISFY_ALL 0
/**  any of the requirements must be met */
#define SATISFY_ANY 1
/** There are no applicable satisfy lines */
#define SATISFY_NOSPEC 2

/** Make sure we don't write less than 8000 bytes at any one time.
 */
#define AP_MIN_BYTES_TO_WRITE  8000

/** default maximum of internal redirects */
# define AP_DEFAULT_MAX_INTERNAL_REDIRECTS 10

/** default maximum subrequest nesting level */
# define AP_DEFAULT_MAX_SUBREQ_DEPTH 10

/**
 * Retrieve the value of Options for this request
 * @param r The current request
 * @return the Options bitmask
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_allow_options(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Retrieve the value of the AllowOverride for this request
 * @param r The current request
 * @return the overrides bitmask
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_allow_overrides(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Retrieve the document root for this server
 * @param r The current request
 * @warning Don't use this!  If your request went through a Userdir, or
 * something like that, it'll screw you.  But it's back-compatible...
 * @return The document root
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_document_root(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Lookup the remote user agent's DNS name or IP address
 * @ingroup get_remote_host
 * @param req The current request
 * @param type The type of lookup to perform.  One of:
 * <pre>
 *     REMOTE_HOST returns the hostname, or NULL if the hostname
 *                 lookup fails.  It will force a DNS lookup according to the
 *                 HostnameLookups setting.
 *     REMOTE_NAME returns the hostname, or the dotted quad if the
 *                 hostname lookup fails.  It will force a DNS lookup according
 *                 to the HostnameLookups setting.
 *     REMOTE_NOLOOKUP is like REMOTE_NAME except that a DNS lookup is
 *                     never forced.
 *     REMOTE_DOUBLE_REV will always force a DNS lookup, and also force
 *                   a double reverse lookup, regardless of the HostnameLookups
 *                   setting.  The result is the (double reverse checked)
 *                   hostname, or NULL if any of the lookups fail.
 * </pre>
 * @param str_is_ip unless NULL is passed, this will be set to non-zero on
 *        output when an IP address string is returned
 * @return The remote hostname (based on the request useragent_ip)
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_useragent_host(request_rec *req, int type,
                                               int *str_is_ip);

/**
 * Lookup the remote client's DNS name or IP address
 * @ingroup get_remote_host
 * @param conn The current connection
 * @param dir_config The directory config vector from the request
 * @param type The type of lookup to perform.  One of:
 * <pre>
 *     REMOTE_HOST returns the hostname, or NULL if the hostname
 *                 lookup fails.  It will force a DNS lookup according to the
 *                 HostnameLookups setting.
 *     REMOTE_NAME returns the hostname, or the dotted quad if the
 *                 hostname lookup fails.  It will force a DNS lookup according
 *                 to the HostnameLookups setting.
 *     REMOTE_NOLOOKUP is like REMOTE_NAME except that a DNS lookup is
 *                     never forced.
 *     REMOTE_DOUBLE_REV will always force a DNS lookup, and also force
 *                   a double reverse lookup, regardless of the HostnameLookups
 *                   setting.  The result is the (double reverse checked)
 *                   hostname, or NULL if any of the lookups fail.
 * </pre>
 * @param str_is_ip unless NULL is passed, this will be set to non-zero on output when an IP address
 *        string is returned
 * @return The remote hostname (based on the connection client_ip)
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_remote_host(conn_rec *conn, void *dir_config, int type, int *str_is_ip);

/**
 * Retrieve the login name of the remote user.  Undef if it could not be
 * determined
 * @param r The current request
 * @return The user logged in to the client machine
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_remote_logname(request_rec *r);

/* Used for constructing self-referencing URLs, and things like SERVER_PORT,
 * and SERVER_NAME.
 */
/**
 * build a fully qualified URL from the uri and information in the request rec
 * @param p The pool to allocate the URL from
 * @param uri The path to the requested file
 * @param r The current request
 * @return A fully qualified URL
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_construct_url(apr_pool_t *p, const char *uri, request_rec *r);

/**
 * Get the current server name from the request
 * @param r The current request
 * @return the server name
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_server_name(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Get the current server name from the request for the purposes
 * of using in a URL.  If the server name is an IPv6 literal
 * address, it will be returned in URL format (e.g., "[fe80::1]").
 * @param r The current request
 * @return the server name
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_server_name_for_url(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Get the current server port
 * @param r The current request
 * @return The server's port
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_port_t) ap_get_server_port(const request_rec *r);

/**
 * Get the size of read buffers
 * @param r The current request
 * @return The read buffers size
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_size_t) ap_get_read_buf_size(const request_rec *r);

/**
 * Return the limit on bytes in request msg body
 * @param r The current request
 * @return the maximum number of bytes in the request msg body
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_off_t) ap_get_limit_req_body(const request_rec *r);

/**
 * Return the limit on bytes in XML request msg body
 * @param r The current request
 * @return the maximum number of bytes in XML request msg body
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_size_t) ap_get_limit_xml_body(const request_rec *r);

/**
 * Install a custom response handler for a given status
 * @param r The current request
 * @param status The status for which the custom response should be used
 * @param string The custom response.  This can be a static string, a file
 *               or a URL
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_custom_response(request_rec *r, int status, const char *string);

/**
 * Check if the current request is beyond the configured max. number of redirects or subrequests
 * @param r The current request
 * @return true (is exceeded) or false
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_is_recursion_limit_exceeded(const request_rec *r);

/**
 * Check for a definition from the server command line
 * @param name The define to check for
 * @return 1 if defined, 0 otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_exists_config_define(const char *name);
/* FIXME! See STATUS about how */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(int) ap_core_translate(request_rec *r);

/* Authentication stuff.  This is one of the places where compatibility
 * with the old config files *really* hurts; they don't discriminate at
 * all between different authentication schemes, meaning that we need
 * to maintain common state for all of them in the core, and make it
 * available to the other modules through interfaces.
 */

/** @see require_line */
typedef struct require_line require_line;

/**
 * @brief A structure to keep track of authorization requirements
*/
struct require_line {
    /** Where the require line is in the config file. */
    apr_int64_t method_mask;
    /** The complete string from the command line */
    char *requirement;
};

/**
 * Return the type of authorization required for this request
 * @param r The current request
 * @return The authorization required
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_auth_type(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Return the current Authorization realm
 * @param r The current request
 * @return The current authorization realm
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_auth_name(request_rec *r);

/**
 * How the requires lines must be met.
 * @param r The current request
 * @return How the requirements must be met.  One of:
 * <pre>
 *      SATISFY_ANY    -- any of the requirements must be met.
 *      SATISFY_ALL    -- all of the requirements must be met.
 *      SATISFY_NOSPEC -- There are no applicable satisfy lines
 * </pre>
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_satisfies(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Core is also unlike other modules in being implemented in more than
 * one file... so, data structures are declared here, even though most of
 * the code that cares really is in http_core.c.  Also, another accessor.
 */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern module core_module;

/**
 * Accessor for core_module's specific data. Equivalent to
 * ap_get_module_config(cv, &core_module) but more efficient.
 * @param cv The vector in which the modules configuration is stored.
 *        usually r->per_dir_config or s->module_config
 * @return The module-specific data
 */
AP_DECLARE(void *) ap_get_core_module_config(const ap_conf_vector_t *cv);

/**
 * Accessor to set core_module's specific data. Equivalent to
 * ap_set_module_config(cv, &core_module, val) but more efficient.
 * @param cv The vector in which the modules configuration is stored.
 *        usually r->per_dir_config or s->module_config
 * @param val The module-specific data to set
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_core_module_config(ap_conf_vector_t *cv, void *val);

/** Get the socket from the core network filter. This should be used instead of
 * accessing the core connection config directly.
 * @param c The connection record
 * @return The socket
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_socket_t *) ap_get_conn_socket(conn_rec *c);

#ifndef AP_DEBUG
#define AP_CORE_MODULE_INDEX  0
#define ap_get_core_module_config(v) \
    (((void **)(v))[AP_CORE_MODULE_INDEX])
#define ap_set_core_module_config(v, val) \
    ((((void **)(v))[AP_CORE_MODULE_INDEX]) = (val))
#else
#define AP_CORE_MODULE_INDEX  (AP_DEBUG_ASSERT(core_module.module_index == 0), 0)
#endif

/**
 * @brief  Per-request configuration
*/
typedef struct {
    /** bucket brigade used by getline for look-ahead and
     * ap_get_client_block for holding left-over request body */
    struct apr_bucket_brigade *bb;

    /** an array of per-request working data elements, accessed
     * by ID using ap_get_request_note()
     * (Use ap_register_request_note() during initialization
     * to add elements)
     */
    void **notes;

    /** Custom response strings registered via ap_custom_response(),
     * or NULL; check per-dir config if nothing found here
     */
    char **response_code_strings; /* from ap_custom_response(), not from
                                   * ErrorDocument
                                   */

    /** per-request document root of the server. This allows mass vhosting
     * modules better compatibility with some scripts. Normally the
     * context_* info should be used instead */
    const char *document_root;

    /*
     * more fine-grained context information which is set by modules like
     * mod_alias and mod_userdir
     */
    /** the context root directory on disk for the current resource,
     *  without trailing slash
     */
    const char *context_document_root;
    /** the URI prefix that corresponds to the context_document_root directory,
     *  without trailing slash
     */
    const char *context_prefix;

    /** There is a script processor installed on the output filter chain,
     * so it needs the default_handler to deliver a (script) file into
     * the chain so it can process it. Normally, default_handler only
     * serves files on a GET request (assuming the file is actual content),
     * since other methods are not content-retrieval. This flag overrides
     * that behavior, stating that the "content" is actually a script and
     * won't actually be delivered as the response for the non-GET method.
     */
    int deliver_script;

    /** Should addition of charset= be suppressed for this request?
     */
    int suppress_charset;
} core_request_config;

/* Standard entries that are guaranteed to be accessible via
 * ap_get_request_note() for each request (additional entries
 * can be added with ap_register_request_note())
 */
#define AP_NOTE_DIRECTORY_WALK 0
#define AP_NOTE_LOCATION_WALK  1
#define AP_NOTE_FILE_WALK      2
#define AP_NOTE_IF_WALK        3
#define AP_NUM_STD_NOTES       4

/**
 * Reserve an element in the core_request_config->notes array
 * for some application-specific data
 * @return An integer key that can be passed to ap_get_request_note()
 *         during request processing to access this element for the
 *         current request.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_size_t) ap_register_request_note(void);

/**
 * Retrieve a pointer to an element in the core_request_config->notes array
 * @param r The request
 * @param note_num  A key for the element: either a value obtained from
 *        ap_register_request_note() or one of the predefined AP_NOTE_*
 *        values.
 * @return NULL if the note_num is invalid, otherwise a pointer to the
 *         requested note element.
 * @remark At the start of a request, each note element is NULL.  The
 *         handle provided by ap_get_request_note() is a pointer-to-pointer
 *         so that the caller can point the element to some app-specific
 *         data structure.  The caller should guarantee that any such
 *         structure will last as long as the request itself.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void **) ap_get_request_note(request_rec *r, apr_size_t note_num);


typedef unsigned char allow_options_t;
typedef unsigned int overrides_t;

/*
 * Bits of info that go into making an ETag for a file
 * document.  Why a long?  Because char historically
 * proved too short for Options, and int can be different
 * sizes on different platforms.
 */
typedef unsigned long etag_components_t;

#define ETAG_UNSET  0
#define ETAG_NONE   (1 << 0)
#define ETAG_MTIME  (1 << 1)
#define ETAG_INODE  (1 << 2)
#define ETAG_SIZE   (1 << 3)
#define ETAG_DIGEST (1 << 4)
#define ETAG_ALL    (ETAG_MTIME | ETAG_INODE | ETAG_SIZE)
/* This is the default value used */
#define ETAG_BACKWARD (ETAG_MTIME | ETAG_SIZE)

/* Generic ON/OFF/UNSET for unsigned int foo :2 */
#define AP_CORE_CONFIG_OFF   (0)
#define AP_CORE_CONFIG_ON    (1)
#define AP_CORE_CONFIG_UNSET (2)

/* Generic merge of flag */
#define AP_CORE_MERGE_FLAG(field, to, base, over) to->field = \
               over->field != AP_CORE_CONFIG_UNSET            \
               ? over->field                                  \
               : base->field

/**
 * @brief Server Signature Enumeration
 */
typedef enum {
    srv_sig_unset,
    srv_sig_off,
    srv_sig_on,
    srv_sig_withmail
} server_signature_e;

/**
 * @brief Per-directory configuration
 */
typedef struct {
    /** path of the directory/regex/etc. see also d_is_fnmatch/absolute below */
    char *d;
    /** the number of slashes in d */
    unsigned d_components;

    /** If (opts & OPT_UNSET) then no absolute assignment to options has
     * been made.
     * invariant: (opts_add & opts_remove) == 0
     * Which said another way means that the last relative (options + or -)
     * assignment made to each bit is recorded in exactly one of opts_add
     * or opts_remove.
     */
    allow_options_t opts;
    allow_options_t opts_add;
    allow_options_t opts_remove;
    overrides_t override;
    allow_options_t override_opts;

    /* Used to be the custom response config. No longer used. */
    char **response_code_strings; /* from ErrorDocument, not from
                                   * ap_custom_response() */

    /* Hostname resolution etc */
#define HOSTNAME_LOOKUP_OFF     0
#define HOSTNAME_LOOKUP_ON      1
#define HOSTNAME_LOOKUP_DOUBLE  2
#define HOSTNAME_LOOKUP_UNSET   3
    unsigned int hostname_lookups : 4;

    unsigned int content_md5 : 2;  /* calculate Content-MD5? */

#define USE_CANONICAL_NAME_OFF   (0)
#define USE_CANONICAL_NAME_ON    (1)
#define USE_CANONICAL_NAME_DNS   (2)
#define USE_CANONICAL_NAME_UNSET (3)
    unsigned use_canonical_name : 2;

    /* since is_fnmatch(conf->d) was being called so frequently in
     * directory_walk() and its relatives, this field was created and
     * is set to the result of that call.
     */
    unsigned d_is_fnmatch : 1;

    /* should we force a charset on any outgoing parameterless content-type?
     * if so, which charset?
     */
#define ADD_DEFAULT_CHARSET_OFF   (0)
#define ADD_DEFAULT_CHARSET_ON    (1)
#define ADD_DEFAULT_CHARSET_UNSET (2)
    unsigned add_default_charset : 2;
    const char *add_default_charset_name;

    /* System Resource Control */
#ifdef RLIMIT_CPU
    struct rlimit *limit_cpu;
#endif
#if defined (RLIMIT_DATA) || defined (RLIMIT_VMEM) || defined(RLIMIT_AS)
    struct rlimit *limit_mem;
#endif
#ifdef RLIMIT_NPROC
    struct rlimit *limit_nproc;
#endif
    apr_off_t limit_req_body;      /* limit on bytes in request msg body */
    long limit_xml_body;           /* limit on bytes in XML request msg body */

    /* logging options */

    server_signature_e server_signature;

    /* Access control */
    apr_array_header_t *sec_file;
    apr_array_header_t *sec_if;
    ap_regex_t *r;

    const char *mime_type;       /* forced with ForceType  */
    const char *handler;         /* forced by something other than SetHandler */
    const char *output_filters;  /* forced with SetOutputFilters */
    const char *input_filters;   /* forced with SetInputFilters */
    int accept_path_info;        /* forced with AcceptPathInfo */

    /*
     * What attributes/data should be included in ETag generation?
     */
    etag_components_t etag_bits;
    etag_components_t etag_add;
    etag_components_t etag_remove;

    /*
     * Run-time performance tuning
     */
#define ENABLE_MMAP_OFF    (0)
#define ENABLE_MMAP_ON     (1)
#define ENABLE_MMAP_UNSET  (2)
    unsigned int enable_mmap : 2;  /* whether files in this dir can be mmap'ed */

#define ENABLE_SENDFILE_OFF    (0)
#define ENABLE_SENDFILE_ON     (1)
#define ENABLE_SENDFILE_UNSET  (2)
    unsigned int enable_sendfile : 2;  /* files in this dir can be sendfile'ed */

#define USE_CANONICAL_PHYS_PORT_OFF   (0)
#define USE_CANONICAL_PHYS_PORT_ON    (1)
#define USE_CANONICAL_PHYS_PORT_UNSET (2)
    unsigned int use_canonical_phys_port : 2;

    unsigned int allow_encoded_slashes : 1; /* URLs may contain %2f w/o being
                                             * pitched indiscriminately */
    unsigned int decode_encoded_slashes : 1; /* whether to decode encoded slashes in URLs */

#define AP_CONDITION_IF        1
#define AP_CONDITION_ELSE      2
#define AP_CONDITION_ELSEIF    (AP_CONDITION_ELSE|AP_CONDITION_IF)
    unsigned int condition_ifelse : 2; /* is this an <If>, <ElseIf>, or <Else> */

    ap_expr_info_t *condition;   /* Conditionally merge <If> sections */

    /** per-dir log config */
    struct ap_logconf *log;

    /** Table of directives allowed per AllowOverrideList */
    apr_table_t *override_list;

#define AP_MAXRANGES_UNSET     -1
#define AP_MAXRANGES_DEFAULT   -2
#define AP_MAXRANGES_UNLIMITED -3
#define AP_MAXRANGES_NORANGES   0
    /** Number of Ranges before returning HTTP_OK. **/
    int max_ranges;
    /** Max number of Range overlaps (merges) allowed **/
    int max_overlaps;
    /** Max number of Range reversals (eg: 200-300, 100-125) allowed **/
    int max_reversals;

    /** Named back references */
    apr_array_header_t *refs;

    /** Custom response config with expression support. The hash table
     * contains compiled expressions keyed against the custom response
     * code.
     */
    apr_hash_t *response_code_exprs;

#define AP_CGI_PASS_AUTH_OFF     (0)
#define AP_CGI_PASS_AUTH_ON      (1)
#define AP_CGI_PASS_AUTH_UNSET   (2)
    /** CGIPassAuth: Whether HTTP authorization headers will be passed to
     * scripts as CGI variables; affects all modules calling
     * ap_add_common_vars(), as well as any others using this field as
     * advice
     */
    unsigned int cgi_pass_auth : 2;
    unsigned int qualify_redirect_url :2;
    ap_expr_info_t  *expr_handler;         /* forced with SetHandler */

    /** Table of rules for building CGI variables, NULL if none configured */
    apr_hash_t *cgi_var_rules;

    apr_size_t read_buf_size;
} core_dir_config;

/* macro to implement off by default behaviour */
#define AP_SENDFILE_ENABLED(x) \
    ((x) == ENABLE_SENDFILE_ON ? APR_SENDFILE_ENABLED : 0)

/* Per-server core configuration */

typedef struct {

    char *gprof_dir;

    /* Name translations --- we want the core to be able to do *something*
     * so it's at least a minimally functional web server on its own (and
     * can be tested that way).  But let's keep it to the bare minimum:
     */
    const char *ap_document_root;

    /* Access control */

    char *access_name;
    apr_array_header_t *sec_dir;
    apr_array_header_t *sec_url;

    /* recursion backstopper */
    int redirect_limit; /* maximum number of internal redirects */
    int subreq_limit;   /* maximum nesting level of subrequests */

    const char *protocol;
    apr_table_t *accf_map;

    /* array of ap_errorlog_format_item for error log format string */
    apr_array_header_t *error_log_format;
    /*
     * two arrays of arrays of ap_errorlog_format_item for additional information
     * logged to the error log once per connection/request
     */
    apr_array_header_t *error_log_conn;
    apr_array_header_t *error_log_req;

    /* TRACE control */
#define AP_TRACE_UNSET    -1
#define AP_TRACE_DISABLE   0
#define AP_TRACE_ENABLE    1
#define AP_TRACE_EXTENDED  2
    int trace_enable;
#define AP_MERGE_TRAILERS_UNSET    0
#define AP_MERGE_TRAILERS_ENABLE   1
#define AP_MERGE_TRAILERS_DISABLE  2
    int merge_trailers;

    apr_array_header_t *protocols;
    int protocols_honor_order;

#define AP_HTTP09_UNSET   0
#define AP_HTTP09_ENABLE  1
#define AP_HTTP09_DISABLE 2
    char http09_enable;

#define AP_HTTP_CONFORMANCE_UNSET     0
#define AP_HTTP_CONFORMANCE_UNSAFE    1
#define AP_HTTP_CONFORMANCE_STRICT    2
    char http_conformance;

#define AP_HTTP_METHODS_UNSET         0
#define AP_HTTP_METHODS_LENIENT       1
#define AP_HTTP_METHODS_REGISTERED    2
    char http_methods;
    unsigned int merge_slashes;
    /* symlink protection */
#define AP_SYMLINK_PROTECT_UNSET   0
#define AP_SYMLINK_PROTECT_ENABLE  1
#define AP_SYMLINK_PROTECT_DISABLE 2
    int symlink_protect;
    const char *symlink_protect_root;
 
    apr_size_t   flush_max_threshold;
    apr_int32_t  flush_max_pipelined;
    unsigned int strict_host_check;
#ifdef WIN32
    apr_array_header_t *unc_list;
#endif
} core_server_config;

/* for AddOutputFiltersByType in core.c */
void ap_add_output_filters_by_type(request_rec *r);

/* for http_config.c */
void ap_core_reorder_directories(apr_pool_t *, server_rec *);

/* for mod_perl */
AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_add_per_dir_conf(server_rec *s, void *dir_config);
AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_add_per_url_conf(server_rec *s, void *url_config);
AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_add_file_conf(apr_pool_t *p, core_dir_config *conf, void *url_config);
AP_CORE_DECLARE(const char *) ap_add_if_conf(apr_pool_t *p, core_dir_config *conf, void *url_config);
AP_CORE_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_limit_section(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy, const char *arg);

/* Core filters; not exported. */
apr_status_t ap_core_input_filter(ap_filter_t *f, apr_bucket_brigade *b,
                                  ap_input_mode_t mode, apr_read_type_e block,
                                  apr_off_t readbytes);
apr_status_t ap_core_output_filter(ap_filter_t *f, apr_bucket_brigade *b);


AP_DECLARE(const char*) ap_get_server_protocol(server_rec* s);
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_server_protocol(server_rec* s, const char* proto);

typedef struct core_output_filter_ctx core_output_filter_ctx_t;
typedef struct core_filter_ctx        core_ctx_t;

struct core_filter_ctx {
    apr_bucket_brigade *b;
    apr_bucket_brigade *tmpbb;
};

typedef struct core_net_rec {
    /** Connection to the client */
    apr_socket_t *client_socket;

    /** connection record */
    conn_rec *c;

    core_output_filter_ctx_t *out_ctx;
    core_ctx_t *in_ctx;
} core_net_rec;

/**
 * Insert the network bucket into the core input filter's input brigade.
 * This hook is intended for MPMs or protocol modules that need to do special
 * socket setup.
 * @param c The connection
 * @param bb The brigade to insert the bucket into
 * @param socket The socket to put into a bucket
 * @return AP_DECLINED if the current function does not handle this connection,
 *         APR_SUCCESS or an error otherwise.
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(apr_status_t, insert_network_bucket,
                (conn_rec *c, apr_bucket_brigade *bb, apr_socket_t *socket))

/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Runtime status/management
 */

typedef enum {
    ap_mgmt_type_string,
    ap_mgmt_type_long,
    ap_mgmt_type_hash
} ap_mgmt_type_e;

typedef union {
    const char *s_value;
    long i_value;
    apr_hash_t *h_value;
} ap_mgmt_value;

typedef struct {
    const char *description;
    const char *name;
    ap_mgmt_type_e vtype;
    ap_mgmt_value v;
} ap_mgmt_item_t;

/* Handles for core filters */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_filter_rec_t *ap_subreq_core_filter_handle;
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_filter_rec_t *ap_core_output_filter_handle;
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_filter_rec_t *ap_content_length_filter_handle;
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_filter_rec_t *ap_core_input_filter_handle;

/**
 * This hook provdes a way for modules to provide metrics/statistics about
 * their operational status.
 *
 * @param p A pool to use to create entries in the hash table
 * @param val The name of the parameter(s) that is wanted. This is
 *            tree-structured would be in the form ('*' is all the tree,
 *            'module.*' all of the module , 'module.foo.*', or
 *            'module.foo.bar' )
 * @param ht The hash table to store the results. Keys are item names, and
 *           the values point to ap_mgmt_item_t structures.
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int, get_mgmt_items,
                (apr_pool_t *p, const char * val, apr_hash_t *ht))

/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */

/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * I/O logging with mod_logio
 */

APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, ap_logio_add_bytes_out,
                        (conn_rec *c, apr_off_t bytes));

APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, ap_logio_add_bytes_in,
                        (conn_rec *c, apr_off_t bytes));

APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_off_t, ap_logio_get_last_bytes, (conn_rec *c));

/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Error log formats
 */

/**
 * The info structure passed to callback functions of errorlog handlers.
 * Not all information is available in all contexts. In particular, all
 * pointers may be NULL.
 */
typedef struct ap_errorlog_info {
    /** current server_rec.
     *  Should be preferred over c->base_server and r->server
     */
    const server_rec *s;

    /** current conn_rec.
     *  Should be preferred over r->connection
     */
    const conn_rec *c;

    /** current request_rec. */
    const request_rec *r;
    /** r->main if r is a subrequest, otherwise equal to r */
    const request_rec *rmain;

    /** pool passed to ap_log_perror, NULL otherwise */
    apr_pool_t *pool;

    /** name of source file where the log message was produced, NULL if N/A. */
    const char *file;
    /** line number in the source file, 0 if N/A */
    int line;

    /** module index of module that produced the log message, APLOG_NO_MODULE if N/A. */
    int module_index;
    /** log level of error message (flags like APLOG_STARTUP have been removed), -1 if N/A */
    int level;

    /** apr error status related to the log message, 0 if no error */
    apr_status_t status;

    /** 1 if logging to syslog, 0 otherwise */
    int using_syslog;
    /** 1 if APLOG_STARTUP was set for the log message, 0 otherwise */
    int startup;

    /** message format */
    const char *format;
} ap_errorlog_info;

/**
 * callback function prototype for a external errorlog handler
 * @note To avoid unbounded memory usage, these functions must not allocate
 * memory from the server, connection, or request pools. If an errorlog
 * handler absolutely needs a pool to pass to other functions, it must create
 * and destroy a sub-pool.
 */
typedef int ap_errorlog_handler_fn_t(const ap_errorlog_info *info,
                                     const char *arg, char *buf, int buflen);

/**
 * Register external errorlog handler
 * @param p config pool to use
 * @param tag the new format specifier (i.e. the letter after the %)
 * @param handler the handler function
 * @param flags flags (reserved, set to 0)
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_register_errorlog_handler(apr_pool_t *p, char *tag,
                                              ap_errorlog_handler_fn_t *handler,
                                              int flags);

typedef struct ap_errorlog_handler {
    ap_errorlog_handler_fn_t *func;
    int flags; /* for future extensions */
} ap_errorlog_handler;

  /** item starts a new field */
#define AP_ERRORLOG_FLAG_FIELD_SEP       1
  /** item is the actual error message */
#define AP_ERRORLOG_FLAG_MESSAGE         2
  /** skip whole line if item is zero-length */
#define AP_ERRORLOG_FLAG_REQUIRED        4
  /** log zero-length item as '-' */
#define AP_ERRORLOG_FLAG_NULL_AS_HYPHEN  8

typedef struct {
    /** ap_errorlog_handler function */
    ap_errorlog_handler_fn_t *func;
    /** argument passed to item in {} */
    const char *arg;
    /** a combination of the AP_ERRORLOG_* flags */
    unsigned int flags;
    /** only log item if the message's log level is higher than this */
    unsigned int min_loglevel;
} ap_errorlog_format_item;

/**
 * hook method to log error messages
 * @ingroup hooks
 * @param info pointer to ap_errorlog_info struct which contains all
 *        the details
 * @param errstr the (unformatted) message to log
 * @warning Allocating from the usual pools (pool, info->c->pool, info->p->pool)
 *          must be avoided because it can cause memory leaks.
 *          Use a subpool if necessary.
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void, error_log, (const ap_errorlog_info *info,
                                  const char *errstr))

AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_register_log_hooks(apr_pool_t *p);
AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_register_config_hooks(apr_pool_t *p);

/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ident lookups with mod_ident
 */

APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(const char *, ap_ident_lookup,
                        (request_rec *r));

/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * authorization values with mod_authz_core
 */

APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int, authz_some_auth_required, (request_rec *r));
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(const char *, authn_ap_auth_type, (request_rec *r));
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(const char *, authn_ap_auth_name, (request_rec *r));

/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * authorization values with mod_access_compat
 */

APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int, access_compat_ap_satisfies, (request_rec *r));

/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */

/** Query the server for some state information
 * @param query_code Which information is requested
 * @return the requested state information
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_state_query(int query_code);

/*
 * possible values for query_code in ap_state_query()
 */

  /** current status of the server */
#define AP_SQ_MAIN_STATE        0
  /** are we going to serve requests or are we just testing/dumping config */
#define AP_SQ_RUN_MODE          1
    /** generation of the top-level apache parent */
#define AP_SQ_CONFIG_GEN        2

/*
 * return values for ap_state_query()
 */

  /** return value for unknown query_code */
#define AP_SQ_NOT_SUPPORTED       -1

/* values returned for AP_SQ_MAIN_STATE */
  /** before the config preflight */
#define AP_SQ_MS_INITIAL_STARTUP   1
  /** initial configuration run for setting up log config, etc. */
#define AP_SQ_MS_CREATE_PRE_CONFIG 2
  /** tearing down configuration */
#define AP_SQ_MS_DESTROY_CONFIG    3
  /** normal configuration run */
#define AP_SQ_MS_CREATE_CONFIG     4
  /** running the MPM */
#define AP_SQ_MS_RUN_MPM           5
  /** cleaning up for exit */
#define AP_SQ_MS_EXITING           6

/* values returned for AP_SQ_RUN_MODE */
  /** command line not yet parsed */
#define AP_SQ_RM_UNKNOWN           1
  /** normal operation (server requests or signal server) */
#define AP_SQ_RM_NORMAL            2
  /** config test only */
#define AP_SQ_RM_CONFIG_TEST       3
  /** only dump some parts of the config */
#define AP_SQ_RM_CONFIG_DUMP       4

/** Get a apr_pollfd_t populated with descriptor and descriptor type
 * and the timeout to use for it.
 * @return APR_ENOTIMPL if not supported for a connection.
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(apr_status_t, get_pollfd_from_conn,
                (conn_rec *c, struct apr_pollfd_t *pfd,
                 apr_interval_time_t *ptimeout))

/**
 * Pass in a `struct apr_pollfd_t*` and get `desc_type` and `desc`
 * populated with a suitable value for polling connection input.
 * For primary connection (c->master == NULL), this will be the connection
 * socket. For secondary connections this may differ or not be available
 * at all.
 * Note that APR_NO_DESC may be set to indicate that the connection
 * input is already closed.
 *
 * @param pfd  the pollfd to set the descriptor in
 * @param ptimeout  != NULL to retrieve the timeout in effect
 * @return ARP_SUCCESS when the information was assigned.
 */
AP_CORE_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_get_pollfd_from_conn(conn_rec *c,
                                      struct apr_pollfd_t *pfd,
                                      apr_interval_time_t *ptimeout);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif  /* !APACHE_HTTP_CORE_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/* The purpose of this file is to store the code that MOST mpm's will need
 * this does not mean a function only goes into this file if every MPM needs
 * it.  It means that if a function is needed by more than one MPM, and
 * future maintenance would be served by making the code common, then the
 * function belongs here.
 *
 * This is going in src/main because it is not platform specific, it is
 * specific to multi-process servers, but NOT to Unix.  Which is why it
 * does not belong in src/os/unix
 */

/**
 * @file  mpm_common.h
 * @brief Multi-Processing Modules functions
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_MPM Multi-Processing Modules
 * @ingroup  APACHE
 * @{
 */

#ifndef APACHE_MPM_COMMON_H
#define APACHE_MPM_COMMON_H

#include "ap_config.h"
#include "ap_mpm.h"
#include "scoreboard.h"

#if APR_HAVE_NETINET_TCP_H
#include <netinet/tcp.h>    /* for TCP_NODELAY */
#endif

#include "apr_proc_mutex.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* The maximum length of the queue of pending connections, as defined
 * by listen(2).  Under some systems, it should be increased if you
 * are experiencing a heavy TCP SYN flood attack.
 *
 * It defaults to 511 instead of 512 because some systems store it
 * as an 8-bit datatype; 512 truncated to 8-bits is 0, while 511 is
 * 255 when truncated.
 */
#ifndef DEFAULT_LISTENBACKLOG
#define DEFAULT_LISTENBACKLOG 511
#endif

/*
 * Define the default value set for the socket option TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT
 * if it is set.
 */
#ifndef DEFAULT_TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT
#define DEFAULT_TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT 30
#endif

/* Signal used to gracefully restart */
#define AP_SIG_GRACEFUL SIGUSR1

/* Signal used to gracefully restart (without SIG prefix) */
#define AP_SIG_GRACEFUL_SHORT USR1

/* Signal used to gracefully restart (as a quoted string) */
#define AP_SIG_GRACEFUL_STRING "SIGUSR1"

/* Signal used to gracefully stop */
#define AP_SIG_GRACEFUL_STOP SIGWINCH

/* Signal used to gracefully stop (without SIG prefix) */
#define AP_SIG_GRACEFUL_STOP_SHORT WINCH

/* Signal used to gracefully stop (as a quoted string) */
#define AP_SIG_GRACEFUL_STOP_STRING "SIGWINCH"

/**
 * Callback function used for ap_reclaim_child_processes() and
 * ap_relieve_child_processes().  The callback function will be
 * called for each terminated child process.
 */
typedef void ap_reclaim_callback_fn_t(int childnum, pid_t pid,
                                      ap_generation_t gen);

#if (!defined(WIN32) && !defined(NETWARE)) || defined(DOXYGEN)
/**
 * Make sure all child processes that have been spawned by the parent process
 * have died.  This includes process registered as "other_children".
 *
 * @param terminate Either 1 or 0.  If 1, send the child processes SIGTERM
 *        each time through the loop.  If 0, give the process time to die
 *        on its own before signalling it.
 * @param mpm_callback Callback invoked for each dead child process
 *
 * @note The MPM child processes which are reclaimed are those listed
 * in the scoreboard as well as those currently registered via
 * ap_register_extra_mpm_process().
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_reclaim_child_processes(int terminate,
                                            ap_reclaim_callback_fn_t *mpm_callback);

/**
 * Catch any child processes that have been spawned by the parent process
 * which have exited. This includes processes registered as "other_children".
 *
 * @param mpm_callback Callback invoked for each dead child process

 * @note The MPM child processes which are relieved are those listed
 * in the scoreboard as well as those currently registered via
 * ap_register_extra_mpm_process().
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_relieve_child_processes(ap_reclaim_callback_fn_t *mpm_callback);

/**
 * Tell ap_reclaim_child_processes() and ap_relieve_child_processes() about
 * an MPM child process which has no entry in the scoreboard.
 * @param pid The process id of an MPM child process which should be
 * reclaimed when ap_reclaim_child_processes() is called.
 * @param gen The generation of this MPM child process.
 *
 * @note If an extra MPM child process terminates prior to calling
 * ap_reclaim_child_processes(), remove it from the list of such processes
 * by calling ap_unregister_extra_mpm_process().
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_register_extra_mpm_process(pid_t pid, ap_generation_t gen);

/**
 * Unregister an MPM child process which was previously registered by a
 * call to ap_register_extra_mpm_process().
 * @param pid The process id of an MPM child process which no longer needs to
 * be reclaimed.
 * @param old_gen Set to the server generation of the process, if found.
 * @return 1 if the process was found and removed, 0 otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_unregister_extra_mpm_process(pid_t pid, ap_generation_t *old_gen);

/**
 * Safely signal an MPM child process, if the process is in the
 * current process group.  Otherwise fail.
 * @param pid the process id of a child process to signal
 * @param sig the signal number to send
 * @return APR_SUCCESS if signal is sent, otherwise an error as per kill(3);
 * APR_EINVAL is returned if passed either an invalid (< 1) pid, or if
 * the pid is not in the current process group
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_safe_kill(pid_t pid, int sig);

/**
 * Log why a child died to the error log, if the child died without the
 * parent signalling it.
 * @param pid The child that has died
 * @param why The return code of the child process
 * @param status The status returned from ap_wait_or_timeout
 * @return 0 on success, APEXIT_CHILDFATAL if MPM should terminate
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_process_child_status(apr_proc_t *pid, apr_exit_why_e why, int status);

AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_fatal_signal_setup(server_rec *s, apr_pool_t *in_pconf);
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_fatal_signal_child_setup(server_rec *s);

#endif /* (!WIN32 && !NETWARE) || DOXYGEN */

/**
 * Pool cleanup for end-generation hook implementation
 * (core httpd function)
 */
apr_status_t ap_mpm_end_gen_helper(void *unused);

/**
 * Run the monitor hook (once every ten calls), determine if any child
 * process has died and, if none died, sleep one second.
 * @param status The return code if a process has died
 * @param exitcode The returned exit status of the child, if a child process
 *                 dies, or the signal that caused the child to die.
 * @param ret The process id of the process that died
 * @param p The pool to allocate out of
 * @param s The server_rec to pass
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_wait_or_timeout(apr_exit_why_e *status, int *exitcode,
                                    apr_proc_t *ret, apr_pool_t *p, 
                                    server_rec *s);

#if defined(TCP_NODELAY)
/**
 * Turn off the nagle algorithm for the specified socket.  The nagle algorithm
 * says that we should delay sending partial packets in the hopes of getting
 * more data.  There are bad interactions between persistent connections and
 * Nagle's algorithm that have severe performance penalties.
 * @param s The socket to disable nagle for.
 */
void ap_sock_disable_nagle(apr_socket_t *s);
#else
#define ap_sock_disable_nagle(s)        /* NOOP */
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_GETPWNAM
/**
 * Convert a username to a numeric ID
 * @param name The name to convert
 * @return The user id corresponding to a name
 * @fn uid_t ap_uname2id(const char *name)
 */
AP_DECLARE(uid_t) ap_uname2id(const char *name);
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_GETGRNAM
/**
 * Convert a group name to a numeric ID
 * @param name The name to convert
 * @return The group id corresponding to a name
 * @fn gid_t ap_gname2id(const char *name)
 */
AP_DECLARE(gid_t) ap_gname2id(const char *name);
#endif

#ifndef HAVE_INITGROUPS
/**
 * The initgroups() function initializes the group access list by reading the
 * group database /etc/group and using all groups of which user is a member.
 * The additional group basegid is also added to the list.
 * @param name The user name - must be non-NULL
 * @param basegid The basegid to add
 * @return returns 0 on success
 * @fn int initgroups(const char *name, gid_t basegid)
 */
int initgroups(const char *name, gid_t basegid);
#endif

#if (!defined(WIN32) && !defined(NETWARE)) || defined(DOXYGEN)

typedef struct ap_pod_t ap_pod_t;

struct ap_pod_t {
    apr_file_t *pod_in;
    apr_file_t *pod_out;
    apr_pool_t *p;
};

/**
 * Open the pipe-of-death.  The pipe of death is used to tell all child
 * processes that it is time to die gracefully.
 * @param p The pool to use for allocating the pipe
 * @param pod the pipe-of-death that is created.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_pod_open(apr_pool_t *p, ap_pod_t **pod);

/**
 * Check the pipe to determine if the process has been signalled to die.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_pod_check(ap_pod_t *pod);

/**
 * Close the pipe-of-death
 *
 * @param pod the pipe-of-death to close.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_pod_close(ap_pod_t *pod);

/**
 * Write data to the pipe-of-death, signalling that one child process
 * should die.
 * @param pod the pipe-of-death to write to.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_pod_signal(ap_pod_t *pod);

/**
 * Write data to the pipe-of-death, signalling that all child process
 * should die.
 * @param pod The pipe-of-death to write to.
 * @param num The number of child processes to kill
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_mpm_pod_killpg(ap_pod_t *pod, int num);

#define AP_MPM_PODX_RESTART_CHAR '$'
#define AP_MPM_PODX_GRACEFUL_CHAR '!'

typedef enum { AP_MPM_PODX_NORESTART, AP_MPM_PODX_RESTART, AP_MPM_PODX_GRACEFUL } ap_podx_restart_t;

/**
 * Open the extended pipe-of-death.
 * @param p The pool to use for allocating the pipe
 * @param pod The pipe-of-death that is created.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_podx_open(apr_pool_t *p, ap_pod_t **pod);

/**
 * Check the extended pipe to determine if the process has been signalled to die.
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_mpm_podx_check(ap_pod_t *pod);

/**
 * Close the pipe-of-death
 *
 * @param pod The pipe-of-death to close.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_podx_close(ap_pod_t *pod);

/**
 * Write data to the extended pipe-of-death, signalling that one child process
 * should die.
 * @param pod the pipe-of-death to write to.
 * @param graceful restart-type
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_podx_signal(ap_pod_t *pod,
                                            ap_podx_restart_t graceful);

/**
 * Write data to the extended pipe-of-death, signalling that all child process
 * should die.
 * @param pod The pipe-of-death to write to.
 * @param num The number of child processes to kill
 * @param graceful restart-type
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_mpm_podx_killpg(ap_pod_t *pod, int num,
                                    ap_podx_restart_t graceful);

#endif /* (!WIN32 && !NETWARE) || DOXYGEN */

/**
 * Check that exactly one MPM is loaded
 * Returns NULL if yes, error string if not.
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_check_mpm(void);

/*
 * These data members are common to all mpms. Each new mpm
 * should either use the appropriate ap_mpm_set_* function
 * in their command table or create their own for custom or
 * OS specific needs. These should work for most.
 */

/**
 * The maximum number of requests each child thread or
 * process handles before dying off
 */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_max_requests_per_child;
const char *ap_mpm_set_max_requests(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
                                    const char *arg);

/**
 * The filename used to store the process id.
 */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern const char *ap_pid_fname;
const char *ap_mpm_set_pidfile(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
                               const char *arg);
void ap_mpm_dump_pidfile(apr_pool_t *p, apr_file_t *out);

/*
 * The directory that the server changes directory to dump core.
 */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern char ap_coredump_dir[MAX_STRING_LEN];
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_coredumpdir_configured;
const char *ap_mpm_set_coredumpdir(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
                                   const char *arg);

/**
 * Set the timeout period for a graceful shutdown.
 */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_graceful_shutdown_timeout;
AP_DECLARE(const char *)ap_mpm_set_graceful_shutdown(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
                                         const char *arg);
#define AP_GRACEFUL_SHUTDOWN_TIMEOUT_COMMAND \
AP_INIT_TAKE1("GracefulShutdownTimeout", ap_mpm_set_graceful_shutdown, NULL, \
              RSRC_CONF, "Maximum time in seconds to wait for child "        \
              "processes to complete transactions during shutdown")


int ap_signal_server(int *, apr_pool_t *);
void ap_mpm_rewrite_args(process_rec *);

AP_DECLARE_DATA extern apr_uint32_t ap_max_mem_free;
extern const char *ap_mpm_set_max_mem_free(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
                                           const char *arg);

AP_DECLARE_DATA extern apr_size_t ap_thread_stacksize;
extern const char *ap_mpm_set_thread_stacksize(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
                                               const char *arg);

/* core's implementation of child_status hook */
extern void ap_core_child_status(server_rec *s, pid_t pid, ap_generation_t gen,
                                 int slot, mpm_child_status status);

#if defined(AP_ENABLE_EXCEPTION_HOOK) && AP_ENABLE_EXCEPTION_HOOK
extern const char *ap_mpm_set_exception_hook(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
                                             const char *arg);
#endif

AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,monitor,(apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *s))

/* register modules that undertake to manage system security */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_sys_privileges_handlers(int inc);
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int, drop_privileges, (apr_pool_t * pchild, server_rec * s))

/* implement the ap_mpm_query() function
 * The MPM should return OK+APR_ENOTIMPL for any unimplemented query codes;
 * modules which intercede for specific query codes should DECLINE for others.
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int, mpm_query, (int query_code, int *result, apr_status_t *rv))

/* register the specified callback */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(apr_status_t, mpm_register_timed_callback,
                (apr_time_t t, ap_mpm_callback_fn_t *cbfn, void *baton))

/* get MPM name (e.g., "prefork" or "event") */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(const char *,mpm_get_name,(void))

/**
 * Notification that connection handling is suspending (disassociating from the
 * current thread)
 * @param c The current connection
 * @param r The current request, or NULL if there is no active request
 * @ingroup hooks
 * @see ap_hook_resume_connection
 * @note This hook is not implemented by MPMs like Prefork and Worker which 
 * handle all processing of a particular connection on the same thread.
 * @note This hook will be called on the thread that was previously
 * processing the connection.
 * @note This hook is not called at the end of connection processing.  This
 * hook only notifies a module when processing of an active connection is
 * suspended.
 * @note Resumption and subsequent suspension of a connection solely to perform
 * I/O by the MPM, with no execution of non-MPM code, may not necessarily result
 * in a call to this hook.
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void, suspend_connection,
                (conn_rec *c, request_rec *r))

/**
 * Notification that connection handling is resuming (associating with a thread)
 * @param c The current connection
 * @param r The current request, or NULL if there is no active request
 * @ingroup hooks
 * @see ap_hook_suspend_connection
 * @note This hook is not implemented by MPMs like Prefork and Worker which 
 * handle all processing of a particular connection on the same thread.
 * @note This hook will be called on the thread that will resume processing
 * the connection.
 * @note This hook is not called at the beginning of connection processing.
 * This hook only notifies a module when processing resumes for a
 * previously-suspended connection.
 * @note Resumption and subsequent suspension of a connection solely to perform
 * I/O by the MPM, with no execution of non-MPM code, may not necessarily result
 * in a call to this hook.
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void, resume_connection,
                (conn_rec *c, request_rec *r))

/**
 * Notification that the child is stopping. If graceful, ongoing
 * requests will be served.
 * @param pchild The child pool
 * @param graceful != 0 iff this is a graceful shutdown.
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void, child_stopping,
                (apr_pool_t *pchild, int graceful))

/* mutex type string for accept mutex, if any; MPMs should use the
 * same mutex type for ease of configuration
 */
#define AP_ACCEPT_MUTEX_TYPE "mpm-accept"

/* internal pre-config logic for MPM-related settings, callable only from
 * core's pre-config hook
 */
void mpm_common_pre_config(apr_pool_t *pconf);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* !APACHE_MPM_COMMON_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  http_protocol.h
 * @brief HTTP protocol handling
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_PROTO HTTP Protocol Handling
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 * @{
 */

#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_PROTOCOL_H
#define APACHE_HTTP_PROTOCOL_H

#include "httpd.h"
#include "apr_portable.h"
#include "apr_mmap.h"
#include "apr_buckets.h"
#include "util_filter.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * This hook allows modules to insert filters for the current error response
 * @param r the current request
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void,insert_error_filter,(request_rec *r))

/** This is an optimization.  We keep a record of the filter_rec that
 * stores the old_write filter, so that we can avoid strcmp's later.
 */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_filter_rec_t *ap_old_write_func;

/*
 * Prototypes for routines which either talk directly back to the user,
 * or control the ones that eventually do.
 */

/**
 * Read an empty request and set reasonable defaults.
 * @param c The current connection
 * @return The new request_rec
 */
AP_DECLARE(request_rec *) ap_create_request(conn_rec *c);

/**
 * Read a request and fill in the fields.
 * @param c The current connection
 * @return The new request_rec
 */
request_rec *ap_read_request(conn_rec *c);

/**
 * Parse and validate the request line.
 * @param r The current request
 * @return 1 on success, 0 on failure
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_parse_request_line(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Validate the request header and select vhost.
 * @param r The current request
 * @return 1 on success, 0 on failure
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_check_request_header(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Read the mime-encoded headers.
 * @param r The current request
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_get_mime_headers(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Optimized version of ap_get_mime_headers() that requires a
 * temporary brigade to work with
 * @param r The current request
 * @param bb temp brigade
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_get_mime_headers_core(request_rec *r,
                                          apr_bucket_brigade *bb);

/**
 * Run post_read_request hook and validate.
 * @param r The current request
 * @return OK or HTTP_...
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_post_read_request(request_rec *r);

/* Finish up stuff after a request */

/**
 * Called at completion of sending the response.  It sends the terminating
 * protocol information.
 * @param r The current request
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_finalize_request_protocol(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Send error back to client.
 * @param r The current request
 * @param recursive_error last arg indicates error status in case we get
 *      an error in the process of trying to deal with an ErrorDocument
 *      to handle some other error.  In that case, we print the default
 *      report for the first thing that went wrong, and more briefly report
 *      on the problem with the ErrorDocument.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_send_error_response(request_rec *r, int recursive_error);

/* Set last modified header line from the lastmod date of the associated file.
 * Also, set content length.
 *
 * May return an error status, typically HTTP_NOT_MODIFIED (that when the
 * permit_cache argument is set to one).
 */

/**
 * Set the content length for this request
 * @param r The current request
 * @param length The new content length
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_content_length(request_rec *r, apr_off_t length);

/**
 * Set the keepalive status for this request
 * @param r The current request
 * @return 1 if keepalive can be set, 0 otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_set_keepalive(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Return the latest rational time from a request/mtime pair.  Mtime is
 * returned unless it's in the future, in which case we return the current time.
 * @param r The current request
 * @param mtime The last modified time
 * @return the latest rational time.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_time_t) ap_rationalize_mtime(request_rec *r, apr_time_t mtime);

/**
 * Build the content-type that should be sent to the client from the
 * content-type specified.  The following rules are followed:
 *    - if type is NULL or "", return NULL (do not set content-type).
 *    - if charset adding is disabled, stop processing and return type.
 *    - then, if there are no parameters on type, add the default charset
 *    - return type
 * @param r The current request
 * @param type The content type
 * @return The content-type
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_make_content_type(request_rec *r,
                                              const char *type);

/**
 * Precompile metadata structures used by ap_make_content_type()
 * @param pool The pool to use for allocations
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_setup_make_content_type(apr_pool_t *pool);

/** A structure with the ingredients for a file based etag */
typedef struct etag_rec etag_rec;

/**
 * @brief A structure with the ingredients for a file based etag
 */
struct etag_rec {
    /** Optional vary list validator */
    const char *vlist_validator;
    /** Time when the request started */
    apr_time_t request_time;
    /** finfo.protection (st_mode) set to zero if no such file */
    apr_finfo_t *finfo;
    /** File pathname used when generating a digest */
    const char *pathname;
    /** File descriptor used when generating a digest */
    apr_file_t *fd;
    /** Force a non-digest etag to be weak */
    int force_weak;
};

/**
 * Construct an entity tag from the resource information.  If it's a real
 * file, build in some of the file characteristics.
 * @param r The current request
 * @param force_weak Force the entity tag to be weak - it could be modified
 *                   again in as short an interval.
 * @return The entity tag
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_make_etag(request_rec *r, int force_weak);

/**
 * Construct an entity tag from information provided in the etag_rec
 * structure.
 * @param r The current request
 * @param er The etag record, containing ingredients for the etag.
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_make_etag_ex(request_rec *r, etag_rec *er);

/**
 * Set the E-tag outgoing header
 * @param r The current request
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_etag(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Set the E-tag outgoing header, with the option of forcing a strong ETag.
 * @param r The current request
 * @param fd The file descriptor
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_etag_fd(request_rec *r, apr_file_t *fd);

/**
 * Set the last modified time for the file being sent
 * @param r The current request
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_last_modified(request_rec *r);

typedef enum {
    AP_CONDITION_NONE,
    AP_CONDITION_NOMATCH,
    AP_CONDITION_WEAK,
    AP_CONDITION_STRONG
} ap_condition_e;

/**
 * Tests conditional request rules for the If-Match header.
 * @param r The current request
 * @param headers The response headers to check against
 * @return AP_CONDITION_NONE if the header is missing, AP_CONDITION_NOMATCH
 *         if the header does not match, AP_CONDITION_STRONG for a strong
 *         match. Weak matches are not permitted for the If-Match header.
 */
AP_DECLARE(ap_condition_e) ap_condition_if_match(request_rec *r,
        apr_table_t *headers);

/**
 * Tests conditional request rules for the If-Unmodified-Since header.
 * @param r The current request
 * @param headers The response headers to check against
 * @return AP_CONDITION_NONE if the header is missing, AP_CONDITION_NOMATCH
 *         if the header does not match, AP_CONDITION_WEAK if a weak match
 *         was present and allowed by RFC2616, AP_CONDITION_STRONG for a
 *         strong match.
 */
AP_DECLARE(ap_condition_e) ap_condition_if_unmodified_since(request_rec *r,
        apr_table_t *headers);

/**
 * Tests conditional request rules for the If-None-Match header.
 * @param r The current request
 * @param headers The response headers to check against
 * @return AP_CONDITION_NONE if the header is missing, AP_CONDITION_NOMATCH
 *         if the header does not match, AP_CONDITION_WEAK if a weak match
 *         was present and allowed by RFC2616, AP_CONDITION_STRONG for a
 *         strong match.
 */
AP_DECLARE(ap_condition_e) ap_condition_if_none_match(request_rec *r,
        apr_table_t *headers);

/**
 * Tests conditional request rules for the If-Modified-Since header.
 * @param r The current request
 * @param headers The response headers to check against
 * @return AP_CONDITION_NONE if the header is missing, AP_CONDITION_NOMATCH
 *         if the header does not match, AP_CONDITION_WEAK if a weak match
 *         was present and allowed by RFC2616, AP_CONDITION_STRONG for a
 *         strong match.
 */
AP_DECLARE(ap_condition_e) ap_condition_if_modified_since(request_rec *r,
        apr_table_t *headers);

/**
 * Tests conditional request rules for the If-Range header.
 * @param r The current request
 * @param headers The response headers to check against
 * @return AP_CONDITION_NONE if either the If-Range or Range header is
 *         missing, AP_CONDITION_NOMATCH if the header does not match,
 *         AP_CONDITION_STRONG for a strong match. Weak matches are not
 *         permitted for the If-Range header.
 */
AP_DECLARE(ap_condition_e) ap_condition_if_range(request_rec *r,
        apr_table_t *headers);

/**
 * Implements condition GET rules for HTTP/1.1 specification.  This function
 * inspects the client headers and determines if the response fulfills
 * the requirements specified.
 * @param r The current request
 * @return OK if the response fulfills the condition GET rules, some
 *         other status code otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_meets_conditions(request_rec *r);

/* Other ways to send stuff at the client.  All of these keep track
 * of bytes_sent automatically.  This indirection is intended to make
 * it a little more painless to slide things like HTTP-NG packetization
 * underneath the main body of the code later.  In the meantime, it lets
 * us centralize a bit of accounting (bytes_sent).
 *
 * These also return the number of bytes written by the call.
 * They should only be called with a timeout registered, for obvious reaasons.
 * (Ditto the send_header stuff).
 */

/**
 * Send an entire file to the client, using sendfile if supported by the
 * current platform
 * @param fd The file to send.
 * @param r The current request
 * @param offset Offset into the file to start sending.
 * @param length Amount of data to send
 * @param nbytes Amount of data actually sent
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_send_fd(apr_file_t *fd, request_rec *r, apr_off_t offset,
                                   apr_size_t length, apr_size_t *nbytes);

#if APR_HAS_MMAP
/**
 * Send an MMAP'ed file to the client
 * @param mm The MMAP'ed file to send
 * @param r The current request
 * @param offset The offset into the MMAP to start sending
 * @param length The amount of data to send
 * @return The number of bytes sent
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_size_t) ap_send_mmap(apr_mmap_t *mm,
                                    request_rec *r,
                                    apr_size_t offset,
                                    apr_size_t length);
#endif


/**
 * Register a new request method, and return the offset that will be
 * associated with that method.
 *
 * @param p        The pool to create registered method numbers from.
 * @param methname The name of the new method to register.
 * @return         An int value representing an offset into a bitmask.
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_method_register(apr_pool_t *p, const char *methname);

/**
 * Initialize the method_registry and allocate memory for it.
 *
 * @param p Pool to allocate memory for the registry from.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_method_registry_init(apr_pool_t *p);

/**
 * This is a convenience macro to ease with checking a mask
 * against a method name.
 */
#define AP_METHOD_CHECK_ALLOWED(mask, methname) \
    ((mask) & (AP_METHOD_BIT << ap_method_number_of((methname))))

/**
 * Create a new method list with the specified number of preallocated
 * slots for extension methods.
 *
 * @param   p       Pointer to a pool in which the structure should be
 *                  allocated.
 * @param   nelts   Number of preallocated extension slots
 * @return  Pointer to the newly created structure.
 */
AP_DECLARE(ap_method_list_t *) ap_make_method_list(apr_pool_t *p, int nelts);


/**
 * Copy a method list
 *
 * @param   dest List to copy to
 * @param   src  List to copy from
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_copy_method_list(ap_method_list_t *dest,
                                     ap_method_list_t *src);

/**
 * Search for an HTTP method name in an ap_method_list_t structure, and
 * return true if found.
 *
 * @param   method  String containing the name of the method to check.
 * @param   l       Pointer to a method list, such as r->allowed_methods.
 * @return  1 if method is in the list, otherwise 0
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_method_in_list(ap_method_list_t *l, const char *method);

/**
 * Add an HTTP method name to an ap_method_list_t structure if it isn't
 * already listed.
 *
 * @param   method  String containing the name of the method to check.
 * @param   l       Pointer to a method list, such as r->allowed_methods.
 * @return  None.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_method_list_add(ap_method_list_t *l, const char *method);

/**
 * Remove an HTTP method name from an ap_method_list_t structure.
 *
 * @param   l       Pointer to a method list, such as r->allowed_methods.
 * @param   method  String containing the name of the method to remove.
 * @return  None.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_method_list_remove(ap_method_list_t *l,
                                       const char *method);

/**
 * Reset a method list to be completely empty.
 *
 * @param   l       Pointer to a method list, such as r->allowed_methods.
 * @return  None.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_clear_method_list(ap_method_list_t *l);

/**
 * Set the content type for this request (r->content_type).
 * @param r The current request
 * @param ct The new content type
 * @warning This function must be called to set r->content_type in order
 * for the AddOutputFilterByType directive to work correctly.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_content_type(request_rec *r, const char *ct);

/**
 * Set the content type for this request (r->content_type).
 * @param r The current request
 * @param ct The new content type
 * @param trusted If non-zero, The content-type should come from a
 *        trusted source such as server configuration rather
 *        than application output.
 * for the AddOutputFilterByType directive to work correctly.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_content_type_ex(request_rec *r, const char *ct, int trusted);

/**
 * Set the Accept-Ranges header for this response
 * @param r The current request
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_accept_ranges(request_rec *r);


/* Hmmm... could macrofy these for now, and maybe forever, though the
 * definitions of the macros would get a whole lot hairier.
 */

/**
 * Output one character for this request
 * @param c the character to output
 * @param r the current request
 * @return The number of bytes sent
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_rputc(int c, request_rec *r);

/**
 * Write a buffer for the current request
 * @param buf The buffer to write
 * @param nbyte The number of bytes to send from the buffer
 * @param r The current request
 * @return The number of bytes sent
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_rwrite(const void *buf, int nbyte, request_rec *r);

/**
 * Output a string for the current request
 * @param str The string to output
 * @param r The current request
 * @return The number of bytes sent
 * @note ap_rputs may be implemented as macro or inline function
 */
static APR_INLINE int ap_rputs(const char *str, request_rec *r)
{
    apr_size_t len;

    len = strlen(str);

    for (;;) {
        if (len <= INT_MAX) {
            return ap_rwrite(str, (int)len, r);
        }
        else {
            int rc;

            rc = ap_rwrite(str, INT_MAX, r);
            if (rc < 0) {
                return rc;
            }
            else {
                str += INT_MAX;
                len -= INT_MAX;
            }
        }
    }
}

/**
 * Write an unspecified number of strings to the request
 * @param r The current request
 * @param ... The strings to write
 * @return The number of bytes sent
 */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(int) ap_rvputs(request_rec *r,...)
                       AP_FN_ATTR_SENTINEL;

/**
 * Output data to the client in a printf format
 * @param r The current request
 * @param fmt The format string
 * @param vlist The arguments to use to fill out the format string
 * @return The number of bytes sent
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_vrprintf(request_rec *r, const char *fmt, va_list vlist);

/**
 * Output data to the client in a printf format
 * @param r The current request
 * @param fmt The format string
 * @param ... The arguments to use to fill out the format string
 * @return The number of bytes sent
 */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(int) ap_rprintf(request_rec *r, const char *fmt,...)
                                __attribute__((format(printf,2,3)));

/**
 * Flush all of the data for the current request to the client
 * @param r The current request
 * @return 0 on success, -1 if an error occurred
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_rflush(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Index used in custom_responses array for a specific error code
 * (only use outside protocol.c is in getting them configured).
 * @param status HTTP status code
 * @return The index of the response
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_index_of_response(int status);

/**
 * Return the Status-Line for a given status code (excluding the
 * HTTP-Version field). If an invalid or unknown status code is
 * passed, "500 Internal Server Error" will be returned.
 * @param status The HTTP status code
 * @return The Status-Line
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_status_line(int status);

/**
 * Return the Status-Line for a given status code (excluding the
 * HTTP-Version field). If an invalid status code is passed,
 * "500 Internal Server Error" will be returned, whereas an unknown
 * status will be returned like "xxx Status xxx".
 * @param p The pool to allocate from when status is unknown
 * @param status The HTTP status code
 * @return The Status-Line
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_status_line_ex(apr_pool_t *p, int status);

/* Reading a block of data from the client connection (e.g., POST arg) */

/**
 * Setup the client to allow Apache to read the request body.
 * @param r The current request
 * @param read_policy How the server should interpret a chunked
 *                    transfer-encoding.  One of: <pre>
 *    REQUEST_NO_BODY          Send 413 error if message has any body
 *    REQUEST_CHUNKED_ERROR    Send 411 error if body without Content-Length
 *    REQUEST_CHUNKED_DECHUNK  If chunked, remove the chunks for me.
 * </pre>
 * @return either OK or an error code
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_setup_client_block(request_rec *r, int read_policy);

/**
 * Determine if the client has sent any data.  This also sends a
 * 100 Continue response to HTTP/1.1 clients, so modules should not be called
 * until the module is ready to read content.
 * @warning Never call this function more than once.
 * @param r The current request
 * @return 0 if there is no message to read, 1 otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_should_client_block(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Call this in a loop.  It will put data into a buffer and return the length
 * of the input block
 * @param r The current request
 * @param buffer The buffer in which to store the data
 * @param bufsiz The size of the buffer
 * @return Number of bytes inserted into the buffer.  When done reading, 0
 *         if EOF, or -1 if there was an error
 */
AP_DECLARE(long) ap_get_client_block(request_rec *r, char *buffer, apr_size_t bufsiz);

/**
 * Map specific APR codes returned by the filter stack to HTTP error
 * codes, or the default status code provided. Use it as follows:
 *
 * return ap_map_http_request_error(rv, HTTP_BAD_REQUEST);
 *
 * If the filter has already handled the error, AP_FILTER_ERROR will
 * be returned, which is cleanly passed through.
 *
 * These mappings imply that the filter stack is reading from the
 * downstream client, the proxy will map these codes differently.
 * @param rv APR status code
 * @param status Default HTTP code should the APR code not be recognised
 * @return Mapped HTTP status code
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_map_http_request_error(apr_status_t rv, int status);

/**
 * In HTTP/1.1, any method can have a body.  However, most GET handlers
 * wouldn't know what to do with a request body if they received one.
 * This helper routine tests for and reads any message body in the request,
 * simply discarding whatever it receives.  We need to do this because
 * failing to read the request body would cause it to be interpreted
 * as the next request on a persistent connection.
 * @param r The current request
 * @return error status if request is malformed, OK otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_discard_request_body(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Setup the output headers so that the client knows how to authenticate
 * itself the next time, if an authentication request failed.
 * @param r The current request
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_note_auth_failure(request_rec *r);

/**
 * @deprecated @see ap_note_auth_failure
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_note_basic_auth_failure(request_rec *r);

/**
 * @deprecated @see ap_note_auth_failure
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_note_digest_auth_failure(request_rec *r);

/**
 * This hook allows modules to add support for a specific auth type to
 * ap_note_auth_failure
 * @param r the current request
 * @param auth_type the configured auth_type
 * @return OK, DECLINED
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int, note_auth_failure, (request_rec *r, const char *auth_type))

/**
 * Get the password from the request headers. This function has multiple side
 * effects due to its prior use in the old authentication framework.
 * ap_get_basic_auth_components() should be preferred.
 *
 * @deprecated @see ap_get_basic_auth_components
 * @param r The current request
 * @param pw The password as set in the headers
 * @return 0 (OK) if it set the 'pw' argument (and assured
 *         a correct value in r->user); otherwise it returns
 *         an error code, either HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR if things are
 *         really confused, HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED if no authentication at all
 *         seemed to be in use, or DECLINED if there was authentication but
 *         it wasn't Basic (in which case, the caller should presumably
 *         decline as well).
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_get_basic_auth_pw(request_rec *r, const char **pw);

#define AP_GET_BASIC_AUTH_PW_NOTE "AP_GET_BASIC_AUTH_PW_NOTE"

/**
 * Get the username and/or password from the request's Basic authentication
 * headers. Unlike ap_get_basic_auth_pw(), calling this function has no side
 * effects on the passed request_rec.
 *
 * @param r The current request
 * @param username If not NULL, set to the username sent by the client
 * @param password If not NULL, set to the password sent by the client
 * @return APR_SUCCESS if the credentials were successfully parsed and returned;
 *         APR_EINVAL if there was no authentication header sent or if the
 *         client was not using the Basic authentication scheme. username and
 *         password are unchanged on failure.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_get_basic_auth_components(const request_rec *r,
                                                      const char **username,
                                                      const char **password);

/**
 * parse_uri: break apart the uri
 * @warning Side Effects:
 *    @li sets r->args to rest after '?' (or NULL if no '?')
 *    @li sets r->uri to request uri (without r->args part)
 *    @li sets r->hostname (if not set already) from request (scheme://host:port)
 * @param r The current request
 * @param uri The uri to break apart
 */
AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_parse_uri(request_rec *r, const char *uri);

#define AP_GETLINE_FOLD 1 /* Whether to merge continuation lines */
#define AP_GETLINE_CRLF 2 /* Whether line ends must be in the form CR LF */
#define AP_GETLINE_NOSPC_EOL 4 /* Whether to consume up to and including the
                                  end of line on APR_ENOSPC */

/**
 * Get the next line of input for the request
 * @param s The buffer into which to read the line
 * @param n The size of the buffer
 * @param r The request
 * @param flags Bit flag of multiple parsing options
 *              AP_GETLINE_FOLD Whether to merge continuation lines
 *              AP_GETLINE_CRLF Whether line ends must be in the form CR LF
 * @return The length of the line, if successful
 *         n, if the line is too big to fit in the buffer
 *         -1 for miscellaneous errors
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_getline(char *s, int n, request_rec *r, int flags);

/**
 * Get the next line of input for the request
 *
 * Note: on ASCII boxes, ap_rgetline is a macro which simply calls
 *       ap_rgetline_core to get the line of input.
 *
 *       on EBCDIC boxes, ap_rgetline is a wrapper function which
 *       translates ASCII protocol lines to the local EBCDIC code page
 *       after getting the line of input.
 *
 * @param s Pointer to the pointer to the buffer into which the line
 *          should be read; if *s==NULL, a buffer of the necessary size
 *          to hold the data will be allocated from the request pool
 * @param n The size of the buffer
 * @param read The length of the line.
 * @param r The request
 * @param flags Bit flag of multiple parsing options
 *              AP_GETLINE_FOLD Whether to merge continuation lines
 *              AP_GETLINE_CRLF Whether line ends must be in the form CR LF
 * @param bb Working brigade to use when reading buckets
 * @return APR_SUCCESS, if successful
 *         APR_ENOSPC, if the line is too big to fit in the buffer
 *         Other errors where appropriate
 */
#if APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_rgetline(char **s, apr_size_t n,
                                     apr_size_t *read,
                                     request_rec *r, int flags,
                                     apr_bucket_brigade *bb);
#else /* ASCII box */
#define ap_rgetline(s, n, read, r, fold, bb) \
        ap_rgetline_core((s), (n), (read), (r), (fold), (bb))
#endif

/** @see ap_rgetline */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_rgetline_core(char **s, apr_size_t n,
                                          apr_size_t *read,
                                          request_rec *r, int flags,
                                          apr_bucket_brigade *bb);

/**
 * Get the method number associated with the given string, assumed to
 * contain an HTTP method.  Returns M_INVALID if not recognized.
 * @param method A string containing a valid HTTP method
 * @return The method number
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_method_number_of(const char *method);

/**
 * Get the method name associated with the given internal method
 * number.  Returns NULL if not recognized.
 * @param p A pool to use for temporary allocations.
 * @param methnum An integer value corresponding to an internal method number
 * @return The name corresponding to the method number
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_method_name_of(apr_pool_t *p, int methnum);


/* Hooks */
/*
 * pre_read_request --- run right before read_request_line(),
 *                  and not run during any subrequests.
 */
/**
 * This hook allows modules to affect the request or connection immediately before
 * the request has been read, and before any other phases have been processes.
 * @param r The current request of the soon-to-be-read request
 * @param c The connection
 * @return None/void
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void,pre_read_request,(request_rec *r, conn_rec *c))

/*
 * post_read_request --- run right after read_request or internal_redirect,
 *                  and not run during any subrequests.
 */
/**
 * This hook allows modules to affect the request immediately after the request
 * has been read, and before any other phases have been processes.  This allows
 * modules to make decisions based upon the input header fields
 * @param r The current request
 * @return OK or DECLINED
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,post_read_request,(request_rec *r))

/**
 * This hook allows modules to perform any module-specific logging activities
 * over and above the normal server things.
 * @param r The current request
 * @return OK, DECLINED, or HTTP_...
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,log_transaction,(request_rec *r))

/**
 * This hook allows modules to retrieve the http scheme for a request.  This
 * allows Apache modules to easily extend the schemes that Apache understands
 * @param r The current request
 * @return The http scheme from the request
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(const char *,http_scheme,(const request_rec *r))

/**
 * Return the default port from the current request
 * @param r The current request
 * @return The current port
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(apr_port_t,default_port,(const request_rec *r))


#define AP_PROTOCOL_HTTP1        "http/1.1"

/**
 * Determine the list of protocols available for a connection/request. This may
 * be collected with or without any request sent, in which case the request is 
 * NULL. Or it may be triggered by the request received, e.g. through the 
 * "Upgrade" header.
 *
 * This hook will be run whenever protocols are being negotiated (ALPN as
 * one example). It may also be invoked at other times, e.g. when the server
 * wants to advertise protocols it is capable of switching to.
 * 
 * The identifiers for protocols are taken from the TLS extension type ALPN:
 * https://www.iana.org/assignments/tls-extensiontype-values/tls-extensiontype-values.xml
 *
 * If no protocols are added to the proposals, the server not perform any
 * switch. If the protocol selected from the proposals is the protocol
 * already in place, also no protocol switch will be invoked.
 *
 * The client may already have announced the protocols it is willing to
 * accept. These will then be listed as offers. This parameter may also
 * be NULL, indicating that offers from the client are not known and
 * the hooks should propose all protocols that are valid for the
 * current connection/request.
 *
 * All hooks are run, unless one returns an error. Proposals may contain
 * duplicates. The order in which proposals are added is usually ignored.
 * 
 * @param c The current connection
 * @param r The current request or NULL
 * @param s The server/virtual host selected
 * @param offers A list of protocol identifiers offered by the client or
 *               NULL to indicated that the hooks are free to propose 
 * @param proposals The list of protocol identifiers proposed by the hooks
 * @return OK or DECLINED
 * @bug This API or implementation and order of operations should be considered
 * experimental and will continue to evolve in future 2.4 releases, with
 * a corresponding minor module magic number (MMN) bump to indicate the
 * API revision level.
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,protocol_propose,(conn_rec *c, request_rec *r,
                                      server_rec *s,
                                      const apr_array_header_t *offers,
                                      apr_array_header_t *proposals))

/**
 * Perform a protocol switch on the connection. The exact requirements for
 * that depend on the protocol in place and the one switched to. The first 
 * protocol module to handle the switch is the last module run.
 * 
 * For a connection level switch (r == NULL), the handler must on return
 * leave the conn_rec in a state suitable for processing the switched
 * protocol, e.g. correct filters in place.
 *
 * For a request triggered switch (r != NULL), the protocol switch is done
 * before the response is sent out. When switching from "http/1.1" via Upgrade
 * header, the 101 intermediate response will have been sent. The
 * hook needs then to process the connection until it can be closed. Which
 * the server will enforce on hook return.
 * Any error the hook might encounter must already be sent by the hook itself
 * to the client in whatever form the new protocol requires.
 *
 * @param c The current connection
 * @param r The current request or NULL
 * @param s The server/virtual host selected
 * @param protocol The protocol identifier we try to switch to
 * @return OK or DECLINED
 * @bug This API or implementation and order of operations should be considered
 * experimental and will continue to evolve in future 2.4 releases, with
 * a corresponding minor module magic number (MMN) bump to indicate the
 * API revision level.
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,protocol_switch,(conn_rec *c, request_rec *r,
                                     server_rec *s,
                                     const char *protocol))

/**
 * Return the protocol used on the connection. Modules implementing
 * protocol switching must register here and return the correct protocol
 * identifier for connections they switched.
 *
 * To find out the protocol for the current connection, better call
 * @see ap_get_protocol which internally uses this hook.
 *
 * @param c The current connection
 * @return The identifier of the protocol in place or NULL
 * @bug This API or implementation and order of operations should be considered
 * experimental and will continue to evolve in future 2.4 releases, with
 * a corresponding minor module magic number (MMN) bump to indicate the
 * API revision level.
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(const char *,protocol_get,(const conn_rec *c))

/**
 * Get the protocols that the connection and optional request may
 * upgrade to - besides the protocol currently active on the connection. These
 * values may be used to announce to a client what choices it has.
 *
 * If report_all == 0, only protocols more preferable than the one currently
 * being used, are reported. Otherwise, all available protocols beside the
 * current one are being reported.
 *
 * @param c The current connection
 * @param r The current request or NULL
 * @param s The server/virtual host selected or NULL
 * @param report_all include also protocols less preferred than the current one
 * @param pupgrades on return, possible protocols to upgrade to in descending order 
 *                 of preference. Maybe NULL if none are available.    
 * @bug This API or implementation and order of operations should be considered
 * experimental and will continue to evolve in future 2.4 releases, with
 * a corresponding minor module magic number (MMN) bump to indicate the
 * API revision level.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_get_protocol_upgrades(conn_rec *c, request_rec *r, 
                                                  server_rec *s, int report_all, 
                                                  const apr_array_header_t **pupgrades);
                                                  
/**
 * Select a protocol for the given connection and optional request. Will return
 * the protocol identifier selected which may be the protocol already in place
 * on the connection. The selected protocol will be NULL if non of the given
 * choices could be agreed upon (e.g. no proposal as made).
 *
 * A special case is where the choices itself is NULL (instead of empty). In
 * this case there are no restrictions imposed on protocol selection.
 *
 * @param c The current connection
 * @param r The current request or NULL
 * @param s The server/virtual host selected
 * @param choices A list of protocol identifiers, normally the clients whishes
 * @return The selected protocol or NULL if no protocol could be agreed upon
 * @bug This API or implementation and order of operations should be considered
 * experimental and will continue to evolve in future 2.4 releases, with
 * a corresponding minor module magic number (MMN) bump to indicate the
 * API revision level.
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_select_protocol(conn_rec *c, request_rec *r, 
                                            server_rec *s,
                                            const apr_array_header_t *choices);

/**
 * Perform the actual protocol switch. The protocol given must have been
 * selected before on the very same connection and request pair.
 *
 * @param c The current connection
 * @param r The current request or NULL
 * @param s The server/virtual host selected
 * @param protocol the protocol to switch to
 * @return APR_SUCCESS, if caller may continue processing as usual
 *         APR_EOF,     if caller needs to stop processing the connection
 *         APR_EINVAL,  if the protocol is already in place
 *         APR_NOTIMPL, if no module performed the switch
 *         Other errors where appropriate
 * @bug This API or implementation and order of operations should be considered
 * experimental and will continue to evolve in future 2.4 releases, with
 * a corresponding minor module magic number (MMN) bump to indicate the
 * API revision level.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_switch_protocol(conn_rec *c, request_rec *r, 
                                            server_rec *s,
                                            const char *protocol);

/**
 * Call the protocol_get hook to determine the protocol currently in use
 * for the given connection.
 *
 * Unless another protocol has been switch to, will default to
 * @see AP_PROTOCOL_HTTP1 and modules implementing a  new protocol must
 * report a switched connection via the protocol_get hook.
 *
 * @param c The connection to determine the protocol for
 * @return the protocol in use, never NULL
 * @bug This API or implementation and order of operations should be considered
 * experimental and will continue to evolve in future 2.4 releases, with
 * a corresponding minor module magic number (MMN) bump to indicate the
 * API revision level.
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_protocol(conn_rec *c);

/**
 * Check if the given protocol is an allowed choice on the given
 * combination of connection, request and server. 
 *
 * When server is NULL, it is taken from request_rec, unless
 * request_rec is NULL. Then it is taken from the connection base
 * server.
 *
 * @param c The current connection
 * @param r The current request or NULL
 * @param s The server/virtual host selected or NULL
 * @param protocol the protocol to switch to
 * @return != 0 iff protocol is allowed
 * @bug This API or implementation and order of operations should be considered
 * experimental and will continue to evolve in future 2.4 releases, with
 * a corresponding minor module magic number (MMN) bump to indicate the
 * API revision level.
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_is_allowed_protocol(conn_rec *c, request_rec *r,
                                       server_rec *s, const char *protocol);

/** @see ap_bucket_type_error */
typedef struct ap_bucket_error ap_bucket_error;

/**
 * @struct ap_bucket_error
 * @brief  A bucket referring to an HTTP error
 *
 * This bucket can be passed down the filter stack to indicate that an
 * HTTP error occurred while running a filter.  In order for this bucket
 * to be used successfully, it MUST be sent as the first bucket in the
 * first brigade to be sent from a given filter.
 */
struct ap_bucket_error {
    /** Number of buckets using this memory */
    apr_bucket_refcount refcount;
    /** The error code */
    int status;
    /** The error string */
    const char    *data;
};

/** @see ap_bucket_type_error */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern const apr_bucket_type_t ap_bucket_type_error;

/**
 * Determine if a bucket is an error bucket
 * @param e The bucket to inspect
 * @return true or false
 */
#define AP_BUCKET_IS_ERROR(e)         (e->type == &ap_bucket_type_error)

/**
 * Make the bucket passed in an error bucket
 * @param b The bucket to make into an error bucket
 * @param error The HTTP error code to put in the bucket.
 * @param buf An optional error string to put in the bucket.
 * @param p A pool to allocate out of.
 * @return The new bucket, or NULL if allocation failed
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_bucket *) ap_bucket_error_make(apr_bucket *b, int error,
                const char *buf, apr_pool_t *p);

/**
 * Create a bucket referring to an HTTP error.
 * @param error The HTTP error code to put in the bucket.
 * @param buf An optional error string to put in the bucket.
 * @param p A pool to allocate the error string out of.
 * @param list The bucket allocator from which to allocate the bucket
 * @return The new bucket, or NULL if allocation failed
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_bucket *) ap_bucket_error_create(int error, const char *buf,
                                                apr_pool_t *p,
                                                apr_bucket_alloc_t *list);

AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_byterange_filter(ap_filter_t *f, apr_bucket_brigade *b);
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_http_header_filter(ap_filter_t *f, apr_bucket_brigade *b);
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_content_length_filter(ap_filter_t *,
                                                              apr_bucket_brigade *);
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_old_write_filter(ap_filter_t *f, apr_bucket_brigade *b);

/**
 * Sett up the protocol fields for subsidiary requests
 * @param rnew New Sub Request
 * @param r current request
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_sub_req_protocol(request_rec *rnew, const request_rec *r);

/**
 * A wrapup function to keep the internal accounting straight.
 * Indicates that there is no more content coming.
 * @param sub_r Subrequest that is now compete
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_finalize_sub_req_protocol(request_rec *sub_r);

/**
 * Send an interim (HTTP 1xx) response immediately.
 * @param r The request
 * @param send_headers Whether to send&clear headers in r->headers_out
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_send_interim_response(request_rec *r, int send_headers);



#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif  /* !APACHE_HTTP_PROTOCOL_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file http_config.h
 * @brief Apache Configuration
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_CONFIG Configuration
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 * @{
 */

#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_CONFIG_H
#define APACHE_HTTP_CONFIG_H

#include "util_cfgtree.h"
#include "ap_config.h"
#include "apr_tables.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * The central data structures around here...
 */

/* Command dispatch structures... */

/**
 * How the directives arguments should be parsed.
 * @remark Note that for all of these except RAW_ARGS, the config routine is
 *      passed a freshly allocated string which can be modified or stored
 *      or whatever...
 */
enum cmd_how {
    RAW_ARGS,           /**< cmd_func parses command line itself */
    TAKE1,              /**< one argument only */
    TAKE2,              /**< two arguments only */
    ITERATE,            /**< one argument, occurring multiple times
                         * (e.g., IndexIgnore)
                         */
    ITERATE2,           /**< two arguments, 2nd occurs multiple times
                         * (e.g., AddIcon)
                         */
    FLAG,               /**< One of 'On' or 'Off' */
    NO_ARGS,            /**< No args at all, e.g. &lt;/Directory&gt; */
    TAKE12,             /**< one or two arguments */
    TAKE3,              /**< three arguments only */
    TAKE23,             /**< two or three arguments */
    TAKE123,            /**< one, two or three arguments */
    TAKE13,             /**< one or three arguments */
    TAKE_ARGV           /**< an argc and argv are passed */
};

/**
 * This structure is passed to a command which is being invoked,
 * to carry a large variety of miscellaneous data which is all of
 * use to *somebody*...
 */
typedef struct cmd_parms_struct cmd_parms;

#if defined(AP_HAVE_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER) || defined(DOXYGEN)

/**
 * All the types of functions that can be used in directives
 * @internal
 */
typedef union {
    /** function to call for a no-args */
    const char *(*no_args) (cmd_parms *parms, void *mconfig);
    /** function to call for a raw-args */
    const char *(*raw_args) (cmd_parms *parms, void *mconfig,
                             const char *args);
    /** function to call for a argv/argc */
    const char *(*take_argv) (cmd_parms *parms, void *mconfig,
                             int argc, char *const argv[]);
    /** function to call for a take1 */
    const char *(*take1) (cmd_parms *parms, void *mconfig, const char *w);
    /** function to call for a take2 */
    const char *(*take2) (cmd_parms *parms, void *mconfig, const char *w,
                          const char *w2);
    /** function to call for a take3 */
    const char *(*take3) (cmd_parms *parms, void *mconfig, const char *w,
                          const char *w2, const char *w3);
    /** function to call for a flag */
    const char *(*flag) (cmd_parms *parms, void *mconfig, int on);
} cmd_func;

/** This configuration directive does not take any arguments */
# define AP_NO_ARGS     func.no_args
/** This configuration directive will handle its own parsing of arguments*/
# define AP_RAW_ARGS    func.raw_args
/** This configuration directive will handle its own parsing of arguments*/
# define AP_TAKE_ARGV   func.take_argv
/** This configuration directive takes 1 argument*/
# define AP_TAKE1       func.take1
/** This configuration directive takes 2 arguments */
# define AP_TAKE2       func.take2
/** This configuration directive takes 3 arguments */
# define AP_TAKE3       func.take3
/** This configuration directive takes a flag (on/off) as a argument*/
# define AP_FLAG        func.flag

/** mechanism for declaring a directive with no arguments */
# define AP_INIT_NO_ARGS(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, { .no_args=func }, mconfig, where, RAW_ARGS, help }
/** mechanism for declaring a directive with raw argument parsing */
# define AP_INIT_RAW_ARGS(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, { .raw_args=func }, mconfig, where, RAW_ARGS, help }
/** mechanism for declaring a directive with raw argument parsing */
# define AP_INIT_TAKE_ARGV(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, { .take_argv=func }, mconfig, where, TAKE_ARGV, help }
/** mechanism for declaring a directive which takes 1 argument */
# define AP_INIT_TAKE1(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, { .take1=func }, mconfig, where, TAKE1, help }
/** mechanism for declaring a directive which takes multiple arguments */
# define AP_INIT_ITERATE(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, { .take1=func }, mconfig, where, ITERATE, help }
/** mechanism for declaring a directive which takes 2 arguments */
# define AP_INIT_TAKE2(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, { .take2=func }, mconfig, where, TAKE2, help }
/** mechanism for declaring a directive which takes 1 or 2 arguments */
# define AP_INIT_TAKE12(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, { .take2=func }, mconfig, where, TAKE12, help }
/** mechanism for declaring a directive which takes multiple 2 arguments */
# define AP_INIT_ITERATE2(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, { .take2=func }, mconfig, where, ITERATE2, help }
/** mechanism for declaring a directive which takes 1 or 3 arguments */
# define AP_INIT_TAKE13(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, { .take3=func }, mconfig, where, TAKE13, help }
/** mechanism for declaring a directive which takes 2 or 3 arguments */
# define AP_INIT_TAKE23(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, { .take3=func }, mconfig, where, TAKE23, help }
/** mechanism for declaring a directive which takes 1 to 3 arguments */
# define AP_INIT_TAKE123(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, { .take3=func }, mconfig, where, TAKE123, help }
/** mechanism for declaring a directive which takes 3 arguments */
# define AP_INIT_TAKE3(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, { .take3=func }, mconfig, where, TAKE3, help }
/** mechanism for declaring a directive which takes a flag (on/off) argument */
# define AP_INIT_FLAG(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, { .flag=func }, mconfig, where, FLAG, help }

#else /* AP_HAVE_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER */

typedef const char *(*cmd_func) ();

# define AP_NO_ARGS  func
# define AP_RAW_ARGS func
# define AP_TAKE_ARGV func
# define AP_TAKE1    func
# define AP_TAKE2    func
# define AP_TAKE3    func
# define AP_FLAG     func

# define AP_INIT_NO_ARGS(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, func, mconfig, where, RAW_ARGS, help }
# define AP_INIT_RAW_ARGS(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, func, mconfig, where, RAW_ARGS, help }
# define AP_INIT_TAKE_ARGV(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, func, mconfig, where, TAKE_ARGV, help }
# define AP_INIT_TAKE1(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, func, mconfig, where, TAKE1, help }
# define AP_INIT_ITERATE(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, func, mconfig, where, ITERATE, help }
# define AP_INIT_TAKE2(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, func, mconfig, where, TAKE2, help }
# define AP_INIT_TAKE12(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, func, mconfig, where, TAKE12, help }
# define AP_INIT_ITERATE2(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, func, mconfig, where, ITERATE2, help }
# define AP_INIT_TAKE13(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, func, mconfig, where, TAKE13, help }
# define AP_INIT_TAKE23(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, func, mconfig, where, TAKE23, help }
# define AP_INIT_TAKE123(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, func, mconfig, where, TAKE123, help }
# define AP_INIT_TAKE3(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, func, mconfig, where, TAKE3, help }
# define AP_INIT_FLAG(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
    { directive, func, mconfig, where, FLAG, help }

#endif /* AP_HAVE_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER */

/**
 * The command record structure.  Modules can define a table of these
 * to define the directives it will implement.
 */
typedef struct command_struct command_rec;
struct command_struct {
    /** Name of this command */
    const char *name;
    /** The function to be called when this directive is parsed */
    cmd_func func;
    /** Extra data, for functions which implement multiple commands... */
    void *cmd_data;
    /** What overrides need to be allowed to enable this command. */
    int req_override;
    /** What the command expects as arguments */
    enum cmd_how args_how;

    /** 'usage' message, in case of syntax errors */
    const char *errmsg;
};

/**
 * @defgroup ConfigDirectives Allowed locations for configuration directives.
 *
 * The allowed locations for a configuration directive are the union of
 * those indicated by each set bit in the req_override mask.
 *
 * @{
 */
#define OR_NONE 0             /**< *.conf is not available anywhere in this override */
#define OR_LIMIT 1           /**< *.conf inside &lt;Directory&gt; or &lt;Location&gt;
                                and .htaccess when AllowOverride Limit */
#define OR_OPTIONS 2         /**< *.conf anywhere
                                and .htaccess when AllowOverride Options */
#define OR_FILEINFO 4        /**< *.conf anywhere
                                and .htaccess when AllowOverride FileInfo */
#define OR_AUTHCFG 8         /**< *.conf inside &lt;Directory&gt; or &lt;Location&gt;
                                and .htaccess when AllowOverride AuthConfig */
#define OR_INDEXES 16        /**< *.conf anywhere
                                and .htaccess when AllowOverride Indexes */
#define OR_UNSET 32          /**< bit to indicate that AllowOverride has not been set */
#define ACCESS_CONF 64       /**< *.conf inside &lt;Directory&gt; or &lt;Location&gt; */
#define RSRC_CONF 128        /**< *.conf outside &lt;Directory&gt; or &lt;Location&gt; */
#define EXEC_ON_READ 256     /**< force directive to execute a command
                which would modify the configuration (like including another
                file, or IFModule */
/* Flags to determine whether syntax errors in .htaccess should be
 * treated as nonfatal (log and ignore errors)
 */
#define NONFATAL_OVERRIDE 512    /* Violation of AllowOverride rule */
#define NONFATAL_UNKNOWN 1024    /* Unrecognised directive */
#define NONFATAL_ALL (NONFATAL_OVERRIDE|NONFATAL_UNKNOWN)

#define PROXY_CONF 2048      /**< *.conf inside &lt;Proxy&gt; only */

/** this directive can be placed anywhere */
#define OR_ALL (OR_LIMIT|OR_OPTIONS|OR_FILEINFO|OR_AUTHCFG|OR_INDEXES)

/** @} */

/**
 * This can be returned by a function if they don't wish to handle
 * a command. Make it something not likely someone will actually use
 * as an error code.
 */
#define DECLINE_CMD "\a\b"

/** Common structure for reading of config files / passwd files etc. */
typedef struct ap_configfile_t ap_configfile_t;
struct ap_configfile_t {
    /**< an apr_file_getc()-like function */
    apr_status_t (*getch) (char *ch, void *param);
    /**< an apr_file_gets()-like function */
    apr_status_t (*getstr) (void *buf, apr_size_t bufsiz, void *param);
    /**< a close handler function */
    apr_status_t (*close) (void *param);
    /**< the argument passed to getch/getstr/close */
    void *param;
    /**< the filename / description */
    const char *name;
    /**< current line number, starting at 1 */
    unsigned line_number;
};

/**
 * This structure is passed to a command which is being invoked,
 * to carry a large variety of miscellaneous data which is all of
 * use to *somebody*...
 */
struct cmd_parms_struct {
    /** Argument to command from cmd_table */
    void *info;
    /** Which allow-override bits are set */
    int override;
    /** Which allow-override-opts bits are set */
    int override_opts;
    /** Table of directives allowed per AllowOverrideList */
    apr_table_t *override_list;
    /** Which methods are &lt;Limit&gt;ed */
    apr_int64_t limited;
    /** methods which are limited */
    apr_array_header_t *limited_xmethods;
    /** methods which are xlimited */
    ap_method_list_t *xlimited;

    /** Config file structure. */
    ap_configfile_t *config_file;
    /** the directive specifying this command */
    ap_directive_t *directive;

    /** Pool to allocate new storage in */
    apr_pool_t *pool;
    /** Pool for scratch memory; persists during configuration, but
     *  wiped before the first request is served...  */
    apr_pool_t *temp_pool;
    /** Server_rec being configured for */
    server_rec *server;
    /** If configuring for a directory, pathname of that directory.
     *  NOPE!  That's what it meant previous to the existence of &lt;Files&gt;,
     * &lt;Location&gt; and regex matching.  Now the only usefulness that can be
     * derived from this field is whether a command is being called in a
     * server context (path == NULL) or being called in a dir context
     * (path != NULL).  */
    char *path;
    /** configuration command */
    const command_rec *cmd;

    /** per_dir_config vector passed to handle_command */
    struct ap_conf_vector_t *context;
    /** directive with syntax error */
    const ap_directive_t *err_directive;

};

/**
 * Flags associated with a module.
 */
#define AP_MODULE_FLAG_NONE         (0)
#define AP_MODULE_FLAG_ALWAYS_MERGE (1 << 0)

/**
 * Module structures.  Just about everything is dispatched through
 * these, directly or indirectly (through the command and handler
 * tables).
 */
typedef struct module_struct module;
struct module_struct {
    /** API version, *not* module version; check that module is
     * compatible with this version of the server.
     */
    int version;
    /** API minor version. Provides API feature milestones. Not checked
     *  during module init */
    int minor_version;
    /** Index to this modules structures in config vectors.  */
    int module_index;

    /** The name of the module's C file */
    const char *name;
    /** The handle for the DSO.  Internal use only */
    void *dynamic_load_handle;

    /** A pointer to the next module in the list
     *  @var module_struct *next
     */
    struct module_struct *next;

    /** Magic Cookie to identify a module structure;  It's mainly
     *  important for the DSO facility (see also mod_so).  */
    unsigned long magic;

    /** Function to allow MPMs to re-write command line arguments.  This
     *  hook is only available to MPMs.
     *  @param The process that the server is running in.
     */
    void (*rewrite_args) (process_rec *process);
    /** Function to allow all modules to create per directory configuration
     *  structures.
     *  @param p The pool to use for all allocations.
     *  @param dir The directory currently being processed.
     *  @return The per-directory structure created
     */
    void *(*create_dir_config) (apr_pool_t *p, char *dir);
    /** Function to allow all modules to merge the per directory configuration
     *  structures for two directories.
     *  @param p The pool to use for all allocations.
     *  @param base_conf The directory structure created for the parent directory.
     *  @param new_conf The directory structure currently being processed.
     *  @return The new per-directory structure created
     */
    void *(*merge_dir_config) (apr_pool_t *p, void *base_conf, void *new_conf);
    /** Function to allow all modules to create per server configuration
     *  structures.
     *  @param p The pool to use for all allocations.
     *  @param s The server currently being processed.
     *  @return The per-server structure created
     */
    void *(*create_server_config) (apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *s);
    /** Function to allow all modules to merge the per server configuration
     *  structures for two servers.
     *  @param p The pool to use for all allocations.
     *  @param base_conf The directory structure created for the parent directory.
     *  @param new_conf The directory structure currently being processed.
     *  @return The new per-directory structure created
     */
    void *(*merge_server_config) (apr_pool_t *p, void *base_conf,
                                  void *new_conf);

    /** A command_rec table that describes all of the directives this module
     * defines. */
    const command_rec *cmds;

    /** A hook to allow modules to hook other points in the request processing.
     *  In this function, modules should call the ap_hook_*() functions to
     *  register an interest in a specific step in processing the current
     *  request.
     *  @param p the pool to use for all allocations
     */
    void (*register_hooks) (apr_pool_t *p);

    /** A bitmask of AP_MODULE_FLAG_* */
    int flags;
};

/**
 * The AP_MAYBE_UNUSED macro is used for variable declarations that
 * might potentially exhibit "unused var" warnings on some compilers if
 * left untreated.
 * Since static intializers are not part of the C language (C89), making
 * (void) usage is not possible. However many compiler have proprietary 
 * mechanism to suppress those warnings.  
 */
#ifdef AP_MAYBE_UNUSED
#elif defined(__GNUC__)
# define AP_MAYBE_UNUSED(x) x __attribute__((unused)) 
#elif defined(__LCLINT__)
# define AP_MAYBE_UNUSED(x) /*@unused@*/ x  
#else
# define AP_MAYBE_UNUSED(x) x
#endif
    
/**
 * The APLOG_USE_MODULE macro is used choose which module a file belongs to.
 * This is necessary to allow per-module loglevel configuration.
 *
 * APLOG_USE_MODULE indirectly sets APLOG_MODULE_INDEX and APLOG_MARK.
 *
 * If a module should be backward compatible with versions before 2.3.6,
 * APLOG_USE_MODULE needs to be enclosed in a ifdef APLOG_USE_MODULE block.
 *
 * @param foo name of the module symbol of the current module, without the
 *            trailing "_module" part
 * @see APLOG_MARK
 */
#define APLOG_USE_MODULE(foo) \
    extern module AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA foo##_module;                  \
    AP_MAYBE_UNUSED(static int * const aplog_module_index) = &(foo##_module.module_index)

/**
 * AP_DECLARE_MODULE is a convenience macro that combines a call of
 * APLOG_USE_MODULE with the definition of the module symbol.
 *
 * If a module should be backward compatible with versions before 2.3.6,
 * APLOG_USE_MODULE should be used explicitly instead of AP_DECLARE_MODULE.
 */
#define AP_DECLARE_MODULE(foo) \
    APLOG_USE_MODULE(foo);                         \
    module AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA foo##_module

/**
 * @defgroup ModuleInit Module structure initializers
 *
 * Initializer for the first few module slots, which are only
 * really set up once we start running.  Note that the first two slots
 * provide a version check; this should allow us to deal with changes to
 * the API. The major number should reflect changes to the API handler table
 * itself or removal of functionality. The minor number should reflect
 * additions of functionality to the existing API. (the server can detect
 * an old-format module, and either handle it back-compatibly, or at least
 * signal an error). See src/include/ap_mmn.h for MMN version history.
 * @{
 */

/** The one used in Apache 1.3, which will deliberately cause an error */
#define STANDARD_MODULE_STUFF   this_module_needs_to_be_ported_to_apache_2_0

/** Use this in all standard modules */
#define STANDARD20_MODULE_STUFF MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR, \
                                MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MINOR, \
                                -1, \
                                __FILE__, \
                                NULL, \
                                NULL, \
                                MODULE_MAGIC_COOKIE, \
                                NULL      /* rewrite args spot */

/** Use this only in MPMs */
#define MPM20_MODULE_STUFF      MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR, \
                                MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MINOR, \
                                -1, \
                                __FILE__, \
                                NULL, \
                                NULL, \
                                MODULE_MAGIC_COOKIE

/** @} */

/* CONFIGURATION VECTOR FUNCTIONS */

/** configuration vector structure */
typedef struct ap_conf_vector_t ap_conf_vector_t;

/**
 * Generic accessors for other modules to get at their own module-specific
 * data
 * @param cv The vector in which the modules configuration is stored.
 *        usually r->per_dir_config or s->module_config
 * @param m The module to get the data for.
 * @return The module-specific data
 */
AP_DECLARE(void *) ap_get_module_config(const ap_conf_vector_t *cv,
                                        const module *m);

/**
 * Generic accessors for other modules to set their own module-specific
 * data
 * @param cv The vector in which the modules configuration is stored.
 *        usually r->per_dir_config or s->module_config
 * @param m The module to set the data for.
 * @param val The module-specific data to set
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_module_config(ap_conf_vector_t *cv, const module *m,
                                      void *val);

/**
 * When module flags have been introduced, and a way to check this.
 */
#define AP_MODULE_FLAGS_MMN_MAJOR 20120211
#define AP_MODULE_FLAGS_MMN_MINOR 70
#define AP_MODULE_HAS_FLAGS(m) \
        AP_MODULE_MAGIC_AT_LEAST(AP_MODULE_FLAGS_MMN_MAJOR, \
                                 AP_MODULE_FLAGS_MMN_MINOR)
/**
 * Generic accessor for the module's flags
 * @param m The module to get the flags from.
 * @return The module-specific flags
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_get_module_flags(const module *m);

#if !defined(AP_DEBUG)

#define ap_get_module_config(v,m)       \
    (((void **)(v))[(m)->module_index])
#define ap_set_module_config(v,m,val)   \
    ((((void **)(v))[(m)->module_index]) = (val))

#endif /* AP_DEBUG */


/**
 * Generic accessor for modules to get the module-specific loglevel
 * @param s The server from which to get the loglevel.
 * @param index The module_index of the module to get the loglevel for.
 * @return The module-specific loglevel
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_get_server_module_loglevel(const server_rec *s, int index);

/**
 * Generic accessor for modules the module-specific loglevel
 * @param c The connection from which to get the loglevel.
 * @param index The module_index of the module to get the loglevel for.
 * @return The module-specific loglevel
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_get_conn_module_loglevel(const conn_rec *c, int index);

/**
 * Generic accessor for modules the module-specific loglevel
 * @param c The connection from which to get the loglevel.
 * @param s The server from which to get the loglevel if c does not have a
 *          specific loglevel configuration.
 * @param index The module_index of the module to get the loglevel for.
 * @return The module-specific loglevel
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_get_conn_server_module_loglevel(const conn_rec *c,
                                                   const server_rec *s,
                                                   int index);

/**
 * Generic accessor for modules to get the module-specific loglevel
 * @param r The request from which to get the loglevel.
 * @param index The module_index of the module to get the loglevel for.
 * @return The module-specific loglevel
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_get_request_module_loglevel(const request_rec *r, int index);

/**
 * Accessor to set module-specific loglevel
 * @param p A pool
 * @param l The ap_logconf struct to modify.
 * @param index The module_index of the module to set the loglevel for.
 * @param level The new log level
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_module_loglevel(apr_pool_t *p, struct ap_logconf *l,
                                        int index, int level);

#if !defined(AP_DEBUG)

#define ap_get_conn_logconf(c)                     \
    ((c)->log             ? (c)->log             : \
     &(c)->base_server->log)

#define ap_get_conn_server_logconf(c,s)                             \
    ( ( (c)->log != &(c)->base_server->log && (c)->log != NULL )  ? \
      (c)->log                                                    : \
      &(s)->log )

#define ap_get_request_logconf(r)                  \
    ((r)->log             ? (r)->log             : \
     (r)->connection->log ? (r)->connection->log : \
     &(r)->server->log)

#define ap_get_module_loglevel(l,i)                                     \
    (((i) < 0 || (l)->module_levels == NULL || (l)->module_levels[i] < 0) ?  \
     (l)->level :                                                         \
     (l)->module_levels[i])

#define ap_get_server_module_loglevel(s,i)  \
    (ap_get_module_loglevel(&(s)->log,i))

#define ap_get_conn_module_loglevel(c,i)  \
    (ap_get_module_loglevel(ap_get_conn_logconf(c),i))

#define ap_get_conn_server_module_loglevel(c,s,i)  \
    (ap_get_module_loglevel(ap_get_conn_server_logconf(c,s),i))

#define ap_get_request_module_loglevel(r,i)  \
    (ap_get_module_loglevel(ap_get_request_logconf(r),i))

#endif /* AP_DEBUG */

/**
 * Set all module-specific loglevels to val
 * @param l The log config for which to set the loglevels.
 * @param val the value to set all loglevels to
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_reset_module_loglevels(struct ap_logconf *l, int val);

/**
 * Generic command handling function for strings
 * @param cmd The command parameters for this directive
 * @param struct_ptr pointer into a given type
 * @param arg The argument to the directive
 * @return An error string or NULL on success
 */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_string_slot(cmd_parms *cmd,
                                                   void *struct_ptr,
                                                   const char *arg);

/**
 * Generic command handling function for integers
 * @param cmd The command parameters for this directive
 * @param struct_ptr pointer into a given type
 * @param arg The argument to the directive
 * @return An error string or NULL on success
 */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_int_slot(cmd_parms *cmd,
                                                void *struct_ptr,
                                                const char *arg);

/**
 * Parsing function for log level
 * @param str The string to parse
 * @param val The parsed log level
 * @return An error string or NULL on success
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_parse_log_level(const char *str, int *val);

/**
 * Return true if the specified method is limited by being listed in
 * a &lt;Limit&gt; container, or by *not* being listed in a &lt;LimitExcept&gt;
 * container.
 *
 * @param   method  Pointer to a string specifying the method to check.
 * @param   cmd     Pointer to the cmd_parms structure passed to the
 *                  directive handler.
 * @return  0 if the method is not limited in the current scope
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_method_is_limited(cmd_parms *cmd, const char *method);

/**
 * Generic command handling function for strings, always sets the value
 * to a lowercase string
 * @param cmd The command parameters for this directive
 * @param struct_ptr pointer into a given type
 * @param arg The argument to the directive
 * @return An error string or NULL on success
 */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_string_slot_lower(cmd_parms *cmd,
                                                         void *struct_ptr,
                                                         const char *arg);
/**
 * Generic command handling function for flags stored in an int
 * @param cmd The command parameters for this directive
 * @param struct_ptr pointer into a given type
 * @param arg The argument to the directive (either 1 or 0)
 * @return An error string or NULL on success
 */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_flag_slot(cmd_parms *cmd,
                                                 void *struct_ptr,
                                                 int arg);
/**
 * Generic command handling function for flags stored in a char
 * @param cmd The command parameters for this directive
 * @param struct_ptr pointer into a given type
 * @param arg The argument to the directive (either 1 or 0)
 * @return An error string or NULL on success
 */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_flag_slot_char(cmd_parms *cmd,
                                                      void *struct_ptr,
                                                      int arg);
/**
 * Generic command handling function for files
 * @param cmd The command parameters for this directive
 * @param struct_ptr pointer into a given type
 * @param arg The argument to the directive
 * @return An error string or NULL on success
 */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_file_slot(cmd_parms *cmd,
                                                 void *struct_ptr,
                                                 const char *arg);
/**
 * Generic command handling function to respond with cmd->help as an error
 * @param cmd The command parameters for this directive
 * @param struct_ptr pointer into a given type
 * @param arg The argument to the directive
 * @return The cmd->help value as the error string
 * @note This allows simple declarations such as:
 * @code
 *     AP_INIT_RAW_ARGS("Foo", ap_set_deprecated, NULL, OR_ALL,
 *         "The Foo directive is no longer supported, use Bar"),
 * @endcode
 */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_deprecated(cmd_parms *cmd,
                                                  void *struct_ptr,
                                                  const char *arg);
/**
 * For modules which need to read config files, open logs, etc. this returns
 * the canonical form of fname made absolute to ap_server_root.
 * @param p pool to allocate data from
 * @param fname The file name
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_server_root_relative(apr_pool_t *p, const char *fname);

/**
 * Compute the name of a run-time file (e.g., shared memory "file") relative
 * to the appropriate run-time directory.  Absolute paths are returned as-is.
 * The run-time directory is configured via the DefaultRuntimeDir directive or
 * at build time.
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_runtime_dir_relative(apr_pool_t *p, const char *fname);

/* Finally, the hook for dynamically loading modules in... */

/**
 * Add a module to the server
 * @param m The module structure of the module to add
 * @param p The pool of the same lifetime as the module
 * @param s The module's symbol name (used for logging)
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_add_module(module *m, apr_pool_t *p,
                                       const char *s);

/**
 * Remove a module from the server.  There are some caveats:
 * when the module is removed, its slot is lost so all the current
 * per-dir and per-server configurations are invalid. So we should
 * only ever call this function when you are invalidating almost
 * all our current data. I.e. when doing a restart.
 * @param m the module structure of the module to remove
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_remove_module(module *m);
/**
 * Add a module to the chained modules list and the list of loaded modules
 * @param mod The module structure of the module to add
 * @param p The pool with the same lifetime as the module
 * @param s The module's symbol name (used for logging)
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_add_loaded_module(module *mod, apr_pool_t *p,
                                              const char *s);
/**
 * Remove a module from the chained modules list and the list of loaded modules
 * @param mod the module structure of the module to remove
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_remove_loaded_module(module *mod);
/**
 * Find the name of the specified module
 * @param m The module to get the name for
 * @return the name of the module
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_find_module_name(module *m);
/**
 * Find the short name of the module identified by the specified module index
 * @param module_index The module index to get the name for
 * @return the name of the module, NULL if not found
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_find_module_short_name(int module_index);
/**
 * Find a module based on the name of the module
 * @param name the name of the module
 * @return the module structure if found, NULL otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(module *) ap_find_linked_module(const char *name);

/**
 * Open a ap_configfile_t as apr_file_t
 * @param ret_cfg open ap_configfile_t struct pointer
 * @param p The pool to allocate the structure from
 * @param name the name of the file to open
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_pcfg_openfile(ap_configfile_t **ret_cfg,
                                          apr_pool_t *p, const char *name);

/**
 * Allocate a ap_configfile_t handle with user defined functions and params
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param descr The name of the file
 * @param param The argument passed to getch/getstr/close
 * @param getc_func The getch function
 * @param gets_func The getstr function
 * @param close_func The close function
 */
AP_DECLARE(ap_configfile_t *) ap_pcfg_open_custom(apr_pool_t *p,
    const char *descr,
    void *param,
    apr_status_t (*getc_func) (char *ch, void *param),
    apr_status_t (*gets_func) (void *buf, apr_size_t bufsiz, void *param),
    apr_status_t (*close_func) (void *param));

/**
 * Read one line from open ap_configfile_t, strip leading and trailing
 * whitespace, increase line number
 * @param buf place to store the line read
 * @param bufsize size of the buffer
 * @param cfp File to read from
 * @return error status, APR_ENOSPC if bufsize is too small for the line
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_cfg_getline(char *buf, apr_size_t bufsize, ap_configfile_t *cfp);

/**
 * Read one char from open configfile_t, increase line number upon LF
 * @param ch place to store the char read
 * @param cfp The file to read from
 * @return error status
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_cfg_getc(char *ch, ap_configfile_t *cfp);

/**
 * Detach from open ap_configfile_t, calling the close handler
 * @param cfp The file to close
 * @return 1 on success, 0 on failure
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_cfg_closefile(ap_configfile_t *cfp);

/**
 * Convert a return value from ap_cfg_getline or ap_cfg_getc to a user friendly
 * string.
 * @param p The pool to allocate the string from
 * @param cfp The config file
 * @param rc The return value to convert
 * @return The error string, NULL if rc == APR_SUCCESS
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_pcfg_strerror(apr_pool_t *p, ap_configfile_t *cfp,
                                          apr_status_t rc);

/**
 * Read all data between the current &lt;foo&gt; and the matching &lt;/foo&gt;.  All
 * of this data is forgotten immediately.
 * @param cmd The cmd_parms to pass to the directives inside the container
 * @param directive The directive name to read until
 * @return Error string on failure, NULL on success
 * @note If cmd->pool == cmd->temp_pool, ap_soak_end_container() will assume
 *       .htaccess context and use a lower maximum line length.
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_soak_end_container(cmd_parms *cmd, char *directive);

/**
 * Read all data between the current &lt;foo&gt; and the matching &lt;/foo&gt; and build
 * a config tree from it
 * @param p pool to allocate from
 * @param temp_pool Temporary pool to allocate from
 * @param parms The cmd_parms to pass to all directives read
 * @param current The current node in the tree
 * @param curr_parent The current parent node
 * @param orig_directive The directive to read until hit.
 * @return Error string on failure, NULL on success
 * @note If p == temp_pool, ap_build_cont_config() will assume .htaccess
 *       context and use a lower maximum line length.
*/
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_build_cont_config(apr_pool_t *p,
                                              apr_pool_t *temp_pool,
                                              cmd_parms *parms,
                                              ap_directive_t **current,
                                              ap_directive_t **curr_parent,
                                              char *orig_directive);

/**
 * Build a config tree from a config file
 * @param parms The cmd_parms to pass to all of the directives in the file
 * @param conf_pool The pconf pool
 * @param temp_pool The temporary pool
 * @param conftree Place to store the root node of the config tree
 * @return Error string on error, NULL otherwise
 * @note If conf_pool == temp_pool, ap_build_config() will assume .htaccess
 *       context and use a lower maximum line length.
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_build_config(cmd_parms *parms,
                                         apr_pool_t *conf_pool,
                                         apr_pool_t *temp_pool,
                                         ap_directive_t **conftree);

/**
 * Walk a config tree and setup the server's internal structures
 * @param conftree The config tree to walk
 * @param parms The cmd_parms to pass to all functions
 * @param section_vector The per-section config vector.
 * @return Error string on error, NULL otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_walk_config(ap_directive_t *conftree,
                                        cmd_parms *parms,
                                        ap_conf_vector_t *section_vector);

/**
 * Convenience function to create a ap_dir_match_t structure from a cmd_parms.
 *
 * @param cmd The command.
 * @param flags Flags to indicate whether optional or recursive.
 * @param cb Callback for each file found that matches the wildcard. Return NULL on
 *        success, an error string on error.
 * @param ctx Context for the callback.
 * @return Structure ap_dir_match_t with fields populated, allocated from the
 *         cmd->temp_pool.
 */
AP_DECLARE(ap_dir_match_t *)ap_dir_cfgmatch(cmd_parms *cmd, int flags,
        const char *(*cb)(ap_dir_match_t *w, const char *fname), void *ctx)
        __attribute__((nonnull(1,3)));

/**
 * @defgroup ap_check_cmd_context Check command context
 * @{
 */
/**
 * Check the context a command is used in.
 * @param cmd The command to check
 * @param forbidden Where the command is forbidden.
 * @return Error string on error, NULL on success
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_check_cmd_context(cmd_parms *cmd,
                                              unsigned forbidden);

#define  NOT_IN_VIRTUALHOST     0x01 /**< Forbidden in &lt;VirtualHost&gt; */
#define  NOT_IN_LIMIT           0x02 /**< Forbidden in &lt;Limit&gt; */
#define  NOT_IN_DIRECTORY       0x04 /**< Forbidden in &lt;Directory&gt; */
#define  NOT_IN_LOCATION        0x08 /**< Forbidden in &lt;Location&gt; */
#define  NOT_IN_FILES           0x10 /**< Forbidden in &lt;Files&gt; or &lt;If&gt;*/
#define  NOT_IN_HTACCESS        0x20 /**< Forbidden in .htaccess files */
#define  NOT_IN_PROXY           0x40 /**< Forbidden in &lt;Proxy&gt; */
/** Forbidden in &lt;Directory&gt;/&lt;Location&gt;/&lt;Files&gt;&lt;If&gt;*/
#define  NOT_IN_DIR_LOC_FILE    (NOT_IN_DIRECTORY|NOT_IN_LOCATION|NOT_IN_FILES)
/** Forbidden in &lt;Directory&gt;/&lt;Location&gt;/&lt;Files&gt;&lt;If&gt;&lt;Proxy&gt;*/
#define  NOT_IN_DIR_CONTEXT     (NOT_IN_LIMIT|NOT_IN_DIR_LOC_FILE|NOT_IN_PROXY)
/** Forbidden in &lt;VirtualHost&gt;/&lt;Limit&gt;/&lt;Directory&gt;/&lt;Location&gt;/&lt;Files&gt;/&lt;If&gt;&lt;Proxy&gt;*/
#define  GLOBAL_ONLY            (NOT_IN_VIRTUALHOST|NOT_IN_DIR_CONTEXT)

/** @} */

/**
 * @brief This structure is used to assign symbol names to module pointers
 */
typedef struct {
    const char *name;
    module *modp;
} ap_module_symbol_t;

/**
 * The topmost module in the list
 * @var module *ap_top_module
 */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern module *ap_top_module;

/**
 * Array of all statically linked modules
 * @var module *ap_prelinked_modules[]
 */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern module *ap_prelinked_modules[];
/**
 * Array of all statically linked modulenames (symbols)
 * @var ap_module_symbol_t ap_prelinked_module_symbols[]
 */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_module_symbol_t ap_prelinked_module_symbols[];
/**
 * Array of all preloaded modules
 * @var module *ap_preloaded_modules[]
 */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern module *ap_preloaded_modules[];
/**
 * Array of all loaded modules
 * @var module **ap_loaded_modules
 */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern module **ap_loaded_modules;

/* For mod_so.c... */
/** Run a single module's two create_config hooks
 *  @param p the pool to allocate from
 *  @param s The server to configure for.
 *  @param m The module to configure
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_single_module_configure(apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *s,
                                            module *m);

/* For http_main.c... */
/**
 * Add all of the prelinked modules into the loaded module list
 * @param process The process that is currently running the server
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_setup_prelinked_modules(process_rec *process);

/**
 * Show the preloaded configuration directives, the help string explaining
 * the directive arguments, in what module they are handled, and in
 * what parts of the configuration they are allowed.  Used for httpd -h.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_show_directives(void);

/**
 * Returns non-zero if a configuration directive of the given name has
 * been registered by a module at the time of calling.
 * @param p Pool for temporary allocations
 * @param name Directive name
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_exists_directive(apr_pool_t *p, const char *name);

/**
 * Show the preloaded module names.  Used for httpd -l.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_show_modules(void);

/**
 * Show the MPM name.  Used in reporting modules such as mod_info to
 * provide extra information to the user
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_show_mpm(void);

/**
 * Read all config files and setup the server
 * @param process The process running the server
 * @param temp_pool A pool to allocate temporary data from.
 * @param config_name The name of the config file
 * @param conftree Place to store the root of the config tree
 * @return The setup server_rec list.
 */
AP_DECLARE(server_rec *) ap_read_config(process_rec *process,
                                        apr_pool_t *temp_pool,
                                        const char *config_name,
                                        ap_directive_t **conftree);

/**
 * Run all rewrite args hooks for loaded modules
 * @param process The process currently running the server
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_run_rewrite_args(process_rec *process);

/**
 * Run the register hooks function for a specified module
 * @param m The module to run the register hooks function from
 * @param p The pool valid for the lifetime of the module
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_register_hooks(module *m, apr_pool_t *p);

/**
 * Setup all virtual hosts
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param main_server The head of the server_rec list
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_fixup_virtual_hosts(apr_pool_t *p,
                                        server_rec *main_server);

/**
 * Reserve some modules slots for modules loaded by other means than
 * EXEC_ON_READ directives.
 * Relevant modules should call this in the pre_config stage.
 * @param count The number of slots to reserve.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_reserve_module_slots(int count);

/**
 * Reserve some modules slots for modules loaded by a specific
 * non-EXEC_ON_READ config directive.
 * This counts how often the given directive is used in the config and calls
 * ap_reserve_module_slots() accordingly.
 * @param directive The name of the directive
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_reserve_module_slots_directive(const char *directive);

/* For http_request.c... */

/**
 * Setup the config vector for a request_rec
 * @param p The pool to allocate the config vector from
 * @return The config vector
 */
AP_DECLARE(ap_conf_vector_t*) ap_create_request_config(apr_pool_t *p);

/**
 * Setup the config vector for per dir module configs
 * @param p The pool to allocate the config vector from
 * @return The config vector
 */
AP_CORE_DECLARE(ap_conf_vector_t *) ap_create_per_dir_config(apr_pool_t *p);

/**
 * Run all of the modules merge per dir config functions
 * @param p The pool to pass to the merge functions
 * @param base The base directory config structure
 * @param new_conf The new directory config structure
 */
AP_CORE_DECLARE(ap_conf_vector_t*) ap_merge_per_dir_configs(apr_pool_t *p,
                                           ap_conf_vector_t *base,
                                           ap_conf_vector_t *new_conf);

/**
 * Allocate new ap_logconf and make (deep) copy of old ap_logconf
 * @param p The pool to alloc from
 * @param old The ap_logconf to copy (may be NULL)
 * @return The new ap_logconf struct
 */
AP_DECLARE(struct ap_logconf *) ap_new_log_config(apr_pool_t *p,
                                                  const struct ap_logconf *old);

/**
 * Merge old ap_logconf into new ap_logconf.
 * old and new must have the same life time.
 * @param old_conf The ap_logconf to merge from
 * @param new_conf The ap_logconf to merge into
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_merge_log_config(const struct ap_logconf *old_conf,
                                     struct ap_logconf *new_conf);

/* For http_connection.c... */
/**
 * Setup the config vector for a connection_rec
 * @param p The pool to allocate the config vector from
 * @return The config vector
 */
AP_CORE_DECLARE(ap_conf_vector_t*) ap_create_conn_config(apr_pool_t *p);

/* For http_core.c... (&lt;Directory&gt; command and virtual hosts) */

/**
 * parse an htaccess file
 * @param result htaccess_result
 * @param r The request currently being served
 * @param override Which overrides are active
 * @param override_opts Which allow-override-opts bits are set
 * @param override_list Table of directives allowed for override
 * @param path The path to the htaccess file
 * @param access_name The list of possible names for .htaccess files
 * int The status of the current request
 */
AP_CORE_DECLARE(int) ap_parse_htaccess(ap_conf_vector_t **result,
                                       request_rec *r,
                                       int override,
                                       int override_opts,
                                       apr_table_t *override_list,
                                       const char *path,
                                       const char *access_name);

/**
 * Setup a virtual host
 * @param p The pool to allocate all memory from
 * @param hostname The hostname of the virtual hsot
 * @param main_server The main server for this Apache configuration
 * @param ps Place to store the new server_rec
 * return Error string on error, NULL on success
 */
AP_CORE_DECLARE(const char *) ap_init_virtual_host(apr_pool_t *p,
                                                   const char *hostname,
                                                   server_rec *main_server,
                                                   server_rec **ps);

/**
 * Process a config file for Apache
 * @param s The server rec to use for the command parms
 * @param fname The name of the config file
 * @param conftree The root node of the created config tree
 * @param p Pool for general allocation
 * @param ptemp Pool for temporary allocation
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_process_resource_config(server_rec *s,
                                                    const char *fname,
                                                    ap_directive_t **conftree,
                                                    apr_pool_t *p,
                                                    apr_pool_t *ptemp);

/**
 * Process all matching files as Apache configs
 * @param s The server rec to use for the command parms
 * @param fname The filename pattern of the config file
 * @param conftree The root node of the created config tree
 * @param p Pool for general allocation
 * @param ptemp Pool for temporary allocation
 * @param optional Whether a no-match wildcard is allowed
 * @see apr_fnmatch for pattern handling
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_process_fnmatch_configs(server_rec *s,
                                                    const char *fname,
                                                    ap_directive_t **conftree,
                                                    apr_pool_t *p,
                                                    apr_pool_t *ptemp,
                                                    int optional);

/**
 * Process all directives in the config tree
 * @param s The server rec to use in the command parms
 * @param conftree The config tree to process
 * @param p The pool for general allocation
 * @param ptemp The pool for temporary allocations
 * @return OK if no problems
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_process_config_tree(server_rec *s,
                                       ap_directive_t *conftree,
                                       apr_pool_t *p,
                                       apr_pool_t *ptemp);

/**
 * Store data which will be retained across unload/load of modules
 * @param key The unique key associated with this module's retained data
 * @param size in bytes of the retained data (to be allocated)
 * @return Address of new retained data structure, initially cleared
 */
AP_DECLARE(void *) ap_retained_data_create(const char *key, apr_size_t size);

/**
 * Retrieve data which was stored by ap_retained_data_create()
 * @param key The unique key associated with this module's retained data
 * @return Address of previously retained data structure, or NULL if not yet saved
 */
AP_DECLARE(void *) ap_retained_data_get(const char *key);

/* Module-method dispatchers, also for http_request.c */
/**
 * Run the handler phase of each module until a module accepts the
 * responsibility of serving the request
 * @param r The current request
 * @return The status of the current request
 */
AP_CORE_DECLARE(int) ap_invoke_handler(request_rec *r);

/* for mod_perl */

/**
 * Find a given directive in a command_rec table
 * @param name The directive to search for
 * @param cmds The table to search
 * @return The directive definition of the specified directive
 */
AP_CORE_DECLARE(const command_rec *) ap_find_command(const char *name,
                                                     const command_rec *cmds);

/**
 * Find a given directive in a list of modules.
 * @param cmd_name The directive to search for
 * @param mod Pointer to the first module in the linked list; will be set to
 *            the module providing cmd_name
 * @return The directive definition of the specified directive.
 *         *mod will be changed to point to the module containing the
 *         directive.
 */
AP_CORE_DECLARE(const command_rec *) ap_find_command_in_modules(const char *cmd_name,
                                                                module **mod);

/**
 * Ask a module to create per-server and per-section (dir/loc/file) configs
 * (if it hasn't happened already). The results are stored in the server's
 * config, and the specified per-section config vector.
 * @param server The server to operate upon.
 * @param section_vector The per-section config vector.
 * @param section Which section to create a config for.
 * @param mod The module which is defining the config data.
 * @param pconf A pool for all configuration allocations.
 * @return The (new) per-section config data.
 */
AP_CORE_DECLARE(void *) ap_set_config_vectors(server_rec *server,
                                              ap_conf_vector_t *section_vector,
                                              const char *section,
                                              module *mod, apr_pool_t *pconf);

  /* Hooks */

/**
 * Run the header parser functions for each module
 * @param r The current request
 * @return OK or DECLINED
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,header_parser,(request_rec *r))

/**
 * Run the pre_config function for each module
 * @param pconf The config pool
 * @param plog The logging streams pool
 * @param ptemp The temporary pool
 * @return OK or DECLINED on success anything else is a error
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,pre_config,(apr_pool_t *pconf,apr_pool_t *plog,
                                apr_pool_t *ptemp))

/**
 * Run the check_config function for each module
 * @param pconf The config pool
 * @param plog The logging streams pool
 * @param ptemp The temporary pool
 * @param s the server to operate upon
 * @return OK or DECLINED on success anything else is a error
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,check_config,(apr_pool_t *pconf, apr_pool_t *plog,
                                  apr_pool_t *ptemp, server_rec *s))

/**
 * Run the test_config function for each module; this hook is run
 * only if the server was invoked to test the configuration syntax.
 * @param pconf The config pool
 * @param s The list of server_recs
 * @note To avoid reordering problems due to different buffering, hook
 *       functions should only apr_file_*() to print to stdout/stderr and
 *       not simple printf()/fprintf().
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void,test_config,(apr_pool_t *pconf, server_rec *s))

/**
 * Run the post_config function for each module
 *
 * The function might be called multiple times.  @a pconf, @a plog, and
 * @a ptemp may be cleared and/or destroyed between calls.
 *
 * The function will be called zero or one times with the server's state being
 * #AP_SQ_MS_CREATE_PRE_CONFIG, and will be called one or more times with
 * the server's state being #AP_SQ_MS_CREATE_CONFIG.
 *
 * @see ap_state_query(), #AP_SQ_MAIN_STATE
 *
 * @param pconf The config pool
 * @param plog The logging streams pool
 * @param ptemp The temporary pool
 * @param s The list of server_recs
 * @return OK or DECLINED on success anything else is a error
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,post_config,(apr_pool_t *pconf,apr_pool_t *plog,
                                 apr_pool_t *ptemp,server_rec *s))

/**
 * Run the open_logs functions for each module
 * @param pconf The config pool
 * @param plog The logging streams pool
 * @param ptemp The temporary pool
 * @param s The list of server_recs
 * @return OK or DECLINED on success anything else is a error
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,open_logs,(apr_pool_t *pconf,apr_pool_t *plog,
                               apr_pool_t *ptemp,server_rec *s))

/**
 * Run the child_init functions for each module
 * @param pchild The child pool
 * @param s The list of server_recs in this server
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void,child_init,(apr_pool_t *pchild, server_rec *s))

/**
 * Run the handler functions for each module
 * @param r The request_rec
 * @remark non-wildcard handlers should HOOK_MIDDLE, wildcard HOOK_LAST
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,handler,(request_rec *r))

/**
 * Run the quick handler functions for each module. The quick_handler
 * is run before any other requests hooks are called (location_walk,
 * directory_walk, access checking, et. al.). This hook was added
 * to provide a quick way to serve content from a URI keyed cache.
 *
 * @param r The request_rec
 * @param lookup_uri Controls whether the caller actually wants content or not.
 * lookup is set when the quick_handler is called out of
 * ap_sub_req_lookup_uri()
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,quick_handler,(request_rec *r, int lookup_uri))

/**
 * Retrieve the optional functions for each module.
 * This is run immediately before the server starts. Optional functions should
 * be registered during the hook registration phase.
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void,optional_fn_retrieve,(void))

/**
 * Allow modules to open htaccess files or perform operations before doing so
 * @param r The current request
 * @param dir_name The directory for which the htaccess file should be opened
 * @param access_name The filename  for which the htaccess file should be opened
 * @param conffile Where the pointer to the opened ap_configfile_t must be
 *        stored
 * @param full_name Where the full file name of the htaccess file must be
 *        stored.
 * @return APR_SUCCESS on success,
 *         APR_ENOENT or APR_ENOTDIR if no htaccess file exists,
 *         AP_DECLINED to let later modules do the opening,
 *         any other error code on error.
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(apr_status_t,open_htaccess,
                (request_rec *r, const char *dir_name, const char *access_name,
                 ap_configfile_t **conffile, const char **full_name))

/**
 * Core internal function, use ap_run_open_htaccess() instead.
 */
apr_status_t ap_open_htaccess(request_rec *r, const char *dir_name,
        const char *access_name, ap_configfile_t **conffile,
        const char **full_name);

/**
 * A generic pool cleanup that will reset a pointer to NULL. For use with
 * apr_pool_cleanup_register.
 * @param data The address of the pointer
 * @return APR_SUCCESS
 */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_pool_cleanup_set_null(void *data);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif  /* !APACHE_HTTP_CONFIG_H */
/** @} */
/* include/ap_config_auto.h.  Generated from ap_config_auto.h.in by configure.  */
/* include/ap_config_auto.h.in.  Generated from configure.in by autoheader.  */

/* SuExec root directory */
#define AP_DOC_ROOT "/"

/* Enable DTrace probes */
/* #undef AP_ENABLE_DTRACE */

/* Allow modules to run hook after a fatal exception */
/* #undef AP_ENABLE_EXCEPTION_HOOK */

/* Allow IPv4 connections on IPv6 listening sockets */
/* #undef AP_ENABLE_V4_MAPPED */

/* Minimum allowed GID */
#define AP_GID_MIN 100

/* Enable the APR hook probes capability, reading from ap_hook_probes.h */
/* #undef AP_HOOK_PROBES_ENABLED */

/* User allowed to call SuExec */
#define AP_HTTPD_USER "nobody"

/* SuExec log file */
#define AP_LOG_EXEC "/etc/apache2/logs/suexec_log"

/* SuExec log to syslog */
/* #undef AP_LOG_SYSLOG */

/* Listening sockets are non-blocking when there are more than 1 */
#define AP_NONBLOCK_WHEN_MULTI_LISTEN 1

/* safe dir */
/* #undef AP_SAFE_DIRECTORY */

/* safe shell path for SuExec */
/* #undef AP_SAFE_PATH */

/* Enable if suexec is installed with Linux capabilities, not setuid */
#define AP_SUEXEC_CAPABILITIES 1

/* umask for suexec'd process */
/* #undef AP_SUEXEC_UMASK */

/* Location of the MIME types config file, relative to the Apache root
   directory */
#define AP_TYPES_CONFIG_FILE "conf/mime.types"

/* Minimum allowed UID */
#define AP_UID_MIN 100

/* User subdirectory */
/* #undef AP_USERDIR_SUFFIX */

/* Using autoconf to configure Apache */
#define AP_USING_AUTOCONF 1

/* Define as default argument for thread id in error logging */
#define DEFAULT_LOG_TID "g"

/* Define to 1 if you have the `arc4random_buf' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_ARC4RANDOM_BUF */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `bindprocessor' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_BINDPROCESSOR */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <bstring.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_BSTRING_H */

/* Enable FD passing support in mod_cgid */
/* #undef HAVE_CGID_FDPASSING */

/* Define if crypt() supports SHA-2 hashes */
#define HAVE_CRYPT_SHA2 1

/* Define if curl is available */
/* #undef HAVE_CURL */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <curl/curl.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_CURL_CURL_H */

/* Define if distcache support is enabled */
/* #undef HAVE_DISTCACHE */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <distcache/dc_client.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_DISTCACHE_DC_CLIENT_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `ENGINE_init' function. */
#define HAVE_ENGINE_INIT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `ENGINE_load_builtin_engines' function. */
#define HAVE_ENGINE_LOAD_BUILTIN_ENGINES 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `epoll_create' function. */
#define HAVE_EPOLL_CREATE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `fopen64' function. */
#define HAVE_FOPEN64 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getgrnam' function. */
#define HAVE_GETGRNAM 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getloadavg' function. */
#define HAVE_GETLOADAVG 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpgid' function. */
#define HAVE_GETPGID 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpwnam' function. */
#define HAVE_GETPWNAM 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `gettid' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_GETTID */

/* Define if struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field */
#define HAVE_GMTOFF 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <grp.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_GRP_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `initgroups' function. */
#define HAVE_INITGROUPS 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1

/* Define if jansson is available */
/* #undef HAVE_JANSSON */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `killpg' function. */
#define HAVE_KILLPG 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `kqueue' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_KQUEUE */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1

/* Define if nghttp2 is available */
#define HAVE_NGHTTP2 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <nghttp2/nghttp2.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_NGHTTP2_NGHTTP2_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `nghttp2_option_set_no_closed_streams'
   function. */
#define HAVE_NGHTTP2_OPTION_SET_NO_CLOSED_STREAMS 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the
   `nghttp2_option_set_no_rfc9113_leading_and_trailing_ws_validation'
   function. */
#define HAVE_NGHTTP2_OPTION_SET_NO_RFC9113_LEADING_AND_TRAILING_WS_VALIDATION 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the
   `nghttp2_session_callbacks_set_on_invalid_header_callback' function. */
#define HAVE_NGHTTP2_SESSION_CALLBACKS_SET_ON_INVALID_HEADER_CALLBACK 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `nghttp2_session_change_stream_priority'
   function. */
#define HAVE_NGHTTP2_SESSION_CHANGE_STREAM_PRIORITY 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `nghttp2_session_get_stream_local_window_size'
   function. */
#define HAVE_NGHTTP2_SESSION_GET_STREAM_LOCAL_WINDOW_SIZE 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `nghttp2_session_server_new2' function. */
#define HAVE_NGHTTP2_SESSION_SERVER_NEW2 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `nghttp2_stream_get_weight' function. */
#define HAVE_NGHTTP2_STREAM_GET_WEIGHT 1

/* Define if OpenSSL is available */
#define HAVE_OPENSSL 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <openssl/engine.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_OPENSSL_ENGINE_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `OPENSSL_init_ssl' function. */
#define HAVE_OPENSSL_INIT_SSL 1

/* Detected PCRE2 */
#define HAVE_PCRE2 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `port_create' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_PORT_CREATE */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `prctl' function. */
#define HAVE_PRCTL 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <priv.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_PRIV_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the `pthread_kill' function. */
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_KILL 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <pwd.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_PWD_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `RAND_egd' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_RAND_EGD */

/* Defined if SELinux is supported */
#define HAVE_SELINUX 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `setsid' function. */
#define HAVE_SETSID 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `SSL_CTX_new' function. */
#define HAVE_SSL_CTX_NEW 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STRING_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `syslog' function. */
#define HAVE_SYSLOG 1

/* Define if systemd is supported */
#define HAVE_SYSTEMD 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <systemd/sd-daemon.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYSTEMD_SD_DAEMON_H 1

/* Define if you have gettid() via syscall() */
#define HAVE_SYS_GETTID 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ipc.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_IPC_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/loadavg.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_LOADAVG_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/prctl.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_PRCTL_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/processor.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_PROCESSOR_H */

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/resource.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/sdt.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_SDT_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/sem.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_SEM_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/socket.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/times.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_TIME_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have <sys/wait.h> that is POSIX.1 compatible. */
#define HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `timegm' function. */
#define HAVE_TIMEGM 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `times' function. */
#define HAVE_TIMES 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the `vsyslog' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_VSYSLOG */

/* Root directory of the Apache install area */
#define HTTPD_ROOT "/etc/apache2"

/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT ""

/* Define to the full name of this package. */
#define PACKAGE_NAME ""

/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
#define PACKAGE_STRING ""

/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
#define PACKAGE_TARNAME ""

/* Define to the home page for this package. */
#define PACKAGE_URL ""

/* Define to the version of this package. */
#define PACKAGE_VERSION ""

/* Location of the config file, relative to the Apache root directory */
#define SERVER_CONFIG_FILE "conf/httpd.conf"

/* This platform doesn't suffer from the thundering herd problem */
#define SINGLE_LISTEN_UNSERIALIZED_ACCEPT 1

/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
#define STDC_HEADERS 1

/* Path to suexec binary */
#define SUEXEC_BIN "/usr/sbin/suexec"

/* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix.  */
#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
# define _ALL_SOURCE 1
#endif
/* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them.  */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
/* Enable threading extensions on Solaris.  */
#ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
# define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1
#endif
/* Enable extensions on HP NonStop.  */
#ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE
# define _TANDEM_SOURCE 1
#endif
/* Enable general extensions on Solaris.  */
#ifndef __EXTENSIONS__
# define __EXTENSIONS__ 1
#endif


/* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */
/* #undef _MINIX */

/* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with
   this defined. */
/* #undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE */

/* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */
/* #undef _POSIX_SOURCE */

/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
/* #undef const */

/* Define to 'int' if <sys/resource.h> doesn't define it for us */
/* #undef rlim_t */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  mod_rewrite.h
 * @brief Rewrite Extension module for Apache
 *
 * @defgroup MOD_REWRITE mod_rewrite
 * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
 * @{
 */

#ifndef MOD_REWRITE_H
#define MOD_REWRITE_H 1

#include "apr_optional.h"
#include "httpd.h"

#define REWRITE_REDIRECT_HANDLER_NAME "redirect-handler"

/* rewrite map function prototype */
typedef char *(rewrite_mapfunc_t)(request_rec *r, char *key);

/* optional function declaration */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, ap_register_rewrite_mapfunc,
                        (char *name, rewrite_mapfunc_t *func));

#endif /* MOD_REWRITE_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file ap_socache.h
 * @brief Small object cache provider interface.
 *
 * @defgroup AP_SOCACHE ap_socache
 * @ingroup  APACHE_MODS
 * @{
 */

#ifndef AP_SOCACHE_H
#define AP_SOCACHE_H

#include "httpd.h"
#include "ap_provider.h"
#include "apr_pools.h"
#include "apr_time.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/** If this flag is set, the store/retrieve/remove/status interfaces
 * of the provider are NOT safe to be called concurrently from
 * multiple processes or threads, and an external global mutex must be
 * used to serialize access to the provider.
 */
/* XXX: Even if store/retrieve/remove is atomic, isn't it useful to note
 * independently that status and iterate may or may not be?
 */
#define AP_SOCACHE_FLAG_NOTMPSAFE (0x0001)

/** A cache instance. */
typedef struct ap_socache_instance_t ap_socache_instance_t;

/** Hints which may be passed to the init function; providers may
 * ignore some or all of these hints. */
struct ap_socache_hints {
    /** Approximate average length of IDs: */
    apr_size_t avg_id_len;
    /** Approximate average size of objects: */
    apr_size_t avg_obj_size;
    /** Suggested interval between expiry cleanup runs; */
    apr_interval_time_t expiry_interval;
};

/**
 * Iterator callback prototype for the ap_socache_provider_t->iterate() method
 * @param instance The cache instance
 * @param s Associated server context (for logging)
 * @param userctx User defined pointer passed from the iterator call
 * @param id Unique ID for the object (binary blob)
 * with a trailing null char for convenience
 * @param idlen Length of id blob
 * @param data Output buffer to place retrieved data (binary blob)
 * with a trailing null char for convenience
 * @param datalen Length of data buffer
 * @param pool Pool for temporary allocations
 * @return APR status value; return APR_SUCCESS or the iteration will halt;
 * this value is returned to the ap_socache_provider_t->iterate() caller
 */
typedef apr_status_t (ap_socache_iterator_t)(ap_socache_instance_t *instance,
                                             server_rec *s,
                                             void *userctx,
                                             const unsigned char *id,
                                             unsigned int idlen,
                                             const unsigned char *data,
                                             unsigned int datalen,
                                             apr_pool_t *pool);

/** A socache provider structure.  socache providers are registered
 * with the ap_provider.h interface using the AP_SOCACHE_PROVIDER_*
 * constants. */
typedef struct ap_socache_provider_t {
    /** Canonical provider name. */
    const char *name;

    /** Bitmask of AP_SOCACHE_FLAG_* flags. */
    unsigned int flags;

    /**
     * Create a small object cache based on the given configuration
     * string.  The instance pointer returned in the instance
     * parameter will be passed as the first argument to subsequent
     * invocations.
     *
     * @param instance Output parameter to which instance object is written.
     * @param arg User-specified configuration string.  May be NULL to
     *        force use of defaults.
     * @param tmp Pool to be used for any temporary allocations
     * @param p Pool to be use for any allocations lasting as long as
     * the created instance
     * @return NULL on success, or an error string on failure.
     */
    const char *(*create)(ap_socache_instance_t **instance, const char *arg,
                          apr_pool_t *tmp, apr_pool_t *p);

    /**
     * Initialize the cache.  The cname must be of maximum length 16
     * characters, and uniquely identifies the consumer of the cache
     * within the server; using the module name is recommended, e.g.
     * "mod_ssl-sess".  This string may be used within a filesystem
     * path so use of only alphanumeric [a-z0-9_-] characters is
     * recommended.  If hints is non-NULL, it gives a set of hints for
     * the provider.  Returns APR error code.
     *
     * @param instance The cache instance
     * @param cname A unique string identifying the consumer of this API
     * @param hints Optional hints argument describing expected cache use
     * @param s Server structure to which the cache is associated
     * @param pool Pool for long-lived allocations
     * @return APR status value indicating success.
     */
    apr_status_t (*init)(ap_socache_instance_t *instance, const char *cname,
                         const struct ap_socache_hints *hints,
                         server_rec *s, apr_pool_t *pool);

    /**
     * Destroy a given cache instance object.
     * @param instance The cache instance to destroy.
     * @param s Associated server structure (for logging purposes)
     */
    void (*destroy)(ap_socache_instance_t *instance, server_rec *s);

    /**
     * Store an object in a cache instance.
     * @param instance The cache instance
     * @param s Associated server structure (for logging purposes)
     * @param id Unique ID for the object; binary blob
     * @param idlen Length of id blob
     * @param expiry Absolute time at which the object expires
     * @param data Data to store; binary blob
     * @param datalen Length of data blob
     * @param pool Pool for temporary allocations.
     * @return APR status value.
     */
    apr_status_t (*store)(ap_socache_instance_t *instance, server_rec *s,
                          const unsigned char *id, unsigned int idlen,
                          apr_time_t expiry,
                          unsigned char *data, unsigned int datalen,
                          apr_pool_t *pool);

    /**
     * Retrieve a cached object.
     * 
     * @param instance The cache instance
     * @param s Associated server structure (for logging purposes)
     * @param id Unique ID for the object; binary blob
     * @param idlen Length of id blob
     * @param data Output buffer to place retrievd data (binary blob)
     * @param datalen On entry, length of data buffer; on exit, the
     * number of bytes written to the data buffer.
     * @param pool Pool for temporary allocations.
     * @return APR status value; APR_NOTFOUND if the object was not
     * found
     */
    apr_status_t (*retrieve)(ap_socache_instance_t *instance, server_rec *s,
                             const unsigned char *id, unsigned int idlen,
                             unsigned char *data, unsigned int *datalen,
                             apr_pool_t *pool);

    /**
     * Remove an object from the cache
     *
     * @param instance The cache instance
     * @param s Associated server structure (for logging purposes)
     * @param id Unique ID for the object; binary blob
     * @param idlen Length of id blob
     * @param pool Pool for temporary allocations.
     */
    apr_status_t (*remove)(ap_socache_instance_t *instance, server_rec *s,
                           const unsigned char *id, unsigned int idlen,
                           apr_pool_t *pool);

    /** 
     * Dump the status of a cache instance for mod_status.  Will use
     * the ap_r* interfaces to produce appropriate status output.
     * XXX: ap_r* are deprecated, bad dogfood
     *
     * @param instance The cache instance
     * @param r The request structure
     * @param flags The AP_STATUS_* constants used (see mod_status.h)
     */
    void (*status)(ap_socache_instance_t *instance, request_rec *r, int flags);

    /**
     * Dump all cached objects through an iterator callback.
     * @param instance The cache instance
     * @param s Associated server context (for processing and logging)
     * @param userctx User defined pointer passed through to the iterator
     * @param iterator The user provided callback function which will receive
     * individual calls for each unexpired id/data pair
     * @param pool Pool for temporary allocations.
     * @return APR status value; APR_NOTFOUND if the object was not
     * found
     */
    apr_status_t (*iterate)(ap_socache_instance_t *instance, server_rec *s,
                            void *userctx, ap_socache_iterator_t *iterator,
                            apr_pool_t *pool);

} ap_socache_provider_t;

/** The provider group used to register socache providers. */
#define AP_SOCACHE_PROVIDER_GROUP "socache"
/** The provider version used to register socache providers. */
#define AP_SOCACHE_PROVIDER_VERSION "0"

/** Default provider name. */
#define AP_SOCACHE_DEFAULT_PROVIDER "default"

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* AP_SOCACHE_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  http_main.h
 * @brief Command line options
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_MAIN Command line options
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 * @{
 */

#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_MAIN_H
#define APACHE_HTTP_MAIN_H

#include "httpd.h"
#include "apr_optional.h"

/** AP_SERVER_BASEARGS is the command argument list parsed by http_main.c
 * in apr_getopt() format.  Use this for default'ing args that the MPM
 * can safely ignore and pass on from its rewrite_args() handler.
 */
#define AP_SERVER_BASEARGS "C:c:D:d:E:e:f:vVlLtTSMh?X"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/** The name of the Apache executable */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern const char *ap_server_argv0;
/** The global server's ServerRoot */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern const char *ap_server_root;
/** The global server's DefaultRuntimeDir
 * This is not usable directly in the general case; use
 * ap_runtime_dir_relative() instead.
 */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern const char *ap_runtime_dir;
/** The global server's server_rec */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern server_rec *ap_server_conf;
/** global pool, for access prior to creation of server_rec */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern apr_pool_t *ap_pglobal;
/** state of the server (startup, exiting, ...) */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_main_state;
/** run mode (normal, config test, config dump, ...) */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_run_mode;
/** run mode (normal, config test, config dump, ...) */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_config_generation;

/* for -C, -c and -D switches */
/** An array of all -C directives.  These are processed before the server's
 *  config file */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern apr_array_header_t *ap_server_pre_read_config;
/** An array of all -c directives.  These are processed after the server's
 *  config file */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern apr_array_header_t *ap_server_post_read_config;
/** An array of all -D defines on the command line.  This allows people to
 *  effect the server based on command line options */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern apr_array_header_t *ap_server_config_defines;
/** Available integer for using the -T switch */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_document_root_check;

/**
 * An optional function to send signal to server on presence of '-k'
 * command line argument.
 * @param status The exit status after sending signal
 * @param pool Memory pool to allocate from
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int, ap_signal_server, (int *status, apr_pool_t *pool));

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif  /* !APACHE_HTTP_MAIN_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

#ifndef MOD_WATCHDOG_H
#define MOD_WATCHDOG_H

/**
 * @file  mod_watchdog.h
 * @brief Watchdog module for Apache
 *
 * @defgroup MOD_WATCHDOG mod_watchdog
 * @ingroup  APACHE_MODS
 * @{
 */

#include "httpd.h"
#include "http_config.h"
#include "http_log.h"
#include "ap_provider.h"

#include "apr.h"
#include "apr_strings.h"
#include "apr_pools.h"
#include "apr_shm.h"
#include "apr_hash.h"
#include "apr_hooks.h"
#include "apr_optional.h"
#include "apr_file_io.h"
#include "apr_time.h"
#include "apr_thread_proc.h"
#include "apr_global_mutex.h"
#include "apr_thread_mutex.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * Default singleton watchdog instance name.
 * Singleton watchdog is protected by mutex and
 * guaranteed to be run inside a single child process
 * at any time.
 */
#define AP_WATCHDOG_SINGLETON       "_singleton_"

/**
 * Default watchdog instance name
 */
#define AP_WATCHDOG_DEFAULT         "_default_"

/**
 * Default Watchdog interval
 */
#define AP_WD_TM_INTERVAL           APR_TIME_C(1000000)  /* 1 second     */

/**
 * Watchdog thread timer resolution
 */
#define AP_WD_TM_SLICE              APR_TIME_C(100000)   /* 100 ms       */

/* State values for callback */
#define AP_WATCHDOG_STATE_STARTING  1
#define AP_WATCHDOG_STATE_RUNNING   2
#define AP_WATCHDOG_STATE_STOPPING  3

typedef struct ap_watchdog_t ap_watchdog_t;

/* Create a set of AP_WD_DECLARE(type), AP_WD_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) and
 * AP_WD_DECLARE_DATA with appropriate export and import tags for the platform
 */
#if !defined(AP_WD_DECLARE)
#if !defined(WIN32)
#define AP_WD_DECLARE(type)            type
#define AP_WD_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     type
#define AP_WD_DECLARE_DATA
#elif defined(AP_WD_DECLARE_STATIC)
#define AP_WD_DECLARE(type)            type __stdcall
#define AP_WD_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     type
#define AP_WD_DECLARE_DATA
#elif defined(AP_WD_DECLARE_EXPORT)
#define AP_WD_DECLARE(type)            __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
#define AP_WD_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     __declspec(dllexport) type
#define AP_WD_DECLARE_DATA             __declspec(dllexport)
#else
#define AP_WD_DECLARE(type)            __declspec(dllimport) type __stdcall
#define AP_WD_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     __declspec(dllimport) type
#define AP_WD_DECLARE_DATA             __declspec(dllimport)
#endif
#endif

/**
 * Callback function used for watchdog.
 * @param state Watchdog state function. See @p AP_WATCHDOG_STATE_ .
 * @param data is what was passed to @p ap_watchdog_register_callback function.
 * @param pool Temporary callback pool destroyed after the call.
 * @return APR_SUCCESS to continue calling this callback.
 */
typedef apr_status_t ap_watchdog_callback_fn_t(int state, void *data,
                                               apr_pool_t *pool);

/**
 * Get watchdog instance.
 * @param watchdog Storage for watchdog instance.
 * @param name Watchdog name.
 * @param parent Non-zero to get the parent process watchdog instance.
 * @param singleton Non-zero to get the singleton watchdog instance.
 * @param p The pool to use.
 * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
 * @remark Use @p AP_WATCHDOG_DEFAULT to get default watchdog instance.
 *         If separate watchdog thread is needed provide unique name
 *         and function will create a new watchdog instance.
 *         Note that default client process watchdog works in singleton mode.
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_status_t, ap_watchdog_get_instance,
                        (ap_watchdog_t **watchdog, const char *name, int parent,
                         int singleton, apr_pool_t *p));

/**
 * Register watchdog callback.
 * @param watchdog Watchdog to use
 * @param interval Interval on which the callback function will execute.
 * @param callback  The function to call on watchdog event.
 * @param data The data to pass to the callback function.
 * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well. APR_EEXIST if already registered.
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_status_t, ap_watchdog_register_callback,
                        (ap_watchdog_t *watchdog, apr_interval_time_t interval,
                         const void *data, ap_watchdog_callback_fn_t *callback));

/**
 * Update registered watchdog callback interval.
 * @param w Watchdog to use
 * @param interval New interval on which the callback function will execute.
 * @param callback  The function to call on watchdog event.
 * @param data The data to pass to the callback function.
 * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well. APR_EOF if callback was not found.
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_status_t, ap_watchdog_set_callback_interval,
                        (ap_watchdog_t *w, apr_interval_time_t interval,
                         const void *data, ap_watchdog_callback_fn_t *callback));

/**
 * Watchdog require hook.
 * @param s The server record
 * @param name Watchdog name.
 * @param parent Non-zero to indicate the parent process watchdog mode.
 * @param singleton Non-zero to indicate the singleton watchdog mode.
 * @return OK to enable notifications from this watchdog, DECLINED otherwise.
 * @remark This is called in post config phase for all watchdog instances
 *         that have no callbacks registered. Modules using this hook
 *         should ensure that their post_config hook is called after watchdog
 *         post_config.
 */
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ap, AP_WD, int, watchdog_need, (server_rec *s,
                          const char *name,
                          int parent, int singleton))


/**
 * Watchdog initialize hook.
 * It is called after the watchdog thread is initialized.
 * @param s The server record
 * @param name Watchdog name.
 * @param pool The pool used to create the watchdog.
 */
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ap, AP_WD, int, watchdog_init, (
                          server_rec *s,
                          const char *name,
                          apr_pool_t *pool))

/**
 * Watchdog terminate hook.
 * It is called when the watchdog thread is terminated.
 * @param s The server record
 * @param name Watchdog name.
 * @param pool The pool used to create the watchdog.
 */
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ap, AP_WD, int, watchdog_exit, (
                          server_rec *s,
                          const char *name,
                          apr_pool_t *pool))

/**
 * Fixed interval watchdog hook.
 * It is called regularly on @p AP_WD_TM_INTERVAL interval.
 * @param s The server record
 * @param name Watchdog name.
 * @param pool Temporary pool destroyed after the call.
 */
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ap, AP_WD, int, watchdog_step, (
                          server_rec *s,
                          const char *name,
                          apr_pool_t *pool))

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* MOD_WATCHDOG_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  scoreboard.h
 * @brief Apache scoreboard library
 */

#ifndef APACHE_SCOREBOARD_H
#define APACHE_SCOREBOARD_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#if APR_HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <sys/times.h>
#endif

#include "ap_config.h"
#include "http_config.h"
#include "apr_thread_proc.h"
#include "apr_portable.h"
#include "apr_shm.h"
#include "apr_optional.h"

/* Scoreboard file, if there is one */
#ifndef DEFAULT_SCOREBOARD
#define DEFAULT_SCOREBOARD "logs/apache_runtime_status"
#endif

/* Scoreboard info on a process is, for now, kept very brief ---
 * just status value and pid (the latter so that the caretaker process
 * can properly update the scoreboard when a process dies).  We may want
 * to eventually add a separate set of long_score structures which would
 * give, for each process, the number of requests serviced, and info on
 * the current, or most recent, request.
 *
 * Status values:
 */

#define SERVER_DEAD 0
#define SERVER_STARTING 1       /* Server Starting up */
#define SERVER_READY 2          /* Waiting for connection (or accept() lock) */
#define SERVER_BUSY_READ 3      /* Reading a client request */
#define SERVER_BUSY_WRITE 4     /* Processing a client request */
#define SERVER_BUSY_KEEPALIVE 5 /* Waiting for more requests via keepalive */
#define SERVER_BUSY_LOG 6       /* Logging the request */
#define SERVER_BUSY_DNS 7       /* Looking up a hostname */
#define SERVER_CLOSING 8        /* Closing the connection */
#define SERVER_GRACEFUL 9       /* server is gracefully finishing request */
#define SERVER_IDLE_KILL 10     /* Server is cleaning up idle children. */
#define SERVER_NUM_STATUS 11    /* number of status settings */

/* Type used for generation indices.  Startup and every restart cause a
 * new generation of children to be spawned.  Children within the same
 * generation share the same configuration information -- pointers to stuff
 * created at config time in the parent are valid across children.  However,
 * this can't work effectively with non-forked architectures.  So while the
 * arrays in the scoreboard never change between the parent and forked
 * children, so they do not require shm storage, the contents of the shm
 * may contain no pointers.
 */
typedef int ap_generation_t;

/* Is the scoreboard shared between processes or not?
 * Set by the MPM when the scoreboard is created.
 */
typedef enum {
    SB_NOT_SHARED = 1,
    SB_SHARED = 2
} ap_scoreboard_e;

/* stuff which is worker specific */
typedef struct worker_score worker_score;
struct worker_score {
#if APR_HAS_THREADS
    apr_os_thread_t tid;
#endif
    int thread_num;
    /* With some MPMs (e.g., worker), a worker_score can represent
     * a thread in a terminating process which is no longer
     * represented by the corresponding process_score.  These MPMs
     * should set pid and generation fields in the worker_score.
     */
    pid_t pid;
    ap_generation_t generation;
    unsigned char status;
    unsigned short conn_count;
    apr_off_t     conn_bytes;
    unsigned long access_count;
    apr_off_t     bytes_served;
    unsigned long my_access_count;
    apr_off_t     my_bytes_served;
    apr_time_t start_time;
    apr_time_t stop_time;
    apr_time_t last_used;
#ifdef HAVE_TIMES
    struct tms times;
#endif
    char client[32];            /* DEPRECATED: Keep 'em small... */
    char request[64];           /* We just want an idea... */
    char vhost[32];             /* What virtual host is being accessed? */
    char protocol[16];          /* What protocol is used on the connection? */
    apr_time_t duration;
    char client64[64];
};

typedef struct {
    int             server_limit;
    int             thread_limit;
    ap_generation_t running_generation; /* the generation of children which
                                         * should still be serving requests.
                                         */
    apr_time_t restart_time;
#ifdef HAVE_TIMES
    struct tms times;
#endif
} global_score;

/* stuff which the parent generally writes and the children rarely read */
typedef struct process_score process_score;
struct process_score {
    pid_t pid;
    ap_generation_t generation; /* generation of this child */
    char quiescing;         /* the process whose pid is stored above is
                             * going down gracefully
                             */
    char not_accepting;     /* the process is busy and is not accepting more
                             * connections (for async MPMs)
                             */
    apr_uint32_t connections;       /* total connections (for async MPMs) */
    apr_uint32_t write_completion;  /* async connections in write completion */
    apr_uint32_t lingering_close;   /* async connections in lingering close */
    apr_uint32_t keep_alive;        /* async connections in keep alive */
    apr_uint32_t suspended;         /* connections suspended by some module */
    int bucket;  /* Listener bucket used by this child; this field is DEPRECATED
                  * and no longer updated by the MPMs (i.e. always zero).
                  */
    apr_uint32_t wait_io;           /* async connections waiting an IO in the MPM */
};

/* Scoreboard is now in 'local' memory, since it isn't updated once created,
 * even in forked architectures.  Child created-processes (non-fork) will
 * set up these indices into the (possibly relocated) shmem records.
 */
typedef struct {
    global_score *global;
    process_score *parent;
    worker_score **servers;
} scoreboard;

typedef struct ap_sb_handle_t ap_sb_handle_t;

/*
 * Creation and deletion (internal)
 */
int ap_create_scoreboard(apr_pool_t *p, ap_scoreboard_e t);
apr_status_t ap_cleanup_scoreboard(void *d);

/*
 * APIs for MPMs and other modules
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_exists_scoreboard_image(void);
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_increment_counts(ap_sb_handle_t *sbh, request_rec *r);
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_conn_count(ap_sb_handle_t *sb, request_rec *r, unsigned short conn_count);

AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_reopen_scoreboard(apr_pool_t *p, apr_shm_t **shm, int detached);
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_init_scoreboard(void *shared_score);
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_calc_scoreboard_size(void);

AP_DECLARE(void) ap_create_sb_handle(ap_sb_handle_t **new_sbh, apr_pool_t *p,
                                     int child_num, int thread_num);
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_update_sb_handle(ap_sb_handle_t *sbh,
                                     int child_num, int thread_num);

AP_DECLARE(int) ap_find_child_by_pid(apr_proc_t *pid);
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_update_child_status(ap_sb_handle_t *sbh, int status, request_rec *r);
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_update_child_status_from_indexes(int child_num, int thread_num,
                                                    int status, request_rec *r);
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_update_child_status_from_conn(ap_sb_handle_t *sbh, int status, conn_rec *c);
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_update_child_status_from_server(ap_sb_handle_t *sbh, int status, 
                                                   conn_rec *c, server_rec *s);
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_update_child_status_descr(ap_sb_handle_t *sbh, int status, const char *descr);

AP_DECLARE(void) ap_time_process_request(ap_sb_handle_t *sbh, int status);
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_time_process_request(ap_sb_handle_t* const sbh,
		const apr_time_t timebeg,const apr_time_t timeend);
    
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_update_global_status(void);

AP_DECLARE(worker_score *) ap_get_scoreboard_worker(ap_sb_handle_t *sbh);

/** Return a pointer to the worker_score for a given child, thread pair.
 * @param child_num The child number.
 * @param thread_num The thread number.
 * @return A pointer to the worker_score structure.
 * @deprecated This function is deprecated, use ap_copy_scoreboard_worker instead. */
AP_DECLARE(worker_score *) ap_get_scoreboard_worker_from_indexes(int child_num,
                                                                int thread_num);

/** Copy the contents of a worker scoreboard entry.  The contents of
 * the worker_score structure are copied verbatim into the dest
 * structure.
 * @param dest Output parameter.
 * @param child_num The child number.
 * @param thread_num The thread number.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_copy_scoreboard_worker(worker_score *dest,
                                           int child_num, int thread_num);

AP_DECLARE(process_score *) ap_get_scoreboard_process(int x);
AP_DECLARE(global_score *) ap_get_scoreboard_global(void);

AP_DECLARE_DATA extern scoreboard *ap_scoreboard_image;
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern const char *ap_scoreboard_fname;
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_extended_status;
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_mod_status_reqtail;

/*
 * Command handlers [internal]
 */
const char *ap_set_scoreboard(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy, const char *arg);
const char *ap_set_extended_status(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy, int arg);
const char *ap_set_reqtail(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy, int arg);

/* Hooks */
/**
  * Hook for post scoreboard creation, pre mpm.
  * @param p       Apache pool to allocate from.
  * @param sb_type
  * @ingroup hooks
  * @return OK or DECLINE on success; anything else is a error
  */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int, pre_mpm, (apr_pool_t *p, ap_scoreboard_e sb_type))

/* for time_process_request() in http_main.c */
#define START_PREQUEST 1
#define STOP_PREQUEST  2

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif  /* !APACHE_SCOREBOARD_H */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */


/**
 * @file  mod_core.h
 * @brief mod_core private header file
 *
 * @defgroup MOD_CORE mod_core
 * @ingroup  APACHE_MODS
 * @{
 */

#ifndef MOD_CORE_H
#define MOD_CORE_H

#include "apr.h"
#include "apr_buckets.h"

#include "httpd.h"
#include "util_filter.h"


#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Handles for core filters */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_filter_rec_t *ap_http_input_filter_handle;
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_filter_rec_t *ap_http_header_filter_handle;
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_filter_rec_t *ap_chunk_filter_handle;
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_filter_rec_t *ap_http_outerror_filter_handle;
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_filter_rec_t *ap_byterange_filter_handle;

/*
 * These (input) filters are internal to the mod_core operation.
 */
apr_status_t ap_http_filter(ap_filter_t *f, apr_bucket_brigade *b,
                            ap_input_mode_t mode, apr_read_type_e block,
                            apr_off_t readbytes);

/* HTTP/1.1 chunked transfer encoding filter. */
apr_status_t ap_http_chunk_filter(ap_filter_t *f, apr_bucket_brigade *b);

/* Filter to handle any error buckets on output */
apr_status_t ap_http_outerror_filter(ap_filter_t *f,
                                     apr_bucket_brigade *b);

char *ap_response_code_string(request_rec *r, int error_index);

/**
 * Send the minimal part of an HTTP response header.
 * @param r The current request
 * @param bb The brigade to add the header to.
 * @warning Modules should be very careful about using this, and should
 *          the default behavior.  Much of the HTTP/1.1 implementation
 *          correctness depends on the full headers.
 * @fn void ap_basic_http_header(request_rec *r, apr_bucket_brigade *bb)
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_basic_http_header(request_rec *r, apr_bucket_brigade *bb);

/**
 * Send an appropriate response to an http TRACE request.
 * @param r The current request
 * @note returns DONE or the HTTP status error if it handles the TRACE,
 * or DECLINED if the request was not for TRACE.
 * request method was not TRACE.
 */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(int) ap_send_http_trace(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Send an appropriate response to an http OPTIONS request.
 * @param r The current request
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_send_http_options(request_rec *r);

/* Used for multipart/byteranges boundary string */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern const char *ap_multipart_boundary;

/* Init RNG at startup */
AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_init_rng(apr_pool_t *p);
/* Update RNG state in parent after fork */
AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_random_parent_after_fork(void);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif  /* !MOD_CORE_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  mod_dav.h
 * @brief DAV extension module for Apache 2.0.*
 *
 * @defgroup MOD_DAV mod_dav
 * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
 * @{
 */

#ifndef _MOD_DAV_H_
#define _MOD_DAV_H_

#include "apr_hooks.h"
#include "apr_hash.h"
#include "apr_dbm.h"
#include "apr_tables.h"

#include "httpd.h"
#include "util_filter.h"
#include "util_xml.h"

#include <limits.h>     /* for INT_MAX */
#include <time.h>       /* for time_t */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


#define DAV_VERSION             AP_SERVER_BASEREVISION

#define DAV_XML_HEADER          "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"utf-8\"?>"
#define DAV_XML_CONTENT_TYPE    "text/xml; charset=\"utf-8\""

#define DAV_READ_BLOCKSIZE      2048    /* used for reading input blocks */

#define DAV_RESPONSE_BODY_1	"<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd\">\n<html>\n<head>\n<title>"
#define DAV_RESPONSE_BODY_2     "</title>\n</head><body>\n<h1>"
#define DAV_RESPONSE_BODY_3     "</h1>\n<p>"
#define DAV_RESPONSE_BODY_4     "</p>\n"
#define DAV_RESPONSE_BODY_5     "</body></html>\n"

#define DAV_DO_COPY             0
#define DAV_DO_MOVE             1


#if 1
#define DAV_DEBUG        1
#define DEBUG_CR         "\n"
#define DBG0(f)          ap_log_error(APLOG_MARK, \
                                APLOG_ERR, 0, NULL, (f))
#define DBG1(f,a1)       ap_log_error(APLOG_MARK, \
                                APLOG_ERR, 0, NULL, f, a1)
#define DBG2(f,a1,a2)    ap_log_error(APLOG_MARK, \
                                APLOG_ERR, 0, NULL, f, a1, a2)
#define DBG3(f,a1,a2,a3) ap_log_error(APLOG_MARK, \
                                APLOG_ERR, 0, NULL, f, a1, a2, a3)
#else
#undef DAV_DEBUG
#define DEBUG_CR        ""
#endif

#define DAV_INFINITY    INT_MAX    /* for the Depth: header */

/* Create a set of DAV_DECLARE(type), DAV_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) and
 * DAV_DECLARE_DATA with appropriate export and import tags for the platform
 */
#if !defined(WIN32)
#define DAV_DECLARE(type)            type
#define DAV_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     type
#define DAV_DECLARE_DATA
#elif defined(DAV_DECLARE_STATIC)
#define DAV_DECLARE(type)            type __stdcall
#define DAV_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     type
#define DAV_DECLARE_DATA
#elif defined(DAV_DECLARE_EXPORT)
#define DAV_DECLARE(type)            __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
#define DAV_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     __declspec(dllexport) type
#define DAV_DECLARE_DATA             __declspec(dllexport)
#else
#define DAV_DECLARE(type)            __declspec(dllimport) type __stdcall
#define DAV_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     __declspec(dllimport) type
#define DAV_DECLARE_DATA             __declspec(dllimport)
#endif

/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** ERROR MANAGEMENT
*/

/*
** dav_error structure.
**
** In most cases, mod_dav uses a pointer to a dav_error structure. If the
** pointer is NULL, then no error has occurred.
**
** In certain cases, a dav_error structure is directly used. In these cases,
** a status value of 0 means that an error has not occurred.
**
** Note: this implies that status != 0 whenever an error occurs.
**
** The desc field is optional (it may be NULL). When NULL, it typically
** implies that Apache has a proper description for the specified status.
*/
typedef struct dav_error {
    int status;                 /* suggested HTTP status (0 for no error) */
    int error_id;               /* DAV-specific error ID */
    const char *desc;           /* DAV:responsedescription and error log */

    apr_status_t aprerr;        /* APR error if any, or 0/APR_SUCCESS */

    const char *namespace;      /* [optional] namespace of error */
    const char *tagname;        /* name of error-tag */

    struct dav_error *prev;     /* previous error (in stack) */

    const char *childtags;      /* error-tag may have children */

} dav_error;

/*
** Create a new error structure. save_errno will be filled with the current
** errno value.
*/
DAV_DECLARE(dav_error*) dav_new_error(apr_pool_t *p, int status,
                                      int error_id, apr_status_t aprerr,
                                      const char *desc);


/*
** Create a new error structure with tagname and (optional) namespace;
** namespace may be NULL, which means "DAV:".
*/
DAV_DECLARE(dav_error*) dav_new_error_tag(apr_pool_t *p, int status,
                                          int error_id, apr_status_t aprerr,
                                          const char *desc,
                                          const char *namespace,
                                          const char *tagname);


/*
** Push a new error description onto the stack of errors.
**
** This function is used to provide an additional description to an existing
** error.
**
** <status> should contain the caller's view of what the current status is,
** given the underlying error. If it doesn't have a better idea, then the
** caller should pass prev->status.
**
** <error_id> can specify a new error_id since the topmost description has
** changed.
*/
DAV_DECLARE(dav_error*) dav_push_error(apr_pool_t *p, int status, int error_id,
                                       const char *desc, dav_error *prev);


/*
** Join two errors together.
**
** This function is used to add a new error stack onto an existing error so
** that subsequent errors can be reported after the first error.  It returns
** the correct error stack to use so that the caller can blindly call it
** without checking that both dest and src are not NULL.
** 
** <dest> is the error stack that the error will be added to.
**
** <src> is the error stack that will be appended.
*/
DAV_DECLARE(dav_error*) dav_join_error(dav_error* dest, dav_error* src);

typedef struct dav_response dav_response;

/*
** dav_handle_err()
**
** Handle the standard error processing. <err> must be non-NULL.
**
** <response> is set by the following:
**   - dav_validate_request()
**   - dav_add_lock()
**   - repos_hooks->remove_resource
**   - repos_hooks->move_resource
**   - repos_hooks->copy_resource
**   - vsn_hooks->update
*/
DAV_DECLARE(int) dav_handle_err(request_rec *r, dav_error *err,
                                dav_response *response);

/* error ID values... */

/* IF: header errors */
#define DAV_ERR_IF_PARSE                100    /* general parsing error */
#define DAV_ERR_IF_MULTIPLE_NOT         101    /* multiple "Not" found */
#define DAV_ERR_IF_UNK_CHAR             102    /* unknown char in header */
#define DAV_ERR_IF_ABSENT               103    /* no locktokens given */
#define DAV_ERR_IF_TAGGED               104    /* in parsing tagged-list */
#define DAV_ERR_IF_UNCLOSED_PAREN       105    /* in no-tagged-list */

/* Prop DB errors */
#define DAV_ERR_PROP_BAD_MAJOR          200    /* major version was wrong */
#define DAV_ERR_PROP_READONLY           201    /* prop is read-only */
#define DAV_ERR_PROP_NO_DATABASE        202    /* writable db not avail */
#define DAV_ERR_PROP_NOT_FOUND          203    /* prop not found */
#define DAV_ERR_PROP_BAD_LOCKDB         204    /* could not open lockdb */
#define DAV_ERR_PROP_OPENING            205    /* problem opening propdb */
#define DAV_ERR_PROP_EXEC               206    /* problem exec'ing patch */

/* Predefined DB errors */
/* ### any to define?? */

/* Predefined locking system errors */
#define DAV_ERR_LOCK_OPENDB             400    /* could not open lockdb */
#define DAV_ERR_LOCK_NO_DB              401    /* no database defined */
#define DAV_ERR_LOCK_CORRUPT_DB         402    /* DB is corrupt */
#define DAV_ERR_LOCK_UNK_STATE_TOKEN    403    /* unknown State-token */
#define DAV_ERR_LOCK_PARSE_TOKEN        404    /* bad opaquelocktoken */
#define DAV_ERR_LOCK_SAVE_LOCK          405    /* err saving locks */

/*
** Some comments on Error ID values:
**
** The numbers do not necessarily need to be unique. Uniqueness simply means
** that two errors that have not been predefined above can be distinguished
** from each other. At the moment, mod_dav does not use this distinguishing
** feature, but it could be used in the future to collapse <response> elements
** into groups based on the error ID (and associated responsedescription).
**
** If a compute_desc is provided, then the error ID should be unique within
** the context of the compute_desc function (so the function can figure out
** what to filled into the desc).
**
** Basically, subsystems can ignore defining new error ID values if they want
** to. The subsystems *do* need to return the predefined errors when
** appropriate, so that mod_dav can figure out what to do. Subsystems can
** simply leave the error ID field unfilled (zero) if there isn't an error
** that must be placed there.
*/


/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** HOOK STRUCTURES
**
** These are here for forward-declaration purposes. For more info, see
** the section title "HOOK HANDLING" for more information, plus each
** structure definition.
*/

/* forward-declare this structure */
typedef struct dav_hooks_propdb dav_hooks_propdb;
typedef struct dav_hooks_locks dav_hooks_locks;
typedef struct dav_hooks_vsn dav_hooks_vsn;
typedef struct dav_hooks_repository dav_hooks_repository;
typedef struct dav_hooks_liveprop dav_hooks_liveprop;
typedef struct dav_hooks_binding dav_hooks_binding;
typedef struct dav_hooks_search dav_hooks_search;

/* ### deprecated name */
typedef dav_hooks_propdb dav_hooks_db;


/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** RESOURCE HANDLING
*/

/*
** Resource Types:
** The base protocol defines only file and collection resources.
** The versioning protocol defines several additional resource types
** to represent artifacts of a version control system.
**
** This enumeration identifies the type of URL used to identify the
** resource. Since the same resource may have more than one type of
** URL which can identify it, dav_resource_type cannot be used
** alone to determine the type of the resource; attributes of the
** dav_resource object must also be consulted.
*/
typedef enum {
    DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_UNKNOWN,

    DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_REGULAR,          /* file or collection; could be
                                         * unversioned, or version selector,
                                         * or baseline selector */

    DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_VERSION,          /* version or baseline URL */

    DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_HISTORY,          /* version or baseline history URL */

    DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_WORKING,          /* working resource URL */

    DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_WORKSPACE,        /* workspace URL */

    DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_ACTIVITY,         /* activity URL */

    DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_PRIVATE           /* repository-private type */

} dav_resource_type;

/*
** Opaque, repository-specific information for a resource.
*/
typedef struct dav_resource_private dav_resource_private;

/*
** Resource descriptor, generated by a repository provider.
**
** Note: the lock-null state is not explicitly represented here,
** since it may be expensive to compute. Use dav_get_resource_state()
** to determine whether a non-existent resource is a lock-null resource.
**
** A quick explanation of how the flags can apply to different resources:
**
** unversioned file or collection:
**     type       = DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_REGULAR
**     exists     = ? (1 if exists)
**     collection = ? (1 if collection)
**     versioned  = 0
**     baselined  = 0
**     working    = 0
**
** version-controlled resource or configuration:
**     type       = DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_REGULAR
**     exists     = 1
**     collection = ? (1 if collection)
**     versioned  = 1
**     baselined  = ? (1 if configuration)
**     working    = ? (1 if checked out)
**
** version/baseline history:
**     type       = DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_HISTORY
**     exists     = 1
**     collection = 0
**     versioned  = 0
**     baselined  = 0
**     working    = 0
**
** version/baseline:
**     type       = DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_VERSION
**     exists     = 1
**     collection = ? (1 if collection)
**     versioned  = 1
**     baselined  = ? (1 if baseline)
**     working    = 0
**
** working resource:
**     type       = DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_WORKING
**     exists     = 1
**     collection = ? (1 if collection)
**     versioned  = 1
**     baselined  = 0
**     working    = 1
**
** workspace:
**     type       = DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_WORKSPACE
**     exists     = ? (1 if exists)
**     collection = 1
**     versioned  = ? (1 if version-controlled)
**     baselined  = ? (1 if baseline-controlled)
**     working    = ? (1 if checked out)
**
** activity:
**     type       = DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_ACTIVITY
**     exists     = ? (1 if exists)
**     collection = 0
**     versioned  = 0
**     baselined  = 0
**     working    = 0
*/
typedef struct dav_resource {
    dav_resource_type type;

    int exists;         /* 0 => null resource */

    int collection;     /* 0 => file; can be 1 for
                         * REGULAR, VERSION, and WORKING resources,
                         * and is always 1 for WORKSPACE */

    int versioned;      /* 0 => unversioned; can be 1 for
                         * REGULAR and WORKSPACE resources,
                         * and is always 1 for VERSION and WORKING */

    int baselined;      /* 0 => not baselined; can be 1 for
                         * REGULAR, VERSION, and WORKSPACE resources;
                         * versioned == 1 when baselined == 1 */

    int working;        /* 0 => not checked out; can be 1 for
                         * REGULAR and WORKSPACE resources,
                         * and is always 1 for WORKING */

    const char *uri;    /* the URI for this resource;
                         * currently has an ABI flaw where sometimes it is
                         * assumed to be encoded and sometimes not */

    dav_resource_private *info;         /* the provider's private info */

    const dav_hooks_repository *hooks;  /* hooks used for this resource */

    /* When allocating items related specifically to this resource, the
       following pool should be used. Its lifetime will be at least as
       long as the dav_resource structure. */
    apr_pool_t *pool;

} dav_resource;

/*
** Lock token type. Lock providers define the details of a lock token.
** However, all providers are expected to at least be able to parse
** the "opaquelocktoken" scheme, which is represented by a uuid_t.
*/
typedef struct dav_locktoken dav_locktoken;

DAV_DECLARE(dav_error *) dav_get_resource(request_rec *r, int label_allowed,
                                          int use_checked_in, dav_resource **res_p);

/*
** If DavBasePath is configured for the request location, return the
** configured path, otherwise NULL.
*/
DAV_DECLARE(const char *) dav_get_base_path(request_rec *r);

/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** BUFFER HANDLING
**
** These buffers are used as a lightweight buffer reuse mechanism. Apache
** provides sub-pool creation and destruction to much the same effect, but
** the sub-pools are a bit more general and heavyweight than these buffers.
*/

/* buffer for reuse; can grow to accommodate needed size */
typedef struct
{
    apr_size_t alloc_len;       /* how much has been allocated */
    apr_size_t cur_len;         /* how much is currently being used */
    char *buf;                  /* buffer contents */
} dav_buffer;
#define DAV_BUFFER_MINSIZE      256    /* minimum size for buffer */
#define DAV_BUFFER_PAD          64     /* amount of pad when growing */

/* set the cur_len to the given size and ensure space is available */
DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_set_bufsize(apr_pool_t *p, dav_buffer *pbuf,
                                  apr_size_t size);

/* initialize a buffer and copy the specified (null-term'd) string into it */
DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_buffer_init(apr_pool_t *p, dav_buffer *pbuf,
                                  const char *str);

/* check that the buffer can accommodate <extra_needed> more bytes */
DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_check_bufsize(apr_pool_t *p, dav_buffer *pbuf,
                                    apr_size_t extra_needed);

/* append a string to the end of the buffer, adjust length */
DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_buffer_append(apr_pool_t *p, dav_buffer *pbuf,
                                    const char *str);

/* place a string on the end of the buffer, do NOT adjust length */
DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_buffer_place(apr_pool_t *p, dav_buffer *pbuf,
                                   const char *str);

/* place some memory on the end of a buffer; do NOT adjust length */
DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_buffer_place_mem(apr_pool_t *p, dav_buffer *pbuf,
                                       const void *mem, apr_size_t amt,
                                       apr_size_t pad);


/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** HANDY UTILITIES
*/

/* contains results from one of the getprop functions */
typedef struct
{
    apr_text * propstats;       /* <propstat> element text */
    apr_text * xmlns;           /* namespace decls for <response> elem */
} dav_get_props_result;

/* holds the contents of a <response> element */
struct dav_response
{
    const char *href;           /* always */
    const char *desc;           /* optional description at <response> level */

    /* use status if propresult.propstats is NULL. */
    dav_get_props_result propresult;

    int status;

    struct dav_response *next;
};

typedef struct
{
    request_rec *rnew;          /* new subrequest */
    dav_error err;              /* potential error response */
} dav_lookup_result;


DAV_DECLARE(dav_lookup_result) dav_lookup_uri(const char *uri, request_rec *r,
                                              int must_be_absolute);

/* defines type of property info a provider is to return */
typedef enum {
    DAV_PROP_INSERT_NOTDEF,     /* property is defined by this provider,
                                   but nothing was inserted because the
                                   (live) property is not defined for this
                                   resource (it may be present as a dead
                                   property). */
    DAV_PROP_INSERT_NOTSUPP,    /* property is recognized by this provider,
                                   but it is not supported, and cannot be
                                   treated as a dead property */
    DAV_PROP_INSERT_NAME,       /* a property name (empty elem) was
                                   inserted into the text block */
    DAV_PROP_INSERT_VALUE,      /* a property name/value pair was inserted
                                   into the text block */
    DAV_PROP_INSERT_SUPPORTED   /* a supported live property was added to
                                   the text block as a
                                   <DAV:supported-live-property> element */
} dav_prop_insert;

/* ### this stuff is private to dav/fs/repos.c; move it... */
/* format a time string (buf must be at least DAV_TIMEBUF_SIZE chars) */
#define DAV_STYLE_ISO8601       1
#define DAV_STYLE_RFC822        2
#define DAV_TIMEBUF_SIZE        30

/* Write a complete RESPONSE object out as a <DAV:response> xml
 * element.  Data is sent into brigade BB, which is auto-flushed into
 * the output filter stack for request R.  Use POOL for any temporary
 * allocations.
 *
 * [Presumably the <multistatus> tag has already been written;  this
 * routine is shared by dav_send_multistatus and dav_stream_response.]
 */
DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_send_one_response(dav_response *response,
                                        apr_bucket_brigade *bb,
                                        request_rec *r,
                                        apr_pool_t *pool);

/* Factorized helper function: prep request_rec R for a multistatus
 * response and write <multistatus> tag into BB, destined for
 * R->output_filters.  Use xml NAMESPACES in initial tag, if
 * non-NULL.
 */
DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_begin_multistatus(apr_bucket_brigade *bb,
                                        request_rec *r, int status,
                                        apr_array_header_t *namespaces);

/* Finish a multistatus response started by dav_begin_multistatus: */
DAV_DECLARE(apr_status_t) dav_finish_multistatus(request_rec *r,
                                                 apr_bucket_brigade *bb);

/* Send a multistatus response */
DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_send_multistatus(request_rec *r, int status,
                                       dav_response *first,
                                       apr_array_header_t *namespaces);

DAV_DECLARE(apr_text *) dav_failed_proppatch(apr_pool_t *p,
                                             apr_array_header_t *prop_ctx);
DAV_DECLARE(apr_text *) dav_success_proppatch(apr_pool_t *p,
                                              apr_array_header_t *prop_ctx);

DAV_DECLARE(int) dav_get_depth(request_rec *r, int def_depth);

DAV_DECLARE(int) dav_validate_root(const apr_xml_doc *doc,
                                   const char *tagname);
DAV_DECLARE(int) dav_validate_root_ns(const apr_xml_doc *doc,
                                      int ns, const char *tagname);
DAV_DECLARE(apr_xml_elem *) dav_find_child(const apr_xml_elem *elem,
                                           const char *tagname);
DAV_DECLARE(apr_xml_elem *) dav_find_child_ns(const apr_xml_elem *elem,
                                              int ns, const char *tagname);
DAV_DECLARE(apr_xml_elem *) dav_find_next_ns(const apr_xml_elem *elem,
                                             int ns, const char *tagname);

/* find and return the attribute with a name in the given namespace */
DAV_DECLARE(apr_xml_attr *) dav_find_attr_ns(const apr_xml_elem *elem,
                                             int ns, const char *attrname);

/* find and return the attribute with a given DAV: tagname */
DAV_DECLARE(apr_xml_attr *) dav_find_attr(const apr_xml_elem *elem,
                                          const char *attrname);

/* gather up all the CDATA into a single string */
DAV_DECLARE(const char *) dav_xml_get_cdata(const apr_xml_elem *elem, apr_pool_t *pool,
                              int strip_white);

/*
** XML namespace handling
**
** This structure tracks namespace declarations (xmlns:prefix="URI").
** It maintains a one-to-many relationship of URIs-to-prefixes. In other
** words, one URI may be defined by many prefixes, but any specific
** prefix will specify only one URI.
**
** Prefixes using the "g###" pattern can be generated automatically if
** the caller does not have specific prefix requirements.
*/
typedef struct {
    apr_pool_t *pool;
    apr_hash_t *uri_prefix;     /* map URIs to an available prefix */
    apr_hash_t *prefix_uri;     /* map all prefixes to their URIs */
    int count;                  /* counter for "g###" prefixes */
} dav_xmlns_info;

/* create an empty dav_xmlns_info structure */
DAV_DECLARE(dav_xmlns_info *) dav_xmlns_create(apr_pool_t *pool);

/* add a specific prefix/URI pair. the prefix/uri should have a lifetime
   at least that of xmlns->pool */
DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_xmlns_add(dav_xmlns_info *xi,
                                const char *prefix, const char *uri);

/* add a URI (if not present); any prefix is acceptable and is returned.
   the uri should have a lifetime at least that xmlns->pool */
DAV_DECLARE(const char *) dav_xmlns_add_uri(dav_xmlns_info *xi,
                                            const char *uri);

/* return the URI for a specified prefix (or NULL if the prefix is unknown) */
DAV_DECLARE(const char *) dav_xmlns_get_uri(dav_xmlns_info *xi,
                                            const char *prefix);

/* return an available prefix for a specified URI (or NULL if the URI
   is unknown) */
DAV_DECLARE(const char *) dav_xmlns_get_prefix(dav_xmlns_info *xi,
                                               const char *uri);

/* generate xmlns declarations (appending into the given text) */
DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_xmlns_generate(dav_xmlns_info *xi,
                                     apr_text_header *phdr);

/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** DAV PLUGINS
*/

/* ### docco ... */

/*
** dav_provider
**
** This structure wraps up all of the hooks that a mod_dav provider can
** supply. The provider MUST supply <repos> and <propdb>. The rest are
** optional and should contain NULL if that feature is not supplied.
**
** Note that a provider cannot pick and choose portions from various
** underlying implementations (which was theoretically possible in
** mod_dav 1.0). There are too many dependencies between a dav_resource
** (defined by <repos>) and the other functionality.
**
** Live properties and report extensions are not part of the dav_provider
** structure because they are handled through the APR_HOOK interface (to
** allow for multiple providers). The core always provides some
** properties, and then a given provider will add more properties.
**
** Some providers may need to associate a context with the dav_provider
** structure -- the ctx field is available for storing this context. Just
** leave it NULL if it isn't required.
*/
typedef struct {
    const dav_hooks_repository *repos;
    const dav_hooks_propdb *propdb;
    const dav_hooks_locks *locks;
    const dav_hooks_vsn *vsn;
    const dav_hooks_binding *binding;
    const dav_hooks_search *search;

    void *ctx;
} dav_provider;

/*
** gather_propsets: gather all live property propset-URIs
**
** The hook implementor should push one or more URIs into the specified
** array. These URIs are returned in the DAV: header to let clients know
** what sets of live properties are supported by the installation. mod_dav
** will place open/close angle brackets around each value (much like
** a Coded-URL); quotes and brackets should not be in the value.
**
** Example:    http://apache.org/dav/props/
**
** (of course, use your own domain to ensure a unique value)
*/
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(dav, DAV, void, gather_propsets,
                         (apr_array_header_t *uris))

/*
** find_liveprop: find a live property, returning a non-zero, unique,
**                opaque identifier.
**
** If the hook implementor determines the specified URI/name refers to
** one of its properties, then it should fill in HOOKS and return a
** non-zero value. The returned value is the "property ID" and will
** be passed to the various liveprop hook functions.
**
** Return 0 if the property is not defined by the hook implementor.
*/
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(dav, DAV, int, find_liveprop,
                         (const dav_resource *resource,
                          const char *ns_uri, const char *name,
                          const dav_hooks_liveprop **hooks))

/*
** insert_all_liveprops: insert all (known) live property names/values.
**
** The hook implementor should append XML text to PHDR, containing liveprop
** names. If INSVALUE is true, then the property values should also be
** inserted into the output XML stream.
**
** The liveprop provider should insert *all* known and *defined* live
** properties on the specified resource. If a particular liveprop is
** not defined for this resource, then it should not be inserted.
*/
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(dav, DAV, void, insert_all_liveprops,
                         (request_rec *r, const dav_resource *resource,
                          dav_prop_insert what, apr_text_header *phdr))

/*
** deliver_report: given a parsed report request, process the request
**                 an deliver the resulting report.
**
** The hook implementer should decide whether it should handle the given
** report, and if so, write the response to the output filter. If the
** report is not relevant, return DECLINED.
*/
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(dav, DAV, int, deliver_report,
                         (request_rec *r,
                          const dav_resource *resource,
                          const apr_xml_doc *doc,
                          ap_filter_t *output, dav_error **err))

/*
** gather_reports: get all reports.
**
** The hook implementor should push one or more dav_report_elem structures
** containing report names into the specified array. These names are returned
** in the DAV:supported-reports-set property to let clients know
** what reports are supported by the installation.
**
*/
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(dav, DAV, void, gather_reports,
                          (request_rec *r, const dav_resource *resource,
                           apr_array_header_t *reports, dav_error **err))

/*
 ** method_precondition: check method preconditions.
 **
 ** If a WebDAV extension needs to set any preconditions on a method, this
 ** hook is where to do it. If the precondition fails, return an error
 ** response with the tagname set to the value of the failed precondition.
 **
 ** If the method requires an XML body, this will be read and provided as
 ** the doc value. If not, doc is NULL. An extension that needs to verify
 ** the non-XML body of a request should register an input filter to do so
 ** within this hook.
 **
 ** Methods like PUT will supply a single src resource, and the dst will
 ** be NULL.
 **
 ** Methods like COPY or MOVE will trigger this hook twice. The first
 ** invocation will supply just the source resource. The second invocation
 ** will supply a source and destination. This allows preconditions on the
 ** source resource to be verified before making an attempt to get the
 ** destination resource.
 **
 ** Methods like PROPFIND and LABEL will trigger this hook initially for
 ** the src resource, and then subsequently for each resource that has
 ** been walked during processing, with the walked resource passed in dst,
 ** and NULL passed in src.
 **
 ** As a rule, the src resource originates from a request that has passed
 ** through httpd's authn/authz hooks, while the dst resource has not.
 */
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(dav, DAV, int, method_precondition,
                          (request_rec *r,
                           dav_resource *src, const dav_resource *dst,
                           const apr_xml_doc *doc, dav_error **err))


DAV_DECLARE(const dav_hooks_locks *) dav_get_lock_hooks(request_rec *r);
DAV_DECLARE(const dav_hooks_propdb *) dav_get_propdb_hooks(request_rec *r);
DAV_DECLARE(const dav_hooks_vsn *) dav_get_vsn_hooks(request_rec *r);
DAV_DECLARE(const dav_hooks_binding *) dav_get_binding_hooks(request_rec *r);
DAV_DECLARE(const dav_hooks_search *) dav_get_search_hooks(request_rec *r);

DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_register_provider(apr_pool_t *p, const char *name,
                                        const dav_provider *hooks);
DAV_DECLARE(const dav_provider *) dav_lookup_provider(const char *name);
DAV_DECLARE(const char *) dav_get_provider_name(request_rec *r);
DAV_DECLARE(const dav_provider *) dav_get_provider(request_rec *r);


/* ### deprecated */
#define DAV_GET_HOOKS_PROPDB(r)         dav_get_propdb_hooks(r)
#define DAV_GET_HOOKS_LOCKS(r)          dav_get_lock_hooks(r)
#define DAV_GET_HOOKS_VSN(r)            dav_get_vsn_hooks(r)
#define DAV_GET_HOOKS_BINDING(r)        dav_get_binding_hooks(r)
#define DAV_GET_HOOKS_SEARCH(r)         dav_get_search_hooks(r)


/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** IF HEADER PROCESSING
**
** Here is the definition of the If: header from RFC 2518, S9.4:
**
**    If = "If" ":" (1*No-tag-list | 1*Tagged-list)
**    No-tag-list = List
**    Tagged-list = Resource 1*List
**    Resource = Coded-URL
**    List = "(" 1*(["Not"](State-token | "[" entity-tag "]")) ")"
**    State-token = Coded-URL
**    Coded-URL = "<" absoluteURI ">"        ; absoluteURI from RFC 2616
**
** List corresponds to dav_if_state_list. No-tag-list corresponds to
** dav_if_header with uri==NULL. Tagged-list corresponds to a sequence of
** dav_if_header structures with (duplicate) uri==Resource -- one
** dav_if_header per state_list. A second Tagged-list will start a new
** sequence of dav_if_header structures with the new URI.
**
** A summary of the semantics, mapped into our structures:
**    - Chained dav_if_headers: OR
**    - Chained dav_if_state_lists: AND
**    - NULL uri matches all resources
*/

typedef enum
{
    dav_if_etag,
    dav_if_opaquelock,
    dav_if_unknown /* the "unknown" state type; always matches false. */
} dav_if_state_type;

typedef struct dav_if_state_list
{
    dav_if_state_type type;

    int condition;
#define DAV_IF_COND_NORMAL      0
#define DAV_IF_COND_NOT         1    /* "Not" was applied */

    const char *etag;
    dav_locktoken *locktoken;

    struct dav_if_state_list *next;
} dav_if_state_list;

typedef struct dav_if_header
{
    const char *uri;
    apr_size_t uri_len;
    struct dav_if_state_list *state;
    struct dav_if_header *next;

    int dummy_header;   /* used internally by the lock/etag validation */
} dav_if_header;

typedef struct dav_locktoken_list
{
    dav_locktoken *locktoken;
    struct dav_locktoken_list *next;
} dav_locktoken_list;

DAV_DECLARE(dav_error *) dav_get_locktoken_list(request_rec *r,
                                                dav_locktoken_list **ltl);


/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** LIVE PROPERTY HANDLING
*/

/* opaque type for PROPPATCH rollback information */
typedef struct dav_liveprop_rollback dav_liveprop_rollback;

struct dav_hooks_liveprop
{
    /*
    ** Insert property information into a text block. The property to
    ** insert is identified by the propid value. The information to insert
    ** is identified by the "what" argument, as follows:
    **   DAV_PROP_INSERT_NAME
    **      property name, as an empty XML element
    **   DAV_PROP_INSERT_VALUE
    **      property name/value, as an XML element
    **   DAV_PROP_INSERT_SUPPORTED
    **      if the property is defined on the resource, then
    **      a DAV:supported-live-property element, as defined
    **      by the DeltaV extensions to RFC2518.
    **
    ** Providers should return DAV_PROP_INSERT_NOTDEF if the property is
    ** known and not defined for this resource, so should be handled as a
    ** dead property. If a provider recognizes, but does not support, a
    ** property, and does not want it handled as a dead property, it should
    ** return DAV_PROP_INSERT_NOTSUPP.
    **
    ** Some DAV extensions, like CalDAV, specify both document elements
    ** and property elements that need to be taken into account when
    ** generating a property. The document element and property element
    ** are made available in the dav_liveprop_elem structure under the
    ** resource, accessible as follows:
    **
    ** dav_get_liveprop_element(resource);
    **
    ** Returns one of DAV_PROP_INSERT_* based on what happened.
    **
    ** ### we may need more context... ie. the lock database
    */
    dav_prop_insert (*insert_prop)(const dav_resource *resource,
                                   int propid, dav_prop_insert what,
                                   apr_text_header *phdr);

    /*
    ** Determine whether a given property is writable.
    **
    ** ### we may want a different semantic. i.e. maybe it should be
    ** ### "can we write <value> into this property?"
    **
    ** Returns 1 if the live property can be written, 0 if read-only.
    */
    int (*is_writable)(const dav_resource *resource, int propid);

    /*
    ** This member defines the set of namespace URIs that the provider
    ** uses for its properties. When insert_all is called, it will be
    ** passed a list of integers that map from indices into this list
    ** to namespace IDs for output generation.
    **
    ** The last entry in this list should be a NULL value (sentinel).
    */
    const char * const * namespace_uris;

    /*
    ** ### this is not the final design. we want an open-ended way for
    ** ### liveprop providers to attach *new* properties. To this end,
    ** ### we'll have a "give me a list of the props you define", a way
    ** ### to check for a prop's existence, a way to validate a set/remove
    ** ### of a prop, and a way to execute/commit/rollback that change.
    */

    /*
    ** Validate that the live property can be assigned a value, and that
    ** the provided value is valid.
    **
    ** elem will point to the XML element that names the property. For
    ** example:
    **     <lp1:executable>T</lp1:executable>
    **
    ** The provider can access the cdata fields and the child elements
    ** to extract the relevant pieces.
    **
    ** operation is one of DAV_PROP_OP_SET or _DELETE.
    **
    ** The provider may return a value in *context which will be passed
    ** to each of the exec/commit/rollback functions. For example, this
    ** may contain an internal value which has been processed from the
    ** input element.
    **
    ** The provider must set defer_to_dead to true (non-zero) or false.
    ** If true, then the set/remove is deferred to the dead property
    ** database. Note: it will be set to zero on entry.
    */
    dav_error * (*patch_validate)(const dav_resource *resource,
                                  const apr_xml_elem *elem,
                                  int operation,
                                  void **context,
                                  int *defer_to_dead);

    /* ### doc... */
    dav_error * (*patch_exec)(const dav_resource *resource,
                              const apr_xml_elem *elem,
                              int operation,
                              void *context,
                              dav_liveprop_rollback **rollback_ctx);

    /* ### doc... */
    void (*patch_commit)(const dav_resource *resource,
                         int operation,
                         void *context,
                         dav_liveprop_rollback *rollback_ctx);

    /* ### doc... */
    dav_error * (*patch_rollback)(const dav_resource *resource,
                                  int operation,
                                  void *context,
                                  dav_liveprop_rollback *rollback_ctx);

    /*
    ** If a provider needs a context to associate with this hooks structure,
    ** then this field may be used. In most cases, it will just be NULL.
    */
    void *ctx;
};

/*
** dav_liveprop_spec: specify a live property
**
** This structure is used as a standard way to determine if a particular
** property is a live property. Its use is not part of the mandated liveprop
** interface, but can be used by liveprop providers in conjunction with the
** utility routines below.
**
** spec->name == NULL is the defined end-sentinel for a list of specs.
*/
typedef struct {
    int ns;             /* provider-local namespace index */
    const char *name;   /* name of the property */

    int propid;         /* provider-local property ID */

    int is_writable;    /* is the property writable? */

} dav_liveprop_spec;

/*
** dav_liveprop_group: specify a group of liveprops
**
** This structure specifies a group of live properties, their namespaces,
** and how to handle them.
*/
typedef struct {
    const dav_liveprop_spec *specs;
    const char * const *namespace_uris;
    const dav_hooks_liveprop *hooks;

} dav_liveprop_group;

/* ### docco */
DAV_DECLARE(int) dav_do_find_liveprop(const char *ns_uri, const char *name,
                                      const dav_liveprop_group *group,
                                      const dav_hooks_liveprop **hooks);

/* ### docco */
DAV_DECLARE(long) dav_get_liveprop_info(int propid,
                                        const dav_liveprop_group *group,
                                        const dav_liveprop_spec **info);

/* ### docco */
DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_register_liveprop_group(apr_pool_t *pool,
                                              const dav_liveprop_group *group);

/* ### docco */
DAV_DECLARE(long) dav_get_liveprop_ns_index(const char *uri);

/* ### docco */
DAV_DECLARE(long) dav_get_liveprop_ns_count(void);

/* ### docco */
DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_add_all_liveprop_xmlns(apr_pool_t *p,
                                             apr_text_header *phdr);

typedef struct {
    const apr_xml_doc *doc;
    const apr_xml_elem *elem;
} dav_liveprop_elem;

/*
 ** When calling insert_prop(), the associated request element and
 ** document is accessible using the following call.
 */
DAV_DECLARE(dav_liveprop_elem *) dav_get_liveprop_element(const dav_resource
                                                          *resource);

/*
** The following three functions are part of mod_dav's internal handling
** for the core WebDAV properties. They are not part of mod_dav's API.
*/
DAV_DECLARE_NONSTD(int) dav_core_find_liveprop(
    const dav_resource *resource,
    const char *ns_uri,
    const char *name,
    const dav_hooks_liveprop **hooks);
DAV_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) dav_core_insert_all_liveprops(
    request_rec *r,
    const dav_resource *resource,
    dav_prop_insert what,
    apr_text_header *phdr);
DAV_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) dav_core_register_uris(apr_pool_t *p);


/*
** Standard WebDAV Property Identifiers
**
** A live property provider does not need to use these; they are simply
** provided for convenience.
**
** Property identifiers need to be unique within a given provider, but not
** *across* providers (note: this uniqueness constraint was different in
** older versions of mod_dav).
**
** The identifiers start at 20000 to make it easier for providers to avoid
** conflicts with the standard properties. The properties are arranged
** alphabetically, and may be reordered from time to time (as properties
** are introduced).
**
** NOTE: there is no problem with reordering (e.g. binary compat) since the
** identifiers are only used within a given provider, which would pick up
** the entire set of changes upon a recompile.
*/
enum {
    DAV_PROPID_BEGIN = 20000,

    /* Standard WebDAV properties (RFC 2518) */
    DAV_PROPID_creationdate,
    DAV_PROPID_displayname,
    DAV_PROPID_getcontentlanguage,
    DAV_PROPID_getcontentlength,
    DAV_PROPID_getcontenttype,
    DAV_PROPID_getetag,
    DAV_PROPID_getlastmodified,
    DAV_PROPID_lockdiscovery,
    DAV_PROPID_resourcetype,
    DAV_PROPID_source,
    DAV_PROPID_supportedlock,

    /* DeltaV properties (from the I-D (#14)) */
    DAV_PROPID_activity_checkout_set,
    DAV_PROPID_activity_set,
    DAV_PROPID_activity_version_set,
    DAV_PROPID_auto_merge_set,
    DAV_PROPID_auto_version,
    DAV_PROPID_baseline_collection,
    DAV_PROPID_baseline_controlled_collection,
    DAV_PROPID_baseline_controlled_collection_set,
    DAV_PROPID_checked_in,
    DAV_PROPID_checked_out,
    DAV_PROPID_checkin_fork,
    DAV_PROPID_checkout_fork,
    DAV_PROPID_checkout_set,
    DAV_PROPID_comment,
    DAV_PROPID_creator_displayname,
    DAV_PROPID_current_activity_set,
    DAV_PROPID_current_workspace_set,
    DAV_PROPID_default_variant,
    DAV_PROPID_eclipsed_set,
    DAV_PROPID_label_name_set,
    DAV_PROPID_merge_set,
    DAV_PROPID_precursor_set,
    DAV_PROPID_predecessor_set,
    DAV_PROPID_root_version,
    DAV_PROPID_subactivity_set,
    DAV_PROPID_subbaseline_set,
    DAV_PROPID_successor_set,
    DAV_PROPID_supported_method_set,
    DAV_PROPID_supported_live_property_set,
    DAV_PROPID_supported_report_set,
    DAV_PROPID_unreserved,
    DAV_PROPID_variant_set,
    DAV_PROPID_version_controlled_binding_set,
    DAV_PROPID_version_controlled_configuration,
    DAV_PROPID_version_history,
    DAV_PROPID_version_name,
    DAV_PROPID_workspace,
    DAV_PROPID_workspace_checkout_set,

    DAV_PROPID_END
};

/*
** Property Identifier Registration
**
** At the moment, mod_dav requires live property providers to ensure that
** each property returned has a unique value. For now, this is done through
** central registration (there are no known providers other than the default,
** so this remains manageable).
**
** WARNING: the TEST ranges should never be "shipped".
*/
#define DAV_PROPID_CORE         10000   /* ..10099. defined by mod_dav */
#define DAV_PROPID_FS           10100   /* ..10299.
                                           mod_dav filesystem provider. */
#define DAV_PROPID_TEST1        10300   /* ..10399 */
#define DAV_PROPID_TEST2        10400   /* ..10499 */
#define DAV_PROPID_TEST3        10500   /* ..10599 */
/* Next: 10600 */


/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** DATABASE FUNCTIONS
*/

typedef struct dav_db dav_db;
typedef struct dav_namespace_map dav_namespace_map;
typedef struct dav_deadprop_rollback dav_deadprop_rollback;

typedef struct {
    const char *ns;     /* "" signals "no namespace" */
    const char *name;
} dav_prop_name;

/* hook functions to enable pluggable databases */
struct dav_hooks_propdb
{
    dav_error * (*open)(apr_pool_t *p, const dav_resource *resource, int ro,
                        dav_db **pdb);
    void (*close)(dav_db *db);

    /*
    ** In bulk, define any namespaces that the values and their name
    ** elements may need.
    **
    ** Note: sometimes mod_dav will defer calling this until output_value
    ** returns found==1. If the output process needs the dav_xmlns_info
    ** filled for its work, then it will need to fill it on demand rather
    ** than depending upon this hook to fill in the structure.
    **
    ** Note: this will *always* be called during an output sequence. Thus,
    ** the provider may rely solely on using this to fill the xmlns info.
    */
    dav_error * (*define_namespaces)(dav_db *db, dav_xmlns_info *xi);

    /*
    ** Output the value from the database (i.e. add an element name and
    ** the value into *phdr). Set *found based on whether the name/value
    ** was found in the propdb.
    **
    ** Note: it is NOT an error for the key/value pair to not exist.
    **
    ** The dav_xmlns_info passed to define_namespaces() is also passed to
    ** each output_value() call so that namespaces can be added on-demand.
    ** It can also be used to look up prefixes or URIs during the output
    ** process.
    */
    dav_error * (*output_value)(dav_db *db, const dav_prop_name *name,
                                dav_xmlns_info *xi,
                                apr_text_header *phdr, int *found);

    /*
    ** Build a mapping from "global" namespaces (stored in apr_xml_*)
    ** into provider-local namespace identifiers.
    **
    ** This mapping should be done once per set of namespaces, and the
    ** resulting mapping should be passed into the store() hook function.
    **
    ** Note: usually, there is just a single document/namespaces for all
    ** elements passed. However, the generality of creating multiple
    ** mappings and passing them to store() is provided here.
    **
    ** Note: this is only in preparation for a series of store() calls.
    ** As a result, the propdb must be open for read/write access when
    ** this function is called.
    */
    dav_error * (*map_namespaces)(dav_db *db,
                                  const apr_array_header_t *namespaces,
                                  dav_namespace_map **mapping);

    /*
    ** Store a property value for a given name. The value->combined field
    ** MUST be set for this call.
    **
    ** ### WARNING: current providers will quote the text within ELEM.
    ** ### this implies you can call this function only once with a given
    ** ### element structure (a second time will quote it again).
    */
    dav_error * (*store)(dav_db *db, const dav_prop_name *name,
                         const apr_xml_elem *elem,
                         dav_namespace_map *mapping);

    /* remove a given property */
    dav_error * (*remove)(dav_db *db, const dav_prop_name *name);

    /* returns 1 if the record specified by "key" exists; 0 otherwise */
    int (*exists)(dav_db *db, const dav_prop_name *name);

    /*
    ** Iterate over the property names in the database.
    **
    ** iter->name.ns == iter->name.name == NULL when there are no more names.
    **
    ** Note: only one iteration may occur over the propdb at a time.
    */
    dav_error * (*first_name)(dav_db *db, dav_prop_name *pname);
    dav_error * (*next_name)(dav_db *db, dav_prop_name *pname);

    /*
    ** Rollback support: get rollback context, and apply it.
    **
    ** struct dav_deadprop_rollback is a provider-private structure; it
    ** should remember the name, and the name's old value (or the fact that
    ** the value was not present, and should be deleted if a rollback occurs).
    */
    dav_error * (*get_rollback)(dav_db *db, const dav_prop_name *name,
                                dav_deadprop_rollback **prollback);
    dav_error * (*apply_rollback)(dav_db *db,
                                  dav_deadprop_rollback *rollback);

    /*
    ** If a provider needs a context to associate with this hooks structure,
    ** then this field may be used. In most cases, it will just be NULL.
    */
    void *ctx;
};


/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** LOCK FUNCTIONS
*/

/* Used to represent a Timeout header of "Infinity" */
#define DAV_TIMEOUT_INFINITE 0

DAV_DECLARE(time_t) dav_get_timeout(request_rec *r);

/*
** Opaque, provider-specific information for a lock database.
*/
typedef struct dav_lockdb_private dav_lockdb_private;

/*
** Opaque, provider-specific information for a lock record.
*/
typedef struct dav_lock_private dav_lock_private;

/*
** Lock database type. Lock providers are urged to implement a "lazy" open, so
** doing an "open" is cheap until something is actually needed from the DB.
*/
typedef struct
{
    const dav_hooks_locks *hooks;   /* the hooks used for this lockdb */
    int ro;                         /* was it opened readonly? */

    dav_lockdb_private *info;

} dav_lockdb;

typedef enum {
    DAV_LOCKSCOPE_UNKNOWN,
    DAV_LOCKSCOPE_EXCLUSIVE,
    DAV_LOCKSCOPE_SHARED
} dav_lock_scope;

typedef enum {
    DAV_LOCKTYPE_UNKNOWN,
    DAV_LOCKTYPE_WRITE
} dav_lock_type;

typedef enum {
    DAV_LOCKREC_DIRECT,             /* lock asserted on this resource */
    DAV_LOCKREC_INDIRECT,           /* lock inherited from a parent */
    DAV_LOCKREC_INDIRECT_PARTIAL    /* most info is not filled in */
} dav_lock_rectype;

/*
** dav_lock: hold information about a lock on a resource.
**
** This structure is used for both direct and indirect locks. A direct lock
** is a lock applied to a specific resource by the client. An indirect lock
** is one that is inherited from a parent resource by virtue of a non-zero
** Depth: header when the lock was applied.
**
** mod_dav records both types of locks in the lock database, managing their
** addition/removal as resources are moved about the namespace.
**
** Note that the lockdb is free to marshal this structure in any form that
** it likes.
**
** For a "partial" lock, the <rectype> and <locktoken> fields must be filled
** in. All other (user) fields should be zeroed. The lock provider will
** usually fill in the <info> field, and the <next> field may be used to
** construct a list of partial locks.
**
** The lock provider MUST use the info field to store a value such that a
** dav_lock structure can locate itself in the underlying lock database.
** This requirement is needed for refreshing: when an indirect dav_lock is
** refreshed, its reference to the direct lock does not specify the direct's
** resource, so the only way to locate the (refreshed, direct) lock in the
** database is to use the info field.
**
** Note that <is_locknull> only refers to the resource where this lock was
** found.
** ### hrm. that says the abstraction is wrong. is_locknull may disappear.
*/
typedef struct dav_lock
{
    dav_lock_rectype rectype;   /* type of lock record */
    int is_locknull;            /* lock establishes a locknull resource */

    /* ### put the resource in here? */

    dav_lock_scope scope;       /* scope of the lock */
    dav_lock_type type;         /* type of lock */
    int depth;                  /* depth of the lock */
    time_t timeout;             /* when the lock will timeout */

    const dav_locktoken *locktoken;  /* the token that was issued */

    const char *owner;          /* (XML) owner of the lock */
    const char *auth_user;      /* auth'd username owning lock */

    dav_lock_private *info;     /* private to the lockdb */

    struct dav_lock *next;      /* for managing a list of locks */
} dav_lock;

/* Property-related public lock functions */
DAV_DECLARE(const char *)dav_lock_get_activelock(request_rec *r,
                                                 dav_lock *locks,
                                                 dav_buffer *pbuf);

/* LockDB-related public lock functions */
DAV_DECLARE(dav_error *) dav_open_lockdb(request_rec *r,
                                         int ro,
                                         dav_lockdb **lockdb);
DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_close_lockdb(dav_lockdb *lockdb);
DAV_DECLARE(dav_error *) dav_lock_parse_lockinfo(request_rec *r,
                                                 const dav_resource *resource,
                                                 dav_lockdb *lockdb,
                                                 const apr_xml_doc *doc,
                                                 dav_lock **lock_request);
DAV_DECLARE(int) dav_unlock(request_rec *r,
                            const dav_resource *resource,
                            const dav_locktoken *locktoken);
DAV_DECLARE(dav_error *) dav_add_lock(request_rec *r,
                                      const dav_resource *resource,
                                      dav_lockdb *lockdb, dav_lock *request,
                                      dav_response **response);
DAV_DECLARE(dav_error *) dav_notify_created(request_rec *r,
                                            dav_lockdb *lockdb,
                                            const dav_resource *resource,
                                            int resource_state,
                                            int depth);

DAV_DECLARE(dav_error*) dav_lock_query(dav_lockdb *lockdb,
                                       const dav_resource *resource,
                                       dav_lock **locks);

DAV_DECLARE(dav_error *) dav_validate_request(request_rec *r,
                                              dav_resource *resource,
                                              int depth,
                                              dav_locktoken *locktoken,
                                              dav_response **response,
                                              int flags,
                                              dav_lockdb *lockdb);
/*
** flags:
**    0x0F -- reserved for <dav_lock_scope> values
**
**    other flags, detailed below
*/
#define DAV_VALIDATE_RESOURCE   0x0010  /* validate just the resource */
#define DAV_VALIDATE_PARENT     0x0020  /* validate resource AND its parent */
#define DAV_VALIDATE_ADD_LD     0x0040  /* add DAV:lockdiscovery into
                                           the 424 DAV:response */
#define DAV_VALIDATE_USE_424    0x0080  /* return 424 status, not 207 */
#define DAV_VALIDATE_IS_PARENT  0x0100  /* for internal use */
#define DAV_VALIDATE_NO_MODIFY  0x0200  /* resource is not being modified
                                           so allow even if lock token
                                           is not provided */

/* Lock-null related public lock functions */
DAV_DECLARE(int) dav_get_resource_state(request_rec *r,
                                        const dav_resource *resource);

/* Lock provider hooks. Locking is optional, so there may be no
 * lock provider for a given repository.
 */
struct dav_hooks_locks
{
    /* Return the supportedlock property for a resource */
    const char * (*get_supportedlock)(
        const dav_resource *resource
    );

    /* Parse a lock token URI, returning a lock token object allocated
     * in the given pool.
     */
    dav_error * (*parse_locktoken)(
        apr_pool_t *p,
        const char *char_token,
        dav_locktoken **locktoken_p
    );

    /* Format a lock token object into a URI string, allocated in
     * the given pool.
     *
     * Always returns non-NULL.
     */
    const char * (*format_locktoken)(
        apr_pool_t *p,
        const dav_locktoken *locktoken
    );

    /* Compare two lock tokens.
     *
     * Result < 0  => lt1 < lt2
     * Result == 0 => lt1 == lt2
     * Result > 0  => lt1 > lt2
     */
    int (*compare_locktoken)(
        const dav_locktoken *lt1,
        const dav_locktoken *lt2
    );

    /* Open the provider's lock database.
     *
     * The provider may or may not use a "real" database for locks
     * (a lock could be an attribute on a resource, for example).
     *
     * The provider may choose to use the value of the DAVLockDB directive
     * (as returned by dav_get_lockdb_path()) to decide where to place
     * any storage it may need.
     *
     * The request storage pool should be associated with the lockdb,
     * so it can be used in subsequent operations.
     *
     * If ro != 0, only readonly operations will be performed.
     * If force == 0, the open can be "lazy"; no subsequent locking operations
     * may occur.
     * If force != 0, locking operations will definitely occur.
     */
    dav_error * (*open_lockdb)(
        request_rec *r,
        int ro,
        int force,
        dav_lockdb **lockdb
    );

    /* Indicates completion of locking operations */
    void (*close_lockdb)(
        dav_lockdb *lockdb
    );

    /* Take a resource out of the lock-null state. */
    dav_error * (*remove_locknull_state)(
        dav_lockdb *lockdb,
        const dav_resource *resource
    );

    /*
    ** Create a (direct) lock structure for the given resource. A locktoken
    ** will be created.
    **
    ** The lock provider may store private information into lock->info.
    */
    dav_error * (*create_lock)(dav_lockdb *lockdb,
                               const dav_resource *resource,
                               dav_lock **lock);

    /*
    ** Get the locks associated with the specified resource.
    **
    ** If resolve_locks is true (non-zero), then any indirect locks are
    ** resolved to their actual, direct lock (i.e. the reference to followed
    ** to the original lock).
    **
    ** The locks, if any, are returned as a linked list in no particular
    ** order. If no locks are present, then *locks will be NULL.
    */
    dav_error * (*get_locks)(dav_lockdb *lockdb,
                             const dav_resource *resource,
                             int calltype,
                             dav_lock **locks);

#define DAV_GETLOCKS_RESOLVED   0    /* resolve indirects to directs */
#define DAV_GETLOCKS_PARTIAL    1    /* leave indirects partially filled */
#define DAV_GETLOCKS_COMPLETE   2    /* fill out indirect locks */

    /*
    ** Find a particular lock on a resource (specified by its locktoken).
    **
    ** *lock will be set to NULL if the lock is not found.
    **
    ** Note that the provider can optimize the unmarshalling -- only one
    ** lock (or none) must be constructed and returned.
    **
    ** If partial_ok is true (non-zero), then an indirect lock can be
    ** partially filled in. Otherwise, another lookup is done and the
    ** lock structure will be filled out as a DAV_LOCKREC_INDIRECT.
    */
    dav_error * (*find_lock)(dav_lockdb *lockdb,
                             const dav_resource *resource,
                             const dav_locktoken *locktoken,
                             int partial_ok,
                             dav_lock **lock);

    /*
    ** Quick test to see if the resource has *any* locks on it.
    **
    ** This is typically used to determine if a non-existent resource
    ** has a lock and is (therefore) a locknull resource.
    **
    ** WARNING: this function may return TRUE even when timed-out locks
    **          exist (i.e. it may not perform timeout checks).
    */
    dav_error * (*has_locks)(dav_lockdb *lockdb,
                             const dav_resource *resource,
                             int *locks_present);

    /*
    ** Append the specified lock(s) to the set of locks on this resource.
    **
    ** If "make_indirect" is true (non-zero), then the specified lock(s)
    ** should be converted to an indirect lock (if it is a direct lock)
    ** before appending. Note that the conversion to an indirect lock does
    ** not alter the passed-in lock -- the change is internal the
    ** append_locks function.
    **
    ** Multiple locks are specified using the lock->next links.
    */
    dav_error * (*append_locks)(dav_lockdb *lockdb,
                                const dav_resource *resource,
                                int make_indirect,
                                const dav_lock *lock);

    /*
    ** Remove any lock that has the specified locktoken.
    **
    ** If locktoken == NULL, then ALL locks are removed.
    */
    dav_error * (*remove_lock)(dav_lockdb *lockdb,
                               const dav_resource *resource,
                               const dav_locktoken *locktoken);

    /*
    ** Refresh all locks, found on the specified resource, which has a
    ** locktoken in the provided list.
    **
    ** If the lock is indirect, then the direct lock is referenced and
    ** refreshed.
    **
    ** Each lock that is updated is returned in the <locks> argument.
    ** Note that the locks will be fully resolved.
    */
    dav_error * (*refresh_locks)(dav_lockdb *lockdb,
                                 const dav_resource *resource,
                                 const dav_locktoken_list *ltl,
                                 time_t new_time,
                                 dav_lock **locks);

    /*
    ** Look up the resource associated with a particular locktoken.
    **
    ** The search begins at the specified <start_resource> and the lock
    ** specified by <locktoken>.
    **
    ** If the resource/token specifies an indirect lock, then the direct
    ** lock will be looked up, and THAT resource will be returned. In other
    ** words, this function always returns the resource where a particular
    ** lock (token) was asserted.
    **
    ** NOTE: this function pointer is allowed to be NULL, indicating that
    **       the provider does not support this type of functionality. The
    **       caller should then traverse up the repository hierarchy looking
    **       for the resource defining a lock with this locktoken.
    */
    dav_error * (*lookup_resource)(dav_lockdb *lockdb,
                                   const dav_locktoken *locktoken,
                                   const dav_resource *start_resource,
                                   const dav_resource **resource);

    /*
    ** If a provider needs a context to associate with this hooks structure,
    ** then this field may be used. In most cases, it will just be NULL.
    */
    void *ctx;
};

/* what types of resources can be discovered by dav_get_resource_state() */
#define DAV_RESOURCE_LOCK_NULL  10    /* resource lock-null */
#define DAV_RESOURCE_NULL       11    /* resource null */
#define DAV_RESOURCE_EXISTS     12    /* resource exists */
#define DAV_RESOURCE_ERROR      13    /* an error occurred */


/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** PROPERTY HANDLING
*/

typedef struct dav_propdb dav_propdb;

#define DAV_PROPDB_NONE                  0 
#define DAV_PROPDB_RO                    1
#define DAV_PROPDB_DISABLE_LOCKDISCOVERY 2 

DAV_DECLARE(dav_error *) dav_open_propdb(
    request_rec *r,
    dav_lockdb *lockdb,
    const dav_resource *resource,
    int flags,
    apr_array_header_t *ns_xlate,
    dav_propdb **propdb);

DAV_DECLARE(dav_error *) dav_popen_propdb(
    apr_pool_t *p,
    request_rec *r,
    dav_lockdb *lockdb,
    const dav_resource *resource,
    int flags,
    apr_array_header_t *ns_xlate,
    dav_propdb **propdb);


DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_close_propdb(dav_propdb *db);

DAV_DECLARE(dav_get_props_result) dav_get_props(
    dav_propdb *db,
    apr_xml_doc *doc);

DAV_DECLARE(dav_get_props_result) dav_get_allprops(
    dav_propdb *db,
    dav_prop_insert what);

DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_get_liveprop_supported(
    dav_propdb *propdb,
    const char *ns_uri,
    const char *propname,
    apr_text_header *body);

/*
** 3-phase property modification.
**
**   1) validate props. readable? unlocked? ACLs allow access?
**   2) execute operation (set/delete)
**   3) commit or rollback
**
** ### eventually, auth must be available. a ref to the request_rec (which
** ### contains the auth info) should be in the shared context struct.
**
** Each function may alter the error values and information contained within
** the context record. This should be done as an "increasing" level of
** error, rather than overwriting any previous error.
**
** Note that commit() cannot generate errors. It should simply free the
** rollback information.
**
** rollback() may generate additional errors because the rollback operation
** can sometimes fail(!).
**
** The caller should allocate an array of these, one per operation. It should
** be zero-initialized, then the db, operation, and prop fields should be
** filled in before calling dav_prop_validate. Note that the set/delete
** operations are order-dependent. For a given (logical) context, the same
** pointer must be passed to each phase.
**
** error_type is an internal value, but will have the same numeric value
** for each possible "desc" value. This allows the caller to group the
** descriptions via the error_type variable, rather than through string
** comparisons. Note that "status" does not provide enough granularity to
** differentiate/group the "desc" values.
**
** Note that the propdb will maintain some (global) context across all
** of the property change contexts. This implies that you can have only
** one open transaction per propdb.
*/
typedef struct dav_prop_ctx
{
    dav_propdb *propdb;

    apr_xml_elem *prop;             /* property to affect */

    int operation;
#define DAV_PROP_OP_SET        1    /* set a property value */
#define DAV_PROP_OP_DELETE     2    /* delete a prop value */
/* ### add a GET? */

    /* private items to the propdb */
    int is_liveprop;
    void *liveprop_ctx;
    struct dav_rollback_item *rollback;  /* optional rollback info */

    dav_error *err;                 /* error (if any) */

    /* private to mod_dav.c */
    request_rec *r;

} dav_prop_ctx;

DAV_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) dav_prop_validate(dav_prop_ctx *ctx);
DAV_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) dav_prop_exec(dav_prop_ctx *ctx);
DAV_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) dav_prop_commit(dav_prop_ctx *ctx);
DAV_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) dav_prop_rollback(dav_prop_ctx *ctx);

#define DAV_PROP_CTX_HAS_ERR(dpc)  ((dpc).err && (dpc).err->status >= 300)


/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** WALKER STRUCTURE
*/

enum {
    DAV_CALLTYPE_MEMBER = 1,    /* called for a member resource */
    DAV_CALLTYPE_COLLECTION,    /* called for a collection */
    DAV_CALLTYPE_LOCKNULL       /* called for a locknull resource */
};

typedef struct
{
    /* the client-provided context */
    void *walk_ctx;

    /* pool to use for allocations in the callback */
    apr_pool_t *pool;

    /* the current resource */
    const dav_resource *resource;

    /* OUTPUT: add responses to this */
    dav_response *response;

} dav_walk_resource;

typedef struct
{
    int walk_type;
#define DAV_WALKTYPE_AUTH       0x0001  /* limit to authorized files */
#define DAV_WALKTYPE_NORMAL     0x0002  /* walk normal files */
#define DAV_WALKTYPE_LOCKNULL   0x0004  /* walk locknull resources */
#define DAV_WALKTYPE_TOLERANT   0x0008  /* tolerate non-fatal errors */

    /* callback function and a client context for the walk */
    dav_error * (*func)(dav_walk_resource *wres, int calltype);
    void *walk_ctx;

    /* what pool to use for allocations needed by walk logic */
    apr_pool_t *pool;

    /* beginning root of the walk */
    const dav_resource *root;

    /* lock database to enable walking LOCKNULL resources */
    dav_lockdb *lockdb;

} dav_walk_params;

/* directory tree walking context */
typedef struct dav_walker_ctx
{
    /* input: */
    dav_walk_params w;


    /* ### client data... phasing out this big glom */

    /* this brigade buffers data being sent to r->output_filters */
    apr_bucket_brigade *bb;

    /* a scratch pool, used to stream responses and iteratively cleared. */
    apr_pool_t *scratchpool;

    request_rec *r;                 /* original request */

    /* for PROPFIND operations */
    apr_xml_doc *doc;
    int propfind_type;
#define DAV_PROPFIND_IS_ALLPROP     1
#define DAV_PROPFIND_IS_PROPNAME    2
#define DAV_PROPFIND_IS_PROP        3

    apr_text *propstat_404;         /* (cached) propstat giving a 404 error */

    const dav_if_header *if_header; /* for validation */
    const dav_locktoken *locktoken; /* for UNLOCK */
    const dav_lock *lock;           /* for LOCK */
    int skip_root;                  /* for dav_inherit_locks() */

    int flags;

    dav_buffer work_buf;            /* for dav_validate_request() */

} dav_walker_ctx;

DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_add_response(dav_walk_resource *wres,
                                   int status,
                                   dav_get_props_result *propstats);


/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** "STREAM" STRUCTURE
**
** mod_dav uses this abstraction for interacting with the repository
** while fetching/storing resources. mod_dav views resources as a stream
** of bytes.
**
** Note that the structure is opaque -- it is private to the repository
** that created the stream in the repository's "open" function.
**
** ### THIS STUFF IS GOING AWAY ... GET/read requests are handled by
** ### having the provider jam stuff straight into the filter stack.
** ### this is only left for handling PUT/write requests.
*/

typedef struct dav_stream dav_stream;

typedef enum {
    DAV_MODE_WRITE_TRUNC,      /* truncate and open for writing */
    DAV_MODE_WRITE_SEEKABLE    /* open for writing; random access */
} dav_stream_mode;


/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** REPOSITORY FUNCTIONS
*/

/* Repository provider hooks */
struct dav_hooks_repository
{
    /* Flag for whether repository requires special GET handling.
     * If resources in the repository are not visible in the
     * filesystem location which URLs map to, then special handling
     * is required to first fetch a resource from the repository,
     * respond to the GET request, then free the resource copy.
     */
    int handle_get;

    /* Get a resource descriptor for the URI in a request. A descriptor
     * should always be returned even if the resource does not exist. This
     * repository has been identified as handling the resource given by
     * the URI, so an answer must be given. If there is a problem with the
     * URI or accessing the resource or whatever, then an error should be
     * returned.
     *
     * root_dir:
     *   the root of the directory for which this repository is configured.
     *
     * label:
     *   if a Label: header is present (and allowed), this is the label
     *   to use to identify a version resource from the resource's
     *   corresponding version history. Otherwise, it will be NULL.
     *
     * use_checked_in:
     *   use the DAV:checked-in property of the resource identified by the
     *   Request-URI to identify and return a version resource
     *
     * The provider may associate the request storage pool with the resource
     * (in the resource->pool field), to use in other operations on that
     * resource.
     */
    dav_error * (*get_resource)(
        request_rec *r,
        const char *root_dir,
        const char *label,
        int use_checked_in,
        dav_resource **resource
    );

    /* Get a resource descriptor for the parent of the given resource.
     * The resources need not exist.  NULL is returned if the resource
     * is the root collection.
     *
     * An error should be returned only if there is a fatal error in
     * fetching information about the parent resource.
     */
    dav_error * (*get_parent_resource)(
        const dav_resource *resource,
        dav_resource **parent_resource
    );

    /* Determine whether two resource descriptors refer to the same resource.
    *
     * Result != 0 => the resources are the same.
     */
    int (*is_same_resource)(
        const dav_resource *res1,
        const dav_resource *res2
    );

    /* Determine whether one resource is a parent (immediate or otherwise)
     * of another.
     *
     * Result != 0 => res1 is a parent of res2.
     */
    int (*is_parent_resource)(
        const dav_resource *res1,
        const dav_resource *res2
    );

    /*
    ** Open a stream for this resource, using the specified mode. The
    ** stream will be returned in *stream.
    */
    dav_error * (*open_stream)(const dav_resource *resource,
                               dav_stream_mode mode,
                               dav_stream **stream);

    /*
    ** Close the specified stream.
    **
    ** mod_dav will (ideally) make sure to call this. For safety purposes,
    ** a provider should (ideally) register a cleanup function with the
    ** request pool to get this closed and cleaned up.
    **
    ** Note the possibility of an error from the close -- it is entirely
    ** feasible that the close does a "commit" of some kind, which can
    ** produce an error.
    **
    ** commit should be TRUE (non-zero) or FALSE (0) if the stream was
    ** opened for writing. This flag states whether to retain the file
    ** or not.
    ** Note: the commit flag is ignored for streams opened for reading.
    */
    dav_error * (*close_stream)(dav_stream *stream, int commit);

    /*
    ** Write data to the stream.
    **
    ** All of the bytes must be written, or an error should be returned.
    */
    dav_error * (*write_stream)(dav_stream *stream,
                                const void *buf, apr_size_t bufsize);

    /*
    ** Seek to an absolute position in the stream. This is used to support
    ** Content-Range in a GET/PUT.
    **
    ** NOTE: if this function is NULL (which is allowed), then any
    **       operations using Content-Range will be refused.
    */
    dav_error * (*seek_stream)(dav_stream *stream, apr_off_t abs_position);

    /*
    ** If a GET is processed using a stream (open_stream, read_stream)
    ** rather than via a sub-request (on get_pathname), then this function
    ** is used to provide the repository with a way to set the headers
    ** in the response.
    **
    ** This function may be called without a following deliver(), to
    ** handle a HEAD request.
    **
    ** This may be NULL if handle_get is FALSE.
    */
    dav_error * (*set_headers)(request_rec *r,
                               const dav_resource *resource);

    /*
    ** The provider should deliver the resource into the specified filter.
    ** Basically, this is the response to the GET method.
    **
    ** Note that this is called for all resources, including collections.
    ** The provider should determine what has content to deliver or not.
    **
    ** set_headers will be called prior to this function, allowing the
    ** provider to set the appropriate response headers.
    **
    ** This may be NULL if handle_get is FALSE.
    ** ### maybe toss handle_get and just use this function as the marker
    */
    dav_error * (*deliver)(const dav_resource *resource,
                           ap_filter_t *output);

    /* Create a collection resource. The resource must not already exist.
     *
     * Result == NULL if the collection was created successfully. Also, the
     * resource object is updated to reflect that the resource exists, and
     * is a collection.
     */
    dav_error * (*create_collection)(
        dav_resource *resource
    );

    /* Copy one resource to another. The destination may exist, if it is
     * versioned.
     * Handles both files and collections. Properties are copied as well.
     * If the destination exists and is versioned, the provider must update
     * the destination to have identical content to the source,
     * recursively for collections.
     * The depth argument is ignored for a file, and can be either 0 or
     * DAV_INFINITY for a collection.
     * If an error occurs in a child resource, then the return value is
     * non-NULL, and *response is set to a multistatus response.
     * If the copy is successful, the dst resource object is
     * updated to reflect that the resource exists.
     */
    dav_error * (*copy_resource)(
        const dav_resource *src,
        dav_resource *dst,
        int depth,
        dav_response **response
    );

    /* Move one resource to another. The destination must not exist.
     * Handles both files and collections. Properties are moved as well.
     * If an error occurs in a child resource, then the return value is
     * non-NULL, and *response is set to a multistatus response.
     * If the move is successful, the src and dst resource objects are
     * updated to reflect that the source no longer exists, and the
     * destination does.
     */
    dav_error * (*move_resource)(
        dav_resource *src,
        dav_resource *dst,
        dav_response **response
    );

    /* Remove a resource. Handles both files and collections.
     * Removes any associated properties as well.
     * If an error occurs in a child resource, then the return value is
     * non-NULL, and *response is set to a multistatus response.
     * If the delete is successful, the resource object is updated to
     * reflect that the resource no longer exists.
     */
    dav_error * (*remove_resource)(
        dav_resource *resource,
        dav_response **response
    );

    /* Walk a resource hierarchy.
     *
     * Iterates over the resource hierarchy specified by params->root.
     * Control of the walk and the callback are specified by 'params'.
     *
     * An error may be returned. *response will contain multistatus
     * responses (if any) suitable for the body of the error. It is also
     * possible to return NULL, yet still have multistatus responses.
     * In this case, typically the caller should return a 207 (Multistatus)
     * and the responses (in the body) as the HTTP response.
     */
    dav_error * (*walk)(const dav_walk_params *params, int depth,
                        dav_response **response);

    /* Get the entity tag for a resource */
    const char * (*getetag)(const dav_resource *resource);

    /*
    ** If a provider needs a context to associate with this hooks structure,
    ** then this field may be used. In most cases, it will just be NULL.
    */
    void *ctx;

    /* Get the request rec for a resource */
    request_rec * (*get_request_rec)(const dav_resource *resource);

    /* Get the pathname for a resource */
    const char * (*get_pathname)(const dav_resource *resource);
};


/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** VERSIONING FUNCTIONS
*/


/* dav_add_vary_header
 *
 * If there were any headers in the request which require a Vary header
 * in the response, add it.
 */
DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_add_vary_header(request_rec *in_req,
                                      request_rec *out_req,
                                      const dav_resource *resource);

/*
** Flags specifying auto-versioning behavior, returned by
** the auto_versionable hook. The value returned depends
** on both the state of the resource and the value of the
** DAV:auto-versioning property for the resource.
**
** If the resource does not exist (null or lock-null),
** DAV_AUTO_VERSION_ALWAYS causes creation of a new version-controlled resource
**
** If the resource is checked in,
** DAV_AUTO_VERSION_ALWAYS causes it to be checked out always,
** DAV_AUTO_VERSION_LOCKED causes it to be checked out only when locked
**
** If the resource is checked out,
** DAV_AUTO_VERSION_ALWAYS causes it to be checked in always,
** DAV_AUTO_VERSION_LOCKED causes it to be checked in when unlocked
** (note: a provider should allow auto-checkin only for resources which
** were automatically checked out)
**
** In all cases, DAV_AUTO_VERSION_NEVER results in no auto-versioning behavior.
*/
typedef enum {
    DAV_AUTO_VERSION_NEVER,
    DAV_AUTO_VERSION_ALWAYS,
    DAV_AUTO_VERSION_LOCKED
} dav_auto_version;

/*
** This structure is used to record what auto-versioning operations
** were done to make a resource writable, so that they can be undone
** at the end of a request.
*/
typedef struct {
    int resource_versioned;             /* 1 => resource was auto-version-controlled */
    int resource_checkedout;            /* 1 => resource was auto-checked-out */
    int parent_checkedout;              /* 1 => parent was auto-checked-out */
    dav_resource *parent_resource;      /* parent resource, if it was needed */
} dav_auto_version_info;

/* Ensure that a resource is writable. If there is no versioning
 * provider, then this is essentially a no-op. Versioning repositories
 * require explicit resource creation and checkout before they can
 * be written to. If a new resource is to be created, or an existing
 * resource deleted, the parent collection must be checked out as well.
 *
 * Set the parent_only flag to only make the parent collection writable.
 * Otherwise, both parent and child are made writable as needed. If the
 * child does not exist, then a new versioned resource is created and
 * checked out.
 *
 * If auto-versioning is not enabled for a versioned resource, then an error is
 * returned, since the resource cannot be modified.
 *
 * The dav_auto_version_info structure is filled in with enough information
 * to restore both parent and child resources to the state they were in
 * before the auto-versioning operations occurred.
 */
DAV_DECLARE(dav_error *) dav_auto_checkout(
    request_rec *r,
    dav_resource *resource,
    int parent_only,
    dav_auto_version_info *av_info);

/* Revert the writability of resources back to what they were
 * before they were modified. If undo == 0, then the resource
 * modifications are maintained (i.e. they are checked in).
 * If undo != 0, then resource modifications are discarded
 * (i.e. they are unchecked out).
 *
 * Set the unlock flag to indicate that the resource is about
 * to be unlocked; it will be checked in if the resource
 * auto-versioning property indicates it should be. In this case,
 * av_info is ignored, so it can be NULL.
 *
 * The resource argument may be NULL if only the parent resource
 * was checked out (i.e. the parent_only was != 0 in the
 * dav_auto_checkout call).
 */
DAV_DECLARE(dav_error *) dav_auto_checkin(
    request_rec *r,
    dav_resource *resource,
    int undo,
    int unlock,
    dav_auto_version_info *av_info);

/*
** This structure is used to describe available reports
**
** "nmspace" should be valid XML and URL-quoted. mod_dav will place
** double-quotes around it and use it in an xmlns declaration.
*/
typedef struct {
    const char *nmspace;        /* namespace of the XML report element */
    const char *name;           /* element name for the XML report */
} dav_report_elem;


/* Versioning provider hooks */
struct dav_hooks_vsn
{
    /*
    ** MANDATORY HOOKS
    ** The following hooks are mandatory for all versioning providers;
    ** they define the functionality needed to implement "core" versioning.
    */

    /* Return supported versioning options.
     * Each dav_text item in the list will be returned as a separate
     * DAV header. Providers are advised to limit the length of an
     * individual text item to 63 characters, to conform to the limit
     * used by MS Web Folders.
     */
    void (*get_vsn_options)(apr_pool_t *p, apr_text_header *phdr);

    /* Get the value of a specific option for an OPTIONS request.
     * The option being requested is given by the parsed XML
     * element object "elem". The value of the option should be
     * appended to the "option" text object.
     */
    dav_error * (*get_option)(const dav_resource *resource,
                              const apr_xml_elem *elem,
                              apr_text_header *option);

    /* Determine whether a non-versioned (or non-existent) resource
     * is versionable. Returns != 0 if resource can be versioned.
     */
    int (*versionable)(const dav_resource *resource);

    /* Determine whether auto-versioning is enabled for a resource
     * (which may not exist, or may not be versioned). If the resource
     * is a checked-out resource, the provider must only enable
     * auto-checkin if the resource was automatically checked out.
     *
     * The value returned depends on both the state of the resource
     * and the value of its DAV:auto-version property. See the description
     * of the dav_auto_version enumeration above for the details.
     */
    dav_auto_version (*auto_versionable)(const dav_resource *resource);

    /* Put a resource under version control. If the resource already
     * exists unversioned, then it becomes the initial version of the
     * new version history, and it is replaced by a version selector
     * which targets the new version.
     *
     * If the resource does not exist, then a new version-controlled
     * resource is created which either targets an existing version (if the
     * "target" argument is not NULL), or the initial, empty version
     * in a new history resource (if the "target" argument is NULL).
     *
     * If successful, the resource object state is updated appropriately
     * (that is, changed to refer to the new version-controlled resource).
     */
    dav_error * (*vsn_control)(dav_resource *resource,
                               const char *target);

    /* Checkout a resource. If successful, the resource
     * object state is updated appropriately.
     *
     * The auto_checkout flag will be set if this checkout is being
     * done automatically, as part of some method which modifies
     * the resource. The provider must remember that the resource
     * was automatically checked out, so it can determine whether it
     * can be automatically checked in. (Auto-checkin should only be
     * enabled for resources which were automatically checked out.)
     *
     * If the working resource has a different URL from the
     * target resource, a dav_resource descriptor is returned
     * for the new working resource. Otherwise, the original
     * resource descriptor will refer to the working resource.
     * The working_resource argument can be NULL if the caller
     * is not interested in the working resource.
     *
     * If the client has specified DAV:unreserved or DAV:fork-ok in the
     * checkout request, then the corresponding flags are set. If
     * DAV:activity-set has been specified, then create_activity is set
     * if DAV:new was specified; otherwise, the DAV:href elements' CDATA
     * (the actual href text) is passed in the "activities" array (each
     * element of the array is a const char *). activities will be NULL
     * no DAV:activity-set was provided or when create_activity is set.
     */
    dav_error * (*checkout)(dav_resource *resource,
                            int auto_checkout,
                            int is_unreserved, int is_fork_ok,
                            int create_activity,
                            apr_array_header_t *activities,
                            dav_resource **working_resource);

    /* Uncheckout a checked-out resource. If successful, the resource
     * object state is updated appropriately.
     */
    dav_error * (*uncheckout)(dav_resource *resource);

    /* Checkin a checked-out resource. If successful, the resource
     * object state is updated appropriately, and the
     * version_resource descriptor will refer to the new version.
     * The version_resource argument can be NULL if the caller
     * is not interested in the new version resource.
     *
     * If the client has specified DAV:keep-checked-out in the checkin
     * request, then the keep_checked_out flag is set. The provider
     * should create a new version, but keep the resource in the
     * checked-out state.
     */
    dav_error * (*checkin)(dav_resource *resource,
                           int keep_checked_out,
                           dav_resource **version_resource);

    /*
    ** Return the set of reports available at this resource.
    **
    ** An array of report elements should be returned, with an end-marker
    ** element containing namespace==NULL. The value of the
    ** DAV:supported-report-set property will be constructed and
    ** returned.
    */
    dav_error * (*avail_reports)(const dav_resource *resource,
                                 const dav_report_elem **reports);

    /*
    ** Determine whether a Label header can be used
    ** with a particular report. The dav_xml_doc structure
    ** contains the parsed report request body.
    ** Returns 0 if the Label header is not allowed.
    */
    int (*report_label_header_allowed)(const apr_xml_doc *doc);

    /*
    ** Generate a report on a resource. Since a provider is free
    ** to define its own reports, and the value of request headers
    ** may affect the interpretation of a report, the request record
    ** must be passed to this routine.
    **
    ** The dav_xml_doc structure contains the parsed report request
    ** body. The report response should be generated into the specified
    ** output filter.
    **
    ** If an error occurs, and a response has not yet been generated,
    ** then an error can be returned from this function. mod_dav will
    ** construct an appropriate error response. Once some output has
    ** been placed into the filter, however, the provider should not
    ** return an error -- there is no way that mod_dav can deliver it
    ** properly.
    **
    ** ### maybe we need a way to signal an error anyways, and then
    ** ### apache can abort the connection?
    */
    dav_error * (*deliver_report)(request_rec *r,
                                  const dav_resource *resource,
                                  const apr_xml_doc *doc,
                                  ap_filter_t *output);

    /*
    ** OPTIONAL HOOKS
    ** The following hooks are optional; if not defined, then the
    ** corresponding protocol methods will be unsupported.
    */

    /*
    ** Set the state of a checked-in version-controlled resource.
    **
    ** If the request specified a version, the version resource
    ** represents that version. If the request specified a label,
    ** then "version" is NULL, and "label" is the label.
    **
    ** The depth argument is ignored for a file, and can be 0, 1, or
    ** DAV_INFINITY for a collection. The depth argument only applies
    ** with a label, not a version.
    **
    ** If an error occurs in a child resource, then the return value is
    ** non-NULL, and *response is set to a multistatus response.
    **
    ** This hook is optional; if not defined, then the UPDATE method
    ** will not be supported.
    */
    dav_error * (*update)(const dav_resource *resource,
                          const dav_resource *version,
                          const char *label,
                          int depth,
                          dav_response **response);

    /*
    ** Add a label to a version. The resource is either a specific
    ** version, or a version selector, in which case the label should
    ** be added to the current target of the version selector. The
    ** version selector cannot be checked out.
    **
    ** If replace != 0, any existing label by the same name is
    ** effectively deleted first. Otherwise, it is an error to
    ** attempt to add a label which already exists on some version
    ** of the same history resource.
    **
    ** This hook is optional; if not defined, then the LABEL method
    ** will not be supported. If it is defined, then the remove_label
    ** hook must be defined also.
    */
    dav_error * (*add_label)(const dav_resource *resource,
                             const char *label,
                             int replace);

    /*
    ** Remove a label from a version. The resource is either a specific
    ** version, or a version selector, in which case the label should
    ** be added to the current target of the version selector. The
    ** version selector cannot be checked out.
    **
    ** It is an error if no such label exists on the specified version.
    **
    ** This hook is optional, but if defined, the add_label hook
    ** must be defined also.
    */
    dav_error * (*remove_label)(const dav_resource *resource,
                                const char *label);

    /*
    ** Determine whether a null resource can be created as a workspace.
    ** The provider may restrict workspaces to certain locations.
    ** Returns 0 if the resource cannot be a workspace.
    **
    ** This hook is optional; if the provider does not support workspaces,
    ** it should be set to NULL.
    */
    int (*can_be_workspace)(const dav_resource *resource);

    /*
    ** Create a workspace resource. The resource must not already
    ** exist. Any <DAV:mkworkspace> element is passed to the provider
    ** in the "doc" structure; it may be empty.
    **
    ** If workspace creation is successful, the state of the resource
    ** object is updated appropriately.
    **
    ** This hook is optional; if the provider does not support workspaces,
    ** it should be set to NULL.
    */
    dav_error * (*make_workspace)(dav_resource *resource,
                                  apr_xml_doc *doc);

    /*
    ** Determine whether a null resource can be created as an activity.
    ** The provider may restrict activities to certain locations.
    ** Returns 0 if the resource cannot be an activity.
    **
    ** This hook is optional; if the provider does not support activities,
    ** it should be set to NULL.
    */
    int (*can_be_activity)(const dav_resource *resource);

    /*
    ** Create an activity resource. The resource must not already
    ** exist.
    **
    ** If activity creation is successful, the state of the resource
    ** object is updated appropriately.
    **
    ** This hook is optional; if the provider does not support activities,
    ** it should be set to NULL.
    */
    dav_error * (*make_activity)(dav_resource *resource);

    /*
    ** Merge a resource (tree) into target resource (tree).
    **
    ** ### more doc...
    **
    ** This hook is optional; if the provider does not support merging,
    ** then this should be set to NULL.
    */
    dav_error * (*merge)(dav_resource *target, dav_resource *source,
                         int no_auto_merge, int no_checkout,
                         apr_xml_elem *prop_elem,
                         ap_filter_t *output);

    /*
    ** If a provider needs a context to associate with this hooks structure,
    ** then this field may be used. In most cases, it will just be NULL.
    */
    void *ctx;
};


/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** BINDING FUNCTIONS
*/

/* binding provider hooks */
struct dav_hooks_binding {

    /* Determine whether a resource can be the target of a binding.
     * Returns 0 if the resource cannot be a binding target.
     */
    int (*is_bindable)(const dav_resource *resource);

    /* Create a binding to a resource.
     * The resource argument is the target of the binding;
     * the binding argument must be a resource which does not already
     * exist.
     */
    dav_error * (*bind_resource)(const dav_resource *resource,
                                 dav_resource *binding);

    /*
    ** If a provider needs a context to associate with this hooks structure,
    ** then this field may be used. In most cases, it will just be NULL.
    */
    void *ctx;

};


/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** SEARCH(DASL) FUNCTIONS
*/

/* search provider hooks */
struct dav_hooks_search {
    /* Set header for a OPTION method
     * An error may be returned.
     * To set a hadder, this function might call
     * apr_table_setn(r->headers_out, "DASL", dasl_optin1);
     *
     * Examples:
     * DASL: <DAV:basicsearch>
     * DASL: <http://foo.bar.com/syntax1>
     * DASL: <http://akuma.com/syntax2>
     */
    dav_error * (*set_option_head)(request_rec *r);

    /* Search resources
     * An error may be returned. *response will contain multistatus
     * responses (if any) suitable for the body of the error. It is also
     * possible to return NULL, yet still have multistatus responses.
     * In this case, typically the caller should return a 207 (Multistatus)
     * and the responses (in the body) as the HTTP response.
     */
    dav_error * (*search_resource)(request_rec *r,
                                   dav_response **response);

    /*
    ** If a provider needs a context to associate with this hooks structure,
    ** then this field may be used. In most cases, it will just be NULL.
    */
    void *ctx;

};


/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** MISCELLANEOUS STUFF
*/

typedef struct {
    int propid;                          /* live property ID */
    const dav_hooks_liveprop *provider;  /* the provider defining this prop */
} dav_elem_private;

/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** DAV OPTIONS
*/
#define DAV_OPTIONS_EXTENSION_GROUP "dav_options"

typedef struct dav_options_provider
{
    dav_error* (*dav_header)(request_rec *r,
                             const dav_resource *resource,
                             apr_text_header *phdr);

    dav_error* (*dav_method)(request_rec *r,
                             const dav_resource *resource,
                             apr_text_header *phdr);

    void *ctx;
} dav_options_provider;

extern DAV_DECLARE(const dav_options_provider *) dav_get_options_providers(const char *name);

extern DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_options_provider_register(apr_pool_t *p,
                               const char *name,
                               const dav_options_provider *provider);

/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** DAV RESOURCE TYPE HOOKS
*/

typedef struct dav_resource_type_provider
{
    int (*get_resource_type)(const dav_resource *resource,
                  const char **name,
                  const char **uri);
} dav_resource_type_provider;

#define DAV_RESOURCE_TYPE_GROUP "dav_resource_type"

DAV_DECLARE(void) dav_resource_type_provider_register(apr_pool_t *p,
                                        const char *name,
                                    const dav_resource_type_provider *provider);

DAV_DECLARE(const dav_resource_type_provider *) dav_get_resource_type_providers(const char *name);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* _MOD_DAV_H_ */
/** @} */

/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file mod_include.h
 * @brief Server Side Include Filter Extension Module for Apache
 *
 * @defgroup MOD_INCLUDE mod_include
 * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
 * @{
 */

#ifndef _MOD_INCLUDE_H
#define _MOD_INCLUDE_H 1

#include "apr_pools.h"
#include "apr_optional.h"

/*
 * Constants used for ap_ssi_get_tag_and_value's decode parameter
 */
#define SSI_VALUE_DECODED 1
#define SSI_VALUE_RAW     0

/*
 * Constants used for ap_ssi_parse_string's leave_name parameter
 */
#define SSI_EXPAND_LEAVE_NAME 1
#define SSI_EXPAND_DROP_NAME  0

/*
 * This macro creates a bucket which contains an error message and appends it
 * to the current pass brigade
 */
#define SSI_CREATE_ERROR_BUCKET(ctx, f, bb) APR_BRIGADE_INSERT_TAIL((bb), \
    apr_bucket_pool_create(apr_pstrdup((ctx)->pool, (ctx)->error_str),    \
                           strlen((ctx)->error_str), (ctx)->pool,         \
                           (f)->c->bucket_alloc))

/*
 * These constants are used to set or clear flag bits.
 */
#define SSI_FLAG_PRINTING         (1<<0)  /* Printing conditional lines. */
#define SSI_FLAG_COND_TRUE        (1<<1)  /* Conditional eval'd to true. */
#define SSI_FLAG_SIZE_IN_BYTES    (1<<2)  /* Sizes displayed in bytes.   */
#define SSI_FLAG_NO_EXEC          (1<<3)  /* No Exec in current context. */

#define SSI_FLAG_SIZE_ABBREV      (~(SSI_FLAG_SIZE_IN_BYTES))
#define SSI_FLAG_CLEAR_PRINT_COND (~((SSI_FLAG_PRINTING) | \
                                     (SSI_FLAG_COND_TRUE)))
#define SSI_FLAG_CLEAR_PRINTING   (~(SSI_FLAG_PRINTING))

/*
 * The public SSI context structure
 */
typedef struct {
    /* permanent pool, use this for creating bucket data */
    apr_pool_t  *pool;

    /* temp pool; will be cleared after the execution of every directive */
    apr_pool_t  *dpool;

    /* See the SSI_FLAG_XXXXX definitions. */
    int          flags;

    /* nesting of *invisible* ifs */
    int          if_nesting_level;

    /* if true, the current buffer will be passed down the filter chain before
     * continuing with next input bucket and the variable will be reset to
     * false.
     */
    int          flush_now;

    /* argument counter (of the current directive) */
    unsigned     argc;

    /* currently configured error string */
    const char  *error_str;

    /* currently configured time format */
    const char  *time_str;

    /* the current request */
    request_rec  *r;

    /* pointer to internal (non-public) data, don't touch */
    struct ssi_internal_ctx *intern;

} include_ctx_t;

typedef apr_status_t (include_handler_fn_t)(include_ctx_t *, ap_filter_t *,
                                            apr_bucket_brigade *);

APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, ap_ssi_get_tag_and_value,
                        (include_ctx_t *ctx, char **tag, char **tag_val,
                         int dodecode));

APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(char*, ap_ssi_parse_string,
                        (include_ctx_t *ctx, const char *in, char *out,
                         apr_size_t length, int leave_name));

APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, ap_register_include_handler,
                        (char *tag, include_handler_fn_t *func));

#endif /* MOD_INCLUDE */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  util_cfgtree.h
 * @brief Config Tree Package
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_CONFIG_TREE Config Tree Package
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE_CONFIG
 * @{
 */

#ifndef AP_CONFTREE_H
#define AP_CONFTREE_H

#include "ap_config.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct ap_directive_t ap_directive_t;

/**
 * @brief Structure used to build the config tree.
 *
 * The config tree only stores
 * the directives that will be active in the running server.  Directives
 * that contain other directions, such as &lt;Directory ...&gt; cause a sub-level
 * to be created, where the included directives are stored.  The closing
 * directive (&lt;/Directory&gt;) is not stored in the tree.
 */
struct ap_directive_t {
    /** The current directive */
    const char *directive;
    /** The arguments for the current directive, stored as a space
     *  separated list */
    const char *args;
    /** The next directive node in the tree */
    struct ap_directive_t *next;
    /** The first child node of this directive */
    struct ap_directive_t *first_child;
    /** The parent node of this directive */
    struct ap_directive_t *parent;

    /** directive's module can store add'l data here */
    void *data;

    /* ### these may go away in the future, but are needed for now */
    /** The name of the file this directive was found in */
    const char *filename;
    /** The line number the directive was on */
    int line_num;

    /** A short-cut towards the last directive node in the tree.
     *  The value may not always be up-to-date but it always points to
     *  somewhere in the tree, nearer to the tail.
     *  This value is only set in the first node
     */
    struct ap_directive_t *last;
};

/**
 * The root of the configuration tree
 */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_directive_t *ap_conftree;

/**
 * Add a node to the configuration tree.
 * @param parent The current parent node.  If the added node is a first_child,
                 then this is changed to the current node
 * @param current The current node
 * @param toadd The node to add to the tree
 * @param child Is the node to add a child node
 * @return the added node
 */
ap_directive_t *ap_add_node(ap_directive_t **parent, ap_directive_t *current,
                            ap_directive_t *toadd, int child);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file ap_release.h
 * @brief Version Release defines
 */

#ifndef AP_RELEASE_H
#define AP_RELEASE_H

#define AP_SERVER_COPYRIGHT \
  "Copyright 2025 The Apache Software Foundation."

/*
 * The below defines the base string of the Server: header. Additional
 * tokens can be added via the ap_add_version_component() API call.
 *
 * The tokens are listed in order of their significance for identifying the
 * application.
 *
 * "Product tokens should be short and to the point -- use of them for
 * advertizing or other non-essential information is explicitly forbidden."
 *
 * Example: "Apache/1.1.0 MrWidget/0.1-alpha"
 */
#define AP_SERVER_BASEVENDOR "Apache Software Foundation"
#define AP_SERVER_BASEPROJECT "Apache HTTP Server"
#define AP_SERVER_BASEPRODUCT "Apache"

#define AP_SERVER_MAJORVERSION_NUMBER 2
#define AP_SERVER_MINORVERSION_NUMBER 4
#define AP_SERVER_PATCHLEVEL_NUMBER   66
#define AP_SERVER_DEVBUILD_BOOLEAN    0

/* Synchronize the above with docs/manual/style/version.ent */

#if !AP_SERVER_DEVBUILD_BOOLEAN
#define AP_SERVER_ADD_STRING          ""
#else
#ifndef AP_SERVER_ADD_STRING
#define AP_SERVER_ADD_STRING          "-dev"
#endif
#endif

/* APR_STRINGIFY is defined here, and also in apr_general.h, so wrap it */
#ifndef APR_STRINGIFY
/** Properly quote a value as a string in the C preprocessor */
#define APR_STRINGIFY(n) APR_STRINGIFY_HELPER(n)
/** Helper macro for APR_STRINGIFY */
#define APR_STRINGIFY_HELPER(n) #n
#endif

/* keep old macros as well */
#define AP_SERVER_MAJORVERSION  APR_STRINGIFY(AP_SERVER_MAJORVERSION_NUMBER)
#define AP_SERVER_MINORVERSION  APR_STRINGIFY(AP_SERVER_MINORVERSION_NUMBER)
#define AP_SERVER_PATCHLEVEL    APR_STRINGIFY(AP_SERVER_PATCHLEVEL_NUMBER) \
                                AP_SERVER_ADD_STRING

#define AP_SERVER_MINORREVISION AP_SERVER_MAJORVERSION "." AP_SERVER_MINORVERSION
#define AP_SERVER_BASEREVISION  AP_SERVER_MINORREVISION "." AP_SERVER_PATCHLEVEL
#define AP_SERVER_BASEVERSION   AP_SERVER_BASEPRODUCT "/" AP_SERVER_BASEREVISION
#define AP_SERVER_VERSION       AP_SERVER_BASEVERSION

/* macro for Win32 .rc files using numeric csv representation */
#define AP_SERVER_PATCHLEVEL_CSV AP_SERVER_MAJORVERSION_NUMBER, \
                                 AP_SERVER_MINORVERSION_NUMBER, \
                                 AP_SERVER_PATCHLEVEL_NUMBER

#endif
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file mod_cache.h
 * @brief Main include file for the Apache Transparent Cache
 *
 * @defgroup MOD_CACHE mod_cache
 * @ingroup  APACHE_MODS
 * @{
 */

#ifndef MOD_CACHE_H
#define MOD_CACHE_H

#include "httpd.h"
#include "apr_date.h"
#include "apr_optional.h"
#include "apr_hooks.h"

#include "cache_common.h"

/* Create a set of CACHE_DECLARE(type), CACHE_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) and
 * CACHE_DECLARE_DATA with appropriate export and import tags for the platform
 */
#if !defined(WIN32)
#define CACHE_DECLARE(type)            type
#define CACHE_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     type
#define CACHE_DECLARE_DATA
#elif defined(CACHE_DECLARE_STATIC)
#define CACHE_DECLARE(type)            type __stdcall
#define CACHE_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     type
#define CACHE_DECLARE_DATA
#elif defined(CACHE_DECLARE_EXPORT)
#define CACHE_DECLARE(type)            __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
#define CACHE_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     __declspec(dllexport) type
#define CACHE_DECLARE_DATA             __declspec(dllexport)
#else
#define CACHE_DECLARE(type)            __declspec(dllimport) type __stdcall
#define CACHE_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     __declspec(dllimport) type
#define CACHE_DECLARE_DATA             __declspec(dllimport)
#endif

/* cache info information */
typedef struct cache_info cache_info;
struct cache_info {
    /**
     * the original time corresponding to the 'Date:' header of the request
     * served
     */
    apr_time_t date;
    /** a time when the cached entity is due to expire */
    apr_time_t expire;
    /** r->request_time from the same request */
    apr_time_t request_time;
    /** apr_time_now() at the time the entity was actually cached */
    apr_time_t response_time;
    /**
     * HTTP status code of the cached entity. Though not necessarily the
     * status code finally issued to the request.
     */
    int status;
    /* cached cache-control */
    cache_control_t control;
};

/* cache handle information */
typedef struct cache_object cache_object_t;
struct cache_object {
    const char *key;
    cache_object_t *next;
    cache_info info;
    /* Opaque portion (specific to the implementation) of the cache object */
    void *vobj;
};

typedef struct cache_handle cache_handle_t;
struct cache_handle {
    cache_object_t *cache_obj;
    apr_table_t *req_hdrs;        /* cached request headers */
    apr_table_t *resp_hdrs;       /* cached response headers */
};

#define CACHE_PROVIDER_GROUP "cache"

typedef struct {
    int (*remove_entity) (cache_handle_t *h);
    apr_status_t (*store_headers)(cache_handle_t *h, request_rec *r, cache_info *i);
    apr_status_t (*store_body)(cache_handle_t *h, request_rec *r, apr_bucket_brigade *in,
                           apr_bucket_brigade *out);
    apr_status_t (*recall_headers) (cache_handle_t *h, request_rec *r);
    apr_status_t (*recall_body) (cache_handle_t *h, apr_pool_t *p, apr_bucket_brigade *bb);
    int (*create_entity) (cache_handle_t *h, request_rec *r,
                           const char *urlkey, apr_off_t len, apr_bucket_brigade *bb);
    int (*open_entity) (cache_handle_t *h, request_rec *r,
                           const char *urlkey);
    int (*remove_url) (cache_handle_t *h, request_rec *r);
    apr_status_t (*commit_entity)(cache_handle_t *h, request_rec *r);
    apr_status_t (*invalidate_entity)(cache_handle_t *h, request_rec *r);
} cache_provider;

typedef enum {
    AP_CACHE_HIT,
    AP_CACHE_REVALIDATE,
    AP_CACHE_MISS,
    AP_CACHE_INVALIDATE
} ap_cache_status_e;

#define AP_CACHE_HIT_ENV "cache-hit"
#define AP_CACHE_REVALIDATE_ENV "cache-revalidate"
#define AP_CACHE_MISS_ENV "cache-miss"
#define AP_CACHE_INVALIDATE_ENV "cache-invalidate"
#define AP_CACHE_STATUS_ENV "cache-status"


/* cache_util.c */
/* do a HTTP/1.1 age calculation */
CACHE_DECLARE(apr_time_t) ap_cache_current_age(cache_info *info, const apr_time_t age_value,
                                               apr_time_t now);

CACHE_DECLARE(apr_time_t) ap_cache_hex2usec(const char *x);
CACHE_DECLARE(void) ap_cache_usec2hex(apr_time_t j, char *y);
CACHE_DECLARE(char *) ap_cache_generate_name(apr_pool_t *p, int dirlevels,
                                             int dirlength,
                                             const char *name);
CACHE_DECLARE(const char *)ap_cache_tokstr(apr_pool_t *p, const char *list, const char **str);

/* Create a new table consisting of those elements from an
 * headers table that are allowed to be stored in a cache.
 */
CACHE_DECLARE(apr_table_t *)ap_cache_cacheable_headers(apr_pool_t *pool,
                                                        apr_table_t *t,
                                                        server_rec *s);

/* Create a new table consisting of those elements from an input
 * headers table that are allowed to be stored in a cache.
 */
CACHE_DECLARE(apr_table_t *)ap_cache_cacheable_headers_in(request_rec *r);

/* Create a new table consisting of those elements from an output
 * headers table that are allowed to be stored in a cache;
 * ensure there is a content type and capture any errors.
 */
CACHE_DECLARE(apr_table_t *)ap_cache_cacheable_headers_out(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Parse the Cache-Control and Pragma headers in one go, marking
 * which tokens appear within the header. Populate the structure
 * passed in.
 */
int ap_cache_control(request_rec *r, cache_control_t *cc, const char *cc_header,
        const char *pragma_header, apr_table_t *headers);


/* hooks */

/**
 * Cache status hook.
 * This hook is called as soon as the cache has made a decision as to whether
 * an entity should be served from cache (hit), should be served from cache
 * after a successful validation (revalidate), or served from the backend
 * and potentially cached (miss).
 *
 * A basic implementation of this hook exists in mod_cache which writes this
 * information to the subprocess environment, and optionally to request
 * headers. Further implementations may add hooks as appropriate to perform
 * more advanced processing, or to store statistics about the cache behaviour.
 */
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(cache, CACHE, int, cache_status, (cache_handle_t *h,
                request_rec *r, apr_table_t *headers, ap_cache_status_e status,
                const char *reason))

APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_status_t,
                        ap_cache_generate_key,
                        (request_rec *r, apr_pool_t*p, const char **key));


#endif /*MOD_CACHE_H*/
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file util_cookies.h
 * @brief Apache cookie library
 */

#ifndef UTIL_COOKIES_H
#define UTIL_COOKIES_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_COOKIE Cookies
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 *
 * RFC2109 and RFC2965 compliant HTTP cookies can be read from and written
 * to using this set of functions.
 *
 * @{
 *
 */

#include "apr_errno.h"
#include "httpd.h"

#define SET_COOKIE "Set-Cookie"
#define SET_COOKIE2 "Set-Cookie2"
#define DEFAULT_ATTRS "HttpOnly;Secure;Version=1"
#define CLEAR_ATTRS "Version=1"

typedef struct {
    request_rec *r;
    const char *name;
    const char *encoded;
    apr_table_t *new_cookies;
    int duplicated;
} ap_cookie_do;

/**
 * Write an RFC2109 compliant cookie.
 *
 * @param r The request
 * @param name The name of the cookie.
 * @param val The value to place in the cookie.
 * @param attrs The string containing additional cookie attributes. If NULL, the
 *              DEFAULT_ATTRS will be used.
 * @param maxage If non zero, a Max-Age header will be added to the cookie.
 * @param ... A varargs array of zero or more (apr_table_t *) tables followed by NULL
 *            to which the cookies should be added.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_cookie_write(request_rec * r, const char *name,
                                         const char *val, const char *attrs,
                                         long maxage, ...)
                         AP_FN_ATTR_SENTINEL;

/**
 * Write an RFC2965 compliant cookie.
 *
 * @param r The request
 * @param name2 The name of the cookie.
 * @param val The value to place in the cookie.
 * @param attrs2 The string containing additional cookie attributes. If NULL, the
 *               DEFAULT_ATTRS will be used.
 * @param maxage If non zero, a Max-Age header will be added to the cookie.
 * @param ... A varargs array of zero or more (apr_table_t *) tables followed by NULL
 *            to which the cookies should be added.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_cookie_write2(request_rec * r, const char *name2,
                                          const char *val, const char *attrs2,
                                          long maxage, ...)
                         AP_FN_ATTR_SENTINEL;

/**
 * Remove an RFC2109 compliant cookie.
 *
 * @param r The request
 * @param name The name of the cookie.
 * @param attrs The string containing additional cookie attributes. If NULL, the
 *              CLEAR_ATTRS will be used.
 * @param ... A varargs array of zero or more (apr_table_t *) tables followed by NULL
 *            to which the cookies should be added.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_cookie_remove(request_rec * r, const char *name,
                                          const char *attrs, ...)
                         AP_FN_ATTR_SENTINEL;

/**
 * Remove an RFC2965 compliant cookie.
 *
 * @param r The request
 * @param name2 The name of the cookie.
 * @param attrs2 The string containing additional cookie attributes. If NULL, the
 *               CLEAR_ATTRS will be used.
 * @param ... A varargs array of zero or more (apr_table_t *) tables followed by NULL
 *            to which the cookies should be added.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_cookie_remove2(request_rec * r, const char *name2,
                                           const char *attrs2, ...)
                         AP_FN_ATTR_SENTINEL;

/**
 * Read a cookie called name, placing its value in val.
 *
 * Both the Cookie and Cookie2 headers are scanned for the cookie.
 *
 * If the cookie is duplicated, this function returns APR_EGENERAL. If found,
 * and if remove is non zero, the cookie will be removed from the headers, and
 * thus kept private from the backend.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_cookie_read(request_rec * r, const char *name, const char **val,
                                        int remove);

/**
 * Sanity check a given string that it exists, is not empty,
 * and does not contain the special characters '=', ';' and '&'.
 *
 * It is used to sanity check the cookie names.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_cookie_check_string(const char *string);

/**
 * @}
 */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* !UTIL_COOKIES_H */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file util_ldap.h
 * @brief Apache LDAP library
 */

#ifndef UTIL_LDAP_H
#define UTIL_LDAP_H

/* APR header files */
#include "apr.h"
#include "apr_thread_mutex.h"
#include "apr_thread_rwlock.h"
#include "apr_tables.h"
#include "apr_time.h"
#include "apr_version.h"
#if APR_MAJOR_VERSION < 2
/* The LDAP API is currently only present in APR 1.x */
#include "apr_ldap.h"
#else
#define APR_HAS_LDAP 0
#endif

#if APR_HAS_SHARED_MEMORY
#include "apr_rmm.h"
#include "apr_shm.h"
#endif

/* this whole thing disappears if LDAP is not enabled */
#if APR_HAS_LDAP

#if defined(LDAP_UNAVAILABLE) || APR_HAS_MICROSOFT_LDAPSDK
#define AP_LDAP_IS_SERVER_DOWN(s)                ((s) == LDAP_SERVER_DOWN \
                ||(s) == LDAP_UNAVAILABLE)
#else
#define AP_LDAP_IS_SERVER_DOWN(s)                ((s) == LDAP_SERVER_DOWN)
#endif

/* Apache header files */
#include "ap_config.h"
#include "httpd.h"
#include "http_config.h"
#include "http_core.h"
#include "http_log.h"
#include "http_protocol.h"
#include "http_request.h"
#include "apr_optional.h"

/* Create a set of LDAP_DECLARE macros with appropriate export
 * and import tags for the platform
 */
#if !defined(WIN32)
#define LDAP_DECLARE(type)            type
#define LDAP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     type
#define LDAP_DECLARE_DATA
#elif defined(LDAP_DECLARE_STATIC)
#define LDAP_DECLARE(type)            type __stdcall
#define LDAP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     type
#define LDAP_DECLARE_DATA
#elif defined(LDAP_DECLARE_EXPORT)
#define LDAP_DECLARE(type)            __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
#define LDAP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     __declspec(dllexport) type
#define LDAP_DECLARE_DATA             __declspec(dllexport)
#else
#define LDAP_DECLARE(type)            __declspec(dllimport) type __stdcall
#define LDAP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     __declspec(dllimport) type
#define LDAP_DECLARE_DATA             __declspec(dllimport)
#endif

#if APR_HAS_MICROSOFT_LDAPSDK
#define timeval l_timeval
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * LDAP Connections
 */

/* Values that the deref member can have */
typedef enum {
    never=LDAP_DEREF_NEVER,
    searching=LDAP_DEREF_SEARCHING,
    finding=LDAP_DEREF_FINDING,
    always=LDAP_DEREF_ALWAYS
} deref_options;

/* Structure representing an LDAP connection */
typedef struct util_ldap_connection_t {
    LDAP *ldap;
    apr_pool_t *pool;                   /* Pool from which this connection is created */
#if APR_HAS_THREADS
    apr_thread_mutex_t *lock;           /* Lock to indicate this connection is in use */
#endif

    const char *host;                   /* Name of the LDAP server (or space separated list) */
    int port;                           /* Port of the LDAP server */
    deref_options deref;                /* how to handle alias dereferening */

    const char *binddn;                 /* DN to bind to server (can be NULL) */
    const char *bindpw;                 /* Password to bind to server (can be NULL) */

    int bound;                          /* Flag to indicate whether this connection is bound yet */

    int secure;                         /* SSL/TLS mode of the connection */
    apr_array_header_t *client_certs;   /* Client certificates on this connection */

    const char *reason;                 /* Reason for an error failure */

    struct util_ldap_connection_t *next;
    struct util_ldap_state_t *st;        /* The LDAP vhost config this connection belongs to */
    int keep;                            /* Will this connection be kept when it's unlocked */

    int ChaseReferrals;                 /* [on|off] (default = AP_LDAP_CHASEREFERRALS_ON)*/
    int ReferralHopLimit;               /* # of referral hops to follow (default = AP_LDAP_DEFAULT_HOPLIMIT) */
    apr_time_t freed;                   /* the time this conn was placed back in the pool */
    apr_pool_t *rebind_pool;            /* frequently cleared pool for rebind data */
    int must_rebind;                    /* The connection was last bound with other then binddn/bindpw */
    request_rec *r;                     /* request_rec used to find this util_ldap_connection_t */
    apr_time_t last_backend_conn;       /* the approximate time of the last backend LDAP request */
} util_ldap_connection_t;

typedef struct util_ldap_config_t {
    int ChaseReferrals;
    int ReferralHopLimit;
    apr_array_header_t *client_certs;  /* Client certificates */
} util_ldap_config_t;

/* LDAP cache state information */
typedef struct util_ldap_state_t {
    apr_pool_t *pool;           /* pool from which this state is allocated */
#if APR_HAS_THREADS
    apr_thread_mutex_t *mutex;          /* mutex lock for the connection list */
#endif
    apr_global_mutex_t *util_ldap_cache_lock;

    apr_size_t cache_bytes;     /* Size (in bytes) of shared memory cache */
    char *cache_file;           /* filename for shm */
    long search_cache_ttl;      /* TTL for search cache */
    long search_cache_size;     /* Size (in entries) of search cache */
    long compare_cache_ttl;     /* TTL for compare cache */
    long compare_cache_size;    /* Size (in entries) of compare cache */

    struct util_ldap_connection_t *connections;
    apr_array_header_t *global_certs;  /* Global CA certificates */
    int   ssl_supported;
    int   secure;
    int   secure_set;
    int   verify_svr_cert;

#if APR_HAS_SHARED_MEMORY
    apr_shm_t *cache_shm;
    apr_rmm_t *cache_rmm;
#endif

    /* cache ald */
    void *util_ldap_cache;

    long  connectionTimeout;
    struct timeval *opTimeout;

    int debug_level;                    /* SDK debug level */
    apr_interval_time_t connection_pool_ttl;
    int retries;                        /* number of retries for failed bind/search/compare */
    apr_interval_time_t retry_delay;    /* delay between retries of failed bind/search/compare */
} util_ldap_state_t;

/* Used to store arrays of attribute labels/values. */
struct mod_auth_ldap_groupattr_entry_t {
    char *name;
};

/**
 * Open a connection to an LDAP server
 * @param ldc A structure containing the expanded details of the server
 *            to connect to. The handle to the LDAP connection is returned
 *            as ldc->ldap.
 * @tip This function connects to the LDAP server and binds. It does not
 *      connect if already connected (ldc->ldap != NULL). Does not bind
 *      if already bound.
 * @return If successful LDAP_SUCCESS is returned.
 * @fn int util_ldap_connection_open(request_rec *r,
 *                                        util_ldap_connection_t *ldc)
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int,uldap_connection_open,(request_rec *r,
                                            util_ldap_connection_t *ldc));

/**
 * Close a connection to an LDAP server
 * @param ldc A structure containing the expanded details of the server
 *            that was connected.
 * @tip This function unbinds from the LDAP server, and clears ldc->ldap.
 *      It is possible to rebind to this server again using the same ldc
 *      structure, using apr_ldap_open_connection().
 * @fn util_ldap_close_connection(util_ldap_connection_t *ldc)
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void,uldap_connection_close,(util_ldap_connection_t *ldc));

/**
 * Unbind a connection to an LDAP server
 * @param ldc A structure containing the expanded details of the server
 *            that was connected.
 * @tip This function unbinds the LDAP connection, and disconnects from
 *      the server. It is used during error conditions, to bring the LDAP
 *      connection back to a known state.
 * @fn apr_status_t util_ldap_connection_unbind(util_ldap_connection_t *ldc)
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_status_t,uldap_connection_unbind,(void *param));

/**
 * Find a connection in a list of connections
 * @param r The request record
 * @param host The hostname to connect to (multiple hosts space separated)
 * @param port The port to connect to
 * @param binddn The DN to bind with
 * @param bindpw The password to bind with
 * @param deref The dereferencing behavior
 * @param secure use SSL on the connection
 * @tip Once a connection is found and returned, a lock will be acquired to
 *      lock that particular connection, so that another thread does not try and
 *      use this connection while it is busy. Once you are finished with a connection,
 *      apr_ldap_connection_close() must be called to release this connection.
 * @fn util_ldap_connection_t *util_ldap_connection_find(request_rec *r, const char *host, int port,
 *                                                           const char *binddn, const char *bindpw, deref_options deref,
 *                                                           int netscapessl, int starttls)
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(util_ldap_connection_t *,uldap_connection_find,(request_rec *r, const char *host, int port,
                                                  const char *binddn, const char *bindpw, deref_options deref,
                                                  int secure));

/**
 * Compare two DNs for sameness
 * @param r The request record
 * @param ldc The LDAP connection being used.
 * @param url The URL of the LDAP connection - used for deciding which cache to use.
 * @param dn The first DN to compare.
 * @param reqdn The DN to compare the first DN to.
 * @param compare_dn_on_server Flag to determine whether the DNs should be checked using
 *                             LDAP calls or with a direct string comparison. A direct
 *                             string comparison is faster, but not as accurate - false
 *                             negative comparisons are possible.
 * @tip Two DNs can be equal and still fail a string comparison. Eg "dc=example,dc=com"
 *      and "dc=example, dc=com". Use the compare_dn_on_server unless there are serious
 *      performance issues.
 * @fn int util_ldap_cache_comparedn(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
 *                                        const char *url, const char *dn, const char *reqdn,
 *                                        int compare_dn_on_server)
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int,uldap_cache_comparedn,(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
                              const char *url, const char *dn, const char *reqdn,
                              int compare_dn_on_server));

/**
 * A generic LDAP compare function
 * @param r The request record
 * @param ldc The LDAP connection being used.
 * @param url The URL of the LDAP connection - used for deciding which cache to use.
 * @param dn The DN of the object in which we do the compare.
 * @param attrib The attribute within the object we are comparing for.
 * @param value The value of the attribute we are trying to compare for.
 * @tip Use this function to determine whether an attribute/value pair exists within an
 *      object. Typically this would be used to determine LDAP top-level group
 *      membership.
 * @fn int util_ldap_cache_compare(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
 *                                      const char *url, const char *dn, const char *attrib, const char *value)
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int,uldap_cache_compare,(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
                            const char *url, const char *dn, const char *attrib, const char *value));

/**
 * An LDAP function that checks if the specified user is a member of a subgroup.
 * @param r The request record
 * @param ldc The LDAP connection being used.
 * @param url The URL of the LDAP connection - used for deciding which cache to use.
 * @param dn The DN of the object in which we find subgroups to search within.
 * @param attrib The attribute within group objects that identify users.
 * @param value The user attribute value we are trying to compare for.
 * @param subgroupAttrs The attributes within group objects that identify subgroups.
 *                      Array of strings.
 * @param subgroupclasses The objectClass values used to identify groups (and
 *                      subgroups). apr_array_header_t *.
 * @param cur_subgroup_depth Current recursive depth during subgroup processing.
 * @param max_subgroup_depth Maximum depth of recursion allowed during subgroup
 *                           processing.
 * @tip Use this function to determine whether an attribute/value pair exists within a
 *      starting group object or one of its nested subgroups. Typically this would be
 *      used to determine LDAP nested group membership.
 * @deffunc int util_ldap_cache_check_subgroups(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t
 *                                      *ldc, const char *url, const char *dn,
 *                                      const char *attrib, const char value,
 *                                      char **subgroupAttrs, apr_array_header_t
 *                                      *subgroupclasses, int cur_subgroup_depth, int
 *                                      max_subgroup_depth )
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int,uldap_cache_check_subgroups,(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
                                       const char *url, const char *dn, const char *attrib, const char *value,
                                       char **subgroupAttrs, apr_array_header_t *subgroupclasses,
                                       int cur_subgroup_depth, int max_subgroup_depth));

/**
 * Checks a username/password combination by binding to the LDAP server
 * @param r The request record
 * @param ldc The LDAP connection being used.
 * @param url The URL of the LDAP connection - used for deciding which cache to use.
 * @param basedn The Base DN to search for the user in.
 * @param scope LDAP scope of the search.
 * @param attrs LDAP attributes to return in search.
 * @param filter The user to search for in the form of an LDAP filter. This filter must return
 *               exactly one user for the check to be successful.
 * @param bindpw The user password to bind as.
 * @param binddn The DN of the user will be returned in this variable.
 * @param retvals The values corresponding to the attributes requested in the attrs array.
 * @tip The filter supplied will be searched for. If a single entry is returned, an attempt
 *      is made to bind as that user. If this bind succeeds, the user is not validated.
 * @fn int util_ldap_cache_checkuserid(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
 *                                          char *url, const char *basedn, int scope, char **attrs,
 *                                          char *filter, char *bindpw, char **binddn, char ***retvals)
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int,uldap_cache_checkuserid,(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
                              const char *url, const char *basedn, int scope, char **attrs,
                              const char *filter, const char *bindpw, const char **binddn, const char ***retvals));

/**
 * Searches for a specified user object in an LDAP directory
 * @param r The request record
 * @param ldc The LDAP connection being used.
 * @param url The URL of the LDAP connection - used for deciding which cache to use.
 * @param basedn The Base DN to search for the user in.
 * @param scope LDAP scope of the search.
 * @param attrs LDAP attributes to return in search.
 * @param filter The user to search for in the form of an LDAP filter. This filter must return
 *               exactly one user for the check to be successful.
 * @param binddn The DN of the user will be returned in this variable.
 * @param retvals The values corresponding to the attributes requested in the attrs array.
 * @tip The filter supplied will be searched for. If a single entry is returned, an attempt
 *      is made to bind as that user. If this bind succeeds, the user is not validated.
 * @fn int util_ldap_cache_getuserdn(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
 *                                          char *url, const char *basedn, int scope, char **attrs,
 *                                          char *filter, char **binddn, char ***retvals)
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int,uldap_cache_getuserdn,(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
                              const char *url, const char *basedn, int scope, char **attrs,
                              const char *filter, const char **binddn, const char ***retvals));

/**
 * Checks if SSL support is available in mod_ldap
 * @fn int util_ldap_ssl_supported(request_rec *r)
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int,uldap_ssl_supported,(request_rec *r));

/* from apr_ldap_cache.c */

/**
 * Init the LDAP cache
 * @param pool The pool to use to initialise the cache
 * @param reqsize The size of the shared memory segment to request. A size
 *                of zero requests the max size possible from
 *                apr_shmem_init()
 * @fn void util_ldap_cache_init(apr_pool_t *p, util_ldap_state_t *st)
 * @return The status code returned is the status code of the
 *         apr_smmem_init() call. Regardless of the status, the cache
 *         will be set up at least for in-process or in-thread operation.
 */
apr_status_t util_ldap_cache_init(apr_pool_t *pool, util_ldap_state_t *st);

/* from apr_ldap_cache_mgr.c */

/**
 * Display formatted stats for cache
 * @param The pool to allocate the returned string from
 * @tip This function returns a string allocated from the provided pool that describes
 *      various stats about the cache.
 * @fn char *util_ald_cache_display(apr_pool_t *pool, util_ldap_state_t *st)
 */
char *util_ald_cache_display(request_rec *r, util_ldap_state_t *st);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* APR_HAS_LDAP */
#endif /* UTIL_LDAP_H */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  http_connection.h
 * @brief Apache connection library
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_CONNECTION Connection Library
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 * @{
 */

#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_CONNECTION_H
#define APACHE_HTTP_CONNECTION_H

#include "apr_network_io.h"
#include "apr_buckets.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * This is the protocol module driver.  This calls all of the
 * pre-connection and connection hooks for all protocol modules.
 * @param c The connection on which the request is read
 * @param csd The mechanism on which this connection is to be read.
 *            Most times this will be a socket, but it is up to the module
 *            that accepts the request to determine the exact type.
 */
AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_process_connection(conn_rec *c, void *csd);

/**
 * Shutdown the connection for writing.
 * @param c The connection to shutdown
 * @param flush Whether or not to flush pending data before
 * @return APR_SUCCESS or the underlying error
 */
AP_CORE_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_shutdown_conn(conn_rec *c, int flush);

/**
 * Flushes all remain data in the client send buffer
 * @param c The connection to flush
 * @remark calls ap_shutdown_conn(c, 1)
 */
AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_flush_conn(conn_rec *c);

/**
 * This function is responsible for the following cases:
 * <pre>
 * we now proceed to read from the client until we get EOF, or until
 * MAX_SECS_TO_LINGER has passed.  The reasons for doing this are
 * documented in a draft:
 *
 * http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-http-connection-00.txt
 *
 * in a nutshell -- if we don't make this effort we risk causing
 * TCP RST packets to be sent which can tear down a connection before
 * all the response data has been sent to the client.
 * </pre>
 * @param c The connection we are closing
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_lingering_close(conn_rec *c);

AP_DECLARE(int) ap_prep_lingering_close(conn_rec *c);

AP_DECLARE(int) ap_start_lingering_close(conn_rec *c);

/* Hooks */
/**
 * create_connection is a RUN_FIRST hook which allows modules to create
 * connections. In general, you should not install filters with the
 * create_connection hook. If you require vhost configuration information
 * to make filter installation decisions, you must use the pre_connection
 * or install_network_transport hook. This hook should close the connection
 * if it encounters a fatal error condition.
 *
 * @param p The pool from which to allocate the connection record
 * @param server The server record to create the connection too.
 * @param csd The socket that has been accepted
 * @param conn_id A unique identifier for this connection.  The ID only
 *                needs to be unique at that time, not forever.
 * @param sbh A handle to scoreboard information for this connection.
 * @param alloc The bucket allocator to use for all bucket/brigade creations
 * @return An allocated connection record or NULL.
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(conn_rec *, create_connection,
                (apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *server, apr_socket_t *csd,
                 long conn_id, void *sbh, apr_bucket_alloc_t *alloc))

/**
 * This hook gives protocol modules an opportunity to set everything up
 * before calling the protocol handler.  All pre-connection hooks are
 * run until one returns something other than ok or decline
 * @param c The connection on which the request has been received.
 * @param csd The mechanism on which this connection is to be read.
 *            Most times this will be a socket, but it is up to the module
 *            that accepts the request to determine the exact type.
 * @return OK or DECLINED
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,pre_connection,(conn_rec *c, void *csd))

/**
 * This hook implements different protocols.  After a connection has been
 * established, the protocol module must read and serve the request.  This
 * function does that for each protocol module.  The first protocol module
 * to handle the request is the last module run.
 * @param c The connection on which the request has been received.
 * @return OK or DECLINED
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,process_connection,(conn_rec *c))

/**
 * This hook implements different protocols.  Before a connection is closed,
 * protocols might have to perform some housekeeping actions, such as 
 * sending one last goodbye packet. The connection is, unless some other
 * error already happened before, still open and operational.
 * All pre-close-connection hooks are run until one returns something 
 * other than ok or decline
 * @param c The connection on which the request has been received.
 * @return OK or DECLINED
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,pre_close_connection,(conn_rec *c))

/**
 * This is a wrapper around ap_run_pre_connection. In case that
 * ap_run_pre_connection returns an error it marks the connection as
 * aborted and ensures that the basic connection setup normally done
 * by the core module is done in case it was not done so far.
 * @param c The connection on which the request has been received.
 *          Same as for the pre_connection hook.
 * @param csd The mechanism on which this connection is to be read.
 *            Most times this will be a socket, but it is up to the module
 *            that accepts the request to determine the exact type.
 *            Same as for the pre_connection hook.
 * @return The result of ap_run_pre_connection
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_pre_connection(conn_rec *c, void *csd);

/** End Of Connection (EOC) bucket */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern const apr_bucket_type_t ap_bucket_type_eoc;

/**
 * Determine if a bucket is an End Of Connection (EOC) bucket
 * @param e The bucket to inspect
 * @return true or false
 */
#define AP_BUCKET_IS_EOC(e)         (e->type == &ap_bucket_type_eoc)

/**
 * Make the bucket passed in an End Of Connection (EOC) bucket
 * @param b The bucket to make into an EOC bucket
 * @return The new bucket, or NULL if allocation failed
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_bucket *) ap_bucket_eoc_make(apr_bucket *b);

/**
 * Create a bucket referring to an End Of Connection (EOC). This indicates
 * that the connection will be closed.
 * @param list The freelist from which this bucket should be allocated
 * @return The new bucket, or NULL if allocation failed
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_bucket *) ap_bucket_eoc_create(apr_bucket_alloc_t *list);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif  /* !APACHE_HTTP_CONNECTION_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file ap_hooks.h
 * @brief ap hook functions and macros
 */

#ifndef AP_HOOKS_H
#define AP_HOOKS_H

/* Although this file doesn't declare any hooks, declare the hook group here */
/**
 * @defgroup hooks Apache Hooks
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 */

#if defined(AP_HOOK_PROBES_ENABLED) && !defined(APR_HOOK_PROBES_ENABLED)
#define APR_HOOK_PROBES_ENABLED 1
#endif

#ifdef APR_HOOK_PROBES_ENABLED
#include "ap_hook_probes.h"
#endif

#include "apr.h"
#include "apr_hooks.h"
#include "apr_optional_hooks.h"

#ifdef DOXYGEN
/* define these just so doxygen documents them */

/**
 * AP_DECLARE_STATIC is defined when including Apache's Core headers,
 * to provide static linkage when the dynamic library may be unavailable.
 *
 * @see AP_DECLARE_EXPORT
 *
 * AP_DECLARE_STATIC and AP_DECLARE_EXPORT are left undefined when
 * including Apache's Core headers, to import and link the symbols from the
 * dynamic Apache Core library and assure appropriate indirection and calling
 * conventions at compile time.
 */
# define AP_DECLARE_STATIC
/**
 * AP_DECLARE_EXPORT is defined when building the Apache Core dynamic
 * library, so that all public symbols are exported.
 *
 * @see AP_DECLARE_STATIC
 */
# define AP_DECLARE_EXPORT

#endif /* def DOXYGEN */

/**
 * Declare a hook function
 * @param ret The return type of the hook
 * @param name The hook's name (as a literal)
 * @param args The arguments the hook function takes, in brackets.
 */
#define AP_DECLARE_HOOK(ret,name,args) \
        APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ap,AP,ret,name,args)

/** @internal */
#define AP_IMPLEMENT_HOOK_BASE(name) \
        APR_IMPLEMENT_EXTERNAL_HOOK_BASE(ap,AP,name)

/**
 * Implement an Apache core hook that has no return code, and
 * therefore runs all of the registered functions. The implementation
 * is called ap_run_<i>name</i>.
 *
 * @param name The name of the hook
 * @param args_decl The declaration of the arguments for the hook, for example
 * "(int x,void *y)"
 * @param args_use The arguments for the hook as used in a call, for example
 * "(x,y)"
 * @note If IMPLEMENTing a hook that is not linked into the Apache core,
 * (e.g. within a dso) see APR_IMPLEMENT_EXTERNAL_HOOK_VOID.
 */
#define AP_IMPLEMENT_HOOK_VOID(name,args_decl,args_use) \
        APR_IMPLEMENT_EXTERNAL_HOOK_VOID(ap,AP,name,args_decl,args_use)

/**
 * Implement an Apache core hook that runs until one of the functions
 * returns something other than ok or decline. That return value is
 * then returned from the hook runner. If the hooks run to completion,
 * then ok is returned. Note that if no hook runs it would probably be
 * more correct to return decline, but this currently does not do
 * so. The implementation is called ap_run_<i>name</i>.
 *
 * @param ret The return type of the hook (and the hook runner)
 * @param name The name of the hook
 * @param args_decl The declaration of the arguments for the hook, for example
 * "(int x,void *y)"
 * @param args_use The arguments for the hook as used in a call, for example
 * "(x,y)"
 * @param ok The "ok" return value
 * @param decline The "decline" return value
 * @return ok, decline or an error.
 * @note If IMPLEMENTing a hook that is not linked into the Apache core,
 * (e.g. within a dso) see APR_IMPLEMENT_EXTERNAL_HOOK_RUN_ALL.
 */
#define AP_IMPLEMENT_HOOK_RUN_ALL(ret,name,args_decl,args_use,ok,decline) \
        APR_IMPLEMENT_EXTERNAL_HOOK_RUN_ALL(ap,AP,ret,name,args_decl, \
                                            args_use,ok,decline)

/**
 * Implement a hook that runs until a function returns something other than
 * decline. If all functions return decline, the hook runner returns decline.
 * The implementation is called ap_run_<i>name</i>.
 *
 * @param ret The return type of the hook (and the hook runner)
 * @param name The name of the hook
 * @param args_decl The declaration of the arguments for the hook, for example
 * "(int x,void *y)"
 * @param args_use The arguments for the hook as used in a call, for example
 * "(x,y)"
 * @param decline The "decline" return value
 * @return decline or an error.
 * @note If IMPLEMENTing a hook that is not linked into the Apache core
 * (e.g. within a dso) see APR_IMPLEMENT_EXTERNAL_HOOK_RUN_FIRST.
 */
#define AP_IMPLEMENT_HOOK_RUN_FIRST(ret,name,args_decl,args_use,decline) \
        APR_IMPLEMENT_EXTERNAL_HOOK_RUN_FIRST(ap,AP,ret,name,args_decl, \
                                              args_use,decline)

/* Note that the other optional hook implementations are straightforward but
 * have not yet been needed
 */

/**
 * Implement an optional hook. This is exactly the same as a standard hook
 * implementation, except the hook is optional.
 * @see AP_IMPLEMENT_HOOK_RUN_ALL
 */
#define AP_IMPLEMENT_OPTIONAL_HOOK_RUN_ALL(ret,name,args_decl,args_use,ok, \
                                           decline) \
        APR_IMPLEMENT_OPTIONAL_HOOK_RUN_ALL(ap,AP,ret,name,args_decl, \
                                            args_use,ok,decline)

/**
 * Hook an optional hook. Unlike static hooks, this uses a macro instead of a
 * function.
 */
#define AP_OPTIONAL_HOOK(name,fn,pre,succ,order) \
        APR_OPTIONAL_HOOK(ap,name,fn,pre,succ,order)

#endif /* AP_HOOKS_H */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  ap_mpm.h
 * @brief Apache Multi-Processing Module library
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_MPM Multi-Processing Module library
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 * @{
 */

#ifndef AP_MPM_H
#define AP_MPM_H

#include "apr_thread_proc.h"
#include "httpd.h"
#include "scoreboard.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
    The MPM, "multi-processing model" provides an abstraction of the
    interface with the OS for distributing incoming connections to
    threads/process for processing.  http_main invokes the MPM, and
    the MPM runs until a shutdown/restart has been indicated.
    The MPM calls out to the apache core via the ap_process_connection
    function when a connection arrives.

    The MPM may or may not be multithreaded.  In the event that it is
    multithreaded, at any instant it guarantees a 1:1 mapping of threads
    ap_process_connection invocations.

    Note: In the future it will be possible for ap_process_connection
    to return to the MPM prior to finishing the entire connection; and
    the MPM will proceed with asynchronous handling for the connection;
    in the future the MPM may call ap_process_connection again -- but
    does not guarantee it will occur on the same thread as the first call.

    The MPM further guarantees that no asynchronous behaviour such as
    longjmps and signals will interfere with the user code that is
    invoked through ap_process_connection.  The MPM may reserve some
    signals for its use (i.e. SIGUSR1), but guarantees that these signals
    are ignored when executing outside the MPM code itself.  (This
    allows broken user code that does not handle EINTR to function
    properly.)

    The suggested server restart and stop behaviour will be "graceful".
    However the MPM may choose to terminate processes when the user
    requests a non-graceful restart/stop.  When this occurs, the MPM kills
    all threads with extreme prejudice, and destroys the pchild pool.
    User cleanups registered in the pchild apr_pool_t will be invoked at
    this point.  (This can pose some complications, the user cleanups
    are asynchronous behaviour not unlike longjmp/signal... but if the
    admin is asking for a non-graceful shutdown, how much effort should
    we put into doing it in a nice way?)

    unix/posix notes:
    - The MPM does not set a SIGALRM handler, user code may use SIGALRM.
        But the preferred method of handling timeouts is to use the
        timeouts provided by the BUFF abstraction.
    - The proper setting for SIGPIPE is SIG_IGN, if user code changes it
        for any of their own processing, it must be restored to SIG_IGN
        prior to executing or returning to any apache code.
    TODO: add SIGPIPE debugging check somewhere to make sure it's SIG_IGN
*/

/**
 * Pass control to the MPM for steady-state processing.  It is responsible
 * for controlling the parent and child processes.  It will run until a
 * restart/shutdown is indicated.
 * @param pconf the configuration pool, reset before the config file is read
 * @param plog the log pool, reset after the config file is read
 * @param server_conf the global server config.
 * @return DONE for shutdown OK otherwise.
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int, mpm, (apr_pool_t *pconf, apr_pool_t *plog, server_rec *server_conf))

/**
 * Spawn a process with privileges that another module has requested
 * @param r The request_rec of the current request
 * @param newproc The resulting process handle.
 * @param progname The program to run
 * @param args the arguments to pass to the new program.  The first
 *                   one should be the program name.
 * @param env The new environment apr_table_t for the new process.  This
 *            should be a list of NULL-terminated strings.
 * @param attr the procattr we should use to determine how to create the new
 *         process
 * @param p The pool to use.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_os_create_privileged_process(
    const request_rec *r,
    apr_proc_t *newproc,
    const char *progname,
    const char * const *args,
    const char * const *env,
    apr_procattr_t *attr,
    apr_pool_t *p);

/** @defgroup mpmq MPM query
 * @{
 */

/** @defgroup thrdfrk Subtypes/Values returned for AP_MPMQ_IS_THREADED and AP_MPMQ_IS_FORKED
 *  @ingroup mpmq
 *  @{
 */
#define AP_MPMQ_NOT_SUPPORTED      0  /**< This value specifies that an
                                       * MPM is not capable of
                                       * threading or forking.        */
#define AP_MPMQ_STATIC             1  /**< This value specifies that
                                       * an MPM is using a static
                                       * number of threads or daemons */
#define AP_MPMQ_DYNAMIC            2  /**< This value specifies that
                                       * an MPM is using a dynamic
                                       * number of threads or daemons */
/** @} */

/** @defgroup qstate Values returned for AP_MPMQ_MPM_STATE
 *  @ingroup mpmq
 *  @{
 */
#define AP_MPMQ_STARTING              0
#define AP_MPMQ_RUNNING               1
#define AP_MPMQ_STOPPING              2
/** @} */

/** @defgroup qcodes Query codes for ap_mpm_query()
 *  @ingroup mpmq
 *  @{
 */
/** Max # of daemons used so far */
#define AP_MPMQ_MAX_DAEMON_USED       1
/** MPM can do threading         */
#define AP_MPMQ_IS_THREADED           2
/** MPM can do forking           */
#define AP_MPMQ_IS_FORKED             3
/** The compiled max # daemons   */
#define AP_MPMQ_HARD_LIMIT_DAEMONS    4
/** The compiled max # threads   */
#define AP_MPMQ_HARD_LIMIT_THREADS    5
/** \# of threads/child by config */
#define AP_MPMQ_MAX_THREADS           6
/** Min # of spare daemons       */
#define AP_MPMQ_MIN_SPARE_DAEMONS     7
/** Min # of spare threads       */
#define AP_MPMQ_MIN_SPARE_THREADS     8
/** Max # of spare daemons       */
#define AP_MPMQ_MAX_SPARE_DAEMONS     9
/** Max # of spare threads       */
#define AP_MPMQ_MAX_SPARE_THREADS    10
/** Max # of requests per daemon */
#define AP_MPMQ_MAX_REQUESTS_DAEMON  11
/** Max # of daemons by config   */
#define AP_MPMQ_MAX_DAEMONS          12
/** starting, running, stopping  */
#define AP_MPMQ_MPM_STATE            13
/** MPM can process async connections  */
#define AP_MPMQ_IS_ASYNC             14
/** MPM generation */
#define AP_MPMQ_GENERATION           15
/** MPM can drive serf internally  */
#define AP_MPMQ_HAS_SERF             16
/* 17-18 are trunk only */
/** MPM supports CONN_STATE_ASYNC_WAITIO */
#define AP_MPMQ_CAN_WAITIO           19
/** @} */

/**
 * Query a property of the current MPM.
 * @param query_code One of AP_MPMQ_*
 * @param result A location to place the result of the query
 * @return APR_EGENERAL if an mpm-query hook has not been registered;
 * APR_SUCCESS or APR_ENOTIMPL otherwise
 * @remark The MPM doesn't register the implementing hook until the
 * register_hooks hook is called, so modules cannot use ap_mpm_query()
 * until after that point.
 * @fn int ap_mpm_query(int query_code, int *result)
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_query(int query_code, int *result);

/** @} */

typedef void (ap_mpm_callback_fn_t)(void *baton);

/* only added support in the Event MPM....  check for APR_ENOTIMPL */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_register_timed_callback(apr_time_t t,
                                                       ap_mpm_callback_fn_t *cbfn,
                                                       void *baton);

typedef enum mpm_child_status {
    MPM_CHILD_STARTED,
    MPM_CHILD_EXITED,
    MPM_CHILD_LOST_SLOT
} mpm_child_status;

/**
 * Allow a module to remain aware of MPM child process state changes,
 * along with the generation and scoreboard slot of the process changing
 * state.
 *
 * With some MPMs (event and worker), an active MPM child process may lose
 * its scoreboard slot if the child process is exiting and the scoreboard
 * slot is needed by other processes.  When this occurs, the hook will be
 * called with the MPM_CHILD_LOST_SLOT state.
 *
 * @param s The main server_rec.
 * @param pid The id of the MPM child process.
 * @param gen The server generation of that child process.
 * @param slot The scoreboard slot number, or -1.  It will be -1 when an
 * MPM child process exits, and that child had previously lost its
 * scoreboard slot.
 * @param state One of the mpm_child_status values.  Modules should ignore
 * unrecognized values.
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void,child_status,(server_rec *s, pid_t pid, ap_generation_t gen,
                                   int slot, mpm_child_status state))

/**
 * Allow a module to be notified when the last child process of a generation
 * exits.
 *
 * @param s The main server_rec.
 * @param gen The server generation which is now completely finished.
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void,end_generation,(server_rec *s, ap_generation_t gen))

/* Defining GPROF when compiling uses the moncontrol() function to
 * disable gprof profiling in the parent, and enable it only for
 * request processing in children (or in one_process mode).  It's
 * absolutely required to get useful gprof results under linux
 * because the profile itimers and such are disabled across a
 * fork().  It's probably useful elsewhere as well.
 */
#ifdef GPROF
extern void moncontrol(int);
#define AP_MONCONTROL(x) moncontrol(x)
#else
#define AP_MONCONTROL(x)
#endif

#ifdef AP_ENABLE_EXCEPTION_HOOK
typedef struct ap_exception_info_t {
    int sig;
    pid_t pid;
} ap_exception_info_t;

/**
 * Run the fatal_exception hook for each module; this hook is run
 * from some MPMs in the event of a child process crash, if the
 * server was built with --enable-exception-hook and the
 * EnableExceptionHook directive is On.
 * @param ei information about the exception
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,fatal_exception,(ap_exception_info_t *ei))
#endif /*AP_ENABLE_EXCEPTION_HOOK*/

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

#ifndef MOD_PROXY_H
#define MOD_PROXY_H

/**
 * @file  mod_proxy.h
 * @brief Proxy Extension Module for Apache
 *
 * @defgroup MOD_PROXY mod_proxy
 * @ingroup  APACHE_MODS
 * @{
 */

#include "apr_hooks.h"
#include "apr_optional.h"
#include "apr.h"
#include "apr_lib.h"
#include "apr_strings.h"
#include "apr_buckets.h"
#include "apr_md5.h"
#include "apr_network_io.h"
#include "apr_pools.h"
#include "apr_strings.h"
#include "apr_uri.h"
#include "apr_date.h"
#include "apr_strmatch.h"
#include "apr_fnmatch.h"
#include "apr_reslist.h"
#define APR_WANT_STRFUNC
#include "apr_want.h"
#include "apr_uuid.h"
#include "util_mutex.h"
#include "apr_global_mutex.h"
#include "apr_thread_mutex.h"

#include "httpd.h"
#include "http_config.h"
#include "ap_config.h"
#include "http_core.h"
#include "http_protocol.h"
#include "http_request.h"
#include "http_vhost.h"
#include "http_main.h"
#include "http_log.h"
#include "http_connection.h"
#include "http_ssl.h"
#include "util_filter.h"
#include "util_ebcdic.h"
#include "ap_provider.h"
#include "ap_slotmem.h"

#if APR_HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
#include <netinet/in.h>
#endif
#if APR_HAVE_ARPA_INET_H
#include <arpa/inet.h>
#endif

/* for proxy_canonenc() */
enum enctype {
    enc_path, enc_search, enc_user, enc_fpath, enc_parm
};

/* Flags for ap_proxy_canonenc_ex */
#define PROXY_CANONENC_FORCEDEC 0x01
#define PROXY_CANONENC_NOENCODEDSLASHENCODING 0x02

typedef enum {
    NONE, TCP, OPTIONS, HEAD, GET, CPING, PROVIDER, OPTIONS11, HEAD11, GET11, EOT
} hcmethod_t;

typedef struct {
    hcmethod_t method;
    char *name;
    int implemented;
} proxy_hcmethods_t;

typedef struct {
    unsigned int bit;
    char flag;
    const char *name;
} proxy_wstat_t;

#define BALANCER_PREFIX "balancer://"

#if APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC
#define CRLF   "\r\n"
#else /*APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC*/
#define CRLF   "\015\012"
#endif /*APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC*/

/* default Max-Forwards header setting */
/* Set this to -1, which complies with RFC2616 by not setting
 * max-forwards if the client didn't send it to us.
 */
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FORWARDS    -1

typedef struct proxy_balancer  proxy_balancer;
typedef struct proxy_worker    proxy_worker;
typedef struct proxy_conn_pool proxy_conn_pool;
typedef struct proxy_balancer_method proxy_balancer_method;

/* static information about a remote proxy */
struct proxy_remote {
    const char *scheme;     /* the schemes handled by this proxy, or '*' */
    const char *protocol;   /* the scheme used to talk to this proxy */
    const char *hostname;   /* the hostname of this proxy */
    ap_regex_t *regexp;     /* compiled regex (if any) for the remote */
    const char *creds;      /* auth credentials (if any) for the proxy */
    int use_regex;          /* simple boolean. True if we have a regex pattern */
    apr_port_t  port;       /* the port for this proxy */
};

#define PROXYPASS_NOCANON 0x01
#define PROXYPASS_INTERPOLATE 0x02
#define PROXYPASS_NOQUERY 0x04
#define PROXYPASS_MAP_ENCODED 0x08
#define PROXYPASS_MAP_SERVLET 0x18 /* + MAP_ENCODED */
struct proxy_alias {
    const char  *real;
    const char  *fake;
    ap_regex_t  *regex;
    unsigned int flags;
    proxy_balancer *balancer; /* only valid for reverse-proxys */
};

struct dirconn_entry {
    char *name;
    struct in_addr addr, mask;
    struct apr_sockaddr_t *hostaddr;
    int (*matcher) (struct dirconn_entry * This, request_rec *r);
};

struct noproxy_entry {
    const char *name;
    struct apr_sockaddr_t *addr;
};

typedef struct {
    apr_array_header_t *proxies;
    apr_array_header_t *sec_proxy;
    apr_array_header_t *aliases;
    apr_array_header_t *noproxies;
    apr_array_header_t *dirconn;
    apr_array_header_t *workers;    /* non-balancer workers, eg ProxyPass http://example.com */
    apr_array_header_t *balancers;  /* list of balancers @ config time */
    proxy_worker       *forward;    /* forward proxy worker */
    proxy_worker       *reverse;    /* reverse "module-driven" proxy worker */
    const char *domain;     /* domain name to use in absence of a domain name in the request */
    const char *id;
    apr_pool_t *pool;       /* Pool used for allocating this struct's elements */
    int req;                /* true if proxy requests are enabled */
    int max_balancers;      /* maximum number of allowed balancers */
    int bgrowth;            /* number of post-config balancers can added */
    enum {
      via_off,
      via_on,
      via_block,
      via_full
    } viaopt;                   /* how to deal with proxy Via: headers */
    apr_size_t recv_buffer_size;
    apr_size_t io_buffer_size;
    long maxfwd;
    apr_interval_time_t timeout;
    enum {
      bad_error,
      bad_ignore,
      bad_body
    } badopt;                   /* how to deal with bad headers */
    enum {
        status_off,
        status_on,
        status_full
    } proxy_status;             /* Status display options */
    apr_sockaddr_t *source_address;
    apr_global_mutex_t  *mutex; /* global lock, for pool, etc */
    ap_slotmem_instance_t *bslot;  /* balancers shm data - runtime */
    ap_slotmem_provider_t *storage;

    unsigned int req_set:1;
    unsigned int viaopt_set:1;
    unsigned int recv_buffer_size_set:1;
    unsigned int io_buffer_size_set:1;
    unsigned int maxfwd_set:1;
    unsigned int timeout_set:1;
    unsigned int badopt_set:1;
    unsigned int proxy_status_set:1;
    unsigned int source_address_set:1;
    unsigned int bgrowth_set:1;
    unsigned int bal_persist:1;
    unsigned int inherit:1;
    unsigned int inherit_set:1;
    unsigned int ppinherit:1;
    unsigned int ppinherit_set:1;
    unsigned int map_encoded_one:1;
    unsigned int map_encoded_all:1;
} proxy_server_conf;

typedef struct {
    const char *p;            /* The path */
    ap_regex_t  *r;            /* Is this a regex? */

/* FIXME
 * ProxyPassReverse and friends are documented as working inside
 * <Location>.  But in fact they never have done in the case of
 * more than one <Location>, because the server_conf can't see it.
 * We need to move them to the per-dir config.
 * Discussed in February 2005:
 * http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=apache-httpd-dev&m=110726027118798&w=2
 */
    apr_array_header_t *raliases;
    apr_array_header_t* cookie_paths;
    apr_array_header_t* cookie_domains;
    signed char p_is_fnmatch; /* Is the path an fnmatch candidate? */
    signed char interpolate_env;
    struct proxy_alias *alias;

    /**
     * the following setting masks the error page
     * returned from the 'proxied server' and just
     * forwards the status code upwards.
     * This allows the main server (us) to generate
     * the error page, (so it will look like a error
     * returned from the rest of the system
     */
    unsigned int error_override:1;
    unsigned int preserve_host:1;
    unsigned int preserve_host_set:1;
    unsigned int error_override_set:1;
    unsigned int alias_set:1;
    unsigned int add_forwarded_headers:1;
    unsigned int add_forwarded_headers_set:1;

    /** Named back references */
    apr_array_header_t *refs;

    unsigned int forward_100_continue:1;
    unsigned int forward_100_continue_set:1;

    apr_array_header_t *error_override_codes;
} proxy_dir_conf;

/* if we interpolate env vars per-request, we'll need a per-request
 * copy of the reverse proxy config
 */
typedef struct {
    apr_array_header_t *raliases;
    apr_array_header_t* cookie_paths;
    apr_array_header_t* cookie_domains;
} proxy_req_conf;

struct proxy_address; /* opaque TTL'ed and refcount'ed address */

typedef struct {
    conn_rec     *connection;
    request_rec  *r;           /* Request record of the backend request
                                * that is used over the backend connection. */
    proxy_worker *worker;      /* Connection pool this connection belongs to */
    apr_pool_t   *pool;        /* Subpool for hostname and addr data */
    const char   *hostname;
    apr_sockaddr_t *addr;      /* Preparsed remote address info */
    apr_pool_t   *scpool;      /* Subpool used for socket and connection data */
    apr_socket_t *sock;        /* Connection socket */
    void         *data;        /* per scheme connection data */
    void         *forward;     /* opaque forward proxy data */
    apr_uint32_t flags;        /* Connection flags */
    apr_port_t   port;
    unsigned int is_ssl:1;
    unsigned int close:1;      /* Close 'this' connection */
    unsigned int need_flush:1; /* Flag to decide whether we need to flush the
                                * filter chain or not */
    unsigned int inreslist:1;  /* connection in apr_reslist? */
    const char   *uds_path;    /* Unix domain socket path */
    const char   *ssl_hostname;/* Hostname (SNI) in use by SSL connection */
    apr_bucket_brigade *tmp_bb;/* Temporary brigade created with the connection
                                * and its scpool/bucket_alloc (NULL before),
                                * must be left cleaned when used (locally).
                                */
    apr_pool_t   *uds_pool;     /* Subpool for reusing UDS paths */
    apr_pool_t   *fwd_pool;     /* Subpool for reusing ProxyRemote infos */
    struct proxy_address *address; /* Current remote address */
} proxy_conn_rec;

typedef struct {
        float cache_completion; /* completion percentage */
        int content_length; /* length of the content */
} proxy_completion;

/* Connection pool */
struct proxy_conn_pool {
    apr_pool_t     *pool;     /* The pool used in constructor and destructor calls */
    apr_sockaddr_t *addr;     /* Preparsed remote address info */
    apr_reslist_t  *res;      /* Connection resource list */
    proxy_conn_rec *conn;     /* Single connection for prefork mpm */
    apr_pool_t     *dns_pool; /* The pool used for worker scoped DNS resolutions */
};

#define AP_VOLATILIZE_T(T, x) (*(T volatile *)&(x))

/* worker status bits */
/*
 * NOTE: Keep up-to-date w/ proxy_wstat_tbl[]
 * in mod_proxy.c !
 */
#define PROXY_WORKER_INITIALIZED    0x0001
#define PROXY_WORKER_IGNORE_ERRORS  0x0002
#define PROXY_WORKER_DRAIN          0x0004
#define PROXY_WORKER_GENERIC        0x0008
#define PROXY_WORKER_IN_SHUTDOWN    0x0010
#define PROXY_WORKER_DISABLED       0x0020
#define PROXY_WORKER_STOPPED        0x0040
#define PROXY_WORKER_IN_ERROR       0x0080
#define PROXY_WORKER_HOT_STANDBY    0x0100
#define PROXY_WORKER_FREE           0x0200
#define PROXY_WORKER_HC_FAIL        0x0400
#define PROXY_WORKER_HOT_SPARE      0x0800

/* worker status flags */
#define PROXY_WORKER_INITIALIZED_FLAG    'O'
#define PROXY_WORKER_IGNORE_ERRORS_FLAG  'I'
#define PROXY_WORKER_DRAIN_FLAG          'N'
#define PROXY_WORKER_GENERIC_FLAG        'G'
#define PROXY_WORKER_IN_SHUTDOWN_FLAG    'U'
#define PROXY_WORKER_DISABLED_FLAG       'D'
#define PROXY_WORKER_STOPPED_FLAG        'S'
#define PROXY_WORKER_IN_ERROR_FLAG       'E'
#define PROXY_WORKER_HOT_STANDBY_FLAG    'H'
#define PROXY_WORKER_FREE_FLAG           'F'
#define PROXY_WORKER_HC_FAIL_FLAG        'C'
#define PROXY_WORKER_HOT_SPARE_FLAG      'R'

#define PROXY_WORKER_NOT_USABLE_BITMAP ( PROXY_WORKER_IN_SHUTDOWN | \
PROXY_WORKER_DISABLED | PROXY_WORKER_STOPPED | PROXY_WORKER_IN_ERROR | \
PROXY_WORKER_HC_FAIL )

/* NOTE: these check the shared status */
#define PROXY_WORKER_IS_INITIALIZED(f)  ( (f)->s->status &  PROXY_WORKER_INITIALIZED )

#define PROXY_WORKER_IS_STANDBY(f)   ( (f)->s->status &  PROXY_WORKER_HOT_STANDBY )

#define PROXY_WORKER_IS_SPARE(f)   ( (f)->s->status &  PROXY_WORKER_HOT_SPARE )

#define PROXY_WORKER_IS_USABLE(f)   ( ( !( (f)->s->status & PROXY_WORKER_NOT_USABLE_BITMAP) ) && \
  PROXY_WORKER_IS_INITIALIZED(f) )

#define PROXY_WORKER_IS_DRAINING(f)   ( (f)->s->status &  PROXY_WORKER_DRAIN )

#define PROXY_WORKER_IS_GENERIC(f)   ( (f)->s->status &  PROXY_WORKER_GENERIC )

#define PROXY_WORKER_IS_HCFAILED(f)   ( (f)->s->status &  PROXY_WORKER_HC_FAIL )

#define PROXY_WORKER_IS_ERROR(f)   ( (f)->s->status &  PROXY_WORKER_IN_ERROR )

#define PROXY_WORKER_IS(f, b)   ( (f)->s->status & (b) )

/* default worker retry timeout in seconds */
#define PROXY_WORKER_DEFAULT_RETRY    60

/* Some max char string sizes, for shm fields */
#define PROXY_WORKER_MAX_SCHEME_SIZE    16
#define PROXY_WORKER_MAX_ROUTE_SIZE     64
#define PROXY_BALANCER_MAX_ROUTE_SIZE PROXY_WORKER_MAX_ROUTE_SIZE
#define PROXY_WORKER_MAX_NAME_SIZE      96
#define PROXY_BALANCER_MAX_NAME_SIZE PROXY_WORKER_MAX_NAME_SIZE
#define PROXY_WORKER_MAX_HOSTNAME_SIZE  64
#define PROXY_BALANCER_MAX_HOSTNAME_SIZE PROXY_WORKER_MAX_HOSTNAME_SIZE
#define PROXY_BALANCER_MAX_STICKY_SIZE  64
#define PROXY_WORKER_MAX_SECRET_SIZE     64

#define PROXY_RFC1035_HOSTNAME_SIZE	256
#define PROXY_WORKER_EXT_NAME_SIZE      384

/* RFC-1035 mentions limits of 255 for host-names and 253 for domain-names,
 * dotted together(?) this would fit the below size (+ trailing NUL).
 */
#define PROXY_WORKER_RFC1035_NAME_SIZE  512

#define PROXY_MAX_PROVIDER_NAME_SIZE    16

#define PROXY_STRNCPY(dst, src) ap_proxy_strncpy((dst), (src), (sizeof(dst)))

#define PROXY_COPY_CONF_PARAMS(w, c) \
do {                             \
(w)->s->timeout              = (c)->timeout;               \
(w)->s->timeout_set          = (c)->timeout_set;           \
(w)->s->recv_buffer_size     = (c)->recv_buffer_size;      \
(w)->s->recv_buffer_size_set = (c)->recv_buffer_size_set;  \
(w)->s->io_buffer_size       = (c)->io_buffer_size;        \
(w)->s->io_buffer_size_set   = (c)->io_buffer_size_set;    \
} while (0)

#define PROXY_SHOULD_PING_100_CONTINUE(w, r) \
    ((w)->s->ping_timeout_set \
     && (PROXYREQ_REVERSE == (r)->proxyreq) \
     && ap_request_has_body((r)))

#define PROXY_DO_100_CONTINUE(w, r) \
    (PROXY_SHOULD_PING_100_CONTINUE(w, r) \
     && !apr_table_get((r)->subprocess_env, "force-proxy-request-1.0"))

/* use 2 hashes */
typedef struct {
    unsigned int def;
    unsigned int fnv;
} proxy_hashes ;

/* Runtime worker status information. Shared in scoreboard */
/* The addition of member uds_path in 2.4.7 was an incompatible API change. */
typedef struct {
    char      name[PROXY_WORKER_MAX_NAME_SIZE];
    char      scheme[PROXY_WORKER_MAX_SCHEME_SIZE];   /* scheme to use ajp|http|https */
    char      hostname[PROXY_WORKER_MAX_HOSTNAME_SIZE];  /* remote backend address (deprecated, use hostname_ex below) */
    char      route[PROXY_WORKER_MAX_ROUTE_SIZE];     /* balancing route */
    char      redirect[PROXY_WORKER_MAX_ROUTE_SIZE];  /* temporary balancing redirection route */
    char      flusher[PROXY_WORKER_MAX_SCHEME_SIZE];  /* flush provider used by mod_proxy_fdpass */
    char      uds_path[PROXY_WORKER_MAX_NAME_SIZE];   /* path to worker's unix domain socket if applicable */
    int             lbset;      /* load balancer cluster set */
    int             retries;    /* number of retries on this worker */
    int             lbstatus;   /* Current lbstatus */
    int             lbfactor;   /* dynamic lbfactor */
    int             min;        /* Desired minimum number of available connections */
    int             smax;       /* Soft maximum on the total number of connections */
    int             hmax;       /* Hard maximum on the total number of connections */
    int             flush_wait; /* poll wait time in microseconds if flush_auto */
    int             index;      /* shm array index */
    proxy_hashes    hash;       /* hash of worker name */
    unsigned int    status;     /* worker status bitfield */
    enum {
        flush_off,
        flush_on,
        flush_auto
    } flush_packets;           /* control AJP flushing */
    apr_time_t      updated;    /* timestamp of last update for dynamic workers, or queue-time of HC workers */
    apr_time_t      error_time; /* time of the last error */
    apr_interval_time_t ttl;    /* maximum amount of time in seconds a connection
                                 * may be available while exceeding the soft limit */
    apr_interval_time_t retry;   /* retry interval */
    apr_interval_time_t timeout; /* connection timeout */
    apr_interval_time_t acquire; /* acquire timeout when the maximum number of connections is exceeded */
    apr_interval_time_t ping_timeout;
    apr_interval_time_t conn_timeout;
    apr_size_t      recv_buffer_size;
    apr_size_t      io_buffer_size;
    apr_size_t      elected;    /* Number of times the worker was elected */
    apr_size_t      busy;       /* busyness factor */
    apr_port_t      port;
    apr_off_t       transferred;/* Number of bytes transferred to remote */
    apr_off_t       read;       /* Number of bytes read from remote */
    void            *context;   /* general purpose storage */
    unsigned int     keepalive:1;
    unsigned int     disablereuse:1;
    unsigned int     is_address_reusable:1;
    unsigned int     retry_set:1;
    unsigned int     timeout_set:1;
    unsigned int     acquire_set:1;
    unsigned int     ping_timeout_set:1;
    unsigned int     conn_timeout_set:1;
    unsigned int     recv_buffer_size_set:1;
    unsigned int     io_buffer_size_set:1;
    unsigned int     keepalive_set:1;
    unsigned int     disablereuse_set:1;
    unsigned int     was_malloced:1;
    unsigned int     is_name_matchable:1;
    char      hcuri[PROXY_WORKER_MAX_ROUTE_SIZE];     /* health check uri */
    char      hcexpr[PROXY_WORKER_MAX_SCHEME_SIZE];   /* name of condition expr for health check */
    int             passes;     /* number of successes for check to pass */
    int             pcount;     /* current count of passes */
    int             fails;      /* number of failures for check to fail */
    int             fcount;     /* current count of failures */
    hcmethod_t      method;     /* method to use for health check */
    apr_interval_time_t interval;
    char      upgrade[PROXY_WORKER_MAX_SCHEME_SIZE];/* upgrade protocol used by mod_proxy_wstunnel */
    char      hostname_ex[PROXY_RFC1035_HOSTNAME_SIZE];  /* RFC1035 compliant version of the remote backend address */
    apr_size_t   response_field_size; /* Size of proxy response buffer in bytes. */
    unsigned int response_field_size_set:1;
    char      secret[PROXY_WORKER_MAX_SECRET_SIZE]; /* authentication secret (e.g. AJP13) */
    char      name_ex[PROXY_WORKER_EXT_NAME_SIZE]; /* Extended name (>96 chars for 2.4.x) */
    unsigned int     address_ttl_set:1;
    apr_int32_t      address_ttl;    /* backend address' TTL (seconds) */
    apr_uint32_t     address_expiry; /* backend address' next expiry time */
    unsigned int     is_host_matchable:1;
} proxy_worker_shared;

#define ALIGNED_PROXY_WORKER_SHARED_SIZE (APR_ALIGN_DEFAULT(sizeof(proxy_worker_shared)))

/* Worker configuration */
struct proxy_worker {
    proxy_hashes    hash;       /* hash of worker name */
    unsigned int local_status;  /* status of per-process worker */
    proxy_conn_pool     *cp;    /* Connection pool to use */
    proxy_worker_shared   *s;   /* Shared data */
    proxy_balancer  *balancer;  /* which balancer am I in? */
#if APR_HAS_THREADS
    apr_thread_mutex_t  *tmutex; /* Thread lock for updating address cache */
#endif
    void            *context;   /* general purpose storage */
    ap_conf_vector_t *section_config; /* <Proxy>-section wherein defined */
    struct proxy_address *volatile address; /* current worker address (if reusable) */
};

/* default to health check every 30 seconds */
#define HCHECK_WATHCHDOG_DEFAULT_INTERVAL (30)
/* The watchdog runs every 2 seconds, which is also the minimal check */
#define HCHECK_WATHCHDOG_INTERVAL (2)

/*
 * Time to wait (in microseconds) to find out if more data is currently
 * available at the backend.
 */
#define PROXY_FLUSH_WAIT 10000

typedef struct {
    char      sticky_path[PROXY_BALANCER_MAX_STICKY_SIZE];     /* URL sticky session identifier */
    char      sticky[PROXY_BALANCER_MAX_STICKY_SIZE];          /* sticky session identifier */
    char      lbpname[PROXY_MAX_PROVIDER_NAME_SIZE];  /* lbmethod provider name */
    char      nonce[APR_UUID_FORMATTED_LENGTH + 1];
    char      name[PROXY_BALANCER_MAX_NAME_SIZE];
    char      sname[PROXY_BALANCER_MAX_NAME_SIZE];
    char      vpath[PROXY_BALANCER_MAX_ROUTE_SIZE];
    char      vhost[PROXY_BALANCER_MAX_HOSTNAME_SIZE];
    apr_interval_time_t timeout;  /* Timeout for waiting on free connection */
    apr_time_t      wupdated;     /* timestamp of last change to workers list */
    int             max_attempts;     /* Number of attempts before failing */
    int             index;      /* shm array index */
    proxy_hashes hash;
    unsigned int    sticky_force:1;   /* Disable failover for sticky sessions */
    unsigned int    scolonsep:1;      /* true if ';' seps sticky session paths */
    unsigned int    max_attempts_set:1;
    unsigned int    was_malloced:1;
    unsigned int    need_reset:1;
    unsigned int    vhosted:1;
    unsigned int    inactive:1;
    unsigned int    forcerecovery:1;
    char      sticky_separator;                                /* separator for sessionid/route */
    unsigned int    forcerecovery_set:1;
    unsigned int    scolonsep_set:1;
    unsigned int    sticky_force_set:1; 
    unsigned int    nonce_set:1;
    unsigned int    sticky_separator_set:1;
} proxy_balancer_shared;

#define ALIGNED_PROXY_BALANCER_SHARED_SIZE (APR_ALIGN_DEFAULT(sizeof(proxy_balancer_shared)))

struct proxy_balancer {
    apr_array_header_t *workers;  /* initially configured workers */
    apr_array_header_t *errstatuses;  /* statuses to force members into error */
    ap_slotmem_instance_t *wslot;  /* worker shm data - runtime */
    ap_slotmem_provider_t *storage;
    int growth;                   /* number of post-config workers can added */
    int max_workers;              /* maximum number of allowed workers */
    proxy_hashes hash;
    apr_time_t      wupdated;    /* timestamp of last change to workers list */
    proxy_balancer_method *lbmethod;
    apr_global_mutex_t  *gmutex; /* global lock for updating list of workers */
#if APR_HAS_THREADS
    apr_thread_mutex_t  *tmutex; /* Thread lock for updating shm */
#endif
    proxy_server_conf *sconf;
    void            *context;    /* general purpose storage */
    proxy_balancer_shared *s;    /* Shared data */
    int failontimeout;           /* Whether to mark a member in Err if IO timeout occurs */
    unsigned int failontimeout_set:1;
    unsigned int growth_set:1;
    unsigned int lbmethod_set:1;
    ap_conf_vector_t *section_config; /* <Proxy>-section wherein defined */
};

struct proxy_balancer_method {
    const char *name;            /* name of the load balancer method*/
    proxy_worker *(*finder)(proxy_balancer *balancer,
                            request_rec *r);
    void            *context;   /* general purpose storage */
    apr_status_t (*reset)(proxy_balancer *balancer, server_rec *s);
    apr_status_t (*age)(proxy_balancer *balancer, server_rec *s);
    apr_status_t (*updatelbstatus)(proxy_balancer *balancer, proxy_worker *elected, server_rec *s);
};

#define PROXY_THREAD_LOCK(x)      ( (x) && (x)->tmutex ? apr_thread_mutex_lock((x)->tmutex) : APR_SUCCESS)
#define PROXY_THREAD_UNLOCK(x)    ( (x) && (x)->tmutex ? apr_thread_mutex_unlock((x)->tmutex) : APR_SUCCESS)

#define PROXY_GLOBAL_LOCK(x)      ( (x) && (x)->gmutex ? apr_global_mutex_lock((x)->gmutex) : APR_SUCCESS)
#define PROXY_GLOBAL_UNLOCK(x)    ( (x) && (x)->gmutex ? apr_global_mutex_unlock((x)->gmutex) : APR_SUCCESS)

/* hooks */

/* Create a set of PROXY_DECLARE(type), PROXY_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) and
 * PROXY_DECLARE_DATA with appropriate export and import tags for the platform
 */
#if !defined(WIN32)
#define PROXY_DECLARE(type)            type
#define PROXY_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     type
#define PROXY_DECLARE_DATA
#elif defined(PROXY_DECLARE_STATIC)
#define PROXY_DECLARE(type)            type __stdcall
#define PROXY_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     type
#define PROXY_DECLARE_DATA
#elif defined(PROXY_DECLARE_EXPORT)
#define PROXY_DECLARE(type)            __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
#define PROXY_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     __declspec(dllexport) type
#define PROXY_DECLARE_DATA             __declspec(dllexport)
#else
#define PROXY_DECLARE(type)            __declspec(dllimport) type __stdcall
#define PROXY_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     __declspec(dllimport) type
#define PROXY_DECLARE_DATA             __declspec(dllimport)
#endif

/* Using PROXY_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_HOOK instead of
 * APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK allows build/make_nw_export.awk
 * to distinguish between hooks that implement
 * proxy_hook_xx and proxy_hook_get_xx in mod_proxy.c and
 * those which don't.
 */
#define PROXY_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_HOOK APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK

/* These 2 are in mod_proxy.c */
extern PROXY_DECLARE_DATA proxy_hcmethods_t proxy_hcmethods[];
extern PROXY_DECLARE_DATA proxy_wstat_t proxy_wstat_tbl[];

/* Following 4 from health check */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, hc_show_exprs, (request_rec *));
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, hc_select_exprs, (request_rec *, const char *));
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int, hc_valid_expr, (request_rec *, const char *));
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(const char *, set_worker_hc_param,
                        (apr_pool_t *, server_rec *, proxy_worker *,
                         const char *, const char *, void *));

APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(proxy, PROXY, int, section_post_config,
                          (apr_pool_t *p, apr_pool_t *plog,
                           apr_pool_t *ptemp, server_rec *s,
                           ap_conf_vector_t *section_config))

APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(proxy, PROXY, int, scheme_handler,
                          (request_rec *r, proxy_worker *worker,
                           proxy_server_conf *conf, char *url,
                           const char *proxyhost, apr_port_t proxyport))
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(proxy, PROXY, int, check_trans,
                          (request_rec *r, const char *url))
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(proxy, PROXY, int, canon_handler,
                          (request_rec *r, char *url))

APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(proxy, PROXY, int, create_req, (request_rec *r, request_rec *pr))
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(proxy, PROXY, int, fixups, (request_rec *r))


/**
 * pre request hook.
 * It will return the most suitable worker at the moment
 * and corresponding balancer.
 * The url is rewritten from balancer://cluster/uri to scheme://host:port/uri
 * and then the scheme_handler is called.
 *
 */
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(proxy, PROXY, int, pre_request, (proxy_worker **worker,
                          proxy_balancer **balancer,
                          request_rec *r,
                          proxy_server_conf *conf, char **url))
/**
 * post request hook.
 * It is called after request for updating runtime balancer status.
 */
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(proxy, PROXY, int, post_request, (proxy_worker *worker,
                          proxy_balancer *balancer, request_rec *r,
                          proxy_server_conf *conf))

/**
 * request status hook
 * It is called after all proxy processing has been done.  This gives other
 * modules a chance to create default content on failure, for example
 */
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(proxy, PROXY, int, request_status,
                          (int *status, request_rec *r))

/* proxy_util.c */

PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_strncpy(char *dst, const char *src,
                                             apr_size_t dlen);
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_hex2c(const char *x);
PROXY_DECLARE(void) ap_proxy_c2hex(int ch, char *x);
PROXY_DECLARE(char *)ap_proxy_canonenc_ex(apr_pool_t *p, const char *x, int len, enum enctype t,
                                          int flags, int proxyreq);
PROXY_DECLARE(char *)ap_proxy_canonenc(apr_pool_t *p, const char *x, int len, enum enctype t,
                                       int forcedec, int proxyreq);
PROXY_DECLARE(char *)ap_proxy_canon_netloc(apr_pool_t *p, char **const urlp, char **userp,
                                           char **passwordp, char **hostp, apr_port_t *port);
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxyerror(request_rec *r, int statuscode, const char *message);
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_checkproxyblock(request_rec *r, proxy_server_conf *conf, apr_sockaddr_t *uri_addr);

/** Test whether the hostname/address of the request are blocked by the ProxyBlock
 * configuration.
 * @param r         request
 * @param conf      server configuration
 * @param hostname  hostname from request URI
 * @param addr      resolved address of hostname, or NULL if not known
 * @return OK on success, or else an error
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_checkproxyblock2(request_rec *r, proxy_server_conf *conf, 
                                             const char *hostname, apr_sockaddr_t *addr);

PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_pre_http_request(conn_rec *c, request_rec *r);
/* DEPRECATED (will be replaced with ap_proxy_connect_backend */
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_connect_to_backend(apr_socket_t **, const char *, apr_sockaddr_t *, const char *, proxy_server_conf *, request_rec *);
/* DEPRECATED (will be replaced with ap_proxy_check_connection */
PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_ssl_connection_cleanup(proxy_conn_rec *conn,
                                                            request_rec *r);
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_ssl_enable(conn_rec *c);
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_ssl_disable(conn_rec *c);
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_ssl_engine(conn_rec *c,
                                       ap_conf_vector_t *per_dir_config,
                                       int enable);
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_conn_is_https(conn_rec *c);
PROXY_DECLARE(const char *) ap_proxy_ssl_val(apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *s, conn_rec *c, request_rec *r, const char *var);

/* Header mapping functions, and a typedef of their signature */
PROXY_DECLARE(const char *) ap_proxy_location_reverse_map(request_rec *r, proxy_dir_conf *conf, const char *url);
PROXY_DECLARE(const char *) ap_proxy_cookie_reverse_map(request_rec *r, proxy_dir_conf *conf, const char *str);

#if !defined(WIN32)
typedef const char *(*ap_proxy_header_reverse_map_fn)(request_rec *,
                       proxy_dir_conf *, const char *);
#elif defined(PROXY_DECLARE_STATIC)
typedef const char *(__stdcall *ap_proxy_header_reverse_map_fn)(request_rec *,
                                 proxy_dir_conf *, const char *);
#elif defined(PROXY_DECLARE_EXPORT)
typedef __declspec(dllexport) const char *
  (__stdcall *ap_proxy_header_reverse_map_fn)(request_rec *,
               proxy_dir_conf *, const char *);
#else
typedef __declspec(dllimport) const char *
  (__stdcall *ap_proxy_header_reverse_map_fn)(request_rec *,
               proxy_dir_conf *, const char *);
#endif


/* Connection pool API */
/**
 * Return the user-land, UDS aware worker name
 * @param p        memory pool used for displaying worker name
 * @param worker   the worker
 * @return         name
 */

PROXY_DECLARE(char *) ap_proxy_worker_name(apr_pool_t *p,
                                           proxy_worker *worker);

/**
 * Return whether a worker upgrade configuration matches Upgrade header
 * @param p       memory pool used for displaying worker name
 * @param worker  the worker
 * @param upgrade the Upgrade header to match
 * @param dflt    default protocol (NULL for none)
 * @return        1 (true) or 0 (false)
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_worker_can_upgrade(apr_pool_t *p,
                                               const proxy_worker *worker,
                                               const char *upgrade,
                                               const char *dflt);

/* Bitmask for ap_proxy_{define,get}_worker_ex(). */
#define AP_PROXY_WORKER_IS_PREFIX   (1u << 0)
#define AP_PROXY_WORKER_IS_MATCH    (1u << 1)
#define AP_PROXY_WORKER_IS_MALLOCED (1u << 2)
#define AP_PROXY_WORKER_NO_UDS      (1u << 3)

/**
 * Get the worker from proxy configuration, looking for either PREFIXED or
 * MATCHED or both types of workers according to given mask
 * @param p        memory pool used for finding worker
 * @param balancer the balancer that the worker belongs to
 * @param conf     current proxy server configuration
 * @param url      url to find the worker from
 * @param mask     bitmask of AP_PROXY_WORKER_IS_*
 * @return         proxy_worker or NULL if not found
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(proxy_worker *) ap_proxy_get_worker_ex(apr_pool_t *p,
                                                     proxy_balancer *balancer,
                                                     proxy_server_conf *conf,
                                                     const char *url,
                                                     unsigned int mask);

/**
 * Get the worker from proxy configuration, both types
 * @param p        memory pool used for finding worker
 * @param balancer the balancer that the worker belongs to
 * @param conf     current proxy server configuration
 * @param url      url to find the worker from
 * @return         proxy_worker or NULL if not found
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(proxy_worker *) ap_proxy_get_worker(apr_pool_t *p,
                                                  proxy_balancer *balancer,
                                                  proxy_server_conf *conf,
                                                  const char *url);

/**
 * Define and Allocate space for the worker to proxy configuration, of either
 * PREFIXED or MATCHED type according to given mask
 * @param p         memory pool to allocate worker from
 * @param worker    the new worker
 * @param balancer  the balancer that the worker belongs to
 * @param conf      current proxy server configuration
 * @param url       url containing worker name
 * @param mask      bitmask of AP_PROXY_WORKER_IS_*
 * @return          error message or NULL if successful (*worker is new worker)
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(char *) ap_proxy_define_worker_ex(apr_pool_t *p,
                                             proxy_worker **worker,
                                             proxy_balancer *balancer,
                                             proxy_server_conf *conf,
                                             const char *url,
                                             unsigned int mask);

 /**
 * Define and Allocate space for the worker to proxy configuration
 * @param p         memory pool to allocate worker from
 * @param worker    the new worker
 * @param balancer  the balancer that the worker belongs to
 * @param conf      current proxy server configuration
 * @param url       url containing worker name
 * @param do_malloc true if shared struct should be malloced
 * @return          error message or NULL if successful (*worker is new worker)
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(char *) ap_proxy_define_worker(apr_pool_t *p,
                                             proxy_worker **worker,
                                             proxy_balancer *balancer,
                                             proxy_server_conf *conf,
                                             const char *url,
                                             int do_malloc);

/**
 * Define and Allocate space for the ap_strcmp_match()able worker to proxy
 * configuration.
 * @param p         memory pool to allocate worker from
 * @param worker    the new worker
 * @param balancer  the balancer that the worker belongs to
 * @param conf      current proxy server configuration
 * @param url       url containing worker name (produces match pattern)
 * @param do_malloc true if shared struct should be malloced
 * @return          error message or NULL if successful (*worker is new worker)
 * @deprecated Replaced by ap_proxy_define_worker_ex()
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(char *) ap_proxy_define_match_worker(apr_pool_t *p,
                                             proxy_worker **worker,
                                             proxy_balancer *balancer,
                                             proxy_server_conf *conf,
                                             const char *url,
                                             int do_malloc);

/**
 * Share a defined proxy worker via shm
 * @param worker  worker to be shared
 * @param shm     location of shared info
 * @param i       index into shm
 * @return        APR_SUCCESS or error code
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_share_worker(proxy_worker *worker,
                                                  proxy_worker_shared *shm,
                                                  int i);

/**
 * Initialize the worker by setting up worker connection pool and mutex
 * @param worker worker to initialize
 * @param s      current server record
 * @param p      memory pool used for mutex and connection pool
 * @return       APR_SUCCESS or error code
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_initialize_worker(proxy_worker *worker,
                                                       server_rec *s,
                                                       apr_pool_t *p);

/**
 * Verifies valid balancer name (eg: balancer://foo)
 * @param name  name to test
 * @param i     number of chars to test; 0 for all.
 * @return      true/false
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_valid_balancer_name(char *name, int i);


/**
 * Get the balancer from proxy configuration
 * @param p     memory pool used for temporary storage while finding balancer
 * @param conf  current proxy server configuration
 * @param url   url to find the worker from; must have balancer:// prefix
 * @param careactive true if we care if the balancer is active or not
 * @return      proxy_balancer or NULL if not found
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(proxy_balancer *) ap_proxy_get_balancer(apr_pool_t *p,
                                                      proxy_server_conf *conf,
                                                      const char *url,
                                                      int careactive);

/**
 * Update the balancer's vhost related fields
 * @param p     memory pool used for temporary storage while finding balancer
 * @param balancer  balancer to be updated
 * @param url   url to find vhost info
 * @return      error string or NULL if OK
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(char *) ap_proxy_update_balancer(apr_pool_t *p,
                                               proxy_balancer *balancer,
                                               const char *url);

/**
 * Define and Allocate space for the balancer to proxy configuration
 * @param p      memory pool to allocate balancer from
 * @param balancer the new balancer
 * @param conf   current proxy server configuration
 * @param url    url containing balancer name
 * @param alias  alias/fake-path to this balancer
 * @param do_malloc true if shared struct should be malloced
 * @return       error message or NULL if successful
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(char *) ap_proxy_define_balancer(apr_pool_t *p,
                                               proxy_balancer **balancer,
                                               proxy_server_conf *conf,
                                               const char *url,
                                               const char *alias,
                                               int do_malloc);

/**
 * Share a defined proxy balancer via shm
 * @param balancer  balancer to be shared
 * @param shm       location of shared info
 * @param i         index into shm
 * @return          APR_SUCCESS or error code
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_share_balancer(proxy_balancer *balancer,
                                                    proxy_balancer_shared *shm,
                                                    int i);

/**
 * Initialize the balancer as needed
 * @param balancer balancer to initialize
 * @param s        current server record
 * @param p        memory pool used for mutex and connection pool
 * @return         APR_SUCCESS or error code
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_initialize_balancer(proxy_balancer *balancer,
                                                         server_rec *s,
                                                         apr_pool_t *p);

typedef int (proxy_is_best_callback_fn_t)(proxy_worker *current, proxy_worker *prev_best, void *baton);

/**
 * Retrieve the best worker in a balancer for the current request
 * @param balancer balancer for which to find the best worker
 * @param r        current request record
 * @param is_best  a callback function provide by the lbmethod
 *                 that determines if the current worker is best
 * @param baton    an lbmethod-specific context pointer (baton)
 *                 passed to the is_best callback
 * @return         the best worker to be used for the request
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(proxy_worker *) ap_proxy_balancer_get_best_worker(proxy_balancer *balancer,
                                                                request_rec *r,
                                                                proxy_is_best_callback_fn_t *is_best,
                                                                void *baton);
/*
 * Needed by the lb modules.
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(proxy_worker *, proxy_balancer_get_best_worker,
                                        (proxy_balancer *balancer,
                                         request_rec *r,
                                         proxy_is_best_callback_fn_t *is_best,
                                         void *baton));

/**
 * Find the shm of the worker as needed
 * @param storage slotmem provider
 * @param slot    slotmem instance
 * @param worker  worker to find
 * @param index   pointer to index within slotmem of worker
 * @return        pointer to shm of worker, or NULL
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(proxy_worker_shared *) ap_proxy_find_workershm(ap_slotmem_provider_t *storage,
                                                             ap_slotmem_instance_t *slot,
                                                             proxy_worker *worker,
                                                             unsigned int *index);

/**
 * Find the shm of the balancer as needed
 * @param storage  slotmem provider
 * @param slot     slotmem instance
 * @param balancer balancer of shm to find
 * @param index    pointer to index within slotmem of balancer
 * @return         pointer to shm of balancer, or NULL
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(proxy_balancer_shared *) ap_proxy_find_balancershm(ap_slotmem_provider_t *storage,
                                                                 ap_slotmem_instance_t *slot,
                                                                 proxy_balancer *balancer,
                                                                 unsigned int *index);

/*
 * Strip the UDS part of r->filename if any, and put the UDS path in
 * r->notes ("uds_path")
 * @param r        current request
 * @return         OK if fixed up, DECLINED if not UDS, or an HTTP_XXX error
 * @remark Deprecated (for internal use only)
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_fixup_uds_filename(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Get the most suitable worker and/or balancer for the request
 * @param worker   worker used for processing request
 * @param balancer balancer used for processing request
 * @param r        current request
 * @param conf     current proxy server configuration
 * @param url      request url that balancer can rewrite.
 * @return         OK or  HTTP_XXX error
 * @note It calls balancer pre_request hook if the url starts with balancer://
 * The balancer then rewrites the url to particular worker, like http://host:port
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_pre_request(proxy_worker **worker,
                                        proxy_balancer **balancer,
                                        request_rec *r,
                                        proxy_server_conf *conf,
                                        char **url);
/**
 * Post request worker and balancer cleanup
 * @param worker   worker used for processing request
 * @param balancer balancer used for processing request
 * @param r        current request
 * @param conf     current proxy server configuration
 * @return         OK or  HTTP_XXX error
 * @note Whenever the pre_request is called, the post_request has to be
 * called too.
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_post_request(proxy_worker *worker,
                                         proxy_balancer *balancer,
                                         request_rec *r,
                                         proxy_server_conf *conf);

/* Bitmask for ap_proxy_determine_address() */
#define PROXY_DETERMINE_ADDRESS_CHECK   (1u << 0)
/**
 * Resolve an address, reusing the one of the worker if any.
 * @param proxy_function calling proxy scheme (http, ajp, ...)
 * @param conn     proxy connection the address is used for
 * @param hostname host to resolve (should be the worker's if reusable)
 * @param hostport port to resolve (should be the worker's if reusable)
 * @param flags    bitmask of PROXY_DETERMINE_ADDRESS_*
 * @param r        current request (if any)
 * @param s        current server (or NULL if r != NULL and ap_proxyerror()
 *                                 should be called on error)
 * @return         APR_SUCCESS or an error, APR_EEXIST if the address is still
 *                 the same and PROXY_DETERMINE_ADDRESS_CHECK is asked
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_determine_address(const char *proxy_function,
                                                       proxy_conn_rec *conn,
                                                       const char *hostname,
                                                       apr_port_t hostport,
                                                       unsigned int flags,
                                                       request_rec *r,
                                                       server_rec *s);

/**
 * Determine backend hostname and port
 * @param p       memory pool used for processing
 * @param r       current request
 * @param conf    current proxy server configuration
 * @param worker  worker used for processing request
 * @param conn    proxy connection struct
 * @param uri     processed uri
 * @param url     request url
 * @param proxyname are we connecting directly or via a proxy
 * @param proxyport proxy host port
 * @param server_portstr Via headers server port, must be non-NULL
 * @param server_portstr_size size of the server_portstr buffer; must
 * be at least one, even if the protocol doesn't use this
 * @return         OK or HTTP_XXX error
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_determine_connection(apr_pool_t *p, request_rec *r,
                                                 proxy_server_conf *conf,
                                                 proxy_worker *worker,
                                                 proxy_conn_rec *conn,
                                                 apr_uri_t *uri,
                                                 char **url,
                                                 const char *proxyname,
                                                 apr_port_t proxyport,
                                                 char *server_portstr,
                                                 int server_portstr_size);

/**
 * Mark a worker for retry
 * @param proxy_function calling proxy scheme (http, ajp, ...)
 * @param worker  worker used for retrying
 * @param s       current server record
 * @return        OK if marked for retry, DECLINED otherwise
 * @note The error status of the worker will cleared if the retry interval has
 * elapsed since the last error.
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int, ap_proxy_retry_worker,
        (const char *proxy_function, proxy_worker *worker, server_rec *s));

/**
 * Acquire a connection from worker connection pool
 * @param proxy_function calling proxy scheme (http, ajp, ...)
 * @param conn    acquired connection
 * @param worker  worker used for obtaining connection
 * @param s       current server record
 * @return        OK or HTTP_XXX error
 * @note If the connection limit has been reached, the function will
 * block until a connection becomes available or the timeout has
 * elapsed.
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_acquire_connection(const char *proxy_function,
                                               proxy_conn_rec **conn,
                                               proxy_worker *worker,
                                               server_rec *s);
/**
 * Release a connection back to worker connection pool
 * @param proxy_function calling proxy scheme (http, ajp, ...)
 * @param conn    acquired connection
 * @param s       current server record
 * @return        OK or HTTP_XXX error
 * @note The connection will be closed if conn->close_on_release is set
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_release_connection(const char *proxy_function,
                                               proxy_conn_rec *conn,
                                               server_rec *s);

#define PROXY_CHECK_CONN_EMPTY (1 << 0)
/**
 * Check a connection to the backend
 * @param scheme calling proxy scheme (http, ajp, ...)
 * @param conn   acquired connection
 * @param server current server record
 * @param max_blank_lines how many blank lines to consume,
 *                        or zero for none (considered data)
 * @param flags  PROXY_CHECK_* bitmask
 * @return APR_SUCCESS: connection established,
 *         APR_ENOTEMPTY: connection established with data,
 *         APR_ENOSOCKET: not connected,
 *         APR_EINVAL: worker in error state (unusable),
 *         other: connection closed/aborted (remotely)
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_check_connection(const char *scheme,
                                                      proxy_conn_rec *conn,
                                                      server_rec *server,
                                                      unsigned max_blank_lines,
                                                      int flags);

/**
 * Make a connection to the backend
 * @param proxy_function calling proxy scheme (http, ajp, ...)
 * @param conn    acquired connection
 * @param worker  connection worker
 * @param s       current server record
 * @return        OK or HTTP_XXX error
 * @note In case the socket already exists for conn, just check the link
 * status.
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_connect_backend(const char *proxy_function,
                                            proxy_conn_rec *conn,
                                            proxy_worker *worker,
                                            server_rec *s);

/**
 * Make a connection to a Unix Domain Socket (UDS) path
 * @param sock     UDS to connect
 * @param uds_path UDS path to connect to
 * @param p        pool to make the sock addr
 * @return         APR_SUCCESS or error status
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_connect_uds(apr_socket_t *sock,
                                                 const char *uds_path,
                                                 apr_pool_t *p);
/**
 * Make a connection record for backend connection
 * @param proxy_function calling proxy scheme (http, ajp, ...)
 * @param conn    acquired connection
 * @param c       client connection record (unused, deprecated)
 * @param s       current server record
 * @return        OK or HTTP_XXX error
 * @note The function will return immediately if conn->connection
 * is already set,
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_connection_create(const char *proxy_function,
                                              proxy_conn_rec *conn,
                                              conn_rec *c, server_rec *s);

/**
 * Make a connection record for backend connection, using request dir config
 * @param proxy_function calling proxy scheme (http, ajp, ...)
 * @param conn    acquired connection
 * @param r       current request record
 * @return        OK or HTTP_XXX error
 * @note The function will return immediately if conn->connection
 * is already set,
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_connection_create_ex(const char *proxy_function,
                                                 proxy_conn_rec *conn,
                                                 request_rec *r);
/**
 * Determine if proxy connection can potentially be reused at the
 * end of this request.
 * @param conn proxy connection
 * @return non-zero if reusable, 0 otherwise
 * @note Even if this function returns non-zero, the connection may
 * be subsequently marked for closure.
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_connection_reusable(proxy_conn_rec *conn);

/**
 * Signal the upstream chain that the connection to the backend broke in the
 * middle of the response. This is done by sending an error bucket with
 * status HTTP_BAD_GATEWAY and an EOS bucket up the filter chain.
 * @param r       current request record of client request
 * @param brigade The brigade that is sent through the output filter chain
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(void) ap_proxy_backend_broke(request_rec *r,
                                           apr_bucket_brigade *brigade);

/**
 * Return a hash based on the passed string
 * @param str     string to produce hash from
 * @param method  hashing method to use
 * @return        hash as unsigned int
 */

typedef enum { PROXY_HASHFUNC_DEFAULT, PROXY_HASHFUNC_APR,  PROXY_HASHFUNC_FNV } proxy_hash_t;

PROXY_DECLARE(unsigned int) ap_proxy_hashfunc(const char *str, proxy_hash_t method);


/**
 * Set/unset the worker status bitfield depending on flag
 * @param c    flag
 * @param set  set or unset bit
 * @param w    worker to use
 * @return     APR_SUCCESS if valid flag
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_set_wstatus(char c, int set, proxy_worker *w);


/**
 * Create readable representation of worker status bitfield
 * @param p  pool
 * @param w  worker to use
 * @return   string representation of status
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(char *) ap_proxy_parse_wstatus(apr_pool_t *p, proxy_worker *w);


/**
 * Sync balancer and workers based on any updates w/i shm
 * @param b  balancer to check/update member list of
 * @param s  server rec
 * @param conf config
 * @return   APR_SUCCESS if all goes well
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_sync_balancer(proxy_balancer *b,
                                                   server_rec *s,
                                                   proxy_server_conf *conf);

/**
 * Configure and create workers (and balancer) in mod_balancer.
 * @param r request
 * @param params table with the parameters like b=mycluster etc.
 * @return 404 when the worker/balancer doesn't exist,
 *         400 if something is invalid
 *         200 for success.
 */ 
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_status_t, balancer_manage,
        (request_rec *, apr_table_t *params));

/**
 * Find the matched alias for this request and setup for proxy handler
 * @param r     request
 * @param ent   proxy_alias record
 * @param dconf per-dir config or NULL
 * @return      OK if the alias matched,
 *              DONE if the alias matched and r->uri was normalized so
 *                   no further transformation should happen on it,
 *              DECLINED if proxying is disabled for this alias,
 *              HTTP_CONTINUE if the alias did not match
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_trans_match(request_rec *r,
                                        struct proxy_alias *ent,
                                        proxy_dir_conf *dconf);

/**
 * Create a HTTP request header brigade,  old_cl_val and old_te_val as required.
 * @param p               pool
 * @param header_brigade  header brigade to use/fill
 * @param r               request
 * @param p_conn          proxy connection rec
 * @param worker          selected worker
 * @param conf            per-server proxy config
 * @param uri             uri
 * @param url             url
 * @param server_portstr  port as string
 * @param old_cl_val      stored old content-len val
 * @param old_te_val      stored old TE val
 * @return                OK or HTTP_EXPECTATION_FAILED
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_create_hdrbrgd(apr_pool_t *p,
                                           apr_bucket_brigade *header_brigade,
                                           request_rec *r,
                                           proxy_conn_rec *p_conn,
                                           proxy_worker *worker,
                                           proxy_server_conf *conf,
                                           apr_uri_t *uri,
                                           char *url, char *server_portstr,
                                           char **old_cl_val,
                                           char **old_te_val);

/**
 * Prefetch the client request body (in memory), up to a limit.
 * Read what's in the client pipe. If nonblocking is set and read is EAGAIN,
 * pass a FLUSH bucket to the backend and read again in blocking mode.
 * @param r             client request
 * @param backend       backend connection
 * @param input_brigade input brigade to use/fill
 * @param block         blocking or non-blocking mode
 * @param bytes_read    number of bytes read
 * @param max_read      maximum number of bytes to read
 * @return              OK or HTTP_* error code
 * @note max_read is rounded up to APR_BUCKET_BUFF_SIZE
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_prefetch_input(request_rec *r,
                                           proxy_conn_rec *backend,
                                           apr_bucket_brigade *input_brigade,
                                           apr_read_type_e block,
                                           apr_off_t *bytes_read,
                                           apr_off_t max_read);

/**
 * Spool the client request body to memory, or disk above given limit.
 * @param r             client request
 * @param backend       backend connection
 * @param input_brigade input brigade to use/fill
 * @param bytes_spooled number of bytes spooled
 * @param max_mem_spool maximum number of in-memory bytes
 * @return              OK or HTTP_* error code
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_spool_input(request_rec *r,
                                        proxy_conn_rec *backend,
                                        apr_bucket_brigade *input_brigade,
                                        apr_off_t *bytes_spooled,
                                        apr_off_t max_mem_spool);

/**
 * Read what's in the client pipe. If the read would block (EAGAIN),
 * pass a FLUSH bucket to the backend and read again in blocking mode.
 * @param r             client request
 * @param backend       backend connection
 * @param input_brigade brigade to use/fill
 * @param max_read      maximum number of bytes to read
 * @return              OK or HTTP_* error code
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_read_input(request_rec *r,
                                       proxy_conn_rec *backend,
                                       apr_bucket_brigade *input_brigade,
                                       apr_off_t max_read);

/**
 * @param bucket_alloc  bucket allocator
 * @param r             request
 * @param p_conn        proxy connection
 * @param origin        connection rec of origin
 * @param  bb           brigade to send to origin
 * @param  flush        flush
 * @return              status (OK)
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_pass_brigade(apr_bucket_alloc_t *bucket_alloc,
                                         request_rec *r, proxy_conn_rec *p_conn,
                                         conn_rec *origin, apr_bucket_brigade *bb,
                                         int flush);

struct proxy_tunnel_conn; /* opaque */
typedef struct {
    request_rec *r;
    const char *scheme;
    apr_pollset_t *pollset;
    apr_array_header_t *pfds;
    apr_interval_time_t timeout;
    struct proxy_tunnel_conn *client,
                             *origin;
    apr_size_t read_buf_size;
    int replied; /* TODO 2.5+: one bit to merge in below bitmask */
    unsigned int nohalfclose :1;
} proxy_tunnel_rec;

/**
 * Create a tunnel, to be activated by ap_proxy_tunnel_run().
 * @param tunnel   tunnel created
 * @param r        client request
 * @param c_o      connection to origin
 * @param scheme   caller proxy scheme (connect, ws(s), http(s), ...)
 * @return         APR_SUCCESS or error status
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_tunnel_create(proxy_tunnel_rec **tunnel,
                                                   request_rec *r, conn_rec *c_o,
                                                   const char *scheme);

/**
 * Forward anything from either side of the tunnel to the other,
 * until one end aborts or a polling timeout/error occurs.
 * @param tunnel  tunnel to run
 * @return        OK if completion is full, HTTP_GATEWAY_TIME_OUT on timeout
 *                or another HTTP_ error otherwise.
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_tunnel_run(proxy_tunnel_rec *tunnel);

/**
 * Clear the headers referenced by the Connection header from the given
 * table, and remove the Connection header.
 * @param r request
 * @param headers table of headers to clear
 * @return 1 if "close" was present, 0 otherwise.
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int, ap_proxy_clear_connection,
        (request_rec *r, apr_table_t *headers));

/**
 * Do a AJP CPING and wait for CPONG on the socket
 *
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_status_t, ajp_handle_cping_cpong,
        (apr_socket_t *sock, request_rec *r,
         apr_interval_time_t timeout));


/**
 * @param socket        socket to test
 * @return              TRUE if socket is connected/active
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_is_socket_connected(apr_socket_t *socket);

#define PROXY_LBMETHOD "proxylbmethod"

/* The number of dynamic workers that can be added when reconfiguring.
 * If this limit is reached you must stop and restart the server.
 */
#define PROXY_DYNAMIC_BALANCER_LIMIT    16

/**
 * Calculate maximum number of workers in scoreboard.
 * @return  number of workers to allocate in the scoreboard
 */
int ap_proxy_lb_workers(void);

/**
 * Returns 1 if a response with the given status should be overridden.
 *
 * @param conf   proxy directory configuration
 * @param code   http status code
 * @return       1 if code is considered an error-code, 0 otherwise
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(int) ap_proxy_should_override(proxy_dir_conf *conf, int code);

/**
 * Return the port number of a known scheme (eg: http -> 80).
 * @param scheme        scheme to test
 * @return              port number or 0 if unknown
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(apr_port_t) ap_proxy_port_of_scheme(const char *scheme);

/**
 * Return the name of the health check method (eg: "OPTIONS").
 * @param method        method enum
 * @return              name of method
 */
PROXY_DECLARE (const char *) ap_proxy_show_hcmethod(hcmethod_t method);

/**
 * Strip a unix domain socket (UDS) prefix from the input URL
 * @param p             pool to allocate result from
 * @param url           a URL potentially prefixed with a UDS path
 * @return              URL with the UDS prefix removed
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(const char *) ap_proxy_de_socketfy(apr_pool_t *p, const char *url);

/*
 * Transform buckets from one bucket allocator to another one by creating a
 * transient bucket for each data bucket and let it use the data read from
 * the old bucket. Metabuckets are transformed by just recreating them.
 * Attention: Currently only the following bucket types are handled:
 *
 * All data buckets
 * FLUSH
 * EOS
 *
 * If an other bucket type is found its type is logged as a debug message
 * and APR_EGENERAL is returned.
 *
 * @param r     request_rec of the actual request. Used for logging purposes
 * @param from  the bucket brigade to take the buckets from
 * @param to    the bucket brigade to store the transformed buckets
 * @return      apr_status_t of the operation. Either APR_SUCCESS or
 *              APR_EGENERAL
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_buckets_lifetime_transform(request_rec *r,
                                                      apr_bucket_brigade *from,
                                                      apr_bucket_brigade *to);

/* 
 * The flags for ap_proxy_transfer_between_connections(), where for legacy and
 * compatibility reasons FLUSH_EACH and FLUSH_AFTER are boolean values.
 */
#define AP_PROXY_TRANSFER_FLUSH_EACH        (0x00)
#define AP_PROXY_TRANSFER_FLUSH_AFTER       (0x01)
#define AP_PROXY_TRANSFER_YIELD_PENDING     (0x02)
#define AP_PROXY_TRANSFER_YIELD_MAX_READS   (0x04)

/*
 * Sends all data that can be read non blocking from the input filter chain of
 * c_i and send it down the output filter chain of c_o. For reading it uses
 * the bucket brigade bb_i which should be created from the bucket allocator
 * associated with c_i. For sending through the output filter chain it uses
 * the bucket brigade bb_o which should be created from the bucket allocator
 * associated with c_o. In order to get the buckets from bb_i to bb_o
 * ap_proxy_buckets_lifetime_transform is used.
 *
 * @param r     request_rec of the actual request. Used for logging purposes
 * @param c_i   inbound connection conn_rec
 * @param c_o   outbound connection conn_rec
 * @param bb_i  bucket brigade for pulling data from the inbound connection
 * @param bb_o  bucket brigade for sending data through the outbound connection
 * @param name  string for logging from where data was pulled
 * @param sent  if not NULL will be set to 1 if data was sent through c_o
 * @param bsize maximum amount of data pulled in one iteration from c_i
 * @param flags AP_PROXY_TRANSFER_* bitmask
 * @return      apr_status_t of the operation. Could be any error returned from
 *              either the input filter chain of c_i or the output filter chain
 *              of c_o, APR_EPIPE if the outgoing connection was aborted, or
 *              APR_INCOMPLETE if AP_PROXY_TRANSFER_YIELD_PENDING was set and
 *              the output stack gets full before the input stack is exhausted.
 */
PROXY_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_proxy_transfer_between_connections(
                                                       request_rec *r,
                                                       conn_rec *c_i,
                                                       conn_rec *c_o,
                                                       apr_bucket_brigade *bb_i,
                                                       apr_bucket_brigade *bb_o,
                                                       const char *name,
                                                       int *sent,
                                                       apr_off_t bsize,
                                                       int flags);

extern module PROXY_DECLARE_DATA proxy_module;

#endif /*MOD_PROXY_H*/
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  util_script.h
 * @brief Apache script tools
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_SCRIPT Script Tools
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 * @{
 */

#ifndef APACHE_UTIL_SCRIPT_H
#define APACHE_UTIL_SCRIPT_H

#include "apr_buckets.h"
#include "ap_config.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef APACHE_ARG_MAX
#ifdef _POSIX_ARG_MAX
#define APACHE_ARG_MAX _POSIX_ARG_MAX
#else
#define APACHE_ARG_MAX 512
#endif
#endif

/**
 * Create an environment variable out of an Apache table of key-value pairs
 * @param p pool to allocate out of
 * @param t Apache table of key-value pairs
 * @return An array containing the same key-value pairs suitable for
 *         use with an exec call.
 * @fn char **ap_create_environment(apr_pool_t *p, apr_table_t *t)
 */
AP_DECLARE(char **) ap_create_environment(apr_pool_t *p, apr_table_t *t);

/**
 * This "cute" little function comes about because the path info on
 * filenames and URLs aren't always the same. So we take the two,
 * and find as much of the two that match as possible.
 * @param uri The uri we are currently parsing
 * @param path_info The current path info
 * @return The length of the path info
 * @fn int ap_find_path_info(const char *uri, const char *path_info)
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_find_path_info(const char *uri, const char *path_info);

/**
 * Add CGI environment variables required by HTTP/1.1 to the request's
 * environment table
 * @param r the current request
 * @fn void ap_add_cgi_vars(request_rec *r)
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_add_cgi_vars(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Add common CGI environment variables to the requests environment table
 * @param r The current request
 * @fn void ap_add_common_vars(request_rec *r)
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_add_common_vars(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Read headers output from a script, ensuring that the output is valid.  If
 * the output is valid, then the headers are added to the headers out of the
 * current request
 * @param r The current request
 * @param f The file to read from
 * @param buffer Empty when calling the function.  On output, if there was an
 *               error, the string that cause the error is stored here.
 * @return HTTP_OK on success, HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR otherwise
 * @fn int ap_scan_script_header_err(request_rec *r, apr_file_t *f, char *buffer)
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_scan_script_header_err(request_rec *r, apr_file_t *f, char *buffer);

/**
 * Read headers output from a script, ensuring that the output is valid.  If
 * the output is valid, then the headers are added to the headers out of the
 * current request
 * @param r The current request
 * @param f The file to read from
 * @param buffer Empty when calling the function.  On output, if there was an
 *               error, the string that cause the error is stored here.
 * @param module_index The module index to be used for logging
 * @return HTTP_OK on success, HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_scan_script_header_err_ex(request_rec *r, apr_file_t *f,
                                             char *buffer, int module_index);


/**
 * Read headers output from a script, ensuring that the output is valid.  If
 * the output is valid, then the headers are added to the headers out of the
 * current request
 * @param r The current request
 * @param bb The brigade from which to read
 * @param buffer Empty when calling the function.  On output, if there was an
 *               error, the string that cause the error is stored here.
 * @return HTTP_OK on success, HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR otherwise
 * @fn int ap_scan_script_header_err_brigade(request_rec *r, apr_bucket_brigade *bb, char *buffer)
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_scan_script_header_err_brigade(request_rec *r,
                                                  apr_bucket_brigade *bb,
                                                  char *buffer);

/**
 * Read headers output from a script, ensuring that the output is valid.  If
 * the output is valid, then the headers are added to the headers out of the
 * current request
 * @param r The current request
 * @param bb The brigade from which to read
 * @param buffer Empty when calling the function.  On output, if there was an
 *               error, the string that cause the error is stored here.
 * @param module_index The module index to be used for logging
 * @return HTTP_OK on success, HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_scan_script_header_err_brigade_ex(request_rec *r,
                                                     apr_bucket_brigade *bb,
                                                     char *buffer,
                                                     int module_index);

/**
 * Read headers strings from a script, ensuring that the output is valid.  If
 * the output is valid, then the headers are added to the headers out of the
 * current request
 * @param r The current request
 * @param buffer Empty when calling the function.  On output, if there was an
 *               error, the string that cause the error is stored here.
 * @param termch Pointer to the last character parsed.
 * @param termarg Pointer to an int to capture the last argument parsed.
 *
 * The varargs are string arguments to parse consecutively for headers,
 * with a NULL argument to terminate the list.
 *
 * @return HTTP_OK on success, HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(int) ap_scan_script_header_err_strs(request_rec *r,
                                                      char *buffer,
                                                      const char **termch,
                                                      int *termarg, ...)
                       AP_FN_ATTR_SENTINEL;

/**
 * Read headers strings from a script, ensuring that the output is valid.  If
 * the output is valid, then the headers are added to the headers out of the
 * current request
 * @param r The current request
 * @param buffer Empty when calling the function.  On output, if there was an
 *               error, the string that cause the error is stored here.
 * @param module_index The module index to be used for logging
 * @param termch Pointer to the last character parsed.
 * @param termarg Pointer to an int to capture the last argument parsed.
 *
 * The varargs are string arguments to parse consecutively for headers,
 * with a NULL argument to terminate the list.
 *
 * @return HTTP_OK on success, HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(int) ap_scan_script_header_err_strs_ex(request_rec *r,
                                                         char *buffer,
                                                         int module_index,
                                                         const char **termch,
                                                         int *termarg, ...)
                       AP_FN_ATTR_SENTINEL;


/**
 * Read headers output from a script, ensuring that the output is valid.  If
 * the output is valid, then the headers are added to the headers out of the
 * current request
 * @param r The current request
 * @param buffer Empty when calling the function.  On output, if there was an
 *               error, the string that cause the error is stored here.
 * @param getsfunc Function to read the headers from.  This function should
                   act like gets()
 * @param getsfunc_data The place to read from
 * @return HTTP_OK on success, HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_scan_script_header_err_core(request_rec *r, char *buffer,
                                               int (*getsfunc) (char *, int, void *),
                                               void *getsfunc_data);

/**
 * Read headers output from a script, ensuring that the output is valid.  If
 * the output is valid, then the headers are added to the headers out of the
 * current request
 * @param r The current request
 * @param buffer Empty when calling the function.  On output, if there was an
 *               error, the string that cause the error is stored here.
 * @param getsfunc Function to read the headers from.  This function should
                   act like gets()
 * @param getsfunc_data The place to read from
 * @param module_index The module index to be used for logging
 * @return HTTP_OK on success, HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_scan_script_header_err_core_ex(request_rec *r, char *buffer,
                                        int (*getsfunc) (char *, int, void *),
                                        void *getsfunc_data, int module_index);


/**
 * Parse query args for the request and store in a new table allocated
 * from the request pool.
 * For args with no value, "1" will be used instead.
 * If no query args were specified, the table will be empty.
 * @param r The current request
 * @param table A new table on output.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_args_to_table(request_rec *r, apr_table_t **table);

#define AP_TRUST_CGILIKE_CL_ENVVAR "ap_trust_cgilike_cl"

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif  /* !APACHE_UTIL_SCRIPT_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  mod_dbd.h
 * @brief Database Access Extension Module for Apache
 *
 * Overview of what this is and does:
 * http://www.apache.org/~niq/dbd.html
 * or
 * http://apache.webthing.com/database/
 *
 * @defgroup MOD_DBD mod_dbd
 * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
 * @{
 */

#ifndef DBD_H
#define DBD_H

/* Create a set of DBD_DECLARE(type), DBD_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) and
 * DBD_DECLARE_DATA with appropriate export and import tags for the platform
 */
#if !defined(WIN32)
#define DBD_DECLARE(type)            type
#define DBD_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     type
#define DBD_DECLARE_DATA
#elif defined(DBD_DECLARE_STATIC)
#define DBD_DECLARE(type)            type __stdcall
#define DBD_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     type
#define DBD_DECLARE_DATA
#elif defined(DBD_DECLARE_EXPORT)
#define DBD_DECLARE(type)            __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
#define DBD_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     __declspec(dllexport) type
#define DBD_DECLARE_DATA             __declspec(dllexport)
#else
#define DBD_DECLARE(type)            __declspec(dllimport) type __stdcall
#define DBD_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     __declspec(dllimport) type
#define DBD_DECLARE_DATA             __declspec(dllimport)
#endif

#include <httpd.h>
#include <apr_optional.h>
#include <apr_hash.h>
#include <apr_hooks.h>

typedef struct {
    server_rec *server;
    const char *name;
    const char *params;
    int persist;
#if APR_HAS_THREADS
    int nmin;
    int nkeep;
    int nmax;
    int exptime;
    int set;
#endif
    apr_hash_t *queries;
    apr_array_header_t *init_queries;
} dbd_cfg_t;

typedef struct {
    apr_dbd_t *handle;
    const apr_dbd_driver_t *driver;
    apr_hash_t *prepared;
    apr_pool_t *pool;
} ap_dbd_t;

/* Export functions to access the database */

/* acquire a connection that MUST be explicitly closed.
 * Returns NULL on error
 */
DBD_DECLARE_NONSTD(ap_dbd_t*) ap_dbd_open(apr_pool_t*, server_rec*);

/* release a connection acquired with ap_dbd_open */
DBD_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) ap_dbd_close(server_rec*, ap_dbd_t*);

/* acquire a connection that will have the lifetime of a request
 * and MUST NOT be explicitly closed.  Return NULL on error.
 * This is the preferred function for most applications.
 */
DBD_DECLARE_NONSTD(ap_dbd_t*) ap_dbd_acquire(request_rec*);

/* acquire a connection that will have the lifetime of a connection
 * and MUST NOT be explicitly closed.  Return NULL on error.
 * This is the preferred function for most applications.
 */
DBD_DECLARE_NONSTD(ap_dbd_t*) ap_dbd_cacquire(conn_rec*);

/* Prepare a statement for use by a client module during
 * the server startup/configuration phase.  Can't be called
 * after the server has created its children (use apr_dbd_*).
 */
DBD_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) ap_dbd_prepare(server_rec*, const char*, const char*);

/* Also export them as optional functions for modules that prefer it */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(ap_dbd_t*, ap_dbd_open, (apr_pool_t*, server_rec*));
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, ap_dbd_close, (server_rec*, ap_dbd_t*));
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(ap_dbd_t*, ap_dbd_acquire, (request_rec*));
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(ap_dbd_t*, ap_dbd_cacquire, (conn_rec*));
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, ap_dbd_prepare, (server_rec*, const char*, const char*));

APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(dbd, DBD, apr_status_t, post_connect,
                          (apr_pool_t *, dbd_cfg_t *, ap_dbd_t *))

#endif
/** @} */

/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  heartbeat.h
 * @brief commun structures for mod_heartmonitor.c and mod_lbmethod_heartbeat.c
 *
 * @defgroup HEARTBEAT heartbeat
 * @ingroup  APACHE_MODS
 * @{
 */

#ifndef HEARTBEAT_H
#define HEARTBEAT_H

#include "apr.h"
#include "apr_time.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
 * Worse Case: IPv4-Mapped IPv6 Address
 * 0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:FFFF:255.255.255.255
 */
#define MAXIPSIZE  46
typedef struct hm_slot_server_t
{
    char ip[MAXIPSIZE];
    int busy;
    int ready;
    apr_time_t seen;
    int id;
} hm_slot_server_t;

/* default name of heartbeat data file, created in the configured
 * runtime directory when mod_slotmem_shm is not available
 */
#define DEFAULT_HEARTBEAT_STORAGE "hb.dat"

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* HEARTBEAT_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file mod_ssl_openssl.h
 * @brief Interface to OpenSSL-specific APIs provided by mod_ssl
 *
 * @defgroup MOD_SSL mod_ssl_openssl
 * @ingroup  APACHE_MODS
 * @{
 */

#ifndef __MOD_SSL_OPENSSL_H__
#define __MOD_SSL_OPENSSL_H__

#include "mod_ssl.h"

/* OpenSSL headers */

#include <openssl/opensslv.h>
#if OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER >= 0x30000000
#include <openssl/macros.h> /* for OPENSSL_API_LEVEL */
#endif
#if OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER >= 0x10001000
/* must be defined before including ssl.h */
#define OPENSSL_NO_SSL_INTERN
#endif
#include <openssl/ssl.h>
#include <openssl/evp.h>
#include <openssl/x509.h>

/**
 * init_server hook -- allow SSL_CTX-specific initialization to be performed by
 * a module for each SSL-enabled server (one at a time)
 * @param s SSL-enabled [virtual] server
 * @param p pconf pool
 * @param is_proxy 1 if this server supports backend connections
 * over SSL/TLS, 0 if it supports client connections over SSL/TLS
 * @param ctx OpenSSL SSL Context for the server
 */
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ssl, SSL, int, init_server,
                          (server_rec *s, apr_pool_t *p, int is_proxy, SSL_CTX *ctx))

/**
 * pre_handshake hook
 * @param c conn_rec for new connection from client or to backend server
 * @param ssl OpenSSL SSL Connection for the client or backend server
 * @param is_proxy 1 if this handshake is for a backend connection, 0 otherwise
 */
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ssl, SSL, int, pre_handshake,
                          (conn_rec *c, SSL *ssl, int is_proxy))

/**
 * proxy_post_handshake hook -- allow module to abort after successful
 * handshake with backend server and subsequent peer checks
 * @param c conn_rec for connection to backend server
 * @param ssl OpenSSL SSL Connection for the client or backend server
 */
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ssl, SSL, int, proxy_post_handshake,
                          (conn_rec *c, SSL *ssl))

/** On TLS connections that do not relate to a configured virtual host,
 * allow other modules to provide a X509 certificate and EVP_PKEY to
 * be used on the connection. This first hook which does not
 * return DECLINED will determine the outcome. */
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ssl, SSL, int, answer_challenge,
                          (conn_rec *c, const char *server_name, 
                          X509 **pcert, EVP_PKEY **pkey))

/** During post_config phase, ask around if someone wants to provide
 * OCSP stapling status information for the given cert (with the also
 * provided issuer certificate). The first hook which does not
 * return DECLINED promises to take responsibility (and respond
 * in later calls via hook ssl_get_stapling_status).
 * If no hook takes over, mod_ssl's own stapling implementation will
 * be applied (if configured).
 */
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ssl, SSL, int, init_stapling_status,
                          (server_rec *s, apr_pool_t *p, 
                          X509 *cert, X509 *issuer))

/** Anyone answering positive to ssl_init_stapling_status for a 
 * certificate, needs to register here and supply the actual OCSP stapling
 * status data (OCSP_RESP) for a new connection.
 * A hook supplying the response data must return APR_SUCCESS.
 * The data is returned in DER encoded bytes via pder and pderlen. The
 * returned pointer may be NULL, which indicates that data is (currently)
 * unavailable.
 * If DER data is returned, it MUST come from a response with
 * status OCSP_RESPONSE_STATUS_SUCCESSFUL and V_OCSP_CERTSTATUS_GOOD
 * or V_OCSP_CERTSTATUS_REVOKED, not V_OCSP_CERTSTATUS_UNKNOWN. This means
 * errors in OCSP retrieval are to be handled/logged by the hook and
 * are not done by mod_ssl.
 * Any DER bytes returned MUST be allocated via malloc() and ownership
 * passes to mod_ssl. Meaning, the hook must return a malloced copy of
 * the data it has. mod_ssl (or OpenSSL) will free it. 
 */
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ssl, SSL, int, get_stapling_status,
                          (unsigned char **pder, int *pderlen, 
                          conn_rec *c, server_rec *s, X509 *cert))
                          
#endif /* __MOD_SSL_OPENSSL_H__ */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  util_charset.h
 * @brief charset conversion
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_CHARSET Charset Conversion
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 * 
 * These are the translation handles used to translate between the network
 * format of protocol headers and the local machine format.
 *
 * For an EBCDIC machine, these are valid handles which are set up at
 * initialization to translate between ISO-8859-1 and the code page of
 * the source code.\n
 * For an ASCII machine, they are undefined.
 * 
 * @see ap_init_ebcdic()
 * @{
 */

#ifndef APACHE_UTIL_CHARSET_H
#define APACHE_UTIL_CHARSET_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include "apr.h"

#if APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC || defined(DOXYGEN)

#include "apr_xlate.h"

/**
 * On EBCDIC machine this is a translation handle used to translate the
 * headers from the local machine format to ASCII for network transmission.
 * @note On ASCII system, this variable does <b>not</b> exist.
 * So, its use should be guarded by \#if APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC.
 */
extern apr_xlate_t *ap_hdrs_to_ascii;

/**
 * On EBCDIC machine this is a translation handle used to translate the
 * headers from ASCII to the local machine format after network transmission.
 * @note On ASCII system, this variable does <b>not</b> exist.
 * So, its use should be guarded by \#if APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC.
 */
extern apr_xlate_t *ap_hdrs_from_ascii;

#endif  /* APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif  /* !APACHE_UTIL_CHARSET_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */


/**
 * @file  mod_request.h
 * @brief mod_request private header file
 *
 * @defgroup MOD_REQUEST mod_request
 * @ingroup  APACHE_MODS
 * @{
 */

#ifndef MOD_REQUEST_H
#define MOD_REQUEST_H

#include "apr.h"
#include "apr_buckets.h"
#include "apr_optional.h"

#include "httpd.h"
#include "util_filter.h"


#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

extern module AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA request_module;

#define KEEP_BODY_FILTER "KEEP_BODY"
#define KEPT_BODY_FILTER "KEPT_BODY"

/**
 * Core per-directory configuration.
 */
typedef struct {
    apr_off_t keep_body;
    int keep_body_set;
} request_dir_conf;

APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, ap_request_insert_filter, (request_rec * r));

APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, ap_request_remove_filter, (request_rec * r));

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* !MOD_REQUEST_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  http_log.h
 * @brief Apache Logging library
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_LOG Logging library
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 * @{
 */

#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_LOG_H
#define APACHE_HTTP_LOG_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include "apr_thread_proc.h"
#include "http_config.h"

#ifdef HAVE_SYSLOG
#include <syslog.h>

#ifndef LOG_PRIMASK
#define LOG_PRIMASK 7
#endif

#define APLOG_EMERG     LOG_EMERG       /* system is unusable */
#define APLOG_ALERT     LOG_ALERT       /* action must be taken immediately */
#define APLOG_CRIT      LOG_CRIT        /* critical conditions */
#define APLOG_ERR       LOG_ERR         /* error conditions */
#define APLOG_WARNING   LOG_WARNING     /* warning conditions */
#define APLOG_NOTICE    LOG_NOTICE      /* normal but significant condition */
#define APLOG_INFO      LOG_INFO        /* informational */
#define APLOG_DEBUG     LOG_DEBUG       /* debug-level messages */
#define APLOG_TRACE1   (LOG_DEBUG + 1)  /* trace-level 1 messages */
#define APLOG_TRACE2   (LOG_DEBUG + 2)  /* trace-level 2 messages */
#define APLOG_TRACE3   (LOG_DEBUG + 3)  /* trace-level 3 messages */
#define APLOG_TRACE4   (LOG_DEBUG + 4)  /* trace-level 4 messages */
#define APLOG_TRACE5   (LOG_DEBUG + 5)  /* trace-level 5 messages */
#define APLOG_TRACE6   (LOG_DEBUG + 6)  /* trace-level 6 messages */
#define APLOG_TRACE7   (LOG_DEBUG + 7)  /* trace-level 7 messages */
#define APLOG_TRACE8   (LOG_DEBUG + 8)  /* trace-level 8 messages */

#define APLOG_LEVELMASK 15     /* mask off the level value */

#else

#define APLOG_EMERG      0     /* system is unusable */
#define APLOG_ALERT      1     /* action must be taken immediately */
#define APLOG_CRIT       2     /* critical conditions */
#define APLOG_ERR        3     /* error conditions */
#define APLOG_WARNING    4     /* warning conditions */
#define APLOG_NOTICE     5     /* normal but significant condition */
#define APLOG_INFO       6     /* informational */
#define APLOG_DEBUG      7     /* debug-level messages */
#define APLOG_TRACE1     8     /* trace-level 1 messages */
#define APLOG_TRACE2     9     /* trace-level 2 messages */
#define APLOG_TRACE3    10     /* trace-level 3 messages */
#define APLOG_TRACE4    11     /* trace-level 4 messages */
#define APLOG_TRACE5    12     /* trace-level 5 messages */
#define APLOG_TRACE6    13     /* trace-level 6 messages */
#define APLOG_TRACE7    14     /* trace-level 7 messages */
#define APLOG_TRACE8    15     /* trace-level 8 messages */

#define APLOG_LEVELMASK 15     /* mask off the level value */

#endif

/* APLOG_NOERRNO is ignored and should not be used.  It will be
 * removed in a future release of Apache.
 */
#define APLOG_NOERRNO           (APLOG_LEVELMASK + 1)

/** Use APLOG_TOCLIENT on ap_log_rerror() to give content
 * handlers the option of including the error text in the
 * ErrorDocument sent back to the client. Setting APLOG_TOCLIENT
 * will cause the error text to be saved in the request_rec->notes
 * table, keyed to the string "error-notes", if and only if:
 * - the severity level of the message is APLOG_WARNING or greater
 * - there are no other "error-notes" set in request_rec->notes
 * Once error-notes is set, it is up to the content handler to
 * determine whether this text should be sent back to the client.
 * Note: Client generated text streams sent back to the client MUST
 * be escaped to prevent CSS attacks.
 */
#define APLOG_TOCLIENT          ((APLOG_LEVELMASK + 1) * 2)

/* normal but significant condition on startup, usually printed to stderr */
#define APLOG_STARTUP           ((APLOG_LEVELMASK + 1) * 4)

#ifndef DEFAULT_LOGLEVEL
#define DEFAULT_LOGLEVEL        APLOG_WARNING
#endif

/**
 * APLOGNO() should be used at the start of the format string passed
 * to ap_log_error() and friends. The argument must be a 5 digit decimal
 * number. It creates a tag of the form "AH02182: "
 * See docs/log-message-tags/README for details.
 */
#define APLOGNO(n)              "AH" #n ": "

/**
 * APLOG_NO_MODULE may be passed as module_index to ap_log_error() and related
 * functions if the module causing the log message is not known. Normally this
 * should not be used directly. Use ::APLOG_MARK or ::APLOG_MODULE_INDEX
 * instead.
 *
 * @see APLOG_MARK
 * @see APLOG_MODULE_INDEX
 * @see ap_log_error
 */
#define APLOG_NO_MODULE         -1

#ifdef __cplusplus
/**
 * C++ modules must invoke ::APLOG_USE_MODULE or ::AP_DECLARE_MODULE in
 * every file which uses ap_log_* before the first use of ::APLOG_MARK
 * or ::APLOG_MODULE_INDEX.
 * (C modules *should* do that as well, to enable module-specific log
 * levels. C modules need not obey the ordering, though).
 */
#else /* __cplusplus */
/**
 * Constant to store module_index for the current file.
 * Objects with static storage duration are set to NULL if not
 * initialized explicitly. This means that if aplog_module_index
 * is not initialized using the ::APLOG_USE_MODULE or the
 * ::AP_DECLARE_MODULE macro, we can safely fall back to
 * use ::APLOG_NO_MODULE. This variable will usually be optimized away.
 */
static int * const aplog_module_index;
#endif /* __cplusplus */

/**
 * APLOG_MODULE_INDEX contains the module_index of the current module if
 * it has been set via the ::APLOG_USE_MODULE or ::AP_DECLARE_MODULE macro.
 * Otherwise it contains ::APLOG_NO_MODULE (for example in unmodified httpd
 * 2.2 modules).
 *
 * If ::APLOG_MARK is used in ap_log_error() and related functions,
 * ::APLOG_MODULE_INDEX will be passed as module_index. In cases where
 * ::APLOG_MARK cannot be used, ::APLOG_MODULE_INDEX should normally be passed
 * as module_index.
 *
 * @see APLOG_MARK
 * @see ap_log_error
 */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define APLOG_MODULE_INDEX (*aplog_module_index)
#else /* __cplusplus */
#define APLOG_MODULE_INDEX  \
    (aplog_module_index ? *aplog_module_index : APLOG_NO_MODULE)
#endif /* __cplusplus */

/**
 * APLOG_MAX_LOGLEVEL can be defined to remove logging above some
 * specified level at compile time.
 *
 * This requires a C99 compiler.
 */
#ifdef DOXYGEN
#define APLOG_MAX_LOGLEVEL
#endif
#ifndef APLOG_MAX_LOGLEVEL
#define APLOG_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(s,module_index,level)              \
          ( (((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) <= APLOG_NOTICE) ||       \
            (s == NULL) ||                                       \
            (ap_get_server_module_loglevel(s, module_index)      \
             >= ((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) ) )
#define APLOG_C_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(c,module_index,level)            \
          ( (((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) <= APLOG_NOTICE) ||       \
            (ap_get_conn_module_loglevel(c, module_index)        \
             >= ((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) ) )
#define APLOG_CS_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(c,s,module_index,level)            \
          ( (((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) <= APLOG_NOTICE) ||          \
            (ap_get_conn_server_module_loglevel(c, s, module_index) \
             >= ((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) ) )
#define APLOG_R_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(r,module_index,level)            \
          ( (((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) <= APLOG_NOTICE) ||       \
            (ap_get_request_module_loglevel(r, module_index)     \
             >= ((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) ) )
#else
#define APLOG_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(s,module_index,level)              \
        ( (((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) <= APLOG_MAX_LOGLEVEL) &&   \
          ( (((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) <= APLOG_NOTICE) ||       \
            (s == NULL) ||                                       \
            (ap_get_server_module_loglevel(s, module_index)      \
             >= ((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) ) ) )
#define APLOG_CS_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(c,s,module_index,level)            \
        ( (((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) <= APLOG_MAX_LOGLEVEL) &&      \
          ( (((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) <= APLOG_NOTICE) ||          \
            (ap_get_conn_server_module_loglevel(c, s, module_index) \
             >= ((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) ) ) )
#define APLOG_C_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(c,module_index,level)            \
        ( (((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) <= APLOG_MAX_LOGLEVEL) &&   \
          ( (((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) <= APLOG_NOTICE) ||       \
            (ap_get_conn_module_loglevel(c, module_index)        \
             >= ((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) ) ) )
#define APLOG_R_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(r,module_index,level)            \
        ( (((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) <= APLOG_MAX_LOGLEVEL) &&   \
          ( (((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) <= APLOG_NOTICE) ||       \
            (ap_get_request_module_loglevel(r, module_index)     \
             >= ((level)&APLOG_LEVELMASK) ) ) )
#endif

#define APLOG_IS_LEVEL(s,level)     \
    APLOG_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(s,APLOG_MODULE_INDEX,level)
#define APLOG_C_IS_LEVEL(c,level)   \
    APLOG_C_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(c,APLOG_MODULE_INDEX,level)
#define APLOG_CS_IS_LEVEL(c,s,level) \
    APLOG_CS_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(c,s,APLOG_MODULE_INDEX,level)
#define APLOG_R_IS_LEVEL(r,level)   \
    APLOG_R_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(r,APLOG_MODULE_INDEX,level)


#define APLOGinfo(s)                APLOG_IS_LEVEL(s,APLOG_INFO)
#define APLOGdebug(s)               APLOG_IS_LEVEL(s,APLOG_DEBUG)
#define APLOGtrace1(s)              APLOG_IS_LEVEL(s,APLOG_TRACE1)
#define APLOGtrace2(s)              APLOG_IS_LEVEL(s,APLOG_TRACE2)
#define APLOGtrace3(s)              APLOG_IS_LEVEL(s,APLOG_TRACE3)
#define APLOGtrace4(s)              APLOG_IS_LEVEL(s,APLOG_TRACE4)
#define APLOGtrace5(s)              APLOG_IS_LEVEL(s,APLOG_TRACE5)
#define APLOGtrace6(s)              APLOG_IS_LEVEL(s,APLOG_TRACE6)
#define APLOGtrace7(s)              APLOG_IS_LEVEL(s,APLOG_TRACE7)
#define APLOGtrace8(s)              APLOG_IS_LEVEL(s,APLOG_TRACE8)

#define APLOGrinfo(r)               APLOG_R_IS_LEVEL(r,APLOG_INFO)
#define APLOGrdebug(r)              APLOG_R_IS_LEVEL(r,APLOG_DEBUG)
#define APLOGrtrace1(r)             APLOG_R_IS_LEVEL(r,APLOG_TRACE1)
#define APLOGrtrace2(r)             APLOG_R_IS_LEVEL(r,APLOG_TRACE2)
#define APLOGrtrace3(r)             APLOG_R_IS_LEVEL(r,APLOG_TRACE3)
#define APLOGrtrace4(r)             APLOG_R_IS_LEVEL(r,APLOG_TRACE4)
#define APLOGrtrace5(r)             APLOG_R_IS_LEVEL(r,APLOG_TRACE5)
#define APLOGrtrace6(r)             APLOG_R_IS_LEVEL(r,APLOG_TRACE6)
#define APLOGrtrace7(r)             APLOG_R_IS_LEVEL(r,APLOG_TRACE7)
#define APLOGrtrace8(r)             APLOG_R_IS_LEVEL(r,APLOG_TRACE8)

#define APLOGcinfo(c)               APLOG_C_IS_LEVEL(c,APLOG_INFO)
#define APLOGcdebug(c)              APLOG_C_IS_LEVEL(c,APLOG_DEBUG)
#define APLOGctrace1(c)             APLOG_C_IS_LEVEL(c,APLOG_TRACE1)
#define APLOGctrace2(c)             APLOG_C_IS_LEVEL(c,APLOG_TRACE2)
#define APLOGctrace3(c)             APLOG_C_IS_LEVEL(c,APLOG_TRACE3)
#define APLOGctrace4(c)             APLOG_C_IS_LEVEL(c,APLOG_TRACE4)
#define APLOGctrace5(c)             APLOG_C_IS_LEVEL(c,APLOG_TRACE5)
#define APLOGctrace6(c)             APLOG_C_IS_LEVEL(c,APLOG_TRACE6)
#define APLOGctrace7(c)             APLOG_C_IS_LEVEL(c,APLOG_TRACE7)
#define APLOGctrace8(c)             APLOG_C_IS_LEVEL(c,APLOG_TRACE8)

AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_default_loglevel;

/**
 * APLOG_MARK is a convenience macro for use as the first three parameters in
 * ap_log_error() and related functions, i.e. file, line, and module_index.
 *
 * The module_index parameter was introduced in version 2.3.6. Before that
 * version, APLOG_MARK only replaced the file and line parameters.
 * This means that APLOG_MARK can be used with ap_log_*error in all versions
 * of Apache httpd.
 *
 * @see APLOG_MODULE_INDEX
 * @see ap_log_error
 * @see ap_log_cerror
 * @see ap_log_rerror
 * @see ap_log_cserror
 */
#define APLOG_MARK     __FILE__,__LINE__,APLOG_MODULE_INDEX

/**
 * Set up for logging to stderr.
 * @param p The pool to allocate out of
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_open_stderr_log(apr_pool_t *p);

/**
 * Replace logging to stderr with logging to the given file.
 * @param p The pool to allocate out of
 * @param file Name of the file to log stderr output
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_replace_stderr_log(apr_pool_t *p,
                                               const char *file);

/**
 * Open the error log and replace stderr with it.
 * @param pconf Not used
 * @param plog  The pool to allocate the logs from
 * @param ptemp Pool used for temporary allocations
 * @param s_main The main server
 * @note ap_open_logs isn't expected to be used by modules, it is
 * an internal core function
 */
int ap_open_logs(apr_pool_t *pconf, apr_pool_t *plog,
                 apr_pool_t *ptemp, server_rec *s_main);

/**
 * Perform special processing for piped loggers in MPM child
 * processes.
 * @param p Not used
 * @param s Not used
 * @note ap_logs_child_init is not for use by modules; it is an
 * internal core function
 */
void ap_logs_child_init(apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *s);

/*
 * The primary logging functions, ap_log_error, ap_log_rerror, ap_log_cerror,
 * and ap_log_perror use a printf style format string to build the log message.
 * It is VERY IMPORTANT that you not include any raw data from the network,
 * such as the request-URI or request header fields, within the format
 * string.  Doing so makes the server vulnerable to a denial-of-service
 * attack and other messy behavior.  Instead, use a simple format string
 * like "%s", followed by the string containing the untrusted data.
 */

/**
 * ap_log_error() - log messages which are not related to a particular
 * request or connection.  This uses a printf-like format to log messages
 * to the error_log.
 * @param file The file in which this function is called
 * @param line The line number on which this function is called
 * @param module_index The module_index of the module generating this message
 * @param level The level of this error message
 * @param status The status code from the previous command
 * @param s The server on which we are logging
 * @param fmt The format string
 * @param ... The arguments to use to fill out fmt.
 * @note ap_log_error is implemented as a macro
 * @note Use APLOG_MARK to fill out file and line
 * @note If a request_rec is available, use that with ap_log_rerror()
 * in preference to calling this function.  Otherwise, if a conn_rec is
 * available, use that with ap_log_cerror() in preference to calling
 * this function.
 * @warning It is VERY IMPORTANT that you not include any raw data from
 * the network, such as the request-URI or request header fields, within
 * the format string.  Doing so makes the server vulnerable to a
 * denial-of-service attack and other messy behavior.  Instead, use a
 * simple format string like "%s", followed by the string containing the
 * untrusted data.
 */
#ifdef DOXYGEN
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_error(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
                              int level, apr_status_t status,
                              const server_rec *s, const char *fmt, ...);
#else
#ifdef AP_HAVE_C99
/* need additional step to expand APLOG_MARK first */
#define ap_log_error(...) ap_log_error__(__VA_ARGS__)
/* need server_rec *sr = ... for the case if s is verbatim NULL */
#define ap_log_error__(file, line, mi, level, status, s, ...)           \
    do { const server_rec *sr__ = s; if (APLOG_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(sr__, mi, level)) \
             ap_log_error_(file, line, mi, level, status, sr__, __VA_ARGS__);    \
    } while(0)
#else
#define ap_log_error ap_log_error_
#endif
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_error_(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
                               int level, apr_status_t status,
                               const server_rec *s, const char *fmt, ...)
                              __attribute__((format(printf,7,8)));
#endif

/**
 * ap_log_perror() - log messages which are not related to a particular
 * request, connection, or virtual server.  This uses a printf-like
 * format to log messages to the error_log.
 * @param file The file in which this function is called
 * @param line The line number on which this function is called
 * @param module_index ignored dummy value for use by APLOG_MARK
 * @param level The level of this error message
 * @param status The status code from the previous command
 * @param p The pool which we are logging for
 * @param fmt The format string
 * @param ... The arguments to use to fill out fmt.
 * @note ap_log_perror is implemented as a macro
 * @note Use APLOG_MARK to fill out file, line, and module_index
 * @warning It is VERY IMPORTANT that you not include any raw data from
 * the network, such as the request-URI or request header fields, within
 * the format string.  Doing so makes the server vulnerable to a
 * denial-of-service attack and other messy behavior.  Instead, use a
 * simple format string like "%s", followed by the string containing the
 * untrusted data.
 */
#ifdef DOXYGEN
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_perror(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
                               int level, apr_status_t status, apr_pool_t *p,
                               const char *fmt, ...);
#else
#if defined(AP_HAVE_C99) && defined(APLOG_MAX_LOGLEVEL)
/* need additional step to expand APLOG_MARK first */
#define ap_log_perror(...) ap_log_perror__(__VA_ARGS__)
#define ap_log_perror__(file, line, mi, level, status, p, ...)            \
    do { if ((level) <= APLOG_MAX_LOGLEVEL )                              \
             ap_log_perror_(file, line, mi, level, status, p,             \
                            __VA_ARGS__); } while(0)
#else
#define ap_log_perror ap_log_perror_
#endif
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_perror_(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
                                int level, apr_status_t status, apr_pool_t *p,
                                const char *fmt, ...)
                               __attribute__((format(printf,7,8)));
#endif

/**
 * ap_log_rerror() - log messages which are related to a particular
 * request.  This uses a printf-like format to log messages to the
 * error_log.
 * @param file The file in which this function is called
 * @param line The line number on which this function is called
 * @param module_index The module_index of the module generating this message
 * @param level The level of this error message
 * @param status The status code from the previous command
 * @param r The request which we are logging for
 * @param fmt The format string
 * @param ... The arguments to use to fill out fmt.
 * @note ap_log_rerror is implemented as a macro
 * @note Use APLOG_MARK to fill out file, line, and module_index
 * @warning It is VERY IMPORTANT that you not include any raw data from
 * the network, such as the request-URI or request header fields, within
 * the format string.  Doing so makes the server vulnerable to a
 * denial-of-service attack and other messy behavior.  Instead, use a
 * simple format string like "%s", followed by the string containing the
 * untrusted data.
 */
#ifdef DOXYGEN
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_rerror(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
                               int level, apr_status_t status,
                               const request_rec *r, const char *fmt, ...);
#else
#ifdef AP_HAVE_C99
/* need additional step to expand APLOG_MARK first */
#define ap_log_rerror(...) ap_log_rerror__(__VA_ARGS__)
#define ap_log_rerror__(file, line, mi, level, status, r, ...)              \
    do { if (APLOG_R_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(r, mi, level))                         \
             ap_log_rerror_(file, line, mi, level, status, r, __VA_ARGS__); \
    } while(0)
#else
#define ap_log_rerror ap_log_rerror_
#endif
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_rerror_(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
                                int level, apr_status_t status,
                                const request_rec *r, const char *fmt, ...)
                                __attribute__((format(printf,7,8)));
#endif

/**
 * ap_log_cerror() - log messages which are related to a particular
 * connection.  This uses a printf-like format to log messages to the
 * error_log.
 * @param file The file in which this function is called
 * @param line The line number on which this function is called
 * @param level The level of this error message
 * @param module_index The module_index of the module generating this message
 * @param status The status code from the previous command
 * @param c The connection which we are logging for
 * @param fmt The format string
 * @param ... The arguments to use to fill out fmt.
 * @note ap_log_cerror is implemented as a macro
 * @note Use APLOG_MARK to fill out file, line, and module_index
 * @note If a request_rec is available, use that with ap_log_rerror()
 * in preference to calling this function.
 * @warning It is VERY IMPORTANT that you not include any raw data from
 * the network, such as the request-URI or request header fields, within
 * the format string.  Doing so makes the server vulnerable to a
 * denial-of-service attack and other messy behavior.  Instead, use a
 * simple format string like "%s", followed by the string containing the
 * untrusted data.
 */
#ifdef DOXYGEN
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_cerror(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
                               int level, apr_status_t status,
                               const conn_rec *c, const char *fmt, ...);
#else
#ifdef AP_HAVE_C99
/* need additional step to expand APLOG_MARK first */
#define ap_log_cerror(...) ap_log_cerror__(__VA_ARGS__)
#define ap_log_cerror__(file, line, mi, level, status, c, ...)              \
    do { if (APLOG_C_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(c, mi, level))                         \
             ap_log_cerror_(file, line, mi, level, status, c, __VA_ARGS__); \
    } while(0)
#else
#define ap_log_cerror ap_log_cerror_
#endif
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_cerror_(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
                                int level, apr_status_t status,
                                const conn_rec *c, const char *fmt, ...)
                                __attribute__((format(printf,7,8)));
#endif

/**
 * ap_log_cserror() - log messages which are related to a particular
 * connection and to a vhost other than c->base_server.  This uses a
 * printf-like format to log messages to the error_log.
 * @param file The file in which this function is called
 * @param line The line number on which this function is called
 * @param level The level of this error message
 * @param module_index The module_index of the module generating this message
 * @param status The status code from the previous command
 * @param c The connection which we are logging for
 * @param s The server which we are logging for
 * @param fmt The format string
 * @param ... The arguments to use to fill out fmt.
 * @note ap_log_cserror is implemented as a macro
 * @note Use APLOG_MARK to fill out file, line, and module_index
 * @note If a request_rec is available, use that with ap_log_rerror()
 * in preference to calling this function. This function is mainly useful for
 * modules like mod_ssl to use before the request_rec is created.
 * @warning It is VERY IMPORTANT that you not include any raw data from
 * the network, such as the request-URI or request header fields, within
 * the format string.  Doing so makes the server vulnerable to a
 * denial-of-service attack and other messy behavior.  Instead, use a
 * simple format string like "%s", followed by the string containing the
 * untrusted data.
 */
#ifdef DOXYGEN
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_cserror(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
                                int level, apr_status_t status,
                                const conn_rec *c, const server_rec *s,
                                const char *fmt, ...);
#else
#ifdef AP_HAVE_C99
/* need additional step to expand APLOG_MARK first */
#define ap_log_cserror(...) ap_log_cserror__(__VA_ARGS__)
#define ap_log_cserror__(file, line, mi, level, status, c, s, ...)  \
    do { if (APLOG_CS_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(c, s, mi, level))             \
             ap_log_cserror_(file, line, mi, level, status, c, s,   \
                             __VA_ARGS__);                          \
    } while(0)
#else
#define ap_log_cserror ap_log_cserror_
#endif
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_cserror_(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
                                 int level, apr_status_t status,
                                 const conn_rec *c, const server_rec *s,
                                 const char *fmt, ...)
                             __attribute__((format(printf,8,9)));
#endif

/*
 * The buffer logging functions, ap_log_data, ap_log_rdata, ap_log_cdata,
 * and ap_log_csdata log a buffer in printable and hex format.  The exact
 * format is controlled by processing flags, described next.
 */

/**
 * Processing flags for ap_log_data() et al
 *
 * AP_LOG_DATA_DEFAULT - default formatting, with printable chars and hex
 * AP_LOG_DATA_SHOW_OFFSET - prefix each line with hex offset from the start
 * of the buffer
 */
#define AP_LOG_DATA_DEFAULT       0
#define AP_LOG_DATA_SHOW_OFFSET   1

/**
 * ap_log_data() - log buffers which are not related to a particular request
 * or connection.
 * @param file The file in which this function is called
 * @param line The line number on which this function is called
 * @param module_index The module_index of the module logging this buffer
 * @param level The log level
 * @param s The server on which we are logging
 * @param label A label for the buffer, to be logged preceding the buffer
 * @param data The buffer to be logged
 * @param len The length of the buffer
 * @param flags Special processing flags like AP_LOG_DATA_SHOW_OFFSET
 * @note ap_log_data is implemented as a macro.
 * @note Use APLOG_MARK to fill out file, line, and module_index
 * @note If a request_rec is available, use that with ap_log_rdata()
 * in preference to calling this function.  Otherwise, if a conn_rec is
 * available, use that with ap_log_cdata() in preference to calling
 * this function.
 */
#ifdef DOXYGEN
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_data(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
                             int level, const server_rec *s, const char *label,
                             const void *data, apr_size_t len, unsigned int flags);
#else
#ifdef AP_HAVE_C99
/* need additional step to expand APLOG_MARK first */
#define ap_log_data(...) ap_log_data__(__VA_ARGS__)
/* need server_rec *sr = ... for the case if s is verbatim NULL */
#define ap_log_data__(file, line, mi, level, s, ...)           \
    do { const server_rec *sr__ = s; if (APLOG_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(sr__, mi, level)) \
             ap_log_data_(file, line, mi, level, sr__, __VA_ARGS__);    \
    } while(0)
#else
#define ap_log_data ap_log_data_
#endif
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_data_(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
                              int level, const server_rec *s, const char *label,
                              const void *data, apr_size_t len, unsigned int flags);
#endif

/**
 * ap_log_rdata() - log buffers which are related to a particular request.
 * @param file The file in which this function is called
 * @param line The line number on which this function is called
 * @param module_index The module_index of the module logging this buffer
 * @param level The log level
 * @param r The request which we are logging for
 * @param label A label for the buffer, to be logged preceding the buffer
 * @param data The buffer to be logged
 * @param len The length of the buffer
 * @param flags Special processing flags like AP_LOG_DATA_SHOW_OFFSET
 * @note ap_log_rdata is implemented as a macro.
 * @note Use APLOG_MARK to fill out file, line, and module_index
 * @note If a request_rec is available, use that with ap_log_rerror()
 * in preference to calling this function.  Otherwise, if a conn_rec is
 * available, use that with ap_log_cerror() in preference to calling
 * this function.
 */
#ifdef DOXYGEN
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_rdata(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
                              int level, const request_rec *r, const char *label,
                              const void *data, apr_size_t len, unsigned int flags);
#else
#ifdef AP_HAVE_C99
/* need additional step to expand APLOG_MARK first */
#define ap_log_rdata(...) ap_log_rdata__(__VA_ARGS__)
#define ap_log_rdata__(file, line, mi, level, r, ...)           \
    do { if (APLOG_R_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(r, mi, level)) \
             ap_log_rdata_(file, line, mi, level, r, __VA_ARGS__);    \
    } while(0)
#else
#define ap_log_rdata ap_log_rdata_
#endif
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_rdata_(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
                               int level, const request_rec *r, const char *label,
                               const void *data, apr_size_t len, unsigned int flags);
#endif

/**
 * ap_log_cdata() - log buffers which are related to a particular connection.
 * @param file The file in which this function is called
 * @param line The line number on which this function is called
 * @param module_index The module_index of the module logging this buffer
 * @param level The log level
 * @param c The connection which we are logging for
 * @param label A label for the buffer, to be logged preceding the buffer
 * @param data The buffer to be logged
 * @param len The length of the buffer
 * @param flags Special processing flags like AP_LOG_DATA_SHOW_OFFSET
 * @note ap_log_cdata is implemented as a macro
 * @note Use APLOG_MARK to fill out file, line, and module_index
 * @note If a request_rec is available, use that with ap_log_rerror()
 * in preference to calling this function.  Otherwise, if a conn_rec is
 * available, use that with ap_log_cerror() in preference to calling
 * this function.
 */
#ifdef DOXYGEN
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_cdata(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
                              int level, const conn_rec *c, const char *label,
                              const void *data, apr_size_t len, unsigned int flags);
#else
#ifdef AP_HAVE_C99
/* need additional step to expand APLOG_MARK first */
#define ap_log_cdata(...) ap_log_cdata__(__VA_ARGS__)
#define ap_log_cdata__(file, line, mi, level, c, ...)           \
    do { if (APLOG_C_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(c, mi, level)) \
             ap_log_cdata_(file, line, mi, level, c, __VA_ARGS__);    \
    } while(0)
#else
#define ap_log_cdata ap_log_cdata_
#endif
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_cdata_(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
                               int level, const conn_rec *c, const char *label,
                               const void *data, apr_size_t len, unsigned int flags);
#endif

/**
 * ap_log_csdata() - log buffers which are related to a particular connection
 * and to a vhost other than c->base_server.
 * @param file The file in which this function is called
 * @param line The line number on which this function is called
 * @param module_index The module_index of the module logging this buffer
 * @param level The log level
 * @param c The connection which we are logging for
 * @param s The server which we are logging for
 * @param label A label for the buffer, to be logged preceding the buffer
 * @param data The buffer to be logged
 * @param len The length of the buffer
 * @param flags Special processing flags like AP_LOG_DATA_SHOW_OFFSET
 * @note ap_log_csdata is implemented as a macro
 * @note Use APLOG_MARK to fill out file, line, and module_index
 * @note If a request_rec is available, use that with ap_log_rerror()
 * in preference to calling this function.  Otherwise, if a conn_rec is
 * available, use that with ap_log_cerror() in preference to calling
 * this function.
 */
#ifdef DOXYGEN
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_csdata(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
                               int level, const conn_rec *c, const server_rec *s,
                               const char *label, const void *data,
                               apr_size_t len, unsigned int flags);
#else
#ifdef AP_HAVE_C99
/* need additional step to expand APLOG_MARK first */
#define ap_log_csdata(...) ap_log_csdata__(__VA_ARGS__)
#define ap_log_csdata__(file, line, mi, level, c, s, ...)              \
    do { if (APLOG_CS_MODULE_IS_LEVEL(c, s, mi, level))                \
             ap_log_csdata_(file, line, mi, level, c, s, __VA_ARGS__); \
    } while(0)
#else
#define ap_log_cdata ap_log_cdata_
#endif
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_csdata_(const char *file, int line, int module_index,
                                int level, const conn_rec *c, const server_rec *s,
                                const char *label, const void *data,
                                apr_size_t len, unsigned int flags);
#endif

/**
 * Convert stderr to the error log
 * @param s The current server
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_error_log2stderr(server_rec *s);

/**
 * Log the command line used to start the server.
 * @param p The pool to use for logging
 * @param s The server_rec whose process's command line we want to log.
 * The command line is logged to that server's error log.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_command_line(apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *s);

/**
 * Log common (various) MPM shared data at startup.
 * @param s The server_rec of the error log we want to log to.
 * Misc commonly logged data is logged to that server's error log.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_mpm_common(server_rec *s);

/**
 * Log the current pid of the parent process
 * @param p The pool to use for processing
 * @param fname The name of the file to log to.  If the filename is not
 * absolute then it is assumed to be relative to ServerRoot.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_pid(apr_pool_t *p, const char *fname);

/**
 * Remove the pidfile.
 * @param p The pool to use for processing
 * @param fname The name of the pid file to remove.  If the filename is not
 * absolute then it is assumed to be relative to ServerRoot.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_remove_pid(apr_pool_t *p, const char *fname);

/**
 * Retrieve the pid from a pidfile.
 * @param p The pool to use for processing
 * @param filename The name of the file containing the pid.  If the filename is not
 * absolute then it is assumed to be relative to ServerRoot.
 * @param mypid Pointer to pid_t (valid only if return APR_SUCCESS)
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_read_pid(apr_pool_t *p, const char *filename, pid_t *mypid);

/** @see piped_log */
typedef struct piped_log piped_log;

/**
 * Open the piped log process
 * @param p The pool to allocate out of
 * @param program The program to run in the logging process
 * @return The piped log structure
 * @note The log program is invoked as @p APR_PROGRAM_ENV,
 *      @see ap_open_piped_log_ex to modify this behavior
 */
AP_DECLARE(piped_log *) ap_open_piped_log(apr_pool_t *p, const char *program);

/**
 * Open the piped log process specifying the execution choice for program
 * @param p The pool to allocate out of
 * @param program The program to run in the logging process
 * @param cmdtype How to invoke program, e.g. APR_PROGRAM, APR_SHELLCMD_ENV, etc
 * @return The piped log structure
 */
AP_DECLARE(piped_log *) ap_open_piped_log_ex(apr_pool_t *p,
                                             const char *program,
                                             apr_cmdtype_e cmdtype);

/**
 * Close the piped log and kill the logging process
 * @param pl The piped log structure
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_close_piped_log(piped_log *pl);

/**
 * A function to return the read side of the piped log pipe
 * @param pl The piped log structure
 * @return The native file descriptor
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_file_t *) ap_piped_log_read_fd(piped_log *pl);

/**
 * A function to return the write side of the piped log pipe
 * @param pl The piped log structure
 * @return The native file descriptor
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_file_t *) ap_piped_log_write_fd(piped_log *pl);

/**
 * hook method to generate unique id for connection or request
 * @ingroup hooks
 * @param c the conn_rec of the connections
 * @param r the request_req (may be NULL)
 * @param id the place where to store the unique id
 * @return OK or DECLINE
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int, generate_log_id,
                (const conn_rec *c, const request_rec *r, const char **id))


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif  /* !APACHE_HTTP_LOG_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  mod_unixd.h
 * @brief common stuff that unix MPMs will want
 *
 * @addtogroup APACHE_OS_UNIX
 * @{
 */

#ifndef MOD_UNIXD_H
#define MOD_UNIXD_H

#include "ap_config.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

AP_DECLARE(int) ap_unixd_setup_child(void);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

#ifndef _APACHE_NOPROBES_H_
#define _APACHE_NOPROBES_H_

#define AP_ACCESS_CHECKER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_ACCESS_CHECKER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_ACCESS_CHECKER_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_ACCESS_CHECKER_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_ACCESS_CHECKER_ENTRY()
#define AP_ACCESS_CHECKER_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_ACCESS_CHECKER_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_ACCESS_CHECKER_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_AUTH_CHECKER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_AUTH_CHECKER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_AUTH_CHECKER_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_AUTH_CHECKER_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_AUTH_CHECKER_ENTRY()
#define AP_AUTH_CHECKER_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_AUTH_CHECKER_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_AUTH_CHECKER_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_CANON_HANDLER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_CANON_HANDLER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_CANON_HANDLER_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_CANON_HANDLER_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_CANON_HANDLER_ENTRY()
#define AP_CANON_HANDLER_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_CANON_HANDLER_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_CANON_HANDLER_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_CHECK_USER_ID_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_CHECK_USER_ID_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_CHECK_USER_ID_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_CHECK_USER_ID_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_CHECK_USER_ID_ENTRY()
#define AP_CHECK_USER_ID_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_CHECK_USER_ID_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_CHECK_USER_ID_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_CHILD_INIT_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_CHILD_INIT_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_CHILD_INIT_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_CHILD_INIT_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_CHILD_INIT_ENTRY()
#define AP_CHILD_INIT_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_CHILD_INIT_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_CHILD_INIT_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_CREATE_CONNECTION_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_CREATE_CONNECTION_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_CREATE_CONNECTION_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_CREATE_CONNECTION_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_CREATE_CONNECTION_ENTRY()
#define AP_CREATE_CONNECTION_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_CREATE_CONNECTION_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_CREATE_CONNECTION_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_CREATE_REQUEST_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_CREATE_REQUEST_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_CREATE_REQUEST_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_CREATE_REQUEST_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_CREATE_REQUEST_ENTRY()
#define AP_CREATE_REQUEST_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_CREATE_REQUEST_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_CREATE_REQUEST_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_DEFAULT_PORT_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_DEFAULT_PORT_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_DEFAULT_PORT_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_DEFAULT_PORT_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_DEFAULT_PORT_ENTRY()
#define AP_DEFAULT_PORT_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_DEFAULT_PORT_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_DEFAULT_PORT_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_ERROR_LOG_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_ERROR_LOG_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_ERROR_LOG_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_ERROR_LOG_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_ERROR_LOG_ENTRY()
#define AP_ERROR_LOG_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_ERROR_LOG_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_ERROR_LOG_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_FIND_LIVEPROP_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_FIND_LIVEPROP_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_FIND_LIVEPROP_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_FIND_LIVEPROP_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_FIND_LIVEPROP_ENTRY()
#define AP_FIND_LIVEPROP_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_FIND_LIVEPROP_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_FIND_LIVEPROP_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_FIXUPS_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_FIXUPS_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_FIXUPS_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_FIXUPS_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_FIXUPS_ENTRY()
#define AP_FIXUPS_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_FIXUPS_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_FIXUPS_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_GATHER_PROPSETS_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_GATHER_PROPSETS_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_GATHER_PROPSETS_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_GATHER_PROPSETS_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_GATHER_PROPSETS_ENTRY()
#define AP_GATHER_PROPSETS_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_GATHER_PROPSETS_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_GATHER_PROPSETS_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_GET_MGMT_ITEMS_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_GET_MGMT_ITEMS_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_GET_MGMT_ITEMS_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_GET_MGMT_ITEMS_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_GET_MGMT_ITEMS_ENTRY()
#define AP_GET_MGMT_ITEMS_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_GET_MGMT_ITEMS_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_GET_MGMT_ITEMS_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_GET_SUEXEC_IDENTITY_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_GET_SUEXEC_IDENTITY_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_GET_SUEXEC_IDENTITY_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_GET_SUEXEC_IDENTITY_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_GET_SUEXEC_IDENTITY_ENTRY()
#define AP_GET_SUEXEC_IDENTITY_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_GET_SUEXEC_IDENTITY_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_GET_SUEXEC_IDENTITY_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_HANDLER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_HANDLER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_HANDLER_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_HANDLER_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_HANDLER_ENTRY()
#define AP_HANDLER_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_HANDLER_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_HANDLER_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_HEADER_PARSER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_HEADER_PARSER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_HEADER_PARSER_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_HEADER_PARSER_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_HEADER_PARSER_ENTRY()
#define AP_HEADER_PARSER_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_HEADER_PARSER_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_HEADER_PARSER_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_HTTP_SCHEME_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_HTTP_SCHEME_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_HTTP_SCHEME_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_HTTP_SCHEME_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_HTTP_SCHEME_ENTRY()
#define AP_HTTP_SCHEME_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_HTTP_SCHEME_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_HTTP_SCHEME_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_INSERT_ALL_LIVEPROPS_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_INSERT_ALL_LIVEPROPS_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_INSERT_ALL_LIVEPROPS_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_INSERT_ALL_LIVEPROPS_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_INSERT_ALL_LIVEPROPS_ENTRY()
#define AP_INSERT_ALL_LIVEPROPS_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_INSERT_ALL_LIVEPROPS_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_INSERT_ALL_LIVEPROPS_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_INSERT_ERROR_FILTER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_INSERT_ERROR_FILTER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_INSERT_ERROR_FILTER_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_INSERT_ERROR_FILTER_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_INSERT_ERROR_FILTER_ENTRY()
#define AP_INSERT_ERROR_FILTER_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_INSERT_ERROR_FILTER_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_INSERT_ERROR_FILTER_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_INSERT_FILTER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_INSERT_FILTER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_INSERT_FILTER_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_INSERT_FILTER_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_INSERT_FILTER_ENTRY()
#define AP_INSERT_FILTER_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_INSERT_FILTER_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_INSERT_FILTER_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_INTERNAL_REDIRECT(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_INTERNAL_REDIRECT_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_LOG_TRANSACTION_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_LOG_TRANSACTION_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_LOG_TRANSACTION_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_LOG_TRANSACTION_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_LOG_TRANSACTION_ENTRY()
#define AP_LOG_TRANSACTION_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_LOG_TRANSACTION_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_LOG_TRANSACTION_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_MAP_TO_STORAGE_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_MAP_TO_STORAGE_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_MAP_TO_STORAGE_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_MAP_TO_STORAGE_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_MAP_TO_STORAGE_ENTRY()
#define AP_MAP_TO_STORAGE_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_MAP_TO_STORAGE_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_MAP_TO_STORAGE_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_MONITOR_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_MONITOR_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_MONITOR_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_MONITOR_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_MONITOR_ENTRY()
#define AP_MONITOR_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_MONITOR_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_MONITOR_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_OPEN_LOGS_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_OPEN_LOGS_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_OPEN_LOGS_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_OPEN_LOGS_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_OPEN_LOGS_ENTRY()
#define AP_OPEN_LOGS_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_OPEN_LOGS_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_OPEN_LOGS_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_OPTIONAL_FN_RETRIEVE_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_OPTIONAL_FN_RETRIEVE_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_OPTIONAL_FN_RETRIEVE_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_OPTIONAL_FN_RETRIEVE_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_OPTIONAL_FN_RETRIEVE_ENTRY()
#define AP_OPTIONAL_FN_RETRIEVE_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_OPTIONAL_FN_RETRIEVE_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_OPTIONAL_FN_RETRIEVE_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_POST_CONFIG_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_POST_CONFIG_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_POST_CONFIG_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_POST_CONFIG_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_POST_CONFIG_ENTRY()
#define AP_POST_CONFIG_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_POST_CONFIG_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_POST_CONFIG_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_POST_READ_REQUEST_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_POST_READ_REQUEST_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_POST_READ_REQUEST_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_POST_READ_REQUEST_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_POST_READ_REQUEST_ENTRY()
#define AP_POST_READ_REQUEST_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_POST_READ_REQUEST_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_POST_READ_REQUEST_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_POST_REQUEST_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_POST_REQUEST_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_POST_REQUEST_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_POST_REQUEST_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_POST_REQUEST_ENTRY()
#define AP_POST_REQUEST_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_POST_REQUEST_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_POST_REQUEST_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_PRE_CONFIG_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_PRE_CONFIG_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_PRE_CONFIG_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_PRE_CONFIG_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_PRE_CONFIG_ENTRY()
#define AP_PRE_CONFIG_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_PRE_CONFIG_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_PRE_CONFIG_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_PRE_CONNECTION_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_PRE_CONNECTION_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_PRE_CONNECTION_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_PRE_CONNECTION_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_PRE_CONNECTION_ENTRY()
#define AP_PRE_CONNECTION_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_PRE_CONNECTION_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_PRE_CONNECTION_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_PRE_MPM_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_PRE_MPM_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_PRE_MPM_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_PRE_MPM_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_PRE_MPM_ENTRY()
#define AP_PRE_MPM_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_PRE_MPM_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_PRE_MPM_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_PRE_REQUEST_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_PRE_REQUEST_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_PRE_REQUEST_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_PRE_REQUEST_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_PRE_REQUEST_ENTRY()
#define AP_PRE_REQUEST_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_PRE_REQUEST_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_PRE_REQUEST_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_PROCESS_REQUEST_ENTRY(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_PROCESS_REQUEST_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_PROCESS_REQUEST_RETURN(arg0, arg1, arg2)
#define AP_PROCESS_REQUEST_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_PROCESS_CONNECTION_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_PROCESS_CONNECTION_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_PROCESS_CONNECTION_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_PROCESS_CONNECTION_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_PROCESS_CONNECTION_ENTRY()
#define AP_PROCESS_CONNECTION_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_PROCESS_CONNECTION_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_PROCESS_CONNECTION_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_PROXY_RUN(arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4)
#define AP_PROXY_RUN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_PROXY_RUN_FINISHED(arg0, arg1, arg2)
#define AP_PROXY_RUN_FINISHED_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_QUICK_HANDLER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_QUICK_HANDLER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_QUICK_HANDLER_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_QUICK_HANDLER_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_QUICK_HANDLER_ENTRY()
#define AP_QUICK_HANDLER_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_QUICK_HANDLER_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_QUICK_HANDLER_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_READ_REQUEST_ENTRY(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_READ_REQUEST_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_READ_REQUEST_FAILURE(arg0)
#define AP_READ_REQUEST_FAILURE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_READ_REQUEST_SUCCESS(arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4)
#define AP_READ_REQUEST_SUCCESS_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_REWRITE_LOG(arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4)
#define AP_REWRITE_LOG_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_SCHEME_HANDLER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_SCHEME_HANDLER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_SCHEME_HANDLER_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_SCHEME_HANDLER_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_SCHEME_HANDLER_ENTRY()
#define AP_SCHEME_HANDLER_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_SCHEME_HANDLER_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_SCHEME_HANDLER_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_TEST_CONFIG_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_TEST_CONFIG_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_TEST_CONFIG_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_TEST_CONFIG_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_TEST_CONFIG_ENTRY()
#define AP_TEST_CONFIG_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_TEST_CONFIG_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_TEST_CONFIG_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_TRANSLATE_NAME_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_TRANSLATE_NAME_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_TRANSLATE_NAME_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_TRANSLATE_NAME_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_TRANSLATE_NAME_ENTRY()
#define AP_TRANSLATE_NAME_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_TRANSLATE_NAME_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_TRANSLATE_NAME_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_TYPE_CHECKER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE(arg0, arg1)
#define AP_TYPE_CHECKER_DISPATCH_COMPLETE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_TYPE_CHECKER_DISPATCH_INVOKE(arg0)
#define AP_TYPE_CHECKER_DISPATCH_INVOKE_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_TYPE_CHECKER_ENTRY()
#define AP_TYPE_CHECKER_ENTRY_ENABLED() (0)
#define AP_TYPE_CHECKER_RETURN(arg0)
#define AP_TYPE_CHECKER_RETURN_ENABLED() (0)

#endif

/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/* This code is based on pcreposix.h from the PCRE Library distribution,
 * as originally written by Philip Hazel <ph10@cam.ac.uk>, and forked by
 * the Apache HTTP Server project to provide POSIX-style regex function
 * wrappers around underlying PCRE library functions for httpd.
 * 
 * The original source file pcreposix.h is copyright and licensed as follows;

            Copyright (c) 1997-2004 University of Cambridge

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.

    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
      documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

    * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
      this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/

/**
 * @file ap_regex.h
 * @brief Apache Regex defines
 */

#ifndef AP_REGEX_H
#define AP_REGEX_H

#include "apr.h"

/* Allow for C++ users */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Options for ap_regcomp, ap_regexec, and ap_rxplus versions: */

#define AP_REG_ICASE    0x01 /** use a case-insensitive match */
#define AP_REG_NEWLINE  0x02 /** don't match newlines against '.' etc */
#define AP_REG_NOTBOL   0x04 /** ^ will not match against start-of-string */
#define AP_REG_NOTEOL   0x08 /** $ will not match against end-of-string */

#define AP_REG_EXTENDED (0)  /** unused */
#define AP_REG_NOSUB    (0)  /** unused */

#define AP_REG_MULTI 0x10    /* perl's /g (needs fixing) */
#define AP_REG_NOMEM 0x20    /* nomem in our code */
#define AP_REG_DOTALL 0x40   /* perl's /s flag */

#define AP_REG_DOLLAR_ENDONLY 0x200 /* '$' matches at end of subject string only */

#define AP_REG_NO_DEFAULT 0x400 /**< Don't implicitely add AP_REG_DEFAULT options */

#define AP_REG_MATCH "MATCH_" /**< suggested prefix for ap_regname */

#define AP_REG_DEFAULT (AP_REG_DOTALL|AP_REG_DOLLAR_ENDONLY)

/* Arguments for ap_pcre_version_string */
enum {
  AP_REG_PCRE_COMPILED = 0, /** PCRE version used during program compilation */
  AP_REG_PCRE_LOADED        /** PCRE version loaded at runtime */
};

/* Error values: */
enum {
  AP_REG_ASSERT = 1,  /** internal error ? */
  AP_REG_ESPACE,      /** failed to get memory */
  AP_REG_INVARG,      /** invalid argument */
  AP_REG_NOMATCH      /** match failed */
};

/* The structure representing a compiled regular expression. */
typedef struct {
    void *re_pcre;
    int re_nsub;
    apr_size_t re_erroffset;
} ap_regex_t;

/* The structure in which a captured offset is returned. */
typedef struct {
    int rm_so;
    int rm_eo;
} ap_regmatch_t;

/* The functions */

/**
 * Return PCRE version string.
 * @param which Either AP_REG_PCRE_COMPILED (PCRE version used
 *              during program compilation) or AP_REG_PCRE_LOADED
 *              (PCRE version used at runtime)
 * @return The PCRE version string
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_pcre_version_string(int which);

/**
 * Get default compile flags
 * @return Bitwise OR of AP_REG_* flags
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_regcomp_get_default_cflags(void);

/**
 * Set default compile flags
 * @param cflags Bitwise OR of AP_REG_* flags
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_regcomp_set_default_cflags(int cflags);

/**
 * Get the AP_REG_* corresponding to the string.
 * @param name The name (i.e. AP_REG_<name>)
 * @return The AP_REG_*, or zero if the string is unknown
 *
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_regcomp_default_cflag_by_name(const char *name);

/**
 * Compile a regular expression.
 * @param preg Returned compiled regex
 * @param regex The regular expression string
 * @param cflags Bitwise OR of AP_REG_* flags (ICASE and NEWLINE supported,
 *                                             other flags are ignored)
 * @return Zero on success or non-zero on error
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_regcomp(ap_regex_t *preg, const char *regex, int cflags);

/**
 * Match a NUL-terminated string against a pre-compiled regex.
 * @param preg The pre-compiled regex
 * @param string The string to match
 * @param nmatch Provide information regarding the location of any matches
 * @param pmatch Provide information regarding the location of any matches
 * @param eflags Bitwise OR of AP_REG_* flags (NOTBOL and NOTEOL supported,
 *                                             other flags are ignored)
 * @return 0 for successful match, \p AP_REG_NOMATCH otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_regexec(const ap_regex_t *preg, const char *string,
                           apr_size_t nmatch, ap_regmatch_t *pmatch, int eflags);

/**
 * Match a string with given length against a pre-compiled regex. The string
 * does not need to be NUL-terminated.
 * @param preg The pre-compiled regex
 * @param buff The string to match
 * @param len Length of the string to match
 * @param nmatch Provide information regarding the location of any matches
 * @param pmatch Provide information regarding the location of any matches
 * @param eflags Bitwise OR of AP_REG_* flags (NOTBOL and NOTEOL supported,
 *                                             other flags are ignored)
 * @return 0 for successful match, AP_REG_NOMATCH otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_regexec_len(const ap_regex_t *preg, const char *buff,
                               apr_size_t len, apr_size_t nmatch,
                               ap_regmatch_t *pmatch, int eflags);

/**
 * Return the error code returned by regcomp or regexec into error messages
 * @param errcode the error code returned by regexec or regcomp
 * @param preg The precompiled regex
 * @param errbuf A buffer to store the error in
 * @param errbuf_size The size of the buffer
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_size_t) ap_regerror(int errcode, const ap_regex_t *preg,
                                   char *errbuf, apr_size_t errbuf_size);

/**
 * Return an array of named regex backreferences
 * @param preg The precompiled regex
 * @param names The array to which the names will be added
 * @param prefix An optional prefix to add to the returned names.  AP_REG_MATCH
 * is the recommended prefix.
 * @param upper If non zero, uppercase the names
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_regname(const ap_regex_t *preg,
                           apr_array_header_t *names, const char *prefix,
                           int upper);

/** Destroy a pre-compiled regex.
 * @param preg The pre-compiled regex to free.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_regfree(ap_regex_t *preg);

/* ap_rxplus: higher-level regexps */

typedef struct {
    ap_regex_t rx;
    apr_uint32_t flags;
    const char *subs;
    const char *match;
    apr_size_t nmatch;
    ap_regmatch_t *pmatch;
} ap_rxplus_t;

/**
 * Compile a pattern into a regexp.
 * supports perl-like formats
 *    match-string
 *    /match-string/flags
 *    s/match-string/replacement-string/flags
 *    Intended to support more perl-like stuff as and when round tuits happen
 * match-string is anything supported by ap_regcomp
 * replacement-string is a substitution string as supported in ap_pregsub
 * flags should correspond with perl syntax: treat failure to do so as a bug
 *                                           (documentation TBD)
 * @param pool Pool to allocate from
 * @param pattern Pattern to compile
 * @return Compiled regexp, or NULL in case of compile/syntax error
 */
AP_DECLARE(ap_rxplus_t*) ap_rxplus_compile(apr_pool_t *pool, const char *pattern);
/**
 * Apply a regexp operation to a string.
 * @param pool Pool to allocate from
 * @param rx The regex match to apply
 * @param pattern The string to apply it to
 *                NOTE: This MUST be kept in scope to use regexp memory
 * @param newpattern The modified string (ignored if the operation doesn't
 *                                        modify the string)
 * @return Number of times a match happens.  Normally 0 (no match) or 1
 *         (match found), but may be greater if a transforming pattern
 *         is applied with the 'g' flag.
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_rxplus_exec(apr_pool_t *pool, ap_rxplus_t *rx,
                               const char *pattern, char **newpattern);
#ifdef DOXYGEN
/**
 * Number of matches in the regexp operation's memory
 * This may be 0 if no match is in memory, or up to nmatch from compilation
 * @param rx The regexp
 * @return Number of matches in memory
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_rxplus_nmatch(ap_rxplus_t *rx);
#else
#define ap_rxplus_nmatch(rx) (((rx)->match != NULL) ? (rx)->nmatch : 0)
#endif
/**
 * Get a pointer to a match from regex memory
 * NOTE: this relies on the match pattern from the last call to
 *       ap_rxplus_exec still being valid (i.e. not freed or out-of-scope)
 * @param rx The regexp
 * @param n The match number to retrieve (must be between 0 and nmatch)
 * @param len Returns the length of the match.
 * @param match Returns the match pattern
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_rxplus_match(ap_rxplus_t *rx, int n, int *len,
                                 const char **match);
/**
 * Get a match from regex memory in a string copy
 * NOTE: this relies on the match pattern from the last call to
 *       ap_rxplus_exec still being valid (i.e. not freed or out-of-scope)
 * @param pool Pool to allocate from
 * @param rx The regexp
 * @param n The match number to retrieve (must be between 0 and nmatch)
 * @return The matched string
 */
AP_DECLARE(char*) ap_rxplus_pmatch(apr_pool_t *pool, ap_rxplus_t *rx, int n);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}   /* extern "C" */
#endif

#endif /* AP_REGEX_T */

/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file http_request.h
 * @brief Apache Request library
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_REQ Apache Request Processing
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 * @{
 */

/*
 * request.c is the code which handles the main line of request
 * processing, once a request has been read in (finding the right per-
 * directory configuration, building it if necessary, and calling all
 * the module dispatch functions in the right order).
 *
 * The pieces here which are public to the modules, allow them to learn
 * how the server would handle some other file or URI, or perhaps even
 * direct the server to serve that other file instead of the one the
 * client requested directly.
 *
 * There are two ways to do that.  The first is the sub_request mechanism,
 * which handles looking up files and URIs as adjuncts to some other
 * request (e.g., directory entries for multiviews and directory listings);
 * the lookup functions stop short of actually running the request, but
 * (e.g., for includes), a module may call for the request to be run
 * by calling run_sub_req.  The space allocated to create sub_reqs can be
 * reclaimed by calling destroy_sub_req --- be sure to copy anything you care
 * about which was allocated in its apr_pool_t elsewhere before doing this.
 */

#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_REQUEST_H
#define APACHE_HTTP_REQUEST_H

#include "apr_optional.h"
#include "util_filter.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define AP_SUBREQ_NO_ARGS 0
#define AP_SUBREQ_MERGE_ARGS 1

/**
 * An internal handler used by the ap_process_request, all subrequest mechanisms
 * and the redirect mechanism.
 * @param r The request, subrequest or internal redirect to pre-process
 * @return The return code for the request
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_process_request_internal(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Create a subrequest from the given URI.  This subrequest can be
 * inspected to find information about the requested URI
 * @param new_uri The URI to lookup
 * @param r The current request
 * @param next_filter The first filter the sub_request should use.  If this is
 *                    NULL, it defaults to the first filter for the main request
 * @return The new request record
 */
AP_DECLARE(request_rec *) ap_sub_req_lookup_uri(const char *new_uri,
                                                const request_rec *r,
                                                ap_filter_t *next_filter);

/**
 * Create a subrequest for the given file.  This subrequest can be
 * inspected to find information about the requested file
 * @param new_file The file to lookup
 * @param r The current request
 * @param next_filter The first filter the sub_request should use.  If this is
 *                    NULL, it defaults to the first filter for the main request
 * @return The new request record
 */
AP_DECLARE(request_rec *) ap_sub_req_lookup_file(const char *new_file,
                                              const request_rec *r,
                                              ap_filter_t *next_filter);
/**
 * Create a subrequest for the given apr_dir_read result.  This subrequest
 * can be inspected to find information about the requested file
 * @param finfo The apr_dir_read result to lookup
 * @param r The current request
 * @param subtype What type of subrequest to perform, one of;
 * <PRE>
 *      AP_SUBREQ_NO_ARGS     ignore r->args and r->path_info
 *      AP_SUBREQ_MERGE_ARGS  merge r->args and r->path_info
 * </PRE>
 * @param next_filter The first filter the sub_request should use.  If this is
 *                    NULL, it defaults to the first filter for the main request
 * @return The new request record
 * @note The apr_dir_read flags value APR_FINFO_MIN|APR_FINFO_NAME flag is the
 * minimum recommended query if the results will be passed to apr_dir_read.
 * The file info passed must include the name, and must have the same relative
 * directory as the current request.
 */
AP_DECLARE(request_rec *) ap_sub_req_lookup_dirent(const apr_finfo_t *finfo,
                                                   const request_rec *r,
                                                   int subtype,
                                                   ap_filter_t *next_filter);
/**
 * Create a subrequest for the given URI using a specific method.  This
 * subrequest can be inspected to find information about the requested URI
 * @param method The method to use in the new subrequest
 * @param new_uri The URI to lookup
 * @param r The current request
 * @param next_filter The first filter the sub_request should use.  If this is
 *                    NULL, it defaults to the first filter for the main request
 * @return The new request record
 */
AP_DECLARE(request_rec *) ap_sub_req_method_uri(const char *method,
                                                const char *new_uri,
                                                const request_rec *r,
                                                ap_filter_t *next_filter);
/**
 * An output filter to strip EOS buckets from sub-requests.  This always
 * has to be inserted at the end of a sub-requests filter stack.
 * @param f The current filter
 * @param bb The brigade to filter
 * @return status code
 */
AP_CORE_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_sub_req_output_filter(ap_filter_t *f,
                                                        apr_bucket_brigade *bb);

/**
 * Run the handler for the subrequest
 * @param r The subrequest to run
 * @return The return code for the subrequest
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_run_sub_req(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Free the memory associated with a subrequest
 * @param r The subrequest to finish
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_destroy_sub_req(request_rec *r);

/*
 * Then there's the case that you want some other request to be served
 * as the top-level request INSTEAD of what the client requested directly.
 * If so, call this from a handler, and then immediately return OK.
 */

/**
 * Redirect the current request to some other uri
 * @param new_uri The URI to replace the current request with
 * @param r The current request
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_internal_redirect(const char *new_uri, request_rec *r);

/**
 * This function is designed for things like actions or CGI scripts, when
 * using AddHandler, and you want to preserve the content type across
 * an internal redirect.
 * @param new_uri The URI to replace the current request with.
 * @param r The current request
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_internal_redirect_handler(const char *new_uri, request_rec *r);

/**
 * Redirect the current request to a sub_req, merging the pools
 * @param sub_req A subrequest created from this request
 * @param r The current request
 * @note the sub_req's pool will be merged into r's pool, be very careful
 * not to destroy this subrequest, it will be destroyed with the main request!
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_internal_fast_redirect(request_rec *sub_req, request_rec *r);

/**
 * Can be used within any handler to determine if any authentication
 * is required for the current request
 * @param r The current request
 * @return 1 if authentication is required, 0 otherwise
 * @bug Behavior changed in 2.4.x refactoring, API no longer usable
 * @deprecated @see ap_some_authn_required()
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_some_auth_required(request_rec *r);

/**
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_REQ_AUTH Access Control for Sub-Requests and
 *                                Internal Redirects
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE_REQ
 * @{
 */

#define AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_URI  0  /**< Run access control hooks on all
                                          internal requests with URIs
                                          distinct from that of initial
                                          request */
#define AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_CONF 1  /**< Run access control hooks only on
                                          internal requests with
                                          configurations distinct from
                                          that of initial request */
#define AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_MASK     0x000F  /**< mask to extract internal request
                                               processing mode */

/**
 * Clear flag which determines when access control hooks will be run for
 * internal requests.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_clear_auth_internal(void);

/**
 * Determine whether access control hooks will be run for all internal
 * requests with URIs distinct from that of the initial request, or only
 * those for which different configurations apply than those which applied
 * to the initial request.  To accommodate legacy external modules which
 * may expect access control hooks to be run for all internal requests
 * with distinct URIs, this is the default behaviour unless all access
 * control hooks and authentication and authorization providers are
 * registered with AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_CONF.
 * @param ptemp Pool used for temporary allocations
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_setup_auth_internal(apr_pool_t *ptemp);

/**
 * Register an authentication or authorization provider with the global
 * provider pool.
 * @param pool The pool to create any storage from
 * @param provider_group The group to store the provider in
 * @param provider_name The name for this provider
 * @param provider_version The version for this provider
 * @param provider Opaque structure for this provider
 * @param type Internal request processing mode, either
 *             AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_URI or AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_CONF
 * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_register_auth_provider(apr_pool_t *pool,
                                                   const char *provider_group,
                                                   const char *provider_name,
                                                   const char *provider_version,
                                                   const void *provider,
                                                   int type);

/** @} */

/* Optional functions coming from mod_authn_core and mod_authz_core
 * that list all registered authn/z providers.
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_array_header_t *, authn_ap_list_provider_names,
                        (apr_pool_t *ptemp));
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_array_header_t *, authz_ap_list_provider_names,
                        (apr_pool_t *ptemp));

/**
 * Determine if the current request is the main request or a subrequest
 * @param r The current request
 * @return 1 if this is the main request, 0 otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_is_initial_req(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Function to set the r->mtime field to the specified value if it's later
 * than what's already there.
 * @param r The current request
 * @param dependency_mtime Time to set the mtime to
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_update_mtime(request_rec *r, apr_time_t dependency_mtime);

/**
 * Add one or more methods to the list permitted to access the resource.
 * Usually executed by the content handler before the response header is
 * sent, but sometimes invoked at an earlier phase if a module knows it
 * can set the list authoritatively.  Note that the methods are ADDED
 * to any already permitted unless the reset flag is non-zero.  The
 * list is used to generate the Allow response header field when it
 * is needed.
 * @param   r     The pointer to the request identifying the resource.
 * @param   reset Boolean flag indicating whether this list should
 *                completely replace any current settings.
 * @param   ...   A NULL-terminated list of strings, each identifying a
 *                method name to add.
 * @return  None.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_allow_methods(request_rec *r, int reset, ...)
                 AP_FN_ATTR_SENTINEL;

/**
 * Add one or more methods to the list permitted to access the resource.
 * Usually executed by the content handler before the response header is
 * sent, but sometimes invoked at an earlier phase if a module knows it
 * can set the list authoritatively.  Note that the methods are ADDED
 * to any already permitted unless the reset flag is non-zero.  The
 * list is used to generate the Allow response header field when it
 * is needed.
 * @param   r     The pointer to the request identifying the resource.
 * @param   reset Boolean flag indicating whether this list should
 *                completely replace any current settings.
 * @param   ...   A list of method identifiers, from the "M_" series
 *                defined in httpd.h, terminated with a value of -1
 *                (e.g., "M_GET, M_POST, M_OPTIONS, -1")
 * @return  None.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_allow_standard_methods(request_rec *r, int reset, ...);

#define MERGE_ALLOW 0
#define REPLACE_ALLOW 1

/**
 * Process a top-level request from a client, and synchronously write
 * the response to the client
 * @param r The current request
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_process_request(request_rec *r);

/* For post-processing after a handler has finished with a request.
 * (Commonly used after it was suspended)
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_process_request_after_handler(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Process a top-level request from a client, allowing some or all of
 * the response to remain buffered in the core output filter for later,
 * asynchronous write completion
 * @param r The current request
 */
void ap_process_async_request(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Kill the current request
 * @param type Why the request is dying
 * @param r The current request
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_die(int type, request_rec *r);

/**
 * Check whether a connection is still established and has data available,
 * optionally consuming blank lines ([CR]LF).
 * @param c The current connection
 * @param bb The brigade to filter
 * @param max_blank_lines Max number of blank lines to consume, or zero
 *                        to consider them as data (single read).
 * @return APR_SUCCESS: connection established with data available,
 *         APR_EAGAIN: connection established and empty,
 *         APR_NOTFOUND: too much blank lines,
 *         APR_E*: connection/general error.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_check_pipeline(conn_rec *c, apr_bucket_brigade *bb,
                                           unsigned int max_blank_lines);

/* Hooks */

/**
 * Gives modules a chance to create their request_config entry when the
 * request is created.
 * @param r The current request
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,create_request,(request_rec *r))

/**
 * This hook allow modules an opportunity to translate the URI into an
 * actual filename, before URL decoding happens.
 * @param r The current request
 * @return DECLINED to let other modules handle the pre-translation,
 *         OK if it was handled and no other module should process it,
 *         DONE if no further transformation should happen on the URI,
 *         HTTP_... in case of error.
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,pre_translate_name,(request_rec *r))

/**
 * This hook allow modules an opportunity to translate the URI into an
 * actual filename.  If no modules do anything special, the server's default
 * rules will be followed.
 * @param r The current request
 * @return OK, DECLINED, or HTTP_...
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,translate_name,(request_rec *r))

/**
 * This hook allow modules to set the per_dir_config based on their own
 * context (such as "<Proxy>" sections) and responds to contextless requests
 * such as TRACE that need no security or filesystem mapping.
 * based on the filesystem.
 * @param r The current request
 * @return DONE (or HTTP_) if this contextless request was just fulfilled
 * (such as TRACE), OK if this is not a file, and DECLINED if this is a file.
 * The core map_to_storage (HOOK_RUN_REALLY_LAST) will directory_walk
 * and file_walk the r->filename.
 *
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,map_to_storage,(request_rec *r))

/**
 * This hook is used to analyze the request headers, authenticate the user,
 * and set the user information in the request record (r->user and
 * r->ap_auth_type). This hook is only run when Apache determines that
 * authentication/authorization is required for this resource (as determined
 * by the 'Require' directive). It runs after the access_checker hook, and
 * before the auth_checker hook. This hook should be registered with
 * ap_hook_check_authn().
 *
 * @param r The current request
 * @return OK, DECLINED, or HTTP_...
 * @ingroup hooks
 * @see ap_hook_check_authn
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,check_user_id,(request_rec *r))

/**
 * Allows modules to perform module-specific fixing of header fields.  This
 * is invoked just before any content-handler
 * @param r The current request
 * @return OK, DECLINED, or HTTP_...
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,fixups,(request_rec *r))

/**
 * This routine is called to determine and/or set the various document type
 * information bits, like Content-type (via r->content_type), language, et
 * cetera.
 * @param r the current request
 * @return OK, DECLINED, or HTTP_...
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,type_checker,(request_rec *r))

/**
 * This hook is used to apply additional access control to this resource.
 * It runs *before* a user is authenticated, so this hook is really to
 * apply additional restrictions independent of a user. It also runs
 * independent of 'Require' directive usage. This hook should be registered
 * with ap_hook_check_access().
 *
 * @param r the current request
 * @return OK, DECLINED, or HTTP_...
 * @ingroup hooks
 * @see ap_hook_check_access
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,access_checker,(request_rec *r))

/**
 * This hook is used to apply additional access control and/or bypass
 * authentication for this resource. It runs *before* a user is authenticated,
 * but after the auth_checker hook.
 * This hook should be registered with ap_hook_check_access_ex().
 *
 * @param r the current request
 * @return OK (allow access), DECLINED (let later modules decide),
 *         or HTTP_... (deny access)
 * @ingroup hooks
 * @see ap_hook_check_access_ex
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,access_checker_ex,(request_rec *r))

/**
 * This hook is used to check to see if the resource being requested
 * is available for the authenticated user (r->user and r->ap_auth_type).
 * It runs after the access_checker and check_user_id hooks. Note that
 * it will *only* be called if Apache determines that access control has
 * been applied to this resource (through a 'Require' directive). This
 * hook should be registered with ap_hook_check_authz().
 *
 * @param r the current request
 * @return OK, DECLINED, or HTTP_...
 * @ingroup hooks
 * @see ap_hook_check_authz
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,auth_checker,(request_rec *r))

/**
 * Register a hook function that will apply additional access control to
 * the current request.
 * @param pf An access_checker hook function
 * @param aszPre A NULL-terminated array of strings that name modules whose
 *               hooks should precede this one
 * @param aszSucc A NULL-terminated array of strings that name modules whose
 *                hooks should succeed this one
 * @param nOrder An integer determining order before honouring aszPre and
 *               aszSucc (for example, HOOK_MIDDLE)
 * @param type Internal request processing mode, either
 *             AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_URI or AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_CONF
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_hook_check_access(ap_HOOK_access_checker_t *pf,
                                      const char * const *aszPre,
                                      const char * const *aszSucc,
                                      int nOrder, int type);

/**
 * Register a hook function that will apply additional access control
 * and/or bypass authentication for the current request.
 * @param pf An access_checker_ex hook function
 * @param aszPre A NULL-terminated array of strings that name modules whose
 *               hooks should precede this one
 * @param aszSucc A NULL-terminated array of strings that name modules whose
 *                hooks should succeed this one
 * @param nOrder An integer determining order before honouring aszPre and
 *               aszSucc (for example, HOOK_MIDDLE)
 * @param type Internal request processing mode, either
 *             AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_URI or AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_CONF
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_hook_check_access_ex(ap_HOOK_access_checker_ex_t *pf,
                                         const char * const *aszPre,
                                         const char * const *aszSucc,
                                         int nOrder, int type);


/**
 * Register a hook function that will analyze the request headers,
 * authenticate the user, and set the user information in the request record.
 * @param pf A check_user_id hook function
 * @param aszPre A NULL-terminated array of strings that name modules whose
 *               hooks should precede this one
 * @param aszSucc A NULL-terminated array of strings that name modules whose
 *                hooks should succeed this one
 * @param nOrder An integer determining order before honouring aszPre and
 *               aszSucc (for example, HOOK_MIDDLE)
 * @param type Internal request processing mode, either
 *             AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_URI or AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_CONF
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_hook_check_authn(ap_HOOK_check_user_id_t *pf,
                                     const char * const *aszPre,
                                     const char * const *aszSucc,
                                     int nOrder, int type);

/**
 * Register a hook function that determine if the resource being requested
 * is available for the currently authenticated user.
 * @param pf An auth_checker hook function
 * @param aszPre A NULL-terminated array of strings that name modules whose
 *               hooks should precede this one
 * @param aszSucc A NULL-terminated array of strings that name modules whose
 *                hooks should succeed this one
 * @param nOrder An integer determining order before honouring aszPre and
 *               aszSucc (for example, HOOK_MIDDLE)
 * @param type Internal request processing mode, either
 *             AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_URI or AP_AUTH_INTERNAL_PER_CONF
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_hook_check_authz(ap_HOOK_auth_checker_t *pf,
                                     const char * const *aszPre,
                                     const char * const *aszSucc,
                                     int nOrder, int type);

/**
 * This hook allows modules to insert filters for the current request
 * @param r the current request
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void,insert_filter,(request_rec *r))

/**
 * This hook allows modules to affect the request immediately after the
 * per-directory configuration for the request has been generated.
 * @param r The current request
 * @return OK (allow access), DECLINED (let later modules decide),
 *         or HTTP_... (deny access)
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,post_perdir_config,(request_rec *r))

/**
 * This hook allows a module to force authn to be required when
 * processing a request.
 * This hook should be registered with ap_hook_force_authn().
 * @param r The current request
 * @return OK (force authn), DECLINED (let later modules decide)
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,force_authn,(request_rec *r))

/**
 * This hook allows modules to handle/emulate the apr_stat() calls
 * needed for directory walk.
 * @param finfo where to put the stat data
 * @param r The current request
 * @param wanted APR_FINFO_* flags to pass to apr_stat()
 * @return apr_status_t or AP_DECLINED (let later modules decide)
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(apr_status_t,dirwalk_stat,(apr_finfo_t *finfo, request_rec *r, apr_int32_t wanted))

AP_DECLARE(int) ap_location_walk(request_rec *r);
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_directory_walk(request_rec *r);
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_file_walk(request_rec *r);
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_if_walk(request_rec *r);

/** End Of REQUEST (EOR) bucket */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern const apr_bucket_type_t ap_bucket_type_eor;

/**
 * Determine if a bucket is an End Of REQUEST (EOR) bucket
 * @param e The bucket to inspect
 * @return true or false
 */
#define AP_BUCKET_IS_EOR(e)         ((e)->type == &ap_bucket_type_eor)

/**
 * Make the bucket passed in an End Of REQUEST (EOR) bucket
 * @param b The bucket to make into an EOR bucket
 * @param r The request to destroy when this bucket is destroyed
 * @return The new bucket, or NULL if allocation failed
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_bucket *) ap_bucket_eor_make(apr_bucket *b, request_rec *r);

/**
 * Create a bucket referring to an End Of REQUEST (EOR). This bucket
 * holds a pointer to the request_rec, so that the request can be
 * destroyed right after all of the output has been sent to the client.
 *
 * @param list The freelist from which this bucket should be allocated
 * @param r The request to destroy when this bucket is destroyed
 * @return The new bucket, or NULL if allocation failed
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_bucket *) ap_bucket_eor_create(apr_bucket_alloc_t *list,
                                              request_rec *r);

/**
 * Can be used within any handler to determine if any authentication
 * is required for the current request.  Note that if used with an
 * access_checker hook, an access_checker_ex hook or an authz provider; the
 * caller should take steps to avoid a loop since this function is
 * implemented by calling these hooks.
 * @param r The current request
 * @return TRUE if authentication is required, FALSE otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_some_authn_required(request_rec *r);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif  /* !APACHE_HTTP_REQUEST_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  http_vhost.h
 * @brief Virtual Host package
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_VHOST Virtual Host Package
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 * @{
 */

#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_VHOST_H
#define APACHE_HTTP_VHOST_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * called before any config is read
 * @param p Pool to allocate out of
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_init_vhost_config(apr_pool_t *p);

/**
 * called after the config has been read to compile the tables needed to do
 * the run-time vhost lookups
 * @param p The pool to allocate out of
 * @param main_server The start of the virtual host list
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_fini_vhost_config(apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *main_server);

/**
 * handle addresses in "<VirtualHost>" statement
 * @param p The pool to allocate out of
 * @param hostname The hostname in the VirtualHost statement
 * @param s The list of Virtual Hosts.
 */
const char *ap_parse_vhost_addrs(apr_pool_t *p, const char *hostname, server_rec *s);

/**
 * handle NameVirtualHost directive
 * @param cmd Command Parameters structure
 * @param dummy NOT USED
 * @param arg a host of the form "<address>[:port]"
 */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *)ap_set_name_virtual_host(cmd_parms *cmd,
                                                        void *dummy,
                                                        const char *arg);

/**
 * Callback function for every Name Based Virtual Host.
 * @param baton Opaque user object
 * @param conn The current Connection
 * @param s The current Server
 * @see ap_vhost_iterate_given_conn
 * @return 0 on success, any non-zero return will stop the iteration.
 */
typedef int(*ap_vhost_iterate_conn_cb)(void* baton, conn_rec* conn, server_rec* s);

/**
 * For every virtual host on this connection, call func_cb.
 * @param conn The current connection
 * @param func_cb Function called for every Name Based Virtual Host for this
 *                connection.
 * @param baton Opaque object passed to func_cb.
 * @return The return value from func_cb.
 * @note If func_cb returns non-zero, the function will return at this point,
 *       and not continue iterating the virtual hosts.
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_vhost_iterate_given_conn(conn_rec *conn,
                                            ap_vhost_iterate_conn_cb func_cb,
                                            void* baton);

/**
 * given an ip address only, give our best guess as to what vhost it is
 * @param conn The current connection
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_update_vhost_given_ip(conn_rec *conn);

/**
 * ap_update_vhost_given_ip is never enough, and this is always called after
 * the headers have been read.  It may change r->server.
 * @param r The current request
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_update_vhost_from_headers(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Updates r->server with the best name-based virtual host match, within
 * the chain of matching virtual hosts selected by ap_update_vhost_given_ip.
 * @param r The current request
 * @param require_match 1 to return an HTTP error if the requested hostname is
 * not explicitly matched to a VirtualHost. 
 * @return return HTTP_OK unless require_match was specified and the requested
 * hostname did not match any ServerName, ServerAlias, or VirtualHost 
 * address-spec.
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_update_vhost_from_headers_ex(request_rec *r, int require_match);


/**
 * Match the host in the header with the hostname of the server for this
 * request.
 * @param r The current request
 * @param host The hostname in the headers
 * @param port The port from the headers
 * @return return 1 if the host:port matches any of the aliases of r->server,
 * return 0 otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_matches_request_vhost(request_rec *r, const char *host,
    apr_port_t port);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif  /* !APACHE_HTTP_VHOST_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  util_ebcdic.h
 * @brief Utilities for EBCDIC conversion
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_EBCDIC Utilities for EBCDIC conversion
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 * @{
 */

#ifndef APACHE_UTIL_EBCDIC_H
#define APACHE_UTIL_EBCDIC_H


#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include "apr_xlate.h"
#include "httpd.h"
#include "util_charset.h"

#if APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC || defined(DOXYGEN)

/**
 * Setup all of the global translation handlers.
 * @param   pool    The pool to allocate out of.
 * @note On non-EBCDIC system, this function does <b>not</b> exist.
 * So, its use should be guarded by \#if APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC.
 */
apr_status_t ap_init_ebcdic(apr_pool_t *pool);

/**
 * Convert protocol data from the implementation character
 * set to ASCII.
 * @param   buffer  Buffer to translate.
 * @param   len     Number of bytes to translate.
 * @note On non-EBCDIC system, this function is replaced by an 
 * empty macro.
 */
void ap_xlate_proto_to_ascii(char *buffer, apr_size_t len);

/**
 * Convert protocol data to the implementation character
 * set from ASCII.
 * @param   buffer  Buffer to translate.
 * @param   len     Number of bytes to translate.
 * @note On non-EBCDIC system, this function is replaced by an 
 * empty macro.
 */
void ap_xlate_proto_from_ascii(char *buffer, apr_size_t len);

/**
 * Convert protocol data from the implementation character
 * set to ASCII, then send it.
 * @param   r       The current request.
 * @param   ...     The strings to write, followed by a NULL pointer.
 * @note On non-EBCDIC system, this function is replaced by a call to
 * #ap_rvputs.
 */
int ap_rvputs_proto_in_ascii(request_rec *r, ...);

#else   /* APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC */

#define ap_xlate_proto_to_ascii(x,y)          /* NOOP */
#define ap_xlate_proto_from_ascii(x,y)        /* NOOP */

#define ap_rvputs_proto_in_ascii  ap_rvputs

#endif  /* APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif  /* !APACHE_UTIL_EBCDIC_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  util_xml.h
 * @brief Apache XML library
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_XML XML Library
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 * @{
 */

#ifndef UTIL_XML_H
#define UTIL_XML_H

#include "apr_xml.h"

#include "httpd.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/**
 * Get XML post data and parse it.
 * @param   r       The current request
 * @param   pdoc    The XML post data
 * @return HTTP status code
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_xml_parse_input(request_rec *r, apr_xml_doc **pdoc);


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* UTIL_XML_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  mod_auth.h
 * @brief Authentication and Authorization Extension for Apache
 *
 * @defgroup MOD_AUTH mod_auth
 * @ingroup  APACHE_MODS
 */

#ifndef APACHE_MOD_AUTH_H
#define APACHE_MOD_AUTH_H

#include "apr_pools.h"
#include "apr_hash.h"
#include "apr_optional.h"

#include "httpd.h"
#include "http_config.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define AUTHN_PROVIDER_GROUP "authn"
#define AUTHZ_PROVIDER_GROUP "authz"
#define AUTHN_PROVIDER_VERSION "0"
#define AUTHZ_PROVIDER_VERSION "0"
#define AUTHN_DEFAULT_PROVIDER "file"

#define AUTHN_PROVIDER_NAME_NOTE "authn_provider_name"
#define AUTHZ_PROVIDER_NAME_NOTE "authz_provider_name"

#define AUTHN_PREFIX "AUTHENTICATE_"
#define AUTHZ_PREFIX "AUTHORIZE_"

/** all of the requirements must be met */
#ifndef SATISFY_ALL
#define SATISFY_ALL 0
#endif
/**  any of the requirements must be met */
#ifndef SATISFY_ANY
#define SATISFY_ANY 1
#endif
/** There are no applicable satisfy lines */
#ifndef SATISFY_NOSPEC
#define SATISFY_NOSPEC 2
#endif

typedef enum {
    AUTH_DENIED,
    AUTH_GRANTED,
    AUTH_USER_FOUND,
    AUTH_USER_NOT_FOUND,
    AUTH_GENERAL_ERROR
} authn_status;

typedef enum {
    AUTHZ_DENIED,
    AUTHZ_GRANTED,
    AUTHZ_NEUTRAL,
    AUTHZ_GENERAL_ERROR,
    AUTHZ_DENIED_NO_USER      /* denied because r->user == NULL */
} authz_status;

typedef struct {
    /* Given a username and password, expected to return AUTH_GRANTED
     * if we can validate this user/password combination.
     */
    authn_status (*check_password)(request_rec *r, const char *user,
                                   const char *password);

    /* Given a user and realm, expected to return AUTH_USER_FOUND if we
     * can find a md5 hash of 'user:realm:password'
     */
    authn_status (*get_realm_hash)(request_rec *r, const char *user,
                                   const char *realm, char **rethash);
} authn_provider;

/* A linked-list of authn providers. */
typedef struct authn_provider_list authn_provider_list;

struct authn_provider_list {
    const char *provider_name;
    const authn_provider *provider;
    authn_provider_list *next;
};

typedef struct {
    /* Given a request_rec, expected to return AUTHZ_GRANTED
     * if we can authorize user access.
     * @param r the request record
     * @param require_line the argument to the authz provider
     * @param parsed_require_line the value set by parse_require_line(), if any
     */
    authz_status (*check_authorization)(request_rec *r,
                                        const char *require_line,
                                        const void *parsed_require_line);

    /** Check the syntax of a require line and optionally cache the parsed
     * line. This function may be NULL.
     * @param cmd the config directive
     * @param require_line the argument to the authz provider
     * @param parsed_require_line place to store parsed require_line for use by provider
     * @return Error message or NULL on success
     */
    const char *(*parse_require_line)(cmd_parms *cmd, const char *require_line,
                                      const void **parsed_require_line);
} authz_provider;

/* ap_authn_cache_store: Optional function for authn providers
 * to enable caching their lookups with mod_authn_cache
 * @param r The request rec
 * @param module Module identifier
 * @param user User name to authenticate
 * @param realm Digest authn realm (NULL for basic authn)
 * @param data The value looked up by the authn provider, to cache
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, ap_authn_cache_store,
                        (request_rec*, const char*, const char*,
                         const char*, const char*));

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  http_ssl.h
 * @brief SSL protocol handling
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_PROTO SSL Protocol Handling
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 * @{
 */

#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_SSL_H
#define APACHE_HTTP_SSL_H

#include "httpd.h"
#include "apr_portable.h"
#include "apr_mmap.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

struct ap_conf_vector_t;

/**
 * This hook allows modules that manage SSL connection to register their
 * inquiry function for checking if a connection is using SSL from them.
 * @param c The current connection
 * @return OK if the connection is using SSL, DECLINED if not.
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,ssl_conn_is_ssl,(conn_rec *c))

/**
 * Return != 0 iff the connection is encrypted with SSL.
 * @param c the connection
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_ssl_conn_is_ssl(conn_rec *c);

/**
 * This hook declares a connection to be outgoing and the configuration that applies to it.
 * This hook can be called several times in the lifetime of an outgoing connection, e.g.
 * when it is re-used in different request contexts. It will at least be called after the
 * connection was created and before the pre-connection hooks is invoked.
 * All outgoing-connection hooks are run until one returns something other than DECLINE.
 * if enable_ssl != 0, a hook that sets up SSL for the connection needs to return OK
 * to prevent subsequent hooks from doing the same.
 *
 * @param c The connection on which requests/data are to be sent.
 * @param dir_conf The directory configuration in which this connection is being used.
 * @param enable_ssl If != 0, the SSL protocol should be enabled for this connection.
 * @return DECLINED, OK when ssl was enabled
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int, ssl_bind_outgoing,
               (conn_rec *c, struct ap_conf_vector_t *dir_conf, int enable_ssl))

/**
 * Assures the connection is marked as outgoing and invokes the ssl_bind_outgoing hook.
 * This may be called several times on an outgoing connection with varying dir_conf
 * values. require_ssl is not allowed to change on the same connection.
 *
 * @param c The connection on which requests/data are to be sent.
 * @param dir_conf The directory configuration in which this connection is being used.
 * @param require_ssl != 0 iff this connection needs to be secured by SSL/TLS protocol.
 * @return OK iff ssl was required and is enabled, DECLINED otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_ssl_bind_outgoing(conn_rec *c, struct ap_conf_vector_t *dir_conf,
                                     int require_ssl);

/**
 * Return != 0 iff handlers/hooks for outgoing connections are registered.
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_ssl_has_outgoing_handlers(void);

/**
 * This hook allows modules to look up SSL related variables for a
 * server/connection/request, depending on what they inquire. Some
 * variables will only be available for a connection/request, for example.
 * @param p The pool to allocate a returned value in, MUST be provided
 * @param s The server to inquire a value for, maybe NULL
 * @param c The current connection, maybe NULL
 * @param r The current request, maybe NULL
 * @param name The name of the variable to retrieve, MUST be provided
 * @return value or the variable or NULL if not provided/available
 * @ingroup hooks
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(const char *,ssl_var_lookup,
    (apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *s, conn_rec *c, request_rec *r, const char *name))

/**
 * Lookup an SSL related variable for the server/connection/request or a global
 * value when all those parameters are set to NULL. Pool and name must always be
 * provided and the returned value (if not NULL) will be allocated from the pool.
 * @param p The pool to allocate a returned value in, MUST be provided
 * @param s The server to inquire a value for, maybe NULL
 * @param c The current connection, maybe NULL
 * @param r The current request, maybe NULL
 * @param name The name of the variable to retrieve, MUST be provided
 * @return value or the variable or NULL if not provided/available
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_ssl_var_lookup(apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *s,
                                           conn_rec *c, request_rec *r,
                                           const char *name);

/**
 * Register to provide certificate/key files for servers. Certificate files are
 * expected to contain the certificate chain, beginning with the server's certificate,
 * excluding the trust anchor, in PEM format.
 * They must be accompanied by a private key file, also in PEM format.
 *
 * @param s the server certificates are collected for
 * @param p the pool to use for allocations
 * @param cert_files an array of const char* with the path to the certificate chain
 * @param key_files an array of const char* with the path to the private key file
 * @return OK if files were added, DECLINED if not, or other for error.
 */

AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int, ssl_add_cert_files, (server_rec *s, apr_pool_t *p,
                                          apr_array_header_t *cert_files,
                                          apr_array_header_t *key_files))

/**
 * Collect certificate/key files from all providers registered. This includes
 * providers registered at the global 'ssl_add_cert_files', as well as those
 * installed in the OPTIONAL 'ssl_add_cert_files' hook as may be provided by
 * ssl modules.
 *
 * @param s the server certificates are collected for
 * @param p the pool to use for allocations
 * @param cert_files an array of const char* with the path to the certificate chain
 * @param key_files an array of const char* with the path to the private key file
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_ssl_add_cert_files(server_rec *s, apr_pool_t *p,
                                               apr_array_header_t *cert_files,
                                               apr_array_header_t *key_files);


/**
 * Register to provide 'fallback' certificates in case no 'real' certificates
 * have been configured/added by other providers. Modules using these certificates
 * are encouraged to answer requests to this server with a 503 response code.
 *
 * @param s the server certificates are collected for
 * @param p the pool to use for allocations
 * @param cert_files an array of const char* with the path to the certificate chain
 * @param key_files an array of const char* with the path to the private key file
 * @return OK if files were added, DECLINED if not, or other for error.
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int, ssl_add_fallback_cert_files, (server_rec *s, apr_pool_t *p,
                                                   apr_array_header_t *cert_files,
                                                   apr_array_header_t *key_files))

/**
 * Collect 'fallback' certificate/key files from all registered providers, either
 * in the global 'ssl_add_fallback_cert_files' hook or the optional one of similar
 * name as provided by mod_ssl and sorts.
 * Certificates obtained this way are commonly self signed, temporary crutches.
 * To be used to the time it takes to retrieve a 'read', trusted certificate.
 * A module using fallbacks is encouraged to answer all requests with a 503.
 *
 * @param s the server certificates are collected for
 * @param p the pool to use for allocations
 * @param cert_files an array of const char* with the path to the certificate chain
 * @param key_files an array of const char* with the path to the private key file
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_ssl_add_fallback_cert_files(server_rec *s, apr_pool_t *p,
                                                        apr_array_header_t *cert_files,
                                                        apr_array_header_t *key_files);


/**
 * On TLS connections that do not relate to a configured virtual host
 * allow modules to provide a certificate and key to be used on the connection.
 *
 * A Certificate PEM added must be accompanied by a private key PEM. The private
 * key PEM may be given by a NULL pointer, in which case it is expected to be found in
 * the certificate PEM string.
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int, ssl_answer_challenge, (conn_rec *c, const char *server_name,
                                            const char **pcert_pem, const char **pkey_pem))

/**
 * Returns != 0 iff the connection is a challenge to the server, for example
 * as defined in RFC 8555 for the 'tls-alpn-01' domain verification, and needs
 * a specific certificate as answer in the handshake.
 *
 * ALPN protocol negotiation via the hooks 'protocol_propose' and 'protocol_switch'
 * need to have run before this call is made.
 *
 * Certificate PEMs added must be accompanied by a private key PEM. The private
 * key PEM may be given by a NULL pointer, in which case it is expected to be found in
 * the certificate PEM string.
 *
 * A certificate provided this way needs to replace any other certificates selected
 * by configuration or 'ssl_add_cert_pems` on this connection.
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_ssl_answer_challenge(conn_rec *c, const char *server_name,
                                        const char **pcert_pem, const char **pkey_pem);


/**
 * Setup optional functions for ssl related queries so that functions
 * registered by old-style SSL module functions are interrogated by the
 * the new ap_is_ssl() and friends. Installs own optional functions, so that
 * old modules looking for these find one and get the correct results (shadowing).
 *
 * Needs to run in core's very early POST_CONFIG hook.
 * Modules providing such functions register their own optionals during
 * register_hooks(). Modules using such functions retrieve them often
 * in their own post-config or in the even later retrieval hook. When shadowing
 * other modules functions, core's early post-config is a good time.
 * @param pool The pool to use for allocations
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_setup_ssl_optional_fns(apr_pool_t *pool);

/**
 * Providers of OCSP status responses register at this hook. Installed hooks returning OK
 * are expected to provide later OCSP responses via a 'ap_ssl_ocsp_get_resp_hook'.
 * @param s     the server being configured
 * @params p    a memory pool to use
 * @param id    opaque data uniquely identifying the certificate, provided by caller
 * @param pem   PEM data of certificate first, followed by PEM of issuer cert
 * @return OK iff stapling is being provided
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int, ssl_ocsp_prime_hook, (server_rec *s, apr_pool_t *p,
                                           const char *id, apr_size_t id_len,
                                           const char *pem))

/**
 * Registering a certificate for Provisioning of OCSP responses. It is the caller's
 * responsibility to provide a global (apache instance) unique id for the certificate
 * that is then used later in retrieving the OCSP response.
 * A certificate can be primed this way more than once, however the same identifier
 * has to be provided each time (byte-wise same, not pointer same).
 * The memory pointed to by `id` and `pem` is only valid for the duration of the call.
 *
 * @param s     the server being configured
 * @params p    a memory pool to use
 * @param id    opaque data uniquely identifying the certificate, provided by caller
 * @param pem   PEM data of certificate first, followed by chain certs, at least the issuer
 * @return APR_SUCCESS iff OCSP responses will be provided.
 *         APR_ENOENT when no provided was found or took responsibility.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_ssl_ocsp_prime(server_rec *s, apr_pool_t *p,
                                           const char *id, apr_size_t id_len,
                                           const char *pem);

/**
 * Callback to copy over the OCSP response data. If OCSP response data is not
 * available, this will be called with NULL, 0 parameters!
 *
 * Memory allocation methods and lifetime of data will vary per module and
 * SSL library used. The caller requesting OCSP data will need to make a copy
 * for his own use.
 * Any passed data may only be valid for the duration of the call.
 */
typedef void ap_ssl_ocsp_copy_resp(const unsigned char *der, apr_size_t der_len, void *userdata);

/**
 * Asking for OCSP response DER data for a certificate formerly primed.
 * @param s     the (SNI selected) server of the connection
 * @param c     the connection
 * @param id    identifier for the certifate, as used in ocsp_stapling_prime()
 * @param cb    callback to invoke when response data is available
 * @param userdata caller supplied data passed to callback
 * @return OK iff response data has been provided, DECLINED otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int, ssl_ocsp_get_resp_hook,
                (server_rec *s, conn_rec *c, const char *id, apr_size_t id_len,
                 ap_ssl_ocsp_copy_resp *cb, void *userdata))

/**
 * Retrieve the OCSP response data for a previously primed certificate. The id needs
 * to be byte-wise identical to the one used on priming. If the call return ARP_SUCCESS,
 * the callback has been invoked with the OCSP response DER data.
 * Otherwise, a different status code must be returned. Callers in SSL connection
 * handshakes are encouraged to continue the handshake without OCSP data for
 * server reliability. The decision to accept or reject a handshake with missing
 * OCSP stapling data needs to be done by the client.
 * For similar reasons, providers of responses might return seemingly expired ones
 * if they were unable to refresh a response in time.
 *
 * The memory pointed to by `id` is only valid for the duration of the call.
 * Also, the DER data passed to the callback is only valid for the duration
 * of the call.
 *
 * @param s     the (SNI selected) server of the connection
 * @param c     the connection
 * @param id    identifier for the certifate, as used in ocsp_stapling_prime()
 * @param cb    callback to invoke when response data is available
 * @param userdata caller supplied data passed to callback
 * @return APR_SUCCESS iff data has been provided
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_ssl_ocsp_get_resp(server_rec *s, conn_rec *c,
                                              const char *id, apr_size_t id_len,
                                              ap_ssl_ocsp_copy_resp *cb, void *userdata);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif  /* !APACHE_HTTP_SSL_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

#ifndef MOD_XML2ENC
#define MOD_XML2ENC

#define ENCIO_INPUT 0x01
#define ENCIO_OUTPUT 0x02
#define ENCIO_INPUT_CHECKS 0x04
#define ENCIO (ENCIO_INPUT|ENCIO_OUTPUT|ENCIO_INPUT_CHECKS)
#define ENCIO_SKIPTO 0x10

/* declarations to deal with WIN32 compile-flag-in-source-code crap */
#if !defined(WIN32)
#define XML2ENC_DECLARE(type)            type
#define XML2ENC_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     type
#define XML2ENC_DECLARE_DATA
#elif defined(XML2ENC_DECLARE_STATIC)
#define XML2ENC_DECLARE(type)            type __stdcall
#define XML2ENC_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     type
#define XML2ENC_DECLARE_DATA
#elif defined(XML2ENC_DECLARE_EXPORT)
#define XML2ENC_DECLARE(type)            __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
#define XML2ENC_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     __declspec(dllexport) type
#define XML2ENC_DECLARE_DATA             __declspec(dllexport)
#else
#define XML2ENC_DECLARE(type)            __declspec(dllimport) type __stdcall
#define XML2ENC_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     __declspec(dllimport) type
#define XML2ENC_DECLARE_DATA             __declspec(dllimport)
#endif

APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_status_t, xml2enc_charset,
                        (request_rec* r, xmlCharEncoding* enc,
                         const char** cenc));

APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_status_t, xml2enc_filter,
                        (request_rec* r, const char* enc, unsigned int mode));

APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(xml2enc, XML2ENC, int, preprocess,
                          (ap_filter_t *f, char** bufp, apr_size_t* bytesp))

#endif
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file ap_config.h
 * @brief Symbol export macros and hook functions
 */

#ifndef AP_CONFIG_H
#define AP_CONFIG_H

#include "ap_hooks.h"

/* Although this file doesn't declare any hooks, declare the exports group here */
/**
 * @defgroup exports Apache exports
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 */

#ifdef DOXYGEN
/* define these just so doxygen documents them */

/**
 * AP_DECLARE_STATIC is defined when including Apache's Core headers,
 * to provide static linkage when the dynamic library may be unavailable.
 *
 * @see AP_DECLARE_EXPORT
 *
 * AP_DECLARE_STATIC and AP_DECLARE_EXPORT are left undefined when
 * including Apache's Core headers, to import and link the symbols from the
 * dynamic Apache Core library and assure appropriate indirection and calling
 * conventions at compile time.
 */
# define AP_DECLARE_STATIC
/**
 * AP_DECLARE_EXPORT is defined when building the Apache Core dynamic
 * library, so that all public symbols are exported.
 *
 * @see AP_DECLARE_STATIC
 */
# define AP_DECLARE_EXPORT

#endif /* def DOXYGEN */

#if !defined(WIN32)
/**
 * Apache Core dso functions are declared with AP_DECLARE(), so they may
 * use the most appropriate calling convention.  Hook functions and other
 * Core functions with variable arguments must use AP_DECLARE_NONSTD().
 * @code
 * AP_DECLARE(rettype) ap_func(args)
 * @endcode
 */
#define AP_DECLARE(type)            type

/**
 * Apache Core dso variable argument and hook functions are declared with
 * AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(), as they must use the C language calling convention.
 * @see AP_DECLARE
 * @code
 * AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(rettype) ap_func(args [...])
 * @endcode
 */
#define AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     type

/**
 * Apache Core dso variables are declared with AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA.
 * This assures the appropriate indirection is invoked at compile time.
 *
 * @note AP_DECLARE_DATA extern type apr_variable; syntax is required for
 * declarations within headers to properly import the variable.
 * @code
 * AP_DECLARE_DATA type apr_variable
 * @endcode
 */
#define AP_DECLARE_DATA

#elif defined(AP_DECLARE_STATIC)
#define AP_DECLARE(type)            type __stdcall
#define AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     type
#define AP_DECLARE_DATA
#elif defined(AP_DECLARE_EXPORT)
#define AP_DECLARE(type)            __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
#define AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     __declspec(dllexport) type
#define AP_DECLARE_DATA             __declspec(dllexport)
#else
#define AP_DECLARE(type)            __declspec(dllimport) type __stdcall
#define AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     __declspec(dllimport) type
#define AP_DECLARE_DATA             __declspec(dllimport)
#endif

#if !defined(WIN32) || defined(AP_MODULE_DECLARE_STATIC)
/**
 * Declare a dso module's exported module structure as AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA.
 *
 * Unless AP_MODULE_DECLARE_STATIC is defined at compile time, symbols
 * declared with AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA are always exported.
 * @code
 * module AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA mod_tag
 * @endcode
 */
#if defined(WIN32)
#define AP_MODULE_DECLARE(type)            type __stdcall
#else
#define AP_MODULE_DECLARE(type)            type
#endif
#define AP_MODULE_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     type
#define AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA
#else
/**
 * AP_MODULE_DECLARE_EXPORT is a no-op.  Unless contradicted by the
 * AP_MODULE_DECLARE_STATIC compile-time symbol, it is assumed and defined.
 *
 * The old SHARED_MODULE compile-time symbol is now the default behavior,
 * so it is no longer referenced anywhere with Apache 2.0.
 */
#define AP_MODULE_DECLARE_EXPORT
#define AP_MODULE_DECLARE(type)          __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
#define AP_MODULE_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)   __declspec(dllexport) type
#define AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA           __declspec(dllexport)
#endif

#include "os.h"
#if (!defined(WIN32) && !defined(NETWARE)) || defined(__MINGW32__)
#include "ap_config_auto.h"
#endif
#include "ap_config_layout.h"

/* Where the main/parent process's pid is logged */
#ifndef DEFAULT_PIDLOG
#define DEFAULT_PIDLOG DEFAULT_REL_RUNTIMEDIR "/httpd.pid"
#endif

#if defined(NETWARE)
#define AP_NONBLOCK_WHEN_MULTI_LISTEN 1
#endif

#if defined(AP_ENABLE_DTRACE) && HAVE_SYS_SDT_H
#include <sys/sdt.h>
#else
#undef _DTRACE_VERSION
#endif

#ifdef _DTRACE_VERSION
#include "apache_probes.h"
#else
#include "apache_noprobes.h"
#endif

/* If APR has OTHER_CHILD logic, use reliable piped logs. */
#if APR_HAS_OTHER_CHILD
#define AP_HAVE_RELIABLE_PIPED_LOGS TRUE
#endif

#if defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
#define AP_HAVE_C99
#endif

/* Presume that the compiler supports C99-style designated
 * initializers if using GCC (but not G++), or for any other compiler
 * which claims C99 support. */
#if (defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__cplusplus)) || defined(AP_HAVE_C99)
#define AP_HAVE_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER
#endif

#ifndef __has_attribute         /* check for supported attributes on clang */
#define __has_attribute(x) 0
#endif
#if (defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 4) || __has_attribute(sentinel)
#define AP_FN_ATTR_SENTINEL __attribute__((sentinel))
#else
#define AP_FN_ATTR_SENTINEL
#endif

#if ( defined(__GNUC__) &&                                        \
      (__GNUC__ >= 4 || ( __GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4))) \
    || __has_attribute(warn_unused_result)
#define AP_FN_ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT   __attribute__((warn_unused_result))
#else
#define AP_FN_ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
#endif

#if ( defined(__GNUC__) &&                                        \
      (__GNUC__ >= 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3))                     \
    || __has_attribute(alloc_size)
#define AP_FN_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE(x)     __attribute__((alloc_size(x)))
#define AP_FN_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE2(x,y)  __attribute__((alloc_size(x,y)))
#else
#define AP_FN_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE(x)
#define AP_FN_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE2(x,y)
#endif

#endif /* AP_CONFIG_H */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file unix/os.h
 * @brief This file in included in all Apache source code. It contains definitions
 * of facilities available on _this_ operating system (HAVE_* macros),
 * and prototypes of OS specific functions defined in os.c or os-inline.c
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_OS_UNIX unix
 * @ingroup  APACHE_OS
 * @{
 */

#ifndef APACHE_OS_H
#define APACHE_OS_H

#include "apr.h"
#include "ap_config.h"

#ifndef PLATFORM
#define PLATFORM "cPanel"
#endif

/* On platforms where AP_NEED_SET_MUTEX_PERMS is defined, modules
 * should call unixd_set_*_mutex_perms on mutexes created in the
 * parent process. */
#define AP_NEED_SET_MUTEX_PERMS 1

/* Define command-line rewriting for this platform, handled by core.
 */
#define AP_PLATFORM_REWRITE_ARGS_HOOK ap_mpm_rewrite_args

#ifdef _OSD_POSIX
pid_t os_fork(const char *user);
#endif

#endif  /* !APACHE_OS_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  ap_config_layout.h
 * @brief Apache Config Layout
 */

#ifndef AP_CONFIG_LAYOUT_H
#define AP_CONFIG_LAYOUT_H

/* Configured Apache directory layout */
#define DEFAULT_PREFIX "/etc/apache2"
#define DEFAULT_EXP_EXEC_PREFIX "/usr"
#define DEFAULT_REL_EXEC_PREFIX "/usr"
#define DEFAULT_EXP_BINDIR "/usr/bin"
#define DEFAULT_REL_BINDIR "/usr/bin"
#define DEFAULT_EXP_SBINDIR "/usr/sbin"
#define DEFAULT_REL_SBINDIR "/usr/sbin"
#define DEFAULT_EXP_MANDIR "/usr/share/man"
#define DEFAULT_REL_MANDIR "/usr/share/man"
#define DEFAULT_EXP_SYSCONFDIR "/etc/apache2/conf"
#define DEFAULT_REL_SYSCONFDIR "conf"
#define DEFAULT_EXP_DATADIR "/usr/share/apache2"
#define DEFAULT_REL_DATADIR "/usr/share/apache2"
#define DEFAULT_EXP_ERRORDIR "/usr/share/apache2/error"
#define DEFAULT_REL_ERRORDIR "/usr/share/apache2/error"
#define DEFAULT_EXP_ICONSDIR "/usr/share/apache2/icons"
#define DEFAULT_REL_ICONSDIR "/usr/share/apache2/icons"
#define DEFAULT_EXP_HTDOCSDIR "/var/www/html"
#define DEFAULT_REL_HTDOCSDIR "/var/www/html"
#define DEFAULT_EXP_MANUALDIR "/usr/share/apache2/manual"
#define DEFAULT_REL_MANUALDIR "/usr/share/apache2/manual"
#define DEFAULT_EXP_CGIDIR "/var/www/cgi-bin"
#define DEFAULT_REL_CGIDIR "/var/www/cgi-bin"
#define DEFAULT_EXP_INCLUDEDIR "/usr/include/apache2"
#define DEFAULT_REL_INCLUDEDIR "/usr/include/apache2"
#define DEFAULT_EXP_LOCALSTATEDIR "/var"
#define DEFAULT_REL_LOCALSTATEDIR "/var"
#define DEFAULT_EXP_RUNTIMEDIR "/var/run/apache2"
#define DEFAULT_REL_RUNTIMEDIR "/var/run/apache2"
#define DEFAULT_EXP_LOGFILEDIR "/var/log/apache2"
#define DEFAULT_REL_LOGFILEDIR "/var/log/apache2"
#define DEFAULT_EXP_PROXYCACHEDIR "/var/cache/apache2/proxy"
#define DEFAULT_REL_PROXYCACHEDIR "/var/cache/apache2/proxy"

#endif /* AP_CONFIG_LAYOUT_H */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  ap_listen.h
 * @brief Apache Listeners Library
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_LISTEN Apache Listeners Library
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 * @{
 */

#ifndef AP_LISTEN_H
#define AP_LISTEN_H

#include "apr_network_io.h"
#include "httpd.h"
#include "http_config.h"
#include "apr_optional.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct ap_slave_t ap_slave_t;
typedef struct ap_listen_rec ap_listen_rec;
typedef apr_status_t (*accept_function)(void **csd, ap_listen_rec *lr, apr_pool_t *ptrans);

/**
 * @brief Apache's listeners record.
 *
 * These are used in the Multi-Processing Modules
 * to setup all of the sockets for the MPM to listen to and accept on.
 */
struct ap_listen_rec {
    /**
     * The next listener in the list
     */
    ap_listen_rec *next;
    /**
     * The actual socket
     */
    apr_socket_t *sd;
    /**
     * The sockaddr the socket should bind to
     */
    apr_sockaddr_t *bind_addr;
    /**
     * The accept function for this socket
     */
    accept_function accept_func;
    /**
     * Is this socket currently active
     */
    int active;
    /**
     * The default protocol for this listening socket.
     */
    const char* protocol;

    ap_slave_t *slave;
};

/**
 * The global list of ap_listen_rec structures
 */
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_listen_rec *ap_listeners;
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_num_listen_buckets;
AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_have_so_reuseport;

/**
 * Setup all of the defaults for the listener list
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_listen_pre_config(void);

/**
 * Loop through the global ap_listen_rec list and create all of the required
 * sockets.  This executes the listen and bind on the sockets.
 * @param s The global server_rec
 * @return The number of open sockets.
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_setup_listeners(server_rec *s);

/**
 * This function duplicates ap_listeners into multiple buckets when configured
 * to (see ListenCoresBucketsRatio) and the platform supports it (eg. number of
 * online CPU cores and SO_REUSEPORT available).
 * @param p The config pool
 * @param s The global server_rec
 * @param buckets The array of listeners buckets.
 * @param num_buckets The total number of listeners buckets (array size).
 * @remark If the given *num_buckets is 0 (input), it will be computed
 *         according to the platform capacities, otherwise (positive) it
 *         will be preserved. The number of listeners duplicated will
 *         always match *num_buckets, be it computed or given.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_duplicate_listeners(apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *s,
                                                ap_listen_rec ***buckets,
                                                int *num_buckets);

/**
 * Loop through the global ap_listen_rec list and close each of the sockets.
 */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) ap_close_listeners(void);

/**
 * Loop through the given ap_listen_rec list and close each of the sockets.
 * @param listeners The listener to close.
 */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) ap_close_listeners_ex(ap_listen_rec *listeners);

/**
 * FIXMEDOC
 */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(int) ap_close_selected_listeners(ap_slave_t *);

/* Although these functions are exported from libmain, they are not really
 * public functions.  These functions are actually called while parsing the
 * config file, when one of the LISTEN_COMMANDS directives is read.  These
 * should not ever be called by external modules.  ALL MPMs should include
 * LISTEN_COMMANDS in their command_rec table so that these functions are
 * called.
 */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_listenbacklog(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy, const char *arg);
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_listentcpdeferaccept(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy, const char *arg);
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_listencbratio(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy, const char *arg);
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_listener(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
                                                int argc, char *const argv[]);
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_send_buffer_size(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
                                                        const char *arg);
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_receive_buffer_size(cmd_parms *cmd,
                                                           void *dummy,
                                                           const char *arg);

#ifdef HAVE_SYSTEMD
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int,
                        ap_find_systemd_socket, (process_rec *, apr_port_t));

APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int,
                        ap_systemd_listen_fds, (int));
#endif


#define LISTEN_COMMANDS \
AP_INIT_TAKE1("ListenBacklog", ap_set_listenbacklog, NULL, RSRC_CONF, \
  "Maximum length of the queue of pending connections, as used by listen(2)"), \
AP_INIT_TAKE1("ListenCoresBucketsRatio", ap_set_listencbratio, NULL, RSRC_CONF, \
  "Ratio between the number of CPU cores (online) and the number of listeners buckets"), \
AP_INIT_TAKE_ARGV("Listen", ap_set_listener, NULL, RSRC_CONF, \
  "A port number or a numeric IP address and a port number, and an optional protocol"), \
AP_INIT_TAKE1("SendBufferSize", ap_set_send_buffer_size, NULL, RSRC_CONF, \
  "Send buffer size in bytes"), \
AP_INIT_TAKE1("ReceiveBufferSize", ap_set_receive_buffer_size, NULL, \
              RSRC_CONF, "Receive buffer size in bytes"), \
AP_INIT_TAKE1("ListenTCPDeferAccept", ap_set_listentcpdeferaccept, NULL, RSRC_CONF, \
  "Value set for the socket option TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT if it is set")

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file cache_common.h
 * @brief Common Cache structs
 *
 * @defgroup Cache_cache  Cache Functions
 * @ingroup  MOD_CACHE
 * @{
 */

#ifndef CACHE_COMMON_H
#define CACHE_COMMON_H

/* a cache control header breakdown */
typedef struct cache_control {
    unsigned int parsed:1;
    unsigned int cache_control:1;
    unsigned int pragma:1;
    unsigned int no_cache:1;
    unsigned int no_cache_header:1; /* no cache by header match */
    unsigned int no_store:1;
    unsigned int max_age:1;
    unsigned int max_stale:1;
    unsigned int min_fresh:1;
    unsigned int no_transform:1;
    unsigned int only_if_cached:1;
    unsigned int public:1;
    unsigned int private:1;
    unsigned int private_header:1; /* private by header match */
    unsigned int must_revalidate:1;
    unsigned int proxy_revalidate:1;
    unsigned int s_maxage:1;
    unsigned int invalidated:1; /* has this entity been invalidated? */
    apr_int64_t max_age_value; /* if positive, then set */
    apr_int64_t max_stale_value; /* if positive, then set */
    apr_int64_t min_fresh_value; /* if positive, then set */
    apr_int64_t s_maxage_value; /* if positive, then set */
} cache_control_t;

#endif /* CACHE_COMMON_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file util_varbuf.h
 * @brief Apache resizable variable length buffer library
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_VARBUF Variable length buffer library
 * @ingroup APACHE_CORE
 *
 * This set of functions provides resizable buffers. While the primary
 * usage is with NUL-terminated strings, most functions also work with
 * arbitrary binary data.
 * 
 * @{
 */

#ifndef AP_VARBUF_H
#define AP_VARBUF_H

#include "apr.h"
#include "apr_allocator.h"

#include "httpd.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define AP_VARBUF_UNKNOWN APR_SIZE_MAX
struct ap_varbuf_info;

/** A resizable buffer. */
struct ap_varbuf {
    /** The actual buffer; will point to a const '\\0' if avail == 0 and
     *  to memory of the same lifetime as the pool otherwise. */
    char *buf;

    /** Allocated size of the buffer (minus one for the final \\0);
     *  must only be changed using ap_varbuf_grow(). */
    apr_size_t avail;

    /** Length of string in buffer, or AP_VARBUF_UNKNOWN. This determines how
     *  much memory is copied by ap_varbuf_grow() and where
     *  ap_varbuf_strmemcat() will append to the buffer. */
    apr_size_t strlen;

    /** The pool for memory allocations and for registering the cleanup;
     *  the buffer memory will be released when this pool is cleared. */
    apr_pool_t *pool;

    /** Opaque info for memory allocation. */
    struct ap_varbuf_info *info;
};

/**
 * Initialize a resizable buffer. It is safe to re-initialize a previously
 * used ap_varbuf. The old buffer will be released when the corresponding
 * pool is cleared. The buffer remains usable until the pool is cleared,
 * even if the ap_varbuf was located on the stack and has gone out of scope.
 * @param   pool        The pool to allocate small buffers from and to register
 *                      the cleanup with
 * @param   vb          Pointer to the ap_varbuf struct
 * @param   init_size   The initial size of the buffer (see ap_varbuf_grow() for
 *                      details)
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_varbuf_init(apr_pool_t *pool, struct ap_varbuf *vb,
                                apr_size_t init_size);

/**
 * Grow a resizable buffer. If the vb->buf cannot be grown in place, it will
 * be reallocated and the first vb->strlen + 1 bytes of memory will be copied
 * to the new location. If vb->strlen == AP_VARBUF_UNKNOWN, the whole buffer
 * is copied.
 * @param   vb          Pointer to the ap_varbuf struct
 * @param   new_size    The minimum new size of the buffer
 * @note ap_varbuf_grow() will usually at least double vb->buf's size with
 *       every invocation in order to reduce reallocations.
 * @note ap_varbuf_grow() will use pool memory for small and allocator
 *       mem nodes for larger allocations.
 * @note ap_varbuf_grow() will call vb->pool's abort function if out of memory.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_varbuf_grow(struct ap_varbuf *vb, apr_size_t new_size);

/**
 * Release memory from a ap_varbuf immediately, if possible.
 * This allows to free large buffers before the corresponding pool is
 * cleared. Only larger allocations using mem nodes will be freed.
 * @param   vb          Pointer to the ap_varbuf struct
 * @note After ap_varbuf_free(), vb must not be used unless ap_varbuf_init()
 *       is called again.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_varbuf_free(struct ap_varbuf *vb);

/**
 * Concatenate a string to an ap_varbuf. vb->strlen determines where
 * the string is appended in the buffer. If vb->strlen == AP_VARBUF_UNKNOWN,
 * the string will be appended at the first NUL byte in the buffer.
 * If len == 0, ap_varbuf_strmemcat() does nothing.
 * @param   vb      Pointer to the ap_varbuf struct
 * @param   str     The string to append; must be at least len bytes long
 * @param   len     The number of characters of *str to concatenate to the buf
 * @note vb->strlen will be set to the length of the new string
 * @note if len != 0, vb->buf will always be NUL-terminated
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_varbuf_strmemcat(struct ap_varbuf *vb, const char *str,
                                     int len);

/**
 * Duplicate an ap_varbuf's content into pool memory.
 * @param   p           The pool to allocate from
 * @param   vb          The ap_varbuf to copy from
 * @param   prepend     An optional buffer to prepend (may be NULL)
 * @param   prepend_len Length of prepend
 * @param   append      An optional buffer to append (may be NULL)
 * @param   append_len  Length of append
 * @param   new_len     Where to store the length of the resulting string
 *                      (may be NULL)
 * @return The new string
 * @note ap_varbuf_pdup() uses vb->strlen to determine how much memory to
 *       copy. It works even if 0-bytes are embedded in vb->buf, prepend, or
 *       append.
 * @note If vb->strlen equals AP_VARBUF_UNKNOWN, it will be set to
 *       strlen(vb->buf).
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_varbuf_pdup(apr_pool_t *p, struct ap_varbuf *vb,
                                  const char *prepend, apr_size_t prepend_len,
                                  const char *append, apr_size_t append_len,
                                  apr_size_t *new_len);


/**
 * Concatenate a string to an ap_varbuf.
 * @param   vb      Pointer to the ap_varbuf struct
 * @param   str     The string to append
 * @note vb->strlen will be set to the length of the new string
 */
#define ap_varbuf_strcat(vb, str) ap_varbuf_strmemcat(vb, str, strlen(str))

/**
 * Perform string substitutions based on regexp match, using an ap_varbuf.
 * This function behaves like ap_pregsub(), but appends to an ap_varbuf
 * instead of allocating the result from a pool.
 * @param   vb      The ap_varbuf to which the string will be appended
 * @param   input   An arbitrary string containing $1 through $9. These are
 *                  replaced with the corresponding matched sub-expressions
 * @param   source  The string that was originally matched to the regex
 * @param   nmatch  The nmatch returned from ap_pregex
 * @param   pmatch  The pmatch array returned from ap_pregex
 * @param   maxlen  The maximum string length to append to vb, 0 for unlimited
 * @return APR_SUCCESS if successful
 * @note Just like ap_pregsub(), this function does not copy the part of
 *       *source before the matching part (i.e. the first pmatch[0].rm_so
 *       characters).
 * @note If vb->strlen equals AP_VARBUF_UNKNOWN, it will be set to
 *       strlen(vb->buf) first.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_varbuf_regsub(struct ap_varbuf *vb,
                                          const char *input,
                                          const char *source,
                                          apr_size_t nmatch,
                                          ap_regmatch_t pmatch[],
                                          apr_size_t maxlen);

/**
 * Read a line from an ap_configfile_t and append it to an ap_varbuf.
 * @param   vb      Pointer to the ap_varbuf struct
 * @param   cfp     Pointer to the ap_configfile_t
 * @param   max_len Maximum line length, including leading/trailing whitespace
 * @return See ap_cfg_getline()
 * @note vb->strlen will be set to the length of the line
 * @note If vb->strlen equals AP_VARBUF_UNKNOWN, it will be set to
 *       strlen(vb->buf) first.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_varbuf_cfg_getline(struct ap_varbuf *vb,
                                               ap_configfile_t *cfp,
                                               apr_size_t max_len);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif  /* !AP_VARBUF_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  util_fcgi.h
 * @brief FastCGI protocol definitions and support routines
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_FASTCGI FastCGI Tools
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 * @{
 */

#ifndef APACHE_UTIL_FCGI_H
#define APACHE_UTIL_FCGI_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include "httpd.h"

/**
 * @brief A structure that represents the fixed header fields
 * at the beginning of a "FastCGI record" (i.e., the data prior
 * to content data and padding).
 */
typedef struct {
    /** See values for version, below */
    unsigned char version;
    /** See values for type, below */
    unsigned char type;
    /** request id, in two parts */
    unsigned char requestIdB1;
    unsigned char requestIdB0;
    /** content length, in two parts */
    unsigned char contentLengthB1;
    unsigned char contentLengthB0;
    /** padding length */
    unsigned char paddingLength;
    /** 8-bit reserved field */
    unsigned char reserved;
} ap_fcgi_header;

/*
 * Number of bytes in the header portion of a FastCGI record
 * (i.e., ap_fcgi_header structure).  Future versions of the
 * protocol may increase the size.
 */
#define AP_FCGI_HEADER_LEN  8

/*
 * Maximum number of bytes in the content portion of a FastCGI record.
 */
#define AP_FCGI_MAX_CONTENT_LEN 65535

/**
 * Possible values for the version field of ap_fcgi_header
 */
#define AP_FCGI_VERSION_1 1

/**
 * Possible values for the type field of ap_fcgi_header
 */
#define AP_FCGI_BEGIN_REQUEST       1
#define AP_FCGI_ABORT_REQUEST       2
#define AP_FCGI_END_REQUEST         3
#define AP_FCGI_PARAMS              4
#define AP_FCGI_STDIN               5
#define AP_FCGI_STDOUT              6
#define AP_FCGI_STDERR              7
#define AP_FCGI_DATA                8
#define AP_FCGI_GET_VALUES          9
#define AP_FCGI_GET_VALUES_RESULT  10
#define AP_FCGI_UNKNOWN_TYPE       11
#define AP_FCGI_MAXTYPE (AP_FCGI_UNKNOWN_TYPE)

/**
 * Offsets of the various fields of ap_fcgi_header
 */
#define AP_FCGI_HDR_VERSION_OFFSET         0
#define AP_FCGI_HDR_TYPE_OFFSET            1
#define AP_FCGI_HDR_REQUEST_ID_B1_OFFSET   2
#define AP_FCGI_HDR_REQUEST_ID_B0_OFFSET   3
#define AP_FCGI_HDR_CONTENT_LEN_B1_OFFSET  4
#define AP_FCGI_HDR_CONTENT_LEN_B0_OFFSET  5
#define AP_FCGI_HDR_PADDING_LEN_OFFSET     6
#define AP_FCGI_HDR_RESERVED_OFFSET        7

/**
 * @brief This represents the content data of the FastCGI record when
 * the type is AP_FCGI_BEGIN_REQUEST.
 */
typedef struct {
    /**
     * role, in two parts
     * See values for role, below
     */
    unsigned char roleB1;
    unsigned char roleB0;
    /**
     * flags
     * See values for flags bits, below
     */
    unsigned char flags;
    /** reserved */
    unsigned char reserved[5];
} ap_fcgi_begin_request_body;

/*
 * Values for role component of ap_fcgi_begin_request_body
 */
#define AP_FCGI_RESPONDER  1
#define AP_FCGI_AUTHORIZER 2
#define AP_FCGI_FILTER     3

/*
 * Values for flags bits of ap_fcgi_begin_request_body
 */
#define AP_FCGI_KEEP_CONN  1  /* otherwise the application closes */

/**
 * Offsets of the various fields of ap_fcgi_begin_request_body
 */
#define AP_FCGI_BRB_ROLEB1_OFFSET       0
#define AP_FCGI_BRB_ROLEB0_OFFSET       1
#define AP_FCGI_BRB_FLAGS_OFFSET        2
#define AP_FCGI_BRB_RESERVED0_OFFSET    3
#define AP_FCGI_BRB_RESERVED1_OFFSET    4
#define AP_FCGI_BRB_RESERVED2_OFFSET    5
#define AP_FCGI_BRB_RESERVED3_OFFSET    6
#define AP_FCGI_BRB_RESERVED4_OFFSET    7

/**
 * Pack ap_fcgi_header
 * @param h The header to read from
 * @param a The array to write to, of size AP_FCGI_HEADER_LEN
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_fcgi_header_to_array(ap_fcgi_header *h,
                                         unsigned char a[]);

/**
 * Unpack header of FastCGI record into ap_fcgi_header
 * @param h The header to write to
 * @param a The array to read from, of size AP_FCGI_HEADER_LEN
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_fcgi_header_from_array(ap_fcgi_header *h,
                                           unsigned char a[]);

/**
 * Unpack header of FastCGI record into individual fields
 * @param version The version, on output
 * @param type The type, on output
 * @param request_id The request id, on output
 * @param content_len The content length, on output
 * @param padding_len The amount of padding following the content, on output
 * @param a The array to read from, of size AP_FCGI_HEADER_LEN
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_fcgi_header_fields_from_array(unsigned char *version,
                                                  unsigned char *type,
                                                  apr_uint16_t *request_id,
                                                  apr_uint16_t *content_len,
                                                  unsigned char *padding_len,
                                                  unsigned char a[]);

/**
 * Pack ap_fcgi_begin_request_body
 * @param h The begin-request body to read from
 * @param a The array to write to, of size AP_FCGI_HEADER_LEN
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_fcgi_begin_request_body_to_array(ap_fcgi_begin_request_body *h,
                                                     unsigned char a[]);

/**
 * Fill in a FastCGI request header with the required field values.
 * @param header The header to fill in
 * @param type The type of record
 * @param request_id The request id
 * @param content_len The amount of content which follows the header
 * @param padding_len The amount of padding which follows the content
 *
 * The header array must be at least AP_FCGI_HEADER_LEN bytes long.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_fcgi_fill_in_header(ap_fcgi_header *header,
                                        unsigned char type,
                                        apr_uint16_t request_id,
                                        apr_uint16_t content_len,
                                        unsigned char padding_len);

/**
 * Fill in a FastCGI begin request body with the required field values.
 * @param brb The begin-request-body to fill in
 * @param role AP_FCGI_RESPONDER or other roles
 * @param flags 0 or a combination of flags like AP_FCGI_KEEP_CONN
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_fcgi_fill_in_request_body(ap_fcgi_begin_request_body *brb,
                                              int role,
                                              unsigned char flags);

/**
 * Compute the buffer size needed to encode the next portion of
 * the provided environment table.
 * @param env The environment table
 * @param maxlen The maximum buffer size allowable, capped at 
 * AP_FCGI_MAX_CONTENT_LEN.
 * @param starting_elem On input, the next element of the table array
 * to process in this FastCGI record.  On output, the next element to
 * process on the *next* FastCGI record.
 * @return Size of buffer needed to encode the next part, or 0
 * if no more can be encoded.  When 0 is returned: If starting_elem
 * has reached the end of the table array, all has been encoded;
 * otherwise, the next envvar can't be encoded within the specified
 * limit.
 * @note If an envvar can't be encoded within the specified limit,
 * the caller can log a warning and increment starting_elem and try 
 * again or increase the limit or fail, as appropriate for the module.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_size_t) ap_fcgi_encoded_env_len(apr_table_t *env,
                                               apr_size_t maxlen,
                                               int *starting_elem);

/**
 * Encode the next portion of the provided environment table using
 * a buffer previously allocated.
 * @param r The request, for logging
 * @param env The environment table
 * @param buffer A buffer to contain the encoded environment table
 * @param buflen The length of the buffer, previously computed by
 * ap_fcgi_encoded_env_len().
 * @param starting_elem On input, the next element of the table array
 * to process in this FastCGI record.  On output, the next element to
 * process on the *next* FastCGI record.
 * @return APR_SUCCESS if a section could be encoded or APR_ENOSPC
 * otherwise.
 * @note The output starting_elem from ap_fcgi_encoded_env_len
 * shouldn't be used as input to ap_fcgi_encode_env when building the
 * same FastCGI record.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_fcgi_encode_env(request_rec *r,
                                            apr_table_t *env,
                                            void *buffer,
                                            apr_size_t buflen,
                                            int *starting_elem);

/**
 * String forms for the value of the FCGI_ROLE envvar
 */
#define AP_FCGI_RESPONDER_STR   "RESPONDER"
#define AP_FCGI_AUTHORIZER_STR  "AUTHORIZER"
#define AP_FCGI_FILTER_STR      "FILTER"

/**
 * FastCGI implementations that implement the AUTHORIZER role
 * for Apache httpd and allow the application to participate in
 * any of the Apache httpd AAA phases typically set the variable
 * FCGI_APACHE_ROLE to one of these strings to indicate the
 * specific AAA phase.
 */
#define AP_FCGI_APACHE_ROLE_AUTHENTICATOR_STR  "AUTHENTICATOR"
#define AP_FCGI_APACHE_ROLE_AUTHORIZER_STR     "AUTHORIZER"
#define AP_FCGI_APACHE_ROLE_ACCESS_CHECKER_STR "ACCESS_CHECKER"

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif  /* !APACHE_UTIL_FCGI_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file httpd.h
 * @brief HTTP Daemon routines
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE Apache HTTP Server
 *
 * Top level group of which all other groups are a member
 * @{
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_MODS Loadable modules
 *           Top level group for modules
 * @defgroup APACHE_OS Operating System Specific
 * @defgroup APACHE_INTERNAL Internal interfaces
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE Core routines
 * @{
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_DAEMON HTTP Daemon Routine
 * @{
 */

#ifndef APACHE_HTTPD_H
#define APACHE_HTTPD_H

/* XXX - We need to push more stuff to other .h files, or even .c files, to
 * make this file smaller
 */

/* Headers in which EVERYONE has an interest... */
#include "ap_config.h"
#include "ap_mmn.h"

#include "ap_release.h"

#include "apr.h"
#include "apr_version.h"
#include "apr_general.h"
#include "apr_tables.h"
#include "apr_pools.h"
#include "apr_time.h"
#include "apr_network_io.h"
#include "apr_buckets.h"
#include "apr_poll.h"
#include "apr_thread_proc.h"

#include "os.h"

#include "ap_regex.h"

#if APR_HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif

/* Note: apr_uri.h is also included, see below */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* ----------------------------- config dir ------------------------------ */

/** Define this to be the default server home dir. Most things later in this
 * file with a relative pathname will have this added.
 */
#ifndef HTTPD_ROOT
#ifdef OS2
/** Set default for OS/2 file system */
#define HTTPD_ROOT "/os2httpd"
#elif defined(WIN32)
/** Set default for Windows file system */
#define HTTPD_ROOT "/apache"
#elif defined (NETWARE)
/** Set the default for NetWare */
#define HTTPD_ROOT "/apache"
#else
/** Set for all other OSs */
#define HTTPD_ROOT "/usr/local/apache"
#endif
#endif /* HTTPD_ROOT */

/*
 * --------- You shouldn't have to edit anything below this line ----------
 *
 * Any modifications to any defaults not defined above should be done in the
 * respective configuration file.
 *
 */

/**
 * Default location of documents.  Can be overridden by the DocumentRoot
 * directive.
 */
#ifndef DOCUMENT_LOCATION
#ifdef OS2
/* Set default for OS/2 file system */
#define DOCUMENT_LOCATION  HTTPD_ROOT "/docs"
#else
/* Set default for non OS/2 file system */
#define DOCUMENT_LOCATION  HTTPD_ROOT "/htdocs"
#endif
#endif /* DOCUMENT_LOCATION */

/** Maximum number of dynamically loaded modules */
#ifndef DYNAMIC_MODULE_LIMIT
#define DYNAMIC_MODULE_LIMIT 256
#endif

/** Default administrator's address */
#define DEFAULT_ADMIN "[no address given]"

/** The name of the log files */
#ifndef DEFAULT_ERRORLOG
#if defined(OS2) || defined(WIN32)
#define DEFAULT_ERRORLOG "logs/error.log"
#else
#define DEFAULT_ERRORLOG "logs/error_log"
#endif
#endif /* DEFAULT_ERRORLOG */

/** Define this to be what your per-directory security files are called */
#ifndef DEFAULT_ACCESS_FNAME
#ifdef OS2
/* Set default for OS/2 file system */
#define DEFAULT_ACCESS_FNAME "htaccess"
#else
#define DEFAULT_ACCESS_FNAME ".htaccess"
#endif
#endif /* DEFAULT_ACCESS_FNAME */

/** The name of the server config file */
#ifndef SERVER_CONFIG_FILE
#define SERVER_CONFIG_FILE "conf/httpd.conf"
#endif

/** The default path for CGI scripts if none is currently set */
#ifndef DEFAULT_PATH
#define DEFAULT_PATH "/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/ucb:/usr/bsd:/usr/local/bin"
#endif

/** The path to the suExec wrapper, can be overridden in Configuration */
#ifndef SUEXEC_BIN
#define SUEXEC_BIN  HTTPD_ROOT "/bin/suexec"
#endif

/** The timeout for waiting for messages */
#ifndef DEFAULT_TIMEOUT
#define DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 60
#endif

/** The timeout for waiting for keepalive timeout until next request */
#ifndef DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_TIMEOUT
#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_TIMEOUT 5
#endif

/** The number of requests to entertain per connection */
#ifndef DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE
#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE 100
#endif

/*
 * Limits on the size of various request items.  These limits primarily
 * exist to prevent simple denial-of-service attacks on a server based
 * on misuse of the protocol.  The recommended values will depend on the
 * nature of the server resources -- CGI scripts and database backends
 * might require large values, but most servers could get by with much
 * smaller limits than we use below.  The request message body size can
 * be limited by the per-dir config directive LimitRequestBody.
 *
 * Internal buffer sizes are two bytes more than the DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_LINE
 * and DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_FIELDSIZE below, which explains the 8190.
 * These two limits can be lowered or raised by the server config
 * directives LimitRequestLine and LimitRequestFieldsize, respectively.
 *
 * DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_FIELDS can be modified or disabled (set = 0) by
 * the server config directive LimitRequestFields.
 */

/** default limit on bytes in Request-Line (Method+URI+HTTP-version) */
#ifndef DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_LINE
#define DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_LINE 8190
#endif
/** default limit on bytes in any one header field  */
#ifndef DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_FIELDSIZE
#define DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_FIELDSIZE 8190
#endif
/** default limit on number of request header fields */
#ifndef DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_FIELDS
#define DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_FIELDS 100
#endif
/** default/hard limit on number of leading/trailing empty lines */
#ifndef DEFAULT_LIMIT_BLANK_LINES
#define DEFAULT_LIMIT_BLANK_LINES 10
#endif

/**
 * The default default character set name to add if AddDefaultCharset is
 * enabled.  Overridden with AddDefaultCharsetName.
 */
#define DEFAULT_ADD_DEFAULT_CHARSET_NAME "iso-8859-1"

/** default HTTP Server protocol */
#define AP_SERVER_PROTOCOL "HTTP/1.1"


/* ------------------ stuff that modules are allowed to look at ----------- */

/** Define this to be what your HTML directory content files are called */
#ifndef AP_DEFAULT_INDEX
#define AP_DEFAULT_INDEX "index.html"
#endif

/** The name of the MIME types file */
#ifndef AP_TYPES_CONFIG_FILE
#define AP_TYPES_CONFIG_FILE "conf/mime.types"
#endif

/*
 * Define the HTML doctype strings centrally.
 */
/** HTML 2.0 Doctype */
#define DOCTYPE_HTML_2_0  "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//IETF//" \
                          "DTD HTML 2.0//EN\">\n"
/** HTML 3.2 Doctype */
#define DOCTYPE_HTML_3_2  "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//" \
                          "DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN\">\n"
/** HTML 4.0 Strict Doctype */
#define DOCTYPE_HTML_4_0S "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//" \
                          "DTD HTML 4.0//EN\"\n" \
                          "\"http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd\">\n"
/** HTML 4.0 Transitional Doctype */
#define DOCTYPE_HTML_4_0T "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//" \
                          "DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN\"\n" \
                          "\"http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd\">\n"
/** HTML 4.0 Frameset Doctype */
#define DOCTYPE_HTML_4_0F "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//" \
                          "DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN\"\n" \
                          "\"http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/frameset.dtd\">\n"
/** HTML 4.01 Doctype */
#define DOCTYPE_HTML_4_01 "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd\">\n"
/** HTML 5 Doctype */
#define DOCTYPE_HTML_5 "<!DOCTYPE html>\n"
/** XHTML 1.0 Strict Doctype */
#define DOCTYPE_XHTML_1_0S "<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//" \
                           "DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN\"\n" \
                           "\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/" \
                           "xhtml1-strict.dtd\">\n"
/** XHTML 1.0 Transitional Doctype */
#define DOCTYPE_XHTML_1_0T "<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//" \
                           "DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n" \
                           "\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/" \
                           "xhtml1-transitional.dtd\">\n"
/** XHTML 1.0 Frameset Doctype */
#define DOCTYPE_XHTML_1_0F "<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//" \
                           "DTD XHTML 1.0 Frameset//EN\"\n" \
                           "\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/" \
                           "xhtml1-frameset.dtd\">"

/** Internal representation for a HTTP protocol number, e.g., HTTP/1.1 */
#define HTTP_VERSION(major,minor) (1000*(major)+(minor))
/** Major part of HTTP protocol */
#define HTTP_VERSION_MAJOR(number) ((number)/1000)
/** Minor part of HTTP protocol */
#define HTTP_VERSION_MINOR(number) ((number)%1000)

/* -------------- Port number for server running standalone --------------- */

/** default HTTP Port */
#define DEFAULT_HTTP_PORT       80
/** default HTTPS Port */
#define DEFAULT_HTTPS_PORT      443
/**
 * Check whether @a port is the default port for the request @a r.
 * @param port The port number
 * @param r The request
 * @see #ap_default_port
 */
#define ap_is_default_port(port,r)      ((port) == ap_default_port(r))
/**
 * Get the default port for a request (which depends on the scheme).
 * @param r The request
 */
#define ap_default_port(r)      ap_run_default_port(r)
/**
 * Get the scheme for a request.
 * @param r The request
 */
#define ap_http_scheme(r)       ap_run_http_scheme(r)

/** The default string length */
#define MAX_STRING_LEN HUGE_STRING_LEN

/** The length of a Huge string */
#define HUGE_STRING_LEN 8192

/** The size of the server's internal read-write buffers */
#define AP_IOBUFSIZE 8192

/** The max number of regex captures that can be expanded by ap_pregsub */
#define AP_MAX_REG_MATCH 10

/**
 * APR_HAS_LARGE_FILES introduces the problem of splitting sendfile into
 * multiple buckets, no greater than MAX(apr_size_t), and more granular
 * than that in case the brigade code/filters attempt to read it directly.
 * ### 16mb is an invention, no idea if it is reasonable.
 */
#define AP_MAX_SENDFILE 16777216  /* 2^24 */

/**
 * MPM child process exit status values
 * The MPM parent process may check the status to see if special
 * error handling is required.
 */
/** a normal exit */
#define APEXIT_OK               0x0
/** A fatal error arising during the server's init sequence */
#define APEXIT_INIT             0x2
/**  The child died during its init sequence */
#define APEXIT_CHILDINIT        0x3
/**
 *   The child exited due to a resource shortage.
 *   The parent should limit the rate of forking until
 *   the situation is resolved.
 */
#define APEXIT_CHILDSICK        0x7
/**
 *     A fatal error, resulting in the whole server aborting.
 *     If a child exits with this error, the parent process
 *     considers this a server-wide fatal error and aborts.
 */
#define APEXIT_CHILDFATAL       0xf

#ifndef AP_DECLARE
/**
 * Stuff marked #AP_DECLARE is part of the API, and intended for use
 * by modules. Its purpose is to allow us to add attributes that
 * particular platforms or compilers require to every exported function.
 */
# define AP_DECLARE(type)    type
#endif

#ifndef AP_DECLARE_NONSTD
/**
 * Stuff marked #AP_DECLARE_NONSTD is part of the API, and intended for
 * use by modules.  The difference between #AP_DECLARE and
 * #AP_DECLARE_NONSTD is that the latter is required for any functions
 * which use varargs or are used via indirect function call.  This
 * is to accommodate the two calling conventions in windows dlls.
 */
# define AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)    type
#endif
#ifndef AP_DECLARE_DATA
# define AP_DECLARE_DATA
#endif

#ifndef AP_MODULE_DECLARE
# define AP_MODULE_DECLARE(type)    type
#endif
#ifndef AP_MODULE_DECLARE_NONSTD
# define AP_MODULE_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)  type
#endif
#ifndef AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA
# define AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA
#endif

/**
 * @internal
 * modules should not use functions marked AP_CORE_DECLARE
 */
#ifndef AP_CORE_DECLARE
# define AP_CORE_DECLARE        AP_DECLARE
#endif

/**
 * @internal
 * modules should not use functions marked AP_CORE_DECLARE_NONSTD
 */

#ifndef AP_CORE_DECLARE_NONSTD
# define AP_CORE_DECLARE_NONSTD AP_DECLARE_NONSTD
#endif

/**
 * @defgroup APACHE_APR_STATUS_T HTTPD specific values of apr_status_t
 * @{
 */
#define AP_START_USERERR            (APR_OS_START_USERERR + 2000)
#define AP_USERERR_LEN              1000

/** The function declines to handle the request */
#define AP_DECLINED                 (AP_START_USERERR + 0)

/** @} */

/**
 * @brief The numeric version information is broken out into fields within this
 * structure.
 */
typedef struct {
    int major;              /**< major number */
    int minor;              /**< minor number */
    int patch;              /**< patch number */
    const char *add_string; /**< additional string like "-dev" */
} ap_version_t;

/**
 * Return httpd's version information in a numeric form.
 *
 *  @param version Pointer to a version structure for returning the version
 *                 information.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_get_server_revision(ap_version_t *version);

/**
 * Get the server banner in a form suitable for sending over the
 * network, with the level of information controlled by the
 * ServerTokens directive.
 * @return The server banner
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_server_banner(void);

/**
 * Get the server description in a form suitable for local displays,
 * status reports, or logging.  This includes the detailed server
 * version and information about some modules.  It is not affected
 * by the ServerTokens directive.
 * @return The server description
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_server_description(void);

/**
 * Add a component to the server description and banner strings
 * @param pconf The pool to allocate the component from
 * @param component The string to add
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_add_version_component(apr_pool_t *pconf, const char *component);

/**
 * Get the date a time that the server was built
 * @return The server build time string
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_server_built(void);

/* non-HTTP status codes returned by hooks */

#define OK           0  /**< Module has handled this stage. */
#define DECLINED    -1  /**< Module declines to handle */
#define DONE        -2  /**< Module has served the response completely
                         *   - it's safe to die() with no more output
                         */
#define SUSPENDED   -3  /**< Module will handle the remainder of the request.
                         *   The core will never invoke the request again */

/** Returned by the bottom-most filter if no data was written.
 *  @see ap_pass_brigade(). */
#define AP_NOBODY_WROTE         -100
/** Returned by the bottom-most filter if no data was read.
 *  @see ap_get_brigade(). */
#define AP_NOBODY_READ          -101
/** Returned by any filter if the filter chain encounters an error
 *  and has already dealt with the error response.
 */
#define AP_FILTER_ERROR         -102

/**
 * @defgroup HTTP_Status HTTP Status Codes
 * @{
 */
/**
 * The size of the static status_lines array in http_protocol.c for
 * storing all of the potential response status-lines (a sparse table).
 * When adding a new code here add it to status_lines as well.
 * A future version should dynamically generate the apr_table_t at startup.
 */
#define RESPONSE_CODES 103

#define HTTP_CONTINUE                        100
#define HTTP_SWITCHING_PROTOCOLS             101
#define HTTP_PROCESSING                      102
#define HTTP_OK                              200
#define HTTP_CREATED                         201
#define HTTP_ACCEPTED                        202
#define HTTP_NON_AUTHORITATIVE               203
#define HTTP_NO_CONTENT                      204
#define HTTP_RESET_CONTENT                   205
#define HTTP_PARTIAL_CONTENT                 206
#define HTTP_MULTI_STATUS                    207
#define HTTP_ALREADY_REPORTED                208
#define HTTP_IM_USED                         226
#define HTTP_MULTIPLE_CHOICES                300
#define HTTP_MOVED_PERMANENTLY               301
#define HTTP_MOVED_TEMPORARILY               302
#define HTTP_SEE_OTHER                       303
#define HTTP_NOT_MODIFIED                    304
#define HTTP_USE_PROXY                       305
#define HTTP_TEMPORARY_REDIRECT              307
#define HTTP_PERMANENT_REDIRECT              308
#define HTTP_BAD_REQUEST                     400
#define HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED                    401
#define HTTP_PAYMENT_REQUIRED                402
#define HTTP_FORBIDDEN                       403
#define HTTP_NOT_FOUND                       404
#define HTTP_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED              405
#define HTTP_NOT_ACCEPTABLE                  406
#define HTTP_PROXY_AUTHENTICATION_REQUIRED   407
#define HTTP_REQUEST_TIME_OUT                408
#define HTTP_CONFLICT                        409
#define HTTP_GONE                            410
#define HTTP_LENGTH_REQUIRED                 411
#define HTTP_PRECONDITION_FAILED             412
#define HTTP_REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE        413
#define HTTP_REQUEST_URI_TOO_LARGE           414
#define HTTP_UNSUPPORTED_MEDIA_TYPE          415
#define HTTP_RANGE_NOT_SATISFIABLE           416
#define HTTP_EXPECTATION_FAILED              417
#define HTTP_MISDIRECTED_REQUEST             421
#define HTTP_UNPROCESSABLE_ENTITY            422
#define HTTP_LOCKED                          423
#define HTTP_FAILED_DEPENDENCY               424
#define HTTP_UPGRADE_REQUIRED                426
#define HTTP_PRECONDITION_REQUIRED           428
#define HTTP_TOO_MANY_REQUESTS               429
#define HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_FIELDS_TOO_LARGE 431
#define HTTP_UNAVAILABLE_FOR_LEGAL_REASONS   451
#define HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR           500
#define HTTP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED                 501
#define HTTP_BAD_GATEWAY                     502
#define HTTP_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE             503
#define HTTP_GATEWAY_TIME_OUT                504
#define HTTP_VERSION_NOT_SUPPORTED           505
#define HTTP_VARIANT_ALSO_VARIES             506
#define HTTP_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE            507
#define HTTP_LOOP_DETECTED                   508
#define HTTP_NOT_EXTENDED                    510
#define HTTP_NETWORK_AUTHENTICATION_REQUIRED 511

/** is the status code informational */
#define ap_is_HTTP_INFO(x)         (((x) >= 100)&&((x) < 200))
/** is the status code OK ?*/
#define ap_is_HTTP_SUCCESS(x)      (((x) >= 200)&&((x) < 300))
/** is the status code a redirect */
#define ap_is_HTTP_REDIRECT(x)     (((x) >= 300)&&((x) < 400))
/** is the status code a error (client or server) */
#define ap_is_HTTP_ERROR(x)        (((x) >= 400)&&((x) < 600))
/** is the status code a client error  */
#define ap_is_HTTP_CLIENT_ERROR(x) (((x) >= 400)&&((x) < 500))
/** is the status code a server error  */
#define ap_is_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR(x) (((x) >= 500)&&((x) < 600))
/** is the status code a (potentially) valid response code?  */
#define ap_is_HTTP_VALID_RESPONSE(x) (((x) >= 100)&&((x) < 600))

/** should the status code drop the connection */
#define ap_status_drops_connection(x) \
                                   (((x) == HTTP_BAD_REQUEST)           || \
                                    ((x) == HTTP_REQUEST_TIME_OUT)      || \
                                    ((x) == HTTP_LENGTH_REQUIRED)       || \
                                    ((x) == HTTP_REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE) || \
                                    ((x) == HTTP_REQUEST_URI_TOO_LARGE) || \
                                    ((x) == HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR) || \
                                    ((x) == HTTP_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE) || \
                                    ((x) == HTTP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED))

/** does the status imply header only response (i.e. never w/ a body)? */
#define AP_STATUS_IS_HEADER_ONLY(x) ((x) == HTTP_NO_CONTENT || \
                                     (x) == HTTP_NOT_MODIFIED)
/** @} */

/**
 * @defgroup Methods List of Methods recognized by the server
 * @ingroup APACHE_CORE_DAEMON
 * @{
 *
 * @brief Methods recognized (but not necessarily handled) by the server.
 *
 * These constants are used in bit shifting masks of size int, so it is
 * unsafe to have more methods than bits in an int.  HEAD == M_GET.
 * This list must be tracked by the list in http_protocol.c in routine
 * ap_method_name_of().
 *
 */

#define M_GET                   0       /** RFC 2616: HTTP */
#define M_PUT                   1       /*  :             */
#define M_POST                  2
#define M_DELETE                3
#define M_CONNECT               4
#define M_OPTIONS               5
#define M_TRACE                 6       /** RFC 2616: HTTP */
#define M_PATCH                 7       /** RFC 5789: PATCH Method for HTTP */
#define M_PROPFIND              8       /** RFC 2518: WebDAV */
#define M_PROPPATCH             9       /*  :               */
#define M_MKCOL                 10
#define M_COPY                  11
#define M_MOVE                  12
#define M_LOCK                  13
#define M_UNLOCK                14      /** RFC 2518: WebDAV */
#define M_VERSION_CONTROL       15      /** RFC 3253: WebDAV Versioning */
#define M_CHECKOUT              16      /*  :                          */
#define M_UNCHECKOUT            17
#define M_CHECKIN               18
#define M_UPDATE                19
#define M_LABEL                 20
#define M_REPORT                21
#define M_MKWORKSPACE           22
#define M_MKACTIVITY            23
#define M_BASELINE_CONTROL      24
#define M_MERGE                 25
#define M_INVALID               26      /** no valid method */

/**
 * METHODS needs to be equal to the number of bits
 * we are using for limit masks.
 */
#define METHODS     64

/**
 * The method mask bit to shift for anding with a bitmask.
 */
#define AP_METHOD_BIT ((apr_int64_t)1)
/** @} */


/** @see ap_method_list_t */
typedef struct ap_method_list_t ap_method_list_t;

/**
 * @struct ap_method_list_t
 * @brief  Structure for handling HTTP methods.
 *
 * Methods known to the server are accessed via a bitmask shortcut;
 * extension methods are handled by an array.
 */
struct ap_method_list_t {
    /** The bitmask used for known methods */
    apr_int64_t method_mask;
    /** the array used for extension methods */
    apr_array_header_t *method_list;
};
/** @} */

/**
 * @defgroup bnotes Binary notes recognized by the server
 * @ingroup APACHE_CORE_DAEMON
 * @{
 *
 * @brief Binary notes recognized by the server.
 */

/**
 * The type used for request binary notes.
 */
typedef apr_uint64_t ap_request_bnotes_t;

/**
 * These constants represent bitmasks for notes associated with this
 * request. There are space for 64 bits in the apr_uint64_t.
 *
 */
#define AP_REQUEST_STRONG_ETAG 1 >> 0
#define AP_REQUEST_TRUSTED_CT  1 << 1

/**
 * This is a convenience macro to ease with getting specific request
 * binary notes.
 */
#define AP_REQUEST_GET_BNOTE(r, mask) \
    ((mask) & ((r)->bnotes))

/**
 * This is a convenience macro to ease with setting specific request
 * binary notes.
 */
#define AP_REQUEST_SET_BNOTE(r, mask, val) \
    (r)->bnotes = (((r)->bnotes & ~(mask)) | (val))

/**
 * Returns true if the strong etag flag is set for this request.
 */
#define AP_REQUEST_IS_STRONG_ETAG(r) \
        AP_REQUEST_GET_BNOTE((r), AP_REQUEST_STRONG_ETAG)
/** @} */

/**
 * Returns true if the content-type field is from a trusted source
 */
#define AP_REQUEST_IS_TRUSTED_CT(r) \
    (!!AP_REQUEST_GET_BNOTE((r), AP_REQUEST_TRUSTED_CT))
/** @} */

/**
 * @defgroup module_magic Module Magic mime types
 * @{
 */
/** Magic for mod_cgi[d] */
#define CGI_MAGIC_TYPE "application/x-httpd-cgi"
/** Magic for mod_include */
#define INCLUDES_MAGIC_TYPE "text/x-server-parsed-html"
/** Magic for mod_include */
#define INCLUDES_MAGIC_TYPE3 "text/x-server-parsed-html3"
/** Magic for mod_dir */
#define DIR_MAGIC_TYPE "httpd/unix-directory"
/** Default for r->handler if no content-type set by type_checker */
#define AP_DEFAULT_HANDLER_NAME ""
#define AP_IS_DEFAULT_HANDLER_NAME(x) (*x == '\0')

/** @} */
/* Just in case your linefeed isn't the one the other end is expecting. */
#if !APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC
/** linefeed */
#define LF 10
/** carriage return */
#define CR 13
/** carriage return /Line Feed Combo */
#define CRLF "\015\012"
#else /* APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC */
/* For platforms using the EBCDIC charset, the transition ASCII->EBCDIC is done
 * in the buff package (bread/bputs/bwrite).  Everywhere else, we use
 * "native EBCDIC" CR and NL characters. These are therefore
 * defined as
 * '\r' and '\n'.
 */
#define CR '\r'
#define LF '\n'
#define CRLF "\r\n"
#endif /* APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC */
/** Useful for common code with either platform charset. */
#define CRLF_ASCII "\015\012"

/**
 * @defgroup values_request_rec_body Possible values for request_rec.read_body
 * @{
 * Possible values for request_rec.read_body (set by handling module):
 */

/** Send 413 error if message has any body */
#define REQUEST_NO_BODY          0
/** Send 411 error if body without Content-Length */
#define REQUEST_CHUNKED_ERROR    1
/** If chunked, remove the chunks for me. */
#define REQUEST_CHUNKED_DECHUNK  2
/** @} // values_request_rec_body */

/**
 * @defgroup values_request_rec_used_path_info Possible values for request_rec.used_path_info
 * @ingroup APACHE_CORE_DAEMON
 * @{
 * Possible values for request_rec.used_path_info:
 */

/** Accept the path_info from the request */
#define AP_REQ_ACCEPT_PATH_INFO    0
/** Return a 404 error if path_info was given */
#define AP_REQ_REJECT_PATH_INFO    1
/** Module may chose to use the given path_info */
#define AP_REQ_DEFAULT_PATH_INFO   2

/** @} // values_request_rec_used_path_info */


/*
 * Things which may vary per file-lookup WITHIN a request ---
 * e.g., state of MIME config.  Basically, the name of an object, info
 * about the object, and any other info we may have which may need to
 * change as we go poking around looking for it (e.g., overridden by
 * .htaccess files).
 *
 * Note how the default state of almost all these things is properly
 * zero, so that allocating it with pcalloc does the right thing without
 * a whole lot of hairy initialization... so long as we are willing to
 * make the (fairly) portable assumption that the bit pattern of a NULL
 * pointer is, in fact, zero.
 */

/**
 * @brief This represents the result of calling htaccess; these are cached for
 * each request.
 */
struct htaccess_result {
    /** the directory to which this applies */
    const char *dir;
    /** the overrides allowed for the .htaccess file */
    int override;
    /** the override options allowed for the .htaccess file */
    int override_opts;
    /** Table of allowed directives for override */
    apr_table_t *override_list;
    /** the configuration directives */
    struct ap_conf_vector_t *htaccess;
    /** the next one, or NULL if no more; N.B. never change this */
    const struct htaccess_result *next;
};

/* The following four types define a hierarchy of activities, so that
 * given a request_rec r you can write r->connection->server->process
 * to get to the process_rec.  While this reduces substantially the
 * number of arguments that various hooks require beware that in
 * threaded versions of the server you must consider multiplexing
 * issues.  */


/** A structure that represents one process */
typedef struct process_rec process_rec;
/** A structure that represents a virtual server */
typedef struct server_rec server_rec;
/** A structure that represents one connection */
typedef struct conn_rec conn_rec;
/** A structure that represents the current request */
typedef struct request_rec request_rec;
/** A structure that represents the status of the current connection */
typedef struct conn_state_t conn_state_t;

/* ### would be nice to not include this from httpd.h ... */
/* This comes after we have defined the request_rec type */
#include "apr_uri.h"

/**
 * @brief A structure that represents one process
 */
struct process_rec {
    /** Global pool. Cleared upon normal exit */
    apr_pool_t *pool;
    /** Configuration pool. Cleared upon restart */
    apr_pool_t *pconf;
    /** The program name used to execute the program */
    const char *short_name;
    /** The command line arguments */
    const char * const *argv;
    /** Number of command line arguments passed to the program */
    int argc;
};

/**
 * @brief A structure that represents the current request
 */
struct request_rec {
    /** The pool associated with the request */
    apr_pool_t *pool;
    /** The connection to the client */
    conn_rec *connection;
    /** The virtual host for this request */
    server_rec *server;

    /** Pointer to the redirected request if this is an external redirect */
    request_rec *next;
    /** Pointer to the previous request if this is an internal redirect */
    request_rec *prev;

    /** Pointer to the main request if this is a sub-request
     * (see http_request.h) */
    request_rec *main;

    /* Info about the request itself... we begin with stuff that only
     * protocol.c should ever touch...
     */
    /** First line of request */
    char *the_request;
    /** HTTP/0.9, "simple" request (e.g. GET /foo\n w/no headers) */
    int assbackwards;
    /** A proxy request (calculated during post_read_request/translate_name)
     *  possible values PROXYREQ_NONE, PROXYREQ_PROXY, PROXYREQ_REVERSE,
     *                  PROXYREQ_RESPONSE
     */
    int proxyreq;
    /** HEAD request, as opposed to GET */
    int header_only;
    /** Protocol version number of protocol; 1.1 = 1001 */
    int proto_num;
    /** Protocol string, as given to us, or HTTP/0.9 */
    char *protocol;
    /** Host, as set by full URI or Host: header.
     *  For literal IPv6 addresses, this does NOT include the surrounding [ ]
     */
    const char *hostname;

    /** Time when the request started */
    apr_time_t request_time;

    /** Status line, if set by script */
    const char *status_line;
    /** Status line */
    int status;

    /* Request method, two ways; also, protocol, etc..  Outside of protocol.c,
     * look, but don't touch.
     */

    /** M_GET, M_POST, etc. */
    int method_number;
    /** Request method (eg. GET, HEAD, POST, etc.) */
    const char *method;

    /**
     *  'allowed' is a bitvector of the allowed methods.
     *
     *  A handler must ensure that the request method is one that
     *  it is capable of handling.  Generally modules should DECLINE
     *  any request methods they do not handle.  Prior to aborting the
     *  handler like this the handler should set r->allowed to the list
     *  of methods that it is willing to handle.  This bitvector is used
     *  to construct the "Allow:" header required for OPTIONS requests,
     *  and HTTP_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED and HTTP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED status codes.
     *
     *  Since the default_handler deals with OPTIONS, all modules can
     *  usually decline to deal with OPTIONS.  TRACE is always allowed,
     *  modules don't need to set it explicitly.
     *
     *  Since the default_handler will always handle a GET, a
     *  module which does *not* implement GET should probably return
     *  HTTP_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED.  Unfortunately this means that a Script GET
     *  handler can't be installed by mod_actions.
     */
    apr_int64_t allowed;
    /** Array of extension methods */
    apr_array_header_t *allowed_xmethods;
    /** List of allowed methods */
    ap_method_list_t *allowed_methods;

    /** byte count in stream is for body */
    apr_off_t sent_bodyct;
    /** body byte count, for easy access */
    apr_off_t bytes_sent;
    /** Last modified time of the requested resource */
    apr_time_t mtime;

    /* HTTP/1.1 connection-level features */

    /** The Range: header */
    const char *range;
    /** The "real" content length */
    apr_off_t clength;
    /** sending chunked transfer-coding */
    int chunked;

    /** Method for reading the request body
     * (eg. REQUEST_CHUNKED_ERROR, REQUEST_NO_BODY,
     *  REQUEST_CHUNKED_DECHUNK, etc...) */
    int read_body;
    /** reading chunked transfer-coding */
    int read_chunked;
    /** is client waiting for a 100 response? */
    unsigned expecting_100;
    /** The optional kept body of the request. */
    apr_bucket_brigade *kept_body;
    /** For ap_body_to_table(): parsed body */
    /* XXX: ap_body_to_table has been removed. Remove body_table too or
     * XXX: keep it to reintroduce ap_body_to_table without major bump? */
    apr_table_t *body_table;
    /** Remaining bytes left to read from the request body */
    apr_off_t remaining;
    /** Number of bytes that have been read  from the request body */
    apr_off_t read_length;

    /* MIME header environments, in and out.  Also, an array containing
     * environment variables to be passed to subprocesses, so people can
     * write modules to add to that environment.
     *
     * The difference between headers_out and err_headers_out is that the
     * latter are printed even on error, and persist across internal redirects
     * (so the headers printed for ErrorDocument handlers will have them).
     *
     * The 'notes' apr_table_t is for notes from one module to another, with no
     * other set purpose in mind...
     */

    /** MIME header environment from the request */
    apr_table_t *headers_in;
    /** MIME header environment for the response */
    apr_table_t *headers_out;
    /** MIME header environment for the response, printed even on errors and
     * persist across internal redirects */
    apr_table_t *err_headers_out;
    /** Array of environment variables to be used for sub processes */
    apr_table_t *subprocess_env;
    /** Notes from one module to another */
    apr_table_t *notes;

    /* content_type, handler, content_encoding, and all content_languages
     * MUST be lowercased strings.  They may be pointers to static strings;
     * they should not be modified in place.
     */
    /** The content-type for the current request */
    const char *content_type;   /* Break these out --- we dispatch on 'em */
    /** The handler string that we use to call a handler function */
    const char *handler;        /* What we *really* dispatch on */

    /** How to encode the data */
    const char *content_encoding;
    /** Array of strings representing the content languages */
    apr_array_header_t *content_languages;

    /** variant list validator (if negotiated) */
    char *vlist_validator;

    /** If an authentication check was made, this gets set to the user name. */
    char *user;
    /** If an authentication check was made, this gets set to the auth type. */
    char *ap_auth_type;

    /* What object is being requested (either directly, or via include
     * or content-negotiation mapping).
     */

    /** The URI without any parsing performed */
    char *unparsed_uri;
    /** The path portion of the URI, or "/" if no path provided */
    char *uri;
    /** The filename on disk corresponding to this response */
    char *filename;
    /** The true filename stored in the filesystem, as in the true alpha case
     *  and alias correction, e.g. "Image.jpeg" not "IMAGE$1.JPE" on Windows.
     *  The core map_to_storage canonicalizes r->filename when they mismatch */
    char *canonical_filename;
    /** The PATH_INFO extracted from this request */
    char *path_info;
    /** The QUERY_ARGS extracted from this request */
    char *args;

    /**
     * Flag for the handler to accept or reject path_info on
     * the current request.  All modules should respect the
     * AP_REQ_ACCEPT_PATH_INFO and AP_REQ_REJECT_PATH_INFO
     * values, while AP_REQ_DEFAULT_PATH_INFO indicates they
     * may follow existing conventions.  This is set to the
     * user's preference upon HOOK_VERY_FIRST of the fixups.
     */
    int used_path_info;

    /** A flag to determine if the eos bucket has been sent yet */
    int eos_sent;

    /* Various other config info which may change with .htaccess files
     * These are config vectors, with one void* pointer for each module
     * (the thing pointed to being the module's business).
     */

    /** Options set in config files, etc. */
    struct ap_conf_vector_t *per_dir_config;
    /** Notes on *this* request */
    struct ap_conf_vector_t *request_config;

    /** Optional request log level configuration. Will usually point
     *  to a server or per_dir config, i.e. must be copied before
     *  modifying */
    const struct ap_logconf *log;

    /** Id to identify request in access and error log. Set when the first
     *  error log entry for this request is generated.
     */
    const char *log_id;

    /**
     * A linked list of the .htaccess configuration directives
     * accessed by this request.
     * N.B. always add to the head of the list, _never_ to the end.
     * that way, a sub request's list can (temporarily) point to a parent's list
     */
    const struct htaccess_result *htaccess;

    /** A list of output filters to be used for this request */
    struct ap_filter_t *output_filters;
    /** A list of input filters to be used for this request */
    struct ap_filter_t *input_filters;

    /** A list of protocol level output filters to be used for this
     *  request */
    struct ap_filter_t *proto_output_filters;
    /** A list of protocol level input filters to be used for this
     *  request */
    struct ap_filter_t *proto_input_filters;

    /** This response can not be cached */
    int no_cache;
    /** There is no local copy of this response */
    int no_local_copy;

    /** Mutex protect callbacks registered with ap_mpm_register_timed_callback
     * from being run before the original handler finishes running
     */
    apr_thread_mutex_t *invoke_mtx;

    /** A struct containing the components of URI */
    apr_uri_t parsed_uri;
    /**  finfo.protection (st_mode) set to zero if no such file */
    apr_finfo_t finfo;

    /** remote address information from conn_rec, can be overridden if
     * necessary by a module.
     * This is the address that originated the request.
     */
    apr_sockaddr_t *useragent_addr;
    char *useragent_ip;

    /** MIME trailer environment from the request */
    apr_table_t *trailers_in;
    /** MIME trailer environment from the response */
    apr_table_t *trailers_out;

    /** Originator's DNS name, if known.  NULL if DNS hasn't been checked,
     *  "" if it has and no address was found.  N.B. Only access this though
     *  ap_get_useragent_host() */
    char *useragent_host;
    /** have we done double-reverse DNS? -1 yes/failure, 0 not yet,
     *  1 yes/success
     */
    int double_reverse;
    /** Request flags associated with this request. Use
     * AP_REQUEST_GET_BNOTE() and AP_REQUEST_SET_BNOTE() to access
     * the elements of this field.
     */
    ap_request_bnotes_t bnotes;
};

/**
 * @defgroup ProxyReq Proxy request types
 *
 * Possible values of request_rec->proxyreq. A request could be normal,
 *  proxied or reverse proxied. Normally proxied and reverse proxied are
 *  grouped together as just "proxied", but sometimes it's necessary to
 *  tell the difference between the two, such as for authentication.
 * @{
 */

#define PROXYREQ_NONE     0     /**< No proxy */
#define PROXYREQ_PROXY    1     /**< Standard proxy */
#define PROXYREQ_REVERSE  2     /**< Reverse proxy */
#define PROXYREQ_RESPONSE 3     /**< Origin response */

/* @} */

/**
 * @brief Enumeration of connection keepalive options
 */
typedef enum {
    AP_CONN_UNKNOWN,
    AP_CONN_CLOSE,
    AP_CONN_KEEPALIVE
} ap_conn_keepalive_e;

/**
 * @brief Structure to store things which are per connection
 */
struct conn_rec {
    /** Pool associated with this connection */
    apr_pool_t *pool;
    /** Physical vhost this conn came in on */
    server_rec *base_server;
    /** used by http_vhost.c */
    void *vhost_lookup_data;

    /* Information about the connection itself */
    /** local address */
    apr_sockaddr_t *local_addr;
    /** remote address; this is the end-point of the next hop, for the address
     *  of the request creator, see useragent_addr in request_rec
     */
    apr_sockaddr_t *client_addr;

    /** Client's IP address; this is the end-point of the next hop, for the
     *  IP of the request creator, see useragent_ip in request_rec
     */
    char *client_ip;
    /** Client's DNS name, if known.  NULL if DNS hasn't been checked,
     *  "" if it has and no address was found.  N.B. Only access this though
     * get_remote_host() */
    char *remote_host;
    /** Only ever set if doing rfc1413 lookups.  N.B. Only access this through
     *  get_remote_logname() */
    char *remote_logname;

    /** server IP address */
    char *local_ip;
    /** used for ap_get_server_name when UseCanonicalName is set to DNS
     *  (ignores setting of HostnameLookups) */
    char *local_host;

    /** ID of this connection; unique at any point in time */
    long id;
    /** Config vector containing pointers to connections per-server
     *  config structures. */
    struct ap_conf_vector_t *conn_config;
    /** Notes on *this* connection: send note from one module to
     *  another. must remain valid for all requests on this conn */
    apr_table_t *notes;
    /** A list of input filters to be used for this connection */
    struct ap_filter_t *input_filters;
    /** A list of output filters to be used for this connection */
    struct ap_filter_t *output_filters;
    /** handle to scoreboard information for this connection */
    void *sbh;
    /** The bucket allocator to use for all bucket/brigade creations */
    struct apr_bucket_alloc_t *bucket_alloc;
    /** The current state of this connection; may be NULL if not used by MPM */
    conn_state_t *cs;
    /** Is there data pending in the input filters? */
    int data_in_input_filters;
    /** Is there data pending in the output filters? */
    int data_in_output_filters;

    /** Are there any filters that clogg/buffer the input stream, breaking
     *  the event mpm.
     */
    unsigned int clogging_input_filters:1;

    /** have we done double-reverse DNS? -1 yes/failure, 0 not yet,
     *  1 yes/success */
    signed int double_reverse:2;

    /** Are we still talking? */
    unsigned aborted;

    /** Are we going to keep the connection alive for another request?
     * @see ap_conn_keepalive_e */
    ap_conn_keepalive_e keepalive;

    /** How many times have we used it? */
    int keepalives;

    /** Optional connection log level configuration. May point to a server or
     *  per_dir config, i.e. must be copied before modifying */
    const struct ap_logconf *log;

    /** Id to identify this connection in error log. Set when the first
     *  error log entry for this connection is generated.
     */
    const char *log_id;


    /** This points to the current thread being used to process this request,
     * over the lifetime of a request, the value may change. Users of the connection
     * record should not rely upon it staying the same between calls that involve
     * the MPM.
     */
#if APR_HAS_THREADS
    apr_thread_t *current_thread;
#endif

    /** The "real" master connection. NULL if I am the master. */
    conn_rec *master;

    int outgoing;
};

/**
 * Enumeration of connection states
 * The two states CONN_STATE_LINGER_NORMAL and CONN_STATE_LINGER_SHORT may
 * only be set by the MPM. Use CONN_STATE_LINGER outside of the MPM.
 */
typedef enum  {
    CONN_STATE_KEEPALIVE,           /* Kept alive in the MPM (using KeepAliveTimeout) */
    CONN_STATE_PROCESSING,          /* Processed by process_connection hooks */
    CONN_STATE_HANDLER,             /* Processed by the modules handlers */
    CONN_STATE_WRITE_COMPLETION,    /* Flushed by the MPM before entering CONN_STATE_KEEPALIVE */
    CONN_STATE_SUSPENDED,           /* Suspended in the MPM until ap_run_resume_suspended() */
    CONN_STATE_LINGER,              /* MPM flushes then closes the connection with lingering */
    CONN_STATE_LINGER_NORMAL,       /* MPM has started lingering close with normal timeout */
    CONN_STATE_LINGER_SHORT,        /* MPM has started lingering close with short timeout */

    CONN_STATE_ASYNC_WAITIO,        /* Returning this state to the MPM will make it wait for
                                     * the connection to be readable or writable according to
                                     * c->cs->sense (resp. CONN_SENSE_WANT_READ or _WRITE),
                                     * using the configured Timeout */

    CONN_STATE_NUM,                 /* Number of states (keep here before aliases) */

    /* Aliases (legacy) */
    CONN_STATE_CHECK_REQUEST_LINE_READABLE  = CONN_STATE_KEEPALIVE,
    CONN_STATE_READ_REQUEST_LINE            = CONN_STATE_PROCESSING,
} conn_state_e;

typedef enum  {
    CONN_SENSE_DEFAULT,
    CONN_SENSE_WANT_READ,       /* next event must be read */
    CONN_SENSE_WANT_WRITE       /* next event must be write */
} conn_sense_e;

/**
 * @brief A structure to contain connection state information
 */
struct conn_state_t {
    /** Current state of the connection */
    conn_state_e state;
    /** Whether to read instead of write, or write instead of read */
    conn_sense_e sense;
};

/* Per-vhost config... */

/**
 * The address 255.255.255.255, when used as a virtualhost address,
 * will become the "default" server when the ip doesn't match other vhosts.
 */
#define DEFAULT_VHOST_ADDR 0xfffffffful


/**
 * @struct server_addr_rec
 * @brief  A structure to be used for Per-vhost config
 */
typedef struct server_addr_rec server_addr_rec;
struct server_addr_rec {
    /** The next server in the list */
    server_addr_rec *next;
    /** The name given in "<VirtualHost>" */
    char *virthost;
    /** The bound address, for this server */
    apr_sockaddr_t *host_addr;
    /** The bound port, for this server */
    apr_port_t host_port;
};

struct ap_logconf {
    /** The per-module log levels */
    signed char *module_levels;

    /** The log level for this server */
    int level;
};
/**
 * @brief A structure to store information for each virtual server
 */
struct server_rec {
    /** The process this server is running in */
    process_rec *process;
    /** The next server in the list */
    server_rec *next;

    /* Log files --- note that transfer log is now in the modules... */

    /** The name of the error log */
    char *error_fname;
    /** A file descriptor that references the error log */
    apr_file_t *error_log;
    /** The log level configuration */
    struct ap_logconf log;

    /* Module-specific configuration for server, and defaults... */

    /** Config vector containing pointers to modules' per-server config
     *  structures. */
    struct ap_conf_vector_t *module_config;
    /** MIME type info, etc., before we start checking per-directory info */
    struct ap_conf_vector_t *lookup_defaults;

    /** The path to the config file that the server was defined in */
    const char *defn_name;
    /** The line of the config file that the server was defined on */
    unsigned defn_line_number;
    /** true if this is the virtual server */
    char is_virtual;


    /* Information for redirects */

    /** for redirects, etc. */
    apr_port_t port;
    /** The server request scheme for redirect responses */
    const char *server_scheme;

    /* Contact information */

    /** The admin's contact information */
    char *server_admin;
    /** The server hostname */
    char *server_hostname;

    /* Transaction handling */

    /** I haven't got a clue */
    server_addr_rec *addrs;
    /** Timeout, as an apr interval, before we give up */
    apr_interval_time_t timeout;
    /** The apr interval we will wait for another request */
    apr_interval_time_t keep_alive_timeout;
    /** Maximum requests per connection */
    int keep_alive_max;
    /** Use persistent connections? */
    int keep_alive;

    /** Normal names for ServerAlias servers */
    apr_array_header_t *names;
    /** Wildcarded names for ServerAlias servers */
    apr_array_header_t *wild_names;

    /** Pathname for ServerPath */
    const char *path;
    /** Length of path */
    int pathlen;

    /** limit on size of the HTTP request line    */
    int limit_req_line;
    /** limit on size of any request header field */
    int limit_req_fieldsize;
    /** limit on number of request header fields  */
    int limit_req_fields;

    /** Opaque storage location */
    void *context;

    /** Whether the keepalive timeout is explicit (1) or
     *  inherited (0) from the base server (either first
     *  server on the same IP:port or main server) */
    unsigned int keep_alive_timeout_set:1;
};

/**
 * @struct ap_sload_t
 * @brief  A structure to hold server load params
 */
typedef struct ap_sload_t ap_sload_t;
struct ap_sload_t {
    /* percentage of process/threads ready/idle (0->100)*/
    int idle;
    /* percentage of process/threads busy (0->100) */
    int busy;
    /* total bytes served */
    apr_off_t bytes_served;
    /* total access count */
    unsigned long access_count;
};

/**
 * @struct ap_loadavg_t
 * @brief  A structure to hold various server loadavg
 */
typedef struct ap_loadavg_t ap_loadavg_t;
struct ap_loadavg_t {
    /* current loadavg, ala getloadavg() */
    float loadavg;
    /* 5 min loadavg */
    float loadavg5;
    /* 15 min loadavg */
    float loadavg15;
};

/**
 * Get the context_document_root for a request. This is a generalization of
 * the document root, which is too limited in the presence of mappers like
 * mod_userdir and mod_alias. The context_document_root is the directory
 * on disk that maps to the context_prefix URI prefix.
 * @param r The request
 * @note For resources that do not map to the file system or for very complex
 * mappings, this information may still be wrong.
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_context_document_root(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Get the context_prefix for a request. The context_prefix URI prefix
 * maps to the context_document_root on disk.
 * @param r The request
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_context_prefix(request_rec *r);

/** Set context_prefix and context_document_root for a request.
 * @param r The request
 * @param prefix the URI prefix, without trailing slash
 * @param document_root the corresponding directory on disk, without trailing
 * slash
 * @note If one of prefix of document_root is NULL, the corrsponding
 * property will not be changed.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_context_info(request_rec *r, const char *prefix,
                                     const char *document_root);

/** Set per-request document root. This is for mass virtual hosting modules
 * that want to provide the correct DOCUMENT_ROOT value to scripts.
 * @param r The request
 * @param document_root the document root for the request.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_document_root(request_rec *r, const char *document_root);

/**
 * Examine a field value (such as a media-/content-type) string and return
 * it sans any parameters; e.g., strip off any ';charset=foo' and the like.
 * @param p Pool to allocate memory from
 * @param intype The field to examine
 * @return A copy of the field minus any parameters
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_field_noparam(apr_pool_t *p, const char *intype);

/**
 * Convert a time from an integer into a string in a specified format
 * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
 * @param t The time to convert
 * @param fmt The format to use for the conversion
 * @param gmt Convert the time for GMT?
 * @return The string that represents the specified time
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_ht_time(apr_pool_t *p, apr_time_t t, const char *fmt, int gmt);

/* String handling. The *_nc variants allow you to use non-const char **s as
   arguments (unfortunately C won't automatically convert a char ** to a const
   char **) */

/**
 * Get the characters until the first occurrence of a specified character
 * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
 * @param line The string to get the characters from
 * @param stop The character to stop at
 * @return A copy of the characters up to the first stop character
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword(apr_pool_t *p, const char **line, char stop);

/**
 * Get the characters until the first occurrence of a specified character
 * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
 * @param line The string to get the characters from
 * @param stop The character to stop at
 * @return A copy of the characters up to the first stop character
 * @note This is the same as ap_getword(), except it doesn't use const char **.
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_nc(apr_pool_t *p, char **line, char stop);

/**
 * Get the first word from a given string.  A word is defined as all characters
 * up to the first whitespace.
 * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
 * @param line The string to traverse
 * @return The first word in the line
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_white(apr_pool_t *p, const char **line);

/**
 * Get the first word from a given string.  A word is defined as all characters
 * up to the first whitespace.
 * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
 * @param line The string to traverse
 * @return The first word in the line
 * @note The same as ap_getword_white(), except it doesn't use const char**
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_white_nc(apr_pool_t *p, char **line);

/**
 * Get all characters from the first occurrence of @a stop to the first "\0"
 * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
 * @param line The line to traverse
 * @param stop The character to start at
 * @return A copy of all characters after the first occurrence of the specified
 *         character
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_nulls(apr_pool_t *p, const char **line,
                                    char stop);

/**
 * Get all characters from the first occurrence of @a stop to the first "\0"
 * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
 * @param line The line to traverse
 * @param stop The character to start at
 * @return A copy of all characters after the first occurrence of the specified
 *         character
 * @note The same as ap_getword_nulls(), except it doesn't use const char **.
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_nulls_nc(apr_pool_t *p, char **line, char stop);

/**
 * Get the second word in the string paying attention to quoting
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param line The line to traverse
 * @return A copy of the string
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_conf(apr_pool_t *p, const char **line);

/**
 * Get the second word in the string paying attention to quoting
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param line The line to traverse
 * @return A copy of the string
 * @note The same as ap_getword_conf(), except it doesn't use const char **.
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_conf_nc(apr_pool_t *p, char **line);

/**
 * Get the second word in the string paying attention to quoting,
 * with {...} supported as well as "..." and '...'
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param line The line to traverse
 * @return A copy of the string
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_conf2(apr_pool_t *p, const char **line);

/**
 * Get the second word in the string paying attention to quoting,
 * with {...} supported as well as "..." and '...'
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param line The line to traverse
 * @return A copy of the string
 * @note The same as ap_getword_conf2(), except it doesn't use const char **.
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_conf2_nc(apr_pool_t *p, char **line);

/**
 * Check a string for any config define or environment variable construct
 * and replace each of them by the value of that variable, if it exists.
 * The default syntax of the constructs is ${ENV} but can be changed by
 * setting the define::* config defines. If the variable does not exist,
 * leave the ${ENV} construct alone but print a warning.
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param word The string to check
 * @return The string with the replaced environment variables
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_resolve_env(apr_pool_t *p, const char * word);

/**
 * Size an HTTP header field list item, as separated by a comma.
 * @param field The field to size
 * @param len The length of the field
 * @return The return value is a pointer to the beginning of the non-empty
 * list item within the original string (or NULL if there is none) and the
 * address of field is shifted to the next non-comma, non-whitespace
 * character.  len is the length of the item excluding any beginning whitespace.
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_size_list_item(const char **field, int *len);

/**
 * Retrieve an HTTP header field list item, as separated by a comma,
 * while stripping insignificant whitespace and lowercasing anything not in
 * a quoted string or comment.
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param field The field to retrieve
 * @return The return value is a new string containing the converted list
 *         item (or NULL if none) and the address pointed to by field is
 *         shifted to the next non-comma, non-whitespace.
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_get_list_item(apr_pool_t *p, const char **field);

/**
 * Find an item in canonical form (lowercase, no extra spaces) within
 * an HTTP field value list.
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param line The field value list to search
 * @param tok The token to search for
 * @return 1 if found, 0 if not found.
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_find_list_item(apr_pool_t *p, const char *line, const char *tok);

/**
 * Do a weak ETag comparison within an HTTP field value list.
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param line The field value list to search
 * @param tok The token to search for
 * @return 1 if found, 0 if not found.
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_find_etag_weak(apr_pool_t *p, const char *line, const char *tok);

/**
 * Do a strong ETag comparison within an HTTP field value list.
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param line The field value list to search
 * @param tok The token to search for
 * @return 1 if found, 0 if not found.
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_find_etag_strong(apr_pool_t *p, const char *line, const char *tok);

/* Scan a string for field content chars, as defined by RFC7230 section 3.2
 * including VCHAR/obs-text, as well as HT and SP
 * @param ptr The string to scan
 * @return A pointer to the first (non-HT) ASCII ctrl character.
 * @note lws and trailing whitespace are scanned, the caller is responsible
 * for trimming leading and trailing whitespace
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_scan_http_field_content(const char *ptr);

/* Scan a string for token characters, as defined by RFC7230 section 3.2.6 
 * @param ptr The string to scan
 * @return A pointer to the first non-token character.
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_scan_http_token(const char *ptr);

/* Scan a string for visible ASCII (0x21-0x7E) or obstext (0x80+)
 * and return a pointer to the first SP/CTL/NUL character encountered.
 * @param ptr The string to scan
 * @return A pointer to the first SP/CTL character.
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_scan_vchar_obstext(const char *ptr);

/**
 * Retrieve an array of tokens in the format "1#token" defined in RFC2616. Only
 * accepts ',' as a delimiter, does not accept quoted strings, and errors on
 * any separator.
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param tok The line to read tokens from
 * @param tokens Pointer to an array of tokens. If not NULL, must be an array
 *    of char*, otherwise it will be allocated on @a p when a token is found
 * @param skip_invalid If true, when an invalid separator is encountered, it
 *    will be ignored.
 * @return NULL on success, an error string otherwise.
 * @remark *tokens may be NULL on output if NULL in input and no token is found
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_parse_token_list_strict(apr_pool_t *p, const char *tok,
                                                    apr_array_header_t **tokens,
                                                    int skip_invalid);

/**
 * Retrieve a token, spacing over it and adjusting the pointer to
 * the first non-white byte afterwards.  Note that these tokens
 * are delimited by semis and commas and can also be delimited
 * by whitespace at the caller's option.
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param accept_line The line to retrieve the token from (adjusted afterwards)
 * @param accept_white Is it delimited by whitespace
 * @return the token
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_get_token(apr_pool_t *p, const char **accept_line, int accept_white);

/**
 * Find http tokens, see the definition of token from RFC2068
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param line The line to find the token
 * @param tok The token to find
 * @return 1 if the token is found, 0 otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_find_token(apr_pool_t *p, const char *line, const char *tok);

/**
 * find http tokens from the end of the line
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param line The line to find the token
 * @param tok The token to find
 * @return 1 if the token is found, 0 otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_find_last_token(apr_pool_t *p, const char *line, const char *tok);

/**
 * Check for an Absolute URI syntax
 * @param u The string to check
 * @return 1 if URI, 0 otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_is_url(const char *u);

/**
 * Unescape a string
 * @param url The string to unescape
 * @return 0 on success, non-zero otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_unescape_all(char *url);

/**
 * Unescape a URL
 * @param url The url to unescape
 * @return 0 on success, non-zero otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_unescape_url(char *url);

/**
 * Unescape a URL, but leaving %2f (slashes) escaped
 * @param url The url to unescape
 * @param decode_slashes Whether or not slashes should be decoded
 * @return 0 on success, non-zero otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_unescape_url_keep2f(char *url, int decode_slashes);

#define AP_UNESCAPE_URL_KEEP_UNRESERVED (1u << 0)
#define AP_UNESCAPE_URL_FORBID_SLASHES  (1u << 1)
#define AP_UNESCAPE_URL_KEEP_SLASHES    (1u << 2)

/**
 * Unescape a URL, with options
 * @param url The url to unescape
 * @param flags Bitmask of AP_UNESCAPE_URL_* flags
 * @return 0 on success, non-zero otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_unescape_url_ex(char *url, unsigned int flags);

/**
 * Unescape an application/x-www-form-urlencoded string
 * @param query The query to unescape
 * @return 0 on success, non-zero otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_unescape_urlencoded(char *query);

/**
 * Convert all double slashes to single slashes, except where significant
 * to the filesystem on the current platform.
 * @param name The string to convert, assumed to be a filesystem path
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_no2slash(char *name);

/**
 * Convert all double slashes to single slashes, except where significant
 * to the filesystem on the current platform.
 * @param name The string to convert
 * @param is_fs_path if set to 0, the significance of any double-slashes is 
 *        ignored.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_no2slash_ex(char *name, int is_fs_path);

#define AP_NORMALIZE_ALLOW_RELATIVE     (1u <<  0)
#define AP_NORMALIZE_NOT_ABOVE_ROOT     (1u <<  1)
#define AP_NORMALIZE_DECODE_UNRESERVED  (1u <<  2)
#define AP_NORMALIZE_MERGE_SLASHES      (1u <<  3)
#define AP_NORMALIZE_DROP_PARAMETERS    (0) /* deprecated */

/**
 * Remove all ////, /./ and /xx/../ substrings from a path, and more
 * depending on passed in flags.
 * @param path The path to normalize
 * @param flags bitmask of AP_NORMALIZE_* flags
 * @return non-zero on success
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_normalize_path(char *path, unsigned int flags);

/**
 * Remove all ./ and xx/../ substrings from a file name. Also remove
 * any leading ../ or /../ substrings.
 * @param name the file name to parse
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_getparents(char *name);

/**
 * Escape a path segment, as defined in RFC 1808
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param s The path to convert
 * @return The converted URL
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_escape_path_segment(apr_pool_t *p, const char *s);

/**
 * Escape a path segment, as defined in RFC 1808, to a preallocated buffer.
 * @param c The preallocated buffer to write to
 * @param s The path to convert
 * @return The converted URL (c)
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_escape_path_segment_buffer(char *c, const char *s);

/**
 * convert an OS path to a URL in an OS dependent way.
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param path The path to convert
 * @param partial if set, assume that the path will be appended to something
 *        with a '/' in it (and thus does not prefix "./")
 * @return The converted URL
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_os_escape_path(apr_pool_t *p, const char *path, int partial);

/** @see ap_os_escape_path */
#define ap_escape_uri(ppool,path) ap_os_escape_path(ppool,path,1)

/**
 * Escape a string as application/x-www-form-urlencoded
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param s The path to convert
 * @return The converted URL
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_escape_urlencoded(apr_pool_t *p, const char *s);

/**
 * Escape a string as application/x-www-form-urlencoded, to a preallocated buffer
 * @param c The preallocated buffer to write to
 * @param s The path to convert
 * @return The converted URL (c)
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_escape_urlencoded_buffer(char *c, const char *s);

/**
 * Escape an html string
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param s The html to escape
 * @return The escaped string
 */
#define ap_escape_html(p,s) ap_escape_html2(p,s,0)
/**
 * Escape an html string
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param s The html to escape
 * @param toasc Whether to escape all non-ASCII chars to \&\#nnn;
 * @return The escaped string
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_escape_html2(apr_pool_t *p, const char *s, int toasc);

/**
 * Escape a string for logging
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param str The string to escape
 * @return The escaped string
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_escape_logitem(apr_pool_t *p, const char *str);

/**
 * Escape a string for logging into the error log (without a pool)
 * @param dest The buffer to write to
 * @param source The string to escape
 * @param buflen The buffer size for the escaped string (including "\0")
 * @return The len of the escaped string (always < maxlen)
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_size_t) ap_escape_errorlog_item(char *dest, const char *source,
                                               apr_size_t buflen);

/**
 * Construct a full hostname
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param hostname The hostname of the server
 * @param port The port the server is running on
 * @param r The current request
 * @return The server's hostname
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_construct_server(apr_pool_t *p, const char *hostname,
                                    apr_port_t port, const request_rec *r);

/**
 * Escape a shell command
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param s The command to escape
 * @return The escaped shell command
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_escape_shell_cmd(apr_pool_t *p, const char *s);

/**
 * Count the number of directories in a path
 * @param path The path to count
 * @return The number of directories
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_count_dirs(const char *path);

/**
 * Copy at most @a n leading directories of @a s into @a d. @a d
 * should be at least as large as @a s plus 1 extra byte
 *
 * @param d The location to copy to
 * @param s The location to copy from
 * @param n The number of directories to copy
 * @return value is the ever useful pointer to the trailing "\0" of d
 * @note on platforms with drive letters, n = 0 returns the "/" root,
 * whereas n = 1 returns the "d:/" root.  On all other platforms, n = 0
 * returns the empty string.  */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_make_dirstr_prefix(char *d, const char *s, int n);

/**
 * Return the parent directory name (including trailing /) of the file
 * @a s
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param s The file to get the parent of
 * @return A copy of the file's parent directory
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_make_dirstr_parent(apr_pool_t *p, const char *s);

/**
 * Given a directory and filename, create a single path from them.  This
 * function is smart enough to ensure that there is a single '/' between the
 * directory and file names
 * @param a The pool to allocate from
 * @param dir The directory name
 * @param f The filename
 * @return A copy of the full path
 * @note Never consider using this function if you are dealing with filesystem
 * names that need to remain canonical, unless you are merging an apr_dir_read
 * path and returned filename.  Otherwise, the result is not canonical.
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_make_full_path(apr_pool_t *a, const char *dir, const char *f);

/**
 * Test if the given path has an absolute path.
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param dir The directory name
 * @note The converse is not necessarily true, some OS's (Win32/OS2/Netware) have
 * multiple forms of absolute paths.  This only reports if the path is absolute
 * in a canonical sense.
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_os_is_path_absolute(apr_pool_t *p, const char *dir);

/**
 * Does the provided string contain wildcard characters?  This is useful
 * for determining if the string should be passed to strcmp_match or to strcmp.
 * The only wildcard characters recognized are '?' and '*'
 * @param str The string to check
 * @return 1 if the string has wildcards, 0 otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_is_matchexp(const char *str);

/**
 * Determine if a string matches a pattern containing the wildcards '?' or '*'
 * @param str The string to check
 * @param expected The pattern to match against
 * @return 0 if the two strings match, 1 otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_strcmp_match(const char *str, const char *expected);

/**
 * Determine if a string matches a pattern containing the wildcards '?' or '*',
 * ignoring case
 * @param str The string to check
 * @param expected The pattern to match against
 * @return 0 if the two strings match, 1 otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_strcasecmp_match(const char *str, const char *expected);

/**
 * Find the first occurrence of the substring s2 in s1, regardless of case
 * @param s1 The string to search
 * @param s2 The substring to search for
 * @return A pointer to the beginning of the substring
 * @remark See apr_strmatch() for a faster alternative
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_strcasestr(const char *s1, const char *s2);

/**
 * Return a pointer to the location inside of bigstring immediately after prefix
 * @param bigstring The input string
 * @param prefix The prefix to strip away
 * @return A pointer relative to bigstring after prefix
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_stripprefix(const char *bigstring,
                                        const char *prefix);

/**
 * Decode a base64 encoded string into memory allocated from a pool
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param bufcoded The encoded string
 * @return The decoded string
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_pbase64decode(apr_pool_t *p, const char *bufcoded);

/**
 * Encode a string into memory allocated from a pool in base 64 format
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param string The plaintext string
 * @return The encoded string
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_pbase64encode(apr_pool_t *p, char *string);

/**
 * Compile a regular expression to be used later. The regex is freed when
 * the pool is destroyed.
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param pattern the regular expression to compile
 * @param cflags The bitwise or of one or more of the following:
 *   @li REG_EXTENDED - Use POSIX extended Regular Expressions
 *   @li REG_ICASE    - Ignore case
 *   @li REG_NOSUB    - Support for substring addressing of matches
 *       not required
 *   @li REG_NEWLINE  - Match-any-character operators don't match new-line
 * @return The compiled regular expression
 */
AP_DECLARE(ap_regex_t *) ap_pregcomp(apr_pool_t *p, const char *pattern,
                                     int cflags);

/**
 * Free the memory associated with a compiled regular expression
 * @param p The pool the regex was allocated from
 * @param reg The regular expression to free
 * @note This function is only necessary if the regex should be cleaned
 * up before the pool
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_pregfree(apr_pool_t *p, ap_regex_t *reg);

/**
 * After performing a successful regex match, you may use this function to
 * perform a series of string substitutions based on subexpressions that were
 * matched during the call to ap_regexec. This function is limited to
 * result strings of 64K. Consider using ap_pregsub_ex() instead.
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param input An arbitrary string containing $1 through $9.  These are
 *              replaced with the corresponding matched sub-expressions
 * @param source The string that was originally matched to the regex
 * @param nmatch the nmatch returned from ap_pregex
 * @param pmatch the pmatch array returned from ap_pregex
 * @return The substituted string, or NULL on error
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_pregsub(apr_pool_t *p, const char *input,
                              const char *source, apr_size_t nmatch,
                              ap_regmatch_t pmatch[]);

/**
 * After performing a successful regex match, you may use this function to
 * perform a series of string substitutions based on subexpressions that were
 * matched during the call to ap_regexec
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param result where to store the result, will be set to NULL on error
 * @param input An arbitrary string containing $1 through $9.  These are
 *              replaced with the corresponding matched sub-expressions
 * @param source The string that was originally matched to the regex
 * @param nmatch the nmatch returned from ap_pregex
 * @param pmatch the pmatch array returned from ap_pregex
 * @param maxlen the maximum string length to return, 0 for unlimited
 * @return APR_SUCCESS if successful, APR_ENOMEM or other error code otherwise.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_pregsub_ex(apr_pool_t *p, char **result,
                                       const char *input, const char *source,
                                       apr_size_t nmatch,
                                       ap_regmatch_t pmatch[],
                                       apr_size_t maxlen);

/**
 * We want to downcase the type/subtype for comparison purposes
 * but nothing else because ;parameter=foo values are case sensitive.
 * @param s The content-type to convert to lowercase
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_content_type_tolower(char *s);

/**
 * convert a string to all lowercase
 * @param s The string to convert to lowercase
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_str_tolower(char *s);

/**
 * convert a string to all uppercase
 * @param s The string to convert to uppercase
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_str_toupper(char *s);

/**
 * Search a string from left to right for the first occurrence of a
 * specific character
 * @param str The string to search
 * @param c The character to search for
 * @return The index of the first occurrence of c in str
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_ind(const char *str, char c);        /* Sigh... */

/**
 * Search a string from right to left for the first occurrence of a
 * specific character
 * @param str The string to search
 * @param c The character to search for
 * @return The index of the first occurrence of c in str
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_rind(const char *str, char c);

/**
 * Given a string, replace any bare &quot; with \\&quot; .
 * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
 * @param instring The string to search for &quot;
 * @return A copy of the string with escaped quotes
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_escape_quotes(apr_pool_t *p, const char *instring);

/**
 * Given a string, append the PID deliminated by delim.
 * Usually used to create a pid-appended filepath name
 * (eg: /a/b/foo -> /a/b/foo.6726). A function, and not
 * a macro, to avoid unistd.h dependency
 * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
 * @param string The string to append the PID to
 * @param delim The string to use to deliminate the string from the PID
 * @return A copy of the string with the PID appended
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_append_pid(apr_pool_t *p, const char *string,
                                 const char *delim);

/**
 * Parse a length string with decimal characters only, no leading sign nor
 * trailing character, like Content-Length or (Content-)Range headers.
 * @param len The parsed length (apr_off_t)
 * @param str The string to parse
 * @return 1 (success), 0 (failure)
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_parse_strict_length(apr_off_t *len, const char *str);

/**
 * Parse a given timeout parameter string into an apr_interval_time_t value.
 * The unit of the time interval is given as postfix string to the numeric
 * string. Currently the following units are understood:
 *
 * ms    : milliseconds
 * s     : seconds
 * mi[n] : minutes
 * h     : hours
 *
 * If no unit is contained in the given timeout parameter the default_time_unit
 * will be used instead.
 * @param timeout_parameter The string containing the timeout parameter.
 * @param timeout The timeout value to be returned.
 * @param default_time_unit The default time unit to use if none is specified
 * in timeout_parameter.
 * @return Status value indicating whether the parsing was successful or not.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_timeout_parameter_parse(
                                               const char *timeout_parameter,
                                               apr_interval_time_t *timeout,
                                               const char *default_time_unit);

/**
 * Determine if a request has a request body or not.
 *
 * @param r the request_rec of the request
 * @return truth value
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_request_has_body(request_rec *r);

/**
 * Cleanup a string (mainly to be filesystem safe)
 * We only allow '_' and alphanumeric chars. Non-printable
 * map to 'x' and all others map to '_'
 *
 * @param  p pool to use to allocate dest
 * @param  src string to clean up
 * @param  dest cleaned up, allocated string
 * @return Status value indicating whether the cleaning was successful or not.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_pstr2_alnum(apr_pool_t *p, const char *src,
                                        const char **dest);

/**
 * Cleanup a string (mainly to be filesystem safe)
 * We only allow '_' and alphanumeric chars. Non-printable
 * map to 'x' and all others map to '_'
 *
 * @param  src string to clean up
 * @param  dest cleaned up, pre-allocated string
 * @return Status value indicating whether the cleaning was successful or not.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_str2_alnum(const char *src, char *dest);

/**
 * Structure to store the contents of an HTTP form of the type
 * application/x-www-form-urlencoded.
 *
 * Currently it contains the name as a char* of maximum length
 * HUGE_STRING_LEN, and a value in the form of a bucket brigade
 * of arbitrary length.
 */
typedef struct {
    const char *name;
    apr_bucket_brigade *value;
} ap_form_pair_t;

/**
 * Read the body and parse any form found, which must be of the
 * type application/x-www-form-urlencoded.
 * @param r request containing POSTed form data
 * @param f filter
 * @param ptr returned array of ap_form_pair_t
 * @param num max num of params or -1 for unlimited
 * @param size max size allowed for parsed data
 * @return OK or HTTP error
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_parse_form_data(request_rec *r, struct ap_filter_t *f,
                                   apr_array_header_t **ptr,
                                   apr_size_t num, apr_size_t size);

/* Misc system hackery */
/**
 * Given the name of an object in the file system determine if it is a directory
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param name The name of the object to check
 * @return 1 if it is a directory, 0 otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_is_rdirectory(apr_pool_t *p, const char *name);

/**
 * Given the name of an object in the file system determine if it is a directory - this version is symlink aware
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param name The name of the object to check
 * @return 1 if it is a directory, 0 otherwise
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_is_directory(apr_pool_t *p, const char *name);

#ifdef _OSD_POSIX
extern int os_init_job_environment(server_rec *s, const char *user_name, int one_process);
#endif /* _OSD_POSIX */

/**
 * Determine the local host name for the current machine
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @return A copy of the local host name
 */
char *ap_get_local_host(apr_pool_t *p);

/**
 * Log an assertion to the error log
 * @param szExp The assertion that failed
 * @param szFile The file the assertion is in
 * @param nLine The line the assertion is defined on
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_assert(const char *szExp, const char *szFile, int nLine)
                            __attribute__((noreturn));

/**
 * @internal Internal Assert function
 */
#define ap_assert(exp) ((exp) ? (void)0 : ap_log_assert(#exp,__FILE__,__LINE__))

/**
 * Redefine assert() to something more useful for an Apache...
 *
 * Use ap_assert() if the condition should always be checked.
 * Use AP_DEBUG_ASSERT() if the condition should only be checked when AP_DEBUG
 * is defined.
 */
#ifdef AP_DEBUG
#define AP_DEBUG_ASSERT(exp) ap_assert(exp)
#else
#define AP_DEBUG_ASSERT(exp) ((void)0)
#endif

/**
 * @defgroup stopsignal Flags which indicate places where the server should stop for debugging.
 * @{
 * A set of flags which indicate places where the server should raise(SIGSTOP).
 * This is useful for debugging, because you can then attach to that process
 * with gdb and continue.  This is important in cases where one_process
 * debugging isn't possible.
 */
/** stop on a Detach */
#define SIGSTOP_DETACH                  1
/** stop making a child process */
#define SIGSTOP_MAKE_CHILD              2
/** stop spawning a child process */
#define SIGSTOP_SPAWN_CHILD             4
/** stop spawning a child process with a piped log */
#define SIGSTOP_PIPED_LOG_SPAWN         8
/** stop spawning a CGI child process */
#define SIGSTOP_CGI_CHILD               16

/** Macro to get GDB started */
#ifdef DEBUG_SIGSTOP
extern int raise_sigstop_flags;
#define RAISE_SIGSTOP(x)        do { \
        if (raise_sigstop_flags & SIGSTOP_##x) raise(SIGSTOP);\
    } while (0)
#else
#define RAISE_SIGSTOP(x)
#endif
/** @} */
/**
 * Get HTML describing the address and (optionally) admin of the server.
 * @param prefix Text which is prepended to the return value
 * @param r The request_rec
 * @return HTML describing the server, allocated in @a r's pool.
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_psignature(const char *prefix, request_rec *r);

  /* The C library has functions that allow const to be silently dropped ...
     these macros detect the drop in maintainer mode, but use the native
     methods for normal builds

     Note that on some platforms (e.g., AIX with gcc, Solaris with gcc), string.h needs
     to be included before the macros are defined or compilation will fail.
  */
#include <string.h>

AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_strchr(char *s, int c);
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_strchr_c(const char *s, int c);
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_strrchr(char *s, int c);
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_strrchr_c(const char *s, int c);
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_strstr(char *s, const char *c);
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_strstr_c(const char *s, const char *c);

#ifdef AP_DEBUG

#undef strchr
# define strchr(s, c)  ap_strchr(s,c)
#undef strrchr
# define strrchr(s, c) ap_strrchr(s,c)
#undef strstr
# define strstr(s, c)  ap_strstr(s,c)

#else

/** use this instead of strchr */
# define ap_strchr(s, c)     strchr(s, c)
/** use this instead of strchr */
# define ap_strchr_c(s, c)   strchr(s, c)
/** use this instead of strrchr */
# define ap_strrchr(s, c)    strrchr(s, c)
/** use this instead of strrchr */
# define ap_strrchr_c(s, c)  strrchr(s, c)
/** use this instead of strrstr*/
# define ap_strstr(s, c)     strstr(s, c)
/** use this instead of strrstr*/
# define ap_strstr_c(s, c)   strstr(s, c)

#endif

/**
 * Generate pseudo random bytes.
 * This is a convenience interface to apr_random. It is cheaper but less
 * secure than apr_generate_random_bytes().
 * @param buf where to store the bytes
 * @param size number of bytes to generate
 * @note ap_random_insecure_bytes() is thread-safe, it uses a mutex on
 *       threaded MPMs.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_random_insecure_bytes(void *buf, apr_size_t size);

/**
 * Get a pseudo random number in a range.
 * @param min low end of range
 * @param max high end of range
 * @return a number in the range
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_uint32_t) ap_random_pick(apr_uint32_t min, apr_uint32_t max);

/**
 * Abort with a error message signifying out of memory
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_abort_on_oom(void) __attribute__((noreturn));

/**
 * Wrapper for malloc() that calls ap_abort_on_oom() if out of memory
 * @param size size of the memory block
 * @return pointer to the allocated memory
 * @note ap_malloc may be implemented as a macro
 */
AP_DECLARE(void *) ap_malloc(size_t size)
                    __attribute__((malloc))
                    AP_FN_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE(1);

/**
 * Wrapper for calloc() that calls ap_abort_on_oom() if out of memory
 * @param nelem number of elements to allocate memory for
 * @param size size of a single element
 * @return pointer to the allocated memory
 * @note ap_calloc may be implemented as a macro
 */
AP_DECLARE(void *) ap_calloc(size_t nelem, size_t size)
                   __attribute__((malloc))
                   AP_FN_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE2(1,2);

/**
 * Wrapper for realloc() that calls ap_abort_on_oom() if out of memory
 * @param ptr pointer to the old memory block (or NULL)
 * @param size new size of the memory block
 * @return pointer to the reallocated memory
 * @note ap_realloc may be implemented as a macro
 */
AP_DECLARE(void *) ap_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size)
                   AP_FN_ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
                   AP_FN_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE(2);

#if APR_HAS_THREADS

#if APR_VERSION_AT_LEAST(1,8,0) && !defined(AP_NO_THREAD_LOCAL)

/**
 * APR 1.8+ implement those already.
 */
#if APR_HAS_THREAD_LOCAL
#define AP_HAS_THREAD_LOCAL 1
#define AP_THREAD_LOCAL     APR_THREAD_LOCAL
#else
#define AP_HAS_THREAD_LOCAL 0
#endif
#define ap_thread_create                apr_thread_create
#define ap_thread_current               apr_thread_current
#define ap_thread_current_create        apr_thread_current_create
#define ap_thread_current_after_fork    apr_thread_current_after_fork

#else /* APR_VERSION_AT_LEAST(1,8,0) && !defined(AP_NO_THREAD_LOCAL) */

#ifndef AP_NO_THREAD_LOCAL
/**
 * AP_THREAD_LOCAL keyword mapping the compiler's.
 */
#if defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201103L
#define AP_THREAD_LOCAL thread_local
#elif defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112 && \
      (!defined(__GNUC__) || \
      __GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 9))
#define AP_THREAD_LOCAL _Thread_local
#elif defined(__GNUC__) /* works for clang too */
#define AP_THREAD_LOCAL __thread
#elif defined(WIN32) && defined(_MSC_VER)
#define AP_THREAD_LOCAL __declspec(thread)
#endif
#endif /* ndef AP_NO_THREAD_LOCAL */

#ifndef AP_THREAD_LOCAL
#define AP_HAS_THREAD_LOCAL 0
#define ap_thread_create apr_thread_create
#else /* AP_THREAD_LOCAL */
#define AP_HAS_THREAD_LOCAL 1
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_thread_create(apr_thread_t **thread, 
                                          apr_threadattr_t *attr, 
                                          apr_thread_start_t func, 
                                          void *data, apr_pool_t *pool);
#endif /* AP_THREAD_LOCAL */

AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_thread_current_create(apr_thread_t **current,
                                                  apr_threadattr_t *attr,
                                                  apr_pool_t *pool);
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_thread_current_after_fork(void);
AP_DECLARE(apr_thread_t *) ap_thread_current(void);

#endif /* APR_VERSION_AT_LEAST(1,8,0) && !defined(AP_NO_THREAD_LOCAL) */

AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_thread_main_create(apr_thread_t **thread,
                                               apr_pool_t *pool);

#else  /* APR_HAS_THREADS */

#define AP_HAS_THREAD_LOCAL 0

#endif /* APR_HAS_THREADS */

/**
 * Get server load params
 * @param ld struct to populate: -1 in fields means error
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_get_sload(ap_sload_t *ld);

/**
 * Get server load averages (ala getloadavg)
 * @param ld struct to populate: -1 in fields means error
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_get_loadavg(ap_loadavg_t *ld);

/**
 * Convert binary data into a hex string
 * @param src pointer to the data
 * @param srclen length of the data
 * @param dest pointer to buffer of length (2 * srclen + 1). The resulting
 *        string will be NUL-terminated.
 */
AP_DECLARE(void) ap_bin2hex(const void *src, apr_size_t srclen, char *dest);

/**
 * Short function to execute a command and return the first line of
 * output minus \\r \\n. Useful for "obscuring" passwords via exec calls
 * @param p the pool to allocate from
 * @param cmd the command to execute
 * @param argv the arguments to pass to the cmd
 * @return ptr to characters or NULL on any error
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_get_exec_line(apr_pool_t *p,
                                    const char *cmd,
                                    const char * const *argv);

#define AP_NORESTART APR_OS_START_USEERR + 1

/**
 * Get the first index of the string in the array or -1 if not found. Start
 * searching a start. 
 * @param array The array the check
 * @param s The string to find
 * @param start Start index for search. If start is out of bounds (negative or  
                equal to array length or greater), -1 will be returned.
 * @return index of string in array or -1
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_array_str_index(const apr_array_header_t *array, 
                                   const char *s,
                                   int start);

/**
 * Check if the string is member of the given array by strcmp.
 * @param array The array the check
 * @param s The string to find
 * @return !=0 iff string is member of array (via strcmp)
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_array_str_contains(const apr_array_header_t *array, 
                                      const char *s);

/**
 * Perform a case-insensitive comparison of two strings @a str1 and @a str2,
 * treating upper and lower case values of the 26 standard C/POSIX alphabetic
 * characters as equivalent. Extended latin characters outside of this set
 * are treated as unique octets, irrespective of the current locale.
 *
 * Returns in integer greater than, equal to, or less than 0,
 * according to whether @a str1 is considered greater than, equal to,
 * or less than @a str2.
 *
 * @note Same code as apr_cstr_casecmp, which arrives in APR 1.6
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_cstr_casecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);

/**
 * Perform a case-insensitive comparison of two strings @a str1 and @a str2,
 * treating upper and lower case values of the 26 standard C/POSIX alphabetic
 * characters as equivalent. Extended latin characters outside of this set
 * are treated as unique octets, irrespective of the current locale.
 *
 * Returns in integer greater than, equal to, or less than 0,
 * according to whether @a str1 is considered greater than, equal to,
 * or less than @a str2.
 *
 * @note Same code as apr_cstr_casecmpn, which arrives in APR 1.6
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_cstr_casecmpn(const char *s1, const char *s2, apr_size_t n);

/**
 * Default flags for ap_dir_*fnmatch().
 */
#define AP_DIR_FLAG_NONE      0

/**
 * If set, wildcards that match no files or directories will be ignored, otherwise
 * an error is triggered.
 */
#define AP_DIR_FLAG_OPTIONAL  1

/**
 * If set, and the wildcard resolves to a directory, recursively find all files
 * below that directory, otherwise return the directory.
 */
#define AP_DIR_FLAG_RECURSIVE 2

/**
 * Structure to provide the state of a directory match.
 */
typedef struct ap_dir_match_t ap_dir_match_t;

/**
 * Concrete structure to provide the state of a directory match.
 */
struct ap_dir_match_t {
    /** Pool to use for allocating the result */
    apr_pool_t *p;
    /** Temporary pool used for directory traversal */
    apr_pool_t *ptemp;
    /** Prefix for log messages */
    const char *prefix;
    /** Callback for each file found that matches the wildcard. Return NULL on success, an error string on error. */
    const char *(*cb)(ap_dir_match_t *w, const char *fname);
    /** Context for the callback */
    void *ctx;
    /** Flags to indicate whether optional or recursive */
    int flags;
    /** Recursion depth safety check */
    unsigned int depth;
};

/**
 * Search for files given a non wildcard filename with non native separators.
 *
 * If the provided filename points at a file, the callback within ap_dir_match_t is
 * triggered for that file, and this function returns the result of the callback.
 *
 * If the provided filename points at a directory, and recursive within ap_dir_match_t
 * is true, the callback will be triggered for every file found recursively beneath
 * that directory, otherwise the callback is triggered once for the directory itself.
 * This function returns the result of the callback.
 *
 * If the provided path points to neither a file nor a directory, and optional within
 * ap_dir_match_t is true, this function returns NULL. If optional within ap_dir_match_t
 * is false, this function will return an error string indicating that the path does not
 * exist.
 *
 * @param w Directory match structure containing callback and context.
 * @param fname The name of the file or directory, with non native separators.
 * @return NULL on success, or a string describing the error.
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *)ap_dir_nofnmatch(ap_dir_match_t *w, const char *fname)
        __attribute__((nonnull(1,2)));

/**
 * Search for files given a wildcard filename with non native separators.
 *
 * If the filename contains a wildcard, all files and directories that match the wildcard
 * will be returned.
 *
 * ap_dir_nofnmatch() is called for each directory and file found, and the callback
 * within ap_dir_match_t triggered as described above.
 *
 * Wildcards may appear in both directory and file components in the path, and
 * wildcards may appear more than once.
 *
 * @param w Directory match structure containing callback and context.
 * @param path Path prefix for search, with non native separators and no wildcards.
 * @param fname The name of the file or directory, with non native separators and
 * optional wildcards.
 * @return NULL on success, or a string describing the error.
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *)ap_dir_fnmatch(ap_dir_match_t *w, const char *path,
        const char *fname) __attribute__((nonnull(1,3)));

/**
 * Determine if the final Transfer-Encoding is "chunked".
 *
 * @param p The pool to allocate from
 * @param line the header field-value to scan
 * @return 1 if the last Transfer-Encoding is "chunked", else 0
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_is_chunked(apr_pool_t *p, const char *line);


/**
 * apr_filepath_merge with an allow-list
 * Merge additional file path onto the previously processed rootpath
 * @param newpath the merged paths returned
 * @param rootpath the root file path (NULL uses the current working path)
 * @param addpath the path to add to the root path
 * @param flags the desired APR_FILEPATH_ rules to apply when merging
 * @param p the pool to allocate the new path string from
 * @remark if the flag APR_FILEPATH_TRUENAME is given, and the addpath
 * contains wildcard characters ('*', '?') on platforms that don't support
 * such characters within filenames, the paths will be merged, but the
 * result code will be APR_EPATHWILD, and all further segments will not
 * reflect the true filenames including the wildcard and following segments.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_filepath_merge(char **newpath,
                                             const char *rootpath,
                                             const char *addpath,
                                             apr_int32_t flags,
                                             apr_pool_t *p);

#ifdef WIN32
#define apr_filepath_merge  ap_filepath_merge
#endif

/* Win32/NetWare/OS2 need to check for both forward and back slashes
 * in ap_normalize_path() and ap_escape_url().
 */
#ifdef CASE_BLIND_FILESYSTEM
#define AP_IS_SLASH(s) ((s == '/') || (s == '\\'))
#define AP_SLASHES "/\\"
#else
#define AP_IS_SLASH(s) (s == '/')
#define AP_SLASHES "/"
#endif

/**
 * Validates the path parameter is safe to pass to stat-like calls.
 * @param path The filesystem path to cehck
 * @param p a pool for temporary allocations
 * @return APR_SUCCESS if the stat-like call should be allowed
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_stat_check(const char *path, apr_pool_t *pool);


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif  /* !APACHE_HTTPD_H */

/** @} //APACHE Daemon      */
/** @} //APACHE Core        */
/** @} //APACHE super group */

/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file mod_ssl.h
 * @brief SSL extension module for Apache
 *
 * @defgroup MOD_SSL mod_ssl
 * @ingroup  APACHE_MODS
 * @{
 */

#ifndef __MOD_SSL_H__
#define __MOD_SSL_H__

#include "httpd.h"
#include "http_config.h"
#include "apr_optional.h"
#include "apr_tables.h" /* for apr_array_header_t */

/* Create a set of SSL_DECLARE(type), SSL_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) and
 * SSL_DECLARE_DATA with appropriate export and import tags for the platform
 */
#if !defined(WIN32)
#define SSL_DECLARE(type)            type
#define SSL_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     type
#define SSL_DECLARE_DATA
#elif defined(SSL_DECLARE_STATIC)
#define SSL_DECLARE(type)            type __stdcall
#define SSL_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     type
#define SSL_DECLARE_DATA
#elif defined(SSL_DECLARE_EXPORT)
#define SSL_DECLARE(type)            __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
#define SSL_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     __declspec(dllexport) type
#define SSL_DECLARE_DATA             __declspec(dllexport)
#else
#define SSL_DECLARE(type)            __declspec(dllimport) type __stdcall
#define SSL_DECLARE_NONSTD(type)     __declspec(dllimport) type
#define SSL_DECLARE_DATA             __declspec(dllimport)
#endif

/** The ssl_var_lookup() optional function retrieves SSL environment
 * variables. */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(char *, ssl_var_lookup,
                        (apr_pool_t *, server_rec *,
                         conn_rec *, request_rec *,
                         char *));

/** The ssl_ext_list() optional function attempts to build an array
 * of all the values contained in the named X.509 extension. The
 * returned array will be created in the supplied pool.
 * The client certificate is used if peer is non-zero; the server
 * certificate is used otherwise.
 * Extension specifies the extensions to use as a string. This can be
 * one of the "known" long or short names, or a numeric OID,
 * e.g. "1.2.3.4", 'nsComment' and 'DN' are all valid.
 * A pointer to an apr_array_header_t structure is returned if at
 * least one matching extension is found, NULL otherwise.
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_array_header_t *, ssl_ext_list,
                        (apr_pool_t *p, conn_rec *c, int peer,
                         const char *extension));

/** An optional function which returns non-zero if the given connection
 * is using SSL/TLS. */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int, ssl_is_https, (conn_rec *));

/** The ssl_proxy_enable() and ssl_engine_{set,disable}() optional
 * functions are used by mod_proxy to enable use of SSL for outgoing
 * connections. */

APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int, ssl_proxy_enable, (conn_rec *));
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int, ssl_engine_disable, (conn_rec *));
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int, ssl_engine_set, (conn_rec *,
                                              ap_conf_vector_t *,
                                              int proxy, int enable));
                                              
/* Check for availability of new hooks */
#define SSL_CERT_HOOKS
#ifdef SSL_CERT_HOOKS

/** Lets others add certificate and key files to the given server.
 * For each cert a key must also be added.
 * @param cert_file and array of const char* with the path to the certificate chain
 * @param key_file and array of const char* with the path to the private key file
 */
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ssl, SSL, int, add_cert_files,
                          (server_rec *s, apr_pool_t *p, 
                           apr_array_header_t *cert_files,
                           apr_array_header_t *key_files))

/** In case no certificates are available for a server, this
 * lets other modules add a fallback certificate for the time
 * being. Regular requests against this server will be answered
 * with a 503. 
 * @param cert_file and array of const char* with the path to the certificate chain
 * @param key_file and array of const char* with the path to the private key file
 */
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ssl, SSL, int, add_fallback_cert_files,
                          (server_rec *s, apr_pool_t *p, 
                           apr_array_header_t *cert_files,
                           apr_array_header_t *key_files))

#endif /* SSL_CERT_HOOKS */

#endif /* __MOD_SSL_H__ */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  mod_cgi.h
 * @brief CGI Script Execution Extension Module for Apache
 *
 * @defgroup MOD_CGI mod_cgi
 * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
 * @{
 */

#ifndef _MOD_CGI_H
#define _MOD_CGI_H 1

#include "mod_include.h"

typedef enum {RUN_AS_SSI, RUN_AS_CGI} prog_types;

typedef struct {
    apr_int32_t          in_pipe;
    apr_int32_t          out_pipe;
    apr_int32_t          err_pipe;
    int                  process_cgi;
    apr_cmdtype_e        cmd_type;
    apr_int32_t          detached;
    prog_types           prog_type;
    apr_bucket_brigade **bb;
    include_ctx_t       *ctx;
    ap_filter_t         *next;
    apr_int32_t          addrspace;
} cgi_exec_info_t;

/**
 * Registerable optional function to override CGI behavior;
 * Reprocess the command and arguments to execute the given CGI script.
 * @param cmd Pointer to the command to execute (may be overridden)
 * @param argv Pointer to the arguments to pass (may be overridden)
 * @param r The current request
 * @param p The pool to allocate correct cmd/argv elements within.
 * @param e_info pass e_info.cmd_type (Set to APR_SHELLCMD or APR_PROGRAM on entry)
                      and e_info.detached (Should the child start in detached state?)
 * @remark This callback may be registered by the os-specific module
 * to correct the command and arguments for apr_proc_create invocation
 * on a given os.  mod_cgi will call the function if registered.
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_status_t, ap_cgi_build_command,
                        (const char **cmd, const char ***argv,
                         request_rec *r, apr_pool_t *p,
                         cgi_exec_info_t *e_info));

#endif /* _MOD_CGI_H */
/** @} */

/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file mod_log_config.h
 * @brief Logging Configuration Extension Module for Apache
 *
 * @defgroup MOD_LOG_CONFIG mod_log_config
 * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
 * @{
 */

#include "apr_optional.h"
#include "httpd.h"
#include "scoreboard.h"

#ifndef _MOD_LOG_CONFIG_H
#define _MOD_LOG_CONFIG_H 1

/**
 * callback function prototype for a external log handler
 */
typedef const char *ap_log_handler_fn_t(request_rec *r, char *a);

/**
 * callback function prototype for external writer initialization.
 */
typedef void *ap_log_writer_init(apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *s,
                                 const char *name);
/**
 * callback which gets called where there is a log line to write.
 */
typedef apr_status_t ap_log_writer(
                            request_rec *r,
                            void *handle,
                            const char **portions,
                            int *lengths,
                            int nelts,
                            apr_size_t len);

typedef struct ap_log_handler {
    ap_log_handler_fn_t *func;
    int want_orig_default;
} ap_log_handler;

APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, ap_register_log_handler,
                        (apr_pool_t *p, char *tag, ap_log_handler_fn_t *func,
                         int def));
/**
 * you will need to set your init handler *BEFORE* the open_logs
 * in mod_log_config gets executed
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(ap_log_writer_init*, ap_log_set_writer_init,(ap_log_writer_init *func));
/**
 * you should probably set the writer at the same time (ie..before open_logs)
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(ap_log_writer*, ap_log_set_writer, (ap_log_writer* func));

#endif /* MOD_LOG_CONFIG */
/** @} */

/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file ap_expr.h
 * @brief Expression parser
 *
 * @defgroup AP_EXPR Expression parser
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 * @{
 */

#ifndef AP_EXPR_H
#define AP_EXPR_H

#include "httpd.h"
#include "http_config.h"
#include "ap_regex.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/** A node in the expression parse tree */
typedef struct ap_expr_node ap_expr_t;

/** Struct describing a parsed expression */
typedef struct {
    /** The root of the actual expression parse tree */
    ap_expr_t *root_node;
    /** The filename where the expression has been defined (for logging).
     *  May be NULL
     */
    const char *filename;
    /** The line number where the expression has been defined (for logging). */
    unsigned int line_number;
    /** Flags relevant for the expression, see AP_EXPR_FLAG_* */
    unsigned int flags;
    /** The module that is used for loglevel configuration */
    int module_index;
} ap_expr_info_t;

/** Use ssl_expr compatibility mode (changes the meaning of the comparison
 * operators)
 */
#define AP_EXPR_FLAG_SSL_EXPR_COMPAT       1
/** Don't add significant request headers to the Vary response header */
#define AP_EXPR_FLAG_DONT_VARY             2
/** Don't allow functions/vars that bypass the current request's access
 *  restrictions or would otherwise leak confidential information.
 *  Used by e.g. mod_include.
 */
#define AP_EXPR_FLAG_RESTRICTED            4
/** Expression evaluates to a string, not to a bool */
#define AP_EXPR_FLAG_STRING_RESULT         8


/**
 * Evaluate a parse tree, simple interface
 * @param r The current request
 * @param expr The expression to be evaluated
 * @param err Where an error message should be stored
 * @return > 0 if expression evaluates to true, == 0 if false, < 0 on error
 * @note err will be set to NULL on success, or to an error message on error
 * @note request headers used during evaluation will be added to the Vary:
 *       response header, unless ::AP_EXPR_FLAG_DONT_VARY is set.
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_expr_exec(request_rec *r, const ap_expr_info_t *expr,
                             const char **err);

/**
 * Evaluate a parse tree, with access to regexp backreference
 * @param r The current request
 * @param expr The expression to be evaluated
 * @param nmatch size of the regex match vector pmatch
 * @param pmatch information about regex matches
 * @param source the string that pmatch applies to
 * @param err Where an error message should be stored
 * @return > 0 if expression evaluates to true, == 0 if false, < 0 on error
 * @note err will be set to NULL on success, or to an error message on error
 * @note nmatch/pmatch/source can be used both to make previous matches
 *       available to ap_expr_exec_re and to use ap_expr_exec_re's matches
 *       later on.
 * @note request headers used during evaluation will be added to the Vary:
 *       response header, unless ::AP_EXPR_FLAG_DONT_VARY is set.
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_expr_exec_re(request_rec *r, const ap_expr_info_t *expr,
                                apr_size_t nmatch, ap_regmatch_t *pmatch,
                                const char **source, const char **err);

/** Context used during evaluation of a parse tree, created by ap_expr_exec */
typedef struct {
    /** the current request */
    request_rec *r;
    /** the current connection */
    conn_rec *c;
    /** the current virtual host */
    server_rec *s;
    /** the pool to use */
    apr_pool_t *p;
    /** where to store the error string */
    const char **err;
    /** ap_expr_info_t for the expression */
    const ap_expr_info_t *info;
    /** regex match information for back references */
    ap_regmatch_t *re_pmatch;
    /** size of the vector pointed to by re_pmatch */
    apr_size_t re_nmatch;
    /** the string corresponding to the re_pmatch */
    const char **re_source;
    /** A string where the comma separated names of headers are stored
     * to be later added to the Vary: header. If NULL, the caller is not
     * interested in this information.
     */
    const char **vary_this;
    /** where to store the result string */
    const char **result_string;
    /** Arbitrary context data provided by the caller for custom functions */
    void *data;
    /** The current recursion level */
    int reclvl;
} ap_expr_eval_ctx_t;

/**
 * Evaluate a parse tree, full featured version
 * @param ctx The evaluation context with all data filled in
 * @return > 0 if expression evaluates to true, == 0 if false, < 0 on error
 * @note *ctx->err will be set to NULL on success, or to an error message on
 *       error
 * @note request headers used during evaluation will be added to the Vary:
 *       response header if ctx->vary_this is set.
 */
AP_DECLARE(int) ap_expr_exec_ctx(ap_expr_eval_ctx_t *ctx);

/**
 * Evaluate a parse tree of a string valued expression
 * @param r The current request
 * @param expr The expression to be evaluated
 * @param err Where an error message should be stored
 * @return The result string, NULL on error
 * @note err will be set to NULL on success, or to an error message on error
 * @note request headers used during evaluation will be added to the Vary:
 *       response header, unless ::AP_EXPR_FLAG_DONT_VARY is set.
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_expr_str_exec(request_rec *r,
                                          const ap_expr_info_t *expr,
                                          const char **err);

/**
 * Evaluate a parse tree of a string valued expression
 * @param r The current request
 * @param expr The expression to be evaluated
 * @param nmatch size of the regex match vector pmatch
 * @param pmatch information about regex matches
 * @param source the string that pmatch applies to
 * @param err Where an error message should be stored
 * @return The result string, NULL on error
 * @note err will be set to NULL on success, or to an error message on error
 * @note nmatch/pmatch/source can be used both to make previous matches
 *       available to ap_expr_exec_re and to use ap_expr_exec_re's matches
 *       later on.
 * @note request headers used during evaluation will be added to the Vary:
 *       response header, unless ::AP_EXPR_FLAG_DONT_VARY is set.
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_expr_str_exec_re(request_rec *r,
                                             const ap_expr_info_t *expr,
                                             apr_size_t nmatch,
                                             ap_regmatch_t *pmatch,
                                             const char **source,
                                             const char **err);


/**
 * The parser can be extended with variable lookup, functions, and
 * and operators.
 *
 * During parsing, the parser calls the lookup function to resolve a
 * name into a function pointer and an opaque context for the function.
 * If the argument to a function or operator is constant, the lookup function
 * may also parse that argument and store the parsed data in the context.
 *
 * The default lookup function is the hook ::ap_expr_lookup_default which just
 * calls ap_run_expr_lookup. Modules can use it to make functions and
 * variables generally available.
 *
 * An ap_expr consumer can also provide its own custom lookup function to
 * modify the set of variables and functions that are available. The custom
 * lookup function can in turn call 'ap_run_expr_lookup'.
 */

/** Unary operator, takes one string argument and returns a bool value.
 * The name must have the form '-z' (one letter only).
 * @param ctx The evaluation context
 * @param data An opaque context provided by the lookup hook function
 * @param arg The (right) operand
 * @return 0 or 1
 */
typedef int ap_expr_op_unary_t(ap_expr_eval_ctx_t *ctx, const void *data,
                               const char *arg);

/** Binary operator, takes two string arguments and returns a bool value.
 * The name must have the form '-cmp' (at least two letters).
 * @param ctx The evaluation context
 * @param data An opaque context provided by the lookup hook function
 * @param arg1 The left operand
 * @param arg2 The right operand
 * @return 0 or 1
 */
typedef int ap_expr_op_binary_t(ap_expr_eval_ctx_t *ctx, const void *data,
                                const char *arg1, const char *arg2);

/** String valued function, takes a string argument and returns a string
 * @param ctx The evaluation context
 * @param data An opaque context provided by the lookup hook function
 * @param arg The argument
 * @return The functions result string, may be NULL for 'empty string'
 */
typedef const char *(ap_expr_string_func_t)(ap_expr_eval_ctx_t *ctx,
                                            const void *data,
                                            const char *arg);

/** List valued function, takes a string argument and returns a list of strings
 * Can currently only be called following the builtin '-in' operator.
 * @param ctx The evaluation context
 * @param data An opaque context provided by the lookup hook function
 * @param arg The argument
 * @return The functions result list of strings, may be NULL for 'empty array'
 */
typedef apr_array_header_t *(ap_expr_list_func_t)(ap_expr_eval_ctx_t *ctx,
                                                  const void *data,
                                                  const char *arg);

/** Variable lookup function, takes no argument and returns a string
 * @param ctx The evaluation context
 * @param data An opaque context provided by the lookup hook function
 * @return The expanded variable
 */
typedef const char *(ap_expr_var_func_t)(ap_expr_eval_ctx_t *ctx,
                                         const void *data);

/** parameter struct passed to the lookup hook functions */
typedef struct {
    /** type of the looked up object */
    int type;
#define AP_EXPR_FUNC_VAR        0
#define AP_EXPR_FUNC_STRING     1
#define AP_EXPR_FUNC_LIST       2
#define AP_EXPR_FUNC_OP_UNARY   3
#define AP_EXPR_FUNC_OP_BINARY  4
    /** name of the looked up object */
    const char *name;

    int flags;

    apr_pool_t *pool;
    apr_pool_t *ptemp;

    /** where to store the function pointer */
    const void **func;
    /** where to store the function's context */
    const void **data;
    /** where to store the error message (if any) */
    const char **err;

    /** arg for pre-parsing (only if a simple string).
     *  For binary ops, this is the right argument. */
    const char *arg;
} ap_expr_lookup_parms;

/** Function for looking up the provider function for a variable, operator
 *  or function in an expression.
 *  @param parms The parameter struct, also determines where the result is
 *               stored.
 *  @return OK on success,
 *          !OK on failure,
 *          DECLINED if the requested name is not handled by this function
 */
typedef int (ap_expr_lookup_fn_t)(ap_expr_lookup_parms *parms);

/** Default lookup function which just calls ap_run_expr_lookup().
 *  ap_run_expr_lookup cannot be used directly because it has the wrong
 *  calling convention under Windows.
 */
AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(int) ap_expr_lookup_default(ap_expr_lookup_parms *parms);

AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int, expr_lookup, (ap_expr_lookup_parms *parms))

/**
 * Parse an expression into a parse tree
 * @param pool Pool
 * @param ptemp temp pool
 * @param info The ap_expr_info_t struct (with values filled in)
 * @param expr The expression string to parse
 * @param lookup_fn The lookup function to use, NULL for default
 * @return NULL on success, error message on error.
 *         A pointer to the resulting parse tree will be stored in
 *         info->root_node.
 */
AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_expr_parse(apr_pool_t *pool, apr_pool_t *ptemp,
                                       ap_expr_info_t *info, const char *expr,
                                       ap_expr_lookup_fn_t *lookup_fn);

/**
 * High level interface to ap_expr_parse that also creates ap_expr_info_t and
 * uses info from cmd_parms to fill in most of it.
 * @param cmd The cmd_parms struct
 * @param expr The expression string to parse
 * @param flags The flags to use, see AP_EXPR_FLAG_*
 * @param err Set to NULL on success, error message on error
 * @param lookup_fn The lookup function used to lookup vars, functions, and
 *        operators
 * @param module_index The module_index to set for the expression
 * @return The parsed expression
 * @note Usually ap_expr_parse_cmd() should be used
 */
AP_DECLARE(ap_expr_info_t *) ap_expr_parse_cmd_mi(const cmd_parms *cmd,
                                                  const char *expr,
                                                  unsigned int flags,
                                                  const char **err,
                                                  ap_expr_lookup_fn_t *lookup_fn,
                                                  int module_index);

/**
 * Convenience wrapper for ap_expr_parse_cmd_mi() that sets
 * module_index = APLOG_MODULE_INDEX
 */
#define ap_expr_parse_cmd(cmd, expr, flags, err, lookup_fn) \
        ap_expr_parse_cmd_mi(cmd, expr, flags, err, lookup_fn, APLOG_MODULE_INDEX)

 /**
  * Internal initialisation of ap_expr (for httpd internal use)
  */
void ap_expr_init(apr_pool_t *pool);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* AP_EXPR_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  util_time.h
 * @brief Apache date-time handling functions
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_TIME Date-time handling functions
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 * @{
 */

#ifndef APACHE_UTIL_TIME_H
#define APACHE_UTIL_TIME_H

#include "apr.h"
#include "apr_time.h"
#include "httpd.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Maximum delta from the current time, in seconds, for a past time
 * to qualify as "recent" for use in the ap_explode_recent_*() functions:
 * (Must be a power of two minus one!)
 */
#define AP_TIME_RECENT_THRESHOLD 15

/* Options for ap_recent_ctime_ex */
/* No extension */
#define AP_CTIME_OPTION_NONE    0x0
/* Add sub second timestamps with micro second resolution */
#define AP_CTIME_OPTION_USEC    0x1
/* Use more compact ISO 8601 format */
#define AP_CTIME_OPTION_COMPACT 0x2
/* Add timezone offset from GMT ([+-]hhmm) */
#define AP_CTIME_OPTION_GMTOFF  0x4


/**
 * convert a recent time to its human readable components in local timezone
 * @param tm the exploded time
 * @param t the time to explode: MUST be within the last
 *          AP_TIME_RECENT_THRESHOLD seconds
 * @note This is a faster alternative to apr_time_exp_lt that uses
 *       a cache of pre-exploded time structures.  It is useful for things
 *       that need to explode the current time multiple times per second,
 *       like loggers.
 * @return APR_SUCCESS iff successful
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_explode_recent_localtime(apr_time_exp_t *tm,
                                                     apr_time_t t);

/**
 * convert a recent time to its human readable components in GMT timezone
 * @param tm the exploded time
 * @param t the time to explode: MUST be within the last
 *          AP_TIME_RECENT_THRESHOLD seconds
 * @note This is a faster alternative to apr_time_exp_gmt that uses
 *       a cache of pre-exploded time structures.  It is useful for things
 *       that need to explode the current time multiple times per second,
 *       like loggers.
 * @return APR_SUCCESS iff successful
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_explode_recent_gmt(apr_time_exp_t *tm,
                                               apr_time_t t);


/**
 * format a recent timestamp in the ctime() format.
 * @param date_str String to write to.
 * @param t the time to convert
 * @note Consider using ap_recent_ctime_ex instead.
 * @return APR_SUCCESS iff successful
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_recent_ctime(char *date_str, apr_time_t t);


/**
 * format a recent timestamp in an extended ctime() format.
 * @param date_str String to write to.
 * @param t the time to convert
 * @param option Additional formatting options (AP_CTIME_OPTION_*).
 * @param len Pointer to an int containing the length of the provided buffer.
 *        On successful return it contains the number of bytes written to the
 *        buffer (including trailing NUL byte).
 * @return APR_SUCCESS iff successful, APR_ENOMEM if buffer was to short.
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_recent_ctime_ex(char *date_str, apr_time_t t,
                                            int option, int *len);


/**
 * format a recent timestamp in the RFC822 format
 * @param date_str String to write to (must have length >= APR_RFC822_DATE_LEN)
 * @param t the time to convert
 */
AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_recent_rfc822_date(char *date_str, apr_time_t t);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif  /* !APACHE_UTIL_TIME_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

#ifndef MOD_SESSION_H
#define MOD_SESSION_H

/* Create a set of SESSION_DECLARE(type), SESSION_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) and
 * SESSION_DECLARE_DATA with appropriate export and import tags for the platform
 */
#if !defined(WIN32)
#define SESSION_DECLARE(type)        type
#define SESSION_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
#define SESSION_DECLARE_DATA
#elif defined(SESSION_DECLARE_STATIC)
#define SESSION_DECLARE(type)        type __stdcall
#define SESSION_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
#define SESSION_DECLARE_DATA
#elif defined(SESSION_DECLARE_EXPORT)
#define SESSION_DECLARE(type)        __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
#define SESSION_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllexport) type
#define SESSION_DECLARE_DATA         __declspec(dllexport)
#else
#define SESSION_DECLARE(type)        __declspec(dllimport) type __stdcall
#define SESSION_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllimport) type
#define SESSION_DECLARE_DATA         __declspec(dllimport)
#endif

/**
 * @file  mod_session.h
 * @brief Session Module for Apache
 *
 * @defgroup MOD_SESSION mod_session
 * @ingroup  APACHE_MODS
 * @{
 */

#include "apr_hooks.h"
#include "apr_optional.h"
#include "apr_tables.h"
#include "apr_uuid.h"
#include "apr_pools.h"
#include "apr_time.h"

#include "httpd.h"
#include "http_config.h"
#include "ap_config.h"

#define MOD_SESSION_NOTES_KEY "mod_session_key"

/**
 * Define the name of a username stored in the session, so that modules interested
 * in the username can find it in a standard place.
 */
#define MOD_SESSION_USER "user"

/**
 * Define the name of a password stored in the session, so that modules interested
 * in the password can find it in a standard place.
 */
#define MOD_SESSION_PW "pw"

/**
 * A session structure.
 *
 * At the core of the session is a set of name value pairs making up the
 * session.
 *
 * The session might be uniquely identified by an anonymous uuid, or
 * a remote_user value, or both.
 */
typedef struct {
    apr_pool_t *pool;             /* pool to be used for this session */
    apr_uuid_t *uuid;             /* anonymous uuid of this particular session */
    const char *remote_user;      /* user who owns this particular session */
    apr_table_t *entries;         /* key value pairs */
    const char *encoded;          /* the encoded version of the key value pairs */
    apr_time_t expiry;            /* if > 0, the time of expiry of this session */
    long maxage;                  /* if > 0, the maxage of the session, from
                                   * which expiry is calculated */
    int dirty;                    /* dirty flag */
    int cached;                   /* true if this session was loaded from a
                                   * cache of some kind */
    int written;                  /* true if this session has already been
                                   * written */
} session_rec;

/**
 * Structure to carry the per-dir session config.
 */
typedef struct {
    int enabled;                  /* whether the session has been enabled for
                                   * this directory */
    int enabled_set;
    long maxage;                  /* seconds until session expiry */
    int maxage_set;
    const char *header;           /* header to inject session */
    int header_set;
    int env;                      /* whether the session has been enabled for
                                   * this directory */
    int env_set;
    apr_array_header_t *includes; /* URL prefixes to be included. All
                                   * URLs included if empty */
    apr_array_header_t *excludes; /* URL prefixes to be excluded. No
                                   * URLs excluded if empty */
    apr_time_t expiry_update_time; /* seconds the session expiry may change and
                                    * not have to be rewritten */
    int expiry_update_set;
} session_dir_conf;

/**
 * Hook to load the session.
 *
 * If the session doesn't exist, a blank one will be created.
 *
 * @param r The request
 * @param z A pointer to where the session will be written.
 */
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ap, SESSION, apr_status_t, session_load,
        (request_rec * r, session_rec ** z))

/**
 * Hook to save the session.
 *
 * In most implementations the session is only saved if the dirty flag is
 * true. This prevents the session being saved unnecessarily.
 *
 * @param r The request
 * @param z A pointer to where the session will be written.
 */
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ap, SESSION, apr_status_t, session_save,
        (request_rec * r, session_rec * z))

/**
 * Hook to encode the session.
 *
 * In the default implementation, the key value pairs are encoded using
 * key value pairs separated by equals, in turn separated by ampersand,
 * like a web form.
 *
 * @param r The request
 * @param z A pointer to where the session will be written.
 */
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ap, SESSION, apr_status_t, session_encode,
        (request_rec * r, session_rec * z))

/**
 * Hook to decode the session.
 *
 * In the default implementation, the key value pairs are encoded using
 * key value pairs separated by equals, in turn separated by ampersand,
 * like a web form.
 *
 * @param r The request
 * @param z A pointer to where the session will be written.
 */
APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ap, SESSION, apr_status_t, session_decode,
        (request_rec * r, session_rec * z))

APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(
        apr_status_t,
        ap_session_get,
        (request_rec * r, session_rec * z, const char *key, const char **value));
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_status_t, ap_session_set,
        (request_rec * r, session_rec * z, const char *key, const char *value));
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_status_t, ap_session_load,
        (request_rec *, session_rec **));
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_status_t, ap_session_save,
        (request_rec *, session_rec *));

/**
 * The name of the module.
 */
extern module AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA session_module;

#endif /* MOD_SESSION_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

#ifndef __MOD_HTTP2_H__
#define __MOD_HTTP2_H__

/** The http2_var_lookup() optional function retrieves HTTP2 environment
 * variables. */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(char *, 
                        http2_var_lookup, (apr_pool_t *, server_rec *,
                                           conn_rec *, request_rec *,  char *));

/** An optional function which returns non-zero if the given connection
 * or its master connection is using HTTP/2. */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int, 
                        http2_is_h2, (conn_rec *));

APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void,
                        http2_get_num_workers, (server_rec *s,
                                                int *minw, int *max));

#define AP_HTTP2_HAS_GET_POLLFD

/**
 * Get a apr_pollfd_t populated for a h2 connection where
 * (c->master != NULL) is true and pipes are supported.
 * To be used in Apache modules implementing WebSockets in Apache httpd
 * versions that do not support the corresponding `ap_get_pollfd_from_conn()`
 * function.
 * When available, use `ap_get_pollfd_from_conn()` instead of this function.
 *
 * How it works: pass in a `apr_pollfd_t` which gets populated for
 * monitoring the input of connection `c`. If `c` is not a HTTP/2
 * stream connection, the function will return `APR_ENOTIMPL`.
 * `ptimeout` is optional and, if passed, will get the timeout in effect
 *
 * On platforms without support for pipes (e.g. Windows), this function
 * will return `APR_ENOTIMPL`.
 */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_status_t,
                        http2_get_pollfd_from_conn,
                        (conn_rec *c, struct apr_pollfd_t *pfd,
                         apr_interval_time_t *ptimeout));

/*******************************************************************************
 * START HTTP/2 request engines (DEPRECATED)
 ******************************************************************************/

/* The following functions were introduced for the experimental mod_proxy_http2
 * support, but have been abandoned since.
 * They are still declared here for backward compatibility, in case someone
 * tries to build an old mod_proxy_http2 against it, but will disappear
 * completely sometime in the future.
 */ 
 
struct apr_thread_cond_t;
typedef struct h2_req_engine h2_req_engine;
typedef void http2_output_consumed(void *ctx, conn_rec *c, apr_off_t consumed);

typedef apr_status_t http2_req_engine_init(h2_req_engine *engine, 
                                           const char *id, 
                                           const char *type,
                                           apr_pool_t *pool, 
                                           apr_size_t req_buffer_size,
                                           request_rec *r,
                                           http2_output_consumed **pconsumed,
                                           void **pbaton);

APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_status_t, 
                        http2_req_engine_push, (const char *engine_type, 
                                                request_rec *r,
                                                http2_req_engine_init *einit));

APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(apr_status_t, 
                        http2_req_engine_pull, (h2_req_engine *engine, 
                                                apr_read_type_e block,
                                                int capacity,
                                                request_rec **pr));
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, 
                        http2_req_engine_done, (h2_req_engine *engine, 
                                                conn_rec *rconn,
                                                apr_status_t status));


/*******************************************************************************
 * END HTTP/2 request engines (DEPRECATED)
 ******************************************************************************/

#endif
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

#ifndef SLOTMEM_H
#define SLOTMEM_H

/* Memory handler for a shared memory divided in slot.
 */
/**
 * @file  ap_slotmem.h
 * @brief Memory Slot Extension Storage Module for Apache
 *
 * @defgroup MEM mem
 * @ingroup  APACHE_MODS
 * @{
 */

#include "httpd.h"
#include "http_config.h"
#include "http_log.h"
#include "ap_provider.h"

#include "apr.h"
#include "apr_strings.h"
#include "apr_pools.h"
#include "apr_shm.h"
#include "apr_global_mutex.h"
#include "apr_file_io.h"
#include "apr_md5.h"

#if APR_HAVE_UNISTD_H
#include <unistd.h>         /* for getpid() */
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define AP_SLOTMEM_PROVIDER_GROUP "slotmem"
#define AP_SLOTMEM_PROVIDER_VERSION "0"

typedef unsigned int ap_slotmem_type_t;

/*
 * Values for ap_slotmem_type_t::
 *
 * AP_SLOTMEM_TYPE_PERSIST: For transitory providers, persist
 *    the data on the file-system
 *
 * AP_SLOTMEM_TYPE_NOTMPSAFE:
 *
 * AP_SLOTMEM_TYPE_PREALLOC: Access to slots require they be grabbed 1st
 *
 * AP_SLOTMEM_TYPE_CLEARINUSE: If persisting, clear 'inuse' array before
 *    storing
 */
#define AP_SLOTMEM_TYPE_PERSIST      (1 << 0)
#define AP_SLOTMEM_TYPE_NOTMPSAFE    (1 << 1)
#define AP_SLOTMEM_TYPE_PREGRAB      (1 << 2)
#define AP_SLOTMEM_TYPE_CLEARINUSE   (1 << 3)

typedef struct ap_slotmem_instance_t ap_slotmem_instance_t;

/**
 * callback function used for slotmem doall.
 * @param mem is the memory associated with a worker.
 * @param data is what is passed to slotmem.
 * @param pool is pool used
 * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
 */
typedef apr_status_t ap_slotmem_callback_fn_t(void* mem, void *data, apr_pool_t *pool);

struct ap_slotmem_provider_t {
    /*
     * Name of the provider method
     */
    const char *name;
    /**
     * call the callback on all worker slots
     * @param s ap_slotmem_instance_t to use.
     * @param funct callback function to call for each element.
     * @param data parameter for the callback function.
     * @param pool is pool used
     * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
     */
    apr_status_t (* doall)(ap_slotmem_instance_t *s, ap_slotmem_callback_fn_t *func, void *data, apr_pool_t *pool);
    /**
     * create a new slotmem with each item size is item_size.
     * This would create shared memory, basically.
     * @param inst where to store pointer to slotmem
     * @param name a key used for debugging and in mod_status output or allow another process to share this space.
     * @param item_size size of each item
     * @param item_num number of item to create.
     * @param type type of slotmem.
     * @param pool is pool used
     * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
     */
    apr_status_t (* create)(ap_slotmem_instance_t **inst, const char *name, apr_size_t item_size, unsigned int item_num, ap_slotmem_type_t type, apr_pool_t *pool);
    /**
     * attach to an existing slotmem.
     * This would attach to  shared memory, basically.
     * @param inst where to store pointer to slotmem
     * @param name a key used for debugging and in mod_status output or allow another process to share this space.
     * @param item_size size of each item
     * @param item_num max number of item.
     * @param pool is pool to memory allocate.
     * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
     */
    apr_status_t (* attach)(ap_slotmem_instance_t **inst, const char *name, apr_size_t *item_size, unsigned int *item_num, apr_pool_t *pool);
    /**
     * get the memory ptr associated with this worker slot.
     * @param s ap_slotmem_instance_t to use.
     * @param item_id item to return for 0 to item_num
     * @param mem address to store the pointer to the slot
     * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
     */
    apr_status_t (* dptr)(ap_slotmem_instance_t *s, unsigned int item_id, void**mem);
    /**
     * get/read the data associated with this worker slot.
     * @param s ap_slotmem_instance_t to use.
     * @param item_id item to return for 0 to item_num
     * @param dest address to store the data
     * @param dest_len length of dataset to retrieve
     * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
     */
    apr_status_t (* get)(ap_slotmem_instance_t *s, unsigned int item_id, unsigned char *dest, apr_size_t dest_len);
    /**
     * put/write the data associated with this worker slot.
     * @param s ap_slotmem_instance_t to use.
     * @param item_id item to return for 0 to item_num
     * @param src address of the data to store in the slot
     * @param src_len length of dataset to store in the slot
     * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
     */
    apr_status_t (* put)(ap_slotmem_instance_t *slot, unsigned int item_id, unsigned char *src, apr_size_t src_len);
    /**
     * return number of slots allocated for this entry.
     * @param s ap_slotmem_instance_t to use.
     * @return number of slots
     */
    unsigned int (* num_slots)(ap_slotmem_instance_t *s);
    /**
     * return number of free (not used) slots allocated for this entry.
     * Valid for slots which are AP_SLOTMEM_TYPE_PREGRAB as well as
     * any which use get/release.
     * @param s ap_slotmem_instance_t to use.
     * @return number of slots
     */
    unsigned int (* num_free_slots)(ap_slotmem_instance_t *s);
    /**
     * return slot size allocated for this entry.
     * @param s ap_slotmem_instance_t to use.
     * @return size of slot
     */
    apr_size_t (* slot_size)(ap_slotmem_instance_t *s);
    /**
     * grab (or alloc) a free slot
     * @param s ap_slotmem_instance_t to use.
     * @param item_id ptr to the available slot id and marked as in-use
     * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
     */
    apr_status_t (* grab)(ap_slotmem_instance_t *s, unsigned int *item_id);
    /**
     * release (or free) the slot associated with this item_id
     * @param s ap_slotmem_instance_t to use.
     * @param item_id slot id to free and mark as no longer in-use
     * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
     */
    apr_status_t (* release)(ap_slotmem_instance_t *s, unsigned int item_id);
    /**
     * forced grab (or alloc) a slot associated with this item_id
     * @param s ap_slotmem_instance_t to use.
     * @param item_id to the specified slot id and marked as in-use
     * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
     */
    apr_status_t (* fgrab)(ap_slotmem_instance_t *s, unsigned int item_id);
};

typedef struct ap_slotmem_provider_t ap_slotmem_provider_t;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file  util_md5.h
 * @brief Apache MD5 library
 *
 * @defgroup APACHE_CORE_MD5 MD5 Package Library
 * @ingroup  APACHE_CORE
 * @{
 */

#ifndef APACHE_UTIL_MD5_H
#define APACHE_UTIL_MD5_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include "apr_md5.h"

/**
 * Create an MD5 checksum of a given string.
 * @param   a       Pool to allocate out of
 * @param   string  String to get the checksum of
 * @return The checksum
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_md5(apr_pool_t *a, const unsigned char *string);

/**
 * Create an MD5 checksum of a string of binary data.
 * @param   a       Pool to allocate out of
 * @param   buf     Buffer to generate checksum for
 * @param   len     The length of the buffer
 * @return The checksum
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_md5_binary(apr_pool_t *a, const unsigned char *buf, int len);

/**
 * Convert an MD5 checksum into a base64 encoding.
 * @param   p       The pool to allocate out of
 * @param   context The context to convert
 * @return The converted encoding
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_md5contextTo64(apr_pool_t *p, apr_md5_ctx_t *context);

/**
 * Create an MD5 Digest for a given file.
 * @param   p       The pool to allocate out of
 * @param   infile  The file to create the digest for
 */
AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_md5digest(apr_pool_t *p, apr_file_t *infile);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif  /* !APACHE_UTIL_MD5_H */
/** @} */
/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
 * contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
 * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
 * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
 * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 * the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
 *
 *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 *
 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 * limitations under the License.
 */

/**
 * @file mod_so.h
 * @brief Shared Object Loader Extension Module for Apache
 *
 * @defgroup MOD_SO mod_so
 * @ingroup APACHE_MODS
 * @{
 */

#ifndef MOD_SO_H
#define MOD_SO_H 1

#include "apr_optional.h"
#include "httpd.h"

/* optional function declaration */
APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(module *, ap_find_loaded_module_symbol,
                        (server_rec *s, const char *modname));

#endif /* MOD_SO_H */
/** @} */

/*
 * Copyright (c) 2013-2014 by Farsight Security, Inc.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
 * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
 * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
 * the following conditions:
 *
 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
 * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
 * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
 * CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
 * TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
 * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 *
 */

/*! \file
 * \mainpage Introduction
 *
 * This is `fstrm`, a C implementation of the Frame Streams data transport
 * protocol.
 *
 * Frame Streams is a light weight, binary clean protocol that allows for the
 * transport of arbitrarily encoded data payload sequences with minimal framing
 * overhead -- just four bytes per data frame. Frame Streams does not specify an
 * encoding format for data frames and can be used with any data serialization
 * format that produces byte sequences, such as [Protocol Buffers], [XML],
 * [JSON], [MessagePack], [YAML], etc. Frame Streams can be used as both a
 * streaming transport over a reliable byte stream socket (TCP sockets, TLS
 * connections, `AF_UNIX` sockets, etc.) for data in motion as well as a file
 * format for data at rest. A "Content Type" header identifies the type of
 * payload being carried over an individual Frame Stream and allows cooperating
 * programs to determine how to interpret a given sequence of data payloads.
 *
 * `fstrm` is an optimized C implementation of Frame Streams that includes a
 * fast, lockless circular queue implementation and exposes library interfaces
 * for setting up a dedicated Frame Streams I/O thread and asynchronously
 * submitting data frames for transport from worker threads. It was originally
 * written to facilitate the addition of high speed binary logging to DNS
 * servers written in C using the [dnstap] log format.
 *
 * This is the API documentation for the `fstrm` library. For the project
 * hosting site, see <https://github.com/farsightsec/fstrm>.
 *
 * \authors Farsight Security, Inc. and the `fstrm` authors.
 *
 * \copyright 2013-2018. Licensed under the terms of the [MIT] license.
 *
 * [Protocol Buffers]: https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
 * [XML]:              http://www.w3.org/TR/xml11/
 * [JSON]:             http://www.json.org/
 * [MessagePack]:      http://msgpack.org/
 * [YAML]:             http://www.yaml.org/
 * [dnstap]:           http://dnstap.info/
 * [MIT]:              https://opensource.org/licenses/MIT
 *
 * \page overview Library overview
 *
 * \section init Initializing the library
 *
 * `fstrm` has no global library state. In most cases, only a single
 * \ref fstrm_iothr library context object will be needed for the entire process,
 * which will implicitly create a background I/O serialization thread. This I/O
 * thread is bound to a particular output writer (for example, an `AF_UNIX`
 * socket) and is fully buffered -- submitted data frames will be accumulated in
 * an output buffer and periodically flushed, minimizing the number of system
 * calls that need to be performed. This frees worker threads from waiting for a
 * write() to complete.
 *
 * `fstrm` abstracts the actual I/O operations needed to read or write a byte
 * stream. File and socket I/O implementations are included in the library, but
 * if necessary `fstrm` can be extended to support new types of byte stream
 * transports. See the \ref fstrm_reader, \ref fstrm_writer, and \ref fstrm_rdwr
 * interfaces for details.
 *
 * The following code example shows the initialization of an `fstrm_iothr`
 * library context object connected to an \ref fstrm_file writer.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
        const char *file_path = "/tmp/output.fs";
        struct fstrm_file_options *fopt;
        struct fstrm_iothr *iothr;
        struct fstrm_writer *writer;

        fopt = fstrm_file_options_init();
        fstrm_file_options_set_file_path(fopt, file_path);

        writer = fstrm_file_writer_init(fopt, NULL);
        if (!writer) {
                fprintf(stderr, "Error: fstrm_file_writer_init() failed.\n");
                exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
        }

        iothr = fstrm_iothr_init(NULL, &writer);
        if (!iothr) {
                fprintf(stderr, "Error: fstrm_iothr_init() failed.\n");
                exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
        }

        fstrm_file_options_destroy(&fopt);
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 *
 * Since the I/O operations are abstracted through the `fstrm_writer` interface,
 * the `writer` variable in the above example could instead have been
 * initialized with a completely different implementation. For example,
 * \ref fstrm_unix_writer objects can be initialized as follows:
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
        const char *socket_path = "/tmp/output.sock";
        struct fstrm_writer *writer;
        struct fstrm_unix_writer_options *uwopt;

        uwopt = fstrm_unix_writer_options_init();
        fstrm_unix_writer_options_set_socket_path(uwopt, socket_path);

        writer = fstrm_unix_writer_init(uwopt, NULL);
        if (!writer) {
                fprintf(stderr, "Error: fstrm_unix_writer_init() failed.\n");
                exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
        }
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 *
 * \section queue Getting an input queue
 *
 * After the `fstrm_iothr` object has been created with fstrm_iothr_init(), an
 * input queue handle can be obtained with the fstrm_iothr_get_input_queue()
 * function, which returns an `fstrm_iothr_queue` object. This function is
 * thread-safe and returns a unique queue each time it is called, up to the
 * number of queues specified by fstrm_iothr_options_set_num_input_queues().
 * `fstrm_iothr_queue` objects belong to their parent `fstrm_iothr` object and
 * will be destroyed when the parent `fstrm_iothr` object is destroyed.
 *
 * The following code example shows a single `fstrm_iothr_queue` handle being
 * obtained from an already initialized `fstrm_iothr` library context object.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
        // 'iothr' is a struct fstrm_iothr *

        struct fstrm_iothr_queue *ioq;
        ioq = fstrm_iothr_get_input_queue(iothr);
        if (!ioq) {
                fprintf(stderr, "Error: fstrm_iothr_get_input_queue() failed.\n");
                exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
        }
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 *
 * \section submit Submitting data frames
 *
 * Once the `fstrm_iothr` object has been created and an `fstrm_iothr_queue`
 * handle is available, data frames can be submitted for asynchronous writing
 * using the fstrm_iothr_submit() function. A callback is passed to this
 * function which will be invoked to deallocate the data frame once the I/O
 * thread has completed processing it. In the common case where the data frame
 * is dynamically allocated with `malloc()`, the deallocation callback must call
 * `free()`. fstrm_free_wrapper() is provided as a convenience function which
 * does this and can be specified as the `free_func` parameter to
 * fstrm_iothr_submit().
 *
 * If space is available in the queue, fstrm_iothr_submit() will return
 * #fstrm_res_success, indicating that ownership of the memory allocation for the
 * data frame has passed from the caller to the library. The caller must not
 * reuse or deallocate the memory for the data frame after a successful call to
 * fstrm_iothr_submit().
 *
 * Callers must check the return value of fstrm_iothr_submit(). If this function
 * fails, that is, it returns any result code other than #fstrm_res_success, the
 * caller must deallocate or otherwise dispose of memory allocated for the data
 * frame, in order to avoid leaking memory. fstrm_iothr_submit() can fail with
 * #fstrm_res_again if there is currently no space in the circular queue for an
 * additional frame, in which case a later call to fstrm_iothr_submit() with the
 * same parameters may succeed. However, if fstrm_iothr_submit() fails with
 * #fstrm_res_invalid, then there is a problem with the parameters and a later
 * call will not succeed.
 *
 * The following code example shows data frames containing a short sequence of
 * bytes being created and submitted repeatedly, with appropriate error
 * handling. Note that the data frames in this example intentionally contain
 * embedded unprintable characters, showing that Frame Streams is binary clean.
 * This example follows from the previous examples, where the `iothr` and `ioq`
 * variables have already been initialized.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
        // 'iothr' is a struct fstrm_iothr *
        // 'ioq' is a struct fstrm_queue *

        const unsigned num_frames = 100;
        const uint8_t frame_template[] = {
                'H', 'e', 'l', 'l', 'o', 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03,
                'W', 'o', 'r', 'l', 'd', 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
        };

        for (unsigned i = 0; i < num_frames; i++) {
                // Allocate a new frame from the template.
                uint8_t *frame = malloc(sizeof(frame_template));
                if (!frame)
                        break;
                memcpy(frame, frame_template, sizeof(frame_template));

                // Submit the frame for writing.
                for (;;) {
                        fstrm_res res;
                        res = fstrm_iothr_submit(iothr, ioq, frame,
                                                 sizeof(frame_template),
                                                 fstrm_free_wrapper, NULL);
                        if (res == fstrm_res_success) {
                                // Frame successfully queued.
                                break;
                        } else if (res == fstrm_res_again) {
                                // Queue is full. Try again in a busy loop.
                                // Alternatively, if loss can be tolerated we
                                // could free the frame here and break out of
                                // the loop.
                                continue;
                        } else {
                                // Permanent failure.
                                free(frame);
                                fputs("fstrm_iothr_submit() failed.\n", stderr);
                                break;
                        }
                }
        }
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 *
 * \section shutdown Shutting down
 *
 * Calling fstrm_iothr_destroy() on the `fstrm_iothr` object will signal the I/O
 * thread to flush any outstanding data frames being written and will deallocate
 * all associated resources. This function is synchronous and does not return
 * until the I/O thread has terminated.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
        // 'iothr' is a struct fstrm_iothr *
        fstrm_iothr_destroy(&iothr);
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 */

#ifndef FSTRM_H
#define FSTRM_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <sys/uio.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>

/**
 * \defgroup fstrm_res fstrm_res
 *
 * Library result codes.
 * @{
 */

/**
 * Result codes for functions.
 */
typedef enum {
	/** Success. */
	fstrm_res_success,

	/** Failure. */
	fstrm_res_failure,

	/** Resource temporarily unavailable. */
	fstrm_res_again,

	/** Parameters were invalid. */
	fstrm_res_invalid,

	/** The end of a stream has been reached. */
	fstrm_res_stop,
} fstrm_res;

/**@}*/

struct fstrm_control;
struct fstrm_file_options;
struct fstrm_iothr;
struct fstrm_iothr_options;
struct fstrm_iothr_queue;
struct fstrm_rdwr;
struct fstrm_reader_options;
struct fstrm_unix_writer_options;
struct fstrm_writer;
struct fstrm_writer_options;

#include <fstrm/control.h>
#include <fstrm/file.h>
#include <fstrm/iothr.h>
#include <fstrm/rdwr.h>
#include <fstrm/reader.h>
#include <fstrm/tcp_writer.h>
#include <fstrm/unix_writer.h>
#include <fstrm/writer.h>

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* FSTRM_H */
/* Unicode name database interface */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_UCNHASH_H
#define Py_UCNHASH_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* revised ucnhash CAPI interface (exported through a "wrapper") */

#define PyUnicodeData_CAPSULE_NAME "unicodedata.ucnhash_CAPI"

typedef struct {

    /* Size of this struct */
    int size;

    /* Get name for a given character code.  Returns non-zero if
       success, zero if not.  Does not set Python exceptions.
       If self is NULL, data come from the default version of the database.
       If it is not NULL, it should be a unicodedata.ucd_X_Y_Z object */
    int (*getname)(PyObject *self, Py_UCS4 code, char* buffer, int buflen,
                   int with_alias_and_seq);

    /* Get character code for a given name.  Same error handling
       as for getname. */
    int (*getcode)(PyObject *self, const char* name, int namelen, Py_UCS4* code,
                   int with_named_seq);

} _PyUnicode_Name_CAPI;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_UCNHASH_H */
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

#ifndef Py_INTRCHECK_H
#define Py_INTRCHECK_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyOS_InterruptOccurred(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyOS_InitInterrupts(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyOS_AfterFork(void);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyOS_IsMainThread(void);

#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
/* windows.h is not included by Python.h so use void* instead of HANDLE */
PyAPI_FUNC(void*) _PyOS_SigintEvent(void);
#endif
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_INTRCHECK_H */
/* Set object interface */

#ifndef Py_SETOBJECT_H
#define Py_SETOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API

/* There are three kinds of entries in the table:

1. Unused:  key == NULL and hash == 0
2. Dummy:   key == dummy and hash == -1
3. Active:  key != NULL and key != dummy and hash != -1

The hash field of Unused slots is always zero.

The hash field of Dummy slots are set to -1
meaning that dummy entries can be detected by
either entry->key==dummy or by entry->hash==-1.
*/

#define PySet_MINSIZE 8

typedef struct {
    PyObject *key;
    Py_hash_t hash;             /* Cached hash code of the key */
} setentry;

/* The SetObject data structure is shared by set and frozenset objects.

Invariant for sets:
 - hash is -1

Invariants for frozensets:
 - data is immutable.
 - hash is the hash of the frozenset or -1 if not computed yet.

*/

typedef struct {
    PyObject_HEAD

    Py_ssize_t fill;            /* Number active and dummy entries*/
    Py_ssize_t used;            /* Number active entries */

    /* The table contains mask + 1 slots, and that's a power of 2.
     * We store the mask instead of the size because the mask is more
     * frequently needed.
     */
    Py_ssize_t mask;

    /* The table points to a fixed-size smalltable for small tables
     * or to additional malloc'ed memory for bigger tables.
     * The table pointer is never NULL which saves us from repeated
     * runtime null-tests.
     */
    setentry *table;
    Py_hash_t hash;             /* Only used by frozenset objects */
    Py_ssize_t finger;          /* Search finger for pop() */

    setentry smalltable[PySet_MINSIZE];
    PyObject *weakreflist;      /* List of weak references */
} PySetObject;

#define PySet_GET_SIZE(so) (((PySetObject *)(so))->used)

PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) _PySet_Dummy;

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PySet_NextEntry(PyObject *set, Py_ssize_t *pos, PyObject **key, Py_hash_t *hash);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PySet_Update(PyObject *set, PyObject *iterable);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySet_ClearFreeList(void);

#endif /* Section excluded by Py_LIMITED_API */

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PySet_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyFrozenSet_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PySetIter_Type;

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySet_New(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyFrozenSet_New(PyObject *);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySet_Add(PyObject *set, PyObject *key);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySet_Clear(PyObject *set);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySet_Contains(PyObject *anyset, PyObject *key);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySet_Discard(PyObject *set, PyObject *key);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySet_Pop(PyObject *set);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PySet_Size(PyObject *anyset);

#define PyFrozenSet_CheckExact(ob) (Py_TYPE(ob) == &PyFrozenSet_Type)
#define PyAnySet_CheckExact(ob) \
    (Py_TYPE(ob) == &PySet_Type || Py_TYPE(ob) == &PyFrozenSet_Type)
#define PyAnySet_Check(ob) \
    (Py_TYPE(ob) == &PySet_Type || Py_TYPE(ob) == &PyFrozenSet_Type || \
      PyType_IsSubtype(Py_TYPE(ob), &PySet_Type) || \
      PyType_IsSubtype(Py_TYPE(ob), &PyFrozenSet_Type))
#define PySet_Check(ob) \
    (Py_TYPE(ob) == &PySet_Type || \
    PyType_IsSubtype(Py_TYPE(ob), &PySet_Type))
#define   PyFrozenSet_Check(ob) \
    (Py_TYPE(ob) == &PyFrozenSet_Type || \
      PyType_IsSubtype(Py_TYPE(ob), &PyFrozenSet_Type))

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_SETOBJECT_H */
#ifndef Py_ATOMIC_H
#define Py_ATOMIC_H
#ifdef Py_BUILD_CORE

#include "dynamic_annotations.h"

#include "pyconfig.h"

#if defined(HAVE_STD_ATOMIC)
#include <stdatomic.h>
#endif

/* This is modeled after the atomics interface from C1x, according to
 * the draft at
 * http://www.open-std.org/JTC1/SC22/wg14/www/docs/n1425.pdf.
 * Operations and types are named the same except with a _Py_ prefix
 * and have the same semantics.
 *
 * Beware, the implementations here are deep magic.
 */

#if defined(HAVE_STD_ATOMIC)

typedef enum _Py_memory_order {
    _Py_memory_order_relaxed = memory_order_relaxed,
    _Py_memory_order_acquire = memory_order_acquire,
    _Py_memory_order_release = memory_order_release,
    _Py_memory_order_acq_rel = memory_order_acq_rel,
    _Py_memory_order_seq_cst = memory_order_seq_cst
} _Py_memory_order;

typedef struct _Py_atomic_address {
    atomic_uintptr_t _value;
} _Py_atomic_address;

typedef struct _Py_atomic_int {
    atomic_int _value;
} _Py_atomic_int;

#define _Py_atomic_signal_fence(/*memory_order*/ ORDER) \
    atomic_signal_fence(ORDER)

#define _Py_atomic_thread_fence(/*memory_order*/ ORDER) \
    atomic_thread_fence(ORDER)

#define _Py_atomic_store_explicit(ATOMIC_VAL, NEW_VAL, ORDER) \
    atomic_store_explicit(&(ATOMIC_VAL)->_value, NEW_VAL, ORDER)

#define _Py_atomic_load_explicit(ATOMIC_VAL, ORDER) \
    atomic_load_explicit(&(ATOMIC_VAL)->_value, ORDER)

/* Use builtin atomic operations in GCC >= 4.7 */
#elif defined(HAVE_BUILTIN_ATOMIC)

typedef enum _Py_memory_order {
    _Py_memory_order_relaxed = __ATOMIC_RELAXED,
    _Py_memory_order_acquire = __ATOMIC_ACQUIRE,
    _Py_memory_order_release = __ATOMIC_RELEASE,
    _Py_memory_order_acq_rel = __ATOMIC_ACQ_REL,
    _Py_memory_order_seq_cst = __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST
} _Py_memory_order;

typedef struct _Py_atomic_address {
    uintptr_t _value;
} _Py_atomic_address;

typedef struct _Py_atomic_int {
    int _value;
} _Py_atomic_int;

#define _Py_atomic_signal_fence(/*memory_order*/ ORDER) \
    __atomic_signal_fence(ORDER)

#define _Py_atomic_thread_fence(/*memory_order*/ ORDER) \
    __atomic_thread_fence(ORDER)

#define _Py_atomic_store_explicit(ATOMIC_VAL, NEW_VAL, ORDER) \
    (assert((ORDER) == __ATOMIC_RELAXED                       \
            || (ORDER) == __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST                    \
            || (ORDER) == __ATOMIC_RELEASE),                  \
     __atomic_store_n(&(ATOMIC_VAL)->_value, NEW_VAL, ORDER))

#define _Py_atomic_load_explicit(ATOMIC_VAL, ORDER)           \
    (assert((ORDER) == __ATOMIC_RELAXED                       \
            || (ORDER) == __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST                    \
            || (ORDER) == __ATOMIC_ACQUIRE                    \
            || (ORDER) == __ATOMIC_CONSUME),                  \
     __atomic_load_n(&(ATOMIC_VAL)->_value, ORDER))

#else

typedef enum _Py_memory_order {
    _Py_memory_order_relaxed,
    _Py_memory_order_acquire,
    _Py_memory_order_release,
    _Py_memory_order_acq_rel,
    _Py_memory_order_seq_cst
} _Py_memory_order;

typedef struct _Py_atomic_address {
    uintptr_t _value;
} _Py_atomic_address;

typedef struct _Py_atomic_int {
    int _value;
} _Py_atomic_int;

/* Only support GCC (for expression statements) and x86 (for simple
 * atomic semantics) for now */
#if defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__amd64))

static __inline__ void
_Py_atomic_signal_fence(_Py_memory_order order)
{
    if (order != _Py_memory_order_relaxed)
        __asm__ volatile("":::"memory");
}

static __inline__ void
_Py_atomic_thread_fence(_Py_memory_order order)
{
    if (order != _Py_memory_order_relaxed)
        __asm__ volatile("mfence":::"memory");
}

/* Tell the race checker about this operation's effects. */
static __inline__ void
_Py_ANNOTATE_MEMORY_ORDER(const volatile void *address, _Py_memory_order order)
{
    (void)address;		/* shut up -Wunused-parameter */
    switch(order) {
    case _Py_memory_order_release:
    case _Py_memory_order_acq_rel:
    case _Py_memory_order_seq_cst:
        _Py_ANNOTATE_HAPPENS_BEFORE(address);
        break;
    case _Py_memory_order_relaxed:
    case _Py_memory_order_acquire:
        break;
    }
    switch(order) {
    case _Py_memory_order_acquire:
    case _Py_memory_order_acq_rel:
    case _Py_memory_order_seq_cst:
        _Py_ANNOTATE_HAPPENS_AFTER(address);
        break;
    case _Py_memory_order_relaxed:
    case _Py_memory_order_release:
        break;
    }
}

#define _Py_atomic_store_explicit(ATOMIC_VAL, NEW_VAL, ORDER) \
    __extension__ ({ \
        __typeof__(ATOMIC_VAL) atomic_val = ATOMIC_VAL; \
        __typeof__(atomic_val->_value) new_val = NEW_VAL;\
        volatile __typeof__(new_val) *volatile_data = &atomic_val->_value; \
        _Py_memory_order order = ORDER; \
        _Py_ANNOTATE_MEMORY_ORDER(atomic_val, order); \
        \
        /* Perform the operation. */ \
        _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_WRITES_BEGIN(); \
        switch(order) { \
        case _Py_memory_order_release: \
            _Py_atomic_signal_fence(_Py_memory_order_release); \
            /* fallthrough */ \
        case _Py_memory_order_relaxed: \
            *volatile_data = new_val; \
            break; \
        \
        case _Py_memory_order_acquire: \
        case _Py_memory_order_acq_rel: \
        case _Py_memory_order_seq_cst: \
            __asm__ volatile("xchg %0, %1" \
                         : "+r"(new_val) \
                         : "m"(atomic_val->_value) \
                         : "memory"); \
            break; \
        } \
        _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_WRITES_END(); \
    })

#define _Py_atomic_load_explicit(ATOMIC_VAL, ORDER) \
    __extension__ ({  \
        __typeof__(ATOMIC_VAL) atomic_val = ATOMIC_VAL; \
        __typeof__(atomic_val->_value) result; \
        volatile __typeof__(result) *volatile_data = &atomic_val->_value; \
        _Py_memory_order order = ORDER; \
        _Py_ANNOTATE_MEMORY_ORDER(atomic_val, order); \
        \
        /* Perform the operation. */ \
        _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_READS_BEGIN(); \
        switch(order) { \
        case _Py_memory_order_release: \
        case _Py_memory_order_acq_rel: \
        case _Py_memory_order_seq_cst: \
            /* Loads on x86 are not releases by default, so need a */ \
            /* thread fence. */ \
            _Py_atomic_thread_fence(_Py_memory_order_release); \
            break; \
        default: \
            /* No fence */ \
            break; \
        } \
        result = *volatile_data; \
        switch(order) { \
        case _Py_memory_order_acquire: \
        case _Py_memory_order_acq_rel: \
        case _Py_memory_order_seq_cst: \
            /* Loads on x86 are automatically acquire operations so */ \
            /* can get by with just a compiler fence. */ \
            _Py_atomic_signal_fence(_Py_memory_order_acquire); \
            break; \
        default: \
            /* No fence */ \
            break; \
        } \
        _Py_ANNOTATE_IGNORE_READS_END(); \
        result; \
    })

#else  /* !gcc x86 */
/* Fall back to other compilers and processors by assuming that simple
   volatile accesses are atomic.  This is false, so people should port
   this. */
#define _Py_atomic_signal_fence(/*memory_order*/ ORDER) ((void)0)
#define _Py_atomic_thread_fence(/*memory_order*/ ORDER) ((void)0)
#define _Py_atomic_store_explicit(ATOMIC_VAL, NEW_VAL, ORDER) \
    ((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value = NEW_VAL)
#define _Py_atomic_load_explicit(ATOMIC_VAL, ORDER) \
    ((ATOMIC_VAL)->_value)

#endif  /* !gcc x86 */
#endif

/* Standardized shortcuts. */
#define _Py_atomic_store(ATOMIC_VAL, NEW_VAL) \
    _Py_atomic_store_explicit(ATOMIC_VAL, NEW_VAL, _Py_memory_order_seq_cst)
#define _Py_atomic_load(ATOMIC_VAL) \
    _Py_atomic_load_explicit(ATOMIC_VAL, _Py_memory_order_seq_cst)

/* Python-local extensions */

#define _Py_atomic_store_relaxed(ATOMIC_VAL, NEW_VAL) \
    _Py_atomic_store_explicit(ATOMIC_VAL, NEW_VAL, _Py_memory_order_relaxed)
#define _Py_atomic_load_relaxed(ATOMIC_VAL) \
    _Py_atomic_load_explicit(ATOMIC_VAL, _Py_memory_order_relaxed)

#endif  /* Py_BUILD_CORE */
#endif  /* Py_ATOMIC_H */
/* An arena-like memory interface for the compiler.
 */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_PYARENA_H
#define Py_PYARENA_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

  typedef struct _arena PyArena;

  /* PyArena_New() and PyArena_Free() create a new arena and free it,
     respectively.  Once an arena has been created, it can be used
     to allocate memory via PyArena_Malloc().  Pointers to PyObject can
     also be registered with the arena via PyArena_AddPyObject(), and the
     arena will ensure that the PyObjects stay alive at least until
     PyArena_Free() is called.  When an arena is freed, all the memory it
     allocated is freed, the arena releases internal references to registered
     PyObject*, and none of its pointers are valid.
     XXX (tim) What does "none of its pointers are valid" mean?  Does it
     XXX mean that pointers previously obtained via PyArena_Malloc() are
     XXX no longer valid?  (That's clearly true, but not sure that's what
     XXX the text is trying to say.)

     PyArena_New() returns an arena pointer.  On error, it
     returns a negative number and sets an exception.
     XXX (tim):  Not true.  On error, PyArena_New() actually returns NULL,
     XXX and looks like it may or may not set an exception (e.g., if the
     XXX internal PyList_New(0) returns NULL, PyArena_New() passes that on
     XXX and an exception is set; OTOH, if the internal
     XXX block_new(DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE) returns NULL, that's passed on but
     XXX an exception is not set in that case).
  */
  PyAPI_FUNC(PyArena *) PyArena_New(void);
  PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyArena_Free(PyArena *);

  /* Mostly like malloc(), return the address of a block of memory spanning
   * `size` bytes, or return NULL (without setting an exception) if enough
   * new memory can't be obtained.  Unlike malloc(0), PyArena_Malloc() with
   * size=0 does not guarantee to return a unique pointer (the pointer
   * returned may equal one or more other pointers obtained from
   * PyArena_Malloc()).
   * Note that pointers obtained via PyArena_Malloc() must never be passed to
   * the system free() or realloc(), or to any of Python's similar memory-
   * management functions.  PyArena_Malloc()-obtained pointers remain valid
   * until PyArena_Free(ar) is called, at which point all pointers obtained
   * from the arena `ar` become invalid simultaneously.
   */
  PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyArena_Malloc(PyArena *, size_t size);

  /* This routine isn't a proper arena allocation routine.  It takes
   * a PyObject* and records it so that it can be DECREFed when the
   * arena is freed.
   */
  PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyArena_AddPyObject(PyArena *, PyObject *);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* !Py_PYARENA_H */
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */
#ifndef Py_UNICODEOBJECT_H
#define Py_UNICODEOBJECT_H

#include <stdarg.h>

/*

Unicode implementation based on original code by Fredrik Lundh,
modified by Marc-Andre Lemburg (mal@lemburg.com) according to the
Unicode Integration Proposal. (See
http://www.egenix.com/files/python/unicode-proposal.txt).

Copyright (c) Corporation for National Research Initiatives.


 Original header:
 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 * Yet another Unicode string type for Python.  This type supports the
 * 16-bit Basic Multilingual Plane (BMP) only.
 *
 * Written by Fredrik Lundh, January 1999.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1999 by Secret Labs AB.
 * Copyright (c) 1999 by Fredrik Lundh.
 *
 * fredrik@pythonware.com
 * http://www.pythonware.com
 *
 * --------------------------------------------------------------------
 * This Unicode String Type is
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1999 by Secret Labs AB
 * Copyright (c) 1999 by Fredrik Lundh
 *
 * By obtaining, using, and/or copying this software and/or its
 * associated documentation, you agree that you have read, understood,
 * and will comply with the following terms and conditions:
 *
 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
 * associated documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
 * granted, provided that the above copyright notice appears in all
 * copies, and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice
 * appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Secret Labs
 * AB or the author not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to
 * distribution of the software without specific, written prior
 * permission.
 *
 * SECRET LABS AB AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO
 * THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
 * FITNESS.  IN NO EVENT SHALL SECRET LABS AB OR THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
 * ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT
 * OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
 * -------------------------------------------------------------------- */

#include <ctype.h>

/* === Internal API ======================================================= */

/* --- Internal Unicode Format -------------------------------------------- */

/* Python 3.x requires unicode */
#define Py_USING_UNICODE

#ifndef SIZEOF_WCHAR_T
#error Must define SIZEOF_WCHAR_T
#endif

#define Py_UNICODE_SIZE SIZEOF_WCHAR_T

/* If wchar_t can be used for UCS-4 storage, set Py_UNICODE_WIDE.
   Otherwise, Unicode strings are stored as UCS-2 (with limited support
   for UTF-16) */

#if Py_UNICODE_SIZE >= 4
#define Py_UNICODE_WIDE
#endif

/* Set these flags if the platform has "wchar.h" and the
   wchar_t type is a 16-bit unsigned type */
/* #define HAVE_WCHAR_H */
/* #define HAVE_USABLE_WCHAR_T */

/* Py_UNICODE was the native Unicode storage format (code unit) used by
   Python and represents a single Unicode element in the Unicode type.
   With PEP 393, Py_UNICODE is deprecated and replaced with a
   typedef to wchar_t. */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#define PY_UNICODE_TYPE wchar_t
typedef wchar_t Py_UNICODE;
#endif

/* If the compiler provides a wchar_t type we try to support it
   through the interface functions PyUnicode_FromWideChar(),
   PyUnicode_AsWideChar() and PyUnicode_AsWideCharString(). */

#ifdef HAVE_USABLE_WCHAR_T
# ifndef HAVE_WCHAR_H
#  define HAVE_WCHAR_H
# endif
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_H
/* Work around a cosmetic bug in BSDI 4.x wchar.h; thanks to Thomas Wouters */
# ifdef _HAVE_BSDI
#  include <time.h>
# endif
#  include <wchar.h>
#endif

/* Py_UCS4 and Py_UCS2 are typedefs for the respective
   unicode representations. */
typedef uint32_t Py_UCS4;
typedef uint16_t Py_UCS2;
typedef uint8_t Py_UCS1;

/* --- Internal Unicode Operations ---------------------------------------- */

/* Since splitting on whitespace is an important use case, and
   whitespace in most situations is solely ASCII whitespace, we
   optimize for the common case by using a quick look-up table
   _Py_ascii_whitespace (see below) with an inlined check.

 */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#define Py_UNICODE_ISSPACE(ch) \
    ((ch) < 128U ? _Py_ascii_whitespace[(ch)] : _PyUnicode_IsWhitespace(ch))

#define Py_UNICODE_ISLOWER(ch) _PyUnicode_IsLowercase(ch)
#define Py_UNICODE_ISUPPER(ch) _PyUnicode_IsUppercase(ch)
#define Py_UNICODE_ISTITLE(ch) _PyUnicode_IsTitlecase(ch)
#define Py_UNICODE_ISLINEBREAK(ch) _PyUnicode_IsLinebreak(ch)

#define Py_UNICODE_TOLOWER(ch) _PyUnicode_ToLowercase(ch)
#define Py_UNICODE_TOUPPER(ch) _PyUnicode_ToUppercase(ch)
#define Py_UNICODE_TOTITLE(ch) _PyUnicode_ToTitlecase(ch)

#define Py_UNICODE_ISDECIMAL(ch) _PyUnicode_IsDecimalDigit(ch)
#define Py_UNICODE_ISDIGIT(ch) _PyUnicode_IsDigit(ch)
#define Py_UNICODE_ISNUMERIC(ch) _PyUnicode_IsNumeric(ch)
#define Py_UNICODE_ISPRINTABLE(ch) _PyUnicode_IsPrintable(ch)

#define Py_UNICODE_TODECIMAL(ch) _PyUnicode_ToDecimalDigit(ch)
#define Py_UNICODE_TODIGIT(ch) _PyUnicode_ToDigit(ch)
#define Py_UNICODE_TONUMERIC(ch) _PyUnicode_ToNumeric(ch)

#define Py_UNICODE_ISALPHA(ch) _PyUnicode_IsAlpha(ch)

#define Py_UNICODE_ISALNUM(ch) \
       (Py_UNICODE_ISALPHA(ch) || \
    Py_UNICODE_ISDECIMAL(ch) || \
    Py_UNICODE_ISDIGIT(ch) || \
    Py_UNICODE_ISNUMERIC(ch))

#define Py_UNICODE_COPY(target, source, length) \
    memcpy((target), (source), (length)*sizeof(Py_UNICODE))

#define Py_UNICODE_FILL(target, value, length) \
    do {Py_ssize_t i_; Py_UNICODE *t_ = (target); Py_UNICODE v_ = (value);\
        for (i_ = 0; i_ < (length); i_++) t_[i_] = v_;\
    } while (0)

/* macros to work with surrogates */
#define Py_UNICODE_IS_SURROGATE(ch) (0xD800 <= (ch) && (ch) <= 0xDFFF)
#define Py_UNICODE_IS_HIGH_SURROGATE(ch) (0xD800 <= (ch) && (ch) <= 0xDBFF)
#define Py_UNICODE_IS_LOW_SURROGATE(ch) (0xDC00 <= (ch) && (ch) <= 0xDFFF)
/* Join two surrogate characters and return a single Py_UCS4 value. */
#define Py_UNICODE_JOIN_SURROGATES(high, low)  \
    (((((Py_UCS4)(high) & 0x03FF) << 10) |      \
      ((Py_UCS4)(low) & 0x03FF)) + 0x10000)
/* high surrogate = top 10 bits added to D800 */
#define Py_UNICODE_HIGH_SURROGATE(ch) (0xD800 - (0x10000 >> 10) + ((ch) >> 10))
/* low surrogate = bottom 10 bits added to DC00 */
#define Py_UNICODE_LOW_SURROGATE(ch) (0xDC00 + ((ch) & 0x3FF))

/* Check if substring matches at given offset.  The offset must be
   valid, and the substring must not be empty. */

#define Py_UNICODE_MATCH(string, offset, substring) \
    ((*((string)->wstr + (offset)) == *((substring)->wstr)) && \
     ((*((string)->wstr + (offset) + (substring)->wstr_length-1) == *((substring)->wstr + (substring)->wstr_length-1))) && \
     !memcmp((string)->wstr + (offset), (substring)->wstr, (substring)->wstr_length*sizeof(Py_UNICODE)))

#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* --- Unicode Type ------------------------------------------------------- */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API

/* ASCII-only strings created through PyUnicode_New use the PyASCIIObject
   structure. state.ascii and state.compact are set, and the data
   immediately follow the structure. utf8_length and wstr_length can be found
   in the length field; the utf8 pointer is equal to the data pointer. */
typedef struct {
    /* There are 4 forms of Unicode strings:

       - compact ascii:

         * structure = PyASCIIObject
         * test: PyUnicode_IS_COMPACT_ASCII(op)
         * kind = PyUnicode_1BYTE_KIND
         * compact = 1
         * ascii = 1
         * ready = 1
         * (length is the length of the utf8 and wstr strings)
         * (data starts just after the structure)
         * (since ASCII is decoded from UTF-8, the utf8 string are the data)

       - compact:

         * structure = PyCompactUnicodeObject
         * test: PyUnicode_IS_COMPACT(op) && !PyUnicode_IS_ASCII(op)
         * kind = PyUnicode_1BYTE_KIND, PyUnicode_2BYTE_KIND or
           PyUnicode_4BYTE_KIND
         * compact = 1
         * ready = 1
         * ascii = 0
         * utf8 is not shared with data
         * utf8_length = 0 if utf8 is NULL
         * wstr is shared with data and wstr_length=length
           if kind=PyUnicode_2BYTE_KIND and sizeof(wchar_t)=2
           or if kind=PyUnicode_4BYTE_KIND and sizeof(wchar_t)=4
         * wstr_length = 0 if wstr is NULL
         * (data starts just after the structure)

       - legacy string, not ready:

         * structure = PyUnicodeObject
         * test: kind == PyUnicode_WCHAR_KIND
         * length = 0 (use wstr_length)
         * hash = -1
         * kind = PyUnicode_WCHAR_KIND
         * compact = 0
         * ascii = 0
         * ready = 0
         * interned = SSTATE_NOT_INTERNED
         * wstr is not NULL
         * data.any is NULL
         * utf8 is NULL
         * utf8_length = 0

       - legacy string, ready:

         * structure = PyUnicodeObject structure
         * test: !PyUnicode_IS_COMPACT(op) && kind != PyUnicode_WCHAR_KIND
         * kind = PyUnicode_1BYTE_KIND, PyUnicode_2BYTE_KIND or
           PyUnicode_4BYTE_KIND
         * compact = 0
         * ready = 1
         * data.any is not NULL
         * utf8 is shared and utf8_length = length with data.any if ascii = 1
         * utf8_length = 0 if utf8 is NULL
         * wstr is shared with data.any and wstr_length = length
           if kind=PyUnicode_2BYTE_KIND and sizeof(wchar_t)=2
           or if kind=PyUnicode_4BYTE_KIND and sizeof(wchar_4)=4
         * wstr_length = 0 if wstr is NULL

       Compact strings use only one memory block (structure + characters),
       whereas legacy strings use one block for the structure and one block
       for characters.

       Legacy strings are created by PyUnicode_FromUnicode() and
       PyUnicode_FromStringAndSize(NULL, size) functions. They become ready
       when PyUnicode_READY() is called.

       See also _PyUnicode_CheckConsistency().
    */
    PyObject_HEAD
    Py_ssize_t length;          /* Number of code points in the string */
    Py_hash_t hash;             /* Hash value; -1 if not set */
    struct {
        /*
           SSTATE_NOT_INTERNED (0)
           SSTATE_INTERNED_MORTAL (1)
           SSTATE_INTERNED_IMMORTAL (2)

           If interned != SSTATE_NOT_INTERNED, the two references from the
           dictionary to this object are *not* counted in ob_refcnt.
         */
        unsigned int interned:2;
        /* Character size:

           - PyUnicode_WCHAR_KIND (0):

             * character type = wchar_t (16 or 32 bits, depending on the
               platform)

           - PyUnicode_1BYTE_KIND (1):

             * character type = Py_UCS1 (8 bits, unsigned)
             * all characters are in the range U+0000-U+00FF (latin1)
             * if ascii is set, all characters are in the range U+0000-U+007F
               (ASCII), otherwise at least one character is in the range
               U+0080-U+00FF

           - PyUnicode_2BYTE_KIND (2):

             * character type = Py_UCS2 (16 bits, unsigned)
             * all characters are in the range U+0000-U+FFFF (BMP)
             * at least one character is in the range U+0100-U+FFFF

           - PyUnicode_4BYTE_KIND (4):

             * character type = Py_UCS4 (32 bits, unsigned)
             * all characters are in the range U+0000-U+10FFFF
             * at least one character is in the range U+10000-U+10FFFF
         */
        unsigned int kind:3;
        /* Compact is with respect to the allocation scheme. Compact unicode
           objects only require one memory block while non-compact objects use
           one block for the PyUnicodeObject struct and another for its data
           buffer. */
        unsigned int compact:1;
        /* The string only contains characters in the range U+0000-U+007F (ASCII)
           and the kind is PyUnicode_1BYTE_KIND. If ascii is set and compact is
           set, use the PyASCIIObject structure. */
        unsigned int ascii:1;
        /* The ready flag indicates whether the object layout is initialized
           completely. This means that this is either a compact object, or
           the data pointer is filled out. The bit is redundant, and helps
           to minimize the test in PyUnicode_IS_READY(). */
        unsigned int ready:1;
        /* Padding to ensure that PyUnicode_DATA() is always aligned to
           4 bytes (see issue #19537 on m68k). */
        unsigned int :24;
    } state;
    wchar_t *wstr;              /* wchar_t representation (null-terminated) */
} PyASCIIObject;

/* Non-ASCII strings allocated through PyUnicode_New use the
   PyCompactUnicodeObject structure. state.compact is set, and the data
   immediately follow the structure. */
typedef struct {
    PyASCIIObject _base;
    Py_ssize_t utf8_length;     /* Number of bytes in utf8, excluding the
                                 * terminating \0. */
    char *utf8;                 /* UTF-8 representation (null-terminated) */
    Py_ssize_t wstr_length;     /* Number of code points in wstr, possible
                                 * surrogates count as two code points. */
} PyCompactUnicodeObject;

/* Strings allocated through PyUnicode_FromUnicode(NULL, len) use the
   PyUnicodeObject structure. The actual string data is initially in the wstr
   block, and copied into the data block using _PyUnicode_Ready. */
typedef struct {
    PyCompactUnicodeObject _base;
    union {
        void *any;
        Py_UCS1 *latin1;
        Py_UCS2 *ucs2;
        Py_UCS4 *ucs4;
    } data;                     /* Canonical, smallest-form Unicode buffer */
} PyUnicodeObject;
#endif

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyUnicode_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyUnicodeIter_Type;

#define PyUnicode_Check(op) \
                 PyType_FastSubclass(Py_TYPE(op), Py_TPFLAGS_UNICODE_SUBCLASS)
#define PyUnicode_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyUnicode_Type)

/* Fast access macros */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API

#define PyUnicode_WSTR_LENGTH(op) \
    (PyUnicode_IS_COMPACT_ASCII(op) ?                  \
     ((PyASCIIObject*)op)->length :                    \
     ((PyCompactUnicodeObject*)op)->wstr_length)

/* Returns the deprecated Py_UNICODE representation's size in code units
   (this includes surrogate pairs as 2 units).
   If the Py_UNICODE representation is not available, it will be computed
   on request.  Use PyUnicode_GET_LENGTH() for the length in code points. */

#define PyUnicode_GET_SIZE(op)                       \
    (assert(PyUnicode_Check(op)),                    \
     (((PyASCIIObject *)(op))->wstr) ?               \
      PyUnicode_WSTR_LENGTH(op) :                    \
      ((void)PyUnicode_AsUnicode((PyObject *)(op)),  \
       assert(((PyASCIIObject *)(op))->wstr),        \
       PyUnicode_WSTR_LENGTH(op)))

#define PyUnicode_GET_DATA_SIZE(op) \
    (PyUnicode_GET_SIZE(op) * Py_UNICODE_SIZE)

/* Alias for PyUnicode_AsUnicode().  This will create a wchar_t/Py_UNICODE
   representation on demand.  Using this macro is very inefficient now,
   try to port your code to use the new PyUnicode_*BYTE_DATA() macros or
   use PyUnicode_WRITE() and PyUnicode_READ(). */

#define PyUnicode_AS_UNICODE(op) \
    (assert(PyUnicode_Check(op)), \
     (((PyASCIIObject *)(op))->wstr) ? (((PyASCIIObject *)(op))->wstr) : \
      PyUnicode_AsUnicode((PyObject *)(op)))

#define PyUnicode_AS_DATA(op) \
    ((const char *)(PyUnicode_AS_UNICODE(op)))


/* --- Flexible String Representation Helper Macros (PEP 393) -------------- */

/* Values for PyASCIIObject.state: */

/* Interning state. */
#define SSTATE_NOT_INTERNED 0
#define SSTATE_INTERNED_MORTAL 1
#define SSTATE_INTERNED_IMMORTAL 2

/* Return true if the string contains only ASCII characters, or 0 if not. The
   string may be compact (PyUnicode_IS_COMPACT_ASCII) or not, but must be
   ready. */
#define PyUnicode_IS_ASCII(op)                   \
    (assert(PyUnicode_Check(op)),                \
     assert(PyUnicode_IS_READY(op)),             \
     ((PyASCIIObject*)op)->state.ascii)

/* Return true if the string is compact or 0 if not.
   No type checks or Ready calls are performed. */
#define PyUnicode_IS_COMPACT(op) \
    (((PyASCIIObject*)(op))->state.compact)

/* Return true if the string is a compact ASCII string (use PyASCIIObject
   structure), or 0 if not.  No type checks or Ready calls are performed. */
#define PyUnicode_IS_COMPACT_ASCII(op)                 \
    (((PyASCIIObject*)op)->state.ascii && PyUnicode_IS_COMPACT(op))

enum PyUnicode_Kind {
/* String contains only wstr byte characters.  This is only possible
   when the string was created with a legacy API and _PyUnicode_Ready()
   has not been called yet.  */
    PyUnicode_WCHAR_KIND = 0,
/* Return values of the PyUnicode_KIND() macro: */
    PyUnicode_1BYTE_KIND = 1,
    PyUnicode_2BYTE_KIND = 2,
    PyUnicode_4BYTE_KIND = 4
};

/* Return pointers to the canonical representation cast to unsigned char,
   Py_UCS2, or Py_UCS4 for direct character access.
   No checks are performed, use PyUnicode_KIND() before to ensure
   these will work correctly. */

#define PyUnicode_1BYTE_DATA(op) ((Py_UCS1*)PyUnicode_DATA(op))
#define PyUnicode_2BYTE_DATA(op) ((Py_UCS2*)PyUnicode_DATA(op))
#define PyUnicode_4BYTE_DATA(op) ((Py_UCS4*)PyUnicode_DATA(op))

/* Return one of the PyUnicode_*_KIND values defined above. */
#define PyUnicode_KIND(op) \
    (assert(PyUnicode_Check(op)), \
     assert(PyUnicode_IS_READY(op)),            \
     ((PyASCIIObject *)(op))->state.kind)

/* Return a void pointer to the raw unicode buffer. */
#define _PyUnicode_COMPACT_DATA(op)                     \
    (PyUnicode_IS_ASCII(op) ?                   \
     ((void*)((PyASCIIObject*)(op) + 1)) :              \
     ((void*)((PyCompactUnicodeObject*)(op) + 1)))

#define _PyUnicode_NONCOMPACT_DATA(op)                  \
    (assert(((PyUnicodeObject*)(op))->data.any),        \
     ((((PyUnicodeObject *)(op))->data.any)))

#define PyUnicode_DATA(op) \
    (assert(PyUnicode_Check(op)), \
     PyUnicode_IS_COMPACT(op) ? _PyUnicode_COMPACT_DATA(op) :   \
     _PyUnicode_NONCOMPACT_DATA(op))

/* In the access macros below, "kind" may be evaluated more than once.
   All other macro parameters are evaluated exactly once, so it is safe
   to put side effects into them (such as increasing the index). */

/* Write into the canonical representation, this macro does not do any sanity
   checks and is intended for usage in loops.  The caller should cache the
   kind and data pointers obtained from other macro calls.
   index is the index in the string (starts at 0) and value is the new
   code point value which should be written to that location. */
#define PyUnicode_WRITE(kind, data, index, value) \
    do { \
        switch ((kind)) { \
        case PyUnicode_1BYTE_KIND: { \
            ((Py_UCS1 *)(data))[(index)] = (Py_UCS1)(value); \
            break; \
        } \
        case PyUnicode_2BYTE_KIND: { \
            ((Py_UCS2 *)(data))[(index)] = (Py_UCS2)(value); \
            break; \
        } \
        default: { \
            assert((kind) == PyUnicode_4BYTE_KIND); \
            ((Py_UCS4 *)(data))[(index)] = (Py_UCS4)(value); \
        } \
        } \
    } while (0)

/* Read a code point from the string's canonical representation.  No checks
   or ready calls are performed. */
#define PyUnicode_READ(kind, data, index) \
    ((Py_UCS4) \
    ((kind) == PyUnicode_1BYTE_KIND ? \
        ((const Py_UCS1 *)(data))[(index)] : \
        ((kind) == PyUnicode_2BYTE_KIND ? \
            ((const Py_UCS2 *)(data))[(index)] : \
            ((const Py_UCS4 *)(data))[(index)] \
        ) \
    ))

/* PyUnicode_READ_CHAR() is less efficient than PyUnicode_READ() because it
   calls PyUnicode_KIND() and might call it twice.  For single reads, use
   PyUnicode_READ_CHAR, for multiple consecutive reads callers should
   cache kind and use PyUnicode_READ instead. */
#define PyUnicode_READ_CHAR(unicode, index) \
    (assert(PyUnicode_Check(unicode)),          \
     assert(PyUnicode_IS_READY(unicode)),       \
     (Py_UCS4)                                  \
        (PyUnicode_KIND((unicode)) == PyUnicode_1BYTE_KIND ? \
            ((const Py_UCS1 *)(PyUnicode_DATA((unicode))))[(index)] : \
            (PyUnicode_KIND((unicode)) == PyUnicode_2BYTE_KIND ? \
                ((const Py_UCS2 *)(PyUnicode_DATA((unicode))))[(index)] : \
                ((const Py_UCS4 *)(PyUnicode_DATA((unicode))))[(index)] \
            ) \
        ))

/* Returns the length of the unicode string. The caller has to make sure that
   the string has it's canonical representation set before calling
   this macro.  Call PyUnicode_(FAST_)Ready to ensure that. */
#define PyUnicode_GET_LENGTH(op)                \
    (assert(PyUnicode_Check(op)),               \
     assert(PyUnicode_IS_READY(op)),            \
     ((PyASCIIObject *)(op))->length)


/* Fast check to determine whether an object is ready. Equivalent to
   PyUnicode_IS_COMPACT(op) || ((PyUnicodeObject*)(op))->data.any) */

#define PyUnicode_IS_READY(op) (((PyASCIIObject*)op)->state.ready)

/* PyUnicode_READY() does less work than _PyUnicode_Ready() in the best
   case.  If the canonical representation is not yet set, it will still call
   _PyUnicode_Ready().
   Returns 0 on success and -1 on errors. */
#define PyUnicode_READY(op)                        \
    (assert(PyUnicode_Check(op)),                       \
     (PyUnicode_IS_READY(op) ?                          \
      0 : _PyUnicode_Ready((PyObject *)(op))))

/* Return a maximum character value which is suitable for creating another
   string based on op.  This is always an approximation but more efficient
   than iterating over the string. */
#define PyUnicode_MAX_CHAR_VALUE(op) \
    (assert(PyUnicode_IS_READY(op)),                                    \
     (PyUnicode_IS_ASCII(op) ?                                          \
      (0x7f) :                                                          \
      (PyUnicode_KIND(op) == PyUnicode_1BYTE_KIND ?                     \
       (0xffU) :                                                        \
       (PyUnicode_KIND(op) == PyUnicode_2BYTE_KIND ?                    \
        (0xffffU) :                                                     \
        (0x10ffffU)))))

#endif

/* --- Constants ---------------------------------------------------------- */

/* This Unicode character will be used as replacement character during
   decoding if the errors argument is set to "replace". Note: the
   Unicode character U+FFFD is the official REPLACEMENT CHARACTER in
   Unicode 3.0. */

#define Py_UNICODE_REPLACEMENT_CHARACTER ((Py_UCS4) 0xFFFD)

/* === Public API ========================================================= */

/* --- Plain Py_UNICODE --------------------------------------------------- */

/* With PEP 393, this is the recommended way to allocate a new unicode object.
   This function will allocate the object and its buffer in a single memory
   block.  Objects created using this function are not resizable. */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_New(
    Py_ssize_t size,            /* Number of code points in the new string */
    Py_UCS4 maxchar             /* maximum code point value in the string */
    );
#endif

/* Initializes the canonical string representation from the deprecated
   wstr/Py_UNICODE representation. This function is used to convert Unicode
   objects which were created using the old API to the new flexible format
   introduced with PEP 393.

   Don't call this function directly, use the public PyUnicode_READY() macro
   instead. */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_Ready(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );
#endif

/* Get a copy of a Unicode string. */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_Copy(
    PyObject *unicode
    );
#endif

/* Copy character from one unicode object into another, this function performs
   character conversion when necessary and falls back to memcpy() if possible.

   Fail if to is too small (smaller than *how_many* or smaller than
   len(from)-from_start), or if kind(from[from_start:from_start+how_many]) >
   kind(to), or if *to* has more than 1 reference.

   Return the number of written character, or return -1 and raise an exception
   on error.

   Pseudo-code:

       how_many = min(how_many, len(from) - from_start)
       to[to_start:to_start+how_many] = from[from_start:from_start+how_many]
       return how_many

   Note: The function doesn't write a terminating null character.
   */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyUnicode_CopyCharacters(
    PyObject *to,
    Py_ssize_t to_start,
    PyObject *from,
    Py_ssize_t from_start,
    Py_ssize_t how_many
    );

/* Unsafe version of PyUnicode_CopyCharacters(): don't check arguments and so
   may crash if parameters are invalid (e.g. if the output string
   is too short). */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyUnicode_FastCopyCharacters(
    PyObject *to,
    Py_ssize_t to_start,
    PyObject *from,
    Py_ssize_t from_start,
    Py_ssize_t how_many
    );
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Fill a string with a character: write fill_char into
   unicode[start:start+length].

   Fail if fill_char is bigger than the string maximum character, or if the
   string has more than 1 reference.

   Return the number of written character, or return -1 and raise an exception
   on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyUnicode_Fill(
    PyObject *unicode,
    Py_ssize_t start,
    Py_ssize_t length,
    Py_UCS4 fill_char
    );

/* Unsafe version of PyUnicode_Fill(): don't check arguments and so may crash
   if parameters are invalid (e.g. if length is longer than the string). */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyUnicode_FastFill(
    PyObject *unicode,
    Py_ssize_t start,
    Py_ssize_t length,
    Py_UCS4 fill_char
    );
#endif

/* Create a Unicode Object from the Py_UNICODE buffer u of the given
   size.

   u may be NULL which causes the contents to be undefined. It is the
   user's responsibility to fill in the needed data afterwards. Note
   that modifying the Unicode object contents after construction is
   only allowed if u was set to NULL.

   The buffer is copied into the new object. */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_FromUnicode(
    const Py_UNICODE *u,        /* Unicode buffer */
    Py_ssize_t size             /* size of buffer */
    );
#endif

/* Similar to PyUnicode_FromUnicode(), but u points to UTF-8 encoded bytes */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_FromStringAndSize(
    const char *u,             /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t size            /* size of buffer */
    );

/* Similar to PyUnicode_FromUnicode(), but u points to null-terminated
   UTF-8 encoded bytes.  The size is determined with strlen(). */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_FromString(
    const char *u              /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    );

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Create a new string from a buffer of Py_UCS1, Py_UCS2 or Py_UCS4 characters.
   Scan the string to find the maximum character. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_FromKindAndData(
    int kind,
    const void *buffer,
    Py_ssize_t size);

/* Create a new string from a buffer of ASCII characters.
   WARNING: Don't check if the string contains any non-ASCII character. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_FromASCII(
    const char *buffer,
    Py_ssize_t size);
#endif

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_Substring(
    PyObject *str,
    Py_ssize_t start,
    Py_ssize_t end);
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Compute the maximum character of the substring unicode[start:end].
   Return 127 for an empty string. */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UCS4) _PyUnicode_FindMaxChar (
    PyObject *unicode,
    Py_ssize_t start,
    Py_ssize_t end);
#endif

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
/* Copy the string into a UCS4 buffer including the null character if copy_null
   is set. Return NULL and raise an exception on error. Raise a SystemError if
   the buffer is smaller than the string. Return buffer on success.

   buflen is the length of the buffer in (Py_UCS4) characters. */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UCS4*) PyUnicode_AsUCS4(
    PyObject *unicode,
    Py_UCS4* buffer,
    Py_ssize_t buflen,
    int copy_null);

/* Copy the string into a UCS4 buffer. A new buffer is allocated using
 * PyMem_Malloc; if this fails, NULL is returned with a memory error
   exception set. */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UCS4*) PyUnicode_AsUCS4Copy(PyObject *unicode);
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Return a read-only pointer to the Unicode object's internal
   Py_UNICODE buffer.
   If the wchar_t/Py_UNICODE representation is not yet available, this
   function will calculate it. */

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UNICODE *) PyUnicode_AsUnicode(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

/* Similar to PyUnicode_AsUnicode(), but raises a ValueError if the string
   contains null characters. */
PyAPI_FUNC(const Py_UNICODE *) _PyUnicode_AsUnicode(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

/* Return a read-only pointer to the Unicode object's internal
   Py_UNICODE buffer and save the length at size.
   If the wchar_t/Py_UNICODE representation is not yet available, this
   function will calculate it. */

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UNICODE *) PyUnicode_AsUnicodeAndSize(
    PyObject *unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    Py_ssize_t *size            /* location where to save the length */
    );
#endif

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
/* Get the length of the Unicode object. */

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyUnicode_GetLength(
    PyObject *unicode
);
#endif

/* Get the number of Py_UNICODE units in the
   string representation. */

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyUnicode_GetSize(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
/* Read a character from the string. */

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UCS4) PyUnicode_ReadChar(
    PyObject *unicode,
    Py_ssize_t index
    );

/* Write a character to the string. The string must have been created through
   PyUnicode_New, must not be shared, and must not have been hashed yet.

   Return 0 on success, -1 on error. */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicode_WriteChar(
    PyObject *unicode,
    Py_ssize_t index,
    Py_UCS4 character
    );
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Get the maximum ordinal for a Unicode character. */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UNICODE) PyUnicode_GetMax(void);
#endif

/* Resize a Unicode object. The length is the number of characters, except
   if the kind of the string is PyUnicode_WCHAR_KIND: in this case, the length
   is the number of Py_UNICODE characters.

   *unicode is modified to point to the new (resized) object and 0
   returned on success.

   Try to resize the string in place (which is usually faster than allocating
   a new string and copy characters), or create a new string.

   Error handling is implemented as follows: an exception is set, -1
   is returned and *unicode left untouched.

   WARNING: The function doesn't check string content, the result may not be a
            string in canonical representation. */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicode_Resize(
    PyObject **unicode,         /* Pointer to the Unicode object */
    Py_ssize_t length           /* New length */
    );

/* Decode obj to a Unicode object.

   bytes, bytearray and other bytes-like objects are decoded according to the
   given encoding and error handler. The encoding and error handler can be
   NULL to have the interface use UTF-8 and "strict".

   All other objects (including Unicode objects) raise an exception.

   The API returns NULL in case of an error. The caller is responsible
   for decref'ing the returned objects.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_FromEncodedObject(
    PyObject *obj,              /* Object */
    const char *encoding,       /* encoding */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

/* Copy an instance of a Unicode subtype to a new true Unicode object if
   necessary. If obj is already a true Unicode object (not a subtype), return
   the reference with *incremented* refcount.

   The API returns NULL in case of an error. The caller is responsible
   for decref'ing the returned objects.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_FromObject(
    PyObject *obj      /* Object */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicode_FromFormatV(
    const char *format,   /* ASCII-encoded string  */
    va_list vargs
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicode_FromFormat(
    const char *format,   /* ASCII-encoded string  */
    ...
    );

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef struct {
    PyObject *buffer;
    void *data;
    enum PyUnicode_Kind kind;
    Py_UCS4 maxchar;
    Py_ssize_t size;
    Py_ssize_t pos;

    /* minimum number of allocated characters (default: 0) */
    Py_ssize_t min_length;

    /* minimum character (default: 127, ASCII) */
    Py_UCS4 min_char;

    /* If non-zero, overallocate the buffer (default: 0). */
    unsigned char overallocate;

    /* If readonly is 1, buffer is a shared string (cannot be modified)
       and size is set to 0. */
    unsigned char readonly;
} _PyUnicodeWriter ;

/* Initialize a Unicode writer.
 *
 * By default, the minimum buffer size is 0 character and overallocation is
 * disabled. Set min_length, min_char and overallocate attributes to control
 * the allocation of the buffer. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void)
_PyUnicodeWriter_Init(_PyUnicodeWriter *writer);

/* Prepare the buffer to write 'length' characters
   with the specified maximum character.

   Return 0 on success, raise an exception and return -1 on error. */
#define _PyUnicodeWriter_Prepare(WRITER, LENGTH, MAXCHAR)             \
    (((MAXCHAR) <= (WRITER)->maxchar                                  \
      && (LENGTH) <= (WRITER)->size - (WRITER)->pos)                  \
     ? 0                                                              \
     : (((LENGTH) == 0)                                               \
        ? 0                                                           \
        : _PyUnicodeWriter_PrepareInternal((WRITER), (LENGTH), (MAXCHAR))))

/* Don't call this function directly, use the _PyUnicodeWriter_Prepare() macro
   instead. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int)
_PyUnicodeWriter_PrepareInternal(_PyUnicodeWriter *writer,
                                 Py_ssize_t length, Py_UCS4 maxchar);

/* Prepare the buffer to have at least the kind KIND.
   For example, kind=PyUnicode_2BYTE_KIND ensures that the writer will
   support characters in range U+000-U+FFFF.

   Return 0 on success, raise an exception and return -1 on error. */
#define _PyUnicodeWriter_PrepareKind(WRITER, KIND)                    \
    (assert((KIND) != PyUnicode_WCHAR_KIND),                          \
     (KIND) <= (WRITER)->kind                                         \
     ? 0                                                              \
     : _PyUnicodeWriter_PrepareKindInternal((WRITER), (KIND)))

/* Don't call this function directly, use the _PyUnicodeWriter_PrepareKind()
   macro instead. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int)
_PyUnicodeWriter_PrepareKindInternal(_PyUnicodeWriter *writer,
                                     enum PyUnicode_Kind kind);

/* Append a Unicode character.
   Return 0 on success, raise an exception and return -1 on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int)
_PyUnicodeWriter_WriteChar(_PyUnicodeWriter *writer,
    Py_UCS4 ch
    );

/* Append a Unicode string.
   Return 0 on success, raise an exception and return -1 on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int)
_PyUnicodeWriter_WriteStr(_PyUnicodeWriter *writer,
    PyObject *str               /* Unicode string */
    );

/* Append a substring of a Unicode string.
   Return 0 on success, raise an exception and return -1 on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int)
_PyUnicodeWriter_WriteSubstring(_PyUnicodeWriter *writer,
    PyObject *str,              /* Unicode string */
    Py_ssize_t start,
    Py_ssize_t end
    );

/* Append an ASCII-encoded byte string.
   Return 0 on success, raise an exception and return -1 on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int)
_PyUnicodeWriter_WriteASCIIString(_PyUnicodeWriter *writer,
    const char *str,           /* ASCII-encoded byte string */
    Py_ssize_t len             /* number of bytes, or -1 if unknown */
    );

/* Append a latin1-encoded byte string.
   Return 0 on success, raise an exception and return -1 on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(int)
_PyUnicodeWriter_WriteLatin1String(_PyUnicodeWriter *writer,
    const char *str,           /* latin1-encoded byte string */
    Py_ssize_t len             /* length in bytes */
    );

/* Get the value of the writer as a Unicode string. Clear the
   buffer of the writer. Raise an exception and return NULL
   on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *)
_PyUnicodeWriter_Finish(_PyUnicodeWriter *writer);

/* Deallocate memory of a writer (clear its internal buffer). */
PyAPI_FUNC(void)
_PyUnicodeWriter_Dealloc(_PyUnicodeWriter *writer);
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Format the object based on the format_spec, as defined in PEP 3101
   (Advanced String Formatting). */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_FormatAdvancedWriter(
    _PyUnicodeWriter *writer,
    PyObject *obj,
    PyObject *format_spec,
    Py_ssize_t start,
    Py_ssize_t end);
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyUnicode_InternInPlace(PyObject **);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyUnicode_InternImmortal(PyObject **);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicode_InternFromString(
    const char *u              /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    );
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_ReleaseInternedUnicodeStrings(void);
#endif

/* Use only if you know it's a string */
#define PyUnicode_CHECK_INTERNED(op) \
    (((PyASCIIObject *)(op))->state.interned)

/* --- wchar_t support for platforms which support it --------------------- */

#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_H

/* Create a Unicode Object from the wchar_t buffer w of the given
   size.

   The buffer is copied into the new object. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_FromWideChar(
    const wchar_t *w,           /* wchar_t buffer */
    Py_ssize_t size             /* size of buffer */
    );

/* Copies the Unicode Object contents into the wchar_t buffer w.  At
   most size wchar_t characters are copied.

   Note that the resulting wchar_t string may or may not be
   0-terminated.  It is the responsibility of the caller to make sure
   that the wchar_t string is 0-terminated in case this is required by
   the application.

   Returns the number of wchar_t characters copied (excluding a
   possibly trailing 0-termination character) or -1 in case of an
   error. */

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyUnicode_AsWideChar(
    PyObject *unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    wchar_t *w,                 /* wchar_t buffer */
    Py_ssize_t size             /* size of buffer */
    );

/* Convert the Unicode object to a wide character string. The output string
   always ends with a nul character. If size is not NULL, write the number of
   wide characters (excluding the null character) into *size.

   Returns a buffer allocated by PyMem_Malloc() (use PyMem_Free() to free it)
   on success. On error, returns NULL, *size is undefined and raises a
   MemoryError. */

PyAPI_FUNC(wchar_t*) PyUnicode_AsWideCharString(
    PyObject *unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    Py_ssize_t *size            /* number of characters of the result */
    );

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Similar to PyUnicode_AsWideCharString(unicode, NULL), but check if
   the string contains null characters. */
PyAPI_FUNC(wchar_t*) _PyUnicode_AsWideCharString(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(void*) _PyUnicode_AsKind(PyObject *s, unsigned int kind);
#endif

#endif

/* --- Unicode ordinals --------------------------------------------------- */

/* Create a Unicode Object from the given Unicode code point ordinal.

   The ordinal must be in range(0x110000). A ValueError is
   raised in case it is not.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_FromOrdinal(int ordinal);

/* --- Free-list management ----------------------------------------------- */

/* Clear the free list used by the Unicode implementation.

   This can be used to release memory used for objects on the free
   list back to the Python memory allocator.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicode_ClearFreeList(void);

/* === Builtin Codecs =====================================================

   Many of these APIs take two arguments encoding and errors. These
   parameters encoding and errors have the same semantics as the ones
   of the builtin str() API.

   Setting encoding to NULL causes the default encoding (UTF-8) to be used.

   Error handling is set by errors which may also be set to NULL
   meaning to use the default handling defined for the codec. Default
   error handling for all builtin codecs is "strict" (ValueErrors are
   raised).

   The codecs all use a similar interface. Only deviation from the
   generic ones are documented.

*/

/* --- Manage the default encoding ---------------------------------------- */

/* Returns a pointer to the default encoding (UTF-8) of the
   Unicode object unicode and the size of the encoded representation
   in bytes stored in *size.

   In case of an error, no *size is set.

   This function caches the UTF-8 encoded string in the unicodeobject
   and subsequent calls will return the same string.  The memory is released
   when the unicodeobject is deallocated.

   _PyUnicode_AsStringAndSize is a #define for PyUnicode_AsUTF8AndSize to
   support the previous internal function with the same behaviour.

   *** This API is for interpreter INTERNAL USE ONLY and will likely
   *** be removed or changed in the future.

   *** If you need to access the Unicode object as UTF-8 bytes string,
   *** please use PyUnicode_AsUTF8String() instead.
*/

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(char *) PyUnicode_AsUTF8AndSize(
    PyObject *unicode,
    Py_ssize_t *size);
#define _PyUnicode_AsStringAndSize PyUnicode_AsUTF8AndSize
#endif

/* Returns a pointer to the default encoding (UTF-8) of the
   Unicode object unicode.

   Like PyUnicode_AsUTF8AndSize(), this also caches the UTF-8 representation
   in the unicodeobject.

   _PyUnicode_AsString is a #define for PyUnicode_AsUTF8 to
   support the previous internal function with the same behaviour.

   Use of this API is DEPRECATED since no size information can be
   extracted from the returned data.

   *** This API is for interpreter INTERNAL USE ONLY and will likely
   *** be removed or changed for Python 3.1.

   *** If you need to access the Unicode object as UTF-8 bytes string,
   *** please use PyUnicode_AsUTF8String() instead.

*/

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(char *) PyUnicode_AsUTF8(PyObject *unicode);
#define _PyUnicode_AsString PyUnicode_AsUTF8
#endif

/* Returns "utf-8".  */

PyAPI_FUNC(const char*) PyUnicode_GetDefaultEncoding(void);

/* --- Generic Codecs ----------------------------------------------------- */

/* Create a Unicode object by decoding the encoded string s of the
   given size. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_Decode(
    const char *s,              /* encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t size,            /* size of buffer */
    const char *encoding,       /* encoding */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

/* Decode a Unicode object unicode and return the result as Python
   object.

   This API is DEPRECATED. The only supported standard encoding is rot13.
   Use PyCodec_Decode() to decode with rot13 and non-standard codecs
   that decode from str. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsDecodedObject(
    PyObject *unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    const char *encoding,       /* encoding */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    ) Py_DEPRECATED(3.6);

/* Decode a Unicode object unicode and return the result as Unicode
   object.

   This API is DEPRECATED. The only supported standard encoding is rot13.
   Use PyCodec_Decode() to decode with rot13 and non-standard codecs
   that decode from str to str. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsDecodedUnicode(
    PyObject *unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    const char *encoding,       /* encoding */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    ) Py_DEPRECATED(3.6);

/* Encodes a Py_UNICODE buffer of the given size and returns a
   Python string object. */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_Encode(
    const Py_UNICODE *s,        /* Unicode char buffer */
    Py_ssize_t size,            /* number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    const char *encoding,       /* encoding */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );
#endif

/* Encodes a Unicode object and returns the result as Python
   object.

   This API is DEPRECATED.  It is superceeded by PyUnicode_AsEncodedString()
   since all standard encodings (except rot13) encode str to bytes.
   Use PyCodec_Encode() for encoding with rot13 and non-standard codecs
   that encode form str to non-bytes. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsEncodedObject(
    PyObject *unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    const char *encoding,       /* encoding */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    ) Py_DEPRECATED(3.6);

/* Encodes a Unicode object and returns the result as Python string
   object. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsEncodedString(
    PyObject *unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    const char *encoding,       /* encoding */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

/* Encodes a Unicode object and returns the result as Unicode
   object.

   This API is DEPRECATED.  The only supported standard encodings is rot13.
   Use PyCodec_Encode() to encode with rot13 and non-standard codecs
   that encode from str to str. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsEncodedUnicode(
    PyObject *unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    const char *encoding,       /* encoding */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    ) Py_DEPRECATED(3.6);

/* Build an encoding map. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_BuildEncodingMap(
    PyObject* string            /* 256 character map */
   );

/* --- UTF-7 Codecs ------------------------------------------------------- */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeUTF7(
    const char *string,         /* UTF-7 encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeUTF7Stateful(
    const char *string,         /* UTF-7 encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors,         /* error handling */
    Py_ssize_t *consumed        /* bytes consumed */
    );

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeUTF7(
    const Py_UNICODE *data,     /* Unicode char buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    int base64SetO,             /* Encode RFC2152 Set O characters in base64 */
    int base64WhiteSpace,       /* Encode whitespace (sp, ht, nl, cr) in base64 */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_EncodeUTF7(
    PyObject *unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    int base64SetO,             /* Encode RFC2152 Set O characters in base64 */
    int base64WhiteSpace,       /* Encode whitespace (sp, ht, nl, cr) in base64 */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );
#endif

/* --- UTF-8 Codecs ------------------------------------------------------- */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeUTF8(
    const char *string,         /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeUTF8Stateful(
    const char *string,         /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors,         /* error handling */
    Py_ssize_t *consumed        /* bytes consumed */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsUTF8String(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_AsUTF8String(
    PyObject *unicode,
    const char *errors);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeUTF8(
    const Py_UNICODE *data,     /* Unicode char buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );
#endif

/* --- UTF-32 Codecs ------------------------------------------------------ */

/* Decodes length bytes from a UTF-32 encoded buffer string and returns
   the corresponding Unicode object.

   errors (if non-NULL) defines the error handling. It defaults
   to "strict".

   If byteorder is non-NULL, the decoder starts decoding using the
   given byte order:

    *byteorder == -1: little endian
    *byteorder == 0:  native order
    *byteorder == 1:  big endian

   In native mode, the first four bytes of the stream are checked for a
   BOM mark. If found, the BOM mark is analysed, the byte order
   adjusted and the BOM skipped.  In the other modes, no BOM mark
   interpretation is done. After completion, *byteorder is set to the
   current byte order at the end of input data.

   If byteorder is NULL, the codec starts in native order mode.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeUTF32(
    const char *string,         /* UTF-32 encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors,         /* error handling */
    int *byteorder              /* pointer to byteorder to use
                                   0=native;-1=LE,1=BE; updated on
                                   exit */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeUTF32Stateful(
    const char *string,         /* UTF-32 encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors,         /* error handling */
    int *byteorder,             /* pointer to byteorder to use
                                   0=native;-1=LE,1=BE; updated on
                                   exit */
    Py_ssize_t *consumed        /* bytes consumed */
    );

/* Returns a Python string using the UTF-32 encoding in native byte
   order. The string always starts with a BOM mark.  */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsUTF32String(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

/* Returns a Python string object holding the UTF-32 encoded value of
   the Unicode data.

   If byteorder is not 0, output is written according to the following
   byte order:

   byteorder == -1: little endian
   byteorder == 0:  native byte order (writes a BOM mark)
   byteorder == 1:  big endian

   If byteorder is 0, the output string will always start with the
   Unicode BOM mark (U+FEFF). In the other two modes, no BOM mark is
   prepended.

*/

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeUTF32(
    const Py_UNICODE *data,     /* Unicode char buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    const char *errors,         /* error handling */
    int byteorder               /* byteorder to use 0=BOM+native;-1=LE,1=BE */
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_EncodeUTF32(
    PyObject *object,           /* Unicode object */
    const char *errors,         /* error handling */
    int byteorder               /* byteorder to use 0=BOM+native;-1=LE,1=BE */
    );
#endif

/* --- UTF-16 Codecs ------------------------------------------------------ */

/* Decodes length bytes from a UTF-16 encoded buffer string and returns
   the corresponding Unicode object.

   errors (if non-NULL) defines the error handling. It defaults
   to "strict".

   If byteorder is non-NULL, the decoder starts decoding using the
   given byte order:

    *byteorder == -1: little endian
    *byteorder == 0:  native order
    *byteorder == 1:  big endian

   In native mode, the first two bytes of the stream are checked for a
   BOM mark. If found, the BOM mark is analysed, the byte order
   adjusted and the BOM skipped.  In the other modes, no BOM mark
   interpretation is done. After completion, *byteorder is set to the
   current byte order at the end of input data.

   If byteorder is NULL, the codec starts in native order mode.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeUTF16(
    const char *string,         /* UTF-16 encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors,         /* error handling */
    int *byteorder              /* pointer to byteorder to use
                                   0=native;-1=LE,1=BE; updated on
                                   exit */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeUTF16Stateful(
    const char *string,         /* UTF-16 encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors,         /* error handling */
    int *byteorder,             /* pointer to byteorder to use
                                   0=native;-1=LE,1=BE; updated on
                                   exit */
    Py_ssize_t *consumed        /* bytes consumed */
    );

/* Returns a Python string using the UTF-16 encoding in native byte
   order. The string always starts with a BOM mark.  */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsUTF16String(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

/* Returns a Python string object holding the UTF-16 encoded value of
   the Unicode data.

   If byteorder is not 0, output is written according to the following
   byte order:

   byteorder == -1: little endian
   byteorder == 0:  native byte order (writes a BOM mark)
   byteorder == 1:  big endian

   If byteorder is 0, the output string will always start with the
   Unicode BOM mark (U+FEFF). In the other two modes, no BOM mark is
   prepended.

   Note that Py_UNICODE data is being interpreted as UTF-16 reduced to
   UCS-2. This trick makes it possible to add full UTF-16 capabilities
   at a later point without compromising the APIs.

*/

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeUTF16(
    const Py_UNICODE *data,     /* Unicode char buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    const char *errors,         /* error handling */
    int byteorder               /* byteorder to use 0=BOM+native;-1=LE,1=BE */
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_EncodeUTF16(
    PyObject* unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    const char *errors,         /* error handling */
    int byteorder               /* byteorder to use 0=BOM+native;-1=LE,1=BE */
    );
#endif

/* --- Unicode-Escape Codecs ---------------------------------------------- */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeUnicodeEscape(
    const char *string,         /* Unicode-Escape encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Helper for PyUnicode_DecodeUnicodeEscape that detects invalid escape
   chars. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_DecodeUnicodeEscape(
        const char *string,     /* Unicode-Escape encoded string */
        Py_ssize_t length,      /* size of string */
        const char *errors,     /* error handling */
        const char **first_invalid_escape  /* on return, points to first
                                              invalid escaped char in
                                              string. */
);
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsUnicodeEscapeString(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeUnicodeEscape(
    const Py_UNICODE *data,     /* Unicode char buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length           /* Number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    );
#endif

/* --- Raw-Unicode-Escape Codecs ------------------------------------------ */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeRawUnicodeEscape(
    const char *string,         /* Raw-Unicode-Escape encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsRawUnicodeEscapeString(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeRawUnicodeEscape(
    const Py_UNICODE *data,     /* Unicode char buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length           /* Number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    );
#endif

/* --- Unicode Internal Codec ---------------------------------------------

    Only for internal use in _codecsmodule.c */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyObject *_PyUnicode_DecodeUnicodeInternal(
    const char *string,
    Py_ssize_t length,
    const char *errors
    );
#endif

/* --- Latin-1 Codecs -----------------------------------------------------

   Note: Latin-1 corresponds to the first 256 Unicode ordinals.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeLatin1(
    const char *string,         /* Latin-1 encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsLatin1String(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_AsLatin1String(
    PyObject* unicode,
    const char* errors);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeLatin1(
    const Py_UNICODE *data,     /* Unicode char buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* Number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );
#endif

/* --- ASCII Codecs -------------------------------------------------------

   Only 7-bit ASCII data is excepted. All other codes generate errors.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeASCII(
    const char *string,         /* ASCII encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsASCIIString(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_AsASCIIString(
    PyObject* unicode,
    const char* errors);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeASCII(
    const Py_UNICODE *data,     /* Unicode char buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* Number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );
#endif

/* --- Character Map Codecs -----------------------------------------------

   This codec uses mappings to encode and decode characters.

   Decoding mappings must map byte ordinals (integers in the range from 0 to
   255) to Unicode strings, integers (which are then interpreted as Unicode
   ordinals) or None.  Unmapped data bytes (ones which cause a LookupError)
   as well as mapped to None, 0xFFFE or '\ufffe' are treated as "undefined
   mapping" and cause an error.

   Encoding mappings must map Unicode ordinal integers to bytes objects,
   integers in the range from 0 to 255 or None.  Unmapped character
   ordinals (ones which cause a LookupError) as well as mapped to
   None are treated as "undefined mapping" and cause an error.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeCharmap(
    const char *string,         /* Encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    PyObject *mapping,          /* decoding mapping */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsCharmapString(
    PyObject *unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    PyObject *mapping           /* encoding mapping */
    );

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeCharmap(
    const Py_UNICODE *data,     /* Unicode char buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* Number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    PyObject *mapping,          /* encoding mapping */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_EncodeCharmap(
    PyObject *unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    PyObject *mapping,          /* encoding mapping */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );
#endif

/* Translate a Py_UNICODE buffer of the given length by applying a
   character mapping table to it and return the resulting Unicode
   object.

   The mapping table must map Unicode ordinal integers to Unicode strings,
   Unicode ordinal integers or None (causing deletion of the character).

   Mapping tables may be dictionaries or sequences. Unmapped character
   ordinals (ones which cause a LookupError) are left untouched and
   are copied as-is.

*/

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicode_TranslateCharmap(
    const Py_UNICODE *data,     /* Unicode char buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* Number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    PyObject *table,            /* Translate table */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );
#endif

#ifdef MS_WINDOWS

/* --- MBCS codecs for Windows -------------------------------------------- */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeMBCS(
    const char *string,         /* MBCS encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeMBCSStateful(
    const char *string,         /* MBCS encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors,         /* error handling */
    Py_ssize_t *consumed        /* bytes consumed */
    );

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeCodePageStateful(
    int code_page,              /* code page number */
    const char *string,         /* encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* size of string */
    const char *errors,         /* error handling */
    Py_ssize_t *consumed        /* bytes consumed */
    );
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_AsMBCSString(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeMBCS(
    const Py_UNICODE *data,     /* Unicode char buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );
#endif

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeCodePage(
    int code_page,              /* code page number */
    PyObject *unicode,          /* Unicode object */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );
#endif

#endif /* MS_WINDOWS */

/* --- Decimal Encoder ---------------------------------------------------- */

/* Takes a Unicode string holding a decimal value and writes it into
   an output buffer using standard ASCII digit codes.

   The output buffer has to provide at least length+1 bytes of storage
   area. The output string is 0-terminated.

   The encoder converts whitespace to ' ', decimal characters to their
   corresponding ASCII digit and all other Latin-1 characters except
   \0 as-is. Characters outside this range (Unicode ordinals 1-256)
   are treated as errors. This includes embedded NULL bytes.

   Error handling is defined by the errors argument:

      NULL or "strict": raise a ValueError
      "ignore": ignore the wrong characters (these are not copied to the
                output buffer)
      "replace": replaces illegal characters with '?'

   Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure.

*/

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicode_EncodeDecimal(
    Py_UNICODE *s,              /* Unicode buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length,          /* Number of Py_UNICODE chars to encode */
    char *output,               /* Output buffer; must have size >= length */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );
#endif

/* Transforms code points that have decimal digit property to the
   corresponding ASCII digit code points.

   Returns a new Unicode string on success, NULL on failure.
*/

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_TransformDecimalToASCII(
    Py_UNICODE *s,              /* Unicode buffer */
    Py_ssize_t length           /* Number of Py_UNICODE chars to transform */
    );
#endif

/* Similar to PyUnicode_TransformDecimalToASCII(), but takes a PyObject
   as argument instead of a raw buffer and length.  This function additionally
   transforms spaces to ASCII because this is what the callers in longobject,
   floatobject, and complexobject did anyways. */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_TransformDecimalAndSpaceToASCII(
    PyObject *unicode           /* Unicode object */
    );
#endif

/* --- Locale encoding --------------------------------------------------- */

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
/* Decode a string from the current locale encoding. The decoder is strict if
   *surrogateescape* is equal to zero, otherwise it uses the 'surrogateescape'
   error handler (PEP 383) to escape undecodable bytes. If a byte sequence can
   be decoded as a surrogate character and *surrogateescape* is not equal to
   zero, the byte sequence is escaped using the 'surrogateescape' error handler
   instead of being decoded. *str* must end with a null character but cannot
   contain embedded null characters. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeLocaleAndSize(
    const char *str,
    Py_ssize_t len,
    const char *errors);

/* Similar to PyUnicode_DecodeLocaleAndSize(), but compute the string
   length using strlen(). */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeLocale(
    const char *str,
    const char *errors);

/* Encode a Unicode object to the current locale encoding. The encoder is
   strict is *surrogateescape* is equal to zero, otherwise the
   "surrogateescape" error handler is used. Return a bytes object. The string
   cannot contain embedded null characters. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeLocale(
    PyObject *unicode,
    const char *errors
    );
#endif

/* --- File system encoding ---------------------------------------------- */

/* ParseTuple converter: encode str objects to bytes using
   PyUnicode_EncodeFSDefault(); bytes objects are output as-is. */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicode_FSConverter(PyObject*, void*);

/* ParseTuple converter: decode bytes objects to unicode using
   PyUnicode_DecodeFSDefaultAndSize(); str objects are output as-is. */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicode_FSDecoder(PyObject*, void*);

/* Decode a null-terminated string using Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding
   and the "surrogateescape" error handler.

   If Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding is not set, fall back to the locale
   encoding.

   Use PyUnicode_DecodeFSDefaultAndSize() if the string length is known.
*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeFSDefault(
    const char *s               /* encoded string */
    );

/* Decode a string using Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding
   and the "surrogateescape" error handler.

   If Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding is not set, fall back to the locale
   encoding.
*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_DecodeFSDefaultAndSize(
    const char *s,               /* encoded string */
    Py_ssize_t size              /* size */
    );

/* Encode a Unicode object to Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding with the
   "surrogateescape" error handler, and return bytes.

   If Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding is not set, fall back to the locale
   encoding.
*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_EncodeFSDefault(
    PyObject *unicode
    );

/* --- Methods & Slots ----------------------------------------------------

   These are capable of handling Unicode objects and strings on input
   (we refer to them as strings in the descriptions) and return
   Unicode objects or integers as appropriate. */

/* Concat two strings giving a new Unicode string. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_Concat(
    PyObject *left,             /* Left string */
    PyObject *right             /* Right string */
    );

/* Concat two strings and put the result in *pleft
   (sets *pleft to NULL on error) */

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyUnicode_Append(
    PyObject **pleft,           /* Pointer to left string */
    PyObject *right             /* Right string */
    );

/* Concat two strings, put the result in *pleft and drop the right object
   (sets *pleft to NULL on error) */

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyUnicode_AppendAndDel(
    PyObject **pleft,           /* Pointer to left string */
    PyObject *right             /* Right string */
    );

/* Split a string giving a list of Unicode strings.

   If sep is NULL, splitting will be done at all whitespace
   substrings. Otherwise, splits occur at the given separator.

   At most maxsplit splits will be done. If negative, no limit is set.

   Separators are not included in the resulting list.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_Split(
    PyObject *s,                /* String to split */
    PyObject *sep,              /* String separator */
    Py_ssize_t maxsplit         /* Maxsplit count */
    );

/* Dito, but split at line breaks.

   CRLF is considered to be one line break. Line breaks are not
   included in the resulting list. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_Splitlines(
    PyObject *s,                /* String to split */
    int keepends                /* If true, line end markers are included */
    );

/* Partition a string using a given separator. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_Partition(
    PyObject *s,                /* String to partition */
    PyObject *sep               /* String separator */
    );

/* Partition a string using a given separator, searching from the end of the
   string. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_RPartition(
    PyObject *s,                /* String to partition */
    PyObject *sep               /* String separator */
    );

/* Split a string giving a list of Unicode strings.

   If sep is NULL, splitting will be done at all whitespace
   substrings. Otherwise, splits occur at the given separator.

   At most maxsplit splits will be done. But unlike PyUnicode_Split
   PyUnicode_RSplit splits from the end of the string. If negative,
   no limit is set.

   Separators are not included in the resulting list.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_RSplit(
    PyObject *s,                /* String to split */
    PyObject *sep,              /* String separator */
    Py_ssize_t maxsplit         /* Maxsplit count */
    );

/* Translate a string by applying a character mapping table to it and
   return the resulting Unicode object.

   The mapping table must map Unicode ordinal integers to Unicode strings,
   Unicode ordinal integers or None (causing deletion of the character).

   Mapping tables may be dictionaries or sequences. Unmapped character
   ordinals (ones which cause a LookupError) are left untouched and
   are copied as-is.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicode_Translate(
    PyObject *str,              /* String */
    PyObject *table,            /* Translate table */
    const char *errors          /* error handling */
    );

/* Join a sequence of strings using the given separator and return
   the resulting Unicode string. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyUnicode_Join(
    PyObject *separator,        /* Separator string */
    PyObject *seq               /* Sequence object */
    );

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyUnicode_JoinArray(
    PyObject *separator,
    PyObject **items,
    Py_ssize_t seqlen
    );
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */

/* Return 1 if substr matches str[start:end] at the given tail end, 0
   otherwise. */

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyUnicode_Tailmatch(
    PyObject *str,              /* String */
    PyObject *substr,           /* Prefix or Suffix string */
    Py_ssize_t start,           /* Start index */
    Py_ssize_t end,             /* Stop index */
    int direction               /* Tail end: -1 prefix, +1 suffix */
    );

/* Return the first position of substr in str[start:end] using the
   given search direction or -1 if not found. -2 is returned in case
   an error occurred and an exception is set. */

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyUnicode_Find(
    PyObject *str,              /* String */
    PyObject *substr,           /* Substring to find */
    Py_ssize_t start,           /* Start index */
    Py_ssize_t end,             /* Stop index */
    int direction               /* Find direction: +1 forward, -1 backward */
    );

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
/* Like PyUnicode_Find, but search for single character only. */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyUnicode_FindChar(
    PyObject *str,
    Py_UCS4 ch,
    Py_ssize_t start,
    Py_ssize_t end,
    int direction
    );
#endif

/* Count the number of occurrences of substr in str[start:end]. */

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyUnicode_Count(
    PyObject *str,              /* String */
    PyObject *substr,           /* Substring to count */
    Py_ssize_t start,           /* Start index */
    Py_ssize_t end              /* Stop index */
    );

/* Replace at most maxcount occurrences of substr in str with replstr
   and return the resulting Unicode object. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicode_Replace(
    PyObject *str,              /* String */
    PyObject *substr,           /* Substring to find */
    PyObject *replstr,          /* Substring to replace */
    Py_ssize_t maxcount         /* Max. number of replacements to apply;
                                   -1 = all */
    );

/* Compare two strings and return -1, 0, 1 for less than, equal,
   greater than resp.
   Raise an exception and return -1 on error. */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicode_Compare(
    PyObject *left,             /* Left string */
    PyObject *right             /* Right string */
    );

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Test whether a unicode is equal to ASCII identifier.  Return 1 if true,
   0 otherwise.  The right argument must be ASCII identifier.
   Any error occurs inside will be cleared before return. */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_EqualToASCIIId(
    PyObject *left,             /* Left string */
    _Py_Identifier *right       /* Right identifier */
    );
#endif

/* Compare a Unicode object with C string and return -1, 0, 1 for less than,
   equal, and greater than, respectively.  It is best to pass only
   ASCII-encoded strings, but the function interprets the input string as
   ISO-8859-1 if it contains non-ASCII characters.
   This function does not raise exceptions. */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicode_CompareWithASCIIString(
    PyObject *left,
    const char *right           /* ASCII-encoded string */
    );

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Test whether a unicode is equal to ASCII string.  Return 1 if true,
   0 otherwise.  The right argument must be ASCII-encoded string.
   Any error occurs inside will be cleared before return. */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_EqualToASCIIString(
    PyObject *left,
    const char *right           /* ASCII-encoded string */
    );
#endif

/* Rich compare two strings and return one of the following:

   - NULL in case an exception was raised
   - Py_True or Py_False for successful comparisons
   - Py_NotImplemented in case the type combination is unknown

   Possible values for op:

     Py_GT, Py_GE, Py_EQ, Py_NE, Py_LT, Py_LE

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicode_RichCompare(
    PyObject *left,             /* Left string */
    PyObject *right,            /* Right string */
    int op                      /* Operation: Py_EQ, Py_NE, Py_GT, etc. */
    );

/* Apply an argument tuple or dictionary to a format string and return
   the resulting Unicode string. */

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyUnicode_Format(
    PyObject *format,           /* Format string */
    PyObject *args              /* Argument tuple or dictionary */
    );

/* Checks whether element is contained in container and return 1/0
   accordingly.

   element has to coerce to a one element Unicode string. -1 is
   returned in case of an error. */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicode_Contains(
    PyObject *container,        /* Container string */
    PyObject *element           /* Element string */
    );

/* Checks whether argument is a valid identifier. */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyUnicode_IsIdentifier(PyObject *s);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Externally visible for str.strip(unicode) */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyUnicode_XStrip(
    PyObject *self,
    int striptype,
    PyObject *sepobj
    );
#endif

/* Using explicit passed-in values, insert the thousands grouping
   into the string pointed to by buffer.  For the argument descriptions,
   see Objects/stringlib/localeutil.h */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) _PyUnicode_InsertThousandsGrouping(
    _PyUnicodeWriter *writer,
    Py_ssize_t n_buffer,
    PyObject *digits,
    Py_ssize_t d_pos,
    Py_ssize_t n_digits,
    Py_ssize_t min_width,
    const char *grouping,
    PyObject *thousands_sep,
    Py_UCS4 *maxchar);
#endif
/* === Characters Type APIs =============================================== */

/* Helper array used by Py_UNICODE_ISSPACE(). */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_DATA(const unsigned char) _Py_ascii_whitespace[];

/* These should not be used directly. Use the Py_UNICODE_IS* and
   Py_UNICODE_TO* macros instead.

   These APIs are implemented in Objects/unicodectype.c.

*/

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsLowercase(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsUppercase(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsTitlecase(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsXidStart(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsXidContinue(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsWhitespace(
    const Py_UCS4 ch         /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsLinebreak(
    const Py_UCS4 ch         /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UCS4) _PyUnicode_ToLowercase(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UCS4) _PyUnicode_ToUppercase(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UCS4) _PyUnicode_ToTitlecase(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_ToLowerFull(
    Py_UCS4 ch,       /* Unicode character */
    Py_UCS4 *res
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_ToTitleFull(
    Py_UCS4 ch,       /* Unicode character */
    Py_UCS4 *res
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_ToUpperFull(
    Py_UCS4 ch,       /* Unicode character */
    Py_UCS4 *res
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_ToFoldedFull(
    Py_UCS4 ch,       /* Unicode character */
    Py_UCS4 *res
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsCaseIgnorable(
    Py_UCS4 ch         /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsCased(
    Py_UCS4 ch         /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_ToDecimalDigit(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_ToDigit(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(double) _PyUnicode_ToNumeric(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsDecimalDigit(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsDigit(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsNumeric(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsPrintable(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_IsAlpha(
    Py_UCS4 ch       /* Unicode character */
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(size_t) Py_UNICODE_strlen(
    const Py_UNICODE *u
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UNICODE*) Py_UNICODE_strcpy(
    Py_UNICODE *s1,
    const Py_UNICODE *s2);

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UNICODE*) Py_UNICODE_strcat(
    Py_UNICODE *s1, const Py_UNICODE *s2);

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UNICODE*) Py_UNICODE_strncpy(
    Py_UNICODE *s1,
    const Py_UNICODE *s2,
    size_t n);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) Py_UNICODE_strcmp(
    const Py_UNICODE *s1,
    const Py_UNICODE *s2
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(int) Py_UNICODE_strncmp(
    const Py_UNICODE *s1,
    const Py_UNICODE *s2,
    size_t n
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UNICODE*) Py_UNICODE_strchr(
    const Py_UNICODE *s,
    Py_UNICODE c
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UNICODE*) Py_UNICODE_strrchr(
    const Py_UNICODE *s,
    Py_UNICODE c
    );

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_FormatLong(PyObject *, int, int, int);

/* Create a copy of a unicode string ending with a nul character. Return NULL
   and raise a MemoryError exception on memory allocation failure, otherwise
   return a new allocated buffer (use PyMem_Free() to free the buffer). */

PyAPI_FUNC(Py_UNICODE*) PyUnicode_AsUnicodeCopy(
    PyObject *unicode
    );
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */

#if defined(Py_DEBUG) && !defined(Py_LIMITED_API)
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_CheckConsistency(
    PyObject *op,
    int check_content);
#elif !defined(NDEBUG)
/* For asserts that call _PyUnicode_CheckConsistency(), which would
 * otherwise be a problem when building with asserts but without Py_DEBUG. */
#define _PyUnicode_CheckConsistency(op, check_content) PyUnicode_Check(op)
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Return an interned Unicode object for an Identifier; may fail if there is no memory.*/
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyUnicode_FromId(_Py_Identifier*);
/* Clear all static strings. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyUnicode_ClearStaticStrings(void);

/* Fast equality check when the inputs are known to be exact unicode types
   and where the hash values are equal (i.e. a very probable match) */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyUnicode_EQ(PyObject *, PyObject *);
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_UNICODEOBJECT_H */

/* Python version identification scheme.

   When the major or minor version changes, the VERSION variable in
   configure.ac must also be changed.

   There is also (independent) API version information in modsupport.h.
*/

/* Values for PY_RELEASE_LEVEL */
#define PY_RELEASE_LEVEL_ALPHA	0xA
#define PY_RELEASE_LEVEL_BETA	0xB
#define PY_RELEASE_LEVEL_GAMMA	0xC     /* For release candidates */
#define PY_RELEASE_LEVEL_FINAL	0xF	/* Serial should be 0 here */
					/* Higher for patch releases */

/* Version parsed out into numeric values */
/*--start constants--*/
#define PY_MAJOR_VERSION	3
#define PY_MINOR_VERSION	6
#define PY_MICRO_VERSION	8
#define PY_RELEASE_LEVEL	PY_RELEASE_LEVEL_FINAL
#define PY_RELEASE_SERIAL	0

/* Version as a string */
#define PY_VERSION      	"3.6.8"
/*--end constants--*/

/* Version as a single 4-byte hex number, e.g. 0x010502B2 == 1.5.2b2.
   Use this for numeric comparisons, e.g. #if PY_VERSION_HEX >= ... */
#define PY_VERSION_HEX ((PY_MAJOR_VERSION << 24) | \
			(PY_MINOR_VERSION << 16) | \
			(PY_MICRO_VERSION <<  8) | \
			(PY_RELEASE_LEVEL <<  4) | \
			(PY_RELEASE_SERIAL << 0))
/* The PyObject_ memory family:  high-level object memory interfaces.
   See pymem.h for the low-level PyMem_ family.
*/

#ifndef Py_OBJIMPL_H
#define Py_OBJIMPL_H

#include "pymem.h"

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* BEWARE:

   Each interface exports both functions and macros.  Extension modules should
   use the functions, to ensure binary compatibility across Python versions.
   Because the Python implementation is free to change internal details, and
   the macros may (or may not) expose details for speed, if you do use the
   macros you must recompile your extensions with each Python release.

   Never mix calls to PyObject_ memory functions with calls to the platform
   malloc/realloc/ calloc/free, or with calls to PyMem_.
*/

/*
Functions and macros for modules that implement new object types.

 - PyObject_New(type, typeobj) allocates memory for a new object of the given
   type, and initializes part of it.  'type' must be the C structure type used
   to represent the object, and 'typeobj' the address of the corresponding
   type object.  Reference count and type pointer are filled in; the rest of
   the bytes of the object are *undefined*!  The resulting expression type is
   'type *'.  The size of the object is determined by the tp_basicsize field
   of the type object.

 - PyObject_NewVar(type, typeobj, n) is similar but allocates a variable-size
   object with room for n items.  In addition to the refcount and type pointer
   fields, this also fills in the ob_size field.

 - PyObject_Del(op) releases the memory allocated for an object.  It does not
   run a destructor -- it only frees the memory.  PyObject_Free is identical.

 - PyObject_Init(op, typeobj) and PyObject_InitVar(op, typeobj, n) don't
   allocate memory.  Instead of a 'type' parameter, they take a pointer to a
   new object (allocated by an arbitrary allocator), and initialize its object
   header fields.

Note that objects created with PyObject_{New, NewVar} are allocated using the
specialized Python allocator (implemented in obmalloc.c), if WITH_PYMALLOC is
enabled.  In addition, a special debugging allocator is used if PYMALLOC_DEBUG
is also #defined.

In case a specific form of memory management is needed (for example, if you
must use the platform malloc heap(s), or shared memory, or C++ local storage or
operator new), you must first allocate the object with your custom allocator,
then pass its pointer to PyObject_{Init, InitVar} for filling in its Python-
specific fields:  reference count, type pointer, possibly others.  You should
be aware that Python has no control over these objects because they don't
cooperate with the Python memory manager.  Such objects may not be eligible
for automatic garbage collection and you have to make sure that they are
released accordingly whenever their destructor gets called (cf. the specific
form of memory management you're using).

Unless you have specific memory management requirements, use
PyObject_{New, NewVar, Del}.
*/

/*
 * Raw object memory interface
 * ===========================
 */

/* Functions to call the same malloc/realloc/free as used by Python's
   object allocator.  If WITH_PYMALLOC is enabled, these may differ from
   the platform malloc/realloc/free.  The Python object allocator is
   designed for fast, cache-conscious allocation of many "small" objects,
   and with low hidden memory overhead.

   PyObject_Malloc(0) returns a unique non-NULL pointer if possible.

   PyObject_Realloc(NULL, n) acts like PyObject_Malloc(n).
   PyObject_Realloc(p != NULL, 0) does not return  NULL, or free the memory
   at p.

   Returned pointers must be checked for NULL explicitly; no action is
   performed on failure other than to return NULL (no warning it printed, no
   exception is set, etc).

   For allocating objects, use PyObject_{New, NewVar} instead whenever
   possible.  The PyObject_{Malloc, Realloc, Free} family is exposed
   so that you can exploit Python's small-block allocator for non-object
   uses.  If you must use these routines to allocate object memory, make sure
   the object gets initialized via PyObject_{Init, InitVar} after obtaining
   the raw memory.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyObject_Malloc(size_t size);
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03050000
PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyObject_Calloc(size_t nelem, size_t elsize);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyObject_Realloc(void *ptr, size_t new_size);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyObject_Free(void *ptr);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* This function returns the number of allocated memory blocks, regardless of size */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) _Py_GetAllocatedBlocks(void);
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

/* Macros */
#ifdef WITH_PYMALLOC
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyObject_DebugMallocStats(FILE *out);
#endif /* #ifndef Py_LIMITED_API */
#endif

/* Macros */
#define PyObject_MALLOC         PyObject_Malloc
#define PyObject_REALLOC        PyObject_Realloc
#define PyObject_FREE           PyObject_Free
#define PyObject_Del            PyObject_Free
#define PyObject_DEL            PyObject_Free


/*
 * Generic object allocator interface
 * ==================================
 */

/* Functions */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_Init(PyObject *, PyTypeObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyVarObject *) PyObject_InitVar(PyVarObject *,
                                                 PyTypeObject *, Py_ssize_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_New(PyTypeObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyVarObject *) _PyObject_NewVar(PyTypeObject *, Py_ssize_t);

#define PyObject_New(type, typeobj) \
                ( (type *) _PyObject_New(typeobj) )
#define PyObject_NewVar(type, typeobj, n) \
                ( (type *) _PyObject_NewVar((typeobj), (n)) )

/* Macros trading binary compatibility for speed. See also pymem.h.
   Note that these macros expect non-NULL object pointers.*/
#define PyObject_INIT(op, typeobj) \
    ( Py_TYPE(op) = (typeobj), _Py_NewReference((PyObject *)(op)), (op) )
#define PyObject_INIT_VAR(op, typeobj, size) \
    ( Py_SIZE(op) = (size), PyObject_INIT((op), (typeobj)) )

#define _PyObject_SIZE(typeobj) ( (typeobj)->tp_basicsize )

/* _PyObject_VAR_SIZE returns the number of bytes (as size_t) allocated for a
   vrbl-size object with nitems items, exclusive of gc overhead (if any).  The
   value is rounded up to the closest multiple of sizeof(void *), in order to
   ensure that pointer fields at the end of the object are correctly aligned
   for the platform (this is of special importance for subclasses of, e.g.,
   str or int, so that pointers can be stored after the embedded data).

   Note that there's no memory wastage in doing this, as malloc has to
   return (at worst) pointer-aligned memory anyway.
*/
#if ((SIZEOF_VOID_P - 1) & SIZEOF_VOID_P) != 0
#   error "_PyObject_VAR_SIZE requires SIZEOF_VOID_P be a power of 2"
#endif

#define _PyObject_VAR_SIZE(typeobj, nitems)     \
    _Py_SIZE_ROUND_UP((typeobj)->tp_basicsize + \
        (nitems)*(typeobj)->tp_itemsize,        \
        SIZEOF_VOID_P)

#define PyObject_NEW(type, typeobj) \
( (type *) PyObject_Init( \
    (PyObject *) PyObject_MALLOC( _PyObject_SIZE(typeobj) ), (typeobj)) )

#define PyObject_NEW_VAR(type, typeobj, n) \
( (type *) PyObject_InitVar( \
      (PyVarObject *) PyObject_MALLOC(_PyObject_VAR_SIZE((typeobj),(n)) ),\
      (typeobj), (n)) )

/* This example code implements an object constructor with a custom
   allocator, where PyObject_New is inlined, and shows the important
   distinction between two steps (at least):
       1) the actual allocation of the object storage;
       2) the initialization of the Python specific fields
      in this storage with PyObject_{Init, InitVar}.

   PyObject *
   YourObject_New(...)
   {
       PyObject *op;

       op = (PyObject *) Your_Allocator(_PyObject_SIZE(YourTypeStruct));
       if (op == NULL)
       return PyErr_NoMemory();

       PyObject_Init(op, &YourTypeStruct);

       op->ob_field = value;
       ...
       return op;
   }

   Note that in C++, the use of the new operator usually implies that
   the 1st step is performed automatically for you, so in a C++ class
   constructor you would start directly with PyObject_Init/InitVar
*/

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef struct {
    /* user context passed as the first argument to the 2 functions */
    void *ctx;

    /* allocate an arena of size bytes */
    void* (*alloc) (void *ctx, size_t size);

    /* free an arena */
    void (*free) (void *ctx, void *ptr, size_t size);
} PyObjectArenaAllocator;

/* Get the arena allocator. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyObject_GetArenaAllocator(PyObjectArenaAllocator *allocator);

/* Set the arena allocator. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyObject_SetArenaAllocator(PyObjectArenaAllocator *allocator);
#endif


/*
 * Garbage Collection Support
 * ==========================
 */

/* C equivalent of gc.collect() which ignores the state of gc.enabled. */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyGC_Collect(void);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) _PyGC_CollectNoFail(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) _PyGC_CollectIfEnabled(void);
#endif

/* Test if a type has a GC head */
#define PyType_IS_GC(t) PyType_HasFeature((t), Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_GC)

/* Test if an object has a GC head */
#define PyObject_IS_GC(o) (PyType_IS_GC(Py_TYPE(o)) && \
    (Py_TYPE(o)->tp_is_gc == NULL || Py_TYPE(o)->tp_is_gc(o)))

PyAPI_FUNC(PyVarObject *) _PyObject_GC_Resize(PyVarObject *, Py_ssize_t);
#define PyObject_GC_Resize(type, op, n) \
                ( (type *) _PyObject_GC_Resize((PyVarObject *)(op), (n)) )

/* GC information is stored BEFORE the object structure. */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef union _gc_head {
    struct {
        union _gc_head *gc_next;
        union _gc_head *gc_prev;
        Py_ssize_t gc_refs;
    } gc;
    double dummy;  /* force worst-case alignment */
} PyGC_Head;

extern PyGC_Head *_PyGC_generation0;

#define _Py_AS_GC(o) ((PyGC_Head *)(o)-1)

/* Bit 0 is set when tp_finalize is called */
#define _PyGC_REFS_MASK_FINALIZED  (1 << 0)
/* The (N-1) most significant bits contain the gc state / refcount */
#define _PyGC_REFS_SHIFT           (1)
#define _PyGC_REFS_MASK            (((size_t) -1) << _PyGC_REFS_SHIFT)

#define _PyGCHead_REFS(g) ((g)->gc.gc_refs >> _PyGC_REFS_SHIFT)
#define _PyGCHead_SET_REFS(g, v) do { \
    (g)->gc.gc_refs = ((g)->gc.gc_refs & ~_PyGC_REFS_MASK) \
        | (((size_t)(v)) << _PyGC_REFS_SHIFT);             \
    } while (0)
#define _PyGCHead_DECREF(g) ((g)->gc.gc_refs -= 1 << _PyGC_REFS_SHIFT)

#define _PyGCHead_FINALIZED(g) (((g)->gc.gc_refs & _PyGC_REFS_MASK_FINALIZED) != 0)
#define _PyGCHead_SET_FINALIZED(g, v) do {  \
    (g)->gc.gc_refs = ((g)->gc.gc_refs & ~_PyGC_REFS_MASK_FINALIZED) \
        | (v != 0); \
    } while (0)

#define _PyGC_FINALIZED(o) _PyGCHead_FINALIZED(_Py_AS_GC(o))
#define _PyGC_SET_FINALIZED(o, v) _PyGCHead_SET_FINALIZED(_Py_AS_GC(o), v)

#define _PyGC_REFS(o) _PyGCHead_REFS(_Py_AS_GC(o))

#define _PyGC_REFS_UNTRACKED                    (-2)
#define _PyGC_REFS_REACHABLE                    (-3)
#define _PyGC_REFS_TENTATIVELY_UNREACHABLE      (-4)

/* Tell the GC to track this object.  NB: While the object is tracked the
 * collector it must be safe to call the ob_traverse method. */
#define _PyObject_GC_TRACK(o) do { \
    PyGC_Head *g = _Py_AS_GC(o); \
    if (_PyGCHead_REFS(g) != _PyGC_REFS_UNTRACKED) \
        Py_FatalError("GC object already tracked"); \
    _PyGCHead_SET_REFS(g, _PyGC_REFS_REACHABLE); \
    g->gc.gc_next = _PyGC_generation0; \
    g->gc.gc_prev = _PyGC_generation0->gc.gc_prev; \
    g->gc.gc_prev->gc.gc_next = g; \
    _PyGC_generation0->gc.gc_prev = g; \
    } while (0);

/* Tell the GC to stop tracking this object.
 * gc_next doesn't need to be set to NULL, but doing so is a good
 * way to provoke memory errors if calling code is confused.
 */
#define _PyObject_GC_UNTRACK(o) do { \
    PyGC_Head *g = _Py_AS_GC(o); \
    assert(_PyGCHead_REFS(g) != _PyGC_REFS_UNTRACKED); \
    _PyGCHead_SET_REFS(g, _PyGC_REFS_UNTRACKED); \
    g->gc.gc_prev->gc.gc_next = g->gc.gc_next; \
    g->gc.gc_next->gc.gc_prev = g->gc.gc_prev; \
    g->gc.gc_next = NULL; \
    } while (0);

/* True if the object is currently tracked by the GC. */
#define _PyObject_GC_IS_TRACKED(o) \
    (_PyGC_REFS(o) != _PyGC_REFS_UNTRACKED)

/* True if the object may be tracked by the GC in the future, or already is.
   This can be useful to implement some optimizations. */
#define _PyObject_GC_MAY_BE_TRACKED(obj) \
    (PyObject_IS_GC(obj) && \
        (!PyTuple_CheckExact(obj) || _PyObject_GC_IS_TRACKED(obj)))
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_GC_Malloc(size_t size);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_GC_Calloc(size_t size);
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_GC_New(PyTypeObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyVarObject *) _PyObject_GC_NewVar(PyTypeObject *, Py_ssize_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyObject_GC_Track(void *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyObject_GC_UnTrack(void *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyObject_GC_Del(void *);

#define PyObject_GC_New(type, typeobj) \
                ( (type *) _PyObject_GC_New(typeobj) )
#define PyObject_GC_NewVar(type, typeobj, n) \
                ( (type *) _PyObject_GC_NewVar((typeobj), (n)) )


/* Utility macro to help write tp_traverse functions.
 * To use this macro, the tp_traverse function must name its arguments
 * "visit" and "arg".  This is intended to keep tp_traverse functions
 * looking as much alike as possible.
 */
#define Py_VISIT(op)                                                    \
    do {                                                                \
        if (op) {                                                       \
            int vret = visit((PyObject *)(op), arg);                    \
            if (vret)                                                   \
                return vret;                                            \
        }                                                               \
    } while (0)


/* Test if a type supports weak references */
#define PyType_SUPPORTS_WEAKREFS(t) ((t)->tp_weaklistoffset > 0)

#define PyObject_GET_WEAKREFS_LISTPTR(o) \
    ((PyObject **) (((char *) (o)) + Py_TYPE(o)->tp_weaklistoffset))

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_OBJIMPL_H */
#ifndef Py_ABSTRACTOBJECT_H
#define Py_ABSTRACTOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifdef PY_SSIZE_T_CLEAN
#define PyObject_CallFunction _PyObject_CallFunction_SizeT
#define PyObject_CallMethod _PyObject_CallMethod_SizeT
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#define _PyObject_CallMethodId _PyObject_CallMethodId_SizeT
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */
#endif

/* Abstract Object Interface (many thanks to Jim Fulton) */

/*
   PROPOSAL: A Generic Python Object Interface for Python C Modules

Problem

  Python modules written in C that must access Python objects must do
  so through routines whose interfaces are described by a set of
  include files.  Unfortunately, these routines vary according to the
  object accessed.  To use these routines, the C programmer must check
  the type of the object being used and must call a routine based on
  the object type.  For example, to access an element of a sequence,
  the programmer must determine whether the sequence is a list or a
  tuple:

    if(is_tupleobject(o))
      e=gettupleitem(o,i)
    else if(is_listitem(o))
      e=getlistitem(o,i)

  If the programmer wants to get an item from another type of object
  that provides sequence behavior, there is no clear way to do it
  correctly.

  The persistent programmer may peruse object.h and find that the
  _typeobject structure provides a means of invoking up to (currently
  about) 41 special operators.  So, for example, a routine can get an
  item from any object that provides sequence behavior. However, to
  use this mechanism, the programmer must make their code dependent on
  the current Python implementation.

  Also, certain semantics, especially memory management semantics, may
  differ by the type of object being used.  Unfortunately, these
  semantics are not clearly described in the current include files.
  An abstract interface providing more consistent semantics is needed.

Proposal

  I propose the creation of a standard interface (with an associated
  library of routines and/or macros) for generically obtaining the
  services of Python objects.  This proposal can be viewed as one
  components of a Python C interface consisting of several components.

  From the viewpoint of C access to Python services, we have (as
  suggested by Guido in off-line discussions):

  - "Very high level layer": two or three functions that let you exec or
    eval arbitrary Python code given as a string in a module whose name is
    given, passing C values in and getting C values out using
    mkvalue/getargs style format strings.  This does not require the user
    to declare any variables of type "PyObject *".  This should be enough
    to write a simple application that gets Python code from the user,
    execs it, and returns the output or errors.  (Error handling must also
    be part of this API.)

  - "Abstract objects layer": which is the subject of this proposal.
    It has many functions operating on objects, and lest you do many
    things from C that you can also write in Python, without going
    through the Python parser.

  - "Concrete objects layer": This is the public type-dependent
    interface provided by the standard built-in types, such as floats,
    strings, and lists.  This interface exists and is currently
    documented by the collection of include files provided with the
    Python distributions.

  From the point of view of Python accessing services provided by C
  modules:

  - "Python module interface": this interface consist of the basic
    routines used to define modules and their members.  Most of the
    current extensions-writing guide deals with this interface.

  - "Built-in object interface": this is the interface that a new
    built-in type must provide and the mechanisms and rules that a
    developer of a new built-in type must use and follow.

  This proposal is a "first-cut" that is intended to spur
  discussion. See especially the lists of notes.

  The Python C object interface will provide four protocols: object,
  numeric, sequence, and mapping.  Each protocol consists of a
  collection of related operations.  If an operation that is not
  provided by a particular type is invoked, then a standard exception,
  NotImplementedError is raised with an operation name as an argument.
  In addition, for convenience this interface defines a set of
  constructors for building objects of built-in types.  This is needed
  so new objects can be returned from C functions that otherwise treat
  objects generically.

Memory Management

  For all of the functions described in this proposal, if a function
  retains a reference to a Python object passed as an argument, then the
  function will increase the reference count of the object.  It is
  unnecessary for the caller to increase the reference count of an
  argument in anticipation of the object's retention.

  All Python objects returned from functions should be treated as new
  objects.  Functions that return objects assume that the caller will
  retain a reference and the reference count of the object has already
  been incremented to account for this fact.  A caller that does not
  retain a reference to an object that is returned from a function
  must decrement the reference count of the object (using
  DECREF(object)) to prevent memory leaks.

  Note that the behavior mentioned here is different from the current
  behavior for some objects (e.g. lists and tuples) when certain
  type-specific routines are called directly (e.g. setlistitem).  The
  proposed abstraction layer will provide a consistent memory
  management interface, correcting for inconsistent behavior for some
  built-in types.

Protocols

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx*/

/*  Object Protocol: */

     /* Implemented elsewhere:

     int PyObject_Print(PyObject *o, FILE *fp, int flags);

     Print an object, o, on file, fp.  Returns -1 on
     error.  The flags argument is used to enable certain printing
     options. The only option currently supported is Py_Print_RAW.

     (What should be said about Py_Print_RAW?)

       */

     /* Implemented elsewhere:

     int PyObject_HasAttrString(PyObject *o, const char *attr_name);

     Returns 1 if o has the attribute attr_name, and 0 otherwise.
     This is equivalent to the Python expression:
     hasattr(o,attr_name).

     This function always succeeds.

       */

     /* Implemented elsewhere:

     PyObject* PyObject_GetAttrString(PyObject *o, const char *attr_name);

     Retrieve an attributed named attr_name form object o.
     Returns the attribute value on success, or NULL on failure.
     This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o.attr_name.

       */

     /* Implemented elsewhere:

     int PyObject_HasAttr(PyObject *o, PyObject *attr_name);

     Returns 1 if o has the attribute attr_name, and 0 otherwise.
     This is equivalent to the Python expression:
     hasattr(o,attr_name).

     This function always succeeds.

       */

     /* Implemented elsewhere:

     PyObject* PyObject_GetAttr(PyObject *o, PyObject *attr_name);

     Retrieve an attributed named attr_name form object o.
     Returns the attribute value on success, or NULL on failure.
     This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o.attr_name.

       */


     /* Implemented elsewhere:

     int PyObject_SetAttrString(PyObject *o, const char *attr_name, PyObject *v);

     Set the value of the attribute named attr_name, for object o,
     to the value v. Raise an exception and return -1 on failure; return 0 on
     success.  This is the equivalent of the Python statement o.attr_name=v.

       */

     /* Implemented elsewhere:

     int PyObject_SetAttr(PyObject *o, PyObject *attr_name, PyObject *v);

     Set the value of the attribute named attr_name, for object o,
     to the value v. Raise an exception and return -1 on failure; return 0 on
     success.  This is the equivalent of the Python statement o.attr_name=v.

       */

     /* implemented as a macro:

     int PyObject_DelAttrString(PyObject *o, const char *attr_name);

     Delete attribute named attr_name, for object o. Returns
     -1 on failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python
     statement: del o.attr_name.

       */
#define  PyObject_DelAttrString(O,A) PyObject_SetAttrString((O),(A),NULL)

     /* implemented as a macro:

     int PyObject_DelAttr(PyObject *o, PyObject *attr_name);

     Delete attribute named attr_name, for object o. Returns -1
     on failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python
     statement: del o.attr_name.

       */
#define  PyObject_DelAttr(O,A) PyObject_SetAttr((O),(A),NULL)

     /* Implemented elsewhere:

     PyObject *PyObject_Repr(PyObject *o);

     Compute the string representation of object, o.  Returns the
     string representation on success, NULL on failure.  This is
     the equivalent of the Python expression: repr(o).

     Called by the repr() built-in function.

       */

     /* Implemented elsewhere:

     PyObject *PyObject_Str(PyObject *o);

     Compute the string representation of object, o.  Returns the
     string representation on success, NULL on failure.  This is
     the equivalent of the Python expression: str(o).)

     Called by the str() and print() built-in functions.

       */

       /* Declared elsewhere

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyCallable_Check(PyObject *o);

     Determine if the object, o, is callable.  Return 1 if the
     object is callable and 0 otherwise.

     This function always succeeds.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_Call(PyObject *callable_object,
                                          PyObject *args, PyObject *kwargs);

       /*
     Call a callable Python object, callable_object, with
     arguments and keywords arguments.  The 'args' argument can not be
     NULL.
       */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
    PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyStack_AsTuple(
        PyObject **stack,
        Py_ssize_t nargs);

    /* Convert keyword arguments from the (stack, kwnames) format to a Python
       dictionary.

       kwnames must only contains str strings, no subclass, and all keys must
       be unique. kwnames is not checked, usually these checks are done before or later
       calling _PyStack_AsDict(). For example, _PyArg_ParseStack() raises an
       error if a key is not a string. */
    PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyStack_AsDict(
        PyObject **values,
        PyObject *kwnames);

    /* Convert (args, nargs, kwargs: dict) into (stack, nargs, kwnames: tuple).

       Return 0 on success, raise an exception and return -1 on error.

       Write the new stack into *p_stack. If *p_stack is differen than args, it
       must be released by PyMem_Free().

       The stack uses borrowed references.

       The type of keyword keys is not checked, these checks should be done
       later (ex: _PyArg_ParseStackAndKeywords). */
    PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyStack_UnpackDict(
        PyObject **args,
        Py_ssize_t nargs,
        PyObject *kwargs,
        PyObject ***p_stack,
        PyObject **p_kwnames);

    /* Call the callable object func with the "fast call" calling convention:
       args is a C array for positional arguments (nargs is the number of
       positional arguments), kwargs is a dictionary for keyword arguments.

       If nargs is equal to zero, args can be NULL. kwargs can be NULL.
       nargs must be greater or equal to zero.

       Return the result on success. Raise an exception on return NULL on
       error. */
    PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_FastCallDict(PyObject *func,
                                                  PyObject **args, Py_ssize_t nargs,
                                                  PyObject *kwargs);

    /* Call the callable object func with the "fast call" calling convention:
       args is a C array for positional arguments followed by values of
       keyword arguments. Keys of keyword arguments are stored as a tuple
       of strings in kwnames. nargs is the number of positional parameters at
       the beginning of stack. The size of kwnames gives the number of keyword
       values in the stack after positional arguments.

       kwnames must only contains str strings, no subclass, and all keys must
       be unique.

       If nargs is equal to zero and there is no keyword argument (kwnames is
       NULL or its size is zero), args can be NULL.

       Return the result on success. Raise an exception and return NULL on
       error. */
    PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_FastCallKeywords
       (PyObject *func,
        PyObject **args,
        Py_ssize_t nargs,
        PyObject *kwnames);

#define _PyObject_FastCall(func, args, nargs) \
    _PyObject_FastCallDict((func), (args), (nargs), NULL)

#define _PyObject_CallNoArg(func) \
    _PyObject_FastCall((func), NULL, 0)

#define _PyObject_CallArg1(func, arg) \
    _PyObject_FastCall((func), &(arg), 1)

    PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_Call_Prepend(PyObject *func,
                                                  PyObject *obj, PyObject *args,
                                                  PyObject *kwargs);

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _Py_CheckFunctionResult(PyObject *func,
                                                    PyObject *result,
                                                    const char *where);
#endif   /* Py_LIMITED_API */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_CallObject(PyObject *callable_object,
                                                PyObject *args);

       /*
     Call a callable Python object, callable_object, with
     arguments given by the tuple, args.  If no arguments are
     needed, then args may be NULL.  Returns the result of the
     call on success, or NULL on failure.  This is the equivalent
     of the Python expression: o(*args).
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_CallFunction(PyObject *callable_object,
                                                  const char *format, ...);

       /*
     Call a callable Python object, callable_object, with a
     variable number of C arguments. The C arguments are described
     using a mkvalue-style format string. The format may be NULL,
     indicating that no arguments are provided.  Returns the
     result of the call on success, or NULL on failure.  This is
     the equivalent of the Python expression: o(*args).
       */


     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_CallMethod(PyObject *o,
                                                const char *method,
                                                const char *format, ...);

       /*
     Call the method named m of object o with a variable number of
     C arguments.  The C arguments are described by a mkvalue
     format string.  The format may be NULL, indicating that no
     arguments are provided. Returns the result of the call on
     success, or NULL on failure.  This is the equivalent of the
     Python expression: o.method(args).
       */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_CallMethodId(PyObject *o,
                                                   _Py_Identifier *method,
                                                   const char *format, ...);

       /*
         Like PyObject_CallMethod, but expect a _Py_Identifier* as the
         method name.
       */
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_CallFunction_SizeT(PyObject *callable,
                                                         const char *format,
                                                         ...);
     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_CallMethod_SizeT(PyObject *o,
                                                       const char *name,
                                                       const char *format,
                                                       ...);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_CallMethodId_SizeT(PyObject *o,
                                                       _Py_Identifier *name,
                                                       const char *format,
                                                       ...);
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_CallFunctionObjArgs(PyObject *callable,
                                                         ...);

       /*
     Call a callable Python object, callable_object, with a
     variable number of C arguments.  The C arguments are provided
     as PyObject * values, terminated by a NULL.  Returns the
     result of the call on success, or NULL on failure.  This is
     the equivalent of the Python expression: o(*args).
       */


     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_CallMethodObjArgs(PyObject *o,
                                                       PyObject *method, ...);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_CallMethodIdObjArgs(PyObject *o,
                                               struct _Py_Identifier *method,
                                               ...);
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

       /*
     Call the method named m of object o with a variable number of
     C arguments.  The C arguments are provided as PyObject *
     values, terminated by NULL.  Returns the result of the call
     on success, or NULL on failure.  This is the equivalent of
     the Python expression: o.method(args).
       */


     /* Implemented elsewhere:

     long PyObject_Hash(PyObject *o);

     Compute and return the hash, hash_value, of an object, o.  On
     failure, return -1.  This is the equivalent of the Python
     expression: hash(o).
       */


     /* Implemented elsewhere:

     int PyObject_IsTrue(PyObject *o);

     Returns 1 if the object, o, is considered to be true, 0 if o is
     considered to be false and -1 on failure. This is equivalent to the
     Python expression: not not o
       */

     /* Implemented elsewhere:

     int PyObject_Not(PyObject *o);

     Returns 0 if the object, o, is considered to be true, 1 if o is
     considered to be false and -1 on failure. This is equivalent to the
     Python expression: not o
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_Type(PyObject *o);

       /*
     On success, returns a type object corresponding to the object
     type of object o. On failure, returns NULL.  This is
     equivalent to the Python expression: type(o).
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyObject_Size(PyObject *o);

       /*
     Return the size of object o.  If the object, o, provides
     both sequence and mapping protocols, the sequence size is
     returned. On error, -1 is returned.  This is the equivalent
     to the Python expression: len(o).
       */

       /* For DLL compatibility */
#undef PyObject_Length
     PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyObject_Length(PyObject *o);
#define PyObject_Length PyObject_Size

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
     PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyObject_HasLen(PyObject *o);
     PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyObject_LengthHint(PyObject *o, Py_ssize_t);
#endif

       /*
     Guess the size of object o using len(o) or o.__length_hint__().
     If neither of those return a non-negative value, then return the
     default value.  If one of the calls fails, this function returns -1.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_GetItem(PyObject *o, PyObject *key);

       /*
     Return element of o corresponding to the object, key, or NULL
     on failure. This is the equivalent of the Python expression:
     o[key].
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_SetItem(PyObject *o, PyObject *key, PyObject *v);

       /*
     Map the object key to the value v.  Raise an exception and return -1
     on failure; return 0 on success.  This is the equivalent of the Python
     statement o[key]=v.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_DelItemString(PyObject *o, const char *key);

       /*
     Remove the mapping for object, key, from the object *o.
     Returns -1 on failure.  This is equivalent to
     the Python statement: del o[key].
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_DelItem(PyObject *o, PyObject *key);

       /*
     Delete the mapping for key from *o.  Returns -1 on failure.
     This is the equivalent of the Python statement: del o[key].
       */

    /* old buffer API
       FIXME:  usage of these should all be replaced in Python itself
       but for backwards compatibility we will implement them.
       Their usage without a corresponding "unlock" mechanism
       may create issues (but they would already be there). */

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_AsCharBuffer(PyObject *obj,
                                           const char **buffer,
                                           Py_ssize_t *buffer_len);

       /*
      Takes an arbitrary object which must support the (character,
      single segment) buffer interface and returns a pointer to a
      read-only memory location useable as character based input
      for subsequent processing.

      0 is returned on success.  buffer and buffer_len are only
      set in case no error occurs. Otherwise, -1 is returned and
      an exception set.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_CheckReadBuffer(PyObject *obj);

      /*
      Checks whether an arbitrary object supports the (character,
      single segment) buffer interface.  Returns 1 on success, 0
      on failure.
      */

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_AsReadBuffer(PyObject *obj,
                                           const void **buffer,
                                           Py_ssize_t *buffer_len);

       /*
      Same as PyObject_AsCharBuffer() except that this API expects
      (readable, single segment) buffer interface and returns a
      pointer to a read-only memory location which can contain
      arbitrary data.

      0 is returned on success.  buffer and buffer_len are only
      set in case no error occurs.  Otherwise, -1 is returned and
      an exception set.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_AsWriteBuffer(PyObject *obj,
                                            void **buffer,
                                            Py_ssize_t *buffer_len);

       /*
      Takes an arbitrary object which must support the (writable,
      single segment) buffer interface and returns a pointer to a
      writable memory location in buffer of size buffer_len.

      0 is returned on success.  buffer and buffer_len are only
      set in case no error occurs. Otherwise, -1 is returned and
      an exception set.
       */

    /* new buffer API */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#define PyObject_CheckBuffer(obj) \
    (((obj)->ob_type->tp_as_buffer != NULL) &&  \
     ((obj)->ob_type->tp_as_buffer->bf_getbuffer != NULL))

    /* Return 1 if the getbuffer function is available, otherwise
       return 0 */

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_GetBuffer(PyObject *obj, Py_buffer *view,
                                        int flags);

    /* This is a C-API version of the getbuffer function call.  It checks
       to make sure object has the required function pointer and issues the
       call.  Returns -1 and raises an error on failure and returns 0 on
       success
    */


     PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyBuffer_GetPointer(Py_buffer *view, Py_ssize_t *indices);

    /* Get the memory area pointed to by the indices for the buffer given.
       Note that view->ndim is the assumed size of indices
    */

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyBuffer_SizeFromFormat(const char *);

    /* Return the implied itemsize of the data-format area from a
       struct-style description */



     /* Implementation in memoryobject.c */
     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyBuffer_ToContiguous(void *buf, Py_buffer *view,
                                           Py_ssize_t len, char order);

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyBuffer_FromContiguous(Py_buffer *view, void *buf,
                                             Py_ssize_t len, char order);


    /* Copy len bytes of data from the contiguous chunk of memory
       pointed to by buf into the buffer exported by obj.  Return
       0 on success and return -1 and raise a PyBuffer_Error on
       error (i.e. the object does not have a buffer interface or
       it is not working).

       If fort is 'F', then if the object is multi-dimensional,
       then the data will be copied into the array in
       Fortran-style (first dimension varies the fastest).  If
       fort is 'C', then the data will be copied into the array
       in C-style (last dimension varies the fastest).  If fort
       is 'A', then it does not matter and the copy will be made
       in whatever way is more efficient.

    */

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_CopyData(PyObject *dest, PyObject *src);

    /* Copy the data from the src buffer to the buffer of destination
     */

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyBuffer_IsContiguous(const Py_buffer *view, char fort);


     PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyBuffer_FillContiguousStrides(int ndims,
                                                    Py_ssize_t *shape,
                                                    Py_ssize_t *strides,
                                                    int itemsize,
                                                    char fort);

    /*  Fill the strides array with byte-strides of a contiguous
        (Fortran-style if fort is 'F' or C-style otherwise)
        array of the given shape with the given number of bytes
        per element.
    */

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyBuffer_FillInfo(Py_buffer *view, PyObject *o, void *buf,
                                       Py_ssize_t len, int readonly,
                                       int flags);

    /* Fills in a buffer-info structure correctly for an exporter
       that can only share a contiguous chunk of memory of
       "unsigned bytes" of the given length. Returns 0 on success
       and -1 (with raising an error) on error.
     */

     PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyBuffer_Release(Py_buffer *view);

       /* Releases a Py_buffer obtained from getbuffer ParseTuple's s*.
    */
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_Format(PyObject* obj,
                                            PyObject *format_spec);
       /*
     Takes an arbitrary object and returns the result of
     calling obj.__format__(format_spec).
       */

/* Iterators */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_GetIter(PyObject *);
     /* Takes an object and returns an iterator for it.
    This is typically a new iterator but if the argument
    is an iterator, this returns itself. */

#define PyIter_Check(obj) \
    ((obj)->ob_type->tp_iternext != NULL && \
     (obj)->ob_type->tp_iternext != &_PyObject_NextNotImplemented)

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyIter_Next(PyObject *);
     /* Takes an iterator object and calls its tp_iternext slot,
    returning the next value.  If the iterator is exhausted,
    this returns NULL without setting an exception.
    NULL with an exception means an error occurred. */

/*  Number Protocol:*/

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyNumber_Check(PyObject *o);

       /*
     Returns 1 if the object, o, provides numeric protocols, and
     false otherwise.

     This function always succeeds.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Add(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     Returns the result of adding o1 and o2, or null on failure.
     This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1+o2.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Subtract(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     Returns the result of subtracting o2 from o1, or null on
     failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python expression:
     o1-o2.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Multiply(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     Returns the result of multiplying o1 and o2, or null on
     failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python expression:
     o1*o2.
       */

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03050000
     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_MatrixMultiply(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 @ o2.
       */
#endif

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_FloorDivide(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     Returns the result of dividing o1 by o2 giving an integral result,
     or null on failure.
     This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1//o2.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_TrueDivide(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     Returns the result of dividing o1 by o2 giving a float result,
     or null on failure.
     This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1/o2.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Remainder(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     Returns the remainder of dividing o1 by o2, or null on
     failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python expression:
     o1%o2.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Divmod(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     See the built-in function divmod.  Returns NULL on failure.
     This is the equivalent of the Python expression:
     divmod(o1,o2).
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Power(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2,
                                           PyObject *o3);

       /*
     See the built-in function pow.  Returns NULL on failure.
     This is the equivalent of the Python expression:
     pow(o1,o2,o3), where o3 is optional.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Negative(PyObject *o);

       /*
     Returns the negation of o on success, or null on failure.
     This is the equivalent of the Python expression: -o.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Positive(PyObject *o);

       /*
     Returns the (what?) of o on success, or NULL on failure.
     This is the equivalent of the Python expression: +o.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Absolute(PyObject *o);

       /*
     Returns the absolute value of o, or null on failure.  This is
     the equivalent of the Python expression: abs(o).
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Invert(PyObject *o);

       /*
     Returns the bitwise negation of o on success, or NULL on
     failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python expression:
     ~o.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Lshift(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     Returns the result of left shifting o1 by o2 on success, or
     NULL on failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python
     expression: o1 << o2.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Rshift(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     Returns the result of right shifting o1 by o2 on success, or
     NULL on failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python
     expression: o1 >> o2.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_And(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     Returns the result of bitwise and of o1 and o2 on success, or
     NULL on failure. This is the equivalent of the Python
     expression: o1&o2.

       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Xor(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     Returns the bitwise exclusive or of o1 by o2 on success, or
     NULL on failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python
     expression: o1^o2.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Or(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     Returns the result of bitwise or on o1 and o2 on success, or
     NULL on failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python
     expression: o1|o2.
       */

#define PyIndex_Check(obj) \
   ((obj)->ob_type->tp_as_number != NULL && \
    (obj)->ob_type->tp_as_number->nb_index != NULL)

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Index(PyObject *o);

       /*
     Returns the object converted to a Python int
     or NULL with an error raised on failure.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyNumber_AsSsize_t(PyObject *o, PyObject *exc);

       /*
    Returns the object converted to Py_ssize_t by going through
    PyNumber_Index first.  If an overflow error occurs while
    converting the int to Py_ssize_t, then the second argument
    is the error-type to return.  If it is NULL, then the overflow error
    is cleared and the value is clipped.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Long(PyObject *o);

       /*
     Returns the o converted to an integer object on success, or
     NULL on failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python
     expression: int(o).
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_Float(PyObject *o);

       /*
     Returns the o converted to a float object on success, or NULL
     on failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python expression:
     float(o).
       */

/*  In-place variants of (some of) the above number protocol functions */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlaceAdd(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     Returns the result of adding o2 to o1, possibly in-place, or null
     on failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python expression:
     o1 += o2.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlaceSubtract(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     Returns the result of subtracting o2 from o1, possibly in-place or
     null on failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python expression:
     o1 -= o2.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlaceMultiply(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     Returns the result of multiplying o1 by o2, possibly in-place, or
     null on failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python expression:
     o1 *= o2.
       */

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03050000
     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlaceMatrixMultiply(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     This is the equivalent of the Python expression: o1 @= o2.
       */
#endif

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlaceFloorDivide(PyObject *o1,
                                                        PyObject *o2);

       /*
     Returns the result of dividing o1 by o2 giving an integral result,
     possibly in-place, or null on failure.
     This is the equivalent of the Python expression:
     o1 /= o2.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlaceTrueDivide(PyObject *o1,
                                                       PyObject *o2);

       /*
     Returns the result of dividing o1 by o2 giving a float result,
     possibly in-place, or null on failure.
     This is the equivalent of the Python expression:
     o1 /= o2.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlaceRemainder(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     Returns the remainder of dividing o1 by o2, possibly in-place, or
     null on failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python expression:
     o1 %= o2.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlacePower(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2,
                                                  PyObject *o3);

       /*
     Returns the result of raising o1 to the power of o2, possibly
     in-place, or null on failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python
     expression: o1 **= o2, or pow(o1, o2, o3) if o3 is present.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlaceLshift(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     Returns the result of left shifting o1 by o2, possibly in-place, or
     null on failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python expression:
     o1 <<= o2.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlaceRshift(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     Returns the result of right shifting o1 by o2, possibly in-place or
     null on failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python expression:
     o1 >>= o2.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlaceAnd(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     Returns the result of bitwise and of o1 and o2, possibly in-place,
     or null on failure. This is the equivalent of the Python
     expression: o1 &= o2.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlaceXor(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     Returns the bitwise exclusive or of o1 by o2, possibly in-place, or
     null on failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python expression:
     o1 ^= o2.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_InPlaceOr(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     Returns the result of bitwise or of o1 and o2, possibly in-place,
     or null on failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python
     expression: o1 |= o2.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyNumber_ToBase(PyObject *n, int base);

       /*
     Returns the integer n converted to a string with a base, with a base
     marker of 0b, 0o or 0x prefixed if applicable.
     If n is not an int object, it is converted with PyNumber_Index first.
       */


/*  Sequence protocol:*/

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySequence_Check(PyObject *o);

       /*
     Return 1 if the object provides sequence protocol, and zero
     otherwise.

     This function always succeeds.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PySequence_Size(PyObject *o);

       /*
     Return the size of sequence object o, or -1 on failure.
       */

       /* For DLL compatibility */
#undef PySequence_Length
     PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PySequence_Length(PyObject *o);
#define PySequence_Length PySequence_Size


     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySequence_Concat(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     Return the concatenation of o1 and o2 on success, and NULL on
     failure.   This is the equivalent of the Python
     expression: o1+o2.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySequence_Repeat(PyObject *o, Py_ssize_t count);

       /*
     Return the result of repeating sequence object o count times,
     or NULL on failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python
     expression: o1*count.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySequence_GetItem(PyObject *o, Py_ssize_t i);

       /*
     Return the ith element of o, or NULL on failure. This is the
     equivalent of the Python expression: o[i].
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySequence_GetSlice(PyObject *o, Py_ssize_t i1, Py_ssize_t i2);

       /*
     Return the slice of sequence object o between i1 and i2, or
     NULL on failure. This is the equivalent of the Python
     expression: o[i1:i2].
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySequence_SetItem(PyObject *o, Py_ssize_t i, PyObject *v);

       /*
     Assign object v to the ith element of o.  Raise an exception and return
     -1 on failure; return 0 on success.  This is the equivalent of the
     Python statement o[i]=v.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySequence_DelItem(PyObject *o, Py_ssize_t i);

       /*
     Delete the ith element of object v.  Returns
     -1 on failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python
     statement: del o[i].
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySequence_SetSlice(PyObject *o, Py_ssize_t i1, Py_ssize_t i2,
                                         PyObject *v);

       /*
     Assign the sequence object, v, to the slice in sequence
     object, o, from i1 to i2.  Returns -1 on failure. This is the
     equivalent of the Python statement: o[i1:i2]=v.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySequence_DelSlice(PyObject *o, Py_ssize_t i1, Py_ssize_t i2);

       /*
     Delete the slice in sequence object, o, from i1 to i2.
     Returns -1 on failure. This is the equivalent of the Python
     statement: del o[i1:i2].
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySequence_Tuple(PyObject *o);

       /*
     Returns the sequence, o, as a tuple on success, and NULL on failure.
     This is equivalent to the Python expression: tuple(o)
       */


     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySequence_List(PyObject *o);
       /*
     Returns the sequence, o, as a list on success, and NULL on failure.
     This is equivalent to the Python expression: list(o)
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySequence_Fast(PyObject *o, const char* m);
       /*
     Return the sequence, o, as a list, unless it's already a
     tuple or list.  Use PySequence_Fast_GET_ITEM to access the
     members of this list, and PySequence_Fast_GET_SIZE to get its length.

     Returns NULL on failure.  If the object does not support iteration,
     raises a TypeError exception with m as the message text.
       */

#define PySequence_Fast_GET_SIZE(o) \
    (PyList_Check(o) ? PyList_GET_SIZE(o) : PyTuple_GET_SIZE(o))
       /*
     Return the size of o, assuming that o was returned by
     PySequence_Fast and is not NULL.
       */

#define PySequence_Fast_GET_ITEM(o, i)\
     (PyList_Check(o) ? PyList_GET_ITEM(o, i) : PyTuple_GET_ITEM(o, i))
       /*
     Return the ith element of o, assuming that o was returned by
     PySequence_Fast, and that i is within bounds.
       */

#define PySequence_ITEM(o, i)\
    ( Py_TYPE(o)->tp_as_sequence->sq_item(o, i) )
       /* Assume tp_as_sequence and sq_item exist and that i does not
      need to be corrected for a negative index
       */

#define PySequence_Fast_ITEMS(sf) \
    (PyList_Check(sf) ? ((PyListObject *)(sf))->ob_item \
                      : ((PyTupleObject *)(sf))->ob_item)
    /* Return a pointer to the underlying item array for
       an object retured by PySequence_Fast */

     PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PySequence_Count(PyObject *o, PyObject *value);

       /*
     Return the number of occurrences on value on o, that is,
     return the number of keys for which o[key]==value.  On
     failure, return -1.  This is equivalent to the Python
     expression: o.count(value).
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySequence_Contains(PyObject *seq, PyObject *ob);
       /*
     Return -1 if error; 1 if ob in seq; 0 if ob not in seq.
     Use __contains__ if possible, else _PySequence_IterSearch().
       */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#define PY_ITERSEARCH_COUNT    1
#define PY_ITERSEARCH_INDEX    2
#define PY_ITERSEARCH_CONTAINS 3
     PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) _PySequence_IterSearch(PyObject *seq,
                                        PyObject *obj, int operation);
#endif
    /*
      Iterate over seq.  Result depends on the operation:
      PY_ITERSEARCH_COUNT:  return # of times obj appears in seq; -1 if
        error.
      PY_ITERSEARCH_INDEX:  return 0-based index of first occurrence of
        obj in seq; set ValueError and return -1 if none found;
        also return -1 on error.
      PY_ITERSEARCH_CONTAINS:  return 1 if obj in seq, else 0; -1 on
        error.
    */

/* For DLL-level backwards compatibility */
#undef PySequence_In
     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySequence_In(PyObject *o, PyObject *value);

/* For source-level backwards compatibility */
#define PySequence_In PySequence_Contains

       /*
     Determine if o contains value.  If an item in o is equal to
     X, return 1, otherwise return 0.  On error, return -1.  This
     is equivalent to the Python expression: value in o.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PySequence_Index(PyObject *o, PyObject *value);

       /*
     Return the first index for which o[i]=value.  On error,
     return -1.    This is equivalent to the Python
     expression: o.index(value).
       */

/* In-place versions of some of the above Sequence functions. */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySequence_InPlaceConcat(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2);

       /*
     Append o2 to o1, in-place when possible. Return the resulting
     object, which could be o1, or NULL on failure.  This is the
     equivalent of the Python expression: o1 += o2.

       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySequence_InPlaceRepeat(PyObject *o, Py_ssize_t count);

       /*
     Repeat o1 by count, in-place when possible. Return the resulting
     object, which could be o1, or NULL on failure.  This is the
     equivalent of the Python expression: o1 *= count.

       */

/*  Mapping protocol:*/

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyMapping_Check(PyObject *o);

       /*
     Return 1 if the object provides mapping protocol, and zero
     otherwise.

     This function always succeeds.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyMapping_Size(PyObject *o);

       /*
     Returns the number of keys in object o on success, and -1 on
     failure.  For objects that do not provide sequence protocol,
     this is equivalent to the Python expression: len(o).
       */

       /* For DLL compatibility */
#undef PyMapping_Length
     PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyMapping_Length(PyObject *o);
#define PyMapping_Length PyMapping_Size


     /* implemented as a macro:

     int PyMapping_DelItemString(PyObject *o, const char *key);

     Remove the mapping for object, key, from the object *o.
     Returns -1 on failure.  This is equivalent to
     the Python statement: del o[key].
       */
#define PyMapping_DelItemString(O,K) PyObject_DelItemString((O),(K))

     /* implemented as a macro:

     int PyMapping_DelItem(PyObject *o, PyObject *key);

     Remove the mapping for object, key, from the object *o.
     Returns -1 on failure.  This is equivalent to
     the Python statement: del o[key].
       */
#define PyMapping_DelItem(O,K) PyObject_DelItem((O),(K))

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyMapping_HasKeyString(PyObject *o, const char *key);

       /*
     On success, return 1 if the mapping object has the key, key,
     and 0 otherwise.  This is equivalent to the Python expression:
     key in o.

     This function always succeeds.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyMapping_HasKey(PyObject *o, PyObject *key);

       /*
     Return 1 if the mapping object has the key, key,
     and 0 otherwise.  This is equivalent to the Python expression:
     key in o.

     This function always succeeds.

       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMapping_Keys(PyObject *o);

       /*
     On success, return a list or tuple of the keys in object o.
     On failure, return NULL.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMapping_Values(PyObject *o);

       /*
     On success, return a list or tuple of the values in object o.
     On failure, return NULL.
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMapping_Items(PyObject *o);

       /*
     On success, return a list or tuple of the items in object o,
     where each item is a tuple containing a key-value pair.
     On failure, return NULL.

       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMapping_GetItemString(PyObject *o,
                                                    const char *key);

       /*
     Return element of o corresponding to the object, key, or NULL
     on failure. This is the equivalent of the Python expression:
     o[key].
       */

     PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyMapping_SetItemString(PyObject *o, const char *key,
                                            PyObject *value);

       /*
     Map the object, key, to the value, v.  Returns
     -1 on failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python
     statement: o[key]=v.
      */


PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_IsInstance(PyObject *object, PyObject *typeorclass);
      /* isinstance(object, typeorclass) */

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_IsSubclass(PyObject *object, PyObject *typeorclass);
      /* issubclass(object, typeorclass) */


#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyObject_RealIsInstance(PyObject *inst, PyObject *cls);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyObject_RealIsSubclass(PyObject *derived, PyObject *cls);

PyAPI_FUNC(char *const *) _PySequence_BytesToCharpArray(PyObject* self);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_FreeCharPArray(char *const array[]);

/* For internal use by buffer API functions */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_add_one_to_index_F(int nd, Py_ssize_t *index,
                                        const Py_ssize_t *shape);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_add_one_to_index_C(int nd, Py_ssize_t *index,
                                        const Py_ssize_t *shape);
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* Py_ABSTRACTOBJECT_H */

/* Capsule objects let you wrap a C "void *" pointer in a Python
   object.  They're a way of passing data through the Python interpreter
   without creating your own custom type.

   Capsules are used for communication between extension modules.
   They provide a way for an extension module to export a C interface
   to other extension modules, so that extension modules can use the
   Python import mechanism to link to one another.

   For more information, please see "c-api/capsule.html" in the
   documentation.
*/

#ifndef Py_CAPSULE_H
#define Py_CAPSULE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyCapsule_Type;

typedef void (*PyCapsule_Destructor)(PyObject *);

#define PyCapsule_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyCapsule_Type)


PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCapsule_New(
    void *pointer,
    const char *name,
    PyCapsule_Destructor destructor);

PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyCapsule_GetPointer(PyObject *capsule, const char *name);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyCapsule_Destructor) PyCapsule_GetDestructor(PyObject *capsule);

PyAPI_FUNC(const char *) PyCapsule_GetName(PyObject *capsule);

PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyCapsule_GetContext(PyObject *capsule);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyCapsule_IsValid(PyObject *capsule, const char *name);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyCapsule_SetPointer(PyObject *capsule, void *pointer);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyCapsule_SetDestructor(PyObject *capsule, PyCapsule_Destructor destructor);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyCapsule_SetName(PyObject *capsule, const char *name);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyCapsule_SetContext(PyObject *capsule, void *context);

PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyCapsule_Import(
    const char *name,           /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    int no_block);


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_CAPSULE_H */

/* Parser-tokenizer link interface */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_PARSETOK_H
#define Py_PARSETOK_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct {
    int error;
#ifndef PGEN
    /* The filename is useless for pgen, see comment in tok_state structure */
    PyObject *filename;
#endif
    int lineno;
    int offset;
    char *text;                 /* UTF-8-encoded string */
    int token;
    int expected;
} perrdetail;

#if 0
#define PyPARSE_YIELD_IS_KEYWORD	0x0001
#endif

#define PyPARSE_DONT_IMPLY_DEDENT	0x0002

#if 0
#define PyPARSE_WITH_IS_KEYWORD		0x0003
#define PyPARSE_PRINT_IS_FUNCTION       0x0004
#define PyPARSE_UNICODE_LITERALS        0x0008
#endif

#define PyPARSE_IGNORE_COOKIE 0x0010
#define PyPARSE_BARRY_AS_BDFL 0x0020

PyAPI_FUNC(node *) PyParser_ParseString(const char *, grammar *, int,
                                              perrdetail *);
PyAPI_FUNC(node *) PyParser_ParseFile (FILE *, const char *, grammar *, int,
                                             const char *, const char *,
                                             perrdetail *);

PyAPI_FUNC(node *) PyParser_ParseStringFlags(const char *, grammar *, int,
                                              perrdetail *, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(node *) PyParser_ParseFileFlags(
    FILE *fp,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    const char *enc,
    grammar *g,
    int start,
    const char *ps1,
    const char *ps2,
    perrdetail *err_ret,
    int flags);
PyAPI_FUNC(node *) PyParser_ParseFileFlagsEx(
    FILE *fp,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    const char *enc,
    grammar *g,
    int start,
    const char *ps1,
    const char *ps2,
    perrdetail *err_ret,
    int *flags);
PyAPI_FUNC(node *) PyParser_ParseFileObject(
    FILE *fp,
    PyObject *filename,
    const char *enc,
    grammar *g,
    int start,
    const char *ps1,
    const char *ps2,
    perrdetail *err_ret,
    int *flags);

PyAPI_FUNC(node *) PyParser_ParseStringFlagsFilename(
    const char *s,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    grammar *g,
    int start,
    perrdetail *err_ret,
    int flags);
PyAPI_FUNC(node *) PyParser_ParseStringFlagsFilenameEx(
    const char *s,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    grammar *g,
    int start,
    perrdetail *err_ret,
    int *flags);
PyAPI_FUNC(node *) PyParser_ParseStringObject(
    const char *s,
    PyObject *filename,
    grammar *g,
    int start,
    perrdetail *err_ret,
    int *flags);

/* Note that the following functions are defined in pythonrun.c,
   not in parsetok.c */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyParser_SetError(perrdetail *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyParser_ClearError(perrdetail *);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_PARSETOK_H */
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */
#ifndef Py_STRUCTMEMBER_H
#define Py_STRUCTMEMBER_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


/* Interface to map C struct members to Python object attributes */

#include <stddef.h> /* For offsetof */

/* An array of PyMemberDef structures defines the name, type and offset
   of selected members of a C structure.  These can be read by
   PyMember_GetOne() and set by PyMember_SetOne() (except if their READONLY
   flag is set).  The array must be terminated with an entry whose name
   pointer is NULL. */

typedef struct PyMemberDef {
    char *name;
    int type;
    Py_ssize_t offset;
    int flags;
    char *doc;
} PyMemberDef;

/* Types */
#define T_SHORT     0
#define T_INT       1
#define T_LONG      2
#define T_FLOAT     3
#define T_DOUBLE    4
#define T_STRING    5
#define T_OBJECT    6
/* XXX the ordering here is weird for binary compatibility */
#define T_CHAR      7   /* 1-character string */
#define T_BYTE      8   /* 8-bit signed int */
/* unsigned variants: */
#define T_UBYTE     9
#define T_USHORT    10
#define T_UINT      11
#define T_ULONG     12

/* Added by Jack: strings contained in the structure */
#define T_STRING_INPLACE    13

/* Added by Lillo: bools contained in the structure (assumed char) */
#define T_BOOL      14

#define T_OBJECT_EX 16  /* Like T_OBJECT, but raises AttributeError
                           when the value is NULL, instead of
                           converting to None. */
#define T_LONGLONG      17
#define T_ULONGLONG     18

#define T_PYSSIZET      19      /* Py_ssize_t */
#define T_NONE          20      /* Value is always None */


/* Flags */
#define READONLY            1
#define READ_RESTRICTED     2
#define PY_WRITE_RESTRICTED 4
#define RESTRICTED          (READ_RESTRICTED | PY_WRITE_RESTRICTED)


/* Current API, use this */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMember_GetOne(const char *, struct PyMemberDef *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyMember_SetOne(char *, struct PyMemberDef *, PyObject *);


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_STRUCTMEMBER_H */
#ifndef Py_PYMATH_H
#define Py_PYMATH_H

#include "pyconfig.h" /* include for defines */

/**************************************************************************
Symbols and macros to supply platform-independent interfaces to mathematical
functions and constants
**************************************************************************/

/* Python provides implementations for copysign, round and hypot in
 * Python/pymath.c just in case your math library doesn't provide the
 * functions.
 *
 *Note: PC/pyconfig.h defines copysign as _copysign
 */
#ifndef HAVE_COPYSIGN
extern double copysign(double, double);
#endif

#ifndef HAVE_ROUND
extern double round(double);
#endif

#ifndef HAVE_HYPOT
extern double hypot(double, double);
#endif

/* extra declarations */
#ifndef _MSC_VER
#ifndef __STDC__
extern double fmod (double, double);
extern double frexp (double, int *);
extern double ldexp (double, int);
extern double modf (double, double *);
extern double pow(double, double);
#endif /* __STDC__ */
#endif /* _MSC_VER */

/* High precision definition of pi and e (Euler)
 * The values are taken from libc6's math.h.
 */
#ifndef Py_MATH_PIl
#define Py_MATH_PIl 3.1415926535897932384626433832795029L
#endif
#ifndef Py_MATH_PI
#define Py_MATH_PI 3.14159265358979323846
#endif

#ifndef Py_MATH_El
#define Py_MATH_El 2.7182818284590452353602874713526625L
#endif

#ifndef Py_MATH_E
#define Py_MATH_E 2.7182818284590452354
#endif

/* Tau (2pi) to 40 digits, taken from tauday.com/tau-digits. */
#ifndef Py_MATH_TAU
#define Py_MATH_TAU 6.2831853071795864769252867665590057683943L
#endif


/* On x86, Py_FORCE_DOUBLE forces a floating-point number out of an x87 FPU
   register and into a 64-bit memory location, rounding from extended
   precision to double precision in the process.  On other platforms it does
   nothing. */

/* we take double rounding as evidence of x87 usage */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_FORCE_DOUBLE
#  ifdef X87_DOUBLE_ROUNDING
PyAPI_FUNC(double) _Py_force_double(double);
#    define Py_FORCE_DOUBLE(X) (_Py_force_double(X))
#  else
#    define Py_FORCE_DOUBLE(X) (X)
#  endif
#endif
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifdef HAVE_GCC_ASM_FOR_X87
PyAPI_FUNC(unsigned short) _Py_get_387controlword(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_set_387controlword(unsigned short);
#endif
#endif

/* Py_IS_NAN(X)
 * Return 1 if float or double arg is a NaN, else 0.
 * Caution:
 *     X is evaluated more than once.
 *     This may not work on all platforms.  Each platform has *some*
 *     way to spell this, though -- override in pyconfig.h if you have
 *     a platform where it doesn't work.
 * Note: PC/pyconfig.h defines Py_IS_NAN as _isnan
 */
#ifndef Py_IS_NAN
#if defined HAVE_DECL_ISNAN && HAVE_DECL_ISNAN == 1
#define Py_IS_NAN(X) isnan(X)
#else
#define Py_IS_NAN(X) ((X) != (X))
#endif
#endif

/* Py_IS_INFINITY(X)
 * Return 1 if float or double arg is an infinity, else 0.
 * Caution:
 *    X is evaluated more than once.
 *    This implementation may set the underflow flag if |X| is very small;
 *    it really can't be implemented correctly (& easily) before C99.
 *    Override in pyconfig.h if you have a better spelling on your platform.
 *  Py_FORCE_DOUBLE is used to avoid getting false negatives from a
 *    non-infinite value v sitting in an 80-bit x87 register such that
 *    v becomes infinite when spilled from the register to 64-bit memory.
 * Note: PC/pyconfig.h defines Py_IS_INFINITY as _isinf
 */
#ifndef Py_IS_INFINITY
#  if defined HAVE_DECL_ISINF && HAVE_DECL_ISINF == 1
#    define Py_IS_INFINITY(X) isinf(X)
#  else
#    define Py_IS_INFINITY(X) ((X) &&                                   \
                               (Py_FORCE_DOUBLE(X)*0.5 == Py_FORCE_DOUBLE(X)))
#  endif
#endif

/* Py_IS_FINITE(X)
 * Return 1 if float or double arg is neither infinite nor NAN, else 0.
 * Some compilers (e.g. VisualStudio) have intrisics for this, so a special
 * macro for this particular test is useful
 * Note: PC/pyconfig.h defines Py_IS_FINITE as _finite
 */
#ifndef Py_IS_FINITE
#if defined HAVE_DECL_ISFINITE && HAVE_DECL_ISFINITE == 1
#define Py_IS_FINITE(X) isfinite(X)
#elif defined HAVE_FINITE
#define Py_IS_FINITE(X) finite(X)
#else
#define Py_IS_FINITE(X) (!Py_IS_INFINITY(X) && !Py_IS_NAN(X))
#endif
#endif

/* HUGE_VAL is supposed to expand to a positive double infinity.  Python
 * uses Py_HUGE_VAL instead because some platforms are broken in this
 * respect.  We used to embed code in pyport.h to try to worm around that,
 * but different platforms are broken in conflicting ways.  If you're on
 * a platform where HUGE_VAL is defined incorrectly, fiddle your Python
 * config to #define Py_HUGE_VAL to something that works on your platform.
 */
#ifndef Py_HUGE_VAL
#define Py_HUGE_VAL HUGE_VAL
#endif

/* Py_NAN
 * A value that evaluates to a NaN. On IEEE 754 platforms INF*0 or
 * INF/INF works. Define Py_NO_NAN in pyconfig.h if your platform
 * doesn't support NaNs.
 */
#if !defined(Py_NAN) && !defined(Py_NO_NAN)
#if !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
    #define Py_NAN (Py_HUGE_VAL * 0.)
#else /* __INTEL_COMPILER */
    #if defined(ICC_NAN_STRICT)
        #pragma float_control(push)
        #pragma float_control(precise, on)
        #pragma float_control(except,  on)
        #if defined(_MSC_VER)
            __declspec(noinline)
        #else /* Linux */
            __attribute__((noinline))
        #endif /* _MSC_VER */
        static double __icc_nan()
        {
            return sqrt(-1.0);
        }
        #pragma float_control (pop)
        #define Py_NAN __icc_nan()
    #else /* ICC_NAN_RELAXED as default for Intel Compiler */
        static const union { unsigned char buf[8]; double __icc_nan; } __nan_store = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0xf8,0x7f};
        #define Py_NAN (__nan_store.__icc_nan)
    #endif /* ICC_NAN_STRICT */
#endif /* __INTEL_COMPILER */
#endif

/* Py_OVERFLOWED(X)
 * Return 1 iff a libm function overflowed.  Set errno to 0 before calling
 * a libm function, and invoke this macro after, passing the function
 * result.
 * Caution:
 *    This isn't reliable.  C99 no longer requires libm to set errno under
 *        any exceptional condition, but does require +- HUGE_VAL return
 *        values on overflow.  A 754 box *probably* maps HUGE_VAL to a
 *        double infinity, and we're cool if that's so, unless the input
 *        was an infinity and an infinity is the expected result.  A C89
 *        system sets errno to ERANGE, so we check for that too.  We're
 *        out of luck if a C99 754 box doesn't map HUGE_VAL to +Inf, or
 *        if the returned result is a NaN, or if a C89 box returns HUGE_VAL
 *        in non-overflow cases.
 *    X is evaluated more than once.
 * Some platforms have better way to spell this, so expect some #ifdef'ery.
 *
 * OpenBSD uses 'isinf()' because a compiler bug on that platform causes
 * the longer macro version to be mis-compiled. This isn't optimal, and
 * should be removed once a newer compiler is available on that platform.
 * The system that had the failure was running OpenBSD 3.2 on Intel, with
 * gcc 2.95.3.
 *
 * According to Tim's checkin, the FreeBSD systems use isinf() to work
 * around a FPE bug on that platform.
 */
#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__)
#define Py_OVERFLOWED(X) isinf(X)
#else
#define Py_OVERFLOWED(X) ((X) != 0.0 && (errno == ERANGE ||    \
                                         (X) == Py_HUGE_VAL || \
                                         (X) == -Py_HUGE_VAL))
#endif

/* Return whether integral type *type* is signed or not. */
#define _Py_IntegralTypeSigned(type) ((type)(-1) < 0)
/* Return the maximum value of integral type *type*. */
#define _Py_IntegralTypeMax(type) ((_Py_IntegralTypeSigned(type)) ? (((((type)1 << (sizeof(type)*CHAR_BIT - 2)) - 1) << 1) + 1) : ~(type)0)
/* Return the minimum value of integral type *type*. */
#define _Py_IntegralTypeMin(type) ((_Py_IntegralTypeSigned(type)) ? -_Py_IntegralTypeMax(type) - 1 : 0)
/* Check whether *v* is in the range of integral type *type*. This is most
 * useful if *v* is floating-point, since demoting a floating-point *v* to an
 * integral type that cannot represent *v*'s integral part is undefined
 * behavior. */
#define _Py_InIntegralTypeRange(type, v) (_Py_IntegralTypeMin(type) <= v && v <= _Py_IntegralTypeMax(type))

#endif /* Py_PYMATH_H */

/* Interfaces to parse and execute pieces of python code */

#ifndef Py_PYTHONRUN_H
#define Py_PYTHONRUN_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define PyCF_MASK (CO_FUTURE_DIVISION | CO_FUTURE_ABSOLUTE_IMPORT | \
                   CO_FUTURE_WITH_STATEMENT | CO_FUTURE_PRINT_FUNCTION | \
                   CO_FUTURE_UNICODE_LITERALS | CO_FUTURE_BARRY_AS_BDFL | \
                   CO_FUTURE_GENERATOR_STOP)
#define PyCF_MASK_OBSOLETE (CO_NESTED)
#define PyCF_SOURCE_IS_UTF8  0x0100
#define PyCF_DONT_IMPLY_DEDENT 0x0200
#define PyCF_ONLY_AST 0x0400
#define PyCF_IGNORE_COOKIE 0x0800

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef struct {
    int cf_flags;  /* bitmask of CO_xxx flags relevant to future */
} PyCompilerFlags;
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyRun_SimpleStringFlags(const char *, PyCompilerFlags *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyRun_AnyFileFlags(FILE *, const char *, PyCompilerFlags *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyRun_AnyFileExFlags(
    FILE *fp,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    int closeit,
    PyCompilerFlags *flags);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyRun_SimpleFileExFlags(
    FILE *fp,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    int closeit,
    PyCompilerFlags *flags);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyRun_InteractiveOneFlags(
    FILE *fp,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    PyCompilerFlags *flags);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyRun_InteractiveOneObject(
    FILE *fp,
    PyObject *filename,
    PyCompilerFlags *flags);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyRun_InteractiveLoopFlags(
    FILE *fp,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    PyCompilerFlags *flags);

PyAPI_FUNC(struct _mod *) PyParser_ASTFromString(
    const char *s,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    int start,
    PyCompilerFlags *flags,
    PyArena *arena);
PyAPI_FUNC(struct _mod *) PyParser_ASTFromStringObject(
    const char *s,
    PyObject *filename,
    int start,
    PyCompilerFlags *flags,
    PyArena *arena);
PyAPI_FUNC(struct _mod *) PyParser_ASTFromFile(
    FILE *fp,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    const char* enc,
    int start,
    const char *ps1,
    const char *ps2,
    PyCompilerFlags *flags,
    int *errcode,
    PyArena *arena);
PyAPI_FUNC(struct _mod *) PyParser_ASTFromFileObject(
    FILE *fp,
    PyObject *filename,
    const char* enc,
    int start,
    const char *ps1,
    const char *ps2,
    PyCompilerFlags *flags,
    int *errcode,
    PyArena *arena);
#endif

#ifndef PyParser_SimpleParseString
#define PyParser_SimpleParseString(S, B) \
    PyParser_SimpleParseStringFlags(S, B, 0)
#define PyParser_SimpleParseFile(FP, S, B) \
    PyParser_SimpleParseFileFlags(FP, S, B, 0)
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(struct _node *) PyParser_SimpleParseStringFlags(const char *, int,
                                                           int);
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(struct _node *) PyParser_SimpleParseStringFlagsFilename(const char *,
                                                                   const char *,
                                                                   int, int);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(struct _node *) PyParser_SimpleParseFileFlags(FILE *, const char *,
                                                         int, int);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyRun_StringFlags(const char *, int, PyObject *,
                                         PyObject *, PyCompilerFlags *);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyRun_FileExFlags(
    FILE *fp,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    int start,
    PyObject *globals,
    PyObject *locals,
    int closeit,
    PyCompilerFlags *flags);
#endif

#ifdef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) Py_CompileString(const char *, const char *, int);
#else
#define Py_CompileString(str, p, s) Py_CompileStringExFlags(str, p, s, NULL, -1)
#define Py_CompileStringFlags(str, p, s, f) Py_CompileStringExFlags(str, p, s, f, -1)
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) Py_CompileStringExFlags(
    const char *str,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    int start,
    PyCompilerFlags *flags,
    int optimize);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) Py_CompileStringObject(
    const char *str,
    PyObject *filename, int start,
    PyCompilerFlags *flags,
    int optimize);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(struct symtable *) Py_SymtableString(
    const char *str,
    const char *filename,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    int start);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(struct symtable *) Py_SymtableStringObject(
    const char *str,
    PyObject *filename,
    int start);
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyErr_Print(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyErr_PrintEx(int);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyErr_Display(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Use macros for a bunch of old variants */
#define PyRun_String(str, s, g, l) PyRun_StringFlags(str, s, g, l, NULL)
#define PyRun_AnyFile(fp, name) PyRun_AnyFileExFlags(fp, name, 0, NULL)
#define PyRun_AnyFileEx(fp, name, closeit) \
    PyRun_AnyFileExFlags(fp, name, closeit, NULL)
#define PyRun_AnyFileFlags(fp, name, flags) \
    PyRun_AnyFileExFlags(fp, name, 0, flags)
#define PyRun_SimpleString(s) PyRun_SimpleStringFlags(s, NULL)
#define PyRun_SimpleFile(f, p) PyRun_SimpleFileExFlags(f, p, 0, NULL)
#define PyRun_SimpleFileEx(f, p, c) PyRun_SimpleFileExFlags(f, p, c, NULL)
#define PyRun_InteractiveOne(f, p) PyRun_InteractiveOneFlags(f, p, NULL)
#define PyRun_InteractiveLoop(f, p) PyRun_InteractiveLoopFlags(f, p, NULL)
#define PyRun_File(fp, p, s, g, l) \
    PyRun_FileExFlags(fp, p, s, g, l, 0, NULL)
#define PyRun_FileEx(fp, p, s, g, l, c) \
    PyRun_FileExFlags(fp, p, s, g, l, c, NULL)
#define PyRun_FileFlags(fp, p, s, g, l, flags) \
    PyRun_FileExFlags(fp, p, s, g, l, 0, flags)
#endif

/* Stuff with no proper home (yet) */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(char *) PyOS_Readline(FILE *, FILE *, const char *);
#endif
PyAPI_DATA(int) (*PyOS_InputHook)(void);
PyAPI_DATA(char) *(*PyOS_ReadlineFunctionPointer)(FILE *, FILE *, const char *);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_DATA(PyThreadState*) _PyOS_ReadlineTState;
#endif

/* Stack size, in "pointers" (so we get extra safety margins
   on 64-bit platforms).  On a 32-bit platform, this translates
   to an 8k margin. */
#define PYOS_STACK_MARGIN 2048

#if defined(WIN32) && !defined(MS_WIN64) && defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1300
/* Enable stack checking under Microsoft C */
#define USE_STACKCHECK
#endif

#ifdef USE_STACKCHECK
/* Check that we aren't overflowing our stack */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyOS_CheckStack(void);
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_PYTHONRUN_H */
/* Former class object interface -- now only bound methods are here  */

/* Revealing some structures (not for general use) */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_CLASSOBJECT_H
#define Py_CLASSOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct {
    PyObject_HEAD
    PyObject *im_func;   /* The callable object implementing the method */
    PyObject *im_self;   /* The instance it is bound to */
    PyObject *im_weakreflist; /* List of weak references */
} PyMethodObject;

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyMethod_Type;

#define PyMethod_Check(op) ((op)->ob_type == &PyMethod_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMethod_New(PyObject *, PyObject *);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMethod_Function(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMethod_Self(PyObject *);

/* Macros for direct access to these values. Type checks are *not*
   done, so use with care. */
#define PyMethod_GET_FUNCTION(meth) \
        (((PyMethodObject *)meth) -> im_func)
#define PyMethod_GET_SELF(meth) \
	(((PyMethodObject *)meth) -> im_self)

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyMethod_ClearFreeList(void);

typedef struct {
	PyObject_HEAD
	PyObject *func;
} PyInstanceMethodObject;

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyInstanceMethod_Type;

#define PyInstanceMethod_Check(op) ((op)->ob_type == &PyInstanceMethod_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyInstanceMethod_New(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyInstanceMethod_Function(PyObject *);

/* Macros for direct access to these values. Type checks are *not*
   done, so use with care. */
#define PyInstanceMethod_GET_FUNCTION(meth) \
        (((PyInstanceMethodObject *)meth) -> func)

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_CLASSOBJECT_H */
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */
#ifndef Py_ODICTOBJECT_H
#define Py_ODICTOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


/* OrderedDict */
/* This API is optional and mostly redundant. */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API

typedef struct _odictobject PyODictObject;

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyODict_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyODictIter_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyODictKeys_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyODictItems_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyODictValues_Type;

#define PyODict_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, &PyODict_Type)
#define PyODict_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyODict_Type)
#define PyODict_SIZE(op) ((PyDictObject *)op)->ma_used

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyODict_New(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyODict_SetItem(PyObject *od, PyObject *key, PyObject *item);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyODict_DelItem(PyObject *od, PyObject *key);

/* wrappers around PyDict* functions */
#define PyODict_GetItem(od, key) PyDict_GetItem((PyObject *)od, key)
#define PyODict_GetItemWithError(od, key) \
    PyDict_GetItemWithError((PyObject *)od, key)
#define PyODict_Contains(od, key) PyDict_Contains((PyObject *)od, key)
#define PyODict_Size(od) PyDict_Size((PyObject *)od)
#define PyODict_GetItemString(od, key) \
    PyDict_GetItemString((PyObject *)od, key)

#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_ODICTOBJECT_H */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_ACCU_H
#define Py_ACCU_H

/*** This is a private API for use by the interpreter and the stdlib.
 *** Its definition may be changed or removed at any moment.
 ***/

/*
 * A two-level accumulator of unicode objects that avoids both the overhead
 * of keeping a huge number of small separate objects, and the quadratic
 * behaviour of using a naive repeated concatenation scheme.
 */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#undef small /* defined by some Windows headers */

typedef struct {
    PyObject *large;  /* A list of previously accumulated large strings */
    PyObject *small;  /* Pending small strings */
} _PyAccu;

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyAccu_Init(_PyAccu *acc);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyAccu_Accumulate(_PyAccu *acc, PyObject *unicode);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyAccu_FinishAsList(_PyAccu *acc);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyAccu_Finish(_PyAccu *acc);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyAccu_Destroy(_PyAccu *acc);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* Py_ACCU_H */
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */
#ifndef Py_DICTOBJECT_H
#define Py_DICTOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


/* Dictionary object type -- mapping from hashable object to object */

/* The distribution includes a separate file, Objects/dictnotes.txt,
   describing explorations into dictionary design and optimization.
   It covers typical dictionary use patterns, the parameters for
   tuning dictionaries, and several ideas for possible optimizations.
*/

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API

typedef struct _dictkeysobject PyDictKeysObject;

/* The ma_values pointer is NULL for a combined table
 * or points to an array of PyObject* for a split table
 */
typedef struct {
    PyObject_HEAD

    /* Number of items in the dictionary */
    Py_ssize_t ma_used;

    /* Dictionary version: globally unique, value change each time
       the dictionary is modified */
    uint64_t ma_version_tag;

    PyDictKeysObject *ma_keys;

    /* If ma_values is NULL, the table is "combined": keys and values
       are stored in ma_keys.

       If ma_values is not NULL, the table is splitted:
       keys are stored in ma_keys and values are stored in ma_values */
    PyObject **ma_values;
} PyDictObject;

typedef struct {
    PyObject_HEAD
    PyDictObject *dv_dict;
} _PyDictViewObject;

#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyDict_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyDictIterKey_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyDictIterValue_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyDictIterItem_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyDictKeys_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyDictItems_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyDictValues_Type;

#define PyDict_Check(op) \
                 PyType_FastSubclass(Py_TYPE(op), Py_TPFLAGS_DICT_SUBCLASS)
#define PyDict_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyDict_Type)
#define PyDictKeys_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, &PyDictKeys_Type)
#define PyDictItems_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, &PyDictItems_Type)
#define PyDictValues_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, &PyDictValues_Type)
/* This excludes Values, since they are not sets. */
# define PyDictViewSet_Check(op) \
    (PyDictKeys_Check(op) || PyDictItems_Check(op))


PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyDict_New(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyDict_GetItem(PyObject *mp, PyObject *key);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyDict_GetItem_KnownHash(PyObject *mp, PyObject *key,
                                       Py_hash_t hash);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyDict_GetItemWithError(PyObject *mp, PyObject *key);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyDict_GetItemIdWithError(PyObject *dp,
                                                  struct _Py_Identifier *key);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyDict_SetDefault(
    PyObject *mp, PyObject *key, PyObject *defaultobj);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyDict_SetItem(PyObject *mp, PyObject *key, PyObject *item);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyDict_SetItem_KnownHash(PyObject *mp, PyObject *key,
                                          PyObject *item, Py_hash_t hash);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyDict_DelItem(PyObject *mp, PyObject *key);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyDict_DelItem_KnownHash(PyObject *mp, PyObject *key,
                                          Py_hash_t hash);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyDict_DelItemIf(PyObject *mp, PyObject *key,
                                  int (*predicate)(PyObject *value));
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyDict_Clear(PyObject *mp);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyDict_Next(
    PyObject *mp, Py_ssize_t *pos, PyObject **key, PyObject **value);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyDictKeysObject *_PyDict_NewKeysForClass(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_GenericGetDict(PyObject *, void *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyDict_Next(
    PyObject *mp, Py_ssize_t *pos, PyObject **key, PyObject **value, Py_hash_t *hash);
PyObject *_PyDictView_New(PyObject *, PyTypeObject *);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyDict_Keys(PyObject *mp);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyDict_Values(PyObject *mp);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyDict_Items(PyObject *mp);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyDict_Size(PyObject *mp);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyDict_Copy(PyObject *mp);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyDict_Contains(PyObject *mp, PyObject *key);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyDict_Contains(PyObject *mp, PyObject *key, Py_hash_t hash);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyDict_NewPresized(Py_ssize_t minused);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyDict_MaybeUntrack(PyObject *mp);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyDict_HasOnlyStringKeys(PyObject *mp);
Py_ssize_t _PyDict_KeysSize(PyDictKeysObject *keys);
Py_ssize_t _PyDict_SizeOf(PyDictObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyDict_Pop(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);
PyObject *_PyDict_Pop_KnownHash(PyObject *, PyObject *, Py_hash_t, PyObject *);
PyObject *_PyDict_FromKeys(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);
#define _PyDict_HasSplitTable(d) ((d)->ma_values != NULL)

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyDict_ClearFreeList(void);
#endif

/* PyDict_Update(mp, other) is equivalent to PyDict_Merge(mp, other, 1). */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyDict_Update(PyObject *mp, PyObject *other);

/* PyDict_Merge updates/merges from a mapping object (an object that
   supports PyMapping_Keys() and PyObject_GetItem()).  If override is true,
   the last occurrence of a key wins, else the first.  The Python
   dict.update(other) is equivalent to PyDict_Merge(dict, other, 1).
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyDict_Merge(PyObject *mp,
                                   PyObject *other,
                                   int override);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Like PyDict_Merge, but override can be 0, 1 or 2.  If override is 0,
   the first occurrence of a key wins, if override is 1, the last occurrence
   of a key wins, if override is 2, a KeyError with conflicting key as
   argument is raised.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyDict_MergeEx(PyObject *mp, PyObject *other, int override);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyDictView_Intersect(PyObject* self, PyObject *other);
#endif

/* PyDict_MergeFromSeq2 updates/merges from an iterable object producing
   iterable objects of length 2.  If override is true, the last occurrence
   of a key wins, else the first.  The Python dict constructor dict(seq2)
   is equivalent to dict={}; PyDict_MergeFromSeq(dict, seq2, 1).
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyDict_MergeFromSeq2(PyObject *d,
                                           PyObject *seq2,
                                           int override);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyDict_GetItemString(PyObject *dp, const char *key);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyDict_GetItemId(PyObject *dp, struct _Py_Identifier *key);
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyDict_SetItemString(PyObject *dp, const char *key, PyObject *item);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyDict_SetItemId(PyObject *dp, struct _Py_Identifier *key, PyObject *item);
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyDict_DelItemString(PyObject *dp, const char *key);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyDict_DelItemId(PyObject *mp, struct _Py_Identifier *key);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyDict_DebugMallocStats(FILE *out);

int _PyObjectDict_SetItem(PyTypeObject *tp, PyObject **dictptr, PyObject *name, PyObject *value);
PyObject *_PyDict_LoadGlobal(PyDictObject *, PyDictObject *, PyObject *);
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_DICTOBJECT_H */
/* Do not renumber the file; these numbers are part of the stable ABI. */
/* Disabled, see #10181 */
#undef Py_bf_getbuffer
#undef Py_bf_releasebuffer
#define Py_mp_ass_subscript 3
#define Py_mp_length 4
#define Py_mp_subscript 5
#define Py_nb_absolute 6
#define Py_nb_add 7
#define Py_nb_and 8
#define Py_nb_bool 9
#define Py_nb_divmod 10
#define Py_nb_float 11
#define Py_nb_floor_divide 12
#define Py_nb_index 13
#define Py_nb_inplace_add 14
#define Py_nb_inplace_and 15
#define Py_nb_inplace_floor_divide 16
#define Py_nb_inplace_lshift 17
#define Py_nb_inplace_multiply 18
#define Py_nb_inplace_or 19
#define Py_nb_inplace_power 20
#define Py_nb_inplace_remainder 21
#define Py_nb_inplace_rshift 22
#define Py_nb_inplace_subtract 23
#define Py_nb_inplace_true_divide 24
#define Py_nb_inplace_xor 25
#define Py_nb_int 26
#define Py_nb_invert 27
#define Py_nb_lshift 28
#define Py_nb_multiply 29
#define Py_nb_negative 30
#define Py_nb_or 31
#define Py_nb_positive 32
#define Py_nb_power 33
#define Py_nb_remainder 34
#define Py_nb_rshift 35
#define Py_nb_subtract 36
#define Py_nb_true_divide 37
#define Py_nb_xor 38
#define Py_sq_ass_item 39
#define Py_sq_concat 40
#define Py_sq_contains 41
#define Py_sq_inplace_concat 42
#define Py_sq_inplace_repeat 43
#define Py_sq_item 44
#define Py_sq_length 45
#define Py_sq_repeat 46
#define Py_tp_alloc 47
#define Py_tp_base 48
#define Py_tp_bases 49
#define Py_tp_call 50
#define Py_tp_clear 51
#define Py_tp_dealloc 52
#define Py_tp_del 53
#define Py_tp_descr_get 54
#define Py_tp_descr_set 55
#define Py_tp_doc 56
#define Py_tp_getattr 57
#define Py_tp_getattro 58
#define Py_tp_hash 59
#define Py_tp_init 60
#define Py_tp_is_gc 61
#define Py_tp_iter 62
#define Py_tp_iternext 63
#define Py_tp_methods 64
#define Py_tp_new 65
#define Py_tp_repr 66
#define Py_tp_richcompare 67
#define Py_tp_setattr 68
#define Py_tp_setattro 69
#define Py_tp_str 70
#define Py_tp_traverse 71
#define Py_tp_members 72
#define Py_tp_getset 73
#define Py_tp_free 74
#define Py_nb_matrix_multiply 75
#define Py_nb_inplace_matrix_multiply 76
#define Py_am_await 77
#define Py_am_aiter 78
#define Py_am_anext 79
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03050000
/* New in 3.5 */
#define Py_tp_finalize 80
#endif

/* Grammar interface */

#ifndef Py_GRAMMAR_H
#define Py_GRAMMAR_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include "bitset.h" /* Sigh... */

/* A label of an arc */

typedef struct {
    int		 lb_type;
    char	*lb_str;
} label;

#define EMPTY 0		/* Label number 0 is by definition the empty label */

/* A list of labels */

typedef struct {
    int		 ll_nlabels;
    label	*ll_label;
} labellist;

/* An arc from one state to another */

typedef struct {
    short	a_lbl;		/* Label of this arc */
    short	a_arrow;	/* State where this arc goes to */
} arc;

/* A state in a DFA */

typedef struct {
    int		 s_narcs;
    arc		*s_arc;		/* Array of arcs */

    /* Optional accelerators */
    int		 s_lower;	/* Lowest label index */
    int		 s_upper;	/* Highest label index */
    int		*s_accel;	/* Accelerator */
    int		 s_accept;	/* Nonzero for accepting state */
} state;

/* A DFA */

typedef struct {
    int		 d_type;	/* Non-terminal this represents */
    char	*d_name;	/* For printing */
    int		 d_initial;	/* Initial state */
    int		 d_nstates;
    state	*d_state;	/* Array of states */
    bitset	 d_first;
} dfa;

/* A grammar */

typedef struct {
    int		 g_ndfas;
    dfa		*g_dfa;		/* Array of DFAs */
    labellist	 g_ll;
    int		 g_start;	/* Start symbol of the grammar */
    int		 g_accel;	/* Set if accelerators present */
} grammar;

/* FUNCTIONS */

grammar *newgrammar(int start);
void freegrammar(grammar *g);
dfa *adddfa(grammar *g, int type, const char *name);
int addstate(dfa *d);
void addarc(dfa *d, int from, int to, int lbl);
dfa *PyGrammar_FindDFA(grammar *g, int type);

int addlabel(labellist *ll, int type, const char *str);
int findlabel(labellist *ll, int type, const char *str);
const char *PyGrammar_LabelRepr(label *lb);
void translatelabels(grammar *g);

void addfirstsets(grammar *g);

void PyGrammar_AddAccelerators(grammar *g);
void PyGrammar_RemoveAccelerators(grammar *);

void printgrammar(grammar *g, FILE *fp);
void printnonterminals(grammar *g, FILE *fp);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_GRAMMAR_H */
/*  datetime.h
 */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef DATETIME_H
#define DATETIME_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Fields are packed into successive bytes, each viewed as unsigned and
 * big-endian, unless otherwise noted:
 *
 * byte offset
 *  0           year     2 bytes, 1-9999
 *  2           month    1 byte, 1-12
 *  3           day      1 byte, 1-31
 *  4           hour     1 byte, 0-23
 *  5           minute   1 byte, 0-59
 *  6           second   1 byte, 0-59
 *  7           usecond  3 bytes, 0-999999
 * 10
 */

/* # of bytes for year, month, and day. */
#define _PyDateTime_DATE_DATASIZE 4

/* # of bytes for hour, minute, second, and usecond. */
#define _PyDateTime_TIME_DATASIZE 6

/* # of bytes for year, month, day, hour, minute, second, and usecond. */
#define _PyDateTime_DATETIME_DATASIZE 10


typedef struct
{
    PyObject_HEAD
    Py_hash_t hashcode;         /* -1 when unknown */
    int days;                   /* -MAX_DELTA_DAYS <= days <= MAX_DELTA_DAYS */
    int seconds;                /* 0 <= seconds < 24*3600 is invariant */
    int microseconds;           /* 0 <= microseconds < 1000000 is invariant */
} PyDateTime_Delta;

typedef struct
{
    PyObject_HEAD               /* a pure abstract base class */
} PyDateTime_TZInfo;


/* The datetime and time types have hashcodes, and an optional tzinfo member,
 * present if and only if hastzinfo is true.
 */
#define _PyTZINFO_HEAD          \
    PyObject_HEAD               \
    Py_hash_t hashcode;         \
    char hastzinfo;             /* boolean flag */

/* No _PyDateTime_BaseTZInfo is allocated; it's just to have something
 * convenient to cast to, when getting at the hastzinfo member of objects
 * starting with _PyTZINFO_HEAD.
 */
typedef struct
{
    _PyTZINFO_HEAD
} _PyDateTime_BaseTZInfo;

/* All time objects are of PyDateTime_TimeType, but that can be allocated
 * in two ways, with or without a tzinfo member.  Without is the same as
 * tzinfo == None, but consumes less memory.  _PyDateTime_BaseTime is an
 * internal struct used to allocate the right amount of space for the
 * "without" case.
 */
#define _PyDateTime_TIMEHEAD    \
    _PyTZINFO_HEAD              \
    unsigned char data[_PyDateTime_TIME_DATASIZE];

typedef struct
{
    _PyDateTime_TIMEHEAD
} _PyDateTime_BaseTime;         /* hastzinfo false */

typedef struct
{
    _PyDateTime_TIMEHEAD
    unsigned char fold;
    PyObject *tzinfo;
} PyDateTime_Time;              /* hastzinfo true */


/* All datetime objects are of PyDateTime_DateTimeType, but that can be
 * allocated in two ways too, just like for time objects above.  In addition,
 * the plain date type is a base class for datetime, so it must also have
 * a hastzinfo member (although it's unused there).
 */
typedef struct
{
    _PyTZINFO_HEAD
    unsigned char data[_PyDateTime_DATE_DATASIZE];
} PyDateTime_Date;

#define _PyDateTime_DATETIMEHEAD        \
    _PyTZINFO_HEAD                      \
    unsigned char data[_PyDateTime_DATETIME_DATASIZE];

typedef struct
{
    _PyDateTime_DATETIMEHEAD
} _PyDateTime_BaseDateTime;     /* hastzinfo false */

typedef struct
{
    _PyDateTime_DATETIMEHEAD
    unsigned char fold;
    PyObject *tzinfo;
} PyDateTime_DateTime;          /* hastzinfo true */


/* Apply for date and datetime instances. */
#define PyDateTime_GET_YEAR(o)     ((((PyDateTime_Date*)o)->data[0] << 8) | \
                     ((PyDateTime_Date*)o)->data[1])
#define PyDateTime_GET_MONTH(o)    (((PyDateTime_Date*)o)->data[2])
#define PyDateTime_GET_DAY(o)      (((PyDateTime_Date*)o)->data[3])

#define PyDateTime_DATE_GET_HOUR(o)        (((PyDateTime_DateTime*)o)->data[4])
#define PyDateTime_DATE_GET_MINUTE(o)      (((PyDateTime_DateTime*)o)->data[5])
#define PyDateTime_DATE_GET_SECOND(o)      (((PyDateTime_DateTime*)o)->data[6])
#define PyDateTime_DATE_GET_MICROSECOND(o)              \
    ((((PyDateTime_DateTime*)o)->data[7] << 16) |       \
     (((PyDateTime_DateTime*)o)->data[8] << 8)  |       \
      ((PyDateTime_DateTime*)o)->data[9])
#define PyDateTime_DATE_GET_FOLD(o)        (((PyDateTime_DateTime*)o)->fold)

/* Apply for time instances. */
#define PyDateTime_TIME_GET_HOUR(o)        (((PyDateTime_Time*)o)->data[0])
#define PyDateTime_TIME_GET_MINUTE(o)      (((PyDateTime_Time*)o)->data[1])
#define PyDateTime_TIME_GET_SECOND(o)      (((PyDateTime_Time*)o)->data[2])
#define PyDateTime_TIME_GET_MICROSECOND(o)              \
    ((((PyDateTime_Time*)o)->data[3] << 16) |           \
     (((PyDateTime_Time*)o)->data[4] << 8)  |           \
      ((PyDateTime_Time*)o)->data[5])
#define PyDateTime_TIME_GET_FOLD(o)        (((PyDateTime_Time*)o)->fold)

/* Apply for time delta instances */
#define PyDateTime_DELTA_GET_DAYS(o)         (((PyDateTime_Delta*)o)->days)
#define PyDateTime_DELTA_GET_SECONDS(o)      (((PyDateTime_Delta*)o)->seconds)
#define PyDateTime_DELTA_GET_MICROSECONDS(o)            \
    (((PyDateTime_Delta*)o)->microseconds)


/* Define structure for C API. */
typedef struct {
    /* type objects */
    PyTypeObject *DateType;
    PyTypeObject *DateTimeType;
    PyTypeObject *TimeType;
    PyTypeObject *DeltaType;
    PyTypeObject *TZInfoType;

    /* constructors */
    PyObject *(*Date_FromDate)(int, int, int, PyTypeObject*);
    PyObject *(*DateTime_FromDateAndTime)(int, int, int, int, int, int, int,
        PyObject*, PyTypeObject*);
    PyObject *(*Time_FromTime)(int, int, int, int, PyObject*, PyTypeObject*);
    PyObject *(*Delta_FromDelta)(int, int, int, int, PyTypeObject*);

    /* constructors for the DB API */
    PyObject *(*DateTime_FromTimestamp)(PyObject*, PyObject*, PyObject*);
    PyObject *(*Date_FromTimestamp)(PyObject*, PyObject*);

    /* PEP 495 constructors */
    PyObject *(*DateTime_FromDateAndTimeAndFold)(int, int, int, int, int, int, int,
        PyObject*, int, PyTypeObject*);
    PyObject *(*Time_FromTimeAndFold)(int, int, int, int, PyObject*, int, PyTypeObject*);

} PyDateTime_CAPI;

#define PyDateTime_CAPSULE_NAME "datetime.datetime_CAPI"


#ifdef Py_BUILD_CORE

/* Macros for type checking when building the Python core. */
#define PyDate_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, &PyDateTime_DateType)
#define PyDate_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyDateTime_DateType)

#define PyDateTime_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, &PyDateTime_DateTimeType)
#define PyDateTime_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyDateTime_DateTimeType)

#define PyTime_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, &PyDateTime_TimeType)
#define PyTime_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyDateTime_TimeType)

#define PyDelta_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, &PyDateTime_DeltaType)
#define PyDelta_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyDateTime_DeltaType)

#define PyTZInfo_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, &PyDateTime_TZInfoType)
#define PyTZInfo_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyDateTime_TZInfoType)

#else

/* Define global variable for the C API and a macro for setting it. */
static PyDateTime_CAPI *PyDateTimeAPI = NULL;

#define PyDateTime_IMPORT \
    PyDateTimeAPI = (PyDateTime_CAPI *)PyCapsule_Import(PyDateTime_CAPSULE_NAME, 0)

/* Macros for type checking when not building the Python core. */
#define PyDate_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, PyDateTimeAPI->DateType)
#define PyDate_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == PyDateTimeAPI->DateType)

#define PyDateTime_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, PyDateTimeAPI->DateTimeType)
#define PyDateTime_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == PyDateTimeAPI->DateTimeType)

#define PyTime_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, PyDateTimeAPI->TimeType)
#define PyTime_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == PyDateTimeAPI->TimeType)

#define PyDelta_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, PyDateTimeAPI->DeltaType)
#define PyDelta_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == PyDateTimeAPI->DeltaType)

#define PyTZInfo_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, PyDateTimeAPI->TZInfoType)
#define PyTZInfo_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == PyDateTimeAPI->TZInfoType)

/* Macros for accessing constructors in a simplified fashion. */
#define PyDate_FromDate(year, month, day) \
    PyDateTimeAPI->Date_FromDate(year, month, day, PyDateTimeAPI->DateType)

#define PyDateTime_FromDateAndTime(year, month, day, hour, min, sec, usec) \
    PyDateTimeAPI->DateTime_FromDateAndTime(year, month, day, hour, \
        min, sec, usec, Py_None, PyDateTimeAPI->DateTimeType)

#define PyDateTime_FromDateAndTimeAndFold(year, month, day, hour, min, sec, usec, fold) \
    PyDateTimeAPI->DateTime_FromDateAndTimeAndFold(year, month, day, hour, \
        min, sec, usec, Py_None, fold, PyDateTimeAPI->DateTimeType)

#define PyTime_FromTime(hour, minute, second, usecond) \
    PyDateTimeAPI->Time_FromTime(hour, minute, second, usecond, \
        Py_None, PyDateTimeAPI->TimeType)

#define PyTime_FromTimeAndFold(hour, minute, second, usecond, fold) \
    PyDateTimeAPI->Time_FromTimeAndFold(hour, minute, second, usecond, \
        Py_None, fold, PyDateTimeAPI->TimeType)

#define PyDelta_FromDSU(days, seconds, useconds) \
    PyDateTimeAPI->Delta_FromDelta(days, seconds, useconds, 1, \
        PyDateTimeAPI->DeltaType)

/* Macros supporting the DB API. */
#define PyDateTime_FromTimestamp(args) \
    PyDateTimeAPI->DateTime_FromTimestamp( \
        (PyObject*) (PyDateTimeAPI->DateTimeType), args, NULL)

#define PyDate_FromTimestamp(args) \
    PyDateTimeAPI->Date_FromTimestamp( \
        (PyObject*) (PyDateTimeAPI->DateType), args)

#endif  /* Py_BUILD_CORE */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */
#ifndef Py_BLTINMODULE_H
#define Py_BLTINMODULE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyFilter_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyMap_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyZip_Type;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_BLTINMODULE_H */
#ifndef Py_ITEROBJECT_H
#define Py_ITEROBJECT_H
/* Iterators (the basic kind, over a sequence) */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PySeqIter_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyCallIter_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyCmpWrapper_Type;

#define PySeqIter_Check(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PySeqIter_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySeqIter_New(PyObject *);


#define PyCallIter_Check(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyCallIter_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCallIter_New(PyObject *, PyObject *);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_ITEROBJECT_H */


/* System module interface */

#ifndef Py_SYSMODULE_H
#define Py_SYSMODULE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySys_GetObject(const char *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySys_SetObject(const char *, PyObject *);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PySys_GetObjectId(_Py_Identifier *key);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PySys_SetObjectId(_Py_Identifier *key, PyObject *);
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySys_SetArgv(int, wchar_t **);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySys_SetArgvEx(int, wchar_t **, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySys_SetPath(const wchar_t *);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySys_WriteStdout(const char *format, ...)
                 Py_GCC_ATTRIBUTE((format(printf, 1, 2)));
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySys_WriteStderr(const char *format, ...)
                 Py_GCC_ATTRIBUTE((format(printf, 1, 2)));
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySys_FormatStdout(const char *format, ...);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySys_FormatStderr(const char *format, ...);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySys_ResetWarnOptions(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySys_AddWarnOption(const wchar_t *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySys_AddWarnOptionUnicode(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySys_HasWarnOptions(void);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySys_AddXOption(const wchar_t *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySys_GetXOptions(void);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(size_t) _PySys_GetSizeOf(PyObject *);
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_SYSMODULE_H */
#ifndef Py_ASDL_H
#define Py_ASDL_H

typedef PyObject * identifier;
typedef PyObject * string;
typedef PyObject * bytes;
typedef PyObject * object;
typedef PyObject * singleton;
typedef PyObject * constant;

/* It would be nice if the code generated by asdl_c.py was completely
   independent of Python, but it is a goal the requires too much work
   at this stage.  So, for example, I'll represent identifiers as
   interned Python strings.
*/

/* XXX A sequence should be typed so that its use can be typechecked. */

typedef struct {
    Py_ssize_t size;
    void *elements[1];
} asdl_seq;

typedef struct {
    Py_ssize_t size;
    int elements[1];
} asdl_int_seq;

asdl_seq *_Py_asdl_seq_new(Py_ssize_t size, PyArena *arena);
asdl_int_seq *_Py_asdl_int_seq_new(Py_ssize_t size, PyArena *arena);

#define asdl_seq_GET(S, I) (S)->elements[(I)]
#define asdl_seq_LEN(S) ((S) == NULL ? 0 : (S)->size)
#ifdef Py_DEBUG
#define asdl_seq_SET(S, I, V) \
    do { \
        Py_ssize_t _asdl_i = (I); \
        assert((S) != NULL); \
        assert(_asdl_i < (S)->size); \
        (S)->elements[_asdl_i] = (V); \
    } while (0)
#else
#define asdl_seq_SET(S, I, V) (S)->elements[I] = (V)
#endif

#endif /* !Py_ASDL_H */

/* Interface for marshal.c */

#ifndef Py_MARSHAL_H
#define Py_MARSHAL_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define Py_MARSHAL_VERSION 4

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyMarshal_WriteLongToFile(long, FILE *, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyMarshal_WriteObjectToFile(PyObject *, FILE *, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMarshal_WriteObjectToString(PyObject *, int);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(long) PyMarshal_ReadLongFromFile(FILE *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyMarshal_ReadShortFromFile(FILE *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMarshal_ReadObjectFromFile(FILE *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMarshal_ReadLastObjectFromFile(FILE *);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyMarshal_ReadObjectFromString(const char *,
                                                      Py_ssize_t);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_MARSHAL_H */
/* ByteArray object interface */

#ifndef Py_BYTEARRAYOBJECT_H
#define Py_BYTEARRAYOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <stdarg.h>

/* Type PyByteArrayObject represents a mutable array of bytes.
 * The Python API is that of a sequence;
 * the bytes are mapped to ints in [0, 256).
 * Bytes are not characters; they may be used to encode characters.
 * The only way to go between bytes and str/unicode is via encoding
 * and decoding.
 * For the convenience of C programmers, the bytes type is considered
 * to contain a char pointer, not an unsigned char pointer.
 */

/* Object layout */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef struct {
    PyObject_VAR_HEAD
    Py_ssize_t ob_alloc; /* How many bytes allocated in ob_bytes */
    char *ob_bytes;      /* Physical backing buffer */
    char *ob_start;      /* Logical start inside ob_bytes */
    /* XXX(nnorwitz): should ob_exports be Py_ssize_t? */
    int ob_exports;      /* How many buffer exports */
} PyByteArrayObject;
#endif

/* Type object */
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyByteArray_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyByteArrayIter_Type;

/* Type check macros */
#define PyByteArray_Check(self) PyObject_TypeCheck(self, &PyByteArray_Type)
#define PyByteArray_CheckExact(self) (Py_TYPE(self) == &PyByteArray_Type)

/* Direct API functions */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyByteArray_FromObject(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyByteArray_Concat(PyObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyByteArray_FromStringAndSize(const char *, Py_ssize_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyByteArray_Size(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(char *) PyByteArray_AsString(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyByteArray_Resize(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t);

/* Macros, trading safety for speed */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#define PyByteArray_AS_STRING(self) \
    (assert(PyByteArray_Check(self)), \
     Py_SIZE(self) ? ((PyByteArrayObject *)(self))->ob_start : _PyByteArray_empty_string)
#define PyByteArray_GET_SIZE(self) (assert(PyByteArray_Check(self)), Py_SIZE(self))

PyAPI_DATA(char) _PyByteArray_empty_string[];
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_BYTEARRAYOBJECT_H */

/* Tuple object interface */

#ifndef Py_TUPLEOBJECT_H
#define Py_TUPLEOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
Another generally useful object type is a tuple of object pointers.
For Python, this is an immutable type.  C code can change the tuple items
(but not their number), and even use tuples are general-purpose arrays of
object references, but in general only brand new tuples should be mutated,
not ones that might already have been exposed to Python code.

*** WARNING *** PyTuple_SetItem does not increment the new item's reference
count, but does decrement the reference count of the item it replaces,
if not nil.  It does *decrement* the reference count if it is *not*
inserted in the tuple.  Similarly, PyTuple_GetItem does not increment the
returned item's reference count.
*/

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef struct {
    PyObject_VAR_HEAD
    PyObject *ob_item[1];

    /* ob_item contains space for 'ob_size' elements.
     * Items must normally not be NULL, except during construction when
     * the tuple is not yet visible outside the function that builds it.
     */
} PyTupleObject;
#endif

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyTuple_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyTupleIter_Type;

#define PyTuple_Check(op) \
                 PyType_FastSubclass(Py_TYPE(op), Py_TPFLAGS_TUPLE_SUBCLASS)
#define PyTuple_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyTuple_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyTuple_New(Py_ssize_t size);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyTuple_Size(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyTuple_GetItem(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyTuple_SetItem(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyTuple_GetSlice(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t, Py_ssize_t);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyTuple_Resize(PyObject **, Py_ssize_t);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyTuple_Pack(Py_ssize_t, ...);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyTuple_MaybeUntrack(PyObject *);
#endif

/* Macro, trading safety for speed */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#define PyTuple_GET_ITEM(op, i) (((PyTupleObject *)(op))->ob_item[i])
#define PyTuple_GET_SIZE(op)    Py_SIZE(op)

/* Macro, *only* to be used to fill in brand new tuples */
#define PyTuple_SET_ITEM(op, i, v) (((PyTupleObject *)(op))->ob_item[i] = v)
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyTuple_ClearFreeList(void);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyTuple_DebugMallocStats(FILE *out);
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_TUPLEOBJECT_H */
#ifndef Py_SLICEOBJECT_H
#define Py_SLICEOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* The unique ellipsis object "..." */

PyAPI_DATA(PyObject) _Py_EllipsisObject; /* Don't use this directly */

#define Py_Ellipsis (&_Py_EllipsisObject)

/* Slice object interface */

/*

A slice object containing start, stop, and step data members (the
names are from range).  After much talk with Guido, it was decided to
let these be any arbitrary python type.  Py_None stands for omitted values.
*/
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef struct {
    PyObject_HEAD
    PyObject *start, *stop, *step;	/* not NULL */
} PySliceObject;
#endif

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PySlice_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyEllipsis_Type;

#define PySlice_Check(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PySlice_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PySlice_New(PyObject* start, PyObject* stop,
                                  PyObject* step);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PySlice_FromIndices(Py_ssize_t start, Py_ssize_t stop);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PySlice_GetLongIndices(PySliceObject *self, PyObject *length,
                                 PyObject **start_ptr, PyObject **stop_ptr,
                                 PyObject **step_ptr);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySlice_GetIndices(PyObject *r, Py_ssize_t length,
                                  Py_ssize_t *start, Py_ssize_t *stop, Py_ssize_t *step);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySlice_GetIndicesEx(PyObject *r, Py_ssize_t length,
                                     Py_ssize_t *start, Py_ssize_t *stop,
                                     Py_ssize_t *step, Py_ssize_t *slicelength);

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || (Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03050400 && Py_LIMITED_API+0 < 0x03060000) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03060100
#ifdef Py_LIMITED_API
#define PySlice_GetIndicesEx(slice, length, start, stop, step, slicelen) (  \
    PySlice_Unpack((slice), (start), (stop), (step)) < 0 ?                  \
    ((*(slicelen) = 0), -1) :                                               \
    ((*(slicelen) = PySlice_AdjustIndices((length), (start), (stop), *(step))), \
     0))
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PySlice_Unpack(PyObject *slice,
                               Py_ssize_t *start, Py_ssize_t *stop, Py_ssize_t *step);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PySlice_AdjustIndices(Py_ssize_t length,
                                             Py_ssize_t *start, Py_ssize_t *stop,
                                             Py_ssize_t step);
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_SLICEOBJECT_H */
#ifndef Py_ENUMOBJECT_H
#define Py_ENUMOBJECT_H

/* Enumerate Object */

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyEnum_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyReversed_Type;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* !Py_ENUMOBJECT_H */
#ifndef Py_PGENHEADERS_H
#define Py_PGENHEADERS_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


/* Include files and extern declarations used by most of the parser. */

#include "Python.h"

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySys_WriteStdout(const char *format, ...)
			Py_GCC_ATTRIBUTE((format(printf, 1, 2)));
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PySys_WriteStderr(const char *format, ...)
			Py_GCC_ATTRIBUTE((format(printf, 1, 2)));

#define addarc _Py_addarc
#define addbit _Py_addbit
#define adddfa _Py_adddfa
#define addfirstsets _Py_addfirstsets
#define addlabel _Py_addlabel
#define addstate _Py_addstate
#define delbitset _Py_delbitset
#define dumptree _Py_dumptree
#define findlabel _Py_findlabel
#define freegrammar _Py_freegrammar
#define mergebitset _Py_mergebitset
#define meta_grammar _Py_meta_grammar
#define newbitset _Py_newbitset
#define newgrammar _Py_newgrammar
#define pgen _Py_pgen
#define printgrammar _Py_printgrammar
#define printnonterminals _Py_printnonterminals
#define printtree _Py_printtree
#define samebitset _Py_samebitset
#define showtree _Py_showtree
#define tok_dump _Py_tok_dump
#define translatelabels _Py_translatelabels

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_PGENHEADERS_H */
/* Cell object interface */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_CELLOBJECT_H
#define Py_CELLOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct {
	PyObject_HEAD
	PyObject *ob_ref;	/* Content of the cell or NULL when empty */
} PyCellObject;

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyCell_Type;

#define PyCell_Check(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyCell_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCell_New(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyCell_Get(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyCell_Set(PyObject *, PyObject *);

#define PyCell_GET(op) (((PyCellObject *)(op))->ob_ref)
#define PyCell_SET(op, v) (((PyCellObject *)(op))->ob_ref = v)

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_TUPLEOBJECT_H */
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */

/* Token types */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_TOKEN_H
#define Py_TOKEN_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#undef TILDE   /* Prevent clash of our definition with system macro. Ex AIX, ioctl.h */

#define ENDMARKER	0
#define NAME		1
#define NUMBER		2
#define STRING		3
#define NEWLINE		4
#define INDENT		5
#define DEDENT		6
#define LPAR		7
#define RPAR		8
#define LSQB		9
#define RSQB		10
#define COLON		11
#define COMMA		12
#define SEMI		13
#define PLUS		14
#define MINUS		15
#define STAR		16
#define SLASH		17
#define VBAR		18
#define AMPER		19
#define LESS		20
#define GREATER		21
#define EQUAL		22
#define DOT		23
#define PERCENT		24
#define LBRACE		25
#define RBRACE		26
#define EQEQUAL		27
#define NOTEQUAL	28
#define LESSEQUAL	29
#define GREATEREQUAL	30
#define TILDE		31
#define CIRCUMFLEX	32
#define LEFTSHIFT	33
#define RIGHTSHIFT	34
#define DOUBLESTAR	35
#define PLUSEQUAL	36
#define MINEQUAL	37
#define STAREQUAL	38
#define SLASHEQUAL	39
#define PERCENTEQUAL	40
#define AMPEREQUAL	41
#define VBAREQUAL	42
#define CIRCUMFLEXEQUAL	43
#define LEFTSHIFTEQUAL	44
#define RIGHTSHIFTEQUAL	45
#define DOUBLESTAREQUAL	46
#define DOUBLESLASH	47
#define DOUBLESLASHEQUAL 48
#define AT              49
#define ATEQUAL		50
#define RARROW          51
#define ELLIPSIS        52
/* Don't forget to update the table _PyParser_TokenNames in tokenizer.c! */
#define OP		53
#define AWAIT		54
#define ASYNC		55
#define ERRORTOKEN	56
#define N_TOKENS	57

/* Special definitions for cooperation with parser */

#define NT_OFFSET		256

#define ISTERMINAL(x)		((x) < NT_OFFSET)
#define ISNONTERMINAL(x)	((x) >= NT_OFFSET)
#define ISEOF(x)		((x) == ENDMARKER)


PyAPI_DATA(const char *) _PyParser_TokenNames[]; /* Token names */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyToken_OneChar(int);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyToken_TwoChars(int, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyToken_ThreeChars(int, int, int);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_TOKEN_H */
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */

/* Interface to execute compiled code */

#ifndef Py_EVAL_H
#define Py_EVAL_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyEval_EvalCode(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyEval_EvalCodeEx(PyObject *co,
					PyObject *globals,
					PyObject *locals,
					PyObject **args, int argc,
					PyObject **kwds, int kwdc,
					PyObject **defs, int defc,
					PyObject *kwdefs, PyObject *closure);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyEval_CallTracing(PyObject *func, PyObject *args);
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_EVAL_H */
/* Static DTrace probes interface */

#ifndef Py_DTRACE_H
#define Py_DTRACE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifdef WITH_DTRACE

#include "pydtrace_probes.h"

/* pydtrace_probes.h, on systems with DTrace, is auto-generated to include
   `PyDTrace_{PROBE}` and `PyDTrace_{PROBE}_ENABLED()` macros for every probe
   defined in pydtrace_provider.d.

   Calling these functions must be guarded by a `PyDTrace_{PROBE}_ENABLED()`
   check to minimize performance impact when probing is off. For example:

       if (PyDTrace_FUNCTION_ENTRY_ENABLED())
           PyDTrace_FUNCTION_ENTRY(f);
*/

#else

/* Without DTrace, compile to nothing. */

static inline void PyDTrace_LINE(const char *arg0, const char *arg1, int arg2) {}
static inline void PyDTrace_FUNCTION_ENTRY(const char *arg0, const char *arg1, int arg2)  {}
static inline void PyDTrace_FUNCTION_RETURN(const char *arg0, const char *arg1, int arg2) {}
static inline void PyDTrace_GC_START(int arg0) {}
static inline void PyDTrace_GC_DONE(int arg0) {}
static inline void PyDTrace_INSTANCE_NEW_START(int arg0) {}
static inline void PyDTrace_INSTANCE_NEW_DONE(int arg0) {}
static inline void PyDTrace_INSTANCE_DELETE_START(int arg0) {}
static inline void PyDTrace_INSTANCE_DELETE_DONE(int arg0) {}

static inline int PyDTrace_LINE_ENABLED(void) { return 0; }
static inline int PyDTrace_FUNCTION_ENTRY_ENABLED(void) { return 0; }
static inline int PyDTrace_FUNCTION_RETURN_ENABLED(void) { return 0; }
static inline int PyDTrace_GC_START_ENABLED(void) { return 0; }
static inline int PyDTrace_GC_DONE_ENABLED(void) { return 0; }
static inline int PyDTrace_INSTANCE_NEW_START_ENABLED(void) { return 0; }
static inline int PyDTrace_INSTANCE_NEW_DONE_ENABLED(void) { return 0; }
static inline int PyDTrace_INSTANCE_DELETE_START_ENABLED(void) { return 0; }
static inline int PyDTrace_INSTANCE_DELETE_DONE_ENABLED(void) { return 0; }

#endif /* !WITH_DTRACE */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_DTRACE_H */
#ifndef Py_PGEN_H
#define Py_PGEN_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


/* Parser generator interface */

extern grammar *meta_grammar(void);

struct _node;
extern grammar *pgen(struct _node *);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_PGEN_H */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_PYDEBUG_H
#define Py_PYDEBUG_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* These global variable are defined in pylifecycle.c */
/* XXX (ncoghlan): move these declarations to pylifecycle.h? */
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_DebugFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_VerboseFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_QuietFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_InteractiveFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_InspectFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_OptimizeFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_NoSiteFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_BytesWarningFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_UseClassExceptionsFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_FrozenFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_IgnoreEnvironmentFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_DontWriteBytecodeFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_NoUserSiteDirectory;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_UnbufferedStdioFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_HashRandomizationFlag;
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_IsolatedFlag;

#ifdef MS_WINDOWS
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_LegacyWindowsStdioFlag;
#endif

PyAPI_DATA(int) _Py_global_config_int_max_str_digits;

/* this is a wrapper around getenv() that pays attention to
   Py_IgnoreEnvironmentFlag.  It should be used for getting variables like
   PYTHONPATH and PYTHONHOME from the environment */
#define Py_GETENV(s) (Py_IgnoreEnvironmentFlag ? NULL : getenv(s))

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_PYDEBUG_H */
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */
#ifndef Py_PYPORT_H
#define Py_PYPORT_H

#include "pyconfig.h" /* include for defines */

#include <inttypes.h>

/**************************************************************************
Symbols and macros to supply platform-independent interfaces to basic
C language & library operations whose spellings vary across platforms.

Please try to make documentation here as clear as possible:  by definition,
the stuff here is trying to illuminate C's darkest corners.

Config #defines referenced here:

SIGNED_RIGHT_SHIFT_ZERO_FILLS
Meaning:  To be defined iff i>>j does not extend the sign bit when i is a
          signed integral type and i < 0.
Used in:  Py_ARITHMETIC_RIGHT_SHIFT

Py_DEBUG
Meaning:  Extra checks compiled in for debug mode.
Used in:  Py_SAFE_DOWNCAST

**************************************************************************/

/* typedefs for some C9X-defined synonyms for integral types.
 *
 * The names in Python are exactly the same as the C9X names, except with a
 * Py_ prefix.  Until C9X is universally implemented, this is the only way
 * to ensure that Python gets reliable names that don't conflict with names
 * in non-Python code that are playing their own tricks to define the C9X
 * names.
 *
 * NOTE: don't go nuts here!  Python has no use for *most* of the C9X
 * integral synonyms.  Only define the ones we actually need.
 */

/* long long is required. Ensure HAVE_LONG_LONG is defined for compatibility. */
#ifndef HAVE_LONG_LONG
#define HAVE_LONG_LONG 1
#endif
#ifndef PY_LONG_LONG
#define PY_LONG_LONG long long
/* If LLONG_MAX is defined in limits.h, use that. */
#define PY_LLONG_MIN LLONG_MIN
#define PY_LLONG_MAX LLONG_MAX
#define PY_ULLONG_MAX ULLONG_MAX
#endif

#define PY_UINT32_T uint32_t
#define PY_UINT64_T uint64_t

/* Signed variants of the above */
#define PY_INT32_T int32_t
#define PY_INT64_T int64_t

/* If PYLONG_BITS_IN_DIGIT is not defined then we'll use 30-bit digits if all
   the necessary integer types are available, and we're on a 64-bit platform
   (as determined by SIZEOF_VOID_P); otherwise we use 15-bit digits. */

#ifndef PYLONG_BITS_IN_DIGIT
#if SIZEOF_VOID_P >= 8
#define PYLONG_BITS_IN_DIGIT 30
#else
#define PYLONG_BITS_IN_DIGIT 15
#endif
#endif

/* uintptr_t is the C9X name for an unsigned integral type such that a
 * legitimate void* can be cast to uintptr_t and then back to void* again
 * without loss of information.  Similarly for intptr_t, wrt a signed
 * integral type.
 */
typedef uintptr_t       Py_uintptr_t;
typedef intptr_t        Py_intptr_t;

/* Py_ssize_t is a signed integral type such that sizeof(Py_ssize_t) ==
 * sizeof(size_t).  C99 doesn't define such a thing directly (size_t is an
 * unsigned integral type).  See PEP 353 for details.
 */
#ifdef HAVE_SSIZE_T
typedef ssize_t         Py_ssize_t;
#elif SIZEOF_VOID_P == SIZEOF_SIZE_T
typedef Py_intptr_t     Py_ssize_t;
#else
#   error "Python needs a typedef for Py_ssize_t in pyport.h."
#endif

/* Py_hash_t is the same size as a pointer. */
#define SIZEOF_PY_HASH_T SIZEOF_SIZE_T
typedef Py_ssize_t Py_hash_t;
/* Py_uhash_t is the unsigned equivalent needed to calculate numeric hash. */
#define SIZEOF_PY_UHASH_T SIZEOF_SIZE_T
typedef size_t Py_uhash_t;

/* Only used for compatibility with code that may not be PY_SSIZE_T_CLEAN. */
#ifdef PY_SSIZE_T_CLEAN
typedef Py_ssize_t Py_ssize_clean_t;
#else
typedef int Py_ssize_clean_t;
#endif

/* Largest possible value of size_t. */
#define PY_SIZE_MAX SIZE_MAX

/* Largest positive value of type Py_ssize_t. */
#define PY_SSIZE_T_MAX ((Py_ssize_t)(((size_t)-1)>>1))
/* Smallest negative value of type Py_ssize_t. */
#define PY_SSIZE_T_MIN (-PY_SSIZE_T_MAX-1)

/* PY_FORMAT_SIZE_T is a platform-specific modifier for use in a printf
 * format to convert an argument with the width of a size_t or Py_ssize_t.
 * C99 introduced "z" for this purpose, but not all platforms support that;
 * e.g., MS compilers use "I" instead.
 *
 * These "high level" Python format functions interpret "z" correctly on
 * all platforms (Python interprets the format string itself, and does whatever
 * the platform C requires to convert a size_t/Py_ssize_t argument):
 *
 *     PyBytes_FromFormat
 *     PyErr_Format
 *     PyBytes_FromFormatV
 *     PyUnicode_FromFormatV
 *
 * Lower-level uses require that you interpolate the correct format modifier
 * yourself (e.g., calling printf, fprintf, sprintf, PyOS_snprintf); for
 * example,
 *
 *     Py_ssize_t index;
 *     fprintf(stderr, "index %" PY_FORMAT_SIZE_T "d sucks\n", index);
 *
 * That will expand to %ld, or %Id, or to something else correct for a
 * Py_ssize_t on the platform.
 */
#ifndef PY_FORMAT_SIZE_T
#   if SIZEOF_SIZE_T == SIZEOF_INT && !defined(__APPLE__)
#       define PY_FORMAT_SIZE_T ""
#   elif SIZEOF_SIZE_T == SIZEOF_LONG
#       define PY_FORMAT_SIZE_T "l"
#   elif defined(MS_WINDOWS)
#       define PY_FORMAT_SIZE_T "I"
#   else
#       error "This platform's pyconfig.h needs to define PY_FORMAT_SIZE_T"
#   endif
#endif

/* Py_LOCAL can be used instead of static to get the fastest possible calling
 * convention for functions that are local to a given module.
 *
 * Py_LOCAL_INLINE does the same thing, and also explicitly requests inlining,
 * for platforms that support that.
 *
 * If PY_LOCAL_AGGRESSIVE is defined before python.h is included, more
 * "aggressive" inlining/optimization is enabled for the entire module.  This
 * may lead to code bloat, and may slow things down for those reasons.  It may
 * also lead to errors, if the code relies on pointer aliasing.  Use with
 * care.
 *
 * NOTE: You can only use this for functions that are entirely local to a
 * module; functions that are exported via method tables, callbacks, etc,
 * should keep using static.
 */

#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#if defined(PY_LOCAL_AGGRESSIVE)
/* enable more aggressive optimization for visual studio */
#pragma optimize("agtw", on)
#endif
/* ignore warnings if the compiler decides not to inline a function */
#pragma warning(disable: 4710)
/* fastest possible local call under MSVC */
#define Py_LOCAL(type) static type __fastcall
#define Py_LOCAL_INLINE(type) static __inline type __fastcall
#elif defined(USE_INLINE)
#define Py_LOCAL(type) static type
#define Py_LOCAL_INLINE(type) static inline type
#else
#define Py_LOCAL(type) static type
#define Py_LOCAL_INLINE(type) static type
#endif

/* Py_MEMCPY is kept for backwards compatibility,
 * see https://bugs.python.org/issue28126 */
#define Py_MEMCPY memcpy

#include <stdlib.h>

#ifdef HAVE_IEEEFP_H
#include <ieeefp.h>  /* needed for 'finite' declaration on some platforms */
#endif

#include <math.h> /* Moved here from the math section, before extern "C" */

/********************************************
 * WRAPPER FOR <time.h> and/or <sys/time.h> *
 ********************************************/

#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <time.h>
#else /* !TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME */
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
#include <sys/time.h>
#else /* !HAVE_SYS_TIME_H */
#include <time.h>
#endif /* !HAVE_SYS_TIME_H */
#endif /* !TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME */


/******************************
 * WRAPPER FOR <sys/select.h> *
 ******************************/

/* NB caller must include <sys/types.h> */

#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
#include <sys/select.h>
#endif /* !HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H */

/*******************************
 * stat() and fstat() fiddling *
 *******************************/

#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
#include <sys/stat.h>
#elif defined(HAVE_STAT_H)
#include <stat.h>
#endif

#ifndef S_IFMT
/* VisualAge C/C++ Failed to Define MountType Field in sys/stat.h */
#define S_IFMT 0170000
#endif

#ifndef S_IFLNK
/* Windows doesn't define S_IFLNK but posixmodule.c maps
 * IO_REPARSE_TAG_SYMLINK to S_IFLNK */
#  define S_IFLNK 0120000
#endif

#ifndef S_ISREG
#define S_ISREG(x) (((x) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
#endif

#ifndef S_ISDIR
#define S_ISDIR(x) (((x) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
#endif

#ifndef S_ISCHR
#define S_ISCHR(x) (((x) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
/* Move this down here since some C++ #include's don't like to be included
   inside an extern "C" */
extern "C" {
#endif


/* Py_ARITHMETIC_RIGHT_SHIFT
 * C doesn't define whether a right-shift of a signed integer sign-extends
 * or zero-fills.  Here a macro to force sign extension:
 * Py_ARITHMETIC_RIGHT_SHIFT(TYPE, I, J)
 *    Return I >> J, forcing sign extension.  Arithmetically, return the
 *    floor of I/2**J.
 * Requirements:
 *    I should have signed integer type.  In the terminology of C99, this can
 *    be either one of the five standard signed integer types (signed char,
 *    short, int, long, long long) or an extended signed integer type.
 *    J is an integer >= 0 and strictly less than the number of bits in the
 *    type of I (because C doesn't define what happens for J outside that
 *    range either).
 *    TYPE used to specify the type of I, but is now ignored.  It's been left
 *    in for backwards compatibility with versions <= 2.6 or 3.0.
 * Caution:
 *    I may be evaluated more than once.
 */
#ifdef SIGNED_RIGHT_SHIFT_ZERO_FILLS
#define Py_ARITHMETIC_RIGHT_SHIFT(TYPE, I, J) \
    ((I) < 0 ? -1-((-1-(I)) >> (J)) : (I) >> (J))
#else
#define Py_ARITHMETIC_RIGHT_SHIFT(TYPE, I, J) ((I) >> (J))
#endif

/* Py_FORCE_EXPANSION(X)
 * "Simply" returns its argument.  However, macro expansions within the
 * argument are evaluated.  This unfortunate trickery is needed to get
 * token-pasting to work as desired in some cases.
 */
#define Py_FORCE_EXPANSION(X) X

/* Py_SAFE_DOWNCAST(VALUE, WIDE, NARROW)
 * Cast VALUE to type NARROW from type WIDE.  In Py_DEBUG mode, this
 * assert-fails if any information is lost.
 * Caution:
 *    VALUE may be evaluated more than once.
 */
#ifdef Py_DEBUG
#define Py_SAFE_DOWNCAST(VALUE, WIDE, NARROW) \
    (assert((WIDE)(NARROW)(VALUE) == (VALUE)), (NARROW)(VALUE))
#else
#define Py_SAFE_DOWNCAST(VALUE, WIDE, NARROW) (NARROW)(VALUE)
#endif

/* Py_SET_ERRNO_ON_MATH_ERROR(x)
 * If a libm function did not set errno, but it looks like the result
 * overflowed or not-a-number, set errno to ERANGE or EDOM.  Set errno
 * to 0 before calling a libm function, and invoke this macro after,
 * passing the function result.
 * Caution:
 *    This isn't reliable.  See Py_OVERFLOWED comments.
 *    X is evaluated more than once.
 */
#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || (defined(__hpux) && defined(__ia64))
#define _Py_SET_EDOM_FOR_NAN(X) if (isnan(X)) errno = EDOM;
#else
#define _Py_SET_EDOM_FOR_NAN(X) ;
#endif
#define Py_SET_ERRNO_ON_MATH_ERROR(X) \
    do { \
        if (errno == 0) { \
            if ((X) == Py_HUGE_VAL || (X) == -Py_HUGE_VAL) \
                errno = ERANGE; \
            else _Py_SET_EDOM_FOR_NAN(X) \
        } \
    } while(0)

/* Py_SET_ERANGE_ON_OVERFLOW(x)
 * An alias of Py_SET_ERRNO_ON_MATH_ERROR for backward-compatibility.
 */
#define Py_SET_ERANGE_IF_OVERFLOW(X) Py_SET_ERRNO_ON_MATH_ERROR(X)

/* Py_ADJUST_ERANGE1(x)
 * Py_ADJUST_ERANGE2(x, y)
 * Set errno to 0 before calling a libm function, and invoke one of these
 * macros after, passing the function result(s) (Py_ADJUST_ERANGE2 is useful
 * for functions returning complex results).  This makes two kinds of
 * adjustments to errno:  (A) If it looks like the platform libm set
 * errno=ERANGE due to underflow, clear errno. (B) If it looks like the
 * platform libm overflowed but didn't set errno, force errno to ERANGE.  In
 * effect, we're trying to force a useful implementation of C89 errno
 * behavior.
 * Caution:
 *    This isn't reliable.  See Py_OVERFLOWED comments.
 *    X and Y may be evaluated more than once.
 */
#define Py_ADJUST_ERANGE1(X)                                            \
    do {                                                                \
        if (errno == 0) {                                               \
            if ((X) == Py_HUGE_VAL || (X) == -Py_HUGE_VAL)              \
                errno = ERANGE;                                         \
        }                                                               \
        else if (errno == ERANGE && (X) == 0.0)                         \
            errno = 0;                                                  \
    } while(0)

#define Py_ADJUST_ERANGE2(X, Y)                                         \
    do {                                                                \
        if ((X) == Py_HUGE_VAL || (X) == -Py_HUGE_VAL ||                \
            (Y) == Py_HUGE_VAL || (Y) == -Py_HUGE_VAL) {                \
                        if (errno == 0)                                 \
                                errno = ERANGE;                         \
        }                                                               \
        else if (errno == ERANGE)                                       \
            errno = 0;                                                  \
    } while(0)

/*  The functions _Py_dg_strtod and _Py_dg_dtoa in Python/dtoa.c (which are
 *  required to support the short float repr introduced in Python 3.1) require
 *  that the floating-point unit that's being used for arithmetic operations
 *  on C doubles is set to use 53-bit precision.  It also requires that the
 *  FPU rounding mode is round-half-to-even, but that's less often an issue.
 *
 *  If your FPU isn't already set to 53-bit precision/round-half-to-even, and
 *  you want to make use of _Py_dg_strtod and _Py_dg_dtoa, then you should
 *
 *     #define HAVE_PY_SET_53BIT_PRECISION 1
 *
 *  and also give appropriate definitions for the following three macros:
 *
 *    _PY_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_START : store original FPU settings, and
 *        set FPU to 53-bit precision/round-half-to-even
 *    _PY_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_END : restore original FPU settings
 *    _PY_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_HEADER : any variable declarations needed to
 *        use the two macros above.
 *
 * The macros are designed to be used within a single C function: see
 * Python/pystrtod.c for an example of their use.
 */

/* get and set x87 control word for gcc/x86 */
#ifdef HAVE_GCC_ASM_FOR_X87
#define HAVE_PY_SET_53BIT_PRECISION 1
/* _Py_get/set_387controlword functions are defined in Python/pymath.c */
#define _Py_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_HEADER                          \
    unsigned short old_387controlword, new_387controlword
#define _Py_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_START                                   \
    do {                                                                \
        old_387controlword = _Py_get_387controlword();                  \
        new_387controlword = (old_387controlword & ~0x0f00) | 0x0200; \
        if (new_387controlword != old_387controlword)                   \
            _Py_set_387controlword(new_387controlword);                 \
    } while (0)
#define _Py_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_END                             \
    if (new_387controlword != old_387controlword)               \
        _Py_set_387controlword(old_387controlword)
#endif

/* get and set x87 control word for VisualStudio/x86 */
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_WIN64) /* x87 not supported in 64-bit */
#define HAVE_PY_SET_53BIT_PRECISION 1
#define _Py_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_HEADER \
    unsigned int old_387controlword, new_387controlword, out_387controlword
/* We use the __control87_2 function to set only the x87 control word.
   The SSE control word is unaffected. */
#define _Py_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_START                                   \
    do {                                                                \
        __control87_2(0, 0, &old_387controlword, NULL);                 \
        new_387controlword =                                            \
          (old_387controlword & ~(_MCW_PC | _MCW_RC)) | (_PC_53 | _RC_NEAR); \
        if (new_387controlword != old_387controlword)                   \
            __control87_2(new_387controlword, _MCW_PC | _MCW_RC,        \
                          &out_387controlword, NULL);                   \
    } while (0)
#define _Py_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_END                                     \
    do {                                                                \
        if (new_387controlword != old_387controlword)                   \
            __control87_2(old_387controlword, _MCW_PC | _MCW_RC,        \
                          &out_387controlword, NULL);                   \
    } while (0)
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_GCC_ASM_FOR_MC68881
#define HAVE_PY_SET_53BIT_PRECISION 1
#define _Py_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_HEADER \
  unsigned int old_fpcr, new_fpcr
#define _Py_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_START                                   \
  do {                                                                  \
    __asm__ ("fmove.l %%fpcr,%0" : "=g" (old_fpcr));                    \
    /* Set double precision / round to nearest.  */                     \
    new_fpcr = (old_fpcr & ~0xf0) | 0x80;                               \
    if (new_fpcr != old_fpcr)                                           \
      __asm__ volatile ("fmove.l %0,%%fpcr" : : "g" (new_fpcr));        \
  } while (0)
#define _Py_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_END                                     \
  do {                                                                  \
    if (new_fpcr != old_fpcr)                                           \
      __asm__ volatile ("fmove.l %0,%%fpcr" : : "g" (old_fpcr));        \
  } while (0)
#endif

/* default definitions are empty */
#ifndef HAVE_PY_SET_53BIT_PRECISION
#define _Py_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_HEADER
#define _Py_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_START
#define _Py_SET_53BIT_PRECISION_END
#endif

/* If we can't guarantee 53-bit precision, don't use the code
   in Python/dtoa.c, but fall back to standard code.  This
   means that repr of a float will be long (17 sig digits).

   Realistically, there are two things that could go wrong:

   (1) doubles aren't IEEE 754 doubles, or
   (2) we're on x86 with the rounding precision set to 64-bits
       (extended precision), and we don't know how to change
       the rounding precision.
 */

#if !defined(DOUBLE_IS_LITTLE_ENDIAN_IEEE754) && \
    !defined(DOUBLE_IS_BIG_ENDIAN_IEEE754) && \
    !defined(DOUBLE_IS_ARM_MIXED_ENDIAN_IEEE754)
#define PY_NO_SHORT_FLOAT_REPR
#endif

/* double rounding is symptomatic of use of extended precision on x86.  If
   we're seeing double rounding, and we don't have any mechanism available for
   changing the FPU rounding precision, then don't use Python/dtoa.c. */
#if defined(X87_DOUBLE_ROUNDING) && !defined(HAVE_PY_SET_53BIT_PRECISION)
#define PY_NO_SHORT_FLOAT_REPR
#endif


/* Py_DEPRECATED(version)
 * Declare a variable, type, or function deprecated.
 * Usage:
 *    extern int old_var Py_DEPRECATED(2.3);
 *    typedef int T1 Py_DEPRECATED(2.4);
 *    extern int x() Py_DEPRECATED(2.5);
 */
#if defined(__GNUC__) && ((__GNUC__ >= 4) || \
              (__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1))
#define Py_DEPRECATED(VERSION_UNUSED) __attribute__((__deprecated__))
#else
#define Py_DEPRECATED(VERSION_UNUSED)
#endif

/**************************************************************************
Prototypes that are missing from the standard include files on some systems
(and possibly only some versions of such systems.)

Please be conservative with adding new ones, document them and enclose them
in platform-specific #ifdefs.
**************************************************************************/

#ifdef SOLARIS
/* Unchecked */
extern int gethostname(char *, int);
#endif

#ifdef HAVE__GETPTY
#include <sys/types.h>          /* we need to import mode_t */
extern char * _getpty(int *, int, mode_t, int);
#endif

/* On QNX 6, struct termio must be declared by including sys/termio.h
   if TCGETA, TCSETA, TCSETAW, or TCSETAF are used.  sys/termio.h must
   be included before termios.h or it will generate an error. */
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_TERMIO_H) && !defined(__hpux)
#include <sys/termio.h>
#endif

#if defined(HAVE_OPENPTY) || defined(HAVE_FORKPTY)
#if !defined(HAVE_PTY_H) && !defined(HAVE_LIBUTIL_H)
/* BSDI does not supply a prototype for the 'openpty' and 'forkpty'
   functions, even though they are included in libutil. */
#include <termios.h>
extern int openpty(int *, int *, char *, struct termios *, struct winsize *);
extern pid_t forkpty(int *, char *, struct termios *, struct winsize *);
#endif /* !defined(HAVE_PTY_H) && !defined(HAVE_LIBUTIL_H) */
#endif /* defined(HAVE_OPENPTY) || defined(HAVE_FORKPTY) */


/* On 4.4BSD-descendants, ctype functions serves the whole range of
 * wchar_t character set rather than single byte code points only.
 * This characteristic can break some operations of string object
 * including str.upper() and str.split() on UTF-8 locales.  This
 * workaround was provided by Tim Robbins of FreeBSD project.
 */

#ifdef __FreeBSD__
#include <osreldate.h>
#if (__FreeBSD_version >= 500040 && __FreeBSD_version < 602113) || \
    (__FreeBSD_version >= 700000 && __FreeBSD_version < 700054) || \
    (__FreeBSD_version >= 800000 && __FreeBSD_version < 800001)
# define _PY_PORT_CTYPE_UTF8_ISSUE
#endif
#endif


#if defined(__APPLE__)
# define _PY_PORT_CTYPE_UTF8_ISSUE
#endif

#ifdef _PY_PORT_CTYPE_UTF8_ISSUE
#ifndef __cplusplus
   /* The workaround below is unsafe in C++ because
    * the <locale> defines these symbols as real functions,
    * with a slightly different signature.
    * See issue #10910
    */
#include <ctype.h>
#include <wctype.h>
#undef isalnum
#define isalnum(c) iswalnum(btowc(c))
#undef isalpha
#define isalpha(c) iswalpha(btowc(c))
#undef islower
#define islower(c) iswlower(btowc(c))
#undef isspace
#define isspace(c) iswspace(btowc(c))
#undef isupper
#define isupper(c) iswupper(btowc(c))
#undef tolower
#define tolower(c) towlower(btowc(c))
#undef toupper
#define toupper(c) towupper(btowc(c))
#endif
#endif


/* Declarations for symbol visibility.

  PyAPI_FUNC(type): Declares a public Python API function and return type
  PyAPI_DATA(type): Declares public Python data and its type
  PyMODINIT_FUNC:   A Python module init function.  If these functions are
                    inside the Python core, they are private to the core.
                    If in an extension module, it may be declared with
                    external linkage depending on the platform.

  As a number of platforms support/require "__declspec(dllimport/dllexport)",
  we support a HAVE_DECLSPEC_DLL macro to save duplication.
*/

/*
  All windows ports, except cygwin, are handled in PC/pyconfig.h.

  Cygwin is the only other autoconf platform requiring special
  linkage handling and it uses __declspec().
*/
#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
#       define HAVE_DECLSPEC_DLL
#endif

/* only get special linkage if built as shared or platform is Cygwin */
#if defined(Py_ENABLE_SHARED) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
#       if defined(HAVE_DECLSPEC_DLL)
#               ifdef Py_BUILD_CORE
#                       define PyAPI_FUNC(RTYPE) __declspec(dllexport) RTYPE
#                       define PyAPI_DATA(RTYPE) extern __declspec(dllexport) RTYPE
        /* module init functions inside the core need no external linkage */
        /* except for Cygwin to handle embedding */
#                       if defined(__CYGWIN__)
#                               define PyMODINIT_FUNC __declspec(dllexport) PyObject*
#                       else /* __CYGWIN__ */
#                               define PyMODINIT_FUNC PyObject*
#                       endif /* __CYGWIN__ */
#               else /* Py_BUILD_CORE */
        /* Building an extension module, or an embedded situation */
        /* public Python functions and data are imported */
        /* Under Cygwin, auto-import functions to prevent compilation */
        /* failures similar to those described at the bottom of 4.1: */
        /* http://docs.python.org/extending/windows.html#a-cookbook-approach */
#                       if !defined(__CYGWIN__)
#                               define PyAPI_FUNC(RTYPE) __declspec(dllimport) RTYPE
#                       endif /* !__CYGWIN__ */
#                       define PyAPI_DATA(RTYPE) extern __declspec(dllimport) RTYPE
        /* module init functions outside the core must be exported */
#                       if defined(__cplusplus)
#                               define PyMODINIT_FUNC extern "C" __declspec(dllexport) PyObject*
#                       else /* __cplusplus */
#                               define PyMODINIT_FUNC __declspec(dllexport) PyObject*
#                       endif /* __cplusplus */
#               endif /* Py_BUILD_CORE */
#       endif /* HAVE_DECLSPEC */
#endif /* Py_ENABLE_SHARED */

/* If no external linkage macros defined by now, create defaults */
#ifndef PyAPI_FUNC
#       define PyAPI_FUNC(RTYPE) RTYPE
#endif
#ifndef PyAPI_DATA
#       define PyAPI_DATA(RTYPE) extern RTYPE
#endif
#ifndef PyMODINIT_FUNC
#       if defined(__cplusplus)
#               define PyMODINIT_FUNC extern "C" PyObject*
#       else /* __cplusplus */
#               define PyMODINIT_FUNC PyObject*
#       endif /* __cplusplus */
#endif

/* limits.h constants that may be missing */

#ifndef INT_MAX
#define INT_MAX 2147483647
#endif

#ifndef LONG_MAX
#if SIZEOF_LONG == 4
#define LONG_MAX 0X7FFFFFFFL
#elif SIZEOF_LONG == 8
#define LONG_MAX 0X7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFL
#else
#error "could not set LONG_MAX in pyport.h"
#endif
#endif

#ifndef LONG_MIN
#define LONG_MIN (-LONG_MAX-1)
#endif

#ifndef LONG_BIT
#define LONG_BIT (8 * SIZEOF_LONG)
#endif

#if LONG_BIT != 8 * SIZEOF_LONG
/* 04-Oct-2000 LONG_BIT is apparently (mis)defined as 64 on some recent
 * 32-bit platforms using gcc.  We try to catch that here at compile-time
 * rather than waiting for integer multiplication to trigger bogus
 * overflows.
 */
#error "LONG_BIT definition appears wrong for platform (bad gcc/glibc config?)."
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

/*
 * Hide GCC attributes from compilers that don't support them.
 */
#if (!defined(__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2 || \
     (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7) )
#define Py_GCC_ATTRIBUTE(x)
#else
#define Py_GCC_ATTRIBUTE(x) __attribute__(x)
#endif

/*
 * Specify alignment on compilers that support it.
 */
#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 3
#define Py_ALIGNED(x) __attribute__((aligned(x)))
#else
#define Py_ALIGNED(x)
#endif

/* Eliminate end-of-loop code not reached warnings from SunPro C
 * when using do{...}while(0) macros
 */
#ifdef __SUNPRO_C
#pragma error_messages (off,E_END_OF_LOOP_CODE_NOT_REACHED)
#endif

#ifndef Py_LL
#define Py_LL(x) x##LL
#endif

#ifndef Py_ULL
#define Py_ULL(x) Py_LL(x##U)
#endif

#define Py_VA_COPY va_copy

/*
 * Convenient macros to deal with endianness of the platform. WORDS_BIGENDIAN is
 * detected by configure and defined in pyconfig.h. The code in pyconfig.h
 * also takes care of Apple's universal builds.
 */

#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
#define PY_BIG_ENDIAN 1
#define PY_LITTLE_ENDIAN 0
#else
#define PY_BIG_ENDIAN 0
#define PY_LITTLE_ENDIAN 1
#endif

#ifdef Py_BUILD_CORE
/*
 * Macros to protect CRT calls against instant termination when passed an
 * invalid parameter (issue23524).
 */
#if defined _MSC_VER && _MSC_VER >= 1900

extern _invalid_parameter_handler _Py_silent_invalid_parameter_handler;
#define _Py_BEGIN_SUPPRESS_IPH { _invalid_parameter_handler _Py_old_handler = \
    _set_thread_local_invalid_parameter_handler(_Py_silent_invalid_parameter_handler);
#define _Py_END_SUPPRESS_IPH _set_thread_local_invalid_parameter_handler(_Py_old_handler); }

#else

#define _Py_BEGIN_SUPPRESS_IPH
#define _Py_END_SUPPRESS_IPH

#endif /* _MSC_VER >= 1900 */
#endif /* Py_BUILD_CORE */

#ifdef __ANDROID__
#include <android/api-level.h>
#endif

#endif /* Py_PYPORT_H */

#ifndef Py_TRACEBACK_H
#define Py_TRACEBACK_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include "pystate.h"

struct _frame;

/* Traceback interface */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef struct _traceback {
    PyObject_HEAD
    struct _traceback *tb_next;
    struct _frame *tb_frame;
    int tb_lasti;
    int tb_lineno;
} PyTracebackObject;
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyTraceBack_Here(struct _frame *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyTraceBack_Print(PyObject *, PyObject *);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _Py_DisplaySourceLine(PyObject *, PyObject *, int, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyTraceback_Add(const char *, const char *, int);
#endif

/* Reveal traceback type so we can typecheck traceback objects */
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyTraceBack_Type;
#define PyTraceBack_Check(v) (Py_TYPE(v) == &PyTraceBack_Type)

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Write the Python traceback into the file 'fd'. For example:

       Traceback (most recent call first):
         File "xxx", line xxx in <xxx>
         File "xxx", line xxx in <xxx>
         ...
         File "xxx", line xxx in <xxx>

   This function is written for debug purpose only, to dump the traceback in
   the worst case: after a segmentation fault, at fatal error, etc. That's why,
   it is very limited. Strings are truncated to 100 characters and encoded to
   ASCII with backslashreplace. It doesn't write the source code, only the
   function name, filename and line number of each frame. Write only the first
   100 frames: if the traceback is truncated, write the line " ...".

   This function is signal safe. */

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_DumpTraceback(
    int fd,
    PyThreadState *tstate);

/* Write the traceback of all threads into the file 'fd'. current_thread can be
   NULL.

   Return NULL on success, or an error message on error.

   This function is written for debug purpose only. It calls
   _Py_DumpTraceback() for each thread, and so has the same limitations. It
   only write the traceback of the first 100 threads: write "..." if there are
   more threads.

   If current_tstate is NULL, the function tries to get the Python thread state
   of the current thread. It is not an error if the function is unable to get
   the current Python thread state.

   If interp is NULL, the function tries to get the interpreter state from
   the current Python thread state, or from
   _PyGILState_GetInterpreterStateUnsafe() in last resort.

   It is better to pass NULL to interp and current_tstate, the function tries
   different options to retrieve these informations.

   This function is signal safe. */

PyAPI_FUNC(const char*) _Py_DumpTracebackThreads(
    int fd,
    PyInterpreterState *interp,
    PyThreadState *current_tstate);
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API

/* Write a Unicode object into the file descriptor fd. Encode the string to
   ASCII using the backslashreplace error handler.

   Do nothing if text is not a Unicode object. The function accepts Unicode
   string which is not ready (PyUnicode_WCHAR_KIND).

   This function is signal safe. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_DumpASCII(int fd, PyObject *text);

/* Format an integer as decimal into the file descriptor fd.

   This function is signal safe. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_DumpDecimal(
    int fd,
    unsigned long value);

/* Format an integer as hexadecimal into the file descriptor fd with at least
   width digits.

   The maximum width is sizeof(unsigned long)*2 digits.

   This function is signal safe. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_DumpHexadecimal(
    int fd,
    unsigned long value,
    Py_ssize_t width);

#endif   /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_TRACEBACK_H */

#ifndef Py_PYGETOPT_H
#define Py_PYGETOPT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_DATA(int) _PyOS_opterr;
PyAPI_DATA(int) _PyOS_optind;
PyAPI_DATA(wchar_t *) _PyOS_optarg;

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyOS_ResetGetOpt(void);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyOS_GetOpt(int argc, wchar_t **argv, wchar_t *optstring);
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_PYGETOPT_H */
#ifndef Py_LONGOBJECT_H
#define Py_LONGOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


/* Long (arbitrary precision) integer object interface */

typedef struct _longobject PyLongObject; /* Revealed in longintrepr.h */

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyLong_Type;

#define PyLong_Check(op) \
        PyType_FastSubclass(Py_TYPE(op), Py_TPFLAGS_LONG_SUBCLASS)
#define PyLong_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyLong_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyLong_FromLong(long);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyLong_FromUnsignedLong(unsigned long);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyLong_FromSize_t(size_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyLong_FromSsize_t(Py_ssize_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyLong_FromDouble(double);
PyAPI_FUNC(long) PyLong_AsLong(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(long) PyLong_AsLongAndOverflow(PyObject *, int *);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyLong_AsSsize_t(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(size_t) PyLong_AsSize_t(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(unsigned long) PyLong_AsUnsignedLong(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(unsigned long) PyLong_AsUnsignedLongMask(PyObject *);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyLong_AsInt(PyObject *);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyLong_GetInfo(void);

/* It may be useful in the future. I've added it in the PyInt -> PyLong
   cleanup to keep the extra information. [CH] */
#define PyLong_AS_LONG(op) PyLong_AsLong(op)

/* Issue #1983: pid_t can be longer than a C long on some systems */
#if !defined(SIZEOF_PID_T) || SIZEOF_PID_T == SIZEOF_INT
#define _Py_PARSE_PID "i"
#define PyLong_FromPid PyLong_FromLong
#define PyLong_AsPid PyLong_AsLong
#elif SIZEOF_PID_T == SIZEOF_LONG
#define _Py_PARSE_PID "l"
#define PyLong_FromPid PyLong_FromLong
#define PyLong_AsPid PyLong_AsLong
#elif defined(SIZEOF_LONG_LONG) && SIZEOF_PID_T == SIZEOF_LONG_LONG
#define _Py_PARSE_PID "L"
#define PyLong_FromPid PyLong_FromLongLong
#define PyLong_AsPid PyLong_AsLongLong
#else
#error "sizeof(pid_t) is neither sizeof(int), sizeof(long) or sizeof(long long)"
#endif /* SIZEOF_PID_T */

#if SIZEOF_VOID_P == SIZEOF_INT
#  define _Py_PARSE_INTPTR "i"
#  define _Py_PARSE_UINTPTR "I"
#elif SIZEOF_VOID_P == SIZEOF_LONG
#  define _Py_PARSE_INTPTR "l"
#  define _Py_PARSE_UINTPTR "k"
#elif defined(SIZEOF_LONG_LONG) && SIZEOF_VOID_P == SIZEOF_LONG_LONG
#  define _Py_PARSE_INTPTR "L"
#  define _Py_PARSE_UINTPTR "K"
#else
#  error "void* different in size from int, long and long long"
#endif /* SIZEOF_VOID_P */

/* Used by Python/mystrtoul.c, _PyBytes_FromHex(),
   _PyBytes_DecodeEscapeRecode(), etc. */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_DATA(unsigned char) _PyLong_DigitValue[256];
#endif

/* _PyLong_Frexp returns a double x and an exponent e such that the
   true value is approximately equal to x * 2**e.  e is >= 0.  x is
   0.0 if and only if the input is 0 (in which case, e and x are both
   zeroes); otherwise, 0.5 <= abs(x) < 1.0.  On overflow, which is
   possible if the number of bits doesn't fit into a Py_ssize_t, sets
   OverflowError and returns -1.0 for x, 0 for e. */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(double) _PyLong_Frexp(PyLongObject *a, Py_ssize_t *e);
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(double) PyLong_AsDouble(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyLong_FromVoidPtr(void *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyLong_AsVoidPtr(PyObject *);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyLong_FromLongLong(long long);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyLong_FromUnsignedLongLong(unsigned long long);
PyAPI_FUNC(long long) PyLong_AsLongLong(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(unsigned long long) PyLong_AsUnsignedLongLong(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(unsigned long long) PyLong_AsUnsignedLongLongMask(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(long long) PyLong_AsLongLongAndOverflow(PyObject *, int *);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyLong_FromString(const char *, char **, int);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyLong_FromUnicode(Py_UNICODE*, Py_ssize_t, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyLong_FromUnicodeObject(PyObject *u, int base);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyLong_FromBytes(const char *, Py_ssize_t, int);
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* _PyLong_Sign.  Return 0 if v is 0, -1 if v < 0, +1 if v > 0.
   v must not be NULL, and must be a normalized long.
   There are no error cases.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyLong_Sign(PyObject *v);


/* _PyLong_NumBits.  Return the number of bits needed to represent the
   absolute value of a long.  For example, this returns 1 for 1 and -1, 2
   for 2 and -2, and 2 for 3 and -3.  It returns 0 for 0.
   v must not be NULL, and must be a normalized long.
   (size_t)-1 is returned and OverflowError set if the true result doesn't
   fit in a size_t.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(size_t) _PyLong_NumBits(PyObject *v);

/* _PyLong_DivmodNear.  Given integers a and b, compute the nearest
   integer q to the exact quotient a / b, rounding to the nearest even integer
   in the case of a tie.  Return (q, r), where r = a - q*b.  The remainder r
   will satisfy abs(r) <= abs(b)/2, with equality possible only if q is
   even.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyLong_DivmodNear(PyObject *, PyObject *);

/* _PyLong_FromByteArray:  View the n unsigned bytes as a binary integer in
   base 256, and return a Python int with the same numeric value.
   If n is 0, the integer is 0.  Else:
   If little_endian is 1/true, bytes[n-1] is the MSB and bytes[0] the LSB;
   else (little_endian is 0/false) bytes[0] is the MSB and bytes[n-1] the
   LSB.
   If is_signed is 0/false, view the bytes as a non-negative integer.
   If is_signed is 1/true, view the bytes as a 2's-complement integer,
   non-negative if bit 0x80 of the MSB is clear, negative if set.
   Error returns:
   + Return NULL with the appropriate exception set if there's not
     enough memory to create the Python int.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyLong_FromByteArray(
    const unsigned char* bytes, size_t n,
    int little_endian, int is_signed);

/* _PyLong_AsByteArray: Convert the least-significant 8*n bits of long
   v to a base-256 integer, stored in array bytes.  Normally return 0,
   return -1 on error.
   If little_endian is 1/true, store the MSB at bytes[n-1] and the LSB at
   bytes[0]; else (little_endian is 0/false) store the MSB at bytes[0] and
   the LSB at bytes[n-1].
   If is_signed is 0/false, it's an error if v < 0; else (v >= 0) n bytes
   are filled and there's nothing special about bit 0x80 of the MSB.
   If is_signed is 1/true, bytes is filled with the 2's-complement
   representation of v's value.  Bit 0x80 of the MSB is the sign bit.
   Error returns (-1):
   + is_signed is 0 and v < 0.  TypeError is set in this case, and bytes
     isn't altered.
   + n isn't big enough to hold the full mathematical value of v.  For
     example, if is_signed is 0 and there are more digits in the v than
     fit in n; or if is_signed is 1, v < 0, and n is just 1 bit shy of
     being large enough to hold a sign bit.  OverflowError is set in this
     case, but bytes holds the least-significant n bytes of the true value.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyLong_AsByteArray(PyLongObject* v,
    unsigned char* bytes, size_t n,
    int little_endian, int is_signed);

/* _PyLong_FromNbInt: Convert the given object to a PyLongObject
   using the nb_int slot, if available.  Raise TypeError if either the
   nb_int slot is not available or the result of the call to nb_int
   returns something not of type int.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(PyLongObject *)_PyLong_FromNbInt(PyObject *);

/* _PyLong_Format: Convert the long to a string object with given base,
   appending a base prefix of 0[box] if base is 2, 8 or 16. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyLong_Format(PyObject *obj, int base);

PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyLong_FormatWriter(
    _PyUnicodeWriter *writer,
    PyObject *obj,
    int base,
    int alternate);

PyAPI_FUNC(char*) _PyLong_FormatBytesWriter(
    _PyBytesWriter *writer,
    char *str,
    PyObject *obj,
    int base,
    int alternate);

/* Format the object based on the format_spec, as defined in PEP 3101
   (Advanced String Formatting). */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyLong_FormatAdvancedWriter(
    _PyUnicodeWriter *writer,
    PyObject *obj,
    PyObject *format_spec,
    Py_ssize_t start,
    Py_ssize_t end);
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */

/* These aren't really part of the int object, but they're handy. The
   functions are in Python/mystrtoul.c.
 */
PyAPI_FUNC(unsigned long) PyOS_strtoul(const char *, char **, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(long) PyOS_strtol(const char *, char **, int);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* For use by the gcd function in mathmodule.c */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyLong_GCD(PyObject *, PyObject *);
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

#ifdef Py_BUILD_CORE
/*
 * Default int base conversion size limitation: Denial of Service prevention.
 *
 * Chosen such that this isn't wildly slow on modern hardware and so that
 * everyone's existing deployed numpy test suite passes before
 * https://github.com/numpy/numpy/issues/22098 is widely available.
 *
 * $ python -m timeit -s 's = "1"*4300' 'int(s)'
 * 2000 loops, best of 5: 125 usec per loop
 * $ python -m timeit -s 's = "1"*4300; v = int(s)' 'str(v)'
 * 1000 loops, best of 5: 311 usec per loop
 * (zen2 cloud VM)
 *
 * 4300 decimal digits fits a ~14284 bit number.
 */
#define _PY_LONG_DEFAULT_MAX_STR_DIGITS 4300
/*
 * Threshold for max digits check.  For performance reasons int() and
 * int.__str__() don't checks values that are smaller than this
 * threshold.  Acts as a guaranteed minimum size limit for bignums that
 * applications can expect from CPython.
 *
 * % python -m timeit -s 's = "1"*640; v = int(s)' 'str(int(s))'
 * 20000 loops, best of 5: 12 usec per loop
 *
 * "640 digits should be enough for anyone." - gps
 * fits a ~2126 bit decimal number.
 */
#define _PY_LONG_MAX_STR_DIGITS_THRESHOLD 640

#if ((_PY_LONG_DEFAULT_MAX_STR_DIGITS != 0) && \
   (_PY_LONG_DEFAULT_MAX_STR_DIGITS < _PY_LONG_MAX_STR_DIGITS_THRESHOLD))
# error "_PY_LONG_DEFAULT_MAX_STR_DIGITS smaller than threshold."
#endif

#endif /* Py_BUILD_CORE */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_LONGOBJECT_H */
#ifndef Py_OBJECT_H
#define Py_OBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


/* Object and type object interface */

/*
Objects are structures allocated on the heap.  Special rules apply to
the use of objects to ensure they are properly garbage-collected.
Objects are never allocated statically or on the stack; they must be
accessed through special macros and functions only.  (Type objects are
exceptions to the first rule; the standard types are represented by
statically initialized type objects, although work on type/class unification
for Python 2.2 made it possible to have heap-allocated type objects too).

An object has a 'reference count' that is increased or decreased when a
pointer to the object is copied or deleted; when the reference count
reaches zero there are no references to the object left and it can be
removed from the heap.

An object has a 'type' that determines what it represents and what kind
of data it contains.  An object's type is fixed when it is created.
Types themselves are represented as objects; an object contains a
pointer to the corresponding type object.  The type itself has a type
pointer pointing to the object representing the type 'type', which
contains a pointer to itself!).

Objects do not float around in memory; once allocated an object keeps
the same size and address.  Objects that must hold variable-size data
can contain pointers to variable-size parts of the object.  Not all
objects of the same type have the same size; but the size cannot change
after allocation.  (These restrictions are made so a reference to an
object can be simply a pointer -- moving an object would require
updating all the pointers, and changing an object's size would require
moving it if there was another object right next to it.)

Objects are always accessed through pointers of the type 'PyObject *'.
The type 'PyObject' is a structure that only contains the reference count
and the type pointer.  The actual memory allocated for an object
contains other data that can only be accessed after casting the pointer
to a pointer to a longer structure type.  This longer type must start
with the reference count and type fields; the macro PyObject_HEAD should be
used for this (to accommodate for future changes).  The implementation
of a particular object type can cast the object pointer to the proper
type and back.

A standard interface exists for objects that contain an array of items
whose size is determined when the object is allocated.
*/

/* Py_DEBUG implies Py_TRACE_REFS. */
#if defined(Py_DEBUG) && !defined(Py_TRACE_REFS)
#define Py_TRACE_REFS
#endif

/* Py_TRACE_REFS implies Py_REF_DEBUG. */
#if defined(Py_TRACE_REFS) && !defined(Py_REF_DEBUG)
#define Py_REF_DEBUG
#endif

#if defined(Py_LIMITED_API) && defined(Py_REF_DEBUG)
#error Py_LIMITED_API is incompatible with Py_DEBUG, Py_TRACE_REFS, and Py_REF_DEBUG
#endif


#ifdef Py_TRACE_REFS
/* Define pointers to support a doubly-linked list of all live heap objects. */
#define _PyObject_HEAD_EXTRA            \
    struct _object *_ob_next;           \
    struct _object *_ob_prev;

#define _PyObject_EXTRA_INIT 0, 0,

#else
#define _PyObject_HEAD_EXTRA
#define _PyObject_EXTRA_INIT
#endif

/* PyObject_HEAD defines the initial segment of every PyObject. */
#define PyObject_HEAD                   PyObject ob_base;

#define PyObject_HEAD_INIT(type)        \
    { _PyObject_EXTRA_INIT              \
    1, type },

#define PyVarObject_HEAD_INIT(type, size)       \
    { PyObject_HEAD_INIT(type) size },

/* PyObject_VAR_HEAD defines the initial segment of all variable-size
 * container objects.  These end with a declaration of an array with 1
 * element, but enough space is malloc'ed so that the array actually
 * has room for ob_size elements.  Note that ob_size is an element count,
 * not necessarily a byte count.
 */
#define PyObject_VAR_HEAD      PyVarObject ob_base;
#define Py_INVALID_SIZE (Py_ssize_t)-1

/* Nothing is actually declared to be a PyObject, but every pointer to
 * a Python object can be cast to a PyObject*.  This is inheritance built
 * by hand.  Similarly every pointer to a variable-size Python object can,
 * in addition, be cast to PyVarObject*.
 */
typedef struct _object {
    _PyObject_HEAD_EXTRA
    Py_ssize_t ob_refcnt;
    struct _typeobject *ob_type;
} PyObject;

typedef struct {
    PyObject ob_base;
    Py_ssize_t ob_size; /* Number of items in variable part */
} PyVarObject;

#define Py_REFCNT(ob)           (((PyObject*)(ob))->ob_refcnt)
#define Py_TYPE(ob)             (((PyObject*)(ob))->ob_type)
#define Py_SIZE(ob)             (((PyVarObject*)(ob))->ob_size)

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/********************* String Literals ****************************************/
/* This structure helps managing static strings. The basic usage goes like this:
   Instead of doing

       r = PyObject_CallMethod(o, "foo", "args", ...);

   do

       _Py_IDENTIFIER(foo);
       ...
       r = _PyObject_CallMethodId(o, &PyId_foo, "args", ...);

   PyId_foo is a static variable, either on block level or file level. On first
   usage, the string "foo" is interned, and the structures are linked. On interpreter
   shutdown, all strings are released (through _PyUnicode_ClearStaticStrings).

   Alternatively, _Py_static_string allows choosing the variable name.
   _PyUnicode_FromId returns a borrowed reference to the interned string.
   _PyObject_{Get,Set,Has}AttrId are __getattr__ versions using _Py_Identifier*.
*/
typedef struct _Py_Identifier {
    struct _Py_Identifier *next;
    const char* string;
    PyObject *object;
} _Py_Identifier;

#define _Py_static_string_init(value) { .next = NULL, .string = value, .object = NULL }
#define _Py_static_string(varname, value)  static _Py_Identifier varname = _Py_static_string_init(value)
#define _Py_IDENTIFIER(varname) _Py_static_string(PyId_##varname, #varname)

#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

/*
Type objects contain a string containing the type name (to help somewhat
in debugging), the allocation parameters (see PyObject_New() and
PyObject_NewVar()),
and methods for accessing objects of the type.  Methods are optional, a
nil pointer meaning that particular kind of access is not available for
this type.  The Py_DECREF() macro uses the tp_dealloc method without
checking for a nil pointer; it should always be implemented except if
the implementation can guarantee that the reference count will never
reach zero (e.g., for statically allocated type objects).

NB: the methods for certain type groups are now contained in separate
method blocks.
*/

typedef PyObject * (*unaryfunc)(PyObject *);
typedef PyObject * (*binaryfunc)(PyObject *, PyObject *);
typedef PyObject * (*ternaryfunc)(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);
typedef int (*inquiry)(PyObject *);
typedef Py_ssize_t (*lenfunc)(PyObject *);
typedef PyObject *(*ssizeargfunc)(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t);
typedef PyObject *(*ssizessizeargfunc)(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t, Py_ssize_t);
typedef int(*ssizeobjargproc)(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t, PyObject *);
typedef int(*ssizessizeobjargproc)(PyObject *, Py_ssize_t, Py_ssize_t, PyObject *);
typedef int(*objobjargproc)(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* buffer interface */
typedef struct bufferinfo {
    void *buf;
    PyObject *obj;        /* owned reference */
    Py_ssize_t len;
    Py_ssize_t itemsize;  /* This is Py_ssize_t so it can be
                             pointed to by strides in simple case.*/
    int readonly;
    int ndim;
    char *format;
    Py_ssize_t *shape;
    Py_ssize_t *strides;
    Py_ssize_t *suboffsets;
    void *internal;
} Py_buffer;

typedef int (*getbufferproc)(PyObject *, Py_buffer *, int);
typedef void (*releasebufferproc)(PyObject *, Py_buffer *);

/* Maximum number of dimensions */
#define PyBUF_MAX_NDIM 64

/* Flags for getting buffers */
#define PyBUF_SIMPLE 0
#define PyBUF_WRITABLE 0x0001
/*  we used to include an E, backwards compatible alias  */
#define PyBUF_WRITEABLE PyBUF_WRITABLE
#define PyBUF_FORMAT 0x0004
#define PyBUF_ND 0x0008
#define PyBUF_STRIDES (0x0010 | PyBUF_ND)
#define PyBUF_C_CONTIGUOUS (0x0020 | PyBUF_STRIDES)
#define PyBUF_F_CONTIGUOUS (0x0040 | PyBUF_STRIDES)
#define PyBUF_ANY_CONTIGUOUS (0x0080 | PyBUF_STRIDES)
#define PyBUF_INDIRECT (0x0100 | PyBUF_STRIDES)

#define PyBUF_CONTIG (PyBUF_ND | PyBUF_WRITABLE)
#define PyBUF_CONTIG_RO (PyBUF_ND)

#define PyBUF_STRIDED (PyBUF_STRIDES | PyBUF_WRITABLE)
#define PyBUF_STRIDED_RO (PyBUF_STRIDES)

#define PyBUF_RECORDS (PyBUF_STRIDES | PyBUF_WRITABLE | PyBUF_FORMAT)
#define PyBUF_RECORDS_RO (PyBUF_STRIDES | PyBUF_FORMAT)

#define PyBUF_FULL (PyBUF_INDIRECT | PyBUF_WRITABLE | PyBUF_FORMAT)
#define PyBUF_FULL_RO (PyBUF_INDIRECT | PyBUF_FORMAT)


#define PyBUF_READ  0x100
#define PyBUF_WRITE 0x200

/* End buffer interface */
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */

typedef int (*objobjproc)(PyObject *, PyObject *);
typedef int (*visitproc)(PyObject *, void *);
typedef int (*traverseproc)(PyObject *, visitproc, void *);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef struct {
    /* Number implementations must check *both*
       arguments for proper type and implement the necessary conversions
       in the slot functions themselves. */

    binaryfunc nb_add;
    binaryfunc nb_subtract;
    binaryfunc nb_multiply;
    binaryfunc nb_remainder;
    binaryfunc nb_divmod;
    ternaryfunc nb_power;
    unaryfunc nb_negative;
    unaryfunc nb_positive;
    unaryfunc nb_absolute;
    inquiry nb_bool;
    unaryfunc nb_invert;
    binaryfunc nb_lshift;
    binaryfunc nb_rshift;
    binaryfunc nb_and;
    binaryfunc nb_xor;
    binaryfunc nb_or;
    unaryfunc nb_int;
    void *nb_reserved;  /* the slot formerly known as nb_long */
    unaryfunc nb_float;

    binaryfunc nb_inplace_add;
    binaryfunc nb_inplace_subtract;
    binaryfunc nb_inplace_multiply;
    binaryfunc nb_inplace_remainder;
    ternaryfunc nb_inplace_power;
    binaryfunc nb_inplace_lshift;
    binaryfunc nb_inplace_rshift;
    binaryfunc nb_inplace_and;
    binaryfunc nb_inplace_xor;
    binaryfunc nb_inplace_or;

    binaryfunc nb_floor_divide;
    binaryfunc nb_true_divide;
    binaryfunc nb_inplace_floor_divide;
    binaryfunc nb_inplace_true_divide;

    unaryfunc nb_index;

    binaryfunc nb_matrix_multiply;
    binaryfunc nb_inplace_matrix_multiply;
} PyNumberMethods;

typedef struct {
    lenfunc sq_length;
    binaryfunc sq_concat;
    ssizeargfunc sq_repeat;
    ssizeargfunc sq_item;
    void *was_sq_slice;
    ssizeobjargproc sq_ass_item;
    void *was_sq_ass_slice;
    objobjproc sq_contains;

    binaryfunc sq_inplace_concat;
    ssizeargfunc sq_inplace_repeat;
} PySequenceMethods;

typedef struct {
    lenfunc mp_length;
    binaryfunc mp_subscript;
    objobjargproc mp_ass_subscript;
} PyMappingMethods;

typedef struct {
    unaryfunc am_await;
    unaryfunc am_aiter;
    unaryfunc am_anext;
} PyAsyncMethods;

typedef struct {
     getbufferproc bf_getbuffer;
     releasebufferproc bf_releasebuffer;
} PyBufferProcs;
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */

typedef void (*freefunc)(void *);
typedef void (*destructor)(PyObject *);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* We can't provide a full compile-time check that limited-API
   users won't implement tp_print. However, not defining printfunc
   and making tp_print of a different function pointer type
   should at least cause a warning in most cases. */
typedef int (*printfunc)(PyObject *, FILE *, int);
#endif
typedef PyObject *(*getattrfunc)(PyObject *, char *);
typedef PyObject *(*getattrofunc)(PyObject *, PyObject *);
typedef int (*setattrfunc)(PyObject *, char *, PyObject *);
typedef int (*setattrofunc)(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);
typedef PyObject *(*reprfunc)(PyObject *);
typedef Py_hash_t (*hashfunc)(PyObject *);
typedef PyObject *(*richcmpfunc) (PyObject *, PyObject *, int);
typedef PyObject *(*getiterfunc) (PyObject *);
typedef PyObject *(*iternextfunc) (PyObject *);
typedef PyObject *(*descrgetfunc) (PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);
typedef int (*descrsetfunc) (PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);
typedef int (*initproc)(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);
typedef PyObject *(*newfunc)(struct _typeobject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);
typedef PyObject *(*allocfunc)(struct _typeobject *, Py_ssize_t);

#ifdef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef struct _typeobject PyTypeObject; /* opaque */
#else
typedef struct _typeobject {
    PyObject_VAR_HEAD
    const char *tp_name; /* For printing, in format "<module>.<name>" */
    Py_ssize_t tp_basicsize, tp_itemsize; /* For allocation */

    /* Methods to implement standard operations */

    destructor tp_dealloc;
    printfunc tp_print;
    getattrfunc tp_getattr;
    setattrfunc tp_setattr;
    PyAsyncMethods *tp_as_async; /* formerly known as tp_compare (Python 2)
                                    or tp_reserved (Python 3) */
    reprfunc tp_repr;

    /* Method suites for standard classes */

    PyNumberMethods *tp_as_number;
    PySequenceMethods *tp_as_sequence;
    PyMappingMethods *tp_as_mapping;

    /* More standard operations (here for binary compatibility) */

    hashfunc tp_hash;
    ternaryfunc tp_call;
    reprfunc tp_str;
    getattrofunc tp_getattro;
    setattrofunc tp_setattro;

    /* Functions to access object as input/output buffer */
    PyBufferProcs *tp_as_buffer;

    /* Flags to define presence of optional/expanded features */
    unsigned long tp_flags;

    const char *tp_doc; /* Documentation string */

    /* Assigned meaning in release 2.0 */
    /* call function for all accessible objects */
    traverseproc tp_traverse;

    /* delete references to contained objects */
    inquiry tp_clear;

    /* Assigned meaning in release 2.1 */
    /* rich comparisons */
    richcmpfunc tp_richcompare;

    /* weak reference enabler */
    Py_ssize_t tp_weaklistoffset;

    /* Iterators */
    getiterfunc tp_iter;
    iternextfunc tp_iternext;

    /* Attribute descriptor and subclassing stuff */
    struct PyMethodDef *tp_methods;
    struct PyMemberDef *tp_members;
    struct PyGetSetDef *tp_getset;
    struct _typeobject *tp_base;
    PyObject *tp_dict;
    descrgetfunc tp_descr_get;
    descrsetfunc tp_descr_set;
    Py_ssize_t tp_dictoffset;
    initproc tp_init;
    allocfunc tp_alloc;
    newfunc tp_new;
    freefunc tp_free; /* Low-level free-memory routine */
    inquiry tp_is_gc; /* For PyObject_IS_GC */
    PyObject *tp_bases;
    PyObject *tp_mro; /* method resolution order */
    PyObject *tp_cache;
    PyObject *tp_subclasses;
    PyObject *tp_weaklist;
    destructor tp_del;

    /* Type attribute cache version tag. Added in version 2.6 */
    unsigned int tp_version_tag;

    destructor tp_finalize;

#ifdef COUNT_ALLOCS
    /* these must be last and never explicitly initialized */
    Py_ssize_t tp_allocs;
    Py_ssize_t tp_frees;
    Py_ssize_t tp_maxalloc;
    struct _typeobject *tp_prev;
    struct _typeobject *tp_next;
#endif
} PyTypeObject;
#endif

typedef struct{
    int slot;    /* slot id, see below */
    void *pfunc; /* function pointer */
} PyType_Slot;

typedef struct{
    const char* name;
    int basicsize;
    int itemsize;
    unsigned int flags;
    PyType_Slot *slots; /* terminated by slot==0. */
} PyType_Spec;

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyType_FromSpec(PyType_Spec*);
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyType_FromSpecWithBases(PyType_Spec*, PyObject*);
#endif
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03040000
PyAPI_FUNC(void*) PyType_GetSlot(PyTypeObject*, int);
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* The *real* layout of a type object when allocated on the heap */
typedef struct _heaptypeobject {
    /* Note: there's a dependency on the order of these members
       in slotptr() in typeobject.c . */
    PyTypeObject ht_type;
    PyAsyncMethods as_async;
    PyNumberMethods as_number;
    PyMappingMethods as_mapping;
    PySequenceMethods as_sequence; /* as_sequence comes after as_mapping,
                                      so that the mapping wins when both
                                      the mapping and the sequence define
                                      a given operator (e.g. __getitem__).
                                      see add_operators() in typeobject.c . */
    PyBufferProcs as_buffer;
    PyObject *ht_name, *ht_slots, *ht_qualname;
    struct _dictkeysobject *ht_cached_keys;
    /* here are optional user slots, followed by the members. */
} PyHeapTypeObject;

/* access macro to the members which are floating "behind" the object */
#define PyHeapType_GET_MEMBERS(etype) \
    ((PyMemberDef *)(((char *)etype) + Py_TYPE(etype)->tp_basicsize))
#endif

/* Generic type check */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyType_IsSubtype(PyTypeObject *, PyTypeObject *);
#define PyObject_TypeCheck(ob, tp) \
    (Py_TYPE(ob) == (tp) || PyType_IsSubtype(Py_TYPE(ob), (tp)))

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyType_Type; /* built-in 'type' */
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyBaseObject_Type; /* built-in 'object' */
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PySuper_Type; /* built-in 'super' */

PyAPI_FUNC(unsigned long) PyType_GetFlags(PyTypeObject*);

#define PyType_Check(op) \
    PyType_FastSubclass(Py_TYPE(op), Py_TPFLAGS_TYPE_SUBCLASS)
#define PyType_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyType_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyType_Ready(PyTypeObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyType_GenericAlloc(PyTypeObject *, Py_ssize_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyType_GenericNew(PyTypeObject *,
                                               PyObject *, PyObject *);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyType_Lookup(PyTypeObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyType_LookupId(PyTypeObject *, _Py_Identifier *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_LookupSpecial(PyObject *, _Py_Identifier *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyTypeObject *) _PyType_CalculateMetaclass(PyTypeObject *, PyObject *);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(unsigned int) PyType_ClearCache(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyType_Modified(PyTypeObject *);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyType_GetDocFromInternalDoc(const char *, const char *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyType_GetTextSignatureFromInternalDoc(const char *, const char *);
#endif

/* Generic operations on objects */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
struct _Py_Identifier;
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_Print(PyObject *, FILE *, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_BreakPoint(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyObject_Dump(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyObject_IsFreed(PyObject *);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_Repr(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_Str(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_ASCII(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_Bytes(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_RichCompare(PyObject *, PyObject *, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_RichCompareBool(PyObject *, PyObject *, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_GetAttrString(PyObject *, const char *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_SetAttrString(PyObject *, const char *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_HasAttrString(PyObject *, const char *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_GetAttr(PyObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_SetAttr(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_HasAttr(PyObject *, PyObject *);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyObject_IsAbstract(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_GetAttrId(PyObject *, struct _Py_Identifier *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyObject_SetAttrId(PyObject *, struct _Py_Identifier *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyObject_HasAttrId(PyObject *, struct _Py_Identifier *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject **) _PyObject_GetDictPtr(PyObject *);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_SelfIter(PyObject *);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyObject_NextNotImplemented(PyObject *);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_GenericGetAttr(PyObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_GenericSetAttr(PyObject *,
                                              PyObject *, PyObject *);
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_GenericSetDict(PyObject *, PyObject *, void *);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_hash_t) PyObject_Hash(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_hash_t) PyObject_HashNotImplemented(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_IsTrue(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_Not(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyCallable_Check(PyObject *);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyObject_ClearWeakRefs(PyObject *);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyObject_CallFinalizer(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_CallFinalizerFromDealloc(PyObject *);
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Same as PyObject_Generic{Get,Set}Attr, but passing the attributes
   dict as the last parameter. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *)
_PyObject_GenericGetAttrWithDict(PyObject *, PyObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int)
_PyObject_GenericSetAttrWithDict(PyObject *, PyObject *,
                                 PyObject *, PyObject *);
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

/* Helper to look up a builtin object */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *)
_PyObject_GetBuiltin(const char *name);
#endif

/* PyObject_Dir(obj) acts like Python builtins.dir(obj), returning a
   list of strings.  PyObject_Dir(NULL) is like builtins.dir(),
   returning the names of the current locals.  In this case, if there are
   no current locals, NULL is returned, and PyErr_Occurred() is false.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyObject_Dir(PyObject *);


/* Helpers for printing recursive container types */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) Py_ReprEnter(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) Py_ReprLeave(PyObject *);

/* Flag bits for printing: */
#define Py_PRINT_RAW    1       /* No string quotes etc. */

/*
`Type flags (tp_flags)

These flags are used to extend the type structure in a backwards-compatible
fashion. Extensions can use the flags to indicate (and test) when a given
type structure contains a new feature. The Python core will use these when
introducing new functionality between major revisions (to avoid mid-version
changes in the PYTHON_API_VERSION).

Arbitration of the flag bit positions will need to be coordinated among
all extension writers who publically release their extensions (this will
be fewer than you might expect!)..

Most flags were removed as of Python 3.0 to make room for new flags.  (Some
flags are not for backwards compatibility but to indicate the presence of an
optional feature; these flags remain of course.)

Type definitions should use Py_TPFLAGS_DEFAULT for their tp_flags value.

Code can use PyType_HasFeature(type_ob, flag_value) to test whether the
given type object has a specified feature.
*/

/* Set if the type object is dynamically allocated */
#define Py_TPFLAGS_HEAPTYPE (1UL << 9)

/* Set if the type allows subclassing */
#define Py_TPFLAGS_BASETYPE (1UL << 10)

/* Set if the type is 'ready' -- fully initialized */
#define Py_TPFLAGS_READY (1UL << 12)

/* Set while the type is being 'readied', to prevent recursive ready calls */
#define Py_TPFLAGS_READYING (1UL << 13)

/* Objects support garbage collection (see objimp.h) */
#define Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_GC (1UL << 14)

/* These two bits are preserved for Stackless Python, next after this is 17 */
#ifdef STACKLESS
#define Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_STACKLESS_EXTENSION (3UL << 15)
#else
#define Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_STACKLESS_EXTENSION 0
#endif

/* Objects support type attribute cache */
#define Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_VERSION_TAG   (1UL << 18)
#define Py_TPFLAGS_VALID_VERSION_TAG  (1UL << 19)

/* Type is abstract and cannot be instantiated */
#define Py_TPFLAGS_IS_ABSTRACT (1UL << 20)

/* These flags are used to determine if a type is a subclass. */
#define Py_TPFLAGS_LONG_SUBCLASS        (1UL << 24)
#define Py_TPFLAGS_LIST_SUBCLASS        (1UL << 25)
#define Py_TPFLAGS_TUPLE_SUBCLASS       (1UL << 26)
#define Py_TPFLAGS_BYTES_SUBCLASS       (1UL << 27)
#define Py_TPFLAGS_UNICODE_SUBCLASS     (1UL << 28)
#define Py_TPFLAGS_DICT_SUBCLASS        (1UL << 29)
#define Py_TPFLAGS_BASE_EXC_SUBCLASS    (1UL << 30)
#define Py_TPFLAGS_TYPE_SUBCLASS        (1UL << 31)

#define Py_TPFLAGS_DEFAULT  ( \
                 Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_STACKLESS_EXTENSION | \
                 Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_VERSION_TAG | \
                0)

/* NOTE: The following flags reuse lower bits (removed as part of the
 * Python 3.0 transition). */

/* Type structure has tp_finalize member (3.4) */
#define Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_FINALIZE (1UL << 0)

#ifdef Py_LIMITED_API
#define PyType_HasFeature(t,f)  ((PyType_GetFlags(t) & (f)) != 0)
#else
#define PyType_HasFeature(t,f)  (((t)->tp_flags & (f)) != 0)
#endif
#define PyType_FastSubclass(t,f)  PyType_HasFeature(t,f)


/*
The macros Py_INCREF(op) and Py_DECREF(op) are used to increment or decrement
reference counts.  Py_DECREF calls the object's deallocator function when
the refcount falls to 0; for
objects that don't contain references to other objects or heap memory
this can be the standard function free().  Both macros can be used
wherever a void expression is allowed.  The argument must not be a
NULL pointer.  If it may be NULL, use Py_XINCREF/Py_XDECREF instead.
The macro _Py_NewReference(op) initialize reference counts to 1, and
in special builds (Py_REF_DEBUG, Py_TRACE_REFS) performs additional
bookkeeping appropriate to the special build.

We assume that the reference count field can never overflow; this can
be proven when the size of the field is the same as the pointer size, so
we ignore the possibility.  Provided a C int is at least 32 bits (which
is implicitly assumed in many parts of this code), that's enough for
about 2**31 references to an object.

XXX The following became out of date in Python 2.2, but I'm not sure
XXX what the full truth is now.  Certainly, heap-allocated type objects
XXX can and should be deallocated.
Type objects should never be deallocated; the type pointer in an object
is not considered to be a reference to the type object, to save
complications in the deallocation function.  (This is actually a
decision that's up to the implementer of each new type so if you want,
you can count such references to the type object.)
*/

/* First define a pile of simple helper macros, one set per special
 * build symbol.  These either expand to the obvious things, or to
 * nothing at all when the special mode isn't in effect.  The main
 * macros can later be defined just once then, yet expand to different
 * things depending on which special build options are and aren't in effect.
 * Trust me <wink>:  while painful, this is 20x easier to understand than,
 * e.g, defining _Py_NewReference five different times in a maze of nested
 * #ifdefs (we used to do that -- it was impenetrable).
 */
#ifdef Py_REF_DEBUG
PyAPI_DATA(Py_ssize_t) _Py_RefTotal;
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_NegativeRefcount(const char *fname,
                                            int lineno, PyObject *op);
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) _Py_GetRefTotal(void);
#define _Py_INC_REFTOTAL        _Py_RefTotal++
#define _Py_DEC_REFTOTAL        _Py_RefTotal--
#define _Py_REF_DEBUG_COMMA     ,
#define _Py_CHECK_REFCNT(OP)                                    \
{       if (((PyObject*)OP)->ob_refcnt < 0)                             \
                _Py_NegativeRefcount(__FILE__, __LINE__,        \
                                     (PyObject *)(OP));         \
}
/* Py_REF_DEBUG also controls the display of refcounts and memory block
 * allocations at the interactive prompt and at interpreter shutdown
 */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyDebug_PrintTotalRefs(void);
#define _PY_DEBUG_PRINT_TOTAL_REFS() _PyDebug_PrintTotalRefs()
#else
#define _Py_INC_REFTOTAL
#define _Py_DEC_REFTOTAL
#define _Py_REF_DEBUG_COMMA
#define _Py_CHECK_REFCNT(OP)    /* a semicolon */;
#define _PY_DEBUG_PRINT_TOTAL_REFS()
#endif /* Py_REF_DEBUG */

#ifdef COUNT_ALLOCS
PyAPI_FUNC(void) inc_count(PyTypeObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) dec_count(PyTypeObject *);
#define _Py_INC_TPALLOCS(OP)    inc_count(Py_TYPE(OP))
#define _Py_INC_TPFREES(OP)     dec_count(Py_TYPE(OP))
#define _Py_DEC_TPFREES(OP)     Py_TYPE(OP)->tp_frees--
#define _Py_COUNT_ALLOCS_COMMA  ,
#else
#define _Py_INC_TPALLOCS(OP)
#define _Py_INC_TPFREES(OP)
#define _Py_DEC_TPFREES(OP)
#define _Py_COUNT_ALLOCS_COMMA
#endif /* COUNT_ALLOCS */

#ifdef Py_TRACE_REFS
/* Py_TRACE_REFS is such major surgery that we call external routines. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_NewReference(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_ForgetReference(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_Dealloc(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_PrintReferences(FILE *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_PrintReferenceAddresses(FILE *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_AddToAllObjects(PyObject *, int force);

#else
/* Without Py_TRACE_REFS, there's little enough to do that we expand code
 * inline.
 */
#define _Py_NewReference(op) (                          \
    _Py_INC_TPALLOCS(op) _Py_COUNT_ALLOCS_COMMA         \
    _Py_INC_REFTOTAL  _Py_REF_DEBUG_COMMA               \
    Py_REFCNT(op) = 1)

#define _Py_ForgetReference(op) _Py_INC_TPFREES(op)

#ifdef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _Py_Dealloc(PyObject *);
#else
#define _Py_Dealloc(op) (                               \
    _Py_INC_TPFREES(op) _Py_COUNT_ALLOCS_COMMA          \
    (*Py_TYPE(op)->tp_dealloc)((PyObject *)(op)))
#endif
#endif /* !Py_TRACE_REFS */

#define Py_INCREF(op) (                         \
    _Py_INC_REFTOTAL  _Py_REF_DEBUG_COMMA       \
    ((PyObject *)(op))->ob_refcnt++)

#define Py_DECREF(op)                                   \
    do {                                                \
        PyObject *_py_decref_tmp = (PyObject *)(op);    \
        if (_Py_DEC_REFTOTAL  _Py_REF_DEBUG_COMMA       \
        --(_py_decref_tmp)->ob_refcnt != 0)             \
            _Py_CHECK_REFCNT(_py_decref_tmp)            \
        else                                            \
            _Py_Dealloc(_py_decref_tmp);                \
    } while (0)

/* Safely decref `op` and set `op` to NULL, especially useful in tp_clear
 * and tp_dealloc implementations.
 *
 * Note that "the obvious" code can be deadly:
 *
 *     Py_XDECREF(op);
 *     op = NULL;
 *
 * Typically, `op` is something like self->containee, and `self` is done
 * using its `containee` member.  In the code sequence above, suppose
 * `containee` is non-NULL with a refcount of 1.  Its refcount falls to
 * 0 on the first line, which can trigger an arbitrary amount of code,
 * possibly including finalizers (like __del__ methods or weakref callbacks)
 * coded in Python, which in turn can release the GIL and allow other threads
 * to run, etc.  Such code may even invoke methods of `self` again, or cause
 * cyclic gc to trigger, but-- oops! --self->containee still points to the
 * object being torn down, and it may be in an insane state while being torn
 * down.  This has in fact been a rich historic source of miserable (rare &
 * hard-to-diagnose) segfaulting (and other) bugs.
 *
 * The safe way is:
 *
 *      Py_CLEAR(op);
 *
 * That arranges to set `op` to NULL _before_ decref'ing, so that any code
 * triggered as a side-effect of `op` getting torn down no longer believes
 * `op` points to a valid object.
 *
 * There are cases where it's safe to use the naive code, but they're brittle.
 * For example, if `op` points to a Python integer, you know that destroying
 * one of those can't cause problems -- but in part that relies on that
 * Python integers aren't currently weakly referencable.  Best practice is
 * to use Py_CLEAR() even if you can't think of a reason for why you need to.
 */
#define Py_CLEAR(op)                            \
    do {                                        \
        PyObject *_py_tmp = (PyObject *)(op);   \
        if (_py_tmp != NULL) {                  \
            (op) = NULL;                        \
            Py_DECREF(_py_tmp);                 \
        }                                       \
    } while (0)

/* Macros to use in case the object pointer may be NULL: */
#define Py_XINCREF(op)                                \
    do {                                              \
        PyObject *_py_xincref_tmp = (PyObject *)(op); \
        if (_py_xincref_tmp != NULL)                  \
            Py_INCREF(_py_xincref_tmp);               \
    } while (0)

#define Py_XDECREF(op)                                \
    do {                                              \
        PyObject *_py_xdecref_tmp = (PyObject *)(op); \
        if (_py_xdecref_tmp != NULL)                  \
            Py_DECREF(_py_xdecref_tmp);               \
    } while (0)

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Safely decref `op` and set `op` to `op2`.
 *
 * As in case of Py_CLEAR "the obvious" code can be deadly:
 *
 *     Py_DECREF(op);
 *     op = op2;
 *
 * The safe way is:
 *
 *      Py_SETREF(op, op2);
 *
 * That arranges to set `op` to `op2` _before_ decref'ing, so that any code
 * triggered as a side-effect of `op` getting torn down no longer believes
 * `op` points to a valid object.
 *
 * Py_XSETREF is a variant of Py_SETREF that uses Py_XDECREF instead of
 * Py_DECREF.
 */

#define Py_SETREF(op, op2)                      \
    do {                                        \
        PyObject *_py_tmp = (PyObject *)(op);   \
        (op) = (op2);                           \
        Py_DECREF(_py_tmp);                     \
    } while (0)

#define Py_XSETREF(op, op2)                     \
    do {                                        \
        PyObject *_py_tmp = (PyObject *)(op);   \
        (op) = (op2);                           \
        Py_XDECREF(_py_tmp);                    \
    } while (0)

#endif /* ifndef Py_LIMITED_API */

/*
These are provided as conveniences to Python runtime embedders, so that
they can have object code that is not dependent on Python compilation flags.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(void) Py_IncRef(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) Py_DecRef(PyObject *);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) _PyNone_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) _PyNotImplemented_Type;
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

/*
_Py_NoneStruct is an object of undefined type which can be used in contexts
where NULL (nil) is not suitable (since NULL often means 'error').

Don't forget to apply Py_INCREF() when returning this value!!!
*/
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject) _Py_NoneStruct; /* Don't use this directly */
#define Py_None (&_Py_NoneStruct)

/* Macro for returning Py_None from a function */
#define Py_RETURN_NONE return Py_INCREF(Py_None), Py_None

/*
Py_NotImplemented is a singleton used to signal that an operation is
not implemented for a given type combination.
*/
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject) _Py_NotImplementedStruct; /* Don't use this directly */
#define Py_NotImplemented (&_Py_NotImplementedStruct)

/* Macro for returning Py_NotImplemented from a function */
#define Py_RETURN_NOTIMPLEMENTED \
    return Py_INCREF(Py_NotImplemented), Py_NotImplemented

/* Rich comparison opcodes */
#define Py_LT 0
#define Py_LE 1
#define Py_EQ 2
#define Py_NE 3
#define Py_GT 4
#define Py_GE 5

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Maps Py_LT to Py_GT, ..., Py_GE to Py_LE.
 * Defined in object.c.
 */
PyAPI_DATA(int) _Py_SwappedOp[];
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */


/*
More conventions
================

Argument Checking
-----------------

Functions that take objects as arguments normally don't check for nil
arguments, but they do check the type of the argument, and return an
error if the function doesn't apply to the type.

Failure Modes
-------------

Functions may fail for a variety of reasons, including running out of
memory.  This is communicated to the caller in two ways: an error string
is set (see errors.h), and the function result differs: functions that
normally return a pointer return NULL for failure, functions returning
an integer return -1 (which could be a legal return value too!), and
other functions return 0 for success and -1 for failure.
Callers should always check for errors before using the result.  If
an error was set, the caller must either explicitly clear it, or pass
the error on to its caller.

Reference Counts
----------------

It takes a while to get used to the proper usage of reference counts.

Functions that create an object set the reference count to 1; such new
objects must be stored somewhere or destroyed again with Py_DECREF().
Some functions that 'store' objects, such as PyTuple_SetItem() and
PyList_SetItem(),
don't increment the reference count of the object, since the most
frequent use is to store a fresh object.  Functions that 'retrieve'
objects, such as PyTuple_GetItem() and PyDict_GetItemString(), also
don't increment
the reference count, since most frequently the object is only looked at
quickly.  Thus, to retrieve an object and store it again, the caller
must call Py_INCREF() explicitly.

NOTE: functions that 'consume' a reference count, like
PyList_SetItem(), consume the reference even if the object wasn't
successfully stored, to simplify error handling.

It seems attractive to make other functions that take an object as
argument consume a reference count; however, this may quickly get
confusing (even the current practice is already confusing).  Consider
it carefully, it may save lots of calls to Py_INCREF() and Py_DECREF() at
times.
*/


/* Trashcan mechanism, thanks to Christian Tismer.

When deallocating a container object, it's possible to trigger an unbounded
chain of deallocations, as each Py_DECREF in turn drops the refcount on "the
next" object in the chain to 0.  This can easily lead to stack faults, and
especially in threads (which typically have less stack space to work with).

A container object that participates in cyclic gc can avoid this by
bracketing the body of its tp_dealloc function with a pair of macros:

static void
mytype_dealloc(mytype *p)
{
    ... declarations go here ...

    PyObject_GC_UnTrack(p);        // must untrack first
    Py_TRASHCAN_SAFE_BEGIN(p)
    ... The body of the deallocator goes here, including all calls ...
    ... to Py_DECREF on contained objects.                         ...
    Py_TRASHCAN_SAFE_END(p)
}

CAUTION:  Never return from the middle of the body!  If the body needs to
"get out early", put a label immediately before the Py_TRASHCAN_SAFE_END
call, and goto it.  Else the call-depth counter (see below) will stay
above 0 forever, and the trashcan will never get emptied.

How it works:  The BEGIN macro increments a call-depth counter.  So long
as this counter is small, the body of the deallocator is run directly without
further ado.  But if the counter gets large, it instead adds p to a list of
objects to be deallocated later, skips the body of the deallocator, and
resumes execution after the END macro.  The tp_dealloc routine then returns
without deallocating anything (and so unbounded call-stack depth is avoided).

When the call stack finishes unwinding again, code generated by the END macro
notices this, and calls another routine to deallocate all the objects that
may have been added to the list of deferred deallocations.  In effect, a
chain of N deallocations is broken into N / PyTrash_UNWIND_LEVEL pieces,
with the call stack never exceeding a depth of PyTrash_UNWIND_LEVEL.
*/

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* This is the old private API, invoked by the macros before 3.2.4.
   Kept for binary compatibility of extensions using the stable ABI. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyTrash_deposit_object(PyObject*);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyTrash_destroy_chain(void);
PyAPI_DATA(int) _PyTrash_delete_nesting;
PyAPI_DATA(PyObject *) _PyTrash_delete_later;
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */

/* The new thread-safe private API, invoked by the macros below. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyTrash_thread_deposit_object(PyObject*);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyTrash_thread_destroy_chain(void);

#define PyTrash_UNWIND_LEVEL 50

#define Py_TRASHCAN_SAFE_BEGIN(op) \
    do { \
        PyThreadState *_tstate = PyThreadState_GET(); \
        if (_tstate->trash_delete_nesting < PyTrash_UNWIND_LEVEL) { \
            ++_tstate->trash_delete_nesting;
            /* The body of the deallocator is here. */
#define Py_TRASHCAN_SAFE_END(op) \
            --_tstate->trash_delete_nesting; \
            if (_tstate->trash_delete_later && _tstate->trash_delete_nesting <= 0) \
                _PyTrash_thread_destroy_chain(); \
        } \
        else \
            _PyTrash_thread_deposit_object((PyObject*)op); \
    } while (0);

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(void)
_PyDebugAllocatorStats(FILE *out, const char *block_name, int num_blocks,
                       size_t sizeof_block);
PyAPI_FUNC(void)
_PyObject_DebugTypeStats(FILE *out);
#endif /* ifndef Py_LIMITED_API */

/* 
   Define a pair of assertion macros.

   These work like the regular C assert(), in that they will abort the
   process with a message on stderr if the given condition fails to hold,
   but compile away to nothing if NDEBUG is defined.

   However, before aborting, Python will also try to call _PyObject_Dump() on
   the given object.  This may be of use when investigating bugs in which a
   particular object is corrupt (e.g. buggy a tp_visit method in an extension
   module breaking the garbage collector), to help locate the broken objects.

   The WITH_MSG variant allows you to supply an additional message that Python
   will attempt to print to stderr, after the object dump.
*/
#ifdef NDEBUG
/* No debugging: compile away the assertions: */
#define PyObject_ASSERT_WITH_MSG(obj, expr, msg) ((void)0)
#else
/* With debugging: generate checks: */
#define PyObject_ASSERT_WITH_MSG(obj, expr, msg) \
  ((expr)                                           \
   ? (void)(0)                                      \
   : _PyObject_AssertFailed((obj),                  \
                            (msg),                  \
                            (__STRING(expr)),       \
                            (__FILE__),             \
                            (__LINE__),             \
                            (__PRETTY_FUNCTION__)))
#endif

#define PyObject_ASSERT(obj, expr) \
  PyObject_ASSERT_WITH_MSG(obj, expr, NULL)

/* 
   Declare and define the entrypoint even when NDEBUG is defined, to avoid
   causing compiler/linker errors when building extensions without NDEBUG
   against a Python built with NDEBUG defined
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyObject_AssertFailed(PyObject *,  const char *,
                                        const char *, const char *, int,
                                        const char *);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_OBJECT_H */

#ifndef Py_CURSES_H
#define Py_CURSES_H

#ifdef __APPLE__
/*
** On Mac OS X 10.2 [n]curses.h and stdlib.h use different guards
** against multiple definition of wchar_t.
*/
#ifdef _BSD_WCHAR_T_DEFINED_
#define _WCHAR_T
#endif
#endif /* __APPLE__ */

#ifdef __FreeBSD__
/*
** On FreeBSD, [n]curses.h and stdlib.h/wchar.h use different guards
** against multiple definition of wchar_t and wint_t.
*/
#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
#ifndef __FreeBSD_version
#include <osreldate.h>
#endif
#if __FreeBSD_version >= 500000
#ifndef __wchar_t
#define __wchar_t
#endif
#ifndef __wint_t
#define __wint_t
#endif
#else
#ifndef _WCHAR_T
#define _WCHAR_T
#endif
#ifndef _WINT_T
#define _WINT_T
#endif
#endif
#endif
#endif

#if !defined(HAVE_CURSES_IS_PAD) && defined(WINDOW_HAS_FLAGS)
/* The following definition is necessary for ncurses 5.7; without it,
   some of [n]curses.h set NCURSES_OPAQUE to 1, and then Python
   can't get at the WINDOW flags field. */
#define NCURSES_OPAQUE 0
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_NCURSES_H
#include <ncurses.h>
#else
#include <curses.h>
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_NCURSES_H
/* configure was checking <curses.h>, but we will
   use <ncurses.h>, which has some or all these features. */
#if !defined(WINDOW_HAS_FLAGS) && !(NCURSES_OPAQUE+0)
#define WINDOW_HAS_FLAGS 1
#endif
#if !defined(HAVE_CURSES_IS_PAD) && NCURSES_VERSION_PATCH+0 >= 20090906
#define HAVE_CURSES_IS_PAD 1
#endif
#ifndef MVWDELCH_IS_EXPRESSION
#define MVWDELCH_IS_EXPRESSION 1
#endif
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define PyCurses_API_pointers 4

/* Type declarations */

typedef struct {
    PyObject_HEAD
    WINDOW *win;
    char *encoding;
} PyCursesWindowObject;

#define PyCursesWindow_Check(v)  (Py_TYPE(v) == &PyCursesWindow_Type)

#define PyCurses_CAPSULE_NAME "_curses._C_API"


#ifdef CURSES_MODULE
/* This section is used when compiling _cursesmodule.c */

#else
/* This section is used in modules that use the _cursesmodule API */

static void **PyCurses_API;

#define PyCursesWindow_Type (*(PyTypeObject *) PyCurses_API[0])
#define PyCursesSetupTermCalled  {if (! ((int (*)(void))PyCurses_API[1]) () ) return NULL;}
#define PyCursesInitialised      {if (! ((int (*)(void))PyCurses_API[2]) () ) return NULL;}
#define PyCursesInitialisedColor {if (! ((int (*)(void))PyCurses_API[3]) () ) return NULL;}

#define import_curses() \
    PyCurses_API = (void **)PyCapsule_Import(PyCurses_CAPSULE_NAME, 1);

#endif

/* general error messages */
static const char catchall_ERR[]  = "curses function returned ERR";
static const char catchall_NULL[] = "curses function returned NULL";

/* Function Prototype Macros - They are ugly but very, very useful. ;-)

   X - function name
   TYPE - parameter Type
   ERGSTR - format string for construction of the return value
   PARSESTR - format string for argument parsing
   */

#define NoArgNoReturnFunction(X) \
static PyObject *PyCurses_ ## X (PyObject *self) \
{ \
  PyCursesInitialised \
  return PyCursesCheckERR(X(), # X); }

#define NoArgOrFlagNoReturnFunction(X) \
static PyObject *PyCurses_ ## X (PyObject *self, PyObject *args) \
{ \
  int flag = 0; \
  PyCursesInitialised \
  switch(PyTuple_Size(args)) { \
  case 0: \
    return PyCursesCheckERR(X(), # X); \
  case 1: \
    if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "i;True(1) or False(0)", &flag)) return NULL; \
    if (flag) return PyCursesCheckERR(X(), # X); \
    else return PyCursesCheckERR(no ## X (), # X); \
  default: \
    PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError, # X " requires 0 or 1 arguments"); \
    return NULL; } }

#define NoArgReturnIntFunction(X) \
static PyObject *PyCurses_ ## X (PyObject *self) \
{ \
 PyCursesInitialised \
 return PyLong_FromLong((long) X()); }


#define NoArgReturnStringFunction(X) \
static PyObject *PyCurses_ ## X (PyObject *self) \
{ \
  PyCursesInitialised \
  return PyBytes_FromString(X()); }

#define NoArgTrueFalseFunction(X) \
static PyObject *PyCurses_ ## X (PyObject *self) \
{ \
  PyCursesInitialised \
  if (X () == FALSE) { \
    Py_INCREF(Py_False); \
    return Py_False; \
  } \
  Py_INCREF(Py_True); \
  return Py_True; }

#define NoArgNoReturnVoidFunction(X) \
static PyObject *PyCurses_ ## X (PyObject *self) \
{ \
  PyCursesInitialised \
  X(); \
  Py_INCREF(Py_None); \
  return Py_None; }

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* !defined(Py_CURSES_H) */


#ifndef Py_PYMACRO_H
#define Py_PYMACRO_H

/* Minimum value between x and y */
#define Py_MIN(x, y) (((x) > (y)) ? (y) : (x))

/* Maximum value between x and y */
#define Py_MAX(x, y) (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))

/* Absolute value of the number x */
#define Py_ABS(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))

#define _Py_XSTRINGIFY(x) #x

/* Convert the argument to a string. For example, Py_STRINGIFY(123) is replaced
   with "123" by the preprocessor. Defines are also replaced by their value.
   For example Py_STRINGIFY(__LINE__) is replaced by the line number, not
   by "__LINE__". */
#define Py_STRINGIFY(x) _Py_XSTRINGIFY(x)

/* Get the size of a structure member in bytes */
#define Py_MEMBER_SIZE(type, member) sizeof(((type *)0)->member)

/* Argument must be a char or an int in [-128, 127] or [0, 255]. */
#define Py_CHARMASK(c) ((unsigned char)((c) & 0xff))

/* Assert a build-time dependency, as an expression.

   Your compile will fail if the condition isn't true, or can't be evaluated
   by the compiler. This can be used in an expression: its value is 0.

   Example:

   #define foo_to_char(foo)  \
       ((char *)(foo)        \
        + Py_BUILD_ASSERT_EXPR(offsetof(struct foo, string) == 0))

   Written by Rusty Russell, public domain, http://ccodearchive.net/ */
#define Py_BUILD_ASSERT_EXPR(cond) \
    (sizeof(char [1 - 2*!(cond)]) - 1)

#define Py_BUILD_ASSERT(cond)  do {         \
        (void)Py_BUILD_ASSERT_EXPR(cond);   \
    } while(0)

/* Get the number of elements in a visible array

   This does not work on pointers, or arrays declared as [], or function
   parameters. With correct compiler support, such usage will cause a build
   error (see Py_BUILD_ASSERT_EXPR).

   Written by Rusty Russell, public domain, http://ccodearchive.net/

   Requires at GCC 3.1+ */
#if (defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) && \
    (((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNU_MINOR__ >= 1)) || (__GNUC__ >= 4)))
/* Two gcc extensions.
   &a[0] degrades to a pointer: a different type from an array */
#define Py_ARRAY_LENGTH(array) \
    (sizeof(array) / sizeof((array)[0]) \
     + Py_BUILD_ASSERT_EXPR(!__builtin_types_compatible_p(typeof(array), \
                                                          typeof(&(array)[0]))))
#else
#define Py_ARRAY_LENGTH(array) \
    (sizeof(array) / sizeof((array)[0]))
#endif


/* Define macros for inline documentation. */
#define PyDoc_VAR(name) static char name[]
#define PyDoc_STRVAR(name,str) PyDoc_VAR(name) = PyDoc_STR(str)
#ifdef WITH_DOC_STRINGS
#define PyDoc_STR(str) str
#else
#define PyDoc_STR(str) ""
#endif

/* Below "a" is a power of 2. */
/* Round down size "n" to be a multiple of "a". */
#define _Py_SIZE_ROUND_DOWN(n, a) ((size_t)(n) & ~(size_t)((a) - 1))
/* Round up size "n" to be a multiple of "a". */
#define _Py_SIZE_ROUND_UP(n, a) (((size_t)(n) + \
        (size_t)((a) - 1)) & ~(size_t)((a) - 1))
/* Round pointer "p" down to the closest "a"-aligned address <= "p". */
#define _Py_ALIGN_DOWN(p, a) ((void *)((uintptr_t)(p) & ~(uintptr_t)((a) - 1)))
/* Round pointer "p" up to the closest "a"-aligned address >= "p". */
#define _Py_ALIGN_UP(p, a) ((void *)(((uintptr_t)(p) + \
        (uintptr_t)((a) - 1)) & ~(uintptr_t)((a) - 1)))
/* Check if pointer "p" is aligned to "a"-bytes boundary. */
#define _Py_IS_ALIGNED(p, a) (!((uintptr_t)(p) & (uintptr_t)((a) - 1)))

#ifdef __GNUC__
#define Py_UNUSED(name) _unused_ ## name __attribute__((unused))
#else
#define Py_UNUSED(name) _unused_ ## name
#endif

#endif /* Py_PYMACRO_H */

/* Module definition and import interface */

#ifndef Py_IMPORT_H
#define Py_IMPORT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyImportZip_Init(void);

PyMODINIT_FUNC PyInit_imp(void);
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */
PyAPI_FUNC(long) PyImport_GetMagicNumber(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(const char *) PyImport_GetMagicTag(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_ExecCodeModule(
    const char *name,           /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    PyObject *co
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_ExecCodeModuleEx(
    const char *name,           /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    PyObject *co,
    const char *pathname        /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_ExecCodeModuleWithPathnames(
    const char *name,           /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    PyObject *co,
    const char *pathname,       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    const char *cpathname       /* decoded from the filesystem encoding */
    );
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_ExecCodeModuleObject(
    PyObject *name,
    PyObject *co,
    PyObject *pathname,
    PyObject *cpathname
    );
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_GetModuleDict(void);
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_AddModuleObject(
    PyObject *name
    );
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_AddModule(
    const char *name            /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_ImportModule(
    const char *name            /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_ImportModuleNoBlock(
    const char *name            /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_ImportModuleLevel(
    const char *name,           /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    PyObject *globals,
    PyObject *locals,
    PyObject *fromlist,
    int level
    );
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03050000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_ImportModuleLevelObject(
    PyObject *name,
    PyObject *globals,
    PyObject *locals,
    PyObject *fromlist,
    int level
    );
#endif

#define PyImport_ImportModuleEx(n, g, l, f) \
    PyImport_ImportModuleLevel(n, g, l, f, 0)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_GetImporter(PyObject *path);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_Import(PyObject *name);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyImport_ReloadModule(PyObject *m);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyImport_Cleanup(void);
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyImport_ImportFrozenModuleObject(
    PyObject *name
    );
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyImport_ImportFrozenModule(
    const char *name            /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    );

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifdef WITH_THREAD
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyImport_AcquireLock(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyImport_ReleaseLock(void);
#else
#define _PyImport_AcquireLock()
#define _PyImport_ReleaseLock() 1
#endif

PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyImport_ReInitLock(void);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyImport_FindBuiltin(
    const char *name            /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyImport_FindExtensionObject(PyObject *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyImport_FixupBuiltin(
    PyObject *mod,
    const char *name            /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyImport_FixupExtensionObject(PyObject*, PyObject *, PyObject *);

struct _inittab {
    const char *name;           /* ASCII encoded string */
    PyObject* (*initfunc)(void);
};
PyAPI_DATA(struct _inittab *) PyImport_Inittab;
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyImport_ExtendInittab(struct _inittab *newtab);
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyNullImporter_Type;

PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyImport_AppendInittab(
    const char *name,           /* ASCII encoded string */
    PyObject* (*initfunc)(void)
    );

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
struct _frozen {
    const char *name;                 /* ASCII encoded string */
    const unsigned char *code;
    int size;
};

/* Embedding apps may change this pointer to point to their favorite
   collection of frozen modules: */

PyAPI_DATA(const struct _frozen *) PyImport_FrozenModules;
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_IMPORT_H */
/* Boolean object interface */

#ifndef Py_BOOLOBJECT_H
#define Py_BOOLOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyBool_Type;

#define PyBool_Check(x) (Py_TYPE(x) == &PyBool_Type)

/* Py_False and Py_True are the only two bools in existence.
Don't forget to apply Py_INCREF() when returning either!!! */

/* Don't use these directly */
PyAPI_DATA(struct _longobject) _Py_FalseStruct, _Py_TrueStruct;

/* Use these macros */
#define Py_False ((PyObject *) &_Py_FalseStruct)
#define Py_True ((PyObject *) &_Py_TrueStruct)

/* Macros for returning Py_True or Py_False, respectively */
#define Py_RETURN_TRUE return Py_INCREF(Py_True), Py_True
#define Py_RETURN_FALSE return Py_INCREF(Py_False), Py_False

/* Function to return a bool from a C long */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyBool_FromLong(long);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_BOOLOBJECT_H */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#ifndef Py_BYTES_CTYPE_H
#define Py_BYTES_CTYPE_H

/*
 * The internal implementation behind PyBytes (bytes) and PyByteArray (bytearray)
 * methods of the given names, they operate on ASCII byte strings.
 */
extern PyObject* _Py_bytes_isspace(const char *cptr, Py_ssize_t len);
extern PyObject* _Py_bytes_isalpha(const char *cptr, Py_ssize_t len);
extern PyObject* _Py_bytes_isalnum(const char *cptr, Py_ssize_t len);
extern PyObject* _Py_bytes_isdigit(const char *cptr, Py_ssize_t len);
extern PyObject* _Py_bytes_islower(const char *cptr, Py_ssize_t len);
extern PyObject* _Py_bytes_isupper(const char *cptr, Py_ssize_t len);
extern PyObject* _Py_bytes_istitle(const char *cptr, Py_ssize_t len);

/* These store their len sized answer in the given preallocated *result arg. */
extern void _Py_bytes_lower(char *result, const char *cptr, Py_ssize_t len);
extern void _Py_bytes_upper(char *result, const char *cptr, Py_ssize_t len);
extern void _Py_bytes_title(char *result, const char *s, Py_ssize_t len);
extern void _Py_bytes_capitalize(char *result, const char *s, Py_ssize_t len);
extern void _Py_bytes_swapcase(char *result, const char *s, Py_ssize_t len);

extern PyObject *_Py_bytes_find(const char *str, Py_ssize_t len, PyObject *args);
extern PyObject *_Py_bytes_index(const char *str, Py_ssize_t len, PyObject *args);
extern PyObject *_Py_bytes_rfind(const char *str, Py_ssize_t len, PyObject *args);
extern PyObject *_Py_bytes_rindex(const char *str, Py_ssize_t len, PyObject *args);
extern PyObject *_Py_bytes_count(const char *str, Py_ssize_t len, PyObject *args);
extern int _Py_bytes_contains(const char *str, Py_ssize_t len, PyObject *arg);
extern PyObject *_Py_bytes_startswith(const char *str, Py_ssize_t len, PyObject *args);
extern PyObject *_Py_bytes_endswith(const char *str, Py_ssize_t len, PyObject *args);

/* The maketrans() static method. */
extern PyObject* _Py_bytes_maketrans(Py_buffer *frm, Py_buffer *to);

/* Shared __doc__ strings. */
extern const char _Py_isspace__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_isalpha__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_isalnum__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_isdigit__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_islower__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_isupper__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_istitle__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_lower__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_upper__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_title__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_capitalize__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_swapcase__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_count__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_find__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_index__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_rfind__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_rindex__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_startswith__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_endswith__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_maketrans__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_expandtabs__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_ljust__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_rjust__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_center__doc__[];
extern const char _Py_zfill__doc__[];

/* this is needed because some docs are shared from the .o, not static */
#define PyDoc_STRVAR_shared(name,str) const char name[] = PyDoc_STR(str)

#endif /* !Py_BYTES_CTYPE_H */
#endif /* !Py_LIMITED_API */
/* Auto-generated by Tools/scripts/generate_opcode_h.py */
#ifndef Py_OPCODE_H
#define Py_OPCODE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


    /* Instruction opcodes for compiled code */
#define POP_TOP                   1
#define ROT_TWO                   2
#define ROT_THREE                 3
#define DUP_TOP                   4
#define DUP_TOP_TWO               5
#define NOP                       9
#define UNARY_POSITIVE           10
#define UNARY_NEGATIVE           11
#define UNARY_NOT                12
#define UNARY_INVERT             15
#define BINARY_MATRIX_MULTIPLY   16
#define INPLACE_MATRIX_MULTIPLY  17
#define BINARY_POWER             19
#define BINARY_MULTIPLY          20
#define BINARY_MODULO            22
#define BINARY_ADD               23
#define BINARY_SUBTRACT          24
#define BINARY_SUBSCR            25
#define BINARY_FLOOR_DIVIDE      26
#define BINARY_TRUE_DIVIDE       27
#define INPLACE_FLOOR_DIVIDE     28
#define INPLACE_TRUE_DIVIDE      29
#define GET_AITER                50
#define GET_ANEXT                51
#define BEFORE_ASYNC_WITH        52
#define INPLACE_ADD              55
#define INPLACE_SUBTRACT         56
#define INPLACE_MULTIPLY         57
#define INPLACE_MODULO           59
#define STORE_SUBSCR             60
#define DELETE_SUBSCR            61
#define BINARY_LSHIFT            62
#define BINARY_RSHIFT            63
#define BINARY_AND               64
#define BINARY_XOR               65
#define BINARY_OR                66
#define INPLACE_POWER            67
#define GET_ITER                 68
#define GET_YIELD_FROM_ITER      69
#define PRINT_EXPR               70
#define LOAD_BUILD_CLASS         71
#define YIELD_FROM               72
#define GET_AWAITABLE            73
#define INPLACE_LSHIFT           75
#define INPLACE_RSHIFT           76
#define INPLACE_AND              77
#define INPLACE_XOR              78
#define INPLACE_OR               79
#define BREAK_LOOP               80
#define WITH_CLEANUP_START       81
#define WITH_CLEANUP_FINISH      82
#define RETURN_VALUE             83
#define IMPORT_STAR              84
#define SETUP_ANNOTATIONS        85
#define YIELD_VALUE              86
#define POP_BLOCK                87
#define END_FINALLY              88
#define POP_EXCEPT               89
#define HAVE_ARGUMENT            90
#define STORE_NAME               90
#define DELETE_NAME              91
#define UNPACK_SEQUENCE          92
#define FOR_ITER                 93
#define UNPACK_EX                94
#define STORE_ATTR               95
#define DELETE_ATTR              96
#define STORE_GLOBAL             97
#define DELETE_GLOBAL            98
#define LOAD_CONST              100
#define LOAD_NAME               101
#define BUILD_TUPLE             102
#define BUILD_LIST              103
#define BUILD_SET               104
#define BUILD_MAP               105
#define LOAD_ATTR               106
#define COMPARE_OP              107
#define IMPORT_NAME             108
#define IMPORT_FROM             109
#define JUMP_FORWARD            110
#define JUMP_IF_FALSE_OR_POP    111
#define JUMP_IF_TRUE_OR_POP     112
#define JUMP_ABSOLUTE           113
#define POP_JUMP_IF_FALSE       114
#define POP_JUMP_IF_TRUE        115
#define LOAD_GLOBAL             116
#define CONTINUE_LOOP           119
#define SETUP_LOOP              120
#define SETUP_EXCEPT            121
#define SETUP_FINALLY           122
#define LOAD_FAST               124
#define STORE_FAST              125
#define DELETE_FAST             126
#define STORE_ANNOTATION        127
#define RAISE_VARARGS           130
#define CALL_FUNCTION           131
#define MAKE_FUNCTION           132
#define BUILD_SLICE             133
#define LOAD_CLOSURE            135
#define LOAD_DEREF              136
#define STORE_DEREF             137
#define DELETE_DEREF            138
#define CALL_FUNCTION_KW        141
#define CALL_FUNCTION_EX        142
#define SETUP_WITH              143
#define EXTENDED_ARG            144
#define LIST_APPEND             145
#define SET_ADD                 146
#define MAP_ADD                 147
#define LOAD_CLASSDEREF         148
#define BUILD_LIST_UNPACK       149
#define BUILD_MAP_UNPACK        150
#define BUILD_MAP_UNPACK_WITH_CALL 151
#define BUILD_TUPLE_UNPACK      152
#define BUILD_SET_UNPACK        153
#define SETUP_ASYNC_WITH        154
#define FORMAT_VALUE            155
#define BUILD_CONST_KEY_MAP     156
#define BUILD_STRING            157
#define BUILD_TUPLE_UNPACK_WITH_CALL 158

/* EXCEPT_HANDLER is a special, implicit block type which is created when
   entering an except handler. It is not an opcode but we define it here
   as we want it to be available to both frameobject.c and ceval.c, while
   remaining private.*/
#define EXCEPT_HANDLER 257


enum cmp_op {PyCmp_LT=Py_LT, PyCmp_LE=Py_LE, PyCmp_EQ=Py_EQ, PyCmp_NE=Py_NE,
                PyCmp_GT=Py_GT, PyCmp_GE=Py_GE, PyCmp_IN, PyCmp_NOT_IN,
                PyCmp_IS, PyCmp_IS_NOT, PyCmp_EXC_MATCH, PyCmp_BAD};

#define HAS_ARG(op) ((op) >= HAVE_ARGUMENT)

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_OPCODE_H */

/* Module object interface */

#ifndef Py_MODULEOBJECT_H
#define Py_MODULEOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyModule_Type;

#define PyModule_Check(op) PyObject_TypeCheck(op, &PyModule_Type)
#define PyModule_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyModule_Type)

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyModule_NewObject(
    PyObject *name
    );
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyModule_New(
    const char *name            /* UTF-8 encoded string */
    );
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyModule_GetDict(PyObject *);
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyModule_GetNameObject(PyObject *);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(const char *) PyModule_GetName(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(const char *) PyModule_GetFilename(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyModule_GetFilenameObject(PyObject *);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyModule_Clear(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyModule_ClearDict(PyObject *);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(struct PyModuleDef*) PyModule_GetDef(PyObject*);
PyAPI_FUNC(void*) PyModule_GetState(PyObject*);

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03050000
/* New in 3.5 */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyModuleDef_Init(struct PyModuleDef*);
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyModuleDef_Type;
#endif

typedef struct PyModuleDef_Base {
  PyObject_HEAD
  PyObject* (*m_init)(void);
  Py_ssize_t m_index;
  PyObject* m_copy;
} PyModuleDef_Base;

#define PyModuleDef_HEAD_INIT { \
    PyObject_HEAD_INIT(NULL)    \
    NULL, /* m_init */          \
    0,    /* m_index */         \
    NULL, /* m_copy */          \
  }

struct PyModuleDef_Slot;
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03050000
/* New in 3.5 */
typedef struct PyModuleDef_Slot{
    int slot;
    void *value;
} PyModuleDef_Slot;

#define Py_mod_create 1
#define Py_mod_exec 2

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#define _Py_mod_LAST_SLOT 2
#endif

#endif /* New in 3.5 */

typedef struct PyModuleDef{
  PyModuleDef_Base m_base;
  const char* m_name;
  const char* m_doc;
  Py_ssize_t m_size;
  PyMethodDef *m_methods;
  struct PyModuleDef_Slot* m_slots;
  traverseproc m_traverse;
  inquiry m_clear;
  freefunc m_free;
} PyModuleDef;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_MODULEOBJECT_H */
/* File object interface (what's left of it -- see io.py) */

#ifndef Py_FILEOBJECT_H
#define Py_FILEOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#define PY_STDIOTEXTMODE "b"

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyFile_FromFd(int, const char *, const char *, int,
                                     const char *, const char *,
                                     const char *, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyFile_GetLine(PyObject *, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyFile_WriteObject(PyObject *, PyObject *, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyFile_WriteString(const char *, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyObject_AsFileDescriptor(PyObject *);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(char *) Py_UniversalNewlineFgets(char *, int, FILE*, PyObject *);
#endif

/* The default encoding used by the platform file system APIs
   If non-NULL, this is different than the default encoding for strings
*/
PyAPI_DATA(const char *) Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding;
#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03060000
PyAPI_DATA(const char *) Py_FileSystemDefaultEncodeErrors;
#endif
PyAPI_DATA(int) Py_HasFileSystemDefaultEncoding;

/* Internal API

   The std printer acts as a preliminary sys.stderr until the new io
   infrastructure is in place. */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyFile_NewStdPrinter(int);
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyStdPrinter_Type;
#endif /* Py_LIMITED_API */

/* A routine to check if a file descriptor can be select()-ed. */
#ifdef HAVE_SELECT
 #define _PyIsSelectable_fd(FD) ((unsigned int)(FD) < (unsigned int)FD_SETSIZE)
#else
 #define _PyIsSelectable_fd(FD) (1)
#endif /* HAVE_SELECT */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_FILEOBJECT_H */

#ifndef Py_PYTHREAD_H
#define Py_PYTHREAD_H

typedef void *PyThread_type_lock;
typedef void *PyThread_type_sema;

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Return status codes for Python lock acquisition.  Chosen for maximum
 * backwards compatibility, ie failure -> 0, success -> 1.  */
typedef enum PyLockStatus {
    PY_LOCK_FAILURE = 0,
    PY_LOCK_ACQUIRED = 1,
    PY_LOCK_INTR
} PyLockStatus;

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyThread_init_thread(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(long) PyThread_start_new_thread(void (*)(void *), void *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyThread_exit_thread(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(long) PyThread_get_thread_ident(void);

PyAPI_FUNC(PyThread_type_lock) PyThread_allocate_lock(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyThread_free_lock(PyThread_type_lock);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyThread_acquire_lock(PyThread_type_lock, int);
#define WAIT_LOCK	1
#define NOWAIT_LOCK	0

/* PY_TIMEOUT_T is the integral type used to specify timeouts when waiting
   on a lock (see PyThread_acquire_lock_timed() below).
   PY_TIMEOUT_MAX is the highest usable value (in microseconds) of that
   type, and depends on the system threading API.

   NOTE: this isn't the same value as `_thread.TIMEOUT_MAX`.  The _thread
   module exposes a higher-level API, with timeouts expressed in seconds
   and floating-point numbers allowed.
*/
#define PY_TIMEOUT_T long long
#define PY_TIMEOUT_MAX PY_LLONG_MAX

/* In the NT API, the timeout is a DWORD and is expressed in milliseconds */
#if defined (NT_THREADS)
#if 0xFFFFFFFFLL * 1000 < PY_TIMEOUT_MAX
#undef PY_TIMEOUT_MAX
#define PY_TIMEOUT_MAX (0xFFFFFFFFLL * 1000)
#endif
#endif

/* If microseconds == 0, the call is non-blocking: it returns immediately
   even when the lock can't be acquired.
   If microseconds > 0, the call waits up to the specified duration.
   If microseconds < 0, the call waits until success (or abnormal failure)

   microseconds must be less than PY_TIMEOUT_MAX. Behaviour otherwise is
   undefined.

   If intr_flag is true and the acquire is interrupted by a signal, then the
   call will return PY_LOCK_INTR.  The caller may reattempt to acquire the
   lock.
*/
PyAPI_FUNC(PyLockStatus) PyThread_acquire_lock_timed(PyThread_type_lock,
                                                     PY_TIMEOUT_T microseconds,
                                                     int intr_flag);

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyThread_release_lock(PyThread_type_lock);

PyAPI_FUNC(size_t) PyThread_get_stacksize(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyThread_set_stacksize(size_t);

#if !defined(Py_LIMITED_API) || Py_LIMITED_API+0 >= 0x03030000
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) PyThread_GetInfo(void);
#endif

/* Thread Local Storage (TLS) API */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyThread_create_key(void);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyThread_delete_key(int);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyThread_set_key_value(int, void *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void *) PyThread_get_key_value(int);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyThread_delete_key_value(int key);

/* Cleanup after a fork */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyThread_ReInitTLS(void);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* !Py_PYTHREAD_H */

/* Bytes (String) object interface */

#ifndef Py_BYTESOBJECT_H
#define Py_BYTESOBJECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#include <stdarg.h>

/*
Type PyBytesObject represents a character string.  An extra zero byte is
reserved at the end to ensure it is zero-terminated, but a size is
present so strings with null bytes in them can be represented.  This
is an immutable object type.

There are functions to create new string objects, to test
an object for string-ness, and to get the
string value.  The latter function returns a null pointer
if the object is not of the proper type.
There is a variant that takes an explicit size as well as a
variant that assumes a zero-terminated string.  Note that none of the
functions should be applied to nil objects.
*/

/* Caching the hash (ob_shash) saves recalculation of a string's hash value.
   This significantly speeds up dict lookups. */

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
typedef struct {
    PyObject_VAR_HEAD
    Py_hash_t ob_shash;
    char ob_sval[1];

    /* Invariants:
     *     ob_sval contains space for 'ob_size+1' elements.
     *     ob_sval[ob_size] == 0.
     *     ob_shash is the hash of the string or -1 if not computed yet.
     */
} PyBytesObject;
#endif

PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyBytes_Type;
PyAPI_DATA(PyTypeObject) PyBytesIter_Type;

#define PyBytes_Check(op) \
                 PyType_FastSubclass(Py_TYPE(op), Py_TPFLAGS_BYTES_SUBCLASS)
#define PyBytes_CheckExact(op) (Py_TYPE(op) == &PyBytes_Type)

PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyBytes_FromStringAndSize(const char *, Py_ssize_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyBytes_FromString(const char *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyBytes_FromObject(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyBytes_FromFormatV(const char*, va_list)
				Py_GCC_ATTRIBUTE((format(printf, 1, 0)));
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyBytes_FromFormat(const char*, ...)
				Py_GCC_ATTRIBUTE((format(printf, 1, 2)));
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) PyBytes_Size(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(char *) PyBytes_AsString(PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyBytes_Repr(PyObject *, int);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyBytes_Concat(PyObject **, PyObject *);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyBytes_ConcatAndDel(PyObject **, PyObject *);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(int) _PyBytes_Resize(PyObject **, Py_ssize_t);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyBytes_FormatEx(
    const char *format,
    Py_ssize_t format_len,
    PyObject *args,
    int use_bytearray);
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject*) _PyBytes_FromHex(
    PyObject *string,
    int use_bytearray);
#endif
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) PyBytes_DecodeEscape(const char *, Py_ssize_t,
						   const char *, Py_ssize_t,
						   const char *);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* Helper for PyBytes_DecodeEscape that detects invalid escape chars. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyBytes_DecodeEscape(const char *, Py_ssize_t,
                                             const char *, Py_ssize_t,
                                             const char *,
                                             const char **);
#endif

/* Macro, trading safety for speed */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
#define PyBytes_AS_STRING(op) (assert(PyBytes_Check(op)), \
                                (((PyBytesObject *)(op))->ob_sval))
#define PyBytes_GET_SIZE(op)  (assert(PyBytes_Check(op)),Py_SIZE(op))
#endif

/* _PyBytes_Join(sep, x) is like sep.join(x).  sep must be PyBytesObject*,
   x must be an iterable object. */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyBytes_Join(PyObject *sep, PyObject *x);
#endif

/* Provides access to the internal data buffer and size of a string
   object or the default encoded version of a Unicode object. Passing
   NULL as *len parameter will force the string buffer to be
   0-terminated (passing a string with embedded NULL characters will
   cause an exception).  */
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyBytes_AsStringAndSize(
    PyObject *obj,      /* string or Unicode object */
    char **s,           /* pointer to buffer variable */
    Py_ssize_t *len     /* pointer to length variable or NULL
                           (only possible for 0-terminated
                           strings) */
    );

/* Using the current locale, insert the thousands grouping
   into the string pointed to by buffer.  For the argument descriptions,
   see Objects/stringlib/localeutil.h */
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) _PyBytes_InsertThousandsGroupingLocale(char *buffer,
                                                   Py_ssize_t n_buffer,
                                                   char *digits,
                                                   Py_ssize_t n_digits,
                                                   Py_ssize_t min_width);

/* Using explicit passed-in values, insert the thousands grouping
   into the string pointed to by buffer.  For the argument descriptions,
   see Objects/stringlib/localeutil.h */
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) _PyBytes_InsertThousandsGrouping(char *buffer,
                                                   Py_ssize_t n_buffer,
                                                   char *digits,
                                                   Py_ssize_t n_digits,
                                                   Py_ssize_t min_width,
                                                   const char *grouping,
                                                   const char *thousands_sep);
#endif

/* Flags used by string formatting */
#define F_LJUST (1<<0)
#define F_SIGN	(1<<1)
#define F_BLANK (1<<2)
#define F_ALT	(1<<3)
#define F_ZERO	(1<<4)

#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
/* The _PyBytesWriter structure is big: it contains an embedded "stack buffer".
   A _PyBytesWriter variable must be declared at the end of variables in a
   function to optimize the memory allocation on the stack. */
typedef struct {
    /* bytes, bytearray or NULL (when the small buffer is used) */
    PyObject *buffer;

    /* Number of allocated size. */
    Py_ssize_t allocated;

    /* Minimum number of allocated bytes,
       incremented by _PyBytesWriter_Prepare() */
    Py_ssize_t min_size;

    /* If non-zero, use a bytearray instead of a bytes object for buffer. */
    int use_bytearray;

    /* If non-zero, overallocate the buffer (default: 0).
       This flag must be zero if use_bytearray is non-zero. */
    int overallocate;

    /* Stack buffer */
    int use_small_buffer;
    char small_buffer[512];
} _PyBytesWriter;

/* Initialize a bytes writer

   By default, the overallocation is disabled. Set the overallocate attribute
   to control the allocation of the buffer. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyBytesWriter_Init(_PyBytesWriter *writer);

/* Get the buffer content and reset the writer.
   Return a bytes object, or a bytearray object if use_bytearray is non-zero.
   Raise an exception and return NULL on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(PyObject *) _PyBytesWriter_Finish(_PyBytesWriter *writer,
    void *str);

/* Deallocate memory of a writer (clear its internal buffer). */
PyAPI_FUNC(void) _PyBytesWriter_Dealloc(_PyBytesWriter *writer);

/* Allocate the buffer to write size bytes.
   Return the pointer to the beginning of buffer data.
   Raise an exception and return NULL on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void*) _PyBytesWriter_Alloc(_PyBytesWriter *writer,
    Py_ssize_t size);

/* Ensure that the buffer is large enough to write *size* bytes.
   Add size to the writer minimum size (min_size attribute).

   str is the current pointer inside the buffer.
   Return the updated current pointer inside the buffer.
   Raise an exception and return NULL on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void*) _PyBytesWriter_Prepare(_PyBytesWriter *writer,
    void *str,
    Py_ssize_t size);

/* Resize the buffer to make it larger.
   The new buffer may be larger than size bytes because of overallocation.
   Return the updated current pointer inside the buffer.
   Raise an exception and return NULL on error.

   Note: size must be greater than the number of allocated bytes in the writer.

   This function doesn't use the writer minimum size (min_size attribute).

   See also _PyBytesWriter_Prepare().
   */
PyAPI_FUNC(void*) _PyBytesWriter_Resize(_PyBytesWriter *writer,
    void *str,
    Py_ssize_t size);

/* Write bytes.
   Raise an exception and return NULL on error. */
PyAPI_FUNC(void*) _PyBytesWriter_WriteBytes(_PyBytesWriter *writer,
    void *str,
    const void *bytes,
    Py_ssize_t size);
#endif   /* Py_LIMITED_API */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_BYTESOBJECT_H */

/* Parse tree node interface */

#ifndef Py_NODE_H
#define Py_NODE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct _node {
    short		n_type;
    char		*n_str;
    int			n_lineno;
    int			n_col_offset;
    int			n_nchildren;
    struct _node	*n_child;
} node;

PyAPI_FUNC(node *) PyNode_New(int type);
PyAPI_FUNC(int) PyNode_AddChild(node *n, int type,
                                      char *str, int lineno, int col_offset);
PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyNode_Free(node *n);
#ifndef Py_LIMITED_API
PyAPI_FUNC(Py_ssize_t) _PyNode_SizeOf(node *n);
#endif

/* Node access functions */
#define NCH(n)		((n)->n_nchildren)

#define CHILD(n, i)	(&(n)->n_child[i])
#define RCHILD(n, i)	(CHILD(n, NCH(n) + i))
#define TYPE(n)		((n)->n_type)
#define STR(n)		((n)->n_str)
#define LINENO(n)       ((n)->n_lineno)

/* Assert that the type of a node is what we expect */
#define REQ(n, type) assert(TYPE(n) == (type))

PyAPI_FUNC(void) PyNode_ListTree(node *);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !Py_NODE_H */